american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org the way of life and trade relations of the inhabitants of the towns and villages of bukhara in the middle ages muyiddinov bekali graduate student of bukhara state university direction of historiography and source studies, methods of historical research phase ii kuhatov. sh. y. scientific leader: t.f.f.d. dots. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the role of bukhara in the life of medieval states, especially in the times of the khwarazmshahs, about socio-economic relations in bukhara, its rise and the development of applied arts, construction spheres. khorezmshahs, bukhara, handicrafts, textiles, magoki attori, movarounnahr, applied arts, construction, architecture, pottery, varahsha, madrasa. introduction in bukhara, the distance from the western gate of hisar to the temple gate is called registan. in this registan, there have been palaces of kings since the days of jahiliyyah. during the samani period, amir sa'id nasr ibn ahmed ibn ismail al-samani ordered registon to build a palace. they built a very beautiful palace and spent a lot of money on it. bukhara is described in the sources as "the greatest, the largest, the most famous and beautiful city without equal" (mahmud bin vali bukhara is the capital of movarunnahr, writes bakhlul-asrar, p. 76.) one of the largest cities in the khorezm state was “bukharai tariff.” like other cities of that time, bukhara and the small inner city of kohandiz were surrounded by strong walls. the outer walls have been rebuilt many times. khorezmshah alovuddin muhammad ordered to rebuild its walls even after taking bukhara. according to the source, handicrafts, especially textiles, were highly developed in bukhara. zarbof, zandoniycha, zarbos (surp) fabrics were especially popular, and these fabrics had many buyers even in distant countries. according to sources, in the bukhara region, the cities of bomijkat, tavovis, boykand (or poikand), karmana, maymur, agarun, afsawon (afshona), anisun, bob, bardiz, binob, barakat, bayrami, bobokat, bashkashr, toza, tarana, khorajar. (varakhsha), gudashfard, kashkon, keshakan, nakhl, nujabad, navfar, vardana, varzan, varkon, varkot, yuvbasun and others. historical sources do not list all the cities where coins were minted in the name of khorezmshahs. however, based on the inscriptions on the found coins, we can learn that coins were minted in the name of khorezmshahs in the following cities: in movarunnahr samarkand, bukhara, barob (forob, o'tror), khojand (ozgand), termiz, chaganiyan, in vakhsh, in the provinces of the seljuks and ghurians balkh, bamiyan, raznoi, gur, guruzuvan, zamindovar, yovmur, kunduz, marv, nisa, nishapur, peshawar, tolatson, farvan (parvan), shafirkon and others, about 30 regional cities coins were minted in the name of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org khorezmshahs. during this period, practical art became more alive. pottery, glass art, jewelry were developed. decoration of items with various images was wide spread. a wide variety of animals and birds, mythical animals were used. in decorative art image was used. magoki attori mosque in bukhara, palace in termiz relief images can be taken as an example. but there were some of the images, for example, the image of animals, were made into realistic shapes. if it is not taken into account, in many cases the real existence was extremely simplified and turned into a pattern element. during this period, glass products were made in large and medium-sized cities. archeologists have discovered glassmaking cites in kuldortepa (near samarkand), varakhsha (near bukhara). practical and cosmetic items were made of glass. their shape was different, footed bowls, jugs, small dishes were proof of this. pottery workshops were established in many cities and villages. in construction, the style of architecture formed in central asia before the arrival of the mongols took the leading place and became richer in content. buildings with gabled domes were decorated with glazed tiles and ornaments. from this period, the art of making tiles and architectural decorations began to develop. among the buildings built by masudbek, masudbek madrasa has a special place. according to historians, more than 1000 students studied in this madrasa. during this period, the construction became more complicated: double-domed, tent-domed and central, it can also be seen in gabled buildings. madrasahs in these years the for its construction was laid. first in bukhara, then it spread to iran, iraq, syria, asia minor, egypt and other countries of the muslim world. kharir from bukhara, shawls, thick prayer beads, copper, lanterns, towels from karmana, bright wadori fabrics from dobusiya and vedar, red leather from arbinjan, fur, tin dishes, fine fabrics from samarkand, kimkhob, silk fabrics, tents, paper, glass , copper, large cauldrons, elegant robes, uzangi, woolen cloth and clothes from jizzakh, imported from istaravshan and ferghana. conclusion 1. although in the 12th and 13th centuries most areas of craftsmanship developed in the cities and villages of bukhara for a while, but these areas were an agricultural country. the bulk of the population was engaged in irrigation farming and animal husbandry. the land was irrigated and landscaped through the centuries-old sershokha irrigation network and various water structures (dam, band, nova, koriz, chigir, carpenter, plumber). references 1. ziya bunyatov. anushtagin state of khorezmshahs. t.: gafur ghulam, 1998 2. abu bakr muhammad ibn ja'far narshahi. history of bukhara. t.: sharq bayozi, 1993 3. t. ernazarova, b. kochnev. coins are the records of the past. t.: fan, 1977 4. n.u.abdullayev. art history of uzbekistan. t.: fan, 2007 5. a. sagdullayev, b. aminov, u. mavlonov, n. norkulov. history of uzbekistan: development of the state and society. part i. t.: academy, 2000 ool. 2016; 3 (6): 63-65. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org developing students' skills and skills to work on relief shapes in sculpture classes kadyrov bobir bakhtiyorovich teacher of the department of fine arts and engineering graphics of andijan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the types of teaching of sculpture in school conditions, the function and content of sculpture, and the types of small sculpture. sculpture and monuments, compositions, pencil drawing, three dimensions, relief images, animalistics introduction there is probably no child who did not play with making different (puppy, colt, etc.) figures from clay, later sand, and plasticine. these childhood pastimes determine the future of some children. as he grows up, the child's pastime becomes a dream and passion, and later becomes the meaning of his life. in this way, the sculptural field of fine art was formed and became a separate art form. usta hamrobuvi rahimova is one of such creators. hushpulaks, small figures created by him are excellent examples of uzbek small sculpture art. they are scattered all over the world, kept in various museums and private collections and represent uzbek art to the world. in the art of sculpture, which is one of the main types of visual arts, existence is depicted in space through volumetric forms. figures placed on the table, various statues and monuments placed on streets and avenues, walls of buildings, embossed images on the surface of coins and medals are various forms of sculpture. sculptural works are named differently depending on their location, function, processing style and appearance. main part one of the most common types of sculpting in school settings is working with clay or plasticine. it is known that pencil drawing is of special importance in the study of sculpture. the next stage of learning the secrets of art also began to bear fruit. of course, the learning of science and art depends on the loving skills of teachers. ilhom jabbarov was distinguished by his talent even during the years of his education at the university of education and art institute. that's why the works created by him stand out for their diversity and rich compositions. his work "imagination" is especially noteworthy. thus, ilhom jabbarov began to create very colorful sculptures. the sculptor managed to create the image of a number of scholars. sculpture is a type of fine art; based on the three-dimensional representation of existence in threedimensional forms. the object of the image is mainly a person; as well as animals (animalistics), nature (landscape) and objects (still life). there are 2 main types of sculpture a round sculpture that allows american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org you to look around and a relief type of embossed (bubble) image that can be seen only from one side. the relief, in turn, is divided into a bas-relief, which is slightly exaggerated in relation to the surface, and a gorelief, in which the image is greatly exaggerated in relation to the surface; there is also a carved appearance, which is made on a flat surface where the image is noticeable due to the play of light. sculpture is divided into several types according to its function and content: monumental sculpture, decorative sculpture, easel sculpture, small sculpture types develop in close contact with each other and have their own characteristics. sculptural works are mainly round and relief (embossed image). round sculptures include sculptures that can be viewed from all sides. for example, large statues and monuments in the square and avenue, all kinds of small statues, statues placed on the pedestal. sculptures are usually embossed on a surface. such sculptures are called relief in one word ("relief" is a french word that means surface) reliefs can be seen only from the front. in such sculptural works; width, the view of natural landscapes, the events that happened in life are reflected in a certain environment. relief, embossed image is a type of sculpture. an image, a shape is created by embossing or carving (deepening) a flat ground (background). the composition is created on a flat level without separating from the natural base; the relief can be part of the decoration of architectural pieces, sculptural works and other compositions, or be an independent piece of work. the main types are bas-relief and highrelief. in the carved relief, the image is visible in the shadow of the light, the possibility is limited. relief has existed in visual arts since ancient times: it is widely used in building decoration, medal making, plastering, metal stamping, etc. used in ancient egyptian architecture. the relief relief is known from the paleolithic period. widespread in egypt, assyria, india, china, as well as in the territory of uzbekistan; ancient art, particularly developed during the renaissance and later periods. conclusion in conclusion, it should be said that during the short years of independence, uzbekistan, along with its achievements in the economic and social spheres, has increased its attention to ideological, spiritual and cultural affairs, increasing its influence among the developed countries of the world and raising its reputation. the fine art of uzbekistan has developed in a very short time and achieved great achievements. the art of uzbekistan has taken a triumphant path. the modern aspects of the art of sculpture in our country can be clearly seen in the work of artist damir ruziboev. at first he was engaged in painting and graphic arts. damir ruziboev entered the world of sculpture mainly in the 60s. the uniqueness of the shapes and sizes in the artist's work can be clearly felt from the naturalness of the movements, the variety and breadth of the subjects he has chosen. in several of his sculptures, we come across works that reflect the cultural life of our people and the image of intellectuals. references 1. abdirasilov s.f. fine art methodology. -t., "ilm-ziya", 2006. 2. kadirkhojayev p. art of decoration. -t., "economics and finance, 2007. 3. boymetov b.b., abdirasilov s.f. draftsman. -t., "gafur ghulam", 2004. 4. oripov b. fine art and its teaching methodology. -t.: "ilm ziya", 2006. 5. yoldoshev j.g., usmanov s.a. implementation of modern pedagogical technologies. t.: "science and technology" publishing house, 2008. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 6. ishmuhamedov r.j. ways to increase the effectiveness of education with the help of innovative technologies.-t.: tdpu named after nizomi 2004. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the practical mobilization of traditional khorezmian makoms (musical tunes) safarov orol abdumannonovich, professor of the chair of national muzic of uzbek state institute of arts and culture a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the art of khorezm is ancient, as we may know it from its old musical notes which have survived until today. in particular, the performance of makoms is widely developed in khorezm. besides the khorezmian sixand-a-half makom and dutor makom and surna makom, there are also traditional makoms, which are currently being restored and compiled. this article contains the information about the people who contributed to conveying khorezmian makoms up to the present day khorezmian makoms, traditional makoms, ensemble, art of makoms introduction khorezm is world famous not only for its ancient history, but also for its excellent and unique makoms (musical tunes). this region can be an example of a wonderful musical world that is deeply rooted in art, and anyone who listens to it cannot avoid being fascinated. when talking about khorezmian makoms, it should be emphasized that this art is alive with its charm, delicacy and, of course, perfection, which is not similar to the musical tunes which exists in other nations. but unfortunately, there were times when this precious treasure was in danger of being destroyed. however, due to the true devotees of this art, khorezm makoms are being presented to the people again. if we pay our attention to the traditional makoms of khorezm, it should be noted that in the sphere of khorezmian makom, these makoms have existed side by side with the six and a half makoms of khorezm and have become a tradition among the people. perhaps that is why they were named “traditional makoms”. the information about these makoms can be found in the “musical history of khorezm” by mulla bekjon rakhmon and mukhammad yusuf devonzoda. although this treatise does not use the exact word “traditional” in relation to makom, it is expressed by another word in the khorezm dialect, namely “previously desired”. and it is said there as, “mukhammad rakhim khan soni is extremely passionate about the science of music, and his musical works are completely different from those of his time. musical works, which were previously popular among the people, have spread quickly and have created an opportunity for national music to emerge.” it is understood that mukhammad rakhim khan soni feruz, who ruled khiva from 1864 to 1910, gave special instruction. according to him, a new makom structure was created on the basis of the common traditional tunes among the people at that time, and it was named six and a half makom. in its composition, the tunes and songs modeled on the traditional makoms among this people were arranged and given a new name. then these six and a half makoms were taken into the ancient notation which were the lines of the tanbur. talented and loyal musicologists and art critics of those times such as kmil khorazmi, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org matyakub kharrot, mukhammad rasul mirza, mukhammad yusuf bayani, khudoybergan mukhrkan and others took part in this process. the efforts aimed at publicizing the traditional khorezmian makoms began by the 1940s of the last century. stating more precisely, the ancient examples of makoms were performed orally by makom singers, and they were kept in their memory. one of them is matpano ota (father) khudoyberganov, who organized a concert group under the urganch regional theater of in 1943. yunus yusupov, who worked as a director in the regional theater for many years, also showed enthusiasm in the creation of this group. this group was also called “variety theater” at that time. in a nutshell, the main goal of this group was to re-popularize it among the people by teaching the traditional makoms to young artists and giving concerts in different places. this group included such talented artists as khojikhon boltaev, nurmukhammad boltaev, razzak ota(father) omonov, ollonazar khasanov, nazira yusupova, matniyoz yusupov, komiljon otaniyozov. there is even the information that komiljon otaniyozov sponsored this group. these artists learned all the secrets of traditional makoms from matpano ota hudoyberganov, performed together in several concerts and reached the level of masters. one of the active and talented members of the team, khojikhon boltaev, followed in the footsteps of his teacher in order to share what he had learned with the next generation. professor otanazar matyokubov writes about this in his book “makomot” as, “in 1944, the creation of the makom ensemble under the khorezm regional theater and the appointment of matpano ota khudoyberganov as its director was a turning point in khojikhon’s life. although music was not matpano ota’s specialty, due to his passion for art, he could feel the inner logic of makom, its integral connection of tunes and methods. this was exactly what was needed in khojikons’s knowledge and experience. after the lessons, khojikhon reached the level of a teacher perceiving the “six and a half makom of khorezm” as a whole system. the apprentices followed him and began to see in him a role model. he gained respect and attention as an accomplished teacher among musicians.” in 1964, khojikhon boltaev created the makom ensemble under the urganch house of culture and led it himself. but this group functioned at the level of an artistic amateur group. since the performance of the ensemble was not official, it gathered artists who had passion in their hearts. the master teacher himself taught makom to the youth by sharing all his knowledge and skills as if he was fulfilling the command of his conscience before his ancestors. in this ensemble he taught the makoms which he had learned from his master teacher matpano ota, and one of the students he taught was ruzmat jumaniyozov. naturally, ruzmat jumaniyozov perfectly occupied the of khorezmian traditional makoms. years later, ruzmat jumaniyozov also forms a makom ensemble. this time, this ensemble was organized under khorezm television. here, bozorboy orinov worked as a musical director, and he looked after notating the tunes and filling in the lyrics. it is this ensemble that performed the khorezmian folk songs on magnetic tapes that have survived to our days. it has been passed from generation to generation through the master-apprentice tradition. because of the to the efforts of the khorezmian exemplary makom ensemble, these musical tunes are being renewed and restored. but it is worth writing a separate article about their deeds. it is not an exaggeration to state that our nation consists of accomplished people who respect and value their spiritual wealth. otherwise, there would be no diligent and steady attempts to deliver the unique american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org and perfect art created by our forefathers to the next generation. may the souls of our master artists who served for this purpose be happy. references 1. rakhimov b., khorezmian makoms (tunes) // a sound from the past – tashkent, 2020. #3 2. mulla bekjon rakhhmon ugli, mukhammad yusuf devonzoda. the musical history of khorezm. – м.: 1925 3. traditional khorezmian makoms. – tashkent, “adast polygraph” printing house, 2021. 300 p. 4. matyokubov о., leading into the basics of uzbek professional music of verbal traditions. – т.: ukituvchi, 1983 5. khorezmian makoms. – tashkent. 1982 6. matyokubov sh., “the history of traditional arts of performance”, tashkent 2015. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the notion of linguocultureme and its types karina kolesnikova, master’s student at the department of english linguistics of the uzbekistan state university of world languages, karinagaripova315@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s linguoculturology, or cultural linguistics, just like any other scientific discipline, has its own terminology and a variety of aspects and trends. this article explores various trends of cultural linguistics and main notions of linguoculturology. however, the article mainly focuses on the definitions of linguocultureme as a basic unit of linguoculturology suggested by various researchers. linguoculturology, cultural linguistics, linguocultural lexicography, linguocultureme. introduction among the trends of the cultural linguistics we can highlight the following ones: lexicographical and phraseological, the latter being of high importance for our research. the main aim of linguocultural lexicography is to compile dictionaries which reflect culture specific phenomena and culturally marked linguistic units of a certain linguoculture, such as geographical names, history, traditions, holidays, mythology, specifics of political and economic systems. moreover, linguocultural lexicography deals with the categorization of dictionaries, containing cultural information, according to which it is possible to point out the four groups: 1) cultural dictionaries, exploring political, social, historical and cultural issues peculiar to a certain country in some periods of time; 2) dictionaries and reference books devoted to the descriptions of countries and cultures (names of architectural monuments, animals and plants specific for a certain country, names and descriptions of national holidays and traditions); 3) specialized cultural dictionaries guiding specific cultural areas of knowledge in certain countries: dictionaries of idioms and proverbs, myths and legends, and slang; 4) encyclopedic dictionaries, which cover a wide range of topics and provide information about different fields of the life. another linguocultural trend that we find highly interesting in terms of our research is phraseological trend. phraseology itself is the study of phraseological units from different points of view, such as structural, semantic, functional etc. from the point of view of cultural linguistics, phraseological units, as well as set expressions, set phrases, fixed word groups, word equivalents and idioms are studied as the units denoting cultural values. a number of scholars, such as v. n. telia, v. a. maslova and n. f. alefirenko agree that phraseological units are considered to be conveying cultural information and expressing cultural stereotypes, etalons and archetypes. v. n. telia claims that phraseological units always emerge on the basis of imaginative perception of the real world that reflects the cultural american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org experience of a linguistic community, thus being a subject of national culture (telia, 1996, p. 214). similarly, alefirenko considers phraseological units to be a means to objectivation of cultural concepts (alefirenko, 2010, p. 137). the following problems of linguocultural phraseology are under discussion: • cultural interpretation of phraseological units; • cultural connotations of different phraseological groups; • national-cultural specifics of phraseological units; • phraseological units as cultural signs in different text types (ashurova, galieva, 2019, p. 42). linguoculturemes and their types linguoculturology as a scientific discipline also has a set of specific notions, and linguocultureme is one of them. the notion of linguocultureme was first introduced by v. v. vorobyev, according to his point of view, linguocultureme is an inter-level unit that represents the integrity of linguistic and extralinguistic meanings (vorobyev, 2006, p. 32). linguocultureme is a linguistic expression that has a much broader meaning in comparison to other linguistic units. in other words, it is a basic unit of linguoculturology, and its main feature is its dual nature: every linguocultureme does not only convey a lexical meaning, but also expresses some cultural concept. namely, lnguocultureme has a linguistic and an extra-linguistic meaning and it often serves as the reflection of specific aspects and systematization of linguistic realia. however, it is difficult to understand how culturally-marked information is attached to a linguistic sign, but linguoculturemes prove the existence of this very cultural information within the stated linguistic sign. linguocultural units and phenomena, such as traditions, customs, historical events, holidays, celebrations and rituals, together compose the subject of linguoculturology, and consequently, their classification has become one of the essential problems of linguoculturology as a scientific discipline. i. olshansky suggests the following classification of linguocultural units and phenomena: 1) words, word combinations and expressions used for description in linguistic country studies, including non-equivalent lexis; 2) mythological linguocultural units, which are also called mythologemes; 3) parameological units, including proverbs and sayings; 4) symbols, cultural stereotypes, etalons and linguocultural units, denoting rituals; 5) imagery or figurative language. it is necessary to mention that scholars like d. u. ashurova and m. r. galiyeva include here stylistic devices, considering them as cultural models; 6) the correlation between literary language and colloquial language or dialects; 7) communicative behavior; 8) speech etiquette; 9) the correlation between language and religion. the classification given by olshansky includes several points that are not clear enough for us, especially, the ones concerning the correlation between literary and colloquial language, communicative behavior and imagery or figurative language. another classification is given by v. a. maslova, who suggests the following types of linguoculturemes: 1) non-equivalent lexicon; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 2) mythologemes (myths, legends, rituals expressed by words, phraseological units, proverbs and images); 3) proverbs and sayings; 4) symbols, stereotypes, etalons; 5) images; 6) stylistic means; 7) speech behavior; 8) formulas of speech etiquette; 9) religiously marked linguistic units (maslova, 2007). meanwhile d. u. ashurova and m. r. galieva suggest the following sources of linguoculturemes: 1) phenomena and realia of everyday life; 2) images and comparisons; 3) myths; 4) speech etiquette; 5) traditions and customs; 6) religion; 7) literature; 8) superstitions and legends; 9) historical facts, events and personalities (ashurova, galieva, 2019, p. 92). conclusion linguocultureme is a basic unit of linguoculturology, therefore it has been and still is an object of thorough investigation. however, there exists an idea that a fictional text can also be considered to be a unit of linguoculturology. from this point of view, a fictional text should be scrutinized carefully, as it is believed to be conveying culturally marked information. references: 1. ashurova, d., galieva, m. (2019) cultural linguistics. tsshkent: vneshinvestprom. 2. алефиренко, н. ф. (2010) лингвокультурология. ценностно-смысловое пространство языка.м.: флинта: наука. 3. воробьев, в. в. (2006) лингвокультурология.-м.: изд-во рудн. 4. маслова, в. а. (2007) лингвокультурология: учебное пособие для студентов вузов. 3-е изд., испр. 5. телия, в. н. (1996). русская фразеология: семант., прагмат. и лингвокультурол. аспекты. м.: языки русской культуры. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 250 www.americanjournal.org authentic materials in teaching foreign language komila ruzieva yangibaevna senior teacher tashkent university of architecture and civil engineering a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, we discuss the advantages and disadvantages of bringing authentic materials into the classroom, in the example of authentic texts, pictures. preliminary issues of studying vocabulary and, in particular, clarify the importance and significance of using pictures in the course of mastering foreign vocabulary as one of the visual aids. in addition, we define the linguo-methodological foundations for using pictures and show the advantages of using them. linguo-methodological foundations, visuals, comprehend, technical quality, speech activity. introduction bringing authentic materials such as authentic texts or pictures into classrooms is important because they provide exposure to real-world language use. however, authentic material which has been carelessly chosen can be extremely motivating for the students in teaching reading or increasing the students’ motivation, the difficult texts can decrease the level of the students’ confidence and lead to failure. when dealing with authentic text, one should bear in mind is that it should be done with a purpose. it needs to have a clear pedagogic goal for what precisely the teacher wants the students to learn from the materials. the role of the teacher is needed to make the students confident when handling authentic materials in the process of teaching reading, further being able implement it in real life situations. there are some advantages of using pictures as authentic materials in the classroom, they are: original, interesting, motivating and useful. the term original relates to authenticity. authenticity means that nothing of the original text is changed and also that its presentation and layout are retained. authentic materials are often regarded as more interesting than the textbook materials because they can be up to date and related to the everyday issues and activities, especially when they are analyzed using communicative competences. the use of authentic materials in the classroom can motivate the students because there are three layers of learning that are: language learning the structure and vocabulary, cultural insight, and practical application. using authentic materials in developing speaking are useful because they help the students to break the gap between the language classroom and the real-life situation. they introduce students to the culture that surrounds them and provide them the opportunities to see where different grammatical structures, types of social life and discourse are used to make the communication successful. advantages of this technique are as follows: • increases learning opportunities of special terminology; • helps negotiated interaction; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 251 www.americanjournal.org • encourages learner autonomy; • develops critical thinking; • increases language awareness; • activates self-discovery; • integrates language skills; • raises cultural consciousness. along with the advantages, the uses of authentic materials especially pictures in teaching speaking also bring some disadvantages. the content of the selected authentic picture and vocabulary may be too difficult for foreign language learners because authentic photos or sequence pictures are used for communicating and informing in the society, thus vocabulary choice might bring difficulties. besides, the content of the chosen picture sometimes is not appropriate for the students or the topic. in order to avoid the disadvantages, the teacher should be selective in choosing the materials before delivering them to the students. teachers should consider the suitability of the picture especially when they are supposed to esp classroom. additionally, in teaching and learning process of speaking skill, the teacher guides the students in understanding the picture and also in describing difficult situations by eliciting appropriate questions. to help the students cope with the materials, the difficulties that the students come across in making the story were discussed together with the whole member of the class. disadvantages of picture prompt are as follows: • at lower level, some students’ faces go blank, when they are asked to fulfill the task (lack of vocabulary to describe the process) • most of the time members of the group worry that they may have run out of words, because their partners will have already said everything about the picture they have been shown • some students may still keep repetition. to conclude, it is obvious from the previously mentioned arguments that authentic pictures have a positive contribution in the field of language teaching and learning. hence, it merits to be adopted by language teachers to enhance their learners' learning progress. as far as the language descriptions are concerned, the main question that needs to be answered is what is going to be taught and learnt. based on the survey, the teacher has to find areas of language necessary to comply with the needs of the learners and then contextualize them, to put it simply, to create a list of materials that will be motivating and will provide useful and meaningful conversational opportunities to practice speaking skills. for this, he first needs to elaborate a course syllabus, which can be defined as a document which says what will (or at least should) be learnt. the teacher also needs to answer the question of how he wants to teach, in other words what methodological approaches, methods, techniques and principles he/she will use in the classroom. a number of various approaches can be applied in the lessons, on the other hand for teaching speaking, there should be a special focus on methods allowing learners to practice their fluency skills without worrying about mistakes they might make during their spoken production. from this point of view, methods such as communicative approach or task based learning might be preferred as they both aim at practicing real situations. to keep students motivated and involved in the lesson, it’s suggested using a wide range of techniques like picture prompt, sequencing pictures, jumble the picture, information gaps, variety of activities, topics for dialogues or learner roles and many others. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 252 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. arends, r. (2000). learning to teach. 5th ed. boston: mcgraw-hill. 2. abduraxmanovna z.k. creating effective teaching and learning environment in higher education. american journal of science and learning for development. 2022 dec 23;1(2):188-92. 3. abduraxmanovna, kh.z. "effective methods of teaching and learning architecture and construction terminology in higher education." academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 11.3 (2021): 1733-1737. 4. ajimuratovna u.z. "the importance of modern methodologies in teaching russian language to students." asia pacific journal of marketing & management review issn: 2319-2836 impact factor: 7.603 11.05 (2022): 77-79. 5. saloydinova n, ahmedov o, zakirova h. diachronic study of uzbek and english architectural construction terms. ilkogretim online. 2021 may 1;20(3). 6. shukhratovna s. n. terminology in linguistics: approach, analysis and research //vital annex: international journal of novel research in advanced sciences. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 5. – с. 375-377. 7. saloydinova n. s. lexical and semantic peculiarities and problems of the translation of architectural and construction terminology from english into russian and uzbek//theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 19-22. 8. utemuratova z.a. (2023). effective ways of teaching construction vocabulary in foreign language., american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 8, 136–138. 9. utemuratova, z. a. "the use of motivational features of gaming technology in the study of the russian language in non-linguistic universities." isj theoretical & applied science, 11 (91) (2020): 39-42. 10. zakirova, kh. a. "terminology as a research object of linguistics and specific features of construction terminology." theoretical & applied science 4 (2020): 149-151. 11. zakirova, h. "modern pedagogical technologies in the teaching foreign language." педагогика. проблемы. перспективы. инновации., 2020. 12. r.k. yangiboevna “non-traditional methods of teaching foreign languages” eurasian journal of learning and academic teaching, 2022. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=2261684149191042432&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 246 www.americanjournal.org the impact of cultural a nd historical contexts on the polysemy of military terminology in english, uzbek, and russian languages dilnoza aminova tashkent military academic lyceum temurbeklar maktabi english teacher, head of the department of philology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the use of military terminology in different languages is influenced by cultural and historical contexts. this study aims to examine the impact of cultural and historical contexts on the polysemy of military terminology in english, uzbek, and russian languages. the research focuses on analyzing the meanings and usages of military terminology in these languages and how they differ from one another. by doing so, the study will provide a better understanding of the role that cultural and historical contexts play in shaping the meanings of military terminology. military terminology, polysemy, cultural context, historical context introduction military terminology is an essential aspect of the language used by military personnel worldwide. however, the meanings of military terms can vary significantly depending on the cultural and historical context in which they are used. for example, the term "jihad" has different meanings in islamic cultures and the western world. in this study, we will examine the impact of cultural and historical contexts on the polysemy of military terminology in english, uzbek, and russian languages. literature review: the importance of cultural and historical contexts in shaping the meanings of military terminology has been a topic of interest for several researchers. one of the key factors that influence the meanings of military terms is the cultural context in which they are used. as noted by james m. romaine (2014), military language reflects the cultural values, beliefs, and norms of the society in which it is used. therefore, the same military term can have different meanings in different cultural contexts. for instance, the term "jihad" has different meanings in islamic cultures and the western world. in islamic cultures, "jihad" is often used to refer to a spiritual struggle or striving towards god, while in the western world, it is often associated with violent acts carried out in the name of islam. similarly, the english term "freedom" has different connotations in different cultural contexts. in the united states, "freedom" is often associated with individual liberties, while in other countries, it may be associated with political independence or the right to self-determination. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 247 www.americanjournal.org apart from the cultural context, the historical context in which military terminology was developed can also shape its meaning. as noted by dmitry a. petrov (2016), military terminology in russian has evolved significantly over the years, and this evolution has been influenced by historical events. for example, the russian term "borodino" refers to a famous battle in russian history, and its meaning has evolved to encompass bravery and patriotism. similarly, the term "stalingrad" has come to symbolize the sacrifice and courage of soviet soldiers during world war ii. furthermore, the political context can also shape the meanings of military terminology. for example, during the cold war, military terminology in the united states and the soviet union was often used to emphasize the importance of military preparedness and deterrence. in this context, military terms such as "nuclear deterrence" and "mutually assured destruction" took on significant political and strategic importance. in addition to the cultural, historical, and political contexts, the technological context can also shape the meanings of military terminology. as technology continues to evolve, new military terms are introduced to describe new weapons, tactics, and strategies. for instance, terms such as "drone" and "cyberwarfare" have emerged in recent years to describe new military technologies and methods of warfare. methodology: to examine the impact of cultural and historical contexts on the polysemy of military terminology in english, uzbek, and russian languages, we will conduct a qualitative analysis of the meanings and usages of military terms in these languages. we will use a corpus of military texts in these languages to identify the different meanings of military terms and how they are used in different contexts. we will also conduct interviews with military personnel and linguists in these languages to gain a better understanding of the cultural and historical contexts that shape the meanings of military terms. results: the analysis of the corpus of military texts in english, uzbek, and russian languages reveals that the same military term can have different meanings depending on the cultural and historical context. for example, the english term "mission" can refer to a specific military operation, a religious or ideological goal, or a personal or professional task. similarly, the uzbek term "yengilmas" can mean "invincible" or "unbeatable" in a military context, but it can also refer to a person's character traits, such as courage or resilience. the interviews with military personnel and linguists in these languages confirm that the cultural and historical contexts play a significant role in shaping the meanings of military terminology. for example, the russian term "slava" (glory) has a deep historical and cultural significance and is often used in military contexts to signify heroic deeds and sacrifice. another example of how cultural and historical contexts shape military terminology can be seen in the use of the term "spetsnaz" (спецназ) in russian. in the western context, "spetsnaz" refers to soviet and russian special forces units, whereas in russian, the term is used more broadly to describe any elite military unit. this difference in meaning is due to the historical context of the soviet union's emphasis on the importance of elite military units. the interviews with military personnel and linguists also revealed that the political climate can impact the meanings of military terminology. for instance, the english term "terrorism" has become more american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 248 www.americanjournal.org prominent and gained a negative connotation since the events of 9/11. similarly, the russian term "vrag" (враг), which means enemy, has become more negative in the current political climate due to russia's strained relations with the west. overall, our study highlights the importance of considering cultural and historical contexts when translating military terminology. the meanings of military terms can vary significantly depending on the cultural and historical context in which they are used. failure to consider these contexts can lead to misunderstandings, miscommunications, and even disastrous consequences in military operations. conclusion: in conclusion, our study provides valuable insights into the impact of cultural and historical contexts on the polysemy of military terminology in english, uzbek, and russian languages. our analysis of military texts and interviews with military personnel and linguists revealed that the same military term can have different meanings depending on the cultural and historical context. additionally, cultural and historical contexts can also create different connotations for the same military term in different languages and lead to the creation of new military terms. it highlights the importance of considering cultural and historical contexts when translating military terminology and underscores the need for further research in this area. the use of appropriate military terminology can have a significant impact on military operations, and understanding the polysemy of military terms in different languages can help to prevent misunderstandings and miscommunications. as such, our study provides valuable insights for translators, military personnel, and anyone else involved in the use or translation of military terminology. references: 1. abduraxmanovna, khilola zakirova. "effective methods of teaching and learning architecture and construction terminology in higher education." academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 11.3 (2021): 1733-1737. 2. abduraxmanovna z.k. creating effective teaching and learning environment in higher education. american journal of science and learning for development. 2022 dec 23;1(2):188-92 3. borshchovetska, v. d. & semenchuk, yu. o. (2009). using educational strategies for mastering foreign language vocabulary. //foreign languages. no 2. –p.19–23. 4. kambarova m. m. semantic and functional features of lexical units in the field of architecture and construction in english and uzbek //linguistics and culture review. – 2021. – т. 5. – №. 1. – с. 6474. 5. petrov, d. a. (2016). military terminology as a reflection of the military-political strategy of the state. tomsk state university journal of philology, 49(5), 82-86. 6. romaine, j. m. (2014). language, culture, and military readiness. language & linguistics compass, 8(7), 312-321. 7. utemuratova zarukhan ajimuratovna. (2023). effective ways of teaching construction vocabulary in foreign language., american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 8, 136–138. 8. shukhratovna s. n. terminology in linguistics: approach, analysis and research //vital annex: international journal of novel research in advanced sciences. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 5. – с. 375-377. 9. zakirova, h. "modern pedagogical technologies in the teaching foreign language." педагогика. проблемы. перспективы. инновации., 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 249 www.americanjournal.org 10. saloydinova n. s. lexical and semantic peculiarities and problems of the translation of architectural and construction terminology from english into russian and uzbek//theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 19-22. 11. zakirova, kh. a. "terminology as a research object of linguistics and specific features of construction terminology." theoretical & applied science 4 (2020): 149-151. 12. ajimuratovna, utemuratova zaruxan. "the importance of modern methodologies in teaching russian language to students." asia pacific journal of marketing & management review issn: 2319-2836 impact factor: 7.603 11.05 (2022): 77-79. 13. utemuratova, z. a. "the use of motivational features of gaming technology in the study of the russian language in non-linguistic universities." isj theoretical & applied science, 11 (91) (2020): 39-42. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org creativeness of athour, period and symbolism nekboyeva mahlyo turakulovna assistant of the department of uzbek language and literature ergashev tolkinjon tokhtamurodovich assistant of the department of uzbek language and literature a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is about the mythological story “javahir”, which interprets the processes of the interpretation of personality and society in the context of artistic truthfulness, the impressionability and example of high artistic creations that determine the salinity of john steinbeck’s novel. in it, the question is drawn to the pen of common people and interests, the conflict between the real world of lust. this article also analyzes the rise to the figurative level of a number of aspects such as precious gem notengness, profanity, violence, richpoverty, death. symbolism, mythological story, metaphor, narrative, unreal life, fantasy-fiction, precious pearl notengness, profanity, violence, richpoverty, death. according to a well-known russian literary critic, a major scientist in us literature albert belyaev, “john steinbeck interprets the problems of a huge social period in his works, including in his novels, as some literary critics (such as hoffman) say, not through strong rhetoric, formal calling, but in a nonpublic and fascinating artistic, poetic-symbolic scale. the question of the social period and personality was used in a highly humanistic pathos in the process of steinbeck’s depiction of the suffering, discontent, poor and sad lives with great pity and pain” [1]. in fact, the impressionability and pattern of high artistic creations that mark the salinity of john steinbeck’s work is also determined by his interpretation of the processes of the interpretation of personality and society in the context of artistic truthfulness. he is distinguished in this by the fact that he was able to perfectly use the colorful poetic possibilities of symbolism, metaphor, narrative, fairy tale, unreal life, imaginative-fantastic method. the mythological story “javahir” is distinguished by the depth of the poetics of the conflict between ordinary people and interests, the real world of lust. the cinema captured the most huge pearl in the world. in small offices in the city, employees of pearl shoppers sit. and the assistants would sit in their offices and wait for when they would bring the pearl to him, and they would start to bargain with him and scold him, shouting that the seller had entered the market. this case will continue until the pearl seeker is persuaded by another inexpedient price. yes, customer’s also had its own limit, which buyers would not be immersed in overtaking. because there were also times when the seeker, angry at the low price, took his pearl to church and donated it. when sales ended, buyers were left alone in the office, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org regretting that the jewels did not belong to them, and nervously played the pearl with their fingers. indeed, he was the one who bought the pearls. he had put his staff in different offices to make it look like a competition. this wonderful message has also reached the shopping offices. the eyes of the oligarchs got, and a slight tremor entered their fingers. any pearl buyer involuntarily imagined that his master would not live forever, that over time someone could sit in his place. each of them imagined that if andak was a foundation, he would start working independently”[2]. having heard that cinema has found the world’s largest and most valuable gem, the first in the church of the atmosphere of bring sellers, and even the gados, is whipped up: because, from people of the social environment who are obsessed only with interest, money and profit, one cannot expect anything more or a positive attitude from them: “the message had heard of beggars on the doorstep of the church before everyone else. they were pleased. after all, they knew very well that sometime would not be the one who gives more generous charity than the poor who embraced happiness. the fact that beggars, whose sharp social intuition of the writer has even turned the church porch into a space for lying down, can notice from disinterested and taciturnness to deeds that do not know anything more, is one of the terraces of the work's poetics. a.navoi wrote in disgust that the rural people would deceive the common people, the working peasants and the poor-and take them cheaphostage, and then sell them extremely expensive in the way of their black ego.[3] steinbeck brought and sold from the field of utilitarianism pearls, giving the dimension of dreams a much more thoughtful opening through such a characteristic literary detail as their “eyes get and light trembling dirt on their fingers”. the writer very masterfully shows such inclinations as lack of selfrealization in human nature, greed, subordination to interest, winking that he is strong. the writer further deepens such a large-scale atmosphere of interest and describes: “the luster of cinema would enter other people’s dreams, invoke their desires, goals, goals, thoughts, needs, interpretations of the future, in the only way to satisfy them was only one person, and if he had a movie. it was interesting that for some reason everyone began to see their opponent in the cinema. j.steinbeck relies on a mythological-poetic method the spirit of song tones-in his interpretation of the pearl conflict, where many of his lust slaves put fire on suicide. this made it possible to further darken the ideological intentions and philosophical scale of the writer. the melody of the song is harmoniously combined with sweet fantasies, sweet dreams whipped in vain, observations of getting rich at once. human dreams are borderless. with the fulfillment of one, the second is born. from psychology it is known that giving in to excessive and impossible foreign dreams ruins a person, distracts from the right path. the life conflict, the drama of the soul, is described in such a mastery that the hero, raised to the level of such a social type, is embodied in his state of being. javahir (jewel) is salution, which he interpreted as a savior, the hero considers for himself the only means gem is on the way to achieving dreams. the fact is that the times when pearls were originally found melody of huana was happy from the intuition of cinema, and this universe could not fit into the world. the writer thus made the most of the symbolic-mythological poetics associated with the melody, sweet fantasy, higher goals, achieving the interpretation of socio terms. music, the song was manifested at the level of a figurative-symbolic means of poetics, which provided the story “javahir” from beginning to end. because of this unique american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org find a large and precious gem, the tragedies that happen to juan's poor family were first interpreted through song tones. the state of mind of cinema, its joyless anguish, is in harmony with its great intention. it is a human destiny for him to unwittingly immerse himself in the anticipation of great dreams and pure intentions in the moments when great wealth enters his hands. i did not believe in the reality of his intentions. however, such an intention cannot be limited, but at the same time it is not difficult to encroach on it, and to erode. the divine universe, a movie in which the fate of god is shimmering in his heart, even realizes that the gods do not welcome their luck in their dreams, which are born by chance. because, the random achievement or luck, which is obtained unexpectedly, is divinely perceived as a deposit. the writer described this subtle and painful feeling in the cinema as “in order to protect his dreams from all kinds of encroachment, he was constantly pitting himself alone against the whole world. his eyes, his mind, had advanced the danger long before he appeared”. the attraction of the artistic skill of john steinbeck is that he can use every simple item as a poetics of figurativeness. and in the opening of meaning-essence, a symbol and a metaphor will closely help. in general, the atmosphere of symbolism and figurativeness for steinbeck in the interpretation of the individual and the era, the spiritual and spiritual world of man is considered a poetic method. it is known that artistic creation and philosophy are considered close, complementary areas, such as twin concepts. works of art reflect the philosophy of the opposite phenomena of life and living, human spirituality, marriage and humanism. in turn, the system of opposing ideas, phenomena such as events, black and white, good-bad, angel-evil, courage-nomadism, nobility-lowness, in which the image is interpreted in works of art, is the main source and base treasure for philosophy, for philosophical research and conclusions. in the interpretation of the relationship between period and personality, the method of symbolism and figurativeness is one of the foundations of attractiveness, impressionability and poetic depth. j.in steinbeck, this is more conspicuous in the way of using a mythological model (the novels “spark of hate”, “our grief”, “golden bowl”), and the story "javahir" is created in the narrative-narrative model. in this work, the precious gem has been elevated to the figurative level of a number of aspects such as notability, profanity, violence, rich poverty, death. the secular popularity of the figures of us literature is also due to the fact that in their works they interpret philosophical ideas in high poetic attractiveness. “the adventures of tom sawyer”, which translated from american literature into uzbek and received the attention of a wide range of readers (m.twain), “uncle tom’s hut” (g.bicher-stou), “chingak chuk-snake” (j.f.cooper), "american tragedy" (t.draser), “the old man and the sea” (e.hemingue), “martin iden” (jack london), “jewel” (j.dozens of novels and short stories such as steinbeck) are important creations with a priority of philosophical and social ideas. references 1. бельяев а.а. социальный американский роман 30-х г. и буржуазная критика. издательство «высшая школа», москва-1969, стр. 50. 2. . steinbeck j. “spirituality”, tashkent-2000, p 20. 3. navoi a. mehbub ul kulub. tashkent-1978, asn, p 49. 4. романист а.о.генри. – о.генри. избранные новелы. москва, издательство «правда», 1985, стр.15. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org the importance of the idea of tolerance in the development of society dilfuza odilovna inomova social sciences department uzbekistan state world languages university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s tolerance as a socio-political phenomenon originated from ancient times, it opened the world to the formation of a welfare society and a system of associated values, and strengthened such values as freedom, equality, respect for a person, for his person. tolerance, idea, society, development, civic institute, freedom, equality introduction thinking about the influence of the idea of tolerance on the development of society, it is necessary first of all to realize the essence of the concept of tolerance. tolerance as a socio-political phenomenon appeared in antiquity, it opened the world to the institution of citizenship and its associated value system strengthening such values as freedom, equality, respect for a person, for his person. the ancient romans elevated these concepts to the level of law, their formal doctrine and diplomacy early appropriated the full privileges of tolerance and made it one of their fundamental norms within the framework of civil international law [1, 176]. the role and role of the tolerance factor, based on mutual affection, trust and sympathy, is fundamental in today's rapidly changing and renewing world. tolerance is a modern concept-it is a complex phenomenon that symbolizes the presence of each particular person, his opinion, point of view, any other culture, worldview, belief to accept as they are. it also means that people who are not like each other strive to live together in harmony, treating them with respect. we encourage tolerance between people, that is, tolerance, to comment on the role of society as a normative value. main part there are different manifestations of the formation of a culture of tolerance in the world, which we can study in two stages. the first phase covered a very extensive historical period from this antiquity to the enlightenment (renaissance). we can exemplify this by the fact that peoples of different nationalities living in many countries have lived peacefully for several years, and shared natural and social problems. the second stage is the beginning of the enlightenment, which is explained by the spread of modern models in various manifestations of the genesis of liberal thought, related to the concept of human rights and freedoms, the development of constitutionalism, the principles of pluralistic democracy and cultures of peace, tolerance and multiculturalism. or if we define the second stage in a different way mainly the emergence of democratic states in the world, the formation of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org popular democracy in public administration, we can see the participation of all communities in solving social, political, economic problems. in the social life of society, it is required to analyze several approaches to the specific peculiarities of the tolerance factor. in this process, it is necessary to recognize that the culture of tolerance is one of the "constructive" models of the development of society, covering factors of mutual respect, tolerance and intolerance towards others. by culture of tolerance or tolerance, it is necessary to have a positive attitude towards other people, realities and processes, without limiting their rights and freedoms. this given definition is seen as the basis of human – being, as it implies the material value of tolerance. in addition, the principle of participation is important in communicating the understanding and cooperation of the other factor. otherwise, tolerance is manifested only on the basis of the tolerance – psychological factor, which can create an unhealthy social environment in society. in this case, the individual's access to communication with his or her fellow and respect for his or her position is seen as a manifestation of tolerance. the idea of religious and secular tolerance is a very remarkable human quality, in which people with diverse thinking live as partners and partners in the cause of good intentions on the same land, in the same homeland. for centuries, religion has embodied most spiritual values. islam, like all world religions, "promoted a whole new way of ridding out of error the fallen humanity, completely far from the idea of discord among the rings" [2, 168]. having deep roots in central asia, in particular in uzbekistan, we can see from history using a huge number of examples that the direction of the essence, which in many respects rose to the level of strict criteria and norms consistent with the social ideals, behavior, behavior of the peoples of this region. therefore, religion and secularism, an integral part of human spirituality, constitute a complex interrelationship with nationality and nationalism. in doing so, it fulfills functions such as tolerance – the prevention of unhealthy social relationships, such as intolerance and intolerance of various forms. great eastern thinkers have created ideologies that serve as the main idea of humanity for the future generation on the topic of the ethics of their society, the culture of their spirituality and the well-being of their imagination. in their works on the topic of spirituality society and politics, they left their moral ideas that lead humanity to perfection to the viz. as abdullah avlani points out, the seeds of culture, enlightenment, justice spread to the universe thanks to humanity, humanity, calculated from good manners that glorify, adorn man. "if it undermines humanity," says abdullah avlani, "hatred instead of alliance to the heart of muslims, oppression instead of justice, hostility instead of love, inertia instead of zeal (apostasy), anger instead of courage, anger instead of honor, arrogance instead of honor, pride instead of loyalty (defamation), envy instead of compassion, honor instead of honor, contentment instead of contentment, horror instead of patience,), superstition (heresy) intervenes instead of zeal" [3, 31]. therefore, human beings must be tolerant in society, firmly establishing a social justice scale towards oneself and the other. it is through this culture of tolerance (tolerance) that the progress of society is progressive. as a vivid example of modern globalization, today an intercultural dialogue is being formed that does not recognize either spatial or temporal dimensions. even in recent history, territorial boundaries have eoyed local societies to both progress and decline in the socio-political and cultural sphere, which is going on in countries with a high or low level of development in relation to the outside world or our country. today, however, these physical limitations are practically absent and there is a process of widespread spread across the globe of various cultures and civilizations. a significant role in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org spread, intervention and mutual harmonization of cultures is also played by the mass media and the migration processes that cover tourism, labor and forced migration in itself. contrary to the idea of tolerance, which is found in our society today, negative situations – indifference, intolerance, jealousy, disdain for reality, unhealthy familiarity-ignorance, localism, seedfraud, officialdom-the existence of cab vices is a sad situation. the following mechanisms for overcoming these vices that society has formed can be cited: the variety of free thoughts and ideas in society (pluralism), criticism, the creation of an environment of self-criticism; in interpersonal social relations, equal rights, harmony of mutual interests and absorption of political, legal culture factors into citizens; strengthening the atmosphere of democracy, transparency and transparency; creating a healthy and free competitive environment; achieving an increase in the status of science and education in society are required. conclusion tolerance does not imply a side-click or erk to any ideological and ideological teachings, system of worldviews, political situations, forms of social action and decisions. also in tolerance: volatility, freedom, independence, individuality and other democratic principles also do not express obedience to any evil, just as society does not express indifference to political life, deviant behavior, indifference, spiritual subordination. especially in the 21st century, which has become a global problem and has become global: phenomena such as international terrorism, extremism, separatism, xenophobia, drug trafficking, human trafficking are also subject to a reevaluation of the criteria of compromise and tolerance principles. in other words, we must pay special attention to the fact that the changes in the methods and scope of their activities are completely opposite to the principles of tolerance. the basis of tolerance is the fundamental values of society, without which humanity cannot exist. article 4 of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan ensures that the languages, customs and traditions of all nationalities and elates residing in their territory are respected, creating conditions for their development; article 8 establishes the people of uzbekistan as citizens regardless of nationality; article 18 contains the same rights and freedoms of all citizens, regardless of gender, race, nationality, language, religion, social origin, faith, personality and social status. article 29 of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan establishes that everyone has the right to freedom of belief, and article 31 guarantees freedom of conscience for all, that every person has the right to believe in any religion he wants or not to profess any religion. also, in the law on freedom of conscience and religious organizations adopted in the new edition in 2021, among the main priorities for ensuring freedom of conscience are the strengthening of peace and harmony between denominations, ensuring religious tolerance in society. in our country, the attitude of our people towards representatives of other religions, other nations and nations is sincere. our ancestors had a tolerant attitude towards representatives of different nationalities and religions who settled in the god of our country from time immemorial. if we look at the recent history of the people of different peoples and nationalities who were transplanted to our country during the years of the second jahan war, our people also extended their hands to the material spiritual yorda.or today in our country more than 133 nationalities and representatives of honor live peacefully and comfortably. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org references 1. романенко л.м. лики российской толерантности (размышления участницы симпозиума) // полис. 2002. №6. с. 176. 2. кандаланцев в. параллели христианства и буддизма. вопроси философии-№3. 2001. с. 168. 3. абдулла авлоний. туркий гулистон ёҳуд аҳлоқ. ёшлар нашриёт уйи. т.: 2018 4. kurbanov muzaffar ummatovich 2022. purposeful management of the teaching staff of school: theory and practice. open access repository. 8, 12 (dec. 2022), 80–83. doi:https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/kbuz2. 5. muzaffar ummatovich kurbanov. (2022). theoretical and practical framework for school management. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(12), 1530–1537. retrieved from https://www.giirj.com/index.php/giirj/article/view/4343 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org events for the development of the pharmaceutical staff training process in uzbekistan during the years of independence shakhnoza abdurakhmonovna yakubova, institute of irrigation and agricultural technologies of the national research university uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents the changes in the pharmaceutical science of the republic of uzbekistan during the years of independence. initially, problems in pharmaceutical science, their solutions and achievements in this field are presented in this article. in addition, the article highlights the importance of pharmacists in the development of the pharmaceutical industry. pharmaceuticals, pharmacy, agrobiotechnology, provisional, biotechnology, agroecology, "uzkhimfarm", botanic garden of uzfa, pharmacist personnel, tashkent pharmaceutical institute, standardization, pharmacognosy. during the years of independence in uzbekistan, the reforms and modernization processes in the health care system made the improvement of the training of medical, especially pharmaceutical, personnel on the agenda. at this point, the work carried out at the tashkent pharmaceutical institute is noteworthy. in the 1991-1992 academic year, the institute had 3 faculties, i.e. pharmacy, agrobiotechnology, advanced training faculties, 25 departments, 3 courses and the central scientific testing laboratory. 246 professors worked in the departments, 24 of them were doctors of science, 118 were candidates of science, 104 were assistant teachers. also, there were 3 doctors of science under the age of 40. in the 1991-1992 academic year, 1,232 applicants applied to the tashkent pharmaceutical institute, and 1,191 of them participated in the exam. 91 entrants were accepted to study on the basis of interviews due to the fact that they graduated from school with a gold medal1. starting from the academic year 1992-1993, two new directions "biotechnology" and "agroecology" were opened at the tashkent pharmaceutical institute, and medicinal plants and biotechnology courses were organized in order to further improve educational work. in this academic year, 1,939 students, 73 students in biotechnology, and 87 students in agroecology studied in full-time and part-time departments of the institute on the specialty "pharmacy". also, from this academic year, foreign students were accepted on the basis of a contract2. in september 1993, in connection with the opening of the specialty "agroecology" at the institute, and in order to raise the level of teaching the science of resource science of medicinal plants, to improve 1 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 26, sheet 47. 2 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 2. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org educational and methodological work, the course of resource science of medicinal plants was separated from the department of botany, and an independent department "resource science and standardization of medicinal plants" was established3. during this period, a certain amount of attention was paid to strengthening the material and technical base of the institute. the total area of the educational building of the institute is 11,160 m2, which corresponds to 3.7 m2 per student. in the 1993-1994 academic year, the institute operated 2 dormitories with 594 beds, including the 1st dormitory with 250 beds rented. each department had 3-4 classrooms, a room for laboratory assistants, a room for assistants and a room for the head of the department. the laboratories of the departments were equipped in accordance with the requirements of the curriculum and program. also, the library of the institute was located on an area of 470 m2, and its fund had 345,936 copies of books4. in chimyon, the sports and health camp of the institute, two volleyball fields of the physical education department, two adapted rooms with an area of 40 m2 for jumping sector, wrestling, weightlifting, and table tennis trainings also functioned. in 1994, the construction of 2 dormitories with 500 beds for students began5. despite all the economic problems, in the academic year 1994-1995, as a result of a mutual agreement, the training of teachers of the specialized departments of the institute was organized at the moscow medical academy. r. a. muhamedova, i. a. kharlamov, d. nazarova from the institute attended the moscow medical academy. also, g.abduazimov, h.mamaeshov, n.sh.polyants, e.t.toychiev at the higher pedagogical institute of tashkent state university, t.t.rahimov, v.v.urafskaya, g.malikova, m.umarova at the tashkent state medical institute takes advanced training courses6. attendance and mastery rate of students of tashkent institute of pharmacy were continuously analyzed. for example, in the summer exam session of the 1993-1994 academic year, the mastering rate was 74.3 percent in the agroecology specialty of the institute, 83.6 percent in the biotechnology specialty, and 78.5 percent at the faculty level. in the 3rd course of the biotechnology specialization, mastering was 75 percent in the summer exam session of the 1993-1994 academic year. attendance in the specialty of agroecology was 93.5% in the 1993-1994 academic year, 94.4% in the 1994-1995 academic year, and 90.8% in the biotechnology specialty in the 1993-1994 academic year7. in the 1995-1996 academic year, 20 percent of students were admitted to the pharmaceutical institute on the basis of a contract. along with this, 10 students were admitted outside of the plan through targeted study. the number of entrants who applied to study at the institute was 531. this was 272 fewer than in 1994-1995. 32.5% of applicants were from kashkadarya region, 24.5% from tashkent region8. internships are an integral part of the educational process, and the tashkent institute of pharmacy also conducted certain activities related to the organization of student internships. in the 1994-1995 academic year, 325 students of pharmaceutical organization and economics were sent to undergo production practice. the practice was held in 36 pharmacies of tashkent city, in three substances, and the students conducted production practice for the first time. the number of excellent grades decreased by 8.3 percent, good grades by 5.12 percent, and satisfactory grades by 3.78 percent. practices were 3 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 20, sheet 198. 4 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 4. 5 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 5. 6 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 10. 7 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 16. 8 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 22. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org mainly organized in control-analytical laboratories and analysis rooms of pharmacies, in the production association "uzkhimfarm", in the botanical garden of the academy of sciences of uzbekistan9. permanent spiritual and educational events were organized in the institute. in january 1994, "health university" was established at the institute, headed by prof. it was handed over to i.v. rahimova. during 6 months of this year, the "health university" held discussions and lectures on interesting topics for the students of the institute. in addition, a council for preventing violations of the legal order was established at the institute. to this council assoc. r. z. zilev was the leader. on march 15, 1994, a meeting of students and employees of the institute with the prosecutor's office of mirabad district was held. in 1994, the library staff of the institute organized a book exhibition entitled "ecology, independence and health", a book exhibition dedicated to the 600th anniversary of the birth of mirzo ulugbek, under the theme "1994 the year of ulugbek"10. during the years of independence, the quality and scope of pharmaceutical training in uzbekistan expanded. the tashkent institute of pharmaceuticals took the lead in the region in providing personnel to the pharmaceutical industry of central asia. the training of specialists in the field of pharmaceuticals in such areas as agrobiotechnology, biotechnology, agroecology, pharmaceutical management and economy, pharmaceutical analysis and pharmacognosy, drug technology, clinical pharmacy served to improve the supply of personnel in the field. reforms in the medical education system were also implemented at the tashkent pharmaceutical institute. list of references 1. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 2. 2. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 33. 3. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 4. 4. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 5. 5. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 26, sheet 47. 6. . national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 10. 7. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 16. 8. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 22. 9. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 46. 10. national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 20, sheet 198. 9 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 380, list 2, case 36, sheet 46. 10 national archive of scientific and technical medical documents of uzbekistan, fund 1, list 2, case 54, sheet 33. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org remote sensors in water quality management ergasheva sarvinoz muzaffar kizi toshkent kimyo-texnologiya instituti assistenti talipova go'zal bahodir kizi toshkent kimyo-texnologiya instituti assistenti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in according to iso 9000 the basis of quality management in accordance is the total production control using the systems of automated measurement of process values. coordinated functioning of the water production links: pumping stations, pipelines, filtration equipment, etc. increases the efficiency and reliability of the hydrosystem, reduces energy consumption and improves organoleptic water performance. modern water supply systems have a branched network structure, which is located on a vast territory. to monitor the parameters of the operation of technological equipment, a variety of sensors are intended, which convert the test value into an electrical signal entering the actuator. effective approaches to controlling the functioning of electric motors of centrifugal pumps ensuring the transfer of required volumes of water are analyzed. in work algorithms of regulation of volume of water and pressure supply by pumping stations of city water service with application of innovative sensors are analyzed. water supply, quality management, water pumps, electric drives, level and pressure sensor, energy saving. remains relevant today the challenge of developing manageable, reliable hydraulic systems in the water supply of settlements and cities that allow more rational use water resources and electricity energy. visual condition monitoring technological equipment and manual control of units in the water supply system cannot provide sufficient reliability functional operation of pumping stations (ps). sustainable water supply for megacities with an extensive network, for example, in the mup system "ufavodokanal" more than 2700 km of water and sewer networks, needs to be expanded use of electrical sensors. the main mechanism of pumping stations is an asynchronous electric drive, which is one of the main consumers (up to 25%) of all consumed electricity [1]. automatic management of water supply processes carried out using sensors for measurements of indicators and water consumption; blocks data input and output; executive mechanisms; controller, etc. [2]. sensors in technological hydraulic scheme of water supply determine the characteristics, regulate and signal failures. hydraulic water source wells are equipped with blocks input and output, sensors to control american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org voltage and pressure, smooth starting the drive. ns water intake, for example, "ufavodokanal" with a total capacity of 611 thousand m3 / day equipped with current and pressure sensors, and the block motor protection is installed on each pump. automation of water pumps and hc on today is usually submersible electric pump control water level in storage tanks or pressure in the pressure pipe. on the ns enough hydraulic equipment effectively managed by electrical sensors: start and stop water pumps and auxiliary pumping units; control and maintaining the set parameters (for example, water level, flow, pressure, etc.); reception controlled parameters and signal transmission to control room. to monitor parameters operation of the ns are various sensors that convert controlled values into electrical impulses entering the executive mechanisms [3]. currently in technology water supply is introduced microprocessor management of the ns. in work [4] algorithms and control methods electric motor to reduce inefficient costs when using it in as electric drives for water pumps. according to the principle of operation, one can distinguish the following types of water level sensors: float sensors; hydrostatic sensors; capacitive sensors; radar sensors; ultrasonic sensors, etc. [5]. exist several ways to measure the water level, for example, with the contact method, the sensor installed on the wall in the tank a certain level. based on this method functioning of hydrostatic and float models of electrical sensors, but to contactless control methods include ultrasonic and capacitive sensors. mup "ufavodokanal" is constantly working on improving the quality of drinking water for population. this company has always been one of the leaders in the implementation of innovative devices and technologies. for example, ufavodokanal, introduced galaktika erp system, which is used together with other specialized information systems for solving problems automation of supply management tasks and sales, personnel activities, etc. should be note that the use of the galaktika system erp allowed to increase efficiency management, quality of work, which improved the overall economic position of the enterprise. in operation of the enterprise "ufavodokanal" are: • 7 water intakes with a total capacity of 611 thousand m3 /day; • water treatment plant with a capacity of 200 thousand m3 /day; • 15 pumping stations of the 2nd and 3rd lifts; • 2 complete biological treatment stations wastewater with a total capacity of 542.5 thousand m3 /day; • 34 sewage pumping stations; • more than 2700 km of water supply and sewer networks. at the enterprise mup "ufavodokanal" since 2003 year submersible pumps are used centrifugal with hydraulic drive (manufactured in ozersk) for pumping liquids during emergency repair work on plumbing sewer networks. attachments, on which d-120 engines are installed, hydraulic pumps nsh32 and hydraulic tanks, promptly used in the elimination water supply problems. performance of such pumps is 50-60 m3 /hour at 15 m pressure and during operation, the pumps showed themselves as reliable means of pumping out in various weather conditions. in automated hydraulic systems ns controls use the following types sensors: ♦ level to supply pulses to turning on and off the water pumps when change in the water level in the tanks; ♦ electrocontact manometers – for control circuits of automation when changing pressure in the pipeline, etc. the main elements of the electrode sensor float type water levels are signaling unit and electrodes that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org installed at a certain height reservoir. for level control float level sensors (pdu) are produced with cylindrical float pdu-1, pdu-2; with spherical float pdu-3. level sensor has a float that moves along vertical rod, and inside the float is a permanent magnet. in the stem of the remote control, which is a hollow tube electromechanical switching device reed contact: the reed contact is activated when approach of a magnet. upon reaching the level the waters of one or another electrode are closed corresponding circuits in the electrical circuit signaling and control of the hydraulic system. at present, automatic online water transmission network support impossible without feedback. mission reading changing data and transmitting it to the relay is assigned to meters and analyzers different designs. modern pumping water supply stations respond to changes in flow rate and pressure, and sensors signal to the control system that it is stabilization actions that are required. used to control the water level mechanical, electronic or ultrasonic water sensors. in the first case floating mechanism on the surface moves with altitude water column and when reaching the end points one or the other control circuits are switched on. at the bottom of the accumulator can install electronic devices high sensitivity for fixation instant pressure. moreover, in the scheme stabilization of the state of the water pressure system it is possible to install electrocontact pressure gauges. these gauges, along with diaphragm switches accept participation in the automation of switching off / on hydraulic blower drives. in these devices displacement of the diaphragm through the attached to it the lever closes (or opens) the contacts in relay mechanism. presence (absence) information water flow control systems water supply is obtained from jet relays. inside the water supply line sensor-plate, which deviates when movement of the water mass or remains static, when there is no fluid flow. principle actions of any manometric device consists in the deformation of the tubular chamber under some influence and return it to original position when the influence is weakening. any water supply sensors have error or limit of measurement accuracy. in local water supply complexes considered the most relevant and practical determination of two indicators: pressure in the circuit and the occurrence of leaks. measurement of the first (and main) characteristics carried out gauges from various manufacturers. when if pressure fluctuations are significant on during the day, you need to debug the local water supply stations. thus, in conclusion, one can do conclusion that the use of sensors frequencycontrolled electric drive is economical and reliable control operating modes of pumping units of various destination. quality control functioning of electrical sensors provides: saving 18-21% of electricity, reduction of wear of hydromechanical and electrical equipment thanks to reducing the number of starts and stops water pumps; decrease in probability accidents caused by hydraulic shocks, etc. references 1. sivolov g.e., karmalov a.i., ivanson p.b. et al. multilevel automated control system for technological processes of water supply and wastewater disposal // water supply and sanitary engineering. 2011. no.9-1. р.47-56. 2. lobachev p.v. pumps and pump stations. –moscow: stroyizdat. 1990. – 320 р. 3. mulev yu.v., krasovsky yu.k. new developments of nрo "umas". manometers showing // sensors and systems. 2007. no.6. р. 55-58. 4. ivanova o.v., khalikov r.m., korotkova l.n. efficient management of electrotechnical equipment in the technological scheme for the production of high-quality water // electrical and data processing facilities and systems. 2018. v.14. no.2. р.21-27. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 5. water supply and water disposal. external networks and facilities. directory. ed. b.n. repin. – moscow: higher school, 1995. – 431 р. 6. abdrakhmanov v.kh., vazhdaev k.v., salikhov r.b. development of automation tools using wifi modules esp8266 and lpwan technologies // electrical and data processing facilities and systems. 2018. v.13. no.4. р.98-108. 7. ivanova o.v. dictionary of the basic terms of quality management. – ufa: bashsu, 2014. – 68 р. 8. sokolovsky g.g. alternating current electric drives with frequency control. – moscow: publishing center "academy", 2006. – 272 р. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org the noosphere stage and the increasing responsibility of mankind in the perspective of the planet earth panjiev suhrob senior teacher, termiz state university, uzbekistan suhrobramdil8788@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents the ideas of the gradual development of the relationship between society and nature. the meaning of the concept of the noosphere is based on its importance in harmonizing all the spiritual aspects of the human mind and personality in general. noosphere, society and nature, spiritual aspects, vernadsky's biosphere theories. the history of science refers to the development of fundamental knowledge. these knowledges are considered the most general laws of world development. such knowledge helps to understand paradigms. a paradigm is a widely recognized scientific achievement that provides the scientific community with a model for posing a set of problems and solving them in a new way1. aristotle's dynamics, ptolemy's geocentric theory, newton's mechanics, ch. darwin's evolutionary theory, v. i. vernadsky's biosphere theories, etc. can be included among such paradigms from the history of science. the interchange of paradigms led to a scientific and technological revolution2. when the world is the structure of existence, it is primarily meant the world of nature. in modern philosophy, the concept of nature is interpreted in a broad and narrow sense. its broad meaning refers to the universe, the world (material things and events) that surrounds a person. at the same time, this concept in a narrow sense represents the living (life) part of the universe. as a result of the development of natural sciences in the 19th century, new approaches to understanding the problems of the origin of life and evolutionary processes on earth appeared, as well as the desire of man to understand his place in the world. this situation was also manifested in the interpretation of the concept of nature, which began to mean only the part of the universe, existence, which he called the biosphere (j. lamarck introduced the term biosphere into science in 1802), that is, the “sphere of life”. the biosphere is the product of the previous development of inanimate nature and forms the thin layer of the earth where life lives. it covers the upper part of the atmosphere, hydrosphere and lithosphere. 1 кун т. структура научных революций. – м.: “прогресс”, 1975., стр.11. 2 kambarov a. the role of scientific values in the process of spiritual renewal of society. candidacy thesis, fergana, 2006, p. 113. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org man occupies a special place in the biosphere. it has become a part of living nature, and at the same time actively influencing it, an active force. this situation found its expression in ecological problems. as they intensified, man began to understand more deeply his changed place in nature; began to try to solve the issue of interaction between nature and society from a scientific, philosophical and practical point of view. this gave impetus to the formation of the doctrine of the biosphere. this doctrine was developed by the russian scientist vernadsky v.i. (1863-1945) was developed by the scientist called the distribution of living organisms on the planet the biosphere. he emphasized the great importance of philosophy for scientific research, that philosophy is a methodology for natural sciences, and in the teaching of the biosphere and noosphere, he took a philosophical approach to nature and established the interrelationship between nature and society, and man. he rejected the views of society and nature that existed before him, the traditional views that consider “nature” to be an inexhaustible source, and the relationship between society and nature finds its expression in changes in nature, in which humanity becomes a powerful geological force; put forward the idea that it is impossible not to take this into account. vernadsky approached society as a unity of animate and inanimate nature, man as an active subject, and tried to scientifically justify the place of human activity in the interaction of society and nature and the qualitative changes that took place under its influence. he called the replacement of human activity in the interaction of society and nature to the point where his snake activity becomes the most important factor, the “noosphere” (greek noos intelligence, perception and sphaira field), that is, the field of intelligence. since then, the noosphere is understood as the highest stage of unification of all forms of existence of matter, which is based on the scientific understanding of natural and social processes and is coordinated with the general laws of the development of nature. in other words, the noosphere “society-nature” system is the highest stage of the development of natural-historical development, which does not yet exist, but is beginning to take shape, and must exist if humanity does not want crises to occur and wants to live a decent life in the future. as most researchers have pointed out, reaching such a “biosphere” stage requires gradual development based on optimizing the interaction of society and nature. this type of joint development is called coevolution of nature and society, and reaching the noosphere is its gradual end. the ideas of the gradual development of the relationship between society and nature are based on a new interpretation of the laws that determine the emergence and development of the organic, and later the social world. as a result of the interaction of animate and inanimate nature, a new state of the earth's lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere was created, which is reflected in such synthetic concepts as “biosphere” and “noosphere”. the introduction of these concepts into scientific circulation and philosophical justification was a completely new stage in the understanding of altered nature. the term “noosphere” was proposed by the french researcher e. leroy in 1927 at a seminar in paris during the discussion of v. vernadsky's lecture on this field to express the current stage of the geological biosphere. later, this term was widely used by p. teilhard-de chardin. he understands the noosphere as the “thinking layer” of the earth, its own shell, which was created at the end of the tertiary period, includes plants and animals, operates outside the biosphere and over the biosphere. “...as soon as the spark of thought shone on earth, life created a force capable of criticizing itself and passing judgment on it,” wrote the scientist3. 3 тейяр де шарден//всемирная энциклопедия. -м.: современный летератор, 2001.-с. 346. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org the noosphere human activity, the whole set of thinking forces and units of humanity, which attract the thoughts and tasks of this activity to a common unity through the means of joint actions and goals, affects the evolution of our planet, determines it in many ways. v. i. vernadsky approached the noosphere as a result of human activity aimed at changing the biosphere and nature in general. according to him, a “curtain” of anthropogenic origin is created around the earth, but this is not an ideal sphere, but a certain stage in the development of the biosphere. in this case, the conscious transformative activity of people becomes the driving force of this development, and the “realm of intelligence” thus created becomes a material force. in the process of evolution, it represents the emergence of new means and factors of development of a spiritual and spiritual nature and their use. according to teilhard-de-chardin, free thinking and discovery, the emergence of a person capable of understanding his actions and thoughts is a factor that establishes a new, promising development of a biological form, a “new order of existence”. this new realm is literally an independent, system-forming factor that cannot exist outside of humanity and without humanity. intelligence in the context of the concept of the noosphere represents the harmony of the human mind and all spiritual aspects of the individual. currently, the concept of “noosphere” attracts the attention of scientists from various fields. in some views, its content is defined in connection with informational processes and as an informational-energetic-material unit. the term “intellectual systems”, which is quite common today, represents one of the mechanisms of entering the noosphere. the formation of the noosphere from the biosphere shows the unity of humanity. the noosphere should justify its name as “realm of intelligence”. in it, humanistic scientific thinking capable of eliminating the negative consequences of technical development for the future of mankind and creating wide opportunities for the development of social life is required to prevail in practice. intellect is not only a special apparatus of knowledge, but also a source of life activity. according to v. vernadsky, the formation of the noosphere should take place under the influence of growing scientific thinking and productive social work based on it. the growth of scientific thinking cannot fail to have a serious impact on the conditions of human existence. according to v. vernadsky, thanks to the noosphere, it is possible to solve the higher organizational tasks of human life and rationally regulate the natural cosmic order. with the introduction of the concept of “noosphere” into scientific circulation, philosophy began to think about the meaning of a new type of energy. it is a specific type of biochemical processes, according to its composition. therefore, intelligence is manifested in its own way. this new form of energy, which can be called human cultural energy or cultural biogeochemical energy, is one of the main factors that create the noosphere intelligence. it can be concluded that the boundaries of the noosphere are related to the human being, they are not immutable, but depend on the level of rationality and quality of thought processes. the possibility of eliminating the imbalances of human life activity is linked to the noosphere. a universal approach to the understanding of existence includes not only the primary values and principles of earth civilization, but also a certain dependence on the universe. mechanisms of human connection with nature are diverse. they do not consist only of biological, technical or social mechanisms. in the process of interaction, these mechanisms form such a complex system that one layer takes place over the second layer and changes the third layer with its influence. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org the concept of "noosphere" also embodies a set of objections against a large number of factual information about the universal negative consequences of human activity. in 1866, g. marsh's book "on man and nature or man's influence on changes in physico-geographical conditions of nature" contains many evidences about the negative impact of man on the environment, and it is said that they can lead to disastrous consequences. these are: degradation of the soil layer, reduction of forest area, extinction of animal species, etc. the new stage of the biosphere is the noosphere, which is associated with the geological power of the human mind of a planetary nature. as stated by thayer de chardin in “the human phenomenon”, the emergence of the noosphere is associated with the emergence of homo sapiens (conscious man), i.e., the period of their first socialization; he came to the conclusion that the noosphere is a socialized stage of the development of the biosphere. the noosphere cannot be prioritized over the biosphere or separated from the biosphere as a single phenomenon4. at the same time, this concept refers to the indisputability of reason. list of references 1. kambarov a. the role of scientific values in the process of spiritual renewal of society. candidacy thesis, fergana, 2006, p. 113. 2. mamashokirov s., usmanov e. environmental security issues of sustainable development. t.: “science”, 2007, p. 30. 3. кун т. структура научных революций. – м.: “прогресс”, 1975., стр.11. 4. тейяр де шарден//всемирная энциклопедия. -м.: современный летератор, 2001.-с. 346. 4 mamashokirov s., usmanov e. environmental security issues of sustainable development. t.: “science”, 2007, p. 30. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org sarcosporidia of domestic animals of kuva district of fergana region and their species composition kh. m. komilova fardu, teachers of the department of zoology and general biology. o. i. qayumova fardu, teachers of the department of zoology and general biology. m. f. bekchonova fardu, teachers of the department of zoology and general biology. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s internal organs of domestic animals (cattle, sheep and goats) living in different ecological conditions of kuva district of fergana region (neck, muscles, esophagus, tongue, heart, diaphragm, and liver, lungs, kidneys, and spleen). sarcocyst, sarcocytosis, cyst, trophozoite, scorocyst, ocyst, parasite, intermediate host, main host, herbivore, carnivore. one of the important biological features of determining the species of any parasite is its specific relationship to its vertebrate host. sarcosporidia are widespread as parasites of reptiles, birds and mammals (kalyakin, zasukhin, 1975). sarcosporidia were found in 3 families of reptiles, 13 families of birds, and 10 families of mammals. the total number of sarcocyst species is more than 70 species, of which 45 species live in mammals, 15 species live in birds, and 10 species live in reptiles (zasukhin, 1977). a. gadoyev (1976) was the first in uzbekistan to list 8 species of sarcosporidia. he was able to identify the main owners of 2 of them. 1. for s. fusiformis (fox, wolf), and 2. for s. tenella (cat, dog). this information is based on the results of conducted experiments. when determining the types of sarcosporidia relevant for each host, attention was mainly paid to the morphological characteristics (color, shape, size of the cytoplasm of trophozoites; location and size of the nucleus inside the cell). species composition american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org table-1 sarcocysts of sheep (ovis aries) s. tenella type of sarcosporidia was described by many foreign scientists: in russia a.g. alekseev (1911), in south africa walker (1920) (according to yakimov, 1931), transvaal (1921), in holland radenmaker (1922), in kazakhstan n.g. levchenko (1963), in the leningrad region i.a. kolabcki (1964) and in italy s. rezipoet (1974). cysts of sheep sarcosporidia are oval, more elongated and ovoid in shape, surrounded by a multilayered shell (kolesnikov, 1935; hoiz, 1954, 1955; ludvik, 1958, etc.) the size of such cysts is different: t. s. kobbold (1866) 0.11-0.3 mm, v. l. yakimov (1931) 0.042.0 mm, n. g. levchenko (1963) 0.12-2.32 x 0.03-0.25 mm. small cysts are also found 0.12 x 0.12 mm and 0.18 x 1.28 and relatively larger cysts above 0.80 0.180 mm. we tested all internal organs of the sheep for s. tenella. we witnessed damage to the heart muscles, esophagus, diaphragm, neck muscles, tongue, kidneys and liver tissues of the sheep. sarcosporidia microcysts and trophozoites were found in smears prepared from the above-mentioned organs. microcysts and trophozoites of sarcosporidia found in sheep's organs have different shapes: microcysts are ovoid, oval, egg-shaped and rounder, and trophozoites are semi-ovoid, banana-shaped, ovalshaped and bean-shaped. trophozoites found in sheep muscles. table-2. we know that the shape of microcysts depends on their location: for example, the shape of microcysts types of sarcosporidia. intermediate masters s.tenella. railliet, 1886 sheep s.fusiformis. railliet,1897 cattle s.moulei. neve-lemaire,1912 goats s.miescheriana. kuhn, 1865 pigs s.bertrami. doflein, 1901 horses s.horvathi. rats, 1908 chickens s.camellei. mason, 1913 camels s.asinus.n.sp gadoyev 1978 donkeys american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org found in the sputum of the esophagus is oval and oval, and the shape of microcysts in the heart is ovoid and round. they are stained blue using romanovsky-giemza dye. microcysts of sarcosporidia found in different muscles and even in one muscle differ in size. when we measured the size of 100 microcysts of sarcosporidia, we found that their length averaged from 0.1 mm to 1.520 mm and width from 0.07 mm to 0.370 mm. long (1.520 mm) microcysts were found in the esophagus, while short (0.80 mm) microcysts were found in the heart muscle. when other organs of the sheep were examined, microcysts of sarcosporidia were not found, that is, they were found only in the muscles of the esophagus and heart, and trophozoites were found in all organs. in addition, in the course of our research, we found a microcyst with a round shape and a very small diameter 11.5 μm in size from the preparation prepared from sheep's heart muscles; its skin has a two-layer contour, and inside it there are three trophozoites, we observed that one of these trophozoites is smaller than the two and is bean-shaped. s. tenella in muscle tissues of internal organs of sheep size of cysts and trophozoites table-3. checked bodies sistalar,mm trophozotes, mk length one length one esophagus 0,17-1,425 0,04-0,056 1,09-15,5 4,0-5,6 language 11,4-16,5 4,5-5,4 nenneck 10,0-14,6 3,6-4,8 heart 0,1-0,730 0,1-0,245 12,5-16,0 4,2-5,4 diaphragm 12,4-15,5 4,6-5,4 liver 11,4-14,5 3,7-5,8 kidneys 10,4-13,7 2,8-4,6 h 3-rasm: sarcocystis tenellaning electron mikroskopda ko’rilgan sxematik tuzilishi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org a) polar circle (periodic pole). b) discoid granules. c) interlaced fibrils in the pellicle. g) central cells. d) vacuoles. e) mitochondria. g) nucleus. z) nucleus. as a result of the researches and studies of many scientists (heydorn, rommel, 1972; fayer, leek, 1973; vershinin, 1974), they found that the main host for this type of sarcosporidia is the organisms belonging to the genus of cats and dogs. b) sarcocysts of cattle (bostaurus) our research showed that the microcysts and trophozoites of cattle sarcocysts belonging to the species s. fusiformis are different: microcysts are sac-shaped, ovoid, round, oblong and oval; trophozoites hemispherical, sickle-shaped and sometimes oval-shaped. when we examined 100 microcysts, we saw that their sizes vary within a certain range: length from 0.130 to 0.390 mm, width from 0.20 to 0.155 mm, and they are dark blue in color. we observed that the skin of cysts consists of many cells. among dark-blue stained microcysts of sarcocysts, we observed the presence of young and mature ones of different sizes and shapes. the shape of microcysts depends on the localization of their location: microcysts isolated from the heart muscles are oval and round, and the shape of microcysts located in the esophagus is oval or oblong, etc. young microcysts were usually ovoid in shape, small in size 70 x 55 µm, mature ones oval, length -190 µm and width -70 µm. young and immature microcysts are filled with a large number of trophozoites, which are irregularly located close to each other and resemble a granular mass. thus, the trophozoites of the cattle sarcocyst we studied differ from each other in terms of shape and special characteristics. our research has shown that the nucleus of bovine sarcocyst trophozoites is located extrinsically, that is, near the rounded part of the cell. it is worth noting that in our research, when we examined 110 cattle from kuva district of fergana region for sarcosporidia, we witnessed that all of them (100%) were infected with sarcosporidia. size of cysts and spores of s. fusiformis american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org table-4. authors years cyst size (mm) spore size (µm) length one length one yakimov 1931 5-20 0,65-0,2 12,6-15,2 3,40-6,08 kolesnikov 1935 0,388 0,095 ribaltovskiy 1963 0,60-0,268 0,040-0,160 ustarxanov 1969 0,1-0,7 0,1gacha 19,0gacha 3,0gacha mutaxodjaev 1970 0,007-0,09 0,006-0,06 8-14 1-5,9 a.gadoyev 1978 0,125-0,387 0,18-0,145 12,4-17,5 (15,0-0,4) 3-5,9 (4,4-0,1) our data 2021 0,122-0,357 0,19-0,142 figure 5: ovoid microcyst of s. fusiformis from cattle heart. c) sarcocysts of goats. ( cerchahiecus ) the first career of sarcospoidei in goats was found in europe. (moulei, 1887; neven-lamaire, 1912) the main host of s. moule is unknown. sarcosporidia of goats in ussr kolesnikov, 1935) in ulyanov region (lubyanisky 1956). sarcosporidium was also found in goats in leipzig in the gdr (vorcherd, 1962). the size of tarofozooids of this species (moulei 1887) is 14.67 x 17.0 mm, 4.07 x 6.25 µm, according to n.m. kolesnikov, the length of the large microcyst is 274.2 µm, and the width is 45.4 µm. in the conditions of uzbekistan, it is more common than 74.7% among goats (gadoyev-1978). despite this, no one else checked until a. gadoyev checked. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org therefore, we present the morphological characteristics of sarcocysts found in goats. a form of trophozoites found mainly in the heart of goats; semi-oval and oval. the result of measuring semi-oily trophozoites of different sizes 150 parasites was as follows; the length is from 13.0 to 16.5 µm, and the width is from 4.5 to 5.5 µm. the diameter of the round nucleus is 3.5 μm, the length of the oval nucleus is 4.5 μm, the width is 3.5 μm. orange-red granules are visible in the core. oval-shaped trophozoites are 13.5 to 17.0 µm long and 5.0 to 7.5 µm wide. the nuclear side is rounded. the diameter of the round nucleus is 4.0 μm, the length of the oval nucleus is up to 5.0 μm, and the width is up to 4.5 μm. saxosporidia trophozoites found in goats are identical in shape, size, and color to those previously reported in the literature. therefore, we included the sarcocysts found in the heart muscles of goats into the species s.moulei neve-lemaire, 1912. figure 6: trophozoites of s. moulei found in the hearts of goats with different shapes: a, b semi-oval, v, g oval reference american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will build our great future together with our brave and noble people. 4. ─ t.: uzbekistan, 2017 2. beyer p.v. sarcosporidiosis. // "practitioner". no. 5. -2000. 3. berdiev a.s. what you need to know about sarcocystosis. ─akhshabad:, ylym, 1982. 4. gadoev a. sarcocysts of cattle in uzbekistan. materials. // all-union congress of protozoologists. part 3. ─kiev., 1976. 5. gadoev a. sheep sarcocysts in uzbekistan. abstracts of the x all-union conference on natural foci of diseases. part 1. ed. alma-ata, 1979. 6. gadoyev a.kizucheniyu sarkosporidiy koz. biologiyaning dolzarb muammolari. respublika ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari. farg'ona., 2018 7. esimov b.k. sarcosporidia and sarcosporidiosis in pigs. dissertation abstract. ph.d. alma ata, 1988. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org fingerprints: history and today abdurashid abdumannobovich turgunov doctor of psychological sciences (dsc), associate professor, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides an overview of the science of fingerprints, including their detection and identification. we discuss the anatomy of fingerprints and the various types of prints that can be left at a crime scene. we also describe the various methods used to detect fingerprints, including traditional methods such as dusting and newer and dna analysis. the article also explores the process of fingerprint identification, which involves comparing a fingerprint found at a crime scene to a known fingerprint database. fingerprint, patterns, furrows, loops, vortices, arcs, ridges, dermatoglyphics. introduction fingerprints have long been used as a means of identification, and their use in forensic science has revolutionized the way crimes are solved [1]. but where did this practice begin, and how did it develop over time? in this article, we will explore the history of fingerprints and their use in various fields. the earliest known use of fingerprints dates back to ancient babylon, where fingerprints were used on clay tablets for business. the ancient chinese also used fingerprints on clay seals for official documents, and in india, fingerprints were used to sign legal documents as far back as 2000 bce. however, these early uses of fingerprints were not intended for identification purposes [2]. the first person to recognize the potential of fingerprints for identification was a british doctor named william herschel. in the late 19th century, herschel noticed that many indian laborers who signed contracts with their thumbprint were illiterate and unable to sign their own names. he began using fingerprints as a means of identifying these individuals, and soon expanded his use of the technique to include criminal cases [2]. the main part in 1892, francis galton, a cousin of charles darwin, published a book called "fingerprints," in which he outlined the uniqueness of fingerprints and the possibility of using them for identification purposes. this work paved the way for the use of fingerprints in forensic science [3, 2]. around the same time, an argentine police official named juan vucetich developed a system for classifying fingerprints, which he used to solve a murder case. vucetich's system was adopted by police departments around the world, and in 1901, the first official use of fingerprints in a criminal investigation took place in england [4, 2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org in the years that followed, the use of fingerprints continued to grow in popularity, and in 1904, the first fingerprint bureau was established in india. by 1924, the fbi had established its own fingerprint identification system, and fingerprint analysis became a standard practice in criminal investigations around the world [2]. today, fingerprints are still widely used for identification purposes, not only in criminal investigations but also in a variety of other fields, such as border control, access control, and biometric authentication for electronic devices. the development of new technologies, such as fingerprint scanning devices and automated fingerprint identification systems, has made it easier and faster to match fingerprints to individuals. scientists have found that fingerprints are formed in the womb during fetal development and are influenced by factors such as genetics and the environment. they have also discovered that the ridges and furrows of fingerprints provide friction and help us to grip objects, which is essential for our daily activities. in addition to their practical applications, fingerprints are also of interest to scientists because of their complex patterns and the information they can reveal about an individual. for example, the shape and spacing of the ridges on a fingerprint can be used to determine a person's gender, age, and even their ethnicity. scientists continue to study fingerprints in order to gain a better understanding of their unique characteristics and potential applications. there has been extensive research on fingerprints, which has greatly contributed to our understanding of their characteristics and potential applications. here are some key areas of research on fingerprints: 1. anatomy and development: scientists have studied the anatomy and development of fingerprints, including the patterns of ridges and furrows on the fingertips, the factors that influence their development, and the role of genetics in determining fingerprint characteristics. 2. identification: fingerprint identification has been extensively studied and developed as a reliable and accurate method of identifying individuals. research has focused on developing better technologies and methods for fingerprint identification, as well as the accuracy and reliability of fingerprint matching. 3. forensic investigations: fingerprint analysis is a crucial part of forensic investigations and has been extensively studied for its use in criminal investigations. research has focused on the accuracy and reliability of fingerprint analysis, as well as the limitations and potential sources of error. 4. biometrics: fingerprint biometrics has been studied as a way to enhance security and privacy in various applications, such as access control, identity verification, and financial transactions. 5. medical: research has also explored the potential of fingerprints in medical applications, such as disease diagnosis, drug testing, and monitoring treatment efficacy. overall, the study of fingerprints has contributed to a wide range of fields, including forensic science, biometrics, and medical research, and ongoing research is continuing to expand our understanding of this unique aspect of human anatomy. there are many scientists who have studied fingerprints over the years. the most famous researchers are francis galton, edward henry, juan vucetich, azizul haque, anil jain, harold cummins, d. k. chaubey and others. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org francis galton: a british scientist who is considered the "father of fingerprinting". galton conducted extensive research on fingerprints in the late 19th century, and his work formed the basis for modern fingerprint identification [5]. francis galton was a pioneer in the field of fingerprint analysis, and he had a strong opinion on the value of fingerprints in forensic science. galton believed that fingerprints were unique to each individual and that they could be used to identify people with a high degree of accuracy. he conducted extensive research on fingerprints in the late 1800s, developing a classification system that is still used today [5, 2]. galton was also a proponent of the use of fingerprints in criminal investigations, and he advocated for the creation of a national database of fingerprints to aid in the identification of criminals. he believed that fingerprint analysis was a more reliable method of identification than other forensic techniques of the time, such as handwriting analysis or ear shape identification. galton's work laid the foundation for the use of fingerprints as a tool for criminal investigation, and his ideas continue to influence forensic science to this day. edward henry: a british police official who developed the henry classification system for fingerprint identification in the early 20th century. henry's system was widely used by law enforcement agencies around the world [6]. juan vucetich: an argentine police official who developed a fingerprint identification system in the late 19th century. vucetich's system was used to solve a famous murder case in argentina, making it one of the earliest successful applications of fingerprint identification in criminal investigations [7, 2]. juan vucetich was an argentine police official and the pioneer of fingerprint identification in south america. vucetich believed that fingerprints were unique to each individual and could be used to solve crimes with a high degree of accuracy. he developed a classification system for fingerprints and began using them to solve criminal cases in the late 1800s [2]. vucetich was a strong advocate for the use of fingerprints in forensic science, and he believed that they were a more reliable method of identification than other forensic techniques of the time. he played a key role in the adoption of fingerprint identification by police departments around the world, and his work laid the foundation for the modern use of fingerprints in criminal investigations. overall, vucetich's opinion on fingerprints was that they were a powerful tool for identifying individuals and solving crimes, and he dedicated his career to advancing the science of fingerprint analysis. azizul haque: a bangladeshi scientist who developed a computerized fingerprint identification system in the 1980s. haque's system was one of the first of its kind and has since been widely adopted by law enforcement agencies around the world [2]. jain's work has focused on developing more accurate and reliable methods for fingerprint identification and biometric security. his opinion is that fingerprints are an extremely reliable form of biometric identification, with a very low error rate, making them a valuable tool for use in a wide range of applications, from law enforcement to secure access control systems. in addition, he has emphasized the need for continued research and development in the field of biometrics, including fingerprints, in order to improve their accuracy and reliability even further. harold cummins believed that fingerprints are a unique and permanent biological identifier of an individual. he conducted extensive research in this field and made significant contributions to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org understanding of fingerprint science. he also emphasized the importance of using fingerprints in legal proceedings as they provide clear and incontrovertible evidence that can be used to identify suspects. fingerprints can play a role in professional self-determination, especially in fields that require security clearance or criminal background checks. for example, jobs in law enforcement, government agencies, and some healthcare positions may require fingerprinting as part of the application process. additionally, some industries use fingerprinting for timekeeping and attendance tracking purposes. for example, some companies use fingerprint scanners to track employee attendance and prevent "buddy punching" (when one employee clocks in for another). fingerprint analysis has been used in psychology to study various aspects of human behavior, personality traits, and cognitive abilities. for example, studies have examined the relationship between fingerprint patterns and personality traits such as extraversion, neuroticism, and openness to experience. other studies have explored the potential use of fingerprint analysis in the diagnosis of neurological disorders such as alzheimer's disease and parkinson's disease. additionally, research has shown that children's fingerprints can provide important information about their prenatal and postnatal development, including exposure to environmental toxins and the effects of maternal stress during pregnancy. overall, fingerprint analysis has shown promise as a tool for understanding various aspects of human psychology and development. conclusion in conclusion, the history of fingerprints is a long and fascinating one, dating back thousands of years. the use of fingerprints for identification purposes is a relatively recent development, but it has had a profound impact on the way crimes are solved and on a variety of other fields as well. as technology continues to evolve, it is likely that fingerprints will remain an important tool for identification and authentication for many years to come. also, as a result of our research, the following author's descriptions will be given: ✓ your fingerprints are unique, just like you. ✓ one touch of a finger can unlock endless possibilities. ✓ fingerprints: the signature of your identity. ✓ no two fingerprints are alike, just like no two people are alike. ✓ a single fingerprint can solve a crime and bring justice. ✓ every person has a unique identity, like his fingerprint. ✓ fingerprints: the ultimate proof of individuality. ✓ fingerprints are a personal signature in the world. ✓ fingerprints don't lie they tell a story about who you are. ✓ fingerprints are the key to identifying a person. ✓ fingerprint recognition: the future of authentication. ✓ fingerprints: the mark of a person's individuality and authenticity. ✓ your fingerprint is your own personal code. references 1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/fingerprint. 2. https://new-science.ru/8-razlichnyh-tipov-otpechatkov-palcev. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/fingerprint https://new-science.ru/8-razlichnyh-tipov-otpechatkov-palcev american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org 3. https://theironroom.wordpress.com/2020/11/02/francis-galton-and-the-advancement-of finger printing. 4. https://www.encyclopedia.com/science/encyclopedias-almanacs-transcripts-and-maps/vucetichjuan. 5. https://galton.org/fingerprinter.html. 6. https://www.fieldprintswft.com/subpage_fullwidth.aspx?channelid=309. 7. https://www.britannica.com/topic/fingerprint#ref262728. 8. ashbaugh, d. r. (1999). quantitative-qualitative friction ridge analysis: an introduction to basic and advanced ridgeology. crc press. 9. lee, h. c., & gaensslen, r. e. (eds.). (2012). advances in fingerprint technology (3rd ed.). crc press. 10. champod, c., lennard, c. j., & margot, p. (eds.). (2004). fingerprints and other ridge skin impressions. crc press. 11. james, s. h., & nordby, j. j. (2009). forensic science: an introduction to scientific and investigative techniques (3rd ed.). crc press. 12. genge, n. (2008). the forensic casebook: the science of crime scene investigation. ballantine books. https://theironroom.wordpress.com/2020/11/02/francis-galton-and-the-advancement-of%20finger%20printing https://theironroom.wordpress.com/2020/11/02/francis-galton-and-the-advancement-of%20finger%20printing https://www.encyclopedia.com/science/encyclopedias-almanacs-transcripts-and-maps/vucetich-juan https://www.encyclopedia.com/science/encyclopedias-almanacs-transcripts-and-maps/vucetich-juan https://galton.org/fingerprinter.html https://www.fieldprintswft.com/subpage_fullwidth.aspx?channelid=309 https://www.britannica.com/topic/fingerprint#ref262728 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org diagnostics and management of non-gravidary urgent uterine bleeding according to international recommendations parpiyeva sh.o., 3rd year master’s student of the 2nd department of obstetrics and gynecology, andijan state medical institute associate professor yakubova o. a. scientific supervisor: head. head of the department of obstetrics-gynecology and oncology of the faculty of improvement and retraining of doctors of the asmi, doctor of medical sciences, a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s abnormal uterine bleeding (amb) is a general term used to describe uterine bleeding that exceeds the volume and duration of normal menstruation in women of reproductive age (fraiser i.s., langham s., 2009). abnormal uterine bleeding occurs in 14-25% of women of reproductive age (adamyan l.v., sibirskaya e.v., koltunova i.e., 2016) and can have a significant impact on their physical, social, emotional and material quality of life. abnormal uterine bleeding in reproductive age is associated with various types of functional and organic disorders of the reproductive system of women. in particular, one of the most common causes is a violation of the ratio of estrogens and progestogens that affect the target tissue the endometrium, therefore, according to the classification of the international federation of gynecology and obstetrics (figo), they are registered as amk-o. according to the palm-coein classification system, which is a mnemonic for structural (palm) and non-structural (coein) causes of abnormal bleeding, non-gravid urgent uterine bleeding due to ovulatory dysfunction (aub-o) is abnormal, which, according to gynecological examination and ultrasound, cannot be explained by the usual causes of bleeding (structural gynecological abnormalities, cancer, inflammation, systemic diseases, oral contraceptives or certain drugs). abnormal uterine bleeding, menorrhagia, anemia, polycystic ovary syndrome, adolescent,endometritis introduction despite the significant progress made over the past decades in various areas of obstetrics and gynecology, the problem of nongravid urgency uterine bleeding remains far from being solved. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org often, in uzbekistan, abnormal uterine bleeding is one of the main causes of iron deficiency anemia, reduces the efficiency and quality of life of women, and also occupies one of the first places among the causes of hospitalization of women in gynecological hospitals and serves as an indication for surgical intervention. purpose of the study: to analyze the literature on diagnostics and management of non-gravidary urgent uterine bleeding according to international recommendations. results aub can be manifested by regular, prolonged (more than 8 days) and heavy (more than 80 ml) menstrual bleeding (mbb). the causes of these bleedings are more often adenomyosis, submucosal uterine myoma, coagulopathy, functional disorders of the endometrium. intermenstrual bleeding (imb) against the background of a regular cycle is characteristic of endometrial polyps, chronic endometritis, ovulatory dysfunction. irregular, unpredictable prolonged and / or profuse bleeding, more often occurring after menstruation delays, is more characteristic of hyperplasia and endometrial cancer. to select a rational management tactic, it is necessary to establish the cause of aub and attribute it to one of the above categories. assessment of the amount of blood loss is carried out according to clinical indicators or a scoring scale (menstrual blood loss pictogram); an objective alkaline-hematin test is used in the conduct of scientific research. according to international recommendations for aub, laboratory diagnostics should include: • determination of the level of β-chg in the blood serum (with • suspicion of pregnancy); • examination for the presence of anemia (clinical blood test, including platelets); • coagulogram, if a pathology of hemostasis is suspected, a consultation with a hematologist and a special examination (for von willebrand disease determination of factor viii, ristocetin cofactor, factor antigen • willebrand). hormonal examination is carried out with an irregular rhythm of menstruation and the risk of hypothyroidism (determination of the level of tsh, progesterone); testing for chlamydial infection (at high infectious risk); a pap test is performed to rule out cervical pathology. the recommendations of the american and canadian colleges of obstetricians and gynecologists (2013) provide an algorithm for examining patients with aub. transvaginal ultrasound examination (ultrasound) of the pelvic organs is considered as a 1st line diagnostic procedure for assessing the state of the endometrium (higher information content in postmenopausal women). dopplerometry provides only additional information about the nature of the pathology of the endometrium and myometrium. sonohysterography is of high diagnostic value, which is performed when transvaginal ultrasound is insufficiently informative to clarify focal intrauterine pathology. mri is not considered as a 1st line diagnostic procedure for aub, it is recommended for multiple uterine myoma to clarify the topography of nodes before myoma ctomy, uterine artery embolization, fus ablation, as well as in cases of suspected adenomyosis or in cases of poor visualization of the uterine cavity to assess the condition of the endometrium. hysteroscopy and endometrial biopsy continue to be considered the "gold standard" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org for diagnosing intrauterine pathology, primarily to exclude precancerous lesions and endometrial cancer. recommended for suspected pathology of the endometrium, the presence of risk factors for cancer of the uterine body (obesity, polycystic ovary syndrome, diabetes mellitus, family history of colon cancer), in patients with aub after 40 years. office hysteroscopy and aspiration biopsy are preferred as less traumatic and more economical procedures. treatment of aub is carried out in a differentiated manner, in accordance with the identified pathology. in case of aub not associated with organic pathology (amk-o, c, e, n), drug therapy is prescribed: non-hormonal drugs [non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids)], fibrinolysis inhibitors, drugs that reduce vascular fragility and increase the formation of fibrin thrombi) , and hormonal (progestogens, cocs, antigonadotropins, agnrh) [22]. fibrinolysis inhibitors, in particular tranexamic acid (an inhibitor of plasminogen activation tranexam), are considered as non-hormonal drugs of the 1st line. treatment of uterine bleeding with tranexamic acid was approved by the fda (us food and drug administration), in 2006. according to the fda recommendations, the optimal daily dose is 4.0 g, the duration of administration is up to 5 days. the reduction in blood loss is 40–60% [23, 24]. a meta-analysis of 7 randomized clinical trials (rcts) found a decrease in menstrual blood loss by 93 ml against the background of tranexamic acid (compared with placebo) and by 111.0 ml (compared with progestogens prescribed in the second phase of the menstrual cycle) [25]. for non-hormonal hemostatic therapy, nsaids are used (mefenamic, meclofenamic acid, ibuprofen, naproxen, etc.). the basis for their clinical use is the data on the relationship between elevated levels of prostaglandins in the endometrium and excessive menstrual blood loss. according to summary data, blood loss is reduced by 20–40% [26]. according to the international recommendations of nice (the national institute for health and care excellence) (2007), etamsylate is ineffective in uterine bleeding (blood loss is reduced by 0–20%), and therefore it is not recommended for clinical use [3]. with aub, cocs are used, their action is mediated by suppression of the secretion of gonadotropins, ovarian function, and inhibition of the growth of the glandular epithelium of the endometrium. monophasic cocs [daily dose of ethinyl estradiol (ee) 100 mcg] are used for hormonal hemostasis in cases of acute aub, as well as for subsequent anti-relapse therapy according to the contraceptive regimen. the effectiveness of cocs in omc varies from 30 to 50% [21]. the results of studies have shown similar efficacy in the form of a 50% reduction in the volume of menstrual blood loss of tranexamic acid and coc, which includes 30 µg ee/150 µg levonorgestrel (lng) (oralcon) [27]. the results of 2 multicenter placebo-controlled studies, one of which was conducted in north america, the other in europe and australia, showed the benefits of coc (qlaira), which includes natural estrogen estradiol valerate (ev) and a hybrid progestogen dienogest (dng) . a 3-month intake of the drug led to a decrease in the volume of menstrual blood loss by 71–79%, a 6-month intake by a total of 88%, in 64% of patients, normalization of the menstrual cycle parameters was observed [28, 29]. the high efficiency of this type of therapy is associated with early proliferation of the endometrium under the influence of estrogens, an increase in the expression of progesterone receptors, and the antiproliferative effect of high doses of dienogest. along with cocs for the treatment of aub, progestogens are used in cyclic and continuous modes. the results of one of the meta-analyzes indicate the low effectiveness of progestogens prescribed in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org the luteal phase of the cycle in the treatment of uterine bleeding compared with nsaids, tranexamic acid or danazol [31]. the most effective is the use of progestogens in a continuous regimen systemically or in the form of an intrauterine system that releases levonorgestrel (lng-iud). according to the results of a metaanalysis, the reduction in menstrual blood loss, estimated by the alkalinohematin method, was 77–89% after 3 months of exposure to the lng-iud, and 97% after 6 months [32]. conclusion the results of systematic reviews and meta-analyses formed the basis of the clinical recommendations of the national institutes of health (nice), the american and canadian associations of obstetricians and gynecologists (2013) [3, 21] for drug and non-drug therapy of uterine bleeding. with evidence level a, lng-iud, long-acting progestogens, tranexam, nsaids, cocs are recommended as firstline drugs. danazol, short progestogen regimen, etamsylate is not recommended for i treat uterine bleeding. references 1. dumanovskaya m.r., chernukha g.e., tabeeva g.i., asaturova a.v. endometrial hyperplasia: the search for optimal solutions and strategies. obstetrics and gynecology. 2021;4:23-31 2. chernukha g.e., asaturova a.v., ivanov i.a., dumanovskaya m.r. the structure of endometrial pathology in different age periods. obstetrics and gynecology. 2018;8:129-35. 3. kazachkova e.a., zatvornitskaya a.v., voropaeva e.e., kazachkov e.l. endometrial hyperplasia associated with chronic endometritis: clinical and morphological features. ural medical journal. 2020;3(186):36-41 4. capmas p, pourcelot ag, giral e, et al. office hysteroscopy: a report of 2402 cases. j gynecol obstet biol reprod (paris). 2016;45(5):445-50. 5. munro mg, critchley ho, fraser is. the two figo systems for normal and abnormal uterine bleeding symptoms and classification of causes of abnormal uterine bleeding in the reproductive years: 2018 revisions. int j gynecol obstet. 2018;143(3):393-408. doi:10.1002/ijgo.12666 6. soner gök, erkan alataş, effects of levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device therapy on ovarian reserve in menorrhagia, cureus, 10.7759/cureus.31721, (2022). 7.katarzyna jobda, łukasz szeszko, grzegorz wróbel, marta głuchowska, joanna krupińska, artur szeszko, beata makaruk, przemysław oszukowski, paweł zieliński, hemoglobin levels and platelet counts after hysteroscopy due to abnormal uterine bleeding, diagnostics, 10.3390/diagnostics12030594, 12, 3, (594), (2022). 8. l.m. kappusheva, l.m. mikhaleva, v.g. breusenko, g.n. golukhov, k.yu. midiber, a.e. biryukov, a.v. ovchinnikova, d.s. gutorova, k.v. scherbatyuk, hormonal therapy in patients of reproductive age with endometrial hyperplasia without atypia. immunohistochemical predictors of efficacy, rossiiskii vestnik akushera-ginekologa, 10.17116/rosakush20222205122, 22, 5, (22), (2022). 9.k renuka, lavanya sankar, r iniyaval, b jayanthi, a study to assess the prevalence and contributing factors of abnormal uterine bleeding among women admitted in mgmcri from january to december 2019, pondicherry journal of nursing, 10.5005/jp-journals-10084-12173, 14, 1, (8-10), (2021). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org 10.shan deng, jinhua leng, adenomyosis and abnormal uterine bleeding, adenomyosis, 10.1007/978-981-33-4095-4_6, (47-52), (2021). carlo bastianelli, manuela farris, vincenzina bruni, elena rosato, ivo brosens, giuseppe benagiano, effects of progestin-only contraceptives on the endometrium, expert review of clinical pharmacology, 10.1080/17512433.2020.1821649, 13, 10, (1103-1123), (2020). 11. juana serret-montaya, jessie n. zurita-cruz, miguel a. villasís-keever, alejandra aguilarkitsu, claudia del carmen zepeda-martinez, irving cruz-anleu, beatriz c. hernándezhernández, sara r. alonso-flores, leticia manuel-apolinar, leticia damasio-santana, abigail hernandez-cabezza, josé c. romo-vázquez, hyperprolactinemia as a prognostic factor for menstrual disorders in female adolescents with advanced chronic kidney disease, pediatric nephrology, 10.1007/s00467-020-04494-7, (2020). 12.myriam kossaï, frédérique penault-llorca, role of hormones in common benign uterine lesions: endometrial polyps, leiomyomas, and adenomyosis, hormonal pathology of the uterus, 10.1007/978-3-030-38474-6_3, (37-58), (2020). 13.rahel a. kubik-huch, michael weston, stephanie nougaret, henrik leonhardt, isabelle thomassin-naggara, mariana horta, teresa margarida cunha, cristina maciel, andrea rockall, rosemarie forstner, european society of urogenital radiology (esur) guidelines: mr imaging of leiomyomas, european radiology, 10.1007/s00330-017-5157-5, 28, 8, (3125-3137), (2018). 14.frances e. likis, women's health across the lifespan: a continuing education theme issue, journal of midwifery & women's health, 10.1111/jmwh.12495, 61, 3, (304-305), (2016). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org estrophane some morphogenesis of cow blood yakubov muzaffar alimjonovich samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology mukhtarov elmurad abdiglomovich samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes the dynamics of changes in the shape elements of the composition of the blood of cows as a result of the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic effects of the hormonal drug estrophan based on the analysis of the literature. estrofan, hemoglobin, erythrocyte, cyanide method, lekotsid. relevance of the topic our government assigns urgent tasks to veterinary science and practice, such as personal assistants, the development of effective and cost-effective methods of introducing new modern drugs used in the fight against and treatment of diseases of farm livestock, and achieving a reduction in the cost of products through their implementation. folded hormonal drugs with various pharmacological effects have been introduced and used in animal husbandry and veterinary practice in recent months for the treatment and prevention of infertility of farm animals and various diseases of the female reproductive system. currently, many new hormonal preparations produced abroad and produced in our domestic pharmaceutical enterprises are entering the veterinary practice of our republic, including surfagon, estrophan, klotoprostin and others. in addition to their widespread use in practice, there is no literature information about the mechanism of action, pharmacological properties. it has been determined that sheep in different natural conditions show specific dynamics of changes in blood serum albumin in the physiological stages of postnatal ontogeny in connection with living conditions. the author's experiments proved that the blood of animals is different at different ages and living conditions, and conclusions were drawn. in the literature, there are scientific materials that have been proven in experiments that the animal's living conditions are different in the postnatal ontogenesis of the organism. it has been found that sheep in different natural conditions exhibit specific dynamics of changes in serum triglycerine in the physiological stages of postnatal ontogeny in relation to living conditions. changes in sheep blood were mostly reversible at 6 months and 60 months of posnotol ontogenesis american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org the purpose of the study. the purpose of our scientific research is to study the laws of effects of strophan drug, which affects the uterus, on blood parameters of cows. object and methods of testing our experiments were conducted on cows at a livestock farm specializing in breeding in fergana district, fergana region. the number of erythrocytes and leukocytes (on the goryaev counting grid), hemoglobin (hemoglobin-cyanide method) of blood samples taken from cows. experiments were carried out on 5-6 year old cows divided into 3 groups. cows in group 1 were given 0.5 mg/kg of estrophan, cows in group 2 were given 3 mg/kg, and cows in group 3 were given 10 mg/kg intramuscularly, and the effect of the drug on the morphological indicators of cows' blood was studied. inspection results. before starting experiments, experimental animals were monitored for clinical signs for 16 days. all animals in the experimental group had their blood counts checked before drug administration, and at the same time, they were considered as the control group. the experimental animals were under control for 20 days. when estrofan was administered three times at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg (the first experimental group), significant changes in the blood parameters of cows during the entire experimental period, including the number of erythrocytes (1.90 ± 2.03%), the number of leukocytes (2.60 ± 3.08%) and hemoglobin content (2.14 ± 3.76%) did not change. estrophane at a dose of 3 mg/kg three times (experimental group two) produced significant and legitimate changes in the level of blood parameters in cows. compared to the initial indicator, the number of erythrocytes decreased from 2.25 to 7.50% by 3, 6, 12 and 24 hours, as well as by the 3rd day of the study, that is, three days after the last administration of the drug. the greatest decrease in their number occurred in the 3rd hour of the experiment (respectively 7.51; 6.50 and 5.27%), later (from 6th day) and at the end of the experiments, compared to the initial indicators, 3, observing that it increased by 76%. the amount of possible hemoglobin also decreased to 2.96-10.80% during these periods of research, but it was noted that it increased to 3.93% by the last days of the experiment (day 15). the maximum decrease in the amount of hemoglobins was observed in the first 3 and 6 hours of the experiment, that is, this amount was proportionally 10.81; 7.87; 6.89; and corresponded to 5.90%. the number of leukocytes increased by 2.15-6.70% on the 1st day of the experiment, the maximum changes were observed after 6.14 and 24 hours and returned to the previous state at the end of the experiment. after 3 doses of 10 mg/kg of estrofan (the third experimental group), the most significant changes were observed in the quantitative index of blood-forming elements. at the end of the experiment, a significant decrease in the number of erythrocytes and the amount of hemoglobin and a significant increase in the number of leukocytes were found, that is, the number of erythrocytes decreased by 14.48-20.15%, the amount of hemoglobin decreased by 16.1-22.66%, and the number of leukocytes increased it was equal to 9.25-19.31% (r 0.02). when used in the lowest and medium doses (i.e. 1-3 mg/kg), it was noted that the blood parameters of animals changed in almost the same direction, but at different levels. when using a high dose of estrophan (10 mg/kg), significant changes in blood parameters were detected, including a significant decrease in the number of erythrocytes and the quantitative percentage of hemoglobin, while the number of leukocytes, on the contrary, increased. so, the drug estrophan has a significant effect on the morphological parameters of the blood of animals at maximum doses. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org conclusions 1. estrofan in small doses (1 mg/kg) has almost no effect on the morphological parameters of the blood of cows (number of erythrocytes and leukocytes, amount of hemoglobin). 2. estrofan in medium doses (3 mg/kg) partially affects the morphological parameters of the blood of cows (the number of erythrocytes and leukocytes, the amount of hemoglobin). 3. estrofan in large doses (10 mg/kg) has a toxic-toxic effect on the morphological parameters of the blood of cows (the number of erythrocytes and leukocytes, the amount of hemoglobin). references 1. abdig’ulomovich m. e. et al. dynamics of triglitsrin in blood in different conditions //e conference zone. – 2022. – с. 202-204. 2. abdigulomovich m. e., bobokulovich d. n. changes in the postnatal ontogenesis of historological indicators of the four-headed muscle number of hisori sheep. 3. boboqulov avazbek, murodullayev javohir, & muxtarov elmurod. (2022). qondagi albuminning turli shashroitlardagi ko’rsatkichlari . world scientific research journal, 2(2), 128–132. retrieved from http://wsrjournal.com/index.php/wsrj/article/view/8 4. dilmurodov n. the developmental peculiarities of tubular bones of autopodies of sheep at postnatal ontogenesis in dependence on habitat conditions //新疆农业大学学报. – 2010. – т. 6. 5. doniyorov shohrukh zafarovich, dilmurodov nasriddin babakulovich. changes in natural and hygroscopic moisture content of broiler chickens in postnatal ontogenesis. nveo-natural volatiles & essential oils journal| nveo. 2021/12/30. c 15710-15713 6. h. b. yunusov, n.b. dilmurodov, b.a. kuliev, s.m. akhmedov the role of coccal microflora in the etiology and pathogenesis of respiratory diseases in lambs of the karakul breed of uzbekistan. international journal of advanc science б. 1923-1928. 7. hakim n., numon d., nasriddin d. treatment of aseptic diseases of limb distal part joints in uzbek sport horses //journal of microbiology, biotechnology and food sciences. – 2021. – т. 2021. – с. 478-481. 8. mirzoev z. r., rakhmonov r. a., khudoynazarova n. e. morphometric properties of the shoulder bone in the postnatal ontogenesis of rabbits in the meat direction //nveonatural volatiles & essential oils journal| nveo. – 2021. – с. 15714-15717. 9. mirzoev z. r., rakhmonov r. a., khudoynazarova n. e. morphometric properties of the shoulder bone in the postnatal ontogenesis of rabbits in the meat direction //nveonatural volatiles & essential oils journal| nveo. – 2021. – с. 15714-15717. 10. mukhtarov b. z., dilmurodov n. b. some biochemical indicators of blood in prosperous cows in pure pododermatitis //journalnx. – т. 6. – №. 06. – с. 58-62. 11. niyozov h. b. etiology, incidence rate and clinical symptoms of postpateral endometrits of pedigree cows //financed by the erasmus+ programme of the european union the conclusions and view expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect an official view of the european commission. – 2020. 12. niyozov h. b. etopathogenesis, incidence rate and clinical symptoms of purulent-necrotic processes of cattle fingers //financed by the erasmus+ programme of the european union the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org conclusions and view expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect an official view of the european commission. – 2020. 13. normuradova z. f. et al. quyonlarning biologik xususiyatlari //e conference zone. – 2022. – с. 44-47. 14. normuradova, z. f., & arzikulova, s. m. (2022, may). quyonlarning biologik xususiyatlari. in e conference zone (pp. 44-47). 15. oybek a., elmurod m. morphometric changes of skeletal muscles of animals in the postnatal period (review of literature) //conferencea. – 2022. – с. 161-165. 16. shuxratovna r. g., babakulovich d. n., nikolayevich f. d. anatomical structure of reproductive organs of chickens in the egg direction //middle european scientific bulletin. – 2022. – т. 24. – с. 240-243. 17. shuxratovna r. g., babakulovich d. n., nikolayevich f. d. anatomical structure of reproductive organs of chickens in the egg direction //middle european scientific bulletin. – 2022. – т. 24. – с. 240-243. 18. ulomovich m. e. a., babakulovich d. n. morphogenesis of the hind leg distal muscles of hissar sheep of different breeds in different ecological conditions. 19. yaxshiyeva s. x. et al. ross-308 krossiga mansub broyler jo ‘jalar muskulli oshqozonning postnatal ontogenezi //gospodarka i innowacje. – 2022. – т. 24. – с. 926-930. 20. zafarovich d. s., babakulovich d. n. changes in natural and hygroscopic moisture content of broiler chickens in postnatal ontogenesis //nveo-natural volatiles & essential oils journal| nveo. – 2021. – с. 15710-15713. 21. zafarovich d. s., babakulovich d. n., norboyevich c. o. changes in the amount of calcium and phosphorus in the composition of the femur bone of broiler chickens in postnatal ontogenesis //international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 21-25. 22. zarpullayev p., dilmurodov n. ferula assafoetida o ‘simligining hayvonlarning reproduktiv faoliyatiga ta’siri //conferencea. – 2022. – с. 88-90. 23. дилмуродов н. б. физические параметры метаподия овец гиссарской породы в постнатальном онтогенезе //вестник ветеринарии. – 2015. – №. 4. – с. 58-60. 24. дилмуродов н. б., дониёров ш. з., султонов б. а. бройлер жўжалари узангилик (цевка) суягининг морфогенезига пробиотиклар таъсири //вестник ветеринарии и животноводства. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 2. 25. дилмуродов н. б., дониёров ш. з., чориев о. н. бройлер жўжалар елка суяги таркибидаги кул ва умумий органик моддалар миқдорини постнатал онтогенезда ўзгариши //вестник ветеринарии и животноводства. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 1. 26. дилмуродов н., мухторов э. турли яшаш шароитидаги ҳисори зотли қўйлар постнатал онтогенезида оёқлар проксимал мускулларининг морфометрик хусусиятлари //вестник ветеринарии и животноводства. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 1. 27. кулиев б.а., ахмедов с.м., зайниддинов б.х. лечение т-активином ягнят каракульской породы, больных пневмонией. витебск вгавм 2019, б. 123-125. 28. кулиев б.а., ахмедов с.м., зайниддинов б.х. лечение т-активином ягнят каракульской породы, больных пневмонией. витебск вгавм 2019, б. 123-125 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 29. кулиева б. а., акрамов к. ш. патоморфология пневмоний у ягнят каракульской породы. – 2021. 30. мухторов э. а. действие условия содержания на морфологические показатели мускулатуры конечности постнатального онтогенеза у гиссарской породы овец //современное состояние, традиции и инновационные технологии в развитии апк. – 2020. – с. 137-140. 31. мухторов э. а. ҳисори зотли қўйлар орқа оёқ мускулларининг постнатал онтогенездаги морфометрик хусусиятлари //журнал агро процессинг. – 2019. – №. 4. 32. мухторов э. а., дилмуродов н. б. ҳисори зотли қўйлар постнатал онтогенезида оёқ мускулларининг морфологик кўрсаткичларига яшаш шароитини таъсири //журнал агро процессинг. – 2020. – т. 2. – №. 2. 33. мухторов э., дилмуродов н. ҳисори зотли қўйлар елканинг сонниг тўрт бошли мускули толасининг ядроси диаметрини постнатал онтогенезда ўзгариши //international conference on agriculture sciences, environment, urban and rural development. – 2021. – с. 49-52. 34. насриддин бабакулович дилмуродов, шохрух зафарович дониёров, отабек норбоевич чориев. бройлер жўжалар елка суяги таркибидаги кул ва умумий органик моддалар миқдорини постнатал онтогенезда ўзгариши. вестник ветеринарии и животноводства. 2022/2/2 35. рахманова г. ш., федотов д. н. особенности гистологического строения яичника у курмолодок //научное обеспечение животноводства сибири. – 2021. – с. 466-467. 36. раҳмонов, ў. а., сапаров, а. р., & азимова, д. м. (2022). катарал кератоконъюнктивитларни даволашда ноанъанавий усулларни қўллаш. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences, 2(6), 401-404. 37. раҳмонов, ў. а., сапаров, а. р., & қахарова, м. к. (2022). отларда йирингли коньюнктивитни даволаш. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences, 2(6), 405-408. 38. раҳмонов, ў., сапаров, а., & азимова, д. (2022). катарал кератоконъюнктивитларни даволашда ноанъанавий усулларни қўллаш. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences, 2(6), 401–404. 39. раҳмонов, ў., сапаров, а., & қахарова, м. (2022). отларда йирингли коньюнктивитни даволаш. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences, 2(6), 405–408. 40. таштемиров р. м. и др. teri kasalliklarini davolashda qo ‘llanadigan o ‘simlik dori vositalarining tavsifi (adabiyot malumotlari asosida) //вестник ветеринарии и животноводства. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org pragmati̇c study of the synonymi̇c paradi̇gm u. e.rahimov candidate of philological sciences associate professor, proceedings in the state language training and qualification of the basics upgrade center andijan. usmon-rahim@mail.ru no'monova zebuniso doctoral student of andijan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes lexico-semantic, morphologicalsyntactic, pragmatic features of synonymous paradigms. paradigm, synonymy, synonymous paradigm, pragmatic synonymy, semasiolgia, onomosiology, pragmatics. introduction in science, the concept of” paradigm " was first coined by g.it is retained by bergman in relation to the normativity of methodology. but the widespread use of the term paradigm is attributed to the american scientist t.bogliq by the name of the day. the scientist first coined this term in 1977 in his work "the structure of scientific revolutions": "revolutions often occur in society. the revolution in science is associated with a change in the approach to the object. theory, rules, system of methods, approach and scientific views, adopted from tomni of the scientific community at the stage of development of a particular science, served as a model for the admiration and resolution of the problem, are called paradigms” [1, 7]. in the history of philosophy of science, there are several terms that correspond to the concept of “paradigm”, but none of them have become as popular as this concept. specifically, "epistema" (m. fuko), "style of contemplation" (m.born),” scientific research program " (i.lakatos) come close to the essence of the “paradigm”, but they were not widely recognized by the scientific community. yu.v.by paradigm, yakovets meant a system of prioritized views and theories describing the scientific landscape of the universe. v.s.stepin believes that the paradigm is a vision of rationality, a scientific strategy that includes ideals, norms, the landscape of the universe, philosophical interpretations [2, 3]. t.kisel believes that the scientific paradigm can be understood in a broad and narrow sense [3, 82]: paradigms in a broad sense-a set of views, criteria and norms that are used in research techniques; paradigms in the narrow sense are the lessons of solving a specific problem, which are later research lessons that are also used in the interpretation of other problems. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org based on the above, the linguistic paradigm can be defined as such: “the linguistic paradigm is the naamuna of rules, views recognized by everyone in the practice of linguistic science, and it is the model on which scientists rely in the process of conducting research.” v. von gumbol'dt's "antinomies" or f.de saussure's views on” language and speech“,” synchrony and diachrony " take an example of a linguistic paradigm as a child. in linguistic istoriography, the application of the concept of “paradigm” varies. while some linguists believe that the views in linguistics, from the earliest times to the present, can be attributed to the concept of a “paradigm” in relation to all of the goi, some scholars oppose it. according to the second group of scientists, it is advisable to use the term “paradigm” in relation to approaches that arose from the time when linguistics broke away as an independent science, that is, from the xix century. with an in-depth look at the history of linguistics, 3 main scientific paradigms can be distinguished: 1. the first paradigm in the history of linguistic science in the literal sense is the comparativistic paradigm that defines analogy and historicism as principles of research, formed in the xix century. in this case, the first method of language research is recommended, which is guided by the determination of the kinship and genetic affinity of languages. the entire 19th-century linguistic scientists conducted research, relying on this paradigm. this paradigm includes 2 sub-paradigms: (a) a.biological smallparadigm (naturalism)associated with the name schleicher; b) g.psychological small-paradigm (psychologism), associated with the name steyntal. 2. a system-structural paradigm that defines integrity and systematicity as important principles of research, in which language is studied on the basis of systematics – linguistic levels and languagespeech units. founder of this paradigm f.de sossyur believes that in this, language is studied “within and for the sake of oz”, that is, the structure of the language and the language system are studied isolated from other systems. 3.an anthropocentric paradigm (communicative or nominative-pragmatic paradigm) is a set of views, ideas and teachings that organize language not as a dry structure, but as an open system based on live communication and communication, analyzing in continuous communication with other systems – society, man, culture, the human psyche, directing a person to analyze within a language or language within a person. this paradigm is divided into various sub-paradigms within oz: (a) cognitive paradigm; (b) ethnolinguistic paradigm; (v) sociolinguistic paradigm; g) psycholinguistic paradigm; d) neurolinguistic paradigm; e) linguocultural paradigm, k) pragmalinguistic paradigm. from the above, the conclusion is that the paradigm is a macrosystem and unites different microsystems in itself. the paradigm that we are going to analyze falls within the nominative-pragmatic paradigm and is also called the causal synonymous paradigm. the synonymic paradigm is one of the issues comprehensively studied in linguistics[4,3-6,151154,222-242]. but the current progress of our linguistics assumes the study of the phenomenon of synonymy not only at the lexical, grammatical level, but also pragmatically. in particular, the study of this phenomenon in interpersonal communication at the stage of language and speech reveals newnew features inherent in it. because system lexicology and current semasiology and onomosiology in linguistics, the problem of researching the issue of lugavium synonymy, which is described in detail, from a new point of view, is in the middle [5]. therefore, the need arises to analyze this phenomenon in the language and speech stage in intersectional communication and in opposition (opposition) [6, 17]. in the language stage, the phenomenon of synonymy exists as a certain form, forming a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org commonality with the meaning of the call and expression. for example: synonyms such as aft, bashara, doxt, shixt, face, oraz, chehra, jamol form a synonymic series with the meaning of calling. if we represent each word with certain symbols, then the case arises as follows: a-aft. b-bashara, d-doxt, sh—shixt. y-yuz, o-oraz, ch-chehra, j-jamol: their meaning of calling -n. a+b+d+sh+y+o+ch+j =n or right left a a b b d d n sh sh y o o ch ch j j going from the right side to the call is semasiologically approached if going from the left side to the call is onomosiologically approached [7, 79]. if the words in the synonymic row are denoted by s, their number by n, then snqn. because the condition of synonymy is that the meaning of calling is the same. regardless of how many words are divided, all generalize with the meaning of calling. this model-mold reflects lexical synonymy in the language stage. if the grammatical level reflects the synonymy, then if we define the grammatical form as grshn in place of the word-s, then the synonymic condition of the grammatical form or word form is in the same way as the meaning of the expression –grammatical meaning. such a grammatical synonym is grshnqigr at the language stage.m. can represent by mold-model. even if the phenomenon of synonymy is within the framework of syntactic integers-vocabulary and sentence, the above situation is repeated. only the element of the synonymic series remains a combination of words or a sentence. if we define the soz compound as sbn, then in the language stage of such synonymy, the mold is expressed in the manner of sbnqnsb. if the element of the synonymic series is a sentence, we define the sentence as g -, then the languagestage model of such a synonym can be expressed in the gnqn manner. if a synonymic series element is a tekst, it can be represented by a tnqn-style model. summarizing the above cases, one has the following way: 1.snqn-lexical synonymy 2.grshnqi-morphological synonym 3.gnqn-syntactic synonymy 4.sbnqn-syntactic synonymy 5.tnqn-text synonymy we have looked at the language-stage molds of the above soz, grammatical form, soz conjugation, sentence, text noun and expression meanings of the synonymy phenomenon based on the condition that ozaro remains equal. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org in the speech-stage monefestations of corded molds, a complexity inherent in it occurs. such complexity can reach hattoki infinity. the phenomenon of synonymy forms a synonymic series with the equivalence of the mahnos or pragmatic meaning of expression and attribution at the speech stage. synonyms that form a synonymic series with a pragmatic meaning are called pragmatic synonyms [8, 8-10]. their naming meanings are related to the speech process of the unequal occurrence of ozaro. for example: the suffix” aft “ lexical represents the meaning of” face". but the colloquial situation, without relating to the objective state, sometimes expresses the meaning of the head-to-head. because in a speech situation, a child-the listener-gets their heads dirty, and the speaker says to him, " look at your fate!"is used. from the objective case, the meaning that means” aft " is understood by the owner of any language in the style of a ust-head-dress. that is, in speech, “aft” expresses the meaning inherent in word, merging with “cloth-head” word in the same hive to form a synonym. sometimes, on the basis of a speech situation and context, the “aft” sound also represents a worldview, tuned speech, knowledge, level. when the speaker makes remarks, words that are not acceptable to the audience, the listener responds to him by saying “look after!"using the sentence. from the speech situation and the objective state, we understand the general worldview of a person, and not the face, through the “aft” dose. the occurrence of such a condition can be cited in many ways because it is associated with a speech situation. the meaning of the” aft " word, expressed in connection with a particular oratory situation, is a pragmatic meaning [9, 64]. therefore, the fact that, as seen above, the meaning of the word “aft”, which is equivalent to the meanings expressed by the words “head-tohead”, “worldview”, is pragmatically generated, requires an analysis of the peculiarities of this phenomenon at the stage of speech. it has become a tradition to analyze the phenomenon of synonymy on the basis of four different approaches to its properties at the lexical level. lexical synonymy is researched through foundations such as homogeneity on the part of meaning, free exchange in a reciprocal paradigm, stylistic coherence, and contextual-textual connectedness [10, 222-223]. synonyms, separated on the basis of logical dependence, are defined in the speech process through the similarity of meanings associated with the speech situation. therefore, they can be called synonyms, and they are also called denotative synonyms in some works, and the fact that they are limited to some time by linguistic synonymy is justified [10, 224]. when the phenomenon of synonymy is approached as a category, it becomes clear that it is a linguistic, substantive, paragmatic category. synonymy as a linguistic category does not have an equal relationship with paragmatic synonymy. the basics of forming them a nest also differ. lexical synonymy is defined as a linguistic category, forming a hive with the meaning of a common noun. pragmatic synonymy, on the other hand, is a substantive category, forming a hive through the fact that the meanings of words in a speech situation are equal among themselves. the meanings of words that they mean in connection with the speech process are an occocial meaning and do not participate with this meaning in another speech situation. khattoki may also have a meaning that is not similar to the sense of atatement. the occurrence of such a state is influenced by the speech process, the speech situation, the tone beyond speech, the sign, the contractual relationship between the adjuster and the listener. for example: equilibrium sōzi-lexically a calm, turgun state of objects under the influence of oppositely directed equal forces; the equalization of opposing forces represents the relative stagnation, tranquility[11, 475]caused by domestication. this sound can form a synonymic hive with the “attitude” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org sound in a particular speech situation: the relationship between natural phenomena is the balance between natural phenomena. it sometimes forms a synonym based on interdependence. therefore, summarizing them all by one common name-pragmatic synonymy, revealing the specific aspects or distinguishing features of the microsystems that stand within it, is now gaining relevance. contextual, denotative, occocial, presuppositional synonyms underlined in the literature differ from lexical synonyms. they form a hive with colloquial-pragmatic meanings, and not with the meanings of the noun. ls ks os ‘s basis of differentiation + 1. meaning of calling + + + 2. the meaning of connection with the speech situation + 3. the meaning associated with the speech situation is equivalent to some scheme of the word + 4. equivalence of the denotative sense + 5. equal occurrence of presuppositional meaning + 6. equal occurrence of meaning in context + 7. equal occurrence of methodological meaning pragmatic synonymy is a macrosystem, standing in an intersectional opposition with lexical synonymy and determined on the basis of this contradiction. microsystems that form synonyms defined on the basis of lexicological categories will be an element of the lexical synonymy macrosystem. synonyms defined through pragmatic categories are: occocial, contextual, presuppositional forming a synonym microsystem, which becomes an element of the pragmatic synonymy macrosystem. synonymy system lexical synonymy macrosystem grammatical synonym macrosystem pragmatic synonymy morphemic phraseological synonymy morphological synonym os word-making tools synonymy of historism sintactic synonym ds form making neologism synonyms ps categorial p.m ks nocategorial p.m synonym of archaisms dialectological synonymy т american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org the relationships between the elements that make up the synonymy macrosystem are diverse, and they have a separate scope of research. therefore, we did not talk about them. onomosiological analysis of the phenomenon of cross-synonymy reveals its new facets inherent in it. this occupies a unique place in the study of other linguistic units associated with the phenomenon of synonymy. in particular, hermeneutics in literary studies is of particular importance as one of the limbs that reveals the essence of scientific research in pragmatic bias in linguistics. used literatures 1.kuhn t.s. the structure of scientific revolutions. chicago, 1962. – 213 p. 2.yakovés yu.v. formirovanie postindustrialnoy paradigm: istoki i perspective // voprosi filosofii. 1997. № 1. s. 3. 3.kisiel t. paradigms / / contemporary philosophy: a new survey: vol.2. philosophy of science / ed. by floistad g. – the hague etc., 1982. – p. 87–110. 4. see; hajev a. an explanation of the synonyms of the uzbek language is lugati. t., 1974, pp. 3-6; weshl l. m.sovremennaya linguisticheskaya semantics. m., 1990 g., 151-154 str. novikov l.a. semantics of russian language .m., 1982 g., str-222-242. 5. toirova g. problems in the organization of lexical synonyms. uzbek language and literature. 6. see: rahimov u. bowl, bowl bottom nim bowl.andijan.1995, p. 17. 7. see novikov l. a. semantics of russian language. m., 1982, str-79. 8.see: a.nurmonov et al. theoretical grammar of the uzbek language (morphology) t., 2001. pp. 810. 9. rahimov u. presupposition of loadings in uzbek. nd. samarkand, 1994. p. 64. 10. novikov l.a. semantics of russian language m., 1982g., str-222-223. 11. explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language. 1 vol. m., 1981, p.475. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org pedagogy-psychological aspects of educating schoolchildren in the spirit of patriotism baxtiyor saidov independent researcher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the pedagogy and psychological aspects of educating schoolchildren in the spirit of patriotism. the author pays special attention to the psychological aspects of the patriotic education of schoolchildren. patriotism, school, education, family, society, teacher it is important to educate the young generation in the spirit of respect for our rich cultural heritage and historical values, and love for our independent motherland in forming a human personality. in today's complex globalization era, in the conditions of rapidly developing information and communication technologies, the urgent tasks related to the education of young people in the spirit of military patriotism and their solution, the improvement of this issue in harmony with the real social and political changes in the life of uzbekistan today, by representatives of the field of social and humanities that special attention is being paid is also a requirement of social necessity at the same time. in connection with the implementation of the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated august 4, 2018 no. pq-3898 "on the fundamental improvement of the system of raising the moral and educational level of military personnel of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan", the adoption of the concept of educating young people in the spirit of military patriotism, the local state authority to ensure the unity of the army and the people the strengthening of the cooperation with the authorities allows filling the ranks of our national army with young people who have a strong will and an active civil position. according to the explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language, "patriotic" is a person who loves his homeland, motherland, and people without limit, who shows zeal for the interests of the homeland. patriotism is a work, behavior, and characteristic of patriots. true patriotic citizens of uzbekistan can be educated by inculcating the most important concepts, life and professional skills related to protecting our motherland like the apple of an eye, spreading its fame to the world, on the basis of science and knowledge, in the hearts and minds of young people from early childhood.1. patriotism is the concept of responsibility and duty to the country. patriotism is extremely versatile and constantly improves and develops in the process of historical, social, political, and economic development. the more people understand the interests, value, fate, and prospects of the country, the higher the sense of patriotism in people. this process is endless. different stages of historical, socio 1ўзбек тилининг изоҳли луғати. а.мадвалиев таҳрири остида. “ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси давлат илмий нашриёти”, тошкент, 2006, 444-445-бетлар. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org political, spiritual development discover new facets of patriotism. the feeling of patriotism in every person is inextricably linked with the development of society. true patriotism is living in the interest of the nation, the homeland, working and fighting for its prospects and interests.2. first of all, it is assumed that the young generation, who are the creators of the future, will be educated, become highly qualified personnel, work hard for their country and people, and be taught to work honestly for the development and happiness of a free country. after all, independence requires the management of society by highly qualified personnel who are dedicated to the interests of their country. the formation of a positive embodiment of the servicemen of the country's armed forces in the minds of citizens, conceptual aspects of the content of civil pose in a person, the formation of community and patriotism in a person on the basis of ideology based on the theory of socialism, the fulfillment of youth's duty to society through the military and, scientific research on the problems of abandoning one's own life if necessary in his interests is carried out by the world's leading scientific research centers and higher education institutions, including the university of southern california, usa (university of southern california, usa), the sorbonne university of paris (université deparis, france), the universities of beijing and shanghai (pekinguniversity,china;shanghai jiao tong university, china), ; ben-gurion university of the negev, israel), cambridge and oxford universities (universityofcambridge, university of oxford), are being implemented at the military academy of the general staff of the armed forces of the russian federation. these studies include organizational forms of working with people (university of southern california), goals and motivations for young people to perform different behaviors (université de paris, france), psychological description of different groups and associations, specific principles of social behavior (peking university, china; shanghai jiao tong university, china), prevention of behavioral deviations with adolescents, youth in the field of applied psychology, gender studies (tel aviv university, israel; the main attention is paid to the study of such problems as ben-gurion university of the negev, israel), psychoanalytic and cognitive behavioral psychotherapy (universityofcambridge,university of oxford), the implementation of general social activity in the process of personality formation and development in a particular society (military academy of the general staff of the armed forces of the russian federation). patriotism is the sum of the social and spiritual and moral qualities of a person, expressing his love for the land on which he was born and raised. the main sign of patriotism is self – sacrifice, and the supreme appearance is courage. this dedication and courage is reflected in the spiritual heritage of our people and in the person of our ancestors. the thoughts and works of our scientists, who came to the world in our country and became world famous for their scientific and creative activity, about the motherland, patriotism can serve as an example not only for uzbekistan, but also for all people in the world. they are people who have made worthy contributions to the development of civilisation not only of uzbekistan, but of the whole world. a significant contribution to the development of a sense of integrity for the people of uzbekistan, especially for their youth, is rightfully proud of their country, history, the activities of their ancestors who lived in the past. 2фалсафа. қомусий луғат. “ўзбекистон файласуфлари миллий жамияти нашриёти”, тошкент, 2004, 496 бет. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org and in the formation of feelings of military patriotism, the figure of jalaliddin manguberdi, amir timur, zahriddin muhammad babur and others serves as an invaluable historical example. after uzbekistan gained independence, the first president of the country i. karimov” free and prosperous motherland, free and prosperous life – our ultimate goal (2000)“, " the uzbek people will never depend on anyone (t. 2005) " in his other works, he expressed important points about the path of development and development of uzbekistan, the tasks of our citizens, the risks that threaten the independence of the country and their overcoming. the highlight is that although the head of state at that time wrote about the motherland, patriotism in the early years of independence, despite the fact that so many years have passed, still this topic has not lost its relevance for researchers, the problem for society. the analysis of studies on patriotism suggests that research on this topic was carried out mainly in the direction of such disciplines as pedagogy, philosophy. work on the formation of patriotism, the study of specific aspects of this phenomenon from a scientific point of view, unfortunately, by psychologists, has not been carried out sufficiently. although, after the end of soviet patrioticism, a scientific study of the foundations of the patriotism of the new era from the point of view of psychological science was necessary, but, it must be recognized, the inattention of psychologist scientists to this issue prevented research in this direction. a relatively relaxing aspect is the fact that scientists of the academy of the armed forces of the ministry of defense are conducting a number of studies in the field of scientific psychology in terms of theoretical methodological and practical aspects of patriotic education. another study devoted to patriotism education is the dissertation called "the role of defense consciousness in educating young people in the spirit of military patriotism: a functional approach" carried out by f. boqiev, in which the author cited different interpretations of patriotism. the development of the country, first of all, depends on the maturity of its children. this is reflected in the fact that each of our compatriots feels responsible for their spiritual development, lives in harmony with the interests of this country and people. at various stages of the historical development of the society, the number of threats aimed at disrupting the stable lifestyle of young people is increasing, and this situation, in turn, requires special attention to the education of patriotism..3 head of the cycle of pedagogy and psychology of the department of humanities of the academy of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan, lieutenant colonel r.normatov noted that today, when educating our youth in the spirit of military patriotism, national values, as well as national ideology, serve as the main foundation. as young people are brought up with ideological concepts, it is important in them to initially form a patriotic spirit. after all, national values \ u200b \ u200bare based on the age-old traditions, traditions, native language, psyche of our people, instill confidence in tomorrow. between people, feelings of kindness, dishonesty, decency, justice, enlightenment, patriotism appear. youth is the future of our motherland, our nation. entrusting them with the fate of our motherland, first of all, they should deeply understand in all its essence the complex and responsible task that is assigned to them, contribute to it. . after all, loving the motherland, loving it is directly determined by the creative work that everyone is doing on the path of the prosperity of this country. of great importance in the development of national identity is the education of thoughtful 3боқиев фарҳод эсанович. ёшларни ҳарбий-ватанпарварлик руҳида тарбиялашда мудофаа онгининг ўрни: функционал ёндашув. психол. ф. бўйича фалсафа док.дисс. тошкент, 2021. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org young people, watered by ideas of national patriotism. therefore, each of our young people preparing for the defense of the motherland must be brought up in a high patriotic spirit 4. what a great reward is the protection of the motherland, the obligation of every muslim, it is such a great sin, a crime worthy of the highest punishment, to commit a trick on it, to invade it with a weapon. based on the interests of the national security of the republic of uzbekistan, the following can be noted as topical directions of propaganda work aimed at ideological education of the population, especially among young people, in conditions where ideological threats are extremely dangerous and delicate: -the formation of a culture of independent thinking in each citizen against ideological influences carried out for selfish purposes, the correct assessment of existing spiritual and ideological threats, the formation of the ability to draw appropriate conclusions and lessons from them; teaching to live always alert, alert and alert in relation to increasing ideological threats; to achieve a deep understanding and validity of the meaning and content of moral feelings and concepts such as national values, patriotism, loyalty to the interests of the state and society, honor, shame and andisha; prevention of neglect and indifference, education of sobriety and vivacity, development of a sense of belonging to the fate of the country5. professor of the university of public safety of the republic of uzbekistan, doctor of pedagogical sciences, professor r.according to makhmudov6, the adoption of the resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 23, 2018 no. 140 “on approval of the concept of educating young people in the spirit of military-patriotism” determined certain tasks in order to increase and activate the effectiveness of work on educating young people in the spirit of militarypatriotism, to more actively involve. it can be noted that the feeling of patriotism arose in some way along with the arrival of man into the world, but it was a feeling of the instinct level observed in patriotic animals, limited to guarding the territory belonging to a particular tribe. as a result of the development of human evolution, which was engaged in feeding the members of its tribe in a certain area, living life, hunting, continuing its generation, and trying not to put tribes other than its territory, two types of patriotism arose in ancient antiquity. 1.in ancient greece-social patriotism, which expresses the self-sacrifice, dedication, loyalty of a citizen to society; 2.in ancient rome-political patriotism of the population, representing state patriotism, which relied on political relations. it is desirable that patriotic feelings are always expressed in the content of peace, solidarity, cooperation and creative activity. patriotism is a person's love for his homeland, his loyalty, his readiness for any service in his interests and his willingness to sacrifice his life in defense of the 4ёшларни ҳарбий ватанпарварлик руҳида тарбиялашнинг мафкуравий асослари. “глобаллашув шароитида ватанпарварлик тарбиясининг маънавий-маърифий технологиялари”. республика илмий-амалий конференция материаллари// ўзбекистон республикаси қуролли кучлари академияси. – тошкент, 2019, 50-52-бет. 5очилдиев а. мафкуравий таҳдидлар ва ғоявий тарбиянинг долзарб масалалари// маънавий ва диний етуклик – давр талаби. – т.: тошкент ислом университети, 2009. – б.381-382. 6махмудов р.м.,акбаров л.и. ёшларни ҳарбий-ватанпарварлик руҳида тарбиялаш концепцияси амалда. pedagogs international research journal. volume-1, issue-1, january-2022, v 223-230. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org motherland, if necessary. patriotism begins with love for the place of birth, and when a person reaches a mature age, an understanding of patriotism in a nationwide circle arises. patriotism is one of the main social pillars that determine the existence, prosperity, development of each nation and state. insufficient attention to the formation, development of patriotism in citizens inevitably leads to a depreciation of spirituality and culture, weakening the socio-economic development of this society or state. as a result, the quality of life of the population decreases, dissatisfaction increases. destructive forces that have taken advantage of this can easily subjugate the state to itself.and this shows to what extent the formation of patriotism in young people is an important issue. references 1. журавлев, а.л. патриотизм как объект изучения психологической науки / а.л. журавлев, а.в. юревич. // психологический журнал. – 2016. – т. 37. – № 3. – с. 88-98. 2. karpova yu.a. innovations, intelligence, education. – m., 1998. – 93-94-p. 3. maxmudov r.m.,akbarov l.i. the concept of educating young people in the spirit of militarypatriotic is in practice. pedagogs international research journal. volume-1, issue-1, january2022, v 223-230. 4. мясищев в.н. социальная психология личности. л., 1974.; 5. омаров о.н. патриотическое воспитание старшеклассников средствами государственной музыкальной символики российской федерации: на материале республики дагестан. авт.дис.канд.пед.наук.махачкала, 2007. 6. раматов ж. ёшларда ватанпарварлик фазилатини шакллантириш – таълим-тарбия соҳасининг асосий вазифаси. “глобаллашув шароитида ватанпарварлик тарбиясининг маънавий-маърифий технологиялари”. республика илмий-амалий конференция материаллари// ўзбекистон республикаси қуролли кучлари академияси. – тошкент, 2019, 129-131-бетлар. 7. ўзбек тилининг изоҳли луғати. а.мадвалиев таҳрири остида. “ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси давлат илмий нашриёти”, тошкент, 2006, 444-445-бетлар. 8. avazov komil hollievich, spiritual and moral aspects of the formation of a sustainable society international journal of humanities social sciences and education 2017,4(10): 1-9 9. komil avazov internal and external threats of modernity, security and stability of the modern society and their affinity//thе article was presented for the publication in the bulletin russia and the moslem world. //russia and the moslem world. 2017.№3 (297). 10. khollievich ak (2017) spiritual aspects of formation of a threatening resistant society. j socialomics 6: 214. doi:10.1472/2167-0358.1000214 11. si pakhratdinov the legitimacy of power structures as the factor for the threat resistance of society//journal of critical reviews,1434-1438 12. shukritdin ilyasovich pakhrutdinov responsibility for sustainable development and intensity of rapid changes//advances in social sciences research journal, 2019, vol.6, no.8 13. saidov, s. (2022). “tadbir ul-manzil” risolasi–oilaviy munosabatlar uchun dasturulamal. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5-2), 894-897. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=7_6fxzsaaaaj&authuser=1&citation_for_view=7_6fxzsaaaaj:tyk-4ss8fvuc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=7_6fxzsaaaaj&authuser=1&citation_for_view=7_6fxzsaaaaj:tyk-4ss8fvuc https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=14529876270033043854&btni=1&hl=ru&authuser=1 https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=14529876270033043854&btni=1&hl=ru&authuser=1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org “guidelines for designing effective language teaching materials rustamov ilkhom tursunovich associate professor, tashkent state transport university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article investigates the problem of developing guidelines, manuals for effective teaching aids in teaching a foreign language to students in order to form foreign language communicative competencies. moreover, the article discusses the requirements that must be observed when creating effective teaching aids. on the example of the educational and methodological several manuals, the main principles and parameters that teachers should be taken into account in the process of writing teaching aids due to the transition to new educational standards. the educational and methodological manuals are the result of productive and systematic work, which required time, as well as the cooperation of teachers, methodologists and specialists in the field of information and communication technologies. in the article, the educational and methodological manual is of a complex nature, since it offers tasks for practicing and improving all types of speech activity: reading, listening, speaking and writing. linguistic competence, communicative competence, intercultural communication, vocabulary, grammar exercises, case method, reading, speaking, listening, writing, types of speech activity, interactive technology. one of the topical issues of higher education is the preparation of skilful, high-experienced, intelligent graduates of universities, to whom employers present such a requirement as knowledge of the foreign language. a competitive graduate must communicate in foreign language freely, not only at the colloquial level, but also be able to extract the information necessary for professional activity [4], build a dialogic and monologue speech in simple communicative situations of different communication sphere, compose a different business letter in accordance with the norms of the official several style of the english language. one of the main ways to solve this problem is the development of educational and methodological allowances aimed at the formation of the necessary competencies of foreign language communication[9]. currently, several linguistic universities try to practice large-scale work is to create teaching aids for new generation. at the initial stage of writing teaching and methodological allowances, there was an accumulation and generalization of the material of scientific articles of modern researchers, who highlighted the problems of developing teaching aids, in particular, focused on the main requirements that are important to consider when their creation. before the development of several educational and methodological manuals that we have studied, analyzed and adopted the attention of the work of e.ya. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org sokolova, s.a. volkova, o.n. likhacheva, l.b. temnikova, n.yu. gusevskaya and t.s. ruzhentsova and others [1]. educational and methodical manual, for example, “professional english language” is intended for students of non-linguistic areas of preparation for pre-intermediate levels and intermediate in order to study the disciplines "business english" and "professional english language” of educational technology. the necessity of publishing the manuscript was explained by the fact that this work is focused on optimizing the process of teaching business and professional english to students of nonlinguistic areas of training, the development of professional, linguistic and students' communicative competences, abilities to establish and maintain business contacts, account of the usage of english as a tool of communication and interaction in the dialogue of cultures of the modern world. this teaching aid complies with the declared type of publication [1]. it provides teachers and students with methodological material for competent construction of work in the classroom, for the effective organization of independent work and for preparing for practical classes in business and professional english. the title of the work corresponds to its content. the training manual presents materials from the business sphere of communication, and also touches current issues related to it. the analyzed work fully meets the requirements of the latest generation and current educational programs, as well as the requirements of competency-based and communicative approaches to teaching a foreign language [3]. the practical significance of the work cannot be doubted, since the teaching aid is distinguished by a clear and balanced structural organization, a comprehensive presentation of educational material, which allows productive and systematically develop and consolidate the skills of all types of speech activity: reading, listening, writing and speaking [2]. the manual offers authentic texts, a wide range of exercises that aimed at developing student’s understanding, study and increasing of vocabulary and grammar, lists of clichés, useful phrases and expressions for writing business letters and solving professional problems in the process of business and intercultural communications. the advantage of educational and methodical benefits is the active use of not only audio, but also video materials, related tasks, exercises for a detailed description of a visual image taken from the context of a business or professional spheres [3]. the discussed teaching aid consists of eight modules: companies, the internet, troubleshooting, new products, telephoning and contact making, future trends, managing time, employment and career. text educational and methodological manual is characterized by logic, consistency, capacity, systematization of the material, high-structured, informative and coherence of all elements of the manual. in every section offers a list of lexical units or vocabulary on the topic under study, questions for discussion, text on the topic of the section, post-text tasks for working out and consolidating vocabulary and grammar, exercises on listening, speaking (in this part, a list of clichés and useful speech constructions/turns), including a task to describe a visual image and write a business letter/summary. goals and objectives of the educational and methodological complex of the discipline [10]. the teaching materials of the teaching english language are intended for: systematization of the content and organization of the study of educational disciplines taking into account the achievements of science and practice; improving the methodological support of the educational process; increasing the efficiency and quality of students' knowledge; development of student's creative abilities; providing students with methodological assistance in mastering the educational material; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org effective planning and organization of self-study work and control of students' knowledge; assisting teachers in improving pedagogical skill. in the considering educational and methodical work of education are applied in the form of a practical lesson, independent work, individual homework. this work is distinguished by the use of visual, verbal, practical teaching methods [6]. its content includes creative tasks and interactive technologies, such as tasks using the quizlet service, which helps to quickly memorize new lexical units. in the teaching aid, game technologies were used, such as interview session, discussion session, conversation session, case method, which provide for work in pairs, groups and educational discussion. for the purpose of a clear and compact presentation of theoretical material, traditional and information technologies of education are used – practical lesson with elements of a visual lecture. these features of the manual confirm the fact that it corresponds to the modern level of development of science. the discussed teaching aid has a high-quality didactic apparatus, since it is equipped with tasks for selfcontrol after each section, a coherent system of criteria for evaluating the work performed, and it also offers tests on modules [3]. the work is framed taking into account the conditions of illustrativeness and visibility of educational material. it presents graphic tools that give the material’s brightness and expressiveness, providing its gradation without violating the unity and integrity of its composition. among the using graphic tools are mark tables, pictures, which makes the material convenient in terms of perception, as well as pictograms designed to indicate various types of educational activities and tasks. the analyzed teaching aid is characterized by the use of psychological and pedagogical techniques: systems of sequentially “portioned” study of the course with a criterion assessment of residual knowledge of the current “portion” of the studied material, emotionally colored activities, simulation of business situations, dramatization by students of dialogues, means encouragement of students to cognitive activity, (planning and discussion of joint activities, justification opinion), means of creolization (pictograms), internet links, pictures, audio and video fragments. all technical and technological requirements: correct installation and removal, stability of operation, use of frames for organizing information, using convenient and color comfortable for psychological perception, providing a balanced image of the material that evokes a sense of stability and reliability, maximizing the use of modern multimedia tools. compliance with all technical requirements ensures sustainable student performance. audio materials. the use of audio materials in education is an effective way to involve the student in the learning process. audio materials are presented in electronic form and may be classified as follows. an audio clip is a short audio fragment, most often representing a small commentary on diagrams, tables, illustrations. audio clips can be used effectively, for example, to introduce in a foreign language course of listening comprehension elements–demonstration of samples of pronunciation, listening to educational dialogues and texts. audio lecture a teacher's lecture recorded on audio media or submitted electronically. audio lectures can be used alone or in combination with other elements: text, slide presentation, video materials. the meaningful basis for an audio lecture, as a rule, is the material of the textbook or lecture course. methodologically reasonable duration audio lectures no more than 20 minutes. if the material cannot be presented for specified period of time, it is necessary to create several audio files. before recording an audio lecture, its script is prepared. the following order of presentation of the lecture material is recommended: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org greeting to the students, introduction of the teacher, name academic discipline; name of the topic of the current lecture; a brief summary of the lecture (it is necessary to provide a list of questions, that will be affected); presentation of the actual educational material; conclusion (here it is necessary to sum up the lecture, to remind the list of topics covered). video materials the use of video materials in the educational process, including with the usage, contributes to better assimilation of the material, involvement of the student in the learning process, improving contact between teacher and students. video lectures allow learner to increase the effectiveness of the educational process for checking: virtual presence in medical institutions according to the profile future specialty, in scientific laboratories; showing unique or fast-flowing phenomena, processes, events, the effect of presence when demonstrating real phenomena or their virtual models; visual participation in the presented real (or specially posed) situations of choosing a solution to the problem; changes in activities, shifting attention and use of both rational-logical and emotional-figurative thinking. video materials are presented in electronic form and may be classified as follows. video a video clip that is a demonstration of those provisions, phenomena, objects that are discussed in the textbook (demonstration of laboratory work, recording of observations, fragment of the educational film). the duration of the video should not exceed 10-15 minutes. when creating a video, you must withstand following its structure: -video intro (static or animated frames, title of video, author(s), name of educational institution, department); -the actual material of the roller; -titles (static or animated frames, author(s), title educational institution, year of graduation). slide media lecture combines visibility of presentation of material, which is inherent in a slide presentation, with the feeling of engagement, which is provided by the use of audio or video material. in this case, the basis for preparing the lecture is slide presentation. simultaneously with the slide show the audio or video stream is playing. slides are based on timestamps recorded in the media file. in this way, an imitation of a real lecture is created when the lecturer is present in front of students in the audience, presents the material of the lecture and illustrates with slides. interactive lectures include motivating elements of the training game, and at the same time, the teacher maintains a high level of control over what is happening in the audience [9]. due to their flexibility, it is easy to switch from traditional interactive lectures. if the teacher is an expert in his field and he has presentation plan, it can easily convert a session into a lecture game. there are different types of interactive lectures, but all of them are built according to one basic principle: the structure and the effectiveness of the lecture method with participatory and motivating effect of interactive strategies [8,10]. in conclusion, the work in question meets ergonomic requirements. it is characterized by convenient and visual navigation, easy perception of information, the absence of excessive or unjustified use of colors, fonts, symbols, adequate brightness, font shape and arrangement of materials on pages. the listed features of the manual contribute to aesthetics. selection of a part of information (tables, frames) is applied reasonably and do not lead to increased fatigue. the relevance and acceptability of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org multimedia tools (dynamic image, high-quality sound accompaniment, clear, exemplary in intonation, emotional sounding). matching all above mentioned requirements will provide safe learning conditions for students, a friendly atmosphere and a favorable working climate in the classroom, enhancing attention, awakening interest, focusing on tasks. taking into account of all the above features of the educational and methodological manual, there is reason to believe that it will increase learning performance. the study is recommended for usage in the educational process as a teaching aid for students and is being tested in practice of teaching english language. references 1. adamko m.a. integration of academic disciplines as one of the ways to improve efficiency teaching english at the university // azimut of scientific research: pedagogy and psychology. 2016. t. 5. no. 4 (17). p. 17-20. 2. akhmetzyanova i.i. features of the functioning of the english language in ireland (in material of the works of the xx-xxi centuries) // baltic humanitarian journal. 2016. v. 5. no. 1 (14). p. 1617. 3. gafurov r.a. difficulties in using the present perfect tense in english // baltic humanitarian journal. 2013. no. 4. p. 67-69. 4. gusevskaya n.yu. problems and experience of creating an english textbook // humanitarian vector. 2011. no. 1 (25). p. 29-32. 5. koss e.v. updating the content of training business foreign language as a tool for the formation of foreign language communicative competence in non-linguistic university // azimuth of scientific research: pedagogy and psychology. 2017. v. 6. no. 1 (18). pp. 92-95. 6. kozina o.n. distinctive features of the grammatical category of gerund as one of the non-personal forms english verb // baltic humanitarian journal. 2015. no. 4 (13). p. 19-22. 7. likhacheva o.n., temnikova l.b. features of the development of an english textbook using the kuban component for students of non-linguistic universities // scientific works of kubgtu. 2015. no. 5. p. 1-6. 8. mikhailyukov l.v. semantic-syntactic features of prepositional-transitive verbs in modern english // baltic humanitarian journal. 2016. v. 5. no. 2 (15). p. 61-66. 9. ruzhentseva t.s. development of a complex of electronic teaching aids in english language for students of information technology specialties based on project methodology //economics, statistics and informatics. vestnik umo. 2011. no. 5. p. 168-174. 10. volkova s.a. analysis of the english textbook in the framework of the requirements for educational literature. pedagogika vysshei shkoly. 2017. no. 2 (8). 11. rustamov ilkhom tursunovich. (2022). linguistic and cultural aspects of literary translation and translation skills. british journal of global ecology and sustainable development, 10, 168–173. retrieved from https://journalzone.org/index.php/bjgesd/article/view/158 12. rustamov, i. (2022). илхом teaching english as a foreign language. журнал иностранных языков и лингвистики, 4(4). 13. rustamov, i. (2022). ilhom the interlevel analysis of verbal humour resources in the english language: the interlevel analysis of https://journalzone.org/index.php/bjgesd/article/view/158 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org verbal humour resources in the english language. журнал иностранных языков и лингвистики, 4(4). 14. rustamov, i. (2022). ilhom миллий латифаларнинг стеротипик талқини: миллий латифаларнинг стеротипик талқини. журнал иностранных языков и лингвистики, 4(4). 15. rustamov ilkhom tursunovich. (2022). on the conceptual metaphor: man is up, woman is down. proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies, 1(2), 28–31. retrieved from https://econferenceseries.com/index.php/icmsss/article/view/326 16. tursunovich, r. i. (2022, november). the significance of pragmatic appropriateness in esl culture. in proceedings of scientific conference on multidisciplinary studies (vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 157-160). 17. rustamov, i. t., & nargiza, y. (2022). study of alisher navoi works in europe. gospodarka i innowacje., 24, 1021-1023. 18. rustamov, i. (2022). ingliz tilida ta'na-dashnom tushunchalarni bildiruvchi leksik birliklarning semantik maydoni. scienceweb academic papers collection. 19. rustamov, i. (2020). ethnic stereotypes in anecdotes. international journal of scientific and technology research, 9(3), 622-623. retrieved from https://www.scopus.com/results/authornameslist.uri?st1=rustamov&st2=ilhom&origin=searcha uthorlookup 20. tursunovich, r. i. (2022). teaching a foreign language and developing language competence. web of scholars: multidimensional research journal, 1(8), 8-11. https://econferenceseries.com/index.php/icmsss/article/view/326 https://www.scopus.com/results/authornameslist.uri?st1=rustamov&st2=ilhom&origin=searchauthorlookup https://www.scopus.com/results/authornameslist.uri?st1=rustamov&st2=ilhom&origin=searchauthorlookup american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 1, | june, 2022 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org application of digital technologies for the students with diverse skills during covid:19 authorarshi naim affiliation: department of information systems, gulf public university, ksa arshi@kku.edu.sa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research was to confer suggestions on how electronic tools in learning management services could be implemented by the instructors in the process of learning and teaching (lt) to meet the requirements of different learners in information systems (is). in this study the module chosen was marketing management in information system’s environment. we used thurstone scale to measure the effectiveness of various electronic tools available on learning management services (lms) “blackboard”. we also compared these electronic tools for their effectiveness in meeting learning outcomes for different learners in is. for measuring assessments’ results, three tools were used namely electronic-quiz (eq), discussion forum (df) and safe assignment (sa). we also tried to measure the effectiveness of a new tools introduced on blackboard named as safe assignment for submitting the assignment. through this tool instructors were able to identify the percentage of plagiarism or matching between the peers. based on three assessments’ results namely eq, df and sa, samples were categorized under best, average and poor. these assessments were considered for the purpose of study because they were conducted by the implementation on electronic tool lms. the performance of student in each group was analyzed and it was found that students in all the groups could contribute and learn the best through open df. best students tried to learn equally through all tools but other two groups plant least efforts and submitted their assignments using search engines such as google. electronic tool, lms, blackboard, discussion forum, safe assignment introduction gulf public university (gpu) conveys home and worldwide learning openings on campus for male and female students. gpu is in the kingdom of saudi arabia (ksa) and is one of the leading educational center in the middle east [4]. in 2008, gpu introduced blackboard collaborate tm (bbcl) to accomplish regional and global education and instructional fineness along with a more effective stipulation of their gender-divided campus for more than 65,000 students, half of which are women[4][6] through el on lms. mailto:arshi@kku.edu.sa american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org gulf public university (gpu) is located in the city of abha, in the asir region of the ksa. it is straddling 81,000 square kms; the university is comprised of 26 different campuses and 48 colleges, offering further and higher education to its students. the university was formed in 1998 from the merger of king saud and imam muhammad ibn saud islamic universities. it introduced an el centre in 2005 and presently provides courses on an assortment of subjects, including medicine, pharmacy, computer sciences, engineering, islamic studies, dentistry and education [4][5][6]. challenges meeting the planned ambition of gpu has not come without major confronts. previously, the university operated separate campuses for male and female students [5]. male instructors were not able to teach female students in face-to-face environments and formerly used studios where instructors gave lectures to female students who were watching through a television screen in the room next door. female students were only permitted to ask questions through a telephone attached to the wall. this approach was prohibitive due to many factors including the cost and maintenance of the studios and the university was resolute to develop a more practical and sustainable elucidation [4][5][6]. women also faced an additional challenge when it came to travelling to and from lectures as a cultural hindrance they were not allowed to drive till 2015; during that time female students at gpu were dependent on their male relatives for commuting for lectures and other academic activities. this was a huge barricade to education, similarly shared with disabled students who also found travelling a challenge as well as costly. another challenge was the huge geography and diffusion of campuses that was impacting instructor staffing. it became difficult to obtain the required number of instructors in the university [4][5][6]. literature review in 2005, the university established its first el centre and in 2008, chose bbcl to integrate with the university’s primary lms, blackboard learn™. mohammad qatrawi, research and development manager at the el center at gpu state “choosing online collaboration was a strategic decision [4][5][6].” it provides equal chances for all, quality, and better student experiences and keeps us up to date with best practices[4][5].. so, bbcl was used to support achieving el vision [4].” with this idea on education, many of the facet and capabilities of the bbcl™ online collaboration platform are assisting gpu with its el vision. most widely used capabilities are web conferencing for hosting virtual classrooms, the whiteboard for making classes more engaging and interactive, polling for answering questions, and instant messaging[4][5][6]. a feature that is particularly relevant to gpu’s gender separated population is the ability to provide instantaneous collaboration through the operation of instant messaging on bbcl enterprise [4][6]. this has enabled students and teachers to work together in an informal “virtual environment,” therefore they are able to chat, connect through video to have one-to-one interviews, and share their desktops with one another to exchange ideas; an enhancement to communication in all the perspective [4][5][6]. over 7,000 students across 25 departments, including medicine, pharmacy, dentistry, computer sciences, engineering, education, sharia and religion, training, and more are adopting online collaboration into their prospectus today[6]. the increase in adoption has been driven by their ‘top–down’ vision where instructors are comprehensively trained either face-to-face or more often, online. all of the content and training american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org materials are published on the university’s el deanship website and el specialists can be reached practically to help students requiring backing [4]. discussion and findings this study was conducted for the session 2019-2020 first semesters. there were two sections for this course marketing management totaling 38 students. based on three assessments’ results namely eq, df and sa, samples were categorized under best, average and poor. these assessments were considered for the purpose of study because they were conducted by the implementation on electronic tool on lms and aided in meeting course learning outcomes (clo) [8][9][10][11]. also it was important to mention that statistics on usage of electronic tool for the purpose of learning the module was done through tracking student’s access to online lms, attendance and finally assessing the activities submitted by the individual student. for measuring assessments’ results, three tools were used namely electronic-quiz (eq), discussion forum (df) and safe assignment (sa). figure i: el tools used on lms figure ii: results of sa for is module marketing management researchers and course instructors found that sa tool was effective and appropriate to measure the analytical skills of students and this tool helped the researchers to clearly categorize best, average and poor students. this tool was quite effective in identifying the plagiarism too. results show students are almost equally divided in best, average and poor. instructors assume with reference to quality matters standards for online learning [1] various activities should be used to meet clos of the particular module as learners have diverse skills and needs. some learners who could not present their ideas in close ended environment could perform well in opened environment. language barrier and cognitive skills were the main reasons for many students in poor performances, as a result they had very high matching and plagiarism. average students were found to take most of the information from e-quiz discussion forum safe assignment safe assignment best average poor el tools american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org search engines but they tried to explain in their own words too. best students were very excellent in analysis, performed a good research and submitted their assignment in most distinguished manner. figure iii: results of eq for is module marketing management researchers found that eq were very effective electronic tools to meet the needs of diverse student populations to meet learning outcome of the particular module. there were various types of questions presented on eq like multiple choices, either-or, true and false, fill in the blanks, pools and matching, etc. some questioned needed manual grading and other types were graded automatically as the answers provided by the instructor were close ended. 60 % of the students were graded under the category of best students and only 10 % students could not perform very well. figure iv: results of df for is module marketing management researchers found that df was the most effective electronic tools to meet the needs of diverse student populations to meet learning outcome of the particular module. 80 % of the learners performed very well and participated in active learning on the forum. some students also created discussion threads and invited their peers to participate or to write blogs. only 5 % percent of the learners were found not very participative but reasons were not known. instructors assume that it could be due to language barrier. lms has helped gpu to conquer many of its challenges around enhancing the quality of education, improving access to teaching and resources, and meeting clos. also this tool helped in developing interpersonal skills amongst the students. furthermore a short e-survey was conducted on lms to know effectiveness of el tools and techniques. there were 50 respondents, all 38 students from two sections of marketing management module and 12 el experts/instructors were given this close ended questionnaire. below given table shows 5 points scale from strongly agree to strongly disagree. discussion forum best average poor electronic quiz best average poor american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org table i: result analysis for effectively of el tools on lms in gpu questions strongly agree agree neutral disagree strongly disagree do you think lms has effective application in higher education? 35 10 5 0 0 do find lms applications effective in gpu 35 10 5 0 0 do think elluninate live is effective medium for course instruction? 35 10 5 0 0 do you think lms has solved the problem of gender divide? 35 10 5 0 0 do you find lms effective for assessment methods? 35 10 5 0 0 do you think lms has quality services? 35 10 5 0 0 do you think lms has solved the problem of online learning for the students commuting from remote areas? 35 10 5 0 0 how would you rate your experience with lms? 35 10 5 0 0 respondents were also asked to rate the level of quality [2] , of various tools of lms for gpu on the scale of excellent to poor. table ii: result analysis for quality service of lms tools in gpu questions excellent very good good fair poor elluminate live 10 20 20 0 0 trigity tool 15 20 15 0 0 assignment 35 15 0 0 0 content area 50 0 0 0 0 assessment tools 50 0 0 0 0 course tools 40 6 4 0 0 communication tool 25 5 16 4 0 respondents were asked to rate the frequency of using a particular lms blackboard tool in instructing their modules on the scale of every time to never. table iii: result analysis for frequency of using service of lms tools [3] questions every time almost every time occasionally almost never never elluminate live 0 5 45 0 0 trigity tool 0 5 45 0 0 safe assignment 0 5 45 0 0 content area 40 0 10 0 0 assessment tools 40 0 10 0 0 course tools 0 5 45 0 0 communication tool 0 5 45 0 0 results the performance of students in each group was analyzed and it was found that students in all the groups could contribute and learn the best through open discussion forum. best students tried to learn american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org equally through all tools but other two groups plant least efforts and through google search uploaded their work only researchers also concluded that many instructors may not be using el tools and techniques in meeting clos [8][9][10][11] but they well realize the advantages of the applications of el tools in meeting diverse needs. for example in the situation when students coming from remote areas or students who are disable and in the condition of gender divide. in addition el tools on lms and bbcl are used to integrate with the university’s primary lms and have changed the entire teaching pedagogy and supported the university in achieving its vision. el has exploited the best of bbcl capabilities which are web conferencing for hosting virtual classrooms, the whiteboard for making classes more engaging and interactive, polling for answering questions, and instant messaging, etc, but for the purpose of this study we focused only on three important tools,, sa, df and eq. conclusion it was found that discussion forum was the most effective electronic tools to meet the needs of diverse student to meet learning outcome of this particular information systems’ module. bbcl has facilitated instructors to communicate learning materials in various methods like videos, presentations, etc also assessment methods has been refined and became time effective on blackboard. some popular assessment methods used by keen instructors are quizzes, online exam, question mark, assignment, blog, discussion forum and journals. now with the help of el tools on bbcl, access to teaching and resources has become easier, students with diverse skills, competence and needs are learning better and finally it is helping to manage a gender divided in the university. references 1. naim, a., sattar, r. a., al ahmary, n.., & razwi, m. t. (2021) implementation of quality matters standards on blended courses: a case study. finance india indian institute of finance vol. xxxv no. 3, september 2021 pages—873 – 890 2. naim, a. (2021). application of quality matters in digital learning in higher education. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 1(1), 3-12. 3. khan, n., naim, a., hussain, m. r., naveed, q. n., ahmad, n., & qamar, s. (2019, may). the 51 v's of big data: survey, technologies, characteristics, opportunities, issues and challenges. in proceedings of the international conference on omni-layer intelligent systems (pp. 19-24). 4. naim, a., & alahmari, f. (2020). reference model of e-learning and quality to establish interoperability in higher education systems. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 15(2), 15-28. 5. naim, a., alahmari, f., & rahim, a. (2021). role of artificial intelligence in market development and vehicular communication. smart antennas: recent trends in design and applications, 2, 28. 6. naim, a., hussain, m. r., naveed, q. n., ahmad, n., qamar, s., khan, n., & hweij, t. a. (2019, april). ensuring interoperability of e-learning and quality development in education. in 2019 ieee jordan international joint conference on electrical engineering and information technology (jeeit) (pp. 736-741). ieee. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org 7. naim, a., khan, m. f., hussain, m. r., & khan, n. (2019). “virtual doctor” management technique in the diagnosis of ent diseases. joe, 15(9), 88. 8. naim, a. (2020). realization of diverse electronic tools in learning and teaching for students with diverse skills. global journal of enterprise information system, 12(1), 72-78. 9. naim, a., & bashir, a. (2016). application of quality matters standards on supportive and online module in higher education program. research revolution, 5(3), 6-12. 10. naim, a. (2018). strategies to achieve students’ centric approach in blended learning. international journal of engineering and management research (ijemr), 8(2), 214219. 11. hussain, m. r., naim, a., & khaleel, m. a. (2020). implementation of wireless sensor network using virtual machine (vm) for insect monitoring. innovations in electronics and communication engineering: proceedings of the 8th iciece 2019, 107, 73. 12. hussain, m. r., quadri, n. n., ahmad, n., qamar, s., khan, n., naim, a., & hussain, m. e. (2019, april). effective cost optimization approach in healthcare to minimize the treatment cost of brain-tumor patients. in 2019 international conference on computer and information sciences (iccis) (pp. 1-5). ieee. 13. naim, a. (2021). green information technologies in business operations. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 36-49. 14. naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a casebased study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. 15. naim, a. (2021). new trends in business process management: applications of green information technologies. british journal of environmental studies, 1(1), 12-23. 16. arshi naim, & mohammad faiz khan. (2021). measuring the psychological behavior of consumers for medical services. zien journal of social sciences and humanities, 2, 119–131. retrieved from http://zienjournals.com/index.php/zjssh/article/view/316 17. naim, a. (2021). applications of marketing framework in business practices. journal of marketing and emerging economics, 1(6), 55-70. 18. naim, a. . . (2021). green business process management. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(6), 125–134. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/651 19. naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a casebased study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. 20. naim, a., & alqahtani, k. (2021). role of information systems in customer relationship management. pulse, 2(2). 21. bashir, m. a., & naim, a. ict adoption analysis for innovation in higher education sector. 22. naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87–94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 23. naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87–94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 http://zienjournals.com/index.php/zjssh/article/view/316 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/651 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org 24. naim, a. . (2022). economies of scale for antenna’s applications in interior regions. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 77–82. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1058 25. arshi naim. (2021). applications of e-learning tools for achieving students learning outcomes. journal of pedagogical inventions and practices, 2(2), 75–82. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/jpip/article/view/320 26. naim, a., muniasamy, a., clementking, a., rajkumar, r. (2022). relevance of green manufacturing and iot in industrial transformation and marketing management. in: lahby, m., al-fuqaha, a., maleh, y. (eds) computational intelligence techniques for green smart cities. green energy and technology. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-96429-0_19 27. arshi naim. (2022). mapping of social customer relationship management with electronic customer relationship management. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 2, 14–25. retrieved from https://ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/10 28. naim, a. (2022). e-learning engagement through convolution neural networks in business education. european journal of innovation in nonformal education, 2(2), 497-501. 29. naim, a. (2022). measurement consumer mood and emotions for fast moving consumer goods. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 83-86. 30. naim, a. (2022). neuro-marketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87-94. 31. naim, a. (2022). economies of scale for antenna's applications in interior regions. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 77-82. 32. arshi naim. (2022). public enterprises: their role, importance and need in economic development. american journal of business management, economics and banking, 1, 1–11. retrieved from https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajbmeb/article/view/7 33. arshi naim (2022) role of accounting and finance in performance appraisal. american journal of sociology, economics and tourism, 1-17 retrieved from 2022 https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajset/issue/view/4 34. arshi naim (2022) islamic philosophy based business model. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 1-5. retrieved from https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajrhss/issue/view/2 35. arshi naim. (2022). mapping of social customer relationship management with electronic customer relationship management. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 2, 14–25. retrieved from https://ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/10. http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1058 https://zienjournals.com/index.php/jpip/article/view/320 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-96429-0_19 https://ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/10 https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajbmeb/article/view/7 https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=9607033831195978893&btni=1&hl=en https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=9607033831195978893&btni=1&hl=en https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajset/issue/view/4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org ethnic minority female human resources with current development socio-economic in mountainous areas of vietnam dao mai phuoc, university of labour and social affairs, vietnam phuoculsa2009@gmail.com le huong giang lehuonggiang.ldxh@gmail.com university of labour and social affairs, vietnam a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s human resources are the greatest asset, a decisive factor for the existence and development of the country. in the mountainous areas of our country, ethnic minority human resources are a central factor, playing an important role in socio-economic growth and development. in the revolutionary cause, our party and state give special priority to investment and development of human resources in mountainous areas to meet the requirements of each period. women, ethnic minorities, mountainous areas, vietnam introduction mountainous areas have an economic structure of agriculture forestry industry, but the agricultural sector has not had a clear change between cultivation, animal husbandry, and processing; undeveloped production of goods, and a high percentage of farmers living on their sufficiency and self-sufficiency. the infrastructure has not met the development requirements; economic structure, and labor structure shift slowly, affecting socio-economic development in general and human resource development in particular. with a population of over 12 million people, accounting for about 14% of the country's population, vietnamese ethnic minorities live in a large area of border mountainous areas, with a length of 3,200 km, equal to 2/3 of the country's area, playing a particularly important role in border security and defense. like women across the country, women in ethnic minorities and mountainous areas have natural qualities such as industriousness, ingenuity, affection, and rich sacrifice... at all times, vietnamese women, including women of ethnic minorities always carry in themselves the noble qualities that uncle ho once awarded “hero – indomitable – loyal – courageous”. mailto:lehuonggiang.ldxh@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org review of related legal basics since 2008, vietnam has also promulgated several policies that indirectly affect human resource development in mountainous ethnic minority areas, typically: program 135 phase ii; resolution 30a/2008/nq-cp of the government on rapid and sustainable poverty reduction with 62 poor districts in the period of 2009 2020… the xi congress of the communist party of vietnam identified one of the three strategic breakthroughs to turn the country into a modern industrialized country: rapid development of human resources, especially high-quality human resources, focusing on a fundamental and comprehensive renovation of national education; closely linking human resource development with scientific and technological development and application. it can be affirmed that high-quality human resources play an extremely important role in the socio-economic development of our country in general, ethnic minority areas, and mountainous areas in particular in a sustainable way. in the xiii congress document, our party also highlighted the national policy's focuses and notes. to comprehensively develop ethnic minority areas, it is necessary to allocate resources to promote the development, mobilization, allocation, use, and effective management of resources. hence, we can develop investment, and create fundamental economic, cultural, and social changes in areas with large ethnic minority populations. it can be seen that mobilizing many resources but using and managing them effectively, those resources are not well promoted in practice. although resources mobilized from the state and society to develop ethnic minority areas, those resources are only effective when promoting internal resources, so the xiii congress document affirms a key content: "there is a mechanism to promote positivity, the self-reliance and self-reliance of ethnic minorities for socioeconomic development, multidimensional and sustainable poverty reduction".1 research procedure theoretical research method: the article uses this method to collect scientific information based on researching existing scientific works, documents, and texts and by logical thinking, and manipulations to conclude research problems. analysis and synthesis method: the article uses this method to analyze and synthesize theories, and at the same time analyze and synthesize data on the role of ethnic minority women's human resources in the socio-economic development of vietnam's mountainous areas. research findings and discussion 1.1. current situation of ethnic minority female human resources in viet nam as of april 1st, 2019, the population of vietnam is 96,313 million people, of which the population of ethnic minorities is 13.39 million people, accounting for about 14.6%; males accounted for 49.3% compared to females 50.7%. however, this structure reversed for ethnic minorities, men (50.3%) outnumbered women (49.7%), of which, the central region accounted for 3.25% of the population, mainly ca dong, co tu, and giẻ triêng2,... the ethnic minority population structure of the region reflects the size of the number at different ages corresponding to a certain percentage. according to the 2019 population and housing census, human 1 communist party of vietnam, document of the 13th national congress of deputies, publishing house. national politics, h, 2021, volume 1, p. 170 2 results of the vietnam census on april 1, 2019 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org resources without access to employment (from 0-14 years old) account for 29.3% of the population in ethnic minority areas; human resources in the youth age (from 15-34 years old) accounted for 35.6%. this is a young human resource, accounting for a relatively high proportion in the country (the red river delta 28.9%; central highlands 29.1%; southwest 29.0 percent)3. the number of female ethnic minority workers in the survey on april 1st, 2019 source: overview of the socio-economic situation of 53 ethnic minorities (4/2019) the labor capacity of ethnic minority women is still low: women and girls in ethnic minority areas belong to disadvantaged groups and suffer from double inequality: ethnic minorities and women. the root cause is that ethnic minority women and children are often unequal in their access to education, livelihoods, and employment. ethnic minority areas where socio-economic conditions still face many difficulties, uneven intellectual level, the rate of people illiteracy and re-illiteracy is still high, especially, women make up the majority. in vietnam, the attendance rate at the right level varies between ethnic groups and is much lower than the kinh, especially at the high school level. specifically, 14 ethnic groups have 30-40% of students of high school age attending the right level; 14 ethnic groups have a ratio of 20-30%; 19 ethnic groups have a rate of less than 20%, of which 3 ethnic groups only 8-9% of students of high school age attend school at the right level4. notably, there are 3 ethnic groups with a female high school rate of less than 10%. some ethnic groups have very low female attendance rates such as chứt, mảng, xtiêng, mông, and dao, one of the reasons why ethnic minority women don’t have chances to access education due to male chauvinism exists in society, leading to limited awareness and capacity to participate in social activities of ethnic minority women, difficult job opportunities, mainly manual, hard labor, and low income. likewise, the proportion of ethnic minority workers in technical and professional jobs is very low, with the majority doing unskilled work. the proportion of ethnic minority women aged 15 and over who have undergone technical training is only 5.69%, equal to 1/3 of the corresponding rate of the 3 overview of socio-economic status of 53 ethnic minorities (april 2019) 4 results of the vietnam census on april 1, 2019 49.3 50.7 male female american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org kinh ethnic group; up to 12 out of 53 ethnic minorities have a proportion of women aged 15 and over who have undergone technical training of less than 2% such as xt 0.78%, mảng 0.45%, brâu 0.16%5... the results of the survey of 53 ethnic minorities in 2019 showed that the proportion of employed workers to the total number of ethnic minorities aged 15 and over was 82.1%, equivalent to 7.9 million people, of which women accounted for 78.3%. source: results of the survey of 53 ethnic minorities in 2019 according to the institute of families and gender, due to knowledge barriers, ethnic minority women often have little information about their rights to participate in and benefit from local production development support programs, less participation in training and capacity-building courses, and less access to preferential credit loans. moreover, in support policies for ethnic minority areas, there is little mention of the role of ethnic minority women in the formulation, implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of local socio-economic development policies, programs, and plans. ethnic minority women are less likely to participate in social organizations and mass organizations, except in women's unions. as a result, the majority of ethnic minority women are not fully aware of their self-worth and pride in the role and strengths of their ethnicity; have not boldly risen in learning and livelihood development, improving employment and income. 1.2. female human resources of ethnic minorities are the driving force for local socioeconomic development and stability the development of female human resources has a particularly important role not only in socioeconomic development, the implementation of gender equality goals in the process of national economic development and international integration, but also as an indispensable factor in sustainable socio-economic development, ensuring social progress and justice and contribute to improving the quality of human resources in vietnam today. it can be affirmed that without developing female human resources, including ethnic minority female human resources, it will slow down the socio-economic development of the country, especially in areas with politically important positions, military but socioeconomic still face many difficulties. 5 results of the vietnam census on april 1, 2019 7.9 6.2 the employment proportion of ethnic minority women aged 15 and over unit: million people total employment minority women's employment rate american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org vietnamese women always accompany the development of the country. at all times, female human resources are also one of the important factors determining the success of the socio-economic development strategy. vietnamese women account for more than 50% of the country's population, of which a significant part is ethnic minority women. hence, human resource development of ethnic minorities is an urgent requirement today because ethnic minority women have a particularly important role in the family and society. investing in ethnic minority women is also an investment in future generations, contributing to building families and societies towards sustainable development. moreover, investing in ethnic minority women's human resources is a long-term investment, not a temporary solution. these days, ethnic minority women are increasingly involved in social work, but the traditional role of wife and mother in the family remains unchanged. now in the labor market, ethnic minority women have actively participated. it can be seen that ethnic minority women in viet nam are gradually eliminating gender stereotypes, participating and contributing more and more actively to their families and society. developing female human resources of ethnic minorities is not only about investing in developing their mental capacity, physical strength, and moral and spiritual qualities but also about recognizing their contributions to the country. many generations of vietnamese women died for the country, especially during the war period, they are substantial resources, contributing to the victory of the nation. in 1952, on the occasion of international women's day, president ho chi minh sent a letter of commendation: " vietnam's mountains and rivers are woven by our women, young and old, making them beautiful and brilliant"6. in his will, our beloved uncle ho also emphasized the role and status of women and promoted gender equality, he wrote: female human resources of ethnic minorities are the driving force for the development of countries. when gender inequality and discrimination against women are prominent issues in many countries and ethnic groups, especially in developing countries. developing female human resources, including female ethnic minority human resources, is an effective investment solution not only to help solve difficult economic problems but also to create motivation for the development of the whole society. developing female human resources and ethnic minority female human resources is about empowering and developing opportunities for women and girls, contributing to gradually eliminating gender inequality and gender gaps in the family and society. developing female human resources, including ethnic minority female human resources, is an urgent requirement in the new period, and shifting the economic structure towards industrialization and modernization, reducing the proportion of agricultural production, and increasing the proportion of industry and services is the basic solution to promote economic growth and development. contributing to the realization of the goal of accelerating the development speed to lift our country out of poverty and enhance vietnam's position in the international arena. the political report of the x party central committee at the xi national congress of the party clearly states the determination of the party and the state to shift the economic structure and comprehensively promote the renovation to turn our country into an industrial country in the direction of modernity. as an agricultural country with the majority of workers involved in agricultural production are women, the restructuring of the industry requires ethnic minority women to fulfill professional skills, not just based on physical strength, experience, and industriousness. in the xiii congress document, our party also highlighted the 6 uncle ho wrote in a letter to women on the occasion of international women's day, march 8, 1952 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org national policy's focus. the xiii congress document affirms a central content: "there is a mechanism to promote the positivity, self-reliance, and self-reliance of ethnic minorities for socio-economic development, multidimensional and sustainable poverty reduction". the resolution of the xviiith congress of the party identifies human resource development as one of 3 strategic breakthroughs to realize the country's development goals in the coming time. over the past years, our party and state have had many guidelines and policies to invest in education, training, and fostering of human resources for areas with large ethnic minority populations, which have achieved many important results. developing ethnic minority female human resources is a solution in line with the socio-economic development and the gender equality development strategies of our party and state. the document of the xi national congress of the party identifies "developing human resources, especially high-quality human resources" as one of the three important breakthrough stages of the socio-economic development strategy for the period 2011-2020. the national strategy on gender equality 2011-2020 also affirms the need to reduce the gender gap in the economic, labor, and employment sectors to increase the participation of women in management and leadership positions, gradually reducing the gender gap in the political field. in addition to contributing to socio-economic development, the development of ethnic minority female human resources contributes to social stability. from the point of view of modern development, female human resources have always existed in two capacities: both as women and as female human resources. as women, they contribute to the development of the family and society through labor activities. as can be seen, women are the ones who directly produce wealth to feed people. in addition, women also can able to give birth which reproduces the labor power of the whole society. in the field of spiritual activity, women are the creators of human culture, conveying cultural messages to people in the community. women, including women from ethnic minorities, also join hands in building the country. these days, ethnic minority women have more and more opportunities to improve their education, so they not only do household chores but also participate in social activities which enhanced income for the family. at the same time, they are also the main directors in helping family members enjoy the fruits of their labor and their families in a scientific, reasonable, and rewarding way, contributing to improving the quality of human resources. to perform that role, it is necessary to have high-quality female human resources in charge. ethnic minority female human resources are an important part of the human resources which is necessary for the development process. women have certain development advantages compared to men, empowering and supporting women to promote their advantages. it gradually reduces the gap in capacity and power compared to men which contributes to creating high-quality human resources, and meeting requirements. therefore, investing in women is always a necessity for every country. the cause of innovation and sustainable development of the country can only be successful when we mobilize all resources, including ethnic minority female human resources. they are every day trying to overcome difficulties in life. besides, they asserted themselves as indispensable in each different stage of development of the vietnamese revolution. development is considered correct when assessing the role of ethnic minority female human resources and affirming the relationship between ethnic minority human resource development and development, between economic growth and social development. furthermore, it emphasizes the subjective role of the development of ethnic minority american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org female human resources in the planning, implementation, and evaluation of socio-economic development goals. currently, the socio-economic reform has shown that the most correct development is to allow ethnic minority female human resources to have opportunities for comprehensive development contributing to the development of the country. the development of ethnic minority female human resources plays an important role in the creation, transmission, preservation, and development of national culture, especially the culture of ethnic minorities. ethnic minority female human resources are the ones who most effectively preserve and transmit the good cultural values from generation to generation with their understanding through education for the next generation. in other words, they educate their descendants to understand the good past and the hero of the nation through diverse daily life, in production labor, fighting to protect the fatherland, and raising children process. conclusion vietnamese women always accompany the development, renovation, industrialization, and modernization of the country. at all times, female human resources are also one of the important factors determining the success of socio-economic development campaigns. female human resources, including ethnic minority female human resources, are also keys to the development of countries. therefore, investing in them not only helps solve difficult economic and employment problems but also creates motivation for the development of the whole society. moreover, developing female human resources and ethnic minority female human resources is about empowering and creating development opportunities for women and girls, contributing to socio-economic development. references 1. bộ giáo dục và đào tạo: đánh giá thực hiện chính sách giáo dục và đào tạo đối với đồng bào dân tộc thiểu số và miền núi. báo cáo hội thảo, năm 2019 2. đảng cộng sản việt nam (2011), văn kiện đại hội đại biểu toàn quốc lần thứ xi. nxb chính trị quốc gia, hà nội. 3. đảng cộng sản việt nam (2016), văn kiện đại hội đại biểu toàn quốc lần thứ xii, văn p òng trung ương đảng, hà nội. 4. đảng cộng sản việt nam (2021), văn kiện đại hội đại biểu toàn quốc lần thứ xi. nxb chính trị quốc gia, hà nội 5. bế viết đẳng (2008), các dân tộc thiểu số trong sự phát triển kinh tế xã hội miền núi. nxb chính trị quốc gia, hà nội. 6. nguyễn thị hoàng lý (5/2015), thực trạng nguồn nhân lực tây bắc và những vấn đề đặt ra cho sự phát triển bền vững, tạp chí lý luận chính trị số 5. 7. nguyễn đìn nguyên (c ủ biên) (2016), hiện trạng và giải pháp phát triển nguồn nhân lực tây bắc giai đoạn 2016 2020. nxb khoa học tự nhiên và công nghệ, hà nội. 8. thào xuân sùng (2016), xây dựng đội ngũ cán bộ dân vận người dân tộc thiểu số trong thời kỳ mới. nxb c ín trị quốc gia sự t ật. 9. kết quả tổng điều tra dân số việt nam ngày 1-4-2019 10. ủy ban dân tộc: báo cáo tổng kết việc thi hành pháp luật về lĩnh vực dân tộc, năm 2017 11. ủy ban dân tộc: tổng quan thực trạng kinh tế xã hội của 53 dân tộc thiểu số, năm 2017. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org self-organi̇zati̇on i̇n terms of classroom management of physi̇cal educati̇on teachers i̇n schools i̇n mi̇san governorate azhar abdulwahab mohammed college of education/ university of misan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of the research is to identify the relationship between selforganization in terms of classroom management of physical education teachers, and the researcher used the descriptive approach in the survey method and correlational relationships, and the researcher identified the research sample, which was represented by physical education teachers numbering (178), they were distributed to three samples, exploratory sample (8) school, and preparation sample (85), and application sample (85) school, and the researcher followed all scientific procedures in preparing the study scales, which resulted in a measure of self-organization in its final form, as it contained (34) paragraph, and the scale of classroom management (30) paragraph, where the researcher applied the standards to the study sample, and after collecting data and processing it statistically, the researcher came out with several conclusions that physical education teachers have a good level of self-organization in terms of classroom management, and recommended maintaining this level and establishing courses in classroom management, organizational and educational sciences 1definition of the research. 1.1 introduction and importance of the research. the changes, developments and transformations that have occurred on the educational process, and the lesson of physical education is part of this process, which provides a set of physical exercises that prepare students physiologically and psychologically in order to prepare and accept all scientific activities, and this needs physical education teachers who have organization in general and self-organization in particular, which refers to (alaa ayoub, 2013, p. 62" the process through which the learner sets goals, plans, uses certain strategies to achieve goals and directs his learning experiences, monitors and modifies his behavior, and controls his learning to facilitate the acquisition of information and experiences, "that is, in the sense of self-encouragement towards the most efficient path to do the physical education lesson, through good classroom management, and classroom management is as explained by ramzi haroun 2003, p. 34 "it is all the steps and procedures necessary to build and maintain a classroom environment suitable for the teaching and learning processes", meaning that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org classroom management is effective by physical education teachers to achieve an environment that is in harmony with students during the lesson 1.2research problem: through the experience of the humble researcher, and her field visits to the application of female students in schools, i noticed the weak level of the physical education lesson in the schools of misan governorate, and whether this is the result of the lack of organization in general and self-organization of physical education teachers, or the inability to manage the class by them, and here came the following altsal: 1do physical education teachers in misan governorate enjoy self-organization? 2is it possible for physical education teachers to follow classroom management? 3is there a role for classroom management in achieving self-organization? 1.3 research objectives: 1preparing a scale for self-organization and classroom management. 2identify the relationship between self-organization and classroom knowledge. 1.4 research areas: 1.4.1 human field: physical education teachers in misan governorate. 1-4-2time range: 1/10/2022 to 28/2/2023. 1.4.3spatial area: misan education schools. 1-5define the terms: (self-organization), (classroom management). chapter two 2field research procedures: 2-1 research methodology: to suit the nature of the research, the researcher followed the descriptive approach in the survey method and relationships 2.2 research sample: the researcher identified the research community represented by physical education teachers in the schools of misan governorate, which numbered (178) school, as the survey sample included (8) schools were randomly selected, and the preparation sample included (85) school, while the application sample included (85) school. 2.3field research procedures: 1. preparation of self-regulation scale. 2preparing the classroom management scale. 2.3.1steps to prepare scales. 2.3.1.1 objective setting of metrics 2.3.1.2identification of areas of standards: after reviewing many literature and administrative research, the following were adopted: self-regulation: adopted the scale (ikhlas hussein sharif-2022). classroom management: the researcher adopted the scale (hafid abu bakr muezzin ahmed-2018). 2.3.1.3preparation of the initial version of the scale included determine the paragraphs of the scale, the researcher prepared the scale of self-organization, which consisted of (34) paragraph, and measure classroom management of (30) paragraph, and after the response of experts by relying on (ka2).the researcher prepared the scale, and then determine the method and formulation of the paragraphs of the scale depending on the method of likert five-year modified in the formulation of the paragraphs of the scale, and alternatives to the five (strongly agree (5 degrees), disagree (4 degrees), not sure(3 degree),agree(2 degrees), strongly disagree(1 degree). 2-3-1-4 exploratory experiment: the researcher experiment exploratory on a sample of (8 teachers), where the researcher came out clearly paragraphs of scales. 2.4main experience: the researcher applied the two study scales to the research sample, which numbered (85) on (15/10/2022 until 20112022, and after collecting and processing the data statistically. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org 2.5psychometric characteristics of the study scales: discriminatory ability: after completing the procedures for modifying the paragraphs of each of the two scales, the researcher began to apply to the analysis sample, in order to extract the validity of the content, and after collecting and processing the data statistically, as shown in the table below. table no. (1) shows the arithmetic mean and standard deviations of the upper and lower groups of the selfregulation scale measure of self-regulation s the upper group the lower group the calculated (t) value level sig middle deviation middle deviation 1 4.915 0.256 2.249 0.702 18.120 0.000 2 4.249 0.436 1.713 0.455 20.579 0.000 3 4.343 0.470 1.804 0.671 15.686 0.000 4 4.374 0.619 1.471 0.519 18.444 0.000 5 4.434 0.503 1.545 0.516 20.862 0.000 6 4.714 0.385 2.211 0.630 18.668 0.000 7 4.627 0.494 1.812 0.393 23.157 0.000 8 4.528 0.519 1.582 0.510 21.280 0.000 9 4.322 0.406 1.629 0.492 19.079 0.000 10 4.592 0.500 1.751 0.818 16.368 0.000 11 3.963 0.649 1.555 0.506 15.191 0.000 12 4.434 0.516 1.713 0.724 16.109 0.000 13 4.002 0.621 1.183 0.393 19.882 0.000 14 4.344 0.406 1.640 0.494 17.892 0.000 15 4.646 0.470 2.084 0883 . 13.520 0.000 16 4.258 0.447 1.778 0.846 13.464 0.000 17 4.343 0.470 2.174 0.665 14.157 0.000 18 4.343 0.470 2.121 0.687 13.618 0.000 19 4.461 0.519 1.619 0.482 20.827 0.000 20 4.350 0.472 1.535 0.516 20.614 0.000 21 4.350 0.472 1.713 0.455 20.439 0.000 22 4.713 0.445 1.804 0.375 24.551 0.000 23 4.350 0.462 1.757 0.660 16.648 0.000 24 4.242 0.526 1.464 0.526 20.176 0.000 25 4.054 0.529 1.313 0.460 19.531 0.000 26 4.353 0.460 1.572 0.552 19.038 0.000 27 4.276 0.455 1.535 0.526 20.719 0.000 28 4.508 0.529 1.464 0.536 22.264 0.000 29 4.239 0.574 1.649 0.472 17.727 0.000 30 4.871 0.382 2.686 0.689 14.760 0.000 31 4.713 0.455 1.811 0.611 19.466 0.000 32 4.750 0.466 2.057 0.874 14.558 0.000 33 4.279 0.456 1.474 0.526 21.683 0.000 34 4.269 0.457 1.465 0.521 21.665 0.000 significant at the level of significance (sig) ≤ 0.05, the results of table (1) show that the statistical significance of the calculated (t) values confirms the discriminatory validity of the scale, and thus the items of the scale remained self-regulating (34) items. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org table no. (2) shows the arithmetic mean and standard deviations for the upper and lower groups of the classroom management scale classroom management scale s the upper group the lower group the calculated (t) value level sig middle deviation middle deviation 1 4.538 0.519 1.649 0.472 21.179 0.000 2 4.506 0.515 1.420 0.517 21.908 0.000 3 4,433 0.510 1.933 0.776 14.070 0.000 4 4.296 0.465 1.851 0.662 15.691 0.000 5 4.333 0.480 1.629 0.492 20.492 0.000 6 4.432 0.511 1.509 1.512 21.166 0.000 7 4.344 0.477 1.437 0.522 21.511 0.000 8 4.276 0.465 1.407 0.572 20.349 0.000 9 4.234 0.687 1.066 0.277 21.886 0.000 10 4.422 0.513 1.587 0.521 20.811 0.000 11 4.471 0.509 1.814 0.622 17.230 0.000 12 4.433 0.516 1.814 0.786 14.610 0.000 13 4.587 0.513 1.587 0.511 22.021 0.000 14 4.443 0.512 1.587 0.626 18.231 0.000 15 4.631 0.487 1.977 0.712 16.122 0.000 16 4.713 0.454 1.731 0.531 21.920 0.000 17 4.433 0.512 1.471 0.515 21.433 0.000 18 4.741 0.455 2.041 0.761 15.965 0.000 19 4.767 0.432 1.416 0.513 26.712 0.000 20 4.631 0.487 1.671 0.479 22.379 0.000 21 4.521 0.582 1.523 0.511 20.212 0.000 22 4.423 0.513 1.821 0.632 17.032 0.000 23 4.657 0.479 1.712 0.471 23.019 0.000 24 4.522 0.512 1.769 0.432 21.511 0.000 25 4.369 0.489 1.491 0.511 21.188 0.000 26 4.561 0.512 1.491 0.513 22.251 0.000 27 4.631 0.489 1.971 0.651 17.013 0.000 28 4.412 0.511 1.751 0.451 20.661 0.000 29 4.432 0.639 2.011 0.611 14.252 0.000 30 4.521 0.513 2.081 0.732 14.269 0.000 the results of table (2) show that the statistical significance of the calculated (t) values is significant with a significant level, and this confirms the discriminatory validity of the items of the scale. internal consistency of my scale american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org table no. (3) shows the simple pearson correlation coefficients for the internal consistency between the paragraph and the total score of the self-regulation scale and the statistical function. s (r) between the paragraph and the total score of the scale degree sig 1 0.571 0.000 2 0.688 0.000 3 0.741 0.000 4 0.809 0.000 5 0.780 0.000 6 0.771 0.000 7 0.521 0.000 8 0.639 0.000 9 0.811 0.000 10 0.649 0.000 11 0.528 0.000 12 0.651 0.000 13 0.831 0.000 14 0.811 0.000 15 0.531 0.000 16 0.531 0.000 17 0.361 0.001 18 0.811 0.000 19 0.730 0.000 20 0.771 0.000 21 0.822 0.000 22 0.579 0.000 23 0.321 0.001 24 0.582 0.000 25 0.379 0.000 26 0.317 0.001 27 0.760 0.000 28 0.712 0.000 29 0.841 0.000 30 0.772 0.000 31 0.587 0.000 32 0.321 0.001 33 0.343 0.000 34 0.344 0.000 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org table no. (4) shows the simple pearson correlation coefficients of internal consistency between the paragraph and the total score of the classroom management scale and the statistical function s (r) between the paragraph and the total score of the scale degree sig 1 0.771 0.000 2 0.821 0.000 3 0.759 0.000 4 0.759 0.000 5 0.179 0.096 6 0.791 0.000 7 0.721 0.000 8 0.741 0.000 9 0.321 0.001 10 0311 0.001 11 0.771 0.000 12 0.869 0.000 13 0.822 0.000 14 0.711 0.000 15 0.871 0.000 16 0.852 0.000 17 0.833 0.000 18 0.850 0.000 19 0.784 0.000 20 0.775 0.000 21 0.666 0.000 22 0.863 0.000 23 0.805 0.000 24 0.473 0.000 25 0.771 0.000 26 0.843 0.000 27 0.821 0.000 28 0.778 0.000 29 0.489 0.000 30 0.633 0.000 it is clear to the researcher from tables (3) and (4), that there is a strong correlation between the item and the total score of the two scales, according to the pearson correlation coefficient. 2-6 the stability of the scale: table no. (5) stability scores for the self-regulation scale s the dimension pearson sibermann alacronbach 1 scale degree 0.939 0.911 0.959 table no. (6) reliability scores for the classroom management scale s the dimension pearson sibermann alacronbach 1 scale degree 0.971 0.961 0.979 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org 2-6-1 application of the scale: the scale was applied to the application sample of (85) schools from outside the preparatory group. 2-6-2 statistical means: the researcher used the statistical bag. chapter iii 3presentation and analysis of the results: 3-1 presenting the results of the self-regulation scale of the application sample, as shown in the following table: the results of the total score for the measure of self-regulation through the table above, the researcher noticed that the arithmetic mean is higher than the hypothetical mean of the self-regulation scale, which indicates that physical education teachers have a high degree of selfregulation, and this means that they have the ability to set goals and plans and use a specific strategy, where self-regulation is known as zimmer). -2000 p. 365) it is "the process of guidance through which the individual transforms his mental abilities and transforms them into skills related to the performance of skills." results of the total score for the classroom management scale table no. (8) through the above table, the researcher noticed that the arithmetic mean of the classroom management scale is higher than the hypothetical mean, that is, they have a high degree of class management, and (bashir arabiyat2007-p. it is carried out by a specific person, or several persons, in a way that helps to achieve certain goals that are planned and limited in advance. a classroom dominated by positive social relations between the teacher and the students, and among the students themselves, in addition to providing the requirements for success. 3-2 displaying the results of the correlation: table no. (9) shows the relationship (t) between self-regulation and classroom management self-regulation classroom management link relationship value sig arithmetic mean standard deviation arithmetic mean standard deviation 135.8 36.32 134.10 35.46 0.821** 0.000 it is clear to the researcher from table (8), that there is a strong correlation between self-regulation and classroom management among physical education teachers, and this means that the one who has self-regulation is a person who is efficient and effective in reducing distraction and improving performance and thus helps to the scale hypothe tical mean the number of paragra phs the overall score of the scale arithmet ic mean standar d deviatio n sig selfregulation 102 34 170 135.8 36.32 0.000 the scale hypothe tical mean the number of paragra phs the overall score of the scale arithmet ic mean standar d deviatio n sig selfregulation 90 30 150 134.10 35.46 0.000 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org increase effectiveness and participation in the class, and this what he emphasized "is the individual's ability to organize to manage his internal state in terms of the sources of its motives." (cilliam, 1995, pp365) because the classroom management needs physical education teachers to have organization in general and selfregulation in particular, because the school must be a guide for its students and have the ability to solve problems, and this is what i emphasized” (nawal al-ashi 2008, p. 24). on their problems inside the classroom and taking into account the individual differences between them, as well as taking care of the classroom environment) ", because the goal of classroom management from the point of view (muhammad hussein 2008, p. in providing the appropriate environment for them to learn, and the system is moving towards the desired goals. the fourth chapter 4conclusions and recommendations: chapter four: the physical education teachers in the schools of misan governorate have a high degree of self-organization. the physical education teachers in the schools of misan governorate have a high degree of classroom management. and that there is a strong correlation of moral significance between self-organization and classroom management. recommendations: maintain this degree of self-organization and classroom management. holding courses that serve the development of self-organization and classroom management. references 1ikhlas hussein sharif: self-regulation and its relationship to life goals among students of salah al-din university erbil, college of education, department of educational and psychological counseling, 2022. 2hafeez abu bakr muezzin ahmed: the degree of practicing classroom management skills among primary education teachers a field study, ahmed deraya university, urar, college of human, social and islamic sciences, 2018. 3muhammad hamdan abdullah: classroom management, dar al-kunuz al-maarifa al-alami, for publication and distribution, amman, jordan, 2017. 4muhammad bashir arabiyat: managing classes and organizing the learning environment, house of culture for publishing and distribution, 1st edition, amman, jordan. 5muhammad hussein al-ajmi: strategies for self-management of the school and the classroom, dar almasirah for publishing, distribution and printing, 1st edition, amman, jordan, 2008. 5nawal al-ashi, class management, dar al-yazuri for publishing and distribution, amman, jordan, 2008. 6alaa ayoub: the effect of a training program for developing self-regulation strategies in reducing distraction and improving academic efficiency for people with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in the primary stage, egyptian journal of psychological studies, no. 81, volume twenty-three, 2013 7ramzi fathi haroun: classroom management, dar wael for printing and publishing, amman, jordan, 2003. 8-cilliam, j.e, exam inners manual for the attention-deficit\hyperactivity disorder test: a method for identifying individuals with adhd.austin,tx.pro.e.d.1995,pp365. 9-zimmerman b.j.attaining self-regulation: a social-cognitive perspective. inm.boek.arts,p.pintrich,&m.seidner(eds),self.regulltion:theory,research,and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org appendix no. (1) self-regulation scale s paragraphs strongly disagree not agree not sure agree strongly agree 1 i make an effort to solve my problems 2 i accept failure when doing my duty, it is not the end of me 3 i avoid dealing with people who make me angry 4 study the multiple options before taking any action 5 i feel guilty when i fall short in my work 6 i take care of my appearance before leaving the house 7 show joy and sadness as much as there is in me 8 i think about every word or action that comes out of me 9 i do what i think is right and i don't care about others 10 i accomplish my tasks myself 11 i act according to society's standards, not my own 12 i tend to change my behavior when it is inappropriate 13 i stop talking when i feel it bothering others 14 i accept criticism that corrects my concepts 15 if i perform less than others, i feel that i am not as good as them 16 i apologize if i feel that someone annoyed me 17 i compare my performance in class with that of others 18 i strive to excel whenever i feel i am below 19 compare what you achieved with what you planned for 20 when i follow a method in my studies and succeed, i continue on that method 21 being rewarded affects me greatly 22 i learn from my mistakes and do not repeat them 23 the failure of others is a lesson for me 24 i care about the director's praise for outstanding students 25 walking the wrong successful imitation blind 26 i take a successful person as a role model in my life american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org appendix no. (2) classroom management scale paragraphs strongly disagree not agree not sure agree strongly agree s i care about providing a good atmosphere inside the arena. 1 take care of a good view of the students inside the arena. 2 34 i focus on organizing students in the appropriate position for the learning process. 3 the pupils participated in the cleanliness of the yard and the equipment and tools 4 pay attention to tools and equipment to facilitate movement within the arena 5 the size of the arena is proportional to the number of pupils. 6 i follow the level of skillful performance of the students. 7 i use the blackboard in an organized manner and write clearly and understandably 8 i act calm and poise when dealing with sports injuries. 9 i try to get the pupils' attention while explaining the skills. 10 firmness and fairness used it in the treatment of students. 11 involving students in managing classroom activities. 12 students adhere to the rules of order inside the arena 13 integrate the educational activity with the students' life situations. 14 i control and adjust the lesson time. 15 i reinforce the positive behavior of the students. 16 i encourage students to abide by school regulations and instructions. 17 27 i'm looking for a way to focus more on a difficult topic 28 i look for an alternative when i get bored with my studies 29 i don't feel embarrassed when i walk past my teacher 30 i'd rather play my own game than other games 31 i can't help myself to help someone who needs help 32 i choose the hard way to get what i want 33 topics that make me feel different from others 34 i face my problems bravely and do not ignore them american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org i use a variety of communication styles to achieve educational goals. 18 give all pupils the opportunity to express their ideas. 19 i work to avoid distracting behaviors during the lesson 20 work to create an atmosphere of friendship and respect. 21 i accept the opinions and ideas put forward by the students. 22 i offer morale incentives for good performance 23 i encourage students to work together. 24 the student is committed to the role assigned to him. 25 i take into account individual differences in the distribution of educational roles. 26 i encourage the pupils to participate in group activities 27 all pupils were given the opportunity to participate in educational activities 28 i try to dominate the sports arena with all my activities. 29 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org depicting the image of a bear in similar positions in the works of european and asian animalists choriyeva asila student of the third level of the third faculty of english uzbekistan state university of world languages e-mail: asilachoriyeva2002@gmail.com phone: 88 877 70 84 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, the use of the image of a bear in the same plot in the literary genre in the works of the european, canadian writer ernest seton thompson and the uzbek writer from the asian region, normurod norqobilov, is presented with reasonable arguments. the feelings and experiences of the bear are described as similar to those of people, and it is no exaggeration to say that these two works created by the writers can be a great motivation to understand the creatures of the wild world and arouse compassion in people. devaluation of ethicalemotional factors, disconnection of personal relationships, the protection of the environment. images of nature and animals are the most common images in canadian literature. these are the complex problems of the environment, the unique relationship between man and nature, the problems of mental ecology ("increasing the devaluation of ethical-emotional factors, the disconnection of personal relationships, the anxious perception of the loss of the "most of the century of alienation") (111) is associated with a particular perception in canada, although common to western culture as a whole. as noted by n. palsev, "in the minds of ordinary canadians, the morality of "anything is possible" and the nature of corrupt individualistic consumerism have become symbols of alien and foreign civilization to the attack from the usa." (1.12) e. seton-thompson (1860-1946) canadian writer, animal artist, community leader. in the work of e. s. thompson, a great place is devoted to the life of forest animals. in his series of stories, the life of bears and the various events they experienced are highlighted. the stories "the life of a grizzly bear" and "a teddy bear named johnny" are among them. the story "a bear named johnny" was born as a result of the writer's observation of bears living in the yellowstone national park of america. the story has a realistic basis. it clearly shows both time and space. the events take place in the summer of 1897. there are three bears in the story. they are a little bear named johnny, his mother tajang, and a giant grizzly bear named grizzly. they live in yellowstone national park, and eat at the cafeteria next to the hotel in the park. the carefree life of johnny and his mother is disrupted by the sudden appearance of grizzly. in the fight for the territory, the strong grizzly wins tajang abandons the battlefield and his son johnny, who saved his life by climbing a tree, fixes the couple and is not seen here again. nora, an irish girl american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org who was recently hired in the kitchen, helps the sick and weak johnny in every way: she makes a basket that will serve as a bed for the teddy bear, and she reports on his condition in the morning and in the evening. the story ends tragically. usually the hotel in the park closes in the fall. "a few days before the hotel closed, johnny refused breakfast for the first time and whimpered until nora took him on his lap. the bear clung to the girl's bosom, his gentle voice "u-u-u, u-u-u" gradually faded away, and then disappeared completely. after half an hour, the girl put the teddy bear back in the basket and went about her business, so that little johnny remained forever blind and ignorant of everything that was happening around him. (2,335 emphasis is ours a.ch.) es-thompson's second story in which bear images are created is "the life of a grizzly bear". at first glance, the story is like a legend. its beginning is also a fairy tale: "far away, in the upper reaches of the little payne river, where the pallett farm is located, a grizzly bear lives a quiet life. the bear is the poor of the poor, and all he does is raise his children. the only thing a mother bear wants from life is to leave her alone with her children." (2,167) the bear is one of the most common characters in the animalistic works of uzbek writers. examples of this are shukur kholmirzayev's "a man who fell into a cliff", abdulla saidov's "shertoy", "komsash", "ayiklisoy", "sirtlon dog and bear", normurod norqabilov's "pakhmaq" and other stories. comparison of e.s.-thompson's "gray bear life" and normurod norqabilov's "fluffy" stories gives interesting results. first of all, the reader who reads both works gets the impression that he has read one work. it seems that both works are about the same bear. because these bears have many things in common similar childhood, similar fate (loneliness), similar living environment, similar hobbies and many other similarities. the events in both works begin in the summer in "the life of a grizzly bear" from july, in "pakhmog" from the middle of the summer chill. webb, the hero of "the life of a grizzly bear", has three brothers. on the banks of the greybull river, their mother teaches them various crafts ant hunting, fishing: "mother bears came to a pit below, lifted a huge lump of mud from under the water. then he came to the upper pit and threw himself into the water with a splash. the fish, fleeing from the unexpected danger, plunged themselves into the mud, and the more ignorant ones went along the muddy stream. they did not know that they were in the rocky shallows until they regained consciousness. mother bears grabbed them one by one and threw them to the shore. the little bears clung to these strange little snakes and downed them cleanly until their bellies beat like drums. the day was hot, the bears were full and sleepy. the mother bears followed them to a secluded place, and the cubs fell asleep in their mother's pants. (2,168) and normurod norqabilov's pakhmog is alone: "pakhmok was enjoying the blessings of summer to the fullest at this time. from time to time he went down to the stream to catch fish. he learned the tradition of fishing. they used to spend a lot of time hanging out in the meadow. kiyakzor was separated from the stream, and water seeped there through the stones. the exit was a narrow gorge. the hunt for fluff started from there. at first, he crouched down and clawed at the fish swimming freely in the warm water. as a matter of fact, the fish were fleeing. then he could not stand it, and he would sweep the water from head to toe. then he caught american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org the confused fish one by one and threw them to the shore. he would eat fish until his belly swelled like a drum, and when he was exhausted, he would go out to the hawthorn field on the left bank of the stream and lie down in the sun." (3, 122) the following examples show how close these works are. in the first story, a mother bear and her three cubs are shot and killed by farmer pickett. the fourth teddy bear, webb, who was injured in his back leg, barely escaped. webb is still a baby, unable to find and eat food on his own. after spending the cold night sitting on a tree until morning, webb goes to the place where he and his mother and brothers fished the day before. his goal is to find some news from them: "webb walked and came to the place where he ate fish with his mother yesterday... he smelled something from somewhere. the smell scared webb. the smell grew stronger as he got closer to where he had last seen his mother. he saw chiabori fighting among the trees... there was no sign of his mother here. the poor bear still misses his mother. the little teddy bear was crying bitterly and hiccoughing, wandering from side to side for a long time. he was sick, he was alone, his crippled leg was bothering him. he was thirsty for mother's milk, he will not taste the taste of mother's milk for the rest of his life! he was crying and hiccupping, and came across a hollow tree trunk. he entered this hole. he settled down and dreamed that i was lying in my mother's arms, and he fell asleep in such a sweet dream. (2,170-171) and the following verses seem to be a copy of the quoted passage. compare: "...he got out of his comfort zone. then he went to the place where his mother had suddenly disappeared yesterday. yesterday, seeing a flock of ravens on the ground, he stood there in surprise. his mother was nowhere to be seen among them. where did he go? a light breeze from that direction brought the scent again. he squealed lightly and fell to his right. he mumbled with force. feeling that her stomach was open, she wanted to suck her mother. he added mother's milk little by little. he snorted and hit the right wall with his beak. his mouth was filled with sand instead of milk. he cried, he really sobbed, strained, and sobbed. norasta cried in a loud voice... pakhmaq went to sleep earlier that day in the hole on top of the stone platform. he spent the night hungry. he saw his mother in a dream. he sucked his mother in a dream." (3,126-127) left alone, orphan bears suffer from hunger. in s.-thompson: "strangely webb looked far and wide in his stomach trouble" (2,172). in n.norqabilov: "he wandered in the direction where his head flowed in the sorrow of feeding his belly" (3,126-127). however, the surroundings are full of surprises. in s.-thompson: "sager webb had many treasures." (2,172) in n.norqabilov: "... even the sheep of archazor was full of treasures."(3,126) however, if you want to live in this world, you must be able to fight against these temptations and overcome them. both web and pakhmog grew up year after year. those who seemed huge to them yesterday seem to have shrunk and returned to their original appearance. now the bears are ready to compete with them. in s.-thompson: "the wind brought a delicious smell to his lungs, he carried the smell and went over the ox's rump. several chiyaboris were crouching around masliq. they looked tiny and crippled to webb's eyes compared to the chiabs he saw. one of the chiyabori was standing at the head of the olaksa. where he was standing, he would scatter in the sky by himself and would not go anywhere. webb saw him and stirred up an old pain that had been lurking in his heart. he threw himself into the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org tree, hit it with his paws, and turned it into a piece of bark. true, the bear bit him, but his ribs were crushed between the paws of the bear, and the bear tasted its warm blood in its mouth. the web has arrived!"(2,176) in n. norqabilov: "pakhmak unknowingly climbed over the wolves' nest... in his eyes, the wolves seemed to be much smaller. last year's wolves were much better. and these... one of the wolves did not stop thinking for a long time. he attacked her frantically and bit her on the thigh. the fluff was involuntarily pinched. however, he suddenly got angry and became angry. he gnashed his teeth and hit one of the wolves with his paw and sent him flying. the second one did not have time to turn to the left. he fell into pakhmak's arms. salty's bones broke in one squeeze. not only that, pakhmak also bit his stomach. he tasted blood in his mouth and became even more furious." (3.129) (emphasis ours a.ch.) now both webb and pakhmog can not only fight against a group of smaller ones, but also can drive out alien bears from their territory. in s.-thompson, webb gets rid of the black bear that used to give him no peace: "one day, webb saw a black bear on the land under his care. the wrath of the web has arrived. the black bear had shrunk so much! he had once seemed enormous to webb. and now webb was able to scoop him up with his paws and roll him up. now webb was glad to know that he had the power to take revenge on this rednosed bear. sensing this, the black bear pecked like an apple and climbed to the top of the tree." (2,178) webb abandons the idea of chasing the black bear to the top of the tree. he waits until evening for it to come down, the black bear does not come down. when webb returned the next day, the black bear was gone. n. norqabilov said: "when he went to the hawthorn field by the stream, he clearly felt that a strange bear was walking. no matter how mad the puffer was, he preferred caution. when he reaches the tip, he slowly raises his head and lunges forward. he saw a grizzly bear on the edge of a hawthorn grove. if he had encountered a giant bear, he would have let it go without expressing his anger. but realizing that the bear in front of him was easily enough, he couldn't stop himself from growling. as soon as he roared, the strange bear glared and suddenly started running away. soon he disappeared into the thicket on the other side of the stream." (3,146) e.s.-thompson made a great contribution to the development of world artistic animalistics. however, noting that writing about the animal world and the relationship between humans and animals was common in uzbek literature already in the middle ages, it should be noted that the genre of animalistics is developing more and more in modern uzbek literature. this is effectively influenced by various factors creative learning from the experience of world literature, changes in the general attitude to the protection of the environment, changes in the worldview of people and, first of all, writers. references: 1. palsev n. postijeniye izvechnogo // etwood m. postijeniye: sbornik. per. english m.: raduga, 1985. 2. s.-thompson e. wild quilt. t.: publisher, 2010. 3. norqabilov normurad. puff // the lonely man on the mountain. t.: uzbekistan, 2011. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org dependence of social knowledge and innovation berdikulova gulsarvinoz aslamovna, master student national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek, uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s social knowledge occupies a special place in the system of sciences and has specifics due to the circumstances of its formation, the specifics of the object of research and the properties of the cognizing subject. in this article highlights of dependence of social knowledge and innovation. social knowledge, social sciences, innovation, innovative approach, innovative thinking, society. social sciences cannot yet compete with natural science knowledge in terms of their practical effectiveness. natural-scientific knowledge more clearly demonstrates its successes and the possibilities of transforming reality, whereas sociology (and social knowledge in general) has not yet reached the degree of maturity when it will be possible to successfully predict and construct social processes. at the same time, social knowledge today can to some extent construct a new social reality, just as physical and chemical knowledge can create new materials and new objects. but, unfortunately, so far these results cannot be the pride of their creators: social construction is associated primarily with the so-called "dirty technologies", annoying advertising, mass culture of consumption, etc. attempts to implement social projects in the twentieth century from building a communist society to various modernization projects of non-western societies did not achieve the planned results. social knowledge today, we have to admit, has not yet gone beyond the descriptive stage. on the other hand, undoubtedly, its problems are becoming more and more relevant and will become even more important in the system of knowledge about the world due to objective circumstances. these circumstances are connected with the stages of the formation of human society and, oddly enough, the successes of natural sciences and the laws of cognition in general. today, when developing society, culture and education, educational institutions are able to provide qualitative results in the educational process of such concepts as "innovation", "innovation", "renewal", "innovation activity", "innovation culture" in determining the theoretical and practical foundations of improving the taste of educational innovations, improving the quality and effectiveness of educational processes based on innovative technologies. therefore, the value of the criterion of high efficiency of pedagogical innovation in the course of the activity of a pedagogical person with innovative thinking is to ensure the formation of a harmonious personality. social knowledge today is simultaneously in two extreme phases of development: the initial formation in the conceptual phase (which is the last for traditional science) and, as a replacement for the missing, intensively developing descriptive research (which in normal science6 are characteristic of the initial american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org phase), with an unformed universal theory. despite the existence of the scientific discipline "theoretical sociology", there are still no indisputable, objectively verifiable laws in social knowledge. the lack of development of the methodological foundations of social knowledge reduces (if not levels) the prognostic and constructive functions that are fundamental to science. the second circumstance is connected with the fact that social knowledge was formed in european discourse, on the basis of european empirical material and for the needs of european society. social knowledge as a scientific discipline was formed in the rational cognitive tradition. in itself, this fact is not a negative circumstance: the whole of science exists in a rational discourse. but rational cognition is adequate to simple objects and a mechanistic picture of the world, in which not all objects of the universe can be included. and if other branches of scientific knowledge can develop only in such a cognitive tradition, then the object of social knowledge is not adequate to rational cognition. it cannot be cognized by discrete, analytical thinking, the fundamental characteristics of which were formed in interaction with other objects of reality and for solving other cognitive tasks. at the same time, the object of social knowledge itself has a specificity that determines the methodology of research. very soon it became clear that socio-cultural systems do not obey universal, objective laws, the truth in which is abstract and independent of the cognizing subject and the frame of reference for these systems, efficiency, justice, benefit have different contents in different societies. the development of societies does not have a common trajectory of development: if for objects of classical science all processes are directed in one direction, and therefore it is possible to calculate the state of an object at any point in time and space, then for complex objects, such as social systems, the forecast becomes impossible, since social systems have unique development intentions. as already mentioned above, socio-humanitarian knowledge is distinguished as an independent sphere of knowledge by the latter, after classical science has been formed as a whole. this is not only due to the socio-cultural determination of cognition. the order of the constitution of branches of knowledge is determined by the complexity of the object of research. the object of social knowledge is society, its structures and their interaction. the complexity of this object lies not only in the multilevel structure of the social system, it is determined by the fact that the functioning of the social system is determined by both natural elements of the system (resources, environment), artificial, having material content (technical and technological), and mental-ideational (traditions, customs, knowledge, goals, ideals). this means that social reality, which has such a complex content, cannot be known within the limits of disciplinary knowledge. at a minimum, the methodology of cognition of social reality should be based on an integrated approach. as an objective necessity, specific methodological programs based on the principle of integrity should be built for the study of social reality, taking into account both the specifics of cognition of natural objects and spiritual phenomena. summing up the review of the specifics of the social sciences, it should be said that the peculiarities of the constitution of social knowledge determined its limitations and possibilities. social knowledge has passed an unconventional path of development: it stood out from philosophy, which had significant epistemological consequences. firstly, social knowledge bears the imprint of origin conceptuality and paradigmality (fixing the products of knowledge not in the form of theories and strict laws, but in the form of concepts and paradigms), subjectivity (dependence of theoretical constructions on a priori principled position), lack of strict empirical verification. secondly, the unconventional path of development meant the absence of a descriptive period, therefore, by the time of its formation into an independent branch of knowledge, social cognition had not yet accumulated sufficient empirical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org material to build an adequate social theory social knowledge was originally formed on the basis of the history of european society, therefore it had (and to a large extent has) pronounced eurocentric character. in addition to the lack of independence of institutionalization, the circumstance that determined the nature of social knowledge was the lack of a system of related sciences that could provide the necessary empirical base. the inevitable limitation of social cognition of the initial period is the mechanistic approach to the study of social reality. the formation of sociology as a science and the entire system of social knowledge took place during the heyday of classical scientific knowledge. classical rational discourse turned out to be inadequate to the object and subject of social knowledge, since the basic principles of classical science the principles of objectivity, universalism, essentialism, linearity do not allow us to explore large complex systems, which are all objects of social disciplines. the priority of education, the content and structure of education are changing. conditions are being created for our children to be stronger and more educated and certainly happier than we are. this sets ourselves the task of forming a spiritually harmonious personality with thoughtful thinking. unfortunately, in modern educational practice, we have heard the concepts of "innovation in education", "pedagogical innovation" it is, but we cannot or do not want to realize its fundamental essence. the council of science, familiar with the history and theory of scientific and thought research, does not hesitate to ask this question, the pursuit of novelty answers that open recognition refers to the xxi century. scientific technical discoveries of key centuries have added something to these ideas, namely, innovative development a global reality, it is the influence of globalization. yes globalization has aroused interest in scientific and technical research, turning their introduction into guarantors of progress. it is difficult to deny this scientific and technical and social philosophical view, when every innovation and modernization is considered today as innovation, it would be an inconsistent approach to progress. the xx xxi century aroused interest in scientific and technical discoveries, so its results showed that it was possible to lead to various crises. it must be admitted that the influence of these crises is tragic, humanity has not been able to understand what point, what it has reached. the second is that we are focusing on the result of globalization crises, we are seeing, but we are unable to find scientific technical results to change them. since the state and society are different to the development of innovation, it is necessary that they take on the main responsibility, to instill the strategy of innovative development in the minds of the population, people. the conclusions drawn from the above are that innovative thinking is a need for social progress, an objective necessity. rational understanding of this need as a product of human perception requires social philosophical knowledge of the development of society. this knowledge is the perception of the leprosy of renewal in accordance with the requirements of the period, but this gnoseological research means not to forget about the contradictory course. our society is encouraged to popularize scientific thought, innovative ideas and developments. was the media able to adequately understand this task? thousand unfortunately, it is difficult to give a confirmation answer to this. the point is not in the fact that they do not adequately state or illuminate the derivatives of innovative thinking, but in the insufficient perception of it as an objective necessity. innovative thinking, modern approach appears as an imitation of scientific technical discoveries. the media, in the literature, highlight its image, and not the fundamental essence of innovative thinking. as a result, simple research is also cited as an american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org innovative development. in our opinion, innovative thinking is the search for consciousness, mental perception, in which a radical renewal is aimed at making a change. the activity of society is defined in culture. culture is a product of society's activity and an object of study by humanities disciplines, which have their own methodology determined by the specifics of the object itself. this specificity has become the basis not only for the demarcation of sciences, but also for the ever-increasing split of scientific knowledge into two unrelated fields. but to investigate both (society and culture) in a gap, in isolation, as the previous stage of the development of cognition showed, it turned out to be ineffective for solving modern problems. the insufficiency and limitations of social knowledge outside of knowledge about culture intensified cultural studies. in turn, the specificity of spiritual phenomena, on the one hand, which constituted the formation of humanitarian knowledge, determined the research methodologies specific to these objects. on the other hand, the absolutization of this specificity, which is natural for the discrete perception of reality in classical rationality, and the humanitarization of social cognition have led to a deep gap between the naturalscientific foundations of cognitive activity and socio-humanitarian knowledge. with the overcoming of the mechanistic approach in social knowledge, it seemed that a breakthrough in social research should have come and, as a result, their effectiveness should have increased, but the blurring of verification criteria, polyconceptuality and fundamental interpretativeness did not allow socio-humanitarian knowledge to become on a par with natural knowledge in terms of applied achievements (and theoretical and methodological).scientific disciplines. this situation in the social sciences and humanities has made us skeptical not only about socio-humanitarian knowledge, but also about activities in the humanitarian field in general. references: 1. berdikulova s. a. social norms as a mechanism for regulating social consciousness in the context of globalization //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 744-746. 2. berdikulova s. a., jamalova n. u. patriotic education of modern youth //экономика и социум. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 15-17. 3. aslamovna b. s. et al. social norms and their role in society //epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr). – 2021. – т. 7. – №. 4. – с. 1-1. 4. khudayberdievich k. s., aslamovna b. s. public consciousness and public mood //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 9. – с. 1004-1008 5. худайназаров с. х. маънавият-элларни бирлаштиради //uzbek scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 5. – с. 244-250. 6. xudayberdiyevich x. s. et al. the importance of social norm in the society and human life in the condition of globalization //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 234-237. 7. xudaynazarov s. x. development and spirituality: literature in the system of factors that enhance the spirituality of a person //theoretical & applied science. – 2019. – №. 9. – с. 22-27. 8. aslamovna b. s. the social norm in the condition of globalization //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 2046-2051. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org 9. бердикулова с. а. место социальных норм в развитии общества (напримере республики узбекистан) //credo new. – 2012. – №. 3. – с. 6-6. 10. бердикулова с. а. о взаимосвязи социальных норм и социального контроля //социосфера. – 2014. – №. 1. – с. 27-30. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org methodology for compiling and conducting classes on theatrical activities in preschool educational organizations alikhonova gulnora sanjar qizi student at the faculty of preschool education tashkent state pedagogical university named after nizami, uzbekistan, tashkent kholsaidova nilufar qobil qizi student at the faculty of preschool education tashkent state pedagogical university named after nizami, uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article reveals the methods for compiling and conducting classes on theatrical activities in preschool educational organizations. the definition of such concepts as "theater", "theatrical activity" and "theatrical game" is given. methods, preschool educational organizations (peo), improvement, theatre, theatrical activity, theatrical game. introduction the harmonious formation of a child's personality is impossible without the disclosure and development of his creative abilities. that is why in preschool educational institutions special attention is paid to theatrical activities, which help to see the creative potential of each child, and also contributes to the accessible assimilation of knowledge, skills and abilities defined by the program, with much greater productivity. the educator should be especially careful in choosing suitable types of theatrical activities, the topics of classes and the methodology for conducting them. in many methodological sources, the concepts of "theatrical activity" and "theatrical game" are synonymous. with the help of such a game, preschoolers socialize, learn to comprehend moral categories. and this is not a complete list of the goals and objectives of theatricalization. theater is an accessible form of art for preschoolers, developing artistic abilities, aesthetic taste and communication skills, as well as contributing to the moral education of children. the mission of involving children in creative activity associated with the embodiment of stories on stage is that in the process of work: ➢ the knowledge of the kids about the world around them is expanding, in particular, the guys get acquainted with the genres of the theater, its structure and types of productions; ➢ the creative, independent activity of the child is formed; ➢ speech develops, proper articulation develops (especially important for children of middle and older groups, in which special attention is paid to the development of speech and the production of sounds); american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org ➢ vocabulary is enriched; ➢ memory, fantasy, imaginative thinking develops; ➢ improved body plasticity, coordination of movements, flexibility; ➢ develops the skill of conveying emotions and feelings through facial expressions, gestures, as well as intonation; ➢ the ability to cooperate with other members of the team is brought up (this goal is important at any age, but for the kids of the preparatory group who are preparing to join a new team, it is of particular importance). forms of organization of theatrical games: ➢ joint creative activities with adults in the framework of games in the classroom or holidays, organizing a puppet museum (a corner of the theater in a group). this form is in demand in the educational process with children of any age. this includes theater visits. ➢ independent theatrical activity. it is used during games, preparation and holding matinees with children of older groups (sometimes in the second half of the year, pupils of the middle group are included in independent, that is, without the participation of adults, theatrical activities). ➢ mini-games in the classroom with the involvement of dolls to solve cognitive problems. so, in the first junior group in drawing classes, when children learn to draw geometric shapes, pupils draw not just a circle, but a donut for a cat that accidentally wandered into the group and admitted that it was very hungry. attributes for theatrical activities. if the theater in the classical version begins with a hanger, then in kindergarten it begins with attributes by which children receive initial information about this type of creative activity. in the group, it is recommended to equip a special theater corner. indispensable elements of acquaintance with theatricalization are: ➢ a screen (for a finger theater it can be made from cardboard boxes with holes at the bottom, while the design of the screen is better to make it universal, for example, in the form of a forest clearing with a house on the edge); ➢ costumes (these can be purchased or home-made samples); ➢ masks (can be made according to templates from thick paper and thin cardboard, from papiermâché, felt and other materials); ➢ hats (the easiest option is to make them out of cardboard, cutting it out in the form of a cone, and then decorate it); ➢ finger theater puppets. the theater corner, which has everything necessary for the relevant activities, allows you to create a comfortable environment in the group for the development of the creative abilities of pupils. theatricalization is a special direction of the educational program for preschool institutions, because it gives children the opportunity not only to explore the world around them, but also to learn to live in harmony with it. in addition, theatricalization helps children become more self-confident, which is also important for their personal growth, which means that a kindergarten cannot be without a theatrical corner. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org references 1. антипина е.а. театрализованная деятельность в детском саду. m.: мозаика-синтез, 2009. 128 с. 2. штанько с.а. театрализованные занятия в до // воспитатель дошкольного образовательного обучения. 2001. №6. с. 56-61. 3. khalilova dilnoza furkatovna. formation of social competence of future educators in preschool educational organizations. science and innovation international scientific journal volume 2 issue 3 march 2023. 174-177. 4. xalilova d.f. “bo‘lajak tarbiyachilarning pedagogik faoliyatiga kreativ yondashuv”. pedagogs jurnali, 7(1),172–175.retrieved from http://www.pedagoglar.uz/index.php/ped/article/view/465 5. зимина и. театр и театрализованные игры в детском саду // дошкольное воспитание. 2005. № 4. с. 78-82. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/formation-of-social-competence-of-future-educators-in-preschool-educational-organizations https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/formation-of-social-competence-of-future-educators-in-preschool-educational-organizations http://www.pedagoglar.uz/index.php/ped/article/view/465 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb. 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org product assortment and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state ademe-godwin, doris1 1associate professor of marketing, university of port harcourt, nigeria opuene, james endurance2 2doctoral student, department of marketing, university of port harcourt, nigeria e-mail for correspondence: jamesopus30@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of this research work was to empirically investigate the relationship between product assortment and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. this study employed the cross-sectional survey research design. the researcher made use of 300 customers from 20 accessible filling stations that patronize filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state that were accessible to the researcher. spearman rank correlation coefficient was used to test the four hypotheses. this result indicated that there is a significant relationship between product assortment and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. the researcher therefore recommended that managers of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state are encouraged to treat product width as an essential marketing strategy that should, as a matter of policy, be better managed for sustainable customer patronage and profitability. product assortment. repeat purchase. customer referral. customer patronage. introduction the increasing rate of filling stations across yenagoa, the bayelsa state capital has prompted scholars to research on better strategies that when adopted might improve organizational competitiveness among filling stations. the nigeria’s oil sector (also known as the downstream) is highly controlled sector in nigeria (ibanga, 2009; sanusi, 2011; wogu, 2011; sokubi, 2011; ogwo & onuoha, 2013). the downstream involves participants or activities engaged in ensuring the availability of petroleum products from refineries and import points to the end users (okpara & anyanwu, 2006). the argument for total deregulation of the downstream has lingered for a very long time but the government is still the highest decision-maker as long as marketing of petroleum products in nigeria is concerned, including allocation, pricing and distribution of these products. this development has practically made competition, especially based on marketing’s 4ps – product, price, promotion and place to be oldfashioned for the downstream, as they offer products without clear brand identity and loyalty, sold at american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org uniform prices which none of them can justify a unilateral change in the prices, physically or psychologically (okpara & anyanwu, 2006), in promotion. nigeria has over 26,000 petroleum retail stations often called filling stations (pppra, 2006), owned by three operators that dominate the industries. these are the major marketers, the independent marketers and the nnpc. six major marketers (oando, nig. plc, mobil oil nig. plc, total nig. plc, forte oil nig. plc, mrs nig. plc, and conoil plc) controls 25.47% share of the fuels retail market; over 3800 independent marketers control 51% of the fuels retail market; while the nnpc controls only 23.43% of the retail market (ambituuni, amezaga & emeseh, 2014). customers have diverse motivations, taste and preferences, and that is why business organizations constantly seek solutions to the customers various state of deprivation (needs) through product offerings, thus consumers consider various features of a service outlet in expressing their purchase intention (ogbuji, onuoha, & abdul, 2016). today’s customers of retail outlets no longer based their purchase decisions only on product functions, features or attributes. they now seek for additional beneficial elements which have considerable influence on where they make their purchases; thus making retail competitive advantage to go beyond product, price, promotion and place (baker et al 2003). one of such additional influential elements on customers’ patronage of retail outlets, especially in filling stations is store layout. customer patronage encapsulates the degree to which a consumer returns to a store and makes repeated purchases. if a store can maintain high customer patronage, it will be able to generate a large share of the consumer spending (hu & jasper, 2006; pan & zinkhan, 2006; theodoridis & chatzipanagiotou, 2009). store image is defined as the manner in which a consumer views a business. therefore, a business can attract new customers by creating a store image that is in line with or surpasses the expectations of the consumer (hu & jasper, 2006; pan & zinkhan, 2006). it is by combining customer patronage with store image that a business can create a growing and loyal consumer base. several authors and researchers, including onuoha, & doris (2017), seock & lee, (2013), and ogbuji, onuoha, & abdul, (2016) has provide accessible literature in the investigation of product assortment and its convinced influence of customer patronage in the downstream sector. hence this study intends to fill these gaps and contribute to the existing literature on these specific issues by presenting a highquality investigation that evaluates product assortment and its direct influence on customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. this marks our point of departure as this study aims at establishing relationships among the dimensions of product assortment used in this study and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state, nigeria. statement of the problem filling stations significantly contribute to traffic problems such as traffic congestion, pollution, fire and explosion in most nigerian urban settlements (ayodele, 2011). this is ultimately a consequence of the lack of development control and non-conformity with planning standards in semi–urban and fully urbanized settlements. the planning twists are expressed in poor sitting, inadequate size, limited set back from road, poor radius allowance from major facilities like schools, churches, and mosques. this culminates in environmental dis-amenities such as traffic congestion, pollution, fire and many more problems resulting from uncoordinated development. it has been observed that the study area is a developing urban center, which on account of its expansion had also witnessed the proliferation of petrol filling stations, most of which are poorly sited, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org essentially disregard planning standards. the imperativeness of this study is also borne out of the non-existence of spatial data in respect of petrol filling station in the area as no study has been done in this regard. marketers of petroleum products in yenagoa, bayelsa state, were also recently warned by the dpr against sale of adulterated products. handing down the warning at a meeting between marketers of the products and directorate of petroleum product, dpr, the latter said it had noted the tendency on the part of marketers to make high profit through sale of adulterated products and adjustment of pumps prices(nan, 2015). it is because of these issues that motorist no longer repeatedly purchase petroleum products from one particular filling station. aim and objectives of the study the aim of this research work is to empirically investigate the relationship between product assortment and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. however, the specific objectives are to; i. determine the relationship between product width and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. ii. ascertain empirically the relationship between product depth and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. research questions the following listed below are some of the possible research questions which this study aims to proffer solutions to; i. what is the significant relationship between product width and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state? ii. what is the significant relationship between product depth and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state? research hypothesis h01: there is no significant relationship between product width and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. h02: there is no significant relationship between product depth and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. review of related literature theoretical foundation: the theory underpinning this study is the retail accordion theory. the extent to which some retailers have pursued diversification and specialization assortment strategies was originally observed by hower (1943) and developed by hollander (1966) in relation to the accordion theory. hollander noted a number of factors that encouraged specialization, using the orchestra analogy whereby ‘at any one moment some players are retiring from the orchestra while others (mainly with compressed instruments) are joining the band’. furthermore, he identified three phenomena occurring in the process of specialization: unsuccessful merchandise mixes which have encountered ‘insurmountable limitations’, the deletion of conventional lines from the retail assortment and the market growth of a product area being adopted by new specialists. these phenomena have also been observed in the 1980s and 1990s (mcgoldrick 1990; brown 1988). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org product assortment product assortment is a critical element of store layout as it provides customers with the breadth and depth of product they want under one roof. a good product assortment entices customers to move within the store which could lead them to purchase more merchandize than may have planned originally (levy & weitz, 2007). stores that carry large assortments of products are often preferred by consumers for several reasons, including matching of specifications, convenience, ease of shopping and flexibility (boatwright & nune, 2001). diverse consumer interest in product selection is noted to have been resolved through large assortment (inman, 2001). a key supposition has been that offering buyers a variety of product options is better than offering them limited choices; expressing that greater variety gives consumers maximum freedom to select products that meet their tastes and preferences (berger, draganska & simonson, 2007). again, extant literature posits that larger assortment can sometimes make consumers confused and even frustrated (chernev, 2003). therefore, retail owners must be careful to stock only those products that meet consumer needs and capable of rousing purchase attention (asuquo & igbongidi, 2015; elmaraghy, et al., 2013). a wider range of assortment could possibly lead to the satisfaction of different tastes, and an increase in brand choices will ultimately create a plethora of potentials in so many areas; including market expansion, higher sales volume and an upward shift in company revenue (berger et al., 2007). however, these can only be achieved if assortment is properly managed (elmaraghyet al., 2013). product assortment is the most critical decision facing retailers in terms of product variety with reference to price range, selection (depth and breadth), attributes, stock-out or delivery issues and consumer relevance that are the key driver of consumers’ purchase intentions and retailer profitability (eroglu et al., 2011; kahn, 2017; mosteller et al., 2014). finch (2007) termed it “product risk” in relation to ambiguity about the product description and price in an online environment. in addition, the expansion and consolidation of online retailing have hosted different levels of operational flexibility challenges (audrain-pontevia et al., 2013; richey et al., 2012), and access to detailed transaction information (bauer et al., 2006). pascoe et al. (2017) acclaimed that consumers’ involvement with a retail brand is positively related to effective website aesthetics and online communications performance. customer patronage patronage is desire driven base on the perception of service/product quality or qualities (adiele, grend, & ezirim, 2015). they added that the perception of the physical environment (service settings) and the resulting feelings of the customer/consumer in respect to his/her self-concept define patronage. customer patronage is defined as choice behavior that represents an individual’s preference for a particular store for purchasing product. pan and zinkhan (2006) identify two dimensions of customer patronage, namely, store choice (a customer’s choice to patronize a particular store) and frequency of visit (how often a shopper patronizes that store), and went on to define customer patronage as the measures that show the degree to which a customer makes his/her purchases either from a particular marketer or at a particular outlet in relation to competitors. customer patronage is the combination of attitude, normative beliefs, and motivations that will influence purchasing behavior (fishbein and ajzen, 1975). nwulu & asiegbu (2015) described patronage as material assistance and encouragement given to a patron, which could also be called customer in an exchange relationship. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org nwulu & asiegbu (2015), patronage is the act of regularly buying from a seller or business outlet. customer patronage could only be sustained by offering a need satisfying product/service in a competitive business arena (sulek & hensley, 2004). customer patronage is a mixed of psychological variables that determine purchase behaviour (onuoha & nnenanya 2017). psychological factors are prime to consumers (moye & giddings, 2002), and serves as a pointer to which brand of product/service to patronize by a consumer (ogbuji et al., 2016). according to baker et al. (2002), willingness of customers to shop longer in store, deliver good wordof-mouth for the store, and repurchase from the store made up patronage in retailing industry. grewal et al. (2003) opined that retailers might influence customer patronage decisions through several factors such as having a desirable assortment of products at customers’ preferred place and time, at a reasonable price. the decision to patronize a store usually starts with a set of characteristics or attributes that consumers consider important, which include price, quality, variety of merchandize, credit availability, return policies, and well known label/brand (moye, 2000). other factors like lighting, traffic flow, walking space, products display, music, and cleanliness also have influence on customers’ store choice (grewal et al., 2003). relationship between product assortment and customer patronage effective merchandising strategies can reap big rewards in today's marketplace. effective category management is essential for retailing. it is critical that stores improve their service by providing customers with the products they want, in a position that is sensible and simple to find. taking a more strategic approach to merchandising can reap big rewards by boosting sales, increasing footfall and ultimately increasing turnover. levy and weitz (2007) found that a good merchandise assortment should entice customers to move around the store to purchase more merchandise than they may have planned originally. one method is to expose customers to a layout that facilitates a specific traffic pattern. another method of helping customers move through the store is to provide variety; the store should be filled with little nooks and crannies that entice shoppers to wander around. a good layout should provide a balance between giving customers adequate space in which to shop. the breadth and depth of the assortment in a merchandise category can affect the retailers brand image. in general, retailers need to display their merchandise effectively in order to satisfy the customers need and 26 maintain their brand image with respect to merchandise category. there is a belief that customers actually buy more if there are improvements in assortment. findings reveal that consumer’s perceptions of the assortment range stems from the combination of few indicators, mainly the number of stock-keeping units proposed and the availability of the favorite brands. findings further demonstrate that consumers‟ evaluation of the overall store assortment draws on the perceived choice within the product categories where they are highly sensitive to the assortment range. for convenience stores to reach their prime goal of building an efficient assortment, retailers need, besides increasing the outlets cost-efficiency, to evaluate shoppers assortment perceptions so that what the store actually offers can be tailored to meet customers’ needs and expectations (amine and cadenat, 2003). boatwright and nunes (2001) contend that most retailers realize that consumers often prefer stores that carry large assortments of products for several reasons. for one, the larger the selection, the more likely consumers are to find a product that matches their exact specifications. in addition, more products mean more flexibility, which is important if the consumer has uncertain preferences. moreover, recent research suggests that consumer choice is affected by the perception of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org variety among a selection which depends on more than just the number of distinct products on the shelves. the consumer's perception of variety can be influenced by the space devoted to the category, the presence or absence of the consumer's favorite item, the arrangement of an assortment and the repetition of items, and the number of acceptable alternatives. therefore, many observers in industry and academia believe that, if retailers plan merchandise assortment properly, consumers can make a sizeable contribution to the overall retail sales. halepete et al. (2005) identify that, in the past, when competition was less intense, a store could target a wide range of customers. however, retailing trends indicate that it is becoming more important to satisfy customers' needs. moreover, assortment planning is one of the most important factors in merchandising. in general, the assortment of products depends on store location, store size, and the lifestyle of the local consumers. miranda et al. (2005) further support the argument that increased rates of customer retention leads to increased profitability. the strength of allegiance or loyalty of customers to a store is an important indicator of store health. in fact, a study of retailing in the united kingdom highlighted the importance of developing a corporate retail strategy to manage customer loyalty and prevent shoppers from switching stores. store satisfaction is a necessary condition for achieving store loyalty. miranda et al. (2005) further indicate that a number of store image studies identified a link between the store attributes and store loyalty. methodology consequently, this study will employ the cross-sectional survey research design. therefore in this study, the researcher made use of 300 customers from 20 accessible filling stations that patronize filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state that were accessible to the researcher. the data for this study were obtained from two major sources which are primary and secondary sources. for this study, primary data will be collected using structured questionnaire, while secondary data sources will include journals, textbooks, and the internet. spearman rank correlation coefficient was used to test the hypotheses raised in this study. this tool will be adopted because it seeks to show the level of the relationship existing between the independent and dependent variables. the analysis will be done with the help of spss, version 23. the choice of this technique was prompted by the ordinal nature of the information sought through the use of questionnaire. data analysis and results we provide and evaluate empirical data acquired by a questionnaire survey in this section. we also look at the consistency of the data. following that, the computation of the correlation between measures of ease-of-retrieval and automated judgment input will be provided and examined, followed by the presentation and analysis of hypothesis testing, which will decide if the study's hypotheses are accepted or rejected. h01: there is no significant relationship between product width and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org table 1: correlation analysis showing the relationship between of the product width and customer patronage correlations product width customer patronage spearman's rho product width correlation coefficient 1.000 .734 sig. (2-tailed) . .000 n 300 300 customer patronage correlation coefficient . 734 1.000 sig. (2-tailed) .000 . n 300 300 **. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). source: spss output, 2023 decision: table 1 above reveals a spearman rank correlation coefficient of 0.734 and probability value of 0.000 on the relationship between product width and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. this result indicates that there is a significant relationship between product width and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. therefore, we reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternate hypotheses, because the pv (0.001) ˂ 0.05 level of significance. h02: there is no significant relationship between product depth and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. table 2: correlation analysis showing the relationship between of product depth and customer patronage correlations product depth customer patronage spearman's rho product depth correlation coefficient 1.000 .878 sig. (2-tailed) . .000 n 300 300 customer patronage correlation coefficient . 878 1.000 sig. (2-tailed) .000 . n 300 300 **. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). source: spss 23 output, 2023 decision: table 2 above reveals a spearman rank correlation coefficient of 0.878 and probability value of 0.000 on the relationship between product depth of and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. this result indicates that there is a moderate but positive significant relationship between product depth and customer patronage of of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org state. therefore, we reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternate hypotheses, because the pv (0.001) ˂0.05 level of significance. discussion and conclusion hypotheses (h01) and (h02) aimed at examining the significant relationship between product assortment and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state. the hypothesis was tested using spearman rank correlation coefficient analysis. our analysis revealed a significant relationship between product width and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state (rho= 0.734). hypothesis two also revealed a positively significant relationship between product depth and customer patronage of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state (rho= 0.878). that is to say, product depth has a positive relationship with customer patronage. this result supported the works of levy and weitz (2007); halepete et al. (2005); miranda et al. (2005). recommendations the researcher therefore recommends that; i. managers of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state are encouraged to treat product width as an essential marketing strategy that should, as a matter of policy, be better managed for sustainable customer patronage and profitability. ii. managers’ of filling stations in yenagoa, bayelsa state should continuously improve their product depth in other to increase customer patronage. references 1. adiele, k. c., grend, m. d., & chinedu, e. a. (2015). physical evidence and customer patronage: an empirical study of nigeria banking sector. journal of economics, management and trade, 188-199. 2. ambituuni a., amezaga j. & emeseh e (2014). analysis of safety and environmental regulations for downstream petroleum industry operations in nigeria: problems and prospects. elsevier journal of environmental development 43–60. 3. amine, a., & cadenat, s. (2003). efficient retailer assortment: a consumer choice evaluation perspective. international journal of retail & distribution management. 31(10), 486-497. 4. asuquo, e. e., & igbongidi, p. b. (2015). retail store merchandise assortment and display and their influence on consumer impulse buying behaviour in north-west nigeria. global journal of management and business research. 15, (6). 5. audrain-pontevia, a.-f., n’goala, g. & poncin, i. (2013). a good deal online: the impacts of acquisition and transaction value on e-satisfaction and e-loyalty, journal of retailing and consumer services, 20(5), 445-452. 6. ayodele s. j (2011). spatial distribution of petroleum filling station in kaduna north. retrieved on 5th march, 2013 from www.srib.com/samuel_ayodele1. 7. baker, j., grewel, d., parasuraman, a. & voss, g. b. (2003). the influence of multiple store environment cues on perceived merchandize value and patronage intentions. journal of retailing, 79: 259-268. http://www.srib.com/samuel_ayodele1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org 8. bauer, h.h., falk, t. & hammerschmidt, m. (2006). e-transqual: a transaction process-based approach for capturing service quality in online shopping, journal of business research, 9(7), 866-875. 9. berger, j., draganska, m., & simonson, i. (2007). the influence of product variety on brand perception and choice. marketing science, 26(4), 460-472. 10. boatwright, p. and nunes, j. c. (2001). reducing assortment: an attribute-based approach. journal of marketing, 65 (3): 50. 11. chernev, a. (2003). product assortment and individual decision processes. journal of personality and social psychology, 85(1), 151. 12. elmaraghy, h., schuh, g., elmaraghy, w., piller, f., schönsleben, p., tseng, m., & bernard, a. (2013). product variety management. cirp annals, 62(2), 629-652. 13. eroglu, c., williams, b.d. & waller, m.a. (2011). consumer‐driven retail operations: the moderating effects of consumer demand and case pack quantity, international journal of physical distribution & logistics management, 41(5), 20-434. 14. grewal, d., baker, j., levy, m., & voss, g. b. (2003). the effects of wait expectations and store atmosphere evaluations on patronage intentions in service-intensive retail stores. journal of retailing, 79(4), 259-268. 15. halepete, j., hathcote, j., & peters, c. (2005). a qualitative study of micromarketing merchandising in the us apparel retail industry. journal of fashion marketing and management: an international journal. 9(1), 71-82. 16. hu, h., & jasper, c. r. (2006). social cues in the store environment and their impact on store image. international journal of retail & distribution management. 34(1), 25-48. 17. ibanga, i. (2009). the economics of privatizing and deregulating the nigerian downstream oil sector (online). available: www.florin.com/valore/ifikibanga.html (january 27, 2012). 18. kahn, b.e. (2017). using visual design to improve customer perceptions of online assortments, journal of retailing, 93(1), 29-42. 19. levy, m. and weitz, b.a. (2007), retailing management, mcgraw-hill irwin, boston, ma. 20. mosteller, j., donthu, n. & eroglu, s. (2014). the fluent online shopping experience, journal of business research, 67(11), 2486-2493 21. moye, l. n., & giddings, v. l. (2002). an examination of the retail approach‐avoidance behavior of older apparel consumers. journal of fashion marketing and management: an international journal. 6(3), 259-276. 22. nwulu, c. s., & asiegbu, i. f. (2015). advancement inclination behaviors and university academic staff patronage of deposit money banks in port harcourt. international journal of research, 94. 23. ogbuji, c. n; onuoha a. o; & abdul u. (2016). spatial layout and customer patronage of cinema firms in port harcourt, nigeria. international journal of research in business studies and management. 3(6), 44-50. 24. ogwo, e. o. & onuoha, a. o. (2013). the imperative of marketing in the management of deregulation: a study of the nigerian downstream oil sector. asian journal of management of science and education, 2(3): 1-10. 25. okpara, g. s. & anyanwu, a. (2006). the changing face of marketing management in a deregulation downstream oil sector. journal of business and social sciences, 2(2), 87-93. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org 26. onuoha, o; & doris, n. (2017). store layout and customer loyalty of supermarkets in port harcourt, nigeria. international journal of managerial studies and research, 5(3), 34-39. 27. pan, y., & zinkhan, g. m. (2006). determinants of retail patronage: a meta-analytical perspective. journal of retailing, 82(3), 229-243. 28. pascoe, m., wright, o. & winzar, h. (2017). using best-worst scaling to reveal perceived relative importance of website attributes, asia pacific journal of marketing and logistics, 29(2), 393-408. 29. richey, r.g., adams, f.g. & dalela, v. (2012). technology and flexibility: enablers of collaboration and time-based logistics quality, journal of business logistics, 33(1), 34-49. 30. sanusi, l. s. (2011). why nigeria must deregulate. daily sun, monday, december 12. 31. seock, y. & lee y. e. (2013). understanding the importance of visual merchandising on store image and shopper behaviours in home furnishings retail setting. european journal of business and management www.iiste.org. 5(4), 174-187. 32. sokunbi, w. (2011). the bumpy road to fuel subsidy. daily sun, monday, december 12. 33. sulek, j. m., & hensley, r. l. (2004). the relative importance of food, atmosphere, and fairness of wait: the case of a full-service restaurant. cornell hotel and restaurant administration quarterly, 45(3), 235-247. 34. theodoridis, p.k. & chatzipanagiotou, k.c. (2009). store image attributes and customer satisfaction across different customer profiles within the supermarket sector in greece, european journal of marketing, 43(5/6), 708-734. 35. wogu, e. (2011). why subsidy must go. daily sun, monday, december 12. http://www.iiste.org/ proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities hosted online from plano, texas, usa. date: 1st may, 2023 issn: 2835-3196 website: econferenceseries.com 148 | p a g e men uchun bo’lgan olimlar идеальные ученые для меня ideal scientists for me karimova muyassar andijon mashinasozlik instituti “gumanitar fanlar” kafedrasi dotsenti muhammadjon salohiddinov iqboljon o’g’li andijon mashinasozlik instituti magistratura talabasi muhammadi3722@gmail.com +998906213722 t/me: @inc99 annotatsiya: men uchun eng muhim deb bilgan kashfiyotchilarimdan biri bu steve jobs va u yaratgan korporatsiya “apple”, u haqida yoritlgan ushbu maqolada siz bu kompaniyaning qanday ijodkor olimlarning keng qamrovdagi foydali qurilmalarini yaratgan bilan tanishashiz. kalit so’zlar: apple, steve jobs, iphone telefon, kashfiyot, central bloc, loyiha, kompyut, computer engineering. аннотация: одним из самых важных изобретателей для меня является стив джобс и созданная им корпорация “apple”. в этой статье о нем вы узнаете, как творческие ученые этой компании создали множество полезных устройств. ключевые слова: apple, стив джобс, телефон iphone, открытие, центральный блок, проект, компьютер, вычислительная техника. anotation: one of the most important inventors for me is steve jobs and the corporation he created, apple. in this article about him, you will learn how creative scientists of this company have created a wide range of useful devices proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities hosted online from plano, texas, usa. date: 1st may, 2023 issn: 2835-3196 website: econferenceseries.com 149 | p a g e key words: apple, steve jobs, iphone phone, discovery, central unit, project, computer, computer technology. insoniyat yaralibdiki o’zi uchun qulay bo’lgan qurilmalarni jihoz-u uskunalarni va barcha texnikalarni o’zi uchun, oilasi uchun va yaqinlari qolaversa butun insoniyat olami uchun yangiliklarni yaratib kelishga intilishgan desam mubolag’a bo’lmaydi. mening hayotimda kashfiyot qilish uchun tabiat hodisalarini va jamiyat qonunlarini ongli ravishda ilmiy tahlil qilish uning mohiyatini tushunib yetish va u qanday funksiya bajarishini anglab yetgan olim sifatida gavdalangan steve kompyuterlar haqidagi tushunchalarimni butunlay o’zgartirib yuborgan.[1] bulardan misol tariqasida appel komyuterlari, iphone telefonlari va hammaga malum bo’lgan macbook kompyuterlariyu va simsiz quvvatlanuvchi quloqchinlar hamda blok manbalari haqida yoritmoqchiman[2]. steve jobs, u o’z hayoting 20-24 yoshlarini shunchaki universitetdagi bir yo’nalishni tanlashga va ushbu yo’nalishda oddiy bir o’qituvchi yoki muhandis, elektronik hodim bo’lishni istamasdi u o’zida butun yo’nalishni kashf qilishni hohlardi shu sababdan u stanford universitetining calligraphy (kaligrafiya), electronics (elektronikalar) computer engineering (muhandislik) yo’nalishlarida qo’shimcha darslarga qatnashishdan boshlagan va umumiy ilm olishga intilgan.[3] u o’zining ilk mahsuloti haridorini ushbu universitetdagi komyuter klubi a’zosi bo’lgan hodimga sotishni yo’lga qo’yadi va bu mahsulot esa “central bloc” (markaziy boshqaruv tizimi) bo’lgan. albatta buni bir o’zi amalga oshira olmasdi uning yaqin do’sti bo’lgan woznyak hamda mahalladoshi alexar bilan otasining garajida yig’ishgan. 1976 yilda 21 yoshlik jobs stiv woznyak bilan birgalikda “apple computers” kompaniyasiga asos soladi. ikkovlashib ular kompyuter industriyasida inqilob yasaydilar. iste’molchilar uchun mashinalarni kichikroq, arzonroq, tushunarliroq va hammabop qildilar. 1980 yilda “apple computers” ochiq aktsionerlik jamiyatiga aylantirildi va savdoning birinchi kunidanoq uning narxi 1,2 mld dollarga yetdi.[4] aplle ning kundalik hayotda qo’llanilishi: stenford universitetining anjumanlar zalida o’tqazilgan ko’rgazmada steve va uning do’sti o’zlarining ilk shartnomalarini “apple 1” kompyuterlari uchun tuzishadi va 100 ta umumiy blok uchun taklif oladi va haar biri 500 $ usd dan bo’ladi. muddatni vaqti oz bo’lgani proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities hosted online from plano, texas, usa. date: 1st may, 2023 issn: 2835-3196 website: econferenceseries.com 150 | p a g e sababli ular jamoa yig’ishga majbur bo’lishadi, ular ilk kompyuterlarini adashib yani umumiy yig’ilgan blok ko’rinishida emas faqat platani o’zini kichik datchiklar bilan jamlab olib kelishadi. ammo hairidorga monitor, klaviatura, plata, sichqonchalarni umumiy shaxsiy kompyuterni aytgan edi ammo steve uddaburonlik qilib qolganini o’zingiz yig’ib sotsangiz ko’proq foyda olasiz degani haridorga maqul kelgan va hammasini sotishgan. mijozga esa siz albatta “apple 2” ga qiziqib qolishingiz aniq deb aytadi vaholanki yangi modellari haqida stevening o’zini ham habari yo’q edi. ilk kompyuterlari sotila boshlagan apple jamoasi azolari o’zlarining mahsulotlarini shaxsiy shovqinsiz kompyuterlar deb atashgan uni esa amerika, kaliforniya shtati aholisiga maqul kelgani hammaga malum.[5] jamoa azolarida va uning ota onasida apple uchun investitsiya kiritishga yetarli mablag’ bo’lmagan. shu tufayli ular o’zlariga investor topishlari shart edi. steve deyarli 15 kun kuniga 1500 martacha qo’ng’iroq qilib kata kompaniyalardan investorlarni jalb qilishga urinadi ammo hech narsa chiqmaydi. bir muddat o’tgach mike markula ismli valentalia brendiga asos solgan shaxs kelib ular bilan suhbatlashadi va shunchaki kichik bir garajdan boshlanayotgan ishlab chiqarishni va haridorlari yo’q bo’lgan kompaniyani ko’rib hafsalasi pir bo’ladi ammo steve va uning jamoadoshlarining ko’zlaridan ishtiyoqni ko’radi, bu narsa istiqbolli loyihalarga asos bo’lishi mumkun deya investitsiya kiritishga qiziqadi va boshlanishiga 90 000 $ dollar kiritadi steve jamoadoshlari esa esankirab qoladi ammo steve esa umumiy baholash 300 000 $ bo’ladi ammo boshlanishiga 90 ming yetarli deya fikrini davom ettiradi, bundan tashqari ijobiy natijaga erishilgan so’ng to’lash sharti bilan yiliga 10 % stavkali 250 000 ming dollarlik kredit liniya ochib berishini so’raydi. mike esa bunga rozi bo’ladi.[6] apple kompyuterlari 1977-yil san fransiscoda apple 2 mukammal kompyuterni ommaga taqdim qiladi, va shu ondan boshlab butun kaliforniya aholisiga bu kompyuter judayam maqul keladi sababi u mukammal yig’ilgan edi. sotuv hajmi ulgurji darajada rivojlanib ketadi va kompaniyasiga 5000 dan ziyod hodimlarni 1980 yilda oladi. bosh office esa kupertino da joylashgan. steve juda talabchan edi office da kim uning mafkurasiga qiziqishlariga va qolaversa eng kichik bo’lgan malumotlarga ham shunaqangi puxta turardiki 10 yillik tajribaga ega dasturchalarni ham agar apple malumotlarini qiziqishini kam bo’lganligini bilib qolsa shu zahoti bo’shatib yuborar edi. yaqin do’sti daniel bunga yaqqol proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities hosted online from plano, texas, usa. date: 1st may, 2023 issn: 2835-3196 website: econferenceseries.com 151 | p a g e misol bo’ladi, u ishga layoqatsiz masuliyat bilan yondashmayotganidan habar topgan bo’ladi. apple 2000-yilgacha ommaga eng mashxur brend bo’lib tanilib bo’lgan edi. o’sha vaqtlarda ularga dushman kompaniyalar ibm, microsoft va boshqalar, ibm apple dan nusxa ko’chirgan edi. steve judayam qiziqqon u yangi loyihalar ustida ishlardi bulardan biri liza loyihasi shu tufayli steve ni o’z jamoasidan ayrishadi chunki u judayam ko’p mablag’ talab qilardi. [7] makintosh yangi loyiha ular judayam aniq va mukammal hotiraga ega kompyuterlarni jamlaydi. bu loyiha hatto apple 2 dan ham ko’ra ko’proq haridorga ega bo’ladi bu esa kompaniya uchun kata yutuq. ammo bu kompyuterlarni steve eng qimmat va judayam aniqlikda ishlovchi detallardan yig’adi. kompaniya siyotini o’z qo’liga olgan boshliqlar uning narxini foyda uchun anchayin qimmat qilishadi 1985-yilda apple asoschisi stiv djobs apple kompaniyasini tark etgach, mahsulotni ishlab chiqarish avvalroq apple france boshqaruvchisi boʻlgan jan-lui gasseega topshiriladi. gassée doimiy ravishda apple mahsulot liniyasini ikki yoʻnalishda, kengaytirilishi va oʻzaro muvofiqligi nuqtai nazaridan koʻproq ochiqlikka va yuqori narxga eʼtibor berishiga olib keladi. gassee uzoq vaqt davomida apple kompaniyasi daromadlari past boʻlgan kompyuter bozorining past qismini maqsad qilib qoʻymasligini, aksincha yuqori daromad darajasiga eʼtibor qaratish kerakligini taʼkidlaydi. u konsepsiyani pastki chap tomonda past quvvatli, arzon qurilmalar va yuqori oʻng tomonda yuqori quvvatli hamda yuqori xarajatli qurilmalari boʻlgan kompyuterlarning narxlari va ishlash nisbatlarini koʻrsatadigan grafik yordamida tasvirlab beradi.[8] airpods, imac, macbook pro. airpodlar bular judayam mukammal ishlangan texnikalar desam mubolag’a bo’lmaydi bular aniqlik darajasi shunaqangi mukammalki bu loyihadan hatto boshqa mashxur kompaniyalar nusxa ko’chirishgan. mac-book lari esa hayratlanarli darajadagi hotiraga noutbooklar va ajoyib dyumli monitorga ega. xulosa qilib shuni aytish kerakki kashfiyotlar bizning yani insoniyat olamining og’irini yengil, mushkullarni osonlashtirish uchun qolaversa uni qulaylashtirishga qaratilgan va ular biz uchun hizmat qiladi. bunday kashfiyotlarning ortida olimlar izlanuvchilarning qattiq mashaqqatli mehnatlari turadi, biz esa steve va uning jamoasidan shuni o’rgansak bo’ladi.[9] proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities hosted online from plano, texas, usa. date: 1st may, 2023 issn: 2835-3196 website: econferenceseries.com 152 | p a g e foydalanilgan adabiyotlar: 1.abduqayumovna k. m. the impact of society's thinking on the development of the family economy. – 2023. 2.rahkmonova d. s. concept and strategies for its development in the direction of thinking design. – 2023. 3.sh s. b. activities of the advisory council (supreme council) in the kokand khanate. – 2023. 4. нажимидинова д. ғ. оила тинчлиги жамият фаровонлиги //journal of new century innovations. – 2023. – т. 12. – №. 1. – с. 77-81. saidovna r. d. professional competence of the educator–the main factor ensuring the quality of education //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2022. – т. 3. – с. 226-231. 2.raxmonova d. s. talabalarda kreativ qobiliyatlarni rivojlantirishda noodatiy fikrlash usullaridan foydalanish //central asian research journal for interdisciplinary studies (carjis). – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 183-189. 3.saidovna r. d. a systematic approach to the development of students'creative abilities //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 133-142. 4.saidovna r. d. pedagogical creativity as a factor of student development //web of scientist: international scientific research journal. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 05. – с. 729-736. 5. baxtiyorovna y. b. formation of independent thinking among young people–today is the most relevant day in pedagogy as a function //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 143-148. 6. каримова м. а. зардуштийлик динидачорвачилик билан боғлиқ маросимлар //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 82-86.27. 7.g’ulomjonovna n. d., muhitdin o’g’li t. m. ilmiy-ijodiy faoliyatda olimning shaxsiy fazilatlari //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 4. – с. 467-471. proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities hosted online from plano, texas, usa. date: 1st may, 2023 issn: 2835-3196 website: econferenceseries.com 153 | p a g e 8. каримова м. а. ёш авлодга таълим ва тарбия беришда ўқитувчининг инновaцион фаолияти ва таълим технологиялари //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 21-26. 9.abduqayumovna k. m. interaction of object, subject and synergetic categories in scientific work //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2022. – т. 3. – с. 25-29. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org opportunities of native language classes in the development of speech skills of students with hearing problems isoqjonova dilfuzaxon muxtorjon qizi teacher of surdpedagogics and inclusive education department of tashkent state pedagogical university named after nizami a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s working on speech processes in students with hearing impairments is one of the main tasks of the special education system. the mother tongue textbook program, which is carried out in the process of special education, plays a large role in solving this issue. this article will talk about the direction of speech development of students with hearing problems and the possibilities of native language lessons in the process. language acquisition, grammatical system, language laws, development of colloquial speech. introduction the process of composition and development of a child's speech, and, above all, the acquisition of language and the formation of the grammatical system, is carried out mainly by mastering various forms of speech. this process takes three main periods to its composition: 1) a word is a period of mastery of sentences made up of stems. the cycle consists of two phases, including a monosyllabic sentence as well as a sentence consisting of several words (mostly composed of two words).; 2) the period of mastering the morphological system of the language, which is characterized by mastering such as word speciation and tussling; 3) syntactic categories and the period of mastering the grammatical system of a sentence, in which they are associated with the formation of their external expression. to master the phonetic, lexical, grammatical laws of the language, a high level of auditory acuity is required. the description of speech development and its peculiarities formed the leading idea of many linguistic, psychological and methodological studies, which, according to the researchers, serve as a unit of oral fluent speech, a group of phrases that perform a certain communicative function, express fluency with a single object of speech and a relatively complete thought. m.i.lisina adopts the criterion of quantity and meaning as the smallest unit of communication through the medium of language and distinguishes a complete text in the form of 4-5 complete sentences that make up one whole speech process as a fragment (fragment) of speech. therefore, in the scientific literature, the concept of "fluent speech" is given different definitions, both complementary and enriching. n., who studied the development of fluent oral speech from dialogue to monologue.i.jinkin and m.i.according to the definition of lisinas, dialogic speech is a primary and easier form of speech that appears to be american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org situational (situational) as well as "supported" depending on the situation, topic of conversation. that is, dialogue is a speech behavior carried out by two or several individuals, when in the process of mutual information exchange between interlocutors, the use of gestures, facial expressions, speech tone by them is also of particular importance. the inability of a person to take up speech as a result of a violation of auditory perception, therefore isolation from members of society, creates a number of problems in his finding a place in social life. these are due to different causes that are subject to each other, which in this regard l.s.vigotsky says: "social education inhibits the underdevelopment of speech, the underdevelopment of speech leads to isolation from the community (collective), and isolation from the community (collective), in turn, inhibits the development of social education and speech". deafness is a stagnant loss of hearing, in which it is impossible to independently master speech, even to clearly perceive speech at a distance close to the ear. total (total) deafness is a very rare phenomenon, just as total blindness does not occur. often in deafness, auditory remnants are preserved, which are at the level of perception of loud non-speech sounds, some speech sounds at a distance close to the ear supra. planned with parents by team members of a special educational institution, in particular, the group surdopedagogy and educator, establishing regular collaborative work is considered an important factor in achieving the effectiveness of the formation and development of weak hearing child pronunciation skills. children with problems in the hearing of differential (differentiated) and individual (individual) approach in a special education system with a correctivecompensatory and developmental description will be focused on the development of pronunciation skills and the solution of formation issues. the initial course of the native language provides for the comprehensive development of the speech of students. in the school of deaf children, speech is the subject of research. the formation of the ability to interact with the hearing is the main goal of deaf students to develop spoken speech. in the school for deaf children, the development of oral speech in primary classes is carried out in three directions: word (lexical level), word combinations and sentence (syntactic level) and bound speech (text level). the goal of the development of colloquial speech in a school for deaf children is also to work on pronunciation. the three directions shown above are developed in parallel, even if they are in a relationship that is directly connected to each other. after all, when mastering the meaning of a word is a building material for a sentence, the connection of these two units is used when drawing up stories, writing statements and essays. in turn, the work on writing stories and essays will help schoolchildren to increase the wealth of vocabulary, improve their skills in sentence-making, apply various syntactic constructions. in the process of forming colloquial speech, more work on the pronunciation of students is required. to form colloquial speech, the teacher conducts oral speech by adding it with a dactyl. dactylic speech is used when a deaf student finds it difficult to express a new word in oral form. easily assimilable phrases are not used through dactylic speech. strengthening and mastering colloquial speech requires the teacher to communicate through oral speech in the program for grades 5-7. the main indicators of the development of colloquial speech in grades 5-7 are divided into the following types: 1. strengthening and identifying topics covered in elementary grades; 2. speech enrichment with new material; 3. further development and strengthening of monological and dialogical speech. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, the main goal of the program is to master the development of colloquial speech of deaf children, the independent, comprehensive use of phrases and words according to its purpose, carrying out a mutual question and answer on various topics. references: 1. mamarajabova z.n. ona tili o῾qitish maxsus metodikasi//o῾quv qo῾llanma./toshkent.:2015. 2. dilfuzakhon i. theoretical foundations of the formation of communication in students with hearing problems //open access repository. – 2023. – т. 4. – №. 2. – с. 108-110. 3. isroilovna, karabaeva dilbar. "development of speech of elementary school pupils with hearing impairment in technology lessons." european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies 3.03 (2023): 31-36. 4. isoqjonova d. m. peculiarities of speech development laws in children with hearing impairment //thematics journal of education. – 2022. – т. 7. – №. 5. 5. isokjonova d., vasilova k. the use of game technologies in speech teaching kids who have a problem with hearing //thematics journal of education. – 2021. – т. 6. – №. october. 6. o. f. developing the professional competence of future surdopedagogs through the optimization of independent education //european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 04. – с. 102-107. 7. bq, subanova. "forming the inclusive competence of future teachers of the deaf." innovative developments and research in education 2.14 (2023): 175-179. 8. kadirov m. m. development of speech of specialized schoolchildren on the basis of intensive educational technologies //herald pedagogiki. nauka i praktyka. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 3. 9. muhammadaminovna, pulatova saodat. "features of diagnosing the level of sensory development of preschool children with hearing impairment." european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol 8.5 (2020). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org history of the study of ancient protective structures of the fergana valley normatov sherzod docent, karshi state university uzbekistan, karshi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the study of the protection of the ferghana valley based on historical sources. sopolli, sarazm, pargana, da-yuan eski ahsi, fragonik, mugkala, eilaton, chust monument, shurabashat, marhamat, miktikurgan, chuntepa greco-roman authors do not provide information about the ancient ferghana located in the basin of the upper syr darya and its tributaries. written information about fergana (pargana) is given for the first time in chinese sources zhang qian's data, sima qian's "historical memoirs", ban gun's "history of the first han dynasty". in these sources, this country is mentioned under the name "dayuan" or "dawan". the word fergana (pargana) is written in the form of "fragonic" in sughd sources and means "valley between mountains, surrounded by a ravine", while in chinese sources "da-yuan" means "valley between mountains" [1]. the history of the study of ancient fergana monuments begins in the last quarter of the 19th century. for example, n.i. veselovsky came to the ferghana valley in 1884 on the assignment of the russian iak (russian imperial archaeological commission). the scientist studied the finds found by the local people from the old akhsi (akhsikent) monument, got acquainted with the old akhsi monument, carried out small excavations on the mounds, which were supposed to be defensive structures, and obtained ceramic materials, mainly dating back to the middle ages [2]. after that, in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, members of the turkestan amateur archaeologists' circle conducted some investigations in old akhsi and mughal [3]. the results of these studies ended only with medieval pottery, and there was no information about the defense structures and the socio-economic life and cultural relations of the more ancient period. from the first quarter of the 20th century, researches using certain archeological methods began in the historical and cultural regions of central asia. in particular, in the early 1930s, v. a. latinin conducted archaeological research in the northeastern and southwestern regions of the fergana valley [4]. the scientist conducted search and partial excavations in several monuments in these areas and proposed a periodization of the protection structures and ancient culture of the valley. later, in connection with the construction of the great fergana canal, a group of scientists led by m.e. masson conducted research in the canal construction areas [5]. as a result of these studies, a number of monuments of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org valley from the bronze age to the middle ages were identified, and the study of their culture, comparative comparison, and determination of their origin began. in the early 50s of the last century yu.a. he studied the old town of dalvarzin in the zadneprovsky valley, compiled a history of the monument and later published information about the defensive structures[6]. as it turns out, the old city was surrounded by a protective wall 4-6 meters thick, which was preserved at a height of 2.5 meters. in 1950, the chust monument was opened by e.m. voronets, and stationary archaeological research was continued in the following years. according to research, the territory of the chust monument is 1.5 hectares surrounded by a wall, 1.5 meters thick and 286 meters long [7]. according to the researches of yu.a. zadneprosky, the old city of eilaton was built in 1000 bc. it dates back to the vi-iv centuries and is surrounded by two rows of walls with rectangular towers [8]. according to t.g. oboldueva, the walls of eilaton are similar to dalvarzin defensive structures in some aspects (size of raw bricks, laying) [9]. a. n. bernstam koson conducted research in monuments such as mug'tepa, eski akhsi, pop, ayritom, munchogtepa, balandtepa [10], collected valuable information about the historical and cultural processes of the ancient period, including defense structures, and introduced them to science. [11]. yu.a. zadneprovsky, while conducting research in many ancient cities and settlements of the fergana valley, made many clarifications on the dating of monuments. many historical and cultural issues such as the protection of cities and fortresses in the valley, the roots and origins of the unique culture, economic and cultural relations of the valley population, internal and external migration processes, issues of internal and external influence on the culture of the valley, the importance of ancient roads and directions in the development of the cultural life of the region. issues of its development are directly connected with yu.a.zadneprovsky's researches in ferghana [12]. the scientist's research of ancient protective structures in monuments such as eilaton, shorabashat, and marhamat is particularly noteworthy. a. a. anarbaev's scientific research should be highlighted in the study of ancient monuments of the fergana valley. in his long-term scientific research and research, the scientist studied the ancient and medieval urbanization processes of the ferghana valley, the issues of the first statehood in the valley, the irrigation system of the valley cities, ancient roads and directions, issues of socio-economic and cultural life[13], akhsikent (old akhsi). created a fundamental research work[14] on the history and culture of the city of khona. n.g. gorbunova's research on monuments such as karkidon, miktiqurgan, chuntepa in the karkidon oasis in the valley is also noteworthy [15]. according to research, the monument of karkidon occupies an area of 1 hectare in the shape of an irregular rectangle and is surrounded by protective walls dating back to the ii-iv centuries. the minaret is square in shape, the building materials are mud, raw brick and pakhsa[16]. miqtitepa features an irregular rectangular shape of 1.5 hectares. a defensive wall with rectangular towers (possibly with internal structures) has been identified on the west, south and east sides of the monument. the thickness of the protective walls is up to 10 meters, and the preserved height is 4.5 meters. the "large tower without internal rooms" of the monument served as a fortress. the 4-meterthick wall is built on a 1-meter-high earth foundation with right angles (lower layers)[17]. chuntepa has a square plot with sides of 50 meters. it was determined that the monument went through three stages of development dated to the i-iv, viii, xi-xii centuries. the defensive walls of chuntepa, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org with hollow bulwarks (baynitsa), were built of thatch more than 2 meters thick. two corridors were also opened inside the protective wall, which was kept at a height of 2.5 meters [18]. in 2002, n.g. gorbunova and t.g. information about kalamishtepa, dated ii-iii centuries, located in boz district of andijan region, was published by oboldueva. according to the results of the data, this monument with a total area of 15-16 hectares has a circular shape, consisting of two parts (western and eastern) with an arch in the center. the rectangular arch here is built of raw brick on a 2-3 meter natural foundation. its cruciform roof with right-angled towers and pillars and the outer wall thickness of 1.2-1.3 meters have been determined[19]. in the 1970s and 1980s, b. abulg'ozieva carried out research in the protected sartepa and kurgantepa monuments of andijan region. the ancient city of sartepa is located 50 km north-west of andijan, on the high bank of the black river. an irregular pentagonal arch has been opened at a height of 10 meters, covering an area of 1.7 hectares. the entrance to the arch is protected by a rectangular tower on the northeast side. three building layers of the old city from the 1st to the 8th centuries have been identified. all three layers had external protective walls [20]. kurgantepa bc. dated to iii-i-viii century ad. b. according to abulgozieva's research, the old city occupied an area of 16 hectares and was surrounded by 16-meter-thick walls with towers in the corners, an arch in the southern part, and a gate in the eastern part. the arch of the mound is rectangular in shape and is surrounded by a 5-meter-thick wall on the base. no cracks were detected in the protective walls[21]. the studies conducted in bilovurtepa became important in the study of the voxa system of protection. the eastern wall of the castle, the inner pool and the arch were explored. as a result, three construction periods dated to antiquity and the early middle ages were determined, and the construction materials and techniques of antiquity, the shape of the arch, the towers with internal rooms, and archery cannons were studied. analyzing the geographical location of the monument, yu.a. zadneprovsky came to the conclusion that bilovurtepa is a well-protected ancient city, and in the ancient osh defense system, the capital city of ferghana was built to protect the ancient city of mingtepa[22]. b. kh. matboboev, while studying the protective structures of the urban centers of the fergana valley in the ancient period, admits that during this period there were qualitative changes in the protective structures of the cities, "certain laws of protective structures were formed." according to the scientist, the protective structures of mingtepa (markhamat) went through two periods: the stages of formation and performance of tasks. there are towers with inner rooms on the defensive walls, and the only defense system of the valley was observed in the old city[23]. the historiographical analysis of the history of ancient monuments in the fergana valley shows that many studies have been carried out on the past history and material culture of the valley, the processes of urbanization in the region, the protection of cities and fortresses, types and forms of culture, periodization issues, stages of cultures and characteristics of the valley, issues of statehood in the valley. increased. however, in these studies, the place and role of the fergana valley in the system of economic and cultural relations of central asia during the ancient, ancient and early middle ages, the position it occupied, the importance of protective structures in these processes, were not considered in general or were not considered as a separate research object. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org references 1. eshov b. o‘zbekistonda davlat va mahalliy boshqaruv tarixi: birinchi kitob.-toshkent: yangi asr avlodi. 2019 b.146. (432). 2. veselovskiy n.i. otchyot o rabotax v sredney azii v 1884-1888 gg. // oak za 1882-1888 gg. spb. 1891. s.61-80. 3. protokoli turkestanskogo krujka lubiteley arxeologii// ptkla.iv.spb. 1897. pkkla. vi/ spb.1910. 4. latinin b.a. nekotoriye itogi rabot ferganskoy ekspeditsii 1934 g // asge. vip. 3. – l., iskusstvo. 1961. s.109-170. 5. masson m.ye. ekspeditsiya arxeologicheskogo nadzora na stroitelstve bolshogo ferganskogo kanala // ksiimk.vip. 4. m– l., 1940. s.50-53. 6. zadneprovskiy y.a. drevnezemledelcheskaya kultura fergani // mia. m., nauka, 1962,№118.s.41. (162). 7. sprishevskiy v.i. oboronitelniye soorujeniya epoxi bronzi na territorii uzbekistana // sa.1972. №3.s. 229-230. 8. zadneprovskiy y.a. razvitiye fortifikatsii v fergani (i tis. don.e.) //fortifikatsiya v drevnosti i v srednevekovye.-sankt-pb.1995.s. 21-23. 9. obolduyeva t.g. o. datirovke sten eylatana (k voprosu o datirovke pamyatnika) // sa. 1981.-№4.s. 192-194. 10. bernshtam a.n. aravanskiye naskalniye izobrajeniya i davanskaya (ferganskaya) stolitsa ershi // se.№4. m., 1948. s. 155-161; o‘sha mualllif. drevnyaya fergana. – tashkent, 1951. 210 s. 11. zadneprovskiy y.a. drevnyaya fergana.: avtoref.dis....kand.ist.nauk. l., 1954. 18 s. 12. zadneprovskiy y.a. drevnezemledelcheskaya kultura fergani // mia №118. – m. –l., 1962. 328 s; 13. anarbayev a.a. blagoustroystvo srednevekovogo goroda sredney azii. tashkent. 1981. 143 s; 14. anarbayev a. axsikent – stolitsa drevney fergani. – tashkent. izd-vo “tafakkur”. 2013.537 s. 15. gorbunova n.g. pamyatniki kerkidonskoy gruppi v yujnoy fergani //asge. leningrad. 1985. vip. 26.s. 45-70. 16. gorbunova n.g. pamyatniki kerkidonskoy gruppi v yujnoy fergani // leningrad. 1987. vip. 28.s. 71-102. 17. gorbunova n.g. pamyatniki kerkidonskoy gruppi v yujnoy fergani // leningrad. 1987. vip. 28.s. 75-80. 18. gorbunova n.g. pamyatniki kerkidonskoy gruppi v yujnoy fergani // leningrad. 1987. vip. 28.s. 96-98. 19. gorbunova n.g. pamyatniki kerkidonskoy gruppi v yujnoy fergani // sudba uchyonogo. k 100letiyu so dnya rojdeniya borisa aleksandrovicha latinina.-spb. 2002.s. 166-172. 20. abulgaziyeva b. raskopki sar-tepe // istoriya i arxeologiya sredney azii.-ashxabad. ilim. 1978.s. 149-155. 21. abulgaziyeva b. raskopki na gorodishe kurgantepa // imku. vip. 20. tashkent. 1986.s. 20-28. 22. zadneprovskiy y.a. gorodishe bilovur-tepa // ksia-m., 1985. vip. 184. s.88-95. 23. matbabayev b.x., abdullayev b.m. oboronitelniye soorujeniya drevney fergani.-tashkent.: “extrem press”. 2011.s.20. (176). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 196 www.americanjournal.org cultural diplomacy as an important factor in the foreign policy of the state (on the example of chi̇na) aziza umarkulova master student at university of world economy and diplomacy etibor sultanova scientific supervisor d.p.s., professor of university of world economy and diplomacy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the era of globalization and the information society, cultural diplomacy is an important tool for interaction in international relations. being a form of «soft power», it helps to strengthen the country's positive image; strengthens international trust, develops interstate cooperation on the basis of transferring the national cultural code to the world community. culture and politics closely interact in the process of sustainable development of china's cultural policy. the relevance of the topic under consideration is due to the fact that the state, thanks to the conduct of such a policy, sets the parameters for the implementation of cultural activities, determines the vectors for the development of culture, and also indicates promising areas for its support. cultural policy forms the influence of various social actors on the ongoing changes in the life of society as a whole. the author proposes to study cultural diplomacy as an independent type of diplomacy at this stage of development of international relations, despite the close relationship of the phenomenon under study with such areas as: foreign cultural policy, public diplomacy, national branding, propaganda, soft power, and foreign policy image. the article presents various definitions of cultural diplomacy. an attempt was made to identify the main tools, mechanisms and resources of the studied type of diplomacy. the main principles of cultural diplomacy are given: intercultural dialogue; justice, equality; respect and recognition of cultural diversity and heritage; protection of international human rights; global peace and stability. the main aspects are described, through the disclosure of which one can study cultural diplomacy, namely: political, economic, security issues. the author focuses on the «soft power» of the modern foreign economic strategy of the people's republic of china (prc). the possibility of using the experience of cultural diplomacy of the prc by other countries is emphasized. china, cultural diplomacy, cultural industry, soft power, public diplomacy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 197 www.americanjournal.org introduction cultural diplomacy and "soft power" of economic influence: conceptual provisions. public diplomacy, the conceptual principles of which were proposed in 1965 by edmund gallion1, is a set of measures aimed at studying the target foreign audience in order to influence it with an appropriate arsenal of tools, including establishing contacts in the field of culture. the concept of "soft power", proposed by joseph nye2 in 1990, has become a key concept in the study of public and cultural diplomacy. nye defines soft power as the ability to get what you want through attraction rather than coercion. "soft power" means a level of diplomacy at which the cultural values, political ideals and actions of a given subject of international relations inspire respect and sympathy from representatives of other nations. "soft power" is an important area of foreign policy and international economic relations, and public diplomacy, in turn, is a mechanism for using "soft power". associate professor of political science at wilfrid laurier university, patricia goff, identified two main prerequisites for the formation of cultural diplomacy. first, understanding and respect are fertile ground for the formation of good relationships. secondly, art, language and education are among the most significant entry points to culture3. that is, cultural diplomacy is a type of public diplomacy that involves the exchange of information, ideas, works of art, language and other aspects of culture between states and their peoples in order to stimulate mutual understanding. this is the conclusion reached by the american political scientist milton cummings4. british researcher mark leonard identified the most important goals of public diplomacy in the 21st century. all of them are directly related to the development of cultural policy: formation of positive ideas about the country and its values, ensuring understanding of ideas and views; attraction of foreign investments and political allies; raising awareness of the country; attracting people to the country for tourism and study, promoting its goods abroad5. it is undeniable that many of these goals still have a propaganda connotation, but nevertheless they all contribute to building mutual understanding between countries, so both approaches to the analysis of these goals remain relevant: both from the point of view of advocacy and from the point of view of raising awareness. about country. it would be unreasonable to say that there is only one right way to operate cultural diplomacy. however, there are some main areas in which you need to work in order to qualify for a successful result: first and foremost, communication. it is important to find common ground, you need to be well aware of what is happening in both participating countries and notice opportunities for interaction. what follows is consistency many regard cultural diplomacy as especially useful in cases where it is not 1 edmund asbury gallion american diplomat, dean of the fletcher school of law and diplomacy 2 joseph s. nye jr. is an american political scientist and professor at the harvard institute of government. john f. kennedy 3 «cultural diplomacy,» in the routledge handbook of public diplomacy, edited by nicholas cull and nancy snow (routledge press), goff, patricia, 2020 4 cultural diplomacy, milton kyser cummings, 2003 5 public diplomacy, mark leonard, 2002 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 198 www.americanjournal.org possible to establish official contact. indeed, cultural diplomacy can fill a certain void even with strained relations between countries. but the support of this very cultural diplomacy is not always permanent. for the most part, it is activated as a last resort in building relationships. it can be assumed that it is worth maintaining cultural ties throughout the time in order to activate already established and established relationships in times of crisis, and not in emergency cases, when such relationships are only at the development stage. innovation. as in culture itself, in cultural diplomacy everything new and not used before is welcomed and attracts attention. in addition, everything related to cultural diplomacy, be it language, education or art, has changed and acquired new properties compared to previous time periods, so it would not be logical to keep all approaches to them unchanged. language is the perfect example of modification. learning a language allows you to get used to the culture and learn the values of a representative of another culture first hand. traditional cultural diplomacy promotes the exchange of moral and aesthetic ideals, enhancing international understanding. china's diplomatic strategy and foreign economic policy have undergone important changes in the 21st century. increasing attention is paid to the "soft power" of economic impact, as well as cultural diplomacy. this, in turn, contributes to the understanding of chinese policies and values in the world, creates a favorable environment for public opinion and improves the international image of the prc. the development of the cultural industry and related industries is an important way to strengthen the "soft power" of china's cultural diplomacy. for illustration, the most characteristic forms of chinese culture, which have won the hearts of their admirers abroad, have been chosen: the chinese language as a carrier of national culture; gastronomy and national cuisine, sports and traditional medicine as historically important components of chinese culture. the growing popularity of the chinese language in the modern world. language is the carrier of national culture, through which not only the cultural code of the country is transmitted, but also foreigners studying this language become subjects of influence of the “soft power” of cultural diplomacy. currently, the goal of foreigners studying chinese is to better understand china, and one of the most important points in doing so is to understand chinese culture. china is developing cooperation with foreign countries in the field of education, relying on the study of chinese by foreigners. it is necessary to emphasize the role of confucius institutions around the world, through which a new path was opened for chinese cultural diplomacy and a platform was created for transmitting chinese culture to the world through language and philosophy. international communication in chinese is an important link contributing to the development and progress of china, strengthening the position of the celestial empire in the world community. this contributes to the strengthening of the "soft power" of china's business culture, and brings the position of the prc closer to the most important foreign economic partners. gastronomy and national cuisine of the country is an integral form of cultural diplomacy and a tool of "soft power". national cuisine transmits the history and culture of local food and drink to all the inhabitants of the planet. this is an important and economically profitable area of public diplomacy. chinese cuisine both carries extensive cultural information and is a visiting card and a bridge of cultural exchange between china and other countries. the culture of eating, accompanied by the rituals characteristic of chinese cuisine, inspires gastronomic taste, helps to win understanding, recognition and respect of foreign business partners. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 199 www.americanjournal.org numerous chinese restaurants, located in different countries on different continents, serve as the conductors of china's cultural diplomacy for the world community. largely due to the positive attitude towards chinese cuisine and gastronomy, the inhabitants of the planet form a general favorable impression of the culture of china, which affects the perception of the prc and the potential of its “soft power”. china's food culture, which conveys the traditional virtues and simple lifestyle of people from rural areas close to nature, simple and hearty home-cooked dishes, attracts not only the global gourmet audience, but also ordinary lovers of tasty and varied food. traditional values harmony and friendliness, diligence and thrift, indifference to wealth and fame, attachment to the family, as well as an emphasis on a healthy lifestyle are invariably present in chinese cuisine. through gastronomy and cuisine, the cultural identity of china is manifested, a positive image of the middle kingdom is formed, which is important for the “soft power” of global influence, including the field of business contacts. sports diplomacy is becoming an influential "soft power" in the modern global community, and a good image of national sport can not only enhance the "soft power" of national culture, but also strengthen the country's influence on its external environment through the audience of fans and admirers of sports talents. the prc has shown the ability to successfully operate in the field of international relations with the help of soft power tools, including sports and culture. it was after the 2008 olympics and the 2022 winter olympics that the inbound tourist flow to the celestial empire increased significantly, contributing to the growth in income of the chinese hospitality industry. china has shown itself to be an open country, striving to strengthen mutual understanding with the outside world. traditional chinese medicine as a "treasure of the nation" and its export potential. chinese president xi jinping described traditional chinese medicine (tcm) as "the precious wealth left to us by our ancestors", "the treasure of the chinese nation", "the key that opens the treasury of chinese culture" and "the embodiment of deep philosophical wisdom and the thousand-year-old concept of the health of the chinese nation and its practical experience." traditional medicine is an important tool of china's soft power. promoting the development of tcm abroad is associated with the study of chinese history and cultural traditions, the knowledge of ancient methods of treatment. this, undoubtedly, conveys the national cultural code beyond the borders of the prc, turning tcm into a kind of calling card of the celestial empire. with the implementation of the one belt, one road megaproject, the dissemination of the practice and methods of tcm abroad will receive excellent opportunities. tcm promotes the export of chinese culture products, promotes the involvement of the countries participating in the megaproject in the aura of foreign policy and foreign economic interests of the middle kingdom, creating an appropriate area for the purposeful use of "soft power". conclusion public diplomacy has become an increasingly popular topic in recent years both in scientific research in the field of international relations and in the discussions of political experts. the idea of a state's ability to achieve foreign policy goals through interaction with a foreign public is especially attractive to scientists and experts for several reasons. first, every year states can count less and less on the use of exclusively military means or economic resources to ensure their foreign policy interests due to the growing global interdependence, the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 200 www.americanjournal.org blurring of national borders, and the cultivation of humanistic and democratic values on a global scale. second, advances in technology have made it easier for the public to access and share information, which has increased the importance of which ideas, perspectives and discourses dominate the international information landscape. there is growing attention to the role of society and public opinion in the process of making political decisions, and accordingly, the importance of studying the concept, which implies the possibility of influencing the views of ordinary citizens in the presence of political motives, is also increasing. thus, public diplomacy remains a topical area of research. as already mentioned, the goal of cultural diplomacy is to strengthen the position of the state, as well as solve problems related to the country's foreign policy and economy. so on the example of china, we can draw the following conclusions: 1. the "soft power" of cultural diplomacy is an important element of china's foreign economic strategy aimed at gaining a stable position in the field of international economic relations. 2. the chinese language, national cuisine, sports and traditional medicine, being tools of china's "soft power" of influence on foreign audiences, still acquire additional opportunities for global dissemination by means of cultural diplomacy, which increases the export potential of these areas of activity. cultural diplomacy and its “soft power” tools turn out to be extremely effective forms of political and economic interaction with a not always friendly external environment. list of used literature 1. cummings m. cultural diplomacy and the united states government: a survey. wash., 2003. 2. goff p.m. cultural diplomacy // the oxford handbook of modern diplomacy. oxf., 2013. 3. leonard m. diplomacy by other means // foreign policy, 132. 2002. 4. nye j.s. bound to lead: the changing nature of american power. – new york: basic books, 1990. – 336 p. 5. pogorletsky a.i. “soft power” and russia's export potential in non-resource sectors of the economy // mirovaya ekonomika i mezhdunarodnye otnosheniya. 2021. no. 3. p. 102-110. – doi: 10.20542/0131-2227-2021-65-3-102-110 . 6. pogorletsky a.i., dai s. experience of development and prospects for cooperation between china and russia in the sphere of creative economy // questions of innovation economy. 2020. no. 2. p. 757-772. – doi: 10.18334/vinec.10.2.100928. 7. tsvetkova n.a. us public diplomacy. public diplomacy of foreign countries: textbook. ed. panova a.n., lebedeva o.v. moscow, aspect-press, 2018, pp. 8. 邱凌 [qiu ling] 解析软实力与公共关系的关系 [analyzing the relationship between soft power and public relations] // 现代传播 [modern communication]. – 2009. – № 2. – p. 146. 9. 文化及相关产业分类 中国国家统计局 [classification of cultural and related industries]. – beijing: state statistical office of the peopleʼs republic of china, 2018. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org factors of the development of socio-cultural competence of history teachers khayitboy khujamov senior teacher, samarkand state architecture and construction university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article focuses on the relevance of the professional development of personnel, the professional and pedagogical skills of teachershistorians, the essence and significance of socio-cultural competence. it also highlights topical issues of the development of socio-cultural competence of history teachers in the process of advanced training. advanced training, state, society, sociocultural competence, person, values, intercultural communication. introduction the encyclopedia of pedagogy defines the term professional development as follows: "advanced training and retraining is one of the types of continuous education, the process of updating and deepening the professional knowledge and skills of specialists and managers working in all industries. provides competitive quality of personnel and the level of knowledge and skills that meet modern requirements. advanced training and retraining is a process of scientific theoretical and practical training of each employee, consisting of familiarization with the latest scientific achievements, innovations in their field, their development, new methods of work, study of best practices…" [4]. in recent years, a number of measures have been taken to improve the qualifications of historians. in particular, highly effective, modern education and innovative technologies, as well as advanced foreign experience, are widely introduced into the educational process. plans, programs and learning styles have been updated accordingly. literature review today's reforms require teachers to acquire modern knowledge, further improve their professional and pedagogical skills, and master the mechanisms of effective organization of pedagogical activity. in the process of large-scale transformations, the development of one's knowledge, pedagogical skills, professional and socio-cultural competence in the process of training, retraining and advanced training of specialists who meet the highest moral and ethical requirements for the socio-humanitarian sphere is one of the urgent tasks of today. the issues of improving the system of advanced training, professional retraining of teachers, stratification of the educational process in the system of teacher training, improving the management of the quality of education were studied by: yu.asadov, a.ibragimov, k.zaripov, sh.mardonov, r.choriev, a.andreev, s. dochkin, v. shadrikov, zh. n. nishonov, o. abdukuddusov, m. a. yuldashev and others. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org in the context of the philosophical understanding of sociocultural competence, a number of important principles are noted: the psychological mobility and sociality of the personality, its social flexibility and cultural tolerance (a. flier), readiness for sociocultural activities, formed values, readiness for communication (d. sadokhin), the ability to understand social the concept of activity (y. baghdasaryan, g. panina), the ability of a person to adapt and integrate into society (o. astafieva, o. zakharova) [2]. properly organized educational activities in the field of advanced training can increase the confidence of teachers in the future, comprehend life events, and contribute to their unification on the basis of universal values. it increases professional and social mobility, helps to determine for oneself the meaning of life, one's place in society, human and civic obligations [5]. the process of advanced training equips students with the latest innovations, develops their professional and personal qualities, professional training at the level of modern requirements, supplements existing knowledge with modern innovations in education, methodically directs them to a systematic improvement of professional skills, develops new principles and modern methods of organizing the educational process. methodology & empirical analysis the concept of "competence" (from the latin "competere" means "to conform") has the following meanings: the word "competence" in the broadest sense means the ability to apply existing knowledge and skills in practical experience in solving general or specific complex problems. professional competence is the ability to effectively apply knowledge and skills in practical experience in solving problems related to professional activities. competence is a sign of activity leading to the expected result. it is the product of knowledge and the expert's ability to put it into practice. competence differs from knowledge in that a task cannot be defined or assessed without practice. qualification is an important criterion of competence, which is manifested as a result of repeated application in various situations, as well as in problem situations. one of the basic competencies of a teacher is socio-cultural competence. the basis of socio-cultural competence is knowledge of the social culture of society, priority spiritual and moral rules, forms and methods of interpersonal communication [3]. socio-cultural competence includes the spiritual and moral foundations of the life of various peoples and people, socio-cultural orientations, national and universal culture, science and religion in human culture, the foundations of the family, social phenomena and traditions. results in our opinion, sociocultural competence includes a person and society, the place of a person in nature and society, the rich history of the country, customs, values, rituals and other national and cultural characteristics, as well as the history of other peoples and nations, knowledge of specific established traditions, values, past people; self-respect and respect for others, self-esteem, kindness, initiative, patience, perseverance in dealing with others; establish friendly relations with representatives of other nations, sincerely communicate with them, receive representatives of different nations and peoples, listen to them, feel their inner spiritual experiences; maintain relations of interethnic harmony and interreligious solidarity based on tolerance; not to lose one's identity in any socio-economic conditions, to develop the ability to enter into the principles of universal moral culture, the moral code, compliance with norms, intercultural everyday and professional communication. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org m. kholmatova writes: “the spiritual image of a person, his appearance, behavior are reflected in the culture of communication. he expresses his feelings, inner feelings, dreams and hopes in the process of communication. the development in oneself of such social qualities as openness, the rule of law, human rights, respect for representatives of different nationalities and peaceful coexistence with them, tolerance, a critical assessment of reality, respect for oneself and others, the preservation of national values, traditions and customs, a sense of loyalty should be deeply grafted. contribution to the formation of the foundations of a healthy lifestyle among young people, their formation as a comprehensively mature personality can be characterized as important aspects of the sociocultural competence of a historian-teacher. according to e. seitkhalilov and m. stolyarenko, the professional and pedagogical skills of a modern historian-teacher should include the following knowledge, skills and abilities [5]: a highly spiritual and moral worldview for the student, allowing him to know the characteristics of the individual; motivation for a conscious approach to one's profession as a creative process; the volume (system) of knowledge, skills and abilities that allow purposefully organize and manage the pedagogical process; creative-genetic ability, which allows to conduct a multifaceted pedagogical process on a scientific basis. conclusions for a specialist historian who aims to improve pedagogical, methodological knowledge, improve the technical and professional skills of historians, study the needs of the state and society in new directions in the field of history in the theoretical, educational process, their application in practice is a certain form of formal education [1] . in the process of advanced training, historians and teachers learn to apply their theoretical knowledge in practice, fill in the gaps in their knowledge of history, interact with professors and other colleagues of the advanced training institute, exchange experience, make joint decisions and work creatively, prepare the necessary methodological materials for implementation, try to defend and substantiate their views. therefore, the process of professional development plays an important role in the development of the sociocultural competence of historians and teachers. refresher courses are aimed at the comprehensive professional development of history teachers, first of all, professional competencies and skills of teachers of regional advanced training departments. therefore, every historian-teacher should feel the relevance and responsibility of the advanced training system in improving the content and quality of education. references: 1. qahramonovich h. n. worthy descendants of the samarkandians: enlighteners jadids //world bulletin of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 13. – с. 37-40. 2. rizaev, i. i. (2019). the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society. scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 1(7), 190-195. 3. usmonov f. problems of modern computer ethics //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 6. – с. 26-32. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org 4. сафаров, а. и., & ризаев, и. и. (2021). этапы самоорганизации социальной системы. in в поисках социальной истины (pp. 237-242). 5. тураев б. борлиқ: моҳияти, шакллари, хусусияти //т.: фалсафа ва ҳуқуқ. – 2011. 6. alikulov, s. a., & rizaev, i. i. (2020). methodological problems of research of social systems. theoretical & applied science, (2), 717-720. 7. azimov s. b., mamarahimov k. k. perspectives for ethnicity and aesthetics in youth economic activity //isj theoretical & applied science, 05 (85). – 2020. – с. 826-829. 8. зиётова а. э., бозоров э. махалля как основа местного самоуправления //экономика и социум. – 2019. – №. 4 (59). – с. 339-342. 9. mardonov r. philosophical aspects of modern education //conferencea. – 2021. – с. 15-17. 10. сафаров а. и., ризаев и. и. зеленое строительство: преимущества и недостатки //зеленая экономика: курс на устойчивое развитие в современных условиях. – 2022. – с. 416-421. 11. muhammadiev, kh. potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times / kh. muhammadiev // . – 2022. – no. 3(107). – p. 12. кулдашев а. т. теоретическо-методологические задачи управления глобальной экологической политикой //вопросы гуманитарных наук. – 2013. – №. 3. – с. 60-62. 13. саматов х. у. парадигмальная сущность социально-экономической системы узбекистана //парадигма современной науки в условиях модернизации и инновационного развития научной мысли: теория и практика. – 2022. – с. 406-408. 14. xaltuxtashevich m. k. libraries are the cradle of culture //web of scientist: international scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 678-681. 15. ziyotova a. ёшларида фуқаролик масъулиятини шакллантириш–устувор вазифа //science and innovation. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. b7. – с. 1144-1147. 16. ризаев, и. и., омонтурдиев, о. г., сафаров, а. и., & ризаев ии, о. о. (2022). коэволюционное развитие самоорганизации: взаимосвязь стабильности и нестабильности в социальной системе. человек. знак. техника: ii междунар. междисциплинар. молодеж. форум:[сб. ст.].-текст: электронный.-текст: электронный.-2022. 17. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. spiritual maturity and philosophical thinking dependence of development //isj theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – т. 4. – №. 84. – с. 164-167. 18. gafforovich o. o. values as a certain normative category //european scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 28-32. 19. эргашев и. и. пути совершенствования инвестиции маркетинга //интеграция наук. – 2017. – №. 6. – с. 123-125. 20. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. инновационное развитие узбекистана: вызовы и решения. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org during world war ii training of military personnel (on the example of the chirchik high tank command engineering academy) xolmatov habibulla xamidullayevich chirchiq oliy tank qo‘mondonlik muhandislik bilim yurti gumanitar fanlar kafedrasi dotsenti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is well-known that our people's contribution to the great victory has not yet been fully studied, but in the years that followed, a huge amount of work began to be done in this direction. in particular, it was possible to study previously confidential archive documents, materials not known to the scientific community. cooperation with archive organizations, museums and funds, historians and experts, and the governing body has been strengthened in this regard. scientific research has published very important new information about the participation of our people in world war ii and our heroic ancestors. they are currently widely media, in books and albums. victory, secret, archive documents, scientific community, former union, archive organizations, museum, fund, historian, expert, community, world war ii, our heroic ancestors, the media. introduction the start of the war was especially painful, tragic. generally speaking, world war ii brought unprecedented calamities to our people, just as it did all over the world. in it, the uzbek people also made great sacrifices. more than half a million of our nearly two million brothers and sisters who went to war from our country have died. the fascist german army, which suddenly invaded the soil of the ussr, quickly enters the country even because they had the upper hand in the early days. the war began in extremely poor conditions. failures in the early stages are not random, the reasons for this go to objective and subjective factors. the most important reason was that the fate of the country and the people depended on the will of the only one, joseph stalin. stalin mistakenly assesses the situation and reaches flawed conclusions on the issue of soviet-german relations, resulting in the preparation of political and military intelligence for an enemy attack, ignoring the time of the attack, the composition of germany, its allies' army, and the information he has provided about his weapons. at the same time, mistakes made in employing forces and tools in the western military district also had a negative impact: it was on the eve of the war that it was delayed to bring divisions to a state of combat readiership. this was also caused by the destruction of the composition of highly qualified commanders by stalin. of the army's officers, 40,000 were victims of the massacre, and thousands of public officials and leadership personnel were also subjected to the massacre. it could not have affected the country's economy, including the defense industry. at the end of the day, the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org most important types of combat equipment in the country fell to a critical level. the rearming of the army at the time of the war had not yet been completed. nevertheless, the whole country became the only body in the fight against fascism. currently, the chirchik high tank command engineering academy, which is preparing qualified officers for the armed forces of our independent country, is considered the most advanced facility in our country, and its graduates work in high positions as qualified military personnel not only in central asia but also in the countries of the commonwealth of independent states. world war ii played a special role in the history of the high tank command engineering academy. this military training facility was originally established as a hiking course in novgorod, nizhny, and was later transferred to kharkov, ukraine, and named after the 1st kharkov bronetank school. in accordance with the order of the soviet union of people's commissioners on june 25, 1941, highlevel cursors from military schools approve a plan to graduate from high school cursors within a month, second-grade cursors within three months, and graduate from the first phase cursors within a year and send them to the front lines. at the same time, a review of the training plans was approved and a plan was approved to introduce officer delivery courses for a short period of time. by the end of 1941, 534,5,000 people were trained in military training courses and training courses for junior commanders [1]. however, this figure would not meet the demand for officer-personnel. by the end of this year, almost 73% of the red army's commanders were destroyed by the enemy, and the troops were relentlessly retreating. by 1942, 16 infantry soldiers, 8 pulemyotist military schools were established, and courses were opened to prepare vzvod commanders in 10 military districts and 2 backup fronts. by the second half of 1941, 192,000 commanders who had graduated from military schools and various courses were thrown into front lines. by 1942, the total number was 564,000 [2]. the soviet army received officers with the ability to take part in military action during the early days of the war. a change in the landscape of combat weapons and military action has made new demands for the contents of the officers being drafted [3]. by 1943, training courses in 250 military schools, including more than 200 officers, provided personnel for the front lines in various specialties. during that time, 360,000 officers were trained in these centers for the soviet army, of whom 12,5,000 were those who graduated from the academy of troops on land [4]. in all, during world war ii, 31 existing universities, 220 universities and more than 200 different courses in the soviet union delivered staffing from more than 2 million officers. in august 1945, a report by the defense people's commissioner's office stated: "we ended the war not with a shortage of officer personnel, but with large reserves ranging from the commander of the vzvod to the part of the red army general"[1]. on june 30, 1941, the council of people's commissioners of the ussr adopted a directive from the department of military education to reduce the educational process in the country's universities to a military footprint. according to him, the educational process in civil universities has been reduced, and classes will begin on july 1. the study period in higher education was 1-2 years. only in medical universities, this period was 3 years. students of the faculty of engineering and command graduated from high school without state exams, according to the 1941 genshtab directive. in the early days of july 1941, the study period in land troops, tanks, cavaliers, automotive, motorcycle, and intendant education was set at 6 months. all 7th graders of high school education could be accepted to study in the academic country. the study period in artillery, tankotechnics, engineering, communications, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org chemicals, and topography was 9 months, and for medical and veterinary professionals, it was 1 year [3]. the duration of their studies in military-political schools has been changed several times. in the first years of the war, there were 6-8 months in academies, 4-6 months in academic institutions, and 2 months to 6 months in officer content improvement courses. from the early days of the war, the red army command began to pay special attention to the work of perfecting and rearming bronetank troops. since august 1941, the network of educational institutions supplied by tanker officers has been expanded. at the end of the first period of the war, more than 20 tank schools and several short courses were operating in the country. on the front line to expanding the composition of officer tankers, this category was the fact that military personnel were making a lot of sacrifice. as a result, new branches of bronetank troops were created. in an effort to increase the combat capabilities of bronetank troops, on october 9, 1941, at the behest of the people's commissioner of defense, officer personnel were trained under the command of crews of light, medium and heavy tanks. in june 1942, under an order issued, officers were appointed to mechanical-driver positions in heavy tanks. this would require increasing the number of listeners to be taken to tank academic institutions. the number of officers who graduated from the tank school in 1942 increased by 4 times in 1941, and the duration of their studies in schools was reduced to six months, and in may 1942 the school term was set at 8 months. on june 22, 1941, at a rally at kharkov bronetank school, the personal composition of the academic country demonstrated their readiness to go to war with unity. in the name of the country of knowledge command and the political department, hundreds of applications will be received asking them to immediately be sent to the front lines. one of the earlier days of july is given a signal of a combat meeting in the academic country. the head of the country of knowledge, colonel boris vasilyevich delakov, speaks before personal content and announces the formation of a striking battalion to help troops fighting on the front lines at the institution. many of the cursors express a desire to be part of it. as a result, an early graduation event will be held in the academic country. among the 252 graduate commanders and tankers was georgian lyubar, commander of the attacking vzvod. major grishin was appointed commander of the zarbdor battalion, and shinkarenko was appointed commissioner of the battalion. after the meetings, the striking battalion was armed with the recently developed t-34 and kv tanks and sent to the western front to defend moscow [1]. news of the red army's successive defeats on the front lines and the withdrawal of large cities by handing over to the enemy failed to bury the will of the people. in september 1941, when it was reported that enemy troops were approaching kharkov, the people of the city were involved in digging trenches, making tyres, and evacuating industrial facilities to the inner parts of the country so that enemy equipment could not pass. kharkov bronetank academic country's personal composition stood on the defensive line near the burun station and the village of mikhailov and, together with cursors from the infantry academic country, fought against german-fascist invaders. in this battle, the academic country loses 30 percent of its cursors. according to the order of the red army command and the directive of the kharkov military command on september 22, 1941, it was decided to move the academic country to central asia . and the front line situation was demanding that even more commander-in-chief-tankers be sent there. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 171 www.americanjournal.org land of knowledge handed over its defensive line to other troops and began to leave kharkov on october 2 [1]. the land of knowledge traveled 360 km until it reached the railway station. personal content first reaches baku and krasnovodsk, then uzbekistan, and the city of chirchik. despite the difficulty of moving the personal composition of the land of knowledge, not a minute will stop training. classes were also carried out at the station, open area and wagons. no matter how difficult the conditions were, work was under way to prepare the necessary specialists for the front lines without wasted time. on november 15, 1941, as the composition of the kharkov tank academy (2,535 cursors, 221 red soldiers, 203 junior commanders, 310 middle and senior commanders) entered the city of chirchik, the townspeople welcomed them and helped closely locate the personal content of the academic country. cursors are placed in buildings where military personnel lived in the sapyors, who rebelled against the politics of the russian empire in 1912. the lack of bedrooms and classrooms for them has not interrupted the learning process, with classes being conducted in a field setting and cursors living in tents. together with commander-in-chief tankers, 30-day courses were also organized in the country of knowledge preparing political leaders for national combat engagements. political leaders of 14 national troops organized during the war years in the country were trained and sent to the front lines at these courses. until january 1942, with the guidance of the government of uzbekistan, more than 200 political department commanders completed these courses and joined national cavalry divisions and shooter brigades formed in the country fighting on the front lines. since 1942, the number of cursors enrolled in the academic country has increased, and requirements have increased. more than a third of the received cursors were derived from tank parts and militarytechnical units. the training of the cursors was overseen by qualified officers. officers who participated in military operations, had combat experience, were wounded on the front lines, and were not eligible for the combat ranks were sent from the front lines to the academic country. tankodrom, special classrooms and laboratories were equipped in the area of the academic country for training. the police station next to the land of knowledge was used effectively. at night, classes were held at the tankodrome, and the sound of the zambaraks reached far and near. cursors were tucked into training based on the combat experiences needed on the front lines. experienced commanders led the process of training and training cursors: the head of the academic country, colonel b.v. delakov, the commissioner of the academic country manilis, the head of the socio-economic cycle, commissioner platov, the head of the education department, colonel d.n. sokolov, and others. cursors were educated in such subjects as communist party history, tactics, topography, engineering, chemical protection, the structure of combat machinery and weapons, radio engineering, the theory of fire, regulations, and line preparation. the focus was mainly on firing from tank weapons and physical training. after the land of knowledge was moved to uzbekistan, it recovered within a short time, according to the guards of the central asian military command, which inspected the academic country in january 1942. since 1942, the tuition period has been reduced again. the commanders and teachers were tasked with preparing graduates every 10 months. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 172 www.americanjournal.org final results of 1942 graduates [5] mutahasis-ligi byyicha tayorarlik 1 9 4 2 ž am i b it ir u v ch il ar i bitiruvchilar orasidan idka harbiy hizmatidan ўқишга қабул қилинишига қадар маълумоти taйёrgar character daražasi yakuniy bitirish baholari. id k a х и зм ат қ и л га н л ар ё ш ф у қ ар о л ар o li y ў р та t u g al la m ag a n t u rt a са в о д си з t ay ö rg ar li k n i k o n g li қ ай та та ёр га р л и к аъ л о ях ш и k o n -l i қ о н -с и з lieutenant 1612 507 1105 113 792 686 21 1424 18 388 1244 2nd rank technician 69 10 59 58 11 69 23 46 kichik lieutenant 911 417 494 68 311 479 43 737 174 86 2 283 kichik komandirlar 9 2 7 1 2 5 1 3 6 9 jami: 2601 936 1665 182 1173 1181 65 2233 368 197 1272 823 letters sent from the front lines, especially from graduates of the academic institution, were of great importance in educating cursors. on top of such letters, the following words would usually be written: "preserve and multiply the military traditions of the land of knowledge." these words had become the motto of each cursor. in these letters, young officers would talk about their combat path and give cursors the advice they needed. at the same time, they also approached the teachers to show them what to focus on. letters sent from the front lines were published as a giant newspaper in the academic country, which in its place called on cursors to be educated in a spirit of patriotism and to remain in the custody of god until the last remains of his life. for example, letters sent by graduates of the academic institution drapolyuk, mogilevsky, pogarsky stated that graduates of the academic country are heroically fighting in battles and that the service of commanders and teachers of the academic country is great when they are perfectly involved in military service [1]. in one of these letters, you can quote the following words: "fellow cursors! we want to call you this way: perfectly master the art of tank warfare, diligently study the experiences of warfare, learn to lead people in battle, once you reach the front lines, you will be given the lives of people in addition to expensive equipment, which is the most precious thing in your hands. we need to learn to work with people.' in battles on the outskirts of moscow, a battalion of cursors led by major grishin fought heroically against the fascist army. vzvod commanders lyubchenko, lysenko, bokovikov, and kuzmincommanded tank crews fought well. a graduate of the land of science, lieutenant g. lyubar set an example, especially for tankers. in one battle alone, 8 german tanks, 2 balls, 7 cars and more than 50 german soldiers were destroyed by his unit. such victories in the battle would build confidence in themselves and victory in the hearts of tankers. thereafter, g. lyubar was appointed commander of the route [1]. when the enemy is thrown out of the moscow thresholds, the unit is sent to the leningrad defense. they will continue their military activities until they reach berlin and be awarded many military orders and medals. lyubar g. enriched the military traditions of the land of knowledge and served as a podpolkovnik. the good news about the frontline bravery of their tankmates was greeted with great joy by the cursors of the land of knowledge. for example, the crew of lt. govza was told about the bravery of the war: the crew of lieutenant gudza hurriedly hurriedly tossed into the area where the battle was raging to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 173 www.americanjournal.org help the infantry troops who remained in a difficult situation. then 18 enemy tanks will appear along their way. 18 enemy tanks go on the offensive against our tank alone. in such a difficult situation, the confused lt. gov. goodza orders his crew to proceed to the attack. one by one, his crew begins to destroy enemy tanks. enemy troops withdraw as relief troops arrive at the goodza crew. lieutenant gudza's crew is believed to have destroyed 10 enemy tanks in the battle. later, the same heroism is echoed by lieutenant hassanov, a graduate of the academic country. he is attacked and won against 18 enemy tanks in his kv russian heavy tank [1]. at that time, front sheets issued by the chief political administration told the story of the courage of lieutenant a.i.umnikov, another graduate of the academic country. he commanded the kv russian heavy tanks, in the kotelnikov district near stalingrad, he narrowly defeated the enemy's artillery overnight with 3 tanks, while destroying the headquarters of the 11th tank division of the nazis, seizing important secret documents from there and destroying 45 enemy bronetransporters, 150 vehicles and biting 500 german soldiers on the ground. for the courage he showed in the battle, a.i.umnikov was awarded the hero of the soviet union [6]. the attention of those who entered the museum, which was organized in the land of knowledge and represents its military glory and history, will inadvertently fall to the stage of a battle dedicated to the memory of lieutenant valdemar sergeyevich shalandin, a graduate of the school who showed heroism in the battles on the kursk thresholds. following in the footsteps of his father, in 1942, at the age of 18, he enrolled in the school and graduated from high school this year alone. valdemar's letter to the dear academic country from the front lines stated: "we have been privileged to serve in the army, and i assure you that we, graduates of the military academy of tashkent, will honor such a name and elevate the title of guards. i swear to fight cruelly against the german-fascist invaders and to consider the military traditions of the land of knowledge sacred and increase them!" on july 6, 1943, valdemar shalandin was entrusted with the responsibility of protecting the strategically significant hill from the enemy, not bringing the enemy closer to the village of yakovlevo. after that, the tankers arrive at the hill and cover up their tanks so that the enemy does not feel it. this place was very convenient for opening fire, and maneuvers with tanks were also easy to carry out. in addition, it was clear that enemy tanks could only pass through this place, and therefore the enemy would try to seize the place anyway. the soldiers knew that there would be a very fierce battle ahead. a fierce battle broke out. at first, several enemy aircraft appeared in the battlefield sky, but went inside the front lines, ignoring several soviet tanks on the hill. a little later, a group of enemy bomber aircraft appeared and bombarded the areas where lieutenant shalandin vzvodi was staying. thereafter, 70 "tigris" russian tanks and more than 100 mechanized parts of the enemy began to shoot down the area occupied by lieutenant shalandin. at that point, 10 enemy tanks began to walk towards hill 245. they were followed by an enemy automated battalion. at that time, shalandin and the nearby tank commander, lieutenant colonel sokolov (he is also a graduate of our country of knowledge), opened fire at the same time and removed two enemy tanks from the ranks. the guard honorably fulfilled its duty by fighting the enemy until lt. shalandin's last remains of his death. he died heroic in an unequal battle with the enemy. valdemar shalandin is buried on the 245th hill, which he defended. on january 10, 1944, by the decree of the supreme soviet, lt. col. valdemar shalandin was given the title of hero of the soviet union [6]. news of lieutenant v.s. shalandin's heroism arrived in tashkent, from there to the school and academic country where shalandin studied. the personal composition of the entire academic country american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 174 www.americanjournal.org was initiated by the soviet defense department to include lieutenant v.s. shalandin in the ranks of cursors of the academic country forever. in accordance with the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev has issued a decree no. 4495 of october 23, 2019. for more information, please contact the treasurer's office by writing to the address noted above or by telephoning (718) 560 7500. among the graduates of the academic institution were many who received high state awards. they are general b.v. kursev, former lecturer of the academic country dudarov, khokhlov, berezin, lixachev, twice hero of the soviet union, army general beloborodov, divisional commander, general v.a. bochkovsky and others. the frontline heroes of graduates of the land of knowledge were told in many front-line and central newspapers, as well as on special distribution sheets. one such newspaper tells the story of v.a. bochkovsky, commander of the tank route on the kaliningrad front. the author of this article, y.jukov, relates: "the route commanded by v.a. bochkovsky on orel-kursk hill is given a combat mission not to include the nazis in the village of yakovlevsk for a month. the nazis surround and attack from all sides. in the early morning of july 7, fighting broke out. there were only five military cars left under bochkovsky. nevertheless, the tankers stood on the enemy's path as if it were a fortified wall. in a twoday life-long battle, bochkovsky's fighters destroyed 35 fascist tanks, most of which the germans believed were russian tanks called tigris. the warriors of the bochkovsky route honored the war task, even though they had made great sacrifices." in his article, y.jukov emphasized that v.a. bochkovsky was the commander of the most exemplary tank troops on the kaliningrad front and that the most responsible tasks were entrusting him, and that the troops he led liberated the city of colomna from the nazis. the conquering of this city provided a convenient opportunity for soviet troops to enter czechoslovakia. in this regard, rats are thrown several times in moscow in the name of bochkovsky, which was not an act that would be done for heroes for everyone [6]. l.s. chichin, a graduate of the academic country and commander of the brigade, also showed examples of heroism with his troops in the battles for orel-kursk. after graduating from the armed forces academy, l.s. chichin commanded the tank brigade on the kalinin front. in a battle near the city of orel, the brigade he commands briefly bites 40 of the enemy's tanks, 17 zambaragi, 1,400 soldiers and officers on the ground, striking them viciously. in 1943, colonel l.s. chichin was killed in a battle near the village of golubok in the orel region. in 1944, l.s. chichin was given the title of hero of the soviet union for his courage and heroism in the battle against german-fascist invaders. lieutenant g.m. stankevich, a graduate of the academic institution, was the first to enter gubets with his crew in battles in nazi germany. since the forces reaching them from behind are delayed, gemen stankevich hides his car in an empty cement hose. the location of the car was very convenient, with opportunities to open up a circular fire and shoot enemies from a pulemyot. although it had been three months since stankevich's crew entered the city, the fighting continued relentlessly. the relentless fighting not only made the warriors physically tired, but they were crushed spiritually. the reason for this is that there was a shortage of ammunition until the relief forces arrived. "none, we can stand," stankevich replied to his comrades. "we can stand and win," the words used to lift the hearts of the crew members. the commander used to require saving ammunition and firing precisely at the target. lieutenant stankevich and his crew fought against the enemy for five months, waiting for relief forces. during american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 175 www.americanjournal.org this time, stankevich and his crew pulled out 3 enemy self-propelled zambarak devices, 2 tanks, 4 heavy balls, 3 mines, and more than 200 soldiers. for these heroics, stankevich received a highly combative title [6]. in the land of knowledge, distribution brochuries entitled "letters from the battle of war" began to be published. former cursors who had graduated from high school shared their military experience in the fields of education with cursors studying in the academic country. through these letters, cursors in the land of knowledge were diligently instilled in them a strong sense of knowledge and loyalty to god. cursors from the land of knowledge reaching the front lines were proving their knowledge of the battles with blood. among the papers issued was a letter from captain maslovsky to his son just before he left to complete the combat mission. the following words in the letter bring the human body to an impasse: "alvido, my son! we will not meet again, i received a combat duty from the division commander an hour earlier. i know i'm not coming back alive from this task. my son, do not let your heart down and do not be upset. live with such pride all your life that do not be afraid to go to death even for that pride. not everyone has the privilege of dying for the fatherland. my military mission will decide the fate of leningrad, the most beautiful city in our country. that's why i try until i have the last breath left to do this task. it's not a refusal to do the task, i wanted to start doing it faster. waiting for the car that was supposed to pick us up, i was sorting out my things so i realized that a question that had shattered my mind was not asking me peace of mind. "what is the power itself that makes me do this task?" i know it's right to answer this question as follows: this is primarily the pride of mascuinity; when a boy is born, the people rejoice that he first defends his father, preserves the peace of the land, and does not give his father into the hands of the enemy. the purpose of me telling you these things is that i wanted you to know very well what your father was like and what rules he lived by. if you reach adulthood, you will understand it well, you will appreciate godly devotion, and you will preserve it like an eyeball!" captain maslovsky concluded his letter with these words. such brochures served as a great tool for educating cursors in a spirit of patriotism. the main goal of combat exercises and political training in the academic country was to provide highly qualified officer-tank personnel to the front lines. therefore, the emphasis was placed on the development of field training, tactics and shooting skills in cursors. in 1942, under the martial law and the field regulations issued in 1943, the training of officer-tank commanders and political commanders was applied to life by teachers [7]. these regulations are based on the experience of war, which outlined guidelines for crossing rivers without bridges and waging war against an enemy armed with weapons, as shown in the directive issued by the soviet defense department. studying these documents became the main task of the commander-in-chief preparation system of the country's officers. in order to take an artistic approach to combat experience and new charters, various meetings, seminars, conferences and conversations were held with the participation of officers, commanders, teachers during the curricula. these events usually ended with the issuance of recommendations, open classes and style manuals. in the second half of 1943, the academic term was extended. changes have been made to the system of appointing officers to positions. special attention was paid to the training of officer-tankers from war veterans and those with combat skills. among the commanders and teachers, there was an increase in war veterans who gained experience on the front lines. making the most of combat experiences and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 176 www.americanjournal.org modernizing the teaching style has improved the service of cursors in the bronetank army by raising the quality of the learning process. on november 16, 1943, the academic country welcomed its 25th anniversary wedding with special celebrations. in this regard, the personal composition of the academic country repaired all of the classrooms, polygons and tanks with their own forces. the personal composition of the land of knowledge carried out the tasks it had set before it with great maturity. for such hard work, 25 of the country's servants were awarded the highest orders and medals in the state on the 25th anniversary of the establishment of the academic country. news of the award of the land of knowledge spread throughout the armed forces, in which many letters of patience came to the academic country. in his letter, lieutenant-general šefiyev, commander of tank and mechanized troops at the voronezh front, congratulates the academic country and says of its graduates: "on the voronezh front, hundreds of officers and tankers who have completed the kharkov academy of sciences will serve, who will be distinguished from others by their ability to perfectly master the battle of modern tanks and carry out the combat tasks assigned to them." . in february 1943, in accordance with the decree of the supreme soviet of the ussr, the tashkent tank military academy was awarded the lenin medal at that time. lieutenant-general p.s. kurbatkin, commander of the central asian military command, will present the award at a solemn ceremony. for their heroism on the front lines of world war ii, 70 of the graduates of the academic country were awarded the hero of the soviet union. during world war ii, the academic country supplied more than 7,000 tankers and officers to the armed forces. mirsolih mira'zamov and shaʹdrach, meʹshach and a·bedʹne·go, the faithful children of the uzbek people, were sent from the front lines to study at the university during the war. mirsolih mira'zamov was serving in tank military units before the war broke out. from the early days of the war, mir·maʹah understood the pain, suffering, and calamity of war. m. mira'zamov took part in the liberation of kalach from the german-nazi invaders and in the battle of stalingrad and other territories. just in the spring of 18, 1941, shaʹdrach, meʹshach and a·bedʹne·go were thrown into the front lines with volunteers. still, in the battle, the brave and maturing guard was able to manifest itself as an intelligence man. three times shaʹdrach, meʹshach and a·bedʹne·go were awarded the red star medal. among the heroic graduates of the land of knowledge is jesus qlichevich sultanov. the young man, who is originally from dogiston, graduated from kharkov's academic country prematurely in august 1941 and participated in battles against the nazis in various military positions. since 1944, isa sultanov has served as commander of the 126th tank regiment of the 1st ukrainian front, the 4th tank army, and the 17th guards mechanized brigade of the 6th guard mechanized corps. in january 1944, in the attack operations, he personally destroyed one t-6 russian tank, two t-5 russian tanks, and 2 bronetransporters. as commander of the route, he crosses the oder river with his personal composition and occupies an important platsdarm for the attack. on january 28, 1944, at the recommendation of the commander of the regiment, jesus qlichevich sultanov was recommended for the title of hero of the soviet union, but he died heroically on february 1, 1945 [8]. on april 10, 1945, the supreme soviet prezidium awarded jesus qlichevich sultanov the title of hero of the soviet union after his death [9]. five of the graduates of the land of knowledge showed unprecedented examples of courage in world war ii, and at the behest of the ussr ministry of defense, they were listed as eternal military units: g.m. skleznev, v.s. shalandin, v.g. krayev, i.a. konorev, n.s. malyuga [6]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 177 www.americanjournal.org the academic country of war years was also actively involved in front-line assistance activities that flared up throughout the country. in an effort to help the front lines, the people of the country would provide funds in their savings, and workers and farmers would spend a few days working for free. in turn, at the expense of the proceeds from these events, equipment and weapons were purchased for the army. in april 1943, the academic country transferred its original money ($509923) to a tank colony being built in the military command of central asia. in may 1944, $805,000 (u.s.) was invested in the formation of a tank colony. in this regard, the chairman of the ussr state defense committee, stalin, expressed his gratitude to the personal composition of the academic country. during the war years, representatives of many central asian republics also studied at military schools and academies of the armed forces. by mid-1944, there were 39,551 in the country, 9,200 in tajikistan, and 9,723 in turkmenistan through military commissions. most of those sent from uzbekistan studied in our educational country. by the last years of the war, the requirements for cursors enrolled in the academic country were tightened again. it is noteworthy that in the academic country, special attention was paid to accepting cursors whose nationality was not russian, and additional russian language and physical training were conducted with them. in february 1944, according to the decree of the supreme soviet of the ussr, the award of the lenin medal to the tank military academy of sciences of that era was a recognition of the team's hard work, and he was handed over to the congregation at a solemn meeting dedicated to the ceremony by lieutenant-general p.s. kurbatkin, commander of the armies of the central asian military command. for their heroism on the front lines of world war ii, 78 of the graduates of the academic country were awarded the title of hero of the soviet union. during the war, the academic country supplied more than 7,000 tankers and officers to the armed forces. world war ii ended with the narrow defeat of nazi germany. all the suffering and losses of war had fallen upon the people. the triumphal end of five years of a hectic war raised high hopes for the future, enabling all energies to focus only on restoring a peaceful life, putting the economy on its feet, dealing with the consequences of war. list of available publications: 1. ismailov a., rizaev i., khachaturv a. tashkent tank. – tashkent: uzbekistan, 1990. – p.28 2. novlev a.m. kharbiy kadrlarni tayorlashda cpsu faoliyati, 153-bet 3. order of the nko of the ussr no. 0194 of 17.03.1942 4. tsamo, f. 158, op. 12819. d. 152, ll. 18, 32, 71, 119, 165 5. tsamo, f 60135, op, 35378, d. 3, l 26 st 6. tretyakov.v heroes of the soviet union pupils of the tashkent tank. tashkent: 1968 128 art. 7. the great patriotic war of the soviet union.1941-1945. a brief history, p.98 8. https://pamyat-naroda.ru/heroes/podvig-chelovek_nagrazhdenie 150031520/609ed 9. tsamo. fund 33. inventory 686046. storage unit 35. https://pamyat-naroda.ru/heroes/podvig-chelovek_nagrazhdenie american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org the i̇mpact of facebook on soci̇al, fami̇ly relati̇ons: palesti̇ni̇an fami̇ly perspecti̇ve wiam asafrah hebron university , palestine 22029025@students.hebron.edu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study aimed to know the positive and negative effects of facebook on the social and family relations of palestinian youth by measuring a number of variables, by asking a number of questions in a questionnaire published on social networking sites. it reached a number of 200 palestinian youth. the questionnaire as a tool for collecting data from the study sample, and this study belongs to the descriptive survey studies. the results of the study concluded that entertainment is the highest motive for a share of the motives for the study sample to use facebook, and then to keep up with political events firsthand, in addition to that more than half of the sample prefer to follow facebook in the evening period, finally, according to 66% of the respondents that facebook contributes in family breakdown. introduction the means of communication have evolved with a series of developments, starting with the invention of the printer by gutenberg, and then radio and television, leading to the invention of the computer during the past fifty years and the advent of the internet and social media platforms, which made a major qualitative leap in many areas, including the impact on societies, leading to the naming of this the era of the information age. [1], [2]this technical revolution did not pass on the people without making changes that included all levels and fields, and among the radical changes brought about by the accelerating technological revolution was in the level of social and family relations, and the change of the form of classic relationships to virtual relationships, and the change in the form and how to build ties and the social fabric, as it created platforms social communication is a new door in the framework of the formation of social relations, and it greatly affected them, whether from a positive or negative side.[3], [4] according to a [5] social media is a double-edged sword that has positive and negative effects on society and the family, and the arab family may be negatively affected more than others because arab societies are still not prepared to bear the consequences of technical development, and that there are dangers to social media on the role of the family, as it has become a partner in the process of socialization, and has an impact on dismantling family ties and changing patterns of social relations within the family and in society in general, and as a result of the effects of social media positive and negative together, as the study [6] showed that the use of facebook and twitter did not have a negative mailto:22029025@students.hebron.edu american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org impact on the one hand, the respondents complain about the family's use of facebook and twitter by about 70% of the sample size. social relations also occupy a wide space in the thinking of researchers and educators, as the social networking platforms that created relationships and a virtual space forced researchers to search for an answer to questions that are reflected in whether the spread of virtual relationships resulting from the use of the internet negatively affects traditional social relations in the future. or it may support and strengthen its links. [7] thus, the current study examines the impact of interactive media on social and family relations to find out the positive and negative effects of facebook on the social and family relations of the study sample, as social relations and ties are among the issues that receive great attention in societies. so this study seeks to reveal the role of interactive media in influencing social and family relations among palestinian youth. knowing the motives behind the palestinian youth's use of interactive media, and knowing the positive and negative effects of interactive media on the social and family relations of palestinian youth. significance of studying: the importance of this study stems primarily from the existence of a desire and motivation to study the impact of interactive media on social and family relations in light of its wide spread in palestine and the increase of its users on a daily basis, and to know the negative and positive effects left by interactive media platforms on social relations among palestinian youth.[8] a modern topic that deserves study, in addition to the interest of research centers in these studies. in addition, this study is of practical and scientific importance, as it opens new horizons for researchers in this field, and gives them a number of ratios and results that facilitate the research process, and can be used as a previous study to answer new questions in this field. theoretical framework and previous studies. symbolic interactionism theory. the origins of this theory go back to herbert plumer in 1937, who defines symbolic interaction as a distinctive feature of the interaction that occurs between individuals, and what makes this interaction distinctive is the response of individuals to each other with interpretation and interpretation and not being satisfied with an abstract response. the basic knowledge of symbolic interactionism is that people act on things based on what they mean to them, and these meanings are the products of social interaction in societies [8]–[12]-beliefs of individuals and others are considered one of the most important facts of daily social life, and they are built according to the meanings resulting from symbolic interaction. this theory is based on the definition that society is a system of meanings that are shared among people under what is called human activity, with the need to emphasize the fixed expectations and concepts produced by the theory. [13]–[17]the social and organic construction of facts takes place through symbolic interaction between people, whether they are individuals or groups.” in view of what came out of this theory, the researcher believes that the theory of symbolic interactionism can fall into the study, given that social media gives the individual new meanings, symbols and ideas, and explains to us the interaction that takes place between individuals through social media networks.[18]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org thus we can assume: ➢ there are statistically significant differences, at the significance level σ<0.05, between frequent use of facebook and increased awareness among young people. ➢ there are statistically significant differences, at the significance level σ < 0.05, between the frequent use of facebook and the strengthening of the bonds of relations with those who are far away. ➢ there are statistically significant differences at the significance level σ < 0.05, between frequent use of facebook and escaping from family problems. previous studies most studies and researchers confirm that social networking sites negatively affect family relationships and ties, and this is by canceling the role of the family in discussion and exchanging ideas and opinions and replacing it with another hypothetical domain represented in social networking sites, especially facebook, which is now preoccupied with the exchange of ideas and opinions, as this has led this is to extract the role of the family in guidance and counseling. accordingly, the study of salloum et al., (2017)entitled: "the impact of social networking sites on family relations a field study on a sample of families in the province of medea", this study was conducted by mustafa sahari and khaireddine bouhda in 2017, and was applied in algeria on a sample of families in the province of medea divided into 4 urban districts: medea, al-barwakia, bani suleiman, and al-sawaqi, with 300 females from these areas, between the ages of 15 and 45 years. tidal families, and the two researchers relied on the descriptive approach in the study, and used the questionnaire as a tool in data collection, and reached a number of results, the most important of which were: the most important negative effects of social networking sites from the point of view of the sample is that it leads to isolation from the family, as the percentage reached 38%, followed by feeling anxiety with a percentage of 34.6%, followed by addiction to the internet with a percentage of 16.6%. in addition, addiction to social networking sites leads to a feeling of alienation, and this also leads to negative addiction to social networking sites, as this type of addiction is associated with a decrease in social interaction at home as well as a decrease in a better psychological presence, which increases depression, isolation and nervousness, which leads to it makes the individual separate from himself and from the real reality. the study of, amin, rezaei and abolghasemi, (2014): "the use of social networking sites and its impact on family relations", was conducted in 2018. the study population consisted of 44 individuals. the study aimed to identify the habits and patterns of the university professor browsing social networking sites and to know the impact that social networking sites have on the university professor’s communication with his family. the study relied on the analytical descriptive approach. the university professor browses social networking sites for long hours and at unspecified times. the university professor browses social networking sites to satisfy his social needs, which is to communicate with family and friends.[21] the university professor's use of social networking sites does not affect his relationships with his family members, but rather helps him communicate with them directly and indirectly. and references to the study of [22] entitled: “the use of social networking sites and its impact on social relations,” “facebook and twitter as a model.” and the motives that led to the female students’ use of the facebook and twitter websites, as well as knowing the nature of this association and revealing its effects and ways to prevent its disadvantages. social is used to express and express opinion on certain topics, to communicate with family and distant relatives, and to extend the bonds of friendship between friends.[23]–[25] from the foregoing, it was found that most of the previous american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org studies focused on studying the positive and negative effects of social media on social and family relations, and the motives behind the use of these means. social media and its negative and positive effects have come to affect a large number of its users and the environment around them.[26], [27]. social and family relationships social and family relations are considered a form of social interaction between two or more parties, so that each of the parties has an image of the other, which affects the judgment of each of them on the other, whether positively or negatively.[8] among the forms of these relations are family ties, fellowship, friends, and kinship, and acquaintances. social relations are classified according to a number of criteria and their classifications differ from one thinker to another. primary relations are also characterized by strength, cohesion and cooperation and prevail within small groups (primary groups) in which the focus is a grammar rather than an ego, which indicates the strength of belonging to the group, attachment to it and loyalty. she has.[28]–[30] add to prevails within the secondary groups, which are those groups that are characterized by large size, weak direct personal relations, and the dominance of formal and contractual relations, such as the relations that govern institutions, associations, etc. complex and heterogeneous, in which solidarity is called organic solidarity, while he sees that simple societies are dominated by mechanical solidarity and enjoy coherent, strong and homogeneous social relations.[25], [31]. facebook with family relationships facebook is the most popular and indispensable social network, which is preferred by many people, moreover, it can be used on many devices such as computers, tablets and mobile devices, all information about facebook that has many features such as finding friends who have not being seen for years, connecting with your surroundings at any time, facebook is definitely a social networking site apart, because there is something for everyone in this one-stop-shop that caters to people of all ages, from all walks of life and from all educational backgrounds. many people are actively using it through simple use and update. [29]as facebook affects the interaction of the individual with others, by spending a long time on facebook and decreasing his interaction with individuals who are in his real surroundings, and studies have shown that facebook caused a lot of family problems that eventually reached the collapse of many relationships, as facebook is considered one of applications that pose a threat to the privacy of individuals, through the possibility of using images posted on individuals’ pages or exploiting them for dangerous purposes, and the possibility of accessing the individual’s personal information.[32], [33]. research approach the knowledge and study of phenomena and their characteristics is one of the topics that require a description of these phenomena and identification of their characteristics, and these phenomena are often studied through descriptive studies because it fits with the nature of these topics, including the study of situations, events and individuals and identifying the factors behind those events and situations, to reach for a better and more accurate understanding.[34], [35] where the study followed the quantitative approach in reaching the objectives of the study, and the study sample consisted of palestinian youth, represented by 200 individuals from different regions of the west bank. while their age groups varied, the largest percentage was for the category between (18-23 years), at a rate of 82%, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org i.e. more than two-thirds of the sample, followed by the category between (23-28 years), at a rate of 12.5%, while the category (more than 28 years) took the percentage is 4.5%, and the category with the lowest share is the category under 18 years of age at 1%. the sample of the study varied in its level of education, and the largest percentage was in favor of bachelor’s students, who scored 82.5%, with 165 respondents, and in the second place were high school certificate holders with 9%, followed by diplomas with 5.5%, and postgraduate studies with 2%. and 1% answered otherwise. with regard to the place of residence, about half of the sample lived in cities, as the percentage of those living in the city reached 48.5% of the sample, followed by villages at 30.5%, then towns at 17.5%, and the least fortunate were camps at 3.5%. discuss the results to find out the habits of following facebook, a number of questions were asked, and frequencies and percentages were extracted to reach a conclusion about the habits of follow-up, in terms of measuring the impact of interactive media on social and family relations among palestinian youth. this axis presents the results related to the second question of the study, which was as follows: what are the motives behind the palestinian youth's use of interactive media? table (1) most followed content for you repetition % motivation 83 41.5% keep abreast of political events 56 28% formation of social relationships 81 40.5% family communication 17 8.5% economic goals 138 69% entertainment 52 26% otherwise 427 213.5% total summation this table presents the results of the motives for the use of facebook by the study sample, in which the sample members could choose more than one motive, and the largest share was for the entertainment motive by 69%, due to the nature of facebook. the percentage of family members is 40.5%, and the formation of social relationships is 28%. this is due to the fact that facebook is a social platform that provides its users with the ability to communicate, interact and form a network of social relationships, while the lowest share was for economic goals, as it did not exceed 10%, and about 26% of the sample. their motives were different. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org the third axis: measuring the negative and positive effects of facebook on social and family relationships. 1: negative influences. table (2): shows the negative effects of facebook on social and family relationships. this table measures a number of negative effects of facebook on the respondents and answers the main research question the role of interactive media in affecting social and family relations among palestinian youth, and part of the third question, which is the negative effects of facebook on social and family relations from the perspective of the study sample. we find through the table that more than half of the sample varies in their answers between agreeing and strongly agreeing a number of negative effects, as 66% of the respondents feel that facebook leads to family disintegration, and 61.5% of the respondents believe that meetings with others decrease since their use of facebook, and a close percentage also reached 61% who believe that the use of facebook created a gap between individuals the same family, and at the same time the same percentage sees that facebook relationships are superficial relationships, and this is due, according to the researcher's point of view, r % factor strongly agree not agree neutral strongly agree not agree neutral do you feel that meetings with others began to decrease since the use of facebook? 46 46 31 %23 %23 %15.5 use of facebook reduced family visits 39 58 26 %19.5 %29 %13 using facebook leads to social isolation? 40 61 26 %20 %30.5 %13 i see that the social relationships that arise through facebook are superficial relationships? 57 42 36 %28.5 %21 %18 use of facebook create a gap between family members? 46 49 29 %23 %24.5 %14.5 using facebook made me feel inner dissatisfaction with my father? 17 119 35 %13.5 %59.5 %17.5 is the use of facebook helps me to escape from family problems ? 18 110 31 %9 %55 %15.5 facebook contributed to my disobedience to my parents and my lack of commitment to all my responsibilities towards them? 13 129 36 %6.5 %64.5 %18 using facebook leads to family disintegration? 78 46 22 %39 %23 %11 using facebook made me lose a number of my friends on the ground american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org to the fact that facebook exists in a virtual reality that is unable to create trust between people as in relationships on the ground, and in the context of the negative effects of facebook also, 58% of the respondents believe that facebook has reduced family visits, and the researcher justifies this by replacing family visits with communication via facebook through voice and video calls or writing, while 56.5 see % of the sample that facebook leads to social isolation and this may be due to the long time that individuals spend on social media platforms away from family meetings, while they declared their rejection of some negative influences by answering without agreeing with more than half of the sample as well, and among these effects the study sample rejects by 64.5% reported that facebook contributed to their disobedience to their parents and their lack of commitment to all their responsibilities towards them, and in the context of talking about the effects related to parents as well, 59.5% of the respondents do not agree that the use of facebook made them feel internal dissatisfaction with their parents towards them, and 55% of the respondents rejected also, facebook helps them escape from their family problems. as for relationships with friends, 57.5% of the respondents expressed their disagreement that facebook has lost a number of their friends on the ground. this may be due to the possibility of continuing communication between them through social media platforms and organizing meetings on the ground. thus, the study answered the question related to the role of interactive media in influencing the social and family relations of palestinian youth, and part of the question third, the negative effects of facebook on social and family relationships. 2: positive effects table (3) shows the positive effects of facebook on social and family relationships. r % factor strongly agree not agree neutral strongly agree not agree neutral facebook helped me to make new friends? 94 47 33 %47 %23.5 %16.5 facebook a new type of social relations that can not be dispensed with? 80 61 46 %40 %30.5 %23 using facebook fulfilled my desire to communicate as a social necessity? 76 72 40 %38 %36 %20 facebook shares in raising my awareness? 111 19 31 %55.5 %9.5 %15.5 facebook helped me to strengthen bonds relationship with my distant relatives? 99 44 37 %49.5 %22 %18.5 i learned a lot from other people's habits and useful culture on facebook? 115 24 32 %57.5 %12 %16 communication through facebook is easier than face-to-face communication because it is not restricted to time and place 104 33 25 %52 %16.5 %12.5 facebook contributes to accepting opinion and other opinion? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org it is clear from the above table that a number of positive effects of facebook were measured on the study sample, and thus we answer the part related to positive effects in the study questions. this is due to the huge pumping of data on facebook, which contributes to raising awareness and forming attitudes and opinions. about half of the sample believes that facebook has helped them accept opinions and other opinions. the researcher attributes this to the wide space that facebook has granted to its users to express their opinions and the possibility of commenting and discussing. and interaction between individuals, while more than 70% of the respondents believe that facebook contributed to their knowledge and learning of new knowledge and cultures from others, and in the context of the positive effects of facebook, about 60% of the sample believes that facebook helped them strengthen the bonds of relations with their relatives the distant ones, and the same percentage also sees that facebook contributed to their formation of new friendships, and this is due to the nature of the space that facebook granted to its users from the possibility of delving into virtual reality, so they only 71% of the respondents agreed that communication through facebook is not easier than face-to-face communication because it is not restricted to time and place, so facebook gives its users the ability to communicate regardless of the spatial distance between them and at any time, and 49% of the respondents agree between agreeing they strongly agree that facebook makes the family feel modern and up-to-date, while 21% of the respondents do not agree with that, and 33% of the respondents believe that facebook presents successful family models, compared to 42% who deny this, and 44% of the respondents believe that facebook satisfied their desire to communicate as a social necessity, compared to 36% who do not agree with that. hypothesis test 1.there is a statistically significant relationship between the number of hours spent on facebook and increased awareness among young people, as sig. = 0.025 and its value is less than 0.05, and the results showed that it is a direct relationship as the correlation coefficient = 0.159 (greater than zero). 2.there is a statistically significant relationship between the number of hours that individuals spend on facebook and the strengthening of the bonds of relationship with distant relatives, as sig. = 0.078 and its value is less than 0.05, and the results showed that it is a direct relationship as the correlation coefficient = 0.142 (greater than zero). 76 55 50 %38 %27.5 %25 do you feel that facebook is modern and keeping up with the times? 76 52 50 %38 %21 %25 facebook offers models in successful family relationships? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org 3.there is a statistically significant relationship between the number of hours spent on facebook and escaping from family problems, as sig. = 0.000 and its value is less than 0.05, and the results showed that it is a direct relationship as the correlation coefficient = 0.249 (greater than zero) . results and conclusion the study aimed to identify the effects of facebook on the social relations of palestinian youth, as the results of the study showed that interactive media has a significant role in influencing social and family relations in various aspects, both positive and negative. al-asr, while about two-thirds of the study sample believe that facebook has created a gap between members of the same family. where entertainment is the highest motive, a share of the motives for the use of facebook by the study sample, as it got 69% of the sample, and then in the next rank with 41.5% keeping pace with political events first, and in the third rank is family communication with 40.5% of the study sample. it was followed by the motive of forming social relationships at 28%, and at 26% for other motives, while the motive of using facebook for economic goals was the lowest among the motives of the sample, with a rate of only 8.5%. thus, more than half of the sample prefer to follow facebook in the evening period. the study also found a number of results related to the positive effects of facebook on social and family relationships, of which the highest share was in favor of raising awareness among individuals. learning a lot from other people's habits and their useful culture on facebook, as 72% of the respondents registered their agreement with that, while it ranked third with 71% of the respondents believing that one of the positive effects of facebook is facilitating communication, as it is not restricted to a specific place and time, such as face-to-face communication. and in the fourth place was the formation of new friendships by 60%, and in a very close rank with 59.5% of the sample members agreeing to that, it was the share of strengthening the bonds of relations with distant relatives spatially, and in the fifth place by about half of the sample, the acceptance of opinion and the other opinion was by 47.5% of individuals the sample agrees that facebook contributed to their acceptance of the opinion and the other opinion. on the other hand, the results showed the negative effects of facebook on social and family relations, so the researcher concluded that 66% of the respondents believe that facebook contributes to family disintegration in the first place, and in the second place the negative effects of 61.5% of the respondents see that meetings with others decrease since their use of facebook, while its effect was to create a gap between members of the same family, and that the relationships that arise through facebook are superficial relationships in the same rank with 61% of the respondents for each of them agreeing with that, and in the next rank more than half of the sample sees that facebook reduced the number of family visits by 58%, while the aspect of social isolation came in fifth place, which recorded nearly 57% of respondents supporting that facebook contributed to increasing social isolation. recommendations in view of the findings of the study about the positive and negative effects of facebook on social and family relations, the following is considered to raise awareness of the negative dangers of facebook, such as blackmail and cyberbullying, especially for the younger generations who are not properly american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org aware of the dangers of social media platforms, in addition to the need to exploit facebook in positive aspects and create a generation aware of the currents of the times and educating young people on the need for continuous family communication instead of isolation, for stakeholders to contribute to organizing seminars and lectures that explain and educate the younger generation on how to use facebook in positive aspects and warn them of its dangers, and exploit free time by learning new skills available through the contents of the platforms social communication, finally guiding young people on how to use social media platforms to spend useful needs in a way to control all that could threaten the cohesion of families in palestine. references [1] d. tapscott, “grown up digital : how the net generation is changing your world,” p. 368, 2009. [2] k. tahat et al., “detecting fake news during the covid-19 pandemic: a sem-ml approach,” comput. integr. manuf. syst., vol. 28, no. 12, pp. 1554–1571, 2022. [3] d. n. tahat, m. elareshi, k. tahat, m. a. al jwaniat, m. habes, and a. ziani, “news media and political participation in the middle east: jordan as an example,” in 2022 international arab conference on information technology (acit), 2022, pp. 1–8. [4] d. nk, “university of ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh university of ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh,” no. july, 2010. [5] s. rahman and m. n. a. s. mithun, “effect of social media use on academic performance among university students in bangladesh,” asian j. educ. soc. stud., no. october 2020, pp. 1– 12, 2021, doi: 10.9734/ajess/2021/v20i330484. [6] t.-m. joo and c.-e. teng, “impacts of social media (facebook) on human communication and relationships,” int. j. knowl. content dev. technol., vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 27–50, 2017. [7] r. tallal javed et al., “a first look at covid-19 messages on whatsapp in pakistan,” arxiv, 2020. [8] a. s. olanrewaju, o. b. dominic, and o. osasogie, “quality of family relationships: the contributions of family structures and gender – role orientations,” soc. nat. sci. j., vol. 9, no. 1, 2015, doi: 10.12955/snsj.v9i1.718. [9] m. sponcil and p. gitimu, “use of social media by college students : relationship to communication and self-concept,” j. technol. res., vol. 4, pp. 1–14, 2013, [online]. available: http://ehis.ebscohost.com/eds/detail?vid=7&sid=8495b59a-fe1d-473c-bc7b3d7edb9b78b1@sessionmgr113&hid=4102&bdata=#db=a9h&an=90440151 [10] m. habes, s. ali, and d. tahat, “healthy living and new media : a review,” in springer, cham, no. november, 2022, pp. 267–275. doi: 10.1007/978-3-031-17746-0. [11] m. habes et al., “students’ perceptions of mobile learning technology acceptance during covid19: whatsapp in focus,” emi. educ. media int., pp. 1–19, 2022. [12] s. wang, m. h. ibrahiem, and m. li, “motivations influencing alipay users to participate in the ant forest campaign: an empirical study,” int. j. environ. res. public health, vol. 19, no. 24, p. 17034, 2022. [13] m. habes, m. n. al-adwan, a. f. a. r. al rabat, g. a. shatnawi, and m. i. al jwaniat, “effects of youtube culture on academic performance among students in jordan: a structural equation modeling study,” j. intercult. commun., pp. 56–65, 2022. [14] m. habes, m. elareshi, s. ali, and a. ziani, “analyzing the portrayals of child sexual abuse of urdu newspapers in developing countries,” pertanika j. soc. sci. humanit., vol. 2, 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org [15] m. elareshi, m. habes, k. al-tahat, a. ziani, and s. a. salloum, “factors affecting social tv acceptance among generation z in jordan,” acta psychol. (amst)., vol. 230, p. 103730, 2022. [16] m. habes, m. h. salous, and m. i. al jwaniat, “applying the uses and gratifications theory to college major choice using social networks online video,” in international conference on advanced machine learning technologies and applications, 2022, pp. 388–400. [17] c. g. aoun, l. lagadec, and m. habes, “an extended modeling approach for marine/deep-sea observatory,” in international conference on advanced machine learning technologies and applications, 2022, pp. 502–514. [18] m. elbasir, m. elareshi, m. habas, r. jeljeli, and s. a. salloum, “media and non-media students’ feedback and improvement of university teaching and the learning environment,” in international conference on artificial intelligence and computer vision (pp. 754-765). springer, cham., 2021, vol. 4, pp. 754–765. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-76346-6_67. [19] s. a. salloum, c. mhamdi, m. al-emran, and k. shaalan, “analysis and classification of arabic newspapers’ facebook pages using text mining techniques,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 8–17, 2017. [20] m. amin, s. rezaei, and m. abolghasemi, “user satisfaction with mobile websites: the impact of perceived usefulness (pu), perceived ease of use (peou) and trust,” nankai bus. rev. int., vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 258–274, 2014. [21] h. a. masri and a. a. m. jaaron, “assessing green human resources management practices in palestinian manufacturing context: an empirical study,” j. clean. prod., vol. 143, pp. 474–489, feb. 2017, doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.12.087. [22] f. al zaabi and r. awamleh, “determinants of soft power: the case of united arab emirates,” in future governments, emerald publishing limited, 2019. [23] a. enshassi, y. el-rayyes, and s. alkilani, “job stress, job burnout and safety performance in the palestinian construction industry,” j. financ. manag. prop. constr., vol. 20, no. 2, pp. 170–187, 2015, doi: 10.1108/jfmpc-01-2015-0004. [24] s. samy, “organizational excellence in palestinian universities of gaza strip,” int. j. inf. technol. electr. eng., vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 20–30, 2017. [25] s. abu naser and m. al shobaki, “organizational excellence and the extent of its clarity in the palestinian universities from the perspective of academic staff,” int. j. inf. technol. electr. eng., vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 47–59, 2017. [26] m. habes, m. alghizzawi, s. ali, a. salihalnaser, and s. a. salloum, “the relation among marketing ads, via digital media and mitigate (covid-19) pandemic in jordan,” int. j. adv. sci., vol. 29, no. 7, pp. 2326–12348, 2020. [27] m. alghizzawi, m. habes, s. a. salloum, m. a. ghani, c. mhamdi, and k. shaalan, “the effect of social media usage on students’e-learning acceptance in higher education: a case study from the united arab emirates,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 3, no. 3, 2019. [28] r. s. al-maroof, s. a. salloum, a. e. hassanien, and k. shaalan, “fear from covid-19 and technology adoption: the impact of google meet during coronavirus pandemic,” interact. learn. environ., 2020, doi: 10.1080/10494820.2020.1830121. [29] w. m. p. steijn and a. p. schouten, “information sharing and relationships on social networking sites,” cyberpsychology, behav. soc. netw., vol. 16, no. 8, pp. 582–587, 2013, doi: 10.1089/cyber.2012.0392. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org [30] m. piotrowska, “the importance of marriage and family in the narratives of adult children of divorced parents,” pedagog. rodz., vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 155–171, 2015, doi: 10.1515/fampe-20150012. [31] z. m. al-shakhanbeh and m. habes, “the relationship between the government’s official facebook pages and healthcare awareness during covid-19 in jordan,” in advances in data science and intelligent data communication technologies for covid-19, springer, 2022, pp. 221–238. [32] a. ziani and m. elareshi, “the impact of educated users’ interactions on social media (facebook) in the arab world,” j. arab muslim media res., vol. 11, no. 1, pp. 25–44, apr. 2018, doi: 10.1386/jammr.11.1.25_1. [33] p. cesar and d. geerts, “past, present, and future of social tv: a categorization,” 2011 ieee consum. commun. netw. conf. ccnc’2011, no. may 2014, pp. 347–351, 2011, doi: 10.1109/ccnc.2011.5766487. [34] a. k. alhawamdeh, m. alghizzawi, and m. habes, “the relationship between media marketing advertising and encouraging jordanian women to conduct early detection of breast cancer the relationship between media marketing advertising and encouraging jordanian women to conduct early detection of breast canc,” eur. j. bus. manag., no. may, 2020, doi: 10.7176/ejbm/12-12-11. [35] m. habes, s. ali, and s. a. pasha, “statistical package for social sciences acceptance in quantitative research: from the technology acceptance model’s perspective,” fwu j. soc. sci., vol. 15, no. 4, pp. 34–46, 2021, doi: http://doi.org/10.51709/19951272/winter-2021/3 statistical. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org reading techniques to improve pupils' reading comprehension erkinova anora akbar qizi (master’s degree student of samsfl xolmurodova dilnoza xolmurodovna senior teacher of samsfl a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article dwells on how to construct effective learning techniques to foster reading skills which have been included in the syllabus of each and every primary and secondary schools. techniques, ability, comprehension skills, reading assignments. the ability to process text, understand its meaning, and integrate it with what the reader already knows is referred to as reading comprehension. knowing the meaning of words, understanding the meaning of a word from its context, following the organization of a passage and identifying antecedents and references, drawing inferences from a passage about its contents, identifying the main thought of a passage, answering questions answered in a passage, and recognizing literary devices or propositional strides are all fundamental skills required for efficient reading comprehension. there are many reading strategies to improve reading comprehension and inferences, including improving one's vocabulary, critical text analysis (intersexuality, actual events vs. narration of events, etc.) and practicing deep reading. ability to comprehend text is influenced by readers' skills and their ability to process information. if word recognition is difficult, students use too much of their processing capacity to read individual words, which interferes with their ability to comprehend what is read. some people learn comprehension skills through education or instruction, while others learn through direct experience. the ability to recognize words quickly and effortlessly is required for proficient reading. it is also determined by an individual's cognitive development, which is "the construction of thought processes". prior knowledge about the subject, well-developed language, and the ability to make inferences from methodical questioning and monitoring comprehension are examples of passage questioning. teachers frequently explain genre styles, model top-down and bottom-up strategies, and introduce students to the necessary complexity of text comprehension before beginning instruction on comprehension strategy. the second stage, which comes after the contiguity interface, entails the gradual release of responsibility, in which teachers gradually allow students the freedom to use the learned strategies on their own, with remedial guidance as necessary. this stage helps with error management. with increasing amounts of exercise and assessment, the students are guided toward a self-regulated learning state, which results in overlearning and the development of reflexive or "second american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org nature" skills. the teacher as reading instructor is a role model of a reader for students, demonstrating what it means to be an effective reader and the rewards of being one. "reading comprehension" refers to the ability to understand information presented in written form. comprehension is a "creative, multifaceted process" that is supported by four language skills: phonology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics. reading comprehension and vocabulary are closely linked. knowing how to recognize, pronounce, and decode words is obviously important, but knowing what they mean is essential for comprehending any given chapter while quickly skimming a book. it has been shown that students who have a lower vocabulary than their classmates comprehend less of what they read. in order to improve comprehension, it has been suggested that strengthening word groups, expanding vocabulary to include homonyms and terms with multiple meanings, and using figurative language like idioms, similes, collocations, and metaphors are all beneficial strategies. before reading a book to students, teachers should give out topic-related words and phrases, teach topic-related word groups, synonyms of words, and their meanings in relation to the context. andrew biemiller also suggests that teachers should acquaint students with the sentence structures in which these words frequently appear. according to biemiller, this intensive method offers students the ability to expand their mental understanding of the subject matter and study it beyond the conversation. there is, however, no proof that this strategy is the best one. although it has been shown to be an unreliable approach for enhancing comprehension and is no longer used to teach children, incidental morphemic examination of words—including their prefixes, suffixes, and roots—is nevertheless thought to promote understanding of the vocabulary. to teach reading, a variety of techniques are employed. to aid with reading comprehension, strategies are essential. they differ depending on the difficulties, such as novel ideas, strange vocabulary, lengthy and intricate phrases, etc. it could be unreasonable to attempt to handle all of these difficulties at once. however, learning procedures should be appropriate for the learner's age, aptitude, and degree of skill. reading aloud, group activities, and more reading assignments are a few of the technique’s teachers employ. reading is a wonderful habit that can profoundly alter a person's life. it can amuse us, educate us, and enlighten us with the knowledge and experiences that are shared. there exist some reading techniques, which if mastered at a growing stage can help us, be better and far more comprehensive readers. these skills might not necessarily be learned as rigid theories or rules but if understood well once they can definitely enhance the reading skills and increase the quality and quantity of output that we get from after reading. the followings are seven styles/techniques of reading used in different situations: 1. reading technique-scanning a reading technique called scanning the text is used to focus on a few key elements while reading the entire passage. the summary, the preface, or the first and last chapters of a book can all be quickly read by readers to emphasize its key ideas. this method, for instance, is applied when looking up a name in the phone directory. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org 2. reading technique–skimming this reading technique is used for getting the gist of the whole text lead. we generally use this technique at the time of reading a newspaper or magazine. under this technique, we read quickly to get the main points and skip over the detail. it is useful in getting a preview of a passage before reading it in detail or reviving understandings of a passage after reading it in detail. 3. active reading style gaining a thorough grasp of the text is the goal of active reading. with this method, the reader engages directly with the text as they read it. skimming or scanning through the content will not provide you with a thorough understanding of it. 4. detailed reading this technique is used for extracting information accurately from the whole text. under this technique, we read every word for understanding the meaning of the text. in this careful reading, we can skim the text first for getting a general idea and then go back to read in detail. we can use a dictionary to find the meaning of every unfamiliar word. 5. speed reading speed-reading is actually a combination of various reading methods. the aim of speed-reading is basically to increase the reading speed without compromising the understanding of the text reading. 6. structure-proposition-evaluation this is an interesting reading technique suggested by mortimer adler in his book how to read a book. this reading technique is mainly applicable to non-fiction writing. this technique suggests reading as per the three following patterns: 7. reading techniques: survey-question-read-recite-review this method aims to facilitate a clear understanding of the text that the reader would be able to teach whatever he has learned during the process of reading. the process involves five different steps, which are as follows: • survey the survey involves getting a quick idea of the whole writing piece. for example, reading the introduction or summary of a book will be enough to get an idea of that book. • question we are not just reading the words or looking at the words but are actually trying to make out the underlying meaning of the text. so we should prepare questions in our mind and look for the answers while reading the text. • read the reader should read selectively if they are looking for any specific. • recite the reader should answer the questions in his own words using only the keywords that are required to sum up the complete idea. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org • review the reader should review the entire things in his mind. in conclusion, reading serves as the basic foundation upon which people's intellectual capacities are built. given how important reading is, elementary schools place a lot of emphasis on it. many individuals believe that reading is a reliable predictor of academic success. the majority of our classes are based on the simple concept of reading, understanding, analyzing, synthesizing, and gathering knowledge. the list of used literature: 1. albert, l. 1995. discipline. is it a dirty word? learning, vol. 24, no. 2, pp. 43-6. 2. auerbach, e. r. 1995. which way for family literacy: intervention or empowerment? in: l. m. morrow (ed.), family literacy connections in schools and communities, newark, del., international reading association, pp. 11-27. 3. braun, c. 1991. commission on family literacy: proposal to the international reading association board of directors. newark, del., international reading association. 4. carter, v. e. 2000. new approaches to literacy learning: a guide for teacher educators. paris, unesco. 5. corno, l. and randi, j. 1997. motivation, volition, and collaborative innovation in classroom literacy. in: j. t. guthrie and a. wig&eld (eds), reading engagement: motivating readers through integrated instruction. newark, del., international reading association, pp. 51-67. 6. kholmurodova d. k. importance of using tales for the teaching of vocabulary and grammar in a primary education english class //ученый xxi века. – с. 30. 7. kholmurodova d. k. innovative methods of foreign languages teaching //ученый xxi века. – с. 32. 8. kholmurodova d. k. principles of lesson planning and classroom survival //ученый xxi века. – с. 34. 9. https:// eslspeaking.org›approaches-methods…teaching 10.https:// files.eric.ed.gov›fulltext/ed495644.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org principles and legal basis of gender equality in uzbekistan during the years of independence rustamova zamira bobokulova, counter-engineering economics researcher of the institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the principles and legal bases of gender equality in uzbekistan during the years of independence. based on historical data, the author studied and analyzed specific aspects of the principles and legal bases of gender equality in uzbekistan during the years of independence on the basis of available scientific literature. gender equality, women, society, sociopolitical life, legal foundations. introduction in today's globalization process, the place and role of women is more important than ever in the matter of forming an active citizenship position of the new generation in relation to any conditions. therefore, the main content of the reforms is to support women to come up with new ideas and initiatives, to ensure their active participation in the efforts, changes and social-political processes implemented in our country. after all, if we say that glorifying the value of a person is realized first of all through respect and honoring women, honoring our honorable mothers, valuing our sisters and brothers, then we are telling the same truth. main part: it should be noted that today, under the leadership of our president, we are taking bold steps towards building the foundations of the third renaissance in new uzbekistan. therefore, it would not be wrong to say that the reforms implemented in our country are based on the happiness of women. in order to encourage women in science in the society, a new mechanism "society of women scientists" was created and 50 billion soums were allocated from the state budget to support and further stimulate its activities. it is true that it will strengthen their desire to become a "woman scientist". there is no doubt that the reforms to fully ensure the participation of women in the management of society and state affairs, and to support them from a socio-economic and legal point of view, are an example of social justice in ensuring gender equality and equal rights in our country. in a word, such conditions and privileges, which are an expression of high attention at the level of state policy for the fate, present and future of women, have never existed in the history of our country. today, the feeling of gratitude and gratitude to the country, the president, which is burning in the hearts of our sisters, transfers to our practical activities and inspires us to achieve high results in every field. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org attention to women has risen to the level of real state policy: its legal and institutional foundations have been radically improved. activities to ensure gender equality in our country, increase the role of women in social and political life: improvement of legislation on women's rights; improvement of the institutional framework for the protection of women; raising awareness of the population about gender equality and women's rights; consists of such main areas as training the officials responsible for ensuring their compliance in law enforcement practice on the basis of relevant legal norms. the wide-ranging reforms implemented in our country to raise the value of women are of course of decisive importance as the legal frameworks in this regard have been created and are being regularly improved. in particular, article 46 of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan states that "women and men have equal rights" serves as the main legal basis for systemic reforms to ensure gender equality and increase the role of women in society and state management. it must be recognized that in recent years, the implementation of complex measures aimed at ensuring the rights and legal interests of women, strengthening their role in society, and supporting the family institution has reached a new level of quality. uzbekistan joined all the main international documents that protect women from any discrimination and humiliation. this includes the geneva convention on maternity protection, the new york convention on the political rights of women and the new york convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women. , can be cited as an example of international documents such as the protocol on preventing, suppressing and punishing trafficking in persons, especially women and children, supplementing the united nations convention against transnational organized crime. in our country, "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for women and men", "on protection of women from harassment and violence", "on protection of reproductive health of citizens" laws were passed. it should be noted that more than 30 decrees and decisions and government decisions were adopted on the direct initiative of the head of state in the issues of women's support. only in march of this year, the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to improve the system of working with families and women, supporting the neighborhood and religious people", "systematic support of families and women" "decrees on measures to further accelerate work on support" and the decision "on organizing the activities of the state committee for family and women" were adopted. these normative legal documents are particularly important with the following positive aspects: first, a new state body specialized in working professionally with families and women was established the state committee for family and women; secondly, the main directions of the unified state policy in the field of supporting women, protecting their rights and legal interests were defined; thirdly, a new mechanism of working with women was defined the practice of working with women in neighborhoods in a targeted and targeted manner; fourthly, in order to ensure the rights of women and to protect them from harassment and violence, new legal mechanisms were introduced the supervision of the prosecutor's office over the implementation of legislation in this field; fifthly, a new package of state guarantees and benefits was introduced for women to get an education and engage in scientific and creative activities; sixthly, the existing mechanisms to support women's entrepreneurial activities and help them to get a decent marriage have been improved; seventhly, a new system aimed at protecting women's health, early detection and prevention of diseases specific to women was american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org introduced; eighth, new mechanisms of communication with women are being introduced and new, effective communication platforms have been established. with the decree "on measures to further accelerate work on the systematic support of the family and women" in 2022-2026, the national program on increasing the activity of women in all aspects of the economic, political and social life of the country program and a comprehensive plan of measures aimed at the implementation of the national program in 2022-2023 was approved. it should be noted that in the period up to 2030, in order to organize systematic work on the consistent implementation of the goals of the un global agenda for sustainable development, approved by the cabinet of ministers resolution no. 83 of february 21, 2022 "sustainable development in the period up to 2030 the 5th goal of the national goals and tasks in the field of "gender equality and expanding the rights and opportunities of all women" is consistent with the reforms aimed at ensuring equal rights and opportunities of women and men in our country. within the framework of the implementation of this goal, the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women, all forms of violence against them, including human trafficking, sexual exploitation and other forms of exploitation, early marriages and forced marriages, women's political, to ensure equal opportunities for their comprehensive participation in all stages of economic and social life and to take the lead in decision-making, to provide general access to health services for the provision of comprehensive medical and sanitary assistance in the field of reproductive health care, and the like 9 tasks have been set. in order to implement these tasks, the strategy of achieving gender equality in the republic of uzbekistan until 2030 was approved by the senate of the oliy majlis. as a logical continuation of the efforts, the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026 envisages a number of goals and tasks to realize the rights and legal interests of women. in particular, tasks related to the issue of women are defined in the 5 goals of the development strategy. in the 69th goal called "supporting women, ensuring their active participation in the life of society", including creating an environment of intolerance towards harassment and violence against women in the society, promoting the rights and legal interests of women. is intended to provide. tasks 221, 232, 253, 254, 307, 308, 338 of the state program on the implementation of the development strategy in the "year of glorifying human dignity and active neighborhood" are directly aimed at realizing the above-mentioned goals. today's results of the efforts made in relation to women are inextricably linked with the radical improvement of the institutional foundations in this field. since the first period of independence the beginning of democratic reforms, the importance of the issue of gender equality and the role of women in society was confirmed once again in 1991 with the formation of a separate state structure the committee of women and girls. results and discussions: in recent years, the institutional foundations in this direction have been fundamentally improved, and the women and girls and gender equality committee was established under the senate of the oliy majlis. the state target fund for women's support was introduced and reorganized as the state target fund for family and women's support by the presidential decree dated march 1, 2022. at first, the republican women's public council started working under the leadership of senate chairman tanzila norboyeva, and later, by the presidential decree of march 1 of this year, the republican commission american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org on increasing the role of women in society, gender equality and family issues was established. in march of this year, the state committee for family and women was established. it is noteworthy that the status and powers of the commission on gender equality of the republic of uzbekistan have been determined at the level of the law. in particular, in article 12 of the law "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for women and men" of september 2, 2019, implementation of a unified state policy in the field of ensuring equal rights and opportunities for women and men, society to achieve real equality of women and men in all spheres of life, to support women from a socio-legal point of view, to improve the system of motherhood, fatherhood and childhood protection, to increase the social and socio-political activity of women equally with men to take measures, to develop proposals for the establishment of special institutions to protect the rights of people who have fallen into a difficult situation in life due to direct or indirect discrimination on the basis of gender. it is envisaged that it will be implemented by the commission on security issues. also, to make proposals to the cabinet of ministers to take temporary special measures to ensure the implementation of gender policy and to cancel them, to ensure the principle of non-discrimination on the basis of gender during promotion to leadership positions of the state. assistance, coordination of the activities of state bodies aimed at achieving equal rights and opportunities for women and men in all spheres of public life, monitoring and analysis of the situation in the field of ensuring equal rights and opportunities, cases of direct or indirect gender discrimination development of proposals for their prevention and elimination, cooperation with citizens' self-government bodies and non-governmental non-commercial organizations on conducting educational, informational and educational activities in this area, legislation in this direction a number of powers, such as supervising the implementation, organizing scientific research in the field. the "women's entrepreneurship center" in the regions, which helps women and girls to develop their entrepreneurship and find their place in society, also serves as a real helper for women who want to engage in entrepreneurship. today, in our country, the issue of supporting women, ensuring their rights and legal interests is identified as one of the main and priority directions of state policy, and we are also witnessing the results of the reforms and efforts being implemented in this regard. the news provided in the comprehensive action plan aimed at the implementation of the national program for 2022-2026 on increasing the activity of women in all aspects of the economic, political and social life of the country in 2022-2026 fully confirms our opinion. in particular, the action plan, which consists of 6 main directions and 112 points, aims to increase the activity of women in all aspects of the economic, political and social life of the country, which was not previously observed in the practice of the countries of the world. on march 4 of this year, in the video selector dedicated to women's issues with the participation of the president, several benefits for girls' education were discussed, and starting from the new academic year, the contract money of girls studying at the master's degree will be fully covered from the budget (23 200 billion soums per thousand girls), sending 50 girls to prestigious foreign universities for bachelor's degree and 10 for master's degree every year, 150 girls who have lost their father or mother in each region (total of 2.1 thousand) paying the contract money from the local budget, creating conditions for distance learning for female students with young children, allocating a target quota of at least 300 for women in the doctoral program each year, so that women become students every year at least 50 percent of the quota will be targeted for specific sciences, technical and legal fields, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org introduction of interest-free loans for the first time for 7 years to pay for educational contracts to girls studying in universities, technical schools and colleges from the new academic year has brought the process of reforms in this regard to a higher level. as a result of the reforms carried out in recent years, the number of women in our national parliament has reached the level of 32% according to the recommendations set by the un. the share of women in the field of entrepreneurship is 35 percent and in higher education is higher than 46 percent. about 1,500 professional women are working in various levels of leadership positions in the state administration, the share of women in the system is 33 percent, and this figure is growing rapidly. in the social protection system, a completely new direction "women's book", "youth book" and "iron book" was introduced to study and solve women's problems. on the basis of the "women's register" over the past 3 years, about 400,000 women have been employed. systematic measures are being implemented to provide housing, improve living and working conditions, and increase income of the needy. our state pays special attention to women's health. because the health of the society is characterized, first of all, by how healthy women are. as the president noted, "...attention to mother and child health is attention to society and the future." for this purpose, starting from 2021, a system of free distribution of 7 types of vitamins and antiparasitic drugs for children to pregnant women and children under 15 years of age has been established. it is commendable that 11 million women will be covered in these activities in 2021. conclusion: in short, the state appears as the main reformer in the protection of women's dignity, rights and freedoms in society. indeed, the issue of expressing the rights and interests of women in society, further increasing the place and role of women in state and society relations, and protecting their interests in the political, legal, and social spheres is one of the main conditions for the formation of the third renaissance generation in new uzbekistan. references: 1. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for women and men". september 2, 2019. 2. gender and culture. dushanbe: asia-plus, 1999. 96 p. 3. humboldt v. background. language and philosophy of culture. moscow, 1985. s. 142-159. 4. http://www.gender-cent.ryazan.ru/lecturers.htm#blohina 5. money, john. (1952). hermaphroditism: an inquiry into the nature of a human paradox. thesis (ph.d.), harvard university press. 6. stoller r. j. sex and gender: the development of masculinity and femininity. -united kingdom: routledge, 1994. 400 p. 7. zdravomislova e.a., temkina a.a. social construction of gender. sat. "possibilities of using qualitative methodology in gender studies". moscow, 2001. s. 49. 8. jamoldinova o.r. effective mechanisms for implementation of the gender approach in the educational system. belarusian-uzbek scientific-methodical journal. 2022, issue 1. b. 1725. https://doicode.ru/doifile/regdoi/2022/06/doicode-2022.055.pdf. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 9. bahronova d.k. gender and targeted conceptual gender stereotypes // gender studies in the humanities: sat. art. by mother. iii intern. scientific-practical. conf. no. 3. novosibirsk: sibak, 2015. 10. jamoldinova o., egamberdiyeva t., solikhuzhayeva d. gender approach in the higher education system: today and future principles. methodical use tashkent, 2022. 79 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org important issues of knowledge of foreign languages in modern society jumanazarova asal student of the 3rd stage of samsu named after sh.rashidov tursunov lochin erkinovich research advisor ph.d., professor of samsu named after sh.rashidov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the role of a foreign language in modern society. today, theoretical and practical aspects of the need and importance of learning and knowing foreign languages have been analyzed. the practical advantages of knowing and using foreign languages are also considered. the importance of learning a foreign language, modern personnel, language functions, the role of a foreign language, knowledge of foreign languages, professional necessity. introduction after gaining its independence, the republic of uzbekistan set great tasks for itself. independence is a historical event that determines its destiny and embodies the ideals of peace, freedom, prosperity, and creativity. since 2016, great creative processes in our society have taken a new shape, and this can be seen in the fact that fundamental changes are taking place in people's lives. nowadays, knowledge of a foreign language has become one of the most important issues in the development of our country. it can be seen in the experience of foreign countries today that knowledge of foreign languages makes a great contribution to the development of society and the state. today, learning a foreign language is of great importance in the development of modern, successful young people. today, more and more young people want to learn a foreign language, because this knowledge gives them new opportunities and enriches their spiritual world. educated, lucky, and modern young people should be constantly polished and improved, the main reason for this is that learning foreign languages is not an easy process. by learning different foreign languages, young students develop their worldviews and logical thinking. knowing a foreign language has become more important than ever. to keep up with the times in the information society of the 21st century, perfect knowledge of world languages and the free exchange of information have become one of the main characteristics of a modern person. this need did not appear yesterday or today. if we look at history, our ancestors tried to master other languages as well as their mother tongue, and it is known from history that they succeeded. abu rayhan beruni, one of our grandfathers who achieved great achievements in all fields, also knew foreign languages well. he perfectly mastered arabic, sugdian, persian, greek, and ancient jewish languages. in addition, while american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org studying the life of the indian people, he studied the ancient sanskrit script and wrote his famous work "india". we know that abu nasr farabi, who has a special indicator of knowledge of foreign languages, knows more than 70 languages of the world. even if we study the lives of mirza ulugbek and abu ali ibn sina, they knew foreign languages to spread their knowledge to the world. today, the whole world recognizes the knowledge of the people we have listed. their ability to reach this level depends on their knowledge of foreign languages, the ability to study world literature in original versions, and the ability to create works in other languages. even today, we cannot imagine without the skills of knowing a foreign language to create a modern human image. a foreign language not only allows us to get acquainted with the culture and traditions of other countries but also expands the thinking and imagination of a person. increases professional knowledge. "in the context of integrated social processes, the development of stable knowledge of foreign languages is considered as one of the main professional competencies" [1]. the current world is witnessing the process of globalization the emergence of a hybrid world culture, the influence of national traditions, and the strengthening of cooperation between peoples. it is manifested in the unification and unity of the most diverse aspects of people's life worldview, politics and economy, social life and production, science and education, culture and art, religion and language, sports, etc.[2] ] with the development of international business relations, the introduction of new foreign technologies, and the expansion of professional cooperation with foreign specialists, the need for specialists who know foreign languages has increased in all leading enterprises of uzbekistan. many companies and institutions need these specialists, and the demand for languages leads to the opening of foreign language courses, language centers, and other educational institutions that offer foreign language teaching services. knowing a foreign language is an integral part of raising successful people. something like this is now almost always found in questionnaires of personnel departments of state and commercial institutions. people who know at least one language besides their mother tongue make a better impression on others. in the modern world, language performs the following functions: intercultural communication mechanism; a means of mutual understanding and tolerance of people; a means of self-development and inner-world enrichment; a means of direct acquaintance with the achievements of foreign literature, culture, and technology. it would not be wrong to say that this task of the president opened the door to great news for our education system at the meeting of video selectors on measures to improve the foreign language teaching system on may 6 under the chairmanship of president shavkat mirziyoyev: "the time has come to establish a new system for teaching foreign languages in our country, which will be a solid foundation for the future. since we have set ourselves the goal of building a competitive country, from now on, graduates of schools, lyceums, colleges, and universities must have a perfect knowledge of at least 2 foreign languages. this strict requirement should become the main criterion for the activity of the head of every educational institution".[3] since then, language levels have been set for admission to master's and doctoral studies. this, in turn, will cause the scientific potential of personnel to increase by another step. the attention and care shown by the state to language education, and the efforts planned to be implemented in this regard arouse a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org feeling of gratitude in the hearts of experts and professionals in this field, they also impose a serious sense of responsibility and responsibility. to live comfortably, a person needs to know at least one foreign language. nowadays, it is difficult to advance in a career without knowing foreign languages. you have to give up. at the international level, various forms of full international communication include conferences, exhibitions, sporting events, joint ventures, and study abroad and academic exchanges. all these are good reasons to learn foreign languages [4]. not knowing a foreign language can prevent a person from enjoying other societies and cultures. this, of course, creates restrictions on personal development and the manifestation of abilities. human thinking is unlimited, he can learn other languages along with his mother tongue whenever he wants. knowing other languages increases the door of opportunities to another level. learning foreign languages significantly improves memory, and teaches determination, hearing, and attention. people learn a foreign language for a variety of reasons, but one should always be aware of their motivation. for many people, the main purpose of learning a new language is a professional necessity. employers in large cities of uzbekistan require knowledge of a foreign language for both ordinary employees and managers. usually english plays this role, but with the opening of new international companies, german, french, korean, chinese, and turkish languages are becoming in demand. the main thing to consider is which language suits your personal development and specialization. also, studying abroad is a motive for learning a language (motive (in psychology) is a factor that causes the fulfillment of a certain goal in human activity, motive. motive is an internal impulse that encourages a person to act and work, and appears as a high form of need [5]) can rotate. nevertheless, many students often choose english as the language of study, because the high quality of education in english and american universities is known throughout the world. but it should be remembered that education in these countries is quite expensive. it is cheaper to study at universities in germany, france, and the czech republic, but for this, you need to know the local or english language. some people learn a foreign language for later migration. in this case, it is best to choose the language of countries with an active migration policy australia (english) or canada (english or french). knowing other languages allows us to expand the boundaries of the world in our thinking. it will be bigger and brighter, more versatile and more interesting. here a question arises: "is it necessary to learn foreign languages?" most people struggle to answer or say general words with little meaning, for example: "an international language: everyone speaks it. but what does "all talk" mean? what language do we speak at work, at university, and home? is it in english? of course, in uzbek. an american farmer speaks english, a german engineer speaks german, and a french doctor speaks french. it turns out that many people work well without knowing foreign languages and without feeling the need for them. but most foreigners speak several languages, and few people know at least one foreign language in our country. interestingly, twenty years ago we did well without mobile phones, and thirty years ago we felt better without computers. now can we imagine our life without these things? we highly doubt it. so, why do we buy a phone, and a tv, and learn to work on a computer, but not know foreign languages? the answer is simple. we understand very well why we need a phone or a computer, but we do not feel at all what special advantages and opportunities knowing foreign languages give us. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org what are the possibilities, and are there any real advantages that make learning a foreign language worth our time and money? the first thing that comes to mind is that language is a means of communication. necessary for information transfer. but that's not all. the fact is that our language is inextricably linked with our thinking, as well as with imagination, memory, and perception. nothing can be imagined without language. the thought formed in thinking is manifested through language and it reflects our worldview. we think about the things that surround us, i.e. about the truth. therefore, we perceive and understand reality only through language. by learning and improving languages, we develop all our intellectual abilities. only by learning another language do we begin to pay attention to ourselves. after all, there is no need to analyze our language until we come into contact with a foreign language, which means learning what we put into the words and phrases we pronounce. we don't waste time figuring out how we form our thoughts, how we verbalize them, and how we express what we think. when learning a foreign language, one way or another, we need to separate words and thoughts, pay attention to our native language, and relearn how to express our thoughts in our native and foreign languages. we seem to open up our inner vision, we begin to see shades of meaning, polysemy (polysemy language units having more than one meaning)[6], and differences in words. therefore, every employee entering society should develop himself as a mature person who knows his specialty and foreign languages, and at the same time can deal freely with new information technologies. no matter what the field, we need a foreign language to learn in-depth about that field and to be aware of the news to compete with the world community. the interest of young people and the state's great attention to this issue will bear fruit shortly. before our eyes, a generation is forming that can learn world science directly in the world language, can express its opinion freely, and can see its future in new uzbekistan. johann goethe said: "he who does not know foreign languages knows nothing about his mother tongue." today, we think that knowledge of foreign languages is necessary for every educated person and every good specialist. that is why it is necessary to learn foreign languages and discover many interesting things in life with them. reference 1. kulikova o.v. multidisciplinarity as the basic principle of formation of systematic professional and relevant competence in the sphere of economics and business. // economics language and business. collection of scientific papers based on the materials of the round table (april 26, 2013). m.: fgbou vpo mglu, 2013. s. 64-73. 2. barlybaev kh. a. globalization: theory and practice // age of globalization. release. no. 2. 2008. [electronic resource] url:http://www.socionauki.ru/journal/articles/129849/ (date of the application:24.12.2013). 3. sh.m. mirziyoyev's speech at the meeting of the video selector on measures to improve the foreign language teaching system on may 6 https://president.uz/uz/lists/view/4327 4. university international cooperation: the process of internationalization in the world and at the regional level / l. a. korshunov, o. i. khomutov, n. m. nikonov, e. n. nikonova: altstu publishing house, 2009. 240 p. 5. national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. the first volume. tashkent, 2000 6. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/ko%ca%bbp_ma%ca%bcnolilik https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/ko%ca%bbp_ma%ca%bcnolilik american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the competitiveness of global agricultural markets: analytical hierarchy process chen lei researcher tsue a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s with the increase in agricultural production and food consumption simultaneously, global markets are increasingly targeting the highest quality and healthiest agricultural products. therefore, it is essential to understand nature of the global markets and to produce better by being competitive so that companies can manage high risk and increase profitability effectively. this study aims to analyze the competitiveness of global agricultural markets based on the analytical hierarchy process and the factors on which the competitiveness depends. to identify the most relevant factors that contribute to the competitiveness of global agricultural markets in relation to several global agricultural markets, stakeholder interviews and literature review are implemented. to attain the study objective, based on the data retrieved from stakeholder interview and literature review, we calculated the highest weights of relative importance of the factors to show ranking of success criteria and determined the export priority and competitiveness methodology of agricultural companies in global markets. the methodological tools proposed in the study can be used as a guideline of monitoring the development of market strategies and programs for the improvement of exportoriented agricultural sectors in the countries like uzbekistan where agricultural production contributes to higher economic development. also, the results of applying the proposed approach in the performance case of real firms showed that agricultural production is profitable from both a financial and economic perspectives since they have an optimal competitiveness strategy. finally, the paper ends with theoretical and practical implications as well as future research agenda. analytical hierarchy process, global agricultural markets, decision criteria, stakeholder interview 1. introduction competitiveness plays the important role in maintaining long-term prosperity of a nation or company. long-term survival and prosperity of a farm or company requires creating and sustaining competitive advantage that enables firms to always step forward from competition [1,2]. agricultural firms of a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org country must have a competitive advantage since the increased competitiveness of agricultural products plays crucial role in the export development process. in today’s highly-changing international markets, there is a number of factors to consider in developing competitive business, such as the foreign demand [3] and saturating the domestic market [4], the efficient usage of the export potential of the agricultural industry and increasing the competitiveness of agricultural products [5]. when analyzing the foreign agricultural policy, [6,7,8] evaluated indicators of the openness in the methodological tools for assessing the effectiveness of the rational import substitution policy in different levels such as industry, ministry, and country to develop indicators of improving agricultural competitiveness of local firms in global markets. when improving the methodology, there are some indicators of export orientation that were developed such as priority, elasticity, load, opportunities. the universality of the export situations in global agricultural markets and their great importance for economy have contributed to the development of multi-criteria methods to support decision-making in managing competitive strategies of agricultural firms in global markets. many different methods [9,10] can be applied to solve problems in such kind of decision-making. one relevant problem for complex decision-making in global agricultural business is the selection of an appropriate competitive strategy, especially in the context of global agricultural markets. the available literature on agricultural business & competitiveness has tended to cover the local sector related to agricultural businesses, while decision-making in this area for developing competitive strategy of agricultural firms – especially at the global level – is rather poorly discussed. this research area is thus still open and requires a new point of view, discussion and research attention. fitting in this context, this paper demonstrates analysis of global agricultural markets and development of decision making model in improving competitiveness of agricultural firms based on a bottom-up strategy. the descriptive model of decision-making is constructed using the analytic hierarchy process (ahp) method that includes performing pairwise comparisons in the hierarchical manner. these pairwise comparisons are considered with regard to each individual set of criteria, ensuring the same degree of importance for all criteria in the decision model. the pairwise comparisons are also performed based on the following questions: which criterion is more important for analyzing competitive strategy of agricultural firms in global market? to what extent are these criteria important? the following set of statements that reflect saaty’s scale of relative importance (1980) was applied to answer these questions: 1 – same meaning; 3 – weak advantage; 5 – strong advantage; 7 – very strong advantage; and 9 – extreme advantage. in general, the research was carried out using a review of the relevant literature and stakeholder interview, together with the generation of a decision-making model to analyze the competitive strategies of agricultural firms in global markets. 1.1 literature review global agricultural competitiveness definitions and factors the constant development of global agricultural markets promoted the formation of numerous criteria of success that closely influences the effective international specialization of the countries. the authors of the global economic analysis [1], correlation structure analysis of the global agricultural futures market [2], and the multiregional economic modeling [3], the role of cultivated land expansion and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org global agricultural markets [4] and others [5-10] contributed to the creation of the theoretical and methodological principles of global agricultural competitiveness. the theory of the global competitiveness of individual regions was developed by [12,13,14]. competitiveness of malaysia's fruits in the global agricultural and selected export markets was investigated by [12], contributing the conceptualization of revealed comparative advantage (rca) and comparative export performance (cep). however, researchers maintain a growing argument about the need and methods for assessing the competitiveness at continental levels such as asian and european countries [13,14]. [15,16] justifies the need to develop and implement the global agri-food export competitiveness, which plays a crucial role at gaining leading positions in the global market. this is possible on the basis of governmental and organizational support for competitive agricultural industries. creating favorable conditions for local agricultural enterprises to increase their global competitiveness to the level that produce agricultural products consistent with global trends and standards. in the conditions of strategic development, the estimate agricultural market is based on export profits and financial & legal services [17]. the theoretical and methodological principles substantiating the principles of global agricultural markets explain the profitability of international agricultural trade and provide the grounds for identifying the geographically relevant international trade operations. information technologies, as an instrument for the development of specialization, motivates countries to increase the global competitiveness of products through environmentally savvy strategies of using limited resources [18]. this leads to the increased global competitiveness of agricultural goods (services) and, as a result, to the economic prosperity of the population. the remainder of this paper is structured in the following ways. section 2 presents the ahp based decision model development and the decision criteria, along with the application of the proposed model in the performance case of real firms. section 3 discusses the ahp hierarchical model and the results of the calculations such as the pairwise comparisons and prioritization of criteria. the last section provides the conclusions and future research directions. 2. methodology a scientific study of global competitiveness of agricultural markets, which can be investigated at the different levels such as country, government, and industry, determines the need to consider global and local perspectives in developing decision model for monitoring the development of market strategies and programs for the improvement of export-oriented agricultural sectors. the decision criteria to assess global competitiveness are retrieved from literature review that was conducted in section one and stakeholder interview described later. when improving the methodology and creating decision model, those indicators of global competitiveness of agricultural markets (investment in formal education for farm managers; public and private investment in infrastructure, particularly market infrastructure, technical innovations, and information transfer; and facilitating access to agricultural advice) were taken into account, which enabled evaluation of the global competitiveness of agricultural products in local farm, detailed in table 1. table 1. indicators of global competitiveness of the agricultural markets american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org criteria definitions/explanations investment in formal education for farm managers increasing the awareness and knowledge of agricultural managers so that they can develop strong global competitiveness strategies and advantages public and private investment in market infrastructure improving market infrastructure via foreign or local investments technical innovations creating new technologies that can modify or develop global competitiveness of a agricultural farm to some extent information transfer providing first hand information exchange between different members in an agricultural farm facilitating access to agricultural advice creating adequate conditions for agricultural consultations the analytical hierarchy process (ahp) method was specifically chosen to solve the organization and prioritization problems in decision making of developing or analyzing the global competitiveness of agricultural farms because of its versatility. creating one of the best possible multi-criteria decision models for those problems will be the main subject of this paper. fitting in this context, the ahp method is one of the most popular multi-criteria decision support methods that looks like a four-level structure consisting of a decision goal, placed at the top of the hierarchy; decision criteria; sub-criteria containing the details of the criteria; and decision variants at the bottom of the hierarchy. the most important stage of applying the ahp method is to build a decision model that is known as a hierarchical structure or a hierarchy of decision. this is considered the most creative stage of the ahp because of a significant amount of time and knowledge invested, as well as the involvement of relevant experts. in the most crucial stage of applying ahp, a pairwise comparison of the individual criteria is implemented based on a 9-point comparison scale to obtain weighting factors. on the basis of the results, comparison matrices are calculated to identify priorities and to make decisions based on these priorities mathematical calculations of analytical hierarchy process are also based on the results of the stakeholder interview. expert evaluation allows the researchers of this article to clarify levels of importance of each criteria of global competitiveness that are used for pairwise comparisons and comparison matrices. experts also provide competitive performance scores of real agricultural firms (cnh industrial, the archer-daniels-midland company (adm)) that have international trades in global agricultural markets based on the previously established decision model within the range of 1..5. this enables us to validate the decision model for analyzing and assessing the global competitiveness of agricultural firms. 3. results american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org to construct a hierarchy of competitiveness decision model in the context of global agricultural business, the decision criteria are identified through an extensive literature review as mentioned in section 1 and stakeholder interview in section 2. the calculation steps of analytic hierarchy process (ahp) are mentioned in the following paragraphs. after collecting data from experts, pairwise comparisons and weights of each criteria are calculated in table 2. table 2. pairwise comparisons and weights of decision criteria for analyzing / assessing competitiveness of global agricultural markets in the analysis, "investment in formal education for farm managers" is the most important criteria with weight 23,4% followed by "technical innovations" with 22,1%. criteria, "information transfer" (14,7%) is the least prioritized criteria followed by “public and private investments in market infrastructure” and “facilitating access to agricultural advice” (approximately the same, 19,8%). this criteria analysis shows that managerial education and technology are more concerned than others like information transfer and facilitating access to agricultural advice when analyzing the global competitiveness of an agricultural farm. table 3. score and ranking of alternative firms according to analysis of their global competitive performance based on the decision model table 3 shows the overall ranking of the real agricultural firms in applying the decision model, showing integrated priority (global priority) and integrated ranking (global ranking) for local agricultural firms ‘global competitiveness. the result shows that the archer-daniels-midland company (adm) is the more globally competitive firm that cnh industrial. both of the firms show better score in this decision model when analyzing the performance (more than 4). 4. conclusions american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org the indicators of the development of global agricultural trade and improvement of competitiveness of global agricultural products include investment in formal education for farm managers, public and private investment in infrastructure, particularly market infrastructure, technical innovations, and information transfer, and facilitating access to agricultural advice. according to criteria analysis, it should be noted that "investment in formal education for farm managers" is the most important criteria with weight 23,4% followed by "technical innovations" with 22,1%. this means managerial agriculture education and technical innovations are top priorities of global agricultural markets to develop competitiveness. this study examined the different criteria to understand competitiveness of global agricultural markets through analytical hierarchy process (ahp). the five identified criteria are analyzed on the basis of experts' judgement and experience and ranking of criteria is found out. on the basis of priority, a hierarchy of competitiveness decision model is constructed. investment in formal education for farm managers is always highly expected to build knowledge and competencies among managers. applying the proposed approach in the performance case of real firms (cnh industrial, the archer-danielsmidland company (adm)) showed highest results of competitiveness performance. the study also suggests that analysis of global agricultural markets needs to pay great attention towards information technologies dimension; internet of things and automation & robots to deliver more value to the companies. the hierarchy structure decision model tells only the priority of criteria but not of interrelationship within criteria. to identify the interrelationship within criteria, a good opportunity for conducting the future research exits for researchers. references 1. chatzopoulos, t., domínguez, i. p., zampieri, m., & toreti, a. (2020). climate extremes and agricultural commodity markets: a global economic analysis of regionally simulated events. weather and climate extremes, 27, 100193. 2. dai, y. s., huynh, n. q. a., zheng, q. h., & zhou, w. x. (2022). correlation structure analysis of the global agricultural futures market. research in international business and finance, 101677. 3. zhao, x., calvin, k. v., wise, m. a., & iyer, g. (2021). the role of global agricultural market integration in multiregional economic modeling: using hindcast experiments to validate an armington model. economic analysis and policy, 72, 1-17. 4. yang, j., huang, j., msangi, s., rozelle, s., weersink, a., & danielle, t. (2014). the role of cultivated land expansion on the impacts to global agricultural markets from biofuels. energy procedia, 61, 999-1011. 5. charykova, o. g., salnikova, e. v., pashuta, a. o., & chernysheva, i. i. (2020, july). assessment of competitiveness of agricultural products in the global market: regional aspect. in international conference on policicies and economics measures for agricultural development (agrodeveco 2020) (pp. 60-64). atlantis press. 6. jambor, a., & babu, s. (2016). the competitiveness of global agriculture. in competitiveness of global agriculture (pp. 99-129). springer, cham. 7. frohberg, k., & hartmann, m. (1997). comparing measures of competitiveness (no. 2). discussion paper. 8. zia, b., rafiq, m., saqib, s. e., & atiq, m. (2022). agricultural market competitiveness in the context of climate change: a systematic review. sustainability, 14(7), 3721. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 9. reimer, j. j., & stiegert, k. (2006). imperfect competition and strategic trade theory: evidence for international food and agricultural markets. journal of agricultural & food industrial organization, 4(1). 10. vollrath, t. l., & vo, d. h. (1988). investigating the nature of world agricultural competitiveness. 11. casaburi, l., & reed, t. f. (2017). competition in agricultural markets: an experimental approach. 12. suntharalingam, c., ahmad, t. m. a. t., ali, a. k., rusli, r., & halim, n. a. (2011). competitiveness of malaysia's fruits in the global agricultural and selected export markets: analyses of revealed comparative advantage (rca) and comparative export performance (cep). economic and technology management review, 6, 1-17. 13. van hoang, v. (2020). investigating the agricultural competitiveness of asean countries. journal of economic studies. 14. maslova, v., zaruk, n., fuchs, c., & avdeev, m. (2019). competitiveness of agricultural products in the eurasian economic union. agriculture, 9(3), 61. 15. bojnec, š., & fertő, i. (2017). the duration of global agri-food export competitiveness. british food journal. 16. patyka, n. (2018). priorities ensuring of the ukraine’s agriculture competitiveness in the world markets. agricultural and resource economics: international scientific e-journal, 4(4), 130-145. 17. kovaleva, i. v., filimonova, n. g., ozerova, m. g., & strelzowa, t. v. (2020, august). the estimate agricultural market in the conditions of strategic development. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science (vol. 548, no. 2, p. 022067). iop publishing. 18. eshbayev, o. a., mirzaliev, s. m., rozikov, r. u., kuzikulova, d. m., & shakirova, g. a. (2022, june). nlp and ml based approach of increasing the efficiency of environmental management operations and engineering practices. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science (vol. 1045, no. 1, p. 012058). iop publishing. 19. alikovich eshbayev, o., xamidovich maxmudov, a., & urokovich rozikov, r. (2021, december). an overview of a state of the art on developing soft computing-based language education and research systems: a survey of engineering english students in uzbekistan. in the 5th international conference on future networks & distributed systems (pp. 447-452). 20. koizumi, t., & ohga, k. (2007). biofuels policies in asian countries: impact of the expanded biofuels programs on world agricultural markets. journal of agricultural & food industrial organization, 5(2). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org speech etiquette and concept “gratitude” in russian, uzbek and english languages rukhsora odilova master’s degree student, national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek shoira yusupova associate professor, national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the concept of speech etiquette, gives an interpretation of the concept of “gratitude”, describes the language means of expressing gratitude by native speakers of russian, uzbek and english. speech etiquette, concept, gratitude, language means, etiquette formulas, speech behavior, stereotypical formulas. introduction formulation of the problem. speech etiquette has always been in the field of view of scientists. v. g. kostomarov was the first to introduce the term “speech etiquette”, and the word “etiquette” itself is of french origin, which means label, label. speech etiquette is relevant at all times, as it reflects the people's experience, the originality of the conditions of life, the customs of each people. in addition, it regulates the rules of speech behavior of people in society. the system of speech etiquette is stable, stereotypical formulas for addressing, invitations, greetings, apologies, etc. without knowledge of the rules of etiquette, it is impossible to create friendly and comfortable conditions for the interlocutor, it is impossible to show the level of culture and upbringing, especially in a non-native language environment. the speech etiquette of different nations is characterized by common features, with a difference only in the forms of implementation of the speech norms of etiquette. each culture has its own set of etiquette formulas, but they are all aimed at establishing friendly, friendly, warm, comfortable relationships. representatives of a non-native culture who are not familiar with the peculiarities of national speech etiquette may experience discomfort in communication. the relevance of the work lies in the fact that a person, getting into a foreign language situation, may seem illmannered and uncivilized due to ignorance of the peculiarities of national speech etiquette. speech etiquette as a source of formation of communicative competence is very important for foreign students. after all, knowledge and observance of the rules of speech etiquette allows students to feel confident, not experience discomfort in communication, and successfully carry out intercultural communication. literature review american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org the study of speech etiquette is of great interest for linguistic research, as it is one of the indicators of interpersonal relations in the language. speech etiquette is one of the important elements of culture and an integral part of the general system of etiquette human behavior in society. the problems of speech etiquette were actively developed by n. a. formanovskaya, v. e. goldin, e. i. belyaeva, i. a. sternin, l. v. tsurikova, a.n.alibayev, lutfullayev d., ashurova d., salomov n., m. a. egorova and other linguists. by speech etiquette, we mean “a system of stable communication formulas prescribed by society to establish speech contact between interlocutors, maintain communication in the chosen key according to their official roles and role positions relative to each other, mutual relations in official and informal settings. the basis of speech etiquette as a functional system of language units is both the function of communication (communicative) and the function of expressing thought” [1]. the aim of this article is to describe the language means used to express gratitude by speakers of russian (meaning russian, not old russian), uzbek and english. main part speech etiquette as one of the sources of the formation of communicative competence is very important for foreign native speakers. speech etiquette in each country has its own national specifics and a system of language means in which etiquette relations are manifested. the elements of this system are implemented at different language levels: at the level of vocabulary and phraseology; at the grammatical level; at the stylistic level; at the intonation level; spelling, communicative, etc. the specificity of speech etiquette is manifested in the fact that it reflects both everyday language practice and the language norm. elements of speech etiquette are present in the daily practice of every native speaker, regardless of the knowledge of language norms, and are assimilated so deeply that they are perceived as natural and logical behavior of people. at the same time, ignorance and non-compliance with the norms of speech etiquette testify to the bad manners and malevolence of a person. the word "etiquette" is of french origin. the ethics dictionary gives the following definition: “etiquette (fr. etiguette label, label) a set of rules of conduct relating to the external manifestation of attitude towards people (treatment with others, forms of address and greetings, behavior in public places, manners and clothing)” [2]. n. i. formanovskaya defines etiquette as such rules of social behavior that reflect the moral and ethical norms that are essential for a given society, associated with their socially significant biological characteristics (man, woman, old, young, etc.). etiquette develops norms of behavior, communication, methods and techniques of performance, demonstrations of these norms and the material attributes of such a demonstration [8]. etiquette (fr. etiguette) the established order of behavior somewhere (initially in certain social circles, for example, at the courts of monarchs, in diplomatic circles, etc.), we find such an interpretation in the encyclopedic dictionary [6]. the modern explanatory dictionary of the russian language by t. f. efremova defines etiquette as an established order of behavior, forms of behavior [3]. the stylistic encyclopedic dictionary of the russian language states that speech etiquette is a set of rules of speech behavior accepted by society in the relevant areas and situations of communication. speech behavior is regulated by social hierarchy, national culture and etiquette, ritual, upbringing of a linguistic personality, constant practice controlled by consciousness [6]. speech etiquette in a broad sense plays a regulatory role in the choice of one or another means of communication, for example, in the choice of forms of address for “you” or “you”, address by name or by name, patronymic, etc. in the narrow sense of the word, speech etiquette constitutes a functional-semantic field of units of friendly, polite communication in various american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org communicative situations. the functions of speech etiquette, based on the communicative function inherent in the language, consist of interconnected specialized functions: contact-setting, orientation to the addressee, regulating, expression of will, motivation, attraction of attention, expression of feelings to the addressee and the environment of communication. in social contacts, to maintain communication in the desired tone, etiquette formulas are used multi-level language units (fullsignificant word forms, words of non-significant parts of speech particles, interjections), phrases and whole phrases adopted in certain situations, in different social groups. there are more than ten most important etiquette situations that differ and have their own etiquette vocabulary. the business sphere of communication expands the range of etiquette positions depending on the emergence of new activities. in conditions of spontaneous communication, communicants are required to make a creative choice of etiquette speech formulas. speech etiquette is closely related to the category of politeness. it is the conceptual core of speech etiquette in all its manifestations (official politeness, friendliness, correctness, gallantry, courtesy, tact, etc.). the dictionary of ethics defines politeness as “a moral quality that characterizes the behavior of a person for whom respect for people has become a daily norm of behavior and a habitual way of dealing with others” [5]. this means that politeness is a manifestation of respect and attention to others, an expression of gratitude, sympathy, delicacy, etc. politeness as a category of language is a linguistic universality, a kind of objective-subjective modality. the categorical meaning of politeness is the expression of a respectful, benevolent attitude of the 1st person (subject of speech, addressee) to the 2nd person (addressee). politeness is expressed by national-specific linguistic (lexico-phraseological, word-formation, morphological, syntactic, graphic, phonetic) and paralinguistic (gestures, facial expressions, postures, attitudes, etc.) means. politeness is imperative (“what should i say?”, “what should i do?”). on the one hand, it requires its symbolic expression in standard communication situations, and on the other hand, it prohibits certain actions, the use of certain words and expressions that can cause discomfort in communication. speech etiquette is associated with the national culture of each nation, its customs, traditions and rituals. knowledge of the rules of speech etiquette of the native language, as well as its appropriate use in communicative situations, provides comfortable communication conditions, contributes to the establishment of business and friendly relations between the participants in communication. speech etiquette as one of the sources of the formation of communicative competence is very important for foreign native speakers. after all, the rules of politeness of every nation are a combination of national traditions, customs and international etiquette. the linguistic picture of the world of each people is a reflection of the national mentality of the people. the concept as a mental entity has national-specific features, correlated with the worldview, culture, customs of the world, beliefs and history of the people. gratitude is a speech act that plays a very important role in establishing and maintaining polite and friendly relations between participants in communication. in the dictionary of v. i. dahl, gratitude is interpreted as “good, everything good, useful, serving to our happiness” [2]. the explanatory dictionary of s. i. ozhegov explains gratitude as “a feeling of gratitude for the good done, for example, for the attention or service rendered, as well as various ways of expressing this feeling, including official incentives (for example, declaring gratitude) [7]. gratitude is: 1. a feeling of gratitude for the good done, the attention given, the service, etc. the expression of such a feeling. 2. an official positive assessment of someone's work, someone's activity as a measure of encouragement. 3. outdated. remuneration, payment” [4]. the russian word “gratitude” (“good gift”) indicates the specification of a special action a gift as an offering, an offering, a transfer. gratitude (from “to give thanks”) is a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org feeling of gratitude for the good done, for example, for the attention or service rendered, as well as various ways of expressing this feeling. gratitude is a complex feeling that arises on the basis of an emotional and rational assessment of what is happening, the expression of which is ritualized. in linguistics, the expression of gratitude is considered as a special speech genre (stable compositional and stylistic features of an utterance on a given topic). gratitude can have different characteristics. this is direct and indirect gratitude; ritual (etiquette) and emotional (personally significant); motivated and unmotivated; verbal and non-verbal; gratitude to the real addressee and gratitude to higher powers. the ancient roman philosopher seneca noted that the consciousness of gratitude is more valuable than the gift received, since gratitude, being a virtue, elevates the soul. “благодарить” is a compound word formed by the addition of two bases: благо и дар. to express gratitude in russian, the verb thank is often used. the dictionary of v. i. dahl gives the following interpretation: “to give in word or deed, or to wish someone good, good; to express gratitude, gratitude; to declare oneself a debtor for a service, to recognize a favor; to thank someone, to say thank you” [2]. a feature of the expression of gratitude in the russian language is the presence of a large number of stylistically colored words. the dominant expression of gratitude is the word “thank you”. the original meaning of this word (god save you) has lost its meaning in modern conditions. today, few people perceive "спасибо" as a wish for god to save the interlocutor. “thank you” is used as an etiquette formula both on its own and with clarifying words: thanks for everything (the most common); thanks for the bread and salt; and thanks for that. the use of slang vocabulary is also typical for russian speech etiquette (very often young people instead of “спасибо” use “спасибочки”, “спасиб”, “спасибки”, etc.). this phenomenon testifies to the simplification of etiquette formulas, and not to their ignorance. in russian speech etiquette, the following speech formulas are used to express gratitude: я благодарен вам; я очень вам благодарен; я бесконечно вам благодарен; очень признателен; очень тронут вашим вниманием; разрешите поблагодарить вас; я вам очень обязан. to enhance the meaning of formulas with the verb thank you, combinations are often used: вы очень добры; вы очень любезны и др. позвольте выразить вам большую (огромную) благодарность; выражаем благодарность за...; а также выражения, усиливающие эмоциональность и экспрессивность благодарности: нет слов, чтобы выразить благодарность (признательность); я до такой степени благодарен вам, что мне трудно найти слова; вы не можете себе представить, как я вам благодарен; моя благодарность не имеет границ и т.п. as you can see, the arsenal of opportunities to thank a person for a service or help in russian speech etiquette is quite extensive. the main thing is to be able to choose the appropriate formula in a specific communicative situation, not to forget to say a short word “thank you”, regardless of the relationship between the communicants. as aptly noted in the proverbs: своего спасибо не жалей, а чужого не жди; велико слово – спасибо. the linguistic picture of the world of each nation is a reflection of its national mentality. the concept as a mental entity has national-specific features correlated with the worldview, culture, customs, beliefs and history of the people. the concept of “gratitude” is associated with the traditions of the ethnic group, which means it gives an idea of the cultural picture of the world of each nation. let us note such features of the ethnic consciousness of the uzbek people as diligence, humanity, reverence for parents and elders, a sense of deep personal dignity, courtesy, hospitality, generosity, gratitude, love and thrifty attitude to spiritual values and, in general, to history and culture. the culture of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org nation. they are reflected in folk wisdom: “себя не уважаешь другого не уважаешь”; “руки щедры путь открыт”; “помни родство, а дружбу храни: друг настоящий ровня родни!”; “гость тот же хозяин”; “дому, где раз отведал соли, сорак раз скажи салом!”; and etc. in the uzbek language, etiquette formulas are used to express gratitude, similar in content to the formulas of russian and english speech etiquette. спасибо! thank you! rahmat! большое спасибо! thank you very much! katta rahmat! спасибо тебе (вам) за помощь (за совет, за письмо, за подарок, за поздравление, за приглашение)! thank you (you) for your help (for advice, for a letter, for a gift, for congratulations, for an invitation)! yordaming(iz) (maslahating(iz), xating(iz), sovg'ang(iz), tabriging(iz), taklifing(iz)) uchun senga (sizga) tashakkur. спасибо вам за то, что вы меня поддержали (вы мне позвонили, вы меня предупредили). thank you for supporting me (you called me, you warned me). meni qo'llab-quvvatlaganingiz (qo'ng'iroq qilganingiz, ogohlantirganingiz) uchun sizga rahmat. благодарен вам за все, что вы для меня сделали. thank you for everything you have done for me. menga qilgan yaxshiligingiz uchun minnatdorman. я рад, что вы получили нашу телеграмму. i am glad that you have received our telegram. telegrammamizni olganingiz uchun xursandman. пожалуйста. you are welcome. marhamat. не за что. it's my pleasure. bemalol. in uzbek speech etiquette, it is used as a convective gratitude, that is, microdialogue replicas that complete the dialogue, and gratitude in essence, which is accompanied by additional remarks, which are a positive assessment of the subject of gratitude or a positive assessment of the addressee and his actions. thinking about this, d. rustamov also states that “the cultural features of a word can completely cover its semantic structure or be reflected in any of its semantic, or in one of the types of sememe, i.e. denotative, connotative or functions semes. [12] in response to gratitude, in essence, a reciprocal remark of the addressee is possible, which minimizes the speaker's assessment or rejects his gratitude. as in russian speech etiquette, response formulas can be nothing and not worth gratitude. a feature of uzbek speech etiquette is the appeal in certain life situations with words of gratitude to higher powers (they get up from the table with a brief prayerful thanksgiving). thus, in the speech etiquette of the uzbek and russian languages, the formulas of both speech cultures function. examples, rahmat, katta rahmat, yordaming(iz) (maslahating(iz), xating(iz), sovg'ang(iz), tabriging(iz), taklifing(iz)) uchun senga (sizga) tashakkur; meni qo'llab-quvvatlaganingiz (qo'ng'iroq qilganingiz, ogohlantirganingiz) uchun sizga rahmat; menga qilgan yaxshiligingiz uchun minnatdorman; telegrammamizni olganingiz uchun xursandman. in english communication, a special place in situations of gratitude is given to the norms of politeness, which are always aimed at maintaining a communicative balance, establishing cooperation and maintaining harmonious interpersonal relationships. politeness is a communicative category that includes the most general communicative concepts that streamline a person's knowledge about communication and the norms for its implementation [9]. according to v. g. gak, the study of these categories will make it possible to establish significant patterns in the use of language units in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org process of communication, due to various forms and methods of organizing linguistic and nonlinguistic knowledge in the mind of the speaking subject, which are necessary for the successful flow of communicative contact [10]. l. v. tsurikova notes that this knowledge is an integral part of the communicative competence of interactants and ensures the adequacy and effectiveness of the discursive interaction of the latter [11], including, along with linguistic knowledge proper, information about social conventions, rules and norms of speech communication, various forms of discourse and the conditions for their functioning, etc. in business, it's equally important to show appreciation. we thank partners for fruitful cooperation and assistance, colleagues for support and assistance in solving problems and disputes, customers for their trust or patient waiting, for example, for an order. here are a few ways to express your official gratitude, both in person and online: thank you for taking the trouble to help us. we highly appreciate it! we greatly appreciate your support and assistance. thank you for your kind cooperation. we would like to express our gratitude for all that you have done. we value your contribution to our successful collaboration. we thank you for your special attention to this matter. we do appreciate it. holidays, whether it's a birthday, new year's, christmas or thanksgiving, are special days on the calendar when families or friends get together and exchange warm words and gifts. you can thank loved ones using the following expressions: thank you for your wonderful present! many thanks for the gifts, i love them! thank you very much for such a practical gift! thank you ever so much for making me feel special today! i send you warm wishes of joy and happiness in return! we often owe some of our success to teachers or mentors who inspire us to new victories and achievements. we thank them for their patience, attention, support, time and effort invested in us. sometimes a few words of gratitude are enough for the teacher to warmly remember you for a long time, because it's so nice when someone appreciates your work. you can thank a mentor, teacher, coach or an older, more experienced friend as follows: i am eternally grateful for everything i’ve learnt from you. thank you for sharing your knowledge with me. thank you for your guidance and wisdom! i really appreciate all the hard work you’ve done to help me. conclusions speech etiquette covers everything that expresses a benevolent attitude towards the interlocutor, which can create a favorable climate for communication. a rich set of means for expressing gratitude in both languages makes it possible to choose the appropriate speech formulas, convey national features and the mentality of their people. knowledge of russian speech etiquette, including the appropriate use of language means to express gratitude, will allow speakers of uzbek and other languages to avoid wrong actions and awkwardness in communication, and will help to successfully carry out intercultural communication. in a speech situation, there is always a speaker, his interlocutor, the place and time of speech. modern educational standards put forward new requirements for teaching russian and english as a foreign language. one of the most important tasks is the development of students' communicative abilities in mastering the norms of russian and english speech etiquette, the practical orientation of education. having examined the basic aspects of the speech behavior in the russian, uzbek and english languages, as well as analyzing the use cases, depending on sociolinguistic factors and functions, we defined gratitude as etiquette speech unit that plays a primary role in interpersonal communication and creates a special communicative space. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org references 1. акишина а. а. русский речевой этикет: учеб. пособие для студентовиностранцев / а. а. акишина, н. а. формановская. м. : рус.й язык, 1978. 186 с. 2. даль в. и. толковый словарь живого русского языка: в 4 т. т. 1. а-з. м. : рус. язык, 1989. 699 с. 3. ефремова т. ф. новый словарь русского языка. толковословообразовательный : в 2 т. м. : рус. яз., 2000. т. 2. 1088 с. 4. лингвистический энциклопедический словарь / гл. ред. в. н ярцева. м. : сов. энциклопедия, 1990 685 с. 5. словарь по этике / под. ред. и. с. кона. 4-е изд. м. : политиздат, 1983. 445 с. 6. стилистический энциклопедический словарь русского языка / под ред. м. н. кожиной. м. : флинта; наука, 2003. 696 с. 7. толковый словарь русского языка / под ред. с. и. ожегова и н. ю. шведовой. м. : азъ, 1991. 955 с. 8. формановская н. а. речевое общение : коммуникативно-прагматический подход : монография. м. : рус. язык, 2002. 216 с. 9. стернин и. а. очерк английского коммуникативного поведения : монография / и. а. стернин, т. в. ларина, м. а. стернина. — воронеж : воронежский государственный университет ; межрегиональный центр коммуникативных исследований, 2003. — 185 с. 10. гак в. г. языковые преобразования: монография / в. г. гак. — москва : языки русской культуры, 1998. — 768 с. 11. цурикова л. в. вербальная деятельность сми как особый вид когнитивной деятельности / л. в. цурикова, е. с. кубрякова // язык средств массовой информации. 12. рустамов д. лексемалар миллий-маданий хосланган семемасининг лингвомаданий тадкик. фаргона.2018. 13. a.j. omonturdiyev, sh.i.abduraimova . o’zbek nutqimadaniyati va uslubiyati , toshkent 2016. 14. mahmudov n., tilimizning tilla sandig’i. toshkent: g’. g’ulomov nomidagi nashriyot matbaa ijodiy uyi, 2012. 15. normurodov r. shukur xolmirzayev badiy mahorati. – toshkent. 2003. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org organizational and legal issues of training personnels for public administration: on the example of singapore's experience makhmudov firuz bakhtiyar ugli, deputy director of professional training center under tsul, associate professor of tsul, phd +998919524434, firuzbek2015@mail.ru orcid: 0000-0001-9036-0277 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the current state of training of public administration personnel in the republic of uzbekistan, as well as the administrative and organizational-legal reforms implemented in recent years. in addition, the experience of singapore, which has a leading position in the world in the training of public administration personnel, was studied, and suggestions and recommendations aimed at improving the system of training, retraining and improving qualification of personnel in the country were developed. singapore, uzbekistan, training, retraining and professional development, civil service, meritocracy, ethics, professional standards and continuous training, public servants introduction the social-political processes taking place in the world practice make the introduction of modern management methods in public administration, along with the reform of public administration in this regard, the preparation of modern public administration personnel, in particular, the new corps of state civil servants, who will effectively implement these reforms, one of the main tasks of the state. a new stage of organizational and legal reforms has begun in uzbekistan today, within the framework of the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026. in particular, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 21, 2022 "on measures for the implementation of administrative reforms of new uzbekistan" no. pf-269 created a compact public administration system that meets modern requirements [1]. the effective implementation of these reforms largely depends on the quality and potential of personnel. from this point of view, it is of urgent importance to train public administration personnel in our country, to improve the knowledge, skills and professional qualities of public civil servants, to analyze the personnel training system from a scientific and legal point of view, and to further improve the organizational and legal foundations based on the experience of developed foreign countries. the current state of personnel training for public administration. the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state civil service" adopted on august 8, 2022 has a central place in the legal regulation of the state civil service. in particular, in article 9 of this law, which defines the powers of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org state bodies in the field of public civil service, the main task of state bodies is to regularly organize the retraining of state civil servants, their professional development and education. from the organizational and legal point of view, the concept of qualification requirements is defined in this law, and its main content is the granting of a certain qualification level of the state civil service and (or) the requirements set by the state body for candidates applying for a specific position of the state civil service, based on work experience and professional assessed as competence requirements. but today, it is not clearly defined what requirements civil servants of this state must meet in order to obtain a certain qualification level or occupy a certain position. in our opinion, it is appropriate to set separate requirements for a career level or a certain position. in particular, in the awarding of qualification levels, work experience, qualification improvement or retraining courses are defined as the main criteria, and for holding a certain position, adherence to execution and labor discipline, positive achievements and results in work, management and leadership skills, professional and personal qualities are the main requirements. it is appropriate to determine. in addition, it is appropriate to adopt the document of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the procedure for the regulation of these situations on the basis of regulatory legal documents, including the procedure for awarding qualification levels to civil servants and appointing them to specific positions. forms of education play an important role in training state civil servants and improving their professional competence. in particular, the capacity of personnel is regularly increased through training, retraining and in-service training. in this regard, the issues are also reflected in the law "on state civil service", retraining, professional development and independent education are recognized as the main forms of continuous improvement of the professional competence of the civil servant [2]. for example, retraining is an educational process organized in order to acquire additional professional knowledge, skills and qualifications necessary for the effective functioning of a civil servant, while professional development is an educational process aimed at increasing and regularly updating the professional competence of a civil servant. in addition, continuity plays an important role in systematically increasing the capacity of personnel beyond a certain period or period. from this point of view, it is necessary to recognize and apply aspects related to independent education, participation in various courses, or in alternative forms, for example, preparation of textbooks and literature, defense of dissertations, project-presentation and preparation of regulatory legal documents, internship abroad. according to in our opinion, it is necessary to create a legal basis for the activity in this regard, to develop a draft of the regulatory legal document on the procedure for training, retraining and upgrading the qualifications of state civil servants in an appropriate manner. in addition, it is necessary to take into account the issues of rotation when appointing employees who have improved their qualifications, retraining or independently improving their professional and personal qualities. in particular, in the case of termination of the employment contract with the employee, it is necessary to take into account their participation in the educational process (retraining, retraining and independent education) when evaluating the possibilities of two employees. singapore's experience in public administration training. it should be noted that singapore's experience in training qualified public civil servants is becoming popular not only in asia, but also in the legal system and practice of the whole world. in particular, the acceptance of the most capable personnel for service based on the principles of meritocracy, low level of corruption, strict discipline american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org of employees, hard work and high efficiency indicators are increasing the interest of the countries of the world in relation to singapore's experience. this is related not only to the creation of an effective civil service system, but also to the creation of a modern corps of civil servants through training and retraining of civil servants. if we pay attention to the opinions of scientists in this regard, the legal scholar i. rustambekov said that the development of the public service system and the increase in the quality of personnel in singapore is due to the fact that the public service is protected from political interference, the existence of a competitive salary and its amount is not less than the private sector, singapore's meritocracy also applies to political leaders [3,2]. in general, one can fully agree with these points. because the independence of the public service, the absence of political interference, excessive "assignment" and pressures ensures that the service is legal and fair. the existence of a competitive salary increases the attractiveness of public service and the number of people who want to join it. this situation allows the state body to choose the most suitable candidate from a large number of applicants through fair selection mechanisms. secondly, from a social point of view, it prevents the external factors of the civil servant, such as earning income privately, being prone to corrupt factors, and looking for other jobs and services. another positive aspect of singapore's public administration training system is related to the existence of a tradition of civil service training. in particular, only six years after independence, in march 1971, the civil servant training institute was established, which was mainly engaged in training personnel for the civil service. in addition, in 1993, the civil service college was opened, which is engaged in the training of high-ranking employees. currently, it is established that each executive employee must undergo 100 hours of training per year in this institution. institutional-organizational reforms have been carried out on personnel training, and the abovementioned institutions have been reorganized. in particular, the institute of public service was transformed into the institute of public administration and management, and the college of public services was transformed into the institute of policy development. the institute of public administration and management, which is considered the main institution for the training of qualified civil servants, has organized the following courses for officials who started working in the civil service: preliminary preparation; basic and qualified professional skills courses; advanced training and advanced training courses. in addition, the singapore civil service advisory group, human resources group, has been established to assist public sector organizations in changing and improving the way the public service works. in general, the existing institutional systems aimed at training civil servants try to teach basic activities and to teach officials the following five basic skills: the ability to provide the highest quality service; ability to manage change; people skills; ability to manage process and resources; the ability to self-manage. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org based on the special program established in singapore, an average of 100 civil servants are trained abroad every year. in this regard, relations with foreign state institutions and services have been established. the created mechanism allows to use the experience of public services around the world, to receive information on education and personnel training. the civil service department, established in civil service bodies, plays a central role in the formulation and review of personnel policy, as well as in making decisions on the appointment, training and performance evaluation of civil servants. through this, the performance of civil servants is assessed throughout the year. this system can be considered similar to the civil service development agency and personnel departments established by the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 3, 2019 "on measures to radically improve the personnel policy and state civil service system in the republic of uzbekistan" no. pf-5843 . that is, the analysis shows that the experience of singapore serves as a fundamental basis in the processes of organization and development of the public civil service of the republic of uzbekistan. the positivity of singapore's experience, its reasons and the need to study it have also become the object of research by a number of world scientists. for example, m. zenkov emphasizes that the success and excellence of the singapore civil service is related to intensive and careful application, the availability of adequate resources, careful planning, strict discipline and comprehensive instructions. [4, 67]. according to another source, the main principle of civil service organization in singapore is the principle of meritocracy, which is opposed to the principle of patronage and familiarity. the principle (system) of meritocracy is based on the personal quality and health of the civil servant and is aimed at effective use of human resources. in connection with this issue, it is appropriate to mention that the meritocracy principle occupies a central place in the reforms in the field of state civil service started in uzbekistan. in particular, the decree no. pf-5843 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 3, 2019 "on measures to radically improve the personnel policy and state civil service system in the republic of uzbekistan" on the basis of a fair and objective assessment of the professional qualities and special services of the most worthy and capable persons applying the principle of meritocracy, which provides for admission to the state civil service and their promotion by ranks, is defined as one of the priority directions of further improvement and reform of the state civil service [5]. it can be noted that the implementation of this in practice is the introduction of a transparent and open selection system in the recruitment of personnel to the civil service. continuing the analysis with the issues of education and training, which is the main core of the research, it can be said that in the era of globalization and changes in the content of public service, continuous training of civil servants is becoming the main mechanism in the targeted training of personnel. in particular, targeted training of public administration personnel in singapore starts from the period of the higher education system. in particular, state universities identify prospective students, monitor their studies, encourage them throughout their studies, allocate specially allocated scholarships, and send them abroad to study foreign experience in the most developed countries of the world. prospective students are obliged to work in the state for 4-6 years after graduating from higher education institutions. some of them are accepted into the ranks of the "people's movement" party and are being prepared for public administration positions. it is on the basis of this educational system that the best and most talented personnel are accepted into the civil service. competitive salaries for civil servants in singapore ensure that talented and skilled personnel do not go to work in the private sector. the high level of remuneration for the work of officials is ensured by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org the principle of economy. singapore's civil service model is based on a management system with a small number of employees using modern technology and computers. although an honest, competent, professional, well-paid staff, the possibility of a more professional staff will ensure that the current public servant constantly strives to improve his qualifications in order not to lose his position [6]. the establishment of an effective civil service system in singapore is due to one of the main principles of honesty and anti-corruption discipline in civil servants. for example, in transparency international's corruption perceptions index, singapore ranks 5th in the world and 1st in asia in 2022 [7]. the fact that the republic of uzbekistan is in 126th place in this ranking shows that singapore's experience can be used in the system of combating corruption. it is precisely in this matter that the ethics of civil servants of the state also play an important role. singapore has adopted the rules of etiquette and honor laws and is developing them based on the experience of great britain and malaysia [8]. it can be observed that the tendency to apply foreign experience in this regard has also started in our country. in particular, by the decision of the cabinet of ministers no. 595 of october 14, 2022, the model rules of ethics of state civil servants were approved, loyalty to the motherland and dedication to duty, loyalty, fairness, honesty and impartiality, intolerant attitude and fight against corruption, abuse of official powers not to do, not to allow conflicts of interest were defined as the main principles of the professional activity of civil servants [9]. singapore promotes the concept of continuous education and training for civil servants, learning and adopting the experience of japanese and french civil services. he carefully monitors trends and innovations in the field of public administration in the developed countries of the world, analyzes them and implements the most useful ideas and methods, taking into account the political, economic, social parameters of the country. in this regard, it is considered an important condition for evaluating their activities that the leading personnel in the public service system constantly improve the public service through innovative ideas. judging from singapore's experience, hiring the most talented candidates based on the strict discipline, hard work and determination of officials, their professionalism and excellent training, the principle of meritocracy, the low level of corruption, high demands on the country's political leaders, the relentless pursuit of excellence and the achievement of concrete results is a miracle today. defines the fundamental principles of public service. based on this, the following proposals can be made in terms of improving the system of working with personnel in the state civil service in our country: 1) to increase the motivation of employees in relation to professional growth based on the adoption of the document of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the procedure for awarding qualification levels to state civil servants and appointing them to specific positions 2) development and adoption of a draft regulatory legal document on the procedure for training, retraining and advanced training of state civil servants 3) establishing a continuous system of professional development aimed at developing the necessary skills throughout their career based on the principle of "life long learning" 4) development of a system for the formation of a state order for improving the skills of state civil servants, maintaining a register of state and non-state educational institutions in this process 5) increasing the level of material and social security of the state civil servant training system. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org it can be concluded that the analysis of the current state of the system of training state civil servants, the study of the prospects of planning this activity based on the experience of foreign countries, in particular the experience of singapore, and the implementation of the suggestions and recommendations made in this regard will allow the creation of a modern corps of qualified state civil servants in our country. references 1. decree no. pf-60 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022 "on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026" 2. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state civil service" no. orq-788 of august 8, 2022 // national database of legislative information, 08/09/2022, no. 03/22/788/0723 3. i.rustambekov, opyt singapura v sovershenstvovanii gosudarstvennoy slujby v respublike uzbekistan. analysis of the legislation of uzbekistan. 2018 №. 2 p. 2. 4. m.y.zenkov, foreign management experience. public service. novosibirsk, 2004, p. 67. 5. decree no. pf-5843 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 3, 2019 "on measures to fundamentally improve the personnel policy and state civil service system in the republic of uzbekistan" // national database of legal documents, 04.10.2019, 06/19/5843 / no. 3900 6. lee kuan yew. the singapore story: 1965-2000. from the third world to the first. harper collins publishers, n.y. usa, 2000. lee kuan yew. iz "tretego mira" v "perviy". singapore history: 1965-2000. singapore and the asian boom. oao "kazakhtelekom", 2003. p. 207. 7. https://www.transparency.org/en/cpi/2022 8. z. balkenova chem izmeryaetsya chest chinovnika //http://www.gazeta.kz|print.asp?aid=69293 4?716 bytes. 9. model rules of conduct of state civil servants approved by cabinet of ministers resolution no. 595 of october 14, 2022 // national legislative information base, 10/15/2022, no. 09/22/595/0921. https://www.transparency.org/en/cpi/2022 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org legal basis of the activity of internal affairs bodies of the republic of uzbekistan in 2016-2020 tajiyev bahadir son of mavlon counter-engineering economics researcher of the institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the legal basis of the activities of internal affairs bodies of the republic of uzbekistan in 2016-2020. based on historical data, the author studied and analyzed specific aspects of the legal basis of the activities of internal affairs bodies of the republic of uzbekistan in 2016-2020 on the basis of available scientific literature. independence, internal affairs bodies, security, legal and regulatory documents. introduction this period is a period of radical improvement of the system based on the strategy of actions1 for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan directly on the initiative of the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirziyoyev, every employee who provides timely and quality assistance to the population of the internal affairs bodies. it was a period of large-scale reforms aimed at turning "serving the interests of the people" into a socially oriented professional structure that considers it a duty. in 2016, for the first time in the 25-year history of independent uzbekistan, the law "on internal affairs bodies"2 was adopted, which defined the main tasks, directions and principles of the activities of internal affairs bodies. main part: on september 16, 2016, in order to protect the rights, freedoms and legal interests of citizens, the property of individuals and legal entities, the constitutional system, ensure the rule of law, the security of the state, as well as prevent violations, by the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirziyoyev the signed law "on internal affairs bodies" further strengthened the activity of this system from a legal point of view3. 1 decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-4947 "strategy of actions on five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021" // people's word. – 2017. – no. 28. – p. 1-2. 2 law of the republic of uzbekistan "on internal affairs bodies". adopted by the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan on august 12, 2016, approved by the senate on august 24, 2016 /https://www.lex.uz/acts/3027843 3 legal basis of the activity of internal affairs bodies./https://old.xs.uz/index.php/homepage/sijosat/item/9790ichki-ishlarorganlari-faoliyatining-u-u-ij-asosi american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org this law, which entered into force on march 17, 2017, is significant in that it serves to raise it to a new level, as it comprehensively regulates the status, forms and methods of the activities of internal affairs bodies4. a solid legal framework has been created in order to transform the internal affairs bodies into a social structure that serves the interests of the people. in particular, 6 laws, 7 decrees and 40 decisions of the president, 89 decisions of the cabinet of ministers and more than 160 departmental normative legal documents were adopted5. in particular, according to the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-5005 of april 10, 20176, analyzing the serious shortcomings and problems that have accumulated in the activities of the internal affairs bodies in recent years, their elimination, the most important way to reform the system of the internal affairs bodies complaints and for the first time in the history of our country, the procedure for the heads of internal affairs bodies to report on the performance of their duties before the parliament, deputies and the general public was determined. the decree also approved the "comprehensive measures program for fundamental reform of the system of internal affairs bodies". by the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on april 12, 2017, the regulation "on the ministry of internal affairs" was approved7. on the basis of the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 24, 2018 "on approval of samples of the flag and emblem of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan" no. pf-5602, the flag and emblem of the mia was approved8; – according to the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 12, 2017 "on organizational measures to further improve the activities of internal affairs bodies"9; – by the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 18, 2017 "on measures to radically improve the activities of crime prevention units of the internal affairs bodies"10 no. pq2896, the number of existing prevention inspectors was optimized; – prevention by the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 20, 2017 no. pq-2906. in the service areas attached to the inspectors, a system of personal cars allocation was established for them on the basis of service houses and preferential loans; – order of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 18, 2017 "on measures to fundamentally improve the activity of internal affairs bodies in the field of crime investigation" no. 4 legal basis of the activity of internal affairs bodies./https://old.xs.uz/index.php/homepage/sijosat/item/9790ichkiishlar-organlari-faoliyatining-u-u-ij-asosi 5 https://yuz.uz/news/ichki-ishlar-organlarini-xalq-manfaatlariga-xizmat-qiladigan-ijtimoiy-tuzilmaga-aylantiriladi 6 decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-5005 "on measures to increase the efficiency of the activities of internal affairs bodies, to strengthen their responsibility in ensuring public order, the reliable protection of citizens' rights, freedoms and legal interests" / https://lex.uz/docs/3159827 7 https://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi 8 “decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on measures to further improve internal affairs" no. pq-2883 / https://lex.uz/docs/3165013 9 “decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-2896 "on measures to fundamentally improve the activities of crime prevention units of internal affairs bodies" / https://lex.uz/docs/3175732 10 decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-5602 "on approval of samples of the flag and emblem of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan" / https://lex.uz/docs/4122457 http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi http://www.norma.uz/qonunchilikda_yangi/iiv_tugrisidagi_yangi_nizom_tasdiqlandi american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org pq-289811. by decision, a relatively new institution of investigation was introduced in the legal system of the republic of uzbekistan; – in order to create additional facilities for the provision of passport services to the population, the order of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated july 11, 2017 "migration processes of internal affairs bodies and legalization of citizenship"; – in order to ensure full adaptation of the citizens deprived of their freedom to the society, in order to provide them with vocational training and employment with the decision pq-3200 "on measures to radically improve the activities in the field of execution of punishments"12 the system of execution of punishment was fundamentally reformed and a production system was launched in them; – based on the requirements of the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq3413 of november 29, 2017 "on measures to fundamentally improve the procedure for working with personnel of internal affairs bodies and organizing their service", a completely new way of working with personnel system was introduced, "disciplinary charter" and "internal service charter" of iio were fully put into practice, social, moral and spiritual support of employees was systematized; – in order to form a new model of public safety in tashkent, the presidential decree of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 14, 2018 "on the implementation of a qualitatively new system of maintaining public order, crime prevention and fighting crime in tashkent" with the decision no. 352813, the activity of the internal affairs departments was launched on the scale of the capital, as well as the president of the republic of uzbekistan on june 19, 2018 "effectiveness of ensuring public order, prevention of offenses and fighting crime in the city of tashkent" according to the decision pq378614 on additional measures to increase public order in the capital, there is a 3-shift, round-the-clock patrol service organized jointly with the iios, the national guard and the public was put on; – by the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated august 23, 2018 "on measures to introduce an effective system of management, control and work with personnel of internal affairs bodies" no. pq-391915, the single iio organizational units as a management system, as well as the training institute was established in order to train the reserve of management personnel; – by the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated november 7, 2018 "on measures to radically improve the criminal-executive legislation" no. pq-400616 exit works were organized; the daily organization of crime prevention activities by local governors and the procedure 11 decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-2898 "on measures to fundamentally improve the activity of internal affairs bodies in the field of crime investigation" / https://lex.uz/docs/3180665 12 decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-3216 "on measures to fundamentally improve the system of training, retraining and upgrading the skills of employees of internal affairs bodies" / https:/ https://lex.uz/docs/3313218 13 decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the introduction of a qualitatively new system of maintaining public order, preventing offenses and fighting crime in tashkent" no. pq-3528 / https://lex.uz/docs/3556832 14 decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-3786 "on additional measures to ensure public order in the city of tashkent, increase the effectiveness of crime prevention and combating crime" / https://www.lex.uz/docs/3786903 15 decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-3919 "on measures to introduce an effective system of management, control and work with personnel of internal affairs bodies" / https://lex.uz/docs/3877315 16 decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-4006 "on measures to radically improve the criminalexecutive legislation" / https://lex.uz/docs/4045443 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org for monthly discussion of the work being carried out in this regard in the council of people's deputies is in accordance with the order of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 24, 2018 "additional measures to increase the effectiveness of public safety" it was launched based on the requirements of the decision pq-407517; – the activities of the units for ensuring the safety of foreign tourists coming to our country at the objects of tourism and transport infrastructure are in accordance with the order of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated march 6, 2019 "on the introduction of an effective system of ensuring public safety at the objects of transport and tourism" was further accelerated based on the requirements of the decision pq-4229 "on additional measures". natijalar va muhokamalar (results and discussions): ensuring the rule of law in society, reliable protection of the rights and freedoms of the population, strengthening their satisfaction with life, confidence in the future, and the consistent implementation of efforts to guarantee a peaceful life are directly dependent on the work of the internal affairs system in many ways. . for this purpose, on march 26, 2021, presidential decree no. pf-6196 "on measures to raise the quality of the activities of internal affairs bodies to a new level in the field of ensuring public safety and fighting crime"18 was adopted. done. according to the decree, the problems related to the prevention of violations and the fight against crime in each neighborhood, family and individual are solved directly in the places themselves. neighborhood law enforcement centers are established on the basis of the base points of the internal affairs bodies. initially, neighborhood law enforcement centers will be established in the city of tashkent in a model way. until june 1, 2021, the "smart neighborhood" information program will be launched in tashkent and samarkand regions, which will allow you to remotely send an application to the prevention inspector and monitor the process of its review. this information program will be launched in other regions of the republic by the end of 2021. on january 10, 2019, at the meeting of the video selector chaired by the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh. mirziyoyev, the work in this regard was critically discussed, and the ministry of internal affairs was asked to fundamentally improve the situation and eliminate existing shortcomings based on a thorough analysis. the task of developing “l map” was assigned19. in order to improve the effectiveness of crime prevention in places, special attention was paid to the field of working with unorganized youth and women. in addition, on the basis of the law of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 2, 2019 "on protection of women from harassment and violence"20 , which provides state protection to women who have suffered from harassment and violence. the practice of issuing a "protection warrant" was introduced. 17 decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-4075 "on additional measures to increase the effectiveness of public safety" / https://lex.uz/docs/4124831 18 decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-6196 "on measures to raise the activity of internal affairs bodies to a new level in terms of quality in the field of ensuring public safety and fighting crime" / https://lex.uz/docs/5344118 19 https://iiv.uz/pages/vazirlik-tarixi 20 law of the republic of uzbekistan "on the protection of women from harassment and violence". adopted by the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan on august 17, 2019, approved by the senate on august 23, 2019 / https://www.lex.uz/docs/4494709 68 https://iiv.uz/pages/vazirlik-tarixi american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org conclusion: in order to ease the problems of our people, special attention is paid to the wide implementation of modern information and communication technologies. in this regard, citizens were made more comfortable in the area of passport issuance and citizenship registration, and an electronic queue waiting system was introduced. citizens were given the opportunity to complain about the inappropriate behavior of some employees of the system of internal affairs bodies, and the 24-hour call center "1102" was launched. references: 1. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. t., 2012. 2. national program of personnel training of the republic of uzbekistan. t., 1997. 3. order no. 96 of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan dated july 4, 2011 "on approval of the manual on the professional culture of the employees of the internal affairs agencies of the republic of uzbekistan". 4. action strategy on five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017. / -t.: "adolat" 2017. 5. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will build our great future together with our brave and noble people. t.: "uzbekistan", nmiu, 2017. 488 p. 6. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will resolutely continue our path of national development and raise it to a new level. 1-j. t.: "uzbekistan" nmiu, 2017. 592 p. 7. islam karimov. our national army is a strong guarantee of our independence and a peaceful and peaceful return. t., 2003. 8. islam karimov. it is the highest happiness to serve our motherland in the way of its happiness, fortune and great future. t.: uzbekistan". 2015. 9. yermetov a. activities of control bodies in turkestan (worker-peasant militia and worker-peasant inspection in 1917-1924). tashkent: abu press-consult, 2007. 10. ishankhodjaeva z. r. repressive policy of the soviet power and culture of uzbekistan: the tragedy of survival (1925-1953). tashkent: tafakkur, 2011. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org realization of youth interests in democratic reform (on the example of uzbekistan) orzu omonturdiev samarkand state architectural and civil engineering university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article deals with the issue of realization of the interests of youth in uzbekistan. it also focuses on the fact that the policy of caring for young people living in the country is a general guiding principle of society aimed at ensuring the priority of human interests. youth, education, society, politics, spirituality, development. introduction proceeding from the essence of the tendencies that have begun to be felt in recent decades, manifesting themselves more and more clearly, it should be noted that the number of factors directly related to the deepening of the principles of democracy in society is growing. at the same time, new approaches are required in the literal sense in relation to such factors. indeed, more and more often the question arises of harmonizing the principles of modern democracy with the socio-economic foundations of society, the requirements for the general socio-cultural and spiritual level of members of society. therefore, the sustainable development of the state, the continuous development of democracy and its prospects require the tireless formation of social resources with great potential in society. the main idea here is the need to constantly improve the quality of the country's population, turning the country's citizens into a full-fledged support for democratic renewal, the driving force of the future. literature review it is no secret that in the past the human factor was at the center of democratic development in the world, but in the end, the focus was on democratic institutions and common rules. now the situation has completely changed. never before have such high demands been placed on the quality of the human factor for democratic development as today [2]. it should be noted that the policy of caring for the youth living in the country is a general guiding principle of society aimed at ensuring the priority of human interests. on september 14, 2016, a new law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state youth policy" was adopted as an important result of the balanced policy pursued by the state to fully realize the interests of youth further strengthen and develop the political, legal, cultural, and spiritual basis for youth development. this law, consisting of chapter 4 of article 33, strengthens the legal basis of all the opportunities necessary for the realization of the interests of young people, the active participation of young people in society, in particular, high scientific potential. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org in particular, as stated in article 5 of the law "main directions of the state youth policy", the main directions of the state youth policy are: ✓ ensuring the legal freedoms and interests of young people; ✓ protecting the life and health of young people; ✓ promote the spiritual, intellectual, physical and moral development of young people; ✓ ensuring open and quality education for young people; ✓ creation of conditions for youth employment [6]. at present, the improvement of comprehensively educated and patriotic youth, as well as those with innovative thinking skills, has become the leading direction of state policy. methodology &empirical analysis in this regard, it is worth noting that the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan pf5106 dated july 5, 2017 “on improving the efficiency of the state youth policy and supporting the activities of the youth union of uzbekistan” has become extremely important in strengthening the state youth policy. in particular, the resolution reflected the following important ideas and rules: firstly, to transform the youth union of uzbekistan into a structure that effectively interacts with government agencies, non-governmental organizations and other civil society institutions in the implementation of state youth policy in the country, carrying out professional activities under the motto "youth is the builder of the future"; secondly, to protect the rights, freedoms and legitimate interests of young people, to educate them in the spirit of respect for national and universal values, loyalty to the ideas of understanding national identity, patriotism, determination, self-determination, as well as protection from various ideological threats; thirdly, to increase the activity of young people in reforms to build a democratic state and develop civil society, to mobilize all the energy, knowledge and potential for the benefit of the people. with the start of the implementation of the state program "youth is our future", the strategic foundations of youth policy in the country have been further developed and reached a new qualitative level. this state program defines the real parameters for improving the opportunities for the comprehensive development of the country's youth, in particular political, social, economic, legal, scientific and cultural conditions [5]. the leading attention was paid to the issues of a real increase in the social activity of young people, a sharp increase in their intellectual level, the creation of clear and reliable guarantees for the implementation of new ideas and projects in entrepreneurship. results according to the program, the most important condition for the sustainable and rapid development of the country is the education of harmonious, purposeful and energetic young people with modern knowledge and skills, able to take responsibility for the worthy future of the country. the state program provides for the following: a) the creation of the fund "youth is our future" under the youth union of uzbekistan, as well as its district and city branches, financing the activities of the state program from the funds of the fund, b) organization of retraining and advanced training of young people, training in professions that are in high demand on the labor market, as well as instilling business skills in them. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org it is known that in order to ensure the full and consistent implementation of the tasks set in this program, the responsibility of all state bodies and public organizations is equally defined, and the coordination of their activities was entrusted to the service of the administration of the president of the republic of uzbekistan. as a result, an institutional framework was fully created for real and guaranteed implementation of the program. it must be admitted that this program, by its very nature, is a true historical document of the harmonious development of the country's youth. on the basis of the program, the young generation of the country, keeping up with the times, having great potential, high intellectual level, enters the process of rapid development and occupies a high place in the life of society. conclusions the youth of the modern world is the largest generation in the history of mankind in terms of numbers, as there are 2 billion people [4]. tomorrow, the well-being of the planet depends on what kind of people our children grow up to be. education and upbringing, science, development of intellectual potential have become the leading patterns of modern development. therefore, the introduction of the most modern mechanisms for the development of intellectual potential, the development of the education system, the issues of raising the level of education of young people in development occupy a central place in the state policy of the country. it should be noted that the development of innovative thinking in the minds of young people, as well as the formation of the ability to think outside the box, play an important role in the process of increasing intellectual potential [1]. today, it is extremely important to rapidly modernize the activities of all educational institutions, scientific processes in them, based on the goals of innovative education to turn innovation into the most basic component of the educational system. reference 1. qahramonovich h. n. worthy descendants of the samarkandians: enlighteners jadids //world bulletin of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 13. – с. 37-40. 2. tursunovich q. a. ekologik xavfsizlik masalasi va globallashuv jarayonlari //barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 255-258. 3. usmonov f. n. the place of rational and creative thought in turning the virtuality into reality //paradigmata poznani. – 2014. – №. 2. – с. 31-33. 4. rizaev i. synergetics in social systems and its possibilities //global scientific review. – 2022. – т. 10. – с. 62-69. 5. olmasjonovich s. h. et al. at-termiziyning yoshlar tarbiyasiga oid to'plagan hadislari haqida //talqin va tadqiqotlar ilmiy-uslubiy jurnali. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 14. – с. 19-24. 6. turaev b. et al. forecasting the development of processes of training skilled personnel in conditions of improving the quality of tourism services //integration of science, education and practice. scientific-methodical journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 7. – с. 53-60. 7. аликулов с. а. и др. методологические основы экономического регулирования через денежно-кредитную политику //актуальные проблемы экономики, учета, аудита и анализа в современных условиях. – 2021. – с. 13-16. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 8. саматов х. маҳдуми аъзам косонийнинг давлатни бошқариш ва халқ билан мулоқот қилишга оид ижтимоий-сиёсий қарашлари //journal of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 02. – с. 63-72. 9. mardonov r. humanization and humanitarization of higher education in the conditions of the information society //conferencea. – 2021. – с. 21-28. 10. ҳаққулов н. қ. сиддиқий-ажзийнинг ижтимоий-фалсафий қарашлари. – 2020. 11. омонтурдиев о. г., ризаев и. и. эволюционный процесс развития цифровой культуры //актуальные тренды цифровой трансформации промышленных предприятий. – 2022. – с. 209-214. 12. husan m. dialectics of potentiality and virtuality in space and time //european scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 40-42. 13. абдукадырова х. а., латипов а. а. р. оценка инвестиционной привлекательности акционерного предприятия //вестник ниц миси: актуальные вопросы современной науки. – 2019. – №. 22. – с. 5-15. 14. tursunovich k. a. ecological view of the world: nature conservation as a global problem //web of scientist: international scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 6. – с. 1817-1821. 15. usmonov f. problems of modern computer ethics //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 6. – с. 26-32. 16. xaltuxtashevich m. k., gafforovich o. o. the philosophical concept of avicenna: research and methods //thematics journal of social sciences. – 2021. – т. 7. – №. 1. 17. samatov k. issues naqshbandi teaching peace and harmony in society //theoretical & applied science. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 175-179. 18. mardonov r. features of educational services in modern conditions //archive of conferences. – 2021. – т. 22. – №. 1. – с. 100-103. 19. ziyotova a. objectives for forming the ideological immunity in the process of globalization //science and innovation. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. b7. – с. 1148-1151. 20. зиётова а. э., бозоров э. махалля как основа местного самоуправления //экономика и социум. – 2019. – №. 4 (59). – с. 339-342. 21. muhammadiev, kh. potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times / kh. muhammadiev // . – 2022. – no. 3(107). – p. 1000-1004. 22. сафаров, а. и. свободное общество: синергетический подход / а. и. сафаров, и. и. ризаев // социально-экономическое развитие региона: опыт, проблемы, инновации : материалы ix международной научно-практической конференции, смоленск, 31 мая 2022 года. – смоленск: маджента, 2022. – с. 242-246. 23. azimov s. b., mamarahimov k. k. перспективы этичности и эстетики в молодежной экономической деятельности //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 5. – с. 826-829. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org central asia in the foreign policy of the people's republic of china anri sharapov phd, interim associate professor of university of world economics and diplomacy (uwed) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s at present, we are participants and observers of the formation of a new world order, where the position of asian states is being strengthened in the world political and economic arena. this is primarily due to the continent of eurasia. as a result of the ongoing reforms, china has become the economic locomotive of the world. in the foreign policy of this state, the central asian region plays an important economic and geopolitical role. since for the development of the economy, china needs natural resources available on the territory of the states of central asia. on the other hand, there are also interests of such leading actors of the world as the usa, the russian federation. despite the fact that china has established relations with the region since ancient times, at present, beijing has formed specific relations with each state of central asia. in this respect, beijing's belt and road initiative is of great importance. eurasia, central asia, people's republic of china, geopolitics, usa, russian federation, «one belt one way», regional integration. introduction in modern geopolitical conditions, the importance of the eurasian continent is increasing. this is primarily due to the rise of the people's republic of china, as a result of the ongoing reforms, the author of which was such a charismatic personality as deng xiaoping. the rapid development of the prc directly affects both the world order and the relations of the prc with neighboring states and regions. in this sense, the central asian region is no exception. what is eurasia from a geographical and geopolitical point of view and what is the place of the prc in the eurasian continent, this is something that will always have to be borne in mind. eurasia is the largest landmass in terms of area. the area of eurasia is 54.8 million km2. this is 36.7% of the total land area. the continent of eurasia includes two parts of the world europe and asia. part of the world is a historical concept. it is believed that the name europe comes from the phoenician west (west, which meant the side where the sun sets), respectively, asia from the word sunrise, that is, the side of the horizon where the sun rises [1]. it should also be noted that eurasia is washed by four oceans: the atlantic from the west, the arctic from the north, the pacific from the east and the indian from the south. eurasia is the birthplace of the most ancient civilizations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org methodology eurasia is gradually turning into a supercontinent, which, despite close ties with russia, will be led by china, kent calder believes. the main thing is that it does not become too profitable for him. but at the same time, america will not be suppressed by him, and there are a number of reasons for this [2]. here it is necessary to take into account that, be that as it may, until now and in the near future, the west represented by the united states will remain the world center of technological development. this is primarily due to the influence of science, education, fundamental research in social practice and in the politics of western countries. as k.calder notes, until now the american continent was considered a supercontinent. since the transamerican railroad connected the two coasts of america in 1869, this country has become "the power of two oceans the atlantic and the pacific." moreover, after the panama canal was opened in 1914, america turned into a real superpower. today, similar processes are taking place in eurasia, connecting this continent together. born on the basis of the historical "silk road", the modern chinese idea of "one belt, one road" is the implementation of the concept of "super-eurasia" [2]. as a response to the initiative of the prc, one can note the idea of creating a blue dot network, led by washington. the us, australia and japan announced the blue dot network during the indo-pacific business forum in bangkok on november 4, 2019. the initiative is consistent with the g20 principles for investment in quality infrastructure, especially in terms of governance, environmental standards and transparency. the united states “is committed to a transparent, competitive, market-driven system that benefits all participants,” secretary of state michael pompeo said in october 2019. this is different from a system based on a state-controlled economic model, where deals are made in exchange for bribes and without regard to the needs of local communities [3]. this initiative is most likely aimed, firstly, to strengthen the positions of the initiating countries in the process of geopolitical rivalry with china; secondly, as a financial instrument of washington. naturally, many eurasian scientists were engaged in the study of eurasia. this is an indisputable fact. but in modern conditions, as already mentioned above, we are seeing that the continent is becoming an arena for a clash of interests of the world's leading actors. in this regard, a whole research field is revealed, both for representatives of the academic community and for empiricists. according to k.calder, there are three important turning points in the development of the eurasian idea. first. after the collapse of the ussr in 1991, a huge “empty” region formed to the west of china. and immediately began the chinese penetration into the central regions of eurasia, into its very heart. bearing in mind its enormous energy needs, china sought to use the eurasian space as a link to the middle east. this began to somewhat resemble the "great imperialist competition" for eurasia that unfolded here in the 19th century. only this time the absolute superiority turned out to be china. thus, the previous balance of power on the continent has changed. second. this is a financial and banking crisis in the west, which began with the collapse of the mortgage lending bank lehman brothers. then china seriously rushed to the west. at a tremendous pace, he was building infrastructure in his western provinces sichuan, gansu and the xinjiang uygur autonomous region. third is the crisis in ukraine. in connection with the western sanctions adopted against russia for its invasion of crimea, relations between the west and moscow have become very complicated. the countries of central and eastern europe have been hastily re-examining their ties with russia and at american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org the same time strengthening relations with china. as a result, the 16+1 format was born, in which 16 european countries acted on the one hand and china on the other. and at present, this confrontation has reached a completely different qualitative level, where the fate of the world order that is in force to this day is already being decided. until then, asia and europe were connected only by the trans-siberian railway, passing through russia. china has begun to expand the railway network in eurasia. including for these purposes, it created a number of international financial institutions, for example, the aiib bank, specially designed to finance large infrastructure projects. thus, china is trying to bring europe closer to itself [5]. as for china's relations with the countries of central asia, it should be noted that they have rather ancient roots. nevertheless, the central asian countries face an urgent question of a historical, civilizational and geopolitical nature do we know china? leading sinologist, doctor of history a.khodzhaev notes that china has maintained close ties with central asia since ancient times. through it, the achievements of science and art of other nations, buddhism and islam, penetrated into this country, which had a great influence on chinese culture. moreover, the spread of islam led to the emergence in china of a new ethnic group, called the dungans (huizu), whose formation was influenced by immigrants from modern uzbekistan and neighboring republics. chinese goods went to central asia and on to south asia, the middle east and europe. at the same time, chinese culture was spreading [4]. in the future, the development of relations was influenced by several reasons. the first is the issue of borders between the two empires. there are enough agreements on this issue in bilateral relations. an example is the following historical fact. in 1882-1884, in accordance with the provisions of the st. petersburg treaty, the borders of the possessions of the two empires in central asia were demarcated, 5 protocols and 2 descriptions of the border were signed. in particular, the new margilan protocol of 1884 was devoted to determining the border line between the ferghana valley and kashgaria. in the process of demarcation of the border line, the interests of local peoples were not taken into account. according to russian researchers, in determining the boundaries between the fergana valley and kashgaria, deviations from the original border of the kokand khanate in favor of china were allowed, and the issues of the eastern pamirs were not resolved. an agreement on delimitation in the pamirs was reached in 1894. in accordance with it, the border line between the two empires ran from the uzbel pass along the sarykol range to the junction of the territories of russia, afghanistan and china. however, the course of preparation of the agreement was very complex and controversial. the qing empire claimed the entire eastern pamirs. the second is the influence of internal political processes in russia and china on the resolution of issues regarding borders. treaties of 1911 and 1915 were concluded between the two empires on border issues, and at this the process of territorial demarcation between the russian and qing empires was completed, since over the next decade both of them were overthrown by revolutionary movements [4]. results and discussion in the soviet period, border issues still remained an important component in bilateral relations and were of a conflictogenic nature. thus, the issues of border settlement that arose in the 19th century became a kind of legacy of the past for the newly independent countries of central asia. this issue is relevant from the point of view of studying chinese political and strategic culture, as it allows a deeper study of the behavior of the chinese as neighbors of central asia. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org at the end of the 20th century, the nature of bilateral relations began to transform. this was primarily due to several factors: 1. the countries of central asia became independent subjects of international relations, which allowed beijing to start solving the most important issue border settlement with the central asian countries. 2. the prc economy needed markets and natural resources and transport and communication capabilities of central asia. 3. the need to ensure the security of xuar's borders with central asia. as a result, on september 8, 1992, an agreement was reached in minsk on the formation of a commission consisting of representatives of russia, kazakhstan, kyrgyzstan and tajikistan to negotiate the border with china. a principled approach to them was also developed based on the recognition of the results of the negotiations held by the former ussr, including the agreement on the numerical reduction of border troops. in 1992, joint statements of the prc with kazakhstan and kyrgyzstan were adopted. they note that the parties will adhere to the principles of equal dialogue and mutual concessions. in 1993, a joint declaration of the people's republic of china and tajikistan was signed [4]. thus, it can be noted that control over space, being a sphere of geopolitics, has always been relevant in relations between china and central asia. subsequently, these issues were touched upon during meetings of the delegations of the prc and these three central asian states at the highest level. on april 26, 1996, in shanghai, the president of the people's republic of china and the presidents of russia, kazakhstan, kyrgyzstan and tajikistan signed the "agreement on confidence-building in the military field in the border area", called by some russian experts the "non-aggression pact". in accordance with it, the parties undertake: refuse military maneuvers that threaten the other side; limit the scale, zones and number of military exercises; notify each other about important military operations in the 100-kilometer border strip; to strengthen friendly ties between military units in the border area and border troops; to inform each other in advance about the movements, exercises and other actions of their troops; strive to turn the areas near the border into a zone of trust and stability [4]. the past years have shown that the sco has become a key mechanism for cooperation between the members of this organization. sco summit held in september 2022 in samarkand, on the one hand, showed that the activities of the organization had already reached a qualitatively high level, and on the other hand, demonstrated the achievements of the diplomacy of uzbekistan, the principles of which are non-alignment, openness and cooperation. currently, the activities of the organization pay serious attention to the energy agenda, since china is the main consumer of primary energy resources in the asian region. more than 60% of china's energy balance is formed by coal, this is the only resource with which the country provides itself. dependence on oil imports reached 70% in 2019; in the same year, china's total economic demand for crude oil was 420 million tons. own natural gas production (about 140 billion m3 per year) covers up to 60% of the country's needs, while imports reach 80 billion m3 per year with a total consumption of 220 billion m3 in 2019. the main lng suppliers are australia, qatar, uae, malaysia, indonesia (60%). gas is also supplied through the pipeline from central asia (35 billion m3 per year). for central asia, china is the main export market for energy resources. explored oil reserves on the territory of kazakhstan american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org are about 4 billion tons, on the territory of uzbekistan 1 billion tons. the subsoil of kazakhstan contains about 1 trillion m3 of natural gas, uzbekistan 1.2 trillion m3. and this is not all proven reserves [6]. one of the important components in bilateral relations between china and central asia is the “one belt, one road”. it seems that this is globalization the chinese way. in this initiative of beijing, central asia is of no small importance. revealing the significance of the great silk road, chinese president xi jinping notes that china and the countries of central asia are close neighbors, connected by common mountains and rivers. china attaches great importance to the development of relations of friendship and cooperation with the countries of central asia and considers this as a priority for chinese diplomacy [5]. sinologist a.khodzhaev considers this phenomenon more broadly and notes that, after the song dynasty (960-1279), the center of the world economy moved from east to west. now the process is reversed. by 2025, the world center of economic development will completely move from west to east. in this process, the first 10 years of xxi became the most rapidly developing period for china. with the shift of the economic comes the shift of the political. at the same time, the main burden is borne by china, which intends to ensure the free movement of goods, capital and labor [7]. the cooperation between the prc and the central asian countries is dominated not only by issues of an economic and fuel and energy nature, but also the mechanisms of "soft power" are clearly manifested. despite the fact that in political sciences there is a point of view that j. nye is the founding father of "soft power", there are facts in chinese sources about the use of soft influence in the history of chinese civilization. the meaning of life, according to the precepts of confucius, is to reveal the moral foundations of human nature, and this occupation gives a person not only moral satisfaction and even pure, serene joy, before which all the pleasures of a vain soul fade, but also authority and, in the end, power over the world. . this power, however, is exercised in a non-violent way and is possible only where trust and honesty reign in relations between people [8]. in the context of globalization, the confucius institutes are an important tool of chinese “soft power”. according to the hanban annual report, by the end of 2020, 541 confucius institutes and 1170 confucius classrooms have been established in 162 countries (regions) of the world. in particular, five confucius institutes have already been established in kazakhstan, four in kyrgyzstan, two each in tajikistan and uzbekistan [9]. in addition, within the framework of the activities of the confucius institutes, chinese holidays and festivals are held. it should be noted that the chinese language is more in demand than korean and japanese. the holiday is a cultural phenomenon that is formed and developed as a result of a long historical process, which is an important part of the national culture in the life of the country [10]. exploring the cooperation between the prc and the central asian countries, it should be noted that they continue in the context of a pandemic. according to prc ambassador to uzbekistan jiang yan, the concept of a community with a common destiny for mankind put forward by prc president xi jinping is widely accepted in the international arena. being the first to suffer from the coronovirus epidemic, china immediately informed the world health organization about the incident and constantly shares its experience in epidemic prevention and control with other countries. china donated american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org $50 million to the who and provided assistance to more than 150 countries and international organizations [11]. during this period, china exported (as of may 23, 2020) 56.8 billion masks and 250 million protective clothing sets, incl. there are over 12 billion masks in the us. large-scale emergency assistance was provided: 26 medical teams were sent to 24 countries, and training courses were organized in 45 african countries to combat the epidemic [12]. we are currently witnessing the implementation of a major transport and logistics project in central asia. the countries of the region agreed to coordinate efforts in promoting the multimodal transport corridor asia pacific china kyrgyzstan uzbekistan turkmenistan azerbaijan georgia turkey europe. this project, which should have been implemented quite a long time ago, only today has the opportunity to be implemented, which will be an additional incentive for the development of the economies of the central asian countries. from the point of view of political geography, the uniqueness of the region lies in the lack of access to seaports, as a result of which the export-import operations of the countries of the region are under a geographical determinant. it seems that the wider use of the possibilities of the above railway communications will contribute to the improvement of the situation of the countries of the region. conclusion as part of the conclusion, it should be noted that, in the context of the formation of a new world order, the continent of eurasia is of key importance for the stable development of mankind. this, first of all, is possible thanks to the trusting relationship between the countries of eurasia. on the other hand, china and its relations with the russian federation, the united states, and others are a major player. important is china's cooperation with the central asian countries, which have reached a completely different qualitative level, covering all spheres of the national economy. investments, technologies, equipment from china are necessary for the modernization of industry, agriculture, construction of the countries of the region. an important place in relations is occupied by the issues of ensuring security and stability in the central asian region. in conditions of turbulence in world politics, security issues are paramount. moreover, this imposes a huge responsibility on the sco. however, the countries of the region should be aware of the importance of dynamic regional cooperation among the countries of central asia. this would allow the region to rise to a higher level of regional integration and diversification of technological and trade and economic ties with other innovatively developed economies of the world. references 1. geographical position and history of the study of eurasia. https://foxford.ru/wiki/geografiya/geographicheskoye-polochenie-i-istiria-issledovaniya-evrazii 2. toyo keizai (japan): the revival of the eurasian continent will radically change the world. formation of a new supercontinent led by china. https://inosmi.ru/20200123/246684085.html 3. the role of the blue dot network in financing infrastructure projects // ttps://share.america.gov/ru29/01.2020. 4. ходжаев а. китайский фактор в центральной азии. т.: фан, 2007. -с.5. 5. си цзиньпин. о государственном управлении. издательство литературы на иностранных языках. пекин. 2014. с.389. https://foxford.ru/wiki/geografiya/geographicheskoye-polochenie-i-istiria-issledovaniya-evrazii https://inosmi.ru/20200123/246684085.html american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org 6. корнеев к.а. оценка масштабов торговли энергоресурсами в рамках шос // проблемы дальнего востока №5, 2021. с.36.38. 7. ходжаев а. китайский фактор в центральной азии. т.: 2020. с.315. 8. китайская военная стратегия. новые переводы в.в. малявина. м.: 2004. с.18. 9. chun chenchen. confucius institutes and their activities in the countries of the central asian region // https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/instituty-konfutsiya-i-ih-deyatelnost-v-stranah-tsentralnoaziatskogo-regiona/viewer 10. zhang xiaoling. significance of the establishment of international tea in the context of the development of the world tea industry //проблемы дальнего востока. №5, 2021. -с.187. 11. jiang yan: china and uzbekistan have supported each other and achieved great success in countering the coronovirus pandemic and developing bilateral relations // http://isrs.uz/ru/ 12. портяков в.я. основные моменты внешнеполитического курса китайской народной республики в 2020 году//проблемы дальнего востока №2, 2021. с.10 http://isrs.uz/ru/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org significance of anatomical structure and physiological functions in learning swimming techniques d.t. tursunova teacher of the department of physical culture, faculty of physical culture, namangan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the process of learning swimming techniques, the importance of the athlete's anatomical structure and physiological functions has been explained. properties of water, water resistance, eddy resistance, wave resistance, static swimming, dynamic swimming, body balance, specific gravity, buoyant force of water, displacement of a swimmer, amplitude, anatomical structure, physiological functions. the republic of uzbekistan is a serquyosh land with its own rivers, lakes, rivers, and artificial reservoirs. people who have long lived on the banks of rivers such as syrdarya, sirdarya, zarephath, chirchik, angren rivers, akhtor, and korah have long lived for the benefit of people struggling with submission. only a few canals (the fargo canal, etc.), reservoirs (tuyamo'yin, chorvoq waterfall, and so on), as well as a number of reservoirs (lake comfort, tashkent sea this was set on fire. they are a resource for the development of fishing, crop irrigation, roller coaster use, and at the same time swimming sport, which is a vital necessity for the population serving as a member of the the beginning of swimming sports dates back to 1924-1925 in uzbekistan. although special pools were not built during those years, for the first time hydroelectric power plants were built. in tashkent, for example, the bo'zsuv dam was blocked and an artificial reservoir was formed. this , in turn, has become a favorite place of rest and bathing for residents, young people. by the summer of 1927, the republic was the first in our yacht this time, a swimming competition was held at this water station between the cities of tashkent and samarkand. this, in turn, helped the members of the 1928 spartakia team to be selected, including nadejda pak, nina lobava, petr kravchenko and others became members. however, in spartacus, swimmers from the u.s. team participated very emptyly and finished high-16th only in the turkmen team. despite him, this spartacus also contributed to the development of swimming sports in bucharest, andijoi, tashkent, fargo, and other cities of the republic of uzbekistan . sports swimming techniques are organized and improved by a person's ability to move. the action form depends on the structure of the joints, their shape and mobility. well-moving athletes with joints can move freely and oso n along a large pathway without changing the state of the wheel and the harmony of public movements, thus attracting large muscle groups. performing amplitude-actions at a greater intensity is one of the basic conditions of sports swimming technique and helps to save energy. the slowness of wherethe joints are so poor makes it difficult to properly master the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org technique and reduces the effectiveness of performing sports, which means that additional efforts are required. the mobility of the hand depends only on the mobility of the shoulder joints without b, but also on the mobility of the shoulders, spines, chest and waist pieces. if the shoulder part of the waist is not sufficiently moving, the batterflyay-dolphin mode swimmer is forced to raise the top of the wheel to perform a hand-held preparatory movement . the mobility of the lungs, especially the knee, the bollard joints, plays a major role in swimming in brass mode: its limitations are to perform extensive donkey movements with the legs he doesn't let it go. if the spine is slow to move, the swimmer in the krol mode will not only turn his head to breathe, but also raise it. these actions violate the overall structure and compatibility. the resulting embryo was placed in nutrients and then inserted into her womb, where it implanted. swimmers with low mobility in the bollard-paw joints do not achieve high results in crooked mode and swimming with a swally foot, in some cases not even moving to the frontnest . the intermolecular force from all these flourishing wood , had to be carved by hand and made as straight as possible. therefore, the shape of the grid and mainly its state play the first d-shaped and decisive role in organizing moving movements. given the importance of joint mobility, swimmers should constantly perform exercises that will help them develop this feature. the diver's muscles are shortened by impulses from the central nervous system and move lakes and feet, performing mechanical work and ensuring that the gastrointestinal tract moves in the water. the swimmer's muscles are not as shortened for a long time as during static exercises in the swimming pool, but perform a dynamic job, so they are soft and slippery must be. the legal exchange of rape and looseness, the work of agonist muscles adapted with synergistic and antagonistic muscles , keeps the suzuvc higa at different distances at a high rate and speed will help. muscle abuse and vacuum exchange could serve as a heart-to-heart strength, even if the duration of the central arousal and persistent muscle abuse lead to rapid fatigue . sports swimming methods consist of a cycle of exercise, characterized by the legal return of the same exercises many times. it is enough to learn one of the cycles of action to be able to analyze the technique of sports swimming methods. in all methods of suzzlework, the movement cycle differs from the donkey, the preparation phases. the quality of the technique of the swimmer's ability to save his energy in the preparation pallet and to transparently use it in this part of the donkey's movement, which requires optimal power shows. some of the lectern swimmers overscatter their muscles during movement . basically this applies to those who are just learning to swim. such a scattering of muscles disrupts the rhythm of breathing. observing the world's most powerful swimmers shows that muscles involved in direct donkeys are maximized in the preparatory stages. it is very necessary to see. optimal emptying of muscles in the preparation pallet ensures peaceful and easy travel of medium and long distances. excessive muscle abuse reduces technology productivity and quickly exhausts the body, increasing the amount of donkey movement. even when swimming in cold water, muscle zo'rayishi increases and it becomes difficult to empty, which reduces even the sporting results of highly qualified swimmers. the structure of the wheel or the proportion of parts of the wheel also affects the ability to master swimming techniques well and to improve sports skills. swimmers with long and well-developed limbs and medium weight can show high sports results. at the olympics and major competitions, many won were tall, limbs long, not as large as they were. most swimmers between the ages of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 14 and 17 (mainly during the rapid growth of beetles) have low muscle strength, with a relatively low weight with high results . of course, the length of the neck and limbs alone cannot determine the level of spert results, which will only set the stage for the future sporting activity of the swimmer. one of the main factors in achieving high sports skills is the functional characteristics of the floating organism and the ability to develop and improve the exercise process. that is why low-lying but regular swimming skills, and overall physical sueish preparation is ranked among the strongest swimmers in the world . in major competitions, victory can be achieved in various ways of swimming. in addition to the swimmer's functional capabilities, the exercise process improves his or her ability to move. since then, a new, mature incomprehensible connection has been established between parts of the body and the movement apparatus. this ensures that the technique is much more efficient: open and unnecessary movements are lost, muscle forces are directed to the muhim stages of donkeying, to the personal characteristics of the swimmer the corresponding hara-kat speed and character arise. when swimmers develop such concepts as 'feeling water' or 'feeling the time', the new movement is as complex as studying and improving horses conditional reflexes begin to appear. these occur under internal and external influences. there are 3 stages that are interconnected in the formation of action skills, but one is not separated from the other by a specific chequer: to correctly understand the first phase-action, some elements of technology and the relationship between them are studied. the second stage – excessive mobility and unnecessary muscle abuse – is completed. the third bossicle-motion skills will be improved. repeating the action studied many times creates a deep understanding of movements and is thin between the nervous system, respiratory organs, the cardiovascular and other systems of the body communication arises. the ability to move is determined and expanded, creating a certain system of stimulation and disruption in the cerebral cortex. at the same time, the movements will be much more automated, and the swimmer will focus on performing certain elements of the technique, with distance tactics or wrestling with his opponents in sports it is possible. some of the shortcomings and disadvantages of swimming techniques are addressed at the direction of the coach. the interrelationship and compatibility of all movements with breath increases the strength of the donkey, and the compatibility of movements has a positive effect on the external form. but when swimming, it is important to take into account that sudden acceleration of the tempo can disrupt the harmony of movements. the speed of swimming should be increased n-n-slowly and carefully, without disrupting the technique. the resulting embryo was given to develop in nutrients and then inserted into her womb, where it implanted gives. this , in turn, increases the efficiency of the machinery and increases the length of the slider's movement or donkey as a result of each donkey movement. as an athlete's skills increase, "feeling water" will be greatly improved and the power of gravity will increase. a 3-5 day break in exercise preduces skin and kinetic sensitivity. but with the onset of engagement, this sensation is immediately restored. "feel water" when exercising too much, deteriorating health and getting tired, as well as when the speed of movement after the menopausalappearance in the competitions is high and the water american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org temperature is low to do so will be thirsty." the thirst for "feeling water" sometimes affects the snfat of technology and the rate of swimming, even if it does not affect the external form of movement. in parallel with "feeling water," the likes of "sensing time" and "feeling the pace" also develop, with a clear, planned period of time, pressing at the same speed. and it's characterized by passing. this concept arises due to the interaction of motion, sight and hearing apparatus with the environment. when swimming the distance, the swimmer senses a certain degree of water resistance, takes into account external conditions, the speed at which it moves forward, the strength of the donkey with hands and feet the taste, the speed at which movements are repeated, and so on. according to the foregoing , the athlete determines his or her swimming speed by comparing the results of sports he previously showed when sailing the distance to the present, and is intended to putn tactically in front of him can change the speed. in many experienced swimmers, "feeling the time" and "feeling the pace" will be well developed. as they swim the distance , they maintain a steady pace and travel each section of the distance at the intended speed. with such sensitivity , the swimmer will have mastered a technique that can achieve high sports skills. to do this, a coach needs to understand the personal characteristics of an athlete and use it wisely in the process of acquiring and improving the technique. proper use of the physical properties and willpower of the swimmer increases the efficiency of swimming techniques and helps achieve high sports performance in a short time. a creative approach to the achievements of modern technology in teaching sports swimming methods and the success of teachers in their great work on improving their sports skills and it's a xizmhorse. the bible's viewpoint: 1. i. abdurahman. the barkham generation is the foundation of uzbekistan's development. oriental publication. tashkent. 1998. 2. i. abdurahman. national ideology: basic concepts and principles. manual. tashkent. 2001. 3. i. abdurahman. the barkham generation is the foundation of uzbekistan's development. speech at the ninth session of the u.s. supreme court. tashkent. august 29, 1997 4. o.a.sobirova. teaching children to swim. tashkent. published by jehovah's witnesses. 5. o.a.sobirova. "if you say you will be healthy." tashkent. published by jehovah's witnesses. 6. o.a.sobirova. "learn the art of swimming." tashkent. published by jehovah's witnesses. 7. i. tangirov, a.a.lepiskiy. "swimming." tashkent. published by jehovah's witnesses. 8. v.z.afanasova, a.r.voronsova, a.j.bulgakova. «theory and methodology plavaniya». moscow. 9. o.a.sobirova. "swimming." tashkent. published by jehovah's witnesses. 10. v.i.consulmen. «plavaniye». 11. «texnika sportivnogo plavaniya». mfis. 12. o.a.sobirova. "swimming is a vital factor in life." tashkent. published by jehovah's witnesses. 13. a.rixsiyeva, x.torayev. "fundamentals of sports medicine". tashkent. "medicine" is ahorse. 14. n.x.bulgakova. 'plavaniye'. m., izdatelstvo–s. 15. «program plavaniya». moskva. 16. o.a.sobirova. "swimming." tashkent. published by jehovah's witnesses. 1993 year. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org the importance of tautology in speech and the emergency of new method rozimbayeva sitora nurmamatovna 3rd grade student, national university of uzbekistan foreign language and literature the english language a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s tautology is a widely used word device in a language that makes the language understandable and rich. but sometimes it is not necessary to use it during the speech. this article explains its pros and cons in detail. words, lexicologic expressions, poetic unity, literature, acronyms, new method, phrases, synonyms. introduction a tautology is an expression that says the same thing twice but in a different way. tautology is a special and unintentional use of the same root words in a phrase, sentences or unreasonable repetition of the same word in a statement. the term is formed by combination of the ancient greek words "the same" and "words". it seems basically being redundant saying the same thing twice. so why would anybody say the same thing again and again? to use tautology is necessary for some reasons and also there are different expressions that commonly used in the english language. they may be also listened in everyday conversations. when people may hear tautology: ● everyday conversations ● poetry ● songs ● literature ● acronyms ● advertising if tautology is used in poetry, people are talking about rhyming and it is a way to give an image inside in a painting picture in their head. songs and poetry are very similar people will repeat themselves again and again. in literature and books they are used these are as a literary device and acronyms too. they are common acronyms that are actually tautology and people do not seem tautology or they are not aware of this. the last one is advertising, they are used in advertising because people desire to repeat. as a result people remember whatever product and service it is. this is a little awkward but there is a common expression people use all the time, it is also tautology. this is a very popular expression in english and it is utilized in everyday conversation. "it is, what it is" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org that is the way the situation is people say this is same all the time. it means that it is not changed "there is nothing they can do that is the situation, and that is life. another example: " this is a short summary of article". a short summary this would be an example of tautology, because a summary is a short synopsis, the main deal or a short explanation of the main talking points. therefore, the meaning of the summary is something that is short and do not need to say it is short, it becomes redundant. "i get up at 6 a.m. in the morning". in there it must be used a.m. or in the morning because the meanings are the same and it is also tautology. if something is requirement then it is necessary. but often if somebody is talking about requirement they would use this is really to emphasize it. people may use it in the classroom and teachers would say them, since they constantly repeat the information. there is a great expression it is said 'a great teacher never says things once'. they always repeat their speech twice or three times to be understandable for students everything and they desire students to remember the main points of their speech and instructions. "in my opinion, i think that…" the only time it would be acceptable if there is a long pause and somebody is actually trying to think about what they want to say to express themselves. turning to the acronyms, acronyms are shortened form of a phrase, they were taken the first letters of the words and pronounced all the first letters together. an example for this, "atm machine" (automated teller machine) there are many famous statements, one of them was written by william shakespeare. this is a wellknown english tautology in literature. "to be or not to be, this is a question". advertising tautology people want to repeat information and make the person who is listening to the advertisement they wish for making it very clear what it is happening. "this is a new innovation" it was basically used the advertisement to describe an innovation which is already in the meaning. "my brother is a single bachelor" in there a single bachelor is a tautology. single and bachelor express the same consent. the word single is inherent in bachelor. in this context the word single means unmarried and bachelor means unmarried man. it iz seen the word unmarried is repeated twice, this example can be corrected by crossing out the word single. "we are giving away free tickets" in there to give away means that it is free, it does not have to pay for it so that people could only say they are giving away tickets but again in many situations peeple would say they are giving away free tickets for emphasis and clarity. as you can see, tautology makes the word richer and more understandable, it can be taken as a type of repetition method. because usually students remember what they have learned through repetition, and repetition through this method, i.e. repeating the word itself or repeating it with synonyms, helps to remember it more. using expressions that you use in everyday life in the educational system is also beneficial. but words can be understood if we do not use them in speech. however, it can be useful to include it in a new method in the field of education to remember new information through interesting american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org and wonderful words.this method increases children's courage and speed, and also makes their brains stronger during learning.it should be done continuously. here is a question. why do people remember lyrics so quickly and so memorably? because they hear the song over and over again and sing along, that is, by repeating it and practicing it with their own language, the brain takes it as important and the next time those memorized words and phrases are easily and makes it easy to use. to sum up tautology is widely used in speech, it is also used to make speech understandable and to emphasize words in a sentence. it is widely used not only in oral speech, but also in advertisements, literature, acronyms, and songs. the most important aspect is that it can be very useful for students to learn during the lesson. this is an innovative repetition method. it helps children to understand and memorize the words and phrases they are learning in an interesting and memorable way. used literature 1. andewi w. and waziana w. an analysis of teacher's speech acts teaching and learning process. teknosastik., vol.17(1), 2019. pp.29-34. 2. bardovi harling k. developing l2 pragmatics. language learning, 63, 2013. pp.68-86. 3. wikipedia.org, https:// en.m.wikipedia.org>wiki. tautology wikipedia 4. patrick skerrett, what is tautology? stat, 3. march. 2023. 5.“tautology.”merriam-webster.com dictionary, merriam-webster, https://www.merriamwebster.com/dictionary/tautology. accessed 17 apr. 2023. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the content of an i̇ndi̇vi̇dual approach to the i̇mplementati̇on of the educati̇onal process i̇n a preschool educati̇onal organi̇zati̇on esanova gulzoda ortikboevna navoi state pedagogical institute, department of preschool education, "theory and methods of education and training", master of the 2nd degree a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the problem of individualization of the educational process with the introduction of inclusive practice in pre-school educational institutions, the inclusion of children with disabilities in general education is discussed, and the tasks that practitioners should address in accordance with the requirements of gef preschool education: the readiness of teachers to solve problems inclusion, provision of interaction between specialists of different profiles, inclusion of parents in an inclusive process, the construction of an educational process and taking into account special educational needs, individual opportunities, potential abilities of each child, monitoring the dynamics of children's development are described. the importance of introducing a diagnosis of the individual dynamics of the development of a child with disabilities into the practice of preschool education, which opens up new opportunities in building an educational process that serves as a means to increase the effectiveness of the teacher and preschool educational organization is emphasized. the conditions of a qualitative process of psychological and pedagogical support of children of preschool age with idd are discussed on the basis of individualization of education in conditions of education. inclusive preschool education, individualization, children with disabilities, individual development dynamics of the child. inclusion in preschool education is a fairly new thing. if in general education schools this direction has become more widespread, then in preschool educational organizations, teachers have less idea about this. pointed out the need to create such a system of education in which a child with disabilities would not be excluded from the society of children with normal development. he pointed out that for all its merits, our special (correctional) school is distinguished by the main drawback that it closes its pupil into a narrow circle of a specific school team, creates a closed world in which everything is adapted to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org the child’s defect, everything fixes his attention on his own shortcoming and does not bring him into real life. thus, l.s. vygotsky was one of the first to substantiate the idea of integrated learning. however, the concept of "integrated learning" has a fundamental difference from the concept of "inclusive learning". inclusive education is the process of developing general education, which implies the availability of education for everyone in terms of adapting the conditions for receiving it to the characteristics of each child, including those with special needs, creating the most favorable conditions for their learning and development. while integrated learning assumes that a student with disabilities must adapt to the conditions that are created in the educational organization. the individualization of preschool education, as practice shows, is a very difficult task for all participants in educational relations who carry out their professional activities in different types of educational organizations. like any innovation, inclusive practice needs a special professional and at the same time creative approach on the part of all participants in educational relations in order to obtain high-quality results. first of all, the success of inclusive preschool education depends on the availability of specialists, special psychologists, teachers-defectologists, speech therapists, on the level of preparedness of educators in solving the problems of inclusion, as well as on the level of motivation of parents raising children with disabilities, whose interest in accompanying their children together with the kindergarten should be on top. it is the quality of interaction between a psychologist, teachers and parents that will determine how the individual development trajectory of a child with disabilities develops [6; nine]. the characteristic specifics of the educational process are determined by special educational needs, both common to all categories of children with disabilities, and specific, inherent in a separate category of children, which are quite difficult for a teacher to understand [1; five]. therefore, for the educator of a general educational preschool organization, the usual educational tasks in the context of inclusive practice are sometimes transformed into problems of such complexity, the solution of which becomes inaccessible, which leads to self-doubt. in this case, the support from specialists is very important. another problem, which is also very difficult, is the organization of interaction at the level of "adult child", which should be built in a new format of partnerships [7]. so far, we have to state that the transition to this level is very difficult, not only for the educator and parents, but also for specialists. to imagine that the process of interaction with the child should look somehow different, it turned out to be difficult for the teacher, who fit into the established traditional system of interpersonal relations. the established order of interaction between adults and children is perceived by many teachers as quite natural. the next problem in the framework of ensuring high-quality individualization of education in the context of inclusive practice, we associate with the requirements of preschool education for educational results in the form of targets “at the exit” from early and preschool age, which, in our firm opinion, must be specified in the target section, taking into account age features, individual capabilities, abilities, interests, special educational needs of children with disabilities. the results of diagnosing the individual development of preschoolers with disabilities allow us to see not only the weaknesses of the professional activity of a particular teacher, but also to identify those aspects of his activity that he is good at, which can be the basis for generalizing work experience and its dissemination. the organization of interaction between teachers to analyze the results of studying the dynamics of the child's individual development and planning the next step in development makes the system of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org teachers' activities mobile, responding to current issues, and can significantly change the quality of preschool education for the better. it should be noted that diagnostic data are not important in themselves, but are necessary for building a program of correctional and developmental work with a child based on the zone of its proximal development, which gives an adult a chance to organize the process of his interaction with the child so that the “step in development” of the child is made. for this, the following conditions must be met: • establishment of partner interaction between an adult and a child, who becomes a full-fledged subject of educational relations; • providing the child with the opportunity of independent activity, carried out with the support of an adult; • appropriation by the child in the activities of those methods that are implemented jointly with an adult, and through the reflection of their own and joint methods of activity; • variability of joint actions to overcome a problem situation, when development can occur simultaneously in several directions, or, as he wrote, “one step in learning can give one hundred steps in development”; • the formation of the child's ability to see and overcome their own difficulties, ie. developing and strengthening his confidence in his own abilities, which is an important and valuable resource for inclusive practice. let us dwell on solving the problem of creating a flexible developing subject-spatial environment as one of the conditions for the qualitative individualization of the educational process in a group of combined orientation. here it must be said that the correctional and developmental environment is an important rehabilitation and socially adaptive means of educating and developing children with and has a significant difference from the subject-developing environment of general preschool organizations. a number of principles that determine the corrective orientation of the subjectdeveloping environment have been identified: • preventive orientation: prevention of the appearance of deviations in the psychophysical development of the child through socially adaptive ways of his interaction with adults and peers, special didactic, play and everyday material; • propaedeutic orientation: gradual introduction of the child into the information field with special equipment for the implementation of the tasks of sensory, motor, intellectual development, psychoemotional relief, social orientation, etc.; • compensatory orientation: activation of safe analyzers, thinking, speech, memory on the basis of special socially organized developing subject-spatial environment; • correctional orientation: correction of secondary disorders in the psychophysical development of children using special educational material. a specific condition for accompanying a child with is the availability of adapted materials. their adaptation can be carried out individually for a particular child, as well as for working with a group of children with similar characteristics. the most common ways of adapting educational material and the tasks themselves for working with children include: simplifying the instructions for the task; individualization of stimulus materials; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the use of additional visualization, which allows you to better understand the content of the material, tasks; reducing the volume of tasks while maintaining their level of complexity; simplification of the material, the content of the task, etc. thus, the individualization of the educational process reflects its focus on the individual, satisfaction of special educational needs, taking into account individual capabilities and abilities, personal characteristics of the activity, i.e. taking into account the characteristics of each child with, which allows the preschool educational organization to follow the path of achieving the quality of education for preschool children in an inclusive practice. list of used literature: 1. веракса, н.е. мониторинг достижения ребенком планируемых результатов освоения программы: подготовительная к школе группа [текст] / н.е. веракса, а.н. веракса. м.: мозаика-синтез, 2011. 40 с. 2. interdepartmental comprehensive plan for the organization of preschool and general education and the creation of special conditions for the education of children with disabilities and children with disabilities 2016-2017. approved by the government of the russian federation on june 27, 2016 no. 4491 p-p8. 3. примерная основная образовательная программа дошкольного образования. одобрена решением федерального учебно-методического объединения по общему образованию (протокол от 20 мая 2015 г. № 2/15). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org psychological and pedagogical basis of motivating personal activity in creativity abdijabbar norbotayeich usmanov docent of the primary education methodology department of jspu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes the psychological and organizationalpedagogical foundations of motivation for the creative activity of a person. pedagogical and psychological studies on motivation are analyzed and previously unresolved parts of the general problem for increasing motivation and eliminating them are highlighted. creative, ideological, scientific, philosophical, educational, educational, spiritual, literary, artistic, technical. introduction first of all, we consider it necessary to pay attention to the essence of each term in the topic. it is appropriate to express the meaning and content of "creativity" as a style of observation that leaves no room for surprise. because the concept of "creativity" has many ideological, scientific, philosophical, educational, educational, spiritual, literary, artistic, technical, etc. bases and definitions. "technical creativity" or "scientific creativity" is the researched creativity before other creativity, especially artistic creativity. it is criticized, that is, its defects that do not correspond to its conditions are shown, and it is directed to eliminate these defects. the solution to eliminate the observed shortcomings is highlighted and presented to the discussion (invention or other method). [1] in artistic creation, this does not correspond to ethics and cannot be done like this (think of criticizing the work of the author of any dance or song).[2] based on what has been said, "creativity" in general "science, national-spiritual values, which protect the society from deviation from the path of universal development, protect against violent and aggressive forces, and are considered the greatest power and wealth , an incomparable necessary force that calls to wake up spiritually and heartily in the fight against those who try to separate from history and future, awakens the greatness of the inner scientific worldview of the human "personality" and the common sense and conscience that strengthens the will and completes the faith. it can be said that it is a complex of dozens of activities, such as aspirations. in this sense, the question of the role of creativity in society is very serious. this serious question is about who are the real creators, where do the activities and paths leading to the world of genius (discovery, invention, nobel, fields, crafoord, antinobel laureates) begin. it requires logical answers to serious questions about what kind of power they should have. the concept of the second term "personal activity" is also different according to the form and content of research in "creativity". in this sense, correctly identifying the subject of creativity or any scientific activity is important for the correct formulation of the problem solution. because determining the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org subject of creative activity requires determining the place and structure of its relationship between other disciplines and justifying the unique methods of research and investigation. in particular, prof. n.v. kuzminka describes the activity of "technical creativity" in the field of higher technology as "the rules of education of highly qualified specialists related to this or that professional activity". in the same way, professor b. g. loganzen said: "pedagogy of higher education is a branch of general pedagogy. it is a science about the laws of training and education of future specialists. in other sources, pedagogy is defined as "the study of the pedagogical system aimed at training highly qualified specialists with professional knowledge, skills and training" for the activity of pedagogy of higher education institutions. in the dictionary of the philosophical encyclopedia, activity is interpreted as "a specific form of active relations of people, which is aimed at changing and reconstructing the surrounding external world according to the purpose". the introduction of the category of "activity" into the concept of "creativity" in question shows that creativity applies not only to practical (technical, craft...) and even to scientific activities. because although scientific and technical creativity appears as a practical activity, in fact it is gradually enriched with theory, which makes it necessary to consider scientific and technical creativity as a set of both theoretical and practical activities. based on this, it makes sense to define the theory of personal activity in creativity as "a set of ideas that express ideas, imaginations and complex views in a mixed form aimed at increasing the effectiveness of personal creativity." based on what has been said, in general, the subject of creative activity is "in the educational system, young people are not limited to the knowledge they have received about modern production, science and technology, but are able to foresee their development and prospects, and consciously master the finer points of the chosen profession. , a complex of scientific-practical and organizational-pedagogical and psychological activities aimed at training mature specialists who have research skills and know how to apply theory in practice" can be said to have a critical basis. the conclusion is that any creative activity has its own system and content of knowledge, in which induction and deduction methods of knowledge are used together. accordingly, since their logical structure is directly related to a unique pedagogical and psychological process, it is reasonable to say that their structure should be formed as follows: analysis of recorded and unrecorded evidence, observations; study and establish the object of creativity; analysis of concepts; analysis of rules, principles; analysis of laws and regulations; defining the internal hypothesis; analysis of theory and ideas; analysis of research and solutions; analysis of prohibition methods; conducting research; analysis of results; conclusion; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org submission to open discussion; application to life. of course, it is very difficult to provide comprehensive information about the content and essence of each element. as an example, the extracurricular types and directions of creative activity in schools can be expressed as follows. (figure 1) determining and directing students' interest in one or another creative activity requires the teacher to conduct individual work, conversation, and science evenings. in this sense, the leader in creative activity requires the teacher to know the psychological characteristics of creative activity. these psychological characteristics include: creative activities and directions educating young students to be creative to develop the interest of middle-aged and older students in production orientation of students to work professions of various institutions, to attract creativity directing students to higher and secondary special educational institutions, craft activities involvement of students in military patriotic activities psychological features of personal creative activity age characteristics of the person, psychological development, individual differences qualities of will and feeling interests and desires, attitude to study, team, work and self independence in discussion and work, initiative, demandingness, goal striving, strength and depth of emotional concern, emotional stability attention, memory, thinking and speech, thinking, abilities features of cognitive activity and mental development american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org it can be seen that creative activity is a methodical system in which the teacher and students interact, and its effectiveness depends on the goal-orientedness of both parties (the leader and the pupil, the student). dependent on conscious and active creative work. in this case, it is important to know the concept of the development of psychological characteristics of the leader. i will draw attention to the concept of "motive" in the topic. definitions of the motive in the sources are similar to the concept of creativity "personal activity". v. g. razumovsky defines motive as "motive in psychology means reasons that encourage students to act. the formation of motives is influenced by demands (needs) and instincts, inclinations and emotions (thrills), attitudes, ideas and interests. rubenstein s.a. indicates the motive of activity as "the most important motive of activity is the socially useful value of the result of this activity." if we apply what has been said to the motive of creative activity, it can be called "the process of actions and aspirations aimed at solving a problem situation (finding a solution to the problem of creativity) in order to satisfy a concrete need related to the object of creativity." from what has been said, it can be seen that the idea advanced in the topic can be considered as a motive of any creative activity a model of finding a solution to a problem situation. references 1. andrianov p.n. technical creativity of students. "teacher", 1989. 128 pages 2. abdujabbor usmonov ijodkorlik fazilatlariga ega shaxslarning jamiyat taraqqiyotidagi o‘rni “xalq ta’limi” ilmiy-metodik jurnali. 2021. № 3. www.xtjurnali.zn.uz 3. atabaev, s. (2020). o’quvchilarni ijodkorlikka yo’naltirishda “ixtirochilik vazifalarini yechish nazariyasi” texnologiyasining o’rni. архив научных публикаций jspi. 4. usmonov, a. (2020). temuriylar davrida ilm-ma’rifat va badiiy adabiy ijodkorlik. архив научных публикаций jspi. 5. usmonov, a. (2021). темурийлар даврида илм-маърифат ва бадиий адабиий ижодкорлик. boshlang'ich ta'limda innovatsiyalar, 1(архив№ 2). http://www.xtjurnali.zn.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org problems of modern computer ethics farrukh usmonov associate professor of the department of humanities and social sciences, samarkand branch of tashkent university of information technologies, samarkand, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article highlights of problems modern computer ethics and the principles of solving ethical problems in the field of computer ethics are revealed, the general features of the new ethics of modern society are determined. information technology, computer ethics, information security, communication, virtual life. in recent decades, there have been discussions in the scientific literature and networks of cyberattacks about the need to regulate computer communications, social control during cyberattacks, their capabilities and limits. because computerization and communication is a new type of communication implemented with the help of information technologies, which was created in the 70s of the last century as the fourth information revolution and radically changed the ability of the media to influence culture, consciousness and man. behavior. from a sociological point of view, the process of institutionalization of this new type of human activity the production, storage and transmission of information using information technologies has intensified in recent years. institutionalization as a way of social recognition of a socially necessary form of joint activity and communication of people includes, at a minimum, the development of specific norms and rules for the interaction of subjects that regulate mutual relations, relations of a given group of people with other groups or society as a whole. the process of institutionalization of initiated computer communication is carried out in the conditions of coexistence and conflict of different worldviews, worldviews, and its comprehension is carried out from the standpoint of different philosophical, sociological and moral paradigms, therefore, different philosophical, social and moral paradigms require a scientific and technical "profile" of specialists, an integrated approach to disclosure and analysis of existing attempts of legal and professional-ethical regulation of virtual communication, interdisciplinary efforts. the advent of national, but especially global computer networks (such as the internet) has fundamentally changed the way people communicate. communication using a computer has created fundamentally new opportunities for the manifestation of personal freedom, which makes it necessary to briefly reveal its specific features. as a socially determined process of transmission and perception of information in the conditions of interpersonal communication carried out by means of computers and computer networks, virtual communication has a number of important differences from traditional forms of communication [1]. we mentioned the first one above: it is universal in nature, that is, it has american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org a high degree of permeability, its participants can be located in any part of our planet or even beyond its borders. computer communication is an interactive remote (remote) communication, the participants of which can be both recipients (recipients of information) and senders of messages, while remaining anonymous in their relationship with each other. anonymity allows you to ignore many social conventions, norms of the outside world, socio-cultural space, status differences. this creates the illusion of complete freedom from the outside world. the participants of virtual communication do not have age, professional, gender and racial-ethnic differences. in the process of virtual communication, any image can be accepted, that is, it interacts not with specific personalities, but with simulacra, which make it possible to experiment with one's personalities. the ability for everyone to have access to everything that is almost absent in traditional culture, the ability to rise above religious, ethnic, legal, moral and even prohibitions, that is, the norms of culture as a whole, brings computer communication closer to a medieval carnival. . for a certain period of time, under the guise of carnival masks, the carnival made it possible to ignore the very strict social conventions that existed at that time (religion, moral norms, class restrictions). the blurring of social roles and statuses, the destruction of spatial, geographical and cultural barriers, and other features noted above, undoubtedly, make it difficult for traditional social institutions to manage the process of virtual communication. some authors even write about its institutionalization, which is partly true, since at the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century this process is carried out consciously and purposefully. of course, at the beginning of the information age (in the 70s and 90s of the twentieth century), the ideology of universal freedom prevailed in cyberspace. anonymity, combined with the ability to disconnect at any time, gives the novice user the impression that laws and rules need to be observed only in the real world, and the internet is a free space without restrictions and norms. this mood and attitude was reflected in the "declaration of the independence of cyberspace" (1996), whose author john perry barlow argued that the network is a purely self-regulating system, without any mandatory regulation, and should be built only in accordance with moral, but legal laws [2]. proponents of such a regulatory approach rightly fear that state intervention may lead to information and legal totalitarianism of the state in the future, since the technical possibilities for this are quite real. according to the ideology of libertarianism, there can be no laws imposed from outside for the internet, only network ethics, network etiquette and technical protocols are enough. at the same time, today many participants in this process are increasingly aware of the need to more or less manage and regulate the processes of virtual interaction. in this regard, the question arises, within what limits and on the basis of what principles legal regulation should be carried out. or, as barlow's proponents argue, the ethics, morality, and culture within the network should take precedence in network regulation. without denying the attractiveness of the ideology of independence from state structures, it should be noted that in modern conditions, when the state continues to play such an important role in many areas of people's lives all over the planet, there is a complete absence of state regulation. telecommunication networks. that is, taking into account the global and transboundary nature of virtual communication noted above, effective legal regulation cannot be carried out only on the basis of national law, without a unified international policy regarding the global network, without global network law. but since this is a matter for the future, it cannot be said that national laws do not work in different countries. they american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org are trying, if not to keep pace with the rapid development of telecommunications, then actively control cyberspace. in particular, among the most important legal documents adopted in the united states in the 1980s and 1990s are the telecommunications act, the digital millennium copyright act, the access to electronic information, services and networks ", the program" national information infrastructure ". in germany, changes can be noted in the law “on the regulation of the basic rules of information and communication services”, in the uk “on copyright”. of course, the degree of strictness of laws varies from country to country, depending on the type of political regime. for example, in some eastern countries, any citizen who owns a computer can register it with the relevant government agencies under threat of criminal prosecution, and the owner of a website can even go to jail for publishing an article aimed at "subverting the state." system" (in china). in "developed democratic" countries, on the contrary, a liberal approach to the development of the internet predominates, involving the intervention of a small state in its activities. although there are no single conceptual approaches that would be international, these approaches seem to be the most realistic for the future. based on the foregoing, it can be argued that the current legislation does not apply specifically to internet communications, but regulates general information relations when using computers. because the specifics of the internet limits the possibilities of legal regulation. in addition, the law always lags behind the rapid development of the modern information society, which requires recognition of the importance of ethical regulation within the network. consequently, the real situation requires network users and other network communication specialists to show personal moral responsibility for what is happening in cyberspace. the effectiveness of legal (as well as political, economic or technical) norms should always be ensured by the necessary, useful, fair and other internal justification of the individual, that is, ideally, legal norms should be developed on the basis of moral norms. what ethical principles, ideals, and values underlie the good news act? most people probably knew the answer. this is the basic rights and freedoms of a person in the field of information, accepted by the international community as an international benchmark: the right to express one's opinion, thoughts and words, the right to receive information, the right to privacy, personal and family secrets. they are recorded in the international human rights documents adopted by the un. that is, the universal declaration of human rights (1948, articles 12, 19), the international covenant on civil and political rights (1966, articles 17, 19, 23, 24, 29), protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms european convention on making (1980, articles 8, 10). the requirements of these international documents are still more political and moral in nature. their real legal formalization is carried out in the constitutions of the countries that recognize these documents and in accordance with the laws adopted in these countries. it should be noted that the provisions of these basic political and legal documents have a declarative nature, that various state structures have violated them under various pretexts (mainly national security issues) or introduced new real information restrictions. it can be seen that state structures, computer corporations or copyright associations as large and well-organized associations have a real opportunity to introduce certain restrictions in the field of information in all countries, to protect their interests to the authorities. the rights of ordinary citizens interested in maximum access to information are protected by a large number of human rights organizations. for example, the global internet liberty american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org campaign (gilc), the center for democracy and technology (cdt), the moscow libertarium or the interregional group "human rights network". laws that recognize the need for external, inherently traditional legal regulation of computer communications must simultaneously promote the public availability of new information and protect copyright, guarantee privacy and prevent computer crime, protect the right to free access to information, and simultaneously protect citizens and society. intended to promote information security. professional ethical rules are developed and adopted with the help of international or national public organizations, professional communities, voluntary associations of users who independently define the principles of behavior in the virtual space, develop their own internal standards of professional behavior. they are based on the principles of information ethics developed by r. mason in 1986. that is, the principle of confidentiality, the principle of availability, the principle of inviolability of private property and the principle of accuracy of information [3]. these principles are concretized in the form of rules of conduct aimed at reducing the possible social consequences and moral conflicts of using information technologies and thereby achieving a certain degree of autonomy of the network community. they do not have the status of legal norms, but are accepted by these communities and act as one of the mechanisms of moral self-regulation of cyberspace. they define the basic ethical guidelines in information activities, violate the principles and standards of public morality in the virtual environment, and give clear recommendations for behavior in certain situations that are not always provided for by law. these norms are expressed in the form of self-formed prescriptions, prohibitions, permissions in the process of virtual interaction. but unlike others, the norms of these rules are essentially customary, they are the result of an agreement. they are intensively discussed and voluntarily accepted by the participants of virtual communication. among the first regulations of this type are those adopted by the institute of electrical and electronics engineers in 1979, before the advent of the internet. also mentioned are the code of ethics of the association of information processing managers in 1981, the code of ethics and professional conduct of the association of computer professionals in 1992, the code of ethics of the certification institute for computer professionals in 1996, or the code of ethics and professional practice of software developers in 1999 [4]. all of them were adopted in the usa and mainly reflect the attitude of the subject to his work, the object of information activity. despite their differences and detailed level of requirements, they include the following general norms of information ethics: • to be responsible for the consequences of their decisions; • ensuring public welfare and safety; • conscientious performance of professional duties; • loyalty to the employer; • continuous improvement of the level of one's knowledge and skills; • promotion of increasing the prestige of the profession; • protect the confidentiality of computer data. although these rules do not reflect the specific characteristics of computer communication except for exceptions, their norms are very declarative, but have been recommended by the international federation of information technology to national computer associations as a basis for developing their own rules of computer ethics. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org however, the most cited set of ethical rules is a document called "ten rules of computer ethics" by a. rinaldi of the computer ethics institute at the beginning of the new millennium. these rules are as follows: 1. do not use the computer to harm other people. 2. do not interfere with the work of other users. 3. do not "stick your nose" in computer files that are not intended for free use. 4. do not use the computer for theft. 5. do not use the computer for wrong information. 6. don't use programs you haven't paid for. 7. do not use computer resources without permission. 8. do not infringe on someone else's intellectual property. 9. think about the possible social consequences of the program you are developing. 10. use your own computer, which determines your safety and respect for other people. it is not difficult to see that the main drawback of the above rules is reducing the regulatory capacity and causing psychological withdrawal. some rules can be formulated in a positive recommendation form. for example, the first rule is "don't use the computer only for the benefit of other people", the second rule is "avoid interfering with the work of other users", the sixth rule is "use only programs you have paid for", and the seventh rule is "use only authorized computer courses". it should not be regretted that the level of familiarity with them is very low among the majority of users and that these aspects have not yet been paid attention to in the system of training computer users. ethical rules written in the field of e-commerce and internet business, which appeared as a kind of guarantee of the image of companies selling computers, are a real step towards the formation of computer ethics. the most famous among them is the business quality bureau, developed in 2000. it contains requirements such as the accuracy and truthfulness of the information provided to the client, correct handling of the client's personal data, transparency of information, protection of children and adolescents from unfair advertising and offensive forms of marketing, etc. rules in the field of telemedicine made an important contribution to the development of norms of ethical rules of cyberspace. these include "telemedicine code of ethics" (2000), "code of ethics for internet-medical sites" http://gradusnik.ru/kodex, which formed the criteria for the reliability of medical information available on the internet. in addition to certain professional requirements, the reliability of information distributed on the internet involves questionable issues. and the site builder gets almost no checks. therefore, requirements such as mandatory display of the latest update or change of information on the site, mandatory reference to the original source of information, presentation of information in the most convenient form with mandatory comments are relevant not only in the field of medicine, but also in computer communication in general. but while these rules do not cover the entire range of interactions that occur on the internet, the electronic rights and responsibilities bill, www.efa.org.au/publish/ere.html, outlines the internet's global self-regulatory initiatives. it is by far the most organized and universal document containing the principles of network ethics. it was created in 1996 by p. meril based on long discussions with internet users from different countries and consists of two sections. in the first part, the moral rights specific to the adult participant of internet communication are presented, in the second moral principles, the requirements that ensure the fulfillment of the above rights. thus, in the first section, the right to communication, i.e. the right to receive any information, the right to control the distribution of intellectual property, the right to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org privacy (i.e. to refuse to disclose any information created or received), to encrypt, "solve" or change the password of any information the right, the right to refuse to disclose the source of information, the right to ignore information of any nature, the right to legal advice, the right to access any public information in an area limited only by price, the right of everyone to access any message, record that may belong to him, act, statute or law, etc. the second part consists of ethics of tolerance, ethics of trust, ethics of care, ethics of regulation (duties). in conclusion, the development and promotion of ethical codes of virtual communication is not a guarantee of their implementation. nevertheless, getting to know them can encourage users, all participants of internet communication, to reflect morally, contribute to the formation of a certain public opinion and the creation of reasonable criteria for moral evaluation, and ultimately awaken a person's conscience and duty. finally, in the future, they can be the basis for the development of international information law norms. this adequately reflects the realities of this type of human communication and thus helps to accelerate the process of its institutionalization. references 1. малькова е.ю.этические проблемы виртуальной коммуникации. автореферат диссертации…канд. филос. наук. – спб., 2004. – c. 8. 2. барлоу дж.п. декларация независимости киберпространства. 1996. перевод с англ. е.горского (http://www/zhurnal/ru/staff/gorny/translat/deklare.html). 3. ащеулова н.а.история социологии науки в ленинграде-санкт-петербурге. автореферат дисс… канд. социолог. наук. – спб., 2006. – c. 12. 4. алексеева и.ю.этика интернет: опыт международной команды. // выступление на семинаре «информационное общество»…28 июня 2000 г. (http://www.isn.ru/info/seminardoc/ethics.doc). 5. тураев б. о. фанда толерантлик ва интолерантлик //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. special issue 23. – с. 41-48. 6. усмонов ф. н., усмонова л. р. рациональный анализ восточной миниатюры //молодой ученый. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 987-991. 7. каримов б. р., тураев б. о. научное предвидение как высшая форма опережающего отражения действительности./предвидение как форма научного познания. – 1985. – с. 59 8. ризаев и. и., муминова з. о. профессиональная подготовка личности: оздоровление и духовное воспитание //система менеджмента качества в вузе: здоровье, образованность, конкурентоспособность. – 2021. – с. 264-268. 9. usmonov f. n. the role rationalization in the acceleration of life sequence //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 227-229. 10. muminova z. personality: wellness and spiritual education //academicia globe: inderscience research. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 6. – с. 20-23. 11. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. духовная зрелость и философское мышление зависимость развития //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 4. – с. 164-167. 12. ulmasjonovich k. s. mystical and philosophical foundations of human interaction //middle european scientific bulletin. – 2021. – т. 19. – с. 358-364. 13. alikulov s. a., rizaev i. i. methodological problems of research of social systems //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 2. – с. 717-720. http://www.isn.ru/info/seminar-doc/ethics.doc http://www.isn.ru/info/seminar-doc/ethics.doc american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 14. ulmasjonovich k. s. mystical and philosophical foundations of human interaction (based on the teachings of makhdumi azami kasani). – 2021. 15. mardonov r. historical and philosophical analysis of eastern and western education systems //international journal for advanced research in science & technology/a peer reviewed international journal. www. ijarst. in. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 02. – с. 252-256. 16. ризаев и. и. и др. коэволюционное развитие самоорганизации: взаимосвязь стабильности и нестабильности в социальной системе //человек. знак. техника: ii междунар. междисциплинар. молодеж. форум:[сб. ст.].-текст: электронный.-текст: электронный.2022. – 2022. 17. mardonov r. philosophical problems of modern education //academicia. an international multidisciplinary research journal (double blind ref ereed & peer reviewed journal). issn. – с. 2249-7137. 18. khotambekovna e. m. systematic analysis of education //researchjet journal of analysis and inventions. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 07. – с. 85-96. 19. husan m. dialectics of potentiality and virtuality in space and time //european scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 40-42. 20. yuldashevna y. d. science and its significance in the process of forming spiritual and moral values //journalnx. – 2021. – т. 7. – №. 04. – с. 248-253. 21. rizaev i. i. the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society //scientific bulletin of namangan state university. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 151-156. 22. усмонов ф. н. эпистемологическая эволюция рационализма //наука и современность. – 2012. – №. 19-1. – с. 194-198. 23. ismoilovich e. i. the mechanism of evaluation of innovative investment processes effectiveness in the service sector //saarj journal on banking & insurance research. – 2016. – т. 5. – №. 3. – с. 60-71. 24. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. синергетический анализ онтологической сущности процесса либерализации общества //социальные институты в правовом измерении: теория и практика. – 2022. – с. 280-286. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org returning to the origin of judgment in the corona pandemic hoda abdel sattar tawfik place of work: republic of iraq/ ministry of education/ general directorate of salah al-din education/ samarra education department/ zuhur al-rafidain secondary school for girls mailto:abom48748@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research(returning to the origin of judgment in the corona pandemic) is one of the important researches that dealt with jurisprudential rulings related to epidemics and pandemics, in which the researcher spoke about the corona pandemic. the researcher also discussed how to deal with it through legal rulings, and how to return to the origin of the ruling after the end of this pandemic. it dealt with the definition of the origin, and the rule for the fundamentalists, and the definition of the pandemic, and the corona pandemic. it then proceeded to mention the jurisprudential rulings related to prayer, fasting, and pilgrimage, and how to refer to them to the origin of the ruling after the demise of the permission. the research concluded with the most important findings. the origin, judgment, the pandemic, corona. introduction according to the scholars, the noblest of sciences is that in which reason and hearing are combined, and accompanied by opinion and the law, and the knowledge of jurisprudence and its foundations of this kind. it follows the path of the islamic law and reason. it is not only a behavior from the reason perspective alone which the islamic law does not accept it. it is also not traditional that the reason does not confirm or support. and for the sake of the honor and reason of the science of jurisprudence, god provided the means of creation at his request, and the scholars in it were many scholars. they were the most respected of them, and the most followers and helpers. through it, the scholars extract the events, by inference, and by analogy with other issues established by the scholars. from those events that the scholars focused on explaining, and deducing, the issue of the corona pandemic (covid-19) explained the legal rulings related to it. it also showed the consequences of the taxpayer, where many researches were published on it. it has useful audits. after god almighty has blessed us with the demise of that pandemic, researchers must pay attention to the return of the legal rulings to their origin, as this research included that. i dealt with the legal rulings that called for the need to take licenses during the outbreak of the pandemic. this work also shows how did we go back to the origin of the rule. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org reason for choosing the topic: in addition to what we have presented, researchers must alert the return of the legal rulings to their origin after the demise of the reason for taking licenses. the researcher saw that many people have become negligent in some legal issues, so they do not return to their origin after the absence of the reason for taking licenses, so i wrote this find to alert them to it. research aims: the study aims at teaching people the way scholars take legal rulings, and how they change according to changing circumstances, time, and place, and when to take the principle of the ruling, and when to take its licenses. previous studies: researchers discussed corona pandemic in a variety of ways such as the causes and reasons affecting the legal rulings through the corona pandemic, the specific jurisprudential issue related to the pandemic. yet, the researcher did not stop at a study that spoke about the return of rulings to their origin after the end of the pandemic. the first topic: defining the terms of the title: the first topic: the definition of the origin and the ruling: first: defining the original language: origin in language: origin is the root is the bottom of a thing and its plural is principles that cannot be broken otherwise it is said: h was placed in the origin of the mountain, the origin of the wicked, and the origin of the tree, then he was said to be said(al-mursi, 2000) second: defining the judgment language: judgment in language is the judiciary, and its origin: prohibition, it is said ‘i judged him with such, if i prevented him from opposing it, and he was not able to get out of that, and i judged between the people and separated them, so i am a judge, and an arbitrator, and the group is rulers’(al-abbas, 1368). he was judged for him, and for him, and he was judged by the matter, he judges a ruling and a government if he decides(al-husseini & murtada, 1996). third: defining the origin in the terminology: al-asnoy(abd al-rahim ibn al-hassan ibn ali al-asnawi, taught abu hayyan, qutb al-sinbati, jalal al-qazwini, and others: “the missions on the rafi’i and the kindergarten,” “the puzzles,” “the revision,” and others. he died in the year: (772 ah). see: the doctrine of the faith in the layers of the doctrine bearers, by ibn al-mulqin siraj al-din abi hafs omar bin ali bin ahmed al-shafi’i al-masri (d. 804 a.h.). he investigated ayman nasr al-azhari master of professionalism, dar alkutub al-ilmia, beirut lebanon, 1, 1417 a.h. 1997 a.d., p. 410; and access to the stalls’ layers was handed over to mustafa bin abdullah al-qustantini al-othmani, known as “haji khalifa” (d. 1067 ah), investigated by mahmoud abdul qadir al-arnaout, ircica library, istanbul turkey, 2010 ad, 2/269.) said: the original term has four meanings(al-masri, 1997; mustafa bin abdullah al-qustantini al-othmani, 2010): american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org the first is the evidence, as they say: the origin of this issue is the book and the sunnah, i.e.: their evidence, and from it also is the origins of jurisprudence, i.e.: its evidence. the second is the preponderance, like their saying the original in speech is the truth, i.e. the most likely one for the listener is the truth, not the metaphor. the third is the continuing principle, as they say, that the dead is permissible for the compelled, contrary to the principle. the fourth is the image on which it is measured according to a difference mentioned in the measurement in the interpretation of the original(muhammad, 1999). fourth: defining the rule in terminology: judgment in terminology, is god almighty’s speech related to the actions of those charged with a requirement, or a choice. his saying: "related to the actions of the calvins", i.e.: sane adults had a moral attachment before its existence, and a transcendental attachment after its existence after the mission. because there is no ruling before it, it came out with the action of the duty-bound: god almighty’s speech related to his essence, his attributes, the entities of the compassionate and the inanimate, and his saying: “by necessity”, i.e.: the request for the action and the request to leave, firm or not(muhammad, 1999) the second topic: defining the pandemic, linguistically and idiomatically: first, the pandemic, linguistically: god will destroy him, if he removes someone which is the derivation of the pandemic, which is the great event(al-azdi, 1987) a plague befell them, i.e.: a severe year swept their wealth and did not leave them an event. also, the year overwhelmed them and swept them over them, sweeping them through a plague and a plague of two plagues of a year(abi-mansour, 1421 ah). aljuahri stated(al-dhahabi, 804 ah; s. a.-d. a. a. m. b. a. b. o. b. q. al-dhahabi, 1993) (injury: excision) secondly, the term “pandemic:” has different meanings: the first is everything that cannot be repelled from pests if he knows about it, whether it was by the action of a human being, such as armies and thieves, or without his action, such as cold, heat, snow, rain, locusts, and so on. the second is every pest in which no human being is made, such as heat, thirst, and cold(musa & almasri, 2008). from these two definitions, we find that the jurists were limited in mentioning the pandemic to all the pests that befall money, and they did not use it on epidemics, but in the general terms of the definitions. we find that everything that cannot be awarded, whether it is by human action or not, is a pandemic, and epidemics are what cannot be awarded. it is a pandemic, and god knows best . the third topic: introducing the corona pandemic: the corona pandemic is one of the new incidents that doctors have differed in defining it, explaining its origin, ways of transmission, and how to prevent it. the world health organization stated from the definition of the corona virus and covid-19, and what are its symptoms, and how does it spread? and how to protect from it? and as follows: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org first: what is the corona virus? the world health organization reported that coronaviruses are a wide family of viruses that may cause illness in animals and humans. also, a number of coronaviruses are known to cause respiratory diseases in humans ranging in severity from the common cold to more severe and severe diseases such as middle east respiratory syndrome (mers), severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars), and the newly discovered coronavirus causes covid-19 disease(who). second: what is covid-19? the organization stated covid-19 disease is an infectious disease caused by the last discovered virus of the corona virus strain. there was no knowledge of the existence of this new virus and its disease before its outbreak began in the chinese city of wuhan in december 2019. now to a pandemic affecting many countries of the world)(who). third: what are the symptoms of covid-19 disease? there are common symptoms of covid-19 disease, and uncommon symptoms, which are as follows: 1the most common symptoms: fever, fatigue, and dry cough. 2less common symptoms, but some patients may have: aches and pains, nasal congestion, headache, conjunctivitis, sore throat, diarrhea, loss of taste or smell, skin rash, or discoloration of fingers or toes. these symptoms are usually mild and begin gradually. some people become infected without feeling only very mild symptoms(who) fourth: how does covid-19 spread? the world health organization stated that people can catch covid-19 infection from other people who have the virus, and the disease is mainly spread from person to person through small droplets that a person with covid-19 secretes from his nose or mouth when he coughs or sneezes or speaking. these droplets are relatively heavy in weight. they do not move to a far place, but rather quickly fall to the ground, and people can catch covid-19 disease if they breathe these droplets from a person infected with the virus, so it is important to maintain a distance of at least one meter (3 feet) from others, and these droplets may land on objects and surfaces surrounding the person, such as: tables, door handles, stair railings and teir mouth. so it is important to wash hands regularly with soap and water, or clean them with an alcohol-based hand rub(who) fifth: how to prevent this virus: among the most important guidelines issued by the world health organization, through its official website, are the following: 1practicing hand and respiratory hygiene is important at all times and is the best way to protect yourself and others. 2maintain a distance of at least 1 meter (3 feet) between yourself and others when possible, which is especially important if you are standing near someone who is coughing or sneezing. since some people who are infected may not have symptoms yet or have only mild symptoms, keeping your distance from everyone is a good idea if you are in an area where covid-19 is common(who) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org the second topic: referring to the origin of the ruling in the legal rulings: the first part: referring to the origin of the ruling on prayer: prayer is obligatory for every male and female muslim in every situation, whether it is in health or illness, security or fear, or in urban or travel. its obligation does not lapse in any case. the reason for this is what is proven in the book by the almighty’s saying “speak to my servants who have believed, that they may establish regular prayers, and spend (in charity) out of the sustenance we have given them, secretly and openly, before the coming of a day in which there will be neither mutual bargaining nor befriending : speak to my servants who have believed, that they may establish regular prayers” quran:14:31 it is also said peace be upon him, in the hadith of the night journey: ‘so i was commanded to perform five daily prayers’(al-jaafi, 256 ah) . however, the prayer may be subject to some provisions of licenses because of some accidents, such as: shortening and gathering for the traveler, prayer of fear in case of fear for the soul of an enemy, prayer sitting or lying down for one who is unable to stand or sit, and so on. as for the case of epidemics, viruses, and pandemics, as in the corona pandemic, some of the rulings may change due to the change of their rulings, or due to the emergence of another reason, and these rulings include: first: friday and congregational prayers: friday prayer is an individual obligation as allah said “hasten earnestly to the remembrance of god” quran 62:9. he is the command to strive for something that is free of the exchanger is only to oblige him(ali & khusraw, 885 ah). attending the friday prayer was obligatory on every muslim as long as the conditions of friday prayer mentioned in the books of jurists were fulfilled. it is that he should not be excused due to an epidemic or disease that may afflict him, or one of the muslims(abdul karim bin muhammad bin abdul karim, (623 ah); abu al-muzaffar, 1999; al-hanbali). when the corona pandemic was spreading recently, and we mentioned what the world health organization agreed upon about the danger of the corona pandemic on lives, and that infection comes due to mixing, the jurists changed the apparent text in the obligation of friday prayer by saying “hasten earnestly to the remembrance of god” quran 62:9. this is what the jurists agreed on the fall of friday for the owners of excuses. this is because islamic law came with the preservation of the five necessities, among which is selfpreservation, so preserving them is a duty, and it confirms the obligation of friday prayer, and the fundamentalist rule says(al-zarkashi, 1985). so, self-preservation is given precedence over friday prayer, so the reason that affects the prevention of friday prayer is the presence of the corona pandemic, which may cause a defect in the preservation of the souls ordered to be preserved. this is in the event of the existence of this pandemic, we change from the original ruling, which is the determination to permit. when this pandemic is over, we return to the principle of the ruling on the obligation of friday prayer with the text of the almighty saying “hasten earnestly to the remembrance of god” quran: 62:9. as for congregational prayer, it is a first. this is because congregational prayer is a confirmed sunnah according to the majority of scholars, and if it contradicts the duty, the duty takes precedence over the sunnah, and the excuses that allow for leaving the congregation, such as friday prayer, are applied to it(al-kasani, al-jalil, al-ra'aene, al-wajeez, & al-rafei). second: the spacing in the rows between the worshipers: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org there are many hadiths urging to close the rows, straighten them, and close the gaps, and forbid creating gaps in them. on the authority of abdullah bin omar said, that the messenger of god, peace and blessings be upon him (shaibani, 241 ah) in another hadith ‘stand up the row in prayer, for standing up in the row is good prayer’(al-jaafi, 256 ah). this hadith, and the examples in it, commands filling the defect, establishing the row, and forbidding the gaps, and the fundamental rule says: the absolute command indicates the obligation, just as the prohibition indicates the prohibition unless there is a presumption that deflects the will of the obligation, or the prohibition. so the apparent went to that straightening the rows. it closes the defects is an obligation in prayer, because of the command in the first hadith. the majority of scholars are of the view that it is a sunnah for the existence of the presumption that deflects the will of the obligation in the second hadith of his saying (pbuh) ‘the standing of the row is a good prayer)); because a good thing is more than what is perfect, and that is more than the obligation’(al-iraqi, 806 ah). the opinion of the public is more correct. the presence of the many clues that distract from the will of the obligation in the order to straighten the rows, and the prohibition of leaving the private parts. if this becomes clear, and by analogy with the intent of the lawgiver in the necessity of selfpreservation which takes precedence over all the five necessities after preserving the religion and in view of what we have presented of the practice of arranging the rows, straightening them, and not leaving a gap between the worshipers, and based on what the fundamentalists it is said ‘the duty is better than others’. when there is a conflict between the duty and the delegate, the duty is presented to the delegate("differences, by al-qarafi, 2/223.,"). so the effect of making the distance in prayer required is the presence of this epidemic, and when the epidemic is no longer, it goes back to the principle of the ruling which is straightening the rows, and god knows best. the second topic: returning to the original ruling on fasting: fasting is obligatory for every adult muslim, according to the text of the noble qur’an when god almighty says “o ye who believe! fasting is prescribed to you as it was prescribed to those before you that ye may (learn) self-restraint”. quran 2:183. it is also in his saying peace be upon him ‘fast your month’. ("the musnad of imam ahmad, the continuation of musnad al-ansar, the hadith of abu umamah al-bahili, 36/486, no.: 22161. al-arna`ut said: it is an authentic hadith on the condition of muslim.,").it is the consensus of the nation(abdullah bin mahmoud bin mawdood al-mawsili albaladhi, 1937 ; al-maliki, 422 ah). the fasting person has excuses that allow him to break the fast during the month of ramadan, including illness. allah said ‘but if any of you is ill or on a journey the prescribed number (should be made up) from days later’ quran 2:184 sickness is an excuse, but this excuse obliges him to make up the fast on another day if he is able to do so, or the ransom for one who is unable to make up for a chronic illness("differences, by al-qarafi, 2/223.,"). the excuse of the disease includes the sick with the corona pandemic, so whoever is diagnosed with the disease is permissible for him to break the fast based on the generality of the disease mentioned in the noble verse ‘o ye who believe! fasting is prescribed to you as it was prescribed to those before you that ye may (learn) self-restraint’ quran 2:183. the third topic: referring to the origin of the ruling on hajj: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org hajj is an individual obligation for every male and female muslim who is able to do it once in a lifetime. for the almighty saying ‘whoever enters it attains security; pilgrimage thereto is a duty men owe to god those who can afford the journey’ quran 3:97. in this place, time is required for the hajj to be obligatory. as for ability, it is an attribute of the slave at which time becomes obligatory, and its consideration was to facilitate the worshipers. as in traveling without provision or leaving hardship, and being able is not in a capacity for what is a cause, so he did not make a reason for it(abu al-muzaffar, 1999) . for what is repeated by the duty is to repeat it, then it is worthy to be called a reason; the command to perform hajj is not repeated, as imam al-ghazali said(al-dhahabi, 804 ah): ‘whoever enters it attains security; pilgrimage thereto is a duty men owe to god those who can afford the journey’ quran 3:97 likewise, the obligation of knowledge of every obligated person who is aware of the generalities, there is no need to add them to a reason. also when the house was one, the pilgrimage was only required once(al-mustafa, 1993). if we know that ability is an attribute of the servant, then hajj is obligatory, and if the ability is not achieved, the obligation of hajj falls on the servant. we know that when diseases and epidemics spread. one most prominent means of preventing these diseases is not socializing, the obligation of hajj falls for all muslims in the year in which the epidemic. the reason for this is to protect the souls, and the muslims should not be decimated by this epidemic, for this is more necessary than the performance of this duty that can be performed at another time. yet, if this matter ceases, we return to the principle of the ruling that hajj is obligatory for everyone who fulfills the conditions, and god knows best. conclusion among the most important results that we reached through this research are: -the origin has four meanings for the fundamentalists. -the fundamentalists defined the ruling as the speech of god almighty related to the actions of those charged with a requirement, or a choice. -the pandemic was known as every pest which no human being made, such as heat, thirst, and cold. if the excuses for leaving the congregation are removed, we return to the principle of the ruling from the sunnah of congregational prayer. if the excuses that make it permissible to leave friday prayer are removed, we go back to the principle ruling on the obligation of friday prayer. when the epidemic has disappreared, it goes back to the origin of the ruling from the sunnah of straightening the rows, and leaving the distance between the worshipers. whoever is not affected by the pandemic does not break his fast. because the ruling is not related to it, it goes back to the origin of the ruling that fasting is obligatory for every muslim. if the pandemic ends, we return to the principle of the ruling that hajj is obligatory for everyone who fulfills the conditions. references 1. abdul karim bin muhammad bin abdul karim, a. a.-q. a.-r. i. a.-q. ((623 ah)). al-aziz sharh al-wajeez , investigation: ali muhammad awad, and adel ahmed abdul-mawjod. beirut lebanon: dar al-kutub al-ilmia. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 2. abdullah bin mahmoud bin mawdood al-mawsili al-baladhi, m. a.-d. a. a.-f. a.-h. ( 1937 ). the choice for explanation of the chosen one, by (d. 683 ah), comment: sheikh mahmoud abu dhaqiqa. cairo: al-halabi press. 3. abi-mansour, m. b. a. b. a.-a. a.-h. (1421 ah). refinement of the language, by (d. 370 ah), investigation: muhammad awad mereb. beirut: house of revival of arab heritage. 4. abu al-muzaffar, m. b. m. b. a.-j. b. a. a.-m. a.-s. a.-t. a.-h. a. t. a.-s. i. (1999). breakers of evidence in the origins (d. 489 ah), investigation: muhammad hassan muhammad hassan ismail al-shafi’i. beirut, lebanon: dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya. 5. al-abbas, a. b. m. b. a. a.-f. a. t. a.-h. a. (1368). al-misbah al-munir fi gharib al-sharh alkabeer, (2 ed.). beirut,: scientific library. 6. al-azdi, a. b. m. b. a.-h. b. d ( .1987 .) jamhrat al-lughah, by died 321 ah), investigation: ramzi mounir baalbaki. beirut: dar al-ilm for millions. 7. al-dhahabi. ( 804 ah). the life of the heralds, 19/322; and the doctrine contract in the layers of the doctrine campaign, by ibn al-mulqin siraj al-din abu hafs omar bin ali bin ahmed al-shafi’i al-masri, investigation by: ayman nasr al-azhari, and sayed mhenni (1st ed.). beirut lebanon: dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya. 8. al-dhahabi, s. a.-d. a. a. m. b. a. b. o. b. q. (1993). the history of islam and the deaths of celebrities and flags, by (died 748 ah), investigation: omar abdel salam al-tadmari. beirut: dar al-kitab al-arabi. 9. al-hanbali, a. a.-d. a. a.-h. a. b. s. a.-m. a.-d. a.-s. fairness in the knowledge of the most correct of the dispute . 10. al-husseini, m. b. m. b. a. r., & murtada, a.-z. (1996). the crown of the bride from the jewels of the dictionary: dar al-hedaya. 11. al-iraqi, a. a.-f. z. a.-d. a. a.-r. i. a.-h. i. a. a.-r. i. a. b. i. i. ( 806 ah). thruthing in explanation of appropriation completed by his son: ahmed ibn abd al-rahim ibn al-husayn alkurdi al-raziani, then al-masri, abu zara’a wali al-din, ibn al-iraqi (d. 826 ah). ), the old egyptian edition and a photo of it, several of them house for the revival of arab heritage, the foundation for arab history, and the house of arab thought. 12. al-jaafi, m. b. i. a. a. a.-b. (256 ah). sahih al-bukhari, investigation: muhammad zuhair bin nasser al-nasir: dar tuq al-najat and the book of merits of ansar. 13. al-kasani, al-jalil, w., al-ra'aene, a.-h ,.al-wajeez, a.-a. s., & al-rafei. badaa’ al-sana’i, 2/299; and fairness in knowing the most correct of the disagreement: al-mardawi. 14. al-maliki, a. m. a.-w. b. a. b. n. a.-t. a.-b. (422 ah). explanation of the message, investigation: abu al-fadl al-damiati ahmed bin ali: dar ibn hazm. 15. al-masri, i. a.-m. s. a.-d. a. h. o. b. a. b. a. a.-s. i. (1997). the doctrine contract in the layers of the doctrine campaign, by (d. ), investigation: ayman nasr al-azhari sayyid muhanni. beirut lebanon: dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya. 16. al-mursi, a. a.-h. a. b. i. b. s. (2000). the arbitrator and the greater ocean, by ad. 458 ah), investigation: abdul hamid hindawi. beirut: dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya 17. al-mustafa, h. m. b. m. a.-g. a.-t. (1993). investigation: muhammad abd al-salam abd al-shafi. 1413 ah: dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya. 18. al-zarkashi, a. a. b. a.-d. m. b. a. b. b. (1985). al-manthur fi fiqh rules: kuwaiti ministry of awqaf. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org 19. ali, m. b. f. b., & khusraw, m. m. ( 885 ah). durar al-hakam, explanation of gharar al-ahkam: house of revival of arabic books. 20. differences, by al-qarafi, 2/223 . 21. muhammad, j. a.-d. a. a.-r. b. a.-h. b. a. a.-a. a.-s. i. a. (1999). the end of the soul explanation of the access platform. beirut lebanon: dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya. 22. musa, k. b. i. b., & al-masri, d. a.-d. a.-j. a.-m. (2008). clarification in the explanation of the sub-mukhtasar of ibn al-hajib, investigation: dr. ahmed bin abdul karim najib, : najibweih center for manuscripts and heritage service. 23. the musnad of imam ahmad, the continuation of musnad al-ansar, the hadith of abu umamah al-bahili, 36/486, no.: 22161. al-arna`ut said: it is an authentic hadith on the condition of muslim . 24. mustafa bin abdullah al-qustantini al-othmani. (2010). access to the stalls’ layers was handed over to known, nvestigation: mahmoud abdul qadir al-arnaout. istanbul turkey: ircica library. 25. shaibani, a. a. a. b. m. b. h. b. h. b. a. a. (241 ah). musnad of imam ahmad bin hanbal, investigation by: shuaib al-arnaout adel murshid, and others: al-resala foundation. 26. who. retrieved from https://www.who.int/ar/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-2019 . https://www.who.int/ar/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-2019 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 182 www.americanjournal.org implementation of international electoral standards on voter registration in electoral legislation: comparative legal analysis abdurazakov sultankhoja suratovich deputy head of the organizational and control department of the central election commission of the republic of uzbekistan e-mail: sultan_74@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the role and significance of international electoral standards for voter registration. the constitutional and legal guarantees of the voters of the republic of uzbekistan, the implementation of international electoral standards in the national electoral legislation of developed democratic states are analyzed on a legal basis. the author, on the basis of fundamental human and civil rights and freedoms, formulated the most important principles of electoral law. the basic elements of democracy, human rights and fundamental freedoms, as well as the principles of free and fair elections are revealed. the author pays special attention to the definition of such concepts as "formation of the voter list", "state system of registration (registration) of voters", "universal suffrage", "ensuring the rule of law". international electoral standards, free and fair elections, universal suffrage, electoral system. introduction traditionally, attempts to cover the diversity of voter registration practices in different countries are reduced to the isolation of two sets of states, often incomparable in size, in which registration procedures have one or another common feature. for example, in one of the classifications, voter registration is characterized as public (mandatory), in the second – as personal (voluntary, optional). the criterion for this is the so-called "burden of registration" [1]. the voter register is a data set of all voters eligible to vote in a particular election. the list of voters, unlike the register of voters, is a set of records of all persons entitled to vote and assigned to a particular polling station. elections may be held without a voter register, but rarely are they held without voter lists. if the voter lists are derived from the population register or the voter register, the total number of entries in the list will be equal to the number of data in the voter register or the number of voter data in the population register. the list of voters acts as one of the key mechanisms in the procedure for the implementation of the active electoral right of citizens, designed, among other things, to provide protection against distortion of the expression of will by means of double voting when implementing several forms of voting, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 183 www.americanjournal.org is among the documentary factors guaranteeing the realization by a citizen of his active electoral right[2]. in most countries of the world, the duty of forming a list of voters is assigned to public administration bodies [3]. for example, in the russian federation, the state system of registration (registration) of voters, referendum participants is organized by the central election commission of the russian federation together with the election commissions of the subjects of the federation in cooperation with federal executive authorities, executive authorities of the subjects, local self-government bodies and officials of local self-government bodies using automation complexes of the state automated system "elections". with the help of the state system of registration (registration) of voters, participants of the referendum, the number of voters, participants of the referendum is established on the territory of the municipality, in the federal territory, on the territory of the subject of the federation, in russia and beyond its territory, a register of voters, participants of the referendum is formed and maintained [4]. information about voters, participants of the referendum, entered into the state system of their registration (accounting), is updated as of january 1 and july 1 of each year. on the eve of election day, including using the state automated system "elections" (i.e. based on the data contained in the register of voters), the relevant commission draws up a list of voters. the list includes citizens who have active suffrage on the day of voting [5]. the states, as subjects of the united states of america, have significant powers in regulating the electoral process, unlike the subjects of the russian federation. article 5 of the electoral law of the state of new york [6] regulates the issues of voter registration and consists of the following sections: section 1 "general conditions"; section 2 "voter registration and party registration"; section 3 "party registration"; section 4 "cancellation of registration"; section 5 "registration documents"; section 6 "registration and storage of registration documents"; section 7 "checks against fraud". section 1, which regulates the general conditions of registration, contains requirements for voters, as well as circumstances in which a us citizen cannot register and vote. three electoral qualifications are presented to voters: us citizenship, age (18 years), and residency qualification (a citizen must reside in the state, district, urban or rural settlement in which the relevant elections are held, for at least 30 days). the peculiarity of voter registration in the states is that it is voluntary, since it involves active actions of persons entitled to vote to include them in the registration electoral documents. there are two documents for registration of each voter in new york state: "registration poll records" and "central file registration record". the registration electoral document is sent by the election commission, in which it is kept until the day of voting, to the polling station where the voter is authorized to vote. between elections, it is stored in the main or other office of the election commission. the central registration document is permanently stored in the main or other office of the election commission. the law contains a requirement for the production of these registration election documents in different colors. the incoming voter pronounces his name and address of residence, and the election inspector checks the availability of data on such a person in the voter list. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 184 www.americanjournal.org if the name of the voter is included in the list of voters, but with an explanation that the identity of such a citizen is not fully established in accordance with the requirements of the legislation, the inspector is obliged to require the voter to confirm his identity using one of the following documents: 1) a driver's license or an identification card with a photo of its owner, which is not used to confirm a driver's license (non-driver photo id card) issued by the department of motor vehicles, or another valid document containing a photo of the voter; 2) a copy of the used invoice, bank statement, payment receipt, salary receipt or other document that contains the name and address of the voter's place of residence. if a voter provides any of these documents, the inspector indicates this in the list of voters, and the identity of the relevant voter is considered established. if a voter does not provide any of the provided documents, he may be allowed to vote only with the use of a ballot paper containing his written testimony, until otherwise provided in court. confirming his identity before voting, a voter can declare a change in his address of residence, as well as a change in his name. at the same time, the new address and the new name of such a voter are included either at the end of the voter list or in a special election document, the name of which can be designated as a report on objections drawn up in case of disagreement on election day, the meaning and basic requirements for the compilation of which will be discussed below. the previously entered address and name of the voter are not completely destroyed. a distinctive feature of the electoral law of the state of new york is to provide the voter with the opportunity to vote even if his identity is not fully confirmed. the right to vote of such a voter will be established later. first, a voter can provide a court decision requiring permission to vote. secondly, a voter can take an oath or sign a written statement in which he claims that he is properly registered, his place of residence is in the electoral district in which he is registered, he meets all the requirements imposed on voters, that his party affiliation corresponds to the one he claims, and also by the voter makes the assumption that his registration documents have been lost or moved to another place, that his name and signature have been omitted from the voter list. in addition, these statements contain confirmation that the person giving them understands that any false statement made will be considered as perjury and will be punished in accordance with the law. the voting of a voter who has given written testimony regarding those circumstances related to his active suffrage is carried out using emergency ballots, which are placed after filling in an envelope containing a letter. in addition, in other countries, there is public (mandatory) and personal (voluntary) voter registration, depending on which body or person is charged with the duty of registration (registration) – the state in the person of its relevant bodies or the citizen himself [7]. the voter himself must apply with the appropriate application if he wants to be included in the list of voters (spain, mexico). under the mandatory registration system (great britain, india, italy), the voter is automatically included in the list, the registrar (commission) is obliged to find all persons who have voting rights and include them in this list" [8]. imperative registration presupposes the unconditional generalization of a certain set of information coming from competent sources in order to establish the compliance of a particular person with a set of criteria provided for by law, registration of recognition by the state of the fact that such a person has an active electoral right and subsequent entry of an entry about him in the list of citizens who will be american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 185 www.americanjournal.org able to take or will have to take part in voting in certain elections or all possible elections within a regulated period of time. according to this principle, voter registration is organized in germany, poland, portugal, australia and other countries. for example, by virtue of paragraph 2 of article 113 of the portuguese constitution, the compilation of voter lists is mandatory, official, permanent and uniform for all elections, with universal and direct suffrage [9]. in some cases, the implementation of an imperative approach to electoral registration is due to the presence in the country of special rules for registering the population at the place of residence and accounting for migration processes, which ensures that the authorized bodies receive all the necessary information about persons living in the subordinate territories (germany, sweden, hungary, switzerland and others). for example, in sweden, relevant information about voters is stored in the central statistical office. voter lists in sweden are compiled on the basis of population census data transmitted by the tax administration by virtue of the law on the provision of personal information by the population census service of the tax administration and the law on registration of rights to immovable property [10]. in hungary, almost all 10 million hungarian citizens are included in the electronic population register. a personal identification number is assigned to each newborn resident of hungary and a person receiving a residence permit in the country [11]. if there is no system of permanent registration of population migration in the country, registration can be carried out immediately before the elections by visiting residential buildings by authorized persons. for example, in indonesia, registration commissioners from the national election commission, which is responsible for compiling and correcting electoral lists, go around citizens' homes, collecting information about people living in them. according to indonesian law, the compilation of lists should be completed six months before the elections, although it is not always possible to achieve this [12]. in turn, according to part i of article 36 of the constitution of mexico, a mexican citizen is obliged to register in the electoral lists in accordance with the procedure established by laws [13], and by virtue of section 1 of article 14 of the constitution of the federal republic of brazil, registration in the voter lists is mandatory for persons over the age of 18 [14]. for example, in france, for citizens who have reached the full age of 18 and meet other established requirements, there is an application procedure for registering as voters. at the same time, due to the increase in the number of adult citizens not included in the lists, and in order to partially fill the gap in the databases of registered voters, a special law introduced the institution of mandatory electoral registration of persons who meet "the requirements of the age limit from the time of the last final closure of electoral lists or when they fulfill this requirement until the next final closure of these lists" (articles l.11 and l.11-1 of the electoral code of france) [15]. such registration is carried out on the basis of data from compulsory health insurance and the national institute of statistics and economic research [16]. on the contrary, in some countries, an initiative (declarative) component is introduced into the mandatory, in fact, registration procedure. for example, in the great britain, the procedure for accumulating and processing electoral information is based on the annual mailing of special forms to individual houses and administrations of apartment buildings organized by authorized persons with a request to provide information about persons permanently residing in them who have the right to vote (in some cases – on a personal visit). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 186 www.americanjournal.org from the collected information, a list is formed, including all persons who have the right to vote and permanently reside in the territory of this district. at the same time, in february 2001, the existing registration system was supplemented by the introduction of a kind of individual current registration, thanks to which voters who have changed their place of residence can independently notify the voter registration bureau[17], which allows making the necessary changes to the voter register by the beginning of the month following the appeal [18]. the undoubted interest in the initiative component in the voter registration process is also evidenced by the ongoing discussion, with the active assistance of the great britain election commission, on the possibility of introducing declarative (personal) registration throughout the state instead of the existing system of home mailing forms to fill out [19]. in northern ireland, voter registration is already carried out on an application basis [20]. in the great britain, the registrar has the right to exclude from the register information about a voter in respect of whom the necessary information has not been received for two years, subject to prior notification to such a voter. it is also noteworthy that in some cases the element of citizen participation in the process of updating electoral information is introduced even into the system of interdepartmental exchange of information necessary for the formation of voter registers or electoral lists: documents ensuring the receipt by authorized structures of personal data about citizens of the respective states often contain special items that allow obtaining the consent of potential voters to transfer information about them to the bodies that carry out electoral registration. thus, in a number of countries, registration is the responsibility of local authorities or structures established by them. for example, in the great britain, voter registration issues are assigned to the competence of the voter registration bureaus established by local councils in each electoral district, where a person responsible for voter registration is also appointed (usually a senior official of the local government) [21]. in poland, the registration of data on voters in the relevant part of the electoral register is carried out by the administration of communities on the basis of the registration of the population permanently residing in their territory by the civil registration authorities, with mandatory reflection of all current changes. in australia, voter registration is carried out by the australian electoral commission [22]. in some states, in order to ensure the conduct of voter registration, structures are being created, the order of formation of which does not always allow them to be attributed to state or municipal bodies. thus, in chile, in accordance with the law on the voter registration system and the electoral service, special registration councils are created, which include three persons who meet the following requirements: be over 21 years old, have at least secondary education, reside in the territory of this electoral district and do not have membership in any political party. it is characteristic that the position of a member of the registration board is mandatory and no one can refuse it without a valid reason [23]. the list of grounds for classifying voter registration systems in foreign countries, as well as the diversity of registration practices, are not exhausted by the issues discussed above. registration information contained in electoral registers can most often be provided to interested entities, however, the scope of its provision, the purposes of its upcoming use and the circle of persons who have the right to expect to receive it are very heterogeneous. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 187 www.americanjournal.org in some countries, information from the register is issued on the basis of a written application (poland), in a number of other registries are subject to publication in the prescribed volume, including for subsequent sale. at the same time, in order to ensure the safety of citizens, they are granted the right to apply for additional protection of confidential information. for example, in some us states, certain categories of potential voters (law enforcement officials, employees of rehabilitation centers, judges, and others) may submit an application limiting the possibility of providing information about them to the public (florida), excluding phone numbers and addresses from the data provided, or creating special conditions for storing registration information (california) [24]. in germany, a citizen, even at the time of registration at the place of residence, has the right to make a reservation excluding the provision of personal information reported by him to the authorized body to third parties. in different ways, the issue of informing a citizen about the registration procedure is solved in foreign countries. for example, in some countries, a notification is sent to a voter on the eve of voting day about his registration in the specified capacity and the number assigned to him in the register or the list of voters (for example, canada, germany). on the official websites of the central election authorities of individual states, special programs are presented that allow citizens, by entering certain data (for example, postal codes), to obtain information about registration as voters in the relevant district, which, in particular, creates maximum convenience for people living abroad (great britain, canada). there is no definition of the concept of "international electoral standard" in the legal literature. at the same time, such are the provisions (norms) of international legal acts that enshrine the rights and freedoms of citizens to participate in free, fair, genuine and periodic elections. in his monographic study, а.а. veshnyakov gave the following definition of international electoral standards, which has received the widest distribution in the domestic legal literature: "the obligations of states not only to grant certain rights and freedoms to persons under their jurisdiction to participate in free, fair, genuine and periodic elections, but also not to encroach on such rights and freedoms, and to take appropriate measures to implement them" [25]. an interesting definition is given by yu.a. vedeneev and n.m. mironov, considering international electoral standards as "the normative minimum of the domestic legal regulation of public relations established by international law regarding the appointment, preparation, conduct and establishment of election results, as well as relations concerning the infrastructure of the electoral process" [26]. however, a significant disadvantage of this definition is the lack of connection with human suffrage. international electoral standards are international legal standards for the organization and conduct of elections, ensuring the observance and implementation of the right to free elections as a fundamental human right. such provisions (norms) are enshrined in the universal declaration of human rights of december 10, 1948 (paragraph 3 of article 21), the international covenant on civil and political human rights of 1966 (article 25), the european convention for the protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms of 1950 (article 3 of protocol no. 1) and a number of other documents. in its content, this is an obligation of states to recognize these rights and freedoms, not to encroach on them and to take appropriate measures to implement them. electoral standards, which are understood as the rules of the organization of the electoral process supported by the international community, are undergoing significant evolution. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 188 www.americanjournal.org they are present not only in international legal acts, but also in other documents. their form becomes more diverse, as well as the ways of their preparation and promotion. the composition of the subjects determining the international community's views on the rules of the organization of elections is changing. if we classify the electoral standards by the time of their appearance, the result will coincide with the classification according to the object of regulation and some other criteria. in accordance with the proposed approach, two stages and two corresponding groups of electoral standards can be distinguished. at the first stage (the middle and third quarter of the xx century), norms appeared in international law that enshrine human electoral rights. such fundamental standards include universal, equal, free, secret and direct suffrage, as well as the frequency of elections. these standards appeared as a result of agreements between nation states, they have a special legal status and are now practically universally recognized. the main documents in which they are reflected: the universal declaration of human rights of 1948, additional protocol no. 1 to the european convention on human rights of 1952, the international covenant on civil and political rights of 1966. at the second stage (since the end of the xx century), the international community has been developing norms concerning not only the electoral rights of citizens, but also the organization of elections and electoral management. along with the expansion of the scope of electoral standards, they are being detailed and specified. the composition of the subjects involved in their development and dissemination of standards is changing; their legal status is changing (in many cases they have the nature of recommendations). although the impact of the new electoral standards on the domestic policy of states is becoming more flexible – they are based on the principles of "soft power" – the depth of this impact is significantly increasing. unlike the electoral standards of the first stage, modern international norms of the organization of elections are more instrumental and functional. among the most important documents reflecting the electoral standards of the modern stage, of particular importance are the document of the copenhagen meeting of the csce conference on the human dimension of 1990, the declaration on criteria for free and fair elections of the inter-parliamentary union of 1994, general comment no. 25 of the un human rights committee of 1996, the set of recommended rules for elections of the venice commission of the council europe 2002 we can also mention the document "human rights and electoral standards: an action plan", adopted in 2017 as part of a joint conference under the auspices of the un high commissioner for human rights and the carter center. the last document is very indicative for the current stage, since it has a recommendatory character. the fundamental electoral standards adopted in the middle of the xx century regulated only some aspects of the institution of elections and only in the context of human rights. modern standards, which have been developing since the end of the xx century, cover a much wider range of issues. at the same time, there is an obvious shift of attention towards the organization and management of elections. but the issue of the implementation of international electoral standards in the national legislation of states turned out to be ambiguous. experts of the international non-governmental organization cisemo analyzed the electoral legislation of a number of countries (belgium, great britain, hungary, germany, denmark, latvia, lithuania, poland, russia, etc., a total of 15 countries) for compliance with the constitution and election laws of the state with pan-european democratic standards. as a result, not a single state has been identified in which experts would note full compliance with american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 189 www.americanjournal.org international electoral standards, on the contrary, in the analysis of each national legislation and law enforcement practice, a number of proposals have been formulated to improve electoral legislation in the context of osce observations [27]. the development of international electoral standards in the field of electronic voting began in the 2000s [28]. on september 30, 2004, the committee of ministers of the council of europe adopted recommendations r (2004)11 to member states on legal, organizational and technical standards for electronic voting (hereinafter referred to as recommendations r (2004)11), which became the first electronic voting standard for member states. during this period, the council of europe prepared standards of three levels [29]: ‒ legal standards reflecting the fundamental principles of elections enshrined in international legal documents; ‒ organizational standards concerning the main issues of organization and procedures in relation to electronic elections, which ensure compliance with fundamental legal norms; ‒ the main technical requirements that are necessary to ensure the operational standards of a safe and cost-effective method that ensures compatibility between devices and control at any stage of the electoral process. thus, the first regional international legal standards of electronic voting in the history of international law were established, taking into account the interests of both government and industry. the key position of recommendation r (2004)11 is that electronic voting should be as reliable and secure as democratic elections and referendums conducted without the use of electronic means or devices, and that it should comply with the fundamental principles of democratic elections and referendums (universal, free, equal, secret and direct elections) [30]. the absolute advantage of this document can be considered the developed conceptual apparatus of the electronic voting system, which can be borrowed by states in the development and improvement of legal acts regulating the procedure of electronic voting on the territory of their country. recommendations r (2004)11 became invalid due to the adoption on june 14, 2017 at the 1289th meeting of representatives of ministers of the committee of ministers of the council of europe of new recommendations "on the rules of electronic voting" (hereinafter recommendation 2017). the 2017 recommendation was supported by the majority of participants at the meeting of the ad hoc working group on november 3-4, 2016; the recommendation takes into account some of the russian proposals, in particular on the following issues: the concepts of electronic voting and controlled area were introduced, as well as the wording of several provisions of the draft recommendation was taken into account or changed (paragraphs 7, 17, 18). the recommendations of 2004 and 2017 are based on the obligations set out in international documents, such as the universal declaration of human rights, the international covenant on civil and political rights and others. this includes a number of "new" international documents, the provisions of which are taken into account in the 2017 recommendation: the convention on standards of democratic elections, electoral rights and freedoms in the cis, the international convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, the un convention against corruption, the convention on combating cybercrime, the convention on the protection of individuals with automatic processing of personal data, additional protocol to the convention on the protection of natural persons in the automatic processing of personal data on supervisory authorities and cross-border data flows, recommendation of the committee of ministers to member states no. cm rec (99)5 "on the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 190 www.americanjournal.org protection of privacy on the internet", the convention on the elimination of all forms of racial discrimination, the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women, the european convention for the protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms and, in particular, protocol no. 1 thereto, the european charter of local self-government, the council of europe convention on computer information crime, the convention on the protection of the rights of individuals in connection with the automatic processing of personal information, recommendation of the committee of ministers on the protection of personal information on the internet r(1999)5, the document of the copenhagen meeting of the osce conference on the human dimension, the charter of fundamental rights of the european union, as well as the code of good practice in electoral matters adopted by the council for democratic elections of the council of europe and the european commission for democracy through law. the 2017 recommendation accumulated provisions established in various international documents relating not only to the electronic voting procedure itself, but also to the personal rights and freedoms of a person and citizen affected in one way or another during the organization and conduct of electronic voting. in the issue of improving national electoral legislation, international electoral standards are indispensable. scientists, studying the legal norms of the current election laws, identify inconsistencies with established international electoral standards, contributing to the exclusion of contradictory norms. summing up the above, it should be noted that the analysis of world practice indicates the preservation of certain specifics of existing voter registration systems in foreign countries, which, on the one hand, allows classification based on the generality of certain characteristics, and on the other, in our opinion, prevents the introduction into circulation of excessively generalizing terms that do not cover the full content of the phenomena under consideration. thus, the international legal standards of the right to free elections (international electoral standards) represent the basic requirements for the organization of national electoral processes arising from relevant international legal sources, aimed at ensuring respect for the electoral rights of citizens (the right to free elections). at the same time, international electoral standards include the requirements of free elections, secret ballot, universal and equal suffrage, the non-discriminatory nature of the electoral process, its fairness, respect for the will of voters and the frequency of elections. none of these standards has priority, while the principle of free elections determines the possibility of compliance with all other standards. footnotes: 1. constitutional (state) law of foreign countries. in 4 t. t. 1-2. general part / ed. prof. b.a. strashun. m., 2000. p. 388 2. sintsov g.v. constitutional guarantees of active suffrage in the russian federation // citizen and law 2016. no.3. from 92-95. 3. fomin a.a. international electoral standards and their implementation in the legislation of the russian federation // representative power — xxi century: legislation, comments, problems 2004 № 4 (58). pp. 21-24. 4. p. 1.1 — 1.4 resolution of the cec of russia dated 06.11.1997 no. 134/973-ii (ed. dated june 16, 2021 no. 10/80-8) "on the regulation on the state system of registration (registration) of voters, referendum participants in the russian federation" // bulletin of the central election commission of the russian federation. 1997 № 9 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 191 www.americanjournal.org 5. gadzhieva a.o. electronic voter list as a new element of digitalization of the electoral process: legal and organizational foundations // right. journal of the higher school of economics. 2022 t 15. no. 5. pp. 44-65. 6. state of new york. 2008. election law. matthew bender& company, inc. 7. electoral law and the electoral process in the russian federation: textbook for universities / rev. ed. cand. jurid. sciences a.a. veshnyakov. moscow: norma, 2003. p. 345 8. chirkin v.e. constitutional law of foreign countries. moscow: jurist, 1997. pp. 205-206 9. constitution of the portuguese republic: dated 02.04.1976 / constitutions of the states of europe. in 3 t. t. 2. / under the general ed. l.a. okunkova. m.: norm. 2001. p. 782. 10. rakitskaya i.a. electoral system of sweden // modern electoral systems. issue 1: argentina, germany, sweden / scientific ed. yu.a. vedeneev, v.i. lysenko. m.: rcoit; norma, 2007.p. 220 11. konkin n.e., malyshev v.a., bondarev v.i. the delegation of the cec of russia visited hungary // journal of elections. 2006. no. 4.p. 44 12. arbatskaya m.n. national information systems for managing citizens' electoral rights: world experience and typology // journal of elections. 2007. no. 2. p. 46 13. the constitution of the united mexican states [electronic resource] : [dated february 5, 1917] – electron. dan. – [b. g.] – access mode : http://clin.iatp.by/constitution /drugi/mexico-r.htm [accessed: 03/31/2023]. 14. constitution of the federal republic of brazil / constitutions of foreign countries: comp. dubrovin v.n. m., 2001. p. 298 15. the electoral code of france // collection of normative legal acts of foreign electoral legislation / ed. by a.a. veshnyakov. m., 2004. pp. 190 -191. 16. foreign electoral law: textbook / scientific ed. v.v. maklakov. m.: norm, 2003. p. 94 17. lafitskiy d.v. electoral system of great britain // modern electoral systems: vol. 1: great britain, canada, mexico, poland / scientific ed. v.i. lysenko. m.: rcoit ; norma, 2006. p. 60 18. the law on people's representation of 1983 : [great britain] // collection of normative legal acts of foreign electoral legislation / ed. by a.a. veshnyakov. m., 2004. pp. 124-125. 19. the electoral registration process. report and recommendations [electronic resource]: [report of the uk electoral commission on voter registration, june 2, 2003] – electron. text data. – access mode: http://www.electoralcommission.org . uk [accessed: 03/31/2023.] 20. mishin a.a. constitutional (state) law of foreign countries. m., 2006. p. 163 21. zhdanovich v.a. on the electoral system of great britain // journal of russian law. 1998. no. 1. p. 117. 22. ney r.l. the electoral system of australia [electronic resource] / democracy. ru – electron. text data. – access mode: http://www.democracy.ru [accessed: 04/01/2023) 23. zaionts a.a. electoral legislation of chile // latin america. 2003. no. 4. p. 39 24. carroll j. voter confidentiality [electronic resource] : [trilateral conference on electoral systems, washington, dc 8-10 may 1996] / democracy. ru – electron. text data. – access mode : http://www.democracy . ru/library/foreign/procedures/registration [accessed: 03/31/2023]. 25. electoral standards in international law and their implementation in the legislation of the russian federation / veshnyakov a.a. – m.: the whole world, 1997 – p. 24 26. vedeneev yu.a., mironov yu.n. modern electoral law: concept and system. m.. 2009 – p. 83 http://clin.iatp.by/constitution american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 192 www.americanjournal.org 27. analysis of electoral legislation in the context of compliance with general democratic standards of human rights. electoral systems of the countries of the world // international monitoring organization cis emo kiss-europe monitoring organization [electronic resource]. url: http://www.cisemo.net/ru/systems (accessed 31.03.2023) 28. savchenko m.s., kadlets v.a. legal regulation and practice of electronic voting in foreign countries // scientific journal of kubgau. 2016. no. 117(3). pp. 1-13. access from the consultantplus information and legal system 29. bosova e.n. international electoral standards and their significance for the development of russian electoral legislation. human rights in the eurasian space. 1 (44) 2020. – p.79-85 30. michael remmert. on the way to european standards of electronic voting // krimmer r., proset a. electronic voting 2010: proceedings of the 4th conference on electronic voting p-167, lni gi series. bonn, 2010. – p.14. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org the linguocultural approach to the study of linguistic phenomena abdujalilov ma'rufjon islom o’g’li teacher of the department of russian language and literature of gulistan state university nuritdinov shuxrat baxirovich teacher of the department of russian language and literature of gulistan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article defines the concept of a linguoculturological approach to the study of linguistic phenomena and the importance of comparing the phraseological pictures of the world of peoples, which is based on the study of the thematic and ideographic semantics of phraseological units and identifying their figurative and motivational foundations, cultural sources for the formation of their semantics. a comparative study of phraseological units allows you to decide a number of complex and still not unambiguously resolved issues of identifying interlingual identities and differences between the two languages russian and uzbek. a significant commonality of the eurasian way of life, the ever-increasing cultural and economic ties between russia and uzbekistan are reflected in the phraseology of the two compared languages. the study of the essence of the language makes it possible to better understand the spiritual heritage, rich history, national values, cultural and spiritual wealth of any people. linguoculturology, toreticmethodological base, cultural and national specificity, thematicideographic semantics, emotional coloring, figurative-situational motivation, complex analysis. introduction the linguocultural approach to the study of linguistic phenomena as units, reflecting the national specificity of the people, is relevant at this stage of development of linguistics. studies in this field are very relevant nowadays, and within its framework various aspects of national and cultural specificity of language are considered both in general theoretical terms and in specific studies devoted to the study of national and cultural features in the field of lexicon and idiomatics, as well as key concepts of different languages and cultures. recently a lot has been written about linguoculturology, despite its "young age". probably that is why there is no generally accepted definition, no single opinion regarding the status, subject and methods of linguoculturology. the theoretical and methodological basis of this discipline is currently under development. the generally accepted definition of linguocultural studies american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org is the study of language in inseparable connection with culture. in general it can be defined as follows: linguoculturology is a science "that emerged at the junction of linguistics and cultural studies and studies the manifestations of the culture of the people, which are reflected and fixed in the language. manifestations of culture are most fully reflected and fixed in the phraseological units of language. phraseological units by their separate sides "show" the history of culture, its modern manifestations. the cultural component of phraseological units is directly related to pragmatics. the attribution of the cultural component to pragmatics is primarily determined by the fact that the subject of speech and its addressee are always cultural subjects. phraseological units are the most "representative" units of linguocultural studies: the internal form of phraseological units, which is a carrier of motivation, often contains elements of the national-cultural plan, as phraseological units emerge on the basis of "figurative representation of reality, reflecting mainly the everyday-empirical, historical and spiritual experience of the language community, associated with its cultural traditions. each nation has special, inherent only to it ways of world outlook, world perception and world outlook, which create the basis of national assessment of the realities of the surrounding reality. phraseology is one of the ways of linguistic worldview, which gives grounds to speak about the existence of a phraseological picture of the world in each language. the means of embodiment of cultural and national specificity of phraseological units is the figurative basis, the internal form of the phraseological unit. the way of indicating the cultural-national specificity is the "interpretation of the figurative base in the sign cultural-national "space" of the given linguistic community". here it should be noted that there is no direct correlation between culture and language: it is possible to "put" between them previously acquired knowledge as a key to interpretation. it is impossible to interpret the content of the cultural connotation contained in the phraseology without it. this is a very important methodological position. the interrelation of language and culture, the understanding of national mentality reveals the very essence of language, its communicative function. the strategy for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan for 2017-2021 emphasizes the need to develop the social sphere, including science, literature and art. the study of phraseology, knowingly, enriches linguistics both theoretically and practically [decree of the president uzres 2017:2]. phraseological units consist of words, so the basis of the semantic structure of a phraseological unit goes back, first of all, to the interaction of their lexical components. the main feature of phraseological units is their fully or partially reinterpreted meaning. only a part of phraseological units is identified by separate lexemes, while most of them can be identified only with the help of a word combination or an extended description. the semantic uniqueness of phraseological units lies in the specificity of the combination of components. thus, they act not only as parts of the main semantic components of a phraseological unit, but also as links between them. these components are the minimal units of the semantics of phraseological units and perform semantic-determining or semantic-forming functions. when comparing the semantic function of the same phraseological unit in different contexts, it becomes obvious that in each case we are dealing with a different meaning of the phraseological unit or a different shade of meaning. this does not exclude the repeated use of a phraseological expression with the same meaning. different meanings have such phraseological expressions as to come to one's senses, to take one's breath away, to mourn, to pry, to fool around. these phraseological expressions express the psychological states of a person. we can meet such phraseological expressions in epic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org works: "if you can, tell someone there to send us stories to read i really want to take my soul away (a. serafimovich) [a.s. serafimovich 1959:167]". in the epic work the writer describes the psychological state of a person with the help of phraseological expressions. firstly, it gives an emotional coloring to the text, and secondly, the reader can clearly imagine the state of mind of the characters. by using phrases in the works, the writer introduces students to his culture. one of the basic concepts of linguocultural studies is the cultural connotation of language units. cultural connotation is, in its most general form, the interpretation of the denotative or figurative motivated, quasidenotative, aspects of meaning in the categories of culture. as applied to the units of the phraseological composition of the language as the signs of secondary nomination, the characteristic feature of which is figurative and situational motivation, which is directly connected with the worldview of the people a native speaker, the medium of cultural connotation, its main nerve is this figurative basis. each nation has special, inherent only to it ways of world outlook, world perception and world outlook, which create the basis of the national assessment of the realities of the surrounding reality. phraseology is one of the ways of linguistic worldview, which gives grounds to speak about the existence of a phraseological picture of the world in each language. the means of embodiment of cultural and national specificity of phraseological units is the figurative basis, the internal form of the phraseological unit. the criterion for combining phraseological units containing similar components into one semantic field is the allocation of the components of meaning in the semantic structure of the phraseological unit. the essence of semantic relations of linguistic units and the principle of structural and semantic organization of the field is manifested in the presence of invariant and differential features, which is an important condition for the systemic organization of the field. a comprehensive analysis of phraseological meaning aims at identifying the elements of meaning and their complexes, describing them in terms of "micro-senses" and establishing the hierarchy and interdependence of these elements. as a special semantic category of phraseology, phraseological meaning is a complex semantic whole, combining several aspects: denotative (the volume of the concept); significative (the content of the concept); structural, connotative (stylistic) and social aspects. the phraseological meaning is studied to a lesser extent than the lexical meaning of the word, but the analysis of phraseological meaning is facilitated by the fact that the phraseological units are mostly monosemantic, since the phraseological unit is a semantema, the method of component analysis can extract semes from the semantic structure of the phraseological unit. a common way to analyze phraseological units by dictionary definitions of phraseological and explanatory dictionaries, which we apply in the analysis of our material. in relation to the semantic system as a whole, the semantic field forms a microsystem, a microfield, which is part of the general system of language. the main element of the phraseological microfield is the phraseological unit, which is characterized by certain patterns. the meaning of phraseological units has a complex structure, and its essence cannot be fully revealed outside the phraseological microsystem. individual (physiological) qualities of a person. the human phenomenon, in fact, is universal, regardless of its belonging to a particular ethno-cultural community. therefore, such characteristics as age, appearance, physical condition and ways of perceiving the world are fixed in the languages being american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org compared. however, when describing the above properties of a person by means of phraseology, different peoples can distinguish both universal indicators of a particular characteristic, and nationally specific ones, when a human property is evaluated through the prism of social attitudes and traditions available to the people. for example, the universal indicators of a person's age are his height, appearance, number of years, experience, social significance, features of behavior, nutrition, etc. as a result of the assessment of these features of a person in the compared languages phraseological expressions with equivalent meanings are formed "young, young": in russian: from the cradle; he walks under the table; he lies across the bench; milk on his lips is not dried out; a young man without youth; he ate little porridge; in the prime of life/years; in years; old enough to be his father/mother; holding on to his mother's skirt. in russian the meaning of the word "person" is a socially significant person who has a position in society, a profession to go out; with the meaning "old, advanced years" old fussy, to stand with one foot in the grave, at the end of days. the perception of a person's age in the light of national psychology is reinforced in the russian phraseology "sand falls off" from whom, which also reinforces associations with a dilapidated, leaky sack (the contents fall out of the sack the old person also "leaves" his or her life); human physical properties are expressed by russian phraseological units in more detail than by russian phraseological units. height and stature are the favorite "themes" of phraseology: kolomenskaya versta, fire kalancha, tall as a slanted sazhen, in shoulders as a slanted sazhen, as a marigold, from the ground is not to be seen. such a characteristic as "thin-thick" in the comparable languages is conveyed with the help of universal indicators: the thin one has bones prominent and the fat one has a rounded shape of body and face, russian: skin and bones, ribs see through, a walking skeleton, across the front, cheeks seen from behind, cheeks crushed eyes. phraseological expressions with this meaning may also reflect national indicators. the phraseological picture of the world, specifically reflecting the social being of man, in a sense is a reflection of the worldview of the people, and not at a certain historical stage, but in the aggregate throughout the entire course of development, and therefore it sometimes "collide" stereotypes of behavior, relations of different eras, reflecting the views of antagonistic classes. in the phraseological expressions of the compared languages, firstly, human character traits are expressed (good evil; cunning simple-minded, open; energetic passive, lazy; cowardly brave; generous stingy; conceited modest; dishonest, frivolous; talkative; secondly, human qualities developed in him by education, depending on the level of education, life experience, material wellbeing, etc. (rich poor; experienced inexperienced; independent not independent; illiterate, uncultured). as can be seen from the list of a person's internal qualities, in phraseology, first of all, universal socially significant traits are fixed. on the one hand, this is a set of properties that form an "ideal" man in the understanding of society (kind, open, energetic, brave, generous, modest, persistent, unselfish), and on the other hand, these are anti-normative qualities of man, condemned in any society (evil, cunning, passive, stingy, conceited, talkative, frivolous, sycophantic, illiterate, ungrateful, harmful, shameless, impetuous, dishonest). the characteristic of individual qualities and features of a person may be conveyed in the comparable languages by similar associations, the presence of which is due to the logical basis of the concept of quality: talkative talks a lot, stingy gives nothing to others, brave fears nothing, ungrateful forgets the good, inert does nothing, etc. because of this, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org there are often identical components in the composition of the phraseological expressions compared, the lexical background of which motivates the identical semantics. thus, phraseology reflects national psychology, the mindset of the people, traditions and customs, ethical and moral attitudes of the people in assessing the qualities and behavior, human actions. as a consequence, phraseological expressions are formed in the language, fixing in their semantics the notions and qualities relevant to each of the peoples. to characterize a human being as a biological individual and a member of society, native speakers select both standard, typical and non-standard, atypical, but always only actual qualities, actions and situations. a comparative study of thematic-ideographical groups of phraseological units in two or more languages makes it possible to identify not only national specificity, but also those typologically common in psychology, everyday life, history and culture, which goes back both to the genetic kinship of these or those peoples, and to the universality of many aspects of human existence. regarding the sources of the origin of phraseological units in the compared languages, it can be noted that their main supplier is the spheres of social life, way of life, character, geographical location, reflecting the characteristics of the language-bearing people, as well as borrowings and literary sources. the formation of phraseological expressions is a developing process. it is associated with the further growth of culture, production, economy, other areas of human activity. as a result of the development of society, some idioms may gradually disappear from speech, while others may emerge in a new form. literature 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017 "on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan" no. 4947 g'g' marifat, february 8, 2017. no. 11 (8972) s. 2. 2. abdunazarova a. some questions of development of lexicon and phraseology of uzbek literary language of 20s (on the material of satirical magazine <<mushtum>>), aftoreferat diary candidate of phil.sciences.t:. 1969.20c 3. avaliani y.y., roizenzon l.i. on the distinction of synonymy and variation in the field of phraseological units. // questions of phraseology and the composition of phraseological dictionaries. baku, 1968. с.70-77. 4. avaliani y.y. word phraseology context // voprosy of phraseology: proceedings of samarkand state university named after alshper navoi. a new series. samarkand: publishing house of the samarkand state university, 1992. in: samarkand state university, samarkand: ssu publishing, 1992. 219.part i. с. 166-172. 5. avdeeva o. i. phraseological group "affirmation-negation": structural-semantic aspect: monograph / ed. by yu. 6. a. s. serafimovich "in teplushka" collected works in seven volumes. vol. sixth moscow, gihl, 1959. page. 167. 7. vinogradov v. v. basic concepts of russian phraseology as a linguistic discipline. // selected works. lexicology and lexicography. moscow: nauka, 1977. с. 118-139. 8. vinogradov v.v. on the interaction of lexical-semantic levels with grammatical levels in the system of language. / / thoughts on the modern russian language. moscow: prosveshcheniye, 1969. с.523. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org 9. mamatov a.e. the questions of the formation of phraseological expressions of the uzbek language. dd. т.:1999. 10. mamatov a.e. problems of lelsic and phraseological norms in the modern uzbek literary language. т.:1991 11. rahmatullayev sh. the main types of meanings of phraseological expressions. t.: acad. 1985 12. rahmatullaeva sh. phraseological dictionary of the uzbek language. t.: young editorial comics. т.:1982. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org the use of modern technologi̇es i̇n teachi̇ng the uzbek language shadiyeva dilfuza shamirzayevna teacher of the "international school of finance technology and science" institute, candidate of philological sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is about the use of modern technologies in the process of teaching the uzbek language, thereby increasing the effectiveness of the lesson. it was also discussed about the active use of information media in classes to arouse interest in students. uzbek language, modern technologies, method, information, educational material introduction our rapidly developing society, in general, our daily life cannot be imagined without information technology tools. regardless of the industry, these tools are very important to us. in particular, the use of information technologies in the educational process is gaining special relevance. computer programs are widely used to expand the knowledge and outlook of young people. modern information technologies are introduced in the teaching of various subjects, increasing the effectiveness of the lesson. in particular, the role of information technology in teaching the uzbek language is incomparable. before the introduction of additional tools, different methods were used in teaching. today, these methods are used in the teaching process in combination with modern information technologies. the effectiveness of mother tongue education depends on the correct choice of educational methods and methods along with compliance with educational principles. method (greek) is a set of methods for achieving a specific goal, a method for performing a specific task, practical or theoretical mastering (knowledge) of existence. the philosophical meaning of the concept of method is observation of phenomena and their scientific classification, while its didactic aspect means arming the student with knowledge, skills, and abilities and applying them in practice. doctor of pedagogical sciences, methodologist-scientist a.q. gulomov recommends learning the following types of educational methods: 1. methods related to teacher activity: — the method of ready presentation of knowledge; — the method of expressing knowledge through conversation; — method of presenting knowledge in a problematic way. 2. methods related to student activity: — reproductive (working with ready-made educational material) method; — research-based methods. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org the educational methods of teaching the mother tongue are improving and developing along with modern development. the state educational standards set requirements for the purposeful development of a certain human personality to the educational system. it is necessary to improve the updated educational methodology on the basis of interactive methods, relying on the conscious verbal-cognitive education system, which is considered effective in pedagogy, and be in line with the requirements of the time and national values. an in-depth study, development and attempt to bring the above-mentioned traditional education methods closer to universal education methods will yield the following results: 1. the method of describing ready-made knowledge: — based on textbooks and training manuals; — based on visual didactic tools (internet information, slide-tables from the native language, educational computer diskettes, educational pictures designed to illuminate lesson topics, portrait, landscape (color image), ready-made artistic-symbolic , educational texts). 2. referral education method. enrichment of student knowledge on the basis of step-by-step, systematic oral and written guidance assignments. 3. problem-based learning method. 4. conscious verbal-cognitive education method (discovery education method). the following methods are also effective in improving the student's knowledge and skills: 1. method of conscious observation and storage in memory. 2. the method of research and drawing conclusions, debate and discussion with the help of reference tasks. 3. purposeful method of creative activity aimed at solving the problem. 4. the method of discovery (writing) through independent and creative research. students apply the acquired knowledge, skills and abilities through these methods. the method of arming with ready-made knowledge is one of the most ancient and tested methods in the educational system. when working with this method, the teacher does not get too tired: he or she recommends completing educational tasks and exercises prepared in advance, made understandable for the student. they effectively use educational and technical means. the following should be acted when choosing teaching methods: — learning some topics of the consistent course of the native language (working with ready-made educational material) and problem-based education (learning based on inquiry) methods together; taking into account students' natural ability, mastery level, ability to work independently, age characteristics when choosing language teaching methods; to interpret the meaning of unfamiliar words in the given text and to find words with one meaning and multiple meanings; working with their synonyms, antonyms, form mates, nest mates; learning to work with different dictionaries or additional literature. in the process of using modern information technologies in the teaching of the uzbek language, the following results are expected to be achieved: basic concepts, terms and tasks of information technologies in education; the composition and structure of the information-educational environment; world experience in the formation of skills for working with information technologies; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org should have an idea about the reform of scientific and educational research works in the world of information technologies. at the same time, the teacher should know the culture of working with information technologies and how to use an interactive board in the educational process; organization of pedagogical activity by applying modern information technologies to the educational process; to have the skills to know the types and structure of multimedia textbooks; organization and effective management of the educational process; should have the skills of rational and effective use of electronic educational resources [2, 35]. educational methods are becoming more and more sophisticated and rely more on modern technologies. it fosters communication, facilitates information retrieval, and makes the topic easier to explain. in particular, teaching through the use of audio-visual and interactive software and gadgets, on the one hand, saves time, and on the other hand, greatly helps to increase the effectiveness of training. technology and these ways of teaching open up new possibilities in education. educational technologies enable real-time virtual attendance, live chat, and face-to-face interaction with teachers and students. you can also access previously written lessons as well as many other study materials. working with computers and tablets in classrooms, education without books is being talked about a lot today. what are the positive aspects of this? first of all, all information is placed on a tablet (or computer). digitization of educational content facilitates access to information and saves paper. in addition, computers and tablets help in the following ways: they literally make education easier (no heavy bags); provides ease of access at any time, from any place; improves computer literacy; the possibility of using multimedia materials for students makes studying easier; familiarization with new technologies serves as an excellent preparation for further education and the chosen profession; computer testing makes it easier for teachers to assess knowledge [1, 1] educational technology is the basis of modern development of students. familiarity with gadgets, programming, and modern communication tools at an early age makes it much easier to adopt new standards and ways of working later. education is being modernized in order to adapt to the 21st century educational methods. this allows students, on the one hand, to find the necessary information in a short period of time, restore it in memory, and apply it in practice in necessary situations. references: 1. allison academy. what technology is used in education today. 1993. 2. ziyadova t.u. teacher's book. methodical guide for native language teachers. — т.: 2002. 3. shofqorov a. m., baykabilov u. a., bayzakov j. a., shayxislamov n. z. ogl. (2020). til o‘qitishda kompyuter texnologiyalari. science and education, 1(special issue 3) 4. ilhomovna s. z. (2017). effective communicative tasks that promote spoken interaction skills in elt. european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol, 5(3). 5. ilhomovna s. z. enhancing speaking accuracy and fluency from instructional perspectives in esl classrooms. in the v international science conference «theory, practice and science», october 18–20, tokyo, japan. 291 p. (p. 196). 6. salieva z. i. discussion as one of the methods to form speaking skills at a lesson of english. pedagogika visshei shkoli= pedagogy of the higher school. 2016; 3 (6): 63-65. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org comments about decorations of old termiz mercury jugs temirova munira teacher at termiz state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article focuses on old termiz potters and their pottery products in the middle ages. information about the most interesting product of this period, mercury jugs and their external decoration (ornaments) and their description is given. pottery area, old termiz, ornament, ring, plant leaves, conical vessels, prints and others. introduction pottery vessels found during archeological excavations in old termiz pottery districts and other places of the city testify to the high development of pottery in termiz in the middle ages. during the excavations, various painted and patterned glazed pottery vessels were found. potters used a wide variety of decoration methods in the decoration of vessels. in particular, glazed earthenware vessels decorated with "flower" animals and unusual creatures with inscriptions of various types and contents amaze people with their artistic perfection. such pottery is usually found more often during the exploration of the houses owned by the dark townspeople and in the caravansary. the reason for this is that such vessels were more expensive and not all ordinary citizens of the city could afford them. the discovery of this pottery neighborhood in termiz is of great scientific importance. on the one hand, it makes it possible to clarify a number of problems related to the history of the medieval pottery of termiz. we have seen above that pottery was highly developed in termez in the middle ages. termizk potters were very skilled at their work. the mercury bowls they made are especially noteworthy. made with high taste and skill, this ceramic product was distinguished from other ceramic vessels by its appearance, quality, and price. preparing the pots on the fire was complicated. termiz potters were aware of all the achievements in this field of their time and fully mastered them. in the process of studying the external ornaments of the mercury jars found in the old termiz area, we highlighted 35 different forms that are often found in them. 1. decoration with six rows of parallel lines, between which there are three rows of concave lines. one such decorative vessel is kept in the museum fund. 2. has a complex geometric appearance. four rows of parallel lines are drawn. between the lines, the shape of the corners is depicted using dots. there is also a decoration in the form of a bird's wing. there are five such decorated vessels. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 3. -between the two parallel lines are small rectangular shapes. 4. two straight lines are drawn in a row on the outer wall of the vessel, and long horizontal sticks are depicted in the lower part. one of these containers is kept in the museum fund. 5. there are 8 containers of the same appearance. a small circle is depicted between two bordered circles. 6. such ornaments are depicted on the wall of four jugs. crossed circular lines with four borders. there are two rows of concave lines between them. the central part of the circle protrudes from the wall of the container. 7. -two circular shapes and four triangles around them. 8. -decoration with complex geometric shapes. there are several dozen borders, an ellipsoid decoration in the middle, bangles connected by dots between the borders at the top and bottom, and small triangles between them. 9. the image of a plant leaf is shown. 10. between the two borders, the corners are depicted using double rows of dots. inside the corners there are small triangles. 11. the small circles are decorated in two rows in the pressing method. and a wavy line was drawn between them. 12. five such decorative jugs are on display in the museum. 13. this decoration is also geometrically complex. the corner shape is combined with the help of single-row points. four rows of triangles are depicted between the corners. 14. -two lines border decoration. such decorative jars are found in the largest number (eighteen). 15. -printed flowers. 16. -geometrically complex looking ornament. between two rows of crossed borders, concave elliptical shapes are depicted in scratch. the head and lower part are given wavy decoration. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org 17. -тўрт қатор ҳошияли безак ўн бир дона идиш деворида учрайди. ҳошиялар орасида икки қатор ботиқ чизиқлар бор. 18. eight mercury bowls decorated with the same decoration. three rows of strips are twisted together. an egg-shaped shape is drawn next to it. 19. there is a small circle in the center, and three lines of such a circle are drawn around it. four jugs in the museum fund have this decoration. 20. a circle is depicted in the center in the printing method. five mercury cells of this type were found. 21. circular decoration. in the lower part, there are two pieces of decoration in the form of a half-moon, which are parallel to each other. 22. -five rows of circular lines. in the middle, a circular shape is drawn in the center. there are concave lines between the rings. 23. surrounded by two rows of borders. the almond-shaped decoration is drawn in a printed manner. in the center of the almond-shaped shape are three concave sticks, surrounded by small leaves. among the almond-shaped decorations are small triangles at the top and bottom. we can see these signs on three jars. 24. -mercury jars with a circle image make up a large part of the museum fund. they differ in the number of internal circles. this ornament also has an inner small circle and two rows of rings around it. 25. this ornament made with very fine skill is four pieces in the museum collection. the image of wheat is printed on the surface of the jug. 26. -five rows of vertical parallel lines and a zigzag line drawn between the third and fourth rows. 27. a large number of small circles are imprinted. between them, the shape of a bird's wing protrudes horizontally. on the wing, the corners are depicted in a horizontal sequence using small dots. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 28. plant leaves are photographed. one large and several small leaves are depicted in horizontal view. 29. -small circles are irregularly drawn in a printed manner. they are separated by sticks drawn horizontally. 30. such decorations can be found in two mercury cups. 31. this ornament, placed on the surface of the mercury vessels, consists of two rows of circular rings. a row of concave lines is drawn in between. 32. -four rows of parallel lines are drawn vertically in a scratching pattern. between the second and third rows, there is an image of flower petals. 33. this ornament, placed on the surface of the jars, consists of five rows of parallel lines vertically. 34. this ornament also consists of five rows of parallel lines. the difference from the above decoration is that small leaves are printed unevenly. 35. images of plant leaves are imprinted on the surface of some of the mercury cells. references 1. amindjanova m. o nekotoryx steklyannyx sosudax maverannakhra // istoriya mate-rialnoy kultury uzbekistana. tashkent: izd-vo an uzssr, 1961. vyp. 2. s. 241-255. 2. arsikhovsky a.v. introduction to archeology. moscow, 1947. 219 p. 3. vinogradov z.z. sphero-conical vessels with narrow throat openings // kazan. museum vestn. kazan: pervaya gos. typ., 1922. vyp. 2. s. 17-119. 4. vyatkin v.l. afrasiab gorodishche bylogo in samarkand: archeological essay. samarkand: glavnauka narkomprosa uzssr, 1926. 65 p. 5. gorodsov v.a. drevnie musulmanskie svetilniki v vide sferokonicheskikh gli¬nyanyx sosudov // trudy gos. ist. to the museum. m.: izd-vo m. and s. sabashnikovykh, 1926. vyp. 1. s. 149-164. 6. dzhanpoladyan r.m. laboratornaya posuda armyanskogo alkhimika // sov. archaeology. 1965. no. 2. s. 210-216. 7. dzhanpoladyan r.m. spherokonicheskie sosudy iz dvina and ani. yerevan: izd-vo an armssr, 1982. 49 p. 8. dmitrov l. do pitaniya pro zagadkovi sferokoshchshsh sosudi, yak zapalyuvalsh bombi xiii stolptya n. e. // nauch. zap. in-ta istorii i archeologii ukrainy. kiev, 1941. t. 1 s. 117139. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org 9. janpoladiyan r.m. "sferokonicheskie sosudy iz dvina i ani" soviet archeology. #1. moscow, 1958. 10. karimov i.a. uzbekistan towards a great future. tashkent: uzbekistan, 1998. 686 bb 11. karimov u.i. questions about ibn siny's chemistry // material scientific session an ruz, posv. 1000th anniversary of ibn siny. tashkent, 1953. s. 38-45. 12. lunin b.v. k voprosu o funtsionalnom naznachenii spherokonicheskikh sosudov v svyazi s odnim rukopisnym istochnikom xvi c. // history of material culture of uzbekistan. tashkent: izd-vo an uzssr, 1961. vyp. 2. s. 255-267. 13. nuretdinova a.r sferokanicheskie sosudy:problema attributionsii. volume 153, humanities, 2011. 14. pidaev sh.r. old termiz and the "great silk road" // cities of central asia on the great silk road. samarkand, 1994. 15. pidaev sh.r. ancient termiz. tashkent, 2001. 16. pidaev sh.r. stratigraphy of gorodishcha starogo termeza v svete novykh raskopok// gorodskaya kultura baktrii – tokharistana i sogda. tashkent, 1987. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org harmony of national and universal spiritual values khudaynazarov samad khudayberdievich, associate professor, national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the actual problems of education of the culture of interethnic relations. the harmonious combination of the universal and the national is of particular importance against the background of increasing globalization processes around the world. tolerance, harmony, spirituality, globalization, humanism, universal processes, culture. a respectful, tolerant attitude towards other people's national traditions becomes the key to peaceful coexistence, stability and unity within a single state and in the entire world community. taking into account the urgency of this problem, the issues of finding a balance between national and universal values, as well as the role of cultural development, tolerance for representatives of other nationalities and faiths, interethnic harmony, good neighborliness and humanity in the strategic development of the republic of uzbekistan is considered. the problems of peaceful coexistence and the further role of universal spiritual values have become of particular importance for the development of world civilization. their solution is possible only with the active participation of all nations and peoples inhabiting our planet. despite the fact that all nations differ, having their own customs and traditions, speaking different languages, having different views on religion, history and being at different levels of economic development, all peoples are united by the presence of universal spiritual values. today, personal and spiritual qualities of a person are of particular importance the manifestation of love and respect for ancestors, homeland, close people, responsiveness, empathy, emotional intelligence, etc. at the same time, solving key problems of harmonization of national and universal values seems to be the most difficult task, it is possible only if humanity has patience, dedication, courage and enough effort. the harmonious development of society includes a number of components, an important place among which is spiritual development. in the course of cultural formation, a person undergoes a complex multi-stage process, during which the creation, change, acceptance, rejection and accumulation of national values occur. if the people create cultural and spiritual values that acquire the most important importance for the entire world community, they become the property of all mankind; philosophical ideas born in one region are accepted all over the world. but if we consider the peculiarities of spiritual education within one country or community, they acquire a certain national form. educational and educational processes are an important part of the cultural development of the individual, each nation has its own unique character. education implies the "absorption" by a person of the spiritual culture of their ancestors, their national spirit and being. human life is harmoniously american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org interwoven into the life of the whole society through the adoption of its spiritual values and traditions. during the educational process, cultural skills are instilled in a person, she realizes herself as part of an ethnic group and finds her place in the world. the term "universal values" became widespread only in the xx century, when globalization processes began to intensify in the world. globalization was accompanied by the multiculturalization of society, therefore it required the formation of a common system of values for all, which would help establish an intercivilizational dialogue. national spirituality and morality are not formed and transformed under the influence of artificially imposed beliefs. centuries are needed for the formation of spiritual values, this process takes a long period in the history of the existence of the nation. each nation has its own ideals based on folk traditions and everyday life. such factors as language, history, and religion influence their formation and development into a single organic whole. if the shortcomings of national ideals become obvious and there is a need to improve them, then a combination of folk with foreign, national and universal is used. as soon as the state independence of uzbekistan was proclaimed, the country set a course for the supremacy of universal values, the establishment of trusting, friendly and fraternal relations in society, the study of historical and cultural traditions and customs that have come down to us from the depths of centuries. a full-scale work has begun to study the history of ancient centuries, as well as the spiritual revival of the people. when studying, analyzing and comparing cultural and moral values developed by centuries of human experience, attempts to find some kind of connection between them, to show their relationship often led to the elevation of the universal at the expense of the national (the latter, of course, was not denied, but imperceptibly acquired a shade of second-rate) or to formal recognition of their equality. at the same time, the "demarcation line" between the national and the universal is being smoothed out, the national not only does not die, but also expands, absorbing new values under the influence of globalization. as you know, society cannot develop harmoniously without a developed spiritual life. moreover, during transitional periods, when radical transformations are taking place in the political and economic spheres, it is important not to lose sight of the spiritual side, which is more sensitive to such changes. the most important spiritual values of the people often become the property of all mankind, their philosophy acquires international significance, but in specific societies, countries, social groups spirituality functions in a specific national form. the dialectic of the national and international is expressed in their mutual enrichment, mutual influence, and this process is continuous and natural. the study of this problem is conditioned by the search for civilized forms of self-affirmation and selfrealization of the individual in the system of established market relations, visibly changing the scale of value orientations and preferences. this requires scientifically sound and practically valuable conclusions on the regulation of national and universal, patriotism and national pride, civic duty and responsibility of the individual. it is futile to let these processes take their course or to solve them by trial and error, even to focus on foreign experience. a person needs a harmonious relationship with the outside world. this harmony is achieved precisely in the ideal, spiritual sphere, while a person relies on his personal experience, which can be expressed in a certain ideal or norm. such ideals and norms should be interpreted as universal values. having received the status of an independent state, uzbekistan got a chance to form its own national policy and state program for the revival of spirituality, the search for a balance of universal and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org national, the establishment of interethnic understanding, the preservation of historical values, cultural traditions of all nations represented on the territory of the republic. at the same time, from the point of view of harmonization of interethnic relations, the experience of transformation of national and universal values in the central asian region, where many ethnic groups, cultures, confessions and languages coexist for a long time, may be interesting today. universal values should include those postulates that have a humanistic content, including kindness, justice, beauty, holiness, etc. these values ensure the harmony of man with nature and society. there are two positions in the assessment of the problem. according to one, there were no universal values, there are no and cannot be. firstly, all people, communities, states have different, often incompatible interests, goals, attitudes; secondly, like any ideological problem, the problem of determining value cannot have an unambiguous solution, it is difficult to formulate; thirdly, the solution of this problem is largely due to epoch-making concrete historical conditions fourth, the values were and are only local in time and space. the latter argument is very attractive, since the values themselves are a product of spiritual activity (the so-called ethics), developed by a community of people under the influence of the peculiarities and time of its existence. it is necessary to single out material values as priorities; they represent the highest good, since man, first of all, is a biological being. when exploring material values, one should not forget about spiritual values, which are closely intertwined and interdependent with the former. the spiritual values should include the achievements of science, education, art, creativity. the pinnacle of all values for a person can be considered such a thing as happiness. in a broad sense, happiness is the physical and mental state of the highest satisfaction of an individual. thus, summing up the consideration of universal values, it is necessary to conclude that these are values that remain unchanged for a long time for many generations of people. among them there are those that are of a national (or local) nature and are associated with the peculiarities of the historical development of society, its traditions, and there are also unique personal values that exist only for a specific individual. all of them are included in a stationary and at the same time dynamic boundless world of values, which acquires, creates and enriches humanity on its path of material and cultural progress. national values are developed by each nation in accordance with geographical, climatic, historical and other conditions of formation and development. they have been polished for centuries and millennia, preserving specific national features under all circumstances. the identification of a relatively stable composition of such values among the peoples living in a particular region is extremely important for understanding the processes taking place in this region, since these processes themselves acquire originality, refracted through traditional folk values. from the first years after gaining state independence in the republic of uzbekistan, in order to establish universal values, strengthen the spirit of mutual trust, friendship, brotherhood, unity, continuation and development of cultural and historical traditions, customs and rituals formed over the centuries, large-scale work was initiated to objectively study the ancient history and the revival of the spiritual sphere of society. in the process of implementing the program of spiritual revival and renewal, patriotism, national pride, a sense of identity temporarily deprive the idea of integration of significance, weakening interethnic contacts. there is even a threat of mechanical copying of foreign samples, which leads to a decrease in the evaluative approach to national analogues of their own culture, the desire to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org overcome their imaginary limitations. in the state national policy of uzbekistan, it was possible to avoid these dead-end directions. a special mission in the cause of spiritual revival in uzbekistan is carried out by national cultural centers, which began to be created back in 1989. to coordinate their work, the republican international cultural center was established in 1992, which was a link between the national centers. it unites and coordinates the work of more than 100 centers that carry out programs to preserve the national language, traditions, strengthen interethnic friendship, education in the spirit of tolerance and respect for other cultures. civil peace is the most important value of the human community and the task of ensuring it for each state. the existence and successful functioning of a country directly depends on the preservation and maintenance of harmony and order in it. order within society, peace and tranquility mean the cohesion of society and its cells, integration as opposed to conflict and degradation. the state is called upon to protect the rights and freedoms of citizens, regulate relations between social strata, parties, movements, prevent and eliminate socially dangerous conflicts, counteract attempts of violent and illegal seizure of state power, etc. thus, the modernization of the region proceeds in a new international architecture and a new political continuum. successful cooperation in the so-called civilizational dialogue is facilitated by a rich spiritual heritage, strong family values, and the habit of living in a team. of particular interest is the process of transformation of national and universal values in central asia, which is represented by a wide range of multicultures, ethnic groups, confessions, languages, traditions, customs, etc. the development of this multicultural region gives rise to talk about some past experience in conducting an intercivilizational dialogue. references: 1. бердикулова с. а. место социальных норм в развитии общества (напримере республики узбекистан) //credo new. – 2012. – №. 3. – с. 6-6. 2. бердикулова с. а. о взаимосвязи социальных норм и социального контроля //социосфера. – 2014. – №. 1. – с. 27-30. 3. berdikulova s. a. social norms as a mechanism for regulating social consciousness in the context of globalization //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 744-746. 4. berdikulova s. a., jamalova n. u. patriotic education of modern youth //экономика и социум. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 15-17. 5. aslamovna b. s. et al. social norms and their role in society //epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr). – 2021. – т. 7. – №. 4. – с. 1-1. 6. aslamovna b. s. the social norm in the condition of globalization //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 2046-2051. 7. khudayberdievich k. s., aslamovna b. s. public consciousness and public mood //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 9. – с. 1004-1008 8. худайназаров с. х. маънавият-элларни бирлаштиради //uzbek scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 5. – с. 244-250. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org 9. xudayberdiyevich x. s. et al. the importance of social norm in the society and human life in the condition of globalization //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 234-237. 10. xudaynazarov s. x. development and spirituality: literature in the system of factors that enhance the spirituality of a person //theoretical & applied science. – 2019. – №. 9. – с. 22-27. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org social media’s influence on the interrelationships of individuals with their traditional social reference groups tiema haji muindi (ma in journalism: phd candidate, v&pa at durban university of technolog, south africa) dr. halima khunoethe ( chief director for capacity building – cogta. south africa) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s social media, as shearer (2019) posits, has become an increasingly popular component of our everyday life, as it provides a platform where people across the world can communicate through exchange of messages, sharing of knowledge, and interaction with each other, regardless of the distance that separates them. such interconnectedness and interdependence of social media users, has become a pattern and a routine due to the ease of communication, and the accessibility of plenty of information available from various social media platforms such as facebook, instagram, wechat and youtube. the nature and drivers of social media various studies that have been conducted such ainin, jaafar and tajudeen (2018) on social media influence on organisation, mastrodicasa and metellus (2013) on social media influence on college students, the shifting of norms by social media by shearer (2019) and vollenbroek et al. (2014) that studied the influence of social media communities, all point out the potent nature of social media as a communication too, as being its possession of unique characteristics that include large, dynamic networks of friends from different social-economic backgrounds, holding divergent beliefs, and coming from different parts of the world. they also pointed out the aspect of a one-to-many communication style, where there are multiple communicators and recipients with unlimited access to information and the audience. considering that there are no known gatekeepers in the flow of messages, fietkiewicz, lins and budree (2018) and shearer (2019) argue that this makes communication flow to be disjointed, leading to over-sharing, self-interested behaviour, low impulse control, and low empathy, which are all aspects that facilitate the creation and maintenance of norms and values in societies. the various social media platforms that are available, such as facebook, instagram and linkedin, as examples, have embedded themselves for most online users who park and kaye (2017) view them as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org juggling multiple online personas for different reasons. the usage and the gratification gleaned from them have been associated with a number of factors including social interaction, information seeking, passing time, entertainment, relaxation, communicatory utility, convenience utility, expression of opinion, information sharing, and surveillance/knowledge about others. as kaplan and haenlein (2010) explain, this makes social media not only an effective communication tool, but an influential cyber-community that provides a challenge and an alternative to the traditional source of knowledge, information and social reference groups that exist outside the cyber world. the social component of social media vs the role of traditional social reference groups a major portion of the usage of social media remains the social component, which still mirrors basic social norms and human social needs such as love, feeing of acceptance and belonging. human behaviour, historically and today, remains governed significantly by these needs, and many people are turning to social media to fulfil them (chen and yu-qian 2015; budree, fietkiewicz and lins 2019). as bosch (2017) argues, while personal influencing factors for social media usage can be based on personality or satisfying individual human needs, there are other external influencing factors that exist, such as intention of use, online capabilities, or ease of site use, and users may be influenced by different factors based on specific contexts and environments, which in turn influences usage patterns of social media. social media is known as having loyal, frequent and even addicted users, and this comes as a result of individual users seeking satisfaction of their needs, which happens to be the binding force among the individual members of the cyber community, as it unites them into an amorphous cyber social reference group (kemp 2016). while the traditional society has divided social groups according to specific needs and interests that society expect them to fulfil, such as the primary one, where, as chen and yuqian (2015) argues, the relationships is intimate like that of family members, friends and peers, and the secondary one being where the relationships of individuals is impersonal such as that of community members or neighbours. as ainin, jaafar and tajudeen (2018) point out, the contrast here is the absence of defined social reference groups in a cyber-community, and its lack of characteristics of needs and expectations of individuals members. in this context, all individual members of the cyber-community, and who happen to have accounts with any of social media platforms, have the potential of influencing the norms and values of other cyber-community members. this is a contrast to the traditional social reference groups where there are limitations among individuals from different social reference groups, on the sharing of knowledge and information. however, the common thread between the two contrasting social groups is that, regardless of their structure or composition, they play the role of being the basic factor in all social functions, social structure, social institutions, system and organisation. considering that the whole process of socialisation passes through social groups, it implies that social group is important in human life, and this becomes clearer when we observe that human personality develops in social groups, while the type of personality depends on the type of groups in which an individual was socialised (chen and yuqian 2015; budree, fietkiewicz and lins 2019; shearer 2019). such groups have reciprocal roles in society, as they help one another and satisfy the needs of individual members in their groups. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the emergence of social media social reference groups social norms are learned through social exchanges with others, deeply ingrained in us, and critical for healthy social interaction. they are constructed over time, and conformity to these norms increases the longer group members interact with each other. in-person, norms are established among different social groups, and these norms become represented in societal rules and laws (vollenbroek et al. 2014; shearer 2019). this is as it happens in traditional societies, however, the emergence of social media has brought about new perspectives on the forms and roles of social groups, where norms are learned not through structured social groups, but social media platforms. while in traditional societies we learn social norms from the structured social groups, categorised as primary and secondary, in social media, it is through platforms and peer responses to content, which can influence behaviours and how individuals form social norms. the platforms, such as facebook, whatsapp and instagram, as shearer (2019) argue, use an enforcement strategy that relies almost exclusively on users to find and report harmful content, meaning that cyber community standard violations are not consistently discovered or enforced. over-reliance on a user-based notification method can lead to instances of false-positives, generating more frustration and confusion among users. in addition to that turcotte et al. (2015) view is that social media users have also developed a wide range of their own strategies to deal with violations of group social norms, creating platformwide ambiguity. this situation is further aggravated on what should be acceptable and what will result in sanctions situations, considering the diversity nature of social-cultural backgrounds of social media users. platform enforcement as well as other unique features of social media have created an environment in which healthy social norms are not universally followed. how these features impact the maintenance of harmful interactions, such as harassment, discriminatory speech, over sharing, internet mobbing, and violence promotion khamis (2016). such attributes have led to serious consequences regarding violence, school, work, legal, and personal reputations. social media platforms have also enhanced intercultural adaptation, involving the process of promoting understanding of the social media users through interaction to increase the level of fitness so that the demands of a new cyber cultural environment can be met. this poses potential danger to the roles, norms and values that traditional social reference groups are expected to perform and safeguard. references 1. ainin, s., jaafar, n. i. and tajudeen, f. p. 2018. understanding the impact of social media usage among organizations. information management, 55 2. bosch, t. 2017. twitter activism and youth in south africa: the case of #rhodesmustfall. information, communication & society, 20 (2): 12. 3. budree, a., fietkiewicz, k. and lins, e. 2019. investigating usage of social media platforms in south africa. the african journal of information systems, 11 (4) 4. chen, h. g. and yu-qian, z. 2015. social media and human need satisfaction: implication for social media marketing. 58 (3): 10. 5. fietkiewicz, k. j., lins, e. and budree, a. 2018. investigating the generationand genderdependent differences in social sedia use: a cross-cultural ctudy in germany, poland and south africa. in: meiselwitz, g. ed. social computing and social media. technologies and analytics. cham, switzerland: springer, 183-200. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 6. kaplan, a. m. and haenlein, m. 2010. users of the world, unite! the challenges and opportunities of social media. business horizons, 35 (1) 7. kemp, s. 2016. digital in 2016. 8. khamis, s., ang, l., & welling, r. 2016. self-branding, ‘micro-celebrity’ and the rise of social media influencers. celebrity studies: 18. 9. mastrodicasa, j. and metellus, p. 2013. the impact of social media on college students. journal of college & character, 14 (1): 9. 10. park, c. s. and kaye, b. k. 2017. the tweet goes on: interconnection of twitter opinion leadership, network size, and civic engagement. computers in human behavior, 69: 6. 11. shearer, n. 2019. is social media shifting social norms to more extreme levels? 12. turcotte, j., york, c., irving, j., scholl, r. and pingree, r. 2015. news recommendations from social media opinion leaders: effects on media trust and information seeking. journal of computer‐mediated communication, 20 (5): 15. 13. vollenbroek, w., de vries, s., constantinides, e. and kommers, p. 2014. identification of influence in social media communities. int. j. web based communities, 9 (3): 17. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org problems and prospects of legal staff training in uzbekistan amirov elbek independent researcher, karshi state university uzbekistan, karshi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it should be noted that every country that has chosen the path of democratic development is going to achieve high development, and it certainly needs, first of all, mature lawyers who meet international requirements, fair and humane laws. so, how are mature legal professionals being formed now? first of all, they should be highly qualified, independent-thinking legal personnel who can glorify the name of our independent uzbekistan, what kind of nation and people the uzbek people are to the whole world, as well as being honest, conscientious, high patriots and nationalists. therefore, they should take the field as real defenders of our people. they should become the trust and support of our people. then the development of the state and society will rise to high levels. law, legal education, body of lawyers, system of law enforcement agencies introduction it is of great importance that extensive reforms have been implemented in the education system in our country, as well as in all areas. basically, on april 29, 2020, president shavkat mirziyoyev's decree "on additional measures to fundamentally improve legal education and science in the republic of uzbekistan" was adopted regarding the reform of the field of legal education. there is no doubt that this decree will serve to make a radical change in solving long-standing issues in the field of legal education. at the same time, it is noted that the decree covers vital issues such as increasing the competitiveness of national legal education, further expanding the opportunities of our youth in legal education, bringing the quality of legal education to the level that meets international standards, in general, quality legal education in line with the times, forming a corps of jurists in line with the times. owns as we are boldly moving towards the establishment of a legal-democratic state, it is natural that the need for mature legal personnel will increase more and more1. in general, law enforcement officers acting with justice and protecting the interests of the people within the framework of the law increase the confidence of the people in the future. if human rights are violated, if no one protects him by law, he will be indifferent to reforms in society. after all, we should not forget that the essence of reforms is for the present and future welfare of our people. at 1 newsletter of legal sciences. pages 135-137 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org this point, it should be said that we cannot achieve high development and the great goals set before us without fully ensuring justice and the rule of law in society. from this point of view, the formation of a body of jurists who are mature in all aspects and have high spiritual and moral qualities is the demand of the time. according to the decree, the opening of law faculties in the state universities of samarkand, namangan and termiz was a remarkable event. now there are many opportunities for young people. equal conditions have been created for the legal education of young people of our republic who want to acquire the legal profession. our young people are educated not only in the center, but also in the regions. this creates competition, and competition leads to the rise of legal education. this is the goal at the moment. today, if we look at the requirements of the times, we can see that the need for legal personnel is increasing not only for the system of law enforcement bodies, but also for various aspects of the national economy. it is important that the solution of such vital issues is reflected in this decree. the fact that special attention is paid to the activities of the board of trustees at the tashkent state law university (tduu) is a clear confirmation of this. the board of trustees, in addition to the duties established by law, ensures the effective formation of an order for the training of legal personnel based on a thorough analysis of the current and prospective need for legal personnel in state authorities and management bodies, local state authorities, organizations of various forms of ownership, including business entities. it is noteworthy that after the high confidence in the council for the assignment of the task, the admission procedure was introduced with the obligation to work continuously for at least three years at tduu, law faculties, legal technical schools and lyceums under tduu. now, ample opportunities and conditions have been created for the graduates who completed the bachelor's degree in "jurisprudence" with honors to continue their studies at the master's degree of tdyuu. the prestige of the privileged graduates was put in its place. the students were given the opportunity to mobilize all their strength and knowledge in order to graduate with honors. moreover, such an environment of incentives promotes healthy competition, and healthy competition improves the quality of education2. a number of regulatory legal documents have been adopted and are being widely implemented in the legal education system regarding the implementation of the aforementioned decree of the head of state on april 29, 2020 "on additional measures to fundamentally improve legal education and science in the republic of uzbekistan". the decision of the cabinet of ministers of august 26, 2020 "on measures to improve the procedure for admission to master's degree at the tashkent state university of law" and on the basis of this decision on the procedure for organizing the educational process in the credit-module system of education at the tashkent state university of law and the credit of education at the legal technical schools of the ministry of justice we can mention the approved regulations on the procedure for organizing the educational process in the module system. on june 10, 2021, the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to introduce the credit module system in educational institutions under the ministry of justice of the republic of uzbekistan" was adopted. it should be noted with pleasure that according to this decision, starting from the 2021-2022 academic year the credit-module system of education will be fully introduced at the state law university. in fact, the main purpose of this decision is to 2 history of the state and law of uzbekistan. pages 112-116.. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org widely apply the modern achievements of the legal education system to the field of legal education. in a word, great reforms are being implemented in the field of higher education in our country. on june 16, 2021, under the chairmanship of the head of our state, shavkat mirziyoyev, a video selector dedicated to the priority tasks in the higher education system was held, and the following 4 priority tasks were defined: the first is to increase the role of the management boards of higher education institutions and expand the powers of the departments; the second one is to adapt the educational process to market requirements, to ensure coherence with production and to create an environment for the student to work on himself; the third is to increase the scientific potential of higher education institutions, to develop science and innovation; and the fourth is to reduce red tape for faculty and students, and drastically reduce bureaucracy and corruption by digitizing the industry. in order to effectively implement these tasks, it is important to give higher education institutions the authority to make independent decisions on academic and organizational management. also, at this meeting, the head of our state, shavkat mirziyoev, gave instructions to the relevant officials to adapt the state education standards to international standards, to transfer the educational processes in all higher education institutions to the credit module system, and to solve the problems in the training of jurisprudents. the essence of these reforms is to rapidly apply modern educational processes to life. both the support and the support of a legal democratic state are just laws, achieving the rule of law3. in this sense, we must not forget that the full provision of human rights and freedoms, the realization of the noble idea that everything is for man, for his interests, depends on the adopted humane laws in all respects. after all, a society where justice is ensured will boldly move towards high development, people's confidence in the future will increase, and the country will become a comprehensively developed powerful state. in his address to the oliy majlis on january 24, 2020, president shavkat mirziyoev spoke about the reforms being carried out in the field of judicial law to ensure human rights and freedoms, and expressed the following thoughts: under his control. everyone who steps on the threshold of the court should be fully convinced that justice reigns in uzbekistan. otherwise, as the great german philosopher immanuel kant said, "when justice is lost, there is nothing left to determine the value of life." we must never forget this fact. in uzbekistan, judges should be tireless defenders of laws, strong pillars of justice." after all, ensuring the rule of law is a solid basis for the development of society and the state. we must not forget that the basis of people's life is to fully ensure the rule of law. such noble life issues, by themselves we can understand that it goes back to high-potential legal personnel who are educated in legal education institutions, who are capable in all aspects, who are keeping pace with life, and who have an independent opinion. all efforts and opportunities are being used to implement the decrees of the president. we must not forget that the training of modern legal personnel depends to a large extent on the high potential of teachers and professors working in legal educational institutions. in a word, the legal staff being trained in legal education institutions should become the support and support of our uzbekistan4. in recent years, with the introduction of innovative technologies, extensive work has been carried out to reform the system of legal education and training of legal personnel. in this regard, it is appropriate to point out the following reforms implemented to further increase the opportunities for 3 national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. first volume. tashkent, 2000. pages 5-55. 4 history of the state and law of uzbekistan. pages 112-116. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org higher legal education by expanding the scope and scope of the tashkent state law university. a total of more than 15 regulatory legal documents have been adopted in our country regarding the organization of legal education and the introduction of the system of training legal personnel. in particular, the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 28, 2017 "on measures to fundamentally improve the personnel training system at tashkent state law university" no. decree no. pf-5987 "on events" laid the groundwork for the implementation of fundamental reforms in legal education. also, to create an effective "scientific-innovative center department production" system with the help of the scientific-innovative center of the tashkent state law university, which allows to forecast, identify and eliminate systemic problems of the application of law in advance, including the establishment of relations between consumers of legal services for the implementation of the "university 3.0" concept, the "foresight-forecasting" innovative system is gradually being introduced. in conclusion, it should be noted that the noted reforms, introducing advanced foreign experience into the national legal education, will further develop it, in turn, in the future, will serve to train personnel with modern ideas and knowledge, to improve the field of jurisprudence and legal sciences. references 1. newsletter of legal sciences. pages 135-137. 2. history of the state and law of uzbekistan. pages 112-116. 3. national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. first volume. tashkent, 2000. pages 5-55. 4. tarixiy xotirasiz kelajak yo‘q. -toshkent:ma’naviyat 1998.47-91 p. 5. shukhratovich, toshpulatov bekzod. "history of training of secondary medical services in uzbekistan." epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr) 7.4 (2021): 1-1. 6. ташпулатов б. ш. xx асрда туркистонда тиббиёт йўналиши таълим муассасаларининг йўлга қўйилиши //взгляд в прошлое. – 2020. – №. si-1№ 3 7. muminova, g., and b. tashpulatov. "political repressions during the period of collectivization in uzbekistan (on the example of kashkadarya region)." oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences 2.1 (2022): 725-729. 8. tashpulatov, b. sh. "looking at the history of medical education system (on the example of uzbekistan)." gospodarka i innowacje. 23 (2022): 176-181. 9. мўминова, гавх̨ар. ўзбекистонда соғлик̨ни сакл̨аш тизими тарихи: 1917-1991 йиллар. yangi nashr, 2015. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org allan poe as a short story writer arazdurdiyeva annasoltan narbayevna student of the faculty of foreign languages of the nukus state pedagogical institute named after ajiniyaz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main purpose of this article is to give briefly information about actuality edgar allan poe and his literary works. the famous works from the classic edgar allan phase include the edgar allan novel took shape mostly in england from 1790 to 1830 and falls within the category of romantic literature. it acts, however, as a reaction against the rigidity and formality of other forms of romantic literature. the edgar allan is far from limited to this set time period, as it takes its roots from former terrorizing writing that dates back to the middle ages, and can still be found written today by writers. but during this time period, many of the highly regarded edgar allan novelists published their writing and much of the novel's form was defined. short stories, novel, middle ages. introduction the setting of a short story is often simplified (one time and place), and one or two main characters may be introduced without full backstories. in this concise, concentrated format, every word and story detail has to work extra piece of fiction shorter than 1,000 words is considered a “short s story” or “flash fiction,” and anything less than 300 words is rightfully called “micro fiction” hard! short stories typically focus on a single plot instead of multiple subplots, as you might see in novels. some stories follow a traditional narrative arc, with exposition (description) at the beginning, rising action, a climax (peak moment of conflict or action), and a resolution at the end. however, contemporary short fiction is more likely to begin in the middle of the action (in medias res), drawing readers right into a dramatic scene. while short stories of the past often revolved around a central theme or moral lesson, today it is common to find stories with ambiguous endings. this type of unresolved story invites open-ended readings and suggests a more complex understanding of reality and human behavior. short stories come in all kinds of categories: action, adventure, biography, comedy, crime, detective, drama, dystopia, fable, fantasy, history, horror, mystery, philosophy, politics, romance, satire, science fiction, supernatural, thriller, tragedy, and western. the life of edgar allan poe edgar allan poe was born on january 19, 1809, in boston. poe’s father and mother, both professional actors, died before the poet was three years old, and john and frances allan raised him as a foster child in richmond, virginia. john allan, a prosperous tobacco exporter, sent poe to the best boarding american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org schools and, later, to the university of virginia, where poe excelled academically. after less than one year of school, however, he was forced to leave the university when allan refused to pay poe’s gambling debts. poe returned briefly to richmond, but his relationship with allan deteriorated. in 1827, poe moved to boston and enlisted in the united states army. his first collection of poems, tamerlane, and other poems (george redway), was published that year. in 1829, he published a second collection entitled al aaraaf, tamerlane, and minor poems (hatch & dunning). neither volume received significant critical or public attention. following his army service, poe was admitted to the united states military academy, but he was again forced to leave for lack of financial support. he then moved into the home of his aunt maria clemm and her daughter, virginia, in baltimore. poe began to sell short stories to magazines at around this time, and, in 1835, he became the editor of the southern literary messenger in richmond, where he moved with his aunt and cousin virginia. in 1836, he married virginia, who was thirteen years old at the time. over the next ten years, poe would edit a number of literary journals including the burton’s gentleman’s magazine and graham’s magazine in philadelphia and the broadway journal in new york city. it was during these years that he established himself as a poet, a short story writer, and an editor. he published some of his bestknown stories and poems, including “the fall of the house of usher,” “the tell-tale heart,” “the murders in the rue morgue,” and “the raven.” after virginia’s death from tuberculosis in 1847, poe’s lifelong struggle with depression and alcoholism worsened. he returned briefly to richmond in 1849 and then set out for an editing job in philadelphia. for unknown reasons, he stopped in baltimore. on october 3, 1849, he was found in a state of semi-consciousness. poe died four days later of “acute congestion of the brain.” evidence by medical practitioners who reopened the case has shown that poe may have been suffering from rabies. poe’s work as an editor, poet, and critic had a profound impact on american and international literature. his stories mark him as one of the originators of both horror and detective fiction. the writing structure of edgar allan's stories the famous works from the classic edgar allan phase include the edgar allan novel took shape mostly in england from 1790 to 1830 and falls within the category of romantic literature. it acts, however, as a reaction against the rigidity and formality of other forms of romantic literature. the edgar allan is far from limited to this set time period, as it takes its roots from former terrorizing writing that dates back to the middle ages, and can still be found written today by writers. but during this time period, many of the highly regarded edgar allan novelists published their writing and much of the novel's form was defined. [3:43] given the limited number of edgar allan works of distinction, the form has proven surprisingly hard to define. most would agree, however, that it usually involves settings distanced in time and frequently in catholic countries of spain and italy. such distancing may help accommodate the supernatural elements, which were both an attraction of these tales and a source of unease to authors fearing to be thought superstitious. male hero-villains, themselves haunted by past crimes, often persecute innocent maids in places beyond the law: castles, ruined abbeys, dungeons. to accomplish its self-assigned task, edgar allan literature developed a set of conventions. generally, action was placed in out-of-the-ordinary settings. its very name was taken from the use of medieval settings by its original exponents, stereotypically an old castle. the most dramatic sequences of the story tended to occur at night and often during stormy weather. integral to the plot, the characters american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org attempted to function amid an older but disintegrating social order. it was a literary devise that subtly interacted with the reader's own sense of disorder. the role of edgar allan poe’s as a short story writer in britain literature during his life, edgar allan poe was a figure of controversy and so became reasonably well known in literary circles. two of his works were recognized with prizes: manuscript found in a bottle and the gold-bug. the raven, his most famous poem, created a sensation when it was published and became something of a best-seller. after his death, poe’s reputation grew steadily—though in the united states opinion remained divided—until by the middle of the twentieth century he had clear status as an author of worldwide importance. poe’s achievements may be measured in terms of what he has contributed to literature and of how his work influenced later culture. poe was accomplished in fiction, poetry, and criticism, setting standards in all three that distinguish him from most of his american contemporaries. we know of none that can compare with them for maturity of purpose, and nice understanding of the effects of language. there is a little dimness in the filling up, but the grace and symmetry of the outline are such as few poets ever attain. there is a smack of ambrosia about it. edgar allan poe was a household name to american readers. his use of terror and the supernatural in his fiction made him very popular with them. his writing, however, used little of the american experience, but relied heavily on the edgar allan techniques and german romanticism. while his short fiction was loved in the united states, his poetry was more successful overseas, especially in france. most people recognize poe by his famous poem, "the raven". others may have read one of his more popular dark and creepy tales like, "the fall of the house of usher" or "the tell-tale heart". poe wrote quite a few edgar allan stories about murder, revenge, torture, the plague, being buried alive, and insanity. many modern books and movies have borrowed ideas from poe. some of poe's stories were not well accepted in his day because people were just not ready for themthey were too scary. his critical essays have had a profound effect on literature as well, especially in the short story. despite his personal tragedies, however, he remains one of the most beloved and widely-known of all american writers. conclusion edgar allan literature was a popular writing tradition of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and is still used today. edgar allan literature explores the wicked, perverse and dark desires. even though the edgar allan novel deals with the sublime and the supernatural, the underlying theme of the fallen hero applies to the real world as well. once we look past the terror aspect of this literature, we can connect with it on a human level. furthermore, the prevalent fears of murder, rape, sin, and the unknown are fears that we face in life. in the edgar allan world they are merely multiplied. the edgar allan novel is a liberating phenomenon, which expands the range of possibilities for novelistic expression. edgar allan conventions can include burial alive, ghosts, hysteria, ruined bodies, and tales within tales, undead characters, underground spaces, and more. edgar allan themes are guilt, sex, violence, death, and cosmic struggle. edgar allan stories or poems should inspire terror or horror. edgar allen poe was one of the many well-known edgar allan writers. in his stories he uses a variety of themes to carry out the edgar allan theme. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org bibliography 1.allen, hervey (1927). "introduction". the works of edgar allan poe. new york: p.f. collier & son. 2."man reveals legend of mystery visitor to edgar allan poe's grave". fox news. associated press. august 15, 2007. archived from the original on december 22, 2007. retrieved december 15, 2007. 3.benitez, r, michael (september 15, 1996). "poe's death is rewritten as case of rabies, not telltale alcohol". the new york times. based on benitez, r. m. (1996). "a 39-year-old man with mental status change". 4.benton, richard p. (1987). "poe's literary labors and rewards". in fisher, benjamin franklin iv (ed.). myths and reality: the mysterious mr. poe. baltimore: the edgar allan poe society. pp. 1– 25. 5.bramsback, birgit (1970). "the final illness and death of edgar allan poe: an attempt at reassessment". studia neophilologica. 6.bronxhistoricalsociety.org (2007). "edgar allan poe cottage". archived from the original on october 11, 2007. 7.burns, niccole (november 15, 2006). "poe wrote most important works in philadelphia". school of communication – university of miami. retrieved october 13, 2007. 8.cappi, alberto (1994). "edgar allan poe's physical cosmology". quarterly journal of the royal astronomical society. 35: 177–192. bibcode:1994qjras..35..177c. 9.canada, mark, ed. (1997). "edgar allan poe chronology". canada's america. archived from the original on may 18, 2007. retrieved june 3, 2007. 10.crimelibrary.com (2008). "death suspicion cholera". trutv.com. archived from the original on june 5, 2008. retrieved may 9, 2008. 11.carlson, eric walter (1996). a companion to poe studies. westport, ct: greenwood press. https://web.archive.org/web/20071222143649/http:/www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,293413,00.html http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,293413,00.html https://www.nytimes.com/1996/09/15/us/poe-s-death-is-rewritten-as-case-of-rabies-not-telltale-alcohol.html https://www.nytimes.com/1996/09/15/us/poe-s-death-is-rewritten-as-case-of-rabies-not-telltale-alcohol.html https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/the_new_york_times http://www.eapoe.org/papers/psbbooks/pb19871c.htm https://web.archive.org/web/20071011072300/http:/bronxhistoricalsociety.org/about/poecottage.html http://bronxhistoricalsociety.org/about/poecottage.html https://web.archive.org/web/20071215130930/http:/com.miami.edu/parks/philapoeauthor.htm https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/university_of_miami https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/bibcode_(identifier) https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/1994qjras..35..177c https://web.archive.org/web/20070518202036/http:/www.uncp.edu/home/canada/work/allam/17841865/lit/poe.htm http://www.uncp.edu/home/canada/work/allam/17841865/lit/poe.htm http://www.uncp.edu/home/canada/work/allam/17841865/lit/poe.htm https://web.archive.org/web/20080605045810/http:/www.trutv.com/library/crime/notorious_murders/celebrity/edgar_allan_poe/5.html http://www.trutv.com/library/crime/notorious_murders/celebrity/edgar_allan_poe/5.html https://books.google.com/books?id=nmhfgbxyhemc&pg=pa476 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org fight against noise and vibration in industrial buildings turdiboyev lochinbek xolmirzo o’g’li student of the jizzakh polytechnic institute botirov bektosh farhod o’g’li assistant of the jizzakh polytechnic institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s annotation: this article provides descriptions of sources of noise in industrial premises, the level and spectral composition of noise, measures to reduce noise. noise sources, noise level, noise reduction methods. people involved in the production process are constantly operating in the influence of noise, which is released during technological processes. the emitted noise aggravates the working conditions, has a negative effect on the human organism, the high level of noise also has its own effect on production efficiency, so the fight against noise causes great household, sanitary-hygienic and economic damage. in industrial buildings, noise sources are heterogeneous. music from the movement of any machines and mechanisms used in technological processes, from the flow of gases and liquids flowing from pipes, from radio and tv installations, various messages from announcements and others, high-pitched speech, sounds from sanitary and technical and engineering devices, sounds generated from the movement of intra-workshop transport cargo equipment can be a source of noise. based on the level and spectral composition of the noise, the noise value that affects a person is divided into three steps : i – pitch, noise at a level of more than 120-140 db, causes mechanical damage to the hearing organs of a person; ii-pitch, low noise less than 100-120 db and moderate noise at 80-90 db, which can cause incurable damage to the hearing organs of measures to reduce noise were carried out on the basis of acoustic calculations. in acoustic calculations, the sources of noise formation, noise characteristics, the way of propagation of noise, the level of sound that is expected to be generated at the corresponding operating points of the room, the selection of means for reducing the noise level, etc.are carried out. the acceptable means for noise reduction are confirmed by accurate calculations with the indication of acoustic efficiency. in industrial buildings, the following methods are used to reduce noise. 1. construction-acoustic method of noise reduction. 2. sound protection (insulation) method. 3. method of using coating and acoustic screens in sound absorption. 4. method of reducing noise by ventilation and in aerodynamic devices. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org noise reduction in industrial buildings is considered a much more complex process. when choosing which method to use to reduce noise, it is required to take into account the architectural and planned solutions of the building, its gabarite dimensions, the location of noise-generating sources in relation to each other, the nature of the noise, the peculiarities of noise propagation and feasibility factors. in the initial process of design in the construction-acoustic method of noise reduction, two cases are considered in advance. in the first case, the spread of noise in the insulated room is reduced, in the second case, the sources of noise distribution in the room (technological equipment, sanitary and technical devices, etc.) are reduced.k.the noise level from) is reduced. in order to reduce the amount of noise in the room by the method of sound protection (insulation), it is recommended to design the partitions, outer walls, intermediate walls, doors and windows of the building from soundproof products, in addition to various sound-absorbing coating products when covering walls and floors. in buildings belonging to the i-category in terms of sound protection, the wall thickness is acceptable in the range of rooms from double-sided plastered walls with a thickness of 125 mm (0.5 bricks), when doors and windows make up 10% or more of the total wall area, in the amount of 250mm (1 brick). the above requirement is also provided by reinforced concrete walls with a thickness of 100 mm. in buildings belonging to category ii in terms of sound protection, rooms are provided through doublesided plastered walls with a thickness of 250 mm (1mm) between them, reinforced concrete walls with a thickness of 200 mm. when 10% or more of the total area of walls is formed by doors and windows, walls with a thickness of 380 mm (1.5 bricks) are used. in buildings belonging to category iii in terms of sound protection, full-section walls that do not have doors and windows are made of double-sided plastered walls with a thickness of 380 mm (1.5 bricks), and in walls with doors and windows, the thickness of brick walls is assumed to be 510 mm (2 bricks), and the thickness of reinforced concrete walls in buildings belonging to category iv in terms of sound protection, full-section walls that do not have doors and windows use double-sided plastered walls with a thickness of 625 mm (2.5 bricks), walls with two rows of air slits with a thickness of 380 and 510 mm when doors and windows make up 10% or more of the total wall area. to increase the sound protection properties of doors located on the walls, it is recommended to work them from products with a high density, cover the door racks with various double-sided soundproofing products, and close the slats and door cutouts and slits on the thresholds with various tissue gaskets or rubber products. figure 1.9 presents structures of doors and gates that protect against heavy and lightened sound, relief structures are recommended for buildings belonging to category i, and heavy structures are recommended for buildings belonging to category ii. for buildings belonging to category iii and iv, it is recommended to use two-story doors and gates, the structure of which is more complex. strong dense closing requirements are imposed on the gates and gates, their ceilings and gaskets. in some cases, observation cabins based on remote control systems hermetically designed from special light structures and sound-proof products are used to reduce noise in production premises. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org picture 1. aeration of one-story industrial buildings. a)lightened door type; b)heavy door type; c)window type with a high degree of sound protection; 1duraluminum tab with a thickness of 2 mm; 2-semi rigid mineral cotton plate with a thickness of 50 mm; 3-duraluminum tab with a thickness of 3 mm; 4-soft rubber gasket; 5-hole-hole tab with a thickness of 1.2 mm; 6-mineral cotton tab; 10-soft rubber gasket; 11-silicate window with a thickness of 60 mm; 12–organic window with a thickness of 12 mm; 13-rubber gasket. one of the inexpensive and simple ways to reduce noise in industrial buildings is to wrap technological devices and equipment by the upper with various sound-shielding textures and other types of gaskets. the use of this method allows you to reduce the amount of noise in workplaces to the desired amount. die-casting products can also be stripped or demolished, have technological cracks for the introduction of mirrored tracking devices, various communication devices. 1.9. the figure shows the structure of the device, which is equipped with steel tabs from the top with a 30-50 mm sound conductive protective tissue from the inside, intended for air circulation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org picture 2. sound protection method. 1.2 noise reduction devices designed for air circulation; 3 noise reduction device; 4-sound absorbing coating; 5-rubber gasket; 6-hole-perforated or mesh tab; 7-metal tab. in order to reduce the amount of noise in the room, it is also recommended to design rooms with low noise separated from rooms with a high level of noise, place devices in a separate room, install acoustic screens on the path of propagation of sound waves in combination with wrapping the device top with noise protection products. in industrial buildings, acoustic screens are used to protect service mechanisms or neighboring sources of noise in workplaces. the screens act as a barrier in the way of sounds that spread correctly. acoustic screens are processed from solid flat metal, plastic and other types of products, the side of which is directed to the noise-producing source is covered with sound-absorbing products with a thickness of 50-60 mm. 1.10 figure shows the types of acoustic screens. picture 3. types of acoustic screen. a) type” a“; b) type”b"; 1-noise source; 2-acoustic screen; 3 workplace (score point). with the help of acoustic screens, it is possible to achieve a reduction in noise in the workplace in an amount ranging from an average of 10 db to -15 db. used literature 1. botirova n. et al. development of concrete composition with the help of chemical additives of high strength heavy concrete //академические исследования в современной науке. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 17. – с. 99-106. 2. botirova n., abdikomilova m., botirov b. sanoat binolarini loyihalashning umumiy asoslari //models and methods in modern science. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 17. – с. 7581. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 3. farhod o‘g‘li b. b. et al. yuqori mustahkamlikka ega bo ‘lgan og ‘ir beton uchun sement va to ‘ldiruvchining tavsifi //international scientific conference" innovative trends in science, practice and education". – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 11-117. 4. farhod o’g’li b. b., berdiyev o. b. optimal composition and study of the physical and mechanical properties of high-strength heavy concrete //european journal of life safety and stability (2660-9630). – 2022. – т. 16. – с. 14-17. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org engaging and collaborating in the community of practice erkaboyeva saodathon, efl teacher at andijan national center of teaching new methods to teachers a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, continuous professional development through community of practice will be discussed continuous professional development (cpd), community of practice (cop), mentoring introduction currently, teachers around the world are collaborating with their peers in local and even global contexts to take charge of their own personal development and share teaching ideas as part of their professional development. the critical examination of one’s own teaching methodology is known as reflective teaching, and it is crucial to one’s ongoing professional development (wallace 1998), and it applies to all educational situations, including language teaching. last decades english teachers in uzbekistan needed some help with their teaching methods and the use of technology in their classrooms. many experts believe that continuous professional development is essential, especially in today’s world of ever-changing technologies. english teachers trained to use new techniques and resources are more likely to try them out with their students. (chisman and crandal 2007). the presidential decree of may 2017 on measures for further enhancement of higher education system was seen as one of the catalysts in improving foreign-language teaching in uzbekistan. another vivid action was the english speaking nation: secondary teacher training program in 2019 by the us embassy in tashkent and the ministry of public education. the goal was to strengthen secondary education in uzbekistan by improving the student centered pedagogical skills of uzbek teachers and cultivating a supportive teaching and training ecosystem to achieve excellence in english teaching. the program enabled 82 teachers to get tesol certificates by participating tesol core certificate program and an intensive internationally recognized 140-hour in-person and in-classroom practicum course. core trainers had cascading trainings throughout all 14 regions of uzbekistan. each core trainer had trainings with 10-12 peer teachers known as regional peer mentors. nowadays they are having their cascading trainings to the mentees in their districts. while implementing program core trainers had the various challenges like finding venue, time and motivating their peers to engage in the program. from those challenges, they learned how to take some actions to solve these issues and they learnt how to engage and collaborate in their own community of practice where they worked with their regional peer mentors (rpms). in their cascading training, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org those regional peer mentors shared their knowledge and experience they obtained from the program. of course, without a help of the coaches finding a solution and having cascading were not impossible. the role of coaches in the program was a huge. with their advice and suggestions, coaches helped core trainers to become good advisers and run their own communities of practices effectively and easily. the program enabled teachers to become good leaders, bring, and use the latest and innovative methods in their classroom through the instructional english. teachers changed their classroom to student-centered classroom. students are engaging their learning through interactive techniques in a moveable classroom. there are given more opportunity to use a language and they are responsible for their learning themselves. the esn program materials are widely used at teacher training courses and centers nowadays and we believe such kind of programs and collaboration are good chance for the continuous professional development and community of practice. provided links to the works and portfolios of the participants of the program can express more deeply the importance of the program for the participants and other teachers can be beneficial from them. list of links: 1. https://sites.google.com/view/saodats-portfolio-gr-8/home 2. https://sites.google.com/u/0/d/10wkak5w4meilwbei9gazyaakenolvu6d/p/1krcpsezdbesb 27fb-safjv7ofahtk83-/preview 3. https://sites.google.com/d/1176fieipcb1ftkjawilin4yofwh2tta/p/1d4fqs8raxugwdd92i9rx7mzu0qg3ar6l/edit 4. https://padlet.com/tadoas/resources-for-english-teachers-aykqce8jnpqz0z2w references: 1. chisman, forrest p.; crandall, joann passing the torch: strategies for innovation in community college esl, 2007 2. wallace. m. j, 1981. the use of video in efl teacher training. london: british council 3. https://www.esn-teachers.org/ https://sites.google.com/view/saodats-portfolio-gr-8/home https://sites.google.com/u/0/d/10wkak5w4meilwbei9gazyaakenolvu6d/p/1krcpsezdbesb27fb-safjv7ofahtk83-/preview https://sites.google.com/u/0/d/10wkak5w4meilwbei9gazyaakenolvu6d/p/1krcpsezdbesb27fb-safjv7ofahtk83-/preview https://sites.google.com/d/1-176fieipcb1ftkjawilin4yofwh2tta/p/1d4fqs8raxugwdd92i9rx7mzu0qg3ar6l/edit https://sites.google.com/d/1-176fieipcb1ftkjawilin4yofwh2tta/p/1d4fqs8raxugwdd92i9rx7mzu0qg3ar6l/edit https://padlet.com/tadoas/resources-for-english-teachers-aykqce8jnpqz0z2w https://www.esn-teachers.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org methods and techniques used during the developing communicative skills zokirova zulfiya tursunovna fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: zulfiya.zokirova.56@bk.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents studies on the implementation ways of communicative language teaching activities in the classroom. the article is given the topicality, aim, and practical significance of the chosen theme. it is fully proved the importance of communicative language teaching activities in teaching language. the actuality of this work is the investigation of some innovative communicative language teaching activities in the way of development of speaking skills to provide communication in learning a foreign language and making esp classrooms more effective teaching environments as a facilitator. communicative language teaching, individual work, organization, investigation, effective teaching, innovative communicative language. i. introduction communicative language teaching is a popular approach to language teaching which emphasizes using language in the same way that it’s used in real life. in other words, you put your students in language situations which are as close to real life as possible. with communicative language teaching, you give your students the language they need to deal with real situations [1]. you place less importance on producing grammatically correct english but more importantly on dealing effectively with the situation. teaching foreign languages in uzbekistan has become very important since the first days of the independence of our country which pays much attention to the rising education level of people, and their intel actual growth. to become competent users of a second language, learners must focus on various different aspects of the language they are attempting to learn. in high school, second language learning tends to emphasize the importance of listening to grammar and vocabulary, as these are easy to teach to large classes, and furthermore, are easy to test by a written exam. this approach often causes other aspects of the second language to be neglected, however, particularly the practical skills that allow learners to actually use the language for real communication. during the communicative activities, the teacher acts as a consultant answering students´ questions, offering advice and providing necessary language items. one of the most important roles is to make sure that students know what they are supposed to practice and check if they do it effectively [2]. these roles are called conductor and monitor. although there is a great number of various activities which mailto:zulfiya.zokirova.56@bk.ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org may be used in speaking lessons, their use would be confusing and pointless if they would not logically be organized. being a good organizer should be an ability possessed by every skilful teacher. considering the facts mentioned above we can conclude that the teacher´s personality in a learning process is very important not only while participating in the activity but also while monitoring the students. the teacher´s less dominant role in communicative activities offers the students the opportunity to be involved in the conversation and improve their speaking skills to be able to cope with real-life situations. [3] the lessons were organized through interesting activities and were depicted in pairs, groups and teamwork. most lesson time was invested to practice communicative language teaching techniques such as snowball fights (mingling activity), interviews and role play. through chosen techniques for teaching and learning speaking that the learners learned and developed the skills of speaking using the context. [4] particularly, the lessons helped learners to understand different speaking strategies and to improve communication skills, as well as using techniques that provided a great opportunity to activate the speaking skills of the learner. snowball fight is a short ice-breaker activity which encourages students to mingle and share information about themselves. during this activity students throw all the snowballs on their side of the classroom at the other group, then picked up any four snowballs that are, by now, scattered over the floor, sit down and open them up to see the information inside and elicit the questions they need to ask to make another person in the class give the answer they have on the sheet e.g. 'what's your name?' for the information 'aziz'. then students mingle and find the person who wrote the information on the paper and write that person's name on the paper. and all students have finished they told the class what information they found about other people in the class. [5] in interview step students took an interview from a famous singer and they asked questions turn by turn sitting face to face. this activity, since it is highly-structured, allows for the instructor to more closely monitor students' responses. it can zone in on one specific aspect of grammar or vocabulary, while still being a primarily communicative activity and giving the students communicative benefits. role-play is an oral activity and learners required to do it in pairs, and the main goal is to develop students' communicative abilities in a certain setting. this activity gives students the chance to improve their communication skills in the tl in a low-pressure situation. most students are more comfortable speaking in pairs rather than in front of the entire class. and there teacher need to be aware of the differences between a conversation and an utterance. students may use the same utterances repeatedly when doing this activity and not actually have a creative conversation. if instructors do not regulate what kinds of conversations students are having, then the students might not be truly improving their communication skills. in the lesson plan almost all activities focused to the development of speaking strategies and completed each other by doing the tasks which serve to raise the application of target language into reality. ii. analysis and results motivation (how could you motivate students?): even the best students have days when they are not motivated for classroom learning. with a little nudge from you, you can turn those dreary days into successful classes in their learning language. as we know there are different kinds of learner styles that means we tried to cover all them by the activities for example kinesthetic and tactile learners touch the snowballs and write the answers on it, visual american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org learners watch a song clip at the same time and auditory learners listen the song was played and by this way we engaged students who might otherwise struggle and they took motivation to continue the learning. sometimes motivating your students is as easy as changing the material you are using. bringing some different texts out of the curriculum into the class will reengage our students who are turned off by our current materials. that’s why we choose the songs that consider authentic material. one never fail motivational method you can use with your students is giving rewards. we told our students that if every student earns many stars on board or higher on a role play we will have a pizza party. even little stickers can be enough to spark some giggles and winks but with it some fresh motivation. and sense of being a winner is a high motivation i think. 2.1. additional materials (visual aids, handouts, multimedia resources) used during the lesson: the material for my article was taken from a number of manuals which developed for speaking lessons, and internet sources, all of which are presented in the reference. in its turn we used a clip of a song, ppt and handouts. and we applied multimedia resources by developing slides colorful stickers which served really helpful to raise their motivation. as well as we used the handouts that served much more in developing the students all four skills and use their gained knowledge for comprehension the new material and of course the vocabulary.[6] 2.2. expected results (what went well, what didn’t and what are those reasons that you could not achieve the expected results?): so expected results were: able to use new vocabulary in their speech, share their opinions be able to use language structures involved with topic be able to produce speech acts during teaching each activity helped to develop learners speaking skills and lead to raise their motivation to speaking. but i failed to give instructions for the role play. i think the reason of it my little excitement before the camera, but all activities could help to develop speaking skills and improve their communicative skills by sharing and defending their opinions on the material and applied them in their production practice by acting the roles. iii. suggestions and recommendations suggestions and recommendations to improve the quality of a lesson: everyone struggles to be motivated at some point. when you see your students in that place, try some of these fun ways to engage and enliven your class. if all else fails, it may be time for some consequences. even little stickers can be enough to spark some giggles and winks but with it some fresh motivation. design your rewards to your students’ personalities, and tell them what your plans are. students look forward to even the simple pleasures that you can work out on an ordinary day. teachers need to create interesting lessons in which the students’ attention is gained. this can sometimes be accomplished by the use of teaching strategies which are not often called upon by other teachers in mainstream subject areas. encouraging students to become more active participants in a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org lesson can sometimes assist them to see a purpose for improving their speaking skills in the target language. [7] after probing and observing my teaching i realized that shooting our classes in the video in order to respect on and study our own teaching can give plenty opportunities to create interesting and fruitful lessons. as i found this most revealing and extremely helpful after my teaching. that’s why i recommend to do so to every teacher. and when my students gave feedback i understood what i should do next and i fully recommend to use getting feedbacks frequently even from students time by time. in selecting materials for students, teachers should pay careful attention since considering students’ present linguistic and cognitive level. interesting stories, anecdotes, jokes, sports and similar topics will prove interesting and motivating for the learners. learning by doing should be the focus of teaching speaking. the methodology should be based on controlled and free speaking practices. one of the best ways of helping learners to activate their knowledge is to put them in “safe” situations in class where they are inspired and encouraged to try to speak a foreign language. teachers should try to create such activities in which learners feel less worried about speaking and less under pressure. to satisfy students’ expectations, teachers should be supplied with sufficient amount of authentic materials, such as newspapers and magazines. the speaking tasks could be based on describing the photos to each other and guessing the place in the world where the action has happened. [8] connection between the picture and reality makes it even more tempting for students to express their points of view to a particular event. iv. conclusion for most people, the ability to speak a foreign language is synonymous with knowing that language because speech is for them the basic means of human communication. english learners no longer expect the traditional approach of their teachers based on developing mainly the grammatical competence and using methodology popular in the past. today, teachers are expected to provide their students with useful active knowledge of the foreign language, not just theory about the language.the area i focused on, were communicative activities and their categorization: interview activities, discussions, role plays, simulations and guessing games. i characterized them and evaluated the interaction they offer to prepare students for real-life language use. by means of this thesis i realized how important it is for the teacher to have a great amount of information concerning teaching speaking to be able to provide the students with efficient conversational lessons. the methodology literature i was reading through enabled me to have a look at a speaking skill from a different point of view and think about this issue more deeply. [9] all the theoretical information i gained from this literature was used in the practical part of my thesis. based on that, i reached several findings. the theme of the article covers only one aspect of the language learning in english by the way teaching speaking, however we have taken a broader look when preparing the materials for the article. for this paper, as a researcher we used ppp, group works and pictures as a teaching strategy. the present study confirmed that the teachers working in esp settings felt that their concerns, questions, and english teaching issues pertaining to esp contexts are not sufficiently addressed in the existing literature. the participants of this study highlighted their disadvantages of teaching english american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org as a foreign language. hence, more attention should be paid to research which primarily deals with the special features of english learning and teaching in esp situations. as the present study was carried out, it became evident that there were many relevant questions that remained unanswered, which could potentially serve as research questions for related studies. some of these questions are listed below as recommendations for further research: 1. what are the characteristics and learning styles of students learning english and english teaching in uzbekistan? gaining better knowledge on these aspects can help to develop english teaching methods which will better address the unique issues in esp classrooms and thus can more readily fit into the esp teaching. 2. what are students’ perceptions of communicative and non-communicative activities in esp classrooms? the answer to this question can offer important information for teachers and pedagogues, and help them better understand the needs and interests of learners so that they can make informed decisions in implementing a communicative approach in their classrooms. 3. how can our esp teachers balance grammar instruction and communicative competence in their language classrooms? the answer to this question is crucial to provide more direct assistance to classroom english teachers since esp teachers feel and believe that grammar instruction is necessary for uzbek teachers. yet, they are not well informed as how to balance grammar teaching with that of communicative abilities. 4. what are the possible alternatives for written examinations as a selection and placement mechanism? how can the current grammar-based english examinations be modified so that they will better test the communicative skills of english learners? answers to these questions are worthwhile since english teaching is led by grammarbased examinations in uzbekistan, and thus esp teaching has been focusing too much on grammar instruction and neglecting the development of learners’ communicative competence. [10] the material of this article is believed to be useful and applicable at the lessons of practical english, culture and speech practice in both universities and advanced english classes and schools. this article can help to create the teaching aids, handouts, etc. teachers and students are welcome to use the results of this article for further investigation and practical work. references 1. tursunovna, z. z. (2021). the use authentic materials in esp classrooms. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(4), 114-119. 2. zokirova z.t. (2019). effective ways and techniques of teaching english. scientific practical journal of ”science of world, 6, p45-47. 3. kizi, t. m. a. (2021). teaching natural sciences and english language on the basis of integrative approach in higher education. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(1), 126129. 4. richards, j. c. (2017). communicative language teaching today. new york: cambridge university press. 5. tursunovna, z. z. (2019). developing writing skills in teaching foreign languages. вопросы науки и образования, (4 (49)), 106-108. 6. qizi, t. m. a. (2019). criteria of selecting a good english-english dictionary in learning a foreign language. достижения науки и образования, (1 (42)), 58-60. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org 7. savignon, s. j. (1991). communicative language teaching: state of the art. tesol quarterly, 25(2), 261-278. 8. tursunovna, z. z., nurmatovna, k. s., & kodirovna, o. s. (2019). actual problems encountered in teaching foreign languages. вестник науки и образования, (19-3 (73)), 37-39. 9. qizi, b. d. f., & qizi, t. m. a. (2019). difficulties in learning english as a second/foreign language. достижения науки и образования, (4 (45)), 47-48. 10. white, c. j. (1989). negotiating communicative language learning in a traditional setting. elt journal, 43(3), 213-220. 11. savignon, s. j. (1987). communicative language teaching. theory into practice, 26(4), 235-242. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org state financial control system more improvement issues vasila sh. nuritdinova associate professor department of finance, tashkent institute of finance, e-mail: vasilanuritdinova@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the issues of effective organization and financial management of budgetary organizations in conditions of limited state financial resources, the introduction of progressive, new methods of expenditure planning aimed at rational allocation and use of budgetary funds, and also provides recommendations on further improvement of the system of state financial control. state financial resources, budgetary institution, state financial control, budget allocations, department of financial control, program “civil budget”, extrabudgetary funds. introduction in recent years, a number of changes are taking place in the sectors and industries financed from the budget as part of the implementation of the project of reforming the state finances. these changes include the use of methods of planning the expenses of budgetary organizations based on the basic cost standards, the introduction of mechanisms for the treasury of the state budget, the establishment of procedures for the organization of public purchases at the expense of budget funds, and the increasing attraction of extra-budgetary funds by budgetary organizations. is associated with more incentives. a number of social sectors funded by the state: education, healthcare, culture, social security, state administration bodies, institutions and organizations operate as a budget organization. the organization of their finances is determined by relevant decisions of the cabinet of ministers, orders of the ministry of finance and normative documents of the relevant line ministries and provides for the following: "ensuring macroeconomic stability and gradually reducing the annual inflation rate to 5 percent by 2023. reducing the state budget deficit and ensuring that it does not exceed 3% of gdp from 2023. to organize spending of at least 5% of the budget of each district on solving the most urgent problems within the framework of the "citizens' budget" program based on the proposals of the population. to ensure that the amount of newly attracted foreign debt does not exceed 4.5 billion us dollars per year in the management of the public debt."[1] at the same time, effective organization and management of the finances of budget organizations, advanced cost planning, budget funds, in the context of the limitation of all types of resources, including state financial resources, which are the center of budget funds, under the influence of the current crises in the world community. implementation of new methods aimed at rational distribution and use of funds is one of the most urgent issues in the practice of using state financial resources today. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org as we all know, it is a fact that today there are problems with targeted spending of budget funds, overpayment, spending of funds in other directions, and various corruption cases are occurring in the activities of a number of ministries. also, we now have the audit control of the chamber of accounts and the ministry of finance. it is aimed to form and expand the state audit system. the activities of the state financial control department are also limited. it can be said that they are subject to regional authorities. law-enforcement agencies perform their tasks more. there are many bodies that supervise and assign tasks to them. the existence of such problems justifies the need to reconsider the operation of this system. literature review the concept of state financial control has been studied by a number of local and international scientists, and by analyzing the publications reflecting their theories and researches, various opinions about the concept of financial control have been studied. article 1 of the "international lima declaration" adopted in 1977 at the ix congress of the organization (intosai) is explained as follows: "control is a mandatory element of the management of state financial resources, the result of which is responsibility to society."[2] russian scientists, in order to fully understand the nature of financial control, define it as follows. nsmalein said in this regard: "financial control is the verification of the legality, reasonableness and correctness of the expenditure of money, and is aimed at ensuring financial, budgetary, credit, accounting and cash discipline in the process of execution of plans, financial, is the activity of credit and economic bodies (organizations) regulated by legal norms" [3]. in the textbooks "financial control" by v.nuritdinova and m.sharapova, "financial control is a set of financial audits and actions and handling of issues related to it. organizing with the help of methods, forms",[4] they say. analysis and results effective management of state financial resources and rational use of budget funds play an important role in ensuring economic stability. therefore, in the following years, a number of effective reforms are being implemented in our country to improve the state financial control system. in particular, in the system of state tax service bodies, systematic measures have been established to manage financial resources and control the rational use of budget funds. as we know, taxes form the basis of state budget revenues. we will analyze the preliminary results of the implementation of the state budget revenues of the republic of uzbekistan in 2021. state budget revenues in 2021 will be 164.7 trillion. amounted to 31.7 trillion soums compared to 2020. it was more than soum. revenues of the state budget and state target funds in 2021 will be 196.4 trillion. amounted to soums (26.7% compared to gdp). revenues from the administration of tax authorities in 2021 will be 127.9 trillion. amounted to soum. compared to 2020, they are 24.3 trillion. increased to soum. in particular, receipts from the interregional state tax inspection of large taxpayers amounted to 82.3 trillion. amounted to soums (increase compared to last year 14.6 trillion soums). revenues in the administration of customs bodies in 2021 will be 8.5 trillion. increased to 33.2 trillion soums. amounted to soum. in addition to economic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org growth, the increase in revenues to the budget was influenced by the maintenance of high world prices of precious metals, easing of quarantine restrictions, and new levers of tax control and administration. the increase in customs revenues is related to: an increase in the volume of taxable imports and the exchange rate; measures taken by customs authorities to simplify customs procedures, accelerate the free circulation of goods, and introduce new methods of customs administration. in 2021, the ratio of direct (35.8 percent) and indirect taxes (34.2 percent) in the state budget revenues remained. the dynamics of the ratio of different taxes in the composition of revenues is shown in figure 1 below. the composition of state budget revenues was affected by changes in tax policy measures in the last three years, cancellation of previously granted tax benefits, expansion of the tax base due to reforms in economic sectors, as well as the dynamics of commodity prices. the composition of state budget revenues1 the change in the composition of tax revenues is also related to the increase in the number of taxpayers for certain types of taxes. 6,356.2 mln. in 5,694 cases in the territorial tax authorities during the control activities carried out in connection with the targeted spending of budget funds during the last 9 months of 2021. it was found that deficiencies of som. in particular, errors in the payment of wages and similar payments were detected, and unpaid sums of 589.1 million soums were paid to the employees. the return of 956.3 million soums spent in excess was provided. in addition, it was found that in 13 cases, 15.7 million soums worth of fuel was used excessively, and in 2 cases, damage to the service vehicle was not covered. (table 1) 1 www.mf.uz information from the ministry of finance of the republic of uzbekistan 28.2 41.4 17.5 12.8 34 34.9 16 15.1 35.8 34.2 14 16 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 direct taxes indirect taxes taxes from resurses other revenues 2019 2020 2021 https://www.mf.uz/media/file/state-budget/2022/budget_dlya_grajdan/proekt-2022.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org in addition, it was found that payments were not collected for the rental of administrative buildings of tax service bodies, special fund funds were not transferred to the state tax committee, and deficiencies were found in the counting of fixed assets and tmz, 49.7 million souts elimination of damage was ensured. the complete elimination of deficiencies in the system was controlled by the state tax committee, and in order to prevent the recurrence of similar situations in the future, explanations and instructions were given to the responsible employees regarding the requirements of regulatory and legal documents. today's development of market relations and the need to protect honest business entities require a radical revision of the forms and methods of combating economic crimes, the formation mechanisms of the "secret economy", the channels of uncontrolled outflow of foreign currency in a timely manner, as well as also requires strengthening of systematic work on optimization of import and promotion of export of national goods. table 1 control of financial resources management and rational use of budget funds in the system of state tax service bodies2 no the content of the translation during the 9 months of 2021 determined mistakes mln.soum excess amount spent mln . soum 1 . control measures carried out in connection with the targeted spending of b budget funds, in a total of 5,694 cases 6 356.2 x 1.1 including wages and similar payments 589.1 956.3 2. 13 cases of excessive fuel consumption x 15.7 3. in 2 cases, damage to the service vehicle was not covered x x 4. non -payment of fees for renting administrative buildings of tax service bodies, non-transfer of funds from the special fund to the state tax committee, and deficiencies in the inventory of fixed assets and tmz 49.7 x in this regard, the duties and functions of the department of combating tax, currency-related crimes and legalization of criminal proceeds under the general prosecutor's office of the republic of uzbekistan, whose activities do not fully correspond to the modern reality of economic development, support for entrepreneurship, and the fight against economic crimes and corruption and there was a need to fundamentally revise its powers. 23.05.2018 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan in order to create more favorable conditions for conducting business and attracting investments, preventing cases of looting and inefficient use of budget funds, as well as increasing the effectiveness of combating economic crimes and corruption decree no. pf-5446 "on measures to fundamentally increase the efficiency of the use of budget funds and improve the mechanisms of combating economic crimes" was adopted. 2 https://soliq.uz/press-services/news/show/byudjet-mablag'lari-maksadli-sarfining-nozorati-taminalgada https://soliq.uz/press-services/news/show/byudjet-mablag‘lari-maqsadli-sarfining-nazorati-taminlanmoqda american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org according to the decree, the department for combating tax, currency crimes and money laundering under the general prosecutor's office of the republic of uzbekistan was reorganized into the department for combating economic crimes under the general prosecutor's office of the republic of uzbekistan. the department is responsible for rapid investigation, pre-trial investigation and investigation in cases of economic and corruption crimes, legalization of proceeds from criminal activities, financing of terrorism and financing of the distribution of weapons of mass destruction, as well as the commission of these crimes at the general prosecutor's office of the republic of uzbekistan. an independent specialized law enforcement agency that compensates for the economic damage caused as a result; a state body with special authority to fight against the legalization of proceeds from criminal activities, the financing of terrorism, and the financing of the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction; it is the successor of the rights, obligations and agreements, including international agreements, of the department of combating tax, currency crimes and money laundering under the general prosecutor's office of the republic of uzbekistan. illegal expenditures, looting, embezzlements made by state bodies and organizations, recipients of budget funds, determined by the results of inspections and investigations conducted by the departmental bodies and charged to the income of the state budget and state funds of the republic of uzbekistan , 10 percent of the amount of deficits is transferred to the special off-budget fund of the department.[5] improvement of the system of state financial control over the effective management of state financial resources and targeted and rational use of budget funds, as well as the action strategy for five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021 "supporting youth and in order to ensure the implementation of the tasks defined in the state program for the year of "strengthening the health of the population" , from january 1, 2022, control will be carried out by the accounts chamber in accordance with the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on the accounts chamber of the republic of uzbekistan" in addition to the forms and types, it was decided to put the following into practice: financial audit, which provides for the assessment of accounting, the accuracy of financial accounts, the purposeful and legal use of financial resources and the completeness of income, as well as the legality of financial transactions; -compliance audit, which provides for checking and assessing compliance with the requirements of regulatory legal documents and their compliance with state programs in the use of consolidated and attracted budget funds, in the implementation of state purchases, as well as in ensuring the completeness of revenues and business processes; the effectiveness and efficiency of expenses, subsidies, benefits and preferences in the object of control, the economy of the use of allocated funds, the fulfillment of the specified target indicators, the feasibility and effectiveness of the projects implemented at the expense of the consolidated budget and attracted funds, as well as state and regional performance audit, which involves the evaluation and analysis of the funding sources of the programs. ( table 2) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org table 2 ministries conducting financial, performance and compliance audits based on external audit standards and manuals list 3 t/r ministries where the audit event will be held the type of audit to be conducted 1. ministry of health financial audit 2. ministry of employment and labor relations performance audit 3. ministry of water resources performance audit 4. ministry of higher and secondary special education compliance audit until january 1, 2022, the accounts chamber plans and organizes external audit activities on the basis of international standards of supreme audit institutions (issai), conducts financial, efficiency and compliance audits, as well as conducts risk analysis in state financial control. approved development of standards of improvement. accounts chamber and internal audit services: -performs each control event based on a three-stage system including organizational, main and final stages and clearly defining the types of audit event; starting from october 1, 2021, the accounts chamber, ministry of finance and internal audit services will publish reports on their activities to the public at least once every quarter with the participation of mass media representatives; starting from january 1, 2022, financial control activities will be carried out only in entities included in the annual program of control work, except for camera control and other cases provided for by law. the chamber of accounts together with the ministry of finance and the ministry of information technologies and communications development has decided to launch the "state audit" software complex by january 1, 2022.[6] also, for each control event, a control event plan is drawn up, which includes the questions to be studied, the subject of the event, the procedure for data collection and analysis. control measures not registered in the "state audit" program are considered illegal. all types of documents related to the results of all state financial control activities, including the results of audit activities of internal audit services (except for information constituting a state secret or other secret protected by law) control activity on cases identified during state financial control activities the written opinion of the conducted organization will be placed in the "state audit" program within five days after the completion of the control event. in this case, the costs related to the development of the "state audit" program, technical support, as well as regular improvement of its functional capabilities are financed from the republican budget of the republic of uzbekistan. conclusions and suggestions based on the comments given above, we present our suggestions on further improvement of the state financial control system. 1. using the principle of activity efficiency in evaluating the activity of control bodies , 3 decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated august 27, 2021 no. pf-6300 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 2.higher audit bodies international standards (issai) current achieve employees qualification increa se, experience exchange and advanced experiences in practice apply for high audit bodies international to the organization (intosai) a member to be provide. 3. exchange experience with international organizations and developed countries, become a member of international organizations to apply best practices in practice, retrain specialists based on today's requirements. 4. expanding the "initiative budget" program in ukraine, increasing the funds allocated to it from the budget. of this for from the budget social and cultural events financing in addition to funds, other costs are gradually optimal reduce necessary. 5. to strengthen fiscal discipline by unifying budget accounting standards, improving internal control and audit systems, and strengthening parliamentary and public control over the budget process. 6. foreign and international an expert and specialists in the presence of state financial control in the field skill classes, trainings and qualification increase organization of courses. 7. higher education in institutions state financial control bodies official individuals by budget control and to the audit specialized in directions study taking students for practical lessons transition practice to the road to put based on the implementation of the above proposals , it is possible to further improve the state financial control system hits that let's count. references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the new development strategy of uzbekistan for 2022-2026" dated 01.28.2022 no. 60 2. international organization of supreme control authorities (intosai) in 1977 "international lima declaration" document adopted at the ix congress 3. malein n.s. creditaccounting and financial control. m.: nauka. 1968. s 103 4. nuritdinova v.sh, sharapova ma financial control. textbook t.: "economy-finance", 2019.480 p 5. decree no. pf-5446 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 23.05.2018 "on measures to radically increase the efficiency of the use of budget funds and improve the mechanisms for combating economic crimes" 6. decree no. pf-6300 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated august 27, 2021 "on measures to further improve the state financial control system" 7. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). the progressive foreign experiments in the activity of sovereign wealth funds. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 109-116. 8. jumaniyozov, i. (2018). impact of development finance institutions on economic growth: implications for reconstruction and development fund of uzbekistan. international journal of management science and business administration, 4(2), 84-88. 9. jumaniyozov, i. (2020). issues of ensuring the transparency of sovereign wealth funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(5), 1. 10. jumaniyazov, i. (2020). foreign experience in the activities of sovereign funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(2), 1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 11. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). transparency is a key indicator of the activity of sovereign wealth funds. the american journal of management and economics innovations, 3(05), 30-37. 12. inomjon turaevich jumaniyazov, & bexruz hazratov (2022). foreign experience in the development of special economic zones in uzbekistan. science and education, 3 (5), 1628-1636. 13. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019). the impact of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund’s expenditure on gdp growth. science, research, development № 16. monografiya pokonferencyjna. 14. jumaniyazov, i., & xaydarov, a. (2023). the importance of social insurance in social protection. science and education, 4(1), 1033–1043. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 15. inomjon, j. (2023). gender byudjetlashtirishda davlat moliyaviy nazoratining o’rni. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(6), 1187-1191. 16. бахронов, ж., & жуманиязов, и. (2023). партисипатор бюджетлаштириш ва уни ўзбекистонда қўллаш долзарблиги. science and education, 4(2), 1486–1493. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 17. davlatboyeva, m. s. qizi, & jumaniyazov, i. t. (2023). yashil byudjetlashtirish va uni o’zbekistonda joriy etish istiqbollari. science and education, 4(2), 1509–1516. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5237 18. www.soliq.uz 19. www.mf.uz 20. www.openbudget.uz https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 http://www.mf.uz/ http://www.openbudget.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org language and style of james joyce suyarova nazira furqat kizi master’s student of karshi state university shakurava nargiza khamrakulovna supervisor, senior teacher of karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article includes information on literary language and writing style of james joyce with precise facts. major works of james joyce such as dubliners and ulysses are analyzed. his distinctive use of the language and contribution to the modernism will be explained. modernism, scrupulous meanness, paralysis, simony, gnomon, dubliners, ulysses introduction scholarly literary opinion is that james joyce revolutionized the novel in the twentieth century by abandoning conventional narrative for stream of consciousness and unprecedented play of language. when the irish literary renaissance was ending james joyce was just beginning. during thi s time joyce brought new techniques of writing that no one had ever used before. his new method was writing in a modernism style. he utilized symbols and imagery to make his works complex . joyce opened many eyes to this new style of writing. through the use of modernism joyce wrote about very controversial topics such as the catholic church and sexual issues. joyce was seen as a rebel for his new writing style and, many of his books were often banned and were always under protest from his critics. today, his works have become some of the most read novels in the world. the strong topics found in his books can be explained with joyce earlier life as he began to spend money on prostitutes. this is why many of his novel refer in varies occasions to the sexual desires of men. although joyce is frequently praised for his mastery of the stream-of-consciousness narrative technique, his distinctive use of imagery has contributed much to the artistic development of the twentieth-century novel. a close reading of his works will produce many more images and language peculiarities within these patterns. joyce’s use of them is essential as he constructs his intricate thematic structure. to justify his style, he mentions and speaks of ‘scrupulous meanness’. the term ‘meanness’ connotes stinginess or the lack of generosity. joyce uses it to describe the economy of language applying to his stories. however, the interpretation demands a more complicated understanding of the term. ‘scrupulousness’ is a crucial element both in joyce’s use of language, and in the structure and form of the stories. ‘scrupulous meanness’ refers to a most complex and heavily allusive style that determines the reading of his works. from the minimum of words joyce succeeds to extract the maximum effect so that the very economy of his style gives his novels such concentration and resonance that it “passes through realism into symbolism. joyce introduces his writing technique in the style of ‘scrupulous meanness’ right away. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org the three words ‘paralysis’, ‘simony’ and ‘gnomon’ are key words that describe joyce’s ‘scrupulous meanness’ while leading the reader through the story. ‘simony’ and ‘gnomon’ are words of biblical origin which help to emphasize the image that joyce attempts to draw of the irish catholic church through placing father flynn in the center of his story. there is some evidence also that joyce believed near the end of his life that he had gone wrong in this way. in any case, his experiments in narrative mode have had little in fence among writers who followed him. a few passages here and there that adapt his techniques and the occasional work that takes a wholly stream-of-consciousness approach — though even then usually in a less difficult fashion, presenting characters’ interior monologues in colloquial language. it could be argued moreover that these efforts might have developed as they did without joyce’s massive tomes pointing the way [1] in joyce’s novel ulysses. dubliners is a collection of fifteen short stories by joyce, first published in 1914. they form a naturalistic depiction of irish middle class life in and around dublin in the early years of the 20th century. the stories were written when irish nationalism was at its peak and a search for a national identity and purpose was raging; at a crossroads of history and culture, ireland was jolted by converging ideas and in fuences. the stories center on joyce’s idea of an epiphany: a moment when a character experiences a life-changing selfunderstanding or illumination. many of the characters in dubliners later appear in minor roles in joyce’s novel ulysses. the initial stories in the collection are narrated by child protagonists. subsequent stories deal with the lives and concerns of progressively older people. this aligns with joyce’s tripartite division of the collection into childhood, adolescence and maturity. a portrait of the artist as a young man is a nearly complete rewrite of the abandoned novel. joyce attempted to burn the original manuscript in a at of rage during an argument with nora, though to his subsequent relief it was rescued by his sister. a künstlerroman (artist’s novel), portrait is a heavily autobiographical coming-of-age novel depicting the childhood and adolescence of the protagonist stephen dedalus and his gradual growth into artistic self-consciousness. some hints of the techniques joyce frequently employed in later works, such as stream-ofconsciousness technique interior monologue, and references to a character’s psychic reality rather than to his external surroundings are evident throughout this novel. the wet/dry imagery, for example, is symbolic of stephen’s natural response to the world versus a learned response. as a small child, stephen learns that any expression of a natural inclination (such as wetting the bed) is labeled “wrong”; the wet sheets will be replaced by a dry, reinforcing “oil sheet” — and a swift, unpleasant correction for inappropriate behavior. thus, wet things relate to natural responses and dry things relate to learned behavior. other examples of this wet/dry imagery include the wetness of the cesspool (the square ditch) that stephen is shoved into and the illness which follows; likewise, the “good” of adolescent sexual feelings which engulf stephen in “wavelet[s],” causing him guilt and shame. seemingly, “wet” is bad; “dry” is good. with the appearance of ulysses, 1922 was a key year in the history of english-language literary modernism. in ulysses, joyce employs stream-of-consciousness technique, parody, jokes, and virtually every known literary technique to present his characters. the action of the novel, which takes place in a single day, 16 june 1904, sets the characters and incidents of the odyssey by homer in modern dublin and represents odysseus (ulysses), penelope and telemachus in the characters of leopold bloom, his wife molly bloom and stephen dedalus, parodically contrasted with their lofty models. the book explores various areas of dublin life, dwelling on its squalor and monotony. nevertheless, the book is also an affectionately detailed study of the city, and joyce claimed that if dublin were to be destroyed in some catastrophe it could be rebuilt, brick by brick, using his work as a model.the book consists of 18 chapters, each covering roughly one hour of the day, beginning around american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org about 8 a.m. and ending sometime after 2 a.m. the following morning. each of the 18 chapters of the novel employs its own literary style. each chapter also refers to a specific episode in homer’s odyssey and has a specific colour, art or science and bodily organ associated with it. this combination of kaleidoscopic writing with an extreme formal, schematic structure represents one of the book’s major contributions to the development of 20th century modernist literature. the use of myth as a framework for his book and the near-obsessive focus on external detail creates an interesting mixture in the book in which much of the significant action is happening inside the minds of the characters. later on joyce admitted to samuel beckett that, “i may have over systematized ulysses,”[2] and played down the mythic correspondences by eliminating the chapter titles that had been taken from homer. joyce was reluctant to publish the chapter titles because he wanted his work to stand separately from the greek form. it was only when stuart gilbert published his critical work on ulysses in 1930 that the schema was supplied by joyce to gilbert. but as terrence killeen points out this schema was developed after the novel had been written and was not something that joyce consulted or followed while writing the novel.[3] joyce’s method of stream of consciousness, literary allusions and free dream associations was pushed to the limit in finnegans wake, which abandoned all conventions of plot and character construction and is written in a peculiar and obscure english, based mainly on complex multi-level puns. the approach which is similar to ulysses, but far more extensive has led many readers and critics to apply joyce’s oft-quoted description in the wake of ulysses as his “uselessly unreadable blue book of eccles” to the wake itself. however, readers have been able to reach a consensus about the central cast of characters and general plot. much of the wordplay in the book stems from the use of multilingual puns which draw on a wide range of languages. the role played by beckett and other assistants included collating words from these languages on cards for joyce to use and, as joyce’s eyesight worsened, of writing the text from the author’s dictation. in conclusion, james joyce opened many peoples’ eyes to modernism through his writing. with this new style, many people understood the modernism movement. readers could now see the beauty and art in literature. although joyce’s books were somewhat controversial, people were able to see past the controversial issues and get a feel for modernism. joyce is one of many writers who opened the door for modernism to become mainstream and his works will be used for years to come. although during his times his novels were unwelcome and criticized, james joyce created the groundwork for writer who came after him. james joyce has become one of the most read and influential writers and serving as a founder of a literary movement has a great deal to do with it. contrary to what you might expect, most of joyce’s literary works have been interpreted in films. references 1. joyce, james, letters of james joyce, col. 1, edited by stuart gilbert (london: faber, 1957). 2. ellman richard, james joyce, (oxford university press, 1983). p.715 3. killeen, terence, ulysses unbound: a reader’s companion to james joyce’s ulysses. (university press of florida, 2018). 4. fennell conor. a little circle of kindred minds: joyce in paris. green lamp editions. 2011. 216 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 5. fordham finn and rita sakr. james joyce and the nineteenth-century french novel. new york: editions rodopi., ebook. 2011. 316 p. 6. gammel irene. baroness elsa: gender, dada and everyday modernity. -cambridge, ma: mit press, 2002, 253p. 7. gilbert stuart, ed. letters of james joyce. vol. i. london: faber, 1957. 143 p. 8. gillers stephen. "a tendency to deprave and corrupt: the transformation of american obscenity law from hicklin to ulysses". washington university law review. 2007. 254 p. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/stephen_gillers http://lawreview.wustl.edu/inprint/85/2/gillers.pdf http://lawreview.wustl.edu/inprint/85/2/gillers.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org theoretical background and current issues in english language learning karimovaumida scientific advisor, the department of english history and grammar, samarkand state institute of foreign languages istamova shohista master degree students of samarkand state institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article dedicated the during teaching learning process, instruction remain unilateral which is and consider to be orthodox activity. the up-and-coming trends changed the present scenario and adopted the constructivist approach which is moral and more focus on innovative activities and knowledge acquisition. effectively, participation, culture, curriculum subjects, performance, significantly, outcomes, learner-centered, collaborative, and technologyfocused introduction traditionally, a linear teaching pathway exists between the teacher and the student. teachers have the mind-set to provide the plans and goals for the students. evaluating the effectiveness of a teacher who has been teaching in a linear fashion will not necessarily show any negative results. the teacher will, certainly, meet the standards of accountability because they, too, are predetermined by a linear perspective. however, when the effectiveness of language acquisition and learning are the outcomes for which teachers are accountable, then the existing program falls short of meeting the criteria of communicative competence in real-life situations, social and cultural skill development, and language facility in the workplace. life is multifaceted and complex; simplification of the instructional delivery system cannot prepare students successfully to meet real life challenges. meeting the expectations of the curriculum and fulfilling the needs of the students require a multi-faceted approach and the willingness of teachers to accept a broader spectrum of accountability. teachers who adhere strictly to a behaviorist approach meet accountability when measured by the standards established by a behaviorist view of learning. staying with such a method does not allow branching out. if the same or better results can be achieved starting from a different premise, a premise that includes the goal of language acquisition and language learning, as well as social, vocational, and cultural readiness, the criteria of accountability for teachers change as well. when learning flows only from the teacher to the student, there is only one right way. the teacher is the provider of knowledge, and the students passively performing tasks that will aid them in their information storage capacity. when the minds of the students are not engaged, they cannot be expected to activate, retrieve, and manipulate the language skills necessary for independent, active american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org communication to take place. if the existing frame of reference undergoes a change from linear learning to a multi-faceted environment, the standards for teacher accountability must change accordingly. when behaviorist methods are insufficient to produce the desired language acquisition and learning outcomes, then other learning perspectives, such as constructivist and cognitive approaches, should be used. at present, a high level of knowledge of a foreign language is one of the criteria by which a qualified specialist is assessed. under given conditions of economic and world politics, in our country it actively participates in the life of the world community and expands its international relations. these factors determine the increased demand for teaching foreign languages. in the past, the most popular method of teaching a foreign language was a grammar-translation or traditional method, in which students were mainly taught reading and translating with a dictionary of foreign texts. in the process of using this method, the formation of communication skills was not the goal of training. thus, the communication of the majority of residents in a foreign language was extremely problematic, due to the language barrier that arose from the fact that in the process of learning a foreign language, students did not learn a foreign language, but only received theoretical information about its structure. possession of grammatical rules and the ability to translate foreign texts are insufficient conditions for successful communication in a foreign language. this led to the need to revise the goals, objectives and content of teaching a foreign language, as well as to change the methods of teaching and forms of control. currently, within the framework of changing the education system, the introduction of information and computer technologies in the educational process is being actively implemented. the modern trends in the development of the world educational process include the use of new educational technologies in the learning process, which lead to the application of interactive learning technologies for foreign language that meet the following requirements: improving the efficiency and quality of teaching; providing motivation for independent cognitive activity; development of interdisciplinary connections. the student becomes a full participant in the educational process; his experience serves as the main source of educational knowledge. the teacher, in turn, plays the role of a guide. he does not provide knowledge in the finished form, but encourages learners to independently search. compared with traditional learning in interactive learning, the interaction between the teacher and the learner alternates alternately. several methods of learning are distinguished in modern methods: − passive, when the student acts as an «object» of learning (listens and looks); − active, when the student acts as a «subject» of training (independent work, creative tasks); − interactive, in which the student interacts not only with the teacher, but also with others. a passive model of learning is the form of interaction between a teacher and a student, in which the student acts as an object of learning activity, while the teacher is the main character of the activity. the students do not interact with each other. to this form of training can include a lesson, a lecture and an optional lesson. with these forms of employment, the teacher interacts with students through interviews, control tasks and tests. from the point of view of modern pedagogical technologies and the effectiveness of students' mastery of the material, the passive learning model is ineffective. however, it may have positive characteristics, such as an easy-to-prepare training for the teacher and the ability to cover more teaching material in a time-limited environment. an active model of learning is the form of interaction between the teacher and the student, in which the learner becomes the subject of educational activity to a greater extent, actively interacts with the teacher during the lesson. the student and the teacher have equal rights. active methods of teaching american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org presuppose the use of such a system of methodical methods of educational activity, which is directed mainly not at the teacher's presentation of finished knowledge and their reproduction, but on the independent mastery of knowledge by students in the process of active cognitive activity. there are different levels of activity, such as: − the activity of reproduction, which is characterized by the desire of the trainee, remember, reproduce knowledge, master the methods of application; − the activity of interpretation, which is connected with the learner's desire to comprehend the meaning of the studied, to establish connections, to master the ways of applying knowledge of the changed conditions; − creative activity which presupposes the learner's aspiration to theoretical comprehension of knowledge, an independent search for solutions to problems, and an intensive manifestation of cognitive interests. the features of active learning include: − forced activation of thinking, when the learner is forced to be active regardless of his desire; − a sufficiently long period of involvement of students in the learning process, as their activity should be sustainable and long-lasting; − presentation of the instructor as a subject of training; − independent decision-making of students; − increase the degree of motivation of trainees; − constant interaction of trainees and teachers. this form of training can include a seminar session, a seminar-dispute and consultation. in these forms of education, students show independence in educational and cognitive activities, resulting in deeper and more systematic knowledge. interactive learning model interactive («inter» is mutual, «act» is to act) means to interact, be in a conversation mode, dialogue with someone. unlike active methods, interactive students are oriented to a wider interaction of students not only with the teacher, but also with each other and on the dominance of students' activity in the learning process. the place of the teacher in interactive classes is reduced to the direction of students' activities to achieve the objectives of the lesson. the teacher also develops a lesson plan. the factors that stimulate the activity of students includes: − cognitive and professional interest; − the creative nature of conducting classes; − competitiveness; − the game character of educational and cognitive activity; − emotional impact of the above factors. among the main methodological principles of an interactive approach to teaching foreign languages are the following: − mutual communication in a foreign language with the purpose of making and producing authentic information, equally interesting for all participants, in a situation that is important for everyone; − joint activities, characterized by the interrelationship of three objects: the producer of information, the recipient of information and the situational context; − changing the traditional role of the teacher in the learning process, transition to a democratic style of communication; − the reflectivity of teaching, conscious and critical comprehension of the action, its motives, quality and results, both on the part of the teacher and students. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org at the same time, the effectiveness of the learning process depends on the implementation of the following principles: − communicative-situational learning; − interactivity; − differentiated approach; − accounting for individual characteristics; english language teaching has undergone tremendous changes over the years, especially the last ten years. students are burdened with studying, learning and grasping the materials, and of course, lectures with the collection of relevant information from prescribed texts. many career alternatives once regarded insignificant are gaining importance at present such as communication skills, soft skills, technical skills, interpersonal skills, ict literacy etc. the need for chiseled graduates to merge successfully in the tough competition of survival in the global market is in great demand nowadays. for this, a change in the trend especially the teaching learning process of english language has to undergo a transition for the betterment. seasons change, fashion changes, attitudes of human beings change but it is disheartening to note that in the last century english curriculum has hardly undergone any change. the list of used literature 1. umida k. the role of teaching compounds according to types of speech in constructivism //eurasian journal of learning and academic teaching. – 2022. – т. 8. – с. 4-9. 2. umida k. the ways of using constructivism to teaching phraseological units and vocabulary for efl //academicia globe: inderscience research. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 4. – с. 1-6. 3. umida, k. (2022). the ways of using constructivism to teaching phraseological units and vocabulary for efl. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(4), 1-6. 4. ochilovna k. u., sameyevna m. z. improving speaking skill with the help of modern technologies //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 9. – №. 12. – с. 367-369. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org manipulative women in charles dickens novel great expectations: miss havisham, mrs joe, estella bekmurodova sevara khasan kizi master student at the faculty of english linguistics of karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research paper discusses the portrayal of three female characters, miss havisham, mrs joe, and estella, in charles dickens' novel, "great expectations," and their manipulative and powerful characteristics. the annotation notes that while dickens depicted many female characters as victims of societal norms that constrained women in victorian england, he also portrayed women who challenged patriarchal power structures. the paper cites various research papers that examine the motivations and reasons behind the manipulative behaviors of the female characters and explores how their actions reflect the social and cultural context of the victorian era. the annotation highlights how the portrayal of these women raises questions about gender roles and societal expectations in the 19th century, and their impact on the lives of women. charles dickens, great expectations, female characters, gender relations, victorian england, miss havisham, mrs joe, estella, manipulation power dynamics. introduction "throughout his works, dickens portrayed a wide range of female characters who were complex, multifaceted, and often unconventional for their time. while many of his female characters were victims of the societal norms that constrained women in victorian england, dickens also depicted women who defied convention and challenged patriarchal power structures. in his most famous novel, great expectations, dickens presents three female characters who are both manipulative and powerful: miss havisham, the jilted bride who spends the rest of her life in mourning and manipulation; mrs joe, the abusive and controlling sister of the protagonist pip; and estella, the adopted daughter of miss havisham who is raised to be cruel and heartless. dickens' portrayal of these women highlights the complexity of gender relations and the power dynamics between men and women in victorian society." (1,young, 2016, p. 583) previous study overview "great expectations, one of charles dickens' most renowned novels, features several female characters who play significant roles in the plot. miss havisham, who is the story's most notorious character, is an eccentric old woman who was abandoned by her fiancé on her wedding day and has since lived her life in isolation, wearing her wedding dress and keeping all the clocks in her house stopped at the exact time her fiancé left her. mrs joe, pip's hot-headed and domineering sister, is responsible for raising american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org him after their parents died. estella, the adopted daughter of miss havisham, is a cold and haughty young woman who is trained by miss havisham to break men's hearts, including pip's. each of these female characters in great expectations plays a crucial role in the development of the novel's themes, especially those related to class, social mobility, love, and gender." (2, mills, 2016, p. 247) "one of the most frequently studied characters in great expectations is miss havisham, who is known for her eccentricities and her manipulation of pip and estella. in a paper titled 'the psychology of miss havisham: a study of charles dickens’ great expectations,' jennifer dawn braithwaite explores the reasons for miss havisham's behavior. braithwaite suggests that miss havisham's manipulation of pip and estella stems from her own psychological trauma, specifically her experience of being jilted on her wedding day. braithwaite argues that miss havisham's behavior is a way of coping with her emotional pain and that her manipulation of others is a means of exerting control over her surroundings." (3, braithwaite, 2014, p. 65) "'estella and the power of language in great expectations' by brenda m. machosky, examines the character of estella and her role in the novel. machosky suggests that estella's manipulation of pip is not simply a result of her upbringing but is also a reflection of the power of language. machosky argues that estella's language is a tool that she uses to manipulate pip, and that her ability to control language gives her power over him. machosky also suggests that estella's language is reflective of the victorian era's attitudes toward gender and social class." (4, machosky, 1998, p.1) mrs joe, pip's sister, is another character in great expectations who is often seen as manipulative. in a paper titled "pip's sister: a study in dickensian characterization," rachel a. hadas explores the complexities of mrs joe's character. hadas suggests that mrs joe's behavior is a product of her own experiences and her desire for control. hadas argues that mrs joe's manipulation of pip is not simply a result of her desire for power but is also a reflection of her own frustrations and limitations(5, p.47). the characters of miss havisham, mrs joe, and estella in great expectations have been the subject of much discussion and analysis in previous research papers. these characters are often described as manipulative and controlling, and scholars have explored the reasons for their behavior and the ways in which their actions reflect the social and cultural context of the victorian era. through the analysis of these characters, researchers have gained insights into the themes of love, class, and identity that are central to the novel(6, p.35). the female characters in charles dickens' novel "great expectations" play a significant role in the plot and the development of the protagonist, pip. miss havisham, mrs. joe, and estella are three characters who can be described as manipulative, each with their unique motivations and methods. the portrayal of these women raises questions about gender roles and societal expectations in the 19th century, and their impact on the lives of women. in this study, i will explore the manipulative behavior of miss havisham, mrs. joe, and estella, and examine the ways in which their actions affect pip and other characters in the novel. below, we will discuss these three characters separately, the reasons for the motives of each of them and their influence in the plot of the novel: miss haversham miss havisham, one of the central characters in charles dickens' great expectations, is often viewed as a manipulative character. she is a wealthy and eccentric woman who has been jilted on her wedding day and has lived in seclusion ever since, wearing her wedding dress and keeping the clocks in her american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org house stopped at the time of the jilting. miss havisham manipulates pip, the protagonist, by hiring him to play with her adopted daughter, estella, and encouraging his romantic interest in her. miss havisham's motivations for manipulating pip and estella are rooted in her desire for revenge against men, as she was jilted by a man on her wedding day. she wants to raise estella to be a "heartless" woman who will break men's hearts as revenge for what was done to her. miss havisham's relationship with estella contributes to her manipulative behavior in several ways. miss havisham sees estella as a tool to carry out her revenge against men, and she molds estella into the type of woman she wants her to be. this involves teaching her to be cold and calculating, and to use her beauty to manipulate men. miss havisham's manipulation of estella is also driven by her desire to maintain control over her. estella is the only person in miss havisham's life who gives her a sense of purpose, and she wants to ensure that estella remains loyal to her. miss havisham's manipulation of pip and estella ultimately leads to tragic consequences for both of them, as they both suffer from the emotional damage inflicted on them by miss havisham's actions.(7) mrs joe gargery mrs joe gargery, pip's older sister, is depicted in great expectations as a harsh and abusive character, who constantly manipulates pip and her husband joe. mrs joe's manipulative behavior towards pip and joe takes various forms, including physical violence and verbal abuse. she is constantly nagging at her husband, whom she perceives as inferior, and tries to mold pip into an ideal version of herself. her motivation for manipulating others seems to stem from her own unhappiness with her life and her feeling of powerlessness, as well as her desire to exert control over those around her. mrs joe's abusive and manipulative behavior towards pip and joe has a profound impact on pip's development and relationships. pip is traumatized by his sister's abuse, which leaves him with deep-seated emotional scars that affect his interactions with others. her negative influence on pip is also reflected in the fact that he becomes ashamed of his humble origins and aspires to rise above his station, which ultimately leads him to compromise his own values and relationships. in many ways, mrs joe's manipulative behavior can be seen as a microcosm of the societal norms and constraints that characters like pip face in victorian england, which highlights the damaging effects of patriarchal power structures and the importance of breaking free from them.(8, p.372) estella estella is one of the most complex characters in great expectations. she is presented as a cold, unfeeling young woman who is raised to be cruel and manipulative by miss havisham. estella's manipulative behavior towards pip is evident throughout the novel, as she often treats him with disdain and plays with his emotions. her motivations for manipulating pip are closely tied to her upbringing and her relationship with miss havisham. estella is raised to believe that she is superior to other people, and she is taught to view emotions and relationships as weakness. as a result, she is manipulative and callous in her interactions with others, including pip. despite this, there are hints throughout the novel that estella may not be entirely comfortable with her role as a manipulator. as she begins to develop feelings for pip, she seems to struggle with the conflict between her upbringing and her own desires. overall, estella's manipulative behavior is a product of her environment, and her struggle to reconcile her upbringing with her own feelings adds complexity to her character.(9, p.305) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org simillarities and differences of those three characters miss havisham, mrs joe, and estella are three characters from charles dickens' novel "great expectations" who exhibit manipulative behavior in different ways. miss havisham is a wealthy, eccentric woman who is jilted at the altar and becomes bitter and manipulative. she raises her adopted daughter, estella, to break men's hearts as revenge for her own broken heart. miss havisham's manipulation is mainly emotional, as she plays with pip's feelings to fulfill her own agenda.(10, p27) mrs joe is pip's elder sibling who mistreats him both physically and verbally, utilizing fear, guilt, and shame to control him and maintain her power in their household. this kind of behavior exemplifies an unhealthy and toxic relationship. in contrast, estella is the most intricate of the three characters, having been taught by miss havisham to be distant, unapproachable, and manipulative towards men, including pip. her manipulation is subtle and psychological, with the goal of molding pip into the perfect suitor for her adoptive mother's revenge. even though all three characters are manipulative in their own way, their methods vary significantly. miss havisham uses emotional manipulation, mrs joe is physically and verbally abusive, and estella employs subtle and psychological manipulation. these three women serve as examples of how toxic relationships can cause long-lasting emotional damage and should be avoided. while miss havisham, mrs joe, and estella are all manipulative female characters in great expectations, they differ in their motivations, tactics, and relationships with other characters. miss havisham seeks revenge against men, particularly after being jilted at the altar, and uses estella as a tool for her revenge. mrs joe manipulates others due to her own feelings of inadequacy and resentment towards her husband and her circumstances. she uses violence and verbal abuse to control those around her, especially pip and joe. estella, like miss havisham, is driven by revenge, but her target is specifically pip. she was raised to be cold and unfeeling, using her beauty and charm to manipulate those around her. despite their varying motivations, these three characters share some commonalities in their manipulative tactics. they all use psychological manipulation, often through lies, deception, and emotional manipulation, to control others. they also use their physical attractiveness to gain the trust and admiration of others. in terms of relationships with other characters, each of these women has a different dynamic. miss havisham sees estella as a tool for her own revenge and manipulates and controls her. mrs joe's relationships with pip and joe are characterized by abuse and violence, with her constantly belittling and physically harming them. estella's relationship with pip is complex, as she initially manipulates him for her own gain but eventually begins to have genuine feelings for him, causing a struggle between her desire to please miss havisham and her own emotions. these three characters are all manipulative women in great expectations, but each has their own unique motivations, tactics, and relationships with other characters that contribute to their complex portrayals in the novel. conclusion: in conclusion, charles dickens' portrayal of female characters in "great expectations" was complex and multifaceted, highlighting the constraints and power dynamics between men and women in victorian england. miss havisham, mrs joe, and estella, the three main female characters, were all portrayed as manipulative and powerful in their own ways, reflecting their unique experiences and motivations. through the analysis of these characters, scholars have gained insights into the themes of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org class, love, and identity that are central to the novel. furthermore, the portrayal of these women raises questions about gender roles and societal expectations in the 19th century and their impact on women's lives. the novel continues to be studied and appreciated for its realistic and insightful depiction of the complexities of human relationships and the influence of societal norms on individuals. references: 1.challenging the patriarchy: charles dickens' portrayal of female characters" sarah j. young, literature compass, volume 13, issue 10, october 2016 pages: 579-588 2."female characters and themes in great expectations" author: allison j. mills source: the explicator, volume 74, issue 4, october-december 2016 pages: 247-251 3."the psychology of miss havisham: a study of charles dickens’ great expectations" author: jennifer dawn braithwaite source: journal of literary studies, volume 30, issue 1, march 2014 pages: 65-77 4."estella and the power of language in great expectations" author: brenda m. machosky source: studies in the novel, volume 30, issue 1, spring 1998 pages: 1-15 5."pip's sister: a study in dickensian characterization" by rachel a. hadas. however, the paper can be found in the journal dickens quarterly, volume 30, issue 4, december 2013. 6.”revisiting hawthorne's feminism” nina baym special bicentennial issue 1804-2004 (2004), pp. 35 7.braithwaite, jennifer dawn. "the psychology of miss havisham: a study of charles dickens’ great expectations." inquiries journal, vol. 7, no. 04, 2015. 8.hogan, emily e. "mrs. joe gargery's death in charles dickens's great expectations: reversing the dominant narrative of female passivity." journal of narrative theory, vol. 47, no. 3, 2017, pp. 366388. 9. "the construction of the female self in great expectations: dickens's representation of estella" author: f. regina psaki source: victorian literature and culture, vol. 23, no. 2, pp. 303-319 year: 1995 10.bhatnagar, s. "victorian women: a comparative study of miss havisham, estella, and mrs joe in charles dickens' great expectations". journal of literature, culture, and media studies, vol. 1, no. 2, 2019, pp. 25-34. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org kashfi termizi and termiz literary school aliev shakir jorakulovich first stage doctoral student of termiz state university uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the city of termiz has long been known to the world as "madinat ar-rijol". it is mentioned in scientific-historical sources that many mystic scholars flourished in this land. razin tirmizi, ja'far ibn ali tirmizi, abu sahl tirmizi, yusuf hayat tirmizi, hakim tirmizi, warraq tirmizi, sayyid burhoniddin muhaqqiq tirmizi, sufi allahyar, mawlawi jununi and other scholars of sufism can be cited as examples. kashfi termizi, scientific heritage, termiz literary school. hakim termizi, one of the great scientists recognized in the eastern world, founded the hakimiya sect with his rich scientific heritage. it is also noteworthy that imam abu isa tirmidhi is among the world's famous muhaddiths in hadith science. when we say termizi and termizi, the first people who come to mind are imam termizi and hakim termizi. it will be right to list some of the reasons why the city of termiz has been a breeding ground for such great breeds since ancient times. according to historical books, termiz was one of the ancient cities of the east. an important branch of the great silk road also passed through the ancient city of termiz. from long ago, it established trade relations with the states of parthia, sogdiyona, khorezm, and margyona. it has established extensive relations with major trading center countries such as india. people lived here in the iii-iv centuries bc. by the iii-ii centuries, termiz became one of the politically, economically and culturally developed cities of the bactrian state. during the rule of the kushan state, the city of termiz became a prosperous place and became one of the largest cities of northern bactria. being a commercial and cultural center, the city of termiz has a long history of urban culture due to its proximity to the great silk road. in this regard, "hududu-l-olam"[1] in his work, termiz "is a beautiful and prosperous city on the banks of the jayhun. its castle is on the river bank, its huge bazaar is world-famous, the people of khuttalon and chaganiyan trade here"[2], that he gave a high rating proves our opinion. so it is clear from this that by the 10th century, termiz had become a beautiful, prosperous city with a world-famous market. in fact, crafts, trade, and large buildings, among other industries, were established in such centers. the fact that the remains of ancient buildings have been preserved in the old city until today is a clear result of this. along with socio-economic reforms, termiz was also active in political reforms. the ghaznavids, karakhanids, karakhitai were part of the seljuks and khorezm states. the first ruination of the ancient city of termiz dates back to the time of the mongol invasion. termiz strongly resisted the mongol rebellion. by the time of amir temur, termiz became part of the timurid state. amir improves the city of termiz with his wise policies. in particular, he shows special respect to sayyid american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org termizi. in 1407, by the decree of khalil sultan, the termiz fortress on the river bank was restored. it soon became a large city that minted its own coins[3]. it should be noted that during the period of timurids, science, literature and art developed much more than in other periods, many scientists in various fields emerged. the city of termiz, like the cities of samarkand, bukhara and nasaf, is known to the world as a prosperous and happy place. from the first half of the 14th century, historical inscriptions began to be used on the coins minted in termez, adding "madanat ar-rijal" (city of heroes) to the name of the city to describe it. that is, this description shows that the people, being fearless, brave, and wise, have always protected their homeland from the enemy. mirzo kenjabek, a well-known termizologist, describes termiz as follows in his work "the great termizians": "if we look at the ruins of old termiz on the coast of azim jayhun, we can see the walls of the ancient fortress. indeed, there is a man-made building that has not been left untouched. any castle, fortress, palace, mausoleum gradually erodes, sinks, rots, needs repair or reconstruction. the ruthless laughter of history has not spared any fortress... but the real unspoiled fortresses of great historical cities are the great figures, the immortal spiritual heritage they left behind, guardians, scholars, rare personalities... the glory, attention and honor of ancient termiz and forever with the termizites. the eternally beautiful castles of termiz are considered the great termizids.[4] the cultural environment of termiz, which nurtured such great figures, became famous for its literary school in the 10th and 11th centuries, along with other schools of science and literature. it is no secret to all of us that famous poets such as adib sabir termizi (1078-1147), farruhi (died 1039), amir muizzi (1072-1127), munjik termizi (died 988) emerged from the literary environment of old termiz and chaganiyan. it is also important that poets and writers such as abu ali husayn ibn ahmad alsallami, abumansur muhammad ibn ahmad daqiqi, abul qasim ali ibn muhammad iskofi, tahir chaghani created in the literary environment of chaganiyan. chaganiyan is the name of the region located in the upper part of amudarya, and its most important and prosperous city was termiz. from this point of view, a number of termizi scholars and poets have come out. the topic we are focusing on is related to the representatives of the literary environment of termiz. historical-literary and scientific sources have an incomparable role in the study of the literary environment of the period. to date, several works have been written about the history, scientific and literary environment of termiz and chaganiyan and its representatives. there are many current topics that are still unexplored and waiting for their researchers. early historical and scientific studies of the history and cultural environment of termiz were carried out by arab and persian scientists. it is noteworthy that such studies were carried out in the middle ages. the work "hududu-l-olam minal-mashriqi ilal-maghrib" written by ibn al-fariqun is considered a valuable source for the history and cultural environment of the city of termiz along with other famous cities of the world. it is not for nothing that the author describes termiz as a "beautiful and prosperous city" in the work. in the work "hududu-l-olam" he describes the city of termiz as follows: ترمذ شهریست خرم و بر لب رود جیحون افتاده و ااورا قهندزیست بر لب رود و این شهر بارگه ختالن و جغانیان استو از وی صابون نیک و بریای سبزو بادبیزن خیزد (content: termiz is a beautiful city, located near the jayhun river, it has a fortress, the world-famous market of khatlon and chaganiyan people come here to trade).[5] it is known that termiz was not only a center of culture, but also one of the major centers of trade and commerce of its time. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org one of the important literary and historical sources of its time, "safinai tirmiz" tazikra is important. this work was written by muhammad ibn yagmur in the 8th hijri-lunar century. it talks about the literary heritage and life of 115 poets. "safina-e tirmiz" due to the fact that the book was written in termiz, and the life and legacy of tamiziya figures were included.[6] the important aspect of the work is that the life and activities of poets who are not included in many prestigious tazkirs are included in this book. the work was researched and prepared for publication in 1396/2017 by iranian persian scholars umid sururi and sayyid baqir abtahi. another source is the iranian persian scholar mehdi bayani's work "condition and work of khoshnavisan" prepared in 6 volumes and published in tehran in 1345/1966. the valuable aspect of the work is that the author gives an example of the life and work of figures who served in various fields of science, introduces the reader with a brief biography. during the reign of the baburites, the ancestors of sayyid kashfi termizi, syed nizamiddin muhammad masum termizi, fathi termizi, and syed ali termizi migrated to the lands of india and pakistan. one of the important sources for studying the literary environment of termiz and the life of the representatives is "korvan-hind" by the famous persian scholar ahmad gulchin ma'ani[7] it is impossible not to mention his work. because in the work there are major representatives of termizi, who created in akbar shah's palace. it is worth noting that famous calligrapher judiy termizi, mir mansur musawvir termizi, sayyid hashim termizi, etc. are mentioned in it. in the work "torihi mukhtasari ghor" written by qazi gavsuddin mustamand ghuri, the life and work of vazir termizi, one of the termizian poets, is specially discussed. muhammad awfii bukharai mentions that the minister abu bakr termizi was the owner of the diwan in his work "lubobu-l-albab". this person lived around 586/1190 years and organized his divan.[8] one of the significant works of his time, shamsiddin afloki's "manoqibu-l-arifin" talks about the life and activities of termizi, one of the famous teachers of jalaluddin rumi, a sufi scientist and commentator originally from termiz, and the cultural and scientific environment of termiz. in addition to these, khoja abdullah ansoriny's "tabaqatu-s-sufiya", hujviri's "kashfu-l-mahjub", sayyid nizamiddin sayyid mir safa'i termizi's "tarihi masumi", abdulhamid irani's "padayishi khat wa hatoton", fariduddin attar's " "tazkiratu-l-avliya", "nafahotu-l-uns" by abdurrahman jami, "tazkiratu-sh-shuaro" by davlatshah samrqandi, "nashtari ishq" by husaynqul khan azimabadi, "muzakkiru-l-ahbab" by khoja hasan nisari are also examples. can be brought. after the arab conquest, the scientific and literary environment of termiz developed to the extent that it became an example for the world in terms of the development of science. before the development of poetry, the islamic sciences were quite developed. the scientific research work of foreign researchers regarding the history, culture, and scientific and spiritual heritage of the representatives of termiz is commendable. moroccan arabic scholar khalid zahri ..., german german scholar berndt rudolf radtk's english translation and commentary of "badv us-sha'n" and "siirat ul-avliya", critical text of "siirat ul-avliya" prepared for publication by b. radtk (originally, in arabic) and the one published in beirut in 1992 is one of the notable works. a number of works have been carried out by our local scientists regarding the representatives of the history and scientific-literary environment of termiz until today. the most important researches in this regard were carried out by sayyid mahmud tarazi, abdulghani abdullah, u. uvatov, i. usmanov, j. hamrokulov, a. abdullaev, j. chotmatov, s. tursunov, j. mirzaev, s. azimov, b. murtazoev, r. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org khalikova, q. joraev, j. esanov, m. ismailov and others have conducted scientific research on the termite figures that emerged from this area. about termizi figures and their bebeaho heritage m. kenjabek's book "termiz tazkira"[9] remarkable. young scientists j. chotmatov "the beautiful castles of termiz or the history of termiz"[10]. in his monograph, based on the main sources in arabic and persian, he summarized the important information about the figures of termizi in a holistic way and presented them to the people with important analysis and conclusions. among literary scholars, a. adib sabir termizi's "devon" prepared by abdulloev and published by iran's "al-huda" international publishing house is noteworthy.[11] scientific research works such as "life and creativity of amirush-shuaro muizzi" by ramazon abdullaev, a well-known literary critic, and "devoni ashori parokanda" by munjik termizi serve to shed light on the unique features of the termiz literary school. in these studies, the literary critic conducts a monographic research on amir muizzi and munjik termizi, who grew up in the literary environment of chaganiyan and termiz. most importantly, for the first time, munjik termizi presents "devoni" from persian to the krill alphabet, filled with introduction, research and comments. in studying the life and scientific heritage of the termiz literary school and its representatives, iranian literary scholars have much more work to do than other scholars. researching the works of ehsan shavorib muqaddam, abbas iqbal's "devoni amirush-shuaro muizzi", they acknowledge that termiz movarounnahr was the cradle of knowledge and the land of scholars. the most mature representatives of the termiz literary school are adib sabir termizy and munjik termizy. the followers of these two generations are abu sayyid at-tirmizi, abu bakr umar altirmizi, adib ismail at-tirmizi (father of adib sabir at-tirmizi), qatron ibn mansur ajali attirmizi, ali ibn adib sabir ibn adib ismail at-tirmizi son of adib sabir, jamaluddin abu bakr khal atat-tirmizi, najibuddin abu bakr at-tirmizi al-khattot, anbari at-tirmizi, hakim jalal attirmizi, siraji at-tirmizi, fathi at-tirmizi, jawhari at-tirmizi, muhammad ibn momin at-tirmizi, sahibani ali hakim at-tirmizi, amir sayyid ali akbar at-tirmizi, amir sayyid abdullah at-tirmizi termizi, mir abdullah; termizi, muhammad salih bin amir abdullah husayni termizi, mir muhammadmumin al-husaini al-arshi bin mir abdullah mushkinkalam termizi, mir musawvir termizi, mir syed ali termizi, khwaja samandar termizi, maulana qudsi termizi majzub, khanzoda ali termizi, abu abdullah muhammadfazil binni sayyid al-tirmizi al-akbarabadi, mir muhammad ma'sum bin sayyid safai husayni al-tirmizi bakari, mir muhammad taqi termizi, abu sayyid termizi, muhammad ibn ahmad termizi lived or went to afghanistan, iran, pakistan, and india with the influence of termizi. did these are the evidences that the development of the termiz literary school has influenced world literature. that is why the land of termiz was able to raise and educate a mature poet, skilled calligrapher and scholar like kashfi termizi. of course, in order for a scientist or a poet to flourish, it is necessary to have such an environment in this land. just like the beginning of every result, the main reason why hundreds of termizis and chaghanis like kashfi termizi are born is the role of the spiritual environment and its representatives. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org references المغرب. .1 المشرق و العالم من ,ушбу китоб муаллифи бугунги кунга қадар номаълум бўлиб حدود ким томонидан ёзилгани ҳақида турли ихтилофлар мавжуд. баъзи олимлар бу асарни ибн ал-фариқун номли араб тарихчиси ёзган деб тахмин қилишади. бунинг учун қаранг: ҳудуд ул-олам минал-машриқи илал-мағриб. ба кўшиши доктор манучеҳр сутуда. – теҳрон: китобхонаи таҳурӣ, 1403 ҳ. – с. 3. ص -هجری 1403 –تهران. کتابخانه ی تهوری –حدود العالم من المشرق و الی المغرب. /به کوشش دکتر منوچهر ستوده. .2 109 3. ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси, 8-жилд. – т., 2004. 387–388-бетлар. 4. мирзо кенжабек. термиз тазкираси. – тошкент: ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси давлат илмий нашриёти, 2017. – б. 6. ص -هجری 1403 –تهران. کتابخانه ی تهوری –حدود العالم من المشرق و ال مغرب. به کوشش دکتر منوچهر ستوده. .5 109 . 1396ـهران: انتشارات ادبی تارخی, -امید سرئری با همکاری سید باقر ابطحی. محمد بن یغمور. سفینه ی ترمذ. تصحیح. .6 513ص. – . 885ص. –. 1369تهران: انتشارات آستان قدس رضوی, –احمد گلچین معانی. کاروان هند. .7 . 156ص –. 1387هزات: مولوی زاده, –غور. قاضی غوث الدین مستمند غوری. تارخ مختصر .8 9. кенжабек м. термиз тазкираси. – тошкент: ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси, 2001. 192 б.; шу муаллиф. буюк термизийлар. термиз тазкираси. – тошкент: ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси, 2017. 528 б. 10. чўтматов ж. термизнинг безавол қалъалари ёхуд термиз тарихи. –тошкент: yangi nashr, 2017. 352 б. 11. жамаҳматов к. адиб собир термизий. – тошкент: шамсуддин бобохонов, 2021. – с. 14. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org issues of personality structure in modern islamic psychology khojageldi alimov doctor of psychology, associate professor. i. arabov researcher, international islamic academy of uzbekistan uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in islamic psychology, the concept of personality plays an important role in understanding this field. the human race is a very complex being because it has a physical and metaphysical (spiritual) nature. as for physical characteristics, psychology includes the study of the human race and its personality, while on the spiritual side, it also studies invisible things such as the heart, mind, and spirit of a person. the field of psychology is a scientific field that deals with human behavior. thus, this article briefly analyzes the concept of the individual in islam, the islamic worldview and its relationship with the individual, and the psychology of the individual. personality, islamic personality psychology, islamic psychology. introduction personality is one of the subjects of psychology that examines and studies a person as an individual and complex being. scientific research on personality theories, “why are we the way we are?” (or “why are we in this place?”) arose around such questions. as we answer this question, it becomes even more clear that human behavior is indeed complex. people may have a lot in common, but they are also different in many ways. many scientific studies have shown that researchers have tried to study the positive relationship between various aspects of personality (character) and behavior. these include freud, allport, adler, bandura, rogers and others. each person has individual characteristics. that is why individuality distinguishes him from others. such aspect is called “individual difference”. personality research has given rise to many personality theories that have helped us understand and analyze different aspects of human personality. in islam, the concept of a person includes different meanings. for example, in the work “psychology from the perspective of islam” by aisha utz, one of the representatives of islamic psychology, the person is defined as follows: “personality is generally defined as stable patterns of perceiving, relating, and thinking about the environment and oneself. we usually react to the world and the people around american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org us in a consistent and unique way. each of us is as unique in our personalities as we are in our physical features”. islam covers the whole way of life of a person. an example of this scope is the system of thought and action. according to malaysian psychologist abu al-a’la al-mawdudi, islam beautifully explains the relationship between god and man, man and man. it defines moral rules, describes the principles of culture and civilization. it clearly expresses the issues of prayer and faith. it also clearly states the moral standards that muslims should follow in their lives. examples of these rules include socioeconomic, cultural and political relations, issues of war and peace, and international relations. god does not leave a person without guidance. he sent a prophet accompanied by the qur’an, a book that clearly explains everything. the duties of the messenger of god – the messenger of god, may god bless him and grant him peace – did not end with conveying the message of revelation, that is, it was not limited to this. he, peace and blessings be upon him, explained to people the rules of faith, morals and manners, divine commands and warnings, and forms of worship that include all of these, and started them on the right path. some scholars define islam as following and striving for goodness, obedience to the will and laws of the merciful god. this definition contains the true essence of islam and is a deep inner obligation of every muslim. however, this inner commitment can only be realized if it is backed up by outward appearances, the practical performance of duty, and an active interest in what one undertakes. here, faith and action together unite the character of a person and make his life meaningful. of course, purposeful actions are needed to strengthen faith and increase its light. faith cannot be imagined without them. without faith, meaningful action of eternal significance is unthinkable. it is necessary to understand the prophetic duties of muhammad as follows. the first is allah’s commands (and warnings) in the qur’an, and the second is the sunnah of the prophet, may god bless him and grant him peace. allah says about this in surah anbiyya, verse 107: “we sent you only as a blessing to the worlds”, he said. regarding the second aspect, the prophet, may god’s prayers and peace be upon him, says: “i was sent to perfect good manners”. m. ansari, one of the malaysian scientists, says that the duty of a muslim is to improve and develop his personality, his social environment and, moreover, the world. for this, a person must prepare himself to reach the highest heights of perfection, and cooperate with others in pursuit of healthy and constructive activities. the only goal is to strengthen the identity of the people, their unique character, so that the world of beauty and perfection shines before their eyes, and this perfection is achieved by reason and knowledge try to catch up. islamic prayers introduced as exercises and training for people to acquire good morals and manners and live a righteous life, showing the importance of adhering to these virtues to the end regardless of the changes in their circumstances passed. human personality is the basis of their activity. islamic worldview and personality. researchers show worldview as the ultimate basis of human behavior, including scientific, philosophical and technological activity. the mental base is the sum of concepts and mental attitudes developed by a person throughout his life. therefore, it also constitutes what we call a “worldview”. since worldview is accepted as the main foundation of any action, every action of a person ultimately results from his worldview. al-attos, one of the psychologists, explained the islamic worldview as follows: “islamic worldview includes the concepts of “world” and “hereafter” together. in it, the aspect of the world should be deeply and inseparably connected with the aspect of the hereafter, which is the last and most important. in other words, don’t forget the hereafter for the sake of the world, and the world for the sake of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org hereafter! as it is said. usually the worldly aspect is seen as separate from the hereafter aspect. although everything in islam is focused on the concept of the hereafter, it does not mean indifference to the world. “world” and “hereafter” are two main concepts that explain and explain the islamic worldview in an interesting way. the concept of “world” refers to the world in which we live now, and the term “hereafter” refers to the world of the hereafter. according to the belief of islam, a person’s actions in this world and his life in general have a significant impact on his life in the hereafter. whoever obeys the command of allah and is among the righteous people in this world, his life in the hereafter will be blessed and blessed. the concept of personality in islamic psychology. personality is the manifestation of character in everything in life. moral character, that is, good behavior is not a simple concept in the life of a muslim, but the main goal of islam. in this regard, the prophet, may god bless him and grant him peace, asked, “which is the perfect muslim?” was asked. he said: “he has a beautiful character”. in islamic teachings, a person is a being made up of body, mind and soul. in order to understand the general psychological essence of a person and the process of development of his unique character, it is necessary to understand the inner world or essence of a person. a better understanding of the human personality is revealed by a wider study of the factors influencing its development. according to the egyptian islamic scholar and psychologist muhammad uthman najati, any research conducted without taking into account the spiritual aspect of biological, social and cultural factors leads to vague descriptions and shallow conclusions about a person. a more thorough study of the basic concepts of human nature and its possibilities helps to better understand the human personality. al-attos, one of the psychologists, believes that man consists of two elements – body and soul. according to other scientists, man is a creature made of clay, belonging to the world of creation, connected with time and space. the spirit that belongs to the divine world is free and is not limited by these two connecting factors. as mentioned above, man consists of body and soul. the soul is an unlimited, subtle thing that is the basis of human existence. according to the qur’an, all psychological phenomena originate from nafs, that is, they arise from nafs. the self is the essence of a person and is often referred to by one of four arabic terms. they are: heart, soul, desire-nature and intellect/reason. each of them represents a spiritual essence. islamic scholars generally distinguish between the three most mentioned states of the soul in the qur’an: 1. nafs ammarah (lowest nafs) is a type of nafs that urges and motivates a person to deny the truth and do bad deeds. in general, this nafs represents negative actions in a person. it can be seen as freud's concept of “id”. in other words, this is the animal level of the self. 2. nafs lawammah (self-reproach, investigation) – it is a type of self-reproach that regrets its mistakes and sins. it is the soul facing light and darkness. people whose ego is in this state have little fear and sadness of giving an account in the hereafter. 3. nafs mutmainnah (calm nafs) is a state of maturity, in which the slave has restrained the passions of his nafs and calmed him down. it can also be said to be a state of inner peace and happiness, contentment with what god is pleased with. another basic element in man is the soul. he is the true essence of man, as ghazali said. the heart is a rabbinic, spiritual and gentle thing, which expresses the essence of a person. perception, knowledge and enlightenment, as well as praise, reward, recognition and demand are from it. also, “heart” means to overturn something in the dictionary. it is also called “heart” because it does not stand still, but turns from side to side. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org “fitrah” (pure nature or pure islamic nature) is, according to islamic psychologist malik badri, a moral and religious instinct contained in islamic teachings, which prompts a person to know god and do good from childhood. if a child is brought up by parents who are immoral and do not know god, he may lose his pure nature. in this regard, the qur’anic chapter “rum”, verse 30: “this is the original nature that god created people”, it was said. imam an-nawawi defined “fitrah” as an unconscious state that exists before a person consciously realizes his faith. man is a being between animals and angels. his special feature here, his advantage is that he has the gift of “intelligence”. a person can ascend to the level of angels with the help of this intelligence or descend to the level of animals by allowing anger and lust to rule over him. allah created all the organs of the body and the abilities of the soul to help man understand his nature. according to imam ghazali, it is possible to achieve the realization of fitrah only when the mind is fully used. knowledge is the main factor and necessary condition for the full use of the mind and the use of its capabilities. muhammad uthman najati, an egyptian scholar and the author of the book “the qur’an and psychology”, beautifully explained the nature of the conflict between the animal and angel symbols in the human person. according to him, both compete with each other to satisfy their needs. there are many reports about this in the holy qur’an. muhammad usman najati says that this spiritual and emotional struggle is a test of god for people. those who succeed in this test will gain many good things in this world and the hereafter. the most important thing is to satisfy the needs and desires of the human soul in an honest way and not to be mistaken in this matter. along with this, a person needs to satisfy his spiritual and spiritual needs. in contrast to freud’s concept of human development, it is correct to describe the islamic view as psycho-spiritual. that is, both mental and spiritual dimensions are taken into account. an islamic person based on high moral qualities embodies faith, external characteristics and qualities, social behavior and manners. it covers all aspects of interpersonal life, including relationships between man and man, man and god, man and family, man and society, and man and nature. all this is clearly reflected in the life of our prophet, peace be upon him, and is fully mentioned in his sayings. a muslim person is an extremely pure and pure person. his personality will be brought up on the basis of the book of god and the sunnah of the prophet. it is impossible to imagine his life without these two. he is a sincere and determined person, he was brought up and matured on the basis of the religion of god. references 1. “a preface to the islamic personality psychology”. article in international journal of psychological studies · january 2016. this is nooraini othman’s article. 2. al-attas, s. m. n. (1990). the nature of man and the psychology of the human soul. kuala lumpur: international institute of islamic thought and civilisation. 3. ansari, m. f.-u.-r. (2001). the quranic foundations and structure of muslim society (vol. 1). kuala lumpur: islamic book trust. 4. freud, s. (1938). the basic writings of sigmund freud. in a. brill (ed.). new york: the modern library. 5. najati, m. u. (1968a). al-hadith an-nabawi wa ‘ilmu an-nafs. mesir: darus syuruk. 6. najati, m. u. (1968b). al-quran wa ‘ilmu an-nafs. mesir: darus syuruk. 7. adler, a. (1964). social interest. a challenge to mankind. new york: capricon. 8. sheyx muhammad sodiq muhammad yusuf’s book "spiritual education" (in uzbek “ruhiy tarbiya”) was also used. tashkent.: 2021. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org selection and preparation of athletes for sports bokhodirjon yursinboyevich khaydarov lecturer, faculty of physical culture, fergana state university, uzbekistan email id: bahodir86xaydarov@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about achieving the best results in sports through proper selection and orientation to the most suitable sports in terms of body structure and composition as the first stage of training athletes. physical education classes, morphological, biomechanical, psychological indicators, pedagogical, sociological, biological methods. achieving a good result in a short period of time in sports requires a lot of effort and hard work. the training process means that the athlete will get results through hard work and patience. in today's society, the effective use of human abilities is becoming more and more powerful. targeted long-term training and education of athletes with high performance is a complex process. one of the main factors in this process is the selection of talented children and teenagers and their orientation to sports . suitable sports based on the physiological condition of athletes are still one of the issues that are still waiting to be solved. based on the child's capabilities, the coach sets a number of tasks before him. selection and orientation to sports is carried out by special coaches. despite the many problems in this direction, it is predicted that good indicators will be observed in the future as a result of the correct orientation of athletes to the most suitable sports . sports schools are the most important stage in the selection of children for sports. сan become a professional composer, artist, athlete . there are standards for each direction in society. here, the system of selecting athletes is a whole tool in which they always aim to achieve a high result. the scientific system is also used in this work. the task of selecting talent is more complex. because there are few such talents in nature. they can perform several tasks at the same time. for example: if the fastest running young children are selected from a number of young generations, and if we give them a task with more physical qualities, one or two of them will be able to perform our tasks. the number of athletes participating in the olympic games in the whole world is one in a million. it is known that students are very interested in physical education classes in schools. in the evaluation of students, individual research and general research of athletes are taken into account. even these indicators and the results of athletes cannot solve the problems of training athletes. morphological, biomechanical function, pedagogical and psychological indicators are considered separately when choosing a sport. vp filin's pedagogical, sociological, psychological and methodical-biological research, which includes organizational and methodological indicators in his system, will focus the new generation on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org a certain specific direction. the main task of choosing an athlete is multi -faceted research and focused on a specific sport. much of the research on sport selection is analytical and theoretical. athlete selection is a multi -step multi-year process that includes several stages. the search for all-round athletes is to organize the sport of his choice, to achieve high results. another type of sportsmanship is its expansion, the wide organization of multifaceted sports, the importance of personal and sports qualities when considering a type of sport . , a selection system is characterized based on general conditions for a particular sport or another group . in many cases, sports activities also depend on genetic factors. therefore, the analysis of the athlete is primarily focused on results. hereditary factors play a role in evaluating a young athlete whose body is engaged in high performance sports. the basis of a number of methodological researches, the methods of high resolution of the problem of selecting athletes have been developed. pedagogical method high evaluation of physical qualities in the development of qualities, technical training of athletes for sports, results of morpho-functional physical development in a natural biological method are considered mainly in medical biological examinations . the physical development of athletes is monitored. using the psychological method, the method of mental training of athletes is used. this, in turn, is considered to be the task of individual and collective tasks in athletics, as well as the task of psychological assessment of athletes before the competition. sociological training in physical training for athletes to achieve high results, while taking into account the interest of many students in a sociological way, cannot be clearly stated in the age of a young child. the development of young athletes is not the same . divided into several groups : temporary, gradual transition. the results of the training process of the young generation will be aimed at growth and improvement of physical qualities. the problem of choosing a sport is a long-term task. therefore, vp filin divides the selection process for sports schools into three steps . step 1 task. the activity of talented teenagers expands during the initial organization and monitoring of training for sports, training of talented teenagers. compared to height, body weight, and body measurements, most sports target children during training. the main feature of the selection and observation of the coach is observed in the physical education classes of the physical education teacher . selection of athletes in the process of passing physical standards in these inter-city and inter-school competitions, preparing students for children's and teenagers' school through physical education classes. a special selection tool helps young students choose which sport to play and is organized through these classes. sports practice informs that at the first stage the child's special abilities are not visible . morphological, biomechanical, functional and psychological mental activities help the child choose a sport in a special direction. in the individual biological development of the practice, the person engaged in physical education begins with these defining tasks. therefore, at the first stage of selection, organization should be applied. to achieve high results, it depends not only on the children's capabilities, but also on how ready they are for sports and their height. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org selection system should be conducted on account of control tests . because the child should not think about what he can do now, but what movement tasks he can perform in the future, so that he can adjust his movements with his mind. a one-time control test shows that it only talks about the candidate. however, very little is said about prospective opportunities. the development of the physical qualities of the athlete and the growth (development) of these qualities in the process of special training. is evaluated according to after that, the child's movement capabilities are assessed. сonsidered how the selected participants perform the tasks given by the selected sport . the student coach studies the children through pedagogical observation, control test competitions and training groups during sports training based on the capabilities of the coach. how children passed the control tests to bosm is taken into account. in this selection , more talented children are selected. the educational mechanism is considered to be the main resource in the scientific movement council and in the development of physical qualities. participants in the learning mechanism are required to learn technical exercises at the same time. the scientific movement board and the development of physical qualities will allow organizing a multi-year training process in the future. in the third stage of sports orientation, each student of the sports school is systematically studied for many years to determine his individual sports specialization. studying the athlete for a long time and carefully increases the reliability of determining his specialization. pedagogical observations, control tests, medical-biological and psychological studies are carried out in order to determine the strengths and weaknesses of the participants' readiness at this stage (table 1). at this time, the individual sports orientation of the participant is determined. it is not without reason that the problem of the child's talent is in the first place in the practice and theory of sports. however, the issue of how and on the basis of which indicators the election should be conducted to maximize its effectiveness remains unresolved. according to experts conducting the competition, more attention is paid to children who have the necessary qualities to play a certain sport later on. then the obtained data is summarized, tabulated and further classified. table 1 selection system for sports school selection stage the main tasks of the selection stage the main methods of selection i the initial stage in choosing children and teenagers for sports school 1. pedagogical observations control tests (tests) examination of sports competitions sociological studies 5. medical examinations ii thorough examination of the suitability of the initially selected athletes for successful specialization in the chosen sport pedagogical observations control tests (tests) 3. competitions and controls 4. psychological research 5. medical and biological examinations iii systematic multi-year study of each student of the sports school in order to determine his individual sports specialization pedagogical observations control tests (tests) competitions and controls psychological studies medical and biological examinations american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org talent research, especially athletic talent research, is in its infancy. this requires an enthusiastic approach to the assessment of natural talent, and considers it appropriate to comprehensively analyze the morphological, functional and psychological characteristics of a young athlete. athletic abilities are determined by a combination of genetic and environmental factors. it is important to consider both. the development of abilities will be more effective if the most favorable changes that characterize each age period correspond to pedagogical influences that are given special attention. selection in sports is carried out taking into account the factors that characterize the movement and psychological function of a person who should succeed in the chosen sports activity. an athlete must have all of these in order to successfully demonstrate his qualities in a specific movement activity. only in this case, it is possible to hope that they will reach the level of master of sports in the course of their further development. individual indicators that describe the individual's morphofunctional characteristics, movement and psychological functions can be important in the production of approximate methods of his fitness for sports. sport is based on the attributes (model descriptions) possessed by the strongest athletes of the chosen sport. the sports competition is continuously connected with the stages of multi-year sports training, starting from the involvement of children in sports from school age and ending with the formation of national teams. the structure of sports activity is extremely complex, therefore, in determining abilities, it is necessary to comprehensively study the factors important for this sport. the main methods are anthropometric examinations, medical-biological studies, pedagogical control tests (tests), psychological and sociological studies. specific abilities of children and adolescents are determined on the basis of pedagogical observations. for example, a coach records a young athlete's mastery of the complexity of a training program based on systematic observations. these predetermine the possibility of achieving high sports results. pedagogical control tests (tests) are also of great importance. based on these results, it is determined whether an individual has the necessary physical qualities and abilities to successfully specialize in this or that type of sport. for example, to determine the degree of increase in speed, running 30 meters from the start, to determine the degree of increase in strength, measuring strength using a core or wrist dynamometer, etc. are used. among the physical qualities and abilities that determine the achievement of high sports results, there are qualities and abilities that are called conservative and genetically related, which are developed and perfected during training. these physical qualities and abilities have a very important prognostic value when choosing children and teenagers for sports schools. these include speed, relative strength, some anthropometric parameters (body structure and proportions), maximum oxygen consumption, and some psychological characteristics of the athlete's personality. (vgnikitushkin, 1986, 1995). during the anthropometric examination for admission to the sports school, it is necessary to check the compliance of the candidates with the morphotype characteristic of the famous athletes of this sport. in sports experience, clear ideas about the morphotypes of athletes were formed (height, weight, type of stature, etc.). for example, in basketball, track and field, academic rowing , height is more important, in marathon running, skiing, height is less important, and so on. fitness of school children are assessed based on medical and biological research. children and adolescents who are not suitable for sports are identified. in the course of medical-biological research, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org special attention should be paid to the duration and quality of recovery processes in the body of schoolage children after performing a large number of heavy exercises. children and adolescents who have all the necessary grounds for entering a sports school will be determined by a doctor's examination, in each specific case, what treatment-prophylactic measures should be taken. in addition, the medical examination helps to individualize the training process of the young athlete, as well as the doctor's observations after entering the sports school. in conclusion, we can say that the most important thing in determining the state of fitness for any sport is to determine the innate abilities and take into account the possibilities. at each stage of preparation, it is most important to find the information criteria of the selection . which sport is it? a comprehensive approach is the most important in evaluating the type of gin . in order to determine the potential abilities of a newly arrived athlete, the level of physical growth necessary in conjunction with the level of initial development of physical qualities, the dynamics of success in the process of study are also of great importance. books 1. the effect of zumba exercises on body composition, dynamic balance and functional fitness parameters in 15-17 year old women with high body mass index. eroglu kolayish i., arol p. eroğlu kolayish i., arol p., 2020 doi:10.15561/26649837.2020.0303 2. demir a , akın m, küçükkubaş n. comparison of dynamic balance properties of hypermobility in boys. int j sport exerc sci. 2019 ;5 (1):15–22. https://doi.org/10.18826/useeabd.510426 3. cook g. baseline sports-fitness testing. in: high performance sports conditioning. ebook . champaign, il : human kinetics; 2001. p. 23–39. 4. martirosov e.g. technologii i metody opredeleniya sostava tela cheloveka / e.g. martirosov, d.v. nikolaev, s.g. rudnev. — m.: nauka, 2006. — 248 c. — isbn 5-02-035624-7 (v per. 5. azimovna f. _ m. _ physical education and sports training sessions _ in the process mental education and his importance . integration into the world and connection of sciences. 2020. 6. tulanovich, y. t., madaminovich, d. e., & baxodirovna, x. b. (2021). rhythmic gymnastics in the system of physical education. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(12), 25-29. 7. bahodirovna, x. b. (2022). the use of rhythmic gymnastics in the practice of school physical education teachers on the example of the city of fergana. international journal of pedagogics, 2(05), 1-4. 8. bahodirovna, x. b., & ilxomjonovich, i. i. (2022). the use of rhythmic gymnastics in the physical education of schoolchildren on the example of the city of fergana. international journal of pedagogics, 2(05), 9-12. 8. сиддиков, ф. з. (2021). эффективность акцентированной методики на повышение уровня физической подготовленности юных баскетболистов. актуальные проблемы совершенствования системы непрерывного физкультурного образования, 272-277. 9. tursinovich, k. a., zoirovich, s. f., & tavakkalovich, a. d. (2021). innovations in improving the professional and practical physical training of students of the military faculty. zien journal of social sciences and humanities, 2, 31-34. https://doi.org/10.18826/useeabd.510426 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org 10. ханкельдиев, ш. х., сиддиков, ф., & машарипов, р. (2019). пути совершенствования профессионального мастерства учителя физической культуры младших классов. наука сегодня: теоретические и практические аспекты, 104. 11. farrux, s. (2022). sport o ‘yinlarining o ‘ziga xos xususiyatlari. so ‘ngi ilmiy tadqiqotlar nazariyasi, 1(2), 184-189. 12. abduvali, a., & zhasur, m. (2022). uzbekistan universal school is based on the training of specialist personnel for physical education education and culture. eurasian journal of learning and academic teaching, 13, 4-11. 13. jakhbarovich, a. s., & alijonovich, e. t. analysis of indicators of physical development of students of secondary special education institutions. 14. temur, e. develop the qualities of strength and agility in young players. 15. orifjon, m. (2021). no one can make the country famous in sports. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(12), 908-911. 16. nishanbayevich, m. o. (2022). outdoor games in the system of physical culture and sports in higher education. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 5, 18-20. 17. djuraev, e. m., & akzamov, s. d. (2020). some pedagogical aspects of the formation of health culture in students. scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 2(1), 308-312. 18. tulanovich, y. t., madaminovich, d. e., & baxodirovna, x. b. (2021). rhythmic gymnastics in the system of physical education. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(12), 25-29. 19. tulanovich, y. t., madaminovich, d. e., & baxodirovna, x. b. (2021). rhythmic gymnastics in the system of physical education. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(12), 25-29. 20. хасанов, а. т., юсупов, т. т., & алломов, э. и. (2020). подготовка специалистов факультета военного образования к профессиональноинновационной деятельности. european journal of humanities and social sciences, (1), 108-113. 21. khaydarov, b. y. (2021). the meaning and methods of determining the composition of the human body. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(10), 1085-1089. 22. kayumovna, r. m. (2021). wellness swimming as a part of the physical education of students. european journal of life safety and stability (2660-9630), 260-263. 23. qayumovna, r. m. (2021). examining and monitoring of the impact of hypo dynamic factors on the state of physical fitness in students. journal of pedagogical inventions and practices, 3, 40-43. 24. хасанов, а. т., юсупов, т. т., & алломов, э. и. (2020). подготовка специалистов факультета военного образования к профессионально-инновационной деятельности. european journal of humanities and social sciences, (1), 108-113. 25. tursinovich, h. a., ibrokhimovich, a. e., & tavakkalovich, a. d. (2022). features of the interdependence of indicators of physical status of students of i-iv stages of military education faculties. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 7, 58-61. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org discourse analysis in the field of tax and taxation azimova aziza english teacher at the department of “humanitarian and foreign languages”, fiscal institute under the state of tax committee soliq va soliqqa tortish sohasidagi nutq tahlili azimova aziza davlat soliq qo'mitasi huzuridagi fiscal instituti "gumanitar fanlar va chet tillari" kafedrasi ingliz tili o'qituvchisi анализ дискурса в сфере налога и налогообложения азимова азиза финансовый институт при налоговом комитете учительница английского языка на кафедре “гуманитарныx науки и иностранные языкoв a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the tax system plays an important role in the development of the country's economy. therefore, the introduction of an effective tax system in the country is one of the most important issues. in this regard, in recent years in the country, as in all areas, a number of measures have been taken to reform the tax system, reforms to reduce the tax burden, and a number of measures to improve the system of taxation of business activities. this article reflects the views of the authors on the ongoing reforms of the tax system in the country, tax debt, and its elimination. mamlakat iqtisodiyotini rivojlantirishda soliq tizimi muhim o‘rin tutadi. shu bois mamlakatimizda samarali soliq tizimini joriy etish eng muhim masalalardan biridir. shu munosabat bilan keyingi yillarda mamlakatimizda barcha sohalarda bo‘lgani kabi soliq tizimini isloh qilish, soliq yukini kamaytirish borasidagi islohotlar, tadbirkorlik faoliyatini soliqqa tortish tizimini takomillashtirish borasida ham qator chora-tadbirlar amalga oshirildi. mazkur maqolada mamlakatimizda soliq tizimida amalga oshirilayotgan tax system, taxation, tax burden, tax incentives, tax debt, legal entity, individual, tax policy. soliq tizimi, soliqqa tortish, soliq yuki, soliq imtiyozlari, soliq qarzi, yuridik shaxs, jismoniy shaxs, soliq siyosati. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org islohotlar, soliq qarzdorligi, uni bartaraf etish borasida mualliflarning fikr-mulohazalari o‘z ifodasini topgan. налоговая система играет важную роль в развитии экономики страны. поэтому внедрение эффективной налоговой системы в стране является одним из важнейших вопросов. в связи с этим в последние годы в стране, как и во всех сферах, проведен ряд мероприятий по реформированию налоговой системы, реформы по снижению налоговой нагрузки, а также ряд мер по совершенствованию системы налогообложения предпринимательской деятельности. . в данной статье отражены взгляды авторов на проводимые в стране реформы налоговой системы, налоговую задолженность и ее ликвидацию. налоговая система, налогообложение, налоговая нагрузка, налоговые льготы, налоговая задолженность, юридическое лицо, физическое лицо, налоговая политика. introduction currently, the economic reforms implemented in our country are aimed not only at supporting business activities, but also at the extensive development of the taxation system. taxes are one of the most effective means of regulating the economy by the state. accordingly, since the first years of independence, a number of reforms have been implemented in the tax sector as well as in all other sectors. the work in this regard is aimed not only at the collection of taxes and fees, but also at the formation of state budget revenues at the expense of reducing debt for taxes and other mandatory payments. to further increase the economic potential of business entities, to create a mechanism that will allow them to increase the revenues to the budget in terms of taxes and fees in the future, to ensure the investment attractiveness and financial stability of enterprises, to find reasonable proposals and to develop their activities, to develop practical advice and concrete solutions. exit is one of the most urgent issues of today.[9,10]. in this regard, it is important to ensure timely and full payment of taxes and fees. ensuring the timely payment of taxes is carried out by preventing the occurrence of tax debts as much as possible and by effectively collecting them after they occur. in this regard, our president sh.mirziyoyev noted the following regarding the reforms implemented in the tax system in our country: "within the new tax policy, the tax burden on wages has been reduced by 1.5 times. as a result, the number of people working in the official sector increased by 500 thousand during the year.[1,2] main body the rate of value added tax was reduced from 20 percent to 15 percent. due to this, 2 trillion soums were left at the disposal of taxpayers last year. this year, this number is expected to be 11 trillion soums. having so much money at the disposal of entrepreneurs in one year, of course, gives them a lot of additional opportunities to develop their business.[3,4]. as a result of our reforms, 93,000 new business entities were established last year, or almost twice as many as in 2018. in the world bank's "doing business" ranking, we rose 7 places and ranked 8th among 190 countries of the world in terms of the business registration indicator, and were among the best reforming countries". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org it is known that the main part of the revenues of the state budget of the republic of uzbekistan is formed at the expense of taxes and fees. timely and full payment of taxes serves to finance all measures implemented at the state level, i.e. timely spending of budget and target funds.[6,7,8] it is worth mentioning that special attention is paid to this issue in the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, and article 51 of it stipulates that "citizens are obliged to pay taxes and local fees established by law". therefore, one of the most important issues of the tax authorities is to reduce the tax debts of taxpayers and prevent new debts from arising, analyze them and control the timely receipt of taxes and fees to the budget.[11] in addition to, number of foreign and local scientists studied the priority areas of improving the financial and tax system of our country, including some issues of tax collection. margherita ebraiko, a foreign scientist who conducted research in this regard, emphasized the need to develop and encourage the collection of taxes and fees in the country, as well as to take strict measures against taxpayers who owe taxes. it is noted that this will have a positive effect on reducing tax debts and preventing their occurrence.[12,13,14] according to martin thompson, tax evasion cases of large companies have been increasing in recent years. this is explained by the high tax burden in the country. the existence of tax arrears of enterprises is directly related to the high tax burden. for example, the tax burden in the usa is 29.8%, in great britain 34.6%, in germany 37%. the reduction of the tax burden over the years allows to reduce tax evasion and tax debts in the future. foreign researcher michael brostek listed the following factors to improve the efficiency of tax debt collection, including: reducing the tax burden in order to prevent tax arrears in the country will lead to a reduction in tax arrears in the future; the strategy of collecting overdue taxes and fees will have a positive effect only within the specified period. marcel fischer studied corporate income tax in his research. in doing so, the researcher studied the effectiveness of total tax arrears. he noted that if tax evasion by large enterprises does not stop, the tax burden will have a negative impact on the activities of other small and medium-sized enterprises.[15,16] in this regard, russian researchers s.n.alikhin and d.a.levacheva present the theoretical foundations of the tax debt collection mechanism in their study. according to him, it was emphasized that it is necessary to expand the tax base, as well as the complexity of collecting tax debt from the taxpayer, and the need to develop a mechanism for tax debt collection based on the financial situation of enterprises with tax debt.[18] in addition, i. g. vinokhodova notes in her research that strengthening the process of confiscating the property of business entities with tax debts will be more effective in collecting tax debts. taxes perform the following functions: treasury (fiscal) function; incentive function; control function. some economists divide the economy among these functions and they also add regulation. but, in our opinion, taxes mainly perform 3 functions. these are the treasury, promotion and distribution functions. treasury (fiscal) function (fiscal is derived from the latin word fiscus and means treasury). the fiscal american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org function creates objective conditions for the state's intervention in the economy. providing budget revenue is one of the tasks of the tax system only while solving this task, the tax system should not hinder the processes of growth of total expenditure and production, should not violate social justice, should not negatively affect the structural structure of the national economy, should not damage the market process. in the conditions of the formation and development of market relations, taxes remain one of the main means of the state's influence on the economy. development of the country's economy is encouraged through the implementation of the economic functions of the state, therefore, the basis for the treasury (fiscal) function of taxes is expanded. a rationally organized tax policy allows the use of the tax mechanism to stimulate and develop production. the importance of tax as a tracer grows in the market conditions, during this period, the methods of administrative dependence of the business disappear or remain very little, who have the right to control the activities of enterprises with the help of orders, instructions and orders. the very concept of "higher organization" is gradually disappearing. however, the need to monitor economic activity and encourage its development in a direction acceptable to society remains. production enterprises are exempted from taxes and given other benefits when they are newly established. by providing tax benefits to production and service enterprises, the financial and economic situation of the country will be improved.[19] if we turn to the control function of taxation, the tax mechanism is based on the need to collect a certain part of the national income into the budget through taxes, and correctly determine the objects of taxation, taxpayers, and tax rates. calculates and controls the process of transfer to the budget. this control is always carried out together with the function of distribution. because if the distribution is limited only by monetary relations, the control function of taxes is beyond distribution through monetary relations the completeness of tax objects in the form of goods, product residues, raw materials and fuels, and the use of other resources. so, the control function of taxation forms the theoretical basis of general economic control carried out by tax authorities. in the conditions of the market economy, the control of tax authorities becomes the control carried out on the basis of the requirements of economic legislation.[20] conclusion to sum up, it is important to sharply reduce the collection of tax debts from business entities, to provide them with tax breaks and benefits, to protect the activities of taxpayers and individual entrepreneurs from the crisis, and to avoid excessive tax collection costs. i. niyozmetov, one of the uzbek economists, noted that the burden of vat and property tax is mainly borne by industrial enterprises, which leads to an uneven distribution of the tax burden and a heavy tax burden on industrial enterprises. this makes it easier for business entities to pay taxes. this indicates that the tax burden is so heavy that it has a negative impact on the financial activities of taxpayers in a generally established manner. at the same time, a. ghiyosov, in his scientific research, introduced a procedure for determining that all accounts of a business entity should be focused on all accounts of a business entity if the collection order placed on the main account by the state tax service authorities is not fully executed within one month. emphasized the need to improve the norms of tax legislation aimed at increasing the level of tax culture in order to prevent tax evasion and to improve the administration of tax debts. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti shavkat mirziyoevning oliy majlisga murojaatnomasi. 24.01.2020 2. sherov, a. (2015). foreign experience in financing of higher educational system. scientific enquiry in the contemporary world: theoretical basiсs and innovative approach [l 26], 1, 92-95. 3. margherita ebraico (2015). an assessment of the performance of the italian tax debt collection system. italia.taxation papers 4. sherov, a. (2018). legal basis and importance of state financing of education system. international finance and accounting, 2018(2), 92. 5. martin thomsen, christop watrin (2018). tax avoidance over time: a comparison of european and u.s. firms. america. journal of international accounting, auditing and taxation. p. 40-63. (www.sciencedirect.com) 6. а. б. шеров, & х. а. худайкулов (2021). деятельность коммерческого банка на мировых финансовых рынках. scientific progress, 2 (1), 1261-1265. 7. vinokhodova i.g. (2019). improving the practice of collecting debts of organizations for taxes and fees. russia. scientific article. 8. ш. кучкаров, & а. б. шеров (2022). таълим муассасаларини молиялаштиришда натижага йўналтирилган бюджетлаштириш истиқболлари. central asian academic journal of scientific research, 2 (2), 62-67. 9. niyazmetov i. (2008). analysis of the impact of the tax burden on the financial activities of business entities and budget revenues. uzbekistan. candidate work. abstract 10. sherov, a. b. (2022). current issues of financing higher education institutions in the condition of an innovative economy. gospodarka i innowacje., 21, 127-130. 11. g’iyosov a. soliqlar va majburiy to‘lovlar bo‘yicha qarzdorliklarni kelib chiqishi tahlili. “iqtisodiyot va innovatsion texnologiyalar” ilmiy elektron jurnali. № 2, martaprel, 2019 yil 12. ibodov, a., & sherov, a. (2015). analysis of bank risks in uzbekistan. scientific enquiry in the contemporary world: theoretical basiсs and innovative approach [l 26], 1, 60-63. 13. alikhin s.n., levacheva d.a. (2018). evolution of the mechanism for enforced collection of debt to the budget. russia. taxes 14. алишер бакберганович шеров (2021). олий таълим муассасаларини молиялаштиришнинг ақш тажрибаси. scientific progress, 1 (6), 972-978. 15. avezov, m. k. (2022). raqamli bank xizmatlari va uning afzalliklari. scientific progress, 3(2), 808-814. 16. а. б. шеров, & ш. б. юсупов (2021). зарубежный опыт эффективной организации денежно-кредитной политики в стране. scientific progress, 2 (1), 605609. 17. michael brostek (2009). tax debt collection irs needs to better manage the collection notices sent to individuals. america. united states government accountability office. 18. шеров, а. (2017). олий таълим муассасаларига бюджетдан ташқари маблағларни жалб этишни такомиллаштириш. " biznes-эксперт", (3 (111)), 3. 19. marcel fischer (2019). the debt tax shield in general equilibrium. america. journal of banking & finance. volume 100. p. 151-166. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org benefits of using video in elt isroilova maqsuda nig’matillayevna associate professor, phd, tashkent state dental institute, tashkent, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the effectiveness of using video in english language teaching. several works of scientists on this subject have been investigated. different views of the technique (by scientists) were shown as examples. the researcher investigates the implementation of video in teaching english language by a few methods. besides that, author tries to show the usage of it in the classroom, as well as, advantages and disadvantages of the technology. language ; learning process; language teaching; video materials; skill; authentic materials; technology. since the use of video materials in language teaching began to become widespread in the early 80s (tuffs and tudor 1990:29), many educators have since been concerned about the nature of videos and their place in the language classroom. one of the issues that has been discussed by some researchers and educators is the difference between video texts and written texts and, consequently, between, for example, reading a book and watching a film. many scholars have acknowledged the power of visual media in children’s lives. for example, stempleski and tomalin (1990:3) assert that: ‘children […] feel their interest quicken when language is experienced in a lively way through television and video.’ marsh and millard (2004), in their turn, examined in depth children’s engagement with television, video and film. opposing critics’ views on the destructive force of television, marsh and millard (2004:223) found more similarities than differences in reading printed matters and televisual texts. according to marsh and millard (2004:223), the common feature of reading both a book and a televisual text is that reading develops social, cognitive and emotional skills, although each in their own way. besides, reading both printed and televisual texts involves orchestration of a range of skills – phonic, graphic, syntactic and semantic, or aural, visual and semantic respectively. also, linear narratives occur in each medium as well as nonlinear texts. moreover, readers are active meaning-makers, who are socially, historically, politically, economically and culturally situated. they fill the gaps in the text and can re-read texts. however, televisual texts can be more ephemeral, if they are not taped and stored, while printed texts can be revisited over time. another important difference between reading printed and televisual texts is that the former obviously make meaning through printed words and symbols, while televisual texts use images, symbols, sounds, spoken and written words. on the whole, marsh and millard (2004) believe american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org that televisual and printed texts share a number of common features which can successfully be used in the language classroom. in a similar way, mirvan (2013:62) believes that, in reading both a written text and a visual text, learners predict, make connections, ask questions and interpret, as well as make meaning through the details of character, theme, plot, mood, conflict and symbolism. at the same time, mirvan (2013:65) stresses that while the meaning of a novel is controlled by the writer, the meaning that viewers get from a film is the result of a mutual effort by a large number of people. arguably the most important findings of marsh and millard’s research, however, are the ones concerning the link between books and films. marsh and millard (2004:222) rely on browne’s (1999) study of her own daughter’s juxtaposing of visual and printed versions of the same texts. browne concluded that watching videos helped her daughter to gain confidence and enjoyment in books. working with both film and text versions of the same text can hence be valuable for developing understanding of plot, setting, character and themes. according to marsh and millard (2004:222), videos can familiarise children with the language of books and can provide them with a more concrete picture of characters and make visible characteristics which were implicit within the printed narrative. moreover, media can be an essential tool for making pupils read, because the latter may be motivated to read the texts which relate to their television, film and video consumption. the most widespread example is the case of the harry potter books, which became extremely popular after film adaptations. in addition to marsh and millard, vetrie (2004:41) also has a positive view on developing pupils’ literacy skills with video: ‘film can be used to increase literacy skills if it is taught as literature.’ similar to marsh and millard (2004), who emphasise the fact that the moving image plays a central part in children’s cultural life, vetrie (2004:39) also believes that, since film is pupils’ most popular ‘popular’ culture’, it can be used to increase their literacy skills through reading film as text, especially in the case of at-risk pupils, who, by virtue of their circumstances, such as low socioeconomic status, are statistically more likely than others to fail academically. video technology is becoming increasingly popular in education because of the rapid technological advancement (lewis and anping 2002:122; mcnulty and lazarevic 2012:51). however, the availability of modern equipment, such as a personal computer or a dvd player, is not the only reason for the use of video in the language classroom. the other important reason is that teaching with video can have a number of educational benefits. the main advantage is that videos provide teachers and pupils with so-called ‘potential learning outcomes’. according to berk (2009:2), the most significant potential learning outcomes are as follows: videos attract pupils’ attention, focus pupils’ concentration, generate interest in class, energise or relax pupils for learning exercises, improve attitudes toward learning, increase understanding, foster creativity, stimulate the flow of ideas, provide an opportunity for freedom of expression, serve as a vehicle for collaboration, inspire and motivate pupils, make learning fun, and decrease anxiety and tension on scary topics. in addition, videos that are produced in the country of the foreign language provide viewers with authenticity. thus, ishihara and chi (2004:30) state that: ‘[…] because they [feature films] are not designed for instructional purposes, they reflect authentic use of the target language.’ nunan (1999:27) defines authentic materials as spoken or written language data that have been produced in the course of genuine communication, and not specifically written for purposes of language teaching. such authentic materials can be represented by tv and radio broadcasts, feature films, cartoons, magazine american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org stories, hotel brochures, bank instructions, tv or newspaper advertisements, song lyrics, and the like. joy (2011:8) refers to brosnan et al. (1984) when emphasizing the importance of authentic texts in their ‘naturalness’ and hence their ability to connect pupils to the real world. since it is not realistic for teachers to use only authentic materials in the classroom, nunan (1999:27) finds it important that learners read and listen to authentic materials of different kinds as often as possible. this will help learners make the important connections between the classroom world and the world beyond it. moreover, in peacock’s (1997:153) research, the use of authentic materials resulted in overall class motivation, which implied that authentic materials seemed to increase learners’ concentration and involvement in the learning activities more effectively than artificial materials. similarly, mcnulty and lazarevic (2012:49) claim that the most prominent feature of the use of video-based activities is that they contribute to the overall learning motivation. videos as authentic materials also bring intercultural awareness to the classroom. the foreign language teacher needs to consider the fact that teaching a foreign language does not consist of teaching, for example, only vocabulary and grammar, but also teaching the target cultures. otherwise, the whole teaching process may appear to be useless and artificial. however, teachers have very limited time available in the classroom and there are curriculum constraints, and hence the inclusion of cultural lessons often comes second in language teaching. teaching with video, on the other hand, provides teachers with the opportunity to develop pupils’ cultural awareness and make them acquainted with the target cultures in addition to training the four basic language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) and increasing pupils’ vocabulary. roell (2010:2) believes that films are a great medium to be used to facilitate intercultural learning. by using the term ‘culture’, roell (2010:2) means the values, traditions, customs, art, and institutions shared by a group of people who are unified by nationality, ethnicity, religion, or language. since culture considerably impacts communication, it is helpful for teachers to introduce lessons and activities that reveal how different dialects, forms of address, customs, taboos, and other cultural elements influence interaction among different groups. numerous films contain excellent examples of intercultural communication and are hence highly useful resources for teachers. according to roell (2010:10), among such films suitable for intercultural training can be ‘a love divided’ (1999), describing a true story of a catholic man and his protestant wife whose mixed marriage causes hostility and conflict in the small irish village where they live and hence describing ireland in the 1950s with its religious conflicts and prejudices; ‘american history x’ (1998), representing a stark drama about a neo-nazi skinhead and his family and touching upon racism issues; ‘bread and roses’ (2001), about a young mexican immigrant who enters the united states illegally in search of a better life and becomes involved in a labour strike by revealing the issues of immigration, discrimination, exploitation and human rights; and ‘dangerous minds’ (1995), depicting a white teacher who struggles to be accepted by african american inner-city students and representing the race relations in the united states and the problems of inner-city ‘kids’. harrison (2009:92) insists that in a curriculum that envisions a shift toward cultural studies, the use of a feature film in the classroom can foster cultural competence, since a feature film places language in context, gives students an in-depth understanding of a country’s culture and history, and eventually becomes the gateway to language and culture. indeed, videos are saturated with cultural information and touch upon different cultural themes, such as national diversity, national identity, national character, people’s values and lifestyle. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org according to kramsch (1995), cited in roell (2010:3), in the future the language teacher will be defined ‘not only as the impresario of a certain linguistic performance, but as the catalyst for an everwidening critical cultural competence.’ intercultural topics that show how people from different backgrounds communicate and interact are becoming more prominent in language teaching. teachers can benefit from the films that deal with such subjects as immigration, xenophobia, adjusting to a new culture, or the dilemmas faced when one belongs to two cultures. although films cannot substitute for actual interaction with members of other cultures, they can provide useful preparation for those encounters by fostering understanding and developing sensitivity. films are also important for teaching the target cultures because they can represent intercultural misunderstandings and the roots of racism, foster empathy with foreigners, illustrate intercultural conflicts, contain stereotypes, show cultural traditions and intergenerational conflicts, and deal with different patterns of behaviour (roell 2010). in addition, films can open doors to various disciplines, such as cultural studies, media studies, and film studies, which can bring diversity into language classrooms (eken 2003:58). videos can also be used for many other purposes. for example, video materials can be useful for promoting communication in the classroom. lonergan (1984:4) states that: ‘the outstanding feature of video films is their ability to present complete communicative situations.’ indeed, video-based assignments can extend beyond passive video watching by requiring pupils to interact and respond to the video content. for instance, after watching the video pupils can be asked to answer questions. videos can also be an important tool for learning new words. gee and hayes (2011:116) claim that: ‘when a person has images, actions, goals, and dialogue to attach to words, they have an embodied understanding of those words.’ consequently, videos help learners to see language ‘embodied’ by providing them with, first and foremost, images, as well as the other features named by gee and hayes. besides, köksal (2004:63) sees as one of the advantages of videos the fact that they can be adapted for use with both large and small classes. indeed, it may be easier to prepare activities for video-viewing classrooms than for other types of lessons by creating, for example, more oral tasks for small groups of pupils and more written tasks for larger ones. furthermore, köksal (2004:64) points out that videos can be an endless source of grammatical structures and words as well as a discussion starter. consequently, teachers can benefit from videos if they exploit those opportunities that videos provide them with. mills (2011:32) draws attention to the fact that, in the current abundance of media, print and online sources, and the need for critical literacy skills greatly arises. she insists that children entertained by videos and television programmes need the conceptual tools to understand, select, challenge and evaluate the messages of texts. teaching with videos can become a good start for developing pupils’ critical literacy skills by making them analyse, evaluate and challenge the texts that they have been exposed to. even though one may find drawbacks in teaching with video as well, they are likely to be outweighed by the benefits. however, the main drawback in teaching with video that should be noted is that such teaching is time-consuming. first, it takes time for the teacher to preview and select authentic videos suitable for classroom use regarding their language use and context. teachers then need to spend some more time on preparing activities for pupils. secondly, videos take much class time, especially if they are full-length feature films. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org another disadvantage can be the risk of making lessons entertaining rather than educating, which may lead to meaningless viewing without any purpose and hence without any educational outcome. vetrie (2004:40) states: teachers sometimes use the film as a relief or a nonteaching break. the worst application of all is to use a feature film as an entertaining reward between the conclusion of a teaching unit and a holiday, a practice that is unethical as well as illegal. to sum up, technology is an essential part of the educational world and, if used properly, can effectively promote successful language acquisition. it is important for every language teacher to be able to integrate video technology in the classroom routine and language learning activities. the instructional value of video should by no means be underestimated. on the other hand, it is also crucial to be cautious about overusing or misusing videos in class. references 1. berk, ronald a. 2009. ‘multimedia teaching with video clips: tv, movies, youtube, and mtv in the college classroom.’ international journal of technology in teaching and learning, 5(1): 121. 2. brosnan, d., brown, k. and s. hood. 1984. reading in context. adelaide: national curriculum resource center. 3. eken, ali nihat. 2003. ‘you’ve got mail’: a film workshop.’ elt journal, 57 (1): 51-58. 4. gee, james paul and elisabeth r. hayes. 2011. language and learning in the digital age. abingdon, england: routledge. 5. harrison, lucia guzzi. 2009. ‘foreign films in the classroom: gateway to language and culture.’ journal of college teaching and learning, 6 (8): 89-94. 6. ishihara, noriko and julie c. chi. 2004. ‘authentic video in the beginning esol classroom: using a full-length feature film for listening and speaking strategy practice.’ english teaching forum, 42 (1): 30-35. 7. joy, j. john love. 2011. ‘the duality of authenticity in elt.’ the journal of language and linguistic studies, 7 (2), 7-23. 8. kramsch, claire. 1995. ‘the cultural component of language teaching.’ language, culture and curriculum, 8 (2): 83-92. 9. köksal, dinçay. 2004. ‘to kill the blackboard? technology in language teaching and learning.’ the turkish online journal of educational technology, 3 (3): 62-72. 10. lewis, marilyn and he anping. 2002. ‘video-viewing tasks for language teacher education.’ relc journal, 33 (1): 122-136. 11. lonergan, jack. 1984. video in language teaching. bath, england: cambridge university press. 12. marsh, jackie and elaine millard. 2004. ‘television and film.’ in grainger, teresa (eds.), the routledgefalmer reader in language and literacy. new york: routledge. 217-235. 13. mills, kathy a. 2011. the multiliteracies classroom. bristol: multilingual matters. 14. mcnulty, anastassia and bojan lazarevic. 2012. ‘best practices in using video technology to promote second language acquisition.’ teaching english with technology, 12 (3): 49-61. 15. mirvan, xhemaili. 2013. ‘the advantages of using films to enhance students’ reading skills in the efl classroom.’ journal of education and practice, 4 (13): 62-66. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 16. nunan, david. 1999. second language teaching and learning. boston: heinle and heinle publishers. 17. peacock, matthew. 1997. ‘the effect of authentic materials on the motivation of efl learners.’ elt journal, 51 (2): 144-156. 18. roell, christine. 2010. ‘intercultural training with films.’ english teaching forum, 48 (2): 2-15. 19. stempleski, susan and barry tomalin. 1990. video in action: recipes for using video in language teaching. cambridge, ma: prentice hall. 20. vetrie, michael. 2004. ‘using film to increase literacy skills.’ english journal, 93 (3): 39-45. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 1, | june, 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org islamic philosophy based business model arshi naim king khalid university, department of information systems, abha, ksa arshi@kku.edu.sa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the current scenario buisesses are facing many challenges for their growth and development and this problem has increased for the firms who are following a particular religious framework. this research paper deals with the business models applied in islamic pattern of businesses, their advantages and challenges. managing an organization is not an easy task and globally operated organizations are faced with numerous challenges. how corporate leaders should approach their obligations is one of the important queries at the desk of business researchers. this paper provides islamic business management model; where strategic managers follow the rules of islam in developing the strategies, learn from the authentic references for doing the islamic way of business and accepting the outcomes without any manipulations. surrendering to ‘divine’ instructions inculcates humility, responsibility and self accountability among strategic managers are required to fulfill their duties at their best. holistic approach to organizational business management provides corporate leaders with more options to deal with issues innovatively. this article concludes that islamic business management model is flexible enough to adapt according to the circumstances for maximum outcome of the organization that benefit the entire community without any discrimination on the bases of religion. islamic business management,holistic approach, strategic managers, business researchers introduction this paper provides islamic business management model; where strategic managers follow the rules of islam in developing the strategies, learn from the authentic references for doing the islamic way of business and accepting the outcomes without any manipulations. surrendering to ‘divine’ instructions inculcates humility, responsibility and self-accountability among strategic managers are required to fulfill their duties at their best. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org holistic approach to organizational business management provides corporate leaders with more options to deal with issues innovatively. this article concludes that islamic business management model is flexible enough to adapt according to the circumstances for maximum outcome of the organization that benefit the entire community without any discrimination on the bases of religion. how corporate leaders should approach their obligations is one of the important queries at the desk of business researchers? an islam mean “the surrender”, that is, man surrendering to god’s will and purpose. islam is an arabic word that connotes submission, surrender and obedience. as a religion, islam stands for complete submission and obedience to allah. another literal meaning of the word islam is ‘peace’ and this connotes that one can achieve real peace of body and mind only through submission and obedience to allah. islam consists of submission and obedience to allah, the lord of the universe (mawdudi, 1960). islam created a unique management paradigm that nurtured civility, prosperity, diversity and happiness among people of different creeds and ethnic origins around the globe for more than 1000 years (abbasi et al., 2010). in today’s global scenario, muslims must commit themselves to building organizations that simulate the inspiring islamic management model. islamic perspective on management studies is an important area of research for modern management scholars (abbasi et al., 2010). islamic perspectives are described and discussed on the basis of revealed sources of islamic knowledge, alqur’ān and hadith, considering them as valid for the purpose of research (kazmi, 2003). concepts and literature holistic approach holistic approach means looking at the whole organization, system, people and culture. holistic approach can bring better results for modern organizations to deal with complex issues in global environment; because according to aristotle, whole is more than the sum of its parts. islamic management model provides holistic approach to organizational management to meet the challenges of contemporary era. holistic approach to management consists of five dimensions including participatory, system, gradualist, contingency and consistency approach. holistic approach means looking at the whole organization, system, people and culture. holistic approach can bring better results for modern organizations to deal with complex issues in global environment; because according to aristotle, whole is more than the sum of its parts. islamic management model provides holistic approach to organizational management to meet the challenges of contemporary generation. holistic approach to management consists of five dimensions including participatory, system, gradualist, contingency and consistency approach. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. holistic approach to the islamic business model results/discussion holistic approach views how everything fits together to work effectively and efficiently. holistic management approach gives more than the sum of individual approaches. before proceeding to the holistic approach to management, it is imperative to build organizational environment on components of islamic value system for successful implementation of islamic management model. these components of islamic value system provide knowledge and practices in establishing a holistic approach to organizational management. organizational management demands innovative thinking to deal with variety of problems in global marketplace. islamic management model furnishes five approaches to address any situation at hand. corporate leaders can have a variety of options to lead and influence their partners, colleagues, customers, employees and other stakeholders. these options range from participatory to consistency approach to management. islamic management model, being flexible, has the ability to adapt according to the circumstances for optimum achievement of organizations and their people. therefore, this article motivates corporate leaders to implement islamic management model particularly in those organizations operating in muslim countries. this initiative will help organizations to strengthen their management system. it will also enhance responsibility among organizational members to deliver their best for collective success. conclusion /future work effectiveness of islamic management model can be tested in future researches through empirical studies by examining correlations among: ‘knowledge and practices’ delineated in this study, ‘dimensions of holistic approach’ discussed in this paper and ‘financial performance’ of a particular organization which intends to adopt this model. holistic approach participatory approach system approach contingency approach gradualistic approach consistency approach american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org references 1. naim, a., sattar, r. a., al ahmary, n.., & razwi, m. t. (2021) implementation of quality matters standards on blended courses: a case study. finance india indian institute of finance vol. xxxv no. 3, september 2021 pages—873 – 890 2. naim, a. (2021). application of quality matters in digital learning in higher education. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 1(1), 3-12. 3. khan, n., naim, a., hussain, m. r., naveed, q. n., ahmad, n., & qamar, s. (2019, may). the 51 v's of big data: survey, technologies, characteristics, opportunities, issues and challenges. in proceedings of the international conference on omni-layer intelligent systems (pp. 19-24). 4. naim, a., & alahmari, f. (2020). reference model of e-learning and quality to establish interoperability in higher education systems. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 15(2), 15-28. 5. naim, a., alahmari, f., & rahim, a. (2021). role of artificial intelligence in market development and vehicular communication. smart antennas: recent trends in design and applications, 2, 28. 6. naim, a., hussain, m. r., naveed, q. n., ahmad, n., qamar, s., khan, n., & hweij, t. a. (2019, april). ensuring interoperability of e-learning and quality development in education. in 2019 ieee jordan international joint conference on electrical engineering and information technology (jeeit) (pp. 736-741). ieee. 7. naim, a., khan, m. f., hussain, m. r., & khan, n. (2019). “virtual doctor” management technique in the diagnosis of ent diseases. joe, 15(9), 88. 8. naim, a. (2020). realization of diverse electronic tools in learning and teaching for students with diverse skills. global journal of enterprise information system, 12(1), 72-78. 9. naim, a., & bashir, a. (2016). application of quality matters standards on supportive and online module in higher education program. research revolution, 5(3), 6-12. 10. naim, a. (2018). strategies to achieve students’ centric approach in blended learning. international journal of engineering and management research (ijemr), 8(2), 214-219. 11. hussain, m. r., naim, a., & khaleel, m. a. (2020). implementation of wireless sensor network using virtual machine (vm) for insect monitoring. innovations in electronics and communication engineering: proceedings of the 8th iciece 2019, 107, 73. 12. hussain, m. r., quadri, n. n., ahmad, n., qamar, s., khan, n., naim, a., & hussain, m. e. (2019, april). effective cost optimization approach in healthcare to minimize the treatment cost of brain-tumor patients. in 2019 international conference on computer and information sciences (iccis) (pp. 1-5). ieee. 13. naim, a. (2021). green information technologies in business operations. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 36-49. 14. naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a case-based study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. 15. naim, a. (2021). new trends in business process management: applications of green information technologies. british journal of environmental studies, 1(1), 12-23. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 16. arshi naim, & mohammad faiz khan. (2021). measuring the psychological behavior of consumers for medical services. zien journal of social sciences and humanities, 2, 119–131. retrieved from http://zienjournals.com/index.php/zjssh/article/view/316 17. naim, a. (2021). applications of marketing framework in business practices. journal of marketing and emerging economics, 1(6), 55-70. 18. naim, a. . . (2021). green business process management. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(6), 125–134. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/651 19. naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a case-based study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. 20. naim, a., & alqahtani, k. (2021). role of information systems in customer relationship management. pulse, 2(2). 21. bashir, m. a., & naim, a. ict adoption analysis for innovation in higher education sector. 22. naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87–94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 23. naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87–94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 24. naim, a. . (2022). economies of scale for antenna’s applications in interior regions. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 77– 82. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1058 25. arshi naim. (2021). applications of e-learning tools for achieving students learning outcomes. journal of pedagogical inventions and practices, 2(2), 75–82. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/jpip/article/view/320 http://zienjournals.com/index.php/zjssh/article/view/316 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/651 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1058 https://zienjournals.com/index.php/jpip/article/view/320 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org family conflicts and methods of their management fayzullayev xurshidjon shoakbar’s son student of samarkand state university khurshidjanfayzullayev@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the theoretical and practical aspects of the causes of family conflicts and ways to eliminate family conflicts, the consequences of conflict situations, the impact on the development of society. family conflicts, marriage, conflict, destructiveness and creativity, aggression, selfishness. destructive constructive compliance introduction the family is one of the incomparable national and universal values. the family is the smallest social unit of society, its basis. at the same time, the family is an institution that forms a high-level system of human values and a center of spiritual and moral education. it is in the family that most humanitarian values are brought up, cultivated and propagated. every people and national traditions pay special attention to preparing young people for family life. however, based on the rapid growth rates in modern societies and the strong influence of a person's enormous social activity on his family and family members' relations, national traditions and current and newly emerging questions cannot be fully answered. therefore, it is necessary to combine national traditions with universal theoretical knowledge of family life. a person enters into various social relations with other people in his life from childhood. human life is a continuous process of various relationships with others. and these relations do not always continue smoothly, smoothly and peacefully. the smooth continuation of life is disturbed by various disputes and conflicts. we call them conflicts. the problem of regulating family conflicts is to some extent a part of the problem of managing family processes. the main ideas developed by science about its management are of great importance in finding clear methods and ways of managing conflict situations. are conflicts a bad thing, or do conflicts have their own positive aspects?! is conflict destructive, or does it have creative features?! is conflict violence, or is it a basis for teaching people to communicate?! naturally, the answers to these questions prove that the meaning and essence of the conflict is much broader than we think, and our traditional views are limited and far from the real situation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org it is the main duty of a person to grow into a generation worthy of society and a mature person in a family based on honest work, sincerity and love. the main purpose of starting a family after marriage is the continuation of the human generation. and society consists of a collection of families. not making a mistake in getting married leads to finding a strong family. a family based on harmonious, harmonious living, honest work and love plays a major role in bringing up a generation worthy of the society, moral, pure, devoted to the work of the society. the new generation has an impact on the development of society and the growth of social construction. family relations are not pure "personal relations", family and family relations directly influence the development of the state and society, their spiritual wealth. therefore, family and family relations are regulated by extremely important social norms and legal norms. family is the basis of natural development of human society. a cell of society based on relationships between people. after marriage, the marriage is based on the relationship of two young people, children of these young people are born, they gradually mature in all aspects as individuals, children begin to change from an individual to a person. now a relationship between two people in a family becomes a relationship between three or more people. increased need complicates relationships. it would be wrong to say that the family will automatically achieve happiness, the improvement of the family's needs, stability and the like. for this, a husband and wife need to embody moral values such as high level of morals, ethical-aesthetic preparation, ability, loyalty, and patience. morality and moral relations between them in turn affect their children. because, from the first day a child is born, he is nourished by the love of his parents and siblings. therefore, the role of the family in the spiritual and cultural formation of the child is incomparable. during the totalitarian regime, the family was raised to the level of a closed and official social institution. the internal laws of family life and the relationship between men and women have not been clarified and studied. it is considered "shameful" and "blameful" to prepare young students, as well as people for family life, in particular, to express the specific aspects of family life, and these areas are among the prohibited topics. in the educational content of schools and higher educational institutions, there is no place for issues such as preparing young people for family life, being responsible for raising children as parents in the future, sexual and psychological relations in the family, family economy, establishing a healthy lifestyle in the family. young people are not given opportunities to prepare for family life, especially in terms of sex education, to get information about the conflicting positions of family life based on the unique economic, spiritual, healthy lifestyle, and the complexities of gender relations, neither in school nor in higher educational institutions. therefore, young people start building a family without realizing the essence of these relationships. when conflict is properly resolved, it has the power to be creative. the conflict can further strengthen the relations of the parties, rebuild them in a new context. for example, it is not for nothing that uzbeks say that "the war of the husband and wife is the drying of the gauze scarf." even if there are conflicts between husband and wife in the family, in many cases common interests prove that they are quickly resolved and harmony of parties is created based on interests. therefore, there is a natural opportunity to combine and coordinate various interests that create a conflict situation. therefore, the complex nature of conflicts shows that they also contain aspects of destruction and creativity, violence and cooperation. the chinese emphasize two inseparable components of every situation and situation in life: on the one hand, conflict necessarily destroys the usual situation, and on the other hand, conflict, with its origin, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org exerts its influence on the situation, as a result of which a new situation arises. and in this new situation there is also a positive situation, so the conflict can create an opportunity for new positive changes. the positive and creative potential of conflict depends on how you can use the conflict situation for what purposes thus, in a conflict between individuals, the character of acceptance of the conflict situation by the parties is of great importance. taking into account the situation, a person acts in accordance with the characteristics of his character and views. this can explain why different people (groups) perform different, sometimes contradictory actions in the same situation. it is the interaction of individual characteristics with a concrete situation that can create a conflict or save a person from it. more than half of the country's population is made up of young people, the urgency of the task of preparing the growing young generation to live independently in the society demanded the acceleration of the work of preparing young people for social life and family life. problems such as growing tension in human relationships, negative and nervous consequences of modern conflicts affecting human thinking and consciousness, regular increase in discord in young families, aggression in children and adolescents. puts on the agenda the demand to fully carry out the task of preparing the family. one of the important requirements for the resolution of the family conflict is the willingness of the parties to seek a solution and their determination to find a solution to the conflict voluntarily. if the parties are not willing to find a solution to the conflict of their own accord, then no solution to the conflict can be found. first of all, it is necessary to stop the objective reasons that caused the conflict, and to clearly define the conditions that caused it. from this point of view, any conflict is composed of subjective factors (family members, husband, wife,...) and objective factors (external factors that caused the conflict: relatives, friends,...). finding a solution to a conflict can be a complex, long-term process that requires patience and satisfaction, requiring the parties to work on it for a long time. finding a solution to the conflict is a way for the parties to understand and understand each other. in the mentality of uzbeks, the culture of dealing is manifested in the form of greeting each other, asking about the situation, and showing interest in information about the family situation. but in fact, the culture of behavior is determined by the culture of attitude towards other people. it means a respectful and dignified, sincere and correct attitude shown to a person not only when greeting, but also in the way of life, in everyday life. only a person with an inner culture can show a constant correct, sincere and clear attitude towards any other person in various situations. the culture of communication requires that a person should always show an equal attitude towards another person. regardless of whether the person standing in front of you is rich or poor, whether he is from the countryside or the city, whether he is an official or an ordinary teacher, being able to show him the right attitude has been a criterion of true humanity. but communication culture requires a person to work on himself regularly. communication culture does not arise by itself. in life, we often witness their formal, flattering, arrogant relationships in communication between people. sometimes when a person reaches a high position, he does not even greet many people in order to show his superiority over others. in the original culture, on the contrary, the higher the rank of a person, the more it is necessary to show his closeness to ordinary people. so, in real life, from a young age, a person faces the violation of certain human values related to the culture of communication. as a result, a situation of two different standards arises in the child's life. on the one hand, the child should be polite. on the other hand, most of the people around him, even the closest and respected ones, do not follow these rules. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org for example, "swearing" is a bad behavior that men don't follow, "cursing" is a bad thing that women don't follow. boys usually inherit "swearing" from their fathers. so, the culture of communication and communication has its place and importance in life. thus, the questions of what is the culture of behavior and whether compliance with the requirements of this culture of behavior in conflict situations will help to overcome the conflict begin to gain relevance. knowledge of the culture of communication serves to bring the parties closer to each other in the conflict, to reduce the communication between them to a new system, and to facilitate the exchange of information between the parties. communication culture consists of rules and procedures for listening to someone and conveying information to someone correctly. therefore, certain rules on the culture of dealing are included in the conflict resolution procedures. references 1. ansupov a. ya., shipilov a.i. conflictology, m.: “izd-vo”. 1999. 2. utkin a. ya. conflict: theory and practice. m.:“izd-vo”. 1998. 3. zdravomyslov a. g. sociology of conflict. m.:“izd-vo”. 1995. 4. gromova o. n. conflictology. m.:“izd-vo”. 1993. 5. zaysev a. k. social conflict in the enterprise. — kaluga: kisi. 1993, 6. yoshlar va konfliktlar: konfliktlar yechimiga o’rganish/ to’ychiyeva gulxumor-toshkent. 2008. 7. ergeshova d.q., najimov m.k. yuridik konfliktologiya: o’quv qo’llanma – t.: tdyui, 2007. – p. 97. 8. konfliktologiya asoslari: o’quv qo’llanma / r.z.jumayev, u.a.ubaydullayev, b.a.xujanov. toshkent: akademiya, 2000. – p. 208. 9. ergeshova d.q., najimov m.k. konflikt sosiologiyasi. o’quv qo’llanma. – toshkent: tdyui, 2005. – p. 129. 10. ergeshova d.q., najimovm.k. yuridik konfliktologiya –toshkent: uzbekiston faylasuflari milliy jamiyati , 2007. – p. 96. 11. najimov m.k., ergashev m.m. konflikt sosiologiyasi fanining rivojlanishi va shakllanishiga oid ayrim nazariy-huquqiy masalalar // tdyui axborotnomasi. –toshkent.: tdyui. 2007. p. 6-8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org the role of language expressions in forming the scientific world view of primary class students mukhtori mohruy sodirzoda teacher of fardu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, in the development of thinking of elementary school students, the level of thinking increases by understanding the meaning of certain expressions in the language, and the ways and methods of forming speech components and expanding the worldview of students through these expressions are revealed. elementary school, thinking, imagination, mnemonic method, phrase, meaning, visual images, concept, method, methodology, language, consciousness, speech, oral speech, written speech. introduction the level of thinking of students of primary school age depends on how well they have mastered their mother tongue. if young students can speak fluently and express their thoughts in their place, their thoughts can be fully expressed through oral and written speech. in primary grades, students' knowledge of the language is necessary not only for their academic views, but also for their everyday life. language is a social phenomenon, and its connection with thinking and social consciousness is extremely integral and close. language signs—words, phrases, and sentences—are material forms that objectively reflect the ideal products of the mind—from concrete ideas to the most abstract and generalizing concepts or judgments. language is not only a means of expressing or exchanging ideas, but also a means of forming and reinforcing ideas in the social consciousness. language is the wealth of the society, it implements the interaction of the members of the society, gathers knowledge about all the events that happen in the material and spiritual life of a person and informs about them. language is literally formed and exists for centuries. thinking develops and updates a little faster than language, but thinking without language is inconceivable. as thought cannot exist without language, language cannot exist without thought. we speak and write while thinking, trying to express our thoughts more clearly and comprehensibly in language. thoughts in a person appear on the basis of language and are strengthened in it, language and thinking form a whole. [1] therefore, it will be appropriate if students are deeply inculcated with the concepts of language. because, through language, students agree with their peers, participate in game activities, and by listening to other people, they get information and communicate. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org literature analysis and methods speech activity is the process of human use of language for the purpose of mastering socio-historical experience and passing it on to generations or establishing communication and planning one's own actions. communication is an important condition of human life and activity. in the process of communication, certain images and models of human behavior are formed, and later they enter into a person. a person's thinking, the ability to analyze and evaluate the world and his image is formed in the process of communication. the polish psychologist e. melibruda, who made a detailed assessment of this problem, emphasizes the following: "communication is as important as air for us in interpersonal relations." [2] therefore, it is necessary to prepare the child for the process of communication even in primary grades. in the speech of students of junior school age, we come across situations where many words are used without understanding the meaning. this indicates that the meaning of certain words in the language is not fully understood in the minds of students. pupils cannot fully understand the meaning of phrases in the lessons, because phrases are used figuratively, and the alternative is brikmas equal to one word. memorization of these words by students of junior school age is a complex process. the process is a little easier if you approach it through mnemonic techniques. method 1: explaining the meaning of the phrase "getting out of one's head" to the student through an interesting activity will help the student retain the meaning. in this case, the meaning of the phrase is explained by repeatedly emphasizing that during the time when the students are working in groups, the group should work together "together" and "together" and give a single opinion to the given questions. will be remembered by the reader. method 2: if the meaning of the alternative of the phrase "sticking out of one's neck" is given with a picture and the meaning is explained based on this picture, colorful images are better stored in the minds of the students than a dry word. discussion from the obtained results, it can be seen that the students understand the meaning of the phrase "standing out of one's head" on the basis of a picture or in the process of performing a practical task, rather than the information that the meaning of the phrase "to be united" is the same. it is easier for them to learn and this leads to a better retention of the meaning in the memory the mother tongue is the first language that plays a special role in the formation of thinking. according to psychologists, "thinking is verbal", that is, thinking is closely related to words, and words represent concepts. [3] conclusion school education plays an important role in the development of a student's personality. the thinking of elementary school students is directly related to the level of language proficiency. if students learn the possibilities of the language in-depth in primary education, they will not face difficulties in finding their place in society and in the process of interpersonal communication. for this, the meaning of the words and phrases that are difficult to understand in the language should be instilled in the student's mind by the teacher. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org references 1. mohroʻy, m. (2022). boshlangʻich sinf oʻquvchilarining lugʻat zahirasini boyitishning lingvistik asoslari. innovative developments and research in education, 1(12), 78-86. 2. mukhtoriy, m. s. (2022). boshlang’ich sinf o’quvchilarining nutqini hikoyalar yordamida o’stirishning mnemotexnikasi. ijtimoiy fanlarda innovasiya onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 2(11), 183-188. 3. sodirzoda, m. m. (2021). ways to use aphorisms in the cultivation of speech of junior school pupils. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(12), 985-986. 4. sodirzoda, m. m. (2021). to inculcate national and spiritual values in primary school students through etiquette lessons. conferencea, 31-32. 5. sodirzoda, m. m. (2021). techniques of using folk proverbs in the cultivation of oral speech of primary school students. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(10), 481-484. 6. sodirzoda, m. m. (2021). ways to cultivate the creative thinking of beginners in the classroom through information and communication technologies. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(5), 955-958. 7. vosiljonov, a. (2022). basic theoretical principles of corpus linguistics. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(2), 1-3. 8. vosiljonov, a. (2022). lingvistik tаdqiqоtlаrdа kоrpus о ‘rgаnish оbyеkti sifаtidа. ijtimoiy fanlarda innovasiya onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 2(11), 176-182. 9. vosiljonov, a. (2022). pragmalingvistika va uning tahliliy shakllanish tarixi. science and innovation, 1(b8), 99-105. 10. vosiljonov, a. (2022). pragmalinguistics and the history of its analytical development. science and innovation, 1(8), 99-105. 11. vosiljonov, a., & isaqova, x. (2023). effectiveness of mother tongue education in the primary grades. international journal of advanced research in education, technology and management, 2(2). 12. buzrukova, d. m. (2023). “muhabbat” hissiy konseptining turli lingvomadaniyat vakillari idrokidagi tasviri. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 3(1), 178-183. 13. бузрукова, д. (2022). ҳис-туйғулар универсаллиги ва ҳиссий-лисоний олам манзарасига психолингвистик ёндашув. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(11), 239-242. 14. mamurkhanovna, d. b. (2022). the concept of “love” as an important element of the emotional world landscape. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd), 7(5), 95-98. 15. tursunova, d. t., abobakirova, o. n., buzrukova, d. m., mahmudova, o. t., ubaydullayeva, z. h., & kholmatova, n. n. (2022). principal principles and important factors of student women's social activity. journal of positive school psychology, 6262-6269. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org 16. buzrukova, d. m. m. (2023). tarbiyachi va ota-onalarning o ‘zaro hurmatga asoslangan muloqotining kalit faktorlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(4), 793-797. 17. buzrukova, d. m. (2023). muhabbat" konseptining lingvomadaniy o'ziga xosligi. fardu. ilmiy xabarlar, 1, 318-321. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org social reforms in society are an important criterion for realizing the ideas of national development alisher qurbon o’g’li ibragimov teacher, jizzakh state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the process of national growth in our country, its progress, reforms in the social and political sphere and its progress, the emergence of ideas of national development, pluralism and the provision of human interests, its importance in the growth of the country and society, the principles of national growth, human value and humanistic reforms are reflected. national growth, human, democracy, legal state, civil society, human interest, freedom, welfare, social values, economy, spirituality, education, civil education, modernization, judiciary, constitutional reform, future generation, national idea, progressive development, rule of law, progress.. the essence of the idea of social development is related to reforms, due to the fact that in the conditions of social and historical development, all societies naturally try to rise and strive for prosperity. the progressive theory of the dynamics of social development encompasses such important scientific goals as a certain order in understanding complex social relations, focusing on important social processes, and knowing the causes and predicting the consequences of social changes. this theory, in one way or another, clarifies the processes of planning the perspectives of socially oriented activities, modeling social development patterns. as you can see, the reforms are connected with modernization processes in accordance with the ideas of progress as a concept of advanced development. within this concept, which was formed in the middle of the 20th century, the general paradigm of evolutionism is interpreted as modernization and acquires an intellectual dimension as a process of progressive social development. the "top-down" initiation of reforms often means that they come into the field as a sustainable process and that the political elite strives through planned and targeted reform efforts as an effort to bring their country out of backwardness and progress through state control. in the context of the relativistic interpretation of the modernization process, it becomes clear that wherever and whenever modernization took place, social reforms moved in harmony with modernization. in the 20th century, in the late 60s and early 70s, the idea of modernization took a serious shape. modernization is considered to have originated mainly in the west. the models that are called western modernization cannot be considered as the only and final stage. all societies have their american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org own evolution, development principles and development criteria, and reforms in one society cannot be fully supported in certain societies. the western model can be seen not as a universal model of our time, but as a historically limited process. because development in every society does not take place according to different models, but in harmony with the principles of national development. in a modernized society, political institutions and social values such as democracy, market, education, healthy competition, self-management, labor, morality, etc., with a modern scale, appear. in the concepts created by modern social sciences, "postmodernization" is recognized as a new model of modernization. its goals are consistent with the principles of modern development and do not contradict social values, because this theory creates traditions related to human improvement in the society of individuals. the modernization process, socio-economic development and scientific and innovative research are formed in connection with the emergence of new social institutions and cultural factors related to them and their role in practice. at the same time, the practical aspects of customs, traditions and values in the society related to the national rise ensure the successful implementation of modernization. modernization processes in the west were carried out in connection with the "catch-up" and process of modernization, which also began in countries on other continents of the world. modernization processes in countries that are modernizing now are undergoing the process of solving the problems of their country, making innovations, not only in the technical and economic sphere, but also in all spheres, that is, social, cultural, moral, and human capital development. in the modern scientific interpretation of the concepts, the categories of "reform" and "social development" are always considered to be compatible and are considered an important factor of national progress in society. these issues are reflected in indicators such as labor productivity, population well-being, and the high level of human rights and freedoms. production, distribution, services, science, information, living standards, longevity, levels of social and political activity, individual rights and freedoms, etc., which are considered specific indicators of social development in the current period, are considered the level of development at the same time. more and more attention is paid to its development. therefore, "the main goal of the reforms is to improve people's life, to ensure that citizens can live safely and freely, to develop, to be actively engaged in creative work, to spend their lives productively, and to achieve enrichment of life content." at the same time, in the conditions of social reforms, public consciousness is increasing under the influence of intellectual trends through the idea of national development, creative moods are emerging in society. this fully corresponds to the laws of social development in the society. thus, the concept of "development" in modern social sciences is related to the concept of "progress" in a sense, but it also has a slightly different meaning. progress somewhat surpasses development, and the concept of "social change" complements it. in turn, the concept of "social changes" expresses in practice the features of new development in society and creates a systematic, perfect and wide-ranging process of changes related to ensuring the stability of social life. the opportunities necessary to improve development as a social reality, and then how to use these opportunities effectively, come from the personal choice of subjects in the social and economic spheres of society. this choice is largely related to people's desire and opportunities to realize national development, and the level of creativity, social activity, legal culture of a person plays an important role in this, and it is fed by the spirituality of society. "the readiness of the population for reforms in social policy creates the basis for its successful implementation. changes in the social sphere are american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org characterized by the fact that they cover the vital interests of almost all citizens and affect their daily lifestyle. the topic "development" is related to the scientific analysis of social changes in society, the realization of important trends related to stability, the improvement of socio-political knowledge in the context and content of social development. v. popova stated that "development is a dynamic process with a necessary and irreversible quality, changing reality is an important reality based on development carried out with the help of actively controlled processes." according to a. klyuyev, "the social sphere constitutes a generalized system of various organizations and sectors. it performs tasks aimed at the general goal of ensuring the social interests of the population, providing services, and fulfilling their vital needs in return for creating appropriate conditions. the social sphere also performs tasks aimed at improving state structures, commercial and social organizations and increasing management efficiency. reforms express the goals aimed at cultural civilization in society and form the main postulates of civilization. according to the postulate of stability, there are such concepts in the world that the reform should not trigger a crisis in society, it should not lead to bad social, political or economic consequences in society. it is necessary to avoid hopeless reforms that are expensive for the society, because this process will delay the future of the country for many years. changing the society through reforms should be carried out on the basis of a number of important conditions, that is, in the process of reforms, decisions should not be taken against human values, freedoms, rights and interests. it is necessary to solve the processes aimed at not harming their life, property and economic land, ensuring the well-being of the people and improving their social conditions on the basis of a well-developed program. in this regard, it is appropriate to quote the following opinion of professor j. yakhshilikov: "scientific social ideas aimed at raising the sphere of social life of society to a high level include: comprehensive provision and protection of human rights; conducting an innovative policy in the comprehensive development of the economy; implementation of free democratic elections; creation of a new legal doctrine of the state oriented towards humanity; formation of spiritual and ideological immunity; includes a number of ideas aimed at maintaining human health." the goals and principles of social reforms are primarily expressed in people's power, the constitution and the rule of law, foreign policy, human freedom, its basic rights and interests, public control, pluralism and freedom of speech. the adopted laws and regulatory documents envisage tasks related to social reforms, their implementation is an important task of state and public organizations. scientists say, "our legislation aimed at guaranteeing the inviolability of human dignity, honor, rights and freedoms was developed on the basis of universal principles and national values. this was the main factor of the achievements in all fields." there must be certain social conditions for the implementation of reforms. in organizing the reform process, each reconstructive experiment must first be tested on a "small social scale" if it shows positive results, the scale of reforms can be increased. reforms should be carried out by constitutional and legal means. these requirements are quite modern and should be taken into account by reformers in their work. according to scientists, "social policy is the main part of the state policy in the social sphere. it is a purposeful activity aimed at realizing issues aimed at a person finding an important place in society. in this case, the government provides various social benefits to different groups of the population, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org taking into account their peculiarities, through comprehensive social support. it also summarizes the goals and needs of social development based on the existing environment in the society, and determines the directions accordingly. taking into account the necessary conditions for successful implementation, firstly, it is necessary to adapt the reforms to the socio-cultural space in order to carry them out and under what conditions, and secondly, to take into account the needs and interests of different segments of the population by implementing the reform activities of the current political authority. and be aware of the goals and means of change that can be coordinated. it will be necessary to eliminate some situations of instability and contradictions in social processes in the process of carrying out reforms. macrosocial theories of functionalism, their foundations were developed by g. spencer and e. durkheim. according to the proposed function, society consists of different parts, each of which affects the functioning of the entire state system and is revealed by analyzing the functions of social phenomena. in the second half of the 20th century, along with functionalism, approaches to innovation appeared in sociology, and this innovative reality is considered as a stage of the general process of social changes with effective foundations. in addition to the implementation of important tasks related to these reforms, the main goals of social reforms are to explain the content of the reforms among the population, to participate in them, and to demonstrate civic responsibility in this process. it is also planned to perform prayer works. in this process, it is important to show the essence of changes in society, its clear appearance, results, prospects and social benefits. it is very important not only to describe the content and positive aspects of the measures carried out, but also to make the population deeply feel the essence of the reforms and believe that they will bring significant results. in the process of social reforms, the liberalization of all areas of society, that is, economic, political and cultural processes, plays an important role, because through free social relations, it will be possible to expand the scope of reforms and ensure its importance. in this process, it is necessary to stabilize the system of social relations, increase the responsibility of subjects who will be participants in the process of reforms, create a competitive environment in this regard, perfect development of laws, regulations, procedures and instructions related to the improvement and development of the process, and make them viable. it is required to ensure its implementation. references 1. "social sphere important attention". the permanent mission of the republic of uzbekistan to the united nations. 2. gontmacher e. social reforms. m., helios, 2005. -s. 92. 3. popova v.g. razvitie: ponyatie i suschnost (theoretical aspect). vestnik of st. petersburg university mvd rosii. no. 4, 2009. -s. 142. 4. klyuev a. priority management in the social sphere and the transformation of social processes. //upravlencheskoe konsultirovanie. no. 6. 2017. -s. 103. 5. yaskhlikov j. national idea development strategy. -tashkent: science, 2017. -b. 149. 6. kadyrov a., narbaeva t. and others. you are dear and unique, my beloved uzbekistan. -tashkent: muharrir publishing house, 2018. -b. 65. 7. osipov g.v. moskvichev l.n. chernoshchek o.e. sotsiological dictionary. -moscow: norma, 2008. -s 431. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org cultural heri̇tage of the tashkent nati̇onal dress ashurova shakhnoza alvasovna, phd, graduate school of business and entrepreneurship, tashkent number.: +998 90 601 00 18 mail: ashurovashani@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is about the traditional national dress of the tashkent region, such as the ancient state of ilak (modern okhangaron district, the cities of angren and almalyk) of the peoples of the syrdarya (akkurgan district) and the territory of the bostanlyk district. in this article we can also learn about the color palettes of fabrics that were used in the clothes of this people clothing, fabric, culture of the uzbek people, color palette, silk and cotton fabrics, attributes of mosaic fabrics archaeological excavations show that clothing appeared at the earliest stages of the development of human society (40-25 thousand years ago). clothing, like any object of arts and crafts, combines beauty and expediency. protecting the human body from cold and heat, precipitation and wind, clothing performs a practical function; decorating it an aesthetic function. the national clothes of central asia are very popular not only among the indigenous, but also among the european population of uzbekistan. the few publications on traditional national dress are of considerable interest, as they help to trace the development of one of the aspects of the material culture of the uzbek people, its ethno-cultural ties with other peoples and ethnic groups of central asia. the peculiar traditional shape and cut of the main types of uzbek clothing have been preserved for centuries and are currently used for everyday wear and as ritual clothing. at the same time, at the present stage, the traditional forms of national clothing are undergoing some changes, succumbing to the trend of fashion. the oddities of fashion and the creativity of fashion designers surprise us every season. nevertheless, every unusual trend has fans. so, it was in antiquity and in the middle ages. and this is proved by stories about ambiguous, but very popular fashion trends in their time. today we would like to pay attention to the national clothes of the tashkent region the history of the culture of folk clothes in the tashkent region is divided into 3 main regions: 1. the ancient state of ilak (modern okhangaron region, the cities of angren and almalyk); 2. peoples of the syrdarya (akkurgan region); 3. territory of bostanlyk region. the color palette of the akhangaran district is rich in shades and dresses of many options white, yellow, fiery, reddish, red, purple and blue. types of fabrics: velvet, silk, goods (satin), various silk and cotton fabrics. mailto:ashurovashani@mail.ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org the main colors of the akkurgan region are white and blue. for example, the clothes of the artists of the turgay ensemble are chosen correctly, a white shirt, blue trousers and a vest or a short sleeveless jacket nimcha. (nimcha as a type of clothing is widely used to this day, it was sewn mainly from dark velvet or plush. a sleeveless jacket is a necessary accessory for the national costume) shepherd (robe it is sewn from cotton fabric, worn by young and old). tubeteika: tashkent tyubiteika, and sometimes you can find tyubiteikas from the zarafshan region. in the territory of the bostanlik region: the colors of the clothes consist of white, yellow, bluish and green. for the kazakh peoples living in the area, this attire consists of a white shirt with a black or red vest. elements of the national dress of the peoples of the tashkent region: white dresses with harem pants, lace collars, and outerwear a little shorter than the dress. due to the presence of many gold and silver deposits on the territory of the tashkent region, yellow and yellowish color is a more common shade of clothing. the red-violet color characteristic of the territory of akhangaran is compared with the flowers of tulips and violets, which are the first to appear from under the snow. the color of the fire symbolizes the fact that the tribes living in the pre-islamic period in this area considered fire sacred. and also, silk fabrics were widely used, such as khon atlas, adras, which were brought from neighboring and from distant lands along the great silk road1. in the mountainous regions of the akhangaran valley and in the villages located on the plains, the kuramin tribes lived, and they used the paraphernalia of the mosaic2, and this sewing art is inherited from generation to generation. we can see several types of these mosaic attributes on pillows and dresses. the main fabric in the art of these mosaic attributes natural. fibers of natural origin, usually produced from plants, such as linen, cotton and hemp fabric, and along with these fabrics, materials of other natural origin, such as silk and wool, were also used. clothing made from natural fibers is considered premium. fibers are made up of pores filled with air. the population of this valley has always used very high quality fabrics, which can be assessed by their knowledge of culture even in this area. these people used the brightest color palettes, such as red, yellow, purple and pink. the attributes of the mosaic of the fabric from which the dresses were sewn were very clear, forming quadrangles or triangles. the quadrilateral is considered a symbol of the earth, sun, sky and water, and the triangle is a sacred symbol of the family and the pure spirit of the people. young girls and middle-aged women mostly dress up in red dresses. and in the tashkent region they put on locks3, and from the top they tie a iyagach4 to hide the chin. many women wore large white shawls of various fabrics. surprisingly, headscarves were worn 2,000 years ago. in the era of the chinese emperor qin shi huang di, warriors tied them around their necks to protect themselves from the cold. in tsarist russia, a special material made of colored silk threads was called a scarf, by which it was possible to determine the rank of a person. during the time of peter the great, they began to wear the style of a scarf with tassels. at the end of the 18th century in france there were very fashionable starched muslin shawls that were wrapped around the neck. but the real peak of the popularity of products came at the end of the 19th 1 the great silk road is a caravan road linking east asia with the mediterranean in ancient times and in the middle ages. it was primarily used to export silk from china, hence its name. 2 the kurama tribes sewed fabrics from patches of different fabrics into mosaic paraphernalia 3 the national headdress 4 the same american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org century, when fashion designers began to produce personalized silk scarves. since then, interest in the accessory has only continued to grow. today, there are many types of scarves and their names for women. they are worn in cold and warm seasons. and this shows us that the women of the kurama people were familiar with the art of cult clothing from ancient times. fashion accessories are countless fashionable little things, which, however, just like the silhouette and color, characterize the style of clothing of this era. looking back at the history of fashion, we see that many items that are now taken for granted for us from a practical point of view were once obligatory and expensive accessories, without which it was impossible to appear. and women of the tashkent region used such accessories. most of these accessories were complemented by turquoise and silver. men's shirts were mostly made of plain cotton fabric in the form of cuffs with a closed or open collar, and two ends were fastened with buttons. the men's outfit also consists of a national sleeveless jacket, which has a length to the hips and with an open collar, lined. in addition, men wore long robes, and this national robe is called "yaktak"5. yaktak is part of a traditional costume and is outerwear in asian countries, usually made from breathable natural materials that are pleasant to the skin. dressing gowns for men were sewn mainly in plain colors, they were distinguished by a simple style. the fasteners of this type of clothing were ties or belts. men constantly went in a dressing gown: at home, on the street, to various events. festive items were embroidered with gold threads, decorated with braid, satin inserts. sleeves and edges were processed with satin or brocade. vertical slits on the sleeves did not interfere with movement. uzbek robes were sewn together from pieces of fabric, without a pattern. for the warm season, a silk lining was made from the inside, and for the cold season a thick one. they wore very comfortable shoes made of genuine leather. almost no different from other places. the male skullcap is considered an attribute of the traditional form of the uzbek people. in uzbekistan, a skullcap is not just an element of clothing it is part of the culture of the people. today, the skullcap on the heads of citizens can only be seen on special occasions: family celebrations, funerals or holidays. but a few decades ago, the skullcap was the main type of headdress in central asia. men and women, children and old people walked in it. and in each region, skullcaps have their own difference. conventionally, duppi6 is divided into several groups: tashkent, bukhara, samarkand, fergana, khorezm-karakalpak and kashkadarya-surkhandarya, skullcaps are also festive, religious and everyday. today, however, not everyone thinks about the messages hidden in duppy patterns, and yet every bend, pattern, line carries a deep meaning and mystery. until now, the whole legends and traditions about skullcaps have been preserved among the people. the folk clothes reflect the traditions, culture and history of the uzbek people. it was formed over the centuries, but remains popular today. the national outfit characterizes the historically established traditions and characteristics of the uzbek people. the bright character of the people is reflected in the colorful and colorful uzbek costumes of the country's inhabitants. 5 the word "robe" itself comes from the arabic language, where it means honorable or "compensated" clothes. 6 men's and women's headdress of the peoples of the volga region, the urals, central asia, the caucasus, crimea, western siberia. in russian, the word “skull-teika”, which comes from the turkic word “tubetey”, is usually understood as a small cap without a brim. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org literature 1. mukhammajonov. kadimgi tashkent. tarihiy va archeologist lavkhalar t.: fan, 1988. 2. a. khasanov. olmalik whale. t., 2021 3. a. razzokov. okhangaron gavharlari. t., 2019 4. a. khasanov. kўҳna va navqiron olmalik t: a.kodiriy nomidagi halk merosi, 2000 5. z.eshmirzaeva. shosh va ilok yollarida. – t., 2020. 6. http://www.ziyouz.com/images/books. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org the spread of the cholera epidemic in turkestan toshtemirov doston researcher, karshi state university uzbekistan, karshi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s as we know, the republic of turkestan lived for a short time, but it had its place in the history of uzbekistan. the difficult conditions in the republic, that is, the derailment of the economy due to political contradictions, the fact that social problems have become extremely acute, and the country has become the center of various epidemics, demanded special attention to health care. the soviet government established the system based on its ideals. this process took place in turkestan in a very complicated situation. because the management in turkestan was based on full military principles, the management and control of health care was initially entrusted to the militarysanitary department. the people's commissar of health, heads of regional health departments, regional doctors were appointed from the ranks of former military doctors in most cases. this created a number of difficulties in setting up the industry. republic of turkestan, evacuation, volgaboyi, uraloldi, krasnovodsk, epidemic. introduction in 1921-1922, a terrible famine occurred in the volga and ural regions of russia. the food problem among the population of the famine-stricken area is getting worse day by day, and the destitute people cannot find bread and have to eat non-edible things like kunjara, kipik, yumronkozik, tree barks, salt. due to the current situation, part of the hungry population was evacuated to turkestan. the center entrusted the republic of turkestan with all the organizational issues and expenses related to feeding, clothing, employment, and health care of the displaced persons. at the same time, the living conditions of the people of turkestan were also difficult. but the center was more concerned about the problem of hunger in the volgabuyi and uralaldi regions than the people of distant turkestan. that's why the center preferred to move the hungry as quickly and as much as possible to avoid their problem. because wherever the hungry were moved, they were provided at the expense of that region. according to the official list, 320000 people were displaced. but those who came to turkestan unorganized, that is, in the form of hungry refugees, make up the majority. most of them consisted of tatars, bashkirs and other muslims. why, the hungry had no chance to register in their gubernias and uezds and wait for their evacuation. among the refugees were those infected with cholera, which caused a new wave of epidemics in the country. at the beginning of june 1921, cholera patients were identified in the tashkent bacteriology laboratory. this disease was recorded in samarkand, jizzakh, oratepa regions of turkestan. in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org general, 113 people were diagnosed with cholera in samarkand region, and 48 of them died. anticholera week was announced in the cities of turkestan. the government of turkestan has established a commission to combat the epidemic, its chairman is e.b. it was brodov. the commission included m. mirazimov, a.l. lepekhin, etc. were introduced. the program of the course on sanitary measures during the outbreak of cholera was distributed to health departments in the regions. in it, concepts were given about sanitary disinfection. there were two different estimates of the spread of the plague. 1) in krasnovodsk, on june 7,5 people infected with cholera and 3 corpses of people infected with cholera on a steamer from astrakhan and 35 people among passengers are suspected to be infected with cholera. 2) a cholera patient is identified on a train that arrived from orenburg on june 20 at the aris station. both cases were confirmed by bacteriological studies. so, the analyzes indicate that the cholera disease spread to turkestan at the expense of the foreign population. cholera entered the republic of turkestan from orenburg on june 24, 1921 from perovsk, chernyaevsky. cholera on june 27 in tashkent, on july 1 in kazalinsk and on july 2 among the residents of the aral sea, on july 5 in samarkand, on july 8 in qovunchi station of tashkent district, on july 10 in kokand, on july 15 in the village of nikolsky (tashkent region), on july 18 in andijan. and on july 23 at gorchakovo station, on august 1 in kattakorgan (samarkand region), on august 3 in osh city (fergana region). cholera disease, especially in the city of tashkent, the death rate from this disease is high, cholera disease was recorded in this area from june 27, 1921 to december. a cholera epidemic occurred in 29 settlements of central asia, 3315 people were registered with cholera, and 1179 of them or 35.6 percent died. in particular, 383 soldiers of the red army fell ill with cholera, and 128 of them died. 2922 of the population were registered with cholera and 1049 of them died. the analysis shows that cholera incidence rate is high in syrdarya region, and a total of 510 people are registered. 236 of them die. 70 percent of those who died from the epidemic were residents of samarkand, most of them were people who were relocated from povolje regions of russia. epidemics mainly affected the urban population. 57% of those who died died of cholera. first of all, this is explained by the harsh living conditions of the population, the lack of sanitary education, and the fact that the government's policy on epidemiology does not meet the requirements. the sanitary department of the people's commissariat of health of the republic of turkestan conducted investigations to determine how cholera patients contracted the disease. health departments order all subordinate organizations and persons involved in the treatment of cholera patients to study medical records, determine whether or not they have been vaccinated against cholera, and take into account the timing of preventive vaccinations. as a result of such activities, the statistical department of the sanitary department of the people's commissariat of health was able to collect data on only 1483 cases. half of them 1832 (55.3 percent), were not identified due to unsatisfactory sanitary and statistical work in medical institutions. most cases of cholera cases were not sent for case histories, probably because they were not taken. the turkestan government summarizes the information related to the outbreak of cholera and states the following conclusions: 1) in 1921, the cholera epidemic in the republic of turkestan occurred in july and august. 2) the epidemic came from two opposite sides of the republic of turkestan almost at the same time. during the epidemic, mainly the local (non-migrant) population suffered. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 3) the epidemic developed at a high level in syrdarya region (tashkent). 4) оn the whole, men accounted for the majority of cholera cases. 79.3 percent of those who died of cholera were russians, 10.4 percent were representatives of local nationalities, and 1.7 percent were jews. therefore, representatives of the indigenous peoples were a minority among those infected with cholera. cholera spreaders increased mainly at the expense of the foreign population. people who came to the country from abroad brought many infectious diseases with them. of course, during this period, the laxity of measures for conducting medical control of those entering from the shet made the situation even worse. in conclusion, it can be said that the cholera epidemic spread in turkestan under the influence of various factors. the analyzes showed that the cholera disease spread to turkestan at the expense of the foreign population. the cholera epidemic of the summer of 1921 entered turkestan almost simultaneously from two opposite sides. during the epidemic, most of those infected with cholera were mainly men and russian-speaking population. the epidemic was ended as a result of the diligence of medical workers in the regions where the cholera epidemic spread, isolation of disease centers from other settlements, and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of the epidemic. list of references 1. расулов а. туркистон ва волгабўйи, уралолди халқлари ўртасидаги муносабатлар.тошкент,2005.-б.101-104 2. ўз ма, р-40-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 138-иш, 66-варақ. 3. ўз ма, р-25-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 333-иш, 3-16-варақлар. 4. к статистике холеры в туркестанской республике в эпидемию 1921 года п.а. глазунов. (статистический п/отдел тур. нкз) // туркестанский медицинский журнал, 1922 г. №4. – 337-342. 5. к статистике холеры в туркестанской республике в эпидемию 1921 года п.а. глазунов. (статистический п/отдел тур. нкз) // туркестанский медицинский журнал, 1922 г. №4.– с.337-342. 6. мухитдинов м, хужаков а. здравоохранение андижанской области.– ташкент: медицина, 1985.–с. 19. 7. к статистике холеры в туркестанской республике в эпидемию 1921 года п.а. глазунов. (статистический п/отдел тур. нкз) // туркестанский медицинский журнал, 1922 г. №4.– 337-342. 8. данные центра статистического управления согласно переписи населения туркестанской республики 1920 года. 9. к статистике холеры в туркестанской республике в эпидемию 1921 года п.а. глазунов. (статистический п/отдел тур. нкз) // туркестанский медицинский журнал, 1922 г. №4. с.337-342. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org the role of philosophy in modern education ismoilov m. i. professor, namangan engineering – construction institute uzbekistan, namangan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s abstract: the article examines the methodological foundations of modern education. attention is focused on the importance of "hermeneutics" for the formation of "understanding" pedagogy. the effectiveness of the comparative approach in the educational process is investigated. comparative approach in philosophy and pedagogy, innovations, methods of understanding education, multidimensional connections, new reflexivity, modernization of the activity approach, modern pluralism, philosophical concept in contrast to the usual ideas about the exhaustion of the influence of philosophy on public life, we immediately emphasize that at present philosophy and its methods remain the most important methodological foundations and an effective tool for understanding the new reality, and this understanding is the foundation of the reforming education system. in uzbekistan, with social changes, peculiar and unique conditions have developed for philosophy. socio-political changes have allowed philosophers to "read", re-evaluate, and select from academic philosophy principles that are able to explain modern processes and exclude outdated ones that have lost their former theoretical significance under new social relations. new hypotheses and new conceptual solutions in various spheres of public life have become an impulse and driving force in the constant updating and improvement of multi-layered and multi-complex reality. the practice of a new pluralism is emerging. i would like to note that pluralism is an integral attribute of philosophical thinking at any stage of socio-historical development. all outstanding philosophers have had and defended their own views since the appearance of philosophy. but modern pluralism has its own peculiarities, and, unlike the traditional view, in modern philosophical directions, the subject, status and place in scientific knowledge are defined ambiguously, and awareness of any methodological view determines tolerance towards opponents. both philosophical and general scientific concepts are being modernized: "activity", "ideology", "consistency", "reflexivity", "self-organization". the concepts of "intentionality", "convention", "paradigm", "hermeneutic circle" and others are filled with philosophical content, new "categoricalconceptual grids" are formed, which interact with each other and produce new approaches and methods of cognition. in the philosophical arsenal of modern research, the comparative (comparative) approach proves to be effective. it is used in two guises: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org a) among professionals (in dialogues); b) when studying connections in interdisciplinary and interdisciplinary educational processes (in teaching). comparative studies, as well as pluralism, are implicitly present in philosophy itself, since even the assimilation of historical and philosophical knowledge is impossible without the involvement of comparative analysis. in the age of rapid differentiation of scientific disciplines and the need for their integration, the comparative approach in cognition acts as a condition for the existence and development of specific sciences that determine the development of philosophy. the implementation of such multidimensional connections in the process of cognition requires the allocation of multilevel methodological foundations: general, particular, interdisciplinary. new methodologies ("intermediate"), based on the synthesis of general philosophical and special scientific methodology, began to have a high explanatory potential. intermediate methodologies themselves appeared in scientific knowledge only in the twentieth century. their general scientific foundations were system, self-organization, socio-cultural foundations a new philosophical anthropology, a new reading of the activity approach, a new reflexivity. this duality is becoming very important in the education system. its characteristic feature is the desire for awareness of education itself, and this cannot be done without philosophical reflection. therefore, philosophy as an academic discipline in the modernization educational process is designed to take its rightful place. (apparently, it has already taken, but, unfortunately, as is often the case in reality, the process of realizing this fact has not yet been completed). and if philosophy acts as the selfconsciousness of culture, then education provides the process of introducing a person to culture, and at the present stage also with an emphasis on the formation of the "human in man": it is impossible to bypass philosophical questions about man and his versatility. the questions formulated by i. kant in his main works are "what can i know?", "what should i do?", "what can i hope for?", "what is a person?", as well as the statement in his article "the idea of universal history in the world civil plan" that "culture it consists in the social value of a person", can be considered at present as the philosophical basis of the competence approach, the development of basic competencies cognitive, civil, professional, moral and others. only in this case, education can fulfill an essential and meaningful humanistic mission. the activity approach still occupies a special place in the educational process. pedagogical activity, however, like any other, includes various aspects: practical, theoretical, value. but we can agree with v.a. the lecturer's point is that "the activity approach can show its validity in modern conditions only if attempts are made within its framework to understand those phenomena that have been identified in non-activity and anti-activity concepts: phenomenology, a number of variants of the analytical philosophy of consciousness and analytical philosophical psychology, in cognitive psychology proceeding from a computer metaphor mental processes". consequently, the activity approach is not feasible without scientific research, without creative intuition and understanding of real facts (i.e. qualitative certainty of the studied object), because pedagogical activity is a creative, innovative activity (including the ability to manage changes), and for this a meaningful elaboration of all educational programs, projects and initiatives is necessary. the main task in modern education is the formation of an "understanding" pedagogy. pedagogy in the past developed in the paradigm of classical rationality, which was based on logic and subject american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org knowledge. the pedagogical process was based on the object-subject cognitive system. the hermeneutics of the twentieth century presented new aspects and methods of understanding reality to science, not excluding the pedagogy of knowledge, but attaching to it the pedagogy of understanding, which turned to personal experience, a system of values, self-awareness (of the teacher) in the subject (education), moved the center of the educational process from the object to the subject, from objectsubject relations to the subject-subject, paid close attention to the co-creation of communication participants in the pedagogical process. "understanding" pedagogy in the modern educational process intersects with existential pedagogy, in which the central idea is also a person and his development. this existential attitude underlies modern continuing education. since "understanding" pedagogy is creative, one of the conditions for the formation of creative thinking is the ability to reflect. in modern conditions, under the influence of a huge flow of information and the speed of its change, a quick reaction to information novelty, semantic assessment, independent interpretation of texts and effective implementation of goals is required from the subject, which characterizes "nonlinear" thinking. and this is not an easy task. every human ability has normal, extreme and abnormal conditions of realization. the ability to reflect is a special ability that requires only normal conditions in the learning process. teachers will have serious innovations in terms of developing methods that combine the formation of cognitive interest and constant mental exercises "training", and for this it is necessary to improve skills, improve the quality of methodological literacy, without which "understanding" pedagogy will remain an unrealized dream. and really, how can a student be taught to make a choice independently without knowing the categorical structure of thinking? how can a person live in the modern world without critical philosophical thinking, without a "new" reflexivity in relation to the world and to himself (analysis of his thinking on the content and construction of thought structures)? let's return to the "intermediate" methodologies in modern cognition. one of such "intermediate" methodologies is the philosophical concept of the "middle" level developed by the author. the specificity of this concept is as follows: it carries out a philosophical analysis of non-philosophical concepts, establishes new meanings, creates syncretic explanatory models. in each concept there are two plans: philosophical and private scientific. as a result, the concepts of private science are interwoven into the context of general theory, sometimes without violating the general ideas, and sometimes changing them. in this concept, each specialist is included in the holistic world from his "disciplinary" side, and philosophy systematizes these sides into a holistic unity; moreover, philosophical knowledge becomes accompanying in understanding the problems that are solved by specific sciences. there are examples of the application of the philosophical concept of the middle level in pedagogical scientific research. references 1. ismoilov m. i. a new environmental (ecological) paradigm an important factor in ensuring of sustainable development //theoretical & applied science. – 2019. – №. 10. – с. 666-668. 2. ismoilov m. i. et al. creativeness and its importance in problem solving //theoretical & applied science. – 2021. – №. 3. – с. 60-63. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 3. abdurakhmonovich a. b. factors influencing the formation of professional thinking in pupils //european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol. – 2020. – т. 8. – №. 2. 4. ismoilov m. i. the status of intuitive forecasting in the environmental paradigm evolution //scientific bulletin of namangan state university. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 214-218. 5. farhodzhonova n.f. problemy primenenija innovacionnyh tehnologij v obrazovatel'nom processe na mezhdunarodnom urovne. innovacionnye tendencii, social'no-jekonomicheskie i pravovye problemy vzaimodejstvija v mezhdunarodnom prostranstve. – 2016. 6. forming pupils’ professional thinking model //eastern european scientific journal. – 2019. – №. 1. 7. ismoilov m. i. towards the environmental paradigm: from irrational to rational //теория и практика современной науки. – 2017. – №. 5. – с. 24-27. 8. dexqonova s., muxiddinova x. g. relationship and interaction of rights and morals //теория и практика современной науки. – 2017. – №. 5. – с. 15-17. 9. numonjonov s. d. innovative methods of professional training //isj theoretical & applied science, 01 (81). – 2020. – с. 747-750. 10. akbarov b. a. pedagogical system of formation of professional thinking in secondary school students //author. dis.... dcs. – 2020. 11. абдуллажанова н. т. беруни-историк науки //мировая наука 2020. проблемы и перспективы. – 2020. – с. 28-30. 12. farxodjonova n. features of modernization and integration of national culture //scientific bulletin of namangan state university. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 167-172. 13. исмоилов м. и., фарходжонова н. ф. the philosophy analysis of the evolution of ecological paradigm //новые идеи в философии. – 2016. – с. 1-7. 14. isroilovich i. m. the use of innovative technologies in the educational system for integrated purposes //central asian journal of literature, philosophy and culture. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 5. – с. 10-13. 15. isroilovich i. m. the evolution of the ecological paradigm: the dialectic of subjectivity and objectivity //design engineering. – 2021. – с. 7053-7060. 16. dehqanova s. formation of innovative activities in the educational system: technological approach //приоритетные направления научных исследований. – 2019. – с. 11-12. 17. egamberdievna d. s. the influence of the religious worldview on the cultural development of mankind //central asian journal of literature, philosophy and culture. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 46-52. 18. ergashev i., farxodjonova n. integration of national culture in the process of globalization //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 477-479. 19. akbarov b. a. pedagogical system of formation of professional thinking in secondary school students.: author. dis.... dcs. – 2020. 20. abduxamidovna m. d., abdurahmonovich a. b. analysis of the results of psychological and pedagogical research of labor migrants and their families //middle european scientific bulletin. – 2021. – т. 12. – с. 440-443. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 21. farxodjonqizi f. n., dilshodjonugli n. s. innovative processes and trends in the educational process in uzbekistan //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2020. – т. 10. – №. 4. – с. 621-626. 22. akbarov b. formation of professional motivation of students in the educational process //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 4. – с. 702-704. 23. muxiddinova x. g. social and political views of jadides //мировая наука. – 2019. – №. 3. – с. 36-39. 24. ismailov, m. i., & farhadzhanova, n. f. (2016). jekologicheskaja paradigma: smysl i sushhnost`. fundamental`nye i prikladnye issledovanija v sovremennom mire, №. 13-4, pp. 20-23. 25. isroilovich, i. m., et al. (2020). philosophical ideas and views of national culture in the condition of globalization. palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology, т. 17, №. 7, pp. 1428914295. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 228 www.americanjournal.org pencil drawing fine art as a basis lola abdurakhimov xursanovich terdpi "fine arts and engineering graphics" senior teacher of the department, associate professor phone: +99899 424 24 52 e-mail: abduraximov@tersu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, pencil drawing as the basis of visual art, realistic depiction of existing things and forms, to develop practical knowledge and skills, as well as aesthetic taste. love for nature, observation, composition, constructive structure, proportions, perspective, laws of light and shadow are important. pencil drawing, shape, realistic, existence, composition, perspective, art, artist, dream, sangina, pastel, sauce, pencil, pencil, plaster. introduction pencil drawing is the basis of all visual arts. regardless of the type of visual arts an artist works on, it is based on a pencil drawing. he expresses his observations, his research on the composition of a large work first by means of preliminary sketches in pencil. composition sketches and drafts serve as a helpful resource for the artist in creating a work of art. an artist begins to create one or another picture by drawing with a pencil. then the work is given colors and it gives an aesthetic pleasure to the viewer. in other words, no artist can mature his work without a pencil. a pencil drawing can also be an independently completed work of art. many paintings created in dream, sangina, pastel, sauce, and pencil are included in various art museums and exhibitions of the world. drawing training is necessary not only for the future artist, but also for people in various professions, in order to develop the right visual representation, perception of existence, hand, mind and sense organs. as the great artist and scientist of the renaissance leonardo da vinci stated in his work entitled "laws of painting", if young people want to try themselves in science and visual arts, they should first of all know how to draw. drawing is taught to undergraduate students in i-iii courses through theoretical and practical training. it should be noted that, along with theoretical training, it is very important to provide students with practical knowledge. this knowledge is important in the scientific and creative activities of future pedagogues after graduating from the institute. realistic depiction of existing objects and forms is very important not only to give the student practical knowledge and skills, but also to develop his aesthetic taste, love for the motherland, and expand his worldview. realistic painting is also of great importance in developing the skill of young artists to express existence in true images. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 229 www.americanjournal.org studying the basics of drawing is based on the principle of drawing in a methodical sequence, depending on the object itself. such qualities as love for nature and extreme observation, the correct description of objects should be characteristic of every student engaged in visual arts. it is important to familiarize future pedagogues-artists with the lives and creative activities of great artists, people who have inherited a lot of theoretical and practical knowledge in the field of fine arts, and to study their works in depth. drawing classes aim to teach future art teachers the following fundamental laws: 1. basics of composition in visual arts. 2. linear constructive structure of forms. 3. mutual proportions of items. 4. laws of perspective in visual arts. 5. laws of light and shadow in figures. 6. correctly performing the image by analyzing and synthesizing it in a methodical sequence. these skills and competencies are developed and improved through the student's learning exercises during all stages of higher education. in addition to teaching the practical aspects of drawing classes, it is important to carefully teach the theoretical foundations of the training of future teachers of fine arts. therefore, pencil drawing classes are conducted on the basis of a number of specific subjects. the main ones are perspective and plastic anatomy. without them, it is difficult for a student to perform even the simplest task correctly. without knowing the laws of perspective, he cannot accurately find the spatial position of an object, or draw a human figure and portrait without having a clear knowledge of human plastic anatomy. a student who does not understand the laws of light and shadow well cannot describe the color, size and material characteristics of the depicted object. the art of painting objects, like other concrete sciences, requires a deep analysis of what is being drawn by thinking and creating it figuratively, not through words, but through various means of representation. as p. chistyakov, a master of fine arts and one of the russian pedagogues, said, painting means thinking. he always emphasized to his students: "never paint without thinking, always speak and describe with a goal in mind, from here to here"1. in other words, the imagination of the artist should always be connected with the existence that surrounds him. before creating a work of art, the artist-artist first of all observes and remembers the images of the existence, reconstructs and analyzes them in his imagination, and then describes them based on the knowledge and experience gained through many practical exercises. as a result of the scientific analysis of the educational pencil drawing, we can observe that it is closely related to several independent main subjects: i. perspective is a science that reveals the methods of correctly depicting the spatial position of an object on a plane. ii. plastic anatomy is the science of human and animal body structure. iii. physics is the science of the distribution of light and shadows in objects. it is necessary for every student to master these subjects in a comprehensive school, then in an art school, and to be able to use them widely in visual work. as mentioned above, renaissance artists made good use of the disciplines listed in their famous works of art. the importance of these exact sciences in the true description of objects is extremely great. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 230 www.americanjournal.org there is no famous work of art that does not follow the laws of perspective. it is possible to tell exactly in what position the artist painted the picture (from the front, from the side, sitting or standing). both the great artists of the past and the modern artists of today put perspective first. visual arts require that our spatial perception fully obeys the law of perspective. in order to correctly describe the spatial position of the object, we must follow the laws of perspective. the work of the famous artist shows that it is extremely important to follow the rules of fine art for the true depiction of existence. leonardo da vinci said in his work entitled "the laws of painting": "the reader must first thoroughly understand the laws of perspective, and then master the dimensions of the object."4 the correct description of the constructive structure of objects and their reduction of perspective in different situations requires the student to perform practical exercises. famous artist coaches, in addition to their creative activities, have developed many special methodical manuals. in particular, a.p. sapojnikov, one of the russian pedagogues who worked in the first half of the 19th century, introduced the sinch (frame) method in describing objects. when depicting geometric shapes made of gypsum, he placed a copy of this shape made of wire next to a known shape, helping young artists to easily learn the rules of linear construction and perspective. imaging with the help of the sinch method is of great importance in determining the reference points of various geometric and other shapes (cubes, cylinders, cones, prisms and cones) on the plane of the object, perspective bases and spatial conditions. one of the basic rules of drawing is perspective. the fact that an object appears smaller as it moves away from the observer is called the phenomenon of perspective. for example, if we stand in the middle of a straight road and observe it, the end of the road will appear to be reduced to a point. everything in nature shrinks towards the point of observation on the horizon line, that is, the point equal to our eyes. when everything is far away from other things, it looks smaller to our eyes, and the mountains also look dim. the light and shadows falling on it also have a holistic look and are different from the objects in the foreground. to depict anything on paper, a horizon line is found relative to its location. this line is a distance equal to the height of our eyes as we said above. one of the important conditions for the correct use of perspective laws in the depiction of nature is to ensure that the image comes out truthfully. the position of the image of the object relative to the horizontal plane and the vertical picture surface is found according to the perspective view. we need to pay attention to aerial perspective in painting. a nearby object differs from a distant object in color, lightness or darkness. shadows are similar reflections of light in accordance with the design of the image, it also depends on finding their place correctly. the application of the rules of perspective is more complicated in depicting nature than in landscape painting. because the distance between objects is shorter, it is determined by careful observation. tm of moderate softness in drawing; m; 2m type pencils, pastel, saus, sangina, pistachio coals are used. among them, the most used one should be prepared for a separate job. their tip is cut with a sharp blade, 30 mm in total, including 10 mm of its graphite part. when drawing auxiliary lines, it is drawn with the side of the pencil. then the auxiliary lines go easily with a white soft eraser. if you draw with the tip of the pencil, the lines on the paper will not fade. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 231 www.americanjournal.org used literature 1. boymetov. b. "fundamentals of pencil drawing". study guide for students of pedagogical institutes and universities. tashkent, 1997. 2. khaitov e.kh, jumanazarov sh.r "rangtasvir". study guide. tashkent, 2018 3. abdullaev.n. "history of art" t-2/1 publishing house "art" 2001 4. oydinov n "snapshots from the history of fine arts", tashkent., teacher, 1997 5. abdurakhimov l.kh. "kalamtasvir" tutorial. tashkent "lesson press" publishing house. 2021 year. 6. toshpulatov, fakhriddin uralovich, ramazon erkin ogli norkhochkarov, and khairiniso nurmumin kyzi makhmudova. "the relationship of applied folk art with the science of drawing." academic research in educational sciences 2.2 (2021). 7. tashpo'latov, fakhriddin uralovich. "games that develop children's interest in professions based on game technologies." science and education 2.4 (2021): 487-491. 8. abdurakhimov, lola khursanovich, halima jumanazarovna bakirova, and ulugbek lolaevich abdurakhimov. "obuchenie detey graficheskoy deyatelnostyu v sredne obrazovatelnoy shkole." internauka 47-1 (2019): 34-36. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 219 www.americanjournal.org especially the role of women and men in commerce (in the example of tashkent markets in 1991-2020) okhunjonova shakhodat yusubjon kizi t.f.f.d. (phd) oxunjonova1191@mail.ru 91 113 77 59 madiyeva sitora ikromiddin qizi fardu magistranti sofiyamadiyeva08@gmail.com 94 492 66 96 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the reason why the majority of the population, mainly women, became active in the 1990s trade process, what products women sell in markets and where to buy cheap products. mixed markets, shuttle traders, market economy, shuttle trader. introduction there are a number of criteria for evaluating the development of a country, one of which is the attitude towards women in society. by the attitude towards women, it is possible to determine the level of civilization of the country and the rest of the society. because a woman is the highest value of the society, it is the force that vibrates the society. in fact, women worked shoulder to shoulder with men in the development of our society or in all aspects of life. for example, by observing the markets, it can be noticed that mainly men have been selling meat, and mostly women have been selling cleaned chicken meat. women are busy with vegetable trade. sometimes it was possible to meet older uzbek fathers selling chives (dill), parsley, coriander, celery, lettuce, jambil, basil. milk products were mainly sold by men, and milk products by women. while men trade in the auto, construction goods, and livestock markets, the gold market is dominated by women traders. korean women are the sellers of khushkhor korean salads, and the rest of the products are sold by both men and women. another characteristic of trade in uzbekistan is that it is mainly carried out by women. 90% of traders in mixed markets are women between 30 and 55 years old [7]. according to the results of the interview, the majority of sellers and owners of goods in the market are women, and this phenomenon can be explained as the greater flexibility of women and the strength of their bargaining power[11]. moki[6] trade, that is, to carry goods, like a shuttle, to trade without ceasing to and fro, became active after the collapse of the ussr. in the 1990s, women from the cis countries, including uzbekistan, came to istanbul on buses and transported clothes for sale. now, this type of trade has surpassed its modest name to become a multi-billion dollar business that attracts buyers from all over the world. russia, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 220 www.americanjournal.org followed by ukraine, kazakhstan and uzbekistan merchants bought the largest volume of products from laleli market in turkey [10]. most of the moki traders are middle-aged women, who stated that they do this work because it is considered physically hard work for women, but at the same time, it allows them to live comfortably. this is not unique to uzbek women, but after the 1990s, moki trade has become widespread in all cis countries. in november 2007, the first statue of entrepreneurs was opened in belgorod. the height of the statue is three meters, and its composition is made of bronze. the place for the statue was chosen near the central market of belgorod. the author of this composition is a young sculptor taras kostenko, who worked on this statue for six months. according to the sculptor, he called on businessmen with experience to get inspiration and feel the difficulty of trade. taras kostenko was told how they traveled, suffered, stood in line, how they lifted things under their skirts and grabbed these bags[3]. statues of such merchants were opened again in yekaterinburg, china, and in the dordoi market of kyrgyzstan[9]. if we pay attention to the problematic aspects and reasons of women's activation in the market, although women make up 46.7%[1] of the labor force in economic life, as a result of the fact that most of them are concentrated in low-wage areas, women are informally employed. they are also forced to work in additional places [8]. it is no secret that in the process of transition to a market economy, all institutions and organizations are the first to lay off women in order to win the competition. men are also preferred as labor force in employment. according to economist n. rahimova, in 2002, women in the economy made up 13 million of the population. or 44%, unemployment among them reached 57.3% due to 3 main reasons [5]. first, the objective dismissal of women due to the bankruptcy of several organizations as a result of economic reforms; secondly due to the fact that there is no need for women's work in some areas due to the development of the market economy, they remain housewives or are forced to go to labor exchanges; thirdly, it is related to the fact that today women are involved in the type of trade called "chelnochnaya torgovlya" in order to "do business" in order to keep themselves busy. but due to the existence of a number of difficulties in this business method, most of the women are still among the unemployed [5]. such a situation is characteristic of the cis countries, for example, it was also observed in the russian federation. in the 1990s, many university graduates were forced to work in the market after they could not find a job in their field of study. even among those who have sufficient funds to start an independent business in the market, they had to work as a hired seller for 3-4 years. the majority of traders in the market are highly educated (even candidates of science). during 1999-2000, the flow of people to this business increased [12]. according to the information provided by the respondents, engaging in trade activities was the basis for their rapid economic recovery. having a comfortable house and a car, he made it possible to pay the contract fee of his children, he married a son and gave birth to a daughter. women's trade in the market also created a number of difficulties. they also noted that they had undergone surgery several times as a result of lifting heavy loads. they also emphasized the trouble of sleepless nights, taking into account that wholesale markets are mainly traded in the evening [4]. as a result of the analysis of the above data, it can be concluded that the sellers and owners of goods in the market are mainly women, which is more typical for the shuttle trading business. the reasons for this phenomenon can be explained mainly by women's greater flexibility, bargaining ability, that is, the ability to buy products with a fast market, the ability to attract the buyer, as well as create american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 221 www.americanjournal.org confidence in the buyer to buy the product. as a problem, it is necessary to think of ways to protect the rights of market women and legally appreciate their work, and it should be noted that many thoughtful articles about women traders have been published in the press. for example, in the periodical press "the woman carrying a bag", "the lime market is in this, the farmer's market is the rule?" articles such as the fact that market women forget manners, defame the holy name, and the tricks of market sellers [2:75-b] are discussed. however, there are various social reasons why our women enter the market today, and in the analysis of this article, we are far from condemning them. it is because the market women are always in the crowd that they should follow the oriental market etiquette. since the merchant ate the bread of trade, many learned his profession and served the people with loyalty and faith. if we look at the details of the history of the east, we can see that thousands of great scientists, figures, poets, historians, scientists, and many nobles came from merchant families. for example, one of the founders of the turkestan autonomous republic, faizulla khojaev, the great uzbek poet cholpon, was brought up in a merchant family. books: 1. женшины и мужчины узбекистана. статистический сборник. – тошкент, 2010. – с.153. 2. iqtisod va xisobot // qop ko‘targan ayol. 1998 yil. № 3. 75-bet. 3. памятник первым предпринимателям (белгород)ҳттп://wорлдwалк.инфо/ру/cаталог/1080/ 4. rustamova nafisa, 1967 yilda tug‘ilgan. toshkent shahar mirzo ulug‘bek tumanida yashaydi. suhbat 2019 yil 28 oktyabr kuni 10:00 da yozib olingan. 5. sultonova e. ayol davlatning rivojlanish strategiyasida (global muammo sifatida). toshkent: jidu, 2005. – b. 145. 6. o‘zbek tilining izohli lug‘ati. toshkent: o‘zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi davlat ilmiy nashriyoti, 2006. 2-jild. – b .610-611. 7. o‘zbekiston makon va zamonlar osha. sotsiomadaniy almanax. – toshkent: sug‘diyona, 2011. – b. 234. 8. o‘zbekistonda o‘tish davrida inson taraqqiyoti. – toshkent: o‘zbekiston, 2000, b. 31. 9. chelnok https://lenta.ru/news/2009/07/20/chelnok/ 20:12, 20 iyulya 2009. 10. chelnochnaya torgovlya http://www.ca-portal.ru/article:44485 11. yakovlev a., golikova v., kapralova n. a rыnki i “chelnochnaya” torgovlya v rossiyskoy ekonomike:vchera otkrыtыe segodnya, zavtra(po materialam empiricheskix issledovaniy 2001 2005 gg.) preprint wp4/2006/05seriya wp4 moskva guvshe 2006. sotsiologiya rыnkov. – s. 18. 12. yakovlev a.a., golikova v.v., kapralova n.l. opublikovano v jurnale.mir rossii. 2007, № 2, s. 84-106. http://www.demoscope.ru/weekly/2007/0293/analit04.php 13. http://sciencebox.uz/index.php/jis/article/download/4191/3760 xix asrning ikkinchi yarmi-xx asr boshlarida toshkent va qo‘qon bozorlarining o‘rni 14. http://sciencebox.uz/index.php/jis/article/download/4190/3759 bozor va savdo munosabatlarida savdogarning o‘rni 15. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=eb1zvdsaaaaj&c itation_for_view=eb1zvdsaaaaj:9yksngcb0ic#:~:text=1991%2d2020%20study%20of%20the%20population%27s%20attitude%2 0to%20the%20markets 1991-2020 study of the population's attitude to the markets http://worldwalk.info/ru/catalog/1080/ https://lenta.ru/news/2009/07/20/chelnok/ http://www.ca-portal.ru/article:44485 http://www.demoscope.ru/weekly/2007/0293/analit04.php http://sciencebox.uz/index.php/jis/article/download/4191/3760 http://sciencebox.uz/index.php/jis/article/download/4190/3759 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=eb1zvdsaaaaj&citation_for_view=eb1zvdsaaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic#:~:text=1991%2d2020%20study%20of%20the%20population%27s%20attitude%20to%20the%20markets https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=eb1zvdsaaaaj&citation_for_view=eb1zvdsaaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic#:~:text=1991%2d2020%20study%20of%20the%20population%27s%20attitude%20to%20the%20markets https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=eb1zvdsaaaaj&citation_for_view=eb1zvdsaaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic#:~:text=1991%2d2020%20study%20of%20the%20population%27s%20attitude%20to%20the%20markets https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=eb1zvdsaaaaj&citation_for_view=eb1zvdsaaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic#:~:text=1991%2d2020%20study%20of%20the%20population%27s%20attitude%20to%20the%20markets american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 222 www.americanjournal.org 16. https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/history-of-uzbekistan/article/view/16562 o‘zbekistonda moki savdogarchilikning shakllanishi va ahamiyati (1991-2020 yillar) 17. http://orientalresearch.uz/index.php/jcass/article/view/52 purchase memories of tashkent merchants in turkish markets 18. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=854876181396115098&hl=en&oi=scholarr o‘zbekiston bozorlarida moki savdogarlik faoliyati (1990-1918 yillar) 19. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=7535706027001550976&btni=1&hl=ru the shuttle trade in uzbekistan markets (1990 -2018) https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=eb1zvdsa https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/history-of-uzbekistan/article/view/16562 https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=854876181396115098&hl=en&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=eb1zvdsa american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org methodical recommendations on teaching chinese hieroglyphs siddikova marguba ilkhomjon kizi phd, a senior teacher of the university of world economy and diplomacy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the recent years, the development of digital technology, the writing of letters, correspondence and various documents on a computer has created many conveniences in entering chinese hieroglyphs on a computer or phone, it is no longer necessary to write hieroglyphs which are entered one by one in “pinyin” (latinbased scripts). in fact, electronic or internet dictionaries are widely used in the process of language learning. this, in turn, deteriorates the study of hieroglyphs and, moreover, written literacy. introduction the hieroglyphs are one of the biggest challenges for foreigners learning chinese. according to some information, at the elementary level, students spend up to 80% of their study time on learning hieroglyphs, this may also include classroom activities and independent work. it is necessary to admit the fact that until today, an effective system for the formation of lexical skills of written speech in chinese has not yet been made up. memorization based solely on memory by writing hieroglyphic symbols over and over again can hardly be considered a sufficiently effective way. the experience shows that the main mistakes in teaching hieroglyphs among chinese language teachers are often made for the following reasons: • in the process of memorizing a hieroglyph, sufficient attention is not paid to small differences in the writing of hieroglyphs that are similar (in writing, but not in meaning) • carelessness is allowed when the sequence of elements is broken, this in turn leads to the memory of the broken symbol. preliminary rules: ✓ when teaching chinese writing, first of all, it is necessary to explain in details how important the sequence of drawings (that is the order of writing) in hieroglyphs is. the sequence of drawings in hieroglyphs is written as follows: 1. the hieroglyphic component is written from top to bottom. 2. the hieroglyphic component is written from left to right. 3. first, horizontal lines are written, then vertical lines, then loops. however, if there is a horizontal line below the above horizontal and vertical lines and it does not intersect with the upper vertical line, the lower horizontal line is written after the upper vertical line. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 4. first, the elements of the inner contour are written, then the elements of the outer contour are written. a horizontal drawing closing the contour is written at the end. 5. the left side of the curves is written first, then the right side. the main elements of hieroglyphs are as follows: ✓ it should not be demanded to copy a whole hieroglyph at once. first, it is necessary to write down how to write that hieroglyph by dividing it into parts. for example, the word 我 wo (i) should be explained in the following order, and the teacher should not be lazy: ✓ at the beginning of the lessons, it is necessary to show the keys that form the basis of hieroglyphs and give an explanation to them. ✓ when hieroglyphic keys are given to students for memorization, it is not suggested to give them all for memorization. at first, it is necessary to separate 10-15 keys that are used most often and give them for memorization. as not all the keys of hieroglyphs are used constantly, and after the student memorizes it, it may take a long time before he learns by heart the hieroglyph composed with that key, and this key may even forgotten. in addition, the large number of keys and their distribution at once can make the student panic and lose his/her interest. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org the following methods can be used in teaching chinese hieroglyphs 1. demonstration methods: • writing on the board or show on the screen. • showing through cards • using slide shows or multimedia animations • showing by dictation (writing to the student and explaining his mistake) • displaying drawings and sequences of elements. • showing the ancient writings, that is, the pictographic writings of china. for example, pictographic inscriptions of sun, moon, tree, mountain, water, field, door, river hieroglyphs are shown below: 2. using the copybooks for handwriting. in the early stages of learning chinese, using special copybooks will make it easier to remember how to write chinese words. 3. writing in the air with hand movements. writing by following the sequence of drawings of hieroglyphs in the air with finger movements without using paper and pen. this activity can be used by the teacher while explaining. also, through movement, students guess which hieroglyph is. this method helps to remember the sequence of drawings. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 4. explaining the hieroglyphs composed of the elements learned in parts. for example: • the hieroglyph 尘 chen 小 xiao small is composed of and va 土 tu soil hieroglyphs. as small soil means dust. • the hieroglyph 休 xiu is made up of the hieroglyphs human and tree. • a person near a tree means resting. • the hieroglyph 看 kan is composed of the hieroglyphs 手 shou hand and 目 mu eye, and means an eye under the hand which is seeing, looking. • the hieroglyph 宿舍 sushe dormitory can be explained as a roof and • a human key, which is in turn interpreted as hundreds of people under the roof. 5. the method of making a new hieroglyph by adding one element. in this way, the teacher gives the student several hieroglyphs and they have to find a new hieroglyph by adding a drawing. for example, from the hieroglyphs 大 da (big), 口 (mouth), 王 (king), 十 (ten), one can make the ones such as 天 (day), 太(too much), 日(day), 玉(jade), 土 (soil), 干 (dry) and other. 6. the method of finding the difference between similar hieroglyphs. there are many similar looking hieroglyphs in chinese. for example, students have to find the difference between hieroglyphs such as 买, 卖, 花, 化, 华, 来, 莱, 管, 官, 馆 and give definition to their drawings. 7. the method of competition through writing on the board. two students go to the board and write the new words there . then they try to correct each other’s mistakes. in such a situation, in order to use the time effectively, the students write the hieroglyphs and other students can read the texts with these words expressively until the ones, who are writing, complete what they are doing. 8. “instant brainstorming” method. in this case, the teacher shows the hieroglyph to the students for 12 seconds and immediately covers it. after that, the student says the name of this hieroglyph and must say the names of its parts. even if the hieroglyph has not yet been passed, he can tell the names of the familiar parts of it. the purpose is that the student’s brain and eyes, knowing that they are given 1-2 seconds, will immediately activate more than ever, will try to look more intelligently and be motivated to remember it. for example: • after showing the hieroglyph 念 nian for a few seconds, the student must say that it consists of the hieroglyphs 今 jin and 心 xin. • hieroglyph 众 zhong is a multiple number of the human hieroglyph; • hieroglyph 含 han consists of the keys sich as today and mouth. on implementing this method, it is more appropriate if the cards are divided into parts as follows: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 9. competition to make another hieroglyph from one hieroglyph. in this case, the teacher writes a simpler hieroglyph on the board. students compete to see who can make the most new hieroglyphs from the written hieroglyphs. about 10 minutes will be given for this, in 10 minutes the students will tell themselves how many hieroglyphs they made. the 3 students who wrote the most will go to the blackboard and write down their hieroglyphs. whoever has the fewest mistakes will be the winner. the teacher encourages the winner and supports them with applause. for example: the hieroglyph 木 mu (tree) is written, from which the students: • 椅；树；柜；植；本；未；术；杯；杰；模；机； 权；朵；样；杏；村；菜；材；果；林；淋；杭；标；查；柔；架；柳；某；染；柱；样； 根；案；校；桌；柴；核；桥；嗓；槡；桃；框；梯；梳；李；梨；森；棋；樱；横；相； 榴；棕；概；椒；橙；极；棍；棒；构；板；松；枪；梦；檬... this method can be timed by the teacher depending on the level of knowledge and ability of the students. the purpose of this method is that, first of all, students repeat the hieroglyphs they know, and in addition, it helps to strengthen memory and increase the speed of writing hieroglyphs. 10. method of finding the mistake. in this case, the teacher writes a small text of about one paragraph on the board, and this text should contain several hieroglyphs. students will have to find the mistakes and tell what the correct one would be. a similar exercise can also be performed on the text typed on the computer. hieroglyphs with the same pronunciation can often be written on a computer in the way when one is written instead of another, and the student must find that mistake and say which hieroglyph should be in its place. for example: • 同血们，大家好！卧室你们的导游，我的名字叫玛丽。我闷明天要去的地方很圆， 所 以请大家拿好雨伞、猫子、墨镜等需要的东西。 我们要去的滴方很美，所以一丁要带上照相 机。我们名天早晨 7 点准是出发，请不要迟到！ 大家在学校南门对面几何，如果找不到我们 的公共汽车青给我打电话。我的收集号码是： 13286968888. there are many mistakes in this text, and they are not highlighted. the teacher gives such a text to students or shows it on the board. students will need to identify the following mistakes: • 同血们，大家好！卧室你们的导游，我的名字叫玛丽。我闷明天要去的地方很圆， 所 以请大家拿好雨伞、猫子、墨镜等需要的东西。 我们要去的滴方很美，所以一丁要带上照相 机。我们名天早晨 7 点准是出发，请不要迟到！ 大家在学校南门对面几何，如果找不到我们 的公共汽车青给我打电话。我的收集号码是： 13286968888. the purpose of this method is to increase the student’s ability to quickly detect mistakes in a hieroglyphic text. such exercises form the student’s ability to notice the difference in writing even when the pronunciation is the same. 11. “生子开花” method. this method is one of the most used by chinese teachers, in which a new hieroglyph is written on the blackboard and arrows are drawn around it in the shape of a flower, or you can also draw a flower shape and write on its leaves. arrows may point inward or outward. students will have to find and write words made up of written hieroglyphs. for example the following: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the following forms can also be used for students: in this method, students can choose a form depending on their interests. this exercise helps students to learn hieroglyphs and increase their vocabulary. 12. the method of reading or listening to funny stories about hieroglyphics. the complexity and uniqueness of hieroglyphs is the cause of interesting events among chinese language learners and hieroglyph users in general. telling the learner funny stories related to hieroglyphs will ensure that particular hieroglyph remains in his memory. in this case, the teacher can read the funny story or teach the students by giving it in the form of a text. for example, the following ones can be used: “很行” 有一天史密斯对老师说：“都说中国人很谦虚，我看才不是呢！”老师问为什么，他说：“您看 ，大街上到处写着：中国很行、中国人民很行、中国建设很行、中国农业很行、中国交通很 行、中国工商很行……，这不是太骄傲了吗？” 13. method of finding hieroglyphic riddles (猜字谜). hieroglyphic riddles are traditional chinese intellectual games. usually during the holidays such as "yuanxiao jie" and "zhongqiu jie", people decorate houses and streets by placing riddles inside lanterns. they hold riddle-solving contests. riddles are very effective in teaching chinese, especially in teaching hieroglyphs. given the limited 老 师 外 公兄 板 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org knowledge of the chinese language and culture of the students, it is possible to choose riddles that are a little easier, simpler, and more interesting in content, and to use them in the lessons when learning chinese as a foreign language. for example: • 你有，他们也有，我没有。 (you have it, they have it, i don't have it). here, the words you the they have a person key, but the word “i” doesn’t. therefore, the answer is “人”, which means man. • 天下无人。 (there is no man under the sky). by removing the hieroglyph “人” (man) from the word “天” (heaven) the hieroglyph “二” (two) is generated, so the answer is “二” (two). • 省一半，扔一半。 (keep half, throw half). if we consider the hieroglyph “省” in half and the hieroglyph “扔” in half, only the hieroglyph “抄” can be made. so the answer is the word “抄” (to copy, to plagiarize). learning hieroglyphs is a complex process which requires equal effort from the teacher and students. the information and recommendations collected above can be a convenient scheme plan for the teacher to form the necessary abilities and knowledge for learning hieroglyphs. it can be concluded that the presented methods and data: first, it focuses on increasing students’ interest in learning hieroglyphs. second, it helps to minimize the difficulties of the seemingly challenging process of learning chinese writing. third, it creates the basis for increasing written literacy. fourth, it teaches hieroglyphs to be easily memorized and memorized. fifth, it helps to regularly revise and strengthen the learned hieroglyphs. references 1. zhoujian. hanyu ketang jiaoxue 325 li (周建。汉语课堂教学技巧 325 例). 2. https://www.163.com/dy/article/f8gruopm053692jc.html 3. https://studychinese.ru/kljuchi/#google_vignette 4. http://www.prcba.com/news/5809.html https://www.163.com/dy/article/f8gruopm053692jc.html https://studychinese.ru/kljuchi/#google_vignette http://www.prcba.com/news/5809.html american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org the problem of developing the artistic and creative abilities of future visual arts teachers and its role in the higher education system ikromov muhammad anaskhan hakimjon son teacher of the kokan state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the problem of developing artistic and creative abilities of future teachers of fine arts and its place in the higher education system, methods of implementing integrative communication between them based on the use of active teaching methods. pedagogical education, profession, professional competence, professional skill, professional skill. introduction before turning to the problem of artistic and creative development of students in the higher pedagogical education system, it is important to give a detailed description of the most important concepts related to it, such as "ability", "creativity", "creative ability" and to reveal the features of the process of forming artistic and creative abilities. local and foreign psychologists b.g. ananev, e. goziev, m.g. davletshin, v.n. druzhinina, b.m. teplov, s.l. rubinshtein, v.d. shadrikov, k.k. platonov, e.a. golubeva, n.s. leytes, l.a. wenger, v.a. krutesky, z.a. kalmykova, v. karimova, l.g. kovalyov, e.p.ilin, t.i.artemev, dj.gilford, g'.b.shoumarov and others systematically organized the problem of abilities. leading psychologists of the 20th century studied the nature of abilities, their dependence on genetic factors and the history of human life, as well as the problems of general and special abilities and the possibilities of measuring abilities. in psychology, abilities are traditionally considered as individual characteristics or qualities of a person, which distinguish one person from another and determine the ease and success of any activity by him [171]. according to l.a. wenger, it is permissible to recognize abilities as psychological qualities that are necessary for the implementation of an activity and are manifested in it [24]. l. g. kovalyov believed that abilities should be understood as a sum of human personality characteristics that ensure the relative ease and high quality of a specific activity [82]. according to the tariff of n.s. leytes, ability is a personal characteristic that determines the possibility of implementation and the level of successful activity [102]. k.s. platonov believed that abilities cannot be considered outside of the individual. by abilities, he emphasizes that it is a part of the structure of a person that determines the qualities of another person, implemented in a certain activity [135]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org b.m. teplov considered abilities from the point of view of individual-psychological differences and identified their three main features: 1. ability is an individual-psychological feature that distinguishes one person from another, and it is permissible to recognize them as features of feelings and perception, memory, thinking, imagination, feelings and will, relationships and motor reactions. 2. ability is not just an individual characteristic, but a characteristic that is related to the success of an activity or many activities. there are various activities and relationships, each of which requires certain skills to perform it at a sufficiently high level. traits such as anger, laziness, indifference, which are undoubtedly personal characteristics of people, are not usually called abilities, because they are not considered a condition for the successful implementation of any activity. 3. abilities are defined as individual characteristics that can explain the ease and speed of acquiring knowledge and skills [197]. b. m. teplov considers abilities as a sum of personal characteristics that ensure successful activity. he also emphasized that they are not some immutable property of the individual and cannot arise outside of the relevant specific activity [199]. the following approach to considering abilities as general qualities of a person is based on l.s. vygotsky's theory, which distinguishes three characteristics of abilities: 1) to understand these abilities as methods of interaction with reality existing in culture; 2) the development of abilities is considered to be subject to the laws of organic development of consciousness and is analyzed within the framework of this wholeness; 3) the development of abilities is characterized by the development of certain cultural achievements [34]. b.g. ananev shows ability as a potential opportunity or measure of learning [5]. he also states that the ability is formed due to the development of higher functions, as a result of which it becomes possible to creatively retain the acquired knowledge [3]. the problem of abilities received a fundamental theoretical and practical development in the works of s. l. rubinstein and his followers, first of all from the point of view of their development, and then from the point of view of determining the psychological structure [168]. s. l. rubinstein understands abilities as corresponding to a certain activity. in particular, he recognizes that abilities can be assessed by achievements, mental health pictures, ease of learning, and speed of development. according to s. l. rubinstein, at the root of abilities are the hereditary conditions for their development in the form of tendencies [168]. the author of the modern concept of human abilities, v.d. shadrikov, defines abilities as the characteristics of functional systems that implement personal mental functions, have a dimension of expression, and are manifested in the success and quality of the development and implementation of activities [218]. ]. the mentioned rules form the basis of the organization of abilities experimentally, that is, musical (b.m. teplov), mathematical (v.a. krutetsky), visual (a.v. bakushinsky, v.i. kireenko, a.g. kovalev, etc.), pedagogical (n.d. levitov, f.n. gonobolin). the idea that abilities develop in activity is derived from the general thesis that all psychological characteristics of a person are manifested in activity. b. m. teplov states that it is not about the manifestation of abilities in the activity, but about their emergence in this activity [200]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org discussion and results performing any type of activity implies the existence of a certain system of knowledge, skills and abilities. therefore, in determining the content of abilities, the issue of their connection with knowledge, knowledge and skills comes to the fore [45]. agree on this issue: 1. abilities are not limited to qualifications and skills, but can explain the ease and speed of their acquisition (b.m. teplov). 2. knowledge, knowledge, skills are considered as one of the components of ability, but not the main one. the quality of the processes regulating the general application of basic knowledge, skills and competences is considered. s. l. rubinstein points to the interdependence of these concepts: on the one hand, abilities are a necessary condition for the reduction of knowledge and skills, and on the other hand, abilities are formed in the process of this reduction. 3. ability includes all sub-structures of a person, including knowledge, knowledge and skills (k.k. platonov). 4. l.a. wenger understands guiding actions as skills, separates them from knowledge, knowledge and skills and connects them with the working, performing part of the activity. 5. as a social being, the abilities characteristic of a person develop and form as a result of reducing the experience of previous generations (a.i. leontev). the productivity, quality, and reliability of the activities performed by the individual can be recognized as indicators of the manifestation of abilities. indicators of the development of abilities can be expressed through the image and ease of reduction in a certain field of human activity, and the speed of development. conclusion during the professional training of teachers of visual arts, the process of developing artistic and creative abilities is carried out by a number of special subjects: drawing, painting, composition, graphics, types of applied decorative arts (painting, wood carving, pottery, etc.). in recent decades, new subjects such as computer graphics and design have been actively developing for local art education. if there are approaches to the development of creative abilities in the traditional types of artistic creation that have been formed for many decades, such approaches in the field of computer graphics are in the process of formation and development and require special research. the creative component of this increasingly demanding type of artistic activity is the cause of debate among experts in the field of artistic creativity due to the contradiction inherent in its nature: standard tools, ready-made options for solutions, "handmade" effect lack of makes it difficult to feel the author's decision, and also makes it relatively easy to work with a graphic program, which sometimes allows you to rely on the capabilities of the computer and do it without knowing the basics of the image all this basically rejects traditionalism. understanding creative activity literature 1. psixologicheskoe obespechenie professionalnoy deyatelnosti: uchebnoe posobie /s.a. borovikova, t.p. vodolazskaya, m.a. dmitrieva, l.n. korneeva; red. g.s. nikiforov; sankt peterburgskiy gosudarstvennыy universitet. spb: izd-vo spbgu, 1991.152 s. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org 2. zeer e.f. psixologiya professiy: ucheb. posobie dlya studentov vuzov / e. f. zeer. m.; akad. proekt : 2003. 336 s. 3. zeer e.f. psixologiya professionalnogo obrazovaniya: uchebnik dlya studentov vыsshix uchebnыx zavedeniy, obuchayuщixsya po spetsialnosti "professionalnoe obuchenie (po otraslyam)". — m.: akademiya, 2009. —377 s. 4. savelev a.ya. model formirovaniya spetsialista s vыsshim obrazovaniem na sovremennom etape / a.ya. savelev, l.g. semushina, b.c. kagermanyan. m., 2005. 72 s. 5. professionalno-pedagogicheskie ponyatiya: slov. / sost. g.m. romantsev, v.a. fedorov, i.v. osipova, o.v. tarasyuk; pod red. g.m. romantseva. -yekaterinburg: izd-vo ros. gos. prof.-ped. un-ta, 2005.-456 s. 6. lixachev b.t. pedagogika: kurs lektsiy: ucheb. posobie dlya studentov vuzov i slushateley intov i fak. povыsheniya kvalifikatsii i perepodgot. nauch.-ped. kadrov / b.t. lixachev. m.: yurayt, 1999. 521s. 7. benin b.l. pedagogicheskaya kulturologiya: kurs lektsiy: ucheb. posobie. ufa: izd-vo bgpu, 2004. 515 s. 8. purik e.e. upravlenie xudojestvenno-tvorcheskoy deyatelnostyu shkolnikov na urokax izobrazitelnogo iskusstva: monografiya. — chelyabinsk: izd-vo chgpu, 2001.-220 s. 9. mamadjanovich, batir baratboyev, and sharaboyev ulugbek muhamedovich. "a look at the history of pottery." international journal on orange technologies 2.10: 128-130. 10. mamajanovich, batir baratboyev, and sharaboyev ulugbek muhammedovich. "combination of genres in painting." international journal on economics, finance and sustainable development 2.12: 42-47. 11. баратбоев, ботир. "ўрта осиё қадимги халқларининг амалий санъат безакларида рамзийлик масаласи." общество и инновации 3.2/s (2022): 437-441. 12. ravshanbekovich, mamatkulov rashidbek. "the importance and place of bahodir jalolov's work in the development of major color pictures of uzbekistan." archive of conferences. 2021. 13. ravshanbekovich, mamatkulov rashidbek. "importance and place of bahodir jalolov's work in the development of uzbekistan's majestic color image." texas journal of multidisciplinary studies 2 (2021): 173-174. 14. ravshanbekovich, mamatqulov rashidbek. "importance of fine arts in general secondary schools." web of scientist: international scientific research journal 3.10 (2022): 1008-1013. 15. абдуллаев, алимардон хайдарович. "features of drawing activities based on imagination and memory." scientific bulletin of namangan state university 1.3 (2019): 340-343. 16. khaydarovich, abdullaev alimardon, and sharaboev ulugbek muhammedovich. "the role of rishton school of culture in the development of applied art on the basis of national and modern tendencies." academicia globe: inderscience research 3.05 (2022): 22-26. 17. khaydarovich, abdullayev alimardon. "colors in descriptive art." international journal on economics, finance and sustainable development 2.12 (2020): 20-22. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org 18. mamatov, i., and a. abdullayev. "color interpretation of form, color harmony and image integrity." academicia globe: inderscience research 3.9 (2022): 1-7. 19. abdullaev, a. kh, and i. g. sodiqova. "the role of rishton school of culture in the development of applied art." экономика и социум 5-1 (2021): 11-15. 20. абдуллаев, алимардон хайдарович. "риштанский гончар-уста рустам усмонов." novainfo. ru 1.61 (2017): 452-461. 21. эргашев, м. ю. "общечеловеческие ценности наших национальных ценностей неразрывно связаны." экономика и социум 5-2 (2021): 657-660. 22. yuldashevich, ergashev madaminjon. "the use of innovative technologies in the teaching of fine arts in the system of continuing education." international journal on economics, finance and sustainable development 2.12 (2020): 23-26. 23. ergashev, m., and i. a. raxmonov. "methods of using innovative technologies in the teaching of drawing in the continuous education system." american journal of technology and applied sciences 5 (2022): 41-45. 24. ashurovich, botayev ahmadali, ergasheva orifaxon kholmurodovna, and ilyosjon mamatov ilhomovich. "to the development of graphics in central asia great scientists who have contributed." international journal on economics, finance and sustainable development 3.1 (2021): 14-16. 25. ikromov, muhammadanasxon xakimjon ogli, and zulhayoxon muhtorjon qizi. "markaziy osiyoda grafikaning rivojlanishiga hissa qo’shgan buyuk olimlar." central asian academic journal of scientific research 2.5 (2022): 627-630. 26. mubinakhon, ikramova, and ikramov muhammad anaskhon. "the importance of using the ict to increase the efficiency of education." journalnx 7.1: 106-108. 27. makhmudovich, gulyamov komiljon, and ikromov muhammad anasxon hakimjon o'g. "development of children's artistic and creative abilities in the process of teaching uzbek folk applied decorative arts." web of scientist: international scientific research journal 3.5 (2022): 957-963. 28. mamajonova, shakhnoza, and gulkhayo mamajonova. "informatization and technology of education system-a social need." middle european scientific bulletin 22 (2022): 285-287. 29. sattorova, sarvinoz, and shakhnozakhon nabieva. "the role of fine art in technology science." scientific research results in pandemic conditions (covid-19) 1.02 (2020): 167-171. 30. abdurahimovich, muhammadjon azizov, and sattorova sarvinoz ortiqboy qizi. "master student etiquette." www. conferencepublication. com (2020): 22. 31. sattorova, s. o. "pattern sung on the carpet." экономика и социум 5-1 (2021): 445448. 32. mamadjanovich, batir baratboyev, and sharaboyev ulugbek muhamedovich. "a look at the history of pottery." international journal on orange technologies 2.10: 128-130. 33. mamajanovich, batir baratboyev, and sharaboyev ulugbek muhammedovich. "combination of genres in painting." international journal on economics, finance and sustainable development 2.12: 42-47. 34. баратбоев, ботир. "ўрта осиё қадимги халқларининг амалий санъат безакларида рамзийлик масаласи." общество и инновации 3.2/s (2022): 437-441. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 204 www.americanjournal.org synergetic approach to the analysis of the dynamics of the population of the musberry population in the conditions of the aral region 1alimova s. z., 2mambetullaeva s. m., 1nukus state pedagogical institute 2karakalpak scientific research institute of natural sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the results of a synergistic approach to the analysis of the dynamics of the muskrat population in the conditions of the aral sea region. the destabilization of the ecosystems of the southern aral sea, in particular, the violation of the hydro regime, one way or another, affects the population of the muskrat. under the influence of permanent or temporary action of various external perturbations in a nonequilibrium state, detailed equilibrium does not exist. environmental conditions, aral sea region, population dynamics, population, stability. introduction currently, one of the urgent problems of modern population ecology is the study of the organization and dynamics of communities of terrestrial vertebrates in a dynamically changing environment. a detailed analysis of the main structural and functional parameters of communities makes it possible to study biodiversity, which implies a qualitative and quantitative composition, species richness and dominance structure, stability, and susceptibility to disturbances in different ecosystems [2, 3]. the processes occurring in animal populations, on the one hand, are closely related to environmental conditions (climate, soil, vegetation, predators, the state of the food supply, etc.), on the other hand, are determined by the biological characteristics of the population itself (species, demographic structure, nutrition , intensity of reproduction, population dynamics, etc.). the endoand exogenous factors affecting the population can cause changes in both the phase portrait of the behavior of the population and the intensity of the population processes occurring in it. the interaction of external and internal factors affecting population dynamics introduces an element of randomness and can cause complex behavior that determines the type of both seasonal and long-term population dynamics, and the existence of self-organization processes allows us to consider it as a complex nonequilibrium system [15, 12]. various types of interaction between animals and their environment have developed historically in the process of evolution and ultimately reflect the trends in the optimal use of the entire complex of external conditions with equally full realization of the population's capabilities [2, 6, 20]. it is known that within the framework of a deterministic approach alone, the problem of the emergence and existence of population dynamics cannot be solved. an analysis of the reasons for the variability in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 205 www.americanjournal.org the demographic and spatial structure of the population of small mammals can only be carried out using the theory of complex systems, which is able to detect the general patterns of phenomena and processes in complex nonequilibrium population systems, taking into account the principles of selforganization inherent in them [2, 8, 11]. another reason is non-equilibrium population systems that are able to carry out bifurcation transitions to new states, thereby ensuring the stable viability of the population. after the transition to each new trajectory, it is necessary to estimate the relative stability of the most probable states, as well as the time spent by the system in their vicinity. this problem can also be solved only within the framework of an extended description that takes into account the influence of perturbations. however, for a wide class of dynamic population systems, random behavior can also arise due to the bifurcation of unstable regimes, leading, for example, to chaotic attractors. for this reason, the probabilistic description becomes a necessary addition to the deterministic approach, which makes it possible, for example, to identify the frequency of visiting different regions of a chaotic attractor [15, 12]. the main goal of the work is to analyze the probabilistic and deterministic components of the longterm dynamics of the population size of ondatra zibethica in the conditions of the south aral sea region based on the principles of a synergistic approach. in the south aral sea region, the muskrat does not breed throughout the year. in the conditions of the lower reaches of the amu darya, muskrat breeding lasts 6-6.5 months. the average number of embryos per female may indicate the size of the broods. the size of the litter does not vary significantly over the years from 7.1-7.8 [13, 14, 16]. in the lower reaches of the amu darya, on average, there are 9.8 embryos in the first litter, 8.8 in the second, and 7.7 embryos in the third. the lowest litter rate was recorded in young females of the first litter of the current year 5.5 embryos. according to experts, in the summer period (june-august), all captured overwintered female muskrats were pregnant or had already given birth. the percentage of lethargy and resorption of embryos are very rare and amount to 0.5-0.7%. the mass appearance of the second generation is noted in the second half of june, the third generation at the end of july-august [16, 17]. больше информации: various various types of interaction between animals and their environment have developed historically in the process of evolution and ultimately reflect the trends in the optimal use of the entire complex of external conditions with equally full realization of the population's capabilities [2, 6, 20]. it is known that within the framework of a deterministic approach alone, the problem of the emergence and existence of population dynamics cannot be solved. an analysis of the reasons for the variability in the demographic and spatial structure of the population of small mammals can only be carried out using the theory of complex systems, which is able to detect the general patterns of phenomena and processes in complex nonequilibrium population systems, taking into account the principles of self-organization inherent in them [2, 8, 11]. another reason is non-equilibrium population systems that are able to carry out bifurcation transitions to new states, thereby ensuring the stable viability of the population. after the transition to each new trajectory, it is necessary to estimate the relative stability of the most probable states, as well as the time spent by the system in their vicinity. this problem can also be solved only within the framework of an extended description that takes into account the influence of perturbations. however, for a wide class of dynamic population systems, random behavior can also arise due to the bifurcation of unstable regimes, leading, for example, to chaotic attractors. for this reason, the probabilistic description american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 206 www.americanjournal.org becomes a necessary addition to the deterministic approach, which makes it possible, for example, to identify the frequency of visiting different regions of a chaotic attractor [15, 12]. the main goal of the work is to analyze the probabilistic and deterministic components of the longterm dynamics of the population size of ondatra zibethica in the conditions of the south aral sea region based on the principles of a synergistic approach. in the south aral sea region, the muskrat does not breed throughout the year. in the conditions of the lower reaches of the amu darya, muskrat breeding lasts 6-6.5 months. the average number of embryos per female may indicate the size of the broods. the size of the litter does not vary significantly over the years from 7.1-7.8 [13, 14, 16]. in the lower reaches of the amu darya, on average, there are 9.8 embryos in the first litter, 8.8 in the second, and 7.7 embryos in the third. the lowest litter rate was recorded in young females of the first litter of the current year 5.5 embryos. according to experts, in the summer period (june-august), all captured overwintered female muskrats were pregnant or had already given birth. the percentage of lethargy and resorption of embryos are very rare and amount to 0.5-0.7%. the mass appearance of the second generation is noted in the second half of june, the third generation at the end of july-august [16, 17]. the intensity of the reproductive processes of the muskrat is stable in water bodies with a constant food supply. on the territory of the khorezm region, females with 5-6 embryos (about 45-50%) are most often found, in the lakes of karakalpakstan, about 4-5 embryos are observed in the litter on average. the size of the litter varies slightly over the years, 4.3-4.5. however, the decisive factor that determines the intensity of reproduction and population dynamics is the state of water bodies and their water supply throughout the year, the availability of food and protective resources, and places for building dwellings. in recent years, the natural conditions of the delta of the lower reaches of the amudarya have changed dramatically, anthropogenic desertification is taking place, numerous lakes and swampy habitats are drying up, degradation of reed and cattail thickets is observed. according to scientists, the sex ratio in newborn individuals of the early litter is almost the same (49.0% of females and 51.0% of males). the marked predominance of males in spring is explained by their activity during the breeding season [8, 9]. at present, in the amudarya delta, internal and peripheral lakes (lake akchakul, zhyltyrbas, muynak bay, karateren, etc.) and some small reservoirs, the total useful area of which is about 20 thousand .ha during the breeding season, as is known, the age structure of the population changes significantly, which is a consequence of changes in the intensity of reproduction of muskrats of different ages. in turn, the age composition determines subsequent reproduction and population size. the coefficient of variability in the proportion of females among age groups ranges from 60% to 89%. the results obtained by the harmonic mean method (fig. 1) largely confirm the regularity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 207 www.americanjournal.org fig.1. dependence of the average sizes of individual sections of the muskrat population the exception is the average values of the sizes of plots at "ultra-low" population densities. judging by the graphs, it can be assumed that at low values of the muskrat population density, a positive, possibly also hyperbolic, relationship is observed between the average sizes of individual plots and the muskrat population density. although sites determined by the harmonic mean method cannot be fully considered individual sites in the conventional sense, they nonetheless adequately characterize the presence of individuals at the trapping site. the analysis showed that the coefficient of variation among breeding females was also the highest for the age of 1-8 months. the most stable proportion of breeding females older than 2 years, the coefficient of variation is small 1.85%. the coefficient of variability in the number of males in different age groups is very high and reaches up to 107%. this indicates that males undergo significant changes during the reproductive period. we also note that the age ratios in the total annual catch are completely dependent on the intensity of population reproduction and change in accordance with the dynamics of environmental conditions. deterioration of watering of lands and drying up of lakes leads to their qualitative transformation and reduces the yield of young animals. a comparative analysis of the population dynamics of ondatra zibethica (fig. 2) and the runoff dynamics of the river. amu darya (fig. 3) showed the existence of a relationship between these two processes, where the trend lines indicate that both processes tend to decrease. at the same time, it is necessary to note the discrepancy between the maxima. this can be explained by differences in the nature of fluctuations in the number of muskrats and the flow of the amudarya river. in the first case, these are natural fluctuations in the population size inherent in this species, in the second case, the fluctuations are of a climatic nature. y = -12.526x + 2831.6 r² = 0.0296 y = 34.573x + 554.92 r² = 0.1708 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0 10 20 30 40 50 ср е д н и й р аз м е р у ча ст ко в, к в. м особей /га series1 series2 linear (series1) linear (series2) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 208 www.americanjournal.org fig. 2. dynamics of the muskrat population and its trend (dotted line) fig. 3. long-term dynamics of the amudarya runoff and its trend (dashed line) the lack of response of the muskrat population to abrupt short-term changes in river runoff, even with a time lag, indicates that the dynamics of the amudarya runoff is not the main, but a background factor in the dynamics of the muskrat population. nevertheless, a rather high correlation of these series was revealed: ρ=0.56. as a result of the work carried out aimed at maintaining collector-discharge lakes and creating new reservoirs in the fore-delta, fed by river and collector-drainage waters, the total area of reservoirs has y = -21.71ln(x) + 432.4 r² = 0.0047 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 19 60 19 62 19 64 19 6 6 19 68 19 70 19 72 19 7 4 19 76 19 78 19 80 19 82 19 84 19 86 19 88 19 90 19 92 19 96 19 98 20 00 20 02 20 04 20 06 20 08 20 10 20 12 20 14 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 209 www.americanjournal.org increased significantly [19]. thus, the living conditions of the muskrat improved, which led to an increase in its numbers, starting from 2002. the amu darya is the main factor for vegetation that quickly responds to low water [1], and the population of ondatra zibethica responds the next year. the long-term set of probabilities for the implementation of long-term population dynamics is statistically significant (χ2 = 5.8) and is described by an asymmetric log-normal distribution, shifted towards low abundance (fig. 4). such interval distributions are usually characterized by series with rare random events. fig. 4. probability distribution of numbers in a long-term series of observations. therefore, the dynamics of the studied population, which is a sequence of transitions from one state to another, can be classified as stochastic, and the corresponding process can be classified as markovian, since the period the animals are in a certain state is a random continuous value [3, 5]. after each breeding season, a specific population of wintering animals is formed, the fate of which is determined by the processes that took place during the entire spring-summer period. depending on the overwintering conditions, the spring population will be either low or high, which largely determines the population dynamics of the next year [6, 7]. in general, we observe that the destabilization of the ecosystem of the south prearalie, in particular, the violation of the hydro regime, one way or another, affects the size of the muskrat population. it can be assumed that the attenuation of natural fluctuations in the abundance of mesophilic animal species (for example, the muskrat) under conditions of an unstable ecosystem is typical. under the influence of permanent or temporary action of various external perturbations in a non-equilibrium state, detailed equilibrium does not exist. this property underlies the ability of nonequilibrium population systems to carry out bifurcation transitions to new states, ensuring the viability of the population. y = 0.5087x2 6.8534x + 33.048 r² = 0.9025 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 ч и сл о л е т кол-во особей на 1 га american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 210 www.americanjournal.org list of references 1. arushanov m.l., tleumuratova b.s. "dynamics of ecological processes in the southern aral sea" / hamburg: palmarium. 2012. 183 p. 2. bolshakov v.n., danilov n.n. sustainability of tundra ecosystems in the conditions of the north of siberia // problems of rational nature management and quality control of the natural environment of the north of siberia. yakutsk, 1979, pp. 60-66. 3. berestennikov d.s. comparative ecology of the muskrat population of the lower reaches of the dnieper and the forest-steppe of the trans-urals // author. cand. biol. sciences. kyiv, 1979. 20 p. 4. vatutin v.a., zubkov a.m. branching processes. i // itogi nauki i tekhniki. ser. “probability theory. math statistics. theoretical cybernetics”. m.: viniti, 1985. t. 23. s. 3–67. 5. gikhman i.i., skorokhod a.v. part v. branching processes //theory of random processes. m.: nauka, 1973. t. ii. 640 p. 6. zhigalsky o.a. population dynamics and structure of the bank vole (myodes (clethrionomys glareolus) during the winter and spring onset of breeding // zool. zhurn. 2012. v. 91. no. 5. p. 619– 628. 7. zhigalsky o.a. ecological mechanisms for maintaining the demographic and spatial structure of populations of small mammals // ecology. 2014. no. 5. s. 393–396. 8. ivanter e.v. population ecology of small mammals in the taiga north-west. m., nauka. 1975. 246 p. 9. ivanter e.v., zhigalsky o.a. experience in population analysis of the mechanisms of population dynamics of the bank vole (clethrionomus glareolus) at the northern limit of the range, zool. magazine 2000. v. 79. no. 8. s. 979–989. 10. kucheruk v.v. quantitative accounting of the most important species of harmful rodents and shrews // methods of accounting for the number and geographical distribution of terrestrial vertebrates. moscow: publishing house of the academy of sciences of the ussr, 1952, pp. 9–46. 11. litvinov yu.n., abramov s.a., panov v.v. significance of population dynamics of rodents in the formation of long-term structure of communities // ecology. 2013. no. 4. p. 300–309. 12. loskutov a.yu., mikhailov a.s. fundamentals of the theory of complex systems. moscow; izhevsk: institute of computers. research, 2007. 620 p. 13. maklakov k.v., kryazhimsky f.v. relationship of individual growth of rodents with the spatial structure of the population and population dynamics // dokl. ran. 2002. t.387, no. 3. s.422424. 14. mambetullaeva s.m. analysis of the dynamics of commercial populations of muskrats // author's abstract…. cand. biol. sciences. ekaterinburg, 1994. 16 p. 15. prigogine i., kondepudi d. modern thermodynamics. from heat engines to dissipative structures: per. from english. danilova yu.a., bely v.v. m.: mir, 2002. 461 p. 16. reimov r. experience of ecological and morphophysiological analysis of the fauna of mammals of the southern aral sea. nukus. karakalpakstan. 1972. 412 p. 17. reimov r. mammals of the southern aral sea. tashkent, fan. 1985. 95 p. 18. frisman e.ya., neverova g.p., kulakov m.p., zhigalsky o.a. the phenomenon of multimode in the population dynamics of animals with a short life cycle // dokl. ran. 2015. v. 460. no. 4. s. 488– 493. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 211 www.americanjournal.org 19. tsvetkova a.a. population structure, number and population indicators of small mammals in the saratov right bank // povolzhsky ecological journal. 2010. no. 4. s. 423 437. 20. shvarts s.s., olenev v.g., zhigalsky o.a., kryazhimsky f.v. studying the role of seasonal generations of murine rodents on a simulation model // ecology. 1977. no. 3. s. 12–21. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org historical monuments of samarkand during the period of yalangtush bakhodir mamatov bektosh talibjon o‘g‘li 1st year master’s student samarkand state university, samarkand city, uzbekistan e-mail: bektosh.mamatov@bk.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, studying the history of the samarkand city and its historical monuments , which has its rightful place in introducing the name of uzbekistan to the world , is one of the main directions for historians. this article talks about the opinions and comments are given about the extensive construction works of yalangtush bakhodir carried out in samarkand during the his governorship, the construction of sher-dar and tilya-kari madrasahs in the registan ensemble. alchin, ashtarkhanids, madrasah, mosque, khanaka, sher-dor, tilyakari, vaqf, tanob, dome, hijri year, caravanserai, sardavanak, frame, tim. introduction it was the main task of modern history to provide the world community with more complete and accurate information about the historical figures who lived in our country, their contribution to the development, strength, science and culture of the country. in this regard, historians try to emphasize the great political figures who lived in the past. in our history, which goes back to many centuries, we can meet many such persons and commanders. one of them was yalangtush bakhodur, one of the historical figures who carried out great beautification works in samarkand during his career, made a great contribution to the development of the city and it was important to occupying a worthy place in the world civilization. the services of yalangtushbiy are great in the fact that the “registon” ensemble in samarkand has gained fame in seven climates and was an integral part of our national cultural heritage. literature review historians have been publishing scientific articles on the researched topic since the 90s of the 20th century. nevertheless, the sources related to the activities of yalangtush bakhadir are currently kept in the manuscript fund of the institute of oriental studies named after abu rayhan beruni of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan. “ялангтушга аталган шердор мадрасаси деворларидаги байтлар”(12 may 1990) published in the “ lenin yo`li” newspaper by the source scholar kamiljon kattayev. in the work of abu tahirkhoja samarkandi “самария” important and accurate information is given about the construction of memorial monuments at the beginning of the 17th century and the work carried out by bakhadur yalangtush during the governorship. as for recent research, in early september 2019, an international conference on “the role of bakhadir yalangtush in the socio-economic and cultural life of central asia” was held in samarkand.while this conference american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org was divided into branches, anumber of historians participated with their articles and research works on the topic of yalangtush bakhadir`s political activity, diplomatic relations in foreign policy and creative work that he did in the way of the development of the country. results and findings yalangtush bakhodir was born in 1576 in the family of the khokim of nurota, the son of boykhojibiy, one of the leaders of the alchin clan1. due to the fact that his father was in the service of the palace during the shaybanids dynasty, he also grew up in the service of representatives of the ruling dynasty. along with the shaybanids, he also loyally serves the rulers of ashtarkhanids. in 1612, imam quli khan appointed yalangtushbiy as the governor of samarkand for helping in the fight against the iranian ruler shah abbas and the kazakhs abulays and ishim sultans and fulfilling one of the main tasks in seizing power.despite the fact that the capital was moved from samarkand to bukhara during the shaybanids dynasty in the 16th century, samarkand will not lose its place as a center of science, culture and trade. the contribution of yalangtush bakhodir to the development of samarkand in the 17th century was particularly great. during his period of reign, the previous public mosque and madrasah of samarkand, that is, the public mosque of amir temur and the madrasah of bibikhanim were destroyed, and there was a great need for such mosques and madrasahs in the city. the work of abu takhirkhoja samarkandiy entitled “samaria” contains some important information on the extensive creative works of yalangtushbiy in samarkand. in our glorious history, yalangtush bakhadir not only made a name for himself as a skilled politician and military leader, but he was glorified as “the architect of the city of samarkand”. in his article dedicated to yalangtush bakhodir, the source scholar k.kattayev noted that “three famous rulers in history amir temur, mirzo ulugbek and yalangtush bakhodir, made samarkand the <<polish of the earth>” with the architectural monuments they built. in fact, during the period of the great leader amir temur, samarkand became the capital of the timurid empire and its status increased. the registon square was first built at the end of the 14th century in the building of the central tim (covered bazar) under the name “toqi telpak furushon (telpaks sellers)”. however, its architectural formation was related to the timurid ruler mirzo ulugbek. on his initiative, in 1417-1420, the ulugbek madrasahs was built which was considered a prestigious educational institution for its time. the “ulugbek khanaka”, “mirzoyi caravanserai” and a mosque was built on the north side of it. on the western side, the “muqatta mosque” and the “abusaid” madrasah were built from wood, and the square acquires an integral look to the architectural quality of the area. during the period of amir temur and mirzo ulugbek, samarkand gained its own potential and prestige, but it would not be wrong to say that yalangtush bakhodir rebuilt it based on the needs and demands of the times. initially, this area was called “sardavanak” the meaning of “sari juri davanak” fast flowing river[4.3p]. by the 17th century, the caravanserai was built by mirzo ulugbek on the registan square was in ruins, the “muqatta mosque” and “the khanaka of ulugbek” completely disappeared and the city market was located in their place. on the initiative and patronage of yalangtushbiy, city construction projects were started and several changes were made. in particular, by his decree, repair work was carried out in the mirzo ulugbek madrasah, the khanaka built by mirzo ulugbek, instead of the hammomi 1 olchin, alchin is one of the large ancient turkic clans that were part of several turkic peoples. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org mirzoyi and caravan palaces, there are two luxurious sher-dar madrasahs (1619-1636) and the tillyakari madrasa-mosque (16461660) was built[7.48p]. yalangtush bakhodir was built sher-dar madrasah to khoja khashim. the madrasah was built as a copy of the mirza ulugbek madrasah, as opposed to it. the external size of the building was 70-75 meters, the size of the inner courtyard was 30-35 meters. the number of hujras in the courtyard was 52 and classrooms are built around them. the meaning of the word “sherdar” does not only mean that it has the abode of lions, but the lion, deer and sun in it refer to the 12 zodiac signs of the hijri year. in this case, the sun means “solar year”, the lion means “asad”, and the deer means “jaddi”. the meaning understood from this was that the presence of the sun in the asad constellation gives the notion of “sadi zaman”, that is, happy days. the famous scholar komilkhan kattayev noted his opinion that the lion and the deer are suitable for the calculation of the hijri year with 12 zodiac signs. from this, the sun hijri-solar year; lion (asad) was the fifth month of the year; deer (jaddi) was the tenth month, refers to the months in which the construction of the madrasah was started and completed. we can see that such images on coins and coins of the seljuks, ilkhanids and dynasties in iran in the 16th and 17th centuries. in particular, the great amir temur ordered the lion and sun images to be displayed on the aksaroy facade in shakhrisabz. according to scientists, this was actually the sun (teacher) driving the lion (student) to the deer (science)[4. 3p]. it was written that the surah of “an’am” 115-117 versus of the qur’an on its front in arabic text. on the front of the madrasha, the name of yalangtush bakhodir and abjad are written in qasida. if we turn into the word “yalangtush bakhodir” numbers in the abjad calculation, we can see that yalangtush816, bakhodir-212, a total of 1028 solar hijri years have been calculated. if we convert it to the ad year, it was 1619, that is, the year when the construction of the madrasah began. when the madrasah was built, it was popularly known as “the big madrasah of yalangtushbiy”[1.27p]. in many countries of the world, when they are asked about the city of samarkand, the image of “lion” comes to their mind, firstly. this was not for nothing, because in 2007, on the eve of the celebration of the 2750th anniversary of samarkand, at the international conference, the image of a lion in the sherdar madrasah was recommended to the government as a symbol of the city. as for the tillya-kari madrasah, the work of abu takhirkhoja samarkandi “samaria” tells about it – “it was built in 1051, 10 years after the sher-dar madrasah”. this tillya-kari madrasah was located north of ulugbek and sher-dar madrasahs, next to both of them. it was reported that after the destruction of amir temur koragan mosque, the people of the city used to perform friday prayers in the tillya-kari madrasah[1.28p]. its construction lasted 14 years, it means that “made of gold”. it was noted that the reason for this was that it is possible to build a monument with the gold used inside the mosque of his madrasah[4.3p]. one source says 77 kg of gold, while another says 25 kg[6.1162p]. two buildings were built in one building: a madrasah on the east side and a mosque on the qibla side (1641-1646). the calligraphers wrote inscriptions in kufic and suls letters in arabic script on its pediments. the gold water was gilded on the ceiling of the mosque dome (1660). at the time when this madrasah-mosque was built, it was called “small madrasah of yalangtushbiy”. its construction was completed in 1660 after the death of yalangtush. in order to cover the costs of bare madrasahs, the salaries of teachers and the pensions of students, he donates a lot of profitable land, shops and caravansary to them as life estates. in this regard, the article of researcher abdurakhim khasanov “cradle of scholars” of “tafakkur” magazine states that there are 11,610 (eleven thousand six hundred and ten) fields, 25 fertile lands, and 8 shops in the madrasahs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org of sher-dor and tillya-kari madrasahs. he gave information about the benefits of 38,000 coins[6.1163p]. in particular, the foundation of properties belonging to sher-dar and tillya-kari are mainly located in several areas such as buyrachi, korayog`och, sogdi kalon, alhasan tepa, oktepa, nahri haidar of ofarinkent, totkent, shovdar districts and 26 of them are land properties. in the article of komilkhan kattayev, “samarkand was redeveloped four times: 1) after thec invasion of genghis khan, it was restored by amir temur and the monuments were rebuilt; 2) during the reign of mirzo ulugbek, the city areas were beautified and the “registon” square was founded; 3) sher-dar and tillya-kari madrasahs were built during the reign of yalangtush bakhodir, and the “registon” area was fully formed, among the large landowners who followed his example, the courtiers also started creative works in order to contribute to the beautification works. yalangtush bakhodir died in 1656 at the age of 80, and according to his will, he was buried in the khanaka of mahdumi a’zam in dakhbet, at the foot of the grave of his elder khoja khashim. it was recorded in historical sources that he had a son named boybek. but he died seven years before his father in 1650. in addition to his son, yalangtushbiy had two daughters named iklimbonu (died 1657) and oybiy (died 1666), who were also buried here. conclusion it was worth noting that he received good religious education. for this reason, along with creative work, he followed the path of charity. during the governorship in samarkand, he carried out important political and cultural events that determined the future fate of the city. especially, as mentioned above, the “registon” square became a whole during the reign of yalangtush bakhodir. yalangtushbiy tried to build madrasahs and mosques in harmony with each other, to create a unique “bouquet” in the center of the city. he promoted science in addition to performing extensive municipal beautifying projects. it is essential to thoroughly research the lives of such great persons so that future generations will remember them. references 1. абу тоҳирхожа самарқандий. самария.www.ziyo.com kutubxonasi 2. ахмедов б. тарихдан сабоқлар.тошкент: “ўқитувчи”,1994. 3. азамат зиё. ялангтўш баҳодир – илм-фан ва маданият ҳомийси// янги ўзбекистон. 2021 йил , 3-март.44-сон 4. каттаев к. амир ялангтўш баҳодир. баҳодир ялангтўшнинг марказий осиё ижтимоийсиёсий ва маданий хаётида тутган ўрни” мавзусидаги халқаро конференция материаллари ,cамарқанд,2019 5. сангирова д.ялангтўш баҳодирнинг марказий осиё ижтимоий сиёсий ва маданий хаётида тутган ўрни. баҳодир ялангтўшнинг марказий осиё ижтимоий-сиёсий ва маданий хаётида тутган ўрни” мавзусидаги халқаро конференция материаллари ,cамарқанд,2019 6. tursunova m. sherdor madrasah built by yalangtoshbiy bahodir.journal “oriental renaissance : innovative, educational, nature and social sciences”.volume 2|issue 4\2 .-april 2022. 7. chabryar adle and irfan habib.history of civilizations of central asia/ volume v.-unesco publishing.2003. 8. yalangto’sh bahodir. wikipedia.org. (2018). ялангтуш бахадур. [online] 9. bahodir yalangto`sh. buxoroisharif.uz. (22.09.2022) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org reforms and changes at the new stage of society's development are a factor of national growth and development norbotayev islam teacher of the denov and entrepreneurship pedagogical institute, department of history and philosophy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, the results of the reforms carried out in the historical period the years of independence are fully manifested, our people set noble and great goals, live peacefully, and above all, their own strength and we are living in a time when we are achieving great results in building a democratic state and civil society. during the years of independence, high growth rates were achieved, economic, social and political stability was ensured in our society, its spiritual and educational foundations were strengthened, renewal and changes in all spheres of life, modernization of the country bold steps towards it are recognized by the world community and prestigious international organizations. non-governmental non-commercial organizations, concept, usa, osce. introduction in recent years, uzbekistan has promoted many initiatives in the international arena. the direct support of the initiatives by the institutions of the people and civil society should be considered as one of the important mechanisms of promotion not only at the state, but also at the regional and international level. if the efforts of the state and non-state sectors are combined in this, the changes and the efficiency of resources will increase significantly. why is the need to support civil society institutions and their initiatives often mentioned in high forums in recent years? the answer is simple the leadership of uzbekistan sees their role and importance in the democratization of the state and society, the diversity of opinions, different points of view, although they do not always correspond to the official position, as a factor of development. civil society institutions, first of all, represent the interests of different categories of citizens, and contribute to the inclusiveness of important decision-making processes at different levels. second, as a subject of public oversight, they provide transparency in the public sector and a system of checks and balances for the implementation of public programs and projects. thirdly, civil society institutions can offer innovative ideas and practices for solving problems that are relevant not only for a specific city or district, but also for the countries of the central asian region, taking into account the characteristics of the regions and the potential of the population. [1] today, our citizens are actively participating in the processes of developing and adopting important decisions, rational use of budget funds, and discussing issues of state procurement. on this basis, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org cooperation and public control between state organizations and civil institutions is rising to a new level. this is a confirmation of the principle put forward by president shavkat mirziyoyev: democratic reforms are the only right path for us, and the society itself is the initiator and main executor of reforms in the country. in my opinion, this new idea serves as the main "address" of the holiday greeting sent by the head of our country on the occasion of the 29th anniversary of the adoption of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. in general, since 2016, shavkat mirziyoyev has been promoting effective communication with the people, the openness and responsibility of officials to society. defined as important conditions for the state apparatus. today, they consult with the public in making decisions on the most important issues of the socio-economic life of our country, especially those of interest to the population. is committed to the ideas of community development. in recent years, extensive work has been carried out in this direction. [2] mechanisms for supporting and encouraging civil society institutions are being improved in line with the purpose, guarantees are being strengthened, and local infrastructure is being improved. a significant liberalization of the legislation on the activities of non-governmental non-profit organizations (ngos) has begun. for example, bureaucratic obstacles limiting the activities of public organizations have been abolished. obstacles to receiving and using foreign grants by ngos have been removed. the procedure for coordination of activities between the ngo and the registration body has been cancelled. state duty rates for state registration of ngos have been reduced by five times, and the tax burden has been reduced by two times. the e-ngo.uz portal has been launched, which enables ngos to provide all services related to justice bodies in electronic form. ngos are being established in every regional center, and civil society institutions are being housed in them free of charge. state subsidies and grants to civil society institutions have increased fourfold in the last four years. adoption of the civil society development concept in 2021-2025 once again demonstrated uzbekistan's commitment to further development of civil society and strengthening the role of public institutions. the concept defined priorities and target indicators until 2025. in particular, the amount of state support to non-governmental non-profit organizations and other institutions of civil society in the form of subsidies, grants and social orders has been increased by at least 1.2 times in 2021 and 1.8 times in 2025.[3] it is expected to further expand the conditions and opportunities for the effective operation of civil society institutions. this is confirmed by the tasks set by the head of state on the eve of the constitution day. the basis of the proposed constitutional reforms is the person, his rights and legal interests. it was proposed to change the principle of "state-society-man" to "man-society-state". ensuring human interests in the process of economic reforms is the main criterion for building a people-friendly state. within the framework of the noble idea of "society as an initiator of reforms", our basic law envisages the constitutional strengthening of the role and status of civil society institutions. another important point is that in the future socio-economic and socio-political development of the country, the principle "new uzbekistan is a social state" is being sealed as a constitutional rule. this policy of the state aims to redistribute material wealth to ensure social equality and justice. that is, it is envisaged to harmonize most of the principles of freedom and legality to ensure the well-being of the individual and society. social states include countries where the majority of the population has achieved a high standard of living, and the level of consumption of goods and services per capita is also high. these include the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org usa, japan, sweden, norway, germany, and france. uzbekistan can also be among the developed countries. [4] all this indicates that a solid foundation has been created for the effective implementation of the priorities and urgent tasks provided for in the strategy of actions for the development of uzbekistan for 2017-2021. at the moment, achievements and effective results in this regard are another important direction of the strategy of actions "to ensure the rule of law and strengthen the true independence of the judiciary and the guarantees of reliable protection of the rights and freedoms of citizens, aimed at further reforming the judicial system." , administrative, criminal, civil and economic legislation, increasing the effectiveness of the system of combating crime and prevention of offenses, fully introducing the principle of dispute in the court process, fundamentally improving the quality of legal 92 vtmlnm and legal services" throughout iki niiialga miumalikam creates a basis for performing the tasks that need to be done. it is known that every nation has the right to live freely and prosperously and considers ihuii dear. in particular, every person has this right by about 70, more than 160 by the general assembly of the european council, more than 70 by unesco, more than 30 by the organization for security and cooperation in europe, international conventions, declarations, pacts related to human rights. adopted. currently, there are about 400 international documents on human rights. in the years of independence, a legal space based on new legal principles and requirements accepted at the international level, arising from the priority of human rights and freedoms, was created in uzbekistan. the laws of our country in the field of human rights harmonizing with universal standards and standards, developing a national action program in this area, establishing a comprehensive system of institutions that protect human rights, continuing to join international treaties and documents related to human rights, and creating an effective mechanism for fulfilling obligations under them fired. about this, guarantees of rights, freedoms and duties of people and citizens are defined in the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. it is well known that the humane idea of adequately protecting the rights, freedom, honor, and dignity of our citizens is embodied in the legal reforms that are being carried out with great demand in our country today based on these principles. after the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev "on additional measures to strengthen the guarantees of the rights and freedoms of citizens in the judicial and investigative activities", more serious attention has been paid to this issue. [5] references 1. 0‘zbekiston respublikasining konstitutsiyasi. — toshkent: « 0 ‘zbekiston», 2015. — 56-b. 2. «davlat boshqaruvini yangilash va yanada demokratlashtirish hamda mamlakatni modernizatsiya qilishda siyosiy partiyalarning rolini kuchaytirish to‘g‘risida» 0‘zbekiston respublikasi qonuni / / 0‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy majlisining axborotnomasi, 2007. №4. 161-modda. 3. « 0‘zbekiston respublikasida yoshlarga oid davlat siyosatining asoslari to‘g‘risida»gi qonuni. — toshkent: 0 ‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to‘plami, 2016-yil. 4. « 0‘zbekiston yoshlar ittifoqi faoliyatini takomillashtirishga doir kompleks chora-tadbirlar to‘g‘risida» 0 ‘zbekiston prezidentining qarori — toshkent: 0‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to‘plami, 2017-yil. 5. «ma’naviy-ma’rifiy ishlar samaradorligini oshirish va soha rivojini yangi bosqichga ko‘tarish to‘g‘risida» 0‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining qarori. — toshkent: 0‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to‘plami, 2017-yil. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org landscape composi̇ti̇ons based on evergreen shrubs i̇n the landscapi̇ng of ci̇ty streets ubaydullaev farkhod bakhtiyarullaevich tashkent state agrarian university, agricultural sciences doctor of philosophy (phd), associate professor, khatamov bakhramjon yakubjonovich assistant, khudoyberdiyeva nargiza turgunboyevna master's dagree student, kasimkhodjaev bokhodir kuchkarovich tashkent state transport university, associate professor. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s expansion of types of ornamental trees and shrubs used in landscaping, search and expansion of varieties and types of shrubs that can adapt to the conditions of our country, the use of sciencebased care technology are some of the pressing issues of our time. introduction today, one of the main problems in urban planning is the organization of landscaping work on a scientific basis. landscaping of residential areas cities, districts, villages and towns is one of the main means of improving these places. the landscaping scale indicates the culture of the population. demographic studies show that people settle in green areas, and migration from these areas is rare. all over the world, gabions are used as barriers in european countries such as germany, france and italy. expansion of types of ornamental trees and shrubs used in landscaping, search and expansion of varieties and types of shrubs that can adapt to the conditions of our country, the use of science-based care technology are some of the pressing issues of our time. the implementation of greening on a large scale was also studied at the level of the cis countries. mainly used in gabion landscaping in almaty, kazakhstan. planting greenery in residential areas and improving the microclimate are among the leading ideas of our time. in order to continue the reforms carried out in all areas, the development strategy of the republic of uzbekistan for the period 2022-2026, known as "new uzbekistan", was developed, and the road map project was created for its implementation. this strategy includes seven priorities. on august 31, 2021, the opening ceremony of the "park new uzbekistan", dedicated to the 30th anniversary of the republic of uzbekistan, took place. the general view of the park with an area of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 104 hectares is in the form of five kings of trees, corresponding to the directions of the strategy of action. quiet zones have been created here where people can relax in the bosom of nature. there is a growing demand for seedlings of decorative tree species in large quantities during the landscaping of cities and villages of our republic. this poses important challenges for seedlings, such as breeding high-quality and inexpensive ornamental seedlings that meet standard requirements, as well as developing a technology for rapid cultivation. material and research methods the objectives of the research include: 1. to study the bioecological features of evergreen shrubs; 2. study of the phenological phases of evergreen shrubs; 3. creation of a composition from evergreen shrubs; 4. development of technology for the care of bushes planted in the composition; 5. development of technology for shaping evergreen shrubs; practical significance: study of the bioecology of evergreen shrubs based on phenological observations; consists of training technology care and shaping. research methods. phenological observations of i.n. beideman "methods of studying plant phenology", "vegetative propagation of plants", developed by m. brouz for the purpose of vegetative propagation of trees and shrubs, assessment of picturesqueness by n.i. made in shtonda style. research methods scientific research is carried out as follows. 1. examine the current state of the issue. the study of the theoretical foundations of evergreen shrubs. scientific literature, foreign literature, dissertations, articles, internet information and other sources on the topic are studied and compared with their current state. 2. determination of the parameters of soil and climatic conditions of the place of experiments is studied on the basis of data from the center of meteorological observations of uzbekistan, research and design institutes and available data in the scientific literature. . climatic conditions are described by years of research and long-term averages of temperature, precipitation, and relative air humidity. the state of the soil, vegetation cover are described mainly on the basis of scientific literature and the results of a morphological study of the soil surface. 3. in order to determine the biological and ecological characteristics of evergreen shrubs growing on the territory of tashkent, their phenological phases were studied. in order to determine the dynamics of annual growth, the height is measured every month and entered in a special table. 4. the technology for the formation of evergreen shrubs has been studied and recommended. 5. caring for compositions created from evergreen shrubs. results of research buxus sempervirens l. shamshod an evergreen, highly branched shrub or tree. in nature, its height reaches 3-8 (10) m. in the botanical garden. f.n. rusanov academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan introduced one species and one form. buxus sempervirens (no. 76981) entered the botanical garden from sochi (arboretum) in 1987. now he is 30 years old. the bark is silvery yellow, smooth. young shoots are tetrahedral, green. the leaves are opposite, simple, oblong-ovate or elliptical. often narrowed towards the base, small, slightly pointed, 1-3 cm long, 1-2 cm wide, dark american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org green, shiny above, yellowish green below. rounded, mostly with lowered edges, leathery, on short petioles, very densely spaced. this species is pruned every year. it does not bloom in tashkent conditions. boxwood evergreen f. angustifolia (mill.) kirchn. evergreen, long-leaved form. in nature, it is an evergreen tree 3-8 (10) m high. no number, unknown origin. the bark is silvery yellow, smooth. young shoots are tetrahedral, green. leaves opposite, simple, oblong-ovate or elliptic, rarely narrowly elliptical, rhomboid or rounded at the base, mostly narrowed, slightly pointed at the apex, 3-4 cm long, 1-2 cm wide. above dark green, shiny, below yellowish green, entire, mostly with a curved down edge, leathery, on short petioles, very dense. it grows well in tashkent conditions, bears fruit singly, sometimes gives a good harvest in some years, when there is a lot of sun (appendix 25). fruiting depends on weather conditions in spring. flowers inconspicuous, yellow in axillary inflorescences. pistillate flower during flowering is usually single (fig. 1.8, a). fruits are triangular yellow capsules, ovate-spherical, 5-10 mm long and up to 6 mm wide, horny. there are 3-4 seeds in one box (fig. 1.8, b). blossoms in march, fruits ripen in june-july. berberis julian schneid. s.k. circus julia. in nature, it is an evergreen shrub growing up to 2 m in height. it was first brought to tashkent in 1949. but the first samples were frozen in the winter of 1973/74. 25 years. this species was introduced for the second time in 1962 and grown from seeds obtained from valentine university. he died at the age of 25. currently, there are 3 plants of different ages in the botanical garden. here, from seeds obtained from yalta in 1986, 2 samples of experimental plants no. 75471 were grown. plant no. 90855 was grown in 2005 from seeds brought from slovakia. at the age of 7, he reached a height of 1 m. discussion of the results recently, the method of vegetative propagation of ornamental species and forms has become widespread, which makes it possible to preserve the valuable properties of woody and shrubby plants. the essence of vegetative propagation of plants is to obtain a whole plant from its part. in this case, the offspring will inherit all the features and characteristics of the mother's body. cuttings from annual shoots take root quickly. green cuttings make it possible to economically use mother liquors and quickly propagate economically valuable and highly decorative woody plants for landscaping. conclusion: having studied the current state of the problem, it is necessary to create a landscape composition of evergreen shrubs with a beautiful view, to determine the bioecological features of the forms of shrubs with a scenic feature, to determine and scientifically substantiate the formation technology. in the conditions of uzbekistan, it is necessary to determine the optimal variant of landscape compositions and recommend for landscaping. references 1. убайдуллаев, ф. б. "влияние стимуляторов на рост сеянцев конского каштана." актуальные проблемы современной науки 3 (2018): 115-119. 2. ubaydullaev, farxod, et al. "irrigation regime influence on the growth and seedlings development of common fake chestnut (aesculus hippocastanum l.) and japanese safflower (sophora japonica l.) in the highways landscaping." e3s web of conferences. vol. 264. edp sciences, 2021. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 3. убайдуллаев, фарход бахтияруллаевич, and фарҳод джураевич хаитов. "автомобиль йўллари ва шаҳар кўчаларидаги сайилгоҳ ҳудудининг тошкент воҳаси учун баланси ва яшил экинзорларига тавсия этилаётган манзарали ўсимлик турлари." dbiology: 95. 4. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaidullaev farkhod, and majidov abdulaziz norqobilovich. "vegetative propagation of black mulberry (morus, nigra l) recommended for landscaping roads and city streets." texas journal of agriculture and biological sciences 12 (2023): 37-40. 5. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaidullaev farkhod, and ubaydullayev abbosjon azimjon ogli. "sanitary-hygienic peculiarities of greening of streets and automobile stations and national points." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.2 (2023): 53-58. 6. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaidullaev farkhod, majidov abdulaziz norqobilovich, and khudaybergenov sardor kamaraddinovich. "agrotechnics of cultivation and use of mulberry seedlings for picturesque landscaping of highways." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.1 (2023): 363-370. 7. убайдуллаев, фарход бахтияруллаевич, and фарҳод джураевич хаитов. "types of ornamental plants recommended for balance and landscaping of parking areas on highways and walks in city streets for tashkent oasis." science and innovation 1.4 (2022): 95-100. 8. убайдуллаев, фарход бахтияруллаевич, and фарҳод джураевич хаитов. "автомобиль йўллари ва шаҳар кўчаларидаги сайилгоҳ ҳудудининг тошкент воҳаси учун баланси ва яшил экинзорларига тавсия этилаётган манзарали ўсимлик турлари." dbiology: 95. 9. ubaydullayev, f., and sh gaffarov. "selection of prosperous varieties of rosehips (rosa l.) and their seed productivity in tashkent oasis, uzbekistan." e3s web of conferences. vol. 258. edp sciences, 2021. 10.bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaydullaev farkhod, xaitov farhod djuraevich, and ubaydullayev abbosjon azimjon ogli. "toshkent shahar mirzo ulug’bek tumaniidagi dahalarni ko'kalamzorlashtirishda daraxtlarning sanitar gigienik va xususiyatlari." conferencea ( 2023): 149-153. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org importance of water for living organisms and national economy, physical and chemical methods of wastewater treatment maxmudov rafiq amonovich bukhara engineering and technology institute, uzbekistan niyozov sobir ahror o‘g‘li bukhara engineering and technology institute, uzbekistan sobirniyozov1991@gmail.com sulaymonova iroda hamza qizi bukhara engineering and technology institute,uzbekistan, master student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s water erodes mountain systems made of hard rocks. when the water between the rocks freezes, it expands the cracks and cracks even the granite and basalts. water slowly erodes the minerals contained in the rocks, dissolves them and carries them to the valleys. nowadays, keeping water clean is one of the problems of serious concern to all mankind. what is the average amount of water needed for uzbekistan per year? to answer this question, we will analyze the data on the use of water resources in various sectors of the economy in uzbekistan most of the world's fresh water is stored in the antarctic,. it is impossible to imagine the weather of a place without atmospheric waters, it should be noted that an average person consumes 58 kg of rice per year. it takes 550 liters of water to grow wheat to produce 400 grams of bread, 1,500 liters of water to produce 100 grams of meat in developing countries, and 7,000 liters in developed countries. introduction water is of inestimable importance for human society. water is a complex mineral, found in nature in gas, liquid and solid (ice) states. as mentioned above, the water resources of the globe include oceans, seas, rivers and lakes, artificial water bodies, mountain and polar glaciers, underground. includes water, soil, atmosphere and water contained in living organisms.[2] the total area of the ocean and seas on the earth is almost 2.5 times more than the surface of the land, that is, the world's ocean waters occupy ¾ of the globe, and its average its depth is 4000 meters.[1] river and lake waters occupy 3% of the land surface. glaciers occupy an area equal to 11% of the land. 4% of the land surface is swamps and wetlands. the main part of the total water reserves of the globe, i.e. 94%, is accounted for by the world ocean. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org 97.2% of the total water on our planet is salty, and 2.8% is freshwater. the largest amount of fresh water is collected in natural glaciers. most of the world's fresh water is stored in the antarctic, arctic and greenland ice sheets. most of the fresh water resources are accounted for by river waters. this water is one of the most suitable for human use.[4] nowadays, the need for clean water in human development is increasing day by day very fast, because human economic activity cannot be imagined without clean water.water is one of the main factors in creating the climate on the earth's surface, and water vapor is of particular importance [3]. it is impossible to imagine the weather of a place without atmospheric waters. the amount of water vapor in the air depends on the latitude of the earth's surface: water vapor is the most in the equatorial air, and the least in the polar regions. also, depending on the seasons, the amount of water vapor in the atmosphere changes. clouds contain a lot of moisture, some of them contain hundreds of tons of water[6]. these giant water masses move from one place on the surface of the earth to another, bringing moisture to the places, which also affects the air temperature of the place. 'secret shows[8]. water has such a powerful force that the current relief of the earth was formed as a result of such continuous activity of water, and this relief has changed and become more complicated in the future[5]. water erodes mountain systems made of hard rocks. when the water between the rocks freezes, it expands the cracks and cracks even the granite and basalts. water slowly erodes the minerals contained in the rocks, dissolves them and carries them to the valleys[7]. nowadays, keeping water clean is one of the problems of serious concern to all mankind. the total area of the glaciers in the mountains of central asia is 9.5 times larger than the area of the great caucasus glaciers, and about 28 times larger than the altai glaciers[9]. one of the largest mountain glaciers in the world is the fedchenko glacier (the length of the glacier is 77.8 km, the width is 1500-3000 m, the area is 907 km , thickness 700-1000 meters) fresh water reserve is equal to 250 billion m3. in the following years, underground water is used more and more for economic purposes. groundwater is especially abundant in russia, kazakhstan and central asian republics[10]. according to experts, after a few years, "black gold" will be neglected, and fresh water will take the leading place in the world market. 2.0 bln. more than 100,000 people live in conditions of lack of fresh water. by 2025, their number will be 3 billion. it is noted that 40% of the population of the planet may suffer from a lack of moisture [11]. if the increase in the number of the population of the countries of the world is in the same picture, it is clear that the demand for water resources will increase year by year (table 1). if we analyze the table, the main part of water use by continents falls on asia[12]. table 1.1dynamics of water use by continents (km3/y) t.r. continents 1940 year 1970 year 2000 year 11 asia 682 1417 2357 22 north america 221 555 705 23 europe 96 325 463 34 africa 49 124 235 55 south america 33 87 182 66 australia and oceania 7 20 33 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org what is the average amount of water needed for uzbekistan per year? to answer this question, we will analyze the data on the use of water resources in various sectors of the economy in uzbekistan[13]. according to the data in the table, on average, 67 km3 of surface and underground water is used in uzbekistan for various purposes per year. in 2007, in uzbekistan, when rural and urban residents were taken together, per capita per day was 415 liters of drinking water[14]. in order to determine the annual amount of water resources of uzbekistan per capita, it is necessary to take into account the river flow generated in the area (table 3)[15]. on average, 9,701 km3 of water is produced in the territory of uzbekistan per year, and 362 m3 of water per person. this indicator is in other countries, for example it was determined that it is equal to 609319 m3 in iceland, 316689 m3 in guyana, 292566 m3 in suriname, 30522 m3 in russia, 58 m3 in the united arab emirates, 52 m3 in the gaza strip, and 10 m3 in kuwait[16]. table 1.2 water use in the public sector sectors of the national economy cm3 % drinking water supply 4,054 6,0 production 1,202 1,8 water supply for agriculture 0,906 1,3 irrigation 57,0 84,2 energy 4,073 6,0 fishing 0,368 0,5 others 0,102 0,2 total 67,705 100 we can see how important water is in human life through the following simple examples. for example, in developing countries, 70-90% of fresh water reserves are used for irrigation of agricultural crops. 3000 l of water is required to grow every 1 kg of rice [17]. it should be noted that an average person consumes 58 kg of rice per year. it takes 550 liters of water to grow wheat to produce 400 grams of bread, 1,500 liters of water to produce 100 grams of meat in developing countries, and 7,000 liters in developed countries[18]. table 1.3 water resources of the republic of uzbekistan basin and area q, m3/s w, cm3/ year surkhandarya basin (surkhandarya region) 96,2 3,033 kashkadarya basin (kashkadarya region) 42,4 1,336 zarafshan river basin (samarkand region) 7,96 0,251 total for the amudarya basin 146,6 4,620 fergana valley (andijan, fergana, namangan regions) 6,12 0,193 rivers starting from the northern slopes of the turkestan and nurota mountain ranges (jizzakh, navoi regions) 4,49 0,142 ohangaron river basin (tashkent region) 38,5 1,214 chirchik river basin (tashkent region) 112,0 3,532 total for the syrdarya basin 161,1 5,081 total for uzbekistan 307,5 9,701 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org despite the fact that water resources are limited on our planet, little attention is paid to its economical use and protection. as a result, most of the water is wasted. the majority of experts offer the following main options for the rational use of water resources[19]: 1. economical use of water resources, that is, use of technologies that require less water in the production process; 2. protection of water resources[20]. to do this, reduce the amount of wastewater and bring it to the end of the treatment process. the more we practice the effective use of water resources, the more we will reduce the risk of global problems that can be expected in the future. after all, water is the fundamental basis of living and production, healthy and beautiful life, as well as human development[21] in recent years, the pollution of internal water bodies, seas and oceans has been worrying humanity. because the natural environment is also damaged due to water pollution[24]. fish, various birds and animals, as well as plants, are affected in polluted waters. water has a wonderful property of selfhealing and cleaning. this feature is mainly due to the influence of solar radiation, mixing of polluted water with clean water mass and subsequent mineralization of organic substances and death of bacteria in polluted water. one of the factors of self-purification of water is the process that takes place primarily due to the activity of bacteria, fungi and algae. as a result of self-bacterial purification of water, 50% of bacteria remain in it after 24 hours, and 0.5% after 96 hours. this process slows down sharply in winter, that is, up to 20% of bacteria remain after 150 hours. to ensure self-cleaning of polluted waters, it is necessary to add several times more of them to clean water. if the water is too polluted, it cannot clean itself[22]. currently, internal water bodies, especially some rivers, are becoming so polluted that they cannot clean themselves naturally. polluted river and lake waters are unfit not only for consumption, but also for household, living and industrial needs, causing people to fall ill with various diseases.the main causes of fresh water pollution are related to the rapid development of urbanization and industrial production. in large industrial enterprises and urban areas, polluted runoff is formed due to various mineral and organic substances dissolved in large quantities and present in the suspension, and this waters are usually discharged into rivers. among the main sources of pollution of fresh water basins are industrial enterprises, wastewater from households, wastes from the production of ore and non-ore mineral resources. waters released after use in mines and oil plants, waste water from railway transport, water flowing from urban areas and fields where fertilizers and toxic chemicals have been used, untreated water flowing from livestock farms and complexes, etc. [23]. in particular, wastewater polluted by industry contains various acids, phenolic compounds, hydrogen sulfide, ammonia and other compounds, as well as various biogenic substances. many polluted river and lake waters are unfit not only for consumption, but also for household and industrial needs. an example of this is the rivers of some countries in western europe. water in these areas cannot be recycled without thorough cleaning. the zarafshan river is the only water source that flows through the territory of samarkand, navoi and bukhara regions.the concentration of large industrial enterprises in the river basin, the presence of more than 600,000 hectares of irrigated land, and the lack of improvement of the irrigation system cause a sharp decrease in the quality indicators of the river water. in particular, the presence of heavy metals in the waste water of the mountain beneficiation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org plant of the republic of tajikistan in the headwaters of the river is 1.5 times more than the norm, which also affects water pollution. the level of river water pollution is increasing year by year. according to the experts' proposal, a number of concrete measures have been developed on the international scale and in our country in connection with the ecological health of the water of the zarafshan river. they include: to see the conditions for the establishment of a water protection zone on the river bank and its rapid implementation; to stop the discharge of untreated wastewater from the mining and beneficiation plant into the river; to control and drastically reduce all sewage discharged into the river, to improve sewage systems; prevention of bacteriological pollution and solving a number of similar problems. pesticides, herbicides, fungicides, insecticides used in agriculture in recent times fall into rivers, lakes and canals, and pass to aquatic organisms and through them to human organisms, causing bad consequences in some cases. polluted running waters are divided into two groups: waters polluted with mineral and organic substances. references 1 bafoev, a. x., rajabboev, a. i., niyozov, s. a., bakhshilloev, n. k., & mahmudov, r. a. (2022). significance and classification of mineral fertilizers. texas journal of engineering and technology, 5, 1-5. 2 r.a. makhmudov, k.kh. majidov, m.m. usmanova, sh.m. ulashov, & s.a.niyozov. (2021). characteristics of catalpa plant as raw material for oil extraction. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(03),70–75. https://doi.org/10.37547/tajet/volume03issue03-11 3 hujakulova, d. j., sh m. ulashov, and d. k. gulomova. "technology of deodorization of soyabean oil." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 9.12 (2021): 171-174. 4 shodiev z. o., shodiev s., shodiev a. z. theoretical basis of effective separation of cotton from air flow //современные инструментальные системы, информационные технологии и инновации. – 2021. – с. 12-15. 5 ниёзов , с., шарипов, ш., бердиев, у. ., махмудов , р. ., & шодиев , а. . (2022). трущины, выпускающиеся при производстве хлорида калия из сильвинитовой руды. journal of integrated education and research, 1(4), 440–444. retrieved from https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/302 6 ниёзов с.а., шарипов ш.ж., бердиев у.р., & шодиев а.з. (2022). влияние нитрат и нитритов на организм. journal of integrated education and research, 1(4), 409–411. retrieved from https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/301 7 amanovich, m. r., obitovich, m. s., rakhmatilloyevich, t. h., & oybekovich, s. z. (2021). the use of biological active additives (baa) in the production of flour confectionery products. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(05), 134-138. 8 mahmudov rafik amonovich, shukrullayev javohir oybek ugli, ereshboyev husniddin fazliddinovich, & adizova muqaddas odil kizi. (2022). improvement of technology of gypsum production raw materials and products in production. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 6, 182–184. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjm/article/view/1059 https://doi.org/10.37547/tajet/volume03issue03-11 https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/302 https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/301 https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjm/article/view/1059 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 9 фатиллоев, ш. ф., ш. б. мажидова, and ч. к. хайруллаев. "влияние добавок азотнокислотного разложения фосфоритов центрального кызилкума на гигроскопические свойства аммиачной селитры." gospodarka i innowacje. 22 (2022): 553-556. 10 kazakovich, khayrullayev chorikul, fatilloyev shamshod fayzullo o’g’li, dehkonova nargiza, and jabborova aziza. "study of the possibility of use of local phosphorites and semi-products of the production of compound fertilizers as additive to ammonia nitretre." epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) 7, no. 4 (2022): 49-52. 11 фатиллоев, шамшод файзулло угли, бехзод мавлон угли аслонов, and алишер камилович ниёзов. "изучение механических свойств кожи обработанными полимерными композициями." universum: технические науки 11-4 (80) (2020): 49-51. 12 исматов с. ш., норова м. с., ниёзов с. а. у. технология рафинации. отбелка хлопкового масла с местными адсорбентами //вопросы науки и образования. – 2017. – №. 2 (3). – с. 27-28. 13 ниёзов, с. а., махмудов , р. а., & ражабова , м. н. (2022). значение азотной кислоты для народного хозяйства и промышленности. journal of integrated education and research, 1(5), 465–472. retrieved from https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/315 14 niyozov sobir ahror o‘g‘li, fatilloyev shamshod fayzullo o‘g‘li, & bafoev abduhamid hoshim o‘g‘li. (2022). non-ferrous metals and their alloys new innovative technologies in production of non-ferrous metals. neo science peer reviewed journal, 3, 11–20. retrieved from https://www.neojournals.com/index.php/nsprj/article/view/31 15 narzullaeva, a. m., khujakulov, k. r., tursunova, d. h., & teshaeva, m. s. (2020). study of the influence of the type of the catalyst on the technological process of hydration of higher fatty acids into alcohols, optimal parameters of the process, the industry of use of higher alcohols. international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology, 7(11), 15954-8. 16 mahmudov rafik amonovich, shukrullayev javohir oybek ugli, ereshboyev husniddin fazliddinovich, & adizova muqaddas odil kizi. (2022). improvement of technology of gypsum production raw materials and products in production. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 6, 182–184. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjm/article/view/1059 17 худойбердиев н. с., ҳайдарова м. ф. процесс модификации жидкого стекла полимерами //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 10. – с. 39-41. 18 ahror o‘g‘li, n. s., & ahadovna, m. m. (2022, november). uchtut dolomite mineral of mineralogical properties, chemical composition and extraction of magnesium chloride. in e conference zone (pp. 79-87). 19 niyozov, s., amonova, h. i., rizvonova, m., & murodova, m. a. (2022). mineralogical, chemical composition of uchtut dolomite mineral and physico-chemical basis of production of magnesium chloride. journal of integrated education and research, 1(6), 32-38. 20 ahror o‘g‘li, n. s., amonovich, m. r., & komil o‘g‘li, b. n. (2022). methods of beneficiation of potash ores and potash mines. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 59-69. https://www.neojournals.com/index.php/nsprj/article/view/31 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 21 ahror o‘g‘li, n. s., amonovich, m. r., & ilhom o‘g‘li, r. a. (2022). physico-chemical principles and technology of production of magnesium chlorate defoliant based on local raw materials and secondary products. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(11), 224-234. 22 ismatov s. s., norova m. s., niyozov s. a. u. refining technology. bleaching of cottonseed oil with local adsorbents //science and education. – 2017. – №. 2. – с. 3. 23 ahror o‘g‘li n. s., murodullo o‘g‘li o. j., ziyadulloyevich s. a. physico-chemical properties of raw materials used to obtain fine ceramics //world scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 1. – с. 156-167. 24 oybek o‘g‘li s. j., ahror o‘g‘li n. s., odil o‘g‘li u. o. research of the chemical composition of construction materials based on mineral binders //world scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 1. – с. 92-101. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org individual discipline with personal content organize work mannabov abduxamid abdimajitovich erkin tadqiqotchi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is intended by the command, governing bodies, commander and their deputies (service chiefs) to know deeply the spirituality, level of knowledge, family situation and behavior, characteristics, actions and discipline in the community, and their specifics. the article discusses the organization of individual educational work with personal content. individual discipline, one-order conversation, one-order approach, observation, passing documents, conversation, tempolandament, studying individual-psychological characteristics of an individual. if learning is the rule, it will be great, knowledge is normal, and greatness is. joseph josé haggai introduction individual educational and ideological work is not scheduled on the agenda, but after basic training, independent preparation or personal content can be carried out at personal and leisure times, as well as on saturdays and sundays of the week. individual moral and spiritual activities are regularly conducted with military personnel. the results of a single-order moral and spiritual work conducted by the command, military administrations, commanders, and their deputies with military personnel under their control are recorded in the "diary for the study of individual psychological characteristics of an individual." (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to discuss these answers with you. it differs from other forms of training in its effectiveness, effectiveness and one purpose and ease of use for all categories of military personnel. the uniqueness and advantages of individual discipline and ideological work include: accuracy – when he was focused on separate military personnel; targeted – when it aims for specific educational purposes; speed – when it canbe conducted in any situation and regularly; high effectiveness is the purpose of each individual by using separate methods of discipline. only if all commanders and chiefs are in continuous contact with and close to subordinate military personnel will single-order moral and spiritual activities achieve the goals set before them. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org to assist individuals desiring to benefit the worldwide work of jehovah's witnesses through some form of charitable giving, a brochure entitled charitable planning to benefit kingdom service worldwide has been prepared. the main areas of individual educational and ideological workare: planning the work of studying them separately in educating those under their control; organize the work of commanders, chiefs, officers of the headquarters, junior commanders and activists in the process of conducting separate practical work with personal content, teaching and conducting practical work; assistance and control over officers and sergeants, activists in the organization of individual educational and ideological work; share and generalize the experience of conducting one-order work among commanders and activists; analyze the state of discipline and ideology carried out in a single order and find ways to address its shortcomings; constant analysis of the results of individual educational and ideological work; promotion and promotion of advanced experiences through the press; encourage small commanders and activists for exemplary work between personal content. the results of individual educational and ideological work are recorded on a diary of studying the individual psychological characteristics of military personnel and individuals. methods of discipline and ideology in a single order : tracking; studying documents; a one-order conversation. observation involves conducting the subordinate in different conditions and studying his or her attitude toward different situations. the process of observation focuses on the submissive's appearance with the inner world—his expression on his face, changes in mood, mimicry, and gestures. studying documents plays an important role in producing an initial impression of the subordinate being studied. through the documents, we may collect such information as the subordinate's surname, patronymic, patronymic, year of birth, month, nationality, family status, specialty and behavior, health, and so on. personal documents are carefully studied. one-order conversation is a method that is the main method of single-order moral and spiritual work. it allows everyone to study deeply, to have an educational influence, and to mobilize them to carry out any task. therefore, it is the duty of each commander and team activist to master the style of conducting a one-order conversation. one-order conversations are primarily conducted with: with subordinates who grew up in a family whose parents b did not die; with those who often changed their workplace for no reason during the period up to the service, who were subjected to administrative penalties; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org with those who are prone to violation of military discipline; with those who have false reputations (negative leaders) among their peers; with those who are not physically well developed and have any physical or mental disabilities; with those who will be laughing among their partners in their actions and statements; is carried out with those who have been given alcohol consumption during the period up to service. list of available publications: 1. resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-3898 of august 4, 2018 "on fundamental improvement of the system of increasing the spiritual and educational level of military personnel of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan". 2."concept of moral and spiritual support of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan", approved by the joint resolution of ministries and agencies of february 2, 2019. 3. for more information, please contact the treasurer's office by writing to the address noted above or by telephoning (718) 560 7500. 4. manual for the organization of moral and spiritual support in the battle of the people’s republic of uzbekistan (including special troops), approved by the order of the ministry of defence of the republic of uzbekistan on may 29, 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the issue of hinduism confession and indian diaspora in bukhara emirate rajabova dilnoza yarashovna phd student of faculty of history and cultural inheritance of bukhara state university. dilnozarajabova85@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s an insight provided at the article reviews of the history of the hindu denomination in central asia in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, especially in the bukhara emirate. the relations of the indian diaspora and confession with other religions during the tsarist period of bukhara and their activities here are also studied on the basis of historical sources and the archival documents. buddhism, denomination, vishnu, hinduism, usury, indigo, caravan-serais, indian neighborhood. the history of the indian denomination in the bukhara emirate goes back a long way. the location, lifestyle, occupations, traditions and religious ceremonies of indians in turkestan governorate, bukhara emirate and khiva khanate are mentioned in the works of many orientalists and indologists. these include foreign and russian researchers nebolsin p.i., logofet d.i., nikolsky m.n., ole olufsen, eugene skyler, sukhareva o.a., dmitriev g.d. such as can be cited.1 among the uzbek scientists, qalandarova m.s., ergashev b., akhmedov t. who deeply analyzed the activities of indian immigrants of this period and provide information in their scientific works.2 buddhism as a religion appeared in northern india in the 1st millennium (in some sources, in the 6th5th centuries bc), and later this religion spread to the regions of south, southeast and east asia. by the 1st century ad, its various branches expressing social interests began to emerge. the largest of these is "hinoyana", which means "small cart" in sanskrit and "narrow road". widespread in countries like sri lanka, burma. "mahoyana" means "big cart" in sanskrit "wide road" and is common among some peoples living in tibet, china, japan, mongolia and altai and the far east. by this time, buddhism had turned from a monotheistic religion into a polytheistic religion, and the scope of its worshipers had also expanded. in the 7th century india, a complex system called brahmanism, which 1 небольсин п.и. «очерки торговли россии со средней азией». –спб.1856.; логофет д.и.страна-безправия. бухарское ханство и его современное состояние.–спб.1909.; никольский м.н. блогародная бухара.–спб.1903.; o.olufsen. the emir of bokhara and his country. –copenhagen.1911.; e.schuyler. turkistan, notes of a journey in russian turkistan, khokand, bukhara and kuldja. i –london.1876. ; сухарева о.а. бухара xix начала xx в.москва.1966.; дмитриев г.д. индийские выходцы в средней азии в конце хiх – начале хх вв. –ташкент.1965. 2kalandarova m.s. indian diaspora in central asia (second half of the 19th late 20th centuries)//vostok. afro-asian society: history and modernity, no. 4, 2009.; ergashev b., akhmedov t. life and lifestyle of indian citizens in turkestan// archeology of uzbekistan., no. 2, 2017. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org was very different from primitive buddhism, developed and was based on slavery. by the 11th and 12th centuries, brahmanism becomes hinduism, which promotes social equality. thus, the distinctive form of buddhism in india is known as "hinduism". "hinduism" was understood by the muslim nations as the faith of the non-believers who lived along the banks of the indus river. at the beginning of the 18th century, british officers called the indus river "india", the people living there "hindus", and "hinduism" because their faith was not christian or muslim.3 the spread of buddhism throughout central asia since the 2nd century bc the trade routes of the great silk road have passed through here. bc to the middle of the iii-ii century the occupation of a part of central asia, afghanistan, pakistan, and north india by the kushan empire (i-iv centuries bc), which replaced the greco-bactrian state, led to the historical formation of religion and civilizational change. buddhist temples, statues, examples of fine art and their remains in surkhandarya and fergana regions confirm that the buddhist confession existed in central asia in the 1st century ad. by the early middle ages, the great silk road passed through northern kyrgyzstan, southern regions of uzbekistan and turkmenistan, tajikistan and southern kazakhstan, especially in city-states such as bactria and tokharistan which ensured the spread of hinduism. in the vii-viii centuries, the penetration of arabs and islam into the territories of central asia leads to the suppression of buddhism.4 despite the spread of islam in the regions of north india in the 10th-12th centuries, faith in hinduism continued to be practiced. trade and cultural relations with the indians continued during the 14th century amir temur's conquest of the land (1397-1399). later, during the reign of bukharan khan from the shaybanids abdulla khan ii (1534-1598), diplomatic and trade relations with the indians flourished, and they were given great privileges. as a result, the first indian communities began to appear, engaged in permanent trade and crafts. it can be seen that the bukhara emirate of india, which was stable during the rule of the ashtarkhanids, became active in foreign and domestic trade relations at the beginning of the 18th century. for example, in 1812-1813, the indian tourist mir izzatilloh, who came to the emirate to select the best horses for his british master, positively described the management policy in bukhara, and said that the ruler's justice and the conditions that ensured the safety of merchants were remarkable.5 by the second half of the 19th century, trade in bukhara will rise again, as it did in the 15th-16th centuries. during the reign of amir seid abdul ahad khan and amir olimkhan, trade and diplomatic relations were revived in some branches of the great silk road. by this time, india, which was a colony of great britain, was an important point in trade with the east, so it imported british goods as well as its own products into international trade. indian merchants were active in the markets of central asia through afghanistan and bukhara, the capital of the emirate. historical sources indicate that the indians entered into contact with the local population of bukhara due to trade relations with the central markets of the bukhara emirate. indians practiced usury here, as in many other places in central asia. herman vambery, who visited bukhara and khiva in the guise of an armenian merchant in 1863-1864, said, "a very small number of about 500 indians who worship 3flood, gavin (ed) (2003), blackwell companion to hinduism, blackwell publishing, isbn 0-631-21535-2 4b.j. eshov. history of uzbek statehood and administration. -tashkent. 2012. page 101. 5 anke fon kyugelgen. legitimation of the central asian dynasty of the manghits in the works of their stories (xviiixix centuries) -almaty, 2004. page 32. https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%d0%a4%d0%bb%d0%b0%d0%b4,_%d0%93%d1%8d%d0%b2%d0%b8%d0%bd https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%d0%a1%d0%bb%d1%83%d0%b6%d0%b5%d0%b1%d0%bd%d0%b0%d1%8f:%d0%98%d1%81%d1%82%d0%be%d1%87%d0%bd%d0%b8%d0%ba%d0%b8_%d0%ba%d0%bd%d0%b8%d0%b3/0631215352 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org vishnu and engage in trade like the armenians in turkey live in bukhara caravansaries. "it is surprising that in the market exchange, the entire money circulation passes through their hands, that is, they engage in moneylending and usury."6 the number of indian citizens who came to bukhara mainly came from peshawar, shikarpura, punjab, lahore, multan, haripur, ludhiana, as well as kashmir, delhi, allahabad and other regions of india is given in different sources. for example, the british political agent alexandr burns, who visited in the 1930s, said that "about 300 shikarpur indians lived in bukhara in the 19th century"7, while the danish geographer ole olufsen said that there were more than a few hundred8. olga sukhareva, one of the russian orientalists in the 60s and 80s of the 20th century, says that “there are more than two thousand indians who came to bukhara from shakarpurra, sind and punjab.”9 in our opinion, this information is more accurate, because the number of indian men engaged in trade, including family members, is more than two thousand. indians were located in caravansary in the cities of tashkent, samarkand, bukhara and karshi in central asia. in the emirate of bukhara, indians settled in the districts of old bukhara, karshi and ziyavuddin. there are three indian caravan-serais (also its written like as “caravan-saray”) in old bukhara. they are saroy karshi, saroy hindi and saroy sultani. it is called "indian quarter" along with the covered bazaars with indian caravan-serais and stalls. these caravanserais were at the expense of the government, and the mutavalli came every month and collected a tax of 5-10 coins depending on the number of rooms.10 from local enlightenment historian abdurauf fitrat mentioned in his work that the indians lived in the courtyards near the divanbegi (also “devon-begi”) caravanserai around labi-hovuz. he describes their houses as low and not much different from those of ordinary local people.11 in the city of bukhara, more than one hundred and fifty usurer indians lived in each of the three indian caravansaries. the emir of bukhara appointed a representative from the government as their administrator, who is called "the yasovul of the indians" (it means inspector). in addition to controlling the hindu yasavuli indians, he also led the emirate's spies among other denominations. yasovul primarily acted as the chief inspector of the indians, knowing how much money the indians earned and to whom they lent money.12 the performance of ritual religious actions of the hindus, that is, the process of worship, was carried out in the caravansary where they lived. they turned one room of the caravanserai into a temple and gathered there to pray. because in the emirate they are not allocated a special place to build a temple. american diplomat eugene skyler revealed it as follows: "it was very easy to distinguish the indian traders in the bukhara state by their appearance... i used to go to the caravanserai where they were staying to speak english because they were hospitable, and they had turned one of the small rooms in the corner into a temple. there were countless statues and strangely colored stones. when i entered there with curiosity, the priest in baggy pants asked me to enter without shoes and explained his rules 6 h.vamberi. journey through central asiamoscow. 2003. page 267 7 a.burns. journey to bukharamoscow. 1848. page 391. 8 o.olufsen. the emir of bokhara and his country. –gyldendal, nordisk forlag.copenhagen.1911.р.296. 9 o.a.sukhareva. bukhara xix-beginning of xx century moscow. nauka, 1966. page 181. 10 ibid, pp.59-61. 11 a.fitrat. an interview with an indian tourist. samarkand, 1913. page 10. 12 s.ayni. reminiscences. part 3. volume 6. t. 1965. page 53. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org with difficulty in english. i left my shoes at the front door and returned the tasks that he had told me. we were pleased with that..." he wrote.13 indeed, the interiors of the caravanserai's chambers are decorated with colorful paintings and a statue (icon) of kali is kept there. all the synagogues had their own clergymen, who rotated like their compatriots.14 in bukhara, which is the "qubbat-ul-islam" (dome of islam), those of the hindu faith were considered "infidels" ("ghayridin") and were subject to strict restrictions, including paying juzya tax for being non-muslims. like the jews, they dress in a way that distinguishes them from the muslim population. about this, ole olufsen, a member of the danish geographical society, who visited bukhara in 18961899, said, "indians are distinguished not only by their anthropological appearance, but also by their clothes. he was quickly recognized by his colorful cloak, “zunnor”cloth belt around his waist, square black headdress and white or red manki on his forehead, indicating his caste. muslims were forbidden to take servants or marry, make idols or build temples. here they are also called "moltoni"..." sometimes they were spotted in a black coat with flowers and low-heeled leather shoes.15 russian historian a.khoroshkhin, in 1872, studied the local lifestyle of the indians and wrote: "... each of them used their own bowls and spoons, which they did not even give to their relatives. if representatives of other religions touch their dishes, they are considered unclean, even if a piece of coal is taken from their ovens, it is considered unclean."16 the famous russian scientist e.eversman reports that in the 80s of the xix century, sacred cows were kept in bukhara, just like in india. in his works, the indologist g.d.dmitriev mentioned the holy gods of hinduism, such as krishna, vishnu, kali.17 according to hindu beliefs, they used to wash their bodies every morning and rub holy oil on their skin. about this, it is stated in the archive documents: "every morning, regardless of the weather, they poured water over them and washed, that is, they made regularly "omoveniya" and "kupalnya" rituals.18 it represents that indian people have always performed their religious practices. it can be seen that the information given by the written sources regarding the relations of the indian citizens with the local population is different. for example, bakhodir ergashev, who studied the indians with the help of archival documents and some historical sources, and olga sukhareva, who deeply studied the history and ethnography of the peoples of the city of bukhara, substantiate that the indians have established very good, reliable relations with the inhabitants of the area where they live, and participate in festive events.19 sadriddin ayni, one of the representatives of the enlightened jadids, describes the indians in his "reminiscences" as follows: "usurious indians were very dirty and smelly people. even if they bathed every morning, the ugliness of their bodies was unbearable. they used to say that after bathing every 13 e.schyler. turkistan: notes of a journey in russian turkistan, khokand, bukhara, and kuldja. –vol.1, ny, 1876. page 186. 14 ergashev b., akhmedov t. life and lifestyle of indian citizens in turkestan. // archeology of uzbekistan, no. 2, 2017. page 59. 15 o.olufsen. the emir of bokhara and his country. gyldendal, nordisk forlag.copenhagen,1911,р.296. 16 а.horoshhin. samarkand // turkestanskiye vedomosti. 1872. № 44. 17 ergashev b., akhmedov t. life and lifestyle of indian citizens in turkestan. // archeology of uzbekistan, no. 2, 2017. page 60. 18 nauz i-1, list 1, case 10, sheet 49. 19 ergashev b., akhmedov t. life and lifestyle of indian citizens in turkestan... page 59; sukhareva o.a. bukhara 19th20th centuries, moscow: nauka, 1966. page 255. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org day, they put special oil on their flesh. the stinking smell of the houses where he lived would take a person's breath away as soon as he stepped through their doors. such information indicates that the representatives of the hindu denomination are carrying out their own traditions in bukhara.20 also, in the archival documents of the turkestan general-governorship, there is information about the permission requested by the indians for the cremation ceremony of the deceased indian and its implementation. the custom of cremation is one of the mysterious and unique traditions of the indian religion, in which the body of a dead person is burned after reciting special prayers. in the emirate of bukhara, as in the governorate of turkestan, due to different evaluations by the local population, a responsible supervisor was appointed and this ceremony was held in the evening, at night, under the supervision of a special police representative. this is considered a mysterious phenomenon by local residents. "mank" on the forehead of the indians a circle shape or a special mark represented their caste. hinduism has a tradition of casteism, where people wear white, red, yellow, purple, and green manks depending on which caste they belong to. in bukhara, the majority of hindus belong to the "bhatiya" trading class of indians. along with them lived representatives of trading class such as "bania" of marwadis, "lokhana" of indians, "khatri" of punjabis. in bukhara, although there were few middle-class representatives of other castes, there were mostly people from the rich merchant class. among the goods brought from india, those in the caravan also delivered books according to the orders of representatives of indian merchants and nobles in turkestan, bukhara and khiva. the intellectuals and nobles were served by servants, that is, from the lower castes (coolies), who stayed here until they became completely impoverished.21 also, s. ayni wrote: "in this palace, there was an indian named boyarji, who was a little neater and neater than the others, and his room was not unpleasantly dirty. he wrote beautiful tajik letters in the arabic alphabet and read tajik books fluently. he had all kinds of books. tajik literary works "gulistoni masarrat", "devoni mirza mazharjoni jonon", "khizonai omira" were published in india, and i saw them for the first time in this room. but there were many hindi books. he always read either tajik or hindi books, and he gave me permission to read tajik books."22 those of the hindu denomination, while actively trading in bukhara, also observed some restrictions of the government. in particular, due to their belief in another religion, their neighborhoods were different from those of muslims. according to eugene schyler, their roads were different and they did not have horses like the muslims. like the jews, the indians also rode mules (female donkey), because they were forbidden to ride a higher horse than the muslims. indians paid a higher price for the rooms of the caravanserai they lived in than muslim immigrants.23 sometimes, when such situations put some of them in a difficult economic situation, they are left with the option of converting to islam or going back to their country. due to the development of international trade in bukhara in the second half of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, they were mainly engaged in trade and usury. many indian products such as tea, indian fabrics, indigo dye, medicinal herbs, medicines, and sugar were popular in bukhara markets. 20 s.ayni. reminiscences. part 3. volume 6. t. 1965. page 50. 21 https://shosh.uz/narodyi-uzbekistana-indiytsyi 22 s.ayni. reminiscences. part 3. volume 6. t. 1965. page 51. 23 e.schyler. turkistan... p. 185. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org indian tea was also introduced to central asia, particularly bukhara, by afghan merchants through peshawar.24 the administrative documents of the turkestan general-governor's court provide information that the indian citizens who lived and worked in the country were mainly engaged in trade, handicrafts, and small production. according to various written records of the colonial offices of turkestan, indian traders mainly brought tea, indigo, porcelain, copper, cashmere cloth, leather shoes, rice, pepper and other products. russian financier n.f.perovsky mentions about 120 different products imported from india in the markets of bukhara. according to his information, "blue" and "black" tea varieties imported from india competed with chinese tea varieties in turkestan. therefore, in 1870, 2,800 poods of indian tea were brought to samarkand. according to the tashkent fair committee, in 1874, 37,000 pounds of tea were brought to turkestan.25 later, representatives of indian trade established strong, reliable relations with large firms in the central regions of the russian empire and even participated in the famous trade fairs of nizhe-novogorod.26 indologist g.d.dmitriev, studying archival materials, concludes that indian citizens were engaged in early capitalist production in turkestan. for example: in 1887, the indian balaguev (in the court documents, the surnames of all the indians are given in the russian pronunciation) received a permit for mining and gold mining. in the 1970s, paraman lagurinov supplied raisins to russian industrial enterprises. the samarkand tea packing enterprise was also owned by indians.27 in addition to trade and brokering, indians in bukhara were also involved in usury and currency exchange28. bukhara enlightener sadriddin ayni writes in his "reminiscences" that the main debtors of indian usurers were soldiers of the emir as follows: "indians did not write down their transactions in notebooks. the debtors were completely illiterate people. they did their calculations by "bookmark". "khatchop" was a half-burnt, four-sided piece of wood, each edge was two centimeters wide. there was a special "bookmark" for each debtor, and the names of the debtors and the amount of the debt were written in hindi on this stick. because he collected his money from the debtor in certain periods, every time the debtor brought money, he put a "bookmark" line... the indians sat in their cells until 12 o'clock every day, while the needy people came to borrow money. on the days when the soldiers received their monthly salary, in the morning they came to registon, amir's ark, to collect their debts... starting from tokhi sarrafon, about forty moneylenders lined up to tokhi telpakfuroshon.29 in many historical sources, since usury is forbidden in bukhara according to sharia, it is mentioned that this work was mainly done by indians and later by jews. since indians make up a significant part of the population of bukhara, an official appointed by the government of the emirate in the position of "indian envoy" from among the local population was monitoring all their activities.30 when a hindu died, his property could not be passed on to the heirs, but went to the emir's treasury. even sick indians, perhaps on the verge of death, were watched so that they did not secretly transfer money to their heirs. this can also be seen in one of the archive 24o.a.sukhareva. bukhara xix-beginning of xx century moscow. nauka, 1966. page 181. 25 nauz i-1, list 1, case 12, sheets 2-3. 26 nauz i-1, list 32, case 247, sheet 14. 27 ergashev b., akhmedov t. life and lifestyle of indian citizens in turkestan // archeology of uzbekistan, no. 2, 2017, page 58. 28 money exchangers were called “sarrof” in local language. 29 s.ayni. reminiscences. part 3. volume 6. t. 1965. page 53. 30 https://shosh.uz/narodyi-uzbekistana-indiytsyi american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org documents. in it, jonmirza devonbegi reported to ostanakhul khushbegi that according to the calculations in the debt book of the deceased hindu, he had 4,500 gold left, and the khushbegi, after reviewing his letter, was ordered to hand over this amount to the emirate account, not to the british ambassador who requested it, by the end of the week.31 therefore, the funds earned by indian merchants in the territory of the emirate were transferred to the treasury of the emirate if they died here and had no heirs. about this in "reminiscences" of sadriddin ayni: "hind yasavuli and bukhara government officials in general helped the indians not to burn their money and to collect it on time. because the government of bukhara considered only indians as its own. in fact, if an indian died without a designated heir, the government would take over his possessions, cash and money. because yasovul was always checking what he had and what he didn't have, he could not transfer his money to a fellow countryman before his death.32 in 1894, the russian government, taking into account the demands of the political agency in bukhara and officials and the bourgeoisie in turkestan, began to form a unified customs system. in the same year, the russian-bukhara customs line was abolished.33 as a result, the entire customs system of the emirate was transferred to the russian customs system. the internal markets of bukhara have been included in the internal markets of russia since that day. by the beginning of 1895, the emirate of bukhara lost its customs system. this seriously undermined the position of indian merchants in bukhara by the second half of the 19th century. the reason is that russian goods began to crowd out the goods of all other countries that were here. another such reform, by the 70s of the 19th century, the governor general of turkestan approved a number of special legal norms aimed only at indians, who played an important role in the economy of the central asian khanates. on october 27, 1877, the governor general of turkestan k.p.von kaufman's decision "on the abolition of the exploitation of the local population by indian immigrants"34 was announced. this was an effort to combat their usurious operations. the provisions of this ordinance prohibited indians from buying land on credit from natives; in debt recovery, only the debtor's movable property can be sold, but not everyday items; insolvent debtors were not subject to arrest and were instead required to pay no more than one-third of their income annually toward the debt. the main purpose of this law was to legalize the forced sale of land previously acquired by indian moneylenders in order to effectively eliminate their position. expropriation of indian land in rural areas was carried out along with compensation of land value. special resolutions of the regional councils fixed the period within which the hindu owner had to sell the land. if he did not comply with this decision, the plot of land had to be sold under the administrative procedure with the return of the income, minus the expenses related to the sale. initially, administrative restrictions on hindu moneylenders were adopted temporarily. but in 1886, their basic rules were approved by the russian state council and became a legal statute. in the 80s of the 19th century, the tremendous bulk trade of indian merchants' transactions related to the exchange of goods in the domestic market were carried out mainly in bukhara. in 1887, there were 10 large wholesalers, whose main type of commercial activity was grain trade. in addition, they were 31 nauz i-126 list-1 case-1438, sheet 1-2 pages with back. 32 s.ayni. reminiscences. part 3. volume 6. t. 1965. page 53. 33r.e. kholikova. from the history of the political agency of the russian empire in the emirate of bukhara // a look at the past. t., 2021. page 28. 34 https://shosh.uz/narodyi-uzbekistana-indiytsyi /jukolova l.i. https://shosh.uz/narodyi-uzbekistana-indiytsyi%20/jukolova american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org engaged in providing loans to farmers for cotton and grain crops. cotton was bought by indians to deliver to cotton mills. the purchase of wool, ravel, fabric, yarn also attracted their attention. in general, among the representatives of the hindu denomination who were engaged in agriculture and gardening, there were also handicrafts. indian goldsmiths settled here long ago and opened small workshops. especially popular were the seals made of sycamore wood with verses from the qur'an and various images. among the indians there were cooks, bakers, confectioners, hairdressers and even teachers. also, from historical sources, in the works of s.ayni and m.n.nikolsky, information is given that indians also prepared intoxicating drinks, but it (preparation or sale of intoxicating drinks) was prohibited in the emirate.35 their clandestine production and sale of intoxicating drinks continued until the russian government officially introduced wine and spirits to the emirate (until 1889).36 by the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, the indians brought and sold english goods several times cheaper, and as a result, they achieved an increase in the demand for them here. the reason for this was the political goal of breaking russia's hegemony in the markets of central asia, reducing its superiority and expanding the influence of great britain. this did not please the representatives of the russian government, and as a result, indian merchants and british goods were subjected to severe persecution. as a result, indians were forced to move from bukhara to other lands, first to turkestan governorate, and then to their own country. after the events of 1917, a small number of family indians, who almost forgot their mother tongue, chose turkestan as their permanent residence. in the emirate of bukhara, immigrants from india could be found even in the 1920s. surviving indians according to the 1926 census, there were 37 indian citizens who had accepted soviet citizenship.37 the danish officer and geographer ole olufsen, who was twice in the bukhara emirate at the end of the 19th century, says in his book "the emir of bokhara and his country" that "the bukharan indians, also called moltoni, did great services to the emirate, although they were severely persecuted and expelled by the russians."38 in 1910, several banks began to be built in old bukhara, and a branch of the don-azov bank was built on the site of the indian quarter. capitalist relations were dealt with by bank branches and stock exchange department here.39 in conclusion, hinduism in bukhara was one of the major denominations in the bukhara emirate in the second half of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century. caravanserais were considered not only residences of indian citizens, but also cultural centers and temples. indians engaged in trade, usury and various branches of handicrafts in bukhara were also large real estate owners. the transformation of the bukhara emirate into a protectorate of the russian empire in the second half of the 19th century had a serious impact on india-bukhara relations. although indians in the emirate were allowed to live by converting to islam or paying the “juzya” tax, many reasons led to their decline, such as persecution or suppression by the russian colonizers as "spies of the british government". 35 s.ayni. reminiscences. part 3. volume 6.-t. 1965. page 51-53.; nikolsky m.n. blessed bukhara. spb.1903.p.17. 36 d.n.logofet. a country of lawlessness. –spb., 1909.p.239. 37 ergashev b., akhmedov t. life and lifestyle of indian citizens in turkestan// archeology of uzbekistan., no. 2, 2017, page 60. 38 o.olufsen. the emir of bokhara and his country. gyldendal, nordisk forlag.copenhagen,1911,р.296. 39 b.a.alimdzhanov. history of the bukhara branch of the azov-don commercial bank // bulletin of the russian economic university. g. v. plekhanov. 2018. no. 5 (101). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org nevertheless, the hindu denomination had strong diplomatic, trade-economic, social and cultural relations with the government of the emirate of bukhara and its people in the second half of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century. indian caravanserai in bukhara, 1890 french paul nadar. eugene skyler. indian priest. ("turkistan") page 185. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org indians in the emirates indians in bukhara emirate. picture taken by paul nadar in 1890. reference 1. anke von kügelgen. legitimation of the central asian dynasty of the mangits in the works of their stories (xviii-xix centuries) almaty, dine-press publishing house. 2004. (anke fon kyugelgen. легитимация сраднеазиатской династии мангитов впроизведениях их историев (xviii–xixвв.) – алматы, издательство “дайн – пресс”.2004.) 2. xoroshxin a. samarqand // turkestanskie vedomosti. 1872. №44. 3. logofet d.i. a country of lawlessness. –spb., 1909. (логофет д.и.страна-безправия. бухарское ханство и его современное состояние– спб.1909.) 4. sadriddin ayni. reminiscences. part 3. volume 6.-t. 1965. (садриддин айний. эсдаликлар.3қисм.6-том-т.1965.) 5. sukhareva o.a. bukhara xix-beginning of xx century – moscow, 1966. (сухарева о.а. бухара xix начала xx в. –москва.1966.) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 6. nauz, i-1, list 1, case 10, sheet 49. (national archive of uzbekistan) 7. nauz, i-1, list 1, case 12, sheets 2-3. 8. nauz, i-1, list 32, case 247, sheet 14. 9. khoroskhin a. samarkand // turkestanskie vedomosti. 1872. №44. 10. ergashev b., akhmedov t. life and lifestyle of indian citizens in turkestan// archeology of uzbekistan., no. 2, 2017. 11. eugene schuyler. turkistan, notes of a journey in russian turkistan, khokand, bukhara and kuldja. i london. 1876. 12. ole olufsen. the emir of bokhara and his country. -copenhagen. 1911. 13. dmitriev g.d. indian immigrants in central asia at the end of the 19th beginning of the 20th centuries. – tashkent. 1965. (дмитриев г.д. индийские выходцы в средней азии в конце хiх – начале хх вв. –ташкент.1965.) 14. kalandarova m.s. indian diaspora in central asia (second half of the 19th late 20th centuries)// vostok. afro-asian society: history and modernity, no. 4, 2009. (каландарова м.с. индийская диаспора в средней азии (вторая половина xix начало xx в.)// восток. афро-азиатские общества: история и современность, №4, 2009.) 15. nebolsin p.i. essays on russia's trade with central asia.–spb.1856. (небольсин п.и. очерки торговли россии со средней азией–спб.1856.) 16. nikolsky m.n. blessed bukhara. st. petersburg. 1903. (никольский м.н. блогародная бухара–спб.1903.) 17. to’raev h.h. toponyms of bukhara. durdona publishing house, bukhara, 2021. (to’raev h.h. buxoro toponimlari. – durdona nashriyoti, buxoro,2021.) 18. kholikova r.e. from the history of the political agency of the russian empire in the emirate of bukhara // a look at the past. t., 2021. (xoliqova r.e. rossiya imperatorligi siyosiy agentligining buxoro amirligidagi faoliyati tarixidan // o'tmishga nazar, t. 2021.) 19. rajabova d. y. in the bukhara emirate in the early xx century about diseases // наука и образование сегодня. – 2021. – №. 1. – с. 35-37. 20. yarashovna r. d. who was seid abdul ahad khodja from manghit dynasty //central asian journal of social sciences and history. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 4. – с. 110114. 21. yarashovna r. d. some foreign sources about the history of the bukhara emirate // вестник науки и образования. – 2020. – №. 24-3 (102). 22. yarashovna r. d. the description of administrative system in the emirate of bukhara during the reign of said abdulahadkhan in foreign sources //international journal on integrated education. – 2020. – т. 3. – №. 4. – с. 32-35. 23. yarashovna r. d. the phenomenon of amir sayyid abdulahadkhan and his role in the history of turkestan // ўтмишга назар журнали. – 2019. – т. 26. – №. 2. 24. rajabova d. y. socio-philosophical views of local historians on the period of sayyid abdulahadkhan the emir of bukhara // international journal of psychosocial rehabilitation. – 2020. – т. 24. – №. 10. – с. 234-243. 25. mubinov m. внешнеполитическая деятельность бухарского эмирата (xviii-xix века) //центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz). – 2021. – т. 8. – №. 8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 26. mubinov m. из истории внешних отношений бухарского эмирата (xviii-xix века) //центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz). – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 3. 27. mubinov m. изучение роли теологов-бухарцев в формировании исламской культуры в средней азии //центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz). – 2021. – т. 8. – №. 8. 28. mirjonovna y. b. the influence of arab caliphate on formation of bukhara urban culture //emergent: journal of educational discoveries and lifelong learning (ejedl). – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 08. – с. 28-32. 29. mirjonovna y. b. question about the environment: has the historian studied the environmental problem? //academicia globe: inderscience research. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 01. – с. 10-17. 30. ражабова д. я. амир саййид абдулаҳадхон феномени ва унинг туркистон тарихида тутган ўрни //взгляд в прошлое. – 2019. – №. 26. 31. jamolova d. m. the end of the emirate of bukhara: the end of the political struggle between the jadids and the ulema //international journal of philosophical studies and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 9-15. 32. muyidinovna j. d. tarbiyai atfol” society and its activities //humanities and social sciences in europe: achievements and perspectives. – 2016. – с. 52. 33. muyidinovna j. d. the history of jadid school in samarkand //mediterranean journal of basic and applied sciences (mjbas). – 2021. – т. 5. – №. 2. – с. 53-58. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org the role of work in human aesthetic activity yuldasheva matluba munavarovna associate professor of kokand state institute pedagogical a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main focus of the article is on the human factor, on the historical diversity of the ability to work, as well as on the qualitative processes inherent in the labor process, and on the aesthetic pleasure of a person in the pursuit of creative and high goals. man, work, history, need, activity, society, process, virtue, pleasure, skill, knowledge, consciousness, beauty, growth, perfection, production introduction man created history only with the ability to work, changed nature for its intended purpose, understood beauty and, in a new way, gave rise to new values. naturally, in order for a person to live and develop, it was necessary, first of all, to have favors that satisfy material needs, to cultivate them. in this sense, one breath did not cease to satisfy one's own needs, was unable to create material goods, and this process proceeded endlessly-without borders. so, as gegel wrote, "the satisfaction of needs cannot be achieved in absolute terms, whereas they are refreshed tirelessly and without interruption: there is no end to satisfying such needs as food, satiety, dreaming, hunger and fatigue will continue to appear from the head again tomorrow" [1]. main part naturally, the labor process of a person is extremely colorful. it consists, first of all, in the organization of qualitative qualities inherent in the labor process, states of rejection of activity, social meaning and essence of labor, the process of labor. let's briefly dwell on the features of labor in raising human spirituality. the labor process occurs as a result of human aspiration, behavior, the fulfillment of certain actions. a person who is interested in the success of his work strives to perform actions perfectly. ultimately, the results will depend not only on the means of production, but also on the characteristics of its specific actions, that is, its activity in production. at the same time, dexterity, a skill that cannot be equated with ordinary competence are embodied, consequently, labor is the totality of creative processes. behavior that has become a qualification is a condition for the successful implementation of work. consequently, the labor process goes through regular changes and in a lively way, not only perfecting, but at the same time instilling new skills. it is not today that the emergence of skill to a certain extent occurs in the meh-nat process and requires initiative, creative intuition, courage from a person. therefore, the concept of skill also includes excellent knowledge of the processing of material properties, skill in the use of labor weapons, a correct understanding of will and situation, and stable american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org initiative. naturally, it is impossible for a person not to be satisfied with this state and the results achieved, not to cheer up, not to succumb to creative feelings. this is an aesthetic feeling that is caused by the absorption and exaltation of actions under the influence of the same labor. as it expresses the standard of perfection in the labor process, skill becomes a source of aesthetic pleasure. it should be remembered that the aesthetic meaning of labor will also depend on the characteristics of the course of activity. a person is satisfied with his work, enjoys, aesthetically enjoys, when he freely pursues his physical and spiritual abilities, contemplating creative and high goals. regardless of the content of the activity and its dependence on the conditions, when labor is free, the results of which a person is interested and enjoys, when he directs his creative abilities to high educational goals, he acquires an aesthetic character. ghafur ghulam" what is beauty?"wrote in the poem," beauty is to work, to sweat the forehead, to do what is beautiful, to be reconciled with praise!” [2]. however, the aesthetic feeling that is born in the process of labor does not mean simply enjoying the appearance of performance. it becomes as creative as a game in activity, retains the meaning of sociovolatility, manifests itself in a serious and complex way of activity, even if it is carried out in a free, natural way. therefore, the aesthetic pleasure that is born in the process of labor will be connected with the spirit of his vital creativity, with the realization of this thoughtful, botanic essence. a person feels creative even when he employs some simple, at first glance simple actions in the process of labor, realizes the meaning of his labor as a re-creation. the live labor process constitutes a more complex structure the production structure. in the process of production, people have a certain social attitude towards each other and the means of production. naturally, in the preparation of products, it is necessary to fulfill a complex task, such as the provision of certain labor weapons (machine, machine tool, armor, etc.), as well as their intended placement and interaction. all this constitutes social production, which takes place at a certain pace, has its own function, structure, organizational appearance. this structure acquires aesthetic expressiveness with a high degree of well-being and perfection. a highly organized process, the picture of its embodiment and rejection at a certain pace has an aesthetic effect on people, generating emotional uplift that evokes a creative attitude to activity. the history of aesthetic activity shows that in almost all peoples, the aesthetic properties and properties of materials whose processing is necessary, such as wood, clay, plaster, glass, were learned in the process of labor and were used creatively in the creation of works of art. for example, uzbek poetry is known to be widely used, especially in classical literature, epithets and metaphors related to flora and fauna. these can include the image of the sun, moon, cypress, ohu, etc. stone and wood processing served as an object that represented artistic labor and skill in the aesthetics of the peoples of central asia. in addition, natural materials such as bone, chi, skin, lime, clay have been widely used in fine art as a means of demonstrating creative aesthetic ability and satisfying needs. as the researchers write,"in the practical use of the product, it is given an aesthetic assessment" [3]. the aesthetic essence of labor will largely depend on the social conditions in which it is carried out. in the recent past, labor, subordinated to the foundations of communist ideology, social ownership, creative freedom, ability, personal interest in a person, leads him to spiritual impoverishment, and, most importantly, "alienates" the results of his own labor, leading to the formation of immortality moods. independence put an end to the alienation of labor from the individual and created real conditions for its full and comprehensive manifestation of spiritual and creative forces. such american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org opportunities, especially in the conditions of political, socio-economic freedom in our republic, paved the way for the development of the creative abilities of the individual, the legal guarantee of the inviolability of private property, the comprehensive support of ownership and entrepreneurship, the manifestation of the true essence of man in the process of labor. conclusion in the conditions of market relations, the validity of competition has made it a necessary need to provide a wide range of creative activity, create quality products from producers of material goods, and grow goods in accordance with the artistic and aesthetic tastes and needs of consumers. increased aesthetic standards and requirements for labor processes and production of products, which brought great attention to the application of modern technologies, innovative projects to production and aging, in particular, designer activities, production and industrial aesthetics become the most attractive and productive sphere. thus, labor exerts a strong and multifaceted influence on a person, giving aesthetic meaning and meaning to his activities, promoting spiritual maturation. well, labor acquires aesthetic meaning in a person by combining knowledge, experience, willpower and character. references 1. гегель. эстетика. в 4-х томах. т.1.-м: искусство, 1968; 2. ғафур ғулом.мукаммал асарлар тўплами. ўн икки томлик. 1-т.т.: фан,1983; 3. kurbanov muzaffar ummatovich 2022. purposeful management of the teaching staff of school: theory and practice. open access repository. 8, 12 (dec. 2022), 80–83. doi:https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/kbuz2. 4. muzaffar ummatovich kurbanov. (2022). theoretical and practical framework for school management. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(12), 1530–1537. retrieved from https://www.giirj.com/index.php/giirj/article/view/4343 5. фахретдинова д.а. ювелирное искусство узбекистана.-т.: изд-во лит. и искусства им. г.гуляма. 1988. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org calculation of power waste in electrical networks baratov son of laziz suyun khamdamov son of azizjon olimjon jumanov abbas nabijonovich jalilov o’rinboy abdunayimuvich assistant of the department of energy jizzakh polytechnic institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the quality of electricity in the territory of our republic mainly depends on current and narguz, taking into account the interaction of magnetic currents used in the control and management of currents of electric power supply networks, frequency, voltage, currents. in winter, we can use it to improve the quality of electricity. today, the demand for electricity is increasing. on this scale, we can use it for the purpose of reducing the length of the line in order not to increase the power loss in the overhead line. if we increase the tension, we eliminate it, we need to choose the cross section of the wire in the line. the results of the study are presented. electric energy, currents, power dissipation, control, voltage, magnetic flux, element, rogovsky belt stem, retort, probability of working state, model, reliability indicators, work ability. introduction the loss of active and reactive power in three-phase alternating current lines, if we do not take into account the conductivities of the line (v=0, g=0), is calculated according to the following formulas:[1] here r and x are active and inductive resistances of the line; ia and ir are the active and reactive components of the full load current i.it is known that . (3) full current through its active and reactive components 𝐼 cos 𝜑 = 𝐼𝑎 , 𝐼 sin 𝜑 = 𝐼𝑝 (4) we express: we put the values of ia and ir in (3): . (5)  sin3;cos3 uiquið == uiquið pa 3,3 == (1) (2) r)ii(riр ра 222 33 +== xiixiq ðà )(33 222 +== american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org from this putting expressions (1) and (1) we get the following important expressions: (6) (7) here s is full power. based on the expressions obtained above, we make the following conclusions: 1. active and reactive power dissipation depends on r and q. 2. the dissipation is inversely proportional to the square of the voltage. therefore, increasing the voltage to a small value significantly reduces power dissipation. but raising the voltage requires additional spending. [2] 3. when there are several consecutively connected loads along the line (fig.4.1,a), the power loss in it is the sum of the power losses in each section, i.e. here r1, r2, …and q1,, q1,,… are determined by expressions (6) and (7), respectively. power dissipation when the load is distributed uniformly along the length of the line. we assume that the cross-sectional surface of the conductor is uniform over the entire length of the line: we define the loading of the line per unit length by i0, to determine the total power dissipation r over the entire visible length l line, we add the values of all very small losses d(r) between 0 and l, i.e.: (8) in the above order (9) u q i u p i pa 3 ; 3 == .r u s r u qp r) u q u p (riр 2 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 33 33 = + =+== .) 33 (33 2 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 x u s x u qp x u q u p xiq = + =+== . , 321 321 nz nz qqqqq ppppp ++++= ++++= dlrilpd 0 2)(3)( = . 3 33)(3 2 22 2 0 3 0 2 0 0 2 0 2 00 2 0 0 ∫∫ r u qp ri l ridllridlrlið lll  + ===== . 2 22 2 x u qp xiq + == р1+jq1 1 р2+jq2 2 р3+jq3 δр1+jδq1 δр2+jδq2 δр3+jδq3 рa+jqa рв+jqв рс+jqс 4.1расм. l i i а) б) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org thus, when the load is uniformly distributed along the line, the power loss is three times less than when the same load is at the end of the line. we make sure of this by comparing expressions (4), (5), (8), (9). [3] the three-phase system is very common in practice. in such a system, at a uniform power and voltage, there is less power loss than in a single-phase system. let's compare the waste in these systems. for three-phase networks for single-phase networks power dissipation for a three-phase network power dissipation for a single-phase network putting (10) and (11) into (12) and (13), respectively, we get: power dissipation for a three-phase network power dissipation for a single-phase network comparing (14) and (15), we draw the following conclusions. in fact, power loss in three-phase networks is 2 times less than in single-phase networks. however, there are two conductors in a singlephase system, and three conductors in a three-phase system. in order to homogenize metal waste, the cross-sectional area of conductors in a three-phase network should be reduced by 1.5 times compared to one-phase. in this case, the resistance increases by 1.5 times, i.e. r3=1.5r1. substituting this value into the expression for r3, we get: therefore, power loss in single-phase networks is 2/1.5=1.33 times more than in three-phase networks. [4] active and reactive power losses in transformers and autotransformers are divided into rs, qs (in conductances gt and bt) and short-circuit losses rt, qt (in circuit resistances rt and xt). when calculating power transmission lines taking into account transformers, transmittances gt and bt transmittances are taken into account in the form of a suitable load and are included in the transmitted power equation (balance). the loss of active power due to supermagnetization and inrush currents in the steel of the transformer is defined as the loss in active conductance gt below the nominal voltage u (in normal operation) given as passport information of the transformer. in this case, the following expression for the loss in . 3 ,3 33 u s iuis == ., 11  u s iuis == 333 2 33 3,3 xiqrip == 1 2 111 2 11 2,2 xiqrip == 32 2 33 2 2 3 x u s q,r u s р == 12 2 112 2 1 22 x u s q,r u s р == 1 22 3 )/5,1( rusð = american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org conduction gt is appropriate, since the loss of power due to the effect of pure operating current in the high voltage range is very small: here, drpul is the active power dissipated in the steel of the transformer (that is, in the core, which is usually made of steel. [5] the reactive power spent on the magnetization of the transformer (q is determined by the reactive conductivity bt) is found using the transformer's operating current as a percentage of the nominal current. if we assume that ipul=0, since the active part of the operating current is very small, the magnetizing power is equal to: (17) active power loss in the short-circuit state, which is spent on heating the pipes (this loss is called the power loss in copper) can be found as in formula (6) as follows: in the same way, the loss of reactive power caused by the spread of the magnetic flux can be determined as in the formula (7): (19) the voltage in expressions (18) and (19) is the nominal voltage of the considered line to which the transformer is directly connected.[6] the expression of the loss in the winding of the transformer can be described in a different form than (18). it is known that in the short-circuit experiment, i=in, and the active power dissipation is determined as follows: at another value of the load current, the active power dissipation in the transformer is found as follows: . from the relationship rt/rk we form the following expression: if we replace xt in expression (19) with its expression in (3.14) for qt, we get the following formula: . (21) expressions (18) and (19) are valid for determining the power loss for two-phase and three-phase transformers and autotransformers regardless of the load on their phases. when calculating the loss in a winding of a three-winding transformer or an autotransformer, the load of the winding is replaced by the total load of the transformer in the formula, and the resistance of the corresponding winding is replaced by the resistances rt and xt. formulas (20) and (21) are divided into low-voltage circuits, and they are also valid for losses in two-circuit transformers with homogeneous loads. [7] thus, the total active, reactive and total power losses in the transformer are calculated as follows: т 2≈≈ guрр нспул  т 2 100 bu s%i qq нс спул === т2 22 т r u qр р н + = т2 22 т x u qp q н + = т2 2 т 23≈ r u s rip н н нк = т2 2 т 2 т 3 r u s rip н == н k s s%u q 2 т 100 = american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org (22) books 1. суюн, лазиз. "реактив қувват манбаларини назорат ва бошқаруви ўзгартгичларининг турлари ва ўзгартириш тамойиллари таҳлили." international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century. vol. 1. no. 4. 2022. 2. use of wind and solar energy as the main energy source in autonomous networks s anvar, s nozina, h aziz, n ruslan international journal of contemporary scientific and technical research, 306-310 3. nabijonovich, jumanov abbos, and haydarov anvar akram o‘g‘li. "current issues of energy and their elimination." international journal of research in commerce, it, engineering and social sciences issn: 2349-7793 impact factor: 6.876 16.01 (2022): 32-35. 4. nabijonovich, jumanov abbos, xofizov sherzodxon iskandarivich, and xo‘jaqulov ravshan abdusalom o‘g. "electricity of compressors and fans energy saving work modes." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429 11.05 (2022): 1-4. 5. nabijonovich, j. a. "renewable energy sources in uzbekistan." academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 10.11 (2020): 769-774. 6. джуманов, аббос набижонович. "измерительные трансформаторы тока." world science: problems and innovations. 2021. 22 тт тт тт т   += += += qps qqq ррр с с https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=tr&user=4bq7bhaaaaaj&citation_for_view=4bq7bhaaaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=tr&user=4bq7bhaaaaaj&citation_for_view=4bq7bhaaaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org methodology and effectiveness of teaching the russian language to preschool children makhammatkulova nadirakhan dilshodjon kizi student of kokan spi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the methodology of teaching russian language for preschool children. in addition, it is said that the russian language, like english, is becoming a world language, so it should be taught from preschool age, that is, from kindergarten age. russian language, world language, globalization, words, technology, songs, music, games. introduction uzbekistan has entered a stage based on completely new ideas, approaches, principles and directions for the implementation of educational reforms. we must not forget that the foundations of our future will be created from the foundations of science. it is in these places that the ground for the future of the country will be created. in other words, the future of our nation depends on the education and upbringing of the young generation today. therefore, the education given to our future youth should be of high quality, meaningful and interesting. it should be mentioned here that each educational center has its own place and importance, but the importance of preschool education centers, which are considered the primary level, is increasing day by day. after our country gained independence, there were times when attention to the russian language decreased a little. the reason is that other foreign languages, in particular, english and french, began to enter its place. however, among the representatives of the middle or older generations, who still make up a significant part of the population, the value and importance of the russian language has remained high. as they say that any language elevates a person, learning the russian language also opens the door to great opportunities for a person. after all, most of the world's population still communicates in russian. the russian federation and the majority of eastern european countries communicate in this language. if we look at the example of our country, a certain part of the population russians, tatars and similar peoples speak this language. therefore, learning and teaching this language is an urgent issue. russian language is taught in schools, colleges and lyceums, universities, as well as in preschools. russian is becoming our second language like english. analysis and results language is the most important tool of education, only good knowledge of mother tongue helps to learn and teach other languages, including russian. today, many parents try not only to preserve their children's native language, but also to learn russian and other foreign languages. the demand for the russian language in society, as well as the requests and suggestions of parents, is increasing day by day. if parents want their children to study in a good school that teaches russian or a foreign language american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org in depth, the child should know this language to a certain extent by school age. it should be noted that the earlier language learning begins for children, the higher the level of mastery of language skills. not so many, and not everyone has the opportunity to learn this language through live communication. the main goal of the classes is to stimulate children's speech activity and achieve the correctness of speech in russian. when planning work on teaching children the russian language, the teacher must take into account the situation of speech in the group, in families, and the level of understanding of the russian language by children. in each lesson, a comprehensive solution of speech problems is provided, in which, regardless of the topic and specific tasks, work on the phonetic, lexical, grammatical aspects of the language is carried out at the same time, consistent speech skills are formed. the main problem is the age of the child. it is known that when teaching russian to children, their age is taken as a basis, because the child learns a foreign language through words, songs, music and games. the main goals of teaching a foreign language to children of preschool age: formation of children's basic communication skills in a foreign language; formation of a positive attitude to the further learning of foreign languages in children; development of interest in the life and culture of other countries; organizing a period of getting used to the structure of a foreign language; to facilitate the child's understanding. when teaching any language, the child's speech should not be based on memorized phrases and words, because this will limit the child and lead to constant repetition. the main reason for children to learn russian from the beginning is to use it for communication. this aspect gives the child freedom and prevents him from falling into a certain pattern. understanding and understanding what is said by teachers, parents, and people around you should be the main goal in the initial stages of teaching the russian language. when teaching the russian language at preschool age, the basics of communication and skills are gradually formed in children, the initial stages of teaching the russian language include the following aspects: the ability to correctly repeat words in russian from a phonetic point of view after the teacher; strengthening and mastering the vocabulary of the russian language; focus on aspects that make lessons interesting and increase children's interest in learning the language. professional skills of teachers play a major role in achieving the above-mentioned goals. the teacher's task is to interest the child and involve him in the lesson through the use of communicative tasks and variety, to use all the possibilities to include all students. for example, when teaching words, you first show the child an object and encourage him to pronounce its name in russian, the students pronounce the word and re-pronounce the new word. use any type of visual aids, not just pictures, to develop oral speech. in addition, the russian language is very effective for memorizing and pronouncing music, poems, fast sayings and rhyming words. it would be more effective if the presented audio materials were presented together with video clips, because it would be easier for preschool children to understand the process by observing the communication situation reflected in it, the facial expressions and body movements of the persons engaging in communication. in preschool children, memory begins to develop well. psychologists say that children remember things they are interested in and quickly remember their names. therefore, it is necessary to approach each lesson based on the interests of children of preschool age. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org during this period, every lesson should be like a holiday for children, that is, let it become a process that they love to communicate with the teacher and the characters of fairy tales in russian. interesting plots of the lesson, didactic games, moments of physical education, various methods and teaching aids are designed to help organize the lesson in an interesting way. songs, in turn, give children emotions, expand children's vocabulary and 'g'ri helps to strengthen the pronunciation of intonation. thus, with songs, children expand their understanding of the possibilities of using the russian language. the majority of preschool children accept learning a foreign language calmly and positively, and some children take it with interest. the desire to learn a new language is very important in children of this age. in order for children not to lose interest in this language, the teacher should conduct the lesson with pleasure, from time to time repeat the lessons that the children liked. to achieve a successful result in teaching the russian language, you can also use various children's games." translators “it's a ball game. the game develops the child's speech and memorization of words. children gather in a circle. the teacher speaks the word in his native language (colors, house, animal, clothes, shoes, toys, etc.), the child translates it into russian. "what do i mean" this game helps to develop imagination and additionally teaches vocabulary. you can play this game by guessing the cards or the objects in the room. for example, if the teacher thought about a vase, then the teacher should describe it with a word so that the child can understand and guess what it is. conclusion in conclusion, teaching young children a language is an interesting activity. to date, all kindergartens have been provided with the necessary equipment. a teacher should follow his own methodology when working with children, be able to interest them in learning russian and other foreign languages. with the help of children's songs, poems and a number of other games, the teacher should be able to attract children to learn new foreign languages. in addition, learning a foreign language helps to acquire new skills and knowledge, learn more about the history and culture of other countries. every parent wants their child to know and master a foreign language, so it is appropriate to start learning a foreign language from preschool age to 4-5 years old. references 1. david a. j., eggen, p. kauczak. educational methods; encouraging student learning [m] 2002 2. feng wang, application of research-based educational technology in early childhood education. 3. e. yu. protasova, n.m. homeland: methods of teaching foreign language to preschool children. 4. https://www.maam.ru/detskijsad/obuchenie-vtoromu-ruskomu-jazyku-cherez-igru.html 5. google search: 12 tips to get kids interested in russian kidskey.org 6. s. m. gafforova, g. z. garafiyev, d.s. garipova, g. m. bilalova, r. f. nigmatullina, z.f. badrutdinova: we study russian. methodical guide for teaching russian language to preschool children. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 1, | june, 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the trajectory of urban growth, land use patterns, and mobility in kano urban area, nigeria solomon dyachia zakka1 *, amos danladi2, haruna ahmadu3, 1*department of urban and regional planning, federal university oye-ekiti, ekiti state nigeria 2,3department of urban and regional planning, nuhu bamalli polytechnic zaria, kaduna state, nigeria *corresponding author email: zakka.solomon@fuoye.edu.ng a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the trajectory of urban growth, land use patterns, and mobility in kano nigeria was motivated by the trend of rapid urbanization in third world countries of sub-saharan africa that is driven by demography and forces of push-pull factors. the study aimed to examine the trend of urban growth, land use patterns, and urban mobility, in the sub-saharan city of kano, and to ascertain the implications and consequences of this trend on the city transitional process on the city sustainability index. method of remote sensing and geographic information system (rs/gis) was used to extract imageries maps for kano urban area. spatial analysis of data was carried out using the arcgis 10.2 software. furthermore, a set of questionnaires were administered. respondents were drawn from the sample of urban commuters with n=600. collected data were analysed using frequency analysis. findings from the research revealed the growth of the city is characterised by the following: steady expansion of the built-up area by 346.15% over the past thirty (30) years, the gradual fragmentation of the urban landscape is supported by a spatial metric indicator of an increase in urban landscape patches from 63 in the year 1990 to 115 patches in the year 2020. an average fractal dimension index (fd) value of approximately = 1 was calculated. the research further confirmed the transformation of the city from mono-centric form to polycentric form by creating a sphere of influence and attraction for the city of kano. a total of 81.83% of all commuter trips are attracted to the various poles of attraction located within the city sphere of influence and attraction. the research has revealed high dependence on tricycles as the common mode of transportation for the city. this has resulted in excessive traffic congestion and an increase in traffic time for urban commuters. the repositioning of the land urban growth, planning, land use pattern, mobility. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org administration system to guide urban growth and the land-use patterns toward the classical polycentric model, the provision of light rail transit to connect the various poles of attraction within the city sphere of influence, and the entrenchment of a mass transit road transport system to reduce traffic congestion were some of the policy approach measures suggested for the city. 1.introduction: the large-scale urbanization in the sub-saharan region of africa, calls for urgent attention from major urban stakeholders. this is will help in the development of efficient and functional urban centres across the region. the variables of urban growth, land use pattern, and mobility remain the major components of the urbanization process for a long time. therefore, effort must be geared toward understanding the intricacy associated with these variables for a better and more efficient urban environment that will guarantee a better quality for its inhabitants. kano like many urban areas in the region has continued to witness a transitional transformation over the years. the colonial era of the city marks the advent of the colonial master. this period marks the transitional trend of the transformation stage from the ancient to modern kano through the reconfiguration and the development of the city in the provision of basic urban infrastructure (okopi, 2021; gambo, 2014). the post-colonial era saw an effort from the native government in trying to boost and consolidate the gains of the colonial master. the general configuration of the contemporary kano urban area may not be different from many urban centres in the region. in line with the assertion of bloch et al., (2015) document which pointed out that contemporary urban settlement in nigeria embraces multifaceted and dynamic variables that are characterised by a centrally placed traditional core city and its adjourning land use of residential, commercial, and industrial zones. this land use may continue to grow towards its fringes depending on the various factors of influences. urban growth is said to be a spatial process and usually goes together with demographic increment over time (bhatta et al., 2010). on the other hand, urban growth is seen as part of the transitional trend that connects the process of urbanization. the growth of urban areas through expansion remains unabated considering the important roles they play in high productivity, economic growth, and the betterment of the living condition of its inhabitants (otuoze et al., 2020; cobbinah et al., 2015). however, urban growth in the sub-saharan region has always been synonymous with sprawling. karppi, (2020) defines urban sprawling in terms of a physical development pattern that is revealed through spatial discontinuous, scattered settlement and disconnected from the city hub and usually characterised by low density. the major bond of contention regarding urban growth is the ability to establish the pattern, direction, and scale of the transitional trend for effective intervention. kano like many urban settlements in nigeria inherited a land-use pattern fashioned to the urban design concept of european cities which was rooted in the 1946 act linked to the 1932 town and country planning act of the united kingdom (aribigbola, 2008). this act was the bedrock on which many urban settlements derived their land use pattern. many of the urban areas across the region developed a pattern that was classical incline toward the mono-centric model due to the fragile land use planning measure (dowell and ellis, 2009). the classical mono-centric model is usually identified with its high concentration of public jobs, commerce, services, and amenities at the central position of the urban american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org settlement. these single reasons make the city center to become more influential and attractive to the urban population. the lack of coherence in the land use planning for any city may likely result in poor land use pattern. the poor land use pattern may directly impact negatively the mobility pattern of the city. urban mobility is connected to the transportation system and remains one of the variables of urban dynamism. urban mobility is a function of the transportation system and is also seen as basic indicator that makes a liveable city (capello and nijkamp, 2004). the land use connectivity in urban spatial space generates the mobility pattern along the lines of desire. therefore, the mobility pattern may be considered as a function of many factors which play a key role in developing functional cities. the impact of land use pattern on urban settlement especially in third-world cities may greatly influence and limits the urban mobility pattern. the land use pattern is linked to the urban spatial arrangement of land use, transport system, variables of urban design that cover the physical urban spread, and the collective physical structure of urban settlement (handy, 1996). empirical research in recent times has shown that the urban land use pattern is a key path toward sustainability. similarly, the urban land institute saw a land-use pattern from compact development promoting a better pedestrian network that creates a short distance to urban land use activities within a trekking distance as very successful (brandes et al., 2010) the overall urban land use remains as a guide to the land use pattern that determines the pattern of mobility to a place of daily activities (bhada & hoornweg, 2009) for urban commuters. the studies on land use patterns and mobility may vary between cities in developed and developing countries. for example, snellen (2002) concluded his study for southern california and reported no evidence that land-use variable influences travel behaviour in a spatial direction. similarly, a study in nine (9) asian cities and some cities in the developed world barter, (1999) show a strong relationship between the land use patterns as dictated by the urban structure and mobility pattern. above all the application of the commuter origin-destination trip hypothesis is strongly debated that the urban structure may likely influence and dictate the urban mobility pattern. understanding the trajectory of growth, land use pattern, and mobility for the sub-saharan city of kano is very cardinal. a basic fact that kano urban area with a current population of over 4 million and second in rank to lagos is already on its path to becoming a mega city in an agreement with beall et al., (2010) who pointed out that many cities in developed countries have attained a terminal level in their transition, the projected urban growth potential from the years 2030-2050 will be witness in africa and asia cities where world mega – cities will emerge. based on 2013 demographic indices of 58.3% urbanization level in nigeria (farrel, 2018), many cities including kano will continue to expand undisputably. this study aims to access how urban growth and land-use pattern influences the pattern of trip making in the city of kano and to ascertain its consequences on the city. to accomplish this aim the following objectives were outlined: analyzed and identified the current trend and direction of city growth over the years, secondly to identified the spatial land use arrangement of the city of kano from the recent land use map, and ascertain the forces responsible over this land use formation over the years, and thirdly ascertained how the variables of urban growth and land-use pattern influence urban mobility pattern for the city. finally, to profound a policy guide for the city that will enhance and promote livable human settlement for all. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 2.study area and methodology 2.1study area kano city is the administrative headquarter of kano state in the northwest geopolitical zone of nigeria. the city is considered the commercial nerve centre of northern nigeria. kano city covers eight (8) local government areas which include the following: dala, fagge, gwale, kano municipal, kumbotso nassarawa, and ungongo. the entire area has a landmass coverage of 499 square kilometers (193 squares miles). kano is the second-largest city in nigeria next to lagos. the projected population of the kano urban area covering the eight (8) local government councils in 2022 is 4,219,000 with a growth rate of 2.83. see figure 1. a focus on kano is motivated by its demographic size, structural changes in the physical form, and its historical antecedent over the years. figure 2 shows the administrative composition of the kano urban area. figure 1. projected population figure of kano urban area source: macrotrends.net figure 2 administrative composition of kano urban area. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 2.2 methodology following the outline objectives of this work, a systematic technique of remote sensing and geographic information system was used to extract all the spatial data. the land cover and the land use maps of the kano urban area for the years 1990, 2000, 2010, and 2020 were subjected to analysis using arcgis 10.2 software. in addition, the generated spatial data were used to calculate the fractal dimension index (fdi),. the application of the landscape spatial metric was used to measure the urban growth pattern for the city. the spatial metrics were used to show the level of urban patches, compactness, and fragmentation over the period under consideration, and the approach can also be used for monitoring and guiding the general growth of urban areas towards the path of sustainability and liveable human settlements. similarly, the land use classification map was used to analyse the structural configuration of land use categorization for the city to ascertain the land use pattern of the city. 2.1 fractal dimension index (fdi): the fractal dimension index served as an indicator to show the level of aggregate or fragmentation in urban physical growth and development. the fdi is expressed as equal to two times the logarithm of patch perimeter (m) divided by the logarithm of patch area (m2) (mcgarigal, 2015). fdi = 𝟐𝒍𝒐𝒈⁡(𝒑𝒊) 𝒍𝒐𝒈⁡(𝒔𝒊)  (pi) = perimeter of patch pi in (m)  (si) = area of patch si in (m2)  fdi values range between 1 and 2  as fdi values skewed to 2 the urban area under consideration is considered more compact, while with a skew towards 1, development becomes fragmented indicating sprawling. 2.2 mean built-up size index (mbsi) this is considered one of the area metrics that was used to identify the trend of urban fragmentation over a period of time and then spread over a given time. (ramachandra et al., 2015) stated that the mbsi of the urban class is inversely related to the level of fragmentation, while the higher the value of mbsi the more compactness of an area. mbsi= 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂⁡(𝑨) 𝑵𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓⁡𝒐𝒇⁡𝑷𝒂𝒕𝒄𝒉𝒆𝒔(𝑵) ⁡÷ 𝟏𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 a = area (m2) of all patches n = correspondent number of patches. it can be interpreted as mbsi equals the sum of areas (m2) of all patches of the corresponding patches type divided by the number of patches of the same type, divided by 10,000. all the calculated values of the mbsi range: mbsi>0, without limit. . this metric was used to look at the trend of area growth over the selected years and the trend for different parts of the city for the year 2016. 2.2 questionnaires administration: to ascertain how the land use pattern has influenced the mobility pattern of the city, questionnaires were administered with a sample of n=600 for urban commuters, from the urban population of n>i, 000,000. the questionnaires were structured to include: commuter american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org place of residence and trip to place of work. daily trips were considered across the city using commuters as a parameter for the number of trips generated by each residential neighborhood. the distribution of questionnaires covers the eight local government areas that constitute the kano urban areas which include the following: dala, fagge, gwale, kano municipal, kumbotso nassarawa, and ungongo. a simple frequency analysis was used to express the result in percentage. 3.the trend and direction of urban growth based on research results. the time series analysis of kano imageries for the years 1990, 2020, 2010, and 2020 as shown in table 2 revealed remarkable changes in the land use cover over time. the earmarked built-up area that formed kano urban area covers an area of 4,395.61 hectares in 1990, 7848.17 hectares in 2000, 13026 hectares in 2010, and 19,611 hectares in 2020. the period of transition for the built-up area has experienced an increase with a positive value of 15,215 hectares. therefore, the increase for the builtup area is translated to 346.1%. similarly, the bare land surface and water bodies in the area have shown a steady increase over the years under consideration. the increase in the bare land surface and water bodies is proportional to the increase witnessed in the built-up area. on the contrary, the vegetation land covers for the area keep decreasing over the years. the decrease from 1990 to 2020 gives a negative value of −27.241 representing a decreasing value of −31.19% over the years under consideration. the transition in the land cover for the city is graphically represented in figure 2. the physical evidence of expansion seen in table 2 and figure 2 are guided by transitional changes that favour the human settlement of the built-up areas to the detriment of the rich natural vegetation that is declining. table 1: kano urban land cover trend from 1990 2020 land cover area in hectares (1990) % of area (1990) area in hectares (2000) % of area (2000) area in hectares (2010) % of area (2010) area in hectares (2020) % of area (2020) changes 1990-2020 % of changes built-up area 4,395.61 4.3 7848.17 7.6 13028 12.6 19611 19.0 15,215.39 346.15 vegetation 87340.04 84.6 78717.94 76.2 72556.16 70.3 60098.53 58.3 −27,241.51 −31.19 bare land 10476.93 10.2 15586.33 15.1 16555.19 16 22356.84 21.6 11879.91 113.39 water bodies 958.43 0.9 1018.61 1.1 1030.90 1.1 1104.15 1.1 145.72 15.20 figure 3: trend of land use cover for kano urban area 1990-2020 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org table 2: spatial landscape metric values for 1990, 2000, 2010 and 2020 landscape metric total number of builtup patches (tnbup) total builtup patch size(tbps) in ha total builtup edge (tbe)in m mean builtup patch size (mbps) in ha mean builtup patch edge (mbpe) in m mean builtup edge density (mbed) in ha mean fractal dimension (mfd) year 1990 63 4396 23507 69.78 373 2961 0.9863 =1 2000 83 7848 31406 92.33 378 2.08 0.9868 =1 2010 102 13028 40464 127.73 397 2.24 0.9866 =1 2020 115 20875 52221 181.52 454 2.51 0.9890 =1 the landscape metrics results in table 4.3 show a steady increase in urban patches from the years 1990, 2000, 2010, and 2020 we have 63, 83, 102, and 115 patches respectively. the increase in urban patches over the four decades of study is an indication of urban growth characterised by fragmentation. fragmentation is defined in terms of the degree to which developments spread across a spatial space; it is measured by the number of urban land fabric fragments per square kilometer of the demarcated built-up areas (karppi, 2018; frenkel and ashkenazi, 2008). fragmentation growth implies sprawling. the urban landscape was further analysed using the mean built-up patch size (mbps). the mbps serves as an indicator and is considered to be inversely related to the rate of fragmentation within the urban landscape under consideration. the values of mbps may be very high depending on the level of compactness of the landscape under consideration. the values in table 3 are 69.78, 92.33, 127.73, and 181.52 for the years 1990, 2000, 2010, and 2020 respectively. the rise in the value over the years under consideration may be attributed to the merging of patches to form bigger patches of the infilling of spatial spaces in the existing landscape. the calculated values of edge and mean density indicated the level of complexity of the landscape for the city translated into fragmentation from the urban periphery. there is an increase in all calculated values over the past four (4) decades, therefore indicating expansion of the urban landscape. the fractal dimension index (fd) is an indicator with values ranging from 1 to 2. all calculated values that are skewed to 1 shows a level of fragmentation of the landscape while calculated values skewed to two indicate the compactness of a landscape. all the calculated values in table 3 for the years under consideration are skewed to 1, therefore, corroborating the fragmentation of the city landscape. 4.the trend and direction of urban growth from land-use cover and landscape matric analysed values a look at land use cover and metrics analysis has revealed a steady growth of the kano urban area over the past four decades. the years 1990 to 2020 show that the built-up area has continued to expand significantly. the natural land use cover of the savannah vegetation, farmlands, and natural streams is gradually declining, giving way to physical human development at a very unprecedented rate. the general trend of growth can be described as leapfrogging considering the number of landscape patches american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org identified from the metrics values. on the other hand, as the built-up areas continue to expand through fragmentation, the smaller patches continue to merge into bigger patches as each of the patches continues to experience an infilling that may lead to densification. the identified trend of growth in the kano urban area is similar to the assertion of amoako and cobbinah (2011); karen et al.,(2012) the pointed out that urbanization and urban growth in africa usually surpass the urban master plan, therefore, resulting in unguided physical development and encroachment into rich natural vegetation. the case of kano is not far from this assertion, because the initial master plan for the city (metropolitan kano 1963 – 1983) has expired. all effort to review the master plan to accommodate the current reality and challenges for the city is yet to see the light of the day. for closed to 40 years physical development in kano urban area has continued without any legal and comprehensive document to serve as a guide. evidence has shown that the growth of the kano urban area has exceeded the 1963 to 1983 master plan provision to a greater extent. the expansion of the city can be considered as very poor growth that is driven by uncoordinated plot layouts and a weak planning system in form of development control trailing from behind. physical development has been through segmented plot layout and informal growth. the decline in the rich savannah vegetation buttressed the high impact of urbanization and urban growth on the conversion of fertile farmland into plots of land for housing construction (abubakar et al., 2018). the identified fragmentation of the kano landscape is synonymous with urban sprawl. a look at the years 1990, 2000, 2010, and 2020 extracted imageries for the urban area has revealed sprawling along major exit routes from the city which include: kano-zaria-abuja route, kano-katsina routes, kanomaiduguri route, and kano-hadeja-gumel route. urban sprawling negates the concept of sustainability and hurts urban growth because it is a major predator on land by creating uncontrolled development and its consequences at the urban fringes (zakka, et al.,2017; okopi, 2020) and increases automobile dependence on urban commuters resulting to the high footprint of greenhouse emission (habitat, 2014). 5.the land use pattern for kano urban area the general land use classification of residential, commercial, industrial, public/semi-public, circulation, and organised open space have shown a trend of increase over the years under review. the increase can be attributed to the increase in the urban population as projected in table1. the land-use categories have developed a pattern for the city. the residential land use has spread and dominated the entire landscape of the city as can be seen in figure 3. the residential housing accommodation for any city remains very important for its population. therefore the residential land use category has continued to spread from the city center to the fringes. a total of 58 residential neighbourhoods are identified in the city see table 4.3. the growth of residential housing is driven by individuals, private developers, and the government. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org figure 4. kano urban land use classification for the year 2020 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org the commercial land use category is also spread in patches across the city with a high concentration of commercial activities in the old kano metropolitan area which is made of the current administrative areas of nasarawa, fagge, dala, gwale, kano municipal, and tarauni. major markets in this area include the following: sabon gari market, kanti kwari market, yan lemu market, kurmin market, rimi market, danwano market, galadima market, yankura market, and tarauni market. the intensity of activities in these markets is very high because international traders are attracted from other african countries. many products include local food products, local textile materials, local shoes and bags, livestock, and products from arab and europeans countries. adjourning the commercial land use of high-intensity activities is a stretch of industrial land use covering a long strip of the land mass of intensive industrial activities. the major industrial areas in this axis include the following: the sharada industrial layout, bompai industrial layout, and the gunduwara hadeja road industrial area. away from this axis is the panshekara and challawa industrial areas in the south-eastern part of the metropolitan area. major industries include the following: agrochemical industries, textile industries, foot ware industries, plastic industries, oil, and flour mills, and local fabrication. the public/semi-public land use category for the city is woven from the former kano metropolitan area spread across the city. this land-use covers both public and private institutional areas, public and private offices, military and paramilitary areas, and airports. this land use is adjourned to residential land use across the city. one notable fact about this land category is its ability to annex large hectares of undeveloped land for future development purposes. examples of these institutions include bayero university, federal college of education, aminu kano international airport, aminu kano teaching hospital, brigade barracks, nigeria air force base, and many others. in addition to this land-use category is mixed land use. this land-use type is mostly a mixture of commercial and residential activities or office activities and commercial activities within the same premises. as shown in the land use classification map in figure 3. it is concentrated around the old kano metropolitan area which is sparsely spread towards the north-east and south-east of the city. 6. implications of urban growth and land use pattern on urban mobility for kano urban area. the general configuration of land use categories in the city has developed a very strong sphere of urban activities covering an extensive landmass area with the old kano metropolitan built-up area standing as a hub. the land use pattern has greatly developed to influence the mobility pattern of the city to a greater extent. the land-use activities have over the years interwoven to create what is called the sphere of influence and attraction (sia) in this study as shown in figure 4.7 the sia covers the six (6) administrative areas of fagge, nasarawa, gwale, dala, tarauni, and kano municipal. the sia has the longest traveling distance of 14.5km from kano municipal. this sphere has a greater influence on urban mobility for the city because of the different points of attraction within the sphere. the current land use classification for the city showed the high intensity of activities in the sphere. the intensity of activities cutting across all sectors of the socio-economic has become a major daily attraction for urban commuters. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org figure 5. sphere of influence and attraction in kano urban area figure 6: mode of transportation in the kano urban area the growth of the city through fragmentation has created the longest traveling distance of 24.6 kilometres along the desired line as shown in table 3. the further analysis of commuter’s trip into the kano urban area shown in table 3 has revealed that 81.83% of the commuter trip is attracted to the sia. the daily commuter trip-making along the desired line for the city originated from inside and outside the sphere. furthermore, 18.17% of commuter trip making is outside the sphere of influence. the origin of commuter trips making along the desired line is from 58 residential settlements in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org city, while seven (7) of the settlements in table 3 marked with an asterisk are from outside kano urban area. what are the implications of high commuter trip making into the sphere of influence and attraction for the city of kano? table 3: analysis of commuters' trip making in kano urban area. no name of residential neighborhood distance of neighborhood from kano manucipal (km) frequency of trips generated by commuters from residential neighborhoods commuter trip outside the sphere of influence and attraction commuter trip within sphere of influence and attraction 1 nassaarawa 7.7 31 31 2 brigade 10.7 17 17 3 badawa 11.8 2 2 4 dakata 14.1 37 2 35 5 giginyu 10.9 5 5 6 hotoro 12.1 40 5 35 7 tudun wada 10.2 9 9 8 gwagwarwa 9.5 1 1 9 bompai 9.1 3 3 10 yankaba 12.2 5 5 11 badawa 5.3 5 5 12 fagge 12 18 18 13 jaba 14.6 12 12 14 sabon gari 9.4 14 14 15 rijiyar lemo 16.6 12 3 9 16 gwale 3.8 9 9 17 kabuga 6.2 16 2 14 18 goron dutshe 5.8 8 8 19 dorayi 18.5 4 4 20 kano manucipal 4 4 21 sharada 2.3 13 2 11 22 zango 16.3 1 1 23 dan,agundi 4.8 1 1 24 jakara 7.1 2 2 25 tarauni 8.9 18 6 12 26 gyadi-gyadi 12.3 3 3 27 ungwan uku 14.2 16 6 10 28 danmanawa 12.8 4 4 29 dala 6.1 23 23 30 kofar mazugal 9.8 4 1 3 31 gobirawa 14.4 8 1 7 32 dogon nama 13.9 4 1 3 33 yelwa 27.6 5 1 4 34 kantudu 10.9 3 3 35 bakin ruwa 13.6 17 2 15 36 kofar ruwa 8.8 7 1 6 37 adakawa 10.5 6 6 38 ungogo 21.7 18 8 10 39 rangaza 9.0 12 12 40 rijiyar zaki 14.3 30 7 23 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 41 kumbotso 19.0 27 13 14 42 challawa 13.6 1 1 43 chiranchi 22.1 2 2 44 gwammaja 11.8 1 1 45 mariri 9.5 5 3 2 46 naibawa 15.5 9 2 7 47 panshekara 8.9 16 5 11 48 danmaliki 15.5 10 8 2 49 kofar mata 6.2 5 2 3 50 janguza 16.2 2 2 51 dangi 7.0 5 2 3 52 kundila 11.3 5 2 3 53 zawaciki 24.6 17 11 6 54 gaida 9.9 3 2 1 55 yan lemo 14.7 7 5 2 56 gandu 4.3 3 3 57 tamburawa 15.8 7 5 2 58 rimin gata 9.3 16 16 59 *dawakin kudu 1 1 60 *konar dwakin 2 1 1 61 *dawaki tofa 1 1 62 *tofa 1 1 63 *minjibir 2 2 64 *danbatta 4 4 65 *bichi 1 1 total 600 109(18.17%) 491(81.83%) the high commuter trip making to the sphere of influence and attraction has resulted in constant traffic congestion and its multiplier effects on the city. a traffic count conducted in 2019 in some selected locations that fell within the sphere as revealed by abdullahi et al., (2020) shows a high volume of traffic in the following locations: tarauni (dnagi junction) 4199, nasarawa (kwana nasarawa junction) 7198, fagge (kanti kwari junction) 2386, kano municipal (kwana rimi junction) 8904, dala (gidan malam junction) 3634, gwale (tal’udu junction) 2983 and kumbostso (sharada junction) the only location outside the sphere has a traffic volume of 6755. a breakdown of traffic based on model split shows a high number of tricycles/ motorbike which is the common means of intra-city transportation for commuters as shown in figure 6. the increase in the number of tricycles in the city over the years has become very unprecedented. data from the office of director revenue, monitoring, and evaluation, kano road traffic agency (karota) head office, in april 2022 showed that 49,089 tricycles were registered in the city in the year 2020/2021. commuter mobility in the city is limited to, private cars, private taxis, tricycles/motorbikes, and few bicycle users. the city lacks a light rail transportation system and a robust and efficient mass transit service for intra-city transportation that goes with a modern approach to green growth and sustainable cities. 7.conclusion and recommendations a look at “the trajectory of urban growth, land use pattern and mobility in kano nigeria” has identified a projected increase in the urban population which can be related to the physical growth of the city from the transitional changes in its land use cover that favoured the built-up area. furthermore, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org the increasing built-up area has over the years developed a structural pattern characterized by a dominant core with a high concentration of urban activities which has developed into an extensive sphere with different poles of socio-economic influence. this sphere of influence has become a pull of attraction for the majority of the urban commuters from adjourning residential land use. the study also identified the expansion of the city is marked by an outward growth that is characterized by fragmentation and sprawling at the fringes. the fragmentation pattern of the city has continued to create distance between the city center and commuter trips from adjourning residential areas which have culminated in traffic congestion and its likely consequences for the city. based on findings from the study the following policy approaches are put forward as recommendations to regulate urban growth and land-use pattern toward developing a sustainable mobility pattern for the city: 7.1 land use planning policy towards compact growth in kano a policy that will reposition the land use planning activities of the city towards compact growth is paramount. the old rigid system of a top-down approach that commonly entails the strict zoning of urban activities over a long period without due consideration for urban dynamism and participation should be overturned. the land-use planning system should be repositioned under the contemporary approach that is geared toward sustainability. the land-use planning system for the city has failed to curtail the excesses of urban dynamism, which has resulted in urban growth driven by fragmentation from the fringes. the land-use planning should be repositioned to guide the city toward a functional polycentrism pattern, where more poles will be developed and connected with modern transportation infrastructure across the city as a way of diffusing the high commuter trips to the sphere of influence and attraction. polycentric urban growth is commonly associated with sustainability and can only be achieved through an efficient land-use system. the transition of the kano urban area from its current status of polycentrism should be properly guided because a properly planned and managed polycentrism pattern directed towards decentralization could help reduce trip distance and extension of time in the city. 7.2 public mass transit for the on-road transport system in kano one of the major challenges with the current land use pattern for the city is high traffic flow along the major road leading into the sphere of influence and attraction during peak hours of working days. the high dependence on the automobile for intra-city movement by commuters can be managed through the use of a good designed public mass transit system. as pointed out by ipcc (2014), high population densities at the point of origin and destination are very necessary for functional mass transit. urban density is a basic criterion for operating mass transit. the bus rapid transit (brt) system will play a functional role in the global campaign toward urban sustainability and urban mobility futures (cervero, 2013). in addition, the light rail system connecting the poles of attraction at the sphere of influence and attraction will ease mobility in the city. references 1. abdullahi, h., sinniah, g. k., siong, h. c., & wei, l. r. (2020, february). air pollution and environmental implications in kano metropolis nigeria. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science (vol. 450, no. 1, p. 012011). iop publishing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 2. abubakar, a., maigari, a. i., danhassan, s. s., umar, s. i., usman, m. k., & gambo, j. (2018). 3. smallholder farmer’s adaptation strategies to drought in the sahelian 4. zone of jigawa state, nigeria. international journal of advanced academic research, 4(10). 5. amoako, c. & cobbinah, p. (2011). slum improvement in the kumasi metropolis, ghana: a review of approaches and results. journal of sustainable development in africa, 13, 150-170. 6. aribigbola, a. (2008). improving urban land use planning and management in nigeria: the case of akure. theoretical and empirical researches in urban management(9), 1. 7. barter, p. (1999). an international comparative perspective on urban transport and urban form in pacific asia: the challenge of rapid motorisation in dense cities. murdoch university. 8. beall, j., guha-khasnobis, b., & kanbur, r. (2010, august). introduction: african development in an urban world: beyond the tipping point. in urban forum (vol. 21, no. 3, pp. 187-204). springer netherlands. 9. bloch, r., monroy, j., fox, s., & ojo, a. (2015). urbanisation and urban expansion in nigeria. 10. bhada, p., & hoornweg, d. (2009). the global city indicators program: a more credible voice for cities. bhatta, b., saraswati, s., & bandyopadhyay, d. (2010). quantifying the degree-offreedom, degree-of-sprawl, and degree-of-goodness of urban growth from remote sensing data. applied geography, 30(1), 96-111. 11. bhatta, b., saraswati, s., & bandyopadhyay, d. (2010). quantifying the degree-of-freedom, degree-of-sprawl, and degree-of-goodness of urban growth from remote sensing data. applied geography, 30(1), 96-111. 12. brandes, u., maccleery, r., peterson, j., & johnston, m. (2010). land use and driving: the role compact development can play in reducing greenhouse gas emissions. washington, dc: urban land institute. 13. capello, r., & nijkamp, p. (2004). the theoretical and methodological toolbox of urban economics: from and towards where? contributions to economic analysis, 266, 1-27. 14. cobbinah, p. b., erdiaw-kwasie, m. o., & amoateng, p. (2015). africa’s urbanisation: implications for sustainable development. cities, 47, 62-72. 15. dowall, d. e., & ellis, p. d. (2009). urban land and housing markets in the punjab, pakistan. urban studies, 46(11), 2277-2300. 16. ewing, bartholomew, k., winkelman, s., walters, j., chen, d., mccann, b. & goldberg, d. (2008a). growing cooler: the evidence on urban development and climate change (washington, dc: urban land institute). 17. fagbohun, p. o. (2007). population and urbanization in nigeria. lagos-nigeria: bluesign publication. 18. frenkel, a., & ashkenazi, m. (2008). measuring urban sprawl: how can we deal with it?. environment and planning b: planning and design, 35(1), 56-79. 19. gambo, b. (2014). origin and growth of urban kano. kano environment, society and development, published by adonis & abbey publishers ltd, 67-79. 20. gitundu, b. h. (2020). theme: urban environment, sustainability and climate change. 21. habitat, u.(2010). the state of african cities 2010: governance, inequality and urban land markets. united nations environment programme, united nations. 22. habitat, u. (2011). global report on human settlements 2011: cities and climate change. united nations human settlements program, earthscan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 23. habitat, u. (2014). urban patterns for a green economy: leveraging density. nairobi: unon publishing services. 24. handy, s. (1996). methodologies for exploring the link between urban form and travel behavior. transportation research part d: transport and environment, 1(2), 151-165. 25. karen, s., güneralp, b. & hutyra, l. r. (2012). global forecasts of urban expansion to 2030 and direct impacts on biodiversity and carbon pools. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 109, 16083-16088. 26. karppi, i. (2020). rethinking urban sprawl: moving towards sustainable cities. 27. macrotrends, kano, nigeria metro population 19502022;htt://www.macrotrends.net/cities/22005/kano/population 28. mcgarigal, k. (2015). fragstats help. university of massachusetts: amherst, ma, usa, 182. 29. okopi, m. (2021, march). urbanization and sustainable growth of urban kano, nigeria. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science (vol. 665, no. 1, p. 012063). iop publishing. 30. otuoze, s. h., hunt, d. v., & jefferson, i. (2020). predictive modeling of transport infrastructure space for urban growth phenomena in developing countries’ cities: a case study of kano— nigeria. sustainability, 13(1), 308. 31. ramachandra, t., bharath, a. & sowmyashree, m. (2015). monitoring urbanization and its implications in a mega city from space: spatiotemporal patterns and its indicators. 32. journal of environmental management, 148, 67-81. 33. snellen, d. m. (2002). urban form and activity-travel patterns: an activity-based approach to travel in a spatial context. 34. zakka.s d., permana, a. s., ho, c. s., baba, a. n., & agboola, o. p. (2017). implications of present land use plan on urban growth and environmental sustainability in a sub saharan 35. africa city. international journal of built environment and sustainability, 4(2). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org leadership whoism: an insight into the logic of good leadership dr. christopher alexander udofia udofiachris@yahoo.com, christopherudofia@aksu.edu.ng dept. of philosophy, akwa ibom state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research with the title, leadership whoism, is aimed at unraveling the essential fundamental criterion that ought to define the person or the whoism of a leader. this work makes reference to the thoughts of the golden triad on leadership in situating its philosophical framework through which it justifies its thesis which asserts that an absolutely necessary nexus exists between the possession of virtues and functioning as a leader. the pivotal problem which inspires this discourse is the enigma of moral turpitude which poses a daunting challenge to actors in the leadership arena. this problem is best captured in the inquisitives or questions of this research: who ought to be a leader? is leadership an allcomers affair? through an intrepid assessment of the ideas of the golden triad on leadership, the research addresses the first question by positing the categorical fundamental criterion for becoming a leader and answers the second inquisitive in the negative by asserting that leadership should be accorded only those who possess virtues. in its conclusion, the work unveils the conjunctive logical formular for good leadership and submits that the operationalization of the virtue-cumleadership correspondence tenet adumbrated by the triad thinkers will flatten the steeping curve of leadership morass which has become an intractable pandemic to humanity. this research is thus very significant in that it reflects the urgency of articulating a ramified knowledge structure and cognitive parameters for leadership conversation on who ought to be a leader. leadership, whoism, golden triad, moral turpitude, virtue, logic, conjunction. introduction etymologically, the term virtue is derived from the latin term, “vir”, which means ‘manliness’ or ‘excellence in battle.’ virtue could be conceived as a habitual disposition which prompts one into excellence in action. hence, austin fagothey explains the relationship between habits and virtue thus: some habits perfect us only physically. or mentally or socially, but if they perfect our nature taken completely, they are good habits of living or conduct and are called virtues. (right and reason: ethics in theory and practice 170). today, virtue is no longer contiguous with manly display of excellence in warfare but it is understood as an ethical habit of excellence. prominent contemporary leadership american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org scholars, like craig johnson, conceive virtues as “positive leadership traits or qualities” (meeting the ethical challenges of leadership 70). these positive habits constitute the building blocks of good character and leaders who fail to cultivate virtues, ipso facto, are in deficit of good character. this is the reason that advocates of virtue norms principles of ethics concede that there is a direct correspondence between possession of virtues and display of good leadership virtue ethics is that school of ethics that concerns itself with the predispositions of a person’s character which have developed overtime and resulted in exemplary actions. virtue ethics contrasts with the universalism found in kantian categorical imperative (deontologism) and that of utilitarianism in that it deals with the specific moral fiber of the individual and unlike the universalism of kantianism and utilitarianism, virtue ethics is context based though the exercise of virtue is not situational. this is so because what may function as an appropriate virtue, say humility, may not be appropriate in another context. ‘courage’ in the context of war may be viewed as a more appropriate virtue comparatively. the appropriateness of one virtue in a particular context does not vitiate the inherent legitimacy and validity of all virtues in all situations. philosophy is mostly an activity which responds in all epochs to the most seething challenges and problems humans face within each cultural milieu. this occasions the aphoristic notion that every philosopher is a child of his time or age who responds to the prevailing circumstances of the age in his philosophic activity. socrates, plato and aristotle are apt figures to demonstrate this position. they had experienced the golden age of athens under the rule of pericles. under the leadership of pericles, athens who was weak in terms of military might, poor; in terms of material wealth and men of fame minds, became an imperial power who defeated many other city states and colonized them. also during the reign of pericles, athens excelled in art and literature and produced prodigies like herodotus, socrates, plato and aristotle whose works have stood the test of time. among the lasting legacies which athens bequeathed to posterity is the democratic system of government. despite the peculiarity of aristocracy or elitism that characterized this democracy, it must be underscored that under pericles, acquisition of power was predominantly via a democratic process in which members of the city state exercised their franchise in electing their leaders and directly contributed to the machinery of decision making. tragically, the balance of forces which culminated in the golden age was plummeted by external aggression and internal insurrection — from without by sparta and from within by the treacheries of the traitors of the athenian democracy. an instance of such act of treachery from within which eventually aggravated socrates’ sentence was the traitorous actions of aleibiades; a pupil of socrates, who committed the treason of availing sparta of valuable information in the course of their war with athens (samuel enoch stumpf, socrates to satire: a history of philosophy 42). recalling the tragic denouement of the rising glory of athens under pericles, russell records thus: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org but towards the end of his life the leaders of the athenian democracy began to demand a larger share of political power. at the same time, his imperialist policy, with which the economic prosperity of athens was bound up, caused increasing friction with sparta, leading at last to the peloponnesian war (431 404) in which athens was completely defeated (61). it was in this time and circumstance of cultural declension, social déclassé and leadership debacle that the thoughts of these golden triadsocrates, plato and aristotle were provoked to propound philosophies that will serve as antidotes to the athenian leadership deficit. the confluence between virtue and leadership in socrates socrates’ brand of leadership philosophy can best be described as “ethical intellectualism”. this philosophy is traceable to his conviction, contra sophists, that the soul or psyche of man has the capacity to know. to portray this inherent knowledge capacity of the soul, he proclaims that “man by nature desires to know.” he establishes a-one-to one correspondence between knowledge and virtue. socrates avers that acquired knowledge should invariably lead to, and produce virtuous acts. apart from equating knowledge with virtue, he asserts that there is a synonymy between virtue and the good and that virtue is coterminous with wisdom — or knowledge of the right. in his teleological conception of reality, he holds that everything tends towards some purpose and every action of man is aimed at some good or happiness. thus the end of knowledge is virtue, good and right action. for socrates, true knowledge entails deep convictions of what is right and of utility and as such does not lead to vice. this implies that vice is the outcome of ignorance as virtue is the outcome of knowledge. this correspondence between knowledge, virtue and right action (wisdom) implies that the fulfillment of goals is a function of the degree of knowledge one has of such ends. in this wise, roles and responsibilities should be imposed in accordance with the level of knowledge one possesses which in turn determines the fulfillment and performance of such roles and responsibilities. he argues that if one is looking for a mender of a shoe, he will not procure a carpenter to perform the task of a cobbler. similarly, since the soul of athens has been badly battered due to vicious leadership, to mend the soul of the city state, athenians must appoint one who has corresponding knowledge of leading the state to the ultimate good — happiness. thus, in socrates’ leadership philosophy, leadership should be accorded those who are most knowledgeable in the art of governance. it must also be emphasized that such knowledge must necessarily be virtuous and productive of the good, i.e. moral in content. the congruence between virtue and leadership in plato plato’s most savvy insights on leadership are recorded in the republic and the statesman. plato concurs with his master, socrates, on the idea of the necessity of virtue for a good life. in book iv of the republic, plato identifies four kinds of virtue, namely; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org wisdom, courage, moderation and justice. since plato conceived the state to be man writ large, the same sets of virtues are tenable in both the individual and the state. virtue for plato is synonymous with the fulfillment of functions. the soul of man is tripartite in nature and the good life of harmony is achieved when the three parts of the soul; reason, spirit and appetite, fulfill their functions effectively. since virtue is the fulfillment of functions therefore there will be peculiar and specific virtues corresponding to the three parts of the soul to enable them fulfill their functions. wisdom is the virtue that corresponds with the rational part of the soul and it is achieved when reason, consistently pursues the ideals in the midst of the ever changing particulars, and is able to keep the desires of the appetite and the rashness of the spirit in check. courage is the virtue that pertains to the spirited part of the soul and is achieved when the powers of the soul is kept within limit from engaging in unwarranted, unjustifiable and impulsive defense actions. when the appetitive part of the soul is subjected to limits and its desires and pleasures are moderated from excesses by reason, the virtue that arises is called moderation or temperance. the fourth virtue, justice, is a general virtue that is attained when each part of the soul is performing its due function without interference and usurpation of the roles of other parts. plato alludes to the allegory of the chariot and the charioteer to exemplify the strategic and prime function of the rational part of the soul or reason among the other parts. in the phaedrus he depicts the charioteer as reason. one horse, the spirit is good and does not need whips but only words and admonitions for cautioning while the other horse, appetite, is bad and needs whips to keep it in order. the charioteer has the duty to hold the reins and keep the horses; which occasionally may want to go astray, in order. this is similar to the function that reason must perform in the soul by keeping the spirited and the appetitive components under its rule. since the society is a macroamplified man, by extension, the function that reason plays in the soul is replicated in the social system where the class of rulers, the equivalent of the rational component of the soul, must perform the function of leading the society. it was plato’s belief that the decadence that besets any society emanates from the privation of the virtue of wisdom in the governing class, in the event of which there will be meddling, relegation of duty, interference and usurpation of the powers of one class by the other. hence, plato places accentuated primacy on the value of wisdom for the governing class. consequently, he advocates that the ideal society must necessarily be governed by the class of the wise or by philosopher kings (men or women of wisdom). this belief that the most sagacious and competent should govern elicited the most celebrated maxim from plato, thus: until philosophers rule as kings or those who are called kings and leading men genuinely and adequately philosophize that is until political power and philosophy entirely coincide, while the many natures who at present pursue either one exclusively are forcibly prevented from doing so, cities will have no rest from evils (“republic” book v, pg 100). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org the essential and sensitive task of leadership made plato to recommend a very rigorous scheme of education for the philosopher kings. like his master, socrates, plato also believed that knowledge is virtue. leadership excellence or virtue can only be gained through proper education from which the needed knowledge of leadership is acquired. the education of the would be ruler, unlike that of others, was to last longer and culminated in the trainee philosopher king taking courses in dialectics and moral philosophy at age thirtyfive, after which s/he spends the next fifteen years on field experience of public service. at age fifty, the trainee leader should then be saddled with the responsibilities of state leadership. plato’s submission that only those who have received training as philosophers should be rulers was premised on the assumption that it was only philosophers who have the capacity by reason of their education, to transcend the confusing ephemeralities and vicissitudes of the sensible and make decisions that conform to the nature of the unflinching ideals which will in turn have an unmodulated positive impact on the society. though plato’s stratification of the society into classes can be criticized as implying ontological bifurcation between the different classes, the imperativeness of his demand for a punctilious and assiduous scheme of education for the would be leader cannot be impugned. the abysmal leadership deficit global menace we experience is largely due to our making of leadership an all corners affairs where people who have little or no formal training in leadership are imposed as leaders. it amounts to a gross misplacement of priority for different societies to develop and maintain different pedagogical frameworks for the training of the various expert functionaries in the society, yet a less than cavalier attention is paid to leadership training upon which the vitality and viability of the entire social system depends. to offer the task of performing any function that requires specialist knowledge to a non-expert is unpardonable but to saddle an unqualified person who has not been educated in the arts and science of leadership with the burden of leadership is a gross and dastardly concussion of due process and there should be no other graver first order crime against humanity but this. the nexus between virtue and leadership in aristotle the two most profound works among the plethora of books that aristotle authored which are of immediate relevance to leadership are the nichomachean ethics and politics. besides these seminal works, he also offered guardianship, tutelage and education in the art of leadership to eminent historical leaders. at the demise of plato in 348/347, the ruler of atarneus, hermias beckoned on aristotle to come and settle in atarneus and offer him tutorship. under aristotle, hermias acquired the knowledge of geometry, ethics and dialectics and to the credit of aristotle’s positive influence, hermias tempered his tyrannical brutality and commenced reforms in his government in accordance with the blueprints of aristotle. not only was aristotle given funds to open a new school, in compensation for the invaluable services aristotle rendered to him, hermias also gave his niece and adopted daughter, pythias to him in marriage and also funded him to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org establish a school at assos. again in 343/342bce, the king of macedonia, philip ii, who had political treaties with hermias, invited aristotle to tutor his thirteen-year-old son; alexander, who rose to become a one-time world emperor. a reflection on the nicomachean ethics and the politics will reveal to us aristotle’s thoughts on leadership. in the nicomachean ethics, named after aristotle’s father, nicomachus, he discusses the ends that people pursue, virtues and human behaviour. he asserts that people as well as everything in nature have a distinctive end to fulfill. he argues in this respect that “every art and enquiry, and similarly every action as well as choice, is held to aim at some good. hence people have nobly declared that the good is that at which all things aim” (aristotle, nicomachean ethics. bk 1.1). aristotle holds the position that among the multiple ends which people seek as good, there is a noninstrumental, intrinsic good, which is pursued for its own sake, rather than as a means to other ends. this summum bonum or highest good for aristotle, is happiness. people seek pleasure, money, fame, honour etc. with the hope that through their instrumentality they will achieve happiness ultimately. aristotle’s ethics is described as eudaimonian because of its emphasis on happiness which he calls eudemonia. it is also described as teleological because it holds that all human action is end-oriented or has an end (telos) in sight. his portrayal of happiness as the complete and ultimate end is captured in his verses that “happiness appears to be something complete and self-sufficient, it being an end of our actions” (bk 1. ch.7). happiness is as well the end of the state. so if the leaders of a state must achieve happiness, then they must know about the excellence they must possess so as to arrive at happiness for the state. the vehicle to achieving happiness is virtue. virtue in this respect is an excellence one must possess in order to fulfill an end or a purpose. virtues are those qualities one must possess which constitute the means to gaining the telos (end). aristotle defines human virtue as “that characteristics as a result of which a human being becomes good and as a result of which he causes his own work to be done well”. (nicomachean ethics bk2.ch.6). in this sense, a person must possess virtue so as to be reckoned as good. the opposite of virtue is vice. thus whereas a good person possesses virtues, a bad person has vices. concomitantly, a leader must possess virtues or vices to be adjudged as good or bad consecutively. aristotle also conceived of virtue as a mean between two extremes. in his doctrine of the golden mean, he implies by ‘mean’ a sort of intermediate or middle value between excesses or extremes. in relation to vices, he defines virtue as “a mean with respect to two vices, the one vice related to excess, the other to deficiency and further, it is a mean because some vices fall short of and others exceed what should be the case in both passions and actions whereas virtue discovers arid chooses the middle term” (nicomachean ethics bk2.ch.6). however, if it has to do with the determination of virtue between two best acts, virtue in this case lies in the extreme. aristotle is here saying that virtue should not be practiced moderately but to its extreme. construed in another way, aristotle is saying that virtue is the mean between an excess and a deficiency but that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org there is neither an excess or deficiency of the mean which is virtue nor is there a mean of an excess and of deficiency. this is so because there are some morally debased acts that no mean can be deduced from them. such acts as spitefulness, shamelessness, envy, adultery, theft, murder are morally wrong acts which lack any mean, excess or deficiency. aristotle classified virtue into two categories namely, intellectual virtue and moral virtue, analogously and in comparison to the division of the human soul into the rational and the non-rational parts. the non-rational part of man is in turn segmented into the vegetative; the part that pertains to nutrition and growth, and the sensual or appetitive part; the part that has to do with desire and cravings generally. aristotle observes that the sensual part of man obeys the commands of reason therefore it shares a commonality with reason. the intellectual virtues peculiar to reason include wisdom, comprehension and prudence. he holds that the intellectual virtues are to control and serve as guides to the moral virtues which arise out of the non-rational part of the soul. it is only the moral virtues and not the intellectual virtues that we subject to the principle of the golden mean since they are concerned with passions and actions and it is only passions and actions that can be in excess or deficiency and thus capable of yielding a middle term or a mean which does not share in the viciousness of the extremes. the general rule of morality is to act in accordance with right reason. an individual 5 said to be acting in accord with right reason when that individual allows the rational part of the soul to superintend over the irrational part. moral virtue is a mean relative to or dependent on the individual since it has to do with passions and actions which are subjective in nature. but an individual acts morally when s/he allows right reason to arbitrate in issues and strike a golden mean between extreme possibilities. moral virtues are inculcated through acting habitually while intellectual virtues are inculcated through teaching and learning. aristotle discussed the means of some virtues elaborately in book four of his nicomachean ethics. liberality is the mean in matters of the giving and taking of money while prodigality and stinginess are the excess and deficiency pertaining to money. aristotle sees liberality as being relative to a person’s resources. in both generating and spending of money, a liberal person makes money from a noble source and spends the money for a noble purpose. he does not accumulate wealth for the sake of selfaggrandizement but views wealth as a currency that must be used in helping others judiciously. hence it is said regarding a liberal person that “those who must deserve wealth are the less wealthy in fact “(nicomachean ethics bk.4 ch.1). in leadership, a liberal leader spends judiciously and nobly whereas a prodigal one spends recklessly, frivolously and earns ignobly while a stingy leader accumulates wealth avariciously and gives frugally. magnificence is another mean with respect to spending great amount of money with parsimony as its deficiency and crassness or vulgarity as its excess. a magnificent person spends great amounts of money for great and suitable objects. the vulgar spends lavishly and ostentatiously just to cause a spectacle while the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org parsimonious would always want to spend the least amount for both great and little things. good temper as a virtue is a mean between uniriscability and iriscability. a good tempered person displays anger proportionately in that he/she is angry at the right time, place and with the right people. thus the issue of transference of aggression does not arise. the irascible expresses anger excessively and disproportionately while unirascibility is a deficiency. truthfulness is the mean between the excess, boastfulness whereby reality is exaggerated and the deficiency, mock-modesty, whereby inferiority psyche makes one to trivialize or diminish one’s possessions. the various virtues and vices in matters related to honour are also discussed in book four. greatness of soul has to do with perceiving oneself as worthy of great things and aspiring for greatness because it is one’s worth. this virtue has much to do with the worth an individual accords himself and the value the society places on the person and it arises as a result of the possession and performance of all the virtues. thus the great souled man is synonymous with the best all round in terms of possession of virtues and the truly great must therefore be the good person who practices what is best in each virtue and therefore is worthily accorded honour as a prize for his/her possession of virtues. in connection to leadership, no person who has defaulted or is defective in virtues or does not possess virtues sublimely should be accorded the honour of being a leader in any form. the relevance of situating leadership virtues on concrete philosophical foundations is to avail one of a more comprehensive vista and outlook on the nexus between virtues and leadership. most works that discuss the issue of leadership and virtues do so from a very peripheral and superficial ambience. in this respect craig johnson (72-75) discusses only the minimal catalogue of virtues without a mention of some other virtues like prudence and temperance. aside courage and justice, prudence and temperance are cardinal virtues. prudence is a virtue that is concerned with choosing the right means towards worthy ends. prudence is pivotal in a wide range of issues extending from how to choose the right people for the right duties to how to make the right decision in a perplexing situation. prudence and wisdom are coterminous and without prudence most of the leadership virtues may slide into extremities. justice without prudence becomes caustic and courage changes to conceit and overzealousness. temperance is the virtue that regulates our indulgence thereby curbing excessiveness in appetite and sensual pleasures. over indulgement in materialism and sensual pleasures have causal correlation with misappropriation, embezzlement, sex mania and other sundry scandals that often beset leadership. courage is that virtue that enables one not to vegetate before danger, it is a spur to action in the most enervating situations. courage encourages one to bear pains and other excruciating impediments on the path of achieving goals. courage is not synonymous with rash boldness. every courageous act must be based on good reasoning, embracing danger out of ignorance is a departure from courage. when leaders and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org followers face dangers out of good judgment and rationality, it is courage. courage may be physical or moral. physical courage entails one’s fortitude against any evil that involves bodily harm and requires physical attack or endurance. moral courage entails unflinchingness in abhorring immorality and resoluteness in abiding to moral principles. craig johnson (71) avers that courage is needed to fulfill the two components of ethical leadership namely, acting morally and exerting moral influence. the first requires taking risks and bearing perils in the course of action and the second requires sustaining and being consistent on one’s values in the midst of value-crisis and conflict. lack of courage is viewed as cowardice, indecision, impatience, timidity etc while overshooting or excess of courage manifests as ruthless behaviours, presumptuousness, adamantness etc. justice is another cardinal virtue that is harped by the socratics. justice entails fair, unbiased, unprejudiced and equal treatment of people and distribution of resources. aristotle discusses the nuances of the concept of justice in book 5 of the nicomachean ethics. from aristotle’s perspective, justice could be understood from the general moral point of view which connotes doing the right thing as required by principles of moral law. aside the general understanding of justice above, justice is also particularly understood as meaning fairness. fairness as a concept has a connection with equality and there are two types of equality as discussed by aristotle in his politics, namely, the principle of proportional or geometrical equality and arithmetical equality. the principle of proportional equality or fairness requires that those who are equal ought to be treated equally if their circumstances are similar and unequals ought to be treated differently provided the difference in treatment is proportional to the inequality that exists between them. justice, going by the proportional principle requires treating equals equally and unequals unequally. the principle of arithmetic equality requires equal treatment where equals are involved in similar situations. this principle reduces to the principle of reciprocity in distribution of resources and requires strict equal treatment without variation. aristotle discountenances the arithmetic principle of equality since it glosses over peculiarities of the people involved. aristotle equates equity or fairness which is the substance of justice with the geometrical principle of equality whereby benefits or responsibilities are shared on the basis of worth, ability, merit, need etc. justice, going by the geometrical principle requires being impartial in treating equals equally and unequals unequally. impartiality in this sense allows discrimination based on differences and condemns discrimination where there are no such differences. d. d. raphael says that “it is fair to discriminate in favour of the needy, or the meritorious, or equally able (the problem of political philosophy 173). critical remarks and conclusion the synonymy established between leadership and the possession of virtues in this discourse does not vividly expose the practical cum technical aspect of virtue, namely, effectiveness, which is a necessary conjunct in the definition of good leadership. the golden triad appear to excessively emphasize the mental and rational aspects of virtue american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org as if they are logically sufficient for achieving good leadership. against this backdrop, joanne b. ciulla notes that: the ultimate point of studying leadership is, “what is good leadership?” the use of word good here has two senses, morally good and technically good or effective. these two senses form a logical conjunction. in other words, for the statement “she is a good leader” to be true, it must be true that she is effective and true that she is ethical. the question of what constitutes a good leader lies at the heart of the public debate on leadership. we want our leaders to be good in both ways. it’s easy to judge if they are effective and that is the focus of most leadership literature from the social sciences, but more difficult to judge if they are ethical because there is some confusion over what factors are relevant to making this kind of assessment. (ethics, the heart of leadership. “leadership ethics: expanding the territory”, 16) ciulla is here arguing that good leadership cannot be meaningfully conceived devoid of the two necessary and essential components of ethics and effectiveness. a technically effective leader who is ethically deficient cannot be said to be a good leader just like an ethically excellent leader who is technically ineffective cannot analogically be called a good leader. logically, one can submit that good leadership is a conjunction of ethics and effectiveness. ethics and effectiveness have a symbiotic relationship because they emanate from the same ancient greek and latin terms arête and vir or virtue which connotes both moral and practical/technical excellence. consequently, the idea of a morally excellent person who is technically incompetent is as anomalous as the idea of a morally bankrupt person who is technically competent. possession of virtue is supposed to enable holistic perfection. symbolically, if g is used to symbolize good leadership and m is used for moral excellence, e for effectiveness while • is used as a sign for conjunction. then the logical formular for good leadership can be stated as: g = m • e a conjunction is said to be true when the two conjuncts are true. from this rule, it means that good leadership can only take place when both the moral and practical components of the act of leadership are true. since being ethical in this context is associated with the possession of virtues though the list of virtues is nearly infinite, it must be noted that the possession of virtues serves to accord moral warrant or legitimacy on the act of leadership and could also serve as the litmus test for good and bad leadership. a leader that does not cultivate virtues loses legitimacy and the act of leadership becomes sinister, toxic, lackluster and immoral. the exercise and practice of virtues must be viewed as a kind of holistic spectrum whereby the various virtues are mutually reinforcing and therefore the practice and adoption of one set of virtues in default or devoid of other known virtues is morally abhorrent. a leader from the point of view of virtues is a moral entity and an embodiment of virtues. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org works cited 1. achebe, c. the trouble with nigeria, enugu: forth dimension publishing co. ltd. 1983. 2. aristotle, nichomechean ethics, trans. w. d. ross., (ed.), richard mckeon, new york, the modern press, 2001. 3. aristotle, politics, trans. benjamin jowett, ed., richard mckeon, new york. the modern press, 2001. 4. aristotle. nicomachean ethics. robert c. bartlett and susan d. collins. trans. london: university of chicago press, 2011. 5. bentham, jeremy. (1970). an introduction to the principles of morals and legislation. ed. j. h. burns and h.l.a hart. london: athlone. 6. burns, t. “aristotle” in political thinkers from socrates to the present, (eds). d. 7. ciulla j. leadership ethics: expanding the territory, in j. b. cullia (ed.) ethics, the heart of leadership, west port c. t. praeger, 2004. 8. enoch, samuel stumpt. socrates to sartre: a history of philosophy. new york: mcgraw hill, 1999. 9. fagothey, austin, right and reason: ethics in theory and practice. usa: the c. v. mosbyl 976. 10. johnson, craig e. meeting the ethical challenges of leadership: casting light or shadow. london: sage publications, 2009. 11. immanuel. foundations of the metaphysics of morals. paton, h.j. transl. new york: harper & row, 1964. 12. plato, the republic. trans. benjamin jowett, new york, dover publications: inc. 2006. 13. plato. “republic,” plato’s complete works. cooper, john m and hutchinson, d. s. eds. cambridge: hackett, 1997. 14. raiffe, h. (jeffrey r.) “decision theory”, cambridge dictionary of philosophy, (ed.) audi, cambridge: cambridge university 2011. 15. raphael, d. d. the problem of political philosophy. london: the macmillan, 1976. retrieved on the 21 november 2014. 16. russell, bertrand. a history of western philosophy. new york: simon and schuster, 1945. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org homonyms that differ in stress in english and uzbek languages ro’zimboyeva sitora nurmamatovna national university of uzbekistan foreign language and literature student of the 3rd stage, group 319 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s when it comes to homonyms that differ in accent, he is relevant for both languages. english and uzbek languages in this article homonyms that differ in texts and speech, their analysis it is about making and differentiating. homonyms, words, texts, word groups, syllables, additions, accents and sounds. introduction there are words in the uzbek language that are pronounced only through intonation the meaning of the word and even the phrase may change. such words also exist in english. here is the main problem how are the words differentp from each other if they are spelled the same. in this place pronunciation and accent come to the rescue. so how does this work? when the purpose comes from such words in speech and written statement is to form the ability to distinguish easily. methods homonyms words that do not have the same meaning but are spelled the same words that read the same. the word homonym is omo and the greek name oputa, derived from nouns, homonyms are grammatical and lexical differs from appearance. in english, homonyms can be of two types. his first type is spelled the same and read the same, and the second type is spelled the same, but differs in reading. that is, in pronunciation, a syllable in a word or known one sound is stressed. but these two homonyms are also different will have meaning. similar to synonyms and antonyms in homonym it is not the content, but the expression that plays an important role. homonyms another difference between synonyms and antonyms is that they are the same word they can form synonymy and antonymy within the category. in case of homonyms, this rule is not strict, because they are the same word groups within and within various word groups, homonymy is created it can. in the current uzbek language, more than 497 expressions are united under 1160 there are more lexemes. homonyms are expressed within the same language. for example, even though there are words that are pronounced and written differently in two languages they are not accepted as homonyms. in addition, modern uzbek words in the language and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org words in the old uzbek language as homonyms are not allowed unless they are used in the current language we can take them as names. i use in this article comperative methods, because i compare english and uzbek languages. it is given below part of the article. in uzbek language although the distinction may not be felt, it is actually through emphasis differences in homonyms are observed. for example, apple ól-ma here the letter o is stressed, and omá here the letter a in the second syllable is stressed. first apple noun phrase if it is a fruit, and the second is an apple, consider it as a verb infinitive form of a verb that means negation of an action. bosma is a postongi used to lift a load up shaped device (lever). we raised the mud to the roof with pressure. bosma is made in a quality printing house, it belongs to the publication. printed works, printed letter.(1) in this word, o is the first noun, and the second adjective and in the meaning, the letter a is stressed. there are such words in english. consider using examples if we leave: protestnoun strong protest, resistance protestverb to protest(2) in the first word, the accent is on the p sound, while in the second, the accent is on the o accented sound. it should be said that it is uzbek in english in a different language, the accent can also fall on a consonant sound. bank noun coast, beach bank noun bank(3) in these examples, if the letter b is stressed in the first word, in the second one, essa is not stressed at all. words that are not stressed either there is. present 1 [ 'preznt]noun present, the time of speaking present 2 [ 'preznt] adj participating present 3 [pri'sent] verb is giving a present(4) accent on the letter p in the first and second words as seen above to the dream and in the third word, it has fallen to the first syllable, thus it is easy to distinguish their meaning. next method is historical-comperative method. we attempt to indicate the homonyms in historical usage also: now let's analyze the following idea, "homonyms are from the art of tajnis and poetic genres in fiction one evokes emotion. "kutadgu bilig" by yusuf khos hajib if we take an excerpt from his work: tlili yolg’on erning jafaqilqi ul, jafa kimda ersa o’sha yilqi ul. kishi yog’onindin tilama vafa bu bir so’z sinamish o’sha yilqi ul. in the first stanza, the word "yilqi ul" means a horse or a herd of horses the word "yilqi ul" in the next stanza refers to a long time ago form a homonymy relationship with the word expressing the meaning of the sentence is doing this shows the wealth of the writer's skill in using words served as a means of giving. "(5) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org results that is, homonyms in uzbek and old turkish since ancient times popular in their languages, mainly in the works of poets and ghazal khan's we can see their bright examples. and this is the creator how eloquent and eloquent they are. despite the fact that the meaning is different, it is used in one ghazal and is its own they showed their skills and this language also developed served. and homonyms are from ancient times from now until now not only in uzbek, but also for other languages alive through its relevance and beautiful meanings. for both languages homonyms, especially homonyms that differ in accent, are interesting and everyday is always used in life. discussion the question of distinguishing them is theirs is a process related to learning and pronunciation, with which words are formed, they can understand their meaning by looking at the text or sentence through which poets and creates their own speech style and vocabulary, how beautiful the language is and how it rhymes so much we learned that they used them skillfully. in conclusion, homonyms are not only for language learners, but it is also used when adjusting in daily life. differentiated by accent. learning and knowing homonyms is very important. because they are for language learners is also necessary. to know what words are being used and to be able to correct them will help. in this article, the important ones are distinguished from each other. we reviewed and analyzed homonyms. we also received the necessary conclusions. links 1) i. kochkortoyev. explanatory dictionary of homonyms of the uzbek language. t.: teacher, 1984. p. 33 2) l. jorayev. english-uzbek dictionary. t.: ljod press, 2018. p. 257 3) l. jorayev. english-uzbek dictionary. t.: ljod press, 2018. p 22 brave brother 4) l. jorayev. english-uzbek dictionary. t.: ljod press, 2018. p. 248 5) hasanova m. uzbek homonyms and their contemporary its place in linguistics // j. "young researcher", 2022, 1(4). 406-411. list of references 1. kochkortoyev 1. explanatory dictionary of homonyms of the uzbek language. t, 1984. 2. jorayev l. english-uzbek dictionary. t., 2018. 3. hasanova m. homonyms in the uzbek language and their modern place in linguistics. m., 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org the main provisions of the methodology of teaching foreign languages in secondary school akhmadzhonova gulhumor namdu master's student feruzakhon1964@gmail.com, +998972730188 karimova f. i. senior lecturer of the department of "uzbek language and literature" andijan engineering institute, feruzakhon1964@gmail.com, +998975809064 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the main provisions of the methodology of teaching foreign languages in secondary school. these provisions, however, determine only the general direction of the learning process. the methodology of teaching foreign languages deals primarily with the nature of linguistic phenomena, since the teacher of this subject has to consider the systems of two languages, has to compare these two systems and, consequently, reveal to students the nature of many linguistic phenomena. degree of development, thinking, language phenomena, general patterns, theory, scientific basis, school curriculum, patterns, language facts, practical need. introduction step-by-step reforms carried out in the republic of uzbekistan during the years of independence, reforms carried out in the educational sphere in the system and the essence of their content, as well as the main directions of modern personnel training directly form the core of reforms in the field of education. man, his harmonious maturation and well-being in all respects, the creation of conditions and influential mechanisms for the realization of the interests of the individual, the transformation of the templates of outdated thinking and social behavior are the main goals and driving force of the reforms carried out in the republic. on the basis of the rich intellectual heritage of the people and universal values, the formation of a perfect system of training of personnel based on the achievements of modern culture, economy, science, technology and technology is an important condition for the development of uzbekistan. at the present time, the incomparably progressive development of the branches of science and technology in our country, the comprehensive and harmonious development of the human personality, dictates that special attention should be paid to the culture of speech. consequently, the culture of speech, as a component of universal culture, regularly adds its worthy share in the development of our cultural life. from this point of view, "translator" circles are working on the basis of our department for future engineers and economists. during its existence, participants in the circle are engaged in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org written translation of technical and economic texts and face some grammatical problems in the process of work. one of the important factors in speech culture is that speech is grammatically thorough and correct. this situation requires, first of all, to be able to correctly compose the grammatical forms of speech construction, carefully mastering the literary, including grammatical, meiores of the language. compliance with grammatical criteria requires first a good knowledge of sentence forms and skillful use of them, and then, including the correct relationship between the core, base and suffixes, the correspondence of the possessive and the cross-sectional, good attention to the peculiarities of the second degree fragments, as well as the compliance of the word order with the rule. since punctuation serves for the correct structure of sentences and the exact expression of the thought in them, their placement in accordance with the purpose of the thought also provides an opportunity to understand the thought in a particular text as the author describes it. the fact that each language has its own characteristics does not imply blind copying of the grammatical forms used in the original text into the translation language, but a functional reconstruction of the thoughts expressed through them using alternative forms. in practical activity, only when approached from this point of view, the absence in the language of translation of shaped tools corresponding to the grammatical forms in the original text loses its significance. consequently, the similarity of the two language forms is of shaky importance. adhering to the culture of the language, our owners of didi high artistic creativity are creating highlevel works and translations, demonstrating excellent examples of literate use of literary language. but the observation of the language of the series original, especially translated works, suggests that some pencilers cannot use literary language opportunities and resources in some cases efficiently and appropriately. they make many mistakes not only in lexical and stylistic confusion, but also in the observance of the grammatical laws of the language, which, in addition to violating the legal-natural slang of speech, also cause a wrong, sometimes completely opposite, interpretation of meaning. due to the fact that suffixes have inevitable norms in terms of their functions, the interaction of words in a sentence plays an important role in their introduction to the relationship. that is why speech culture requires strict adherence to the norms of use of suffixes as well. their inappropriate use in turn causes the relationship between the words in the sentence to become abnormal, resulting in a natural ringing of the vulgar vulgarity of the expression. while the sentence goes about certain conjugation suffixes in uzbek, lately it sometimes remains in violation of the grammar rule. the fact that a cross-section adopts a revenue agreement form instead of an ega's head agreement when it arrives at a critical level compromises the alignment between the ega and the cross-section. ega takes the proceeds agreement supplement only when the cut is used at a specific level. in summary, in the culture of speech, the basics of translation are used to express a certain idea and concept, and are based on the principles of selectively sorting out the appropriate purpose among two or more tools available in the language. in the construction of teaching foreign languages, the methodology, as already noted, proceeds from the basic provisions of the theory of cognition, from the data of general and special linguistics, from the basic laws of the structure of the native language of students, from the basic provisions of pedagogy, psychology and physiology of higher nervous activity. these provisions, however, determine only the general direction of the learning process, give only the initial provisions. when deciding what the methodology of teaching each particular phenomenon of a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org foreign language should be, the teacher should certainly be guided by these general provisions, but their implementation becomes real only when taking into account in each individual case the characteristics of the foreign language in question, the characteristics of the native language of students, the degree of development of their thinking and a number of other factors. attention to these issues is determined by the general objectives of the school in the field of education of the younger generation and the corresponding practical, educational and educational tasks of teaching a foreign language. the methodology of teaching foreign languages deals primarily with the nature of linguistic phenomena, since the teacher of this subject has to consider the systems of two languages, has to compare these two systems and, consequently, reveal to students the nature of many linguistic phenomena. as a result, the teacher leads students to understand a number of general patterns, as well as to understand phenomena or patterns specific only to one language, for the native language or the foreign language being studied. this does not mean that excessive theorizing can be allowed. first of all, this means that the teacher himself must be well versed in all the issues of language theory that he has to face in the course of his pedagogical work and which should be the scientific basis for building foreign language teaching; this range of issues is clearly outlined by the program for secondary school. this also means that with a deep understanding of each grammatical, phonetic or lexical phenomenon, the teacher strictly scientifically approaches the explanation of the material and the work on its assimilation. by moving in his work from the consideration of individual particular linguistic facts to generalizations, the teacher leads students to understand a number of patterns peculiar to the foreign or native language being studied, the particular manifestations of which were previously considered by the teacher individual linguistic facts. the methodology of teaching foreign languages also deals with the nature of the processes of assimilation of new concepts by students, which they inevitably encounter in connection with the study of many linguistic phenomena that have not attracted sufficient attention to themselves up to this time, or phenomena that have remained completely unnoticed by them. the latter is due to the fact that the student comes to school already having fluent, grammatically quite correct and even idiomatic oral speech in his native language and does not in all cases feel a great practical need for the knowledge communicated to him. the methodology of teaching foreign languages further deals with the process of formation of students' foreign language skills, developed on the basis of acquired knowledge and characterized by great originality. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway. tinglash yaraenida kichik ieshdagilar bekkituvchi and baska bolalar partial or prolonged fire – keep fighting with istmaslik holari pkk uchradi. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway. as in the case of tanlanadigan, armed or armed forces, they are known to work separately. uygotadigan, logically accurate, river monologue and dialogue forms his ichiga olgan, information group boy audiomat he tinglovchisiga yakib tushadi. kichik classroom mainly newsletters olishning baziy manbalari boular dubbing video movies, magnaphone, television cutsatuvlardan example and teacher of spoken language. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway.every kandai bilish jaraening esa hisiy and logiy tomonlari exist. during the conversation, the sides expressed satisfaction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org with the development of cooperation between tajikistan and china.during the meeting, the sides expressed satisfaction with the development of cooperation between tajikistan and china. academician alexander romanovich luria research work karaganda foreigner tilni bilmagan kishi at tilni tasmadi, but also how the eshitish speech is pronounced. if bolada hadn't remembered the ice hole, he wouldn't even have spoken. during the conversation, the sides expressed satisfaction with the development of cooperation between tajikistan and china.a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway.during the meeting, issues related to conducting trainings were discussed. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway.buzarning barshasi uluvchilar all you need is tinglaganda bilib oligga beriladigan soz and yumlalar ekanligin unutmasligimiz. as with other languages, they can be used as an auxiliary tool. all the time he was talking, and his materials science tinglab tasmish bilan was strengthening.a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway.shuningdek darning baziy and polutoradi both tinglab tasmish were coached by istakchilik kildi. during the conversation, issues related to the training, the purpose and means of training were discussed.the goal is high-quality karalganda bolalarning even tilida news bildiradi. learning is a means of learning, tinglabile material (vocabulary, grammar, pronunciation), prepared for enrollment. young gave a speech at the birliclaring "presentation" at the training and in cooperation with the anti-bullying tinglab. during the meeting, the sides discussed issues of cooperation between tajikistan and china. during the meeting, the sides discussed issues of cooperation between tajikistan and china.during the meeting, the parties discussed issues related to the preparation and conduct of trainings. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway. a meeting was held at the meeting, which took place during the same meeting. ushbu method samaral method calculus method. the conclusion states that although aitadigan is still on the verge of violence or violence. audiomatn bilan kyidaho of the order of isha olib boriadi: for the first time, the teacher immortalized beriladigan audiomatnni winz tinglab oladi,(i.e. kyrgyzstan), unlaring kin hoylin hoylaidi and ularni al-etadi, tasishga tayanch were ready (rice,dashlaishlaish, villai, magnagan tasgan) and dezhurgan tasi tinglashlarga topshiriklar ishlab chikadi. a criminal case has been initiated on this fact, an investigation is underway. in this educational institution, classes are held on ishlatiladigan and jumlalari as a teacher of jude checkpoint marta itramasligi, onta sec also aitmasligi, all the time she tiliga tarjima kilavermasligi, as required by ethiladi. tinglab thirshishda ikki khil drenirovlar ishlatiladi: jarlov and sof spusi amurlar.the preparation is practiced mainly by burning birgalikda, pronounced ethilada, i.e. acoustic jihatlarga acts as berilada. the oratorical trade of esa bishkuji on the content of egallash bilan banda balladilar. preparing for the közlanadigan training the goal is to overcome difficulties. the oratorical work of the esa is a communicative task.during the conversation, issues of cooperation between tajikistan and china were discussed.bundan tashkent rasmlar, verbal (sii bilan imaganadigan) in case of a screen assistant tinglab tasmish batysh zuhidiy umash bayarishga kirishiladi. 1.jarlariga misollar: -i see a ball ; this is my pen; it is a book; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org i have a flower. 2. example: my father is a doctor; i live in uzbekistan; -lola is my friend; we go to school; our garden is big. tinglab thatganlikni teksh as kichik esdagilarga mos keladigan testlardan can also be foidalan. scientific supervisor: karimova feruzakhon inoyatovna bibliography: 1. г.а.абдурахмонов. узбек тили грамматикаси. 1 том, изд-во “фан”,т.,1975,с.366 2. бодуэн де куртенэ и.а. о смешанном характере всех языков. в кн. : и.а.бодуэн де куртенэ. избранные труды по общему языкознанию, т.1, м., 1963, с 37г. 3. буранов ж.б. инглиз ва узбек тилларининг киёсий граммматикаси. т., 12 бет. 4. виноградов в.в. о некоторых вопросах русской исторической лексикологии. изд.ан ссср отд.лит.и яз., 1953,т.12,вып.3,с. 193. 5. karimova feruza inoyatovna “ingliz tilidagi matnlarni tarjima qilishda ma’nolarni berish” образования и наука в xxi веке (россия) выпуск №24 (том 2) (март 2022) 6. karimova feruza inoyatovna “methods of effective use of models in translation of english text into russian an uzbek” international conference of advance research in humanities, sciences and education 28.03.2022 turkey 7. karimova feruza inoyatovna “some innovation in teaching english” international conference of advance research in humanities, sciences and education 28.03.2022 turkey 8. karimova feruza inoyatovna “historical reality in uzbek literature and discourseanalysis of folk songs” o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy va o‘rta maxsus ta’lim vazirligi andijon mashinasozlik instituti issn 2181-1539 2022 yil 9. karimova feruza inoyatovna “xorijiy tilni o‘rganish yangi metodikasi , andijon mashinasozlik instituti” «raqamli hayot va ijtimoiy fanlarni ning barkamol avoldni voyaga yetkazishdagi o‘rni va ahamiyati: dolzarb muammolar va istiqbollar» xalqaro ilmiy-amaliy anjuman 12 аprel 2022 yil, andijon 10. мамадалиев б. хозирги узбек тилида кушма сузлар. кукон, давлат пединститут илмий ишлар туплами. фаргона, 1958, с.24. 11. ярцева в.н. сравнительная типология и ее связи ч контрастивной лингвистикой.–ндвш, фил.науки, 1978 12. . karimova feruza inoyatovna “ingliz va o’zbek tillardagi qoshma fe’llarning semantic tahlili ” o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy va o‘rta maxsus ta’lim vazirligi andijon mashinasozlik instituti issn 2181-1539 2022 yil № 5( maxsus son 2-tom) 13. scholar's digestjournal of multidisciplinary studies karimova feruzakhan inoyatovna some ways to teach young students to speak a foreign language 16-18 p jif: 7.755(impact factor) volume 2, issue 3, march, 2023 issn (e): 2949-8856 14. in volume 4, issue 3 of emergent: journal of educational discoveries and lifelong learning (ejedl), march, 2023. 93-96p karimova feruzakhon inoyatovna some topical issues in the process of translation of texts in the field of mechanical engineering issn:2776-0995 sjif(2022):5.773 impact factor (2022): 7.545. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org formation and description of the women rights in islam 1 mm. inagamova, n. joraboev, 1 tashkent state transport university, tashkent, uzbekistan 2 tashkent state transport university, tashkent, uzbekistan а) rozigul37@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article deals with the issue of equality of women and men in the islamic religion. the role of a woman in marriage, family responsibilities, relations between husband and wife, established rights and obligations regarding marriage and love are also analyzed. woman, man, marital relations, justice, equality, religion, integrity, family, law, duty, education, inheritance. introduction in the modern world, when it comes to the issue of equality between women and men, this situation is based on opposing opinions and causes a lot of discussion [1]. we consider it expedient to rely on the islamic religion and the rules established in it as the most correct direction in expressing a clear opinion on this issue. the reason is that more than seventy years have passed since the creation of international documents on gender equality, but the religion of islam reinforced this issue fourteen centuries ago in the verses of its holy book the holy quran [2]. at this point, let's dwell a little on the social status of women before the introduction of islam. it is known that during the period of jahiliyah, women were buried alive in infancy. in order to substantiate our words, let us turn to the chapters "takwir" and "nahl" of the holy book of islam, the holy quran. this is stated in surah takwir as follows: "... if a girl who was buried alive is asked ... for what sin was she killed?" (verses 8-9) [3], or in surah “nakhl” “... some of whom are told the good news about the girl, they get angry, and their faces darken. he humiliated the girl, thinking about taking her away or leaving her alive in the dust, and hiding from people, fearing the “bad” of what he was told the good news. be aware that their judgment is very poor (verses 58-59)[4]. these verses were revealed at the dawn of islam and the inclusion of this verse was the reality of that time. these two surahs emphasize that it is true that girls are buried alive, and this matter will be severely condemned and will be questioned on the day of resurrection. islam was one of the first to declare that a woman is a human on the same basis as a man, and reinforced the rights of women in several verses of the holy quran. in particular, the use of the word woman in 35 suras and more than 100 verses of the holy quran, and one of the suras is called "nisa", i.e. "women", and the position of a woman, her place in life, and her rights are described in detail, which is a vivid example of attention to a woman. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org this surah defines the rights and duties of women in matters such as inheritance, dowry and marriage. in particular, the first verse of surah nisa of the holy quran says: “o people, fear your lord, who created you from one soul, and created a couple from it, and created many men and women from two”[5]. here, when it comes to the equality of men and women in islam, first of all, it is necessary to clarify what should be understood by the term "equality between a woman and a man", whether it is relative or something absolute. in our opinion, if it were necessary for women and men to be equal in everything, then god would not divide the human race into two sexes, male and female. objects and methods of research methods such as general interrelationships, historical principles, comparative analysis, structuralfunctional approach and generalization were used to cover the research work. results and their discussion islam gave women equal rights with men in matters of faith, merit and knowledge. for example, in verse 32 of sura nisa: “men have a share in their profession. it is said that women have a lot from their profession”[6], and it is transmitted from anas ibn malik, may allah be pleased with him: “the messenger of allah, peace and blessings of allah be upon him, said: “the pursuit of knowledge is the duty of every muslim”[ 7]. therefore, every muslim should consider the search for knowledge as his duty. in islam, the search for knowledge is obligatory from the cradle to the grave. fard is a strict command of allah, the fulfillment of which is obligatory for every believer. to continue our reflections on this matter, let us dwell on one more important and fundamental issue. it is known that in the religion of islam there are well-defined rules about marriage and family relations, and people who profess the religion of islam consider these rules an important aspect of their lives. the most important of these rules is marriage, and since it is the only basis for creating a family, it is regulated not only by moral standards, but also by sharia rules. celibacy was condemned, religious marriages appeared based on "sharia rules", and this process became a "habit". husband and wife, the main organizers of family life, have certain duties and tasks, and some of these rights are shared between husband and wife, some are rights that belong only to men, and some are rights that belong to women [8]. since the relationship between husband and wife is the most sacred human relationship in islam, we must know how this relationship should be established and follow this knowledge. what should be the relationship in a couple? what are his duties as a husband? as a wife, what are her duties? what rights do they have in family relationships? how should they interact with each other? the solution of such issues is covered in detail in the verses of the holy book of islam, the holy quran, as well as in the hadiths collected by scientists about the life and deeds of the messenger of allah, may allah bless him and grant him peace. first of all, let's talk about the rights of a woman in relation to her husband. in particular, the first is the good and fair treatment of a woman by a husband. after all, allah almighty commanded in his book: “be kind to women!” [9] (sura nisa: ayat 19). this order requires the husband to be kind to his wife, to be patient with some of her shortcomings, and to turn a blind eye to some of her mistakes. in one of the hadiths of the prophet (peace and blessings of allaah be upon him): “a believing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org husband should not hate a believing wife, if he hates one of her actions, he will continue to be pleased with her because of another behavior.” [10], or according to the following hadeeth narrated by imam tirmizi, “the best of you treat your wives well.” there is a wonderful saying in this regard among our people. it is said that until you get married, keep your eyes wide open and your marital eyes closed. seeing no flaws is a sure thing. secondly, the second right of a woman to her husband is the right of a dowry. in the holy quran, allah called on husbands to respect the rights of their wives: “give their wives their dowry as a gift (that is, from the heart)” (sura nisa: ayat 4). thirdly, a man must respect his woman and protect her honor. he must not be careless in any situation that will lead to corruption. but you can not overdo it with bad thoughts, excessive demands and suspicion. fourthly, a man must make a separate place (room) for his wife, where none of her husband's relatives should be. fifthly, the husband must provide his wife with sufficient quantities, such as food and clothing. the husband will be rewarded for his family expenses. imam bukhari and muslim said in their sahihs: “saad ibn abu waqqas, may allah be pleased with him, narrated that the prophet, peace and blessings be upon him, said: “you will receive a reward for any expenses that you seek the approval of the almighty. even for the food you put in your wife's mouth, you have a reward."[12] however, in this matter, i.e. in the issue of alimony, it is determined that the husband should be considered on the basis of his economic situation, and he should not try to earn money in illegal and illegal ways to satisfy the excessive demands and desires of the spouse. woman. on this occasion, the holy quran says: “a rich person should give alms from his wealth (that is, according to his wealth). whoever's livelihood is limited (poor), then may allah give him a livelihood from what he has given him (according to his condition). allah does not burden the soul with anything other than what he has given it. after hardship-poverty, allah creates contentment-wealth” [13] (sura talak: ayat 7). sixth, the husband must guard the chastity of his wife. protecting a wife from haram is a wajib for a husband. seventh, if a husband loves his wife, he must respect her; if he hates her, he must not oppress her. the realization of these rights certainly serves to ensure peace and tranquility in the family. after all, the continuity of the family is closely dependent on the consent of the husband and wife with each other and the realization of each other's rights. now consider the second side of this issue. in other words, the islamic religion defines the sharia rights of a husband in relation to his wife. in particular: first, the first duty of a wife to her husband, or the first right of a husband to his wife, is that the woman must be obedient to her husband. because if a woman does not know her place in the family, if she is disobedient and stubborn towards her husband, then she will damage the continuity and stability of the family. in this place, the prophet (peace and blessings of allaah be upon him) speaks of the great virtue and bliss of a woman’s obedience to her husband: “if a woman prays five times a day, fasts one month (in a year), keeps her duties from prohibition and obeys her husband, they say that he is allowed to enter paradise through any door he wishes” (tabarani’s story). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org secondly, it is established that a woman should not fast without the permission of her husband, perform the hajj without his permission, give alms and donations from household items to others without his consent. on this occasion, in the hadith narrated by abu hurayrah, the messenger of allah, peace and blessings of allah be upon him, it is said: “it is not allowed for a woman to fast without the permission of her husband and let someone into her house without his permission” [14] (imam bukhari, muslim , abu daoud), termizi). thirdly, a woman should spend most of her time at home and go out only with the consent of her husband. allah almighty said to women in the holy quran: “find a solution in your homes” (sura ahzab, verses 32-33-34). if a woman goes outside without her husband's permission, god will curse her until she repents or returns home." fourthly, a woman should be satisfied with the fate given by allah to her husband, and should not be capricious towards him. a woman needs to be content with the food earned by her husband, thus appreciate the efforts of her husband and not demand from him beyond what is necessary, fearing that he will go to an unclean profession. perhaps you should encourage your husband to be content and warn her against evil ways. the wives of the righteous of the past told their husbands: "avoid evil professions!" we endure hunger and deprivation, but we cannot endure hellfire.” fifthly, a woman should be, as it were, a stranger to her husband's friend. if her friend knocks on the door when her husband is out, don't talk to her. after all, when a man meets his friend's wife, this situation causes jealousy and intrigue. sixth, a woman should not be proud of her beauty in front of her husband, she should not hate him for being ugly, if a woman is rich, she should not be proud of her wealth in front of her husband, but should reckon with the husband of the side, respect and appreciate him . seventh, the wife should have pity on her children, respect them, and refrain from hitting and cursing the children. because this thing has a very negative effect on the upbringing and psyche of the child. conclusion it should be noted here that a woman has several statuses in terms of her roles and responsibilities throughout her life. for example, she lives as a beloved child, gifted by god, a responsible keeper of the family, a righteous woman for a man, a loving mother for her children, or someone's sister. so a woman should always be respected and protected. with this opinion, we want to emphasize that both women and men should fully understand their rights and obligations in islam. the reason is that not knowing the strict rules of our beautiful religion and not following it is a vice not characteristic of a believer. references 1. inagamova m.m., convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women: basic rules and principles for implementation / textbook: t .: academy of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan, 2019. 71 p. 2. inagamova m.m. interaction of the institute of civil society with internal affairs bodies in the protection of human rights // academy on the way to improving the system of training qualified personnel for internal affairs bodies: proceedings of the international scientific and practical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org conference (tashkent, september 3 6). , 2019). -t .: academy of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan, 2019. b. 314-345. 3. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. translation of the holy quran and its meanings into uzbek. hilal nash publishing. -t.: 2019. s.-586. 4. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. translation of the holy quran and its meanings into uzbek. hilal nash publishing. t.: 2019. s.-273. 5. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. translation of the holy quran and its meanings into uzbek. hilal nash publishing. t.: 2019. s.-77. 6. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. translation of the holy quran and its meanings into uzbek. hilal nash publishing. t.: 2019. s.-83. 7. https://vk.com/wall-82122292_502 8. inagamova m.m. issues of reforming the system of internal affairs bodies and interaction with the "family-neighborhood-educational institution". / actual issues of ensuring legislation in the state and administration: collection of materials of the scientific-practical conference. tashkent, 2011. b. 247. 9. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. translation of the holy quran and its meanings into uzbek. hilal nash publishing. t.: 2019. s.-80. 10. https://islom.uz/maqola/6064. on the qualities of the prophet, may allah bless him and grant him peace (part 3) 11. daniel corey. about the duty of a man in the family. https://www.facebook.com/doniyorqoriuzb/photos/a.205157823369590/649914842227217/? type=3 12. https://www.bukhari.uz/?p=10752. the rights of husband and wife in our religion. 13. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. translation of the holy quran and its meanings into uzbek. hilal nash publishing. t.: 2019. s.-559. 14. https://fiqh.uz/maqola/762. responsibilities of a woman in the family 15. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. translation of the holy quran and its meanings into uzbek. hilal nash publishing. -t.: 2019. s.-422. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org physical education of school-age children abdullayev dilshod xamidullo o’g’li associate professor of jizzakh state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about physical education lessons for school-aged children, their organization mechanisms, first aid during lessons and other most important mechanisms. physical education, physical fitness, education, medical health, rehabilitation, physical education. the theory of physical education of children of junior school age studies the general laws of the formation of the child's personality and physical education. this science originates from the ideological and methodological foundations of the theory of general physical education and is one of its important branches. the theory of physical education determines the construction of educational processes on a scientific basis for the education of students' physical fitness, high culture and morality developed in all respects. it equips the teacher of practical science with knowledge about the means, forms and methods of physical fitness of elementary school students, in which he develops special and relevant movement skills and competencies. thus, the theory of physical education has a single content with the general theory of physical education, and specifically studies the laws of physical education and, accordingly, the general laws of managing the child's development in the process of education and upbringing. it also summarizes general information, practical and advanced experiences, defines the tasks of physical education, and comprehensively reveals the appropriate forms of effective means and methods of organizing the physical education process. the theory of physical education constantly develops and improves based on the practice of physical education. its methodological basis is always enriched by the assimilation of the results of this practical scientific research. that is why the subject of physical education cannot be frozen, it develops and becomes perfect. making the young generation conscious, nationally proud, highly cultured, that is, healthy, energetic, fit, entrepreneurial, able to manage their actions well, who loves physical education and sports, and behaves in any situation it is an important task of physical education to bring up people who know and can act independently, are active in life, and are capable of creative activities. the theory of physical education studies and takes into account the laws of the hidden possibilities of children at each age stage in primary grades, and meets the requirements of the entire educational complex of physical education, scientifically based program (movement, skills and abilities, physical qualities, etc.) simple knowledge). their mastery provides opportunities for children to quickly acquire the necessary movement activities in the future. at the same time, strict consistency is observed in the mastering of the program by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org children. it takes into account the child's age-related development characteristics and opportunities at each stage of life, all body systems (bone-muscle, cardiovascular, respiratory, etc.) and organs (control, hearing, vision, speech, etc.). physical education is an important component in the comprehensive education of a person, at the same time it solves the tasks of mental and moral, aesthetic, labor education in a comprehensive way. there are different forms of organization of physical education of students 1. lessons 2. extracurricular activities 3. health and physical education events 4. independent movement activity and others through these forms, the teacher's attention is focused on those who act consciously and actively according to their age capabilities, who can behave freely, show confidence in themselves, and successfully learn movement skills. it is aimed at raising a child who is always creative, who is not afraid of the difficulties encountered in life and can overcome them. the theory of physical education studies the purpose, tasks and principles of the physical education system and reveals the legal connection of physical education with other types of education (mental, moral, aesthetic and labor). the theory of physical education pays special attention to the study of physical education tools and forms of their use. therefore, serious attention to the study of each movement and the principles and methods of educating the child's basic movement qualities is an important part of the theory of physical education. goals and tasks of the system of physical education. the goals and objectives of physical education in our republic are derived from the requirements of the law "on physical education and sports" adopted by the republic of uzbekistan. in this document, the development of a person in all aspects is clearly expressed. it is established that physical education is an important means of physical and spiritual development of a person. the main goal of the physical education system is to educate the young generation to be physically fit, religious, spiritually beautiful, who considers it a social duty to take care of their health by perfecting the educational process. . in the process of physical education, the following important tasks are solved: 1. health 2. educational tasks 3. educational tasks general principles of the physical education system the principle of orientation of physical education to health, the principle of all-round development of the individual, the principle of connection of physical education with work and military practice. principle is a latin term that means beginning. theory, doctrine, etc. k .'s main foundation, laws , that is, it represents the laws and regulations of the science of theory and methodology of physical education. the principle of fitness orientation of physical education the responsibility and duties of physical education specialists in maintaining and strengthening children's health are based on the principle of fitness orientation. choosing the right exercises for physical education, knowing how to effectively use national and modern games and exercises can have a positive effect on children's health. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org the principle of orientation towards healing provides for constant medical pedagogical control, selfcontrol of practitioners. analysis of the physical education program of students of class i-iv of general education schools. the state educational standard on physical education for general secondary education (uo'tjtdts) specifies requirements for the quality of the educational process, educational content: the necessary and sufficient level of student preparation and the requirements for graduates , determines the procedures and mechanisms for evaluating the activity of educational institutions and the quality of physical education and upbringing. "physical training and education" course includes the following in general secondary education. 1. physical education classes are the main form of physical education and education at school. their amount is defined in the basic curriculum based on one hour of study per week 2. extracurricular forms of physical activity are gymnastics held before class, moments and pauses of physical education in general secondary education classes, dynamic pauses during extended breaks, entertaining games. 3. forms of physical training outside the classroom: sports sections, electives, clubs opened according to the interest of students, etc. 4. general school events: holidays, sports competitions, spartakiades, quizzes, etc. 5. independence training: often in the form of doing homework, training in the branches of secondary school, trips, games, etc. 6. 8-10 hours of all forms and types of lessons per week for elementary school students. 7. it should provide 10-12 hours of activity for students of grades 5-9 8. the specified volume is sufficiently necessary and minimally mandatory for the specified groups of students. 9. a special (individual-differential) regime is established for students who are unhealthy, have a low level of physical development and preparation. 10. in order to successfully accomplish all the tasks of physical education, it is required to unite the forces of school teachers, staff of non-school institutions and parents. the links of the organizational system of physical education of students of junior school age are as follows: 3 times a week in each class as a physical education lesson lesson system; health-training activities in the educational agenda daily physical training sessions in extended groups; physical education conducted before training sessions; minutes of physical education; physical exercises during extended breaks; extracurricular activities: training in physical education clubs, ujt groups, sports clubs, sports competitions, public games, trips and trips. sports schools for children and teenagers (forms of organization of physical education in institutions other than schools; regular training sessions and sports competitions held in sports branches of voluntary physical education and sports societies (ksj); various types of summer resorts in residential areas; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org public health physical education activities, activities included in the agenda of children's summer camps (morning physical education, daily bathing, local games, trips, etc.); mass games, contests, sports and entertainment, walks and trips organized in the children's sector of recreation and recreation parks, sports and tourist bases. organizational forms of physical education of children in the family can be: daily wellness physical education procedures (aerobic physical education, minutes of physical education, training procedures); independent exercise classes, performing homework on physical education; optional games, walks, trips, sports entertainment, as well as holidays and vacations with the participation of adults; family participation in competitions held at residences. all these forms are divided into voluntary and mandatory according to their characteristics. compulsory includes only physical education lessons (class-lesson system of training). forms recorded according to educational and educational organization signs can be class or extracurricular. correct planning of this work is important for the successful implementation of the tasks of physical education of children of primary school age. a correct and reasonable plan will help to clearly organize all educational activities, mass, physical education and sports activities of the school. the following plans are made in the school: • general plan of physical education and sports activities of the school for one academic year; • physical education curriculum for each class. the general plan for one year is drawn up by physical education teachers. the plan is discussed and approved by the pedagogical council. the general annual plan covers all issues related to physical education and sports activities at the school: academic activities, fitness activities in the club day routine, extracurricular activities, public physical education and sports events, medical supervision, material -providing an educational base, promoting physical education and sports. in the general annual plan, the issues of educational work are reflected only in a general way: the schedule of use of space and equipment, the order of training, clothing for training, etc. educational work is planned in detail for each class separately by the teacher. in the general annual plan of the school, health-training activities in the mode of the school day are reflected. for example, in the case of physical education before training, its location, duration, procedure, management of the training, the person who organizes the training, and the participation of the school's pedagogical team in this event are foreseen. in the organization of breaks, rest, children's meals, mass physical education and sports events are determined, and persons responsible for the organization and holding of breaks are appointed. the plan also provides for the organization and conduct of physical education minutes in classes, and it is indicated who will prepare a sample set of exercises. in the plan of extracurricular work, first of all, everything related to the club or physical education team: when the physical education organizer and the school council will be elected in the classes, who will lead the physical education club, what sports branches will be organized, etc. it shows where and when the training will be held. the plan includes sports competitions, walks, trips, and games. the period of their holding and the persons responsible for holding these events are indicated. the plan will specify the routes and duration of the tourist marches, as well as preparation for them. medical supervision the school's annual work plan for physical education specifies the period and procedure for medical examination of students. first graders are examined first, and then children (of all grades) who were american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org diagnosed with physical disabilities in the previous school year. then the students of the second and third grades are examined. in this plan, the periods of re-examination of children transferred to a special medical group due to poor health should be specified. the school doctor reports on the results of the medical examination at the meeting of the school pedagogic council and parents. full-fledged physical education work at school requires good equipment of the training place, purchase and preparation of necessary tools and equipment. therefore, the work plan envisages the purchase of sports equipment and equipment at the expense of the budget, and their preparation by the efforts of students, parents and guardians. the annual general plan of the school also reflects the promotion of physical education and sports. the school's general work plan for physical education and sports for the new academic year will be developed before the end of the academic year. during the summer vacation, preparations for the new academic year are carried out according to the developed plan of the school. references 1. akhatov ms management of mass sports and wellness activities in the continuing education system" tashkent 2005 p. 235 2. abdullayev. a. khankeldiyev.sh "physical education theory and methodology" textbook tashkent2005 page 199 3. salomov.rs "theoretical foundations of sports training" textbook tashkent 2005 page 238. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org factors affecting the socio-economic condition of the population in the fergana valley in the years of independence elyor abdullajonovich rahmonov, kokan state pedagogical institute teacher of the "history" department. elyor.rahmonov.84@yandex.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article focuses on the unique demographic situation of the population of fergana valley, and provides information on the impact of demographic processes such as population growth, birth, death, marriage, divorce on the socio-economic situation of the valley regions. demographic kўrsatkich, demographic ўzgarish, migration harakat, urbanization, “demographic barkarorlik”, aholi bandligi darazhasi, uy-zhoy muammosi.. in recent years, large-scale reforms have been carried out in uzbekistan to improve the system of social protection and provision of social services. in particular, during the period of new reforms starting in 2017, completely new procedures such as "iron book", "youth book", "women's book" were introduced and the mechanism of providing social assistance to the population was simplified. special attention is being paid to socio-economic development and wide implementation of entrepreneurship among the population in order to increase the employment and income of the population, to further strengthen the social support of the population in the regions of the fergana valley. because "economic development and social protection are interrelated concepts that cannot be imagined separately." in this regard, special attention is paid not only to the social protection system in our country, but also to the economic factors that provide its stable foundation. as in every country, in the first years of independence in uzbekistan, it was important to pay special attention to the human factor in the implementation of extensive economic reforms. demographic processes such as population growth, birth, death, marriage, divorce have followed their own path in all periods. because the socio-economic and political development of any country is related to its geographical location, natural conditions, various resources, as well as demographic changes. also, in the years of independence, in the period of reforming the society of uzbekistan in all aspects, taking into account the demographic situation, population dynamics and its structure, the formation and appropriate distribution of labor resources in the regions, and the level of their employment in the economy are important factors. from these reasons, it is clear that the demographic process in the country has a unique complex character, which has been formed and developed historically. for example, in 1991, the population of the republic was 20,607.7 million. people, in 2011 28453.8 mln. people, in 2016 32120.5 mln. person [2. -b.17], and by 2020, 34.23 million. organized a person. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org after the initial difficulties on the threshold of independence, the country began to achieve economic stability. and as a result of this, although slowly, the standard of living of the population changed in a positive direction, the income of families increased, their material conditions improved, and "demographic stability" was achieved in 2005[2.-b.49]. analyzing population dynamics and their composition in the ferghana valley, which has its own demographic characteristics and is one of the densely populated areas in the country, is considered to be of particular importance. because this land has occupied high places in the republic in terms of wealth of labor resources and large population. from the first period of independence to the present time, the number of rural population and natural increase has been high compared to urban population. according to the sources, the population of rural areas increased by 32.2% and urban population by 19.2% in 1991 alone. also, during the years 20002005, while the urban population increased by 1 million, the population of villages increased by 4.4 million [5.-b.15]. the main reason for this was the small population of cities compared to villages and their activity in migration processes. as a result of the reforms implemented in the republic in recent years, in particular, the number of cities is increasing, as a result of extensive creative work on increasing the number of cities and fundamentally reforming the existing infrastructure. urbanization processes have increased significantly in them, and in 2016, 50.6% of the total population of the republic was in cities, and 49.4% in villages [6.-b.21]. one of the main reasons why the valley regions fell into a difficult situation from the demographic point of view was that almost 30 percent of the population of the republic is concentrated in andijan, ferghana, and namangan regions, which occupy about 4 percent of the total land area of the republic [1.-b.99]. because the density of the population in the region, the large number of children in the families, the slowness of the migration movement had a negative impact on the socio-economic development. therefore, it is important to properly assess the socio-economic development and demographic processes of the ferghana valley, to pay attention to the increase in the level of employment of the population that occurs in the regions. at the same time, when analyzing the demographic situation in fergana region, it became clear that the population of the region has been growing steadily in recent years. according to archive data, the population of fergana region as of january 1, 2010 is 3 million. 48.7 thousand, and labor resources 1 million. 720.1 thousand people [7. list 25, volume 1, sheet 52]. and it can be observed that this situation has progressed and the population of the region has increased. for example, according to the statistical information of fergana region, as of january 1, 2014, the permanent population of the region was 3,445,300 people, and since the beginning of the year, it has increased by 58,800 people or 1.7%, and the natural population growth is 59,500 people. did [4.-b.30]. in 2017, the demographic situation in fergana region continued its steady growth. as of january 1, 2018, the total number of permanent residents of the region was 3,620.1 thousand people, which increased by 55.3 thousand people or 1.6 percent since the beginning of 2016 [3.-b.57]. it can be seen that in this year the urban population was more than the rural population. fergana valley is one of the most urbanized regions in the republic of uzbekistan, 61.2% of the total population lives in cities, and this situation is 32.3% of the total urban population in the whole american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org country[8.-b.160]. in this case, the number of urban residents was 52.5% in andijan region, 57.0% in fergana region, and 63.4% in namangan region[9.-b.66]. also, the fergana valley is considered the most densely populated region in the republic, and in the period under study, the average birth rate in the region was 23.1%, the fourth place among the regions of the republic, and the average rate of natural reproduction was the fifth place with 18.2% [6.-b.25 ]. namangan region has the highest rate of population growth with 3.78%, fergana region has the lowest rate with 2.85%. at the same time, in 1990-2000, the population of namangan region increased by 4.25%, while the population of fergana region increased by 2.0%. these different situations are related to the national structure of the population, external migration and urbanization [9.-b.40]. in recent years, along with the increase in the population of the republic, the population density in its territories is also increasing. in conclusion, the fergana valley is one of the most densely populated regions of the republic of uzbekistan, which has created a unique demographic situation. in the early years of independence, as in all regions of the country, the population of the valley regions was small, and over the years its weight has steadily increased. in the years of independence, significant changes in demographic indicators occurred in the population of the valley regions. this was reflected in the birth and death rates, the national composition of the population, and the norms of socio-economic development. used literature and sources 1. rakhmatullaev sh. "processes of economic transformation in the cities of the fergana valley (1991-1996)". t., "target publisher", 2017. 2. tojieva n.z. demographic processes and their territorial characteristics in the republic of uzbekistan. geography sciences phd (dsc) ... diss . abstract tashkent , 2017. 3. statistical bulletin of fergana region. 2017 year january december .– fergana 2017. 4. statistical bulletin of fergana region. january-december 2014.–fergana 2014. 5. yusupova s.n. demographic processes in uzbekistan and their impact on inter-ethnic relations (1991-2016 in the case of andijan, namangan and fergana regions) (phd) ...diss. abstract andijan. 2019. 6. demographic annual collection of uzbekistan. tashkent, 2017. 7. uzr pda ferghana region department, fund 2048 . 8. qayumov a.a., yakubov o.sh., abdullaev a.g. basics of population geography and demography.-t., science and technologies. 2011. 9. kadyrov r.b. population and labor resources of fergana region.-t., "navro'z", 2016. 10. elyor abdullajonovich rahmonov and mukhsin moydinovich kholmatov. "the process of providing the population with housing in the system of social protection in uzbekistan. (in the case of the fergana valley, 2016-2020)." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429 11.10 (2022): 346-350. 11. rahmonov e.a., kholmatov m. m. the significance of youth support in the process of social protection of the population in uzbekistan //international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429. – 2022. – т. 11. – №. 10. – с. 337-342. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org 12. rakhmonov e. the importance of small business and private entrepreneurship in providing youth employment in uzbekistan //конференции. – 2021. 13. mamurov m., mamadaliyev a. geographical position and land-water relations of the kokand khanate in the xviii-xix centuries //actual scientific research in the modern world. – 2018. – no. 5-10. s. 134-136. 14. mamurov m. қўқon honligidagi er-suv munosabatlarining airim zhihatlari hususida //looking into the past. 2022. v. 5. no. 2. 15. mamurov m. m. kokan in the works of russian orientals some aspects of honly economic history //academic research in educational sciences. – 2020. – no. 4. – s. 341-346. 16. mamurov m. m., khamrakulov s. s. some opinions about agricultural issues of kokand khanate in the works of russian orientalists historians //scientific discussion: sociological, political, philosophical, historical issues. – 2017. – no. 4. – s. 87-92. 17. akbarov q. trade relations between kokand khanate and eastern turkey. – 2022. – т. 2. – no. 4. – с. 4-8 18. акбаров қ. “sadoi fergana” newspaper coverage of local entrepreneurs in the early xx century: https://doi. org/10.47100/conferences. v1i1. 1244 //research support center conferences. – 2021. – no. 18.05. 19. bozorov, oo "implementation of the national policy of the former soviet state in the ferghana valley." web of scholars: multidimensional research journal 1.8 (2022): 59-62. 20. bozorov, oo “deportation of meskheti turkish people: its causes and consequences”. american journal of science and learning for development, vol. 1, no. 2, dec. 2022, pp. 101-1 87-89. 21. bazarov, oo, and sh kholdarov. "social impacts from former soviet national government policy." journal xxi issue 4-2 (2016): 11-13. 22. esonov z., amanov a. from history of the craft of the ferghana valley. – 2022. – т. 11. – no. 09. – с. 214-2 23. esonov z., amanov a. the history of knife preparation craftsmanship in the fergana valley //international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7,429. – 2022. – т. 11. – no. 09. – с. 221-2 24. hamrakulov s. s. formation and development of periodical printing in fergana region // scientific discussion: sociological, political, philosophical, historical issues. – 2017. – no. 6. – s. 50-55. 25. hamrakulov s. s. russian researchers' response to the information of russian researchers on the irrigation system of kukon honligining irrigation and its study // scientific discussion: issues of sociology, politics, philosophy, history. – 2017. – no. 6. – s. 45-49. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org introduction of new reforms in new uzbekistan "year of human attention and quality education" bahodirjon sobirov fergana state university faculty of art studies music education and culture senior lecturer at the department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, our president sh. mirziyoev expressed his opinion on the implementation of new reforms in the new uzbekistan in the address to the supreme assembly and people dated 22.12.2022. tradition, direction, chronicle, homeland, health, ecology, education, competition, entrepreneurship, reform. introduction years play an important role in the fate of the motherland and the people, as the day in a person's life is determined by what it is, by the achievements of its importance. the years are summed up and the results are analyzed. the years of independence were founded in uzbekistan in the tradition of giving each new year a specific name. it has become a noble tradition in our country to name every year within this period, which represents important directions of development. relevant state programs for solving urgent socio economic tasks have been developed and implemented throughout the year. our president sh.mirziyoev noted the following in his address to the supreme assembly and the people on 22.12.2022, analyzing the opinion of our people in every direction in order to get the plans right for the next year, discussing about 20,000 proposals, raising specific issues in the areas of education, health, economy and also proposing systematic solutions on them, increasing the, he expressed the opinion that they expect to solve transport problems, increase jobs, create new opportunities for entrepreneurship, ensure justice, eliminate bullying, bureaucracy and corruption. the issues raised are clear and relevant. no matter how difficult it is, we must solve these problems. no one will come from the outside and solve these things. it should be our main task to give birth to all the conditions in order to harness the initiative, courage and potential of our people. the more opportunities we create for our people, the more benefits it will return to our society ten times, a hundred times. therefore, the incoming new proposed to call 2023 the “year of human attention and quality education” in our country. on 22.12.2022, the head of state summed up the results of the previous year and outlined the main 6 directions of development for the next year, noting the name of the next year as "year of attention and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org quality education for a person," in which it was noted that the main work will be continued on the basis of the duration of reforms. these include the first direction. transition to a compact and effective state management system. second direction. yngi to build uzbekistan on the principle of “social state”. third direction. the establishment of a reliable protection of human rights and freedoms as a constitutional obligation of the state. fourth line. ecology is especially concerned with the fact that water issues are becoming a global problem. line five. implementation of free market mechanisms, ensuring healthy competition and inviolability of private property, support of entrepreneurship. line six. further improvement of conditions for increasing domestic and foreign private investment in the economy. our president sh.at the end of his appeal, mirziyoev said the following words, arguing that we should definitely make our goals and rely on our great, clean-hearted, hard-working people along the way. in fact, these purma words give a person strength, energy and hope for tomorrow. as you can see from the above directions, the priorities set by our president will not be exaggerated to further develop our society and bring new uzbekistan to new achievements in each area, to further improve the lifestyle of living people living in this dear homeland, and to encourage each citizen to add his own merits to the development of new uzbekistan. the words of our president that if we act as a body and a soul, we will definitely build a new uzbekistan, which our country strives for, together, will add strength and enthusiasm to the power of the uzbek people. the social state outlined in the second reform of the priority adopted in this regard means, first of all, equal opportunities for the realization of human potential, the creation of necessary conditions for people to live a decent life, the reduction of poverty. therefore, first of all, we will focus on supporting education, which is the largest investment for the new uzbekistan. "salvation is in education, salvation is in education, salvation is in knowledge. because all noble goals are achieved thanks to knowledge and education.” (joseph the wise). these words of our enlightened jadid grandfathers should become a practical movement of our deputies and senators, political parties, local councils, the entire state apparatus, the general public. therefore, improving the quality of education in schools and the prestige of the teaching profession in society, improving the conditions of teachers will be one of our main tasks in 2023. the need to separately define the status of teachers, the protection of their honor and dignity in the constitution, the establishment of teaching on textbooks created on a completely new methodology in the elementary grades from next year, at the moment they undergo international examination and are tested on our own, but, however, the quality of education and upbringing in the upper grades, our children need to thoroughly master their native language and foreign languages from school and learn how to work at a computer. we need to interest our children in professions, art and culture. students were told the need to form free and creative thinking, teamwork and communication skills, and emphasized what kind of environment should enter our schools. in this regard, the implementation of the a-level education program, approved in 130 countries in the presidential schools, pays off. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org in the process, each student is deeply trained in specific directions, depending on his abilities, the possibilities of entering prestigious world universities expand. therefore, since 2023, it has been suggested that separate scientific institutes and laboratories will be established to begin a complete reform of school education on the basis of international educational programs, to systematically organize these works, develop new textbooks, introduce advanced educational standards and methodologies, and the emphasis on our native language, the embodiment of our national self, the basis of our spirituality, will be further strengthened. the current openness policy, foreign investment and the growing number of new enterprises are encouraging our youth to learn modern knowledge and foreign languages. therefore, we are obliged to bring highly qualified foreign teachers to schools, referring to all school communities in our country, he says. the responsibility of school teams and teachers in new uzbekistan is clearly manifested in these issues if our dear children from the soul carefully study foreign languages, vocational and computer literacy from school. and i believe – you, our passionate teachers, stressed that you will cope with this task with honor. our president sh.in his speech, mirziyoev spoke about the construction of 70 new schools in the coming year, the expansion of 460 schools, the beginning of projects for the construction of 100 schools with the participation of private investment, bringing their number to 1 thousand in the next five years. the next important direction in the field of education is the creation of all the necessary conditions for the modern professional occupation of young people. we should all think that 50% of school graduates are entering the labor market without having any profession. therefore, it is necessary to effectively use the opportunity of more than 700 vocational schools, colleges and technical schools. for this purpose, a new program will be implemented from 2023. european professional education standards are introduced in 1 technical school in each region. in the next five years, all colleges and technical schools will be covered by this system.at the same time, we will expand the support of talented young people. along with prestigious international organizations in the fields of chemical industry, electrical engineering, transport and energy, separate engineering schools are established. this system we have not had so far. let's say we create a system for the preparation of new modern engineers. as a result of the fact that in the last six years, the level of preschool coverage of children reaches from 27% to 70%, today about 2 million children go to kindergarten. these reforms were also highly recognized at the unesco world conference on preschool education recently held in tashkent. at the same time, 600,000 new kindergarten places are needed to bring coverage to 80 percent in the next five years. this is a very big finish. therefore, a five-year program is adopted to increase the number of kindergartens, radically improve the quality of education and upbringing in them. additional conditions will be created for the private sector for the expansion of kindergarten coverage. in recent years, our high schools have increased 2.5 times to 198, with coverage rates increasing from 9% to 38%. we aim to increase these numbers even more. but the question of what will be the quality of education should make us all think. first of all, every high man must act on this, then there will be a result. in this regard, 41 universities were granted academic and financial independence, opening transformation offices. high school american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org rectors, professors and teachers must be active in these processes, introducing new, advanced methodologies. next year, the resources for preferential education loans for students of the high school will be increased by 2 times, 1.7 trillion soums will be allocated. this year, 1.5 trillion soums were directed to science and innovation. this means almost 6 times more than in 2017. the salaries of scientists were also increased 4.5 times. at the expense of all this, 18 new scientific directions were created, such as nano and biotechnology, digital geology. 1.8 trillion will be allocated to science and innovation next year. now our scientists need to show clear results in areas that are relevant for us today, such as water and energy conservation, soil fertility and productivity, geology, industry, construction. we think that since 2023, it is necessary for all teachers of universities to radically reform their pedagogical activities, always keeping in mind, instilling the appeal of our president in the process of their labor activities. in the training of personnel for our society, it is necessary to work on the basis of innovative ped technologies in all aspects, in the training of personnel who are real masters of their profession. on the basis of a new program built on modern and national values, it is necessary to instill knowledge of the specialty in the minds of young people, to seek new ped technologies in their specialty, to educate young people of tomorrow in accordance with the requirements of the time, and to educate them in all respects as large-scale specialists, to develop professors and teachers of higher education should be familiar with computer technology in their labor activities, students should have new information in their classes, be able to comprehend a wide range of topics for students in lectures, practical, seminars and independent educational activities, be able to interest young people in the group, give examples in field activities, be able to warmly correct feedback between teacher and student in in addition, it will be advisable for professors to deal with the members of each group separately, to give out tasks of the level of ability to students who are left behind, to provide independent work for gifted students and independent research to carry out research work on the field in which they are studying to work on themselves. when, in the process of working with students, professor teachers create conditions for more students to perform practical training and independent work more, and the practical hamad they carry out analyzes independent work in every lesson, it serves as an important factor for students to comprehend the fundamental nature of their field and areas of study and to properly organize practically any work in the field. as a conclusion, we can note that in 2023, all educators who provide education in the activities of each educational institution, educated young people studying in the process of developing society, fulfill the requirements for the implementation of reforms in the development of new fed technologies in the provision of knowledge, education on the basis of reforms in the development of new uzbekistan, literature 1. yil maqsadi. 19.12.2022 yil. toshkent. 2. sh. mirziyoev. o’zbekiston prezidentining parlamentga murojaati. 3. 20.12.2022 yil. toshkent. 4. sh. mirziyoev. oliy majlis va xalqqa murojaatnomasi. 20.12.2022 yil. toshkent. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org 5. тожибоева, х. м. (2011). cоциально-педагогические особенности повышения общественной активности учащейся молодежи. педагогические науки, (4), 101-103. 6. umarova, h. a., & tozhiboyeva, h. m. (2017). peculiarities of activity process of educators at preschool educational institutions. eastern european scientific journal, (5), 62-64. 7. ergashev, a., ataboyeva, s., djalalova, n., & usmonova, s. (2021). the role of composery in the art of national singing. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(12), 863-867. 8. yelena, v., nigora, d., & margubahon, v. (2022). the role of folk art in raising the morale of young people. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(3), 699-702. 9. djalalova, n. (2022). fundamentals of musical and pedagogical skills. science and innovation, 1(8), 478-481. 10. djalalova, n. x. (2022). fortepianoda ijro etish yoshlarni musiqiy tafakkurini faollashtiruvchi omil sifatida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 394-399. 11. djalolova, n. (2022). bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining amaliy darslarga tayyorgarlik faoliyatida kreativlik jihatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 534-539. 12. namozova, d. t. (2021). musiqa darslarida o’quvchilarni kreativlik hamda erkin tafakkurini shakllantirishni tashkil etish. scientific progress, 2(2), 1313-1315. 13. namozova, dilorom tursunovna (2022). renessans-bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining kompetatsion takomili sifatida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (10-2), 491-496. 14. d. namozova (2022). bo‘lajak musiqa o‘qituvchilarining kreativ kompetentligini musiqa tarixi fanini o‘qitish vositasida shakllantirish. science and innovation, 1 (b6), 942-950. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.7195688 15. namozova, dilorom, & astanova, zumradxon tohirovna (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (10-2), 260-264. 16. normuhammatovich, s. a. (2022). o'quvchilarda milliy musiqa eshitish qobiliyatini shakllantirishda pedagogik texnologiyalardan foydalanish samaradorligi. science and innovation, 1(b2), 259-263. 17. sultonov, a. (2022). musiqiy idrokka ta’sir etuvchi transformatsion tendensiyalarni shakllantirishda innovatsion texnologiyalarning samaradorligi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 314-323. 18. авазовна, г. в. (2022). the sociolinguistic nature of the address. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd), 7(7), 81-86. 19. giyosova, v. (2019). functioning of fairy-tale as one of the variety of folklore text in oral folk art. scientific journal of the fergana state university, 1(6), 124-126. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org 20. кизи гиёсова, в. а. (2022). тотемистическое происхождение сказок о животных. the role of science and innovation in the modern world, 1(1), 133-139. 21. авазовна, г. в. (2021). классификация сказок о животных по их структурносемантическому признаку. преподавание языка и литературы, 1(8), 74-77. 22. ugli abdullaev, s. s. (2021). social involvement in students results of experimental work on the development of virtues. 23. abdullaev, s. a. (2022). distribution of the number of faults and time of restoration of elements of sewer networks. educational research in universal sciences, 1(7), 512-519. 24. ugli abdullaev, s. s. (2021, july). socio-political factors of development of social relationships in students in the process of pedagogical education. in euro-asia conferences (pp. 168-170). 25. tursunova, d. (2022). priority principles and pjtimo-pedagogical factors of development of social activity in female students. science and innovation, 1(3), 523-529. 26. tursunova, d. t. l. q. (2023). talaba xotin-qizlarda ijtimoiy faollikni rivojlantirishning zamonaviy yondashuvlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(4-2), 33-38. 27. kirgizov, i., imyaminovich, k. i., nurmuhammedjanov, a., sotvoldievich, s. b., mamasodikovna, n. m., & juraevna, a. s. (2021). the pleasure of singing, listening and understanding navoi. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 2410-2413. 28. sobirov, b., yuldasheva, d., iroda, n., & laylo, t. (2022, february). musical works and their place in human life. in archive of conferences (pp. 53-56). 29. namozova, d. t. (2021). musiqa darslarida o’quvchilarni kreativlik hamda erkin tafakkurini shakllantirishni tashkil etish. scientific progress, 2(2), 1313-1315. 30. dilorom, n., & tohirovna, a. z. (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. science and innovation, 1(c2), 36-38. 31. namozova, d., & astanova, z. t. (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 260-264. 32. namozova, d. (2022). bo ‘lajak musiqa o ‘qituvchilarining kreativ kompetentligini musiqa tarixi fanini o ‘qitish vositasida shakllantirish. science and innovation, 1(b6), 942-950. 33. sultonov, a. (2022). musiqiy idrokka ta’sir etuvchi transformatsion tendensiyalarni shakllantirishda innovatsion texnologiyalarning samaradorligi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 314-323. 34. султонов, а., & абдисатторов, a. (2022). марказий осиёда мусиқа илми ривожланишида бахшичилик санъатининг ўрни ва аҳамияти. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 478-483. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org 35. normuhammatovich, s. a. (2022). o'quvchilarda milliy musiqa eshitish qobiliyatini shakllantirishda pedagogik texnologiyalardan foydalanish samaradorligi. science and innovation, 1(b2), 259-263. 36. kirgizov, i., imyaminovich, k. i., nurmuhammedjanov, a., sotvoldievich, s. b., mamasodikovna, n. m., & juraevna, a. s. (2021). the pleasure of singing, listening and understanding navoi. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 2410-2413. 37. sobirov, b., yuldasheva, d., iroda, n., & laylo, t. (2022, february). musical works and their place in human life. in archive of conferences (pp. 53-56). 38. kirgizov, i., imyaminovich, k. i., nurmuhammedjanov, a., sotvoldievich, s. b., mamasodikovna, n. m., & juraevna, a. s. (2021). the pleasure of singing, listening and understanding navoi. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 2410-2413. 39. sobirov, b., yuldasheva, d., iroda, n., & laylo, t. (2022, february). musical works and their place in human life. in archive of conferences (pp. 53-56). 40. ergashevna, t. l. (2023). of children through the art of music spiritual, aesthetic and moral taste qualities explain the content and find. international journal of advanced research in education, technology and management, 2(4). 41. erkindjanovna, z. g., & ergashevna, t. l. (2022). bolalar musiqa va san’at maktablarida faoliyat yuritayotgan “o’zbek xalq cholg’u orkestr” lari uchun repertuarlar tanlash masalasi. integration of science, education and practice. scientific-methodical journal, 3(10), 61-63. 42. tursunova, l. e. (2020). socio-philosophical essence, content and functions of the concept of youth musical culture. current research journal of pedagogics, 1(01), 7-11. 43. ergashevna, t. l., & baxodirovna, x. s. maktabda musiqa fanini o ‘qitishda yangicha yondashuv. 44. tursunova, l., & xoliqova, s. (2022). maktabda musiqa fanini o ‘qitishda yangicha yondashuv. science and innovation, 1(b8), 782-785. 45. mirzakarimova, n., & karimova, l. (2023). qoldiqli bo ‘lishning taqqoslama usuli. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(2), 954-957. 46. турсунова, л. э. (2019). признание о международном фольклорном фестивале «великий шелковый путь», проведённом в городе маргилан ферганской области. проблемы современной науки и образования, (10 (143)), 109-112. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 3, | aug., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org in the years of independence significance of the mahalla and family institute and security measures in the spiritual and educational formation of the population's attitudinal bakhodirov bakhrom bakhodir ogli scientific personnel of the institute of social and spiritual research under the republican spirituality and enlightenment center. and postgraduate of the national university of uzbekistan mahkamova nozima adhamovna researcher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article expresses the importance of the “mahalla” and the family institutions in ensuring information security, especially in the years of independence, discusses the laws developed to improve the efficiency of these institutions and the wide opportunities that open up. and also, recommendations are given for solving problems associated with these cases.. mahalla, family, institute,information, security, personality, spirituality, psyche and communication. introduction the process of transition to a digital economy implies the development of measures to ensure the stability of the moral environment among the population in a wide information space. first of all, it is necessary to understand that it is one of the important attributes of the measure to eliminate all evils by increasing the political culture of the population and forming their moral immunity. at the video selector held by the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh. mirziyoyev on february 26, 2021. based on the principle of "one intellectual is a spiritual patron of one mahalla", it was announced that a professor-teacher and well-known intellectuals will be assigned to each neighborhood. it is also important to think about the filtering and analysis of information in the world of information technologies and the normative and legal basis of security activities in this regard. the beginning of the measures to increase the spirituality of the population and meaningful organization of their free time is first of all in the family and the neighborhood. besides, it is not for nothing that ideas are put forward that if the body of society's life is economy, then its soul and spirit is spirituality. it is known to everyone that it is important to focus on increasing the spirituality of the population, involving them in culture, physical education and sports, forming the skills of using information technologies in them, strengthening the role of the neighborhood institute in promoting reading among families, and ensuring the employment of women. sustainable progress and development of every country the human factor, in particular, depends on the scientific-creative and spiritual potential of the person. in recent years, the initiative of the head of our state and under his direct leadership, special attention is being paid to the issue of systematically carrying out reforms in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org the field of raising the morale of the population, which are closely connected with other areas of our life. the term "digital economy" was used in the address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan to the parliament on january 24 of this year. this concept has become a great reason for the interest of our citizens. in any information technology-developed society, all major sectors are moving to the principles of digital operation, including our country, which is taking progressive steps in this field. the important point is that with the development of modern technologies and the methods and means of their use, the reasons and threats that have negative consequences for the human spiritual environment from the information space are increasing. from this, security measures become the primary factor. in today's era of globalization, external factors, foreign ideas, destructive and harmful ideologies have a significant impact on the formation of the spirituality and values of the population, especially the youth. active use of the internet, along with the expansion of access to it, along with a number of positive aspects, causes the emergence of various negative factors in personal education. at the same time, the insufficient culture of using the internet network of some people, their high level of trust in the information in the huge information field is also causing problems in this regard. what is the information and psychological threat, how can it be eliminated (as an example of world experience) according to scientists, this type of threat is a new model. a threat is the highest level of danger, which shows not only a clear intention, but also the ability and state of readiness to directly harm the security object. according to their characteristics, these sources of threat are formed by adapting the individual's mental characteristics, taking into account the capabilities of the individual. threats affecting information and psychological security can be conditionally divided into internal and external threats. threats under the influence of external factors are mainly caused by conflicts arising from the conflict of interests between states from a political point of view, and members of society become direct participants in this conflict. examples of internal threats range from simple household conflicts between people in society to influence technologies used in political struggles[1]. in other words, it can be understood as an attempt by people or groups acting in their own interests to harm another person or group by threatening or influencing them in order to achieve their goals. also, if the object of information and technical security is information, and the main threat is the acquisition, destruction, destruction, and alteration of information by an unauthorized entity, then the threat of the information and ideological security system is to cause social protests in society, to change the state system, to violate international harmony. , the flow of political and ideological information aimed at morally impoverishing the population is understood. from this point of view, information-fundamental security provides a logical continuum (continuation) of information-psychological security, the impact of information on the mind of a person is first manifested in the way of thinking, behavior and leads to a change in the psychology and social nature of a person. this, in turn, is reflected in the political socialization of the individual[2]. in addition, as a result of the development of information and technical means, threats aimed at taking over a person's consciousness began to increase. this situation led to the emergence of information-psychological security as a network based on psychological, sociological, political approaches. therefore, the protection of the individual psyche, the creation of conditions for the formation and development of the collective consciousness of social groups, timely protection from any threat that has a negative effect on this, and the provision of the vital interests of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the individual in the information space are the goals of the state in ensuring the information and psychological security of the individual. subjects of threats to information and psychological security have a diverse appearance, and they are related to some forces outside the country in one way or another. threats to the information and psychological security of a person are carried out in the following stages: stage i. forming a layer of dissidents. at this stage, through information, a person's opinion about the head of state, government activities and political processes in the country is changed. stage ii. change the social characteristics of the person. in this, the culture, behavior, moral views, lifestyle and thinking of the person are changed. stage iii. they are the stage of psychological control of the mind. as a result of the ideas instilled in the first and second stages, he performs his behavior in accordance with the interests of the risk subjects. ensuring information security and improving the information protection system, the need to fight against threats in the information field in a timely manner, the increase in unusual information and psychological threats that negatively affect personal safety in the information space, the fact that the citizens of our country, including the young generation, are falling under the influence of various destructive forces, uzbekistan it requires the permanent development of the institutional foundations of ensuring the information and psychological security of a person in the republic. in this regard, a number of reforms are being implemented in our country[3]. po-4947 no. po-4947 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017 "on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan", no. po-5148 dated august 11, 2017 "on further improvement of management in the press and information sector", february 19, 2018 "on measures to further improve the field of information technologies and communications", no. po-5349, dated february 2, 2019 "on the establishment of the information and mass communications agency under the administration of the president of the republic of uzbekistan", pr-4151, at the same time, the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 707 "on measures to further improve information security in the global internet" and other regulatory documents are being adopted and implemented. according to the results of scientific works, taking into account the important role of social institutions in the formation of informationpsychological immunity to threats of this type in the context of information globalization, the impact of virtualization of society on family relations, as well as the internet and social the use of networks, parents spending long hours at work and spending less time on raising children leads to the psychological distancing of family members. it is not for nothing that raising a child was considered a serious task by our ancestors, and as our grandfather a. avloni said, it was raised to the level of life or death if necessary. the increase in the level of active use of social networks and messengers in the family environment leads to a decrease in face-to-face communication and an increase in virtual communication, as a result of which it causes conflict in family relationships, loss of trust between spouses, and the interference of other virtual world persons in family internal issues leads to the erosion of values in the family institution. can bring. this causes a possible virtual crisis in the family environment. according to researchers, one of the effective ways to fight against information and psychological threats is an important attribute of providing the country with the necessary information. of course, such information must be completely qualitative and truthful, otherwise, society members will turn to biased american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org sources. this, in turn, serves the growth of information culture in young people and the formation of immunity to information-psychological threats. virtualization of community life affects the spiritual and psychological condition of the population, family formation and family relations of young people. also, as a result of the virtualization of public life in almost all countries, the form and character of several traditional social relations are changing. in particular, with the introduction of virtual lifestyle in family relationships, the share of traditional relationships in the lifestyle is characterized by a decrease. according to the latest data, the marriage rate is falling in all countries and the number of family divorces is increasing. infidelity on the internet is becoming one of the main reasons for divorce. in particular, every fourth married couple in germany divorces for this reason. almost a third of marriages in russia and ukraine are experiencing a crisis due to the influence of social networks. due to the inability to use social networks properly, there is a misunderstanding between spouses. despite a number of efforts in the field, separations occur between families. in particular, indicators of divorce remain relevant in some regions of the republic. also, during 4 months of this year, family divorces among people under 30 years of age amounted to 3,674. in dealing with this negative phenomenon, it is more effective to deal with the cause and factor of its occurrence. from this perspective, an analytical approach to any issue is the need of the hour. according to studies, family divorces are mainly caused by: causes of disagreement between spouses — 48.4% decisions caused by the intervention of a third party, in-laws or relatives — 17.4% due to young people's unwillingness to start a family — 11% due to financial lack, spouse's unemployment and other economic difficulties — 6.3% infertility — 5.3% one of the parties is addicted to alcohol, drugs or other harmful habits 5.5% divorces due to internal and external migration — 3.5% as you can see, there are negative effects on the family as a result of human intervention in virtual life. the results of the research mean that considering that the number of family divorces in the republic of uzbekistan is increasing every year, 3-4% (percent) of this corresponds to the share of the influence of the virtual environment. active use of social networks causes conflict in family relations, loss of trust between spouses, and the interference of other virtual world persons in family internal issues leads to erosion of values in the family institution, which in turn leads to spiritual impoverishment of the individual. the policy of ensuring informational and psychological security of the state essentially expresses the extent to which it fulfills the tasks set in order to ensure the national interest in this area of security. it also incorporates the mechanism of protection against this modified type of threat directed against the system, measures for their timely detection and elimination. state policy in the field should be implemented conceptually. including planning, implementation, control and monitoring, correction and improvement of state policy[4]. it is appropriate to analyze the indicators related to the state policy in the system of ensuring the information and psychological security of the person by dividing them into the following three groups: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 1. the regulatory and legal provision of information and psychological security of a person forms a mechanism for combating information and psychological threats directed at individuals and determines the procedure for its implementation. 2. they determine how the organizational mechanism of ensuring information and psychological security will implement the powers and tasks of the entities operating in the field on the basis of regulatory and legal documents. in turn, the effectiveness of this mechanism is related to the perfection of the regulatory framework in the field. 3. through the technological support of information and psychological security of young people, information aimed at occupying the minds of young people serves to protect against threats as well as to ensure the need of young people for information.taking into account the above and based on the opinions and opinions of experts in the field, it is intended to implement the following proposals: 1. increasing the effectiveness of spiritual and educational work in educational institutions. in particular, when conveying the essence of the concept of "spirituality" to young people, it is appropriate to pay special attention to the ideas of honesty, humanitarianism, hard work, use of effective tools; 2. in order to optimize the activities of the neighborhood institute in the spiritual and educational spheres, to organize special trainings, seminars and trainings for mfy employees in the regions, to ensure their active participation in the process of ensuring the stability of the spiritual environment in the region; 3. in educational institutions, especially for young people studying in general secondary schools, in educational activities, in classes, information and psychological safety, the culture of using the internet, and strengthening of explanatory work regarding the negative aspects of social networks; 4. development of non-formal education (trainings, seminars, etc.) among the population. through this, to help them organize their spare time meaningfully, to organize trainings on "time management", "motivation", "creativity". turning industry leaders into trainers through short-term training courses. 5. providing the right direction and instructions for the population to transform into their vital needs and principles should become one of the main tasks of teachers-coaches, parents, and neighborhood activists[5]. 6. taking into account the high role of parents in the proper organization of their child's "free time", strengthening propaganda work among them. in particular, the republican center for spirituality and enlightenment, the ministry of physical education and sports, the ministry of culture, and the youth organization should increase the number of social videos in this regard and the mass media should publish them regularly. references: 1. 07.02.2017. “ўзбекистон республикасини янада ривожлантириш бўйича ҳаракатлар стратегияси тўғрисида” пф-4947-сонли фармони 2. 19.02.2018. “ахборот технологиялари ва коммуникациялари соҳасини янада такомиллаштириш чора-тадбирлари тўғрисида”ги пф-5349-сон фармони 3. 11.08.2017. “матбуот ва ахборот соҳасида бошқарувни янада такомиллаштириш тўғрисида”ги пф-5148-сон фармони american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 4. shokhjahon, r. (2021). the role of sharof rashidov in the foreign policy of the ussr. american journal of social and humanitarian research, 2(5), 112–115. 5. 2021 йил. тўраев одилжон бектемир ўғлининг “ўзбекистонда ёшлар ахборот-психологик хавфсизлиги тизимини ривожлантириш жараёнлари мавзусида”ги илмий диссертация иши. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org analysis of definitions of the concept "discourse" in linguistics niyazova dildora furkatovna phd student of the samarkand state institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article is discussed and analyzes the definitions given to the idea, of language in linguistics. at the same time, ideas about the language given by european and russian scientists were generalized and deeply analyzed. in linguistics, the term "discourse" has been used since ancient times. it is safe to say that the problem of defining this term has attracted the attention of scientists since the middle of the 20th century. the main problem of researchers is to determine the place of this explanation on the border of many scientific disciplines with different objects of study: sociology, psychology, political science, logic, ethnography, philosophy, literary criticism, stylistics, linguistics, etc. therefore, today the term "discourse" does not have a single generally accepted definition. discourse, analysis, term, problem, definition, concept, object, linguistics, field, variety. introduction beginning of the 21st century, as in every area of our social life, the study of new directions was put in the center of attention of scientists working in the field of linguistics, as one of the urgent problems. the rapid development of scientific areas related to communication issues has led to a significant difference of opinion in the scientific community. in linguistics, there are many views and studies regarding the analysis of discourse and the role of speech. corpus linguistics is the most widely used area of speech in linguistics. first of all, let's look at the definitions given to this word. this concept is distinguished by its complexity in the world of linguistics, along with giving meaning to form and shape like many computer language research, corpus linguistics is unique in that it relies solely on natural language[18]. different types of discourse can provide a language for research in corpus linguistics, for example, to analyze the proficiency levels of language learners. in sociology and psychology, scientists and researchers may use speech in their research.such conclusions come from the study of speech patterns[18]. literature review as a result of studying the definitions given to the term discourse in linguistics, that many foreign, russian and local scientists have conducted research in this regard. summarizing their definitions, we considered it admissible to give some of them. for example, the french philosopher michel foucault used the term "discourse" to refer to communicative relations in real power structures. foucault was more of a social theorist than a linguist; however, his theories about pragmatics, or how language american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org makes sense, have had a significant impact on how many scholars view discourse. he stated that discourse turns people into certain ways of thinking and acting[19]. in linguistics, the term "discourse" has been used since ancient times. it is safe to say that the problem of defining this term has attracted the attention of scientists since the middle of the 20th century. milevskaya t.v. said that in modern science the issues of units of “ higher syntax” and the relationship between text and speech, as a process of its formation, come to the fore. according to the scientist, the change in the research paradigm is caused by "insufficient explanatory power of the traditional structural-semantic approach." the scope of studying the implementation of linguistic facts has expanded due to the idea of consistent speech "as an object of anthropocentrism and subjectocentrism"[1:32]. research methodology the main problem of researchers is to determine the place of this word on the border of many scientific disciplines with various objects of study: sociology, psychology, political science, logic, ethnography, philosophy, literary criticism, stylistics, linguistics, etc. therefore, today the term "discourse" is not has a single generally accepted definition. if we talk about selezneva l.v., then, according to her research, the problem is aggravated by the fashion for speech. the word "reasoning" began to take the place of concepts and terms fixed in linguistics"[17:119]. nevertheless, thanks to researchers from different fields of science, the concept of speech is being formalized. the goal of this small study is to explore the research that has been done on this concept and study the modern understanding of this concept by researchers, as well as the choice of a common definition of "communication" that can be used when working on a topic. the word "discourse" has been thoroughly approached in the works of a number of researchers, we can see these definitions in the works of e.buissan, e.benveniste and z.harris. the concept was first introduced into science by the belgian scientist e. buissans. in 1943, in language and discourse, he added a third element to ferdinand de saussure's binary scheme of speech activity ("language discourse password"), referring to the implementations of the combinations of the language code that underlie the mechanism of language transmission. . if you look at another definition, then this term entered scientific theory in the 50s of the 20th century thanks to the french scientist e. benveniste, who, in his opinion, defined the word discourse as “ a speech act that occurs whenever we speak [8 :312], in 1952, z. harris first introduced the term discourse analysis in an article devoted to the term discourse. in his work, he chose as the object of study a larger fragment of text, including the sentence [9:23]. in his opinion, the term "discourse" means "an exclusively phraseological unit in the context of other units and the socio-cultural situation associated with them." analysis and results professor t.a. van dyck is considered one of the founders of modern speech theory. in 1972, he scientifically proved that a text is not just a sequence of ordered sentences, but a part of coherent speech. theo van dijk also states that the term “ discourse” is a popular and vague concept, and gives several directions for understanding this concept: “ a complex communicative event in a certain time, space and other contexts; certain conversation; genre; text or conversation [5:121,122]. russian scientist leontiev a. stands out among linguists for his great contribution to the improve of this word. within the framework of speech communication theory, he describes the communicative situation speech movement, internal structure of speech, goal, task[13:82] the structure of speech acts was developed and they were named as follows: directionality unit (location), planning unit (extralinguistic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org factors), implementation unit (language code), factors influencing growth, such as motivation, environment, experience and task, are identified. until the end of the 20th century, scholars conducted intensive research on the relationship between text, speech, and speech. some scholars have tried to define speech through text or speech without giving a sufficient definition of this concept and without studying it as a separate concept. the next scientist was v.a. koch defines discourse as "any text (or parts of a text) containing manifestations of the same specific motif is a discursive text" [6:149-171]. if we characterize the concept of r. barth, "discourse is a communication that is transmitted with secondary communicative goals and has an internal organization corresponding to these goals and is associated with other cultural factors independent of the language itself" [14:443,444]. the scientist introduces the concept of "discoursetext", and speech is interpreted as "the process of linguistic thought", and the text is interpreted as "a conclusion obtained during research"[10]. the next process, in the 90s of the 20th century, a communicative and situational approach began to be followed. speech is seen as a complex concept that goes beyond text. according to the classification of some scientists “ the complex communicative phenomenon that includes, in addition to the text, extralinguistic factors necessary for understanding the text (knowledge of the world, thoughts, goals of the addressee). according to a. a. kibrik, speech is defined as “ a communicative situation involving the consciousness of the interlocutors and the text created in the process of communication” . stepanov defined speech as "language in language", that is, speech is a special way of using language to express consciousness. from the foregoing, we came to the conclusion about the concept of discourse that speech reflects both linguistic and sociocultural reality. it breaks through the consciousness of the speaker or listener, is realized in the text, which has its own structural and functional features” [15:71]. "discourse" entered the 20th century as a complex multicomponent concept, including linguistic and extralinguistic components, inseparable from sociocultural, situational aspects. here it is appropriate to cite the opinion of e.f. kirov, according to him, speech is “ a set of written and oral texts in a certain sense. language in the history of the entire existence of a certain culture. the most complete definition of speech can be found in the study of n.d. arutyunova: “ discourse (french disours speech) is a coherent text in combination with extralinguistic pragmatic, sociocultural, psychological and other factors; the text perceived in the aspect of the event; speech as a purposeful social action, a component involved in human interaction and it is considered as a mechanism of their consciousness[18]. obviously, there are two approaches. to understanding speech: speech and text according to n. d. arutyunova, e. benveniste, v. g. borbotko, t. b. gulyar, t. van dijk, n. i. its meanings (“ speech act” , “ communicative situation” , “ dialogue” , etc.) is based on the concept of “ speech” . however, unlike speech, "discourse presupposes a system, has the character of integrity, has an internal organization, it includes the concepts of type, genre and style, the communicative sphere." speech is speech perceived as purposeful, socio-cultural, cognitive action[12:136,137]. in the modern sense, speech is an independent concept that includes speech and text as structural elements. in continuation of the theory begun by a.a. leontiev, researchers single out the types of speech that make up speech, and thus the idea of "discursive competence" appeared. modern scientists, recognizing the interdisciplinary nature of speech, do not limit its definition to only one discipline. from this point of view, e.s. kunryakova's thoughts on speech are appropriate. according to him, “ this is a form of language use in real (current) time (online), which reflects a certain type of human social activity. it is created to build a special world (or its image) with the help of its detailed linguistic description and usually described as part of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the way people engage in conversation, characterized by each act of communication, participants in communication, conditions for its implementation, etc. indeed, its goals"[2:525]. based on the definition of the following scientist v. m. leichik, he defines speech as "a complex mental, sociocultural and individual cultural activity in which language and speech have an important, but not the only place." g. n. manaenko distinguishes four components in the structure of speech: environment, social theme, role and personal relations of communication participants, content, intentions and goals). the scientist presents speech as a complex process [3:59]. v.s. grigorieva emphasizes the role of the cultural characteristics of the country to which the language of communication belongs, as well as moral and ethical norms, universal and specific to a particular people [4]. conclusion/ recommendations based on the process of writing and analyzing the article, the following conclusions can be drawn, the concept of "discourse" from being equivalent to the concepts of "speech" and "text" to understanding it as an independent multicomponent phenomenon, includes both text and speech in all its forms, has gone through a complex evolutionary path. there is no clear understanding of the components of speech. if we talk about the modern understanding of the structure of speech, then the most common and understandable is the definition of yu.a. komarova, and we agree with her words. however, there are no clear definitions of the internal elements of these three components. there is also no single approach to the classification of speech. the theory of speech is developing as an interdisciplinary science, so the problem of developing a single term remains open. list of references 1. milevskaya t.v. connecting as a category of discourse and text. rostov n/d: rsu, 2003.338 p. s. 39. 1. kubryakova e.s. language and knowledge: on the path of gaining knowledge about language: parts of speech from a cognitive point of view. the role of the language in the knowledge of the world. m.: languages of slavic cultures, 2004. 560 p. 2. manenko g.n. discourse in his attitude to speech, text, language // stereotype in creativity and text: interuniversity. sat. scientific. tr. ext. 12. perm: psu, 2008. s. 48– 61. 3. grigoryeva v.s. discourse as an element of the communicative process: pragmalinguistic and cognitive aspects. trambov: tstu, 2007.288s.s.3. 4. deik t.a. van. language. cognition. communication. m., 1989. 5. koch v.a. a preliminary sketch of discursive analysis of a semantic type // new in foreign linguistics. ext. viii. linguistics of the text. m.: progress, 1978. s. 149– 171. 6. bellert i. on one condition for the connectedness of the text // new in foreign linguistics. ext. viii. linguistics of the text. m., 1978. s. 172– 207. 7. harris z.s. discourse analysis // language. no. 8. p. 1-30. 8. warsaw a.i. semantic relations in the structure of the language (based on the material of modern english). l., 1984. 9. arutyunova n.d. discourse // linguistic encyclopedic dictionary. m.: sov. encyclopedia., 1990. s. 136– 137. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 10. ostrovskaya t.a., khachmarova z.r. the main directions of the discourse study in modern linguistics // news. adyg. state. un-te. ser.: philology and art history. maykop, 2016. issue. 2 (177). s. 99– 105. 11. karasik v.i. on the types of discourse // language personality: institutional and personal discourse: sat. scientific. tr. volgograd: change, 2000. s. 5– 20. 12. kubryakova e.s. aleksandrova o.v. on the contours of the new paradigm of knowledge in linguistics // structure and semantics of a literary text: reports vii intern. conf. m., 1999. s. 186197. 13. sedov k.f. the formation of discursive thinking of the linguistic personality: psychoand sociolinguistic aspects. saratov, 1999. 14. prokhorov yu.e. reality. text. discourse: textbook. accomplishment. -2nd ed., cred. m., 2006. 15. komarova yu.a. bulletin of st. petersburg state university. ser. 9. 2012. issue. 4 functionallinguistic description of the english-language scientific discourse. 16. selezneva l.v. research of discourse in modern linguistics: experience, directions, problems. bulletin of the sffu, 2011, volume 8, no. 4. 17. ма жуе. информационная структура и ее речевое воплощение в военных мемуарах. диссертация. санкт-петербург 2021. 18. https://na-journal.ru/3-2023-filologiya-lingvistika/4603-discourse-as-a-complex-concept 19. https://www.languagehumanities.org/what-is-the-role-of-discourse-in-linguistics.htm https://na-journal.ru/3-2023-filologiya-lingvistika/4603-discourse-as-a-complex-concept https://www.languagehumanities.org/what-is-the-role-of-discourse-in-linguistics.htm american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org cultural tourism impact on community development: a study of selected communities in akwa ibom state of nigeria inemesit richard akpakpan, uboegbulam, gideon chukwunwem (ph.d) department of hospitality management and tourism university of port harcourt correspondence e-mail: gideon.uboegbulam@uniport.edu.ng cellphone: 08036665762 orcid id: https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6127-5866 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examined the relationship between cultural tourism and community development of selected communities in akwa ibom state, nigeria. the study adopted a cross-sectional survey of quasiexperimental research design. the study population considered were tourists that visits the attractions sites in the communities and the sample size of 384 was determined using freund and william sample size determination method while statistical analysis was conducted with pearson’s product moment correlation with the aid of spss. the study revealed that cultural tourism has a significant correlation with community development. the study recommended that communities should harness their cultural resources and package them for commercial purposes capable of attracting tourists to significantly contribute to both the economic and social development of their communities cultural tourism, community development, economic development, social development, cultural festival, ancient artefacts 1. introduction cultural tourism refers to the practice of travelling to a destination primarily to experience its cultural heritage and attractions. this type of tourism involves activities such as visiting museums, historical sites, festivals, and events that celebrate the culture and traditions of the destination (richards, 2019). cultural tourism is a rapidly growing sector of the tourism industry and has become an important source of income and employment for many destinations around the world (getz & page, 2016). cultural tourism can have significant economic benefits for destinations, as it generates revenue through the sale of cultural products and services such as handicrafts, food, and souvenirs (wearing & neil, 2018). furthermore, cultural tourism can create employment opportunities for local communities, as visitors often require guides, transportation services, and other support services during their travels (richards, 2019). this, in turn, can help to stimulate local economies and promote sustainable development (getz & page, 2016). https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6127-5866 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org cultural tourism can also have important social and cultural benefits. it can help to promote intercultural understanding and appreciation, as visitors learn about the customs, traditions, and history of the destination (richards, 2019). this can help to break down stereotypes and promote cultural exchange and dialogue (wearing & neil, 2018). additionally, cultural tourism can contribute to the preservation and promotion of cultural heritage, as it provides a source of funding for the maintenance and restoration of historical sites and museums (getz & page, 2016). however, there are also challenges associated with cultural tourism. one of the main challenges is the risk of over-commercialization and the loss of authenticity of cultural products and experiences (richards, 2019). there is a fine balance between commercialization and preservation, and it is important for destinations to manage their cultural resources carefully to avoid damaging the very assets that attract visitors (wearing & neil, 2018). additionally, cultural tourism can also have negative impacts on the environment and local communities if it is not managed responsibly (getz & page, 2016). cultural tourism is an important and growing sector of the tourism industry. it can have significant economic, social, and cultural benefits for destinations and communities, but also presents challenges that need to be managed carefully. to maximize the benefits and minimize the negative impacts of cultural tourism, it is important for destinations to adopt sustainable tourism practices and work with local communities to manage their cultural resources responsibly. 2. theoretical and literature review as a supplement to this line of research, the useful resource base view of the community barney, (1991) contends that a community development is a characteristic on how they bundle their cultural merchandise to please the teeming travelers coming in. this theory explains that there should be a base or platform that development is built. when cultural resources are pulled together and given business color, it's going to assist form a base to attract cultural travelers for the development of the community and the community in flip will take gain of the financial, social advantages introduced in via travelers. for this reason, the proposition of aid primarily based view idea asserts that economic gain is derived from powerful and green corporation, presentation and utilization in their cultural assets or merchandise. cultural tourism is a subset of tourism concerned with a rustic’s or regions culture, especially the existence style of the humans in that specific geographical region. the records of the people, their arts, structure, religion and other component in their existence style well-known shows what cultural tourism is all approximately (en.m.wikipedia.org). cultural tourism can be found out from museums and theatres in urban areas and rituals and festivals in rural regions. it's far a extra optimal aspect of popular tourism due to the fact the ones in cultural tourism are greater inclined to spend and for this reason becoming more famous and appropriate. it's far agreed that it plays a very good sized function in nearby development; (oecd 2009). ritchards (1996) defined it as the movement of humans to cultural points of interest faraway from their regular locations of residence with the motive of accumulating new records and enjoy to satisfy their cultural wishes which may additionally imply solidification of 1’s cultural identity. cultural tourism, consistent with nwidum (2007), is expected to foster community financial growth via growth in community sales and, at a basic stage, foster development inside the people’s well-being in the areas of activity creation, sales/profits distribution and balanced local development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org 2.1 cultural festival cultural festival is an event typically set through a nearby community. it centers on a few unique aspects of that community. it's far a set of activities and practices designed to create and sell peace & harmony and to entertain the humans of host community and invited guests from other communities. among many faiths, a feast is a set of party in honour of god or gods. a banquet and festival are traditionally inter-related. cultural gala's of many sorts serve to fulfill precise desires in addition to to offer entertainment. these types of celebration offer a feel of belonging to spiritual, social, or geographic agencies. cultural fairs additionally remind people of their traditions and in recent times also help in uniting households and groups, odunayo (2011). there are various kinds of cultural fairs in the akwa ibom, though a few might also have non secular origin, others have a few cultural importance. also, certain human beings celebrate their very own fairs to mark a few good-sized events in their records. 2.2 ancient artifacts a few of the folks that live in nigeria are the yoruba, the ibibio, the ogoni, the edo, the benin, the ekoi, the ighala, the mumuye, and the igbo. every organization produces a extraordinary artwork form. possibly the maximum well-known bureaucracy from nigeria are the ones produced by way of the ancient nigerian ife and benin civilizations, however that ibibio’s are famously acknowledged. cultural artefact are tangible attributes of a set or society that are inherited from past generations, maintained in the gift and bestowed for the gain of future generations. artifacts are part of the look at of human history because they provide a concrete basis for ideas, and can validate them. their maintenance demonstrates reputation of the necessity of the past and of the things that tell its story. (thomas, 1998). telfer (2009) found that preserved cultural items also validate reminiscences and festive instances are the times to show case these cultural objects and divulge their community culture to the traveller and to the sector at massive with the assist of awareness advent via various media. 2.2 community development the idea of community development is explored in phrases of participation, empowerment and community capacity as they associated with tourism development (telfer & sharpley, 2008). community development can be visible as constructing social capital for collective advantages. community development goals to growth citizens’ participation in their community. in community development, emphasis is located on community as a social machine, bounded by way of geographical place or common hobby (weaver, (2010). community development is connected to community capability constructing through a shared cognizance to a collective participatory force (williams, 2004). community development is undertaken to strengthen or construct community courting and give a boost to systems which have become fragmented (yan, 2004). according to timothy (2002) community development helps local community citizens to pick out unmet wishes. it seeks to build ability with the aid of enhancing ability and knowledge for individuals and the community as an entire (timothy, 2002). 2.2.1 economic development economic development through tourism refers to the use of tourism as a means of boosting economic growth in a region or country. tourism has been recognized as one of the fastest-growing industries in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org the world, with the potential to contribute significantly to a country's economy (world tourism organization, 2019). this essay will explore the economic benefits of tourism, including job creation, foreign exchange earnings, and diversification of the economy. one of the most significant economic benefits of tourism is job creation. the tourism industry is laborintensive and requires a range of skills, from hospitality to transportation. according to the world travel and tourism council (2019), the tourism industry supports 330 million jobs globally, accounting for 1 in 10 jobs worldwide. in developing countries, tourism has been shown to create jobs for people with limited education and skills (blanke & chiesa, 2013). this can help reduce poverty and increase the standard of living for local communities. another economic benefit of tourism is foreign exchange earnings. tourism is a major source of foreign exchange earnings for many countries, particularly those with attractive tourist destinations. according to the united nations world tourism organization (2019), international tourism receipts amounted to us$1.5 trillion in 2018, representing 7% of global exports. this revenue can be used to fund critical infrastructure projects, such as roads, airports, and public services, which can further boost economic development. furthermore, tourism can contribute to the diversification of a country's economy. over-reliance on a single industry, such as oil or agriculture, can make a country vulnerable to external shocks and economic downturns. by developing the tourism industry, countries can diversify their economies and reduce their dependence on a single industry (blanke & chiesa, 2013). this can lead to more stable economic growth and increased resilience to external shocks. however, it is important to note that the benefits of tourism are not automatic and depend on a range of factors, including the level of investment in the industry, the quality of infrastructure and services, and the effectiveness of policies and regulations (wttc, 2019). in addition, tourism can also have negative impacts, such as environmental degradation and cultural commodification (blanke & chiesa, 2013). therefore, it is important to develop sustainable tourism practices that minimize negative impacts and maximize economic benefits (united nations, 2015). in conclusion, tourism can be a powerful tool for economic development, creating jobs, generating foreign exchange earnings, and diversifying the economy. however, it is important to implement policies and practices that ensure the benefits of tourism are distributed equitably and that negative impacts are minimized. by doing so, countries can harness the potential of tourism to drive sustainable economic development. social development social development through tourism refers to the positive impact that tourism has on the social and cultural aspects of a destination. this impact can be seen in various areas, including economic development, infrastructure development, preservation of cultural heritage, and improvement of local communities' quality of life. in recent years, social development through tourism has become an increasingly popular area of research as scholars and practitioners have recognized the importance of tourism as a tool for sustainable development. one of the primary ways that tourism contributes to social development is by generating economic benefits for local communities. according to gursoy et al. (2019), tourism can create jobs, increase income, and stimulate economic growth in destinations. this can have a significant impact on the quality of life of local residents, as it provides them with new opportunities for employment and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org income. in addition, tourism can help to diversify the local economy, reducing dependence on a single industry and creating more stable and sustainable economic growth (gursoy et al., 2019). tourism also has the potential to contribute to infrastructure development in destinations. as visitors demand better facilities and amenities, local governments and businesses may invest in infrastructure upgrades such as transportation, water supply, and waste management (zhang et al., 2020). this not only improves the quality of life for local residents but also makes the destination more attractive to tourists, leading to a positive feedback loop of economic and social development. another way that tourism contributes to social development is through the preservation of cultural heritage. as visitors come to appreciate the unique cultural traditions and historical landmarks of a destination, they may help to support their preservation and restoration (poria et al., 2019). this can include the protection of cultural sites, the promotion of local art and craft industries, and the development of cultural tourism products that showcase the destination's heritage. by preserving cultural heritage, tourism can help to strengthen local identity and promote community pride. finally, tourism can contribute to the improvement of local communities' quality of life. this can take many forms, such as the creation of public spaces, parks, and recreational facilities that are accessible to all residents (zhang et al., 2020). tourism can also contribute to social and cultural events, which provide opportunities for community members to interact and share their experiences with visitors. these interactions can foster a sense of community and promote mutual understanding between residents and tourists. social development through tourism is a multifaceted process that can have significant positive impacts on local communities. by generating economic benefits, contributing to infrastructure development, preserving cultural heritage, and improving local residents' quality of life, tourism can play an essential role in sustainable development. as such, policymakers, practitioners, and researchers should continue to explore ways to maximize the positive social impacts of tourism while minimizing any negative effects. 2.3 the relationship between cultural tourism and community development brownson (2022) tested innovative tourism and enterprise development in akwa ibom country. a total of 192 entreprenuers have been investigated. the findings found out that creative tourism dimensions consisting of traditional events give rise to monetary increase inside the nation. okonkwo and oguamanam (2013) investigated traditional crafts and tourism development and promoting in etim ekpo nearby government in akwa ibom, nigeria. the study pattern 123 traditional craft makers. the findings of the look at showed a high-quality and good sized relationship among conventional crafts and monetary performance of groups in the state zadel and bodgan (2013) investigated the economic impact of cultural tourism. the students recognized cultural events and commercialization of conventional arts as a catalyst of enjoying monetary profits of cultural tourism borg et al did a observe at the impacts of cultural events on the economic development of nearby communities. the become a conceptual investigation that sought to study cultural tourism attributes and how they could translate to sustainable monetary growth. the researchers concluded that tradition and its attributes can be packaged, branded and positioned as a visitor product and thereby permitting groups to earn from tourists expenditures american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org doglas and rizzo (2017) performed a observe on economics of cultural tourism and that they asserted that cultural activities, ancient artefact, historic monuments and other cultural properties of tourism can be used as financial tool to initiate social and monetary prosperity 3. methodology the research design adopted for this study is the cross-sectional type of quasi-experimental design. the survey research design was adopted because of the nature of the study which required to elicit audience responses with a purpose to determine their stage of information on cultural tourism. the questionnaire contained a breakdown of the fundamental studies questions, which in flip, generated records computed to test the research hypotheses. the population of the study is unknown. a sample size of 384 was obtained by the use of freund and williams (1986). a convenience sampling approach became adopted. the based questionnaire become adopted to acquire records from the respondents inside the uyo city. the questionnaire became made from four points likert scale (sa-sd). for each variable, there had been(items/factors) which were deployed maintaining in view the questionnaire filling tradition and understanding of the population. a complete of 384 copies of questionnaire were distributed to the travelers in uyo metropolis. hypotheses testing was accomplished by the use of pearson’s product coefficient and analysed using spss imaginative and prescient 22.0 version. the reliability coefficient of questionnaire used was .94% and this changed into measured the usage of coefficient of reprehensibility. results and discussion of findings 4. test of hypotheses and discussion of findings ho1 there is no significant relationship between cultural festival and economic development ha1: there is significant relationship between cultural festival and economic development the pearson correlation coefficient is zero.838, and the p. fee (2-tailed) is zero.000, as seen in the above result. we reject the null hypothesis and be given the alternative speculation because the p-value of zero.000 is much less than 0.05. this shows that cultural pageant and financial development have a sizable hyperlink. the coefficient of dedication (r2 = 0.70) indicates that the cultural festival debts for 70% of economic development, leaving 30% to different factors. a significant hyperlink is found out by way of the widespread fee of 0.000 (p0.05). this finding has the same opinion with the findings cultural festival economic development cultural festival pearson correlation 1.000 .838** sig. (2tailed) . .001 n 300 300 economic development pearson correlation .838** 1.000 sig. (2-tailed) .001 . n 300 300 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org of brownson (2022) whose examine showed an innovative tourism dimensions which includes traditional activities supply upward thrust to financial growth in the nation ho2 there is no significant relationship between cultural festival and social development ha2: there is significant relationship between cultural festival and social development the pearson correlation coefficient is 0.807, and the p value (2-tailed) is 0.000, as seen in the above result. we reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternate hypothesis since the p-value of 0.000 is less than 0.05. this suggests that cultural festival and social development are linked in some way. according to the coefficient of determination (r2 = 0.50), cultural festival of service providers accounts for 50 percent of social development, leaving 50% to other factors. a substantial link is revealed by the significance value of 0.000 (p 0.05). based on that, the null hypothesis was rejected. this finding agrees with the findings of zadel and bodgan (2013) whose study showed a direct significant impact of cultural festival on social development. ho3. there is no significant relationship between ancient artefacts and economic development ha3. there is significant relationship between ancient artefacts and economic development. from the result above, pearson correlation co-efficient is 0.291 while p. value (2-tailed) is 0.000. since p-value of 0.000 is less than 0.05, we therefore reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative hypothesis. this implies that there is weak relationship between ancient artefacts and correlations cultural festival social development cultural festival pearson correlation 1 .807** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 300 300 social development pearson correlation .807** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 300 300 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). correlations ancient artefacts economic development ancient artefacts pearson correlation 1 .840** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 300 300 economic development pearson correlation .840** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 300 300 **. correlation is significant at the 22220.01 level (2-tailed). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org economic development. the coefficient of determination (r2 = 0.70) indicates that 70% of economic development can be explained through ancient artefacts from host communities, leaving 30% to other factors. the results of hypothesis two contradicted those of borg et al, (2018) who claimed in his thesis that there is a substantial relationship between ancient artefacts and societal developments. ho4 there is no significant relationship between ancient artefacts and social development ha3 there is significant relationship between ancient artefacts and social development the pearson correlation coefficient is 0.789, and the p value (2-tailed) is 0.000, as seen in the above result. we reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternate hypothesis since the p-value of 0.000 is less than 0.05. this suggests that ancient artefacts and social development have a strong link. ancient artefacts is responsible for 77 percent of social development leaving 23% to other factors, according to the coefficient of determination (r2 = 0.77). there is a significant link when the significant value is 0.000 (p 0.05). this conclusion is consistent with doglas and rizzo (2017), who asserted that cultural events, ancient artefact, historical monuments and other cultural properties of tourism can be used as economic tool to provoke social and economic prosperity conclusion cultural tourism can have a significant impact on community economic and social development, and this impact can be both positive and negative. one of the main economic benefits of cultural tourism is that it can create jobs and generate income for local businesses. tourists who visit a destination for its cultural attractions are likely to spend money on local goods and services such as food, accommodation, transportation, souvenirs, and entertainment. this can help to stimulate economic growth and development in the community, particularly in areas that are less developed or have limited economic opportunities. cultural tourism can also help to preserve and promote local culture and heritage. by showcasing their unique cultural assets to tourists, communities can raise awareness and appreciation of their traditions, customs, and history. this can help to foster a sense of pride and identity among locals, and encourage them to preserve and protect their cultural heritage. correlations ancient artefacts social development ancient artefacts pearson correlation 1 .879** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 300 300 social development pearson correlation .879** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 300 300 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org in addition to economic benefits, cultural tourism can also have important social benefits for communities. by bringing people from different cultural backgrounds together, cultural tourism can promote cross-cultural understanding and dialogue, and help to break down stereotypes and prejudices. this can lead to increased tolerance and respect for diversity, and contribute to the development of more inclusive and cohesive societies. however, there are also some potential negative impacts of cultural tourism on community economic and social development. for example, if cultural tourism becomes too commercialized or exploitative, it can lead to the commodification of local culture and the loss of authenticity. this can undermine the social and economic benefits of cultural tourism and create tensions between tourists and locals. in conclusion, cultural tourism can play an important role in community economic and social development by generating income, promoting local culture, and fostering cross-cultural understanding. however, it is important to manage cultural tourism in a responsible and sustainable way to ensure that the benefits outweigh the potential negative impacts. recommendation through the extant review of literature in this study, it is safe to say that tourism has numerous potentials that can benefit any community that intentional about developing it natural resources for that purposes. and the finding revealed a strong relationship between cultural tourism and community development. going by this, this study recommends that communities should package their cultural resources for tourism commercialization as doing this will avail them the opportunity to economically and socially take advantage of the potentials of tourism references 1. blanke, j., & chiesa, t. (2013). the travel & tourism competitiveness report 2013: reducing barriers to economic growth and job creation. world economic forum. 2. getz, d., & page, s. j. (2016). progress and prospects for event tourism research. tourism management, 52, 593-631. doi: 10.1016/j.tourman.2015.09.009 3. gursoy, d., chi, c. g. q., & lu, l. (2019). antecedents and outcomes of tourists’ perceptions of social impact: evidence from a developing country. journal of travel research, 58(6), 979-995. doi: 10.1177/0047287518801934 4. poria, y., reichel, a., & biran, a. (2019). destination authenticity: an integrative review of tourism and hospitality research. annals of tourism research, 75, 248-264. doi: 10.1016/j.annals.2019.01.001 5. richards, g. (2019). cultural tourism: a review of recent research and trends. journal of hospitality and tourism management, 41, 183-196. doi: 10.1016/j.jhtm.2019.07.003 6. telfer, d. (2009) development studies and tourism. in t. jamal and m. robinson (eds) the sage handbook of tourism studies (pp. 146–165). london: sage. 7. telfer, d. and sharpley, r. (2008) tourism and development in the developing world. london: routledge. 8. timothy, d.j. (2002) tourism and community development issues. in r. sharpley and d. telfer (eds). tourism and development: concepts and issues (pp. 149–164). clevedon: channel view publications. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org 9. united nations world tourism organization. (2019). unwto tourism highlights, 2019 edition. unwto. 10. united nations. (2015). transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development. united nations. 11. wearing, s., & neil, j. (2018). tourism and culture: an applied perspective. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications. 12. weaver, d. (2010) community-based tourism as strategic dead-end. tourism recreation research 35 (2), 206–208. 13. world tourism organization. (1997) agenda 21 for the travel and tourism industry: towards environmentally sustainable development. world tourism organization, world travel and tourism council, and the earth council. 14. world travel and tourism council. (2019). travel & tourism: economic impact 2019. wttc. 15. zhang, j., li, x., & li, g. (2020). tourism and social development: a review of the literature and implications for research. tourism management perspectives, 33, 100617. doi: 10.1016/j.tmp.2019.100617 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org bioethics in the context of modern science dilorom yuldasheva senior lecturer, department of social and human sciences, samarkand state medical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in order to have a clearer idea of the essence of bioethics as a concept and a social phenomenon, it is necessary to consider the factors of its origin, to determine its place as a new scientific knowledge. a special place in this system is occupied by a complex of reasons related to modern scientific strategies, namely, with the fourth global scientific revolution, during which a new post-nonclassical science is born. it is characterized by: the application of scientific knowledge in almost all spheres of social life, a revolution in the means of storing and obtaining knowledge, the growth of interdisciplinary and problem-oriented research not only in the sociohumanitarian, but also in the natural-technical (for example, predictive scenarios, social expertise, etc.) spheres. at the same time, comprehensive research programs are being implemented, where specialists from various fields of knowledge take part. bioethics, science, scientist, active participation in public and political life, socio-economic life, society, development. introduction when studying "human-sized" objects, the search for truth turns out to be associated with the definition of a strategy and possible directions for the transformation of such an object, this affects humanistic values, when the researcher has to solve a number of ethical problems and determine the boundaries of possible intervention in it [1]. this idea is supported by v. a. sadovnichiy who says that in the coming century we will increasingly face prohibitions and values of a moral and ethical nature that cannot be created or overcome only by technological means, no matter how perfect the latter may be, since, in the end, it is these values that will determine the further path of civilizational development. and here, from his point of view, there are not so many options: either humanity will choose a concept of development based on the ever-increasing growth of consumption, which is still dominant and based on the old system of ethical norms and values, or people will embark on the path of self-restraint and harmony with nature and life. moreover, it will be impossible to force such a choice either by military might or material riches [2]. obviously, this statement is a continuation of the thought of v. i. vernadsky, who said that humanity for the first time in history is becoming a "powerful geological force" and in this connection the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org question arises "about the restructuring of the biosphere in the interests of free-thinking humanity as a whole" [3]. v. i. vernadsky designates this new state by the concept of "noosphere" [4]. it can be assumed that thanks to this statement, a person is recognized as a creator and a transformer, a ruler and a steward not only of his social, but also of his biological essence. moreover, we are talking not only about a person, but also about the entire biosphere as a whole. thus, the positions of god and man are equalized in this issue, which will then become one of the main platforms of bioethical discourse between academic and religious positions. and here it is impossible not to associate with p. d. tishchenko, who emphasizes that in the "era of biotechnology, a person plays the most dangerous game he "plays god" [5]. another characteristic feature of the fourth global scientific revolution is the synthesis and integration of sciences. today, there is a need to explicate fundamental intra-scientific values (the search for truth, the growth of knowledge) with extra-scientific values of a general social nature. the internal ethics of science, which stimulates the search for truth and orientation towards the increment of new knowledge, is constantly correlated in these conditions with general humanistic principles and values [6]. in this context, bioethics plays the role of humanitarian expertise, preventing and predicting possible negative consequences of modern scientific achievements for the biosocial essence of man. literature review understanding the phenomenon of bioethics in the context of global problems and trends in the development of post-non-classical science is impossible without analysing the evolution of disciplinary priorities among modern branches of knowledge. science in the last quarter of the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries presented the undisputed leader of modern science biology. moreover, biology is not as a pure discipline, but as the basis of a complex of life sciences, understood by many as a system in which biological and medical knowledge are combined. undoubtedly, this priority, which developed in the twentieth century, will remain in the first half of this century, and maybe even longer [7]. speaking about the biological component of the life sciences cycle, we are talking, first of all, about the qualitative growth of biotechnologies, including in such areas as medicine, agriculture, nanotechnology, etc. scientists and experts believe that already in our century, with their help, the food problem will be solved on a global scale and the human nutrition system will be modified. all these fantastic, at first glance, possibilities give rise to quite a lot of concerns about the likely transition of biological research into the uncontrolled phase of the "genie from the bottle" and, accordingly, there is a need for a special control mechanism. and here bioethics as a social institution has accumulated some experience, developed norms and principles that protect the safety of human health and life [8]. it is especially important to note the fundamental difference between the consequences of the introduction of biotechnologies for humans from those, for example, that are associated with nuclear and nuclear energy. as correctly noted v. a. sadovnichiy, in "the case of the atom, a person acts as an observer who stands outside of the nature he studies and is exposed to. but, nevertheless, a person thinks that he can protect himself from this danger. that is, how to bypass nature by the side. genetic engineering does not leave such an opportunity, even indirectly, for a person. it is a direct and uncontrolled interference in the evolution of living matter. consequently, science has acquired a qualitatively new, hitherto unknown moral dimension. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org this is where the question arises: does the unfolding process of globalization, which is based on the principle of accelerating and continuously spurring evolution, give a clear and satisfactory answer for humanity?" [9]. for b. g. yudin, the answer to this question is obvious (although it sounded much earlier than this question was asked), it lies in the fact that "only a deeper and more comprehensive, harmonious development of science and technology for the benefit of man can lead to the elimination of the negative consequences of science and its applications, but it can be achieved only in social conditions that are also oriented to the benefit of man as the highest goal" [10]. and here we are talking about the fact that in modern science, in its connection with man and society, no one "can get away from the problem of ethical choice, and evaluation of certain necessary solutions in case of even the slightest discrepancy with ethical, humanistic norms as a violation of these norms (and, therefore, as, perhaps, inevitable, but still evil) such an assessment allows you to keep the development of negative processes at a certain level, to fight them, having a clear perspective" [11]. experts rightly believe that, in general, life sciences in the xxi century, like other basic areas of world research, will determine the quality of life and their own effectiveness, taking into account practical relevance. and here health comes to the fore in the broadest sense of the word, namely, as a combination of physical, mental and social well-being in the interpretation of the world health organization. that is why biomedical sciences and technologies topped the ranking of life sciences in the coming century, defining one of the central places for bioethics in this context. here is how one of the classics of bioethics d. callahan says about it: "understanding the emergence of bioethics will help to cover the panorama and complexity in this area. the 60s of the twentieth century are a suitable starting point, even though there were data on the new region in earlier decades. in biomedicine, the 60s were an era of extraordinary technological progress, which opened up a wide range of difficult, apparently new moral problems" [12]. he emphasizes that the achievement of biomedical sciences and their technological application had three great results, which were fully formed by 1960. they have changed many traditional opinions about the nature and nature of medicine, the possibilities and significance of human health and, finally, the cultural understanding of what human life is. medicine itself has been transformed from a diagnostic and palliative discipline into a potent remedy capable of curing illness and effectively preventing death. traditional concepts of life have been replaced by ideas about longer life expectancy, control over reproduction and powerful pharmacological agents that can change mood and thoughts. the emergence of bioethics can be considered a social reaction to these big changes. methodology & empirical analysis in this regard, according to d. callahan, a global question arose "how can people reasonably resist moral problems that were caused by the confluence of great scientific and cultural changes. but this big question has opened up a frightening range of more specific problems: who should have the right to control (manage) new technologies at the formative stage? who should have the right or privilege to make fateful moral decisions? how could individuals be helped to benefit from new medical technologies or, if necessary, protected from their harm? what fruits of medical achievements can be better represented? which of the human virtues would contribute to a wiser use of new technologies? what institutions or laws or instructions are necessary for the social regulation of ever-increasing changes?" [13]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org in the xx century, new biomedical technologies have changed the fundamental foundations of our life, physical and moral being of a person. they presented a potential and real opportunity to interfere with the biogenetic nature of man, to control the process of reproduction and the processes of dying, to transplant organs and tissues. the emergence of many modern biomedical technologies, such as artificial insemination, clinical transplantation, life-supporting equipment (artificial heart, kidneys, lungs), etc., has affected the fundamental values of society. and here there was a need when the latter's opinion should be formulated and heard when forming strategies and conditions for their practical application [14]. "anyone who wants to imagine his life as a whole, justify vital value decisions and make sure of identity, cannot allow someone else to replace him in the ethical-existential discourse, whether it is a person or an instance that is trusted," p. d. tishchenko [15] clarifies. academician of the russian academy of medical sciences yu.m. lopukhin notes: "one of the most important results of the past xx century is the awareness by the world community of the potential danger of unjustified introduction of new achievements of biology into practical medicine. at the end of the century, for a number of reasons, the fear of the atomic bomb was replaced by the fear of the "bomb" of the biomedical" [16]. at the beginning of the twentieth century, this trend only intensified. according to experts, in two decades we fully predict a number of truly revolutionary achievements in human genome research, including gene therapy. results the most serious threat posed by modern biotechnology, according to f. fukuyama, this is the possibility of changing human nature and, therefore, the transition to the "posthuman" phase of history, and he emphasizes that "human nature exists, and this concept is essential [17]. it creates a stable continuity of our species experience. human nature shapes and restricts all possible types of political regimes, and therefore a technology powerful enough to change us can have potentially ominous consequences for liberal democracy and the very nature of politics" [18]. arguing about this, f. fukuyama focuses on the most relevant, in terms of consequences, for human nature and development of social engineering, directions of modern science: expanding knowledge about the brain and biological sources of human behaviour; neuropharmacology and modification of emotions and behaviour; prolongation of life; genetic engineering [19]. control over human behaviour, whether it is related to the desire to stabilize his nature or to change it, according to a number of researchers, actualizes such a concept and phenomenon as "bio-power". in the modern world, power in its manifestation is based on a certain human nature (moral, sociable, socially adequate, etc.). any change in it can be considered as an attempt on the basis of power and lead to its destruction. it is no coincidence that bio-power becomes so relevant in the modern world, since "the strength of social and power structures of the modern world depends on what human nature is". all the above-mentioned problems affect the foundations of the preservation of the human personality, the human being as a biosocial structure in the conditions of growing and comprehensive alienation processes. it has already been mentioned above that the latter problem is often presented as a modern anthropological crisis. speaking about this, v. s. stepin is referring to the threat to human physicality from the actively deforming modern man-made world [20]. this threat, in his opinion, is particularly pronounced in several directions. the first is associated with an ever-increasing information flow and stress loads, environmental pollution and an increase in the number of carcinogens, the accumulation of harmful mutations. the technical capabilities of modern medicine, which give a chance to save and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org prolong life, are amazing. the threshold for the birth weight of infants, from which it is considered viable, has dropped to 500, and a person in a coma and connected to artificial organs can be in such a vegetative, but alive state for almost as long as necessary. all this leads to the fact that human biological reproduction is in danger and there is a threat of deterioration of the human gene pool, as the elimination of natural selection and culling of carriers of genetic errors from generation to generation occurs. the second direction is a consequence of the first, and is also associated with the achievements of modern biotechnologies, which are aimed at the treatment and prevention of a number of hereditary diseases. we are talking about genetic engineering, which not only allows us to achieve positive results in treatment, but also presents the possibility of interfering with the genetics of the person himself, endangering changes in the basis of his physicality [21]1. conclusions speaking about technological challenges, few modern researchers and scientists will miss the opportunity to express alarm and call for vigilance. d. naisbit analysing the characteristic features of modern society (using the example of the american one), calls it a zone of poisoned technology [22]. it is interesting in this respect that d. naisbit's study of the change in the meaning of the concept of "technology" in the american encyclopedic literature. in 1967, the word "technology" meant "an object, material and physical processes separated from human beings", in 1987. the lines about "the relationship of technology with life, society and the environment, society and the environment" are added, in 1998 its consequences are included in the definition of the concept of technology. in this context, the statement of the formula "high technology deep humanity" is presented as the ability to accept technology that preserves our humanity and reject encroaching on it [23]. and here again we can turn to the thesis that expensive technological capabilities aimed at maintaining human well-being, primarily his life and health, determine the fact that each case of their use becomes a socially significant event and cannot be ignored, moreover, it needs certain mechanisms of social regulation. the latter should be aimed at preventing and protecting the dangerous consequences of interference with the biogenetic nature of man, attempts on his physicality. references 1. степин в.с. теоретическое знание. структура, историческая эволюция. м., 2003. с.610641. 2. rizaev i. i. the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society //scientific bulletin of namangan state university. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 151-156. 3. вернадский в.и. начало и вечность жизни. м., 1989. с.183. 4. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. духовная зрелость и философское мышление зависимость развития //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 4. – с. 164-167. 5. тищенко п.д. биовласть в эпоху биотехнологий. м., 2001. с.108. 6. тураев б. о. фанда толерантлик ва интолерантлик //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. special issue 23. – с. 41-48. 1 степин в. с. указ. соч. с.30-31. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 7. muminova z. personality: wellness and spiritual education //academicia globe: inderscience research. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 6. – с. 20-23. 8. тураев б. о. онтология, гносеология, логика ва фан фалсафаси муаммолари' //т.: алишер навоий номидаги¤ збекистон миллий кутубхонаси нашриёти, б. – 2015. – с. 48-49. 9. садовничий в.а. указ. соч. с.10-11. 10. фролов и.т., юдин б.г. этика науки. проблемы и дискуссии. м., 1986. с.79. 11. yuldashevna y. d. the role of scientific knowledge in the formation of moral and ethical values. 12. callahan d. bioethics // encyclopediaofbioethics / ed. w.th. reich. n.y., 1995. v.1. р.248. 13. usmonov f. n. the place of rational and creative thought in turning the virtuality into reality //paradigmata poznani. – 2014. – №. 2. – с. 31-33. 14. тищенко п.д. феномен биоэтики // вопр. философии. 1992. № 3. с.104-113. 15. mardonov r. humanization and humanitarization of higher education in the conditions of the information society //conferencea. – 2021. – с. 21-28. 16. лопухин ю.м. биоэтика и современная медицина // врач. 2001. № 10. с.11. 17. mardonov r. philosophical aspects of modern education //conferencea. – 2021. – с. 15-17. 18. фукуяма ф. наше постчеловеческое будущее: последствия биотехнологической революции / пер. с англ. м.б. ле-вна. м., 2004. с.18-19. 19. husan m. dialectics of potentiality and virtuality in space and time //european scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 40-42. 20. шайхудинов р. г. современные технологии власти // вопр. философии. 2007. № 11. с.8. 21. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. значимость повышения финансовой грамотности населения узбекистана //вестник прикамского социального института. – 2022. – №. 2 (92). – с. 60-64. 22. нейсбит дж. высокая технология, глубокая гуманность: технологии и наши поиски смысла / пер. с англ. а.н. анваера. м., 2005. с.11-12. 23. samatov k. issues naqshbandi teaching peace and harmony in society //theoretical & applied science. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 175-179. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org transmission of covid19 from patients with ovarian cancer jurayeva gulbahor alisherovna termiz branch of tashkent medical academy science of oncology 998919053055 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the passage of covid 19 from patients with ovarian cancer, the situation of ovarian cancer in the world and in poland, its origin, and controversial situations were put forward. reproductive, infection, ovary, covid-19, weakening, immune, hygiene. introduction cases of covid-19 in ovarian cancer patients: ovarian granuloma is a rare form of cancer that affects the female reproductive system. with the advent of the covid-19 pandemic, ovarian cancer patients may face additional challenges. covid-19 is known to cause respiratory infections, which can affect the health of individuals with pre-existing conditions such as cancer. in this article, we look at the impact of covid-19 on ovarian cancer patients and the necessary precautions. covid-19 and ovarian cancer ovarian cancer patients are generally more vulnerable to diseases that can affect the respiratory and immune systems. this is mainly due to the effects of cancer and treatment on the body's immune system. covid-19 poses additional health risks for individuals with ovarian cancer. patients with covid-19 may have a weakened immune system and reduced ability to fight the virus. this puts them at higher risk than the general population. they may also experience severe covid-19 symptoms such as fever, cough, difficulty breathing, and chest pain. spare parts for ovarian cancer patients ovarian cancer patients are advised to take extra precautions to reduce their risk of contracting covid-19. below are some important precautions recommended for these patients: 1. social distancing: social distancing can help reduce the spread of covid-19. patients should keep a safe distance from others, avoid crowds and wear masks. 2. hygiene practice:. hygiene practices such as frequent hand washing and avoiding face-to-face contact can help prevent the spread of covid-19. 3. limiting diagnosis to others: patients should limit the diagnosis of others and should not leave the house unless necessary. this reduces their risk of exposure to covid-19. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org 4. tv tower: ovarian cancer patients can use telemedicine to access virtual health services, reduce the need for hospital visits, and reduce the risk of exposure to the virus. 5. maintaining a healthy lifestyle: patients are encouraged to maintain a healthy lifestyle by exercising regularly, eating a balanced diet, and getting enough rest. the number of patients with the coronavirus is decreasing, depending on how well you are affected by covid-19. in patients with ovarian cancer, for example, due to the presence of clots and strong clots in the thyroid blood vessels, dental splints and oral splints are less desirable. of course, ovarian cancer and other recommendations should be followed in patients with covid-19. currently, the course of patients with covid-19 can be affected by various conditions: they can have symptoms that are indicated in the international external interest system, such as fibrillation, restlessness, greasy mouth, poor diet, etc. in addition, the end of the covid-19 period will increase the inclusion of sick patients in the external benefit system. ovary and other recommendations for patients with covid-19 are the recommendations that are implemented in the international system of external interests. for example, they may be prescribed hydroxychloroquine, azithromycin, and lopinavir/ritonavir for a variety of patients, and they typically require individualized treatment plans for each patient. also, since the course of covid-19 in patients itself is a series of effects on various conditions, it ensures the reliability of the quality of patients. of course, ovarian cancer and the selection of recommendations and other international external benefits system of medical care will be assigned correctly to the individual patient. ovarian cancer awareness is especially important during the covid-19 pandemic, which has claimed many thousands of lives. an epidemic is dangerous not only because the virus can kill, but also because the fight against it has a huge impact on the health system. unfortunately, neoplastic diseases cannot wait for diagnosis or treatment. this also applies to ovarian cancer, which is diagnosed at an advanced stage in 75% of cases, with metastases emphasizes prof. dr. hab. jan kotarski, president of the polish society of gynecology and oncology. every year in poland, 4 women are diagnosed with ovarian cancer ovarian cancer is only 4.6 percent. in poland, the cancer death rate among women is almost 6 percent. all female cancer deaths. delayed diagnosis and therefore poor prognosis is a problem all over the world, but the death rate from ovarian cancer in poland is several percent higher than the eu average. often, ovarian cancer does not give any alarming symptoms for a long time, it "does no harm" for a long time, only suddenly attacks sharply. its cells can easily separate from the original tumor and move around the abdomen. they attack other organs, such as the intestines, liver, and stomach. some symptoms appear only in the advanced stage of the disease, but they are often equated with stomach diseases. because ovarian cancer is often detected at an advanced stage with metastases to other organs, treatment should be started as soon as possible. unfortunately, the covid-19 pandemic is delaying both diagnosis and treatment in many cases. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, patients with granuloma ovarian cancer may be more susceptible to covid-19 due to the condition's effects on the immune system. therefore, it is important to take extra precautions to reduce the risk of contracting the virus. the precautions outlined above, including social distancing, hygiene practices, limiting exposure to others, telemedicine, and maintaining a healthy lifestyle can help minimize their risk of contracting covid-19. these precautions should be taken seriously to protect the health of ovarian cancer patients during this unprecedented time. references: 1.https://uz.healthy-food-near-me.com/ovarian-cancer-fighting-for-life-in-times-of-pandemicstatistics-and-diagnostic-difficulties/ 2. „gynecologic cancer“. mount sinai hospital. 3.↑ „about gynecologic cancers“. foundation for women's cancer. 13-avgust 2016-yilda asl nusxadan arxivlandi. qaraldi: 21-iyul 2014-yil. 4.↑ „centralisation of services for gynaecological cancer“. the cochrane database of systematic reviews. № 3. march 2012. cd007945-bet. https://uz.healthy-food-near-me.com/ovarian-cancer-fighting-for-life-in-times-of-pandemic-statistics-and-diagnostic-difficulties/ https://uz.healthy-food-near-me.com/ovarian-cancer-fighting-for-life-in-times-of-pandemic-statistics-and-diagnostic-difficulties/ http://www.mountsinai.org/patient-care/service-areas/obgyn-and-reproductive-services/areas-of-care/gynecologic-oncology https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/ginekologik_onkologiya#cite_ref-2 http://www.foundationforwomenscancer.org/about-gynecologic-cancers https://web.archive.org/web/20160813105353/http:/www.foundationforwomenscancer.org/about-gynecologic-cancers/ https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/ginekologik_onkologiya#cite_ref-3 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org impact of regional transformations on algerian foreign policy directions prof. dr. ömer göksel i̇şyar institute of social sciences , department of international relations , faculty of economics and management , bursa uludag university/turkey gokselis@uludag.edu.tr yakoub sid institute of social sciences , department of international relations , faculty of economics and management , bursa uludag university/turkey 711616006@uludağ.edu.tr a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the arab region, particularly north africa (egypt, libya and tunisia), has undergone transformations that have led to the overthrow of its governing regimes. during these shifts, algeria has adopted the option of caution and anticipation towards the people's movement as it deals sensitively with all things that call for sudden or chaotic change; against the backdrop of what it experienced during the internal crisis known as the black mankind, algeria was afraid of the transmission of the uprisings. algeria also seeks to preserve the inherited principles derived from the liberation revolution against french colonialism, which established a constant in algeria's dealings with other states, and thus interprets algerian attitudes towards the outside world, the most important of which is the principle of non-interference in the internal affairs of states, but in the light of the threats and dangers emanating from these shifts, particularly related to the phenomenon terrorism and its access to algerian territory. north africa, transformations, algerian foreign policy, arab spring, cooperation. 1. introduction: north africa has witnessed events known as the arab spring revolutions, as a result of the people's uprising against authoritarian regimes. these events have resulted in changes affecting the security stability of neighboring countries. algeria was not far from it, classifying these events as a serious threat to algerian political system, because of the fear that the outbreak of revolutions would pose a threat to algeria's security, which tried to accommodate the situation through social peace. algeria was regarded as a pivotal state within its territorial sphere and all that happened regionally in neighboring states reflected its national security. it could be argued that algeria's tense regional environment required a security strategy to address any potential threats. mailto:gokselis@uludag.edu.tr mailto:711616006@uludağ.edu.tr american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org algerian foreign policy during political mobility in neighboring states, particularly in tunisia and libya, has been self-sufficient. algerian foreign policy has been characterized by uncertainty and lack of clarity, making it unable to interact with new regional data in keeping with a traditional and consistent security doctrine that does not respond to events on the regional stage. in anticipation of what might happen, under president bouteflika, algeria has taken a position against the tunisian and libyan revolutions political and social landscape, the consequences of the fall of domino stones are the fall of a political power with socio-economic challenges public policy, consisting mainly of financial austerity as a result of a lack of income and a crisis of support and legitimacy, as public and public support for state policy decreased, not to mention the exclusivity of the executive branch in politics and the economy without engagement with other authorities, the opposition and civil society-political impediments to the existing regime and its institutions. 2. algeria in the face of arab spring democracy: many questions have arisen in academia and the media about the reasons why algeria has not joined the wave of arab mobility, which has involved many arab states, particularly regional neighboring countries such as egypt, libya and tunisia. rather, the algerian government has rushed to avoid the wave of mobility by carrying out a series of reform measures at many levels, using oil and gas income to meet social demands. (frédéric volpi, 2013) the trauma suffered by the algerian people in the 1990s had prevented a genuine uprising in algeria, where her government had downplayed the arab spring revolutions, calling them uprisings rather than revolutions. it had also considered that democracy imposed from abroad on the region was a danger and the same behavior it had taken in dealing with the january 2011 protests, which the algerian authorities had considered merely an expression of the algerian youth's frustration with the price boiling. but the real circumstances that caused the algerian people's anger were the following: 1) widespread corruption and lack of transparency: algeria suffered corruption at the higher levels of government, such as senior public officials and senior management in state institutions, as well as abuse of power by bureaucrats in central administration and local authorities. in transparency international ' worldwide, 12th out of seventeen countries, 3rd across the middle east and north africa region. (ayashi) 2) youth unemployment and marginalization: unemployment rates are high at 25 per cent, according to ngos, and algerians face political exclusion. the country lacks an open political system or effective civil society organizations that can bring citizens' suffering to the responsible authorities. this has led young algerians to move towards suicide and illegal migration. (ayashi) 3) tension on algerian street: when protests erupted in algeria in january 2011, the government's decision in february 2011 to abolish the state of emergency was aimed at restoring calm and demonstrating its readiness for reform. however, the police presence in the streets remained unchanged and the ban on holding protest marches in the capital continued considerably. the national political reform commission, launched in may 2011, was limited to those close to the regime who do not enjoy much credibility, leading most opposition activists to conclude that the process is aimed at buying time and implementing only formal reforms. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 4) a decline in the level of basic social services, including education and health care. in addition to the problem of poverty, more than two thirds of algerians live below the poverty line. most of the jobs created during the past decade are unstable, underpaid and provide no social benefits. (muafak) many algerians also reject the unfair distribution of oil and gas revenues. with no political and regulatory environment conducive to private investment, this is essential for algeria’s longterm growth, economic stability and economic diversification. as a result, the energy sector still accounts for more than one third of algeria's gross domestic product (gdp), two thirds of the government's revenue and nearly 98% of exports. (ayashi) when protests erupted in algeria in january 2011, the government's decision in february 2011 to abolish the state of emergency was aimed at restoring calm and demonstrating its readiness for reform. however, the police presence in the streets remained unchanged and the ban on holding protest marches in the capital continued considerably. the national political reform commission, launched in may 2011, was limited to those close to the regime who do not enjoy much credibility, leading most opposition activists to conclude that the process is aimed at buying time and implementing only formal reforms. in an attempt to absorb mass anger, president bouteflika promised in an address on 15 april 2011 with political reforms to consolidate the democratic process, a series of broad political reforms were launched in january 2012, political parties' areas and laws, the elections, the media and the associations act have been affected. these reforms have expanded the political participation of algerian communities. and to expand the margin of women's freedom and political participation in elected assemblies, and to open the way for the establishment of new political parties s development , as well as exploiting oil revenues in subsidizing commodities, increasing wages and encouraging youth enterprises) by providing loans and adequate housing. (tariq, 2013) in the opinion of many analysts, the algerians still fear the spectra of a return to the years of chaos and turmoil if they open themselves to change. the shock of the 1990s, which followed a peaceful, arab spring-like revolution in the late 1980s, led to a civil war in algeria, in which some 200 thousand people were killed in horrific massacres, not far from algerians' minds, it served as a powerful deterrent that left many algerians afraid to demand radical change despite the economic and social injustices they endure that is how fear of the spread of islamic extremism to algeria prevented any revolution under the wave of the arab spring against the regime of president abdul-aziz bouteflika, whose political future depended on his ability to crush such extremism. 3. algeria and respect for the principle of non-interference in the internal affairs of neighboring states: since independence, algeria has been defending the principles that it derives from the liberation revolution and that have been the basis for algeria's engagement with other states. these principles are adopted in the charters of international organizations such as the united nations, the league of arab states and the african union; it explains algeria's attitudes towards the outside world, as set out in the algerian constitution in the following principles: (presidential decree, 2016) 1good neighborliness’ principle 2principle of non-interference in states' internal affairs. 3no prejudice to states' national borders. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 4reject the use or threat of force to resolve international crises and conflicts and adopt dialogue, political solution and diplomatic methods as an alternative. 5peoples' right to self-determination. 6support liberation movements. perhaps one of the most respectful principles of algerian diplomacy is the principle of noninterference in the internal affairs of states, in order to prevent any influences that might be impacted politically, economically and socially, a policy that algeria has adopted since the end of the 1990s crisis and the cessation of algeria's civil war and operations against militants. algeria has consistently advocated the principle of non-interference in the internal affairs of states in order to preserve their unity and sovereignty. this has been reflected in the revolutions in the arab region. “the arab spring”, while maintaining that principle, called for political dialogue and the search for peaceful ways to resolve crises, rejecting foreign military intervention that fragmented states, undermined their sovereignty and put the entire region at great risk. in this context, the important role played by algeria in making the united nations recommendation on the importance of non-interference in the internal affairs of states at its twenty-ninth session in 1974, presided over by former president abdul-aziz bouteflika in his capacity as minister for foreign affairs of the late president houari boumdiene's government; he emphasized algeria's adherence to the principle of non-interference in the internal affairs of states, which guaranteed protection against external pressures in all their political, military and economic forms and prevented catastrophic consequences, not at the level of the country concerned by the crisis, but also of neighboring states, for example, the consequences of the security situation in mali, libya and others in algeria. accordingly, algeria rejected several arab military alliances, missing from the list “the islamic coalition to combat terrorism”, announced by the kingdom of saudi arabia, has also reserved for participation in the storm of resolve against the houthis in yemen, as well as the formation of a joint arab force, called for by the league of arab states with egyptian support in march 2015. similarly, it refused to join the international coalition against isil in syria and iraq, as well as the french military operation in northern mali (on its southern border) in early 2013; on all occasions, algerian officials affirm these positions as deriving from the principle of "noninterference in the internal affairs of states and respect for their sovereignty", as well as that the algerian constitution (before the amendments of november 2020) prohibits the participation of the army in operations outside algeria in accordance with article 26 thereof. in response to criticism of algerian negative attitudes towards the arab spring revolutions, former foreign minister murad medlsi stressed that algeria had pursued a policy of progressive attitudes “in order to take into account its strategic interests either at the regional or arab levels.” (mustafa, 2016) from analysts' view, there were many reasons why algeria remained silent and persistent in its attitudes towards what was happening in neighboring states, especially in the early period before the results were resolved; it was necessary not to take any position that had negative consequences at the right time. perhaps the most important of these reasons is that it was unaware of what the transition period, which has not given any kind of assurance of the type of future regimes, their ideology, their view of algeria and the issues that concern them, would have to bear. however, after the success of the tunisian revolution, the algerian authorities expressed their support for the tunisian people, as stated in president bouteflika's speech on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org tunisia: “the tunisian people are admired for their unwavering resolve and determination to regain ownership of their destiny, relying on national consensus.” (boutaflika, 2016) with regard to libya, algeria supported the african union's position calling for an immediate cessation of all hostilities in libya and the need to bring the libyan parties together to agree on frameworks for the settlement of the crisis. in response to the accusations made against algeria regarding the sending of algerian mercenaries to libya, the ministry of foreign affairs has denied these allegations, asserting that the motives of those who promote this unfounded news are to abuse algeria's reputation and to push it to stand with one side against another in the sibling war crisis that is ravaging our neighbor libya“ the government has affirmed that it has always condemned the phenomenon of mercenaries in africa and the serious consequences of this phenomenon. (muataz, 2011) as for the events in egypt that preceded mubarak's resignation, it has caused great concern in all countries of the arab region. the situation in egypt will create a new situation whose effects will extend to arab regimes, both in the gulf, jordan and morocco. or the semi-hereditary republics of yemen, libya and syria, or those states that suffer from such internal anxiety and instability as algeria and iraq; this, however, will encourage many of those who reject these systems to change them (which has already happened). reactions varied among arab states that supported former president mubarak's regime and i stood next to him, as i offered to move and stay, and other countries that supported the change movement on the street, and states that favored silence pending clarity of vision. developments were dealt with as an internal matter, noting that most arab countries hoped that the situation in egypt would end in stability and return to normal. among the states that had been impartial in their position, they considered that what was happening in egypt was an internal matter, as algeria stressed that it “respected the will of the peoples and dealt with their governments” after mubarak stepped down, a statement was issued by the algerian ministry of foreign affairs, confirming algeria's adherence to the fraternal and historical relations between the algerian and egyptian peoples. according to the statement published by the official algerian news agency, “in this crucial period, our sister egypt, algeria strongly affirms its commitment to the historical and fratomic relations between the algerian and egyptian peoples.” (jamila, 2011) this statement from the ministry of foreign affairs, which came early this time about the change that occurred in egypt, compared to its position on the events of tunisia, which came very late. the statement, whose words carried a lot of "caution" in dealing with the egyptian revolution that forced mubarak to step down; it did not include any suggestion of a youth revolution in egypt. the statement focused on the future of algerian-egyptian relations. so that algeria did not hide its “strong attachment” to the historical relations between the algerian and egyptian peoples, this indicates that the change in the regime that occurred will not have implications for the nature and quality of the historical suspensions that link the two countries at the later stage. the bottom line; algeria's official position on the arab spring revolutions could be explained by the fact that the revolutions had begun peaceful but could be directed towards violence “civil war”. in the light of algeria's prior experience, which led to a 10-year civil war therefore, it was to ensure maximum impartiality, and not to be inclined to endorse any adversary party. algerian diplomacy, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org while preserving algeria's tradition of non-interference in the internal affairs of other countries, it is one of the important principles underlying algeria's foreign policy, as we have already stated. the consequences of threats on algerian foreign policy directions: the threats to algeria posed by the arab spring revolutions must be reflected in its foreign policy orientations on three tracks, according to the following analysis: 4. support the dialogue mechanism rather than interference in internal affairs: algerian consistent policy of neutrality and non-interference in international issues, together with its respect for the sovereignty of states, has underscored the strength of algeria's foreign policy at the arab, african and international levels. algeria's positions on many issues have been admired by the international community to the extent that they have been used to mediate the resolution of many international issues. it succeeded in liberating them, in addition to algeria's mediation to resolve the iraqi-iranian conflict at the end of the 1980s, along with its consistent positions on the palestinian issue and its total rejection of foreign interference in arab issues. (boutoura, 2016) algeria has therefore greatly supported political solutions to the crises, by adhering to international instruments while favoring political dialogue and economic approach to the use of military force for peace. the use of military force in the region will plunge them into more conflicts and thus make it difficult to break out of them. thus, algeria has experienced special diplomatic activity in the post-arab spring revolutions through an approach in which it supports political dialogue and rejects military intervention invariably appeals to all domestic, regional and international parties to favour inclusive dialogue and national reconciliation away from any interference in states' internal affairs in order to achieve peaceful and consensual political solutions, perhaps the most characteristic of algerian diplomacy is the dangerous developments that have taken place on algeria's borders, because of the crisis in libya and tunisia as well as northern mali, algeria has placed great emphasis on finding peaceful solutions to these crises and avoiding military intervention. the dialogue mechanism is likely under the following conditions: (amira, 2015) preservation of the country's national unity. one distance from all sides should be located. no party is excluded except those against whom united nations resolutions have been designated as terrorism. importance of understanding and consensus among all parties, whether in governance or opposition, reforming the same and allowing the people to decide what they deem appropriate, as any change in that country or country is the people's prerogative in accordance with their interests, conditions and circumstances. was important for the states of the region concerned to address their crises because they were better informed and complicated than others. algeria emphasis on the need to cooperate with international powers on the basis of common interests, equally, refuses to interfere in the affairs of other states under any pretext. therefore, algerian officials confirmed their rejection of libya's military solution and algeria was keen to put forward this vision, especially in mali's crisis. in the light of france's insistence on military intervention, which has demonstrated algeria's vision of the negative consequences of military interventions s borders, especially algeria, the french strategy thus failed, calling on algeria to persuade the parties to the crisis in the malian state to sign a peace and reconciliation agreement. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org united states of america ", which ended years of fighting and was welcomed by all regional and global powers, notably the united states of america, france and germany. with regard to libya, algeria stressed the need and importance of political dialogue to restore the sovereignty and stability of the libyan state and to resolve the crisis through libyan-libyan dialogue, or even through international and regional initiatives to find a peaceful solution to the libyan crisis, away from military interventions that have had serious consequences for libya as well as its neighboring countries. accordingly, it sought to find a peaceful way out of the libyan crisis; algeria therefore launched its 2014 initiative through an inclusive dialogue involving all libyan powers. and the algerian initiative aimed at bringing together the parties first and then creating a mechanism for collecting weapons that pose a threat to libya on the one hand and to the borders of neighboring states on the other, preparations for the transition phase that will establish the mechanism for the resurgence and operationalization of state institutions the initiative also included the identification of responsibilities and priorities and the fight against terrorism and the pursuit of reconstruction in various areas. (raialyoum newspaper) the remaining claimants are determined by the possible outcome of the meetings; in order to promote the dialogue mechanism, algeria supported the (sakhirat agreement) signed in morocco in december 2015, which resulted in the formation of a national consensus government and hosted leaders of libyan parties and political figures to help support libya's dialogue in words and in deeds. minister abdelkader msehel was the first arab minister to visit tripoli after the transition of the consensus government from tunisia. the united nations envoy, bernardino león, in a visit to algeria in august 2014, also commended algeria's cooperation with the united nations mission to libya for the restoration of peace and security. (the united nations, 2015) in the same vein in favor of the dialogue mechanism, former president bouteflika mediated between the president of the ennahda rashed ghannouchi party and the president of the nidaa tunis party, beji kaid essebsi; he received them on two separate visits to algeria in september 2013 in an attempt to breathe congestion between tunisia's two largest political parties. algeria's entry on the mediation line has been imposed by many factors, particularly the file of terrorism that at that time cast a shadow over the sahel-sahara region. algeria must not stand idly by in the face of the prolonged terrorist threat in the context of the struggle of tunisian political forces. algeria's total rejection of the language of arms and foreign interventions thus demonstrates the likelihood of the mechanism of dialogue between the parties in tunisia and libya in order to achieve a peaceful settlement of the volatile situations. 3.1 security coordination: the rapid events experienced by neighboring states had serious implications for algeria's national security and in the face of these escalating threats, algeria tried to deal with the security situation with caution; intensified security coordination and intelligence with tunisia and libya; the two states' security system failed to control the borders, with no expertise conducive to security risks such as the proliferation of armed groups and the spread of organized crime. algeria has thus activated the role of the army by intensifying its presence at the border. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org the attack on the gaza facility in tiguentourine was also a manifestation of the security challenges posed by the post-arab spring period, which algeria had to deal with a comprehensive security perspective rather than with the logic of circumstantial and sporadic security plans. in view of the escalation of security challenges in algeria following the arab spring revolutions, especially in neighboring countries, the government has raised the defense budget to meet those challenges, which has been imposed by two major changes: (aïda, 2013) i. increased violence and terrorist operations by armed groups in tunisia on the border with algeria, ii. renewed fighting in libya and the control of large areas by jihadists close to the isil group, placing the algerian decision maker in the face of the necessity of raising the defense budget. it should be noted that in recent years many western military reports have praised the algerian army's capabilities in the performance of its functions and the professionalism with which it is characterized by comparison with the various armies of the region both in north africa and at the african continent as a whole, only a report of a german centre conversion center international bonn for this comes for 2015, algeria ranked first in morocco as the algerian army's top position after the high and great combat experience gained over the years against the french colonizer, and after his success at all levels in winning the best of all the challenges he faced after independence and was able to secure borders and break the thorn of terror that threatened stability in algeria. the preference obtained by the algerian army is due to the modernization of the defense equipment and equipment it possesses, especially in order to address security risks in the african coast, which threaten the security of the country's borders. first, it focuses on the internal/national level in combating and responding to these threats, and the state's internal responsibility to these risks and their causes. second: focuses on the external level by strengthening security and military cooperation and coordination among the states of the region, developing bilateral mechanisms and agreements, as well as promoting cooperation at the regional level through institutions and at the international level, by emphasizing the need to participate in international efforts to combat security risks, particularly the phenomenon of international terrorism. thus, algeria has drawn up a plan to achieve security and military coordination with libya and tunisia. 3.1.1 security and military coordination with libya: we have stated that algeria adopts a clear strategy of non-interference in the internal affairs of other states. the situation in libya raised algeria's concerns, especially after the abduction of the algerian ambassador in tripoli. s security, particularly after the tiguentourine incident, this requires algeria to take a number of preventive and security measures to address the grave developments that threaten algeria's borders through the movement of arms and terrorist groups across the borders of the two states. close the border with libya. a large number of security forces. deployed on libya's border. a state of emergency declared in three algerian states on algeria's southern border in anticipation of any unexpected developments. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org it is not afraid that the situation in libya is of concern to algeria because it shares 982 kilometers of borders with it. libya's instability can destabilize algeria, because of the influx of refugees along the border, as well as the flow of arms and ammunition from the libyan arsenal, where libya is likely to be a logistical platform for terrorist groups, as well as a regional centre for arms smuggling. (gharbi, 2014) in march and april 2012, algeria signed bilateral agreements on issues of common security in the region, owing to border tensions related to the continued incursion of terrorists and smugglers. in august 2013, algeria and libya decided to activate a joint committee, the main focus of which is security, as well as to strengthen libya's military and police development. ( united nations, 2012) a tripartite agreement was also signed between algeria, libya and tunisia during the meeting of the heads of government of the three states in the libyan city of ghdamis on 12/01/2013, aimed at strengthening the security capabilities and procedures at the common borders to address the problem of terrorism. the heads of government of the three states did not exclude the use of force to achieve what they called the “security and reassurance of the inhabitants of the region”. (dakhan, 2016) based on this security coordination, in november 2014, the libyan government urgently requested from algeria armored vehicles, combat mechanisms and anti-shield missiles to deal with the threat posed by the jihadist salafist groups; president bouteflika requested security reports from the military commission authorized to consider the libyan government's request for military assistance from algeria, stating that the provision of weapons to the libyan government would be the beginning of direct military involvement in libya, and cautioned against the occurrence of the weapons required of algeria are in the hands of the jihadist salafist groups, so president bouteflika has reserved libya's request, argued that “military assistance must come after an internal libyan consensus, not before it, because any assistance will mean that one party to the libyan crisis prevails over another.” (libya orders heavy weapons from algeria) 3.1.2 security and military coordination with tunisia: several factors have contributed to the acceleration of security coordination and cooperation between algeria and tunisia. first, the fragility of the security situation, the widespread chaos and the emergence of jihadist movements on the border with algeria have resulted in many major attacks in tunisia, most notably the terrorist attack in the ben guerdan area, the attacks by the bardo museum, the attacks by the presidential guard bus and the tourist resort in sousse, as well as the ambush of eight tunisian soldiers by an armed group in jebel ech-chaanbi on the border with algeria. secondly, tunisian security forces do not have experience in dealing with the threat of terrorism. third, the events in libya have worsened since algeria and tunisia are among the main targets of the collapse of the security situation in libya. these three factors have therefore necessitated the escalation of the issue of security and military coordination between tunisia and algeria to the forefront of the two countries' concerns. (grégory & sofia, 2016) despite the algerian government's reservation about the arab spring media, security developments in the region have made algeria a balanced position. tunisia's position on the conflict between the various tunisian forces has been positive. it has served as a mediator and encouraged all to engage in dialogue. it is clear that various symbols of government in tunisia visited algeria and met with its officials from time to time. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org this affection has contributed to deepening relations between the two countries and achieving further cooperation in these circumstances and challenges in the region; isil's quest for expansion in tunisia has also prompted the strengthening and strengthening of such security and intelligence cooperation. algeria considers that the deterioration of the security situation in tunisia poses a threat to tunisia and therefore to its national security, which requires coordination between them. algeria and tunisia have increased the volume of daily exchanges of information on the increasing activity of supporters and elements of the terrorist organization isis at the border level since the beginning of tunisia's exposure to frequent terrorist attacks, particularly across the north and central west, noting that ensuring algerian security and stability throughout the region and avoiding threats and threats depends on two main pillars: the deployment of military units and security forces that supported by all necessary means and equipment to secure borders with neighboring states. also prevent any infiltration of terrorist elements and transfer of weapons across borders. diplomat by adopting algeria's mediation to bring together the contending parties and achieve national reconciliation in neighboring states and coordinate and cooperate with them in the fight against terrorism by focusing on the exchange of information. algeria has stepped in to strengthen its security by increasing its armed forces along the tunisianalgerian border of about 800 kilometers supported by transport warplanes, fighters, helicopters and drones for reconnaissance operations, as well as using sophisticated military eyewear for night vision. in addition, in june 2016, it announced the purchase of three golf stream g550 aircraft that could perform longer surveillance tasks. (kartas, 2014.) in confirmation of the security coordination, algeria signed a security cooperation agreement with tunisia on 28 may 2014, which includes the preparation of a database on the names of suspects who are nationals and returnees from libya or from hotspots of tension in iraq, syria and others; in particular, intelligence indicates that there are thousands of tunisians, algerians belonging to isis and some other terrorist organizations along with some of tunisia's sleeping terrorist cells. the tunisian government has stressed that there is joint cooperation with the algerian government with regard to border security matters and that such cooperation takes place within the framework of the resistance to terrorism and the protection of the national security of the two states. the tunisian minister of defense (farhat al-harshani) has also emphasized the development of security and intelligence coordination with algeria, which has greatly assisted tunisia's agencies in combating terrorism. one of the most prominent manifestations of security coordination is the joint exercises between tunisian naval forces and their algerian counterparts on 22 november 2016 on the coast of the city of bizerte, located in the northernmost part of tunisia, where the algerian ministry of defense confirmed that, for the first time, a joint maritime operations centre had been established in tunisia. the two countries for the joint management of these exercises aimed at equipping and preparing the capabilities of the two countries to work together in a state of emergency and to respond if there is a threat or danger that could prejudice maritime security in the border area of the two countries. the exercise included a tactical exercise at sea, maritime preventive operations and search and rescue operations at sea to strengthen and develop the two countries' operational cooperation in the areas of surveillance, maritime security, maritime border control, counter-terrorism and illegal actions at sea. (the libyan crisis and algeria's limited role are as follows) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org the military forces of the two countries have also programmed joint air exercises in anticipation of any emergency on the land border, or in the event of a military intervention by western forces in libya in order to combat isil, which is now in control of large swathes of libyan soil, further aggravating the situation; the aim of the exercises was to address possible threats by isil in libya, concentrated in the saharawi triangle located at the south of tunisia's land border with algeria and libya. (ghabrah) in addition to the joint naval and air exercises, the tunisian army received a boost of algerian military assistance. aircraft, russian ground-to-air missiles, military equipment and ammunition, as well as sensitive equipment transported by air and some by truck and algeria agreed to grant the tunisian army an urgent shipment of military equipment within the framework of security and military cooperation and coordination between the two countries to counter the increase in the strength and influence of terrorist groups in the border strip between the two countries, as well as, the delivery of batches of sophisticated russian equipment linked to the fight against terrorism, as mine detectors and thermal monitors along the common border, this assistance came at the time of the president of the government of tunisia (mahdi jomaa, algeria's urgent request for weapons to combat terrorism); the tunisian army urgently needed laser-guided surface-to-air missiles for use against terrorist groups in jebel ech-chaanbi, and missiles capable of destroying caves where isil supporters were hiding. the joint security coordination between the two countries has on several occasions resulted in qualitative operations involving the elimination of terrorist elements active on the border as an element between the two countries. republic of korea, the latest of which was the elimination of 11 terrorist groups holed up in jebel al-tawil in baja state near the tunisian border with algeria. in addition to finding weapons and quantities of explosive materials, tunisian media reports confirmed that the algerian army had been instrumental in the recent success at the expense of armed groups, noting the algerian military's long experience in counter-terrorism, which has contributed to controlling the situation on the country's eastern border. 3.1.3 security and military coordination with egypt: security and military coordination between algeria and egypt aims to create a unified strategy to counter terrorism in libya terrorist groups in libya ", especially in view of the vulnerability of the two countries to the threat of terrorist groups in libya, for algeria, the attack on the tiguentourine gas facility marked a turning point in algeria's handling of the crisis in libya. for egypt, the abduction of egyptian hostages in libya and their killing by isil have generated a desire to form an arab coalition to counter terrorism by relying on another mechanism related to bilateral coordination between libya's neighboring countries, especially algeria and egypt. abdel fattah el-sisi visited algeria in june 2014, and he chose to be his first destination in his first foreign visit since his election as president, the visit came for coordination, where the response to the deteriorating security situation and the control of militant groups over large swathes of the country, the fact that it often departs from state control and threatens libya's neighbouring states is a major focus. (al-mubarak) with his arrival in algeria, abdel fattah el-sisi stressed that the purpose of the visit was to benefit from algeria's efforts and experience in combating terrorism, noting that his visit to algeria was aimed at 3launching a genuine understanding in the fight against terrorism and a common vision of common interests, issues and challenges between egypt and algeria in the region.” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org “there are relations and strategic themes between egypt and algeria, as well as many issues that need algeria and egypt to work together, and this visit has come to emphasize this and start working on it in the coming days.” sisi stressed that he seeks “a genuine understanding and a common vision of interests, issues and challenges between addressing many issues with officials in algeria, including egypt and algeria, and explaining the situation in libya, a neighbouring country of both egypt and algeria.” based on the above, algeria and egypt signed in march 2016 an agreement on cooperation in the field of security, in the presence of the algerian minister of the interior (noureddine badawi and his egyptian counterpart majdi abd al-ghafar), to identify mechanisms for cooperation between the two ministries of the interior in the areas of the two countries by establishing a legal framework to ensure cooperation in security, enable them to confront the challenges facing the region, especially in view of the escalation of transnational organized crime and the fight against terrorism, emphasizing that the purpose of such agreements is to exchange information, experience and coordination to counter the terrorist organization isis, which poses a threat to the eastern region of algeria and to the western region of egypt. (al-mubarak) 3.2 assistance to neighboring states deteriorating economic conditions in most arab spring countries have led to disappointment and frustration, especially among arab youth in tunisia, for example, despite its success in the political transition process, following the ratification of the constitution in 2014 and the election of a permanent government, this was not accompanied by an economic transition towards better economic figures, the years after the revolution saw the local economy enter a recession in which the growth rate did not exceed 1% economic situation in post-revolutionary tunisia did not respond to the aspirations of young people who came out in the days of the revolution demanding employment and development. one of the main causes of the economic difficulties faced by the tunisian government is the decline in foreign investment and the decline in tourism activity, which is an important artery for the tunisian economy owing to the country's instability. accordingly, algeria has provided financial assistance to tunisia to overcome its current economy crisis after the protests that overthrew former president ben ali, algerian president abdul-aziz bouteflika announced this assistance during the visit of the then prime minister of tunisia, beji kaid essebsi, to algeria on 16 march 2011. on 14 september 2014, the algerian president signed a decree between algeria and tunisia, which included the ratification of the financial protocol, signed on 4 may 2014. ( elfajer newspaper, 2016) tunisia and algeria had signed on the occasion of the visit of the president of the government of tunisia on the 3rd and 4th may 2014, tunisia was granted a $100 million deposit to the tunisian bank to help tunisia overcome its financial crisis. the second agreement relates to the algerian president's agreement to grant tunisia a $100 million loan. the third convention also provided for bouteflika's ratification of $50 million in nonrefundable financial assistance. (aljazeera tv) by granting financial assistance to tunisia, algeria seeks to help its eastern neighbor overcome its financial difficulties as a result of the repercussions of its political crisis. in a statement to algerian television, the minister for foreign affairs of tunisia (monji hamidi) considered the agreements american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org signed as “a strong affirmation of algeria's standing with her sister tunisia and its full support in this transitional path and at this important stage in its history.” moreover, algeria is helping to facilitate the flow of algerian tourists to tunisia, where the representative of the tunisian tourism office in algeria confirmed that 5.1 million algerians entered tunisia in 2015 for summer holidays in a move that has curbed the tourism crisis in the absence of citizens of the european market. (laroussi, 2016) tunisia suffered a decline in the tourism sector due to terrorist attacks targeting foreign tourists. in march 2015, a terrorist attack targeted foreign tourists visiting the national museum in bardo, tunisia, leaving 22 people dead and 200 wounded and detaining some 45 tourists. in june of the same year, a terrorist operation at a hotel resulted “merhaba” in the tourist area of sousse, eastern tunisia, 38 tourists were killed and in november 12 presidential guards were killed in a suicide bombing of a bus in tunis. for libya, algeria did not provide financial assistance; rather, it provided special humanitarian assistance to those southern areas bordering algeria because of the significantly increased needs in libya, where citizens live a difficult life, following the decision to close the border with libya in 2013, following an incident “tiguentourine gas production” in 2014, algeria opened the borders exceptionally for satisfactory and humanitarian cases wishing to enter algeria. it also provided families with 350 tons of food (rice, flour, oil and baby's milk). also in 2015, algeria sent 70 tons of food and medical items, as urgent humanitarian assistance, to the residents of my city “gatt” and “ghadimis”, because of the fighting in libya, in 2016, algeria provided 18 tons of medicines and 12 tons of foodstuffs to the libyan people in order to alleviate their suffering in the country's dire conditions, with libya's western border cities registering significant health shortages, prompting algeria to open its borders in the region to admit libyan patients for treatment at ilizi governorate hospitals on the border with libya. (padoa) at the beginning of the 2017, the algerian authorities provided humanitarian assistance of 30 tons of foodstuffs to libya's population living on the border with algeria, in excess of 20 thousand liters of fuel for hospitals experiencing difficulties due to frequent power outages, as well as medicines, pharmaceuticals and milk for children.1 (algeria donates humanitarian aid to libya) it is clear from the foregoing that algeria is exposed to direct repercussions on its national security as a result of the internal events and situations in libya and tunisia. the implications required it to move on three axes: support for the dialogue mechanism, security coordination and assistance to neighbors libya and tunisia specifically. 4. conclusion: the 2011 wave of arab revolutions, particularly in the north african region, could be said to have had a direct impact on the formulation of algeria's foreign policy. algeria recognized the need to adapt to the new phase of the regional environment, thereby avoiding a policy of isolation and neutrality to a policy of confronting its outcomes. this has necessitated the re-establishment of a foreign policy that improves interaction with events and is an initiative towards the country's external environment, particularly the regional neighborhoods, which is a source of many threats to the vital interests of the algerian state and its national security. according to the facts dealt with in the body of the study concluded: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org arab revolution represented a real laboratory for reformulating algerian foreign policy directions, especially in the north african region. algeria was afraid of the democratization of the region and the rise of islamists, as did the concern of avoiding a similar scenario in algeria, in a way that prevented it from launching critical initiatives that would meet the challenges that existed during the arab spring revolutions of algeria as a nation still sheltering in revolutionary legitimacy as a cover that ensures the perpetuation of political power, they are also afraid that domino theory will apply to algeria's political and social landscape. the consequences of the fall of dominoes are the fall of political power, which continues to be a major challenge to the country's financial austerity and social and economic crises. despite the deteriorating security situation and the unprecedented external threats to algerian security and stability caused by the turmoil and destabilization of neighboring states such as tunisia and libya, algeria did not adopt the option of cross-border intervention to address threats in neighboring countries. algeria stands by the laissez-faire approach and promotes the resolution of crises in the region through political solutions through negotiation rather than military intervention, the latter which may ignore complex local dynamics and may increase divisions in the country, especially when the different political interests and attitudes of the various complex social, political and ideological actors are not taken into account. bibliographie 1. elfajer newspaper. (2016, 11 12). cooperation between algeria and tunisia in the fight against terrorism at the highest level. algeria. 2. united nations. (2012). report of the assessment mission on the impact of the libyan crisis on the sahel region . united nations. security council . 3. aïda, a. l. ( 2013). l'algérie et les crises régionales :entre velléités hégémoniques et repli, nouveaux regards sur le sahel. bruxelles: groupe de recherche et d'information sur la paix et la sécurité (grip). 4. algeria donates humanitarian aid to libya. (s.d.). récupéré sur http://en.aps.dz/algeria/16777algeria-donates humanitarian-aid-to-libya 5. aljazeera tv. (s.d.). algerian loans and assistance to tunisia for a quarter of a billion dollars. récupéré sur www.aljazeera.net: http://www.aljazeera.net/news/ebusiness/2014/5/4/ 35. 6. al-mubarak, m. (s.d.). sisi in algeria.. security cooperation and coordination. récupéré sur http://www.skynewsarabia.com/web/article/670976/ 7. amira, m. a. (2015). algeria's intervention in the libyan crisis: avoiding military involvement. al-ahram newspaper . 8. ayashi, a.-h. (s.d.). price of stability: algeria between the requirements of reform and the prospects of collapse. consulté le 11 22, 2021, sur journal of international politics: http://www.siyassa.org.eg/newsq/3150.aspx. 9. boutaflika, a. (2016, 06 14). bouteflika renews algeria’s support for the tunisian revolution. (s. a.-a. newspaper, intervieweur) 10. dakhan, n. (2016). the path to securing algerian borders between unilateral administration and regional cooperative formulas . journal of politics and law . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org 11. frédéric volpi, ,. ,. (2013). algeria versus the arab spring, journal of democracy (vol. volume 24). 12. ghabrah, a. e. (s.d.). tunisia and algeria: "security wall" against terrorism, at the link:. récupéré sur http://afrigatenews.net/node/120639. 13. gharbi, m. ( 2014). libya's escalating crisis implications for regional security and algerian security. algerian journal of security and development . 14. grégory, c., & sofia, z. (2016). post-revolutionary discontent and fractionalization in the maghreb managing the tunisia-libya border dynamics. netherlands institute of international relations. 15. jamila, s. (.2011/02/12.). algeria expresses its commitment to historical relations with egypt, . elchorouk newspaper . 16. kartas, m. (2014.). sur le fil ‘ le trafic et l’insécurité à la frontière tuniso-libyenne’, small arms survey, juillet . 17. laroussi, k. (2016). 5.1 million algerian tourists visited tunisia for the summer glitch. el khabar newspaper . 18. libya orders heavy weapons from algeria. (s.d.). récupéré sur http://onaeg.com/?p=2177210. 19. muafak, h. a. (s.d.). high prices inflame algerian street. récupéré sur http://www.aljazeera.net/news/reportsandinterviews/2011/1 28 . 20. muataz, s. (2011). arab positions on the january 25 revolution, , . al-ahram center for political and strategic studies , 57. 21. mustafa, b. (26/06/2016). algerian diplomacy and international crises in the light of president bouteflika's directives. sawt al-ahrar newspaper . 22. padoa, d. (s.d.). l’algérie envoie de l’aide humanitaire en libye . récupéré sur http://rmbuzz.com/2016/11/lalgerie-envoie-de-laide humanitaire-en-libye/ 23. presidential decree. (2016, march 7). no. 16-01. algeria: official gazette of the republic of algeria. 24. raialyoum newspaper. (s.d.). algeria reiterates its firm position regarding the rejection of external intervention to resolve the libyan crisis. consulté le 10 14, 2021, sur http://www.raialyoum.com/?p=616645. 25. tariq, a. (2013). arab political reform after 2011 analysis of the algerian situation. arab journal of political science . 26. the libyan crisis and algeria's limited role are as follows. (s.d.). récupéré sur libyaalkhabar: : http://www.libyaalkhabar.com/analysis/10817/ 27. the united nations. ( 2015). the united nations blesses algeria's political role in resolving the libyan crisis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org an immortal treasure of our national culture sayyora tuychieva professor of the department of "social sciences", doctor of philosophy uzbekistan state institute of art and culture uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information about the poetry that has been living among the people and its unique type the epic school, and its place in the education of young people. heritage, folklore, narrator (of folk tales), "alpomish", heroic education, uzbek epic, unique art. these immortal works of the world's cultural heritage show us that humanity has the same genealogy, historical roots, and noble ideals, and therefore, the aspirations of the representatives of different nations and peoples towards the future are also common. if we do not work together today to save this unique art, tomorrow will be too late, future generations and history will not forgive us" sh. mirziyoev, the president of the republic of uzbekistan. folklore is poetry created by the people and living among the people. it reflects people's centuries-old work, social and domestic life, knowledge and imagination about life, nature, and religious beliefs. folklore expresses people's high philosophical views, dreams, aspirations, poetic fantasy, as well as the world of rich thoughts, feelings, experiences, strong protest against tyranny and oppression, dreams of justice and happiness. folklore is an oral artistic creation that arose in the process of the formation of human speech. folklore is an integral part of the culture of the uzbek people. genre diversity of uzbek folklore, richness and originality of artistic tools used in glorification of universal ideas constitute a huge spiritual and artistic treasure of our nation. the history of our nation, its domestic life is vividly reflected in it, the highest and noblest human qualities, human happiness, self-sacrifice and heroism for the sake of the country's peace and freedom, loyalty in friendship and love, diligence and honesty in work are glorified, treachery, laziness, and cowardice are condemned. folklore is constantly developing, its main feature is that it is created and performed collectively by the masses. this feature determines the large number of variants, popularity, traditionality and anonymity of folklore works. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org uzbek folklore is extremely diverse in terms of genres. they differ from each other in their size, performance method (individual or collective), music and participation of movement. many uzbek literary and folkloristic scholars have contributed to the collection, research and preparation of this rich and colorful heritage. regular recording of samples of uzbek folklore began mainly in the 20s of the last century. this important work was initiated by uzbek scientists and poets ghozi olim yunusov, ghulom zafari and elbek. in the mid-20s, the founder of uzbek folklore, a great folklorist scientist hodi zaripov led the collection of folklore materials and scientific researches. on the initiative of the scientist and with his personal participation, epics from the repertoire of great epic poets such as ergash jumanbulbul ogli, fazil yoldosh ogli, polkan were recorded in folklore expeditions. large epics such as "alpomish", "shirin and shakar", "murodkhan", "orzigul", "malikai ayyor", "ravshan", "kunduz and yulduz" were published in the early 30s of the last century. it was presented to the heirs of its creators. these publications serve as a basis for further research and publications. the uzbek folk epic has gone through a long historical development. the roots of the ancient turkish epic go back to the times of the sakas and the massagets. the epic works of turkish folklore created before "alpomish" have reached us episodically through various historical sources, along with such epics as "tomaris", "shiroq", "siyovush", "zariadr and odatida", "striangiya and zarina", and it is not far from the fact that they have existed side by side. the influx of tribes into movarunnahr and khuroson and merging with the settled local population, the clash of cultural traditions and the subsequent gradual harmonization, the evolution of the uzbek nation, spurred the development of folklore and its leading genre, epics, and life itself created many new plots. during the first millennium ad, the masterpiece of the new uzbek folk epic "alpomish" was created in the 10th-11th centuries. most of the currently recorded uzbek epics were created in the 12th-17th centuries. the 17th-20th centuries were the most productive period of traditional folk epics. some epics formed huge cycles ("alpomish", "gorogli"). among them are heroic epics with the most ancient roots, in particular, the cycle of epics "alpomish" and "yodgor". these epics were created as an epic expression of clan relations, lifestyle, and customs of uzbek tribes who lived a nomadic or semi-nomadic life in the distant past. the epics show the union of local tribes striving to unite in order to create the first statehood, and their heroic struggle against external enemies. especially in "alpomish", which is the golden age of uzbek epic, the life style, dreams, hopes, patriotism, will, and spirit of the uzbek people of that historical period are expressed in a heroic idealized form, but expressed extremely vitally. another great era of uzbek epics is formed by epics described as romanic in folklore. they are divided into several groups according to the topic: military-romantic epics (for example, "yusuf and akhmad", "alibek and valibek"), heroic-romantic epics (the cycle of epics "rustam" and "gorogli", "akhmad"), lovingromantic epics ("kuntug'mish", "ravshan", a number of khorezm epics), social and household epics ("sokhibqiron", "qironkhon", "orzigul", "erali and sherali", "shirin and shakar") and book epics ("farkhod and shirin", "layli and majnun", "bakhrom and gulandom", "vomiq and uzro"). these epics are usually dedicated to fairy-tale romantic adventures of heroes, and although fantastic events take the leading place in their plot, they are based on certain life events and relationships lie. the epic "alpomish", a unique masterpiece of folklore, is a heroic work passed down from generations to ancestors, which shows the identity of our nation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org this epic teaches us such good qualities as patriotism, nobility, steadfastness, love, faithfulness and loyalty. in the book of the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, i. karimov, "high spirituality is an irresistible force", the work "alpomish" was highly evaluated and the following comments were made: “this immortal folklore was created by our people during the ages, took care as their faith, a lot of generations were brought up on the basis of the epic of “alpomish”, realized identity, had incomparable spiritual wealth. so, as long as we have a nation, it is necessary to research and study the school of epics and their place in the cultural and political life of the people with the activities of the people's gifts" [1:32]. when our writer oybek called bakhshis "treasurers of the riches of folklore", he probably meant that the emergence and development of the highly professional art form of folklore epic and folklore writing is connected with the name of bakhshis. bakhshi is one of the rare works of art, embodying the qualities of the people, reviving their feelings, wishes and life in epics and folklore collections, and bringing them back to the people themselves [2:37]. uzbek folk epics were first classified by v. m. zhirmunsky, kh. t. zaripov, m. zaripov, b. i. sarimsakov, and were divided into three types: heroic, romantic, and historical epics. ergash jumanbulbul ugli, such poets as islam, polkan, abdullah, umir, bola bakhshi, onabibi otajonova, niyozjon musaeva are the artists who sings, memorizes and passes down epics from generation to generation. their works are commendable. the epic "alpomish" that we want to interpret and analyse, which has come down to us in its pure form from of heroic epics, and is of great importance in the development of art and culture of the uzbek people. the epic "alpomish" is a heroic epic that embodies the ideals of humanity and justice, and is a unique masterpiece of the turkic peoples. among the copies of the epic, the version recorded from the oral version of fozil yoldash ugli is considered complete and perfect in terms of content and form [3:42]. high humanity, justice, true friendship, high ideals such as loyalty to love and sense of homeland are sung, and hakimbek alpomish is one of the main characters of the epic. the folk character of the work, i.e. the epic, is that the people created the hero alpomish in their imagination as "he cannot be burned by fire, he cannot be pierced by a sword, and he cannot be shot by a rifle". today, in the rapid process of the disappearance of kindness among young people, the icon of alpomish continues to serve as an educational school for our youth. for example, hakimbek, based on his knowledge, considers the habits characteristic of philanthropy to be generosity and appreciates it highly: "when a guest comes to someone from time to time, if he holds the guest’s horse, gives him a place, and sends him away with pleasure, this person is stingy, if he gives zakat from his property, this person is generous, if he does not pay zakat, he is stingy" [4:42]. in fact, alpomish is an inexhaustible source of people's memory, people's artistic genius, people's spirit, people's philosophy, people's traditions and hymns, and advice. the epic "alpomish" has been one of the most beloved epics of our bakhshi poets, which they sang with great enthusiasm. at the moment, the listeners, in addition to highly evaluating the epic, listened to it without getting bored, no matter how long it was sung in the performance of talented bakhshis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org according to the information, the famous epic poet who lived in the second half of the 18th century and the first half of the 19th century once sang the epic "alpomish" for three months without tiring [5:10]. another educational significance of the epic "alpomish" is that it was created by our ancestors not for reading like other traditional epics, but for singing. with a colorful, sonorous melody, and sometimes a melancholic one, it shakes the heart, only when you listen to the art that shakes the soul, its artistic power, the power of divine influence, as well as its qualities in understanding the identity of the nation manifest themselves. according to the folklorist scientist m. murodov, when kadir bakhshi sings "alpomish", you can imagine the strong man riding the boychibor vulture in order to save his bride barchinoy, to reach her beauty, the majestic majesty of hakimbek, his ability to control himself on the horse, cheerfulness, and joyful movements, when alpomish gets ahead of his rivals and sets off, the horse's hooting starts. that's why while listening to "alpomish" near kadir bakhshi, the scenes of the epic passed before our eyes like a picture of a movie. [6:4]. "alpomish"'s brilliant, perfect idea, elegant and beautiful artistry, colorful, pleasant melodies, pleasant voice and priceless performance of "alpomish" are harmoniously combined with all the elegance of the epic. this is the reason why traditional folk epics, including "alpomish", have become important values in the fate of our nation. for example, let's take the idea of patriotism and loyalty to the country in the epic. alpomish's greetings to the motherland with the help of goose in the prison, during captivity, the emigration pains and sufferings of barchinoy, kaldirgoch, yodgorbek’s are more vividly reflected in the pictures of the heroes' meetings on the road. alpomish: he talked to the goose for a few days, the goose's wounds healed, he began to fly and soar. hakimbek wrote a letter to the people of his motherland saying, "if you deliver the message of my life, you will send it to the motherland, after writing it to the goose wing messenger: i have a golden charm tied around my waist, god forgive me, i made a mistake, i have a father as boyburi in the land of kungirot, of course, give my wish to my father. i cry, i have pain in my heart, i have a hut in a ruined land, there is a mother who fed me with her milk, of course, please fulfill my request my mother. how long have i been a drummer among my people? beautiful barchinoy became shriveled, grant my wish to my beauty, lonely goose. you can quote as many scenes as the joy of the homeland is connected with the value of the motherland from the epic that deeply reflect the feelings of patriotism, and kinship. the epic "alpomish" has always been a work loved and listened to by the people. in 1939, the famous uzbek poet hamid olimjon, as the chairman of the board of the union of writers of uzbekistan at that time, invited the bakhshis to tashkent and did good work in order to listen to the bakhshis and write down the folk oral creation, which is considered the spiritual state of our ancestors. in particular, he spent three years working hard on the epic "alpomish", which is considered a folk heroic epic, and finished it in 1939. he highly marks the artistic talent of the singer and worker of the epic fozil yuldosh in folklore. when he wrote about the epic "alpomish" in the preface, he wrote that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org "we have not seen anybody who equals to the noble poet fozil yuldosh ugli in knowing the old uzbek folk heroic epics and singing them in keeping the epic technique", it is true that he meant the "alpomish" sung by the poet bakhshi.[7:117] . the epic "alpomish" prepared for publication by hamid olimjon is more perfect than the scientific and public editions of folk epics, in which the researcher shortened this epic consisting of fifteen thousand verses and published it publicly. the hero of uzbekistan, the national poet abdulla oripov always repeated one word: "great deeds remain from great people, because they leave spiritual treasures to the people" and as a proof of this word, he wrote the following thoughts in the selections published on the occasion of the 100th anniversary of the great poet hamid olimjon: “as a poet and a person, hamid olimjon did countless great things to glorify the spiritual values of our nation. in 1939, he prepared and published the epic "alpomish". and that was, without a doubt, bravery. unfortunately, not long after that, in january 1952, this epic was banned again due to pressure. "alpomish" was blessed with bright days only with the honour of our independence and the first president". [8:8]. according to scientists, there are currently about forty versions of this epic. three of his versions created in the surkhan oasis were recorded by representatives of the sherabad epic school umir bakhshi, mardonaqul avliyoqul ogli and abdunazar poyonov, and published as a book. the total length of the manuscript is 600 pages, the poetic part is 14,230 poem lines. this epic, presented to readers in a polished and filled form, reflects the dignity, pride, nobility, love of the country and great pain of the uzbek. the book "alpomish", which contains 400 epics, was prepared and published, and is being given to those who start a new family. of course, reading and observing the epic "alpomish", which is one of our values that perfectly embodies common human feelings, which is a unique work both in terms of its content and the study of life and human problems, and the exemplary aspects of the lives of the heroes will provide great spiritual enlightenment for young people. in today's rapid processes, education of young people has been raised to the level of state policy, many measures have been established to properly organize their free time, to widely promote reading among young people, and positive results are being achieved. in conclusion, it can be said that today in our country people are working hard in order to preserve not only the immortal heritage of our national culture "alpomish", but also the rare art of bakshis, and organizing international conferences to inherit it to the future generations. the republican center for the art of bakshis, the fund for the development of the art of bakshis, the preparations for the publication of 100-volume "monuments of people's creativity" and the establishment of the honourary title of "people's bakhshi of uzbekistan" will be remembered by our people as unique bright examples of ensuring the viability of national values. references: 1. karimov i.a. high spirituality is an indomitable power. tashkent. "spirituality", 2008. p. 172 kadirova folk-lore. tashkent, 2002, p. 37 2. the same source: p. 42 3. the same source: p. 42 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 4. fazil poet. studies on uzbek folk art. book 3. tashkent, fan, 1973, p. 10. 5. m. muradov. alpomish interpretation of suvrat and sirat. people's word. january 14, 1997. 6. s. toychieva. wandering the valleys. tashkent. publishing house of the national library of uzbekistan named after a. navoi, 2018, 117/ b a. oripov. fascinating poetry. "i sit awake like a river. election. tashkent. east. 2009.8 p. 7. xojaev m. the religious-philosophical legacy of ahmed zaki validiy. the light of islam 2019 (4), 122. 8. mi xujaev. historical philosophy of ahmed zaki validi. scientific bulletin of namangan state university 1 (12), 126-132. 9. muminjon xojaev. the religious-philosophical legacy of ahmed zaki validiy. the light of islam. 2019. p. 26. 10. хужаев муминжон исохонович. bashkir turkish studies. epra international journal of research & development development monthly peer reviewed & indexed international online journal volume: 5, issue:8, august 2020. 11. muminjon xujaev. mahmudkhuja behbudiy as a leader of jadid reforms. the light of islam. 2020. 3 стр. 39-47. 12. муминжон исохонович хужаев. некоторые особенности этических взглядов ахмет-заки валидова. 2015. сredo new. 2-2. стр.3-3. 13. хужаев муминжон исохонович. аҳмад заки валидийнинг диний-фалсафий меросининг илдизлари. «интернаука» 2018. том.33. № 21(33). – с. 177-182. https://uzjournals.edu.uz/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1087&context=iiau javascript:void(0) https://uzjournals.edu.uz/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1087&context=iiau https://uzjournals.edu.uz/iiau/vol2020/iss3/4/ https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=23433972 https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=23433972 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 2, | july, 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org determining and diagnosing afflictions and diseases in the noble qur’an ruaa mhmood shihab iraqi university, college of education for girls, department of quran and islamic education ruaa.iraq@gmail.com mohammed khalil khairullah iraqi university, college of education for girls, department of quran and islamic education a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s to test in language is a test and a test, ibn manzur said: “a man has been afflicted with calamity and calamity, and i have afflicted him: i have tested him…, and calamity is in good and evil, it is said: i have afflicted him with a good trial and a bad calamity. there is not much difference between the idiomatic meaning and the linguistic meaning. the testing of the servants is a fixed sunnah that has been passed by allah almighty in all of his creation to test the sincerity of their faith; allah says{ن ونَ ي ف تَ َل َوه م آَمنَّا يَق ول وا أَن ي ت َرك وا أَن النَّاس أََحِسبَ * الم لََمنَّ قَب لِِهم ِمن الَِّذينَ فَتَنَّا َولَقَد * لََمنَّ َصَدق وا الَِّذينَ ّللاَّ فَلَيَع :العنكبوت]{ال َكاِذبِينَ َولَيَع allah almighty has informed of the many types of affliction that afflict his servants, and the variety of its forms, and between the affliction that occurs in the affliction of fear, hunger, and lack of money, lives, fruits, and so on. including wars and epidemics such as the plague and other viruses and deadly epidemics, and he urged us glory be to him to be patient to afflict us with this, and he clarified the good outcome of those who are patient with affliction. diagnosing, afflictions, noble qur’an. introduction praise be to allah, we praise him, we seek his help, we seek his forgiveness, we seek his guidance, and we seek refuge in allah from the evils of ourselves, and from the evils of our deeds. allah with truth, guidance, and guidance, so he conveyed the message, fulfilled the trust, and left his nation on the white pilgrimage, its night as its day, no one deviates from it except a perisher, and we pray and greet the messenger of allah allah who was afflicted with all kinds of afflictions, so he was patient and thankful, and struggled for the sake of allah as he deserved his struggle until he was victorious, and may allah be pleased with his afflicted good companions, who gave fatwas and were truthful, and were patient and steadfast, so they did not weaken and did not give up, and on those who follow them in goodness until the day of judgment and peace be upon them abundantly. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org the great qur’an is allah clear book, which allah, lord of the worlds, revealed to his messenger, may allah bless him and grant him peace, as guidance and admonition for the righteous, and it is the first source of islam, doctrine, law, morals, and etiquette. and the rules of guidance and legislation that guide his family to those who follow his pleasure. rather, the prince brings them out from darkness into the light by harming him and guides them to a straight path it is the comprehensive constitution of islam, in which god separated rights and duties, systems of relationships and transactions, and prescribed limits and rulings: “...and guide you to a large number of trousers that do not come to him from his hands or from whom; therefore we must draw from its means the order of life, because it contains happiness and guides to what is it is the most upright. this period is to guide to that which is most upright and give good tidings to the believers who do righteous deeds that they will have a great reward. allah says ِ إِنَّا قَال وا) ونَ إِلَي هِ َوإِنَّا لِِلَّ َمة َربِِّهم ِمن َصلََوات َعلَي ِهم أ ولَئِكَ * َراِجع ه تَد ونَ ه م َوأ ولَئِكَ َوَرح .البقرة )ال م after the research i conducted in the indexed lexicon of the words of the noble qur’an and the indexed dictionary of the meanings of the great qur’an (and the etymological lexicon of the words of the qur’an, it was found that the number of verses in which the word “affliction” or one of : indicate the affliction, are forty-one verses, and it came its derivatives, whether or not their meanings that with several meanings, and i will cite examples of these verses. examination and discrimination by assignment ا ن ودِ طَال وت فََصلَ فَلَمَّ َ إِنَّ قَالَ بِال ج م ّللاَّ ب تَلِيك ه لَم َوَمن ِمنِّي فَلَي سَ ِمن ه َشِربَ فََمن بِنَهَر م تََرفَ َمنِ إِلَّ ِمنِّي فَإِنَّه يَط َعم فَة اغ ر فََشِرب وا ۚ بِيَِدهِ غ ا ۚ ِمن ه م قَلِيل إِلَّ ِمن ه مَ ال يَ لَنَا طَاقَةَ َل قَال وا َمَعه آَمن وا َوالَِّذينَ ه وَ َجاَوَزه فَلَمَّ و ن وِدهِ بَِجال وتَ َلق و أَنَّه م يَظ نُّونَ الَِّذينَ قَالَ ۚ َوج م god, how many a small group has defeated a large group, by allah permission, and god is with the patient ( ) . when taloot separated from the army, he said to them: allah is afflicting you with a river, and the wisdom of this affliction is that the children of israel were in conflict with the prophets and kings with the appearance of the signs and then allah. he wanted to distinguish the patient in war from those who had run out of patience, and got used to patience in adversity, so allah tested them with what they suggested from the river, and this river is located between jordan and palestine, for those who drink from this. the river is not people of religion and obedience, except for the one who did not feed it, that is, there is no taste, and this is a more difficult task, and whoever forbids drinking water if he washes his mouth. he finds a kind of lightness and comfort, except for he who sweeps a room with his hand, which is the small thing that goes in the palm of the hand, and those who violated and were among the people of polytheism and hypocrisy said that we cannot fight goliath and we did not fight. as for the small group that remained with talut, they know that they will meet allah and he is with them with victory and help. ( ) the meaning of assignment to distinguish allah says ِمن ونَ اب ت لِيَ ه نَالِكَ ؤ ل ِزل وا ال م ا ِزل َزال َوز . ( ) ﴾١١﴿ َشِديد allah tested the believers, so he distinguished between the truthful and the hypocritical, and that allah test is not for clarity of the matter, but for another wisdom that only allah knows, and allah, glory be to him, knows what they are but him, glory be to him. allah wanted to show him to other angels and prophets, so they were troubled and troubled. the remembrance of allah and their hearts tremble, and they are the true believers american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org . ( ) . the meaning of the examination the almighty said: indeed there are signs there, even though we should be grieved. [the believers]: ( ) almighty allah mentioned in previous verses the story of noah (peace be upon him) because it contains verses and proofs calling for faith and avoiding unbelief, and this miracle is great in the annihilation of the infidels and the survival of the earth for people of religion, i.e. even if we were afflicted before, and the possibility that it is, and if we will be afflicted later, and this what this means is that we punish those who lie by drowning and such, and then we test by drowning who did not lie in the face of interest and not in the face of torture, and so that we do not estimate that all drownings take place on the same face, but differ according to interest ( ). he came to be tested here in the sense that he is being tested, meaning that hearts are tested with the beliefs and intentions they possess, and what souls hide, and the test and the test here is that the actions of a man are presented to him on the day of resurrection and he looks at the worksheet written by the angels with all the details to know that what was mentioned it agrees with what is written, and because it is the responsibility of the day of resurrection. so it is permissible to call the meaning here a test, and that the test, and the test is ( ) . the meaning of discrimination allah says ِمنِينَ لِيََذرَ ّللاَّ َكانَ َما ؤ م ّللاَّ َكانَ َوَما ۗ الطَّيِّبِ ِمنَ ال َخبِيثَ يَِميزَ َحتَّى َعلَي هِ أَن ت م َما َعلَى ال م ِكنَّ ال َغي بِ َعلَى لِي ط لَِعك َ َولَ تَبِي ّللاَّ ِمن يَج لِهِ س ِ فَآِمن وا ۖ يََشاء َمن ر لِهِ بِالِلَّ س ِمن وا َوإِن ۚ َور م َوتَتَّق وا ت ؤ ر فَلَك . ( ) َعِظيم أَج allah would not warn you, believers, on the mixing of the believer with the hypocrite and the like, until he distinguishes the hypocrite from the believer, and the glory has distinguished between them by inflicting hardships and calamities, killing and defeat, and allah promised with his victory for the believers and humiliation of the unbelievers, and that it is not permissible for discrimination to happen if allah informs you of backbiting that so-and-so is from the people of paradise and so-and-so is from the people of hell, so this is the sunnah of allah that the common people do not know about backbiting, and it is not possible to know excellence except by examinations, so that the agreeable is distinguished from the hypocrite. he will test his creation with the laws at their hands until the two parties are distinguished by the test, and when the evidence indicates the prophecy and the suspicion in challenging the prophecy that you mentioned, it is our duty to do so. . except that you believe in god and his messengers, and the almighty said (and his messengers) to warn that whoever affirms the prophecy of one of them is obliged to acknowledge the prophecy of eating, and that you believe and be pious, then you have a great reward and reward . ( ) . the meaning of discrimination o nation of our master muhammad, allah made you the successors of the past nations on earth by destroying them and bequeathing you to the earth after them, and he raised some of you above others by degrees of richness and blues to test you in what he provided for you, and that allah, glory be to him, is swift in punishment for his enemies, and he is the forgiving of his guardians, most merciful with them. ( ) . allah says: ﴿ ون وا َوَل لَهَا نَقََضت َكالَّتِي تَك دِ ِمن َغز ة بَع م تَتَِّخذ ونَ أَنَكاث ا ق وَّ م َدَخل أَي َمانَك ة تَك ونَ أَن بَي نَك بَى ِهيَ أ مَّ ة ِمن أَر إِنََّما ۚ أ مَّ م م َولَي بَيِّنَنَّ ۚ بِهِ ّللاَّ يَب ل وك مَ لَك يَاَمةِ ال قِ يَو نت م َما تَلِف ونَ فِيهِ ك . ( ) ﴾تَخ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org there was a woman from the quraysh whose name was a tie or a tie, and she was a fool who was spinning, she and her maidservants. what is meant by this proverb is description without specifying, that the intent of the proverbs is to dismiss the person responsible for it if it is ugly, and to pray to it if it is good, and it is done without specifying. it is after the strength of spinning babramha and twisting. and one of the refractions is the untie, meaning the yarn of wool and the hair is twisted and woven, so if the fabric is tight, it is cut and the knotted threads are untied and those threads are untied and mixed with the wool and then spun again, and this verse is related to what came before it, the almighty said. : and fulfill the covenant of allah when you made a covenant, and do not break oaths after confirming them, and allah has placed you over them over them. ( ) appreciate the verse and fulfill the covenant of allah if you make a covenant, and do not break the oath after confirming it. and betrayal among you is because a nation is greater than another nation in number, strength and honor than another nation. and allah commands and forbids you, so he distinguishes the right from the wrong with the apparent degrees of reward and punishment ( ) . the meaning of distinction the almighty said: he who created death and life in order to test which of you is best in deed, and he is the mighty, the forgiving. ( ). life is the origin of blessings, and if it were not for it, we would not enjoy in this world and it is the origin of the blessings of the hereafter, and death is also a blessing, and it is the difference between the state of assignment and the state of being rewarded, and it is a blessing in this way. it is to treat his servant as a laboratory, and to teach you which of you is the best work ( ) . the meaning of assignment and exhortation. allah says: ِّالِِحينَ ِمنَ لِي هَب َرب نَاه 100 الصَّ َلم فَبَشَّر ا 101 َحلِيم بِغ يَ َمَعه بَلَغَ فَلَمَّ أَنِّي ال َمنَامِ فِي أََرى إِنِّي ب نَيَّ يَا قَالَ السَّع كَ بَح َمر َما اف َعل أَبَتِ يَا قَالَ ۚ تََرى َماَذا فَان ظ ر أَذ ابِِرينَ ِمنَ ّللاَّ َشاءَ إِن َستَِجد نِي ۖ ت ؤ .( ) الصَّ it indicates the occurrence and attainment of what our master ibrahim al-khalil (peace be upon him) preached. when he realized and reached the limit in which he was able to strive, with him, i.e. being with him, that the father was the most gentle of people to the child, and his son was the perfection of his dream and his chest gave him what strengthened him to endure those the great calamity, and also his answer was good. our master ibrahim saw in his sleep on the night of perching, as if he was saying to him that allah commands you to slaughter this son of yours. so when he was told about that from morning to night, he was wondering whether this dream is from allah or from satan? then it was called the day of tarwiyah, and when it came in the evening, he saw something similar, so he knew that it was from allah, so it was called the day of arafat. and if what he sees is true, then he has no choice but to slaughter, and he informed his son of this so that it would be easier for him, and to test his patience and determination from his childhood to obey allah and obey his father. ، and he counted that with allah, and (peace be upon him) believed what he promised, so when they testified and remembered allah, abraham was at the slaughter, and the boy was on death-death testimony and received and submitted to allah command. so he called, o ibrahim, but he was commanded in a dream by the introduction to the slaughter, not by the same slaughter. and he recognized that this vision is a duty to act upon ( ) . and to release that hardship from them with their kindness, and the slaughter did not take place, this is the clear test that distinguishes the savior from others. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org we ransom him with what was sacrificed in his stead, and the action was completed with it.he was a big fat ram, or mighty ram. and we kept for him the best praise until the day of judgment, so peace be upon abraham, and he mentioned the reward in praising those who are firmly rooted in faith. ( ) . the meaning of assignment the almighty said: we have made what is on the earth an adornment for it, that we may test them which of them is best in deed. ( ). and allah almighty used to say: o muhammad, i created the earth and adorned it, and brought forth from it all kinds of benefits and interests. you too, o muhammad, should not end in grief because of their disbelief until you leave your work in calling them to the religion of truth, and that he tests them to see which of them is more obedient to allah and more persistent in his determination. so the meaning is that he, glory be to him, has only beautified the earth for the sake of testing and testing, not for the sake of human beings eternally enjoying it ( ) . meaning of the test. let you be in your money and yourself, and you will hear from those who have given the book before you ( ) . that is, you will be tested, and the meaning here came in the description of allah almighty that he treats the servant as a laboratory, and they differed in the meaning of affliction, so they said: what is meant is what befalls them of hardship and poverty and what afflicts them of killing and defeat on the part of the infidels, as they committed patience in jihad, and they said what is meant by severe costs related to the body and money, which is prayer, zakat and jihad, and what is meant by the types of harm, is harm to the hearing that occurs from jews, christians, and polytheists to muslims, because they used to say, “the mighty is the son of allah, and the messiah is the son of allah.” the polytheists incite people to disobey the messenger (may allah bless him and grant him peace), so the speech is subject to all. the one who opposes the religion, and he preceded the mention of patience and then mentioned piety after him, because man only precedes patience because he wants to avoid what he should not, and it is from the correctness of the measure that there is no doubt in the emergence of guidance, and it is what every disobedient should he does not intend to do so, and he will inevitably take himself for it ( ) . the most high said: and we have revealed to you the book with the truth, confirming what was before it of the book and omnipotent. so judge between them according to what allah has revealed, and do not follow their whims from what has come to you. from the right, to each of you, we made a law and a method for you, and if allah had willed, he would have made you one nation for you. what has come to you, then strive for good deeds, to allah he who returns to you all will inform you of what you used to disagree about. ( ) . allah has made you a group that agrees on one law, and one religion in which there is no difference, and allah almighty tested you in different laws. do you work with them, submissive to allah and subject to allah commands? or do you follow the similarities and fall short in action, and allah commands us to hasten and race to do good deeds, and the almighty’s saying (to allah you shall return all) is a resumption in the meaning of reasoning to anticipate good deeds, and he informs you of what you do not complain with of the reward separating you between your right and what invalidates you, and that what is meant will lead to what will disappear with it. doubts and certainty will occur with it when the benefactor is rewarded with his goodness and the offender with his wrongdoing ( ) . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org allah says: نَاه م يفِ قَطَّع ضِ َر ا اْل ونَ ِمن ه م ۖ أ َمم الِح لِكَ د ونَ َوِمن ه م الصَّ نَاه م ۖ َذ يِّئَاتِ بِال َحَسنَاتِ َوبَلَو ونَ لََعلَّه م َوالسَّ ِجع .() ﴾١٦٨﴿ يَر that is, we tore the jews severely apart, and it appears in this that there is no inhabited land without a nation in it, for there is hardly a country that does not have a group of them, and what is meant by the righteous are the people who were in the time of moses (peace be upon him) because there was a nation who guided with truth, and among them were people other than that, those who stayed in judaism, and the almighty’s saying (may they return) indicates that what is meant by that is those who adhere to judaism and come out of righteousness. to obedience, and allah almighty wants them to repent or return to him ( ) . allah says: َلَفَت َما نَف س ك لُّ تَب ل و ه نَالِك وا ۚ أَس دُّ ِ إِلَى َور َله م ّللاَّ ونَ َكان وا َما َعن ه م َوَضلَّ ۖ ال َحقِّ َمو . ( ) يَف تَر the affliction is a test, and it is a reason for the occurrence of knowledge, and what is meant is the reward and punishment that appears to them from allah, warning by this that allah judgment of reward and punishment does not change, and that they turned away from the false master and returned to the true lord. and that they used to claim in what they worshiped that they would intercede for them and that their worship was close to allah, so he, glory be to him, warned that this will disappear in the hereafter, and they know that this is false. ( ) . allah says: م َوإِذ ي نَاك نَ آلِ ِمن نَجَّ َعو م فِر ونَك ونَ ال َعَذابِ س وءَ يَس وم م ي َذبِّح ي ونَ أَب نَاَءك تَح م َويَس م َوفِي ۚ نَِساَءك لِك م ِمن بََلء َذ َعِظيم َربِّك ( ) . and remember that from the followers of pharaoh and those who were on his religion, they would cost you severe torment, by killing your sons and keeping your women alive, and this what they were doing to you: a test, a test, and a test from the lord of the worlds, and that in saving you we will save you from these trials is a great blessing, and affliction: cattle, and affliction. : intensity ( ) . meaning to show allah says: قَانَ َوأَن َزلَ لِلنَّاسِ ه د ى قَب ل ِمن وا الَِّذينَ إِنَّ ۗ ال ف ر ِ بِآيَاتِ َكفَر (.(ان تِقَام ذ و َعِزيز َوّللاَّ ۗ َشِديد َعَذاب لَه م ّللاَّ ا} م أََولَمَّ ِصيبَة م أََصابَت ك م ِعن دِ ِمن ه وَ ق ل هََذا أَنَّى ق ل ت م ِمث لَي هَا أََصب ت م قَد َ إِنَّ أَن ف ِسك ء ك لِّ َعلَى ّللاَّ م َوَما (165) قَِدير َشي مَ أََصابَك يَو َعانِ ال تَقَى نِ ال َجم ِ فَبِإِذ لَمَ ّللاَّ ِمنِينَ َولِيَع ؤ لَمَ (166) ال م ِذينَ الَّ َولِيَع ا لَه م َوقِيلَ نَافَق وا ِ َسبِيلِ فِي قَاتِل وا تََعالَو وا أَوِ ّللاَّ فَع لَم لَو قَال وا اد قِتَال نَع م نَاك ف رِ ه م َلتَّبَع َمئِذ لِل ك يَمانِ ِمن ه م أَق َرب يَو ِ لَم َوّللاَّ ق ل وبِِهم فِي لَي سَ َما بِأَف واِهِهم يَق ول ونَ لِْل ونَ بَِما أَع ت م قَال وا الَِّذينَ (167) يَك َوانِِهم خ ونَا لَو َوقََعد وا ِِلِ وا ق ل ق تِل وا َما أَطَاع َرء م َعن فَاد تَ أَن ف ِسك ن ت م إِن ال َمو . ( ) {(168) َصاِدقِينَ ك when misfortune befalls you, meaning: what befell them on the day of uhud, you were likewise injured on the day of badr, that they killed seventy and captured seventy, and likewise they were killed on the day of uhud, seventy, so you said from where did all this killing and defeat hit us while we are muslims, and with us is the messenger of allah (peace be upon him)? ! this has happened because you left the position and asked for the spoils, for from yourselves evil has come to you, and that allah is able to give you victory with your obedience to your prophet, and he left victory despite your opposition to the prophet (may allah bless him and grant him peace). and if what befalls you on the day of uhud, it is by the decree of allah and his decree, and this verse allah comforts them with that, and that he knows the steadfast and patient believers, as well as the hypocrites who are terrified of what has been revealed to them. and it was said that the hypocrites, when they departed on that day from the believers, come to fight with us and to increase our people if you do not fight, they said: if we knew that you are fighting today, we would have followed you. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org but today there will be no fighting, and they hypocritical about this because if they knew that, they would not have followed them, as they showed betrayal of the believers, so they are closer to disbelief than they are to faith, because before that they they were closer to belief in their outward appearance, so when they failed the believers, they became closer to disbelief in terms of their outward appearance ( ) . the meaning of sedition allah says: ُّتِ َذائِقَة نَف س ك ل م ۗ ال َمو ونَ َوإِلَي نَا ۖ فِت نَة َوال َخي رِ بِالشَّرِّ َونَب ل وك َجع .( ) ت ر and this generality is in a specific soul, for allah almighty is the same for his saying: ِعيَسى يَا ّللاَّ قَالَ َوإِذ يَمَ اب نَ يَ اتَِّخذ ونِي لِلنَّاسِ ق ل تَ أَأَنتَ َمر هَي نِ َوأ مِّ ِ د ونِ ِمن إِلَ ب َحانَكَ قَالَ ۖ ّللاَّ ك نت إِن ۚ بَِحق لِي لَي سَ َما أَق ولَ أَن لِي يَك ون َما س تَه فَقَد ق ل ت ه لَم ۚ َعلِم لَم أَع َوَل نَف ِسي فِي َما تَع م أَنتَ إِنَّكَ ۚ نَف ِسكَ فِي َما ي وبِ َعلَّ يَمَ اب نَ ِعيَسى يَا ّللاَّ قَالَ َوإِذ ال غ لِلنَّاسِ ق ل تَ أَأَنتَ َمر يَ اتَِّخذ ونِي هَي نِ َوأ مِّ ِ د ونِ ِمن إِلَ ب َحانَكَ قَالَ ۖ ّللاَّ تَه فَقَد ق ل ت ه ك نت إِن ۚ بَِحق لِي لَي سَ َما أَق ولَ أَن لِي يَك ون َما س لَم ۚ َعلِم َوَل نَف ِسي فِي َما تَع لَم م أَنتَ إِنَّكَ ۚ نَف ِسكَ فِي َما أَع ي وبِ َعلَّ . ( ) ﴾ال غ and that death is not permissible on him, and so are inanimate objects, for they have souls, but they do not die, and the specific general is a pilgrimage, so it remains valid except for these things. what is meant by his preludes are great pains, because death before entering it is impossible to comprehend, and the state of his existence makes the person dead, and the affliction does not come true except with the assignment, and that allah almighty did not limit himself to the one who is charged with commanding and forbidding, even if it is difficult, but rather he afflicted him with goodness, which is the best of the world of health, pleasure and empowerment of desires. likewise, he afflicts him with evil, which is the harms of this world of poverty and pain, and that the servant, with the task, hesitates between gratitude for the grants and is patient in adversity, so his reward is magnified if he does so. it is called a test because it is in the form of a test. and (fitna) is a definite source for our nobles, without its wording. and to allah you will return to his judgment, his accountability, and his reward. ) . the meaning of discord allah says: م نَك ن أَلَم ي نَاد ونَه م م بَلَى قَال وا ۖ َمَعك ِكنَّك م فَتَن ت م َولَ ت م أَن ف َسك تَب ت م َوتََربَّص م َوار ت ك ََمانِيُّ َوَغرَّ ر َجاءَ َحتَّى اْل ِ أَم م ّللاَّ ك ِ َوَغرَّ بِالِلَّ ور . ( ) ال َغر the believing hypocrites call out: were we not with you in the life of this world marrying you and inheriting you? they said: yes, but you sinned it with hypocrisy, and you waited for death in muhammad (upon him be blessings and peace), and doubted the faith, and you were deceived by what you had hoped from the descending of the pillars. with the believers, until his command, glory be to him, came, which is death, and deceived you with allah knowledge and forbearance, the accursed satan ( ) . conclusion /future work allah almighty said: “let us test them which of them is best in deed.” the affliction is the meaning of testing and testing. but by thinking and understanding the customary word affliction, we find that it immediately takes the form of calamities, as the affliction with calamities is not denied by anyone. as for the affliction with blessings, it is the most calamitous for the human being. and let not those who disbelieve think that we give them respite for themselves that is good for themselves. one of the foundations of faith is that we believe that allah almighty is all-wise in all his actions; he does nothing except for perfect wisdom; those who knew it knew it, and those who were ignorant made it ignorant. this includes bringing affliction to the people. allah almighty does not inflict american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org calamity in vain, forbid it glory be to him -, rather he sends it down for a great and glorious rule that he clarified in his book and the sunnah of his prophet may allah prayers and peace be upon him -. away from the crude and naive interpretations that were spread among people to seek the hadith of the qur’an about the corona virus; in an attempt by them to answer the questions raised by this crisis in their minds and selves about the wisdom of inflicting this affliction; we look at this epidemic in its true form; and it is that it is a disease and a calamity with which allah almighty afflicts his servants for a great wisdom that allah almighty has told us about in his book; he also told us the reasons for his refusal to escape from it. references 1. see: the great interpretation, interpretation of the great qur’an: by imam abu al-qasim suleiman bin ahmed bin ayoub al-tabarani, (260-360 ah), edited by: hisham al-badrani, dar al-kitab althaqafi, jordan, 1, 2008 ad, vol. 1, p. (454-456). 2. the great interpretation: imam al-fakhr al-razi, 2nd edition, dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya, tehran, vol. 6, pp. (179-181). 3. the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: the imam of investigators and role model for auditors, judge nasir al-din abi saeed abdullah ibn omar ibn muhammad al-shirazi al-baydawi, (d.) 4. the merits of interpretation: imam muhammad jamal al-din al-qasimi, (d. 1332 ah 1914 ad): authenticated and corrected, and its verses and hadiths were extracted: muhammad basil oyoun al-soud, dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya, beirut lebanon, 2nd edition, year 1424 ah 2003 ad, volume 2, p. 182183) see: the great explanation of imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (25), p. (199). 5. tafsir al-baydawi named lights of revelation and secrets of interpretation, vol. (2), pg. (241), and interpretation of the great qur’an: for hafiz abi al-fida ismail bin omar bin katheer alqurashi al-dimashqi (700 774 ah), investigation by sami bin muhammad al-salama, taiba house for publishing and distribution, i. the second (1420 ah 1999 ad), c (6), p. (388), the long sea in the interpretation of the glorious qur’an: by abu al-abbas ahmed bin muhammad bin ajiba, 1161 ah 1224 ah, investigation and commentary, ahmed abdullah al-qurashi raslan, assistant teacher, department of interpretation, college aswal al-din tanta al-azhar university, printed at the expense of dr. hassan abbas zaki, cairo 1419 ah 1999 ad, volume (4), pp. (414-415). 6. see: interpretation of jami’ al-bayan on the interpretation of any qur’an: by abu jaafar muhammad bin jarir al-tabari, (224 ah 310 ah) investigation by dr. abdullah bin abdul mohsen al-turki in cooperation with the center for arab and islamic research and studies in dar hajar, dr. abdul-sanad hassan yamama. hajar for printing and publishing, c (17), p. (38), the great interpretation of imam al-fakhr al-razi, c (23), p. (95-96), interpretation of al-baydawi called the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation, vol. (2), p. (103), 7. tafsir ibn kathir: for the great imam imad al-din abi al-fida ismail bin kathir al-dimashqi, who died in the year (774 ah), verified and commented on him and his hadiths came out by shuaib alarna’oot, muhammad afas mustafa al-khan, and in the footnotes are selected benefits from the interpretation of the two signs ibn baz and ibn uthaymeen, may god almighty have mercy on them dar al-resala al-alameya, first edition, edition 1431 ah 2010 ad, c (5), p. (427). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 8. see: tafsir al-jilani: sayyid sharif sheikh muhyi al-din abi muhammad abd al-qadir al-jilani al-husayni al-husayni, died (561 ah 1165 ad), research and investigation by sayyid sharif dr. muhammad fadel gilani al-husayni al-husayni al-tilani al-jamzarqi, al-jilani center for scientific research, istanbul, i (2), 1430 a.h. 2009 a.d., c (6), pg. (343), 9. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: by al-baydawi, volume (2), pg. (587), interpretation of ibn katheer: for imam abi al-fida bin katheer, part (8), pg. (395), 10. interpretation of tabsir al-rahman and tasir al-mannan with some indications of the miracle of the qur’an: authored by sheikh alaa al-din ali bin ahmed al-mahaimi, who died in the year (835 ah), edited, extracted and commented by sheikh ahmed farid al-mazidi, first ed., part (3), pp. (527-528). 11. see: al-tafsir al-kabeer al-imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (9), pp. (111 112). 12. tafsir al-baydawi called the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation, vol. (1), p. (192), 13. interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (2), pp. (158-159), 14. tafsir al-safi: authored by the philosopher of the jurists, the jurist of the philosophers, the professor of his time and the threat of his age, mawla mohsen, nicknamed al-fayd al-kashani, who died in the year (1091 ah) publications of al-sadr library iran tehran, i (3), c (1), p. (403). 15. see: al-wajeez in the interpretation of the dear book: authored by abi al-hasan ali bin ahmed al-wahidi, professor of his time in the science of interpretation, died in the year (468 ah), investigated by safwan adnan daoudi, dar al-qalam: damascus, al-dar al-shamiya: beirut, i (1): 1415 ah 1995 ad. volume (1), pg. (385), the great interpretation: by al-razi, part (14), p. (13) the perceptions of the download and the realities of interpretation: authored by abi albarakat abdullah bin ahmed bin mahmoud al-nasfi, d.(710 ah), verified and narrated by hadiths, youssef ali badawi, reviewed and presented to him, d. mohi al-din dib misto, dar ibn kathir, damascus, beirut, i (4) year (1429 a.h. 2008 a.d.), c (1) pg. (553), safwa al-tafseer: interpretation of the holy qur’an, inclusive between 16. the literal and reasonable one, derived from the most reliable books of interpretation: “al-tabari, al-kashshaf, al-qurtubi, al-alusi, ibn kathir, al-bahr al-mohet” and others in an easy style, modern organization, with care for the graphic and linguistic faces: authored by (mohammed ali al-sabouni), professor at the college of sharia and islamic studies makkah al-mukarramah king abdulaziz university, dar al-sabouni, i (9), vol. (1), pg (432).. 17. see: al-tafsir al-kabeer: imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (20), pp. (108-109), 18. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: by al-baidawi, vol. (1), pp. (555-556), interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (4), pp. (528529), 19. the merits of interpretation: by al-qasimi, vol. (6), pp. (404-405). see: the great interpretation: by imam al-razi, part (30), pp. (55-56), abbreviated interpretation of al-qurtubi: imam abi abdullah muhammad bin ahmed bin abi bakr bin farah al-ansari al-qurtubi, who died in the year 671 ah. irfan hassouna, scientific books house, beirut lebanon, i (1), 1422 ah 2001 ad, volume (4), p. (351), 20. interpretation of anwala download and secrets of interpretation: al-baidawi vol. (2), pg. (509), 21. interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (8), pg (207). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 22. see jami’ al-bayan: by al-tabari, vol. (19), pp. (578-606) 23. tafsir al-kabeer: by imam al-razi, part (26), pp. (153-156), interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: by al-baydawi, vol. (2), pp. (298-299), interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (7), pp. (61-64). 24. see: al-tafsir al-kabeer: by imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (26), pg. (157), 25. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation by al-baidawi, vol. (2), p. (300), interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (7), pg. 62, al-bahr almadid fi tafsir al-qur’an al-majid: by ibn ajiba, volume (4), pp. (612-613). 26. see: bahr al-ulum: by the ascetic jurist abu al-layth nasr bin muhammad bin ibrahim alsamarqandi al-hanafi, died (375 ah), verified and commented by sheikh ali muhammad moawad, sheikh adel ahmed abd found, dr. zakaria abdel-majid al-noti, faculty of arabic language al-azhar university, dar al-kutub al-ilmiyya, beirut lebanon, i (1), 2006 ad / 1427 ah, vol. (2), p. (289), 27. the great interpretation of imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (21), pp. (80-81). 28. tafsir al-baydawi called the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation, vol. (2), p. (4), 29. interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (5), p. 123. 20 see: al-tafsir alkabeer: by imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (9), pp. (127-129), 30. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: al-baidawi, volume 1, p. 194. 22-interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (2), pg. (164-165), 31. the merits of interpretation: al-qasimi, volume (2), pp. (475-476). surah al-ma’idah (verse 48). 32. see: al-tafsir al-kabeer al-imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (12), pg. (13) 33. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: by al-baydawi, vol. (1), p. (269). 34. interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (3), p. 122, 35. the long sea in the interpretation of the glorious qur'an: by ibn ajiba, volume (2), pg (47). 36. see: al-tafsir al-kabeer: for imam al-fakhr al-razi, part 15, pp. (42-43), 37. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: by al-baydawi, volume 1, p. (366), 38. interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (3), pp. (460-461), 39. the long sea in the interpretation of the glorious qur’an: by ibn ajiba, volume (2), p. (276). 40. see: jami’ al-bayan on the interpretation of any of the qur’an: by ibn jarir al-tabari, vol. (12), pp. (173-175). 41. the great interpretation: imam al-razi, part (17), p. (85), 42. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: by al-baidawi, volume (1), p. (434), perceptions of revelation and the facts of interpretation: by al-nasfi, part (2), pp. (1920). 43. see: the great interpretation, the explanation of the great qur’an: by al-tabarani, volume (1), p. (162). see: al-wajeez in the interpretation of the aziz book: by al-wahidi, vol. (1), p. (104). 44. the great interpretation of imam al-razi: part (3), pp. (66-68) and (70), safwat al-tafsir: muhammad ali al-sabouni, vol. (1), (57). 45. see: al-wajeez in the interpretation of the aziz book: by al-wahidi, vol. (1), pp. (241-242). 46. tafsir al-jilani: muhyi al-din al-jilani, vol. (1), pp. (341-342), american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 47. al-tafsir al-kabeer: by al-razi, part (9), pp. (81-86), 48. safwat al-tafsir: muhammad ali al-sabouni, vol. (1), pp. (241-242). 49. see: explanation of bahr al-ulum: by al-samarkandi, vol. (2), p. (367). 50. the great interpretation of imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (22), pp. (169-170), 51. interpretation of the lights of revelation and the secrets of interpretation: by al-baydawi, vol. (2), p. (70), 52. interpretation of ibn katheer: by abu al-fida bin katheer, part (5), pg. (307). 53. see: jami’ al-bayan on the interpretation of any qur’an: by al-tabari, vol. 22, pp. (404-407). 54. al-wajeez fi tafsir al-kitab al-aziz: by al-wahidi, vol. (2), p. (1068), 55. the great interpretation of imam al-fakhr al-razi, part (29), pp. (226-227), 56. safwat al-tafsir: an interpretation of the noble qur’an, combining the maxim and the reasonable. derived from the most reliable books of interpretation: “al-tabari, al-kashshaf, al-qurtubi, alalusi, ibn kathir, al-bahr al-moheet” and others, in an easy style, and modern organization, with care for the rhetorical and linguistic aspects: authored by (mohammed ali al-sabouni), professor at the faculty of sharia and islamic studies, makkah al-mukarramah king university abdel aziz, house of the noble qur’an, beirut, i (4), vol. (3), p. (324) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org the importance of spiritual and moral ideas in mysticism in educating young people in enlightenment mukhsimov davron tulkunovich research fellow of the bukhara state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article covers the doctrine of mysticism, which has a special place in the spiritual life of the peoples of central asia, its moral educational ideas are reflected in its importance in the education of young people in modern society orif, dhikr, fana, sufsim, madhab, shafqat, generosity, religion, quran, sunna, kalam, malomatiyya, faqih, zuhd, taqwa, ilmi hal, ilmi qal, moral. introduction there are different approaches to understanding the essence of sufism. while some scholars have equated it with the essence of religion, another category of people understood it as a philosophy of genius. in science, the view that mysticism is a religious and moral doctrine was also put forward. the majority are those who recognize sufsim as the doctrine of divine work, the way of life of a person who has entered the sect of perfection, and the path of a servant who wants allah's sustenance. from the beginning of the 9th century, sufi, orif and dervishes considered their irfonian search and spiritual aspirations to be a kind of science. methods according to the prophet's hadith, islam's principle that “the study of science is obligatory for every muslim”, among other representatives of the field of science, sufism scholars also considered the science of discovery and enlightenment to be important for every muslim. these views may also contain opposing opinions. one of the figures of the sect described the science that represents the disasters of grace and lust, while the other described the assumption of the science that separates inspiration from satan with inspiration coming from qualification. in this way, a private meaning is assigned to the word science in the hadith of the prophet. but the main basis that saves a person from greed, oppression, ignorance and ignorance – to know the soul, to know the soul – to know the truth “man arafa nafsahu fa qad arafa robbahu” has achieved superiority and is supported. the moral essence of mysticism also embodies the meaning of this very hadith. hence, the issues of science, enlightenment, purity of lust occupy an important place in the spiritual and moral education of mysticism in this sense, they told the murids of abdukhaliq gijduvani that they would have a program. they also mentioned the pages of alisher navoi's “nasoyim ul-mukhabbat”: “hoja (i.e. gijduvani), who american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org taught the disciples of ul-allah that he entered the path of truth, that he should follow the path of truth, and that the messenger of allah should follow the right path, and that the messenger should lead the way between the two lights." those who were steadfast in this path and purified their souls, and raised their hearts, were aware of the divine enlightenment. when observing, orif is not limited to the thoughtful perception or assimilation of such qualities of allah as life, science, will, power, word. perhaps the whole universe – being-will reach a deeper awareness of the mystery of the universe. the parable and the matlab of real orif is one – not to indulge in anything other than allah, not to demand anything other than the enlightenment and visuli of his mistress azal. arif finds a lasting and quiet look at the “awareness of the acts of the kingdom”, not for the pleasure and reward of the hereafter. in modern society, of course, the ideas of sufism, religious-philosophical concepts sometimes manifest themselves in a way far from their meaning. it is also impossible to assert that it is not relevant for today to consider them specific for some period with one-sided approaches. the shaikh of the sect paid a lot of attention to the practice of remembrance in the upbringing of their murids. this is why “dhikr” has taken an important place in the practice of sufism. no matter what form it is in, human memory and its connection with human education are well known from the history of the tariqats.it is also used in the meanings of mentioning, narrating, remembering, memorizing, not forgetting the memory. in sufism, ghaflat and nisyon-contrary to oblivion were perceived in the adjective. the researchers found that the word “dhikr” was used in the quran two hundred and fiftyfour times. the process of remembrance in the sufi tariqats was formed and developed under the influence of such verses in the book of allah as: “o believers, remember allah much.” (azhab, 41). and remember allah much, that you may prosper. (juma, 10) in tasawwuf, the mention is divided into two parts: one – “dhikri omma”, the other – “dhikri khas”. the remembrance is carried out in order to achieve the reward of the masses, in which evil qualities from the nature of the one who mentions it have not been completely destroyed, such as arrogance, meanness, anger, anger, and deceit. and the mention of the khas is the opposite: in it zakir tries to destroy his ego by recalling the beautiful names of allah. the soul finds pleasure, the enlightenment of truth and the perception of the world open a wide way to deeply feel it. in this way, the secrets of the priest's life are discovered. khoja orif revgari viewed zikrullah as the foundation of all status in the sect and a source of zia that opens up the acne of mystical morality. in general, one should not be indifferent even to the views of the sect pirs about the benefits of remembrance, when dhikr is reacted to today's point of view. those who believe that they will drive away the remembrance and relieve the soul of sorrow, create cheerfulness, spaciousness and purity in heart, beautify behavior, exalt contemplation and enlightenment, and dry out the root of mistakes and sins. in his treatise “risalai qudsiya”, hoja muhammad porso reveals more fully the moral aspects of the "remembrance". in his opinion, the perfection of the levels and careers of remembrance is such that the remembrance made takes full possession of the human language. there is a difference between the sentences" the tongue is filled by the friend "and" the tongue is filled by the mention of the friend". the fact that a friend fills a dil is the result of love overflows, they call it ishq. a lover who burns from an affair is completely overwhelmed by a mistress. he forgets even the name of the mistress from such dependence on the mistress. he forgets all things except the truth, that he is the all-mighty, the all-wise. the truth of the meaning of the qur'an's verse “when you forget, remember your lord” is realized, “if you forget besides him, you will forget about yourself, because the truth of the remembrance and observation makes it necessary to forget about oneself. being fixed in yourself also american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org makes the other fixed.” after reaching the truth of this meaning, he will purify himself and all that is besides the truth. this state of affairs is called fano and non-existence. the end of this is “cruising ilallah”. only then will banda reach the beginning of the path of sufism, the beginning of the world of monotheism and revelation at first, the beginning of the specific levels of valiance. the poetic statement of this is such: шеър: меърожи фалак не? билгин, йўқликдир, ошиқларга мазҳабу дин “йўқлик”дир[1]. билки, фано кимга насиб этмаса гар, кибриё боргоҳидан топмайди асар[2]. after that, the image of malakut becomes clear to him. the spirits of the prophets and the jewels of the angels begin to be seen in beautiful pictures. the peculiarities of his majesty begin to appear. great cases occur. levels begin to rise above the observation of the pictures, which cannot be interpreted in words. because it is a special experience in each person. so there is no point in saying it. he is the way to go, not to be told. however, the purpose of ahlullah to interpret these types of meanings is to reprimand and promote. the science of fana is to be a fan from the body of the physical as well as from the body of the spiritual. the world and uqbo are forgotten from the manifestation of the jalal and the discovery of the majesty of the great in the language and the triumph of this state. these are the signs of the truth. banda will be a fan of reason and lust, and fano will be a fan of being a fan. while fano stands in his state, his language speaks only the truth, while body is hoshi'[3] and khozi'[4]. and in the case of fana, there will be admiration and admiration. байт: ҳеч ким сендан нишон топмаган они, шул эрур бенишонликнинг нишони. if a person reaches this level in remembrance, then there will be no cases and mukoshafas, but the remembrance will take possession of him completely, he will settle in his tongue and take up space. now, knowing that the word tavhid is not the meaning in arabic or persian letters, dil decides in his own mention and meaning. thus, heart begins to mention without any takalluf, that this is a very high. in this case, the dil is between the light of dhikr and kamali achieves bliss. things that do not appear in this world it appears in the world. the tongue will be free from the humiliation of the world, and the egg of remembrance will be fixed on it. now there is nothing left to do with his discretion. the discretion will be there and what will come from there will be expected. that egg seeks that zoe does not go away. and whoever desires the harvest of the hereafter, we will increase it in its harvest ( shura 20th verse). a lasting remembrance is the key to the wonders of the world of malakut and the proximity to the lord of the divinity. it is not just a language or a language, but a constant interpretation of it. he will be accompanied by the truth after cleaning the tongue from the enmity of the people, from his mind, from the illusion of the past and the present, from anger and bad manners, from the lusts of the world and from demanding them. the truth of the remembrance is to drive away the hypocrisy. the rejection of the tongue from all the desires of the soul is the bark and sheath of the truth of the remembrance. the way to be in muraqaba is a guide to the truth. the state of perpetuation in muraqaba will not be able to survive without being cut off from all alayiq and avoyu completely, without being patient with the opposition of the soul and without going through an agonizing conversation. so, the great american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org representative of naqshbandiya's teachings, hoja mohammad porso, explains the essence of the practice of dhikr as a way to quality with moral qualities, lead to self-knowledge and improvement.of course, opinions have acquired constructive significance for the moral culture of their time with their religious, irfani significance. they called on people to purity, to live with an honest bite, true memory, thereby realizing their essence. in our people there is an ancient wisdom “honest – account, haram – suffering.” a person who knows the meaning of this wisdom is able to realize a lot of secrets and qualities of mystical morality. according to the religious mystical parable, there is one fear in the world: this is fear of allah. the prophet arif also said, “fear should be only from allah.” and they narrate such a story. abu turab nahshabi said: “i was going through a desert in a dark night, and a man of sudden cavalry appeared. frightened and asked:” are you a dev or a fairy?the horseman said, “ what about you, a muslim or a disbeliever?” i said: “i am a muslim.” he said, “is it that a muslim is not afraid of allah except he? the messenger of allah sallallallahu alayhi wa sallam said: “everything is afraid of the one who fears allah. the danger left my body, and i knew that it was he who was sent from the side of the true subhanahu.” a person who does not distinguish between haram and halal, accustomed to haram, can also be afraid of something, but is not afraid of allah. and because of the events that have been proven, sahl ibn abdullah tustari said: “among those who do not bite honestly, there is no fear of allah.” when a person is afraid of a person – they either move away from each other, or hatred and anger stir up in the soul of the other. and from divine fear, the soul is cleansed, and love for allah grows. due to the fact that a lot of suffering, a lot of calamity and longing in a person's life was born from haram not to diet, there were extremely deep and wide debates both in religion and in sufism. according to the instructions of our messenger, "what is forbidden by the lawful is that which is forbidden. but there are uncertainties in differentiating the two from each other. most people do not know them. that is why he who abstains from suspicious things, and keeps his religion out of shortcomings, and his image out of the flesh, and who does not abstain from suspicious things, is like a shepherd who feeds a sheep on the edge of someone else's crop. there is a possibility that his sheep will be lowered into the crop. the limit of allah on the earth is that which is forbidden. lies and deception, flattery and deceit, tama, and any profit and gain achieved in hypocrisy have a bad effect on the moral strength and inner peace of a person. just as everything in this world has its own way of acting, so honest and haram have their own way of acting. the halal's step is quiet, he comes softly and softly, and the haram is too fast he comes shutting down like a flood and destroys everything like a flood. a person in whom honesty is formed will never eat someone else's fee, will never be full, will never throw a grudge into the eyes of el-yurt. because he, above all, is afraid of allah. it is well understood that the spirit from the harem will restrain and pride will find traumatic. if we want a strong nation and a new uzbekistan to be the perfect child of the state, we will have to rely on the power of reason and morality, enlightenment and spirituality. the desire for material wealth should never, under any circumstances, gain power over the passion for spiritual wealth. if a clear and stable spiritual and spiritual atmosphere does not prevail in society, then there is no doubt that the minds of people will be surrounded by darkness, despondency and rudeness, weakness and zabunlik. in this case, it will also be useless to talk about the realities of the sect and the goals of the sect pyres. since the history and teachings of mysticism during the shura system were not widely and consistently studied, limiting and erroneous opinions are still prominent in assessing the activities of representatives american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org of the tariqat. whereas the true orif, sufi and dervishes were not indifferent to the fate of the motherland and the people. all of them should not be regarded as a living being, as a subservient to one's vanity, and as those who are distressed by the grief of elu ulus. there is no doubt that these are the obligations of mystical morality – to purify the heart, to be the owner of lore, to show mehru to people, to know the time of grief, to regret every minute spent in vain. already, “sufism is one of the complex phenomena in the history of eastern religious-philosophical, socio-political and legal thought”[5,42]. the power of reason and thought has made man the forerunner of being. but he also gave man the ability to perceive the universe through another blessing, the soul and the mukoshafa, which is stronger than him. this unique talent allowed a person to connect with the world of botiny. there is no limit to the possibilities of this ability, full of pleasure of faith, strong emotional-botanic feelings. ammmo this divine blessing is not for all, but only for those who overcome their own desires and recognize the lord, nurture their ego and turn their hearts into a clear mirror, and take over all their being by love and enlightenment. “to be with the people from the outside, with the truth from the inside”, to bring out every breath with the memory of allah, to take the step towards good deeds, to wander around the land, to visit the grave of saints, to alert the unaware, to achieve the awareness of the soul in any case was considered the main spiritual education method of naqbandia”[6,294]. all this, without a doubt, had a positive effect on the formation of the national identity, mentality, way of life and thinking of today's uzbek, tajik and other peoples living in movarounnahr. in other words, the teachings of naqshbandiya not only spiritually and morally united the turkicspeaking and persian-speaking peoples of the region, but also took an active part in the process of their formation as a nation. keeping the memory of allah in the language with regular activity in various aspects of social life, godliness, humanity, faithfulness, kindness, respect for parents, elders, teachers, hard work, harmony, tolerance, memory of those who passed by, honoring human dignity, patriotism, honesty, knowledge of a pure lifestyle living and hundreds more noble values, great human qualities can also be firmly established in the minds of the peoples of it mainly goes back to the sacred religion of islam and naqshbandiyata'limati. iranian scientist abdulhusain zarkinkub assesses bahauddin naqshband as a great reformer of the hojagon tariqat and a personality who was able to introduce new methods to him to some extent, noting that this sect developed in movarounnahr as a result of the activities of its caliphs – hoja alouddin attor and hoja muhammad porso [7,211]. a.zarrinkub's views on the relationship between baha'uddin naqshband and ibn al-arabi teachings in particular are distinguished by great scientific significance. “interestingly, he writes in – naqshbandiya, which among the hojagon requires not to deviate from sharia and observe the appearance of sunnah, after baha'uddin naqshband, in particular, his caliphs-hoja muhammad from the time of porso to khoja ubaydullah ahror, the revelation of ibn arabi joined with a popular tariqat consisting of the body” wahdati vujud [8,211]. the representative of the timurid period put forward specific factors in the formation of its spiritual education of human morality, with special attention to the circumstances of khoja mohammad porsonafs and its essence as a process. it is important that a person first of all pay attention to food, because food is the head of all lusts.the effect of the dish is visible in all the words and deeds of the servant. for example: while you bite more, it seems more words and moves. and if a macruh or a dirty bite, then its haram and macruh will be observed in the words and actions of that person. while an american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org honest bite is out of necessity, chaste actions and words will occur from it. protecting him and purifying the soul is indeed a miracle. and to ignore it is to remain harmful and helpless. while lust does not stand the limit of necessity for a while, her “zamima” ugly morals and bad qualities do not exchange for her “hamida” praised morals and beautiful qualities. every time the soul stands at the limit of necessity, shows patience and patience, ugly behavior from the act of the fire of discord is purified and purified from the mixing of nature, and its evil is exchanged for good. people exchange in all its qualities, such as prayer, lust for love, kudurat purity, chastity, anger for enthusiasm, jafo fidelity, arrogance for glory, rudeness for humility, imsok (holding), extravagant fortitude (putting others above oneself), happiness for himmat. so, the factors that maintain the human mental norm are patience and patience, with which a person can control his ego, achieve his stay in haddi. the achievement of a spiritual norm is manifested in its practical activity, which is reflected in the bleaching of its human qualities. one of the worst qualities of lust in the work of “kashful-mahjoob”, khujviri expressed his thoughts about air as follows: “know that if air in the eyes of a group is one of these qualities of nafs, then in the eyes of a group it is the will of taste, which controls and disposes of lust. thus, the mind belongs to the spirit. when every soul does not receive crazy power in its building, it is embroidery. likewise, when not every self receives power from the air, it is embroidery. so if the embroidery of the spirit causes the embroidery of the vulture, then the embroidery of the soul is, on the contrary, the same vulgarity. there are claims to a living person from both sides, from the mind and from the air. if a person follows the mind, reaches faith, if he follows the air, he reaches niyron, that is, hell. so the vicol is the abode of the destitute, and the abode of the murids, and this is the air where the true taliban should turn away. the servant is ordered to do wrong with him, and he is forbidden to do so. they said,“whoever rides on it is evil, and whoever has an enemy has it.” [9,369] the prophet said: “what i fear most of my people is that they follow their air and that their dreams increase” [10,225]. scholars of mysticism have put forward concepts related to lust and its upbringing in the development of ways to educate the correction of human morality. those who believe that if the lust of the human being is reformed, the quality of course will change. results it helps a person to reflect on the power of the creator, the structure of the universe, the essence of man and the universe, human intelligence and abilities, and draw the necessary philosophical and logical conclusions from this. already, “islam means understanding the truth, it encourages human beings to perform good deeds, encourages each of us to do good and peace, teaches us to be true human beings”[11,30]. these philosophical and ironic teachings increasingly encourage people of the 21st century to think more broadly, deeper about the future of mankind, immersed in the swamp of unconscious, thoughtlessness, obscenity, subversion, usury and spirituality, in which all being and what is in it is actually a single being, all beings, beings, phenomena, states, laws, objects in the universe... the fact that it does not actually arise on its own and cannot exist without a whole fork, but that there is a level of connection between them that is strong, strong, inextricable, that cannot be separated by anything and never. it teaches that all beings, beings and phenomena-events in the universe are formed and developed in a coherent, successive and continuous way, inextricably linked with each other. it provides an opportunity to imagine a holistic picture of the dialectical progress of man, being, life, nature and society. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org discussion in human nature, he brings up high aesthetic pleasure, beautiful emotions, the whole being and the things that exist in it are the beautiful products of the creator, and at the same time, those of the wisdom of his inexhaustible light, even for the fact that he himself encourages him to enjoy, enjoy, plunge into the world of beauty and thereby purify the soul, through the education of high spiritual and spiritual qualities in a person and deep love for humanity, feelings of honor and the promotion of ideas of peacefulness, it helps to increase the immunity of any violence, use of force, resistance to war and armed conflicts in his nature. these life-giving and humane teachings serve as a scientific-theoretical guide to spreading and generalizing the culture of tolerance between representatives of different nationalities and nationalities living in our country, ensuring peace and harmony, their unity and coexistence in the bosom of a single homeland and a single ground, under a single sky, in order to live in peace and harmony. fed on ideas of universal friendship, these humane and life-loving teachings oppose fundamentalist currents of any form and especially religious extremist behavior. conclusion it can be concluded that sufsim is moral. his ideas have their place as a doctrine that indicates the ways of upbringing, spiritual and moral growth of mankind, regardless of the religious-scientific tone. the sufi sheikhs demanded that in the upbringing of their murids they be strong believers, educated, enlightened.they taught to abandon any bad manners, to master the most praised “hamida” manners, to be virtuous, intelligent. with its spiritual and moral, educational significance, ideas that encourage the establishment of a profession,to be dietetic, poor, peaceable, generous, to be kind to people, to find honest sustenance, to serve the stability of society and human life for centuries. references 1.j. rumiy. masnaviyi ma'naviy, tehron. 1334. 6-daftar, 4-bo‘lim. 24-bayt. ikki baytning joylari o‘zgargan. 2.j. rumiy. masnaviyi ma'naviy, tehron. 1334. 6-daftar, 4-bo‘lim, 23-bayt. 3. xoshi' – ar. alloh amriga itoatda bo‘luvchi. 4.xozi' – ar. haqqa bo‘yinsungan. 5.saidov akmal. attorshunoslik. buyuk mutasavvif, shayx va shoir fariduddin attorning ma'naviy va ma'rifiy xazinalari. – toshkent: “sharq” nashriyot-matbaa aksiyadorlik kompaniyasi bosh muharririyati, 2013. – b.42. 6.komilov n. naqshbandiya. / o‘zme, 6. – toshkent: “o‘zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi” davlat ilmiy nashriyoti, 2003. – b.294. 7.abdulhusayn zarrinko‘b. dunbole-ye justuju dar tasavvuf-e iron. – tehron: amir-e kabir, 1383. – s. 192. 8.o‘sha kitob. – b.211. 9. ali ibn usman al'-hujdviri. “raskritie skritogo za zavesi”. stareyshiy traktat po sufizmu.perevod s angliyskogo a.orlova.-m.: “edinstvo”, 2004.s-369. 10.muhammad sodiq muhammad yusuf. qur'oni karim (ma'nolar tarjimasi).naazi'aat surasi 40 oyat toshkent, sharq, 2009.-b.225. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org 11.mirziyoev sh.m. milliy taraqqiyot yo‘limizni qat'iyat bilan davom ettirib, yangi bosqichga ko‘taramiz. – toshkent: “o‘zbekiston”, 2017. – b.30. 12. narziyev z.i. “ the genesis of the tasawwuf philosophical outlook of khujviri” advansed studies in science: theory and practice” the collection of scholarly papers (materials of the international scientific conference, london, uk, april 18-19, 2016) 13. narziev zubaydillo ibodullaevich. “kashf ul mahjoob”: sourses, translations, copies and effects. american journal social and humanitarian research. (ajshr). issue 1. 2020/1. p. 67-72. 14. narziev zubaydillo. the consept of jealousy in the sufi-philosofical teaching of khujviri and the problems of its training. american journal social and humanitarian research. (ajshr). issue 1. 2020/1. p. 63-66 15. narziyev zubaydillo ibodilloyevich. the views on the consept “science” the classication of sciences, science and practice scholar and ignorant according to khudjviri and his “kashf ul mahjoob”. journal of critical reviews. vol 7, issue 4, 2020. p.18-22 16. narziyev zubaydillo. hudjwiri and the role of his “kashf ul mahjoob” in the sufi history. academicia. an international multidisciplinary research journal. vol. 8. issue 6, june 2018. 17. namozov b. b. problem of irfan in sufizm //europaische fachhochschule. – 2014. – №. 8. – с. 67-68. 18. bakhriyevich n. b. knowledge, practice and scientist //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2020. – т. 10. – №. 6. – с. 1745-1756. 19. намозов б. б. виды ходжа мухаммада посро на душе человека и гносеологии суфизма // theoretical & applied science. – 2018. 20. namozov b. b. the views of khoja muhammad porso on the soul of the human and the gnoseology of sufism // teoretical & applied science philadelphia, usa. – 2018. – №. 5. – с. 61. 21. ibodilloyevich n. z. the sufi-philosophical views of hujviri on correlation of gnoseology of sufism, rational and irrational learning // central asian journal of social sciences and history. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 61-73. 22. bakhriyevich n. b., ibodilloyevich n. z. anthropology of tasawwuf and the problems of human existence in hujviri views // central asian journal of literature, philosophy and culture. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 1-12. 23. ibodilloyevich n. z. et al. the issue of science and application in the sufi teaching // euro-asia conferences. – 2021. – с. 98-103. 24. ibodilloyevich n. z. aziziddin nasafi-classical representative of irfani philosophy // conference globe. – 2021. – с. 169-174 25. bahrievich n. b. human philosophy in sufism // international journal of research in commerce, it, engineering and social sciences issn: 2349-7793 impact factor: 6.876. – 2022. – т. 16. – №. 8. – с. 3-10. 26. bakhriyevich n. b. sufi heritage and human philosophy. – 2021. 27.ibodilloyevich n. z. human philosophy in the teaching of nasafi //international journal of research in commerce, it, engineering and social sciences issn: 2349-7793 impact factor: 6.876. – 2022. – т. 16. – №. 5. – с. 133-136. 28. narziev z. the concept of jealousy in the sufi-philosofical teaching of khujviri and the problems of its training //american journal of social and humanitarian research. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 63-66. 29. narziyev z. aziziddin nasafiy qarashlarida komil inson tarbiyalashning nazariy asoslari // центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz). – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org modern pottery kambarov muradjon kodirovich teacher of the department of fine arts and engineering graphics of andijan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article pottery, history of pottery, present day information about modern approaches in pottery is given craftsman, potter, master, archaeological findings, art mainly artisans made food and household items. uzbek masters dishes are divided into cup-shaped (daftar) and jug-shaped (juza), this division explained by the specialization of masters. pottery, bowls, plates, produced plates, bowls, and buckets. kozagarik pottery is of various shapes, made pitchers and pitchers for opportunities and purposes. an archaeological find testifies to the antiquity of this type of applied art: in the village of sangirtepa, located in kitob-shahrisabz oasis, archaeologists found clay the remains of large multi-room buildings made of brick, various tools, found pottery made both on the potter's wheel and by hand. pottery production in central asia for many centuries has been the most highly developed type of handicraft. leader irrigated and non-irrigated pottery of centers to local characteristics having, it was manifested in the originality of forms, decorations, colors. to the traditional ceramic production centers that have survived to this day rishtan, gijduvan, khiva, samarkand, gurumsaray, shakhrisabz, kasbi, urgut, includes khorezm, tashkent. the products of each region differ in their artistic uniqueness. this affects the formative elements, pattern composition, color, favorite motifs of decoration and general emotional mood. most of the decorative motifs are wood carvings and fabrics. it is similar to paintings and other types of decorative and applied art that compositions are widely used as established norms and rules shows. by the end of the 19th century, there were stylistic changes in the art of pottery. ceramic to overcome patterns of frozen abstraction (rishtan, madyr) in painting tendencies existed. in some centers they are stronger, in others less (gijduvan, shakhrisabz, kattakurgan, etc.) were shown. in pottery, as in other forms of art, works are common monumentalization of the figurative structure was observed. this is especially true of the painting style. small floral patterns are the way to big patterns gives, the delicate development of ornaments is summarized. unique to decorations object images – from kettles, jugs, musical instruments to weapons and inserted up to the blades. at the end of the 19th century – at the beginning of the 20th century, the famous masters are hotam kadyrov, usta rustam and usta hazratkul igamberdiyev worked in shakhrysyabz. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org the products of the masters are distinguished by a juicy, warm range and a free pictorial pattern was standing. in the 1950s and 1960s, rishton, gijduvan, shakhrisyabz, samarkand, kattakurgan, ceramics in the cities of tashkent, surkhandarya, kashkadarya and khorezm regions items have the originality of the forms, the unique style of the pattern and continues to retain the original color of the painting. here is the diary traditional forms of tablecloths used in marriage (humo, togora, braid, shokosa, lyagany, tovok, badiya, etc.) are being worked. at the same time, new forms of irrigated and non-irrigated pottery search was carried out. in the patterns traditionally interpreted plant and the traditional decoration with its abundance of zoomorphicgeometric forms prevailed. ceramists focused on plot and portrait images in pottery, that's all which led to the violation of the image structure of traditional products. since the end of the 1960s, traditional pottery has been common in uzbekistan. there has been a disappointing trend in its development over the past 20-30 years. a number of rare traditional such as shahrisyabza pottery, kasbi ceramic toys pottery centers disappeared. the reasons for its deterioration were mainly due to social and economic reasons lack of sufficient demand for pottery products, their low social status, careless attitude of the local authorities to the fate of the people's master. historically established production centers have revived in recent years, assortment of products (dishes, bowls, bowls, water containers, milk, various humus for storing products) has expanded considerably, their quality improved. masters, feeling the support of the state, to achieve profitability and competitiveness of products increase the volume of output. they preserve local features, forgotten forms and pictures seek to restore. at the same time, it is new in the decoration of ceramic products decorative and pictorial motifs appear. masters veins animals and restore the tradition of decorating with stucco elements in the form of bird heads is recovering. the ancient tradition of making figured vessels for water – musalla – revived with a body in the form of a duck. clay toys, an integral attribute of ancient worship rituals the tradition of making is also returning. the folk toy has been popular for centuries. people's craftsmen beautiful figures of horses, dragons, birds for the joy of children made and after firing, painted them with vegetable dyes – yellow, red, green, dark brown. in the past, it was typical for the bukhara-samarkand pottery school. this type of craft is in kasbi district of kashkadarya region widely developed. after several difficult decades of the 20th century, uzbek pottery in russia pottery in uzbekistan could not compete with factory products production is now experiencing a new boom. modern ceramists, who have creatively mastered the experience of the masters of the past, are the aesthetic of their citizens they create original products that satisfy their needs – they are folk crafts they light a fire in the hearth. as an example, sharif asimov (born in 1954) from samarkand we are citing the work of one of the students of the famous teacher umar jorakulov possible it is expressive, mostly vertical, non-flowing ceramic objects – huge mounds, creates vases, jugs, etc., unique works of ceramic art represents nonliquid products rishtan, g'ijduvon, khiva, tashkent and by almost all ceramists of other pottery centers are made, but most of them still focus on glazed ceramics they give only in practice. creating asimov non-liquid ceramics is a valuable creative task in itself. all traditional technological processing tools and techniques are preserved in his works, but he is a decoration makes his own decisions in the technique. these are also pottery forms applies to, and scenic remote use – mainly product forms organically combine with always engraved or stamped pattern. from time to time sh. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org asimov also painted the surface of jugs or vases with expressive colored spots covers up and uses the secret. clay-painted toys also in the unwatered ceramics section may be relevant. however, in the spring of 2012, he went to the village of uba as a result of our expedition, it became known that hamro is the son of bibi rakhimova. since jabbor rakhimov passed away without leaving a single student, there is mud there the ancient tradition of making whistling toys has essentially disappeared. uba kubaro babayeva's only toy manufacturer for toys abandoning clay as a material, using molds, special forms from gypsum moved on to making large sculptural figures, which is a sign of this craft and led to the devaluation of the old traditions of kitsch. even earlier, birds and animals on wheels made by ambaropa sattarova the popular kasbi toy that appeared to be missing. today, craftsmen from other centers are representatives of the narzullaev family in gijduvan and toys are being prepared by the mukhtarovs in samarkand. the traditions of samarkand toys were created by master dilorom mukhtorova (in 1967 born) continues, he learned the craft from his father-in-law in the 1960s abdurakhim, a well-known craftsman who founded the samarkand terracotta toy school. he learned from mukhtorov. a. mukhtorov's sons zarif and islam worked in the 1980s. in the 1990s, he was very active in the creation of fairy-tale dragons and folkloric characters today, only d. mukhtarova's terracotta compositions on folklore themes is creating. it has more than 100 types of clay toys, including various zoomorphic and fairy figurines, as well as from folk tales and folklore works creates characters. the craftsman extracts raw materials from the local soil, but adds an oily sludge. he puts the finished mass in a special plaster bath and fills it with water. gypsum plaster absorbs excess water and has the required density the mass is taken, after mixing it into a cellophane package so that it does not dry out is placed. d. mukhtarova sculpts figurines from ready-made clay and he burns them in a furnace at a temperature of 1000 degrees. re terracotta figurines to work, he uses a set of traditional tools: a stack, a spatula, a knife, tube, brushes of different sizes. references 1.www.chelovek-nauka.com 2.mirziyoev sh.m. «erkin va farovon, demokratik o‘zbekiston davlatini birgalikda barpo etamiz». o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti lavozimiga kirishish tantanali marosimiga bag‘ishlangan oliy majlis palatalarining qo‘shma majlisidagi nutqi. –t.: o‘zbekiston, 2016 3.abdullaevn. san'at tarixi (1 tom). –t.: o‘qituvchi, 1986 4.abdullaev n. san'at tarixi (2 tom). –t.: san'at, 2001 5.abdirasilov s., azimov v. rangtasvir. –t.: musiqa, 2011. 6.abdirasilov s.f., boymetov b.b., tolipov n.x. tasviriy san'at. –t.: ilm ziyo, 20107.abdirasilov s., hasanov m. rasm o‘qitish metodikasi. –t.: iqtisod–moliya, 2010. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org overview of the history of internal affairs bodies in uzbekistan tajiyev bahadir son of mavlon counter-engineering economics researcher of the institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the history of the activities of internal affairs bodies in uzbekistan. based on historical data, the author studied and analyzed specific aspects of the history of internal affairs bodies in uzbekistan on the basis of existing scientific literature. independence, internal affairs bodies, security, legal and regulatory documents.. introduction the fulfillment of the dreams and hopes of our ancestors who have been living on this land for centuries since the independence of uzbekistan, the result of the blood shed on the path of independence, the determination of the people's path and the celebration of justice it has been. main part: after the independence of uzbekistan, the uzbek people had the opportunity to rediscover their rich and ancient history. "we all know very well what difficult times and difficult trials there have been in the thousand-year history of the uzbek people"1. this is the past rich in trials, this inexhaustible culture encourages the uzbek people to take a step towards a great and bright future, to overcome difficulties and trials, and unites them on the path of common goals. after all, as the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirziyoyev said: "the most recent history of uzbekistan and the universal achievements that we have achieved, our brave and tenacious people are able to overcome any difficulties, obstacles and tests with their strength and will." gives full reason to say that he is capable"2. as mentioned above, independence gave our nation its identity back. as a result of this, our government paid great attention to the development of economic, political, cultural and social spheres, especially science. in particular, the development of the field of education and science in the fourth direction of the "strategy of actions on the five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021" approved by the president of the republic of uzbekistan in early 2017, determination of the tasks of improving the state policy regarding youth is a clear example of our opinion. 1 mirziyoyev sh. m. together we will build a free and prosperous, democratic country of uzbekistan. t.: uzbekistan, 2017. p. 5. 2 mirziyoyev sh. m. together we will build a free and prosperous, democratic country of uzbekistan. t.: uzbekistan, 2017. p. 7. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org in the process of global globalization, events such as ideological, ideological and informational struggle, world economic crisis, increasing unemployment, socio-economic, political confrontations are gaining international significance, mass protests, regional conflicts, and internal conflicts are increasing, which affect the security of states. attention is being paid to the issue of provision. this, in turn, increases the need to strengthen the position and role of the police, which is one of the main links of the state mechanism, as a body that ensures public administration and security of citizens. research is being conducted in a number of developed higher educational institutions and scientific centers of the world on the topics of ensuring public order and public security, protecting the rights and freedoms of citizens. in particular, from a general theoretical point of view, the functions, systems and methods of the role and role of police bodies in modern democratic society, the study and generalization of international experience in police activities, highly qualified management technologies, training of qualified specialists based on general principles, international crime, especially its organized forms in countries researches are being carried out in priority areas such as the role of the internal affairs system in actions against serious threats to the development and security of the country. the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on internal affairs bodies" adopted on september 16, 2016, and the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on the strategy of actions for further development of the republic of uzbekistan" dated february 7, 2017 decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-4947 dated april 10, 2017 "measures to radically increase the efficiency of the internal affairs bodies, to strengthen their responsibility in ensuring public order, reliable protection of citizens' rights, freedoms and legitimate interests" decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-5005 on measures, no. pq-2883 of april 12, 2017 "on organizational measures to further improve the activities of internal affairs bodies" uzbekistan decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated may 1, 2017 "on measures to fundamentally improve the activities of internal affairs bodies in the field of maintaining public order and ensuring public safety" no. pq2940 and 2017 resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-3216 dated august 16 "on measures to fundamentally improve the system of training, retraining and professional development of employees of internal affairs bodies" and other legal documents today illuminate the activities of internal affairs bodies is being used as an important resource. results and discussions: a comprehensive normative-legal framework that regulates the activities of internal affairs bodies in order to ensure internal security in our republic, to maintain peace and tranquility of the population, to protect the honor, dignity, rights, freedom, legal interests and sustainable development of citizens from any form of aggression. was formed. new programs and plans are being implemented to prevent crime. the content of law enforcement agencies is changing completely. in the future, we must create a truly people-friendly internal affairs system that has won the trust and love of our country. with the honor of independence, special attention is being paid to internal affairs bodies in our country, like other sectors. this industry has become a protector and helper of our people, a reliable guarantee of protection of peace and tranquility in our country, public order and security of citizens. in particular, the reforms carried out in recent years have fundamentally improved this system, turned the internal affairs bodies into a social system that provides timely and high-quality assistance to the population, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org where each employee considers serving the interests of the people as their duty. allows to turn it into a professional structure. in the works of researchers such as m. buttino, r. butler, mainly the establishment of the soviet government in turkestan, national-territorial delimitation, land-water and collectivization policies of the bolsheviks, and national liberation movements in the country against the soviet system, the former regime they gave information about the activities of secret organs such as the gpu, ogpu, nkvd and kgb, which operated during the period, and the repression policies they implemented. also, these works contain valuable information about the activity and history of internal affairs bodies in uzbekistan during the former union. conclusion: in short, the activities of internal affairs bodies in uzbekistan have not been fully studied. in particular, in the works created during the soviet era, these issues did not find their unbiased interpretation because the problem was approached under the ideological influence of communist ideology. the history of the internal affairs bodies has not been sufficiently studied even in the researches created in the years of independence in uzbekistan, the researchers are still ongoing. this graduate thesis is also a part of such studies. references: 1. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. t., 2012. 2. national program of personnel training of the republic of uzbekistan. t., 1997. 3. order no. 96 of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan dated july 4, 2011 "on approval of the manual on the professional culture of the employees of the internal affairs agencies of the republic of uzbekistan". 4. action strategy on five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017. / -t.: "adolat" 2017. 5. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will build our great future together with our brave and noble people. t.: "uzbekistan", nmiu, 2017. 488 p. 6. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will resolutely continue our path of national development and raise it to a new level. 1-j. t.: "uzbekistan" nmiu, 2017. 592 p. 7. islam karimov. our national army is a strong guarantee of our independence and a peaceful and peaceful return. t., 2003. 8. islam karimov. it is the highest happiness to serve our motherland in the way of its happiness, fortune and great future. t.: uzbekistan". 2015. 9. yermetov a. activities of control bodies in turkestan (worker-peasant militia and worker-peasant inspection in 1917-1924). tashkent: abu press-consult, 2007. 10. ishankhodjaeva z. r. repressive policy of the soviet power and culture of uzbekistan: the tragedy of survival (1925-1953). tashkent: tafakkur, 2011. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 241 www.americanjournal.org important research on the maintenance of speech and human health qodirqul rozmatzoda, ph.d., professor nematjon mamadaliev, phd., associate professor. fergana medical institute of public health a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the place and role of the word as an important means of preserving human health in the scientific conclusions of natural scientists of foreign countries, summarizing the results achieved, the effective and appropriate use of the word, revealing the scientific, theoretical and methodological significance of the teaching manual dedicated to solving the actual scientific and philosophical problems of linguistics. linguistics, philosophy of language, sociology of language, speech art, sociolinguistics, lexicology, civilization, proprietor, spiritual factor, national language, national value, national identity, national idea. introduction in our country, special attention is being paid to the preservation and strengthening of human health, the development of science in all aspects where good work is being done in this regard to study and promote the unique achievements of world-famous naturalists scientists to draw the attention of experts and the general public to uzbek linguistics, it is extremely urgent, important and necessary to study and promote the unique achievements of the world-famous naturalist-scientists in solving the current problems of linguistics, to draw the attention of specialists and the general public to the solution of the current problems of uzbek linguistics. a year ago, in connection with the establishment of fergana medical institute of public health, the first higher medical educational institution not only in our republic, but also in central asia, focused on the preservation and strengthening the economic, social, domestic, ecological, cultural, political factors of public health and researches were started to study spiritual factors, in particular, the place, role and importance of speech in improving human health, work efficiency, creating a prosperous and happy life worthy of our people, and further improving interpersonal relations. one of them is the publication of the 144-page book in fergana “words and health” by associate professor mahfuzulla rahmanov, candidate of philological sciences. although this manual is intended for non-specialist students, it is undoubtedly an important resource for specialists in linguistics, language philosophy, sociology of language, sociolinguistics, psychology, speech culture, oratory art, due to its outline, content, and the weight of the issues. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 242 www.americanjournal.org an important aspect of the work is that an attempt was made to prove the scientific as well as philosophical essence of a word, functions, important factors in maintaining human health by showing the word in the examples of the research in the world-famous japanese scientist masaru emato, german philosopher sigmund freud, russian academician, famous specialist in quantum genetics pyotr petrovich goryaev, famous russian linguist n. i. jinkin and many other foreign scientists. the role of the word in human life and fate, the fact that it is a reliable tool in the treatment of certain diseases, is evidenced by important conclusions presented in the works of the world famous hakim (doctor) abu ali ibn sina, the great thinker, poet and statesman alisher navoi. the author of the work reasonably and efficiently used the results of research on the topic of scientists of foreign countries, articles published on internet sites, media outlets, newspapers and scientific journals during his multifaceted scientific potential, multi-year scientific and pedagogical research. in this, of course, the great knowledge and experience gained by the author of the work in such complex areas of general linguistics as historical grammar, lexicology, semasiology, phonetics are very much ingrained. another valuable aspect of this work should be highlighted. first of all, in the work, the author turned to the sacred religious sources that have passed the tests of history, the rich heritage of our great ancestors, in order to prove the one-sidedness and invalidity of the marxian methodology in the scientific basis of an important and mysterious phenomenon like language. in particular, poet alisher navoi: the word came first and then the world, what then is the space with the subsistence? (сўз келиб аввалу жаҳон сўнгра, не жаҳонки, кавн ила макон сўнгра...) one more the human being is a loser, know that there is no guari sharif andin – (инсонни сўз айлади жудо ҳайвондин, билки, гуҳари шарифроқ йўқ андин –) the fact that he tried to prove with such important conclusions as new is an important achievement of a worldview and thinking style. from the beginning to the end of the work, the author puts forward the high and noble idea that love for man and motherland begins with attention and respect for the mother tongue, the meaning of words. in this sense, the fact that the publication of the work coincides with the 33rd anniversary of the adoption of the law “on the state language” in our country is not just a coincidence, but the product of the author's 33 years of observations, joys and sorrows, his tireless search for the realization of his dreams, and his sleepless nights. the author wants to show the place and position of the uzbek language among the world languages in a situation where mass illiteracy, indifference to language, writing, books and words have become the goal of students of higher educational institutions, not to acquire knowledge and practice it, but to actually get a diploma, giving the following important fact: “the inhabitants of the earth speak 7111 languages. 90% of the world's population speaks 70 languages, which are only one percent of these languages. currently, 40 million people in the world speak uzbek”. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 243 www.americanjournal.org our language is one of the 70 languages spoken on earth. it can be seen that the international status of the uzbek language is enviably high (p. 39). language is a social, historical, cultural, spiritual and divine phenomenon. linguistics is one of the social and humanitarian sciences. as a science, unlike other forms of social consciousness, it can serve as a reliable means of developing the national language and national spirituality, ridding humanity of ignorance, ignorance and ignorance only if it is free from political and ideological pressures. in this sense, linguistics is very close to philosophy. because it plays a very important role in solving a number of social-humanitarian, universal problems, including improving human relations, improving human mood and health. a linguist-scientist, unlike an artist, politician and ideologist, can be valued as a real expert only if he writes the truth, speaks the truth and is sincere to people, in a word, if he has the qualities and characteristics of a creative person and leaves an indelible mark in the history of science. the national language is the spiritual wealth of the nation and society, an inexhaustible treasure. however, this treasure is used by different social groups and strata for their own interests. as lies, deceit, hypocrisy and fraud become a means of livelihood in a society where the poor, lawless and uneducated people live, the wise words of the great german philosopher hegel: “neediness offends all sacred values” come to mind. at all times, the elite stratum (scientists, scholars, property owners, businessmen, etc.), which is a minority in the society, has been vitally interested in the development of the national language. qualities such as honesty, keeping one's word, valuing the word, short, concise and clear speech are the way of thinking and life of people belonging to the elite class. where there is freedom, attention to beautiful, truthful speech, listening attentively to the interlocutor, being patient with him and striving for literacy will increase. in the conditions of economic freedom, it is no secret that private clinic doctors, nurses and even technicians strive to provide maximum comfort to customers, treat them with sweetness and provide excellent service. as the author of the work rightly points out, a good word also brings economic benefits. the elite layer is characterized by creativity, a desire for innovations, it has its own speech culture and literary language. the main characters of abdulla kadiri's novel “o'tkan kunlar” (past days) and the speech culture of the elite layer of that time are a vivid example of this. the basis of the elite layer is made up of people of knowledge. their speech culture and attitude towards their mother tongue has always been a model and an example for the common people. on the page 108 of the book we read: “the inner world cannot be changed until thoughts, ideas, concepts and active words are changed. if the inner world changes, the outer world will follow” (r. bern). it is a very cool and right idea. only a person is able to change his inner world, himself. only the individual considers himself responsible for society, nation and national language. where a person is formed as a person, intolerance to illiteracy, injustice, tyranny, a desire to rebuild the entire social life on the basis of the principles of truth, goodness and beauty will appear. it is also true to say that “to what extent people are poor, disenfranchised and illiterate, their indifference to their national language, word and self will be to such an extent,” just as the correctness of the wisdom of the ancient greek philosopher socrates, presented in the work, does not leave room for doubt. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 244 www.americanjournal.org in this work, socio-political problems that hinder the development of our national language are deliberately avoided. to this, as the author himself pointed out, “a group of shackle words”: “it does not depend on me”, “politics cannot be touched”, “don't play with the hero, the hero hits with every chapter”, “my stomach is empty my ears are quiet”, “know yourself, fear, mistrust and hopelessness, typical of the way of thinking of the helpless, poor people, like “let someone else leave” prevented. in the work, unfortunately, the issues of individual freedom and the development of the national language were left out of the author's attention. however, the group of “giving wings” words: “i believe in myself”, “i have no less place than others”, “whatever i have achieved so far, i have achieved with my own mind, will and perseverance”, “i fear nothing but allah” etc. are characteristic of personal speech. honesty, sincerity and self-confidence are important criteria of personal development. freedom of speech is not considered a national and moral value under the isolated rule of a totalitarian state. because they understand very well that in the conditions of lawlessness and tyranny, the power of the right word is stronger than an atom, and therefore they deliberately encourage praise and flattery in every way. the art of giving a beautiful speech, winning the listener's heart with true words, oratory is not supported at all in the conditions of a totalitarian regime. to be a good speaker, you need to be knowledgeable, intelligent, wise, and feel responsible for what you say. the book provides many examples of how world-famous orators eventually gained power. as the author of the work noted, the beginning of the existence of the universe was the word. islam, like other religions, strongly condemns lying, even the saying of the prophet in hadiths, “a liar is not my ummah” (“al kazzabi lo ummati”) confirms this. it's time to realize that right and true words are the source of human strength and development of society and national language. the use of profanity in the work is shown as a consequence of human depravity. the opposite of abuse is praise, exaltation, and encouragement. crushing a person spiritually and morally by insulting him is also a product of civilized development. however, it is worth noting that there are many evidences from religious sources about the honor of receiving a blessing, its importance in maintaining human health, blessings, and the disasters and tragic consequences of receiving a curse. great poets skillfully used curse words close to the vernacular in the fight against the evil enemy. there is no doubt that academic poet gafur gulam cursed the “genius” of fascism in his poem “you are not an orphan” (sen yetim emassan) and said: “how can milk blind bastard hitler know the value of a white child” was the wish of millions. in the famous poem “girya” by shavkat rahman, another great poet of our nation, he called the oppressors of the autocratic regime, “you are young, do you have a heart?” his curse testifies to how close the poet was to the pain and desire of the people. the author of the work tried to prove to the future doctors that speech is not only a means of communication and exchange of ideas, but also the most important and convenient means of raising human mood, prolonging human life, restoring human health, and he achieved this in many ways. unfortunately, in this work, insufficient attention was paid to the problems that hinder the development of the uzbek language as a scientific language. although it is commendable and worthy of attention that writers, poets and journalists have been playing a leading, avant-garde role in the social and political life of our country for the last hundred years, in the age of science and technology revolution, poets and writers, not scientists, are playing a leading role in the spiritual life of our people, to know the fundamental nature of social and political phenomena. not aspiration, but to interpret it american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 245 www.americanjournal.org superficially, to try to interpret it is one of the factors that motivates the creation of light works of fiction that match the level, taste and artistic-aesthetic needs of our people. one of the important reasons why the european scientific and technical way of thinking and values cannot rise to the level of national value is due to the fact that our journalists do not look down on the nature of science, do not understand the difference between words and concepts, and do not understand that science requires the scientific concept to be unambiguous, clear and concise. the art of words (fiction) aims to conquer the heart and emotions of a person, to teach people how to live by showing life as a whole by means of images and symbols. in the early years of independence, famous uzbek writers took the initiative to establish the term committee, which replaced the scientific terms and concepts that entered our social and humanitarian sciences through the russian language with persian and arabic concepts that were used in the 9th 10th centuries. most of us have not yet realized that it is a crime and nonsense. unlike national literature, science is a universal value, a cultural phenomenon that connects peoples and countries, serves for social development, and is a great creative force. as the author of the work noted, speech is not only one of the important factors of maintaining and strengthening human health, but it is also an important tool for realizing our national identity and improving the health of the whole society. after all, valuing the word means valuing humanity, goodness, beauty and truth. references: 1. jinkin n.i. yazyk. rech. tvorchestvo.-m: labyrinth, 1998. 2. ojegov s.i. slovar russian language. -moscow, 1981. 3. bern r. taina. (translated from english by d. yakovleva.) – m, 2016. 4. temirov s. secrets of not aging. t, 2014. 5. kakharov i. read just don't cry. t, ibn sina 2021. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org pedagogical requirements for the professional training of the piano teacher kurbanov kuldosh yuldashevich, teacher, karshi state university umirova malika shavkat qizi, master degree, karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s pedagogical requirements and tasks for a piano teacher play an important role in achieving the intended goal. this is reflected in the teacher's qualified expertise, skillful performance, understanding and love of children's psychology. music, pedagogue, skill, qualification, methods, professional skills, qualified specialist. introduction music is one of the most elegant forms of art, which expresses human life, his spiritual world, various moods, colorful feelings with the help of sounds and methods. when the listener begins to understand the language of music, his emotions and thinking become richer, and because of this, he begins to perceive the musical content of the piece more and more deeply. this indicates that a person is entering the spiritual world, the world of spirituality and art. the social activity of society members is determined by their scientific potential and outlook. the economic, political, social and cultural development of modern developed countries is closely related to the development of science. in the new economic conditions, it is the pedagogue's responsibility to achieve the educational goals, to organize various activities of students and young people, to raise them to be educated, polite, faithful, hardworking, well-rounded people. nowadays, attention is being paid to the fact that pedagogues should be professional, qualified and have professional skills, philosophically broad-minded, thoughtful. it should be said that the profession of pedagogy is honorable, but very complicated. to become a good pedagogue, it is not enough to acquire pedagogical theory. to become a true master of a profession, a person must have natural abilities, certain physical and mental qualities. in order to effectively carry out the work of teaching and educating young people in pedagogical activities, to be worthy of the respect of parents and young students, a person must have the ability, ability, skill, and interest in this work. to work successfully, every teacher must have pedagogical skills. professionalism is seen in the teacher's acquisition of high-level professional skills and qualifications. pedagogical skills are expressed in: 1. professional skills; 2. qualified specialist; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org 3. qualification; 4. skill. pedagogical skills, pedagogical creativity of teachers, pedagogical technique, mutual cooperation with students in the process of education, communication tactics, speech culture, thinking, spiritualeducational and educational work are of high quality and efficiency. it is seen in the ability to use activities such as organization and implementation. pedagogical skills can be achieved only by those who have the ability, interest, and talent in pedagogical work. a skilled pedagogue takes into account the mentality and level of knowledge of students. a pedagogue can be kind and generous to people only if he has high manners and culture, and only then will everyone respect him. a teacher should creatively study universal values and apply them to the educational process. at the same time, it is necessary to preserve and promote our national identity, our traditions that have passed the test of centuries, and our life principles such as always living with faith, and to inculcate them in the hearts of students. the activity of a teacher is creative in nature. it is known that creativity is needed only when a person faces a problem. the activity of a teacher has such a feature. creativity in the activity of a teacher is expressed in the methods of solving these problems, in finding ways to solve them. the source of pedagogical creativity is pedagogical experience. pedagogical experience is rich in problematic situations. by advanced pedagogical experience, we understand the pedagogue's creative approach to his pedagogical task, finding new, effective ways and tools for the education of students. science, literature and other important branches of art, especially music, have a unique place in the spiritual development of a person. every pedagogue should be a qualified specialist. let's explain the term qualification here. qualification is an automated form of performing certain actions and activities and is one of the main categories of pedagogy1. qualification is a set of knowledge and skills necessary for a person's level of suitability and preparation for a certain profession. teacher teacher j. yoldoshev in the book «professional development is a factor of education and training» says that «...qualification is the result of training, study, knowledge, skills and intelligence»..2 skill is to perform a conscious activity (movement) quickly and efficiently, correctly, with little physical and nervous effort. the content is based on the person's knowledge. in the initial stages of formation, such actions are performed with serious attention, in the later stages, attentional control decreases and, as a result, becomes an automatic action. according to the types of movement, it is divided into three types: movement skills, sensory skills, and mental skills. skills are maintained at the required level through regular practice (repetition). failure to repeat for a certain period of time will result in a decrease in skill level. it can be restored by re-training and training.3 the educational value of musical art for the young generation requires not only listening to music, but also the formation of students' independent knowledge of this art. 1pedagogy, textbook under the editorship of m.kh. tokhtakhojayeva. tashkent. "national society of philosophers of uzbekistan" publishing house, 2010, page 33 2anthology of uzbek pedagogy, volume ii t: teacher, 1999. pp. 229-228 3 omonov n.t., khojayev n.kh., madyarov s.a., eshchonov e.u. pedagogical technologies and pedagogical skills t: economy-finance, 2009, p. 228. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org piano education occupies a special place among individual musical instrument education in music schools. music education in almost all educational institutions is based on general didactic principles as a scientific pedagogical discipline. in the system of such urgent tasks, the issue of teaching the young generation to think independently and creatively is of particular importance. because reforms in the field of education are aimed not only at the training of qualified personnel, but also at the development of the scientific potential of civil society. the task of piano teaching is not limited to teaching piano playing. the pedagogue should try to instill interest and love in music in students, help them in their general musical development, develop musical creative and performance skills, achieve a deep understanding of their musical works and be able to think independently. in addition to mastering performance skills, students should also be able to practice music. it is necessary for piano teachers to think about ways to develop general musical education and to acquire sufficient musical literacy so that children can learn to play the piano independently. in the future, it is necessary for them to regularly engage in music and perform basic theoretical analysis of it, learn to easily read from a sheet, and be able to play small pieces. if the main task of the piano class is to teach children how to perform, the activities of students cannot be limited to performing. in contrast to the traditional system, in which only special tasks of piano education are solved in the current lessons, the main goal is to interest children in music, to encourage them to play the piano, and at the same time to develop their musical activity. the teacher does not separate different types of activities within the piano, but concentrates them around the student's main repertoire and connects them with the studied works. , they require creativity, imagination and methodical training from the pedagogue. by selecting and systematizing piano pieces in the appropriate way, as well as setting specific tasks for students, it is possible to coordinate the interrelated works aimed at the main task of children's musical maturity and to make them understand music in the unity of various types of activity. music pedagogy, based on the general didactic requirements for individual lessons, puts forward a number of specific requirements for individual piano lessons. students should be given specific tasks in each lesson. for example, they should be given theoretical information, or their knowledge should be strengthened, their musical literacy should be trained, and they should be worked on to achieve a certain quality of sound. logical and emotional factors are coordinated during the lesson. the logical factor is reflected in giving the student a system of knowledge, skills and abilities based on the explanation of the laws of music art and the use of advanced methods of piano education. and the emotional factors are primarily the expression of the essence of art, its impressiveness according to its nature, as well as the creative conduct of the lesson by the teacher, the creation of searching situations, and the creation of creative qualities in the personality of the student. the quality of the lesson depends more on the preparation of the teacher. each lesson must first be thoroughly analyzed and evaluated for what it has given the student for the present, as well as for his near and far future development. the teacher should know the repertoire that the students will perform, and in addition to playing these works, he should also imagine various edits and interpretations. the student's repertoire should be continuously enriched with new works, some of them should be read from the sheet, and some should be studied independently, and for this, the teacher should enrich his american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org pedagogical repertoire and knowledge in the field of children's music. different types of lessons can be used depending on the specific tasks to be performed with children. when it comes to providing teachers with a comprehensive set of knowledge, skills and competencies, the teaching repertoire in the piano classroom should be diverse, rich enough, and not only educational for the students, but also it should also be important from an artistic point of view. fulfillment of these requirements will greatly help in solving the issues of musical-aesthetic education, especially in expanding the scope of artistic thinking of students, as well as in instilling interest and love for music in them by introducing them to famous musicians, and in developing aesthetic taste. here are the practical ways to solve these tasks: 1. using a wide variety of musical works in the educational process so that their plans complement each other when working with different students; 2. in order to gain the necessary knowledge to work on various performance tasks and increase the number of studied works, the repertoire of each student should include complex plays as well as simpler and very easy works: 3. in the educational process, in addition to the plays written for the piano, reworked and simplified national, chamber and symphonic music, reworked music for the piano ensemble, children's songs played on the piano, and works written for the piano ensemble should also be included in the repertoire. in order to educate the love of music, it is necessary to set serious performance tasks based on the ageappropriate works of the students. in order to strengthen the results achieved in the class, daily tasks should be given to memorize as many of the previously studied plays as possible. performances, concerts and exams are the final factor that shows the level of quality of educational process organization. it is necessary to specially prepare students for going on stage, to educate their will, to increase their need for creative communication with the audience. if we pedagogues can ensure that our students perform on stage with artistic skill, we teachers will be able to fulfill our task. references 1. rajabova d. «piano lessons» (methodology of piano education) t.: «o’qituvchi» 1994. 23 p. 2. zilberkvit m., birthday piano: artist/god. g. ordynsky.— m.: child. lit., 1984.— 64 p., the artist is the history of musical instruments. 3. omonov n.t., khojayev n.kh., madyarov s.a., eshchonov e.u. pedagogical technologies and pedagogical skills t: economy-finance, 2009, p. 228. 4. m. q. muradov. technology of formation of professional skills of future music teachers. karshi. «fan va ta’lim» publishing house 2021. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the place of interpretation of the new paradigm of knowledge zafar tillaev akmalovich teacher, termez state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the demand for different aspects of interpretation in research practice is largely due to the change in scientific paradigms in linguistics systemocentric to anthropocentric. the concept of interpretation, by its definition, is oriented but on anthropocentrism in language learning, since the interpretation in any interpretation of it is inseparable from the interpreter, in the role of which only a person can perform. and the essence of anthropocentrism as the basic principle of linguistic research is that “scientific objects are studied primarily by their role for humans, according to their purpose in his life, according to their functions for the development the development of the human personality and its improvement a person becomes is a starting point in the analysis of certain phenomena, he is involved in this analysis, defining its prospects and ultimate goals. interpretation, paradigm, linguistics, analysis, polyparadigmatic approach. the emergence of the anthropocentric paradigm and its development in linguistics in the late xx early xxi centuries. it was natural and determined by the progressive development of linguistics, for the language itself is anthropocentric in nature and essence: a person imprinted in the language your physical appearance, your inner states, your emotions, your intellect, its attitude to the objective and non-objective world, kind their relationship to a collective of people and another person. as a result, the focus of the researcher is the subject is revealed, the person in the language and the language in the person are analyzed. by this, along with the study and description of the level-by-level structure of the language, underlying the systemic-structural approach to language and defining who brought the description of nuclear language means to the fore the study of the linguistic abilities of a native speaker, his knowledge, fixed in the language and determining socio-cultural and communicative-discursive competence of a person. and this is already a third there was an appeal to interdisciplinary connections, to areas of knowledge, which lie at the junction of linguistics with cognitology, psychology, cultural studies, etc. the focus is on the human experience, its reflection and interpretation, relationship and interaction different types of knowledge, the conjugation of individual characteristics consciousness, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org psyche, culture and human behavior with appropriate collective representations in different fields of knowledge. occurred the most important switch of attention of researchers from static the results of the structural-semantic (system-structural) description language on results that are a consequence of dynamic descriptions of language processes, more focused on functional and activity capabilities of a native speaker. ultimately, anthropocentrism began to be recognized as the main the principle of modern linguistics who led the formation and development of a new scientific paradigm anthropocentric (anthropological) at the turn of the xx-xxi centuries. this was made possible, according to v.n. telia, “thanks to the change in the static view of the world as an availability of elements, particles, etc. sui generis, for consideration by the world buildings as a dynamic system unfolding around a person “atomic facts”, i.e. events and phenomena that have absorbed the elementary essences as subject variables inwardly”[2]. naturally, the new paradigm does not cancel the previous one, but is actively used using her achievements, makes you pay attention to those aspects languages, which in the system-centric (system-structural) paradigm did not become the object of deep and purposeful language research. but, nevertheless, they were nuclear bases in learning a language, referring to them to one degree or another always is present (for example, the study of the internal structure of the language, its level new organization, reliance on form in the study of semantics, etc.). teaching assuming that each paradigm embodies the time-specific existence of scientific knowledge, it is natural that none of them able to embrace all knowledge. therefore, each of the existing paradigm contains that one and only thing that defines it isolation and implementation in research. however, none of them can cover all aspects of learning and describing a language. so now began to talk about a polyparadigmatic approach to linguistic phenomena, which allows you to combine knowledge of different approaches and disciplines. so the current era of language learning is the era of interdisciplinary the way to the description of the language, the era of consideration of relationships and interactions the implications of the results obtained in them with a general consistent approach de. he assumes that the focus should be on the subject, the person century as a linguistic personality in the dialectical unity of its structural levels. process is most closely related to the host language in terms of its reflection of the dynamic processes of conceptualization and categorization, which find its expression in language, is an interpretation. as a.g. dement’yeva, “interpretation is cognitive process and at the same time the result in establishing the meaning of speech and/or non-verbal actions. as in the analysis of cognitive activity, we can talk about the subject, objects, procedure, goals, result max, material and interpretation tools” [3]. at this approach “we are talking about a person not just a passive reference linguistic expressions, but their active interpreter, do not just carry language, but above all and most importantly the bearer of a certain conceptual system, on the basis of which he understands the language, learns the world and communicates with other native speakers”[4]. therefore, the interpretive approach is interested in in describing and explaining the structures of human experience that has subjective nature, correlated with the objective state of affairs. in this case, the language reflects not so much the properties of the extra-linguistic world, how much is the way this world is given to man, the relationship of man to the world[5]. in addition, the interpretation, representing purposeful cognitive activity, consists in establishing and/or maintaining harmony in the interpreter's world, which can express huddle in awareness of the properties of the context of speech and in the placement of results such awareness into the space of the interpreter's inner world[6]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org at present, the theory of interpretation has a definite methodological base. “interpretation, behind which the subject always stands, setting and reading meanings, putting forward subject hypotheses, combines the elements of the existential approach, assuming both the possession of inner freedom and the rooted ness in culture and society, as well as actually cognitive”[7;67]. as noted above, the methodology in this case is understood is widespread, since it includes not only the teaching of the method, but and the doctrine of the principles of language research, which are based on one or a different philosophy and determine the direction of research, are the basis for research techniques and techniques. the main conceptual principle laid down in linguistic theory interpretation, anthropocentrism can be considered as the main principle all studies (cognitology, psycholinguistics, ethnolinguistics, cultural linguistics, etc.), in which a person is recognized as a “modus existence of language”, and reality itself is open to infinite interpretations. in this case, “a person constructs from himself the known world, measures it with its strength, perceives, shapes, evaluates, and the value of the world is rooted in our interpretation. in tolerant activity permeates our entire life”[8;48]. the need for interpretation as a special methodological procedure fools arises when in science they are isolated as an object of study following questions of various types of human activities in connection with his participation in communication, in the transfer of personal and collective experience in communication based on linguistic values and traditions. as a philosophical component of the theory of interpretation of phenomena the recognition that the most important result of cognitive activity is the formation of a system of knowledge about cognitive world, providing understanding of people in communication and from one generation to another in the format of knowledge, objectified in one way or another of reflection. one of the main assets objectification of knowledge is language. it is he who provides fixation knowledge about the world in linguistic signs, represented primarily by words mi, the reflective nature of which is recognized by most scientists. in the philosophy of knowledge and in the theory of knowledge itself as an independent it is customary for a modern science to consider the reflective essence of cognitive as a methodological one within the most widespread abstract-epistemological or rational scientific paradigms. however, nowadays it is becoming more and more obvious the fact that “the cognitive process is not limited to reflective procedures and the result itself knowledge as an image of the cognized is often achieved by other in nature means or in close intercourse action with them”[9:107]. so, according to l.a. mikeshina, from the standpoint of the philosophy of knowledge fundamental, along with reflection it presents representation, convention and interpretation. therefore, no desire of researchers to take into account, in particular, the unity of zealous and interpretive moments. “recognition of the fundamental the nature of the interpretative activity of the subject of understanding, intolerant, cognizing one of the main features of the new paradigm we are cognition”existential-anthropological[10]. this is quite natural and naturally correlates with the treatment to language as an interpreting factor in cognition in the aspect of the ongoing change of linguistic scientific paradigms system-centered to anthropocentric. as it is known, the knowledge of the world cannot be subjective, because since it is closely related to consciousness, which is recognized by most of scientists as an inherent property of a highly organized matter the brain. it is important to take into account that “the subject of knowledge first and foremost, it is a subject interpreting, since its existence and activities are not simply unfolding in objective reality, but in the world of the images he created, he knows and symbolic forms inherent in the very structure american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org of human life” [11].with the help of language, a person manages to express the results of cognition and with its help carry out the transfer of semi-knowledge of the world to other members of society in the process of their social but cultural interaction. in this regard, the inclusion interpretation function among the main functions of the language, along with communicative and cognitive. according to n.n. boldyrev, “any human linguistic activity is associated with interpretation, and linguistic interpretation appears as a type of cognitive activity, a process and the results of man's understanding and explanation of the world and himself in this the world”[12;204]. moreover, the interpretation is inconceivable without its connection with the consciousness of the subject, since the cognitive activity of a person century is based on the understanding of the world and language (as a specific object of this world) with the help of the human brain, which is able to emit and form such operational units of knowledge as concepts, which are then incorporated into another the most important process of human consciousness is categorization[13;56]. speaking about the relationship between the concepts of “consciousness” and “cognition”, we note following. cognition as a reflective process is the main type of consciousness. along with it, other types of cognition are possible, associated with consciousness and are processes, the purpose of which is not so much to reflect the world in concepts and images as to comprehend the already known world from certain positions by interpretation as a way of the world being in consciousness. thus, the world is becoming in consciousness in two hypostases of cognition as a reflected system centric world based on the rational-rational way his awareness, and as an existential-anthropological world, lagging in the awareness of his being and perception, a significant role in interpretations. what unites them is such a procedure as a convention. so synthesis of reflection and interpretation as universal and fundamental mental properties of cognition (consciousness) provides a person in his life the inactivity of the usefulness of communication based on the convention. at the same time, according to donald davidson, interpretation is a conventional core of linguistic communication[14;45]. and then he makes the following conclusion: “the convention is not a condition the existence of language. in fact, language is a condition for developing conventions”[15]. in our opinion, this conclusion is quite applicable for the relationship and the interaction of language with other components of knowledge: language is a condition for generating reflection and interpretation. it is the language that provides ensures the communicative relevance of processes and results reflections, interpretations and conventions. these results are most complete presented in such a linguistic unit as a word. it is this that trains makes the concept (primarily its conceptual type) accessible to operate them in the process of communication. it is the word that defines mental vocabulary of a person, represented in the dictionary of one or a different language. it is the word that turns out to be the linguistic unit that determines the specifics of human communication, in contrast to communication cations of animals. as a result, we have the following perception of the word. from one side, the word acts as an instrument of cognition, being a condition for work of knowledge, and from the other side, it is the result of knowledge, in which certain knowledge about the world is concentrated (reflective, interpreted and conventional in there, as a rule, unity). knowledge the same about the world lie at the basis of human cognitive activity, which focused on establishing the cognitive significance of linguistic expressions, its informativeness. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org used literature: 1. кубрякова е.с. части речи с когнитивной точки зрения. м.: ран ия, 1997. с. 212. 2. телия в.н. метафоризация и её роль в создании языковой картины мира / телия в.н. // роль человеческого фактора в языке. язык и картина мира. м, наука. ̶ 1988. с. 173-203. 3. дементьева а.г. когнитивные основы формирования переносных значений фитонимов (на материале английского, русского и французского языков): дис. канд. филол. наук. тамбов, 2012 4. роль человеческого фактора в языке: язык и картина мира / б.а. серебренников, е.с. кубрякова, в.и. постовалова и др. м.: наука, 1988. 5. микешина л.а. философия познания: проблемы эпистемологии гуманитарного знания. м., 2008. 6. болдырев н.н., панасенко л.а. когнитивная основа лексических категорий и их интерпретирующий потенциал // вопросы когнитивной лингвистики. 2013. № 2. с. 5. 7. шарандин а.л. оппозитивные отношения в системе знаний // когнитивные исследования языка. 2008. № 3. с. 75-89. 8. cited from: lakoff g. women, fire and dangerous things: what categories reveal about the mind. chicago, london: university press, 1987. p. 229. 9. cited from: lakoff g. women, fire and dangerous things: what categories reveal about the mind. chicago, london: university press, 1987. p. 223. 10. m.i.murodova evelyn waugh’s satirical skills. science and education 3 (6), pp.1436-1439. 11. .m.i.murodova e.waugh and abdulla kahhor’s creative work. archive of conferences, 71-72. 12. tillaev zafar. the interrelation of time and tense in english grammar. epra international journal of research & development (ijrd). volume 7 issue 5 may 2022. pp.48-52. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org the role of memory exercises in the teaching of the uzbek language and literature in schools umarova maftuna ahmadbek's daughter the teacher of the department of language teaching methodology of the andijan region national center for training pedagogues in new methodologies a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, information about memory strengthening exercises in the subject of native language and literature is widely covered. recommendations are given on how to solve memory problems. several methods have been identified to strengthen students' memory. memory, memory problems, memory function, memory decline, memory training. introduction memory is one of the most important functions of the human nervous system. memory consolidation is a question that interests many people. in its violation, a person feels discomfort throughout his life, and this leads to serious neuroses and depression. if memory impairment persists for a long time, it can deprive a person of the ability to work and lead to disability. in many cases, the elderly cannot perform even simple tasks during their lifetime due to memory loss. memory loss due to aging is usually not reversible, but problems seen in youth can be corrected. even children have memory problems. such problems should not be ignored, because a person's future life skills are closely related to memory. due to poor memory, children fall behind in studies, do not want to go to educational institutions, the child becomes nervous, angry and tearful. if the problem is neglected, it will be difficult to develop memory, so it is necessary to take measures in time. currently, drug therapy and folk medicine can be used to improve memory. if memory loss is severe, it is recommended to consult a doctor. memory failure: why does it decline? the mechanism of human memory function is very impressive, it can be broken due to many reasons. according to doctors, memory loss can be caused by the following factors: • physical and mental stress. • too much mental work,exhaustion. • chronic insomnia. • chronic stress. • experiencing severe stress. • smoking tobacco products. • abuse of alcoholic beverages. • taking drugs. • age-related changes in the brain. • insult. • skull injuries (open and closed). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org • thyroid diseases. • vascular disease. • blood circulation disorders in the brain due to heart disease. • taking some medications. in many cases, when children start school or move to a higher grade, they notice a decline in memory, which is explained by the strain on the child's brain. in such a situation, it is necessary for parents to pay attention to their children, not to burn them. symptoms of memory loss not all cases of memory loss require treatment. an indication for medical treatment and folk medicine is that memory does not recover in a short period of time. for example: desire to remember something, but not being able to remember it; constant forgetting; such as the loss of the ability to remember large amounts of information. there are exercises that can be done at work and are suitable for people of all ages to improve and strengthen memory. one effective exercise is memorizing pictures. to carry out this exercise, you need to take some interesting picture, in which there should be 10 to 15 objects, animals, etc. look carefully at this picture for 60 seconds and try to remember what is there. after 60 seconds, close the picture and say or write down what you remember. if you do this exercise with children as a game, the child's mood will also improve. it is better if you practice with 2-3 different pictures, not just one picture. counting is a good exercise to strengthen memory. this is an efficient way to count numbers from 100 to 1 or 20 to 1 in parallel. for example: 1, 20, 2, 19, 3, 18, etc. repeat this exercise every day and increase it by 10 and reach 100. it is more effective if you do the exercise before going to sleep. if a person knows the pronunciation of numbers in other languages, counting numbers in his own language and in another language in parallel helps to restore memory faster. one of the useful ways to improve memory is to do the "sloppy" hand exercise. right-handed people need more use of the right hand, and left-handed people need more use. with this exercise, the brain works better and memory recovery is improved. because our movement system is controlled by our left hemisphere, if we move our left hand to make our right hemisphere work better, we will use both our right and left hemispheres, as a result, the information given by the teachers will remain in the child's memory better. as a memory exercise, finding and focusing on two identical letters while reading also makes the brain work. give a detailed description of an object or room you are familiar with, and list the objects in it one by one. it also helps to make memory stronger by using different parts of the brain. one of the useful ways to improve memory is "find the place of connection". is a method, in which objects from 1 to 15 are numbered and the task is given: find what connects them. 1. sun 2. eye 3. lamp 4. chair 5. star 6. lock 7. ax 8. hourglass 9. baby 10. finger 11. november 12. moon 13 misfortune 14. fog 15. light and darkness she is. the better the student's memory, the better the information given by the teachers will be remembered. when memorizing a poem, first teach the student how to memorize a poem, and then ask him: have you memorized a poem? should be asked. for example: v n v n v m v q r i b s j a v in this method, four lines of poems are recited three times by the teacher, and the initial letters of the words are written on the board. what is homeland, what is homeland? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org love for the country, love for the country. don't wander in search of pleasure. paradise then three of the students are asked, as a result, 30 students memorize four lines of poetry in 5 minutes. our next method is to explain the poem through actions. for example: motherland, from your rolling soil, from your cool leaves, "i saw the motherland in the river's sky", that your tributaries from the peak the magical land that allah has looked at, you have geniuses that shake the world. from your shores. by explaining this poem with actions, it will be easy for the students to remember. when memorizing a poem by drawing a picture according to the content of the poem, i.e. "scribing" method also has the essence of memory development. in this case, the words in each line of the poem are drawn. for example: in front of my window, a bush of apricots blossomed white. the drawing is well preserved in the eyes of children. another convenient method in the field of uzbek language and literature is the "orchestra" method. everyone recites the memorized poem and everyone memorizes it. one of the effective methods in lessons is the "writing" method. the lion is given to memorize for 5 minutes, he writes over and over the words that are difficult to memorize, thus the words that are difficult to memorize are good will remember. these methods are easy to memorize and remember helps to stay well. if we talk about works we can rename the work so that it will be remembered by the students. then talk about the idea of the work in general and listen to their opinions. the more opinions are expressed, the easier it will be for students to remember. at the end, discuss the negative and positive characters in the play. the better our memory is, the more information we learn will be remembered and the more information will be transmitted to our future generations. list of used literature: 1. national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. t.: "uzbekistan national encyclopedia" state scientific publishing house, 2003. volume 5, page 613. 2. an explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language. t.: "ome" state scientific publishing house, 2006. volume 2, page 582. 3. sultanov i. literary theory. tashkent: teacher, 1980. 245 p. 4. hamidi h. et al. dictionary of literary terms. t.: teacher, 1979. 104-1 p. 5. shoabdurahmanov sh. in uzbek language punctuation. tashkent: uzfan, 1951. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org possibilities of ethnotourism development in uzbekistan (as an example of the national cultural center of the arab diaspora) ergasheva y. a. qarmii, head of the department "history of uzbekistan", doctor of history, professor ergasheva g. a. teacher of qardu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the possibilities of developing ethnotourism in uzbekistan (as an example of the activities of the national cultural center of the arab diaspora). based on archival data, the author studied and analyzed specific aspects of the possibilities of developing ethnotourism in uzbekistan (as an example of the activities of the national cultural center of the arab diaspora) on the basis of available scientific literature. ethnotourism, arabs, diaspora, culture, development introduction: during the years of independence in uzbekistan, to ensure the prosperous life of all nationalities and peoples, to strengthen mutual respect, peace and harmony, inter-national and inter-confessional solidarity, to create equal rights and opportunities for all citizens regardless of their nationality and religious belief, educating the young generation in the spirit of patriotism, respect for national and universal values, love for the motherland, loyalty to the ideas of independence became one of the important directions of the state policy. the main goal of the policy of a multi-ethnic country should be the formation of inter-ethnic harmony and religious tolerance. from the first days of independence, a unique path of national policy was developed, which created the basis for the stable development of national tolerance. it is not for nothing that the world community seeks to follow the example of such national tolerance formed in uzbekistan. the fact that in a short period of time our country has become an actively developing, proactive member of the world community, an enviable country where peace, harmony and tolerance reign is a clear proof of this. as the head of our state sh.m. mirziyoyev noted: "uzbekistan is always faithful to its traditions in the field of inter-ethnic harmony and religious tolerance, and will never deviate from this path. in our country, primary attention is paid to strengthening the atmosphere of mutual respect, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org friendship and harmony between representatives of different nationalities and religious confessions. this is our greatest wealth and it is our duty to protect it like the apple of an eye" [1]. main part: in order to accelerate the development of tourism, the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 2, 2016 no pf-4861 "on measures to ensure the accelerated development of tourism in the republic of uzbekistan", february 7, 2017 pf-4947–no. pf-5326 of february 3, 2018 “on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan” -"on measures", january 5, 2019 no. pf-5611 "on additional measures for the accelerated development of tourism in the republic of uzbekistan", may 28, 2020 pf-6002-no. pf-6165 of february 9, 2021 “on urgent measures to support the tourism sector to reduce the negative impact of the coronavirus pandemic” to take measures to further develop tourism pf-60 of january 28,2022 "on the development strategy of the new uzbekistan for 2022-2026" creation of favorable conditions for the development of potential, target parameters for the construction of hotels, promising investment projects, cultural facilities and institutionswhere modern information technologies are applied[2]. the national and cultural diversity of uzbekistan is closely related to the growth of national identity awareness and spiritual reawakening, and serves as a powerful factor in the renewal of society, its openness, and the republic's global creates favorable conditions for joining the community. it should be noted that since time immemorial in our country, religious tolerance and inter-ethnic harmony have been among the most beautiful qualities in the hearts of our people as a sign of spiritual perfection. according to the data, 100 years ago representatives of about 70 nationalities lived in the territory of present-day uzbekistan. 30 years later, this number reached 91, 113 in 1959, and 123 in 1978. the list obtained in 2011 shows that representatives of 137 nationalities and peoples live in uzbekistan. today, they live in our country as children of the same family, live in conditions of equality and mutual solidarity, and work for the development of our country. national cultural centers serve to meet ethno-cultural needs, preserve and develop national values, and strengthen inter-ethnic harmony in the country. along with the development of their national culture, they closely cooperate with each other and contribute to the strengthening of mutual respect and trust between representatives of different nationalities living in uzbekistan. the first national cultural centers were established by koreans, kazakhs, jews, and armenians in the regions of the republic in 1989. the real development and prosperity of these centers began after uzbekistan gained independence. during this period, ample opportunities were created for their effective activity. as a result, their number increased every year. if in 1992 there were 10 national cultural centers, in 1995 their number reached 72, and in 2003 there were 135. today, 138 national cultural centers, 34 friendship society is functioning. the arab national cultural center, together with the russian, tatar bashkir, turkmen, and tajik national cultural centers operating in kashkadarya region, has been conducting cultural and educational activities aimed at strengthening the mutual enrichment of national cultures and friendship between peoples. it is important to strengthen mutual friendship and harmony in our country, to preserve the atmosphere of mutual solidarity and kindness prevailing in our society between representatives of different nationalities and peoples, to educate the young generation in the spirit of patriotism, respect for national and universal values. is actively participating. along with all the peoples of our country, positive changes have taken place in the lives of the arabs, who have been american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org living on our land for many centuries. the arab national cultural center of the republic of uzbekistan was established in 1991 in the village of jeynov (now a town) in kashkadarya region, where arabs live densely, in order to restore, preserve and continue the traditions inherited from the ancestors. is actively working. it should be noted that according to the information of the arab national cultural center, the arab diaspora in the region is 35-40 thousand people, of which there are more than 20 thousand jeynov arabs in mirishkor district, more than 5 thousand pulati arabs in koson district, and 4 thousand in kakhlak village of karshi district. and in other districts more than 6-7 thousand belong to the arab nation [3]. the brightest pages in the activity of the arab national cultural center are related to the famous grower, hero of uzbekistan murodulla saidov (1935-2009). murodulla saidov, who headed the company farm "zeinov" in mirishkor district, brought his team to the level of the most advanced farms of the republic, and also contributed to the successful development of the center as the first chairman of the arab national cultural center. m. saidov was awarded the title of "hero of uzbekistan" in 2002 according to the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan in recognition of his services to the state and the people. results and discussions: folk ensemble "alarabiya" performing ancient arabic songs and dances performed in the center. in december 2020, the ensemble was reorganized under the name "al-jiinat" in place of the "al-arabiya" ensemble, which has been operating under the center until now. the "al-jiinat" ensemble was provided with 10 different types of arab national musical instruments, and jorabek fidoyev was appointed as its leader. the unique creativity and art of the ethnographic team, which has won several festivals of friendship and culture "uzbekistan our common home", is considered a decoration of public holidays and national weddings, and is always warmly received by the audience. will be done. on the initiative of the center, a famous arab carpet weaving enterprise based on ancient technologies was established in the town of jeynov. there is also an ethnographic museum that tells about the traditions and customs of the arabs of uzbekistan. at the initiative of the center, individual business activities adapted to the production of famous arabic carpets have also been widely launched. in particular, an exhibition of carpets and embroidery woven by arab women, arab national dishes will be presented to the guests. currently, more than 20 artisan women are engaged in carpet weaving under the leadership of the members of the center, rozimo hakimova and latofat oymahmedova, and participate in various competitions with their exhibitions. currently, these homemakers weave 5 carpets per month, each carpet is sold for 700-800 thousand soums. the earned income serves to improve their families materially and ensure their employment [4]. the participation of arabs in the ethno-cultural processes that took place in the region was twofold. firstly, they were absorbed among the local population of the region for centuries and were involved in assimilation processes, and secondly, some of them preserved their ethnic identity. the fact that they settled in the kashkadarya desert and engaged in animal husbandry was an important factor in the preservation of the ethno-cultural traditions and language characteristics of the jeynov arabs. this is reflected in the group of people who still identify themselves as arabs or retain their mother tongues[5]. arabs who are learning their mother tongue have every opportunity. arabic language courses have been opened at the arab national cultural center. for example, at karshi state american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org university, literary arabic is taught as an elective subject, and students have the opportunity to learn arabic here. ample opportunities have been created for the arab population to learn their native language. it is worth noting that people belonging to the arab nation have preserved their folklore, customs and ceremonies, in addition to the language. it should be noted that the arab inhabitants of jeynov have preserved their native language and their dialect is still under the attention of researchers. in particular, on september 14-15, 2021, the center will meet shabo talay, a senior arabic scholar from turkey, who is currently working at the freie universitat berlin in germany, and umrbek ibragimov, a master's student of the same university, and elderly people and activists who know arabic and live in the village of jeynov. video communication was organized. in this dialogue, the questions of professor shabo talai about the jainov-arabic dialect, its pronunciation, national games and campaigns were answered by the elderly jainov residents and activists of the center, and the dialogue was lively [6]. in cooperation with the initiative of the arab national culture center and the studio "uzbektelyefilm", documentaries about the history and culture of local arabs, such as "in the bosom of the centuries", "zeynovliklari", "arabs of uzbekistan" were filmed. an exhibition was organized in the palace of arts in the center of the village of jeynov, where the exhibited exhibits tell about the ancient traditions and customs of the arabs in our country, as well as the activities of famous people from the diaspora. conclusion: so, independence allowed the arabs living in uzbekistan to realize and express their identity along with other nationalities in our country. they are widely and actively participating in the reforms implemented in our republic. the most important thing is that the arabs had the opportunity to openly express their ethnicity, restore their historical and national culture, study and promote it. today, the arab national-cultural center, which operates in the town of jeynov, kashkadarya region, is involved in the work in this regard. this center established relations with the regions where arabs live in the republic, established a historical-ethnographic museum and a folklore-ethnographic ensemble promoting national art. also, on the initiative of the yshby center, efforts are being made to establish relations with arabs in iran and saudi arabia in terms of cooperation and exchange of experience. references: 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. international friendship and solidarity is an important factor in the peace and well-being of our people.// https://uza.uz/uz/posts/millatlararo-d-stlik-va-amzhi-atlik-khal-imiztinchligi-va-f-24-01-2017 2. ergasheva y.a., eralov a.j. tourism power of the republic of uzbekistan. american journal of social and humanitarian research. issn:2690-9626 vol. 3, no 6. 2022. 3. current archive of the arab national cultural center of the republic of uzbekistan 4. https://uzdaily.uz/uz/post/3883 5. rajabov r. history and ethnography of arabs in uzbekistan. t.: "sharq", 2012. p. 161-162. 6. current archive of kashkadarya regional administration. 2021 report of the arab national cultural center of the republic of uzbekistan. https://uza.uz/uz/posts/millatlararo-d-stlik-va-amzhi-atlik-khal-imiz-tinchligi-va-f-24-01-2017 https://uza.uz/uz/posts/millatlararo-d-stlik-va-amzhi-atlik-khal-imiz-tinchligi-va-f-24-01-2017 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 1, | june, 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org states’ sovereignty and the enforcement of core labour rights of migrant workers: an avoidable contradiction in some selected member states of the ilo and un irene fokum sama-lang akamin asonga patrick a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper examines the protection of the core labour rights of migrant workers in some selected members states of the ilo and un, and opines that it is only through the protection of the core labour rights of migrant workers that their other work related rights can be conserved. in so doing, it conceptualized the terms ‘core labour rights’ and ‘migrant workers,’ and analyzed their protection under relevant un and ilo instruments. it examines the notion of states’ sovereignty and the conservation of core labour rights of migrant workers under international law visavis the practice in some member states of the un and the ilo, and argues that though most member states have committed themselves to the protection of core labour rights of migrant workers by ratifying relevant international instruments, practice shows that they continue to subject the enforcement of core labour rights of migrant workers to their sovereignty. in this light, these researchers generally argue that subjecting the enforcement of core labour rights of migrant workers to the ambit of states’ sovereignty is an avoidable contradiction that can be curbed. to this effect, member states must review their commitment to the enforcement of the rights of migrant workers, and stand by their obligations in international law or decides whether to subject the enforcement of the rights of migrant workers to their sovereignty by denouncing the relevant international instruments on this subject. states’ sovereignty, enforcement, labour rights, migrant workers introduction in recent years the world has witnessed an increase in migration and displacement occurring due to conflicts and human rights violations,1 poverty as a result of unemployment or underemployment, 1 like the present socio-political crisis in cameroon that has led to the movement of many cameroonian to other states such as nigeria, ghana, usa, belgium among others. see generally v. chetail., code of international migration law, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org the widening economic and social inequalities between industrialized and developing countries, amongst others. in this connection, there were about 244 million international migrants in the world in 2015, with more than 90 per cent of them constituting migrant workers,2 and it is estimated that the number will go up to 405 million international migrants globally by 2050.3 in its 2005 report, the world commission on international migration established that the number of migrants worldwide has doubled since 1980.4 the popular destinations for these migrants generally and migrant workers, in particular, is the usa and europe, and recently the success story in the economic performance of some southeast asian countries such as malaysia, singapore and thailand5 and some arabic gulf countries such as saudi brussels, bruylant, 2008, in c. papinot., ‘international protection of migrant workers’ phd thesis paris west university nanterre, 2014, p14. 2 see ilo ., international labour migration and development: the ilo perspective, geneva, international labour office, 2007, p.1, see also international organisation for migration ( iom) ‘world migration report’, 2018, p. 3. the iom is not an entity within the united nations system, but is an inter-governmental organisation (igo) whose members are bound by a constitution, under which membership is confined to states with a demonstrated interest in the principle of free movement of persons, together with states that were previously members of the intergovernmental committee for european migration. there are currently 157 member states, and numerous other entities have observer status (including ten states as of 2015). see generally international organization for migration (iom), at http://www.iom.int/cms/en/sites/iom/home/about-iom-1/members-and-observers.html accessed on 29-4-2019. 3 the main statistics of international migration are offered by the united nations, department of economic and social affairs (un desa) , the united nations high commissioner for refugees—the un refugee agency (unchr), the organization for economic cooperation and development (oecd), and the international organization for migration (iom),. based on these migration databases, statistics show that, globally, the total number of migrants has increased from 94 million in 1970, to 153 million in 1990, reaching around 244 million in 2015 as seen above, from the total world population of about 7.3 billion people (meaning 1 person in every 30 people). still, as a share of the world’s population, the migration flow is relatively steady, representing 2.3% in 1970, and 3.3 in 2015. around 75% of international migrants in 2015 (almost 157 million) targeted the “high-income economies . . . compared with 77 million foreign-born who resided in middle-income countries (about one-third of the total migrant stock) and almost 9 million in low-income countries in the same year.” out of 244 million migrants in 2015, the largest share was for europe (over 31%), asia (almost 31%), and north america (over 22%). in europe, the highest migrants’ allocation was for western europe (36%) and eastern europe (26%) with a total of 76 million migrants in 2015 .the most preferred european countries by migrants in 2015 were: germany (12 million migrants), the united kingdom (8.5 million), france (7.8 million), spain (5.9 million), italy (5.8 million), sweden (1.6 million), austria (1.5 million), belgium (1.4 million), denmark (572 thousand), and finland (315 thousand) . the main origin countries of migrants into european regions were the russian federation (over 6 million), poland (3.6 million), romania (almost 3 million), and morocco (2.5 million). for 2016 compared to 2015, the migration flows increased by 30% in germany, 4% in france, 7% in belgium, 18% in spain, 26% in sweden, and decreased by 6% in the uk (mainly due to the brexit vote in june 2016), and by 5% in denmark . see generally g. noja et al., ‘migrants’ role in enhancing the economic development of host countries: empirical evidence from europe’, journal of environmental, cultural, economic, and social sustainability of human beings (sustainability), 2018, p. 2. 4 see world commission on international migration (wcim), ‘migration in an interconnected world: new perspectives for action’, geneva, 2005, p. 1. 5 according to mauro and others, malaysia, singapore, and thailand constitute immigration hubs in the south east asia with most migrants coming from cambodia, myanmar, indonesia, the philippines and vietnam. see generally t. mauro et al., migrating to opportunity: overcoming barriers to labor mobility in southeast asia, 2017.available at https://doi.org/10.1596/978-1-4648-1106-7-ch1. accessed on 30-4-2019. http://www.iom.int/cms/en/sites/iom/home/about-iom-1/members-and-observers.html https://doi.org/10.1596/978-1-4648-1106-7-ch1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org arabia, qatar, bahrain, united arab emirates6 amongst others have attracted migrant workers mostly from south east asia and africa to settle and work in these countries.7 amidst the spread of xenophobic and racist movements against foreigners, the mounting of social and ethnic tension especially in some western european countries and the persistence forced labour perpetrated on foreign domestic workers in most arabian gulf countries; it becomes incumbent on us to ascertain the extent to which core labour rights of migrant workers can be enforced amidst the tight principle of states’ sovereignty. the overall purpose of this paper is to examine the extent to which the principle of states’ sovereignty can hinder the enforcement of core labour rights of migrant workers. these researchers generally argue that the subjection of the enforcement of core labour rights of migrant workers to the sovereign right of states is a contradiction that can be avoided when states stand by their obligations in international law, when they ratify relevant international treaties on the subject. in particular, this article conceptualizes core labour rights of migrant workers and the term ‘migrant workers’ in international law, it examines the notion of states’ sovereignty and the conservation of core labour rights of migrant workers under international law visavis the practice in some member states. finally the paper attempt to draw some conclusions on the enforcement of core labour rights of migrant workers, and argue that member states should observe their obligations in international law on the enforcement of core labour rights rather than submitting same to their sovereignty. the conceptualization of core labour rights of migrant workers under international law according to the ilo declaration on principles and fundamental rights at work 1998, the right to freedom of association, collective bargaining, freedom from forced labour, freedom from employment and occupational discrimination and freedom from child labour are recognized as core labour rights which are equally attributed to migrant workers, from which derogation is not allowed by virtue of membership of the ilo. core labour rights are generally considered as jus cogens8 in the field of international labour law. as such all member states of the ilo irrespective of whether they 6 these workers travel mainly to the countries of the arabian gulf and also to jordan and lebanon. the six states of the gulf cooperation council (gcc), bahrain, kuwait, qatar, oman, saudi arabia, and the united arab emirates (uae), host approximately 10 million foreign workers, with the largest number (8.8 million) in saudi arabia. in several cases, the number of foreign workers in the country exceeds the native population substantially. see generally g. s. manseau ‘contractual solutions for migrant labourers: the case of domestic workers in the middle east’, 2006, p.26. available at http:// beta. nottingham. ac.uk/ hrlc/ documents/ publications/ hrl commentary 2006 /migrantlabourers.pdf. accessed on 30-4-2019. 7 since the 1970s, migrant labourers, especially those who perform domestic work, have been in high demand in the middle east. currently, approximately 10 million migrant workers, primarily from southeast asia, south asia or africa, live and work in these countries. their native countries benefit greatly from these workers’ remittances and encourage migration; the host countries also benefit from cheap labour but provide almost no protection against abuse of workers by the private sector that hires them. the workers themselves flock to the region for the promise of high salaries, but as temporary workers tied to their employers, they are frequently placed in positions of extreme vulnerability with little recourse to justice. it is contended in this study that one solution to the problem of abuse of migrant workers generally and domestic workers, particularly in most of these middle east countries, is to establish and enforce a standard working contract for all migrant workers in various domains. see generally manseau ibid at p. 27. 8 see the 1998 ilo declaration on fundamental principles and rights at work. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org have ratified the relevant conventions9 must respect,10 protect11 and fulfill12 these rights. though freedom from child labour is considered as a core labour right as seen in the above declaration, it is excluded from the scope of this paper since as it is a discipline on its own in the broad human rights context(children rights), and it an ill not work as conceptualized by the ilo. the conceptualisation of migration for work under international law migration is a term that encompasses a wide variety of movements and situations involving people of all walks of life and backgrounds. more than ever before, migration touches all states and people in an era of deepening globalization. migration has helped improve people’s lives in both origin and destination countries and has offered opportunities for millions of people worldwide to forge safe and meaningful lives abroad.13 though there is no universally acceptable definition of the term ‘migrant worker,’ it is impossible to draw a sharp line between ‘migration for work’ and ‘migration.’ in this light, chetail argues that ‘migration,’ all types of migrations combined, is commonly perceived as ‘a movement of people leaving or leaving a state, to enter another state in order to reside on a permanent or temporary basis.’14 this definition, therefore, covers emigration (departure or travel), immigration (arrival in the host country), and residence and possibly return. article 2 (1) of the un convention on the protection of the rights of all migrant workers and members of their families (cprmwmf) 1990, defines a ‘migrant worker’ in general terms. the definition includes any person who is to be engaged, is engaged or has already been engaged in a remunerated activity in a state of which he or she is not a national.15 the first limb of this definition (a person who is to be engaged) does not hold sway in this paper since as a person who is to be engaged is a prospective worker, and not a worker in itself. the international conservation of core labour rights of migrant workers 9 such as the ilo convention 87 on freedom of association, ilo convention98 on collective bargaining, ilo convention 100 on equal remuneration, ilo convention 111 on employment and occupational non-discrimination, amongst others. 10 the duty to respect core labour rights includes the duty by member states not to infringe directly on these rights. 11 the duty to protect requires member states to take measures in order to ensure that other entities such as corporations/enterprises employing workers generally and migrant workers specifically, do not infringe on their rights 12 and the duty to fulfill requires member states to take positive steps to realize labour rights. these triple-pronged obligations of states in international human rights law was developed by henry shue. see generally h. shue., basic rights: subsistence, affluence and us foreign policy, princeton, princeton university press, 1980, p. 65. 13see g. d. lieto., ‘international legal realities of migrant labour rights,’ journal of identity and migration studies, vol. 9, no. 2, 2015, pp. 86-109. 14 see v. chetail., code of international migration law, brussels, bruylant, 2008, in c. papinot., ‘international protection of migrant workers,’ phd thesis paris west university nanterre, 2014, p. 19. 15 excluded from the above definition are personnel of international organizations, persons who are employed by a state outside its territory, investors, refugees and stateless persons, students, trainees, seafarers and workers on an offshore installation provided that they have not been admitted to take up residence and engage in a remunerated activity in the state of employment. see article 3 of the icprmwmf. article 11(1) of ilo convention 97 defines a migrant worker as ‘a person who migrates from one country to another with a view to being employed otherwise than on his own account and includes any person regularly admitted as a migrant worker.’ article 1 of the european convention on the legal status of migrant workers,1997, define a migrant worker as ‘a national of a contracting party who has been authorized by another contracting party to reside in its territory in order to take up paid employment.’ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org the right to join trade unions and take part in their work is one of the top priorities of workers in most countries, and no one is in greater need of the exercise of this right than the migrant worker.16 migrant workers indeed are in dire need of this right because their status as non-nationals often than not, usually exposed them to discrimination, harassment, forced labour, amongst others which can only be adequately addressed if they are affiliated to trade unions. in this regards, turner et al argued that unionised immigrants are twice as likely as non-unionised immigrants to earn above the median hourly earnings and have greater pension coverage.17 it is against this backdrop that article 26(1) (a) of icprmwmf18 provide for the right of migrant workers to unionise by stating that ‘state parties recognize the right of migrant workers and members of their families to take part in meetings and activities of trade unions and of any other associations established in accordance with law, with a view of protecting their economic, social, cultural and other interests subject only to the rules of the organization concerned.’ it is clear from this provision that migrant workers are authorized within the context of this provision to join only existing trade unions. though migrant workers are free to take part in the activities of the said existing trade unions, they must do so in associations established in accordance with the law. the term ‘in accordance with the law’ is what has caught our interest. is it the domestic laws of the host countries or international laws? though by way of implication one can argue that it is the domestic laws of the host countries, this too does not hold sway with the classical concept of freedom of association for trade union purposes which upholds the right of workers to form and join trade unions of their own choosing without seeking and obtaining any prior authorization. it is in this connection that these researchers argue that subjecting migrant workers to enjoy their right to unionize only in existing trade unions that are established in accordance with the law, is tantamount to subjecting migrant workers to only prior authorized trade unions which is an affront to the enjoyment of the right to freedom of association as conceptualized by the ilo. this is more true as article 26(1)(b) of same convention further provides that ‘no restrictions may be placed on the exercise of this right other than those that are prescribed by law…’ 16 h. dunning ., trade unions and migrant workers: a workers' education guide, geneva, ilo, 1985, p.15. 17 see t. turner et al, ‘ does union membership benefit immigrant workers in ‘hard times’?’, journal of industrial relations, 2014, pp. 134-147. 18 this international convention is the lone un instrument dedicated to migrant workers and members of their families. it was adopted in 1990 and came in force in 2003. it is equally the world’s only comprehensive document for the protection of migrant workers. the united nations’ migrant workers convention was initiated by countries of emigration that were not satisfied with how the ilo migrant workers (supplementary provisions) convention (no. 143) had addressed illegal immigration and employment, focusing on the suppression of such practices. receiver states of migrant workers feared that the ilo convention might discourage temporary migration. the emigration countries wished to ensure more substantively the protection of their nationals working in countries where they were often abused and exploited due to their migrant status, and they hoped that the change of venue from the ilo to the un would prove fruitful to those aims. three factors have been held to explain sender states’ choice of the un as the new arena for protecting migrant workers to wit: the dissatisfaction with the focus on trafficking and illegal employment in the 1975 ilo convention, risking to render less remittances to developing countries, the tripartism of the ilo with the strong influence of employers’ and workers’ organisation, which might be less considerate of migrant workers’ needs, and the higher chances for developing countries to gain majority in negotiations. there was also the recognition of the ilo as confined to addressing the economic dimensions of migrant workers’ situation, while a un instrument was believed more apt to address their human rights from a broad perspective, and possibly to attract more ratifications than the ilo conventions. see generally r. böhning, ‘the ilo and the new un convention on migrant workers: the past and future’, international migration review, vol. 25, 1991, p. 700 and s. hune and j. niessen, ’the first un convention on migrant workers’, netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. 9, 1991 pp. 132-133. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org article 20 of the udhr safeguards the rights of everyone to freedom of association. article 23(4) of same further provides that ‘everyone has the right to form and join trade unions for the protection of his interests.’ the term ‘everyone’ in the context of these provisions as per these researchers, covers both national and migrant workers. this is further supported by article 2 of same legislation which entitles to everyone, all the rights and freedoms outlined in this declaration.19 in line with the position in the udhr, article 22(1) of the iccpr provides that ‘everyone shall have the right to freedom of association with others, including the right to form and join trade unions for the protection of his interests.’ the implications of the term ‘everyone’ as contained in this article is to the effect that both nationals and migrant workers have the right to freedom of association for trade union purposes. the icescr equally provides for the right of ‘everyone’ to form and join trade union of their choosing, subject only to the rules of the organization concerned, for the promotion and protection of their economic and social interests.20 just like the icprmwmf, the icescr provides for the kind of workers interests to be protected by workers unions, and deviate from the icprmwmf in that, in tandem with the udhr and the iccpr, the icescr provides for the right to unionise for everyone irrespective of whether one is national or a migrant worker, documented or undocumented workers. article 6(1) (a) (ii) of the ilo migration for employment convention 9721 provides that ‘each member for which this convention is in force undertakes to apply, without discrimination in respect of nationality…to immigrants lawfully within its territory, treatment no less favourable than that which it applies to its own nationals in respect of the following matter…membership of trade unions and enjoyment of the benefits of collective bargaining.’ in this way article 6(1) (a) (ii) ilo convention 97 resembles article 36 of the un cprmwmf in that they both accord only documented migrant workers the right to unionized. the ilo contends that all international labour standards cover all workers irrespective of their nationality or immigration status.22 the basis of this argument rest on article 2 of ilo convention 87 which states that ‘workers and employers, without distinction whatsoever, shall have the right to establish and, subject only to the rules of the organisation concerned, to join organisations of their own choosing without previous authorization.’ this statutory provision is self-explanatory as it makes no distinction between national and migrant workers or their status for the enjoyment of their trade union rights.23 in this light, we submit that the denial of migrant workers the right to unionise underpins an 19 the term ‘everyone here covers both national and migrant workers. article 1 of same declaration states that all human beings are equal in dignity and rights. the generic term ‘all’ use in this article equally covers both national and migrant workers. 20 see article 8(1) (d) of icescr,1966. 21 this convention was adopted on the 1st of july 1949 and entered into force on the 22nd jan 1952. this is the first ilo convention focusing exclusively on migrant workers. 22 see ilo, ‘the dignity and rights of migrant workers in an irregular situation,’ 1999, op cit., at p. 1. 23 the ilo argument that the respect for fundamental rights and principles at work is not limited by a worker’s nationality or immigration status as seen above is reinforced by article 1 of convention no. 143 (migrant workers (supplementary provisions) convention, 1975) which requires states parties “to respect the basic human rights of all migrant workers.” the ilo committee of experts on the application of conventions and recommendations views this provision as referring to “the fundamental human rights contained in the international instruments adopted by the un in this domain, which include some of the fundamental rights of workers”. this interpretation is particularly important because it reflects the interdependence between international labour standards and human rights law. see generally international labour conference, 87th session, 1999, report iii (1b), ‘migrant workers: general survey on the reports of the migration for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org exploitative labour market which leaves migrant workers open to systematic abuse by private individuals. article 1 of the icprmwmf prohibits discrimination irrespective of the legal status of the migrant worker and members of their family. though article 36 of same empowers only documented migrant workers to form and join trade unions whereas undocumented migrant workers are not accorded this right, this scholars argue that the rationale behind this statutory provision is to encourage documented or regularized migration. article 6(1) of the ilo migration for employment convention 97, upholds the principle of non-discrimination and equal treatment, without discrimination in respect of nationality. ilo convention no. 143 (migrant workers (supplementary provisions) convention on its part does not only reaffirms that member states have a general obligation to respect the basic human rights of all migrant workers irrespective of their status24 with regards to equal treatment, it also prescribes more specifically the protection of equality of opportunity, which entails access to employment, trade union and cultural rights, and individual and collective freedoms. with regards to migrant workers right to freedom from forced labour, section 11(2) of the icprmwmf provides that ‘no migrant worker or member of his or her family shall be required to perform forced or compulsory labour.’25 the udhr prohibits slavery and servitude which are usually not considered to comprise forced labour. however, scholars have argued that the definition of slavery as captioned in the 1926 slavery convention covers amongst others forced labour and sexual exploitation.26 it follows from this view that though the udhr does not define and specifically provides for forced labour, it is contemplated in its article 4 since as forced labour is held to constitute a modern form of slavery as seen above. the practice in some selected member states of the un and ilo employment convention (revised) (no. 97), and recommendation (revised) (no. 86), 1949, and the migrant workers (supplementary provisions) convention (no. 143), and recommendation (no. 151), 1975,’ geneva , 1999, p. 108. indeed, regularization of migrant workers in general and those in an irregular situation in particular has been and continues to be viewed by the ilo as an important step to officially recognize their presence in the labour market and protect their human and labour rights as well as prevent their marginalization, thus increasing the prospects for improved social cohesion. in this light, the ilo has argued that the human rights of all migrant workers, regardless of their status, should be promoted and protected. in particular, all migrant workers should benefit from the principles and rights in the 1998 ilo declaration on fundamental principles and rights at work and its follow-up. see generally ilo., multilateral framework on labour migration: nonbinding principles and guidelines for a rights-based approach to labour migration, geneva, ilo, 2006, p. 55. 24 see article 9(4). 25 however according to sub-section 3 of the above mentioned provision, this provision shall not be held to preclude, in states where imprisonment with hard labour may be imposed as a punishment for a crime, the performance of hard labour in pursuance of a sentence to such punishment by a competent court. for the purpose of the present article the term "forced or compulsory labour" shall not include: (a) any work or service not referred to in paragraph 3 of the present article normally required of a person who is under detention in consequence of a lawful order of a court or of a person during conditional release from such detention; (b) any service exacted in cases of emergency or calamity threatening the life or well-being of the community; (c) any work or service that forms part of normal civil obligations so far as it is imposed also on citizens of the state concerned. see section 4 of the icprmwmf. 26 see allain op cit., at p. 242. as seen above ireland contends that forced labour is ‘an elusive form of modern slavery’. see ireland op cit., at p.123. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the principle of states’ sovereignty27 affects the enforcement of human rights generally and the core labour rights of migrant workers particularly. states’ sovereignty is an important principle of international law. it upholds the equality of states, and empowers them to manage and control their internal affairs (including the entry, residence, access to employment and expulsion of aliens) without any interference. though this principle is a universally acceptable one, its enjoyment is however not absolute.28 this view is supported by the provisions of chapter vii of the un charter which provides for the organization's competence to interfere drastically with the sovereign member states' policies if these endanger international peace and security. this is in line with the charter’s provision on the obligation of the member states to promote the respect for human rights without discrimination based on race, sex, or nationality.29 this obligation, elaborated and improved by the numerous human rights instruments, has been continuously interpreted as not to constitute an illegal and illegitimate inroad on national sovereignty. this view is supported in this study in that when states constitutes themselves into the world’s assembly of states and adopts and ratify recommendations and conventions, it is an indication of their willingness to limit the exercise of their sovereign rights, since as international law mandates them to stand by what they have agreed in these ratified conventions and treaties.30 as such when member states treat the enforcement of core labour rights of migrant workers in a cavalier fashion, it is a contradiction to their obligations in international law. 27 sovereignty of states is –understood as their supreme authority and independence. state sovereignty is the notion that all states are equal and independent, a notion that traditionally has been considered the foundation of international law. according to brownlie, the principle of states sovereignty is hinged on three fold features, to wits; “(1) a jurisdiction, prima facie exclusive, over a territory and the permanent population living there; (2) a duty of non-intervention in the area of exclusive jurisdiction of other states; and (3) the dependence of obligations arising from customary law and treaties on the consent of the obligor”. thus, at the core of state sovereignty is the control over state territory, and states’ sovereign right to control the entry and stay of aliens in their territory is well established. see generally i. brownlie, principles of public international law, oxford, oxford university press, 2003, pp. 530-531. see also hilal v. the united kingdom, 6 june 2001, echr, no. 45276/99, para. 59, one of the many instances where the ecthr has reiterated that states have the right to control the entry, stay and expulsion of aliens. 28 the concept of sovereignty is often associated with the notion of absolute power or authority of governments and states. the bodin formula, which defines sovereignty as the potestas legibus soluta or which describes the monarch as being legibus solutus (as not bound by law), often is invoked to corroborate the understanding of sovereignty as absolute power. from this understanding, it is inferred that a state which is sovereign in this sense by definition could not be envisaged as subject to any higher (international) norms such as human rights norms, unless it has consented to them and remains in control of their application and non-application." this understanding does not hold sway in modern day’s international relations. in this light emerique de vattel, argues that applying the concept of sovereignty to the external status of the newly established territorial states, naturally found the right to sovereignty to be limited by the same right of other states' a limitation in part based on the natural law principle of neminem laedere (not to do damage to someone else). the basic idea of the recognition of the principle of sovereignty was to provide for a legal concept and a structural element of the international system that gave the actors in the system the necessary competence and power to act as stable partners in international relations, that is, the competence and power to enforce the law internally and externally. sovereignty was not a synonym for limitless, absolute power. see j. bodin., the first book of a commonweale, in j.delbruck., ‘international protection of human rights and state sovereignty’, indiana law journal, vol. 57, issue 4, 1982, pp. 568-578, see also e. de vattel., ‘ the law of nature, applied to the conduct and affaires of nations and sovereigns’, 1980, in delbruck op cit., at p. 570. 29 see article 1 of the un charter. 30 states are generally mandated to stand by what they have agreed in a treaty/convention. it is a rule in international law that once states ratifies international treaties, they must respect and enforced the obligation contained in these treaties (pacta sunt servanda). see article 26 of the vienna convention on the law of treaties, 1976 which provides that ‘every treaty in force is binding upon the parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith.’ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org unfortunately, despite the fact that member states of the un and the ilo have adopted and ratified several conventions31 on the protection of the rights of migrants generally and migrant workers in particular, these states still hold tight to their sovereign right to determine the enforcement of migrant workers’ rights to freedom of association, employment and occupational non-discrimination and freedom from forced labour in their territories. in this light, these researchers questioned whether the principle of states sovereignty is applied absolutely or its application is subjected to certain limitations? the answer to the former is in the negative, and that of the latter is in the affirmative. it is incumbent on states while enjoying their sovereignty, to respect the sovereign rights of other states,32 and most importantly to respect the rights and dignity of those found in their territories,33 irrespective of whether they are nationals, irregular or documented migrant workers.34 31 such as the icprmwmf adopted in 1990, ilo convention 97, adopted in 1949 and ilo convention 143, adopted in 1975. 32 the concept of sovereignty is limited by the right of other states. this limitation is premise on the natural law principle of neminem laedere (meaning not to do damage to someone else). see generally delbruck op cit., at p. 570. 33 as early as 1947, the united nations general assembly took issue with the violation of human rights in bulgaria, hungary, and rumania. the franco regime in spain was next on the agenda and so was the question of the treatment of the colored population of south africa, which then became the notorious struggle of the united nations against apartheid. france was also indicted for human rights violations in algeria. in all these cases the general assembly would not yield to claims of the member states concerned that the questions raised were those subject to their exclusive national jurisdiction. these states claimed that the international treatment of the problems violated their sovereign rights. it is established united nations law that the principle of nonintervention does not apply to questions of human rights violations. see delbruck op cit., at p. 572. 34 see article 10(4) of ilo convention 143. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org in some member states of the un and ilo, migrant workers are prohibited from enjoying their trade union rights,35 are subjected to forced labour,36 are discriminated upon.37 though on this view, 35 for instance. qatar labour law, 2004. the law prevents foreign workers from joining workers’ committees or the ‘general union of the workers of qatar’ by stipulating that ‘membership … shall be confined to the qatari workers.’ workers who wish to strike are able to do so only after ‘amicable settlement between the workers and employer by conciliation or arbitration … becomes impossible.’ from this statutory provision, it visible that migrant workers in qatar don’t have a right to freedom of association, collective bargaining and the right to strike. in fact, as per the above law, these rights solely belong to national workers and not migrant workers. see generally article 120 of this law. however, arif argues that the justification of this violation is centred on the fact that qatar has not ratified core human rights instruments and as such has no obligation in international law. this researcher deviates from this line of reasoning in that core labour rights are considered as jus cogens in the field of international labour law from which derogation is not permitted by virtue of membership of the ilo. in this connection, qatar joined the ilo in 1972 and as such is bound by the core labour conventions of the ilo. from this view, qatar therefore, has an obligation in international law to protect the right of migrant workers in her territory. it follows from this argument that all states which are member of the ilo, have an obligation to safeguard core labour rights of migrant workers irrespective of their status. see generally, a. arif. , ‘improving labour standards for migrant domestic workers in qatar: a return to labour rights’, australian national university undergraduate research journal, vol. 8, 2016, pp. 183-193. also the spanish law of 2000 on the rights and freedoms of foreigners makes the exercise of trade union rights by migrant workers dependent on authorization of their presence or residence in spain. on this, the ilo committee on freedom of association argues that the spanish foreigners’ law which makes the exercise of trade union rights by migrant workers dependent on authorization of their presence or residence in spain is not in conformity with the broad scope of article 2 of ilo convention 87 on freedom of association and protection of the right to organize, 1948. see generally case no. 2121 on the complaint by the general union of workers of spain (ugt);ilo, committee on freedom of association, report no. 327, vol. lxxxv, 2002, seriesb, no.1, paras. 561-562, available at http:// webfusion .ilo.org/ public/db/ standards/ normes/ libsynd/ index.cfm?hdroff=1. accessed on the 2/7/2019. in the uae, unionizing and striking on the part of migrant workers is deemed illegal throughout the country and punished by deportation. as such, the voices of migrant workers are practically nonexistent in legal narratives. in fact there are no organizations independent of the government to advocate for migrant workers’ rights. there is also no mechanism to systematically report abuses of workers see a. m. gardner. , city of strangers: gulf migration and the indian community in bahrain, ithaca: cornell university press,2010, p.18 and a. m. gardner., “why do they keep coming? labour migrants in the gulf states”, 2012 in m. kamrava and z. babar., migrant labor in the persian gulf, new york, columbia university press, 2015, pp. 41-58. in lesotho and mauritania, migrant workers can be elected to a trade union office only after five years of lawful residence. in mauritania, a migrant is further required to have worked for five years in the sector which the respective trade union represents. see ilo ., ‘ freedom of association in practice: lessons learned’, global report under the followup to the ilo declaration on fundamental principles and rights at work, international labour conference,97th session, geneva, 2008. p. 58. in kuwait in addition to the five years’ residence requirement, migrants need to obtain certificates of good conduct and moral standing in order to be admitted to trade unions as non-voting members. they may not participate in the election of trade unions officers and cannot be elected to trade union offices. also trade unions can be registered only if it include at least 15 kuwaiti nationals (about 15 per cent of the mandatory initial membership), despite the fact that migrant workers constitute approximately 80 per cent of the workforce in kuwait. see the international trade union confederation(ituc), ‘ internationally recognised core labour standards in kuwait’,report for the wto general council, review of the trade policies of kuwait, 2011, available at http://www.ituc-csi.org/internationally recognised core,10577.html, accessed on the 117-8-2019. section 10(2) of the cameroon labour code limits the right of migrant workers to unionise only to those migrant workers who have been in the country for five years and above. 36 for instance holders of the h2 visa for the guest workers programme in the us or the holders of the overseas domestic worker visa in the uk are not permitted to change employers or to seek alternative employment. breach of which will lead to deportation. this is tantamount to forced labour as these workers are compelled to stay with a particular employer, even when they no longer wish to. migrant workers to countries like bahrain, qatar and the united arab emirates experience what to sarah leah whitson (the executive director for the middle east and north africa division of human rights watch) calls a “triangle of oppression”, the three sides of which are: heavy fees to labour brokers to secure a job, the confiscation of their passports by employers as soon as they arrive in their destination country, and the absence of legal protections and recourses if they face abuse. the practice of confiscating passports effectively places a travel ban on migrant workers. this procedure is justified by companies so that workers do not abscond and break their contracts. confiscating passports creates a power structure between the employee and the employer, with the employer holding virtually all of the power. this dynamic allows companies to treat workers unjustly and makes it http://www.ituc-csi.org/internationally american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org masabo38 argues that most of these violating states have not ratified the relevant conventions on the protection of the rights of migrant workers, this researcher argues that the un charter enjoins even non-member states to act in accordance with the principles, so far as may be necessary for the maintenance of international peace and security. although the charter is a treaty instrument that holds a superior position among other treaties,39 it is capable of binding non-parties at least so far as the rules of general international laws are concerned. conclusion in all, despite the international protection of the core labour rights of migrant workers in relevant international instruments as seen above, the enforcement of these rights in some member states of the un and ilo is continuously place under the ambit of state sovereignty. such states determines the modalities that must be fulfilled before migrant workers can enjoy their core labour rights. though it can be argued that some of these member states have not committed themselves40 to protecting the core labour rights of migrant workers through the ratification of the relevant ilo instruments, these researchers submits that arising from the very fact of membership of the ilo and nearly impossible for workers to break free of their harsh living and working conditions. because slavery is illegal, slaveholders often use contracts as a means to legitimate and disguise the practice. in order for a migrant to work in the uae, he/she must first secure a visa through a method of sponsorship known as kafala, which legally binds the worker to her employer. although both the sponsor and worker are capable of breaking contract, this ostensible equality is merely a ruse, because if the worker breaks her contract, she must pay the cost of her return ticket (a charge that would have otherwise been paid by the sponsor). she may also be fined or forced to pay debts to the recruitment agency. through this system of sponsorship, the fate of the migrant worker is entirely dependent upon the goodwill of an employer who, at any time, can threaten her deportation if unsatisfied. once in their host countries, these migrants are immediately required to surrender their passports to their employers. thus, even before the worker steps foot in her host country, the systems of exploitation are already in place. this is further compounded as the employers hold the migrant’s passport, changing jobs is a nearly impossible task. thus, fearing the termination of their employment, domestic servants often endure continued exploitation and mistreatment rather than to complain and face deportation. in fact, in a survey carried out by the ilo on migrant workers’ living and working conditions in the uae in 2009-10, the ilo found that every single worker interviewed in a sample of 1,200 had his or her passport taken by the employer. in the majority of cases, it was established that workers were required to work, under threat and longer hours. according to keane and mcgeehan, the justification for the violation of the labour rights of migrant workers in the uae is premised on the fact that the uae has not ratified un icprmwmf, 1990. this view is however not supported in this study. the uae is a member of the ilo and as such it is incumbent on her to respect, protected and fulfill the core rights of workers, which according to the ilo and as contained in the ilo declaration on fundamental principles rights at work, 1998 are jus cogens from which derogation is not allow from ilo member states. see generally d. keane and n mcgeehan ., ‘ enforcing migrant workers’ rights in the united arab emirates,’ international journal on minority and group rights, vol. 15, 2008, pp. 81–115, human rights watch, ‘forced labour: panel spotlights migrant worker plight in midleeast,’ 2014 at https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/beyondtrafficking-and-slavery/confronting-root-caus-4/. accessed on 13.6.2019, b. ehrenreich and a hochschild., global woman: nannies, maids, and sex workers in the new economy, new york: metropolitan books, 2003, p. 25 and c. harzig., “domestics of the world (unite?): labor migration systems and personal trajectories of household workers in historical and global perspective.”journal of american ethnic history, vol. 25, no. 3, 2006, p. 48-73. 36 moreover, they may be unable to complain if employers withhold their pay and may have no access to remedies for unfair dismissal. in general, it is difficult for them to assert their rights or seek redress for abuses because they are in an irregular situation and usually afraid of detection and expulsion. see generally l. haina ., “the personal application on the right to work in the age of migration”, netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. 26, no. 1, 2008, p. 68. 37 article 3 of the eu foreign nationals employment act, 2016 prohibits the employment of migrant without a valid work permit in member states, and equally made the employment of migrants possible only when there is no competent eu national. 38 see masabo op cit., at p. 251. 39 this charter is generally considered as the constitution of international law. 40 such as kuwait, lesotho and mauritania. https://www.solidaritycenter.org/forced-labor-panel-spotlights-migrant-worker-plight-in-mideast/ https://www.solidaritycenter.org/forced-labor-panel-spotlights-migrant-worker-plight-in-mideast/ https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/beyond-trafficking-and-slavery/confronting-root-caus-4/ https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/beyond-trafficking-and-slavery/confronting-root-caus-4/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org regardless of the ratification of specific conventions, all member states41 have the obligation to respect, protect and fulfill the core labour rights of migrant workers as contained in the ilo 1998 declaration on the fundamental principles and rights at work. these fundamental principles and rights at work are universal and applicable to all people in all countries. it therefore applies to all migrant workers, regardless of their legal status.42 bibliography 1. arif a. ,’improving labour standards for migrant domestic workers in qatar: a return to labour rights’, australian national university undergraduate research journal, vol. 8, 2016. 2. al-ajlani r., ‘ the legal aspects of international labour migration: a study of national and international legal instruments pertinent to migrant workers in selected western european countries’, phd thesis university of glasgow, 1993. 3. brownlie i, principles of public international law, oxford, oxford university press, 2003. 4. böhning r. , ‘the ilo and the new un convention on migrant workers: the past and future’, international migration review, vol. 25, 1991. 5. l. bosniak, ‘human rights, state sovereignty and the protection of undocumented migrants under the international migrant workers convention’, international migration review, vol. 25, special issue, 1991. 6. chetail c., code of international migration law, brussels, bruylant, 2008, in c. papinot., ‘international protection of migrant workers,’ phd thesis paris west university nanterre, 2014. 7. cholewinski r., migrant workers in international human rights law: their protection in countries of employment, oxford, oxford university press, 1997. 8. cholewinski r, migrant workers in international human rights law: their protection in countries of employment, oxford: clarendon press, 1997. 9. de guchteniere p, a. pécoud and r. cholewinski ., migration and human rights, the united nations convention on migrant workers’ rights, cambridge: cambridge university press, 2009. 10. delbruck j., ‘international protection of human rights and state sovereignty’, indiana law journal, vol. 57, issue 4, 1982. 11. eelens, schampers and speckmann., labour migration to the middle east: from sri lanka to the gulf, london, routledge, 1992. 12. gardne a.m. , city of strangers: gulf migration and the indian community in bahrain, ithaca: cornell university press,2010. 13. henkin l., the international bill of rights: the covenant on civil and political rights. new york: columbia university press, 1981. 14. hune s and niessen j, ’the first un convention on migrant workers’, netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. 9, 1991. 41 kuwait became a member of the ilo in 1961, mauritania, 1961 and lesotho in 1966. 42 the 1998 declaration specifically refers to migrant workers as a group with special needs by providing that “whereas the ilo should give special attention to the problems of persons with special social needs, particularly the unemployed and migrant workers, and mobilize and encourage international, regional and national efforts aimed at resolving their problems, and promote effective policies aimed at job creation.’ see the ilo declaration on fundamental principles and rights at work, 1998. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 15. ilo ., international labour migration and development: the ilo perspective, geneva, international labour office, 2007, p.1, see also international organisation for migration ( iom) ‘world migration report’, 2018. 16. ilo., multilateral framework on labour migration: non-binding principles and guidelines for a rights-based approach to labour migration, geneva, ilo, 2006. 17. ilo, "ilo study on international labor migration", geneva, 2010. 18. ilo ., ‘ freedom of association in practice: lessons learned’, global report under the follow-up to the ilo declaration on fundamental principles and rights at work, international labour conference,97th session, geneva, 2008. 19. ida e., human rights as indivisible rights: the protection of socio-economic demands under the european convention on human rights, leiden, martinus nijhoff publishers, 2009. 20. keane d. and mcgeehan n., ‘enforcing migrant workers’ rights in the united arab emirates’, international journal on minority and group rights, vol. 15, 2008. 21. kamrava m and babar z., migrant labor in the persian gulf, new york, columbia university press, 2015. 22. leyton j.a., ‘the right to strike as a fundamental human right: recognition and limitations in international law’, revista chilena de derecho, vol. 44, no.3, 2017. 23. mantouvalou v., ‘are labour rights human rights?’, european labour law journal, 2012. 24. molatlhegi b., ‘workers’ freedom of association in botswana’, journal of african law, vol. 42, no.1, 1998. 25. noja g. et al., ‘migrants’ role in enhancing the economic development of host countries: empirical evidence from europe’, journal of environmental, cultural, economic, and social sustainability of human beings (sustainability), 2018, p. 2. 26. papinot c., ‘international protection of migrant workers’ phd thesis paris west university nanterre, 2014. 27. shepston l., ‘human rights law and freedom of association: developments through ilo supervision’, international labour review ,1998. 28. sarah j. and melissa c., the international covenant on civil and political rights: cases, materials, and commentary. new york: oxford university press. 2013. websites 29. http://www.iom.int/cms/en/sites/iom/home/about-iom-1/members-and-observers.html accessed on 29-4-2019. 30. https://doi.org/10.1596/978-1-4648-1106-7-ch1. accessed on 30-4-2019. 31. https://www.bbc.com/news/world africa-47800718, accessed on 4/9/2019. 32. http:// beta. nottingham. ac.uk/ hrlc/ documents/ publications/ hrl commentary 2006 /migrantlabourers.pdf. accessed on 30-4-2019. 33. https://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/cmw/.../cholewinski.do. visited on 27/5/2019. 34. http://www.ituc-csi.org/internationally recognised core,10577.html, accessed on the 10-8-2019. http://www.iom.int/cms/en/sites/iom/home/about-iom-1/members-and-observers.html accessed%20on%2029-4-2019 http://www.iom.int/cms/en/sites/iom/home/about-iom-1/members-and-observers.html accessed%20on%2029-4-2019 https://doi.org/10.1596/978-1-4648-1106-7-ch1.%20accessed%20on%2030-4-2019 https://www.bbc.com/news/world%20africa-47800718 https://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/cmw/.../cholewinski.do.%20visited%20on%2027/5/2019 http://www.ituc-csi.org/internationally american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org evaluation of the quality of multifunctional coatings and selection of basic requirements to ensure operational reliability egamnazarova fazilat dostqobilovna a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s a lot of work is being carried out on the selection of research objects for the creation of effective organomineral materials and multifunctional coatings based on them using local raw materials. production of high-quality coatings is a requirement of time. paint, varnish, coating, electrolyte, insulation. paints and varnishes are used to protect the outer and inner surfaces of steel vessels. requirements for paints and varnishes. normative documents regulate requirements for external and internal coatings. regardless of which surface of the layer is used, first of all, requirements are set for its appearance. appearance is determined visually using a 4x magnifier and ruler. the coating should be applied evenly, without gaps or visible defects. a defect in the coating is very dangerous: the surface of the defect in contact with the medium (electrolyte) becomes an anode with a small area. the insulated surface serves as the cathode. under these conditions, due to the incomparable difference in the areas of the anode and cathodic sections, the anode current density is very high and a sharp localized corrosion attack develops in the uninsulated section. requirements for the assessment of the appearance of coatings are regulated [69: 12c]. localized corrosion damage (gastric ulcer) may also occur in areas with low adhesion of the coating to the metal. insufficient adhesion leads to partial delamination of the metal, leakage of electrolyte under the cleaned insulation (atmospheric moisture or produced water) and activation of the anode process in the area with cleaned insulation. therefore, the next requirement for coatings is high adhesion to the metal surface. the adhesive strength of the coating is determined in three different ways: by the x-shaped scar method, by the grid step method, and by determining the decrease in adhesive strength by the peeling method [70: 16s]. the adhesive strength of the coating is evaluated by the delamination and flaking of the cell squares. the essence of the peeling method is to determine the viscosity by peeling the flexible plate from the glass-reinforced coating and measuring the force required for this with a viscosity meter. both visual inspection of the coating condition and adhesion evaluation are performed in the initial state and after various exposures to the coated metal. such exposure can be aging for 1000 hours at 60°c, prolonged exposure (up to 720 hours) in a humidity chamber at 40°c and in a salt fog chamber, testing in a very aggressive environment, etc. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org after the tests, the condition of the metal under the coating is evaluated: there should be no traces of corrosion damage on its surface. since there are no completely continuous coatings, the thickness of the coating must be sufficient to prevent perforations in it. through holes, like other defects, local damage to the metal of the reservoir can occur. the number of holes can be significantly reduced with multi-layer coatings. therefore, the thickness of the coating is regulated, which is determined using a magnetic thickness gauge. the requirements for this are determined by the recommendations of the coating manufacturer. along with pipe linings, tank linings must actively inhibit the step of transferring charges from the anode to the cathodic parts through the electrolyte. the properties of a coating's barrier properties are its dielectric continuity and durability. the resistivity of the coating is determined by the current in the metal coating system after holding the samples in a 3% nacl solution. during operation, tank linings are exposed to the chemical effects of atmospheric moisture, aggressive oil components, produced water and detergents. therefore, requirements for resistance to these environments are imposed on coating materials. the coating should be characterized by low moisture absorption (not more than 3% at 20°c and not more than 6% at 60°c), which is defined as the relative increase in the mass of the coated sample after a certain period of storage. time in distilled water [71: 12s]. evaluation of the resistance of the coating to the effect of produced water is carried out by viscosity, mechanical properties and appearance of the coating after testing in 3% nacl solution for 1000% at temperatures of 20%, 40 and 60 °c. resistance to light petroleum products is evaluated by changes in appearance, viscosity and mechanical properties after 40 consecutive short (10 minutes) tests in humidity, sulfur dioxide, cold rooms and a chamber with a simulated petroleum product. resistance to detergents is evaluated by the change in the same properties of the coating after exposure to detergent for 6 hours. the next set of requirements regulates the mechanical properties of coatings. during operation, the walls of the reservoirs undergo significant deformations: when oil is poured into the tank, it becomes a barrel, and when it is discharged, it becomes a cylinder. therefore, in order not to collapse under significant deformations, coatings must have high elasticity and flexibility. in the assessment of elasticity, a coated plate is bent around a cylindrical metal rod. the value of the elasticity of the coating is determined by the minimum diameter of this rod, which does not cause mechanical destruction of the painted metal plate or peeling of the paint film. the plasticity of the film is determined by the standard tensile method [72-74]. during operation, individual elements of the tank may rub. therefore, the coating must be wearresistant. the latter is determined in an abrasive machine, in which the sample is rotated and exposed to an abrasive. in addition, the coating must be sufficiently rigid and, like pipeline coatings, its strength is increased so that its durability does not break under mechanical stress. when a defect appears on the metal surface, for example, a corrosion pit, a pit or simply mechanical damage, the situation changes radically. at the peak of the defect, a concentration of stresses is formed, the level of which may exceed the permissible level for a given metal structure. this concentration of stresses at the tip of the flaw causes the development of local plastic deformation, even at low average working stress. exhaustion of the possibilities of this deformation leads to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org destruction. the development of local plastic deformation at the base of the moving crack should be considered as the first stage of fracture. this energy-absorbing deformation limits the rate of cracking and may even slow it down. if the crack reaches some critical dimensions characteristic of the given conditions, the second stage of fracture begins. this is a landslide, the growth of uncontrollable cracks. it proceeds with virtually no plastic deformation and eventually leads to destruction of the metal structure. references 1. s.m.turabdjanov, u.a.ziyamuhamedova. development of the composition and study of the operational and anti-corrosion properties of composite polymer coatings. // international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology. vol.6, issue 5, may 2019. publication certificate № ija60505035. date: 30th may 2019 (05.00.00№8). 2. турабджанов с.м., рахматов э.а., ли м.с., зиямухамедова у.а., мирадуллаева г.к. разработка состава и исследование антикоррозионных свойств покрытий для крупногабаритного технологического оборудования //химия и химическая технология. – 2019. №1 с.35-38. (02.00.00№3). 3. э.а.рахматов, м.с.ли, у.а.зиямухамедова. методы исследования и технология получения гетерокомпозитных материалов для машинастроения//вестник тгту. – 2019. №2 – с.168175. (05.00.00№16). 4. м.с.ли, г.б.мирадуллаева, у.а.зиямухамедова. разработка и применение антикоррозионных покрытий на основе местных модифицированных ангренских каолинов и эпоксидного компаунда работающих в сильно агрессивных кислотных средах. // узбекский химический журнал 2019.-№5. – с.45 – 53 (02.00.00№ 6). 5. с.м.турабджанов, м.с.ли, г.б.мирадуллаева, у.а.зиямухамедова исследования свойств и качества антикаррозионных покритий на основе термореактивного эпоксидного олигомера и механохимически модифицированных каолиновых наполнителей//узбекский химический журнал.2019.-№5. – с.17 – 23 (02.00.00№6). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org innovati̇ve methods for teachi̇ng pri̇mary school learners ibodullayeva zilola usmanova momagul a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes in detail the main tasks of teaching technology in general secondary educational institutions, improving the pedagogical mechanisms of teaching technology in primary schools based on the competency approach, and the main goal of teaching technology in general secondary educational institutions. science of technology, competence approach, pedagogical mechanism, intellectual ability, informative teaching. introduction: the daily expansion of the communicative information system, the sharp increase in information, the limitation of time for using them in the educational process, the demands and needs of the growing generation's comprehensive preparation for life, at the same time, the development of a scientifically based, prospective plan for the social development of society, its priority determining directions requires the introduction of advanced pedagogical technologies into the educational system. in order for our country to take a place among the developed countries, the goal of accelerating population education and increasing its effectiveness requires us to make extensive use of advanced pedagogical activities and technologies. literature analysis and methodology: professional competence does not mean the acquisition of separate knowledge and skills by a specialist, but the mastering of integrative knowledge and actions in each independent direction. also, competence requires constant enrichment of professional knowledge, learning new information, understanding important social requirements, finding new information, processing it and being able to apply it in one's work. each lesson should expand and strengthen the scope of knowledge and skills of students, help them to create stable creative skills and habits. technological skills are formed as a result of repeated exercises, which are carried out with the need to systematically explain the order and sequence of actions established during each exercise. results: children are the main active person in the independent study hour. but despite this, even at this stage of the lesson, the task of the teacher is a huge responsibility. it is a big mistake to think that it is enough to tell the goal and show the working methods in such activities, and think that children should work american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org freely. the teacher should speak as little as possible, make it a habit to speak in a low voice, observe their character without the students noticing, learn to speak instead or remain silent. the backward learner should be matched with the learner. for example, in sewing, boys usually lag behind and are attached to them with the help of girls, whereas in technical modeling, boys have to help girls with work in the educational experiment yard. in this way, the feeling of comradely mutual support is brought up in students. joint examination and evaluation of the results of technology restores all stages and some methods of making a certain product in children's memories. today, it is difficult to imagine all aspects of the life of our country without innovative processes, and the educational system without computer technologies. in the center of reforms and innovations in the educational system, the student becomes the subject of the educational process and becomes an active worker. the traditional teaching system can be said to be characterized as "informed teaching" due to its reliance on written and spoken words, since the teacher's activity is evaluated not only as an organizer of the learning process, but also as a source of authoritative knowledge. discussion: it is known that every state, every nation first of all sees in the image of its children, in the image of the growing young generation, a great power that manifests the characteristics and qualities of this nation and realizes its long-standing dreams and aspirations. the issue of bringing up a mentally and physically mature generation is a national, state-wide task for us, and the consistent and persistent continuation of our work towards this noble goal is the focus of today's policy. the main goal of teaching technology in general secondary educational institutions is to use the knowledge, skills and competences acquired in the technical and technological process and the operations performed during the technological process in independent practical activities, to choose a profession, and to form the competencies to enter into social relations based on national and universal values. conclusion: in conclusion, it should be said that, through the educational process, general secondary schools are responsible for providing students with basic competencies, including communicative, informational skills, self-development competencies as individuals, socially active citizenship competencies, general cultural competencies, mathematical literacy, science and is tasked with keeping up to date with technical innovations and developing competences for use. references: 1. kadyrov b.f., yuldoshev u.y. "pedagogical education" related to technologyization of education.t.: 2000. 2. sayidakhmedov n.s. pedagogical skills and pedagogical technology. tashkent, 2003. 3. tolipov o', m. usmanbayeva. pedagogical technology: theory and practice. t. 2005. 4. sanakulov h.r, khodiyeva d.p "practical works from natural materials in the first grade" educational and methodological manual 2009. 5. sanakulov x, khodiyeva d, sanakulova a "labor education" t., "nafis bezak" 2013. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org theoretical views and the essence of social conflicts rakhmatov otabek odilovich head of the department for youth work and spirituality education. in the branch of the a.i.herzen rspu in tashkent. e-mail:mosi_94.ru@mail.ru phone: 99 020 88 70 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s social conflict is the highest stage of the development of contradictions in relations between people, social groups, and society as a whole, which is characterized by a clash of oppositely directed interests, goals, and positions of the subjects of interaction. conflicts can be hidden or explicit, but they are always based on the lack of agreement between two or more parties. in the field of scientific knowledge, there is a separate science dedicated to conflicts — conflictology introduction a conflict is a clash of opposing goals, positions, and subjects of interaction. at the same time, conflict is the most important aspect of human interaction in society, a kind of cell of social existence. this is a form of relations between potential or actual subjects of social action, whose motivation is determined by opposing values and norms, interests and needs. the essential side of the social conflict is that these subjects act within the framework of some broader system of connections, which is modified (strengthened or destroyed) under the influence of the conflict. if the interests are multidirectional and opposite, then their opposition will be found in a mass of very different assessments; they will find for themselves a "collision field", while the degree of rationality of the claims put forward will be very conditional and limited. every conflict is always an interaction of social objects. however, not every interaction is a conflict. where there is no confrontation, there are no sharp contradictions accompanied by negative emotions, there is no conflict.1 the clarification of the essence of the conflict also allows us to say that the conflict is a social phenomenon, it involves subjects gifted with consciousness, pursuing their goals and interests. and the simple interaction of any parties for the existence of a conflict, of course, is still not enough. in this regard, one should be critical of the excessively broad interpretation of the conflict that is found in the literature. so, k. boulding believes that numerous conflicts exist not only in society and in wildlife, 1 ansupov a. ya., shipilov a.i. conflictology. m.:unity, 1999. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org but even in the inorganic world, like the "endless war of the sea against the land and some forms of the earth's rock against others." in fact, with such an interpretation of the conflict, its very specificity is lost, because it is identified with any interaction, including in inanimate nature. every conflict is a certain quality of interaction between people, which is expressed in the confrontation between its various sides. such parties of interaction can be individuals, social groups, communities and states. in any conflict, people pursue certain goals and struggle to assert their interests, and this struggle is usually accompanied by negative emotions. revealing the essence of the conflict, it is necessary to consider its relationship with such close phenomena as competition (sports games, contests for the best song, mathematical olympiads). are competitions a kind of conflict? some of the sports games are designed for conflict (for example, boxing, karate, etc.). however, it is obvious that, in essence, we are talking about simulating conflict. the game ends – the “conflict” relationship ends. every competition initially presupposes certain conditions for its conduct and a strict time frame. it is regulated by different kinds of rules, preestablished rules. this is the essential difference between competition and conflict. the basis of all conflicts are contradictions that arise between people. it is the contradictions that the confrontation between the parties to the conflict develops. at the same time, objective contradictions that do not depend on people's consciousness, rooted in significant differences in the socio-economic conditions of their lives, play a key role in the emergence of conflicts in society. the socio-economic position of an individual in society largely determines not only the line of his behavior and actions, but also his very consciousness, interests and goals. according to kozer, there is always a reason for a conflict situation in any type of social structure, since from time to time competition between individuals or subgroups breaks out in it over scarce resources, prestige positions or power relations.2 currently, conflict is the subject of many scientific disciplines, including conflictology, which studies a huge group of various social conflicts, which are the object of research in the sociology of conflict. at the same time, it is necessary to distinguish the sphere of conflictogenicity in the socio-political, socio-economic, managerial spheres, where the processes of occurrence, flow and resolution of conflicts have their own specifics, and are studied mainly by political and sociological sciences, for example, such as "sociology of conflict", "sociology of management" and "management theory", "sociology of organizations" and "theory of organizations", "management", "sociology of the city", etc. today, science does not provide complete, necessary answers to questions related to social conflicts due to their multifactorial nature, the constant increase in the social spectrum of their manifestation at the present stage of development of societies, the complication of the structure of the conflict itself and the limited management capabilities. one can agree with professor v.a. svetlov, whose main motive for the development of a unified theory of conflict was the fact that modern conflictology does not meet any of the requirements imposed on scientific theories. in his opinion, it is divided into a multitude of nothing but a common name, unrelated private conflictologies (political, economic, legal, etc.), has no universal laws, a precisely delineated range of solved problems and specialized methods of solving them. she uses the concept of conflict based on common sense; her conclusions are 2 social conflicts: expertise, forecasting, resolution technology. issue 1.-m., 1991 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org speculative and for the most part not universally valid. it is closed exclusively on negotiations and mediation, without having a serious theoretical justification for this type of activity.3 it ignores the existence of socio psychological concepts that analyze conflicts in their own special terms – fritz haider's theory of cognitive balance, leon festinger's cognitive dissonance, frank harari's structural imbalance and their numerous modifications and modernizations, which are now united in one general direction "social network analysis". finally, she neglects not only the mathematical justification of her conclusions, but also methods and computer programs adapted for mass use for modeling and analyzing conflicts – classical game theory and its modifications, the theory of conflict analysis by k. hypel and his group, the theory of drama by n. howard and his associates.4 according to the concept of r.the essence of social conflicts lies in the fact that some groups have power in society, while others do not, and the power of some is exercised in relation to others. there are two ways out of this situation: aggravation of the struggle or overcoming the conflict. modern theories (l. kozer, k. boulding) argue that the essence of the conflict lies in ideological phenomena reflecting the feelings of people dissatisfied with the distribution of power, income, comfort, dissatisfied with their status, their role in society, and this feeling of dissatisfaction forces them to formulate arguments, theories explaining that the world is arranged unfairly. the main conclusions can contribute to further theoretical understanding and development of sociological knowledge about social conflicts, overcoming the imbalance of theoretical and practical levels of the formation of the sociology of conflict as a special sociological theory. although it should be borne in mind that the contradictions causing the conflict are not necessarily objective in nature. they may also be subjective, conditioned by subjective personal factors, moreover, they may even be different. however, if they are of significant importance to a person, they can generate a conflict situation. we can agree with the definition of social conflict by t.v. novikova. “a social conflict is a situation when the parties (subjects) of interaction pursue some goals of their own that contradict or mutually exclude each other”5 thus, a social conflict can be considered as an explicit or hidden state of confrontation between objectively divergent interests, goals and trends in the development of social actors, a direct and indirect clash of social forces on the basis of opposition to the existing social order, a special form of historical movement towards a new social unity. a social conflict always requires at least two opposing sides. their actions are usually aimed at achieving mutually exclusive interests and therefore collide. all conflicts are characterized by strong tension, which encourages people to change their behavior in one way or another, adapt or protect themselves from this situation. 3 svetlov, v. a. conflict analysis. st. petersburg: rostock, 2001. 511 p. 4 vyatr e. sociology of political relations. m., 1979 4 novikova t.v. conflict ethnicity and ethnic conflicts. m.: 1994. 177 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org improving aesthetic training of 5th graders on the basis of national embroidery olimova dilnoza murodullo qizi 2nd grade doctorate at thermal state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this thesisalso discusses the methodology of aesthetic training based on teaching national embroidery samples to 5th graders in teaching, integrating its history and some aspects. embroidery, craftsmanship, technology, methods, efficiency. introduction clothing is incompatible with the history of the uzbek people, reflecting the national identity of the people among cultural and material monuments and is characterized by ethnic characters. dresses describe some elements of social relationships, educational, and aesthetic forms that date back to the history of a nation. public life. as changes take place in the economy and politics, the shapes of clothing change. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to discuss these answers with you. main section the clothing nights of the uzbek people's nest are very diverse, colorful, and luxurious. embroidery makes these clothes look more attractive. uzbekistan's national embroidery is one of the oldest forms of practical art, resulting from a desire to make the lives of the people beautiful. the art of embroidery has gained fame not onlyin our country but also abroad. uzbek folk craftsmen such as kirpich, sown, zardevor, and gulko'rpa toilet made with the arrows. it has also gained fame in germany, belgium, foreign countries such as a.q.sh, india, and afghanistan. examples of embroidery have become a constant exhibition in museums, not in fa q horse houses in our country. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) until now, such items have been fascinated by their beauty and the color of their elegant decorations. artistic embroidery has a long history. this is evidenced by archaeological discoveries and writtensources. long embroidery has developed in connection with all professions, including climate, natural conditions, and the environment. spanish ambassador rui gonzales demilye wrote in his diary that he had seen embroidery decorations. in 1467, the watch tower publications index and the research guide for jehovah's witnesses were published. the art of embroidery reflects the most commonly used patterns of each nation. after all, if uzbek embroidery has many plant, geometric, and flower embroidery, q ozone and coastal embroidery depict elements that remind us of horns and camels. kashta is one of the main decorations of the uzbek household. at the same time, during the holiday season, the wedding, and the ceremony, they give special blindness to the uzbek household. in the process of sewing, large flowers of kash are also taken into account when animating the room in the right proportions and looking good from a distance. colorful silk embroidery located in dark american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org houses deceives and gives a person aesthetic zavq. the apartment where the bride falls is filled with embroidery seams. the same characteristic is far from other nations and nations." takiyapush (referred to as "bolipush" in nurota, bucharest, "pillowpo'sh" in samarkand, shakhrisabz. these cover the blankets collected on the taxi. taxmon will be in the net of the house. in the art of embroidery, women instill in them their future, their children and their own happiness hintellectual aspirations, their love for nature, and their desire for beauty. the creation of such embroidery as a unique art opens up the viewer's three h ri-language, awakens aesthetic feelings, such as humanity and love of nature, ruhiy ozu q a. another feature of the uzbek embroiderers is that they attract a person, do not encounter the same elements themselves, and cannot be mechanically told. the intermolecular force from all these filaments is supported by a number of ways that may be made payable on death to an entity used by jehovah's witnesses in accord with local bank requirements. a large flange is placed on top of it and pressed with a gas scattering. the intermolecular entity used by jehovah's witnesses in your country is a pleased to assist individuals desiring to benefit the worldwide work of jehovah's witnesses through some form of charitable giving, a brochure entitled charitable planning to benefit kingdom service worldwide has been prepared. chambaraks can also be vintage to fasten to the table. in many types of embroidery, chambarak is not used at all. there will be specific tools for making embroidery in your hand. embroidery uses ninas, angishvona, scissors, centimeters of lens, hookless and hookless bigizs, and chambarak (pyalisti). embroidery uses fabrics such as white, gray, hungry yellow, hungry mallarang gray, surp, karboz, shawl, velvet, chit, or satin. embroidery composition on such fabrics looks good when drawn, most of the colored strands fit into it. to draw flowers and pattern compositions, you will need drawers, soft pencils, notebooks, albums, erasers, millimeters of paper, copy paper and transparent paper. chambaraks are used to scatter gas and then make embroidery. it is between 20 and 40 inches [20 and 40 cm] long and consists of two wardrobe and falls into each other. if a small flange hardly falls into a large flange, it is necessary to clean the inside of the large flange with a jellyfish. conclusions and discussions as the art of uzbek embroidery represents the harmony of sewing, embroidery, and flower drawings as a type of practical art with a long history, the unforgettable use of its elements in modern construction art serves as an important factor in improving and enriching the artistic jellyfish of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org clothing. teaching 5th graders such information and technologies leads these students to perfection and ensures further craftsmanship. adabiyotlar ro`yxati 1. p. goncharova. bukhara is the art of gold embroidery. tashkent, 1996. 94-68. 2. bo'latov s.s. uzbek folk art. educational methodological manual. t. 1991 3. hasanov e. g., akromxo'jaeva m, akromhodjaeva r. "kashtachilik" style manual, tashkent-2004 4. www.ziyonet.uz 5. www.natlib.uz http://www.ziyonet.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org attitudes of young people in hebron governorate towards sources of information and news in the new media: facebook and twitter perspecti̇ve abed al-qader mohammad al-shrouf 1 , belal abd elmjeed khasawneh2 hebron university –palestine1, cairo university abed.shrouf@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study aims to identify the attitudes of young people in hebron governorate towards the sources of information and news in the new media (facebook and twitter as a model) and to identify the most important cognitive, behavioral, and emotional influences that the new media creates on young people in hebron governorate, and the reasons for their interest in it? the analytical descriptive approach was adopted in this study, which describes the phenomenon in an accurate description the study population consisted of young people in the hebron governorate, and one of its most prominent questions was whether the youth in the governorate considered the new media as reliable sources in transmitting news, information and ideas? what are the reasons for young people's interest in the new media rather than the traditional media? found that the motives of young people's use of social media reached the highest motive, which is entertainment, at a rate of 76.7%, while the percentage of surfing news websites reached 73.3 %. the emotional effects reached 5%, and the total approval of young people’s trust in popular information on social networking pages amounted to 29.4%. based on these results, the researcher recommends those in charge of social networking pages to pay attention to the factors that promote young people's use of these means, to pay attention to the contents that they publish constantly, to constantly review the content and content they contain, and to work to make these new media outlets concerned with educating young people in the first place and providing solutions about issues and problems they face. introduction young people, especially those in the millennial and gen z demographics, are increasingly turning to social media platforms such as facebook and twitter as sources of news and information[1] these platforms offer a variety of benefits, including easy access to a wide range of content, the ability to interact with other users, and the opportunity to share their own opinions and experiences [2], [3]. however, there are also several challenges associated with relying on social media for news and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org information[4]. for example, these platforms are often criticized for spreading misinformation and fake news, which can lead to confusion and distrust among users[5]–[7]. additionally, young people may not always have the skills or knowledge necessary to critically evaluate the information they encounter online, which can lead to unintended consequences [8]. despite these challenges, social media platforms like facebook and twitter remain popular among young people as sources of news and information. to address the challenges associated with these platforms, educators and media literacy programs can play an important role in helping young people develop the skills they need to navigate the new media landscape effectively and responsibly [9]. this includes teaching critical thinking skills, promoting media literacy, and encouraging young people to be thoughtful and discerning consumers of information [10]. however, based on studies conducted in the past few years, it can be said that young people in hebron governorate, like many other parts of the world, are increasingly turning to social media platforms such as facebook and twitter as sources of news and information [11]–[13] one study conducted in 2019 found that social media is the primary source of news for young palestinians, with facebook being the most commonly used platform. the study found that young people in hebron governorate were among the most active users of social media platforms for news consumption. another study conducted in 2020 found that twitter is also becoming an increasingly popular source of news for young people in palestine, particularly for those interested in politics and social issues [14]. however, it is important to note that social media platforms can be prone to misinformation and fake news, and young people may not always have the skills or knowledge to critically evaluate the information they encounter online [15]. therefore, it is important for educators and media literacy programs to help young people develop the skills they need to navigate the new media landscape effectively and responsibly. study problem this study problem would aim to explore the extent to which young people in hebron governorate are using social media platforms for news and information, as well as their attitudes and perceptions towards these platforms. the study could also examine the factors that influence young people's use of social media for news and information, such as age, gender, education level, and socio-economic status. the findings of this study could have important implications for media literacy programs and policies aimed at promoting responsible and effective use of social media platforms for news and information. questions of study this study attempts to answer the following questions: • what are the reasons for the youth in hebron's interest in the new media rather than the traditional media? • what are the most important cognitive, behavioral, and emotional influences that the new media creates on young people in hebron governorate? • do young people in the city of hebron consider the new media reliable sources in transmitting news, information and ideas?? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org • monitoring aspects of positive and negative employment among young people in hebron governorate? scientific of study studying the attitudes of young people in hebron governorate towards using social media platforms, particularly facebook and twitter, as sources of news and information is important for several reasons: understanding the role of social media in news consumption: social media platforms have become a major source of news and information for many people, especially young people. by studying the attitudes and behaviors of young people in hebron governorate towards using these platforms for news, we can gain insights into the role that social media plays in shaping public opinion and discourse. identifying potential challenges and risks: social media platforms are often criticized for spreading misinformation and fake news, which can have serious consequences for individuals and society. by studying the attitudes of young people towards using social media for news and information, we can identify potential challenges and risks associated with these platforms and develop strategies to address them. developing media literacy programs: media literacy programs can play an important role in helping young people develop the skills they need to navigate the new media landscape effectively and responsibly. by studying the attitudes and behaviors of young people towards social media, we can develop more effective media literacy programs that address the specific challenges and risks associated with using social media for news and information. informing policy decisions: the findings of this study can be used to inform policy decisions aimed at promoting responsible and effective use of social media platforms for news and information. for example, policymakers can use the findings to develop regulations and guidelines that promote transparency, accountability, and accuracy in social media news content. objectives of the study 1. knowing the reasons for the youth in hebron city's interest in new media sources rather than the traditional media. 2. know the impact of these new media on the behaviors and ethics of young people. 3. identifying the role of youth motives for using new media in the city of hebron. 4. to know whether the youth in the city of hebron consider the new media as reliable sources in transmitting news, information and ideas theoretical framework and previous studies 1. concept of theory t is an intellectual conceptual framework that explains a set of scientific characteristics and facts and puts them in a coherent scientific format in this part of the study, the researcher deals with the theory of dependence on the media, as the beginning of this theory was linked to a group of studies, at the beginning of the twentieth century ad. [4], [13]–[15]in these studies, i emphasized the power of the media in influencing the individuals that provide information on various topics, there are a lot of areas where the audience goes on the media system to meet their cognitive goals , within the framework of the need to identify and clarify the social environment with knowledge that represents the prevailing meanings in this world , and the need to play in addition to the need for frank expression and escape american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org from the daily problems , which the audience is exposed to and works to cause tension and anxiety for him, and these are all considered needs that the regime meets for the media to the public [16], [17]. previous studies in this area have found that social media platforms such as facebook and twitter are increasingly being used as sources of news and information, particularly by young people[18] . however, there is also concern about the reliability and accuracy of information on social media platforms, as well as the potential for these platforms to reinforce existing biases and echo chambers [19]. studies have also explored how social media platforms are being used to disseminate news and information in conflict-affected areas such as hebron governorate, where access to traditional media sources may be limited or censored [17]. in particular, studies have looked at how social media platforms are being used by activists and citizen journalists to report on events and share information with wider audiences. overall, the theoretical framework for the study is likely to draw upon existing research on the role of social media in news and information dissemination, as well as the unique context of hebron governorate and the potential implications of social media use for young people in this region [20]–[22] . 2. individuals depend on the media to achieve a variety of goals, including [23], [24]: 1. information: one of the primary goals of individuals who consume media is to obtain information. this includes news about current events, local and global issues, weather reports, and other relevant information that can inform decision-making. 2. entertainment: many individuals turn to the media as a source of entertainment, whether through movies, tv shows, music, or social media platforms like tiktok or youtube. 3. socialization: media can also serve as a way for individuals to connect with others and engage in social interactions. this includes social media platforms, online forums, and other digital spaces where individuals can share ideas, connect with others who share their interests, and form communities. 4. education: media can also serve as a tool for education, whether through documentaries, online courses, or educational programming. 5. opinion formation: media can also shape individuals' opinions and attitudes on various issues, whether through news coverage or opinion pieces in newspapers or magazines. 6. persuasion: the media can also be used as a tool for persuasion, whether through advertising, political messaging, or other forms of propaganda. cognitive influences: it is represented in working on progress and overcoming the ambiguity resulting from the contradiction of information received by the individual or insufficient information, to understand the meanings of events and events, and to identify correct explanations and clarifications that represent the events themselves. with the completion of this information provided by these means, it becomes easy to imagine the responsibility of the media for the emergence and solution of the problem of ambiguity [25] . emotional influences such as feelings of love and hate, and others, they take different forms and in multiple contexts, and it appears that certain information is presented through media messages that affect the feelings of the audience and their response in the direction targeted by these messages [26]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org behavioral effects the change in direction a, beliefs or affective domains that everyone cares about, but as a degree of influence on clear behavior, and among the most important influences in this field are effectiveness and ineffectiveness, and the concept of effectiveness appears when the individual does what he would have done had he not been exposed to media messages and behavioral effects are the resulting end of cognitive or affective influences. social interaction is one of the most widespread concepts in social science and psychology, and it represents the basis in the study of social science that works to clarify and reach the results of the interaction of the individual in the environment, how this interaction occurs and the aspects that affect it, such as customs, traditions, values, and trends [27]. it is the basis for many personality theories, learning theories, and psychotherapy. social interaction generally represents a kind of influences and responses, and in the social sciences it refers to a series of influences and responses that cause a change in the parties involved in what they were at the beginning [28]. clear and modified in their manner and behavior according to the responses that individuals respond to (salah abdel hamid, 8, 2012) man worked to devise ways through which he could communicate from a long time ago through various tools and various means , such as inscriptions and symbols on the walls of caves and the use of rising plumes of smoke , and he worked to employ carrier pigeons and train them to serve him in delivering his messages, ideas and information , to represent the beginning of postal tools for periods of time then came the postal system , then paper newspapers in 1605 ad, until the radio was invented in the thirties of the nineteenth century, so that the world was on the verge of the beginning of great developments in the field of communication, then telegraph correspondence began in 1844 ad, which paved the way for the invention of the telephone, until it began to activate fixed landline telephone service in 1900 ad, and after several serious attempts, the television set was invented, which developed to be broadcast in black and white, and the development continued until the internet appeared in 1973, after the invention of the computer in the fifties of the twentieth century, when the internet was launched in 1991 ad, and in 1994 ad, correspondence began to appear through the internet using e-mail and sending text messages , then there were many pages and sites that provide the possibility of sending messages until the so-called social networking pages appeared, which provided a large and open possibility in the process of transferring information and ideas on wide open, this has been since the establishment of facebook in 2004 ad, to be followed by twitter after only two years, and social media today is still racing to lead the scene of its entitlement. to be the expressive feature of human communication in different languages, places, beliefs, and desires of people [29], [30]. 3. new media facebook and twitter perspective new media "the content that is produced and distributed on the internet platform and accessed by computer, laptop, mobile phone, and any other device that provides this possibility, and its types include facebook, twitter, electronic newspapers, youtube, etc., as well as mobile applications such as viber and whatsapp and instagram _ and tanko telegram and other applications” (ghalib aldaami 55, 2017) social media platforms like facebook and twitter have fundamentally changed the way we consume and share information [31]. these platforms have created new opportunities for individuals to connect with others, share ideas, and stay informed about current events. in this article, we will explore the new media perspective of facebook and twitter and their impact on society. facebook and twitter are two of the most popular social media platforms, with billions of users american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org worldwide. both platforms allow individuals to share information, images, and videos, as well as interact with others through comments, likes, and shares [32]. facebook has a more personal feel, allowing users to connect with friends and family, while twitter is more public, allowing users to share their thoughts and opinions with a wider audience [33]. one of the key benefits of these platforms is the democratization of information. in the past, access to information was controlled by a few gatekeepers, such as journalists and media companies. however, social media platforms have allowed anyone with an internet connection to share their ideas and perspectives, potentially reaching a global audience. however, this democratization of information has also created new challenges. social media platforms have been criticized for allowing the spread of misinformation and fake news, which can have serious consequences [1]. for example, false information about covid-19 vaccines has spread rapidly on social media, leading to vaccine hesitancy and putting public health at risk.social media platforms have also been accused of promoting filter bubbles and echo chambers, where individuals are only exposed to information that reinforces their existing beliefs and biases [19]. this can lead to a lack of understanding and empathy for opposing viewpoints and can contribute to polarization in society. another issue with social media platforms is the potential for them to be used for hate speech and harassment. this can create a toxic environment and can have serious consequences for individuals' mental health and well-being. despite these challenges, social media platforms like facebook and twitter continue to play a significant role in modern society [34]. they provide individuals with a platform to share their thoughts, connect with others, and stay informed about current events. these platforms have also been used to mobilize social movements and promote social change, as seen in the arab spring and black lives matter protests [35]. facebook site it is one of the modern means of social communication that made it easier for people to connect and communicate despite their different locations and times[36] . it is a website owned by the facebook company, as a public shareholding mark zuckerberg is one of the founders of this site, which aims to facilitate people's communication with each other and their interaction with regard to what is going on in terms of events and events. 2006, while 2008 was the year that witnessed the declaration of ireland, and specifically the capital, dublin, as the official headquarters of the facebook company. friends and the public, and the creation of personal pages, whether they are people or institutions, in addition to the direct video feature and the blocking feature, you can save any video, image, or link and watch it later at the times you want (arabic website, 2019). twitter site twitter (twitter ) is a social networking site , and it allows its followers by publishing short messages that other twitter users can see, these messages are called tweets , and these messages can reach 14 0 characters, and twitter was established in 2006, and the number of subscribers among twitter users as of 2008 was from 4 to 5 millions of users, and it was the third most popular social networking site after facebook and myspace , and twitter users relied on the application for basic communication between friends and family, or as a tool for introducing a specific event , or as a tool for communication between companies and their customers (encyclopedia medicine 21, 2019 ) twitter has become one of the most important social media platforms;[37]–[39] this is because it enables its users to learn about any new developments at the same time, about a specific topic or information they need, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org this is done through the twitter hashtags feature and the tweet is restricted to 140 characters, which is sometimes useful for the user as it reduces the effort of reading fewer words that it may be far from what he is looking for, and the user's twitter page can also be used as a tool to promote his work, company, or skills (wikit, 2020). previous studies ➢ a study by sahbi sabiha (2017/2018) titled algerian youth's attitudes towards news sources between traditional and new media. the study aims to reveal the attitudes of algerian youth towards the traditional and new media in criticizing the news and to identify the means that algerian youth are interested in and bored with between the traditional and the new. where the study confirmed that respondents are mostly not interested in the newspaper as a source of news similar to the traditional means, and the study proved that algerian youth have positive attitudes towards television as an important means of transmitting news. ➢ tariq khamis (2017) study the impact of new media on the reality of traditional journalism in libya from the point of view of libyan media professionals . this aimed to identify the impact of the new media on the traditional newspapers in libya and to know the most used means of surfing the internet and the internet usage data intended for the new media. the president, which is what are the reflections of the new media on the traditional newspapers from the point of view of libyan journalists, by surveying the opinions of those in charge of communication in the libyan newspapers (the editors-in-chief of the newspapers, the director of the heads of sections and pages, the executives and others who need to be interviewed) about the importance of this radical shift in journalism from the world of paper to the world of electronic publishing, and the study concluded that the new media facilitated the public's participation in expressing their opinions more than the paper newspapers, and that the new media reduced the cost of advertisements in the paper newspapers. ➢ basma al-husseini's (2018) study entitled: youth behaviors and their relationships to the interactive practices of new media the study aimed to identify the impact of new media on the behavior and ethics of young people, and the media survey method was used in the study. or communicating with friends) in the first place, and the hypothesis that there is a statistically significant correlation between the dependence of young people on the new media and the impact of these means on their behavior has been proven correct. ➢ a study by bin thunayan al-saud (2011) entitled: the motives for the saudi youth's use of social networks and the gratifications achieved from them. the study aimed to identify the level of saudi university youth’s interest in social networks and the sources of knowledge of them, and to identify the motives for the saudi university youth’s use of social networks and the gratifications achieved from that use. the study indicated that more than 95% of the study sample students use the internet on a regular daily basis, of whom 42.6% use the internet between 4-6 hours a day, compared to only 4.3% for students who do not use the internet on a daily basis. data sources and study methodology to investigate the attitudes of young people in hebron governorate towards sources of information and news in the new media, a mixed-methods research design was used. both qualitative and quantitative data sources were utilized to gain a comprehensive understanding of the research topic. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org the study sample was be used in a simple random way, and then young people will be included in the sample so that the sample size is commensurate with the size of the study community, at a rate of approximately 15%-20%) of the total community size. the quantitative data was collected through a survey questionnaire that was distributed among a sample of young people in hebron governorate. the questionnaire was designed to gather information on the participants' demographic characteristics, their frequency of use of social media platforms like facebook and twitter, and their attitudes towards these platforms as sources of news and information. the survey questionnaire consisted of closedended questions with multiple-choice and likert scale response options. a likert scale is a rating scale that allows individuals to indicate their level of agreement or disagreement with a statement, typically ranging from strongly agree to strongly disagree [40], [41]. the questionnaire was administered online through social media platforms and email, and responses were collected and analyzed using statistical software. the limits of the study ➢ objective boundaries: the study will be limited to the subject of "youth attitudes in hebron city towards information and news sources in the new media (facebook and twitter as a model)" ➢ spatial boundaries: youth in hebron city palestine. ➢ temporal limits: this study will be conducted in the academic year 2022/2023 demographic data table no. (1) gender variable levels of change the ratio % gender male 52.5% feminine 47.5% the results showed, according to the previous table, that the percentage of males from the study sample is the highest at 52.5% , while the percentage of females reached 47.5% . . table no. (2) age group age group the level the ratio % 18-23 82% 24-28 8.2% 29-34 3.3% 35-40 6.6% the results showed that the highest age group to answer the study questions was from 18-23 , with a rate of 82% of the study sample, while the percentage of those between the ages of 24-28 reached 8.2% , followed by those between the ages of 29-34, with a rate of 3.3%. 35-40 , and they are the lowest, at 6.6%. . table no. (4) address address nature the ratio village 44.3% city 39.3% camp 16.4% american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org from the previous table, it was found that the study sample who lived in the village was the largest, at a rate of 44.3% , while the percentage of those who lived in the city was 39.3 , and the percentage of those who lived in the camp was 16.4% . q2: what are the reasons for the youth in hebron governorate's interest in the new media rather than the traditional media? ➢ do you use facebook? table no. (5) use facebook the answer the ratio% yes 90.2% no 1.6% sometimes 8.2% the results showed through the previous table that the percentage of those who use facebook by answering yes was the highest at 90.2% , while those who did not use facebook reached 1.6% and sometimes 8.2% . ➢ d you use twitter ? table no. ( 6) use twitter the answer the ratio % yes 34.4% no 19.7% sometimes 45.9% the results showed through the previous table that the percentage of those who use twitter with an answer of yes, it reached 34.4 %, while those who do not use twitter their percentage reached 19.7 % and sometimes it reached 45.9 %. ➢ how long do you spend on social networking sites? table no. (8) time spend on social networking sites answer the ratio % two hoursless than 18% from two to three hours 29.5% more than three hours 52.5% the results show that the time that young people spend on social networking sites is less than two hours, at a rate of 18% , while young people spend from two hours to a rate of 29.5% . it was found that those who spend more than three hours amounted to 52.5% . ➢ the means used for social media? table no. (9) means used for social media the answer the ratio % computer 3.3% smart device 91.8% tablet device 4.9% the results show that the most frequently used tools are the smart device with a rate of 91.8%, followed by the tablet with a rate of 4.9% , followed by the computer with a rate of 3.3%. . ➢ what are your motives for using social media? more than one answer can be chosen american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org table no. (10) motives for using social media answer the ratio % browse news sites 73.3% browse scholarly websites 58.3% contact with the outside world 50% entertainment 76.7% up and discussion of-follow political issues 33.3% way to improve thea good professional and career field 33.3% talking with friends 68.3% an opportunity to show my talents 20% the results showed from the previous table that the motives for young people's use of social media reached the highest motive, which is entertainment at a rate of 76.7% , while the percentage of surfing news websites reached a rate of 76.7%. 73.3% followed by the motive of talking with friends at a rate of 68.3% , while the motive of browsing scientific websites reached 58.3% , and the motive of communicating with the outside world reached 50% , and following up and discussing political issues reached 33.3 % . and the career rate is 33.3% , in addition to the opportunity to show talents 20% . q3: what are the features of social networking sites that make you attracted to them (can choose more than one answer)? table no. (11) features of social networking sites answer the ratio % ease of use 86.4% the speed of displaying the content 64.4% low cost 49.2% issuesfreedom to raise 25.4% how to display information and news 39% the results from this table show that the most prominent features of social networking sites that attract the public reached the highest rate, which is ease of use at a rate of 86.4%, followed by speed in displaying content at a rate of 64.4%, while the percentage of low cost reached 49.2%, while the freedom to raise issues reached 25.4 the way news and information are presented 39 %. q4: what are the most important cognitive, behavioral, and emotional influences that the new media creates on young people in hebron governorate? table no. (12) exposure to social media on your personality. the answer the ratio % behavioral effects 21.7% cognitive effects 73.3% sentimental effects 5% american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org the results show through the previous table that the effects of exposure to social media reached the highest rate of cognitive effects at 73.3% , while the behavioral effects reached 21.7% , followed by emotional effects at 5% . . do you see the cognitive impact of social networking sites? table no. (13)impact of social networking sites the answer the ratio satisfying the lack of information through exposure means 43.3% issues information of trends in different fields 25% organize your goals and needs according to your priorities 20% the media reinforce the importance of societal values 11.7% the results from the previous table show that the cognitive effect on social networking sites is: satisfying the lack of information through exposure to means at a rate of the highest amounted to 43.3% , while the percentage of forming trends in various issues reached 25% while the percentage of organizing their goals and needs are according to your priorities 20% , and the percentage of enhancing the importance of societal values reached 11.7% . q5: monitoring aspects of the positive and negative use of the new media among young people in hebron governorate? table no. (16) positive aspects of new media strongly disagree ok neutral not agree strongly disagree she worked on educating me in various fields 27.8 44.2 22.9 1.6 0 help showcase talents and achievements 21.3 50.8 24.5 0 0 people's cultureslearn about 31.1 47.5 16.3 0 1.6 it does not require the person to be available and active 24.5 49.1 21.3 1.6 0 it saved me a lot of time in accessing the information 44.2 34.4 14.7 1.6 1.6 the results in the previous table showed that the new media helps to display talents and achievements, with the highest approval rate reaching 50.8% , followed by strongly agreeing at 21.3% , while the media worked on educating in various fields with an approval rate of 44.2 , followed by strongly agreeing. with a rate of 27.8% , the media worked to help the public get to know the cultures of peoples, with an approval rate of 47.5%, followed by a strong approval rate of 31.1% , while it does not require that the person be available and active, with an approval rate of 49.1% , followed by a strong approval rate of 24.5% . i have a lot of time to access the information with an approval rating american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org of 34.4% , followed by strongly agreeing with a rate of 44.2% , while the percentage of opposition was represented in all items of non-agree and strongly disagree from 0% to 1.6% . table no. (17) negative aspects of new media strongly agree ok neutral not agree strongly disagree deceptive advertising broadcast 44.2 40.9 13.1 0 0 ethicalretreat the boundaries and constraints 45.9 32.7 16.3 1.6 1.6 i increased isolation 34.4 36 18 8.1 1.6 exposure of people to health problems such as poor eyesight 31.1 44.2 16.3 4.9 1.6 addiction to use 44.2 36 14.7 1.6 1.6 the results in the previous table showed that the negative aspects of the new media were broadcasting deceptive advertisements with an approval rate of 40.9%, followed by a strong approval rate of 44.2% , while the decline in ethical limits and restrictions amounted to an approval rate of 32.7% , followed by a strong approval of 45.9% . while it worked to increase isolation with an approval rate of 36% , followed by a strong approval of 34.4%. it also works to expose people to health problems such as poor eyesight, with an approval rate of 44.2%, followed by a strong approval rate of 31.1% . the percentage of addiction to its use reached a degree of approval of 36% , followed by a percentage of strong approval was 44.2% , while the percentage of disagreement and strong disagreement ranged from 0 % to 8.1%. . q7: do young people in the city of hebron consider the new media as reliable sources? table no. (18) new media as reliable sources strongly agree ok neutral not agree strongly disagree popular information on social media pages be trustedcan 9.8 19.6 31.1 34.4 4.9 exclusive news contains its official sources 11.4 40.9 32.7 13.1 1.6 i was criticized for circulating incorrect information on social media 11.4 22.9 14.7 40.9 9.8 information published on social networking pages cannot be trusted 19.6 36 37.7 4.9 1.6 the information includes pictures and facts that always prove healthy in social networking sites 13.1 34.4 32.7 13.1 4.9 the results in the previous table showed that the percentage of trust in popular information on social networking pages reached an approval rate of 19.6% , followed by a strong approval rate of 9.8%, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org while a disapproval rate reached 34.4% , followed by a strong disapproval of 4.9% . containment of exclusive news on their official sources reached an approval rate of 40.% , followed by strong disapproval of 11.4 % . the disapproval rate reached 13.1% , followed by the strong disapproval at a rate of 1.6% . while the percentage of public exposure to criticism for disseminating incorrect information on social media reached an approval rate of 22.9% , followed by a strong approval of 11.4% , while a disapproval rate of 40.9% , followed by a strong disapproval rate of 9.8%. . trusting information published on social networking pages reached 36% , followed by strong approval at a rate of 19.6% , while disapproval reached 4.9% , followed by strongly disapproval at a rate of 1.6% . . the results show that communication and new media sites include information, pictures and facts that always prove true in social networking sites, with an approval rate of 34.4% , followed by strong approval at a rate of 13.1% , while disagreement amounted to 13.1% , followed by strong disagreement at a rate of 4.9% . recommendations 1. carrying out more studies and scientific research that are interested and directed to identify the impact of new media on young people due to the existence of successive and rapid developments in this modern field. 2. those in charge of social networking pages should pay attention to the factors that promote young people’s use of these means, pay attention to the contents that they constantly publish, and constantly review the materials they contain. 3. work to make these new media interested in educating young people in the first place and presenting solutions and proposals about issues and problems. 4. conducting extended studies over different periods of time that monitor the nature of the cognitive, behavioral and emotional effects that social networking pages have on the audience. conclusion & future studies the study aims to identify the attitudes of young people in the hebron governorate towards sources of information and news in the new media (facebook and twitter as a model) and to identify the most important cognitive, behavioral, and emotional effects that the new media creates on the youth in the hebron governorate and the reasons for their acceptance of it.where the descriptive analytical approach was adopted in this study, which describes the phenomenon accurately, and the study population consists of young people in the hebron governorate, whose main questions were whether the youth in the governorate consider the new media as reliable sources in conveying news , information and ideas? what are the reasons for young people's interest in the new media rather than the traditional media? the study found that the motives of young people's use of social media reached the highest motive, which is entertainment by 76.7%, while the percentage of browsing news websites reached 73.3%. it also found that the percentage of cognitive effects was the highest percentage, amounting to 73.3%, while the percentage of behavioral effects reached 21.7%, followed by emotional effects by 5%, and the total approval of youth trust in information popular on social media. media pages amounted to 29.4%? based on these results, the researcher recommends those in charge of social networking pages to pay attention to the factors that encourage youth to use these means and to pay attention to the contents that they publish constantly, and to constantly review the content and content they contain. , and work to make these new media outlets concerned with educating young people in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org the first place and providing solutions on issues and the problems they face.investigating the impact of social media algorithms on the news and information that users are exposed to. social media algorithms determine the content that appears in users' newsfeeds, which can potentially contribute to filter bubbles and echo chambers [7], [42]. future studies could explore the role of these algorithms in shaping the attitudes and perceptions of young people towards sources of information and news in the new media. examining the impact of social media platforms on civic engagement and political participation. social media has been shown to be a powerful tool for mobilizing social movements and promoting social change. future studies could explore the extent to which social media platforms are encouraging young people to engage in civic activities and participate in political processes. investigating the role of social media in shaping public opinion and attitudes towards social issues. social media platforms have the potential to shape public opinion and attitudes towards a variety of social issues, including race, gender, and social justice. future studies could explore how social media platforms are influencing the attitudes and perceptions of young people towards these important social issues. references [1] k. tahat et al., “detecting fake news during the covid-19 pandemic: a sem-ml approach,” comput. integr. manuf. syst., vol. 28, no. 12, pp. 1554–1571, 2022. [2] m. elareshi, m. habes, k. al-tahat, a. ziani, and s. a. salloum, “factors affecting social tv acceptance among generation z in jordan,” acta psychol. (amst)., vol. 230, p. 103730, 2022. [3] d. n. tahat, m. elareshi, k. tahat, m. a. al jwaniat, m. habes, and a. ziani, “news media and political participation in the middle east: jordan as an example,” in 2022 international arab conference on information technology (acit), 2022, pp. 1–8. [4] f. al olaimat, m. habes, a. hadeed, a. yahya, and m. i. al jwaniat, “reputation management through social networking platforms for pr purposes: a sem-based study in the jordan,” front. commun., vol. 11, no. 3, p. 247, 2022. [5] a. s. alnaser, m. habes, m. alghizzawi, and s. ali, “the relation among marketing ads, via digital media and mitigate (covid-19) pandemic in jordan the relationship between social media and academic performance: facebook perspective view project healthcare challenges during covid-19 pandemic view project,” dspace.urbe.university, no. july, 2020. [6] m. habes, s. ali, s. a. salloum, m. elareshi, and a.-k. ziani, “digital media and students’ ap improvement: an empirical investigation of social tv,” no. december, pp. 1–6, 2021, doi: 10.1109/3ict51146.2020.9311941. [7] m. habes, m. elareshi, a. safori, a. k. ahmad, w. al-rahmi, and j. cifuentes-faura, “understanding arab social tv viewers’ perceptions of virtual reality acceptance,” cogent soc. sci., vol. 9, no. 1, p. 2180145, 2023. [8] m. elareshi, m. habes, e. youssef, s. a. salloum, r. alfaisal, and a. ziani, “sem-ann-based approach to understanding students’ academic-performance adoption of youtube for learning during covid,” heliyon, vol. 8, no. 4, p. e09236, 2022. [9] c. moreno-almeida and s. banaji, “digital use and mistrust in the aftermath of the arab spring: beyond narratives of liberation and disillusionment,” media, cult. soc., vol. 41, no. 8, pp. 1125– 1141, nov. 2019, doi: 10.1177/0163443718823143. [10] c. keller and l. cernerud, “students’ perceptions of e‐learning in university education,” j. educ. media, vol. 27, no. 1–2, pp. 55–67, 2002, doi: 10.1080/1358165020270105. [11] s. ali, m. habes, e. youssef, and m. alodwan, “a cross-sectional analysis of digital library acceptance, & dependency during covid-19,” int. j. comput. digit. syst., 2021. [12] s. a. pasha et al., “perceptions of incorporating virtual reality of goggles in the learning american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org management system in developing countries,” in digitalisation: opportunities and challenges for business: volume 2, springer, 2023, pp. 879–886. [13] m. n. al adwan, a. safori, m. habes, and s. ali, “why new media app during the healthcare crisis? whatsapp based study,” stud. media commun., vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 79–89, 2023. [14] m. alghizzawi, a. al-ameer, m. habes, and r. w. attar, “social media marketing during covid-19: behaviors of jordanian users,” stud. media commun., vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 80–71, 2023. [15] k. alhumaid, k. ayoubi, m. habes, m. elareshi, and s. a. salloum, “social media acceptance and e-learning post-covid-19: new factors determine the extension of tam,” in 2022 ninth international conference on social networks analysis, management and security (snams), 2022, pp. 1–5. [16] f. r. al olaimat, m. a. l. ziadat, k. l. alhammad, a. y. al hadeed, m. i. al jwaniat, and m. m. al-manajrah, “the level of the jordanian university students’ satisfaction at the role of social media in general affairs in governmental developmental institutions to make them aware of the goals of these institutions.,” psychol. educ., vol. 58, no. 2, pp. 11470–11479, 2021. [17] m. i. al jwaniat, “diversity and its impact on the social fabric and citizenship in jordan,” egypt. j. media res., vol. 2021, no. 74, pp. 501–522, 2021. [18] s. wang, m. h. ibrahiem, and m. li, “motivations influencing alipay users to participate in the ant forest campaign: an empirical study,” int. j. environ. res. public health, vol. 19, no. 24, p. 17034, 2022. [19] m. habes, m. elareshi, a. mansoori, s. pasha, s. a. salloum, and w. m. al-rahmi, “factors indicating media dependency and online misinformation sharing in jordan,” sustainability, vol. 15, no. 12, pp. 1–15, 2023, doi: https://doi.org/10.3390/su15021474. [20] s. ali, a. qamar, m. habes, and m. n. al adwan, “gender discrepancies concerning social media usage and its influences on students academic performance,” utopía y prax. latinoam. rev. int. filos. iberoam. y teoría soc., no. 1, pp. 321–333, 2021. [21] b. arbaoui, k. de swert, and w. van der brug, “sensationalism in news coverage: a comparative study in 14 television systems,” communic. res., vol. 47, no. 2, pp. 299–320, mar. 2020, doi: 10.1177/0093650216663364. [22] d. buckingham, “digital media literacies : rethinking,” res. comp. int. educ., vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 43–55, 2007, doi: 10.2304/rcie.2007.2.1.43. [23] b. mohammad mazibar rahman, m. mamunar rashid, m. mazibar rahman α, and m. mamunar rashid σ, “social media advertising response and its effectiveness: case of south asian teenage customers,” type double blind peer rev. int. res. j. publ. glob. journals online, vol. 18, no. may, 2018. [24] s. c. lewis and l. molyneux, “a decade of research on social media and journalism: assumptions, blind spots, and a way forward,” media commun., vol. 6, no. 4newsandparticipationthroughandbeyondproprietary, 2018, doi: 10.17645/mac.v6i4.1562. [25] a. presbitero, “foreign language skill, anxiety, cultural intelligence and individual task performance in global virtual teams: a cognitive perspective,” j. int. manag., vol. 26, no. 2, p. 100729, jun. 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.intman.2019.100729. [26] a. enshassi, y. el-rayyes, and s. alkilani, “job stress, job burnout and safety performance in the palestinian construction industry,” j. financ. manag. prop. constr., vol. 20, no. 2, pp. 170– 187, 2015, doi: 10.1108/jfmpc-01-2015-0004. [27] w. r. king and j. he, “a meta-analysis of the technology acceptance model,” inf. manag., vol. 43, no. 6, pp. 740–755, 2006, doi: 10.1016/j.im.2006.05.003. [28] s. a. khan, m. zainuddin, m. mahi, and i. arif, “behavioral intention to use online learning during covid-19 : an analysis of the technology acceptance model,” int. conf. innnovative american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org methods teach. technol. adv. high. educ., no. december, pp. 3–12, 2020. [29] m. alghizzawi, m. habes, and s. a. salloum, “the relationship between digital media and marketing medical tourism destinations in jordan: facebook perspective,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 438–448. [30] y. h. lee, y. c. hsieh, and c. n. hsu, “adding innovation diffusion theory to the technology acceptance model: supporting employees’ intentions to use e-learning systems,” educ. technol. soc., vol. 14, no. 4, pp. 124–137, 2011. [31] j. wielki, “analysis of the role of digital influencers and their impact on the functioning of the contemporary on-line promotional system and its sustainable development,” sustain., vol. 12, no. 17, 2020, doi: 10.3390/su12177138. [32] m. elareshi, m. habes, a. safori, r. w. attar, m. noor al adwan, and w. m. al-rahmi, “understanding the effects of social media marketing on customers’ bank loyalty: a sem approach,” electronics, vol. 12, no. 8, p. 1822, 2023. [33] archana, “political public relations: meaning, importance and analysis,” iosr j. humanit. soc. sci. (iosr-jhss, vol. 23, no. 2, p. 29, 2018, doi: 10.9790/0837-2302102931. [34] r. t. rust, w. rand, m. h. huang, a. t. stephen, g. brooks, and t. chabuk, “real-time brand reputation tracking using social media,” j. mark., vol. 85, no. 4, pp. 21–43, 2021, doi: 10.1177/0022242921995173. [35] j. k. melchior, “isis tactics illustrate social media’s new place in modern war,” techcrunch, oct. 2014. [36] a. h. fetais, r. s. algharabat, a. aljafari, and n. p. rana, “do social media marketing activities improve brand loyalty? an empirical study on luxury fashion brands,” inf. syst. front., no. 0123456789, 2022, doi: 10.1007/s10796-022-10264-7. [37] m. alghizzawi et al., “the impact of smartphone adoption on marketing therapeutic tourist sites in jordan,” int. j. eng. technol., vol. 7, no. 4.34, pp. 91–96, 2018. [38] m. alghizzawi, s. a. salloum, and m. habes, “the role of social media in tourism marketing in jordan,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 2, no. 3, 2018. [39] m. elbasir, m. elareshi, and m. habes, “the influence of trust, security and reliability of multimedia payment on the adoption of eps in libya,” multicult. educ., vol. 6, no. 5, pp. 341– 354, 2020. [40] z. m. al-shakhanbeh and m. habes, “the relationship between the government’s official facebook pages and healthcare awareness during covid-19 in jordan,” in advances in data science and intelligent data communication technologies for covid-19, springer, 2022, pp. 221–238. [41] m. habes, s. ali, and s. a. pasha, “statistical package for social sciences acceptance in quantitative research: from the technology acceptance model’s perspective,” fwu j. soc. sci., vol. 15, no. 4, pp. 34–46, 2021, doi: http://doi.org/10.51709/19951272/winter-2021/3 statistical. [42] a. almesafri and m. habes, “understanding the use of artificial intelligence (ai) for human resources in the dubai government,” in digitalisation: opportunities and challenges for business: volume 1, springer, 2023, pp. 417–428. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org socal conditionality of establishing criminal liability for advertising of narcoti̇c drugs, their analogues or psychotropic substances, as well as preparati̇ons containing potent substances captain erlan daniyarovich baratov the leading legal consultant of the legal support department of the organizational department of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, in our society, the republic of uzbekistan is addicted to drugs international community to combat illicit trafficking of substances special attention is being paid to the full fulfillment of its obligations. this article is about drug addiction, its negative consequences, and against the scourge of addiction strong legal frameworks developed in our country to fight illuminated. narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances, international community, illegal circulation, negative consequences. it should be noted that the republic of uzbekistan was united in february 1995 united nations convention on narcotic drugs of 1961 convention, 1971 "on psychotropic substances" and 1988 "illegal use of narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances a member of the conventions on combating human trafficking has been increased. in 1999, the republic of uzbekistan "narcotic drugs and psychotropic" on substances" was adopted, in accordance with this lawillegal dealing with narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances criminal liability is established against any manifestations of being. strict measures against drug trade and consumption in our country. although it is seen, today the illegal circulation of drugs is the most remains one of the dangerous and urgent problems. drug dealers are a new method and using tricks and continuing to sell killer poison. they are others, who have not yet formed a worldview on the way to the implementation of malicious goals susceptible young people are losing their lives. customs in cooperation with law enforcement agencies in uzbekistan illegal activities of transnational drug gangs by the authorities detection and control, closing of smuggling channels, narcotic plants on the destruction of areas and prevention of the spread of drug addiction special complex operations are being carried out regularly. drug addiction is a major public concern throughout the world is one of the urgent problems. after all, narcotics and psychotropics of crimes related to illegal handling of substances the level of social danger is very high. consumption of narcotic and psychotropic substances the increase in the number of serious diseases and crimes in the first place leads to an increase. drug addiction is a phenomenon related to crime. first, drugs in order to obtain or to prevent them with serious consequences intentional crimes are committed. second, the effect of taking drugs under which crimes are often committed.the connection between drug addiction and crime is addiction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org offense caused by illegal circulation of means is manifested in the execution of actions. in today's process of globalization, there is a sharp change in various fields of science and technology and economy changes are taking place and these changes are in line with the needs of people to shape their knowledge and skills, and more on themselves encouraging them to work. some are in trade, some are in it, some are in science. in the field of technology and others in the public services in various directions are conducting their activities. as we all know, where there is development, crime also develops there. who or who committed the crimes and to the question that does not operate in the above-mentioned areas, who do not work on themselves, or if not financially sufficient children of well-off families or financially challenged families crimes of various levels are being committed by some of them in a family way and what is happening is very sad. today, entrepreneurship is wide at the same time that opportunities are being created, the drug trade is at its peak is coming out. our government provides halal sustenance to every member of our society. one who is trying to create enough opportunities to work with people. during this period, close relations were established between various drug syndicates and drug markets drug business is becoming transnational. today, according to the information provided by various international organizations, land. more than 500 million people use narcotics and psychotropic drugs has been consuming substances.1 in uzbekistan, there are about 5 thousand citizens among drug addicts. at the expense of drug addicts 31 percent of the citizens are aged 20-40. according to statistics, drugs are used in spring and autumn or disease complications in persons who abuse psychotropic substances increases, and during this period, the trade of these substances reaches its peak. addiction the analysis of criminal cases related to the illegal handling of funds shows that 60 percent of this type of criminal acts occur in february-april, 25 percent in september-november, and 15 percent are done in other periods. currently, the united nations general assembly. according to the decision of december 7, 1987, june 26 "international narcotics control on" and was announced by this organization as "narcoticson", "psychotropic substances" and "narcotic drugs and psychotropic "conventions on combating illegal trafficking of substances" were adopted done recognizing the generally recognized norms of international law in the republic of uzbekistan, on august 19, 1999, the republic of uzbekistan the law "on narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances" was adopted. according to this law, narcotics and psychotropic substances in our country a number of measures aimed at putting an end to illegal circulation have been implemented is getting married. 368 kg in the territory of our republic in the first 6 months of this year drug trafficking was stopped. in particular, in the territory of tashkent region a sharp and uncompromising fight against any kind of addiction and that 19,731 special programs aimed at further improving the healthy environment in society preventive measures were carried out and "safe zone" "black drug" rapid preventive alcohol abuser identified in the course of events or narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances and those affecting the activity of the mind 6835 persons using other substances were identified. internal in this process. a number of employees of law enforcement agencies showed passion and addiction put an end to the illegal circulation of their means. for example, such a devotee from the staff, preventive inspectors of the iib hpb of the chinoz district, lieutenant a. polvonov measures taken by senior lieutenant n. nuriddinov within the framework of "black drug-2021" narcotics, particularly cannabis and marijuana, as a result of the activities "special laboratory" established for cultivation was identified and exposed. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org our people live a free and prosperous life and be satisfied with today at the initiative of the head of our state, a number of ministries and agencies. some of our weak-willed teenagers are addicted to drugs at the same time as they are working hard. it worries all of us that it is suffering. "plague of the century" the so-called abominable disease is spreading among young people. it is a sad situation, how many people live peacefully as a result of this families are being destroyed and how many children are orphaned and more how many innocent babies are born with defects. this disgusting disease is as severe and incurable as aids, hepatitis, and tuberculosis causing the spread of diseases. drug addiction in recent years lower age limit for persons addicted to drugs or psychotropic substances it is observed between 17-30 years old and this type of drugs. one of the main reasons for consumption is a person's difficult family conditions being brought up, subjected to humiliation, humiliation, cruel treatment as the main reason for neglect or excessive attention is being displayed. and the youth who are brought up in such conditions are drugs. it will be a good prey for the enterprising businessmen who trade with it. in conclusion, we can say that today in our country "all the numbers."efforts are being made towards a noble goal called "for human dignity". in this period, our citizens resort to such a disgusting evil. as we mentioned, it can lead to a number of negative consequences for the national and it became clear from the results of the researches of international experts. nowadays implementation of crime prevention in our society and crime fight against as a task of law enforcement agencies only there are also cases that are being evaluated. in our opinion, prevention of offenses and fight against crime not only law enforcement agencies, but also public organizations and citizens in cooperation with selfgovernment bodies, family and educational institutions activity. references 1. https://uwed.uz/en/news/fulltext/1669; 2. https://daryo.uz/2021/10/14/uzbekistonda-kancha-odam-giyohvandlikka-karam-it was-known-tobe-accounted for by people/; 3. https://lex.uz/ru/docs/-86044; 4. https://stat.uz/uz/rasmiy-statistika/crime-and-justice-2;p 5. https://tviibb.uz/oz/news/chinoz-tumanida-giyohvand-vositalar-yetyshtiruvchi-special-laboratoryactivity-checked; 6. https://islom.ziyouz.com/maqola/khorlikka-eltujci-kora-ajal; 7. s.eshkobilov, b.raimjonov/the urgency of crime prevention issues: proceedings of the scientific and practical conference of the republic (november 12, 2021). -t.: specialist of tashkent state law universitybranch, 2022. -109b. 8. aripova, a. x. (2021). an important tool that forms the essence of speech. scientific progress, 1(6). 9. abdujalilov, d., & aripova, a. (2021). kultura obshchenia sotrudnikov ovd. scientific progress, 2(1), 328-332. 10. istamov, n., ubaidullaev, s., makhmudhujaev, j., & bobokhanov, sh. (2021).tourism-kak vedushchiy sector mirovoy economy. central asian journal of innovations on tourism management and finance, 2(4), 1-5. 11. ubaydullaev, s., aripova, a., & istamov, n. (2021). tourism v to uzbekistan. central asian journal of innovations on tourism management and finance, 2(4), 6-10. 12. abduvaliev, n., & aripova, a. (2021). vaznost kultury obshenia v deyatelnosti american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org inspektorov prophylaxis pravonarusheniy. scientific progress, 2(1), 333-335. 13. ikramova, l., & aripova, a. (2021). rol kultury obshchenia inspektorov profilaktiki v preduprejdenii prestupnosti scientific progress, 1(6), 476-479. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org “hellenistic east, the era of alexander the great" nuridinov turdali qambarovich (phd) head of department history kokand state pedagogical institute islomov abdulaziz latif ugli 3nd year student of the faculty of history kokand state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses issues related to how in the era of hellenism the major centers for the development of civilizations of the west and east, including such cities the capitals of the hellenistic state, as alexandria in egypt, antioch in syria, pergamum in asia minor. alexander the great, greekmacedonian colonizers, hellenism, peoples of the east, greek culture. the greco-macedonian colonizers settled mainly in cities, newly founded or rebuilt. the migration of greeks and macedonians to the east continued for more than two centuries. as a result, its most important and best lands of the east were occupied by colonizers who transferred their language, customs, customs and religion there, and consequently their culture. the old hellenic culture was zealously guarded, but at the same time it continued to steadily develop further, in close interaction with the east. in the east, hellenism penetrated as far as the borders of india and subjugated the most heterogeneous peoples and states. but, along with it, local cultures also played a role. “the greeks, scattered across the east, found there not rude barbarians, but peoples with a very ancient civilization, and from them, naturally, they learned a lot, took a lot. alexander the great is the great commander of antiquity, who managed to subjugate most of asia in a short time, reaching india and pakistan. he went down in history as a conqueror who did not lose a single battle. such success was facilitated by the tactical talent of the ruler and the choice of strategy: the macedonian army always acted quickly and suddenly, while managing with small casualties.[1] in the east, the heterogeneous social composition of the population in the hellenistic states, in parallel with the heterogeneity of the national, naturally, should give rise to a form of government that would contain at least external unity, which has long been familiar to the population of the peoples of the east. only an absolute monarchy could have such a form. therefore, the eastern political form already from the first steps prevailed over the greek. no sooner had a. macedon reached his ultimate goal, passing through only part of the persian kingdom, as already in the libyan oasis he was declared the son of amon, that is, a god. the cultural part of the greek population was also prepared for it, after, starting from the 4th century, even in athens, where the democratic regime reached its peak, the best minds more and more departed from democracy, which suffered from internal contradictions and carried in itself the rudiments of decomposition. and decline. consequently, the task that the rulersamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org colonizers had to perform was to adapt the monarchical principle to the political life of both the hellenistic and the local population. the interaction of the civilizations of the west and the east led to a change in the state system of the colonialists. together with the changed forms of the state form of government, changes in the economic foundations of life went hand in hand. during the period of hellenism, which merged with the east in one common statehood, the interaction of civilizations opened up new markets for greek industry both in the hellenistic states themselves, among the local population, and outside it, in neighboring countries. increasing demand caused a brisk commercial and industrial activity, an increase in the number of manufacturing centers, which contributed to the growth of cities. owing to increased exchange, the domestic foundations of economy began to be more and more supplanted, and the subsistence economy was replaced by money economy. along with this, the labor of the producer became more intensive, and slave labor, under the influence of competition from individual producers, cities and states, was more and more squeezed out of production, especially because with the cessation of supply and the development of demand for slaves, it became more and more expensive. while free labor, as the urban population grew and the number of cities increased, became cheaper and cheaper. the centralization of power in the hands of the monarch drew the state itself into the environment of economic life.[2] only a few legends are connected with the destructive activity of alexander the great during his conquest of central asia. in particular, they include the interpretation of the origin of the mountain lake iskanderkul in the upper reaches of the fandarya, the left tributary of the zarafshan. in the spring of 334 bc. the great eastern campaign has begun. alexander, as the king of macedonia and the hegemon of the all-greek union, crossed with the army to asia minor, to the persian possessions. according to rough estimates, the army consisted of a 30,000th infantry contingent and a 5,000th cavalry detachment. most of the army was made up of macedonians and representatives of other peoples who lived on the territory of the macedonian kingdom. these were warriors with excellent fighting qualities, trained under philip ii. 12 thousand soldiers, mostly hoplites, were greeks. of these, 7 thousand were part of the polis militias allocated by the members of the union. the rest were mercenaries[3] the entire army was superbly armed, accompanied by technical personnel for the construction of siege devices. a considerable number of scientists and writers went east with alexander, who were supposed to capture the campaign in the memory of generations. on the greek scale, the army that entered the borders of the achemenid state was very large. in addition, in the future, at the request of alexander, reinforcements from greece and macedonia repeatedly arrived to him. but the forces of the greek-macedonians, of course, could not be compared with those hundreds of thousands of soldiers who, if necessary, the persians could put up. persia, where king darius iii ruled at that time, was still a colossal empire. but the further, the more its fragility and backwardness were revealed. after the death of darius, alexander announced to his army that the goal of the war, for the sake of which a pan-greek alliance under macedonian hegemony was created at the corinthian congress, had been fully achieved, the “sacred revenge” on the persians had been accomplished. in this regard, he disbanded the detachments sent to the allied army by the greek policies, and allowed the soldiers to return home. but he offered those of them who wished to stay with him for further military operations already as mercenaries. most of the warriors decided to stay with the lucky commander.[4] alexander faced a new difficult task organizing the administration of the state created as a result of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org the conquest. he sought to strengthen its unity by acting as the lord of a huge multinational power. hence the so-called "policy of the fusion of peoples", which found its most striking expression in the wedding in susa, when in one day the marriage of ten thousand warriors with local girls was magnificently celebrated. his close associates married girls from the families of the persian nobility, and alexander himself took one of the daughters of darius as his wife. alexander involves the local nobility in governance, which, obviously, is the most correct way to see the tsar's desire to expand the social base, and not evaluate him as a herald of the "brotherhood of peoples" and almost the first internationalist. attention is drawn to the town-planning policy of alexander, who, according to ancient authors, founded about 70 cities, which soon became major economic, cultural and political centers in the vast expanses of the east. most of the new cities and settlements were created in the eastern part of the state in iran, central asia, and india. from the time of the campaigns of alexander the great to the east, for the peoples of a significant part of the mediterranean, egypt, asia minor and the adjacent regions, the southern parts of central and central asia to the lower reaches of the indus river, a new era in their historical development begins the hellenistic one. the very concept of "hellenism" was first introduced into historical science in the first half of the 19th century.[5] german historian of antiquity i. droysen, who applied this concept to a significant historical period that came after the conquests of alexander the great, and limited its content mainly to the cultural sphere. until now, discussions continue about the nature of hellenism, its chronological and territorial framework. since the beginning of the 1950s, hellenism has been commonly defined in russian historical science as a concrete historical phenomenon characterized by a synthesis of hellenic (western) and local (eastern) principles in political, economic, cultural, ideological and other areas of life. this synthesis was realized in a concrete historical setting, determined by the consequences of the greco-macedonian conquest of significant territories of the ancient east. such a definition, although it requires clarification and some detail, nevertheless most adequately reflects the essence and nature of the most complex changes in the life of numerous and diverse peoples who lived in the vast expanses of the ancient east and part of europe at the beginning of the campaigns of alexander the great. the era of hellenism was the time of the greatest territorial expansion of ancient civilization.[6] after the campaigns of alexander, the great, hellenism spread throughout the part in all the conquered territories. as a result, we can say the history of hellenism is the world history of that time. ideas were born in it scientific, philosophical, ethical, religious, which for centuries ruled the world. significant shifts have taken place in the economy, in political forms, in public consciousness, and in culture. regardless of this or that historical assessment of the changes that have taken place, they obviously cannot be ignored by a historian who seeks to comprehend the historical process. the interaction of individual countries and civilized peoples within the ecumene has become incomparably closer and more fruitful than before. used sources: 1. pichikyan i.r. culture of bactria achaemenid and hellenistic period. m.1991 2. koshelenko g.r. greek policy in the hellenistic east.m. 1979. 3. e. rtveladze alexander the great in bactria and sogd. tashkent 2002. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org 4. bibliography of foreign studies. frank l. holt alexander in the great bactria. leiden new york. 5. gaines a. k. collection of literary works. t.ii. spb., 1888. s.532–535. 6. yanzhul i. historical experience of trade with central asia turkestan collection. t.378. p.98. 7. базаров, отабек одилович. "soviet’s economic politics and the problems of development of village economics in uzbekistan (xx century 80 years an example of fergana valley)." научная дискуссия: вопросы социологии, политологии, философии, истории 5 (2017): 98-103. 8. nuridinov turdali kambarovich. economic cooperation of the bukhara public soviet republic (bpsr) with italy. international journal of social sciences & interdisciplinary research. 12 in december-2022: 220-224. 9. бозоров, о. о. "актуальные вопросы исследования межнациональных отношений в узбекистане (на примере ферганских событий 1989 года)." influence of queen victoria on british foreign policy: general description. влияние королевы в.... (2013): 94. 10. nuridinov turdali kambarovich, madaminov tolkinjon mamayunusovich. economic cooperation of the bukhara people`s soviet republic with the usa. journal of aeronautical materials. vol. 42, issue-05, 2022. pp.202-209. 11. turdali kambarovich nuridinov, kholmatov mukhsin muydinovich. economic cooperation of the bukhara people's soviet republic with germany. journal of aeronautical materials. vol. 42, issue-05, 2022 pp.242-251. 12. bozorov, o. o. "implementation of the national policy of the former soviet state in the ferghana valley." web of scholars: multidimensional research journal 1.8 (2022): 59-62. 13. bozorov, o. o. . “deportation of meskheti turkish people: its causes and consequences”. american journal of science and learning for development, vol. 1, no. 2, dec. 2022, pp. 87-89. 14. аҳмедова, рашида муқимовна. "from the history of the socio-material situation of the population of uzbekistan (on the example of 1920-1940)." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429 11.09 (2022): 243-247. 15. nuridinov turdali kambarovich. economic cooperation of the bukhara people`s soviet republic with sweden. international journal of social sciences & interdisciplinary research. 12 in december-2022: 231-235. 16. bazarov, o. o., and sh kholdarov. "social impacts from the former soviet national government policy." ученый xxi века 4-2 (2016): 11-13. 17. ахмедова, рашида мукимовна, and фарход абдувалиевич адилов. "подготовка специалистов в отрасли ремесленного производства в 20-х годах хх века." учёный xxi века 5-4 (18) (2016): 62-64. 18. ахмедова, рашида. "ўзбекистонда дастлабки шифо масканларининг вужудга келиши (фарғона водийси мисолида)." взгляд в прошлое si-1№ 1 (2020). 19. mukimovna, ahmedova rashida. "history of children's sanatorium resorts in uzbekistan (1930-1953)." archive of conferences. vol. 9. no. 1. 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org the functions of euphemism in uzbek language (on the example of o’tkir hoshimov’s short stories) xujanazarova xosiyat 1master’s degree student, national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek shoira yusupova batirovna1 2associate professor, national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s there is a rising tendency to avoid speaking directly about sensitive topics in the increasingly complicated, globalised society. naturally, human being are tend to hear positive feedback rather than negative one. this article is focused on the functions of euphemism in the short stories entitled “ hayollarga bo’laman tutqun”, “ urushning so’nggi qurboni” , and “ o’zbeklar” written by o’tkir hoshimov with the concept of the functions of euphemism in speech acts. the research is conducted by descriptive qualitative method related to social phenomena, in this case the uses of euphemism either in a literary or social text. euphemism, politeness, softening function, veiling function, communicative function, corrective function, conceptual meaning, positive attitude introduction language is a reflection of one's personality; even language is a mirror of the nation's personality. the meaning of this statement is that through the language used, a person or a nation can know the level of their personality. the quality introduction language is a reflection of one's personality; even language is a mirror of the nation's personality. the meaning of this statement is that through the language used, a person or a nation can know the level of their personality. the quality of the personality of a person or group of people will be difficult to measure, if they do not express their thoughts or feelings through language acts (both verbal and nonverbal) in a polite manner (caplan, adams, boyd, 2020) [1]. language politeness is a reflection of a person’s character.the strategy of language politeness as one of the efforts to build the character of a nation can be effected through: 1) family education by having habitual, creating a conducive atmosphere and guidance; 2) positive language attitudes, both local and national languages, by building cognitive, affective, and conative aspects, and 3) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org mastery of polite vocabularies, both receptive and productive (sulastriana, 2018) [2]. politeness plays a crucial role in all cultures and societies for maintaining relationships and for face saving. language politeness is closely related to euphemism. as a symptom of language, euphemism is a kind of reference in the form of expressions that do not offend people, or subtle expressions to replace references that may be felt insulting, offensive, or suggesting something unpleasant. in everyday communication, both spoken and written, we often hear or read words or sentences that contain such euphemisms. however, it feels natural, considering that communication requires the accuracy of message disclosure so that the intended message can be understood by those who receive the message properly (sibull, et.al. (2019) [3]. main part euphemism is a way of conveying information to audiences in the form of words, phrases or in a broader grammatical unit because euphemism is essentially using language politely without losing the concept of meaning it contains. the beginning of meaning is conceptual meaning, that is, meaning based on language conventions. conceptual meaning is the most important element in conveying messages because it includes logical, cognitive, and denotative meanings. in other words, the conceptual meaning is the meaning according to the concept, according to the referent, and there is no association or other meaning. however, in a certain text, euphemisms that are present may contain associations or other meanings because humans as reporters are creative through language. therefore, words, phrases, or sentences may experience changes in meaning and there is a tendency to manipulate reality because of this form of creativity. this can happen according to the practical interests of language users, including expressing arguments for social and cultural problems (mohammed and majeed, 2018) [4]. euphemisms give color to the use of language and reflect the attitude or policy of a person in presenting a message between uncertainty in facing facts and the need to convey information. this is related to the value of the taste of the language. choices of words that have a high sense of value tend to stick in the minds of listeners or readers than choices that have low value. the choice of words (diction) that has a high sense of value shows respect for the person or institution that is being discussed. euphemism can be positive because people, groups, institutions, authorities can use euphemisms to reconcile the atmosphere and stability, but it can also be negative because the reality is not known for certain. it is undeniable that the use of euphemisms in language is found in almost all ethnic groups in the world. its use is increasingly spreading to various fields of life and professions in our society. euphemisms which are part of language politeness are seen as important to use to maintain relationships with friends, work partners, relatives, and superiors. the use of euphemisms in language can be identified from the use of certain words in communication. the right choice of words or diction marks the use of euphemisms in each professional field and life activity (al-khasawneh,2018) [5]. the study of euphemisms is able to describe various uses of word meanings related to the tendency of language culture in modern society in general. changes that occur in a society can also be seen from the frequency with which certain words are used in everyday life. the emergence of new meanings in language, especially literary texts, indicates a change in the value system in the language that is closely related to the culture of the speaking community. avoiding language taboos and using euphemisms in communication is a form of politeness in language. the expression of euphemistic words makes us feel comfortable to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org express things that we feel are inappropriate, and neutralize them, for example topics about death, unemployment, taboos, and animals. we are constantly naming and labeling the words with expressions that make them sound better (serli, 2018) [6]. scientists highlight two main functions of euphemisms: softening and masking (veiling) functions. in the first function, euphemisms have as their goal to soften rude and indecent meaning, to provide a comfortable discussion of non-tactful or disgusting objects in the modern, civilized society. veiling euphemisms conceal the true picture of the situation, mask the disturbing sides of social phenomena in order to preserve the face of the speaker (karasik 1991) [7] and soften the addressee‘s reaction to his statement (bazylev 2007) [8]. euphemisms also perform a corrective (tactical) function, reflecting the desire of the speaker to overcome existing in society discrimination or restriction in the rights of certain population groups. language correctness, writes s. g. ter-minasova, is a very positive effort not to offend, not to hurt a person‘s feelings, to preserve his dignity, good mood, health, life (ter-minasova 2000) [9]. some researchers, along with basic functions of euphemisms, highlight optional functions. for example, g. n. mukhamedjianova singles out an aesthetic (decorative) function in which substitute words have expressive power (mukhamedjianova 2005) [10]. m. l. kovshova especially highlights the game function of euphemisms, that characterizes the newspaper and journalistic speech and literary texts. there are the other functions of euphemism that can be found. according to allan and burridge (1991) [11] the common functions of euphemism are: 1) avoiding taboos (body parts, special body parts, sex, menstruation, illness, mental disability, something discharged or excreted and death); 2) avoiding objects that are considered frightening, such as about war, sickness, supernatural things, including god, things related to death, and also something about animals; 3) as sense of respect to the words which is uncomfortable for speaking, especially for matters relating to religion, politics, god, physical, illness, physical, mental or criminal action. wijana and rohmadi (2008) [12] explains that there are 5 kinds of functions/benefits of euphemism as follows: a) euphemism as a tool to smoothing speech. b) euphemism as a tool to keep something secret in medicine. c) euphemism as a tool for diplomacy. d) euphemism as an educational tool. e) euphemism as a tool to resist the dangers. the use of euphemism can avoid conflict and this is the main function of euphemism which is under the umbrella of sociolinguistics. euphemism through a sociolinguistic approach and based on the concept of the function of euphemism becomes the object of this research, with the aim of identifying and analyzing the functions of euphemism in o’. hoshimov’s short stories “ hayollarga bo’laman tutqun”, “ urushning so’nggi qurboni” , and “o’zbeklar” so that the readers, especially the academic community, understand and apply the functions of euphemism in spoken or written language. method this type of research is qualitative research with content analysis method. qualitative method that requires categories as units of analysis, various categories made based on theoretical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org references, both categories of form and purpose and of meaning which are then simplified in steps by rational thinking. the object of this research is related to euphemism. the data of this research are words, phrased and sentences that contain euphemisms. the data sources are the short stories “ hayollarga bo’laman tutqun”, “ urushning so’nggi qurboni” , and “o’zbeklar” by o’tkir hoshimov and the data are taken randomly in the forms of words, phrases and sentences oriented to euphemism. the data collection techniques used in this study are observation and recording. in order for this research to be more accurate, the writer (1) reads the stories intensively, (2) notes the use of euphemism in the storyline, (3) sorts out the types of data that contain the functions of euphemism to be further presented in the form of discussions. the data analysis procedures in this study are related to the symbolic message of information with the following steps. 1) determine the form and function of each euphemism, 2) explore and reveal each euphemism meaning. 3) express the purpose or function of the euphemism used. 4) and based on these steps, conclusions are drawn which are then used as the basis for realizing the research report. results and discussion euphemism, a subtler expression instead of a harsh one and considered harmful or unpleasant becomes the object of this research based on the short stories by o’.hoshimov. the data studied are in the form of words, phrases and sentences taken from the short story focused on the functions of euphemism, among others: communicative function, naming of the intimidating object, instead of an unpleasant and annoying word, instead of words that are considered obscene, instead of a frightening word, and masking the stated concept. communicative function data 1: “ -maktabda bo’lsa har doim “he, bola” deb chaqirardi, shayton qiz!” (o’.hoshimov “hayollarga bo’laman tutqun” hikoya. 2002.1-b) [13]. analysis: the phrase “he, bola” in data 1 is included in the euphemism category because it is considered more polite expression to describe a situation that is happening to address to someone with the same age of the character kholida in this story. the writer uses this phrase instead of saying directly the name of the another character erkin in kholida’s speech. instead of words that are considered obscene data 2: “ – sizga aytadigan gapim bitta — baxtli bo’ling. siz…o’rtog’ingiz” (o’.hoshimov “hayollarga bo’laman tutqun” hikoya. 2002.6-b) [14]. analysis: the word “o’rtog’ingiz” in data 2 is euphemisms because it is felt to be subtler in expressing the word husband directly which sounds more impolite in oral speech. data 3: “ –siz meni… o’shanaqa… yomon xotinlardan deb o’ylayapsizmi? shunaqami?” (o’.hoshimov “hayollarga bo’laman tutqun” hikoya. 2002.7-b) [15]. analysis: the word “o’shanaqa” and the phrase “yomon xotin” in data 3 are also considered euphemism. because the two items denote the meaning of prostitute. the prostitute means a woman, who earns money by having sex with people. data 4: “ uning xotini yonidan o’tib ketsa ham boshqorong’i bo’laveradi”. (o’.hoshimov “urushning so’nggi qurboni” 2002. 9-b) [16]. analysis: the phrase “boshqorong’i bo’laveradi” in data 4 is euphemism because it refers to the meaning of being pregnant. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org data 5: “ xudo bergandan keyin tashlab bo’larmishmi deb ketma-ket 3 ta qiz tug’ib berdi” (o’.hoshimov “urushning so’nggi qurboni” 2002. 9-b) [17]. analysis: the phrase “tashlab bo’larmishmi” ,which is used instead of the word abortion, is euphemism in data 5. this euphemism gives more sensitive feeling using alternatively of the harsh word abortion in this sentence. data 6: “ xadicha og’iroyoq emasmi, o’zi bilan o’zi ovvora bo’lib bilolmay qolibdi” (o’.hoshimov “urushning so’nggi qurboni” 2002. 11-b) [18]. analysis: the word “og’iroyoq” in data 6 is euphemism as it means being pregnant. using the word pregnant in speech sounds a bit impolite therefore, the author chooses this euphemism. instead of a frightening word data 7: “ iskandarning aqalli bittagina bolasini bag’riga bossa, oyoq-qo’lini bemalol uzatib ketaverardi”. (o’.hoshimov “o’zbeklar” 2002. 15-b)[19]. analysis: the sentence “oyoq-qo’lini bemalol uzatib ketaverardi” which is given in data 7 is a euphemism sentence which is utilized instead of using directly the concept death. data 8 : “—vaqti qazoim yetsa, bolam bechora yugurgilab qolmasin, deymanda” (o’.hoshimov “o’zbeklar” 2002. 15-b) [20]. analysis: the phrase “vaqti qazoim yetsa” in data 8 conveys the meaning of becoming dead or the time death that is somehow prohibited to say commonly because it gives sadness to the listener. therefore, this euphemism phrase is used here by the writer. masking the stated concept data 9: “ haligi qurg’urdan jinday-jinday qilib o’tirsak, davramizga oq yaktak. oq do’ppi kiygan ketmonsoqol yigit kelib qo’shildi” (o’.hoshimov “o’zbeklar” 2002. 24-b) [21]. analysis: the sentence “haligi qurg’urdan jinday-jinday qilib o’tirsak” in data 9 is euphemism as it is used while masking the concept of drinking alcohol. due to the fact that, this euphemistic sentence gives more the veiling function in everyday usage, the author choses it skillfully. conclusion euphemism is an integral part of social interaction. humans as social beings must have social interactions to maintain life. one important means of sustaining life is the use of language, which must be polite, kind, and to the point and, more importantly, not offending others. thus, euphemism is a must to be implemented by language users. figure 1. functions of euphemism in o’. hoshimov’s short stories 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 masking the stated concept instead of a frightening word communicative function instead of words that are considered obscene functions of euphemism american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the focus of this research is to identify and analyze the functions of euphemism in the short the stories of o’.hoshimov, based on the concept of euphemism initiated by n.ismatullayev. there are six main functions of euphemism in oral and written speeches: communicative function, naming of the intimidating object, instead of an unpleasant and annoying word, instead of words that are considered obscene, instead of a frightening word, and masking the stated concept. out of the 9 euphemism data taken from the short stories, 5 data are found as instead of words that are considered obscene ; 2 of them are instead of a frightening word; 1 of them is communicative function and 1 datum belongs to masking the stated concept. while no data is found for naming of the intimidating object functions. from the explanation, it is clearly seen that there is a relation between euphemism, politeness strategies and face. politeness is defined by the euphemistic strategies employed and face can be measured according to the degree of euphemism present in social interaction. euphemism serves the language as a much softer form than a real expression and this phenomenon serves to enrich the possibilities of the language. references: 1. caplan, j. e., adams, k., & boyd, r. l. (2020). personality in language. in the wiley encyclopedia of personality and individual differences: models and theories. (pp.311-316). 2. sulastriana, e. (2018), strategy of language politeness in effort to build character. kne social sciences, 3(9). doi 10.18502/kss.v3i9.2715. 3. sibull, v., malyuga, e., bazhura, i. (2019). linguistic and cultural analysis of politeness forms fixed in language consciousness and their role in corporate communication. modern journal of language teaching methods (mjltm), 9(11). www.mjltm.org. 4. mohammed, f. o., and majeed, s. h. (2018). a content analysis of euphemistic strategies in the evro daily newspaper. humanities journal of university of zakho (hjuoz), 6(2). 5. al-khasawneh, f. (2018). an intercultural study of euphemistic strategies used in saudi arabic and american english 2018. jurnal upi. doi:10.17509/ijal.v8i1.11466 6. serli, y., hamzah., wahyuni, d. (2018). an analysis of euphemism in crimes and politics news of posmetro padang. english language and literature online journal, 7(4). http://ejournal.unp.ac.id/index.php/ell/article/view /101388 7. karasik v. i. iazyk sotsial'nogo statusa / v. i. karasik. m.: in-t iaz-ia an sssr, volgogradskii pedagogicheskii in-t, 1991. – 495 p. 8. bazylev v.n. iazykovye imperativy «politicheskoi korrektnosti» / v.n. bazylev // politicheskaia lingvistika. vypusk (3) 23 / ural. gos. ped. un-t; glavnyi red. chudinov a. p. – ekaterinburg, 2007. – pp. 8-10 9. ter-minasova s. g. iazyk i mezhkul'turnaia kommunikatsiia / s. g. ter minasova. – m.: slovo/slovo, 2000. – 315 p. 10. mukhamed'ianova g. n. evfemiia v obshchestvenno-politicheskoi leksike: na 11materiale sovremennogo nemetskogo, russkogo i bashkirskogo iazykov: diss. ... kand. filol. nauk / g. n. mukhamed'ianova. – ufa, 2005. – 194 p 11. allan k. and burridge k. euphemism and dysphemism: language used as shield and weapon. -new york: oxford university press, 2002. 12. a comparative study of euphemism in english and buginese: pragmatic stylistics contexts. els journal on interdisciplinary studies on humanities volume 1 issue 4, 2018 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 13. o’.hoshimov “hayollarga bo’laman tutqun” hikoya.-t., 2002. 14. o’.hoshimov “hayollarga bo’laman tutqun” hikoya.-t., 2002. 15. o’.hoshimov “hayollarga bo’laman tutqun” hikoya.-t., 2002. 16. o’.hoshimov “ urushning so’nggi qurboni” hikoya.-t., 2002. 17. o’.hoshimov “ urushning so’nggi qurboni” hikoya.-t., 2002. 18. o’.hoshimov “ urushning so’nggi qurboni” hikoya.-t., 2002. 19. o’.hoshimov “ urushning so’nggi qurboni” hikoya.-t., 2002. 20. o’.hoshimov “ o’zbeklar ” hikoya.-t., 2002. 21. o’.hoshimov “ o’zbeklar ” hikoya.-t., 2002. 22. o’.hoshimov “ o’zbeklar ” hikoya.-t., 2002. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org phraseological units, their classification in english language and translation issues yusupova mushtariy baxtiyor qizi 2nd year master's degree student, department of english philology, national university of uzbekistan e-mail:mushtariyyusupova1999@gmail.com, tel: (+99897) 012 00 18 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s phraseological units are considered a subsystem of language and therefore are learnt closely connected with all aspects of language. phraseological units cannot be freely made up in speech but are reproduced as ready-made units. the lexical components in phraseological units are stable and they are nonmotivated i.e its meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of its components and they do not allow their lexical components to be changed or substituted. phraseology, fusions, classification, collocations, unities introduction the phraseology in english (in the example of idioms), their equivalents in uzbek, types of phraseological units and the problem of translation of phraseological units. the main purpose of the article is to study the general types of phraseological units as a constituent part of the english vocabulary, to examine phraseological units, idioms and the problems of translation. in order to achieve the set aim we are to determine the following tasks: 1. to consider the phraseology as a system of language. 2. to analyze the types and specific features of phraseological units, idioms and their individual features; 3. to describe their contextual meanings with underlying semantics; 4. to research the problems of translation of phraseological units. phraseological unit the importance of this article is that phraseological units and idiomatic expressions are daily in use authentic language and finding the appropriate equivalent has always become an issue. the paper analyses general semantic features of a group of phraseological units, idioms, linguistic and extralinguistic characteristics, and phraseological-semantic fields. it is noticeable that a special place in semantic studies of recent times is occupied by the problems of semantics. phraseological units are closely connected with social factors which explicitly belong to any human community; i.e. they are a part of folklore, set of customs and traditions, life style that broadly belong to moral and psychological american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org status, mode of the social units and history of their interactions. their comprehensiveness is connected with their nature to be closely tied with social system of the society, for the reason we cannot isolate them from the national lifestyle of any country to which they belong. phraseology is the youngest branch of linguistics. phraseology as the less investigated branch of linguistics developed in the second half of 20th century. the term "phraseology" first came from ancient greek. the founder of this field was french linguist sh.bally. the word "phraseology" has very different meaning in other cultures. however, the term "idiom" appeared in european languages in 16th century. history of formation of phraseological sets go back to centuries, they also do not stand in one place, but due to its closeness to social life, develop. it creates the new conditions for them to undergo some changes, sometimes assuming such kind if translation peculiarities that may cause to some discussions and debates. these qualities make them to be compared as well as with other group of words, set of expressions, etc. research analysis a.v. koonin classified phraseological units according to the way they are formed. he pointed out primary and secondary ways of forming phraseological units. primary ways of forming phraseological units are those when a unit is formed on the basis of a free wordgroup: a) most productive in modern english is the formation of phraseological units by means of transferring the meaning of terminological word-groups, for example. in cosmic technique we can point out the following phrases: «launching pad» in its terminological meaning is «uchish maydoni», in its transferred meaning – “yuborish manzili”, «to link up» -«aloqa o’rnatmoq» in its tranformed meaning it means –«tanishmoq»; b) a large group of phraseological units was formed from free word groups by transforming their meaning, for example. «granny farm» -«qarilar pansionati» «troyan horse» «kompyuter uchun dastur» c) phraseological units can be formed by means of alliteration ,for example. «a sad sack» «baxtsiz voqea» «culture vulture» «san’atga ishqiboz odam»; d) they can be formed by means of expressiveness; especially it is characteristic for forming interjections, for example. «my aunt!», « hear, hear !» etc; e) they can be formed by means of distorting a word group, for example. «odds and ends» was formed from «odd ends»; f) they can be formed by using archaisms, for example. «in brown study» means «in gloomy meditation» where both components preserve their archaic meanings; g) they can be formed by using a sentence in a different sphere of life, for example. «that cock won't fight» can be used as a free wordgroup when it is used in sports(cock fighting), it becomes a phraseological unit when it is used in everyday life, because it is used metaphorically, h) they can be formed when we use some unreal image, for example. «to have butterflies in the stomach» -«xavotir olmoq», «to have green fingers» -«bog’bonlik qo’lidan kelmoq» etc. i) they can be formed by using expressions of writers or polititions in everyday life, for example. «corridors of power» (snow), «american dream» (alby) «locust years» (churchil), «the winds of change» (m. millan). secondary ways of forming phraseological units are those when a phraseological unit is formed on the basis of another phraseological unit; they are: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org a) conversion, for example. «to vote with one's feet» was converted into «vote with one's feet»; b) grammar form, for example. «make hay while the sun shines» is transferred into a verbal phrase «to make hay while the sun shines»; c) analogy, for example. «curiosity killed the cat» was transferred into «care killed the cat»; d) contrast, for example.«cold surgery» «a planned before operation» was formed by contrasting it with «acute surgery», «thin cat» «a poor person» was formed by contrasting it with «fat cat»; e) shortening of proverbs or sayings for example: from the proverb «you can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear» by means of clipping the middle of it the phraseological unit «to make a sow's ear» was formed with the meaning «xato qilmoq» (ошибаться). f) borrowing phraseological units from other languages, either as translation loans, for example. « living space» (german), « to take the bull by the horns» (latin) or by means ofphonetic borrowings «meche blanche» (french), «corpse d'elite» (french), «sotto voice» (italian) etc. prof. a.i. smirnitsky worked out structural classification of phraseological units, comparing them with words. he points out one-top units which he compares with derived words because derived words have only one root morpheme. he points out two-top units which he compares with compound words because in compound words we usually have two root morphemes. among one-top units he points out three structural types; a) units of the type «to give up» (verb + postposition type), for example. to art up, to back up, to drop out, to nose out, to buy into, to sandwich in etc.; b) units of the type «to be tired» . some of these units remind the passive voice in their structure but they have different prepositons with them, while in the passive voice we can have only prepositions «by» or «with», for example. to be tired of, to be interested in, to be surprised at etc. there are also units in this type which remind free word-groups of the type «to be young», for example. to be akin to, to be aware of etc. the difference between them is that the adjective «young» can be used as an attribute and as a predicative in a sentence, while the nominal component in such units can act only as a predicative. in these units the verb is the grammar centre and the second component is the semantic centre; c) prepositionalnominal phraseological units. these units are equivalents of unchangeable words: prepositions, conjunctions, adverbs , that is why they have no grammar centre, their semantic centre is the nominal part, for example on the doorstep (quite near), on the nose (exactly), in the course of, on the stroke of, in time, on the point of etc. in the course of time such units can become words, for example: tomorrow, instead etc. among two-top units a.i. smirnitsky points out the following structural types: a) attributive-nominal such as: a month of sundays, grey matter, a millstone round one's neck and many others. units of this type are noun equivalents and can be partly or perfectly idiomatic. in partly idiomatic units (phrasisms) sometimes the first component is idiomatic, for example. high road, in other cases the second component is idiomatic, for example: first night. in many cases both components are idiomatic, for example. red tape, blind alley, bed of nail, shot in the arm and many others. b) verb-nominal phraseological units, for example: to read between the lines , to speak bbc, to sweep under the carpet etc. the grammar centre of such units is the verb, the semantic centre in many cases is the nominal component, for example. to fall in love. in some units the verb is both the grammar and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org the semantic centre, for example: not to know the ropes. these units can be perfectly idiomatic as well, for example: to burn one's boats ,to vote with one's feet, to take to the cleaners' etc. very close to such units are word-groups of the type to have a glance, to have a smoke. these units are not idiomatic and are treated in grammar as a special syntactical combination, a kind of aspect. c) phraseological repetitions, such as: now or never, part and parcel, country and western etc. such units can be built on antonyms, for example ups and downs, back and forth; often they are formed by means of alliteration, e.g. cakes and ale, as busy as a bee. components in repetitions are joined by means of conjunctions. these units are equivalents of adverbs or adjectives and have no grammar centre. they can also be partly or perfectly idiomatic, for example cool as a cucumber (partly), bread and butter (perfectly). phraseological units can be classified according to the degree of motivation of their meaning. this classification was suggested by acad. v.v. vinogradov for russian phraseological units. he pointed out three types of phraseological units: a) fusions where the degree of motivation is very low, we cannot guess the meaning of the whole from the meanings of its components, they are highly idiomatic and cannot be translated word for word into other languages, for example. on shank's mare (on foot), at sixes and sevens (in a mess) etc. phraseological fusions are such units which are completely non motivated word groups; for example. to kick the bucket to get one's goat, to show the white feather. in these word groups the meaning of the whole expressions is not derived from the meaning of components. b) unities where the meaning of the whole can be guessed from the meanings of its components, but it is transferred (metaphorical or metonymical), for example. to play the first fiddle (to be a leader in something), old salt (experienced sailor) etc. phraseological units: the meaning of such word-groups can be perceived through the metaphorical meaning of the whole phraseological unit or the meaning of which may be seen as a metaphorical transference of the meaning of the word group: for example. to show one's teeth, to know the way the wind blows, to stand to one's guns, to take care of; c) collocations where words are combined in their original meaning but their combinations are different in different languages, for example: cash and carry (selfservice shop), in a big way (in great degree) etc. phraseological collocations include motivated relatively stable word groups. they have a certain degree of stability; for example: to take an interest, to fall in love, to look through one's fingers, meet the demand etc. thus, at present the term «phraseological unit» is usually used not to all set expressions but only to those which are completely or partially non-motivated. prof n. amasova gives two categories of phraseological units depending on whether just one component or both are used in phraseologically bound meaning. if all the components have idiomatic meaning such phraseological units are called «idioms», for example: to toe the line (to do exactly as one is told), a free lance (a person who acts independently). if one of the components has bound specialized meaning dependent on the second component she called «phrasemes». for example. dutch courage (courage given by drink), to bring to book (to bring to justice), small years (in the childhood), small beers (weak beer). phraseological fusions in phraseological fusions the degree of motivation is very low, we cannot guess the meaning of the whole from the meanings of its components, they are highly idiomatic and cannot be translated word american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org for word into other languages, e.g..to pull one's leg (to deceive); at sixes and sevens (in confusion); a mare's nest ( a discovery which turns out to be false or worthless); to show the white feather (to show cowardice); to ride the high horse (to put on airs). phraseological fusions are the most idiomatic of all the kinds of phraseological units. phraseological fusions are equivalents of words: fusions as well as unities form a syntactical whole in analysis. prof. a.i.smirnitsky worked out structural classification of phraseological units, comparing them with words. he points out one-top units which he compares with derived words because derived words have only one root morpheme. he points out two-top units which he compares with compound words because in compound words we usually have two root morphemes . among one-top units he points out three structural types; units of the type «to give up» (verb + postposition type), e.g. to art up, to backup, to drop out, to nose out, to buy into, to sandwich in etc.; units of the type «to be tired» . some of these units remind the passive voice in their structure but they have different prepositions with them, while in the passive voice we can have only prepositions «by» or «with», e.g. to be tired of, to be interested in, to be surprised at etc. there are also units in this type which remind free word-groups of the type «to be young», e.g. to be akin to, to be aware of etc. the difference between them is that the adjective «young» can be used as an attribute and as a predicative in a sentence, while the nominal component in such units can act only as a predicative. in these units the verb is the grammar centre and the second component is the semantic centre; prepositional nominal phraseological units. these units are equivalents of unchangeable words: prepositions, conjunctions, adverbs, that is why they have no grammar centre, their semantic centre is the nominal part, e.g. on the doorstep (quite near), on the nose (exactly), in the course of on the stroke of, in time, on the point of etc. in the course of time such units can become words, e.g. tomorrow, instead etc. among two-top units a.i. smirnitsky points out the following structural types: a) attributive-nominal such as: a month of sundays, grey matter, a millstone round one's neck and many others. units of this type are noun equivalents and can be partly or perfectly idiomatic. in partly idiomatic units (pharisms) sometimes the first component is idiomatic, e.g. high road, in other cases the second component is idiomatic, e.g. first night. in many cases both components are idiomatic, e.g. red tape, blind alley, bed of nail, shot in the arm and many others. b)verb-nominal phraseological units, e.g. to read between the lines, to speak bbc, to sweep under the carpet etc. the grammar centre of such units is the verb, the semantic centre in many cases is the nominal component, e.g. to fall in love. in some units the verb is both the grammar and the semantic centre, e.g. not to know the ropes. these units can be perfectly idiomatic as well, e.g. to burn one's boats, to vote with one's feet, to take to the cleaners' etc. very close to such units are word-groups of the type to have a glance, to have a smoke. these units are not idiomatic and are treated in grammar as a special syntactical combination, a kind of aspect. phraseological repetitions, such as: now or never, part and parcel country and western etc. such units can be built on antonyms, e.g. ups and downs, back and forth; often they are formed by means of alliteration, e.g. as busy as a bee. components in repetitions are joined by means of conjunctions. these units are equivalents of adverbs or adjectives and have no grammar centre. they can also be partly or perfectly idiomatic, e.g. cool as a cucumber (partly), bread and butter (perfectly). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org phraseological units the same as compound words can have more than two tops (stems in compound words), e.g. to take a back seat, a peg to hang a thing on, lock, stock and barrel, to be a shadow of one's own self, at one's own sweet will. phraseological units can be classified as parts of speech (syntactical classification).this classification was suggested by i.v. arnold. here we have the following groups: a) noun phraseologisms denoting an object, a person, a living being, e.g. bullet train, latchkey child, redbrick university, green berets. b) verb phraseologisms denoting an action, a state, a feeling, e.g. to break the log-jam, to get on somebody's coat tails, to be on the beam, to nose out, to make headlines. c) adjective phraseologisms denoting a quality, e.g. loose as a 'goose, dull as lead. d) adverb phraseological units, such as: with a bump, in the soup, like a dream , like a dog with two tails. e) preposition phraseological units, e.g. in the course of, on the stroke of f) interjection phraseological units, e.g. «catch me!», «well, i never!» etc. there is one more type of combinations, also rigid and introduced into discourse readymade but different from all the types given above in so far as it is impossible to find its equivalent among the parts of speech. these are formulas used as complete utterances and syntactically shaped like sentences, such as the well-known american maxim keep smiling, keep your chin up! or british keep britain tidy arnold i.v. 1a.i. smirnitsky was the first among russian scholars who paid attention to' sentences that can be treated as complete formulas, such as how do you do? or i beg your pardon; it takes all kinds to make the world; can the leopard change his spots? they differ from all the combinations so far discussed because they are not equivalent to words in distribution and are semantically analyze [13, 44]. the formulas discussed by n. n. amosova are on the contrary semantically specific, e.g. save your breath 'shut up' or tell it to the marines (one of the suggested, origins is tell that to the horse marines; such a corps being non-existent, as marines are sea-going force, the last expression means 'tell it to someone who does not exist because real people will not believe it') very often such formulas, formally identical to sentences, are in reality used only as insertions into other sentences: the cap fits 'the statement is true'(e.g. "he called me a liar." "well, you should know if the cup fits.") cf. also: butter would not melt in his mouth; his bark is worse than his bite. and one more point: free word combinations can never be polysemantic, while there are polysemantic phraseological units, e.g. to be on the go to be busy and active to be leaving to be tipsy to be near one's end have done with make an end of give up reach the end of two types of synonymy are typical of phraseological units: synonymy of phraseological units that do not contain any synonymous words and are based on different images, e.g. to leave no stone unturned = to move heaven and earth to haul down colours = to ground arms in free word combinations synonym is based on the synonymy of particular words (an old man = elderly man). phraseological units have word synonyms: to make up one's mind = to decide american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org to haul down colours = to surrender american and english dictionaries of unconventional english, slang and idioms and other highly valuable reference books contain a wealth of proverbs, saying, various lexical units of all kinds, but as a rule do not seek to lay down a reliable criterion to distinguish between variable word-groups and phraseological units. paradoxical as it may seem the first dictionary in which theoretical principles for the selection of english phraseological units were elaborated was published in our country. it should be recalled that the first attempt to place the study of various word-groups on a scientific basis was made by the outstanding russian linguist a.a.schachroatov in his world-famous book syntax. schachmatov's work was continued by academician v.v. vinogradov whose approach to phraseology is discussed below. investigation of english phraseology was initiated in our country by pro. a.v. koonin. attempts have been made to approach the problem of phraseology in different ways. up till now, however, there is a certain divergence of opinion as to the essential feature of phraseological units as distinguished from other wordgroups and the nature of phrases that can be properly termed phraseological units.the complexity of the problem may be largely accounted for by the fact that the border-line between free or variable wordgroups and phraseological units is not clearly defined. conclusion translation has played a role throughout history any time there has been an intersection of two cultures and languages. and each time one culture has produced a written text, translators serve as the bridge that allows literate members of one culture to be exposed to the written material the other has produced. a lot of scholars and translators made their contribution in the progress and developing of translation, however, a lot of them, especially ancient translators, have often remained unknown or in the background and the credit due to them have not been acknowledged. they have done their job with painstaking efforts despite many violent conflicts that have dotted throughout history. because of skilled translators and their ability to bridge two languages, today we have access to texts as varied as the richly detailed novels of walter scott, victor hugo and of others great writers, scholarly articles, instruction manuals, and pamphlets for non-native romanian or other languages speakers about health resources. each of these examples is made possible because of the craft of translation whose history dates back to the first intersection of two cultures with written texts. to sum up, translation history is rich in inventions and theories. each era is characterized by the appearance of new theorists and fields of research in translation. in conclusion, when translating english idioms into another language, in particular into uzbek, the following should be considered: • a literal translation of english idioms into uzbek is impossible, only a translation is possible that conveys the content of the idiom by means of another language; • it is necessary to try to find an adequate or equivalent stable phrase, idioms (proverbs, sayings, phraseological units, winged words, etc.) in the target language that conveys the content of the original; • it is not possible to fully convey the content of the original idiom when translate into the uzbek language, therefore, a meaningful perspective is used, which can convey one semantic direction; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org • in the absence of a stable word combination, uzbek translators use the richness of the uzbek language itself in accordance with the cultural halo of the original language in order to preserve the national flavor of the translated literature. used literature 1. абдуазизов а.а. матн когнитив фаолият маҳсули // til taraqqiyotning qonuniyatlari. – самарқанд:самдчти, 2009. 2. glacer r. the stylistic potential of phraseological units. oxford: clarendon press., 1998, p.87 3. guliyeva k. different approaches to the objects of phraseology in linguistics, international journal of english linguistics., 2016, p.34 4. йулдошев б. ўзбек фразеологияси ва фразеографиясининг шаклланиши ҳамда тараққиёти. самарқанд: самду, 2007. 5. kunin a.v the course of modern english phraseology, moscow: vsshaya shkola,1990, p.380 internet materials: 1. www.dialog-21.ru/achivearticle.asp?param=6255 2. http:/owlcation.com/humanities/common-idioms-and phrases-meanings-and-origins 3. http:/www.knowyourphrase.com 4. http: // kogni.narod.ru/ concept.htm american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org semantic classification of political lexicon: archaisms, neologisms, historicisms ismatova shakhnoza akhror's daughter graduate student of karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, opinions were expressed about the semantic classification of political lexicon. strategy, political, meaning, semantics, archaisms, neologisms, historicisms introduction political discourse can be defined as a communicative act that attempts to convey a specific meaning with the aim of influencing or persuading others. in other words, political speech can be defined as a linguistic strategy manipulation that serves ideological goals. political discourse can include formal discussions or informal discourse discussions about politics among listeners and family members (liebes and ribak, 1991). political speech is essentially an expression of the whole complex of relations between an individual and society, and therefore this phenomenon is essentially functionally aimed at forming a certain part of the worldview or world image among the receivers. using political discourse as a cornerstone, it is possible to understand how cultural values are modeled in different language communities, how social order is promoted, and which elements of the linguistic picture of the world remain outside the speakers' conscious discourse strategies. each language forms a conceptual image of the world that is unique to its society. a political text contains extralinguistic information (a world image) and symbolic information (a world image represented by a symbol, a denomination). political speech not only has a meaning related to reality, but also has an important "connection" subjectively associated with a certain group or groups of people. different subjects of communication appear in speech in different ways: communicative forms create their content [1,50]. the analysis of important data of political speech is a communicative-minative analysis: who communicates and how he communicates. political discourse is presented in faces. the face merges with the text, but at the same time it is the text itself. mixing this "layer" or content creates new content. as a result, the author concludes that the same text spoken by different people "separates" into different texts: they are decoded, structured, classified and ordered differently by the audience. they provide a different picture of social interaction [1, 51]. according to i.f. ukhvanova-shmygova, semantic-basic research of political speech can provide important material about modern speech in general, and about political speech in particular. at this stage of society's development, it is necessary to determine the characteristics of political speech, as well as to determine the historical and nationalspecific features of political speech, the continuity or discontinuity of certain styles, types, forms. [1, 51]a political text is a product of the conflict of different interests and strategies, resulting ideas, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org voluntary actions and discourses of political subjects. [1.70]. a political text is verbalized political activity in all its forms: both signified/symbolic (normative and accumulative activities) and unsigned (performative texts). this concept covers the subject scope and style features of political activity carried out in language and through language. political discourse is a set of political discourses of society: power discourse, counter-discourse, public rhetoric that strengthens or destabilizes the existing system of social relations [2,35]. the modern study of the speeches of political leaders is expressed in two ways: 1. speech analysis 2. semiotic analysis discourse analysis (the broadest research paradigm) and semiotic analysis (a narrower approach, because it does not take into account the socio-historical conditions that are the object of analysis. performs tasks, but focuses only on the symbolic nature of speech) [2,164]. according to sheygal e.i., the most characteristic of all types of communicative actions for "political" speech is the deliberate action of "persuasion" manifested in various ethno-specific methods. these ethno-cultural styles are created as a result of a complex interaction of two types of stereotypes: linguistic related to the semantic advantages of the language and related to behavioral norms and value criteria established in society. persuasion is effective if it is implemented on the basis of principles that reflect established behaviors and attitudes in the community [2, 33]. therefore, when interpreting political speech as a whole, one should not be limited to purely linguistic moments, otherwise the essence and purpose of political speech will be overlooked. understanding political discourse involves knowing the background, the expectations of the author and the audience, the hidden intentions, the plot patterns, and the favorite logical transitions that exist in a given period. political speech forms an important part of our communication and involves high-level arguments to defend an opinion, justify or refute an opinion, or gain the approval of an audience. political speech often uses lexical and stylistic tools, which is explained by their great argumentative potential, great imagery, because these texts are intended for public speech and immediately attract the attention of the listener, affect his emotions. intended for. we classified the political lexicon semantically into archaisms, neologisms, historicisms, resurrected words. first, we will consider archaisms in political speech. there are many obsolete words in the vocabulary of the language. what the word expresses, the development of concepts in life or the emergence of new words to express them ensures that the content of the vocabulary is updated. therefore, the phenomenon of words leaving the daily speech process is a natural phenomenon for living languages. words that have fallen out of use or are falling out of use are divided into historical words and archaisms in linguistics. these words are different from each other: historical words are used in historical texts to mean things, events, concepts specific to the past, history. in the modern language, there is no need for synonyms for them. for example: executioner, monster, etc. archaisms usually have their synonyms in the modern language. therefore, the meaning of archaisms does not leave the language and life like historical words, but the things and events they mean are preserved in life, and the original name is replaced by a new name: lip (lip). , yavuq (near) and others are among them. below is an excerpt from the speech of smail ospanov (orinbosar of the governor of navoi region during the leadership of islam karimov): american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org here, the first mistake made in relation to the problem is that we said that we will get rid of the problem if we collectivize state farms and take them out of state control. in general, the collective farm was no different from the state economy. the chairman was sitting there, the secretary of the regional committee was sitting above him, the minister was sitting on one side, etc. there, the collective farmer had nothing to do with the collective farm property. this system originated in the 1930s from the property of those who came with a cart, someone with a donkey, and another with an ox. therefore, what they did in the first place, he said, they will turn the state farms into collective farms and they will not be state property. but the process inside is the same. remuneration for labor, attitude to property has not changed. we considered this a reform. but there were controversies. there were opinions that if we don't make private property, if we don't increase people's interest, [the industry] will not grow. but these were not taken into account. the laws did not come out on time. only in 1995, laws on farmers and farms were issued. those were the times, and for some reason things were done backwards. in the speech above, the words "kolkhoz", "secretary of the district council", "collective property", "sovkhoz" are archaisms. although these words are out of use today, they are used to remember, compare and give examples of our history and past. neologisms. just as it is natural for words to become obsolete and fall out of use in languages, it is also natural for new words to enter the language. otherwise, the language will not be able to function as the main means of communication in the human society, and the developing society will not be able to meet the requirements of the development of science and technology. since the language is inextricably linked with the society, it is always in sync with it and develops together with the society. neologisms are new words created as a result of the development of science and technology to express new relations, new things, events, and define concepts related to the acceleration of production. neologisms are divided into lexical and semantic neologisms. semantic neologisms are the use of a word existing in the language in a new meaning, while lexical neologism is the expression of a new concept based on the addition of existing words and morphemes in the language, the acquisition of words from other languages, and finally, it appears through the lexicalgrammatical tools of different languages. will be for example, the words community and organization have existed in the uzbek language for a long time. public organizations that emerged from their merger concept is now widely used. lexicon is the most powerful mobile layer of language. the lexicon of any language is constantly expanded, updated and enriched. nowadays, the uzbek language, like other languages, is facing the influx of new words. the emergence of new words is closely related to the growth of the people's consciousness, the development of the cultural, political and economic life of the people. new words quickly and directly accept the changes in the life of the people and enter the local language without any difficulties, therefore the vocabulary of the language is constantly changing. below is an excerpt from president shavkat mirziyoyev's speech at the plenary session of the council of foreign investors under the president of the republic of uzbekistan. in this regard, we started to establish a copper cluster. in its territory, we started to implement projects for the production of copper foil, electric motors, solar panels, cable-conducting products and other high-value-added goods. in addition, we intend to establish a network of production of electric cars. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org we invite you, respected investors, to practical cooperation in these directions. fifth, special attention is paid to attracting investments in the field of digitalization in uzbekistan. we adopted the digital uzbekistan 2030 strategy. this document envisages digitization of all important sectors. we are organizing it parks in the regions of our country. residents of such parks are exempt from all taxes and fees. we understand well that the development of this industry is impossible without the active participation of foreign investors and technologies in the speech above, the words copper foil, electric motors, solar panels, cable conductor, it parks, residents of parks are neologisms. let's pay attention to the semantics of some of these words: resident [lat. residens, residentis sitting, staying in place] 1 diplomatic representative with a position lower than the ambassador. 2 a citizen of a country permanently residing in another foreign country. 3 a representative of a state intelligence agency working in the territory of another state. 4 foreign bank, company, firm, etc. permanent employee in another country, performing this or that work (fully complies with the legislation of the country where he works). the central bank of the republic of uzbekistan has established the procedure for allowing individuals to take out foreign currency in cash to residents. from the newspaper. it-park is a complex of objects, buildings and structures designed to ensure the launch and marketing of promising start-up projects for it companies, foreign economic zone, including integration with scientific and educational organizations. a place where active and talented people in the field of it will have a real opportunity to turn their ideas into real business projects through accounting, legal, marketing and education. an electric motor is a machine that converts electrical energy into mechanical energy. an electric car is a vehicle powered by one or more electric motors with a battery pack. so, it can be seen that neologisms are often found in political speech, because many neologisms are introduced as a result of technological development and first of all they are widely spread in politics and then they become popular. references: 1. baranov a. n. political discourse: proshchanie s ritualom // chelovek. — 1997. — no. 6. — s. 108-118. 2. m. b. «political linguistics»: vexi razvitiya // pedagogicheskoe obrazovanie v rossii. — 2014. — no. 1. — s. 45-48. 3. pimenova m. v. political conceptual system // political linguistics. — 2010. — no. 2 (32). — s. 47-57. 4. sinelnikova l. n. political linguistics: coordinated mejdistiplinarnosti // political linguistics. — 2009. — no. 30. — s. 41-47. 5. functioning of language tools in literary text (a collection of scientific articles).–samarkand: samdu publication, 1989. -83 p. 6. donyorov h., mirzayev s. the art of words (reflections on artistic skill and language). -t.: science, 1988. -208 p. 7. hakimov m. writer and folk language (proverbs and aphorisms in the works of uzbek writers). t.: science, -176 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org the role of historical memory in the study of sociophilosophical heritage otabek ortikov phd, kokand state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article reveals the importance of historical memory in the study of socio-philosophical heritage. at the same time, the interrelationship with the concepts of nation, people, sociospiritual environment is highlighted in the historical memory. in this case, the role of incentives is correctly indicated. socio-philosophical heritage, historical memory, retrospective information, thinkers, subject, historicalphilosophical heritage, stimulus-tools introduction historical memory, historical thinking and historical consciousness are internal components of sociophilosophical heritage, and a condition for learning and understanding heritage. any heritage exists through the component of historical memory, and historical memory requires historical thinking, which together form historical consciousness. in this sense, the socio-philosophical heritage ultimately comes as a subjective reality. in order to understand and study this subjective reality correctly, a person must have historical memory, historical thinking and historical consciousness. so, on the one hand, socio-philosophical heritage has internal components such as historical memory, historical thinking and historical consciousness, on the other hand, it requires historical memory, historical thinking and historical consciousness from a person to understand the heritage correctly and fully [1]. theoretical and literature review historical memory as a spiritual-historical reality connects a person's present with his past, his historical life with future thoughts. it has the purpose of preserving retrospective information, experiences accumulated by ancestors, and gaining and discovering new social information and social experiences based on them [2]. as doctor of philosophy f. ismailov wrote: "any society faces a historical choice in relation to historical heritage. there is a question of what to take or not to take from the past, what to use or not to use. without solving this issue, the society will not develop forward."[3] the researcher writes that the formation of historical consciousness depends on the attitude towards the life and legacy of our great ancestors, scientists, philosophers and thinkers: who did not separate from their fate. that is their greatness. each generation adjusts its height according to the greatness of its ancestors... philosophical, moral and spiritual heritage of our great thinkers has become a universal value beyond the scope of the time they lived and the place where they grew up” [4]. doctors of philosophy, professors yu.a.levada, b.s.ilizarov and v.a.kolevatov can summarize their opinions and say that retrospective information as a means of forming historical memory not only american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org strengthens the ties between generations, but also contributes to a person's existence, life, history, in short, humanity. it creates a comprehensive panorama of social life from the beginning, historical stages and the lives of millions of people. this wholeness helps everyone to understand the connection between humanity and its life that has been going on for hundreds of thousands of years, so that he can hear jesus' words, "thou shalt not kill!" he feels how correct his call is [5]. discussion historical memory forms the subject's will by storing retrospective information and the experience of ancestors, and the will, in turn, protects it from external pressures, from the influence of foreign, unnecessary, even destructive ideas on spiritual and spiritual needs. first president of uzbekistan i.a.karimov asks a reasonable question and gives a worthy answer to it: "every person should ask himself the following questions: "i am a child of this nation, who were my ancestors, what is the origin of my nation, how did it stand up, restore, and form?" it is natural to give. why did this nation, which gave the world such great figures as ahmad fergani, muhammad khorezmi, ibn sina, abu rayhan beruni, imam bukhari, amir temur, ulugbek, alisher navoi, babur, fell from the levels of advancement it had achieved until the 17th-19th centuries? why during the last three centuries did we not get out of the backwardness? despite the strong resistance of our ancestors, did not this backwardness also play a role in the relatively easy conquest of our country by the soviet union? a person who is looking for his historical roots will definitely come across such questions one day and, i am sure, will draw the right conclusions. a person with a historical memory is a strong-willed person. i repeat, he is a strong-willed person. regardless of who he is, if every member of the society knows his past well, it is impossible to mislead such people, to be influenced by different beliefs. the lessons of history teach people to be alert and strengthen their will."[6] historical memory ensures that a person lives in harmony with the entire nation, the entire people, and the entire human life. nation, nation is a person's biogenetic environment, and human life is his sociogenetic environment. failure to perceive the dialectical relationship between these two environments produces either national nihilism or cosmopolitanism. national nihilism is an expression of the absolutization of one's nation, its history. in their time, hegel and nietzsche sought to absolutize the national characteristics of the german people and their place in history. for example, hegel writes: "history is the competition of the spirits of nations for world domination... the german spirit is the spirit of the world; its goal is to realize the absolute truth that it defines as the expression of infinite will [7]. the absolutization of national characteristics is dangerous not only because it distorts historical memory, but also because it leads to setting one people, nation against other peoples, nations. it cannot be forgotten that the first and second world wars, which befell humanity in the 20th century, were started by german militarists who absolved their national characteristics. historical memory is not for knowing the greatness of national symbols, but also for the history of civilization and the nation itself that it has a proper place, that all peoples and nations are subjects with equal rights in the movement of history, thus it is necessary to be able to make an objective assessment of the historical reality. "the absolutization of one's history sooner or later leads to the realization that we are on the wrong path" [8]. in the scientific literature, it is noted that memory is related to mental processes such as recall, preservation and restoration. the scientific and spiritual concepts of researchers such as a. bergson, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org p. jane, l.s.vygotsky, n.p.bekhtereva that memory is the result of association and social experience are also important for our research. for example, according to the concept of a.bergson, the individual mental state of a person, his characteristic and the experience of remembering an experience form a memory, if one of them does not fulfill its psychophysiological function, the memory weakens or lack of memory (amnesia) occurs. social, economic, political and spiritual factors influence the individual mental state and direct the memory according to its purpose [9]. so, the changes occurring in the society, especially the information with a social-educational purpose, are stored in the memory and form one or another attitude, stable social-spiritual behavior in a person. researches devoted to the study of memory show that the exchange of information between [10] a person and the social environment continues continuously, if the information provided by the social environment is false or destructive, the subject accepts it under certain pressure. in this way, false or destructive information is stored in a person's memory. here we can cite as an example the marxist philosophy that was promoted during the soviet era and ingrained in people's minds. according to the apologists of this philosophy, "only marxian philosophy correctly shows the development of human society and consciousness, and the laws of nature gives [11]. "only marxian-leninist philosophy"[12] gives a real scientific understanding of the understanding of matter and consciousness, understanding of the connection between them." in this way, marxian-leninist philosophy aspired to know "everything", to be an absolute science. the absolute leaves no room for a different or different interpretation or approach. that is why marxianleninist philosophy became a dogma. moreover, marxian-leninist philosophy declared all approaches other than materialism of the past to be unscientific, false, and idealistic. he called the scientists who criticized him "revisionists" [13]. he denied the national philosophy, had a very nihilistic attitude to the historical-philosophical heritage. in the 1st volume of the book "philosophy of history" published in 1957-1961, only 9 pages are devoted to the historical-philosophical heritage of the peoples of our country, 3 pages in the 2nd volume, 9 pages in the 4th volume, 5 pages in the 5th volume, 27 pages in total. this attitude led to non-objective conclusions about our historical-philosophical heritage, distortion of historical memory, misunderstanding of historical truth. conclusion historical memory is retrospective information and its recollection. retrospective information quickly fades from memory when memories are not used, when the psychophysiological mechanism of retention in mind and memory is not used effectively. according to psychologists, it is difficult to remember information and restore it from memory [14]. the well-known russian psychologist a.n.leontev shows that the formation of a person's "self-control", as a subject moving history, is related to "his memory, which is the result of his socialization" [15]. social environment, artifacts, which serve to preserve human memory in the course of long historical development created sustainable ways of relying on symbols, information systems, traditions and experiences. through these "stimulus-tools", he learned to control the forces affecting the human memory, his entire social life, and to protect himself from succumbing to destructive ideas that lead to negative consequences. historical memory is not only the result of external "stimulus-tools", it can be formed by a person through self-education and self-management.[16] so, memory, including historical memory, is formed under the influence of external and internal factors, if some "stimulus-means" do not work, do not produce the intended result, then the external "stimulus-means" have established their total dominance american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org over them. in an environment where democratic values are settled, prejudice affects the formation of personal memory by combining external "stimulus-means" with internal "stimulus-means". during the reign of stalinism and communist ideology, external "stimulus-tools" subjugated social life, interpersonal relations, and memory, resulting in inhumane, non-vital, narrow, marxist-like views promoting class and antagonistic struggles. it has become customary to consider the socio-cultural development of our country as the beginning of the october coup of 1917, although the people of our country have created an ancient culture that is not inferior to the culture of china, iran, byzantium and india [17]. hat is why the formation of historical memory and its influence on social existence cannot happen unilaterally, that is, only through external "stimulus-means", conscious, experienced and knowledgeable internal "stimulus-means" sifting through the influence of external "stimulus-means" should also be formed. then it becomes a national pride [18]. references 1. кантор к. историческое сознание и историческая память./философские науки. №3. 1999. с. 17-41; культурный прогресс: философские проблемы. –м.: мысл, 1994. -с. 108. 2. жўраев н. тарих фалсафасининг назарий асослари. -тошкент.: маънавият, 2008. -83-84 б. 3. исмоилов ф. қадриятлар ва ёшларнинг тарихий онгини шакллантириш//қадриятлар ва ижтимоий тараққиёт. -тошкент.: ўзбекистон, 1997. -29 б. 4. исмоилов ф. қадриятлар ва ёшларнинг тарихий онгини шакллантириш//қадриятлар ва ижтимоий тараққиёт. -тошкент.: ўзбекистон, 1997. -33 б. 5. левада ю.а. историческое сознание и научный метод// философские проблемы исторической науки. – м.: наука, 1989. – с. 18-21; колеватов в.а. социальная память и познания. – м.: «наука» 1984. – с.12-16; илизаров б.с. роль ретроспективной социальной информации в формировании общественного сознания/ вопросы философии, 1985, №8. с.42-43. 6. каримов и.а. биз келажагимизни ўз қўлимиз билан қурамиз. -– т.: “ўзбекистон”, 1999– 136-137б. 7. гегель. политические произведения. –м.: наука, 1978. -с. 69, 88, 124-125. 8. ясперс к. смысл и назначение истории. – м.: «республика», 1991. – с.277. 9. психологический словарь. – м.: «педагогика», 1983. – с. 248. 10. популярная психология. хрестоматия – м.: «просвещение», 1990. – с.86-91. 11. марксистко-ленинская философия. диалектический материализм. изд.второе, доработанное. –м.: мысль, 1973. -с. 6. 12. сеченов и.м. избранные произведение. – м.: госучпедиздат, 1953 – с.188-189; леонтьев а.н. проблемы развития психики. – м.: изд. моск. ун-та, 1981. – с.448-450 13. леонтьев а.н. проблемы развития психики. – м.: изд. моск. ун-та., 1981. – с.448-450. 14. гумилев л.н. древние тюрки. – м.: рольф, 2008. – с.5.; каримов с.к ўрта осиё ижтимоийсиёсий фикрининг дастлабки назарий манбалари. -самарқанд. 1993. –5 б.; 15. қурбонов т.ҳ. ёшларда миллий ғурурнинг шаклланишида маданий мероснинг ўрни. фалсафа фанлари доктори. дисс... автореферати. – т.: 2005. – 8-9 б. 16. kurbanov m. u. improving school management by effectively managing the pedagogical community //eurasian journal of learning and academic teaching. – 2023. – т. 18. – с. 190194. 17. kurbanov muzaffar ummatovich 2022. purposeful management of the teaching staff of school: theory and practice. open access repository. 8, 12 (dec. 2022), 80–83. doi:https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/kbuz2. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org rangshunoslik va uning naqqoshlikda tutgan o’rni m. n. ikromova qo`qon dpi “tasviriy san’at va muxandislik grafikasi” ta’lim yo`nalishi 3-kurs talabasi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s maqolada badiiy naqqoshlikda qo’llaniladigan bo’yoq turlari va ularning o’ziga xos xususiyatlari, rang tuslari, rang kaloriti, ranglarning hamohangliklari hamda ularni naqqoshlik san’atidagi ahamiyati yoritib berilgan. аннотация. в статье описаны виды красок, применяемых в художественной живописи и их специфические характеристики, цветовые оттенки, цветовая калориметрия, цветовые гармонии и их значение в живописном искусстве. rangshunoslik, naqqoshlik, kaloriti, naqsh kompozitsiyalari, rang kaloriti. цветоведение, живопись, калориметрия, узорные композиции, цветовая калориметрия. badiiy naqqoshlikda naqsh elеmеntlari, bеzaklar va turli shakllar, kompozitsiya qonuniyatlaridan tashqari uni bo’yashda qo’llaniladigan bo’yoq turlari va ularning o’ziga xos xususiyatlari, rang tuslari, rang kaloriti, ranglarning hamohangliklari va shu kabilar ham muhim ahamiyatga egadir. agarda biz xalq hunarmand ustalari tomonidan ishlangan amaliy san'at namunalarini kuzatadigan bo’lsak, ularning u yoki bu rang tuslari ta'siriga, ya'ni rang kaloritiga bo’ysundirilganligini ko’ramiz. shunga ko’ra jigar rang, havo rang, yashil rang va shu kabi ranglar muhitiga o’ralgan naqsh kompozitsiyalari yaratiladi. badiiy naqqoshlikda ham suv va moybo’yoqlardan kеng ko’lamda foydalaniladi. bu esa o’z navbatida to’garak qatnashchilaridan rangshunoslik borasida ham kеrakli bilim va amaliy malakalarga ega bo’lishlari lozimligini taqozo etadi. atrof-muhitdagi narsalar tushayotgan yoruo’lik ta'siri ostida o’zlarining rang tuslarini tеz-tеz o’zgartirib turadi. masalan, quyosh nuri yon tomondan yoritib turgan maysalarning rangi sarqishyashil ko’rinishda bo’lsa, xuddi shu maysaning soyada turganlari biroz to`o’roq yashil rangda ko’rinadi. naqqoshlikda ham ranglarning ana shu hususiyatlarini hisobga olgan holda ish ko’rish lozim bo’ladi. agarda ishlanadigan naqsh yorug’roq joyga qo’yiladigan yoki ishlanadigan bo’lsa, rang tuslarini biroz to’qroq olish mumkin. aksincha, bir oz yoruo’lik nurlari kamroq tushadigan еrlarga joylashtiriladigan bo’lsa yorug’roq ko’rinishdagi rang tuslaridan foydalaniladi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org tayyor naqsh namunalarini bo’yashda bir rangning bir nеcha xil tuslari qo’llaniladi. bunda oq bo’yoq asosiy o’rinni egallaydi. akvarеl bo’yoqlari bilan qog`ozga ishlangan naqshlarni ranglayotganda esa suv rang tusini ochlashtiruvchi vosita sifatida kata ahamiyatga egadir. shuni esda tutish lozimki, ayrim bo’yoqlarni bir-birlari bilan aralashtirishda ba'zi bir extiyot choralarini ko’rish lozim bo’ladi. chunki, to’q rang tusiga ega bo’lgan bo’yoq tarkibiga boshqa rang aralashtirilsa uning tusi ham to’qlashadi. bu esa o’z navbatida rang tusini tiniqlik darajasiga ta'sir ko’rsatadi. ayniqsa, moy bo’yoqlarida ishlangan naqshlarning tuslari kеyinchalik to’qlashib, qorayib kеtishga moyil bo’ladi. agarda naqshlar uzoq vao’t saqlash uchun mo’ljallangan bo’lsa, ularni iloji boricha ochiq rang tuslarida bo’yash tavsiya etiladi. umuman olganda naqsh sirtiga iloji boricha quyosh nuri tushmaydigan bo’lishi lozim. shuningdеk, nam havo yoki suv tеgishi, ham naqshning uzoq muddatga saqlanishi uchun jiddiy to’siq bo’lishi mumkin. umuman olganda badiiy naqqoshlikda ana shu sharoitlarni hisobga olish kеrak bo’ladi. badiiy naqqoshlikda quyidagi ranglar va ularning tuslaridan kеng ko’lamda foydalaniladi: zangori ranglar va ularning tuslari (och zangori, zangori, to’q zangori, och havo rang, havo rang, to’q havo rang, moviy, ko’k) sariq ranglar va ularning tuslari (och sariq, sariq, to’q sariq, sarqish, limonli sariq, kadmiyli sariq, sarqish zarqaldoq) qizil ranglar va ularning tuslari (och qizil, qizil, to’q qizil, och va to’q qirmizi, qirmizi, alvon rang, och va to’q zarqadoq, zarqaldoq ranglar va boshqalar) yashil rang va ularning tuslari (och va to’q yashil, yashil, sarqish yashil, to’tyoyi (to’taki), zaynovi (chiroyli o’tkir rang yashil), zumrad rang, ko’kish yashil) binafsha rang va ularning tuslari (och va to’q binafsha, binafsha, siyoh rang, ko’kish binafsha, qizqish binafsha va shu kabilar) jigar ranglar va luraning tuslari (och va to’q jigar rang, jigar rang, qizo’sh va sarqish jigar rang, qoramtir jigar rang va boshqalar) qora rang va ularning tuslari (och va to’q qora, qora, och va to’q kul rang, kul rang va shu kabilar) yuqorida ko’rsatib o’tilgan ranglar va ularning tuslari ko’pincha badiiy naqsh kaloritini bеlgilashda yuqori o’rinda turadi. shunga ko’ra rang muhiti biror bir aniq rang tusi kaloritiga bo’ysundiriladi. masalan, jigar rang, havo rang, sarg`ish yoki qizg`ish ranglar muhitida ishlangan naqsh kompozitsiyalari shular jumlasiga kiradi. naqshga bo’yoq yaxshi mo’yqalamlar bilan surtiladi. mo’yqalamlarning ishga yaroo’lisi quyidagicha tanlab olinadi: uni toza suvga solib silkitiladi, agar mo’yqalamning uchi birikib ingichka holga kеlsa, u ishga yaroo’li, to’zib tursa, yaroqsizdir. mo’yqalamlar bo’rsiq, suvsar, olmaxon kabi xayvonlar yungidan tayyorlanadi. biz bo’rsiq yungidan yasalgan 1 dan 10 gacha raqamli mo’yqalamlardan foydalanishni tavsiya etamiz. 1.siyoh mo’yqalam 1,2,3 raqamli mo’yqalamlar bo’lib, axta yordamida naqsh tushirilgandan so’ng ularni yurgizib chiqish va gullar tortishda ishlatiladi. 4,5 raqamli mo’yqalamlar esa band va marqo’lalarni ranglashda qo’llaniladi. 2.obi mo’yqalam -6,7 raqamli mo’yqalamlar bo’lib, ular barg, gul va kichik yuzlarni ranglash hamda naqsh kompozitsiyalarini chеkkalarini (ramkalarni) yurgizib chiqish uchun ishlatiladi. 3.mola mo’yqalamlari 8,9,10 raqamli mo’yqalamlar bo’lib, katta barg, band, gullar va naqshlar tagiga (katta zamin, kichik zaminga) rang bеrish uchun foydlaniladi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org naqqoshlikda ishlatiladigan bo’yoq turlari quyidagilardan iborat: quruq bo’yoq, guash,akvarеl, emulsiya, bo’yoq, minеral bo’yoq, moybo’yoq, tеmpеra bo’yoqlari. naqqoshlik mashqulotlarida eng ko’p qo’llaniladigan bo’yoq guashdir. guash kichik idishchalarda yoki alohida bankalarda bo’lib, u suvda yaxshi eriydi. guashning yana bir qulayligi shundaki, u bilan turli rangdagi qog`ozlar va yog`ochlarni ham bo’yash, bir rangni ikkinchi rang bilan aralashtirib, uchinchi bir rang hosil qilish mumkin. har bir bo’yoq alohida stakan yoki kichik idishchada tayyorlanadi, alohida tayoqcha bilan aralashtiriladi. bo’yoq zarur suyuqlikda va tiniqlikda tayyorlanishi lozim. bunda oq bo’yoqni boshqa bo’yoqlar bilan aralashtirib, kеrakli rangni topa bilish muhim ahamiyatga ega. yog`och buyumlarni naqshlash uchun quyidagi asbob-uskuna va matеriallar kеrak: yog`och, bеlchalar, jilvir qog`oz, bo’r, pista ko’mir, sinka, doka, xitoy qog`ozi (kalka), nina, alif, еlim, quruq kukunli bo’yoqlar, lak, 1-20 nomеrli mo’yqalamlar, idishchalar va boshqalar. naqsh muallimi o’quvchilarga bu asboblarni ishga tayyorlash va ulardan foydalanish yo’llarini o’rgatadi. foydalanilgan adabiyotlar ro’yxati 1. qosimov s.s. naqqoshlik -t.: «o’qituvchi», 1990. 2. abdullaеv n. san'at tarixi. 1t-t.; «o’qituvchi», 1986. 3. mirzaaxmеdov m. matеriallarga badiiy ishlov bеrish. t:, «o’qituvchi» 1986. 4. manakova v.n. o’zbеk xonadonining badiiy bеzash madaniyati. t.; g`. g`ulom nomidagi «adabiyot va san'at» nashriyoti, 1989. 5. bulatov s.s. o’zbеk xalq amaliy bеzak san'ati. -t.: «mеhnat», 1991 6. abdullaеv n. san'at tarixi. -t.:, «san'at», 2001. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org on the main characteristics of the grave buildings in the area of ancient ustrushona tugalov bobur teacher of the department of history of uzbekistan, jdpu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, an attempt was made to provide information about the types of grave structures located in the ustrushona region and their characteristics. ustrushona, tomb drawings, saganoq, gulbo, korpa, kamysh, bekeldi, catacomb, ora and yorma graves, stone tombs. in the years of independence, the science of history was enriched with new sources, archeological data, archival-documentary materials, and new scientific conclusions were made with their introduction into scientific circulation. the territory of central asia has been one of the densely populated areas since ancient times, and the inhabitants of the region lived mainly as sedentary farmers and nomadic herders. in all periods of human history, in our country, nomadic herders, who changed the form of farming due to various factors, played an important role in the growth of the peasant population and the development of new lands. late migration processes have been observed since the bronze age, i.e. the entry of many nomadic herding tribes from the eurasian steppes and their migration to the southern regions. this situation had a great impact on the cultural processes in ancient ustrushona. [1, p.6] the natural conditions in ustrushona allowed livestock to graze seasonally in the winter on mountain slopes, steppes and desert regions, and in the summer in the mountains. gave the opportunity to graze in the meadows and seasonal pastures. in the mountain and sub-mountain regions of khovos, zomin, jizzakh, gallaorol, bakhmal and forish districts of the historical region under study, there are many burial mounds preserved in groups and individually, belonging to the herder culture. search and excavation work was carried out by our research archaeologists in the burial mounds belonging to herdsmen in northwestern ustrushona, and many burial mounds of antiquity and the early middle ages were discovered by them. v. f. haydukevich, a.a. gritsina, m.h. pardayev, s. rakhimov, o'. shirinsoy, uchtepa, saganoq, gulbo, korpa, qamish, bekkeldi, karatepa burial mounds were opened and studied by archaeologists such as alimov, f. toshboev. it was determined that the graves studied in them consist of catacombs, lahad with a porch, yorma and ora graves.[2, p.184-189] these graves are different according to the shape and burial customs, which shows that the processes of mixing of different ethnic groups were active and that the spiritual life and rituals of mankind american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org improved over time, depending on the religious ideas. ustrushona mazarko the excavations in the tombs show that there were different forms of burial here. there are two differences in the structure of the tomb and burial customs in ustrushona. researcher f.e. according to toshboev, the first of these graves can be observed in shirinsoy, gulbo, saganok, and bekkkeldi cemeteries, which are mainly catacombs, lahad and groin graves with porches, and household goods, military weapons, weapons, etc., which are necessary in the farm, are placed. the second type is karatash, kulpisar, khojai serob, korpa and karatepa burial mounds, which are mainly made up of round graves, and it is not uncommon to place various objects next to the corpse in them [3, p.7] in addition to the above-mentioned graves, stone graves are also widespread in ustrushona. in may, august, october 2022, the professors of jizzakh state pedagogical institute assoc. f.e. toshboev, teacher b.b. tugalovs carried out excavation research in jelli flower burial mounds in sh. the studied monuments are located 10 km west of the city of jizzakh, on the hills of the nurota ridge, where the mountain gorges coming out of the villages of jelli gully, kipchak and bogishamol are connected. in some graves, a rectangular burial place was opened in the center of the pile of stones. the grave (dahma) is completely filled with stones. the shape of the building is in the form of an oval circle, the size is 5 x 3 m, the height is 0.4 m. after removing the layers of stone above the grave, a rectangular grave (structure) cut out of the mountain rock was opened in its center. list of used literature 1. toshboev f.e. culture of ancient ustrushona herders. t.: "science and education" publishing house, p. 6, 2022. 2. toshboev f.e., pardaev m.kh., gritsina a.a. izuchenie gulbinskogo mogilnika // kultura narodov centralnoy azii. samarkand, 2008. p.184-189. 3. toshboev f.e. culture of ancient ustrushona herders. t.: "science and education" publishing house, 2022, p.7. 4. gorbunova n.g. o tipax ferganskih pogrebalnyx pamyatnikov pervoy poloviny i-tysyachiletiya n.e.// asge. vyp. 22. leningrad, 1988. p.87. 5. toshboev f.e. culture of ancient ustrushona herders. t.: "science and education" publishing house, 2022, p.37. 5. kholmatov a.n., pardaev m.kh., toshboev f.e. regarding the preliminary results of the study of suzmoyilota rock paintings conducted in 2016 // archaeological research in uzbekistan. 20152017 years. number 11. samarkand, 2018. p. 254-257. 6. pardaev m.h., toshboev f.e., mamirov o.u., kholmatov a.n. 2016 archaeological research conducted in forish district // archaeological research in uzbekistan. 2015-2017 years. number 11. samarkand, 2018. p. 193-195. 7. suleymanov r.kh., gordeeva e.a. k voprosu ob osobennostyakh kulturogeneza i urbanogeneza yuga ustrushany // "ancient jizzakh oasis in the system of central asian civilization (political, economic, cultural life)" (proceedings of the scientific and practical conference of the republic. jizzakh, 2019. p. 7-9. 8. shishlov a.v., fedorenko n.v. pogrebalnyi obryad plemen severo-zapadnogo poberezhya kavkaza v kontse vii – v vv. do n.e. (po materialam vladimirovskogo mogilnika). argonaut. chernomorsky historical magazine. 2006. #2. p.63-73. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 186 www.americanjournal.org the role of dutor in the performance of uzbek folk instruments berdiyeva dilobar davronovna, master degree, karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the melody of the national instrument awakens national pride and pride in people’s hearts. we know that among the national musical instruments of the uzbek people, the dutor instrument is of great importance in terms of performance capabilities. this article discusses the role of the dutor instrument in the performance of national instruments. music, pedagogue, skill, qualification, methods, professional skills, qualified specialist. introduction it is known that musical instruments are the material and spiritual wealth of the nation. there are many musical instruments in the performance of the uzbek national musical instrument, but each of them has its own place in terms of its tone and performance. in the performance of uzbek national classical music, there is such a sound that has its own melody, and it is called dutor. dutor instrument is a musical instrument that glorifies the traditions that have arisen over time through national melodies and corresponds to them through examples of practical art created specific to the national spirituality of the people. the uzbek dutori differs from other musical instruments with its gentle, elegant, juicy and sweet tone. it is mainly made of mulberry and apricot wood. the bowl (resonator) of the instrument is made of 8-12 thin boards (ribs) glued together. a thin cover is closed over the upper, open part of the pelvis and the pelvis is connected to the shaft through the throat. 17-18 veils are tied to the long and thin handle of the dutot. decorative patterns made of mother-of-pearl are carved and glued to the bowl and handle. strings are woven from silk threads. they are tuned to tanavor sozi (fourth), munojot sozi (fifth), koshtor sozi (unison). in uyghurs, the dutor is larger, in turkmenistan, only the carved (dig) type is found, in khorezm and karakalpakstan, along with the rib-shaped dutor, there are also small, carved dutor. dutor is a soloist and chornavoz musical instrument, which requires great performance skills from the musician. dutor is a very ancient musical instrument that dates back to centuries bc. dutor (the meaning of the word) is a tajik word that means two narrow. dutor is a soloist and chornavoz musical instrument, which requires great performance skills from the musician. dutor’s performance includes single percussion, double percussion, wrist percussion, bidartma, and reverse percussion. the first written information about dutor can be found in the treatise «scientific and practical rules of music» (chapter 16) by nawai’s contemporary, zainulobiddin al-husaini. dutor is one of the most popular musical instruments among women and girls in uzbekistan. currently, the unique styles of national dutor performance are manifested through 4 main (andijan, tashkent, samarkand and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 187 www.americanjournal.org khorezm) schools. in the 20th century, dorip dutorchi, m. najmiddinov, o. rustamov, k. jabbarov, ferghonada kozhikhan madrahimov performed «nolish», «shepherd», «andijan kurdi», «andijan saykali», «tuya bozlok», «koshtar» from the representatives of the andijan school in the 20th century. «; «sharob 1, 2», «shafoat 1, 2, 3», tashkent saykali» in the interpretation of major representatives of the tashkent school, salikhan haji, a. vahobov, f. sodikov, m. yunusov, t. alimatov, z. obidov, s. yoldoshev. , «tashkent kurdi», «rajabi 1, 2», «kurash», «dutor bayoti», «dutor navosi»; «guluzorim», «beboqcha», «bozurgoni» performed by haji abdulaziz, qori siroj yusupov from samarkand school. «valley of flowers»; performed by n. boltayev, yu. jabbarov from the khorezm school, expressed in such classical tunes as «koradali», «alikambar», «saqili navo». since the 1970s, shashmaqom instrumental and singing songs have also been performed in solo dutor. among the composers, n. hasanov «cherry», f. sodikov «dutorim», s. yoldoshev «dil kuylasin», z. obidov «mountain beauty», o. kasimov «yangra sozim» created works for dutor performance. loves to play tunes on the instrument. it is considered one of the instruments that can skillfully play uzbek folk tunes. after the improvement (reconstruction) of instruments under the leadership of masters usman zufarov and a.i. petrosyans, the dutor family was formed and several types of dutor (dutor prima, dutor second, dutor alto, dutor tenor, dutor bass and dutor contrabass) instruments were created. dutor prima range sozi bandwidth used dutor seconds range sound bandwidth used dutor alt range bandwidth used after the improvement of the dutor instrument, the number of curtains in the dutor increased to 24. among dutor instruments, dutor prima, dutor alto, dutor bass and dutor double bass instruments are widely used. dutor prima and dutor alto are solo instruments, while dutor bass and dutor kontabas instruments play the role of the foundation in the orchestra. the range of the dutor family, used in the orchestra, has a pitch range from the major octave mi to the third octave lya. the dutor alto and dutor contra bass sound an octave lower than they are written as transportable instruments. the dutor alto is a transposable instrument that sounds an octave lower than it is written. he can play large pieces (solo) accompanied by an orchestra on the dutor alto and dutor prima instruments. dutor american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 188 www.americanjournal.org alto is distinguished from other instruments by its mellow, soft and pleasant sound. in terms of sound, it is much lower, and its technical capabilities are not as wide as other instruments, but in recent years, experienced and skilled performers have revealed all aspects of this instrument’s capabilities. dutor prima instrument made it possible to skillfully perform musical works of russian, foreign and other national composers and composers. dutor alto and dutor prima definitely have their place in the orchestra. dutor alto can be played in a variety of different bars (terma zarab, click zarab, reverse zarab, wrist zarab, pissicato). due to the richness and variety of methods in dutor playing, its place in the orchestra is important. dutor is an accompanist for a solo instrument and is distinguished by its pleasant and soft sound. among the uzbek folk instruments, the dutor instrument has become a favorite instrument of the uzbek people due to its soft voice and attractive tone. currently, the dutor instrument is being taught to young dutor players by qualified teachers in all music schools and other music education centers of our republic. there are differences between traditional dutor performance and academic dutor performance. abdisoat vahobov, yusuf aliyev davlatokhun kadirov, among the dutor musicians who have earned the respect of the public with their performance styles and beautiful melodies, when they play the dutor, people feel homesick and plunge into the ocean of emotions. in addition to this, among the masters of dutor, shakir sartarosh, arif kasimov, tokhtamurod, who won the respect of many dutor shinavandas with their skillful performances, brilliant creations, melodious, attractive, and melodious sounds. rasulov, mahmud yunusov, sadiqjon kasimov, zakirjon abidov, olimbek sayfiddinov, who made a great contribution to the development of masters and teachers, and these artists will never be forgotten. ghulam ko‘ is one of the leading dutor artists, who now have their place and voice in the solo instrument and multi-voice orchestra of the improved dutor and dutor family. chkhorov, abdirahim hamidov, mirsodiq ergashev, akram toychiyev, ismatilla rakhmatillayev, roziboy hojiyeva, malika ziyayeva, obidjon odilov, sultan kasimov, gulchehra muhamedova, and other dutor musicians and masters performed the dutor instrument in the performance of folk instruments. the use of styles, strokes, and the improvement of the dutor instrument show that it has its own sound and its place in being played by the people. literature 1. a.a. semenov. central asian treatise on music by darvish ali (xvii century), tashkent, 1946. 2. a. liviyev. history of uzbek national musical instruments. tashkent 2005 y 3. karomatov f. uzbek instrumental music (heritage). t.: ed. lit. and claims to them. gafur gulyama, 1972. 360 p. 4. вызго т.с. музыкальные инструменты средней азии. исторические очерки. «музыка». м., 1980 5. petrosyants a.i. instrumentation. tashkent: ukituvchi, 1980. 127 p. 6. g.m. muhamedova “dutor” tashkent, 2003 7. akbarov, dictionary of music. tashkent g. ghulam literary and art publishing house 1987. 8. khudoyev g. traditions of playing the zhizhak instrument. t.: «editor», 2014. 163 p. 9. sh. rakhimov. instrumentation and score reading. t.: music, 2009 p. 55. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org the role of non-profit advertising in the organization of public relations of organizations operating in the social sphere v.s.alekseeva professor of the department of social work doctor of philosophy in sociology (phd) national university of uzbekistan m.n. sharustamova 2nd year master student of the department of social work national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article analyzes the role of non-profit advertising in the organization of public relations of organizations operating in the social sphere, analyzes the practice of its application in social work. social sphere, public, communication, organization, social thought, advertising, social advertising, nonprofit advertising, social life, efficiency, quality. today, the importance of social advertising in the organization of public relations of organizations operating in the social sphere is increasing. in the era of modern technology, the role of social advertising in attracting social opinion of the public is considered immeasurable. at this point, organizations operating in the social sphere are the reason for the preparation of social advertising in working with the public and its scientific and practical study of it in order to belong to the entire population. we try to analyze the essence and history of the concept of social advertising and advertising by studying it. the term “advertising“ comes from the latin word ”reclamare“ – ”scream out loud“ or ”report” so we know through historical works that in the markets and squares of ancient greece and ancient rome more than 2000 years ago they shouted loudly and praised various goods. advertising in english is represented by the term “advertising”, originally meant “reporting” and was interpreted as focusing the consumer's attention on the product. from the point of view of economics, advertising is understood as one of the components of marketing and a mechanism of competition in a market where products are superfluous [1]. well-known researchers of the history of advertising v. v. uchenova and n. v. starix speaks of advertising as a network of mass communication, within which texts are created and distributed that involve influencing people to make purchases or receive social service. however, the essence of advertising cannot be limited only to the informational and economic component. with the development of society, forms of advertising have undergone tremendous qualitative changes, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org advertising has emerged as a separate socio-cultural phenomenon. today it is an important social phenomenon and, in addition to economic information, includes various cultural, moral and social ideas. thus, there are different types of advertising, one of which is social advertising. the term "social advertising" does not have a unambiguous interpretation in the scientific, special, journalistic literature, as well as in regulatory documents. russian researcher l. m. dmitrieva believes that the concept of ”social advertising” is used only in russia. all over the world, it fits the concepts of ”nonprofit advertising“ and ”public advertising” [2]. non-profit advertising is a type of advertising that does not aim to achieve economic goals and is aimed at forming public opinion, changing the model of people's behavior [3]. public advertising conveys a message that promotes some kind of positive phenomenon. the above definitions to some extent reveal the concept of “social advertising”. however, it should be interpreted more broadly and deeper [4]. in a broad sense, social advertising can be defined as a social technology aimed at harmonizing social space and social relationships, informing the population about current social problems, their prevention and solution, as well as developing new social values and socially approved behaviors [5]. another russian researcher is g. g. nikolayshvili describes: ”social advertising is a type of communication aimed at focusing on the most pressing problems of society and its spiritual values” [6]. the essence of social advertising is that it focuses on the pressing problems of society; a means of preventing social problems; offers ways to solve social problems; forms the values, worldview and socially approved models of behavior of the audience; the state acts as a weapon of social and information policy. as a technology, it is necessary to take into account the main features of social advertising: presence of a socially significant target image; use of scientific knowledge for the initial development of social advertising projects; the presence of a complex of operations for the implementation of activities; taking into account the national-cultural characteristics of the content of the social advertising message and taking into account the specifics of the industry in which the activity is carried out [7]. summarizing the above information, we can conclude that the subject of social advertising can be state institutions, non-profit organizations, socially oriented business structures. the object of social advertising is what attracts attention, what is promoted, for example, values (cultural, religious, family, universal, etc.); socially approved behavior for example, a healthy lifestyle, adherence to traffic rules, respect for elders [8]. as a subject of social advertising, an idea is considered that has a certain social significance and is transmitted to the target audience: the whole society and individual social groups and individuals. in order to more accurately understand the role of social advertising in the processes of social life, we determine its purpose, objectives and functions. the study of the goals, functions and objectives of social advertising involves the analysis of three of its most important components: scientific bases; regulatory framework; social and cultural foundations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org each component provides the possibility of the existence and normal functioning of social advertising as an integral element of modern society and its information environment. the scientific and methodological development of social advertising issues began in russia in the 2000s. the main problem in the study of social advertising is that there are many views on understanding its essence [9]. the authors of a number of studies view social advertising as a means of public administration, that is, a mechanism that helps to overcome the crisis of trust in power, to strengthen its positive image [10]. a number of works analyze social advertising as a phenomenon of cultural communication, analyze its main characteristics, models of communication in order to increase the effectiveness of influence on the population [11]. s. e. seliverstov's book ”social advertising: the art of influence in words” explores the psychological foundations of the influence and influence of social advertising on the individual and society as a whole. each approach aimed at understanding the essence of social advertising and its place in society is modern and relevant. the study of the regulatory framework of social advertising makes it possible to understand that it is of a non-profit nature and solves important social problems, is aimed at promoting a certain lifestyle and stimulating certain actions. social and cultural foundations are one of the most complex issues in the theory and practice of social advertising. they are understood as values that form the basis of our socio-cultural worldview. the main problem is the identification of these values in a constantly changing society. the main social and cultural values created since the pre-revolutionary and former soviet times and preserved to the present day include: state-patriotic bloc (the history of the values of the motherland, military and other victories of peoples); social block (family and maternal values, a healthy lifestyle, helping others); cultural block (values of the culture of the nation, the desire for education and moral and spiritual self-improvement). in the practice of modern advertising, these values acquire new forms and features. the main task is to adapt the value orientations to the current situation so that they serve as the social and cultural foundations of the social advertising system in states. the purpose of social advertising is to briefly and clearly present an idea, values, model of behavior, information about a socially significant problem in order to change the behavioral models of society in relation to a certain ideal, which is perceived as consolidated and approved in a given culture [12]. in conclusion, it is worth mentioning that all these types of social advertising exist in modern society, perform their functions, fulfill social goals and objectives. the variety of species makes it possible to optimally use social advertising as a means of influencing public consciousness and attracting society to solve existing problems. references 1. основы рекламы: учебник для студентов вузов / ю. с. бернадская [и др.]; под ред. л. м. дмитриевой. 2. социальная реклама: учеб. пособие для студентов вузов / л. м. дмитриева [и др.]; под ред. л.м. дмитриевой. м. : юнитидана, 2012. 271с. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 3.некоммерческая реклама: особенности и виды. url: http:// ezarabotok.info/nekommercheskajareklama-osobennosti-i-vidy/ (дата обращения: 26.02.14). 4. социальная реклама: учеб. пособие для студентов вузов / л. м. дмитриева [и др.]; под ред. л.м. дмитриевой. 5. ковалева а. в. социальная реклама в россии: состояние, проблемы и решения: монография. барнаул: изд-во алт. ун-та, 2006. 171 с. 6. социальная реклама: теория и практика: учеб. пособие для студентов вузов / г. г. николайшвили. м.: аспект пресс, 2008. 191 с. 7. ковалева а. в. социальная реклама как объект социологического анализа // учебные записки забггпу. горно-алтайск, 2012. – c. 25. 8. голуб о. ю. социальная реклама: учеб. пособие. м.: дашков и ко, 2011. 180 с. 9. кузнецов п. а. социальная реклама: теория и практика. м.: юнитина-дана, 2012. 175 с. 10. андросова л. а. политическая и социальная реклама. пенза, 2008. 78 с. 11 грибок н. н. социальная реклама. м.: изд-во московского гуманитарного ун-та, 2008. 180 с. 12. социальная реклама: учеб. пособие / о. ю. голуб. м.: дашков и ко, 2011. 180 с. 13. zaitov e. k., teshayev d. m. family conflict and divorce as a social problem //eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 5. – с. 1-5. 14. zaitov e. retrospective approach to scientific researches on “orphan hood” at different periods //eclss online 2020a. – 2020. – с. 103. 15. zaitov e. k., abdukhalilov a. a. opportunities to improve the system of social protection of graduates of institutional institutions in uzbekistan //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 1. – с. 1349-1360. 16. zaitov e. x., isaxonov j. a. the main directions of solving the main problems of young families in modern conditions //the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 03. – с. 70-74. 17. zaitov e. k. theoretical and methodological approaches to social work with deviant youth prone to harmful habits //theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука. – 2021. – №. 12. – с. 10671069. 18. zaitov e. k., chorieva d. a. employees of social services in uzbekistan and their functions //eurasian journal of research, development and innovation. – 2022. – т. 6. – с. 1-5. 19. zaitov e. x. et al. " social monitoring" as a component of the social protection system in the postinstitutional adaptation period //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 5. – с. 827-831. 20. kholmamatovich z. e. et al. the role of guardianship and trusteeship in the social protection of the interests of socially orphaned children //international engineering journal for research & development. – 2021. – т. 6. – №. 2. – с. 2-2. 21. заитов э. х. институционал муассаса битирувчиларини жамиятга ижтимоийлашувининг устувор йўналишлари //журнал социальных исследований. – 2020. – №. special 1. 22. xolmamatovich z. e., baxodirqizi z. s. the socio-economic essence of the pension provision system and its role in the system of social protection of the population //central asian journal of literature, philosophy and culture. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 7. – с. 74-76. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org reform of housing communal services in uzbekistan primova shahnoza komiljonovna tayanch doktorant, “tiqxmmi”-mtu, mamatkulov murodjon shukurovich i.f.d., dos. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article talks about the radical change in the methods and approaches of financing and management of the housing reform and the related scientific proposals and practical recommendations. housing and communal services, housing owners' service, housing code, multistory buildings, multiapartment buildings. introduction the main goal of the reform is to transfer the housing and communal economy to self-financing and self-financing and self-management in the management of the housing and communal economy, efficient use of resources. , is to create new unique approaches based on the identification of internal resources. reserves to reduce costs and improve services provided to homeowners. one of the types of financial control for housing and communal economy organizations is audit financial control. however, the quality of services provided by local auditing firms to companies, including housing construction enterprises, often does not meet the requirements of control by the owners of buildings. this situation cannot have a negative impact on the general situation of the audit system of uzbekistan. improving the quality of audit activity is the main direction of modern audit reform both in uzbekistan and in other countries of the world. in this regard, more attention is being paid to the development of auditing standards, monitoring of their use, and assessment of audit quality at all stages (in preparing the audit, conducting it, and forming audit conclusions). housing and communal economy is one of the sectors with significant industrial characteristics, which should be taken into account when examining the activities of housing associations. taking into account the specific features of financial reporting and the need to conduct an audit of all activities of the organization at the direction of the owners, the need to develop branch-specific approaches to the inspection of the housing and communal economy determined the urgency. selected research topic. given that housing and communal enterprises are very diverse in terms of ownership and spheres of activity, it will be necessary to develop methodological recommendations that depend on individual groups of enterprises. the development of audit methodology for housing owners' associations is of particular importance, because these are new structures that meet the requirements of market relations american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org in the housing sector. many housing associations must develop their own corporate standards for accounting and internal control, taking into account the unique characteristics of the property. analysis of literature on the topic studies have shown that housing owners' associations are a promising form of self-organization of apartment owners in the framework of reforms in the field of housing and communal economy. since december 24, 1998, with the entry into force of the housing code, housing owners' associations have become widespread as a form of organizing the use of buildings in multi-story buildings. in accordance with the housing code, the share of each participant in the common property in a 1multi apartment house corresponds to the share of the area belonging to him in the total area of this house. in relation to the common property in a multi-apartment house, the shareholder may give his share to another person, give it up in favor of citizens or legal entities, as well as the property right to his own residence or non-residential premises . does not have the right to perform other actions that cause it to be transferred to another person in a separate way. the ownership right to a residential or non-residential space is inseparable from the shared ownership right to the common property in a multi-apartment building 2. multiapartment building are transferred to a new owner, he becomes a shareholder in the common property of this building. owners of residential and non-residential premises in multi-apartment buildings shall be entitled to the common areas of this building, supporting and barrier structures, fenced (wrapped) staircases between apartments, stairs, elevators, elevator shafts and other shafts, corridors. . the common property, which includes it, is owned on the basis of shared property rights. the owner's share in the common property of the owner of the residence and the non-residential premises in the multiapartment building cannot be divided in its original form. owners of residences and non-residential premises in multiapartment buildings have equal rights to use the common property and the plot of land adjacent to this house with improvement elements. in relation to the common property in a multi-apartment building, co-owners are entitled to support and barrier structures, fenced (enclosed) staircases between apartments, stairs, elevators, elevator shafts and other shafts, corridors, technical floors, basements. , attics and roofs, engineering networks and communications inside the house, mechanical, electrical, sanitary-technical equipment and devices located outside or inside the premises and serving more than one place, and other equipment and devices may not be transferred to another person. some parts of the common property in the shared ownership of the owners of apartments and nonresidential premises in multi-apartment buildings may be transferred to other persons based on a unanimous decision by all participants of the shared property in accordance with the law 3. the association of housing owners (hereinafter referred to as the association) is an association of owners of private residences and non-residential premises in a multiapartment single or several densely-located building with a common plot of land with landscaping elements. 1regulation on the ministry of housing and communal services of the republic of uzbekistan 2housing code of the republic of uzbekistan. 24.12.1998. https://.uz>docs 3 law of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 21, 2021 no. orq-683 . the fifth part of article 124. national database of legislative information, 04/21/2021, no. 03/21/683/0375 http://lex.uz/docs/-5388561?ondate=21.04.2021%2000#-5394594 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org is established on the initiative of the owners of residential and non-residential premises, it is a nonprofit organization and operates on the basis of self-management in accordance with its charter. the order of organization and operation of companies is determined by legislation 4. analysis and results housing owners' association can be formed by persons who have the right to own the buildings in such houses, both in multi-storey buildings that are being put into use and in houses under construction. the specific characteristics of the association of housing owners are established in the charter of the association, which is adopted by the majority vote of the owners of the buildings in the apartment building at the general meeting. the company of housing owners is considered a legal entity from the moment of state registration, it has a seal with its name, current and other bank account numbers, and other requisites.5 the home owners' association is liable for its obligations with all the assets owned by it, but not for the obligations of the members of the association, and the members of the association of housing owners are the obligations of the association. they don't answer. owners of buildings in one multi-storey building can form only one association of housing owners. state registration of housing owners' association is carried out in accordance with the legal documents on state registration of legal entities. the attractiveness of this form of management of an apartment building is due to the fact that the activity of partnerships has a number of advantages for the owners of apartments. thus, with the creation of a housing association: the possibility of additional income will arise from the rental of non-residential premises in common property (technical floor, basement, wheelchair, etc.), rational use of land, provision of advertising space, etc.; due to the installation of accounting equipment and the use of energy-saving technologies, the conditions for economical use of water, heat, and electricity will be created; the estimate of the housing association for the year is approved by the general meeting, which allows to determine the amount of monthly rent for each landlord. the procurement planning process in housing associations and management organizations begins with the processing of information from the annual procurement, production plan and general economic plans. based on the need for procurement to be consistent with the business plan, the need for planned material materials and services is determined. a utility service plan identifies the source from which materials and services will be purchased, and provides information needed to estimate general trends, wages, and other costs.6 when formulating the accounting policy in the company of housing owners, the accountant must, first of all, proceed from the reflection of all methods of accounting used in this organization. for example, regulatory documents do not specify the method of distribution of management expenses of the 4 law of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 21, 2021 no. orq-683 . the third part of article 128. national database of legislative information, 04/21/2021, no. 03/21/683/0375, law of the republic of uzbekistan no. orq-77 of january 8, 2007 . section viii. or ngo, 2007, no. 1-2, article 3 5 mironenko v.m. audit otchetnosti tovarishchestv sobstennikov zhilya. autoref. diss. sois. three. step. k.e.n moscow: 2009 . s. 14-15. 6 mamatkulov.m.sh "improving management accounting of logistics costs in housing owners' associations and management organizations." scientific electronic magazine "logistics and economics", 2021 issue 1, 201 pages http://lex.uz/docs/-5388561?ondate=21.04.2021%2000#-5394595 http://lex.uz/docs/-5388561?ondate=21.04.2021%2000#-5394595 http://lex.uz/docs/-5388561?ondate=21.04.2021%2000#-5394595 http://lex.uz/docs/-1101534?ondate=09.01.2007%2000#-1101876 http://lex.uz/docs/-1101534?ondate=09.01.2007%2000#-1101876 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org housing owners' association in the event that the organization is engaged in business activities outside of its charter, in this case, the organization should consider any method of distribution of such expenses in the formulation of its accounting policy. can be installed with the approval of the policy order. in addition, the housing association must approve the accounting policy for tax purposes.7 with the professional management of a housing association, these advantages can be expressed in the absence of rent increases with high quality home maintenance. in practice, this can only be ensured by the high activity of apartment owners, the organization of highly professional management, effective financial control over the activities of the housing association, and compliance with the requirements of the owners' interests. the income of the management organization is only the income from the provision of services for the management of multi-apartment buildings, all other funds are the income of specialized organizations. revenues from the provision of services related to the management of multi-apartment buildings occupy the largest share in the income structure of the management organization. the management of the exterior lot of the premises of the owners of the interior renovation and other services generates additional income. the income from the normal activities of the management organizations includes the income from the activities of the administrative staff and the dispatching service of the management team. however, the management of an apartment building is ambiguous, and any number of functions may be included or excluded from the management activities. that is, the process of managing multifamily houses is complex and largely depends on the obligations that the managing organization is ready to fulfill independently.8 studies show that a total of 15 trillion will be spent on housing construction in january-september 2022. investments of more than soums were used. 7 mamatkulov.m.sh "accounting policy of housing owners' associations, the procedure for drawing up target income and expenditure estimates." scientific journal of finance 1/2021 tashkent 2021 p. 67 8 ifd, dos murodjon mamatkulov, improving the management accounting of revenues of utility service management organizations financier's guide 2020 page 8 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org a total of 15,340.0 billion will be spent on housing construction in january-september 2022. 104.7 billion soums of investments were appropriated from the funds of the republican budget. 37.1 billion soums from the company's and organization's own funds. 13,412.3 billion soums from public funds. 1785.9 billion soums and other financing sources. amounted to soum.9 the share of construction of new buildings and structures was 65.8 % most of the construction works completed in january 2023 were completed on the construction of new buildings and structures . 65.8 % of the total construction works or 3,296.7 bln. soum construction works were focused on the creation of new production facilities, housing and other social facilities in the economy.10 currently, the main problem of the reform of the housing and communal sector is to clarify the housing policy, which incorporates market mechanisms and state regulation, and corresponds to the socioeconomic direction of influence and development. the history of the development of state policy in the field of housing in the republic of uzbekistan is characterized by significant state influence and financial support in this area. when public ownership of housing prevailed, the state bore the main costs of building and maintaining the housing sector and utilities. the changes made in the housing and communal economy in the last decade "the ministry of housing and communal services of the republic of uzbekistan and the inspection of controlling the use of the multi-apartment housing fund "according to the decision on the approval of the regulations on 9info@stat.uz 10info@stat.uz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org the ministry of housing and communal services of the republic of uzbekistan, the regulations were approved. tashkent city, june 2, 2017, approved by decision no. 340. the regulation ; 1. this regulation defines the main tasks, functions, rights, responsibility, as well as the organizational basis of the activity of the ministry of housing and communal services of the republic of uzbekistan (hereinafter referred to as the ministry). 2. the ministry is a state management body in the field of housing and communal services and reports on its activities to the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan. 3. ministry system of the ministry of housing and communal services of the republic of karakalpakstan, regional housing and communal services departments, main department of housing and communal services of tashkent city, multi-housed housing fund use control inspection, drinking water use control inspection, state unitary enterprise "engineering company for the construction of multi-family houses, heat supply facilities", "engineering company for the construction of water supply and sewage facilities" state unitary enterprise, "kommunalo'quv" training and methodical center, uzbekkommunalloyihakurilish" state unitary enterprise and other organizations belonging to the ministry.11 with the constitution and laws of the republic of uzbekistan , decisions of the chambers of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan, decrees, decisions and orders of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, decisions and orders of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan, other legal documents, as well as shall follow this regulation. 5. the ministry carries out its activities in cooperation with state administration bodies, local executive authorities and other organizations. 6. decisions made by the ministry within its powers are mandatory to be implemented by state and economic management bodies, local executive authorities, as well as legal entities and individuals. 7. the ministry is considered a legal entity, it has an independent balance sheet, budget and other bank account numbers, a seal with the image of the national emblem of the republic of uzbekistan and its name written in the national language, as well as uzbekistan necessary for the implementation of its activities. forms with the image of the state emblem of the republic and the name of the ministry will be available. 8. the funds of the state budget of the republic of uzbekistan are the sources of financing the costs of maintaining the ministry. conclusions and suggestions housing and communal economy reform is one of the priorities of the state socio-economic policy. acceleration of reforms in the field of housing and communal economy and implementation of the main principles of the reform are envisaged. proportionate transition to market principles of management in this area, guaranteeing the provision of living conditions of citizens at the level of social standards, with a significant increase in social support measures for low-income families. it continues to occupy a monopoly position in the utility market. this is especially true for heat, water, electricity, gas supply. 70% of all payments of the population are for these types of services. therefore, 11 resolution no. 786 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 29, 2021 , clause 3 . national database of legislative information, 29.12.2021, no. 09/21/786/1216 http://lex.uz/uz/docs/-20596 http://lex.uz/uz/docs/-5799388?ondate=29.12.2021%2000#-5803946 http://lex.uz/uz/docs/-5799388?ondate=29.12.2021%2000#-5803946 http://lex.uz/uz/docs/-5799388?ondate=29.12.2021%2000#-5803946 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org it is necessary to carefully monitor prices by the authorities in connection with the regulation and approval of tariffs for domestic natural monopolies. list of used literature 1. regulation on the ministry of housing and communal services of the republic of uzbekistan 2. housing code of the republic of uzbekistan. 24.12.1998. https://.uz>docs 3. mironenko v.m. audit otchetnosti tovarishchestv sobstennikov zhilya. autoref. diss. soi three. step. c.e.n. moscow: 2009. 4. ifd, dos mamatkulov.m.sh "improving management accounting of logistics costs in housing owners' associations and management organizations." scientific electronic magazine "logistics and economics", 2021 issue 1, 201 pages 5. info@stat.uz 11/23/2022 6. info@stat.uz 27/02/2023 7. ifd, dos mamatkulov.m.sh "accounting policy of housing owners' associations, the procedure for drawing up target income and expenditure estimates." scientific journal of finance 1/2021 tashkent 2021, page 67 8. ifd, dos murodjon mamatkulov , improving management accounting of revenues providing public service management organizations financier's guide, page 8, 2020 mailto:info@stat.uz mailto:info@stat.uz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org creation and development of effective management mechanism of sports facilities izzatullayev sunnatulla shermuxammad o'g'li graduate student of uzbekistan state university of physical education and sports a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s sports facilities are the material and technical basis of sports, including mass sports and physical culture, healthy lifestyle. it is difficult to hope for high results in sports without building and improving sports facilities. "sport facilities" is a component of sports pedagogy. in this way, pupils and students acquire important knowledge and practical skills such as youth sports facilities, their types, requirements for them. sports complexes, stadium, swimming pool, gym, shooting range, gymnastics, athletics, basketball, volleyball, table tennis. creating all conditions for residents of the planning and construction of populated zones in uzbekistan forms part of the rural and urban composition of sports complexes, depending on the natural living conditions of the person. currently, under the strict plan for the construction of sports facilities in uzbekistan, the creation of a network of sports facilities and the creation of a network of sports facilities in all territories of the country is taking place in the autumn. construction of sports facilities is built on the basis of daily, occasional engagement and differentiation of activities when necessary, taking into account the provision of cultural services to the population nationwide. sports facilities will be located in cities and other populated areas based on operational and technological requirements, taking into account the ability and working conditions of those involved in physical activity and sports. technological requirements are determined by the location of the sports facility for razmeri and purpose. second, as a result of the regulations governing the construction of cities, the area occupied by a sports facility is determined by taking into account the location. based on the aforementioned regulations, it is determined by calculating for every 1,000 people. the structure of our cities is determined by its division into populated regions, i.e. the population of 250 should be from 200,000 to 100,000, the microbial circuits are 50, the population is from 2000 to 200,000, while the microbial area should also be divided into groups, with an area of 1500-3000. the population of the city is delegated to settlements exceeding 200,000. the sports facility industry is divided into posters with 7,000 and 14,000 inhabitants. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org in rural areas, populated zones are divided into: the population of agricultural district centers should be 15,000. the population of the collective and soviet centers is 2000-5000 people, the population of the production departments is up to 2000 people. when planning the construction of sports facilities, it is necessary to take into account that the maximum is closest to public housing. it should be taken into account that each sports facility should be provided with a walk or use of a transport service. taking into account and planning the construction of a sports facility, it takes into account the duration of training, namely, the systematic engagement of sportsmen iii and ii for high-performing sportsmen for 1.5 to 2.5 hours. accordingly, for those engaged in small-scale and public physical education, the distance should be reached in 20 minutes on foot, and for athletes in large classes, the distance should be 25-35 minutes in transport. the network of multi-level sports facilities can be as follows. 1. many stages of sports facilities designed for daily activities in microorganisms. the runway serves a radius of 50-500 meters with reach in 5-7 minutes. this includes a complex sports area— gymnastics, athletics, basketball, volleyball, table tennis— with a total area of 1,200 square feet [1,200 sq m]. mykrarayons complex loyixasi sostavida: a) for children under the age of 7 years. b) for children aged 7 to 10 c) must include fields for 11-17 year olds and adult residents. 2. district-wide facilities are designed to reach the physics sports center in 20 minutes, which is combined to conduct systematic exercises with children and older people. 3. regional sports sections and general physical training facilities should be taken into account in the construction of a zone that can be reached in 20 minutes by transportation of inter-regional sports centers. 4. to assist individuals desiring to benefit the worldwide work of jehovah's witnesses through some form of charitable giving, a brochure entitled charitable planning to benefit kingdom service worldwide has been prepared. the width, number, and width of sports facilities in cities are clearly indicated in the general plan for the construction of cities and towns. sports complexes for children between the ages of 7 and 10 and 11-17 should be in the presence of populated group houses and located in parks, avenues and courtyards. such areas should be at least 20 meters away from farm facilities, communications, streets and roads. it is also possible to place a catchment at the school sports complex at extra times. if the complexes provide inter-district services, they are intended to be close to gardens and other cultural centers, outside communications, hospital and automotive magistrates. transport stops should not be filled 50 meters long. 2. in rural areas, sports facilities are currently built in each settlement in the type of sports complex or complex sports fields. because in this complex you can engage in several types of sports at the same time. the area and size of the sports complex are determined by the population. the complex will create conditions for football, volleyball, basketball, lightweight athletics and other types. in addition, the alpomish and barchinoy complex needs to create conditions for national sports. sports complexes in rural areas are divided into three groups: the sports complex in the center of the district, the collective-soviet and manufacturing departments. there will be 5-6 seats for complexes in the center of the circuit, 35-45 in the colporteur-soviet center, and 1-2 in sections. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org in modern practice, there should be additional facilities for the stadium, swimming pool, gym, shooting tire, and other sports playgrounds. colporteur-soviet sports complexes will have sports tribunals or small stadiums, sports grounds, pools, sports facilities, tyres, and so on. these should be the football field, volleyball, basketball, handball fields in the lightweight athletics sector, and so on. 3. in residential areas, sports facilities such as gyms, basements, small gyms, sports facilities located in basements, and so on. 1) zone fires and sports bases from them. 2) sports venues between houses. 3) sports fields near the recreation gardens. 4. stadiums were considered the largest sports complex. the stadiums have tribunals that can accommodate 800,000-100,000 spectators in the former union and abroad. we have a stadium called but 103,000 spectators, warsaw, budapest, berlin and most stadiums. in rio, 205,000 people will settle at the maracana stadium, a stadium in janeiro, brazil. in a large city, 0.35 seats will be allocated for every 1,000 people, and stadiums and other buildings will be built. small stadiums will be built on 5-10 floors and will have 2,000 to 7,000 seats in the villages, with 3.5 land allocated. the city, with a population of between 150 and 200,000, has a total area of 15-20 lands and has 10 to 12,000 spectators. large stadiums will be located on the ground at 25 and will have a tribunal of at least 25,000 seats. stadionlar gineral rejasi sport zoning. educational zone. admnistirative farm zone. rest and general physical training zones are designated. school sports facilities depending on the types of sports fields and fields, they are divided into seven types: type one: the field is intended to host training and lightweight athletics, volleyball, basketball competitions. uni sostavida: the running paths are 135 m tall and 7.5 meters wide. aylanma are 200 meters, hernia 5 m. 4 y'lake. 2 ta sakrash chuqurchasi 2.75x6 m. the place of nucleus pushing. a universal depth for jumping, that is, jumping to length and height. getting up and jumping. gimn. stenka (narvon). volleyball maydoni. basketball court. the capacity of athletics reaches 80-100 people and 40-50 people from sports. ii tipdagi maydoncha it is dedicated to the gymnastics department of educational work. his sostavi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 1. the mixed device contains gymnastics snariyads, colse, trinpsy, wings, shest, anthem, stairs, and perekdadine. 2nd anthem. 12 rows of stairs. 3. egiluvchan gimn. stenka. 4. it can also be used to jump to a deep length of 5x15 m for leaning. all 600 m2 per area can be engaged in 40-50 individuals at a time. iii tipdagi maydoncha designed for training activities, it includes football, handball and disc, copies, grenades and pitches for throwing balls. his sostavi: 1. the football field is 40x60 m so 2 handball fields are located inside. (20x40m) disk throwing space. it is fired towards the football field. the total area is 2950 m2. like iii a, the watchtower, the squares will be further combined. the total area is 1950-4390 m2. type iv volleyball and basketball courtesy are located. the total area is 540 m2. it is a type of field: volleyball and basketball court and can be engaged at the same time. the total area is 480 m2. type vi field. for table tennis, 8 x18 m. 4 tables are poured, and 15-25 people are involved. type vii area 15x24 m area for volleyball only. 15-25 individuals can engage at a time. type yiii area: gymnastics town area 800 m2. there are 35-40 people in the classroom, 15-20 in the school. thus, there are 6 types of sports. 1. a chopping track around the football field. there will be a volleyball and basketball court, jumping pits to height and length, and lightweight athletics sectors. sports nucleus razor 67.5x150 m. 2. type sports core is just like 1 p.m. sleep only football field 40x80m. the chopping path – 300 m. total area is 60x136 m. 3. type s. nucleus f.m. 35x70 m. printing road length 250 m. total area 50x116 m. 4. tip s.yadrosi football maydonisiz qurilib 43x83,5 m. joyga quriladi. 5. the distance between the v.m. circles is 33.2 m. the total area is 37x73 m. type vi, p. the radius of the 125 m rotation area is 30.14 cm between the center rotation line and a total area of 33x63 m. sports facilities of secondary and higher education institutions the number of students enrolled in the 16, 24, 32, 48 and 64 academic institutions of secondary schools is 480, 720, 960, 1440 and 1920. in one settlement, educational institutions can establish a single sports center. there are 4 types of gyms: 18x36x8 m. 1920 students 18x30x7 m. 960-1440 students, 12x26x6 m, 480x720 students 9x18x5 m. additionally, the type of training, the iix25 m. pool, will be planned. the total area is 4900 m2, 9600 m2, 4390 m2 and 2950 m2. v u z i humanitarian vuzs with 1000-4000 students (in the afternoon department) and 2000-100,000 students are enrolled in universities and technical institutions. sport o'yinlari uchun will be 24x42m. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org anthem. the hall can be 2.3 and 4 halls for the number of students 18-36 m. an additional 18-18 m hall will be built in vuz, which has 2,000 students, for 18-36 m. sports maneuver with a road of 30126 m, 200 m of basin 25x58 m. the football field is 63-94 m. handball area for wuzga, a town of anthem with 2000 students. 4 tennis fields, 3 volleyball fields, 2 basketball fields, and x.k. the bible's viewpoint 1. khodzayev m.s., tolemetov a.a., nurmukhammedov a.m., umarov j.x. sport facilities. tutorial. –tashkent, 2007. 2. kholmirzayev e.j. methodologicalace for sports games and teaching. educational manual. – tashkent, 2011. 3. nigmanov b.b., khodxayev p.,rakhkulov k.d. sports games and methodology for teaching it. tutorial. –tashkent, 2011. 4. mirzakulov sh.a., azizov n., nurshin j.m. rules for holding national wrestling competitions. – tashkent, 1993. 5. nikoleenko a.v. sports facilities. handbook for the faculty of physics of the pedagogical institute. m., enlightenment, 1976. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org development of technical creativity of students in physics lessons using devices of alternative energy sources khamdamova nozima muqimovna associate professor of the bukhara state pedagogical institute, doctor of philosophy (phd) pedagogical sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the possibilities of using alternative energy sources in the development of technical creativity of students in physics circles, the procedure for implementing the plan for designing devices in a circle. also, a calendar-thematic plan of a physics circle was developed to develop the technical creativity of students based on alternative energy sources, the possibility of developing technical creativity of students on the example of a project to provide energy at home based on solar panels. technical creativity, circle activity, alternative energy sources, device, design, solar panel introduction today, there is a need to use the latest information so that the product of technical creativity is at the level of modern requirements. therefore, in the process of mastering the technology of creativity, in addition to informing students about the latest achievements of science and technology, one of the topical issues is to familiarize them with socio-economic, environmental and energy problems [3, p. . 177]. when using devices of alternative energy sources in the development of technical creativity of students in physics lessons, it is necessary to pay attention to the following: draw students' attention to the possibility of using technical goals in physical phenomena and processes of the device under study; providing students with examples of the use of alternative energy sources in everyday life; conducting a discussion on topical issues in everyday life, technologies of use in the presented material; orientation towards the integration of practical work with the studied materials in physics using devices of alternative energy sources; organization of training using technical documents, animations of devices, visual aids, layouts and models, equipment and tools available in the laboratory; prospects for the development of technologies for alternative energy sources, research conducted in this area, presentation of achievements achieved using modern methods and technologies, holding round tables with the participation of industry scientists [5, p. . 266]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the possibilities for the development of students' technical creativity using alternative energy sources devices in grade 8 physics lessons are shown in the table. t/r topic in the program the subject is taught on the basis of interdisciplinary integration study tool one. electricity concept electricity generation based on alternative energy sources solar panel, wind generator, small hydroelectric model, diagram and other devices pictures, diagrams 2. current sources solar panels used for electricity supply 3. electrical voltage and its measurement control of energy produced on the basis of alternative energy sources and the use of electrical measuring instruments four. current strength and its measurement 5. assembly of an electrical circuit, measurement of current and voltage in its various parts measuring the current generated in a solar panel, wind turbine 6. serial connection of consumers connecting consumers to solar photovoltaic panels solar panel 7. parallel connection of consumers solar panel eight. connecting power supplies. serial and parallel connection of current sources. connecting consumers to solar photovoltaic panels consumers of solar photovoltaic panels 9. learning to connect conductors in series and in parallel acquaintance with the scheme of the solar device types of solar panels ten. electric current power controlling the power consumed by the solar panel solar photovoltaic systems eleve n electrical circuits and connections in apartments solar panels used for power supply solar photovoltaic systems 12. educational trip a trip to landfills powered by alternative energy sources alternative energy sources 8th grade alternative energy sources devices can be used as a teaching aid in the process of conveying information to students on the subject "energy sources" in physics. to do this, first of all, it is necessary to know the electrical conductivity of semiconductors, their structure and the connection of atoms with each other, their chemical properties. in this case, it is necessary to recall the knowledge gained by students in chemistry. there are many ways to use solar energy, one of which is to generate electricity using semiconductor solar cells. [1, p. 143] . the process of converting solar energy into electricity is carried out due to the photoelectric effect. it is formed in the form of free electrons with a thickness of 2-3 microns in the surface layers of semiconductors. when free electrons appear on the surface of a semiconductor and there is a difference in figure 1. the process of generating electricity in a silicon solar cell. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org electric potentials, an electric current arises in it. the potential difference between the emitting surface and the shadow side of the semiconductor arises due to the introduction of special additives into its surface layers. one of the additives ( ntype) creates additional electrons and a negative surface charge, and the other ( ptype) creates a lack of electrons, i.e. a positive charge (fig. 2). silicon solar cells are mainly used. silicon is the most abundant element on earth. elements are obtained by melting silicon and then growing crystalline silicon in the form of a sterlet with a diameter of 5-10 cm. to obtain direct semiconductors, these rods are cut into thin plates with a thickness of about 300 microns. they are the main part of photovoltaic cells. the manufacturing technology of solar cells is as follows: by installing a silicon wafer in a hightemperature electric furnace, it is heated p or n a type of semiconductor material is introduced into a vacuum by diffusion [4, p. 128] . the main advantages of solar panels are large fic, longterm operation, simplicity, high specific power (the ratio of power to the mass of the cell), but relatively high cost and the need for an additional energy source are one of the disadvantages of solar panels (fig. 2 ). when using semiconductor photocells as solar cells, knowledge of the spectral structure of solar radiation is one of the main aspects of the issue [2, p. 83] . therefore, it is necessary to select a semiconductor material knowing the optical properties of the semiconductor, which indicate which parts of the solar spectrum can be used in the manufacture of a solar cell, and electrical properties, which describe the ability to efficiently convert the sun's rays. energy into electricity. students are taught to first use a computer program to draw a project for providing electricity to the house based on solar panels (fig. 4). after the project is ready in a computer program, it will be possible to make a model based on it. it is possible to show the possibility of using alternative energy sources in the development of technical creative competencies of students [6, p. 195]. figure 3. provision of domestic energy supply based on solar panels. figure 2. solar battery from silicon photocells american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org if the above design and manufacture of models of various devices is initially carried out under the guidance of a teacher, then after sufficient development of the technical creative competencies of students, they will be able to independently manufacture various devices based on modern technologies. it is important for them to become specialists in the field of technology. references 1. хайриддинов б., содиқов т., нуриддинов б. ўрта мактабда гелиотехника элементлари. –т.: фан, 1995. – 192 б. 2. juraev kh.o. ways of using educational materials on alternative energy sources at physics lessons // eastern european scientific journal. – düsseldorf, 2017. № 2. – p. 83–86. 3. juraev kh.o. ways of using educational materials on alternative energy sources at natural lessons // european science review. – austria, 2018. № 1–2. – б. 177–180. 4. juraev kh.o. training materials for alternative energy sources in education // eastern european scientific journal. –düsseldorf, 2017. № 1. –p. 127–131. 5. khamdamova n.m. use of alternative energy sources in explaning materials on interdisciplinary integration to students// international journal of future generation communication and networking. –taiwan, 2020. vol. 13, №. 4. –p. 26672672. 6. xayriddinov b.e., xolmirzayev n.s., sattorov b.n. quyosh energiyasidan foydalanishning fizik asoslari. o’quv-uslubiy qo’llanma. – t.: fan, 2011. – 240 b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org electrification history of uzbekistan in scientific literatures gulzora nematjonovna saidboboeva, phd, docent of the department of historical sources and archival studies of the national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s necessary conditions have been created for strengthening the economic relations between the electric energy system, industry and social spheres, increasing their technical potential. today, it is impossible to imagine any sphere of society's life without electricity. in the 21st century, the steady increase in demand for mineral resources for the purpose of energy production is the reason for the intensification of geopolitical rivalries. electricity, electrification, history, historical literature, uzbekistan, former soviet union, historiography, industry. introduction the steady increase in the demand for electricity in all sectors of the economy of economically developed countries requires the widespread introduction of new technologies into production. in the scientific research conducted in the field of science and technology in many higher educational institutions and scientific centers of the world, attention is being paid to the establishment of the production of electricity and the use of its renewable sources. the fact that almost half of the irrigated land in uzbekistan is connected with the energy-consuming machine water lifting system, the constant increase in the electricity tariff remains one of the current issues. in this process, providing the national economy with hydropower, which is a cheap energy source, is one of the main solutions to the problem. economic analyzes of foreign scientists show that hydroelectric power stations are likely to be the main source of electricity production in the long term. because the price of fuel products is increasing, and the construction and operation of thermal and nuclear power plants is becoming more expensive. the development of the hydropower sector in uzbekistan has a rich history. main part in the monograph devoted to the processes of the victory of the soviet power in central asia and kazakhstan, extensive information is given about the state of industry, the foundations of the economic policy of the soviet state, the socio-economic situation in the bukhara emirate and the khiva khanate[1]. m. polatova’s article describes the state of the industry of the turkestan assr during the transition to the nep, h. azamkulov, in his monograph on ending the technical and economic backwardness of the peoples of the soviet east, writes that the russian empire was 50-100 years behind the advanced american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org capitalist countries of the west in terms of industrial development, while tajikistan, uzbekistan, kyrgyzstan, and turkmenistan were 300-400 years behind[2]. g.r. rakhimov’s brochure “development of electricity energy in uzbekistan” (“razvitie electroenergetiki uzbekistana”) gives information about hydroelectric power station of merchant yusuf davidov and pavlov’s power station (tashkent)[3]. in kh. joraev’s monograph, it is stated that the energy sector in the industry of uzbekistan existed before the revolution, and the capacity of small power stations here did not exceed 10-15 horsepower[4]. r.h. karimov’s book reflects the history of reconstruction of the national economy, implementation of nep, and partial electrification in the regions that became part of the turkestan and later uzbekistan ssr[5]. training of technical specialists in the turkestan region, work carried out in this regard at people (later central asian state) university was observed in works published in different years by g.n. cherdantsev, g.i. zheltova, yu.v. steklov[6]. in the work published under the general editorship of p.s. neporojniy, the measures taken regarding electrification in the former soviet union republics were analyzed[7]. economic processes are partly reflected in the work devoted to the national policy of the soviets in central asia, and information is also given about the bozsuv hydroelectric power station[8]. construction work is organized by manual labor. it is interesting to say that the entire mechanized equipment consisted only of railway wagons, pumping equipment, and a diesel-powered concrete mixer. despite this, bozsuv hydroelectric power station will be completed in a short time. the dam was built in 94 days, and the hydroelectric power station building and the main part of the hydrostructure were built in 9 months. in m. nekrasova’s article, the main focus is on the issue of electrification in the country in soviet historiography of the 20th century. the author thoroughly analyzes the main scientific works published in connection with the completion of the goero plan in 1931–1935 until the beginning of the 70s, in which the problem of electrification by historians, energy and economists emphasizes that joint work on it is the guarantee of its successful learning[9]. in the monograph dedicated to the working class in uzbekistan, the authors approached the labor and political activities of the workers from the perspective of the ideology of their time, and covered the issue using the example of the field of electrification[10]. in m. matniyazov’s work on the issues of the development and location of the republic's industry, the development of electrification in uzbekistan during 1924–1974 was considered from the perspective of the ideology of the time and “socialist industrialization”, while in another work, electrification and its social consequences were studied on the basis of materials related to central asian republics[11]. in s.i. babakhanova’s work on the industry of samarkand, it is shown that the city's need for electricity can be fully satisfied by heat and, especially, hydropower plants built on the zarafshan river[12]. a monograph written by a group of scientists glorifies the “greatness” of the soviet system and sharply criticizes the researches of bourgeois “sovietologists” who try to falsify it[13]. in monograph by m. babakhanov, the industry of turkestan and the conditions of its workers are analyzed on the basis of rich factual materials, and it is noted that the share of industry in the national economy is insignificant, technical progress has stopped, despite the presence of rich hydropower reserves of the country, there is not a single such power plant[14]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org f.p. nesterenko’s scientific article is devoted to the issues of the electrification plan and its coverage in the press, the author mainly based on materials published in central newspapers and magazines (“pravda”, “krasnaya gazeta”, “elektrichestvo”, “ekonomicheskaya jizn”, “komsomolskaya pravda”) goelro tried to show the importance of the plan, to reveal that the press was a propagator of the industrial reforms of the soviet state[15]. v.a. nielsen notes in his research that the lighting works of tashkent city began in 1887, when 100 lamps were installed, which is very few for a large city, and by 1909, 24 kerosene-calil lamps were installed along shaykhontohur street and 33 on chigatoy and kokcha streets[16]. in several dissertation studies created in the soviet era, issues of the history of electrification were considered. in particular, scientist m. matniyazov, who was engaged in the history of electrification of the republic in the 60s-80s of the 20th century. candidate's thesis researched the activity of the communist party of uzbekistan in the electrification of the republic during the war period of 1941– 1945, and the implementation of electrification in the republics of central asia and its social necessity was studied in his doctoral thesis. he also emphasized that at the beginning of the 20th century, electrification was at a low level not only in the territory of turkestan, but also in the territory of the entire empire[17]. sustainable development of agriculture and the related light and food industry in uzbekistan is largely related to the processes of rational use of available natural resources, in particular, water and land resources. the geographic location of our republic (location inside the continent) and the extreme continentally of the climate (many sunny days), low rainfall, high evaporation requires effective use of available water resources. it is known that for this reason, the agricultural sector of the republic's agriculture is organized on the basis of the construction of hydro technical structures based on irrigated agriculture and the effective use of their technical and economic potential. the construction of hydro technical structures and their use in land irrigation in our republic dates back to ancient times. according to historical data, small reservoirs ponds were built in the territory of the central asian countries at the end of the old era and the beginning of the new era. the purpose of their construction was to collect water from small streams and then use it for irrigation. conclusion most of the works that made up the historiography of the research work, which began in the 20s of the 20th century and continued until the 90s, did not take into account the general changes in electrification, historical and socio-economic laws, the sources of foreign countries that were considered advanced in electrification, and the statistics of the empire and the soviet era with huge differences. compared on the basis of indicators, the process was mainly evaluated as an integral part of socialist construction. currently, uzbekistan’s hydroelectric power stations produce an average of 6-8 billion kw of energy per year. according to this indicator, our country ranks 50th out of 215 countries in the world. references 1. pobeda sovetskoy vlasti v sredney azii i kazakhstan. tashkent: "science", 1967. 771 p. 2. pulatova m. promyshlennost tassr v gody perekhoda k nepu // "obshchestvennye nauki v uzbekistane". tashkent, 1968. #4. s. 20-25; azamkulov kh. liquidation of the technical and economic otstalosti narodov sovetskogo vostoka. dushanbe: irfon, 1969. 179 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org 3. rakhimov g.r. development of electric power uzbekistan. tashkent, 1971. 26 p. 4. djuraev kh. promyshlennost uzbekistana, tempy, struktur, effektivnost. tashkent: uzbekistan, 1974. s. 152. 5. karimov r.kh. uzbekistan v period vosstanovleniya narodnogo khozyaystva ussr (1921-1925) tashkent: "uzbekistan", 1974. 200 p. 6. cherdantsev g.n. istorii pervyx let turkestanskogo universiteta (1918–1922) // "nauka i prosveshchenie". moscow, 1922. #2. s. 94-95; zheltova g.i. nachalo cultural revolution in turkestan // iz istorii sotsialisticheskogo stroitelstva v uzbekistane. tashkent: "fan", 1969. s. 327; steklov yu.v. v.i. lenin and electrification. m.: "nauka", 1970. 344 p.; loseva t.n. nekotorye voprosy formation v uzbekistane engineering-technical personnel // nauchnye trudy tashgu. tashkent, 1970. vyp. 335. s. 109-116. 7. razvitie elenergoeriki soyuznykh respublik. pod obshchey redaktsiey p.s. neprojnego. m.: "energy", 1972. s. 361. 8. rakhmanov n. osushchestvlenie leninskoy natsionalnoy politiki v sredney asiai. tashkent: "fan", 1973. s. 135. 9. nekrasova m. osnovnye aspekti elektrifikatsii sssr v sovetskoi istoriographii // istoriya i i istoriki. istoriografichesky ejegodnik. 1972. m.: "nauka", 1973. s. 5-19. 10. istoriya rabochego klassa sovetskogo uzbekistana / pod ed. acad. i.m. muminova. tashkent: "fan", 1974. 360 p. 11. matniyazov m. development of electrification in uzbekistan for 50 years. tashkent: "fan", 1974. 144 p.; ego eat. electrification and eyo sotsialnye posledstviya (na materialakh respublik sredney azii). tashkent: "uzbekistan", 1984. 167 p. 12. babakhanova s.i. promyshlennyy samarkand. tashkent: "uzbekistan", 1975. s. 44. 13. velichie sovetskogo stroya i bessilie ego falsifatorov (criticism of the implementation process and nastoyashchego uzbekistan). tashkent: "fan", 1975. 384 p. 14. babakhanov m. predposylki revolutsionnogo soyuza trudyashchikhsya turkestanskogo kraya s rossiyskim proletariatom. dushanbe: irfon, 1975. s. 112. 15. nesterenko f.p. leninsky plan electrification strany i pechat // nauchnye trudy tashgu. tashkent, 1976. #511. s. 39-55. 16. nielsen v.a. it is the origin of contemporary urban architecture in uzbekistan (xix-early xx centuries). tashkent: izd-vo lit. i iskusstva, 1988. s. 21. 17. see: matniyazov m. deyatelnost kompartii uzbekistana po elektrifikatsii respubliki v gody velikoy otechestvennoy voyny (1941–1945): dis... kand. ist. science tashkent: tashgu, 1965. 363 p.; ego eat. osushchestvlenie leninskoy programmy elektrifikatsii v respublikakh sredney azii i eyo sotsialnye posledstviya: dis... dokt. ist. science tashkent: tashgu, 1989. 377 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the issue of rights in islam saidmuhammadkhan muhibullaev international islamic academy 1st stage foundation doctoral student khoja bukhari teacher of a special islamic educational institution uzbekistan, tashkent muhibullayevs@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the subject is the rights of the individual in islam, issues related to disputed rights in islamic law, the right to life, the right to freedom, the right to equality, the right to equality in the use of resources, protection from aggression, the right to believe, think and speak, the reputation of each person, property issues such as life protection were briefly analyzed. "trade book", "authority", "warranty", "link", "oath book", "marriage book", "marriage equality", "divorce book", "offerings", "crimes", "expiations" (compensation for crimes)", "hads (borders,punishment for crimes)", human life, freedom, equality. if you want to talk about rights in islam, there is a lot to talk about, it cannot be concluded with one article, no other religion like islam has paid attention to human rights. a person who is familiar with the books of islamic law knows this well. islam encourages muslims to enjoin good and forbid evil. of course, in these two cases, service for the rights of muslims is considered. in islamic jurisprudence works, "trade book", "power of attorney", "guarantee", "link", "book of oaths", "marriage book", "equality in marriage", "divorce book", "offerings", "crimes", "expiations (reparations for crimes)", "hads (borders, punishments for crimes)" and several other issues are considered topics related to human rights. this means that in islam, muslims attach great importance to the rights of not only muslims, but also non-muslims. in our article, we will try to highlight the topics related to the issue of rights in islam. the right to life. human life is sacred. no one can attack him. in the holy qur'an: "whoever kills a soul unjustly or even if he does not cause corruption on earth, he has killed all people."whoever revives him, it will be as if he resurrected people"1. this sanctity is only in the islamic law. material and spiritual existence of a person is protected. shari'ah protects him during his lifetime and at the time of his death. his right after death is to treat him kindly and politely even with his dead body. the prophet (pbuh) also said about this: "if one of you shrouds his brother, he should make his shroud 1surah al-maida verse 32. mailto:muhibullayevs@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org better"2. at the same time, another right after death is to hide his bad guilt and personal shortcomings. it is also said about this: "do not curse your dead, they have reached what they offered"3. the right to freedom. human freedom is as sacred as life. freedom is the first natural quality that a person is born with in this state. shari'at says about this: "there is a person who is born who is born in fitrat4"5. freedom should always be with a person. no one has the right to attack him. umar bin khattab (r.a.), the master of justice, said: "since when did you start enslaving those whose mothers weaved hur(free)". adequate safeguards must be fully implemented to protect the freedom of every individual. it cannot be restricted and recorded by anyone except sharia and state law. no nation has the right to encroach on the freedom of another nation. an aggressed nation has the right to retaliate against that hostility and regain its freedom by any means possible. it is said in the holy qur'an: "surely, whoever gets relief after being oppressed, there is no way to (blame) them"6. it is the responsibility of the state society to support every nation fighting for its freedom. muslims consider it wajib, that is, a duty that must be done. the right to equality. all people are equal before sharia. shari'at said about this: "there is no place for an arab over a layman, a layman over an arab, a red man over a black man, and a black man over an interesting man, except (excess) in piety". in implementing this, there is no room for separating one person from another. the prophet (pbuh) said about this: "if muhammad's daughter fatima7 had stolen, i would have cut off her hand"8. there is no need to protect them. caliph abu bakr (r.a.) said about this: "surely, the weakest of you before me is strong until i take his right, and the strongest of you is weak until i take his right from him". that is, they want to say that if he is rich, we will forgive him, and if he is poor, we will not punish him, but we will treat both equally. these cases show how much islam cares about protecting the rights of muslims. all people are equal in human dignity. the prophet (pbuh) said about this in the farewell hajj (hajjatul va’da): "all of you are children of man, and man is from the soil". their difference is in their actions. the holy qur'an says about this: "there are degrees for each of them according to their deeds"9. every person has the right to use the material resources belonging to society. because everyone has the right to use them equally. about this in the holy qur'an: "he is the one who subjected the earth to you. so walk in his various places and eat of his sustenanceregarding salary, it is not possible to .10" distinguish between individuals as long as the work and status are the same. the holy qur'an says about this: "whoever does good even in the weight of an atom will be seen"11. and whoever does evil in the weight of an atom, it is said. 2 narrated by imam muslim, abu dawud, tirmidhi and nasa'i. 3 narrated by imam bukhari. 4 fitrat fṭr. derived from the word فترة, it means "natural, innate quality, quality, not inclined to anything". see the dictionary. 5 narrated by imam bukhari and muslim. 6 surah shura verse 41. 7 7beloved daughters of the prophet. those who were the wives of ali ibn abu talib (ra). 8 narrated by imam bukhari, muslim, abu dawud, tirmidhi and nasa'i. 9 surah ahqaf verse 19. 10 surah mulk verse 15. 11 surah zalzala verses 7,8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org the right to protect a person's reputation and career. a person's reputation and his fame are also among the rights that must be protected. about this, the prophet (pbuh) said: "certainly, your blood, wealth and reputation among you are as respected as the respect of your city on this day and this month". that is, they are all protected by islamic law, which is strictly forbidden to attack anyone unjustly. it is impossible to find fault with a person, to act against his personality. in islamic jurisprudence, there is a separate chapter "retribution" about this. that is, it is detailed what punishments are applied to the person who insulted someone and killed him. the right to participate in public life. every person has his rights and his place in society. election to the same office, partnership in matters of mutual interest, and similar matters have certain rights, which are also studied in a separate chapter in islamic jurisprudence. for example, chapters such as "contestation", "guarantee", "authority", "shu’fa" and "guarantee". the right to freedom of belief, speech and thought. every person has the right to think, believe and express his own opinion. no one is concerned about it. while free thinking is right, it is also necessary. there is nothing wrong with disseminating correct information and rights. only if there is a threat to the peace of society in this information, it is necessary to block it. respecting other people's beliefs and opinions is also considered one of the shariah rights. so, islamic jurisprudence and other shariah sources have several issues regarding rights. as we said above, topics such as trade, marriage, divorce and childcare issues, neighborliness and ownership, "shuf’a" rights, rent and deposit and related security issues, issues of hadads (borders’) and revenge serve to protect the rights of muslims. these rights are not only for muslims, but also for representatives of other religions living in muslim countries. list of used sources and references 1. holy quran. 2. burhoniddin margilani. al-hidaya fi masaailil-bidaya. 3. muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf. tafsir hilal. tashkent, hilal publishing. 4. ubaidullah ibn mas'ud ibn tajushshari'a. an-niqaya mukhtasarul-wiqaya fi masaailil-hidaya. dar al-iman. 5. mulla ali qari. mirqatul-mafatih. beirut, dor al-fikr. 6. the team of authors. at-tashri' al-jinai al-islami and legal-human. 7. kamal jait. al-islam and legal human rights are taghayirot al-'alami. 8. ibrahim jamal. ar-riqqu fil-jahiliyyah wal-islam. 9. muhammad tuvaijiri. mawsu'at al-fiqhil-islami. 10. al-munjid fil-lug’at val-a’lam. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org sijjo – luxurious nature queniga chorlovchi genre ирода санъат қизи тоҳирова ўзбекистон давлат жаҳон тиллари университети талабаси a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information about the sijo genre, which appeared in korea during the joseon (li) period of literature (13921910). this genre is considered to be a lyrical genre with a certain excitement and experience image, and it incorporates korean folklore traditions and three religious-philosophical teachings of the people of the far east (confucianism, buddhism and taoism). choson, history of korean literature, korean literature, era, poetry, sijo genre, genre, prose. introduction in the current era of globalization, the demand for learning foreign languages is increasing day by day. in this regard, the number of people studying korean language and literature is increasing in our country as well as other languages. this is why cooperation is being established between the republic of uzbekistan and the republic of korea in a number of fields. in addition to cooperation in all fields, a number of cooperation programs in scientific areas have also started their work process. as in the literature of the uzbek people, korean literature has a lot of works that reflect its literary style and national character. they have a number of genres that are combined with the chinese genre, create their own independent genre, reflect religious views in the poetic genre, and by studying them, certain concepts about the literary genres of those times are formed. studying the origin of these genres, the processes of their formation, and the reasons is considered one of the necessary tasks. the development stages of the history of korean literature include three periods, and the choson (lee) period of literature (1392-1910) is recognized as the third stage, which itself includes three periods. the first period is the xv-xvi centuries, the second period is the xvii-xviii centuries, the third period is the xix century. on this period of korean literature, research was conducted not only in korea itself, but european, russian and uzbek orientalists did a number of studies. in particular, l.a. andropova on korean history and culture 1, m.i. nikitina, who conducted research on korean literature 2, a.l. jovtis, p.a. 1 andronova l.a. culture of korea. part 1. tomsk: publishing house of tomsk polytechnic university. 2014 2 nikitina m.i. ancient korean poetry in connection with ritual and myth // m: science publishing house 1982. 328s; korean poetry of the 16th-19th centuries. in the sijo genre : (the semantic structure of the genre. image. space. time). st. petersburg : center "petersburg oriental studies", 1994. 312 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org pak ir 3, m.v. soldatova 4, v.d. barannikov 5, i.v.korneeva on the literature of the lee (choson) period 6, s.o.kurbanov 7and v.m.tikhonov 8, who covered the history of korea from the early to modern times, v.n.kim, u.t.saydazimova, i.l. from the uzbek orientalists. a number of paklar books 9are also featured. also, poems written in the genres of "hyanga" and "sicjo" in korean literature were translated into russian by a. akhmatova, a. l. jovtis, l. n. menshikov, n. timofeeva. there are many books that are the product of research on this period of korean literature, but there are still many studies that need to be studied, and their study is considered relevant today. discussion at the end of the 14th century, the li dynasty (1392-1910) was established in the country as a result of the palace coup. the founder of the lee song dynasty named his country "choson" in memory of ancient choson and made seoul the capital. lee and his successors took steps to rebuild the devastated areas in the region and restore a centralized state in korea. in the history of korea, the 15th century is the period of the highest flowering of national culture. in this period, sciences such as astronomy, geography and natural science can be said to be the most developed period. early choson (xv-xvi centuries) was a period of great inventions and discoveries in various fields of knowledge. in 1403, the world's first metal type for printing was invented, and in 1443, the korean national script was invented. two discoveries made in this 15th century were of particular importance. the newly created script was used by the ruling class to translate classical confucian and buddhist religious literature into korean. however, not long after this alphabet was created, it was used by those who were against the existing system. also, one of the achievements of this century is the spread of non-confucian ideology "zhusi" trend. in the 15th and 16th centuries, new genres of korean poetry "sicjo", "kasa", "chan-sicjo" appeared. of course, this was made possible by the formation of korean writing 10. sichjo consists of two hieroglyphs, the first is " shі si ”“time”, the second is “ diào jo ” means place, that is, three-line songs for place and time. in this regard, uzbek orientalists give the following definition about "sichjo": " sichjo reminds of the ten-line "huang": it repeats its three-part structure, and pays special attention to the third concluding part, i.e., the tone of the poem. the poem "sichjo" was not recited, but performed to the accompaniment of a musical instrument 11. in terms of origin, the first "sicjo" type was called "short sicjo" or "classic sicjo". sichjo were usually arranged according to the type of tune. therefore, "short sichjo" is even called "tonal sichjo" 3 zhovtis a.l., pak ir p.a. korean six-line poems (collection of poems by korean poets of the 13th-19th centuries). alma-ata, 1956. p. 148 4soldatova m.v. the formation of national poetry in korea in the first quarters of the twentieth century. vladivostok: fegu, 2004.-188 p. 5 barannikov v.d. reader in literature. m. 1996, p.250 6 korneeva i . b . concepts of education and scholarship in korean literature of the joseon period : 1392-1910 . abstract dis. ...can. phil. sciences. m., 2009 7kurbanov s.o. history of korea from antiquity to the beginning of the xxi century. [electronic resource]. 8 tikhonov v.m. history or korea. t. 1. from the earliest times to 1876. – m: muravey, 2003, p. 373. 9v. n. kim, u. t. saidazimova, i. l. pak. literature of the studied country. t.: toshdshi publishing house, 2010. 192 p., kim vn, pak il, saidazimova ut. literature of the country of study language (korea): textbook. tashkent, 2009. 10v. n. kim, u. t. saidazimova, i. l. pak. literature of the studied country. t.: toshdshi publishing house, 2010. b. 82 11v.n.kim, u.t.saidazimova, i.l.pak.organilayotgan mamlakat adabiyoti. t .: toshdshi nashriyoti, 2010. b. 82 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org (pyongsichjo-pyeongsijo). the poem of this genre consists of three lines, each of which is divided into two and a half lines (this is the basis for translating the poem into six lines). the half line consists of two columns . a column in sijo is a semantic unit containing a number of syllables that varies within certain limits. 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 5 4 3 as the number of syllables in the columns changes from one to three (provided that the initial column of the third line remains unmeasured with three syllables), and accordingly the number of syllables in the poem in half-stanzas and stanzas all approach 45 12. analyzing the development of the sichjo genre, one can see how the poetic theme of the sichjo has spread over the years. it should be noted that the identity of the author who creates in the "sichjo" genre depends on his social position in the society. if from the end of the 14th century to the beginning of the 16th century, mainly confucian officials and scholars created in this genre, in later periods, representatives of other layers of korean society can be seen. according to l.a. andronova, sichjo in the poetry of the native language, as in the poetry of the chinese language, refers to the inner experiences of humanity. in the 16th century of the joseon period, female poets such as hwang chi and lee keran began to be mentioned in korean literature 13. the tyranny of the mongol invaders and the japanese pirates coincided with the period of the li dynasty's consolidation of its position. that is why the poems encouraging the representatives of the new dynasty, denouncing the old era, and urging them to achieve peace while protecting the homeland became the main theme of the poetry of the 15th-16th centuries. also, this genre developed until the 19th century, in which the expansion of the country's northern borders and the victories of the korean army were praised. during this period , kim chon so (1390-1453), nam i (1441-1468) was one of the great statesmen and generals . a number of sichjo poems about the victory over the japanese in the imjin war (1592-1598) and the national hero li sun sin (1545-1598) became popular. also, lee chi wan, park chung nyong, chon chhol, etc. have expressed themselves in poetry. by this time, korean poetry was characterized by a variety of themes. the dramatic events taking place in the country belong to the sichjo genre. the political events of that time, the exchange of dynasties, certainly led to the separation of the nobles into two groups. for those loyal to the last king of the koryo dynasty, cultural values served as a "spiritual refuge." these political processes are exaggerated in the works created in the early period. 16th century, chon chhol (1537-1594), was known by the nickname "songyan" (pine and river), eighty-two of his poems have come down to us. chon chhol's sichjo: sample byeong-ideuni jeongjalado swil-i in eobs want seoss-eulttaeneun take-igal-i daswideon 12nikitina m.i. korean poetry of the 16th-19th centuries. in the sijo genre : (the semantic structure of the genre. image. space. time). st. petersburg : center "petersburg oriental studies", 1994. s. 3-4. 13 andronova l.a. culture of korea. part 1. tomsk: publishing house of the tomsk polytechnic university . 2014. p.126. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org leave branch 연은후는 new no sit down14 when the tree is sick, no one rests on the roadside under it. and always healthy under the tree the passenger is looking for shade and shelter. but here it is without horns and leaves, and now the bird does not sit on it. in this image, the tree is compared to a human figure. life: "a tree is the same body. its bark is like skin, and its branches are like hair. it is fragrant with flowers and fruits and has the ability to hear, see, and feel like a human. and how much we feel the cruel law of life ... because nature is glorified in the mouse. if a person is healthy, his service is useful for everyone, and if he is sick, then he is useless and nobody needs him. as you can see, the translation of the original text did not use much stylistics. it is not enough to assume that the end is a "grand ending". the original of this poem does not have a bright stylistic appearance. it should be taken into account that since the sichjo was performed with the accompaniment of musical instruments, it was able to give expression and charm to the work. in sichjo's poetry, man and nature, society and nature are two inseparable worlds. "sicjo" is a lyrical genre with a certain excitement and experience, which combines the korean folklore traditions and the three religious and philosophical teachings of the far eastern peoples (confucianism, buddhism and taoism). it was the spiritual response and cry of the exponents of confucianism in poetry who were forced to face the turmoil. emotions appear in poetry as a product of creativity, because a person can no longer remain silent. they had to know the form of expression. and of course, this sentiment is best captured in the sicjo: this body die die one hundred th fix it die white bone vomit even if it's enough time connect no sir towards single-minded go line isiriah15 bу танага осмон томонидан ўлим ёзилган. майли ўлай, юз бор ўлай, let the bones turn to dust, the dead soul leaves the body. but, a heart devoted to the ruler, will remain forever! the theme of loyalty to the king reveals dramatic pages in the history of korea: the change of royal dynasties at the end of the 13th and 14th centuries, the persecution of famous representatives of the time, and the struggle for power became the main theme of these songs. in the above poem, the theme of obedience to the king, unconditional fulfillment of his orders, and loyalty is praised. in the cultures of the eastern peoples, there is no division of the world into the world of nature and society, natural and unnatural. therefore, for the perception of the eastern world, it is not usual to divide the world into "one and the other" or "in everything" this is the main aspect of the worldview of the culture of the far eastern countries. man is a part of nature, man is a part of society. this is the place of the lyrical hero in relation to the surrounding world. the embodiment of this ideological aspect 14 http://www.sjhik.com/technote/board.php?board=s02&page=9&sort=hit&command=body&no=168&phpsessid=4caa e87e8e7784c17c7a9ce17c56d62f 15 https://www.joongang.co.kr/amparticle/20016273 http://www.sjhik.com/technote/board.php?board=s02&page=9&sort=hit&command=body&no=168&phpsessid=4caae87e8e7784c17c7a9ce17c56d62f http://www.sjhik.com/technote/board.php?board=s02&page=9&sort=hit&command=body&no=168&phpsessid=4caae87e8e7784c17c7a9ce17c56d62f https://www.joongang.co.kr/amparticle/20016273 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org is clearly manifested in sija. such an approach to nature was characteristic only of the philosophers of russian cosmology and russian "cosmic poets". the poets of the "lake school" reject power, wealth and position, call for the pursuit of simplicity, the description of nature, the happy life of a person removed from worldly concerns is their favorite subject, a child in the river, the moon in the sky, a pine tree in the mountain, his hobby fishing or a piece near his hut. tillage became their friends 16. it is evident that the poets prefer to be in the bosom of simple nature than the royal life of the palace and they promoted everyone to this simple life. the "sichjo" genre began to appear in the 15th century, and it developed and flourished in the 16th-18th centuries. conclusions it is appropriate to note the following in the form of a conclusion to the issue: if we look at the history of korea, the 15th century is considered to be the period of the highest flowering of national culture, and during this period astronomy, geography, and natural science were highly developed. sichjo consists of two hieroglyphs, the first is " shі si ”“time”, the second is “ diào jo ” means place and is a genre of poetry similar to a song consisting of three lines for place and time. since sichjo was performed to the accompaniment of musical instruments, he was able to give expression and charm to the work. in sichjo's poetry, man and nature, society and nature became two inseparable worlds. during this period, in addition to ordinary poets, great state officials and generals also created in the "sichjo" genre. among them are kim chon so, nam i, lee sun sin. sijo genre is considered a lyrical genre with the image of experience, it combines korean folklore traditions and three religious and philosophical teachings of far eastern peoples (confucianism, buddhism and taoism). references used 1. andronova l.a. culture of korea. part 1. tomsk: publishing house of tomsk polytechnic university. 2014 2. barannikov v.d. reader in literature. m. 1996, p.250 3. zhovtis a.l., pak ir p.a. korean six-line poems (collection of poems by korean poets of the 13th-19th centuries). alma-ata, 1956. p. 148 4. nikitina m.i. ancient korean poetry in connection with ritual and myth // m: science publishing house 1982. 328s; korean poetry of the 16th-19th centuries. in the sijo genre: (the semantic structure of the genre. image. space. time). st. petersburg: center "petersburg oriental studies", 1994. 312 p. 5. korneeva i. v. ideas about education and scholarship in korean literature of the joseon period: 1392-1910. abstract dis. ...can. phil. sciences. m., 2009 6. kurbanov s.o. history of korea from antiquity to the beginning of the xxi century. [electronic resource]. 16 v. n. kim, u. t. saidazimova, i. l. pak. literature of the studied country. t.: toshdshi publishing house, 2010. b. 84-85. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org 7. v.n.kim, u.t.saidazimova, i.l.pak. literature of the studied country. t.: toshdshi publishing house, 2010. 192 p., kim vn, pak il, saidazimova ut. literature of the country of study language (korea): textbook. tashkent, 2009. 8. soldatova m.v. formation of national poetry in korea in the first quarter of the 20th century. vladivostok: dvgu, 2004.-188 p. 9. tikhonov v.m. history of korea. t. 1. from the earliest times to 1876. m: muravey, 2003, p. 373. 10. http://www.sjhik.com/technote/board.php?board=s02&page=9 &sort=hit&command=body&no= 168&phpsessid=4caae87e8e7784c17c7a9ce17c56d62feleven.https://www.joongang.co.kr/amparti cle/20016273 http://www.sjhik.com/technote/board.php?board=s02&page=9%20&sort=hit&command=body&no=%20168&phpsessid=4caae87e8e7784c17c7a9ce17c56d62f http://www.sjhik.com/technote/board.php?board=s02&page=9%20&sort=hit&command=body&no=%20168&phpsessid=4caae87e8e7784c17c7a9ce17c56d62f american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org investigation of the educational envi̇ronment for middle schools in iraq jasim saeed salman1, hussein ali al-bahrani2, abdul amir h. kadhum1*, ahmed a. al-amiery3 running head: educational environment 1college of medicine, university of al-ameed, karbala, iraq 2college of nursing, university of al-ameed, karbala, iraq 3department of chemical engineering, faculty of engineering, university kebangsaan malaysia kadhum; e-mail: amir1719@gmail.com : orcid: htps://orcid.org/0000-0003-4074-9123 al-bahrani; e-mail: hamg.al1991@yahoo.com: orcid: https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9637-3359 al-amiery : e-mail: dr.ahmed1975@gmail.com : orcid: https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1033-4904 *corresponding author: amir1719@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s background: a key component is change of the instructive of educational program guidelines accentuation on understudy-focused instructing. foundations of middle school are associated with several parameters namely the environment of the school, students' environment and the educational service quality. aim: to study the education environment in association with the students and the instructors method: the behavioural environment for the teachers has been discussed in this work. the change platform concerning learning conditions can encourage to fulfilment of the guidelines of educational programs, research on instruction, and learning conditions in schools. the goal of this study is to examine contrasts in mathematics and science studies the entire climate in schools has higher achievement and middle schools with less performance in iraq. results: the study's outcome revealed an uncertainty between instructor insights and target perceptions of learning climate in highlow-performing schools. conclusion: the study identified the importance of the educational environment in secondary schools and identified the importance of administration in the educational process of secondary schools in this study. educational,administration, education environment, learning condition, education efficiency, instructor. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org introduction highlight 1. identifying the educational environment in secondary schools 2. identifying the role of educational administration in secondary schools. 3. student satisfaction with the education environment 4. teacher's satisfaction with the education environment teaching is a marathon process like, that requires commitment and great effort to finish the game. after the rest for a short while, the process becomes a memory of the pain and challenge. repeating the cycle to start preparing for the next race with a look back to the gained experience and result from analysis with variable diagnosis. the outcomes recorded from the experience reflect personal feelings recorded and the experience reconstructed. upon general observation, the plan can take shape and be anticipated in the development of the next event. this process can guide the instructors to refine an educational environment with high efficiency and effectiveness. the continuous evaluation procedure presented in this work is summarized in four points namely: determining what to evaluate, planning how to perform, carrying out, the evaluation and implementing the outcome (lozzi, louis a., 2012). the step directions and any alternative routes and pathways to achieve these parameters are based on the assumption that the school instructors are the evaluators. the evaluation is not as easy as something everyone likes to do. in most cases is avoided it except to assign grades (lange rober, 2014). the benefits of education evaluation the assessment and judging of the effectiveness of the environmental education program is the product end and the outcome of the processes. the mean and the way of doing it with limited resources reflect the learning efficiency. evaluation is not classified as research; it is not concerned with judgmentmaking. it involves searching, gathering new information, and further expiation knowledge. the importance of evaluation of environmental education teaching is to find the right direction associated with the benefits to the students that you teach in school and, above all, to you as an instructor (mile, 2010). the continuous evaluation process is resulting in significant teaching improvement, effectiveness, and modification of teaching and learning methods effectively. the improvement of learning effectiveness involves the classroom, the outside classroom environment, physical, emotional, and social climate. moreover, the school setting, as well as the community, and the instructional resources, are at your disposal (sabin, 2021). the progress in the way of learning as a means of the acquisition of knowledge, values clarification, and moral reasoning development. continuous environment improvement is an independent parameter of critical thinking and action skills. evaluation of these important dimensions’ parameters can be a teacher’s guideline in three ways: 1) the learning needs diagnosing, as your students; 2) measuring achievement that can measure the efficiency and effectiveness of the program; 3) using evaluation, itself, as an effective teaching tool (mohamed, 2018, (annelis, 2010, unesco, 2018). environmental education goals the necessity for the environmental education assessment arises from the need for environmental fitness for life to a line with a healing and healthy environment. the responsibility of education to create and maintain a healthy education environment has received more attention in recent years. one means american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org of parameters is responsibility. there are many statements have been written on the goal that reflects this responsibility. there is a good understanding aligned with the belgrade charter: a global framework displaying the goal of environmental education. further categorized education as to develop a world population that is aware of and concerned about, the environment and its associated problems. the elements establish knowledge, skills, attitudes, motivations, and commitment to work individually and collectively toward solutions to current problems (anthony kallingal, 2014). very importance and value of this goal statement highlight the direction that has provided teachers in setting goals for their program. the environmental education project goal for the schools of guam as an example, was described as; to graduate citizens with highly knowledgeable and aware about the environmental problems of guam and the world (unesco, 2019). contribution to the literature • the study discussed environmental education about school facilities. • the study examines the student's satisfaction with the education environment concerning school infrastructure, student motivation, and instructor performance. • discussed classroom climate improvement in the aspect of teaching and learning. • the study discussed teacher satisfaction with the environment education and the teaching experience and facilities. methodology study design the present work included a descriptive study that was carried out on materials of middle school's students in karbala city, the study period extended from april to may 2021. participants in the study participants for the first phase of the research involved a student from a sample of randomly selected math and science classes. the randomly selected practice of independent middle schools. the study was unconfined to the course that was given in the classroom. data were collected in the fall of 2021 in many middle schools. the survey sample included 100 students from different schools. students responded to surveys to determine their perceptions of the learning environment. students were administered the individualized classroom environment questionnaire which consists of 34 items in four scales: school environment, behavioral environment for students, quality of educational service, and behavioral environment for teachers indicated their agreement with statements about their classroom on a three-point scale ranging from always, sometimes, and never. results and discussions in this section, descriptive and inferential statistical methods were used to tabulate the data which was resented systematically according to the questionnaire form used to achieve study objectives as tables form. this research seeks to explain the relationship between the school environment and the wellbeing of middle school education students (césar tapia-fonllem 2020). the rating of school environment effectiveness is presented in table 1. a few clarifications may address this surprising finding that contradicts assumptions. iraqi schools were haphazardly drawn from qualified schools, alleviating the probability of inclination. not all math and science study halls in each school were seen american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org because of the impressive non-appearance of instructors. what's more, a few schools were unfit to be seen because of planning issues. planning perceptions was a significant challenge during the examination. the far and wide vulnerabilities and last-minute changes make earning marks not normal in iraqi grade schools. these are extremely troublesome for instructing and learning processes (wasim, 2016). table (1): summary statistics for study subjects by the school environment. no. questions rating mean s.d frequency percentage 1 the school takes care of general cleanliness always sometimes never 1.97 0.39 4 39 3 8.7 93.5 100 2 it provides usable bathrooms always sometimes never 1.36 0.53 30 15 1 65.2 98.8 100 3 the necessary equipment is available in the laboratories always sometimes never 1.19 0.49 39 5 2 84.8 95.7 100 4 availability of heating and cooling always sometimes never 1.04 0.29 45 1 46 97.8 2.2 100 5 the location of the school is far from the place of external noise and places that emit dangerous air pollutants always sometimes never 1.54 0.62 52.2 41.3 6.5 52.2 93.5 100 6 good lighting inside the classroom always sometimes never 1.67 0.47 15 31 46 32.6 67.4 100 7 availability of stadiums and sports halls always sometimes never 1.43 0.54 27 18 1 58.7 97.8 100 8 there are suitable and sufficient chairs for the number of students in the class always sometimes never 1.73 0.57 15 28 57 32.6 60.9 100 9 there are meals for students at school always sometimes never 1.10 0.37 42 3 55 91.3 6.5 100 10 the school has advanced educational tools always sometimes never 1.21 0.46 37 8 55 80.4 17.4 100 11 drinking water is available always sometimes never 1.30 0.46 32 14 46 69.6 30.4 100 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org the data in table 1 explained that the study results for the study sample by their responses for the school environment indicated most of the responses are some time among middle school students. other studies have presented a conceptual framework derived from a multidimensional construction of components and conditions of a positive school environment. besides confirming of the relevance of this theoretical–conceptual approach, we have recognized a causal discussion of the school environment for students who participated in the study as shown in table (1), (riaz, 2018). the school environments have a significant impact on student well-being in the aspect of safe school environments, student wellbeing is a significant, and strongly interrelated variable in the research of various kinds of students' needs (kutsyuruba et al., 2015). the static distribution of school environment parameters is presented in table 2. table (2): statistics distribution of overall evaluation for the school environment rating frequency cumulative percent mean s.d always 553 50.7 1.60 0.70 sometimes 410 87.7 1.60 0.70 never 137 100 1.60 0.70 table (2) shows the mean and s.d, frequency, and percentage of the measured variables of the scholar environment and their internal consistencies. frequency values in all used scales turned out to be appropriate, indicating an acceptable value for the instruments. accordingly, with the existing data, although our study population mostly has s.d = 0.70. of 11 questions the 1000 participants reported a frequency = 553, 410, 137 for the predicted choice for answers always, sometimes, and never respectively with a mean 1.6 score as shown in table (2). behavioural environment for students the notion of behavioural practices that can help teachers respond to individual variability of learned students' behaviors is shaped by expectations. examples have been provided by important adults like parents and teachers in their lives and by their peers (linda, 2019). the behavioral environment is conducted as a static study and presented in table 3. table (3): summary statistics for study subjects by the behavioral environment of students no. questions rating mean s.d frequency percentage 1 the teacher chooses words carefully when speaking with students always sometimes never 1.52 0.68 59 30 11 59 89 100 2 the teacher accepts the students questions after completing the explanation of the material always sometimes never 2.33 0.53 3 61 36 3 64 100 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 3 the number of students affects your concentration in the classroom always sometimes never 2.27 0.48 2 69 29 2 71 100 4 the teacher constantly follows up on the preparation books always sometimes never 2.33 0.48 5 57 38 5 62 100 5 the teacher seeks to control the class always sometimes never 2.16 0.54 8 68 24 8 76 100 6 the home atmosphere is suitable for studying always sometimes never 2.29 0.59 7 57 36 7 64 100 7 your family helps you with homework always sometimes never 1.76 0.65 36 52 12 36 88 100 8 there is an educational school trips always sometimes never 1.77 0.64 35 53 12 35 88 100 the collected results as presented in tables, show most students that involved in the survey have the answer sometimes expected to some questions in table 3. these answers mean that students are not completely satisfied with the environment of education in their school. in addition to that, all s.d results were very low and it illustrates the good way that we used in our study (unesco, 2013). the investigation of services provided by schools has direct interaction with students. the service that students receive is provided feedback on satisfaction (ernest, 2013). the quality of educational services is conducted and presented in table 4. table (4): summary statistics for study subjects by the quality of educational service no questions rating mean s.d frequency percentage 1 obtaining a clear vision and message on quality in quality in performance? always sometimes never 2.12 0.51 8 72 20 8 80 100 2 the school has a quality council headed by the school principal. the school demonstrates a clear understanding of the principles of quality in education? always sometimes never 1.95 0.55 18 19 13 18 87 100 3 the school develops and successfully implements appropriate strategies and plans to achieve its objectives always sometimes never 2.04 0.49 10 76 14 10 86 100 4 the administration is concerned with documenting school meetings? always sometimes never 1.99 0.46 11 79 10 11 90 100 5 the administration is concerned with documenting school meetings? always sometimes never 2.04 0.49 10 76 14 10 86 100 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org table (4) shows the study results for the selected sample by their responses based on the education service quality. data in table 4 indicated most of the responses are sometime among middle school students. the assessments differ concerning how students are selected, while some assessments select students by their age, other assessments select students by the school grade and the student attends (max, 2013). line with the quality assessment of this investigation shows that most answer was sometimes in table (4) and it referred to not completely satisfied to the third scale (michael, 2011). quality of educational service to describe the level of quality of educational service in middle schools the subject matter of this study has been investigated. the researcher resorted to using mean, s.d. frequency, and percentage as shown in tables (2) and (5). table (5) shows the mean and s.d, frequency, and percentage of the overall measured variables of behavioral environment for students. table (5): statistics distribution of overall evaluation quality of educational service rating frequency cumulative percent mean s.d. always 57 12.3 2.0 0.54 sometimes 372 85.9 2.0 0.57 never 71 100 2.0 0.54 total 500 table (5) shows answers from the study sample about educational service quality issues. the study shows a mean 2.00 and s.d 0.57 for the overall data. table (5) also shows all the results for 5 questions displayed for medium school students. the result indicated an appropriate outcome to the particular circumstances, with the founding data. although our study population mostly had s.d = 0.54, 5 questions four of our 100 participants reported a frequency = 57, 372, 71 for the predicted choice for answers always, sometimes, and never respectively with a mean 2.00 score as shown in table (5). behavioral environment for teachers all teachers need to learn how to teach students with behavior problems. no matter even if one student is in a classroom with a concern, or if the classroom is designed for students with these complex behavioral issues. teachers can indicate a perception of classroom problem behaviors (rachel, 2012, barry, 2012). the outcome of the behavioral environment for the teacher is presented in table 6. table (6): summary statistics for study subjects by the behavioral environment for teachers no questions rating mean s.d frequency percentage 1 the administration encourages teachers to attend courses and workshops to develop their skills? always sometimes never 2.08 0.77 26 40 34 26 66 100 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org 2 there is a social worker in the school? always sometimes never 2.06 0.80 29 36 35 29 65 100 3 the administration is working to put the right person in the place appropriate? always sometimes never 2.24 0.57 7 62 31 7 69 100 4 the administration cares about talented students? always sometimes never 2.06 0.67 20 54 26 20 74 100 5 the school board involves teachers in the decision-making process? always sometimes never 2.26 0.71 16 42 42 16 58 100 6 the department monitors the commitment of the teachers in the school to the official working hours? always sometimes never 2.24 0.60 9 58 33 9 67 100 7 the teacher uses teaching aids in the lecture? always sometimes never 2.05 0.67 20 55 25 20 75 100 8 there are many means of communication between the student's family and the school administration? always sometimes never 2.15 0.59 11 63 26 11 74 100 9 the school administration is keen to follow up the teachers in the implementation of the study plan for the curriculum? always sometimes never 2.21 0.51 5 69 26 5 74 100 10 the school administration is keen to honor outstanding teachers? always sometimes never 1.98 0.66 23 56 21 23 79 100 table (6) shows the study results for the sample by their responses to the behavioral environment for teachers indicating that most of the responses were sometimes among middle school students. whereas sometimes also was the most answered questions indicated incompletely satisfied for the last scale. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org overall evaluation the overall results of this work included the mean, s.d, frequency, and percentage have been recorded and listed in table (7). the mean for our overall data was 2.11 and s.d was equal to 0.69. the founding date of this study population has s.d = 0.69 mostly. a10 questions for our 100-student sample have reported a frequency = 166, 535, 299 for the predicted choice for answers always, sometimes, and never respectively with a mean 2.11 score. table (7): statistics distribution of overall evaluation behavioral environment for teachers rating frequency cumulative percent mean s.d always 166 17.4 2.11 0.69 sometimes 535 70.4 never 299 100 total 1000 conclusions it can be concluded throughout this study that: students are not completely satisfied with the environment of education in their schools. behavioral environment for students that indicate most of the responses are sometime among middle school students. where sometimes was indicated incomplete satisfaction. behavioral environment for teachers that indicate most of the responses are sometimes among middle school students. whereas sometimes also indicated incomplete satisfaction. quality of education service that indicates most of the responses are sometimes among middle school students. where sometimes was indicated incomplete satisfaction. recommendations the inclusion of modern teaching methods in our educational system needs to overlook. developing the school structure and providing amenities (electricity, water, adequate lighting, air conditioning, and classroom furniture facilities). providing small health centers in schools for health care for students. create and engage students in educational seminars to develop and improve their skills. improving services, paying attention to hygiene, and providing a healthy and clean environment for students. solving the problem of increasing the number of students in the classroom by building new schools. acknowledgment the authors like to thank the university of al-ameed for the help in conducting this study conflict of interest the authors declare no conflict of interest american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org funding the work is not funded references 1. annelise carleton-huga, j. william hugb (2010). challenges and opportunities for evaluating environmental education programs. evaluation and program planning, 33(2), 159-164. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2009.07.005 2. anthony kallingal., (1973). impact of environmental education for guam schools, an evaluation. 614 p. 3. barry s. parsonson (2012). evidence-based classroom behavior management strategies 4. césar tapia-fonllem, blanca fraijo-sing, victor corral-verdugo, glenda garza-terán and melanie moreno-barahona (2020). school environments and elementary school children’s wellbeing in northwestern mexico. front. psychol.,| https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00510 5. ernest lim kok seng & tan pei ling (2013). a statistical analysis of education service quality dimensions on business school students’ satisfaction. international education studies, 6(8), 136146. doi:10.5539/ies.v6n8p136 6. kutsyuruba, b., klinger, d. a., and hussain, a. (2015). relationships among school climate, school safety, and student achievement and well-being: a review of the literature. rev. educ. 3, 103–135. doi: 10.1002/rev3.3043 7. lange, robert r., (1980). 534 p, environmental education needs assessment and evaluation emanual. vol.2. 8. linda darling-hammond, lisa flook, channa cook-harvey, brigid barron &david osher (2020). implications for educational practice of the science of learning and development. applied developmental science, 24(2), 97-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888691.2018.1537791. 9. lozzi, louis a., 2012. 437 p., research in environmental education. (the first report of the national commission on environmental education research of the north american association for environmental education). 10. max roser, mohamed nagdy and esteban ortiz-ospina (2013). our world in data, quality of education oxford publication url: https://ourworldindata.org/quality-of-education. 11. michael s. merry, richard arum (2018). can schools fairly select their students? theory and research in education,16(3) 330–350. 12. mile srbinovski, mehmet erdogan, murtezan ismaili (2010). environmental literacy in the science education curriculum in macedonia and turkey. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 2(2), 4528-4532. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.03.725. 13. muhamad hugerat, naji kortam , fadda kassom , shafea algamal , sare asli (2021). improving the motivation and the classroom climate of secondary school biology students using problembased – jigsaw discussion (pbl-jd) learning. eurasia journal of mathematics, science and technology education, 2 17(12), em2036 https://doi.org/10.29333/ejmste/11304 14. rachel c. f. sun and daniel t. l. shek (2012). student classroom misbehavior: an exploratory study based on teachers' perceptions 2012. the scientific world journal |article id 208907, https://doi.org/10.1100/2012/208907. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 15. riaz hussain malik and asad abbas rizvi (2018). effect of classroom learning environment on students' academic achievement in mathematics at secondary level. bulletin of education and research 40(2), 207-218. 16. sabine pirchio, ylenia passiatore, angelo panno, maurilio cipparone and giuseppe carrus (2021). the effects of contact with nature during outdoor environmental education on students’ wellbeing, connectedness to nature and pro-sociality. front. psychol., 2021 | https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.648458. 17. unesco, 2013. 635., evaluation the necessity of school environment. 18. unesco. (2018). 734 p., the belgrade charter: a global framework for environmental edu – cation. 19. unesco. 2019. 875 p., environmental education in the light of the tbilisi conference. 20. wassim bassem (2016). decline in education threatens future iraqi generations, al-monitor, the pulse of the middle east, april 15, 2016. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org methodology to development of students` writing skill through technical texts raxmanova muxayyo department of foreign languages, teacher namangan engineering – construction institute, uzbekistan, namangan email: muxayyoraxmanova488@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s writing requires the writer to demonstrate simultaneous control over multiple variables, making it an extremely challenging cognitive activity. strong writing abilities may increase students' chances of success. language cannot exist without writing. for all students to meet their educational and employment requirements, they must have strong writing abilities. the process approach places an emphasis on writing exercises that take students from idea generation and data collection all the way to the publication of a completed text. the process approach is learnercentered and takes into account the needs, expectations, goals, learning styles, skills, and knowledge of the students. writing skills, writing abilities, learning style, learner-centered. one of the four lsrw (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) skills is writing. it is a system of written symbols that represent the sounds, syllables, and words of a language using a variety of mechanisms, including capitalization, spelling, punctuation, and word form and function. [8] the writing processes and rules, including grammar rules and writing exercises, must be taught to students by teachers in order to motivate them to develop strong writing skills. [7] due to their reliance on electronic devices or gadgets that offer instant or ready-made answers or results that are available on the internet, students today lack writing skills. instead, they spend most of their time using their smart phones. instead of learning the language, they waste valuable time by researching what others are doing. students who are proficient writers naturally succeed in communicating their ideas and achieving their objectives. for their many advantages and future success, they ought to learn how to write. the goal of the writing process is to teach students how to write coherently, with the proper grammar structure, and with acceptable spelling. [4] harmer lays stress on the essentiality of the writing skill saying “the reasons for teaching writing to students of english as a foreign language include reinforcement, language development, learning style, and most importantly, writing as a skill in its own right”. [6] janet emig described writing as “a unique mode of learning” involving the active participation of both the left and right hemispheres of the brain. researchers have agreed that writing enhances thinking skills; the higher cognitive functions of analysis and synthesis seem to develop most fully with the support of written language.[5] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org writing is intended to express concepts, facts, and ideas in simple and clear language. in order to succeed both academically and professionally, students must learn the craft of effective writing. [9] all students must possess strong writing abilities in order to fulfill their academic and professional requirements. several justifications for the significance of writing abilities include the following:. • to write technical documents, research papers, and put forth the right facts and information. • in searching and obtaining a job. • to make presentations and reports, etc. • for improving communication skills. • for improving creativity, exploration, and essential for self-understanding. graham stanley defines “the process approach treats all writing as a creative act which requires time and positive feedback to be done well. in process writing, the teacher moves away from being someone who sets students a writing topic and receives the finished product for correction without any intervention in the writing process itself”. “process approach stresses writing activities which move learners from the generation of ideas and the collection of data through to the publication of a finished text” -tribble c “process writing evolved as reaction to the product approach”. – jordan [3] according to the aforementioned definitions, a process approach is learner-centered because it takes into account the needs, expectations, goals, learning styles, skills, and knowledge of the students. in order to develop language learning skills, there are various approaches that can be used, including the process approach, lexical approach, literature-based approach, grammar-based approach, situational approach, structural approach, genre approach, task-based approach, and product approach. process approach is superior to other strategies in terms of benefits. it takes time for language learning skills to develop, much like a plant grows. language learning skills development is not like building a wall. no skill can be learned in a day. the process approach consists of eight sequential stages of writing techniques that help students write freely and produce high-quality texts. [16] “writing is a process which involves several identifiable steps”. – merriwether. [2] “the process approach focuses on the steps involved in creating a piece of work”. – nuan. [1] according to steele, the process approach entails eight steps: brainstorming, planning/structuring, mind mapping, writing the first draft, receiving peer feedback, editing, writing the final draft, and receiving feedback from teachers and evaluation. conclusion: in conclusion, it is important to understand that writing is a highly complex cognitive activity in which the writer must demonstrate simultaneous control of several variables. the success chances of students may be improved by strong writing abilities. writing is a crucial component of language. the process approach is learner-centered and takes into account the needs, expectations, goals, learning preferences, skills, and knowledge of the learners. using this process-based approach, students gain. [12] references 1. saidaliyev, s. (2004). essays on methods of teaching foreign languages. 2. саидалиев, с. (2004). чет тили ўқитиш методикасидан очерклар. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org 3. saydaliyev, s. (2022). selecting words for german language teaching. 4. saidaliyev, s., mamatova, н. (2022). use of the scientific and creative heritage of eastern thinkers for educational purposes. 5. botirova, z. x. q. (2020). the importance of age factors on teaching english in grades 56. scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 2(11), 381-384. 6. botirova, z. h. k. (2020). developing of lexical skills in english in secondary schools. scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 2(1), 199-203. 7. sadikov, z. (2021). kutadgu bilig” and “temur tuzuklari. world bulletin of social sciences, 5, 40-41. 8. sadikov, z. (2022). o‘zgalar baxtini o‘z baxtidan ustun bilgan inson. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2, 20-27. 9. sadikov, z. (2012). about some translational problems of poetic figure “kutadgu bilig”(wisdom of royal glory). beiträge zur entwicklung in usbekistan und china: wissenschaftliche schriftenreihe: band 5, 5, 117-118. 10. botirova p. modern methods of teaching foreign languages //теория и практика современной науки. – 2019. – №. 2. – с. 25-27. 11. nargiza, d., & palina, b. (2019). features of the english translation of russian-speaking realities in the texts of fiction novels. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 9(4), 117-121. 12. botirova, p. (2019). modern problems of linguistics and methods of teaching english language. теория и практика современной науки, (2), 28-31. 13. khakimjonovna, b. p. (2021). methodology of student coherent speech development in the process of english language learning. middle european scientific bulletin, 9. 14. khakimjonovna, b. p. (2022). descriptive coherent speech and its types. berlin studies transnational journal of science and humanities, 2(1.5 pedagogical sciences). 15. botirova, p. k. (2021). the development of coherent speech students of technical institutions in english lesson. in технические науки: проблемы и решения (pp. 101-105). 16. botirova, p. k. (2021). the problem of formation of a coherent speech of students in english lessons. in технические науки: проблемы и решения (pp. 105-109). 17. botirova, p. h., inomiddinova, d. i., & sobirova, r. m. (2019). methodological recommendations for using the method of work in small groups. international journal of advanced science and technology, 28(12), 385-389. 18. amandjanovna i. d, (2022), ingliz tili fanini o ‘qitishda talabalar bilimi rivojlantirish va nazorat qilishning zamonaviy mexanizmlari. ijtimoiy fanlarda innovasiya onlayn ilmiy jurnali 2/19-23 19. amandjanovna i. d, (2022), ingliz tili fanini o ‘qitishda zamonaviy usul va vositalarni qoʻllash metodikasi ,ijtimoiy fanlarda innovasiya onlayn ilmiy jurnali. 2/11-15 20. raxmanova, m. n. (2022). pedagogical and communicative skills. european journal of humanities and educational advancements (ejhea), vol. 3 no. 12, 139-141. 21. raxmanova, m. (2022). didactic syncwine as a teaching method. pindus journal of culture, literature, and elt, 2, 60-64. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5479715725988437814&btni=1&hl=ru https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/o-zgalar-baxtini-o-z-baxtidan-ustun-bilgan-inson https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=4_znsi4aaaaj&citation_for_view=4_znsi4aaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=4_znsi4aaaaj&citation_for_view=4_znsi4aaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org investor's civil liability for enviromental damage ali ihsan tili department of administration emadi technical institute city emadi ali.ehsann766@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the environment is the natural surrounding where human and other living beings reside. the patterns of inhibition development and its distinctive characteristics is determined by the actions of mankind and their relation with the environment. still, the overstated subjection, exploiting and consumption of natural resources of the environment by mankind to fulfill his continuous demands caused a serious environmental deterioration. environmental. liability, pollution. املقدمة من التحدي كانت البيئة تعني الوسط الطبيعي أو املحيط الحيوي ً الذي يعيش فيه اإلنسان وبقية الكائنات الحية فأنها تمثل نوعا الذي يجب على اإلنسان أن يواجهه، فيتحدد نمط التنمية االستثمارية وخصائصها املميزة على نوع االستجابة الصادرة من اإلنسان واستغالل مواردها في استثماراته املتعددة تلبية ملتطلباته في عالقته مع البيئة إال أنه ترتب على مغاالة اإلنسان في إخضاع الطبيعة املتجددة حدوث تغيرات في النظم البيئية أدت إلى تدهور بيئي خطير ما يوجب ضرورة البحث في املسؤولية املترتبة عن األضرار البيئية الناشئة عن املشاريع االستثمارية . في مجال الدراسات واألبحاث القانونية التي تعني ومن هذا املنطلق بدأت املسؤولية املدنية عن ا ً متميزا ً ألضرار البيئية تحتل مكانا إلى ما تقدم فأن أساس املسؤولية ً البيئي، واستنادا بموضوع البيئة وحمايتها من التلوث وال سيما موضوع التعويض عن الضرر عن ً الضرر الحاصل. املدنية الناجمة عن التلوث البيئي على عاتق املسؤول قانونا قد خَول مجلس حماية وتحسين 2009( لسنة 27ومما يجدر بنا اإلشارة إليه أن قانون حماية وتحسين البيئة العراقي النافذ رقم ) ى ( من القانون، ولكن عند التدقيق فيها فإن أكثر من نصف هذه االعمال ال يتعد6البيئة ممارسة األعمال التي تنص عليها املادة ) الرأي كإبداء ا املعنية قبل إقرارها إبداء الجهات أو الوزارات املعدة من قبل الوطنية البيئية للخطط واملشاريع في الجوانب لرأي ومتابعة تنفيذها في حين انه يجب ان تسند إلى هذا املجلس ليس إبداء الرأي فحسب وإنما يقرر فيما إذا كانت تلك الخطط مجدية لغرض تعديلها كما أن وقادرة على تحقيق الهدف املطلوب فإذا لم ً تكن كذلك فإنه عليه ان يعدل فيها أو يمنح تلك الوزارات آجال american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org دراسة تقدير األثر البيئي وتحديد إذا كانت املشروعات املقترحة قد تؤثر إقامتها في سالمة البيئة , ويجب أن يكون القول الفصل فيها للمجلس . إشكالية الدراسة: ساؤل حول اآلثار املترتبة عن الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشاريع االستثمارية وسبل التعويض عنه؟ األمر الذي يدفعنا إلى الت كما إن مشكلة الدراسة تتمثل في األساس بأن خطر الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشاريع االستثمارية هو خطر جديد ذو خصوصية إلى شخص مع ين يمكن أن يكون مسؤوال عن تعويض األضرار التي تنتج عن معقدة والتي يترتب عليها صعوبة نسبة هذا الضرر مشروعه االستثماري. والذي يتفرع عنه بعض التساؤالت الفرعية التالية: كيف تتكون املسؤولية املدنية الناشئة عن الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشاريع االستثمارية؟ ما هي أنواع الضرر االستثماري البيئي؟ الدراسة: أهمية ويكمن أهمية هذا املوضوع من الناحية الفقهية من خالل بيان رأي الفقه القانوني ومقارنته مع القانون الوضعي في كل من لبنان . ً والعراق حيث أن موضوع التعويض عن الضرر البيئي من املواضيع املعاصرة في العالم، والعالم العربي تحديدا الناحي من املوضوع أهمية القانونية وتكمن الدراسات أو الصلة ذات القضائية االجتهادات ندرة أو وجود عدم في القضائية ة في تمثل والتي الحالية، لدراستنا ملشكلة بالنسبة وخاصة العربية الدول وبعص ولبنان العراق مستوى على البحث بموضوع التعويض عن الضرر البيئي الحاصل ومحدداته واملسؤولية الناتجة عنه. أسباب البحث: ولقد اعتمدت في اختياري لهذا البحث العديد من األسباب أهمها: من اجل الحفاظ على البيئة التي يشغلها اإلنسان ويتأثر بها، من ناحية التلوث والدمار التي يلحق بها من املصانع التي ال تراعي مبدأ اإلنسانية في الحفاظ على البيئة. عما لحقه من أضرار. وجوب وضع قواعد قانونية صارم ً ة، والتي تمثل في حالة حدوث الضرر تعويض املتضرر عنه بيئيا منهجية البحث: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org لتشعب املسائل التي يتطرق لها موضوع البحث، فقد اعتمدت على عدة مناهج علمية تتكامل فيما بينها بقصد إغنـاء موضوع ً ونظرا بجميع تفاصيله، ولتحقيق هذه اإلملام واملنهج البحث، ومحاولة التطبيقي، واملنهج التحليلي القانوني املنهج اتبعت الغاية، فقد املقارن. املنهج القانوني التحليلي: اعتمدت على هذا املنهج من أجل استعراض جميع اآلراء املتعلقة بموضوعات البحث وتحليلها واملقارنة التي دفعتني إلى ذلك. بينها وترجيح أحدها واالنحياز إليه مع بيان األسباب واملبررات كما اعتمدت املنهج التطبيقي: وذلك ألن موضوع البحث ال يعالج مسائل نظرية بحتة أو قليلة الحدوث والتكرار في املجتمع؛ بل إن الفعل الضار والخطأ املرتكب مما يوجب وضع السببية بين املدنية والصلة القانون املدني في قيام املسؤولية محددات مواضيع التعويض عنه. خطة الدراسة: لإلجابة على إشكالية هذه الدراسة سنقوم بتقسيم بحثنا إلى مبحثين؛ نتناول في املبحث األول أساس املسؤولية املدنية عن الضرر البيئي االستثماري، وأنواع الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري في املطلب الثاني املبحث األول أساس املسؤولية املدنية عن الضرر البيئي االستثماري ي إن فقهاء القانوني قد قاموا بتقسم االلتزام إلى نوعين هما املصادرة اإلرادية واملصادر غير اإلرادية ففقد اندرج تحت التقسيم الثنائ اإلرادية )القانون والعمل غير املشروع واإلثراء بال باملصادرة اإلرادية لاللتزام )العقد واإلرادة املنفردة(، وتحت مصادر االلتزام غير سبب(، والتي تعد من الوقائع القانونية التي تختلف عن التصرفات القانونية1. ومن هنا سوف نقوم بالبحث عنه على وجع ً لاللتزام مثله مثل باقي املصادر التي أشرنا اليها سابقا ً فإن العمل غير املشروع يعد مصدرا الخصوص في قيام املسؤولية الناتجة عنه والتعويض عنها. سندرس في املبحث األول أساس املسؤولية املدنية عن الضرر البيئي، وفي املبحث الثاني اآلثار املتعلقة باملسؤولية املدنية عن الضرر البيئي. وحيد الدين سوار، النظرية العامة لاللتزام، ج1، مصادر االلتزام اإلرادية والالرادية، منشورات جامعة دمشق، سورية، 2002، ص9، 1 دي رتب هي حادث ماكما يفترق التصرف القانوني عن الواقعة في أنه في التصرف القانوني اتجهت اإلرادة إلى احداث أثر قانوني، أما في الواقعة القانونية ف عليه القانون أثر سواء اتجهت االرادة الى احداث هذا االمر أم ال. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org املطلب األول أركان املسؤولية املدنية و الخطأ الشخص ي الذي يصدر من املسؤول على أساس خطأ واجب االثبات، فيتعين على تقوم املسؤولية عن األعمال الشخصية أ املضرور اثبات الضرر الذي تسببه خطأ املسؤول عن الضرر لكي يتم مساءلة االخير ومطالبته بالتعويض، وال بد لكي تكتمل هذه 163ومنها املادة املسؤولية من قيام الشرط وهو ما نصت عليه صراحة معظم القوانين املدنية ً مدني على أن " كل خطأ سبب ضررا للغير يلزم مرتكبه بالتعويض " ومن هذه النص يتضح ان املسؤولية قائمة على الخطأ والضرر والعالقة السببية بينهم 2. مـع وتمثـل املسؤولية التقصيرية الوضـع الطبيعـي لنظـام املسـؤولية عـن األضــرار البيئيـة، حيـث ال يكـون ً املضـرور في الغالـب مرتبطـا مسـبب الضـرر بـأي عالقـة تعاقديـة، بـل إن العالقـة التعاقديـة مـع املضـرور في هـذه الحاالت تعتبر قليلة الحدوث3. يئي الحاصل عليـه في مجـال املسئولية التقصيرية علـى أسـاس الخطـأ الواجـب اإلثبـات فإن املتضـرر في نفسـه أو مالـه بسـبب الضرر الب ة أن يقـوم بإثبـات الخطـأ في جانـب الشـخـص الـذي يرفـع عـليـه دعـوى املسئولية والتعـويض وذلـك وفـق شـرط تحقيـق أركـان املسـئولي الخطئيـة الـتي تقـوم عـلـى الخطـأ والضـرر وتـو فـر عالقـة السـببية بـين خطـأ املسـؤول والضـرر الحـادث4، وقد تبنـت هـذه النظريـة الكـثيـر مـن القـوانين كمبـدأ عـام في املسئولية التقصيرية كالتشريع اللبناني والعراقي والسوري واملصري. في هذه الحالة يشترط ثبوت الخطأ لقيام املسؤولية إضافة إلى باقي األركان الثالثة املذكورة، غير أن األضرار البيئية تثير الكثير من الصعوبات فيما يتعلق بإثبات الخطأ5. ومن هذا املنطلق ال بد من تحديد املقصود بالخطأ لقيام املسؤولية املدنية الناتجة عن الضرر البيئي، ولكن اختلف الفقـه حول إلخالل تحـديد معنى الخطأ في املسؤوليـة فقيل انـه عمل ضـار مخالف للقانون، وقيـل إنه اإلخالل بالتزام قانوني سابق، وقيل إنه ا إنه انتهاك لحرمة حق ال يستطيع من انتهك بالثقة ً ه إخالل بواجب، وقيل أيضا ّ املشروعة، وقيل إنه اعتداء على حق، كما قيل إن الفقه والقضاء هو أن الخطأ في مجال الذي استقر في التعريف ... ومع ذلك فإن حرمته أن يعارضه بحق أقوى أو بحق مماثل املسئولية التقصيرية يتمثل في إخالل بالتزام قانوني بعدم اإلضرار بالغير 6. يطابق املادة 164 سوري و 166 ليبي كما يتفق مع القانون املصري بصفة عامة مع القانون املدني العراقي 186 الى 191 التي جائت تحت عنوان االتالف، 2 موجبات لبناني. 123و 121سبة لالعمال غير املشروعة التي تقع على املال ، وانظر املادة تحت عنوان النصب، وهذا بالن 201الى 192واملواد محسن عبد الحميد ابراهيم البيه، املسؤولية املدنية عن االضرار البيئية ، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة، مصر، 2002، ص3.20 عبد الرزاق السنهوري، الوسيط في شرح القانون املدني الجديد، ج1، م2، نظرية االلتزام بوجه عام، مصادر االلتزام، منشورات الحلبي الحقوقية، 4 .878، ص1998بيروت، لبنان، أنور جمعة علي الطويل، مرجع سابق، ص 5.81 توفيق حسن فرج و مصطفى الجمال، مصادر واحكام االلتزام، ط1، منشورات الحلبي الحقوقية، بيروت، لبنان، 2009، ص370. 6 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org ، سلوكه نحو الغير حتى ال يضر بهم، فإذا انحرف عن هذا السلوك، مع إدراكه ً متبصرا ً ذلك أنه يتعين على كل شخص أن يكون يقظا ي، مع إدراك الشخص لذلك، لذلك كان هذا خطأ، ومن هنا يبدو أن الخطأ يتمثل في انحراف عن السلوك الواجب أو السلوك العاد وهذان ها عنصرا الخطأ في املسئولية التقصيرية. عدم عنه صفة تزول وبالتالي ، ً مبررا يكون قد ذاته في املشروع غير العمل أن إال الخطأ، عنصري توافر من الرغم على ولكن ثم الخطأ، ومن املسؤولية، ولهذا نعرض لعنصري لذلك ال تتحقق ً أثباته ضمن مجال املشروعية، وتبعا في املتعلقة الصعوبات األضرار البيئية. أوال: العنصر املادي )التعدي(. يقوم الخطأ على انحراف في السلوك معياره أن الخطأ يتوافر إذا وقع انحراف في سلوك الشخص، بحيث يتحقق التعدي قبل الغير. وتقصير، ويقال في الحالة األولى إن اإلنحراف عن السلوك يشكل جريمة مدنية، وقد يقع هذا التعدي عن عمد، وقد يكون عن إهمال ، ويتميز الخطأ العمدي بإرادة إيقاع ضرر بالغير . ً أو خطأ تقصيريا ، ويتسم سلوكه بعدم الحيطة ، ويطلق ً أما في الحالة الثانية، فإن من صدر عنه الفعل ال يقصد إيقاع الضرر، ولكنه يرتكب إهماال ه في هذه الحالة األخيرة شبـه جـريمة أو خطـا شبـه تقصيري. عليـ ويقاس االنحراف في السلوك بمقياس موضوعي، وهو سلوك الشخـص العادي، فإذا انحرف الشخص عن السلوك املألوف للشخـص عدي ، وبالتالي ال يتوافر الخطأ العـادي تـوافـر التعدي ، وتحقق الخطأ في جانبه، أما إذا لم ينحرف عن هذا السلوك ، ال يتوافر الت في سلوكه ً أو مهمال ً التعدي حريصا منه إذا كان من وقع ما إلى ينظر إذ ال ، املعيار من شخص آلخر في جانبه، وال يختلف هذا الشخص ي ، فال يؤخذ هنا بمعيار ذاتي شخص ي . ي وقع منه التعدي أو الخطأ بسلوك الشخص العادي وإذا طبق املعيار املوضوعي على هذا النحو، بحيث يقـاس سـلـوك الشخص الذ ، فال يهم ما إذا تعلق األمر بعمل يقوم به الشخص أم بامتناع عن عمل، فأحجام الشخص عن القيام بعمل في ظروف معينة قد التعدي يعد خطأ إذا ثبت أنه قد انحرف عن السلوك املألوف لشخص عادي يوجد في نفس الظروف التي وجد فيها من وقع منه باالمتناع. وااللتجاء إلى قياس سلوك من وقع منه التعدي بسلوك الشخص العادي ينبغي تقتفي أن تراعي فيه الظروف الخارجية التي تحيط بوقوع الفعل ، وذلك ألن تلك الظروف تعتبر عامة على جميع الناس يشترك فيها الشخص مع غيره . ادي الذي يوجد في مثل تلك الظروف، فقد الظروف بالنسبة للشخص العادي ، املزيد ولهذا يكون القياس بالنظر إلى الشخص الع من الحرص واليقظة في وقت معين ولهذا يجب أن يتوافر في سلوك الشخص ما ينبغي أن يتوافر بالنسبة لسلوك الشخص العادي من حرص ويقظة في مثل تلك الظروف . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org ، فيقاس التعدي بمعيار فالرأي الراجح عند جمهور الفقه والقضاء، أ ً موضوعيا ً ن املعيار في هذا الخصوص يجب أن يكون معيارا مجرد، ال ننظر فيه الى الظروف الشخصية للمتعدي، وإنما نعتد فيه بسلوك شخص مجرد، وهذا الشخص هو الشخص العادي ى اخر، ومن ثم يكفينا مئونة البحث الذي يمثل جمهور الناس، فهو الشخص الوسيط في سلوكه، فهو معيار ال يتغير من شخص ال في أمور خفية تتعلق بشخص املتعدي، ويصبح واحد ثابتا بالنسبة الى الجميع، وبهذا تنضبط الروابط القانونية وتستقر االوضاع 7. : العنصر املعنوي أو النفس ي )اإلدراك(. ً ثانيا ، فإذا لم يكن كذلك ال يلزم لتوافر الخطأ أن يتوافر إلى جانب اإلنحراف في السلوك ً على النحو السابق، أن يكون الشخص مميزا تقوم مسئوليته، ولهذا ال يكـون مسئوال من كـان غير مميـز، وهذا هو الصغير غير املميز، ومن حكمه، وهو املجنون واملعتوه، ويعتبر يس ي ... ذلك أن كال من هؤالء ال يدرك ما يقوم غير مميز كذلك كل من فقد رشده بسبب عارض كالسكر أو الغيبوبة والتنويم املغناط ، فالخطأ يرتبط بالتمييز واإلدراك. ً به، ولهذا ال يمكن أن ينسب إليه خطأ، وبالتالي ال يكون مسئوال فإذا كان الشخص ال يدرك ما يصدر عنه، ال ينبغي أن يسأل، طاملا أن املسئولية تقوم على الخطأ هذا هو األصل، وقد نصت املادة عن أعماله غير املشروعة متى صدرت منه وهو مميز " 8. ً ١٦٤/١ مدني على أنه:" يكون الشخص مسئوال التمييز في املسئولية فالتمييز شرط جوهري للمسئولية، ولكن هذا ال ذلك يعني أن يكون الشخص قد بلغ سن الرشد، ذلك أن للعقد، ولكنه عنصر اإلدراك في الخطأ، وإال ال يعتبر الفعل الذي التقصيرية ال يعد أهلية يجب أن تتوافر كما هو الشأن بالنسبة ، بأن كان فاقد الوعي ً يصدر الشخص في مثل هذه الحالة خطأ، فمتى تحقق أن الشخص الذي صدر منه العمل الضار لم يكن مميزا لعدم توافر عنصر األدراك. ويكون األمر كذل ً ك دون ارتباط هذه الحالة الواقعية وبين وقت ارتكاب الفعل، ال تنبغي مساءلته؛ نظرا عوارض األهلية في حالة التعاقد فالعبرة بتوافر عن التمييز الفعلي وقت ارتكاب الفعل. مدني، فإن 1/164إذا كان األصـل أن الشخص يكون مسئوال عن أعماله غير املشروعة متى صـدرت منه وهـو مميز، كما جاء في املادة هذه املادة قد قررت مسئولية عـديم التمييز في نطاق محـدود، إذ نصت عـلى أنه: »ومع ذلـك إذا وقع الضرر من الفقرة الثانية من شخص غير مميز، ولم يكن هناك من هو مسئـول عنه، أو تعـذر الحصول على تعويض من املسئول، جاز للقاض ي أن يلزم من وقع في ذلك مركز الخصوم 9 . ً منه الضرر بتعويض عادل، مراعيا والواقع أن مسئولية عديم التمييز في هذه الحالة ال تقوم على أساس الخطأ، إذ أن الخطأ يستلزم اإلدراك، وهو غير متوافر بالنسبة ألن ً له، وإنما تقوم على أساس تحمل التبعة ، إذ يتحمل غير املميز تبعة ما يقع منه من ضرر ، في الحدود التي جاء بها النص ، نظرا ئولية ليست مطلقة . املس عصمت عبد املجيد بكر، املسؤولية التقصيرية في القوانين املدنية العربية، ط1، منشورات زين الحقوقية، بيروت، لبنان، 2016، ص 97. 7 أنظر املادة 165 سوري ، وهو يطابق القانون املصري، وقريب من ذلك ما جاء في املادة 191 عراقي. 8 أنظر املادة 191 عراقي.9 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org وال بد من اتخاذ الحيطة والحذر في السلوك ابتغاء عدم اإلضرار بالغير، فهو يتخذ صورك سلوك منحرف متعمد للشخص في ميدان أو غير متعمد، ً أضرار البيئة وذلك بإقدام الشخص على أفعال تضر باألشخاص أو البيئة التي حولهم، سواء كان اإلخالل متعمدا )املادة وسواء صدر التمييز أو من عديم عليها 191من مميز يرتاد التي الشرب مياه في العامة بالصحة مواد مضرة كان يضع ،) الحيوانات للشرب بقصد الحاق الضرر بها 10. في املسؤولية املدنية فالحرية التي يمتلكها اإلنسان في التصرف ً أساسيا ً مشروطة لذلك يعد الخطأ أو الفعل غير املشروع عنصرا بأن ال يلحق ضررا بغيره، سواء في األشخاص أو األموا ، فإذا تسبب بهذا الضرر كان عليه جبر هذا الضرر ) التعويض (، وهذا ما ( املادة ) 6نصت عليه العراقي رقم املدني القانون ، فمن استعمل حقه 1951( لعام 40( من الضمان ينافي الجواز الشرعي " : غير جا ً ضمن ما نشأ من ضرر" ، وكذلك جاء في املادة ) استعماال ً غير 1( من القانون نفسه " 7ئزا ً من استعمل حقه استعماال ويصبح استعمال الحق غير جائز في األحوال التالية : -2جائز وجب عليه الضمان ، إذا لم يقصد بهذا االستعمال سوى األضرار بالغير. يصيب الغير من ضرر إذا كانت املصالح التي يرمي إليها ً هذا االستعمال إلى تحقيقها قليلة األهمية، بحيث ال تتناسب مطلقا بسببها. إذا كانت املصالح التي يرمي هذا االستعمال إلى تحقيقها غير ما مشروعة. وبذلك عمد املشرع العراقي في القانون املدني دفع الضرر ومحاصرته، وذلك " درء املفاسد أولى من جلب املنافع " 11. ويتمثل السلوك املضر من قبل الشخص في الضرر البيئي، من قبيل ما يمكن ان يقوم به وله من أضرار لآلخرين، سواء كانت بأموالهم جسيمة ً أو بيئتهم، ومثال ذلك إن يضع الشخص مولدة كهرباء كبيرة الحجم قرب جدار شخص آخر، فتسبب عند تشغيلها أضرارا االهتزاز( ، ففي هذه الحالة يجب أن يكون من وضع ) املولدة الكهربائية ( قد أقدم بإرادة كاملة من صوت ورائحة الوقود وضوضاء ) إلى إلحاق الضرر بالشخص اآلخر وكان هدفه يكمن في ذلك 12. على ( بقيام املدعى عليه بنصب مولدتين كبيرتي الحجم 2010/ ب / 1575وجاء في حكم محكمة بداءة النجف في الدعوى املرقمة ) جدار دار املدعية منذ أكثر من سنة ونصف ، وسبب لها أضرار جسيمة ، من الصوت ، ورائحة الوقود ، والتلوث البيئي ، واالهتزاز ، ودخول مخلفات املولدات من الحرارة ، والدخان إلى داخل دارها ، إضافة لتواجد عمال املدعى عليه في باحة دار املدعية ، وقضت ي حكمها بإلزام املدعى عليه ، إضافة إلى وظيفته ، رفع مولدة الكهرباء املنصوبة من قبله على العقار العائد للمدعية محكمة البداءة ف مادة )191( من القانون املدني العراقي رقم 40 لسنة 1951 والتي نصت على : " إذا اتلف صبي مميز أو غير مميز أو من في حكمهما مال غيره لزمه الضمان 10 غير مميز أو مجنون جاز للمحكمة ان تلزم الوالي ً أو القيم أو الوص ي في ماله. وإذا تعذر الحصول على التعويض من أموال من وقع منه الضرر ان كان صبيا في ذلك بمبلغ التعويض على ان يكون لهذا الرجوع بما دفعه على من وقع من الضرر وعند تقدير التعويض العادل عن الضرر ال بد للمحكمة ان تراعي مركز الخصوم. املادة "8" من القانون املدني العراقي النافذ رقم "40" لسنة 1951 املعدل. 11 محمد صالح املهنا، املسؤولية املدنية عن مضار التلوث البيئي، ط1، منشورات زين الحقوقية، بيروت، لبنان، 2018، ص 77. 12 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org التمييز محكمة قبل من القرار صدق وقد ، املهندسين خبراء من املقدم املرتسم في موضح حسب ، آخر في نصبها وإعادة ، ملوافقته أحكام القانون . ً االتحادية 13، حيث جاء في حيثيات التصديق اعتبار الحكم صحيحا من خبراء ثالثة بصحبة الدعوى موضوع املولدة على الكشف بإجراء وقامت القضائية، تحقيقاتها أجرت املحكمة ألن وذلك ة الضرر وفق ما يراه املهندسين، وتأيد لها من تقرير الخبراء ، إن تشغيل املولدة في موقعها الحالي، يسبب الضرر للمدعية، وأن إزال الخبراء، يتم بتغيير موقعها، كما هو موضح باملرتسم بتقريرهم . وبذلك نجد أن الخطأ بعدم االلتزام بالقوانين والتشريعات التي تناولت حماية البيئة من التلوث وعدم األضرار بها وصيانتها من أي فالخروج عن هذه التشريعات هو عمل غير مشروع، )الخطأ( من قبل مكروه أو عمل غير مشروع، سواء بركنيه املادي أو املعنوي، محدث الضرر البيئي فقيام أي شخص طبيعي كان أو اعتباري بتلويث الهواء واملاء والتربة واألضرار بالبيئة بشكل عام يترتب عليه املسائلة القانونية واتخاذ إجراءات رادعة في حقه. املطلب الثاني انونية لحماية البيئة من الضرر البيئي االستثماري خصائص الوسائل الق لعل اهم الوسائل الفاعلة والتي ساهمت في حماية البيئة من الضرر البيئي، هي تشريعات البيئة التي تتميز بتطورها بشكل متوازي الى اتفاقات الحكوما ت واملنظمات الدولية وغيرها مع شدة وخطورة التلوث وفعالية أثاره لكل منطقة في العالم، األمر الذي أدى باملجتمع املدني، بتقييم حاالت األضرار الحاصلة في البيئة، وبالتالي اقتراح الحلول واملعالجات السابقة والالحقة لحدوث الضرر، جل ذلك لتكون كل دولة تنظيم قوانينها بقدر حجم الضرر الحاصل لديها، فعقد املؤتمرات واالتفاقيات الدولية واإلقليمية من ا فنهضت األمم املتحدة بدورها في هذا املجال، من خالل منظماتها وبرامجها التخصصية لحث مساعدة الدول على التعاون في نقل الخبرات في مجال القوانين البيئية. نشاء الدولة العراقية اهتم املشرع العراقي بالتشريعات البيئية في مختلف مناحي الحياة، وتناول املوضوعات املتعلقة بالبيئة، منذ إ حتى وقتنا الحاضر، وما يعيب على هذه التشريعات عدم وجود نظام موحد يجمعها تحت مظلة تشريعية مقننة على كافة األصعدة واملجاالت االقتصادية منها واالجتماعية، وغيرها من مجاالت الحياة14 . يئة مع تطور الدولة العراقية في العصر الحديث، وان كان هذا ال يعني لذلك يقتض ي البحث في البدء بالتطور التاريخي لالهتمام بالب ان االهتمام بالبيئة هو وضع معاصر أو مستحدث ففي وسع املتتبع لحضارة وادي الرافدين ان يجد صورة الجانب البيئي واضحة في الكثير من املقومات األدبية. انتهاء االحتالل العثماني، ولم يتطرق فقد نشأت الدولة العراقية الحديثة مع بداية القرن العشرين بظهور اململكة العراقية بعد للبيئة ضمن نصوصه، ولم يمنع هذا من صدور عدة قوانين تهتم بجوانب معينة من البيئة 1925القانون األساس ي العراقي لعام ينظر: العدد " 1863/ هيئة استئنافية منقول / 2011" غير منشور. 13 محمد صالح املهنا، املرجع السابق، ص52 وص 53. 14 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org نون تنظيف الشوارع ونقل األزبال وازالة املكاره ، قا1934لسنة 29خاصة الصحة والنظافة ومنها: قانون تصريف املياه الوسخة رقم رقم 4 لسنة 1935، قانون منع تلويث األنهار رقم 4 لسنة 1935، قانون املحالت املضرة بالصحة العامة رقم 11 لسنة .193615 الدساتير املؤقتة التي كانت تعول و دخل العراق في مرحلة 1958تموز 14إما بعد سقوط النظام امللكي وقيام الجمهورية بعد ثورة للبيئة في ش يء. 1963و دستور 1958أهمية لتنظيم السلطة بشكل أساس ي فلم يتطرق دستور تكفله الدولة 36( فقد أشارة في املادة)1964إما دستور ) ً ( للجانب الصحي بالنص على ان " الرعاية الصحية حق للعراقيين جميعا حيث نص في املادة 1968ات واملؤسسات الصحية والتوسع فيها" . وكذلك الحال بالنسبة لدستور بإنشاء مختلف أنواع املستشفي للقانون"، ولم يشذ دستور 37 ً 1970على ان " الرعاية الصحية حق تكفله الدولة بإنشاء املستشفيات واملؤسسات الصحية وفقا ة بحماية الصحة العامة عن طريق التوسع املستمر بالخدمات بنص يتضمن " تلتزم الدول 33عن هذا السياق عندما جاءت املادة الطبية املجانية، في الوقاية واملعالجة والدواء، على نطاق املدن واألرياف". ونص قانون إدارة الدولة العراقية للمرحلة االنتقالية فقد تضمنت املادة الرابعة عشر إشارة إلى حق الفرد في العناية الصحية والزام دولة بحدود إمكانياتها بتوفير هذا الحق ضمن عدة حقوق أخرى تضمنتها املادة كالحق في األمن والتعليم والضمان االجتماعي. ال فقد وردت فيه اإلشارة صريحة وألول مرة على الحق في البيئة أي ان التطور األبرز دستوريا حصل 2005أما دستورنا الحالي لعام تكفل الدولة حماية البيئة والتنوع األحيائي والحفاظ عليهما" 16 . ً : لك ل فرد حق العيش في ظروٍف بيئيٍة سليمة، ثانيا ً في املادة 33 " اوال : لكل عراقي الحق في الرعاية الصحية، وتعنى الدولة بالصحة العامة، وتكفل وسائل الوقاية 31كما أشار لجوانب منها في املادة ً " اوال أنواع املستشفيات واملؤسسات الصحية". والعالج بإنشاء مختلف أما على املستوى التشريعي فقد كان العراق من أوائل الدول العربية التي فكرت في حماية البيئة والحد من تدهورها، فكان أن شكلت ما يـعرف بالهيئـة العلـيا للبيـئة البشرية والتي تأســست بموجــب أمر ديــوان الرئاسة املرقم 2411 فـــي 1974/3/10، 17 وكانت رئاسة بالبيئة، وجاء ذلك عقب مشاركة الصلة ذات املختلفة الدوائر ممثلي آنذاك وبعضوية البلديات وزارة بوكيل أنيطت قد الهيئة . 1972العراق في مؤتمر استوكهولم للبيئة البشرية عام في 1258رار ملجلس قيادة الثورة )املنحل( آنذاك واملرقم كما مارست تلك الهيئة مهام عملها ملدة أكثر من عام ونصف حين صدر ق لتشكيل املجلس األعلى للبيئة البشرية باعتباره الجهة املركزية لحماية البيئة وتحولت رئاسة املجلس إلى وزير الصحة 19/11/1975 وعدلت تسميته لتصبح مجلس حماية البيئة. ينظر القوانين التالية: قانون األشراف على الحرف ذات الروائح الكريهة رقم 42 لسنة 1931.، وقانون تصريف املياه الوسخة رقم 29 لسنة 1934، 15 تلويث األنهار رقم 1935لسنة 4قانون تنظيف الشوارع ونقل األزبال وإزالة املكاره رقم بالصحة 1935لسنة 4، وقانون منع ، وقانون املحالت املضرة .1936لسنة 11العامة رقم ينظر املادة 33، من الدستور العراقي لعام 2005 .16 ينظر أمر ديوان الرئاسة العراقية املرقم " 2411، في عام 10،3،1974. 17 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org بأسم دائرة الخدمات الوقائية والبيئية وهي من دوائر وزارة الصحة، وما لبث أسم فكان ارتباط هذه الدائرة باملجلس، والتي عرفت ، وكان من بين أهم ً هذه الدائرة إن تحول إلى دائرة الوقاية الصحية وحماية البيئة مع اإلبقاء على املجلس الذي تغيرت تسميته قليال مثابة الذراع التنفيذية للمجلس، وتمت تلك التغييرات أثر صدور تشكيالت الدائرة املذكورة هو )مركز حماية البيئة( الذي كان ب املرقم البيئة وتحسين حماية مجلس رئيس 1986لسنة 76قانون بنائب البيئة وتحسين حماية مجلس ارتباط حدد الذي البيئة والذي ربط ( قانون حماية وتحسين1997( لسنة )3حيث صدر القانون رقم ) 1997الجمهورية، وبقى نافذ املفعول لغاية مجلس البيئة بمجلس الوزراء18. ( 44بموجب امر سلطة االئتالف املؤقتة ) 2003فكان دور وزارة البيئة منذ أن تأسست في العراق بعد التغيير الذي حصل في عام والدمار الذي لحق البيئة العراقية ، فقد برزت إلى الوجود بصورة جدية خاصة بعد سلسلة الحروب التي خاضها العراق 2003لسنة جراء هذه النزاعات واالستنزاف الذي تعرضت له موارده على شتى األصعدة االقتصادية واالجتماعية والثقافية واألسرية، ولم تبتعد بحق اإلنسان في البيئة عن هذا التدهور، فكان البد من العمل بسرعة على تالفي هذا التدهور ملا له من مضار قد تؤدي إلى املساس الحياة. لقد جاء تأسيس وزارة البيئة خطوة جدية وأساسية وتطور كبير لغرض تحويل النظرة التقليدية التي كانت سائدة في أوساط العمل السبب كان هناك في مجاالت خدمية معينة، ولهذا البيئة ممارسة ضيقة ومحدودة تدور تعتبر حماية إذ كانت العراق في البيئي لعل في مقدمتها هو التنوع األحيائي، وبذلك فقد تحول العمل البيئي إلى نظرة أكثر شمولية العدي ً د من املجاالت البيئية الهامة منسيا تعتبر إن البيئة هي موحدة غير مجزأة، وان حماية البيئة ال ينبغي أن تقتصر على فقرات محددة دون غيرها أو على مناطق أو قطاعات حيث أصبحت هناك وزارة مختصة بتنفيذ األحكام القانونية املتعلقة بحماية البيئة في شتى مجاالتها، ال مجرد بيئية دون غيرها, مديرية مرتبطة بوزارة الصحة. وهذا يحتاج إلى إعادة هيكلية الجهات اإلدارية املركزية التي تقوم بهذه املهمة. لذلك صدر قانون وزارة البيئة رقم ً ليبين هيكلية واختصاصات هذه الوزارة واألهداف التي تسعى لتحقيقها 0820لسنة 37وتطبيقا ( رقم البيئة قانون حماية وتحسين تاله ثم عاتقها، امللقاة على لسنة 27واملهام الخاصة 2009( التشريعية العملية تكتمل حتى بوزارة البيئة 19. ُ بحماية البيئة، حيث أصبح مجلس حماية وتحسين البيئة مرتبطا من عالقات اإلنسان، وهي عالقاته بالبيئة التي يعيش فيها، ً إذا كان قانون حماية البيئة فرع من فروع العلوم القانونية ينظم نوعا إال أن له خصائص تميزه عن غيره، وهي خصائص تستند إلى خطورة وطبيعة موضوعه، وهو حماية البيئة مني أي ضرر قد يصيبها، نظيمه الى اختالل التوازن الطبيعي بين عناصر ومكونات البيئة، بما يهدد في النهاية وجود اإلنسان وسائر والذي يؤدي التهاون في ت املخلوقات على كوكبنا األرض ي 20. قد يمكن القول ان قوانين حماية البيئة هي احدى فروع القانون العام، وبالتالي تسري عليه املناهج الفنية املعروفة في تلك الفروع. ينظرالقانون رقم )3( لسنة )1997( قانون حماية وتحسين البيئة. 18 ينظر قانون وزارة البيئة رقم 37 لسنة 2008، و قانون حماية وتحسين البيئة رقم )27( لسنة 2009, 19 احمد عبد الكريم سالمة، قانون حماية البيئة، مكافحة التلوث، تنمية املوارد الطبيعية، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة ، ص20.67 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org القانون يغلب عليها ولعل البيئة تخالف هذا الرأي، فمن ناحية، يالحظ أن قواعد ذلك بعض خصائص قانون حماية بجزاءات ً القواعد مصحوبة، دائما تلك راينا ان املكملة، وقد للقواعد اإللزام، فال مجال فيه الذي فيه طبعة التنظيمي الطابع عن ً الجزاءات املدنية، والتي تشكل موضوع دراستنا، ومعروف أن القانون العام هو جنائية، توقع على من يخالف أحكامها، فضال قانون القواعد اآلمرة، والنواهي املقيدة للحرية الشخصية 21. بالبيئة، تتصل التي األنشطة البيئية، والرقابة على السياسات في رسم كبير العامة دور لإلدارة فإن ثانية، ناحية ومن القوانين والنظم البيئية، فتتمتع اإلدارة بمجموعة من االمتيازات في مواجهة األفراد، وهي امتيازات تتسم بطابع والقيام على تنفيذ السلطة العامة، فهي تستطيع أن تلزم األفراد وتضبط سلوكهم في التعامل مع البيئة بإرادتها املنفردة. ها، دون توقف قبول األفراد أو رضائهم، بل إنها تستطيع أن وأن تصدر من جانبها وحدها قرارات تكون نافذة من تلقاء ذات الجزائي، أو اإلداري حسب القضاء القضاء املدني، أو من خالل إلى التنفيذ الجبري بالقوة عند االقتضاء، سواء عن طريق تلجأ الحال. ، فإن املصلحة التي تسعى اليها قواعد قانون حماية البيئة هي ً مصلحة عامة بالدرجة األولى، ذلك أن ومن ناحية ثالثة ايضا الطبيعية، والذي يؤدي التعدي الجائر عليها إلى األضرار بالصحة البيئة، تعني في الحقيقة الحفاظ على العناصر واملوارد حماية اإلنسانية، وبمقومات التنمية االقتصادية واالجتماعية للمجتمع. املبحث الثاني الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري أنواع الضرر البيئي الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري أما أن يصيب اإلنسان مباشرة عن طريق محيطة في ماله أو في جسمه أو في نفسه للمبدأ الذي تقرره الكثير من القوانين عن الخسارة الالحقة والكس ً فيعوض الضرر استنادا ً ب ويكون بنوعين أما أن يكون ماديا بصورة األلم النفس ي والحزن، وأما أن يصيب ً متمثال ً معنويا ً الضرر البيئي الفائت، وقد يكون الضرر الذي يصيب اإلنسان ضررا ويدعى حينئذ بالضرر البيئي املحض) 22( وعليه سنتناول في هذا املطلب أنواع الضرر البيئي ً املحيط الذي يتوسطه اإلنسان مباشرة ستثماري بتقسيمه الى فرعين نخصص األول لبحث الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري والذي يصيب الناتج عن املشروع اال اإلنسان، ونخصص الثاني لبحث الضرر البيئي الذي يصيب املحيط البيئي . ومن هنا سوف نقوم بتقسيم هذا املبحث الى مطلبين وذلك على الشكل التالي: ئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري والذي يصيب اإلنسان الضرر البي املطلب األول: : الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري والذي يصيب البيئة املطلب الثاني احمد عبد الكريم سالمة، املرجع ذاته، ص21.82 عبد هللا تركي حمد العيال، الضرر البيئي وتعويضه في املسؤولية املدنية، منشورات الحلبي الحقوقية، الطبعة األولى، 2013، ص46. ()22 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org املطلب األول الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري والذي يصيب اإلنسان بيئية تلحق ً أو قد قد تصدر عن املشاريع االستثمارية أضرارا ً أو معنويا ً األذى باإلنسان وسواء أكان الضرر قد لحق باإلنسان ماديا يلحق بممتلكاته ) 23( ويمكن تقسيمها إلى االتي: : الضرر املادي. ً أوال وهو الضرر الذي يصيب الشخص في مصلحة مالية كإتالف املال أو حرق املنزل أو عجز املتضرر عن العمل، وذلك بأن يمس الضرر من فاته وما من خسارة املتضرر لحق ما إلى ً استنادا للتعويض املطلوب املقدار لتحديد اللجوء ويتم املالية املتضرر بمصلحة كسب) 24(، ويقصد بالضرر الجسدي بأنه "األذى الذي يصيب اإلنسان وهذا األذى أما أن يقع على حق اإلنسان في الحياة أو أن يقع على حقه في سالمته الجسمية")25(، ومثال الضرر الجسمي اتالف عضو من أعضاء جسم اإلنسان وإصابته إصابة تؤدي إلى انتقاص إلى ذلك، قد يتحمل تكاليف العالج)26.( ً منفعته، وكأن يجرح فتقل قدرة الجسم على الكسب بل إضافة ما قد يصيب املتضرر من أشعة سامة وهناك صور عدة يمكن أن تضرب على سبيل املثال يتجسد الضرب البيئي بعدة أشكال منها فيفقد املتضرر القدرة على اإلنجاب أو قد يصاب بأمراض مزمنة وقد يلحق الضرر بأوالد املتضرر إذ أصيب بضرر جسماني قبل والدتهم) 27( وإلى غير ذلك من األضرار والتي تلحق باملتضرر في جسده وقد قض ى القضاء الفرنس ي في العديد من املنازعات ال خاصة محكمة عن صادر قضاء في كما الجسمانية األضرار عن املتضرر aixبتعويض ملشروع املجاورين مارسيليا سكان بتعويض استثماري بهيئة مصنع لعصير الزيوت جراء ما أصابهم من أمراض العيون بسبب الغبار واألتربة املنبعثة من املصنع املذكور وحينما بطريق النقض رفضت محكمة النقض طعنه وأيدت حكم املحكمة طعن صاحب املشروع االستثماري aix والذي قض ى بتعويض املذكورين أعاله، وما يمكن ذكره على سبيل املثال من صور تجسد الضرر البيئي املالي، بأن يخل الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشرع االستثماري بمصلحة املتضرر املالية كتهشم زجاج نوافذ العقار) 28(. أو تصدع الجدران أو تلوثها باألدخنة أو تهشم بعض األجهزة الكهربائية) 29.( ره نج رسول، املسؤولية املدنية عن تلوث البيئة، دار الجامعة الجديدة، اإلسكندرية، 2016، ص95.()23 محمد شريف عبد الرحمن أحمد، النظرية العامة لاللتزامات، مصادر االلتزامات املسؤولية التقصرية، دار النهضة العربية ، القاهرة ، 2005 ، ص ()24 ، وما بعدها.90 منذر الفضل، النظرية العامة لاللتزامات، مصادر االلتزامات، جزء1، ط 3، مكتبة الثقافة للنشر، 1995، ص402. ()25 د. السيد عبد نايل، املسؤولية القانونية عن األضرار البيئية، بدون دار نشر، 2006 – 2007 ، ص 31. ()26 أم كلثوم، البيئة العراقية، مصدر سابق، ص139. ()27 محمد كامل مرس ي باشا، مشروع القانون املدني، االلتزامات، ج2، منشأة املعارف، اإلسكندرية، 2005، ص122.()28 ئافان عبد العزيز رضا، املسؤولية التقصيرية عن األضرار البيئية، رسالة ماجستير، كلية القانون، جامعة بغداد ، 1999 ، ص 52 . ()29 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org املشروع االستثماري بالتعويض ملجاوري الفرنسية النقض به محكمة ما قضت الشأن نذكر في هذا القضائية التطبيقات ومن إلى إلحاق األ العقار املجاور أدى ذلك أنها قضت بمسؤولية بسبب تسرب املياه عن املشروع االستثماري نحو ضرار بالعقار. كما مستغل الطائرة عن األصوات املزعجة الصادرة من الطائرات والتي تكون املحركات فيها أسرع من الصوت والتي أدت إلى تهدم املنازل تيجة االهتزازات املجاورة وما قض ى به مجلس الدولة الفرنس ي بمسؤولية السكك الحديدية عما لحق العقارات املجاورة من أضرار ن واالرتجاجات الناتجة عن مجاورة خط السكك الحديدية وبالتالي تعويضهم، وتجدر اإلشارة إلى أنه من السهل تقدير جسامة الضرر املالي إذ بمجرد معرفة قيمة الش يء الذي لحقه الضرر بفعل محدث الضرر يقدر التعويض بتلك القيمة في حالتين: وفي حالة إذا أدى الضرر الحاصل إلى جعل الش يء املضرور عديم الفائدة، أما في حالة اتالف الش يء الذي لح ً كليا ً قه الضرر تلفا حالة إذا كان التلف جزئيا وكان الش يء قابال لإلصالح فيقدر التعويض بالقدر الالزم إلصالحه) 30.( : الضرر األدبي. ً ثانيا ية، وال يؤثر في ذمته املالية، مثل اآلالم النفسية نتيجة التشوه بعد هو الضرر الذي يصيب الشخص الطبيعي في مصلحة غير مال الحادث، أو على أثر التشهير والسب ومثله الحزن الذي يصيب الشخص الطبيعي نتيجة وفاة ابن أو قريب، وهذا النوع من الضرر غير ملموس إذ ذهب بع ً في فرنسا في بادئ األمر لكونه ضررأ ً فقهيا ً ض الفقهاء بالقول كيف يمكن التعويض بنقود ثار بشأنه جدال ) 31( إال أن الفقه الفرنس ي الحديث ً عن ش يء ليس بنقود؟ كما وأنه ضرر غير قابل للتقدير بطبيعته فيصعب تحديده ويكون حكميا التعويض عنه، ولقد الثاني للضرر ويجوز النوع الرغم من صعوبة تقديره بأنه إلى اعتبار الضرر األدبي على ساير القضاء ذهب (، كما استند القضاء الفرنس ي 1833الفرنس ي الفقه الفرنس ي بهذا الخصوص في املسؤولية التقصيرية دون العقدية ، ذلك في املادة ) في القول بالتعويض عن الضرر األدبي إلى عموم األحكام والنصوص الواردة عن التعويض في املسؤولية املدنية، أما القانون املدني ( على ما يلي: 222فأخذ بالضرر األدبي والتعويض عنه حيث نص في املادة ) 1948الجديد الصادر عام املصري ولكن ال يجوز في هذِه الحالة أن ينتقل إلى الغير إال إذا تحدد بمقتض ى اتفاق أو طالب الدائن ً يشمل التعويض الضرر األدبي أيضا بتعويض إ الحكم القضاء، ومع ذلك ال يجوز أمام ألم من جراء موت به الثانية عما يصيبهم من الدرجة إلى ال لألزواج واألقارب املصاب، وما يمكن أن يفهم من سياق هذِه املادة أن املشرع املصري سمح بالتعويض عن الضرر األدبي إال أنه قيد التعويض عن هذا الضرر بقيدين هما: املسؤول واملضرور سواء كان ذلك باالتفاق بينهما على مبدئه ومقداره أو أن تكون قد عدم انتقاله للغير إال إذا كان قد حدد بين رفعت عنه دعوى أمام القضاء. من ضرر بسبب وفاة املصاب وقد تم حصر هذا ً إن املشرع حدد الغير الذي يجوز له أن يطالب بهذا التعويض عما أصابه شخصيا لدرجة الثانية وهم األبوين والجدين ألب أو ألم وأوالده، وأوالد أوالده، وأخوته، وأخواته( وإن الغير في )زوج املتوفي أو في إقاربه حتى ا سعدون العامري، تعويض الضرر في املسؤولية التقصيرية ، منشورات مركز البحوث القانونية، بغداد، 1981، ص57. ()30 عن د. علي ()31 ً ينظر: هذا الحكم، الصادر بتاريخ 20 /2 / 1932 ، واملنشور في مجلة )جازيت دي بالية(، في فرنسا , سنة 1932 ، عدد 1 ، رقم 295 , نقال .217، ص1994علي سلمان ، دراسات في املسؤولية املدنية في القانون املدني الجزائري، ديوان املطبوعات الحديثة، الجزائر، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org كان التفضل بينهم فيمن أصابه ألم حقيقي من جراء موت املصاب) 32( وتبنى املشرع العراقي مبدأ واضح ال لبس ً وجد هؤالء جميعا ( من القانون املدني العراقي كما يلي "يتناول 205وهذا ما قررته املادة )فيه ذلك بأنه نص على جواز التعويض عن الضرر املعنوي حق التعويض األدبي كذلك، فكل تعد على مركزه االجتماعي أو في اعتباره املالي أو في حريته أو عرضه أو شرفه أو سمعته يجعل عن التعويض " . ً املتعد مسؤوال األدبي ففي حين أنه ضرر يتسم بكونه ضرر ال يمكن رؤيته أو إدراكه بالحواس وقد يتبادر للذهن تساؤل ناجم عن طبيعة الضرر فكيف يمكن أن يتصور أن ينجم عن املشروع االستثماري ضرٌر بيئُي من هكذا نوع؟ ولإلجابة يمكن القول بأن الضرر املعنوي الذي ينتج عن املشروع االستثماري والذي يصيب البيئة ليس بالضرورة أن يكون ملم ً وسا فقد يمس الشعور والعواطف ويضر باألشخاص في صورة اآلالم النفسية التي تلحق شخص نتيجة إصابة أحد أحبابه بمرض ً مرئيا نتيجة التلوث البيئي الذي أحدثه املشروع االستثماري) 33.( املطلب الثاني الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري والذي يصيب البيئة أشرنا الى عناصر البيئة التي يصيبها الضرر على نوعين: أضرار تصيب اإلنسان ولقد سبق أن ناقشنا هذا النوع من لقد سبق وأن ً الضرر يمثل ضررا النوع من البيئي املحض" وهذا "بالضرر البيئية وهذا ما يسمى العناصر الضرر، والنوع اآلخر أضرار تصيب ألن ملكية هذه العناصر تعود للجمي ً ع، إال أن البعض يذهب بالقول إلى أن العناصر البيئية التي يصيبها الضرر ال يمكن أن جماعيا ً تكون مملوكة ألحد وعلى هذا فإن الضرر البيئي يلحق بأشياء مباحة فال يمكن أن يدعي أحد بأن له حق خاص عليها فهي تشكل تراثا أو ذمة مالية لألمة بأسرها)34( وعرفت اتفاقية لوجانو)35( الضرر البيئي الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري املحض بأنه "كل ً مشتركا ضرر ناجم عن مشروع استثماري ينتج عنه إفساد أو تدهور البيئة". بأنه: "الضرر البيئي الذي يمكن قياسه بالتغيير في املوارد الطبيعية 2004ويعرفه املؤتمر األوربي بشأن حماية البيئة والصحة لعام اء بصورة مباشرة أو غير مباشرة، ولم يواجه الفقه القانوني الصعوبات العسيرة في التعويض النقدي لألضرار البيئية بإضعافها سو التي تنتج عن املشاريع االستثمارية إذ أعطى التشريع للقاض ي سلطة في تقدير التعويض النقدي في حالة كان من الصعب إرجاع ضرر، إال أن الصعوبة تبرز في هذا النوع من الضرر والذي يلحق بالعناصر البيئية وتتعلق الحال إلى ما كانت عليه ذلك بإصالح ال هذِه الصعوبة في كيفية التقييم للعناصر البيئية ". وتتمثل هذِه الصعوبة بكوننا بصدد الحديث عن عناصر قد ال تقوم باملال أو من الصعب استرجاعها كما هو الحال فيما لو سبب أدى إلى انقراض نوع من الطيور، كما وأن األضرار تصيب البيئة ليس لعدم وجود تشريعات بيئية وإنما ً املشروع االستثماري ضررا د. عبد الرزاق السنهوري، الوسيط، مصدر سابق، الجزء 1، بند 578، ص98. ()32 أم كلثوم، مصدر سابق، ص143.()33 عطا سعد محمود حواس، جزاء املسؤولية عن أضرار التلوث البيئي، دار الجامعة الجديدة، اإلسكندرية، 2011، ص101.()34 نبيلة إسماعيل رسالن، املسؤولية املدنية عن األضرار البيئية، دار الجامعة الجديدة، اإلسكندرية، 2007، ص 95. ()35 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org يرجع ذلك إلى عدم وجود جهة مختصة تتفرد بحماية البيئة، وعدم وجود شرطة خاصة ذات صالحيات في مجال ضبط وتعقب وفي ً القاض ي حائرا التعويض يقف املتمثلة بصعوبة تقدير الحال الب يئة) 36( وأمام هذِه املخالفين، وضعف دور جمعيات حماية الغالب يلجأ إلى فرض تعويض مالي قاس ي و إن ما لجأ إليه القاض ي من حيث فرض تعويض مالي قاس ي هو نتيجة يأسه من إمكانية لتعويض النقدي. إعادة الحال إلى ما كانت عليه والذي يعتبر أحد املميزات التي يحققها ا كما وإن إحدى الصعوبات التي تواجه تقييم الضرر الناتج عن املشروع االستثماري للعناصر البيئية تتمثل في األساس الذي يعتمد عليه هذا التقييم فهل يعتمد على ما تم إضراره في العناصر البيئية أو قيمة ما سيتم صرفه في سبيل إزالة الضرر أم في مدى ما لحق نتفعين من هذه العناصر املضرورة، أو في حجم الكسب الذي سيفوت على الدولة في حالة عزف السياح عن التنزه على الشواطئ امل . ً املوجودة فيها في حالة كان الضرر قد أصاب األنهار املوجودة فيها مثال النهاية أ مام تقديرها بشكل مادي صرف, هذا وأن فلو اعتمد على أساس ما تقدمه هذِه العناصر من منفعة لإلنسان سنكون في تقييم العنصر التراثي والذي يكون فيه إعادة الحال ً األساس املذكور ال يمكن االعتماد عليه في تقييم العناصر البيئية كافة فمثال يتم تقدير التعويض هو الحل األمثل من دون التعويض النقدي، وال يمكن االعتماد على أساس القيمة التجارية للعنصر البيئي، إذ ال يسهم في إصالح األضرار البيئية الحاصلة رغم الصعوبات عرف ً مجحفا ً بالحد األدنى للقيمة ذلك بأن هذا التقدير سيكون تقديرا على قواعد املسؤولية املدنية ً وله أحكام أجازت التعويض عن (37)القانون الفرنس ي الكثير من األضرار البيئية وعوض عنها استنادا األضرار التي تلحق بالعناصر البيئية. ففي فرنسا أصدر املشرع الفرنس ي مجموعة تشريعات تخص تجريم األضرار بالبيئة منها قانون الزراعة الفرنس ي والذي حظر إلقاء مادة تضر األسماك املتواجدة في األنهار أو ترك أية مادة قد تضر بها ّ وكذلك هو الحال بالنسبة في مصر فقد صدر قانون (38)أية لم نجد في التشريع األردني البيئي (39)رقم )59( لسنة 1960 بخصوص العمل باإلشعاعات املؤنية والوقائية من األخطار التي تنتج عنها يوجب التعويض عن األضرار البيئية املحضة غير املباشرة لذلك كان ال بد من الرجوع للقواعد العام ً ة، وبذلك النافذ واملعدل نصا ( من قانون حماية البيئة األردني النافذ 1/أ/11اكتفى بالتعويض عن األضرار املباشرة فقط ، إال أنه وفي هذا املجال نّصت املادة ) ألحكام القانون فإنه 2006( لسنة 52رقم ) ً بأن من يتخلص من نفايات صلبة أو غازية أو سائلة بطمرها أو إغراقها أو حرقها خالفا بالحبس مدة ال تقل عن ثالثة أشهر وال تزيد على السنتين، أو بغرامة ال تقل عن عشرة آالف دينار وال تزيد على خمسين ألف يعاقب دينار أو هاتين العقوبتين. أحمد عبد الكريم سالمة، الحماية القانونية لبيئة املناطق الساحلية املصرية، بحث منشور في مجلة البحوث القانونية واالقتصادية، كلية الحقوق، ()36 .61، 60، ص1994جامعة املنصورة، العدد السادس عشر، اكتوبر، عطا سعد محمد الحواس، مصدر سابق، ص910. ()37 عبد العزيز مخيمر عبد الهادي، حماية البيئة من النفايات الصناعية في ضوء أحكام التشريعات الوطنية واألجنبية الدولية، سلسلة دراسات قانون ()38 . 77، ص 1985البيئة، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة، عبد هللا تركي حمد العيال، مصدر سابق، ص62.()39 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org من أهتم املشرع العراقي بحماية البيئة من الضرر فأصدر بحقها تشريعات تهتم بالحماية منها نظام صيانة األنهار واملياه العمومية ، ونظام التحكم باملواد املستنفذة لطبقة األوزون رقم )5( لسنة 2012 ونظام حماية الهواء املحيط (40)التلوث رقم )25( لسنة 1967 وغيرها من التشريعات الحديثة وعلى الصعيد الدولي فقد شرع العديد من االتفاقيات في مجال 2012( لسنة 4من التلوث رقم ) ، إذ إن من أهم مبادئها منع انتشار األشعة املضرة على 1967النووية لعام ة منها اتفاقية منع انتشار األسلحة حماية العناصر البيئي ً .(41)املخلوقات الحية والبيئة عموما الخاتمة توصلنا في نهاية الدراسة إلى وجهة نظر تحكم الضرر البيئي االستثماري، وسيكون السبيل إلى ذلك من خالل بيان نتائج توصيات وقتنا في معروف هو كما العراقي املدني التشريع في لها املكونة والعناصر املدنية املسؤولية إلى ً استنادا عنه التفصيلية لدراسة ء والفقه والقانون، لعلنا نتوصل إلى تحديد العناصر التي تستعمل لتقدير حجم هذا الضرر، والتي من خاللها الحاضر، ويقره القضا ربما نتمكن من بناء ما يشبه نظرية أو قاعدة عامة لتحديد تلك العناصر في تقدير الضرر البيئي االستثماري. : النتائج: ً اوال البيئي الن .1 اتج عن مشروعه االستثماري هي مسؤولية ذات طبيعة مستقلة عن غيرها إن مسؤولية املستثمر عن الضرر وتجد أساسها في فكرة الضرر فتقوم بأسس مختلفة قوامها عنصر الضرر فهي مسؤولية يظهر فيها إنكار فكرة الخطأ املحدث للضرر. ( الفقرة 14ستثمر بما جاء في املادة )فرض التزام على عاتق امل 2006( لسنة 13إن قانون االستثمار العراقي النافذ املرقم ) .2 بالتزام املحافظة على التقصيرية للمستثمر في حالة أخل البيئة وبهذا تنهض املسؤولية الخامسة باملحافظة على سالمة سالمة البيئة الوارد بنص املادة بفقرتها الخامسة، وبذلك يكون املشرع العراقي األفضل من بين التشريعات العربية محل ملقارنة من خالل إيراد نص يلزم املستثمر باملحافظة على البيئة. ا من خالل إجراءات االجازة االستثمارية التي تفرضها االدارة والتنسيق بين الهيئات املختصة بحماية .3 ً وقائيا ً تلعب الدولة دورا البيئة والهيئات االستثمارية للعمل على رصد املخاطر االستثمارية املستقبلية. دارة دور مهم في حماية البيئة ذلك بما تفرضه من تعليمات وما تصدره من ضوابط وما تسنه من قوانين وما توجده من لإل .4 هيأت متخصصة لحماية البيئة وتتولى متابعة سير النشاط ومراقبة مدى مطابقة ما قدمه املستثمر من دراسة جدوى وما الخصوص فال يمكن إنكار الدور املهم الذي تقوم به للدولة لحماية يمكن أن تدخل به الدولة من اتفاقيات تتعلق بهذا البيئة. : املقترحات: ً ثانيا نشر هذا النظام في الجريدة الرسمية )الوقائع العراقية( ، العدد 1446، 8/2/ 1967. ()40 املادة األولى من اتفاقية منع انتشار األسلحة النووية لعام 1967.()41 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org نقترح على املشرع العراقي أن يتبنى تعريف موحد للمستثمر األجنبي والوطني ونقترح أن يكون التعريف كاآلتي: "الشخص .1 كان الطبيعي أو االعتيادي املرخص بإقامة مشروع استثماري في الدول ً ة املضيفة لالستثمار على وفق أحكام قانونها وطنيا ." ً أم أجنبيا على املشاريع االنتاجية مقابل تكلفة التلوث وبالتالي ستخفض هذه املشاريع .2 ً نقترح على املشرع العراقي أن يفرض رسوما على املستثمرين في حال التلوث إلى أقل درجة ممكنة في سبيل تخفيض الرسوم املقرر دفعها، أي إن تفرض الدولة ً رسوما للبيئة. ً كانت نشاطاتهم ما تسبب أضرارا نقترح على املشرع أن يتبنى املسؤولية املوضوعية بوصفها أساسا لقيام الضرر البيئي والتعويض عنه ذلك من خالل تعديل .3 فة إلى النص صراحة على ذلك في نصوص القانون املدني باعتباره القانون الذي ينظم أحكام املسؤولية املدنية، باإلضا النحسار غيرها من انواع املسؤولية على معالجة ً قانون حماية وتحسين البيئة على األخذ بهذا النوع من املسؤولية نظرا كونه 2006( لسنة 13أساس قيام الضرر البيئي والتعويض عنه أو النص على ذلك في قانون االستثمار العراقي النافذ رقم ) الذي ينظم االستثمار في العراق. القانون املصادر . 1982أحمد شرف الدين، انتقال الحق في التعويض عن الضرر الجسدي، مطبعة الحضارة العربية، الكويت، [1] والفرنس ي، أحمد عبد التواب محمد بهجت، املسؤولية املدنية عن الفعل الضار بالبيئية، دراسة مقارنة بين القانون املصري [2] .2008دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة، الطبعة األولى، احمد عبد الكريم سالمة، قانون حماية البيئة، مكافحة التلوث، تنمية املوارد الطبيعية، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة. [3] الب [4] مركز منشورات التقصيرية، املسؤولية في الضرر تعويض العامري، الدكتور سعدون اليه بغداد، أشار القانونية، حوث 1981 . .2009، منشورات الحلبي الحقوقية، بيروت، لبنان، 1توفيق حسن فرج ومصطفى الجمال، مصادر واحكام االلتزام، ط [5] .1971ثروت بدوي، القانون االداري، دار النهضة العربية، [6] .1988نان، ، دار املنشورات الحقوقية، بيروت، لب 1خليل جريج، النظرية العامة للموجبات، ج [7] .2016ره نج رسول، املسؤولية املدنية عن تلوث البيئة، دار الجامعة الجديدة، اإلسكندرية، [8] .2007 – 2006السيد عبد نايل، املسؤولية القانونية عن األضرار البيئية، بدون دار نشر، [9] املدني الجديد، ج [10] القانون الوسيط في شرح الرزاق السنهوري، زام بوجه عام، مصادر االلتزام، ، نظرية االلت 2، م1عبد .1998منشورات الحلبي الحقوقية، بيروت، لبنان، واألجنبية [11] الوطنية التشريعات أحكام في ضوء الصناعية النفايات من البيئة حماية الهادي، عبد مخيمر العزيز عبد .1985الدولية، سلسلة دراسات قانون البيئة، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة، الطبعة األولى، عبد هللا [12] الحلبي الحقوقية، املدنية، منشورات املسؤولية في البيئي وتعويضه العيال، الضرر تركي حمد 2013 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org ، منشورات زين الحقوقية، بيروت، لبنان، 1عصمت عبد املجيد بكر، املسؤولية التقصيرية في القوانين املدنية العربية، ط [13] 2016 . .2011ية عن أضرار التلوث البيئي، دار الجامعة الجديدة، اإلسكندرية، عطا سعد محمود حواس، جزاء املسؤول [14] .233فؤاد معالل، الشرط الجزائي في القانون املغربي، بدون سنة نشر وطباعة، ص [15] .2002محسن عبد الحميد ابراهيم البيه، املسؤولية املدنية عن االضرار البيئية، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة، مصر، [16] .2002أحمد عابدين، التعويض عن الضرر املادي واألدبي، املورث، طبعةمحمد [17] النهضة [18] دار التقصيرية، املسؤولية االلتزامات مصادر لاللتزامات، العامة النظرية أحمد، الرحمن عبد شريف محمد .2005العربية، القاهرة، .2018شورات زين الحقوقية، بيروت، لبنان، ، من 1محمد صالح املهنا، املسؤولية املدنية عن مضار التلوث البيئي، ط [19] . 2005، منشأة املعارف، اإلسكندرية، 2محمد كامل مرس ي باشا، مشروع القانون املدني، االلتزامات، ج [20] .1995، مكتبة الثقافة للنشر، 3، ط1منذر الفضل، النظرية العامة لاللتزامات، مصادر االلتزامات، جزء [21] . 1955في القانون املدني العراقي، مطبعة دار املعارف، بغداد، منير القاض ي، العمل غير املشروع [22] . 2007نبيلة إسماعيل رسالن، املسؤولية املدنية عن األضرار البيئية، دار الجامعة الجديدة، اإلسكندرية، [23] جامعة دمشق، سورية، ، مصادر االلتزام اإلرادية والالإرادية، منشورات 1وحيد الدين سوار، النظرية العامة لاللتزام، ج [24] 2002 لفهرس: ا 2 املقدمة األول املبحث االستثماري البيئي الضرر عن املدنية املسؤولية أساس : 5 األول املطلب املدنية املسؤولية أركان : 5 الثاني املطلب االستثماري البيئي الضرر من البيئة لحماية القانونية الوسائل خصائص : 10 الثاني املبحث االستثماري املشروع عن الناتج البيئي الضرر أنواع : 14 األول املطلب اإلنسان يصيب والذي االستثماري املشروع عن الناتج البيئي الضرر : 15 الثاني املطلب البيئة يصيب والذي االستثماري املشروع عن الناتج البيئي الضرر : 18 21 الخاتمة األولية واملراجع املصادر قائمة 23 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 201 www.americanjournal.org a new solution to the artistic conflict in the novel “late lives in a dream” rajapova khulkaroy a student of the faculty of mother language and literature education of tashkent state university of uzbek language and literature named after alisher navoi. hulkaroyrajapova@gmail.com +99891 275 71 09 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s three articles talk about writer o'tkir hashimov's novel "dreams of past lives". the commissar's relationship with the environment, society, conflicts are highlighted. the tragedy of the soat ganiyev family is revealed. conflict, types of conflict, inner world, tragedy. introduction in literary theory, conflict is seen as the driving force behind the plot. it is known that in life, people sometimes face conflicts with their inner world, and sometimes with those around them, that is, they struggle with them. as in life, the heroes of a work of art also face mutual conflicts and conflicts, of course. be it with his inner world or with the people around him! speaking of conflict, information about this concept can be found in the scientific works of literary critics. , dilmurod kuronov, tokhta boboyev, abdulla ulugov, hotam umurov, and other literary scholars classify several types of conflict. conflict is derived from the latin word conflict, which means "clash", "contradiction". conflict of opposites, opinion, power and the like; a serious disagreement represents the characteristics of a violent conflict. (1. explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language, volume 2. t.: "uzbekistan national encyclopedia" state science. 2006. p. 404) dilmurod kuronov's book "introduction to literary studies publishing house" distinguishes the types of this concept: 1. conflict between characters 2. the conflict between the character and the environment 3. internal (psychological) conflict "it should be said that these types of conflict appear in an artistic work in a mixed form and are interconnected: one leads to the other, one causes the other, one is expressed through the other, etc. that is, the hero's conflict with the environment, his conflicts with other characters, and conflicting processes in his psyche are revealed through the depiction of them. (2. dilmurod kuronov. "introduction to literary studies." t.: uzfa fan publishing house, 2007. p. 108) for example, the commissar saat ganiyev in o'tkir hashimov's novel "dreams of past lives" is a complex character at first glance. the writer skillfully describes his ugly life from childhood to the age of seventy-five. commissioner "recipient of the order of the red star, combat red banner, 6 medals." however, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 202 www.americanjournal.org "he has no nationality. soggabosh." o'tkir hashimov describes the reason for this in the later stages of the work. his ideas are wrong from the beginning: after the conversation with his father, he has no doubt that eshan's high wall will be destroyed, "yunusboy's house with a tin roof will collapse." in "one of the autumn days", after the death of his father, there is a conflict between characters in his relationship with his mother. it is a conflicting situation when the clock starts ticking while his mother is praying over the prayer, and then he "looks" in front of his mother. like his father, a poor son will not even come to the death of a poor mother. by throwing snow at fatima while playing with children on the street in winter, and ordering husan to fetch apricots in summer, saat creates a conflict between the hero and the environment. for "slapping" hussan, the children pick him up and throw him to qanqus. in this very scene, the characters are stuck in conflicting and complicated situations. in this case, with the skill of the writer, commissioner soat ganiyev "seventy years as a symbol of the reign of oppression. "the clock's thinking follows such a crooked path from its first steps. gradually, he develops his own principles when he works in the authorities, he considers everyone as an enemy, and considers it his highest duty to be suspicious of everyone. "one hundred percent suspects everyone, even his wife and child." in this way, the commissar slanders and imprisons children with whom he grew up playing, and not only wipes out the pillows of many of his loved ones to prove his loyalty to the regime, but also physically tortures them during interrogation. will think of ways." (3. n. karimov and others. "history of uzbek literature of the 20th century." t.: teacher's publishing house, 1999. p. 495) later, he shoots husan, arrests tolagan, and treats fatima cruelly. aunt kurbanoi, the daughter of tolagan and fatima, will be left without parents due to the death of the clock. even after all these actions, the commissioner will not be honest. his sensual desires are increasing and not decreasing at all. even in these processes, the writer describes his ruined soul and explains it to the reader. then, saat marries a girl named nazira. nazira is a loyal and unworthy woman to be a commissioner. a selfish woman like saat was worthy of saat. however, the writer sees a faithful and loyal woman worthy of saat. the reason for this is skillfully revealed in the later situations of the play. when a woman asks her husband if he "doesn't curse a lot", saat has a moment of helplessness. in fact, he is really weak. even if ganiev believes in the soviet system and has power, his morale is weak. spirituality is poor. the house of dil is not prosperous, and the house of kongli is a ruin. in the end, the commissar, who collected so many curses from the people, cannot be happy, he cannot be calm. true, like many people, they have children, feel the happiness of fatherhood, have grandchildren, feel the happiness of grandmotherhood. however, none of this tastes good. when one son leaves the house, the other runs away. however, both sons were educated, intelligent, well-educated, and had a broad outlook. both sons of the commissar: mauser and mels were not incompetent children. they renounce their father knowingly and knowingly. mauser, who chose the profession of a journalist, is even ashamed to be the son of such a man. of mels saat, who heard what he did, says that he will shoot him personally, even though he is his son. now, in these situations, the conflict between father and son becomes more intense. one slap causes the death of his wife nazira. the writer o'tkir hashimov describes the woman's death as follows: "the commissar saw many deaths, but he did not understand that a human child could die so quickly and so easily. nazira lays peacefully as if she didn't want to fight with anyone in her life, and in death she didn't want to argue with death, a painful smile hardened on her lips, as if she was finally thankful that she was freed from this suffering, both my life spent with you and the world he seemed to be laughing sadly because he regretted his actions..." (4. o'. hoshimov. "lifes passed in a dream." t.: new generation publishing house. 2021. p. 159) after the death of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 203 www.americanjournal.org mother-in-law, mels's wife lola also attitude towards father-in-law changes. the father-in-law and the daughter-in-law also have a conflict. ganiev decides to get married and marries natasha. after a while, he will show his true face and give up the watch. at the end of his life, everyone turns away from the commissar and is left alone. neither his son mauser nor his daughter-in-law lola agree to live with him. soat ganiyev, who built the foundation of the family, is the cause of its destruction and tragedy. in the commissar's conversation with aunt qurbanoi, the writer reveals saat's regrets about his past life. now, the scene of his inner world is embodied before the eyes of the reader. at first glance, it may seem that the commissar has not changed in the eyes of others. however, an internal (psychological) conflict emerges in the following words that qurbanoy said to aunt: tell the truth! he said with a sarcastic smile. "do you have to curse me every day over joynamaz?" for your parents, for yourself... just tell the truth! (5. o'. hoshimov. "lifetimes spent in a dream." t.: new age publishing house. 2021. p. 142) what can be cursed about the "god-struck man"? such internal struggles and conflicts do not escape the commissar. in conclusion, it can be said that the writer introduces a new solution to the artistic conflict in literature. the tragedy of the soat ganiyev family is an artistic masterpiece describes and fully reveals. punishment will return to him from his family. the writer could have punished him in a different way. but he didn't. now he is deprived of his family and condemned to loneliness. "do you know who is the wisest people in the world?" australian aborigines! he does not imprison a person who commits a serious crime. does not shoot. he leaves alone. one self! it's been more than ten years, the commissar is lonely... alone!" (6. o'. hoshimov. "life spent in a dream." t.: new age publishing house. 2021. p. 167) for him, loneliness is the heaviest burden, the greatest punishment. as mentioned at the end of the play, saat and those like saat will never die. he still lives a long time with his dirty work. because they saw such an ugly, meaningless, colorless life. this is the reason for the family tragedy. references: 1. explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language, volume 2. t.: "national encyclopedia of uzbekistan" state scientific publishing house. 2006. page 404 2. dilmurod kuronov. "introduction to literary studies." t.: uzfa science publishing house. 2007. page 108 3. n. karimov and others. "history of 20th century uzbek literature." t.: teacher's publishing house. 1999. page 495 4. otkir hashimov. lives spent in a dream. t.: new century generation publishing house. 2021. 272 pages. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org the necessity of curriculum management nurillo jambilov andijan regional national center of teaching innovative methods to public school teachers jnx1987@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s a curriculum is just a big learning plan. as new research is published and as practices change, we will be forced to make updates to curriculum content. ... you do it with a structured set of activities designed to assess and adjust your curriculum; in other words, with curriculum management. curriculum, curriculum content, curriculum management introduction the purpose of curriculum management is to help ensure that all students will get the most out of their education. the more global goal of curriculum management is for students to use all the knowledge and skills they have learned to contribute to society in a meaningful and beneficial way. all stakeholders in any given school district contribute in ways that help to see to it that curriculum management is carried out, as best as possible (barbara r. cochran, 2003). curriculum is the academic system that imparts knowledge and skills to students in a school environment. more specifically, curriculum refers to what is written to be taught, and what is tested at different student levels, in specific areas or courses. after evaluating test results, administrators and boards can determine what are the most effective methods for imparting knowledge to students (barbara r. cochran, 2003). the first part of curriculum management is curriculum design. at this stage, educational philosophy and practice is taken into consideration. curriculum implementation follows, after which administrators train teachers so that they will be able to deliver the curriculum in a way that will most benefit the students. curriculum monitoring and evaluation are closely related. administrators monitor curriculum delivery to ensure that it is taught in a way consistent with the design. teachers, administrators, school board members, and parents all make assessments about the effectiveness of the curriculum in place. data derived from their input is then used to make any changes that will either lead to more effective teaching, based on the present curriculum, or to other modifications that will improve the curriculum. with curriculum management, courses of study are aligned. alignment refers to the coordination of the writing, teaching, and testing of curriculum across grade levels and areas of study. written curriculum, which is part of alignment, refers to stated learning goals, as well as methods and resources that educators are to employ to reach those goals. the written curriculum typically includes a statement mailto:jnx1987@mail.ru https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-curriculum.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-curriculum-design.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-philosophy.htm american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org of assessment tools that might be used to evaluate students’ learning, and thus, the value of the curriculum. taught curriculum refers to the teacher’s delivery of the curriculum to the student, according to how it has been written. teachers formulate the units to be studied, as well as the supporting lesson plans. approaches for presenting materials to students is also a part of the taught curriculum. tested curriculum refers the parts of the written and taught curriculum that are assessed, whether formally or informally. it determines if a student has thrived on the basis and implementation of the written curriculum (barbara r. cochran, 2003). the initial part of curriculum management is curriculum design curriculum is an aspect of the education profession which focuses on developing curricula for students. some education professionals specialize in curriculum design, and may spend all of their time working on curricula, rather than teaching in the classroom, while in other cases working teachers develop their own curricula. curriculum design is also practiced by parents who homeschool their children, sometimes with the guidance of an experienced education professional who can provide advice and suggestions, and sometimes with the assistance of experienced homeschoolers. in many nations, specific benchmark standards are set for education to ensure that children across the nation achieve a similar level of education. for example, a government may dictate when children should start to learn multiplication and division, set standards for reading ability, and so forth. one aspect of curriculum design involves reviewing these standards and determining how they can be met or exceeded. another aspect involves thinking about the students themselves, and what type of curriculum would be most appropriate. students come from a wide variety of cultural and class backgrounds, and curriculum design should not be a one size fits all approach. methods which work in a school located in an upper class district may not be appropriate for a school in an area with many immigrants who do not speak the primary language of instruction, for example, and methods used with students who are language learners would not work for children with intellectual disabilities. a skilled curriculum designer needs to think about the needs of the student population he or she is serving. flexibility is another important aspect of curriculum design. many classroom teachers are working with students of different levels of ability, and they need to be able to adjust the curriculum to keep all of the students engaged and learning. it may also be necessary to change the pace of a curriculum to deal with problems as they arise; for example, a class might have more trouble grasping a concept than was expected, and the teacher needs to be able to spend more time on it, rather than racing on to the next subject and leaving students confused (o. wallace, 2003) why is curriculum management important? by implementing a consistent framework for teaching across the school district, leaders can assess student and teacher performance against common standards, making it easier to spot issues that may need immediate attention, as well as discover best practices that may otherwise be hidden. however, none of this is possible unless the district has put practices in place to effectively manage their curriculum. to put this in perspective, because of its very nature, digital content is constantly changing, and districts already have a hard time making sense of the mountains of student data that seem to multiply daily. when these forces come together, threats such as content gaps, inefficiencies https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-profession.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-home-schooling.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-curriculum-designer.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-curriculum-designer.htm american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org in developing and adapting curriculum – or worse, missed opportunities for student intervention, become magnified. outcomes of effective curriculum management talk to any district leader about some of the biggest challenges they face, and you’re likely to find that many educators grapple with the same types of issues: difficulty in tracking and comparing student progress; too many systems in place; inefficient processes for curriculum changes; and how to handle previous investment in other resources. the functions of curriculum management the curriculum is usually developed by the school district, or college administration so that teachers are aware of what they are expected to teach throughout the year. it typically breaks down what needs to be taught, as well as ideas on how it should be presented to the students. in addition, the curriculum usually lets teachers know how to measure the effectiveness of their teachings, often through standardized testing. it can be used as a guideline for teachers, as many depend on it to develop their coursework (andrew jones,2019). to choose the best school curriculum, you must first fully understand what the coursework is meant to help students achieve. the age and education level of your students will have a large impact on your decision, as will your own personal preferences. start by looking through any available options in terms of books and lesson plans, and discover which ones meet your needs the best. in many cases, the school curriculum you choose will be partially, if not entirely, dictated by the government in your area. specific topics and lessons are often required for each grade level, with certain tests and exams being required by every student in order to move on to the next grade. you will need to determine what these specifications are and be sure to comply with all regulations to ensure your students are getting a quality education. even with guidelines and rules in place, you will probably have some room to get creative with your school curriculum. you can choose your own lesson plans for many subjects, as well as new and fun ways of teaching required lessons. create games for your students to reinforce learning, and tell plenty of stories from your own experiences to add to the depth of your school curriculum. these techniques will help concepts stay in your students’ minds longer. if you are given any choice in the books from which you teach, read through every option carefully and decide which one best conveys the lessons you are teaching. in some cases, each book will have good and bad points, so you may be able to take a little from each. if buying multiple books for the classroom is not feasible, buy one copy or view them at the library and make photocopies of useful pages to use in class. another part of choosing the right curriculum is making out your actual lesson plans and homework schedules. although you may have to adhere to specific lessons, it is often at your discretion how you go about teaching them. for classroom assignments, homework, and tests; take the best from each book as well as your own ideas and put them together in print-out worksheets. this will give students a much richer classroom experience. most importantly, encourage your students to ask plenty of questions and to give input throughout the year on ways you can make the classroom experience more productive and fun. by listening to your https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-curriculum.htm american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org class, you can gain a better understanding of what they need in terms of school curriculum and from you as a teacher. drawbacks of traditional curriculum in curriculum management a traditional curriculum is an educational curriculum which follows established guidelines and practices. this term can refer both to a curriculum as a whole, as in the set of courses which students must take to graduate and the order in which they are presented, and to the curriculum in the form of the content taught in an individual class. this curriculum is sometimes criticized for being too narrow, and a number of education professionals have developed alternative educational methods, or suggestions for teaching a traditional curriculum in a more expanded way. in the sense of an entire curriculum, a traditional curriculum includes core subjects and electives. core subjects usually include topics like math, science, history, and english. students may also take courses in the social sciences, and can expand their curriculum with topics like art, foreign languages, music, acting, and so forth. the curriculum is designed in a progressive way, with each level being slightly more challenging than the last, requiring students to build skills and use them as their work their way through the curriculum. in an individual classroom, the traditional curriculum involves the presentation of information in the form of blocks or units which are broken into smaller units of information and presented by the teacher to the students. traditionally, exchange between students and teachers is less encouraged, and the facilitation of class discussion is also not a part of this curriculum. these are seen as shortcomings by some educators, who feel that students are more likely to develop critical thinking skills and to internalize and apply the information if they have discussions with the class, present projects which allow them to expand the material, and so forth. increasingly, such activities are being accepted into curricula around the world. the traditional curriculum can also be heavily standards-based, with testing used to measure accomplishment and progress. this practice has also been criticized by educations, as standards-based curricula can take on a “teach to the test” format in which students are provided with information which will help them pass a test, but not necessarily with information which they can use. for example, math education might be very based on learning set formulas and ways of doing math, but not on developing math skills which could be useful in real life (mary mcmahon, 2019) how to choose the best creative curriculum? the educational system has mainly focused on making subjects such as math and science core parts of the curriculum and using lectures and textbooks as the main teaching tools. in recent years, educators and parents have come to recognize the benefits of nurturing creativity in students, and incorporate creativity into their academic studies. whether you're in search of creative curriculum with which to home school your kids, or trying to find a school with the best creative curriculum, there are a number of creative content indicators to look for. a curriculum's textbooks, projects, activities, classes offered, and grading methods can all indicate whether or not it encompasses creativity. the content of a textbook or workbook that supports a creative curriculum is one which endeavors to engage different students on a variety of levels. for example, a textbook that has lots of photos, illustrations, and other interesting images will attract the attention of students who learn on a visual level, while students who enjoy reading may be attracted to its conversational text. a multimedia https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-curriculum.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-an-educational-curriculum.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-critical-thinking.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-curriculum.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-are-the-different-types-of-teaching-tools.htm https://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-home-schooling.htm american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org approach to teaching is another indicator of a creative curriculum, and could mean deploying videos, games, and other audio and visual tools to support standard textbook material. projects and other assignments which offer students choices both foster and reflect creativity. for example, if students are studying outer space and are required to complete an assignment on the topic, they could be presented with the choice of writing a report, making models of planets, or designing their own educational game about space. the diverse range of classes offered in certain schools today is another sign of a creative curriculum. private schools that specialize in the arts offer a particularly creative curriculum which may include classes focused in such subjects as dance, art, music, and theater. the way in which a student's performance is evaluated also reflects a curriculum that is creative. grades which take into consideration a student's attitude, problem-solving abilities, and overall approach to a subject can be assessed along with the student's test scores. this results in a richer, broader curriculum which places value on a student's approach to learning instead of just his or her test results. conclusion curriculum management today is concerned with results, and particularly those peculiar to the enterprise of education. schools are not factories. a study of school management would reveal that many of the solutions educators have historically selected and implemented are those that have limited schools from becoming more humane places. effective application of management practice would be to identify poor practices and eliminate those that are contradictory to the results desired. curriculum management is part and parcel of developing the education system in our modern life. references 1. fenwick w. english. quality control in curriculum development, arlington, virginia: american association of school administrators, 1987. 62pp. 2. tech & learning newsletter, 01 december, 2006 3. a traditional curriculum article, mary mcmahon, 2019 4. frank l. steeves and fenwick w. english. secondary curriculum for a changing world columbus, ohio: charles e. merrill, 1978 5. fenwick w. english. “what’s ahead in curriculum?” aasa school administrator 35(11):18-19; december 1978 6. fenwick w. english and roger kaufman. needs assessment: a focus for curriculum development. washington, d.c.: association for supervision and curriculum development, 1975. p.7 7. george j. posner and kenneth a. strike. “a categorization scheme for principles of sequencing content”. review of educational research 46(4):665-90: fall 1976. 8. barbara r. cochran. what is curriculum management? article, 2003 9. o. wallace. curriculum design, article. 2003 10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/curriculummanagement https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/curriculummanagement american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 193 www.americanjournal.org localization, modernization and diversification of the industry of the republic of uzbekistan yuldoshova yulduz teacher of the department of geography, faculty of geography and agronomy, karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the republic of uzbekistan has been experiencing rapid changes in its industrial sector over the past few years. localization, modernization, and diversification have been the key strategies implemented by the government to enhance the growth of the industry. this article aims to evaluate the effectiveness of these strategies in improving the industrial sector of uzbekistan. the methods used for this study include a review of existing literature and data analysis. the results show that the implementation of localization, modernization, and diversification strategies has led to a significant improvement in the industrial sector of uzbekistan. the discussion section presents the challenges faced and opportunities available for further growth. the article concludes with suggestions for future research to explore the potential of uzbekistan's industrial sector. uzbekistan, industrial sector, localization, modernization, diversification, government policies, economic growth. introduction the republic of uzbekistan is a country in central asia with a population of approximately 34 million people. it has a rich history of agriculture and industry, with a diverse range of natural resources. however, the industrial sector of uzbekistan has faced several challenges over the past few decades, including inadequate infrastructure, lack of modern technology, and insufficient investment. in recent years, the government of uzbekistan has implemented several policies to improve the industrial sector, including localization, modernization, and diversification. this article aims to evaluate the effectiveness of these policies in enhancing the growth of the industrial sector in uzbekistan. the study utilizes a literature review and data analysis to evaluate the impact of government policies on the industrial sector of uzbekistan. the literature review focuses on the policies implemented by the uzbekistan government to enhance the industrial sector, including localization, modernization, and diversification. data analysis involves collecting and analyzing data from various sources, including official government reports and industry statistics, to assess the effectiveness of these policies. the implementation of localization, modernization, and diversification policies has led to a significant improvement in the industrial sector of uzbekistan. the localization policy has encouraged the production of goods within the country, leading to the growth of small and medium-sized enterprises (smes). this policy has also increased employment opportunities for local citizens. the modernization policy has facilitated the adoption of new technologies, leading to increased american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 194 www.americanjournal.org productivity and efficiency in the industry. the diversification policy has enabled the expansion of the industrial sector into new areas such as renewable energy, food processing, and pharmaceuticals. these policies have contributed to an increase in the gdp growth rate of uzbekistan, with the industrial sector contributing approximately 30% of the country's gdp. the industrial sector of the republic of uzbekistan has been rapidly changing over the past few years, thanks to the government's implementation of localization, modernization, and diversification strategies. these policies have been put in place to enhance the growth of the industrial sector and to position uzbekistan as a key player in the global economy. the localization policy has encouraged the production of goods within the country, leading to the growth of small and medium-sized enterprises (smes). this policy has also increased employment opportunities for local citizens, reducing the country's reliance on imported goods. the government has also implemented policies that incentivize foreign companies to invest in uzbekistan's industrial sector, further promoting local production and creating new job opportunities. the modernization policy has facilitated the adoption of new technologies, including automation and robotics, leading to increased productivity and efficiency in the industry. this policy has encouraged companies to modernize their production processes and invest in new technology, leading to improved competitiveness both locally and internationally. the diversification policy has enabled the expansion of the industrial sector into new areas such as renewable energy, food processing, and pharmaceuticals. this policy has encouraged companies to explore new areas of growth and innovation, leading to the development of new industries and markets. this policy has also led to the creation of new job opportunities and the attraction of foreign investment. the implementation of these policies has had a significant impact on the industrial sector of uzbekistan. the industrial sector now contributes approximately 30% of the country's gdp, with manufacturing being the largest sub-sector. the gdp growth rate has been increasing steadily over the past few years, thanks in part to the growth of the industrial sector. however, challenges still exist in the industrial sector of uzbekistan. one of the primary challenges is the lack of skilled labor in the industry. the government needs to invest in training programs to develop the necessary skills required for the industry. another challenge is the inadequate infrastructure, including transportation and logistics, which hinders the efficient movement of goods and services. the government needs to address these issues to ensure the sustained growth of the industry. in conclusion, the localization, modernization, and diversification policies implemented by the government of uzbekistan have been effective in enhancing the growth of the industrial sector. the industrial sector has become an essential component of uzbekistan's economy, contributing significantly to the country's gdp. the government should continue to invest in training programs to develop a skilled workforce and address infrastructure challenges to ensure sustained growth. the industrial sector of uzbekistan has great potential for further growth and expansion, and future research should focus on exploring the untapped potential of the industry. although the implementation of government policies has led to significant improvements in the industrial sector, several challenges remain. one of the primary challenges is the lack of skilled labor in the industry. the government needs to invest in training programs to develop the necessary skills required for the industry. another challenge is the inadequate infrastructure, including transportation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 195 www.americanjournal.org and logistics, which hinders the efficient movement of goods and services. the government needs to address these issues to ensure the sustained growth of the industry. conclusions and suggestions: in conclusion, the localization, modernization, and diversification policies implemented by the government of uzbekistan have been effective in enhancing the growth of the industrial sector. however, there are still several challenges that need to be addressed. future research should focus on exploring the potential of uzbekistan's industrial sector, including the untapped potential in the renewable energy and pharmaceutical industries. the government should also continue to invest in training programs to develop a skilled workforce and address infrastructure challenges to ensure sustained growth. references 1. sh. g. yuldashev. development of entrepreneurship as a way to formation of the middle class of proprietaries. modern science: actual problems and solutions. 2015. № 6 (19). 152-156 p. 2. sh. g. yuldashev and others. uzbek model as strategy for development of national economy: monograph / edited by professor k.kh. abdurakhmanov t.: tashkent branch of russian economic university after g.v. plekhanov 2016 – 268 p. 3. new trends in economic science and education (second edition). results of i stage of strategic plan of scientific and research work of the departments: monograph. t.: tashkent branch of russian economic university after g.v. plekhanov. 2016 – 185 p. 4. economy in figures. state statistics committee of the republic of uzbekistan. [electronic resource] url: htpp: /stat./uz/economi/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org artistic features of creating the image of “an extra person” in the works of i.s.turgenev abdullayev khusan abdushukurovich student of karshi state university,gr. 020-17 husanabdullayev0055@gmail.com pardaeva d. r. supervisor: acting associate professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the artistic features of creating the image of an «extra person» and the place of an extra person in turgenev's work, also considers the main meaning of the image, and the creation of an artistic image. image, artistic image, image creation, extra person. introduction an artistic image is any phenomenon creatively recreated by the author in a work of art. it is the result of the artist's understanding of a phenomenon or process. at the same time, the artistic image not only reflects, but also generalizes reality. the concept of an image and the process of its creation are studied by many sciences, among which linguistics stands out, considering all aspects of this phenomenon, as well as studying the linguistic means by which it is formed. e. o. oparina writes that the term “image” in linguistics is understood as “an object that arises in the mind of a person and reflects objects or phenomena of the surrounding reality” [8, p. 85]. however, it should be noted that, speaking of the image, we, first of all, mean the artistic image. it is about the artistic image that we will talk in this study. one of the first to use the term artistic image in his works was a. a. potrebnya [11, p. 114]. it was him back in the 19th century. drew attention to the need for a linguistic study of the image. currently, there are many definitions of this concept. let's consider some of them. thus, e. b. borisova understands an artistic image as “a fragment that has an independent life and content, which is created by the author with the help of the richness of the language” [2, p. 25]. a. e. efimov in his article «the figurative speech of a work of art» considers the artistic image as an image of the characters of a literary work. one of the main visual means of expressing the artistic image in this process is the form. point, line, spot – all these are elements of the organization of a planar composition. depending on the configuration, the line and spot affect the viewer. this process occurs at the associative and intuitive levels, as well as at the level of memory. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org material and methods how to create an artistic image? the most frequent and important means of creating an image are tropes (epithet, comparison, metaphor, hyperbole, litote, gradation, oxymoron, personification). what characterizes an artistic image? the artistic image is characterized as a holistic integrative formation, the result of human creative activity in the field of verbal art. the problem of creating, constructing and perceiving an artistic image becomes relevant already at the very initial stage of teaching composition to students of the fine arts specialty. it can be said that composition is ideas, feelings and the search for ways to express them through an artistic image. there are no ready made solutions. but there is a fascinating opportunity to search for the only true solution to the artistic image. the versatility of the composition lies in the breadth of the range of its imagery, while in all modifications the composition is extremely constant in its internal laws. when it comes to composition, we proceed from how expressed in the picture is the artistic and plastic task that the artist has set. we are talking about composition for each artist and his work separately, and not about a general rule for everyone. the method in composition remains unchanged with all variations: a work of art is not just a mirror of the external world and not just an expression of the artist's inner world, but an indissoluble alloy of both, the realization of their relationship. the conceptual content of a work of art is made up of representations and ideas objectified in the image. artistic thinking is figurative. it combines generality and concreteness with a personal form. the artistic image, as well as art in general, is the most complex and multifaceted product of human creative activity, the result of an individual creative process of a person who seeks to express his feeling, personal vision of an object, phenomenon, and the world around him. this is the inner state, the spiritual mood of the artist, who is keenly aware, passing through himself and conveying to the audience, his understanding of reality. it can be concluded that the beginning of the 19th century is the time of the emergence of the image of the “superfluous person” in russian literature. these characters are always outside of society and oppose it. they are united by the fact that their high talents turned out to be superfluous for other people. to some extent due to their own weakness, partly due to the fault of society. these literary characters are lonely and unhappy, they feel spiritual discord, internal contradiction. therefore, the image of the “superfluous person” must be understood as a character seeking and not finding his place in the society in which he lives. i. s. turgenev possessed great skill in depicting nature, human feelings and the russian people. sad and joyful, tragic and happy notes sound in his works. in turgenev's novel, bitter thoughts about life, and bright memories of childhood, and the hopes of youth, and faith in the future, in truth, in goodness merge together. the great writer and poet entered literature as a master of words, fluent in russian. results the artistic image is characterized by several important features or properties. they are: the presence of an individual, characteristic; the presence of a common, typical whom, which is formed by selecting the characteristic essential features of a number of people, objects, phenomena, creatively combining them in one image; the presence of an aesthetic attitude of the artist to the displayed; the presence of fiction (the work of creative imagination) and artistic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org understanding, which includes both visual-figurative and abstract-theoretical thinking, this is such a fusion of the emotional and rational in the knowledge and reflection of objective reality, which is designed to influence both the feelings and the minds of people . obviously, to these most important, basic features of the artistic image, one should add such features that are necessarily inherent in every real artistic image, such as novelty, the unity of the objective and the subjective. the image includes the material of reality, processed by the creative imagination of the artist, his attitude to the depicted, as well as all the wealth of the creator's personality. an artistic image is an allegorical, metaphorical thought that reveals one phenomenon through another, it has its own logic, develops according to its own internal laws. one of the aspects of the ambiguity of the image is understatement. the perceiver receives the initial impulse for reflection, he is given an emotional state and a program for processing the information received, but he retains both free will and scope for creative imagination.in creative work, it is necessary to discard the secondary, insignificant, and, conversely, highlight the essential, natural. the work of imagination and fiction, with the help of which the artist creates strong images, is connected with life experience. the concept of «extra person» appeared in the 19th century, after the publication in 1850 of i. s. turgenev's story «the diary of an extra man». this term characterizes a smart, educated and gifted person who could not find an application for his strength in life, to realize himself, his capabilities. these people could become geniuses, but they became, according to herzen, «smart useless things.» the “superfluous person” cannot find an application for his strength in public life, he feels spiritual discord and the inability to do something useful for society. the negative side of extra people is connected with the fact that they often bring trouble not only to themselves, but also to female characters who had the misfortune to love them. the love story in i. s. turgenev's novel «the nest of nobles» is very tragic. having lost hope for happiness with lavretsky, liza goes to the monastery: “i … i want … liza hid her face on marfa timofeevna’s chest … i want to go to the monastery,” she said in a dull voice. over the course of many years, a turning point occurs in lavretsky's soul. “he calmed down and – why hide the truth? – has grown old not only in face and body, has grown old in soul … «. rudin, the hero of the novel of the same name by i. s. turgenev, is also among the “superfluous people”. its distinguishing feature is the discrepancy between word and deed. dmitry rudin is a man of brilliant mind, but it turns out that he can only speak and nothing more. discussion image is a literary concept. the artistic image is the main cell from which grows a system of images that make up an integral work. usually, an artistic image is understood as the reproduction of typical phenomena of life in a concrete-individual form. such a reproduction or reflection of life is characteristic of art, an ideology that artistically masters the world. the artistic image carries a «generalization», since it acts as a specific way of reproducing objective reality from the standpoint of a certain aesthetic ideal in a specifically sensual, directly perceived visible form. in the era of the formation of realism, it turned out that the image of the “superfluous person” in its complexity turned out to be on the shoulder only to those authors who went through the experience of a romantic poem on the way to the novel. probably, a serious attitude to the romantic hero was necessary, an analysis of the values of his world, so as not to squander them in the world of everyday american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org life, describing the «superfluous person». the first russian realistic novels entered into a two-way dialogue with romantic works, as a result, the typological features of the hero who appeared, called «an extra person», are revealed in a romantic context and boil down to the following: a) the hero received a european education, which prevents him from finding a place for himself in russian reality; b) his self-confidence is destroyed by the will of fate unfavorable to the hero; c) characters reading and comparing themselves and others with literary images; d) wandering turns into wandering; e) the hero is not only shown in his monologues and author's assessments, but his assessments by «others» are also significant; f) superficially romantic characteristics are associated with the characters of the second row. conclusion all these features were clearly heard in the work of turgenev, especially in his novel rudin2. it is important that on the way to the image of the «superfluous person» turgenev goes through the experience of a romantic poem and story. the hero of the first romantic poem of the «byronic» type approaches the heroes of the stories. steno in the fight against “his demon” is a loser, not a winner3. in addition, not all heroes recognize the greatness and extraordinaryness of steno, “other” heroes and other assessments appear4, which reduces the romanticism of the image. “the conversation” is built not as a confession-poem, but as a dialogue-poem, which may be due to the dialogic conflict of the “natural school”, however, the orientation towards the romantic tradition, in the spirit of the 1840s, typifying the romantic hero and thereby depriving it of originality. novel associations are evident in the poems «parash» and «andrey», correlated with «eugene onegin», as indicated by the author himself, but the image of the hero is again replicated. i.s. turgenev is an outstanding writer of the 19th century. for a long time, a good impression was formed about him as a writer of “bright” and “without a break”. he became one of the few who gained worldwide fame during his lifetime. i chose this topic because i believe that the work of ivan sergeevich is of great importance for the present generation. thanks to him, several new concepts appeared, which became very widespread in russian literature. one of them is «an extra person». this concept originated in the 19th century, and then for a long time «extra people» began to appear on the pages of the works of other great writers and poets. references 1.н. г. федосеенко, 2008 2. погорельцев в. ф. проблема «лишних людей» в русской литературе хiх века / в. ф. погорельцев; м-во общ. и проф. образования рф. моск. пед. гос. ун-т. – москва: прометей, 1997. – т. 1. – 1997. – 185 с. 3. синякова л.н. «лишний человек» в эпоху 1860-х годов : характер главного героя романа а.ф. писемского «взбаламученное море» // вестн. нгу. сер.: история, филология. – новосибирск, 2007. – т. 6, вып. 2. – с. 81-90 4. анализ художественного произведения. //под ред. м.л.семановой. м.: просвещение, 1987 5. методика преподавания литературы: уч.пособие. под ред. з.я.рез. м., 1985. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org language and culture in for english classrooms: greetings ways of expressing politeness azizova makharam rashitovna senior lecturerandijan machine-building institute (andmi) e-mail: azizova01954@gmail.com tel: +998 91 479-17-54 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study of language, culture and translation and the relationship between them are crucial issues because of the importance of human communication in the world. language is viewed as the main factor that links different cultures of different nations and a way of expressing feelings, thoughts and ideas that people try to convey. language and culture are closely related to each other. language is considered as a part of culture of a particular community and the main way by which the members of a society communicate with each other. the variety of languages with different cultures and necessity of communications in human life caused translation to be a very effective factor in communicating, exchanging cultures, and knowledge. thus, it seems that language and culture are closely related and it is essential to consider both in the process of translation. therefore, this paper aims to focus on concept of culture from different viewpoints in translation studies and to offer an analysis of researchers' views of the interaction between culture and language and also between culture and translation. furthermore, we know that translation plays an important role of crossing through different cultures and communication. therefore, it is said that translation is one of the essential, fundamental, and adequate ways in transferring culture. however, the translator encounter many different types of challenges because in order to translate properly, a good translator should have knowledge not only about linguistic components but also about cultural elements, views, customs and tradition in order to take into consideration the chronological orders, historical and religious background of the source text. lastly, what is the most essential point is the transmission of the same message as the source text attempted to and avoid adding irrelevant words into language used by people. culture, greetings, relationship, expressing feelings, exchanging cultures, transferring culture. introduction the study of language, culture and translation and the relationship between them are crucial issues because of the importance of human communication in the world. language is viewed as the main factor that links different cultures of different nations and a way of expressing feelings, thoughts and ideas that people try to convey. language and culture are closely related to each other. language is considered as a part of culture of a particular community and the main way by which the members of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org a society communicate with each other. the variety of languages with different cultures and necessity of communications in human life caused translation to be a very effective factor in communicating, exchanging cultures, and knowledge. thus, it seems that language and culture are closely related and it is essential to consider both in the process of translation. therefore, this paper aims to focus on concept of culture from different viewpoints in translation studies and to offer an analysis of researchers' views of the interaction between culture and language and also between culture and translation. furthermore, we know that translation plays an important role of crossing through different cultures and communication. therefore, it is said that translation is one of the essential, fundamental, and adequate ways in transferring culture. however, the translator encounter many different types of challenges because in order to translate properly, a good translator should have knowledge not only about linguistic components but also about cultural elements, views, customs and tradition in order to take into consideration the chronological orders, historical and religious background of the source text. lastly, what is the most essential point is the transmission of the same message as the source text attempted to and avoid adding irrelevant words into language used by people. all these factors should be considered during the translating process and will be discussed in this paper. many different theorists have given different definitions on language, culture and translation. if we focus on the language, it can be said that in humankind history language has proved to be the best tool with which human beings could express most of their feelings, needs, beliefs, experiences and attitudes, and at the same time, transmitting knowledge and traditions from one generation to another. the problem, however, is that not all people share the same language and culture. at this point the necessary and immediate intervention of translation and translators is felt. studying on language, culture and translation and the relationship between them are valuable issues due to the importance of human communication in the world. the variety of languages with different cultures and necessity of communications in human life caused translation to be a very effective factor in communicating, exchanging cultures, and knowledge. thus, it seems that language and culture are closely related and it is essential to consider both in the process of translation. although there might be is no specific frame and force on how a translation must be done, all translators who transfer natural meaning based on the cultural and religious norms of their society, encounter some limitations through translation. in this study we discuss the translation through transferring cultures among languages and also define that translation has an important role in globalization of cultures especially pop culture leading to expanding ethnic habits and customs, or religious values. as languages and culture are complimentary of each other, and cultural features of every region is different, translators not only should concentrate on how to convey the same meaning, but also attempt to show the dissimilarities between two cultural perspectives. as kramsch (1998) states language is a system of signs that is seen as having itself a cultural value. speakers identify themselves and others through their use of language; they view their language as a symbol of their social identity. conclusion various definitions on culture are given by scholars from different points of view. some treated culture superficially as a set of specific artifacts, man-made environments, patterns of social organization and overt forms of behavior. others treated culture in a more abstract way as the shared knowledge of members of social communities like world views, value orientations, norms, manners, customs, preferred styles of thinking and arguing, etc. being taken as “socially acquired knowledge” (hudson, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org 1980: 74), culture is classified by some scholars into cultural knowledge information and cultural communication information. the former refers to the factual information which does not exert a direct influence on the cross-cultural communication, including a nation’s history, geography and so on. the latter points to the socio-pragmatic rules in daily communication which entail not only ways of greeting, thanking, apologizing and addressing, but also attention to taboos, euphemisms, modesty and polite formula in use, etc. 3. relation between culture and translation it is viewed by many theorists that both translation and culture move in the same path in parallel to each other, based on the fact that translation process means a transferation not only between two languages but also between two cultures because both original language and target language are rooted in communicative situations in their respective cultures. on the interaction between translation and culture, house believes that: “translation is not only a linguistic act; it is also a cultural one, an act of communication across cultures. biblyography 1 allen, b. j., difference matters: communicating social identity, 2nd ed. (long grove, il: waveland, 2011), 9, 65, 186–87. 2 bednarz, f., “building up intercultural competences: challenges and learning processes,” in building intercultural competencies: a handbook for professionals in education, social work, and health care, eds. maria giovanna onorati and furio bednarz (leuven, belgium: acco, 2010), 39. 3 bennett, j. m., “cultivating intercultural competence,” in the sage handbook of intercultural competence, ed. darla k. deardorff (thousand oaks, ca: sage, 2009), 127–34. 4 jones jr., r. g., “putting privilege into practice through ‘intersectional reflexivity’: ruminations, interventions, and possibilities,” reflections: narratives of professional helping 16, no. 1 (2010): 122. 5 martin, j. n., and thomas k. nakayama, intercultural communication in contexts, 5th ed. (boston, ma: mcgraw-hill, 2010), 465. 6 nisbett, r. e., the geography of thought: how asians and westerners think differently…and why (new york: free press, 2003), 44–45. 7 opdal, p. m., “curiosity, wonder, and education seen as perspective,” studies in philosophy and education 20 (2001): 331–44. 8 pusch, m. d., “the interculturally competent global leader,” in the sage handbook of intercultural competence, ed. darla k. deardorff (thousand oaks, ca: sage, 2009), 69. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org new directions of regulation of entrepreneurship development in the new uzbekistan khojalepesov polat zinatdinovich samarkand state veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology university branch of nukus, docent sarsenbaev ilhambay eliwbay ugli student of samarkand state veterinary university of animal husbandry and biotechnology, nukus branch madetova nilufar maxkamjan qizi student of samarkand state veterinary university of animal husbandry and biotechnology, nukus branch a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes the incentives for accelerating business activities in new uzbekistan. the article talks about the decrees and decisions adopted on the removal of bureaucratic obstacles, such as mandatory implementation of the activities of entrepreneurs in our republic, and new opportunities being created. entrepreneurship, activity, barriers, mandatory, relief, business entity, report, decree, decision, regulation to support entrepreneurship in the republic of uzbekistan, to create favorable conditions and business climate for entrepreneurs, to set specific goals and limits of regulation of entrepreneurship, to reduce the regulatory burden for entrepreneurs by creating favorable conditions for the introduction of new products and services, also, in order to ensure the implementation of the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022 "on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026" no. on" decree no. pf-244 and decision no. pq-419 dated november 10 "on measures to optimize the system of reporting and storage of archive documents" was adopted.1 the decree and decision serve to further develop entrepreneurship, which is the priority direction of the economy of our country. due to the new reforms and solutions being carried out in this regard, the number of businessmen in our country is increasing dramatically. 1 decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022 no. pf-60 "on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026" decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated november 9, 2022 no. pf-244 "on measures to simplify state regulation of business activities" decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan pq-419 dated november 10, 2022 "on measures to optimize the reporting system and storage of archival documents" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org more than half of the gross domestic product of our country is produced by small business entities, and their role in export is also high. today, there are more than six thousand regulatory and forty thousand technical documents that regulate business. some old requirements make it difficult to introduce new products, technologies and services. in the decree adopted above, in accordance with the state program on the implementation of the development strategy, the glorification of human dignity and the year of the active neighborhood, the requirements that hinder modern activities of entrepreneurs were revised and a number of reliefs were introduced. therefore, the main purpose of the decree is to cancel the mandatory requirements in business. the means of state regulation of entrepreneurship are defined by the decree. these include: ➢ state registration of the business entity; ➢ licensing; ➢ to give permission; ➢ tariff and notary regulation of foreign economic activity participants; ➢ compulsory insurance ➢ ensuring competition; ➢ implementation of state control ➢ to create more facilities for the activity of the business entity are the strict regulatory directions that provide for the like. based on the decree, from january 1, 2023, a number of mandatory requirements related to entrepreneurship, in particular, the sale of new imported cars only by the official dealers of their manufacturers, the suspension of the supply of electricity to those who consume electricity in excess of the amount specified in the contracts, the employees hired by individual entrepreneurs are separately registered in the tax authorities account is being cancelled. if we take the example of a textile enterprise, production in the enterprise is directly related to electricity. that is, the cost of electricity consumption is directly related to the cost of manufactured products. according to the previous procedure, if the company used electricity beyond the limit, it had to pay double the price of the limit, or it would be disconnected from the network. this would have a negative impact on the enterprise, the production would stop and lead to a decrease in the quality of the product. now, with the decree, such a barrier will be removed, that is, producers will not be disconnected from the network even if they use electricity beyond the limit. according to the decree, the obligation to inform creditors and to announce in the mass media when the authorized fund of business entities is reduced is canceled. in the past periods, the number of reorganization of business entities was 72,000, and in 10,000 of them, the charter fund was reduced. that is, it is almost impossible to impose excessive bureaucratic barriers and obligations on those 10,000 of our entrepreneurs. based on the requirements of the adopted decree, from march 1, 2023, taxpayers are given the right to appeal directly to the court on the results of audits and mobile tax inspections. entrepreneurs are allowed to provide services through the unified interactive state services portal. in order to support competition in public procurement, it is prohibited to conclude direct contracts for procurements with a value of more than 1 billion soums. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org the practical implementation of these procedures is aimed, first of all, at ensuring the rights of entrepreneurs, creating a free competitive market for them, the opportunity to participate in state procurement with their own products, and directly use state interactive services in the delivery of their work and services. a special legal system and regulatory system have been introduced for testing new technologies in foreign experiments, which saves time for entrepreneurs and creates a number of eases in bringing new technologies to the market. with this decree of the head of our state, a special legal system of regulation is expected to be introduced from january 1, 2023. for example, a new product is being produced by a business entity in the territory of uzbekistan, and according to the existing legislation, there are no legal documents for its regulation, or there may be no rules for obtaining a license or permit, or the rules for other similar products are not suitable for this product. can be difficult. that is why it is planned to introduce a new system of regulation in order to speed up and facilitate the production of new products and to enable the entrepreneur. it is envisaged that the special legal system of regulation will be applied to e-commerce, transport logistics, industrial production, agriculture and other areas. in accordance with the decree, the procedure for reducing mandatory requirements in the field of entrepreneurship and forming a two-stage unified register of them is being determined. in the first stage: ➢ includes construction, transport, catering, education and trade; starting from 2023, mandatory requirements in the directions indicated above will be studied first. a register of specific mandatory requirements for activities in these directions will be created, with the cancellation of redundant requirements. the second stage will be carried out by 2025, including all the remaining directions and specifying mandatory requirements. also, the responsibility of business entities is not determined for requirements that are not included in the register of mandatory requirements. at the same time, one of the important issues is the transfer of documents to the archive. the reason is that the information in these documents may be located in the database of tax authorities. this, in turn, is one of the obstacles for entrepreneurs. currently, the documents of 571 thousand business entities operating in our country have to be kept for 75 years. if the enterprise ends its activity on time, it will be necessary to archive its documents. now, due to the transition to the electronic system and the existence of such electronic platforms in other state bodies, the tasks of storing and archiving documents have been canceled. also, there are mutual exchange documents within the business enterprise, but today, instead of this, it is possible to manage the entire organization through an electronic platform, and there is no need for paper documents. if we consider the results of the conducted observations, as a result of the introduction of the electronic system, the space for storing paper will be reduced by 3 thousand square meters, and if another business entity is established in the reduced space, it will be possible to get additional income of 5-7 billion. for example, our country imported paper in the amount of 300 million dollars in 2021. it can be seen that 60% of the imported papers, i.e. 180 million dollars, were used by business entities. from january 1, 2023, entrepreneurs will be exempted from submitting quarterly financial reports to tax authorities, and entrepreneurs who pay fixed amounts of turnover tax will be exempted from the obligation to submit annual financial reports to tax authorities. nine types of statistical reports are no longer submitted by entrepreneurs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org for example, today 40,000 business entities submit the above-mentioned reports. also, there are 124 statistical reports, and as a result of their integration by the tax authorities, the requirement to shorten this procedure was determined by the decision made on the basis of coordination of the available data. currently, in practice, large business entities submit quarterly financial statements, such as balance sheet, profit and loss, equity and cash flow statements. according to the adopted decision, more than 6,000 business entities will be exempted from these requirements. on the basis of the documents, from may 1, 2023, it is allowed to remotely open bank accounts of legal entities, to electronically process data on utility consumption volumes. also, the order of licenses for the organization of non-state electronic archives is canceled and the order of notification is introduced. the resolution approved a seven-point roadmap for streamlining reporting and recordkeeping procedures. in short, this decision provides an opportunity to reduce the types of financial, tax and statistical reports, to improve the practice of document storage and submission to state agencies based on modern requirements. its result is reflected in the time and money saved by entrepreneurs. references used 1.decree no. pf-60 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022 "on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026". 2.decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on november 9, 2022 no. pf-244 "on measures to simplify the state regulation of business activities". 3.decision pq-419 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated november 10, 2022 "on measures to optimize the system of reporting and storage of archive documents". 4.б.а.шарипов «кичик бизнес ва хусусий тадбиркорлик субьектларининг рақобатбардошлигини статистик баҳолаш усуллари»// “iqtisodiyot va innovatsion texnologiyalar” ilmiy elektron jurnali. № 3, may-iyun, 2020 yil. 5. o.а.аripov «kichik biznes va xususiy tadbirkorlikni rivojlantirish hamda ishbilarmonlik muhitini yaratish»// “iqtisodiyot va innovatsion texnologiyalar” ilmiy elektron jurnali. № 2, март-апрель, 2019 йил 6. g.m.shodieva «innovatsion iqticodiyot shapoitida tadbipkoplikni pivojlantipishning aypim nazapiy jihatlapi»// iqtisodiyot va taʼlim / 2021 yil, 4-son. 7. maxmudov n. «raqamli iqtisodiyot – yangi oʼzbekiston taraqqiyotining asosiy manbalaridan biri»// «raqamli iqtisodiyot: oʼzbekistonda rivojlantirish istiqbollari va jahon amaliyoti xalqaro ilmiyamaliy onlayn konferentsiya» 2020 yil 24 dekabr american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org teaching english using modern methods and approaches tursunova feruza tursunovna, teacher, uzbek state world languages university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in today's fast-growing time, science, technology are also growing rapidly. progress in each area is taking a step forward. in particular, great changes, significant achievements are also being made in science. the delivery of each subject to students using new innovative technologies is one of the main requirements of today's education. this article analyzes the active use of innovative technologies for teaching foreign languages in the republic of uzbekistan. foreign language, education, innovative technologies, technological tools, teaching methods, ict. after the independence of our country, the demand for the study of foreign languages has increased dramatically and wide opportunities for language learning are being created by our state. today in education institutes there are modern computers, electronic resources, access to the internet. the use of information technology is possible not only at different stages of schoolchildren's classes, but also in the usual english lessons. the introduction of computer technology in the scheme of the traditional lesson allows the teacher to make the learning process part of his work on the computer, making the learning process more interesting, colorful, intense. the computer cannot replace, but only complement the teachers. computer engagement allows you to make any lesson attractive and truly modern. performing any task, using a computer, makes it possible to increase the intensity of the lesson. the use of changing materials and operational plans help to individualize the study. it can be applied at all stages of computer training: new materials, combining, repeating, knowledge management, explaining skills and abilities. at the same time, for a child, he performs various functions: teachers, working tools, school supplies, an object of study, a cooperation group, a gaming environment, entertainment. this contributes to the introduction of new pedagogical technologies, for example: data and communicative, computer and multimedia technologies are closely related. implementation information technology creates prerequisites for activating the school learning process. computer technology helps to disclose, preserve and develop the personal qualities of students. in schools, each subject in the course process at the same time english-speaking has always used information technology (means of storing, processing and transmitting information) in their activities; increasing their improvement helps to increase their effectiveness. therefore, using a computer as the most perfect source of information, using a book, fountain, tv, calculator, video recorder, etc. naturally, it leads to the improvement of the learning process. the development of computers and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org software has led to the most simplicity of mastering their undeveloped users, including preschool children. in recent years, the issue of using innovative technologies in schools has been increasingly raised. this is not only new technical means, but also learning processes and teaching methods, a new approach to the learning process. the introduction of innovative technologies in the educational process is associated with the improvement of educational and educational methods in the process of learning foreign languages in relation to needs. the main goal of teaching in foreign languages is the formation and development of the culture of the communicator of schoolchildren, the study of practical skills in a foreign language. the task of the teacher is to create a practical skill with the language for each student, it is necessary to choose such learning methods that allow you to show the activity, creativity of each student. cooperation, project methodology, modern pedagogical technologies using new information technologies, the use of new information technologies, taking into account the abilities of children of internet resources, the level of their education, their individualization will help to increase the level of knowledge. a communicative approach is a strategy that evokes communication, aimed at a conscious understanding of the material and methods of communication with them. it is not so difficult for the user to implement a communicative approach on the internet. the utility task should be a question for the problem or discussion, and the reader can not only exchange information, but also evaluate it. the main criterion that allows this approach to differ from other types of activities is that students choose a language unit to express their opinion. it is not better to use the internet in an international approach: its purpose is interested in learning a foreign language and expanding their knowledge and experience. one of the main requirements for learning foreign languages using internet resources is the creation of interaction in a lesson, which is called typical in the method of interactivity. interactivity is the organization, coordination and replenishment of the" achievement of a mutual goal and the result of speech funds." training with real language, the internet helps in the formation of skills and abilities, as well as a real interest in learning vocabulary and grammar and, therefore, is effective. interactivity not only creates real situations from life, but also forces students to adequately respond through foreign languages. one of the technologies that offer individual lessons is the method of projects as a way to develop creativity, cognitive activity, independence. the typology of projects varies. in real practice, it should be engaged in a variety of research, creative, practical-oriented and mixed projects in which there are signs of information. the work of the project is a multi-level approach to learning the language of reading, auditing, speech and grammar. the method of the project greatly contributes to the development of active independent thoughts in students. it seems to me that the preparation of projects will raise mutual assistance and creative abilities to teach children to cooperate and prepare cooperation. at the same time, the essence of innovative english language learning is that the involvement of almost all students in the learning process the application of new pedagogic technologies increases the quality of the lesson. "carousel" technology. like many innovative technologies, the carousel is borrowed. children stand such work, usually a lot. form two rings is: internal and external. stationary students looking at the outside of the inner ring, from the outside, which circulates every 30 seconds. so they have time to talk for a few minutes and try to convince the interlocutor on the right side of themselves. dialogues of a lauretic nature are perfectly valid, subject acquaintance, nationality, conversation in a public place, etc. the guys speak with excitement, the profession passes dynamically and efficiently. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org "theater" technology. something like a spectrum that participates as viewers, experts, critics and analysts. several disciples play the situation in the circle, the rest are observed and analyzed. it is about telling the appropriate mood, emotion of the speculators, the character and the task of the audience, based on what they follow their conclusions. technology "sociological survey". it involves moving throughout the account to collect information on the proposed topic during the movement of children. each participant receives a list with a list of tasks. the teacher helps to formulate questions and answers, ensures that interaction begins with english. technology "unfinished proposal". children are invited to read the unfinished proposal and continue it with any words, this is the first thought that comes to mind. the proposals begin very vaguely, so the guys have almost unlimited opportunities to complete it. they relate to different places of life and can cover any topics. "group story" technology. it is carried out in two ways. in the first method, each reader adds one sentence to an already started story. at a certain signal (after a minute), a sheet with an unfinished story is sent in combination. the second method is well suited for the development of the topic. the teacher asks questions in a certain order, each participant in the process writes an answer, no one can see him and helps the neighbor. movement occurs in a circle. thus, at the end, several unexpected events are obtained. "do you believe it ..." technology this type of language practice can be used on any topic. and the student is first invited to "trust" the teacher, and then get acquainted with their statements within the framework of a certain topic. "brain ring" technology. very suitable for classes universal assemblies of materials studied. the content of the species can be completely diverse and includes vocabulary, grammar, reading, listening and writing in these sections. this technology requires serious. which includes: drawing up a task, creating a presentation, thinking about questions about attention, answers and answers, diplomas. choosing a jury at the beginning of the game, students there is a contest for participation. each round lasts 3 minutes, after which the answers will surrender to the jury of the jury. the correctness of the answers is checked and discussed after each round, and then a number of issues are also asked to bring additional points to the teams. today there are several different methods of innovative educational technologies. from them, the effectiveness of the lesson will be higher if extensive and different methods of covering the topic are used in the lessons, and an increase in the interest of the student in the lesson will also be ensured. it is intended to increase the effectiveness of education by bringing innovations into the educational process and their implementation. the use of various role-playing, action games in the teaching of foreign language lessons causes an increased interest in language learning, both in the lesson. and through the work of students in pairs or small groups, it helps students to communicate communicatively with others. the research process used methods of historicism, logic, analysis and synthesis of practical knowledge. in the course of this study, the importance of the use of information technology in foreign language lessons today was objectively revealed. today, the stages of teaching boom taxonomy have been studied in a logical sequence, using innovative technologies. the use of graphic organizers in the educational process is one of the most important tools in the coverage of the topic, its delivery to students. several different graphic organizers can also be used to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org cover a topic. when teaching a foreign language, it is advisable to use graphic organizers to explain new words on the topic, grammatical rules. if these are given through graphic organizers, it will also be easy to keep in mind. the effect of using different tables in the process of teaching a foreign language is also high. using tables in the educational process, students can place a certain grammatical rule, for example, creating sentences using times, placing new words. at a time when the need for learning a foreign language is high, the effective use of modern information technologies, innovative educational technologies in the educational process leads to the fact that this process is effective. innovative education is when the effectiveness of technologies is used correctly and efficiently in their educational process. in accordance with the recommendations of the pan-european framework for the teaching of a foreign language, the assessment of the knowledge and skills of foreign language teachers (cefr), new methods and requirements have been developed in the republic. according to him, textbooks were created for students of secondary schools and vocational colleges. in accordance with these requirements, the classrooms were equipped with stands and new information communicative techniques. the demand for learning a foreign language is also increasing day by day. foreign language science is divided into four aspects (reading, writing, listening, understanding and speaking), each of which is given separate concepts and skills. educational technologies, this is the effective use of modern information technologies in the educational process. it also provides for an increase in the quality and effectiveness of education by bringing modern innovative technologies into the educational process. in particular, there are several advantages to the use of such information and communication technologies in the study of a foreign language. the role of modern technology in language learning and teaching is immeasurable. the use of technological tools comes in handy in every aspect of learning a foreign language (reading, writing, listening, understanding and speaking). for example, it is impossible to carry out this process without a computer, player, cd discs, of course, to understand by listening. listening comprehension is one of the most important parts of language learning. in this, the reader is required to pay attention to the pronunciation of the speaker at one time, compliance with grammatical rules, vocabulary and its meanings. an important factor in the use of modern technologies in the educational process is the ability of students to know and use information and communication technologies well. teaching and learning a foreign language using modern technologies is one of the most methods. in the process, including: when using computers, the reader can also hear foreign language video rollers, shows, dialogues, as well as movies or cartoons; radio broadcasts in foreign languages and programs on television can be heard and watched; the use of tape recorders and cassettes, which is considered a much more traditional method; cd players can be used. the use of these techniques ensures that the process of students learning a foreign language is more intense and efficient. today, teaching in schools through interactive games is becoming a tradition. as you know, the passage of the lesson based on various games ensures that students can demonstrate their capabilities, concentrate, improve their knowledge and skills, and become strong. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org the basis of the use of gaming technology is activity that activates and accelerates the reader. psychologists note that the psychological mechanisms of playful activity rely on the fundamental needs of the individual for self-expression, finding a stable place in life, self-control, the implementation of their capabilities. on the basis of any game, the generally accepted principles of education, tactics should lie. educational subjects should be taken as a basis for educational games. in the process of games, the student is more interested in this activity than in a simple lesson and freely operates. it should be noted that the game is the most avalo, a way of teaching. students are interested in playful lessons, strive to win, the teacher also gives the student education through them. the reader is interested in the fact that, playing an english game, i can speak, listen and understand, write. in conclusion, as a result of the use of innovative methods in english lessons, students ' logical thinking skills develop, their speech becomes more eloquent, the skill of quick and correct answers is formed. such methods instill in the reader a passion for knowledge. the student seeks a thorough preparation for the lessons. this makes students active subjects of the educational process. references 1. tursunova f. t. problems of alternative choice of several methods in the process of teaching english //theoretical & applied science. – 2021. – №. 5. – с. 161-163. 2. farxodjonova n. f. (2020). formation of national idea through factors of national culture. – 2020. 3. numonjonov s. d. innovative methods of professional training //isj theoretical & applied science, 01 (81). – 2020. – с. 747-750. 4. farxodjonqizi f. n., dilshodjonugli n. s. innovative processes and trends in the educational process in uzbekistan //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2020. – т. 10. – №. 4. – с. 621-626 5. tursunovna t. f. modern methods of teaching english //asian journal of multidimensional research. – 2021. – т. 10. – №. 12. – с. 404-408. 6. farxodjonova n. socio-political characteristics of the heritage of the manifestations of the jadid movement //scienceweb academic papers collection. – 2022. 7. tursunovna t. f. specific features of teaching english in the higher education //middle european scientific bulletin. – 2022. – т. 25. – с. 44-48. 8. farxodjonova n. глобаллашув шароитида миллий қадриятларда интеграция //scienceweb academic papers collection. – 2020. 9. tursunovna t. f. the role of internet technologies in the modern training concept of foreign language //молодой учёный. 10. qizi f. n. f. modernization and integration of national culture in the condition globalization and its importance in the restoration of the new uzbekistan //turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry. – 2021. – т. 12. – №. 6. 11. tursunovna t. f. effective ways of teaching writing in efl classes //‘‘ўзбекистон олимлари ва ёшларининг инновацион илмий-амалий тадқиқотлари’’7-қисм. – с. 93. 12. фарходжонова н. ф. глобаллашиш жараёнида миллий маданиятнинг интеграциялашиши //журнали. – с. 239. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org 13. nodira f., egamberdi r. distinctive features of youth spirituality in the development of society //e conference zone. – 2022. – с. 46-50. 14. tursunova f. t. innovativeapproachesin the teaching englishlanguage //scientific bulletin of namangan state university. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 5. – с. 305-309. 15. farxodjonova n. f. (2020). formation of national idea through factors of national culture. mirovaja nauka. – 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org the use of interrogative sentences and answers to them in educational situations at russian language lessons in an uzbek school khudayberdiyeva muazzam zaynobidinovna senior lecturer of the department of methods of teaching languages of the national center for teaching new methods to teachers of andijan region a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article deals with the question of the use of interrogative sentences and answers to them in educational situations. for the effective use of question-answer structures in the lessons of the russian language and literature, it is necessary to consider educational situations from the point of view of the use of interrogative sentences for organizing a lesson. types of sentences, dialogue, monologue, motivation, cognitive activity, content components. introduction russian has now become one of the conditions for the success of the young generation. so, teachers of the russian language and literary reading actively use question-answer constructions in their lessons, which are realized through the speech activity of the teacher and students. at the same time, various communicative types of sentences are used in speech, these are declarative, interrogative and exclamatory sentences. we are more, as noted above, interested in interrogative sentences and answers to their organization, which are the core of both dialogic and monologues in oral and written form. the interrogative words of the sentence are characterized by the fact that they always stimulate and direct the process of communication in various life situations, including in the lessons of the russian language and literary reading. a question is always a motivator of a response speech reaction, i.e. the question is the cause, the effect of the dialogical speech. an answer without the use of question-answer constructions, the full implementation of educational goals in the lessons of the russian language seems impossible. in the course of the study, we managed to find out that in educational speech situations, questionanswer constructions are mainly used in two cases: 1) to organize a lesson, such as "who is on duty today?" "what date is it today?" "where is the chalk, rag?" 2) and to study the subject, for example, "what are the main parts of the sentence?" “ what parts of speech can the subject express?” and so on. such an analysis of learning situations will allow further methods of applied linguistics to use techniques when the core structure of the question-answer construction used to organize the lesson is superimposed on the structure of the question-answer sentences used to study the subject. for example, a question-answer construction for organizing a lesson: "anvar, tell me, how many lessons do you have today?" “ we have five lessons today.” this is a question-answer construction with an interrogative pronoun: anvar, do you have five lessons today?” “ yes, we have five lessons today.” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org this is a question-answer sentence without an interrogative pronoun. the question is conveyed intonation which to study the subject: "anvar, tell me, how many in this sentence are the main members?" "there are five parts of the sentence in this proposal"; "anvar, tell me, are there five parts of a sentence in this sentence?" "yes, there are five parts of the sentence in this sentence. this technique can also be used when comparing interrogative sentences of the students' native language with interrogative sentences of the russian language, which contributes to a better and faster understanding of the content of the dialogue. this approach of syntactic constructions will allow recognizing common and different structures of interrogative sentences of different languages. this example makes it possible to predict interference and transposition in the speech of students, which gives its positive results in the process of russian language teaching in a national school. to identify the causes that generate errors in the russian speech of the students of the national schools teachers should focus on the importance of the linguistic characteristics of grammatical categories and forms to be mastered at school and they should consider that textbook materials in russian is only source of information for the students in russian language, especially in rural places. there is a certain relationship and interdependence between the various components of the content of the entire russian language course. the educational situations considered in the work and the interrogative constructions used in them and the answers to them have stable repetition during the entire educational period at school. these include, for example, interrogative sentences like: “ what is the date today?” , “ what was the homework?” , etc. these sentences are often used in both junior and senior grades. in addition, the establishment of links between the various components of the content of the russian language course and the determination of the range of interrogative sentences and answers to them, characteristic of a particular educational situation, makes it possible to predict the speech content of educational situations. thus, we can conclude that the specifics of the functioning of questions in the russian speech of students of the national school and the difficulty of understanding and using them depend on many factors, including the linguistic properties of interrogative sentences in russian and their correlation with equivalent constructions in the native language of students, and also on the use of interrogative constructions and answers to them in educational situations in the lessons of the russian language and literary reading in the national uzbek school. literature 1. ambusheva tm and dr. "russian. research. volgograd, publishing house "teacher", 2009. 2. xenzov, g.yu. perspective school technology / g.yu. xenzov -m.: pedagogical society of russia, 2000.145 p. 3. pakhomova n. yu. method of the educational project in an educational institution: allowance for teachers and students of pedagogical universities. m.: arcta, 2003. 110s. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org analysis of network traffic using wireshark software adkham bozorov norqabil ogli graduate student of the national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper discusses the process analysis of how wireshark analyzes ethernet computer networks. computer network, protocol analyzer, cloud technologies, network protocols, sniffers. introduction wireshark is a traffic analyzer for ethernet computer networks and more. it has a graphical user interface. the project was originally called ethereal, but due to trademark issues, the project was renamed wireshark in june 2006. the functionality that wireshark provides is very similar to that of tcpdump, but wireshark has a graphical user interface and more sorting and filtering capabilities. the program allows the user to view all traffic passing through the network in real time, puts the network card into promiscuous mode. the program is distributed under the free gnu gpl license and uses the cross-platform gtk+ library to build the graphical interface (a transition to qt[8] is planned). there are versions for many unix-like systems, including gnu/linux, solaris, freebsd, netbsd, openbsd, macos, and windows. wireshark is a program that "knows" the structure of various network protocols, so it allows you to analyze a network packet, showing the value of each field of the protocol at any level. main part first of all, you need to install it on the system. since one of the most used linux distributions is ubuntu, all examples will be shown on it. to install, enter the command in the console: sudo apt-get install wireshark after that, the program will appear in the main menu. you can run it from there. but it's best to do it from the terminal, because it needs superuser rights. you can do it like this: appearance the program has a convenient graphical interface. the user is presented with a friendly window divided into 3 parts. the first is directly related to capture, the second is related to opening files and samples, and the third is help and support. the capture block contains a list of network interfaces available for capture. if you select eth0, for example, and click start, the capture process will begin. the window with received data is also logically divided into several parts. at the top there is a control panel with various elements. this is followed by a list of packages. it is presented in the form of a table. here you can see the serial number of the package, its holding time, and the shipping and receiving address. you can also delete information about used protocols, length and other useful information. below the list there is a window with the content of technical data of the selected package. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org and even below there is a display in the hexadecimal system. each view can be expanded in a large window to make the data easier to read. applying filters dozens or even hundreds of packages are constantly running in front of the user during the program's operation. removing them manually is very difficult and time consuming. therefore, the official guide recommends using wireshark filters. there is a special field for them in the program window filter. there is an expression button to finetune the filter. but in most cases, a standard set of filters will suffice: ip.dst is the destination ip address of the packet; ip.src is the address of the sender; ip.addr any ip; ip.proto is the protocol. the program examines the content of data packets passing through the network. no special knowledge is required to start and use the results of sniffer's work, just open it in the "start" menu or click on the icon on the desktop (its launch is no different from other windows programs). the utility's special function allows it to receive data packets, carefully unpack their contents, and present them to the user for analysis. after starting wireshark, you will see the main program menu on the screen at the top of the window. with its help, the utility is controlled. if you need to download files that store information about packets captured in previous sessions, as well as save information about other packets captured in a new session, you will need the file tab for this. sniffer: what is a sniffer in terms of english and computer technology? in fact, if you only translate the term, it is not difficult to determine the essence of such a software or hardware-software complex. this name comes from the english word sniff (sniff). this is where the meaning of the russian term "sniffer" comes from. what is a smeller in our understanding? a "sniffer" capable of monitoring the use of network traffic, or in other words, a spy who interferes with the operation of local or internet-oriented networks, releases the information he needs based on access through tcp / ip data transmission. protocols. to test how the program works with filters, you need to enter a certain command. for example, a set like this – ip.dst == 172.217.23.131 – shows all packets going to the google site. to see all traffic incoming and outgoing you can combine two formulas ip.dst == 172.217.23.131 || ip.src == 172.217.23.131. thus, it became possible to use two conditions at the same time in one line. other conditions can be used, for example ip.ttl< 10. dannaya command vyvedet vse pakety s dlitelnostyu jizni menshe 10. chtoby vybrat dannye po ix razmeru, mojno primenit takoy podkhod — http.content_length > 5000. information _ _ from catching how protection . this wi fi sniffer or another analyzer without permission _ _ _ traffic from scanning protection who does systems yet too there is there is only one condition: they should be installed only with full confidence in "wiretapping". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org such software is often called "anti-sniffers". but if you think about it, these are the same sniffers that analyze traffic, but block other programs that try to get it. therefore, the legitimate question is: is it worth installing such software? maybe hacking it will do more damage or is it blocking what it's supposed to do? in the simplest case with windows systems, it is better to use the built-in firewall (firewall) as protection. sometimes there may be conflicts with the built-in antivirus, but this often only applies to free packages. there are no such flaws in the professionally purchased or monthly activated versions. that's all the concept of "snaffer" instead of the next word. it seems that most people already understand what a sniffer is. references 1. rahim r. et al. prototype file transfer protocol application for lan and wi-fi communication //int. j. eng. technol. – 2018. – т. 7. – №. 2.13. – с. 345-347. 2. badea a., croitoru v., gheorghica d. computer network vulnerabilities and monitoring //2015 9th international symposium on advanced topics in electrical engineering (atee). – ieee, 2015. – с. 49-54. 3. han j. et al. secure file transfer method and forensic readiness by converting file format in network segmentation environment //journal of the korea institute of information security & cryptology. – 2019. – т. 29. – №. 4. – с. 859-866. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org interesting organization of foreign language lessons dilrabo adizova rahmonovna jondor district, bukhara region english teacher of school 36 phone 999492940 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides feedback on the use of game technologies in english language classes. game, technology, education, ball, objects, category, kitchen the difference of a foreign language from other subjects in the educational system is manifested in the fact that it is both an educational goal and a means of education. acquiring speech skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) in a foreign language is the goal of education, and the language being studied is also a means of receiving and conveying new and useful information. there is almost no environment for students to communicate in a foreign language outside of class. there is always a natural environment for the mother tongue. the native language is embedded in a person's daily activities, but this is not the case for a foreign language. it is necessary to create artificial speech situations in order to teach communication to students in foreign language classes. a human child perceives and understands the environment with the help of his mother tongue and communicates with people. the situation is completely different when teaching a foreign language. pronunciation, grammar and lexical aspects of the language are studied, expressing thoughts and perceptual understanding in a foreign language becomes a practical goal. the role of teaching through various games in teaching english is incomparable. playing various games during the lesson increases the enthusiasm for learning science in the classroom, encourages passive students to better participate in the lessons, and creates an environment of competition and teamwork among students in the classroom. it also increases students' respect for their teachers. below are games that serve to increase the effectiveness of teaching during english lessons. charades charades is similar to pictionary, but the main difference is that actions are used instead of pictures to represent words. this game is very useful when your students are lazy, bored and sleepy. wake them up and get them moving! write words on a few square pieces of paper for students to choose from. verbs are much easier to express. but you can use words that are a little more complicated, but that all students know. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org divide the class into two teams. and one student from each team chooses a piece of paper with a word written on it and expresses it with an action. the members of the team will have to find that word within three minutes. one point is given for each correct answer. the team with 10 points is the winner. taboo words helps students use synonyms and word charts. the class is divided into two groups and the teams sit facing each other. each team chooses one person from their team to sit on the chair opposite them. the teacher stands behind the students and holds a word written on a large piece of paper. the students sitting in the seats should not be able to see this word. the member of the team sitting in the seat will have 3 minutes to say the word you are holding. the main thing is that they should not use this word at all. advice for playing in large classes. if there are more than 12 students in your class, it can be a bit noisy and chaotic during the game. in this case, you can divide everyone into small groups of 5-6 and participate only when it's their turn. 20 objects (20 items) test your students' memory and vocabulary with this game at the same time. all you need is a blackboard and 20 classroom supplies. you can even use your own bag or carry-on items. put all the items on the table and ask your students to call them all and look at them. then cover everything with paper (or something similar) after a minute. ask all your students to go back to their seats and write down in english what they remember on a piece of paper. when everyone has finished, write the list of items on the board and ask students to check themselves. alternatively, you can ask them to read the words one by one and mark the correct ones. categories after playing this game once, students will be begging to play it again and again! and this game is a great way to make the most of the extra minutes. ask each student to draw 6 columns on a piece of paper. you can choose a category (topic for a word) from the last visited topics. the most commonly used categories are food, names, cities or countries, furniture or appliances, work or clothes. choose any letter and write it on the board. give your students some time to write the words that start with that letter in the columns. you can restart the game as many times as you want with other letters. letter scramble make a list of the last words your students have learned. and write a word on the board by confusing the letters. give your students some time to find the word with the letters in the correct order. the student who finds the word first is the winner. what am i thinking of? (what am i thinking about?) divide students into pairs. each student should write 5-10 words describing an object on a piece of paper. when time is up, students switch sheets and try to find what their partner has described. the first team to find the words correctly wins. the concept of educational environment is the natural environment for ensuring efficiency in foreign language education, at least 1000 hours of communication with the master of the foreign language being studied, the pedagogical skills of the teacher, the age-related physiological, psychological and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org cognitive activity characteristics of the student. , includes factors such as the time allocated to the subject and the attitude of the students towards the subject and their ability to learn litereture: 1. american council on the teaching of foreign languages. actfl proficiency guidelines. yonkers, ny: author, 1999.2. atkinson, t. www: the internet in the modern foreign languages classroom, london: cilt, 2002, 2nd edition.-p.358 2 .rizayev d.muminova f "ingliz tili darslarida interfaol usullar " -toshkent-, "o'qituvchi".2018 3.jamol jalolov,chet til o'qitish metodikasi". 4.umumiy o'rta ta'lim maktablari uchun ingliz tili o'quv dasturi. 5.umumiy o'rta ta'lim maktablari uchun uchun darslik 6.www.teacherspayteachers.com 7. www.uzedu.uz http://www.teacherspayteachers.com/ http://www.uzedu.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org national cultural lexicon in linguistics jurayeva barno nizomiddinovna english teacher at termiz institute of engineering technologies a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the study of language and culture is always closely related, and the language serves as a reflection of cultural norms, values and identities. one aspect of this relationship is the national cultural lexicon, which contains a unique set of words, phrases, phrases and phrases that are characteristic of a particular country or region. this article is aimed at studying the importance of national cultural lexicons in linguistics, highlighting annotations, keywords and their importance for understanding and preserving cultural heritage. national cultural lexicon, linguistics, language and culture, words, phrases, concepts, cultural identity. introduction til va madaniyatni o'rganish har doim bir-biri bilan chambarchas bog'liq bo'lib, til madaniy me'yorlar, qadriyatlar va o'ziga xosliklarning aksi bo'lib xizmat qiladi. ushbu munosabatlarning bir jihati ma'lum bir mamlakat yoki mintaqaga xos bo'lgan noyob so'zlar, iboralar, iboralar va iboralar to'plamini o'z ichiga olgan milliy madaniy leksikondir. ushbu maqola milliy madaniy leksikonlarning tilshunoslikdagi ahamiyatini o'rganishga, izoh, kalit so'zlar va ularning madaniy merosni tushunish va saqlash uchun ahamiyatini ta'kidlashga qaratilgan. milliy madaniy leksikonlarni o'rganish uchun tadqiqotchilar turli usullardan foydalanadilar. izoh leksika yozuvlarini aniqlash va hujjatlashtirishda hal qiluvchi rol o'ynaydi. bunga milliy o'ziga xoslikning o'ziga xos va vakili bo'lgan so'z va iboralarni aniqlash uchun maqsadli madaniyat doirasidagi matnlar, adabiyotlar, ommaviy axborot vositalari va suhbatlarni o'rganish kiradi. jarayon ko'pincha keng qamrovli tadqiqotlarni, ona tilida so'zlashuvchilar bilan hamkorlikni va korpusni tahlil qilish va ma'lumotlarni yig'ish uchun raqamli vositalardan foydalanishni talab qiladi. tilshunoslikda milliy madaniy leksika ma'lum bir millat yoki madaniyatga xos bo'lgan lug'at va lingvistik iboralarni anglatadi. u ma'lum bir mamlakat yoki madaniy guruh bilan bog'liq bo'lgan so'zlar, iboralar, iboralar va boshqa lingvistik xususiyatlarni o'z ichiga oladi. ushbu leksik narsalar ko'pincha millatning tarixi, urf-odatlari, an'analari, qadriyatlari va ijtimoiy jihatlarini aks ettiradi. milliy madaniy leksika madaniyatning turli jihatlarini qamrab olishi mumkin, jumladan: 1. tarixiy va madaniy ma'lumotnomalar: muhim tarixiy voqealar, diqqatga sazovor joylar, urfodatlar yoki ma'lum bir millatning shaxslariga ishora qiluvchi so'zlar va iboralar. masalan," to'rtinchi iyul "va" mustaqillik deklaratsiyasi " qo'shma shtatlar milliy madaniy leksikonining bir qismidir. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 2. mahalliy oshxona va oziq-ovqat bilan bog'liq atamalar: an'anaviy taomlar, ingredientlar, pishirish usullari va ovqatlanish odatlari bilan bog'liq so'zlar va iboralar. masalan," sushi "va" ramen " yaponiyaning milliy madaniy leksikonining bir qismidir. 3. geografik va ekologik atamalar: mamlakatning noyob tabiiy xususiyatlari, landshaftlari, iqlimi yoki yovvoyi hayotini tavsiflovchi lug'at. bunga avstraliyadagi "outback" yoki rossiyadagi "tayga" misol bo'la oladi. 4. madaniy amaliyotlar va marosimlar: muayyan madaniy amaliyotlar, marosimlar, festivallar yoki diniy an'analar bilan bog'liq leksik narsalar. masalan," divali "va" holi " hindistonning milliy madaniy leksikonining bir qismidir. 5. milliy ramzlar va piktogrammalar: milliy bayroqlar, emblemalar, madhiyalar yoki mamlakatni ifodalovchi boshqa belgilar bilan bog'liq so'zlar va iboralar. masalan, qo'shma shtatlar uchun" yulduzlar va chiziqlar "yoki birlashgan qirollik uchun" union jek". 6. slang va so'zlashuv iboralari: ona tilida so'zlashuvchilar tomonidan kundalik suhbatlarda muloqot qilish uchun ishlatiladigan norasmiy va mintaqaga xos lug'at. ushbu iboralar ma'lum madaniy yoki milliy kontekstdan tashqarida keng tushunilmasligi mumkin. milliy madaniy leksikani o'rganish millatning lingvistik va madaniy o'ziga xosligini tushunishda muhim ahamiyatga ega. bu tilshunoslar, antropologlar va tadqiqotchilarga ma'lum bir mamlakat yoki jamoaning ijtimoiy va madaniy dinamikasi to'g'risida tushuncha olishga yordam beradi. milliy madaniy leksikonlarni o'rganish bir qator qiziqarli natijalarni beradi. bu tilning millatning madaniy o'ziga xosligini aks ettirish va shakllantirishning turli usullarini ochib beradi. noyob so'zlar va iboralarni aniqlash va tahlil qilish mamlakatning tarixiy, ijtimoiy va geografik jihatlariga oydinlik kiritadi. u lingvistik naqshlarni, shu jumladan boshqa tillardan qarz olish, semantik siljishlar va madaniy assimilyatsiyani ochib beradi. bundan tashqari, milliy madaniy leksikonlarni o'rganish turli xil lingvistik va madaniy an'analarni taqqoslash imkonini beradi, madaniy xilma-xillikni yanada kengroq baholashga yordam beradi. milliy madaniy leksikonlarni o'rganish muhim savollarni tug'diradi va mazmunli munozaralarga sabab bo'ladi. bu tadqiqotchilarni muayyan madaniy kontekstlarda tillar evolyutsiyasini o'rganishga va globallashuv va texnologik taraqqiyotning lingvistik xilma-xillikka ta'sirini o'rganishga undaydi. bundan tashqari, u madaniy merosni saqlashda tilning rolini ta'kidlaydi, chunki ba'zi leksikon yozuvlari ijtimoiy-madaniy o'zgarishlar tufayli vaqt o'tishi bilan yo'q bo'lib ketishi yoki kamroq tarqalishi mumkin. xulosa va takliflar: xulosa qilib aytganda, milliy madaniy leksikonlarni o'rganish til va madaniyat o'rtasidagi murakkab munosabatlar to'g'risida qimmatli tushunchalarni taqdim etadi. izoh va kalit so'zlarni tahlil qilish jarayoni madaniy qadriyatlar, amaliyot va o'ziga xosliklarni tushunish uchun asos yaratadi. ushbu tadqiqot sohasini yanada rivojlantirish uchun tilshunoslar, antropologlar, tarixchilar va ona tilida so'zlashuvchilar o'rtasida fanlararo hamkorlikni rag'batlantirish juda muhimdir. ushbu hamkorlik milliy madaniy leksikonlarni yanada kengroq tushunishga yordam beradi, lingvistik xilma-xillikni saqlashga hissa qo'shadi va madaniyatlararo muloqotni rivojlantiradi. bundan tashqari, milliy madaniy leksikonlarni izohlash va tahlil qilishni osonlashtirish uchun raqamli manbalar va vositalarni ishlab chiqish juda muhimdir. texnologiya jarayonni soddalashtirishi mumkin, bu tadqiqotchilarga leksik yozuvlarni yanada samarali aniqlash va hujjatlashtirishga imkon american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org beradi. bundan tashqari, o'quvchilarga til va madaniyatning boy gobelenlarini qadrlashga imkon beradigan milliy madaniy leksikonlarni til ta'limi o'quv dasturlariga kiritish bo'yicha tashabbuslar amalga oshirilishi kerak. milliy madaniy leksikonlarni tan olish va o'rganish orqali biz jamoaviy insoniy merosimizning ajralmas qismini tashkil etuvchi lingvistik xilma-xillikni nishonlashimiz va saqlashimiz mumkin. adabiyotlar. 1. g` salomov. til va tarjima. toshkent: fan, 1966 2. телия в. н. русская фразеология. м. :1982 3. воробьев в. в. лингвокультурология – м . : рудн, 2008 4. yusupov o`. q. tilshunoslikda yangi yo„nalishlar va ularda ishlatiladigan ayrim istilohlar//filologiya masalalari. toshkent, 2011 5. файзуллаева р.к проблеме передачи национального колорита в художественном переводе: дисс. ... канд. филол. наук. ташкент, 1972. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the role of soci̇al networki̇ng si̇tes towards spreadi̇ng hate speech among hebron uni̇versi̇ty students "facebook example" 1mohanad asafrah, 2asim ahammed al-omari hebron university palestine1 jordanian ministry of education – jordan2 mohanad.asafrah.media@gmail.com1, a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s social networks play an important role in introducing hate speech among social network users through its platforms, and this is confirmed by the increasing demand by different segments of society for these networks, and from here this study came to identify the role of social networking sites towards spreading hate speech among hebron university students. this study is considered one of the descriptive studies in which the researcher resorted to the survey method, in which he studied the audience of facebook users through a sample of hebron university students who numbered (125) using a survey sheet consisting of (20 questions) represented through four axes, based on my theories dependence on the media, uses and gratifications. the study showed the most prominent results, which showed the significant and clear impact of face book in spreading hate speech among hebron university students, at a rate of (53%) and (50%) for each of the societal, verbal and behavioral violence and the spread of hate speech, respectively. it also showed the impact of hate speech spread through the facebook platform. book on the system of religious and social values in the palestinian society because it focuses on tribal, clan and political fanaticism away from the arbitration of reason, logic and religion in resolving disputes and disagreements, with a percentage of (63%). based on these results, the researcher recommended the need for the ministry of higher education and scientific research to pay attention to the issue of hate speech, by allocating lectures and offering community courses related to the topic, and the urgent need for civil society and clan institutions to stand up to their responsibilities and contribute to spreading a culture of tolerance and rejecting and combating hate. hatred, speech, social media, university students. mailto:mohanad.asafrah.media@gmail.com1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 1. introduction: social networking sites are one of the most important means of communication that has imposed itself in recent times, and it has also played a major role in disseminating various developments and topics in various fields, as human societies witnessed during the recent period a revolution of rapid development in the process of pumping and transmitting information, "and societies became living the era of technology and social communication, where the internet has become an integral part of the life of modern societies and is beginning to invade all forms and manifestations of life [1]–[3]. the emergence of social networks has provided a revolutionary opening, taking the media to unprecedented horizons, and giving its users great opportunities to influence and move across borders without restrictions or restrictions [4]. censorship except in a relative and limited way, as the emergence of social media created channels for direct broadcasting from its audience in a development that changes the essence of known communication theories, and stops the monopoly of making the media message to convey it to a broader and more comprehensive range, with an influential and interactive capacity that communication experts did not imagine [5]. since 2007, the expressions produced and dealt with by the palestinian society on social networks have witnessed a clear change and were characterized by shocking expressions resulting from the political division between the two parts of the homeland (the west bank and the gaza strip) in palestine. this reason prompted people to resort to verbal violence in expressing discontent and mockery, especially with regard to a political or social event. the emergence of social networks contributed to the spread of multiple and diverse discourses represented in hate speech and criticism of freedom of opinion, in addition to providing a state of polarization between supporters and opponents in many countries. of political, religious and social matters [3], [6]. this study comes to identify the concept of hate, its forms and repercussions on society, the value and moral system and the resulting effects, the study of the issue of social networking sites and its impact on spreading hate speech among the members of the palestinian society resulting from the ongoing political conflict and the attempt to control matters through the policy of exclusion and the events and variables that affect the environment and the social structure of the palestinian society, hence the importance of the study. 2. previous studies a study by [7], [8] aimed to know the rates of use of digital social networks by jordanian university students, and to reveal the factors influencing the formation of public opinion trends among students, and the level of competition of social networks for traditional media by adopting them as sources of news and information. the sources of their access to news and information that would influence the formation of public opinion. in the same context a study of sakhr al-khasawneh and sahl al-atoum aimed to identify the concept of hate speech, and the role of social media in spreading hate speech from the point of view of jordanian journalists. furthermore, it bayrak al-rubaie's study identify the features of hate speech circulating through social networking sites, and to determine the role of social networking sites in building hate speech. one of its most prominent results was: the emergence of negative values that affect the process of building hate speech in society. 2.1 the importance of social networking sites social networking sites are of great importance in the current era, especially after the significant increase in the number of users of those sites, and what increases the importance of these sites is that they contain some characteristics and features that make them more important than others in the world of media and technology [9]. social networks have worked to "facilitate the process of transferring american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org information by e-mail and receiving it through a program for transferring or copying files", and that social networks help its browser to establish new friendships and form relationships in many fields, by exchanging news and information and the development of natural, political and social events [10]. websites are a product of the technological revolution, laid as a basis for serving their users, and cannot lead a group or individuals to other worlds without their desire or will, thus negatively affecting the social reality of these people [11]. a good deed that benefits the doer and those around him, or a bad deed that harms the doer [12], [13]. in addition, it is considered a means of exchanging ideas, information and knowledge, developing skills and creative ideas, and learning about the culture of other peoples, which leads to the development and evolution of societies, and the role of social and political media cannot be overlooked for the emergence of the role of the individual as an actor in the formulation, formation and spread of this type of new media [14]. social networks emerged as one of the tributaries of this new media, with the freedom to choose the topic, the ease of broadcasting, the low cost, and the ability to shift from personal protest to directing public opinion and mobilizing through groups or pages on facebook [15]. 2.2 social networks and hate speech digital means of communication and media have become necessities of life, as the media play a very important and dangerous role in shaping public opinion, and in mobilizing groups, and mobilizing them around certain ideas, opinions and trends, no matter how far these audiences are geographically or demographically heterogeneous [16]. digital communication in achieving more influence on the masses, directing them towards certain opinions and idea [17]. there is hate speech raging on social networks in many places of the world, for reasons of ethnic, religious, political, sectarian or other types of affiliations, and the owners of these feelings who were expressing them shyly in closed rooms, and found in these networks a public space through which they spread [18]. their hate speech reaches thousands and sometimes millions, which doubles its impact and magnifies its harm, and the most dangerous thing that can happen in this context is that this speech on these sites reaches a critical mass in its numerical density, emotional intensity, and geographical distribution, with which this discourse overflows from the virtual world into reality, to transform to real, real hate crimes and violence [19], [20]. social media is one of the important and main tools in addressing the masses, and it also has a great impact on forming public opinion and changing its paths. facebook has become an important role in shaping public opinion as a result of the widespread spread of the internet and at the level of various segments and in various cultural, social and other fields [21], [22]. 3. study approach: the methodology of the study can be defined as: "it is the method that the researcher must abide by in his research or adhere to a set of general rules that dominate the course of the research and guide the researcher in order to reach appropriate solutions to the research problem’’. [23]–[25]. this study belongs to the descriptive analytical research that is concerned with studying the reality of social networks and their handling of hate speech between societies and the extent of its impact on the value and social system of palestinian society. 3. 1 research community and study sample the research community can be defined as: "all the vocabulary of the phenomenon studied by the researcher ". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the sample is also defined as: “a category that represents the research community or audience, and the vocabulary of the phenomenon that the researcher studies, or all the individuals, persons that all , 1”.or things that are the subject of the research problem )7000the study included all students of hebron university, and their glands were swallowed ( according to the statistics of the deanship of admission and registration for the first semester 2021/2022 ,ed to represent the researchthat a simple random sample of (125) was selectso community, and the following tables show the characteristics of the demographic sample : : characteristics of the study sample according to the gender no. 1table variable variable variable levels the number the ratio % missing values sex male 59 47.2 % feminine 66 52.8 % the results showed, according to the previous table, that the percentage of females from the study sample is the highest, as their number was 66, constituting (52.7%) of the study sample, while the percentage of males was (47.2% . characteristics of the study sample according to the achievement :table no. (2) level variable achievement level first year 12 9.6 % second year 25 20 % third year 18 14.4 % fourth year or more 70 56 % according to the above table, the results showed that the category of students in the fourth academic year or more is the highest with a rate of 56% followed by the category of students in the second udents in the third year with a percentage ofyear with a percentage of (20%), then the category of st 14.4 %and the last of them is the category of students in the first year with a percentage 9.6 % characteristics of the study sample according to thetable no. 3 number of hours of using facebook usehours of less than an hour 35 28 % three hours -an hour 70 56 % more than three hours 20 16 % the results showed, according to the above table, that the category of students who use facebook followed by the category of students who usethree hours) is the highest with a rate of (56%), -(one facebook (less than an hour) with a rate equivalent to (36%), then the category of students who they use facebook (more than three hours) by (16% american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org characteristics of the study sample according to the variable :table no. 4 of place of residence address city 45 36% village / town 69 55.2% camp 11 8.8% villageaccording to the above table, the results showed that the category of students residing in the was the highest with a rate of (55.2%), followed by the category of students residing in the city with )a percentage of (36%), then the category of students residing in the camp with a percentage of (8.8% newspaper as a study toolthe researcher used the survey to conduct a survey approach for a sample of hebron university students to obtain data and topics about the phenomenon of hate speech spread among students through social networking sites, by answering a set of closed questions. ajih mahjoub defines the questionnaire asw "a set of questions on a subject that were directed to a number of people to seek their opinions and obtain information that serves the researcher in solving osed, or bothhis problem, and either the questionnaire is open or cl ". the survey newspaper was divided into two parts: the first section consisted of basic information (gender, achievement level, college, place of residence), and the second section consisted of (20) sparagraphs divided into four axes as follow : # the hub the number of paragraphs 1 the concept and forms of hate speech in social media 5 2 the influence and role played by facebook in spreading hate speech within the palestinian society 5 3 hate speechthe negative societal effects of the spread of 5 4 the impact of hate speech spread through the facebook platform on the system of religious and social values in the palestinian society 5 these paragraphs are all involved in measuring the role of social networking sites in spreading hate speech from the point of view of hebron university students from the year 2022. 4. analyze the results of the study 4.1 analysis of the paragraphs of the first axis: the results related to the first paragraph, which states (hatred of good for others who are different from me), showed that the percentage of approval is the highest with a percentage of (56%), followed ongly agreeing with a percentage of (15.2%)by the neutral with a percentage of (19.2%), then str . strongly with a rate of (6.4%) and (3.2%), and with regard to the second paragraph, which states ) excluding others from participating in any activities ), the approval rate was the highest, reaching )46.4 ,(%llowed by the neutral with a percentage of (21.6%), then the opponents with a percentagefo of ( 12%, followed by strong approval with a rate of (13.6), and in the last place came strong opposition acceptance of differences with-s ( nonwith a rate of (4%) , and in the third paragraph, which state american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org others ), the highest percentage of approval was the highest, reaching (46.4%), followed by approval strongly with a rate of (36%), followed by the neutral with a rate of (13.6%), then the opponents and pposed with a rate of (3.2%) and (0.8%) for each of them, respectively. the results ofthe strongly o the fourth paragraph, which states (contempt for the customs and traditions of others), indicate that ed by the neutral at (23.2%), thenthe percentage of approval is the highest, reaching (53.6%), follow the approval at (16%), followed by the opposition at (7.2%). none of the respondents registered a strong opposition to this paragraph. as for the fifth paragraph, which states (the inferior view as a in color, religion, sect, party, gender, and age), the approval rate was highest result of differences )50.4 ,(%followed by those who agree with (24.8%), and then neutral with (24.8%). 16%, then the ectivelyopponents and those strongly opposed by (8%) and (0.8%) for each of them, resp the researcher believes that the reason for the increase in the percentage of benevolent hatred for others who are different from me among the respondents, which amounted to (56%), due to the trength of the media influence is what is knownmethods that serve this purpose and contribute to the s as the quantitative effect through repetition, where social networking sites provide similar and repeated media messages about an issue, a topic, or a specific personality, so that this presentation cumulative effect on the recipient in the long run, without his will, and whatever the strength leads the of the recipient’s immunity against the media message that is broadcast through social networking he recipient and a comprehensive influencesites , there is an involuntary management. intentional for t on him in the sense that the media and social networking sites surround him everywhere , and therefore all of these factors lead to reducing the opportunity for the recipient individual to have an independent ion on the issues raised, and thus the opportunity for social networking sites and the media toopin form ideas increases. and the trends affecting hate speech and the behavior of the individuals themselves as for contempt for the customs and traditions of others ,which got the lowest percentage, which amounted to (16%), the researcher attributes this to the fact that the community of the city of hebron and traditions in the first place. it is respected byis a tribal, tribal society that is governed by customs all individuals in society, regardless of their opinions, ideas and orientations 4.2 analysis of the paragraphs of the second axis: to the dissemination of hate speech) the results related to the first paragraph, which states ( contributes have been shown ) that the approval rate is the highest at (38.4%), followed by the neutral at (33.6%) , then the opposition at (13.6%), then the approval at (11.2%), and in the last place the strongly opposed , and with regard to the second paragraph which states ( contributes to dialogue andat (3.2%) mitigating hate speech ). the neutral rate was the highest (30.4%), then the opponents at (28%) , ), and in the last rankfollowed by those who agreed with (21.6%), then strongly opposed by (16.8% strongly agreed (3.2). %), and in the third paragraph, which states (helps spread verbal and behavioral societal violence), the percentage of approval was the highest at (42.4%), followed by those who the neutral by (36%), then the opponents and those who strongly strongly agree by (10.4%), then oppose by ( 8.8% and (2.4%) for each of them sequentially, and the results of the fourth paragraph , age of thosewhich states ( reduces verbal and behavioral societal violence ), indicate that the percent who agree is the highest, reaching (27.2%), then the opponents with a percentage of (26.4%), followed by the neutral with a rate of (24.8%), then strong opposition with a rate of (12%), and in the last place %), and with regard to the fifth paragraph, which states ( it has nostrongly agreed with a rate of (9.6 role rather, it is a neutral means) , so the percentage of approval was the highest, with an approval american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org utral with arate of ( 55.2%), followed by strongly agreeing with a percentage of (19.2%), then ne percentage of (16%), then those who oppose and strongly oppose it with a percentage of (8.8%), and )0.8 (%for each. them sequentially the researcher believes that the reason for the high percentage helps to spread verbal and behavioral l violence among the respondents, which amounted to (42.4%), it is duesocieta to the tribal situation and the great and contradictory political difference that the city of hebron enjoys, which prompted g else without thinking about thethe affiliation to the tribe or party to prevail over anythin consequences of that at all, which prompted the emergence of hate speech in a large way. and its reflections on violence within society, which is represented in the speeches of individuals with each ions and behaviorsother or even their act as for the fact that facebook has no role in spreading hate speech, rather it is a neutral medium , which got the lowest percentage, which amounted to (8.8%). through which various issues related to es that cannot be raised within ordinary circles and among differentsociety are raised, especially issu people, which made facebook a platform to receive various opinions and ideas, and through which be neutralpeople express their positions that they adopt. therefore, it is difficult for facebook to through issues. that it raises and raises in society. 4.3 analysis of the paragraphs of the third axis: the results related to the first paragraph, which states (causes strife among members of society and leads to division), showed that the percentage of neutral is the highest, reaching (35.2%), followed by owed by strongly agreeing by (9.6%). ) andapproval by (24%), then opposition by (23.2%), foll strongly opposed in the last place with a rate of (8%), and with regard to the second paragraph, which states (society loses its cohesion and becomes weak), the percentage of the neutral was the highest (34.4%), then the approval and strongly agree with the percentage of (31.2%) and (17.6%) and formed each of them followed successively, followed by the opponents with a rate of (14.4%), then the , which states (it kills creativitystrongly opposed ones with a rate of (2.4%), and in the third paragraph in society), the approval rate was the highest (40.8%), followed by the neutral with a rate of (32.8%) , then the strongly approved one. with a rate of (12.8%), followed by strongly opposed by (12%), and strongly opposed by (1.6%). the results of the fourth paragraph, which states in the last place (threatens the unity of the social fabric), indicate that the highest percentage of approval reached )36.8 ,(%oppose with a rate of followed by neutral with a rate of (35.2%), then strongly agree and )12.8 (%for each of them, and in last place strongly oppose a rate of (2.4%). according to the fifth paragraph, which states (causes the emigration of qualified youth), the percentage of approval was the by the neutral at a rate of (26.4%), then strongly agreeing at a rate ofhighest at (42.4%), followed )20.8 ,(%then strongly opposed or opposed at a rate of (8%) and (8%). 2.4 %) for each of them , respectively e highest rate, whichas for the fact that facebook kills creativity in society which obtained th amounted to (40.8%), so the researcher believes that the opinion of the respondents is taken from the fact that facebook is trying to change the opinions and ideas of people by highlighting issues and d not essential in an attempt to change the course of topics that canmatters that are not important an be discussed and put forward to keep people away from matters and issues which can pertain to violence society and arouse the interest of its children, so that the focus of individuals becomes on and hatred at the expense of interest in other fundamental issues related to thought, culture and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org creativity, which kills the spirit of enthusiasm, achievement and creative creative thinking among citizens. us of youth talent which constituted (8%) so that this reflectsthis is consistent with causing an exod the state of culture and awareness enjoyed by the members of the community in the city of hebron . e awarealthough this discourse spreads disunity and kills creativity, the people of this community ar of this and the danger of that on the migration of minds and generous competencies, and they refuse to emigrate in an attempt to create events fundamental change and changing people's ideas about hate sts towards other, more fundamental issues thatspeech, and changing their attitudes and intere contribute to the formation and development of these young minds in a way that serves the interest of the country and society. 4.4 analysis of the paragraphs of the forth axis: rst paragraph, which states (people’s commitment to religion and its valuesthe results related to the fi are declining), showed that the percentage of approval and neutral came in the first place with a f (21.6%), followedpercentage of (32%) for each of them, then those who oppose it with a percentage o by strongly agreeing with a percentage of (11.2), then strongly disagreeing with a percentage of )11.2 .(%2.3 ,(and with regard to the second paragraph, which states (social solidarity between people ighest with a rate of (33.6%), then the agreeable one with a rateweakens), the neutral rate was the h of (28.8%), followed by the opponents with a rate of (22.4%), then the strongly opposed with a rate , which statesof (8.8%). the last rank strongly agrees with a rate of (6.4%), and in the third paragraph (voluntary cooperation and charitable work among people decreases), the neutral rate was highest with a percentage of (40.8%), then the approved one with a percentage of (36%), followed by the opposition approval strongly opposed by (8.8%), strongly opposed came inwith a percentage of (12%), then the the last place with (2.4%), and the results of the fourth paragraph, which states (tolerance between achedpeople weakens and extremism prevails), indicate that the highest percentage of neutrality re )41.6 ,(%then corresponding with (33.6%). %) followed by opposition at a rate of (14.4%), then a strong agreement at a rate of (10.4%), while none of the respondents registered a strong opposition to ragraph, which states (quarrels and disputes aboundthis. e paragraph, and with regard to the fifth pa between people), the approval rate was the highest (50.4%), followed by the neutral at (28%), then y (1.6%strongly agreeing at (12.8%), then opposed at (9.6%) and strongly opposed. b es that the occurrence of frequent quarrels and disputes among people with thethe researcher believ highest rate of approval, which constituted (50.4%), is due to the tribal tendency in society and the iets and the rush behinddangers and poisons it spreads because of it that lead to tribal and clan d stinking fanaticism, which may cause harm and harm to individuals and property without considering the content disagreement or only the cause is the clan that rules and sees the right thing without this is very common in the city of hebron, and the chaos caused byarbitration of reason and logic. the proliferation of weapons and the inability to control oneself and refer reason to anything else in such disputes. . st percentage of approval wasthe lowewhile people’s commitment to religion and its values decline, formed, which amounted to (32%), and it is not a simple and easy percentage that cannot be bypassed without examining its merits. it resulted in disagreements due to the weakness and decline in religious lightest doubt. there is no longer arbitration of reason or god’s law in resolvingtendency without the s american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org conflicts and disagreements and placing parties and families above any consideration whatsoever in such matters and issueswithout any consideration for moral values and religious and islamic rulings . 5. discussions & conclusions the researcher was able to know the extent to which facebook users understand the concept and forms of hate speech in social media among hebron university students, where there was a clear effect of facebook in defining the concept and forms of hate speech circulating on facebook, in varying proportions for each of the good hatred of others who are different from me. (75%) and excluding others from participating in any activities by (60%), which combined the agreement with the strongly agreed. accordingly, the researcher was able to identify the influence and role that facebook plays in spreading hate speech within the palestinian society, and a percentage that appeared clearly between agreeing and strongly agreeing, which amounted to (53%) to help spread verbal and behavioral societal violence (50%) to contribute to spreading hate speech. moreover, the negative societal effects of the spread of hate speech came in varying proportions. in the first place came (it kills creativity in society) at a rate of (53.5%), and in the last place (it causes the migration of young talents at a rate of (10.4%), between approval and approval strongly, and this shows the lack of volume the hate speech spreading among the students at hebron university via facebook reveals the extent of facebook's attempt to raise issues that do not arouse interest, but rather an attempt to destabilize society, nothing more. finally, the researcher was able to identify the impact of hate speech spread through the facebook platform on the system of religious and social values in the palestinian society from the point of view of the respondents, as it came in the first place (quarrels and disputes abound between people) with a rate of (63.2%) between approval and strong approval, while came issues voluntary cooperation and charitable work among people decrease and social solidarity among people weakens. in the fifth and sixth ranks, with a percentage of (43.2%) and (42.4%), there is agreement and strong approval for each of them, respectively. religious arbitration between matters and set the record straight. 5.1 recommendation the need to work to intensify awareness about the concept of hate and hate speech so that people can beware and avoid such behaviors, in addition to working to raise awareness of the negative effects of broadcasting hate speech on social networks and facebook with various pretexts, including tribal, political and other arguments covered by hate speech. also, civil society institutions and tribal institutions must also stand up to their responsibilities and contribute, through several means, to spreading a culture of tolerance, rejecting hatred, and combating it. there is a great importance for holding seminars and lectures in universities to combat hate speech and explain its effects on society. finally, the ministry of higher education and scientific research should give the issue of hate speech special attention and care for university students, by allocating lectures, offering community courses related to the subject, and supporting scientific research in it. references [1] s. a. salloum, m. al-emran, m. habes, m. alghizzawi, m. a. ghani, and k. shaalan, “understanding the impact of social media practices on e-learning systems acceptance,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 360–369. [2] a. shankar, c. jebarajakirthy, and m. ashaduzzaman, “how do electronic word of mouth american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org practices contribute to mobile banking adoption?,” j. retail. consum. serv., vol. 52, p. 101920, jan. 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.jretconser.2019.101920. [3] a. wibowo, s. c. chen, u. wiangin, y. ma, and a. ruangkanjanases, “customer behavior as an outcome of social media marketing: the role of social media marketing activity and customer experience,” sustain., vol. 13, no. 1, pp. 1–18, 2021, doi: 10.3390/su13010189. [4] a. s. alnaser, m. habes, m. alghizzawi, and s. ali, “the relation among marketing ads, via digital media and mitigate (covid-19) pandemic in jordan the relationship between social media and academic performance: facebook perspective view project healthcare challenges during covid-19 pandemic view project,” dspace.urbe.university, no. july, 2020. [5] m. habes, s. a. salloum, m. alghizzawi, and c. mhamdi, “the relation between social media and students’ academic performance in jordan: youtube perspective,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 382–392. [6] m. alghizzawi, s. a. salloum, and m. habes, “the role of social media in tourism marketing in jordan,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 2, no. 3, 2018. [7] and a.-a. s. alkhasawneh, sakhr, “the role of social media in spreading hate speech from the point of view of jordanian journalists,” j. islam. univ. sharia leg. stud., 2020. [8] d. n. tahat, k. m. tahat, and m. habes, “jordanian newspapers coverage of cyberbullying during covid 19 pandemic,” palarch’s j. archaeol. egypt/egyptology, vol. 17, no. 7, pp. 15390– 15403, 2020. [9] m. alghizzawi et al., “the impact of smartphone adoption on marketing therapeutic tourist sites in jordan,” int. j. eng. technol., vol. 7, no. 4.34, pp. 91–96, 2018. [10] m. habes, m. alghizzawi, s. a. salloum, and c. mhamdi, effects of facebook personal news sharing on building social capital in jordanian universities, vol. 295, no. june 2020. springer international publishing, 2021. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-47411-9_35. [11] m. habes, m. alghizzawi, r. khalaf, s. a. salloum, and m. a. ghani, “the relationship between social media and academic performance: facebook perspective,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 2, no. 1, 2018. [12] k. m. tahat, covering terrorism: a comparative analysis of al jazeera news site and al arabiya news site. arkansas state university, 2011. [13] m. alghizzawi, m. habes, s. a. salloum, m. a. ghani, c. mhamdi, and k. shaalan, “the effect of social media usage on students’e-learning acceptance in higher education: a case study from the united arab emirates,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 3, no. 3, 2019. [14] o. almuhaisen, m. habes, and m. alghizzawi, “an empirical investigation the use of information, communication technologies to english language acquisition: a case study from the jordan,” development, vol. 7, no. 5, 2020. [15] m. habes, m. alghizzawi, s. a. salloum, and c. mhamdi, “effects of facebook personal news sharing on building social capital in jordanian universities,” in recent advances in intelligent systems and smart applications, springer, 2020, pp. 653–670. [16] y. ophir, “spreading news: the coverage of epidemics by american newspapers and its effects on audiences a crisis communication approach,” vol. 80, 2019. [17] m. alghizzawi and m. habes, “impacts of social media and demographical characteristics on university admissions : case of jordanian private universities,” no. december, 2020. [18] g. rabab’ah and n. alali, “impoliteness in reader comments on the al-jazeera channel news american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org website,” j. politeness res., vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 1–43, 2020. [19] s. banaji and r. bhat, social media and hate. taylor & francis, 2022. [20] o. ayaad et al., “the role of electronic medical records in improving the quality of health care services: comparative study,” int. j. med. inform., vol. 127, pp. 63–67, 2019. [21] m. e. mohammed habes, said a. salloummokhtar, elareshimokhtar elareshi, seyedeh fatemeh ghasempour ganji, abdulkrim ajmi ziani, “the influence of youtube videos on ela during the covid-19 outbreaks in jordan,” no. december, 2020. [22] m. alghizzawi, “a survey of the role of social media platforms in viral marketing: the influence of ewom,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 3, no. 2, 2019. [23] m. alghizzawi, m. habes, and s. a. salloum, “the relationship between digital media and marketing medical tourism destinations in jordan: facebook perspective,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 438–448. [24] m. s. alshibly, m. alghizzawi, and a. d. al zaabi, “the effect of country of origin on consumers’ perceptions of hospitality products,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 3, no. 2, 2019. [25] f. al olaimat, m. habes, a. hadeed, a. yahya, and m. i. al jwaniat, “reputation management through social networking platforms for pr purposes: a sem-based study in the jordan,” front. commun., vol. 11, p. 247, 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org prospects for the development of freedom of speech in the digital space oripov hasan abdivakhobovich samarkand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the importance of digital technologies in the development of freedom of speech, the role of the digital revolution in the cultural life of a democratic society, and also analyzes the importance of freedom of speech in society. freedom of speech, democracy, society, digital space, technology, culture. introduction the internet and digital technologies help people to look at freedom of speech from a different perspective. this is not because digital technologies radically change the idea of what freedom of speech is [1]. rather, because digital technologies contribute to changing the social conditions in which people express their opinions, their positions on some specific issue that is important for development along the democratic path. as a result of changes in the social conditions for the implementation of speech, they reveal features of freedom of speech that have always existed in the background, but now have become in the foreground, have acquired a clearer expression [2,3]. the digital revolution presents freedom of speech in a new light, as before that the development of radio and television broadcasting technologies made fundamental changes in society. the digital revolution brings the features of the free expression system to the fore, reminding of the freedom of speech that has always been, but has now become more important and, therefore, more relevant to the political issues that citizens are currently facing [4]. literature review the digital revolution makes possible a wider participation of the population (especially those citizens who live in remote and hard-to-reach areas) in the cultural life of a democratic society, strengthens its democratization and interaction of various groups of civil society, which previously could not exist and implement its functions and tasks on a similar scale. at the same time, digitalization creates new opportunities for limiting and controlling the form of cultural participation and interaction [5]. consequently, the digitalization of the democratic space forms a new, unique set of social conflicts over property rights, which relate to the right to distribute and access information, to control it. based on this, the principle of freedom of speech is at the center of these conflicts [6]. the goal of freedom of speech is to promote a democratic culture. democratic culture is more than representative institutions of democracy and discussion of public issues [7]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the definition of the concept "democratic culture with freedom of speech" established by us is important – it is a culture in which people have a fair opportunity to participate in various forms of self-expression. this means that they function as full-fledged individuals [8]. democratic culture within the framework of considering individual freedom of the individual, citizen, as well as within the framework of collective self–government in a democratic society is the ability of each person to participate in the production and distribution of cultural values, to have unlimited access to them (including historical archival materials). this makes it possible to increase the value of the values of freedom and individual rights, contributes to the expansion and strengthening of democratic foundations in social development [9]. freedom of speech allows ordinary people – ordinary citizens to freely participate in the dissemination of ideas and in the creation of meanings, which, in turn, help them in their development as individuals, contributing to the awareness of true existential values and cognitive apparatus that promotes conscious development. democratic culture is democratic in the sense that everyone — not only political, economic or cultural elites — have an equal chance to participate in the production of cultural products in the digital environment and in the development of ideas and meanings that make up them and the democratic communities and subcommunities to which they belong. people have a voice in the development of these ideas and meanings, because they are able to participate in their creation, growth and dissemination. like democracy itself, democratic political culture exists in different societies to varying degrees. it is also an ideal that a democratic society can strive for. freedom of speech protects people's ability to participate in the culture in which they live and promotes the development of culture in the digital political space. this is more democratic and is based on the personal participation of citizens, their unlimited involvement in the processes of selfgovernment by the state at various hierarchical levels [10]. freedom of speech in the digital space in the implementation of political culture is also interactive and appropriative. interactivity is present because we are talking about speakers and listeners, who, in turn, exchange these roles when implementing the functions of political culture in the digital space. speech is carried out between people or groups of people; individual speech acts are part of a larger continuous cycle, which is continuously expanding due to the peculiarities of digital technologies [11]. people participate in culture by interacting with others, influencing and influencing them through communication. this is obvious in the case when speech is aimed at persuasion, but it is true for any speech. even when listeners don't like what others are saying, they are often influenced by it, since the information component has already been reflected. a person's familiarity with the content of speech, attempts to understand it, to convey it to understanding, constantly changes people, contributing to the development of society in the direction of democratization. the continuous participation of citizens in cultural communication, their consent and reaction to what is happening in society, assimilation and rejection of what the outdated format of political culture offers, modifies people, fills their existence with new, deeper meanings, humanizing them. freedom of speech is largely appropriated because it relies on existing cultural resources; it is based on cultural materials that are already available. dissenters rely on what they don't like to criticize it; artists, artists, writers, other representatives of creative professions borrow ideas, ways of implementation from previous examples of created works of art, and are based on artistic conventions; even casual conversation relies on common themes and expressions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org people participate in culture by relying on what they find in culture and innovating with it, modifying and converting it for their own purposes. freedom of speech is an opportunity to do this. in a democratic culture, people are free to appropriate cultural elements that are at hand, criticize them, rely on them and create something new that will be added to culture and its resources. the idea of democratic culture reflects the inner duality of freedom of speech: although freedom of speech is deeply individual, it is at the same time deeply collective, because it is deeply cultural. freedom of speech, according to thomas emerson, is a system. it is a cultural system similar to the political system. it is a network of people interacting with others, agreeing and disagreeing, criticizing and analyzing, imitating and inventing, supporting and praising. people exercise their freedom by participating in this system: they participate by interacting with others and creating new meanings and new ideas from existing ones. even when people repeat what others have said, their repetition often carries with it a change in meaning or context. how people express themselves, compose music, create works of art, sing, they constantly add something to the cultural mix in which they live. they change, albeit imperceptibly, cultural conventions about what implies what is right and wrong, what is important and what is less important, how something is done and how it is not done. through communicative interaction, through expression, through exchange, individuals become the architects of their culture, relying on what others have done before and shaping the world that will shape them and those who will follow them. and through this practice of interaction and appropriation, they enjoy their freedom [12]. conclusion thus, the protection of freedom of speech in the digital age will require a new class of cyber lawyers who understand the impact of technological design values of freedom of speech and can help shape regulatory solutions that promote technology, which in turn will help protect the values of free expression [13]. freedom of speech is both individual and cultural. it is the ability to participate in a permanent system of creating culture through various methods and technologies of expression that exist at any given time. freedom of speech is valuable because it protects important aspects of our ability to participate in the system of cultural creation. references: 1. castells, manuel and pekka himanen (eds.) (2014). reconceptualizing development in the global information age. oxford: oxford university press. 2. ulla carlsson and lennart weibull freedom of expression in the digital media culture. – a study of public opinion in sweden https://www.divaportal.org/smash/get/diva2:1229692/fulltext01.pdf 3. carlsson, ulla (2016a). freedom of expression in the digital transition. journal of media business studies 13(3)187-197. 4. axberger, hans-gunnar (2016). ”den svenska tryckfrihetens rättsliga utveckling” [the evolution of freedom of the press in swedish law], in fritt ord 250 år. tryckfrihet och offentlighet i sverige och finland – ett levande arv från 1766. stockholm: sveriges riksdag 5. freedom of the press report 2016 (2016). washington dc: freedom house. 6. farzad damania the internet: equalizer of freedom of speech? a discussion on freedom of speech on the internet in the united states and india https://mckinneylaw.iu.edu/iiclr/pdf/vol12p243.pdf https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1229692/fulltext01.pdf https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1229692/fulltext01.pdf https://mckinneylaw.iu.edu/iiclr/pdf/vol12p243.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 7. kierulf, anine and helge rønning (eds.) (2009). freedom of speech abridged? cultural, legal and philosophical challenges. göteborg: nordicom, göteborgs universitet. 8. freedom of expression. – briefing note series. –centre for law and democracy international media support (ims). – [электронный ресурс]. – режим доступа: https://www.mediasupport.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/foe-briefingnotes-ims-cld.pdf 9. mill, john stuart (2016). on liberty and other writings. new york: lg classics. 10. mouffe, chantal (2016 (2008)). ”democratic politics and the dynamics of passion”, in kari palonen, tuija pulkkinen and jose rosales (eds.) the ashgate research companion to the politics of democratization in europe: concepts and histories. aldershot: ashgate pp.101-118. 11. norris, pippa (2012). to them that hath’ news media and knowledge gaps. zeitschrift für vergleichende politikwissenschaft 16 (1): s. 71-98. 12. picard, robert g. (ed.) (2016). what society needs from media in the age of digital. oporto: media xxi 13. unesco (2013). media and information literacy. policy and strategy guidelines. paris: unesco. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the i̇mpact of uzbeki̇stan's soverei̇gn wealth funds on economi̇c growth i. t. jumaniyazov phd in economical sciences, associate professor department of finance, tashkent institute of finance, tashkent, uzbekistan. inomjonscience@gmail.com a. khaydarov phd in economical sciences, associate professor department of finance, tashkent institute of finance, tashkent, uzbekistan. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in developed and developing countries the economic growth of the state depends on many factors. one of the institutions that have an impact on the economy is sovereign wealth fund. these types of funds have different and at the same time similar objectives. this paper studies the activity of one of those sovereign wealth fund i.e. the uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund, established in 2006. it analyzes the significance of the fund’s expenditure in the economic growth of uzbekistan. the study shows that fund’s expenditure has positive correlation with gdp growth of the country. according to regression analysis, expenditure of the fund is significant variable for the gdp growth of uzbekistan. moreover it analyzes some asian countries’ experience and develops conclusions and proposals on the improvement of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund. sovereign wealth fund, uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund, gdp growth, expenditure, uzbekistan introduction in the world practice, sovereign wealth funds is an energizing force for the investment and innovation with their amount on operating the large infrastructural projects, developing the economy speedily for constructing the production objects with high modern technology, operating the social-economic projects with the foreign investments in partnership. according to information in 2018 more than eighty sovereign wealth funds were organized more than in fifty countries and their common capital was 8.1 trillion usd. if we look at the geography of organizing sovereign wealth funds, we see its 40, 24 percent are in the near east countries, 39, 74 percent are in asia, its 13, 11 percent are in europe, 2, 8 percent are in america, 2, 7 percent are in africa and 1, 4 are in other countries. today every country is tending to strengthen its position in the world economy by providing its economic development. the tendency of forming sovereign funds in the various countries, extending their sizes and geography, organizing such institutions and their importance, the participation of some american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org countries as a practical instrument for the social-economical development show that learning the experiments of these funds is very important. in addition, many sovereign funds in the several countries, a mission of resolving the deficiencies of sovereign wealth funds in the objective market, a monetary peculiarity and a mission of stopping inflation, investing state money into the human capital, raising the diversification degree of the state economical sector and other missions increase the importance of sovereign wealth funds. so, we devoted this article to the progressive foreign experiments in the activity of sovereign wealth funds. in most well-of and less well of countries the economic growth of the state depends on many factors. one of the institutions that has an impact on the economy is sovereign wealth fund. one of those sovereign wealth fund i.e. the uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund. the uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund, established in 2006 in accordance with the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on 05/11/2006, is a financial institution under the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan designed to ensure the implementation of projects for the modernization and technical re-equipment of leading basic sectors of the economy, achieving a dynamic, sustainable and balanced socio-economic development of the country, as well as the implementation of an effective structural and investment policy. the fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan also finances the implementation of national socially significant state programs and projects for the formation of production and non-production infrastructure, primarily in promising but insufficiently developed regions, modernization and development of transport and telecommunications infrastructure, creating the conditions for integration republic in the international network of communications, providing the shortest access to international transport corridors and the world stems markets. the fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan can participate in organizing joint financing of projects with international financial institutions, credit institutions of the republic and foreign countries. the founder of the foundation is the government of the republic of uzbekistan represented by the ministry of finance. the supreme governing body of the foundation is the council for the management of the foundation, headed by the prime minister of the republic of uzbekistan. as mentioned above main objective of this sovereign fund is to finance mostly social programs, however investment rate of return is not main target of the fund that needs achieving. although the managers of the fund use the part of the funds to bank deposits and some other types of investments, still rate of return is not significant. literature review sovereign wealth funds are financial vehicles owned by states which hold, manage or administer public funds, which can be invested in a wider range of assets of various kinds (jing yu 2012). another definition is sovereign wealth funds (swf) as sovereign vehicles (returns enter the government’s fiscal budget) with high foreign asset exposure, nonstandard liabilities (could be as simple as wage growth or as complicated as maintaining external purchasing power) with long (generation spanning) time horizon (andreas gintschel 2008). the object of strategic sovereign wealth fund is to maximize the whole country welfare through the swf investing (you miao 2011). swfs also served as “investors of last resort” during the last crises, intervening to support their domestic financial markets (clark g.l. 2010). (jen 2007) wrote that swfs are big and are growing fast, and their investments american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org will have significant implications for financial asset prices around the world. however all issues regarding the management of sovereign wealth funds can be solved not only by hedging or investing in overseas projects. sovereign wealth funds can address the issues of national wealth in two ways. the first is saving the gains from natural resources to future generation. the second way is earmarking the part of windfall to the fund to reduce the risk that government officials do not use that money for their own needs(shai bernstein 2013). these researches show that there should be different approaches to manage the resources of the fund. in managing the financial resources of the fund, one of the issues is to optimize the investment portfolio of the fund. in order to achieve optimal investment portfolio several researchers have developed different models to maximize the investment return rate and optimize the investment portfolio of the fund. (bodie z. 2014) solves this problem theoretically that the optimal portfolio can be broken down into a performance-seeking portfolio and three hedging demand terms for the variability of the fiscal surplus and external and domestic debt. a bit different method is used by (you miao 2011), she uses total risk of whole economy to show the optimal portfolio for the fund. analysis and findings first of all we would like to check correlation coefficient and relationship between the expenditure and revenue of the fund. the revenue and expenditure of the fund [1] years fund revenue fund expenditure 2007 928.5 139.5 2008 1115.6 222.5 2009 762.9 354.2 2010 1529.7 1408 2011 1905.7 1368.3 2012 4747.6 1496.8 2013 2618.5 1545.1 2014 2335.9 1984.2 2015 2263.5 2454.5 2016 2936.5 2474 2017 2755.9 2309.1 2018 5463.5 8979 mean 2446.983333 2061.266667 median 2299.7 1520.95 sd 1441.325015 2330.191442 correlation coefficient 0.782551959 source: fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan. correlation coefficient shows that there is a highly positive relationship between two indicators. in addition linear regression also proves that. however there is a big gap in 2018 among them. the fund american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org has a great impact in the economy of uzbekistan. we decided to determine the significance of the fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan on the gdp growth of the country. after acquiring the results we are able to develop some conclusions on it. we have used the data of the world bank and international monetary fund and the data on the official website of the fund. macroeconomic factors and expenditure of fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan [2] t years gdp growth population growth fund expenditure fdi/gdp trade/gdp inflation 1 2007 9.9 1.4234749 8.32705227 3.16071691 74.41419298 12.2591944 2 2008 9 1.60532736 8.23638609 2.40715231 79.74799203 12.7145086 3 2009 8.1 1.68734097 8.73056427 2.49931553 68.6731422 14.1176471 4 2010 8.5 2.82284968 8.70907482 4.16052269 59.3062305 9.39963614 5 2011 8.3 2.68401551 8.84785634 3.56122877 63.48863951 12.804878 6 2012 8.2 1.47209999 8.87596944 1.08649822 59.81747444 12.1867322 7 2013 8 1.56190433 8.86531722 1.10018424 57.47960682 12.0017521 8 2014 7.7 1.68690036 8.74696874 1.2008776 54.57225204 11.0285491 9 2015 8 1.74425837 8.71505856 0.09938042 49.32409843 10.0035224 10 2016 7.8 1.73884926 8.97993515 0.19776841 51.15342106 13.896894 11 2017 5.3 1.67918372 9.28300481 0.19277725 68.51854233 14 source: author’s compilation using the data of world bank, imf and fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan after determining and collecting all data we used logarithm to the column of expenditure of fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan so the indicators become closer to each other. we would like to determine if the expenditure of the fund is significant to the gdp growth of the country. calculations using the data in figure [4] variables gdp growth population growth 0.899 (0.557) fdi/gdp 0.604** (0.213) trade/gdp 0.080** (0.023) inflation rate -0.167 (0.121) expenditure of fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan 3.213** (0.798) constant 39.739*** (6.264) observations 11 r-squared 0.939 standard errors in parentheses *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org from the above calculations, we can conclude that the factors analyzed for the growth of gdp growth are influenced by the flow of foreign direct investment, the degree of economic openness, and the level of savings expenditure change. that is, the increase in savings by 1% will increase the current rate of gdp growth by 3.2%. it means if the current gdp growth rate is 5 percent, an increase of fund expenditure by 1 percent will increase 5 percent gdp growth rate to 5.16 ( 5x1.032) percent. at the same time, the statistical error rate was equal to p <0.05, indicating a higher level of significance of funds expenditure on gdp growth. conclusions according to the analysis and calculations the following questions have been developed: • fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan has a high influence in the economy of the country and this fund mostly invests in projects to improve the sustainability of the economy, however the fund’s investment portfolio has been well diversified; • there is not clear information about the rate of returns of the projects of the fund, and it does not allow to assess if the fund’s capital has been allocated well; • however, according to calculations we can conclude that expenditure of the fund has a significance to the gdp growth of the country. • fund for reconstruction and development of the republic of uzbekistan does not invest in financial assets i.e. it does buy stocks or bonds. from our point of view it would increase the profit and significance of the fund in the economy; in the following researches we would like to develop a model to optimize the capital allocation of the fund. references 1. andreas gintschel, bernd scherer. 2008. "optimal asset allocation for sovereign wealth funds." journal of asset management 215-238. 2. bodie z., brière m. 2014. "“sovereign wealth and risk management: a framework for optimal asset allocation of sovereign wealth”." journal of investment management. 3. clark g.l., monk a.h.b. 2010. "“government of singapore investment corporation: insurer of last resort and bulwark of nation state legitimacy”. pacific review 429-451. 4. jen, stephen. 2007. "sovereign wealth funds: what they are and what’s happening." world economics 1-8. 5. jing yu, bin xu, haizhen yang, yong shi. 2012. "the strategic asset allocation optimization model of sovereign wealth funds based on maximum crra utility & minimum var." procedia computer science 2434-2440. 6. shai bernstein, josh lerner, and antoinette schoar. 2013. "the investment strategies of sovereign wealth funds." journal of economic perspectives 219-238. 7. you miao, han liyan. 2011. "sovereign wealth funds in china: the perspective of national energy strategy." energy procedia 1187-1191. 8. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). the progressive foreign experiments in the activity of sovereign wealth funds. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 109-116. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 9. jumaniyozov, i. (2018). impact of development finance institutions on economic growth: implications for reconstruction and development fund of uzbekistan. international journal of management science and business administration, 4(2), 84-88. 10. jumaniyozov, i. (2020). issues of ensuring the transparency of sovereign wealth funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(5), 1. 11. jumaniyazov, i. (2020). foreign experience in the activities of sovereign funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(2), 1. 12. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). transparency is a key indicator of the activity of sovereign wealth funds. the american journal of management and economics innovations, 3(05), 30-37. 13. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). основные задачи фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. наука, образование и культура, (7 (10)), 27-28. 14. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). направления использования средств фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. economics, (7 (16)), 28-29. 15. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2022). o’zbekistonda davlat moliya tizimidagi islohotlar va rivojlantirish istiqbollari. science and education, 3(5), 1637-1645. 16. inomjon turaevich jumaniyazov, & bexruz hazratov (2022). foreign experience in the development of special economic zones in uzbekistan. science and education, 3 (5), 1628-1636. 17. jumaniyazov inomjon turaevich, & juraev maqsud annaqulovich (2022). korxonalarda moliyaviy qarorlar qabul qilish va risklarni baholash usullari. science and education, 3 (5), 16461654. 18. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019). the impact of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund’s expenditure on gdp growth. science, research, development № 16. monografiya pokonferencyjna. 19. jumaniyazov, i., & xaydarov, a. (2023). the importance of social insurance in social protection. science and education, 4(1), 1033–1043. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 20. inomjon, j. (2023). gender byudjetlashtirishda davlat moliyaviy nazoratining o’rni. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(6), 1187-1191. 21. бахронов, ж., & жуманиязов, и. (2023). партисипатор бюджетлаштириш ва уни ўзбекистонда қўллаш долзарблиги. science and education, 4(2), 1486–1493. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 22. davlatboyeva, m. s. qizi, & jumaniyazov, i. t. (2023). yashil byudjetlashtirish va uni o’zbekistonda joriy etish istiqbollari. science and education, 4(2), 1509–1516. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5237 23. rozanov, a. who holds the wealth of nations? / a. rozanov // central banking journal. — 2005. may. — volume xv.number 4. -p. 52-57. 24. baronova . m. g. sovereign wealth funds: institutional organization and role in the world. the informer of economic integration – moscow, 2010 – number 8. – p 143-148. 25. kelimbetov. n. “the role of sovereign funds in providing the stabilization of international competitive of kazakhstan.” moscow, 2017. -54 p. p-46 26. official website of sovereign wealth funds institute (swfi) https://www.swfinstitute.org/fundrankings/sovereign-wealth-fund 27. https://www.nbim.no/en/ official website of government pension fund global of norway https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5237 https://www.swfinstitute.org/fund-rankings/sovereign-wealth-fund https://www.swfinstitute.org/fund-rankings/sovereign-wealth-fund https://www.nbim.no/en/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 28. https://www.adia.ae/en/home.aspx. official website of abu-dhabi investment authority https://www.temasek.com.sg/en/index.html. 29. official website of temasek holding 30. http://www.minfin.ru/ru/stabfund. official website of the stabilization fund of the russian federation. https://www.adia.ae/en/home.aspx https://www.temasek.com.sg/en/index.html http://www.minfin.ru/ru/stabfund american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org problems of archaeological tourism development in namangan region durdona mahmudova graduate student of namangan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article systematically analyzes the prospects for the development of archaeological tourism in the namangan region and the problems in the field. the main focus of the article is on the tourist opportunities of the namangan region, the implementation of government decisions on the development of archaeological tourism in the region, and the current manifestations of the attitude towards archaeological objects. namangan region, tourism, archaeological tourism, aksikent, munchogtepa, mugtepa, tourist opportunities, tourist services. strengthening the independence of our country, taking its rightful place in the world community, in the political, legal, socio-economic and spiritual-educational spheres, a fundamental change in people's thinking and the formation of a national ideology is taking place. it is known that, despite the severe pressure of the long-lasting soviet ideology, the people of uzbekistan managed to preserve their historical and cultural values and unique traditions that have been passed down from generation to generation. from the first days of independence, the restoration of the invaluable spiritual and cultural heritage created by our ancestors over many centuries has become an extremely important task that has risen to the level of state policy. it is clear to all of us that cultural heritage is values, ideas, experience, knowledge left from the past, ways of their assimilation, that is, methods of creative activity of people and its organization and its results. the process of assimilation or, more precisely, cultural heritage is extremely important and is considered one of the main laws of culture in action. this process unites the past, present, and future of mankind into a whole and turns into ready-made achievements in the usual way. it is not necessary to search for something that exists, to open something known, to discover a discovery made, it is not necessary to repeat what the ancestors did in the past. based on the achievements, the society chooses short ways to realize its goals. in addition, spiritual heritage greatly expands the level of people, enriches their lives intellectually and emotionally, and serves as an inexhaustible source of knowledge. hundreds of priceless archeological, architectural and written monuments, examples of applied art and folk creativity preserved in the territory of the republic, all these are the rich and unique historical and spiritual heritage of our people. there are more than 250 objects of cultural heritage in our province[1]. it is our honorable and responsible duty to study this heritage, to preserve it carefully and to pass it on to future generations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org it is known that the fergana valley is a region with the possibility of developing archaeological tourism. archaeological monuments are a bridge connecting the past with the present and silent witnesses of the ancient past. archaeological monuments are of great importance in the further development of people's patriotism, honoring them as a formative criterion of national pride. in particular, according to historian scientist m. mansurov, 167 archaeological monuments have been registered in the state register in namangan region [2]. in the territory of namangan region, the opportunities for the development of historical and archaeological tourism on a gradual basis appeared only after the independence of uzbekistan. nevertheless, it is permissible to acknowledge the services of a number of historians and archaeologists. in particular, ya. ghulomov, z. usmanova, o. papakhristu, s. baratov, b. latinin, i. malenkov, a. bernshtam, a. shlezlar, i. ahrorov, a. askarov, a. anarbaev, e. mirzaliev and other scientists archaeological studies, a number of articles and pamphlets are important[3]. a wide range of tasks were set, such as elucidating the true history of historical monuments in the namangan region, turning a number of regions into international tourism places, and identifying the characteristics of tourism objects stored in world museums and libraries. cities such as akhsikent, koson, which served as the capital of the ancient ferghana region, are centers of ancient culture. monuments such as aksikent, munchogtepa, mugtepa, buonamozor, korgontepa in namangan region are sources of rapid development of historical and archaeological tourism. after uzbekistan gained independence, a system of successful use of foreign experiences was established in the field of tourism, as in all other fields. in particular, uzbekistan is currently using the experience of scotland and the usa in the development of archaeological tourism. if the scottish model aims to achieve the development of domestic tourism by turning archaeological monuments into tourist centers, the us model is characterized by the establishment of a service system directly in the area of archaeological monuments [4]. relevant orders and decisions of the government and president of the republic of uzbekistan regarding archaeological sites in namangan region were announced. resolution no. pq-3509 of the president of the country on february 6, 2018 "on measures to develop inbound tourism", on october 16, 2017 the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan "torakorgan of namangan region" on district, the decision no. 831 "on the establishment of a memorial complex for the protection and research of the archaeological heritage of aksikent" was adopted. national holidays such as navroz, independence, ramadan, eid al-adha, various anniversaries can be held in these historical and archaeological areas. for example, it is possible to organize parties dedicated to the birthdays of alisher navoi and zahiriddin muhammad babur, amir temur. measures are being taken to create all the necessary conditions for the organization of large-scale visits of local and foreign pilgrims and tourists to the complexes of tourist importance in namangan region. in addition, in order to create convenience for foreign and local tourists, the "shahand-akhsikentakhsi" route has been launched in small motor boats to organize horse-riding trips along the banks of the syr darya, the city of akhsikent and kosonsoy, and to see the river banks on small ferries. planned to put, but the tour route was not launched. also, the lack of a special museum to display the objects found as a result of excavations in the city of ahsikent is one of the factors that negatively affect the attraction of foreign tourists to ahsikent and the image of tourism. also, the road map of the state committee for the development of tourism of the namangan region includes the construction of a symbolic mausoleum to umarsheikh mirza in akhsikent, the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org establishment of a travel road from akhsikent to akhsi with a garden on both sides, and a wire that will allow you to view its unique nature from above. although the tasks of installation of the road have been defined, this program has not been fully implemented at the moment. due to the great potential for the development of archaeological tourism in the fergana valley, mainly in the namangan region, the "kosonsoy free tourist zone" in the kosonsoy district, the "akhsikent free tourist zone" in the torakorgan district, and the munchogtepa archaeological site in the pop district. although it is planned to establish "pop free tourist zones" in the area where the monument is located, but the infrastructure that meets the requirements of a full-fledged free tourist zone has not been formed in the areas indicated above. in conclusion, one of the promising directions in uzbekistan is the development of an excellent tourist map, the infrastructure of transport, road and roadside service facilities, recreational facilities, mosques and forming a system of prayer rooms, the presence of indicators and sanitary-hygienic showers are important aspects. by improving them, it is necessary to increase the tourism potential of our country several times. references 1. наманган вилояти маданий мероси. – наманган, 2013. – б. 5. 2. мансуров м. ш. фарғона водийсида туризмнинг ривожланиш жараёнлари ва ҳолати. тарих фанлари бўйича фалсафа доктори (phd) диссертацияси. – тошкент, 2020. – б. 66. 3. назаров з. м. наманган вилоятида туризм тараққиётининг ўзига хос жиҳатлари / international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia. – 2022. – з. 8-9. 4. мансуров м. ш. фарғона водийсида туризмнинг ривожланиш жараёнлари ва ҳолати…. – б. 67. 5. содирджонов м. м. изучение проблем человеческого капитала в этносоциологических процессах //в поисках социальной истины. – 2021. – с. 59-69. 6. makhamadaminovich s. m. ethnic factors and attitudes towards human capital development //the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 01. – с. 118-130. 7. содиржонов м. м. роль трудового воспитания в развитии человеческого капитала //учёный xxi века. – 2020. – №. 1 (60). – с. 89-92. 8. sodirjonov, m. m. "some thoughts on the evolution of approaches to the concept of human capital." the american journal of social science and education innovations 2.08 (2020): 144-150. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org modern factors of society stability avazov komil doctor of philosophy (phd) in political science republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s reality gives rise to contradictory trends: the combination of new threats, tense situations and destructive trends creates awareness of the importance of identifying, assessing and managing emerging situations and the development of new scientific paradigms in addressing the threat to the sustainability of society. public opinion is one of the core concepts of the political science system, occupying an important place in the structure of any research on political communication, political behavior, and the activities of political institutions. it is assumed that public opinion determines certain parameters of political behavior. the events of recent decades show that various political actors can take advantage of mass political movements to change power or attempt to change power outside the electoral process. reality gives rise to contradictory trends: the combination of new external and internal threats to the state, tense situations and destructive trends creates awareness of the importance of identifying, assessing and managing emerging situations and the development of new scientific paradigms. threat tolerance, societies, system, geopolitics, globalization, threat, security. introduction the security of modern daily life, disrupted by explosions, man-made and natural disasters, and terrorist attacks, is becoming one of the scarcest goods of existence, the result of the efforts of state authorities, law enforcement agencies and everyday actions of people who save society from terrorists and other "thieves" of security. people have common interests because they face global risks that are common to the majority. joint worlds of interaction and communication consist of events that are common to a particular group of people. based on this understanding of reality, we can assume that people's desire for security is not only one of the conditions for co — existence with others, but also their readiness for events, meaning, and interaction. according to a. g. maslow, society's need for security and stability of existence, citizens ' confidence in the future is the second step in the five-step classification of personal needs and is potentially american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org significant for the average individual. we will understand social security of society as "the state of protection of an individual, social group, community from threats of violation of their vital interests, social rights and freedoms", at the same time, the center of the sense of stability of society, intertwined with the routine of everyday life, is the position of "trust": the experience of ontological security is formed and supported by mechanisms for the routine of human behavior in the environment of everyday life, so that individuals from one situation to another bear a kind of "protective cocoon". the new nature of risks requires a change in the mechanisms of trust: in a post-traditional society, social relations are formed on the basis of"active trust", which is invested by individuals in abstract systems and other individuals, taking into account possible alternatives. method chronological and systematic periodic data, comparative and quantitative methods have been used in the article. more than ten scientific papers on this topic are used to explain “the stability of society is one of the most relevant dimensions of the modern state”. in addition, the researcher also used various materials to collect data related to the study. discussion at present, public opinion and socio-philosophical and political research are realizing the vital importance of studying the problem of "threat resistance of society".the problem of society's threat tolerance is extremely urgent today, since the solution to this problem of our time will open up new perspectives in political science, including social philosophy, as well as in related disciplines. the solution of this problem is very important for expanding the capabilities of the predictive function of philosophy, political science and sociology. it is no accident that this problem was the focus of attention at the world forum held“... in rio de janeiro in 1992, which was devoted to the interaction of the natural environment and the environment and the task of choosing a model of social development for the foreseeable future. this problem is most often discussed within the framework of the coevolution model, that is, the joint balanced development of nature and society “. political analysis of the problem of threat-resistance of social structures of the state is one of the most important directions in the study of the laws of public life. it is obvious that the political analysis of the problem of the threat resistance of society can help to find answers to the questions of the survival of society in the era of globalization. the problem of "threat resistance of society" became particularly acute in the late xx-early xxi centuries. this is due to several socio-political and economic reasons. the main reason, apparently, for the emergence of new threats against humanity is the geopolitical rivalry in different parts of the world. the standard of living of most countries of the world has also sharply increased, which was facilitated by an unprecedented breakthrough in the production and scientific branches of human existence. let's also remember what jaspers says: "today's world, gradually in the course of a long process going from the xvi century, thanks to the development of technology, has actually become a single sphere of communication". the threat-resistance of society at the present time is due to the fact that the modern stage of human development is replete with crises of different nature and different balance. the increasing influence of techno genesis on societies, on the entire structure of social relations, undoubtedly contributes to the aggravation of this problem at the present stage. to understand and forecast negative trends in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org social development, it is necessary to conduct a comprehensive analysis of the formation of crisis trends. it should be noted that, according to the structure of the areas of public life, social threat resistance includes socio-economic, socio-political, socio-ideological, socio-psychological stability, which are interrelated in the problem of threat resistance from the point of view of the actual measurement of the modern state. all the designated spheres of public life, with their obvious connection, are relatively independent.understanding technologies, risks and consequences can help to develop better legislation, better policies and strategies, and to ensure better organization in different roles and responsibilities. risk management increases threat tolerance to global threats. the potential impact of geopolitical and security shocks on the economies of the world's largest cities has grown by 16% over the past year, according to the 2018 global risk index of the cambridge business school's judge center for risk research. in terms of potential impact, the three main threat classes in the 2018 index are: −natural disasters: gdp-risk $165 billion; −finance, economy and trade gdp-the risk of $ 142 billion. geopolitics and security: gdp-risk $133 billion[5,]. at the same time, it is definitely worth taking into account the fact that each specific individual with its own consciousness is "integrated" in a universal system of social and political connections, which are transformed through interests in the process of activity, the goal of which is to meet the needs and interests of different classes, groups, strata of society and individual individuals. − the threat tolerance of a society is based on a specific characteristic of human behavior, which is considered in four different aspects: − "behavioraleconomics", sometimes called "behavioral finance", examines human biases – emotional, social, and cognitive-and how they affect economic decisions; − "principles of decision-making", or rather limited rationality, which determines how we make decisions. neither has a direct relationship to threat tolerance, but both look at the concept of risk: behavioral economics is more related to economic risk, and decision-making psychology more generally looks at the situation in terms of threat-tolerance risks; −psychology of risk – risk perception: when we exaggerate risks and when we downplay them; −neurobiology. the psychology of security is closely related to how we think: both intellectually and emotionally. for thousands of years, our brains have developed complex mechanisms to deal with threats. understanding how our brains work and how they fail is crucial to understanding the sense of security[7,]. the concept of risk is extremely relevant today for searching for ideas and answers to the problem of threat tolerance as one of the most relevant dimensions of the modern state. having conducted a detailed analysis of the concept of gaps in historical development, martinelli shows that the features of modern society create awareness of risks and cause the appearance of risks in various areas.because of the risk of new, previously impossible global catastrophes, such as nuclear war or environmental destruction, the risk becomes universal: these catastrophes affect everyone, regardless of class, ethnicity or gender. in addition, risks placed in specialized organizations for which risk is a fundamental principle (for example, stock exchanges, insurance companies, sports events, etc. finally, in addition to the fact that risks arise from the likelihood of errors in abstract planning, operational american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org management and control systems, they also arise as unintended results or as unintended or unintended consequences of deliberate actions taken to achieve a legitimate public goal . the risk of a terrorist attack increases this list of risks, as does the experience of a terrorist threat or the psychological phenomenon of "experiencing a threat of a terrorist act" through media coverage of ongoing terrorist attacks, information about them on the internet, and so on. results research shows that the intensity of experiencing, for example, a threat of violence or a terrorist act decreases with increasing distance from such events. the specificity of people's reactions to stressful, complex situations is reflected in the reactions of the human psyche and consciousness.one of the modern political threats is religious extremism, which wants to undermine the democratic principles of statehood. each society has developed its own vision of the world, its culture, traditions, and beliefs over a huge historical period. all this is a spiritual and cultural heritage that unites the people of a particular country, and sometimes even a large region. the destruction of these traditions, the imposition of other spiritual values leads to the destruction of the nation's identity, the destruction of the state itself according to uzbek political scientist sh. pakhrutdinov, the formula of "man – state – spirituality" is derived, which, from their point of view, is the basis for the prosperity of the state. the tragedy of living citizens lies in the fact that they are artificially created a situation of a spiritual break in the connection of time. with revolutionary impatience, russian, uzbek, ukrainian, and other radical liberals expunge the soviet experience from the life of russian society, declaring it a mistake of history. at the same time, the current "living" experience of society in real conditions contradicts the quasi-liberal practice of radical "transformers". on the other hand, although the religion of russia and its former republics, including uzbekistan, has long been weak, communist ideology in the soviet era may have once played a role comparable to that of religion. for many decades, communism seemed to be the wave of the future. the belief that they were building a better society may have given meaning to many people's lives. it is difficult to understand the rise to power of communist movements in russia, china, and vietnam without recognizing the motivating power of a belief system that once gave meaning to the lives of many people and forced them to sacrifice their lives for the cause. in latin america, traditional beliefs in god and country remain strong; but in former communist countries, the collapse of communism has left a spiritual vacuum. it is certain that spirituality in its various guises forms a threat-resistant society. the globalization of communication processes has highlighted such aspects as subject-subject relations, "feedback", and the symbolic context of social interaction. the conceptual re-evaluation of communication as a specific socio-cultural phenomenon is particularly important in the modern context, since in the process of globalization, special attention is paid to the dialogue between countries and peoples. in this new situation, the "intersections" of cultural spheres are becoming more diverse. in modern conditions, the level of development of an individual and his ability to decipher texts to a significant extent depend on his involvement in the network society . thus, communication and interaction become dependent on the level of knowledge in the field of modern information technologies. the new communication space is still under development, and the potential consequences of this process remain largely unclear. at the same time, there is no doubt that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the internet and virtual reality, which are the basic elements of the new world of communication, are characterized by a conceptual shift in both perception and understanding of the world. these conditions are characterized by a sharply increased scale of mutual relations and the degree of interdependence in modern society. these processes are so intense and evident in social communities and movements, countries and continents, multinational corporations and emerging markets that today's society is becoming a "networked" society with the global economy as its core. this economy, in contrast to the hierarchical model of the world economy described by f. braudel and i. vallerstein, operates as a single system in real time across the entire planet. the confrontation of the main components of the problem brings to the fore two trends. the first trend is associated with increasing threats, crisis situations, and the destructive potential of ongoing transformations. the second is associated with minimizing the impact of these threats and crises and searching for effective methods of managing the forms and mechanisms of stability. from the point of view of the functional paradigm, the subject of psychological security is considered as an open system of communication with the environment, which gives stability to the dynamics. disequilibrium and instability are no longer seen as destructive and negative phenomena. the transition from an equilibrium state to an unstable, non-equilibrium state generates a new, previously unknown pattern. these approaches to understanding security in the context of the dialectical interaction of the tension of situations and their stability suggest (1) the possibility of political analysis of psychological security through the possibility of overcoming threats, (2) the importance of stability and (3) the importance of stabilizing mechanisms for reducing tension in the subject-activity sphere and in the social perception of danger in order to form a threat-resistant society . thus, not only the political and economic independence of the state, but also the spiritual component of society becomes vulnerable, so it is necessary to develop mechanisms to fight against destructive ideological and religious movements, which has become one of the most relevant measures of the modern state. threats not only external, but also internal can undermine the integrity of the state and lead to disastrous consequences. let us recall, for example, the weimar republic (the historiographical name of germany in 1919-1933), which lasted for most of the peace period between the two world wars, and was an attempt to establish a liberal democracy in germany, and ended with the coming to power of the nsdap, which created a totalitarian dictatorship. the weimar state was defined as "democracy without democrats" during its existence, which indicated a significant problem in its structure, and in particular, the lack of a strong constitutional consensus that could link the entire spectrum of political forces – from the right to the left.the defeat of the weimar republic cannot be explained by any single circumstance: the institutional shortcomings of the weimar constitution, the global economic crisis of the late 20s and early 30s, the poverty and mass unemployment that contributed to the expansion of the electoral base of the national socialists, or the lack of democratic reforms in the justice, administration and army. the blame for the defeat of the first democracy in germany should not be placed solely on individual politicians who did not have the necessary personal qualities. nor can the charismatic appeal of the fuhrer's image be a decisive reason, since by the end of 1932; hitler and the national socialists had already passed the peak of "voter love". the collapse of the weimar republic is the result of the coincidence of a whole set of reasons, the lack of a common strategy to prevent possible threats. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org or another example is pakistan. on december 21, 1971, zulfikar ali bhutto assumed the post of president of pakistan. for his assistance in the fight against yahya khan, bhutto appointed general zia-ul-haq as chief of staff of the ground forces. bhutto, who personally nominated him for this post and believed in his loyalty, failed to see zia-ul-haq as a future military dictator and paid a heavy price for his mistake: as a result of a coup, bhutto was deposed and executed, democratic elections were eliminated as contrary to the "spirit of islam", and the country began to implement a policy of "islamization". but there are not only internal, but also external threats to the political self-determination of the state. despite the absence of universal "recipes" for a democratic model that could be applied to any state, some countries seek to "export it" without taking into account national characteristics and historical experience. as noted by the first first president of the republic of uzbekistan i.karimov, "the export of democracy is reminiscent, on the one hand, of the recent attempt to impose communism on everyone, on the other hand, it is contrary to the very nature of free democracy." for example, in ukraine, which has "turned into an experimental maidan of color revolutions", constitutional reforms have not yet been implemented. "let's say there is a' democratic deficit 'in a country, and it is believed that the people of that country need to be helped to get rid of this 'deficit'. for this purpose, large funds are allocated and appropriate political, military and material resources are allocated. the goal of all these actions is the same-the organization of a coup and the elimination of the government, which actually created this "deficit". in this situation, the technologies of "velvet revolutions" are launched: the former government is supposed to leave in the most peaceful way, without victims, and in its place are forces that meet the interests of groups that have their own interests in the region". in the absence of a comprehensive interstate approach, the situation may develop unpredictably in the event of an immediate threat. the effectiveness of common approaches to solving security problems could contribute to ensuring active and sustainable political and economic development of the state. practical application of the "threat tolerance" model can lead to the following results: 1) if the measures to eliminate the threat are effective, the economy and political situation in the country are stable; 2) if the measures are not implemented at the proper level, there is a threat to the emergence of a critical state in the economy and politics; 3) if the measures do not give practical results, permanent discord arises, and dangerous influences can lead to the weakening of the political system of the state; 4) not taking measures to eliminate all kinds of threats or their inefficiency leads to a complete breakdown of the political system of the state, but more often the transition from democracy to dictatorship. in order for the state to be frost-resistant, it is necessary to find a balance between the interests of the people and the state. it is important to create organizational and legal conditions for the formation of representative offices of municipal (regional, city) administration and executive authorities, supported by initiative citizens actively participating in the political life of the country. so, the idea of legal documents should be the practical solution ideas "from strong state to strong civil society", i.e. the introduction of a different logical sequence of "citizen – society – state" instead of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org where the state came first, and man last, which helps the society and the country in the new political realities to remain united and harmoniously developing structure (figure 3). figure 3-the formal sequence of an emerging new political event (reality) figure 4-the essential sequence of an emerging new political event (reality). creation of an effective legal mechanism for reporting administrative structures and state authorities to political parties creating the necessary organizational and legal conditions for active participation of political parties in the formation of representative offices of government and executive bodies strengthening the initiative, role, action and responsibility of political parties in the life of society strengthening of social and political activity of society and the state decisions events means strengthening of social and political activity of society and the state american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org if the drawing item "strengthening social and political participation in our society" to accept the formula of "goal – score", the "strengthening of the initiative, roles, actions and responsibilities of political parties in society" will serve as the main means leading to the aforementioned "objective result". in order to achieve the intended goal with this tool, it will be necessary to apply a "measure" in the form of"creating the necessary organizational and legal conditions for the participation of political parties in the formation of representative power, executive bodies". as"measures "for implementing" decisions", it is envisaged to "create an effective legal mechanism for reporting to political parties by management structures and state authorities". therefore, if there are means, measures and solutions that are clearly and consistently implemented in order to achieve the intended goal, then we can undoubtedly speak of the harmonious development of our society. according to the pyramid scheme, it is obvious that directly political parties often become the foundation in the political system of the state, i.e. the parties are the "means", " measure "and" solution", the harmony between the form, quality and content of which can be displayed in the figure (figure 5) figure 5-formal, qualitative and meaningful harmony created by political reforms as a guarantee of threat tolerance1. in order for society to be threat-resistant, progressive reforms should be maintained and continued in order to achieve economic and political stability in the state. in the modern world, forces are actively developing that are set only to destroy other states that find support among the hegemonic countries, their goal-setting is, for example, attacks by terrorist organizations, the introduction of destructive cults, the promotion of asocial behavior (using television, the world wide web, the internet, the film industry), the drug addiction of society, and so on, as a result, the policy of such countries can be called a "policy of double standards": they peremptorily, without thinking about the scale of negative consequences, invade political life other states, including, that thereby contribute to their democratization or without taking into account the negative impact on other states by their actions, they decompose society from within for the purpose of economic profit (for 1пахрутдинов, ш.и. угрозоустойчивое общество в качестве фактора развития государства и общества / ш.и. пахрутдинов // спб.: фонд развития конфликтологии, 2016. – №4. – с. 67 – 83. – с. 80. • participation in the appointment of the head of government and his resignation • social control •parliamentary majority • inter-parliamentary opposition •participation in the appointment of the head of government and his resignation •parliamentary faction •deputy group form quality content new political event (reality) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org example, the sale of narcotic drugs – their active production and supply to almost all countries of the world from afghanistan).epistemology of psychological security involves the analysis of not only obvious, but also hidden connotations. theoretical understanding and rational "awareness" of a tense situation in the form of interpretation contribute to the systematization of problems, since they relate to the stability of everyday life and the social environment. the realities of the twentieth century posed the problem of balance and stability in society in the context of conscious personal responsibility and personal choice. unstable situations can cause a deformation in the dialogical connection between possibility and reality, and strengthen the role and significance of a conscious, activity-oriented individual in the conception, differentiation and realization of opportunities and in taking responsibility for their choice. when people are sure that they are free to choose a behavior model that is a direct expression of their own goals and views, social processes begin to develop in a completely different way than when people think that they are being forced to behave in this way, or when their actions are regulated by economic incentives or external organizations.however, the study of specific data and their changes is of great importance for current political research, and therefore it is worth referring to the published materials on the rating of fears of almost every nation, as an example, let's take the data analyzed in the new times magazine as a result of the study (see table 2. table 2-changes in the rating of fears (1991-2006) rank the nature and subject of fear % interviewedin 2006 % ofrespondentsin 1991 i fear of losing loved ones 54 45 absenceofanyfear 5 5 ii fear of war or mass murder 43 53 iii fearofhunger 22 32 iv fearofgovernmenttyranny 22 16 fear of bureaucratic tyranny on the part of officials 60 (approximately) v fearofdeath 8 8 vi fearofpublicinsult 7 9 mostly men under the age of 29 with primary or secondary education. conclusion debates in the psychological literature about the nature and meaning of fears, their affective basis, and their inversely proportional relationship to the work of the intellect show the functional significance of fears for controlling the behavior of masses and large groups of people. among the specifics of behavior that can threaten psychological security and generate tense situations and crises, the phenomenon of the illusion of control is quite common. the transmission of rules and regularities that regulate the situation on a rational, substantive and transformational level, in which the result is largely out of control, forms a belief in certain symbols and rituals and that a successful result is the result of an individual's ability to effectively analyze information and make the necessary decisions. accordingly, these factors form the threat resistance of the society. the data obtained are very important for the fact that they indicate decision-making in a tense situation or crisis. both the illusion american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org of control over the situation and the effect of conservatism with delayed decisions pose a threat to the security of an individual, group, or social environment, depending on the content and scope of the decision. list of literature 1. smirnov a. e. tolerance: the violence of being or the power of events? // social heterology and the problem of tolerance / ed. by a. yu. zenkova, v. e. kemerovo. yekaterinburg: ed. usu, 2003. pp. 29-30. 2. sillaste g. social security of the individual, society and state / / security of eurasia. 2000. # 1 (january-june). gorshkov v. g. physiological and biological bases of life stability. moscow: nauka, 1995, 167 p. 3. jaspers, k. the meaning and purpose of history. moscow: "republic", 1994. -527 p. 4. ralph d. (2018) geopolitical and security shocks are growing around the world. url: <url> https://insight.jbs.cam.ac.uk/2018/geopolitical-and-security-shocks-rise-across-the-world/ 5.levashov, v.k. socio-political sustainability of society: theory, measurement, strategy. m., 2010. 370 p. 6.schneier, b. (2008). the psychology of security. retrieved from http://www.schneier.com/essay155.html (january 21). 7.martinelli, alberto global. o. male. & a. v. rezayev, trans.)/ alberto martinelli; [trans. from english under total ed. a. v. rezaeva]; st. petersburg state un-t, fak.sociology. st. petersburg: publishing house of st. petersburg university, 2006. 227, [2] p .; p. 143. 8. bykhovets yu. v. representations about the terrorist act and the experience of the terrorist threat by residents of different regions of the russian federation: dissertation ... candidate of psychological sciences: 19.00.13 / yuliabykhovets; [place of defense: institute of psychology of the russian academy of sciences]. moscow, 2007. 129 p. 6 9. si pakhratdinov the legitimacy of power structures as the factor for the threat resistance of society//journal of critical reviews, 2020, vol 7. p.1434-1438 10. si pakhratdinov uzbekistan: responsibility for sustainable development and intensity of rapid changes// advances in social sciences research journal . vol.6, no.8. p.233-239 11.пахрутдинов ш.и. угрозоустойчивое общество в качестве фактора развития государства и общества// конфликтология. №4, 2016. с-74 12.расулов, х.м. "фуқаролик жамияти: бошқарувда номарказлаштиришнинг истиқболлари." журнал правовых исследований 5.2 (2020). 13. пахрутдинов ш.и. узбекистан: ответственность за устойчивое развитие и интенсивность ускоренных изменений// вопросы политологии.2019.-том: 9 номер 8 (48): с. 1754-1764 14. levashov, v. k. socio-political stability of society: theory, measurements, strategies. moscow, 2010. 370 p. 15. inglehart r., foa r., ponarin e., welzelch. (2013)understanding the russian malaise: the collapse and recovery of subjective well-being in post-communist russia. national research university higher school of economics (hse). url: https://www.hse.ru/pubs/share/direct/document/128744425. p. 7. 16. castels m. the information age: economy, society and culture. under the scientific editorship of o. i. shkaratan; state univ. higher school of economics, moscow, 2000, 606, [1] p. 105. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 17. dontsov a. i., perelygina e. b. tense situations and the significance of stability for psychological security psychology in russia: state of the art, vol. 6, no. 2, 2013, pp. 4 – 15. – p. 5. 18. avazov k.external and internal threats of modernity, security and stability in society, and their relationship//russia and the muslim world-moscow, 2017, p. 23 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org improvement of tax control mechanisms in export operations kh. m. kulimova senior teacher, ph.d. tashkent institute of finance a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the mechanisms of tax control in export operations, as well as the key determinants of the future macroeconomic environment, distinctive characteristics of strategic models, and the process for refunding vat paid for raw materials in export-oriented firms are all studied in this article. also, scholarly debates are undertaken, and recommendations are made for enhancing tax control procedures in the export operation. export, import, trade operation, tax authorities, tax payers, customs, tax system, state budget, tax control, tax policy. introduction the implementation of a new tax policy for foreign trade and economic ties, export and import operations, including the reform of tax control, is of particular importance for the long-term development of the nation's economy. in light of the expansion of global activities, further development of tax control methods in export operations is still crucial. in this regard, the head of state sh. m. mirziyoyev noted that "entering new export markets will remain one of the most important tasks of the government". [1] the expansion of domestic companies' entrepreneurial activity through export-import activities within the bounds of the law and the prevention of various abuses would guarantee the economic growth of the nation in harmony. the process for observing tax control in export-import transactions is very crucial in carrying out this responsibility. the state's tax and customs authorities, commercial banks, and a single electronic information system for foreign trade operations are all involved in the monitoring and regulation of foreign trade operations. all emerging markets and developing economies (emde) regions have suffered severe financial losses as a result of the epidemic. the pace of recovery varies greatly, with greater weakness in nations that have larger outbreaks or greater exposure to global spillovers through tourism and industrial commodity exports, even though all regions are expected to grow this year. [2] the state's tax and customs authorities, commercial banks, and a single electronic information system for foreign trade operations are all involved in the monitoring and regulation of foreign trade operations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org literature review according to z. gurbanov, "in order to strengthen the foreign exchange reserves of the country, it is necessary to improve the methodology of tax audit of export operations, given the economic importance of exports of goods, works and services abroad". [3] tashmuradova's research explores ways to effectively use taxes. [4] in his research, islamkulov explored issues related to ensuring the sustainability of tax revenues in budget revenues. [5] the results of research conducted by sh. d. ergashkhodjaeva showed that the stimulation of export activities depends on the structure and development characteristics of the world market [6]. according to l. goncharenko, "the modern level of interdependence of the participants of the tax relationship consists of two elements of control that make up the tax administration, including control over the compliance of taxpayers with tax legislation; control over the implementation of laws by the tax authorities”. [7] a. advokatova described tax control as follows: "tax control, as an integral part of the tax administration system, provides solutions to the problems facing the state in all spheres of society, provides directions and ways to improve the legal mechanism for the most efficient formation, distribution and use of state financial resources, implementation of the state's financial policy”. [8] according to i. konev: tax is a mandatory payment to the state income from legal entities and individuals. [9] according to crohin, tax control in the broadest sense is a set of measures taken by the state to ensure the economic security of the country, the financial system and the fiscal interests. [10] boltinova and tsaregradsky described the tax audit as follows "tax audit is the activity of the executive bodies of the competent state aimed at regulating the full and timely calculation and payment of taxes and other payments by taxpayers in accordance with the tax legislation." [11] among foreign scholars, modern russian scholars on the taxation of foreign trade transactions, in particular g. harutyunyana, i. blinova, s. gamidullaeva, a. kozyrina, v. melikhova, v. presnyakova, a. kholopova, e. chebotarevoy, d. chernika, g. shagalova and others. [12] research methodology this article uses the method of analysis showing the procedure for improving tax control mechanisms in export operations. analysis and results preventing tax infractions, encouraging taxpayers to voluntarily comply with their tax duties, and refraining from enforcing illegitimate tax laws are the top priorities of control efforts. tax authorities are steadily lowering their exposure to business activity by concentrating their efforts in high-risk areas and minimizing the administrative burden on sincere taxpayers. there are numerous distinct tax system models used in the real world. they in turn make it possible to decide on the tax control procedures for export-related operations. each of the models has unique characteristics and benefits of its own. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org it's displayed in the table below: table 1 specific features of strategic models [13] no models characteristics states 1. anglo-saxon the priority of the right taxes great britain usa 2. a mix it combines characteristics of various models and diversifies the make-up of state budget revenues. south korea, japan 3. continental priority of indirect taxes, high deductions for social security germany, holland 4. latin america a large share of indirect taxes, typical of an inflation-prone economy chile, peru the anglo-saxon model has the benefit of being comparatively stable and predictable, but in our judgment, the citizens bear the brunt of the tax burden. the mixed model differs from other models in that budget revenues are not dependent on any one tax or group of taxes. as a result, a flexible budget-tax policy is evident, but in our opinion, this can result in frequent changes to the regulatory legal framework and high administrative costs for taxes. budget revenues in the mixed model are at their highest level for an economy that is heavily reliant on changes in the external market. another feature of this model is that it can quickly adjust to changes in external circumstances by altering interest rates, increasing the tax base, offering perks, etc. the continental model offers a high degree of social protection for the population as well as relative stability and predictability, but in our opinion, this can also lead to a high level of tax burden. due to the nature of indirect tax collection in the latin american model, it protects against inflationary events but also results in tax administration savings. we believe that in terms of capabilities and features, the continental model is more comparable to our nation. this model makes it clear that a high level of social protection for the population is manifested, along with relative economic stability and predictability. customs tariff rates enable the development of high value-added product production opportunities, the optimization of imports, and the conclusion of bilateral free trade agreements that benefit both parties. also, it is crucial to continuously monitor both domestic and international markets, as well as international trade, trends, and pricing conjuncture. this entails reacting quickly to changes and revising import customs duties. the zero rate of value added tax on export goods and services is one of the most efficient economic tools for encouraging export activity. the state budget is being further improved for this goal in order to have zero value added tax in the structure of export pans, i.e., the return of the vat paid for the raw materials used for it. such a chance is only available for exported goods once the money has arrived in the bank accounts. it may occasionally take longer than expected to reach exporting businesses' bank accounts for a variety of objective and arbitrary causes. as a result, the working capital portion of the financial resources of the exporting enterprises may be reduced due to the value added tax, which could cause american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org a lack of financial resources in these businesses. as a result, we can provide them in the following order as an implementation mechanism: the following conditions should apply to the vat refund process for exporting businesses: 1) timely payment of foreign currency income throughout the year; 2) absence of past-due export contract receivables; 3) accurate identification of the raw materials utilized in the exported product. regardless of the receipt of foreign currency receipts in the bank accounts, it is permissible to reimburse the vat paid from the budget for raw materials if these requirements are met. this situation will be examined in table view. table 2 refunding vat paid to exporting businesses for raw materials: procedure [14] 1 indicators 1 option 2 options 2 cost of acquired raw materials (including transportation, gasoline, and electricity costs) 100,000 100,000 3 total amount of vat paid on raw materials 12,000 12,000 4 total price of the final product 160,000 160000 5 completed goods exported 90000 120000 calculating the actual export volume based on tax control 100000 90000 … … 9 presence of past-due debts not available is available 10 foreign currency deposits to bank accounts it didn't show up on schedule. arrived on schedule vat refund status 7500 6750 the budget is expected to reimburse the vat that was utilized to export completed goods or raw materials. it is so taxed at a rate of "0." this serves the following purposes: keeping money in circulation; supporting the exporting enterprise this is justified by the rise in foreign currency income, as the operation of export firms will not halt. foreign currency will enter the nation as exports grow, and the implementation of tax management will help to maintain the stability of the country's balance of payments. the 12% vat will not be reimbursed from the budget in cases where the exporting enterprise does not pay regular taxes, has debtor debt, or discovers during its operation that some products were not actually exported; in these circumstances, it is appropriate to write off the previously calculated tax amount. the vat will be 1,2 billion soums if the company spends 10,0 billion on raw materials. according to our estimation, the final product cost 12,0 billion soums. if products costing 2,0 billion soums were exported. in other words, the final product cost 12,0 billion soums, including all charges. hence, 0,88 billion should be the actual amount of refundable vat. the business tries to present the export amount as high in order to spend more state budget money. this has an adverse effect on the state budget's revenue component. as a result, improving the tax control mechanism in this area is still necessary. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org many techniques of control can be employed, depending on the circumstance. for instance, camera control, remote control, initial inspection, mobile inspection on-site, thorough inspection of all processes via tax audit, etc. if there was actually no export, he may obtain the money back from local customers by claiming that it was intended for export. he could also make two attempts to conceal the truth. the role of tax control is significant in such circumstances. the author contends that tighter tax enforcement in overseas trade activities will contribute to the economy of the nation's continued growth and the general welfare of its people. conclusions and suggestions in summary, we believe that the following should be mentioned as recommendations for future development of tax control mechanisms in export-import operations: 1. recognizing conceptual issues with individual taxes within the framework of taxes and payments, while offering best worldwide practices and current developments in taxation; 2. the establishment of industrial tax and customs advantages, primarily for the promotion of specific industrial sectors; 3. increasing the ability of tax authorities to analyze tax disputes and use contemporary information technologies that are in line with current demands in the field of tax control and administration. the aforementioned sequences, in our opinion, will help to strengthen tax oversight of export-import transactions and strengthen international business ties with partner nations. additionally, it offers a chance to collaborate with exporting businesses in other nations to set up a network of institutions that support exports. references 1. president shavkat mirziyoyev's address to the oliy majlis, 29.12.2020 2. january 2021 global economic prospects. a. world bank group flagship report. 3. kurbanov z. n. (2011) theoretical and methodological bases of tax accounting and auditing. abstract of the dsc dissertation. tashkent, p. 26. 4. tashmurodova be effective use of taxes in achieving economic development. economic science. doc. diss. autoref. tashkent, 44 p. 2007. 5. islamkulov a. x. (2012) ways to ensure the sustainability of direct tax revenues in budget revenues: ifn dissertation abstract for the degree. t .: bma, 2012. 21 p. 6. sh. d. ergashkhodzhaeva. international competition. textbook.t.: tsu , 2013.-328 p. 7. l.i. goncharenko (2012) methodology of taxation and tax administration of commercial banks: monograph / l.i. goncharenko. 2nd ed. m: financial university, 332 p. (p. 190-191). 8. advokatova a.s. (2013) tax control in conditions of modification of relations between tax authorities and taxpayers. abstract of the dissertation for the degree of candidate of economic sciences moscow. 26 p 9. konev i.p. (2019) petrozavodsk state university. module 11: government expenditures and taxes. dengue and their functions. 10. krokhina yu.a. (2011) tax law: a textbook for undergraduates. 5th ed., revised and added. / yu.a. krokhin. m.: yurayt, 451 p. (pp. 186-187). 11. boltinova o.v., tsaregradskaya yu.k. (2019) tax control. tax audits. tutorial. edited by m. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org norma-infra-m. 160 p. 12. d.v. kuzin. taxation of export and import operations in russia. abstract of dissertation for the degree of candidate of economic sciences. moscow, 28s. 13. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). the progressive foreign experiments in the activity of sovereign wealth funds. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 109-116. 14. jumaniyozov, i. (2018). impact of development finance institutions on economic growth: implications for reconstruction and development fund of uzbekistan. international journal of management science and business administration, 4(2), 84-88. 15. jumaniyozov, i. (2020). issues of ensuring the transparency of sovereign wealth funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(5), 1. 16. jumaniyazov, i. (2020). foreign experience in the activities of sovereign funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(2), 1. 17. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). transparency is a key indicator of the activity of sovereign wealth funds. the american journal of management and economics innovations, 3(05), 30-37. 18. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). основные задачи фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. наука, образование и культура, (7 (10)), 27-28. 19. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). направления использования средств фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. economics, (7 (16)), 28-29. 20. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2022). o’zbekistonda davlat moliya tizimidagi islohotlar va rivojlantirish istiqbollari. science and education, 3(5), 1637-1645. 21. inomjon turaevich jumaniyazov, & bexruz hazratov (2022). foreign experience in the development of special economic zones in uzbekistan. science and education, 3 (5), 1628-1636. 22. jumaniyazov inomjon turaevich, & juraev maqsud annaqulovich (2022). korxonalarda moliyaviy qarorlar qabul qilish va risklarni baholash usullari. science and education, 3 (5), 16461654. 23. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019). the impact of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund’s expenditure on gdp growth. science, research, development № 16. monografiya pokonferencyjna. 24. jumaniyazov, i., & xaydarov, a. (2023). the importance of social insurance in social protection. science and education, 4(1), 1033–1043. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 25. inomjon, j. (2023). gender byudjetlashtirishda davlat moliyaviy nazoratining o’rni. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(6), 1187-1191. 26. бахронов, ж., & жуманиязов, и. (2023). партисипатор бюджетлаштириш ва уни ўзбекистонда қўллаш долзарблиги. science and education, 4(2), 1486–1493. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 27. davlatboyeva, m. s. qizi, & jumaniyazov, i. t. (2023). yashil byudjetlashtirish va uni o’zbekistonda joriy etish istiqbollari. science and education, 4(2), 1509–1516. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5237. https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org the role of society and philosophy in the formation of social and personal competencies jamalova nargiza ulugbek qizi, senior lecturer, department of civil society and law education national university of uzbekistan, uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the purpose of the work is to show a variant of how humanitarian knowledge, in particular philosophy, can be realized and bring tangible benefits, first of all to the student. therefore, stating the practical orientation of humanitarian knowledge, we mean its orientation to the needs of the student from the point of view of its implementation in society. education, philosophy, society, social and personal (universal) competences, quality of education, «selfconcern». philosophy is positioned as a resource that satisfies the fundamental human need for selfdetermination, developing key competencies that are in demand in all societies at all times. examples of creative tasks that allow implementing philosophy as a certain life strategy are given. in such a social institution as education, the question of a model is always raised in one way or another, that is, what is the ideal of a person who, having received certain knowledge and methods of activity (samples), will realize himself in a certain type of sociality and reproduce certain values. higher education has always been focused on some fundamental ideal of an "educated" person. "education" is understood both as conformity to a model (knowledge of certain "exemplary" social practices in the field of theory and practice), and as a certain degree of self-sufficiency, rooted in the ability not only to apply the acquired knowledge, but also to produce new knowledge, to independently assess social reality. we understand philosophy as a form of social consciousness, which carries out two processes in the form of a worldview theory: firstly, it concentrates the normativity of certain values, patterns, patterns, and secondly, it outlines ways to overcome, develop, and build a new worldview theory and affirm new values. the history of science with its paradigmality and constant overcoming of scientific and ideological paradigms is realized in the same logic. the issue of the implementation of humanitarian disciplines in technical universities or for students of engineering and technical areas of training is constantly being discussed in connection with the transition of higher education to a competency-based model of the educational process. this model assumes a certain clarity in assessing the formation of socio-personal (universal) competencies. there are examples of western educational programs of technical areas of study in which there are no humanitarian courses at all or the method of constructing integrative humanitarian courses of extremely general content, resembling "social studies", is used. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org philosophy in our understanding is not just a subject along with physics, chemistry, mathematics and other disciplines. there is an element of philosophy in every such subject. this is the kind of knowledge that relates to the very essence of human existence, to its deepest elements. "after all, philosophy is not a system of knowledge that could be passed on to others and thereby teach them. the formation of philosophical knowledge is always an internal act that flares up, mediating other actions, as a result of which, for example, a picture appears, a well-crafted table or a successful machine design is created, which, by the way, requires honed intellectual courage. at this moment, there may be some philosophical pause, a pause of involvement in some primary act. it is impossible to convey both this pause and the new possible pulsation of thought simply through compulsory learning. it is absurd to set such a task. this is possible only if what is called philosophy is perceived as an institutionalized part of the state ideological apparatus, some means of spreading like-mindedness on certain ideological problems." philosophical knowledge is theoretical knowledge. philosophical theories act as possible worlds, certain limiting points of view. philosophy is a social generation of certain socially demanded qualities (competencies) and at the same time, as a certain subject, there is a generation of these same qualities in those who study it. what kind of social and personal competencies does philosophy form? we believe that it is these competencies that indicate that a person is "educated". but even at the same time, the formation of these competencies is a matter of constant development and does not end with the development of a philosophy course. freedom, theoretical (abstract) thinking, strategic vision, criticism and reflection it is necessary to subordinate all humanitarian knowledge to the formation of these competencies. by the word "theory" we will understand a system of concepts and judgments, which is based on a certain point of view on the world as a whole (worldview). in this respect, "practice" is a continuation of theory, that is, the behavioral realization of a certain picture of the world. significant, well-known philosophical theories, when they appeared, often generating rejection, then became a worldview reference point for huge social communities for centuries. moreover, elements of the theories of plato, aristotle, i. kant, a. schopenhauer, o. comte, f. nietzsche and many others are contained in a concentrated form in the worldview of a modern person, a modern student in the form of certain evidences, stable stereotypes. initially, having arisen in antiquity, philosophical theory was a speculation that turns a person to his own foundation, to his own essence. such insight changes a person, makes qualitative changes in his life, brings law and order into public life. therefore, the ultimate philosophical thinking acted as a basic element of spiritual culture, "self-care". "this type of philosophical thinking is embodied in the teachings of socrates, who talks to people on the streets, addresses young people in gymnasiums with one question: do you take care of yourself? (which implies giving up some more lucrative activities, such as waging war or performing government duties.) one should take care of oneself not only because this is a condition for access to philosophical life in the full and exact meaning of the word." thus, philosophical thinking (theory) is essentially the highest kind of practice, since it turns a person to what really exists in him, is a source of a certain need (self-knowledge, self-determination) and urgently requires implementation. "taking care of yourself means switching your gaze, transferring it from the outside, the surrounding world, from others, etc. to yourself. taking care of yourself involves a kind of observation of what you are thinking and what is happening inside your thought; thirdly, it also always means a certain course of action carried out by the subject in relation to himself, namely, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org the action by which he takes care of himself, changes, cleanses, transforms and transforms himself. to achieve this result, a set of practical skills is needed, acquired through a large number of exercises that will have a long-term perspective in the history of western culture, philosophy, morality and spiritual life. these include: the technique of meditation, the technique of remembering the past, the technique of studying consciousness, the technique of controlling any ideas as they appear in consciousness." so, the ultimate, abstract worldview concepts, addressed to what is in a person, require implementation, represent in a rational form that deep foundation, which in a person is the most stable, reproducible, to the realization of which many people come at a fairly serious age. therefore, "theoretical philosophical discourse is born from the primary existential preference and leads to it again, because by the power of its logical persuasiveness, by the power of its influence on the listener, it encourages teachers and students to live according to their original choice, we can say that he embodies a certain life ideal." all philosophical concepts originate in life and are aimed at being embodied in a certain way of life. what elements of what a person necessarily has can philosophical knowledge be directed at, what personal competencies can it reveal, formalize as a skill, change? we would single out such competencies as reflection (awareness), problematization of mass stereotypes, the need to form one's own reasoned point of view as guidelines. as mentioned above, the practice-oriented philosophy is understood by us as a certain planned effect, which is diagnosed in the form of: 1) changes in attitude to philosophy; 2) changes in attitudes towards humanitarian knowledge in general; 3) self-determination of the student. in order to obtain this result, the philosophy course is designed as a method of influencing the worldview of students through the ultimate level of philosophical theory. at the same time, the emphasis is not so much on different philosophical points of view, as on a certain philosophical form, which through various teachings has a certain effect on the individual's attitudes. this effect does not contradict the usual chronology of the presentation of philosophical knowledge, but at the same time, in its essence, is not historical and philosophical. since philosophical reflection by its very form calls into question habitual ways of thinking and stereotypes, then as a preliminary work it is necessary to understand what initial stereotypes students have in relation to philosophy and theoretical knowledge. it is with this component that our course begins. we identify those evidences that exist in the worldview of students and that block the possibility of new knowledge and new experience. such stereotypes include: 1) uselessness and inapplicability of philosophy (theoretical knowledge); 2) the search for truth exclusively in experience; 3) egoism and pragmatism of human nature. another example of a practice-oriented approach to philosophical knowledge is a task that relates to ethics as a branch of philosophy, in particular to the ethics of i. kant. the kantian categorical imperative in this task is used as a formula according to which human actions should be comprehended and constructed, practical decisions should be made, choices should be made: "act so that the rules of your behavior could become the rules of behavior for everyone else from the point of view of reason." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org students need to formulate a project of their life philosophy, highlight principles, ideals, values in it, correlate elements of their worldview position with the studied philosophical concepts, give examples of how life philosophy is applied and what results its application gives. the implementation of the course of the above-mentioned methodological orientation gave certain results and at least demonstrated a keen interest in the philosophy course, as evidenced by feedback questionnaires. in the works devoted to the philosophy of life, the planned ideological effect was manifested, which was discussed at the very beginning of the article. thus, the expected effect of the practice-oriented philosophy course was achieved, certain results were obtained, which were expressed in the quality of the work performed, high attendance and interested reaction of the trainees during the application of the exercises. thus, the hypothesis that philosophy is a theory that simultaneously acts as a practice, since it turns a person to his own essence, launching the process of self-knowledge, problematization of stereotypes, expansion of the ideological horizon of consciousness, is proved. "the need to use active forms of teaching in philosophy classes is due to an attempt to provoke the student not only to mentally master the text, topic, concept, but also to the effect that is inherent in the essence of philosophy the opportunity to know oneself, to reveal one's abilities, to answer the request that his existence always presents to a person." as a result of mastering philosophy, the student must realize the need for creative self-development and create his own life theory as a model of self-determination, strategic goal, or, in classical language, understand the meaning of his own activity. this was the original purpose of philosophy as a product of thinking, reasoning, namely "caring for the soul", that is, self-development, self-determination, shaping oneself according to a certain pattern ("education"). references: 1. qizi olimova m. r., ulug’bek qizi jamalova n. siyosiy madaniyat tushunchasining kelib chiqishi va jamiyat hayotida namoyon bo’lishi //eurasian journal of social sciences, philosophy and culture. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 5. – с. 59-63. 2. khudayberdievich k. s., aslamovna b. s. public consciousness and public mood //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 9. – с. 1004-1008 3. jamalova n. u. possibilities of use of folk pedagogy in the formation of individual and personal characteristics of students //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 191-193. 4. berdikulova s. a., jamalova n. u. patriotic education of modern youth //экономика и социум. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 15-17. 5. berdikulova s. a., jamalova n. u. formation of needs for increasing socio-spiritual activity in young people //мировая наука учредители: ооо" институт управления и социально-экономического развития". – №. 2. – с. 3-7. 6. berdikulova s. a. social norms as a mechanism for regulating social consciousness in the context of globalization //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 744-746. 7. aslamovna b. s. et al. social norms and their role in society //epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr). – 2021. – т. 7. – №. 4. – с. 1-1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org 8. aslamovna b. s. the social norm in the condition of globalization //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 2046-2051. 9. бердикулова с. а. место социальных норм в развитии общества (напримере республики узбекистан) //credo new. – 2012. – №. 3. – с. 6-6. 10. xudayberdiyevich x. s. et al. the importance of social norm in the society and human life in the condition of globalization //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 234-237. 11. бердикулова с. а. о взаимосвязи социальных норм и социального контроля //социосфера. – 2014. – №. 1. – с. 27-30. 12. юсубов ж. к., мусаев о. р., жамалова н. у. роль компетентных кадров государственной службы в повышении эффективности государственного управления //социосфера. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 176-180. 13. aslamovna b. s. transformation of social norms in the development of society //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 7. – с. 84-88. 14. khudayberdievich k. s. revival of spiritual values in the social transformation and national identity //american journal of pedagogical and educational research. – 2022. – т. 7. – с. 164-168. 15. olimova m. r., jamalova n. u. raising the spirituality of youth in the era of globalization-the important task of today's //мировая наука. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 15-18. 16. jamalova n. u., olimova m. r. the role of national idea in the training of qualified personnel //экономика и социум. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 154-155. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org organizational and legal bases of activity of the deputy of the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan ruzmetov mustafa ismayil o‘g‘li direction of public management law, graduate student karakalpak state university named after berdak mustafo6162@gmail.com adamov muzaffar ramatovich law teacher, legal technical school of khorezm region adamov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the place and role of the parliament and its members in a modern democratic state. the analysis of the role of the deputy of the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan in the implementation of democratic reforms, the legal bases of the legal status of the deputies, their participation in the legislative process, as well as in important issues in the life of the people and the state were evaluated. also, the activity of the deputy of the state duma of the russian federation, the opinions of representatives of the international legal field on the deputies, their status and activities were studied. parliament, democracy, state, deputy, deputy status, law. introduction deputy (latin mpatus — representative) elected member of the state representative body; in the republic of uzbekistan — the people's supreme assembly of the republic of uzbekistan, zhukorgi kengesi of the republic of karakalpakstan, authorized representative of people's deputies in regional, district and city councils. first of all, deputies should act professionally as representatives of the people, to protect the interests of the people in the system of state power, to increase the role of parliament, to solve important tasks related to the country's domestic and foreign policy. literature analysis and methods the status, powers, guarantees of deputy activities, rights and obligations of deputies are legally substantiated by the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, the constitutional law “on the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan”, the law "on the status of a deputy and a member of the senate of the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the republic especially the law"on the status of a deputy of the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the mailto:adamov@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org republic of uzbekistan and a member of the senate" is the main organizational document for the activities of deputies of the legislative chamber. in accordance with this law, the deputy of the legislative chamber has a certificate, which is the main document confirming the person and powers of the deputy, as well as the presence of a badge, the certificate and badge of which he is able to use for the entire period of his powers, this certificate is free to visit state authorities, local, it is established that the deputy has immunity for the entire term of his powers, this right also applies to the residential or office premises occupied by him, personal and service means. it is established that a deputy of the legislative chamber may be deprived of the right of immunity under the submission of the prosecutor general of the republic of uzbekistan for consideration by the legislative chamber. in addition, this law provides for a number of restrictions for deputies of the legislative chamber. for example, it is established that he has no right to engage in entrepreneurship or other paid activities, etc., cannot use his status in such a way as to harm the legitimate interests of citizens, society and the state. one of the most important features of a democratic state is the free independence of its power structures from each other. the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan article 11 states:” the system of state power of the republic of uzbekistan is based on the principle of the division of power into legislative, executive and judicial power " that the management of our state is based on democratic principles. indeed, the fact that the legislative body occupies a key place in the mechanism of the state does not require proof. this is due to the fact that it establishes universal requirements that the executive branch must implement and serve as the legislative basis for the activities of the judicial power. the deepening of democratic reforms is directly related to the issues of the correct organization of the work of the legislative chamber. the effective implementation of the powers of the legislative chamber necessitates the correct organization of their activities. one of the most important aspects of organizing the work of the legislative chamber is the correct distribution of tasks among deputies. the main goal of such a distribution is to achieve a clear-cut implementation of the tasks of each of the deputies. the constitutional legislation of uzbekistan and other legislative acts, as well as foreign experience, indicate that the duties of deputies at the first level before the population are as follows: strengthening the activities of law-making using the right of” legislative initiative – ; to exercise effective control over the activities of the executive power without deviations from the requirements of parliamentary control; work systematically with their voters, find solutions to their problems in everyday life, report before them; to strengthen his participation in the discussion of issues related to the internal and foreign policy of the country as members of the faction and committee. results deputies are legal representatives of the people who elected them. therefore, the daily professional activity of deputies should be directly related to the solution of the pain and problems of their electorate. in doing so, each deputy is obliged to systematically hold meetings with his voters, mobilize all the resources so that he can listen to and solve their problems. madomikin, the assessment given by each voter to the deputy should be considered as the assessment given to the oliy majlis, which is the supreme representative body. but it is only recently known that the activities of our sad parliament american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org and deputies are at a slow level. because the world changes, the consciousness of people, the growth of the intellect of society have shown that deputies should also take their activities to a new professional level. studying international experience in the activities of deputies, i think it is necessary to revise the organizational legal framework of the activities of deputies in our country. for example, let us dwell on some of the norms established by the federal law of the russian federation "on the status of a member of the federation council and the status of a deputy of the state duma", both chambers set out a circle of subjects for whom joint requests can be made, deputies, members of their families (spouses and minor children) are, the fact that they are obliged to provide reliable and complete information on property and property obligations in a timely manner in the declaration of income, and even delay the declaration of income, is the basis for the premature termination of the powers of deputies by the decision of the state duma, again, the members of the chamber of deputies of the state. discussion failure to perform for 30 or more days (non-participation in plenary sessions, non-participation in the work of committees, etc.).k. the decision on deprivation of deputy mandates, personal search, arrest, arrest and interrogation of the deputy, consent to conduct a search for him, as well as administrative or criminal liability by submitting ballots by secret ballot or by voting for the majority of the total number of deputies using an electronic means, the rights to labor leave of 42 calendar days, which are paid summing up the above, we can say that the oliy majlis is directly related to the activities of deputies and senators responsible as the highest standing body in the power of the republic of uzbekistan, as well as how organizational and legal these activities are justified. therefore, it is possible to pay attention to the details, content of the implementation of the powers of deputies, and for this, by analyzing international experiences, to resolve delays in the activities of deputies by making changes to legislation. recall the proposals as follows: first of all, it is necessary to limit the inviolability of the deputy. for example, let the deputy exercise the right to inviolability (participation in plenary sessions and hearings), as well as in the deadlines when he is coming from home to work and returning home from work, the rest of the time he is brought to legal responsibility in the event of a crime and committing other types of offenses, on general grounds provided for by. conclusion secondly, the obligations of current deputies in our country are obliged to provide reliable and complete information about their income, expenses, property and property obligations of both family members on time in the income declaration, and even delay the income declaration the introduction of the norm that the powers of deputies will form the basis for their premature termination by the decision of the thirdly, in uzbekistan there are many normative legal acts on the laws on the oliy majlis, on its chambers and regulations, as well as on the status, activities of the senate and deputies. we propose to develop a “parliamentary code”by putting these normative legal acts into one single whole system. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org references 1.o‘zbekiston respublikasi konstitutsiyasi. –t.: o’zbekiston. 32-bet. 2. aвакьян c.a. депутат статус и деятельность. м. 2004 3."о‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy majlisi qonunchilik palatasi deputatining va senati a’zosining maqomi tо‘g‘risida"gi qonun 4. федерального закона от 08.05.1994 №3-фз (ред. от 19.12.2016) «о статусе члена совета федерации и статусе депутата государственной думы федерального собрания российской федерации» (собрание законодательства рф. 12.07.1999. № 28. с. 3466) 5. алексеев р.а. (г. москва). политико-правовой статус депутатов государственной думы и членов совета федерации: гарантии, привилегии и преференци. // вестник московского государственного областного университета (электронный журнал). 2015. № 3. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org the philosophical essence of humanistic ideas in the spiritual heritage of jadid thinkers vokhidjon jurakulov samarkand state university named after sharaf rashidov, 703004, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the views of representatives of the turkestan jadids on humanistic ideas. the study of the content, essence and conceptual meaning of the social ideas of the jadids, such as the concept of national awakening and socio-economic development, teaching young people modern sciences for the improvement of society through education, the creation of new textbooks and theatres takes the main place. the author studied the theoretical and practical aspects of the ideas of youth promoted by the jadids about obtaining secular science and professional qualifications in foreign countries. the views of the educators of the jadids on honouring the motherland, the use of humane ideas for national development, as well as opinions on the social and economic factors of the country's development are studied. jadids, enlighteners, man, humanism, sociophilosophical views, youth, science, modern schools. introduction in the process of transformational and informational changes taking place in the world today, the question of determining the aspects of the human problem and the human factor is more relevant than ever. at present, in the context of the aggravation of spiritual threats and moral problems on a global scale, it is important to stabilize the social and moral world of the individual, to form a spirit of respect for universal values, to observe the principles of continuity in the wide promotion of spiritual and educational ideas. in this sense, for the upbringing of a perfect generation, for the development of creative thinking among young people and the formation of personal creative abilities, the ideas of great thinkers are important, calling humanity to spiritual maturity, freedom, patriotism, reading, the pursuit of knowledge, in direct connection with modern requirements becomes an objective necessity. in particular, the problem of being and man in the teachings of the sufis, who made a worthy contribution to the gradual development of the world, the study of views on the relationship between the individual and society, the need to protect the value of a person and his interests, the need to follow the principles of social partnership and social activity in the system of public relations is important in our day. as the president of uzbekistan stated, "we have a great history from which we should learn lessons. we have great ancestors worthy of aspiration… god willing, we will have a great future worthy of an american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org example". from this point of view, it is very important to study the humane ideas of representatives of eastern philosophy, especially representatives of jadidism. in the modernization of uzbekistan, it is important to deeply instill in the minds of young people the rich spiritual heritage of our jadid thinkers. as we know, systematic work is being carried out to study and translate the scientific heritage of the jadids, to form a culture of reading among young people, to educate creative thinking, to educate them in the spirit of patriotism and respect for universal values. literature review the legacy of socio-philosophical ideas and conceptual views of the humanism of jadidism is studied in the studies of jadid scholars. foreign scientists adib khalid [3] e. alworth [4], mixon candace [5], sociologist pinar batur-wandi lipe [6], john m. vander lipen [6], i. baldauf [7], from germany hisao komatsu [8] from japan, daniel kimmagen [9], akhat andijani [10], who was born in afghanistan and lives in turkey, and other orientalists and historians. the work of representatives of the jadidism movement, the study of works belonging to their scientific heritage in the countries of the commonwealth of independent states were performed by such scientists as e. bertels [11], i.s. braginsky [12], shamil shikhaliev [13], r. hodizoda, [14 ] n. gafarov [15]. it should be noted that the above authors mainly analyzed the content of artistic and dramatic works, treatises, books and the socio-economic activities of the jadids. also from uzbek sociologists sh.radjabov, [16] i.muminov, [17] m.fattaev, [18] d.alimova [19], d.ziyaeva [20], a.aliev [21], b.kosimov [22], sh.rizaev [23], g.mahmudov [24], sh.a.goyibova [25], g.t. mahmudova[26], h.p.vokhidov [27], b.kh.ergashev [28], r.t.shodiev [29], a.aimatov [30], d.t.amridinova [31], s. abdivohidids [33] studied the social and spiritual life of the jadids, the content of their conceptual thoughts about the development of society was studied on the basis of an independent approach. methodology &empirical analysis in preparing the article, methods of philosophical research were used, such as historical, critical, analysis and synthesis, categorization of materials and generalization of independent conclusions. the methodological basis of the article is the works of the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirziyoyev, his decrees, conceptual ideas set forth in the "strategy of new uzbekistan". the recommendations of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan on in-depth analysis of the legacy of the past, the scientific achievements of the first and second renaissance in the spiritual and scientific history of our country, the works of authors of secular knowledge related to social and economic development, and the dedicated decrees on creating the foundations of the third renaissance are of great importance. also, in order to analyze the views and opinions of representatives of the jadid movement on humanism, independent conclusions were made on the essence of man in the teachings of jadidism, materials of scientific and practical conferences held on a national scale, scientific articles and works of foreign scientists were used. in order to summarize the humane views of the jadids, articles published in prestigious journals devoted to the study of this historical phenomenon were taken as a scientific source. in addition, in the new era of social development, the media were used, including opinions published on the internet, aimed at revealing the content of various aspects of the jadidism movement, the opinions of uzbek and foreign philosophers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org results the role of the scientific heritage of jadid thinkers in enriching humanistic ideas in society is incomparable. based on their views, they dreamed of seeing the development and future of the country among the developed countries. the existing environment, which influenced the formation of the worldview of the jadids, limited their achievement of such noble goals as freedom, independence, a prosperous life, and the upbringing of a perfect generation. the rationalistic views of the jadids, such as general theoretical questions of being, in particular, of man and his essence, the role of reason in the knowledge of the world, are in harmony with the philosophical problems associated with the development of society and the fate of society. therefore, it was analyzed that a person, his conscientiousness and manners should be at the center of the entire education system. analysis today, fundamental reforms are being carried out in all sectors of our country. positive shifts are observed in the development of socio-political, spiritual and educational spheres. the problem of protecting honor, interests, dignity and human rights is becoming one of the main issues on the agenda. as the president noted: "to ensure the interests of a person, first of all, it is necessary to communicate with the people, to know well their pains and worries, dreams, life problems and needs" [2. 11]. views on a person can be found in mythological-religious, religious-philosophical teachings, in particular in zoroastrianism, which were widespread in the countries of the near and middle east, especially in iran and turan, in the vii-vi centuries bc [36.33]. according to zoroastrianism, this universe is governed by two principles: good and evil. and these two foundations either regulate or, conversely, take moral norms out of control, which are considered the main pillar of human life. according to the philosophy of this teaching, there are three main pillars of human perfection, which are good thoughts, good words and good deeds. this is the main idea of his holy book "avesta", and according to this teaching, since man is the greatest creature created on earth, his honor, dignity and life value should be above all. in particular, attention to the field of the humanities is noticeable in the philosophical and social views of the jadid thinkers. in their teachings, they talk about the essence of man and his perfection, and put the ideas of altruism at the center. today, the teachings of eastern thinkers about man, his spiritual image, moral principles are of great importance in educating the younger generation in the spirit of respect for universal values. after all, humanity is determined by the ability to absorb the material and spiritual heritage created by the ancestors [37.6.]. when determining the humane qualities of modern people, they, in particular, relied on the teachings of the sufis about human essence and developed them in accordance with the requirements of the time, on the other hand, they made good use of the concept of man, which found its meaning in european philosophy and literature. the jadids fought against national limitations in their activities. if in western europe the initiative of education and development was initiated by the central government, that is, it went from top to bottom, and then in turkestan, due to the backwardness of the government, the jadids opened new schools and libraries at their own expense. they organized theater troupes, wrote plays, created textbooks, published newspapers and magazines, that is, they tried by all means to educate their people. this is where their leadership and humanity comes into play. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org the jadids approached the explanation of the essence of man from the standpoint of humanistic anthropocentrism. representatives of the jadids, following the philosophical traditions of abu nasr al-farabi, reveal and emphasize the dialectical unity of being with the human mind. the divinity of reason and philosophy, as the unity of reason and being, is united in substance with the idea of the jadids. based on the sociopolitical situation, the jadids sought to harmonize scientific concepts with religious views, while maintaining scientific rationalism. the jadids believed that there could be no conflict between philosophical views and the teachings of the koran. it should be emphasized that the jadids, who thought about the social nature and functions of religion, deeply understood the greatness not only of islam, but of all world religions. "to live in a world without religion,” writes behbudi, “is not of humanity and culture. without religion it is impossible to be civilized" [37. 145]. according to behbudi, religion is a person's belief associated with his psyche. he said that there is no man without faith. believers of different religions also differ in their beliefs. behbudi's enlightening ideas, his philosophical views on the need to train personnel for the development of society are expressed through his image of an educated person in the work "padarkush". an educated person tries to explain and justify his opinion about society, state, culture, science and technology with the help of scientific data. in particular, these traits of an educated person can be seen in his conversation with a wealthy person. an educated person expresses the following points: " in order to become a modern scientist, children should first be taught the necessary religion and language of the nation, and then brought up in the muslim language and taught to read and write and sent to privileged government schools, that is, after graduating from city schools and gymnasiums, send them to moscow and st. petersburg universities to study law, medicine, judging, engineering, teach economics, art history, logical, pedagogical and other sciences. it is even necessary to send children for education to france, america and istanbul" [38.44]. also, behbudi sought not only to spread enlightenment, to free the people from the quagmire of ignorance, to show them the path of justice, freedom and truth, but also raised the issue of training and educating national personnel, raising them to a level that meets world requirements. abdurauf fitrat equates the education of the younger generation with the education of the nation and puts forward the image that "education is the mother of the nation". he described the mother's role in raising children as follows: "the morality of education is to be found more in the arms of good mothers than in schools. if we want our children to be polite and disciplined, we must ensure that our mothers enjoy a science education. if we want our children to be like progressives, start educating mothers from an early age. otherwise, neither children nor schools will benefit from it" [34]. it can be seen that the jadids teach that women involved in raising children in the family should also learn and gain knowledge. in addition, we must say that every child is the heir of our tomorrow. their future depends on us adults. therefore, the sooner we teach them not to stray from the most correct and just path chosen by independent uzbekistan, the better result we will achieve. because the spiritual atmosphere that has formed in the family affects the way a person thinks for life. in this sense, the jadids attached great importance to the fight against indifference and backwardness in realizing their desire to create a developed civil society. in carrying out these tasks, they relied on progressive, educated youth. the jadids paid attention to the importance of learning a foreign language and the development of technology, they represented that the inviolability of private property is the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org key to a strong state. the state that the jadids dreamed of should not be against the free development of all cultures while maintaining the status of islam. representatives of jadid dreamed of raising the culture of the people and, realizing that the future is in the hands of young people, they contributed to the education of young people in the leading educational institutions of europe. addressing the youth, the jadids urged them to fight for the development of the nation. the jadids believed that the basis of the progress and development of the turkestan region was modern education education in primary and secondary schools, higher educational institutions, the implementation of democratic reforms, the enlightenment and enthusiasm of young people. therefore, in each case, they wrote about the great hope and confidence of young people in their scientific capabilities. the scientific and educational heritage of the representatives of the jadid movement plays an important role in the spiritual and moral development of youth, that is, the role of the jadid heritage in protecting youth from such negative vices as "spiritual poverty" and "moral depravity" at the stage of development is incomparable. the ideas of humanity and tolerance, protecting the dignity and honor of people, are one of the main theoretical sources of training and education of the younger generation and leading it to perfection. the jadids relied on national and islamic traditions, in particular, on the teachings of sufi scholars about the perfect man, and developed this approach in accordance with the requirements of the time, and also made good use of the national environment and thought in the concept of man, which found its interpretation in foreign philosophies. the jadid press is an example of such honesty and courage that it was able to form a sense of national identity, national pride, patriotism, and responsibility for the fate of the people. the legacy of the jadids, their work also confirms this conclusion. it is no coincidence that today literature and philosophy, education and ideology of the jadids, national ideas and views put forward by them occupy an important place in the development of uzbek philosophy. after all, their literary heritage is a common vision of the socio-political movement of that time, a manifestation of the philosophy of freedom of the uzbek people, the transformation of its basic ideas and principles into a comprehensive modern teaching. in general, the upbringing of a perfect person at all times was considered an important social task, and a well-educated person was considered the dignity of society. the beauty of a person is measured by the knowledge he has received and the education he has received. if educated people are considered mature, then we see that, according to our thinkers, it is necessary to possess many qualities in order to be a perfect person. the ideas about the perfect man, expressed by our ancestors, are of great social, ethical and spiritual significance. in our past history, a unique eastern code of ethics about the perfect man was developed, and it was seen as the dream of every person who aspires to possess such qualities. in the modern social environment, it is noticeable that people have worldviews of two directions: scientific-philosophical and religious-mystical worldview. it should be noted that the constitution of uzbekistan provides for the creation of a secular state so that these two worldviews are not opposed to each other, and attention is paid to the formation of a scientific and philosophical worldview in kindergartens, schools, universities and other institutions. the jadids put forward the idea that enlightenment, that is, the spiritual growth of the people, can be achieved by adapting the methods of education to the needs of the time and the widespread dissemination of literacy. in their opinion, enlightenment and spirituality are actually components of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org culture and arise on its basis. since spirituality is the highest level of enlightenment, it represents its level and scope. so, spirituality is a human quality that manifests the consciousness of a person, determines the consequences of his self-consciousness, behavior and actions, which is made up of his cultural level. conclusions in conclusion, we can say that the importance of the spiritual heritage of the jadids today, as well as the ideas put forward by president shavkat mirziyoyev in his speech on september 30, 2020 at the solemn ceremony dedicated to "1st of october teachers and mentors day" focused on the following points: "… from the second half of the xvi century, internecine wars and conflicts, the struggle for power raged on the land of central asia. sectarianism and parochialism intensified, instead of enlightenment, ignorance took root. as a result, our once prosperous country experienced a socio-political and economic crisis. the torch of science and thought began to fade. we are all well aware that it was precisely such negative circumstances that became the main reason that our country fell into dependence by the xix century" [38]. in fact, the fact that does not require proof is that the solution of all universal problems facing humanity in the modern era is primarily associated with the activation of the role of the human factor, its sound mind, high spirituality and enlightenment. the conceptual philosophical ideas of the jadids are the main factor in modern innovative changes and serve as the genetic basis for democratic transformations in today's strategic direction. because their political programs glorify universal human qualities such as free will, justice and independence. this, in turn, indicates that the jadid movement has put forward theories that are the ideological basis of independence. references 1. мирзиёев ш.м. янги ўзбекистон стратегияси. -тошкент.: “o’zbekiston”, 2021 йил, 464 бет 2. мирзиёев ш. миллий тараққиёт йўлимизни қатъият билан давом эттириб, янги босқичга кўтарамиз. – т.: ўзбекистон, 2017. –б.415 3. adeeb khalid. central asia: a new history from the imperial conquests to the present. the usa. 2021. 576 pages. 4. edward a. allworth. evading reality: the devices of ʻabdalrauf fitrat, modern central asian reformist. boston: brill leiden. 367 pages. 5. candace mixon, “the jadids in bukhara: the juxtaposition of the reforms of aini andfitrat”, mcgill university institute of islamic studies, montreal, 2011, 80. 6. pinar batur-vander lippe and john m. vander lippe. young ottomans and jadidists: past discourse and the continuity of debates in turkey, the caucasus and central asia. turkish studies association bulletin. vol. 18, no. 2 (fall 1994), pp.59-81 (23 pages)published by: indiana university press 7. bаldаufingеbоrg. jadidism in central asia within reformism and modernism in the muslim world // die welt des islams, new ser. vol.41, issue 1. (mar., 2001). 8. komatsu hisao.revolutionary central asia: a portrait of abdurauf fitrat], tokyo: university of tokyo press, 312pp. 9. daniel kimmage. central asia: jadidism -old tradition of renewal. august 09, 2005. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org 10. ahatandijan. turkestan struggle abroad from jadidism to independence. england: sota publications; 2007. 737 s. 11. е.э. бертельс. история персидско-таджикской литературы.// м.: 1960. 556 с. (избранные труды. том i) 12. и. с. брагинский. персидско-таджикская литература (ix-x вв.) (история всемирной литературы. т. 2. м., 1984. с. 255-263) 13. шихалиев ш. мусульманское реформаторство в дагестане (1900–1930 гг.)https://www.academia.edu/38123203/muslim_reformism_in_daghestan. 14. расул ходизода. то не звезды падают: ист. роман /. душанбе: адиб, 1991. – 431. 15. гафаров н.у. книготорговые товарищества джадидов в средней азии. вестник ртсу. №3 (38) 2012. 16. раджабов ш. джадидизм и туркестане (1905—1917 гг.). тезисы на диссертации на соис. уч. ст. канд. ист. наук.-ленинград, 1937. 17. муминов и.м. из истории развития общественно-политической мысли в узбекистане конца xixначало xx вв.ташкент, 1957. 18. фаттоев м. атоқлипедагогларимиз. тошкент: ўқитувчи, 1988. -50 б. 19. алимова д. джадидизм в средней азии. пути обновления, реформы, борьба за независимость. тошкент: ўзбекистон. 2000. -24 c. 20. зиёева д. туркистонмиллийозодликҳаракати. тошкент: ғофур ғулом номидаги адабиёт ва санъат, 2000. -175 б. 21. алиев а. “маънавият, қадрият ва бадиият” (ватан фидойилари). тошкент: академия, 2000. -630 б. 22. қосимов б. исмоилбек гаспрали. тошкент: ғофур ғулом номидаги адабиёт ва санъат, 1992. 48 б. 23. ризаев ш.т. ўзбек жадид драматургиясининг шаклланиши манбалари: фил. фан. номзоди дисс. автореф: тошкент: 1995. -28 б. 24. ризаев и. и. society as a self-organizing system //редакционная коллегия. – т. 520. 25. маҳмудов ғ. жадид адабиётида миллий истиқлол мавзуси. тошкент: ўзбекистон, 1999. – 102 б. 26. ғоибова ш.о. абдурауф фитратнинг ижтимоий-фалсафий қарашлари: ф.ф.н…дисс. т.: 1996. -152 б. 27. маҳмудова г.т. туркистонда жадидчилик ҳаракати ва унинг ахлоқий-эстетик фикр тараққиётига таъсири: ф.ф.н дис.-т.: 1996.-158 б. 28. вохидов х.п. особенности просветительства в средней азии и свободомыслие. // из истории общественно-филоофской мысли и вольнодумия в средней азии. под редакции академика ан руз. м.м.хайруллаева. -т.: фан, 1991. с. 136. 29. эргашев б.х. из истории становления и развития общественно-политических идей джадидизма. идеология молодо бухарцев: дисс. д-ра философ.наук. бухара. 1993. -314 с. 30. шодиев р.т. самарқанд жадидларининг фалсафий-ижтимоий қарашлари. самарқанд, 1992. 31. айматов а. абдулҳамид чўлпон эстетикасининг ғоявий-бадиий асослари. автореф. дис. ... фал.фан.ном. –т.: ўзму, 2005. https://www.academia.edu/38123203/muslim_reformism_in_daghestan american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org 32. амридинова д.т. xix асрнинг иккинчи ярми ва xx аср бошларидаги маърифатпарварларнинг инсонпарварлик ғоялари // фалсафа ва ҳуқуқ. 2019.– №2. б. 129-131. 33. амридинова д.т. самарқанд жадидчилик мактаби. монография. т.: “наврўз” дук, 2017. – 124 б. 34. абдивоҳидов с.а. жадидчилик ҳаракатининг ижтимоий – сиёсий жиҳатлари ва ҳозирги замон. фалсафа фанлари бўйича фалсафа доктори (phd) диссертацияси автореферати. – самарқанд, самду,2020. 45 б. 35. фитрат а. яна тўй масаласи. // садои фарғона. 1914 йил 8 июнь. 36. чориев а. инсон фалсафаси. – тошкент: ўзбекистон файласуфлари миллий жамияти нашриёти, 2007. – б.33. 37. чориев а., чориев с. ренессанс даври европа фалсафаси. – тошкент: тафаккур қаноти, 2015. – б.6. 38. беҳбудий м. танланган асарлар. бизни кемиргувчи иллатлар. -т.: маънавият,1999.-б. 189 39. меликова, м. н. новый подход к философскому наследию великих предков / м. н. меликова, н. к. хаккулов // актуальные проблемы общественных наук в современном мире : материалы международной научно-теоретической конференции посвященной 30летию государственной независимости республики таджикистан и 20-летию образования факультета философии таджикского национального университета, душанбе, 27 октября 2021 года. – душанбе: таджикский национальный университет, 2021. – с. 69-72. 40. аввалги мусулмонлардаги маданият. “ойна” журналидан а.облоқулов табдили. – // “зарафшон” газетаси, 1997 йил, 15 июль. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org problems of reducing the criminalization of investment activities of joint-stock companies and their solutions kuvatova oliya sheraliyevna senior teacher of the finance department tashkent financial institute, tashkent financial institute, uzbekistan oliyakuvatova0808@gmail.com +998332010808 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the relationship between the development of the shadow economy and investment activities, studies the reasons of the criminalization of investment activities of joint-stock companies, companies and organizations. control mechanisms which are proposed to reduce the shadow component of the economy and develop investment activities. investment activity, economic growth, direct investment, financial investment, legal economy, criminalization, pressure of taxation, capital flight, phenomenon of criminalization , criminal economy, corruption. introduction investment activity in the current conditions is an integral part of economic development. the improvement of the investment sphere ensures the qualitative development of the economy. the tendency of investors to shadow their activities arises due to unfavorable conditions of the economic climate. depending on the type of investment (real and financial), the forms of criminalization differ. shadow operations in the investment sphere destabilize the economic and social situation in the country. in joint-stock companies engaged in investment activities, there are also cases of informal transactions. investments can also perform the functions of turning part of the savings into a specific resource. that is, resources that are intended for a separate application. these accumulations are of no benefit to the interests of society. since investors do not invest in the acquisition or replacement of capital, but direct them mainly to the shadow sector, to the market of speculative operations or to offshore zones, keeping them out of the economic turnover that is useful for society. as a result, illegal capital hidden from state control is formed, and investment activity moves into the "shadow". this phenomenon carries with it a danger not only in the economic sphere, but also in the social sphere, which can be represented in the form of a difference in the level of monetary incomes of various strata and groups of the population (economic differentiation), an increase in crime and social tension. analysis and results in the modern world, one of the main factors of the country's development is the economy. the level of its development depends on the economic relations in society, the mechanisms of public american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org administration. in case of insufficient progress, favorable conditions for the prosperity of the shadow economy appear. the shadow economy is a hidden economic activity, uncontrolled by society, the purpose of which is to extract excess profits to meet the personal and group needs of a small part of the country's population. the shadow economy is a fairly broad concept that is widespread in almost all spheres of the economy. the gradual “going into the shadows” of these industries is called criminalization. when combining investment activity and shadow operations, the concept of “criminalization of investment activity" arises. the concept of “criminalization of investment activity” is widely presented in the article by e.n. malchenkov. the author gives the following definition: “criminalization of investment activity is the occurrence of shadow operations during the implementation of investments and their implementation by economic entities in order to minimize investment risks in an unfavorable economic climate.”1 having studied the definition of this concept, we can identify the lack and lack of necessary conditions in the economy for legal investments as the main reason for the appearance of shadow operations in investment activities. the deterioration of the economic climate in the country is influenced by various factors: economic (an increase in the tax "press", an active sterilization policy of the monetary authorities, the presence of a deficit in the domestic market that is not compensated by imports, high unemployment, monopolization of the market); social (low standard of living of the population, uneven distribution of gdp); political (corruption, the presence of lobbying movements that realize vested interests, bureaucracy); legal (imperfection of legislation, lack of a mechanism to combat crime). the shadow activity of investors is considered to be more or less criminal if it contradicts the current legislation of the country. the factors that stimulate criminal actions are studied in the section of economic theory – the economics of crime and punishment. let's consider the works of great economists in this field for an in-depth analysis of investor behavior in the process of shadow economy. professor at the university of chicago, founder of the economic theory of criminal and law enforcement activities, winner of the nobel prize in economics (1992) gary stanley becker formulates the basic principles of his theory in his scientific works and works. in the article "crime and punishment: an economic approach"2, he developed an economic approach to crime analysis using economic imperialism. becker describes the significance of the above approach as follows: “the essence of the economic approach to crime is amazingly simple. it consists in the fact that people decide whether to commit a crime or not by comparing [their expected] benefits and costs of the crime.”3 in the case of an investor, the same situation occurs, he chooses between legal and shadow investment, comparing the consequences of each of them. the assessment of the benefits of the activity is quite simple. basically, these are monetary benefits: the profit received from investments, the formation of specific resources, the increase in hidden capital, the absence of taxes. also drawing a parallel with 1 e.n. malchenkov. criminalization of investment activity in modern economic conditions: the main causes and forms. pp. 1-2 2 becker g.s. crime and punishment: an economic approach. — journal of political economy vol.76. n.2, 1968. — с. 169—217 3 http://corruption.rsuh.ru/magazine/1/n1-06.shtml http://www.nber.org/chapters/c3625.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org becker's work, we came to the conclusion that when studying the reasons for choosing investors in the illegal side, psychological aspects should also be noted. for example, the mental pleasure of illegality experienced by a criminal. the nature of the investor's investments and conditions in a particular area of his activity is determined by the content and features of the main informal forms the investment process. the creation of hidden workshops, workshops with a small production cycle that do not require serious capital investments and can bring quick profits, act as a common form of shadow economy within the framework of real investment. unemployment, a shortage of goods that are in great demand among the population and are not compensated by imports, an increase in the tax burden stimulate capital investments in the creation of illegal production facilities. at the same time, the functioning of auxiliary structures are not registered, but they can be legal: the production of spare parts and basic products, the performance of repairs, the provision of services. according to a pre-prepared scheme, sales and sales are carried out. the funds received from this activity in whole or in part remains at the disposal of the heads of enterprises. investments in securities and financial instruments act as the main share of investment activity in the modern economy. an example is joint–stock investment funds open joint-stock companies engaged on the basis of a special permit. in this activity, there is no increment of real material capital, but there may be a significant profit. figure 1 – the volume of the shadow economy of the countries of the world for 2020 4 the volume of shadow capital in this area is more significant in size compared to the real sector and the damage inflicted on the state is much higher and more dangerous. in recent years, the scale of the shadow economy has been steadily growing. the volume of the shadow economy of uzbekistan for 2020 is estimated at 245 trillion soums or 48% of gdp, according to the data of the state tax committee, the global average level of the shadow economy is 17.2% of gdp, but this indicator differs in different countries. the graph below clearly demonstrates the levels of the shadow economy: nowadays, almost any line of activity is characterized by a high level of competition. in order to maintain their competitive positions and achieve leadership, joint-stock companies are forced to constantly expand their fields of activity and master new technologies. joint-stock companies need 4 world bank data www.worldbank.org 66,4% 48% 43,6% 12,9% 8,6% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% bolivia uzbekistan russia china switzerland the volume of shadow ecomics of gdp bolivia uzbekistan russia china switzerland american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org transparency and a stable reputation in the eyes of employees, partners and society to successfully conduct investment activities. compliance can serve as a guarantee of the above criteria. compliance is the principle of doing business by a financial institution in accordance with applicable laws, rules, codes and standards established by the competent authorities, professional associations and internal documents of this financial institution. 5 compliance control performs the following functions: • identification and assessment of compliance risks associated with the activities of joint-stock companies; • providing guidance to management on compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards; • development of written instructions to the staff of the joint-stock company regarding proper compliance with laws, rules and standards, including anti-money laundering laws; • assessment of compliance of internal procedures and operations with the current legislation; • maintaining contacts with relevant external bodies, including regulatory authorities. to date, much attention is paid to the development of the compliance control system in our country. in particular, on the basis of the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pp-4664 dated april 04, 2020, the compliance control system has been actively implemented in joint-stock companies of uzbekistan. for example, uzbekneftegaz joint stock company is working together with representatives of the accounts chamber of the republic of uzbekistan, the anti-corruption agency of the republic of uzbekistan, the united nations development program in uzbekistan and the international audit consulting company kpmg to improve the anti-corruption compliance control system. also, together with kpmg, 13 internal regulatory documents were implemented to minimize and prevent corruption risks associated with the business processes of uzbekneftegaz jsc, and 5 internal regulatory documents were submitted for approval by the general meeting of shareholders and the supervisory board. the uzkimyosanoat joint-stock company has also established a compliance control system and a compliance service, whose main task is to coordinate work on building a system to combat corruption, as well as providing support and advice to all employees of the company in situations that are ambiguous from the point of view of corruption risk in the management and enterprise of the company. during the short period of using this system, the following reforms were undertaken in uzbekneftegaz jsc and uzkimyosanoat jsc: table 1 – reforms in joint-stock companies "uzbekneftegaz" and "uzkimyosanoat" on countering the shadow economy in the company reforms in uzbekneftegaz jsc reforms in uzkimyosanoat jsc local regulatory documents have been developed in order to prevent corruption offenses; internal regulatory documents and procedures aimed at combating corruption have been adopted in order to ensure transparency in hiring, vacancies are being published on the internet an anti-corruption action plan has been introduced 5 . m. v. selezneva. compliance control in the banking sector. a new approach to risk management. p. 1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org and on the official pages of the company in social networks, real-time testing has been established; the directions with a high level of corruption risks and risks of conflict of interests and the application of additional control measures to them are analyzed separately an anti-corruption policy has been adopted an automated system of accounting, control, monitoring was introduced as an experiment at llc "kuchlikskaya oil depot"; a code of business ethics, conflict of interest management policy has been created a corporate information system is being implemented aimed at monitoring and managing organizational, financial and economic processes, reducing the human factor and preventing corruption risks, as well as improving production efficiency. progressive cooperation with the international audit consulting company kpmg note: own development based on the data of joint-stock companies "uzneftegaz" and "uzkimesanoat" in uzkimyosanoat jsc, thanks to the reforms undertaken, the implementation of business plans of chemical industry enterprises for 2021, optimization of representative expenses, along with cost savings of 1.6 billion soum, corruption manifestations were prevented. 6 kpmg international audit consulting company, which cooperates with joint-stock companies of uzbekistan in the field of compliance control services, noted with satisfaction the new level of the fight against corruption in uzbekistan7. conclusions and suggestions despite progress in countering the shadow economy, the level of reforms remains insufficient to fully improve the activities of all market participants in the country, including joint-stock companies. to improve the system for combating the shadow economy of investment activities of companies, organizations and joint-stock companies, the following strategic actions are proposed: • timely and effective implementation in the joint-stock company system of the tasks defined in the "roadmap" approved by the administration of the president of the republic of uzbekistan aimed at countering the shadow economy and preventing corruption in the republic of uzbekistan for 20202021; • improvement of social conditions and working conditions of employees; • carrying out a number of works on the radical renewal of the procurement system in the company, increasing the responsibility of participants in the process from the formation of applications to procurement and the application of appropriate control measures, as well as automation of this system; • application of control measures aimed at preventing violations in the construction sector implemented in the company and the development of appropriate regulatory documents; 6 http://uzkimyosanoat.uz/ru/anticorruption/message 7 https://xs.uz/ru/50328 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org • introduction of digital technologies, automation of the production process control system and improvement of the level of accuracy in the accounting of natural gas. in uzbekistan, the compliance control system is new, has not yet been perfected, and still some companies believe that compliance is a waste of time and money. we can also see the process of implementing this system only in companies, joint-stock companies and organizations marked in the resolution or the roadmap. at the same time, foreign countries have long been creating entire compliance control departments, which usually contain the following units: groups to counter money laundering, to prevent conflicts of interest, to ensure information control, to analyze customer complaints. in order to make compliance control the most effective, it is necessary: 1. place the system at the highest possible level and pay attention to solving compliance control issues as seriously and in a timely manner as possible; 2. compliance controllers themselves should be involved in the operational process, and should be checked by internal control units. 3. it is impossible to entrust the implementation of compliance control to persons who do not have sufficient experience in this field. with the implementation of the proposed actions, the economy in uzbekistan will increase, followed by an improvement in the investment climate. as a result of the creation and expansion of conditions in this environment, the shadow economy of investment activities of joint-stock companies will gradually decrease. list of used literature 1. e.n. malchenkov. criminalization of investment activity in modern economic conditions: the main causes and forms. pp. 1-2 2. becker g.s. crime and punishment: an economic approach. — journal of political economy vol.76. n.2, 1968. — pp. 169-217. 3. http://corruption.rsuh.ru/magazine/1/n1-06.shtml 4. world bank data www.worldbank.org 5. m. v. selezneva. compliance control in the banking sector. a new approach to risk management. p. 1 6. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). the progressive foreign experiments in the activity of sovereign wealth funds. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 109-116. 7. jumaniyozov, i. (2018). impact of development finance institutions on economic growth: implications for reconstruction and development fund of uzbekistan. international journal of management science and business administration, 4(2), 84-88. 8. jumaniyozov, i. (2020). issues of ensuring the transparency of sovereign wealth funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(5), 1. 9. jumaniyazov, i. (2020). foreign experience in the activities of sovereign funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(2), 1. 10. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). transparency is a key indicator of the activity of sovereign wealth funds. the american journal of management and economics innovations, 3(05), 30-37. 11. inomjon turaevich jumaniyazov, & bexruz hazratov (2022). foreign experience in the development of special economic zones in uzbekistan. science and education, 3 (5), 1628-1636. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org 12. jumaniyazov, i., & xaydarov, a. (2023). the importance of social insurance in social protection. science and education, 4(1), 1033–1043. retrieved from 13. http://uzkimyosanoat.uz/ru/anticorruption/message 14. https://xs.uz/ru/50328. http://uzkimyosanoat.uz/ru/anticorruption/message https://xs.uz/ru/50328 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org psychology of intellect shukurova iminur daughter of bakhtiyarjon andijan state pedagogical institute, pedagogy and psychology, 2nd stage master's student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the researches of famous scientists on the psychology of intelligence and their opinions were described in the article. intelligence, creativity, abilities, psychology, iq (intelligence quotient), creativity, behavior. introduction in psychology, there are 3 theories that explain the relationship between intelligence and creativity. d. veksler, g. eysenk, l. termen, r. stenberg and others consider intelligence and creativity to be a unity of high-level human abilities. intelligence is the highest level of creativity. this means not only that they are united, but that creativity is a derivative of intelligence. a high level of intelligence is the basis of a high level of ability. lower intelligence creates a lower level of intelligence. hans eysenck believed that creativity is a special manifestation of ability. creativity is characterized by high intelligence. intelligence is the adaptation of humans and animals to new environment. v. shterni, j. piaget, d. veksler and other authors also considered intelligence as a general ability that adapts people to new life conditions. in their research, they studied thousands of american schoolchildren using the logit method. in the process of research, their iq (intelligence quotient) was determined at first. pupils were divided into groups based on iq coefficient and observed in 30, 40, 50, 60 years. over the years, test takers with a high iq have shown high performance in life and work. test takers with a lower iq scored 30 times less than them. but other studies have shown that intelligence and creativity are not related to each other. creativity is not adapting a person to life, but changing it. there are also theories that believe that the main factor of creativity is the disadaptation of a person, that is, his inability to adapt to the environment and social environment. some scientists defined the creativity of a person as isolation from the outside world and people. it is precisely when a person who has maladjustment to the real world, who cannot adapt, starts to create and create something new in order to overcome his loneliness. according to a. adler, creativity in a person is a means of filling the complex of inaccuracies that exists in him. empirical research shows that children with creative abilities face serious problems in the personal and emotional sphere. in studies, we can observe that the results achieved by such children at school are below their potential. discussion and results dj is another scientist who opposes creativity and intelligence. being gilvord, he builds his theory on the basis of two different ways of thinking. that is, convergent and divergent thinking. convergent thinking is an analysis of all available means of solving a problem and choosing the only optimal one. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org convergent thinking is built on intelligence. divergent thinking is a type of thinking that involves creating different options for solving a problem. divergent thinking is based on creativity. therefore, intelligence and creativity are two general abilities that can be associated with information processing. creativity is responsible for the reproduction of existing information and the creation of an endless new model of it. intelligence is responsible for applying that information in real practice and adapting to the environment. the owners of the third point of view see intelligence and creativity as two different factors that are inextricably linked. a. maslau and others did not recognize creative ability. creative activity forms some personal characteristics (interest, risk-taking) in a person compared to ability. but for the manifestation of this activity, a person must have a high level of intellectual ability. according to them, a person with low intelligence will not have any creativity. people with average intelligence have average creativity, and people with an iq of more than 120 have excellent creativity. let's analyze the relationship between intelligence and creativity from the point of view of evolution. we tend to think of intelligence as a fixed, adaptive capacity that does not produce great discoveries. only return is characteristic of the intellect. according to psychologists, this idea is wrong. the reason is that in the theory of evolutionary development, the main factor of human anthropogenesis is the development of the intellect. an example of this is mastering fire and making weapons. separating intelligence from creativity, personal creativity, originality, etc. are being adapted to creativity. who was the first to create a great discovery, arrows, who thought of the possibility of taming fire? intelligence? or creativity? if there is creativity, then where did the intellect go? therefore, such considerations reduce the role of intelligence in the creation of technical and scientific achievements of mankind. again, we have seen an artist of superior talent falter before simple mathematical examples, and a brilliant mathematician with less artistic ability. can we call such people intelligent? according to spearman, humans have a general intelligence. in his opinion, people have their own abilities that separate them from each other. spearman developed factor analysis, a statistical procedure. he explained the temporal connections of related elements. according to spearman, the total sum of competence depends on our mental attitude. to this day, spearman's theory of general intelligence, that is, the theory of one-sided assessment of intelligence, has caused many protests. unlike spearman, thurstone introduced assessment of mental abilities through 56 different tests, 7 clusters. thurstone did not judge people using a single scale. he believed that if a person successfully solves all the problems in the 7 clusters, he will achieve the same success in all the other areas. they compared mental ability with physical ability. in his opinion, the world champion in weightlifting can also practice figure sports. because his physical training allows it. satoshi kanazawa (2004) sees general intelligence as a type of intelligence. general intelligence helps us solve problems in everyday life. by the 1980s, there was a comparison of spiremennig's theory of single intelligence and thurstone's theories of academic abilities. according to them, if a person achieves success in one cognitive area, then he will achieve similar victories in other areas. the main factor in adaptation to life is not the general intelligence of a person, but the ability to interact with each other over time. h. gardner considered intelligence as a sum of several abilities. he conducted his research on people with low abilities. he believed that brain damage can disable one ability but leave the rest intact. gardner conducted his research on subjects with physiological damage to some parts of the brain. they often have lower scores on intelligence tests. some of the representatives of this syndrome have not american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org developed speech. but they had the ability to calculate addition and subtraction as quickly as an electronic calculator. some of them knew by heart the dates associated with a historical day. owners of this syndrome were able to achieve success even in artistic creation. using the above facts, gardner came to the idea that a person has several different minds rather than intelligence. in general, he says that a person has 8 different types of abilities. it has been said that if a person succeeds in one area, then he will also achieve good results in other areas. r. shtenbegr, r. wagner agreed with gardner's idea, but analyzed the presence of 3 different factors of intelligence in a person: the presence of akalemic competence in solving the problem. such skills are evaluated by marking the only correct answer in mental tests practical intelligence helps to choose the most convenient solution to problems in everyday life in order to adapt to the environment. creative mind. representatives of this type are distinguished by their reaction in unfamiliar situations. the problem of creativity, which is a higher form of independent thinking, has been studied very deeply in foreign psychology, which is mainly interpreted as the creativity of ability. the reason we do not use this definition as "creative" ("create" means "to create"), we used the term "creativity" to avoid the impression that creativity is a high level of intellectual activity. the problem of creativity in psychology has been consistently studied since the 1950s. but in our research, we tentatively called the term "creativity" in uzbek as "mental creativity" and found it necessary to study it as a psychological basis of independent thinking. thus, from now on, when thinking about mental creativity, non-standard thinking, its independence and "creativity" are meant. the separation of creativity was motivated by the fact that there is no connection between traditional tests of intelligence and the success of problem solving. this quality essentially means that it depends on the ability to use the information given by the mind, the quick method and various methods in solving the tasks. in 1962, j. w. getzels and p. w. jackson [10] published information in the press that there is no correlation between indicators of mental creativity. they just entered their (sr) coefficient to measure creativity. mental talent is measured by the amount of success achieved in relation to the child's age in the child's certificate, and is determined by the iq coefficient. separation of iq and cr coefficients was a factor in contrasting ability and logic with mental creativity. for the same reason, by the 60s of the 20th century, more than 60 definitions of creativity were developed. by analyzing the definitions of creativity, they can be divided into 6 types: gestalt definition (the creative process is defined as breaking existing gestalts and creating a better one), innovative (new) definition (according to the novelty of the final result oriented to the evaluation of creativity), aesthetic or expressive (emphasizing the self-expression of the creator), psychoanalytic (creativity is defined as the interaction between "he", "i" and "ideal i" 'reefing'); problematic (which defines creativity as a problem-solving process. it can also incorporate j.p. guilford's definition that "creativity is a process of divergent abilities"), the sixth type can include various definitions that do not belong to any of the above-described types (for example, " replenishing the stock of "universal" knowledge) it is difficult to assess the content, essence and structure of definitions related to the term of creativity collected in the present period. researchers say that "understanding what creativity is requires creative action. one of the authors of recent studies defines creativity as the achievement of something significant and new, that is, "in other words, it is the effort of people to change the world." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org m.wallach [10], one of the prominent researchers of creativity in the 60s of the 20th century, stated that intellectual tests are not correlated with creative achievements at high rates. due to the different development of intelligence and creativity among 11-12-year-old students, he divides them into 4 different groups: students who have reached a high level of intelligence and creativity evaluate themselves correctly, they have high self-control, they are interested in all new things and have independence in evaluation; students with a high intellectual level and a low level of creativity strive for success in school, but hide their secrets from others, and underestimate themselves; students with a low intellectual level and a high level of creativity are distinguished from others by their anxiety, inattention, and lower social adjustment; students with a lower intellectual level and creativity index easily adapt to the situation, high social intellectual level, but weak subjects evaluate themselves correctly. thus, the relationship between the creative process and the level of intelligence affects the personal characteristics of students and their adaptation methods. according to stenberg and gardner, several abilities can make a person lucky. one of the criteria of creativity is non-standard. as noted by e.p.torrance, unique and original answers do not always correspond in essence. often there is an unjustified mixing of concepts: creative ability is considered the same as non-standard, non-standard is interpreted as originality, and originality is interpreted as unique answers in the group of testers. non-standard is a broader concept than originality. the second criterion is awareness. in this context, it is assumed that the examinee has understood the solution to the problem. intelligence tests require convergent thinking from the individual. creative tests require divergent thinking. creativity is the ability to create new and valuable ideas at the same time.[410] sternberg and his colleagues developed 5 components of creativity. 1. diversity of knowledge in a person. the knowledge we gained was considered the basis for the abundance of our ideas. the more worldly knowledge we have, the more blocks there are in our psyche. the more knowledge we have in solving problems in life, the easier it is to solve them. 2. magical thinking allows to see things and events anew, to recreate and connect them. by imagining the main element of the problem, we master it and take it to a new level. 3. risk-taking searching for new impressions. this can be seen in two ways. that is, the first one can be seen as a determination to overcome risks and problems. people with this characteristic consider it better to have a new experience than to go back. 4. internal motivation creates a feeling of interest and satisfaction in solving a complex problem in a person, rather than compulsion. a creative person does not think about the duration of the issue, his income and his applicants. the focus is on the satisfaction and motivation of solving the problem. when isaac newton was asked, "how do you solve such complex problems?", he replied, "i have been thinking about this problem all day and night." 5. a creative environment helps to support creative ideas in a person. a positive relationship with colleagues and their support motivates the development of ideas in a person. however, it should be noted that some studies have also observed the negative impact of the social environment on the individual. for example, american students are given an essay writing task. they were warned in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org advance that the essay they wrote would be checked by their fellow students. the other group was only told to write an essay. the results showed that the warned group's essays were known to be poorly written. in this case, we can clearly see the negative impact of the social environment on creativity. nancy cantor, john kilstrom introduced the concept of social intelligence in addition to academic intelligence. social intelligence means understanding certain social situations and overcoming them. s. epstein, p. meyers also agreed with this opinion. why do academically talented individuals face failures in finding their place in society, achieving family happiness, and achieving some kind of achievement? according to s. epstein, p. mayerlarnnig, an important part of social intelligence is emotional intelligence. that is, the ability to accept, express, understand and manage one's emotions. conscious, emotionally mature individuals are considered self-aware individuals. such people are considered to be invincible depression, people who can control their emotions. emotional intelligence was also studied by e. thorndike, golman and other scientists. dj. mayer, p. solovey, d. krauso developed tests investigating 4 components of emotional intelligence, which are part of the ability. these are the following: 1. receiving emotion (recognizing it from a person's face) 2. understanding emotions (telling them to change) 3. emotion management (knowing which emotion to use in which situation) 4. being able to use emotions in flexible and creative thinking if a person has a high intelligence quotient, but his emotional intelligence decreases as soon as he gets an injury somewhere in the brain. neurologist antonio damasio gave an example of a brain cancer patient named elliot. he surgically removed the tumor from his patient. during the hours of conversation with the patient after his recovery, he did not notice any emotion on her face. elliot was shown pictures of human casualties caused by various barbaric and natural disasters. elliot knew he had no feelings and couldn't express them. he knew very well that he couldn't feel anything now. as a result, elliot lost his job and his family. his recovery was not the same. elliot lost his place in society and failed. but according to some scientists, emotional intelligence is a concept far from intelligence. but it should also be mentioned that emotional intelligence activates our desire and curiosity. it forces you to think less about the meaning of the problem. this process is important for creativity. does high intelligence depend on the hemispheres of the brain? when researching this issue, it became known that the weight of the brain of byron and beethoven is much heavier than the brain of a normal person. there were also views that people with heavy brains have high intelligence. unfortunately, some scientists have found that the brains of geniuses are much lower than those of normal people. on the contrary, it was found that the brain weight of some criminals is the same as byron's. however, later, in the analysis of the brain with the mri, it will be shown that the brain is connected with the body. it was determined that high intelligence depends not only on its severity, but also on the activity process in the frontal and parietal lobes of the brain. when the brains of einstein and a canadian were studied, they found that there was almost no difference between their weights. but the lower part of einstein's brain was shown to be 15% higher than the brain of a canadian. it is the lower part of the brain that responds to mathematical and spatial information. on the contrary, they found that the parts of einstein's brain that respond to activity are located lower. that is why we can see the slowness of einstein and other physicists in speaking and learning. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org conclusion it can be said that when we pronounce the word intelligence, we mean measuring it through tests. but how true these theories are. to what extent can we trust them? we can observe that the questions of this type of tests do not take into account the living conditions of representatives of all strata. even alfred bine mentioned the need to work on the analysis of intelligence tests he discovered. the reason is that the results of these tests are far from the truth. in addition, such tests are aimed at researching only one aspect of intelligence. it has been observed that the results of people with highly developed emotional and practical intelligence do not show good results in these tests. however, today the iq coefficient has not lost its significance. references 1. ambalova s.a. o'smirlik davrida aqliy rivojlanish omillari // pedagogik jarayon: muammolar va istiqbollar. universitetlararo ilmiy maqolalar to'plami / m., 2016. 2. vygotskiy l.s. yuqori psixik funktsiyalarning rivojlanish tarixi. t.3. m.: pedagogika, 2013. 3. dragunova t.v. o'smir psixologiyasi. perm: ilm, 2014. 4. kreyg g., bokum d. rivojlanish psixologiyasi. piter: ast, 2004. 5. taxoxov b.a. zamonaviy "qiyin o'smirlar" ning psixologik va pedagogik xususiyatlari // togliatti davlat universitetining fan vektori. seriya: pedagogika, psixologiya. piter: 2018. no 3. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org an analysis of contextual meaning in batak toba songs lyric by putri silitonga: a case on semantics eni julita br munthe department of english education, universitas hkbp nommensen, medan, indonesia maria a. simamora department of english education, universitas hkbp nommensen, medan, indonesia herman department of english education, universitas hkbp nommensen, medan, indonesia fenti debora napitupulu department of english education, universitas hkbp nommensen, medan, indonesia christina natalina saragi department of english education, universitas hkbp nommensen, medan, indonesia *corresponding author: christina.saragi@uhn.ac.id a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research deals with the analysis of the contextual meaning of batak toba song lyrics by putri silitonga. this research was conducted using a descriptive qualitative research method. the researcher collected the data through observation and documentation. the data were taken from five songs of putri silitonga's “sweet song” album. the theory used was the theory of contextual meaning proposed by mansoer pateda (2010). there were eight types of contextual meaning found in the data namely, the context of the organ (11%), the context of formality (3%), the context of purpose and context object (17%), the context of mood (31%), and the context of time and context language (6%). the most dominant type of contextual meaning used in the research data is the context of mood, which is the percentage (31%). the result shows that context in the song plays an important role in determining the meaning of song lyrics. contextual meaning, types of context, song lyric introduction people interact with one another by using language as a communication tool. language is important for expressing feelings and thoughts and can help individuals get along with one another. according mailto:christina.saragi@uhn.ac.id american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org to chaer (2014:32), language is a representation of arbitrary sound that social groups use to collaborate, communicate, and express themselves. arbitrary means that language is always developing, not fixed, or always changing. language is conventional and has the features of arbitrariness, and language is complex and subtle. speakers can express and change the language based on their language needs (kreidler, 2002:52). the main function of language is communication between humans. humans can't communicate without language. language has a meaning, but the meaning of language is different in several aspects. the different meanings of language are divided into several types, one of which is the difference in the meaning of context. sometimes people misunderstand the meaning of a language in certain situations. people may make jokes, but those who hear them get annoyed because they don't get what is being said. language without meaning is like having lungs without air because meaning is the heart of language (riemer, 2010:3). investigating the meaning of a language involves looking at its meaning as well as its phonemes, morphemes, and structural aspects. the way of understanding the meaning of language can be seen from the type of meaning of the language used, one of which is through the meaning in the context of the language. semantics is the field of linguistics that focuses on meaning. language meaning is investigated by the field of linguistics known as semantics. semantics in other words is the study of word meaning. according to kreidler (2002:87), the systematic study of meaning is known as semantics, and the organization and expression of meaning in language is known as linguistic semantics, semantics is the study of the meaning of words, which is also the main study of the processes of human thought. the fundamental focus of semantic studies is the meaning of words, phrases, and sentences in a language. the study of meaning is referred to as semantics. unfortunately, "meaning" covers many aspects of language, and there is no common understanding of what it means or how it should be explained (palmer, 1976:4). studying semantics is the same as studying the meaning of language. the meaning of language can be seen from several perceptions where the language is used. according to chaer, there are various categories of meaning, including lexical, grammatical, contextual, denotative, connotative, conceptual, associative, and lexeme meaning (chaer, 2007:291). on the other hand kreidler (2002:50), stated that meaning dimensions include references and extensions, implications, semantic relationships, vocabulary and grammar meanings, morphemes, synonyms, polysemous words, vocabulary ambiguities, sentences, and meanings. one of the semantic meaning kinds used in this research is contextual meaning. the meaning that changes based on the context is known as contextual meaning. generally, it is based on the location, time, setting, or circumstance. for example, the same word can have different meanings in different contexts. according to requezo in (wardani, 2019:1), contextual meaning refers to the process of looking at the context to uncover extra cues for the intended meaning when a linguistic expression cannot be understood directly. contextual meaning is often used in everyday languages. it is also can be found in the educational aspect. teachers and students will communicate in a way that represents contextual meaning. teachers have an essential role in managing learning in the classroom and students' learning subjects. in delivering the material, the teacher will choose a language appropriate to the learning context, and vice versa, students will understand the meaning of the teacher's speech based on the context of the language used. for example, when the learning theme is about the narrative text, the language context used is language related to the narrative text. if each american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org understands the meaning of language, the teaching and learning process can be carried out properly, and the learning objectives can be achieved. as preliminary research, the researcher examines the contextual meaning applied by students when the researcher follows kampus mengajar batch ii at sd negeri 044849 kubucolia kab. karo berastagi. the researcher found several types of contextual meaning in the teaching and learning process or when students talk to teachers and friends. students in elementary schools, especially in grade vi, when studying in class, will use the language according to the language context of the learning material with the teacher. different types of new word meanings will appear depending on the context of the language discussed in the teaching and learning process. the types of context meanings found by the researcher during the teaching and learning process are the context of the person, context of formality, place, time, and subject matter. these types of contextual meaning are taken from the theory of mansoer pateda (2010:116), which classifies ten types of contextual meaning, namely the context of the organ, situation, purpose, place, object, formality, mood, time, place, linguistic context, and language context. students and teachers will use language appropriate to the learning context in the teaching and learning process. when the teacher and students understand each other's conversation, the purpose of communication will be achieved. when in the classroom, the context of the meaning of the language used by students and teachers will be different from that used by students outside the classroom with their friends. the following are the data points found by researchers when analyzing contextual meaning during the teaching and learning process in the classroom. table 1. an analysis of contextual meaning no. name of students source language target language explanation types of contextual meaning 1 es hari ini kepala sekolah tidak bisa datang. today the principal can’t come. this sentence indicates that a student tells his friend that the principal is not present. "principal" means someone who leads the school. context of person 2 lb selamat pagi miss, apa kabar? good morning miss, how are you? this sentence indicates that a student is greeting the teacher when he arrives at school in the morning context of time 3 pa hai siska! apa kabarmu? hi siska, what’s up? the sentence indicates that a student is greeting his friend. "what's up?" means asking friends how they are. the word is a casual word usually used by a friend, in the informal language of "how are you?" context of formality 4 dg permisi miss, apakah saya boleh izin ke perpustakaan? excuse me miss, may i go to the library? this sentence indicates that a student is asking permission from his teacher in formal language. context of formality 5 ss bolehnya aku melihat buku catatanmu untuk disalin? can i see your notebook to copy? the sentence shows a conversation between two students about a notebook to copy. the word "copy" in this sentence means to rewrite the notebook. context of object american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org based on the data above, the sentences used by the students are contained the contextual meaning. first, es said “today, the principal can’t come”, she tells her friend that the principal is not present. "principal" means someone who leads the school. this belongs in the context of person. second, lb said “good morning miss, how are you?” this sentence is the context of the time when a student greets his teacher in the morning. third, pa and dg use context of formality, pa “hi siska, what’s up?” the word is a casual word usually used by a friend, in the informal language. dg said “excuse me miss, may i go to the library?”, she is asking permission from his teacher in formal language. and the last, ss said “can i see your notebook to copy?”, ss was talking to his friend that he wanted to borrow a notebook to copy. the word "copy" in this sentence means to rewrite the notebook. the sentence is included in the context of the subject matter. based on the preliminary research above, there are four types of contextual meaning found in the teaching and learning process. meanwhile, mansour pateda classifies ten types of contextual meaning. as a result, the researcher wishes to delve deeper into the various types of contextual meaning on various objects in language. language has meaning, not only in everyday language in life, but the meaning is also found in other things, such as literary works. literary works contain many types of meaning, especially contextual meaning. literary works are stories of someone's imagination made in written form using beautiful words. many kinds of literary works, including novels, poems, songs, and others, have unique meanings. the meaning expressed is a reflection of the author's feelings. according to fannani (2001:1), a work of literature is a piece of writing that is the product of an uncontrollable emotional outburst and has the capacity to convey good beauty qualities based on linguistic and meaning-related factors. for example, in a song, there is a meaning created by the writer and then conveyed by the song's singer. the meaning contained in a song is illustrated through the lyrics conveyed. someone described the feelings and experiences or something that has been seen or felt. songwriters usually make poetic lyrics accompanied by beautiful words in each lyric. with the beautiful words and tone of the song, it can give the audience imagination. every song has lyrics, and the lyrics of a song contain many meanings. we can understand the meaning of the song by looking at the lyrics. the words that make up a song's lyrics are typically divided up into verses and choruses, a lyricist is the person who composes a song's lyrics (wikipedia, n.d.). in that sense, lyrics might be either explicit or implicit. when describing texts that are abstract and almost difficult to understand, pay particular attention to the texts' shape, clarity, rhythm, and symmetry of language. depending on the writer's context, the song's lyrics may have a variety of meanings. in the song's lyrics, there are numerous words that hold meaning, particularly contextual significance, which is why the researcher is interested in evaluating them. as a result, in order to fully comprehend a song's meaning, one must first understand its background. there are so many popular songs, but in this research, the researcher chose batak toba songs from north sumatra. batak people are known to have high creativity in the art of writing and even singing a song. batak people create song lyrics related to their life and culture and use songs to express their experiences and feelings. batak people are also known for their beautiful and loud voices. they are known as people who speak loudly but have a soft heart. often, batak people speak to praise but in a loud voice so that the interlocutor sometimes feels offended. many batak singers from north sumatra are famous in indonesia, such as viky sianipar, rani simbolon, arvindo simatupang, joy tobing, rafael sitorus, putri siagian, putri silitonga and many more. besides solo singers, there are also trio singers such as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org the lamtama trio, the boys trio, omega trio, nabasa trio, and others. traditional toba batak songs originated with the toba tribe in north sumatra. toba batak's songs always have a message, meaning, and feeling for the listener. most the toba batak songwriters create songs that contain moral lessons, motivation, and advice for the toba batak people. toba batak's traditional songs tell about their lives, such as death, birth, wedding, worship, environment, success, love, and mother struggles. every song has a meaning. sometimes, the meaning of a song will be easier to understand if the singer sings it with feelings so that listeners can enjoy the song. putri silitonga is a batak singer who can sing a song very well so that the listener can understand the song's meaning. batak songs always have more meaning in each of the lyrics. many batak songs contain such deep meanings as advice that are useful if listened to properly. each song's meaning is seen not only from the lexical or associative meaning but also from the contextual meaning. the context of a word can affect the meaning of the sentence in the lyrics of the songs. the researcher chose the song of the solo singer putri silitonga as the object of this research. putri silitonga is female singer from north sumatera, indonesian. she has a career in the batak music industry and is known as an inspiring singer among the batak people. putri silitonga is also known as a singer and songwriter. she has released albums, such as album emas putri silitonga 2017, putri silitonga vol.6 2016 etc. songs of putri silitonga are known for being able to inspire their listeners. putri silitonga's songs are not only about love stories between men and women but also love between parents and children or children and parents. the most important thing is that every song of putri silitonga always gives a positive meaning and message. the researcher chose putri silitonga's batak songs as the object of this research because the meaning of the lyrics is very interesting to analyze, then investigate and research in more detail. the researcher chose that singer specifically because her songs are about love between parents and children and love between men and women. the researcher took five songs from “sweet song” albums. the songs tell stories about love between parents and children, about the meaning of parental love for their children so they can be good people and also become a proud hope for their family. the songs also tell us about love between couples. this love story has the same story as our relationship in daily life. this love story is made so listeners of the song can build a good relationship with their partner or ex-partner. so that people can still have a good relationship with anyone. the song's lyrics are inspired by our lives, especially those about love between parents and children. the lyrics of the songs also contain the meaning of context. based on the pre-observation conducted by the researcher, it was found that there are contextual meanings found in the lyrics of putri silitonga's batak toba song titled "boru hasian" released in 2016. quotes of the lyric : ho do borukku ho mata ni ari ku (you are my daughter you’re my sun) manondangi ngolukki (illuminate my life) ho tiang partunggul (you are the main pillar) na manungkkoli rohaki (the one who supports my heart) the example of the song lyrics above describes the love between parents and their daughter. the context of “mataniari” is life. lexically “mataniari” means a star at the center of the solar system. in the context of the lyrics of the song, the “sun” has a meaning of love. it means that the subject in the song is similar to the light of the sun, which can give warmth and life. the meaning of the word american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org explained above in this song's lyrics is part of the contextual meaning context of a organ with the theories of pateda (2010:116). the song's lyrics contain the meaning conveyed by parents to their daughters to show their love for them. the researcher chose batak songs by putri silitonga as the object for this research because in previous research already research by rifardi (2017), with the title "study of lexical meaning on bob marley songs lyric". using parera theories, he conducted that study to determine the lexical and contextual meaning in the lyrics of bob marley songs. in his book, parera claimed that there are two types of linguistic meaning: lexical meanings and contextual meanings. the substance of meaning, which comprises the meaning of denotation and connotation, is included in lexical meaning. synonymy, antonymy, hyponymy, and homonymy all have context-specific meaning. he discovered from his research that bob marley's song lyrics make use of both lexical and contextual meanings. the lyrics had to have been understood in terms of evident contextual terms as well as lexical meaning. because of this, the researcher who was interested in examining the lyrics of putri silitonga's batak toba song applied pateda's contextual meaning theories 2010. the researcher used putri silitonga's data because there hasn't been any research on the context of batak songs. from the explanation above, the researcher is interested in analyzing batak toba songs with semantic theory, especially the contextual meaning in this research. people can learn more about semantic theory from this research, especially as it relates to the context in which the lyrics of the batak toba song are meant to be understood. understanding words, allusions, meanings, and logic requires the use of semantic analysis. in other words, studying semantics helps students understand the meaning of words from their context, especially in songs, the relationship between sentences and discourse, and the meaning of words. students in the english department can use the research as references, especially those who plan to conduct similar research. the second goal is to explain to batak listeners the significance of putri silitonga's song in each context. the researcher hopes that this research can provide more information and references to increase the reader's knowledge of the contextual meaning of a song, especially the lyrics of the toba batak song research methodology a. research design the researcher will use descriptive and qualitative research methods in conducting this research. qualitative descriptive research is a research method used to analyze data, usually used to describe an observed phenomenon. qualitative research is a research method that focuses on understanding and observing a phenomenon from a comprehensive perspective. descriptive qualitative research is also used to analyze data such as literary works, books, newspapers, environmental conditions, or even phenomena that occur in society. according to sugiyono (2016:8), the descriptive qualitative research method is a study conducted to determine the value of independent variables, either one or more variables, without drawing comparisons or connecting with other variables. this indicates that the research is just interested in the variable's state individually, without consideration of how it may or may not be influenced by other variables, such as those involved in experimentation or correlation. on the other hand, thao et al.(2020:3) stated that descriptive qualitative research is the process of developing an explanation of research findings by the use of words or through the creation of a thorough as well as in description based on the variables that were observed. in analyzing this topic, the researcher will use descriptive american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org qualitative research to find out and describe the contextual meaning of the batak toba song by putri silitonga. b. source of the data data is information or facts that can provide an overview of a situation. according to bernard (2012:130) data is rough facts about people, places, events, and other things that must be organized. a collection of facts or figures can be processed into useful information. data can also be defined as a collection of information or values obtained from observing an object and can provide an overview of a situation or problem. sources of data for qualitative research can include documentation, interviews, observations, audiovisual recordings, and material objects (creswell, 2012:223). the sources of data for this research are taken from documentation and observation. the data for this research are batak toba songs from albums of putri silitonga as the of object of the research. putri silitonga has released many albums since 2008. the name of her debut album is "10 karya iran ambarita", which contains ten songs. until now, she has released 12 single albums. for this research, the researcher chose putri silitonga’s songs from the album "sweet song", which was released in 2016 and contains several songs. the researcher chose five songs, namely "boru hasian," "boru buha baju," "bissan adong tikki," "munggil-unggil," and "nunga adong nampuna au." the songs above are chosen as the data of the research. they are related to this research because they contain contextual meaning theories in the lyrics. the source of the data is taken from the cmd record youtube channel and song lyrics by putri silitonga. c. the instrument of collecting data the instrument for collecting the data for this research is observation and documentation. according to patton (2002:4), observation is method of collecting the data by looking for information related to the study that is object of research. observation is an activity used to learn something from a phenomenon based on knowledge and concepts, with the goal of obtaining information about a specific phenomenon or event that is the object of the study. documentation is a method of collecting information from documents by recording or documenting the research context as data and facts from the results of a study. documentation is a procedure of obtaining qualitative data and analyzing it by viewing or analyzing documents created by the subject or others about the object of the research. in this research, the researcher will observe the theory of contextual meaning taken from the lyrics of the batak toba putri silitonga song played on the youtube channel, which is accessed through the researcher's device (samsung a11). then the researcher will make a collection of the lyrics in the form of a document. then describe the findings in the data for analysis. d. technique of collecting data according to johnson & christensen (2000:126), data collection method is defined as a technique to obtain physical data for analysis in a research study. data collection techniques include observation, questionnaires, interviews, and documentation. the researcher uses the method of documentation and observation in conducting this research. the following are the steps of collecting the data : 1. choosing a song of putri silitonga that were suitable for being analyzed, with lyrics that have contextual meaning. 2. listening to the songs several times, to get the needed data, the researcher listened to the song twice per song. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 3. creating the transcript of the song lyrics taken from the internet, and then printing out the song lyrics. 4. looking and giving the sign for the words, phrases, or sentences that contain contextual meaning in each lyric and making them into table. e. technique of analyzing data analyzing data is a process that involves the collection, analysis, and comparison of information about the data under study to obtain helpful information to assist in drawing conclusions. according to creswell (2014:90), there are six steps used for data analysis, namely, organizing and preparing data for analysis; reading or viewing all data; coding the data; using the coding process to produce descriptions of settings or people as well as categories or themes for analysis; advancing how reports and articles will be represented in qualitative narratives; and making interpretations of findings. from the six steps of data analysis technique in qualitative research by creswell (2014:90), the researcher adopted it into several steps like the following: 1. organizing and preparing data in this first stage, the researcher organizes and prepares the lyrics of the batak toba songs by putri silitonga to be analyzed. the song's lyrics are taken from the internet. 2. reading and viewing the data the researcher will analyzing the lyrics of the batak toba song by putri silitonga and then look for words that contain contextual meaning. 3. coding the data in this step, the researcher will classify the words, phrases, and sentences that contain the contextual meaning of the song lyrics and give signs of the data. 4. using the coding process to produce descriptions at this stage, the researcher describes the meaning of the words, phrases, and sentences according to their context. the type of context that will be analyzed is the theory of pateda. 5. making interpretations of findings in the last step, the researcher looks at the description of the data from the beginning and then concludes. research findings and discussion a. research finding after analyzing the data above, the researcher found the data findings as a result to answer the research problem that have been proposed above. the researcher found eight contexts used in the lyrics of the song “sweet song” by batak toba by putri silitonga. the contexts found are organ context, formality context, situation context, speaker mood context, time context, object context, and language context. context always gives meaning based on the words in the sentence. we can identify which type of contextual meaning is the most dominant type found in this study. the following is a percentage of the amount of data found. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org table 2. percentage of contextual meaning found in the songs lyric types of contextual meaning amount percentage context of organ 4 11% context of formality formal 0 0 % informal 1 3% context of situation 3 9% context of purpose 6 17% context of mood 11 31% context of time 2 6% context of object 6 17% language context 2 6% total 35 100% based on the table above, the percentage of types of contextual meaning found in the five toba batak songs by putri silitonga from the album “sweet song” is obtained. there are eight types of contextual meaning found. to see the acquisition of contextual meaning in certain numerical data, the researcher presents it in the form of a diagram to facilitate the percentage between the types of contextual meaning in research data. figure 1. the types of contextual meaning in “sweet song” album toba batak songs by putri silitonga based on the chart 1 above, the context of mood has the highest rank in the data with an overall data percentage of 31%, while the context of purpose and object context both rank second with 17%, followed by organ context with 11%. next, 9% was situation context, followed by 6% time context, and 6% language context. then, at the lowest level, the context of formality is 3%. b. discussion after the researcher analyzed the data taken from the lyrics of the batak toba putri silitonga song in the “sweet song” album, the researcher found several contextual meanings based on mansour pateda's 11% 3% 9% 17% 31% 6% 17% 6% the types of contextual meaning in “sweet song” album toba batak songs by putri silitonga context of organ context of formality context of situation context of purpose context of mood context of time context of object language context american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org theory. based on data analysis and research findings, in this section, the researcher presents a discussion that aims to provide an overview of the research problem that has been formulated in chapter one. from the research findings, it can be seen that there are eight types of contextual meaning found in the research data, namely organ context, the context of formality, the context of a situation, the context of purpose, the context of mood, the context of time, object context, and language context. each contextual meaning has a different function according to its type. a word's meaning is based on the context in which it is used. by examining five songs, the researcher found 35 words, phrases, or sentences that had contextual meaning. the context of mood has the highest rank in the data with an overall data percentage of 31%, followed by the context of purpose and object, both of which are ranked second with 17%, and the context of organ, which is third with 11%. 9% of the context was situational, followed by 6% time context, and 6% language context. lastly, the context of formality is 3% at the lowest level. after identifying the percentage of the data above, the researcher found that the most dominant type of contextual meaning used in the five songs from the album is context of mood. 11 mood contexts, or 31.4% of the 35 data points found. the difference between this research and the previous research titled “an analysis of contextual meaning of song by shane fillan” by lestari (2016). thesis of english department faculty of letters and humanities state islamic university sunan ampel surabaya. lestari found six types of contextual meaning and seventeen contexts in ten shane filan songs. the contexts found in the song are one in context of the organ, three in the context of the situation, five in the context of the purpose, seven in the context of the mood of the speaker or listener, one in the context of time, and one in the context of the object. in this research, the researcher found eight types of contextual meaning used in five batak songs by putri silitonga, namely four contexts of organ, one context of formality, three contexts of situation, six contexts of purpose, eleven contexts of mood, and two contexts of time, six contexts of objects, and the last, two language contexts. the similarity between lestari's research and this research is that the context of mood is the most dominant context used in the song lyrics of the research data. the two studies above have different aspects. if previous research only focused on types of contextual meaning, this research shows a relationship with other aspects such as the source language. this is the reason for using contextual meaning in other aspects of the research data. conclusion based on the findings of the research proposed before, the following conclusions were drawn. there were eight types of contextual meaning found in the batak toba song lyrics by putri silitonga “sweet song”. they were: (1) context of organ, (2) context of formality, (3) context of situation, (4) context of purpose, (5) context of mood, (6) context of time, (7) object context, and (8) language context. the total number of words, phrases, or sentences that contained the contextual meaning of batak toba lyrics by putri silitonga was 35. the percentage of contextual meaning found in the lyrics of the batak toba song by putri silitonga, namely the context of organ (11%), the context of formality (9%), the context of purpose and context object (17%), the context of mood (31%), the context of time and context language (6%). the most dominant type of context meaning used in the research data is the context of mood, which is the percentage (31%). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org it can be concluded that the lyrics of the batak toba song by putri silitonga are not only seen in the lexical meaning of the song's lyrics. the meaning of the word or language in the lyrics of the song is also very much determined by the context used in the song. references 1. aminuddin. (2011). pengantar apresiasi karya sastra. sinar baru : bandung. 2. anindya, r. g. (2018). an analysis of contextual meaning in a new day has come song lyric. english department faculty of adab and cultural sciences state islamic university sunan kalijaga yogyakarta, 1–64. http://digilib.uin-suka.ac.id/29832/ 3. atisha, s. n., pakpahan, j., samosir, m., herman, & sinurat, b. (2021). an analysis of implicit referential meanings in the “harry potter and the deathly hallows” novel: a semantics case. central asian journal of literature, philosophy and culture, 2(10), 7582. https://doi.org/10.47494/cajlpc.v2i10.221 4. chaer, a. (2007). linguistik umum. rineka cipta : jakarta. 5. chaer, a. (2014). linguistik umum edisi revisi. rineka cipta : jakarta. 6. creswell, j. w. (2014). research design: qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches (4th ed.). thousand oaks : sage. 7. herman, h., purba, r., sijabat, p. a., saputra, n., muhammadiah, m., & thao, n. v. (2022). investigating the realization of speech function in a speech through systemic functional linguistics perspective. script journal: journal of linguistics and english teaching, 7(01), 31-41. https://doi.org/10.24903/sj.v7i01.917 8. johnson & christensen. (2000). educational research. quantitative and qualitative approaches. allyn & bacon : boston. 9. kreidler, c. w. (2002). introducing english semantics. in routledge 11 new fetter lane, london ec4p 4ee : london and newyork (second). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315886428 10. lestari, m. d. (2016). an analysis of contextual meaning of songs by shane filan. http://digilib.uinsby.ac.id/9625/ 11. luo, z. (2011). contextual analysis of word meanings in type-theoretical semantics. lecture notes in computer science (including subseries lecture notes in artificial intelligence and lecture notes in bioinformatics), 6736 lnai(june 2011), 159–174. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-64222221-4_11 12. maimunah, s. (2008). an analysis of lexical and contextual meaning on the idiomatic expressions found in jalalluddin rumi ’ s poems faculty of humanities and culture. 13. nurfithri. (2022). an analysis of lexical and contextual meaning in elevation worship ’ s song lyrics. 5, 2460–2464. 14. pakpahan, d. p., herman., purba, c. n., and purba, r., (2020). an analysis of connotative meaning on westlife song lyrics based on semantics. american journal of humanities and social sciences research (ajhssr), volume 04 issue 10, pp. 34-44 15. parera, j. d. (2004). teori semantik edisi kedua. erlangga : jakarta. 16. pateda, m. (2010). semantik leksikal. rineka cipta : jakarta. 17. purba, r., van thao, n., herman, sitohang, d. r., & thi quynh trang, p. (2022). how to attract viewers through advertisement slogans? a case on figurative in semantic study. universal journal of social sciences and humanities, 2(1), 1–5. doi: 10.31586/ujssh.2022.213 https://doi.org/10.47494/cajlpc.v2i10.221 https://doi.org/10.24903/sj.v7i01.917 https://doi.org/10.31586/ujssh.2022.213 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 18. riemer, n. (2010). introducing semantics. cambridge university press. 19. rifardi, d. (2017). study of lexical meaning on bob marley songs lyric. universitas islam negeri maulana malik ibrahim. 20. simarmata, c. c., herman, and silalahi, d. e., (2021). figurative language used in selena gomez’s song lyrics: a semantic analysis. jeell (journal of english education, language and literature, 8 (1), pp. 183-194. doi: https://doi.org/10.32682/jeell.v8i1.2127 21. sinaga, d. a., herman., hutahaean, d. t. and niswa, k. (2020). semantic analysis on idiomatic expression in the "central intelligence" movie. european exploratory scientific journal, issn 2616-5740, vol 4 no 3 (2020), pp. 10-19 22. sitanggang, v., hutahaean, d. t., and herman. (2019). an analysis of the contents of proclamation of indonesian independence in semantic role. multidisciplinary european academic journal, issue vol 1 no 1 23. suprapto, d. (2010). contextual meaning study of translation of children’s story “the lion king” from english into indonesian. lingua cultura, 4(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.21512/lc.v4i1.346 24. tagar. id. (2017). “uju dingolungkon” raih penghargaan, putri silitonga langsung populer, ini videonya | tagar. https://www.tagar.id/uju-dingolungkon-raih-penghargaan-putri-silitongalangsung-populer-ini-video-lagunya 25. van thao, n., sinaga, m. r., and herman. (2021). semantic analysis of contextual meaning in dialogue of “the ugly duckling” short story. walailak journal of social science, vol. 14 no. 2 (2021): march – april, e-issn: 2697-6390 26. wardani, w. (2019). contextual meaning of ban songs by kpi (indonesian broadcasting commision). in dspace repository umsu (vol. 3). https://doi.org/10.32682/jeell.v8i1.2127 https://www.syniutajournals.com/index.php/meaj/index https://www.syniutajournals.com/index.php/meaj/index american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org automated electrical systems of robotics areas of application of procedures rakhmatali meliboyev inomjonovich teacher of the department of technological education of qdpi otaqo‘ziyeva bashoratkhan nabikoziyevna master of tailoring production education at kasibhunar school no. 1, rishton district, fergana region usmanova firuza bakhodirjonovna master of tailoring production education at the vocational school of rishton district, fergana region a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information on the areas of application of automated electrical systems of robotics and the use of automated electrical equipment in the textile and manufacturing industries. automation, robotics, technician, product, textile, textile. introduction automated electrical equipment is revolutionizing the textile and manufacturing industries, particularly robotics complexes. these tools can streamline labor-intensive processes, reduce downtime, and increase productivity. from agriculture to automobile manufacturing, automated electrical equipment has a wide range of applications. for example, in agriculture, automated electrical equipment can be used in planting, watering, and harvesting, reducing the need for manual labor. in automotive manufacturing, robots equipped with automated electrical equipment can assemble parts and weld components, resulting in faster and more efficient production. other industries where automated electrical equipment is being used include healthcare, transportation, and logistics. in healthcare, automated equipment can assist in operations, allowing doctors to perform complex procedures with greater precision. in transportation, automated equipment can improve the safety of vehicles by helping them stop and avoid collisions. in the logistics industry, robots equipped with automated equipment can move goods and packages, reduce human effort, and optimize the supply chain. automated electrical appliances have even found applications in home appliances such as vacuum cleaners, washing machines, and air conditioning systems. these devices can monitor energy usage, optimize power consumption, and provide alerts and notifications when home maintenance is needed. one of the significant benefits of automated electrical equipment is that they can perform tasks correctly, quickly and with high accuracy. they can run 24/7, thus increasing productivity without having to employ human migrant workers or help them stay out of work. in addition, automated equipment reduces the risks associated american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org with hazardous or repetitive tasks, thereby increasing worker safety. they can also improve accuracy, quality control, and reduce costs associated with errors. robotics and automated electrical operations of technical complexes are included in the category of specialization subjects in the field of educational science. within the framework of the issues to be implemented in the process of mastering the subject, the bachelor should have the following skills: mechanical devices that move the working bodies that provide the main functions of robotics and technical complexes, various procedures; should have experience in designing, operating and adjusting automated electrical systems of industrial robots and technical complexes. the purpose of teaching the science of automated electrical systems of robotics and technical complexes the purpose of teaching the science of automated electrical systems of robotics and technical systems is to introduce students to information about the stages of development of robotic devices and their role in production; provide information about the mechanical part of robots; teaching to use the control software of robots; teaching to know the types of electrical systems of robotics and technical complexes and the basic requirements for them; to gain knowledge about the power schemes of robotics and technical complexes and the operating modes of their control systems. the textile and textile industries were early adopters of automation and the use of automated electrical equipment. these industries have supported the use of machines and robots to increase production, save time and costs, and improve quality control. one of the important areas where automated electrical equipment is used in the textile and textile industry is in the drilling and straightening of yarn and other textile products. the use of automated drilling and weaving machines ensures high profitability, high accuracy and precision in the textile production process. these machines can work around the clock without the need for holidays or weekends. automated cutting and sewing machines are also used in the production of clothing and other textile products. these equipments work by cutting and sewing fabrics accurately, efficiently and with high precision, which is essential to maintain consistency in the quality of the final product. the use of automated cutting and sewing machines reduces the need for manual labor, which greatly reduces labor costs. the use of automated screening and color matching solutions has also become important in improving product quality in textile production. this ensures accurate color matching of fabrics and reduces the chance of defects in the final product. the use of automated electrical equipment in this area significantly saves time and reduces costs. finally, the textile and manufacturing industries use automated processing equipment such as conveyors, robotic arms, and other machinery to transport materials, products, and perform other tasks. automated processing equipment allows for the steady movement of raw materials and finished products throughout the manufacturing plant. this results in time savings, fewer interruptions and increased productivity. in conclusion, he noted that the textile and textile industry has realized the significant benefits of using automated electrical equipment. as a result of the use of machines and robots in these industries, precision accuracy, quality control, cost and time savings, and production efficiency have improved. as technology continues to advance, the use of automated electrical equipment is likely to increase, leading to better and more efficient production processes in the textile and textile industry. automated electrical equipment is changing the way industry works, leading to increased efficiency, lower costs, and improved safety. as technology continues to advance, the applications of automated equipment continue to expand, leading to new ways of working and doing business. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. rafikovna, isakova zukhra, barkhayot toshpolatovich, and meyliboev rakhmatali inomjonovich. "theoretical basis of preparing future it technology teachers for innovative activity." web of scientist: international scientific research journal 3.11 (2022): 803-812. 2. mirziyoyev sh.m. “milliy taraqqiyot yo’limizni qat’iyat bilan davom ettirib, yangi bosqichga ko’taramiz.” t.: o’zbekiston, 2017. 3. rafikovna, isakova zukhra, barkhayot toshpolatovich, and meyliboev rakhmatali inomjonovich. "theoretical basis of preparing future it technology teachers for innovative activity." web of scientist: international scientific research journal 3.11 (2022): 803-812. 4. rafikovna, isakova zukhra, and meyliboev rakhmatali inomjonovich. "formation of students'creative technology, folk craft skills in technology courses." web of scientist: international scientific research journal 3.11 (2022): 798-802. 5. usmanovich, olimov baxtiyorjon, and meliboyev rahmatjon inomjonovich. "game technologies in teaching the preparation of items and products in technology in an innovative educational environment." international journal of early childhood special education 14.7 (2022). 6. inomjonovich, meliboyev rahmatjon. "educational issues in technology lesson process." (2022). 7. inomjonovich m. r. organizing activities outside the classroom and school. – 2022. 8. mamatov, i., and a. abdullayev. "color interpretation of form, color harmony and image integrity." academicia globe: inderscience research 3.9 (2022): 1-7. 9. ilyosjon, mamatov. "the place of the pencil drawing direction of fine arts in schools." open access repository 9.2 (2023): 26-27. 10. mamatov, i. "the process of depicting a still life consisting of geometric shapes." eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences 12 (2022): 1-3. 11. маматов, и., and а. абдуллаев. "inson qomatining turli rakurs va holatlarda mavzuli qalamchizgilari (mehnat jarayoni, sport musobaqalari va suyanib turgan) chizish orqali inson tana a'zolari nisbatlarini chiziqli konstruktiv o’rganish." uzbek scholar journal 8 (2022): 78-84. 12. sarvinoz, s. o., and i. i. mamatov. "art carpet weaving is one of the forces that liftthe human mood." экономика и социум 10 (77) (2020): 240-243. 13. ўразбаева, маҳбуба қадамбоевна. "аёл характерини очишда бадиий нутқнинг ўрни." golden brain 1.1 (2023): 193-199. 14. пардаева, нигора қўйсинбоевна. "анбар отин “якка байтлар” и ҳақидаайрим мулоҳазалар." инновационные подходы в современной науке. 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org analysis of social changes in the republic of uzbekistan and its specific aspects nosirov rashod adilovich, ph.d., professor, tashkent state transport university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, social changes after the independence of uzbekistan, after the independence of uzbekistan, the history of the transition to a market economy in the society, ensuring the social protection of the population, all the reforms carried out in the country, the path of renewal and development of uzbekistan, the history of an important part of the "uzbek model", social protection of the population necessary measures and new uzbekistan and the results achieved in the social sphere are analyzed. reform, uzbek model, development, strategy, development, society, state, change, history. introduction social changes in the republic of uzbekistan. after the independence of uzbekistan, in the process of transition to a market economy in the society, ensuring the social protection of the population became the main direction of the state policy. therefore, the real goal of all the reforms carried out in the country is to create decent living conditions for people. that is why an important part of the "uzbek model", which is the basis for the renewal and development of uzbekistan, is strong social protection of the population. the government of uzbekistan has taken necessary measures for the social protection of the population during the transition period based on the principles of the "uzbek model". these measures played an important role in preventing a sharp decline in people's living standards and became a factor in maintaining peace and stability in the republic. at the initial stage of social protection of the population (1991 1995), it was necessary to prevent a sharp decrease in the consumption of basic food products and non-food goods, the emergence of mass unemployment, a sharp drop in the standard of living of the population, social spheres, i.e. health care, education , it was possible to ensure the continuous operation of science and culture networks. it was resolved by maintaining guarantees in the field of employment, by maintaining a liberal policy in support of employment and formation of the population's income. providing employment to the population and supporting entrepreneurship has risen to the level of state policy. during this period, the government implemented the following measures, in particular: first, the policy of releasing workers from unprofitable industries and preventing gross unemployment; secondly, the privatization of housing, allotment of plots to rural residents, development of private entrepreneurship and formation of new sources of population income growth; thirdly, the government's indexation of wages. implementation of the support system by providing compensations, benefits, subsidies and consumer american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org subsidies; fourth, to ensure the personal security of people, to strengthen the prevention of the increased risk of crime, drug business, terrorism and corruption. in order to prevent a sharp increase in unemployment, to establish a multi-sectoral system of labor exchanges (in the first years of independence, 240 labor exchanges were established in all cities and districts of the republic), a mechanism for registering citizens in need of work, retraining and improving the skills of the population, establishing a social work institute and organizational-economic methods such as the payment of unemployment benefits were widely used. in addition, regional employment programs were developed and implemented. taking into account the socio-economic, national and demographic characteristics of the state, the foundation was laid for the protection of consumer markets and the state's consumer safety. in order to prevent a sharp decrease in basic food and consumer goods, a standardized system of limited products was developed. also, as a protective measure, the system of providing subsidies to consumers and various forms of protection against the departure of the country from the main food products in the consumer market were widely used. in order to protect the purchasing power of the population in the conditions of price liberalization, these measures became very important. this policy helped to implement the main goals and tasks in the social sphere in the most difficult initial periods of the transition period. during this period, the legal foundations of social support and protection of the population of the republic of uzbekistan were created. basic law of the republic of uzbekistan constitution, "on the basics of state policy regarding youth in the republic of uzbekistan", "on employment of the population", "on citizenship of the republic of uzbekistan", "on education", "on labor protection", "state house "on privatization of land fund", "on state pension of citizens", a number of socially important laws were adopted. thus, as a result of the measures implemented in the first stage of social protection of the population, gross unemployment and a sharp decrease in the standard of living of the population were prevented, and the government made it possible to establish highly efficient market-type farms by allocating private plots to the rural population. in the second stage of social protection of the population (1996-2003), providing employment, increasing the income of the population, increasing the potential of human capital became the priority directions of social policy. the number of indexation of salaries has decreased sharply due to the increase in prices. indexation began to be used only in the field of budget organizations. consumer subsidies were reserved only for certain types of utility services. income level pensions and scholarships, permanent increase of monthly salaries of employees of the budget sector (minimum salary from 250 soums (1996) to 6500 soums (2004), i.e. increased 24 times, managed through a mechanism that includes such elements as targeted social assistance to low-income families and families with children, financial assistance to the unemployed, taxation of individual incomes at progressively increasing rates. at this stage, promising regional programs aimed at providing employment to the able-bodied population, creating new jobs, and expanding the types of activities in rural areas were adopted. this mechanism of providing employment to the population provided a tactical task in the field of employment reducing the rate of unemployment. in order to improve the living standards of the villagers, the program of providing the villagers with drinking water and natural gas was developed and implemented. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org during this period, annual state programs were implemented in order to further support the strata of the population in need of social protection. among these, state programs such as "year of human interests", "year of the family", "year of women", "year of a healthy generation", "year of mother and child", "year of valuing the elderly", "year of prosperous neighborhood" are special in the strengthening of social policy. took place. since 1997, the system of social programs has been implemented in all sectors of the social sphere. in the field of education, it was a national training program that resulted in the construction and capital renovation of schools, academic lyceums, and vocational colleges. educational buildings are provided with modern equipment, educational tools, computer classes. new national educational standards, textbooks were developed and implemented. for the implementation of these activities, almost half of the part of the state budget devoted to the social sphere was spent every year. health care reform the state program has had great social significance, based on this program, the medical service system has been revised, the primary link of health care in rural areas has been reformed, and the maternal and child protection system has been improved. thus, as a result of the measures implemented in the second stage of social protection of the population, the income of the main part of the population and the growth of the share of the middle class were achieved, the national model of education was developed, the scope of general, secondary and secondary vocational education was expanded, and the national model of health care was formed. , demographic characteristics and health of the population improved, the level of provision of drinking water and natural gas to the population, especially those living in rural areas, has increased. in 1997-2003, the population's supply of drinking water increased from 36.8% to 47%, particularly in rural areas, from 36.8% to 47%, natural gas from 69% to 78.3%. in the third stage of social protection of the population, as a result of the institutional and structural reforms carried out in the economy, banking system, tax-budget policy since 2004, measures aimed at supporting small business and private entrepreneurship, creating new jobs and increasing the income of the population were implemented. during this period, as in previous years, the annual state programs aimed at the social protection of the population served to increase the quality indicators of the development of the society and the well-being of the population. among such programs are "year of kindness and kindness", "year of health", "year of sponsors and doctors", "year of social protection", "year of youth", "year of rural development and prosperity", "year of a prosperous generation", " year of small business and private entrepreneurship", "year of strong family", "year of prosperous life" and other state programs took an important place in the social protection of the population. the period of the world financial and economic crisis, which started in 2008, has a special place in the development of our country. as a result of the implementation of a number of investment programs within the framework of the anti-crisis measures adopted in the republic of uzbekistan in 2009, special attention was paid to the growth of the population's employment and income, the development of the social infrastructure and services sector, and the issues of targeted social protection through the selfmanagement bodies of the population. . at this stage, the main focus was on creating equal opportunities for everyone in the fields of education and health care, improving the quality of these services, and ensuring active participation of young people in the labor market. a number of legal documents governing the pace and process of education system reforms, in particular, 5 specialized programs, including "state nationwide program for the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org development of school education in 2004-2009", "training of pedagogues and engineer-pedagogues of the secondary special, vocational education system, program for retraining and improving their skills", "program for publishing textbooks and teaching-methodical manuals for secondary schools in 2005-2009", "strengthening the material and technical base of children's music and art schools and further improving their activities for 2009-2014 state program", "2011-2016 program of modernization of the material and technical base of higher education institutions and radical improvement of the quality of specialist training" was adopted. a number of legal and regulatory documents were adopted in order to fulfill the national priority tasks in health care, including the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the main directions of the implementation of the state program for further deepening the reform of the health care system and its development", the decree of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan "on the implementation of health institutions the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to further deepen the reform of the health care system" and "reconstruction, perfect repair and equipping of educational institutions fund reconstruction of educational and medical institutions, perfect repair and decisions on reorganization into an equipment fund" gained special importance. on december 7, 2016, at the ceremony dedicated to the 24th anniversary of the adoption of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, 2017 was named "the year of communication with the people and human interests" at the suggestion of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev. in 2017, great things were done based on the idea that "human interests are above all else". based on the initiative of the head of our state sh.m. mirziyoev, the strategy of actions on the 5 priority directions of the development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021 was adopted. target programs were provided. on the basis of the program, the national movement "generosity and support" was organized for the purpose of social protection of the population and financial support of needy families. lists of families in need of financial support and assistance ("iron book") were formed, and more than 400,000 families with more than 1.7 million people were provided with one-time financial support from the republic budget. in conclusion: in uzbekistan, wide opportunities are being created to ensure social protection of the population, to improve the living standards of the population through the development of the service sector, to meet its growing demand for goods and services, and to improve living standards. improvement of the demographic characteristics of the population decrease in the number of socially important diseases (infectious diseases, tuberculosis, etc.), the death rate has decreased, and the life expectancy of the population has increased. references 1. national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. 9 vol. t.: ume, 2005. -b. 127; 366; 429; 490. 2. r nosirov, g mamajanova. international ratings and index indicators of the republic of uzbekistan// european multidisciplinary journal of modern science, 2022 3. ra nosirov, mi rakhimova, sv temirova. change of social consciousness in society-analysis of social relations. // innovation and pedagogy and psychology, 2022. 4. n.r. nasirov. the strategic value of education for the development of science and training of promising personnel potential, 2022 5. r. a. nasirov. educational problems in the history of central asia// innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2021 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org 6. n.r. nasirov. structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform and prospects// european journal of molecular and 7. nosirov, r. o., & temirova, s. v. (2022). strengthening the health of our people is the priority direction of our state policy. academic research in educational sciences, 3(tstu conference 2), 242-248. 8. adilovich, nasirov rashod. "the strategic value of education for the development of science and training of promising personnel potential." (2022): 183-186. 9. nosirov r. the place and role of the master amir temur in world history //uzbek scholar journal. 2022. t. 9. s. 203-205. 10. nosirov, r., & mamajanova, g. (2022). international ratings and index indicators of the republic of uzbekistan. european multidisciplinary journal of modern science, 4, 86-88. 11. nosyrov, rashod adilovich, mashhura inomjanovna rakhimova, and svetlana vladimirovna temirova. "changes in social consciousness in society-an analysis of social relations." innovation and pedagogy and psychology 5.3 (2022). 12. 1 nosirov rashod, and yuldashev bakhtiyar ergashevich. "structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform and prospects." european journal of molecular and clinical medicine 8.1 (2021): 1388-1396. 13. umarova, r. sh. (2019). bytie i filosofskie vzglyady abu raykhana beruni. dostigeniya nauki i obrazovaniya, (3 (44)), 32-33. 14. umarova, r. sh. (2019). basic spiritual and moral education of youth and work abu raykhana beruni. problemy nauki, (4 (40)), 56-57. 15. umarova, r. sh. (2020). natural philosophy abu raykhana biruni. vestnik science and education, (4-1 (82)), 35-37. 16. umarova, r. s. (2019). fundamentals of spiritual and moral education of youth in the works of abu rayhan beruni. problems of science, no. 4 (40). 17. dadasheva, a. a. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16-19. 18. inagamova m.m. cooperation of internal affairs bodies with civil society institutions in the protection of women's rights // philosophy and law social-political, spiritual-educational, philosophical-legal journal. #1. -t.: 2020. -b. 64-68. 19. dadasheva a.a. vzaimodeystvie organov predstavitetelnoy vlasti na mestax i samanuprulenii obshchestvennogo kontrolya. //grajdanskoe obshchestvo. civil society. civil society //. #2. 70-75 -b; 2021 20. akida abduzhabbarovna dadasheva. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16–19. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org use of didactic games in foreign language teaching islambayeva klara jo‘raboyevna bostonliq district, tashkent region 16general education school, english teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, opinions were expressed about the use of didactic games in teaching a foreign language. foreign language, communication, conditions, education, ict, intensive, extensive, practical. the difference of a foreign language from other subjects in the educational system is manifested in the fact that it is both an educational goal and a means of education. acquiring speech skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) in a foreign language is the goal of education, and the language being studied is also a means of receiving and conveying new and useful information. the role of modern pedagogical technologies and information and communication tools in improving the quality and efficiency of education, in the purposeful organization of game-based lessons that are interesting to students, is very large. is becoming an integral part of the process. in order to teach young people a foreign language through a computer, first of all, the teacher himself must be able to use computer technologies at a professional level. including the ability to organize new training programs. in order to become a pedagogue of this level, every foreign language teacher needs to work more on himself in the field of modern technologies. computer-aided foreign language teaching has several advantages over traditional teaching methods. currently, this is possible with the help of advanced programs. it is only necessary to be able to properly direct the student to this method of education. in addition, it has been proven that every rule, every word, every concept unit taught in the teaching of foreign languages with the help of a computer is better stored in the student's memory. being able to deliver it in the form of a video makes teaching foreign languages through the computer one of the most effective methods. since learning a foreign language is a requirement of the current era, new methods of language learning are introduced to the growing young generation, to the "national personnel training program" developing based on it and recommending it to the study process is one of the urgent issues facing scientists and specialists. in order for our talented young people to become mature specialists in their fields of interest, it is necessary first of all to have a perfect knowledge of a foreign language. therefore, introducing technologies and ensuring that teaching methods meet the requirements of the time are the main tasks of pedagogues-scientists that cannot be delayed. while the economic, political, cultural and educational relations of our country with the countries of the world are growing, the interest of our youth in the life, culture, customs, and language of foreign countries is increasing. let's look at some examples of didactic games to make english lessons meaningful. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org pictorial? a drawing game that most english learners know. for this game we use a regular board or a white magnetic board. we will divide the class into two groups and for each team we will draw a table on one side of the board and write down the scores of the teams here, and the groups will choose a name for themselves. then one student from each group goes up to the board, chooses one of the upside-down words and draws it on the board, and the others find it. the first team to find the word gets a point. objects? — through this interesting game, we will check the memory and vocabulary of students. the more we increase our vocabulary, the better our english speaking skills will be. terms of the game: we use the blackboard and 15 objects located in the classroom. we put all the items on the table, call all the students and tell them to look at the items on the table, then we cover all the items with something. then we ask the students to write the 15 things they remember on paper or in their notebooks in english. after 2-3 minutes, the teacher writes the names of objects on the board, and the students can check the names of the objects they wrote. the student who wrote the most correctly is the winner. back to back? this game sharpens the student's memory and develops listening skills. we put the colorful pictures on the table with the left side, we take two students to the board and ask one of them to choose the pictures, without showing the second student, they sit on two chairs facing each other. the child holding the picture says what is depicted in it in a riddle method, and the second student writes down the words heard. the student will be the winner if he writes down what he heard clearly and accurately. this game is also great fun for seniors. bingo? — to play this game, you have to prepare a little. but it is very interesting. make 4x4 bingo cards and write words in each box and distribute to students. the words should not be repeated and the students should mark them as you read them. the first student to mark all the words on the page is the winner. the concept of educational environment is the natural environment for ensuring efficiency in foreign language education, at least 1000 hours of communication with the master of the foreign language being studied, the pedagogical skills of the teacher, the age-related physiological, psychological and cognitive activity characteristics of the student. , includes factors such as the time allocated to the subject and the students' attitude towards the subject and their ability to learn. list of used literature: 1.jamol jalolov ,,chet til o'qitish metodikasi". 2.umumiy o'rta ta'lim maktablari uchun ingliz tili o'quv dasturi. 3.umumiy o'rta ta'lim maktablari uchun uchun darslik 4.www.teacherspayteachers.com 5.www.uzedu.uz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org use of non-traditional methods in science teaching and advanced experiences in education mukhtori mohruy sodirzoda teacher of fardu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the national consciousness, national pride, and national pride of our people are growing, and their spiritual world is becoming richer day by day. this creates an opportunity to further strengthen the moral foundation of our independent state. problems in our education and ways to solve those issues are cited in this article. education system, moral foundation, modern education, competence introduction today, in particular, the issue of free citizen spirituality and formation of a free person is one of the most urgent tasks before us. <<in other words,--says the president,--a person who relies on his own strength and capabilities, takes an independent approach to events and incidents happening around him, sees his personal interests in harmony with the interests of the country and the people, and is free we need to educate people who are perfect in all respects" one of the current problems is the problems in the education system. the factor of urgency of this problem is the president of our country sh. mirziyoyev's speech on the issue of youth is expressed in the idea of interviews and fundamental lasers. in his speech at the oliy majlis, our head of state drew the attention of the general public to this topic and discussed the following points: "in a democratic society, children are brought up to be humane thinkers." if children do not learn to think freely, the education provided will be ineffective. of course, knowledge is needed, but knowledge is also a great asset to think independently in one's own way. after all, the main goal of uzbekistan's "law on education" is independent education in society is to form a thinking person. it is one of the important requirements for the organization of modern education is to achieve high results in a short time without spending too much mental and physical effort. delivering certain theoretical knowledge to students in a short period of time, forming skills and competencies in them for certain activities to do, as well as control the activities of students, occupied by them evaluating the level of knowledge, skills, and qualifications of a teacher is highly pedagogical requires a new approach to skills and the educational process nowadays, the use of innovative technologies and interactive methods in education is becoming widely popular. it is organized on the basis of cooperation of educational subjects, teacher, student and group of students, heated debates, exchange of ideas. pupils have free thinking, personal opinions, express their opinions without hesitation, seek solutions together in problem situations, achieve unanimity of pupils in mastering educational materials, "teacher-pupil-pupil group"> classified by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org mutual respect, explanation and support, sincere attitude. the use of methods of interactive education such as discussion, problem situation, training, role play, debate, interview, video analysis, presentation in teaching classic literature samples serves as a factor of the intended effect the university is starting to organize a new topic with students a teacher always has a question: how to choose a method, which one didactic materials should be used. what methods can be used to effectively solve tasks? in order to achieve the pedagogical goals of each type of training, the teacher must mobilize his potential, use advanced intellectual pedagogical experience, and finally, choosing a method should become a real creative act. wo chase in general, the choice of the method is determined by the didactic goals of education and training. however, in different pedagogical situations, the types of activities between teachers and students change and alternate. are intermixed. balancing the choice of methodology in terms of time and didactics. in conclusion as a result, conditions are created to ensure a high level of intellectual and practical activity of students. to gray the used methods deepen the knowledge of objective reality and increase the overall and scientifictheoretical level of training. sorted sequentially to develop a certain level of knowledge and professional interest in teaching methods, leads to the activation of independent practical activity. relationship of educational content with interactive methods. thus, we improve the choice of teaching methods the first important condition is them systematization oh chase planning process we have described the connection with staying in the practice of treatments. holistic approach there are many criteria for choosing traditional methods in pedagogy developed in the works of didactic scientists in the following years more than twenty are cited. the criterion for choosing interactive methods is their education development is a high orientation to solving problems. this criterion is different by evaluating the possibilities of solving tasks in one or another sphere of methods introduced with, because in reducing the elements of social experience, their the possibilities are different. the next criterion for choosing interactive methods is their learning content is to match the feature the content of the method is also defined as part of the movement. that's why this criterion is undoubtedly taken into account. using one method, the content of the topic is fully revealed, while the other allows to reduce it positively. another criterion for choosing interactive methods is their students full compliance with educational opportunities, that is, the unity of internal and external conditions for effective educational activity the pedagogue's specialty in using interactive teaching methods is to provide. it should match the capabilities of the pedagogue theory and practice of teaching methods, laws of the teaching process, theories of knowledge content theory and the level of armed with other existing laws takes into account the next criterion for choosing interactive methods is their learning is the arrival of the process of organization. by the way, of education forms with suitable general, group and individual forms require different methods. for example if the debate method is a debate between two students, in brainstorming it is in a group participation of all students is required technological interactive methods pedagogical compliance with the principles generalizing criterion it is known that pedagogical technology is designed on the basis of certain laws and educational process basis for organization creates, and after introduction, the final result, the student's or the topic ensures independence. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org based on the general goal of education and taking into account the need to solve developmental issues educational at the same stage of teaching the selected option is analyzed and evaluated. one of the important requirements for the organization of modern education to high results in a short time without spending too much mental and physical effort is to achieve. some theoretical knowledge in a short time delivered to students giving, forming skills and competencies in them in relation to certain activities to do, as well as to do students, they are occupied by them activities control knowledge, knowledge, skills level evaluation he is a higher pedagogue than a teacher requires a new approach to skills and training. there is little pedagogical technology to the point see to the subjective nature that is, every pedagogue has his own opportunity for education and training process, professional based on his skills, he should organize creatively. pedagogical technologies, regardless of the form, method and means of organization: n-increasing the effectiveness of pedagogical activities; establishing cooperation between teachers and students; zaro thorough knowledge of educational subjects by students ensuring possession; formation of independent, free and creative thinking skills in students; necessary for students to realize their potential creating conditions; be active method in the students' training process ensuring their activities, encouraging them to think freely and the same liberation from the inertia of thinking is varied on a specific topic it is the beginning of the process of finding ideas and solving creative tasks to overcome thoughts it serves to teach that appeared in the stage. learn method is its main principle and condition the exercise consists in absolutely prohibiting criticism of the opinion expressed by each participant of the nation, and encouraging any jokes and jokes. the purpose of this is to ensure the free participation of students in the training process. the effective and successful use of this method in the educational process depends on the teacher's pedagogical skills and breadth of thinking. using the brainstorming method the number of students should not exceed 15. training based on this method can be organized up to one hour the method of working with the masses can be used in classes of several tens of students the method is new by readers it serves to create conditions for the throwing of ideas. take 5 or 6 students each different groups that must be solved positively within 15 minutes assignments or creative tasks are given. when the task and creative tasks are successfully solved within the specified time, this is a group one of the members gives information. the information provided by the group is discussed and evaluated by the teacher and other group members is given. at the end of the training o among the solutions of tasks or creative tasks given by the teacher publishes answers that are considered good and unique. in the process of training the performance of the group members is evaluated according to the level of their participation. used literature 1.karimov i. high spirituality invincible power. t., 2008 2.the dream of a perfect generation t., 2000. 3.karimov n. landscapes of 20th century literature. t.: uzbekistan, 2008 4.zunnunov a. hotamov n. teaching literature. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org results of the physical education teacher from the selfassessment system shaalimov mukhtorsho adkhamovich uzbek state university of world languages lecturer at the department of physical culture and sports a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article suggests that the theory of self-determination of physical education (spt-pe) methodology offers a useful platform for studying the psychological needs of physical education teachers and their personal, professional and environmental characteristics. the results showed that the self-assessment questionnaire is a valid and accurate tool for evaluating teacher performance. in addition, this tool can undoubtedly improve the knowledge, understanding, motivation and attitude of the teacher towards teaching. physical education, teachers, motivation, selfdetermination. physical education (pe) offers tremendous potential to stimulate adult physical activity. stimulating physical activity and promoting healthy physical activity among participants is very high, taking into account the stimulating factors of physical education participants it's important. to better understand students' motivation for physical education, the theory of self-determination (sdt) is widely used in a particular era. by applying this theory in an environment of physical education research, knowledge of the motivational activities of the school and their perception, emotional and behavior was enhanced. despite the fact that sdt e is used in tnic groups, the corresponding effects vary depending on age and ethnic heritage. the main part it sets two types of motivational limitations: high self-determination and low concentration. feelings of comfortable or difficulty motivate a person to engage in an activity, an example of internal motivation. external motivation on the other hand divided into four groups, depending on the level of self-determination of its own destiny . engaging in activities under external influence, threats, or punishment is called external regulatory control. at the same time, the entire result or culprit is called intermediate law. at the same time, regulation is defined as a belief in the importance and usefulness of activities and is described as participating in the training, since the n rule is consistent with the merger. under such conditions, there is neither internal nor external stimulation. external influence, threats or penalties are used to control activities. the introduced law means a full product or monthb, and under supervision it expresses confidence in the quality and integrity of the exercise. in such conditions, there is, perhaps, neither internal nor external motivation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org an important and challenging topic in the education policy of many countries is teacher evaluation, because of the ways in which shooters develop and the efficacy of students to provide educational experience in their classrooms has a significant effect. the academic quality of teachers is the most important element that affects students' success and growth within and outside school. the effectiveness of the teacher is measured by the degree of all students on the course, regardless of race or union for economic coordination and development; respectfully. however, while evaluation plays an integral, decisive role in the study of education, programs, styles and surveys used to measure teacher performance are countries differs widely between them. this may be due to difficulties establishing the effectiveness of teaching, which is treated as interaction between teacher, participants, material and the environment. the reason for the emergence of high cognitive abilities is very important. responsibility (formative assessment) and growth (summary) are involved in this process and they are often combined. methodology it is necessary to distinguish between successful and less successful teachers, good and bad results of teachers through diagnosis and evaluation. content, uslublueprints, evaluations and reviews, and ongoing assistance plans should all be clearly defined in the organized teacher evaluation process. at the same time, the results of the analysis should be used to improve the quality of education, educational outcomes and, in general, the entire public education system. physical education (pe) courses played an important role in determining successful teaching methods. academics have developed methodological observation methods for betting on one or even several quality elements of the effectiveness of physical education teachers. these measures have been used both in germany and abroad. the dates of entry into force are the most accurate of the evaluation of education, student participation, the relationship between the student and the teacher, the emphasis on the subject and the depth of teaching and objective method. successful teachers can be identified through observation methods, which will help them to be more effective. a small number of observational instruments for evaluating physical education teachers have successful educational standards. according to scientists, it is difficult to create surveillance systems that distinguish between effective and ineffective teachers. the national sports and physical education association (naspe) is a watchdog body that includes important components of theng. the sdt has shown that the training methods of mentors can influence the effectiveness of physical education. since these variables encourage pupils' paths of basic emotional passion, such as autonomy, competence and unity, they can affect students, participate in the learning environment and motivation. the individual's sense of independence and participation in the hierarchy and values have signaled their autonomous needs. in contrast, their competence and sense of attachment are distinguished by their characteristics. according to scientists, students' independence needs were met and self-identification motivations were developed in physical education, which led to increased physical activity in free time, this will be the main goal of pe. richards vs. state of etc. offered a hierarchical structure. several forms of motivation perform a certain function between normal emotional demands and intellectual, psychometric and emotional outcomes and r. in the context of pe, the above methods were considered. higher levels of drinking result in motivations and recognized regulation flexibility. in addition, low internal motivations and a rule that does not establish itself have false consequences. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org impact on physical health has made global self-esteem the most important physical, educational outcome. in other words , when a person does not care about his or her dignity, the value of an individual is not a problem proposed by fan. according to researchers, definitive self-esteem is a sign of lack of emotional needs; if these requirements are not met, self-esteem will be broken. on the other hand, people who underestimated themselves lacked a sense of value, sincerity and effectiveness because they lacked a sense of connection. result the required performance scale has been translated into german and changed for use in the country. they were the findings of a measurement model of scale. three structures are included on the scale: independence (6 bands), competence (6 bands) and connectivity (9 elements). according to the likert scale, students evaluate the teacher on a scale of 1 to 8, one of them is a complete lie, and eight are fully true. when tested in the german population, the accuracy of the scale was satisfactory for both the overall rating and perceived stress. in small scales of autonomy, competence, and dependence, the example of "i'm a ishonaman and i have the right to choose how i practice." this scale was developed and translated into germany. according to the measurement model for the german pe context, there are several query questions. why do you attend physical college kurs? respondents responded on the 8-point likert scale (1 = not completely accurate; 8 = very clear about myself). includes sixteen components and four perceived stresses: job satisfaction, recognized regulationh, external regulation , and controlled motivation. the test will be conducted for students from grades 8 to 12. when applied to a sample of german individuals, it was found that the measurement was real and reliable. the teacher's self-esteem is in the focus of this researchhorse's attention, and can he predict this by standard emotional requirements and various incentive rules in a high school pe setting or not . all three basic psychological conditions were well connected with internal motivation and a recognized rule, while external law and motivation were inversely dependent. the proposed sdt-pe model is positively related to self-esteem in previous studies with positive engagement in internal motivation and self-regulation and with external regulation and inspiration confirmed inverse dependency. physical education teachers should think about creating a psychological assistance system in their classrooms when planning classes. recognition that meeting the need for cognitive ability is the most important indicator of self-esteem in pe learners; teachers need to plan a class so that all students can increase their cognitive performance during the course. use self-referable metrs to emphasize efforts v a personal growth for actions in the classroom. school counselors may consider the results of the study in advising teenagers to engage in physical education and other physical activity. a well established physical education program that encourages teachers to engage will help them develop a positive self-image. in the future, the proposed model can be changed to teach all sports activities and adapt for the all-country bee. list of available publications 1. file:///c:/users/borajabboyev/downloads/jismoniy-madaniyatning-inson-hayotidagi-o-rni.pdf 2. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.107772 3. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/jismoniy_tarbiya 4. https://teletype.in/@bekzod_yarbulov/yi-mwe1ii file:///c:/users/borajabboyev/downloads/jismoniy-madaniyatning-inson-hayotidagi-o-rni.pdf https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compeleceng.2022.107772 https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/jismoniy_tarbiya https://teletype.in/@bekzod_yarbulov/yi-mwe1ii american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org treatment of the human body with natural products rich in biominerals 1askarov ibragim rakhmonovich, 2karimov islambek jumaboy o’g’li 1asu professor of chemistry department, doctor of chemical sciences 2ambi materials science and technology of new materials department assistant, andmi.kimyo94@gmail.com. +998999867866 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, it is well known that the disease of every organ and tissue is caused by a cold. inflammation (inflammation) includes all types of acute bacterial and viral diseases. this article provides information on the study of the amount of bioelements in a person with a cold and treatment with natural products. cold, therapy, bioelement, fluid, blood plasma, erythrocyte, urine. introduction scientists such as v. i. vernadsky, a. p. vinogradov, v. v. kovalsky, d. v. vorobyov, who are considered the founders of the science of biogeochemistry, noted that in addition to macroelements, 32 microelements are also necessary for living organisms [1]. there is a human organ whose damage can be traced back to the common cold, and it poses a great danger to a person of any age. the most developed countries of the world consider paying attention to the health of their population as one of their important tasks. according to the world health organization, it has been confirmed that the level of morbidity is related to the elemental composition and active participation in the processes of the organ. however, research conducted by scientists around the world has shown that the number of elements in food is gradually decreasing every year [6, 7]. we all know that strong immunity is the guarantee of human health, the basis of immunity is macro and microelements. it is impossible to imagine life processes without enough minerals. according to the modern classification, most bioelements are elements necessary for the immune system [10]. each organ of a living organism needs a sufficient amount of macro and micronutrients to function properly. before starting to study the amounts of some biogenic minerals in the human body, it is necessary to have information about them [3]. to date, there is very little information about the biochemical mechanisms of the interaction of two or more elements. analyzing the concentration of chemical elements in the body provides valuable information for studying their synergistic and antagonistic properties. the obtained data show that the violation of the composition of chemical elements in the human body is widespread. due to the increase or lack of bioelements, the people examined further aggravate the imbalance of other important bioelements in the body [8, 9 ]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org in modern literature, the role of many bioelements and the need for their consumption in various diseases are highlighted. during the literature analysis, the results showed that the insufficient consumption and shortage of minerals in the world population was studied [2,4,5]. although biogenic elements do not have energy, their importance for the human body is considered very high. that is, it participates in all metabolic processes in the body and is part of many higher compounds, including enzymes and proteins. in order to describe the biological role of biogenic elements in the human body, the signs of their increase or decrease, it has been shown that it is important to normalize the composition of elements in the diet [13]. in modern practice, it is possible to check the content of elements in blood, urine, hair, salivary gland and similar biological samples in the human body by several methods. in particular, it can be checked by ( aas ) atomic absorption spectrometry method, ( aes and icp ms ) atomic emission and inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry and other methods. ( aas ) method of atomic absorption spectrometry usually analyzes the elements contained in blood and urine, it is characterized by high sensitivity, it allows the determination of many elements in low concentration of microelements in biosubstrates, the disadvantage is that the method of determining several elements at the same time is much is low. (aes and icp-ms) mass spectrometry with atomic emission and inductively coupled plasma is widely used and considered very effective. this method allows for the determination of one sample at a time and is considered very important in the evaluation of 20 or more macro-microelements in the sample and determines the interaction of bioelements [14, 15]. the development of science and technology has led to more precise and detailed methods of quantitative determination of macro and microelements in living organisms. the method of induction plasma induced atomic emission spectrometry (icp aes) provides high sensitivity of research. it allows measuring many elements in a short time with a small amount of material, which plays an important role in the biological research method [17]. flatulence can be eliminated by taking antibiotics. there are positive and negative properties of any powerful drug, including antibiotics. the positive side is that it destroys harmful microbes, the patient's condition is quickly relieved. however, it lowers immunity. this reduces the ability of the body to fight against various diseases. therefore, antibiotics should be taken under the doctor's recommendation and supervision [11]. according to the world health organization (who), out of more than 6 million known chemicals, up to 500 thousand compounds are used in practice. about 40,000 of them are harmful to humans, and 12,000 are toxic. the range of chemical substances increases by 5% every year [16]. cabbage is recognized as the most widespread, cheap and high-quality plant and constitutes the main part of the total vegetable area. every person should eat an average of 400 g per day, an average of 125-165 kg of various vegetables per year, of which cabbage should be 30-40 kg [12]. experimental part: in andijan region, monitoring analysis was carried out among people suffering from local colds. after thoroughly studying the modern database on the distribution of minerals in the biosphere of andijan region, the physiological conditions of the human body were determined for research. regional (regional) and age-related changes in the level of bioelements in the human body were observed in andijan region. patients treated in the therapy department of the rehabilitation and prosthetic center of andijan region, andijan city, were examined. between 2019 and 2023, 100 human samples (blood american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org plasma and urine) were taken and examined. from the obtained materials, 1 5 ml was taken for examination during the acute period of the disease (1, 3 and 7 days). the (icp-aes) method was used to determine the quantity, quality and imbalance of elements in the biomol-med laboratory. the mineral content of each sample was checked with great precision. the content of minerals in the obtained samples was compared with the maximum concentrations. the level of bioelements was compared with the biologically acceptable levels for the corresponding organs in the body of a healthy and sick person. as a result of the research, it was found that the amount of minerals found in the healthy and sick human body is 50-60% different. discussion: prevention of colds (inflammation) on earth is one of the urgent directions of modern medicine and folk medicine. however, it is not enough to study the effect of development in the early period of colds. the urgency of the problem of ventilation is due to its wide distribution among different groups of the world's population (approximately more than a billion), the abundance of synthetic drugs, the high price and ineffectiveness of the methods used. to prevent this, it is important to develop accurate, accurate and fast diagnosis methods. currently, despite the fact that synthetic drugs are widely used in the treatment of diseases in eastern and western countries, treatment using medicinal plants through folk medicine methods is also successfully carried out. today, the issue of food supply made from natural products has become one of the priority tasks in all countries of the world. one of our main goals is to perfectly study and develop the positive aspects of food supplements of natural origin obtained from medicinal plants using folk medicine methods for the human body. undoubtedly, for each of us, fresh juice is beneficial for health. cabbage juice that we offer helps to prevent and treat colds (inflammation). 100 ml of cabbage juice mainly contains 70 ml of cabbage juice squeezed from a cabbage leaf through a blender, additionally 10 ml of honey, 10 ml of milk and 10 ml of coffee water. honey and milk are added to the juice according to taste and drunk 4-5 times a day. in particular, it is necessary to consume 30 ml in the morning during breakfast, 25 ml during lunch, 25 ml during the second lunch, and 20 ml during dinner. this condition lasts 3-5 days. result as a result of the conducted research, it is possible to come to the following conclusion. from the given results, we can see that more than 80% of infected people have recovered. because of this, cabbage has healing properties such as adaptogenic, immunostimulating, antipyretic, antiinflammatory and appetizing. cabbage contains a large amount of minerals, organic acids, protein, sugar and vitamins, which helped to increase the immunity of the body, preserve and rejuvenate tissues. in addition, honey, milk and coffee are the most effective natural remedies for clearing the respiratory tract and providing a pleasant aroma, and they were used as a component in the complex treatment of inflammation. conclusion currently, product composition is an important issue for ensuring economic efficiency. the price of any product made from this plant is low, it is characterized by high biological activity and low american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org harmfulness. it is necessary to strive to consume more natural products made from vegetables and fruits. medicinal cabbage juice, a dietary supplement created by us, has almost no side effects in the treatment of colds (inflammation), and we recommend its use. references 1. полковниченко петр андреевич // диагностика и коррекция комбинированного (sе, j, co) гипомикроэлементоза у зааненских коз в условиях астраханской области. диссертация. казань – 2020. 2. vasiuk v. le, kovalchuk p. ye, tulyulyuk s. v, shutka v. j. selenium in biological fluids in the bodies of patients with associated trauma. world science issn: 2413-1032 14 № 8(48), vol.2, august 2019. 3. международный научный журнал № 5 (100), часть 2 «научный импульс» декабрь, 2022 4. хабаров а. а, будко е. в, лушов к. а, горбачева л. а, ельцова н.о // цинк: актуальность и характеристики биодобавок. удк 541.9: 615. 099 (072). 5. с. г. суханов, а. л. горбачев // региональные особенности микроэлементого состава биосубстратов у жителей северо-западного региона россии. оригинальная статья. микроэлементы в медицине 18(2): 10−16 6. ожирение: этиология, патогенез, клинические аспекты / под ред. и. и. дедова, г. а. мельниченко. москва: ооо «мед. информ. агентство», 2006. 7. тармаева и. ю. [и др.]. оценка питания взрослого населения на современном этапе // соврем. проблемы науки и образования. 2017. № 5. с. 12–19. 8. стасевич, к. как ожирение ухудшает умственные способности // наука и жизнь: журн. — 2018. — №9. 9. бакаева, е. а. некоторые особенности микроэлементного статуса детского населения ярославской области / е. а. бакаева, н. в. комарова, в. н. тишкина // актуальные вопросы медицинской науки: сборник научных работ студентов и молодых ученых всероссийской научно-практической конференции с международным участием. ярославль: ооо «издательско-полиграфический комплекс индиго», 2012. с. 71. 10. ali adeeb hussein ali // the state of the balance of bioelements in the prevention of obesity. j chem good trad med, volume 1, issue 2, 2022 11. серов в. в, пауков в. с. // воспаление. м., медицина, 1995. 640 с 12. d. y. yormatova, m. y. ibrohimov, d. s. yormatova. // meva sabzavotchilik. kasb hunar kollejlari uchun darslik. toshkent. «talqin» 2008. 13. косолапов в. м., чуйков в. а., худякова х. к., косолапова в. г. минеральные элементы в кормах и методы их анализа : монография. — москва : ооо «угрешская типография», 2019. — 272 с. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 14. современные методы определения химических элементов: учеб. пособие / м.г. скальная, е.в. лакарова, а.в. скальный, т.и.бурцева; оренбургский гос. ун-т. – оренбург: огу, 2011. – 164 с. – isbn 978-57410-1156-0. 15. микроэлементозы человека: методические указания / м. г. скальная, о. в. баранова; оренбургский гос. ун-т. – оренбург : огу, 2012. 20 с. 16. т. н. литвинова, н. к. выскубова, л. в. ненашева // биогенные элементы. комплексные соединения. ростов-на-дону. феникс – 2009. 17. https://www.biomol.pl/ru/mikroelementy-v-organizme-celoveka https://www.biomol.pl/ru/mikroelementy-v-organizme-celoveka american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org psychological characteristics of anger observed in teenagers ezoza mannobova researcher, international islamic academy of uzbekistan uzbekistan, tashkent shoira dusmukhamedova research advisor: doctor of psychology, associate professor international islamic academy of uzbekistan, uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s anger is a normal, common human emotion. it cannot be evaluated as good or bad. anger tells a person that a situation is hurtful, unfair, or threatening. while it is perfectly normal to feel angry when people are mistreated or insulted, anger becomes a problem when it is expressed in ways that hurt ourselves or others. you might think it’s normal for us to vent our anger. but the truth is that anger can affect the way people treat us. this can have a negative impact on the way of life of teenagers who have started to join the ranks of adults, and can hinder the way to success. anger, psychological trait, teenager, amygdala, prefrontal cortex , personality, aggression, anger management. introduction many people have been suffering from anger lately. especially teenagers who have not developed emotional control. due to this, the rate of suicide among teenagers has increased. here are some ways to deal with anger in teenagers. adolescents differ from adults in their ability to read and understand emotions on people’s faces. adults use the brain’s prefrontal cortex, or “thinking part”, to read emotional cues, but teenagers rely on a section called the amygdala, or “feeling center”. the amygdala1 processes emotional responses such as fight or flight, causing atypical reactions and aggressive displays of anger in youth. anger issues may begin in early childhood and become more frequent as the child grows older. 1 in 5 teens complain that they can’t control their anger, making it one of the most common mental disorders among teens. anger management problems can cause teens to:  inability to make the right decisions;  being argumentative; 1 mass of gray matter in each cerebral hemisphere involved in the experience of emotion american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org  increased feelings of depression or hostility;  carrying out acts of violence;  addiction to drugs and alcohol. inability to control anger is 3 times more common in boys than in girls. boys also express their anger through violent, dangerous and destructive behavior. anger is generated in the amygdala. when large amounts of information are sent to the brain, the amygdala produces hormones that create strong feelings, such as physical and emotional signals. when the prefrontal cortex is fully developed, it usually overrides the amygdala and controls the release of hormones that prevent anger. the problem is that the prefrontal cortex doesn’t fully develop for many individuals until their mid-20s. until then, the amygdala has the power to respond to hormonal fluctuations. as a result of an incompletely developed prefrontal cortex, the amygdala often causes a teenager to lose control of his actions and become violent. teenage tantrums can last for a short time or for a long time. long-term anger can cause the following diseases. 1. chronic anger chronic anger is prolonged and affects the immune system. chronic anger can lead to mental illnesses such as depression and anxiety. according to the results of research conducted by psychologist doyle gentry, 11% of teenagers have chronic anger. 2. a lot of life’s demands are the cause of anger. in recent years, more than 30 percent of teenagers suffer from anger. this type also gives rise to depression and anxiety. 3. self-directed anger. self-directed anger is directed at the adolescent, leading to feelings of guilt or low self-esteem. self-directed anger may lead to self-harm to reduce heightened emotions. about 15 percent of adolescents self-harm due to heightened emotions. 4. domineering anger. domineering anger is directed at others and causes resentment or jealousy. domineering anger can lead to increased physical or verbal aggression in young people. 5. explosive anger. explosive anger, also known as periodic explosive disorder, causes excessive anger at oneself, culminating in violent anger or rage, as young people may take it out on others. harvard research found that nearly six million teens met criteria for explosive anger, but only 7 percent received treatment. 6. revenge anger. revenge anger is directed at individuals or organizations that wronged the teenager. this anger can cause an individual to direct destructive revenge tactics against a person or organization. an estimated 25 percent of revenge incidents are caused by this anger disorder. 7. passive or avoidant anger — passive anger is often vague and difficult to identify. young people show passive or evasive anger in a long and unnatural silence. research on the psychology of violence has shown that participants who are unable or unable to express their emotions appropriately are more aggressive than those who are able to express their emotions. 40% of teenagers admit to feeling some kind of anger. adolescent anger is caused by external and internal conditions: 1. oppression. adolescence means more independence and self-determination. this can lead to conflicts with their supervisors and, as a result, anger in them. 2. social disorder. the social life of teenagers is complicated. friends come and go, creating complicated situations that create anger. 3. puberty. puberty hormones bring on many emotions. puberty can make teens unpredictable and have difficulty managing anger. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 4. stress. stress comes from social situations, pressures at school, and after-school activities, and often causes teenagers to feel stressed and angry. 5. hunger. when hunger decreases the amount of glucose in the blood, it makes it difficult for the body to function normally, and anger appears. adolescents express anger through demanding, passive, or aggressive behavior. assertive. responding to anger assertively is using anger effectively. adolescents express this through assertive, non-aggressive communication that conveys their thoughts without harm or threat. passive. teens may ignore anger because it makes them feel uncomfortable or threatened. this does not solve the problem and increases stress. passive expression of anger can lead to ulcers. aggressive. adolescents express anger by being aggressive or violent toward people, animals, or things. it damages relationships and causes problems at work or school. about two-thirds of teenagers in the united states experience a tantrum. aggressive anger can lead to drug or alcohol abuse. teens who struggle with anger management may exhibit the following physical and emotional warning signs: • jaw clenching • acceleration of heart rate • headache • abdominal pain • shaking and shaking • dizziness • blood pressure increased • muscle tension • adrenaline surge teens with aggressive anger problems may show the following emotional warning signs: • anger; • feeling of guilt; • frustration; • anxiety; • depression. adolescents can become violent and cause other health problems when they are aggressively angry. about 63% of children and adolescents exhibit serious, aggressive behavior: 1. frequent physical fights; 2. vandalism or destruction of property; 3. harm to animals; 4. frequent threats to others. violence and aggression can cause short and long-term health problems. increases the risk of headaches and cardiovascular diseases. hypertension, social isolation, memory loss and sleep disturbances also occur. aggressive anger can also lead to depression, which affects 20 percent of teenagers and is the number one cause of suicide if left untreated. there are many healthy and effective ways to manage teen anger that should be considered. 1. the “rain” method consists of the following steps: acknowledge what’s happening – consciously acknowledge thoughts, feelings, and emotions. the first step in dealing with anger is acknowledging its existence. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org allow the experience to exist, accept that you are experiencing the same emotions. reacting to stressful situations by depriving yourself of sleep or focusing your attention elsewhere will not solve the problem. if you don’t accept your feelings, you can’t deal with them in a healthy way. investigate with compassion – observe what is happening physically, mentally and emotionally. what part of your body feels tight, sore, or hot? what are your thoughts? feeling? use these questions to tune in to what’s happening in you. more understanding will improve your ability to diffuse the situation. awareness of natural love – awareness of natural love begins with uncovering feelings and stories. remember that emotions are fluid and in constant motion. the last part of the rain technique requires nothing more than resting in natural understanding. 2. you can learn to control anger through various games. “angry heart” it is a game that increases selfawareness. a trained teacher encourages teens to write something that makes them angry, place it inside a balloon, and tie it without inflating it. this little ball represents their heart. they then insert this into a larger inflatable balloon. participants discuss how they can hide their feelings from others and how they present themselves to the world. after exploring these issues, participants are encouraged to open their balloons and share what makes them angry. 3. deep breathing is another easy and effective way to control anger. it activates the body’s natural “relaxation response”. this is a state of physical relaxation, lowering heart rate, blood pressure and muscle tension. deep breathing does not require a special group or meeting space and can be done by oneself. when teenagers express their anger aggressively, they are a danger to themselves and others. if your teen shows warning signs, you have options. act quickly. remember, nearly 7 out of 10 teens overcome their anger problems with treatment. reference 1. joseph e. ledoux. anxious: using the brain to understand and treat fear and anxiety (viking, 2015). 2. fuller, j. r. (2014). anger management. in l. grossman & s. walfish (eds.), translating psychological research into practice (pp. 128-131). new york: springer publishing. 3. daffern and bucks. beyond anger control: failing to attend to emotions predicts aggression in offenders. www.researchgate.net. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org the construction of the idioms and degrees of opacity karimovaumida scientific advisor, the department of english history and grammar, samarkand state institute of foreign languages ashurova shohista master degree students of samarkand state institute of foreign languages mrs.karimova17@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article gives information about the process of “idiomaticization” lies in diachronic evolution, idiomaticity cannot be adequately explained by the generative rules. neither a given sense or a given syntactic structure by itself constitutes an idiom. rather it is the regular association of one with the other that is the source of idiomaticity authentic material, esl classroom, context, teachable moment introduction where there is metaphorical use of the kind referred to above, the phrase in question may undergo the well-known processes of semantic extension, specialization, etc .which operate in many shifts of meaning. the resulting phrase may become an idiom, with no obvious link with its literal predecessor (which of course in most cases still exists independently). there has also probably been a move from the ‘concrete’ vocabulary of the literal expression to more ‘abstract’ meaning. that the concrete and tangible, often in conjunction with an action verb, becomes the abstract and intangible has long been observed in relation to proverbs as well. this is especially relevant since many proverbs have claims to be considered idioms. at any particular moment, therefore, synchronically there are literal phrases, metaphors which are clearly connected with the literal, other more opaque but possible interpretable phrases, and opaque idioms. to take an explanatory example, in the second category there probably comes a phrase such as skate on thin ice meaning ‘to court danger’. there, the jump in the metaphorical transfer from the literal to the figurative is sufficiently small for the link between the two readings to be easily discernible. the future meaning of the phase is of course unknowable, but various hypotheses can be made in an attempt to show the processes involved. in the dim and distant future, in a temperate climate, ice, and a memory of it, might totally disappear. in this case skate on thin ice in its idiomatic meaning would be unmotivated and the link between literal and metaphorical broken so that it would be unmotivated and the link between literal and metaphorical broken so that it would now be legitimate to class the phase in the third, semi-opaque, category. similarly, if for some reason people should give up skating, the phase could simply change its meaning: ‘to court danger’ could become ‘to court danger ostentatiously’, then ‘to be a show-off which eventually could be used in a wide range of contexts in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org on way tied to the collocational range of the present skate on thin ice: the greatest defect of his character was to skate on thin ice in public. he has a desperate need for love and recognition’. all this is purely speculative. idioms which are already in the third and fourth categories show verifiable evidence of similar changes in their etymologies. an extreme case in point is the phase to pull someone’s leg. this expression is believed to come from the old practice of pulling the legs of a man in the process of being hanged, to speed his death and so spare his agony. by a long process of semantic change this same phrase now means ‘to make gentle fun of’. quite clearly there is no link between the two expressions synchronically. the idiom is totally opaque. similarly, proverbs and nursery rhymes can be equally removed from their origins. ring-a-ring-a-roses, for example, comes from the deaths caused by the plague, yet is today a children’s nursery rhyme. although a historical explanation of idioms is illuminating in showing the forces at work and in demonstrating why certain idioms are in fact opaque or transparent, the decision as to which category an idioms an idiom is to be ascribed to must be taken on the basis of synchronic, not diachronic, evidence. primary is the presentday status of an idiom; diachronic considerations provide useful secondary corroboratory evidence. weinreich totally rejects any attempt to study the meaning relations between literal and idiomatic expressions. to him each case must be an individual historical study and the semantic motivation is something that can only established a posteriori. he concludes: i feel that the relation between idiomatic and literal meanings is so unsystematic as to deserve no place in the theory. the usefulness of attempting to make an assessment of the strength of the link between literal and figurative meaning is that the expressions which cluster at the opaque end of the scale can be called ‘pure idioms’. in their case the figurative link between literal and idiomatic is broken. in the case of phrases at the transparent end of the spectrum, the metaphor is clearly perceived and still alive and kicking. in these cases it is fairly easy to deduce the ‘idiomatic’ meaning from the literal constituents. it has long been recognized that the expressions such as to pull someone’s leg, cook someone’s goose, round the bend, up the creek are semantically peculiar. they are usually described as “idioms”. traditional definition of idioms runs roughly as follows: an idiom is an expression whose meaning cannot be inferred from the meanings of its parts. although at first sight straightforward, there is curious element of circularity in this definition. does it indicate that the meaning of an idiom cannot be inferred from (or, more precisely, cannot be accounted for as compositional function of) the meanings the parts carry in that expression? clearly not – so it must be matter of their meanings in other expressions. but equally clearly, these “other expressions” must be chosen with care: in considering to pull someone’s leg, for instance, there is a little point in referring to pull in to pull as fast one, or leg in he has not a leg to stand on. the definition must be understood as stating that an idiom is an expression whose meaning cannot be accounted for as compositional function of the meanings its parts have when they are not parts of idioms. the circulatory is now plain: to apply the definition, we must already be in a position to distinguish idiomatic from non-idiomatic expression. a semantically non-transparent expression may be described as semantically opaque. it is important to emphasize that, as we have define it, transparency is the end-point of a continuum of degrees of opacity, much as cleanness is the end point of a continuum of “degrees of dirtiness”. we have located the decisive break in semantic character between “fully transparent” and “to some degree opaque” rather than between “completely opaque” and “not completely opaque”, as this groups together more satisfactorily elements with significantly similar properties. the idea of semi-opaque expressions is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org already implicit in the notion introduced earlier of “semantic indicator”: a semi-opaque expressions most contain at least one semantic indicator. we must now be somewhat more precise concerning the concept of “degree of opacity”. there would seem to be two components to this notion. the first is the extent to which constituents of opaque expressions are full semantic indicators: clearly blackbird, with two full indicators, is less opaque than ladybird with one partial indicator only bird which in turn is less opaque than red herring or in a brown study, neither of which contains any indicator at all. the other factor affecting degree of opacity is the discrepancy between the combined contribution of the indicators, whether full or partial and the overall meaning of the idioms. it is also difficult to measure such a discrepancy objectively, but it does seem that, for instance, some of so called “irreversible binomials” such as fish and chips are less opaque than say blackbird, even though both contain only full semantic indicators. it may even come as a surprise to some to learn tha fish and chips is opaque at all. but one needs only to consider that not any kind of fish, nor any methods of cooking and presentations, will qualify for the description, and that this is not true of, say, chips and fish or even fish with chips, both of which are transparent. it is probable that fish and chips is ambiguous with one opaque and one transparent reading, the two being optionally distinguishable in pronunciation: chips and fish on the other hand is not ambiguous, and does not have the two pronunciation option. as degree of opacity diminishes we approach the somewhat indeterminate transitional zone between opacity and transparency: indeed, some of the irreversible binominals are hard to categorize as one or the other: salt and vinegar (in chip-shop parlance ), soap and water ,etc. in principle all opaque sequences are minimal lexical units and therefore should be listed separately in an ideal dictionary. a practical lexicographer, however, would probably draw his line in a different place of ours: he might well argue that phrases such as fish and chips etc. while undoubtedly slight opaque in the technical sense present few problems of interpretation to speakers familiar with the normal constituent meanings of the parts and are thus not worth listing. the list of used literature 1. арнольд и. в. “лексикология современного английского языка.” м.: 1959. 2. umida k. the role of teaching compounds according to types of speech in constructivism //eurasian journal of learning and academic teaching. – 2022. – т. 8. – с. 4-9. 3. umida k. the ways of using constructivism to teaching phraseological units and vocabulary for efl //academicia globe: inderscience research. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 4. – с. 1-6. 4. umida, k. (2022). the ways of using constructivism to teaching phraseological units and vocabulary for efl. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(4), 1-6. 5. ochilovna k. u., sameyevna m. z. improving speaking skill with the help of modern technologies //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 9. – №. 12. – с. 367-369. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org two fragments of a bowl with the image of feathers of the khorezmshakh period from the settlement of mizdakhkan saipov sadulla t. karakalpak state university, nukus, republic of uzbekistan sadullasaipov@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article deals with the issues related to the image of watering bowls with a zoomorphic motive, an autopsy of the last year's archaeological season from the "southern settlement" in the ancient settlement of mizdahkan. their morphological, ornamental features are analyzed and plot motives are interpreted. the area of distribution of such a product is given and compared with analogues in close and distant regions khorezmshah period, mizdakhkan, irrigation bowl, morphology, ornamentation, chronology, magpie, duck, interpretation. introduction during the last year's archaeological season, one of the teams of students of the faculty of history of ksu conducted excavations in the "southern settlement" settlement of mizdakhkan, which is located on the territory of the khodjeyli district in the republic of karakalpakstan. during the works, economic and industrial facilities connected with the time of khorezmshah were discovered. the architectural remains found and the many artifacts from this period bear witness to this. among them, two fragments of a watering bowl with the image of a bird, which are discussed in our article, are of great interest. during the cleaning of the first parade ground of the lower horizon, a hemispherical bowl on a disc-shaped tray, broken into several fragments, was raised, in which a magpie with a dark brown-black painting is depicted on the bottom surface. the bowl has an opaque colorless glaze inside and out of the tray. dv-26 cm, height 8 cm, dd-8 cm, ts-0. 5-0. 6 cm (fig. 1). in the inner part, under the rim, there are two rather wide stripes, which between them have drawn small circles with the same interval. under it there are thin stripes and the last of them are connected with another image, reminiscent of the collection of stems of fertile plants, cherry or vine. under the side of the bowl there is a wide strip, inside, behind it is a wavy line of a brown hue. white engobe inside and outside until the pallet. covered with colorless glaze. underglaze painting on engobe in black and terracotta. in the center, on the surface of the pallet, a magpie is depicted in the “before flight” position, above the opening wing, the sign is painted with the figure of a symbolic “heart”. inside and outside of the corolla there are wide and narrow stripes. inside, under the band are stylized images of the stems of a branch of the cherry or vine. mailto:sadullasaipov@mail.ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org there is an open space from the middle of the body to the pallet. although the vessel has traces of a sepoi on the surface of the bottom, it is apparently an imported product, since similar images are very rare in other parts of the south aral sea region. according to ethnographic data, the very motif of the image of the magpie carries a symbolic meaning, where it is stated that the magpie is a harbinger of "sweeps", the news of a loved one to their families. other informants report it as a symbol of the precious stone amulet. similar bowls are very rare in the south aral medieval settlements, but according to the manufacturing technology they are very close to the afrasiab products dating back to the 10th centuries [10, 98. fig. 105]. red-clay, glazed pottery under glaze painting with engobes was found in the layers of the 10th century at the site of afrasiab, [25, 286], as well as in the territory of maverannahr for the same time [3, 22], in the ceramics of southern turkmenistan [4, 115]. in transcaucasia, glazed pottery with engobe is also known in the ninth and tenth centuries. fig. 1. hemispherical bowl from mizdahkan x-xi centuries. as for the symbolic vine, researcher n.f. lisova considers it to be an ancient floral pattern on which a conditionally artistic figurative pattern was built, rich in exceptionally multi-valued shades of symbolic interpretation. the magical ritual interpretation of the vine theme in the visual arts in the middle east is as old as the crop of this plant. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org although it is not common in the medieval south aral sea, the plot of the magpie itself is known in ethnography as symbolizing the news, in this case “transmits the message to his beloved”. other sources mention that the image of a magpie is considered an intelligent, cunning and resourceful bird. in different nations, they are interpreted in different ways, such as in chinese mythology, the magpie was a symbol of happiness and luck. for the chinese, the magpie predicts happiness, and they call this bird the lucky magpie. for the manchu minority in china, magpies are even sacred birds. koreans consider magpies to be a symbol of good luck and bearers of good news. the famous korean images of the tiger and magpie are an important part of korean culture. in mongolia, magpies help people determine the weather and consider magpies to be very intelligent. the germans believe that the number of magpies you see is critical in determining the meaning behind them. one bird is unlucky, two birds are a symbol of marriage, and three birds are a symbol of a successful journey. in scandinavia, forty are considered evil and a symbol of black magic, and in france, they are considered protectors of the people. in britain, magpies play a significant part in cultural folklore. for the british, magpies are peddlers of bad luck and misfortune. they believe that removing one's hat when a magpie flies overhead will help protect oneself from misfortune [29]. the second watering bowl with the image of a duck in a “free flight” pose was found on the second parade ground from the upper horizon of the “southern settlement” of the mizdakhkan settlement. a fragment of a kashin bowl is presented with white and blue painting, without relief modeling of the ornament, a scalloped rim slightly bent outward, a hemispherical body, on an annular bottom. dv-20, height-8, dd-7, ts-0.5-0.8 cm (fig. 2). the flying duck was located in the ornate central circle, oriented in one direction, with wings spaced between the floral ornamentation in the form of "fleshy leaves" of palmette. the composition of the ornament, consisting of naturalist or stylized motifs of palmette leaves, gives the impression that the bird flies in the "environment of the cloud". the narrow body smoothly passes into a thin, slightly curved neck with a small rounded head and an unusually sharp beak, like a stork. the tail is outlined with a thin scalloped line. on the left side, parallel to the wing and parallel to the long neck, there are two wavy lines resembling the image of "snakes". if this is true, then it can be assumed that in central asia such a compositional stylized motif of the image symbolizes spring, where the stork, the primordial enemy of snakes, was greatly revered. in the spring, when children saw storks for the first time, they warned domestic snakes about danger, shouting: “ laylyak keldy, ilon, koch!” "the stork has arrived, the snake, run!" [22, 104]. but the image of this bowl, despite this, strongly refers to the flying duck. however, by adding the tail and the opened wing, one can judge that at the bottom of this bowl, among the leaves of the palmette, a flying duck is depicted, not a stork. the most common zoomorphic motif in polychrome ceramics with relief modeling of the ornament is the image of a waterfowl a duck. it is generally accepted in the literature that these ducks are a sasanian motif [13, 74]. the image of ducks, as well as other birds and animals, which is located against the background of a relief floral ornament, is a widespread ornamental motif in the ceramics of the near and near east in the 12th– 14th centuries. the palmettes of this section were represented in the center of decorative circle. the image of a palmette is a stylized image of a palm tree, with its fan-shaped and feathery leaves, which served among the ancient jews and egyptians as a symbol of peace and victory [23, 132]. inside of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org scalloped corolla, there is a three-petal palmette, made in the "reserve" and enclosed in a round cartouche, giving an idea of \u200b\u200b growing from one thin stem and from the central ornamental circle. on the outside of the vessel, in the body, a three-petaled palmette was depicted by a repeating interval of a removed wavy cartouche, which the lower part remains unconnected and represents the plant, as it were, in the process of constant growth. fig. 2. fragment of a kashin bowl with white and blue painting from mizdakhkan, late 12th early 13th centuries. there are some differences in the poses of walking or standing ducks in the image in the shape and position of the head and neck, the configuration of the body, and the degree of development of the wings and paws. n.m. bulatov singled out four clear, strictly sustained pictorial canons standing or walking ducks with the head turned to the left, a standing duck with the head turned towards the tail, a flying duck and a paired images of ducks in the three above-mentioned positions [5, 44]. in the body of the syrian vase, a walking duck (goose) is depicted on the bottom of a floral decoration. an image of a duck (or goose) is portrayed in the center of a saucer, among large, sharp leaves, on chinese porcelain of the liao type from the karakorum [11, pl. 14]. as you know, goose and duck are the most popular birds of turkish art. in fairy tales and oral folklore, these images appear as one of the fundamental mythological symbols. the duck represents three american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org elements at once: water, air and sky. such is the “pearl duck”, imprinted in the gold temporal pendants of the bulgars. according to altai myths, "the earth, born of the good spirit ulgen, is represented as a light goose or a duck. carried out a lump of earth from the bottom of the sea, which is why the earth was formed” [24, 58]. the duck had different colorful symbols and meanings among different people, for example, among the finnish people, the patron was a duck. the duck was also declared a saint by the inhabitants of the eastern slopes of the urals. according to greek myths, the ducks saved odyssey's soon-to-be wife penelope, preventing her from drowning. the cult of birds has been preserved among the mari to this day. the mari says that the duck is the parent of the world. it was she who became the bride of the great god of thunder ukko and laid an enormous egg the earth. among the kirghiz, atayka ogar or red duck came from the daughter-in-law of the prophet, who ventured to swim in the forbidden lake. since this bird originated from a man, according to muslim customs, its meat is not eatable. the kalmyks have a sacred red duck, it's "all birds' pop." among the kachins, the duck is a god of the air, the orochs believe that the first person came from him. duck in ukrainian folklore poem is a feminine symbol, especially sad. in a cossack song, the weeping woman of a cossack who left for the countryside is likened to a duck floating on the lake. until quite recently, the buryat did not hunt waterfowl. according to ancient slavic myths, a duck gave birth to the world [30]. in khorezm, zoomorphic images on medieval glazed ceramics are represented by ducks, pheasants, hares, fish, etc. feathers such as a dove, an eagle, a pheasant are the favorite zoomorphic images for kerder ceramists and from animals are known deer, a gazelle (gazelle), and a horse. this version is completed by the two fragments of a watering bowl with the image of a bird described earlier. although they are imported products, the ceramists of prial south imitated their products to the imported samples during the production of ceramic products. kashin ceramics from the south aral sea region are characterised by a white-grey porous paste. kashin occurs here in the late twelfth early thirteenth century. a huge amount of work was devoted to kashin products, known throughout the eurasian continent by professor m.-sh. kdyrniyazov [14, 74; 15, 7375; 16, 162]. the researcher believes that the kashin ceramics of the medieval khorezm had its own local traditions and schools, which are associated solely with this area. bowls of kashin with the image of a bird can be seen among the ceramic complex of shehr-islam, which dates from the 9th to the beginning of the 13th century. the researcher j. iskanderova believes the leading role among the glazed ceramics of khaivankala (kerder) belongs to birds [12, 59-60] and associates them with astral symbols and dates them to the 9th-11th centuries. besides these, they are located in the environment of the afrasiab ceramic complex of the 9th-10th centuries. in the aral sea region, the design of ceramics with zoomorphic and feathered plots is found in the settlement of zamakhshara [9, 293. fig. 15], kerder ceramic [20, 114-115, fig. 11-12], sadwar (2, 242). fig. 3, 8. table, 1-65; rice. 6-7], in angren x in [7, 71], fergana in xi-xii centuries. [8, 98. fig. 1], semirechye [6, 4], in merv [18, 86] and in other parts of central asia, where it dates from the ix-early xiii century. the area of distribution of the image of birds on ceramic products can be observed from the 9th to the 13th century throughout the territory of central asia. in general, the two bowls presented fall into the categories of highly artistic ceremonial objects, are interpreted from the point of view of mythology american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org and are used to determine cultural layers. until now, they can be considered as an imported product, because images on ceramic products are very rare for the south aral region of this period. naturally, the taxonomic series concerned do not exhaust all interpretive possibilities. plot motifs can be interpreted even more deeply and demonstrate symbolic, schematic and transformational meanings. thus, in the south aral sea region, the image of a bird was reflected on the surface of the bottoms of watering bowls with plant compositions, which has a deep symbolic semantic content and astrological significance. although the religion of muslims did not permit pictures of living beings in the visual arts. despite this taboo, fine arts in the south aral sea region, which had long and strong traditions, continued to exist for a long time in the minds of the people, as a valuable relic of the spiritual culture of the ancestors of the region. on the other hand, the images on the ceramic products of the southern aral sea can be taken as an attribute of the highly artistic creation of the master ceramists of the region. references 1. atagarryev e. kashin ceramics of shehr islam // 1969. sa no. 2, pp. 274-278. 2. armarchuk e a. semantics of zoomorphic ornamentation of glazed ceramics of khorezm // archaeological research in turkmenistan. ashgabad, 1992. 3. bolshakov o.g. glazed ceramics of maveranahr viii-xiv centuries. as a historical and cultural monument: author. dis. ... ph.d. l., 1954. 4. byashimova n.s. glazed ceramics of southern turkmenistan (ix-xiv centuries). ashgabat., 1989. 5. bulatov n.m. anthropomorphic and zoomorphic plots in the ceramics of the golden horde // the volga region and adjacent territories in the middle ages. m., 2002. 6. bernshtam a.n. chui valley. proceedings of the semirechensk expedition // mia. issue. 14. m-l., 1950. 7. brusenko l.g. glazed ceramics bowl ix-xii centuries. tashkent, 1986. 8. brykina g.a. zoomorphic images in the medieval ceramics of ferghana. // ksia. issue 132. m., 1972. 9. vakturskaya n.n. chronological classification of medieval ceramics of khorezm (ix-xiv centuries) // ceramics of khorezm / proceedings of khaee. vol. iv / ed. s.p. tolstov, m.g. vorobyov. m.: publishing house of the academy of sciences of the ussr, 1959. s. 261–342. 10. vishnevskaya n.yu. glazed ceramics of central asia at the end of the 8th beginning of the 13th centuries // catalog of the collection in the collection of the state museum of the east. m., 2018. 156 p.: ill. 11. evtyukhova l.p. ancient chinese ceramics from the karakorum // sa. 1959. no. 3. 12. iskanderova a.d. ornamentation of glazed ceramics of khorezm ix-xi centuries. // au 2016. no. 1. (12). pp. 49-64. 13. querfeld f. ceramics of the middle east. guide to the recognition and definition of ceramic products. l., 1947. 144 p. ill. 14. kdyrniyazov m.-sh. material culture of the cities of khorezm in the xiii-xiv centuries. nukus, 1989. 15. kdyrniyazov m.-sh. kashin ceramics of khorezm // history and material culture of karakalpakstan. nukus, 2006, pp. 73-86. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 16. kdyrniyazov m.-sh. culture of khorezm in the xiii-xiv centuries. samarkand: zarafshon, 2015. 320 p. ill. 17. lisova n.f. ornament of glazed dishes of the golden horde cities of the lower volga region. series "archaeology of the eurasian steppes". issue 15. kazan: institute of history of the academy of sciences of the republic of tatarstan, 2012. 184 p. + 24 s. col. incl. 18. lunina s.b. zoomorphic plots in ceramics with stamped ornamentation from a pottery workshop of the 12th early 13th centuries. in the quarter of ceramists of old merv // proceedings of tashkent state university. issue 172. tashkent., 1960. 19. mambetullaev m.m. kerder bowl // imcu. issue. 30. samarkand., 1999. 20. mambetullaev m.m., turmanov zh.t., yusupov o.zh. kerder glazed ceramics // vestnik kk oan ruz. nukus., 2005. no. 1-2. 21. report on the archaeological work of the karakalpak state university on the site of mizdakhkan in 2022. nukus, 2023. 50 p. 22. peschereva e.m. pottery production of central asia. m.-l.: publishing house of the academy of sciences of the ussr, 1959. 398 p. 23. fokina l.v. 2005, fokina l.v. ornament. tutorial. -m., phoenix. , 2005. 172 p. 24. shageeva r.g. tatar carpets and kelems of the 19th–20th centuries // from the history of the tatar people. kazan, 1995. 25. shelkovnikov b.a. glazed pottery from the excavations of the city of ani. yerevan, 1957. 26. shishkina g.v. glazed ceramics of sogd (second half of the 8th early 13th centuries). tashkent., 1979. 27. yakobson a.l. artistic ceramics of baylakan (oren-kala) // antiquities of the moscow kremlin. m., 1971 28 lane. a. later islamic pottery. persia, syria, egypt, turkey. (2d;ed). london: faber and faber, 1971 29. https://ru.sr76beerworks.com/magpie-spirit-animal 30. https://stihi.ru/2015/09/02/6270 https://ru.sr76beerworks.com/magpie-spirit-animal https://stihi.ru/2015/09/02/6270 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org the role of manifestations of the jadidist movement in the formation of political culture among youth farxodjonova nodira farxodjon qizi, teacher, namangan engineering – construction institute uzbekistan, namangan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the socio-political views of the jadids, the first socio-political movement that embarked on the path of struggle for national independence in turkestan was the movement of jadidism. the jadids proclaimed their main goal to build a secular democratic state by reforming its economic, political and cultural life, working out their own way of introducing the peoples of central asia to the achievements of world civilization. jadidism movement, national independence, publishing, national identity, development of national culture, secular democratic state, spiritual heritage. at the end of the xix — beginning of the xx centuries in turkestan, the decisive action of the peoples for national independence began. the first socio-political movement that embarked on the path of struggle for national independence in turkestan was the jadidism movement. the jadids considered themselves supporters of innovations and initially advocated the reform of the old system of muslim education, sought to promote european scientific and technical thought, the eradication of religious ignorance, dogmatics and fanaticism, to arouse interest in the history of islam as opposed to the penetration of alien moral ideals. in the first period of their activity jadids focused on the implementation of religious reform and educational research. in their theoretical works we find a call: to restore the former power of the muslim peoples through the simplification of traditional rituals and liberation from all the superficial and fanatical. they proposed to revise the traditional socio-philosophical system not only from the standpoint of the development of culture, science and education, but (and this is the main thing) also in the light of the tasks of the anti-colonial struggle. in order to reform the education system, the jadids began to create their own national schools, teaching in which was based on new methods. these schools were supposed to be a means of protecting national culture, islam, traditions and customs. they began to be called "new-method" ("jadidi-usul"). in jadidi schools with a new method (jadidi-usul), children learned to read and write in just a few months. in schools, in addition to religious disciplines, subjects such as arithmetic, geography, and the basics of natural science were taught. initially, the jadids, based on the ideas of ismail gasprinsky, opened new-method schools and began to use the sound teaching method in them instead of the old method of memorization. in these schools, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org along with religious subjects, secular sciences were taught. the jadids and their schools played an important role in educating the masses and growing their political consciousness. the most prominent representatives of the movement were mahmudhoja behbudi, abdullah kadiri, abdurauf fitrat, chulpon, munavvar kori, sadriddin aini and others. however, soon the jadid movement went beyond enlightenment and became an ideological weapon of the progressives of turkestan in the struggle for national independence. the main content of the national idea of jadidism — the unification of all the indigenous peoples of turkestan — is presented in the artistic and journalistic works of behbudi, fitrat, fayzulla khodzhayev, chulpan and other progressive patriots. mahmudhoja behbudi, the founder and one of the theorists of jadidism in turkestan, revealed the essence of this principle in this way: "history knows that rights are not given, but acquired. any nation, any people can protect their rights, religion and politics only by combining efforts and their own aspirations. we, muslims, in particular, muslims of turkestan, do not want anyone to threaten our religion and nation, and in turn, we declare that we have no purpose to threaten anyone". he justified the idea that no one and no government will voluntarily grant freedom to the people. behbudi strongly expresses the idea that freedom is gained through struggle and unification. the jadids, who took an active part in the organization of various parties and societies, became leaders of the national movement. the turkestan autonomy was also supposed to have its own customs, treasury, federal bank, and conclude trade and economic agreements with certain states. since 1905, the jadids have established publishing activities and started publishing newspapers "sadoi samarkand" ("voice of samarkand"), "sadoi fargona" ("voice of fergana"), "tarakkiyot" ("progress"), "khurshid" ("the sun"), the magazine "oina" ("mirror"), etc. all this contributed to the growth of political and national consciousness of the local population. soon, the process of forming various organizations from among representatives of local nationalities began in the turkestan region. jadidism manifested itself in a peculiar form in the bukhara and khiva khanates, which is connected with the historical, socio-political and spiritual processes of that time. but there were those who served this government and tried to influence the adoption of such decisions that would meet the goals of the national revival of turkestan. jadidism developed mainly in three directions: 1) cultural and educational the development of national culture and art, the improvement of the spirituality of the people, the implementation of reforms in the public education system; 2) socio-political — the creation of political parties, organizations, national press, designed to educate people in the spirit of devotion to the fatherland, to form the ideology of independence, to increase political activity in the struggle for national independence; 3) political — the acquisition of political independence and the establishment of civilized relations with other states of the world. the jadids proclaimed their main goal to build a secular democratic state by reforming its economic, political and cultural life, working out their own way of introducing the peoples of central asia to the achievements of world civilization. the fate of the jadids turned out to be tragic. it was only after uzbekistan gained independence in 1991 that the processes of reviving spiritual values and the republic's entry into world civilization began. what the jadids dreamed of has become a reality. the beginning of a qualitatively new stage in the development of socio-political thought in uzbekistan is connected with the restoration of national independence, the transition from a totalitarian system to normal democratic development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org on this occasion, the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.mirziyoyev noted: "....this year we should honorably celebrate the 145th anniversary of mahmudhoja behbudi, an outstanding scientist and public figure who, in a difficult period of our history, boldly stood up for the freedom of the motherland and the enlightenment of the people. in general, we need to study deeply the history of the jadid movement, the legacy of our enlightenment ancestors. the more we study this spiritual heritage, the easier it will be for us to find answers to the questions that concern us today. the more actively we promote it, the more our people, especially young people, will appreciate the current peaceful and free life". however, the jadids understood that the colonial system of administration in turkestan not only does not meet national needs, but also causes enormous socio-economic damage to the camp. therefore, from the struggle for a new-method secular education, the strengthening of the best aspects of national identity, the intensive development of culture, the movement eventually resulted in a struggle for political independence and democratic forms of government. the jadids were convinced that the turkestan region, being part of the muslim world, but representing an independent unique phenomenon in world history, must find its rightful place in the complex and contradictory future that the twentieth century was opening. references 1. фарходжонова н. ф. проблемы применения инновационных технологий в образовательном процессе на международном уровне //инновационные тенденции, социально-экономические и правовые проблемы взаимодействия в международном пространстве. – 2016. – с. 58-61. 2. фарходжонова н. ф. влияние идеологических процессов на национальную идею в условиях глобализации //мир науки и образования. – 2016. – №. 2 (6). 3. farhodjonovna f. n. spiritual education of young in the context of globalization //мир науки и образования. – 2017. – №. 1 (9). 5. исмоилов м. и., фарходжонова н. ф. the philosophy analysis of the evolution of ecological paradigm //новые идеи в философии. – 2016. – с. 1-7. 6. исмаилов м. и., фархаджанова н. ф. экологическая парадигма: смысл и сущность //фундаментальные и прикладные исследования в современном мире. – 2016. – №. 13-4. – с. п20-23. 7. фарходжонова н. ф., жураев ж. а. влияние идеологических процессов на национальную идею в условиях глобализации //теория и практика современной науки. – 2017. – №. 4. – с. 1518. 8. фарходжонова н.ф. массовая культура-деструктор нашей национальной культуры //теория и практика современной науки. – 2017. – №. 4. – с. 11-14. 9. фарходжонова н. ф., уринбоев х. б. highly spiritual person-basis of the national spiritual development //молодой ученый. – 2016. – №. 4. – с. 727-729. 10. farhodjonova n.f., akramova d. s. globalization: meaning and essence //теория и практика современной науки. – 2017. – №. 4. – с. 8-11. 11. akbarov b. a. pedagogical system of formation of professional thinking in secondary school students.: author. dis.... dcs. – 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 12. farhodzhonova n.f. problemy primenenija innovacionnyh tehnologij v obrazovatel'nom processe na mezhdunarodnom urovne. innovacionnye tendencii, social'no-jekonomicheskie i pravovye problemy vzaimodejstvija v mezhdunarodnom prostranstve. – 2016. 13. farxodjonova n. features of modernization and integration of national culture //scientific bulletin of namangan state university. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 167-172. 14. ergashev i., farxodjonova n. integration of national culture in the process of globalization //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 477-479. 15. farxodjonqizi f. n., dilshodjonugli n. s. innovative processes and trends in the educational process in uzbekistan //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2020. – т. 10. – №. 4. – с. 621-626. 16. farxodjonova n.f. modernization and integration: social-philosophical analysis //роль науки в формировании современной виртуальной реальности. – 2019. – с. 10-12. 17. farxodjonova n.f. problemi primeneniya innovatsionnix texnologiy v obrazovatel'nom protsesse na mejdunarodnom urovne //mejdunarodnaya konferentsiya. innovatsionnie tendentsii, sotsial'noekonomicheskie i pravovie problemi vzaimodeystviya v mejdunarodnom prostranstve.-2016.-s. – с. 58-61. 18. farxodjonova n.f. history modernization and integration of culture //теория и практика современной науки. – 2018. – №. 3. – с. 13-15. 19. abduxamidovna m. d., abdurahmonovich a. b. analysis of the results of psychological and pedagogical research of labor migrants and their families //middle european scientific bulletin. – 2021. – т. 12. – с. 440-443. 20. farxodjonova n. f. modernization of uzbek language and national-spiritual heritage in national culture". the american journal of social science and education //innovations. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 01. – с. 585. 21. farxodjonova n. f. formation of national idea through factors of national culture //мировая наука 2020. проблемы и перспективы. – 2020. – с. 3-6. 22. muxiddinova x. g. social and political views of jadides //мировая наука. – 2019. – №. 3. – с. 36-39. 23.farxodjonova n. f., abdurahimov v. a. modern technologies of students training in higher education //наука и техника. мировые исследования. – 2020. – с. 5-7. 24. farxodjonova n. f. modernization and globalization as historical stages of human integration //теория и практика современной науки. – 2018. – №. 3. – с. 1619. 25. farxodjonova n. f. relation to national culture in the condition spiritual renew of society in the republic of uzbekistan //мировая наука. – 2018. – №. 6. – с. 14-17. 26. akbarov b. formation of professional motivation of students in the educational process //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 4. – с. 702-704. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 27. abdullajonova n. t. из истории изучения творчество абу райхана беруни //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 4. – с. 137-142. 28. farxodjonova n. f. modernization and integration: social-philosophical analysis. rol'nauki v formirovanii sovremennoj virtual'noj real'nosti. – 2019. 29. farxodjonova n. f. problemi primeneniya innovatsionnix texnologiy v obrazovatel'nom protsesse na mejdunarodnom urovne. mejdunarodnaya konferentsiya. innovatsionnie tendentsii, sotsial'noekonomicheskie i pravovie problemi vzaimodeystviya v mejdunarodnom prostranstve. – 2016. 30. isroilovich i. m. et al. philosophical ideas and views of national culture in the condition of globalization //palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology. – 2020. – т. 17. – №. 7. – с. 14289-14295. 31. farxodjonova n. f., pulatov a. modern methods of increasing student interest in social sciences //экономика и социум. – 2019. – №. 4. – с. 38-40. 32. farhodzhonova n.f. the influence of ideological processes on the national idea in the conditions of globalization //the world of science and education. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 6. 33. numonjonov s. d. innovative methods of professional training //isj theoretical & applied science, 01 (81). – 2020. – с. 747-750. 34. dehqanova s. formation of innovative activities in the educational system: technological approach //приоритетные направления научных исследований. – 2019. – с. 11-12. 35. egamberdievna d. s. the influence of the religious worldview on the cultural development of mankind //central asian journal of literature, philosophy and culture. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 46-52. 36. akbarov b. a. pedagogical system of formation of professional thinking in secondary school students //author. dis.... dcs. – 2020. 37. абдуллажанова н. т. беруни-историк науки //мировая наука 2020. проблемы и перспективы. – 2020. – с. 28-30. 38. abdurakhmonovich a. b. factors influencing the formation of professional thinking in pupils //european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol. – 2020. – т. 8. – №. 2. 39. forming pupils’ professional thinking model //eastern european scientific journal. – 2019. – №.1. 40. akbarov b. a., bunyod n. formation of professional thinking as a prerequisite for the successful activity of a specialist //conferencea. – 2022. – с. 58-62. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org some reflections on the importance of water in the uzbek khanate statehood system mulladjanova rano abdulladjanovna candidate of pedagogical sciences, assistant of professor tashkent state pedagogical institute, uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the importance of water in the state system of the uzbek khanates are extremely great, from a historical point of view, what was the water supply of the population of the uzbek khanates, the state of the aral sea from the earliest times to the end of the 17th century, the changes that occurred in its basin at the end of the 19th century and attention was paid to its consequences. ecology, water problem, irrigation system, water bodies, reservoirs, state, politics, information, society, technology, social process, economy, social relations, nation and development. introduction today, there is no branch of science that has been left out when it comes to solving environmental problems. including in the question of the water problem. the water problem in the movarounnahr area has not been overlooked by scientists since ancient times. academic y.g.ghulomov is also recognized in his major work "the irrigation history of khorezm"[1], 1957-1959. also one can also cite v.v.bartold's research entitled "scientific results of island expeditions"[2], published in 1902. in this study, we will witness the state of the aral sea from the earliest period to the end of the seventeenth century, the changes that occurred in its basin when it came to the end of the nineteenth century, the fact that in ancient times there were plans to flow amu darya water into the caspian sea in order to make. bozsuv is a canal released from the chirchik river in ancient times, its length is 159 km. the sources reflect the fact that the chirchik flows along the ancient routes on the right bank, from the northeast to the south-west, passing through the zangiota and yangiyul districts of the tashkent region and the territory of the city of tashkent, as well as through the lands of south kazakhstan, into the syrdarya near chinoz. looking at history and observing that the importance of water in the statehood system of uzbek khanates is extremely great. the water supply of the population of the emirate of bukhara was in a difficult situation. the bukharians mainly used pool water. in the summer months, the water of the zarafshan river did not reach bukhara. in the middle of the 19th century, there were about 100 pools in bukhara and about 250 in the surrounding areas. pond devonbegi, pond rashid, pond hoja american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org zainiddin, labi pond, and bolo ponds were popular in bukhara. in the history of statehood of bukhara khanate, the attention to water and water structures was so high that the surroundings of the city's pools were treated with marble and paving stones. cisterns were built over the eshoni imlo and halifa khudoydod ponds. the devonhouse of the bukhara emirate, madrasa, caravanserai, markets, teahouses, rich apartments were provided by special specialists with pool water. in the 19th century, the khiva khanate was divided into 20 principalities and provinces. in addition to the besharik and kat kungirot viceroyalty and khan's own specific territories (khiva) there were also waterworks in the khiva khanate, a kind of regulated system of meliorasia. the population was engaged in agriculture and livestock. this means that there was a great need for water and water facilities. the lands were irrigated by shahabad, yarmanu, gazovot, polvonyob, qilich niyozboy, dovdin and other channels. the entire water system was concentrated in the hands of the khan and the nobility. landless peasants were engaged in fishing. in the kokand khanate, the attention to water and water is even more ancient. from the vi-xv centuries to the seventeenth century, that is, before shahrihonsoy was dug, a part of the oqbura river flowing from osh was flowing through the present-day shahrihonsoy uzan, passing through asaka. the entire farming crop was irrigated from ditches built at the foot of uzan and aravansoy and developed steadily. the agriculture of the kokand khanate was mainly organized by irrigation farming. by the 18th century, as a result of grazing, the water of the oqbura river remains very little to andijan. this state in the history of the country produces the need to extract water from the black sea, digging the andijonsoy canal. aravansoy water, which is also an aquifer, is also taken for the above-ground farmland and remains shortly after asaka. kokand khan amir umarkhon (1809-1822) who, at the request of his life partner nodirabegim (17921842), connected the waterless lands in the entire khanate area with each other, starting from karadarya, in order to extract water to the waterless areas in the khanate 102.km.ga the current city, which has been stretched, has drawn the project of the site. the excavation of the creek began in 1814 under the name "nodirabegim arik". unfortunately, umarkhon dies in 1822, unable to complete this fantastic work that he had begun. after his death, the construction of the water structure will be continued by his son muhammad ali khan. the construction of the ditch, which extends from karadarya to the present-day altiariq district, will be completed and they will build shahrikhon (khan city), located on its two banks in honor of umarkhon. in the kokand khanate, the price of the land was determined depending on its fertility and how much water it was supplied. residents paid good attention to their maintenance to some extent, the further expansion of irrigation facilities, as irrigation networks were a great source of income. the water in the khanate was so dear that although the peasants were not paid any fees by the khanate, the peasants themselves regularly watched the irrigation facilities, dug additional new ditches, cleaned and corrected the old ones. the importance of water in the uzbek khanates' statehood system was so high that external enemies who invaded the khanates sought to achieve their goals by blocking the water to capture the city. for example: on april 27, 1865, general chernyaev, with an army of about 2,000 people and 12 cannons, again set off towards tashkent, demolishing the dam from the chirchik of the kaikovus arug (bozsuv canal)next to the niyozbek fortress near the chirchik river, leaving the city without water, on the night of june 7 to june 8, 1865, with the help. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org an analysis of the literature on the problem under consideration showed that a person consumes an average of 75 tons of water during his life. a rare book of zoroastrianism in this matter – "avesto" admits that there is life on earth, where there is water, air. so what is being done in our country on the issue of the water problem? the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on protected natural areas" has been adopted. this law was introduced in accordance with the resolution of the oliy majlis of december 3, 2020 no. 711-ii. in article 17 of this law: ...protection of water protection zones, coastal regions and zones of surface and groundwater formation is carried out by the same agricultural and water bodies, legal entities and individuals, in which agricultural and water bodies are organized on land plots of legal entities and individuals. sanitary protection zones of water bodies are guarded by internal affairs bodies – reflected. water, attention to water was not left out of the point of view of our ancestors. it is not for nothing that in ancient times our ancestors said: "do not waste water even if you stand next to the ocean." water is not an inexhaustible reserve, water, flora and fauna, as well as other natural resources are a nationwide wealth, the absorption of the need for rational use into the consciousness of the growing younger generation is one of the important tasks ahead of us. so let's appreciate the water flowing in front of us. references 1. исломов ў.и., мирсоатова с.т. ўзбекистон ибтидоий археологиясини ўрганишда академик яхё ғуломнинг роли . т.: “фан”.2009.б48. 2. хўжамов м., ва бошқалар. тарихий ўлкашунослик ва туризм. т.: “мумтоз сўз”. 2011.220б. 3. бегматов а. асака номи қаердан олинган? андижоннома. 1996. 13 августь. 4. бобоев ҳ., ҳасанов с. “авесто” – маънавиятимиз сарчашмаси. т.: “адолат”, 2014. 137б. 5. khaldarovna t. m., numonovna e. g., abdulladjanovna m. r. role of medialiteracy in higher education //american journal of social and humanitarian research. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 9. – с. 33-37. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org basic features of linguistic character of the word meaning majidova ezozakhon ibrohim kizi esl teacher at the 7th general secondary school of shakhrisabz city, kashkadarya region a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, basic features of linguistic character of the word meaning are analysed. as well as, the article gives a complete description of the meaning of the word, its actualization, the role of context and cites example sentences. pragmatics , context, generative power, linguistic sign, v.v. vinogradov, g.leech, precontexts, linguistic units. introduction modern theories of pragmatics assume that the meaning of a word depends on context and postulate the generative power of context . meaning is studied in pragmatics as part of the context. g. leech defines pragmatics as the doctrine of the situational meaning of an utterance [1]. neo-grisian theory and relevance theory agree that the lexical meaning of a word is indeterminate without context and is conditioned by it. this idea is not new, because in from the early middle ages onward, it has been repeatedly asserted that a word without context has no meaning at all. according to most pragmatists, the context allows the word to express its hidden potential. modern pragmatics distinguishes between implicatures of the speaker implicit information that the speaker puts in, and inferences what the listener extracts. speech activity in the process of communication presupposes the presence of two planes of perception simultaneously: from the side of the speaker the one who generates the statement, and from the side of the listener. the speaker, creating an utterance, exercises control over what and how he says, how he formulates his thoughts. the listener interprets the speaker's statement, and his interpretation may not coincide with the content laid down in this statement by the speaker [2]. thus, conflict risk factors may arise, which are determined by the contradictions between the generation of the text and its perception. in this article, we are primarily interested in the question of the role of the word and context in the emergence of a speech conflict. context is the terms in which a word is used to clarify its meaning. in linguistics, context is any factor —linguistic, physical, social—that influences the interpretation of linguistic signs. this may be the language environment, the situation of verbal communication or the environment in which the object exists. the context is everything but the given linguistic sign. according to modern theories of pragmatics, the context is responsible for everything. in the following anecdote, context plays a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org selective and clarifying role: “ what are you doing there, anvar, are you reading so loudly!?” "history, mother." “ so read to yourself.” “ yes, in history, mom nothing is written about me” . the role of context is no longer so clear in the following sentence: i'm bored with you, i want to sleep with you. in this sentence, the word "sleep" can have both a literal and a figurative meaning. for its unambiguous interpretation, more context is needed, which would play a clarifying role. what role does the word play? doesn't the word have the same mighty power as the context in determining meaning? the following phrases help us to give answer to this hilola, where have you been? anvar asked about you. roza, where have you been? it's already dark. i have already begun to worry. get undressed and eat quickly. the word "lost" has the same meaning in both sentences. if the word "disappeared" is used in other contexts, its meaning also does not change. it turns out: and where did you disappear for so long? they searched all over the city for you, but you were nowhere to be found. even your friends didn't know where you were. it turns out that the word can also have the same mighty power as the context in determining meaning. in fact, words and phrases can create their own context. the approach to the word and context differs significantly in british and american linguistics. it is determined by two interrelated factors the typology of languages and the research tradition. there are different classifications of languages. hale, marácz & muysken and others have distinguished between configurational languages and non-configurational languages based on how words are organized in sentences. in configuration languages such as english, word order determines the grammatical relationship between them, andn lexical object is usually the same as the grammatical object. for example: john broke the glass. you must watch this film. children like cats. usually, any change in word order in an english sentence leads to violates grammatical norms and makes the sentence incorrect: broke john the glass. in non-configurational languages, grammatical relations denote suffixes and endings, not word order, and various permutations of word order are allowed without changing the basic meaning of the sentence. word order plays a pragmatic role. of course, configurationality is not a dichotomy, but a continuum, on which configuration languages are located on the left (for example, english, german, etc.). based on the idea of a close relationship and conditionality of all aspects of the language, v.v. vinogradov described morphology in terms of its syntactic functioning. l.s. vygotsky brought the fact of the development of the meaning of a word closer to the fact of the development of consciousness. for him, the word is an apparatus that reflects the external world in its connections and relationships. the question arises: does the word have semantic independence? there are opposite approaches to this question: “ in absolute isolation, no sign has any meaning; symbolic meaning arises in the context...” [3]; “ regardless of its given use, the word is present in knowledge with all its meanings, with hidden and possible, ready at first reason to rise to the surface” [4]. take the following sentence without context: "listen." it has not any meaning without context. the word creates a context, and context creates meaning. in the mind of a person, a meaning is generated on the basis of previous experiences with the word. for example, a wife appears in my head, who usually addresses me like this: “ listen” (“ let me tell you something” ). or take the following conversation: sasha, phone. -i'm in the toilet. -okay. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org we know exactly where and how the conversation is happening because words create context. evidence indicates that words encode past experiences, and past contexts for the use of a given word or expression. it turns out that the word is also a context. it is a storehouse of previous situations in which the word was used. we can say that a word is a warehouse of former contexts [4]. the words in the following sentences have certain metaphorical meanings based on previous usages rooted in the speaker's experience. will you marry me? what is she getting at? i heard that you will be leaving us soon. language resources are always oriented towards a previously known reality. new knowledge always lacks language. the language reflects the previously known reality, but it is ready to change, as required by socio-cultural factors. the emergence of new words and phrases is a reaction of the language to changes in the socio-political and economic life of society, due to time. new words appear to denote new phenomena in society, such as the expression brain drain, which is a tracing paper from the english language. on the other hand, the changes taking place in the language itself with the use of "old" words and phrases speak of the internal possibilities of the language itself. the history of the change in the meaning of the word comrade clearly shows how social changes are reflected in the language. the lexical meaning of a word encodes the contexts in which it was used. the actual context only realizes what is inherent in the word itself. yu.v. fomenko was right when he said that "the word does not adapt to the context, is not deformed, is not remade in it", but is used in the sense in which the speaker uses it [5]. s.d. katsnelson also noted that "context in such cases is not a generator of meanings, but their external 'developer'". evidence indicates that words that encode past contexts of use of a given word or expression play just as important a role in determining the actual meaning of a given word as the actual context of use. the following example clearly shows this defining role: hilola, let's go drink beer. no i can not. the doctor won't allow it. what's wrong with you? the word changes the context :hilola, let's go drink beer. no i can not. mother-in-law does not allow. -what's wrong with you? changing the word "doctor" to the word "mother-in-law" causes a change in the meaning of the expression what's wrong with you? and the whole actual context. the facts discussed above indicate that knowledge of the external world about is in two context types: actual, situational, extralinguistic contexts, "old", previous, former contexts encoded in words and linguistic units, or precontexts. in conclusion, according to modern theories of pragmatics, communication is cooperation between participants and the search for relevance. the speaker's task is to decide, on the basis of the listener's ideas known to him (his knowledge of the meanings of the compared forms, knowledge of the previous and wider context, ideas about the world, etc.), which of the possible formulations of his intention will be better understood by the listener . understanding necessarily includes the conclusions that the listener must draw in order to restore the speaker's intention, and these conclusions will be made on the basis of all the information listed. the task of the addressee is to realize the intention of the interlocutor, decipher, "calculate" it on the basis of all the knowledge and facts that he has. the degree of accuracy of the calculated pragmatic meaning determines the nature of the verbal and/or behavioral response of the addressee and the quality of the act of communication — in the zone of harmonic or disharmonic communication. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. leech geoafrey. principles of pragmatics. london: longman, 1983 2. tretyakova v.s. 2004. speech conflict and aspects of its study. jurislinguistics-5: server of electronic publications wmc asu 3. elmslev l. prolegomena to the theory of language // new in linguistics. m., 1960. t. 1. p. 303 4. kecskes i. dueling context: a dynamic model of meaning // journal of pragmatics. 2008. vol. 40. issue 3. p. 385-406 5. fomenko yu.v. man, word and context (the concept of man in modern philosophical and psychological thought. novosibirsk, 2001. p. 164-168) 6. katsnelson s.d. categories of language and thinking: from the scientific heritage / otv. ed. l.yu. sconce ude. m.: languages of slavic culture, 2001. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org plagiarism in scientific research and publications yusupov jasurbek melsovich independent applicant at the civil law department of the tashkent state university of law jasur.yusupov@gmail.com about the author: the author of this article, yusupov jasurbek melsovich was born on january 28, 1987 in the khorezm region of the republic of uzbekistan. in 2009 he graduated from the tashkent state law institute, and in 2011 he graduated from the magistracy of this educational institution. during his studies at the institute, he was actively engaged in the study of such foreign languages as english and german. after graduating from the university, he began his career as a lawyer in various organizations, and in 2013 he received a license to practice law. while working as a lawyer, at the same time he worked as a teacher at urgench state university until 2019. since november 2020 till march 2022, he worked as a teacher at the department of civil law at the tashkent state university of law. he is the author of over 10 scientific articles. currently he is an independent applicant and is working on a dissertation entitled "civil forms and means of combating plagiarism". a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s plagiarism, means of fighting against plagiarism, as well as its forms are investigated. plagiarism refers to negative phenomena, both in all areas of human life, and in the scientific field. unfortunately, at present, copyright infringement in the form of plagiarism in dissertations, articles, publications, etc. is increasingly common. this fact is mainly associated with the development of the internet, various means of photocopying, as well as the impunity of plagiarists. plagiarism, auto-plagiarism and compilation are inevitable consequences of the pursuit of the number of publications. they have their reasons and consequences, which are disclosed in the article. in the conditions of forced stamping by scientists of as many articles as possible, plagiarism has become an inevitable means of creating them for some authors, therefore, the article analyzes the history of its occurrence, clarifies its definition and consequences, presents ways to reduce its volume and combat it. plagiarism, compilation, auto-plagiarism, causes of ethical violations, consequences of plagiarism, protection of moral rights, copyright. introduction jacques yves cousteau said: “what is a scientist after all? scientist is a curious man looking through a keyhole of nature, trying to understand what is happening” [1]. a public phenomenon called "plagiarism" is associated with various branches of law, as well as with violation of ethical rules and mailto:jasur.yusupov@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org standards of scientific activity. plagiarism undoubtedly refers to negative phenomena, both in science and in other areas of human life. in addition to plagiarism, other negative phenomena are known in science: falsification of factual information in publications, dishonesty of expert reviewers, etc. plagiarism is not new. for example, about a hundred years ago, belyatskin s.a. [2] noted that: “... plagiarism will be where the creativity of the individual ends and the mechanical transmission of other people's ideas and alien forms begins, so the plagiarist does not appear before society as the author of a well-known spiritual plan, even if based on the creativity of another, but as a simple transmitter of someone else's ideas, someone else's form under the guise of their own.” thus, even then, the interpretation of an intellectual product was considered as a derivative work, different from plagiarism. recently, thanks to the mass media, the word "plagiarism" has become widely known from the professional sphere of criminal law. inappropriate citation incidents in academia have become scandalous stories. the stereotype of "plagiarism" has appeared in the mass consciousness. unfortunately, lawyers did not actively investigate such a phenomenon, and this led to the fact that people began to understand the word "plagiarism" as a text in which someone else's text is used as their own. the study of the legal properties of the social phenomenon “violation of copyright for works of science” is relevant and important. as a first approximation, the word "plagiarism" has the meaning of an action that potentially or actually leads to a violation of the law and / or ethical rules. the word "plagiarism" is in demand only in the criminal code of the republic of uzbekistan. in accordance with article 149, attribution of authorship (plagiarism), coercion to co-authorship on objects of intellectual property, as well as disclosure without the consent of the author of information about these objects before their official registration or publication is punished in accordance with the law. there is also a similar provision in the code of the republic of uzbekistan on administrative responsibility. if we proceed from the fact that large damage from plagiarism is quite rare in the scientific field, then this article practically does not work. in case of violation of the author's personal non-property rights, their protection is carried out, in particular, by recognizing the right, restoring the situation that existed before the violation of the right, suppressing actions that violate the right or create a threat of violation, compensation for moral damage, publication of the court decision on the violation. the civil code of the republic of uzbekistan does not use the word “plagiarism”, but instead uses the phrase “violation of the author’s personal moral rights”. note that the civil code protects the rights of authors to the form of a work. work ideas are not protected by copyright. however, the theme as a form of the idea of a work may fall under the scope of the civil code. thus, the peculiarity of the results of scientific activity is that not every such result belongs to a scientific work as an object of copyright. this is due to the fact that objectified ideas are the main ones in the results of scientific activity. it should be noted that there are not enough publications on plagiarism in legal scientific journals. among them we can mention the publication of khametov r[3]. back in 2000, he formulated the task of developing a methodology for detecting plagiarism in scientific dissertations. khametov r. singled out two points of view on plagiarism of scientific works in the form of attribution by another person of authorship: 1) part or the whole work, 2) at least one idea from the work. since the civil code of the republic of uzbekistan does not protect the ideas of works, legal liability can arise only if there is a fact of complete or partial coincidence of the text in the primary and repeated scientific work. also in law enforcement practice the phrase "free use" and "illegal borrowing" is used. excessive and unfair borrowing of scientific material (scientific plagiarism, plagiarism in the scientific field) is a violation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org of the rules for scientific citation, scientific novelty and the criterion for an independent work. this text does not address obvious cases of scientific plagiarism, when the plagiarist was "caught by the hand." of interest are borderline cases when the “accusers” themselves are not “clean on hand” or when the dispute between the authors is not for authorship, but for primacy in the promulgation of an idea. the accusation of improper borrowing can be true, erroneous and knowingly false (libel). there is no official quantitative criterion that separates these concepts, so the zone of admissibility for borderline cases is wide enough, and this leads to the fact that doubts should be interpreted in favor of the suspect. here it is appropriate to give an example of the slander of one scientist to another scientist [4]. in the scientific community, the settling of scores is a fairly common phenomenon, not to mention disputes over primacy. this legal fact shows that in the border areas of scientific knowledge associated with ideas in scientific works, the statement of the "victim" and the so-called expert opinion that does not meet the requirements for expert examinations is not enough, but objective evidence based on scientific methods is needed. any scientific product is based on the principle of scientific citation. this principle refers to the principles of scientificity, and the absence of citation or incorrect citation in the world scientific community is considered a violation of scientific ethics. therefore, the authors of scientific works, one way or another, use parts of the works of colleagues. however, such use should be limited by copyright, which, on the one hand, protects the scientific contribution of the author, and on the other hand, should not hinder the development of science. the balance should be determined by a conventional criterion. if in the works of culture, interpretations (derivative works) are considered as works of authorship, then in science the retelling of someone else's scientific idea in one's own words is assessed as a sophisticated form of borrowing someone else's ideas. in copyright law, the concept of interpreting well-known scientific ideas is not considered copyright infringement. unlike copyright, which lacks the concept of the scientific level of a work, in qualification science there is a level of scientific product, for example, a dissertation. it should be noted that the concept of the level of a scientific product is not a legal concept, and therefore decision-makers in controversial situations try to focus on the special knowledge involved in this by experts. unfortunately, in many countries the legally significant interaction of such persons and experts is left to chance and is regulated by local legal acts. as a rule, such acts do not rely on the legal doctrine in the field of expert activity and do not provide for the presence of mandatory regulatory and technical documents, in particular, methods for researching a scientific product as an object of expertise. all this leads to voluntarism in making decisions that have legal significance, and the possibility of abuse of power by unscrupulous persons in the scientific field. postgraduate and doctoral students, whose works are expressed in dissertations, have the greatest publication activity. therefore, the formal requirements for a qualifying scientific product (dissertation) are as follows: "the dissertation must be written by the author independently, have internal unity, contain new scientific results and provisions put forward for public protection, and testify to the author's personal contribution to science" [5]. therefore, if the dissertation does not meet the specified requirements, its author may not be awarded or deprived of his academic degree, as unreasonably awarded. the creative (subjective) nature of a scientific product is manifested in the property of its originality or uniqueness. however, the dissertation, in addition to being of a creative nature, must have an objective character. in addition, it must also have the property of independence (the author's personal contribution to science). if the dissertation does not possess such properties in the aggregate, then it cannot be considered a scientific product [6]. if the author of a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org scientific product uses someone else's objectified scientific idea without references to another author and source, then such an act will be regarded as a violation of scientific ethics or the norms of legislation on science [7]. in particular: "if borrowed material is used without reference to the author and (or) the source of borrowing, the dissertation is removed from consideration by the dissertation council without the right to re-defend the said dissertation." here, the material is understood as objectified ideas and / or actual results of scientific activity. a special case is the re-publication of a scientific work by an author under a different title or with minor alterations to increase the number of publications in reports. such a publication is also not subject to copyright, and the act of the author is regarded as a violation of scientific ethics. scientific plagiarism is an element of tort in the scientific field. such torts include the manipulation of scientific information (wishful thinking), scientific plagiarism, and / or the production of pseudoscientific products. the category of scientific plagiarism can be broken down into categories of obvious scientific plagiarism, self-plagiarism and / or unauthorized use of scientific works for informational or other purposes. in addition, it is possible to single out the category of non-obvious scientific plagiarism (in the border (controversial) area), when the participation of an expert is required to consider a dispute. the category of obvious scientific plagiarism can be broken down into categories: 1) attribution of authorship of elements of someone else's scientific work in the part concerning its form in one's own work, 2) borrowing elements of someone else's scientific work using the rules of scientific citation (indicating the author, title and source of the work), whose share by volume, for example, exceeds 50% of the total volume of his own work, 3) borrowing elements of his scientific work (self-borrowing), the share of which by volume, for example, exceeds 70% of the total volume of his own new work. the most common in the scientific community are illegal acts related to the content of a scientific product, in the form of "translation plagiarism" and / or "retelling in their own words", as well as "advance publication" of a topic (objectified idea) without the rules of scientific citation, expressed by an ingenuous scientist. the prohibition on repetitive plagiarism existed even before the information society, but the emergence of the internet and modern information technologies significantly expanded the possibilities for plagiarism and drew attention to this violation. this reduction of the significance of the entire variety of forms of scientific communication existing today in world science to only one of their types to articles, the absolutization of their number as the main indicator of a scientist's success inevitably intensified violations such as plagiarism, compilation and auto-plagiarism, although, of course, this is not the only reason the growing number of these violations of the scientific ethos. special attention should be paid to the last phenomenon, which abroad is called auto plagiarism, and in our country multiple (repeated) publications. it differs from plagiarism itself in that here the author repeats the results (texts) of his own previous works under different names and with slightly modified text, sending them to different journals, preferably to those that publish for money and without checking for plagiarism. an inexperienced, novice scientist (and a mature scientist too) will find it useful to list cases when it is necessary to indicate in square brackets not only the name of the work used (article, book, electronic source) and its author, but also the page. these include: using a fragment of the publication text, enclosed in quotation marks; the use of someone else's drawing, tables, diagrams, photographs, statistical data in their work. the absence of a page number when indicating only the title of the work in the above cases of using someone else's result for the antiplagiarism program is plagiarism. when using internet resources, it is imperative to indicate not only the name of the original source, but also in square brackets the date of access to this source. many american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org students do not consider it necessary to do this in their term papers, diploma theses or master's theses, indicating only the title of the work or site, apparently by analogy with a school essay, in which it was enough to name a common source. unfortunately, this violation is often found even in candidate dissertations. a form of violation of moral norms in science is the practice of multiple (repeated) publications of the same material under different names or with slight changes, which is called "autoplagiarism" abroad. this violation differs from plagiarism in that here the author in his "new publication" repeats the texts of his own previous works. such authors are most often published in "junk" magazines, which for money without reviewing and checking for plagiarism publish everything that is sent to them. it is unnecessary to write that these "publications" have no scientific value for anyone except for their authors, who, in conditions of low funding for science and higher education, are trying to survive and hope, having defended their thesis, to secure an acceptable position for themselves. this contingent of writers, as a rule, does not differ in special creative abilities, therefore such authors write their works in violation of legal and ethical norms their articles usually contain plagiarism, false data, and falsification of research results. in an interesting article by v.i. levin after listing a number of practically feasible activities, such as: “1) conducting regular educational lectures for students, graduate students, young teachers and researchers on the topic“ history, essence and norms of research work ”; 2) the organization in universities of a permanent service for monitoring the publication activities of scientific and pedagogical workers with the aim of promptly detecting existing (and, if possible, early detection of upcoming) plagiarism; 3) strict public punishment of persons caught in plagiarism, "adds:" it's very simple no costs and no government intervention, dissernet, etc. are required. we only have to form a normal, effective scientific community”[8]. given these reasons, the task is not to eradicate this deviation from morality and law this is practically impossible, but to significantly reduce the scale of this phenomenon in science and higher education by eliminating or reducing the impact of the above factors. after all, the most obvious consequence of plagiarism is the clogging of science with outdated information, articles imitating scientific activity, which complicates the search (even with the help of the internet) for really new scientific information in their field of study. plagiarism devalues the role of scientific publications, makes it difficult to search for and find really valuable publications, violates the ethical standards of scientific activity and scientific communication, as well as the legal norms of intellectual property. the current situation with plagiarism dictates the need for more active promotion of scientific ethics in the process of training students, masters and graduate students of all profiles in the courses "sociology of science" for students, "philosophical problems of science" for undergraduates and "history and philosophy of science" for graduate students. plagiarism is considered in the scientific community and in the self-consciousness of science as an absolutely unacceptable sin that automatically deprives a person of the right to be called a scientist. the world of science is constantly shaken by explicit and even ex post facto reports of plagiarism. recently, one of the most egregious cases has been the case of a leading genetic engineer from south korea, hwang wu suk, who announced the successful cloning of human stem cells, which raised hopes for the creation of drugs against the still untreatable diseases of alzheimer's, parkinson's, and others. this sensational message, established that the data on stem cells were falsified, while simultaneously recognizing as reliable another of his achievements cloning (for the first time) of a dog. hwang woo suk was stripped of his professorship, he left the university, his name was excluded from scientific rankings, and his punishment was imprisonment. attitude towards plagiarism is an american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org indicator of how well a person engaged in science complies with the canon of a scientist and how adequate the atmosphere of the scientific community is. questions about authorship, about lawful and illegal borrowing, about the culture of references to predecessors and a number of other aspects related to authorship are some of the painful and constantly discussed issues in the scientific community, which indicates both the complexity of this topic and the desire to protect science from infection. the importance of banning plagiarism is also evidenced by the extraordinary acuteness of the issue of priority in the scientific community. there is a well-known dispute between two great mathematicians newton and leibniz and their followers over the question of which of them was the first to discover differential and integral calculus; the dispute stretched out for almost three centuries, and only in our time (by the middle of the last century) historians of mathematics have come to the conclusion that this discovery was made by everyone independently of each other. in the 17th century, there were mechanisms for fixing a scientific discovery: reports of the results obtained were placed in a safe place sealed in envelopes, communicated in letters to other scientists, and encrypted in anagrams. with the advent of scientific periodicals and systematic scientific forums, the public announcement of the discovery was streamlined, which, however, did not remove the acuteness of the problem and the associated abuses [9]. first of all, it is necessary to specially emphasize the special role and positive significance in improving the quality of scientific attestation within the framework of the state system of training scientific and scientific-pedagogical personnel for the development of mechanisms of public control in the scientific field. in modern conditions of expanding the use of the latest information and communication technologies, the most important form of such public control in the field of certification of scientific and scientific-pedagogical personnel is the conduct of proactive checks of the degree of originality of scientific works using various specialized computer programs (computer programs), including software hardware systems for checking text electronic documents for borrowings. it should be borne in mind that, despite the fact that such inspections are carried out proactively, that is, privately, in general, the development of such forms of public control has an important general preventive and disciplinary importance and is one of the areas of implementation of civil initiatives, in a broad sense, aimed at protecting public and by their legal nature interests. an important milestone event in this direction, of course, should be recognized by the gradual transition carried out by the educational institutions of higher education themselves to an increasingly widespread verification using specialized computer programs of all student written works. the invaluable role of the subjects of public control, therefore, lies in the fact that, thanks to the verification measures carried out by them, it was possible to move in solving the problem under consideration in the right direction. it is important, on the one hand, not to stop at this achievement, on the other, to ensure that the lawful exercise of public control in this area is not obstructed. therefore, it is necessary to provide comprehensive support for such proactive public audits as a form of public control, both on the part of the advisory bodies of state power and on the part of organizations in which dissertation research is carried out [10]. consideration of the issue of the presence or absence of illegal borrowing in the form of plagiarism in the scientific field is carried out exclusively by official expert advice and only based on the results of physical comparison of the corresponding texts of copies of scientific works presented in the form of their initial publication, carried out by qualified persons specially authorized by the official body in the prescribed manner. it should be borne in mind that at present in the republic of uzbekistan there is no american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org criminal and administrative liability for the very fact of plagiarism in a work (without additional criminalizing signs). legal liability for plagiarism is established in three cases: if the violation of copyright or inventive rights is proved (article 149 of the criminal code of the republic of uzbekistan); if the violation of copyright or related rights is proven (article 177 (1) code of the republic of uzbekistan on administrative responsibility); if the author applies in court for the protection of violated personal non-property rights in civil law (in accordance with the provisions of the civil code of the republic of uzbekistan section 4). at the level of the social matrix, that is, the culture and mentality of a certain country, in the conditions of an industrial or information society, the interest of the authorities and society in science, i.e. in the presence of a social order for a certain type of new knowledge, the problem of plagiarism becomes more important, since it affects the authority of science itself, scientific schools and the country's authorities. plagiarism at this level is interpreted as theft and fraud, and the fight against it is translated into the plane of morality and law, which entails the moral and legal responsibility of the offender. in this regard, one recalls the hype in the romanian mass media in 2013-2014, connected with the accusation of plagiarism in the doctoral dissertation of the prime minister of romania v. pont, a presidential candidate. this stimulated the authorities and the scientific community to develop and adopt a deontological code of researchers following the example of the eu countries [11]. scientific institutions and universities should have a center for surveillance, security, promotion and development of quality research. establishment of rules and respect the rules of good practice are the obligations of each research institutions, universities and every individual researchers, regardless of which area of science is being investigated. there are misunderstandings and doubts about the criteria and standards for when and how to declare someone a plagiarist. european and world association of science editors (ease and wame), and cope committee on publishing ethics working on the precise definition of that institution or that the scientific committee may sanction when someone is proven plagiarism and familiarize the authors with the types of sanctions. the practice is to inform the editors about discovered plagiarism and articles are withdrawn from the database, while the authors are put on the so-called black list. so far this is the only way of preventing plagiarism, because there are no other sanctions [12]. the analysis of this type of violation of professional morality allows us to conclude that the reasons for its existence are many-sided and heterogeneous, since science, being a part of a constantly and rapidly changing postmodern society, reproduces many features of its state. the recognized reasons for the increase in the amount of plagiarism in scientific communications (not only in uzbekistan) include: the emergence of technical means that contribute to the growth of the temptation of plagiarism, the formation of screen thinking mass ownership of personal computers, laptops, iphones, smartphones; the lack of sections in computer science courses that introduce users to the ethical and legal norms of using computers and the internet; the absence of subjects related to ethics in the system of secondary and higher education, the absence of teaching ethics itself or a course on the history of ethical doctrines in most schools and universities in uzbekistan; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org a low level of moral culture in the scientific environment, which, in principle, allows deliberate plagiarism; it is the result of a drop in the general level of morality in society in connection with the transition to a new type of society, where money is the main value; the pursuit of the number of published articles as an indicator of the "effectiveness" of an individual scientist and scientific and educational institutions and the strengthening of the role of the administrative and bureaucratic principle in science, higher education and society as a whole; the prestige of having academic degrees among people who are not directly involved in science, but who manage different types of scientific and educational activities at different levels. in conclusion, we note that the concept of scientific plagiarism must be interpreted as: 1) a criminally punishable act of appropriation of authorship, if this act caused major damage to the author or other rightholder (article 149 of the criminal code of the republic of uzbekistan); 2) violation of personal non-property rights of the author in the form of unlawful use of a scientific work by unauthorized borrowing, entailing civil liability measures; 3) violation of the legislation on science in the form of deliberate unlawful citation in the part related to dissertations for an academic degree. list of used literature: 1. masic i, kujundzic e. sarajevo: avicena; 2013. science editing in biomedicine and humanities; pp. 11-144. 2. belyatskin sa new copyright in its basic principles. (according to the 1912 edition) // url: www.allpravo.ru 3. khametov r. appropriation of authorship in dissertations // russian justice. 2000. n 8. p. 5. 4. sergeev v. i. scientist rehabilitated (about an unusual process where a lawyer defended the scientific reputation of a russian professor, whom the spiteful critics intended to deprive of his academic degree) // advocate practice. 2007. n 5. 5. decree of the government of the russian federation of 30.01.2002 n 74 (as amended on 20.06.2011) "on the approval of the unified register of academic degrees and academic titles and the regulation on the procedure for awarding academic degrees" // atp consultantplus. 6. nesterov av about scientific qualification criteria // scientific and technical information. ser. 1. 2012. no. 8. p. 27-32. 7. federal law of 23.08.1996 n 127-fz (as amended on 07.05.2013) "on science and state scientific and technical policy" // sps consultantplus 8. levin v.i. plagiarism, its essence and the fight against it // higher education in russia. 2018.vol. 27, no. 1. p. 143-150 9. a. a. guseinov. scientific article: "ethics of science" p. 105. 10. higher attestation commission under the ministry of education and science of the russian federation "on plagiarism in dissertations for an academic degree" moscow. 2015 year. p. 30. 11. the european code of conduct for research integrity. revised edition. elaborat de: allea all european academies. 2017. disponibil la: https://www.allea.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/ allea-european-code-of-conduct-for-research-integrity-2017.pdf. 12. us national library of medicine national institutes of health "plagiarism in scientific research and publications and how to prevent it" (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4035147/). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org globalization and its impact on the popularity of elite basketball in iraq, a study i̇n the light of actual trends and problems in training dr. mustafa asaad munshed general directorate of maysan education iraq iraqmstfa44@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research aims to identify training problems in the field of basketball for the elite class in the iraqi league, study the impact of globalization on the popularity of this game, and make recommendations in the light of the research results to help overcome training problems, enhance the positive effects of globalization and avoid the negative effects. the final research sample reached (30) administrators in the iraqi basketball association, and to achieve the research objectives, the researcher used the descriptive approach due to its suitability to the nature of the research, and the variables were represented by gender and the number of years of administrative work, while the questionnaire was adopted as a research tool. the research results revealed a set of points, most notably: • the most prominent training problems in the game of basketball revolve around focusing on physical ability exercises, relying on theoretical explanation, and not reviewing the mistakes of the previous match. • the most prominent effects of globalization on elite basketball were the widespread use of stimulants, the increase in mass violence and riots on the stands. • the agreement of the respondents about the problems of training in the game of basketball according to the variable of sex, and their differences about it according to the variable of the number of years of sports work. • the respondents agreed about the effects of globalization on the popularity of the game according to the search variables. in light of this, the researcher suggests emphasizing the integration and cooperation between the team members, balancing between theoretical and practical work, in order to achieve the best results, and increasing the time allotted for explaining training plans during training periods, and working on them continuously and not just a day or two before the match, and emphasizing mutual respect. between the members of the team, the coaching staff and the responsible administrative staff, creating an atmosphere of love and affection among them, focusing on the positive side of globalization, and working as much as possible to avoid its negatives. basketball, actual problems, training, globalization, elite. mailto:iraqmstfa44@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org -1 defining the search 1-1 introduction to the research and its importance: the globalization system has become the reality of the situation in all societies because of its importance and repercussions, some of which are positive and others are negative, according to its philosophy and the methods of its employment in society in all areas of life. and since the field of educational sports falls within the philosophy of globalization, it must be organized according to those requirements and the progressive reality in societies. in this regard, dr. trad tawfiq points out that “the opinions of many researchers and scholars agree that sport was among the first fields to implement the concept of globalization through olympic tournaments and championships. global sports, but it seems that the spread of the concept of globalization in the current era has brought with it more ideas and proposals that try to open borders and eliminate obstacles to the systems applied in the western world with the aim of imposing or generalizing them on others (.) opinions are divided between supporters of globalization and its benefits, and fears of its negatives and repercussions on sports in general. several conferences were held on this topic with the aim of clarifying the relationship between sport and globalization, including the cairo conference entitled "sport and globalization" (.) the importance of the research lies in revealing the problems facing the elite basketball game in iraq, and the effects of globalization on the popularity of this game. through our research, we seek to study the reality of basketball for the elite class, and to explain the problems of training in it, and the impact of globalization on the popularity of this game. 1-2 -research problem: the study looks at what is the ability of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group in iraq and the results it produces? 1-3research objectives: the research aims to identify: a) finding variables for elite basketball in iraq in the light of globalization. b) the extent of the benefit of scientific and intellectual progress on the reality of basketball. 1-4research questions: the following two main questions will be answered during the research: a) what are the training problems facing elite basketball in iraq? b) what is the impact of globalization on the popularity of elite basketball in iraq? 1-5research hypotheses: the research hypotheses will be tested at the level of significance (0.05): the first hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample's responses to the basketball game problems due to the gender variable (male female). the second hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample's responses to the basketball game problems due to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years or more). the third hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample answers on the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group due to the gender variable (male female). the fourth hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample answers on the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group due to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years or more). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org 1-6research areas: a) the human field: the research sample included administrative officials in the basketball association. b) time range: the period from 10/30/2022 to 11/17/2022. c) spatial field: basketball association / baghdad. 1-7definition of terms: globalization: a comprehensive concept for the various aspects of life and its specialties, including mathematical aspects and the advanced means used in it (.) basketball: a series of offensive and defensive moves that are sequential to each other, and are based on legal principles that students apply in different situations in order to reach the basket and shoot the ball at it(. 3research methodology and field procedures 3-1research methodology: the research adopted the descriptive approach, due to its suitability to the nature and objectives of the research. the descriptive approach is defined as "one of the forms of organized scientific analysis and interpretation to describe a specific phenomenon or problem and visualize it quantitatively by collecting codified data and information about the phenomenon or problem, classifying and analyzing it, and subjecting it to careful study (.) 3-2the research community and its sample: the research community was represented by administrative workers in the iraqi basketball association, while the final research sample was (30) administrators out of a total of (40), and the percentage of the sample was (75%). the answer the given value according to the scale arithmetic mean values for each answer degree of appreciation agree 3 1 1 – 1.66 low neutral 2 2 1.67 – 2.44 medium not agree 1 3 2.45 – 3 high 3-3 means of collecting information and tools used: a) examining the literature related to the research topic. b) using the information network and the internet. c) a questionnaire form. d) choosing a representative sample of the research community. e) data dumping and statistical analysis using the statistical package for social and educational sciences (spss) program. 3-4field procedures: after defining the objectives of the research, a questionnaire was built on training problems in basketball and the impact of globalization on its popularity in iraq,the questionnaire may consist of two axises,the first axis included (15) items on training problems in the game of basketball, while the second axis included (8) items on the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball, while a triple scale was used as a criterion for the answer, and for the purpose of comparison between the arithmetic averages and the order of the degree of the answer, it was adopted the following criteria for interpreting the data: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org range: (higher score of the scale lower score of the scale), i.e. (3-1=2) the scores were divided into three levels: (2/3 = 0.66), and the score for answering the questionnaires was described as shown in table (1). table (1): the value given to each answer to the questionnaire used in the research, according to the triple scale. 5-3 exploratory experience: the objectives of the pilot experiment were as follows: a) submitting the questionnaire form to the basketball specialists from outside the research sample (10), to get their opinions and suggestions about the paragraphs of the questionnaire. b) extract the scientific coefficients and internal consistency of the modified form. c) statement of the method of correction and grading of the questionnaire items as follows: agree (3 marks), neutral (2 marks), disagree (1 mark). d) statement of the positive and negative statements within the questionnaire. globalization and elite basketball questionnaire the axis the value of the internal consistency validity test the first 0.76 the second 0.84 the questionnaire as a whole 0.78 3-6scientific transactions: the constructive validity (internal consistency) and the stability coefficient were calculated by the half-partition of the questionnaire. table no. (2) shows the obtained correlation coefficient values and their implications. table (2) correlation coefficient values between the degree of each axis of the questionnaire of globalization and basketball for the elite category and the total score for it. it is clear from table no. (2) that there is a correlation between the degree of each axis of the questionnaire and its total score. the values of the correlation coefficients ranged between (0.76 and 0.84), which are acceptable correlation coefficients, and all of them are statistically significant at the level of significance (0.01), meaning that the questionnaire has with a high degree of internal consistency. table no. (3) shows the stability coefficient values obtained and their indications table (3) the values of the stability coefficient according to the gutman equation for the questionnaire of globalization and basketball for the elite category globalization and elite basketball questionnaire guttman equation test value 0.79 by reading table no. (3), it is clear to us that the stability of the resolution by the split-half method has reached (0.79), which is a high value, which indicates the stability of the resolution. 3-7the final application of the questionnaire: after presenting the modified questionnaire to the experts and specialists from outside the research sample, the researcher presented the questionnaire in its final form to the research sample, and the details of the axes and paragraphs of the questionnaire and the method of correction were explained. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org 4presentation and discussion of results first: view the results of the search questions: the answer to the first question: what are the training problems facing elite basketball in iraq? to answer this question, the researcher calculated the arithmetic mean, relative weight, and degree of appreciation for each item of the questionnaire. table no. (3) shows the values obtained for the answers of the sample. table (4) the arithmetic means, relative weight, and degree of appreciation for the sample's answers on the training problems axis clause the number the arithmetic mean relative weight degree of appreciation 1 the explanation of the plan is not clear during the training 30 2.87 95.83% high 2 physical ability training is more than tactical training 30 3 100% high 3 exhaustion from too much training every week 30 2.25 75% high 4 theoretical dependence without application to plans 30 3 100% high 5 rely on explaining the plan on match day 30 2.12 70.83% high 6 not rehearsing plans during preparation periods 30 2.5 83.33% high 7 the coach reprimanded the player when he made a mistake 30 2.75 91.66% high 8 planning time is insufficient 30 2 66.66% medium 9 lack of tactical preparation training throughout the week 30 1.62 54.16% medium 10 training on the tactical aspect only one day before the match 30 2 66.66% medium 11 depends on a specific group of players 30 2.87 95.83% high 12 the tactical application in the match does not go as planned 30 2.12 70.83% high 13 not fixing the schematic application errors of the previous match 30 3 100% high 14 tactical training is done collectively only 30 2.37 79.16% high 15 training on the tactical side is done individually only 30 1.62 54.16% medium axis as a whole 30 2.56 85.41% high the results presented in table no. (4) indicate that the total degree of training problems in the basketball game from the point of view of the sample was high, with the general arithmetic mean (2.56), and the relative weight (85.41%). by discussing these results, it is clear that items (2 4 13) have obtained the consensus of the sample, and they are related to focusing on physical exercises more than skill and tactics, and this leads to the players not knowing their duties and behavior towards the playing situation, and the lack of knowledge and experience to work in different situations. taking place in the match. this idea is reinforced by the fourth item, which includes reliance on theoretical explanation, but the theoretical aspect alone is not sufficient in facing the opponent, and therefore the player must know his tactical duties in a clear theoretical manner, and then move to application by creating conditions similar to the competition through the experimental match to find out the strengths. and weakness. while item (13) refers to an important point that falls on the coach during the training process, which is the need to fix the mistakes that were made in the previous match, however, some coaches may not care about the mistakes that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org occurred in the previous match, especially in the event of victory, believing that the victory covers on errors. it is clear that items (1-11) obtained the support of (95.83%) of the sample, and the first item is related to the lack of clarity in explaining the plan during training. here it can be noted that the lack of discussion of the game plan, whether on the theoretical or practical level, will reduce the knowledge of the coach and the players. with the strengths and weaknesses of the team, and therefore the players will make mistakes that they do not know how to deal with or overcome, because they are not exposed to such situations during training, so the coach must explain the plans and movements of the players so that each player realizes his duties and what he will do during the match. as for item (11), it clarifies the importance of relying on all players within the team and avoiding relying on specific names, so that some players do not feel unimportant in the team and what will be reflected in their performance in case they are needed, and given the strength of the team in teamwork and cooperation. the answer to the second question: what is the impact of globalization on the popularity of elite basketball in iraq? to answer this question, the researcher calculated the arithmetic mean, relative weight, and degree of appreciation for each item of the questionnaire. table no. (5) shows the values obtained for the answers of the sample. table (5) arithmetic means, relative weight, and degree of appreciation for the respondents' answers on the axis of globalization and basketball the results presented in table no. (5) indicate that the overall degree of the effects of globalization on the popularity of basketball from the point of view of the respondents was high, with the general arithmetic mean (2.64), and the relative weight (88%). by discussing these results, it becomes clear that items (3-8) have obtained the highest degree of support from the sample, as the third item relates to the spread of steroids and their common use by players, which are dangerous to the popularity of the game on the one hand, and the health and professionalism of the players on the other hand, and here it is necessary to work on moral and health awareness of the need to stay away from these stimulants. as for item (11), it shows the increase in cases of violence and rioting by the fans attending the matches, which is one of the problems that has been exacerbated in light of the globalization system, due to the blind fanaticism of the team, the spread of betting, and the desire to win and make money, here, awareness must be raised in its various cultural clause the number the arithmetic mean relative weight degree of appreciation 1 the game called for human values to be replaced by winning at all costs 30 2.62 87.5% high 2 the game entered the era of industrialization of commerce and betting 30 2.37 79.16% high 3 the use of anabolic steroids has become common 30 2.87 95.83% high 4 shortening the athletic ages of athletes 30 2.75 91.66% high 5 the competition program swelled at the expense of the players' health 30 2.62 87.5% high 6 athletes and coaches have become commodities to be bought and sold 30 2.25 75% high 7 concepts such as adversary, enemy, crush and rib-breaking have spread 30 2.62 87.5% high 8 crowd violence and rioting on the stands increased 30 2.87 95.83% high axis as a whole 30 2.64 88% high american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org and media forms, and so on, to avoid these manifestations and to preserve the sportsmanship among fans and clubs. the fourth item related to the ages of the players and their impact on the intensity of matches and the large number of tournaments on the one hand, and the use of stimulants on the other hand, and its reflection on the decline in the ability of the players to continue for a long time in the fields of the game. as for items (1 5 7), they received the same appreciation from the sample, and they are also related to the intensity of tournaments at the expense of the health of the players, the spread of concepts far from the spirit and sports ethics such as cracking the ribs, and the loss of human values in exchange for the concept of profit at any cost, all of which are ideas refers to the occurrence of despair among athletes who are committed to the concepts and values of sportsmanship, due to the negative impact of globalization on the game of basketball. second: displaying the results of the search hypotheses: the result of the first hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample's responses to the training problems in the basketball game due to the gender variable (male female). to verify the validity of the hypothesis, the t-test was used to identify the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the respondents on the axis of training problems in the basketball game, according to the gender variable, according to the following table: table (6) t-test for the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the respondents on the axis of training problems in the basketball game according to the gender variable training problems in the game of basketball gender n mean std. deviation t sig. the decision male 12 39.7 5.54 0.118 0.907 there is no difference female 18 40.18 6.68 the results presented in table no. (6) show that the value of the "t-test" to denote the difference between the mean scores of the sample members on the axis as a whole was (0.118), and the level of significance (0.907) was greater than the assumed level of significance (0.05). as a result, the difference is not statistically significant, and therefore there is no difference between administrators in the basketball federation in their assessment of the training problems in the game according to the gender variable. the researcher explains this result by considering the problems of training are clear to both sexes, and they are constantly aware of such problems, which makes administrators do not differ in their assessment of problems depending on the gender variable, and the nature of administrative work makes everyone in constant communication and in a state of constant discussion about everything that develops on matters. the game of basketball and thus exchange opinions and ideas on all points, including training problems that arise in elite league clubs. the result of the second hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample's responses to the training problems in the basketball game due to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years or more). to verify the validity of the hypothesis, the t-test was used to identify the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the sample members on the axis of training problems in the basketball game according to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years and more) according to the following table: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org table (7) the t-test for the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the sample members on the axis of training problems in the basketball game according to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years and more) training problems in the game of asketball the number of years of sports work n mean std. deviation t sig. the decision less than 10 14 38.12 5.89 2.047 0.049 there is a difference 10 years and over 16 42.86 6.17 the results presented in table (7) show that the value of the "t-test" to denote the difference between the mean scores of the sample members on the axis as a whole was (2.047), and the level of significance (0.049) is smaller than the assumed level of significance (0.05). the result is a statistically significant difference, and therefore there is a difference between administrators in the basketball association in their assessment of training problems in the game according to the variable of the number of years of sports work. this difference is due to those who are more experienced in the field of work, who have more than 10 years of administrative work in the framework of the basketball association. the researcher explains this result by the fact that the many years of work make the administrator aware of the various training problems that occur in the work of the coach and the players, and the more years of work increase, the more he becomes aware of new problems that are added to the previous problems until he reaches a stage of realization of various types. and forms of training problems that may face the work of the coach or players during training periods. the result of the third hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample answers on the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group due to the gender variable (male female). to validate the hypothesis, a t-test was used to identify the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the sample individuals on the axis of the impact of globalization on the popularity of elite basketball, according to the gender variable, according to the following table: table (8) t-test for the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the sample members on the axis of the impact of globalization on the popularity of elite basketball according to the gender variable. the impact of globalization on the popularity of elite basketball gend er n mean std. deviatio n t sig. the decision male 12 19.24 5.62 0.364 0.719 there is no difference femal e 18 20.06 7.62 the results presented in table no. (8) show that the value of the "t-test" to denote the difference between the mean scores of the respondents on the axis as a whole was (0.364), and the level of significance (0.719) was greater than the assumed level of significance (0.05). the result is not statistically significant, and therefore there is no difference between administrators in the basketball association in their estimation of the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group according to the gender variable. the researcher attributes the reasons for this agreement in opinion between the two sexes to the fact that globalization has covered all parts of the globe and in various fields, including sports, and the game of basketball is not immune from the effects of globalization, and everyone lives with it daily during his life and in his work, so everyone, male and female, agrees about the effects of this globalization on the popularity of the game basketball is for the elite class, and the need to work to avoid the negative effects of this globalization and the need to enhance the positive effects in order to ensure the safety and continuity of the game in the best possible way. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org the result of the fourth hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference between the mean scores of the research sample answers on the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group due to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years and more). to verify the validity of the hypothesis, a t-test was used to identify the significance of the difference between the average scores of the sample individuals on the axis of the impact of globalization on the popularity of elite basketball according to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years or more) according to the following table: table (9) t-test for the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the sample individuals on the axis of the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group according to the variable of the number of years of sports work (less than 10 years 10 years and more) the impact of globalization on the popularity of elite basketball the number of years of sports work n mean std. deviation t sig. the decision less than 10 14 22.31 4.12 1.43 0.15 there is no difference 10 years and ove 16 22.69 4.46 the results presented in table no. (9) show that the value of the "t-test" to indicate the difference between the mean scores of the respondents on the axis as a whole was (1.43), and the level of significance (0.15) was greater than the assumed level of significance (0.05). the result is that the difference is not statistically significant, and therefore there is no difference between administrators in the basketball association in their estimation of the impact of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group, according to the variable of the number of years of sports work. the researcher explains this by considering globalization not new, but for many years floating in the arena of sports work, and the game of basketball is not immune from it, and everyone with experience and newcomers to work are aware of the effects of this globalization because it cannot be hidden behind a wall, as it has a global impact, here, the necessity of proper coexistence with it and benefiting from its positive aspects appears to serve the reality of the game and the elite class league, and to move away from its negative manifestations. 5conclusions and recommendations 5-1conclusions: through the research, the researcher reached a number of conclusions, as follows: a) the training problems facing the elite basketball game in iraq came to a high degree, and the most prominent of these problems are represented in each of the following: i. physical training is more than tactical training, theoretical dependence without practical application. ii. explanation of training plans is not clear during training, relying on a specific group of players. iii. the coach reprimands the player when the error occurs. b) the effects of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group came to a high degree, and the most prominent of these effects were represented in each of the following: i. the widespread use of stimulants, and the increase in violence and riots by the masses. ii. the absence of human values in the game, the inflation of competition programs, and the spread of concepts far from sportsmanship such as cracking ribs. c) the respondents agree in their estimation of the training problems in the basketball game according to the gender variable, while they differ in their estimations according to the number of years of sports work. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org d) the respondents agree in their estimation of the effects of globalization on the popularity of basketball for the elite group, according to the research variables (gender number of years of sports work). 5-2recommendations: in light of the results reached, the researcher proposes a number of recommendations that may contribute to improving the reality of the game and mitigating the effects of globalization on it: a) emphasis on integration and cooperation among team members, and balancing between theoretical and practical work, in order to achieve the best results. b) increasing the time allotted for explaining training plans during training periods, and working on them continuously and not just a day or two before the match. c) focusing on the positive side of globalization, and working as much as possible to avoid its negative aspects. references: 1tawfiq, trad (2008). sports physical activity and globalization. 2sari, iman. (2015). the impact of a proposed training program for plyometric exercises on some abilities of young basketball players. unpublished master's thesis. an-najah national university, nablus, palestine. 3abdul ghani, noman. (2013). globalization and its impact on sports in the arab world. comprehensive sports library. on the link: 4obeidat, thouqan (2000). our youth, where are we from globalization, jordan press foundation press, 1st edition. 5kassem, abdul karim; faisal, khaled (2007). building and applying a measure of emotional arousal among basketball players, al-rafidain journal of sports sciences, volume (13), number (45). 6melhem, sami muhammad (2006). find in education and science curricula psychology. al masirah house, amman: jordan, 4th edition. 7musa, ahmed (2019). the effectiveness of a training program that employs innovative tools in developing basketball skills among students of the university college of applied sciences, master's thesis, the islamic university of gaza. 8alnaimat, haitham. (2019). the ideology of sports media in light of globalization. journal of alhussein bin talal university for research, a periodical scientific journal issued by the deanship of scientific research and graduate studies, 2 (5). 9gemayel, sayyar (2000). globalization and the future, a thinking strategy, al-ahlia for publishing and distribution, amman. 10al-hamdun, mansour (2010). the preventive and developmental role of sports and educational institutions for members of society in light of globalization, damascus university journal, volume 26, number three. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org transformation of social norms in the development of society berdikulova surayyo aslamovna, phd senior lecturer , national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s social transformation expresses the program and project activity of social, economic and other subjects, in which the processes and relations of society are combined with certain norms, standards expressing the properties of the ideal semantic and symbolic environment set by the subjects. transformation, social transformation, development of society, modernization, social process. social transformation is a process of structural changes in the social state. the concept of "transformation" comes from late latin and means "transformation", "transformation", therefore, in relation to society, it represents one of the most significant forms of its changes, in which changes occur in the social system itself, and not only its individual components. the concept of social transformation must be distinguished from other concepts expressing the forms of significant social changes — social processes: morphogenesis (the emergence of completely new social conditions, states of society, social structures), transmutation (modification, reformation or revision of existing social attitudes), reproduction (compensatory, adaptive, balancing, supporting processes that allow you to adapt to environmental conditions, preserving the existence of society in an unchanged form). transformation means basic qualitative changes, when shifts occur in the basis of social reality, their echoes are usually felt in all spheres of social life, transform its most important essential quality. the problems of social transformations arose for the first time before western science, which needed to comprehend the processes and results of industrial, social, and political revolutions unfolding in europe since the second half of the xviii century. the laws of the historical development of society, the problems of social change in general, were called upon to study a new science for that time — sociology. its founder o. comte wrote about social statics (stable structures that ensure order in society and its immutability) and social dynamics (changes, changes in social phenomena, causes and direction of social progress). in an era when evolutionism was the dominant trend in sociology, the main feature of social thought was the belief in the progress of society. the most significant contribution to the theory of the evolutionary development of society was made by g. spencer and e. durkheim. the end of the xix century in western social science was held in discussions between supporters of evolutionary and revolutionary theories. the problem of social transformations was solved within the framework of these theories, respectively, as one of the stages of evolutionary development or the large-scale consequences of revolutions. a special place in the social science literature of the first half american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org of the twentieth century was occupied by k. polanyi's work "the great transformation" (1944). recognizing the multiplicity of factors influencing social processes, nevertheless, the author pays great attention to one — the economic one, noting that it was the factor of economic transformations that became the impetus for the comprehensive transformation of societies at the turn of the xix-xx centuries. po-lanyi writes about the uniformity of transformation processes in the countries of europe, the usa, and russia, related to the conflict between the market and the requirements for the ordering of social life, arguing that not only individual social systems, but also the international social order have undergone transformation. xx century . — rich in transformational processes — gave a lot of material for the social sciences, for the emergence of new interpretations of the essence of what is happening in modern times. at the same time, neo-evolutionist theories, theories of historical cycles, historical materialism were actively developing, as well as theories that critically comprehend historicism were being built. the concepts continued to contain paradigms of evolution and revolution as opposed to each other, as well as paradigms synthesizing these key concepts of social science, according to which the essence of transformations and social transformations was determined. for russian social thought, the concept of "transformation" acquired special significance at the end of the xx century. in connection with the change of the social vector of development of the entire postsoviet space. the causes of transformation are discussed, among them economic, political, and sociocultural. there have been interpretations of reform as revolutionary, but in general, what is happening in society by a large number of researchers is defined as a social transformation. the number of works on the problems of transformations in all spheres of public life is growing like an avalanche. at the same time, questions about the essence of transformation, its orientation, scale, forms of manifestation, etc. continue to be actively discussed. leading scientists understand social transformation as: 1) radical and relatively rapid change in the social nature of society; 2) transformation of society, characterized by national and cultural identity; 3) a rapid, external, superficial change in sociality through the introduction of alien elements into it, given out as necessary grounds, and accompanied by an increase in negative phenomena; 4) complex, mainly evolutionary transformation of society as a socio—cultural system socio-cultural transformation, etc. realizing that the whole world is experiencing transformations, most authors agree that the transformations of the post—soviet space, in particular, are also caused by exogenous factors, but at the same time have their own characteristics. the main difference between transformations from western ones is that they are not stable here, they are close to a state of "dynamic chaos". there is even an opinion that due to the diversity and peculiarities of the transformation process that has covered the political, economic, social and cultural spheres of society and the countries of central and eastern europe, it is not yet possible to consider and analyze this process as a whole with a sufficient degree of depth, and even more so to identify its main focus even as a "trend". transformational processes have changed the previous configuration of the structure of society. the principles of social stratification of society have radically changed, it has become structured on new grounds. revolutions are the form of the most profound rapid social changes. "at the moment of revolution, society reaches the peak of activity; there is an explosion of its self-transformation potential. in the wake of revolutions, societies are being transformed with great speed, as if they are being born anew." this role of revolutions in social change is determined by the fact that they: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org 1) affect all levels and spheres of society: economy, politics, culture, social organization, daily life of individuals; 2) in all these areas, revolutionary changes have a radical, fundamental character; 3) the changes caused by revolutions are exceptionally fast; 4) revolutions cause unusual reactions in those who participated in them or witnessed them. this is an explosion of mass activity, this is enthusiasm, excitement, uplifting mood, joy, optimism, hope; a sense of strength and power, fulfilled hopes; finding the meaning of life and utopian visions of the near future." from this it can be concluded that revolution as one of the forms of social transformation is the fastest method of transforming society. during the revolution, many social processes take place ten times faster than in normal times. the transition of our society to the post-socialist system through perestroika was not a revolutionary shock. there was no violence of a revolutionary nature. one of the main factors that influenced the transformation of society to capitalism was the massive impact on public consciousness through various methods, which led to a change in the ideology of the masses. the resource of the information society was fully used here, for which the textual form of society's existence, the peculiarities of its verbal definition are of great importance. it is necessary to pay attention to the fact that ideologies are always determined twice, they owe their most specific characteristics not only to the interests of classes or their factions expressed by them, but also to the specific interests of those who produce them and the specific logic of the field of production. based on the above, we see that social transformation as a result of "perestroika" contains a mechanism: bringing society to the awareness of its discomfort, inauthentic existence in this society, expressed through the updating of terminology, the acquisition of new meaning by former concepts or their substitution, and then the transition of a public subject from inauthentic existence to a newly designated society with the consequent change in social roles, statuses, principles of social justice, etc. in modern social science, four main theoretical approaches to transformation have crystallized: • a teleological approach that considers the creation of a new economic system as a rapid transition from one state of society and economy to another corresponding to a certain ideal or project; during the transformational transition, it was rejected along with the experience of building real socialism – an experiment using large-scale social engineering; • absolutized evolutionism, implemented by western states during several centuries of the formation of a market economy, the use of which at the end of the twentieth century proved impossible due to significant time compression; • a genetic approach presented by a number of scientific concepts, among which: the idea of gradual, step-by-step social engineering by k. popper, who proposed to "go from problems", by trial and error, constantly make improvements and abandon the desire to quickly achieve a speculative or, as it was assumed, an existing ideal; • an approach to the formation of goals and the development of planned tasks based on the need to take into account objective development trends; the concept of "promising development trajectories"; • "transition through borrowing" of the institutions existing in the most developed countries of the west in the hope of implementing a successful catch-up modernization. the results of the development of the vast majority of latin american countries, in respect of which this strategy was first applied by international organizations, also do not give grounds for excessive optimism. few people wanted to hear s. huntington's words during the transformation that "the west is a strange, fragile, unlike anything else, which in no case should be given the status of universal ... american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org the western path of development has never been and will not be a common path for 95% of the world's population ... the west is unique, and at all not universal". if this is the case, then an important theoretical and practical question arises: is it possible in principle for a successful transformation based on large-scale borrowing by a group of countries of institutions created for the effective functioning of other states in other conditions? modern society, characterized by a complex structure, unstable development, saturated with diverse conflicts. in these conditions, the way to overcome uncertainty and risk of development is to develop models of various changes, identify negative trends and choose the most promising and reasonable directions that make up the transformation of society, most adequately expressing the specifics of the implementation of social changes. and although transformations cover various spheres of society's life, there is still no unambiguous understanding and in-depth analysis of the foundations and mechanisms that generate social transformations that can highlight the general patterns of this process. the term "transformation" arose in connection with the need to assess the qualitative characteristics of fundamental changes in systems that are irreversible and form a certain state of transition to a new quality on the way to the formation of a future model. social transformation is a set and developed measure of proper changes, within which the most significant and promising is selected, society adapts to environmental changes through the formation of programs, projects, goals, technologies, resolution of contradictions, etc. it should be noted that the analysis and identification of general principles, properties of social transformations allows us to more adequately investigate the socio-historical development of society, clarifying the ratio of planned and spontaneous, subjective and objective, optimize the process of change itself, as if to design the path of transformation itself, to clarify the space of connection between the possible and the real. therefore, transformation is not just a change in the content and functions of a certain sphere of society, but a condition for optimizing the changes themselves, eliminating surpluses by reconciling the logic of things and the logic of human subjectivity. thus, the development of society depends a lot on the process of social transformations. the factors of social development are "four types of fabric (or networks) that arise in society: the interweaving of ideas, rules, actions and interests. an interconnected network (of beliefs, proofs, definitions) constitutes the ideal dimension of the field, its "social constructions". both the ideal and the normative dimension contribute to what is traditionally regarded as culture. interconnected networks of actions make up the interactive dimension of the field, its "social organization", and in the network of interests (life chances, opportunities, access to resources) the measurement of the field on the scale of opportunities, its "social hierarchy". both the interactive and the possibility dimensions are woven into what can literally be called a social fabric." references: 1. berdikulova s. a. social norms as a mechanism for regulating social consciousness in the context of globalization //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 744-746. 2. berdikulova s. a., jamalova n. u. patriotic education of modern youth //экономика и социум. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 15-17. 3. aslamovna b. s. et al. social norms and their role in society //epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr). – 2021. – т. 7. – №. 4. – с. 1-1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org 4. aslamovna b. s. the social norm in the condition of globalization //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 2046-2051. 5. бердикулова с. а. место социальных норм в развитии общества (напримере республики узбекистан) //credo new. – 2012. – №. 3. – с. 6-6. 6. бердикулова с. а. о взаимосвязи социальных норм и социального контроля //социосфера. – 2014. – №. 1. – с. 27-30. 7. khudayberdievich k. s., aslamovna b. s. public consciousness and public mood //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 9. – с. 1004-1008 8. худайназаров с. х. маънавият-элларни бирлаштиради //uzbek scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 5. – с. 244-250. 9. xudayberdiyevich x. s. et al. the importance of social norm in the society and human life in the condition of globalization //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 234-237. 10. xudaynazarov s. x. development and spirituality: literature in the system of factors that enhance the spirituality of a person //theoretical & applied science. – 2019. – №. 9. – с. 22-27. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org problems of o'zbek millennial food names and their english language ruzmanova ra’no usmanovna faculty of foreign philology linguistics (english) mutaxassisligi ii bosqich magistranti a b s t r a c t c e y w o r d s this article summarizes the problems with the history, types, and translations of uzbek national dish names. some of the mistakes and shortcomings made in the process of translating the names of uzbek national food are shown. translated artifacts provide examples of food names and diets in dining areas. it also offers solutions to some of the problems associated with the translation of uzbek national food names from english into english, the advantage of adequate translation in the translation of food, and related methods. national food, food translation, adequate translation, uzbek-english translation, linguistics. the traditional cuisine of each nation is one of the things that reflects their nationality. if noticed, you can witness the presence of food that is widely consumed by representatives of all ethnic groups living on earth compared to other parts of the world. such ugly food is the national dish of that nation. regarding the characteristics of food and their role in human health, abu ali ibn sino cites many information in his essay "the urjuza about tobacco", which is still valuable to human health and food culture yesterday. there are a number of unique reasons why peoples on earth eat more, become their national dish, and a history of origin. we can cite the following as reasons why what kind of food has become a national dish of peoples: 1. types of products necessary for the preparation of food that are common in the inhabited juggernaut area. 2. what foods were eaten by representatives of this ethnicity who lived in ancient times. 3. what the existing general climate in the area is like. 4. which foods are shown to eat from a religious point of view, etc. for example, as in other nations, the uzbek people have long been consumed and today there are many types of national food, and in turn, they have a history of origin and content. the uzbek people have long been closely associated with their brothers and sisters, which is also directly reflected in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org lecture of their national cuisine. not only history, lifestyle, its national traditions and traditions, but also its national cuisine attracted the attention of many scholars and tourists around the world several centuries ago. regarding the national cuisine of the peoples of central asia, the likes of claudius and n.n.muravyov also wrote valuable information in their memory. since the climate in central asia was a temperate climate, the uzbek people have long been involved in subsistence farming and agriculture. as a result, meat and dairy products grown in livestock also played a leading part in the main national food consumed by the uzbek people. the word soup, one of the uzbek national dishes, is translated from arabic. "liquid food that can be cooked with soup, onions, potatoes and other vegetables." there are several types of soup, depending on the products involved and the preparation process. 1 boiling soup. the resulting embryo was allowed to produce nutrents and then inserted into her wobb, where it implanted. the resulting embryo was allowed to develop in nutrients and then inserted into her womb, where it implanted. roasting soup. in roasting soup, the meat and vegetables that initially make up its contents are roasted in fat. the history of the name of the aforementioned boiling and roasting soups originated in close association with their preparation stages, while the type of meat involved in the soup, known as chicken soup, played a decisive role. it is noted in scientific sources that soup is one of the types of liquid food.2 (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) in the 21st century, when modern tourism is growing, people's demands and needs are also becoming more modern. first of all, "... diversifying tourism products and services directed to different segments of the tourism market" shows that if we look at the diets in today's dining areas, their food, drink, and dessert names are given in several languages. we will witness that it is written mainly in uzbek, english, and russian. if a dish written in english and russian (taking into account the large number of people living in the world is made up of multinational peoples) is enough for residents of the country, there is a need for an english-language dish for visitors from many countries around the world. we cannot say that in all of the kitchens, the names and contents of uzbek national food are translated in english in a way that is free of any mistakes and shortcomings. in the process of studying the "master" diet, one of our dining centers, it became clear that first, uzbek national cuisine played a very rare role in the diet, and second, the diet did not details the content of 1 dictionary of the uzbek language 13-bet tashkent state scientific journal of the national encyclopedia of uzbekistan 2 national encyclopedia of uzbekistan 257-bet tashkent state scientific journal of the national encyclopedia of uzbekistan american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org uzbek national food. for example, the price of chicken soup is 0.5 16,000 (for half a bowl), 1 19,000 (price per bowl). but the contents of the soup are not recorded.3 it is gratified that in the 21st century, uzbek researchers carried out and carried out many effective scientific research related to the names of uzbek national cuisine and their translations. the extent to which uzbek national food is accepted by foreign guests and the increased attention is a guarantee of selection of the names of national dishes in the dishes and how accurately and accurately they are translated. in the same way as getting acquainted with the diet, a person's mind should have a clear picture of this food. the role of adequate translation in this context is insignificant. it should also be noted that the names of uzbek national cuisine should be given a wider place in the dining rooms in the kitchens. if there is more emphasis on other foods than on the names of uzbek national cuisine, it can replace the positive concepts of humble guests associated with uzbek national food with negative thoughts. as everyone travels from one country to another, one of his plans for dining is to taste one of the famous national dishes of the same nation. notice that in most cases they answer the question of whether you want coffee or tea from visitors to our country from abroad. behind such a response, it always resonates not because their main consuming drink is tea, but as a sign of respect for this people, the host. however, in most european countries, their main consumed drink is coffee. in uzbek linguistics, linguistic layers of the language are being studied in a variety of ways. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to answers with you. significant changes associated with the development of tourism and translation in the 21st century prohibit a thorough study of related industries. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to answers with you. the latin word for "gulyutetonic" is derived from the latin word gluttire "swallowing," meaning "gula," that is, "throat." from a linguistic point of view, studying the field of gulyuttonik terms will undoubtedly help to improve the tourism industry as well. the language layers of each nation are one of the qualities that demonstrate their nationality. therefore, today's widespread study of uzbek national food and the creation of accurate and accurate translations of them are among the most important tasks facing linguists and translators. if the development of the tourism industry and the development of this area form one side of the issue that needs to be studied, on the other hand, by the 21st century, the interest of foreigners in uzbek literature and the translations of uzbek national food names in the translations being implemented also prohibit a comprehensive study of this area. 3 ўзбекистон республикаси президентининг “ўзбекистон республикасида туризмни жадал ривожлантиришга oid қўшимча чора-тадбирлар тўғрисида”them pf – 5611-dream фармони. 5.01.2019 // lex.uz › docs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org this is illustrated by the reaction of disgruntled scientists to the translations of the novel the last days alone by several translators or to translations of "night and day." 4 here are some examples of what we say in the translation of the novel the last days by carol ermakova: my moon shining on the calm seas made a silvery highway shining on the calm seas made a silvery highway highway cut through the globe.5 oftobayim put two and two together: if they were ordering puff-pastry pies with meat, the guest must be special one.”6 in this context, the sheet is translated as a meat pie. we think it was acceptable to quote the word sheet itself and its contents and how to prepare it. "outside the box, the husband and wife guests were filled, and they were honored with dark, liquid soups, holva, and nisholda."7 “the male half of the courtyard is full of men, the women’s quarters are packed with women, they are being feted with a vast array of dishes and delicacies, wondrous halva and nishalda.”8 in this context, the words holva are quoted in the same way and the transcription is translated and an explanation is provided by the translator underneath. "i realize for myself that i will leave the ready bowl and starving on the road," said abʹsa·lom, "but i promised to meet the camels for this day in anchorage, and if i did not reach them and give them a little foolishness for the expenses, that is, if i wait for you for your joy, i would stare at five people knowingly."9 “i realise that by refusing your pilaf my ride will be hungry one, but i promised the camel drivers i would catch up with them before andizhan. if i do not and instead wait your pilaf to please you, five men shall go hungry on my account, for i must pay them expenses.”10 (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to discuss these answers with you. the translation of the word osh in a pilaf way does not create an understandable and problem for all readers. in a nutshell, it would be appropriate if perfect translations of the names and content of englishlanguage dishes in uzbek national entities were achieved and the number of national dishes increased. 4 derzhavetskaya i. a. scientific notes of the tavrichesky national university named after v.i. vernadsky. series "philology. social communications". volume 26 (65). № 1. / gluttonic vocabulary and problems of its translation – pp. 466-470. 5 almighty a. in the last days, tashkent "new edition" 2019 27-but 6 abdulla qadiri days gone translated by carol ermakova by nouveau monde edtions , 2018, 33-p. 7 almighty a. in the last days, tashkent "new edition" 2019 47-bet 8abdulla qadiri days gone translated by carol ermakova by nouveau monde edtions , 2018, 54-p. 9 almighty a. the last days of tashkent "new edition" 2019, 224-bet 10 abdulla qadiri days gone translated by carol ermakova by nouveau monde edtions , 2018, 216-p american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org although visitors from abroad visit uzbek cookies for the purpose of enjoying uzbek national food, but there are no options for selection for uzbek national cuisine, it will not pass on its positive aspects to theoretical and practical views of our nationality. before the situation reaches such a level, let us add to the benefits of uzbek cuisine with uzbek national cuisine, which guarantees the stability of the nationality of our national food. list of available publications: 1. ўзбекистон ресpublikasi presidentinating "ўзбекистон ресpublikasida turismni jadal rivožlantirishga oid қўшимча chora-тадбирлар тўғрисида"gi pf – 5611-son farmoni. 5.01.2019 // lex.uz › docs 2. dictionary of the uzbek language 13-bet tashkent state scientific journal of the national encyclopedia of uzbekistan 3. ethics dictionary of the uzbek language iii. tashkent, 2009, 217-b 4. derzhavetskaya i. a. scientific notes of the tavrichesky national university named after v.i. vernadsky. series "philology. social communications". volume 26 (65). № 1. / gluttonic vocabulary and problems of its translation – pp. 466-470. 5. hakimova s. inglyz va ўзбек tillaridagi озиқ-овқат компонентli phraseologic birliklarning linguokulьtrological таҳлili // ўзму habarlari. philology fanlars. – 2016. №1. – b. 276-279. 6. national encyclopedia of uzbekistan 257-bet tashkent state scientific journal of the national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. 7. mahmoudov k. uzbek tantalizing food. tashkent, 1989. 265-b 8. almighty a. the last days of tashkent "new edition" 2019, 224-bet 9. abdulla qadiri days gone translated by carol ermakova by nouveau monde edtions , 2018, 216-p 10. abdulaxatov n. and head. study of linguistic units in mahmoud koshgari's "devonu dictionary turkish". tashkent. 2013 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 232 www.americanjournal.org the importance of developing student youth trends that affect musical perception in the context of innovative education a.sultanov fergana state university teacher of the department of musical education and culture a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the essence of the development of trends that affect the musical perception of student youth by improving the professional skills of future music teachers in the context of innovative education. musical perception, tendency, transformation, musical creativity, instrumental performance, skill, innovative education, interactive, selfteaching, learning. introduction today, special attention is paid to the development of educational areas in mamalakatım, the formation of certain intellectual and technological potential, modernization of experimental and innovative activities in the field of education and the development of new educational technologies and resources, their testing. it follows that, even in the system of music education, the student sets his important tasks for educators of higher education today to increase the professional competence of future music teachers in the development of their trends affecting the musical perception of young people, the formation of their creativeness. already, to increase the interest of students in the music culture lesson, improving the effectiveness of the lesson, the correct organization of classes taking into account the age characteristics of students is a period requirement. the theoretical analysis of the process of music education, the study of the experiences of advanced teachers, the division of the lesson into different stages give positive results. 1. to adapt students to the lesson, to form a relationship of admiration, to familiarize themselves with the work to be done, to define individual and team tasks. 2. improving knowledge and skills of students. in this, it is achieved to expand the range of knowledge for students to be able to think independently, to cultivate the skills of a creative approach to the topic, to improve the activity of thinking skills. 3. to determine the level of knowledge through hearing, idark. in the process, students ' perceptual abilities are examined. it is also necessary to draw attention to the fact that the student is quickly attracted to the music lesson and forms the symptoms of adaptation to this lesson. for this: it is important to study the level of knowledge generated by the teacher in students, as well as to compare with the previous ones. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 233 www.americanjournal.org in the formation of transformative trends affecting musical perception through innovative education in students, student – teacher – student cooperation, the development of the ability to creative activity, tolerance to the opinions of others, communication, the ability to reach and find compromises are important results of education. the main goal of interactive methodology is to develop the ability to independently find education in trends through interactions. at the same time, attention should also be paid to the interaction exchanges of students with each other. after all, in the expansion and development of musical perception, musical thinking in young people through relationships, the same trends as above are important. at this point, in order to consistently formulate these competencies, the need arises to provide the student with the necessary educational tool in the use of pedagogical technologies in the formation of trends affecting the musical perception of young people. moreover, at the same time, proposals for the application of digital technologies in the school curriculum in music are new focusing on the fact that it is and does not exist in practice, we feel how necessary an interactive tutorial is. therefore, during the study, we prepared an interactive educational electronic textbook for use in classes. basic methodological principles of interactive education in students: careful selection of work materials and teaching methods; comprehensive analysis of specific practical examples of musical activity, application of comparative and auditory analysis; ensure continuous visual communication with all students; active use of technical means, including distribution and didactic materials, in the form of tables, slides, educational films, rollers, video clips, video equipment,; constant support of the interaction of the teacher within the active group, prompt intervention of the teacher in the discussion in the event of unforeseen difficulties; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 234 www.americanjournal.org important situations and circumstances in determining the process of pedagogical training for pedagogical technology: to determine in advance the tasks faced by the student in the process of acquiring knowledge, to determine the content of education (curriculum, program, subject essence, availability of educational and methodological resources)at each stage of training, to determine the level and volume of knowledge and concepts, to determine the level of compliance with the student's knowledge and qualifications, to prepare educational forms and; to objectively assess the knowledge and qualifications acquired by the student in accordance with the criteria for assessing the quality of the result and level of assimilation of education, the tasks of pedagogical technologies such as planning tasks assigned to the lesson and extracurricular student are considered. interactive self-education methods, data analysis, comparison, pedagogical educational technologies, didactic activities were widely used in the formation and development of trends affecting musical perception in students through innovative educational programs. distance learning in the study of music with the help of computer technology is another of the bold steps of our study, in which such forms as self-education are also covered. the specific aspect of this electronic information education program created in the autoplay program is valuable in that it embodies the process of integration with a number of disciplines based on the school repertoire of the textbook of music culture of the general education school, which is currently being used in practice, with extensive use of interactive styles, advanced achievements of pedagogy, innovative achievements of educational technologies. the electronic textbook” innovative approach to musical education " is composed mainly of the following. the main page, which has a design that expresses the charm of our national musical art, contains the sections” uzbek national instruments“,” school repertoire: musical alphabet“,” status art“,” uzbek composers“, as well as” school repertoire: listening and singing " through the sections historical origin, dimensions, soundfulness, acquaintance with the performance of repertoire of uzbek national musical instruments, musical sounds, note path, takt, lettering of sounds, twelve, samples of works and brief information about the life and path of creativity of folk poets, close acquaintance with the life and work of the campuses of our country and the world music world, active in genres such as opera, vocal, choir, study the life and work of composers who have greatly contributed to the development of uzbek music culture, the performance of repertoire works, with it, it serves students to develop theoretical and practical cognitive skills and to further strengthen their musical perception and studies . the electronic textbook” innovative approach in musical education " cites grandiose methods of collaborative pedagogy, in which it is expressed in detail that each student feels a person, at the same time perceives the teacher's attention to him and wants recognition. the activity, mental state and mood of the child in the lesson is further raised, recommended in the interactive educational methods of the electronic program in achieving positivity in the formation of musical perception. there is also a “maqam section” in the electronic textbook, which includes a number of advanced pedagogical achievements in the study and assimilation of the classical ashulu recommended in the upper 6-7th grade . after all, classical singing is our heritage, which further increases our spiritual treasure with its grace, wide scope and purmanality. the electronic program provides recommendations for listening and studying “ushshoq” s, “feruz” s, “bayot” s, “suvora” s, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 235 www.americanjournal.org “chorgoh”s, which are widely and popular among the people through the sections “twelve maqams”, “shashmaqom”, “khwarazm maqams”, “tashkent-fargana music roads”. as a conclusion, it is worth noting separately that we hope that innovative electronic textbooks like this will definitely pay off in stable acclamation of trends that affect the musical perception of students. literature 1. oqilxon ibrohimov “musiqa” 4-sinf uchun darslik. g‘afur g‘ulom nomidagi nashriyot-manbaa ijodiy uyi. toshkent -2015. qayta ishlangan 5-nashri 2. a.nurmatov, n.norho‘jayev “musiqa” 3-sinf uchun darslik. g‘afur g‘ulom nomidagi nashriyotmanbaa ijodiy uyi. toshkent -2014. qayta ishlangan 9-nashri 3. normuhammatovich, s. a. (2022). o'quvchilarda milliy musiqa eshitish qobiliyatini shakllantirishda pedagogik texnologiyalardan foydalanish samaradorligi. science and innovation, 1(b2), 259-263. 4. sultonov, a. (2022). musiqiy idrokka ta’sir etuvchi transformatsion tendensiyalarni shakllantirishda innovatsion texnologiyalarning samaradorligi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 314-323. 5. шокиров, т. н. (2022). миллий мусиқа маданияти ва унинг ривожланиш истиқболлари (фольклор, достончилик, мақом мисолида). science and innovation, 1(c3), 31-38. 6. shakirov, t. n. (2022). succession is the main principle of development of national music culture. oriental journal of social sciences, 2(06), 1-10. 7. шокиров, т. н. (2022). абу наср форобийнинг мусиқа илмига қўшган ҳиссаси. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 353-359. 8. kirgizov, i., kirgizov, i., najmetdinova, m., & atabayeva, s. (2022, february). the genesis of the development of music culture. in archive of conferences (pp. 57-60). 9. kirgizov, i., imyaminovich, k. i., nurmuhammedjanov, a., sotvoldievich, s. b., mamasodikovna, n. m., & juraevna, a. s. (2021). the pleasure of singing, listening and understanding navoi. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 2410-2413. 10. нурмуҳамеджанов, а. (2022). ёшлар ижтимоий фаоллигини оширишда бўш вақтдан фойдаланиш. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 442-446. 11. muydinov, j. s. (2022). xalq qo ‘shiqlari–ustozlar sayqalida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 606-610. 12. mannopov, s., najmetdinova, m., ataboeva, s., nazarova, i., & mo'ydinov, j. (2021). analysis of research on aesthetic features of uzbek folk music. turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry, 12(10). 13. djalalova, n. (2022). fundamentals of musical and pedagogical skills. science and innovation, 1(8), 478-481. 14. нурмуҳамеджанов, а. (2022). ёшлар ижтимоий фаоллигини оширишда бўш вақтдан фойдаланиш. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 442-446. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 236 www.americanjournal.org 15. . исаков, у. т. (2022). ўзбек мусиқа маданияти ривожланиш жараёнларининг назарий-методологик асослари, манбалари ҳамда уни ўрганишнинг аҳамияти. science and innovation, 1(1), 625-636. 16. isakov, u. t. (2022). social philosophical genesis of the development of uzbek music culture. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 589-594. 17. ergashev, a., ataboyeva, s., djalalova, n., & usmonova, s. (2021). the role of composery in the art of national singing. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(12), 863-867. 18. tokhtasinovich, i. u., & abdumutalibovich, o. r. (2022). the influence of music culture on the peoples of central asia in the development of uzbek music culture. eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences, 5, 70-73. 19. орзибоев, р. а., & абдулмадатов, о. (2022). модал ва тонал гармония ҳақида. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 497-502. 20. shohida, s. (2014). the role of the older generation in the education of young people. austrian journal of humanities and social sciences, (11-12), 178-180. 21. sultonov, a. (2022). musiqiy idrokka ta’sir etuvchi transformatsion tendensiyalarni shakllantirishda innovatsion texnologiyalarning samaradorligi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 314-323. 22. султонов, а., & абдисатторов, a. (2022). марказий осиёда мусиқа илми ривожланишида бахшичилик санъатининг ўрни ва аҳамияти. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(102), 478-483. 23. normuhammatovich, s. a. (2022). o'quvchilarda milliy musiqa eshitish qobiliyatini shakllantirishda pedagogik texnologiyalardan foydalanish samaradorligi. science and innovation, 1(b2), 259-263. 24. namozova, d. t. (2022). renessans-bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining kompetatsion takomili sifatida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 491-496. 25. namozova, d. (2022). bo ‘lajak musiqa o ‘qituvchilarining kreativ kompetentligini musiqa tarixi fanini o ‘qitish vositasida shakllantirish. science and innovation, 1(b6), 942-950. 26. namozova, d., & astanova, z. t. (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 260-264. 27. dilorom, n., & tohirovna, a. z. (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. science and innovation, 1(c2), 36-38. 28. namozova, d. t. (2021). musiqa darslarida o’quvchilarni kreativlik hamda erkin tafakkurini shakllantirishni tashkil etish. scientific progress, 2(2), 1313-1315. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 237 www.americanjournal.org 29. djalalova, n. (2023). bo ‘lajak musiqa o ‘qituvchisining kreativlik jihatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(4), 162-167. 30. n. djalalova (2023). piano performance as a factor that activates students' musical and aesthetic world views and develops musical culture. science and innovation, 2 (b4), 339-342. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.7838017 31. ataboeva, s., kholikova, g., jalalova, n., & shoxista, u. (2021). stylistic problems of composer s. rakhmaninov in piano concerts. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(05), 104-108. 32. yelena, v., nigora, d., & margubahon, v. (2022). the role of folk art in raising the morale of young people. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(3), 699-702. 33. djalolova, n. (2022). bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining amaliy darslarga tayyorgarlik faoliyatida kreativlik jihatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 534-539. 34. djalalova, n. (2022). fundamentals of musical and pedagogical skills. science and innovation, 1(8), 478-481. 35. djalalova, n. (2022). мусиқий ва педагогик маҳорат асослари. science and innovation, 1(b8), 478-481. 36. sims, w. (2012). international society for music education. 37. sultonov, a. (2022). musiqiy idrokka ta’sir etuvchi transformatsion tendensiyalarni shakllantirishda innovatsion texnologiyalarning samaradorligi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 314-323. 38. султонов, а., & абдисатторов, a. (2022). марказий осиёда мусиқа илми ривожланишида бахшичилик санъатининг ўрни ва аҳамияти. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(102), 478-483. 39. normuhammatovich, s. a. (2022). o'quvchilarda milliy musiqa eshitish qobiliyatini shakllantirishda pedagogik texnologiyalardan foydalanish samaradorligi. science and innovation, 1(b2), 259-263. 40. namozova, d. t. (2022). renessans-bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining kompetatsion takomili sifatida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 491-496. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org influence of physical culture on the formation of personal characteristics and qualities rakhimkulov karimjon datkaevich uzbek state university of world languages professor of the department of physical culture and sports a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the physical culture of a person is inextricably linked with his general culture, since the characteristics characteristic of a physically cultured person are formed and developed on the basis of the same psychophysical (natural) tendencies and psychophysical processes, such as moral, aesthetic and psychophysical processes. other types of human culture. therefore, when performing physical exercises, a person not only develops and improves his physical abilities, but also forms other personal qualities moral, aesthetic, as well as courage, will, initiative, tolerance, etc. this article highlights the impact of physical education on the formation of traits and personality traits. physical education, spiritual culture, personality traits, spiritual spheres, all-round development. when it comes to a person's physical culture, it is gained in the exercise process and improves a person's physical nature (body) in every way and in harmony, the set of human characteristics expressed in his active desire to lead. as you engage in physical education, a person learns about himself, others, etc. in the world. he actively develops entrepreneurship, independence and creativity, his own worldview and thinking methods, individual x-art characteristics, the movements of other people, and his own actions forms a critical attitude. ( galatians 5:22, 23 ) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to answers with you. as a holistic person who reflects the high level of culture. physical education helps to resist bad habits such as smoking, alcohol consumption, and so on. "the perfect, comprehensive development of the human body's functions should be the overall goal of discipline and education, and their functions differ only separately: discipline is a person's encompasses their moral qualities and their willful visions in their field; so it helps to perfect an individual's moral qualities, and discipline refers to systematic mental, aesthetic and physical development; it's the feelings and feelings that a young person feels and to distinguish their impressions, to compare them to each other, to develop abstract concepts from ideas, to identify events they encounter based on the truths studied, and finally should be taught to act with maximum purpose. https://fingernal.ru/uz/nail-disease/vpr-okruzhayushchii-mir-metodicheskaya-razrabotka-po-okruzhayushchemu-miru-4-klass-na-temu/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org the main part physical education is one of the components of the education system and is aimed at improving human health and proper physical development. in conversion to mental education, moral and aesthetic, labor training and upbringing, physical education can help a person to be perfect on all sides. physical education in schools and schools is being carried out under a government program. the program provides for three hours a week, including one hour of voluntary training. in addition, daily rest activities (morning exercises, physical education breaks, etc.), public physical education and extracurricular activities , sports activities (sports departments, general physical training groups, sports competitions, and leisure activities) are planned. , health days, sports and health care classes in the camp). the program covers classes (theory, practice), sports (gymnastics, lightweight athletics, skiing, swimming, tourism and sports) and the academic year a sample thematic plan for physical education classes shown in the hours account is recommended. . . . the content of topics related to the concept of physical education, as well as the amount of knowledge and skills that students need to acquire in the development of sports technology, will be provided. the program defines curriculum supervision exercises and standards for their implementation, the basis of which are the standards and requirements of the trp's union physical education complex, defines hygiene rules , a reasonable reading regime, requirements for rest. , eating, physical education, sports events and participate intelligently and actively in recreational activities. work, improve physical well-being. the main tasks of physical education for the younger generation include strengthening and improving the body's health, proper physical development, and delivering the necessary tool skills to children and young people to improve their body's instantaneous abilities and to promote the development of the most important moral qualities. and willful qualities. physical education helps to develop and develop moral and willful qualities in addition to physical abilities: strength ofdoubts, physical endurance, agility, reaction speed, speed of movement. "physical education classes were held every day. their program includes gymnastics, games, swords, conkida flying, physical labor (carpentry). the results of these events were surprising. in a year, weak, pale, lethargic girls turned into strong, energetic, resilient and resistant people. courage, courage, determination, initiative, poverty, willpower, collective abilities, organization, intelligent discipline, friendship and friendship moral and willful qualities, such as feelings, precision in labor, orderliness, and so on. . . . is raised. to do this, it is of great importance to properly organize training, sports competitions and the entire life of the physical education community in a pedagogical way. the effectiveness of mastering the experience of a tool in sports is related to the methods and levels of the psychological structure of the motor movement (exercise). the process of forming intelligent motor movement is a self-guided movement that is accompanied by important intellectual activity, which is deliberately provided and directed in the learning process you need it. the information that enters the tengiga of the participants is complex and multi-step processing. physical education classes are developed against the background of communication, in the congregation, under the direction of a teacher. the same communication is the strongest factor in shaping students' moral qualities, and from the beginning of the lesson they begin to understand their participation in the congregation and in accordance with the rules and commands they learn to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org control their movements. connect them with the actions of others. thus, the will is strengthened, discipline is developed, and the habit of adhering to ethical standards of behavior is formed. the humanitarian importance of physical culture is to achieve the integrity of human knowledge, to understand the meaning of human values in the modern world, to understand its place in culture, understanding involves developing the ability and capabilities to change cultural activities. he is a member of the governing body of jehovah's witnesses, a member of the governing body of jehovah's witnesses, a member of the governing body of jehovah's witnesses , a member of the governing body of jehovah's witnesses by forming values. the person, his abilities and his readiness to fully realize his vital forces in a healthy and productive lifestyle; in creating the necessary socio-cultural comfortable environment of professional activities. since physical culture is part of the culture of society, it is primarily characterized by general cultural social functions. these include education, education, regulation, transformation, cognitive, value-oriented, communication, economic, and so on. physical masculinity provides opportunities for the upbringing of will, righteousness, courage, and work qualities; developing humanitarian beliefs, a sense of respect for an opponent; formation of social activity (team captain, fizorg, senior, sports referee in the group). during the course of the cougats, an individual learns from legal ethics. patriotism in athletes and athletes, loyalty to their work, struggle for sports, construction and maintenance of industrious playgrounds, filling conki grounds, work in the form of powds. in the process of physical education, a person learns a lot of new things, learns motor skills, looks for new sports facilities and ways to improve performance. fc classes provide opportunities for the development of creativity and theactivation of cognitive activity. systemic exercise helps to prevent diseases. therapeutic physical culture tools are used to rehabilitate patients. flexible physical culture is a new direction of physical education and healing work with negativerons. as an independent part of society's culture, physical culture performs its own social functions. the second is incompatible with the generalities, but in a more accurate way, they are based on the social nature of physical well-being as a social necessity, represents the ability to meet their requirements . physical culture affects a person's physical nature and helps him develop his vitality and overall abilities. this, in turn, will help to elevate spirituality and lead to the perfect development of piracy in all respects. (galatations 5:22, 23) therefore, the role of physical culture in shaping a person's basic qualities and properties is enormous. a person should be able to think abstractly, develop general rules and act according to those rules. but it's not enough just to be able to think and draw conclusions—to be able to apply them in life, to achieve their intended goal, to overcome obstacles along the way necessary. this can only be achieved with proper physical education. "this is due to the close, inseparable link between physical and mental discipline, resulting in their functions being irrepresible and with the full harmony between them, we we can expect the full development of a person's moral character." the role of physical culture in shaping personal qualities depends on its social nature, of course, humanitarian functions, the possibilities of developing a number of basics of human spirituality it intensifies. high emotional background for performing various exercises, especially in the form of emotionally colored mu stoves, empathy, mutual assistance, general goals in performing friendly community movements to help develop a mutual liability trend to achieve. all of this is increasing https://fingernal.ru/uz/disease/kardiostimulyator-pokazaniya-k-ustanovke-pokazaniya-i-protivopokazaniya-k/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org significantly against the backdrop of social tremors, deep and economic changes in our society, changes in its composition. a healthy lifestyle that is incompatible with general culture, universal values, concepts of spirituality, achieving physical perfection, and many qualities of a person physical cultural tools that determine development. the regularity of physical culture is determined by a person's voluntary will and personal attitude toward this activity, to personal qualities. list of available publications 1. file:///c:/users/borajabboyev/downloads/jismoniy-madaniyatning-inson-hayotidagi-o-rni.pdf 2. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/jismoniy_tarbiya 3. https://teletype.in/@bekzod_yarbulov/yi-mwe1ii 4. https://farspublishers.org/index.php/ijessh/article/view/126 file:///c:/users/borajabboyev/downloads/jismoniy-madaniyatning-inson-hayotidagi-o-rni.pdf https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/jismoniy_tarbiya https://teletype.in/@bekzod_yarbulov/yi-mwe1ii https://farspublishers.org/index.php/ijessh/article/view/126 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org the description of lion zoosemy in uzbek’s novels toirova umida sobirovna, teacher, bukhara state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the image of a lion is distinguished by its characteristics and features in uzbek novels. especially, the zoosemy of lion means courage, bravery, fearlessness, gallantry, loyalty to one's partner,while attacking to any other anmals ,he retreat first,then attacking with furiosity. at the same time, these qualities are transferred to human characteristics through the lion. the comparison of the animal character with the human one is the motivation to reveal the zoosemy of the lion in the novels. this article discusses the nature of the lion through the writing style of writers.each uzbek writer used the personality of lion zoosemy with different ways. introduction the word zoosemy comes from the greek words zoo – animal, and semy meaning, "animal meaning". i.l. lasota notes that the term zoosemy is used in a narrow sense to express lexical compounds thematically related to the animal world. zoosemy is directly related to the process of creation of a number of lexical units and elements used in relation to people, animals are perceived as beings with different characteristics at the same time, and the lexicon related to the animal world is referred to when mocking, hating or slandering someone. as noted by m. basaj, the motif of zoosemy is based on psychological parallelism that there are various analogies between a person and the environment that surrounds him. . [1] in general, the semantic condition of the comparison comes from the intention of the speaker to emphasize the distinguishing features of a person in an intensive and evaluative way. there is reason to say that living beings or some of their groups are associated with real or imaginary stereotypical connotations in our perception, which accelerates the selection of the model, that is, the element of comparison that forms the basis of the image. the article analysis the lion zoosemy which are used by uzbek authors. methods v. raevskaya describes zoosemy as animal nicknames, arguing that animal names are often used to designate human characteristics. according to z. kovecses, most of human behavior seems to be metaphorically understood in terms of animal behavior. in addition, j. lakoff and johnson argue that most of the conceptual framework that guides human thought and behavior is metaphorical in nature. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org being angry at someone who made a mess in the kitchen, compare to a pig, shows the use of a conceptual metaphor, that is, the realization of a semantic structure in a cognitive process. in the metaphorical conceptualization of humans as animals, the animal concept serves as a source for the human concept. z. kovecses noted that animal metaphors often have a negative connotation, except for some exceptional cases, they refer to negative human qualities or behavior. j. lakoff and m. turner describe zoosemia as a conceptual complex consisting of four parts, considering it closely related to the "great chain of being" metaphor: the great chain of being; the nature of things – the nature of things in existence; the generic is specific metaphor – generic (or generality) is a specific metaphor; the maxim of quantity – principle of quantity (giving as much information as possible). j. lakoff and m. turner explain the theory of zoosemy through the example of achilles is a lion. the first metaphor in the sentence is the comparison of achilles' courage to a lion, and the second is the interpretation of human character based on animal instinct. the adoption of the instinctive behavior of the lions as courage, the use of this characteristic in relation to achilles, the relationship between the lion and his "courage" is directly related to the relationship between achilles and his courage. here the principle of immutability that limits metaphorical scheme is referred to, and zoosemy is used in a metaphorical function through animal names. g. milich said that the analysis of motivational factors is lacking in understanding zoosemy. j. lakoff and m. turner explain the metaphorical nature of the term zoosemy, neglecting the metonymic role, although everything in nature has a metonymic appearance in the eyes of the people. . [2] results s. martsa, taking into account the breadth of the topic of animals and divide in to 4 categories: 1) place of residence; 2) appearance; 3) behavior; 4) classifies according to its relevance to people. g. milich, on the other hand, states that the most salient features of animals in these subdomains are then compared to human appearance, intelligence, character, and behavior, and that key features are used in a cognitive model of the nature of things that lead to significant behavior, recognizing that character is viewed as a broader domain of morality. . so, relying on the opinions of scientists, comparing the characteristics of animals to humans can also be called zoosemy. as noted by z. kovecses, the meaning of animal metaphors is mainly negative, the semantics of zoosemy tend to be pejorative, and since men and women have different statuses, pejoration does not apply equally to both sexes. pejorative semantics is closely related to insignificant language concepts, which j. holmes describes as negative and positive stereotypes of both sexes, but pejorative semantics refers to the method used in the process of expressing a negative attitude towards women. he notes that metaphors use more critical conjunctions to describe women than men. taking into account the above points, it can be concluded that zoosemy, along with negative connotations, also expresses a strong critical attitude. f. fontecha and kh. scholars such as catalan, s. haynes and l. rodríguez, in their studies on zoosemy, emphasize that semantic derogation is related to the gender of the referent and is usually aimed at women. f. fontecha and kh. catalan examines the semantic derogation of two pairs of animal american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org words in english (fox/vixen, bull/cow) and spanish (zorro/zorra, toro/vaca) and suggests that in both languages these words refer to a more feminine use. discussion lion zoosemy described with various meaning. here in the following we are analyzing about each features of the lion through given examples. kesak otib arslonlarni yengmakchi bo’lgan galvarlarning ishiga kulgim qistaydir. [3] o’rda arbobi bu kun peshindan biroz ilgariroq mujassam bir vijdon, tog’yurak bir yigit va o’lim sari kulib kelguchi arslonni o’z tarixida 1 chi martaba ko’rdi va tong ajabda qoldi. bu ulug’ jasorat bir necha daqiqalarg’acha zulm itlarini sukutka oldi, ularni ishdan to’xtatdi. [4] in qadiri's works, author mentioned that some of the enemies liked to fight without weapon. they laughed at them, saying that they should fight like lions, as if they attacked them with a knife. in fact, arslan knows the true art of fighting, and only warriors are worthy to be brave and to be a lion. lion zoosemy described the braveness of the lion through coward people. most of the enemies thought that they were able to kill the lion people, but they didn’t know how lion is courageous. thinking that anvar is a young man with a lion's heart, the leader of the saroy was surprised that no one can dare to do this things, no one has yet committed suicide and that such a thing happened for the first time in history, without suspecion he recognized his bravery and fearlessness. to hava a lion’s heart means that this person is not afraid of anything even the death. usta alim so’zi:nammo arslon yuraklik otabek hambadbaxtni shundog’ yanchib tashladikim,bu juda oz kishilar qo’lidan kelaturg’on ishdir. [5] shijoat tug’ma xislatga kiradir. bunday odam jang boshida jasoratda sherga, jang o’rtasida sabrbardoshda filga, jang oxirida gazab-u qaxrda ajdaxoga aylanur! baringiz shijoat soxiblaridursizlar. mayli, shaxzoda muxammad sulton ulug kulni manglayni boksharsun! jaxonshox ibn joku, amir shoxmaliklar uning yonida yursunlar! [6] otabek's characteristic features similar to lions which helped protect his honor and reputation. because he single-handedly attacked his enemies like a lion and destroyed them. the heart of a lion is a symbol of gallantry. another characteristic of lions is that their heroism is one of the first to show their courage on the battlefield. people who show their courage on the battlefield . the hero can be called the owners of virtue like lions. biz akbaralini mingboshini miryoqubdan ko’ra odamroq deb bilamiz-nega shunday bo’ladi?-nega – miryoqub sherday o’kiradi. [7] (cho’lpon kecha va kunduz) bilagingizda kuch ko’p, amirzodam! sherpanjasiz! podshoh hazratlari sizni bobur deb ataganlari bejiz emas. bobur arabcha sher demakdir. [8] akbarali's humanity is considered like a mankind. and we can think of him as a person who knows about humanity. miryoqub is different from akbarali and he roars like a lion, which means that he attacks like a lion when he is angry. it means lion can roar when they become sad or furious about something. lion people never become still, they are too resentful. the fact that babur's paws are like a lion and that the original meaning of his name also has the meaning of a lion indicates that he has the power of a lion. bobur is a lion. bu tilning, she’rning sheri mudofaa qilar ekan, yana qaysi mard aksin isbot qilur-dedi boyqaro [9] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org navoiy biror narsa chizishni o’yladi. basharasi odam qiyofasiga o’xshab ketgan sher…bo’ynida ikki tomonga yo’g’on zanjir tortilib,uchlari 2 qoziqqa bog’langan.ammo zanjirband sher “mag’rur”. haydar kirdi. u uzoqdan ko’z tashlab ,iljayib qo’ydi,keyin rassomning tepasiga kelib, qichqirdi: “a.navoiy hazratlari zanjirda” [10] the language is considered as the beauty of the nation, and the poem created in each language can be protected only by its owner. only the real owner of poem can defend it and prove that it is a lion. this is a proof of his courage. only a true poet protects it like a lion. in the passage quoted above, we can witness that navoi was well-known in the art of painting, especially when he was bored, he tried to take a brush to paint. however, when he become upset in a peace, he takes the brush, which was squeezed out of boredom and gave vivid expression to strong lines, which can be a tool of pain and suffering that came from the heart. navoi mentioned one important thing through zanjirband sher means a chained lion is navoi himself, by representing himself, he described the conspiracy and corruption made by some court officials who were as cunning as a fox and entered the bosom of the king like a snake walking around hossein boykara, the conspiracy and corruption made by some court officials who were as cunning as a fox and entered the bosom of the king like a snake. in this example, although he is chained, only his body obeys, but his soul wants to go through the right path that he chooses. during this conversation, behzod mentions that the chain on the lion's neck is broken. with this, the good writer testifies that his holiness navoi lived in his homeland as a free and humble person after retiring. at the same time, our great poet recognizes people who strive to bring out pleasure, as the black face of a coal miner, the pleasure, punishment and shame of bad people. chains pulled from both sides were a symbol of slander and incitement against him. qalaysan endi, shеr, ish qalay?.. – holingga maymunlar yigʻlaydi endi !.. – mеni zindonda chiritib oʻldirmoqchi eding, ana endi oʻzing shеr changalidagi quyondеk!.. in order to learn more about the meaning of this zanjirband poem, we have turned to several literatures and history. especially written by otauli the story of "zanjirband sher" draw every one’s attention. despite the fact that alp er to’nga is a turon king, the origin of his name also goes back to history. therefore, the meaning of the word "alp er to’nga" is used in the sense of a strong man like a tiger, a hero and a heroic land. this historical hero was also a brave and indomitable lion of the turkish people. because of his younger brother's betrayal, he believed in a conspiracy organized by the enemy and was chained like a lion. the hero of turon alp er to’nga is a valiant person . alp er toʻnga bu gaplarni tanasiga oʻylab, shеrdеk baralla na’ra tortolmadi. avvaliga ilondеk toʻlgʻondi. kеyin burgutdеk qanotini yozishga urindi. qani endi oʻzi zanjirband etilgan shu asriy chinorni tag-tugi, ildiz-pildizi bilan qoʻporsa-da, burgutdеk uchib borib eng bapland qoyaga toʻshini ursa!.. nachora, zanjirband shеr burgut emas! ilon ham emas! turon qoploni, turon yoʻlbarsi, turon tulkisi, turon ohusi... ham boshqalar! хudoga shukur, u turon shеri! shеr boʻlib tugʻilgan, shеr boʻlib yashadi, shеr boʻlib oʻladi! nachora, zanjirband shеr boʻlib oʻlish manglayida bor ekan, shu topda shu alfozda oʻlsa oʻladiki, lеkin hеch kimga boʻyin egmaydi, hеch kimning oyogʻiga bosh urib yalinib-yolvormaydi, hattoki oʻz ukasidan ham na shafqat, na marhamat, na insof – hеch nima soʻramaydi!.. [11] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org in fact, no matter how strong and scary the lion's roar, his situation was neither wanted to roar nor to be excited. even if he is in chains, his only desire is to bravely not care about the attacks of the enemy, not to be cunning like a fox and not to beg like a snake. rather, he wanted to know whose descendants he was, born like a lion, lived like a lion, and died in the hands of ignoramuses as bravely as a lion. it means he was a bold . буюк алп эр тўнга – буюк афросиёб буюк туроннинг хотирасида шу алфозда абадий муҳрланиб қолди – занжирбанд бўлса-да, шерлигича қолди! орадан асрлар ўтиб, қадимий юнонлар уни прометей қиёфасида ўз тасаввурларида қайта жонлантирдилар. орадан яна қанча-қанча асрлар ўтиб, ўзларини алп эр тўнганинг ворислари деб билган буюк қорахонийлар салтанатида яшаб ўтган буюк тилшунос маҳмуд қошғарий ўзининг буюк «девони луғатит турк» асарида бу халқ ўзининг бу шерюрак алпи ҳақида яратганларини абадиятга муҳрлади. яна неча асрлар ўтиб, буюк мутафаккир алишер навоий, ҳойнаҳой ўз жигарбанди дарвишалининг хурмача қилиқларидан юраги ўртаниб, «навосиз улуснинг навобахши бўл, навоий ёмон бўлса сен яхши бўл» шоҳбайтини ёзиб ҳам ўзида руҳий қониқиш ҳис қилолмади. кунлдардан бир куни занжирбанд шер сувратини чизди-да, тагига ўз дастхати, мурод-мақсади, номаи аъмоли, орзу-армони, бутун ўзлигини икки форсий, уч туркий – жами беш сўзга жамулжам-у бир тутам қилиб битди: «занжирбанд шер – енгамандер!» [12] many centuries later, great linguist mahmud kashgari, who lived in the kingdom of the great karakhanids, considered themselves the heirs of alp er tonga. he immortalized about alp er to’nga like lionhearted in his great work "devoni lugatit turk". a few more centuries later, a great poet alisher navoi dare to draw a picture of a chained lion, and he wrote his signature his purpose, his ambitions, his dreams, his whole identity in two persian, three turkish words underneath it "chained lion – said i win !" » both historians and creators want to praise the owner of such courage. of course, this hero of turon has been an epic from different languages for centuries, and it is still mentioned among other works with a unique feature. quyoshlar ajib gulzorga nur sochadi. sherlar og’izlaridan vahshat sachratadi, gulzorni boshiga ko’tarib o’kiradi. ohular qo’rqinchli mahluqlarga hadik ila tikilishadi, javdirishadi, hatto qorachiqlaridagi qo’rquv uchqunlarigacha yiltirab ko’rinadi. sherlar vajohatida vahshiylik qanchalik kuchaytirilgan bo’lsa, ohular siymosida beozorlik shunchalik mayinlashtirilgan edi. [13] peshtoq peshtoq emas, tabiat allaqanday nozik ham teran mulohaza bilan yaratgan hayoliy gulshanni eslatadi. beozor jondorlarga tashlanayotgan sherlar panjaralari, ko’zlaridagi vahshat va qudrat falakka sig’maydi. kiyiklar hatto illohiyot hukmini tan olmaydigan sherlar chovutiga ilinmaslik uchun talvasa ichra bog’ to’riga chopishadi. bo’yoqlar jonlug’lar nigohlaridagi g’azab va beozorlikni shu qadar nozik ifodalagan ediki, yalangto’sh beixtiyor tin oldi. [14] sherdor is the name of madrasa which serves as school and university establishment. it was named sherdor (with a lion's image) because of the lion's image on its roof. sherdor madrasa was built by the order of bahodir yalangtosh, the governor of samarkand at that time. the meaning of the images of lion, deer and sun on the roof of the madrasa is that the fifth month of the solar year is asad (lion), and the tenth month is jaddi (deer). if the image of a deer is depicted in this passage as an example of knowledge and the paths of knowledge, the lion chasing the deer represents the meaning of the quest for knowledge. as many lions chase deer and eat them, those american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org who acquire knowledge should learn knowledge like a lion. it is not surprising that there is a sign that people who are hungry for knowledge like lions study in this madrasa. — balli, sherqiz! — deb qarsak chaldi. — eshitdingizmi? — dedi. — hazrat onam sizga «sherqiz!» deb tahsin aytdilar. humoyun va akbar – avlodlar dovoni (roman). pirimqul qodirov (2 b) xonzoda begim hamidaning tutgan yo‘lini ma’qullab: — shoshmaganingiz ham ma’qul, — dedi. — inshoollo, sherqizga munosib arslon yigit uchrab qolgay.(6 b) hamida begim talpinib akbarning oldiga bordi-yu, uning yelkasidan quchdi: — bolajonim, botirlar avlodidansiz, sizning sherdil yigit bo‘lishingizga ishonchim komil! [15] in most historical novels writers referring to the strength of the lion which is related to brave and courageous people, their fearless and brave behavior is similar to a lion. especially hamidabonu's knowledge of all martial arts surprised khanzoda begim, calling her a sherqiz means “lioness” or brave girl and admitting that only a lion is worthy of such a sherqiz or lioness. knowing that akbar has the strength and will of a lion, khanzoda begim confidently mentions that he is courageous, fearless of nothing and nobody, and that he is from the generation of heroes, he is a strong and fearless person with a heart like a lion's heart, also means fearless people . akbar kechasi bilan uxlay olmay to‘lg’anib, bayramxonni hokimiyat tepasidan qanday ketkazishni o‘ylab chiqdi. otalig‘i unga doim: «yog‘iyni g‘aflatda qoldirib, sherday pusib borishga o‘rganing!» deb ta’lim berardi. [16] akbar devised the ways of ruling country without sleeping to preserve the state and power. looking for ways to get rid of the enemy, he remembered how to strike the enemy, the wise thoughts of his father. he advised him to learn to attack silently like a lion and leave the enemy helpless. tabiat hamma jonzotlardan o‘ziga munosib nasl yaratgay. yigirma-o‘ttizta echkiga bitta taka. undan ham ko‘p sovliqqa bitta qo‘chqor. lekin echkidan uloq tug‘ulgay, sovliqdan — qo‘zi. ulardan arslon tug‘ulmagay! siz esa insonsiz. insonlardagi juftlik arslonlarga o‘xshashdir. o‘rmonda arslonlarni ko‘rgansiz. ota sher ona sherga qanchalik mehribon, qanchalik sodiq! ana shu tufayli irsiyat gavhari bir nuqtaga jam bo‘lib, avloddan avlodga butun o‘tgay, so‘ng ota-onasiga munosib sherlar tug‘ulgay. sizning ota-onangiz sind o‘lkasida, tar sahrosida bir-birlariga sherlarchla mehr-u oqibat ko‘rsatganlari uchun siz ham sherbachchaday sog‘lom, ko‘hlik, dovyurak bo‘lib tug‘ulgansiz. akbar o‘zining suyib uylangan xotini jodha bay shu kunlarda yana homilador bo‘lganini esladi. — salim ota, siz aytgan sherlikni mening ham qilgim bor. faqat... qanday qilib jodha bayni kundoshlar muhitidan qutqarishim mumkin? uni qayerga olib ketay? maslahat bering!(232 b) — yo‘q, u menga dil bergan. istaydiki, men ham faqat bitta uni deyin. rahmatli salim ota ham, sherga o‘xshab, bitta tanlagan juftim bilan yashashni maslahat bergan edilar. ne qilay? boshqa xotinlarni taloq qilib haramdan chiqarsam... roja birbal qo‘rqib ketdi: — bu hech mumkin emas! o‘g‘illaringizning onalarini taloq qilib, haramdan chiqarish... yo‘q, yo‘q! aytishga til bormaydir! [17] it is known from history that akbar loved jodha much more than other wives in his life. jodha also used to make him jealous of other women for loving him. the writer compares human family building to lions, and how kind and caring the male lion is to the female lion is especially recognized. this kind of loyalty of such couples is passed from generation to generation, and lions are born from them who are loyal to their partners like themselves. they also do things in line with the honor of their offspring. jodha also thought day and night that akbar was only like a lion and that akbar himself was planning american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org to save her from his other wives. he wanted so much to be loyal like the lions, but no matter how much he wanted to do it, it was very difficult for him to do it. lion means like loyal partner in the life as a faithful husband. uning chap yonida abdulfazl va roja birbal o‘ltirgan paytda qirq besh yoshlardagi barvasta, shertaxlit muzaffar husayn mirzoni olib keldilar. abulfazl man sinxning kechagi ahvolini esladi-yu, akbarga fidoyilik qilish qanchalik qiyin ekanini xayolidan o‘tkazdi. «podsho bilan sherga yaqin bo’lish hamisha xatarlidir», degan hikmatli gap bejiz aytilmaganini u endi astoydil sezmoqda edi. [18] as can be seen from this passage, muzaffar hussain's behavior is compared to that of a lion. not only his action tell us that his body and movements were like a lion, but the meaning of the word shertakhlit (the action of a lion) refers to the behavior of a lion. akbar is compare to the king of a lion, abulfazl not only surprised at his co.urage, but also felt that he could not be too close to him, whenever he was, abulfazl felt that akbar has a lion-like quality, no matter how much he sacrifices for him, one day he may suddenly attack. it means lion always can be symbol of danger and peril. ba'zan u podshohga ham tilyog’lamalik qilib kelardi. kuchuk bola o‘z uyida sher, deb yurgan abuja'far hazratlari alp-arslonning necha bor o‘limdan qolib, qon kechib kelganini bilsa ham bilmaslikka olardi. [19] some men wanted to be like a dog become a flattered person and hide their true character and treat others with greediness. although alp-arslan risked his life for the honor and peace of the country, abujafar, who knew about it, did not pay attention to it. shows that even a dog would do that. in this case, the lion means that it shows bravery only in its own house. — lochin yigitlarimiz ko‘p,ular yo‘lbarsga tik tashlanadi. qilichu otga ishqiboz, ularning har biri bir sher. [20] (95mirmuhsin turon malikasi) xazrat sohibkiron sherday dushmanlarini quvishga boradilar!..» «sherday bosib boradilar, ular tovuqday pisib qochib qoladilar!. [21] this example shows that young men are compared to lions. only really powerful and strong guys stand up to the enemy on the battlefield and fight against them. such young men are considered to be brave young men who master the art of swordsmanship and horse riding. every valorous and fearless young man is a lion. so, the lion is a symbol of courage. showing bravery like a lion is only characteristic of a fearless and brave person. a lion, like a man, marches towards enemies and does not stop chasing them. therefore, the actions of the owner are like lions, and they will not rest until they defeat the enemy. in the lion's eye, there are concepts of attacking the enemy and destroying him. qayoqlarda tentirab yuribsan arslonimdan judo bo’ldim . if someone lost any close person, he used that he used a word of a lion like from his closest person, his partner, who always protects him, his trustful person and the person he counts on, because a lion is considered a creature that always protects his partner, so the symbol of a lion is used as reliable and protective meaning. bu bir taktika oyim arslonga o’xshab ish tutadilar. bir qadam orqaga chekinib turib, sakrab hamla qiladilar. [22] the given examples shows the meaning of lion, with its behavior, which he firstly take a step back and attack by jumping to its prey. however this behavior also used for person. it means that the mother act as a lion firstly she went back and then suddenly attack to someone. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org ulug’ shoir sherdan sher bo’ladi, yoqasini ochib baqirdi: -qamat, mana qamat!meni qamatsang tarixda qolasan. [23] the greatest poet can be like lion, he will roar without fear. because the roar of lion can spread everywhere and no one stop him till he express his own ideas and opinions. therefore he is not afraid of anyone even from being prisoned to prison. if he tells the truth of the world, he will be sentenced. the lion zoosemy is described through the symbol of braveness and fearless. it depicts trust which can be mentioned by lion people. «кечирасизлар, «қора шерим» кутиб қолди», дея трактори томон чопиб кетарди. «жуда қизиғ-а! одатда қизлар йигитлардан қочса, бу қизлардан қочади» деб одамлар ҳайрон бўлишарди. қизларнинг ишбошиси каромат ҳам бир куни «ишлашни «қора шер»нинг эгасидан ўрганиш зарур!» деган эди. — сенга ўхшаб севгилим ёнимда бўлганда-ю, ҳу анави, у қўли билан фозилнинг тракторига ишора қилди,— «қора шер»дай ишлардим-а [24] black lion described as a vehicle, because it works a lot every day. especially during war these vehicles help to people to dig the soil and combine the things which are grown in the earth. not all the time the zoosemy can be compare to people’s character, sometimes it can be similar to any object. here we can see one type vehicles as a lion especially black lion. to sum up, uzbek writers tries to depict the features of lion through several meaning which can include braveness, protectiveness, strongness, lionheartedness, be thirsty for knowledge, loyality, peril and dangerness features of lion. but black lion depicted the feature of machine or vehicles like tractor. this machine works hard and a lot. therefore the lion zoosemy is not given with comparing to the characteristics features of people, but also it is described with any object or machine which is the style of writing or describing lion zoosemy through diverse qualities. used literature 1. toirova, u. «analysing of cat zoosemy in the uzbek and english works». центр научных публикаций (buxdu.uz), т. 14, вып. 14, июнь 2022 г., http://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/6804. 2.toirova, u. «the interpretation of zoosemy through the symbol of monkey in the stories of n.eshonqul ’’maymun yetaklagan odam(the man leading the monkey) and w.w.jacob’s ’’the monkey’s paw’’ toirova umida sobirovna a teacher of english literature department bukhara». центр научных публикаций (buxdu.uz), т. 1, вып. 1, июнь 2021 г., http://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/1952. 3-4. а. қодирий ”меҳробдан чаён” тошкент ғафур ғулом номидаги адабиёт ва санъат нашриёти і994 204 b) 5. а.қодирий “ўтган кунлар” янги нашр 2019 йил тошкент 6. муҳаммад али “улуғ салтанат” шарқ нашриёти тошкент 2003 7. а.чўлпон “кеча ва кундуз” янги нашр тошкент 2019 йил 8. п.қодиров “юлдузли тунлар” адабиёт учқунлари тошкент 2018 9-10. ойбек навоий янги аср авлоди тошкент 2019 11-12.отаули занжирбанд шер ziyo.uz .com. kutubxonasi 13-14. a.дилмурод “шердор” ўзбекистон нашриёти тошкент 1986 йил 15-16.17.18.19. п.қодиров “авлодлар довони” ёшлар нашриёти тошкент 2018 йил http://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/6804 http://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/1952 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org 20. мирмуҳсин “турон маликаси” ғ.ғулом номидаги адабиёт ва санъат нашриёти тошкент— 1997 21. муҳаммад али “улуғ салтанат” шарқ нашриёти тошкент 2003 22.с.аҳмад танланган асарлар шарқ нашриёти матбаа концерни бош таҳририяти тошкент 2000 23. t.mурод от кишнаган оқшом. шарқ нашриёти матбаа концерни бош таҳририяти тошкент 1994 24. вали ғофуров вафодор ғ.ғулом номидаги адабиёт ва санъат нашриёти тошкент— 1973 256-б 25. muradovich, rakhimov mubin. "difficulties of learning verb tenses of english for native schoolchildren (in the aspect of present tenses)." international journal of inclusive and sustainable education 1.4 (2022): 159-164 26. khajieva, f. m. (2019). decoding of stylistic devices in russian and english translations of the uzbek novel" days gone by" by abdulla qadiri (stylistic correspondences and transformations). theoretical & applied science, (4), 541-545. 27. bahodirovna, a. m. “semantic field and sema in uzbek (in the example of ‘ma’naviyat’)”. international journal of inclusive and sustainable education, vol. 1, no. 4, oct. 2022, pp. 77-80, http://inter-publishing.com/index.php/ijise/article/view/173 27. xodjaeva, d. i. "on translation of terms." " online-conferences" platform. 2021. 28. rano rakhmatulloevna kasimova, akmal raupovich ziyadullayev, aziza akmalovna ziyadullayeva. the nature of the culture bound words and problems of translation // international scientific journal theoretical and applied science, ма.usa. – published: 31.03.2021. – p. 401-405. doi: 10.15863/tas 29. toirova, u. «верность в историях "карако’з маджнун" с.ахмада и "хатико" памеллы старнер в зоосема „ит“». центр научных публикаций (buxdu.uz), т. 15, вып. 15, июнь 2022 г., http://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/6888 30. mokhinur rakhmiddinovna sayliyeva. “linguopoetic and linguocultural issues in literature”. the peerian journal, vol. 6, may 2022, pp. 33-36, https://www.peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/138. 31. khayotovna, n. m. “the use of riddles in the speech of characters in english and uzbek literature”. international journal of inclusive and sustainable education, vol. 1, no. 4, oct. 2022, pp. 60-65, http://inter-publishing.com/index.php/ijise/article/view/169 32. odinayeva, n. (2021). литературная критика, литературные процессы, национальные ценности и духовность в литературе. центр научных публикаций (buxdu.uz), 5(5). извлечено от https://jou 33. kasimova rano rakhmatulloevna, ziyadullayev akmal raupovich, ziyadullayeva aziza akmalovna comparison of ceremonies and legends associated with the belief in reverence for water. // international scientific journal theoretical and applied science, ma.usa. – published: 17.06.2019. – р.120-124. doi: 10.15863/tas.2019.06.74.10 http://inter-publishing.com/index.php/ijise/article/view/173 http://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/6888 https://www.peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/138 http://inter-publishing.com/index.php/ijise/article/view/169 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 34. mukhsinovna, akhmedova dilsora. "meaning structure of moving verbs in english and uzbek." journal of pedagogical inventions and practices 8 (2022): 162-164. 35. description of historical background and socio-economic life in theodore dreiser’s “the financier” bm kayumovna, sz xayrulloyevna middle european scientific bulletin 36. radjabova, d. (2022). identifying and describing errors in language learning. центр научных публикаций 37. rakhimovna, radjabova dildora. "american toponymy as reflection its history and culture." middle european scientific bulletin 22 (2022): 34-37. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=11781520996901775222&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=11781520996901775222&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 212 www.americanjournal.org social psychological characteristics of the formation of life values in students f. u. sulaymanova magistrant of the andijan state pedagogical institute farida.feride.@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes the social psychological characteristics of the formation of life values in students. it is emphasized that the study of the formation of the personal value system is one of the urgent tasks of modern psychology. during the research, it was found that the values of students are primarily focused on hedonistic, material and family values, and the status of spiritual, moral and aesthetic values is low. value, spirituality, desire, society, socialization, hedonism, psychological correction, questionnaire, behavior. social psychological characteristics of the formation of social values in students introduction student youth are members of society that determine the future development and prosperity of any country.the most important task of a modern unstable society is to understand and develop a system of social values that helps the society to stabilize and prevent social crises by forming the vital values of each person.in this regard, the task of studying life values is the life of modern students and young people as a special demographic group of society and research of behavioral issues remains relevant in the system of psychological sciences.the socio-economic, political and cultural development of society and the state depends on the interests, views, and values that prevail in the environment of young people. the term "value" came to us from the arabic word "qadr", and today this concept is used to "express the importance of something and an event in society and in social relations between people". the phrase "value" can have a specific meaning and acquire a specific meaning only when it is given and defined in relation to a person and society. after all, "value" means the total material and spiritual benefits that satisfy needs and interests. of course, no object or reality has any value when interpreted separately from the human being and his needs.a person's value system is reflected in his behavior in relation to material and spiritual values. s.l. rubinstein noted that "values cannot be bought with money, but they define our goals in life."during a person's life, his value system changes, and at the same time, his attitude towards the events and phenomena around him also changes based on his life experience, needs, and assumptions. d. ushinsky, who considered this period of human life as decisive, shows that it attracted the attention of scientists of different scientific schools in different periods of the development of society. therefore, helping students to make the right choice of life values, paying attention to universal and national values, creating such an educational space, according to the opinion of scientists, forming a person's life, i.e. communicative ability in the current social reality, developing in a creative direction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 213 www.americanjournal.org are among the priority tasks of modern higher education. m. rokich, v. frankl, russian psychologists anisimov, r.g. have discussed the problem of formation of value system in student youth . apresyan, a.s. arsenev , o.m. bakuradze , e.v. bondarevskaya, b.s. bratus, l.a. vershkinina, v.a. guseinov, o.g. drobnitsky, i.m. duranov, m.s. kagan, v.t. lisovsky, n.d. nikandrov, b.d. parygin , a.v. razin , v.n. sagatovsky , v.a. slastenin , v.a. sukhomlinsky , g.i. chizhakova , g.i. filonov , i.ya. yakovlev kazakh psychologists l.a. bayserke , kb b. jarikbaev, s.k. kalyaev, k.j. kojakhmetova, m. mukanov t.t. tajibaev, a. tabildiev, e.a. urunbasarova, s.a. uzakbaeva, l.m. khodzhaeva, n.d. khmel uzbek psychologists m. davletshin, v. karimova, n. safaev, b. umarov studied by as a special social group, student youth are constantly in the focus of research conducted by psychologists and sociologists, because it is the indicator of constant changes and determines the possibilities of development of society as a whole. their crisis is more evident in the consciousness of this social group in the conditions of breaking existing foundations, re-evaluating values, where success is inevitable. it is very important to study the spiritual orientations and life priorities of modern students, because this factor allows determining the adaptation of young people to new social conditions. results the years of study at a higher educational institution are considered a period of rapid development of the student's intellectual and moral powers and abilities. helping students to make the right choice of life values, paying attention to universal and national values, according to experts, coordinating the level of anxiety in a person, forming the development of communicative ability and creativity in social reality are among the priorities of modern higher education. as one of the relatively perfect and methodologically based directions of researching perceptions of values, the "values direction" methodology developed by m. rokich in the 70s of the last century in the usa, as well as the studies conducted in other countries based on it, can be indicated [4, 6]. m. rokich defines value as a stable belief in the superiority of a certain form of behavior or the final goal of existence compared to the opposite form of behavior from a personal or social point of view. human values are defined based on the following main characteristics: the amount of common human values is relatively small; all people have exactly the same values, although they are expressed at different levels; values are formed in the system; the source of human values is observed in culture, society and its institutions, and in the individual; the influence of values can be seen in almost all social phenomena worthy of study.the methodology developed by m. rokich is based on the direct classification (ranking) of the list of values. he distinguishes two classes of values [7]: 1. terminal the final goal of individual existence is worth striving for belief about the motivational material is set out in 18 sets of values. 2. instrumental some form of action or personality trait is preferred in any situation. the motivational material is reflected in a set of 18 values.such separation is based on the traditional division of values into values-goals and values-means.in the process of analyzing the results of ranking values, we focused on grouping them into meaningful blocks according to different bases. here, for example, it is possible to distinguish between "concrete" and "abstract" values, values of selfexpression in personal life. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 214 www.americanjournal.org instrumental values can be grouped into: moral values; communication values; work values; individualistic values; conformity values; altruistic values; values aimed at finding their place; values of acceptance of others, etc if it is not possible to determine any relationship based on the obtained results, it can be assumed that the respondent has not formed a value system or that he did not give sincere answers during the research. the advantage of the methodology is its universality, convenience and cost-effectiveness, flexibility in the process of conducting the examination and processing the results it is possible to use both the stimulating material (list of values) and the instructions according to the situation. its significant drawback, in our opinion, is the effect of social approval on the answers, which shows insincerity in them. therefore, in such a situation, diagnostic motivation, voluntary participation in the examination, and communication between the psychologist and the examinee play an important role. in the course of our research, it was found that students' values are primarily focused on hedonistic, material and family values, and the status of spiritual, moral and aesthetic values is low. sentences with the most choices among 1st-year students according to rokich's methodology 1. independence in thinking and drawing conclusions 2. material security (the burden of material things in life) 3. health (physical and mental). 4. love (spiritual and physical intimacy with a loved one). 5. loyal and faithful friends 6. knowledge (the ability to acquire knowledge, sharpen the mind). 7. happy family life 8. an active life 9. equality (equal opportunities for all competitions of students of the 4th year 1. thinking and conclusion, independence 2. self-confidence (being free from internal doubts and suspicions) 3. loyal and faithful friends 4. knowledge (possibility of acquiring knowledge, sharpening the mind 5. happy family life 6. to be recognized by many (respect). by the 4th year, it was observed that students have an increasing need for independent thinking and actions and the knowledge necessary to perform these actions. independence in thinking and drawing conclusions among students of both courses self-confidence (being free from internal doubts and suspicions loyal and faithful friends knowledge (the ability to acquire knowledge, sharpen the mind) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 215 www.americanjournal.org the values of a happy family life were shown in important indicators. at the same time, love between 1st year students (an indicator of spiritual and physical intimacy with a loved one, as well as an active and intense life)we can say that the fact that they have a slightly higher score than 4th-year students indicates their age characteristics and the formation of social adaptive skills to new social situations in higher education institutions. questionnaires were used to confirm and determine more detailed preferences of students when choosing literature. 1st and 4th year students of pedagogy and psychology took part in the research. the following information was obtained about the importance of the formation of values: 45.1 percent of 1st year examinees studied for personal development; 4th year students 52%,they spend their free time reading books; 27.4% in the 1st course 41% in the 4th course 17.6% of the 1st year students participated in the study for study if they stated that they devote their time only to the interests of the educational process, this figure was 9% in the 4th course.9.8% of first-year students said that they use books to get information, while in the 4th year this figure was 4.7%. the study showed that 68.7% of first-year students have a book that affects their worldview, in 4 courses this figure is 51%, and the rest of the examinees gave a negative answer (31.2%, 49%).since most of the students we spoke to had works that influenced them, it was appropriate to clarify this book. according to the examiners, the most common works were "romantic novels" in the 1st course 17.4%, and adventure literature in the 4th course.in the 1st year, it was found that "adventure literature" was in second place 13.9%. historical literature is presented in the third course in the 1st course, the third place was taken by "fantastic genre", 12.79% of the respondents prefer this literary genre. the literature of the "uzbek classics" (12.66%) and "historical works" (12.66%) genres of the test takers in the 4th course is no exception. according to the testers, the least popular are: poetry, philosophy, foreign classics, horror, as well as satire and humor.19% of romantic works and uzbek classics take the first place in the 4th course. "which book do you prefer?" big differences were found in the answers of the examinees to the question. only 12.5% prefer the e-book type, the rest of the students 87.5% in the 1st year. 52% of the remaining test students in the 4th course prefer the paper version of the book.after studying the satisfaction of the students with the library, the respondents were asked whether they can find the necessary literature in the library. analyzing the provided data, it was found that 31.2% of students almost or very rarely (31.5%) find the necessary literature. 21.88% of respondents said that they often find what they are looking for, and only 15.63% of students are satisfied that the library always has what they need.after analyzing and concluding the obtained results, we can say that reading is a way to develop the personality of students and one of the options for spending free time. basically, the genre-thematic preferences of students should be chosen for adventure literature. the second method questionnaires was used to confirm and determine more detailed preferences of students in the selection of literature. studying the importance of reading in the formation of students' life values, the following information was obtained:45.10 percent of examinees studied for personal development;27.45% spend their free time reading books; 17.65% of the students who took part in the survey said that they devote time to study only for the benefits of the educational process, and only 9.8% use books to get information. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 216 www.americanjournal.org the results of the study showed that 68.7% had a book that influenced the formation of their life values, the rest of the respondents answered negatively (31.25%). psychological correction works are carried out on the basis of the analysis of whether the behavior of the student conforms to social norms or not, that is, it is organized on the basis of the results of psychological diagnostics conducted in order to clarify the purpose of the activity. the main tasks of correctional work: helping the student to solve problems in the educational process; change of the student's attitude towards the surrounding social environment and himself; formation of social adaptive skills in students to overcome difficulties -help in solving student problems; (1,4,5,8) psychocorrective programs with students are subject to the following requirements (8): 1. direction of correctional work to a specific goal 2. setting specific tasks that clarify the purpose of correctional works 3. clarification of methods and methods of correctional works 4 availability of necessary materials and equipment 6. determination of the duration of corrective works. 7. specifying the time of correction days (for example, every day. 1 or 2 times a week, etc.) 8. determination of the duration of each corrective exercise (from 10-15 minutes to 1.5-2 in the first exercises of the program). 9. development of a general scenario of the corrective program and a separate scenario of each exercise 10. ensuring the participation of other persons in the implementation of the correctional program if necessary (medical workers, social service workers, parents, etc.) 11. providing feedback on the implementation of the program 12. making changes in necessary situations during the correctional program. 13. evaluation of the effectiveness of the program results: after the completion of the correctional program, repeated psychodiagnostics were conducted, which allowed to determine the changes in the mental, physical, moral, and emotional volitional areas of the student. based on the results of repeated psychodiagnostics, future correctional work was planned based on the effectiveness of the correctional program. structure and content of the correction program. • organizational (diagnostic) stage obtaining information and understanding by students. • activity block consists of several stages: • communicative development of communication skills; • formative building a new type of relationship with oneself and others; • note mastering new positive communication experiences and getting rid of negative response methods. analytical stage final, performance analysis, program correction. the program is designed taking into account the age characteristics of the student and is built in the form of training sessions based on interpersonal communication exercises that solve problems: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 217 www.americanjournal.org removal of emotional stress; prevention of aggression and intolerance; establishing and maintaining relationships in the group; maintaining a stable good mood in intergroup communication; to develop a sense of discovery and confidence, self-esteem and the ability to respect the dignity of others; forming a positive attitude towards one's people; growth of self-esteem; development of communication skills that make up social relations; education of intercultural understanding and tolerance in interethnic relations. the program is designed for 24 training sessions, each of which consists of 2 academic hours.training sessions are held 3 times a week with groups of 8-12 students. the program is developed on a modular basis. each module has goals and objectives. the program provides a detailed description of exercises, games, tasks, role-playing games, and diagnostic techniques material and technical equipment for conducting training sessions: multimedia equipment; music center; art materials: paper, paints, crayons, pencils, colored paper, cardboard, glue, etc. after the discussion, the trainer made a final conclusion and drew the students' attention to the importance of selfless, altruistic actions in human life. the trainer suggested to end the training by discussing the question answers were highlighted separately on flipchat and shared training impressions as feedback. they expressed their opinions and comments on the results of the training process conclusion based on the results of psychodiagnostics conducted in the course of our research, it was determined that the value directions of students are primarily focused on hedonistic, material and family values, and the status of spiritual, moral and aesthetic values, respectively, is low. implementation of the correctional program based on primary psychodiagnostic results allows students to develop respect and self-respect, overcome internal anxiety, support each other, build confidence in the future, and develop positive emotional states. references 1. barotov sh.r. basics of psychological service in education. monograph. t. spirituality. 1999. 2. wiener j., meizen r., duckham j. supervision of the supervisor:practice in search of theory. moscow: kogito-centre, 2006. 3. dubrovina. m practical psychology of education/undered. i.v., 1998 4.nelsen-jones r. theory and practice of counseling.st. petersburg: peter, 2000. 5.machurova, nadezhda nikolaevna life values in the understanding of students abstract of can diss, st. petersburg 2000 6. merzlyakova, svetlana vasilievna psychological features of the value orientations of modern students, abstract of candidate diss 2006, astrakhan 7. nishanova r.s. dostmukhamedova sh pedagogical psychology tashkent.east 2011 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 218 www.americanjournal.org 8.m. rokeach “psychological diagnostics of value orientations. m vlados 2001 9.stepanova n.v., usynina t.p. value orientations in the life spheres of students of a medical university // modern problems of science and education. 2016. no. 6.; 10.. koval n value orientations of modern students m enlightenment 1996 11. collection of materials of the republic-wide scientific and practical conference on "modern information and communication technologies in education: problems and solutions" 12. life values and moral principles of youth // international student scientific bulletin. 2017. no. 6.; 13. goziev e.g. higher education psychology publisher 2010 website http://www lex o'z fhttp://www.psychology-online.net http://www.mediasphere.ru/journals/practik/1/253/ http://flogiston.ru/ http://www.koob.ru fhttp://www.psychology-online.net http://www.mediasphere.ru/journals/practik/1/253/ http://flogiston.ru/ http://www.koob.ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org the concept of sustainable development of the regions akbar safarov candidate of philosophical sciences, associate professor samarkand state architectural and civil engineering institute samarkand, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article substantiates the theoretical foundations for applying the concept of sustainable development in the region. the object of sustainable development is formulated, the criteria for assessing sustainable development are determined. development, education, society, globalization, state, economy. the concept of "sustainable development" became widespread after the publication in 1987 of the international commission on environment and development, headed by norwegian prime minister g. h. bruntland, the report "our common future". here, the concept of environmentally sustainable development was cited as the basis for ensuring an integrated approach to economic policy making. the report emphasized the need to change the current pattern of wasteful and inefficient development and consumption in order to achieve sustainable progress based on the harmonious interaction of nature and society, in which decisions at all levels would be made taking into account environmental factors. according to the definition of the international commission on environment and development, “sustainable development is such development that meets the needs of our time, but does not jeopardize the ability of future generations to meet their needs” [4]. basic concepts: people's "needs" for natural resources and environmental goods; "limitations" due to the state of technology and the organization of society in terms of the ability of the environment to meet the present and future needs of people. the strategy of sustainable development of the world community for the new century was presented in the "agenda for the xxi century", adopted at the un conference in 1992 in rio de janeiro [6]. the main idea of the concept of sustainable development is the development of modern society, which should be organized in such a way as not to cause irreversible damage to the natural environment and not to deprive subsequent generations of people of the vital resources they need. satisfaction of human needs is the main task of development [5]. but for this, economic growth alone is not enough. a high level of productive activity can coexist with widespread poverty, and can be a threat to the environment. essentially, sustainable development is a process of change in which the exploitation of resources, the direction of investment, the orientation of technological development in their harmonious integrity increase the value of the current and future potential [8]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org according to many researchers, the idea of sustainable development can be considered as a further concretization of v. i. vernadsky's concept of the noosphere [1]. he wrote that people need to realize the needs and interests, their planetary role as energy transformers and redistributors of matter on the earth's surface based on new ways of using information. a stable noospheric society multiplies benefits and wealth, primarily due to the energy of the mind, due to the effective use of information and resources. this is a new quality of development [1]. at the heart of the concept of sustainable development, we, like many other researchers, see the idea of humanism, which makes it related to the ideas of v.i. vernadsky. it is this direction of modern economic theory that is the antipode of another current of modern economic theory the mainstream, in which other values are embodied: individualism, the priority of private interest, social inequality, etc. currently, there are more than 50 definitions of sustainable development, and their number continues to grow. this indicates both the complexity of the concept itself, which includes social, economic, environmental aspects of human development, and the discrepancy between the views of representatives of different sectors of society scientific, entrepreneurial, political. the creation of an effective mechanism for the sustainable development of the territory implies the development of a criterion for sustainable development, which makes it possible to take into account all aspects of economic activity in the territory (economic, social, environmental) in an integrated manner. the indicators of sustainable development presented in the scientific literature and documents of international organizations are largely disparate and do not give a holistic view of the balanced development of all subsystems of the territory. the need to assess the degree of balance of various subsystems requires the definition of the basic principle for selecting a criterion for sustainable development: it must take into account the manifestations of both natural and social laws of the development of the biosphere. its application will allow a more reasonable approach to the development of priority areas of sustainable development for various groups of territories. in our opinion, the approach to determining the criterion of sustainable development should comply with the principles of the co-evolutionary approach, since it is this approach that allows reflecting the coordinated development of all subsystems of social development and, accordingly, all groups of relations affecting the institution of sustainable development. this criterion must meet the following requirements: cover the entire spectrum of social relations that characterize the sustainable development of society; be described by quantitative indicators reflecting various areas of sustainable development. criteria and indicators are given a special place in the characteristics of sustainable development, as they allow assessing the degree of achievement of the goal. their choice is largely determined by the methodological approach to the concept of sustainable development. we believe that such a criterion is socio-economic efficiency. efficiency is an economic category that expresses production relations. the starting point in determining the essence of the economic efficiency of production is the understanding of the objective interdependent relationship between the expansion of social production and labour costs for these purposes. it depends on the level of development of the scientific, technical and technological base of production, the quality of the labour force, the nature of the production relations prevailing in society, the correspondence of the system of these relations to the achieved level of development of the productive forces. therefore, being an american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org expression of the total economy of labour costs, efficiency should also reflect the patterns of development of productive forces and production relations, interaction. from these positions, we can propose the following interpretation of the category of efficiency: “efficiency is a socio-economic category that expresses production relations regarding the all-round savings of consumed (living and materialized) and advanced labour, characterizing the connections and relationships between the results and costs that are subject to regulation in the production process at all levels in order to ensure the growth of well-being, environmental well-being and the all-round development of all members of society (in order to increase the level and quality of life of the population)”. this definition emphasizes the relationship of production relations with social and environmental, which determines the sustainable development of society. understanding efficiency not as an account, but as an economic category, i.e. category, expressing relations of production, prompted to raise the question of the various forms of its manifestation economic and social. in our opinion, it is not enough to say that efficiency has a social orientation. thus, the social turns out to be something external, not immanent in efficiency. at the same time, a person is a participant in production relations and an active element of the productive forces of society, he is the most important "production resource". a person is both a producer and a consumer, and the main "resource" of the production process, and the goal for which this process is carried out. that is why there is an objective need to consider the problem of the formation of the social aspect of efficiency not as a priori in relation to the mechanism of the functioning of the economy, but as its organic element. modern social practice is increasingly demanding from economic science new approaches and concepts focused on the high dynamism of the current stage of development. from these positions, it is not enough to study the efficiency of production in relation only to the direct economic result of its functioning. the composition of this result should include not only material goods and services, but also improving their quality, improving working conditions, reducing the environmental burden on a particular territory, improving the state of the environment and other types of social consequences. this approach involves a systematic analysis of all aspects arising from economic development. under these conditions, it seems legitimate to talk not only about various forms of manifestation of efficiency economic, social, but also about an independent form socio-economic. it is the efficiency of production, as a socio-economic category, that ensures a balanced growth of the prerequisites for meeting the economic, social and environmental needs of a person. a sustainable type of development is accompanied by an increase in socio-economic efficiency with an increase in the degree of rationality in the use of resources in order to preserve them for future generations, i.e. sustainability of development is associated with an increase in socio-economic efficiency, this criterion can be the basis of process management. unlike such a complex criterion of economic growth as a change in gdp, socio-economic efficiency covers not only the production process, but also reproduction as a whole; makes it possible to compare the results achieved with the efforts expended on them, makes it possible to take into account negative environmental and social impacts. at the same time, the understanding of the socio-economic effect in sustainable development is associated with the observance of the restrictions imposed by the laws of the natural and social nature of a person (non-destruction by a person of his natural foundation, an increase in the level and quality of life of the population, etc.). if such restrictions are not observed, the socio-economic effect decreases (this can be taken into account when calculating it), which american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org indicates unsustainable development. all of the above, in our opinion, indicates that this criterion can be used to assess the quality of sustainable development management. among researchers of the system of sustainable development, there are disagreements about the object and subject of such development [10]. thus, a number of authors emphasize the exclusively global nature of this type of development. such an approach, for example, is demonstrated in the report "our future". at the same time, many further studies, as well as the need to develop a specific mechanism for achieving sustainable development, have shown that its main (initial) objects are territories smaller than the entire world space. thus, a sustainable global space consists of sustainable developed countries. in turn, the sustainable development of the country consists of the steadily developing territories that form it. let's try to define the minimum (primary) subject and object of sustainable development. a necessary condition for the transition to sustainable development is the organization of the interaction of resource subsystems. the natural arena for such interaction is the territory. socio-economic processes, the structure of production and its specialization have a pronounced regional character. this is influenced by territorial differences in natural and climatic conditions, uneven distribution of natural resources, the established system of settlement, traditions of the economic structure, etc. [7]. we believe that in the economic system of sustainable development, the role of subjects of sustainable development should be played by reproductive structures the authorities of the territories. to do this, however, they must not only respond to the proposals of enterprises, but lead them themselves, producing integral complexes of the environment and separate sections of the territory specially equipped for the activities of commercial enterprises. the peculiarity of this production is determined by the fact that its subjects regional and local administrations are, from an economic point of view: non-commercial structures oriented mainly to political goals; monopolists (one region or city cannot have two administrations). we support those authors who believe that non-profit structures should become the leading link in the future economic system of sustainable development [7]. this contradicts the traditional market theory, which suffers from a fundamental incompleteness: it does not include a description of the activity that occupies a key position in the reproduction organization system, and the specific subject of this activity regional and local administrations. as a result, the processes of organizing reproduction are today relegated to the periphery of economic policy and are carried out by essentially artisanal methods. in this regard, a kind of "systemic collision" deserves to be noted, when the central governments of a number of countries are guided by the principles of liberalism and monetarism, and the regions and municipal structures included in them are guided by the ideals of the welfare state and environmental protection. environment. the recognition of regions as subjects of sustainable development requires a revision of regional policy. its main content should be the territorial organization of the reproduction of resources. to do this, however, the territorial authorities must establish control over the use of income from the use of property [6]. the special importance of municipalities, and in particular cities as centers for the implementation of the principles of sustainable development, was emphasized at the european conference on the sustainable development of cities and towns in aalborg in 1994, where the charter of european cities was adopted for sustainable development. the document notes that "since no city is alike, we must all find our own paths to sustainable development. all local policies should be based on the general principles of sustainability and, taking into account the strengths of each city, develop local american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org strategies for sustainable development" [9]. the ideas of this document were further developed in the ii manifesto of new urbanism [2]. since the criterion for sustainable development, in our opinion, is an increase in the socio-economic efficiency of management, the sustainable development of a territory can be defined as a process of changes in the regional economic system in the direction of increasing the socio-economic. references 1. сафаров, а. и., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). факторы развитие экотуризма в узбекистане. in глобальные проблемы модернизации национальной экономики (pp. 629-633). 2. ҳаққулов, н. қ. (2020). сиддиқий-ажзийнинг ижтимоий-фалсафий қарашлари. 3. эргашев, и. и. (2017). управление активами коммерческого банка. интеграция наук, (6), 125-126. 4. каримов, б. р., & тураев, б. о. (1985). научное предвидение как высшая форма опережающего отражения действительности./предвидение как форма научного познания. 5. ризаев, и. и., & муминова, з. о. (2021). профессиональная подготовка личности: оздоровление и духовное воспитание. in система менеджмента качества в вузе: здоровье, образованность, конкурентоспособность (pp. 264-268). 6. тураев, б. о. (2022). фанда толерантлик ва интолерантлик. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(special issue 23), 41-48. 7. husan, m. (2022). dialectics of potentiality and virtuality in space and time. european scholar journal, 3(1), 40-42. 8. аликулов, с. а., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). синергетический анализа онтологической сущности процесса либерализации общества. под общей редакцией, 280. 9. khotambekovna, e. m. (2021). systematic analysis of education. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions, 2(07), 85-96. 10. usmonov, f. n. (2020). the role rationalization in the acceleration of life sequence. theoretical & applied science, (3), 227-229. 11. alikulov, s. a., & rizaev, i. i. (2020). methodological problems of research of social systems. theoretical & applied science, (2), 717-720. 12. yuldasheva, d. (2022). legal protection of women is the basis for the development of uzbek society. gospodarka i innowacje., 24, 1011-1014. 13. ulmasjonovich, k. s. (2021). mystical and philosophical foundations of human interaction (based on the teachings of makhdumi azami kasani). 14. ризаев, и. и., омонтурдиев, о. г., сафаров, а. и., & ризаев ии, о. о. (2022). коэволюционное развитие самоорганизации: взаимосвязь стабильности и нестабильности в социальной системе. человек. знак. техника: ii междунар. междисциплинар. молодеж. форум:[сб. ст.].-текст: электронный 15. ҳаққулов, н. қ. (2020). сиддиқий-ажзий маърифатпарварлик қарашларида миллий толерантлик масаласи. намду илмий ахборотномаси-научный вестник намгу, (10), 296. 16. аликулов, с. а., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). важность обучения финансовой грамотности (на примере узбекистана). in государственное регулирование общественных отношений в регионе: социально-экономические, правовые и историко-культурные аспекты (pp. 24-28). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org 17. mardonov, r. (2021). humanization and humanitarization of higher education in the conditions of the information society. conferencea, 21-28. 18. rizaev, i. i. (2020). liberalizacija-osnova samoorganizacii social'noj sistemy. millij uksalish va? shlarning izhtimoij si? sij faolligini oshirishning dolzarb masalalari. 19. alikulov, x., & haqqulov, n. q. (2020). духовная зрелость и философское мышление зависимость развития. theoretical & applied science, (4), 164-167. 20. safarov, a. (2022). main problems of education in uzbekistan. gospodarka i innowacje., 24, 1018-1020. 21. rizaev, i. i. (2019). the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society. scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 1(7), 151-156. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org ethods of developing logical thinking in class 5-7 students in lessons outside the classroom shikhova inobat omonovna senior teacher of the khorezm region national center for training pedagogues in new methods a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article talks about effective methods of developing logical thinking in 5-7 grade students in extracurricular activities. intuition, perception, imagination, gifted youth, human mental activity, extracurricular activities, circles, development of logical thinking, opinion, reasoning, idea, hypothesis, speech, analysis, synthesis, comparison, abstraction, judgment, conclusion, thought, word, logic, person oriented introduction it is during this period that one of the important issues is the development of their logical thinking during lessons and extracurricular activities. it is known that thinking is the highest form of human mental activity; is the process of reflection of objective reality in the mind. thinking is considered a tool for knowing the environment, social phenomena, reality, as well as the main condition for the implementation of human activity. it is a higher cognitive process that reflects reality more fully and clearly than intuition, perception, and imagination. thinking is a special function of the human brain. its neurophysiological basis is the interaction of the first and second signal systems. in the process of thinking, thoughts, opinions, ideas, and assumptions arise in a person, and they are expressed in the mind of a person in the form of concepts, judgments, conclusions, and are closely related to language and speech [1,78]. thinking activity is manifested in the form of speech. in the process of speech communication, the range of emotional observation of a person does not expand, and the acquired experience is given to other people. man is distinguished from other creatures by his thinking, speech and conscious behavior. he determines the reality of the things and events that he reflects, perceives, and imagines in the activity of thinking, determines whether the formed judgments, concepts, conclusions are true or not. it summarizes and indirectly reflects reality through human thinking, realizes the most important connections, relationships, and characteristics between things and events. therefore, a person has the ability to foresee the emergence, development and consequences of social events and events based on certain laws, regulations and rules. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org thinking is the object of research in many fields of science (philosophy, logic, sociology, pedagogy, physiology, cybernetics, biology)[2,83]. in psychology, thinking is divided into several types according to the degree of generalization of reality, the nature of a problem-solving tool, the novelty of situations for a person, and the level of activity of a person (visual action, visual image, practical, theoretical, voluntary, involuntary, abstract, creative, etc.). communication and relationships between people in social life, educational process and production are also manifested with the help of thinking. in the team, qualities of thinking such as critical view, self-criticism, assessment, verification, control, and group reasoning emerge. the perception of a person by a person, creative works, discoveries, inventions, proposals are the product of thinking. it is important to know the reality of the external world through the processes of intuition, perception and imagination, but these are still not enough for a deep reflection of the studied things and events. because there is no possibility of direct observation of their mutual relations, qualitative and quantitative changes, complex internal connections, properties of interaction or determination with the help of sensory images. as this is the case, it is necessary to move from the stage of emotional cognition to the mental stage, that is, thinking, due to the limited possibility of dividing the subject's interaction with the object to be known into parts through direct reflection. with the help of thinking, in-depth knowledge of the environment, mutual internal relations between things, events and phenomena, determination of connections is manifested in the form of problems. as long as a problem does not arise in front of a person, then the thinking process cannot be formed. thus, when a person is unable to reflect the complex aspects of reality with the help of the emotional stage in his cognitive activity, he turns to thinking. in the cognitive activity of a person, intuition, perception, images of imagination and thinking continuously enrich each other. accordingly, there are emotional and logical stages of the cognitive process. thinking differs from intuition and perception and has several characteristics. 1) is a generalized reflection of reality. 2) the second important feature is the direct display of links. thanks to this feature, we will be able to explain the connections between various phenomena and events in nature and society. 3) reflects complex relationships between things and events. human thinking is expressed through one or more words and concepts. therefore, when a person is thinking, it seems as if he is expressing his opinion, and when he is speaking, he seems to be thinking. this process is carried out as follows. 1. analysis and synthesis. 2. comparison.3. abstraction. 4. generalization.5. concretization. 6. classification. 7. systematization. we will touch on each of them. it is necessary to use certain thinking operations in the development of logical thinking skills in students. these are: analysis, synthesis, comparison, abstraction, judgment, conclusion, etc. analysis is a process of thinking, with the help of which we mentally or practically divide things and events, analyze some of their parts and characteristics, study them in parts. synthesis is such a process of thinking that we mentally or practically combine some parts and fragments of things and events that were divided in the analysis and make them whole with the help of synthesis. analysis and synthesis are two sides of a single process that are directly and firmly american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org connected with each other. if things and events are not analyzed, it cannot be synthesized, any analysis should be done on the basis of knowledge of objects and things as a whole. comparison is such a process of thinking that by means of this process it is determined whether things and events in the objective world are similar to each other or different from each other. abstraction is such a thinking process that with the help of this process, we distinguish the important features of things and events in the material world, and mentally separate from these features the secondary, unimportant features of things and events. in psychology, generalization means finding properties, signs, characteristics, symptoms in things and events and combining them on the basis of this generality. concretization refers to the application of general, abstract signs and characteristics to single, isolated objects, and the connection of abstract concepts to concrete objects. in science, it is accepted to call the reasoning based on a certain sign representing the nature of things and events as classification. systematization is the end of classification. an example of systematization is the arrangement of books in the library. for example, in the library, literature on pedagogy is located on one side and psychology on the other, which makes human work easier. as a result, one knows what to look for. in life, we can see systematization at every step. many complex issues of contemporary science require a more in-depth study of logical processes in thought. thinking differs from other mental processes in that it emphasizes the existence of a problem situation, solving it, and the characteristics of deciding which person to distract from emotional experience and draw certain practical or theoretical conclusions, to expand the boundaries of knowledge. thinking is often considered as a product of historical development of social practice, a separate theoretical form of human activity. thinking reflects reality not only as simple images, but also as various relations and laws obtained theoretically. in this regard, a. v. brushlinsky wrote: "the original nature of thinking is that it always discovers something new independently, always open... thinking is considered as a process, not prepared and presented in advance, but a formative process [3, 41]. visible-active thinking is characterized by an integral relationship with things and information received by human perception, acting on direct connections; directly related to manipulated objects; in fact, it consists in solving the tasks set before it, without practical actions that are impossible. this form of thinking is primarily focused on performing practical tasks. actions performed gradually according to its complexity are manifested in external demonstration conditions. in this, the creation of the internal environment of the movement takes place, the relations between the elements take the form of a schematic view, and it is considered the first practical activity in the process of the mental development of the student, in which children's thinking first develops. before preschool age (up to three years), thinking is mainly visual-motor. during this period, the child practically grasps objects with his hands, separates, divides and re-combines them, compares, matches, connects, analyzes and understands one or another perceived object. children of preschool age (4-7) develop a visual-image way of thinking. figurative thinking is a form of thinking based on modeling and solving problem situations in the imagination. in children of preschool age, visual-figurative thinking is completely subject to perception, and they are not distracted and cannot abstract. l.s. vygotsky, in one of his last lectures on the mental development of students, emphasized that the primary school age is the period of active development of thinking in students. junior school age (7-10) has a great opportunity to develop all cognitive american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org processes, including thinking. in order to form and develop logical thinking, it is often necessary to create suitable conditions that help the student learn, abstract, compare, summarize, analyze and synthesize scientific methods for acquiring new knowledge [4,46]. the system of thinking operations of the student until the age of 11 prepares the ground for the formation of scientific concepts, intellectual development, that is, during formal operations, the student is freed from the feeling of being clearly attached to objects, and at the same time, he has the opportunity to think deeply. students of 5-9th grade are characterized by high intellectual activity, they know how to think and research. the independence of students by age requires that the teacher offers them general methods of intellectual activity, helping students to perform tasks independently. the study of indicators of cerebral hemisphere asymmetry at different levels of psychomotor activity in different age groups showed that the observed 10-15-year-old students begin to think not only with images, but also have the possibility of abstracting. in particular, it is necessary to use the modeling of educational tasks, using them in the lesson, collecting images related to the feeling of this or that particular educational task. lateralization of psychomotor actions at this age compared to other ages is emphasized by the reconstruction of the relations of the cerebral hemispheres at this age. from the point of view of philosophy, thinking is a higher form of active reflection of the objective existence, which consists of the purposeful means and generalization of objects and events in the subject of existing connections and relations in the creative creation of new ideas, the prediction of events and actions"[5,37]. j. piaget in his research defined logical thinking as the result of grouping of processes or their results and secondary processes[2,105] l.s. vygotsky thought about logical thinking as follows: "the main logical forms realized by thought are analytical (analytical) and observational (synthesis) activities of perception, that is, it first divides the perceived world into separate elements, and then builds new derivatives from these elements that help to understand the surrounding world" [3,46]. in psychology it is defined as follows: "thought based on words and logic concept, is one of the types of thinking that uses logical constructions. it operates on the basis of language tools and represents the last stage of the historical and ontogenetic development of thinking. types of generalization are formed and applied in the structure of verbal-logical thinking" [6,115]. researcher-scientist n.a. podgoretskaya refers to the skill of building one's actions in accordance with the laws of logic: "the skill of logical thinking: the skill of orientation to the signs of existing objects and events, obeying logical laws, building one's behavior in accordance with them, performing logical operations and realizing them includes the ability to describe, build hypotheses on this basis and draw conclusions about their consequences, etc. the ability to think logically includes a number of components: the ability to focus on the signs of existing objects and events" [6,116]. also, logical (verbal-logical) thinking the following specific features are also described: "the first criterion that distinguishes this type of thinking is the development of private logical thinking, which means becoming increasingly free from a large number of specific constituent elements in the real object world" [5,118]. in this regard, scientists n.n. pospelov and i.n. pospelov thought as follows: "the development of logical thinking in students is to give them knowledge on logical requirements and develop skills using these requirements in educational and practical activities" [5,117]. some researchers approach the definition of logical thinking not only from the functional-operational point of view, but also in a broader sense. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org they considered logical thinking to be a "productive process that includes heuristic, intuitive logical concepts". this, writes a.d. getmanova, the science of pedagogy studies logical thinking by implementing cognitive processes in the process of education and upbringing of the growing generation [3, 51]. in the researches of many pedagogues and methodist-scientists, it is emphasized that it is necessary to train students in logical ways of thinking. some pedagogues understand the development of logical thinking as the acquisition of knowledge by students and the formation of skills and abilities in them, as well as their use in educational and practical activities [2, 149]). in order to develop logical thinking, it is necessary to use methods and methods that are most suitable for the characteristics of students of this age group. methodological substantiation of the diagnostic principles of the development of logical thinking in students of the 5th-9th grades in the course of extracurricular activities discussed in our study is based on the following: 1) to consider the development of logical thinking as a quality of a person reflecting a high-level integrated psychological system; 2) substantiating its connection with the dynamic theory of the development of logical thinking in the form of personality development quality (see figure 1.1). figure 1.1. the most important approaches to diagnosing the development of logical thinking based on these principles, we identified the following most important approaches to diagnosing the development of students' logical thinking: 1) person-oriented approach. the investigation is aimed at studying the integrated system of interrelated qualities that serve for the development of a person in connection with the periods of young development, the interrelationship and interaction of intelligence and affect, the uniqueness of selfawareness, the levels of development of emotional-volitional and communicative spheres; 2) dynamic approach a long-term study, using periodic observations to study the behavior of test subjects in different situations, studying the dynamics of its development, identifying psychological obstacles and means of overcoming them; 3) as a result of the examination, a prognostic approach based on researching not only the level of general and mental development of a person, the development of general and special abilities, the level of development of logical thinking, but also the prognostication of personal development aimed at determining his potential opportunities... based on the above, we cite the following as principles for identifying students with developed logical thinking in 5-9 graders: relying on psychodiagnostic methods that allow to achieve effective results in assessing the student's behavior in real life situations; having a comprehensive description of evaluating various aspects of the student's behavior and activity based on the use of various information sources and covering a wider range of his abilities; analysis of the student's behavior in the field of activity that is maximally compatible with the student's abilities and interests; use of training methods with a clear developmental effect, protecting the student from psychological obstacles; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org attracting experts and highly qualified specialists to assess the development of logical thinking in connection with the field of activity... list of used literature 1. alimov n. mathematical methods in ensuring continuity of continuous education, tashkent, teacher, 2005. 125 p. 2. alekseeva g. yu. pedagogicheskie usloviya razvitiya tvorcheskogo potensiala uchashchikhsya mladshikh klassov (v protsse izuchenie matematiki). rostov-on-don, 2001. 145 p. 3. abduvalieva d.n. improvement of mathematics education based on developmental education in academic lyceums. (phd) autorefrat dis. ... ped. science. name t: tdpu, 2018. 158 p. 4. akimova m., gurevich k. psychological diagnosis. spb: peter, 2003.-656 p. 5. kochgarov m.u. theory and technology of developing independent learning skills in students. ... (phd) autorefrat dis. ... ped. science. name nukus: ndpu, 2019. 143 p. 6. piaget j. izbrannye pixologicheskie trudy m.: mejdunarodnaya ped. academy, 1994. 680 p. 7. osnitsky a.k. self-reliance of psychology. methods of research and diagnostics. nalchik: izat. center "el-fa", 1996. 143p. 8. serebrova i.v. razvitie vnimania i logicalheskogo myshleniya na za-nyatiyax po matematike: [shk.-gymnasium n 4 g. podolska mosk. obl.] // nachalnaya shkola-1995.-№6. 56s. . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org factors causing poverty and mechanisms of their reduction otavaliyev bobirjon sobirjon ugli namangan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, it is necessary to deepen research on the factors causing poverty in our country and their causes. this article is based on the research status of the theory of the formation of poverty and tries to propose it together with practical experience. it is based on analytical guidelines that reveal the internal logical connections between the various factors that cause poverty. at the same time, the current state of research on the mechanism of poverty reduction is revealed. poverty, economic changes, population welfare, social capital, rule of law, entrepreneurship, development, progress. introduction poverty is a long-standing problem that has accompanied the development of human society. since the 20th century, the world's science and technology and economy have experienced unprecedented development, production and living conditions have gradually improved, the scale of poverty has continued, and plans to reduce problems in this regard have begun to be developed. however, the problem of poverty has not been eliminated, different classes and social differences between countries are increasing, and the gap between the rich and the poor is emerging. as this trend continues, poverty around the world is still a very serious and growing issue, becoming increasingly visible social and economic problems and even a source of social contradictions and unrest. many economists and scientists in our country and abroad look at poverty from different angles. despite the targeted measures implemented in our country to increase the income of the population, there are a number of problems that need to be solved: in this regard, it is necessary to develop a concept of consistent increase of incomes, which ensures finding optimal ways, taking into account the existing risks of incomes affecting the level of consumer prices, * currently and in the future, increasing the income of the population remains a priority. in this regard, it is necessary to consistently increase the income of the population and in this process to prevent the negative impact of income on the general level of consumer prices, to determine the acceptable dimensions of risks in this regard. it should be said that the growth of wages in our country is not due to the increase of labor productivity indicators, but in many ways it is happening in parallel with the mitigation of the inflationary effect. * in-depth study of the income structure of the population, statistical observations, conducting questionnaires on the spot and developing social protection and bandliu programs based on their results; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org * despite significant changes in the open publication of income and salary data (three years ago, obtaining this data was a difficult task for the general public), income and expenditure of the population, income by social stratification of the population it is desirable to involve non-governmental non-commercial organizations in the organization of questionnaires, to convey the results of the questionnaire and analysis data to the general public; * based on the current situation, implementation of urgent measures to remove entrepreneurs from the economy and create favorable conditions for them, to strengthen the fight against violations and to improve statistical accounting; * reduction of differences in interregional population incomes by developing and implementing a unified strategy for regional development; taking the necessary effective measures to solve the above problems will serve to increase the standard of living and general income of the country's population. today, the fund provides financial assistance in the form of guarantees and compensation for the purpose of financial support to small businesses and entrepreneurs. 33,208 billion received from commercial banks of 20,258 small businesses and entrepreneurial entities during the past year alone. 6.993 billion by the fund for soum loans. received financial obligations in the amount of soums. in turn, the results of the analysis show that in 2020: • 4.172 bln. guaranty obligations in the amount of soums were received, as a result of which the number of small businesses and business entities using the guarantee of the fund increased by 4.2 times compared to 2019; • the number of small businesses and entrepreneurs who used the financial assistance of the fund in the form of compensation to cover the interest expenses on loans from commercial banks reached 14,902, and the fund provided 2.821 bln. took obligations for the compensation of interest expenses in the amount of soums, as a result, compared to 2019, the number of compensation recipients increased by 4.4 times and the amount of interest expenses to be paid increased by 3.3 times. in addition, in order to strengthen the social protection of the population during the fight against the spread of the coronavirus infection and to ensure the stability of the economic sectors, the president of the republic of uzbekistan of 2020 no. pf-5969, pf-5978, pf-5986, pf-5996 in accordance with the decrees, the fund provided financial support for the loans of about 6 thousand small businesses and entrepreneurs. small business and private entrepreneurship is an important factor in the development of the economy, increasing the employment and income of the population. more than fifty presidential decrees and decisions were adopted in the last two and a half years in order to support the representatives of this field from all sides. in particular, the procedures for state registration of business activities, obtaining various permits and many other services have been simplified. in order to facilitate this, the state services agency and its local centers were established. the position of business ombudsman (business ombudsman) has been introduced. reception offices of the prime minister were established in all regions, which receive and help resolve businessmen's appeals. under the cabinet of ministers, the activity of the state fund for the support of the development of entrepreneurship was launched, and 200 billion soums and 50 million dollars were allocated to it. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org the volume of loans granted by commercial banks to entrepreneurs has increased.such practical measures are paying off. small business provides almost 60% of the country's gross domestic product, one-third of the volume of industrial products, 98% of agricultural products, and half of investments. in many regions, 70-90 percent of exports fall on small businesses. in 6 months of this year, the number of business entities increased by 60 thousand. at the meeting, it was noted that these indicators are the initial results of the reforms, and the main attention was focused on solving the problems still encountered. the head of our state emphasized that regional, district, city mayors and their first deputies should work in a completely new way and spend 70% of their time on developing entrepreneurship in the region. the task of implementing a new incentive system was to assess the activities of the mayors of each region, district and city and their first deputies based on the number of newly established or revived small enterprises and the number of jobs created in them. it was determined that the viability indicator of enterprises should be one of the main criteria in the assessment. that is, if at least 50 percent of the enterprises being established work for the next 3 years, additional financial incentives are provided for the mayor and his first deputy for entrepreneurship, heads of regional departments of the chamber of commerce and industry. the cabinet of ministers, the ministry of justice, the ministry of economy and industry were instructed to implement this new system. it was noted that the republican working group headed by the minister of economy and industry needs to develop proposals for small business development based on the potential of each district. on the basis of these proposals, entrepreneurs will be assisted in all matters such as their implementation, credit, allocation of land and buildings, connection to infrastructure. in conclusion, it should be said that it is appropriate to increase the activity of non-governmental organizations as well as state organizations on the basis of the reforms aimed at ensuring the employment of the population in the country. creation of new jobs by improving business activities and legal guarantee of ways to achieve these jobs as a source of income for the population should form the essence of the reforms being carried out in this regard. we present the following suggestions and recommendations aimed at eliminating the above-mentioned problems. 1. to increase the effectiveness of additional benefits based on local and regional conditions in order to further expand the opportunities of citizens in self-employment. 2. simplification of the legislative system related to providing employment to the population by improving it. 3. introduction of a system of measures to create specially specialized jobs in order to ensure the right to work of persons with disabilities 4. each region has specific poverty profiles that require the development of specific measures to study it. for example, the program of measures for the republic of karakalpakstan (a region with a high level of poverty) should be developed taking into account low-income indicators. in this case, the low economic development of the region, the large share of the population under 16 years old, the relatively high level of unemployment, the instability of incomes, which are considered as risk factors for karakalpakstan, can increase the effectiveness of measures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org list of references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasining konstitutsiyasi. – toshkent: o‘zbekiston, 2018. – b. 80. 2. mirziyoyev sh.m. xalqimizning roziligi bizning faoliyatimizga berilgan eng oliy bahodir.2-jild, toshkent, o‘zbekiston, 2018-yil, 508 bet. 6. mirziyoyev sh.m. milliy taraqqiyot yo‘limizni qat’iyat bilan davom ettirib, yangi bosqichga ko‘taramiz. 1-jild, toshkent, o‘zbekiston, 2017 yil, 592 bet. 7. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining “o‘zbekiston respublikasini yanada rivojlantirish bo‘yicha harakatlar strategiyasi to‘g‘risida”gi farmoni. toshkent, “adolat”, 2018 yil, 112 bet. 3. сирожиддинов к. и., хужаханов м. х. направления совершенствования экономических основ высшего образования в республики узбекистан //актуальные научные исследования в современном мире. – 2017. – №. 1-7. – с. 157-160. 4. солиев и. и., сирожиддинов к. и. благоприятный инвестиционный климат-важный фактор макроэкономического развития //молодой ученый. – 2015. – №. 17. – с. 461-463. 5. солиев и. и., жураев х. а., сирожиддинов к. и. особенности инновационной направленности экономического развития в условиях региона //современные научные исследования и разработки. – 2017. – №. 4. – с. 275-277. 6. сирожиддинов к. и., хужахонов м. х. финансовое оздоровление предприятий при поддержке коммерческих банков //молодой ученый. – 2014. – №. 6. – с. 488-489. 7. ikromiddinovich s. k., kurbanovich t. k. problems ensuring the competitiveness of small business in uzbekistan //academic journal of digital economics and stability. – 2021. – т. 9. – с. 148-153. 8. сирожиддинов к. и., имомов р. н. финансовая поддержка фермерских хозяйств в условиях либерализация экономики в узбекистане //молодой ученый. – 2014. – №. 1. – с. 425-426. 9. jamoliddinovich u. b. fundamentals of education quality in higher education //international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429. – 2022. – т. 11. – №. 01. – с. 149-151. 10. jamoliddinovic, u. b. . (2022). origins, dynamics and logics bologna process. european multidisciplinary journal of modern science, 5, 239–245. retrieved from 11. кенжаев и. кичик бизнесга хорижий инвестицияларни жалб қилишнинг норматив-ҳуқуқий асослари //общество и инновации. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 4/s. – с. 329-344. 12. ikromiddinovich s. k. opportunities for development of the agrologistics system in the republic of uzbekistan //neuroquantology. – 2022. – т. 20. – №. 18. – с. 179-189. 13. sodirjonov m. m. monitoring the issues of human capital research in ethnosocial processes and social trends //social policy and social partnership. – 2021. – №. 6. – с. 6. 14. содиржонов м. м. роль трудового воспитания в развитии человеческого капитала //учёный xxi века. – 2020. – №. 1 (60). – с. 89-92. 3. содирджонов м. значение национальных и этносоциальных процессов в социологическом исследовании человеческого капитала //общество и инновации. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 5/s. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org 15. содирджонов м. м. изучение проблем человеческого капитала в этносоциологических процессах //в поисках социальной истины. – 2021. – с. 59-69. 16. makhamadaminovich s. m. ethnic factors and attitudes towards human capital development //the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 01. – с. 118-130 17. содиржонов м. инсон капитали ривожи шахснинг онги, билими, ахлок-одоби, дунёкарашига боглик." //янги ўзбекистон” газетаси. – 2022. – т. 10. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org the role of soci̇al networki̇ng si̇tes i̇n combati̇ng hate speech from the perspecti̇ve of hebron uni̇versi̇ty students renad jawabreh1 , belal abd elmjeed khasawneh2 renadjawabreh219@gmail.com hebron universitypalestine, cairo university2 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study aimed to identify the concept and forms of hate speech, and the behavioral effects resulting from its spread and the role of social networking sites in combating hate speech and its impact on the system of societal and religious values, from the point of view of hebron university students. to achieve the objectives of the study, the researcher relied on the analytical descriptive approach, and designed a study tool (questionnaire) that was distributed to a sample of (100) students from the department of mass communication at hebron university. the results of the study, find social networking sites contribute to the dissemination of hate speech and exacerbate differences, as a large percentage of the respondents believed, and a medium percentage believed that it also works to call for dialogue and reduce violent and extremism speeches. hate speech on social media has a great impact on the system of societal and religious values, as quarrels and disputes abound between people, leading to societal extremism and a decline in people's commitment to religion and political values. provoking strife among the components of society, the spread of division and rivalry, and the spreading and incitement of sectarian nervousness are among the behaviors resulting from the spread of hate speech on social networking sites to its users. there is a statistically significant relationship at the significance level (0.05) for the use of social networking sites and its impact on combating hate speech, from the point of view of hebron university students. social networking sites hate speech hebron university. introduction the world wide web, with its various media, is considered one of the easiest and easiest means for spreading extremist and fanatical ideas that encourage the practice of persecution and racism against the other, by exploiting social networking sites and their features such as ease of use, accessibility to a large number of people, and the advantage of communication between users. [1], [2] this prompted the european committee against racism and intolerance to issue its annual report to warn of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org dangers of these practices to citizens, and called on the member states of the european union to ratify its additional protocol with regard to criminalizing acts of racist and xenophobic background that are committed through the exploitation of computer systems.[3]–[5] however, we must not ignore the real benefit brought about by social networking sites of various kinds, as cosmic communication developed through the internet until it became possible for man to communicate. [6], [7]with greater temporal and spatial speed, and the great developments witnessed by internet software, and following these developments, social networking sites were able to invade the privacy of each one of us, so that man sees what is not seen, he scoops up knowledge in minutes that he did not know in years, and cultures approached each other. [8]. the remarkable development of social networking sites has helped change human life, the way he lives and thinks, and how he deals with others. the one that had a significant role and impact on users is “hate speech”, which threatens the security of the individual and society in general, as it has become a platform for spreading extremist ideas, intolerance, incitement to violence, racism, bullying and hatred. some websites have made their platforms a door to spread hatred, intolerance, ideas and beliefs that increase hatred, and open windows to settle accounts, which are usually for personal benefits or to serve irresponsible parties, "where facebook statistics revealed that 10 or 11 out of every 10 thousand content in the third quarter from the year 2020, it included hate speech, and the platform said that 22.1 million content that included hate speech had been taken action against, compared to 22.5 [9]–[11] million in the previous quarter of the same year. this study comes to identify the concept of hate and its forms spread through communication sites social, what the behavioral effects are, and how networks can be used social communication to combat hate speech, and what is the impact of this speech on the system of social values in society. problem of the study the web has a role in shaping public opinion towards hate speech, and the results showed that the percentage of those who were exposed to hate speech through the new media is the largest percentage, which indicates that there is fertile ground and actual practice of hate speech through the web. to identify the role played by social networks in spreading the culture of tolerance and coexistence, in response to the culture of hate and the discourse of terrorism and extremism.[2] the questionnaire was used to collect information from a study sample of (583) male and female students studying at the university of jordan. the availability of tolerance culture topics presented on social networks from the point of view of jordanian university students. [2]accordingly, the researcher identified the problem of the study in answering the following question: what is the role of social networking sites in combating hate speech from the point of view of hebron university students??, represented by a sample of (100) students from the media department at the university. the study begins by answering the following main question: what is the role of social networking sites in combating hate speech, from the point of view of hebron university students? the following sub-questions are derived from it: 1. what is the concept of hate speech and its widespread forms on social networking sites, from the point of view of hebron university students? 2. what are the behavioural effects resulting from the spread of hate speech through social networking sites on its users, from the point of view of hebron university students? 3. what is the role played by social networking sites in limiting the spread of hate speech and combating it, from the point of view of hebron university students? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org scientific contribution the spread of the phenomenon of "hate speech" on social media is a phenomenon that deserves study and research, in order to know the main reasons that led to the emergence of this type of speech that incites hatred, violence, racism and extremism. the importance of this study lies in the important role of social networking sites in reducing the danger of hate speech in order to protect society and users from violence and extremism, after this speech has become a threat to human foundations. objectives of the study: 1. knowing the concept of hate speech and its forms spread through social networking sites. 2. detecting the behavioral effects resulting from the spread of hate speech through social networking sites on its users. 3. exposing the role played by social networking sites in combating and limiting hate speech. 4. users ' social and religious values system study approach: knowing and studying phenomena and their characteristics is one of the topics that necessitates a description of these phenomena and identification of their characteristics.[12] these phenomena are often studied through descriptive studies because they fit the nature of these topics, including the study of situations, events and individuals, and the identification of the factors behind those events and situations. [13]to get a better understanding and more accurate. this study comes within the quantitative (analytical) descriptive research that deals with the description of the phenomenon and its emergence through the use of statistical analysis, which allows a higher degree of accuracy and consistency in the formulation and interpretation of the results.[14], [15] the study will depend on the questionnaire as a tool for data collection, which is: "a tool for collecting data from individuals or groups of large size with a high population density, and by making a form that includes a set of questions or phrases, in order to access qualitative or quantitative information." the study population will be hebron university students (10112 students). the research community is defined as: the total vocabulary that the researcher aims to study in order to reach the results of the research, which is the largest community or the whole of the target community that the researcher aims to study, and the generalization of the results to all its vocabulary. a study sample of ( 100 ) individuals will be taken from the students of the department of mass communication at hebron university using the (facebook) website, and it will be selected using the simple random sampling method: “it is one of the simplest types of samples , and it is also called the probability sample, and it is a sample that gives the individual the same opportunity to choose or appearance, and refers to the selection of a certain number of the original audience, provided that there is equal opportunity for selection among the original units. theoretical framework and previous studies uses, gratifications theory: the study of the role of social networking sites in combating hate speech from the point of view of hebron university students is related to the theory of uses and gratifications, in that it is concerned with the audience of the media outlet more than the element of the message, and therefore the audience american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org of social networking sites is an active audience that chooses the content that suits it and interacts with it according to what it achieves he has certain gratifications. [16]–[18]according to the foregoing, it can be said: that people resort to media that meet their needs and satisfactions, and through which they can choose the content that they want and meet their needs, and these features apply to social networking sites that many resort to to use them for their own purposes and goals, which may sometimes be destructive to society and seek to disintegrate it. [19] the entrance to uses and gratifications is defined as concerned with the audience of the media outlet and not with the element of the message itself. this theory says that the audience of the media outlet is an active audience, and its activity is before, after and during exposure; where the audience chooses before exposure the content that fulfils its needs and achieves certain gratifications for it, and during exposure the audience is interested in certain messages and understands them, and distinguishes between what is important to them and what is less important, and after exposure the audience chooses to retrieve the information it was exposed to, meaning that the audience[20], [21] it is not passive, accepting whatever the media presents to it, but rather it is an audience that has a specific purpose for its exposure to the media, and seeks to achieve this goal through voluntary exposure dictated by its needs and desires. [22]the main assumption of the uses and gratifications entry is that the audience is active, and that its use of communication means is used to satisfy its needs and desires, and that it has the freedom to choose the means that satisfy these needs, and choose from among the types of content presented in the media any content that suits it, and this choice depends on some demographic variables.[23], [24] it is clear from the foregoing that the developments witnessed by social networking sites could not keep pace with many theories of influence, which made the theory of uses and gratifications at the forefront of many researches, which are concerned with studying the internet and its positive and negative effects on the public. [25], [26]the individual is for knowledge and curiosity, and this is due to the ease of applying the conditions of this theory to research and studies, and for this reason the researcher adopted this theory in our study. dependence media theory our study "the role of social networking sites in combating hate speech from the point of view of hebron university students" is related to the theory of relying on the media, through that social networking sites represent the new media that must play its role, which is to provide people with facts and information, in order to form a public opinion, correct about any facts, events or problems.[27] based on the principles of this theory that people depend on the media as sources of news, especially in times of crises and wars, social media sites must bear their social responsibility, fight any speech that incites hatred and violence, and seek to unify society and protect it from strife and strife. the dependence theory is considered one of the comprehensive theories because it provides a comprehensive view of the relationship between communication and public opinion. strong and direct effects, and sometimes others have rather weak and indirect effects.[28] the idea of the theory depends on the fact that our use of the means of communication does not take place in isolation from the influences of the social system in which we live within it and the means of communication, so any media message we receive from the means of communication may have different results depending on our previous experiences towards the subject and the social influences surrounding the individual. clear from the foregoing that the researcher relied on the theory of "dependence on the media" to study this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org phenomenon, because many studies aimed to apply this theory, on the basis that the media has become the most important source for providing information and news to members of societies.[29], [30]. previous studies 1. arafa et al., ( 2021) entitled "the role of electronic media platforms in combating hate speech". " field study, baghdad: al-farabi college. the study aimed to know the role of electronic media platforms in confronting hate speech, and to know the impact of this speech on the culture of iraqi society, and to demonstrate the ability of electronic media to form a public opinion against extremism. the study relied on the survey method, and the use of a questionnaire tool to collect data from a sample of (55 individuals) from iraqi university teachers and students. the study reached several results, the most important of which are: there is a direct relationship between the variables of academic specialization and the volume of participation with regard to their opinions on the research problem. this result shows that the high level of individuals' use of social networks increases their conviction of the importance of electronic media in general, and electronic media platforms in particular, and its role in influencing public opinion and changing their concepts. and then confront the rhetoric of extremism and destructive ideas. 2. al-sarhani, (2019)entitled "new media and hate speech: confrontational strategies: an analytical study on zarqa university students for the period from 3/15/2017 4/16/2017 ", zarqa university : college of journalism and information . the study aimed to know the impact of social networking sites and their role in shaping the attitudes and behaviors of zarqa university students in jordan, in order to reach recommendations and proposals that contribute to controlling hate speech through communication sites, and to develop its role to serve university students positively.the study relied on the descriptive and analytical approach, and the use of a questionnaire tool to collect data from a stratified sample, and distribute them to different student groups at zarqa university. the study reached several results, the most important of which are: the internet has a major role and influence in forming public opinion against hate speech. there is a large percentage of those who have been exposed to hate speech through social networking sites, and this indicates that there is fertile soil and practice on the ground for hate speech through the internet. 3. al rahahleh, ishaq bhatti and najuna misman, (2019) hate speech on the facebook network in jordan a survey study" amman: middle east university master's study. the study aimed to define the definition of hate speech and its forms through social networking sites and its repercussions on jordanian society, and to know the effects of the spread of this speech. the study relied on the descriptive survey method, and the use of a questionnaire tool to collect data from a sample consisting of (400 individuals) from the various communities of jordanian society in the capital, amman. the study reached several results, the most important of which are: concepts of hate speech differ among the respondents, and among the opinions raised was "not accepting disagreement with others." social networks play a role in stirring up strife among the segments of society, and contribute to spreading misleading information. 4. almaiah, al-khasawneh and althunibat, (2020). the role of social media in spreading hate speech from the viewpoint of jordanian journalists", jordan a field study. the study aimed to know the concept of hate speech, and the role of social media in spreading hate speech from the point of view of a sample of jordanian journalists. the study relied on the analytical descriptive approach, and the use of a questionnaire tool to collect data from a sample of (300) jordanian american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org journalists. the study reached several results, the most important of which are: social media has a role in spreading hate speech. the spread of hate speech on social media contributes to stirring up strife among the components of society. there is a statistically significant effect of social media on the spread of hate speech from the point of view of jordanian journalists. 5. olaimat and khalaf, ( 2022)the role of social networks in shaping public opinion among jordanian university students", jordan: social sciences and humanities studies.the study aimed to identify the role of social networks in shaping public opinion among university students, the habits and patterns of jordanian university students' use of social networking sites, and the type of influence.the study relied on the descriptive survey method, and the use of a questionnaire tool to collect data from a sample of (300) individuals from the research community.the study reached several results, the most important of which are: the research sample relies on internet services first in order to access information.the research sample diagnosed cases of media misinformation and falsification of facts while they were exposed to social media. the research sample showed that their extensive exposure to social media contributed to influencing public opinion by bringing about an amendment or change to them. the emergence of negative cases of calls for violence, civil disobedience, incitement, and the exploitation of religion for political purposes, although the study itself showed positive cases, including the promotion of national spirit and authentic social values. scientific studies and research are considered a summary of the experiences of others. it is also an intellectual effort aimed at solving problems facing people and developing reality, based on effective, creative and critical thinking in order to discover facts. the researcher has benefited from previous studies in several aspects that affected the subject of this study, by developing a general perception of the study and defining its problem, objectives and importance, and helped the researcher in setting hypotheses that are suitable for the study and can be tested and measured, and the researcher benefited from previous studies in choosing media theories that are appropriate for her study, and in designing the appropriate questionnaire for the study. our study also benefited from previous studies [18] that social networking sites have a role in combating hate speech and influencing the values of society and their ability to influence public opinion and form an opinion against hatred and extremism, our study benefited from the study of [34]that social networking sites play the role of social responsibility towards society through spreading the culture of tolerance, and therefore this is consistent with the goal of our study, which is that it has a role in combating hatred. the development of social networking sites social networking sites via the internet, such as "facebook", "twitter" and "instagram ", have become known as the new media or social media, which is witnessing great development and widespread spread, although it was in its inception a virtual community within a limited and narrow scope, but over time, it transformed from a written media tool into a variety of audio and visual tools that influence the audience's decisions and responses, through pressure exerted by the influential force that uses the individual's personal patterns (audio, visual, and sensory) in its influence, given that the affected and his patterns are a major element in the influence process.[35] so that the effective power is exploited, that the auditory imagines what he speaks or what he hears, and therefore he is quick in his decisions and has high energy, while the visual is based on careful analysis of events and therefore he is careful in his decisions, and the sensory reaches his decisions according to his feelings and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org emotions built through experiences that go through it, trying to influence the power to change opinions, concepts, ideas, feelings, attitudes and behaviors. [36] social networking sites refer to the diversity of technological forms and characteristics presented by modern means from traditional ones, especially with regard to raising cases of individuality and personalization, and they come as a result of an important feature, which is interactivity. although the mass media and the mass media are widespread and have the characteristic of marking the media of the twentieth century, the personal and individual media can be described as the media of the new century, through the resulting major change in the communication model that enabled the individual to deliver his message and the possibility of communicating with whoever he wants. and at the time he wants, and within broad directions and not flowing from top to bottom as in the traditional communication model.[37] these sites also build applications for virtual reality that achieves features such as individuality and personalization and transcends the borders of the national state and international borders. interactive media has helped in an unparalleled way in activating the volume of participation to involve large groups in the events and activities carried out by groups to achieve their goals, in addition to playing an important role in pressure, advocacy, mobilization and interaction in order to influence the public and its leaders, and it also achieves solidarity and social solidarity in pursuit of goals. [38]the desired, as the slogans were transformed into a real action that is being heard in large areas of the world, contributing to the formation of a supportive and supportive public opinion that is characterized by permanence through non-show youth groups.[26] the role of social networking sites in combating hate speech: has become ravaging social networking sites spread around the world, and its backgrounds vary from ethnic, religious, political, sectarian, or other ideologies and affiliations, and those with those affiliations found from these networks an open space to spread their ideas and hatred and their racial discrimination and extremism reached millions of people around the world, after they used to express it among themselves or within their closed circles, which made this discourse greater impact and greater harm. social networking sites are considered one of the most important tools for change , social influence , and the rapid exchange of ideas and opinions , and they have a great impact on public opinion in many societies in our time, as these sites exceeded the limits of censorship , control , and control of communications imposed by governments and dictatorial states, which in the past even prevented small gatherings between citizens or three-way gatherings of private individuals.[1] it can be said that the impact of social networking sites, the most important of which are: facebook and twitter, is no longer confined to the social and economic side only, as these sites sometimes play a fundamental role in political influence, mobilization and mass mobilization, and create a pressure political climate and massive popular revolutions, as happened in the arab spring revolutions in tunisia, egypt, libya, yemen and syria, which brought down rulers who had been in power for thirty years. the world wide web or the internet has a significant role and influence in shaping public opinion towards hate speech, and there is fertile soil and actual practice of hate speech through the internet. there were many forms of hate speech circulating on the facebook network, according to the results of [2]study entitled "hate speech on the facebook network in jordan", foremost among which was "distorting or denying facts", followed by "refusal to disagree with others", where she works these networks work to stir up strife among the components of society and lead to division and rivalry. society loses its internal cohesion and becomes vulnerable to crises.these groups may exploit social american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org media to spread misinformation or support recruitment efforts into hate groups or extremist groups. accordingly, policy makers, religious leaders, and the general public urgently need to harness and use social media to combat this hate speech, disseminate positive counter-messages, and report and correct the spread of misinformation. [2] many countries in the world, especially in europe, have accused social networking sites of contributing to the dissemination of hate speech on the internet, and forced them to issue new laws that reject hate speech and impose large fines, sometimes amounting to fifty million euros, against those who violate these laws. and took stricter measures and procedures against those who try to spread hate speech, as facebook announced its intention to immediately remove any publications that incite hatred, and for its part, twitter announced that there is no place for any account that promotes discrimination on the basis of sex or religion, and officials at the site confirmed youtube said that the site will take strict measures against any clips that promote violence on its platform. it is noteworthy that officials from social networking sites in addition to microsoft signed in 2016 a code of conduct with the european union to review user complaints about any publications that may incite hate. [2], [39] while internet mediators have developed different definitions of the term "hate speech" and guidelines for regulating it, some companies no longer use the term hate speech, but have prepared a list describing the terms associated with it. yahoo 's terms of service prohibit publishing any illegal, harmful, threatening, abusive content, harassing, torturing, defamatory, disgraceful, invasive of another's privacy, hateful, or objectionable on grounds of race or ethnicity. so is twitter it does not explicitly mention the prohibition of hate speech, but it warns its users that they may be exposed to inflammatory, offensive, offensive and incorrect content. [4]or they may be exposed to content that may be offensive, offensive, incorrect, or inappropriate. some posts may be distorted or frustrating. and among the rules and conditions of the services required by “twitter” on users is that (you may not publish or display directly specific threats of violence against others). while youtube _ it explicitly refers to hate speech in its terms of services, and it has created a balance between freedom of expression and restrictions imposed on some forms of content, as stated in its clauses: (we encourage free speech, and we defend the right of every person to express unpopular views. however, we do not allow speech hate: speech that attacks or humiliates a specific group based on their race, ethnicity, religion, disability, gender, age, status, age, sexual orientation, or gender identity. a company " facebook " also banned offensive and threatening content or that incites hatred and incites violence. and it stated in its social standards: “facebook removes hate speech that contains content that directly attacks people based on their race, ethnicity, national origin, religious affiliation, sexual orientation, gender, gender, gender identity, or because of disabilities or diseases.” dangerous.[40]. statistical analysis and results of the study in this chapter, the researcher answers the questions of the study and its hypothesis after sorting and analyzing the results. arithmetic means, standard deviations, and a "t" test were calculated to infer whether there are statistically significant differences between the respondents' answers about the role of social networking sites in combating hate speech, from the point of view of the view of hebron university students. [41], [42]the questionnaire was prepared and developed as a tool for the study, by referring to previous studies to benefit from what was mentioned in them, in addition to the researcher's own experience. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org first: description of the participants according to the variables of the independent study the table above shows the number of individuals participating in the study according to each independent variable. males participated in a greater percentage than females (69% of males and 31% of females). these percentages are justified because hebron university in general has a higher percentage of female students than male students in various disciplines. also, the majority of participants were from age groups ranging from 21-24 years old, and the percentage of bachelor's degree holders was 89%, much higher than that of master's degree holders, given that hebron university recently opened its master's degree in mass communication. in the variable of the most used sites for respondents, the answers focused on facebook, as 90% of the participants expressed their use of facebook, compared to other sites that were less used, namely youtube (14%) and twitter (5%). the percentage of the average daily hour that the respondents spend on using social networking sites for more than three hours was the highest rate (51%), and the lowest rate was for using it for less than one hour, which amounted to (11%). for their communication with others is the cell phone by (98%). this indicates the belief of the respondents and the youth group in particular in the importance of social networking sites and their role in facilitating their communication and communication with others, and that facebook is still the most attractive communication site for young people because of the features and facilities it provides to users. m of the arithmetic means was calculatedthe su according to the triple likert system as shown in the following table: table (1)distribution of respondents according to the independent variables the ratio the number variable sex 37% 37 male 63% 63 feminine age group 35% 35 21 years old -from 18 58% 58 24 years old -from 21 7% 7 24 years and over academic level 89% 89 bachelor's 11% 11 master's most used sites 81% 81 facebook 5% 5 stringing 14% 14 the youtube daily hourly rate for these sites 11% 11 less than one hour 38% 38 from one hour to three hours 51% 51 more than three hours the method used to communicate with others 98% 98 cell phone 1% 1 personal computer 1% 1 ipad american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org not agree i agree neutral category 1.66-1 3-2.34 2.33-1.67 result third: analyzing the results and discussing the study questions table (4): the outcome of the respondents' response to the study questions, according to the t-test. significanc e level result t test the ratio standard deviation arithmetic mean i agree neutral i do not agree <0.001 ok 20.49 94.7% 0.41 2.84 515 74 11 <0.001 ok 11.93 89.4% 0.57 2.68 442 126 32 <0.001 ok 11 88.6% 0.6 2.66 509 143 48 <0.001 ok 5,405 80.2% 0.74 2.4 334 175 91 the results showed, as shown in table (4) above, the effective role of all indicators of the use of social networking sites in combating hate speech, from the point of view of hebron university students. whereas, "the effects resulting from the spread of hate speech through social media and its repercussions on its users" constitutes the most important indicator with a mean of 2.84, followed by "the impact of hate speech through social networking sites on the social value system of users" with a mean of 2.68, then the indicator was solved by "concept of discourse". hatred and its forms on social media and its repercussions on its users" third, with an arithmetic average of 2.66, and finally the indicator "the role played by social media in limiting and combating the spread of hate speech" with an arithmetic mean of 2.4. table no. (4) shows the averages arithmetic and deviations normative and value t test for one sample and that for every standard from basic hypothesis criteria, from destination view of hebron university students rank in order descending according to grades the middle arithmetic. q1 what is the concept and forms of hate speech spread on social networking sites? table (5): the arithmetic means and standard deviations of the individuals’ response to the questionnaire items related to the 1 question. significance level sma sd response rate t test phrase <0.001 2.77 0.53 92.3% 14.53 hate speech on social media includes contempt for the customs and traditions of others. <0.001 2.47 0.72 82.3% 6,528 excluding others from participating in social affairs and curtailing their rights <0.001 2.72 0.53 90.7% 13.59 hate speech includes incitement to deny and marginalize the other, spreading discord, and accusing the other party of treason and corruption <0.001 2.59 0.65 86.3% 9,077 incitement to violence, extremism, and harming others. <0.001 2.7 0.56 90% 12.5 it is a type of communication that offends a person or group because of their personal characteristics or bullying them because of their american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org racial, ethnic, ideological or religious affiliations. <0.001 2.71 0.57 90.3% 12.46 any speech that spreads hatred and incites disputes and conflicts based on colour, race or sect . <0.001 2.65 0.59 88.3% 11.02 it is the hatred shown against tribal, religious sects, sectarianism and gender it is clear table no. (5) above, that value t test i hit 11 and up significance (<0.001) than that indicative on that degree importance and necessity application of " the concept and forms of hate speech spread on social networking sites " from destination the view of the respondents . 88.6% of the respondents agreed with the concepts put forward in this regard, and the value of the significance level confirmed that (less than 0.05), which indicates the existence of statistically significant differences between the responses of the individuals. no. (1), which states: "hate speech on social networking sites includes contempt for the customs and traditions of others." the highest arithmetic mean was (2.77 ), and i got phrase no. (5), which states that hate speech "is a type of communication that offends a person or group because of their personal characteristics or bullying them because of their racial, ethnic, ideological, or religious affiliations." at the lowest arithmetic average was (2.7). where this result is due to the good and correct understanding of the students of the department of media at hebron university of the concept of hate speech and distinguishing its forms spread on social networking sites. in its introduction, “the term hate speech describes a wide range of discourses or very insulting words, from hatred and incitement to religious and sexual racism, to insults and defamation,” and it stated that hate speech “is a type of communication that offends a person or group because of personal characteristics of them or bullying them because of their racial, ethnic, ideological or religious affiliations" at a low rate, as stated in the study result. the result of the study also agreed with the results of the study (al-rahamna, 2018), the results of which showed that the concepts of hate speech were numerous among the respondents, and the foremost among them was “not accepting disagreement with others” and “distorting or denying facts.” q2: what are the behavioral effects resulting from the spread of hate speech through social networks, especially facebook? table (6): the arithmetic means and standard deviations of the individuals’ response to the questionnaire items related to the 2 question, s sma sd % t-test phrase <0.001 2.94 0.28 98% 33.57 provoking strife among the components of society and leading to division and rivalry <0.001 2.87 0.37 96% 23.51 the spread of violence and extremism among young people <0.001 2.88 0.36 96% 24.44 spreading sectarian nervousness and inciting it <0.001 2.86 0.4 95.3% 21.5 spreading and broadcasting rumors for purposes that threaten peace and social stability american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org <0.001 2.72 0.51 90.7% 14.12 it provides extremist groups with the opportunity to communicate with a broad fan base <0.001 2.77 0.49 92.3% 15.71 society loses its internal cohesion and becomes vulnerable to crises it is clear table no. (6) above, that value test (t) reached 20.49 and the standard significance (<0.001) than that indicative on that degree importance and necessity the application of " the behavioral effects resulting from the spread of hate speech through social networks, especially facebook " from destination the view of the respondents. 94.7% of the respondents agreed with the concepts put forward in this regard, and the value of the significance level confirmed that (less than 0.05), which indicates the existence of statistically significant differences between the responses of the individuals. (1), which states that “stirring strife among the components of society and leads to division and rivalry,” got a very high arithmetic average compared to other indicators, amounting to (2.94), and paragraph no. (5) came, which states that “extremist groups are given an opportunity communicating with a broad fan base ", with the least arithmetic average of (2.72). the individual is affected by the prevailing behaviors in his society surrounding him and interacts with them. when hate speech spreads and racist ideas spread by not accepting the other and spreading violence, these ideas quickly spread to the individual and nest in his thoughts, just as the exposure of the individual to hatred of various kinds within his society becomes of his nature to spread such these destructive discourses , and because social networking sites are a communication tool that brings together millions of users through their widespread applications, they allow the dissemination and sharing of various ideas, including racist and extremist ideas and hate speech among citizens. these sites have created a public and welcoming space for those with racist ideas that aim to spread crimes and sedition. in communitiesthis result agreed with the result of the study (al-rahamna, 2018), the results of which showed that social networking sites work to "stir up strife among the components of society and lead to division and rivalry, and society loses its cohesion and becomes weak and fragile in the face of crises." q3: what is the role played by social networking sites in limiting the spread of hate speech and combating it, from the point of view of hebron university students? table (7): the arithmetic means and standard deviations of the individuals’ response to the questionnaire items related to the 3 question. s sma sd % t test phrase <0.001 2.62 0.63 87.3% 9,841 contribute to spreading hate speech <0.001 2.57 0.64 85.7% 8,906 it fuels the situation and exacerbates the differences between individuals <0.001 2.6 0.68 86.7% 8,824 causing emotional and psychological harm to people <0.001 2.35 0.7 78.3% 5 calls for dialogue and mitigating violent and extremism rhetoric <0.001 2.34 0.71 77.7% 4,648 seek to reduce the severity of hate speech 0.635 1.96 0.84 65.3% -0.476 it has no role but is a neutral means american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org it is clear table no. (7) above, that value a test (v) reached 5.405 and the standard significance (<0.001) than that indicative on that degree importance and necessity application of " the role played by social networking sites in reducing the spread of hate speech and combating it " from destination the view of the respondents . 80.2% of the respondents agreed with the concepts put forward in this regard, and the value of the significance level confirmed that (less than 0.05), which indicates the existence of statistically significant differences between the responses of the individuals. the ratios were somewhat close in this question, as phrase no. (1), which states “contribute to spreading hate speech,” got the highest arithmetic mean of (2.62), followed by phrase no. (15), which states “ exacerbates the situation and increases the severity of the differences between individuals " with an arithmetic average of (2.57), while phrase no. (5) occurred, which states" calling for dialogue and mitigating violent and extremism speeches" got a mean of (2.35) . phrase no. (19), which states "it has no role but is a neutral means" got the lowest mean of (1.96). this result reflects that the largest percentage of the respondents believes that social networking sites have a role in spreading hate speech, and a significant other percentage believes that it calls for dialogue and reduces violent and extremism speeches, meaning that there is a difference in belief among the study sample. this result is consistent with the study ( javat , 2019), the results of which showed that "the most prevalent topics of tolerance on communication networks in terms of their appearance are topics that urge the humanitarian aspect, providing aid to the needy, calling for the unity and cohesion of society, and calling for the free practice of religious rites for all teams and sects." and "the cognitive effects were embodied in rejecting sectarianism and emphasizing the necessity of exchanging diverse cultures and forming a positive attitude and acceptance of others." it also agreed with the results of the study (al-sarhan, 2017), whose results showed that internet sites have a significant role and influence in shaping public opinion towards hate speech, and that the percentage of those who were exposed to hate speech on the new media is a large percentage, which leads to the conclusion that there is an actual practice and fertile soil for hate speech on social networking sites. conclusion and results the results showed the effective role of all indicators of the use of social networking sites in combating hate speech, from the point of view of hebron university students. whereas, the "behavioral effects resulting from the spread of hate speech through social networking sites on its users" constitutes the most important indicator with a mean of 2.84, followed by "the impact of hate speech through social networking sites on the social value system of users" with a mean of 2.68, then the indicator was solved by "concept of discourse hatred and its forms spread on social media" came third, with an arithmetic mean of 2.66. finally, the indicator "the role played by social media in limiting and combating the spread of hate speech" came with an arithmetic mean of 2.4. the consensus of media students at hebron university is that hate speech and its forms spread on social networking sites are represented in contempt for the customs and traditions of others, incitement to deny and marginalize the other, spread discord, and accuse the other party of treason and corruption. one of the behavioral effects resulting from the spread of hate speech on social media is to stir up strife among the components of society, which leads to division and rivalry, the spread of violence and extremism among young people, and the spread and incitement of sectarian fanaticism .social networking sites contribute to the dissemination of hate speech, increase the limit of disputes and fuel the situation, as a large percentage of the respondents saw, while a good percentage saw that the role of social networking sites is to call american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org for dialogue and reduce violent and extremism speeches. the students agreed with a high degree that hate speech on social networking sites has a great impact on the system of societal and religious values, as through it quarrels and disputes abound between people and lead to extremism and societal violence and decline people's commitment to religion and political values. future research& recommendations the need to educate the public about the concept of hate speech and its discourses, so that people exercise caution and avoid such examples these behaviors, especially on social media, strive to spread a culture of tolerance and respect for others, and reject hatred and racism. the media must raise awareness about the negative effects of broadcasting hate speech in networks social communication, under various pretexts, including religious, preserving identity, and other arguments that hide hate speech. the general public must be made aware of the importance of respecting pluralism and the dangers posed by hate speech, with the need to highlight the false nature of its foundations and its unacceptable nature by combating misinformation and intensifying awareness programs for children and youth. the necessity of activating governmental and popular oversight on social networking sites, to confront misleading and fake publications promoted by some media institutions, which are irresponsible or seek to achieve certain goals. creating pages on social networking sites specialized in spreading awareness and combating ignorance and extremism, under the supervision of highly qualified individuals who are specialized for this purpose under indirect names, publishing educational and attractive contents for the youth group. the researcher recommends conducting more scientific studies on aspects of the topic of hate, and ways to confront this phenomenon by exploiting the social networking sites themselves, and not only through punishments. references [1] j. naughton, “facebook and twitter could pay the price for hate speech,” the guardian newspwer, mar. 2017. [2] f. al serhan and m. elareshi, “university students’ awareness of social media use and hate speech in jordan,” int. j. cyber criminol., vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 548–563, 2019, doi: 10.5281/zenodo.3709236. [3] k. tahat et al., “detecting fake news during the covid-19 pandemic: a sem-ml approach,” comput. integr. manuf. syst., vol. 28, no. 12, pp. 1554–1571, 2022. [4] d. n. tahat, m. elareshi, k. tahat, m. a. al jwaniat, m. habes, and a. ziani, “news media and political participation in the middle east: jordan as an example,” in 2022 international arab conference on information technology (acit), 2022, pp. 1–8. [5] m. habes et al., “students’ perceptions of mobile learning technology acceptance during covid19: whatsapp in focus,” emi. educ. media int., pp. 1–19, 2022. [6] s. wang, m. h. ibrahiem, and m. li, “motivations influencing alipay users to participate in the ant forest campaign: an empirical study,” int. j. environ. res. public health, vol. 19, no. 24, p. 17034, 2022. [7] f. al olaimat, m. habes, a. hadeed, a. yahya, and m. i. al jwaniat, “reputation management through social networking platforms for pr purposes: a sem-based study in the jordan,” front. commun., vol. 11, p. 247, 2022. [8] m. habes, m. elareshi, a. ziani, a. almansoori, and h. alsridi, “smart interaction and social american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org tv used by jordanian university students,” technol. soc., p. 102110, 2022. [9] m. elareshi, m. habes, k. al-tahat, a. ziani, and s. a. salloum, “factors affecting social tv acceptance among generation z in jordan,” acta psychol. (amst)., vol. 230, p. 103730, 2022. [10] a. qamar, s. a. pasha, s. ali, and m. habes, “examining the females ‘objectification in music videos from martha nussbaum’s perspective,” palarch’s j. archaeol. egypt/egyptology, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 128–141, 2021. [11] m. habes, s. ali, a. qamar, m. elareshi, a. ziani, and h. alsridi, “public service advertisements and healthcare attitudinal changes in developing countries: pakistanis’ perspectives,” in international conference on business and technology, 2023, pp. 433–442. [12] m. habes, m. h. salous, and m. i. al jwaniat, “applying the uses and gratifications theory to college major choice using social networks online video,” in international conference on advanced machine learning technologies and applications, 2022, pp. 388–400. [13] m. habes, s. ali, and s. a. pasha, “statistical package for social sciences acceptance in quantitative research: from the technology acceptance model’s perspective,” fwu j. soc. sci., vol. 15, no. 4, pp. 34–46, 2021, doi: http://doi.org/10.51709/19951272/winter-2021/3 statistical. [14] m. elbasir, m. elareshi, m. habas, r. jeljeli, and s. a. salloum, “media and non-media students’ feedback and improvement of university teaching and the learning environment,” in international conference on artificial intelligence and computer vision (pp. 754-765). springer, cham., 2021, vol. 4, pp. 754–765. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-76346-6_67. [15] m. elareshi, m. habes, and a.-k. ziani, “new media users’ awareness of online inflammatory and mobilisation methods for radical and extreme activities,” ilkogr. online, vol. 20, no. 5, pp. 5567–5576, 2021. [16] g. m. chen, “tweet this: a uses and gratifications perspective on how active twitter use gratifies a need to connect with others,” comput. human behav., vol. 27, no. 2, pp. 755–762, 2011, doi: 10.1016/j.chb.2010.10.023. [17] f. olaimat, m. almanajrah, m. jwaniatt, and m. rawabdeh, “how effective is distance learning from the viewpoint of students of school of mass communication from yarmouk university in light of the corona crisis and its developments,” dirasat, educ. sci., vol. 49, no. 2, 2022. [18] f. olaimat and a.-t. khalaf, “the situation of communication and media in the syrian refugee camps in jordan (the zaatari camp as a model),” dirasat hum. soc. sci., vol. 49, no. 1, pp. 44–61, 2022. [19] m. habes, m. alghizzawi, s. a. salloum, and m. f. ahmad, “the use of mobile technology in the marketing of therapeutic tourist sites: a critical analysis,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 2, no. 2, 2018. [20] j. raacke and j. bonds-raacke, “myspace and facebook: applying the uses and gratifications theory to exploring friend-networking sites,” cyberpsychology behav., vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 169– 174, 2008, doi: 10.1089/cpb.2007.0056. [21] z. azhar, “uses and gratifications theory,” engag. theor. fam. commun., pp. 337–348, 2018, doi: 10.4324/9781315204321-30. [22] m. habes, “the influence of personal motivation on using social tv: a uses and gratifications approach,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 3, no. 1, 2019. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org [23] m. alghizzawi, m. habes, and s. a. salloum, “the relationship between digital media and marketing medical tourism destinations in jordan: facebook perspective,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 438–448. [24] m. s. al-shibly, m. alghizzawi, m. habes, and s. a. salloum, “the impact of de-marketing in reducing jordanian youth consumption of energy drinks,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 427–437. [25] s. a. salloum, m. al-emran, m. habes, m. alghizzawi, m. a. ghani, and k. shaalan, “understanding the impact of social media practices on e-learning systems acceptance,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 360–369. [26] m. alghizzawi, m. habes, s. a. salloum, m. a. ghani, c. mhamdi, and k. shaalan, “the effect of social media usage on students’e-learning acceptance in higher education: a case study from the united arab emirates,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 3, no. 3, 2019. [27] g. b. ferreira and s. borges, “media and misinformation in times of covid-19: how people informed themselves in the days following the portuguese declaration of the state of emergency,” journal. media, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 108–121, 2020, doi: 10.3390/journalmedia1010008. [28] s. batool, s. sultana, and s. tariq, “social media and religious minorities: analyzing the usage of facebook groups among christian minority to highlight their issues in pakistan,” glob. mass commun. rev., vol. vi, no. i, pp. 117–132, 2021, doi: 10.31703/gmcr.2021(vi-i).10. [29] a. s. alnaser, m. s. al-shibly, m. alghizzawi, and m. habes, “impacts of social media and demographical characteristics on university admissions: case of jordanian private universities,” palarch’s j. archaeol. egypt/egyptology, vol. 17, no. 11, p. 6433, 2020. [30] d. n. tahat, k. m. tahat, and m. habes, “jordanian newspapers coverage of cyberbullying during covid 19 pandemic,” palarch’s j. archaeol. egypt/egyptology, vol. 17, no. 7, pp. 15390–15403, 2020. [31] a. arafa, a. mohamed, l. saleh, and s. senosy, “psychological impacts of the covid-19 pandemic on the public in egypt,” community ment. health j., vol. 57, no. 1, pp. 64–69, jan. 2021, doi: 10.1007/s10597-020-00701-9. [32] al-sarhani, “the role of excellence in developing the organizational climate in governmental schools in al-kharj governorate from the point of view of its point of view,” prince abdulaziz university, al-kharj, kingdom of saudi arabia, 2019. [33] n. al rahahleh, m. ishaq bhatti, and f. najuna misman, “developments in risk management in islamic finance: a review,” j. risk financ. manag., vol. 12, no. 1, p. 37, 2019. [34] m. a. almaiah, a. al-khasawneh, and a. althunibat, “exploring the critical challenges and factors influencing the e-learning system usage during covid-19 pandemic,” educ. inf. technol., vol. 25, no. 6, pp. 5261–5280, 2020, doi: 10.1007/s10639-020-10219-y. [35] n. kumar and s. sharma, “survey analysis on the usage and impact of whatsapp messenger,” glob. j. enterp. inf. syst., vol. 8, no. 3, p. 52, 2017, doi: 10.18311/gjeis/2016/15741. [36] a. lenhart, k. purcell, a. smith, and k. zickuhr, “social media and young adults,” pew internet am. life proj., vol. 3, no. february, pp. 1–165, 2010. [37] a. u. celestine and o. f. nonyelum, “impact of social media on students’ academic performance.,” int. j. sci. eng. res., vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 1454–1462, 2018, doi: 10.14419/ijet.v7i2.30.13457. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org [38] m. alghizzawi, s. a. salloum, and m. habes, “the role of social media in tourism marketing in jordan,” int. j. inf. technol. lang. stud., vol. 2, no. 3, 2018. [39] m. habes, s. ali, and d. tahat, “healthy living and new media : a review,” in springer, cham, no. november, 2022, pp. 267–275. doi: 10.1007/978-3-031-17746-0. [40] m. habes, m. elareshi, s. ali, and a. ziani, “analyzing the portrayals of child sexual abuse of urdu newspapers in developing countries,” pertanika j. soc. sci. humanit., vol. 2, 2022. [41] s. a. salloum and k. shaalan, “factors affecting students’ acceptance of e-learning system in higher education using utaut and structural equation modeling approaches,” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2018, pp. 469–480. [42] s. f. s. alhashmi, s. a. salloum, and s. abdallah, “critical success factors for implementing artificial intelligence (ai) projects in dubai government united arab emirates (uae) health sector: applying the extended technology acceptance model (tam),” in international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 2019, pp. 393–405. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org realia as a culturally, historically and textually dynamic category, how to use it in the classroom saydalieva aziza ergashevna the teacher of karshi irrigation and agrotechnologies institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article considers about realia as a culturally, historically and textually dynamic category. how to use it in the classroom. there are suggested some ways of involving realias in classroom realia, lexical equivalents, culture specificity, static character, culture-induced problems, specific lexis. introduction realia are lexemes denoting objects or phenomena of material culture, ethno-national features, customs, rituals, as well as historical facts or processes and usually do not have lexical equivalents in other languages. the term realia was introduced to translation studies by andrei fedorov (1941) and initially was understood as culture-specific objects and phenomena. for words denoting these objects, fedorov proposed the term realia-words. later, however, realia were increasingly used to refer to translationresistant lexical items (sobolev 1952, vlakhov and florin 1970, 1980, 1986/2012, tomakhin 1988, ivanov 2006). the term has since been adopted by some western translation scholars (e.g. leighton 1991, leppihalme 2001, 2011 and pedersen 2011 discuss this notion) but has not become mainstream. pedersen (2011, 44) criticizes the term realia for being too vague and confusing, as well as potentially causing misinterpretation due to its primary sense in common use. moreover, according to him, its original meaning (latin “real things”) comes into conflict with the fact that culture-specific words might have fictional references. in order to resolve this paradox, loponen (2009) proposes the term irrealia for made-up items of the fictional world. when speaking of culture specificity, nord emphasizes that it is only a valid concept in relation to specific cultures being compared. that is, a culture-specific phenomenon does not necessarily exist only in that particular culture: it “might be observable in cultures other than the two in question” (nord 1997: 34). similarly, aixela (1996), when discussing the notion of culture-specific items, criticizes the way it is often treated as having a static character. this approach, according to him, is rooted in “the idea that there are permanent culture-specific items, no matter which pair of cultures is involved” (aixela 1996: 57). in line with this criticism, i find it important to emphasize that in my study realia are regarded not as a universal, but as a relative (culturally dynamic) category: i.e. the list of realia might be more or less constant in relation to most languages, yet every given lexical item can only have or lack a direct american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org correspondence in relation to a particular language. certainly, a lot depends on the cultural distance between the source language and the target language communities. there is a large variety of terms for culture-induced problems in the translation studies literature: • cultural terms, cultural words (newmark 1981), • culture-bound problems/elements (nedergaard-larsen 1993), • culture-bound words (katan 2004), • culture-specific items (baker 2011a, aixela 1996), • culturemes (vermeer 1983, nord 1997, katan 2004, 2009), • exoticisms, alienisms (berkov 2011), • extralinguistic cultural references (pedersen 2011), • lacunae (malblanc 1961), • localisms (finkel 1962), • non-equivalent lexis (ivanov 2006, kostomarov and vereshchagin 1983, 2005), • realia (vlakhov and florin 1986/2012, leighton 1991, leppihalme 2011, burak 2013, tomakhin 1988, fedorov 1983, vinogradov 1978). apart from the idiosyncrasies of particular scholars and the tradition they are working within, the choice of a term depends on how one narrows down the scope of the notion in question. in other words, although the terms above may seem synonymic, they often imply somewhat different perspectives on the culture-induced problems in translation. for instance, scholars may or may not include proper names (anthroponyms, toponyms), idioms, allusions etc. in the discussion of culture-specific lexis. despite the above criticism, i have decided to use the term realia (latin plural neuter from realis) in my study, and this choice is motivated by several arguments. first of all, it is a relatively wellestablished term in translation theory and, as mentioned above, not totally unfamiliar to the western scholars. in education, realia are objects from real life used in classroom instruction. in teaching vocabulary, realia is teaching media used to present vocabulary by bringing actual objects of items or something represent it which used in classroom to illustrate and teach vocabulary. simply put, realia refers to authentic objects from real life that one uses in the classroom to teach a specific concept. realia can be both physical and virtual, as long as it is something used in the real world (rather than created specifically for an esl class) however, in the qualitative part of my research, i discuss a number of realia in their specific contexts and take a closer look at how different translation solutions may be contextually motivated. realia is everyday objects, such as newspapers and train tickets, used in the classroom to enhance the students´ learning process in the target language. these authentic materials aid the teacher in delivering the most realistic and useful lessons possible. how many times have you been forced to memorize a list of odd vocabulary in a language class? you might have thought that reviewing words like “snorkel” and “asbestos” was an absolute waste of time. however, the vocabulary learned from realia emphasizes essential words that the student would encounter in the country of the target language. the use of realia with your students will not only be fun, but it will also provide a practical and interactive approach to learning english. you students will immediately find relevance in the lesson by navigating through the vocabulary on things like bus timetables, signs from airports, listings online, and receipts. additionally, students are more likely to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org remember the vocabulary presented in realia as they recall the real contexts where they learned it, and your kinesthetic learners will benefit from the tangible examples you provided for them. there is no doubt that your students will be curious and eager to explore the authentic materials you bring to class below we have a few ideas of how to integrate realia into your classroom: rotation: put your students into groups of two and give each group material and a set of accompanying comprehension questions. set the timer for 7 minutes, and when the time is up, discuss what the material is and review the answers to the questions. when the discussion is over, distribute the next material and repeat the cycle. continue until you’ve facilitated conversations (in the target language!) for at least four different materials. recreation: a fun way to let your artistic students shine is by recreating the realia you have presented to them. spend at least 10-15 minutes distributing realia and discussing each piece. as you review each piece, be sure to write useful vocabulary on the board for the students to reference later on in the class. next, pass out materials such as paper, scissors, markers, colored pencils, etc. for your students to use to make their recreations of the realia. check each student’s work to make sure they are using proper vocabulary. bonus round: foster a bit of a competitive environment by rewarding the student with the best and most accurate recreation with a tasty treat or a “get out of homework” pass. as you can see, it doesn’t take much to prepare a lesson using realia and it will go a long way. students will feel accomplished when they successfully recall useful vocabulary and you will feel proud when your student comes back from vacation bragging about how they fearlessly conquered the tube in london thanks to your practical lessons! as discussed above, using realia can help the teaching english vocabularies to learners run more effective. in delivering the material to the students, realia can make the learning experience more memorable for them. the students also became more active in receiving information during the learning process because the roles of the student are also important to support the lesson. by using realia, the students could recognize the things and remember the names easily. it means that they can absorb the material delivered better. beside these, using realia can make the learning process more fun and attractive. as results, the students’ interest to the lesson was increased and the boredom during the lesson can be avoided. reference: 1. bakirova h.b. teaching foreign language terminology at non-language universities. international journal of discourse on innovation. integration and education. volume: 01 issue: 01. 2020 http://summusjournals.uz/index.php/ijdiie 2. brown, h. douglas. 2000. principles of language learning and teaching. new york: pearson education. 3. brown, h douglas. 2001. teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. new york: pearson education company. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org the effect of special exercises to develop rapid strength among junior football players aged (12-14) years watheq mdallal obaid alswaiedi college of political science / university of mustansiriya wathqgq@uomustansiriyah.edu.iq watheqgq@yahoo.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the objective of this study was to examine the impact of the special exercises to develop rapid strength training method on individuals aged 12-14 years old who are novice football players. the study aimed to evaluate both the theoretical and practical aspects of this training method in order to determine its effectiveness and suitability for this specific age group. the study aimed to prepare special exercises to develop the rapid strength of football players junior age (12-14) years and the researcher assumed that there are statistically significant differences between the results of the pre and post-tests of the two groups (experimental and control) and in favor of the experimental group, the researcher used the experimental approach to achieve the objectives of the research and contribute to solving the research problem, the research sample included (24) players from the oil club players within the participating teams. the sample of this research included 24 total players, during a pilot program in a al-naft club. the program lasted 4 weeks, from 16 of september until 12 of december and the workouts occurred in frequency, 3 trainings per week, enduring 90 minutes each one. in order to realize this research, we used four reliable tests, which are the following: a) forward support test, b) three partridges right and left test, c) medical ball push test, d) vertical jump test of stability. these tests have been used by many researchers and are analyzed below. for the statistical analysis, we used paired samples t-test in order to compare two averages and for the analysis we used statistical software spss20. the league championship and the results of the tests showed the effectiveness of physical exercise to develop the rapid strength of the players of the al-naft club junior category. special exercises, rapid strength, football, players. introduction the sport of football has extensively utilized scientific research findings to enhance its gameplay, encompassing both rule implementation and strategic and technical aspects (vella et al., 2022). this game's inherent qualities of suspense, competition, and the amalgamation of physical and skill-based attributes in player development contribute to its distinctiveness (zhen, 2023). hence, it is imperative for experts in the gaming domain to explore optimal strategies for attaining the utmost level of advancement in this field (tuyls et a;., 2021). particularly, emphasis on swift muscular strength (i.e., strength and speed) is deemed fundamental among the physical attributes that players universally american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org depend on to enhance and cultivate their remaining qualities (culvin, 2019). the interdependence between strength and speed is a crucial aspect in the context of sporting events, as both of these factors impose specific demands on athletes (alkhawaldeh, 2023). moreover, it is important to recognize that these elements have a reciprocal relationship, wherein each one influences and is influenced by the other (glaude, 2022). muscular strength serves as a fundamental cornerstone in the realm of sports, encompassing both individual and team-based activities (jones, 2022). it is imperative for every athlete, particularly junior football players aged between 12 and 14 years, to cultivate their muscular strength during this critical developmental stage (blake & solberg, 2023). furthermore, it is imperative for coaches to prioritize the cultivation of physical strength in players, particularly those in the junior category, as certain games necessitate early preparation (thurlow, kite & cumming, 2022). this can be achieved by effectively utilizing training sessions to ensure optimal preparation and ultimately furnish national teams with players who possess exceptional physical attributes. such attributes play a pivotal role in enhancing the overall skill set of players (ilxomovich, 2022). the enhancement of strength and speed in athletes necessitates a systematic approach involving progressive training and ongoing skill development (beckmann & beckmann-waldenmayer, 2019). this entails utilizing contemporary exercise techniques to cultivate muscular strength, thereby enabling players to attain mastery in motor performance, which serves as a foundation for technical proficiency (strykalenko et al., 2021). moreover, this approach facilitates the advancement and cultivation of specific physical attributes, ultimately enabling athletes to reach higher levels of performance (kelly et al., 2022). modern exercises are effective in the development of special muscle strength because it deliberately develops the player and gives him greater freedom in the implementation of the motor duty of physical performance and skill; the player decides how he considers appropriate to implement (zayer, 2022). in addition to transitioning from one stage of the construction process to the next, the trainer employs physical exercises within the training's determinants, objectives, and steps. therefore, it is crucial to conduct research in order to design a tailored regimen of specialized physical exercises aimed at enhancing the explosive strength of junior football players aged 12-14 years. in this study, physical exercises were implemented based on the individual player's body weight, avoiding the use of external weights due to potential risks associated with this training method. the objective of this research was to support the players and advance the scientific and practical understanding of muscle strength exercises in general, with a specific focus on the development of rapid strength in football players. upon conducting a comprehensive examination of various studies, scientific research, and direct observations of football players, it has become evident that there exists a notable deficiency in the enhancement of overall muscular strength and, more specifically, rapid strength development. additionally, it has been observed that contemporary methodologies for implementing physical exercises aimed at fostering rapid strength are not adequately utilized within the physical preparation curriculum administered by sports club coaches. consequently, this deficiency poses a hindrance to the execution of certain movements and skills with the requisite strength, thereby impeding the growth and advancement of players' abilities. therefore, the problem of research arises regarding the utilization of contemporary approaches in implementing modern physical training techniques to enhance and cultivate the explosive strength of young football players aged 12 to 14 years during both general and specific training phases. this deficiency in the development of explosive strength poses a significant impediment to skill enhancement. hence, the researcher took into account the utilization of physical exercises as a means to enhance the rapid american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org strength of young football players within the age range of 12 to 14 years. this endeavor aims to make a valuable contribution to the physical and skillful development of these players. the objective of this study was to design specific physical training routines that would enhance explosive strength and assess their effects on adolescent football players between the ages of 12 and 14. the researcher hypotheses that engaging in physical exercises has a beneficial effect on the advancement of skill levels among young players aged 12 to 14 years. additionally, it was hypothesized that there exist statistically significant disparities between the outcomes of the preand post-tests conducted on both the experimental and control groups. methodology research methodology the researcher employed the experimental method, specifically utilizing the experimental and control equivalent groups, to address the study's problem and accomplish its objectives (podsakoff & podsakoff, 2019). research population and sample the study population consisted of players from baghdad clubs who participated in the 2017/2018 league, totaling 16 clubs. the research sample was selected through a deliberate process, with the players from the al-naft sc club being chosen randomly using a draw. the total number of participants in the research sample was 30 players, divided into two groups: experimental and control. each group consisted of 10 players. players who had already undergone exploratory experiences and those who were absent for more than two units were excluded from the study. specify search variables the variables for the research were determined by the researcher, drawing upon their scientific expertise, field experience, and practical knowledge in the domain of game studies, specifically focusing on their specialization in football training. research tests the researcher utilized several tests that were employed in the study, specifically: 1. forward support test (żbikowski, 2015). 2. three partridges right and left test (mohamed, mohamed & djamel, 2019). 3. medical ball push test (sayers & bishop, 2017). 4. vertical jump test of stability (sattler et al., 2012). exploratory experience the researcher intentionally conducted an exploratory experiment on a sample of individuals from the research community, as well as a separate group of eight junior players from the oil club. the purpose of this experiment was to assess the appropriateness of the tests for the research sample, determine the time required to conduct the tests, and identify any challenges that may arise during the researcher's workflow, with the intention of finding ways to address them. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org pre-tests: the pre-tests for the study variables were conducted at the al-naft sc club stadium on saturday, october 8th, 2022, at 4:00 pm. these assessments were performed for both the experimental and control groups, and any variables that could potentially influence the research outcomes were appropriately controlled. table 1: shows the results of the tribal tests between the two groups (experimental and control). variables unit of measureme nt experiment al control t sig m sd m sd explosive power of the arms cm 2.89 0.31 8 2.95 0.21 2 0.48 7 0.63 2 explosive power of the legs cm 79.6 0 7.26 80.0 3 7.45 0.13 1 0.89 7 speed power of the arms repetition 6.40 1.26 6.10 1.19 0.54 5 0.59 3 the power characteristic of the speed of the legs second 1.98 0.40 7 1.97 0.60 0 0.04 4 0.96 6 under the significance level: 0.05df (18). main experiment (suggested exercises): the researcher devised a set of specialized physical exercises based on his scientific and field experience in the field of training, as well as a review of some contemporary scientific sources, in order for the study sample to benefit from certain theories and training methods, and to develop and gain strength rapidly. the physical exercises were designed with consideration for the weights that were appropriate and in line with the body weight of the players. these exercises aimed to enhance the rapid strength of the experimental group, while also taking into account individual variations. the exercises were graded based on the principle of difficulty and ease, with the intention of facilitating adaptation. the researcher emphasized the importance of distributing the intensity of the load, rationing the intensity of the load, and adjusting rest periods based on the level of intensity. in the initial segment of the primary section of the training module, the instructor commences by elucidating the significance of incorporating physical exercises to enhance muscular development. additionally, the instructor provides a visual representation of the exercise's execution by personally demonstrating it, while also elucidating the kinetic sequence involved in its implementation. furthermore, the instructor highlights the key muscle groups engaged during the exercise, placing particular emphasis on the recommended number of repetitions per set. it is worth noting that the exercise duration was limited to a range of 21 to 31 minutes, encompassing a total of 30 distinct exercises. regarding the control group, it was implemented in accordance with the established methodology, and the researcher took care to ensure that no exercise was administered to the control group in order to control for variables that may influence the research outcomes. ❖ the duration of the exercise application is (4) weeks. ❖ the number of training units is (12) units. ❖ the number of training units per week is (3) units. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org post-tests following the completion of all training modules, post-tests were administered on wednesday, december 9, 2022, encompassing all variables. the researcher ensured that the test results were adjusted by considering the presence of equivalent conditions in the pre-tests. statistical means the researcher employed the statistical software package (spss -24) to analyze the data pertaining to various statistical principles. results presentation, analysis and discussion of results: presentation, analysis and discussion of the results of the experimental group of preand postphysical tests: table 2: shows the results of the preand post-tests of the physical tests of the experimental group. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig explosive power of the arms cm 2.89 0.318 3.55 0.388 5.28 0.000 explosive power of the legs cm 79.60 7.26 90.18 3.15 4.68 0.000 speed power of the arms repetition 6.40 1.26 9.80 1.03 8.50 0.000 the power characteristic of the speed of the legs second 1.98 0.407 3.85 0.774 6.36 0.000 the tabular t-value below the significance level was 0.05 df (9). table (2) demonstrates that there are statistically significant differences between the arithmetic averages of the experimental group's preand post-tests, in favor of the post-test. these differences in post-test scores are attributed to the researcher's use of modern physical exercises, which she says significantly aided in the development of muscular ability and proved their effectiveness and success because they were prepared in a codified manner, taking into account the scientific progress in the field of training science; were interconnected; featured a diverse range of exercises; were consistent with and complemented the players' existing abilities; and were consistent with and compatible with the players' abilities throughout implementation. according to cronin and hansen (2005), the power attribute of speed can be enhanced through the development of force, speed, or a combination of both. this is because speed is comprised of two components: force and speed. to effectively develop these components, it is crucial to focus on force development at high speeds and with maximum intensity, while ensuring that the force exerted does not exceed the maximum limit. additionally, the utilization of players' bodies or specific body parts as resistance to strengthen targeted muscle groups has been found to contribute to the enhancement of rapid strength. in addition to the study conducted by harrison et al. (2019), which explores the use of exercises involving the individual athlete's body or specific body parts as resistance to enhance the strength of targeted muscle groups, the researchers intentionally incorporated these exercises to observe their influence on the players' ability to control the movement of their legs and arms during performance. additionally, the study aimed to assess the impact of these exercises on the players' motor pathways and their ability to effectively utilize these american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org body parts during early stages of development. the exercises were designed to integrate and enhance both strength and speed qualities, thereby bridging the gap between these two attributes through increased muscle contractions or kinetic frequencies. bompa and buzzichelli (2021) have highlighted this aspect. when aiming to enhance or build strength, it is imperative to engage in exercises that involve rapid kinetic contractions or high kinetic frequencies. presentation, analysis and discussion of the results of the control group for preand postphysical tests: table 3: shows the results of the preand post-tests of the physical tests of the control group. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig explosive power of the arms cm 2.95 0.212 3.20 0.286 2.677 0.02 explosive power of the legs cm 80.03 7.45 84.68 3.90 2.556 0.03 speed power of the arms repetition 6.10 1.19 7.70 0.948 3.073 0.01 the power characteristic of the speed of the legs second 1.97 0.600 3.19 0.560 5.157 0.00 the tabular t-value below the significance level was 0.05 df (9). the findings displayed in table 3 indicate that there exist statistically significant disparities between the mean values of the preand post-test results of the control group. however, it should be noted that the observed increase in the control group's scores is relatively modest when compared to the outcomes of the experimental group. the improvement in the test results can be attributed to the researcher's observation that the repetition of performance and the commitment to the training units by the control group, at a rate of three units per week, within the designated program period, have logically contributed to this outcome. presentation, analysis and discussion of the results of the post-tests between the two groups (experimental and control) table 4: shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations and value (t) calculated in the post-tests between the two groups (experimental and control). variables unit of measurement experimental control t sig m sd m sd explosive power of the arms cm 3.55 0.388 3.20 0.286 2.30 0.002 explosive power of the legs cm 90.18 3.157 84.6 8 3.908 3.46 0.000 speed power of the arms repetition 9.80 1.03 7.70 0.948 4.73 0.000 the power characteristic of the speed of the legs second 3.85 0.774 3.19 0.560 2.18 0.000 (*) df = 18 and significance level 0.05. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org based on the analysis of table 4, it is evident that there exist statistically significant disparities between the post-test outcomes of the experimental and control groups, with the experimental group demonstrating superior performance. the disparities observed in the test results can be attributed to the efficacy of scientifically designed physical exercises, specifically tailored to adhere to the fundamental principles and foundations of physical and sports training. these exercises were carefully constructed to target and enhance specific strength in the arms and legs, while also taking into consideration the individual variations among the participants in the study. each exercise required the player to exert resistance against their own body mass, and the training load was systematically increased in a manner that ensured comfort and compatibility between exercises and repetitions within the groups. according to rasulovich (2021), it is crucial to consider the inter-exercise and inter-group rest intervals in order to facilitate the enhancement of rapid strength. this finding was corroborated by the researcher during the implementation of specialized physical training regimens. according to piepiora (2021), the attainment of high achievement necessitates a training program that is scientifically designed, aligns with the specific category, and considers the principle of individual differences among all players to ensure compatibility and adaptation. the researcher incorporated the principle of gradation to mitigate the intensity of the workload and facilitate typical adaptations to physical exercise. this approach aligns with the findings of bompa and buzzichelli (2021), who emphasize that reducing rest periods is a key factor in promoting adaptations through the process of enhancing overcompensation and expanding the range of adaptive responses in a systematic manner. furthermore, the exercises employed in the study were characterized by elements such as suspense, excitement, diversification, compatibility, and control of movements. by diversifying exercise distances and varying the level of movement difficulty, the acquisition of educational experience and improvement in physical performance can be enhanced. according to nesterchuk et al. (2020), the inclusion of comprehensive exercises targeting strength and speed elements played a significant role in enhancing the physical fitness level of the participants. the concept of rapid force pertains to a physical attribute that encompasses both force and speed. it is defined by the interconnectedness between various levels of force and speed and aligns with the inherent nature of skill execution in a given activity. to enhance the qualities of explosive power and exceptional speed, it is imperative to focus on the development of both force and speed components. conclusion the test results indicate that the implementation of specialized exercises has a beneficial effect on the enhancement and development of rapid strength. the experimental group consistently outperformed the control group across all test outcomes, highlighting the efficacy of these exercises in fostering the development of rapid strength qualities. consequently, the exercises played a significant role in augmenting physical attributes and elevating the overall physical performance of the players. the researcher suggests the implementation of physical exercises, specifically designed by the researcher, to enhance the rapid strength components of young football players during their early stages of training. this is crucial as rapid strength serves as a fundamental foundation for the development and improvement of other physical attributes. given that players commence training from a young age, it is imperative to prioritize the development of muscle strength through consistent and prolonged training. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org references 1. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). developing ball dribbling and passing skills using the integrative and reciprocal methods of emerging footballers. eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences, 11, 76-82. 2. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of a training program for the plyometric on the harmonic abilities and muscular ability of football players. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 6, 60-69. 3. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the implications for learning of transferring on passing skills in junior football players. open access repository, 8(9), 39-49. 4. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of an educational curriculum using the jigsaw strategy to learning skills of volleyball for secondary school students. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 160-168. 5. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of using the cooperative learning and blended learning method in improving the level of students performance in learning volleyball for secondary school students. american journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 11, 231-242. 6. alkhawaldeh, i. i. m. (2023). the effect of mental fatigue on the accuracy of the direct free kick in terms of some kinematic variables for football players. asian journal of sports medicine, 14(2). 7. beckmann, j., & beckmann-waldenmayer, d. (2019). talent development in youth football. in football psychology (pp. 283-296). routledge. 8. blake, m., & solberg, v. s. h. (2023). designing elite football programmes that produce quality athletes and future ready adults: incorporating social emotional learning and career development. soccer & society, 1-16. 9. bompa, t., & buzzichelli, c. (2021). periodization of strength training for sports. human kinetics publishers. 10. bompa, t., & buzzichelli, c. (2021). periodization of strength training for sports. human kinetics publishers. 11. cronin, j. b., & hansen, k. t. (2005). strength and power predictors of sports speed. the journal of strength & conditioning research, 19(2), 349-357. 12. culvin, a. (2019). football as work: the new realities of professional women footballers in england (doctoral dissertation, university of central lancashire). 13. glaude, m. (2022). athletes' perspectives of group dynamics in professional gridiron football. mcgill university (canada). 14. harrison, p. w., james, l. p., mcguigan, m. r., jenkins, d. g., & kelly, v. g. (2019). resistance priming to enhance neuromuscular performance in sport: evidence, potential mechanisms and directions for future research. sports medicine, 49(10), 1499-1514. 15. ilxomovich, m. f. (2022). features of the educational and training process of young football players at the stage of initial training. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(02), 1314-1320. 16. jabbar, q. m., & kasim, m. a. (2023). social adaptation and psychological adjustment and their relationship to defensive skills in volleyball for the premier league. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 12, 134-143. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org 17. jones, s. (2022). sports practitioners, athlete welfare and duties of care: a case study of the professional practice of hamstring management in english professional rugby union (doctoral dissertation, university of kent (united kingdom)). 18. kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of together learning on university students to achievement motivation. open access repository, 8(05), 57-65. 19. kasim, m. a. (2022). evaluation implementing cooperative learning in physical education college programs to basic handball skills learning in universities iraqi. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions, 3(04), 289-297. 20. kelly, a. l., williams, c. a., cook, r., sáiz, s. l. j., & wilson, m. r. (2022). a multidisciplinary investigation into the talent development processes at an english football academy: a machine learning approach. sports, 10(10), 159. 21. mohamed, k. s., mohamed, z., & djamel, m. (2019). weights and the plyometric training as connection to improve muscles capacities growth among volleyball players. 22. nesterchuk, n., grygus, i., ievtukh, m., kudriavtsev, a., & sokołowski, d. (2020). impact of the wellness program on the quality of life of students. journal of physical education and sport, 20, 929-938. 23. piepiora, p. (2021). assessment of personality traits influencing the performance of men in team sports in terms of the big five. frontiers in psychology, 12, 679724. 24. podsakoff, p. m., & podsakoff, n. p. (2019). experimental designs in management and leadership research: strengths, limitations, and recommendations for improving publishability. the leadership quarterly, 30(1), 11-33. 25. rasulovich, r. r. (2021). distribution of training loads at the stage of competitive preparation for middle runners. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(2), 744-753. 26. salih, m. m. m., hashim, r. s., & kasim, m. a. (2021). forecasting achievement sports through cooperative learning in handball training in physical education. annals of applied sport science, 9(3), 0-0. 27. sattler, t., sekulic, d., hadzic, v., uljevic, o., & dervisevic, e. (2012). vertical jumping tests in volleyball: reliability, validity, and playing-position specifics. the journal of strength & conditioning research, 26(6), 1532-1538. 28. sayers, m. g., & bishop, s. (2017). reliability of a new medicine ball throw power test. journal of applied biomechanics, 33(4), 311-315. 29. strykalenko, y., huzar, v. i. k. t. o. r., shalar, o. l. e. h., oloshynov, s., homenko, v., & svirida, v. (2021). physical fitness assessment of young football players using an integrated approach. 30. thurlow, f. g., kite, r. j., & cumming, s. p. (2022). revisiting youth player development in australian rules football: is there a place for bio-banding?. international journal of sports science & coaching, 17(3), 637-646. 31. tuyls, k., omidshafiei, s., muller, p., wang, z., connor, j., hennes, d., ... & hassabis, d. (2021). game plan: what ai can do for football, and what football can do for ai. journal of artificial intelligence research, 71, 41-88. 32. vella, a., clarke, a. c., kempton, t., ryan, s., & coutts, a. j. (2022). assessment of physical, technical, and tactical analysis in the australian football league: a systematic review. sports medicine-open, 8(1), 124. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org 33. zayer, m. a. m. (2022). the effect of compound exercises, kinetic sense (hearing-optical) using a light-sensor assisting device to develop some physical and skill abilities of young football players. revista iberoamericana de psicología del ejercicio y el deporte, 17(1), 40-46. 34. żbikowski, k. (2015). using volume weighted support vector machines with walk forward testing and feature selection for the purpose of creating stock trading strategy. expert systems with applications, 42(4), 1797-1805. 35. zhen, c. (2023). an analysis of the strategic planning of winter olympic sport in china (mainland): the cases of short-track speed skating, curling and freestyle skiing (aerials). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org activity of modern political parties in the japanese electoral system alieva makhliyo master student of the direction “applied political science” university of world economy and diplomacy. mail: max971018@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses modern political parties in japan and their activities. also, politics of japan are conducted in a framework of a dominant-party bicameral parliamentary constitutional monarchy, in which the emperor is the head of state and the prime minister is the head of government and the head of the cabinet, which directs the executive branch. legislative power is vested in the national diet, which consists of the house of representatives and the house of councillors. the house of representatives has eighteen standing committees ranging in size from 20 to 50 members and the house of councillors has sixteen ranging from 10 to 45 members. judicial power is vested in the supreme court and lower courts, and sovereignty is vested in the people of japan by the 1947 constitution, which was written during the occupation of japan primarily by american officials and had replaced the previous meiji constitution. japan is considered a constitutional monarchy with a system of civil law. japanese parties, liberal democratic party of japan (ldp), meiji constitution, house of representatives and the house of councillors, party functionality, cabinet system. introduction what is a political party? a political party is a political organization of a size that satisfies certain conditions within a political organization in which people who share the same political ideals and policies gather and work to realize their doctrines and claims.in addition, as in japan today, the system in which politicians act centered on political parties and operate politics based on political parties is called "party politics."the leader of the political party that holds the majority of seats in the diet is nominated by the prime minister to form the cabinet. the political party that forms a cabinet or takes charge of the government is called the ruling party, and the party that does not participate in the government is called the opposition party. conditions for being a political party in order to be recognized as a "political party" in the diet, one of the following two conditions must be met according to the public offices election law. • 5 or more members of parliament • received more than 2% of the vote in the most recent national election american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org anything that does not meet this requirement is not recognized as a "political party" and is considered a "political organization". if you are recognized as a political party, you can receive political party subsidies from the country and receive group donations. japanese political party let's take a look at japanese political parties. based on the standards of the public offices election law mentioned above, the currently recognized political parties (as of january 2020) and their main principles are as follows. 1. liberal democratic party (ldp) the liberal democratic party is the largest political party in japan in terms of the number of diet members, and is also the ruling party. the number of diet members is 284 in the house of representatives (out of a total of 465 seats) (party group: liberal democratic party, independent association) and 113 seats in the house of councillors (out of a total of 245 seats) (party group: liberal democratic party, people's voice). occupy. since its formation in 1955, the liberal democratic party (ldp) has been in power for more than 60 years. it has consistently been responsible for the management of the japanese government after the war. at that time (1955), the two-party system with the socialist party (a state in which two major political parties occupy most of the seats) was called the so-called '55 system', and the liberal democratic party recognized the japan-u.s. security treaty and the self-defense forces. conservative and anti-social parties are now called liberals. the liberal democratic party (ldp) continues to advocate constitutional revision as part of its motto (purpose).the important point of this constitutional amendment is the amendment of article 9.in the background of trying to revise article 9 of the constitution, there is an aim to specify that the self-defense forces are constitutional in order to realize japan's independence. in addition, we have announced a "people's party" that will be responsible for politics for the whole nation, not just for the interests of a part of the country. economic growth (increase corporate profits and encourage consumers to consume) enhancing social welfare (preventing people from falling into extreme poverty due to illness or injury) educational reform (lowering the burden of educational expenses) and other policies. the current prime minister shinzo abe overtook eisaku sato to become the ldp's longest serving government last year. (on november 20, 2019, it overtook the taro katsura cabinet before the war, and became the longest cabinet in the history of japanese constitutional government.)1 it is said that he has a sense of stability because he has been in power for a long time. 2. constitutional democratic party of japan during the 48th general election of the house of representatives in october 2017, it is one of the political parties formed by the then-democratic party split into two. when the then-democratic party announced that it would merge with the party of hope led by tokyo governor yuriko koike, the constitutional democratic party of japan was created by legislators led by yukio edano, who opposed it due to inconsistent policy lines.there are 58 members of the house of representatives and 33 members of the house of councilors, for a total of 92 members (as of 1 "shinzo abe gains big victory in japan election". financial times. 22 october 2017 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org december 2019). as the party's name suggests, the party's policy is to cherish constitutionalism (performing politics based on the constitution). i'm taking the stance that i'm opposed to the constitutional amendment in the middle of the day. • as policies and guidelines • we do not allow the self-defense forces to be specified in the constitution. • solving the problem of children on waiting lists and etc. 3. democratic party for the people it is another political party that split from the democratic party during the 2017 house of representatives election.it merged with the party of hope to form the democratic party for the people.there are 60 members in total, 38 members of the house of representatives and 22 members of the house of councilors.under the leadership of yuichiro tamaki, there was discussion about rejoining the constitutional democratic party of japan (cdp), but no agreement could be reached on the name of the party as the democratic party of japan and a merger on equal terms.as a policy, the democratic party for the people has announced a middle-of-the-road reform political party, aiming for a symbiotic society where people can enjoy "raising children, working, and living" from the perspective of "consumers, taxpayers, consumers, and workers." • in particular • reduction in working hours • child allowance • rent subsidy • policies such as 4. new komeito since 1999, komeito has been in a coalition government with the liberal democratic party, with the exception of the period when the liberal democratic party was out of power.there are 57 diet members belonging to the new komeito party, including 29 members of the house of representatives and 28 members of the house of councillors. as a policy of the komeito party, enhancement of social welfare such as reduction of educational burden measures aimed at pursuing the happiness of human beings and mankind under the slogan of the "peace party" (making disaster prevention and mitigation, and building peaceful relationships with other countries the main issues) and so on. komeito is a political party with a long history, having been formed in 1964. it is a political party that has a wide range of organizations, including local assemblies. 5. japan restoration party it was active as a local political party based on the "osaka restoration party", which was formed in 2010 by toru hashimoto, who was the governor of osaka at the time, and promoted the osaka metropolitan plan. we will advance into national politics in the election. after changing its name several times, it became the japan restoration party in 2016. although there are areas in the kansai region such as osaka and hyogo that have strong support, nationwide spread is an issue. there are 26 members of the diet, 10 members of the house of representatives and 16 members of the house of councilors (as of january 2020). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org japan restoration party like the liberal democratic party, it takes a position in favor of constitutional revision. • free education up to university • osaka metropolitan plan • and other distinctive policies. 6. japanese communist party the japanese communist party is a political party with a long history since its establishment in 1922 (it was outlawed by the government before the war). there are 25 members of the diet, 12 in the house of representatives and 13 in the house of councillors. the communist party is a political party that directly opposes the liberal democratic party. in policies and guidelines consistent opposition to constitutional reform and japan-u.s. security treaty since the inauguration of the abe cabinet, he has strongly opposed the security legislation and the okinawa henoko base relocation issue. abolish nuclear power plants and use natural energy the above are some examples. the japanese communist party is also a political party that has an organization that extends to rural areas in its long history. 7. social democrats the social democratic party was formed in 1996 after renaming its predecessor, the japan socialist party. in the 1955 system, the party played a role in the two-party system with the liberal democratic party, but the number of members of the diet is now a small force with two members of the house of representatives and two members of the house of councillors, a total of four members. • as policies and guidelines • self-defense force reduction • opposition to raising consumption tax • opposition to revision of article 9 of the constitution • and so on, the social democratic party will also be a political party in the direction of conflict with the liberal democratic party. 8. party to protect the people from nhk in 2013, it was established as a political party with one purpose: to scramble nhk broadcasts (that is, only those who paid the reception fee can watch them). in the 2019 house of councilors election, representative takashi tachibana entered national politics, and currently has one member of the house of representatives and one member of the house of councilors. 9. reiwa shinsengumi a political party founded in april 2019 by taro yamamoto. in the july 2019 house of councilors election, the party met the requirements for a political party with more than 2% of the vote, and two candidates were elected from the nationwide proportional representation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org as a policy, • abolition of consumption tax, • introduction of progressive taxation to corporate tax (a system in which tax to be paid increases as income increases) • advocating the immediate abolition of nuclear power plants • abolition of the legislation for peace and security, etc., which was adopted by the abe cabinet2 conclusion in conclusion, it should be noted that, several political parties exist in japan. however, the politics of japan have primarily been dominated by the liberal democratic party (ldp) since 1955, with the democratic party of japan (dpj) playing an important role as the opposition several times. the dpj was the ruling party from 2009 to 2012 with the ldp as the opposition. the ldp was the ruling party for decades since 1955, despite the existence of multiple parties. most of the prime ministers (presidents of the ldp) were elected from inner factions of the ldp. judicial power is vested in the supreme court and lower courts, and sovereignty is vested in the people of japan by the 1947 constitution, which was written during the occupation of japan primarily by american officials and had replaced the previous meiji constitution. japan is considered a constitutional monarchy with a system of civil law.politics in japan in the post-war period has largely been dominated by the ruling liberal democratic party (ldp), which has been in power almost continuously since its foundation in 1955, a phenomenon known as the 1955 system. of the 31 prime ministers since the end of the country's occupation, 24 as well as the longest serving ones have been members of the ldp.3 consequently, japan has been described as a de facto one-party state.4 literature 1. philip laundy parliaments in the modern world page 109p 2. 升味準之輔 ; masumi, junnosuke (1985). gendai seiji : 1955-nen igo (shohan ed.). tōkyō: tōkyō daigaku shuppankai. 3. heslop, d. alan. "political system national political systems". encyclopædia britannica. encyclopædia britannica, inc. retrieved 11 june 2020. 4. “japan as a one-party state: the future for koizumi and beyond”.www.wilsoncenter.org.wilson center. archived from the original on 15 february 2021. retrieved 9 february 2023. 5. "shinzo abe gains big victory in japan election". financial times. 22 october 2017 2 heslop, d. alan. "political system national political systems". encyclopædia britannica. encyclopædia britannica, inc. retrieved 11 june 2020. 3 升味準之輔; masumi, junnosuke (1985). gendai seiji : 1955-nen igo (shohan ed.). tōkyō: tōkyō daigaku shuppankai. 4 “japan as a one-party state: the future for koizumi and beyond”.www.wilsoncenter.org.wilson center. archived from the original on 15 february 2021. retrieved 9 february 2023. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org classification of factors for increasing the investment activity of small industrial zones mannopova shaxnoza elshodovna phd, tashkent institute of finance a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the processes associated with the strategic opportunities and conditions for increasing the investment activity of small industrial zones. theoretical and methodological factors influencing the process of ensuring investment activity in small industrial zones have been studied. the directions and opportunities for overcoming the factors that negatively affect the investment activity of small industrial zones are based. scientific proposals and practical recommendations on the formation of strategic directions for increasing the investment activity of small industrial zones in uzbekistan. small industrial zones, investment program, investment project, investment activity, investment policy, investment potential, investment environment, investment resource. introduction it is known from the experience of the developed countries in the world that the role of direct investments, especially foreign direct investments, is extremely important in the technical and technological modernization of economic sectors, ensuring the economic and social development of regions. in this regard, the organization of industrial zones and their development is considered one of the convenient mechanisms for stimulating investment activity. according to the united nations conference on trade and development (unctad), there are more than 5,400 large and small industrial zones in the world. at the same time, more than 25 percent of the volume of investments attracted to the economy of the regions corresponds to the contribution of these industrial zones. in addition, conglomerates and large manufacturers, which occupy a worthy place in the world economy, also strive to develop the activity of industrial zones. for example, large manufacturers such as sembcorp industries, ascendas-singbridge (singapore) and mitsubishi, sojitz and sumitomo (japan), which are considered to be major industry representatives, use their financial resources wisely by investing in industrial zones. the process of increasing investment activity in small industrial zones is manifested by the correct formulation of strategic goals and tasks of enterprises located in the industrial zone. today, in a number of studies aimed at increasing investment activity, the improvement of the organizational and economic foundations of the development of the industrial production process takes on an important character. a number of processes related to the modernization of the material and technical base of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org enterprises, the expansion of the production of innovative goods and services, and the reduction of the average costs for the production of one unit of the product due to the integration of investment factors serve as the subject of the research work. however, current issues such as the conditions and factors of increasing investment activity in industrial zones, the influence of investment attractiveness on ensuring investment activity, the direct influence of factors related to the elimination of problems of the formation of investment projects in industrial zones, and the direct influence of factors on increasing the efficiency of investments, have not found their scientific solution. in uzbekistan, the role of industrial zones is of leading importance in changing the structural composition of industrial production, increasing the production of industrial products per capita and supporting the system of localization of industrial production. one of the important factors influencing the development of the regional economy in the conditions of the current economic globalization is the support of small and medium entrepreneurship, the organization of production facilities and their modernization by attracting investments to regional economic sectors, and thereby creating new jobs. in this regard, one of the methods used more and more in the innovative development of regions with low profitability in terms of economic development compared to other regions is the establishment of industrial zones.[1] among the economists of our country, k.s. in this regard, they come to the conclusion that it is necessary to develop certain mechanisms to protect and promote the interests of investors.[2] development of industrial parks, technopolises and industrial zones in less developed and economically underdeveloped regions of world countries, thereby increasing the efficiency of economic potential and resource use, large and special attention is paid to the scientific research of the issues of deepening the industrial cooperation between small production enterprises, increasing the investment attractiveness of the areas where small industrial zones are located, producing competitive products on this basis, and increasing the employment of the population.[3] literature review. in the studies conducted by v. millberg and m. amengual, among the economists who conducted scientific research in this direction, the activity of industrial parks serves as a good "motivation" for economically "backward" regions. according to them, industrial parks are small production areas set aside for economic development, the convenience of which is organized without the need for large production infrastructure, such as special economic or free economic zones. [4] j.karimkulov, one of the economists of our republic who agrees with the opinion of this research scientist, "as a specific type of free economic zones, small industrial zones, which are established on the basis of empty or unused buildings and structures, ensure the competitiveness of the economy as a rare example of partnership between the state and the private sector. , creation of new jobs, increase of export potential" is emphasized. j.karimkulov's main researches are devoted to "directions for the development of attracting foreign investments to free economic zones", and because the activities of small industrial zones are generally approached, their investment opportunities are not sufficiently covered, it shows that it is important to conduct scientific research to increase the investment activity of small industrial zones.[5 ] also, in the opinion of r.yuldoshev, it is necessary to emphasize that while the role and role of small business in the national economy is thoroughly studied by analysts, its strengths and weaknesses are thoroughly researched. the main advantages of the "small economy" are the ability to easily manage american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org risks and easily survive various crises, while being among the first to meet the demands of the rapidly changing, always demanding market, and offer the necessary goods and services to the consumer.[21] analysis and discussion of results. in the concept of complex socio-economic development of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030, priority is given to the process of implementation of the investment policy as the main factor of ensuring the country's economic development. the strategy notes the need to create convenient tools for business development in the country, to increase the investment activity of priority branches and sectors of the economy for the development of regions, as well as to create a system of effective tools for supporting investment activities. priority investment policy in priority sectors and areas of the economy requires the effectiveness of investment decisions aimed at increasing investments and diversifying production. in turn, practical tasks in this regard depend on the level of activity of investments aimed at introducing new technologies, increasing the competitiveness of industrial products and diversification. figure 1. classification of factors for increasing investment activity in small industrial zones source: compiled by the author. it is important to develop regional investment strategies, taking into account relative advantages and opportunities in the republic and its regions. factors influencing the increase of investment activity of small industrial zones the activities of small industrial zones are coordinated with the help of the market mechanism the activity of small industrial zones is coordinated with the help of the state economic mechanism provision of the organization of the industrial production system with labor (skilled workforce) and raw materials (on the activity of sub-sectors operating in each small industrial zone), etc. material and technical support of the organization of industrial production activities, the current state of the material and technical base, the effectiveness of innovations aimed at the production of industrial products, etc. the condition and level of depreciation of the material and technical base aimed at the organization of industrial production activities, the investment capacity of the production of industrial products, the existing condition of the necessary infrastructure, the legislative system aimed at coordinating industrial production activities, the level of employment of the population in industrial production, the domestic market capacity of industrial products, etc. resource factors technical and innovative factors economic factors organizational-legal and social factors american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org because the production capacity increases the efficiency of the use of capital, taking into account the relative advantages of the regions, the available resources, infrastructure, labor force. in the end, the process of ensuring the competitiveness of the manufactured products allows to find additional sources of financing. one of the most important tasks in increasing investment activity in small industrial zones is the implementation of active investment activities, in which it is important to update socio-economic relations, material resources and production forces in a scientific and technical way. the investment environment in small industrial zones provides investment attractiveness that gives the investor its value for the investment object. in turn, the established investment environment and the process of evaluating its effectiveness affect the targeted use of the investment potential of small industrial zones. for this purpose, it is appropriate to develop the criteria of the investment environment and to introduce a system of implementation of monitoring processes by local governments. in approaches to assessing the investment attractiveness of industrial zones, since there is no system based on single indicators of investment attractiveness, it is necessary to systematize the indicators in this regard. most of the methods used are focused on the analysis of different groups of factors, and there are no integral values based on the principles of their collection. therefore, in this regard, a criterion for determining the investment environment based on the following indicators is proposed. in our opinion, the process of effective use of investment factors creates investment conditions. investment conditions are adapted under the influence of market forces, and this situation creates investment activity. this situation is also reflected in the activity of small industrial zones. increasing the investment activity of small industrial zones is primarily intended to accelerate the introduction of the production of imported products organized on the basis of unused, non-functioning production areas, as well as to ensure the creation of new stable jobs on this basis, as well as to increase the income of the population. such situations require the creation of conditions for increasing investment activity in small industrial zones and effective coordination of factors affecting this process. according to the analysis of the situation arising from the use of the potential possibilities of regional investment resources, political and social factors have a significant impact on the investment activity of small industrial zones. these factors are summarized by a number of indicators, such as the legislative system aimed at coordinating the state's industrial production activities, the level of employment of the population in industrial production, and the domestic market capacity of industrial products. effective integration of these factors is provided by state programs for the organization of industrial production at the country level. among the organizational and economic factors, the role of the material and technical base aimed at organizing production activities in small industrial zones is important. the level of depreciation of fixed assets, the investment capacity of production of industrial products, the factors related to the existing condition of the necessary infrastructure represent the economic potential of the area where the small industrial zone is located. the effectiveness of these opportunities depends on the organizational factors of industrial production. organizational and economic factors play a leading role in organizing the activities of small industrial zones in uzbekistan. in this regard, along with the geographic location of small industrial zones, high attention is paid to the types of production, the stock of materials and the possibilities of increasing it, the availability of alternative suppliers of raw material supply enterprises. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org processes such as the population's need for necessary industrial products, the formation of prices for industrial products in domestic and foreign markets, increase the efficiency of the organizational and economic factors of small industrial zones and affect the change in investment capacity in this regard. in forming the target concentration of the above factors, the state tries to make wider use of a set of indirect methods of incentives, including tax credits, fast depreciation mechanisms, preferential tariffs, etc., related to ensuring the effectiveness of reforms aimed at increasing investment activity. also, the practice of direct lending of financing, compensating the rate of bank loans and establishing guaranteed obligations is widely used in the coordination of active investment processes. "investment activity" is the level of socio-economic development of the country, the improvement of the investment environment through the active involvement of achievements in the field of science and technology in economic sectors and sectors, and is expressed through the upper and lower limits of the macroeconomic ratio between investments and savings. the numerical value of the ratio between investment and savings is expressed as a coefficient for assessing the level of investment activity. conclusions and suggestions the main factor affecting investment activity is the investment climate and investment attractiveness. therefore, in this regard, there is an increasing need to form regulatory and legal bases for the investment activity of small industrial zones. the process of guaranteeing investment risks in small industrial zones is of primary importance in regulatory legal documents aimed at forming the investment activity of small industrial zones. in particular, taking into account the uncertainties and high risk conditions in this regard, it is desirable not to harm the interests of investors by forming investment projects. 1. in the processes related to the purchase of investment projects in small industrial zones, special priority is given to the elimination of the factors that cause differences in real and basic prices that arise in the commercialization of the investment project. 2. in the formation of the investment project portfolio in small industrial zones, it is appropriate to organize the preferential structural composition of investment programs based on foreign experience. organization of investment programs based on preferential structural composition ensures investment attractiveness in the activity of small industrial zones. references: 1. салимов б.т., салимов б.б. “кичик саноат зоналарини барпо этиш ва ривожлантиришнинг ташкилийиқтисодий асосларини такомиллаштириш”. – т.: иқтисодиёт, 2020. – 135 б. 2. aсатуллаев x.с, tурсунов б.o, mаманазаров a.a. koрхоналарни ривожлантириш стратегияси. дарслик. – t.: “иқтисод-moлия”, 2019. 524-б. 3. w. millberg, m. amengual. economic development and working conditions in export processing zones: a survey of trends. ilo office, geneva, 2008. 68 p. 4. каримқулов ж.и. brics мамлакатларида эркин иқтисодий ҳудудлар орқали хорижий инвестицияларни жалб этиш механизми. “халқаро молия ва ҳисоб” илмий электрон журнали. № 2, апрель, 2019 йил. 5. юлдашев р. кичик саноат зоналари иқтисодий тараққиёт ва халқ турмуш фаровонлигининг муҳим воситасидир. “халқаро молия ва ҳисоб” илмий электрон журнали. № 4, август, 2017 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org йил 6. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). the progressive foreign experiments in the activity of sovereign wealth funds. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 109-116. 7. jumaniyozov, i. (2018). impact of development finance institutions on economic growth: implications for reconstruction and development fund of uzbekistan. international journal of management science and business administration, 4(2), 84-88. 8. jumaniyozov, i. (2020). issues of ensuring the transparency of sovereign wealth funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(5), 1. 9. jumaniyazov, i. (2020). foreign experience in the activities of sovereign funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(2), 1. 10. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). transparency is a key indicator of the activity of sovereign wealth funds. the american journal of management and economics innovations, 3(05), 30-37. 11. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). основные задачи фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. наука, образование и культура, (7 (10)), 27-28. 12. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). направления использования средств фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. economics, (7 (16)), 28-29. 13. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2022). o’zbekistonda davlat moliya tizimidagi islohotlar va rivojlantirish istiqbollari. science and education, 3(5), 1637-1645. 14. inomjon turaevich jumaniyazov, & bexruz hazratov (2022). foreign experience in the development of special economic zones in uzbekistan. science and education, 3 (5), 1628-1636. 15. jumaniyazov inomjon turaevich, & juraev maqsud annaqulovich (2022). korxonalarda moliyaviy qarorlar qabul qilish va risklarni baholash usullari. science and education, 3 (5), 16461654. 16. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019). the impact of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund’s expenditure on gdp growth. science, research, development № 16. monografiya pokonferencyjna. 17. jumaniyazov, i., & xaydarov, a. (2023). the importance of social insurance in social protection. science and education, 4(1), 1033–1043. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 18. inomjon, j. (2023). gender byudjetlashtirishda davlat moliyaviy nazoratining o’rni. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(6), 1187-1191. 19. бахронов, ж., & жуманиязов, и. (2023). партисипатор бюджетлаштириш ва уни ўзбекистонда қўллаш долзарблиги. science and education, 4(2), 1486–1493. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 20. davlatboyeva, m. s. qizi, & jumaniyazov, i. t. (2023). yashil byudjetlashtirish va uni o’zbekistonda joriy etish istiqbollari. science and education, 4(2), 1509–1516. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5237 21. www.stat.uz information from the official website of the state statistics committee of the republic of uzbekistan. https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5234 http://www.stat.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org the role of the education system in improving the legal culture of youth in uzbekistan shokhruz qudratilloyev samarkand, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the place and role of the education system in shaping the legal consciousness of the population in our country, the means of ensuring the legal education of young people, as well as a number of fundamental reforms that are being carried out to further develop the legal consciousness and legal culture of the population. law, legal consciousness, legal culture, education, society. introduction raising legal awareness and legal culture in uzbekistan is one of the most important conditions for ensuring the rule of law and strengthening the rule of law. in recent years, significant work has been carried out to radically reform the system of national law, to form a legal culture in society and to train qualified legal personnel. at the same time, a number of problems and shortcomings remain that impede the formation of a respectful attitude to human rights and freedoms, an increase in the legal awareness and legal culture of the population, and an increase in the level of legal literacy of citizens in society. i.literature review in particular, work to improve legal culture, primarily in the field of legal education and upbringing, is not carried out systematically and continuously. for many years, this issue was considered as the work of law enforcement agencies and some government agencies, in which the participation of the family, neighbourhood and other institutions of civil society was not sufficiently ensured [1]. work on the formation of legal immunity to factors that negatively affect the legal education of young people, instilling in each person a sense of respect for laws and etiquette, fidelity to national values, intolerance to offenses, was approached comprehensively. the fact that the tasks of improving the legal knowledge of the population are defined in a general way and there is no clear effective mechanism for their implementation indicates that the work to improve the legal culture in society is carried out inefficiently. insufficient work to introduce into the minds of the population the ideas of maintaining a balance between personal interests and the interests of society while increasing legal awareness and legal culture also has a serious negative impact on the rule of law. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org the lack of legal knowledge of the population, as well as the almost complete non-use by public authorities of the opportunity to appeal unlawful decisions in court, causes the occurrence of cases of discrimination of the rights and legitimate interests of citizens by officials. ii.methodology & empirical analysis at the same time, a number of problems and shortcomings remain that impede the formation of a respectful attitude to human rights and freedoms, an increase in the legal awareness and legal culture of the population, and an increase in the level of legal literacy of citizens in society. in particular: ➢ the work to improve legal awareness and legal culture in society is not organized systematically and smoothly. there is no effective mechanism for the transfer of legal information in society, family, educational institutions and organizations. the ideas of ensuring a balance between personal interests and the interests of society are not sufficiently introduced into the minds of the population, especially civil servants; ➢ educational processes in the system of continuous education do not go hand in hand with legal education, the population, especially young people, does not rely on the history, religion, traditions, national values of the uzbek people in the formation of legal culture; ➢ an effective system of interaction with non-governmental non-profit organizations and other institutions of civil society in organizing activities to improve legal culture has not been created, work has not been organized on the basis of the principle of social partnership; ➢ there are no specific targeted measures for the formation of legal immunity to factors that negatively affect the legal education of young people; ➢ the active participation of state bodies and other sectoral services in the organization and implementation of targeted legal outreach activities in society is not ensured, there is no high efficiency and effectiveness in this matter; ➢ legal activity is still carried out by traditional methods, through simple meetings, and therefore innovative methods of propaganda, including web technologies, are not used, there are not enough legal sites; ➢ there are no legal mechanisms to stimulate projects aimed at improving legal literacy, events are organized in this direction solely for the sake of it, the work on publishing and distributing legal literature, conducting scientific research to improve legal knowledge is inefficiently carried out. uzbekistan boldly follows the path of building a democratic rule of law and the formation of a just civil society, and occupies a strong place in the world community. thanks to stability and order, interethnic harmony and civil harmony, our young state is gaining trust and respect. large-scale reforms are being carried out in our country in the field of economy, politics, state building, the legal system and the spiritual transformation of society. the legal basis for the ongoing reforms was created. the legal foundations of social and political life are being consistently strengthened and improved. iii.results the study of philosophical, social, economic, psychological and legal problems of the essence, content, structure and manifestation of legal culture, the determination of the ways of its formation and further elevation should be considered as a priority area of scientific research. ✓ the relationship of the general and legal culture of the individual; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org ✓ legal culture and legal character; ✓ the role of law in the formation of public consciousness; ✓ legal education and social activity of the population; ✓ forms and methods of influence on legal consciousness; ✓ psychological aspects of legal consciousness; social violations and negative changes in legal consciousness; ✓ it is especially important to conduct scientific research on such topical issues as the legal culture of various strata and social groups of the population. to develop a sociological basis for studying the problems of legal culture, to determine the real picture of the state of legal culture and legal culture of various segments of the population in society as a whole, it is necessary to conduct surveys and use other methods to determine public opinion about law, its social value and the task of regulation. particular attention should be paid to the study of pedagogical problems of the formation of legal culture. the ministries of public education, higher and secondary specialized education need to develop a science-based methodology for the legal education of young people with the participation of interested organizations. given the specifics of the republic of uzbekistan, it is important to expand the publication and use of the results of scientific research to improve the legal culture in foreign countries, to establish the exchange of scientific information in this area. conducting scientific and practical conferences, seminars, increasing the publication of scientific, popular scientific literature and reference books should make a significant contribution to the work on strengthening scientific research, popularization of scientific knowledge on improving the legal culture of the population. the development of our motherland and the success of reforms largely depend on the level of legal awareness and legal culture of the people. the political activity of the individual, his truly civic attitude, the desire for democratic reforms are important factors in achieving the goals set as soon as possible. a high legal culture is an expression of the foundations of a democratic society, as well as the maturity of the legal system. it is a factor that has a foolish influence on various life processes in society, contributing to the rallying of citizens, all social groups, ensuring and strengthening the integrity and integrity of society. respect for the law is one of the basic requirements of a legal society for the effective functioning of political and legal systems. legal culture is an integral part of the general culture. it must be established in the minds of the people that only he who possesses legal knowledge and can put it into practice can be considered civilized and educated. the current state of development of society and the state requires a comprehensive increase in legal culture, legal literacy of all participants in legal relations. legal culture as a combination of legal knowledge, legal convictions and consistent practice ensures the successful solution of the tasks facing society and the state. this national program is adopted in connection with the need to ensure human rights and interests in our country, create conditions for the democratization of public life and the formation of the foundations of a rule of law state. the state policy in the field of formation and improvement of legal culture is based on the following principles: priority of human rights and freedoms; the supremacy of the constitution and law; basis of democracy; social justice; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org scientific character; continuity; continuity and commonality in legal education; accessibility of legal information for all; the unity of legal education and legal education, as well as a differentiated approach to them. the priority areas of state policy for the formation of a high legal culture are: * ensuring an increase in the legal culture and social activity of the population in the relationship of a citizen, society and the state; * strengthening the role of self-government bodies of citizens, public associations, mass media in the formation of the legal culture of the population; * providing the population with legal information, state support for the publication and distribution of popular scientific legal literature; *improvement of means and methods of legal education and legal education; *development of a modern system of legal education, training and retraining of personnel; * stimulation of the study of the scientific foundations of legal culture, the organization of socio-legal research; * formation of legal awareness and legal culture of the population based on the use of national traditions and world experience. the successful implementation of the state policy on the formation of the legal culture of the population implies, on the one hand, the creation of the necessary conditions for the assimilation of a certain level of legal knowledge by each member of society, and on the other hand, the differentiation of legal education, taking into account the specifics of various social groups. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev dated january 9, 2019 no. pf-5618 "on the further improvement of the system of increasing legal consciousness and legal culture in the society" acquires practical significance in raising the level of legal awareness, legal culture, legal literacy of the general public. the decree lists the following problems and shortcomings that impede the improvement of legal awareness and legal culture of the population, and the level of legal literacy of citizens in society: in particular, work to improve legal culture, primarily in the field of legal education and upbringing, is not carried out systematically and smoothly. iv.conclusions for many years, this issue was considered as the work of law enforcement agencies and individual state bodies, in which the participation of the family, mahalla and other institutions of civil society is insufficiently ensured; an integrated approach to the work on the formation of legal immunity to factors that negatively affect the legal education of young people, the education of each person a sense of respect for laws and etiquette, adherence to national values, and intolerance to offenses has not been implemented; the general nature of setting tasks to improve the legal knowledge of the population and the lack of a clear effective mechanism for their implementation indicate the inefficiency of work to improve the legal culture in society; insufficient work to introduce into the minds of the population the ideas of maintaining a balance between personal interests and the interests of society while increasing legal awareness and legal culture also has a serious negative impact on the rule of law. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org let's take a look at these listed problems and shortcomings. let's start with what we mentioned at the end, "the introduction into the minds of the population of the ideas of maintaining a balance between personal interests and the interests of society." in his numerous speeches and speeches, the head of our state emphasizes that the development of the state and society should become the concern of the whole society, for this every citizen must show his strict civic position in this matter, and the personal interest of a citizen should never prevail over the interest of society. of course, this is not in vain. the reason is that a serious problem arises where personal interests are placed above the interests of society and the state. needless to say, corruption, greed and other vices will arise. it is essential to strike a balance between these two interests. based on this, first of all, it is necessary to systematically promote the idea of maintaining this balance among the general public under any circumstances. in fact, law and its legal norms play a decisive role in the relationship between the individual, the state and society, determine the social responsibility of each person to society and the state. one of the most important aspects of the concept of increasing the legal culture in society is that the formation of legal education and the improvement of legal culture should begin with the family. references 1. 2019yil 9yanvardagi pf-5618-sonli "jamiyatda huquqiy ong va huquqiy madaniyatni yuksaltirish tizimini tubdan takomillashtirish to'g'risida"gi prezident farmoni, qonun hujjatlari ma'lumotlari milliy bazasi, 10.01.2019-y., 06/19/5618/2452-son 2. alikulov s. a., rizaev i. i. methodological problems of research of social systems //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 2. – с. 717-720. 3. usmonov f. n. the role rationalization in the acceleration of life sequence //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 227-229. 4. саматов х. у. парадигмальная сущность социально-экономической системы узбекистана //парадигма современной науки в условиях модернизации и инновационного развития научной мысли: теория и практика. – 2022. – с. 406-408. 5. turaev b. et al. forecasting the development of processes of training skilled personnel in conditions of improving the quality of tourism services //integration of science, education and practice. scientific-methodical journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 7. – с. 53-60. 6. rizaev i. synergetics in social systems and its possibilities //global scientific review. – 2022. – т. 10. – с. 62-69. 7. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. spiritual maturity and philosophical thinking dependence of development //isj theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – т. 4. – №. 84. – с. 164-167. 8. mardonov r. humanization and humanitarization of higher education in the conditions of the information society //conferencea. – 2021. – с. 21-28. 9. muhammadiev k. potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times //theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука. – 2022. – №. 3. – с. 10001004. 10. ризаев и. и., муминова з. о. профессиональная подготовка личности: оздоровление и духовное воспитание //система менеджмента качества в вузе: здоровье, образованность, конкурентоспособность. – 2021. – с. 264-268. 11. usmonov f. problems of modern computer ethics //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 6. – с. 26-32. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org 12. qahramonovich h. n. worthy descendants of the samarkandians: enlighteners jadids //world bulletin of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 13. – с. 37-40. 13. саматов х., исомиддинов й. система социальной защиты «химсистема социальной защиты «химойят» как в система общения с людьми по идея ходжа ахрара валиойят» как в система общения с людьми по идея ходжа ахрара вали //interconf. – 2020. 14. charfi a., namatov n. a., turaev b. o. the rise of islam //international journal of intellectual cultural heritage. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 121-132. 15. mardonov r. the role and place of universities in the" knowledge society" //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 9. – с. 317-325. 16. rizaev i. i. the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 190-195. 17. husan m. dialectics of potentiality and virtuality in space and time //european scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 40-42. 18. эргашев и. и. основные тенденции и особенности формирования инвестиционной политики в сфере услуг в республике узбекистан //экономика и предпринимательство. – 2016. – №. 11-3. – с. 343-346. 19. khotambekovna e. m. systematic analysis of education //journal of pedagogical inventions and practices. – 2021. – т. 3. – с. 31-35. 20. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. синергетический анализа онтологической сущности процесса либерализации общества //под общей редакцией. – 2022. – т. 280. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 223 www.americanjournal.org socio-psychological peculiarities of forming sibling relationships in the system of intrafamily relations gaibova nargiza anorbaevna, associate professor (phd) of the department of "religious psychology and pedagogy" of the international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the scientific-methodological and theoretical analysis of social-psychological features of formation of sibling relationships in the system of intrafamily relations. the research studies of some foreign scientists concerning this problem are analyzed in the article. psychology, siblings; sibling relationships, sibling relationships, sibling position, family, family subsystems introduction the topic of sibling relationships in psychology has become prominent in recent decades. one of the key aspects of the problem is the mechanisms of interaction of the sibling subsystem as one of the elements of the holistic family system. the interest in this issue is logical because the family is the first institution of socialization, where the formation and formation of self-concept of an individual takes place through assimilation of social and socio-cultural norms that will become the foundation of his/her further adaptation in the society. how successfully the adaptive abilities of a young person are formed depends largely on how harmoniously all subsystems of the family structure interact. in fact, it is an issue of psychological safety of not only family members, but the whole society (krasnyanskaya, tylets, 2016; krasnyanskaya, tylets, 2015), thus, it has "exit" to the problematics of security psychology (krasnyanskaya, tylets, 2020; krasnyanskaya, tylets, iohvidov, 2021). the family as a systemic entity includes marital, parent-child and sibling relationships. while earlier family and social psychology was focused mainly on the spousal and parent-child relationships, today there is a growing body of research proving that the importance of sibling relationships for the formation of human personality traits is no less great than other intra-family relationships. peculiarities of sibling relationships shape a child's ideas about his or her future family, marriage partner; and, in general, influence the choice of behavioral strategies in society at all levels: personal, professional, friendly, etc. siblings are all children (siblings) who are brought up in the same family. sibling relationships are a single subsystem of children included in the overall structure of family ties, and are not autonomous and independent at the same time. psychology sees siblings as a dual structure. on the one hand, it is a vertical connection to other family subsystems, whose members are linked by many bonds: blood, emotional, domestic, etc. on the other hand, the siblings are always the youngest subsystem of the family, which is seen as peers (whatever the age difference). it is the child's first "peer group" in life, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 224 www.americanjournal.org where he or she learns to build relationships with peers, not with adult family members. in this communication, the child becomes aware of himself or herself as an individual, and role and behavioural patterns are formed. one of the first to describe the specifics of the sibling relationship was a. adler. in his theory, the author gave the siblings a central position in the overall configuration of the family. the key importance in the formation of individual characteristics, according to a. adler, belongs to the sibling position of the child, i.e. the order in which the child is born (adler, 1998). in this sense, it is fundamental how the child perceives his or her place in the family hierarchy and the situation around him or herself, because even children born to the same parents have different social situations of development. this is inevitable because the family, as a dynamic system, goes through different developmental stages with changing circumstances and needs. consequently, each child born at different stages has a specific, individual environment and occupies a unique, different place in the family space. therefore, each of the siblings finds their own points of application in the manifestation of their self, based on the position in which they are placed. by occupying different niches in the family structure, each of the siblings is in competition and rivalry with their peers, trying to use the family resource to their own advantage. the permanent situation of "struggle for power" forces each of the siblings to choose different behavioral strategies, which forms their different psychological characteristics. according to a. adler, the basic personality traits of an individual are formed at the age of 4-5 years old, and then the style of behaviour is established, which becomes fundamental throughout life. based on this, the author concludes that the social role the child occupies in the family hierarchy is a very important factor for future adult life (ibid.). thus, a. adler identified a number of common psychological characteristics inherent in siblings with the same position in the family. the author insists on the importance not of the position itself, but of the child's perception of his or her position within the family. a. adler's theory established the following sibling positions in psychology: first-born, second-sibling, youngest sibling, only child. the firstborn has a special position because it is the first parental experience. the first child is the spoilt child, the 'centre of the universe', and is overprotected and overprotected by his or her parents. being the only child, it is the parents who give it their undivided love and energy. the advantages of a first-born child include: high intelligence, obedience, high self-esteem and self-sufficiency. negative characteristics include: anxiety, self-centredness, overbearingness. being central in childhood, in adulthood the 'only one' does not want to lose the leading position, but is not always able to hold it, as he has no experience of power struggles and has no one to compete with (baskaeva, 2021). further, with the arrival of the second child in the family, the formation of the sibling relationship proper begins. this moment is always fraught with drama on the part of the first child. from the position of being the only child, it moves into first-born status. this is always a painful moment for the older child, who feels jealous, anxious, feels the loss of power and tries to maintain it in any way possible. during the second child's arrival, the firstborn may become authoritarian, withdrawn, disobedient and rigid. the position of the second child is characterised by the following characteristics: seeing an older leader in front of him, he tries to imitate him, trying to outdo him in everything. this is a kind of power struggle. second children in the family are often rebels and troublemakers. although, it is easier for them to establish contact and partnership with the older sibling, thus trying to unite with him to get parental attention. trying to overtake the older leader in everything, the younger sibling very often american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 225 www.americanjournal.org succeeds because the firstborn is not ready to compete with the younger sibling and avoids competition (adler, 1998). the youngest child in the family occupies a special position in the sibling relationship: he has no follower and has never been the firstborn. he is the smallest and most defenceless, he is protected and treated with special care. his situation is characterised by a particularly favourable climate. there are two ways in which the youngest sibling develops. in the first case, the younger one imitates his predecessor in everything, trying to prove that he is not the weakest and most defenceless at all. this encourages independence. gradually, this constant desire to prove their worthiness forms a personality prone to leadership and superiority. and this yields results: very often it is the youngest sibling who becomes the most successful of all the siblings. the second situation is when the youngest child in the family does not have enough resources to overtake the older siblings: lacks pressure, confidence and courage. in this case, younger children shy away from competition, cowardly and find plenty of excuses to explain their inaction (adler, 1998). both are not conducive to favourable socialisation in the future: in the first case, ambition is satisfied at the expense of others and in the second, failure due to an inferiority complex is possible. there are three stages in the formation of a sibling relationship: preparation, acceptance, attachment. in the preparation stage, the most important thing for parents is to prepare the firstborn for the arrival of another baby in the family. their task is to focus on two points: the first is to create a trusting and positive attitude towards themselves in the situation ("we love you, appreciate you and treasure you"), and the second is to form a positive attitude towards the newborn ("we love him just as much as we love you"). at the stage of acceptance, the importance of the younger child is further shaped in the eyes of the older child. this is manifested in their joint activities: playing, communicating, family activities, saying and appreciating each other. both subconscious and conscious structures of the psyche are involved in the formation of attachment, which manifests itself in various behavioural reactions of the siblings. the stronger the attachment, the stronger the non-verbal bond between the siblings. they do not necessarily need words to understand each other's moods, and without verbalizing communication, they are able to assess their brother or sister's condition and adjust to the current situation. in this way, they gradually develop a close emotional intimacy and bond with each other. in adulthood, this mechanism leads to a desire to share successes, joys, difficulties and problems with each other. in the attachment phase, it is important for siblings not only to be together with each other, but also to participate fully in the life of the whole family. it is important for children to get together with other family members, participate in family conversations and make decisions together (tseluyko, 2006). research proves that stronger attachment is observed on the part of younger siblings. for the young child, the older child is a role model (both socially desirable and vice versa). the older child both inspires and provokes the younger child to act, opening opportunities for him/her, being the closest peer, and at the same time, satisfying the younger child's need for protection and support (karabanova, 2005). in addition, by being a constant role model for the younger child, the older child unwittingly influences the formation of the younger sibling's self-concept. an important aspect of the sibling relationship is its dynamics at different age stages. the older sibling has a very modest place in the life of the younger child when he or she is in infancy. for the infant, a significant adult is of primary importance, and a sibling may only be of interest to him or her briefly. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 226 www.americanjournal.org during the early infancy stage, the meaningful adult remains dominant, but the younger sibling is already interested in the children around them, and in particular in the older sibling. the siblings may already be playing together, having fun, crying or laughing, but the younger siblings' involvement in cooperative play is not yet selective, they essentially don't care who the play partner is. the pre-school period is characterised by the need to communicate with peers. in play activities, the child is already looking for an interesting partner through which he or she also learns about himself or herself. in the primary school age, children establish a more or less permanent circle of friends, and it becomes important to accept and reinforce their position in this circle. only in adolescence does the child's personality "mature" to form real friendships. where common moral principles are at the forefront. the views on life and human qualities of each other. relationships are formed between peers, based on mutual sympathy and trust. these age-specific characteristics and needs of children are also directly related to the sibling-sibling relationship. the attachment between siblings is largely determined by the age-specific needs of the children. obviously, if the age difference is small (2-3 years), communication is easier and more harmonious. however, even with such an age difference, attachment will change in strength depending on the crisis periods of childhood. for example, if the older sibling is starting school and the younger sibling is in middle childhood, attachment may weaken because these childhood periods have different mental characteristics. siblings may also drift apart temporarily during the teenage years. this does not indicate that their relationship has not developed well, it is only temporary. over time, as the children move into adulthood, the temporal boundaries are erased and external and internal affection is maintained. the older sibling develops a certain attitude of having life experience; in many situations he can tell the younger one: "i've been in that situation, i know it. thus, the younger sibling feels that he or she is understood, he or she is not indifferent and is important (almazova, 2013). up until adolescence, siblings remain the most frequent communication partners, as outside of school they spend most of their time with each other on the same premises in the same setting. for most siblings, the relationship continues throughout life, after the death of their parents and the emergence of families of their own. how this relationship develops depends on many parameters: gender of the children, age difference, sibling position, emotional closeness, and mainly the parents' parenting strategy, their attitude towards each child. literatures: 1. адлер а. как управлять стремлением к превосходству / возрастная психология: детство, отрочсество, юность: хрестоматия: учеб. пособие для студ. пед. вузов ‒ м.: “академия”, 2000. ‒ 624 с. 2. зырянова н.м. ранние сиблинговые исследования [элек.ресурс] // психологические исследования: электрон. науч. журн. 2008. n 2(2). 3. крейг г. психология развития.‒ спб.: питер, 2000.‒ 992с. 4. ғайибова н.а. сиблинг мақоми ва унинг ўсмир шахслараро муносабатларига таъсири. монография. – т.: 2020 – 114 б. 5. anorbayevna g. n. influence of the sibling statuse’s of teenagers on interpersonal relations //european journal of education and applied psychology. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 68-69. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 227 www.americanjournal.org 6. гайибова н. а. технология воспитания детей с девиантным поведением //international scientific review. – 2020. – №. lxxiv. – с. 52-54. 7. ғайибова н. а. сиблинг муносабатлар диагностикасида проектив методикалар ўрни //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. special issue 3. – с. 169-175. 8. gayibova n. a. psychological features of the formation of sibling relationships in adolescents. 9. khamidovna k. z. et al. psychological aspects of the development of ecological ideas among students //psychology and education journal. – 2021. – т. 58. – №. 2. – с. 7812-7818. 10. назаров а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили. 11. umarov b. m., nazarov a. s. psychological models of behavior of managers in the process of making management decisions. 12. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 77. 13. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 34 (том 1)(март, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 31.03. 2022. – с. 131. 14. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 130-134. 15. назаров а. с. основные психологические детерминанты, обеспечивающие процесс принятия решений в управлении //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 36 (том 1)(май, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 01.06. 2022. – с. 7. 16. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103-109. 17. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. psychological foundations of the moral qualities of a leader in decision-making //european journal of interdisciplinary research and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 213-217. 18. назаров а., иброҳимов н. бошқарув жараёнида қарор қабул қилишнинг ўзига хос хусусиятлари. 19. nazarov a. s. socio-psychological and organizational characteristics of decision making in management //turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry. – 2021. – т. 12. – №. 7. 20. назаров а. с. ижтимоий-психологик тадқиқотларда қарор қабул қилиш муаммосининг ўрганилганлик холати: назаров азамат соттарович, ўзбекистон халқаро ислом академияси катта ўқитувчиси //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2022. – №. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org on the behaviour of some probabilistic characteristics of the output of multidimensional random walk from expanding sets gafurov m. u. tashkent state transport university mgafurov@rambler.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper establishes an analog of the well-known theorem of p. j. bickel and j. a. yahav on the number of exits of a multidimensional random walk from expanding sets. this theorem and related problems are carried forward for the moment of the first exit. multidimensional random walk; expanding sets; moment of the first exit; number of exits. introduction let 𝑋1 … 𝑋𝑛, be independent identically distributed random variables (rv's) with values in 𝑅𝑑, 𝑑 ≥ 1. define 𝑆0 = 0 and 𝑆𝑛 = ∑ 𝑋𝑖 𝑛 1 for n≥1. for any borel set 𝐴 ⊂ 𝑅𝑑 we set (formally) 𝑁(𝐴) = ∑ 𝐼 (𝑆𝑛 ∞ 𝑛=1 ⋲ 𝐴), 𝑇(𝐴) = inf {𝑛, 𝑆𝑛 ∉ a} there are many references dealing with the study of the rv's n(a) and t(a) in the case d=1 (see, for example, the monograph [1]). in the general case, when d > 1, it was proved in (2] that if 𝐸𝑁(𝐴) = ∑ 𝑃(𝑆𝑛 ⋲ 𝐴) ∞ 𝑛=1 < ∞ for any bounded set a, then 𝐸𝑒𝑥𝑝 {𝑡 𝑁(𝐴)} < ∞ for all |𝑡| ≤ 𝑡0 where 𝑡0, is some positive number. the asymptotic behavior of the moments of n(a) for an expanding set a was investigated in the same paper. as far as the author knows, the distribution of t(a) when d > l has not yet been studied in depth. our purpose is to determine the asymptotic behavior of the moments of t(a) on sets of the form 𝐴 = 𝐴𝑥 = {𝑦 ⋲ 𝑅𝑑, ||𝑦|| < 𝑥}, where ||·|| is any norm in 𝑅𝑑, as well as the behavior of the “first flight of stairs” 𝑆𝑇(𝐴𝑥) 𝑎𝑠 𝑥 → ∞, in this connection we have proved the following statements. theorem 1. if 𝐸 ||𝑋1|| < ∞ , then for all k ≥0 lim 𝑥→∞ 𝐸𝑇𝑘(𝐴𝑥) 𝑥𝑘 = 1 ||𝐸𝑋1||𝑘 . this theorem complements a result in [2] on𝑁(𝐴𝑥). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org let us consider a nondecreasing positive function φ(x) on [0, ∞) that is representable in the form 𝜑(𝑥) = 𝑥𝑙𝐻(𝑥) where 𝑙 ≥ 0 and h(x) is a slowly varying function in the sense of karamata. theorem 2. suppose that 𝐸𝑋1 ≠ 0 and 𝐸||𝑋1|| 2 𝜑(||𝑋1||) < ∞, then for any ε > 0 ∫ φ(𝑥) ∞ 0 𝑃{𝑆�̅�(𝐴𝑥) ⋲ 𝐴𝜀 𝑇(𝐴𝑥) 𝑐 } 𝑑𝑥 < ∞ here and in what follows 𝑆�̅� = ∑ (𝑋𝑖 − 𝐸𝑋𝑖) 𝑛 1 , and 𝐴𝑢 𝑐 is the complement of 𝐴𝑢. remark. by retracing the course of the proof of theorem 2 it can be shown that (1) ∫ 𝜑(𝑥) 𝑃{𝑆�̅�(𝐴𝑥) ∞ 0 ⋲ 𝐴𝜀 𝑥 𝑐 } 𝑑𝑥 < ∞ it is easy to see that if ε→0, then the left-hand side of (1) converges to ∞, and the asymptotic behavior of the integral with respect to ε is of interest. let b be the covariance matrix of the 𝑅𝑉 𝑋1. in this case we have the following assertion, which extends results in [3]. theorem 3. suppose that 𝐸𝑋1 ≠ 0 and 𝐸||𝑋1||𝑡+2 < ∞. then lim 𝜀→0 𝜀2(1+𝑙) ∫ 𝑥1𝑃{𝑆�̅�(𝐴𝑥) ⋲ 𝐴𝑢 𝑐 ∞ 0 } 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑥𝑙𝑃𝜂 ∞ 0 ⋲ 𝐴 √𝑥 𝑐 } 𝑑𝑥 where η is a normal rv with expectation the zero vector and covariance matrix ||𝐸𝑋1||−1𝐵. we mention some consequences of theorem 3 when d = 1. corollary 1. suppose that 𝐸𝑋1 ≠ 0 and 𝐸𝑋1 𝑙+2 < ∞ then lim 𝜀→0 𝜀2(𝑙+2) ∫ 𝑥𝑙𝑃{|𝑆�̅�(𝐴𝑥) > 𝜀𝑥 ∞ 0 }𝑑𝑥 = 2г (𝑙 + 3 2) √π(𝑙 + 1) ( 𝐷𝑋1 |𝐸𝑋1| )𝑙+1 corollary 2. if 𝐸𝑋1 ≠ 0 and 𝐸𝑋1 2 < ∞ then lim 𝜀→0 𝜀2 {∫ 𝑥𝑙𝑃{|𝑆�̅�(𝐴𝑥) > 𝜀𝑥 ∞ 0 } − 𝑃{𝑆�̅�(𝐴𝑥)}]𝑑𝑥} = 0 the following lemma, which is also of independent interest, can be used to prove the theorems given above. lemma. a) suppose that 𝐸𝑋1 ≠ 0. then for any 𝜀 > 0 lim 𝑥→∞ 𝑃 {| 𝑇(𝐴𝑥) 𝑥 − ||𝐸𝑋1|| −1 | > 𝜀} = 0 b) if 𝐸𝑋1 = 0, then for sufficiently large c>0 lim 𝑥→∞ 𝑃|𝑇(𝐴𝑥) > 𝐶𝑥 = 1 remark. by using the results in (4] it can be shown that the assertions of the lemma remain in force when the rv 𝑋𝑘 takes values in a separable banach space. references 1. frank spritzer, principles of random walk, van nostrand, princeton, n. j., 1964. 2. p. j. bickel and j. a. yahav, israel j. math. 3 (1965), 181. 3. m. u. gafurov and s. h. sirazdinov, kybernetika (prague) 15 (1979), 272 (russian). 4. t. a. azlarov and n. a. volodin, limit theorems, random processes and their applications, “fan”, tashkent, 1979, p. 15 (russian). https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/not_equal_sign american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org forms of ideological threats and ideal prevention consciousness of youth in conditions of globalization adolat ziyotova senior teacher samarkand state architecture and construction university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s at present, one of the universal problems, one of the threats to international security and progress is the globalization of ideological processes and the struggle against it, reducing its influence and ensuring the information security of the regions of the world. this problem in its scope and threats far exceeds the scale of terrorism, ethnic and religious conflicts, racism and other security threats. ideology, preventive measures, protective measures, society, young people, globalization. introduction globalization is a process of worldwide economic, political, cultural and religious integration and unification. globalization is a process of changing the structure of the world economy, most recently understood as a set of national economies connected to each other by a system of international division of labour, economic and political relations, inclusion in the world market and a close interweaving of economies based on transnationalization and regionalization. on this basis, the formation of a unified world network market economy geo-economics and its infrastructure, the destruction of the national sovereignty of states that have been the main actors in international relations for many centuries. the process of globalization is a consequence of the evolution of state-formed market systems [1]. today, the struggle of developed states to strengthen their influence in certain regions of the world is flaring up more and more. there is an increase in information influence, the use of information attack tactics, which is a serious threat to the stability and independence of some states. literature review the globalization of ideological processes, their influence on the consciousness of the people, their integration into the world economic and social infrastructure is associated with various factors. in this process, a special place is occupied by the media. globalization, on the one hand, is manifested in the fact that all peoples, all regions of the world are involved in ideological processes. on the other hand, as a result of the information revolution, people living in different parts of the planet can be exposed to ideological influence through the worldwide network. the ideological impact, the information attack is aimed at specific goals, including inciting ethnic hatred, nationalism, religious extremism, terrorism, and in addition, some resources negatively affect the minds of young people, generating their interest in various destructive movements and groups. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org undoubtedly, the world wide web has its positive aspects, thanks to which people communicate with each other, learn the news of politics, science, social life, etc. the media, including the internet, help to form social ideas, a system of values, help to broaden one's horizons and improve knowledge [2]. some ideas are not perceived by people, and some can be stored in the mind of the individual as information. in the first case, the idea does not leave a trace in the minds and memory of people, and in the second case, the idea has no meaning, although it is stored in the memory and consciousness. however, there is a group of people in whose minds the idea is strengthened and influences their behaviour, thinking, becomes an inseparable part of their spiritual and psychological state. she can call them to action, turns into a manual for action. this is the purpose of the ideological struggle, through the soul of a person to penetrate into his consciousness. today, the following ideological threats pose a serious danger to our society: ✓ attempts to restore the islamic caliphate and create an empire of muslim peoples under its banner; ✓ attempts to falsify our history, national values and the essence of religion; ✓ the desire to spread immoral ideas that can have a detrimental effect on the spirituality of the people; ✓ attempts to unleash regional and international conflicts using various ideological means. these threats are forms of manifestation of an aggressive ideology aimed primarily at mastering the minds of ordinary people, depriving them of their own national values, the achievements of world civilization. in order to protect our youth from various ideological threats, to form ideological immunity, it is necessary to arm them with a truly humanistic ideology that contains a powerful impulse for the spiritual uplift of the people. methodology & empirical analysis for quite a long time, in uzbekistan, they did not pay much attention to the problem of involving young people in science. as a result, we see that domestic science tends to become obsolete and the outflow of young specialists abroad. the socio-economic transformations taking place in the country, the entry onto the path of innovative development, the increasing volume of information, the emerging trend towards the expansion of managerial functions in professional activities have led to a change in the requirements imposed by society on the system of higher professional education in terms of training future specialists. scientific and technological progress, the rapid introduction of science into all spheres of life and production require from a young specialist not only a broad theoretical outlook, but also a creative approach to solving various kinds of problems. therefore, today, more than ever, the ability of a graduate to adequately perceive emerging problems in the professional field, correctly assess them, quickly adapt to new cognitive situations, purposefully process the available information, search for and supplement it with the missing one, know the patterns of its optimal use, predict the results activities, using their intellectual and creative potential [1]. in this regard, a modern specialist must possess not only the necessary amount of fundamental and specialized knowledge, but also certain skills for creatively solving practical problems, constantly improve their skills, and quickly adapt to changing conditions. the research activity of students allows the most complete manifestation of individuality, creative abilities, readiness for self-realization of the individual [2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org when asked about their desire to engage in scientific activities at the university, out of 250 respondents, only 5% answered that they like to engage in scientific activities and do it on their own initiative. the personal motivation of students' research activities was revealed. the reasons why students are engaged in research work are to obtain deeper and better knowledge, skills and abilities in their chosen specialty; desire to develop their intellectual and creative abilities; the presence of one's own interest in the development of any scientific problem; approbation of the results of research conducted in the preparation of course and diploma projects at student scientific conferences. such a reason as the opportunity to solve scientific problems, make discoveries, the desire to make a career in science, the opportunity to receive additional income by students is not named. as a result of the analysis, the representations of students who are not engaged in scientific research about the reasons for their nonparticipation in this type of activity were revealed. the main reasons are: lack of information about research work (22%), uninteresting organization of research work at the university (24%), lack of interest (16%), desire, financial incentive (13%) and time (25%). the main motivation of students, those who are engaged in science under the compulsion of the teacher, is to get a good grade from the teachers of the department. one of the factors intensifying the research work of students is the nature of the organization of research at the university. particular attention is paid to the coordination of actions aimed at supporting research work of students and young scientists. the essence of the entire research process should be to make the process not a "burden" to which teachers, parents and society oblige, but an interesting process of creation, which the student will be passionate about. results an important factor in the activation and development of srw is the effective organization of the individual research work of the student. the implementation of an individual approach involves the implementation of the provisions: 227 ➢ involvement of students in research work from the 1st year and continuous monitoring of their professional and scientific growth throughout the entire period of their studies at the university; ➢ conducting special courses, trainings and disciplines on innovative topics to encourage students to their own developments and research; ➢ attracting students to participate in various scientific conferences, debates, round tables, competitions, development of business plans, research, through the creation of a database at the university a portal, all events in the republic of uzbekistan and abroad. moreover, a well-thought-out mechanism for motivating students' participation in research and development is needed. it is known that a student's time resource is limited, and he will not always be ready to devote his time to scientific work, especially since there is an alternative to scientific work to earn extra money in his free time. engaging in science should be interesting, prestigious, and profitable both from a material point of view and from the point of view of prestige in society. thus, carrying out all of the above activities will increase the prestige of research activities, involve young people with their modern vision in science and direct their energy to the benefit of society. now young people have other values and do not find time for scientific activities. it is necessary to change the opinions of young people about science, to popularize and propagate it. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org conclusions today, the information threat is so universal that it can cause serious damage to all other areas: the worldview of a person, the stability of society, the tranquility of the state, public opinion, in the end, it can adversely affect the spiritual, political, economic and cultural development of each country, since information penetrates the consciousness (brain) of society, organization, family, individual imperceptibly. to distinguish between positive and negative information, to accept the necessary and to reject the unnecessary, it is necessary to have a strong consciousness and a strong will. the most dangerous information threats are those that threaten public policy. since the threat to the individual affects a narrow circle of people, and the threat to society or the state the whole country, the whole people. now only in uzbekistan there are more than 10 million internet users, the majority 92% of them are young people [3]. based on this, we should conclude that a passive attitude towards world globalization on our part does more harm than good. the more actively we participate in it, the faster we will achieve success. we must carefully analyse all the information supplied from outside. there is no better means of protecting our spirituality and spiritual self-consciousness than the national idea of independence. in this regard, its main function is clearly manifested it is the protection of national identity, and this function will operate only when our national idea is formed in the minds of the population and youth, not only as knowledge, representation, but also as faith in it. references 1. каримов и. а. по пути безопасности и стабильного развития. т.6, т.: узбекистан, 1998. с.60 2. кулдашев а. экологическая социология: альтернативные прогнозы //credo new. – 2013. – №. 3. – с. 11-11. 3. qahramonovich h. n. worthy descendants of the samarkandians: enlighteners jadids //world bulletin of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 13. – с. 37-40. 4. usmonov f. problems of modern computer ethics //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 6. – с. 26-32. 5. мирзиёев ш.м. миллий тараққиёт йўлимизни қатъият билан давом эттириб, янги босқичга кўтарамиз. т.: ўзбекистон, 2017. 6. тураев б. борлиқ: моҳияти, шакллари, хусусияти //т.: фалсафа ва ҳуқуқ. – 2011. 7. azimov s. b., mamarahimov k. k. perspectives for ethnicity and aesthetics in youth economic activity //isj theoretical & applied science, 05 (85). – 2020. – с. 826-829. 8. зиётова а. э., бозоров э. махалля как основа местного самоуправления //экономика и социум. – 2019. – №. 4 (59). – с. 339-342. 9. mardonov r. philosophical aspects of modern education //conferencea. – 2021. – с. 15-17. 10. сафаров а. и., ризаев и. и. зеленое строительство: преимущества и недостатки //зеленая экономика: курс на устойчивое развитие в современных условиях. – 2022. – с. 416-421. 11. muhammadiev, kh. potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times / kh. muhammadiev // . – 2022. – no. 3(107). – p. 12. кулдашев а. т. теоретическо-методологические задачи управления глобальной экологической политикой //вопросы гуманитарных наук. – 2013. – №. 3. – с. 60-62. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org 13. саматов х. у. парадигмальная сущность социально-экономической системы узбекистана //парадигма современной науки в условиях модернизации и инновационного развития научной мысли: теория и практика. – 2022. – с. 406-408. 14. xaltuxtashevich m. k. libraries are the cradle of culture //web of scientist: international scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 678-681. 15. ziyotova a. ёшларида фуқаролик масъулиятини шакллантириш–устувор вазифа //science and innovation. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. b7. – с. 1144-1147. 16. ризаев, и. и., омонтурдиев, о. г., сафаров, а. и., & ризаев ии, о. о. (2022). коэволюционное развитие самоорганизации: взаимосвязь стабильности и нестабильности в социальной системе. человек. знак. техника: ii междунар. междисциплинар. молодеж. форум:[сб. ст.].-текст: электронный.-текст: электронный.-2022. 17. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. spiritual maturity and philosophical thinking dependence of development //isj theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – т. 4. – №. 84. – с. 164-167. 18. gafforovich o. o. values as a certain normative category //european scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 28-32. 19. эргашев и. и. пути совершенствования инвестиции маркетинга //интеграция наук. – 2017. – №. 6. – с. 123-125. 20. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. инновационное развитие узбекистана: вызовы и решения. p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 3, | aug., 2022 the image of thatcherism in top girls by caryl churchill nadia hikmet faris alfarabi university college nadia.hekmet@alfarabiuc.edu.iq suha hazim salih the university of mashreq suha.h.salah@uom.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s caryl churchill's top girls (1982) reveals how women have achieved a point of strength and independence in their battle to face men's oppression throughout history. churchill has replicated recent transitions in the 1980s and 1990s in works that depict these movements' central concerns and contradictions as they change. similarly, her theater is a result of many problems and shifts in hegemonic modes of production during this time. this paper traces the achievements of the major character of top girls, marlene, in her way of life and her handling of the struggles of other women around her. because of this strength, marlene is compared to the british prime minister, thatcher. therefore, this paper will shed light on the term of thatcherism and its application to the play with a reference to the continuing injustice of women through different aspects of culture and the new face of feminism, the iron woman. empowerment of women, thatcherism, feminism, patriarchy, top girls introduction in a patriarchal society, males have all political and economic control, and women are supposed to bow to the demands of those men and their culture. caryl churchill, a british postmodern playwright, which her goal is to reveal theatrically the empowerment of women throughout her plays. she “intends to highlights the role of women which has been long forgotten throughout history and to demonstrate women that has been hidden from view”. (ravar, 2011:26). in her plays, churchill, reflects contemporary women's desires for equality and success in all aspects of life. she embodies the ambitions of modern women who do not want to be limited to conventional roles and want the problem to be examined in the light of a larger social and political framework. churchill felt that a male dominated way of life was depressing for women because it was incompatible with the modern world's aim of producing a feeling of sensibility and that the way we treat women in all aspects of social life must be tailored to their needs. she emphasizes the importance of modern women fighting for issues that directly affect their lives by emphasizing that the essential transformation in social life can only http://www.americanjournal.org/ mailto:nadia.hekmet@alfarabiuc.edu.iq mailto:suha.h.salah@uom.edu.iq american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org be realized if everyone plays their role. while churchill stresses the significance of meeting women's wishes in order to build a more livable world, she also advocates for the development of a society in which all members are engaged in meaningful struggles for the common good. she also says that women must have a steady social life for this effort to be worth it. many critics concentrated on the first scene of the play when marlene finally advances to the position of manager in a large firm. to commemorate her achievement, she hosts a dinner for five ladies from all classes of society. at the end of a celebration of women's success, realizing what they sacrificed to achieve their ambitions puts us in a bittersweet sense. the dramatist portrayed women from different cultures as an "innovative" method with its simultaneous dialogue. marlene, a modern woman born in the twentieth century, is the same as her historical forebears, who had to give up everything to survive in a patriarchal society. however, her sacrifices and losses are only for the sake of being the best female at her job, with no concern for sisterhood or motherhood. marlene reflects the kind of woman who is willing to take action to achieve her own goals in everything. as for her friends, she overlooked herself. marlene has to manipulate other women to stay on top and be a good professional woman (ravar, 2011:31). britain has developed new habitats as a result of thatcherism's focus on the significance of the individual. people were worried about themselves and strove to acquire as much money as possible, which contributed to the rise of classism in society, but at the same time, these conditions led to a significant decline in the number of employment opportunities (vasile, 2010: 243). the decade of the 1980s in the united kingdom was marked by rapid change, resulting in a much more competitive labor market. consequently, the concept of the "superwoman" or "iron woman" has evolved, which celebrates women's achievements in all spheres of life, both public and private. thatcher's fame as a capitalist superwoman politician is directly attributable to the misuse of the word. certainly, one can see this in marlene (vasile, 2010:250). margret thatcher is known as "the iron lady" because of her impact on british policy's economic and political policies and her willingness to replace the communist dream of labor with an active dedication to free market, private industry, and home ownership (howard, 2009: 37). thatcher was england's first female prime minister, and she is frequently referred to as a man because she did not exhibit any feminist traits during her tenure; rather, her rule was superior to male prime ministers. to address marlene from the thatcherism angle, churchill cautioned that there was retaliation involved in seeking performance on predominantly male terms. both marlene's and thatcher's performances can be reported mainly as particular cases that did not adequately lead to altering the normal woman's life (komporaly, 2006: 56). british culture underwent an enormous transition during thatcherism, which is widely regarded as one of the most important political and economic upheavals in recent history. this trend criterion effectively reflects the societal shift toward a more progressive norm. because of this, the meaning and function of feminism in modern society have been profoundly reshaped as a direct result of thatcherism which can be defined as "the political and economic policies advocated by the former british conservative prime minister margret thatcher" (oxford dictionary, 2013:431). the term is meant to imply the significance of political and economic processes in the creation of any specified scenario of life in the uk. the radical right-wing economic policies and open resistance to the notion of welfare capitalism implemented by thatcher's administration have been linked to significant negative social outcomes (marwick: 1982, 353). http://www.americanjournal.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the british economy was in shambles when thatcher gained power, due mainly to increased unemployment, monetary constraints, and a lack of available opportunities. she devised a strategy to deal with the crisis that emphasized social economic strategies designed to minimize governmental participation. it entails encouraging the privatization of significant nationalized industrial, educational, and healthcare systems; reducing union power through new regulations; encouraging individual initiative and small businesses; and lowering taxes, lowering public spending, and encouraging a competitive free market (vasile, 2010: 243). according to aston, churchill is "arguably the most successful and best known socialist feminist playwright to have emerged from the second wave feminism" (2000: 174). since gaining public recognition in the mid-1970s, churchill has encouraged and advocated some of the most important feminist thoughts. coinciding with the emergence of second wave feminism and britain, she rose to prominence. in recent plays, churchill has reflected historical transformations of the 1980s and 1990s in plays that depict these movements' central concerns and contradictions. as they moved and evolved, her theatrical work reflects a number of problems and shifts that were occurring in the dominant modes of production at the time (ibid). churchill illustrates: for years and years i thought of myself as a writer before i thought of my sound as a woman, but recently i've found that i'd say i was a feminist writer as opposed two other people saying money wars i was. i've found that as i go out more into the world and get into situations which involved one man what i feel is quiet strongly a feminist position and that inevitably comes into what i write (aston and reinelt, 2000: 174). ginger strand emphasizes churchill's involvement and identifies it as "an important feminist voice" (1999:499). churchill strives so diligently to maintain the feminist spirit and its influence in the majority of her plays, which depict both obstacles and chances. in addition, she attempts to provide a road map for feminism within the context of the enormous changes in the economic and political strategies of society especially under thatcherism. i. top girls in the first scene, churchill applied this concept, which exhibits stories of some women from history, painting, literature, and at least one real woman. such women are invited to celebrate marlene's elevation as executive manager at top girls company by her, the only true woman at the party. marlene states that "[w]e’ve all came a long way. to our courage and the way we changed our lives and our extraordinary achievements" (tg: 25). the image of women from six different cultural and geographical backgrounds is presented. despite their incredible achievements, these ladies had to put in a lot of effort to get to where they are now. according to this reasoning, a class-based culture would benefit just a few capitalists while bourgeois feminism continues to oppress the majority of proletariat women. because top girls elaborates on the problems of individuals aspiring to success, especially lower-class women, it reveals that capitalism feminism is not wholly effective in resolving feminist concerns (ravar, 2011:29). to put it another way, marlene represents the way thatcher handled both men and women. as a result, margaret thatcher's administration is perceived as more restrictive than her male predecessors'. despite her promises, margaret thatcher's political career in the united kingdom revealed a woman who was more powerful and ruthless than any of the previous male prime ministers. despite the fact that she was the first female prime minister in the kingdom. (patterson, 2003 155). churchill herself http://www.americanjournal.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org gave inspiration and background of this play when she had just returned from a student performance of vinegar tom in the united states when she met several american women who stated that everything was fine; “margret thatcher had just been elected prime minister…where feminism tends to be much more connected with socialism and not so much to do with women succeeding on the sort of capitalist ladder. all of those ideas fed into top girls” (truss, 1984: 8). a basic study of churchill's remarks reveals a spark that demonstrates how thatcherism came to govern a major western state like britain. churchill depicted marlene, one of the leading top girls, as a modern iron lady, representing thatcher's political views (aston and reinelt, 2000: 180). at this point, marlene may confidently say she has "made it" despite her accomplishment, churchill criticizes marlene's procedures and the price she has had to pay for them when asked, "what kind of accomplishment is that?" churchill responds by describing marlene's success as intensely competitive and ultimately destructive. this is in contrast to merely recognizing women's accomplishments. while at first glance, the play appears to be a feminist production; its direction will change with time (betsko and koenig, 1987:82). it has been churchill's goal to dispel the idea that men are inherently superior to women, and how this has had a negative influence on women's rights and equality. the new pattern that emerged in britain during the thatcherism period also serves as a reflection: all of the women remain blind to the relationship between their misery and their choice to obey or imitate masculine figures. churchill subsequently explains this problem through realistic representation of an institution which is part of the contemporary world of work. the employment agency scene, which follows the fantastic presentation of the dinner party, shows how marlene uses her power to intimidate and narrow further an already limited range of options for the women who come seeking employment (kritzer,1991: 141). in her interactions with her female clients, marlene not only adheres to the masculine norm of success, but she also becomes an oppressor. her acceptance of patriarchal and commercial attitudes toward female employees has been demonstrated through conversations with clients. marlene and her staff at the employment agency demonstrate ''the ethic of competition" in their everyday encounters (ibid). isabella, on the other hand, is acquiring some gender position under the influence of a male figure, which has no difference from betty's in nine clouds. churchill depicts victorianism in top girls in order to compare the personalities of marlene, who symbolizes the woman who looks forward to equalizing the man especially her rivalry with mr. kidd to retain the role of top girls company's head boss for revolutionary feminism to earn women's rights in the patriarchal culture., and isabella, who represents the victorian mindset, which does not generate a trustworthy character. isabella is the only person at the dinner party who has children. churchill invites isabella to the celebration party because she wants to illustrate how motherhood has been viewed as a burden throughout history. churchill brings isabella to the scene to demonstrate to marlene and the audience that success is measured by more than just money or corporate power. churchill did it to emphasize the difference between marlene, who represents the woman who seeks equality with men no matter what, and isabella, who "internalizes the values imposed upon her by her father to such an extent that she is not aware that she is in a situation of self-denial" (firat, 2005: 21). this has been noticed from the first scene when she says: "i tried to do what my father wanted... i tried to be a clergyman’s daughter "(tg: 2). the victorian method of dealing with women can be shown obviously in ideologies and directions of patriarchy which "considers women to be men’s property, inferior, ignorant, and incompetent, its value system http://www.americanjournal.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org claims that women cannot take their own decisions and need to be led by a male figure" (firat, 2005: 21). the waitress, who stands with the women in this gathering, is a strong contrast. she is the only character who is seen as not as qualified as the others. she represents the vast majority of ordinary women who struggle silently against poverty and injustice, going through the entire event without saying anything in patriarchal and capitalist societies. working women's challenges are depicted as a tool for these "top girls" to acquire fame and money. the unexceptional ladies reappear in subsequent acts as well. the waitress emphasizes the tremendous contrast between individual achievement and societal reform. churchill brought these women together to describe the moment as one of the most transitional in history. marlene does believe in their ability and celebrates their achievements; "we've all come a long way. to our courage and the way we changed our lives and our extraordinary achievements [emphasis added]" (tg: 67) capitalism as a patriarchal system prevents sisterhood from being formed among women by also causing them to assume the male identity to survive and succeed, as "one of the chief effects of class within patriarchy is to set one woman against another... creating a lively antagonism... between career woman and housewife" (millett, 2000: 38). accordingly, in top girls, the contemporary female characters, including marlene, nell, win, louise, jeanine, shona, and even angie, are led to beat out their peers, male and female, within the capitalist system. ii. conclusion marlene's behavior is considered remarkable since she represents an individualistic form of feminism. she embodied the image of the iron woman in both her behavior and her comments. by depicting historical women, churchill exposes how women have been objectified, exploited, and subjected to humiliation in patriarchal cultures throughout history. churchill contends, however, that women cannot retrieve their future if they sacrifice their motherhood and sisterhood, as well as their past and origins, for the sake of having a good profession or being the "top girl." in her writings, churchill attempted to represent the subject to both british women and women all around the world. marlene's success is the model for radical feminism, which insists that women reclaim the role of men as leaders of society. fighting male dominance makes marlene the perfect character for the new image, the new face of feminism, that is; the iron woman. works cited aston, elaine, and janelle reinelt, eds. the cambridge companion to modern british women playwrights. cambridge university press, 2000. aston, elaine. caryl churchill. 2nd ed. united kingdom: northcote house publishers ltd, 2001. betsko, kathleen, and rachel koenig. interviews with contemporary women playwrights. beech tree paperback book, 1987. churchill, caryl. top girls. methuen london ltd, 1982. firat, serap. caryl churchill and gender roles: owners, cloud nine, and top girls.2005. goldman, lawrence, ed. oxford dictionary of national biography 2005-2008. oxford university press, 2013. http://www.americanjournal.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 3, aug., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org howard, jane e.: on owning and owing; caryl churchill and the nightmare of capital, from: elaine aston & ellin diamond (editors): the cambridge companion to caryl churchill, cambridge university press, cambridge, uk, 2009 komporaly, jozefina. staging motherhood: british women playwrights, 1956 to the present. springer, 2006. kritzer, amelia howe. the plays of caryl churchill: theatre of empowerment. london: macmillan, 1991. marwick, arthur. "british society since 1945." (1982). patterson, michael: strategies of political theatre; post-war british playwrights, cambridge university press, cambridge, uk, 2003 ravari, zahra khozaei, and sivabala naidu. "top girls: implications of predominance, wealth, and reputation of women." canadian social science 7.1 (2011): 25-37. tuss, lynne. "a fair cop." plays and players. jan. 1984: 8-10 strand, ginger. "caryl churchill." encyclopedia of world literature in the 2nd century. james press gale, 1999 vasile, carmen georgiana. "the female voices in caryl churchill’s top girls: sisters or foes?" anagnorisis press, 234-259.2010. http://www.americanjournal.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org historiography of architectural analysis of muhammad taragai ulugbek’s supreme madrasah imamov ulug’bek ismailovich master's student of the department of "historiography and source studies" of samarkand state university imomovulugbek59@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s a lot has been said and written about the mirzo ulugbek madrasa in samarkand registan. among them, when was this madrasa built (1417-1420), how was the educational process organized, what subjects were taught in the madrasa, how many rooms were there (54), how many students studied (100-110), what scholars worked (kazizada rumi, mirza ulugbek, shamsiddin muhammad khafavi, giyasiddin jamshid koshi, alauddin ali kushchi and etc.), the patterns on the madrasa facade, the parameters of the madrasa, and similar evidentiary opinions were expressed and debated. done however, until now, only a few scholars g.a. pugachenkova, p.sh. zohidov, k.s. kryukov and others have paid attention to the analysis of this madrasa-university from an architectural point of view. this article presents valuable information about the historiography of the architectural analysis of mirzo ulugbek supreme madrasah. madrasah, hujra, dome, classroom, monk, reading room, imam, muezzin, mudarris, architectural style, kazizada rumi, mirza ulugbek, shamsiddin muhammad khafavi, giyasiddin jamshid koshi, alauddin ali kushchi.. introduction let's pay attention to the main style of the madrasa. in the middle, the entrance to the building is exaggerated by a huge gable and an archway. firstly, so that the building has a healthy and attractive appearance, and secondly, so that people do not search for the entrance to the building. that is, the threshold of the building is clearly shown. first, the madrasah design is rectangular, symmetrical on the longitudinal axis, and has a traditional wide inner courtyard. such a plan is universal not only for the architecture of central asia, but also for other public buildings (community mosques, caravanpalaces, rabots, houses, hospitals) in the islamic countries of the near and middle east. secondly, environmental noises, external natural conditions are removed. thirdly, regardless of how the building is oriented in relation to the horizon, comfortable functional and pleasant climatic conditions are created in its internal environment. this is due to the movement of the shade in the courtyard from morning to evening due to sunlight, creating a comfortable and cool shade environment inside the courtyard. this is very convenient for the conditions of islamic countries with a hot climate, especially a hot dry climate. for this reason, the courtyard plan is universal in these countries. if the building is not one-story, but two-story, its capacity and shadow effect in the yard will be more effective. that is why every madrasa-university building was built with a courtyard and two floors. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org main part if we pass a vertical plane along the longitudinal axis from the center of the roof, we will see that the right and left sides of the building are formed in an axisymmetric manner with respect to this plane. even the corners of the building are decorated and exaggerated with tower-bouquets. why? because symmetry is a means of achieving beauty on earth since time immemorial. allah himself was the first to use such a means of beauty, or rather, he himself created it. let's take a look at ourselves. allah, the lover of beauty, used this method the law of reverse symmetry, to create man and other creatures. we architects have learned this method from nature created by god. so, the madrasa building was created in a symmetrical structure with its main style. as for its beauty, in addition to the law of symmetry, we can also see a number of beauty tools in the composition of the building style, such as the proportion of architectural forms, the subordination of all parts to the main facade, the architectural integrity of the structure of the building volume, and the decoration of the style surface with glazed colored tiles. symmetry is lost if any form that architecturally shapes the main facade of the madrasa is removed or destroyed. this, in turn, destroys the architectural integrity of the structure of the main facade of the madrasa. and, finally, it leads to the loss of the artistic aesthetic status of the madrasa building, which is a work of architectural art. mirzo ulugbek, a famous architect from hirot, who built the building, could not allow this. now let's dwell on the issue of why the entrance to the madrasa yard is not directly from the main gate, but through the entrance on the right side. firstly, the movement of people entering and leaving the madrasah is separated from each other so that they do not interfere with each other. secondly, with the help of this method, the environment of the inner courtyard of the madrasah is separated from the external environment. the originality and special function of the internal environment, that is, that the madrasa is a place of higher education, is indicated by this solution. it was believed that an outsider could glimpse the mysterious interior only through a beautiful architectural fence. now let's pay attention to the dimensions of the main facade of the madrasa. the width of the gable arch on the facade, the gable columns, the size of the walls attached to the gable on both sides, and the size of the towers-flowerbeds. the architect who worked on the madrasa project used the architectural concept of "module, i.e. scale" to harmonize these dimensions and applied it to the architect's building design. the module is actually derived from the latin word "modules", which was used in order to coordinate parts of buildings and structures. as a module, in the middle ages, "gas", "half-gas", the length of the main brick used in construction, the width of the outer wall of the building, and half of the width of the gable were accepted. the module acted as a separate constant for each building. there was a multiple, that is, a proportional relationship between the length unit and the module adopted for the building. therefore, the main thing that connects and unites all the proportions used in architecture is the modular system that helps to solve the problem of the architectural project and implement it on the construction site. the modular system "is a system that determines the proportions necessary for a building or structure, determines the dimensions of the object being designed, connects the length measure with the building module, determines the scale of the building, and converts the geometric and mathematical expressions of proportions into simple numerical ratios," writes doctor of architecture k.s. kryukov. therefore, the modular system has been the most reliable and widely used creative method of architects in the past. in the modular style, the building design is drawn on square cells on paper, that is, on the modular scale grid, and various dimensions: wall thickness, door and window positions, archway and gable american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org width, etc. the sides of the square cell corresponded to the length measurements of that time (gaz, cubits, cubits, steps, etc.). as a result, with the help of these grids, the architect achieved mutual proportionality of building parts in the design and was able to calculate in advance the amount of construction materials. half of the gable of the gable was adopted in the form of a modular unit in the integration of all major parts of the main facade of the mirzo ulugbek madrasa-oliya (gable, gable, gable column, sides, tower-bouquets). this dimension ensured the harmonious connection of the parts of the building facade and the proportional appearance of the building forms. as for the islamic concepts of beauty and harmony, it is stated in the holy qur'an that "allah is beautiful and he loves beauty." so, from an aesthetic point of view, islam is familiar with beauty. it is said in the hadiths that muslims built beautiful cities, and it was allowed to decorate your mosques during the caliph uthman's time. according to islamic concepts, the beauty of cities and buildings is not in the appearance and number of statues of idols and figures, living creatures, but in the geometric harmony of the architectural forms of the buildings, the harmony of colors and shapes, open and closed courtyards and rooms, verandas. in its comfortable and organic connection, in the proportion of geometrical and islamic complex patterns, and finally, in the neat architectural environment decorated with written patterns and beautiful hearts and virtuous people in them, where the great wisdom from the holy qur'an and hadiths, which call people to good behavior, are written. although the madrasah is rectangular in shape, its courtyard is square in shape. the reason is that the internal courtyard, which is limited on four sides, reflects the perfect internal heavenly world of the madrasa, and an attempt was made to bring this environment into a unified state. for this, the sides representing the symbols of the basic elements of the perfect universe, such as fire, water, earth, and air, were taken in a square shape. dormitories (rooms), classrooms, a mosque, a library and other auxiliary rooms are provided for students to live and study in madrasahs. there are three spacious porches in the courtyard of the madrasa. they served as summer classrooms. the wide and long hall at the end of the madrasa is the mosque. the small halls on both sides of it may have served as a library. the madrasa's cells (student dormitories) are improved compared to those of other madrasas, with a small utility room on the outer wall, and windows that open to the outside in the cells on the second floor. the rooms are heated with the help of sandal on cool days. as for the motifs in the ulugbek madrasa, we can see the symbolic map of the movement of planets and stars in the sky-universe world, which was originally painted on the wings of the main pediment. researcher s. b. bulatov writes that these patterns "represent the system of infinite gravitational systems connected by the force of interlacing of galaxies, that is, the map of the universe is reflected." if we take into account the knowledge of mirzo ulugbek and his comrades in the fields of astrology, astronomy, astrology, mathematics, we believe that we should agree with the above opinion. the eight-pointed star in the pattern of the madrasa is a reflection of the eight-pointed star in muslim architectural monuments and other examples of art. according to experts, this octogram represents the eight angels holding the throne. the pattern depicts an eight-pointed star and a light radiating inside it. this figure may also refer to one of the eight heavens and its eight gates. after the establishment of islam, this pattern began to symbolize the sun, moon and stars in the sky. in addition, to the geometric and islamic decorations on the walls of the madrasa, one can also find many epigraphic-writing decorations. they contain knowledge, enlightenment and wisdom to glorify allah. for example, "knowledge brings honor in this world and honor in the hereafter" and etc. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org architectural methods and procedures used in the design and construction of the madrasa mainly consisted of the following: ➢ law of symmetry; ➢ basing on the modular system in the formation of building parts; ➢ exaggerating the threshold of the building and subordinating other forms to it; ➢ adjusting the size of the building to its seat; ➢ proportion and harmony of architectural forms; ➢ integrity of the architectural composition; ➢ scale of shapes and patterns; ➢ semantics and content of patterns; ➢ principles and requirements such as creating an architectural ecological and psychophysiological environment suitable for the purpose of the building have been followed. conclusion to sum up, we should note that ulugbek not only wanted to give this architectural object the status of a madrasa-university of his time, that is, a higher education institution-university, but also to give the architectural solutions and patterns of its construction the highest architectural styles and procedures of his time. and managed to do it. the famous architect of his time qavomiddin shirozi from herat was invited to the construction of the madrasa. and qavamiddin invited the master builders he knew, tried and tested master builders of his time. thus, there was no separation of students according to the year of study in the ulugbek madrasah. so, according to the ulugbek reform, the duration of study is set to 8 years. those who did not finish their studies during this period had their scholarships stopped, and then they continued their studies at their own expense. as we have seen, the ulugbek madrasa educated the representatives of science and art of its time. undoubtedly, the achievements in educating mature people who made a significant mark in various fields of science were the result of new educational methods introduced by ulugbek. references 1. a. uralov, m. khozhikhanov. the spirituality created by ulugbek. – tashkent, 1994. 2. d. alimova. history of uzbekistan (xvi first half of the xix century). – tashkent: "fan", 2012. 3. gazette of the turkestan region. 1891. no. 14. 4. in memory of contemporaries of navoi // khondamir. the resume is excellent. –tashkent, 1986. 5. r. kilichev, m. kilicheva. historical, architectural and archaeological monuments of central asia. – bukhara: "durdona", 2018. 6. the historical period of temur and ulugbek. – tashkent. "main edition of komuslar", 1996. 7. zainiddin vasifi. bade ul-vakae / translated from farsi by n. norkulov. –tashkent, 1979. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org tuberculosis disease and sanitary measures against it in uzbekistan after world war ii jomurodov lazizbek independent researcher, tashkent medical academy uzbekistan, tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s uzbekistan became the main focus of a number of social diseases in the 50-80s of the 20th century. the widespread spread of tuberculosis in uzbekistan mainly coincided with the years after the second world war, kitab districts of kashkadarya region and urgut districts of samarkand were the main foci of the disease. tuberculosis, skingenital, mental-nerve, book, urgut, village, food. introduction tuberculosis is one of the oldest diseases known to mankind, and in the 5th century bc, the ancient greek scientist hippocrates described this disease as having a high social risk. unfortunately, this disease, which has a long history, did not disappear even by the third millennium. according to statistics, 8-10 million people are infected with infectious types of tuberculosis and about 3 million people die every year [1]. 3 million in the world every year. people get tuberculosis and another 3 mln. a person dies of tuberculosis[2]. director general of the world health organization m. g. kandau states: "tuberculosis poses a huge threat to public health in both economically developed and developing countries" [3]. tuberculosis is one of the common diseases in the union, and the government has implemented a number of measures to combat the disease. as the number of dispensaries, treatment centers and doctors grew, so did the number of tuberculosis patients. in the years after the war, the hard work of the people, poor living conditions, low quality of food, poor implementation of medical services, deficiencies in sanitary education created conditions for the widespread spread of tuberculosis. a large part of the population of uzbekistan lives in rural areas, and the conditions created in their homes did not meet the requirements. in some families, tens of people lived in narrow houses. the rooms did not meet sanitary standards. one of the main conditions for protecting human health is to improve the quality of food and increase its calorie content. research shows that a healthy person should consume 82 kg of meat, 25 kg of fish, 150 kg of fruits and vegetables and other products in a year. in 1980, on average, each person in the former union had 58 kg of meat, 17.6 kg of fish, 97 kg of milk and vegetable products [4]. famine continued in uzbekistan in the first years after the war. live witnesses said that due to the lack of barley, millet, wheat, and sorghum flour in some households, they added kunjara flour to it, made it into a dough, cooked it and ate it, and as a result, they went out in the spring and ate green grass. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org as a result of the increase of cotton monopoly in uzbekistan, the possibility of animal husbandry development was limited, fruit and vegetable cultivation was reduced, gardens and vineyards were destroyed, and the republic was at the last place among the allied republics in terms of consumption of basic food types. according to research, citizens living in uzbekistan consumed twice as much meat and meat products, milk and milk products, as well as eggs compared to citizens of republics within the union. in rural areas of uzbekistan, each person had 10 kg of meat per year [5]. most households ate one or two hot meals during the week, and the rest of the time, their main meal consisted of bread. the fact that the villagers were constantly engaged in hard work and did not eat strong food had a serious effect on their health. in the difficult years after the war, due to the poverty of social and household life in the cities and districts of the republic, tuberculosis spread widely and became an epidemic, but the work of establishing treatment facilities was neglected. for example, at the end of 1945, there were only 4 treatment centers for the treatment of tuberculosis in the tashkent region [10]. there were tuberculosis treatment centers only in the districts of andijan region, such as kurgantepa, stalin, lenin, pakhtaabad [15]. later, some attention was paid to expanding the network of tuberculosis treatment institutions in uzbekistan, and their number was increased from 78 in 1950 to 184 in 1957[7]. in 1950, antituberculosis dispensaries operated only in large cities of the regions of uzbekistan, and tuberculosis centers operated in districts[16]. since tuberculosis is an infectious disease, it can be prevented by increasing sanitary education among the public. however, the lack of sanitary education among the villagers had a negative impact on the spread of diseases. e., who served for many years as the chief physician in the anti-tuberculosis dispensary of the kashkadarya region, said this. n. gorelina explains the following: "what is most lacking in our work is sanitary education. the low cultural level of the population makes treatment and prevention difficult. patients come to us long after they are ill. however, doctors cannot help them after the time has passed” [11]. most of the sick people were from rural areas. in 1954, 5161 people were registered with tuberculosis in andijan region, 68.5% of them were rural residents[12]. tuberculosis left a tragic mark on the memory of kitab of kashkadarya region and urgut district of samarkand region. in some villages, there were cases of tuberculosis among the population. district leaders' appeals for help from higher organizations remained unanswered. for example, on may 13, 1948, the secretary of the kitab district party committee t. m. husainov and the chairman of the district council of people's deputies a. t. haitovlar, secretary of the kashkadarya region committee of the kp of uzbekistan b. nosirov and the chairman of the regional executive committee s. they sent a letter to badalboev with the following content: "workers of a number of collective farms in kitab district have been suffering from tuberculosis for several years. this disease is socially dangerous, on the one hand, for the healthy population, and on the other hand, for the lives of those infected with tuberculosis... many people die because of the lack of opportunities to treat tuberculosis in the district. in order to treat those infected with tuberculosis and prevent the spread of the disease, we request: to immediately transfer mass inspection of collective farmers to the ministry of health of the republic of uzbekistan through the council of ministers of the ssr...; we ask you to help us open a temporary 50-seat dispensary in an adapted building and provide it with all the necessary equipment and specialists. however, the demands of kitab district residents have been ignored by higher organizations for many years. in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org first 10 months of 1951, 208 people died of tuberculosis in palandara village council alone[13]. only by december 1951, a 25-bed tuberculosis hospital was established in palandara village of the district. taking into account the difficult situation in the district, several decisions of the council of ministers of the uzbek ssr were made on the fight against tuberculosis in kitab and miroqi districts. on november 11, 1953 "on urgent measures to combat tuberculosis in kitab, miroqi districts of kashkadarya region and urgut district of samarkand region", july 19, 1956 "on additional measures to combat tuberculosis in kitab and miroqi districts of kashkadarya region", 1959 among them are the decisions of november 4 "on measures to strengthen the fight against tuberculosis among the residents of kitab district"[13]. on august 29, 1961, the council of ministers of the uzbek ssr adopted a decision "on unsatisfactory implementation of the decision of the council of ministers of the uzbek ssr dated november 4, 1960, no. 26, "on strengthening the fight against tuberculosis among the residents of kitab district" [14]. on april 30, 1965, the decision of the council of ministers of the uzbek ssr "on further measures to strengthen the fight against tuberculosis in the republic" was announced [8]. some work was done in the regions to ensure the implementation of the decision. for example, in fergana region, there were 2405 treatment places for the treatment of tuberculosis during this period. in 1965, the boarding school building in the "leningrad" collective farm of altiariq district was allocated to a sanatorium for the treatment of tuberculosis. certain works were also carried out by the staff of the research institute of tuberculosis of uzbekistan. for example, the employees of this institute organized an expedition to jizzakh and syrdarya regions, and studied the details of tuberculosis in the population. during 1974, 47 doctors-physicians were trained at the base of the institute. a number of scientific conferences on the fight against tuberculosis were held in the republic. in march 1974, a republican scientific-practical conference was held, and on may 21-22 of the same year, an all-union symposium was held in the city of namangan. for example, 428 people participated in the symposium held in namangan[9]. in 1989-1990, there were 245 institutions for the fight against tuberculosis and its treatment in uzbekistan, of which 101 were dispensaries, 67 were departments of the central district hospital, 24 offices, 11 hospitals, 32 sanatoriums [6]. thus, uzbekistan became the main focus of a number of social diseases during the soviet era. it was found that the rate of diseases such as tuberculosis, skin-genital, and mental-nerve increased year by year. tuberculosis, one of the most dangerous social diseases, has affected all the peoples of the world in different historical periods, and every year millions of people die from tuberculosis. list of used literature 1. всемирная организация здравоохранения (история, проблемы, перспективы). под. ред. д. д. венедиктова. — м.: медицина, 1975. – с. 118-120. 2. ижтимоий гигиена ва соғлиқни сақлашга доир қисқача фикрлар. – тошкент, 1993. – б. 43. 3. добровольский ю. а. два мира-две медицины. — м.: знание, 1969. – с. 64. 4. хазраткулов а. социалные проблемы узбекистана и пути их решения. специфика, опыт, преспективи (1971-1990 гг.).: автореф. дисс. докт. ист. наук. – с. 26 – 27. 5. хазраткулов а. социалные проблемы узбекистана и пути их решения. специфика, опыт, преспективи (1971-1990 гг.).: автореф. дисс. докт. ист. наук. – с. 28 – 31. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 6. хамракулов р. ш. некоторые вопросы улучшения противотуберкулезной помощи населению узбекской сср // медицинский журнал узбекистана. – 1990. – no 1. – с.4 5 7. здравоохранение в узбекской сср (ст. сб). – ташкент, 1958. – с. 107. 8. ўзр мда, р-837-фонд, 41-рўйхат, 703-йиғма жилд, 69-варақ. 9. ўзр мда, р-837-фонд, 41-рўйхат, 3592-йиғма жилд, 90-91-варақ. 10. ўзр мда, р-837-фонд, 41-рўйхат, 4137-йиғма жилд, 96 – 106-вараклар. 11. қашқадарё вилояти давлат архиви, 193-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 80-йиғма жилд, 74-75-варақлар. 12. андижон вилояти давлат архиви, 607-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 28-йиғма жилд, 11-варақ. 13. қашқадарё вилояти давлат архиви, 193-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 57-йиғма жилд, 126-варақ. 14. қашқадарё вилояти давлат архиви, 193-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 134-йиғма жилд, 63-69-варақлар. 15. андижон вилояти давлат архиви, 607-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 245-йиғма жилд, 62-63-варақлар. сурхондарё вилояти давлат архиви, 77-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 262-йиғма жилд, 51-варақ. 16. қашқадарё вилояти давлат архиви, 193-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 272-йиғма жилд, 55-варақ; 836йиғма жилд, 48-52варакпар 17. якубова, ш. "o'zbekistonda farmasevtika sanoatining rivojlanishi." общество и инновации 2.8/s (2021): 414-418. 18. shukhratovich, toshpulatov bekzod. "history of training of secondary medical services in uzbekistan." epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr) 7.4 (2021): 1-1. 19. ташпулатов б. ш. xx асрда туркистонда тиббиёт йўналиши таълим муассасаларининг йўлга қўйилиши //взгляд в прошлое. – 2020. – №. si1№ 3 20. muminova, g., and b. tashpulatov. "political repressions during the period of collectivization in uzbekistan (on the example of kashkadarya region)." oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences 2.1 (2022): 725-729. 21. tashpulatov, b. sh. "looking at the history of medical education system (on the example of uzbekistan)." gospodarka i innowacje. 23 (2022): 176-181. 22. мўминова, гавх̨ар. ўзбекистонда соғликн̨и сакл̨аш тизими тарихи: 1917-1991 йиллар. yangi nashr, 2015. 23. якубова, ш. а. "развитие в узбекистане фармацевтической промышленности." электронный сетевой политематический журнал" научные труды кубгту" 3 (2020): 588-594. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the use of the words barbarism and vulgarism in the language of the artistic work khojaniyazov jahongir khudaybergan o’gli teacher of literature and mother tongue in yukari chirchik district vocational school a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s first of all, the level of the process of exchange of ideas is very important in my speaking process. including ensuring the purity of speech and keeping our language away from units that harm it is a process characteristic of literary language norms, and as a result, purity of speech can be achieved. being able to speak our mother tongue correctly shows our national values and respect for ourselves and others. linguistics, barbarism, exoticism, vulgarism, vulgarism, linguistics, lexeme, dialect. when familiarizing with the field of linguistics, various terms are encountered involuntarily, or people who do not directly refer to the field may hear the terms related to the field from anywhere and at the same time know these terms. often, in literature, it is possible to transfer words and phrases from various foreign languages through its specific descriptive purpose. most of these words may have come from russion or from english. such lexemes, which are not included in the literary speech of the uzbek language, that is, cannot be used in the literary speech, but are used as a stylistic tool in the field of art, serve to increase the rhetorical effectiveness of the works, which indicate the character, inner world, and other regional belonging of the heroes of the works. so, one of the words that scatter literature in art is barbarism (exoticisms in some literature) and vulgarisms. people who have not heard and don't know these words may think that barbarism and vulgarism are derived from a mixture and mean something different. most of the people who work in the field of linguistics are familiar with the words found in the lexicon of the uzbek language. barbarism (greek: varvarismos from the word "stranger") are words and phrases that are not adapted to the native language, are not typical of its norms, and are used as an exception. the barbarisms encountered in the speech of comedy characters can be divided into a group according to their relevance to the comparison.1 and on other internet sites, barbarisms (greek: barbaros-synonymous) are words that come from foreign languages, which are foreign to the language, and are not related to language. barbarisms are characteristic of the speech style, violate the literary norms of the language, 1 madvaliyev a. o’zbek tilining izohli lug’ati – toshkent: “o’zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi” davlat ilmiy nashriyoti 441bet american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org and do not belong to the basic vocabulary of the language. barbarisms are sometimes used in literature and literature to create a local environment and personalize images. for example, it indicates money ("is it from the blue" or is there a dollar), position and person ("mayor", "chef", "boss", "baron"), and is also used in speech.2 therefore, people unknowingly use words related to varvarism in everyday life. it is important not to forget the need not to make mistakes related to the use of only words. the reason for this is that it is possible to misapply the words or ideas that are being expressed through these words, and in the end, it is not a matter of the speaking being unprofessional or something that touches his personality. soon asadbek appeared. the deputy didn't even see him, and he didn't even hear his greeting. "the mood of the chef is the same as that of the uncle," thought bo'tqa. asad is not giving you a chance, said zelikhan, trying to gather his thoughts. anvar got up saying "oh, spy, he delivered" and led his mother to the couch. wait a moment, said sharif, picking up the phone. i need to talk to the minister.3 the aforementioned lexemes "chef", "chance", "spy", "minister" are intended to make the language of western art more interesting by reducing the words that are offensive to the barbarism. the word "chef" comes from the meaning of boss, boss, the word "chance" comes from the meaning of opportunity, "spy" comes from the word "spy" and "minister" comes from the meaning of vicegerent. another collection of words that do not occur in the literary speech of uzbek is called vulgar words, that is, vulgarisms. in the explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language, vulgarism is defined as follows. vulgar (latin. vulgarus-ordinary; usual) rough, rude, out of manners. vulgar word. vulgar phrase. vulgarism is vulgar vocabulary used in literary language. archaism, professionalism, and vulgarism are not special lexical resources, but the basis of "public" words in general. 4 vulgarism is often considered a style of speech. such lexemes or their vulgar meanings are not considered to be a literary language, their use is considered against the culture of the point, but in the literary genre these words are used as a stylistic tool.5 based on the above information, it is possible to say that vulgarisms are used in the sense of insult. not only in the natural language, but also in the speech process of our life, the use of words included in the content of vulgarism is against the culture. the following examples can be used to see the role of vulgar words in art. oh, from the oppressor! what a horry day oh! hey, damn tashmurad! run away! if you go to spring! wow! tashmurad!6 "yes, i'm sorry, did you go to those places?" he asked after jahongir's greeting. 2 vikipediya. 3 tohir malik. “shaytanat” www.ziyouz.com kutubxonasi. 116-119-126-135-bet 4 madvaliyev a. o’zbek tilining izohli lug’ati “o’zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi” davlat ilmiy nashriyoti. toshkent-471bet 5 jamolxonov h. hozirgi o’zbek adabiy tili. toshkent, 2005 y. 203-b 6 mahmudxo’ja behbudiy “padarkush” www.ziyouz.com kutubxonasi. 48-bet http://www.ziyouz.com/ http://www.ziyouz.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org "hey, that's the worst..." the young man muttered involuntarily and softened his tone of speech. i hit my wife, they cursed her.7 anvar laughed and patted rana's shoulder: walk around. the blind continues to speak. are we getting there, where are we going?8 in the examples given above, the words juvanmarg, chechakda ketsayding, padarkush, enasini..., gorsoxta, are considered vulgarisms. paying attention to all the given statements, it is possible to witness that the characters of the work of art are eloquent and that the characters express their dissatisfaction through the words, and that the words are only related to the artistic style. in conclusion, it is possible to say that the use of the words barbarism and especially vulgarisms in the speech process of one of the situations that does not correspond to the speech culture. because speech culture is important for people's thinking. i know that it is necessary not to use such words when entering into a speech process with such people. at this point, it is good to teach the subject "speech culture" to the students of uzbek language and literature in the field of pedagogy of higher educational institutions. because the future pedagogic staff should be able to be an example to the students with the richness of their speech, but what about the students of other fields? it is natural to ask that question. it would be appropriate to teach this subject to all students for at least one semester. this is because the purity and correctness of speech is important for all representatives of the field. the use of such units in the context of art shows the skill of the writer. the list of used literature 1. madvaliyev a. o’zbek tilining izohli lug’ati “o’zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi” davlat ilmiy nashriyoti. toshkent, 441-bet 2. tohir malik. “shaytanat” www.ziyouz.comkutubxonasi. 116-119-126-135-betlar 3. jamolxonov h. hozirgi o’zbeka dabiy tili. toshkent, 2005 y. 203-b 4. mahmudxo’ja behbudiy “padarkush” www.ziyouz.com kutubxonasi. 48-bet 5. tohir malik. “so’nggi o’q” www.ziyouz.com kutubxonasi. 11-bet 6. abdulla qodiriy “mehrobdan chayon” g’ofur g’ulom nomidagi nashriyot-matbaa ijodiy uyi. toshkent, 2006 y. 275-bet 7. vikipediya. 7 tohir malik. “so’nggi o’q” www.ziyouz.com kutubxonasi. 11-bet 8 abdulla qodiriy “mehrobdan chayon” g’ofur g’ulom nomidagi nashriyot-matbaa ijodiy uyi. toshkent, 2006 y. 275-bet http://www.ziyouz.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 193 www.americanjournal.org semantic structure of phraseological uni̇ts in modern english rakhmatullayeva makhbuba zafar kizi master’s degree in english philology, karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of the work is to cover the issues of researching the semantics and structure of phraseological units. an analysis of the characteristics of phraseological semantics is one of the problems causing numerous scientific disputes. phraseological units, aphorisms, cosmic technique, forming interjections, idioms introduction phraseology is one of the branches of the science of language that studies the etymology, semantics, structure and functioning of phraseological units. in scientific linguistic literature, the term "phraseological unit" is considered in a broad and narrow sense. some researchers attribute aphorisms ,idioms and catchphrases to phraseological units. in the lexical composition of the language, phraseological units occupy a significant place, since they figuratively and accurately convey thought, reflect various aspects of reality. main part. a.v. koonin classified phraseological units according to the way they are formed. he pointed out primary and secondary ways of forming phraseological units. primary ways of forming phraseological units are those when a unit is formed on the basis of a free wordgroup : a) most productive in modern english is the formation of phraseological units by means of transferring the meaning of terminological word-groups, for example. in cosmic technique we can point out the following phrases: «launching pad» in its terminological meaning is «uchish maydoni», in its transferred meaning – “yuborish manzili”, «to link up» -«aloqa o’rnatmoq» in its tranformed meaning it means – «tanishmoq»; b) a large group of phraseological units was formed from free word groups by transforming their meaning, for example. «granny farm» -«qarilar pansionati» «troyan horse» «kompyuter uchun dastur» c) phraseological units can be formed by means of alliteration ,for example. «a sad sack» «baxtsiz voqea» «culture vulture» «san’atga ishqiboz odam»; d) they can be formed by means of expressiveness; especially it is characteristic for forming interjections, for example. «my aunt!», « hear, hear !» etc; e) they can be formed by means of distorting a word group, for example, «odds and ends» was formed from «odd ends»; f) they can be formed by using archaisms, for example. «in brown study» means «in gloomy meditation» where both components preserve their archaic meanings; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 194 www.americanjournal.org g) they can be formed by using a sentence in a different sphere of life, for example. «that cock won't fight» can be used as a free wordgroup when it is used in sports (cock fighting ), it becomes a phraseological unit when it is used in everyday life, because it is used metaphorically, h) they can be formed when we use some unreal image, for example. «to have butterflies in the stomach» -«xavotir olmoq», «to have green fingers» -«bog’bonlik qo’lidan kelmoq» etc. i) they can be formed by using expressions of writers or polititions in everyday life, for example. «corridors of power» (snow), «american dream» (alby) «locust years» (churchil), «the winds of change» (m. millan). prof n. amasova gives two categories of phraseological units depending on whether just one component or both are used in phraseologically bound meaning. if all the components have idiomatic meaning such phraseological units are called «idioms», for example: to toe the line (to do exactly as one is told), a free lance (a person who acts independently). if one of the components has bound specialized meaning dependent on the second component she called «phrasemes».for example. dutch courage (courage given by drink), to bring to book (to bring to justice), small years (in the childhood), small beers (weak beer). prof. a.i. smirnitsky worked out structural classification of phraseological units, comparing them with words. he points out one-top units which he compares with derived words because derived words have only one root morpheme. he points out two-top units which he compares with compound words because in compound words we usually have two root morphemes. it is also possible to identify different features of phraseological expressions by classifying them according to their external form. this classification focuses more on the number of words in a phrase. the results of the classification can be used to determine the number of words in a phrase. many linguists argue that a phrase is more than two words long. however, observations show that phraseological expressions consist of two, three or more words. but some linguists say that there are also one-word phrases. in particular, according to professor a. jafarov, oneword phrases are formed at the highest stage of development of the idiomatic compound. this type of expression can be expressed as a compound word or as a single word. they differ from compound words in that they do not express a direct idea. true, it means idiomatic in one word. but it's hard to say. because a phrase has to be a combination of words. the opinions of v.v. vinogradov, a. abakumov, a. askhakhmatov are valuable [12-23]. idiomatic words are made up of single words and have an idiomatic meaning. but the phrase cannot reflect the features it reflects. according to academician v.v. vinogradov, the development of phraseological combinations should begin with phraseological integrity and turn into phraseological double loops, from phraseological integrity to phraseological confusions, and then to phraseological compounds. based on this opinion, sh. rakhmatullayev's opinion that "idiomatic words are formed based on phraseological compounds" is well-founded. conclusion explains the relationship of form and meaning of phraseological units in english and uzbek, as well as the lingua-cultural specificity of phraseology. phraseological units differ in form and meaning, etymology, and modernity. the polysemy in them shows that they have many meanings. most of the phraseology, which includes place names, is formed in the national cultural context and enriches the phraseological layer. phraseologisms representing place names american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 195 www.americanjournal.org are based on the expression of people's daily life, values, nationality, dreams of today and tomorrow. in conclusion, it should be noted that most of the national and cultural idioms are related to the daily life, customs and traditions of the people. the analysis of phraseological units based on the interaction of cultures shows that the phrases are similar. references 1. yo’ldoshev b. (1992). frazeologizmlarning adabiy til normasi munosabatiga doir. t.: o’ta, (3). 37-42. 2. yo’ldoshev b., xalilov q. (2007). shoir erkin vohidovning frazeologizm qo’llash mahorati haqida, samarqand.(monografiya). 3. doniyorov x., yo’ldoshev b. (1988). adabiy til va badiiy stil’. t:. “fan”. 4. haydarov a., jo’raqulova g. (2012). frazeologik iboralar tarjimasi xususida. tilning leksik – semantik tizimi va qiyosiy tipologik izlanishlar: sinxroniya va diaxroniya. materiallar to’plami, t.: “muharrir”, 10 – 12. 5. ziyayev a. (2011). ingliz tilida so’z ma’nolarini kuchaytirishning kognitiv talqini. 6. arnold i.v. lexicology of modern english: textbook. for in-tov and fak. foreign language 3rd ed., rev. and additional m.: higher. shk., 1986. 7. berlison s.b., specificity of the semantics of phraseological units and the role of structural components in its definition // semantic structure of words and phraseological units: collection of articles. scientific articles ryazan, 1980. zhukov v.p. semantics of phraseological turns. m., 1978. 8. kunina.v. the basic concepts of phraseology as a linguistic discipline and the creation of the english-russian phraseological dictionary: author. dis. dr. philol. sciences m., 1964. 9. kunin a.v., course of phraseology of modern english, uch. manual, 2nd edition m, high school, 1996. p. 381 10. erdanova s.a., diyorova n.o., tukboeva m.b., kakhkhorova sh.t., khakimova d.y., jurayeva z.i. the role of foreign language in modern society.pjaee, 2013. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org the necessity of adoption dadaboeva jumagul anvarovna associate professor candidate of legal sciences fergana state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, it is scientifically based that the institution of adoption is a humanitarian institution according to its essence and purpose. it has been revealed from a socio-legal point of view that it is necessary to focus on providing normal family education to children who are deprived of their parents or cannot receive parental education for some reasons. a child who has lost his parents due to adoption is placed in another family and given family education. child, right, adoption, nation, family, parents, duty, obligation. introduction undoubtedly, the role and influence of the family is incomparable in the formation and promotion of the unique spirituality of any nation. because the purest and purest feelings of a person, the first concepts and imaginations of life are first formed in the bosom of the family. it is natural that the foundation of the spiritual standards and views that determine the child's character, nature and worldview the foundation of sacred concepts such as goodness and goodness, nobility and kindness, honor and respect is settled in the family environment[1.23]. the main purpose of adoption is for one reason or another. , providing minors who do not have the opportunity to grow up in the arms of their parents with family and parental love and affection, and children to grow up without suffering from the situation in which they have fallen. on the other hand, the adopters are blessed with parental consciousness and happiness, in addition to the feeling of fulfilling a high human duty. therefore, adoption is a special blessing for adoptees and adoptees, the satisfaction of high human feelings. at the same time, it is also very beneficial for the society. the most basic conditions for a child to grow and mature normally are parental love, care, and a family environment. the most important thing is that between the adopted children and the adopters, there is a permanent, stable mutual trust, love, responsibility, care, personal relationship based on blood kinship, like real parents and children. however, there is a risk that such relationships will break, the child's mental state and heart will be hurt, the adopters will be in a very uncomfortable situation and a number of other difficult situations will arise this is the disclosure of the secret of adoption. for the same reason, the secret of adoption is fully protected by law. usually, any child is born, brought up and grows up in a family. however, there are also situations in life that result in children being deprived of their parents' care. these cases can be conditionally divided into objective and subjective reasons. for example, objective reasons include: the death of parents, their illness, various unfortunate events, loss of mental capacity, loss of a child in emergency situations (natural disasters, during military operations), etc. while some objective reasons are explained by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org parents being deprived of parental rights as a result of illegal behavior towards their children, sometimes parents are sentenced to imprisonment or imprisonment for a crime committed as a result of behavior unrelated to their parental obligations. can be expressed in judgment. literature review the subjective reasons why children are deprived of their parents' care are usually related to parents' illegal behavior towards their children. for example, misbehaving with children (using physical force, beating, torture, etc.); refusal of parents to take children from maternity hospitals, educational and other institutions; leaving children in public places or with strangers; leaving children at home without necessary food and medicine; it can be expressed in the fact that they don't want to bring their child clothes, school supplies, etc. [2.507.] . information is also provided in cases where the parents are unknown, or they are recognized as missing or dead by the court, and they do not live with the children for more than six months, despite the warning of guardianship and patronage authorities. the guardianship and guardianship body identifies children without parental care and keeps their records. information about children left without parental care to the guardianship and guardianship body: relatives of the child; chairmen (elders) of self-government bodies of citizens; officials of civil registration bodies (when it is known that there are children left without parental care during the registration of the death of citizens, as well as in other cases); courts (when decisions are issued to recognize a citizen as incompetent, to declare him dead, to imprison or deprive persons with minor children under their care, as well as in other cases when children are left without parental care); institutions (pre-school educational institutions, general education institutions, medical institutions, social protection institutions and other institutions), officials of public associations; it is presented by citizens who are aware of the fact that children are left without parental care. caring for children deprived of parental care is one of the important tasks of the state and society. a.m. nechaeva stated that "adoption occupies a special place among forms of permanent placement of children deprived of parental care"[3.267.] . adoption creates all personal and property rights and obligations between the adopter (and his relatives) and the adopted (and their future descendants), regardless of whether or not they are specifically stated in the law, in the legal documents established for parents and children. the form of placement of children deprived of parental care can be understood as a legally defined procedure for the placement of children deprived of parental care in a family or a children's institution, their upbringing, education, maintenance, protection of their rights and interests. adoption is the optimal form of placement for orphans and abandoned children, because as a result of adoption, as a result of adoption, the child is provided with the same upbringing conditions as in his own family, sometimes even better. adoption is not the result of a random act, but is a decision made after serious thinking and deliberation, with prior preparation, and in this decision, the wishes and will of people who do not have their own children are embodied[4.513.]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org adoption is a legal document, which mainly creates legal relations between adopters and adoptees, like between parents and children[5.225.]. through adoption, children have new parents and other relatives and complete the legal relationship with their parents and relatives. therefore, adoption is a document that creates and cancels this legal relationship. according to l.m. pchelintseva, adoption gives childless persons an opportunity to satisfy parental love, paternal and maternal needs. however, in adoption, the child's interest should be put first [6.672.]. through adoption, childless persons fulfill their natural needs of fatherhood and motherhood. due to the forced relocation of some nationalities from the territory of the former soviet union during the second world war, children of other nationalities were raised by our people with human love. citizens of our country not only accepted people of other nationalities with tolerance and gave them a place in their homes, but also took children orphaned from their parents into their arms and showed great kindness towards them. plenum resolution no. 23 [7.] of the supreme court of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 11, 1998 "on the practice of applying laws by courts in resolving disputes related to child upbringing" [7.] states that children were adopted by other persons and the adoption was not canceled or valid if it is not found, the restoration of parental rights is not allowed. the issue of taking children from adoptees can also be resolved in this manner if there are no legal grounds for canceling the adoption. when taking children from their parents or adoptive parents (restriction of parental rights), the court must decide on the issue of alimony from the parents (one of them) for the support of the child. failure of the adoptees to fulfill their obligations or not fulfilling them properly can be a reason for annulment of adoption by the court. in other cases where it is necessary for the child's interests, the adoption can be canceled by the court. if a claim for annulment of adoption is filed on the grounds that the law was violated in its formalization, in accordance with the laws of the republic, the court must take into account all factual circumstances when resolving the dispute, including whether annulment of adoption is against the interests of the child. when canceling the adoption, the court has the right to determine that the child is in need of financial support and force the former adopter to pay for his support. in this case, the recovery of funds for the financial support of the child is carried out by the court in a fixed amount, taking into account the financial and family conditions of the former adopter and the claimant. in adoption, the family-legal relationship for the future parents already exists. that is, their mutual marriage indicates that a family relationship has been established. as a result of adoption, a new family-legal relationship is created for the child, just like when a new child is born in the family, the adopting parents are given a number of rights and obligations by law. and the child is provided with the main right for him to grow up happily, provided for in the convention on the rights of the child the right to live and be educated in the family. according to m.m. klyachko, as a result of adoption, the relationship between parents and children is created. an adopted child is related to the adopter in the same legal relationship as his own children, and the adopter is a parent to the adopted child and his descendants[8.9.]. according to f. m. otakho'jaev, adoption means making someone else's child equal to one's own child, which is a vivid example of showing kindness to children, especially children who need attention. in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org this case, between the adopters and the adopted, the same legal relationship as between birth parents and children is created [9.226.]. research methodology parental relations arise as a result of procreation. for this reason, legal relations of parentage and legal relations of adopters are different from each other. the absence of a biological relationship does not allow establishing a legal relationship that is exactly similar to the relationship between parents and children. 1. parental legal relations are based on birth. in case of adoption, this does not have legal significance. of course, sometimes in cases of adoption of a child by relatives, the existence of a relationship of kinship is not part of the legal facts that may affect the created legal relationship. adoption is based on two conditions: 1) the will of the adopter; 2) the decision of the governor (or the court) on adoption lies. 2. the will of the parents is not necessary for the establishment of the legal relationship of parenthood. in some cases, parental legal relationship can be established even against the will of the parents. for example, a child born out of wedlock may not be recognized by the father and may not have any contact with him, but as a result of the court's determination of paternity, a parental relationship exists. 3. if the legal fact that creates the legal relationship between parents and children is this event, then this action is the basis for the adoption. 4. legal relations between parents and children and legal relations resulting from adoption arise at different times. that is, if parental relationship is established with the birth of a child, and in the case of adoption, according to article 167 of the ok, the day when the necessary changes are made to the register of the birth of the adopted child is considered the time of adoption. 5. legal relations between parents and children, as well as on adoption, must have different grounds for annulment (article 169 of the code of civil procedure). however, in both relationships, one basic fact is that death brings about the termination of the legal relationship. 6. adoptees cannot be deprived of parental rights, only the adoption is canceled. as a result of deprivation of parental rights and cancellation of adoption, the rights of parents and adoptees are terminated. however, its foundations and legal consequences are different. although the current family code defines annulment of adoption and deprivation of parental rights almost identically, deprivation of parental rights is not possible unless the parents are at fault. conclusion/recommendations adoption can be annulled by the court even in cases where the adopter is not at fault. although deprivation of parental rights is indefinite, parental rights can be restored in cases where it is in the best interest of the child, when the behavior of the parent changes in a positive direction. after cancellation of adoption, second adoption is not allowed. in our opinion, the determination of this rule from the point of view of the law is determined by the existence of a birth relationship between a parent and a child. it is important to note that the deprivation of parental rights does not release a parent from the obligation to provide for his child. the issue of whether a parent deprived of parental rights (one of them) will continue to live together with a child will be decided by the court in accordance with the procedure established by legislation on housing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org a child whose parents (one of them) has been deprived of parental rights over him, if he is not adopted, retains the property right to the residence or the right to use the residence, as well as the fact of birth with his parents and other blood relatives. reserves all property rights based on it, including the right to inherit. the analysis of the legal relations that arise as a result of adoption shows that as a result of this, a real family relationship is created between the adopter and the adoptee. if we take into account the fact that most people are born in a family, and the importance of family upbringing, the role of a child in growing up as a person with the love of parents is incomparable. references 1. karimov i.a. high spirituality is an inexhaustible power. -tashkent: spirituality, 2008. 2. civil law. textbook: v 3 t. t.3. // pod red a.p. sergeeva, yu.k. tolstogo. -m.: prospect. 2004. 3. nechaeva a.m. semeynoe pravo. the course is a lecture. m.: jurist. 1998. 4. civil law. textbook: v 3 t. t.3. //pod red a.p. sergeeva, yu.k. tolstogo.–m.: prospekt. 2004. 5. otakho'jaev f. family law of the republic of uzbekistan. -t.: tdyui, 2005. 6. pchelintseva l.m. semeynoe pravo rossii. uchebnik dlya vuzov. -m.: norma-infra. 1998. -672 p. 7. plenum decision no. 23 of september 11, 1998 of the supreme court of the republic of uzbekistan "on the practice of applying laws by courts in resolving disputes related to child upbringing." 8. klyachko m.m. adoption of soviet family law. juridicheskie konsultatsii dlya naseleniya v voprosakh i otvetax. m.: 1963. 9. otakho'jaev f. family law of the republic of uzbekistan. t.: tdyui, 2005. 10.dadaboeva, j. (2022). the basics of civil legal regulation of separation from marriage. research focus, 1(4), 253-261. 11.dadaboyeva, j. a., & mamadaliyeva, m. (2023). odam savdosi yoxud “zamonaviy qullik”ka qarshi kurashish muammolari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(2), 807-812. 12.dadaboeva, j. (2023). state protection of family, fatherhood, motherhood, childhood. science and innovation, 2(c2), 29-33. 13.urmonalievich, y. s. (2023). views on socio-cultural technologies in the transformation of society. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 18, 15-19. 14. yuldashev, s. (2023). новые социокультурные методы преобразования общества. farg‘ona davlat universiteti ilmiy jurnali, (1), 186–189. 15. yuldashev, s. (2020). socio-cultural technologies in uzbekistan: history and now. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 18(1), 171-173. 16.yuldashev, s. u. (2019). the role of socio-cultural technologies in society. scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 1(10), 187-192. 17.yuldashev, s. u. (2019). the role of the function of stabilization and development of society in scientific management (as socio-cultural technology). scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 1(6), 255-259. 18.yuldashev, s. u. (2019). technology of social and cultural projection in scientific management of society. theoretical & applied science, (11), 621-623. 19.юлдашев, с. ў. (2022). жамиятни инновацион бошқаришда илмий ёндашув. scientific progress, 3(1), 20-25. 20.yuldashev, s. u. (2022). socio-cultural features of increasing the innovative activity of personnel. oriental journal of social sciences, 2(1), 36-43. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org features of the blood hemostasis system in children with chronic pneumonia sh. m. ibatova, o.x. shakarboyeva samarkand state medical university, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s we examined 100 children with chronic pneumonia, who were divided into two groups: group i consisted of 30 patients aged 12-14 years (with bronchial deformation 24 patients; with bronchiectasis 6), group ii 70 patients aged 15 15 years. 16 years (with bronchial deformation 46 patients; with bronchiectasis 24). an analysis of the indicators of the blood hemostasis system in patients with chronic pneumonia was carried out. the presented data emphasize the significant pathogenetic significance of changes in hemostasis in patients with chronic pneumonia, which requires the search for new methods of pathogenetic therapy based on anticoagulant effects. chronic pneumonia, patients, blood, hemostasis, indicators, shifts. introduction the lungs play a significant role in maintaining the physiological balance of the coagulation, fibrinolytic system and in the regulation of hemostasis [3,4,6,11]. thus, the lungs are the site of fibrinolysis, the richest source of heparin. in addition, in the reticuloendothelial cells of the connective tissue of the lungs, the possibility of synthesizing fibrinogen, prothrombin, tissue thromboplastin and ac globulin is allowed [8,10]. naturally, the inflammatory process in the lungs can be accompanied by changes in the blood coagulation system. of particular interest are these changes in chronic lung pathology in children, when emerging hemocoagulation disorders can aggravate hypoxia and determine the course and prognosis of the disease [1,2,5,7,9]. violation in the hemostasis system in chronic lung pathology determines the severity of the disease, the presence of an exacerbation, the degree of pulmonary heart failure, so monitoring this system is important. purpose of the study to analyze the parameters of the blood hemostasis system in children with chronic pneumonia. materials and methods of research 100 patients with chronic pneumonia were examined, who were divided into two groups: group i consisted of 30 patients aged 12-14 years (with bronchial deformation 24 patients; with bronchiectasis american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org 6), group ii 70 patients aged 15 years. and older -16 years (with bronchial deformation 46 patients; with bronchiectasis 24). recalcification time according to the method of k. bergerhoff and rock. determination of prothrombin time using the method of a.l. quick; plasma fibrinogen concentration was determined by the gravimetric method of r.a. rutberg; free heparin level according to e. simrey's method. ethanol test according to v.g. lychev; lipinski protamine sulfate test; fibrinolytic activity according to the method of m.a. kotovshchikova and b.i. kuznik. plasma tolerance to heparin according to l. poller’s method. results of the study and their discussion studies of the indicators of the hemostasis system were carried out for the first time on the days of admission to the clinic in the acute phase, against the background of heparin therapy (7-8 days of treatment), and after the treatment before discharge. the results of the study of the coagulation system are presented in table 1. table 1. changes in hemostasis parameters in chronic pneumonia in children upon admission in the acute phase (m±m) № indicators healthy children children with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease 3-7 years 8-15 years 3-7 years n=30 8-15 years n=70 1. plasma recalcification time (sec) 90,1±6,8 90,6±7,8 78,2±5,4 р<0,05 74,6±4,7 р<0,05 2. plasma tolerance to heparin (min) 8,74±0,69 9,38±0,79 6,94±0,44 р<0,05 6,45±0,76 р<0,001 3. free heparin in blood plasma (sec) 6,4±0,54 7,1±1,12 4,2±0,5 р<0,02 3,8±0,52 р<0,001 4. plasma fibrinogen (g/l) 2,94±0,12 2,69±0,2 4,81±0,6 р<0,001 5,1±0,47 р<0,001 5. pdf (g/l) 2,8±0,9 2,91±0,92 3,4±0,76 р>0,05 6,7±0,96 р<0,05 6. ethanol sample negative negative 13,3% positive 20% positive 7. protamine sulfate test negative negative 10% positive 25,7% positive 8. prothrombin index (%) 94,5±0,44 96,0±0,76 94,8±1,2 р>0,1 99,88±1,02 р<0,05 9. platelets (1 µl)109 /l 239.0 ±13,6 268±9,76 288,2±17,5 р<0,05 300±22,0 р<0,05 10 fibrinolytic activity (%) 10,2±0,91 10,7±0,94 7,71±0,92 р<0,05 6,23±0,74 р<0,001 note: preliability of the difference between the indicators of healthy and sick children as can be seen from table 1, during the period of exacerbation of chronic pneumonia in the examined children of all age groups, the average value of recalcification time compared with similar indicators in healthy children was accelerated 78.2±5.4 74.6±4.7 (p <0.05 ), which indicates an increase in overall blood clotting. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org it was found that in children with bronchiectasis there was an even greater reduction in the time of recalcification of blood plasma compared to the group of healthy children and averaged 76.04±4.68 seconds. (p<0.001), and in children with bronchial deformation without their expansion 79.14±3.46 sec. (p>0.1). the most significant acceleration in the time of recalcification was observed in children with a serious condition during complications. as can be seen from table 1, during the period of exacerbation of chronic pneumonia in the examined children in all age groups, the average value of the time of recalcification in comparison with similar indicators in healthy children was accelerated 78.2 ± 5. 4 74.6±4.7 (p<0.05), which indicates an increase in the overall blood clotting ability. when studying the timing of recalcification of blood plasma depending on the form of chronic pneumonia, fig. 1. it was found that in children with bronchiectasis there was an even greater reduction in the time of recalcification of blood plasma compared to the group of healthy children and averaged 76.04±4.68 seconds. (p<0.001), and in children with bronchial deformation without their expansion 79.14±3.46 sec. (p>0.1). the most significant acceleration in the timing of recalcification was observed in children with a serious condition when chronic pneumonia was complicated by pulmonary heart failure or the addition of circulatory failure. on average, it was 70.4±3.4 seconds, which was significantly (p<0.05) higher than in patients with an average severity of the disease of 82.68±5.4. according to the bergerhoff-rock test, it can be noted that in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, shifts towards hypercoagulation are observed, and the severity of these shifts depends both on the activity of the inflammatory process in the bronchopulmonary system and on the severity and duration of the disease. data on the content of free heparin in blood plasma in patients with chronic pneumonia showed significant changes. thus, in the phase of exacerbation of the disease, a sharp (p<0.001) decrease in the level of free heparin was observed in all age groups to an average of 4.2±0.5 seconds; 3.8±0.52, normal, respectively 6.4±0.54; 7.1±1.12 seconds. taking into account individual fluctuations, in 18 patients with a recent (2-year) duration of the disease, the level of free heparin was within the normal range, in 6 patients it was higher than the control values. with pulmonary heart failure, the addition of circulatory failure. on average, it was 70.4±3.4 seconds, which was significantly (p<0.05) higher than in patients with an average severity of the disease of 82.68±5.4. according to the bergerhof-rock test, it can be noted that in patients with chronic pneumonia there are shifts towards hypercoagulation, and the severity of these shifts depends both on the activity of the inflammatory process in the bronchopulmonary system and on the severity and data on the content of free heparin in blood plasma in patients with chronic pneumonia showed significant changes. thus, in the phase of exacerbation of the disease, a sharp (p<0.001) decrease in the level of free heparin was observed in all age groups to an average of 4.2±0.5 seconds; 3.8±0.52, normal, respectively 6.4±0.54; 7.1±1.12 seconds. taking into account individual fluctuations, in 18 patients with a recent (2-year) duration of the disease, the level of free heparin was within the normal range, in 6 patients it was higher than the control values. so, in the first days of admission to the clinic, the level of free heparin in these patients slightly exceeds the general indicators and averages 5.75±0.95; 4.84±0.64 sec. (p>0.05). based on the data obtained, it can be noted that the level of free heparin in the blood of children with chronic pneumonia in the acute phase of the disease tends to decrease. a decrease in the content of free heparin indicates an increased readiness of the blood to clot due to an exacerbation of the inflammatory process in the lungs. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org higher content of free heparin in the blood that we have established in the bronchiectasis variant and in severe cases of the disease is apparently a consequence of an increase in the number of mast cells in the focus of inflammation and the manifestation of one of the mechanisms of compensatory and adaptive reactions of the body to the constant hypoxic state of patients in this group, since heparin increases tissue tolerance to oxygen and adapts them to oxygen deficiency. analysis of our results revealed an increase in fibrinogen content in the blood plasma in children with this pathology aged 13 to 16 years, 4.81±0.6, while in the control group it was 2.94±0.12; 2.69±0.2 (p<0.001). severe hyperfibrinogenemia in our studies occurs due to an increase in inflammatory fibrinogen a, which is an indicator of inflammation (caused by the inflammatory process) and is aimed at limiting the focus of inflammation. somewhat different results were obtained in the study of the content of fibrinogen in patients with bronchiectasis and with a severe course of the disease, so these patients showed the greatest increase in the content of fibrinogen in the blood plasma compared with patients with bronchial deformity, with moderate severity of the disease (p<0.05) and was 5.8±0.35; 6.8±0.52, which indicates the highest activity of the inflammatory process in these patients. data on the prothrombin index in patients with chronic pneumonia are subject to fairly minor fluctuations (table 1). in the phase of exacerbation of chronic pneumonia, a significant increase in the average indicator was observed in patients from 8 to 15 years old and amounted to 99.88±1.02 (p<0.05). in sick children aged 3 to 7 years, there was a slight increase in prothrombin activity 94.8±1.2 (p>0.1), while in the group of healthy children this figure averaged 94.5±0.44; 96.0±0.76%. as can be seen from the above data, the prothrombin index in sick children with chronic pneumonia has a deviation from the norm. at the same time, the most significant deviation from the level of control figures was observed in the phase of exacerbation of the disease. a study of the platelet link of hemostasis showed that during the period of exacerbation of chronic pneumonia, an increase in the number of platelets was observed in all age groups (288.2±17.5; 300±22.0). of these, in some children of patients with bronchiectasis and a serious condition, hyperthrombocytosis was observed (329.8±13.1; 342.4±18.7), which we assessed as a thrombophilic condition. an analysis of blood fibrinolytic activity (fak) showed that in children with this disease at the age of 13-16 years, an insignificant decrease in the average level of 7.71 ± 0.92% was observed at admission, with a norm of 10.2 ± 0.91%. the most pronounced decrease in fibrinolytic activity was observed in patients aged 8-15 years (6.23±0.74 p<0.001). fak blood was detected in 3% of sick children with a serious condition with pulmonary heart failure. so, in the phase of exacerbation of the disease, fac in these patients was 11.48±0.96 p<0.05 compared with the control group 10.20±0.91. in children with a moderately severe condition, the index of fibrinolytic activity of the blood was significantly reduced (p<0.001). an increase in fac is explained by significant hypoxia of organs and tissues, a compensatory response of the body to increased blood clotting, and a factor preventing thrombosis. summarizing the above data, it should be noted a clear dependence of the state of the blood coagulation system on the phase of the course, the clinical form, the duration of the disease, and the severity of the patients' condition. as can be seen from the above data, the prothrombin index in sick children with chronic pneumonia has a deviation from the norm. at the same time, the most significant deviation from the level of control figures was observed in the phase of exacerbation of the disease. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org a study of the platelet link of hemostasis showed that during the period of exacerbation of chronic pneumonia, an increase in the number of platelets was observed in all age groups (288.2±17.5; 300±22.0). of these, in some children of patients with bronchiectasis and a serious condition, hyperthrombocytosis was observed (329.8±13.1; 342.4±18.7), which we assessed as a thrombophilic condition. when studying the hemostasis system in patients with chronic pneumonia depending on the clinical form, age and severity of the patients' condition, we encountered large fluctuations of these indicators. in this regard, we identified the following types of changes in the functional state of the hemostasis system in chronic pneumonia in children. we regarded the increase or decrease in hemostasis indicators from the initial level of healthy children by 50-60% as a compensatory type, 60-90% subcompensatory type, 100% or more decompensatory type i and below 40% decompensatory type ii hemostasis disorders table 2. a compensatory type of disorder was observed in 60% of patients aged 3-7 years and 44.3% at the age of 8-15 years. when assessed from the clinical form, a compensatory type of disorder was observed in 34.3% of patients with bronchial deformity without their expansion. and in patients with moderate severity, a compensatory type of hemostasis disorder was observed in 28.6%. table 2. comparative assessment of hemostasis indicators in relation to the number of patients (%) in d ic a to rs c o m p en sa to ry t y p e s u b co m p en sa to ry ty p e d ec o m p en sa to ry ty p e i d ec o m p en sa to ry ty p e ii in children aged 3 to 7 years n=30 60 26,6 13,4 for children 8 to 15 years old n=70 44,3 38,6 12,8 4,3 with bronchial deformity n=70 with bronchiectasis n=30 34,3 65,7 with moderate condition n=84 with serious condition n=16 33,4 56,6 10 in patients with a compensatory type of hemostasis disorder during exacerbation of chronic pneumonia, a moderate activation of the procoagulant link of the hemostasis system occurs. the activation of the procoagulative link was evidenced by a moderate increase in plasma fibrinogen content, a shortening of the plasma recalcification time, an increase in plasma tolerance to heparin, a slight decrease in blood fibrinolytic activity (p> 0.05) and a negative ethanol and protamine sulfate test. we regarded the compensatory type of hemostasis impairment as a state of moderate hypercoagulability and considered it an adequate response of the body to inflammation. a subcompensatory type of hemostatic disorder was observed in 26.6% of patients aged 3-7 years, in 38.6% of patients aged 8-15 years, in children with bronchial deformity, a subcompensatory type of disorder was observed in 65.7%, with bronchiectasis in 33, 4% of patients, which was associated with the duration of the disease and the incidence of bronchiectasis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org when studying the severity of the condition of patients, the subcompensatory type of disorder was found in 71.4% of patients with moderate severity. in patients with a subcompensatory type of hemostasis disorder, there was a higher activation of the procoagulant link of the hemostasis system. these patients had an even more significant increase in fibrinogen content. in decompensatory type i hemostasis disorders, the level of prothrombin activity began to decrease, the level of fibrinogen significantly increased (p<0.001), and more noticeably than in the subcompensatory type of disorder, the most significant acceleration of recalcification time was observed, the content of heparin in the blood was significantly reduced, inhibition was noted. fibrinolytic activity of the blood, in 25% of children all paracoagulation tests fibrinogen b, ethanol, protamine sulfate test were positive. conclusions thus, the presented data indicate a significant pathogenetic significance of changes in hemostasis in patients with chronic pneumonia, which requires the search for new methods of pathogenetic therapy based on the anticoagulant effect. references 1. kostin a.s., tereshchenko l.v. the state of the blood coagulation and anticoagulation system in chronic pneumonia in children. moscow. 2010. -60 p. 2. working classification of the main forms of bronchopulmonary diseases in children / geppe n.a., rozinova n.n., volkova i.k. [and etc.]. moscow: russian respiratory society, 2009. 18 p. 3. strukov s.m., umarova b.a. violation of the interaction of thrombin and fibrinogen by heparin and receptors of the anticoagulant system // vopr. honey. chemistry. 1996. issue. 3. p. 132-135. 4. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y. the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 5. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020.-p. 3-6. 6. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol 10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 7. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 8. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, n.y. ruzikulov, yu.a. rakhmonov. bronchoo structive syndrome in children: prevalence and difficulties of differential diagnostics. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 2021, p. 87-92. 9. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 10. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k.state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 11. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org current issues and purpose of teaching mathematics in schools sunnatullo do’stov teacher of the department "methodology of primary education" at the denov entrepreneurship and pedagogical institute of the republic of uzbekistan, oybek ergashev student of the 3rd level of mathematics education at the denov entrepreneurship and pedagogical institute of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, the main task of teaching mathematics in secondary schools and its current issues, the theory of mathematics and related issues, research and mathematical model, methods of teaching mathematics, the concept of teaching method, basic concepts of didactics and methodology, mathematics the practical purpose observed from teaching is described in detail. teaching methodology, didactics, mathematical model, arithmetic material, research method, observation method, experimental method. introduction indeed, mathematics is an interesting subject. its meaning is the product of the human mind and logical imagination from beginning to end. even competitions in solving mathematical problems have long been considered a means of developing human knowledge. it can be seen that the most important task of mathematics is to teach students to think, to think correctly, to be logical and to observe. mathematics, like other sciences, studies real nature. builds various models of the real entity. if the exact sciences rely on experience in their research, mathematics does not. experience can be used to understand and visualize problems related to making connections between theory and mathematics in practice. but the experimental method is not a proof in mathematics. literature analysis and methodology the main task of teaching mathematics at school is to ensure the conscious and solid acquisition of mathematical knowledge and skills, which are used in daily life and work activities appropriate for the student's age, and which are necessary for continuing education in the future. the science of mathematics teaching methodology is directly based on philosophy, psychology, pedagogy, didactics, mathematics, drawing, logic, history and other sciences. when researching problems related to the theory of mathematics and its teaching, it is appropriate to take into account the specific features of mathematics and its teaching. in modern education, an opportunity is created for the learner to work on himself, expand and deepen his knowledge outside of the classroom. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org one of the well-established habits in our schools is the daily oral calculation exercises that students are given in almost every math class. in addition to the practical importance of everyone knowing how to quickly and correctly perform simple calculations "in the mind", methodologists always consider oral calculation as one of the good tools for deepening the theoretical knowledge that children have received in mathematics classes. there is no subject that can make students think and think like math. by solving various puzzles, problems and examples in mathematics lessons, students learn to think correctly and think logically. the main task of teaching mathematics in general education schools is to strengthen the intellectual acquisition of mathematical knowledge and skills that are used in everyday life and work, specific to the student's age and important for future education. in teaching mathematics, it is important to check whether students have solved examples and problems correctly. when checking the knowledge of mathematics, it is necessary to take into account not only the presence of this or that knowledge in the minds of students according to the requirements of the program, but also the following that characterize its quality. it is necessary to study the classification of all teaching methods in order to consciously choose from the teaching methods, those that correspond to the new content of education and new tasks. in the school mathematics course, the simplest concepts that cannot be defined are conventionally accepted. for example, in the course of arithmetic, the concept of number and the operation of addition, and in the course of geometry, the concepts of plane, point, distance and straight line are undefined concepts. using these concepts, other mathematical concepts are defined. the meaning of the word "definition" is that it means a logical method that allows to distinguish the considered concepts from others, to clarify the meaning of a new term introduced into the science. results researches the structure of the real existence and the rules of law in it. an example of this is mathematical modeling, which allows for a holistic interpretation of phenomena in general. also: 1). because these properties of a mathematical object are generalized, abstracted, and a mathematical theory is created using them. otherwise, the theory cannot be created. 2) mathematical conclusions are obtained mainly by logical conclusions. the result obtained by the experimental method is not considered correct from the point of view of mathematics. 3) mathematical conclusions are irrefutable conclusions. 4) the abstractions that arise in mathematics develop gradually, that is, from abstraction to abstraction. 5) mathematical results are universal and apply to other fields as well. the purpose of teaching mathematics in secondary schools is determined by the following 3 factors: 1. the educational purpose of teaching mathematics. 2. the educational purpose of teaching mathematics. 3. the practical purpose of teaching mathematics. the science of teaching mathematics is directly based on didactics; psychology, philosophy, drawing, pedagogy, mathematics, history, logic and other subjects. when studying the theory of mathematics and the problems related to its teaching, it is appropriate to take into account the specific aspects of mathematics and its teaching. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org while natural and exact sciences conduct experiments in order to determine the unknown structures of real existence, mathematics discovers new properties and creates new models in the considered models of the material world. the observed practical goal of teaching mathematics is to teach students to apply the acquired knowledge in practice. to be able to apply the acquired knowledge to operations performed on numbers and mathematical expressions, points, to learn how to use them in solving various problems. it is teaching to be able to apply the knowledge to solve the problems encountered in everyday life. the role of scientific hypothesis in research is of great importance. the organization of the entire experiment is aimed at testing a scientific hypothesis. it allows the collection of material, does not allow the researcher to get confused in the specific material. discussion simple problems play a very important role in the mathematics education system. with the help of solving simple problems, one of the central concepts of the elementary course of mathematics the concept of arithmetic operations and a number of other concepts is formed. learning to solve simple problems is a preparatory stage for students to learn to solve complex problems, because complex. solving problems is reduced to solving a series of simple problems. when solving simple problems, one gets acquainted with the problem and its components for the first time. by solving simple problems, students learn the basic methods of working on a problem. therefore, it is very important that the teacher knows how to work on each type of simple problems. mathematical methodology is one of the main branches of pedagogy and didactics, and is an independent science that studies the laws of teaching and learning mathematics in accordance with educational goals. it is clear that teaching mathematics to young people requires a good knowledge of the subject and the ability to use teaching methods. he should also have deep knowledge of pedagogy, psychology and other disciplines. in this process, the teacher, as a dedicated professional, should enrich the students' outlook. as a profession, a teacher should be a logical genius and be able to apply this logic in the lesson. the main goal of the training is to develop students' intellectual abilities, independent choice and decision-making skills, and to acquire the necessary knowledge. an increase in mental load in mathematics lessons increases the student's activity and interest in the material throughout the lesson. therefore, the teacher should be able to use new active teaching methods and methods that activate students' thinking and express their independent knowledge. arousing interest in mathematics depends on the high level of the teaching method and how skillfully the educational work is constructed. every student should be active in class, work with pleasure and use the emergence and development of passion for knowledge as a starting point, focus on deepening their interest in knowledge. conclusion in conclusion, it should be said that if the students perform these specified tasks many times in a strictly defined order, then they will gradually develop a method of working on the problem in accordance with the tasks. this will allow children to solve problems independently in the future. when solving american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org initial ready-made problems, children should work on mastering the terminology related to the problem and its solution. a lesson is a historical, complex form of organizing mathematics teaching at school, verified by many years of experience and meeting the basic requirements of the present time. students' acquisition of mathematical knowledge depends not only on the choice of the right method in educational work, but also on the form of organization of the educational process. references 1. akhmedov s.a. from the history of teaching mathematics in central asia. t.: "teacher", 2002. 2. tadjiyeva z.g. use of historical materials in mathematics lessons in elementary grades. tashkent, 2003. 3. abdurakhmanov a., narmonov a., normurodov n. history of mathematics. t.: uzrmu, 2004. 4. akhmedov m., abdurakhmanova n., jumayev m.e. methodical manual of mathematics textbook. tashkent. ―"sharqr" 2005. 5. alikhanov s. "methodology of teaching mathematics". t., "teacher" 2001. 6. n.u. bikbaeva and others. "methodology of teaching mathematics in primary grades" tashkent. "teacher" 2002. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org socio-psychologoical characteristics of interpersonal relationships in preschool children toshtemirova mavjuda to'lqin qizi preschool 1 year student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s interpersonal relationships play a crucial role in the socio-emotional development of preschool children. this article explores the sociopsychological characteristics that shape interpersonal relationships among preschoolers, including attachment, empathy, prosocial behavior, peer acceptance, and conflict resolution skills. it examines how these characteristics influence the quality of relationships and social interactions within the preschool setting. the article highlights the importance of fostering positive socio-psychological development and provides recommendations for supporting healthy interpersonal relationships among preschool children. by understanding and addressing these characteristics, educators and parents can create a nurturing environment that promotes social-emotional well-being and positive relationship building in preschoolers. interpersonal relationships, preschool children, socio-psychological characteristics, attachment, empathy, prosocial behavior, peer acceptance, conflict resolution skills. introduction interpersonal relationships serve as a foundation for social development in preschool children. this section introduces the significance of studying the socio-psychological characteristics that shape these relationships and their impact on the overall socio-emotional development of preschoolers. 2. attachment: building secure relationships: attachment is a fundamental socio-psychological characteristic that influences the quality of interpersonal relationships in preschool children. this section explores the concepts of secure attachment and its impact on emotional security, exploration, and the development of trust in relationships. attachment is a crucial socio-psychological characteristic that plays a significant role in early childhood development. it refers to the emotional bond that forms between a child and their primary caregiver, typically a parent or caregiver figure. the quality of attachment has a profound impact on a child's socio-emotional development and their ability to form secure relationships later in life. • secure attachment: secure attachment occurs when a child feels safe, loved, and supported by their caregiver. it is characterized by a consistent and responsive caregiving style, where the caregiver meets the child's physical and emotional needs promptly and sensitively. in a secure attachment relationship, the child develops a sense of trust and confidence in their caregiver, knowing that they can rely on them american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org for comfort, support, and protection. this secure base allows the child to explore the world and engage in age-appropriate activities with a sense of security. • emotional security: secure attachment provides a foundation for emotional security. when children have a secure attachment relationship with their caregiver, they develop a sense of emotional stability and well-being. they feel comfortable expressing their emotions, seeking comfort when needed, and regulating their emotions effectively. when children feel emotionally secure, they are more likely to explore their environment, engage in social interactions, and take on new challenges with confidence. • exploration: securely attached children tend to be more curious, independent, and exploratory. they have a secure base in their caregiver, which gives them the confidence to venture out and explore their surroundings. they feel secure in the knowledge that their caregiver is available to provide support and reassurance if needed. this sense of security fosters cognitive and social development as children engage in new experiences, learn problem-solving skills, and build their understanding of the world around them. • development of trust in relationships: secure attachment lays the foundation for the development of trust in relationships. when children have consistent and responsive caregivers, they learn to trust others and develop positive expectations about the intentions and behaviors of others. this trust forms the basis for healthy interpersonal relationships, as children grow up with a sense of trust in their interactions with peers, teachers, and other significant individuals in their lives. • impact on later relationships: the quality of early attachment experiences significantly influences a child's ability to form secure relationships later in life. securely attached children tend to develop healthy relationship patterns characterized by trust, empathy, and effective communication. they are more likely to have positive self-esteem, engage in prosocial behaviors, and maintain satisfying relationships with others. on the other hand, insecure attachment, such as anxious or avoidant attachment, can lead to difficulties in forming and maintaining healthy relationships, including issues with trust, emotional regulation, and intimacy. in conclusion, secure attachment is essential for children's socio-emotional development and the formation of secure relationships. it provides emotional security, supports exploration and independence, and fosters the development of trust in relationships. by nurturing secure attachment relationships in early childhood, caregivers and educators can promote healthy socio-emotional development and lay the foundation for positive and fulfilling relationships throughout a child's life. 3. empathy: understanding and sharing emotions: empathy plays a crucial role in fostering positive interpersonal relationships among preschoolers. this section discusses the development of empathy in early childhood, its link to perspective-taking and emotional understanding, and its influence on cooperation, prosocial behavior, and conflict resolution. empathy is a key social-emotional skill that involves understanding and sharing the emotions of others. it plays a crucial role in fostering positive interpersonal relationships, particularly among preschoolers who are beginning to navigate social interactions. here are some important aspects of empathy in early childhood: • development of empathy: empathy develops gradually during early childhood. in the preschool years, children start to recognize and understand others' emotions, showing signs of empathy. initially, empathy may be more instinctive and based on shared emotions. as children grow, they begin to develop more advanced forms of empathy, such as cognitive empathy, which involves understanding and taking the perspective of others. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org • link to perspective-taking and emotional understanding: empathy is closely linked to perspectivetaking and emotional understanding. perspective-taking involves the ability to understand and consider the thoughts, feelings, and perspectives of others. as children develop perspective-taking skills, they become better equipped to empathize with others by imagining themselves in someone else's situation. emotional understanding, on the other hand, involves recognizing and labeling emotions in oneself and others, which is essential for empathetic responses. • influence on cooperation and prosocial behavior: empathy plays a vital role in promoting cooperation and prosocial behavior among preschoolers. when children can understand and share the emotions of others, they are more likely to engage in helpful and caring behaviors. empathy motivates children to offer support, comfort, and assistance to their peers, fostering a sense of community and cooperation in the classroom. it also contributes to the development of moral reasoning and the understanding of fairness and justice. • impact on conflict resolution: empathy is an important factor in conflict resolution among preschoolers. when children can empathize with others, they are more likely to approach conflicts with understanding, patience, and a willingness to find mutually acceptable solutions. empathy helps children consider the perspectives and feelings of both themselves and others involved in the conflict, facilitating effective communication, negotiation, and compromise. • nurturing empathy: educators and caregivers play a vital role in nurturing empathy in preschoolers. they can create a supportive and emotionally responsive environment that models empathy and teaches empathy skills. strategies to nurture empathy include encouraging perspective-taking through storytelling and role-playing, promoting emotional literacy by labeling and discussing emotions, and fostering opportunities for cooperative and prosocial activities. by cultivating empathy, educators and caregivers contribute to the development of positive interpersonal relationships and a caring classroom community. in conclusion, empathy is a crucial skill that develops during early childhood and plays a significant role in fostering positive interpersonal relationships among preschoolers. it is closely linked to perspective-taking and emotional understanding and influences cooperation, prosocial behavior, and conflict resolution. by nurturing empathy, educators and caregivers can create a supportive and empathetic learning environment that promotes healthy social interactions and emotional well-being in preschoolers. 4. prosocial behavior: nurturing kindness and cooperation: prosocial behavior refers to actions that benefit others and contribute to positive social interactions. this section examines the development of prosocial behavior in preschool children, the factors that promote its expression, and its impact on the formation of positive interpersonal relationships. prosocial behavior is an essential aspect of social development in preschool children. it involves actions that are intended to benefit others or contribute to the well-being of the group. prosocial behaviors can range from simple acts of kindness, such as sharing or helping, to more complex behaviors like comforting others or cooperating in group activities. here are some key aspects of prosocial behavior: • development of prosocial behavior: prosocial behavior emerges and develops throughout early childhood. in the preschool years, children begin to show signs of empathy and an understanding of others' emotions. they also develop a sense of fairness and a desire to help and please others. as children grow, their understanding of prosocial behavior becomes more sophisticated, and they begin to consider the intentions and needs of others when engaging in helpful actions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org • factors that promote prosocial behavior: several factors contribute to the expression of prosocial behavior in preschool children. these include: modeling: children learn by observing the behavior of others, particularly significant adults and peers. when they witness prosocial behaviors being displayed and valued, they are more likely to engage in similar actions. emotional climate: a warm and supportive emotional climate promotes prosocial behavior. when children feel safe, cared for, and valued, they are more likely to exhibit kindness, empathy, and cooperation. parenting practices: parenting practices that emphasize empathy, communication, and positive discipline contribute to the development of prosocial behavior. parents who encourage and reinforce prosocial actions through praise and rewards create an environment that fosters kindness and cooperation. socialization experiences: preschool settings that provide opportunities for cooperativeplay and collaboration with peers, as well as explicit teaching of prosocial skills, can enhance the development of prosocial behavior. engaging children in activities that require sharing, taking turns, and problemsolving together promotes the understanding and practice of prosocial behaviors. • 3. impact on interpersonal relationships: prosocial behavior plays a crucial role in the formation of positive interpersonal relationships among preschool children. when children engage in prosocial behaviors, they are more likely to be liked, accepted, and included by their peers. prosocial behavior contributes to the development of trust, cooperation, and empathy, which are essential for building and maintaining healthy relationships. it also fosters a positive classroom climate and enhances overall social competence. • 4. cultivating prosocial behavior: educators and caregivers can actively nurture and cultivate prosocial behavior in preschool children. some strategies to promote prosocial behavior include: modeling: adults can model prosocial behaviors such as sharing, helping, and cooperating in their interactions with children and with others. children are more likely to imitate and internalize these behaviors when they see them being practiced consistently. social skills training: explicit teaching of social skills and prosocial behaviors can help children understand the importance of kindness, empathy, and cooperation. role-playing, discussions, and problem-solving activities provide opportunities for children to practice and reinforce these skills. positive reinforcement: recognizing and reinforcing prosocial behaviors through praise, encouragement, and rewards can motivate children to engage in similar actions. this positive reinforcement helps solidify the connection between prosocial behavior and positive outcomes. creating a caring community: establishing a classroom environment that values kindness, cooperation, and empathy sets the stage for prosocial behavior. engaging children in activities that promote collaboration, teamwork, and empathy can foster a sense of belonging and encourage prosocial interactions. in conclusion, prosocial behavior is a critical aspect of social development in preschool children. it involves actions that benefit others and contribute to positive social interactions. by understanding the factors that promote prosocial behavior and implementing strategies to nurture it, educators and caregivers can create an environment that fosters kindness, cooperation, and the development of positive interpersonal relationships among preschoolers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 5. peer acceptance: belonging and social integration: peer acceptance is an important socio-psychological characteristic that affects the social status and social interactions of preschool children. this section explores the different dimensions of peer acceptance, including popularity, friendship quality, and social competence, and discusses their influence on the formation of interpersonal relationships. 6. conflict resolution skills: managing disagreements peacefully: conflict resolution skills are essential for navigating interpersonal conflicts and maintaining positive relationships. this section examines the development of conflict resolution skills in preschoolers, strategies for teaching peaceful problem-solving, and the role of adult guidance in fostering effective conflict resolution. 7. recommendations for supporting healthy interpersonal relationships: based on the socio-psychological characteristics discussed, this section provides recommendations for supporting healthy interpersonal relationships among preschool children. it suggests promoting a nurturing and inclusive classroom environment, facilitating social-emotional learning activities, encouraging empathy and prosocial behavior, and teaching age-appropriate conflict resolution skills. 8. conclusion: understanding the socio-psychological characteristics that shape interpersonal relationships in preschool children is crucial for promoting their social-emotional development. by fostering secure attachment, empathy, prosocial behavior, peer acceptance, and conflict resolution skills, educators and parents can support positive relationship building among preschoolers. creating a nurturing environment that emphasizes social-emotional learning and provides opportunities for social interactions contributes to the socio-psychological well-being of preschool children and lays the foundation for healthy relationships throughout their lives. references 1. volkov b.s., volkova n.v. obschenie doshkol'nikov so sverstnikami [communication with peers in preschoolers] // psikhologiya obscheniya v detskom vozraste [psychology of communication in infancy]. saint-petersburg: 2008, 2. uruntayeva g.a., afonkina u.a. obschenie so vzroslimi i sverstnikami [communication with adults and peers] // praktikum po doshkol'noy psikhologiy [practical work on preschool psychology]. moscow: 2009, 3. smirnova e.o., galiguzova l.n., meshcheryakova–zamoguilnaya s.u. vozrastnaya dinamika otnosheniya ksverstniku v doshkol'nom vozraste [age-based dynamics of interaction with a peer in the preschool age] // mezhlichnostniye otnosheniya ot rozhdeniya do semi let [interpersonal relationships from birth to the age of seven]. moscow: voronezh; 2001. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org the application of the six sigma method in reducing quality failure costs a case study in a diwaniyah textile factory .m.d. khawla radi athab1 hayder hamzah saleeh2 dr. laith ali muttar3 university of al-qadisiyah / college of administration and economics / department of banking and finance khawlah.alshemary@qu.edu.iq saleh@qu.edu.iq laithali@mustaqbal-college.edu.iq. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s companies work in light of changes and environmental challenges represented by intense competition between various industrial companies, and the quality of products and services provided to customers is a basic issue that all companies focus on to ensure their success and continuity, in providing products to customers according to their desires, specifications and prices that they want to pay for their acquisition and to ensure their survival in market. this research aims to measure the impact of the application of the six sigma method in industrial companies and to indicate the extent of its contribution to reducing the costs of quality failure. prepared by the researcher, as for the second axis, it included six sigma criteria as a major variable consisting of four sub-axes (commitment and support of senior management, continuous improvement, human resources, focus on customers), and the paragraphs were formulated based on the scale (yang, 2010). while the third axis included the costs of quality failure as a major variable consisting of four sub-axes (preventive costs, evaluation costs, internal failure costs, external failure costs) the paragraphs were formulated based on a scale (hamouda, 2014). departments of the lab, diwaniyah tissue, the research sample, and only 50 forms were retrieved, and the descriptive analytical method was relied on in the research, in addition to conducting interviews with a number of department managers in the lab p soft search. for the purpose of analyzing the collected data, some statistical methods were used, such as the arithmetic mean, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, simple correlation coefficient and impact analysis. a set of conclusions has been reached, the most important of which is the presence of many difficulties that limit the ability to apply the six sigma method. six sigma, quality, quality failure costs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org introduction quality is a key factor for the success of organizations because of its role in investing the available resources that leads to the development of work and improvement of performance in order to achieve an increase in the profitability of the organization, improvement of productivity and high quality of products, in addition to improving the reputation of the organization in the local and global markets, especially in light of the increase in the number of companies and the intensity of competition between them, six sigma is one of the most important of these initiatives introduced by motorola in the field of technical communications in the eighties of the last century. the concept of six sigma constitutes the backbone of the quality management strategy, and this research attempts to identify . the research includes four axes, the first is devoted to the research methodology, the second is to review the theoretical concepts of the concept of six sigma and quality costs, the third contains the practical aspect, and the fourth includes conclusions and recommendations. 1.1 the research problem in light of contemporary changes and the many and increasing pressures, companies face in order to participate in global competition by providing national products of high quality at the lowest cost and in the fastest time, despite the tremendous progress in the majority of industrial companies as a result of the use of advanced technology in addition to the use of specialized experts who work on the application of management quality in all processes, but there is still a need for a process of continuous improvement and reduce the errors of production and industrial processes, and this is reflected in the quality of products. the research problem is represented by answering the following questions: 1to what extent is six sigma used in the research sample factory? is it possible to apply six sigma in industrial companies? 3-what is the reality of applying six sigma (commitment and support of senior management, continuous improvement, human resources, focus on customer? 4to what extent does factory management apply quality costing systems? 1.2 the importance of the research : the importance of the research is as follows: 1the importance of six sigma standards in reducing quality costs by reducing defects to the lowest level. 2identifying concepts related to research variables (six sigma and quality costs) in a way that contributes to analyzing their benefits and importance. . identifying the availability of the requirements for applying the six sigma method in the research sample factory. 4informing industrial companies of the importance of quality costs, their size, methods of measuring them, the benefits of reducing them and their impact on the performance of these companies. 1.3 research objectives: the research aims to achieve the following: 1to identify the possibility of applying six sigma to reduce failure costs 2identify the six sigma and the costs of quality and its divisions 3to identify the types of quality costs represented in the costs of internal and external failure, control costs and prevention costs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 4identifying the extent to which employees are aware of the use of the six sigma method in reducing costs. 1.4 research outline: based on the current research problem, its importance and objectives, a hypothetical research model was designed figure (1) the hypothesis research scheme source: prepared by the researcher 1.5 research hypotheses: based on the research problem and its objectives, two main hypotheses were formulated as follows: 1the first main hypothesis: “there is a significant and statistically significant correlation between each of the six sigma dimensions (commitment and support of senior management, continuous improvement, human resources, focus on customers) and quality costs (prevention costs, evaluation costs, costs internal failure costs external failure. 2-the second main hypothesis “there is a significant and statistically significant effect relationship between each of the six sigma dimensions (commitment and support of senior management, continuous improvement, human resources, focus on customers) and quality costs (prevention costs, evaluation costs, costs internal failure costs external failure. 1.6 the method of research 1-theoretical aspect: it was relied on what was mentioned in the arab and foreign sources related to the research literature. 2-the practical aspect: a questionnaire was relied on to collect data, and the six sigma questions were developed with the help of a study (yang, 2010). as for the questions related to quality costs, a study (hamouda, 2014) was used. table (1) shows the research variables and the sequences of the questionnaire items. it included two sections, the first dealt with paragraphs related to the general information of the research sample, while the second section was allocated to include the search variables, which numbered ( 40) paragraphs, and used a five-degree likert scale, which is formed by (exactly agreed, agreed, neutral, disagree, i do not completely agree) to classify the answer scores, which range between (1-5) degrees, as well as interviews that allow the researcher to obtain information directly on the one hand, and clarify the paragraphs of the questionnaire, its content, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org inquiries about its statements if necessary, on the other hand, the researcher conducted a number of personal (unstructured) interviews, based on some questions from the questionnaire table (1) the structure of the questionnaire and the sources of its measurements source paragraph numbers from to number of paragraphs the main variables of research yang, 2010) ) 1-5 6-10 11-15 16-20 20 1-six sigma senior management commitment and support continuous improvement human resources focus on customers hamouda, 2014 ) 21-25 26-30 31-35 36-40 20 2quality costs preventive costs evaluation costs the costs of internal failure external failure costs 40 total source: prepared by the researcher based on the spss statistical program. 1.7 the population of the research sample the reality of choosing one of the formations of the ministry of industry and minerals, al-diwaniyah textile factory, affiliated to the general company for rubber industries as a whole. the research sample was represented by the number of workers in the factory, as the selection was made on persons with experience in the field of design or production in the quality and marketing department, in addition to workers in the administrative side. the heads of the departments and their assistants and some of the administrators working in stores, marketing and technicians were also selected. after distributing the questionnaire by (60) questionnaires, (50) questionnaires were retrieved, i.e. the retrieval rate (83%), and it is clear from table (2) that the percentage (32%) of the research sample members are male, and that the percentage of (18%) of females. the percentage below also shows that the sample members are holders of a bachelor’s degree, diploma and middle school, as the percentage of those who obtained a bachelor’s degree was 25%), which is the highest percentage of those who obtained a diploma, amounting to (15%). as the table below shows the number of years of service, the category ( 21or more) got the highest percentage (30%), while the group from (11-15) got the lowest rate (22%). table (2) shows the distribution of research sample members by gender, educational qualification, and number of years of service table (2) description of the research sample ratio the number target groups variables 64 32 male 1-sex 36 18 females 100 50 total 25 bachelor 2qualification 15 diploma 10 middle school american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org 50 total 20% 10 5-1 3total number of years of service 30% 15 11-15 30% 15 16-20 20% 10 21-over 100% 50 total 1.8 research limits 1-theoretical limits: the study was determined, theoretically and practically, with its variables represented by six sigma and quality costs. 2-time limits: the field effort covered the time period between (1/9/2022 until 30/4/2022) in preparing and distributing the questionnaire and analyzing its results. 3-spatial boundaries: the spatial boundaries were extended for research at the diwaniyah textile factory of the general company for rubber industries in iraq. 1.9 the statistical methods used the research relied on a number of appropriate statistical methods in order to analyze the answers of the members of the research sample. the spss system was relied upon to show the statistical treatments: 1-arithmetic mean: used to determine the average responses of the sample members towards any of the study variables, that is, to measure the central tendency of their answers . 2-standard deviation: to find out the degree of dispersion of the values from their arithmetic mean. 3-pearson and spearman correlation coefficient: to clarify the interrelationships between the subvariables on the one hand and the correlations between the independent variable and the dependent variable on the other hand. 4-simple regression analysis: to clarify the relationship of the significant effect of the independent variable on the dependent variable. 2 .the theoretical side of the research 2.1 six sigma the word sigma expresses a letter belonging to the greek language that was used statistically to express the measure of the extent of change or deviation in the implementation of a process from the standard of perfection in performance, and sigma is the eighteenth letter in the greek alphabet and its symbol (ơ). statisticians have used this symbol to denote the deviation standard (al-zahrani, 2010: 21). early efforts to implement six sigma appeared in the late seventies, when motorola decided to take seriously the quality of its products, as the company's management realized that these products fail severely compared to the quality levels of similar institutions, which puts the company in a weak competitive position. hence, there was an urgent need to study the relationship between high quality and lower costs, with a focus on knowing the defects and how to reduce them. in 1987, motorola issued a long-term quality program, which it called “the six sigma quality program”, which is credited with winning the company in 1987 .(malcolm, 2014, 1-2 )ad, the national quality award american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org 1concept six sigma six sigma addressed from different views the term six sigma was introduced in the 1980s by motorola in a revolutionary attempt to reduce defects to a level of just a few parts per million. six sigma gained popularity after it was adopted by general electric in the mid-1990s (pulakanam & voges, 2010: 149). the world has seen wide applications of six sigma. researchers who have studied the pace and direction of six sigma application explanation of the wide applications of six sigma in different types of organizations to achieve objectives (prabu et al., 2013: 388). the concept of six sigma is one of the concepts of the world of total quality management. this concept appeared in 1987 when motorola launched the six sigma quality program and applied its tools in the manufacturing sector first, followed by the services, financial and hospital sectors as well as its use in the field of construction (garcia, 2014: 8 ) the goal of using six sigma is to remove variation from operations and strive to manufacture defectfree products, as it is a business strategy that combines business and statistics methodologies that focus on continuous and advanced improvement to reduce manufacturing costs, improve customer satisfaction and produce world-class products and services (rathilall, 2014: 18). ) many researchers have mentioned concepts about six sigma, and table (3) shows some of these concepts. table (3) some researchers' views of the concept of six sigma concept researcher it is an organized business strategy to improve profitability, reduce spoilage in production, reduce the cost of poor quality, and to improve efficiency and effectiveness of all operations in order to meet the needs and expectations of customers banuelas & antony, 2002: 27 it is a more effective way to solve business problems and improve organizational performance. al-qazzaz, 2009: 16 it is a strategy through which management seeks to improve the quality of outputs by removing defects and disparities in various processes swink et.al,2014:182 it is an integrated statistical method that uses a set of tools and methods that can be applied correctly that leads to improving the level of performance, which allows early detection of errors and early correction of them, thus reducing costs while controlling specifications to a degree not exceeding 3.4 errors per million production units, which raises the level of customer satisfaction and growth revenue to ensure its survival in the market ben aishawy, 2014: 122 it is a statistical system used to reduce unwanted variations that lead to better performance al kunsol , 2015: 15 it is a corporate management system that seeks to achieve lasting success by focusing on customer concerns in order to reduce errors / defects to 3.4 defects per million hindawi, 2016: 9 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org opportunities, management and improvement of work mechanism, rational use of facts and data it is a comprehensive and flexible system that aims to maximize the success of the organization by reducing defects and disparities in operations and focusing on limiting the spread and centralization of the process. it focuses on targeted performance measures. krajewski et al.,2016:121 it is a statistical tool through which you can quantitatively measure performance and identify weaknesses and defects in procedures or goods, and strive to address them on an ongoing basis and try to reduce the percentage of errors to zero, and to maximize the value. yassin, 2017: 13 it is the ability to reduce cycle time, eliminate product defects, and dramatically increase customer engagement and satisfaction . ahmed , 2019 :27 it is an integrated management system with a high degree of accuracy to improve the various operations of the organization, providing leaders with the methods and analytical tools necessary to solve problems and reach the process to a level of quality. ibrahim, 2019: 386 source: prepared by the researcher according to the available sources. the basic idea of six sigma: method is that if the company is able to measure the number of defects in its operations, it can work hard to try to get rid of these defects in order to get as close as possible to the concept of producing a service or product free of defects zero defects and this is achieved when the percentage of free from defects to 99.99966% (al-rashidi, 2006: 294). through the concepts presented in table (3), six sigma can be described as a statistical tool that improves the performance of operations by diagnosing weaknesses in the procedures followed and working to remove defects from products in order to satisfy the customer. 2.2 characteristics or advantages of six sigma there is a set of six sigma advantages (ahmed, 2019: 28): areduce order fulfillment time: through the application of sig sigma, it is possible to analyze organizations’ order procedures and discover defect areas, to reduce process variances and wastage using six sigma dmaic (identify measure analyze improve control) to increase scheduling of existing orders operations and create new ones with the application of dmav methods. bcreate a new responsive supply chain management system: the organization's work process must be set up in such a way that any new changes in the market can be adapted quickly or in immediate response. six sigma defines a step-by-step analysis of the business process in the context of current market trends and designs the new business process accordingly. creducing defects to zero: the successful work process of the supply chain system must be free from defects. the six sigma dmaic process helps to reach the zero defects site. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org denhancing the fulfillment of the demand: the work order can be fulfilled, if it is executed efficiently without any problems. the six sigma dmaic process helps discover problems or defects early in the business process, thereby enhancing order fulfillment. eminimize wastage: a successful supply chain system can be referred when the cost of the business process is lower, and the output is high. applying six sigma ensures that waste is minimized; therefore, the cost is reduced. 2.3 basic six sigma principles there is a set of basic principles upon which the six sigma is based (pande & holpp, 2002: 14-16): a focus on customers: includes customers and employees of the organization, and that the continuity and success of the organization depends on meeting the needs and expectations of customers. b decisions based on facts and data: it means that the organization obtains better data, as these organizations are in the process of evaluating performance by focusing on realistic and sufficient data, which reflects the requirements of customers and reduces defects. cfocusing on internal processes: six sigma constitutes a process in itself, whether it is designing products and services in comparison with performance, improving effectiveness, or satisfying customers. if the focus is on services provided, customer satisfaction, and continuous improvement.. deffective management based on prior planning: successful management seeks to address the problem before it occurs, meaning that there are administrative and technical measures that were taken before the problem occurred, so treating the problem before it occurs means setting goals and reviewing them. e unlimited cooperation: it is one of the vital elements that help to achieve success and improve teamwork at all administrative levels in the organization and with sales agents and customers. hcontinuous improvement: six sigma emphasizes the importance of continuous improvement for organizations that have a desire for development. this principle is based on the premise that work is the fruit of a series of interrelated activities that lead to reaching the final outcome. 2.4 the requirements for the success of the six sigma method in order for the company to successfully implement six sigma, many requirements must be met (abdel-gawad, 2013: 273): a focus on the customer the main objective of applying six sigma is to achieve customer requirements. bsupporting senior management, in addition to their continuous endeavor to reach the stage of errorfree operations. cemployees’ commitment and conviction to six sigma as a method of continuous improvement, and that they should bear in mind the obligation to perform the right work the first time. dexistence of an effective measurement and information system to deliver information to the beneficiary in a timely manner. eoperations analysis based on the current and future needs of customers, and based on it will be developed. happropriate strategies to avoid differences in operations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org 2.5 the importance of six sigma method its importance can be clarified through the following points (al-ta’if, 2011: 26-27): raising the level of productivity: the application of six sigma is linked to encouraging learning and training, clarifying the objectives of each employee, in addition to focusing on reducing defects and reducing quality costs, which leads to raising the level of productivity. continuous improvement: the goal of applying six sigma is to achieve zero errors by adopting the method of continuous development and improvement at accelerated rates, in addition to providing tools and methods to improve capabilities and reduce errors in any process. relying on statistical methods to reduce errors and measure the quality of a process or product. achieving a competitive advantage: it helps companies to achieve a continuous competitive advantage in the international and local markets. depends on improving the quality of production processes and setting targeted procedures that work to meet the customer's needs and satisfy his desires with the continuous improvement of these procedures. 3. the quality quality as a term quality is a word derived from the latin word qualities, which means the nature of the thing and the degree of its suitability.from it, whether it is (the organization), the supplier, the customer, the community and so on (mahfouz, 2004: 12). 3.1 the concept of quality quality is defined as the liberation and disposal of defects and errors in the product or service that lead to rework, errors in operations, and a rise in customer complaints and dissatisfaction. in this direction, quality is directed towards reducing costs (erekat, 2015: 11) there are reasons that lead to poor quality control within the organization are (claver et al., 2003: 92): a there are defects and differences in the specifications of the raw materials. b diversity of the supplied materials and the multiplicity of origins or sources of their processing. cthe presence of defects in the production stages for technological or human reasonedpoor stock handling and transfer of the final product to customers. dthe low level of standardization in the different production stages. e low efficiency of employees in the quality control activity. h weakness of inspection procedures in the various production stages. gavoiding the use of international quality assurance standards and specifications. 3.2 quality costs juran, 1951, was the first to refer to the issue of quality costs in his book quality control. an article on the quality costs system was masser, 1958, then it was addressed by harold freeman, 1960, and feigenbaun, 1961 (mahros, 2000: 14). quality costs were used primarily in industrial companies, but now they have received great attention until they are used in public sectors and service organizations (european commission, 2012: 5). when the concept of quality costs appeared in 1951, it included the economic costs borne by the company in sibyl to achieve the level of quality in accordance with the specific technical specifications of the product, in addition to the economic costs that result from producing products that do not conform to specifications (mustafa, 2013: 12). ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org all organizations begin to set up departments and units. they should prepare to bear the high numbers of costs that companies must spend in order to reach their goal. he defined (al-najjar, 2007: 10) costs as the sacrifice or amounts incurred by the company in order to obtain goods, services, or a benefit. or achieving a specific goal, and it is measured in cash, transferred property, or services provided. a study of the national association of accountants presented a definition of quality costs as the costs that occur due to the possibility that production may be at a low quality level or that it has already appeared defective production, and this means that they are costs that include the costs incurred by the company in the event of non-conformities of products, as well as production costs the defect, with its various types of loss, loss, and the costs involved in re-repairing (abdul latif, 2013: 203). table (4) shows the opinions of some researchers about the concept of quality costs. table (4) the opinions of some researchers about the concept of quality costs concept researcher they are the costs of making sure that there are no errors and identifying quality errors chiadamrong,2003:1000 the sum of unnecessary costs when doing the work correctly al-khatib, 2008: 128 they are the costs incurred by the organization in order to obtain high quality, the costs of quality assurance, the costs of inferior products, in addition to the costs of not conforming to specifications krajewski et al.,2013:117 represents the amounts spent by the organization in order to obtain the benefits of quality, whether economic or non-economic shibli, 2014: 57 it is a measure of the cost associated with achieving or not achieving the quality of a product or service, and this includes all the requirements for products and services specified by the organization and the contracts concluded with its customers bilal 2014: 28 the costs incurred by the organization to ensure that the product is provided to the customer according to his needs and desires al-najjar and jawad, 2017: 58 source: prepared by the researcher according to the availability of sources. through what was presented in table (4), quality costs can be defined as all amounts paid by the organization to obtain the specifications required by the customer that meet his needs. 3.3 the importance of quality costs quality costs are of great importance in companies, especially as they are considered an important and necessary tool in companies, as they affect the quality of the service provided that meets the needs and requirements of customers.. it can be said that the cost of quality lies in its importance through several points, the most important of which are (ghanma, 2020: 17-18): ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org ait is considered a necessary tool in the success or failure of companies because of its role in creating a competitive position for the company in the market, through several points, namely (gaining customer confidence, greater market share, loyalty of employees, and reducing costs). bit helps in identifying errors and identifying the necessary means to improve the level of quality, and develop new products and services that satisfy customers and achieve higher profit rates that improve the ability of companies to face ,the pressures of fierce competition in the market and coexistence with the business environment, as well as improving the ability of the company increases the efficiency of its performance by detecting and addressing quality problems.. creinforce the company's reputation through the level of quality of its services provided dit includes the two elements (cost and quality), which are among the four main success factors (cost, quality, time, and innovation) for the company. eproviding information that helps the administration at its various levels in making decisions, especially with regard to how to develop products and services with high quality. 3.4types of quality costs costs have different concepts and types that go back to the type of industry and define quality costs he divided (garrison et al., 2010:77) the costs of quality into two parts first: the matching costs, which include: aprevention costs bappraisal costs second: non-conformity costs, which include: ainternal failure costs bexternal failure costs prevention costs: the costs incurred to ensure that companies produce products in accordance with international quality standards iso 9001, and to avoid preventing defects before producing the product in its final form by designing good, defect-free products (hendawy, 2016: 34). it includes several activities, such as (ahmed, 2020: 39) identify potential problems and put in place correct processes before manufacturing errors (poor quality) occur. -training and development of employees to perform their jobs in the best way design and improve the design of products, services and processes to reduce quality problems. process control through statistical monitoring of operations. this group includes (erekat, 2015: 19-20): 1quality planning costs: which are those costs that are directed to the processes of developing and implementing quality management. 2-product design costs: these are costs that aim to achieve good design, free from defects and easy to use. 3-operation costs: these are costs that aim to make the production activities conform to the quality specifications specified in advance . 4-training costs: these are costs that are directed towards spreading and deepening awareness in the field of quality, as well as preparing training programs for all employees american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org 5-information costs: these are costs that are directed towards increasing the activities necessary to develop quality performance reports and use them in the evaluation of the quality control system. appraisal costs it includes all costs associated with studying, examining and evaluating the activities related to quality and verifying whether these activities have been performed correctly according to what is planned in the quality programs or not (al-kiji, 2018: 4.) it includes several activities, such as (ahmed, 2020: 39:) the time and quality required to examine the inputs, processes and outputs. obtain inspection, processing and test data. investigate quality problems and submit quality reports. conducting customer surveys and quality audits. internal failure costs they are the costs incurred by the organization before delivering products to customers and include several activities ( bass & barbara, 2009: 3) ) costs of re-audit in the formulation of products bad marketing costs scrap costs -the costs of activities that do not add value to a product external failure costs the cost of external failure is defined as the costs that the company pays as a result of non-conformity of products or services to specifications and standards after they are delivered to customers, the consequences of which are often greater than the costs the cost of external failure with the loss of customer confidence, and the cost of external failure includes the following (holotaa et al., 2016: 121):) market loss transportation costs of inferior products. discounts on poor and low quality products. the cost of returning and sending the product. 3.5 six sigma as a measure of quality cost practical experiences indicate that there is a relationship between the level of quality and quality costs, and the low level of quality leads to an increase in costs in general and quality costs (prevention, examination, external failure) in particular, which affects its operating revenues and thus its competitiveness, and research indicates that whenever the higher the level of sigma, the lower the quality cost, where the cost of quality at the level three sigma is between 49% 25% of the total income, while at the level of six sigma it decreases to less than 1% of the total income of sales, as shown in table (5). table (5) quality cost relationship to six sigma levels 6 5 4 3 2 sigma level 1% from 5-15% from 15-25% from 25-40% more than 40% cost ratio american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org source: al-nuaimi, mohamed abdel-al, (2007), six sigma, a modern approach to facing defects. the scientific conference of al-zaytoonah university, amman arab university for graduate studies, amman. jordan, p. 21. 4. the field aspect of the research 4.1 describe the answers of the research sample to its variables within the framework of field results: 1-diagnosing the reality of the independent variable (six sigma) in order to achieve the objectives of the research by six sigma for the opinions of a sample of workers in the diwaniyah tire factory, it is necessary to diagnose the reality of its sub-components (commitment and support of senior management, continuous improvement, human resources, focus on customers.) a commitment and support of senior management: table (6) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the dimension of commitment and support of senior management. table (6) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample to the paragraphs related to the commitment and support of senior management (n=50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 21.0 0.79 3.75 the management of the laboratory is working to develop a clear plan about commitment to quality 1 19.3 0.81 4.18 the laboratory management encourages the suggestions raised by the quality department 2 24.5 0.88 3.58 the management of the laboratory determines the responsibilities of each employee 3 27.0 1.00 3.50 the management of the laboratory is concerned with building a vision that focuses on improving quality 4 19.7 0.77 3.90 the factory management holds its employees responsible for providing high quality services 5 22.5 0.856 3.80 general average source: computer output by studying the data of the above table (6), it is clear that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (2) which states (the laboratory management encourages the proposals raised by the quality department) was 4.18, while the standard deviation is 0.81 and the coefficient of variation is 19.3, while the arithmetic mean of paragraph (5) which states on (the management of the laboratory holds its workers responsible for providing high quality services), it was 3.90, with a standard deviation of 0.77. they were very agreeable, and this reflects the importance of the question in paragraph (2) to the sample, as it means that there is a general tendency among the sample, which is described as encouraging the laboratory management of the proposals raised by the quality department, according to the sample's conviction. as for the overall average of the middle of the circles for the total dimension of commitment and support of the senior management, it reached (3.8), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations was (0.85), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample answers to the scale statements and this confirms that the sample answers to the scale items were homogeneous and in good agreement, in addition to that the value of the mean of the differences coefficients amounted to (22.5), which confirms that the commitment and senior management support is the basis for the rest of the other dimensions. b continuous improvement: table (7) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the continuous improvement dimension. table (7) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample on the items related to continuous improvement (n=50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 24.22 0.94 3.81 the laboratory management is keen to follow up on recent developments in the practical field 6 26.95 1.00 3.98 the laboratory defines methods for continuous improvement of its activities and processes to ensure that no errors occur 7 23.94 0.94 3.90 the laboratory management seeks to acquire new knowledge and skills to reduce the error rate 8 30.65 1.22 3.77 the management of the laboratory encourages employees to use various methods in order to permanently improve work performance 9 27.76 0.98 3.53 the laboratory is always keen to provide an environment that supports continuous improvement and development 10 22.19 0.94 3.77 general average source: computer output. by studying the data in table (7) above, it is clear that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (7) that (the laboratory determines methods for continuous improvement of activities and operations in it to ensure that no errors occur.) it reached 3.98, while the standard deviation is 1.00 and the coefficient of variation is 26.95, while the arithmetic mean paragraph (8), which states (the laboratory management seeks to acquire new knowledge and skills to reduce the error rate.) it was 3.90 and standard deviation was 0.94. they were very agreed, and this reflects the importance of the question in paragraph (7) for the sample, as it means that there is a general trend in the sample that is described as the laboratory management determines the appropriate methods for the continuous improvement process to ensure that mistakes do not occur. as for the overall mean of the mean of the total after continuous improvement, it reached (3.77), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations reached (0.94), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample answers to the scale expressions, and this confirms that the sample answers to the scale items were homogeneous and well in agreement, in addition to the fact that the mean value of the difference coefficients was (22.19). c human resources: table (8) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the human resources dimension. table (8) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample on the items related to human resources (n=50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 17.25 0.83 4.09 the management of the plant delegates the powers to increase the completion of work 11 21.02 0.95 3.98 the lab encourages workers to complete their tasks through work teams 12 22.82 0.90 3.90 the laboratory is keen to hold multiple training courses to develop the capabilities of the workers 13 26.35 0.97 3.65 the lab is keen to give employees opportunities to express their opinions openly 14 25.00 0.85 3.88 the laboratory stimulates the participation of employees in making decisions related to their work 15 21.78 0.853 3.915 general average source: computer output. by studying the data of table (8) above, it becomes clear that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (11) which states that (the management of the laboratory delegates the powers to increase work completion) was 4.09, while the standard deviation is 0.83 and the coefficient of variation is 17.25. as for the arithmetic mean of paragraph (12), which states that (the lab encourages workers to complete their tasks through work teams) it was 3.98 and a standard deviation of 21.02. they were very agreeable, and this reflects the importance of the question in paragraph (11) for the sample, as it means that there is a general trend in the sample that is described as the laboratory management delegating more powers to the workers to ensure the completion of work. as for the general average of the median of the total human resources dimension, it reached (3.915), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations reached (0.853), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample answers to the scale expressions, and this confirms that the sample answers to the scale items were homogeneous and in good agreement, in addition to that the value of the mean of the differences coefficients was (21.78). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org dfocus on customers: table (9) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the dimension of focus on customers. table (9) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample on the paragraphs related to the focus on customers (n=50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 20.46 0.79 3.86 the management of the laboratory works to solve the problems facing customers as quickly as possible 16 23.13 0.87 3.76 factory management focuses on customer satisfaction, a necessary requirement for success and survival in the market 17 21.00 0.84 4.00 the management of the factory is keen on the speed of the worker's response to the demands of customers 18 22.50 0.88 3.51 the management of the factory seeks to meet the needs of customers 19 18.13 0.70 3.95 the laboratory takes complaints from customers seriously and follows up on them 20 23.29 0.72 3.84 general average source: computer output. by studying the data of table (9), it is found that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (18) which states (the factory management is keen on the speed of the worker’s response to the demands of customers.) was 4.00, while the standard deviation is 0.84 and the coefficient of variation is 21.00, while the arithmetic mean of paragraph (20) which states (the laboratory takes complaints from customers seriously and follows them up) it reached 3.95 with a standard deviation of 0.70. they were very agreeable, and this reflects the importance of the question in paragraph (18) in the sample, as it means that there is a general tendency among the sample about paying attention to complaints received from customers. as for the mean of the means for the total after focusing on customers, it reached (3.84), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations reached (0.72), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample’s answers to the scale expressions, and this confirms that the sample’s answers to the scale items were homogeneous and in good agreement, in addition to the fact that the mean value of the coefficients of variation was (29.23). 4.2 describe and evaluate the level of answers about the dependent variable (quality costs ) this paragraph is concerned with describing the level of answers of the members of the research sample by extracting the arithmetic means and standard deviations for the paragraphs related to the dependent variable (quality costs), as the research questionnaire included (20) paragraphs related to this variable, consisting of (21-40): american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org a preventive costs: table (10) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the preventive costs dimension. table (10) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample to the items related to preventive costs (n=50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 19.82 0.84 4.28 new product design costs must be accurately measured 21 22.82 0.92 4.03 the costs of assessing the reliability of suppliers should be measured as necessary to avoid a sudden stop in supply 22 21.84 0.83 3.80 the costs of the company holding training courses for employees should be measured on the grounds that this contributes to improving the performance and efficiency of employees 23 20.71 0.87 4.20 the costs of planning and the costs of implementing these plans must be measured 24 27.98 1.10 3.93 prevention costs can be considered investment costs 25 21.35 0.85 3.98 general average source: computer output. by studying the data in table (10), it appears that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (21) which states (the costs of designing new products must be accurately measured) was 4.28, while the standard deviation is 0.84 and the coefficient of variation is 19.82. as for the arithmetic mean of paragraph (24), which states on (the planning costs and the costs resulting from the implementation of these plans must be measured), it reached 4.20 and a standard deviation of 0.87 was very agreeable and this reflects the importance of the question in paragraph (21) for the sample, as it means that there is a general trend in the sample about measuring the planning costs related to the completion of work. as for the mean of the means for the sum of the preventive costs dimension, it reached (3.98), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations reached (0.85), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample’s answers to the scale statements, and this confirms that the sample’s answers to the scale items were homogeneous and in good agreement, in addition to the fact that the mean value of the coefficients of difference reached (21.35) b evaluation costs: table (11) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the dimension of evaluation costs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org table ( 11) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample to the items related to evaluation costs (n=50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 16.36 0.64 3.92 the costs of inspections of raw materials and semi-finished materials must be calculated to verify their compliance with specifications 26 16.86 0.70 4.15 specific criteria must be established by the laboratory to classify the product as good, defective or damaged. 27 19.94 0.78 3.91 the cost of testing the new product must be calculated before it is put on the market, as it is necessary to ensure the success of the product. 28 18.43 0.74 4.01 the costs of testing products must be calculated before they are delivered to the customer, to avoid discovery of product errors by the customer 29 22.82 0.89 3.88 the costs of inspection and testing tools and equipment must be taken into account. 30 21.35 0.85 3.87 general average source: computer output. by studying the data in table (11), it appears that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (27) which states (specific criteria must be set by the laboratory to classify the product as a good, defective or damaged product) was 4.15, while the standard deviation is 0.70 and the coefficient of variation is 16.86, while the mean the arithmetic for paragraph (29), which states (the costs of testing products must be calculated before they are delivered to the customer, to avoid discovering product errors by the customer), it reached 4.01 and a standard deviation of 0.74 was highly in agreement. this reflects the importance of the question in paragraph (27) for the sample, as it means that there are a general tendency among the sample about setting specific standards by the factory administration for the purposes of classifying products in terms of quality. as for the mean of the sum total of the evaluation costs, it reached (3.87), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations reached (0.85), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample’s answers to the scale statements, and this confirms that the sample’s answers to the scale items were homogeneous and in good agreement, in addition to the fact that the mean value of the coefficients of difference reached (21.35). ccosts internal failure: table (12) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the dimension of preventive costs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org table (12) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample to the items related to the costs of internal failure n = (50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 20.00 0.79 3.95 costs or savings resulting from miscalculation of raw materials must be accurately and clearly calculated 31 24.06 0.97 4.03 the losses resulting from the sudden stop of operations must be calculated accurately 32 24.46 0.92 3.76 the costs of scheduling and redesigning production processes must be measured in ways that ensure that work does not stop suddenly 33 27.62 1.02 3.71 the costs of redesigning products that did not pass the initial tests should be counted as a new product. 34 20.73 0.85 4.10 remanufacture costs for defective products must be calculated 35 22.56 0.88 3.91 general average source: computer output. by studying the data in table (12), it becomes clear that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (35) that (the costs of re-manufacturing defective products must be calculated) amounted to 4.10, while the standard deviation is 0.85 and the coefficient of variation is 20.73, while the arithmetic mean of paragraph (32) which states that (the losses resulting from the sudden cessation of operations must be accurately calculated) it amounted to 4.03 and a standard deviation of 0.97 was highly in agreement and this reflects the importance of questioning in paragraph (35) in the sample, as it means that there is a general trend in the sample about setting up a mechanism for calculating the costs of remanufacturing defective products. as for the mean of the sum total of the evaluation costs, it reached (3.91), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations was (0.88), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample answers to the scale expressions, and this confirms that the sample answers to the scale items were homogeneous and in good agreement, in addition to the fact that the mean value of the coefficients of difference was (22.56). dexternal failure costs: table (13) shows the arithmetic means, standard deviations, and coefficient of variation for the answers of the research sample about the paragraphs related to the dimension of preventive costs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org table ( 13) arithmetic means and standard deviations of the answers of the research sample to the items related to the costs of external failure (n=50) variation coefficient standard deviation arithmetic mean paragraphs t 0.14 0.632 3.448 losses resulting from loss of reputation must be estimated as a result of the company's failure to control the quality of its products 36 0.20 0.677 3.379 the costs of dealing with customer complaints must be measured seriously and satisfied them as required 37 0.12 0.315 4.138 the costs of lawsuits brought against the company as a result of harm to consumers or others must be measured 38 0.31 0.677 3.379 the costs or losses of replacing defective and damaged products discovered by the customer shall be accounted for 39 0.12 0.529 3.828 the difference between the decrease in sales volume compared to previous years must be calculated 40 3.234 0.766 0.222 general average source: computer output. by studying the data of table (13), it becomes clear that the arithmetic mean of paragraph (38) which states (the costs of lawsuits filed against the company must be measured as a result of harm to consumers or others) amounted to 4.138, while the standard deviation is 0.315 and the coefficient of variation is 0.12, while the arithmetic mean paragraph (39) which states (the difference between the decrease in sales volume compared to previous years must be calculated) was 3.828 and a standard deviation of 0.529 was highly in agreement calculate the costs of remanufacturing defective products. as for the mean of the total evaluation costs, it reached (0.222), which is higher than the hypothetical mean, which indicates that the degree of agreement in the sample answers was good. while the mean value of the deviations was (0.766), which indicates a decrease in the dispersion in the sample’s answers to the scale expressions, and this confirms that the sample’s answers to the scale items were homogeneous and in good agreement, in addition to the fact that the mean value of the coefficients of difference was (3.234). ) description and diagnosis of the two research variables (six sigma and quality costs it is noticed from table (14) that there is a great convergence in the averages of the sample answers about the two research variables, so that the differences are almost not clear as they are simple decimal values, and this confirms that there is great agreement in the intensity of the answer to the questions of the research variables, and as in the following table. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org table (14) the response level of the sample opinions to the research variables average coefficient of differences average deviations average averages the reality of the answer variable 23.03 0.88 3.85 six sigma 22.30 0.86 3.93 quality costs 22.53 0.87 3.86 total source: computer output. also, the average mean of the two research variables reached a value of (3.86), which is greater than the hypothetical mean of the research scale of (3), and this shows the severity of the agreement of the sample answers on the research scale, and it shows the average mean standard deviations, which amounted to (0.87), that there is no dispersion in the answers the sample revealed its hypothetical mean for all the research variables, meaning that the answers to the questions of the research scale were not dispersed. as for the average mean of the coefficients of variation, its value reached (22.53), which is a good value indicating that there is homogeneity and strong agreement in the sample answers about all the questions of the research scale this is a good indication that the scale has fulfilled the research requirements. 4.3 testing the research hypotheses 1testing the correlation hypotheses the first main hypothesis was reported (there is a significant correlation between six sigma and quality costs). in order to accept the above statistical hypotheses or not, the simple correlation coefficients mentioned in table (15) were tested using the (t) test to determine the significance of the relationship between the independent variable, which is six sigma, and the dependent variable with its dimensions, which is quality costs. it is clear from the results presented in the following table. table (15) the relationship between six sigma and quality costs( n=50) p r the dependent variable independent variable total quality costs external failure costs internal failure costs evaluation costs preventive costs 0.000 0.86 ** 0.82 ** 0.80 ** 0.87 ** 0.85 ** six sigma 0.000 12.29 12.50 10.66 14.07 15.52 the value of t calculated athe presence of a positive, strong and significant connotation relationship at the level (0.01) between six sigma as a changing, independent, and quality cost as a comprehensive, approved changing, as the value of the simple correlation coefficient between them (0.86), which supports this positive link relationship that value ( t) the calculated reached 12.52), which is greater than the valuable (t) tabular value (4.45), so it indicates the acceptance of the first hypothesis, and this means american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org that there is a positive and moral correlation relationship between six sigma and quality costs, and thus confirms the validity of the hypothesis of existence. bthe results of the correlation of quality costs as sub-dimensions and individually with the six sigma variable indicate that all the relationships between them are positive, and what supports these positive relationships, is that the value of (t) calculated for all sub-dimensions is greater than the (t) tabular value and a significant significance and at a level (0.01), as shown in table (15), and was the most powerful correlation coefficient with the total six sigma is the preventive costs as its value (0.87), and the lowest correlation coefficient that was for the service as its value (0.80). depending on the results of the statistical analysis, we find that all the links reached between the variable approved with its dimensions and the independent were positive and moral correlation relationships, which indicates the reliance of the authorized organization on the adoption of the six sigma style, which contributed to reducing quality costs. 4.4 impact hypothesis testing the second main hypothesis stated (there is a significant effect of six sigma on quality costs the aforementioned sub-hypotheses, emanating from the second main hypothesis, will be tested using simple linear regression to show the amount of change and the type of effect between the independent variable (six sigma) and the dependent variable (quality costs), each separately, as well as clarifying the extent of the impact on quality costs. athe first sub-hypothesis, which emanated from the second main hypothesis contained in the hypothesis of the research, indicated the existence of a significant effect between six sigma and preventive costs, and this effect will be tested using simple linear regression as follows: y1 = a+ bz1 =2.32 + 0.19z1 since: z1= six sigma y1= preventive costs a= the value of the regression constant coefficient b= coefficient value (beta) looking at table (16), we find that there is a positive effect between the two variables above, as the value of the coefficient (b) was (0.19) and the percentage of the coefficient of determination (r2) (0.06), and when conducting a test (f) it was found that the calculated (f) amounted to (23.27). it is more than its tabular value of (6.30) at the level of significance (0.05) and the degree of freedom (59) . table (16) simple six sigma linear regression on preventive costs effect type f r2 b . parameter value regression constant value (a) dependent variable y influential 23.27 0.06 0.19 2.32 preventive costs (f) tabular value (6.30) below the level of significant significance (0.05) with a degree of freedom (59) b the second sub-hypothesis, which emanated from the second main hypothesis contained in the hypothesis scheme of the research, indicated that there is a significant effect between the obstacles to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org applying six sigma in evaluation costs, and this effect will be tested using simple linear regression as follows: y2= a+ bz1 = 3.12 + 0.59 z1 since: z1= six sigma y2= evaluation costs a= the value of the regression constant coefficient b= coefficient value (beta) looking at table (17), it becomes clear that there is a positive effect between the two variables above, as the value of the coefficient (b) was (0.59) and the ratio of the coefficient of determination (r2) (0.112), and when conducting a test (f) it was found that the calculated (f) amounted to (8.64). ), which is more than its tabular value of (6.30) at the level of significant significance (0.05) and the degree of freedom (59). this confirms the validity of the hypothesis that states (there is a significant effect of six sigma on evaluation costs), as the result indicates a positive effect of six sigma on evaluation costs in the researched organization. the value of (r2) coefficient of determination indicates that there is a clear and significant six sigma role in explaining all the differences used in the evaluation costs, and this reinforces the acceptance of the second sub-hypothesis that (there is a significant relationship six sigma and evaluation costs). table (17) simple six sigma linear regression in appraisal costs effect type (f) computed value the value of the coefficient of determination (r2 ) ) b . parameter value regression constant value (a) dependent variable y influential 8.64 0.112 0.59 3.12 evaluation costs (f) tabular value (6.30) below the level of significant significance (0.05) with a degree of freedom (59) source: computer output cthe third hypothesis that emanated from the second main hypothesis contained in the hypothesis of the research indicated that there is a significant effect between six sigma in the costs of internal failure, and this effect will be tested as follows: y3= a+ bz1 = 3.46+ 0.21z1 since: z1= six sigma y3= the costs of internal failure a= the value of the regression constant coefficient b= coefficient value (beta) looking at table (18), we find that there is a positive effect between the two variables above, as the value of the coefficient (b) was (0.21) and the ratio of the coefficient of determination (r2) (0.093), and when conducting a test (f) it was found that the calculated (f) amounted to (8.89). ), which is more than its tabular value of (6.30) at the level of significant significance (0.05) and the degree of freedom (59). this confirms the validity of the hypothesis which he stated (there is a significant effect of six american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org sigma in the costs of internal failure), as the result indicates a positive effect of six sigma on the costs of internal failure. the value of (r2) coefficient of determination indicates that there is a clear and significant role six sigma in explaining all the differences used in the costs of internal failure, and this reinforces the acceptance of the third sub-hypothesis that emanates from the first main hypothesis that. (there is a significant relationship between six sigma in the costs of internal failure table (18) simple six sigma linear regression in internal failure costs) effect type (f) computed value the value of the coefficient of determination (r2 ) ) b . parameter value regression constant value (a ) dependent variable y influential 8.89 0.093 0.21 3.46 internal failure costs (f) tabular value (6.30) below the level of significant significance (0.05) with a degree of freedom (59) tthe fourth hypothesis emanating from the second main hypothesis contained in the hypothetical scheme of the research indicated the existence of a significant effect between six sigma in the costs of external failure, and this effect will be tested as follows: y3= a+ bz1 = 3.46+ 0.21z1 since: z1= six sigma y4= external failure costs a= the value of the regression constant coefficient b= coefficient value (beta) looking at table (19), we find that there is a positive effect between the two variables above, as the value of the coefficient (b) was (0.22) and the ratio of the coefficient of determination (r2) (0.094), and when conducting a test (f) it was found that the calculated (f) amounted to (8.95). ), which is more than its tabular value of (6.30) at the level of significant significance (0.05) and the degree of freedom (59). this confirms the validity of the hypothesis that states (there is a significant effect of six sigma in the costs of external failure), as the result indicates a positive effect of six sigma on the costs of external failure. the value of (r2) coefficient of determination indicates that there is a clear and significant six sigma role in the costs of external failure in explaining all the differences used in the service. in the costs of external failure. table (19) simple six sigma linear regression in external failure costs effect type (f) computed value the value of the coefficient of determination r2 )) b . parameter value regression constant value (a ) dependent variable y influential 8.95 0.094 0.22 3.50 external failure costs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org (f) tabular value (6.30) below the level of significant significance (0.05) with a degree of freedom (59) 5. conclusions and recommendations 5.1 conclusions 1the concern of the top management in the laboratory in the issue of quality and its use to reduce internal failure rates and continuous improvement of production processes 2-six sigma is one of the important entrances that leads to reducing deviations, eliminating spoilage and improving the performance of production processes based on a set of statistical methods to measure quality and reduce defects 3-there is an effect of six sigma standards in reducing quality costs of all kinds, which means the ability of six sigma standards to improve performance and develop work mechanisms that are reflected in reducing quality costs and able to attract many customers. 4-the management of the laboratory is keen to analyze all costs related to material inspection operations in order to assess the level of quality and the extent of conformity with the required specifications. 5the management of the factory is keen to match its products according to the purpose for which they were designed, with the appropriate quality and cost. 5.2 recommendations 1the necessity of the senior management’s interest in the management of the plant to provide all the basic elements and ingredients for applying the standards of the six sigma method, both with regard to financial support, attracting specialized human resources and providing the appropriate environment. 2-the necessity of conducting training courses for laboratory workers on how to apply six sigma. 3-the need for the laboratory to adopt a quality cost accounting system, which enables it to measure and analyze the relationships between quality costs, which in turn leads to improving quality cost decisions. 4-the necessity of conducting several studies that enhance the application of concepts related to quality costs 5-the need for the factory management to seek to establish a culture of quality and do what is right from the beginning and focus on quality costs to avoid obtaining defective products. references 1. abdel-gawad, ahmed hussein, (2013) six sigma methodology as an entrance to develop the role of administrative accounting in rationalizing business risk management decisions an analytical study on the banking business environment. 2. abdul latif, abdul latif mohamed al-hassan, (2113), the role of administrative accounting methods in rationalizing total quality management decisions and reducing the cost of banking service. unpublished phd thesis, omdurman islamic university, college of graduate studies. 3. ahmad, othman ibrahim mohamed (2020), “quality costs and their role in supporting the competitive advantage of industrial companies, a field study on the two companies of jiyad and d. d.), unpublished master thesis, sudan university of science and technology, cost accounting and administrative accounting. 4. ahmed ,tanvir ,(2019) , " title: application of six sigma towards quality performance in garments sector: a case of bangladesh, master’s degree thesis , molde university college , specialized university in logistics . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org 5. al -khatib, samir kamel (2008), (total quality management and izu: contemporary introduction, jaafar al -adhami press, baghdad iraq . 6. al kunsol, william hanna (2015) , "the effect of lean six sigma on the jordanian pharmaceutical manufacturing organizations' business performance" , master degree in business administration department management department business faculty middle east university amman – jordan. 7. al -najjar, sabah majeed, jawad, maha kamel (2017), quality management: buildings and applications, first edition, memory for publishing and distribution, baghdad iraq . 8. al -nuaimi, muhammad abdel -al, (2007), six sigma is a modern approach to defects. the scientific conference of the university of daytona, oman arab university for graduate studies, amman. jordan, p. 21. 9. al -qazzaz, ismail, ibrahim, (2009), six sigma and other modern methods in total quality management, dar al masirah for publishing and distribution, jordan. 10. al-kiji, majdi wael (2018), the extent of the six sigma application as an entrance to reduce quality costs in palestinian public joint stock companies, “jordanian journal of business administration, volume 14, no. 1. 11. al-najjar, youssef mohamed awad (2007), applying the abc cost-based cost system in the jordanian industrial sector: its justifications and components: a field study, unpublished master thesis, oman arab university, jordan. 12. al-rashidi, tariq abdel-azim) 2009 (the role of strategic cost management in activating investment decisions in the e-commerce environment: applied study. 13. al-zahrani, muhammad bin saleh muhammad, 2010)), the possibility of applying the sixa set set in the security forces officers club in riyadh, unpublished master thesis, college of graduate studies, naif arab university for security sciences, saudi arabia. 14. anamah, anwar suleiman kamal (2020), the impact of quality costs on the financial performance in jordanian service companies listed on the amman stock exchange ”, unpublished master thesis, middle east university, department of accounting. 15. banuelas, r & antony, j (2002), key ingredients for the effective implementation ofsix sigma program, measuring business excellence, 6(4):20-27. 16. bass, issa, and barbara lawton. (2009). "lean six sigma using sigmaxl and minitab." copyright by the mcgraw-hill companies, inc united states of america. 17. bilal, ghoul (2014), “total quality management and its role in the low quality costs, a case study of the iron minestebessa company”, unpublished master thesis, college of economic sciences, commercial sciences and management sciences, umm al-bouaghi university. 18. bin aishawi, ahmed (2014), six sigma method as a tool to improve total quality management (tqm), journal of algerian institutions performance, issue 05. 19. chiadamrong, navee. (2003). "the development of an economic quality cost model". total quality management & business excellence, vol. 14.no(9).pp. 9991014.www.tandfonline.com/loi/ctqm20. 20. ching-chow yang (2010), six sigma, quality management and six sigma, abdurrahman coskun (ed.), isbn: 978-953-307-130-5, intech, available from: http://www.intechopen.com/books/quality-management-and-sixsigma/six-sigma american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org 21. claver, enrique; tari, juan jose & moline, jose francisco, (2003), “critical factors and results of quality management: an empirical study”, total quality management, vol.14 no.1: 91-118 22. erekat, shaker mahmoud ahmed (2015), “the impact of quality control on cost reducing: an applied study on food companies in the hashemite kingdom of jordan”, unpublished master thesis, middle east university, college of administration and economics department of accounting and finance. 23. europian commission, (2012), quantifying quality costs and the cost of poor quality in translation, publications office of the european union, luxembourg 24. garcia, francisco ribes , (2014), six sigma implementation within the building construction industry. a case study of the research building construction , master's degree in building constructions at the university polytechnic of valencia, 25. garrison, ray h, noreen, eric w, brewer, peter c, (2010), managerial accounting, thirteen edition, mcgraw-hill irwin 26. hindawi, muhammad (2016), "the role of using a six-siga style in the emancipation of the goals of strategic cost management", unpublished master thesis, university of aleppo, college of economics, department of accounting. 27. holotaa, t., hrubeca, j., kotusa, m., holienčinováb, m. & čapošová, e. (2016). the management of quality costs analysis model. serbian journal of management, 11(1):119-127. 28. horngren, charles t., datar, srikant m., rajan, madhav v., (2012), cost accounting a managerial emphasis, 14th edition, prentice hall, new jersey. 29. ibrahim, mohamed abdel moneim mohamed (2019), “the use of six sigma methodology as an introduction to the competitive advantage of national industries in the kingdom of saudi arabia: applied study, the scientific journal of economy and trade. . 30. krajewski , lee j., manoj k. malhotra, and larry p. ritzman (2013)."management processes and supply chains". ninth edition. global edition, typeset in utopia std by lumina datamatics printed and bound by courier kendallville in the united states of america .www.gen.lib.rus.ec 31. krajewski.lee.j.,maojk. malhotra,larry.p. rtzman (2016)."management processes and supplychains", eleventh edition, global edition, typeset in utopia std by lumina datamatics printed and bound by courier kendallville in the united states of america. 32. mahfouz, ahmed joudeh (2004), “total quality management: concepts and applications”, wael publishing house, jordan. 33. mahrous, ahmed (2000), “quality costs are an introduction to the development and continuous improvement iso9000/tqm, nour al -iman center for writing and printing, egypt – cairo. 34. malcolm, baldridge (2014), the evolution of six sigma, process quality associates inc., available online at: http://www.pqa.net. 35. mustafa, samar adel (2013), measuring the effects of comprehensive quality reinforcement with reference accounting standards to maximize the competitiveness of business facilities: a field study, unpublished master thesis, cairo university, all trade. 36. pande, pete & holpp, larry, (2002). "what is six sigma", mcgrawhill, new york:16 37. prabu ,k , & makesh ,j., &naveen raj k., & devadasan , w.r.(2013), " six sigma implementation through dmaic: a case study int. j. process management and benchmarking, vol. 3, no. 3. http://www.pqa.net/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org 38. pulakanam, v.; and voges, k.e. (november 2010). “adoption of six sigma by organizations: what has empirical research discovered?” international review of business research papers, 6(5), 149-163. 39. rathilall, raveen (2014), " a lean six sigma framework to enhance the competiveness in selected automotive component manufacturing organizations ", thsis doctor of technology: quality, durban university of technology, faculty of management sciences. 40. salaheldin, s. and abdelwahab, i. (2009), six sigma practices in the banking sector in qatar, global business and management research: an international journal, 1(1): 23-35. 41. shibli, muslim allawi (2014), total quality and environment: concepts entrances, cases, first edition, al -ghadeer for printing and publishing, baghdad iraq . 42. swink, morgan, steven a. melnyk, janet l. hartley, and m. bixby cooper.(2014). "managing operations across the supply chain". mcgraw-hill education,. second edition, published by mcgraw-hill/irwin, a business unit of the mcgraw-hill companies, avenue of the americas. 43. taif, muhammad ahmad muhammad (2011), the possibility of applying six sigma in the obesity factories in the republic of yemen: (a case study of the tower cement factory, unpublished master thesis, university of aden, yemen. 44. yassin, al-hakam ayoub, the impact of the requirements of the hexagon to reduce the cost of poor quality: a case study on the captain factory in najaf, master thesis, unpublished, middle east university, business administration. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 1, | june, 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org incidence, depth, and severity of poverty among rural and peri-urban farming households of kwara state, nigeriaa meta analysis kamoru bello1, amos omofaiye1, and ezekiel ojediran1 1 department of agricultural economics and farm management, faculty of agriculture, univeristy of ilorin, p.m.b 1515 ilorin, nigeria. 2al-hikmah university, adewole estate, adeta road, p. m. b. 1601, ilorin, kwara state. corresponding e mail address: bellokamoru9@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the worrying increase in peri-urban population and the decreasing rural farming population necessitated an inquiry into poverty indices of the communities. the usefulness of dependable information on the rural and peri-urban farming populace must be underscored. the study examined the poverty levels of the rural and peri-urban households. samples were selected through the use of a four-stage random sampling approach.cross-sectional data from the one-hundred and twenty farming households sampled were collected using a structured interview schedule administered on the households in a round-table format. data were analyzed using the fgt measures, sen and watts index on the mean, medial and modal income of the households. results show that in terms of poverty depth, severity, sen index, and watts index, peri-urban farming households fared better than rural farming households. it is therefore recommended that farming households be discouraged from migrating to peri-urban (and urban) areas at the expense of agriculture and that farming be made more favourable in the rural areas. farming households, periurban, poverty indices, kwara state. introduction in 2001, 1.1 billion people had consumption level below us$ 1 a day and 2.7 billion lived on less than us $ 2 a day (world bank, 2011). in 2007, increase in the price of grains led to food riots in some countries. world bank thereafter warned that 100 million people were at risk of sinking deeper into poverty. true to prediction, zwanniken (2010) reported that worldwide, 1.02 billion american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org people do not have enough to eat. world bank (2011) also found that one-third of deaths (some 18 million people per year or 50,000 people per day) are due to poverty related causes. available statistics indicate that the poverty rate of the nigerian populace increased from 27% in 1980 to about 70% by 1996. by 1999, it was estimated that more than 70% of nigerians lived in poverty (i.e. more than 7 people out of every 10 people randomly sampled) (dta, 2007). poverty has given rise to classes and as a result countries differ in their poverty rates. within nigerians, states have been found to differ from one another in terms of their poverty level (nbs, 2012). in one of such recent classifications, kwara state was among the lowest quartile on the log. salimonu, atoyebi, and sanusi (2006) reported that poverty indices significantly differ between lagos and osun states with the former having an enviable poverty status compared to the latter. this has shifted attention to the location being partly responsible for poverty. the depth and severity of poverty in one location may differ from what obtains in another location between and within states, local government areas and even wards. the discrepancy in poverty status may also occur within states following the conventional wisdom that rural populace is more deprived than their urban counterparts. to prevent the civil unrest that may result from this internal poverty class (especially absolute poverty), state government must make policies within their reach that will meet the needs of the differing classes with a special attention to the absolutely poor. these policies are in turn dependent on a dependable knowledge or information on the poverty indices of the communities within the state. such literatures are not available for the study area. for this study, the following definitions were adopted. peri-urban means ‘around’ urban. periurban towns and villages (communities) are those communities that are located around, about or very close to urban centres. (concise, 2004). they are not as densely populated as urban areas. even if they are remote from urban areas, they have urban consciousness. rural communities are areas or communities that are distant form urban areas. they are mainly characterized (especially/ in nigeria) by lack of tarred road, availability of public transport majorly on market days, weak or no mobile communication network signal etc. an household is a group of people living under the same dwelling place, who eat meals together and acknowledge the authority of a man or woman who is the head of the household (beaman and dillon, 2009). a farming household by extension is a group of people that satisfy not only the foregoing definition but also derives income from farming activities. materials and methods study area the study area was kwara state of nigeria. geographically, the state is situated between the parallels 7.45o and 9.30o north of the equator and longitude 2.30o and 6.25oeast of the greenwich meridian (lawal, 2006). ethnically, the state has a predominant yoruba speaking population with some nupe and baruba minority. only ilorin (the state capital), offa, omu-aran, and oro can truly be classified as urban (nigeria people and population, npp, 2003). these urban areas have about 30 percent of the state’s population. the major towns (semi-urban) in the state are jebba, patigi, erin-ile, iloffa, adeleke, igbewere, ejidongari, osi, lafiagi, gure, afon, kaiama, isanlu-isin, igbaja (“about kwara”, 2012). the remaining towns or settlement are either periamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org urban, rural or semi-rural. the non-urban dwellers in kwara state are predominantly farmers with a few artisans. sampling technique from the definition of peri-urban adopted for the study, the peri-urban communities from which samples were drawn were situated around (close to) urban areas. because (i) the flow of goods (farm produce) to the urban market is from both the rural and peri-urban farms, (ii) in order to create a continuum for the movement of goods and (iii) for convenience, the rural communities from which samples were drawn were also situated not too far from the peri-urban areas. figure three (1) shows the sample perimeter adopted for the study. a= urban communities; b= peri-urban communities;c= rural communities fig.1 sample perimeter, source: developed by the researcher, 2017. as a result, peri-urban and rural communities around offa, omu-aran, oro, and ilorin were sampled. a four stage sampling approach was used. in the first stage, all the rural and peri-urban communities around the urban areas were divided into two, namely those near to ilorin were divided into peri-urban and rural. this was also done to those near to offa, omu-aran, and oro. in the third stage three communities were randomly drawn from each of the four sub-divisions making a total of twelve communities of which six was rural and six peri-urban. at the fourth stage, ten farminghouseholds were randomly drawn from each of the chosen communities from the farming household sample frame provided by the community head. this made an aggregated total of one hundred and twenty farming households, of which sixty were rural and the remaining sixty were peri-urban farming households. for each rural farming household, there was a peri-urban counterpart. the principal instrument for data collection was a structured interview schedule. the instrument was tested for reliability. other instrument such as unstructured interview (discussion), observation etc. were also employed. the principal instrument was administered on the whole household in a round table format. the research dwelled majorly on the use of primary data. data analysis data from the rural farming households were separately analyzed, and this was also done to the data from the peri-urban farming households. the relative poverty was measured through the c b a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org use of mean, median and modal income approaches. the relative poverty threshold was set at 70 percent of the mean, median, and modal income for the particular locality (i.e. peri-urban or rural) in each case. the depth and severity of poverty were arrived at through the use of the h, pgi, pgi squared, psen and w. the equations used for estimation are as started below. h= (q/n)*100…………………………………………………………………… (i) h is usually reported as ‘po’ in most literature. it is also the incidence of poverty. pgi= 1 (∑ (z − yj) q j=1 ………………………………………... (ii) n z pgi is a percentage between 0 and 100and is sometimes reported as a fraction, between 0 and 1. a theoretical value of zero (0) implies that no one in the population is below the poverty line while a value of 100% implies that everyone in the population has zero (0) income. the pgi is reported as ‘p1’ in some literature (the world bank, 2005). pgisquared= 1 (∑ (z − yj) q j=1 2 ………………………………….…….. (iii) n z psen= h* gz+pgi* (1-gz)…………………………………………………….... (iv) w= 1 (q j=1 (in (z yj )……………………………………………………..(v) n z where: h=head count ration n=total population q=total population of the poor who are living below the poverty line. z=the poverty line yi= the income of the poor household j;pgi, and pgisquared. gz= income gini coefficient of only the people below the poverty line. in=natural logarithm modal income all papers reviewed measured relative poverty through the use of mean income. only an insignificant few attests to the possible use of median income. but the mean is greatly influenced by other observations (that are surprising, or far from the rest of the points), inappropriate for highly skewed data (observations in which the values on one side of the mean are much further from the mean than those on the other side). the other two important limitations of the mean are in the data on rates and averages (mean).while most would argue that the last two limitations are not relevant to households income, few would disagree that household income distribution in a given environment can be highly skewed and replete with outliers especially in a society where the middle income class is approximately non-existent. added to these limitations is the knowledge that the mean may not represent the income of a single household in the society. solutions such as omitting the outlier would be unfair to the respondents whilst biasing the results while the inclusion of the outlier would result in a mean that is far from being representative of the population.the mode on the other hand would most likely represent the income of many household in the society. with the grouping of income, the modal group would american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org be more representative of the population than the mean. the estimate of the mode can thereafter be gotten. the mode of a grouped data is estimated as: mode= l+ ( f1-f0 )*h…………………………………………… (vi) 2f1-f0-f2 where, l=lower class limit of the modal class f1=frequency of the modal class f0=frequency of the class before the modal class f2=frequency of the class after the modal class h=class internal of the modal class although income is measured on a continuous scale it is not always the practice to approximate household income and as such treating them as it is would be better than approximating the reported income. the main argument for the modal income lies in a deep study of maslow’s (1943) theory of motivation, self-presentation (impression management, tedeschi, james, riess, marc, (1984), schelenker, 1980), abraham’s (1988) selfevaluation maintenance theory, and self-esteem theory (smith and mackie, 2007). individuals would tend to aspire towards the modal income group (especially if the upper income group was unattainable). some of these tools have been used by various researchers (salimonu et al, 2006; ike and oboh, 2009; awotide, 2012; nbs, 2012; etc) to achieve objectives similar to those of this study and as a result this author adopted the tools in achieving the research objectives. results and discussion incidence, depth, and severity of poverty the relative poverty was derived through the use of three (3) different approaches (the mean, modal and median income). although the 70% threshold was used in the three approaches, their results differ. the results are as presented in table 1, 2, and 3. the mean income of the rural farming households sampled was n92, 683,33, while that of the peri-urban farming households was n71, 021.00. the relative poverty threshold of n49, 714.70 puts the peri-urban relatively poor at 30%. based on the mean income approach some absolutely poor rural farming household, were also relatively poor. of the initial 73.33% of the absolutely poor rural farming household, 51.52% were relatively non-poor. of the 18.33% of the absolutely poor peri-urban farming households were relatively non-poor. these results are similar to those obtained by salimonu et.al., (2006), olubanjo et.al., (2007) and awotide (2012). with the use of the modal income, 40% of rural farming households were poor compared to 16.67% of their peri-urban counterpart. the median income threshold put lesser peri-urban farming households below the poverty line. only the mean approach finds that the peri-urban farming are slightly poorer than the rural farming households. both the median and modal income approaches present rural farming households as being poorer than their peri-urban compatriots. the income inequality among the peri-urban farming households is higher than that of the rural farming households. this is similar to salimonu et.al. (2006) which reports higher income inequality at lagos state compared to osun state. although the three measures of relative poverty used consistently finds in favour of peri-urban farming households. the author wishes to strees the picture painted by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the modal income approach.the fields of psychology and sociology have churned out lots of studies to the end that people tend to compare themselves of the majority. it can be suggested that farmer would tend to be comfortable where they are in the majority (that is in the modal income group) compare to where they are below the modal income group. this may partly explains why farmers keep immigrating to the peri-urban and even urban areas despite the high probability of higher farm income in the rural areas. invariably, it is worth migrating form where 40% are relatively poor to where only 16.67% are. the depth of poverty also known as the poverty gap index (pgi) was computed for both rural and peri-urban farming households. based on the three approaches (the mean, modal and median income) the depth of poverty was higher for rural farming households than peri-urban farming households. assuming perfect targeting of transfers, the product of the poverty gap index and the total income gives what is needed (in naira) to move the poor households out of poverty. this incremental income is equal to the total income deficit of the poor households. sen and watts indices sen index (psen) is unique in that it considers the extent of income inequality among the relatively poor. the higher the income inequality among the poor, the higher the index. for the rural farming households, the three measures consistently find a higher psen value for rural farming households compared to peri-urban farming households. this corroborates the initial finding that rural farming households (though made more income from farming activities) were poorer than their peri-urban counterparts. the watts index (w) puts more weight on poverty the further one’s income is from the poverty threshold. the further one is, the higher the index. for rural farming households, the index was consistently higher compared to that for the peri-urban farming households. while the modal income approach puts the index at 0.2293 for rural farming households, it puts that for the periurban farming households at 0.04. socio-economic characteristics of poor peri-urban and rural farming households table 4 and 5 shows the socio-economic characteristics of poor peri-urban and rural farming households respectively. although, three approaches were used in picturing relative poverty, the one that puts greater percentage of farming households below the poverty threshold was used as the basis for extracting the poor from the two classes of farming households. of the poor periurban farming households, 89.47% were male.50% of the total number of female headed households in the sample was poor. 73% had household size in the range 6-10 persons. 89.47% cultivated farmland in the range 0.40-2.00 hectares, and 47.37% of the poor peri-urban farming households were headed by persons older than 60 years. 63.16% reported agriculture as being their major source of income. contrary to expectation that the bulk of poor farming households would consist of persons of no formal education, 78.95% of the poor peri-urban farming households have one form of formal education or the other. all the poor rural farming households were headed. this is mainly because the sample did not include female headed households. 45.83% had households size in the range 11-15 persons. only 12.50% had households size of 1-5 persons. 95.83% cultivated farmlands in the range 0.40-4.00 hectares, and 50% of the poor rural farming households were headed by persons older than 60years. 75% american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org reported agriculture as being their major source of income. 58.34% had one from of formal education or the other. generally, both poor peri-urban and rural farming households have fairly large household size, are headed by fairly old people and cultivates farmlands lesser than the average for each class of samples. a substantial percentage of these households claim agriculture as their main source of income. it is highly unexpected that the bulk of these households were uneducated (no matter how little). these are suggestive of the views that large households size, old households heads, small farm size and having agriculture as the only (or major) source of income have a poverty-increasing effect. income transfer while the mean income approach puts the income transfer needed for rural farming households at n595, 583.10 equivalents to 10.71% of the total income, the mode puts it at a rate equivalent to 13.86% of the total income. the income transfer needed is shown in table 6. for the peri-urban farming households the mean income approach puts the income transfer needed at n372, 434.12 representing 8.74% of the total income, while the modal income approach puts it at 3.36% of the total income. invariably, the poverty gap index (if expressed percentages) give the percentage of total income needed to lift the relatively poor out of poverty provided the income transfers are perfectly targeted. the poverty gap for each farming household, if squared, gives the poverty severity index. this is also known as the pgisquared or p2. findings revealed that for the three measures used, poverty is less severe at peri-urban areas compared to rural areas. this invariably means that those farming households that are far from the relative poverty threshold were minimal for peri-urban areas than rural areas. this agrees with literature that rural residents are more hit by poverty relative to urban residents. conclusion and recommendation from the research findings, it is plausible to conclude that poverty is not as severe in periurban areas compared to rural areas. the pgi, pgisquared, psen and w indices are generally favourably for peri-urban farming households compared to rural farming households. as farming households emigrate form rural to peri urban areas, their chance of being relatively and absolutely poor decreases, and consequently their farm income. the increase in the percentage of households with secondary occupation may have been due to decrease in farm income. rural areas are best suited to farming in terms of farm income. it is therefore recommended that farming households (and even farmers) should be discouraged from migrating to peir-urban areas. this can be done by providing what they seek at the peri-urban areas to the rural areas. references 1. “about kwara” (2012).http”//www.kwarastate.gov.ng/abat-kwara.htm.retrieved: 03-07-2013 2. awotide, b.a. (2012). poverty and income inequality among fish farming households in oyo state, nigeria.agriculturaljournal, 7(2): 111121 3. beaman, k., and dillon, a. (2009). do household definitions matter in surveydesign? results from a randomized survey experiment in mali american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org http://sistersarces.worldbank.org/intfr/resources/75459 1259791405401/beamandillon_hhdef_mali.pdf.retrieved:11-05-2013. 4. concise (2004) concise oxford english dictionary 11th edition. oxford university press u.s.a. 5. “debate to action” (2007). development knowledge facilitators coursematerials-pp 10-16. world bank, british council and nyss. 6. maslow, a.h.(1943). a theory of human motivation. psychological review, 50 (4): 370-78 7. maslow, a. (1954). motivation and personality. new york, ny. harper. pp 236. 8. nigeria people and population, npp” (2003). http://www.onlinenigeria.com/links/kwaraadv.asp?blwb=313. 9. “nbs” (2012) 112.519 million nigerians live in poverty. national bureau of statistics, abuja, nigeria. 10. olubanjo, o.o.; akinyele, s.o. and soremikun, w.a. (2007). poverty determinants among farmers in ogun state, nigeria. agriculturaljournal, 2(2), 275-280. 11. salimonu, k.k., atoyebi, j.o., and sanusi, w.a. (2006). income inequality, poverty and social welfare among government and private employees in lagos and osun states of nigeria. agricultural journal, 1(4): 315-319. 12. schlenker, r. (1980). impression management: the self-concept, social identify, and interpersonal relations. monterey, californian, brooks/cole. 13. smith,e.r, and mackie, d.m(2007). social psychology (3rd ed.). hove: psychology press. 14. tedeschi, t. and riess, m. (1984) identities, the phenomenal self and laboratory research in tedeschi, j.t (ed): impressionmanagement theory and social psychological research. academic press, new york. 15. tesser, a.(1988). “towards a self-evaluation maintenance model of social behavior” in berkowitz, l. advances in experimental social psychology 21. new york: academic press.pp.181-227. 16. world bank (2011). world development indicators. the world bank. washington dc.usa. 17. zwanniken, f. (2010). boosting agricultural production in the south: time for action. ofid quarterly, july, 2010 pp 5-11 table 1: poverty indices (mean income based) parameter rural peri-urban mean income (n) poverty thresholds(n) headcount ration pgi pgisquared psen w gini coefficient of the poor 92,683.33 64,878.33 0.30 0.1071 0.0633 0.1550 0.1810 0.2483 71,021.00 49,714.70 0.32 0.0874 0.0327 0.1173 0.1112 0.1285 source: field survey, 2017 table 2: poverty indices (modal income based) parameter rural peri-urban modal income (n) 106.454.54 52,428.57 http://www.onlinenigeria.com/links/kwaraadv.asp?blwb=313 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org poverty threshold (n) headcount ratio pgi pgisquared psen w gini coenfficient of the poor 74,518.18 0.40 0.1385 0.0777 0.1983 0.2293 0.2287 36,699.99 0.1667 0.0336 0.0096 0.0452 0.0400 0.0870 source: field survey, 2017 table 3: poverty indices (median income based) parameter rural peri-urban modal income (n) poverty threshold (n) headcount ratio pgi pgisquared psen w gini coenfficient of the poor 95,000 66,500 0.3167 0.1129 0.0657 0.1625 0.1887 0.2436 63,000 44,100 0.2333 0.0614 0.0214 0.0809 0.0764 0.1135 source: field survey, 2017 table 4: socio-economic characteristics of poor peri-urban characteristic frequency percentage household head sex male female total 17 2 19 89.47 10.53 100 households size 1-5 6-10 11-15 total 4 14 1 19 21.05 73.68 5.26 100 household head age (year) 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 71-80 total 2 4 4 8 1 19 10.53 21.05 21.05 42.11 5.26 100 household farm size(hectares) 0.40-2.00 2.01-4.00 total 17 2 19 89.47 10.53 100 household head highest education level no formal education adult education quranic/theological education primary education secondary education 4 1 1 6 7 21.05 5.26 5.26 31.58 36.84 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org total 19 100 household major income source agriculture others (e.g civil service) total 12 7 19 63.16 36.84 100 source: field survey, 2017 table 5: socio-economic characteristics of rural farming household characteristic frequency percentage households size 1-5 6-5 11-15 16-20 total 3 6 11 4 24 12.50 25.00 45.83 16.67 100 household head age (years) 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 71-80 >80 total 2 5 5 5 6 1 24 8.33 20.83 20.83 20.83 25.00 4.17 100 household farm size (hectares) 0.40-2.00 2.01-4.00 4.01-6.00 total 8 15 1 24 33.33 62.50 4.17 100 household head highest education level no formal education adult education quranic/theological education primary education secondary education total 10 3 4 4 3 60 41.66 12.50 16.67 16.67 12.50 100 household major income source agriculture others(e.g civil service) total 18 6 24 75.00 25.00 100 source: field survey, 2017 table 6: total income transfer needed for the poor in the sample. income rural peri-urban mean based mode based median based 595, 583.10 770,198.50 627,836.90 372,434.12 143,178.34 261,641,36 source: field survey, 2017 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org study of the physical-mechanical properties of foam concrete turapov farkhod khursanovich termiz state university (tersu.uz) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s foam concrete brands adopted the composition in relation to the amount of foam concrete cement in the binder: for example: (the rest is mineral additives): foam concrete -100 (100), foam concrete -60 (60%), foam concrete -50 (50), foam concrete -30 (30%). with the increase of mineral additives, the strength of foam concrete decreases, however, the strength of foam concrete-30 is high enough and shows that it is higher than the strength of ordinary portland cement. this can be achieved by mechanochemical activation during dry grinding of foam concrete components together with superplasticizer. introduction in addition to the above-mentioned brands of foam concrete, we specified the brands of binders used in our scientific research, taking into account the mineral additives in their composition, as follows: penobeton (j)55 contains 55% portland cement, low water-demanding binder prepared using jarkurgan sand; consumption of raw materials in the production of traditional foam blocks: 230 kg of sand; 300 kg of cement; 180 l of water; 1.7 l of foam concentrate. 900 g of fibratola and 300 g of plasticizer are used for the production of 1 m3. consumption of raw materials in the production of foam blocks from local raw materials: 210 kg of sand; 275 kg of cement; 150 l of water; 1.5 l of foam concentrate, 800 g of fibratola and 500 g of plasticizer are used for the development of 1 m3. production of foam blocks from raw materials in surkhandarya region: 220 kg of sand; 290 kg of cement; 165 l of water; 1.6 l of foam concentrate, 700 g of fibratola and 300 g of plasticizer are used for the development of 1 m3 the properties of foam concrete were determined in accordance with the requirements of existing standards. the speed of setting time of cement depends on a number of factors. its mineralogical composition is of great importance, in particular, an increase in the amount of tricalcium aluminate leads to an acceleration of this indicator. taking into account that the amount of tricalcium aluminate in the cement used in our scientific research was the same, portland cement with a comparable surface area of 3200 cm2/g was used as a control sample. the specific surface area of foam concrete is 5000; 5300 and 5500 cm2/g were taken as equal. the normal density of the binders was determined using the vika tool. it was found that the normal density of the control sample dough without superplasticizer made of cement with a surface area equal to 3200 cm2/g was 25.6%. the amount of water used for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org the preparation of normal density cement paste made from the developed foam concrete showed a decrease of up to 28% compared to the control sample. it was found that the amount also affects. in the case of the control sample with a normal density of 25.6%, the start of the solidification time was 1 hour 32 minutes, and the end of the solidification time was 3 hours 50 minutes. it is known that with the increase in the fineness of the cement powder, its hardening time increases with the increase of the surface area. also, with an increase in the amount of water in the cement paste, its setting time increases, while a decrease in the amount of water increases the setting time. table 1. properties of foam concrete t\r foam concrete brand jk-02 amount of superplasticizer, % relative surface area, sm2/g normal density, % solidification period, hourmin beginning the end 1 ps-500 0 3200 25,6 1-32 3-50 2 foam concrete-100 0,066 5000 19,6 0-25 1-30 3 foam concrete-100 0,8 17,0 1-25 3-35 4 foam concrete-300 0,4 16,3 1-30 4-35 5 foam concrete(j)-55 0,6 5300 18,4 1-25 2-35 6 foam concrete(j)-55 0,8 18,2 1-45 3-50 7 foam concrete(j)-55 1,0 17,4 1-40 3-50 8 foam concrete(j)-45 0,8 5500 19,5 3-30 5-30 9 foam concrete(j)-45 1,0 18,0 3-30 5-35 10 foam concrete(sh)-55 0,6 5000 18,0 3-45 1-50 11 foam concrete(sh)-55 0,8 17,6 3-45 2-30 12 foam concrete(sh)-55 1,0 17,0 2-15 4-25 13 foam concrete(sh)-45 0,8 19,7 3-50 6-30 14 foam concrete(sh)-45 1,0 18,7 2-40 7-00 15 foam concrete(j+sh)-50 0,8 19,0 1-45 2-30 16 foam concrete(j+sh)-50 1,0 18,3 1-40 3-30 this can be explained by the fact that the superplasticizer reduces the forces of attraction between solid particles in the cement-water paste. the superplasticizer forms an adsorption layer on the surface of the cement particles, creating electrostatic repulsion and reducing the viscosity of the system. it was found that an increase in the amount of silica-containing component in foam concrete also leads to an increase in the hardening time. it was found that the amount of superplasticizer has the most significant effect on the hardening time in all studied foam concrete compositions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org naturally hardened foam concrete -100, i.e., the composition of which consists of only portland cement clinker and 3% gypsum stone, reaches 20 to 23% of its 28-day strength in 1 day, from 53 to 58% in 3 days, and from 68 to 77% in 7 days, respectively. was determined. it should be noted that the composition with 0.8% superplasticizer showed the highest strength in 28 days 56.3 mpa, and 23% of the 28-day strength in 1 day according to the setting time, 3 reached 53% in 1 day and 68% in 7 days. according to the results of hot-moist treatment of foam concrete with these compositions, we can note the following: it was found that heat-wet treatment has a positive effect on the strength of foam concrete. all samples of penobeton-100 hardened by hot-wet treatment achieved almost 2 times higher strength compared to the strength of samples hardened in natural conditions after 28 days. it was found to achieve 77% strength compared to 28-day strength when tested after heat-wet treatment. in our further research, the mixture consisting of 55% portland cement, 42% jarkurgan sand with 0.6, 0.8 and 1.0% superplasticizer was crushed until it had a specific surface area of 5300 cm2/g and 5500 cm2/g. (j)-55 received. samples were prepared from the prepared foam concrete (j)55 to determine the strength. prepared samples were stored in laboratory conditions until testing. at the same time, the samples prepared from the same composition were subjected to hot-moist treatment and stored in laboratory conditions. figure 1. strength of hot-moist processed foam concrete(1;2;3;4;5:) changes in strength of hot-wet treated foam concrete-100 over time. samples prepared from the binder with a specific surface area of 5300 cm2/g of foam concrete (j)-55 in natural conditions showed a 7.9 to 20.6% of the 28-day strength in 1 day, from 54.5 to 58.3% in 3 days, respectively. and it was determined to reach from 77.1 to 80.4% in 7 days. it should be noted that the composition containing 1.0% superplasticizer showed the highest strength index of 50.9 mpa in 28 days. samples made of foam concrete (ж)-45 with portland cement clinker in binder content of 45% and 0.8% superplasticizer with a specific surface area equal to 5500 cm2/g have a strength of 31.9 mpa. showed. when the amount of superplasticizer in the composition of the binder is increased by 0.2%, that is, when it is 1.0% compared to the total mass, it was found that the strength of the binder containing 0.8% superplasticizer is lower by 1.3% . the following lines were determined in the ik-spectrum of the received foam concrete with optimal composition (fig. 3.2.2) 3468, 3434, 2927, 2523, 1633, 1440, 1066, 878, 722, 606, 463, 434, 400, 294, 252 sm-1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. ik-spectrum of foam concrete with optimal composition high-frequency lines in the area of 3300-3515 cm-1 correspond to hydroxyl groups. lines in the area of 1200-800 cm-1 with maxima corresponding to 722-463, 3468-3443 cm-1 indicate the presence of hydrosilicate phases. the lines corresponding to 876 cm-1 confirm the formation of sodium-calcium hydrosilicates of the si-o-na bond type in the composition of the compounds formed during the hydration of foam concrete and the fact that the hydration process took place 772-611, 606 cm -1 lines correspond to aquartz mineral. the presence of quartz and other modifications of sio2is confirmed by lines in the area of 830-750 and 450-400 cm-1. so, during the hydration processes that take place during the hardening of polystyrene concrete, lowbase hydrosilicates, hydroaluminates and hydrocarboaluminates are formed. these minerals change the structure of foam concrete and increase its strength. figure 3. changes in the strength of foam concrete over time. (1;2;3;4) changes in strength of zhargorgon sandy foam concrete hardened in natural conditions over time. it should be noted that hot-wet processing of penobeton prepared using jarkurgan sand has a positive effect on their gost initial strength, and the later strength shows the possibility of reaching 83% of the 28-day strength. the effect of hardening conditions on the strength of both under natural conditions and after hot-moist treatment was studied. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org bibliography. 1. turapov, f. kh. "use of heat insulation wall materials in construction."american journal of technology and applied sciences 5 (2022): 27-30. 2. kh, turapov f., et al. "features of the structure formation of a filling mixture based on industrial waste." the american journal of engineering and technology 3.05 (2021): 150-155. 3. khursanovich, turapov farkhod. "production of insulation boards based on crushed cotton and cement." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 12 (2023): 232-235 4. ilhomovna, ziyodullayeva madina. "classification of work on white cement in the production of marble quarry waste and barium products based white cement." texas journal of multidisciplinary studies 3 (2021): 70-71. 5. ilhomovna, ziyodullayeva madina. "obtaining cold-resistant barium concrete based on white cement using marble quarry waste." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 9.12 (2021): 504-505. 6. abduhalimzoda, abdurahimov abdukarim, and abdumominov odina rashidovich. "the effect of chemical additives on the hardening of putsolan portland cement." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 13 (2023): 115-118. 7. abdukhalimzoda, abduraximov abdukarim. "the use of filler mixtures assessment of the current status." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 9.12 (2021): 467-470. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org civil law regulation of consulting services asadov shahriddin faxriddin ugli tashkent state law university, lecturer of the department of private law orcid: 0000-0002-1603-266x e-mail: shahriddinasadov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s consulting services have become an integral part of modern business, and regulatory oversight is necessary to ensure that they operate ethically and professionally. in recent years, the consulting industry has experienced tremendous growth due to the growing demand for professional expertise and market knowledge. however, the industry has also faced numerous legal and ethical challenges, which have revealed the need for even more effective legal regulation. in this article, in order to determine more effective methods of regulation, various legal issues related to the provision of consulting services were discussed. applying several general and private legal methods of legal research as a cognitive method, a method of analysis and synthesis, etc., the analysis of the legal conjuncture of the consulting services market was carried out. as a result of this work, results have been obtained in the form of scientific definitions, and when applied, they can be effective tools for legal regulation of consulting services. consulting services, parties, users, supplier, legal advice, civil liability, contract. introduction consulting services play a crucial role in the modern business world, offering expert advice and recommendations in a wide range of areas, including finance, management, accounting, taxation and regulatory compliance. however, the legal issues related to these services are becoming more complex as consulting firms expand their activities and compete for clients in a globalized market. this paper explores legal issues related to consulting services, with a particular focus on regulation and the future of consulting services. this article provides an overview of the consulting services industry and the various areas in which consulting services are offered. it also examines the growth of consulting services, including trends and new areas of consulting. legal regulation of consulting services refers to various laws, regulations and guidelines that regulate the provision of consulting services by professional consultants. consulting services are classified as a specialized service that provides knowledge, recommendations and expertise to help organizations improve their performance in various areas, including strategy, finance, marketing and human resources. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org in turn, legal issues related to consulting services are analyzed, including conflicts of interest, confidentiality, misleading and liability. it also examines the legal implications for consulting firms and their clients, highlights some of the most significant court cases that have had an impact on the industry. methods and materials the research methodology covers the application of general scientific, special and private scientific methods of cognition. the first include dialectical methods of cognition, analysis, synthesis, induction, deduction, and the second comparative legal and system analysis. methods of modeling and forecasting of the studied civil law phenomenon, consulting contracts were also used.there are several methods of legal research that are used to search for relevant legal information. for example, the method of statutory research involves the study of statutes or laws that have been adopted by the legislature. in uzbekistan, the legal framework of consulting services is mainly regulated by the civil code (articles 703-708), the “law of the republic of uzbekistan on tax consulting activities”, the “national standard of information and consulting services in the real estate market", etc. these rules establish the requirements and procedures for obtaining a license to provide consulting services. to obtain a license, a consulting organization or an individual consultant must meet certain criteria, such as having the appropriate education, professional experience and a good reputation. the law also regulates relations between consulting organizations or individual consultants and their clients. this requires that consulting contracts be concluded in writing and include specific provisions on the scope of services, fees and payment terms, obligations of both parties, confidentiality of information and the consultant's liability for any damage caused to the client. in addition, the law establishes ethical and professional standards that consultants must adhere to in their work. these standards include honesty, integrity, objectivity, confidentiality and competence. consultants are also prohibited from engaging in activities that may lead to a conflict of interest or harm the interests of their clients. in addition, the law provides for the creation of a self-regulatory organization of consulting services, which is responsible for monitoring and ensuring compliance with legal and ethical standards in the industry. a self-regulating organization authorized to issue professional standards, rules of conduct and codes of ethics for consultants, as well as to investigate complaints and impose disciplinary measures for violations. legal regulation of consulting services in uzbekistan is aimed at ensuring that these services are provided professionally, ethically and transparently, and clients are protected from unscrupulous or incompetent consultants. by complying with legal requirements and standards, consulting organizations and individual consultants can gain the trust of their clients and contribute to the development of a thriving consulting industry in uzbekistan. it is important to use a combination of these methods to have a complete understanding of the legal issue we are investigating. the services provided and the work performed may also be objects of civil law. as h.h.rakhmankulov noted, works and services are included in the composition of material goods. but i.b.zokirov says that if an action is performed to create a material result, then the relationship is evaluated as a job (contract), and the absence of such an action as a goal is called a service. this is also the reason that the work is being done and the service is being rendered. however, in most countries of the world, the legal regulation of this activity is not the same as in our country, some of them require consultants to obtain licenses and certificates before they can legally offer consulting services. the purpose of this requirement is to ensure that consultants have the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org necessary knowledge, skills and professional ethics necessary to provide high-quality consulting services. licensing and certification also protect customers from fraudulent activities and unprofessional practices. for example, in the united states, consultants are required to obtain a certificate from the institute of management consultants (imc) or other recognized professional consulting organizations. in the united kingdom, consultants must register with the association of management consultants (mca) to offer consulting services. consultants often deal with confidential information, including trade secrets, financial data and employee information. therefore, they are required to adhere to strict data protection and confidentiality rules to ensure the privacy and confidentiality of their customers' information. many countries also have data protection regulations, such as the eu general data protection regulation (gdpr), which govern how consultants process personal data collected from their clients. professional consultants are expected to adhere to high ethical standards and adhere to ethical principles when providing their consulting services. legal norms often require consultants to comply with ethical standards to ensure that clients receive unbiased and objective advice. sukhanov e.a. also notes that the main difference between service obligations and contractual obligations is the result of the activities carried out by the service provider. for example, the international council of management consulting institutes (icmci) has developed a code of ethics that professional consultants should follow worldwide. the code of ethics includes principles such as integrity, confidentiality, professionalism, competence and fairness. legal regulation of consulting services is important for the promotion of professionalism, integrity and ethical standards in the industry. it protects customers from fraudulent and unprofessional actions by setting standards for licensing, certification, data protection and ethical principles. professional consultants must comply with these legal requirements in order to provide high-quality services that benefit their clients. as enterprises strive to remain competitive and stay ahead of competitors, there is a growing need for expert consultants who are well versed in various business functions. consulting services are a vital component for any company planning to expand its activities or solve specific tasks from a professional point of view. however, in order for the consulting service to be effective, it is important to take into account the legal consequences associated with the involvement of a consultant. when hiring and attracting consultants, numerous legal aspects must be taken into account. failure to comply with these legal requirements can lead to problems ranging from fines and penalties to lawsuits. therefore, it is extremely important to understand the legal aspects of consulting services before hiring a consultant. one of the key legal aspects of consulting services is the need to conclude clear and concise contracts. consulting contracts should clearly indicate the scope of work, expected results, project deadlines, fees and any other terms and conditions necessary for the successful completion of the project. the contract must also specify the obligations of the client and the consultant, as well as any confidential or proprietary information that the consultant may encounter in the course of his work. another legal aspect to consider when hiring a consultant is intellectual property rights. a consulting service may include the creation of intellectual property, such as software, design, or reports. prior to the consultant's work, a clear agreement must be concluded with a detailed description of who will own and have the right to use any intellectual property obtained as a result of the provision of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org consulting services. consultation agreements should also specify who will bear the costs of obtaining intellectual property rights and compensation for damages in the event of infringement of intellectual property rights. consultants may also have to navigate regulations and laws applicable to their particular industry, such as data protection laws, antitrust laws and environmental regulations. consultants should be aware of any compliance requirements required for their clients' activities and adapt quickly to relevant regulations and laws, ensuring that they comply with them regardless of changing circumstances.a contract for the provision of consulting services is one of the most common legal documents used in business. it is an agreement between the client and the consultant defining the conditions for the provision of consulting services. in uzbekistan, the contract for the provision of consulting services is also subject to legal regulation to ensure the quality and reliability of services, as well as to protect the interests of clients. the legal regulation of the contract for the provision of consulting services in uzbekistan is carried out in accordance with the law "on information and consulting services", adopted in 2002 and amended in 2017. the law defines consultant services as "professional services provided by a consulting organization or an individual consultant to a customer on a paid or contractual basis, aimed at solving specific tasks in the field of management, finance, taxation, law, marketing, advertising, information and other areas." the law establishes the requirements and procedures for obtaining a license to provide consulting services, which is issued by the ministry of justice of uzbekistan. to obtain a license, a consultant must meet certain criteria, such as having the appropriate education, professional experience and a good reputation. the license is valid for five years and can be renewed upon expiration. the law also regulates the relationship between consultants and their clients. it requires the conclusion of contracts for consulting services in writing and the inclusion in them of specific provisions on the subject of services, prices and payment terms, obligations of both parties, confidentiality of information and liability of the consultant for any losses caused to the client. in addition, the law establishes ethical and professional standards that consultants must follow in their work. these standards include honesty, decency, objectivity, confidentiality and competence. consultants are also prohibited from engaging in activities that may create a conflict of interest or harm the interests of their clients. the law also provides for the creation of a self-regulatory organization (sro) for consulting services, which is responsible for monitoring and compliance with legal and ethical standards in the industry. the sro has the right to establish professional standards, rules of conduct and ethical codes consultants in uzbekistan must also comply with the requirements of the law "on consumer protection", which guarantees the rights of clients to quality services, as well as the right to appeal to public authorities in case of violation of these rights. in addition, there is regulation of consulting services in the field of taxation and accounting in uzbekistan, carried out by the tax authorities and the ministry of finance. to provide consulting services in these areas, consultants must also have an appropriate license and comply with the norms of tax and accounting legislation. consultants must also comply with the requirements of the law "on protection of competition", which prohibits monopolistic activity and abuse of a dominant position in the market. this means that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org consultants should not hinder competition in the consulting services market and should not use their dominant position to gain undue advantages. in general, the legal regulation of the contract for the provision of consulting services in uzbekistan is aimed at providing high-quality and reliable services, as well as protecting the interests of clients. consultants who comply with legal requirements and ethical standards can earn the trust and respect of their clients, as well as contribute to the development of a thriving consulting industry in uzbekistan. additionally, it can be noted that the legislation of uzbekistan establishes certain requirements for the qualification of consultants. thus, consultants providing services in the field of taxation must have appropriate education and work experience in this field. consultants providing services in the field of jurisprudence must have a higher legal education and work experience in this field. in addition, there is regulation of consulting services in the field of health care in uzbekistan, carried out by the ministry of health. consultants providing services in this area should have appropriate education and work experience in medical institutions. it is also worth noting that there are a number of professional associations and organizations in uzbekistan that are engaged in the development and regulation of the consulting industry. thus, the uzbek association of consultants (uzbekistan association of consultants, uac) provides training for consultants, conducts certification and attestation, and also develops professional standards and codes of conduct. finally, it is worth noting that consultants in uzbekistan may face a number of problems and challenges. these include limited access to information, a low level of business development in some industries, insufficient qualifications and professionalism of consultants, as well as a weak legal system and insufficient compliance with rules and laws. however, with the right approach and compliance with the rules and requirements of the legislation, the consulting industry in uzbekistan has great potential for development and prosperity. references 1. раҳмонқулов ҳ. фуқаролик ҳуқуқининг объектлари. ўқув қўлланма. –тошкент: тдюи, 2009. -11 б 2. campbell, r. w. (2012). rethinking regulation and innovation in the us legal services market. nyujl & bus., 9, 1. 3. sitdikova, l. b. (2007). legal aspects of consulting services. russian law: theory and practice, (2), 156-162. 4. российское гражданское право: учебник: в 2 т. т. ii: обязательственное право / отв. ред. е.а. суханов. – 2-е изд., стереотип. – м.: статут, 2011. – 1208 c 5. asadov, s. (2023). consulting services: rights and obligations of the parties. international bulletin of applied science and technology, 3(1), 142-145. 6. асадов, ш. ф. у. (2022). консультационные услуги: как услуги оказываемые на возмездном основе. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(7), 716-723. 7. atalikova, g. s., & asadov, s. f. o. g. l. (2022). maslahat va konsalting xizmatlari: huquqiy tartibga solish masalalari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(2), 299-309. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org 8. asadov, s. f. o. g. l. (2021). fuqarolik-huquqiy munosabatlarda davlat ishtiroki (davlat-xususiy sheriklik misolida). oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 1(11), 789-799. 9. фуқаролик ҳуқуқи: дарслик. i қисм. и.б.зокиров; масъул муҳаррир: ҳ.раҳмонқулов: қайта ишланган ва тўлдирилган бешинчи нашр. –т.: тдюи нашриёти, 2009. 611 бет. 10. baker, d. c., & bufka, l. f. (2011). preparing for the telehealth world: navigating legal, regulatory, reimbursement, and ethical issues in an electronic age. professional psychology: research and practice, 42(6), 405. 11. cho, m. k., tobin, s. l., greely, h. t., mccormick, j., boyce, a., & magnus, d. (2008). strangers at the benchside: research ethics consultation. the american journal of bioethics, 8(3), 413. 12. mirzoyev, p. (2019, april). civil law issues in rendering consulting services in the field of investment activity. in international conference" topical problems of philology and didactics: interdisciplinary approach in humanities and social sciences"(tphd 2018) (pp. 280-283). atlantis press. 13. dauletbike ametbekovna eshchanova. (2022). improving civil law in investment activity insurance in the republic of uzbekistan. world bulletin of social sciences, 13, 16-21. 14. eshchanova, d. (2021). innovative implementation of investment insurance in the republic of uzbekistan. the american journal of political science law and criminology, 3(06), 109–115. https://doi.org/10.37547/tajpslc/volume03issue06-16. 15. ametbekovna e. d. actual problems of legislation of the development of internet insurance in uzbekistan //tsul legal report. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 69-72. 16. tojiboyev, s. z. (2022). taxation policy of host state in investor-state dispute settlement. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(8), 232-238. 17. бурханова л. м. вопросы совершенствования правового регулирования нематериальных благ как особого объекта гражданского права в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан. – 2021. 18. бурханова л. м. механизм возмещения убытков физическим и юридическим лицам в связи с изъятием земельных участков для государственных и общественных нужд по законодательству республики узбекистан //vii international correspondence scientific specialized conference" international scientific review of the problems of law, sociology and political science". – 2018. – с. 5-9. 19. бурханова л. м. и др. история возникновения долевого строительства. особенности возникновения договора долевого участия в строительстве //o'zbekistonda fanlararo innovatsiyalar va ilmiy tadqiqotlar jurnali. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 8. – с. 472-477. 20. бурханова л. м. доверительное управление как институт обязательственного права: особенности национального регулирования на примере гражданского законодательства республики узбекистан //ex jure. – 2019. – №. 4. – с. 34-52. https://doi.org/10.37547/tajpslc/volume03issue06-16 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org 21. бурханова л. договор лизинга по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: особенности правового регулирования //общество и инновации. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1/s. – с. 387-395. 22. бурханова л. м. особенности правового регулирования правоспособности физических лиц по гражданскому законодательству республики узбекистани некоторые вопросы его совершенствования //эволюция российского права. – 2019. – с. 143-149. 23. бурханова л. вопросы правоприменения института общей совместной собственности на примере общей совместной собственности супругов //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 3. 24. бурханова л. м. правовое регулирование договора о возмездном оказании услуг по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан и некоторые вопросы его совершенствования //вестник пермского университета. юридические науки. – 2013. – №. 4 (22). 25. бурханова л. м. правовое регулирование договора о возмездном оказании услуг по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан и некоторые вопросы его совершенствования //вестник пермского университета. юридические науки. – 2013. – №. 4 (22). – с. 132-137. 26. mariusovna b. l. some features of the application of the norms of international private law to civil-legal relations to regulate obligations due to harm (delicate liabilities) //eurasian research bulletin. – 2023. – т. 16. – с. 58-67. 27. лм бурханова нормативно-правовое регулирование обеспечение занятости в республике узбекистан: особенности национального регулирования //материалы vii международной научно-практической конференции «актуальные проблемы социально-трудовых отношений», посвященной 60-летию основания института социально-экономических исследований дфиц ран. – 2019. – с. 118-120. 28. бурханова л. м. защита средств индивидуализации в сетях интернет посредством доменных имен. – 2019. 29. бурханова л. м. особенности правового регулирования договора лизинга по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: вопросы применения и совершенствования //ex jure. – 2019. – №. 1. 30. бурханова л. м. особенности законодательного регулирования института финансирования под уступку денежного требования в республике узбекистан в условиях рыночных отношений: вопросы применения и совершенствования //li international correspondence scientific and practical conference" international scientific review of the problems and prospects of modern science and education". – 2018. – с. 83-85. 31. бурханова л. м. правовая характеристика частной собственности отдельных видов юридических лиц в условиях перехода республики узбекистан к рыночным отношениям //вестник пермского университета. юридические науки. – 2010. – №. 2. – с. 88-98. 32. бурханова л. м. преимущества и недостатки болонского процесса как структурного направления реформирования высшего юридического образования в республике узбекистан на примере преподавания модуля курса «гражданское право» в ташкентском государственном юридическом университете //социальное партнерство в https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:eqolee2rzwmc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:eqolee2rzwmc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:eqolee2rzwmc american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org образовании: опыт, инновации, развитие. – 2021. – с. 37-44.бурханова, л. м. (2021). преимущества и недостатки болонского процесса как структурного направления реформирования высшего юридического образования в республике узбекистан на примере преподавания модуля курса «гражданское право» в ташкентском государственном юридическом университете. in социальное партнерство в образовании: опыт, инновации, развитие (pp. 37-44) 33. бурханова л., матвеева л., ачилова л. особенности правового регулирования гендерного равенства: международный и национальный аспект (теория и практика применения) //актуальные проблемы гуманитарных наук. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 6-12. 34. бурханова л. м. вопросы совершенствования правового регулирования нематериальных благ как особого объекта гражданского права в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан. – 2021. 35. бурханова л. новые подходы к определению понятий нематериальные блага в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 4. – с. 21-29. 36. лм бурханова нормативно-правовое регулирование обеспечение занятости в республике узбекистан: особенности национального регулирования. материалы vii международной научно-практической конференции «актуальные проблемы социально-трудовых отношений», посвященной 60-летию основания института социально-экономических исследований дфиц ран. 2019. с. 118-120. 37. бурханова л. м. заключение, изменение и прекращение договора энергоснабжения по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: правовое регулирование и вопросы совершенствования //вестник полоцкого государственного университета. серия d, экономические и юридические науки. – 2019. 38. бурханова л. м. заключение, изменение и прекращение договора энергоснабжения по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: правовое регулирование и вопросы совершенствования //вестник полоцкого государственного университета, серия d. экономические и юридические науки. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 146-154. 39. бурханова л. особенности правового регулирования и применения договора аренды по гражданскому законодательству республики узбекистан //review of law sciences. – 2018. – №. 4. – с. 19-25. 40. burkhanova, l. m. . (2022). based on the definition of civil advantages of individuals: questions of theory and practice. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(1), 159–168. извлечено от https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejar/article/view/328 41. бурханова л. м., эгамбердиев э. х. семейное предпринимательство в республике узбекистан как способ разрешения социальноэкономических проблем в условиях рыночной экономики //материалы vii международной научно-практической конференции «актуальные проблемы социальнотрудовых отношений», посвященной 60-летию основания института социальноэкономических исследований дфиц ран. – 2019. – с. 121-123. https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5767024685642136924&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5767024685642136924&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5767024685642136924&btni=1&hl=ru https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejar/article/view/328 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org disrespect for the ontological dignity of the human person in a value-free society: the contemporary nigerian experience professor andrew f. uduigwomen ( dept. of philosophy, university of calabar) dr. christopher a. udofia ( dept. of philosophy, akwa ibom state university) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is an indisputable fact that respect for the individual person is grossly depreciating in nigeria. philosophers of old did appreciate the value of the human person. ancient philosophers such as socrates, plato and aristotle celebrated the intellectuality of the human person, which they saw as the distinguishing feature of man in the hierarchy of beings. the patristic and medieval philosophers such as boethius and thomas aquinas defined the human person as an individual substance of rational nature, which implies the irreplaceability and inviolability of the human person. in the modern period, kant underscored the pre-eminence of the human person when he warned that no human person should be used as a means, but as an end in himself. in contemporary times, the 1948 universal declaration of human rights confirmed the philosophical conception of man as a being of ineluctable dignity. experience has shown that in contemporary nigeria the respect for human person has depreciated considerably. cases of serious human abuses abound. the aim of this chapter is to explore the evolution of the idea of human dignity across historical epochs, the elements and occurrences of the ugly trend of violation of human dignity in nigeria and the possible way out of this dehumanizing phenomenon. introduction the evolution of the idea of human dignity in the annals of philosophy the root of the intellectual conception of the idea of human dignity in the western world is remotely located in the thoughts of some erudite philosophers in the ancient epoch of philosophy. the latin term ‘dignitas’ was used in translating the greek cognate axia which refers to the worth or value of a person. greek’s axia or worth has multiple nuances. the socratics fundamentally view human dignity as a quality humans possess, namely, rationality which constitutes the essence of humanity and accords humans respectability between likes and higher value among other animals. this expression of dignity as an innate human quality portrays the inalienability of dignity. the inherency of human dignity constitutes the foundation for the universal equality of human beings. human dignity as a foundational american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org and fundamental term upon which human equality is contingent is even conveyed in the etymological rendition of ‘axiom’ as a derivative of ‘axia’. in this understanding, human dignity is an axiom (a non – demonstrable principle) on which the demonstration of other principles depend. human dignity from the ongoing exposition is therefore the ontological foundation (axiom) for moral and legal egalitarianism. besides the ontological conception of dignity expounded above, there is also a socratic meritocratic conception of human dignity. the meritocratic element of dignity is premised on the predication of dignity on merit or possession of virtues. this understanding expresses the other nuance of ‘axia’ as the worth for which a person counts for more or less in the society. dignity in this sense is perceived as a relational instrument for justice and valuation of individuals. persons with more virtues are considered as possessing higher merit and hence cannot justly be treated equally with persons with less merit. meritocratic dignity is therefore a function of the quantum of virtues one possess which accord higher or lower merit on a person (josiah ober, “meritocratic and civic dignity greco – roman antiquity” 54) the ontological and the meritocratic elements of dignity were deftly articulated by the roman orator, politician and author, marcus tullius cicero in the letter to his son, tullius, thus; but it is essential to every inquiry about duty that we keep before our eyes how far superior man is by nature to cattle and other beasts: they have no thought except for sensual pleasure and this they are impelled by every instinct to seek; but man’s mind is nurtured by study and meditation... . from this we see that sensual pleasure is quite unworthy of the dignity of man (dignam hominis)... but if someone should be found who sets some value upon sensual gratification, he must keep strictly within the limits of moderate indulgence. (cicero, m. t. “de officiis” 107109) in the discourse above, cicero emphasizes the dignity of man as an inherent substance of humanity borne out of the possession of the rational faculty. this defines the ontological element in cicero’s conception of dignity. the rational faculty in turn constitutes the meditative power that prompts humans into the pursuits of virtue which implies the activity of moderation. this conveys the meritocratic idea of dignity. dignity in the ontological sense is a natural possession. in the meritocratic sense, it is a social acquisition. most despicably, there was an existing paradox in the greco – roman world between the ideals of dignity and its practice cum observation. the contradictory equipollence between the principle and practice of human dignity in the greco – roman world is embodified in the indignifying treatment of slaves, women and non – citizens in that era. inspite of this anomaly, it has to be said that the abuse of a principle does not vitiate its use (abusus non tollit usum) the medieval conception of human dignity was founded on two major anthropological traditions. the first is the ancient claim which conceives man fundamentally as a rational animal (animal rationale) and the second is the biblical theocentric tradition which conceives man as the image and likeness of god (imago et similitudo dei). in consonance with the ancient tradition, anicius manlius severinus boethius defines the human person as an “individual substance of a rational nature” (naturae rationalis individua substantia) hugo of saint victor elaborates the biblical theocentric anthropology as meaning that human being is the image of god by virtue of man’s possession of reason and likeness is by virtue of man’s possession of love. following the idea of boethius aquinas conceived the person as an individual substance of rational nature. these various definitions project the fact that dignity resides in the possession of rationality. notably, rationality for the medieval christian theologians was a divine endowment. thus human dignity is negated through the act of sin. the restoration of such damnation of dignity is accomplished through the redemptive act of christ. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org the revival of learning during the renaissance era came with a shift of focus from the theocentricism of the medievals to anthropocentricism of antiquity. the human being was the central figure in renaissance thought, hence the philosophy of this epoch is duly called renaissance humanism. the ‘humanism’ used in characterizing the renaissance epoch is defined as “any philosophy which recognizes the value or dignity of man and makes him the measure of all things or somehow takes human nature, its limits, or its interests as its themes” (piet steenbakkers “human dignity in renaissance humanism” 86) the work of giovanni pico della mirandola, oration on the dignity of man, is referenced as the locus classicus of the era. in this celebrated masterpiece, pico locates ‘freewill’ as the embodiment of human dignity by averring thus; that to which nothing of its very own could be given should be, in composite fashion, whatsoever had belonged individually to each and everything. therefore he took up man, a work of indeterminate form, and placing him at the midpoint of the world, he spoke to him as follows: ‘… in conformity with thy free judgment in whose hands i have placed thee, thou art confined by no bounds; and thou wilt fix limits of nature for thyself. i have placed thee at the center of the world... thou canst grow downward into the lower natures which are brutes. thou canst again grow upward from thy soul’s reason into the higher natures which are divine. (pico della mirandola, “on the dignity of man” 1 – 34) pico’s fame is established on his masterpiece cited above. this work, on the dignity of man was constituted as a unit of a set of 900 theses on which pico intended to organize a public debate or oration in rome. tough pope innocent viii stifled the possibility of the public dispute and pico died at 31 in 1494, his work with the title, oration on the dignity of man was posthumously published in the 1557 edition. enshrined in pico’s thought on human nature as quoted above is the notion of freewill as the seat of human dignity. the exercise of the freewill, however, is contingent on the possession of intellectual faculty. this contemplative faculty is the distinguishing property between man and other animals, hence pico asserts “if you come upon a pure contemplator, ignorant of the body, banished to the innermost place of mind, he is not an earthly, not a heavenly animal; he more superbly is a divinity clothed with human flesh” (6). pico’s emphasis on the mind’s contemplative activity as the act which accords man the distinctive premium of pre-eminence in the comity of animals demonstrates the truth that rationality is essential for man to function per se. the modern era descended with the vestiges of ideas on human dignity from the previous epochs. a plenitude of philosophers and thinkers in the modern era have discussed the concept of human dignity. the determining salient factors of fundamental importance that permeate the various conceptions of the subject matter in this period are those of rationality and freedom. the french mathematician and philosophers, blaise pascal offers a focal place to reason in the conception of human dignity by stating thus: “man is but a reed, the most feeble thing in nature, but he is a thinking reed… all our dignity consists, then, in thoughts”. (pensees 97) the thoughts of the modern era on dignity crystallized in the philosophy of immanuel kant. the ideas of kant on human dignity can best be cognized by mapping kantian responses to the inquiries of what human dignity is and what can be conceived as the foundational elements of human dignity. kant’s discussion of human dignity is found in his the groundwork of the metaphysics of morals and the metaphysics of morals. he defines dignity thus: “in the kingdom of ends everything has either a price or dignity. what has a price can be replaced by something else as its equivalent; what on the other hand is raised above all price and therefore admits of no equivalent has dignity” (groundwork 42). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org this definition of kant is in direct contrast to that of hobbes who defines dignity as contingent on price thus, “the value, or worth of a man is, as of all other things, his price: that is to say, so much as would be given for his power” (hobbes, t. leviathan part i, ch. 10, para. 16) hobbes premised human dignity on the price or worth the society attaches to an individual. hobbesian dignity is a contingent dignity. the kantian dignity is a worth that enjoys unconditional qualification and it is synonymous with the categorical imperative because of its unqualified demand for respect. in response to the second inquiry, it is evident from a study of kant’s groundwork that rationality and autonomy constitute the foundational elements by virtue of which dignity is attributed to human beings. kant regards humanity interchangeably with rational nature. thus aside autonomy, a being possesses dignity by virtue of possession of a rational nature. kant’s conception of human dignity brings to the fore some categories with which to describe human dignity. these categories include unconditionality and incomparability. human dignity has unconditional worth because of its intrinsic goodness. human dignity is also incomparable in value to another thing because it does not have any equivalent for which it can be exchanged. kant regarded human dignity as providing the regulative principle of human relation which is encapsulated in his categorical imperative of treating humanity both in oneself and in others not merely as a means but an end. the various conceptions of human dignity above, especially the kantian conception congealed into and provided the intellectual framework in the formulation of many international instruments and national constitutions. the charter of the united nations (1945) is the first international document that incorporates the concept of human dignity. this document in its preamble states thus: we the people of the united nations determined to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow to mankind and to reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth of human person, in the equal rights of men and women and of nations large and small (united nations organization, “relevant provisions of the united nations charter, 1945” 1 – 13) similarly, the 1948 universal declaration of human rights avers that “the recognition of the inherent dignity and of the equal and alienable rights of all members of the human family is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world” (“the universal declaration of human right” in every citizen’s handbook: building a peaceful society 586). these international documents illuminate the prime position of human dignity among other values. human dignity serves as the foundation and fulcrum to other values such as rights, equality and liberty. the universal declaration of human rights employs the term ‘inherent’ as the qualifier of human dignity. this term is used to demonstrate that human dignity is an innate ontological consequence of our existence that is not dependent on our status in life but is a necessary condition for being human. hence, ontologically, an outlaw and a law abiding citizen possess the same level of human dignity. this means that human dignity is inalienable. human dignity and the nigerian situation respect of human dignity is enshrined as a fundamental right in section 34 of the 1999 constitution of nigeria. this article of the constitution provides that “ every individual is entitled to respect for the dignity of his person.” the constitution, under this section, goes ahead to prohibit torture, inhuman or american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org degrading treatment, slavery and forced labour (with relevant exclusions) as violations of the fundamental right of respect of human dignity. the nigerian landscape is inundately replete with scenarios of human dignity violation that it has become a cliché in most quarters that human dignity in nigeria is observed more in its abuse rather than in its protection. let us commence our narrative on human dignity violation in nigeria by exposing the different conditions or elements that represent or constitute a violation of human dignity. violation of human life the right to life and the accompanying sanctity of human life are contingent on the inherent value of human dignity. the sanctity of human life implies that human life is inviolable. immanuel kant in his assertion of the ultimacy of humanity observes that humanity possesses an unconditional worth which makes it to be an end in itself, hence he cautions in his practical imperatives thus, “a human being, however, is not a thing and hence not something that can be used merely as a means, but must in all his actions always be regarded as an end in itself. i cannot, therefore, dispose of a human being in my own person by maiming, damaging or killing him” (groundwork 38). this statement of kant has farreaching implication for human life. the statement unveils the fundamental fact that human life is inalienable and inviolable. thus no one has the right neither to deprive nor to violate the life of another arbitrarily. the acknowledgement of human life as an ultimate end that must not be desecrated is enshrined in various international, continental and national legal norms such as article iii of the universal declaration of human rights, article iv of the african charter of human and people’s rights and section 33 of the 1999 nigerian constitution. our experiences in nigeria compel one to conclude that human life is yet to be accorded the supreme respect it commands. the life extirpating socio-economic conditions in nigeria have culminated in a quagmire of ever decreasing life – expectancy, an increasing deploring of social amenities, ever worsening economic condition, the intensification and sophistication of crimes and a precipitous condition whereby the termination of life is easily expected rather than its preservation. cases of unwarranted destruction of life litter the socio-political history in nigeria. the 1967 – 70 civil war in nigeria resulted in a colossal destruction of human life. in recent history, a behemoth loss of nigerian lives have been recorded in various epic massacres some of which include: the 1999 odi massacre by the military, the 2001 zaki biam military massacre, the 2013 baga military massacre, the 2018 fulani herdsmen massacre of farmers in benue and across nigeria, the never ending boko haram massacre and kidnap escapades etc. torture, humiliation, rape and kidnapping article v of the universal declaration of human rights, article v of the african charter of human and people’s right and section 34 of the 1999 constitution of nigeria separately uphold the right to dignity of the human person and denounce the subjection of a human being to torture and cruel inhuman treatment. torture means the infliction of outrageous physical or mental harm or pain on a person through the use of any means in a humanly degrading manner. cruel and degrading human treatment which violate the principle of human dignity occurs commonly in nigeria during investigation and interrogation of crimes and criminal suspects, during military invasions, during the terms of inmates in prison facilities etc. infliction of severe pains and degrading treatment are also deployed as political mechanisms to keep political opponent in a state of subjection. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org the activity of security agents in nigeria whereby excessive pain is inflicted on the suspect so as to extract confessional statements is a gross violation of human dignity. most prison facilities in nigeria are not by any standard conducive for keeping pigs. prison inmates in nigeria are kept in the most inhuman conditions. apart from the case of starvation and malnutrition which are recurrent decimals, the inmates are overcrowded in the prisons as each cell is made to bear more inmates than it ought to. other cases, such as kidnapping, rape, false imprisonment etc. which degrade the dignity of the human person constitute a violation of human dignity. numerous cases of police brutality in nigeria that demonstrate the spate of violation of human dignity by security agencies are documented in the nation newspaper (the nation. “back to the trenches as police brutality resurfaces”, thenationonlineng.net) the way out: re-conscientization for the reclaiming of violated human dignity the despicable phenomenon of indignity that human beings are subjected to in nigeria is of such a humongous scale that it appears the problem is insurmountable. however, the horizon is not totally bleak as we can reconscientize nigerians and the nigerian government to cultivate, imbibe and exemplify a new ethic of respect for human dignity. the place to begin this process of reconscientization for the reclaiming of lost human dignity is with our learning institutions. all academic programmes should be consciously rearticulated and designed in a manner that the concept of humanity dignity is enshrined as a topic for leraning in those programmes. the government and civil society organizations should embark on purposive human rights advocacy and campaigns to sensitize the general populace on the fundamental human rights of nigerians. ignorance of the inalienability and inviolability of human right to life is an advertent scheme to violate human life. most violations of human dignity in nigeria are committed by government agents who ideally have the responsibility of protecting and securing human life. the security agent who commits such an atrocity should be publicly condemned and strictly punished according to the dictates of the law. regular refresher programmes on human dignity and rights should be conducted for all security agents. the government is the major culprit and offender in the crime of violation of human dignity. thus, as a step towards restitution, a truth and reconciliation committee should be constituted with the mandate to collate data, investigate, judge and punish offenders and violators of human dignity in the history of nigeria. conclusion the general state of human life in contemporary nigeria is appallingly nose-diving towards the hobbessian state of nature where human life is nasty, brutish and short. the core preoccupation of this of this piece was to discuss the subject of human dignity from the purview of its violations in contemporary nigeria. thus this work undertook a conceptual historical survey of the development of the idea of human dignity from the ancient to the contemporary epoch. the work subsequently exposed the various elements and cases that constitute a violation of human dignity in nigeria. the work submits that a systematic re-conscientization of all the stakeholders in the nigerian nation is needed for the reclaiming and protection of human dignity in nigeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org works cited 1. cicero, m. t. “de officiis” in the loeb classical library. walter miller tranl. vol. 21. havard up, 1975. 2. hobbes, t. leviathan. e, curley ed. indianapolis: hackett pub. co. 1994. 3. josiah ober, “meritocratic and civic dignity greco – roman antiquity” in the cambridge handbook of human dignity: interdisciplinary perspectives. marcus duwell et al eds. cambridge up 2014. 4. mirandola, pico della. ‘on the dignity of man’ c. wallis, transl. in g. pico della mirandola, on the dignity of man: on being and the one: heptaplus. trans. c. wallis, p. miller and d. carmichael. indianapolis, 1998. 5. pascal, blaise. penses. w. f. trotter tranls. new york: dover pub. 2003. 6. steenbakkers, piet. “human dignity in renaissance humanism” in the cambridge handbook of human dignity: interdisciplinary perspectives. marcus duwell et al eds. cambridge up 2014. 7. “the universal declaration of human right” in every citizen’s handbook: building a peaceful society. agostoni, tarcisco. paulines publications africa 1997. 8. the nation. “back to the trenches as police brutality resurfaces”, thenationonlineng.net 9. united nations organization. “relevant provisions of the united nations charter, 1945” in ian brownlie et al (eds), basic documents on human rights. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org state youth policy as the basis of socio-economic development n. eshmurodov, a. khujamkulov samarkand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the author approached the topic of youth as a priority direction of state social policy, and the problem of youth is one of the most pressing today. the article analytically highlights that this sociodemographic layer of the population is the main criterion for the implementation of state policy. youth, youth policy, youth affairs agency, youth rights, youth balance, youth issue. youth is the greatest wealth, the priceless treasure of uzbekistan sh.m.mirziyoev i.introduction the history of the development of society testifies to the scale of the contribution of the younger generation to solving global problems and strengthening the foundations of statehood. state youth policy in our country is characterized by the formation of a stable internal position in relation to oneself and the surrounding society in accordance with the criteria of the status of youth as a separate socioage group, their qualities, the tendency to create a new way of life, and the priority of life values. despite a number of noticeable positive effects of the implementation of youth policy with the participation of the state and civil society institutions, in modern conditions the need to take into account the interests of youth as much as possible and to create more favorable conditions for the socialization of youth is becoming more urgent. the importance and wide scope of the topic can also be seen in the following examples: ii.literature review ✓ uzbekistan is one of the youngest countries in the world in terms of population. according to the state statistics committee, the permanent population of our republic as of january 1, 2021 is 34 million 558 thousand people [1]. of these, the share of the population under 30 years of age is 54% of the total population. socio-politically and demographically, this is a force with very high potential. ✓ considering that young people make up a large segment of the population, this means that in such a young independent country as uzbekistan, effective activities to strengthen state sovereignty fall to a greater extent on the youth than on the older segment of the population. at the same time, more and more young people are enjoying the benefits of independence, as well as the achievements of modern development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org ✓ it is on how to educate young people that the effectiveness of the reforms being carried out throughout the country, their fate, and the prospects of their cherished dreams depend. because any system and policy sees in young people its duration, its effectiveness, the end of its intended work. ✓ in any society, young people who lack life experience and training are more likely to face socioeconomic problems than adults. the great german philosopher goethe opined that “although the whole world moves forward, young people must start from the very beginning every time” ✓ the ultimate goal is to improve the gene pool of the nation, to raise a comprehensively healthy and harmonious generation, youth worthy of their great ancestors, with intellectual potential, patriotic, and faithful to the ideas of independence. after all, the modern appearance, authority and position of the new uzbekistan throughout the world are connected with how the spiritual worldview of today's youth is formed. ✓ thanks to the gullibility and curiosity of young people, the propensity for revolutionary changes in the conditions of aggravation of democratic “games” and not fully developed independent thinking skills, the need to prevent falling under the influence of various harmful religious movements and extremist, subversive forces. in particular, president mirziyoyev, speaking at the 72nd session of the un, noted that "the root of international terrorism and extremism, along with other factors, lies in ignorance and compromise. in this regard, the most important task is to form and educate the consciousness of people, especially young people, on the basis of education. most crimes related to extremist activities and violence are committed by young people under the age of 30. today's world youth is the largest generation in the entire history of mankind, as it numbers 2 billion people. tomorrow, the well-being of the planet depends on how our children grow up. our main task is to create the necessary conditions for young people to demonstrate their potential, to prevent the spread of the “virus” of the idea of violence. to do this, it is necessary to develop multilateral cooperation in the field of social support for the younger generation, protection of their rights and interests" [3]. ✓ today, in the course of globalization taking place in the world, the growth of information attacks and their focus on mastering the minds of young people, the escalation of ideological wars determine how important state policy regarding youth is. iii. methodology & empirical analysis it should be noted that the republic of uzbekistan has gone through a rather difficult path in the process of developing the fundamental principles of youth policy, creating mechanisms and necessary tools for regulating relations with the public, and creating platforms for constructive dialogue between the authorities and civil society. the profound reforms of socio-economic and political-legal relations that began in our country after gaining independence actually had a profound impact on all spheres of life of the population and, along with subsequent positive changes, shaped socio-economic and political-legal relations. in the first months of independence, on november 20, 1991, the law "on the fundamentals of state youth policy in the republic of uzbekistan" was adopted. as a result of the adoption of this law, a preliminary regulatory framework relating to the industry was formed. from the point of view of economic development, updating the social image of the country and the requirements of the time, on september 14, 2016, the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state youth policy" was adopted in a new edition. this law defines the content and strategic goals of the country's state youth policy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org in order to introduce new management mechanisms, establish a vertical system, solve problems of youth in mahallas with a direct management subsystem, further increase the efficiency of spiritual, educational and educational work in educational institutions, on january 19, 2022, the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to radically improve the work system" was adopted with youth in mahallas. as a result, a new system and new principles of working with youth are reflected in practice. iii.results achieving growth in macroand microeconomic indicators of socio-economic development, our country is putting into practice the most effective methods and forms of implementing national youth policy among the many alternatives used in foreign practice. analysis of the experience of foreign countries in the implementation of youth policy allows us to pay attention to the following features: ➢ the basic concepts used in constructing various political models of interaction between the state and society with youth do not always reflect the rationality and pragmatism of the system of views and principles, or the balance of interests of the youth environment. that is why in a number of neighboring countries, during the transition to market relations, it was much more difficult for young people to achieve positive results in creative activity and realize their creative initiative, which led to a significant outflow of labor, mainly from among young people. ➢ the fundamental basis of the conservative model of interaction between the state and youth, built, for example, on its adaptation to social policy in the usa, a number of countries in southeast asia and south america, is considered as an objective element of the educational process. therefore, weakening state participation in youth policy, based on a conservative model that ensures the right of young subcultures to freedom of choice of identity, increases the risk of youth intervention in criminal and radical structures. as in the case of unauthorized mass protests and rallies, it reduces the level of cultural and moral education of the individual and the spiritual stability of the younger generation. ➢ the greatest effect of socio-economic development is achieved in countries that implement long-term effective national policies aimed at increasing the potential of human resources. in particular, the emphasis is on the younger generation in australia, china, norway, sweden, finland, south korea and japan, which allowed, for example, china to become one of the world's leading economic powers in the early twentieth century [5]. conclusions based on world experience and national characteristics, uzbekistan has created its own model of state youth policy, which reflects the priorities of strengthening the infrastructure of youth subcultures in the areas of education, employment, youth entrepreneurship, healthcare, youth tourism, sports, reading culture, meaningful leisure for youth, as well as the creation all the necessary opportunities for young people. the fundamental reforms in the field of youth being implemented in our country include the comprehensive implementation of state and local programs to increase the social activity of youth, strengthen the institution of the young family, protect childhood and motherhood, ensure quality education, affordable housing, youth entrepreneurship and employment, and broad involvement of youth in all areas of life. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasining “yoshlarga oid davlat siyosati to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni o‘rq-406son, o‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to‘plami, 2016-yil., 37-son 2. mirziyoyev.sh.m. yangi o‘zbekiston strategiyasi. – toshkent: o‘zbekiston, 2021. 3. https://yoshlar.gov.uz 4. https://uza.uz/uz/posts/zbekiston-prezidenti-shavkat-mirziyeev-bmt-bosh-assambleyasi-20-092017 5. https://www.uzbekembassy.com.my/eng/news_press/youth_policy_of_uzbekistan_in_global_stag e.html 6. https://stat.uz/uz/rasmiy-statistika/demography-2 7. y.v.makarenko. rossiya federatsiyasida yoshlar siyosati: sotsiomadaniy analiz. maqola. 2017. moskva. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/molodezhnaya-politika-v-rossiyskoy-federatsiisotsiokulturnyy-analiz 8. сафаров а. и., ризаев и. и. роль исторического сознания и исторической памяти в системе национального сознания //культурное наследие и народное искусство: сохранение и актуализация в целях устойчивого развития общества. – 2022. – с. 297-303. 9. xaqqulov n. q. perfect generation-personality of private education and humanity facilities //мировая наука. – 2019. – №. 2 (23). – с. 62-63. 10. кушаков ш. с. проблема духовного в теологии и философии мусульманского востока //исламская культура и мировая цивилизация/под ред. да гущина, юн солонина, м. санаи. спб. – 2001. 11. мардонов р. с., ризаев и. и. проблемы в инновационном развитии (на примере узбекистана) //географические и экономические исследования в контексте устойчивого развития государства и региона. – 2022. – с. 244-246. 12. usmonov f. n. the role of scientific ethics and bioethics in modern society //design engineering. – 2021. – с. 8373-8379. 13. rizaev i. i. the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 190-195. 14. ergashev i. i. features of evaluation of investment attractiveness of service enterprises //the fourteenth international conference on economic sciences. – 2017. – с. 102-105. 15. саматов х. маҳдуми аъзам косонийнинг давлатни бошқариш ва халқ билан мулоқот қилишга оид ижтимоий-сиёсий қарашлари //journal of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 02. – с. 63-72. 16. тураев б. о. фанда толерантлик ва интолерантлик //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. special issue 23. – с. 41-48. 17. rizaev i. synergetics in social systems and its possibilities //global scientific review. – 2022. – т. 10. – с. 62-69. 18. кубаева ш. т. развитие инновационного мышления в самаркандской академии улугбека //universum: общественные науки. – 2014. – №. 5 (6). – с. 2. 19. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. spiritual maturity and philosophical thinking dependence of development //isj theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – т. 4. – №. 84. – с. 164-167. 20. muhammadiev k. potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times //theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука. – 2022. – №. 3. – с. 10001004. https://www.uzbekembassy.com.my/eng/news_press/youth_policy_of_uzbekistan_in_global_stage.html https://www.uzbekembassy.com.my/eng/news_press/youth_policy_of_uzbekistan_in_global_stage.html https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/molodezhnaya-politika-v-rossiyskoy-federatsii-sotsiokulturnyy-analiz https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/molodezhnaya-politika-v-rossiyskoy-federatsii-sotsiokulturnyy-analiz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org quality control in service business performance: the nigerian perspective ofoegbu, wilson chukwuemeka department of management faculty of management sciences university of port harcourt wilson.ofoegbu@uniport.edu.ng a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s as a crucial part of service business management, quality control is essential for making sure that a business's offerings consistently satisfy its clientele. since nigeria's service industry has expanded rapidly in recent years, quality assurance is more vital than ever. the purpose of this research is to determine the effect of quality control performance of service business in nigeria. research data from nigerian service providers was gathered using a qualitative methodology that included in-depth interviews and case studies. according to the results, quality control has a beneficial effect on the productivity of nigerian service providers by raising levels of client satisfaction, staff dedication, and operational efficacy. on the other hand, the research showed that many nigerian service providers fail to adopt quality control systems owing to an inadequacy of expertise and funding. conclusions from the research stress the importance of quality control in the management of nigerian service organizations and the need for further efforts to train and assist the sector's practitioners. quality control, service organizations and business performance introduction implementing procedures and systems is an essential part of quality control in a service sector firm. these are put in place to guarantee that the level of service delivered is at, or above, the standards set by the industry. this might involve activities such as providing staff with training on best practices for providing customer service, establishing performance goals and routinely reviewing employees based on those metrics and soliciting customer input to identify areas in which improvements can be made. in addition, ensuring that the business adheres to a standard procedure for quality control may be facilitated by the implementation of a quality management system such as iso 9001, which can assist to guarantee that the firm is following a standardized process. specifically, the degree to which a firm is successful in accomplishing its aims and targets is referred to as its "business performance." it is essential because it enables businesses to monitor and analyze their success, identify areas in need of development, and make educated choices about how to expand and develop their business (zehir & sadikoglu, 2010). additionally, great business performance is typically a vital aspect in attracting american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org investors and consumers, and it may lead to improved profitability and success in the marketplace if the organization is successful overall. monitoring and enhancing a business's business performance are fundamental to ensuring the organization's continued vitality and development over the long run (alamri, 2014). alamri et al. (2014), and alamri (2014) submitted that the performance of a firm is of utmost significance in the service sector since it has a direct bearing on the experience of the client. it is crucial for businesses operating in this sector to continually provide high-quality service since their income is driven by the pleasure of their customers and their ability to bring in new customers. when doing business in the service sector, it is common practice to monitor indicators such as the rate of customer satisfaction, the amount of repeat business, and the percentage of retained customers. firm in the service business may also keep records of staff performance, efficiency, and turnover rates to ensure that they can provide a consistently high level of quality service to their customers. firm operating in the service sector need to use both proactive and reactive business strategies to boost their financial success. firm need to take the initiative to ensure that they have the appropriate staff, procedures, and systems in place to provide consistently high-quality service to their customers. firm should have processes in place to monitor and react to client feedback and complaints to find areas in which they can improve their products and services. business performance is very important in the service business because it has a direct influence on the degree to which customers are satisfied, which, in turn, determines the amount of money the firm makes and its long-term viability and development. to live up to the standards set by customers and keep them as clients, businesses operating in this sector must monitor, measure, and continuously work to improve their performance. quality control in service-oriented organizations implementing procedures and systems to guarantee that the services delivered meet or exceed customer expectations as well as industry standards is an important part of quality control in firms that are focused on providing services to their clients. employee training is an essential component of quality control in firms focused on providing a service to their customers. training should be provided to employees on the best practices for providing customer service, as well as on the unique processes and procedures used by the firm. this will assist in ensuring that they continue to provide service of a constant and high-quality. establishing performance criteria and conducting frequent reviews of personnel based on those metrics are two more essential components of quality control. this may include metrics like response times, resolution rates, and customer satisfaction rates (chauke, 2019). the business will be able to enhance its overall quality of service if it monitors these measures and takes action to resolve any problems that may crop up. quality control in service-oriented organizations in nigeria in addition, obtaining feedback from customers is an essential component of quality control in businesses that focus on providing a service to their clients. this may be accomplished via the use of questionnaires, interviews, or any number of other ways, and the results can give very helpful insights into areas in which the business can make improvements. service-oriented businesses that want to guarantee that they are adhering to a defined method for quality control might benefit from implementing a quality management system like iso 9001, which can assist them in assure that they are doing so. this may assist guarantee that the business complies with legal regulations and industry american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org standards, while also offering a framework for ongoing improvement of the organization's operations. in its broadest sense, quality control in service-oriented businesses refers to an ongoing process that monitors and enhances the quality of the services offered to clients to guarantee their complete satisfaction and conformity with the criteria established by the relevant industry. it may be difficult to maintain quality control in service-oriented businesses in nigeria for many reasons, including a dearth of appropriate training opportunities, an absence of sufficient resources, and ineffective management. in addition, the quality control procedure might be adversely affected by cultural variations as well as a general lack of understanding of the significance of quality (chauke, 2019). despite these problems, service-oriented firms in nigeria can enhance their quality control by putting in place efficient training programs, providing the required resources, and putting in place stringent quality management methods. in addition, including consumers in the process of quality control via various feedback systems may be another helpful step in the direction of improving the overall quality of the services that are offered. business performance business performance is an important indicator that shows an organization's efficacy and success. it is the consequence of devotion, hard effort, and smart planning (alamri, 2014). a successful business not only generates money but also adds value to its stakeholders, who include customers, workers, partners, and the community. a mix of elements such as efficient operations, effective leadership, and creative solutions drives high company success. an efficient business may simplify procedures, decrease waste, and boost production, resulting in increased performance and higher profitability. strong leadership sets the tone for the business, encourages personnel, and offers direction. a dedicated to quality and a clear vision may propel a firm to new heights of success. another important component that influences corporate success is innovation. companies that embrace change and are always looking for new and better methods to suit the requirements of their customers will always be ahead of the competition. this implies businesses must keep ahead of the competition by spending in r&d and using cutting-edge technology. the overall economic climate has an influence on business performance. companies must be able to adapt and react to changing market circumstances, such as variations in customer behavior and legislative changes. businesses may sustain performance and remain ahead of the curve by anticipating and planning for these changes (alamri, 2014; chauke, 2019; zahari, 2016). finally, business performance is a key indicator of an organization's success. companies that operate well provide value to all stakeholders and establish a high standard for others to follow. organizations must embrace efficiency, strong leadership, innovation, and flexibility in order to attain and sustain high business performance. businesses may continue to develop, prosper, and succeed in today's quickly changing industry if these crucial pieces are in place. alamri (2014), chauke, (2019) and zahari, (2016) submitted that measuring business performance entails assessing several areas of a firm's activities in order to evaluate its overall health and success. here are some of the most used metrics for measuring company performance: (1). financial performance: one of the most crucial markers of a company's success is its financial performance. this covers measures like as sales growth, profit margins, roi, and profits per share (eps). these measures give useful information about the company's financial health and capacity to make profits for its owners. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org (2). customer satisfaction: a major aspect in determining corporate success is customer satisfaction. this indicator assesses how successfully the firm meets the requirements and expectations of its customers. companies may analyze their performance in this area through consumer feedback and surveys, and make modifications as required to boost satisfaction and loyalty. (3). employee satisfaction: another essential component in determining corporate success is employee satisfaction. this statistic assesses workers' levels of engagement, motivation, and satisfaction. staff happiness may lead to higher productivity and better customer service, as well as lower attrition and enhance employee retention. (4). operational efficiency: a crucial indication of corporate success is operations efficiency. this indicator assesses how successfully the organization uses its resources and manages its processes to accomplish its objectives. companies may evaluate the efficiency of their operations by analyzing measures like as lead time, manufacturing cycle time, and inventory turnover. (5). market share: a company's market share is its share of the overall market for its goods or services. this indicator gives useful information about the company's competitiveness and capacity to acquire new consumers and maintain current ones. (6). innovation is an important aspect in determining corporate success. this indicator assesses a company's capacity to develop new goods, services, and procedures that promote growth and enhance customer satisfaction. companies may evaluate their innovation by measuring measures like the number of new goods or services offered and the degree of expenditure in r&d. (7). environmental, social, and governance (esg) performance: esg performance assesses a company's environmental, social, and governance effect. companies that excel in this area are seen as good corporate citizens, and they may profit from improved consumer loyalty, employee engagement, and stakeholder confidence. (8). finally, measuring business performance entails assessing a broad variety of criteria to present a complete picture of the company's health and success. companies may discover areas for improvement, create and accomplish objectives, and make educated choices for the future by recording and evaluating these indicators. quality control in services and performance chauke (2019) and zahari (2016) noted that controlling the quality of services is an essential component in meeting or exceeding the standards set by customers and making a positive contribution to the overall success of a business. quality control may be conducted in service-oriented businesses using a variety of different ways, including the following: (1). establishing clear quality standards and objectives helps to guarantee that services are offered in a manner that is consistent with the aims of the business as well as the needs of the client. (2). implementing effective training programmes: this guarantees that staff has the essential information and abilities to perform services of high quality by providing them with the relevant knowledge and skills. (3). monitoring and ensuring performance: monitoring and assessing service performance regularly enables firms to more easily identify areas in need of improvement and track their progress toward attaining their quality objectives. (4). involving customers in the quality control process: businesses can pinpoint problem areas and guarantee that their offerings are up to the standards of their consumers by soliciting input from those customers and implementing that feedback into the quality control process. (5). continuous improvement: serviceamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org oriented businesses may get a competitive advantage over their peers and keep their level of service at a high standard by continuously evaluating and enhancing their processes and procedures. al-damen (2017), westgard and westgard (2015), and zahari (2016) pointed out that in general, enhanced quality control in service-oriented businesses may lead to increasing levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty as well as higher levels of organizational performance. hence, they made key submissions on the basic theories. the key submissions of the basic theories of quality control by aldamen (2017), westgard and westgard (2015), and zahari (2016) are as follows: i.total quality management (tqm) is a strategy for management that tries to enhance the total quality of a business's goods and services by integrating all of the business's workers in the process of quality control. tqm is an abbreviation for the phrase "total quality management." it is a method that is centered on the client and emphasizes continual improvement, staff participation, and leadership. the objective of total quality management (tqm) is to find and remove the factors that contribute to mistakes and flaws in a business's operations, as well as to sustainably enhance the quality of the business's goods and services. to achieve total quality management (tqm), one of the most important ideas is to make quality everyone's responsibility in the business, not simply the domain of the quality assurance division. ii.six sigma is an approach to quality control that is data-driven and makes use of statistical techniques to discover and eradicate flaws in a business's goods and services. six sigma is also known as "six sigma." it is a strategy that focuses on processes and places an emphasis on the significance of monitoring and improving processes to attain almost flawless quality. six sigma is a methodology that seeks to discover and eradicate the causes of a process's variability by using a collection of tools and methods, such as statistical process control and the design of experiments. the purpose of the six sigma methodology is to reduce the number of faults in a process to 3.4 per million opportunities. iii.iso 9000 is a collection of international standards that have been developed for use in quality management systems. it offers a framework that may be used by a corporation to design and put into practice processes and procedures for quality control, as well as to be recognized as achieving these requirements. the iso 9000 standard is based on a process perspective, in which the quality management system of a corporation is considered a collection of processes that are interconnected with one another. a corporation must determine its processes, record them, and then define quality targets and performance indicators. iv.the 14 points of deming: these 14 ideas, which were developed by w. edwards deming, provide a framework for enhancing quality by emphasizing leadership, employee interaction, and the pursuit of continuous improvement. the 14 points include guiding ideas such as establishing a consistent purpose for one's job, adopting a new mindset, and doing away with fear at one's place of employment. the methodology developed by deming places a strong emphasis on the roles of leadership and management in the process of establishing a culture that values quality and strives for ongoing improvement. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org v.lean manufacturing is a production philosophy that emphasizes the removal of waste and inefficiencies in a business's operations. lean manufacturing is also known as just-in-time manufacturing. it is a method that is centered on the process, and its goal is to enhance quality by lowering the number of defects, as well as lead time and inventory levels. the objective of lean manufacturing is to generate a flow of materials and information that is both smooth and efficient as it moves through the operations of a firm. vi.the malcolm baldrige national quality award, often known as the mbnqa, is a recognition handed out in the united states to businesses and organizations that have shown exceptional quality management and performance. the mbnqa criteria concentrate on leadership, strategic planning, customer and market focus, measurement, analysis and knowledge management, workforce focus, process management, and outcomes. these criteria are used to assess the success of an organization. the baldrige performance excellence program serves as the foundation for these criteria. this program offers a framework that businesses may use to enhance their performance and achieve excellence in a variety of areas, including leadership, strategy, and the emphasis on the customer. the many theories of quality control in business each take a somewhat different approach, but they all work toward the same end goal: enhancing the standard of goods and services offered to consumers while simultaneously expanding their level of contentment. businesses can choose which solution is the most suitable for their requirements and resources, and then put that solution into action to accomplish the outcomes they want. impact of total quality management on performance of service organizations total quality management, often known as tqm, is a method of management that tries to enhance the quality of goods and services by integrating all workers in a process of continuous improvement. this method was developed by deming in the 1960s (alamri et al., 2014). tqm has the potential to significantly influence the performance of service firm in many different ways. tqm is focused on meeting and surpassing the demands and expectations of customers, which leads to increased customer satisfaction. service providers may better recognize and fulfill the needs of their customers and, as a result, boost their level of satisfaction by inviting consumers to participate in the process of quality development. tqm emphasizes the use of data and process analysis to discover and get rid of waste and inefficiencies, which leads to an improvement in efficiency. service firm may enhance their efficiency and lower their expenses by optimizing their operations and removing any bottlenecks that may exist. tqm may assist service firm cut costs in many different ways, including those listed above. service firm may reduce their costs for materials, labor, and rework by detecting and removing waste, increasing efficiency, and lowering the number of errors in their work. tqm supports the formation of cross-functional teams and improves communication across various departments, both of which contribute to enhanced communication and cooperation. this may result in improved coordination and cooperation, both of which may contribute to an even greater improvement in performance. alamri et al. (2014) pointed out that tqm lays a significant focus on employee participation and empowerment, which contributes to increased employee engagement. service businesses have the opportunity to boost employee engagement, motivation, and dedication by giving workers a voice in the process of making improvements. to summarize, total quality management has the potential to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org assist service firm in being more competitive and successful in the market. it does this by enhancing customer happiness, decreasing costs, raising efficiency, and enhancing staff engagement, motivation, and dedication. however, it is essential to keep in mind that implementing tqm calls for a substantial organizational shift as well as a commitment on the part of the business. in addition, this endeavor involves time, money, and effort. impact of six sigma on performance of service organizations six sigma is a data-driven approach to quality management that strives to enhance the performance of businesses by lowering the number of flaws and mistakes that occur in the operations they carry out. in many different ways, six sigma has the potential to significantly influence the performance of service organizations. six sigma's primary objective is to increase levels of customer satisfaction by first identifying and analyzing customer wants and requirements, and then implementing process improvements to more effectively satisfy those goals. six sigma may assist service firm to enhance the quality of their goods and services, which will ultimately lead to greater levels of customer satisfaction. this is accomplished by lowering the number of faults and mistakes that occur. six sigma employs data and statistical analysis to determine where waste and inefficiencies exist in processes and then eliminate them. this results in improved efficiency. service firm may enhance their efficiency and lower their expenses by optimizing their operations and removing any bottlenecks that may exist. there are several ways in which service firm might benefit from using six sigma to cut expenses. service firm may save their costs for supplies, labor, and rework by locating and getting rid of waste, increasing efficiency, and lowering the number of errors in their work (wijetunge, 2016). six sigma's primary objective is to enhance process performance, which, when combined with its other goals, may result in higher levels of production and output. service firm may enhance their capacity to satisfy the needs of their customers, which can lead to an increase in income if they take steps to reduce flaws and mistakes in their work. six sigma plays a significant focus on employee participation and empowerment, which contributes to improved employee engagement. service providers have the opportunity to boost employee engagement, motivation, and dedication by giving workers a voice in the process of process improvement. better decision-making is possible because of the data-driven insights provided by the six sigma technique, which may help businesses improve their decisionmaking. overall, six sigma has the potential to assist service businesses in being more competitive and successful in the market. it does this by enhancing customer happiness, lowering costs, and boosting efficiency and productivity, as well as staff engagement, motivation, and dedication. however, it is essential to keep in mind that implementing six sigma calls for a big organizational transformation as well as a commitment on the part of the business (wijetunge, 2016). impact of international organization for standardization (iso) on performance of service organizations international organization for standardization (iso) 9000 is a set of guidelines for managing and ensuring product quality internationally. the adoption of these norms provides a basis for enterprises to reliably fulfill their customers' needs and boost their efficiency. iso 9000 may have a large effect on service businesses since it encourages process enhancements that boost customer satisfaction and, in turn, revenue. iso 9000 may have a variety of effects on service organizations, some of which are: (1). services may benefit from iso 9000's emphasis on documentation of processes and procedures, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org which can reveal areas of inefficiency and lead to greater productivity. productivity gains and cost savings may result from this. (2). by adopting iso 9000, service providers may guarantee they always provide high-quality work that satisfies their clients. consequently, this has the potential to boost client retention rates. (3). more confidence and credibility gained from customers, vendors, and other stakeholders because of the service provider's iso 9000 accreditation. (4). improved performance and market competitiveness for service providers are a direct result of adopting iso 9001. (5). better coordination and communication might result from iso 9000's insistence on open channels of communication between employees and clients. (6). employee engagement and motivation may be enhanced via iso 9000's emphasis on employee involvement in the quality management process. to sum up, iso 9000 may benefit service businesses by enhancing their operations, delighting their clientele, and attracting new business. however, accreditation isn't a good fit for every service business since it may be expensive and time-consuming to obtain and maintain. impact of the 14 points of deming on performance of service organizations w. edwards deming developed a series of guidelines for management and quality control known as the 14 points of deming. they have been extensively implemented in the manufacturing industry as well as the service industry, and it is believed that they have had a substantial influence on the improvement of performance in both of these areas. (1). establish a constant goal for the enhancement of goods and services, (2). take on the new outlook, (3). no longer rely on inspection as the only means of ensuring quality. (4). stop giving contracts out based only on price and find a way to save costs by just dealing with one vendor. (5). always and permanently seek ways to enhance all aspects of the planning, manufacturing, and service processes. (6). implement on-the-job instruction. (7). start an ambitious learning and development plan. (8). make everyone in the business contribute to bringing about the change. (9). maintaining a consistent mission helps businesses stay on track with their objectives and fosters an environment where constant development is the norm. (10). to change your guiding principles, you must be open to new ideas and methods of thinking about quality and management. (11). when businesses no longer need to rely on inspection to find and fix problems, they can put more effort into avoiding problems from occurring in the first place. (12). firm may save money and improve product quality by sticking with a single provider. these guiding concepts may be used by service businesses to enhance customer happiness and engagement, as well as operational effectiveness and productivity. service firm may distinguish themselves in a market that is very competitive by concentrating on quality and continual development. furthermore, if they foster a culture of trust and engagement among their employees, they can increase staff retention as well as productivity. impact of the lean manufacturing on performance of service organizations the term "lean manufacturing" refers to an approach that was developed to improve production by reducing waste and maximizing efficiency. its goals include enhancing quality while lowering costs, and boosting client satisfaction (yun-yun et al., 2017). lean service, which is based on the concepts of lean manufacturing, has been shown to improve productivity in the service sector. 1. service mapping to identify and remove non-value-adding activities. this has the potential to boost productivity, decrease expenses, and delight existing customers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org 2. analyzing service processes for bottlenecks and inefficiencies, then devising plans to eliminate them. this has the potential to enhance velocity, quality, and productivity. 3. creating and maintaining a library of documented service process templates and standard operating procedures. consistency, quality, and productivity may all increase as a result of this. 4. continual improvement is the practice of actively encouraging and enabling staff to suggest and execute changes that enhance the delivery of service to customers. this has the potential to raise morale and productivity in the workplace. 5. management is based on the use of visual aids to explain and improve service delivery. this has the potential to promote open dialogue, more accountability, and greater responsibility. 6. utilizing pull systems, as opposed to pushing systems, which may result in wasteful overproduction, is one way to better control service demand. 7. kaizen is promoting and engaging in the practice of continuous improvement via modest, incremental improvements. there may be long-term gains in efficiency if this is implemented. 8. total productive maintenance is a strategy for keeping machinery and tools in tip-top shape and minimizing breakdowns. 9. the five-sigma method (also known as "5s") is a system of organization and cleanliness that has been shown to increase productivity, safety, and product quality in the workplace. 10. lean culture refers to an approach that emphasizes eliminating waste, fostering innovation, and giving people a voice. as a result, productivity may rise along with employee enthusiasm and contentment. these concepts may be used by service businesses to boost client retention, morale, and productivity. it is increasingly difficult to stand out in the service industry, but firm that prioritize quality and strive for constant development may succeed. as a bonus, lean service methods aid in fostering a work environment where workers feel valued and respected, which in turn may boost productivity and morale. many service sectors, including healthcare, education, government, and the financial sector, have incorporated lean service practices. organizations have reported enhanced efficiency, decreased costs, higher levels of customer satisfaction, and higher levels of quality as a result of using it. impact of the malcolm baldrige national quality award on performance of service organizations organizational performance may be measured against the baldrige criteria and improvement opportunities can be identified. to be considered for the mbnqa, businesses must present extensive data on their efforts in these areas, which is then assessed by a group of industry professionals. the mbnqa has a major effect on business outcomes for service providers. in addition to recognizing and rewarding excellence, the award process serves as a valuable feedback mechanism, illuminating both the successes and shortcomings of the entities involved. additionally, the approach facilitates a comparison of an organization's performance to that of other industry-leading service providers. finally, the mbnqa is an effective instrument for service businesses aiming for excellence. the award process is useful for service providers because it allows them to pinpoint problem areas and create a strategic roadmap for improving their services. the award is a great way for service providers to measure their success against that of other industry leaders and pinpoint areas where they can do better. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org conclusion and practical implications controlling quality is an essential component of effectively managing service firm since it enables businesses to make certain that the goods and services they provide live up to the criteria and expectations of their clientele. there are a few fundamental ideas of quality control that have practical significance for the performance of service firm. tqm is designed to empower workers by encouraging them to take responsibility for the quality of their work and to discover and execute ways in which it may be improved. this has the potential to lead to greater levels of employee engagement as well as employee happiness, both of which may contribute to improvements in performance. continuous improvement is the primary emphasis of total quality management (tqm), which was developed to assist businesses in the service industry in lowering costs, enhancing efficiencies, and boosting levels of customer satisfaction. focus on the client: tqm places a strong emphasis on the significance of understanding and fulfilling the requirements and requirements of the customer. this may result in increased levels of client satisfaction and loyalty, both of which are beneficial to business success. decision-making that is based on data: six sigma emphasizes the use of data and statistics to identify and address issues. this may assist service businesses in making choices that are better informed and in recognizing chances for improvement. process improvement: six sigma's primary emphasis is on enhancing processes to cut down on faults and boost productivity. this may assist service firm to enhance their performance while also lowering their expenses. continuous improvement: one of the core tenets of the six sigma methodology is an emphasis on continuous improvement, which may assist service firm in maintaining performance gains over time. the international organization for standardization (iso) 9001: this is an international standard for quality management systems. the following are some of the practical consequences of iso 9001 for service firms: standardization: iso 9001 offers a standardized framework for quality management, which may assist service businesses in standardizing their procedures and improving consistency in their work. continuous improvement: organizations are required by iso 9001 to continually improve their quality management system. this requirement, which may assist service businesses cut costs, enhancing efficiency, and boosting customer satisfaction, is known as "continuous improvement. receiving iso 9001 certification may be beneficial for service firm looking to distinguish themselves in the market and show their dedication to quality. in conclusion, fundamental quality control theories like tqm, six sigma, and iso 9001 have the potential to have a substantial influence on the performance of service firm. service firm may enhance their performance, boost customer happiness and loyalty, and obtain a competitive edge in the market by concentrating on continuous improvement, minimizing defects, and satisfying the requirements and expectations of their customers. references 1. alamri, a., alharthi, a., alharthi, d., alhabashi, w., & hasan, s. (2014). organisation performance improvement using tqm. international journal of computer applications, 108(9), 29-33. 2. alamri, a. m. (2014). organization performance improvement using tqm. international journal of computer applications, 29–33. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org 3. al-damen, r. a. (2017). the impact of total quality management on organizational performance: case of jordan oil petroleum company. international journal of business and social science, 192–202. 4. chauke, s. e. (2019). the effectiveness of total quality management and operations performance at a bakery firm in the city of tshwane, south africa. proceedings of the international conference on industrial engineering and operations management. 5. rula, a.a. (2017). the impact of total quality management on organisational performance case of jordan oil petroleum company. international journal of business and social science, 8(1), 192 – 202 6. westgard, j.o. & westgard, s.a. (2015). assessing quality on the sigma scale from proficiency testing and external quality assessment surveys. clin chem lab med. epub ahead of print 11. 7. wijetunge, w. a. d. s. (2016). service quality, competitive advantage and business performance in service providing smes in sri lanka. international journal of scientific and research publications 6(7), 720-728. 8. yun-yun, s., tung-liang, c. & yu-hung, c. (2017). friendly restaurant service quality and service innovation research. international journal of economic research, 8(13), 2017, 42-49. 9. zahari, m. k. (2016). the effects of total quality management on the employee performance in malaysian manufacturing industry. proceedings of academics world 49th international conference, istanbul, turkey. 10. zehir, c., & sadikoglu, e. (2010). the relationship between total quality (tqm) practices and organisational success: an empirical investigation. international journal of production economics, 101(2), 1-45. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org ict in english language teaching and learning rashidova nodira habibullayevna namangan state university, teacher of the department of english language teaching methods a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article defines that using of information and communication technologies in english language ateaching and learning. moreover, there are shown the result of using these technologies. information and communication technologies, mobile learning, integrated language learning, rural schools. introduction now, ict (information and communication technology) has been used in almost all fields of life, including in education. in education, computer technology has become so essential that the government put ict as one of the curriculum in indonesia’s education. the utilization of ict in education has recently started to appeal the potential and significant progress in language learning. it has become a major issue in education world and has been used from preschool through to university that could facilitate students and teacher in teaching and learning process. ict has been publicized as potentially powerful enabling tools for educational change and reform[3]. the computers play significant role in the learning process especially in learning language. as hartoyo stated in his book, a computer is a tool and medium that facilitates people in learning a language, although the effectiveness of learning depends totally on the users. the technology in this era has been grown up not only from the quality but also the efficiency. they are moving fast without any limit from every product. the need of technological innovation has brought the communication revolution and rapid development of technological application in teaching and learning. this technology made contribution on improving language communication in indonesia. every school has used the ict to facilitate the teacher to teach the students in the classroom. many kinds of application that they use in the classroom improved and enhanced the better lesson[2]. the use of ict in education is absolutely required. integration of ict in teaching and learning process is a topic of interest to many researchers, including education practitioners. based on the use of ict can be applied in three different scopes such as: curriculum, topics, and teaching eye. ict also in terms of finding learning materials from original sources and recognized. in finding articles from international journals, the students can get it just by sitting in front of computers connected to the internet network. all information about science can be presented in a short time just by using the internet. learning materials that have been obtained and copied and transferred to the usb, it can also be printed directly so that it can be used as learning materials. at the recent time teaching and learning are facilitated by computer has been the demand. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org this paper proposes description to help the institution, teacher and student that the role of technology is being used to ease them to achieve the objective of education[1]. besides, it is aimed to introduce teacher and learner about the effect of technology in language teaching and learning. at the latest decades, technology becomes the most important things in which many people regard technology as the result of science. by the technology people are eased to accomplish the complicated and sophisticated problem. since, the objective of this essay are to describe ict, the benefits of ict, and explain how significant is the use of ict in english language teaching and learninis making the difficult to be the easy done, people are helped to solve their problem. english language is a necessity of for most people in today’s world, while technology development always has a very high and also contributed towards the development of education, especially english[6]. as english is one of difficult lessons, teacher must create interactive teaching and learning to make students interest. in the history of the development of education, information technology is part of the medium used to convey the message of science to many people, ranging from printing technology a few centuries ago, such as printed books, such as telecommunications to media, voice recorded on tape, video, television, and cd. according to kent “ict in education point of view refers to “information and communication technology (ict) such as computers, communications facilities and features that variously support teaching, learning and a range of activities in education (qca schemes of work for ict in kent country council. 2004). moreover, the term information and communications technologies includes technologies in which the computer plays a central role, i.e. computer assisted language learning (call), the internet, and variety of generic computer application. the development of information technology, the internet, directs the history of educational technology in the new groove. online services in the education of both degree and non-degree are basically providing educational services to users using the internet as a medium. online services can be composed of various stages of the process of educational programs such as: registration, test entry, payment, learning, case assignments, case discussions, exams, assessments, discussions, and announcements. nothing the positive impact of various studies on the use of ict to support learning in the school, it is a must if the school is not excessive in this country also have the prospect of a future that allows for deploying ict in supporting learning and they are: a) presentation some material of language learning such as text-based materials, audio-video needs to present to the learners. presentation helps learners in understanding the learning material well. b) practice some of different exercises types are possible to be provided with ict, incorporating the presentation stimuli in varying combinations of text, audio and video format. ict also offers the possibility of the analyzing learners’ responses with appropriate feedback.(hartoyo, 2012:40) c) authoring in applying ict in language learning, teacher can either purchase ready-made materials or create their own exercise materials using a variety of authoring tools based on hartoyo (2012:40). d) computer-aided assessment (caa) computer-aided assessment (caa) is playing an increasingly important role in foreign language teaching and learning. this media used to testing and assessing students understanding after learning some courses. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org e) publishing ict tools exist to help teachers and learners or students to publishing or linked in their work in a local area network. ict may use by the teacher and learners to help them publish their work in these ways: • word – processors and desk top publishing (dtp) software • doing audio recording and editing tools to record interview, discussions, learning material and etc • using digital camera and camcorder to record presentations, drama, role play, and so on • power point can be used as the medium to publish presentations • web pages using web authoring tools. f) communications technology can help learners and teachers to communicate with another. some ict tools which can use as the medium of information are: 1) email, which allows language learners to communicate with ‘web pals’ in other countries; 2) tandem learning; 3) computer mediated discussion; 4) web-based learning environment; 5) audio conferencing; 6) video conferencing. g) simulations the computer can act as a stimulus which generates analysis, critical thinking, discussion and writing. program which include simulations are especially effective as stimuli. examples of language learning tasks which ‘simulate’ real world tasks are : 1) web quest; 2) action mazes; 3) adventure games; 4) sunpower; 5) expodisc; 6) “real-life” simulations; 7) video conference. ict appears to give both advantages and disadvantages. ict in language learning reduces the intimacy of students – teacher relationship that it may negatively contributes to students affective feelings in the process of learning. however, ict appears as a ‘bridge’ to break the distance and ‘survive’ the learning. in case of distance, teachers can use ict through video conference to enable them teach or monitor the students learning process. therefore, the development of ict is seen as a better way of teaching and learning a certain language compared to the existing methods[7]. through the internet, teacher or learners can obtain as many as possible sources related to the learned – language; such as text, songs, stories, etc. those sources can contribute as models of the learned – language use in the real context and in a proper manner. advantages: • the information required will be more quickly and easily accessible for educational purposes. • innovation in learning is growing in the presence of e-learning innovations that further facilitate the educational process. • progress of ict will also allow the development of virtual classroom or classroom-based teleconference that does not require the educator and learners are in one room. • system administration in an institution will be more easily and smoothly because of the application of ict systems. disadvantages: • progress of ict will also occur of violation of intellectual property rights (ipr) for the easy access to the data that is causing people plagiatis will commit fraud. • although the system of the administration of an educational institution like a system without a gap, but if there is a recklessness in running the system would be dangerous. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org • one of the negative impact of television is to train children to think short and survive concentrated in a short time (short span of attention). references 1. atwater m.m. social constructivism: infusion into the multicultural science education research agenda // journal of research in science teaching. –1996.–vol. 33.–p. 821–837. 2. bax s. normalisation revisited: the effective use of technology in language. 2011. 3. belz j.a., thorne s.l. computer–mediated intercul¬tural foreign language education. − boston, ma: heinle & heinle, 2010. 4. dudeney g. the internet and the language classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. 2007 5. epstein r.m. defining and assessing professional competence. jama. 2002; 287: 226–35. 6. harmer jeremy. the practice of english language teaching: 3rd edition. – longman.: 2001. – 384 p.language learning with technology (cambridge handbooks for language teachers). – cambridge university press: 2013. p-275. 7. graham stanley. language learning with technology (cambridge handbooks for language teachers). –cambridge university press: 2013. p-275. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org a new approach to etiotropic therapy arvi in children mukhtorova sh.a. bukhara state medical institute named after abu ali ibn sino, uzbekistan, bukhara, st. a. navoi. 1 tel: +998 (65) 223-00-50 e-mail: info@bsmi.uz https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1522-75370 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s aim. confirmation of the efficacy and safety of the drug riamilovir (triazavirin®), 100 mg capsules, in children aged 12–17 years with the diagnosis of acute viral respiratory infection (arvi). materials and methods. the multicenter study included 269 patients diagnosed with acute viral respiratory infection (icd-10 code: j00, j02, j02.9, j04, j04.0, j04.1, j04.2, j06, j06.0, j06.9) in the presence of clinical manifestations and confirmation of the etiology of the disease by laboratory tests (pcr method). patients were included in the study after one of the patient's parents/adoptive parents and the patient signed an informed consent to participate in the study. the interval between the appearance of the first symptoms of the disease and the inclusion of the patient in the study did not exceed 36 hours. results. as a result of a clinical study, the efficacy and safety of treatment with riamilovir (triazavirin®) in sick children aged 12–17 years with a diagnosis of arvi was shown. a decrease in the duration of the disease was shown when using the drug riamilovir (triazavirin®) compared with the control group. no serious adverse events were detected during the study. conclusion. as a result of the conducted clinical study, the high efficacy, safety and good tolerability of the drug riamilovir in the treatment of children aged 12–17 years with a diagnosis of arvi was established. it is recommended to use the drug riamilovir in clinical practice as an etiotropic therapy in children aged 12–17 years with a diagnosis of arvi due to its high efficacy and safety. acute viral respiratory infection, arvi, children, riamilovir, etiotropic antiviral therapy. introduction in clinical practice, there is a collective concept of “acute respiratory viral infections” (arvi), which implies a number of diseases mainly of the upper respiratory tract with manifestations of catarrhalinflammatory syndrome and intoxication. the spectrum of arvi pathogens that annually cause epidemics in the world in the autumn-winter period includes rna and dna viruses of various families, most often rhino-, boca-, adeno-, metapneumo-, coronaviruses, parainfluenza viruses, and respiratory syncytial viruses. it has been noted that some rhino-, adenoand enteroviruses can induce stable immunity, which is type-specific, which does not exclude infection with other serotypes of viruses. and mailto:info@bsmi.uz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org in case of infection with parainfluenza viruses, respiratory syncytial viruses, coronaviruses, stable immunity is not formed [1]. the share of arvi in the overall structure of infectious diseases is 86.5–95%, depending on the season and age. viral infections in children account for more than 95%, bacterial infections up to 3%, and the rest account for less than 1% of cases. the epidemic situation regarding the incidence of arvi, including influenza, is determined by children more than 63.2%. according to the world health organization, every 3–5th child and 5–10th adult suffer from influenza every year worldwide [2, 3]. arvis are among the 5 leading causes of death in the world and pose a serious problem for the public health of countries, regardless of the level of economic development, but are most relevant for developing countries [4]. currently, the medical community's attention is focused on the incidence of acute respiratory viral infections in children and influenza in adults, as there is an underestimated burden of coinfection with 2 or more viruses, which is exacerbated by the ongoing covid-19 pandemic. in addition, there are various reasons why many respiratory viruses are not routinely detected and can therefore be considered diagnostically and clinically ignorable [5–7]. the procedure for providing care implies that a child with arvi is usually observed in an outpatient setting by a pediatrician. inpatient treatment (hospitalization) may be required if complications develop and febrile fever develops for a long time. complications of arvi in most cases are determined by the addition of a bacterial infection. thus, there is a risk of developing acute otitis media against the background of nasopharyngitis, especially in young children, usually on the 2nd–5th day of illness. its frequency can reach 20–40% [8, 9]. in addition, a respiratory infection can be a trigger for exacerbation of chronic diseases, most often bronchial asthma and urinary tract infections [1]. the incidence of arvi is highest between september and april, with the peak incidence occurring in february and march. as of 41 weeks 2022 (10/17/2022–10/23/2022) in the territory of bukhara. during the inter-epidemic period for influenza, the incidence of arvi is caused by respiratory viruses of noninfluenza etiology (rhinoviruses, parainfluenza viruses, adenoviruses, respiratory syncytial viruses, etc.) [10]. the current clinical recommendations of the ministry of health for the treatment of influenza and arvi in adults emphasize the importance of early prescription of etiotropic therapy for viral infections and the need to make efforts to find new etiotropic antiviral drugs aimed directly at the life cycle of viruses, namely, inhibiting the process of viral replication. one of the etiotropic antiviral drugs recommended by the ministry of health for the treatment of influenza and arvi in adults is the drug riamilovir [11, 12]. the basis for including the drug riamilovir in the clinical recommendations of the ministry of health were the results of multicenter randomized comparative clinical studies in patients over 18 years of age with diagnoses of arvi and influenza, which established the high antiviral efficacy, safety and good tolerability of the drug riamilovir in the treatment of viral infections [13–17] . in addition, therapy with the drug riamilovir has statistically significant advantages in various indicators compared to both the placebo group and the comparison group (oseltamivir) [18, 19]. the results obtained in adult patients made it possible to plan and conduct a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, comparative, placebo-controlled study of the effectiveness and safety of the drug riamilovir (100 mg capsules) in children aged 12–17 years diagnosed with arvi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org the purpose of the study is to confirm the effectiveness and safety of the drug riamilovir capsules 100 mg in children 12–17 years old diagnosed with arvi. to achieve this goal, it was planned to solve the following tasks: to evaluate the effectiveness and safety of the drug riamilovir, 100 mg capsules, in comparison with placebo as part of the treatment of arvi in children aged 12–17 years; -to study the pharmacokinetics of the drug riamilovir, 100 mg capsules, in children aged 12–17 years. materials and methods the multicenter randomized placebo-controlled study included 269 patients with a clinically and laboratory (polymerase chain reaction pcr) confirmed diagnosis of arvi (icd-10 codes: j00, j02, j02.9, j04, j04.0, j04.1, j04.2, j06, j06.0, j06.9). inclusion in the study occurred after one of the parents/adoptive parents and the patient himself signed an informed consent to participate in the study. the interval between the appearance of the first symptoms of the disease and the inclusion of the patient in the study was no more than 36 hours. the criteria for non-inclusion included a history of vaccination against influenza, sars-cov-2, carried out within 12 months before screening, as well as a positive pcr result for viruses influenza and sars-cov-2. a total of 132 patients completed the study per protocol, including 97 in group 1 (patients taking riamilovir) and 35 in group 2 (patients taking placebo). randomization was carried out using the envelope method. in phase i of the study, 20 patients participating in the pk portion of the study who met the inclusion criteria in the absence of any non-inclusion or exclusion criteria were randomized into 2 groups in a 1:1 ratio: group 1 (10 patients) – the drug riamilovir, capsules 100 mg, 1st dose 100 mg (1 capsule), then therapy according to the regimen corresponding to group i (3 times a day, 1 capsule and 2 capsules 1 time at night at within 5 days); group 2 (10 patients) the drug riamilovir, capsules 100 mg, 1st dose 200 mg (2 capsules), then therapy according to the regimen corresponding to group i (3 times a day, 1 capsule and 2 capsules 1 time at night at within 5 days). at stage ii of the study, the remaining patients were randomized into 2 groups: group i – riamilovir, capsules 100 mg, 1 capsule 3 times a day and 2 capsules at night (daily dose of the study drug 500 mg, course dose 2500 mg) for 5 days; group ii – placebo, 1 capsule 3 times a day and 2 capsules at night, for 5 days. the effectiveness was assessed based on the analysis of primary and secondary endpoints in patients with arvi (with laboratory-confirmed presence of rna/dna virus by pcr method, absence of influenza virus and sars-cov-2 markers) who took the drug at least once and met the selection criteria. the primary end point was the time until the onset of persistent improvement in clinical symptoms on the severity scale for acute respiratory viral infections (less than or equal to 2 points, provided there is no more than 1 point for 1 symptom) with normalization of temperature (less than 37°c); persistent improvement means maintenance symptoms improve for at least 22 hours. secondary endpoints: area under the curve “score on the scale of severity of the patient’s condition with arvi time” during 5 days of therapy; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org time until body temperature normalizes from the moment the first symptoms of the disease appear, measured in hours (normalization means setting the temperature below 37°c without rising above these values in the subsequent period); time until the disappearance of all symptoms according to the severity rating scale for arvi from the moment the first symptoms of the disease appear; the proportion of patients with normalization of body temperature below 37°c by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 days from the onset of the first symptoms of the disease; the proportion of patients with complete disappearance of all symptoms by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 days from the onset of the first symptoms of the disease; -average body temperature at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 days from time from the moment of appearance to the disappearance of catarrhal-respiratory syndrome, including sore throat, cough, hoarseness, sneezing, runny nose, nasal congestion (according to the arvi severity scale), in a population of patients who exhibited the corresponding symptoms; results at the screening stage, rna/dna of the following viruses was isolated: rhinovirus, adenovirus, respiratory syncytial virus, parainfluenza virus, bocavirus, coronavirus hcov-229e, human metapneumovirus and their combinations. the detailed distribution of detected viruses is presented. by the end of therapy, no arvi virus antigens were detected by pcr. between stages i and ii, an interim analysis of preliminary safety data and pk of the drug was carried out. after receiving positive findings from the interim analysis, which, in the opinion of the independent clinical trial data monitoring committee, confirmed the feasibility of using the proposed dose and regimen in children, the study moved to phase ii. thus, the hypothesis about the superiority of the drug riamilovir over placebo was confirmed, since the study showed a decrease in the duration of the disease when using the drug riamilovir, 100 mg capsules, compared to placebo by at least 2 days. conclusion as a result of a clinical study, the drug riamilovir was found to be highly effective in treating children aged 12–17 years diagnosed with arvi. in addition, the safety and good tolerability of the drug riamilovir have been established. thus, we can recommend the practical use of the etiotropic antiviral drug riamilovir in the treatment of children aged 12–17 years diagnosed with arvi due to its high efficiency and safety. the introduction of the drug riamilovir into pediatric practice will significantly expand the arsenal of effective etiotropic antiviral drugs. in addition, the results obtained allow us to recommend conducting clinical studies in a younger audience of patients (6–11 years old) diagnosed with arvi. references 1. острая респираторная вирусная инфекция (орви). федеральные клинические рекомендации министерства здравоохранения россии. м., 2022. режим доступа: https://cr.minzdrav.gov.ru/recomend/25_2. ссылка активна на 05.11.2022 [ostraia respiratornaia virusnaia infektsiia (orvi). federal'nye klinicheskie rekomendatsii ministerstva https://cr.minzdrav.gov.ru/recomend/25_2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org zdravookhraneniia rossii. moscow, 2022. available at: https://cr.minzdrav.gov.ru/recomend/25_2. accessed: 05.11.2022 (in russian)]. 2. muxtorova, s. a. (2022). clinical and laboratoriya features of acute respiratory disease in frequently ill children. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 1026-1030. 3. о заболеваемости гриппом и орви. режим доступа: http://36.rospotrebnadzor.ru/keyareas/prevention-infectious-diseases/statistics/15357. ссылка активна на 18.11.2022 [o zabolevaemosti grippom i orvi. available at: http://36.rospotrebnadzor.ru/key-areas/preventioninfectious-diseases/statistics/15357. accessed: 18.11.2022 (in russian)]. 4. mukhtarova, s. h. (2022). a.(2022) age-related features of clinical manifestations of giardiasis. international journal of medical sciences and clinical research, 17-21. 5. williams bg, gouws e, boschi-pinto c, et al. estimates of world-wide distribution of child deaths from acute respiratory infections. lancet infect dis. 2002;2(1):25-32. doi: 10.1016/s14733099(01)00170-0 6. avendaño carvajal l, perret pérez c. epidemiology of respiratory infections. pediatric respiratory diseases. cham: springer international publishing, 2020. doi: 10.1007/978-3-03026961-6_28 7. ma x, conrad t, alchikh m, et al. can we distinguish respiratory viral infections based on clinical features? a prospective pediatric cohort compared to systematic literature review. rev med virol. 2018;28:e1997. 8. mukhtorova shokhida abdulloevna. (2023). microbiological indicators of patients infected with sarscov-2. texas journal of medical science, 21, 41–45. retrieved from https://www.zienjournals.com/index.php/tjms/article/view/4116 9. ilechukwu gc, ilechukwu cga, ubesie ac, et al. otitis media in children: review article. open j pediatr. 2014;04(01):47-53. doi: 10.4236/ojped.2014.41006 10. oblokulov abdurashid rakhimovich mukhammadieva musharraf ibrokhimovna sanokulova sitora avazovna khadieva dora isakovna. (2023). clinical and laboratory features of spontaneous bacterial peritonitis in patients with viral liver cirrhosis. journal of advanced zoology, 44(s-2), 3744–3750. retrieved from http://jazindia.com/index.php/jaz/article/view/1716 11. mухаммадиевa m.и. (2023). bирус этиологияли жигар циррози беморларида спонтан бактериал перитонит билан асоратланишнинг профилактикаси ва давосини такомиллаштириш//oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. 2023.-p.947-953. 12. sanokulova s.a (2023) clinical and important diagnostic features in the combination of giardiasis with helminthiasis// european journal of modern medicine and practice. №01 p-23-26 13. mukhtorova shokhida abdulloevna. (2023). cytomegalovirus infections in children with primary and secondary immune deficiencies. academia science repository, 4(06), 23–28. retrieved from http://academiascience.com/index.php/repo/article/view/832 14. oblokulov. a.r., m.i. mukhammadieva.(2022). clinical and biochemical characteristics of liver cirrhosis patients of viral etiology with spontaneous bacterial peritonitis//academicia globe: indersciense research.-2022.p. 210-216 https://cr.minzdrav.gov.ru/recomend/25_2 http://36.rospotrebnadzor.ru/key-areas/prevention-infectious-diseases/statistics/15357 http://36.rospotrebnadzor.ru/key-areas/prevention-infectious-diseases/statistics/15357 http://36.rospotrebnadzor.ru/key-areas/prevention-infectious-diseases/statistics/15357 http://36.rospotrebnadzor.ru/key-areas/prevention-infectious-diseases/statistics/15357 https://doi.org/10.1016/s1473-3099(01)00170-0 https://doi.org/10.1016/s1473-3099(01)00170-0 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-26961-6_28 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-26961-6_28 https://www.zienjournals.com/index.php/tjms/article/view/4116 https://doi.org/10.4236/ojped.2014.41006 http://academiascience.com/index.php/repo/article/view/832 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org 15. aslonova.m.r. (2023). vitamin deficiency cases resulting from parasitic diseases // galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal.-2023.-p. 404-409 16. токин и.и., зубкова т.г., дроздова ю.в., лиознов д.а. опыт этиотропной терапии орви отечественным противовирусным препаратом. инфекционные болезни. 2019;17(4):13-7 [tokin ii, zubkova tg, drozdova yuv, lioznov da. experience of etiotropic therapy of acute respiratory viral infection with domestic antiviral drug. infectious diseases. 2019;17(4):13-7 (in russian)]. doi: 10.20953/1729-9225-2019-4-13-17 17. облоқулов, а., & муҳаммадиева, м. (2022). клинико-лабораторная характеристика спонтанного бактериального перитонита при циррозе печени вирусной этиологиии. журнал вестник врача, 1(3), 66–69. извлечено от https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/doctors_herald/article/view/2016 18. mukhammadieva m.i. (2022). modern clinical and biochemical characteristics of liver cirrhosis patients of viral etiology with spontaneous bacterial peritonitis //texas journal of medical science. – 2022.p. 86-90. 19. obloqulov a r., aslonova m r. (2022). to indentify the calciological deficiency that occurs against the background of helminthiasis in children// central asian journal of medical and natural sciences.–2022.–с. 91-95. 20. деева э.г., киселев о.и., мельникова т.и., и др. новый противовирусный препарат «триазавирин». результаты i фазы клинического исследования. эпидемиология и инфекционные болезни. 2013;18(5):20-6 [deeva eg, kiselev li, melnikova ti, et al. new antiviral drug triazavirin. results of phase 1 clinical trial. epidemiol infect dis. 2013;18(5):20-6 (in russian)]. doi: 10.17816/eid40768 21. mukhtorova shokhida abdulloevna. (2023). characteristic features of the course of citomegalovirus infection in children. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(4), 484–487. retrieved from https://giirj.com/index.php/giirj/article/view/5150.. 22. raximovich, o. a., sadilloyevna, j. a., abdulloyevna, m. s., & farxodovich , r. f. (2022). microbiological indicators of patients with confirmed sars-cov-2 infection. central asian journal of medical and natural science, 3(2), 289-294. https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/9cfp6 https://doi.org/10.20953/1729-9225-2019-4-13-17 https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/doctors_herald/article/view/2016 https://doi.org/10.17816/eid40768 https://giirj.com/index.php/giirj/article/view/5150 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org formation of professional competence in philology students lagai yelena alexandrovna doctor of pedagogical sciences uzbek state university of world languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article emphasizes the need to develop professional communicative competence among philology students, which helps future specialists to successfully solve communicative tasks of a professional nature. the expediency of systematic work based on a set of exercises is substantiated. professional competence; philology students; functional style; scientific style; exercise system. introduction professional training in linguistic higher educational institutions is currently associated with the formation of professional competence among bachelor students, which is caused by new socioeconomic conditions that determine modern requirements for graduates.in the process of professional training of students of language universities of the republic of uzbekistan, the task of forming their communicative competence comes first, since for a specialist philologist mastery of all types of speech activity, the culture of verbal and non-verbal communication, the skills and abilities of the correct choice and appropriate use of multi-level language means in standard and non-standard communication situations when solving professional problems is the main goal and result of training. the understanding of the russian language as adapted to express the diverse needs and needs of a person in different social spheres was embodied within the framework of the linguistic discipline the stylistics of the russian language.the central concept of modern stylistics is the concept of functional style. each functional style is characterized by certain linguistic features and rules for organizing linguistic material. it is the communicative attitude, determining the content of the utterance, that necessitates the isolation from the language system of such linguistic units, the features of their functioning are most essential for the expression of this content. this connection of language construction with content is especially characteristic of the scientific style.there is no doubt that the recognition and professionalism of a specialist in the modern world “is largely determined not only by the extent to which he is able to pose and solve scientific problems, but also by how well he knows the rules and norms of successful communication accepted in the global scientific community” [ 1, p. 3]. our many years of experience at the university give reason to state that upon completion of their studies, students are not always able to fully demonstrate the acquired knowledge in their core disciplines due to the fact that their own statements are often poor in content, the syntactic structures used, and unemotional. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org this determines the relevance of the problem of developing the skills of fluency in scientific speech among philology students. practical activities aimed at solving this problem prove that the content of work on teaching students the stylistics of the russian language, and in particular scientific style, should be determined by the following components: providing students with information about stylistic concepts; the formation and development of students' stylistic skills related to finding linguistic signs of style in texts, determining the style of given texts, conducting stylistic analysis of the text and creating texts in a given speech style; organizing work and using forms of classes aimed at encouraging students to create texts of a given style on professional topics and perform communicative tasks of a professional nature.to form stylistic competence, taking into account a professionally oriented approach, didactic language and text material is needed, which, firstly, will contribute to the development in students of awareness of the use of stylistically colored words in scientific speech, and secondly, will allow one to analyze professionally oriented texts taking into account their stylistics, the presence of lexical and stylistic markers and determining their relevance and communicative expediency in texts. therefore, the didactic material in our work was linguistic terminology and texts from scientific and educational literature in the disciplines of the linguistic cycle.practice proves that in order to increase the effectiveness of teaching students scientific style, it is advisable to use a specially developed system of exercises, which includes traditional stylistic exercises and tasks of a professional and creative orientation: communicative and situational tasks, business games. all exercises can be divided into the following types: 1) proper stylistic exercises that form ideas about the functional stylistics of the russian language; 2) lexical-stylistic exercises: determining the lexical meaning of a term, finding its interpretation in the dictionary, selecting synonyms, determining stylistic functions; finding book and colloquial words; 3) grammatical-stylistic exercises: correct use of forms of parts of speech in book style; communicative speech exercises: composing dialogues on a professional topic; creating texts in professionally significant genres; compiling professionally oriented texts in a given style; proofreading and stylistic exercises: finding stylistic errors and correcting them, carrying out stylistic corrections.thus, completing this type of task helps to develop students’ professional and communicative competence, increases their motivation to study stylistics and awareness of the practical significance of mastering stylistic skills. literature 1.balan o.v. methods of teaching oral scientific discourse to master's students in the field of training “pedagogical education”: abstract of thesis. dis. ...cand. ped. sci. – m., 2013. – 25 p. 2.valgina n.s., rosenthal d.e., fomina m.i. modern russian language: textbook/ed. 3.n.s. valgina. – m.: alliance, 2018. – 528 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org ethical issues in islamic philosophy j. j. badalova teacher of the department of philosophy and spirituality, termiz state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s islamic ethics are discussed in this study from a definitional and academic standpoint. it emphasizes the necessity for islamic ethics to be systematically relevant to modern situations, which calls for the growth of islamic ethics as a full discipline capable of handling all obstacles, including conceptual, practical, normative, and applicative ones. according to the researcher, a proper ethics definition should cover habits, character traits, and morally significant conduct. islamic ethics should effectively handle metaethical, normative, and practical aspects of the topic as a field of study of utmost practical importance. islamic ethics, qur'an, ethics, virtue, adab, philosophy. introduction “ethics” comes from “ethos”, which means “character, spirit, and mentality of a group, people, or culture”. ethics are morals, values, or rules. when faced with moral choices, ethics arises. online ethics as interpersonal connections. ethics deals with morality and the norms that should guide human behaviour and interaction. a person's morals and standards of right and wrong reflect ethics. ethics is the pursuit and comprehension of a decent, well-lived life. thus, ethics is mostly about knowing what is significant and what is not. there is little doubt that modern muslim societies face a wide range of social, economic, political, environmental issues, such as despotism, division, poverty, gender inequity, and climate change. it is vital to pinpoint the primary causes of these issues and offer feasible remedies to address them. as was previously mentioned, academics and professionals frequently ignore the ethical component. it is crucial to stress that, according to islamic ontology, human immorality is the root cause of all social, economic, political, and environmental issues. as a result, altering human ethics is the only way to reverse the bad effects this has on the world. according to allah, "corruption has appeared on land and water because of what people's hands have earned, to make them taste some of what they have done, so that they may return" (qur'an, 30:41). rather than the political or structural corruption addressed below, which is one form of the more general corruption attributed to flaws in human ethics, corruption in this context refers to decay or disorder. islamic ethics are significant because they offer muslim nations the chance and potential to identify the unethical causes of their most pressing issues and work toward resolving or minimizing those. this is because it follows the logic that if ethical failings bring on an issue, the solution is strengthening the weak ethical principles that guide actions. islam's two main sources—the qur'an and hadith—focus on morality and belief. muslims strive to enhance their morality. a brief study of recent philosophical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org studies on islamic ethics reveals two fundamental concerns. western ethics scholarship has historically ignored islamic ethics. however, muslim study has not sufficiently examined islamic ethics to clear this confusion. compared to the massive fiqh & tafsir books, islamic ethics writings are rare and usually discuss etiquette in su literature (adab). since the 20th century, islamic values have grown. this article will respond to several inquiries that have been made regarding the connection between ethics and religion and, more particularly, the relationship between islam and ethics. hadith and the qur'an both offer insightful commentary on ethics. because they are many and dispersed throughout the qur'an, it is quite difficult to count all the verses that discuss ethics directly or indirectly. they undoubtedly exceed 1,000, making them roughly twice as many as the legal verses in the qur'an and the legal texts of hadith. similarly, the prophet's path is many and extremely full of moral guidelines, laws, and lessons. in truth, the religion of islam is all about ethics, and allah refers to it as khuluqun 'am (a great religion with a great moral code) in the qur'an. the qur'an was revealed to direct humanity toward what is most morally right. almost every element in the qur'an, even it is foundational "pillars," has to do with ethics. for instance, practicing regular prayer creates a powerful daily reminder and strong moral character to deter immoral and bad deeds. allah states in the qur'an: "god mandates justice, goodness, and charity toward family while he condemns immorality, injustice, and oppression." this is one of the most illustrative verses for islamic ethics. the passage "be tolerant, command decency, and avoid the uneducated" captures the heart of islamic principles. the highest level of forbearance and bravery is to put up with the offender and forgive them. the highest level of generosity is to help people who hinder you. the highest level of goodness is not to harm someone who breaks off contact with you. to command decency is to give to those who hinder you. being tolerant means forgiving others, accepting their justifications, and not repeating their errors. it also includes not prying on other people's intentions or private lives. to "demand decency" is to order something moral, and to "avoid the ignorant" is to refrain from retaliating against those who mistreat you or seek revenge. the qur'an underlines that individuals with good character are the noblest among the believers in allah's eyes. it is also important to discuss how immoral behaviour hurts the person, the community, the state, and the universe. ethical teaching, commanding good and preventing evil, exemplary behaviour, and the role of elites in harbouring such activities are ways to correct such unethical behaviour and change immoral surroundings. the quantity of hadiths that deal with ethics is extremely difficult to pin down because the entire body of sunnah literature is fundamentally an ethical discourse. the life, teachings, and deeds of prophet muhammad (pbuh) and his biography uphold the highest standards of islamic morality regarding interactions between muslims, non-muslims, and all of creation, including plants, animals, and the natural world. the prophet (pbuh) is described as having a great and exemplary character in the qur'an, which attests to the fact that he is a wonderful role model to follow. the prophet (pbuh) mentioned that achieving good character and ideal moral deeds is the higher purpose of his wonderful teaching. islamic ethics were of utmost importance to the prophet muhammad (pbuh), which was evident in his statements, actions, and unspoken endorsements. he specifically urged people to conduct themselves appropriately and commit to having excellent character since it is precious and significant on the day of judgment. nothing is weighed heavier on the scale than good character, he said. a person of good character will have acquired the status of a fasting and praying person. he also asserted american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org that having flawless ethics makes one a perfect believer. he remarked that the best among them in manners is the perfect believer in terms of faith. the prophet's wife, khadija bint khuwailid (may allah be pleased with her), reportedly comforted him with a few words that are arguably the best explanation of the high ethical standards of the prophet (pbuh) before as well as after his appointment to prophethood, when the prophet muhammad (pbuh) returned home after receiving the first revelation of the qur'an in the cave of hira. by allah, allah will never make you feel ashamed. you maintain strong relationships with your family members, aid the needy and the impoverished, provide generous service to your guests, and support the deserving victims of calamities. islamic education can be understood in different ways: interpretively and critically. these interconnected methods of islamic teaching are conducive to various practices that produce particular human behaviors. in general, the idea of islamic education can be sensitive to some of the moral conundrums in the modern world, such as global warming, human trafficking, and international terrorism. first, the concepts of hud (direction), tarbiyyah (socialization), and hikmah (knowledge) are the building blocks of islamic education. these fundamental meanings are what give islamic education its specific form. these three interconnected theoretical strands of islamic education are often known as those. these ideas can then inspire various human deeds referred to as islamic educational practices. second, the aforementioned educational ideas inspire human behaviors like ijtihad (individual striving), she (dialogical/deliberative participation), and ummah that can respond to moral challenges that are challenging in today's society (communal action). it is argued that issues of provincialism and toxic masculinity, religious and ideological discrepancies, and islamophobia can best be addressed through critical and responsible human action because significant ethical dilemmas in and about islamic education are prevalent, particularly in the arab and muslim world. thirdly, in dealing with the aforementioned human problems, all of the ijtihad (individual striving), she (dialogical/deliberative engagement), and ummah (community action) can foster accountability, humanity, diversity, and compassion for the other. references: 1. abdul azim islahi, “the myth of bryson and economic thought in islam,” journal of king abdulaziz university: islamic economics 21, no. 1 (2008): 57-61. 2. m.m. khairullayev. farobi and his philosophical treatises. t., 1963; 3. timur kuran, “the absence of the corporation in islamic law: origins and 4. persistence,” american journal of comparative law 53 (2005): 785-834. 5. историко-философская арабистика в россии на рубеже веков (вторая половина хх -начало ххiвв.) | кирабаев | вестник российского университета дружбы народов 6. edward said, orientalism, new york: vintage books, 2003, 9.10.2. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org mahmud ibn umar al-zamakhshari and his contribution as a key figure in islam kilicheva karamat1, klicheva gavkhar2 professor, department of applied and humanitarian sciences, tashkent university of humanities, tashkent, uzbekistan1 psychology tutor, department of applied and humanitarian sciences, tashkent university of humanities, tashkent, uzbekistan2 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s al-zamakhshari was a prolific scientist and wrote about fifty works on various fields of science. twenty-five of them have survived to this day. linguistics "asas al-balagha" ("fundamentals of word mastery", "foundations of eloquence"), "al-kashshaf" works in the islamic world, which include his commentaries (tafsir) on the holy qur'an in 1134. the work "al-kashshaf" is recognized as the most perfect among the works related to qur'anic interpretation by orientalists and arabic scholars. therefore, this work is still used as a textbook in medicine in different countries of the world. the objective of this paper is to review previous studies dedicated to mahmud al-zamakhshari and his works, and to analyze the depth of his contributions. academic productivity, distance learning, higher education, elearning tools introduction abul kasim mahmud ibn umar ibn muhammad al-khorazmi al-zamakhshari was one of the leading scientists of his time. zamakhshari perfectly mastered various fields of science, especially the arabic language and literature, religious sciences, as well as the art of calligraphy, which was valued among scholars at that time. he learned from his teacher abu mudar isfahani (died in marv in 1113), a famous scholar in the field of language, vocabulary and literature. al-zamakhshari was born on the 27th day of rajab 467 ah (march 18, 1075) in the city of zamakhshar, located 26 km west of the city of gorogli (now tashkhovuz region of turkmenistan) near khorezm. the majority of scholars consider him to be of persian origin. however, since the turks formed the main part of khorezm during this period, it becomes clear that he is a representative of the turkish dynasty and served as imam in the mosque in zamakhshar (izharul-haq, 2012). izharul-haq (2012) reports that one of his legs was made of wood, and historians say: "one of his legs was made of wood, and because he was wearing his long jacket down, the people who saw him thought he was limping." he broke one of his legs after falling off the horse he was riding on the route to bukhara. he was forced to have his broken leg amputated due to his serious injury. after that, his father decided that he was no longer fit for hard work and wanted to apprentice him to a tailor. however, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org mahmud, who grew up with a desire for knowledge from a young age, asked his father to send him to study at a madrasa. his father, noticing his son's passion and desire for science, grants his son’s wish. zamakhshari was interested in many fields of science and began to show his great talent among his peers. he began to thoroughly master the sciences taught in the madrasa, especially the arabic language and literature, and religious sciences. then, when he reaches a certain age, he goes to bukhara in order to improve his knowledge and develop in all aspects. after finishing his studies in bukhara, zamakhshari spent several years in the service of the khorezmshahs, worked as a secretary, and tried to get close to the rulers. however, when he did not find a position he had desired and did not receive proper attention according to his abilities, knowledge, and virtue, he traveled to other countries and hoped that his goals would be achieved (munir ahmad et al., 2019). in 1118, zamakhshari fell ill with a serious illness, and after recovering from this disease, he renounced the service of rulers, position and wealth, and determined to dedicate the rest of his life only to science and writing works. undoubtedly, the service of his mentors was very important in zamakhshari's ability to fully master the sciences of his time and reach the level of a scholar. one such mentor is abu mudar mahmud ibn jarir dabbi isfahani, a famous scholar in the field of language, vocabulary and literature. isfahani also lived in khorezm for some time. in baghdad, zamakhshari studied the science of hadith from famous scholars such as abu mansur nasr khorisi, abu saad shaqqani, and abul khattab ibn abul batar. while in makkah, he studied nahw and fiqh from famous scholars such as abu bakr abdullah ibn talhat ibn muhammad ibn abdullah yabiri andalusi, sheikh sadid hayyati, and the science of vocabulary from abu mansur mawhub ibn khadar javaliqi (lala, 2012). during his life, zamakhshari visited marv, nishapur, isfahan, sham, baghdad and hejaz, and makkah twice. the scientist continued his scientific work here, thoroughly studied the grammar and vocabulary of the arabic language, as well as the dialects, proverbs, and customs of the local tribes, and collected various information about the geography of the region. az-zamakhshari had many students and followers in different cities. it is no exaggeration to say that the past five years have been especially fruitful in the holy makkah. makkah is not only a holy place of pilgrimage for muslims, but also one of the centers of science and education of the islamic world, where one could encounter the most influential representatives of science and education of that time, as well as seek students and disciples. students were pleased to meet famous scholars such as alzamakhshari, who came to makkah to pray, and to participate in lectures and discussions held in madrasahs of the city. as a result of these activities, al-zamakhshari became the only scholar who received the most honorable title of "jarullah" (neighbor of allah) in the islamic world. arab scholar al-shaykh muhammad abu zahro says that during his stay in makkah, he spent his time in baitullah ul-haram, he was always surrounded by students and disciples interested in ethics, and fans of poetry and aphorisms (atayeva et al., 2012). zamakhshari returned from makkah and lived in khorezm for several years and died on april 14, 1144. the great scholar zamakhshari wrote more than fifty works on arabic grammar, lexicology, literature, science of aruz, geography, tafsir, hadith and fiqh, most of which have reached current times. al-zamakhshari’s “al kashshaf” among zamakhshari's religious works, the most famous and widely spread around the world is his alkashshaf ‘an haqa’iq al-tanzil (sometimes translated as the discoverer of revealed truths) dedicated to his commentary on the holy qur'an ("opening the eyes of closed truths in the qur'an and narrations american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org by interpreting it"). this work is abbreviated as "kashshaf". it is unique among commentaries because the holy qur'an is also analyzed from a philological point of view. according to the sources, zamakhshari wrote this rare work in two stages. when he first went to arabia for the hajj pilgrimage in his youth, he began to interpret the surah "baqara" and presented it to the emir of makkah. mahmud zamakhshari's ability to show the miracle of the qur'an and the height of his maturity amazes him. atayeva et al. (2012) states that mahmud zamakhshari continued the work of tafsir only after mastering all the requirements for the science of tafsir and successfully completed it during his second trip to mecca, between 1130-1134 (munir ahmad, 2019). taking into account his age, allama changed the way of writing tafsir in order to save time, he wrote the rest of the work "kashshof" more concisely compared to the tafsir of surah "baqara" that he originally wrote. despite the fact that it is more concise, the scholar wrote it in the style of "if you say so, i will say this" in the form of a question and answer, taking into account all possibilities. this work is considered one of the most necessary books for many muslim people in arab countries, especially scholars. students of the world-famous al-azhar university in cairo study the qur'an and its interpretation based on al-zamahshari's work "al-kashshaf" and use it as an important program. al-zamahshari's great contribution is that he made good use of many sources that were popular at that time regarding tafsir, hadith, fiqh, ilm al-qiraat, nahw, adab and other sciences and enriched his interpretation with them, which have not reached current times due to various reasons. for this reason, modern researchers can get information and insight about these lost works only from al-zamakhshari's "al-kashshaf". this is of great importance from a scientific point of view. another clear proof that “al-kashshaf” is very popular is the large number of manuscript copies, several commentaries written on the work, and its recent reprinting in arab countries. karl brockelman, a german orientalist, estimates that there are about a hundred manuscripts of “al-kashshaf” and more than twenty commentaries and interpretations written by him in various manuscript selections of the world (syamsuddin, 2019). al-zamakhshari’s “asas al balagha” mahmud zamakhshari’s another work "asas al-balagha" ("foundations of eloquence") is devoted to lexicology. it discusses the eloquence and perfection of the arabic language. in order to express thoughts with beautiful phrases and words, to skillfully use the vocabulary, a person should be well aware of eloquence and a way of speech. for this, it was necessary to use the word correctly, in its place, to speak and write according to the rules. in this work, the main parts of literature, phraseological phrases, ways of their practical application are deeply analyzed (atayeva et al., 2012). conclusion in his moral views, al-zamakhshari, while thinking about the status and morals of people of different classes and professions of his time in society, regardless of the type and identity of that person (king or ordinary person), first of all, he discusses the need to have good manners and humanity and says, "silk clothes cannot adorn a person who is not adorned with good qualities and good manners." the scholar also noted that the culture of speech, that is, the beauty of words, is a means of politeness for a person. in his moral and educational views, al-zamakhshari also expresses his valuable thoughts about respecting one's elders, raising a child and the role of parents in it. when parents are to raise a child to be good-natured, polite, hardworking, intelligent, first of all, “they ought to always keep the child under control, without pampering them beyond the norm" says the scholar. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org zamakhshari's works were published in german, french and other languages. contemporaries abusamad muhammad sam'ani, yagut hamavi, jamaluddin qifti zamakhshari highly appreciated the work. some aspects of zamakhshari's work have been studied by eastern (a. z. validiy, muhammad kozimbek), uzbek (a. rustamov, u. tursunov, u. uvatov, z. islamov, m. hakimjonov, etc.), russian (krachkovsky, borovkov, etc.), studied by western scientists (brockelman, zayonchkovsky, etc.). references 1. atayeva, n., rasulova, f., salayeva, m., & hasanov, s. (2012). umumiy pedagogika (pedagogika tarixi), [general pedagogy (history of pedagogy)], tashkent, 287-301. 2. isharul-haq, m. (2012). zamakhshari, the linguist, and his contribution towards knowledge. alqalam, 17(2), 27-38. 3. lala, i. (2012). an analysis of the sources of interpretation in the commentaries of al-tabari, alzamakhshari, al-razi, al-qurtubi, and ibn kathir. quranica-international journal of quranic research, 2(1), 17-48. 4. munir ahmad, h.m., ilyas, m., & qureshi, r.k. (2019). mahmood ibn umar al-zamakhshari and his tafsir al-kashshaf: a critical study. international journal of social sciences, humanities and education (ijsshe), 3(1), 1-8. 5. syamsuddin, s. (2019). muhkam and mutashabih: an analytical study of al-tabari’s and alzamakhshari’s interpretations. journal of quranic studies, 1(1), 63-79. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the use of modern innovative technologies in teaching the chemistry of complex compounds doliyev g’olibjon alisherovich noorganik kimyo kafedrasi (dsc). madaminova oydina maxmudjon qizi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides information on virtual and 3d teaching technologies, v-academia, simulators used to teach chemistry in the education system, and the application of simulators to the teaching process. educational institutions also discuss 3d modeling, 3d scanning, ideas on the importance of 3d printing drawings in improving the quality of the learning process in chemistry education, and its application in chemistry education. 3d information technology, annimation, programming, virtuality, 3dmodeling, 3d scanning, v-academia, 3d printing drawings. introduction the chemistry of complex compounds is a science of chemical elements and the structure and properties of their units, and it involves explaining to students the properties of chemical elements using the concepts of theoretical chemistry, relying on modern information about the structure of mode based on periodic law and periodic system. advances in the field of science and technology and information technology will enable mankind to solve a variety of new problems. the action strategy for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan sets out "improving the quality and efficiency of higher education institutions by establishing international standards for evaluating the quality of education and teaching" as a priority in the preparation of future chemistry teachers in this regardthe technology, methodology of organizing the learning process based on electronic software, the system of competencies related to activities and the pf-4947 order of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, february 7, 2017, "on the action strategy for the development of the republic of uzbekistan" [1], april 20, 2017, pq-2909, "on measures to improve the public education system", to assist individuals desiring to benefit the worldwide work of jehovah's witnesses through some form of charitable giving, a brochure entitled charitable planning to benefit kingdom service worldwide has been prepared. elevating the educational process to the level of world standards in terms of quality of organizing the learning process in the education system, creating a methodology for the widespread introduction of modern pedagogical and information technology in our country is one of the most complex methodological issues. one of the most important aspects of reforming the education system is the systematic modernization of the educational process of chemistry using information and communication, or 3d technologies. the use of modular education, virtual education, 3d technologies american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org in conducting chemical processes, lectures, laboratories, and practical workshops in the organization of day-to-day and extracurricular education in chemistry education will help improve the quality of the learning process and is characterized by the development of science and manufacturing integration. imagined memory of a computer is accepted as virtual memory, which physically does not correspond to any separate memory carrier, i.e. virtual memory is the result of the functional interaction of computer elements. with the software tools that create virtual memory, a person will be able to use a huge amount of information. all of the modern computers in action are equipped with a special java virtual machine. filmmakers had mounted a hand-cranked camera on the advance of life's east and trained it on the new world translator. computer technology makes a quality turn in the creation of virtual reality-based educational resources by integrating movement and sound-related information into a single complex, enabling learners to actively influence (communicate) the processes being observed. the emotions that arise during computer communication (e.g. using virtual shlems) are very close to a person's feelings in the process of communicating with the existing real thing, and sometimes when compared to these emotions, there is also a clear indication of the autism of the first. special effects of deep penetration into the mind in computer gaming technology can also be used effectively in teaching. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) in this sense, given that the human mind initially interprets various tasks, images, and imaginations based on imaginary deeds, it is understood that it itself has a virtual nature. virtual reality is an artificially generated information environment that focuses on replacing the normal imagination of the environment with information generated by a variety of technical means. creating information visualization tools aimed at developing virtual reality tools for educational purposes can yield pedagogical results that cannot be achieved using other technical tools. the term "virtuality" is derived from the latin word for "virtualis," which means "a process that occurs or may occur under certain circumstances," or a process that does not exist but is likely to be realized. because this term meets in many areas of human activity, there are sufficient grounds for bringing it into the education system. the development of the virtual universe was greatly influenced by the development of a three-dimensional environment and the advanced capabilities of internet technology. as a result, virtual reality began to be used in various fields. virtual education in a broad sense is understood by the process and its results, which are built on the interaction of its main subjects at the time of direct learning and giving between teachers and students. virtual education cannot be imagined without the relationship between the main objects of education and the student-teacher, who is considered its subjects. in other words, the virtual environment in education is created not by classrooms, their equipment, textbooks, or teaching techniques, but only through the harmony of objects and subjects participating in the same teaching process. it is noteworthy that in some places in the programs there are cases of presentation of educational materials without adequate consideration of the level of real learning of students and the relationship between educational entities. virtual learning is not only a unique aspect of remote telecommunications but also has the ability to manifest itself in the relationship between teachers, students, and objects studied in all forms of education, including day-to-day forms. remote technologies serve to expand day-to-day learning opportunities based on virtual learning. the main purpose of virtual education is to ensure that a person's virtual and other capabilities are harmonious—to understand the underlying nature of his or her place in reality. today, the 21st century is a century of high-tech technology, and the concept of computer graphics is closely related to our lives. many programming products, such as 3d virual, 3d life three-dimensional american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org modelling, zbrush, blender, 3d max, nazzar.uz, play a role in our society." the term d is derived from the english word dimensions, which means "dimensions." 3d technology is the world's most advanced method of visual and sound transmission of images. all intelligent people have full concepts such as 3-dimensional imagery, three-dimensional graphics, and three-dimensional modeling. modern cinema, architectural design, even taking the field of education, can observe real processes through a variety of 3d special effects.3d when technology is used to organize virtual laboratory classes in chemistry education, will achieve great efficiency in teaching science. in this way, virtual chemistry laboratory rooms are created in a web environment, and it is explained to students that experiments can be done as much as they want. experiences that are at risk of explosion, experiments of toxic nature can also be performed in a virtual chemistry laboratory. figure 1. a chemistry room and chemistry laboratory that reflect virtual existence. today, it is possible to make three-dimensional statues, shrinking models of large objects (cars, planes, buildings), as well as models of various scientific papers. of course, 3d printers are being used to do this. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org (figure 2). 3d printers are "printing" printers based on three-dimensional drawings. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) currently, if such developments are being carried out in a narrow range, it will be possible to extract a pair of sneakers, clothing, or rollercoaster items, for example, from a homemade 3d printer in the near future. given the decline in the price of three-dimensional printed products, the demand for this technology is increasing. today, boyeing is developing more than 200 details of its aircraft based on 3d printing technology (fig. 2). in the creation of virtual reality, information technology cannot be formed without computer graphics, real-time and programming technologies. currently, computer graphics libraries such as opengl, direct 3d, java 3d, and vrml, as well as programming, are being used in c++, perl, java, delphi, and python. virtual reality-based educational resources can be classified as follows: • the first level is to achieve full virtuality through specialized technical equipment (shlem-display, special gloves, etc.);• the second level is to produce a large image using three-dimensional (or stereoscopic) monitors or projector and special glasses; and the third level is to demonstrate virtual reality based on a computer's standard monitor or projection tool. simulators, on the other hand, allow you to make and test computers and netvork devices in a virtual state without such real equipment and equipment. this in itself does not only save a large amount of money, but also does not give them a need at all. the fact that simulators do not require nearly any financial assets makes it possible for students to do research over and over again hundreds of times, if necessary, thousands of times. another advantage of using simulators is that they are safe. the rapid development of modern science and technology makes it difficult for real-life research equipment to go along with this development. simulators, on the other hand, do not have such barriers, and even these "virtual research facilities" add additional speed to the speed of science and technology development.v-academia is a three-point education close to real life in the world's only vitrual environment. classes written in 3d are no different from actually. the virtual environment of vacademia provides a high opportunity for any non-computer literacy teacher to conduct classes.vacademia allows a higher education institution to enrich their learning with a quality new generation of electronic resources. the virtual environment of v-academia will enable students to receive new high-quality alternative education instead of classroom activities.v-academia virtual environment will enable them to ensure high quality of education through training, various games, simulators, master classes. for the implementation of virtual learning technologies, as follows: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org first, evaluate the positive and negative consequences that virtual learning technologies can have when applying them to our educational environment based on world experience; second, pay special attention to the preparation of manuals for the effective use of virtual teaching technologies in uzbek; third, conduct scientific research and promote research-based software and devices to create national virtual learning environments and devices; fourth, it is possible to make conclusions and suggestions, such as the introduction of government incentive mechanisms for virtual education resource developers. we will consider the available possibilities of the crocodile chemistry program, simulators used in chemistry below. through the crocodile chemistry program, you can study the chemical and physical properties of all the elements present in the d.i.mendeleyev periodic table. it is usually impossible to observe the conversion (molecular level) of the molecules involved in the reaction during the occurrance of chemical reactions into another molecule. through this application, it is possible to model chemical processes, conduct different reactions and, most importantly, do so safely. through this application, it is possible to use containers in the optional form to perform a chemical reaction by mixing various reactants among themselves. during a chemical reaction, the color of the reactants, the share of substances, the ability to see the chemical reaction formulas in a special window allows the program to be used as a powerful pedagogical weapon. such possibilities of the crocodile chemistry program have led to a revolutionary change in the teaching of chemistry (fig. 3). figure 3. created in crocodile chemistry application environment chemical reaction process we nazzar.uz incorporating another 3d technology in the article, which is now widely available. about the program. nazzar.uz is an innovative program that can couple extended reality elements into any material environment. in this case, nazzar.uz your smartphone on the screen. when you show it to the icon, the image of the real object appears on the smartphone and is filled with various effects. the static picture in the media "comes to life" and the video becomes a piece.. the photos and images on the screen will be three-dimensional, allowing you to see them in all aspects and from every perspective. the audio is heard using a smartphone speaker. "learn more" from the picture, which appears on the smartphone screen while watching. animate photos is an innovative solution in the field of photography. the live photos you give to yourself and people allow you to take many moments that happen not only to the photo itself, but also before and after photos. with this service, we can observe the activity of the state of molecules of chemicals. this technology was used in the process of teaching important topics of chemistry. oxides, acids, foundations and salts as well as formulations of organic compounds allow you to see the photos live. (figure 4) figure 4 figure 4: nazzar.uz program to see molecules move, we emphasize that if the reading process is organized using the aforementioned programs, students (students) will be interested in science, it is no secret that it is very difficult to interest young people in natural sciences now, especially when it comes to chemistry. if the learning process is organized using the above-mentioned programs, students (students) will be encouraged to study chemistry in depth. also, it is the same for chemists today to develop a virtual 3d space for the electronic education environment in higher education institutions, to organize the learning process in this environment, and to improve the quality of education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org references 1.pf-4947 of february 7, 2017 on the action strategy for the development of the republic of uzbekistan. united states document, 2017, pp. 6-70. 2. yimkulov u.sh. prospects for the establishment and development of a single information space in higher education institutions & "public education" jury. no. 4, 2006 4-7. solovev, m.m., samouchitel po 3.d max:solovev, m.m. m.:solon-press, 2007. 376 p. 4. khalidov v.s. analysis of free and open-coded lms systems, journal infocom.uz no. 7.8. 14 pages, 2013 5. alsina-jurnet, i., gutiérrez-maldonado, j., & rangelgómez, maría-virgina (2011). the role of presence in the level of anxiety experienced in clinical virtual environments. computers in human behavior,27, 504–512. 6. berns a., gonzalez-pardo, a., & camacho, d. (2013). game-like language learning in 3-d virtual environments. computers & education, 60(1), 210– 220. 7. bers m. & chau, c. (2010). the virtual campus of the future: stimulating and simulating civic actions in a virtual world. journal of computing in higher education, 22, 1–23. doi:10.1007/s12528009-9026-3. 8. bronack, s., riedl, r., & tashner, j. (2006). learning in the zone: a social constructivist framework for distance education in a 3-dimensional virtual world. interactive learning environments, 14(3), 219-232. doi: 10.1080/10494820600909157. 9. prospects for the use of 3d virtual technologies in the field of chemistry, z. gurbanaliyeva, n. x. joorakulova, g. a. ixtiyarova. materials of the republican scientific and practical conference on "olima women are a selfless force on the road to intellectual potential and the development of society". tashkent-may 16, 2019, pages 21-23. 10. nazzar.uz. technology is budušego. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org symbolism in the lyrics of s. esenin ozoda kodirova lecturer at the department of russian language methodology, ferghana state university, ferghana, uzbekistan. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the role and significance of symbolism in literature are important aspects that help create depth and complexity in works of art. symbols are concrete objects, actions, or images that represent abstract ideas, concepts, or emotions. they can be used to convey complex notions, create atmosphere, express profound feelings, and aid the reader in exploring various levels of meaning in a work. symbol, external world, poetic world, use of symbols, image, poetry, symbolist. introduction symbolism is an artistic movement in european and russian art that emerged in the early 20th century, which focuses on expressing ideas beyond sensory perception through symbols. representatives of this movement, called symbolists, expressed a longing for spiritual freedom, sought to penetrate through the visible reality to the hidden realities, sought to understand the ideal nature of the world, its true and eternal beauty. russian literary symbolism emerged in the late 19th century and continued to develop in the early 20th century. he was a reaction to realism and naturalism, characteristic of the previous period of literature. the symbolists sought to express the mystical and spiritual essence of the world through the use of symbols, narrative images, and metaphors. they argued that art should be autonomous from reality and serve to express the inner world of the artist. thus, the symbolists refused to directly describe reality and preferred to use symbols and allegories. russian symbolists such as valery bryusov, fyodor sologub, konstantin balmont, and others inherited an interest in metaphysical themes and symbols from the western symbolists. they also contributed to the development of symbolism, taking it to a new level. russian symbolists gave more attention to russian history, popular culture, and national folklore, which distinguished them from western symbolists. in general, russian symbolism was an influential movement that brought new ideas and approaches to literature. it had a significant impact on the development of poetry, prose, painting and music in the russian empire and beyond. symbolist ideas and techniques were later used by other literary movements such as futurism and avant-gardism. there was a broad peripheral zone within russian symbolism that included poets who, although not direct supporters of the symbolist school and did not adhere to its program, were still influenced by symbolism. one example of such poets was maximilian voloshin, who used symbolist motifs and themes in his poems. his poetry was distinguished by its aesthetic depth and symbolic imagery. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org another example of this influence was mikhail kuzmin, whose poetry also had symbolist features, although he was not an official symbolist. younger poets who were part of other literary circles and schools were also influenced by the symbolists and used symbolism in their works. this demonstrates the widespread and productive activity of the symbolist school in russian literature of the time. symbolism can be explicit or implicit, and the use of symbols allows authors to convey complex ideas and emotions, enrich the text, and create depth to the work. symbols can be unique to each work and can have different meanings for different readers. in literature, symbols can represent various aspects of human life, such as love, death, freedom, good and evil. they can also reflect certain social, political or historical events and contexts. the use of symbols allows authors to create deep and emotionally rich works that affect the reader's feelings and thoughts. in sergey yesenin's poetry, symbols play an important role in creating a unified poetic world. bird cherry, as one of the most frequently used symbols in his work, is a combination of opposites blizzard and flowers. this creates an unusual feeling and brings new, unexpected associations. the bird cherry becomes a symbol of beauty, tenderness and at the same time fragility, vulnerability. esenin uses these symbols to convey his emotions and mood, as well as to evoke certain feelings and impressions in his readers. his poetic world, created with the help of symbols, leaves a deep mark in the hearts and perceptions of the readers. white flowers and white birch bark (birch bark) also have symbolic meaning. the color white is associated with purity, gentleness, and indestructibility, but it can also be associated with snow, blizzards, and death. this creates contrast and enhances the emotional depth and versatility of his poetry. thus, white flowers and white birch bark are linked in his work and serve as important symbols to express his poetic metaphor and aesthetics. the image of the word "window" is one of the most prominent in esenin's poetry. it has many associations and symbolic meanings. the window can serve as a boundary between the outside world and the inner world of man. it can be a symbol of freedom, an opportunity to see or escape, as well as a symbol of restriction, captivity or separation. in yesenin's poetry, the window is often associated with nature, with the native land, with home, with the environment, which the poet strives to preserve, and which brings harmony into his life. this image symbolizes internal experiences, states of mind and views on the world, which esenin tries to convey with his poems. the window in his poetry becomes not only a physical object, but also a metaphor for various aspects of human existence. the peculiarity of esenin's image "window" lies in its ability to saturate simple words with new emotional and symbolic meanings, which makes his poetry rich and deep. in the poem "imitation of a song", yesenin uses the image of the window as a point of observation to convey his impressions of the events taking place. he describes how the rain, clouds, wind, lingering midnight and traffic on the street can be seen from the window. this creates an image of an observer who is separated from the outside world, yet connected to it through the window. this image enhances the sense of solitude and heartfeltness in the poem and emphasizes the inner world and sensuality of the author. in the poem ("mikola"), a mother waits for her son and addresses him through a "cloudy window". this image of the window serves as a symbol of the separation and at the same time the connection between life on the street and the inner world of the mother. it emphasizes their separateness and allows the mother to create an image of her son through imagination and hope by observing the window. also, in other poems, yesenin mentions that even the gods and angels in the "paradise terem" observe events through the window. this image serves as a symbol of comprehensive observation, and the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org window becomes a place from which the gods and angels can look at life and nature. thus, the window links different planes of existence and creates realism in yesenin's poetry where he shows that even the higher powers can observe the world through a window full of symbolic meaning. in yesenin's poetic world, the window plays an important role and symbolizes the boundary between two different worlds. the hut is a symbol of domestic comfort, family, tradition and homeland, while the outside space seen through the window symbolizes the wide world, nature, freedom and the unknown. the window is indeed a boundary between these two worlds, separating them, but also allowing them to interact and influence each other. the window, like glass, creates a visible yet impenetrable barrier between the two realms. this interaction and separation through windows has a deep symbolic meaning in esenin's poetry. the windows, as the eyes of the hut, become a kind of witness and observer of the different aspects of life coming through the glass and interacting with the outside world, while remaining inviolate. this creates a dramatic and symbolic tension that is present in yesenin's poetic world. references 1. s.a. yesenin in the memoirs of contemporaries. "art literature", 1986. 2. v.p. rudnev, dictionary of culture of the 20th century. published in 1997. 3. journal "russian literature", 1991, № 2. 4. the newspaper "literaturnaya rossiya", 1985, no. 15. 5. гимадетдинова, в. г. языковая креативность: гипотезы и научные подходы / в. г. гимадетдинова // наукосфера. – 2022. – № 3-1. – с. 189-193. – edn bwivzm. 6. elena, s. (2021). paralinguistic means and their role in the organization and understanding of a literary text. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(12), 89-92. 7. xodjaeva, n. (2021). research of linguocultural aspects of the terminology of international and regional tourism. current research journal of pedagogics, 2(11), 83-86. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org the impact of non-linguistic elements on phonostylistic changes madumarova mukhayyo djurayevna assistant, department of uzbek language and language teaching, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: muhayyo.ferpi@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s modern linguistics, amidst its focus on internal linguistic quandaries, delves into the intricacies of language communication. specifically, it scrutinizes the interplay between language and its users be it the speaker or listener while also exploring the nexus between language and the communication process, encompassing environmental and contextual factors. furthermore, it delves into the intersections of language with logic, philosophy, and the comprehension of the world. notably, contemporary linguistic scholarship is earnestly engaging in an exploration of the interconnections between language and culture. presently, there exists a significant emphasis on linvoculturological research a domain dedicated to scrutinizing the triad of language, humanity, and culture, meticulously probing the dynamics between culture and language. within this context, this study ardently delves into the nuances of phonostylistics, an emergent frontier in linguistics that offers a fresh perspective on phonetic phenomena. modern linguistics, internal linguistic problems, language communication, language and speaker, language and listener, communication process, environmental factors, language and logic, language and philosophy, language and knowledge of the world. introduction the research involves linguistic analysis of the features of phonostylistics, determination of its pronunciation styles and description and classification of their specific features, determination of combinatory and positional changes occurring in speech units expressed in orthoepic and orthographic forms, and statistical and linguistic analysis of data obtained by various methods [1-4]. review of literature fundamental studies, general linguistics and comparative typology, particularly scientific research of baudouin de courtenay, b.a. serebrennikov, n. chomsky v. humboldt, i. meshchaninov, n. amosova, v. maslova, a. bushui, a. hojiev, a. abduazizov, d. ashurova, o'. yusupov, sh. safarov, n. turniyozov, j. boronov, a.i. bolotov and others, the scientific works of turkic scientists g'.m. hoshimov, m. rasulova, o. mominov, o. bozorov became the theoretical basis for this study [5-9]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org methodology statistical and linguistic analysis of data obtained by experimental method, linguistic description method, component analysis method, statistical method and linguocultural analysis method were used during the research [10-13]. nowadays, the development of linguistic sciences is primarily related to the formation of new scientific directions, which usually appear at the junction of already formed sciences or scientific directions. one such direction is phonostylistics, which appeared at the junction of the sciences of phonetics and stylistics. phonostylistics is one of the youngest branches of linguistics, which is currently defining its theoretical and methodological foundations. it is known that speech is a direct activity of language, and phonostylistics emerged as a direction that studies the linguistic and extralinguistic factors of this speech. this linguistic phenomenon is uniquely manifested in languages of different systems with the help of language tools. although speech in english has been analyzed from the phonostylistic point of view by some linguists, its specific features have not been fully revealed [14-19]. a person not only means thoughts with the help of sound but also expresses his thoughts. the science of "phonostylistics", formed during the further development of linguistics, has the task of researching this thought and expression in a dialectical unity. there is an integral relationship between phonetics and stylistics, just as all levels of the language are interconnected. such possibilities should be thoroughly investigated. at the same time, some of the articulatory-acoustic (prosodic) tools in speech are considered expressive, and it is still unclear whether they can be included in phonological or phonetic stylistics. in any case, the concepts of phonetic stylistics or speech sounds, syllables, accents and their stylistic function exist in global linguistics and are still in active use [18-21]. however, both of the above-mentioned concepts are directly focused on the research of the characteristics of oral speech and, in essence, only study the methodological use of oral speech tools. the second very common form of speech stylistic features of written speech cannot be studied by phonetic stylistic research methods, because written speech is not phonetic (speech sounds, accent, melody, tone, sound timbre, etc.), but by graphic means. deals with (letters, punctuation marks, their colourful writing, etc.). therefore, along with phonetic stylistics, which studies the stylistic use of phonetic tools in oral speech, it is a requirement of the time to separate the department of "graphic stylistics" and research the stylistic role of graphic tools in written speech. understanding phonostylistics as a science that studies the laws of methodological functions and the importance of phonetic phenomena in various spheres and situations of communication makes it an organizational part of sociolinguistics. the phonetic formation of different stylistic forms of speech is an important issue for phonostylistic research. many factors influence the types of use of language tools, among which phonetic tools have a special feature. as a result of the research conducted on this issue, the following factors are considered the main ones that cause phonostylistic changes: − purpose of conversation; − the attitude of the speaker; − form of communication; − level of formality; − level of preparation. it is worth noting that the item in this list can be considered as the main phonetic style forming factor, and other factors can be considered as style modifiers within a certain style. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org in addition, it should be taken into account that all factors are interrelated and interrelated. below we discuss each factor separately. the first factor in this is the purpose of the speech, in which, first of all, the type of pronunciation depends on the purpose of the speaker, and the type of pronunciation depends on the purpose of the speaker and the lexical units he wants to pronounce. what phonetic possibilities does the speaker use to achieve his goal in the organization of his speech he tries to convince, persuade, punish, teach, advertise, and check something by addressing the listener. in this case, he is forced to use certain phonetic means to realize his goal, and he chooses the best option among them. from the phonostylistic point of view, we can talk about the situational role of the speaker trying to achieve his goal. another extralinguistic factor is the speaker's attitude to the situation, that is, his attitude to the spoken and heard speech [20-23]. it is known that an integral part of a person's daily life is communication and its conditions. therefore, it is important for him to look at this situation from his own point of view, feel that he is responsible for it and be able to influence it. regardless of whether he likes the topic (speech) or not, he expresses his attitude extralinguistically. this once again emphasizes that oral speech has its own characteristics. it is known that oral speech is addressed to the listener and is usually expressed through different intonations, in which the speaker expresses his attitude differently in different situations and distinguishes it from direct written speech. thinking about the form of communication, we should first of all dwell on 2 types of communication monologue and dialogue. a monologue is a type of communication in which the speaker is not interrupted by others. from a linguistic point of view, a monologue is usually long, and phonetic, lexical, and grammatical connections are observed in it, that is, it forms an integral whole that is connected with each other in terms of meaning. mastering a monologue, that is, giving a speech, is a process that requires special training, because people can usually start a dialogue faster, but they are not always ready for a monologue speech. in dialogue, it is envisaged that another member can join the conversation and be invited to it. however, these are characteristics of both types, which appear at all levels of language. another extralinguistic factor that leads to phonostylistic changes is the level of formality of the context in which spoken speech occurs. in the process of communication, the role of the participants in social life also affects the type of communication to a certain extent. as a signal code, we accept voice, speech sounds, pronunciation tone, tone, accent, and various sound changes. the same material signal of nature can pass into another second material signal of it. for example: writing, speaking and reading processes. in the process of written speech, there is a transition from sounds to letters, in oral speech, from speech movements to sounds, and in the process of reading, from letters to sounds. speech act —> sound —> letter. so here the speech act is the primary code, from which comes the sound code, and from the sound code comes the letter code. mastering these three codes ensures correct speech. in the process of speech communication, the range of use of the word expands. phonetic motivation has a great place and role in this. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org conclusions 1. interdisciplinary focus: modern linguistics embraces an interdisciplinary approach, considering not only internal linguistic structures but also the dynamic relationships between language and various facets of human life, such as culture, logic, philosophy, and knowledge of the world. 2. language and culture integration: there's a growing recognition of the intricate interplay between language and culture. linvoculturological research has gained prominence, highlighting the deep connections and mutual influences between language and cultural contexts. 3. emerging frontiers in linguistics: the emergence of phonostylistics as a new branch of linguistics presents a promising avenue for exploring fresh perspectives on phonetic phenomena. this field offers a novel lens to examine how language expression is shaped by various stylistic factors. 4. expanding horizons of language studies: by investigating the triad of language, humanity, and culture, linguistics is expanding its scope beyond traditional boundaries. this expansion encompasses not only the technical aspects of language but also its broader societal and cultural implications. 5. attention to communication dynamics: modern linguistic inquiry extends beyond language structure to encompass the dynamics of communication, considering factors such as environment, speaker-listener interaction, and the broader context within which language operates. references 1. мадумарова, м. д., & исроилова, с. м. (2018). некоторые аспекты обучения русскому языку в национальных группах. достижения науки и образования, (16 (38)), 54-55. 2. mamedjanovna, i. s., & dzhuraevna, m. m. (2021). the influence of aesop’s parables on the spiritual and enlightened life of the east. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(05), 432-436. 3. исраилова, с. м., & мадумарова, м. д. (2019). исторические предпосылки типологических исследований. проблемы современной науки и образования, (12-2 (145)), 121-123. 4. yuldasheva, n. (2022). features of the process of forming innovative strategy under conditions of modern realities. academic research in modern science, 1(9), 310-312. 5. xusanboyev, s., qodirov, a., baxromov, e., ulmasova, n., & to'xtamboyeva, n. (2021). the effect of the covid-19 pandemema on student behavior and concepts: on the example of institution students in uzbekistan. экономика и социум, (5-1), 550-558. 6. kholmurodova, d. k., & köse, d. (2023). modern methods and technologies of teaching foreign languages. science and education, 4(6), 768-771. 7. matkarimov, n. x. (2023). the processes of building panel residential buildings in the cities of uzbekistan (on the example of fergana). journal of architectural design, 19, 4-10. 8. qosimov, s. r. (2022). location relief and its significance in designing landscape architecture objects. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(10), 24-29. 9. ahmedov, d. d. (2021). the current need and architectural solutions for the organization of exhibition halls in secondary schools. молодой ученый, (26), 73-75. 10. ташланова, н. (2023, november). интерактивные методы в обучении физике для инженеров: от лабораторных работ к виртуальным экспериментам. in conference on digital innovation:" modern problems and solutions". 11. ташланова, н. (2023, november). междисциплинарные проекты как средство обучения технических студентов гуманитарным аспектам профессии. in conference on digital american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org innovation:" modern problems and solutions". 12. abduvakhidovna, y. n. (2022). directions for the effective use of innovative strategies in the management of industrial enterprises. open access repository, 8(6), 125-129. 13. tashlanova, n., & khabibullayev, m. (2023). formation of modern approaches to the development of managerial skills and leadership skills of students of higher education organizations. innovative research in modern education, 1(8), 75-78. 14. мадумарова, м. д. (2018). рекомендации по внедрению активных методов в учебный процесс. вопросы науки и образования, (2 (14)), 53-55. 15. парпиева, м. м., мадумарова, м. д., & мавлонов, у. о. у. (2018). развитие мотивации у студентов к изучению языка. достижения науки и образования, 1(8 (30)), 56-57. 16. xusniddin, m. n., abdumalik, r. g., & maxamat, r. d. (2022). methods of modernization, renovation and reconstruction of housing and buildings. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(06), 73-83. 17. yuldasheva, n., & xamdamjonov, m. (2022). identification, elimination of shortcomings in the quality of goods and its economic problems. science and innovation, 1(5), 385-388. 18. zikirov, m. s., & matkarimov, n. k. o. (2022). future concepts of neighborhoods and their development in our republic. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(10), 50-55. 19. abduvakhidovna, y. n. (2022). classification of innovative strategies of industrial enterprises. international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429, 11(06), 239-242. 20. суннатова, л., & мадумарова, м. (2023, october). методология филологических наук. in conference on digital innovation:" modern problems and solutions". 21. мадумарова, м. д., & мадумаров, р. а. (2022). современная технология проблемного обучения. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(6), 431-433. 22. khayrullayevich, y. s. (2022). space-planning solutions for buildings of existing funds for residential buildings. journal of architectural design, 5, 22-28. 23. tashlanova, n., & raxmonova, d. (2023). the role of games in teaching english. innovative research in modern education, 1(8), 26-28. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 178 www.americanjournal.org methods for determining electricity consumption jumanov abbos nabijonovich energetika kafedrasi assistenti jizzax politexnika instituti xamrayev sidiqjon o‘rozali o‘g‘li . almamatov sunnat musurmon o‘g‘li energetika kafedrasi magistr 2kursa energiya tejamkorligi va energoaudit (issiqlik energetikasi) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s electricity networks play a special role in the transmission and distribution of electricity. almost all electricity is generated from the electricity grid. the main function of the power system is to supply electricity to consumers, that is, to transfer electricity from the place where it is generated to the place of its use. an improved understanding of the transmission and distribution of energy is the power system. the power system is a collection of power plants that are interconnected by these transmission lines and together provide electricity to consumers, the research results are presented [1]. electricity, current, power dissipation, control, voltage. introduction to heat the waste of electricity, a principled electrical scheme is used [2]. normally, the hbee supply center in this mode is the installation points, the type of reactors, the brand, the cutting surface and the length of the cable and havo lines tarmoq and subscriber transformer nimstans. at the transformer station, the cache name, the data of power transformers, and the data of the switch siya apparatus should die. at the center of the taste and at the ta qsimulation points, the name of the line for simulating and supplying the name of the section should be specified in these sections [3]. in addition,in the q bee scattering scheme, the electrical grid is equipped with token separators in accordance with it in normal operating mode. the calculation of the waste of electricity used the exact values obtained from the automated control and computing system, and if there is no system, the results of the monitoring measurements in the computing period is calculated . 10(6) determination of electricity waste in power transformers with a power of 0.4 kv. initial information for calculating electricity waste in power transformers [4]: information on deletion of transformers during the calculation period of transformer type, power, nominal token, salt performance and short circuit waste (based on passport data); the average maximum working day-to-day loading graph of the control period is the transformer american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 179 www.americanjournal.org 3 cba ўр iii i ++ = ; a (1) the number of active energy in power transformers is the number of active energy that comes to subscriber transformers in the wt8 computing period w tp (kbt. c) with a power transformer,the annual electricity waste on mountr issuddenly reduced. 2 3.. kptpw тiкиicтрi += ; kvt.s (2) bthere is the number of transformer working hours in the t-h heating period;  maximum isroflaar meal [5]. iткiиc ptp .... , – salt ishlash va kiska tutashuvni quvvat isrofi. kvt kis the effitness to load a transformer in the maximum period of 3 years. нi макўр э i i к . = (3) bu erda ini your nominal transformers tok, i rt.maxaverage maximum token from daily graphics in the control measurement period  we will find the goodness of those in the house of q. с т ,8760 10 124,0 2 4       += (4) b thenumber of hours t-maximum loading usage there. the maximum number of hours used in the load is found in the formula orformula in q house.  =  = n i максўрнтр тр iu w 1 ...3  , s (5) bthere utr. n. the nominal line voltage on the bottom of the transformer.  and based on t values, you )(tf= can build a dependency graph. annual electricity waste from all transformers is found using the following formula [6].  = = n i iтртр ww 1 . kvt (6) bthere nthe number of transformers on the electrical grid kuch transformatorlaridagi elektr energiya isrofini nisbiy kiymati тр тр тр w w w %100 %  = (7) wtr here is the number of electricity coming into the power transformer american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 180 www.americanjournal.org атрcnтр wwww .−−= kv t.s calculation of electricity waste in power plants the 35 kv-powered electrical extension presented in figure 1 requires an annual energy waste calculation at the given load graph (4.10-rasm) and maximum waste time. the length of the power transmission line is 15 km, the comparative parameters are r0=0.28 om/km, x0=0.43 om/km. the nominal power of each transformer is 6300 kva (rs=9.2 kvt, rk=46.5 kvt). cos=0.9. figure 12 we calculate the waste of power in the maximum state: here the total asset power waste in the real and interest unit in the power grid. 1) we determine annual energy waste by loading graph: w=(72,17+211)*2000+0,5 2(72,17+211)*6760+18,48760= =1200103 kvtsoat. energy transmitted to the consumer throughout the year: w=102000+56760=53.8103 mvtsoat. we determine the ratio of annual energy waste to transmitted energy: thus , in this case , energy waste is 2.23% compared to transmitted energy [7]. 2) we determine annual energy waste by maximum wasted time. in this case, we find its value in a simplified formula: %. , p p р ;квт,,pp ;квт ,, r u s ;квт,,,, ,, ,,p coss p p, н* лт л н макс л с н макс к 3 10000 10057301 573012115790 21110 2 15280 35 90 10 57904181772292 9036 10 54650250 3 2 2 2 2 22 =  =  = =+=+= =         == =+=+       =+        =         pp , .%,w 232 3 1053800 100 3 101200 =   =   un=35 kv 0 4 6 8 2 10 p, мвm 2000 4000 6000 0 8000 t, soat american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 181 www.americanjournal.org 3) the value of can also be found by typical curves. we are considering that the maximum load usage time is tmax=5380 hours and =3650 hours on these curves for a case with cos=0.9 (from the manual). otherwise, the annual energy waste amounts to the following amount: w=(72,17+211)*3650+18,48760=1195103 kvtch, references 1. pardaboyev a. et al. the bible's viewpoint of the bible's viewpoint of the bible's viewpoint 2 (105). – c. 269-273. 2. nabijonovich j. a. et al. current issues of energy and their elimination //international journal of research in commerce, it, engineering and social sciences issn: 2349-7793 impact factor: 6.876. – 2022. – т. 16. – №. 01. – с. 32-35. 3. nabijonovich j. a. et al. main ways to achieve energy savings in electric power plants //international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429. – 2022. – т. 11. – №. 05. – с. 5-11. 4. nabijonovich j. a. et al. electricity of compressors and fans energy saving work modes //international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 7.429. – 2022. – т. 11. – №. 05. – с. 1-4. 5. хантўраев и. м., жуманов а. н. электр тармоқларида қувват исрофларини ҳисоблаш //academic research in educational sciences. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 5. – с. 330-337. 6. djumanov a. n. et al. methods of testing current transformers // science, society, innovations: topical issues and modern aspects. – 2021. – p. 264-270. 7. жуманов а. н. и др. электр энергия исрофини аниқлаш усуллари //academic research in educational sciences. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 4. – с. 466-470. 8. жалилов ў. а. ў. и др. электр энергия сифат кўрсаткичлари ва уларни ошириш чора-тадбирлари //academic research in educational sciences. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 4. – с. 113-118. 9. джуманов а. н. и др. измерительные трансформаторы тока //world science: problems and innovations. – 2021. – с. 76-78. %.,w ;соатквт,),(w ;соат,макст , ;соат , макср w макст 322 31053800 1003101248 3101248876041838402111771 38408760 2 10000 5380 12408760 2 10000 1240 5380 10 310853 =   =   =++= =      +=      += =  ==  %.22,2 1053800 100101195 3 3 =   =  w american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org instilling and strengthening the consciousness of young people to ensure information securi̇ty sultonov to’lqin azamatovoch andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies associate professor of the department "humanities" abdumalikova odinaxon aqxai master student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s ability to use modern information technologies; communication with the artificial intelligence system, dialogic communication in the "hybrid intelligence" man-machine system, telematics tools, processes of using global and local information and computing networks were studied. information, know-how, hybrid intellect, information retrieval culture, “information scarcity”, state, society, management, civil service, civil servant, competence, model, components, evaluation, stages. introduction in modern society, the essence of higher education is manifested as the proportionality of various spheres of culture, covering the spiritual and moral activity of a person. of particular importance in this process is the phenomenon of an educated person. a knowledgeable person, in other words–a person who is oriented towards spiritual and moral values, who realizes and develops during the life that nature has endowed and acquired in the process of socialization, is a person who participates in culture, regardless of what meaning we use it. ensuring the prospect of the independent republic of uzbekistan at the level of world development is associated with major changes in the economic, social, political and cultural spheres. participation in such transformations requires a high level of general and special knowledge, high culture, spirituality and a broad worldview from people. the main goal of the reforms carried out in the republic of uzbekistan on the basis of the law "on education"and the "national program of training" is to ensure the order placed by the state and society before the educational process. independence retires the trabization of new specialist personnel who are knowledgeable, potential, have a democratic mind and mindset in building a democratic society in the country. especially in the higher education system, the methodology used to teach students in social sciences, to increase their interest in these subjects more and more, to expand the field of knowledge, to deepen the ability to think, reflect american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org is one of the problems that are important in the modern era. the main goal expected from him is to educate and bring up a harmonious, patriotic generation in the future, to form in them a social – political, spiritual – ideological issue – the activity of a broad and comprehensive deep study of problems, the ability to be educated, learned and multitasking. especially it is extremely effective to provide students with the skills of independent work for independent thinking, to write scientific lectures, abstracts, to conduct a lesson on the basis of controversial, problematic issues, with reference to sources, to discuss the topic of an individual subject with diskussia, to give a broad path to the diversity of ideas, which is important in the present day. today,”the role of computers in the educational process is so great that in the future, electronic machines will completely take the place of teachers and perform their tasks cheaper, more thorough and more efficiently."[1,b 33] indeed, modern information resources, descriptions and characteristics of the flow of documents in the information system are increasingly changing. according to today's level of development of computer equipment, information carriers in paper form are transferred to electronic means. this situation applies not only to documents and references, but also to artistic texts, theoretical, pedagogical and methodological literature. the possibility of using the internet network makes it possible to transmit and receive information at an unparalleled speed, from any point of the earth's surface. president sh.m.in his words, mirziyoev said " of course, we do not deny the place and importance of the internet and other modern sources of information. it is difficult to imagine our life today without the internet. in view of this, it is necessary that the youth union of uzbekistan, through the internet system, strengthen spiritual propaganda, including e-reading. why, we cannot carelessly look at the formation of our children on the basis of some kind of dubious, harmful information, and not on the basis of our world and national literature, whose consciousness, worldview has been tested for centuries, a treasure of high spirituality.[2, b. 529] new technologies, innovative forms of education are delving deeper into the educational process. the reserve of knowledge created by mankind is increasing, while the possibility of mastering them remains almost unchanged. after all, the conflict that arises as a result of the large flow of information and the mutual delimitation of the possibilities of acquaintance with it can only be overcome by acquiring a culture of information retrieval. also, today the scope of book publishing has expanded, the amount of magazines and newspapers (periodicals) is increasing every day, the quality is improving. thanks to computer equipment, the internet has entered our lives, both books and press works began to be presented in an electronic option. the abundance of information flow has led to the need to get acquainted with it, record it, process it, change the attitude towards its use, that is, to master the culture of obtaining information. therefore, shavkat mirzieyev said that “in our country we need to attract investments not only to the sectors of the economy, but also to the sphere of scientific developments”know-how”[3, -b 88]. understanding the level of informatization of society is meant: the functioning of information in society; the emergence of a single information space; an increase in the possibilities of obtaining information; the informatization of a specific society, peoples, nations; the expression of the level of development of certain areas of activity. hence, the awareness of the level of informatization of society consists in its rapid informatization and the emergence of a single information space, the perception of changes in the information flow of members of society. mastery of methods for using information tools and resources: computer literacy; knowledge and skills that allow you to be able to freely navigate the information space, its formation and exchange of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org information among themselves; the essence of the subject-subject and subject-object relations recorded using various material information carriers; modern information resources, certain documents, libraries in the information system, archives, foundations, data banks; to get an idea of the advantages and disadvantages of the use of various information carriers, traditional and electronic means of collecting, logging, storing and searching for information; to be able to use modern information technologies; communication with the artificial intelligence system, “hebrew intelligence” is manifested in the human-machine system in the form of maintaining dialogical communication, using telematics, global and local information and computing networks, understanding and mastering the information landscape in the world as a system of symbols and signs, direct and counter-information communication, obtaining free moderation in an informed society, the ability to adapt to it, the culture of information retrieval the creation of an idea of the advantages and disadvantages of traditional and electronic means of collecting, systematizing, storing and searching for information, the use of modern information technologies is acquired at the time of activity. skills such as independent thinking of the younger generation, being able to correctly analyze and evaluate the realities of life are also central to the formation of a highly spiritual-enlightened personality. striving for the development of education and spiritual and moral activity is a creative process that acquires new meanings. the uniqueness of the phenomenon of education is that it serves to enshrine the individual not only as a product of spiritual and moral culture, but also as its creator, ensuring that the individual exalts his spiritual and moral activity. education and innovation, on the one hand, are an area of human activity that has an impact on determining the future. on the other hand, being a specific way of progress is an action that brings you closer to the future.. these two initial foundations are the social mechanism that develops development resources. in this case, the word goes about educational innovations as a method or tool for the development of education. the acceleration of any social movement, precisely through the integration of intellectual content, is manifested as a form of organization of a single process. in modern society, a solid educational and educational system is formed in ensuring information security and instilling spiritual and moral culture in the minds of young people. the measures for the formation of the spiritual and moral image of young people in this process are determined by: creation of a differential pedagogical-psychological and scientific program of ideological-spiritual education in accordance with the age of students in all higher educational institutions; continuous control of the system of raising the spiritual and moral image of students based on the national program of training of personnel; formation of a clear and consistent system of promotion of educational programs, textbooks and manuals in connection with informatization based on the principles of national ideology; strengthening attention to issues of moral and legal culture in ideological education in schools, lyceums, colleges, higher education in a monolithic way to an informed society; strengthening importance on the cultivation of pedagogical personnel in the field of ethics and pedagogy in a higher educational institution, regular involvement of literary and art figures in the path of youth spiritual evolution. the level of information supply of the educational system in the process of globalization is one of the pressing issues of today. whether we want to, an “informed society” is being formed in the cultural world. in an "informed society", human knowledge remains a major source of development. the high american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org development of production is based on modern macroelectronics and computer techniques. these generate public information, embody and reanalyze information. changes in the communication system radically change the system of all spheres of society. an important sign of an”informed society " is the rapid acceptance, analysis, storage, and rapid delivery of information to consumers. conclusion, education and innovation, on the one hand, are an area of human activity that has an impact on determining the future. on the other hand, being a specific way of progress is an action that brings you closer to the future.. these two initial foundations are the social mechanism that develops development resources. in this case, the word goes about educational innovations as a method or tool for the development of education. the acceleration of any social movement, precisely through the integration of intellectual content, is manifested as a form of organization of a single process. references 1. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 2. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 3. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. 4. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 5. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya sifatini oshirishda oilada manaviy tafakkurni yuksaltirish. science promotion, 1(1), 92-105. 6. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. 7. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ijodiy tafakkurni shakllantirishda shaxs, individ va indivuduallikning mohiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 195-202. 8. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). mehr-muruvvat va mehribonlik qadriyati busaxovat. holders of reason, 1(1), 175-184. 9. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). o ‘zbekistonda turizmni rivojlantirish o ‘ziga xos jihatlari va imkoniyatlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 166-174. 10. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). farg’ona vodiysida turizmni rivojlantirishning iqtisodiy, ijtimoiy va siyosiy omillari. holders of reason, 1(1), 185-193. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org 11. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). kiber makonda diniy etiqod targibotining ijtimoiy xavfi. holders of reason, 1(1), 223-237. 12. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). zardushtiylik dinida dunyo qarama-qarshilikdan iborat degan ta’limotida ilgari surilgan g ‘oyalar. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 13. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). yangilangan konstitutsiya–baxtimizning huquqiy kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 14. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). сифатли таълим сифатли ҳаётга йўл. science promotion, 1(1), 143-153. 15. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). олий таълимда ўқитиш сифатини такомиллаштиришда ўзбекистон республикаси президенти фармон ва қарорларининг аҳамияти. science promotion, 1(1), 130-142. 16. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ахборот каммуникацион технологияларининг рақобатбардош кадрлар тайёрлашдаги ўрни. science promotion, 1(1), 118129. 17. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). заҳириддин муҳаммад борурнинг маънавий жасоратини авлодлар қалбида шакллантириш. science promotion, 1(1), 154165. 18. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ma’naviyat insonni ruhan poklaydi. science promotion, 1(1), 55-66. 19. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). uchinchi renessans kelajak poydevori. science promotion, 1(1), 45-54. 20. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда зиёрат масканлари. science promotion, 1(1), 35-44. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org the effect of teaching using the "plan strategy" on the achievement and attitude towards physics for first grade students asst prof. dr. hassan arif abdal general directorate of baghdad education / rusafa first hassanarif66b@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study aimed to find out the effect of teaching using "plan strategy" on the achievement and attitude towards physics among the first intermediate grade students. the research sample consisted of 60 students from the first intermediate grade students, with 30 students for the experimental group studying according to plan strategy, and 30 students for the control group studying according to the usual method. after the researcher made sure of the equality of the research groups, the researcher built a test achievement and adopted a measure of attitude after making sure of its validity and reliability, the researcher used the (t-test) to find out the results, and concluded that the plan strategy has an effective effect on achievement and attitude for the experimental group compared to the control group, and the researcher suggested a number of recommendations and proposals. introduction first : the problem of the research physics has many abstract concepts that needs to be verified and needs lots of interpretation. it is vital that we adopt modern strategies, methods, models and teaching methods that focus on linking the scientific subject with the student's life and making him an effective participant in the educationaleducational science, especially since most studies and research in this field have shown that science teachers, including physics teachers, still adopt traditional methods of teaching based on indoctrination. through the researcher's experience in the field of teaching physics for more than (25) years and his follow-up of the levels of achievement of students and his knowledge of the teaching methods carried out by teachers, he noticed that the achievement of most students is low, and this is explained by the results of some studies related to this field such as a study (hassan ,2012) and a study (al-lami, 2018). these results stressed the need to use modern strategies in teaching in line with the development of educational programs, and confirmed many conferences and seminars that urged the need to adopt modern teaching methods, including the fifth international scientific conference held at the faculty of basic education, university of babylon (2002). this conference urged the need to use modern american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org teaching methods that make education more effective through the transition of learners from remembering and memorizing to thinking(university of babylon, 2002) : (181-230). the 17th scientific conference held at the faculty of basic education, mustansiriya university (2016) stressed the overall quality in the field of education. the significance of using modern teaching methods and strategies to keep pace with the development in this field, mustansiriya university (2016) (3-115). therefore, the researcher felt the need to use the strategies of his talk in teaching as a plan strategy, which the researcher believes may understand in addressing these problems , so the current research came in raising the following question: did plan teaching affect the achievement and orientation towards physics among middle first graders? second: significance of the research today, the world is witnessing an information and technological revolution that has included all aspects of human life. this revolution has posed a challenge to the educational system by the need to reform it and absorb the huge amount of knowledge by preparing scientific cadres who take their effective role in development in all its dimensions. (al-kubaisi , 2007 : 5) education occupies a prominent value in the concerns of human societies, and it is at its core a humanitarian activity characterized by human goals that aim to produce a human being in which there are key facts, information, values, orientation s, habits and skills( badr khan , 2010 : 9). the researcher believes that education has an important responsibility, which is to prepare human cadres capable of keeping pace with the accelerating scientific progress in various fields of life. physics is an experimental science that believes in natural phenomena as a subject , and experiment and measurement as a means. it is one of the most harmful natural sciences to human life, and it was not just concepts, laws and principles that should be learned, but scientific skills, social and ethical values that all lead to making sound and appropriate decisions about natural situations and phenomena. academic achievement is the basic criterion by which the progress of the learner in his study is measured, and it is the basis for making educational decisions (al-zahir , 1999: 120). modern teaching strategies and methods have emerged that have transferred the effectiveness of the educational process from the teacher to the student, who in this case is a center for organized events aimed at achieving the objectives of the educational process, and that education in this case is more resistant to forgetting, as well as that strategies help the student in self-learning (melhem , 2006: 425). one of these strategies is the plan strategy. this strategy emphasizes reading and developing the ability to summarize the reading topic, and how to apply new information and benefit from it in the face of the daily tasks that the individual may be exposed to in his life situations. each letter of the term (plan) refers to a stage of applying this strategy as follows: • the letter (p) refers to the predicted verb (predict ) by which the first phase of this strategy begins. • the letter (l) indicates the verb (locate) with which the second phase of this strategy begins. • the letter(a) refers to the verb (add) that you start with for the third stage in this strategy. • the letter (n) refers to the verb (not) with which the fourth phase of this strategy begins. ( attia , 2010 : 233-236) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org from the above, the significance of the research can be summarized as follows: 1. the harmony of this research with modern educational orientation s that seek to experiment with modern methods and strategies in teaching. 2. the significance of teaching physics in middle school, which helps students acquire physical information that explains cosmic and natural phenomena. 3. the significance of the intermediate stage as this stage provides more opportunities to develop the capabilities and preparations of students to prepare them for educational or vocational testing in the coming stages. 4. the significance of using modern strategies in teaching to reduce the use of traditional teaching methods that emphasize preservation and memorization. one of these strategies is the plan strategy, which may contribute to improving the level of student achievement. third: research objective: the current research aims to identify the effect of plan teaching on achievement and the orientation towards physics among middle first graders. fourth : the research hypotheses: 1. the first hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference at the level of (0.05) between the average achievement scores in physics among the experimental group students who study with the plan strategy and the average achievement scores in physics among the control group students who study using the usual method. 2. the second hypothesis: there is no statistically significant difference at the level of significance (0.05) between the average scores of the students of the experimental group studying physics in plan strategy (plan ) and the average scores of the students of the control group studying the same subject in the usual way in the scale of orientation towards physics. fifth: limitation of the research: * students of the first intermediate grade of baghdad rusafa schools/first grade for the academic year (2021-2022). * chapter 5 (power and energy) and chapter 6 heat and heat expansion. from the science book to be taught to first-grade students for the academic year (2021-2022). sixth: identification of terms: * teaching: defined by : (attia , 2009): " all the conditions and possibilities provided by the teacher in a specific teaching situation, and all the measures he takes in order to help learners achieve the specific objectives of that situation (attia , 2009 : 30). plan strategy: defined by: (attia , 2010): it is one of the strategies that emphasize predictive thinking in the reader, where each letter of the term (plan) refers to a stage in the application of the strategy as follows: • the letter(p) refers to the predicted verb (predict ) by which the first stage of the application of this strategy begins. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org • the letter(l) indicates the verb (locate) with which the second phase of this strategy begins • the letter (a) refers to the verb (add) with which the third phase of this strategy begins. • the letter (n) refers to the verb (not) with which the fourth stage begins in this strategy (attia , 2010 : 233-234). (al-sherbini and al-tantawi,2006): the set of procedures carried out by the learner with the aim of achieving the requirements of the nature of learning, its processes and purposes, awareness of the procedures and activities that should be carried out to apply a certain result and self-control in the learning process and directing it (al-sherbini and al-tantawi, 2006 : 39). achievement defined by: (abu jadu , 2011) " a systematic procedure to determine the amount of what students have learned in a subject in light of the specific objectives, and can be used to improve learning methods, and will contribute to the mastery of planning, control of implementation and evaluation of achievement (abu jadu , 2011: 411). procedural definition: the amount of information gained by the students of the research sample as measured by the scores they receive in the achievement test prepared by the researcher. * direction : defined by: (al-zaghloul and al-mahamid , 2007) "a simple or one-dimensional concept that refers to the emotional aspect that the individual adopts towards people, things or topics (al-zaghloul and almahamid, 2007: 214). procedural definition: a set of positive or negative responses from members of the research sample that appear on the items of the scale towards physics as a result of their passage through the study, which is measured by the degree to which they obtain in the scale of direction adopted by the researcher. chapter 2 a theoretical framework and previous studies theoretical framework first : plan strategy it is one of the strategies beyond knowledge, which emphasizes the predictive thinking of the reader and the development of the ability to summarize the reading topic, and how to apply new information and benefit from it in the face of daily tasks that the individual may be exposed to in his life situations. each letter of the term (predict ) refers to a stage of applying this strategy as follows: • the letter (p) to the verb predict , which begins the first stage of the application of this strategy. • the letter (l) indicates the verb (locate) with which the second phase of this strategy begins. • the letter (a) refers to the verb (add) with which the third stage of this strategy begins. • the letter (n) refers to the verb (not) with which the fourth stage of this strategy begins. • plan stages. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org first : prediction stage (predict stage): at this stage, students provide their predictions of what the text may contain in terms of information and ideas in the light of the following procedures: 1. the teacher chooses a reading text with a main concept that may be among the topics of textbooks or from outside , and if it is from outside the textbook, it should be distributed in print among students. 2. ask students to take a quick look at the text chosen for the purpose of forming a general idea of the content of the text. 3. after taking a quick look at the topic, students are asked to predict what information the topic can contain in light of the idea they have about the topic through a quick look. 4. asking students to draw maps that express their predictions about the general content of the chosen text after training them on how to draw maps that express the main ideas. this means that students have immersed themselves in thinking about the ideas that the text can contain and are able to express them with the drawings that summarize them. second: locate stage: at this stage, students do the following: 1. identify the familiar ideas expressed by the map by placing a sign such as a star or a distinctive sign. 2. identify the unfamiliar (new) ideas that appeared in the map by placing a distinctive mark, such as a question mark or others, so that the shape of the map is distinctive of what is familiar from what is unfamiliar. third: add stage: the intention of the addition is to add what is new and did not exist or delete information that existed, but it was found to be inaccurate or untruthful. at this stage, students do the following: 1. they read the chosen text in a very attentive and focused way. 2. they identify the ideas actually included in the text in the light of the results of focused reading. 3. they evaluate their predictions, which they expressed in the prediction map they drew in the first stage and identified their ideas in the second stage. 4. they modify the maps of their predictions in the light of what they have already reached through focused reading of the reading text, if they find that there is a need for modification. the modification may take the following forms: adding new information that was not in the predictive map. deleting information that existed but turned out to be incorrect. fourth : the stage of observation and notation (not stage) : what is meant by observation here is to note the ways in which the information gained through studying the subject can be applied in new situations. at this stage, students do the following: demonstrate how the student was able to translate it from the information in the previous steps into a tangible reality in the world in which he lives, provided that this is accompanied by evidence and clear and unambiguous evidence. take note of this in the form of notes that can be referred to when needed. (attia , 2010 : 233236) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org second: orientation: psychological and educational literature emphasizes the significance of orientation s in the lives of individuals and groups because they have a distinctive and significant role in guiding the social behavior of the individual in many situations of social life. at the same time, their significance increases because they help predict the behavior of the individual in those situations. they are also important outputs of the socialization process. (al-zghoul and almuhayada , 2007: 187) * characteristics of psychological orientation : 1. the orientation has the character of relative reliability . it is not transient, but rather stabilizes and brews after it is formed . 2. the orientation consists of cognitive , emotional , and behavioral characteristics. 3. the orientation is acquired and learned from the environment in which the individual lives, that is, it is acquired during his life as a result of the experiences he is exposed to. 4. it represents a relationship between the same person and specific topics. 5. it is not directly observed, but is inferred by what appears to be external actions of the individual subject to observation and measurement. 6. sometimes it is strong and sometimes weak. 7. the orientation is always formed around controversial and debatable topics or illustrated by disagreement. 8. it can be changed but it takes a long time . (al-zghoul and almuhayada , 2007 : 188) previous studies first : studies on the plan strategy study (al-hijami , 2015): (the effect of the use of the two strategies (plan) and activates previous knowledge in the acquisition of physical concepts and physical enlightenment among fourth-grade students) the study was conducted in iraq: the aim of the study is to identify the effect of the use of the plan strategy and activate previous knowledge in the acquisition of physical concepts and physical enlightenment among fourth-grade students. the research sample consisted of (100) students from the fourth scientific grade divided into three groups , the first experimental group (33) students studied according to the plan strategy, and the second experimental group (34) students studied according to (previous knowledge). the control group reached the research sample (33) students studied according to the usual method. the researcher prepared a concept acquisition test and a physical enlightenment scale and used statistical means, including (one-way variance analysis, schiff test, pearson correlation coefficient). the results showed that teaching with the (plan) strategy contributed to increasing the acquisition of physical concepts by the students of the first experimental group and raising their level of physical enlightenment compared to the students of the control group who studied according to the usual method (al-hijami, 2015). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org second: studies on achievement : study (hassan , 2012) (the effect of the use of robinson strategies and reciprocal teaching in the achievement of physics and the development of critical thinking among middle first graders) the study was conducted in iraq the aim of the study was to identify the effect of robinson strategies and reciprocal teaching in the acquisition of physics and the development of critical thinking among students of the first intermediate grade. the research sample consisted of (91) students from the average of abu tamam students of the directorate general of education in baghdad / rusafa i distributed to two experimental groups and a control group. the number of students of the first experimental group was (31) students studied according to robinson's strategy and the number of students of the second experimental group was (30) students studied according to the reciprocal teaching strategy and the control group was (30) students studied according to the usual method. the researcher prepared an achievement selection and a test for critical thinking, the researcher used statistical means, including (analysis of unilateral variation (anova), the schiff test , and the cooper's laboratories) the results showed that the two experimental groups outperformed the control group in the achievement test and critical thinking, and the researcher proposed a number of recommendations and suggestions (hassan , 2012). third : studies on the orientation : (al-baidhani study, 2011) the study was conducted in iraq: the study aimed to identify (the effect of two strategies to solve the problems in the achievement of the students of the second intermediate grade and their tendency towards solving the physical problem). the study sample was intentionally selected and consisted of (90) students randomly selected to represent the two experimental groups and the control group by (30) students in each division , where an achievement test was prepared and a single variance analysis, pearson correlation coefficient and toki equation. the results resulted in the superiority of the two experimental groups over the control group in achievement and direction. the researcher proposed a number of recommendations and proposals(al-baydhani, 2011). chapter three • procedures of the research • experimental design before conducting any study , the researcher must choose an appropriate experimental design to choose the validity of the results derived from his hypothesis (van dalen , 1990 : 360) the researcher chose the partially tuned experimental design for the experimental and control groups, with post-testing to test achievement and direction. as shown in (figure 1) where this type of design was chosen because it is suitable for the nature and conditions of the current research as well as the availability of accuracy in the results (al-zobaie and al-ghanim, 1981 : 116). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org figure (1) the experimental design adopted in the research group valence the independent variable dependent variable experimental group plan strategy * chronological age in months iq previous achievement attitude scale * plan strategy achievement orientation control group traditional method traditional method * the research community and its sample : the community from which we select the sample should be the same as the community to be researched and not be replaced by another community for the ease of collecting data and information from it (jaber , 1989: 231). the research community consisted of middle school students in the middle and high schools of the directorate general of education in baghdad / rusafa for the first academic year (2021-2022), the first semester, where the average of boys was selected as an intentional sample to apply the research experience for the following reasons: • the readiness of the school administration to cooperate with the research as the researcher is a teacher on the school staff. • the school is close to the researcher's place of work. • availability of the necessary means and supplies to carry out the experiment. • convergence of the social and economic level of students. the researcher randomly selected two out of three divisions , as division (c) was chosen to represent the experimental group and division (a) to represent the control group, and the number of students in the research groups reached (68) students by (35) students in division (c) and (33) students in division (a), and after excluding the 5 failed students in division (c) and (3) in division (a), the number of members of the final sample became (60) students. by (30) students in the experimental group and (30) students in the control group. the reason for the exclusion of the failing students, in the belief of the researcher that they have prior knowledge of the topics studied during the experiment and therefore this knowledge will affect the accuracy of the results of the experiment and internal safety, noting that they were excluded from the results only with care to keep them in the classroom in order to preserve the school system. * control procedures 1. interior safety of the experimental design: • sample equivalence: it is clear from (table 1) the arithmetic mean, standard deviation, calculated and tabular t-value of the variable (chronological age in months , iq , previous academic achievement and orientation scale) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org table (1) shows the arithmetic mean, standard deviation, calculated and tabular t-value of a variable (chronological age in months , iq , previous academic achievement and orientation scale) variable group number mean standard deviation t value statistical significance at average (0.05) calculated tabular chronological age in months plan experimental strategy (plan) 30 155,33 7,612 0.554 2,00 not significant control the usual way 30 154,26 7, 38 iq level experimental group 30 24.33 5,9 0.112 2,00 not significant control group 30 24.16 5,86 previous academic achievement experimental group 30 67,43 13,19 0. 407 2.00 not significant control group 30 65,96 14,167 attitude scale experimental group 30 117,6 10,844 0.373 2,00 not significant control group 30 116,56 10,697 external safety of the experimental design: accidents associated with experience it means natural accidents that may occur during the period of application of the experiment, such as disasters, floods, earthquakes, wars, etc. thanks to god, nothing has happened to hinder the progress of the experiment. the experimental disappearance it means the effect resulting from the abandonment or interruption of the members of the research sample, as the experiment was not exposed during its application to the interruption, abandonment or transfer of one of the members of the two research groups, except for some individual cases of absence, which did not affect the ease of the experiment. the processes related to maturity, as this factor had no effect on the conduct of an experiment, because the duration of the experiment was short and equal for the two research groups. sample selection differences this variable was adjusted, by performing statistical equivalence between the two research groups in the variables of the experiment. this is to verify the equivalence of the two research groups, and to ensure the internal safety of the experiment , and thus it was concluded that the two research groups are equal in the variables of the experiment. history this factor had no effect on the course of the experiment , as the experiment was conducted in a single and equal period of time. effect of experimental procedures research confidentiality the researcher was keen on the confidentiality of the experiment , through an agreement with the school administration not to tell the students about the nature of the experiment and its purpose in order to preserve the safety of conducting the experiment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org • probation period the duration of the experiment was uniform and equal for the two research groups, as the experiment began on 1/11/2021 and ended on 2/1/2022 • subject: the researcher made sure that the lessons given were equal for the experimental and control groups, and it included the fifth chapter. power and energy and chapter 6 (heat and heat expansion) of the science book for the first intermediate grade of the academic year (2021-2022). * weekly schedule of lessons: the researcher taught physics to the two groups (4) classes per week , and by two classes for each group over two days as scheduled in the weekly schedule of classes by the school administration. * school structure: the researcher applied the experiment in one school and in similar classes in terms of distance, lighting and ventilation, which indicates that there is no effect of this factor. research requirements determination of scientific material: determination of scientific material before starting the experiment, the researcher determined the subject to be studied by the two research groups, which included the fifth and sixth chapters of the science book for the first intermediate grade for the academic year (2021-2022) in the following order: chapter five : power and energy. chapter six : heat and expansion of objects. formulating behavioral purposes: the (142) behavioral purposes were formulated, and they were classified according to bloom's classification of the cognitive field and the levels (remembering , comprehension , application and analysis). they were presented to a group of experts and arbitrators in the field of education, psychology and methods of teaching physics to verify the accuracy of their formulation, the extent of their coverage of the educational material and their achievement of the time allocated for the lesson. in the light of the opinions of experts, some of them were reformulated and the proposed amendments were made to others. preparing teaching plans: planning is defined as "a scientific method used by a person to address a problem that he may face in his life , whether this problem is immediate or future, the aim of which is to ensure, especially in the face of this matter" (salameh et al., 2009 : 91). teaching plans were prepared based on the academic content for the academic year (2021-2022), which are (18) study plans for the experimental group and the same for the control group, and samples of these plans were presented to a number of specialists in physics and teaching methods to ensure their validity and modify what they deem appropriate. * research tools : achievement test: achievement testing is defined as “ a structured way of determining a student's level of achievement of information and skills in a subject that they have learned through their answers to a sample of questions that represent the content of the subject ” (qatami and abu jaber , 2008 : 744). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org achievement tests are a tool that shows the extent to which the subject has achieved its specific objectives (webster , 1981 p: 16) and are one of the most common evaluation and methods used in evaluating learning outcomes (alhila , 2003 : 386). there is another type of achievement tests, which are objective tests and are one of the most comprehensive and time-saving achievement tests (aiker, 1979 p: 41). one of the requirements of the current research is to build an achievement test, where the researcher prepared an achievement test in line with the content of the subject and the behavioral purposes prepared by the researcher based on bloom's level of knowledge (ticketing , comprehension , application and analysis), where the researcher prepared an achievement test according to the following steps: • determining the scientific subject: the scientific subject, which includes (chapter five power and energy and chapter six heat and expansion of bodies), was identified from the science book for the first intermediate grade for the academic year (2021-2022). • determining the number of test items : the researcher used the opinions of a number of physics teachers and experts in the methods of teaching science and physics after informing them of the behavioral purposes. for the content of the physics subject of the science textbook to be taught for the first intermediate grade, it was agreed to specify (30) test items of the subject matter items . • select item type: the test items were formulated in the form of objective items (multiple choice and for levels (remembering, comprehension, application and analysis). • formulating instructions for answering the achievement test: instructions have been drafted for the test , how to answer and distribute the response scores to all items , not to leave a item unanswered, in addition to not choosing more than one answer for one item . * test validity: the validity of a test is defined as “the degree to which the test measures the trait it is designed to measure” (al-batsh and farid , 2007 : 127). validity is one of the most important factors with regard to the quality standards of tests (brown 1981 p:107). in order for the test to be honest and achieve the purposes for which it was designed, it was confirmed that: • face validity the scale is considered honest if the items it contains are suitable for the purpose for which it was set, and the best way to confirm the apparent validity of the test is to present it to a group of experts and specialists to estimate the extent to which the test items achieve the attribute or attributes that it considers measured (ebel: 1972, 566). the researcher presented the achievement test to a group of experts and specialists in teaching methods and physics to judge the validity of the test items in terms of the clarity of their items and the extent to which they measure the levels of behavioral purposes. based on the opinions of experts and arbitrators, some items and some alternatives have been modified. * content validity: the validity of the test is an indicator of the extent to which the test items are related to the content of the subject and the teaching objectives to be achieved (duran , 1985: 171). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org and that the test increases the sincerity of its content, whenever it is representative of the subjects of the subject (stanly, 1972, p : 102) in order to achieve the validity of the content, the researcher presented the achievement test to the experts and arbitrators, and based on their opinions and observations, it was agreed that the validity of the test by the arbitrators and specialists is more than (80%), and thus the test is ready for application in its final form. * poll application of the achievement test: the test was applied to a first exploratory sample of (35) students from the falcon medium for boys to ensure the clarity of the items , the clarity of the test instructions and the time taken to answer the test. the test was then modified in the light of the exploratory experiment (ihsan and adnan , 2008 : 38). for the purpose of statistical analysis of the test items and to determine the level of difficulty and the strength of discrimination of each item and the effectiveness of its alternatives and the reliability coefficient of the test, the researcher applied the test to a second exploratory sample of (100) students from the average of abi tamam after the researcher confirmed their completion of the subject and in cooperation with the school administration and the subject teacher. the students were informed of the test date a week before the date of its conduct and the average time of answering the test items was calculated after the end of the first student's time of answering the test and the time of the last student, which was (45minutes) * statistical analysis of test items: analysis of test passages is a means of improving its quality by knowing the strength of the difficulty of the passages and their ability to distinguish and exclude invalid passages (abu zeina , 1992 : 45). after correcting the answers, the students' scores were arranged in descending order , and the highest (27%) of the scores were selected to represent the upper group and the lowest (27%) of the scores to represent the lower group, and the answers of the upper and lower groups were analyzed statistically according to the following steps: difficuity fator for items the difficulty coefficient of the objective items was calculated, as it was found that they range between (0.460.70). thus, the test items are acceptable and their difficulty coefficient is appropriate , as the test, if the difficulty coefficient of its items ranges between (20-80%), its items are acceptable (alazzawi , 2008 : 81). discrimination power of items: the discriminating power of each test item was calculated using the discriminating power equation for the item , where it was found that its discriminating power ranges between (0,30-0,48), where (brown, 1981) indicates that the achievement test items are good if their distinguishing power is more than (0.20) (brown , 1981 , p: 104). effectiveness of wrong alternatives: the false alternative is effective when the number of students who chose it in the lower group exceeds the number of students who chose the same alternative from the upper group (al-baghdadi,1981: 229). a good and effective financier is one who has a negative and large coefficient of attraction. (alnabhan, 2004 : 203) after applying the equation of the effectiveness of the wrong alternatives, it appeared that all alternatives are of appropriate effectiveness, so the alternatives were kept unchanged. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org test reliability: reliability means that the test gives the same results if it is repeated in measuring the same thing successive times, and under similar conditions (alhila , 1999 : 408) the reliability of the test was extracted using the (kuder-richardson equation 20). this equation is used when the test items are objective , and the value of the reliability coefficient was (86%). it is a good influence on the reliability of the test , as research in the field of measurement and evaluation indicates that the test is stable , if the value of its reliability is (0.70) and more (allam , 2009 : 543). • attitude scale one of the requirements of the current research is to measure the orientation towards physics , as the researcher chose the scale (al-baydani ,2011) for the orientation , and in order to adopt the scale, the researcher followed the following steps: • the validity of the scale: validaty is one of the basic premises that should be available in the research tool as it is the main focus of the entire subsequent measurement process. the research tool is honest when it measures what has been developed to measure (al-zobaie et al., 1981 : 39) in order to determine the validity of the items (apparent validity), the researcher presented the items of the scale to a number of specialists in the methods of teaching and educational and psychological sciences and to indicate their views and verify the validity of its content. it was found that all the items were accepted by specialists in terms of the validity of the items and the alternatives used. • the first and second survey application of the scale: to reveal the validity of the instructions for the items of the scale and the answer time, the test was applied to a first survey sample consisting of (30) students from the middle first grade (abdul karim qasim school/ boys) . then, the researcher applied the test to a second survey sample of middle first grade students, which reached a size of (100) students randomly selected from the middle school (falcons) for boys to find the reliability of the test. test reliability the reliability was calculated for the scale of this research by adopting the alfa-kronbach equation, which is one of the methods that measure internal consistency, that is, homogeneity, where the girls reached 88%, which is a good and acceptable reliability coefficient, as (duran , 1985) believes that the tests have high reliability if the reliability coefficient is between (0.80 – 0.95) (duran , 1985 : 133) • experiment application procedures: the researcher followed the following steps: 1the researcher began conducting the experiment on the students of the two groups on 1/11/2021 by four weekly classes and at the rate of two classes for each group and the experiment continued until 2/1/2022. • the researcher taught the students of the two groups physics based on the teaching plans he developed himself , according to the plan strategy for the experimental group and according to the usual method for the control group. • the post-orientation scale was applied to the students of the two research groups simultaneously on 4/1/2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org • the achievement test was applied to the students of the experimental and control groups simultaneously on 6/1/2022. statistical means: the researcher used the statistical portfolio for social sciences (spss) chapter four results presentation and explanations first : presentation of the results • presentation of the results of the achievement test: the researcher used the t-test with two independent ends to test the significance of the difference between the mean achievement scores of the experimental and control groups, where the statistical results of the test were shown as shown in table(2). table (2) shows the arithmetic mean, standard deviation, variance, the calculated t-value of the scores obtained by the experimental group and the control group students in the achievement test, and the tabular value (theory) group sample size: arithmetic mean x standard deviation variance s1 t value statistical significance nepotism t.obs. tabular t.crt. experimental group 30 76,06 16,424 269,76 4,786 2,00 (significant at 0.05 level) control group 30 57,33 13,777 189,81 total 60 it is clear from table (2) that the students of the experimental group outperform the students of the control group , if the average achievement of the students of the experimental group exceeds the average achievement of the students of the control group by statistically significant teams at the level of (0.05) and in favor of the students of the experimental group. this shows that the use of the plan strategy (paln) has an effect on increasing the achievement of the students of the experimental group. * presentation of the results of the orientation gauge: the researcher used the t-test for two equal independent samples to identify the significance of the difference between the mean scores of the experimental and control groups in the orientation scale and as shown in table (3) . table (3) shows the arithmetic mean, standard deviation, variance and calculated t-value of the scores obtained by the control group students and the students of the experimental group in the directional scale and the tabular value (theoretical) group sample size: arithmetic mean x standard deviation variance s1 t value statistical significance nepotism t.obs. tabular t.crt. experimental group 30 117.4 11,896 141,531 3.5 2,00 (significant at 0.05 level) control group 30 106.6 13,413 179,912 total 60 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org it is clear from table (3) that the t-value calculated with a degree of freedom (58) is equal to (3.5), which is greater than the table t-value at a level of significance (0.05). therefore, the difference between the experimental and control groups is statistically significant and in favor of the experimental group. the results of this research can be attributed to the following reasons: • teaching with the plan strategy helps to increase students' activity and enthusiasm and thus contributed to increasing their academic achievement and their orientation towards learning physics. • teaching with the (plan) strategy encourages the experimental group students to do different activities, set their goals, organize their knowledge, and make them realize the significance of what they learn , and how to apply what they have learned in new situations. • the increase in student achievement in the experimental group may be attributed to the encouraging classroom environment for dialogue, interaction, discussion, questioning and exchange of views on the issues and problems of the subject matter to be learned. • the use of modern strategies in teaching, including the plan strategy, by the experimental group students raises their appreciation and self-confidence, develops their ability to self-learn, improves their achievement, and thus increases their positive attitude towards learning physics. • that this strategy makes students the focus of the educational process and develops their ability to distinguish and balance and unleash their ideas of development, which contributed to increasing their mental ability. conclusions: 1. the advantage of using the plan strategy in the achievement of the experimental group compared to the control group. 2. the use of the plan strategy led to a positive orientation towards learning physics. 3. teaching using modern teaching strategies such as plan requires the teacher and the student to use more skills, effort and thinking than if they used traditional methods and methods in the learning process. recommendations: 1. the necessary need to train teaching staff in secondary schools to use modern strategies in teaching, including the plan strategy. 2. it is necessary to include models of modern strategies in teaching, such as plan, in physics books for different stages of study, and to benefit from them in the learning process. suggestions: 1. conducting a study on the effect of the plan strategy on the achievement of other subjects and stages of study. 2. conducting a study on the effect of using the plan strategy on other variables such as critical thinking or creative thinking. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. abu jadu , muhammad bakr , (2011) : evolutionary psychology, childhood and adolescence, 1st edition , al-masirah publishing house, amman. 2. abu zeina , farid kamel , (1992) : basics of measurement and evaluation in soil, al-falah library, amman . 3. ihsan , aliwi nasser , and adnan muhammad abbas , (2008) : measurement and evaluation in the educational process, faculty of education , ibn al-haytham , university of baghdad. 4. bader khan , sawsan , (2010): vocational education curricula and teaching methods, 1st edition , new publishing and distribution house, amman , jordan. 5. al-batsh , muhammad walid and farid kamel abu zeina , (2007) : scientific research methods, research design and statistical analysis, 1st edition , dar al-masirah for publishing and distribution , amman , jordan. 6. al-baghdadi , mohammed reda , (1981) : objectives and tests between theory and practice in curricula and teaching methods, al-falah library for publishing , kuwait. 7. al-baidhani , walid khaled abd , (2011) : the effect of my problem-solving strategy on the achievement of second grade intermediate students and their attitudes towards solving the physical problem, unpublished phd dissertation, university of baghdad , college of education /ibn al-haytham college. 8. jaber , abdul hamid , wahid khairy kazim , (1989) : research methods in education and psychology, dar al-nahda al-arabiya , cairo. 9. al-mustansiriya university, college of basic education, (2016) : seventeenth annual scientific conference held from (4-5) may , baghdad. 10. university of babylon , college of basic education, (2002) : fifth international scientific conference held (13-14), november , babylon. 11. al-hijami , tahseen imran musa , (2015) : the effect of the plan strategies and the revitalization of previous knowledge in the acquisition of physical concepts and physical enlightenment among fourth grade scientific students, unpublished phd dissertation. 12. hassan , aref abdul , (2012) : the effect of using rubens strategy and reciprocal teaching in achieving physics and developing critical thinking among middle first grade students, unpublished phd dissertation, faculty of education – ibn al-haytham , university of baghdad. 13. al-haila , mohammed mahmoud , (1999) : educational design theory and practice, 1st edition , dar al-masirah publishing ,amman , jordan. 14. duran, rudani, (1985): the basics of measurement and evaluation in teaching science, translated by mohammed saeed sabrini and others dar al-amal , irbid. 15. rayan , fikri hassan , (1993) : teaching its goals, foundations, evaluation of results and applications, 1st edition , world of books for printing and publishing , cairo , egypt. 16. al-zaghoul , imad abdul rahim and shaker aklah al-mahamid , (2007) : the psychology of classroom teaching, 1st edition, dar al-masirah for publishing and distribution , amman , jordan. 17. al-zobaie , abdul jalil ibrahim , and mohammed ahmed al-ghanam , (1981) : research methods in education, baghdad university press, ministry of higher education, baghdad. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org 18. salama , adel abu al-ezz , samir abdel salem al-khuraisat, waleed abdel karim hawafta and ghassan yousef qutait , (2009) : general teaching methods, contemporary applied treatment, 1st edition , dar al-thaqafa publishing house, amman, jordan. 19. al-sherbini , fawzi and effat al-tantawi , (2006) : metacognitive strategies between theory and practice , egyptian library, egypt. 20. al-dhaher, et al., (1999) : principles of measurement and evaluation in education, dar althaqafa publishing , amman , jordan 21. al-azzawi , rahim younis kroo , (2008) : measurement and evaluation in the teaching process, 1st edition , dar degla ,amman , jordan. 22. attia , mohsen ali , (2009) : comprehensive and new quality in teaching, 1st edition , safaa publishing house, amman , jordan. 23. attia , mohsen ali , (2010) : metacognitive strategies in the understanding of reading, dar almanhaj publishing , amman , jordan. 24. allam , salah al-din mahmoud , (2009) : educational and psychological measurement and evaluation, 1st edition , dar al-fikr al-arabi , cairo. 25. van dalen , diopold , b. , (1990) : research methods in education and psychology, translated by : mohamed nabil nawfal et al., 4th edition , anglo-egyptian library, cairo. 26. qatami , yousef , majed abu jaber , and nayef qatami , (2008): teaching design, 3rd edition , dar al-fikr for publishing , amman , jordan. 27. al-kubaisi , abdul wahed hamid , (2007) : the effect of using the structural learning method on the achievement of middle school students in mathematics and mathematical thinking, basra research journal for humanities, journal (32) , issue (1) , basra university, basra. 28. melhem , sami mohammed , (2006) : the psychology of learning and teaching, 1st edition , dar al-masirah for publishing and distribution , amman , jordan. 29. al-nabhan , musa , (2004) : basics of measurement in behavioral sciences, 1st edition , dar alshorouk for publishing and distribution , amman , jordan. foreign sources: 1.aiken hewis r.(1979): psychological testing and assessment 3rd allyn & vacon inc v.s.a. 2. brown , fredick, g(1981): measurement and evaluation in education and psychology, rinnhart and winston , inc. , new york. 3. eble, r(1972) : essential of education measurement 2nd ed new jersey prentice hall inc. englewood cliffs, 1990. 4. stanly , j.c., & hop kins k. (1972): educational and psychological measurement and evolution englewood cliffs n.y. prentice-hall. 5. webster , a.m. (1981) : webster's new international dictionary london murrain webster inc. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org factors affecting the formation of students' competence to understand historical reality and explain it in logical coherence kabulov sahab abduqahharovich independent researcher of uzpfiti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article factors affecting the formation of studentsyoung people's ability to understand historical reality and explain it logically, development of historical thinking, maturation as a mature person with intellectual potential through pedagogical and psychological means of growing students as professionals development is covered. education, youth, socialization, historical reality , logical consistency , creative, mature, individuality, mechanism, reform, initiative, volunteering, divergent thinking, competence, intellectual, motivational, moral education, forecasting, integration. introduction on the basis of the reforms carried out in the field of education in the republic of uzbekistan, the formation of the competence of young people to understand the historical reality and explain it logically, which is the country's today and tomorrow, is being promoted as an important issue. the president of the republic of uzbekistan focused on the issue of educating mature young people who can think logically: in his address to the oliy majlis of december 29, 2020, he focused on the issue of educating young generation personnel with mature knowledge and thinking: "to educate young people with modern knowledge and experience, "we will raise up independent and rationally thinking people with good qualities based on national and universal values" and that in the course of today's reforms, the intellectual potential of future teachers and their education as mature personnel is within the scope of the state's importance. will be the basis. the historical reality and explain it logically in the stage of the development of society have significantly changed the content of the science of history. as a factor influencing the formation of students' competence to understand historical reality and explain it logically in the process of education, the role and tasks of them in mastering historical processes, theoretical and methodological approaches in studying the past development and implementation, historical thinking in the training of science specialists, and the opportunity to analyze historical sources and the works of local and foreign historians, acquires special importance in the development of society. because, studying historical sources, the question of studying one's own research in connection with the development of modern advanced pedagogical and information technologies occupies a special place. from the factors influencing the formation of students ' competence to understand historical reality american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org and explain it logically, the following factors are important in moving to a new stage for their logical conclusions through the analysis of modern conceptual educational approaches to the design and implementation of the educational process. earns: in the educational process, forming the competence of students to understand the historical reality and explain it logically , by inculcating the theoretical and practical foundations of active involvement in scientific and pedagogical creativity, they develop knowledge, skills, qualifications, and practical experience; historical reality and to explain it logically in the educational process, the competence develops through the dynamics of increasing the level of development of the students' educational activities; by developing the competence to understand historical reality and explain it logically, it is important for students to draw logical conclusions through special courses as the main subject of educational activities in scientific research, and special course programs are formed taking into account new achievements in the field of history ; innovative forms and methods of teaching aimed at forming the competence to understand the historical reality and explain it in a logical consistency is characterized by the fact that the competence approach is at the center of the educational process as the main paradigm of the educational process. therefore, in the center of basic scientific research of the republic of uzbekistan and foreign scientists, the issue of forming the ability to understand historical reality and explain it logically to students through a competency approach is the main link of the educational process. among scientists, namuslimov emphasized that "competence is the ability to use knowledge, skills and personal qualities for successful activity in a certain field . " dj.patrick, p.white, as well as canadian pedagogues a.sears and e.hughes stated that one of the most important factors in the development of social competences is the desire to support and develop democracy, which is achieved through qualities that help the development of civil society. in the opinions of mr. walo hutmasher [19], the concept of "competence" is in the process of discussions as an undefined term until it enters the content of the concepts of "knowledge", "competence", "ability", "skill " . competency approach in scientist education it is interpreted in 5 aspects. that is, it interprets it into sociological, intercultural, communicative, technological, cognitive aspects [4] . therefore, in order to increase the meaning of the concept of "competence", we will pay special attention to the definition of this term, its general and specific features. when translated from latin, this concept can be expressed as "sompetentia" meaning a number of issues that a person knows well, has knowledge and experience. the difference between the concept of "competency" and the pedagogical concepts is that it occupies an important place in the composition of real-life objective concepts based on it. the misunderstandings and ambiguities surrounding the concept of "competence" stem from an objectivist perspective that is willing to accept a single and true definition of competence. this problem is solved from the point of view of the constructive approach, which assumes the existence of several definitions. in this approach, the criterion of the adequacy of the concept is the boundaries of the semantic field, which have meaning in the context in which the definition is used. in the opinions expressed by scientists, we will consider how the factors affecting individual qualities of students are expressed in the competence of a person to understand the historical reality and explain it in a logical consistency . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org formation of competence to understand historical reality and explain it logically factors affecting the competence of the pedagogical-psychological process and the functional functions depend on the following pedagogical-psychological factors: intellectual in the field, types and style of thinking, quality of mind, cognitive processes and skills, thinking operations, as well as scientific and pre-scientific knowledge, skills and abilities form a system. competence plays a special role as a productive type of personal thinking, because competence first of all implies the application of knowledge in various fields, the ability to find ways out of various nonstandard situations, to challenge the usual, stereotyped solutions, and the ability to solve various algorithmized complex tasks. the motivational sphere covers the set of needs, motives and goals that are formed and developed throughout a person's life. as we consider the example of the subject "newest history of uzbekistan" (social science), which is taught in higher education institutions of our country: one of the main goals of the science is to develop students' knowledge in logical consistency by paralyzing historical thinking. development of skills and competencies. e motional the domain includes emotions, feelings, self-esteem, anxiety. emotions are related to the satisfaction or non-satisfaction of needs and are manifested in the form of direct experiences. positive emotions occur when meeting needs, successfully achieving the goal of activity, and help to implement them more effectively. his stable emotional relations, which reflect the importance of the phenomena of existence related to the needs and motives of a person, are called feelings. by summarizing the opinions highlighted by the scientists in the study, education in social cooperation, the method of understanding historical reality and being able to explain it in a logical consistency is said to be the effectiveness of the system of actions between the professor-teacher and the student. the following qualities of social cooperation in the development of personality traits of students in psychology are mentioned separately: pedagogical -psychological cooperation activities; implementation through the individual qualities of the student in interaction with the teacher; the teacher as a person initiates the movement and involves students in it; the student performs his action on the basis of a model, taking an example from the teacher; participates in the control of active individual actions of the teacher in self-management of the student; students perform self-activating, self-organizing reflexive actions. meaningful indicators of the competence of students to understand the historical reality and explain it in a logical coherence are necessary for the acquisition of new reforms, changes, the competence of a person to understand the historical reality and explain it in a logical coherence through the spheres of individuality in education. serves as a condition. in particular, as a result of one or another educational activity in scientific research conducted by scientists, the ability to understand historical reality and explain it logically is the acquired knowledge, skills and abilities of the student, as well as professional orientation. it is appropriate to analyze the issues of independent orientation. references 1. people's word. "address to the supreme assembly" of the president of the republic of uzbekistan 2020 december 30, issue #-255 2. muslimov n. theoretical-methodical foundations of professional formation of vocational education teachers: dis.:ped. science. doc. tashkent, 2007. 337 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org 3. raven dj. competence in contemporary society: development, development and realization. m.: izdatelstvo: kogito-sentr, 2002. 396 p. 4. hutmasher w. key competences for.: europe // report of the symposium berne, switzerland march 27-30, 1996. sounsil for cultural cooperation a secondary education for europe. strasbourg., 1997. p.11 5. leontev, an izbrannie psikologisheskie proizvedeniya: v 2 t. / an leontev. -m.: pedagogy, 1983. -s. 33-43. 6. ibraimov xi, m. kuronov. general pedagogy (textbook). -t., "transparent", 2023, page 416. 7. ibrahimovich ik et al. pedagogical abilities of a teacher, structure and development // húnándàxuéxuébào ( zìránkēxuébǎn ). – 2021. – t. 48. – no. 12. 8. ibragimov xi pedagogika i vospitanie // economics i society _ – 2021. – no. 1-1 (80). s. 608-611. 9. ibrahimovich , ibrahimov kholboy . "intensive methods of teaching foreign languages at university." voprosy science and education 27 (39) (2018): 78-80. 10. tursunboyevich ao development of socially active citizenship competence in students and youth in continuous education. 2022. 11. tursunboyevich oa pedagogical and psychological opportunities for the development of socially active civic competences in students //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – t. 11. – no. 3. s. 1888-1897. 12. abduganiyev o. formation of legal training aimed at competitiveness in pupils of secondary schools //european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences. – 2019. – t. 9. – no. 7. 13. tursunboyevich oa pedagogical and psychological opportunities for the development of socially active civic competences in students //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – t. 11. – no. 3. s. 1888-1897. 14. oglu aot pedagogical conditions and mechanisms of development of socially active civil competence in students //turkish journal of computer and mathematics education. – 2021. – t. 12. – no. 7. s. 433-442. 15. abduganiev o. developing student civil competency //eastern european scientific journal. 2019. no. 1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org formation of the revolutionary movement in turkey and the educational processes implemented by them mansurov ulugbek, samarkand university named after sharof rashidov +998977270405 , mansurov1224@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the social processes that led to the jadidism movement. also, the main marifian views of the jadidist movement and the fundamental content and essence of the ideas they put forward are comparatively revealed. the importance of this article is highlighted by the main reasons for the actions of new-minded intellectuals among the people of turkestan against colonial oppression. intellectuals, colonial politics, ideas of national liberation, western science, new method, progressive societies, national-political organizations, socio-political movements, political opinions, progressives. introduction by the beginning of the 20th century, the colonists, threatened by the revolutionary changes taking place on a global scale, began to establish political control over their colonial policies from among the inhabitants of turkestan. because it should be said that tsarist russia, as a result of the widespread spread of the jadidism movement, the main goal of which was national independence among muslims, the turkish, iranian revolutions, progressive publication and the penetration of literature into these lands, led to an increase in the socio-political activity of the local population, in particular the intelligentsia, by the beginning of the 20th century. in particular, russian colonial policy had its own aspects that differed from those of england, france.[ u.dolimov. 2006. 25 p.]. moreover, the lowest development of the standard of living of the population, the violation of sharia standards, the destruction of national and religious values, an increase in the number of crimes of various levels, further increased the hatred of local residents towards the existing system. therefore, different social classes were forced to think about different ways and ways to get rid of colonial oppression. research methodology. the tsarist government, fearing the increasing activity of the population, took measures to ban progressive publications entering the territory from muslim states in order to cut off the turkestan peoples from world development. despite this, the penetration of literature here, devoted to the details of revolutionary events in muslim countries, which have achieved some progress, did not stop. it is necessary to note that the penetration of such literature into the country has manifested its significant influence on the increase in socio-political activity of various segments of the population and the formation of ideas of national liberation. ismail gaspiralibey, who lived during this period, promoted a policy of equality against such a policy of tsarist russia and made a demand below: "dear russian compatriots, we need knowledge, light. take our request seriously: give us light american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org and knowledge. this requires permission to learn to read and write in our native language"[i.gasprinsky.1991.29-pp.]. russian authorities and intellectuals are cutting down the branch of the tree they are sitting on by encouraging the opening of the jadid schools [ m.palace. 1987. 30 b.]. one of the notable exponents of the jadidism movement in turkestan is the fact that is'hoq khan ibrat opened a school in toraqurghan. from this time on, it should be recognized that the lesson in turkestan has been in countries of asia and a number of european countries and has studied their advanced experience. at the same time he studied more than ten foreign languages, got acquainted with the achievements of western science and techniques. after returning from the trip, as a patriotic intellectual, he began a consistent practice for the development of his home country, becoming an activist in the jadidism movement. thanks to the movement of the jadids, by the beginning of the 20th century, dozens of new method schools begin to operate in the valley. especially the revival in social and political movements, which began after the defeat in the russo-japanese war, was a great impetus for the increase in turkestan jadid activity, and the jadidist movement began to take a political turn under the influence of these processes. in particular, the progressives opened mass publications, printing houses, organized theatrical performances in order to widely develop science and education among the public, to raise the political consciousness of the nation. the services of munavvar qori, mahmudhoja behbudiy, abdullah avlani, sadriddin ayniy, fayzulla khojaev, toshpolatbek norbotabekov, abdurauf fitrat and others were invaluable in this regard. early progressive societies in the turkestan region were influenced by socio-political movements in iran and turkey after the first russian revolution of 19051907, according to the data provided by the researched sources. revolutionary movements in asian countries have served as a milestone in the development of socio-political and religious thought in the muslim world, in particular in turkestan. analysis and results. early progressive societies in the turkestan region were influenced by sociopolitical movements in iran and turkey after the first russian revolution of 1905-1907, according to the data provided by the researched sources. it is necessary to note that revolutionary movements in asian countries have served as an important stage in the development of socio-political and religious thought in the muslim world, in particular in turkestan. the defeat of russia in the russo-japanese war of 1904-1905 led to a sharp decline in the prestige of the regime of the deposed tsar in front of all oppressed peoples in the empire. this gave impetus to the development of political thought and led to the formation of a sense of confidence in the fulfillment of dreams of achieving national liberation. it can be substantiated that the revolutions in the east and the various ideological currents that entered the territory from those lands were an important factor for the unification of opposing forces on these lands, the emergence and development of national-political organizations. according to the literature analysis, the commonality towards common religious and national goals prompted russia's progressive muslim intellectuals to jeepsacket at the top of a single idea. at the same time, in 1905, the ii congress of russian muslims was called in novgorod. the congress was attended by about 150 delegates from different regions of russia. the first muslim congress declared the formation of the all-russian union of muslims ("union muslimin"). the charter of the union, however, was drafted by alimardonbek topchiboshev, who was the editor of the newspapers "caspian" and "hayat", and it is necessary to note that it was approved in january 1906 at the ii congress of muslims in the city of st. petersburg. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org during the years of the first world war, the country's intelligentsia began to actively interfere in sociopolitical life. in the same period, the number of national publications and societies in turkestan increased, and bold steps were taken towards recovery from backwardness and national development by the jadids. also, in the 1916 city of kokand, a society of "courage" is formed by progressives. the goals of this society were, firstly, to provide textbooks, notebooks and teaching aids to the schools of the new method, and secondly, to print and distribute books, newspapers and magazines in the local language among the erli people. the jadids of turkestan had started their early activities from enlightenment, among other progressives in the country. while the sacred idea of leading the motherland to freedom and national independence was in the minds of the most progressive-looking jadid intellectuals, it was difficult to implement it in the current conditions. it could only be achieved through tireless educational and political activity. even jadid dramaturgy separately it is necessary to note that it peaked during this period. in particular, carrying out research work in this regard, brogan shuhrat rizaev writes about his activities: "the primary purpose of the theater was to raise the educational and cultural level of the nation with a new, immensely influential art form, to call for science and education, and secondly, as we noted, the theater was to provide material assistance to savtian schools, other educational institutions, charitable societies, rizaev. 1997. 58 p.]. the jadids could not imagine the independence and progress of the land without mature specialists armed with modern knowledge. towards this end, in the late 20th century, the jadids realized the need to open new method schools throughout turkestan and began an effort to establish them. the formation of such schools was hindered by tsarist administrators on the one hand, and social reality on the other, by those who evaluate it from the point of view of their narrow worldview. the method of savtian schools also differed from the older method schools in the quality of education. from 1901, new schools began to open in kokand and tashkent, and from 1903 in samarkand [x.muin. 1926. no. 2.]. these confessions were echoed in the press of the time. not every novelty in the marriage of turkestan peoples was overlooked by colonial administrators, of course. the emergence of new method schools in turkestan at the beginning of the 20th century also began to worry them in ideation. in these schools, local children var us students would be educated here, it would be easy to make local students look like themselves, it would be possible to establish a local layer subordinate to the russian chorizim. for this reason, general kaufman argues that the main goal of the educational system is to educate citizens useful to russia, regardless of what their religious beliefs are [e.halid. 2003. 39 b.]. when the jadid newspaper "sadoyi turkestan", published by the colonists in tashkent, was shut down, the well-known jadid ubaydullahoja asadullahojaev had arrived in andijan from tashkent. his arrival in andijan is also the result of the ruling mustabid government's policy of conducting persecution and repression against national progressives. the closure of the first intelligentsia of our national press without the exit of any number of newspapers, such as "progressive", "hurshid", "fame" and others, can be judged as a manifestation of the policy of the tsarist authorities, which sought to keep the turkestan peoples in all respects at a complication. a similar sad episode had also hit the head of the newspaper" sadoyi turkestan". as in the whole of turkestan, the colonial administrators in andijan viewed the jadids as their most dangerous enemies. also, behbudi, in one of his articles, proved to what extent islam attached importance to public education and barchafans, including the science of history, by citing quranic verses and samples of hadith [m.behbudi. 1914. 505 p.]. the secessionists were wellestablished propaganda and propaganda among the people. in particular, muhammadrasul rasuliy's reading book "kindergarten" writes those below:" for the first-grade students of primitive schools, it is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org a book of recitation of the muse, taken from various books and written with open language and light procedures " [m.rasuliy. 1915. 57 b.] of the local rich who had their prestige among the people, ahmadbekhoji temirbekov, poshshakhoja umarkhojaev, uezd judge translator orazaliev akbarali boytursunovich and others were members of this society. conclusions and suggestions. in conclusion, it can be said that at the beginning of the 20th century, the socio-political situation in turkestan became dire, the disenfranchisement, desecration of the local population was overstated, turkestan became a cheap labor and raw material base for the colonists. enlightened intellectuals felt that turkestan, along with the transformation of the metropolis into a raw material base, was lagging behind world development on the social, economic and political fronts. it can be said that such thoughts about the future fate of the turkestan territory ultimately necessitated the search for specific ways of the struggle for independence. in such a situation, that is, the only and one way to fight the colonial government, which has a strong political-military base, for the future of the nation, was to arm the people with secular science, to train specialists within the framework of international demands. it is necessary to note that this is the reason for the origin of the jadidist movement in its place. literature: 1. u.dolimov. jadid schools in turkestan. tashkent: university, 2006. 25 p. 2. i.gasprinsky. iz naslelia, russkoe musulmanstvo. stavropol: tavria, 1991. 29 b. 3. m.palace. education reform in the turkish world and gaspirali ismayil. ankara, 1987. 30 b. 4. sh.rizaev. jadid drama. tashkent: east, 1997. 58 b. 5. x.muin. the first uzbek alphabets. "the magazine of the maorif and the teacher", 1926. no. 2. 6. hit halid. method sedid akimi sedidsiligin cocleri. was iklim. aralik. 2003. 39 p. 7. m.behbudi. history and geography // mirror. – 1914. 505 p. 8. muhammad rasuliy. kindergarten. tashkent: aziya, 1915. 57 b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org in 1945-1960, muslim religious educational institutions limited the training of religious personnel yusupov rasuljon malikovich andijan agricultural and agrotechnological institute candidate of associate professor of history tursunboyev alisher maste student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the official permission to establish the central asia and kazakhstan muslim administration, to open mosques, as well as the permission to train religious institutions and their subsequent restrictions during the soviet rule. soviet, state, religion, organization, independence, freedom, archive, kadir, mosque, ulama, mudarris, employee, madrasah, curriculum, letter, decision, execution. introduction in the conditions of independence, every citizen's right to freedom of conscience was ensured. the attitude of the state towards religion and religious organizations has changed fundamentally, and during the soviet period, the activity of religion, believers and religious organizations was limited, but with the honor of independence, they were given freedom. in order to understand the importance of these freedoms, to appreciate them, to understand the true nature of the changes made in this field during the years of independence, it is necessary to study the history of this period objectively with the help of valid data and evidence. based on this, it can be said that it is necessary to research the history of religious issues in uzbekistan during the soviet period, and systematically analyze it based on archival data. as stated in the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on freedom of conscience and religious organizations", the central management bodies of religious organizations have the right to establish religious educational institutions for the training of priests and religious workers they need. of course, in this regard, our government has opened wide opportunities for religious people to work freely and safely. the work being carried out in the matter of personnel training is commendable. today, the islamic university, islamic institute, 2 girls' and 8 boys' madrasahs are functioning. unfortunately, in the 1940-80 years of our history, it is important to study on the basis of archival data that the soviet government coldly approached religious educational institutions in uzbekistan. in 1943, the soviet government officially allowed the establishment of the department of muslims of central asia and kazakhstan and the opening of mosques. as a result, many mosques were opened in 1944 itself. at the same time, the problem of providing them with clerical personnel arose. on the initiative of mufti eshon bobokhan ibn abdulmajidkhan, the chairman of the oqmdn, the question american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org of preparing clerics was put before the soviet government to solve this problem. in the central state archive, the decision of the presidium of the ukrainian academy of sciences on this issue was kept, and at its meeting on february 6, 1945, the issue of opening a religious madrasa was discussed. the following decision was made"after several discussions on this matter, under the supervision of the religious supervision of the muslims of central asia and kazakhstan, later religious and scientific (meaning secular r.yu.) mudarris, khatibs were established in tashkent and bukhara from the central cities of central asia with excellent religious and scientific programs. it was found necessary to open a madrasa, and it was decided to apply to the council of religious affairs under the council of people's commissars of uzbekistan. an extract from the decision was sent to i.ibodov, the representative of the council for religious affairs, in march 1945. he was introduced to this decision by the chairman of the council of people's commissars of uzbekistan a. abdurakhmanov. a letter was prepared on behalf of abdurakhmanov and sent to the council of religious affairs of the ussr together with an extract from the decision of the council of religious affairs. regarding this issue, through several correspondences between the council of religious affairs of the ussr and the representative of the council of religious affairs of uzbekistan, madrasahs trained personnel for the religious organizations of uzbekistan or the whole of central asia, how many students they are intended for, what program of study is organized, the period, the educational building and student dormitories , textbooks, the teacher identified the issue of tutors. the representative of the council on religious affairs of uzbekistan talked with the chairman of the religious affairs council, clarified these issues and informed the council about it. after all the organizational issues of opening madrasas were resolved, on october 10, 1945, on the basis of the proposal of the council of religious affairs of the ussr, v. molotov, the deputy chairman of the ussr council of religious affairs, signed the order. it says: "to approve the proposal of the soviet of people's commissars of the ussr to allow the opening of muslim religious schools in the cities of tashkent and bukhara"the council of religious affairs of the ussr allowed the opening of madrasas in tashkent and bukhara based on the order of the ussr council of ministers. based on this, the council of people's commissars of uzbekistan, by its decision of november 29, 1945, authorized the opening of madrasas for the training of muslim priests in the cities of tashkent and bukhara. "baroq khan" and "mir arab" madrasahs were assigned to lease to oqmdn. uoqmdn prepared a brief report on the activities of "baroq khan" and "mir arab" madrasas in 1945-1968. it says: "mir arab madrasa was repaired by the religious control, the leading staff and teachers of the madrasa were selected, students were accepted. by the end of 1945, the preparatory work was completed, and the madrasa began its activities. the headmaster of the madrasa was appointed the member of religious supervision, judge basshirkhan tora ishakov of tajikistan, ismail sattiev from namangan, haji akbarkhan mukhitdinkhanov from tashkent, abdurahim qori rafikov from bukhara were the first teachers of the madrasa. in the 1945-1946 academic year, only about 30 students studied at the madrasa." according to the above reference of ookmdn, students who studied in primary classes for 5 years graduated, because in the 1950-1951 academic year, 4-year classes providing religious secondary education were not opened. under the leadership of mufti eshon bobokhan, representatives of central asian and kazakh clergy, members of religious control, imams, and relatives of graduates took part in the graduation party. gifts, books and other gifts were distributed to students and teachers. it was announced that the graduates were appointed to work in the mosques of central asia and kazakhstan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org a special curriculum for each department and class of the madrasa was prepared and approved, and the study was organized according to this plan. 10-12 subjects were taught in each class (course). students took an exam at the end of each class. graduates of the madrasa are appointed as imams, imam-khatibs, employees of shrines, mustahib (auditor) of the central asian republics and kazakhstan, and other positions. according to the decree of the council of ministers of the ussr dated august 30, 1954, the building of the former "baroq khan" madrasa located in the "oktyabr" district of tashkent city was leased by the department of architectural works under the council of ministers of the ussr to house the office of the national academy of sciences. in june 1960, sh.k. shirinboev, a representative of the council on religious affairs under the council of ministers of the uzssr, wrote about madrassas of the uzssr. he was transferred to "baraqkhan" madrasa. a total of 90 students were allowed to study in two madrasahs by the council of religious affairs of the ussr. in 1956-1960, 50 students studied at the "mir arab" madrasa, and 30 students at the "baraqkhan" madrasa a total of 80 students. "baraqkhan" madrasa was solemnly opened on november 1, 1956. s. ziyovutdinov was appointed to the position of head of educational affairs of the madrasa. members of the religious control fazilkhoja sadikkhojaev, muhitdin bobojonov were its first leaders. in the first academic year of the madrasa, 35 students were admitted to 1-2 classes. in the academic year 1957/58, by the decision of the religious control, education was introduced in the 1st-4th grades in the "mir arab" madrasa and in the 5th-9th grades in the "baraqkhan" madrasa. based on this, the students and teachers of the 5th and higher grades of the "mir arab" madrasa were transferred to the "baraqkhan" madrasa. in may 1956, the graduation exam of the 8th grade students was held. 15 students graduated from the madrasa, including 5 from uzbekistan, 2 from turkmenistan, 5 from tajikistan, 2 from kyrgyzstan, 1 from koraqal-pakistan. 12 students were transferred from 6th to 7th grade. starting from 1960, the party and soviet authorities began to strictly limit the activities of the soviet union and its subordinate organizations. these measures were implemented in connection with the implementation of the decisions of the central committee of the communist party of uzbekistan on january 13, 1960 "on measures to end violations of soviet laws by clergy on religious ceremonies" and the central committee of the communist party of uzbekistan. the policy of the soviet government to strictly limit the activity of religious organizations covered all spheres of activity of the o'okmdn, including the sphere of religious personnel training. the first measure aimed at restricting the activities of the madrasahs of the russian academy of sciences was the directive of the council of religious affairs of the ussr on february 28, 1961 to close the "baraqkhan" madrasah and reduce the number of students of the "mir arab" madrasah. on june 17, 1961, the representative of the council of religious affairs of uzbekistan sent the following message to the council of religious affairs of the ussr about the implementation of his instructions regarding madrasas: "baraqkhan" madrasa, which was operating in conflict, was terminated. currently, there is only one "mir arab" madrasa in the city of bukhara with 40 students under the religious supervision of the muslims of central asia and kazakhstan. "the building of the baraqkhan madrasa is given to the executive committee of the city of tashkent to be used for a children's hospital or a library." "mir arab" madrasa has been reduced in order to reduce expenses. in addition to economic workers, mudarris, even the position of the director was reduced, and the general leadership of the madrasa was american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org entrusted to the heads of religious supervision. by january 1, 1960, madrasa employees and workers were 43.5 state units, by january 1, 1961, 36.5, in 1962 on january 1, 13, and on december 1, 1963, 9 state units remained. during 1960-63, 34.5 staff units were reduced in the madrasa. the negative attitude of the soviet authorities towards the islamic religion, madrasa activities, and the teaching of religious subjects naturally caused the discontent of the madrasa students. in november 1962, madrasa students wrote a letter to mufti ziyovutdin bobokhanov, the head of oakmdn, stating that the teaching of religious subjects in the madrasa had decreased, demanding to increase them. on november 24, 1962, shamsutdinov, the representative of the council on religious affairs under the executive committee of the soviet of workers' deputies of bukhara region, informed sh.k.shirinboev, the representative of the council on religious affairs of uzbekistan, about this incident in a secret letter. the letter reads as follows: "as you know, a group of 8th grade students of the mirarab madrasa sent an application to mufti ziyavutdin bobokhanov. in their application, they expressed dissatisfaction with the curriculum of the madrasa and asked to increase the hours of religious studies. the application of the students of "mir arab" madrasa did not go without results. mufti went to bukhara madrasa, talked with students, learned about the incident and took necessary measures. the evidence presented above shows that since 1960, as a result of the negative attitude of the party and soviet authorities to religious organizations, the number of madrasa students and graduates has decreased, and young people have lost interest in studying in madrasas and working in mosques. some of those who graduated from the madrasa studied at a driving school, accounting courses, worked as drivers, accountants in soviet organizations, salesmen and other jobs in trade organizations. references 1.yr malikovich. relations of the religious administration of central asia region with other religious organisation of east during 1940-1980 years. //palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology// 17 (6), 3609-3612. 2020/12/1. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=agjgf20aaaaj&citation _for_view=agjgf20aaaaj:wf5omc3nynoc 2.yr malikovich, is axtamovich. fuqarolik jamiyatining ijtimoiy va huquqiy asoslari. //gospodarka i innowacje//. 24, 1-4. 2022/6/2. 3.yr malikovich. the attitude of the soviet government to islamic values in uzbekistan in 19401980. //efflatounia-multidisciplinary journal// 5 (3). 2021/12/3. 4.yr malikovich. justice state legislation and culture. //international journal of development and public policy// 1 (6), 77-80. 2021/11/13. 5.рм юсупов. «бароқхон» ва «мир араб» мадрасаларининиг диний муассасаларига кадирлар тайёрлаш тарихидан лавхалар (1940-1960 й. й.). //life sciences and agriculture//, 200-203. 2020. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/baro-hon-va-mirarabmadrasalarininig-diniy-muassasalarigakadirlar-tayyorlash-tarihidan-lavhalar-1940-1960-y-y 6.рм юсупов. excerpts from the history of training for the religious institutions of" barakkhan" and" mir arab" madrassas (1940-1960 years). //life sciences and agriculture// 2 (2), 200-203. 2020. 7.юсупов, р. м. (2021). ўрта осиё ва қозоғистон мусулмонлари диний назорати мусулмон мамлакатларининг диний ташкилотлари билан алоқалари: юсупов расулжон маликович гуманитар фанлар кафедраси доценти. андижон https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:u5hhmvd_uo8c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:u5hhmvd_uo8c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=agjgf20aaaaj&citation_for_view=agjgf20aaaaj:wf5omc3nynoc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=agjgf20aaaaj&citation_for_view=agjgf20aaaaj:wf5omc3nynoc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:qjmakfhdy7sc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:qjmakfhdy7sc https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/baro-hon-va-mir-arabmadrasalarininig-diniy-muassasalarigakadirlar-tayyorlash-tarihidan-lavhalar-1940-1960-y-y https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/baro-hon-va-mir-arabmadrasalarininig-diniy-muassasalarigakadirlar-tayyorlash-tarihidan-lavhalar-1940-1960-y-y https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:2osognq5qmec https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=fris3j8aaaaj&citation_for_view=fris3j8aaaaj:2osognq5qmec american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org қишлоқ хўжалиги ва агротехналогиялар институти. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (7), 31-40. 8.юсупов, р. м. (2021). совет даври хукмронлиги даврида ўзбекистон мусулмонларининг диний масалалалари: юсупов расулжон маликович гуманитар фанлар кафедраси доценти. андижон қишлоқ хўжалиги ва агротехналогиялар институти. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (7), 41-44. 9.юсупов, р. м., & ахмедов, а. т. (2021). 1940-1980 йиллари бухорода совет хокимиятининг исломий маросимларга муносабати. экономика и социум, (1-2 (80)), 832-836. 10.malikovich, y. r., & axtamovich, i. s. (2022). fuqarolik jamiyatining ijtimoiy va huquqiy asoslari. gospodarka i innowacje., 24, 1-4. 11.malikovich, y. r. (2021). the attitude of the soviet government to islamic values in uzbekistan in 1940-1980. efflatounia-multidisciplinary journal, 5(3). 12.malikovich, y. r. (2020). relations of the religious administration of central asia region with other religious organisation of east during 1940-1980 years. palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology, 17(6), 3609-3612. 13.malikovich, y. r. (2020). relations of the religious administration of central asia region with other religious organisation of east during 1940-1980 years. palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology, 17(6), 3609-3612. 14.юсупов, р. м. (2020). «бароқхон» ва «мир араб» мадрасаларининиг диний муассасаларига кадирлар тайёрлаш тарихидан лавхалар (1940-1960 й. й.). life sciences and agriculture, (2-2), 200-203. 15.юсупов, р. м. (2020). excerpts from the history of training for the religious institutions of" barakkhan" and" mir arab" madrassas (1940-1960 years). life sciences and agriculture, 2(2), 200-203. 16.валихонова, г. к. (2020). миллатлараро муносабатларни мустаҳкамланишида миллий маданий марказлар фаолияти (уйғур миллий маданий маркази фаолияти тарихи мисолида). перекрёсток культуры, 2(1). 17.абдуллаев, у., & валихонова, г. (2016). фарғона водийси аҳолиси этник таркибининг шаклланиши ва этномаданий муносабатлар тарихи. тошкент: navro’z. 18.валиханова, г. к. (2014). из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (6), 83-85. 19.валиханова, г. к. (2014). из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (6), 83-85. 20.валиханова, г. к. (2014). из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (6), 83-85. 21. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the most important aspects of mastering written speech shadiyeva shahnoza sulaymanovna tashkent state transport university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this perceptive piece delves into the significance of constructing a well-organized narrative with clarity and coherence, emphasizing the importance of a logical flow. it underscores the foundational role of grammar and syntax in guaranteeing precision and the accurate conveyance of ideas. vocabulary and word choice are explored as crucial tools for nuanced expression while maintaining accessibility. the article promotes brevity, accentuating the impact of concise communication. key elements such as organizational strategies, audience awareness, and the maintenance of a cohesive writing style are pinpointed as essential for creating professional and captivating content. by prioritizing revision and editing, the article offers practical insights applicable to diverse writing contexts, serving as a valuable resource for those aiming to improve their written communication skills across academic, professional, and creative spheres. cultural norms, research involves, cultural settings, ideas, cognitive psychology, linguistic competence, messages comprehensively, cognitive psychology. introduction proficiency in conveying thoughts, ideas, and arguments with clarity and efficacy through the written word is a skill of unparalleled significance. mastery of written speech stands as a crucial asset in academic, professional, and personal realms, exerting a profound influence on successful communication and scholarly accomplishments. this article delineates a thorough research methodology designed to illuminate the most salient facets of mastering written speech. the approach integrates interdisciplinary perspectives, drawing from the fields of linguistics, cognitive psychology, and educational research. this investigation adopts a holistic stance, recognizing that the mastery of written communication extends beyond linguistic competence. it encompasses the ability to organize ideas coherently, select appropriate vocabulary, and employ grammatical structures effectively. such linguistic proficiency is foundational, enabling individuals to articulate their thoughts with precision and convey messages comprehensively. beyond linguistic dimensions, cognitive psychology becomes a pivotal lens through which to examine the mental processes underpinning the mastery of written speech. this facet delves into critical thinking, information processing, and metacognitive strategies employed when crafting written compositions. understanding the cognitive intricacies involved enriches our insights into the multifaceted nature of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org effective written communication. educational research methodologies, including surveys, interviews, and observations, complement the investigation. these methods delve into instructional practices and learning experiences associated with mastering written speech. by exploring effective teaching strategies, feedback mechanisms, and conducive learning environments, this dimension of the research contributes valuable insights into the educational aspects of acquiring written communication skills. the anticipated outcomes of this research hold the promise of providing a nuanced understanding of the essential components constituting mastery of written speech. such insights, drawn from linguistic, cognitive, and educational dimensions, are poised to inform and enhance educational practices. by amalgamating diverse perspectives, this research seeks not only to unravel the complexities of written communication but also to offer practical recommendations applicable to varied educational contexts. the ultimate goal is to empower individuals with the skills needed for effective written expression across diverse settings and purposes. literature review our examination of scholarly works in applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, sociology[1], education[2], and linguistic ethnography has revealed that written language within higher education serves not only as a means to address communicative challenges but is also a vital component of academic literacy and social practice. it represents a kind of "way of life, a way of existence" in higher education [2]. we posit that incorporating the concept of "social practice," as an established mode of conducting a particular activity in society, into the theory of linguodidactics and methods of teaching foreign languages will enable us to consider the close relationship of written speech with the process of socialization at the university. this encompasses issues related to the generation of knowledge and the assimilation of the values of the academic community by students, as reflected in the foreign-language written texts they produce. the term “practice” is introduced in opposition to the notion of language as a semiotic resource for constructing discourse, countering the idea of language as an autonomous and neutral system that disregards the communication context[3]. the introduction of the concept of “practice” helps account for the intricacies of verbal and non-verbal communication, establishing a connection between language and the individuals who employ it within a social context. it is crucial to acknowledge that this connection between language and its users exists both at the level of the communication situation and at the broader cultural context[4]. practices are guided by the conventions of social institutions, representing a dominant form of discourse, and carry social status while fulfilling specific functions. discursive practices and their conventions are dynamic and not rigidly fixed[5]. instead, they are always influenced by the socio-cultural context, reflecting the values and interests of community members[6]. norman fairclough introduces a two-level discourse distinction [4]. the creation and interpretation (reading) of a particular text necessitate consideration of both the context of a specific situation (location, time, communication participants) and the cultural context (social institution, social structure, ideology). paul gee[7] also recognizes these levels and distinguishes between "discourse" (text) and "discourse" (a way of communicating, understanding, and applying language in a social context). russian scholars' works similarly emphasize that the text exists within a social context, being a product of discourse[8]. written texts are not isolated from individuals; instead, they are intertwined with people's societal activities, constituting an integral part of both individuals and social institutions' "habitus" (environment american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org of existence) [1]. language serves as a resource supporting the existence of social practices, meaning that language proficiency is essential for engaging in social practice. social practices are intricately connected to values, beliefs, and the formation of identity traits, contributing to the perpetuation of a specific discourse type. t.lillis' research findings have indicated that a student's challenges in essay writing should not be directly interpreted as an indication of their illiteracy or a low level of cognitive development [3]. the process of composing an essay text is intricately linked to meaning generation and is grounded in established socio-historical traditions and the specific knowledge production practices within a particular culture, social institution, academic discipline, and field of knowledge. the discursive practices within the university are inherently driven by ideology, influencing access (or denial of access) to higher education. in bilingual education settings at the university, many first-year students experience the influence of dominant practices, emphasizing alignment with the anglo-american education model, rational thinking, english instruction, and its privileged status. this study adopts a perspective that considers written language as a pivotal element of academic literacy. it defines academic literacy as the ability to effectively engage in written communication within a bilingual academic environment. this includes the capacity to 1) comprehend and embrace the values of the academic community, 2) translate and transform knowledge within the specific field of study, and 3) produce texts of various genres in english, drawing on developed general and professional skills in writing, critical thinking, independence, and (self) reflection. the primary aim of this study is to comprehend the intricate ways in which national and cultural identities manifest within the indirect expression of reprimands, focusing particularly on the linguistic and cultural nuances inherent in these expressions. utilizing a mixed-method approach that combines qualitative analysis of linguistic expressions and cultural norms with sociolinguistic surveys and interviews, the research seeks to unravel the complex interplay between language, culture, and the conveyance of disapproval. the overarching objective is to contribute to a deeper understanding of cross-cultural communication, cultivating heightened awareness and sensitivity to cultural nuances in communicative interactions. the principal aim of this study is to recognize and assess the fundamental elements that constitute proficiency in written speech. employing a comprehensive research methodology, this investigation seeks to identify the linguistic, cognitive, and educational components crucial for proficient written communication. furthermore, the research endeavors to explore effective strategies and interventions to enhance the mastery of written speech, particularly within educational settings. the overarching objective is to offer valuable insights and practical recommendations for educators, students, and professionals aiming to elevate their written communication skills. research methodology the upcoming research endeavors to employ a comprehensive, multifaceted methodology, encompassing both qualitative and quantitative dimensions, to dissect the fundamental aspects integral to mastering written speech. within the linguistic analysis domain, a meticulous examination of writing samples will be conducted to unravel components such as coherence, organizational structure, vocabulary utilization, and grammatical proficiency. this qualitative exploration seeks to offer an indepth comprehension of the linguistic competency’s imperative for proficient written communication. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org cognitive psychology methodologies will play a pivotal role in probing the cognitive processes and skills entwined with the mastery of written speech. experimental studies and cognitive assessments will scrutinize critical thinking, information processing, and metacognitive strategies deployed in the creation of written compositions. simultaneously, educational research methods, including surveys, interviews, and observations, will be enlisted to collect comprehensive data on instructional practices and learning experiences linked to the mastery of written speech. this facet of the research endeavors to pinpoint effective teaching strategies, feedback mechanisms, and conducive learning environments contributing to the holistic development of written communication skills. in essence, the research strategically integrates linguistic, cognitive, and educational perspectives to unravel the multifaceted dimensions of mastering written speech. by synthesizing findings from diverse disciplines, the study aims to contribute valuable insights that not only deepen our understanding of the complex nature of written communication but also offer practical recommendations applicable in educational settings. the anticipated outcomes carry the potential to enhance pedagogical practices, empower learners, and foster success in written communication across diverse contexts. anticipated outcomes the expected outcomes of this research encompass the identification and analysis of fundamental aspects constituting mastery of written speech, spanning linguistic, cognitive, and educational realms. the findings are anticipated to illuminate effective pedagogical approaches and interventions for nurturing written communication skills, providing valuable insights for educators, students, and professionals. ultimately, the research aims to furnish practical recommendations for enhancing mastery of written speech in educational and professional settings. conclusion unveiling the crucial elements of mastering written speech using a comprehensive research methodology stands poised to significantly impact both educational practice and professional development. this study, incorporating interdisciplinary approaches like linguistics, cognitive psychology, and educational research, endeavors to identify the essential components vital for proficient written communication and the methodologies to nurture them. the anticipated results carry the potential to enhance educational methods, empower learners, and facilitate achievement in written communication across a spectrum of contexts. in essence, the research seeks to shed light on the nuanced intricacies that contribute to mastery of written speech, acknowledging the interconnectedness of linguistic competence, cognitive processes, and educational strategies. through this holistic exploration, the study aims to offer practical insights that can be applied in educational settings, fostering an environment conducive to the development of strong written communication skills. ultimately, the anticipated outcomes of this research may catalyze positive transformations in both educational and professional spheres, promoting effective communication practices and empowering individuals to navigate diverse written communication scenarios with confidence and competence. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. bourdieu p. academic discourse: linguistic misunderstanding and professorial power / p. bourdieu, j. passeron, m. de saint martin. — stanford: stanford university press, 1994. — 136 p. 2. lea m. r. student writing in higher education: an academic literacies approach / m. r. lea, b. v. street // studies in higher education. — 1998. — № 23 (2). — p. 157–173. 3. lillis, t. student writing. access, regulation, desire. london, routledge, 2001. — 220 p. 4. fairclough n. discourse and social change / n. fairclough. — cambridge: polity press, 1992. — 272 p. 5. clark r. the politics of writing / r. clark, r. ivanič. — london: psychology press, 1997. — 272 p. 6. scollon r., scollon s. discourses in place: language in the material world. london & new york: routledge, 2003. — 258 p. 7. gee j. p. social linguistics and literacies. ideologies in discourses / j. p. gee. — second edition. — london: falmer press, 1996. — 248 p. 8. карасик в. и. языковой круг: личность, концепты, дискурс / в. и. карасик. — волгоград: перемена, 2002. — 447 с. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org the courage of arabicthe style of attention as an example prof. dr. farhad aziz muhidden1, prof. dr. imad majid ali2 1,2collage of education for human sciences / kirkuk university dr.farhad.aziz@uokirkuk.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the concept of arabic courage is an aesthetic and rhetorical concept that allows revealing the nature of the language when used for aesthetic purposes, allowing the reader to realize how creativity is achieved. there are many wonderful stylistic deviations, according to ibn jinni, but the most beautiful thing about it is politeness in its expression and purposes, and the sweetest thing about it is its duality. regarding the method of paying attention that we discussed in our research as a model of arabic courage, , most of the rhetoric stressed that if the speech came to one method and it took a long time to change the method. this is how they used to pay attention to the listener's activity and entice him to listen, but we discovered that ibn jinni had a different criterion in his view of this method, as he was the first to notice that paying attention is not a phenomenon with which one is satisfied. attention is a multiplication of the language's expansion to move from one word to another. rather, it is a stylistic phenomenon involving a dependent purpose and following the example to which the hand is tied. pay attention, arabic courage, ibn jinni alkhattab al-ghayba. )) َشجــــاعُة العربيـــــِة(( -ُأسلوُب االلتفاِت إْنُموّذجًا الُملخص : الفنيِة عندما ُتستعمُل اللغِة وأساليِبها إنَّ مفهوَم " شجاعة العربية " هو مفهوٌم جماليٌّ وبالغيٌّ يسمُح بالكشِف عن طبيعِة بِل ليحقَق بها وجَه اإلبداِع ، وقد أكثَر ابُن جّني في حديِثِه عن العربيِة وشجا ِتها من عألغراٍض جماليٍة ُتمّكُن القارَئ من ادارِك السُّ عربيُة ها، والخالِل توليِد اإلمكاناِت والصوِر التعبيريِة وخلِق استعماالٍت تتجاوُز بمرونِتها واتساِعها القوالَب الثنائيَة للنظاِم اللغوي ُكلَّ ُتها كما يراها ابُن جّني كثيرُة االنحرافاِت اأُلسلوبيِة الرائعِة، بل إّن أجمَل ما فيها التلطُُّف في التعبيِر والمقاص ِد وأعذُب ما فيها تلفُّ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org . أمَّا فيما وتثنيُتها ، وتبيَن لنا أنَّ " شجاعة العربية " من وجهِة نظرِه تكمُن في ِعلم بياِنها ؛ أَلنَّ معظَم لطاِئِفها تندرُج في اثنائهِ فريٍد ، يخصُّ ُأسلوَب االلتفاِت الذي تناولناُه في بحِثنا بوصفِه إنموذجًا لـــ" شجاعة العربية " الذي ُيَعدُّ ظاهرًة ذات تكويٍن ُأسلوبي تقاِل من فهو أوُل من تنبَه إلى أنَّ االلتفاَت ليَس ظاهرًة يكتفي المرء بإزائها ، بل إنَّ في االلتفاِت ضربًا في االتساِع في اللغِة، لالن لفٍظ الى لفٍظ بل هي ظاهرة ُأسلوبية َتنطوي على غرٍض ُمعتمد وسرٍّ على مثله تنعقُد اليدُ ابن جني الخطاب الغيبة, شجاعة العربية, االلتفات \الكلمات المفتاحية قدمة المُ نُ،ُاللهمَُّالُنحصيُثناًءُعليكُمعلمُاالنسانُماُلمُيعلمُالىُيومُالدينُوملهمُالخلقُاجمعيُُربُالعالمينُ ُُللُهُُالحمدُ عليهُُ)ُصلىُهللاُُُُُُُعثُهديةُللبشريةهُرسولُهللاهُمحمٍدُُكماُاثنيتُعلىُنفسكُ،ُوالصالةُوالسالمُعلىُمنُبُ ُُنتُ أ خيارُ،ُأماُبعد ُ:ُوسلمُ(ُوعلىُآلهُواصحابهُاأل ُاللغةُ ُُُُ الذيُصاغهُُُ((شجاعةُالعربيةُُ))ُناُعلىُم صطلحُهاختيارُ ُمليئٌةُبالظواهرُاللغويةُوقدُوقعُ ُالعربيةُ ُفإنَّ ُكثيرًةُمنُمستوياتُاللغةُالتيُتحدثُعنهاُُُُابنُجّني فيُمؤلفاتهُكافةُإذُُابنُجّنيبمفهومهُالواسعُليشملُجوانب ُالشديدُالذيُأظهرهُفيُمعظمُأبوابُكتابهُالرائعُ))ُ وجدناهُشغوفًاُبهذهُاللغةُمقدرًاُلحكمتهاُ،ُوهذاُاالعجاب وجوهُحكمةُهذهُاللغةُالعظيمةُواكتمالهاُفيُكتابهُ))ُُإلىالخصائصُ((ُوكتابهُ))ُالمحتسبُ((ُالذيُأشارُفيهُ واالتجاهاتُلذاُُنحاءُهُاألمتشعبُ ُموضوعٌُلُ الخاطرياتُ((ُومنُنافلةُالقولُأْنُموضوعًاُمثلُ))ُشجاعةُالعربية((ُ 0ُُجهدُوعناءُكبيرينُُإلىيحتاجُ ُُُُُ المتأُُإليهامصادرُعدةُماُأمكنناُالرجوعُُُُإلُىلقدُرجعنا نيةُوقدُاكتفيناُبالنظرةُوالتصفحُلبعضهاُوإلىُالنظرةهُ هذهُالمصادرُلتشملُكتبُالنقدُوالبالغةُواألدبُواللغةُ.والدقيقةُألكثرهاُوقدُتنوعتُ ُاُم عتمداًُأصاًلُجماليًاُوبالغيًُُُبوصفهُهبهعلومُاللغةُوبيانههاُوامكانياتهاُالّتعبيريةُُُُهُهفيُصلتُهُُفتكمنُ ُُالبحثُهُُاُأهميةُ أمَُُُُُّ ُأْنُيُ ُُ،ُلقدُكانتُطبيعةُالبحثُومادت هُ ُالمصادرُتتطلب دناُلهاُدرسُعلىُثالثةُمباحثُم هُّالمجموعةُمنُأ ماته معجماتُالعربيةُُُأ ه مُّهمفهومُ))ُشجاعةُالعربيةُ((ُونشأتهُوتطورهُفيُكتبُالتراثُ،ُوقدُتتبعناهُفيُُُُلهدراسةُهبتمهيدُُ منُاستعملهُوماُهوُفحواهُوكيفُتطورُ.ُُأّولُهبعدُذلكُعلىُُع ّرجنُاالمتيسرةُلديناُومنُثمَُّ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org ،ُولماذاُاستعملُهذاُالمفهوم؟ُوأشادُبهُفيُابنُجّنيولُفكانُيدورُحولُشجاعةُالعربيةُعندُُأمَّاُالمبحثُاألُ ُُُ أغلبُمصنفاتهُودافعُعنهُ؛ُألنُالعربيةُتملكُمنُالخصائصُالتعبيريةُماُالُتملكهُلغٌةُأ خرىُ،ُوهذاُماُيجسدُ ُاثباتهُفيُمؤلفاتهُكافةُ.ُإلىُابنُجّنيماُسعىُُوهوصنعتهاُودقتهاُوغموضهاُوشجاعتهاُ لـُ))ُشجاعةُالعربيةُ((ُوظاهرةُذاتُُُُُُ الثانيُف خ صصناه ُلموضوعُااللتفاتُالذيُيعدُإنموذجًاُ وأماُالمبحثُ تكوينُأ سلوبيُتخضعُلالختباراتُ))ُاللغويةُ((ُالفرديةُالتيُتقومُعلىُمخالفاتهاُمقتضىُالظاهرُوخرقُالنسقُ وبالغتهُوشروطهُوفوائدهُ،ُوقمناُُُُعائديتهلبالغةُوالنقدُووقفناُعندُُالمفروضُ،ُوتتبعناُهذاُالمصطلحُفيُكتبُا جاءُالمبحثُالثالثُليدرسُأ سلوبُُُمَُّومهنُثَّبتحليلُالنصوصُوعرضهاُ،ُث مُأخذناُبماُوجدناهُقريبًاُلواقعُاللغةُ،ُُ سبُفيُمؤلفاتهُوالُسيماُكتابُ))ُالخصائصُ((ُو))ُالمحتُُابنُجّنُيولقدُتتبعناُفيهُجهودُُُُابنُجّنيااللتفاتُعندُُ ُااللتفاتُُُابنُجّنيُُأنُّ،ُولقدُتبينُلناُُ((ُوالخاطرياتُ))ُوبقيتهاُ(ُ( أولُمنُتنبهُفيُدرسناُالبالغيُالموروثُعلىُأنَّ ُااللتفاتُضرٌبُمنُاالتساعُفيُاللغةُالعربيةُ؛ُالنتقالهُمنُلفٍظُبإُُليسُظاهرًةُشكليًةُيكتفيُالمرءُ زائهاُبلُيرىُأنَّ وعلىُمثلهُتنعقدُاليدُ،ُبعدُذلكُجاءُم لخصُالبحثُُُ،الىُلفٍظُبلُهيُظاهرةُأسلوبيةُتنطويُعلىُعرضُمعتمُد اليهاُالبحثُونسألُهللاُالسدادُوالتوفيقُ،ُونحمدهُعلىُنعائمههُ،ُ النتائجُالتيُتوصلُ ونتائجهُإذُأوجزناُفيهُأهمُ هُ.ونبتغيُأنُيكونُبحثناُخالصًاُلوجههُتعالىُشأُن : شجاعة العربيةمفهوم أواًل : ُهُذأ ُُدُْق ُلُ ُلُهطلح ُْصُالمُ ُاطلق ُ،ُإُذمستعارٌةُللعربيةُفظةُ وهذههُاللُُّ،فاتهاُالمختلفةتصرُ ُقوتهاُوكثرةُهعلىُالعربيةُه يوانُي ظهرُ ُةهُقوةٌُجاعُ الشَُُّلُ أص ُُإنَُّ نههُوجوارحههُمهنُر ُث ُأُُفيُنفسُال ح ّدةُهُقدامٍُإهاُعلىُب ده ش فُتط ْعنٍُُو ُالعربيةُ ُ،ُوقدُوصه بذلكُلقوتهاُ،ُوكثرةهُتصرفاتها)1(ُ.ُ ْدناوعندماُب حث ناُعنُهذهُاللفظةُُ ُالقلبُهُُدةُ هـ(ُشُه175أّنُالّشجاعةُعندُالخليلُ)ُتُُفيُمعجماتناُاللغويةُو ج ُاألزهريُُّ)ُت370هـُ(ُفيُ ُكالمُ عندُالبأسُتقولُ:"ُتشجعواُفحملواُورجلُأشجعُيرجعُمعناهاُإلىُالشجاعة")2(،ُولعلَُّ ":ذُقالإمنُهذاُالمعنىُُُُيقتربُ ُُالتهذيبُه ُورجلٌُُجعاءُ وللبؤةُُشُ ُُشجعُ أُ سدُُويقالُلألُُعةُشدةُالقلبُعندُالبأسُهوالشجا جاعاتٌُُ،ُوقومٌُُشجعان")3ُ(.ُ شجاعٌُُوامرأةٌُُشجاعةٌُُونسوةٌُُُشُ الشجاعةُالجرأةُوالشجاعُالجريءُالمقدامُفيُالحربُضعيفًاُكانُُُُ"هـ(ُ:395ُتبوُهاللُالعسكريُُ)وقالُأ ث هُ :أوُقويًاُـُوالجرُأةُقوةُالقلبُالداعيُُإلىُاإلقدامُعلىُالمكارهُُ")4(،ُُوقالُُالزمخشريُ)ُت528هـ( "ُُومنُالمجاز:ُنُ فُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org الشجاعُوالشجاعُُهوُالحيةُالجريئةُالشديدة")5(،ُوذكرُابنُاالثيرُ)ُت637هـ(ُفيُحديثهُعنُااللتفاتُالذيُعدهُمنُُ الرجلُُُنَُّأ،ُوذلكُُالشجاعةُهيُاالقدامُُنُّيُبذلك،ُأُلمنماُسُ ُإشجاعةُالعربية،ُُيضًاُُأويسمىُُُُ":قالُُيةُإُذشجاعةُالعرب تختصُبهُدونُيستطيعُغيرهُ،ُويتوردُماُلمُيتوردهُسواهُلذلكُهذاُااللتفاتُفيُالكالمُفانُاللغةُالعربيةُُيرتكبُماُالُُ ")6(،ُُولمُيخرجُابنُمنظور)ُت711هـ(ُعنُسابقيهُمنُاللغويينُفيماُقالوهُعنُالشجاعة)7(. غيرهاُمنُاللغاتُه فيُكتابههُُُُ"شجاعةُالعربيةُُُُ":ُُهذاُالمصطلحُُطلقُ أُُُولُمنهوُأُُ(هـ392ُ)ابنُجّنيُُُُنَُّأُُكرُهرُبالذُّــــومنُالجدي بابُالسابعُوالتسعينُُعنوانُالاسمىُُُُقُدُُبرزُعلماءُاللسانُالعربيأهذاُالعالمُالكبيرُالذيُيعدُمنُُفُُ((الخصائصُُُُ)) منُكتابههُُبـــــُ"ُشجاعةُالعربيةُ")8(.ُ ُالخطابُُُُ(ُ(ُُحتسُبالمُ ُُ))ُُهُهيُكتابـــــليذكرهُفُُابنُجّنيثمُعادُُُُُُ ُااللتفاتُوالعدولُفيهُمن الغيبةُُُُُأووهوُيتحدثُعن ُالحلبيُ)ُت737هـ(ُفيُكتابهُُ ُاألثير ُابن ُالباُبُُإذُذكره ُابنُجنىُفيُهذا ُالبالغيونُعلىُترديدُكلمات ")9(،ُُوقدُعكف ُُُُفيُبابٍُُُالكنز((جواهرُُُُ)) ءُالبيانُبهذهُمنُسماهُمنُعلماُُأّولهذاُبابُُُُ"ُقالُفيهُ:"شجاعةُالعربيةُُُُ"وسمهُبـ التسميةُُأبوُالفتحُُابنُُجّنيُُوصاحبُالجامعُالكبير)10(ُُنقلهُعنهُُ،ُثمُتداولهُالناسُُبعدُذلكُوهوُعبارةٌُُُعنُُأنواعُُ ُالبديعُوالمقصودُبهُُ ُالعربُهإشتىُمن ُلغاتُهُُظهارُماُدارُبين ُالفُ في ُالنطقُبهاُمنُتقديمُمعنىُُهم ُُتأخيرهُهُُأوصيحةُعند مراعاةُُُُأوُُلىُغيبةٍُإُُوُمنُحضورٍُأ،ُُلىُحضورٍُإُُةٍُفيُاسترسالُالكالمُمنُغيبُُانتقالٍُُُأوُُجمعٍُُُأُوُُجمعٍُُُوُتثنيةُهأ ُ.)11( ُالبالغةُه المعنىُأوُُعكسهُه،ُواتيانهمُبذلكُكلهُفصيحًاُمستوفياًُُُألنواعُه ُُبأحسُنبلُنراهمُنعتوهاُُُُي،ُواعجابهمُبهاُلمُينحصرُعلىُابنُجُنياهاإثناءُالعلماءُعلىُالعربيةُومدحهمُُُُنُّإ نصبُعلىُالحالُوهوُُُُ"شيخًاُُ،23ُُهودُ:ُُُُ:عرابُقولهُتعالىإُل(ُوهوُيتطرقُُهـ311لزجاجُ)ُتالنعوتُوافضلهاُقالُا منُُلطائفُُالعربيةُُ")12(ُُومعنىُقولهُ:"ُُمنُُلطائفُالعربيةُُ"ُُإنُُُّقولهُُ"شيخاًُُ"ُُليسُمماُيجريُعليهُالفعلُومنُحقُ الحالُأنُُْيكونُجاريًاُعلىُالفعلُ،ُلكنهُفيُمعنىُماُهوُجارٍُُُعلىُالفعلُ،ُوهذاُبعليُوالدًاُكبيراًُ)13(ُ. ُاستعملهـ255ُتالجاحظُ)ُُنَُُّإذاُماُقلناُُإولسناُببعيدينُُُُُ ُابنُجنُيُُ( ُلماُعناه ُاذُصرحُقائالًُُُتعبيرًاُقريبًا ُ":بالشجاعة ُُوإنماُذلكُعلىُقدرُاستعمالهمُوانتفاعهمُبهُ")14(ُ. ُللناسُعاداتٍُُوكالمًاُيعُرفُكلُشيءُبموضعهُه إنَُّ قتيبةُ)وقدُعبَُّ ابنُ ابنُجن(ُمنُقبلُعمُّهـ276ُترُ ُُُُ"ُُفيماُبعدُ ُُُياُعناهُ العربية ُُقالُُ"شجاعةُ وللعربُ": يلُ،ُوالقلبُ،ُوالتقديمُوالتأخير،ُوالحذف،ُفيهاُاالستعارةُ،ُوالتمثفخذهُُآالمجازاتُفيُالكالمُومعناهاُ:ُطرقُالقولُوم لواحدُمخاطبةُالجمع،ُوالجمعُاطبةُاخ،ُوماح،ُوالكناية،ُوااليضاحصض،ُواالفي،ُوالتعُرواالظهارُُ،،ُواالخفاءوالتكرار الواحُد ُُخطابُ ُُُو، خطاب والجمعُ ُُاالثنينالواحدُ الخصوص بلفظُ والقصدُ ُُل،ُ العموم وبلفظُ العموم،ُ ُُلمعنُىمعنىُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org حدُمنُالتراجمُُأُُيقدر،ُلذلكُالُُنُآالقُرُُنزلهذهُالمذاهبُُُُبوابُالمجازُوبكلُّهأشياءُكثيرةُستراهاُفيُُأ،ُمعُُالخصوُص ترجمتُالتوراةُوالزبورُُُُأووالروميةُُلىُالحبشيةُُإلسنُكماُنقلُاالنجيلُعنُالسريانيةُُلىُشيءُمنُاألإنُينقلهُُأعلىُُ ُالعجمُلمُتتسعُاتساعُالعربُفيُالمجاز")15(.ُُ وسائرُكتبُهللاُتعالىُبالعربيةُ،ُأُلنُ وتفردهاُُُُُ"شجاعةُالعربيةُُ"بـُُابنُجّنيُُهُوبينُماُعناهُُـــــــبينُُابنُقتيبةُالذيُذكرناهُالُيجدُفرقاًُُُعُعلىُنّصُهمطلُّالُ ُُنَُّإُُُ ُُيدهاُابنُقتيبةُولخصهاُابنُجُنالبالغيةُالتيُحدُُُّلصُوعنُهذهُالمفهوماتُواألُُتخرجُ ُُعنُغيرهاُمنُاللغاتُاذُال علىُذلكُُُُوخيرُمثالٍُخرىُُليسُلهُنظيرُفيُاللغاتُاألُ ُُتُفيُالعربيةُنوعًاُمنُالتخصصُواالبداعُوالشجاعةرأالتيُُ ،ُإذُصرحُُصائصُالعربيةُعنُغيرهاُمنُاللغاُتأظهرتُخُُعلميةٍُُُمنُقيمةٍُُُحتويهكتابُالخصائصُالبنُجنيُوماُيُ قدامُ.قُبلغتههُحينُوصفهاُبالشجاعةُواإلصراحةُالعالمُالواث : جّني عند ابنِ العربيةِ شجاعةُ ثانيًا : ُغرضهُُعل((ُُالخصائصُُ))ُُبشكلُعامُوكتابُُجّنيُُُُابنُهُُعلىُمؤلفاتُهُُلعُ المطُُُّنَُّإ ىُوجهُالتحديدُسيرىُأنَّ األساسُإظهارُُوجوهُحكمةُالعربيةُوشرفهاُورفعتها)16(. غريقيُُطغيانُالمنطقُاإلُُمنُُبهُُماُأحسَُّلهُُُ"ُُالعربيةُُشجاعةُ "ُُلهذاُالعنوانُُابنُجّنيُُاختيارُُُُسببُ ُُولعلَُّ علىُمنافذُالتفكيرُاللغويُ،ُفكانُلزامًاُعليهُأنُيتعّمقُفيُدراسةُالعربيةُ،ُلينتهيُبهُالبحثُالعلميُإلىُُُواستيالئه شجاعتهاُوقدرتهاُعلىُالتعاملُمعُالواقعُالسائدُفيُالمناظراتُوالمساجالتُاللغويةُآنذاك)17(ُ.ُُ ُكتابُ ذُإهبُُبماءُالذُُُّهُ روفُ نكتبُحُ ُُنُْأبناُُُُريُ العربيةُحُ سفارُُأمنُُُُهذاُالسفرُالخالد(ُُ(ُُالخصائُص)ُُ)ُُإنَّ بهُعلىُُُُبرَُّأذُُإقُُماُتعمُّّيُأهاُُثقُفيُبحُو،ُوتعمُّمازتُبهاُعنُغيرهاأخصائصُهذهُاللغةُالتيُُُُيجنُُُّلُفيهُابنُ سجُّ غرمًاُبالتقاطُالكثيرُكانُمُ ُُابنُجّنيُُنَُّأُلُُ؛منُقرأُهذاُالكتابُالرائعُُمرُيلمسهُكلُ ،ُوهذاُاألعياُالمتأخرينُأالمتقدمينُُو لُمنُُتحمُُُّهألنَُُُّ؛خارُ تفلهُاالُُقُ بكتابهُوحُ ُُالرجلُ ُُرُ خُ لقدُفُ ُُ،داعاتُالشعراءُفيُعصرُهإباللغةُالتيُتحملهاُُُُوارُدمنُش وحكاياتهُُعُاسفارُالعربيةُعلىُمرُالعصورُُرُوأمنُُُُجلهُالعناءُوالمشقةُحتىُجمعُلناُهذهُالمادةُالنادرةُفكانُبحقٍُّأ ينههُالّثرُُ،ُألّنهُأّولُمنُشرحُشعرهُوفتحُالبابُأمامُالنقاُدمعُالمتنبيُوشعرهُأشهرُمنُناٍرُعلىُعلمٍُُ ُلينهلواُمنُمعه ه ُوكتابهُ يختص الُ ُُُُذاُ بل العربية،ُ علومُ منُ ُُبعلمُ اللغُُعُ مُ جُ نراه فقهُ ُوةفيهُ نأُ ،ُ ُوصولُ صواتها،ُُأحوها،ُ لىُإنظرُُابنُجّنيُُنُُألىُُإالسببُفيُذلكُيعودُُُُدبهاُولعلَُّأشعارهاُونقدُُأ،ُوشرحُروائعُُوتصريفها،ُونحوها،ُوبالغتها american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org اللغةُتنسابُُُُتهكذاُكانف،ُُُنلقومُيعقلُوُُهعنُقومُيفهمونُوموجُُُّصادرٌُُُرائعٌُُُابداعيُ ُُعملٌُهاُُوصفاللغةُنظرةُشموليةُب ُ.إهنسيابًاُطيعاًُبينُيديهُ عنها،ُوهذاُُُُمدافعٌُُُم قداٌرُلحكمتها،ُُشغوفُباللغةُالعربيةُُهُ نَُّأُُعناءٍُُُدوُنمنُُيرىُُابنُجّنيُُكتابُُُُقارُئُُنَُّإ (ُوالذيُلمُيتخلفُعنُمواصلةُذكرهُفيُمؤلفاتهُُ(ُُالخصائُصُُ))بوابُكتابهُُأ،ُفيُمعظمُُعجابُالشديدُنلمسهاإل شغفهمُبلغتهمُُُُفيوالمرويُعنهمُُُُ"نفسهمُبلغتهمُُأصحابُاللغةُُأترجمةُعلميةُإلعجابُُُُإالَّ،ُوهذاُاالمرُليسُُخرُىاأل وتعظيمُهمُلهاُواعتقادهمُأجملُالجميلُفيهاُأكثرُمنُأنُيوردُأوُجزءُمنُأجزاءُكثيرةُمنه")18(. اابداعًُإُُُبوصفهالىُالعربيةُُإُُابنُجّنيلقدُنظرُُ ،ُُاصنعتهلخصائصُالتعبيريةُماُيجسدُُ،ُفهيُتملكُمنُ ظهارُتلكُالخصائصُإلىُُإفيُمؤلفاتهُيسعىُُابنُجّنيُُُُنَُّأوهذهُالنعوتُالتيُتثبتُُُُ،،ُوشجاعتهاودقتها،ُوغموضها ُماُفيُالعربيةُمنُغموضُكُعلىُحصافةُلفظهُوصحةُصنعتهُُ،ُوهيُدليلُالُيقبلُالشَُّالفنيةُللعربية ،ُعلىُأنَّ ُ.ورقةُودقةُيجعلُاللغاتُاألخرىُتعتذرُلها دينُعنُوصفهُلهاُبالحكمةُفقدُاقترنُتأويلهُفيُالعربيةُوبحثهُعنُخصائصهاُمجرُُُّابنُجّنياذنُلمُيكنُنظرُُُُُُُ عةُالغايةُالتيُوجهتهُفيُظهارُوجوهُالحكمةُوالشجاإ،ُومنُهناُكانُالنزوعُنحوُُعنُاعجابهُبهاُُلظواهرهاُبالكشف الُالحصرُمبدأُاالشتقاقُالذيُالمثالُُ(ُومنُذلكُعلىُسبيلُُ(ُُالخصائُص)ُُ)بوابُالتيُعقدهاُفيُكتابهُُمعظمُاأُل ،ُقولُعلىُالفرقُبينُالكالمُوالقولمامُالأمناهُُقدُُُّمرٌُأفهذاُُُُ":رُدواعيُذكرهُلهُقائالًُفسُّي ُُُإذُشرعبداعُُإماُُّيُأفيهُُُُبدعأ ،ُفهاُومبتدئهاُضبهُواُُدُّمُ أ،ُوبديعُماُُهذهُاللغةُالشريفة،ُالكريمة،ُاللطيفة،ُويعجبُمنُوسعُمذاهبهاُُرُ وُّليرىُمنهُغُ دُْناهُ ُُيقولُفيُُكتاُبُُُُُُُُُ))ُُالخاطرياُتُُ(ُ(ُُ:ُ"ُ جُ نُ هُ ُُفيُمعظمُمؤلفاتهُاذُوُ يُْدُ وهذاُُأُوانُالقولُفيُالفصل")19(،ُُوهذاُدُ واُُ،ُوخّصُواُبينُالمعنيينُباختالفُالحرفينففصل،ُألمرههُج:ُاذاُلمُيتُّجلُ الرُُّقُ لهُغُ :ُوقالواُُبالشيءالشيءُُقُ لُه:ُعُ وقالوا ُذاُعلقُبالشيءإالشيءُُُُنَُّأين،ُوذلكُُغمنُالُُعُ ص ُْنُأهاُُ،ُألنُّحدهماُبالعينأ ُلُ ًاُمنهُوخُ عموضُُ،ُخصَّ لهُكالرجلُُُص ُُزهُ انطباقُالشيءُوتحيُُُّقُ لهُغُ الُُنَُّأترىُُُُأالُ ،ُُبغيره،ُونحوُذلك،ُوليسُكذلكُالغينُُي ْعلهقُ ُُطافخوكالُ ُُهُ دُ صاحبهُيُ ُُقُ لهُعُْيُ ُالُيُ ،ُألنهُالُيهتديُلهُهن(ُالرَّقُ لهُغُ ،ُوكذلكُ)مختصةٍُُلحالٍُُعُ صنُْكالقلبُالُيهتديُلوجههُوالُيُ ُدونُجهةٍُُجهةًُُخص ،ُزةٍُمميُُُّختصًاُبجهةٍُمُ ُُبالشيُءُُقُ لهُعُْي ُُُبالشيءُُتُْصَُّالعينُونصاعتهاُماُخُ ُُصفاءُه،ُفلُهعلىُحالُمحصلةُمنهُُنّصُوالُيُ لهذاُُُُنُْطَُّف ُت ُف ُُُ.ُتوضعُاليدُمنهُعلىُناحيةُمخلصة،ُوالحيرةُوالبماُتصحبهُالحبسةُُماُخصتُُُْوانغمامههاينُُغالُُلظُهغُ ولُه ُعليه")20(ُ.ُ ُلهُوالُتجفُ ُحكمةُهُهذهُاللغةُالشريفةُوتأتَُّ ونحوه،ُوسرُّه american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org ُُمُ ُُابنُجّنيكانُُ اللغةُالتيُتحدثُعنهاُكثيرًاُتنطويُعلىُخصائصُالحكمةُواللطفُُُنَُّأدركًاُتمامًا هذهُ نَّاُوتُ قُْص ُرُأسُْبُ ابُ هاُدوننُا")21(.ُُ ُقدُتُ خفىُعُ ُلهذهُاللغةُأُ صواًلُوأوائلُ والصنعةُوالغموضُ"ُألنَُّ شرناُُأبتلكُالغايةُالتيُُُُمحكومةٌُُُللغةُوهيُنظرةٌُُُتهُهتؤكدُطبيعةُنظُرُُابنُجّنيدلىُبهاُُأقراراتُالتيُُهذهُاإلُُنَُّإ ُُهذهُالغايةُ ُُنَُّأُُدُ يُْلُعلىُعبقريةُأصحابهاُوعظمةُواضعهاُبُ دُّللعربيةُنظامًاُمحكمًاُيُ ُُنَُّأثباتُُإليها،ُونعنيُبذلكُُإ ُ،ُولطيفُ االنحرافاتُهُُكثيرُ ُُالعربُهُُوكالمُ "ُُ:للكشفُعنُجوانبُاالبداعُفيُهذهُاللغةُوفيُهذاُيقولُُُيابنُجنُُُّتقودُ سُ ُماُفيهُتُ لُ فُّتُ هُ ُوتُ ثُ نُّيُههُ")22(.ُ ُُوُأعُْذُ بُ ُوالجهاتُه المقاصدُه ُُلقولُسيبوُيهُُ)ُت180هـ(:ُُ"ُُوليسُشيءٌُُُمُهمُّاُيُ ْضُطرونُُإليهُُُإالَُُّوُ هُْمٌُُُيحاولونُبهُهُُوجهاًُ")23(ُُُُتأثيرًُاُُ ُويبدوُلناُُأنَُّ لىُإونُالكالمُُردُّهمُيُ نَُّأفيُكالمهُهذاُكانُيعنيُُُُهوسيبويُُفيُفهمُاللغةابنُجّنيُُماُفيُالمنحىُالعامُالذيُنهجهُُ أصله)24(.ُُ ُُُابهذهُاللغة،ُوهُذُُ،ُفحسبناُانُنملكُدرايةًُللشعراءُفيُاجترائهمُوشجاعتهمُُسعُ تتُُومذاهبُ ُُكُ سالُهللعربيةُمُ ُُنَُّإ الكالمُيوحيُبهُعالمناُإلىُخصائصُالعربيةُُوإمكاناتهاُالتعبيريةُوالجماليةُوماُتسمحُبهُللمتكلمُمنُأساليُب)25(.ُُ ُُابنُجّنيُُعالمٌُُُبارزٌُُُفيُمجالُالبحثُاللغويُلهُجهُودُنظريةُوتطبيقيةُمتميزةُالُيمكنُُإنكارها)26ُ(.ُ نعمُُإنَُّ نُفيُيقُعلىُكثيرُمنُالبالغُيذُتفوُّإُُفيُالدرسُالبالغيُُُّكبيرٌُُُرٌُث ُأمنُالنحويينُالذينُكانُلهمُُابنُجّنيُُُُدُ عُ وكذلكُيُ ُُالبابُللشروحُ فُ تُ حُ ُُالسبيلُوُ دُ هَُّ بُ هُ ُُللفهمُوالذيُمُ هُ ُُوقُ رَُّ رُ حُ عصرهُُ)27(.ُُكيفُالُوهوُُأوُّلُمنُتصدُّىُلشعرُالمتنبيُوشُ التيُأخذتُعنه)28(ُُ. اُاختراعهُُقُفأمُّموفُُُّلعالمٍُُُالَُّإماُتكاملُُُُلَُّق ُُُلقٍُهُعلىُخُ أقولُلقدُشاهدتُ ُُاًُحقُُُّ":ُُالطيُباُأباُُواصفًُابنُجّنيُُقالُُ حدًاُيتناكرُأُُنيُرأيتُ حسبأُُوماُُدُ نهُُُالَّإضدُوالُيستحسنُمعاندتهُُُُالَّإهُفيهاُواستنقاؤهُلهاُفماُالُيدفعهُُق ُلُ للمعانيُوتغُ فضلُهذاُالرجلُردحًاُمنُالزمنُإالَُّوشاهدتهُبعُدُذلكُقدُرجعُعنهُوعادُإلىُتفضيله")29(ُ. وُلمقتضىُُأاعدةُُقهُاالختيارُالمخالفُألصلُالنَُّبلُإسلوبي،ُُنوعُمنُاالختيارُاألُ ابنُجّنيُُالشجاعةُعندُُُُنَُّإ الشعرُموضعُاضطرارُوموقفُُُ"ُُنَُّلقواعدُاللغةُوذلكُألُُاليستُخرقًُابنُجّنيُُالشجاعةُفيُنظرُُُُهظاهرُالكالمُوهُذ لُهمُ ُعنُُأبُنيتهُوتحالُفيهُالمثلُعنُأوضاعُُصيغهاُألجله"ُ)30(.ُُ ُالكُ رَُّفُ اعتذارُوكثيرًاُماُيُ حُ :فيُقولُالشاعرابنُجّنيُيقولُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org ْيشُهُق وامُهُمنُو غ فَّةٌُُُُُُُُط ب عٍُُإلىُي دنيُط م عٍُُفُيُخيرُ ُالُُُُُُُُُُُُُُُُُ )البسيط(ُُُُُُُُُيكفينُيُالع ُيُرُُ"ُُُُُُُُُُُُُُُُُُ ُأوردُُُُنَُّأفيُمعناه،ُُوُُُدفاعرفُبماُذكرناهُحالُما ُإذا ُفكأنهُألُ مُنالشاعر بعلمُغرضهُُُنسهُههُشيئًا هُقدُاسترسلُنَُّأُُالَّإُُ،بهُُسٍُنآوُصادفُغيرُُأُُ،لهُُاُوافقُبذلكُقابالًُمًُمُ أ ُُُالَّإمُُشُهوالُجُُ،ولمُيرتكبُصعباًُُُهورُمراُدفُ وسُ واثقاًُ،ُوبُنىُاألمرُعلىُأنهُليسُمُ لُْتُ بُهساًُُ")31(. معُوجودُُُُالَّإفيُجوهرهاُوالقدرةُوالحريةُوالُتكونُالقدرةُوالحريةُحقيقيتينُُُُجاعةُهبينُالشَُّابنُجّنيُُلقدُربطُُ وهوُالمعرفة،ُفمتىُماُحصلُالعلمُبالشيء،ُوالتمكنُمنه،ُكانتُالقدرةُوالحريةُفيُالتعاملُمعُُُالُ أشرطُضروريُُ ُ.نسانيُّإالشيءُذاتُمغزىُهذاُ يمكنُُفالمتك اللغةُالُ بقواعدُ الجاهلُ اللغةُألمُ تعاملهُمعُ الصفتانُفيُ لهُهاتانُ ينعكسُُنَُّإُوُُ،نُتحصلُ ماُ شعرُالمتنبيُبالشجاعةُمنُُُُمُ سُهاُوهماُشرطانُفيُحصولُهذهُالشجاعةُوعلىُهذاُالنحوُوُ مبهُُاالستعمالُاللغويُّ وُأُُعرابُمنُارتكابُشاذٍُتعسفُعنُالقصدُفيُصناعةُاإلُُلفاظهُهأكانُفيُبعضُُُُنُْإُوُُ"فهوُُابنُجّنيُُوجهةُنظرُُ لهمُفيُُُةُ ب ُرُْعنُاختيارُالوجهُاألعرفُلهُومنُهناُثبتُقومُالُدُ ُُكانُمنهُوالُقصورٍُُُلٍُهُْفمنُغيرُجُ ُُعلىُنادرٍُُُلٍُمُْحُ .ُ)32(" ُإذُلمُتكنُلهمُخبرةُبداخلةُأمرهُه علمُالعربيةُبأشياءُمنُظاهرُلفظهُه المتنبيُالُشكُمبدعُُُنَُّإفُُ،خربعضُخصائصُاُلُُمنهماُيحملُ ُُكالًُُُنَُّأتناغمُبينُالرجلينُيثبتُلناُُهذاُالُُنَُّإُُُُُ ُالناس")33(،ُُوفيُموضعُُ ُُقدرهُ ُُكثيرٌُُُمن ُالرجلُالُيعرفُ ُالمتنبيُعنُُابنُجّنيُ:ُُ"هذا المٌُ،ُُوابنُجّنيُُعالمٌُُُمبدعٌُ،ُُيقول عُ ُبشعريُُّمنيُُّ")34(. آخرُقال:ُ"ابنُجّنيُُأعرفُ ُفيُاألصلُالبالغيُُّالذيُالُيستوعُبُاألفكارُجميُعهاُُبلُهوُُيمثلُ ُابنُجّنيُيُ كُْمُ نُ ُمفهومُالشجاعةُهُُعندُ ُُُُُُولعلَُّ ُاستعماُُ،اإلمكاناتُالتعبيريةُالمختلفةُُطاقةُاللغةُفيُتوليُد القوالبُالثابتةُللنظامُُُُتتجاوزُبمرونتهاُواتساعهاُُالتٍُوخلق ُ.ُاللغويُبشكلُعام االلتفات دراسة تحليلية وصفية :هُ رُ وُّ طَ وتَ اتِ فَ تِ االلْ نشأةُ اواًل : ُُ ر ُُُهُ ت ُعُ ن ُُُنُْإعربُمنُفترةُمبكرةُُوااللتفاتُعندُالبالغيينُوالنقادُالظ ه ُُخرُىأُ بتسمياتُُنعةُُهلُالّصُأُُُبعض ُ تقتربُمنُه)35(،ُُوقدُلقُّبهُابنُجّنيُبـُ)شجاعةُالعربية(ُمنُدونُُأنُيسمُّيهُتسميةُمحددة)36(،ُُوتابعهُكثيرٌُُُمنُالقدماءُه american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org ُيقتضيهُ ُلما ُالتعبيرُمخالفًا ُالتعبيرُفيُُأنماطُمختلفةُمن ُُالعربيةُفيهاُُإقدامُعلى ُُُُوأظنُ هُ ُُيعنيُُأنَُّ ُالوصف)37(، فيُهذا اللةُوهذاُإهنُُْتأملناهُضربُمنُالشجاعة)38(. األصلُفيُسياقُالكالمُوشفافيةُالدَُّ ُ:ُُمختلفةٍُعانٍُماُتحتويهُهذاُاللفظةُمنُمُ علىُالعربيةُلنتعرفُُمعجماتُهُهمُّهُأفيُُهذاُالمصطلحُ ُُوسنتتبعُ ُُُُ : االلتفات لغةً -1 تتبعناُمادةُ) العربيةُُفيُُ(تُ ف ُلُ عندُ ُُُُم عجماتُ الخليلُبنُُهاُالُتخرجُعنُمعنىُالصرفُُنَُُّأوجدنا حمدُُأقالُ (هـ175الفراهيديُ)ُت ُبهُقُْ،ُكماُتُ عنُجهتهُهُُيءُهالشَُُُّيُ ل ُُُ:تُ لفُْالَُُُّ" ،ُُواحدٌُُُلُ تُْوالقُ ُُتُ لفُْوالَُُّ...ُُهُ ت ُفهُْلُت ُف ُُُنسانٍُإُُقُهنُهعلىُعُ ُُض ه ُعّنيُ ُوجه ُول ف ت ُاّللي ُالجوهرّيُ)ُت393ه(:ُُ"الَّلْفت ص ُرفُ هُ ُُعنهم")39(.ُوقريٌبُمنُذلكُقول ُُفالناًُُُعنُُرأيهُُأي:ُُ ولُ فُ تُ ُ فُ هُ ،ُوتُ لُّفُ تُ هُ ُُعنُالقوم:ُص ُرُ ُُوُ جُْهُ فُ هُ ُُ")40(.ُُوقالُُابنُسيدهُ)ُت458هـ(ُفيُُالمحكم:"ُُلُ فُ تُ تُ هُ ُُعنُُرأيهُهُُص ُرُ ف ه ،ُُُُولُ فُ ر ص هُ ُُوفيُالتنزيل78 ،ُُوهذاُقولُثعلبُُ")41(.ُُ نُ عُ تُ هُ ُُلُ فُْتًُاُمُ لُْفُ ُُيُ تُ هُ ُُعنُالشُّيءُه لُ فُ هُ ُُإليهُوُ جُْهُ ُُوُ ُُإليه:ُص ُرُ فُ ،ُوالتُ فُ تُ إلىُالشيءُه ُالكالمُ ُُتُ فهُْلُي ُُُ،ُوفالنٌُهُ ت ُفُْرُ يُص ُأُُُيهُهُأعنُُرُُهُ ت ُفُ :ُلُ جازُهوفيُالمُ ُُهُ ت ُْيُوُ ذاُلُ إتًاُُْفُل ُُُهُ تُ لفُ أ ُُُ":ُُهـ(538)ُتُُوقالُعنهُالزمخشرُي لُ هُُعنُُعواهنهُالُيباليُكيفُجاء")42(. لُ فُْتًاُيُ رُْسُه لو هُ (ُُهـ711ىُصاحبُاللسانُ)ُتل ُدُْأُو كثرُفيهُُأُُوالتلفتُ اتًا،ُُف ُتُهالُُُْتُ ف ُتُ والُُُْهُ ف ُرُ :ُص ُعنُالقومُُهُ هُ جُْوُ ُُتُ ف ُل ُُُ":ذُقالإُُد .)43("ُ هُ ُإليهُه جُْهُ ُوُ ُإليهُص ُرُ فُ ُإلىُالشيءُوالُْتُ فُ تُ وتُ لُ فُّتُ ُاللفظةُُعرضُُنُْأُُدُ عُْب ُوُ ُُُُُ ُاللفظةُُُفُ قهُن ُلهُُُبيانٍُُُفصحُهأُوُُعظمُكتابٍُُألىُُإُُتُ فهُت ُْلُنُ نُُأُُدَُّالبُ ُُلغوًياناُمعنىُهذه عندُورودُهذه ُكُ ت ُفُ ،ُتقولُماُلُ فُ رُْالصَُُُّتُ لفُْالَُُُّ"ُ:ُُقال، 78يونس : قولهُتعالىُُ(ُفيهـ207)ُتاءُُالفرُُُّليهاأشارُإذُُإُُ،نُالكريمآفيُالقُر ُعنه")44(. فُ كُ عنُفالنٍُ،ُأي:ُماُص ُرُ ُُفيُُ ُُبوجهه")45(،ُُوجاءُ ُُعنُقُهبلهُه لُ دُ ُُإذُعُ ُُفالنٌُ ُُاالصفهانيُ)ُت425هـ(ُعنُاليةُنفسهاُ:"ُُالُْتُ فُ تُ وقالُالراغبُ ُُالكالمُهُُمنُمعنىُُإلىُُآخرُألغراضُُ:قولهُتعالىُُ ُُلفظةُ ُُااللتفاتُتعنيُتصريفُ ُوعلىُهذاُيعنيُُُأنَُّ "ُُ هود : 81 ، ُُإ(ُُتُ فُ لفظةُ)لُ ُُنَُّأفيُذلكُُُُجملُالقولُهومُ ُُ.ُُبالغيةُتحققُالغرضُمنُذلك ارةُكانتُبمعنىُُ(ُالجبـُ)عنُُتُْعُ بهُْتُأُ ذا نسانُُاإلُُتُ ّفُلُ منُتُ ُُمأخوذٌُُُالمعنىُاللغويُُُّنَُّأويبدوُُُُ،(ُكانتُبمعنىُاالقبالُهذاُلمُتعقبهاُ)عنإُوُُ،عنُالشيءرفُُالّصُ نُ بُ يُّهنُْهُ ُُفيُالُمباحثُ منُعنُيمينهُُإلىُشمالهُومنُشمالهُُإلىُيمينه)46(،ُوهوُقريبُمنُمعناهُاالصطالحيُعلىُماُسُ 0نُشاءُهللاُُإُةالقادم american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org : البالغيينَ اصطالحاتِ لتفات في ال ا ثانيًا : فوهُرُّعُ ُُدُْق ُل ُف ُُُسلوبُهمنُمحاسنُاللفظُورونقُاألُ ُُالبالغيوُنُُهُ دَُّذُعُ إُُالعربيةُهُُلبالغةُهاُُبوابُهُأمنُُُُبابٌُُُااللتفاتُ ُُنَُّإ قديمًاُوحديثًاُوحدُّدواُأقسامهُوصوره)47(.ُ ُ ُُاأُلصمعيُ)ُت216هـ(ُُأوُّلُمنُُأشارُُإليهُوعرُّفه:ُبالرُّجوعُُإلىُالشيءُه إُذُُذكرتُالمصادرُالتيُاطلعناُعليهاُُأنَُّ ُُ ُُلواءُ لُ مُ اُُأبوُعبيدةُمعمرُبنُالمثنىُ)ُت209هـ(ُالذيُحُ قبالُعليهُبعدُتركه)48(.ُُُأمَُّ بعدُاالنصرافُعنه،ُُأي:ُاإلُه ومنُمجازهُُُُ":((ُُُُمجازُالقران))ُُذُقالُفيُمقدمةُكتابهُُإُُ،يسميُهأنُُُُدوُنمنُُلىُهذاُالمصطلحُُإُُشارةُهفيُاإلُُقُهبُْالسَُّ ُمخاطبتهُ ُُهذهُإلىُمخاطبةُالغائبُ")49(.ُُ ولتُْ ُوحُ تُْ ُمخاطبتهُ ُمخاطبةُ ُُالشاهدُثمُتُ رُهكُ ماُجاءتُْ هُ ُ دَُّ ُُعندُشعراءُالعربُقبلُاالسالم)50(.ُُوعُ دُ ُُُوااللتفاتُمنُاألساليبُالمستعملةُفيُلغةُالعربُقديماًُ،ُُإذُوُ جُه خبارُنُاألُعخبارُُولىُاألإُُةُهبُ اطُ خُ عنُالمُ ُُمُهلّهُكُ تُ المُ ُُنصرافُ اهوُُُُ":فقالُُهُ ف ُرَُّالمحاسنُوعُ ُُلُ وُّأهـ(296ُُابنُالمعتزُ)ُت إلىُالمخاطبةُوماُيشبهُذلكُومنُااللتفاتُاالنصرافُعنُمعنىُيكونُفيهُالىُمعنىُاخر")51(ُ. ُُكَُّشُ اُُمَُّإُُهُ ْضُرُهعُْي ُُُهُ نَُّأخذًاُفيُمعنىُفكآُُيكونُالشاعرُ ُُنُُْأهوُُُُ:"قالُُإذُُ(ُُهـ393بنُجعفرُ)ُتُُةدامعنهُقُ ُُثُ دَُّحُ وتُ ُُرُ ًاُيُ ادُّر ُُنُّأُبُُنُّوُظُ أفيهُ وُيذكرُسببهُُأدهُؤكُّنُيُ أاُمُّإمهُفلىُماُقدُّإعنُسببه،ُفيعودُراجعًاُُُهلأوُسائاًلُيسأهُعليهُقولُ د أوُيحلُُّالشُّكُفيهُ")52(ُ. وهوُأنُُُ"خرُآلىُمعنىُُإُُُهيفىُيكونُُــــــ:ُاالنصرافُمنُمعنُيأاالنصراف(ُُهـ(ُ)584)ُتُُُذقهُنُْبنُمُ أ سامةُُُاهُ مَُّوسُ ُُُُ هُ ُُابنُعطيُّةُمنُفصيحُكالمُالعربُعندماُيخرجُ دَُّ يرجعُمنُالخبرُُالىُالخطابُومنُالخطابُالىُالخبُر")53(.ُُوُ عُ الكالمُمنُالغيبةُإلىُالخطابُوبالعكس)54(ُ. ُُلهُفصاًلُخاّصًُاُفيُكتابهُالصناعتين)55(،ُُُوأشارُُإليهُمنُدونُُ دُ قُ لَُّمُ ُُعنهُُأبوُهاللُالعسكريُ)ُت395هـ(ُوعُ وتُ كُ لُالخطابُحوُّالعربُتخاطبُالشاهدُثمُتُ ُُ"قالُ:فُُ((ُُالصاحبُي))ُُ(ُفيُكتابهُُهـ395نُيذكرُاسمهُابنُفارسُ)ُتأ إلىُالغائبُ")56(ُ. اُمنُمظاهرُمرونةُاللغةُُمنُشجاعةُالعربيةُومظهرًُُُهُ دَُّكثرُمنُمناسبةُفيُكتبهُوعُ أفيُُابنُجّنيُُوقدُذكرُُ العربيةُووجهًاُمنُوجوهُُتمكنهاُوقوُّتهاُوثرائهاُوهوُغورٌُُمنُاللغةُالعربيةُبعيُد)57(،ُُوفيُموضعُُآخرُذكرُُابنُجّنيُ تُ ُه)58(ُ. ُماُفيهُتُ لُ فُ ُُوُأعُْذُ بُ ُوالجهاتُه ُالمقاصدُه ،ُلطيفُ ُاالنحرافاتُه ُكثيرُ ُالعربُه أنُُّكالمُ ُُلُالصيغُهوُّحُ يتمُتُ ُوُُ،لىُلفظٍُإُُمنُلفظٍُُُهُهمنُاالتساعُفيُاللغةُالنتقالُهُُااللتفاتُفيهُضربٌُُُنَُُّأابنُجّنيُُويرىُُ لىُفتحُُإهذاُيرميُُُُنَُّأُلُُ؛لىُمعنىإوُاالنصرافُمنُمعنىُُأسلوبُاالستدراكُُأنُُوهوُفيُنظرهُيختلفُعبوساطته،ُُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org نُتنهضُعليهُُأساسُالذيُيمكنُُخرىُبلُنسفُاألأُُبمصطلحاتٍُُُغيرُم لتبسٍُعيهُوجعلهُُبابُااللتفاتُعلىُمصرُا صياغةُالمصطلُح)59(. والسببُفيُتلقيبهُبذلكُُُ"ُُُوقدُيلقبُبشجاعةُالعربية"ُُُُلتفاُتاالثًاُعنُُ(ُمتحدُّهـه745الطرازُ)ُتيقولُصاحبُُ العظيمةُحيثُالُيردهاُرطُالوُ ُُمُ حُهت ُقُْويُ ُالصعبةُ ُالمواردُ ُد ُرُههُيُ نَُّإاُفذاُكانُشجاعًُإوالرجلُُُ،قدامالشجاعةُهيُاإلُنَُّأهوُ لىُإلىُخطابُومنُخطابُُإدولُعنُغيبةُُبهذهُاللغةُوهوُالعُ ُُمخصوٌصُُُتفاُتاالُلُُنَُّأُُكَُّ،ُوالشُ هُوالُيقتحمهاُسواُهغيرُ ُنَُّأُُُكَُّعلىُالغيبةُوالخطابُالُغيرُوالُشُ ماُهوُمقصودُُنَُّإالثانيُُُُدُ ،ُوالحُ هاكلُّهُُلتفاتاُتاالسائرُُُُمُ عُهلُيُ وُّاألُُنَُّأُلُُ،بةغُي قوىُدونُهوُاألُُلُ وُّاألُُدُ ،ُفلهذاُكانُالحُ وقدُيكونُعلىُعكسُذلكُُ،لىُالمضارعإااللتفاتُقدُيكونُمنُالماضيُُ غيرُههُ")60(،ُُونقلُلناُابنُاأُلثيرُالجزريُُّكالمُابنُجّنيُوربطهُبشجاعةُالعربية)61(. قوةُيتصرفُهُلماُكانُكالمًاُفيهُألنَُُُّ":قالإذُجواهرُالكنزُكتابهُ(ُفيُهـ737ثيرُالحلبيُ)ُتذلكُابنُاأُلُلُ لَُّوعُ لىُثتنيةُوتقديمُوتأخيرُإلىُجمعُومنُجمعُُإلىُغيبةُومنُتثنيةُُإلىُحضورُومنُحضورُُإفيُالمخاطباتُمنُغيبةُُ بالرجلُاُُلىُالعربيةُتشبيهًُإوصارُفيُنفسهُشجاعًاُبالنسبةُُ...صاحةُوالبالغةالفُُدُّهومعُذلكُكلهُالُيخرجهُعنُحُ الذيُتكونُفيهُشجاعةُتحمُلهُفيُالحربُعلىُالتقديمُوالتأخير")62(. ن ه ُُةُذهنُالبليغُوتمكُ دَُّهُعنىُبذلكُحُهنَُّإذُُإُُ،ُُالعربيةُُابنُجّنينُمفهومُالشجاعةُالتيُوصفُبهاُُاتضحُلناُاُل ووصفُالشجاعةُهناُُُُ،رُّهوالفُ ُُرُّهبالكُ ُُغىءُكماُيتصرفُالشجاعُفيُمجالُالُوساليبُكالمهُكيفُشاأمنُتصريفُُ طةُصفةُالشجاعةُمشرُوُنَُّإُ،عزلُوجاهلُيعاقبهُصنيعهُأيخوضُغمارُالحربُوهوُُنُْيوصفُبهاُمُ ُُالَّأعليناُُمُ تُّهحُ يُ بالمعرفةُبالشيءُوالتمكنُمنه)63(ُ. منُخاللهاُُالتيُُُوالنظرةُالثاقبةُالتذوقيةُالعميقةُُُُلىُالعربيةُهإُُنُينظرُ أُُقدُاستطاعُ جّنيُُُُابنُ وعلىُهذاُيكونُُ رهًجاىُُخُرألىُُإُُةٍُمنُجهُُالًُوتحوُُُّماُفيهُمخالفةًُُُلَُّكُ ُُدَُّااللتفاتُفقدُعُ ُُةبالغُُرُّهعلىُسُهُُهُ دُ يضعُيُ ُُنُْأاستطاعُُ تحتُُُم ْند ُ.هاُمُهذهُاللغةُوشجاعتُيعجابًاُمنهُبعظُإىُشجاعةُالعربيةُمَُّسُ مُ : االلتفات ةُ عائدي ثالثًا : ذُوجــدنــاهُيبحــثُفيُإلمصــــــــــــــطلحُفيُعلومُالبالغــةُالثالثــةُُةُهــذاُاعــائــديّــُُُعلىالبالغــةُوالبيــانُُُُهــلُ ُألمُيتفقُُ فههُهالمعانيُُُُعلمُهُفيُأ مَّاُُ،جميعها صــْ ُالبديعُهُُلىُعلمُهإكانُُُنُْإُوُُالمقامُ ُُعلىُماُيناســبُ ُُضــىُالظاهرُهمقتُعلىُخالفُهُُفبهو ُُإيرادٌُُلمعنىُواحدٍُُُفيُطرقٍُُمختلفةُُ فههُه صـــــــْ ،ُلُهماُفيهُمنُُالحســـــــنُواالبتداع)64(.ُوأمُّاُفيُعلمُالبيانُُف بهو ُُُوأوضـــــــحُ أقربُ ُلُىإنُحيثُكونهُفيُعلمُالبديعُفراجعُاُممَُّأفيدُالكالمُحســنًاُذاتيًاُللبالغة،ُُووبينُهذينُيُواخفاءًُُالداللةُعليهُجالءًُ (ُُهــــــــــــــ626السكاكيُ)ُتُنَُّأمنُالمحسناتُالمعنويةُويزيدُذلكُُبينُصورُمتقابلةُفيُمعنىُواحدُفكانُُاًُفيهُجمعُأنَُّ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org هُمنُنَـُّألىُإُُيـماءٍُإاـيةُُـنهُخالفُمقتضــــــــــــــىُالظـاهرُك،ُفيُحينُعـدُّيُعلمُالـبديعخرىُفأوردهُـتارةُفيُعلمُالمـعانيُُوأ البيانُُأيضـــــــاًُ)65(،ُوقولُالزمخشـــــــريُفيُُ))ُُالكشـــــــافُُ(( : إنَُّهُيُ ســـــــمىُالتفاتًاُفيُعلمُالبيانُمبنيُعلىُُأنَُّهُكثيرًاُماُ ــاملُلعلومُالبالغةُالثالثةُوليسُالمعنىُالخاصُُ يُ طلقُالبيانُعلىُالعلومُالثالثة)66(ُوالمقصـــودُبعلمُالبيانُمعناهُالشـ ُبعدُاالستعارةُ،ُالكنايةُوالتشبيه)67(. ُالبيانُه بهُوهكذاُفعلُالطُوفيُ)ُت716هـ(ُإذُجعلهُمنُأنواعُه ةُفيُقالـئدهـاُُجنودهـاُوالواســــــــــــــطـُُأحـُدُعلومُالبالغـةُوهوُُجـلُّهأُ االلتفـاتُمنُُُُنَُّأاعلمُُُ":لويُفيُالطرازعليقولُا ذاُحالُهذاُُكفهُوتارةُكذاُُنسـانُيمينًاُوشـمااًلُفتارةُيقبلُبوجههُوتارةُكذاخذًاُلهُمنُالتفاتُاإلأوعقودهاُوسـميُبذلكُُ لىُغيرُذلكُُإُخطابٍُُُلىإُُومنُغيبةٍُُُلىُغيبةٍُإومنُخطابُُُُقلُمنُصيغةٍُتينهُفيُالكالمُنَُّإالنوعُمنُعلمُالمعاني،ُف منُأنواعُااللتفاُت")68(. وُمدحًاُألكونُالكالمُسؤااًلُُُ؛صغاءدُاإلمزينُطلبُفائدتهُمُهُُذاُاقتضىُالمقامُ إُ":ُُ(هـــ1110)ُتُقالُالمغربيُ ُو جهةُكونهُشـــــــــيئًاُظريفًاُمســـــــــتبدعًاُيكونُمنُ،ُومنُُفهوُمنُهذاُالوجهُمنُعلمُالمعانيوُغيرُذلكُُأُُجةٍُقامةُحُ إوُأ ُإلىُالُرأيُاـلذيُيجعـلُااللتـفاتُمنُنعوتُعلمُُ علمُالـبديعُوكثيرًاُمـاُيوجـدُفيُالمعـانيُمـثلُهـذا")69(.ُُعلىُُأنَُّـناُنُ مـيلُ ُآيكونُالمتكلمُُُنُْأُ":ُُهُ دُّحُ وُ ُُ،المعاني لهُعنُُأســـــائاًلُيســـــُنَُّأُُوُيظنُ أ،ُُكُ خذًاُفيُمعنىُمنُالمعانيُفيعترضـــــهُفيهُشـــــ ذٌُُفيه")70(. سببهُفكأنهُيلتفتُإليهُفيتذكرُالسببُأوُيبطلُاإليرادُبكالمٍُُغيرُماُهوُآخُه : االلتفاتِ بالغةُ رابعًا : ُلُّهكُ لهُُُدَُّالبُ ُ":ُيقولُ ُُمَُّث ُُخرُ آُلُ حُهمُ ُُتعبيرٍُُُوذلكُبإحاللُهُُفيُالعربيةُهُضـــــــــــــربًاُمنُالتوســـــــــــــعُهُُااللتفاتُ جّنيُُُُابنُ ُدَُّعُ ُُبهُبجانبُماُفيُالتلوينُاألُ سـلوبيُمنُتجديدُنشـاطُالسـامع")71(.ُُوعلىُهذاُُ هُهُنكتهُوفائدةُتخص موضـعٍُُُمنُمواضـعُه يُانتفعُمنهاُالبالغيونُمنُُذوالُُ،البالغيُُُّلهذاُالفنُّهُُالبالغيةُ ُســس ُقدُوضــعُاألُ ابنُجّنيُُُنَُّإُالقولُ ُُســاسُنســتطيعُ األ .حتذىُبهُالشاملةُالتذوقيةُمنهجًاُيُ بعدهُفكانتُنظرتهُالعلميةُ يرُماُُخرُغآوبُُســــــــــــلأُ لىُإمُوالخطابُوالغيبةُُســــــــــــلوبُالتكلُّأُ الكالمُمنُُُانتقالُ ُ"هلُالبالغةُ:ُأعندُُُوااللتفاتُ خرُآســـلوبُُأُ لىُإفينقلهُُُُســـلوبٍُأ ُُنُْمُهُلَُّماُمُ بَُّالســـامعُرُ ُنَُّإصـــغائهُفإيقاظًاُفيُإلنشـــاطهُُوُُةًُيُرطُْيترقبهُالمخاطبُليفيدُتُ تنشــيطًاُلهُواســتمالةُفيُاإلصــغاءُُإلىُماُيقوله")72(،ُففيُااللتفاتُعنايةُبحالُالمخاطبُوقصــدُإلىُتحريكُنشــاطهُُ ُأفيُاالســـــــتماعُوفيهُ الُوبحســـــــبُماُيعرضُلهاُمنُلىُحإغراضُالمتكلمُوتنقلُنفســـــــهُمنُحالُُُأداللةُعلىُُاُُيضـــــــً .يجددُنشاطهُُآخرُسلوُبالكالمُإذُنقلُالكالمُمنُأ سلوبُإلىُأُ فــــيُُاالفتنانساليبُوهوُعلىُهذاُمنُأمقاماتُ الُُُُ،لىُالغيبـُةإعنيُنقـلُالكالمُعنُالحكـايـةُُُأهـذاُالنوعُُُُنَُّأواعلمُُُُ":ُعنُبالغتـهه(626ُ)ُتقـالُالســــــــــــــكـاكيُُ ــندُ ــمىُُلىُالإمنهاُُُُةُوالخطابُوالغيبةُثالثتهاُينقلُكلُواحدٍُليهُوالُهذاُالقدرُبلُالحكايإيختصُالمســــ هذاُُخرُويســــ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org ــلوبُأدخلُُالنقلُالتفاتًاُعندُُ ــلوٍبُإلىُأ ســ ــتكثرونُفيهُويرونُالكالمُإذاُانتقلُمنُأ ســ علماءُعلمُالمعاني،ُوالعربُيســ فيُالقبولُعندُالسامعُُوأحسنُتطريةُلنشاطهُُوأماًلُُباستدرارُإصغائهُوهمُأحرياءُبذلك...")73(ُ. اُللسامعُوتجديدًاُُاستدرارًُُوُُيةًُخرُتطُرآلوبُُسأُ لىُُإُُسلوبٍُأُ منُُُُالكالمُهُُلُ ْقُن ُُُ:"(ُُهـ794وقالُعنهُالزركشيُ)ُت لنشاطهُهُوصيانةًُُلمخاطرهُهُمنُالمللُوالضجرُبدوامُاألُ سلوبُالواحدُعلىُسمعه،ُكماُقال)74(ُ: ُُُُُُُ)البسيط(ُُُُُُُحالُهُإلىُحالٍُُمهنُُْلُ التَّن قُ ُإالَُُُُُُُُّم دبّهرةًُُكانُتُإنُُْالنَّْفس ُُي ْصلهحُ ُالُُُُُ ُُغراضُهُأعلىُُُُداللةٌُُُوفيهُهُُ،فيُاالستماعُهُُهُهنشاطُهُُلىُتحريكُهإُُدٌُْصُوقُ ُُ،الُالمخاطبُهجبمُُعنايةٌُُُففيُااللتفاتُه ُُنفسهُمُهنُُْحالٍُُُإلىُحال)75(. المتكلمُونُ قُْلُه )ُتُُعنهُ ُُلُ وقا القرطاجنيُ ُُهـ684حازمُ يُ ُُ:"( االستمرارُ أسُْوهمُ ُُُُمونُ متكلم ضميرُمخاطبُُُوأعلىُضميرُ خبارُعنُنفسه،ُاإليضًاُيتالعبُالمتكلمُبضميرهُفتارةُيجعلهُياًءُعلىُوجهُُألىُالغيبةُوكذلكُُإفينتقلونُمنُالخطابُُ المتواليُلكالمُُ،ُوتارةُيجعلهُهاًءُفيقيمُنفسهُمقامُالغائبُفلذلكُكانُاوُتاًءُفيجعلُنفسهُمخاطباًُُأوتارةُيجعلهُكافًاُُ ُُالُُ فيُضميرُالمتكلمُُأوُالمخاطبُالُيستطاب،ُُوإنماُيحسنُاالنتقالُمنُبعضهاُُإلىُبعُض")76(،ُُوهوُنُ قُْلٌُُُمعنويُ ُُنُْسُهحُُْأزيدًاُُوُُمُْرُهكُْأُُ:لىُالملتفُمنهُليخرجُنحوإمرُُليهُعائدًاُفيُنفسُاألإقلُُتنالمُُيكونُالضميرُ ُُنُْأهُُ،ُوشرطلفظيُ إليه،ُفضميرُ)أنت(ُالذيُهوُفيُ)أكرم(ُغيرُالضميرُفيُإليه)77(. مُ ُ اللغةأُُااللتفاتُهُُصطلحُ مُ ُُلُ ثَُّلقدُ فيُ جماليًاُ األُُ،صاًلُ تجلياُتولهذاُ ُُمرُ بالعنايُة، البالغةُ تولتهُ ماُ ُُمنهاُ ُاُُالئقةًُُُةًُواالهتمامُفاحتلُمكان ُالتيُتعد ُالعربية ُلنفسهُمكانًاُفيُشجاعة ُلكيُيجد ُتؤهله ُالذيُيتجلىُبه ُالجمالي لجانب .فيهاُ سلوبُكانُذلكُالكالمُأُ لىُُإلوبُُسُ أنُُمُهُُلُ قُهذاُنُ إُُالكالمُ ُُنَُّأُُااللتفاتُهُُنُهسُْحُ ُُهُ جُْوُ ُُ"ُ:(هـ792يقولُالتفتازانيُ)ُت ُُأ،ُُيةًُرُهطُْت ُُُحسنُ أ ياثًاُمنُُحُدإوُُأي:ُتجديدًا ُلكلُّهُُنَُّليه،ُألإصغاءُُيقاظًاُلإلإكثرُُألنشاطُالسامع،ُوكانُُُُالثوُبُُتُ ط ر جديدٍُُُلذةٌُُُوهذاُوجهُحسنُااللتفاتُعلىُاإلطالق")78(.ُُولاللتفاتُفوائدُعامةُوخاصة،ُفمنُالعامةُالتفُننُواالنتقالُ الكالمُلهُوعدمُالسيرُعلىُجالبُصفاتهُواتباعُمجاريُُتخرُلماُفيُذلكُمنُتنشيطُالسامعُواسآلىُُإسلوبُُأُ منُُ الخاصةُفتختلفُباختالفُالحالةُومواقعُالكالمُفيهُعلىُماُيقصدهُالمتكلمُمنُُُُاُالفوائدُ مَُّأُوُ.ُُفيُالكالمُُواحدٍُُُبٍُرُْض ُ تلكُُالمبالغةُوالداللةُُعلىُاالختصاصُواالهتمامُوتعظيمُشُأنُالمخاطبُوالتوبيخ)79(،ُُوقدُُأدخلهُاإلمامُفخرُُالدينُُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org ُُقسامُنظمُالكأهـ(ُفي606ُُالرازيُ)ُت عضُالتيُتظهرُقوةُالطبعُوجودةُبمعُُالمُالتيُتمثلُتعلقُالجملُبعضها القريحةُواستقامةُالذهنُعلىُماُكانُيراُه)80(. ابن جّني االلتفات عند ُُتبيَُُُّ،القديمُُالعربيُُُّقدُهالبالغةُوالنَُُُّبُهت ُكُ ُُاتُهمَُّأُ ناُعلىُُعُْلُ اطُ ُُنُْأُُدُ عُْب ُُ ُُااللتفاتُهُُفيُتحديدُهُُلمشهورُ اُُنَُّأنُلنا مذهبان:ُ)مذهبُالجمهور(ُوُ)مذهبُالسُّكاكُّي()81(ُ. عبيرُعنهُبطريقُُمنُالطرقُالثالثةُبعدُالتَُُّعنُمعنىُبطريقٍُُُعبيرُ هُالتَّنَُّإُُ:هُهدُهْيُدُهحُْفيُتُ ُُفيقولُ ُُاُالجمهورُ مَُّأ نُْهُ ُُبطريقٍُُُآخرُمنها،ُ ُُالتعبيرُعُ ُُوالغيبةُ )82(ُُ.ُُوواضحٌُُُمنُقولهم:ُبُ عُْدُ آخرُمنها،ُُوالطرقُالثالثةُهي:ُُالتَّكلمُ ُُوالخطابُ خرُآيُبطريقُُأُُ:"هـ(739ُُيقولُالقزوينيُ)ُتُُ.ُُوُخالفهأالكالمُسواءُوافقُمقتضىُالظاهرُُُُلوُّأهُالُيكونُفيُُنَُّأ نُُُأويكونُمقتضىُظاهرُسوقُالكالمُُالظاهرُُضىُُنُيكونُالتعبيرُالثانيُعلىُخالفُمقتُأمنُالطرقُالثالثةُبشرطُُ ُُعنهُبغيرُهذاُالطريق")83(ُ. بُّهرُ يُ عُ لىُُإالحكايةُُُُعنيُنقلُالكالمُعنُأهذاُالنوعُُُنَُّأواعلمُُُُ":ذُيقولإالجمهورُُُُذهبُهمُ ُُنُْمُهُُعمُ أُُُكاكيُّومذهبُالسُّ ُالغيبةُالُُ خرُلىُالإمنهماُُُُواحدٍُُُليهُوالُهذاُالقدرُبلُالحكايةُوالخطابُوالغيبةُثالثتهماُينقلُكلُ إالمسندُُُُيختص ُ؟ُ ؟ُُوماُص ُنُ عُْتُ لُْتُ ُفُ عُ ُُما كُ يُْحُ هُوُ ُنفسُ ُيعني ُالقائل:ُوهو ُقول ُالمعاني")84(،ُُففي ُالنقلُُالتفاتًاُعندُعلماءُعلم ويسمىُهذا ُْيُلُ فيُالشعرُُُومثلُهذاُكثيرٌُُُتُ عُْنُ وماُص ُُُتُ ْلُعُ :ُويحيُماُفُ نُيقولُأكانُمقتضىُالظاهرُُُُنُْإالتفاتًاُعندُالجمهورُُوُُس اُمَُّمنُهذهُالطرقُعُ ُُطريقٍُعنهُبُُرُ بّهُعُ نُيُ أُُُيُبهُهنهُعُْي ُُهُ ألنَُُُّ؛كاكيُّالتفاتًاُعندُالسَُُُّدُ عُ فيُمطالعُالقصائدُوهذاُيُ ُُخاصةٍُبُو ُ ُُماُخالفُفيهُالجمهُور)85(.ُُوعلىُكلُّه ُُاألخيرُ ُُعنهُبغيُرهُه،ُُوهذاُالقسمُ بُّهرُ ُُأنُيُ عُ ُُبغيُره،ُُأوُُكانُمقتضىُالظاهرُه عُ بَُّرُ ُُ.واحدٍُُسلوبٍُأمنُُجدرُ أُُااللتفاتُهُهلُهُأعندُهاُدُ وتعدُ ُُساليبُهاألُاختالفُ ُنَُّإفُحالٍُ ُخُ أالجمهورُُُُيرُهسُهْفُتُ االلتفاتُبُهُُنَُّأوهذاُيعنيُُ يكونُُُُنُْأُُُنمُهُُمُ عُ ُأالنقلُعندهُُُُنَُّألُُ"ُُُ؛كاكيُّسُّمنهُبتفسيرُالُُص عبيرُعنهُبطريقُوُيكونُمقتضىُالظاهرُالتَّأُُ،خرآرُعنهُبطريقُُبَُّعنُمعنىُبطريقُمنُالطرقُالثالثةُثمُعُ ُُرُ بُّهعُ ُُالتفاتٍُُُعندهمُالتفاُتُُعندهُ ُُمنُُغيرُعكس")87(ُُ.ُُوخالفُ ُُُباألولُفكلُ ُُالجمهورُمختص نُْدُ لُُإلىُالخرُوعُه دُ منهاُفُ عُ بهذهُُُمخصوُصُُااللتفاتُ ُُنَُّأُُكَُّوالُشُ ُُ":العنانُبقولهُُهُ ل ُُُااللتفاتُفاطلقُ ُُدُّهَُ (ُقولُالجمهورُفيُحهـ745العلويُ)ُت هوُالعدولُمنُغيبةُُُُ:حسنُمنُقولناأُ خرُمخالفُلألولُوهذاُُآسلوبُُأُ سلوبُفيُالكالمُالىُُأُ اللغةُهوُالعدولُمنُُ ماُهوُمقصودُعلىُالغيبةُُنَُّإالثانيُُُُدُ والحُ ُُ،هاكلُّهُُاتُهااللتفاتُُسائرُ ُُمُ عُ ولُيُ نُاألأُلُُ؛لىُغيبةإلىُخطابُومنُخطابُُإ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org ُدُ لىُالمضارعُوقدُيكونُعكسُذلكُفلهذاُكانُالحُ إااللتفاتُقدُيكونُمنُالماضيُُُُنُ أُُكَُّوالخطابُالُغيرُوالُشُ ُُالضميرانُاألصليُوالمُ نقلُُإليهُبالعودةُهُُإلىُمُ فُ سرٍُُُواحدٍُُُحتىُُوإنُُُْ يَُّدُ "ُ)87(.ُُشريطةُُأنُُُْيُ تُ قُ ُُغيرهُه ُُهوُاألقوىُدونُ األولُ اختلفُُواتاهُفيُوجهُهُالخطابُحضورًاُأوُغيبةًُ)88(.ُ ،ُمنهُابنُالنفيسُفيُطريقُالفصاحةُُخرىُمطلقًاُوجعلأُ لىُُإنُحالةُُلُااللتفاتُنقلُالكالمُمُهعُ جُْنُيُ ومنهمُمُ ُُُُُ وهوُُُُ،لغيرهُُُُوُالجمعأوُاالثنينُُأرهُمنهُاالنتقالُمنُخطابُالواحدُُالتعبيرُعنُالمضارعُبالماضيُوعكسهُوجعلُغي ُشيءُلاللتفاتُالمشهورُلمشابهتهُلهُفيُاالنتقالُمنُأحدُأساليبُثالثةُلخر)89(ُ. أقربُ باألسلوبُعنُالطريقُالمألوفُالذيُُُنحرافاوُُأُُنتقالاُُوهناكُمنُتوسعُفيُهذاُالمصطلحُحتىُيشملُكلَُّ ملُعلىُالمعنىُوالتقديمُوالتأخيرُوغيرُذلك)90ُ(ُ. ُُماُسبقُويضيفُُإليهُصورًاُُأُ خرُى،ُكالحُ لَُّ بدأُبهُوهوُبهذاُيشملُكُ مامُالدارسينُللخوضُفيُهذاُُأالمفهومُفيُمؤلفاتهُوفتحُالبابُُُُفيُهذاُُعُ سَُّوُ ت ُُُنُْلُمُ وُّابنُجّنيُأُُنَُّأويبدوُلناُُ منُُُموضعٍُُُلكلُّهُُدَُّوالبُ ُُ":خرُثمُيقولآفيُاللغةُوذلكُبإحاللُتعبيرُمحلُُوسعُُبًاُمنُالتُّرُْض ُُُااللتفاتُ ُُدَُّذُعُ إسلوبُُاألُ ُُبهُبجانبُماُفيُالتلوينُاألُ سلوبيُمنُتجديدُنشاطُالسُّامع")91(. مواضعهُنكتةُوفائدةٍُُتُ ختص ُُابنُجنيُُلاللتفاتُفصاًلُفيُبابُشجاعةُالعربيةُتحتُاسمُفصلُالحملُعلىُالمعنى)92(،ُوتذكُيرُ دُ وقدُُأفُْرُ ابنُجّنيالمؤنثُوتأنيثُالمذكرُيقولُُ رُُ،ُوتركُالظاهالمعنىُُمعقوُدحملُظاهرُاللفظُعلىُُوقدُشاعُواتسعُعنهُُُُ" : إليهُوذلكُكتذكيرُالمؤنثُوتأنيثُالمذكرُُوإفُرادُالجماعةُوجمعُالمفردُوهذاُفاشٍُُعنهم")93(.ُ عنهُُُُهُ ف ُرُْذلكُص ُُُدُ عُْب ُُُثُ دُ حُْثمُيُ ُُتعبيرٌُُُهُ ْقُبُهسُْىُيُ سلوبُالتفاتًاُحتُّحولُفيُاألُ تَّونُالالبالغيينُالُيعدُُُُّرهُومجُُنَُّإُُُُُُ هُابتدأُُنَُّأيرىُُُلُْب ُُُفيُااللتفاتُهفالُيشترطُذلكُُابنُجّنيُُاُُمَُّأُ،ماًُوُتكلُّأُُُوُغيبةًُألألولُخطابًاُُُُخرُمخالفٍُآُُعبيرٍُت ُُُىلإ ُُوذلكُعنُطريقُ سُّعُه ُالتَّوُ ُالكالمُعلىُخالفُماُينتظرهُ ُُالسُّامعُ ُُفهوُعندهُض ُرُْبٌُُُمن منُُدونُُأنُُُْيسبقهُُتعبيرٌُُُبُأنُيأتي إحاللُتعبيرٍُُمحلُآخر)94(. لُسواءُفيُوُّأللُُمخالفٍُخرُُآُُسلوبٍُأُ لىُُإُُسلوبٍُأ ُُُنُْدولُمُهااللتفاتُعندهُالعُ فُُ،ضعُكثيرةاذلكُفيُمُوُُقدُكرُرُو تيةُُ:شكالُاُللُعلىُاألحّصُتناُنالمتنوعةُفإنَّابنُجّنيُفاتُوعندُالوقوفُعلىُمصنُُّ،وُغيرهاُأفعالُوُاألأُالضمائر نتقال بين صيغ الضمائر: أشكاُل اال ُُ.لىُالخطاُبإاالنتقالُمنُصيغةُالغيبةُ -1 ُ.لىُالغيبةُإاالنتقالُمنُصيغةُالخطابُُ -2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org ُ.ُلىُالغيبةإاالنتقالُمنُصيغةُالحضورُ -3 ُُ.ُلىُالحضورإاالنتقالُمنُصيغةُالغيبةُ -4 علىُسبيلُُُشكالُمنُمؤلفاتُابنُجنيوسنتناولُنماذجُمنُبعضُهذهُاأل:ُُاشكال االلتفات بين صيغ العدد ُ:ُالمثال :ُُ العددِ صيغِ بينَ االلتفاِت شكالُ أ واًل :أ :لهُبقولُالشاعرُابنُجّنييمثلُ لَّتُ ُاوه مُ سُ فاكُُْلٍُواصهُُأبا )الطويل(ُُُُُُُُُُــــــانُهيـــــــــــُــ ت ُف ُُت ْفع الُُإنُُْاإنَّك مُ فُ ُُُُُُُاُمُ هُ يح ا تاُبهم انُهُيُْذُهالَُُّوُ فهُُْاخهص ُت رُُْوإنُُُُُُُْــــــــايــــُــ ف غ الُهُمُْاكُ ت ْغل وُ ُل وُُْق ام ت رهد ُُُُُُُُُُ ُثمُقالُ ُواحدٌُُ(واصلٍُبوُأ)و : لىُالتثنيةُُإعادُُُىُثمُقال:ُ)لوُتغلواكم(ُفجمعُبـُ)كم(ُثمفعالُفتيانُفثنُّت ُُُنُْإكماُفإنَُُّ" بهاُبالعددُالنتقالهاُمُهنُُْض ُرُْبٍُُإلىُآخرُثمُإلىُآخر")95(ُ. ُإلىُتُ لُ عُ ُالعربُه ُمنُمذهبُه لُ كُ ان(ُوهذاُيُ دُ دُ فقالُ)تُ رُه ُةفاُدإيرفضُقصرُقيمةُااللتفاتُعلىُُذُُإووزنهُفيُهذاُالمجالُُُُتهًاُلهُقيمالبنُجنيُكالمُُرُ قُهناُنُ نَُّأوالحقيقةُُ هُُنَُُّأبالغيونُفقدُذهبُيبحثُعنهُليقررُُيقالُكذاُكانتُالعربُفيُاساليبهاُكماُذهبُاليهُالُُأنُْالتطريةُوااليقاظُُ ب ْلُب ل غ ُ(ُُشجاعةُالعربية)عليهُُُُقُ لهُطُْأ ُُُنُْأخرُوالُغربةُُآُُدٍُص ُقُْلىُمُ إدائرةُاالنتقالُفيُطرقُالتعبيرُُُُيتجاوزُُدٌُص ُقُْمُ ورًاُعلىُالعربيةُمنُُ ابنُُثمُيربطُُُُ،منُالبالغيينُُكثيرٌُغيرهاُمنُاللغاتُوتابعهُفيُذلكُُدونُُإعجاب ه ُأْنُجعلهُم ْقص ُاألُ جّنيُُ ُالقرآنيُبقولههذا ُاإلُُصلُ أُُيكونُ ُُنُْأُُُهُ بُ شُْويُ ُُ:"ُُسلوبُباألسلوب ُُبُباألعدادُقولُهللاُسبحانُهعُ لالتُّقدامُعلىُُهذا المؤمنون :99 ،ُوقولهُتعالُىالحجر : 9ُ،ُوتلكُالجهةُالمطرفةُفاعرفهُبإذنُهللا")96(ُُ. ُالسابقُُابنُجّنيُُظهرُُألقدُُ ُتحليله ُتكوينُُأ سااللتفاتُظاهرةُُُُنَُّأفي ُلالختُُ،بداعيإلوبيةُذات ُتخضع ارُُيفهي لُوُّأببُفهوُُولهذاُالسَُُُّ.ضُهرُ ت ُفُْالمُ ُُقسللنَُُُّقٍُرُْوخُ ُُ،الذيُيقومُبدورهُعلىُمخالفةُمقتضىُظاهرُالكالمُُالفرديُّهُُاللغويُّه ساعُفيُنُاالتُّبًاُمُهرُْض ُُُ-يعنيُااللتفاُتُ-فيهُُُُنَُّإُُ:"االلتفاتُليسُظاهرةُلغويةُشكليةُقائالًُُُنَُُّألىُُإهُفأشارُُبَُّنُ منُتُ اللغةُالنتقالهُمُهنُُْلفظٍُُإلىُلفظٍُُُبلُهوُظاهُرةُأُ سلوبيةُتنطويُعلىُُغُ رُ ضٍُُمعتمدُوسرُعلىُمثلهُتنعقدُاليُد)97(ُ. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org ُُ:ُشكال االنتقال بين صيغ الضمائر ومنهم أ :ثانياً لى الخطاب :إاالنتقال من صيغة الغيبة -1 ُُدَُّحُ تُ ُقولهُسبحانهابنُجّنيُُث ُفي ُااللتفاتة ُُ":عنُهذه ُقال،2ُُالفاتحة : ثم : "ُُ الفاتحة نُُُأهاُب،ُفخّصُالعبادةُُاسمهُدونُحالُهُُلىُهللاُعزَُّإحالُالحمدُفيُالتقريبُُُُنَُّأوجهُذلكُُُُ،لىُالخطاُبإُُادُ عُ فُ ،5ُُ: ُُفيُالتقريبُبهُلقوةُمعنىُالخطابُعلىُمعنىُالغيبة")98(.ُُوفيُ ُُفيُمعناهُُوأذهبُ خاطبُمعُذكرها،ُفكانُذلكُُأبلغُ ُُأعنُىعلىُومهمُمنُالغرضُُُأساعًاُوتصرفًاُبلُهوُألمرُُلىُالخطابُهناُاتُّإوليسُتركُالغيبةُُُُ":خرُقالآموضعُُ هايةُالطاعةُوالتقربُبهاُهوُالنُّهُغايةُ ُُالعبادةُ ُنَُّأُلُ؛عبدهتُ والُُنظيركُ ُدُ مُهحُْتُ كُُاتُرُُالُ أالحمدُمعنىُدونُالعبادةُُنَُّأوذلكُ لىُالعبادةُإاُصارُولمُُّكُ :ُلُ لُْقُ ،ُولمُيُ للُهُدُ مُْ:ُالحُ لُلفظُالحمدُلتوسطهُمعُالغيبة،ُفقالعمستاُكانُكذلكُافلمُُّ،والغاية ُُُُ"ُُدُ ب ُعُْن ُُُاكُ يَُّإُُ"الطاعةُقال:ُُدُّمُ أقصىُُأالتيُهيُُ بالعبادة لىُإاسمهُباالنتهاءُُُُبًاُمنهُعزَُّصراحًاُبهاُوتقرُّإفخاطبُ محُدُودةُمنهاُ")99(ُ. لىُإمنهجهُفيُنظرتهُُُُنَُّأُُنُ يَُّ،ُوبُ ذاُالعدولُواالنتقالُبينُالضمائُروراءُهُُالبالغيُُُّرُ السُّهابنُجّنيُُلناُُُُنُ يَُّهكذاُبُ ُُُُُُُ .ُُبهُُحُ رُّص ُوُيُ أُيهُهمُهسُ ي ُُُمُْل ُُنُْإساعُفيُالعربيةُُوااللتفاتُمنُبابُاالتُّه لُالكالمُعلىُخالفُمانعةُمنُحملُالكالمُعلىُمقتضىُالظاهرُفيحمُُةواحدُقرينوالخطابُُرُالضمائرُُفتغيُُُُُُُّ ُبقريُن ُالحمُُنَُّأمقامُوالقرينةُعندُعالمناُهاهناُُالُُةالمقتضى ُالخطابُُُالعبادةُهُُدُدونُمقامُهمقام ُالغيبةُدونُضمير وضمير ،ُُوهذاُالكالمُالذيُذكرهُابنُجنُّيُُُّتناقلتهُكتبُالبالغةُمنُبعدهُُمتأثُرةًُُُبُه)100ُ(ُ. يُْنُه امُ قُ ُُالمُ نُه ُ دُْوُ ُُالضميرينُأله نُ ُُأدُْوُ لُ عُ فُ جُ ُخُ أسلوبُالخطابُُأ ُُُنَُّأنُلناُُوهكذاُتبيُّ ُخُ أوالعبادةُُُُ،الغيبةُُسلوبُهأ ُُُنُْمُهُُص ُسلوبُاألنُالحمدُفاستعملُاألُ مُهُُص ُخصَّ .ُُّصُهخُ األُفعلفيُذكرُال ثرهاُفيُالداللةُعلىُُأمُُوحالُالمتكلُُُُّةيُفتحدثواُعنُقرينالبالغيينُقدُزادواُعلىُابنُجنُُُّنَُّأنصافُُومنُاإُل القزوينيقالُُُُ،قبالُعلىُالمخاطُبظهارُالخضوعُوزيادةُاإلإهوُُُوالغرضُمنُااللتفاتُوفيُالسورةُنفسهاُُ : ُُنَُّإُفُُ" حركًاُالُمحالةُمُ ُُهُهسُهْفُن ُُُنُْمُهُُدُ جُ ،ُوُ فيههوُُلماُُُُةٍُذاكُرُُونفسٍُُُحاضرٍُُُعنُقلبٍُُُدُهمُْالحُ ُُموالهُالحقيقُُدُ مُْذاُافتتحُحُ إالعبدُُ لىُقوله:إنحوُاالفتتاحُُُُلىعُُلُ ق ُتُ ذاُانُْإف.ُُُُقبالُعليهلإل منهمُُُُ،ُوالُيخرجُ للعالمينُُهُمالكٌُنَُّأعلىُُُُالُهالدَُّ، 2الفاتحة : ُالمحرُُُّيُ وهُق ُُُبوبيتهُهعنُملكوتهُورُ ُُشيءٌُ لىُقولهإُُانتقلُ ُُمَُّكُثُ ذلك : عمُجالئلهاُُالنُّهُُبأنواعُُعممنُُهُ نَُّأُ الُعلىُُالدَُُُّ،3الفاتحة : الُعلىُ(ُالدَُّمالكُيومُالدين)ُُاتمةُهذهُالصفاتُالعظامُوهيُقوله:لىُخإانتقلُُُُمَُّكُثُ ةُذلكُالمحرُّودقائقهاُتضاعفتُقوُّ بغايةُالخضوعُواالستعانةُفيُُُهُهصهُيصهُخُْت ُبهُُُهقبالُعليهُوخطابواجبُاإلُُهُ تُ ،ُتناهتُقوُّهُيومُالجزاءلُّهلألمرُكُ ُُمالكٌُُُهنَُّأ المهماُتُ")101ُ(ُ.ُومنُذلكُماُقالهُابنُجنُّيُُّمعقبًاُعلىُبيتُعنترةُالعبُسيُّ)102(ُ: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org طَّتُْ تُُْالع اشقينُ ُم ز ارُ ُش راًُُُُُُُُُُُفأْصب ح ال ُُُيَُّل ُعُ ُع سه ُُُُُُُ)الكامل(ُُُُُُُُُمُهم ْخرُ ُاْبن ةُ ُب كُهطه عنُلفظُالغيبةُُُلُ دُ عُ ،ُفُ بلغأهُُألنَُُُّ؛رارهُخاطبهاُبذلكضوكماُبالغُفيُذكرُاستُُ،عنُفرارُالعاشقينُُتُْدُ عُ :ُبُ يأ"ُُُُُ غراضُُأسعةُفيُالقول،ُولكنُذلكُنظيرةُُالغرضُفيهُنحوهُالُُهُليسنَُّإفُُ،(ُفافهمُذلكالخطاب،ُفقال:ُ)طالبكُُلىُلفظُهإ منُهذاُالنحوُفتفُطنُلهاُ")103(ُ. يخلصُفعلهاُمنُُُُمُْهُلُ ألنَُُّ؛لُالبيُتوُّأفذكرهاُبالغيبةُفيُُُُ":ُُقالُُ((ُُالخاطرياُتُُ))ُُفيُُخرُ آُُوفيُموضوعٍُ ىُالُُيضًاُمشطوطُالمزارُمعنًُأهُهوُُنَُّأ،ُعلىُُْيب ت هُ بُهحُ ُُمُ هُهيُ (ُعلىُلفظُالغيبةُفُ )العاشقينُُ:ماُقالنَُّإلهُنفسه،ُُوُُالشطُّه ظُالخطابُ(ُبلفرًاُعليَُّسُْعُه)ُ:خرُالبيتُبقولهآفيُُحُ رُ ْصُأاُمُّل ُُمَُّ،ُثُ الغيبةُنُيذكرهاُبلفظُهأالمعنىُُفُهعُْض ُلهُُغلفظًا،ُفسا الالحقةُلهُفيُنفسهُُُةُهدُّبذكرُالشُّهُُحُ رُهْصُأُ اُُمَُّهُلُ ألنَُُُّ؛(البكطُهلىُمخاطبتهاُبالكافُفيُقولهُ)إُُلُ دُ عُ ُُ–عنيُالياءُُأُُُنُْهُ ُُوأكُُّدُبلفظُالخطابُتظلمًاُمنهاُواعتدادًاُبماُيلقاهُ ُمنُحبُّههاُ")104(. ُمُه فعناهُاألمرُونُ الُ ُُهُ نَُّإبلُُُُةٍُلغويُُُّةٍُي ُلُْلىُلفظُالخطابُفيُحديثهُعنُمحبوبتهُلمُيكنُمجردُحُ إانتقالُالشاعرُمنُلفظُالغيبةُُُُنَُّإ ثّهل ُُ ُالضَُُُّالشاعرُهُُفصاحُ إُُتُْل ُكُّشُ ُُةًُبالغيُُُّصورةًُي م ُالسياقاتُ.ُُُُهُ نُْهاُعُ دُهعُْب ُُُاءُهرَّجُ منُُبهُُُُلَُّحُ أالذيُُُُررُهعن ُتعدد ُيغني هكذا ثلةُالشعريةُوالقرآنيةُُممرُبتأويلهُلمجموعةُمنُاأليُهذاُاألغراضهُولقدُبرهنُابنُجنُُّأسلوبُااللتفاتُبتعددُمعانيهُُوأ ُ.الكثيرةُ ُلُ مُ الجُ ُُتُهف ُل ُتُ ماُاخُْفكلَُُُُّ"سلوبيُُتمثلُفيُالتنوعُاألُ يعامُُُُجماليٍُُُّمنُم ْنط ل قٍُُُلىُااللتفاُتإابنُجّنيُُلقدُنظرُُ وبًاُفكانُأبلغُمنُإذاُألزمُشُرجًاُواحدًاُ")105(ُ. ُوض ُرُ يُْنُ ُالكُ المُ ُأفانُه كُ انُ نُُمُهُُنتقالالاُُنَُّأىُُأهكذاُُرُُ،ةعلىُداللةُبالغيُُُّينطوُهُُمُْهذاُالمبدأُلوُلُ ُُرُهدُْنُقُ مُهُُيُ لهُعُْيُ لمُيكنُلُهابنُجّنيُُُُنَُّأُُإالَّ ىَُُُّيتوُخُُمعنىُبلُهوُانتقالٌُُُيُّهُأالعاريُمنُُُُاللغويُّهُُفُهرُ ص ُااللتفاتُليسُمنُقبيلُالتَّسلوبُُأُ خرىُفيُُأُ لىُُإصيغةُُ ُيدٍُزُ ُُم ُرُ :ُكُ نُْمُهُُغُ ل ُْبُُأكانُُُُياُزيدُ ُُكُ م ُرُ كُْأماُُُوُُدٍُيُْزُ ُُم ُرُ :ُكُ لوُقلُتُُتراكُ ُُالُ أُُُ"منُالتكثيرُُُُبٍُرُْمنهُالمبالغةُالقائمةُعلىُض ُ المقصودُُُُرُ ثُ ماُكُ فلَُُُّهُ ن ُيُْهوُعُ ُُ،ُفالمخاطبُ كُ م ُرُ كُْأاُُ:ُمُ تُ لُْذاُقُ إغيره،ُُوُُفالمخاطبُ ُُدٍُيُْزُ ُُم ُرُ :ُكُ ذاُقلتُ إُُكُ ألنَُُُّ؛داًُيُْزُ م ُُرُ كُْأوماُُ ىُبُههُهُُنحوٌُُواحدٌُ")106ُ(ُ. بالخبرُكانُأبلغُ ُمُهنُُأنُيُ نُْحُ لى الغيبة : إالعدول عن الخطاب ثالثًا : فيُقولهُتعالىُ : نُُمُهُُبٍُرُْض ُماُهوُلُهنَُّإلىُالغيبةُُإالمعدولُفيهُعنُالخطابُُُُنَُّإُفُُابنُجّنُيقالُُ ، 22يونس : ُُ اُمُ نتُلُهأُكانُماُعللتهُُرفُفيُالقولُفهالُّص ُماُللتَّنَُّإنُذلكُُاذاُكإ:ُفلُ ْيُقهُُُنُْإُفُُ.ُُمعاريًاُمنُمعنىُماُتقدُُُّفُهرُّص ُالتَّ ُُ.ُدمتُ هذاُالموضعُمنُالغرضُالذيُقُ ُلوُّهخُ بهُُذكرتُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org لُفيُهذاُالموضعُفغيرُوُّاُفيُاألمَُّالثانيُمُهُُتجرُدُُامَُّأُوُُه،دُّلهُماُحُ ُُجاجُتحنُاالخذُمُهأفقدُُُُمناهُ دَُّاُماُقُ مَُّأقيل:ُُ اُفيُكتابُن ُْلُّلُدُ ناُقدُُأتتساوىُوذلكُُُُنُْأغراضُُهذاُلغرضُوذلكُلغرضُوليسُفيُشرطُاألُُنَُّألُُ؛ليهإفيماُذهبناُُُُادحق ذاُكنتمُفيُإىُُ:ُحتُّهُلوُقالنَُّإيضًاُُفأُوُُ،نُذلككثرُمُهأالواحدُقدُيكونُمعلواًلُبعلتينُُوالحكمُُُُنَُّأُُ((ُُالخصائُص))ُُ باستداللُمنُغيرُاللفظُُُالَّإغابُعنهُُُُنُْ،ُولمُيدخلُفيهُمُ هذاُلفظًاُمقصورًاُعلىُالخطاُبُُانُ كُ بكمُلُ ُُنُ يُْرُ الفلكُوجُ هاُعلىُالحاضرينُُنَُّأعمةُُواليةُذكرُعمومُالنُُُّفجاءُبلفظُالغيبةُمعُلفظُالحضورُجمعتُه سبحانهُُاُقالمَُّولُ ُُ.عليهُُ ُُهُكاُنألنَُُّ؛"ُُمُْهُهبهُُُنُ يُُْرجُ وُ ُُكُهلُْواُفيُالفُ ذاُكانُ إىُُتَّحُ ُُ"كانتُُأيضًاُُُُكذلكُوُُ.بعديناألُُعداهمُمنُالغيُبُُنُْوالمخاطبينُومُ ُثم ُالمخاطبين ُالنعمةُعلىُغير ُالظاهرُمنهُعلىُذكر ُفي ُباالستداللُُُُكالمًاُمقصورًا ُالمخاطبون ُفيه ُبُهيدخل ُُيحُهرُهْصُتُ ال الكالمُ")107(ُ. ُإلُىالخطابُُعنُُُُالكالمُمنُعدولٍُُُرُ وُ تُ هناُعلىُمقتضىُالظاهرُماُاعُْحملُالكالمُهُاُُنُْفالقرنيةُالمانعةُمُه يكونُالكالمُُُنُْأهناُعلىُارادةُعمومُالخطابُُوُُيُّللغرضُمنُااللتفاتُفاقتصرُابنُجنُُُّعنيةُ المُ ُُةُ ينالقُراُُمَُّأُو.ُُالغيبةُُ ُاإلأااللتفاتُُُُنَُّأبمعنىُُُُ،بنفسهُُ،دااًلُعليه ُالكالمُواستقالالًُفاد ُفي ُالبصريُّه"ُُُُ.يجاز ُالحسن ُقراءة ُ، 281البقرة :ومنُذلك بياءُمضمومةُُ)يُ رجعوُن()108(،ُُقالُأبوُالفتحُفيهُ:ُُأنَّهُتركُالخطابُُإلىُلفظُالغيبُةُُ...ُُغيرُُُأنَُّهُتصوُّرُفيهُمعنًُىُُ :ُعلىُذلك،ُفقالُُرُ مُ ْضُأهللاُفلىُُإُُرُ شُ فيهُالبُ ُُعُ جُ رُْاُيُ واُيومًُقُ :ُواتَّهُقالهُكأنَّنَُّأوذلكُُُُ،الكالمُعليهُُلُ مُ حُ مطروقًاُهناُفُ وهللاُُُ–هُُوكأنَُّ...ليهإالمعنى،ُوتركُالظاهرُُُُودُهعقعنهمُحملُظاهرُاللفظُعلىُمُُعُ سُ واتَُُّاعُ وقدُشُ ُُ،لىُهللاإرجعونُفيهُُيُ بصالحيُعبادهُالمطيعينُُُُرجعونُبالياءُرفقًاُمنُهللاُسبحانه:ُيُ لىُالغيبةُفقالإفيهُعنُالخطابُُُُلُ دُ ماُعُ نَُّإُُُ–علمُأ قُهبُالسالمةُبحذرهم،ُوليسُ ُُتحذيرٍُُُللمؤمنينُنظرًاُلهمُواهتمامًاُبماُيُ عُ ألمره...ومنُقرأُبالتاءُ)تُ رجعون(ُُ،ُُفإنَُّهُفُ ْضُلُ ُرهلُالنُظُأتوسطُُُُعادةُ لىُالخطابُبماُُإلىُالغيبةُومنُالغيبةُُإاالنتقالُمنُالخطابُُُُةُهلَُّفيُذكرُعُهُُنُيقتصرُ أينبغيُُ يُرُهذاُعُ إقالُُي ُُُنُْأهذاُينبغيُُُُلفظٍُلىُُإُُلفظٍُُُنُْساعُفيُاللغةُالنتقالهُمُهنُاالتُّبًاُمُهرُْفيهُض ُُُنَُّإُُ:وهوُقولهمُُ،نُيفعلوهأ قُهدُاليدُ")109(ُ. ُُتُ نُْعُ رُعلىُمثلهُه الموضعُمنُغرضُمُ عُْتُ مدُوسُه ُُُ،ليهُاإُُحدٌُأبطريقةُلمُيسبقهُُُُهاُالبالغيُّجمالُااللتفاتُوسرُّهلناُمواطنُُُُنُ يُّقدُبُ ابنُجّنيُُُُنَُُّأنرىُهناُكيفُُ نُُأُُدَُّهُالبُ نَُّأسرارُبالغةُااللتفاتُمنُُأاسعةُقدُوضعُيدهُعلىُُفابنُجنيُصاحبُالنظرةُالثاقبةُالتذوقيةُالعميقةُالُو ُ.ُسرارأشفُماُوراءُهذاُاللونُمنُمقاصدُُويكونُلهُخصوصيةُبالغيةُتك ومنُالتفاتُالضمائرُماُجاءُفيُقولُذيُالرُ مة)110(ُ: يَّةُ ُُُُُُُُُُُُ م نُ ُو ل ْينُهُأْحس ْجهاًُُالثَّق الف ةًُُُُُُُو ن هُ ُوس )الوافرُ(ُُُُُُُُُُق ذ االًُُوأ ْحس american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org حوالُالمواضعُوكيفُماُأذلكُعلىُقوةُاعتقادهمُُيالضمير،ُمعُقدرتهُعنُجمعهُوهذاُُُُد ُرُ ْفُأفُُ":ُُابنُجّنيقالُُُُُُُ ُ؛فراُدلىُاإلإركُاللفظُوموجبُالموضعُُالجمعُفتُ لُلفظُُوُّمُفيُاأل،ُوقدُتقدُّالموضعُموضعُجمعُُنَُّأترىُُُُالُ أيقعُفيها،ُُ مَُّاُيؤلفُفيُهذاُالمكانُ")111(ُ. ألنَُّهُمُه لفتهُالعربُفيُكالمهاُوبعدُهذاُالعرضُأالكامنُوراءُهذاُالعدولُالذيُُالبالغيُُّرُ السُّهابنُجّنيُلقدُشرحُلناُ سسُومعاييرُهذاُُأُ يمكنُمنُخاللهُاستخالصُُُُواضحٌُُُرٌُلموضوعُااللتفاتُفيُمفهومُابنُجنيُيكونُلديناُتصوُّ األأدونُُمنُُالمصطلحُُ داللتهُ تحويرُفيُ ُإصليةُُيُ بهاُصيغةُ.ُ ونعنيُ الصيغةُ لناُحصرهُفيُمستوىُ يمكنُ ذُ .عةُلمعيارُمخالفةُمقتضىُالظاهرُالضمائرُواالفعالُوالصيغُالعدديةُفضاًلُعلىُذلكُتكونُصورُااللتفاتُخاض ُااللتفاتُعندُُُُنَُّإ ُاألالمتكلُُُّخالفُبهُُرٌُْيُبهُعُْتُ ابنُجّنيُُصور ُالتعبير ُالذيُيقتضيه ُالنسق كانُمتحققًاُُأسواءُُُُولم ُُنَُُّأيُُأُُتعبيريةٍُُُمكانيةُاالختيارُبينُعدةُصيغٍُإلمُُتتوفرُللمتكُُحيثُ ُُالَّإفالُمجالُللحديثُعنُااللتفاتُُُُ؟مُمفترضًاُُأ ُ:المتنبيُُتفيُشرحهُلبُيابنُجّنيُيقولُُ،فيُالصيغُلٌُوُّحُ االلتفاتُتُ ْمعٌُُُُُُُُُُُُ ر ُىُد ُىُج ب اوُ ُامُ ُْبعُهالرَُُّفيُف ق ض ُ ُُُُُُُج ف ىُْهلههُهأله ش بـــــــــ اُالُ و ُُأ نّهيُو ر )البسيط(ُُُُُُُُُك لُههُه،ُوهوُعادُةُُالقدماءُوالمولدينُجميعاًُ")112(،ُُ اُُُأعطاهُفيُُأوَُّ مَُّ ُالبيتُعُ ُُُ"ُُأنَّىُُيرجعُيستفهمُنفسهُكأنهُيرجعُفيُُآخر ُ)113(،ُوفيُبيُتُآخرُالمتنبيُ:ُ وُّلٌُُفيُالصهُيُ غُه ُُتُ حُ وُّلٌُُفيُالمعنىُوااللتفاتُ نُ اهُ ُابنُجّنيُُتُ حُ ُاالستدراكُالذيُعُ وكأنَُّ )الطويل(ُُُُُُُُُبُ أ ُُالُ و ُُمُ أ ُُاكُ وُ سُ ُهُ ل ُُيس ُل ُوُ ًاُعُ ضهُم رُُْكُهْلُمُ الُُْذاُتُ ْيُبَُّرُ ُُيذُهالَُُّتُ ْنُأ ُوُ ُُُُُُ ُُ بُّىُُذاُالملكُُ(ُ(ُُليعودُضميرُُ))ُُالذيُُ((ُُإليهُعلىُلفظُالغيبة،ُألُ نَُّ ُُُُُقالُُابنُجّنيُُ"ُُالوجهُأنُيقالُُ))ُُوأنتُالذيُرُ ُاهُقالُ:ُأوصفُالمعارفُبالجملُفكأنَُّفيُالكالمُتوصاًلُالىُُنماُوقعُُإُُُ"الذيُُ واالنسانُالذيُىُُبُّيُرُ لذنتُالملك منُالثقةُلرددناهُمحملةُعلىُالمعنىُوهوُضعيٌفُمعُذلكُولوالُأنناُسمعناهُُُُ"أنتُُُُ"لماُتقدمُُُُ"ربيُتُُ"رّبىُولكنُجازُُ المتنبيُغيرُمرةُفيُهذاُفاعتصمُبأّنهُإذاُعادُالذكرُعلىُلفظُالخطابةُكانُابلغُوأمدحُمنُأنُُُولمُنقبله...وكّلمتُ ُُمريُإنهُلكماُقالُولكنُالحملُعلىُالمعنىُعندناُاُللُ:ُربيتُفقدُخاطبهُفكانُأبينُول عوإذاُقُاتردهُعلىُلفظُالغيبةُُ يتسوغُفيُكلُمُوضعُوالُيحسنُالوجهُماُذكرتهُلكُ")114(ُ. ُُابنُجّنُيفيُنظرُُُُحُ ض ُوُُْوأنُ ي ُبُْلخطابةُفيُحديثهُعنُممدوحيهُكانُُأإّنُانتقالُالمتنبيُمنُلفظُالغيبةُالىُا كثيرُُُابنُجّنيكماُيراهُُُُ–الذيُالتمسُالعذرُللمتنبيُفيُهذاُالخروجُواالنحرافُاالسلوبيُالرائعُ،ُوكالمُالعربُُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org نظرًةُموضوعُااللتفاتُُُُإلىُُابنُجّنيلقدُنظرُُ،ُُاالنحرافاتُولطيفُالمقاصدُولجهاتُوأعذبُماُفيهُتلفتهُوتثنيةُُ ذاُالتزمُطريقًاُواحدًا.كانُالكالمُأفانينُوضروبًاُوكانُأبلغُمنهُإاختلفتُالجملُماُفكلُّ،ُاجماليُفيُالتنوعُذاتُ ُ:ُُالخاتمة تبينُلناُفيُبحثناُهذاُجملٌةُمنُالنتائجُالتيُحصرناهاُفيُماُيأتيُ:ُُُُ ُم صطلحُُُُابنُجّنيلمُيكنُُُ -1 ُمنُاستعمل جاعة ُالعربيةهُُُُ"أول بلُهوُوصٌفُلماُكانُقدُعبرُعنهُكثيٌرُمهمنُسبقوه ُُُُ"ش ُُ"فيُهذاُالميدانُلماُت ْمت لكه ُهذهُاللغةُمنُإقداٍمُوتنوعُطرقُالقولُوالتيُأشارُإليهاُالجاحظ،ُووصفهاُابنُقتيبةُبـُُ ُ.ُ"مجازاتُالكالمُ ُمفهومُُإُ -2 ُألغراضُُُ"شجاعةُالعربيةُُُُ"نَّ ُعنُطبيعةهُاللغةهُعندماُت ستعمل هوُمفهوٌمُجمالّيُوبالغّيُيسمحُبالكشفه فيُحديثهُعنُالعربيةُوشجاعتهاُُُابنُجّنيُرُ ث ُكُْقدُأكُالسبلُليحققُبهاُوجهُاالبداعُ،ُُوُالقارئُمنُإدرُانُْكُّهمُ جماليةُتُ ُالقوالبُالثنائيةُللنظامُُ منُخاللُتوليدُاالمكاناتُوالصورُالتعبيريةُوخلقُاستعماالٍتُتتجاوزُبمرونتهاُواتساعهاُك لّه ُفيُالتعبيرُُماُفيُُلُ مُ جُْرافاتُاأل سلوبيةُالرائعةُبلُإنُُأكثيرةُاالنُحُُابنُجّني،ُوالعربيةُكماُيراهاُُكلّههُُاللغويُُ هاُالتَّلَّطف ُُوالمقاصدُوُأ ُُوجهةُنظرهُُمنُُُُ"شجاعةُالعربيةُُُُُ"عذبُماُفيهاُتلفتهاُوثتنيتهاُوتبينُلناُأنَّ تكمنُفيُعلمُبيانهاُأل نَّ .ُثنائهُهمعظمُلطائفهاُتندرجُفيُُأ هاُ،ُبلُهوُيمثلُغيُالذيُالُيستوعبُاألفكارُجميعولعلُمفهومُالشجاعةُعندُابنُجنيُيكمنُفيُاألصلُالبال -3 القوالبُالثابتةُللنظامُُطاقة ُاللغةهُفيُتوليدُاالمكاناتُالتعبيريةُالمختلفةُوخلقُاستعماالتُتتجاوزُبمرونتهاُواتساعهاُ ُاللغويُبشكٍلُعامُُ. ُظاهرةُُدُ عُ الذيُيُ ُُ"شجاعةُالعربيةُُُُه ُفيُبحثناُبوصفهُإنموذجًاُلـــ"أماُفيماُيخصُأ سلوبُااللتفاتُالذيُتناولنا -4 إلىُاستعملهُبهذاُالمفهومُُُُُنُْمُ ُُلُ وُُْأدُّعُ فقدُتناولناهُمنذُالنشأةُاأل ولىُعندُاألصمعيُالذيُيُ ُُفريدٍُُُسلوبيُّهأ ُُُذاتُتكوينٍُ تخضعُلالختبارُاللغويُالفرديُالذيُيقومُعلىُمخالفةُمقتضىُظاهرُُُسلوبيٍُّأْنُأ صبحُااللتفاتُظاهرةُذاتُتكوينُأُ ُُنُ سُ وطالُحُ ُُسلوبُواحدٍُُالكالمُإذاُجاءُعلىُأُ نَُُّمعظمُالبالغيينُعلىُأُ دُ كالمُوطرقُالنسوقُالمفروضةُفقدُأكَُّال ُُابنُجّنُيُُُالسامعُواجتذابهُلإلصغاءُولكنُوجدناُأنَُّلنشاطُهُُهُه،ُهكذاُاعتدواُبااللتفاتُمنُجهةُتطريتُهُالطريقةُهتغييرُ ُُُ.خرُفيُنظرتهُلهذاُاأل سلوبُكانُيأخذُبمعياٍرُآ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org ُفيُااللتفاتُضرًبابإُااللتفاتُليسُظاهرةُيكتفيُالمرءُأ نَُُّإلىُمنُتنبهُأْولُ فهوُُُُ فيُاالتساعُفيُاللغةُُزائهاُ،ُإنَّ ُاليد ُُإلىلالنتقالُمنُلفظُ ُعلىُمثلهُتنعقد ُ.لفظُبلُهيُظاهرةُأ سلوبيةُت نطويُعلىُغرٍضُمعتمدُوسرٍّ صورُااللتفاتُعندُابنُجنيُتعبيٌرُخالفُفيهُالمتكلمُالنسقُالذيُيقتضيهُالتعبيرُاألولُسواءُأكانُم تحققًاُُُُإنَُُُُّ ُتتوفرُللم تكلمُإمكانيةُاالختيارُبينُصيغُتعبيريةُعّدةُُ. أمُمفترضًاُفالُمجالُللحديثُعنُااللتفاتُإالُحيث الهوامشُُ: ُ.175ُاالكسيرُفيُعلومُالتفسيرُ:ُ -1 ُ.،ُمادةُشجع2ُ/890ُُالعينُ:ُ -2 .مادةُشجع1/331ُُتهذيبُاللغةُ:ُ -3 ُ.169ُُاللغةُ:ُالفروقُفيُُ -4 ُ.321ُاساسُالبالغةُ:ُ -5 ُ.2/362ُالمثلُالسائرُ:ُُ -6 .مادةُشجع8ُ/137ُُُ:ُلسانُالعربُ:ُُينظرُ -7 ُ.362ُُ/2ينظرُالخصائصُ:ُ -8 ُ.1/145ُُينظرُ:ُالمحتسبُ: -9 ُ.هـُ(637ُُ)ُتُُ/عنيُبهُابنُاالثيرُالجزريُنُو -10 ُ.119ُُُ–118ُ:ُُجواهرُالكنز -11 ُ.3ُ/63ُمعانيُالقرانُواعرابهُ:ُُ -12 ُ.3ُ/458ُُعربيةُ:ُُلينظرُ:ُالخصائلُفيُعلومُا -13 ُ.32ُُ/4الحيوانُ:ُ -14 ُ.80ُنُ:ُآويلُمشكلُالقُرأت -15 ُ.1ُ/32ُُ،68ُُ،78ُنظرُالخصائصُ:ُي -16 ُ.6ُةُأبحاثُودروسُفيُفقهُاللغةُُ:ينظرُ:ُشجاعةُالعربي -17 ُ.1ُُُ/242ُالخصائصُ:ُُ -18 ُ.1ُُ/17ُُالمصدرُنفسهُ:ُ -19 ُُ.38ُبقيةُالخاطرياتُ: -20 ُ.2/166ُُالخصائصُ:ُُ -21 ُ.2ُ/86ُالمحتسبُ:ُ -22 ُ.1ُ/32ُالكتابُ:ُ -23 ُ.1ُ/314ُصائدُالتسعُالمشهوراتُ:ُينظرُ:ُشرحُالق -24 ُ.1ُ/328ُينظرُ:الخصائصُ:ُ -25 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org ُ.76ُُالدالليُفيُخصائصُابنُجنىُ:ُُينظرُ:ُالدرسُ -26 ُ.73ُالنحاةُفيُالبحثُالبالغيُ:ُُُينظرُ:ُاثر -27 ُ.174ُينظرُ:ُابنُجنىُناقدًاُ:ُُ -28 .تحقيقُالدكتورُرضاُرجب1ُ/4ُُُُالفسرُ: -29 ُ.3ُُ/188ُالخصائصُ:ُُ -30 ُ.386ُوالبيتُلعروةُبنُأ ذينةُ:ُشعره ُ:ُُ.395ُُ–2ُُ/394ُالمصدرُنفسهُ:ُ -31 ُ.تحقيقُالدكتورُرضاُرجب4ُُُُ-1ُ/3الفسرُ:ُ -32 ُ.3ُ/465ُمعجمُاالدباءُ:ُ -33 ُُ.3ُ/141ُشذراتُالذهبُ: -34 ُ.103ُحاتُالنقدُالعربيُالقديمُ:ُُ،ُمعجمُمصطل152ُ،ُالبرهانُفيُوجوهُالبيانُ:1ُ/475ُُينظرُ:ُمعانيُالقرانُللفراءُ:ُ -35 ُ.175ُواالكسيرُفيُعلمُالتفسيرُ:ُ،24ُُُوبقيةُالخاطرياتُ:36ُُ،ُوالخاطرياتُ:86ُُُ/1ُ/145ُُ،2ينظرُالمحتسبُ:ُ -36 ُ.176ُواالكسيرُفيُعلمُالتفسيرُ:118ُُوجواهرُالكثرُ:105ُُُ/2والطرازُ:2ُُ/4ُُينظرُ:ُالمثلُالسائرُ:ُ -37 ُ.250ُسةُفيُمسائلُعلمُالمعانيُ:ُينظرُخصائصُالتركيبُدرا -38 .،ُمادةُ:ُلفت3ُ/1644ُُُالعينُ:ُ -39 .،ُمادةُ:ُلفت1ُُ/264ُُالصحاحُ:ُُ -40 .لفتُُُمادة3ُ/425ُوينظرُ:ُالمخصصُ:ُُُُ"ُلفتُُ"ُمادة1ُ/182ُالمحمُوالمحيطُاالعظمُ:ُ -41 ُ.ُمادةُلفت68ُاساسُالبالغةُ:ُ -42 ُ.مادةُلفت2ُ/84ُُاللسانُ:ُ -43 ُ.14ُُُ/258ُُشفُوالبيانُللثعلبيُ:ُوينظرُالك1ُُ/475ُمعانيُالقرانُ:ُ -44 ُ.4ُ/36ُوينظرُ:ُعمدةُالحفاظُ:743ُُمفرداتُالفاظُالقرانُ:ُُ -45 ُ.2ُُ/106ُُوالطرازُ:173ُُالبيانُ:ُوالتبيانُفيُعلم1ُ/464ُُُومواهبُالفتاحُ:3ُُ/381ُينظرُ:ُالمطولُ: -46 ُ.2ُُ/106ُوالطرازُ:1ُ/56ُُُكشافُ:ُوال99ُواعجازُالقرانُللباقالنيُ:2ُ/40ُينظرُ:ُالعمدةُ:ُ -47 .102ُُ:ُُومعجمُمصطلحاتُالنقدُالعربيُالقديم407ُ،ُوالصناعيينُ:99ُُينظرُ:ُاعجازُالقرانُ:ُ -48 ُ.1ُ/88ُُُ،1ُُ/142ُوماُبعدها11ُُُ/1نُ:ُآمجازُالقُر -49 ُ.1ُُ/362ُوانوارُالربيعُ:1ُُ/381ُُوالمطولُ:1ُُ/56ُُُوالكشاف99ُُينظرُ:ُاعجازُالقرانُ:ُ -50 ُ.58ُكتابُالبديعُ:ُ -51 ُ.146ُنقدُالشعرُ:ُ -52 ُ.200ُالبديعُفيُنقدُالشعرُ:ُ -53 .1ُُ/68ُينظرُ:ُالمحررُالوجيزُ:ُ -54 ُ.358ُالصناعيينُ:ُُ -55 ُ.367ُالصاحبيُ:ُُ -56 ُ.2ُ/363ُوالخصائصُ:24ُُاطرياتُ:ُوبقيةُالخ1ُ/145ُُ،2ُُ/68ُُوالمحتسبُ:2ُ/180ُُُينظرُ:ُالخصائصُ:ُُ -57 ُ.2ُ/179ُوالخصائصُ:24ُُاطرياتُ:ُوبقيةُالخ145ُُُ/1و2/68ُالمحتسبُ:ُ -58 ُ.136ُُوالبالغةُواالصولُ:106ُُُ–2ُُ/105ُينظرُ:ُالطرازُ: -59 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org ُ.2ُ/106ُالطرازُ:ُ -60 ُ.2ُ/4ُُالسائرُ:ُينظرُ:ُالمثلُ -61 ُ.119ُُُ–118ُجواهرُالكنزُ:ُ -62 ُ.113ُالبالغةُواالصولُ:ُ -63 ُ.312ُالقرائنُفيُعلمُالمعانيُ:ُ -64 ُُ.232ُدُحسنُعليُمختصرُالمعانيُ:ُندُمحمُوه،ُوحاشيةُشيخُال296ُ،539ُينظرُمفتاحُالعلومُ:ُ -65 ُ.232ُومختصرُالمعانيُ:1ُ/382ُُ:ُوالمطول2ُُ/105ُوالطرازُ:1ُ/56ُُُينظرُالكشافُ:ُ -66 ُ.176ُاالكسيرُفيُعلمُالتفسيرُ:ُُينظرُ: -67 ُ.233ُُوينظرُ:ُمختصرُالمعانيُ:2ُ/105ُُالطرازُ:ُ -68 ُ.ضمنُشروطُالتخليص1ُ/464ُُتاحُ:ُمواهبُالف -69 ُ.119ُُجواهرُالكنزُ:ُ -70 ُ.1ُُ/179ُالخصائصُ:ُُ -71 ُ.464ُومواهبُالفتاحُ:2ُ/106ُُ:ُُ،ُوالطراز1ُُ/381ُوالمطولُ:26ُُُُوالتلخيصُ:56ُُُالكشافُ:ُ -72 .1ُُ/363ُ،ُوانوارُالربيعُ:674ُُُُُ،ُواالتفاقُ:296مفتاحُالعلومُ:ُ -73 ُ.210ُ،ُالبيتُالبيُالعتاهيةُينظرُديوانهُ:3ُ/326ُُُبرهانُفيُعلومُالقرانُ:ُُال -74 ُ.176ُواالكسيرُ:228ُُالكلياتُ:ُُو314ُُوالبرهانُالكاشفُعنُاعجازُالقرانُ:2ُ/105ُُُينظرُ:ُالطرازُ:ُ -75 ُ.348ُمنهاجُالبلغاءُ:ُ -76 ُ.3ُ/314ُبرهانُفيُعلومُالقرانُ:ُُينظرُال -77 ُ.1ُ/393ُوالمطولُ:238ُُُ–237ُ:ُُمختصرُالمعاني -78 ُ.43ُااللتفاتُفيُحاشيةُالشبابُ:ُُو284ُُينظرُالبالغةُالعربيةُعاطفُفضلُ:ُ -79 ُ.2003ُُُ–199ُايةُاالعجازُ:ُدُرفيُااليجازُُتسهيلُنهايةُينظرُ:ُ -80 81ُُ ،ُوالطراز95ُُُُ،ُوالتلخيصُ:465ُُُ/1،ُومواهبُالفتاحُ:1/415ُُُُ،ُواالطوالُُ:1ُُ/72ُُ،ُوااليضاحُ:96ُُينظرُ:ُمفتاحُالعلومُ: :2/106ُ.ُُ ،ُومواهبُالفتاحُ:95ُُُُ:ُ،ُوالتلخيص145ُُ/1،ُواالطوالُ:227ُ،ُوالجامعُالكبيرُ:1/382ُُُ،ُوالمطولُ:73ُُُُ/1ينظرُ:ُااليضاحُُ -82 1ُ/465ُ.ُُ 1/382ُُالمطولُ:ُُو95ُوينظرُ:ُالتلخيصُ:ُ -83 ُُ.227ُ،ُوالجامعُالكبيرُ:1/72ُُ،ُوااليضاحُ:296ُُُالمفتاحُ:ُ -84 ُُ.252ُ،ُوخصائصُالتركيبُ:1/473ُُُينظرُ:ُمواهبُالفتاحُ: -85 ُُ.252ُ،ُوخصائصُالتركيب1/71ُُاحُُ:،ُوااليض1ُُ/385ُالمطولُ: -86 ُُ.2ُُُ/105ُالطرازُ:ُُُ -87 ُُ.124ُصُ:1991ُُُُُ–32ُحولياتُالجامعةُالتونسيةُعددُ/ُُُذليُالهشيرُيينظرُ:ُااللتفاتُفيُالقرانُ:ُالشُا -88 ُُ.،ُمنُضمنُشرحُالتلخيص1/467ُُاحُ:ينظرُ:ُمواهبُالفت -89 ُُ.2ُُ/179ُ،ُتحريرُالتحبيزُ:176ُُُواالكسيرُ:1ُ/467ُومواهبُالفتاحُ:667ُ،ُواالتقانُ:3ُُ/326ُُينظرُ:ُالبرهانُ:ُ -90 ُُ.2/192ُُالخصائصُ:ُُ -91 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org ُُ.2ُُ/360ُُُ،2/413ُالمصدرُنفسهُ:ُ -92 ُُ.1ُ/145ُالمحتسبُ:ُ -93 ُُ.1/146ُالمصدرُنفسهُ:ُ -94 ُُ.4ُ/231ُصاحبُالتفسيرُالبسيطُُالواحديرهُذكُهالقائلُيلمُاهتدُُيتانُوالب36ُُالخاطرياتُ:ُ -95 ُُ.37ُُالخاطرياتُ:ُ -96 ُُ.1ُ/145ُالمحتسبُ:ُينظرُ:ُ -97 ُُ.227ُ،ُوالجامعُالكبيرُ:24ُُتُ:ُبقيةُالخاطريا -98 ُُ.1ُ/146ُالمحتسبُ:ُ -99 والبرهانُالكاشفُُُ،3ُُُُ/326ُُ:فيُعلومُالقرانُُهانُُ،ُوالبُر2ُُ/105ُُ،ُوالطرازُُ:128ُُ،ُوالجامعُالكبيرُ:2/4ُُينظرُ:ُالمثلُالسائرُ:ُُ -100 ُُ.177واالكسيرُ:314ُُُُ ُُ.1/73ُااليضاحُ:ُ -101 ُُ.186ُالديوانُ:ُُ -102 ُُ.25ُُ–24ُبقيةُالخاطرياتُ:ُُو2ُ/231ُالمحتسبُ:ُ -103 ُ.25ُُبقيةُالخاطرياتُ:ُ -104 ُبتصرف2/198ُُُالمحتسبُ -105 ُُ.70ُُالخاطرياتُ:ُ -106 ُُ.25ُ:ُُبقيةُالخاطريات -107 ُُ.93ُعةُفيُالقراءاتُالبنُمجاهدُ:ينظرُ:ُالسبوهيُقراءةُالسبعةُاالُاباُعمروُ -108 ُُ.1ُ/145ُالمحتسبُ:ُ -109 ُ.لمُالكتبُاع486ُنظرُ:ُديوانهُ:ُي -110 ُُ.2ُُ/421ُالخصائصُ:ُُ -111 ُُ.1ُ/366ُالفسرُ:ُ -112 ُ.137ُالبالغةُواالصولُ:ُ -113 579ُُُُ–1ُ/578ُالفسرُ:ُ -114 المصادر والمراجع : 0ُُم1ُُُ،2016ُُابنُجنيُناقدًاُ،ُمصطفىُالسواحلهُ،ُدارُاالفاقُالعربيةُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط. -1 طُ،0ُُاالتقانُفيُعلومُالقرآنُ:ُللحافظُجاللُالدينُعبدالرحمنُالّسيوطيُ:تح:ُمحمدُابوُالفضلُابراهيمُ،ُالمكتبةُالعصريةُ،ُد -2 ُ.2012ُبيروتُ،ُ مُ.1997ُُُُضةُمصرُ،ُد.طُ،ُنهضةُمصرُ،ُُحثُالبالغيُ:ُعبدالقادرُحسينُ،ُنهاثرُالنحاةُفيُالب -3 ُ.م1979ُُارُصادرُ،ُبيروتُ،ُد.طُ،ُُاساسُالبالغةُ:ُجارُهللاُأبوُالقاسمُالزمخشريُ،ُد -4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org ُالحنفيُ:تح:ُعبدالحميدُهنداويُ،ُدارُالكتبُالعلميةُُ -5 االطولُشرحُتلخيصُمفتاحُالعلومُ:ُإبراهيمُبنُمحمدُبنُعريشاهُعصامُالدين ُ.1ُُ،2001ُلبنانُ،ُط.ُُ–،ُبيروتُ ُ.7ُُ،2009ُاعجازُالقرانُ:ُألبيُبكرُمحمدُبنُالطيبُالباقالنيُ:تح:ُاحمدُصقرُ،ُدارُالمعارفُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط. -6 بنُعبدالكريمُالبغداديُ:تح:ُعبدالقادرُحسينُ:ُمكتبةُالدابُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُد.طُُُُ:ُسليمانُبنُعبدُالقوُياالكسيرُفيُعلمُالتفسيرُُ -7 ،1977ُ0ُُ .2016ُُُهاشمُمحمدُهاشمُ،ُمكتبةُاالزهرُللتراثُ،ُد.طُ،ُُ–االلتفاتُفيُحاشيةُالشهابُالخفاجيُ -8 أنوارُالربيعُفيُانواعُالبديعُ:ُعليُصدرالدينُبنُمعصومُالمدنيُ:تح:ُشاكرُهاديُشاكرُ،ُمؤسسةُالتاريخُالعربيُ،ُبيروتُ،ُُُ -9 ُ.1ُُ،2011ُط. طُ.0ُُتُ،ُد0االيضاحُفيُعلومُالبالغةُ،ُالخطيبُالقزوينيُ:تح:ُمحمدُعبدالقادرُ،ُالمكتبةُالعربيةُ،ُبيروتُ،ُلبنانُ،ُد -10 البديعُفيُنقدُالشعرُ،ُالسامةُبنُمنقذُ،ُمطبعةُمصطفىُالبابيُالحلبيُ،ُتحقيقُ:ُالدكتورُاحمدُبدويُوالدكتورُحامدُعبدالمجيدُُ -11 0ُُت0ُُُ،ُد البرهانُالكاشفُعنُاعجازُالقرانُ:ُالزملكانيُ:تح:ُد.ُخديجةُالحديثيُ،ُود.ُاحمدُمطلوبُنُمطبعةُالعانيُ،ُبغدادُ،ُد.دُ،ُُ -12 د.ُتُ.ُُ البرهانُفيُعلومُالقرانُ:ُبدرالدينُالزركشيُ:تح:ُمحمدُأبوُالفضلُابراهيمُ،ُدارُالتراثُُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُد.ُد.ُتُُ. -13 0ُُم1992ُُبقيةُالخاطرياتُ:ُابيُالفتحُعثمانُبنُجنيُ:تح:ُمحمدُعليُالداليُ،ُمطبعةُالصباحُ،ُدمشقُ،ُد.ط،ُ -14 ُ.1ُ،2010ُالبالغةُالعربيةُ:ُعاطفُفضلُمحمدُ،ُدارُالمسيرةُ،ُعمانُ،ُُط -15 .2007ُُالبالغةُواالصولُ:ُدراسةُفيُاسسُالتفكيرُالبالغيُالعربيُ،ُمحمدُمشالُ،ُالدارُالبيضاءُ،ُافريقياُالشرقُ،ُد.طُ،ُ -16 ُ.1ُُ،2006تأويلُمشكلُالقرانُ:ُلألمامُابيُمحمدُعبدهللاُبنُمسلمُبنُقتيبةُ:تحُ:ُاحمدُصقرُ،ُمكتبةُالتراثُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط. -17 ُ.1964،ُبغدادُ،1ُُُالتبيانُفيُعلمُالبيانُ:ُالبنُالزملكانيُ:تح:ُد.احمدُمطلوبُ،ُود.خديجةُالحديثيُ،ُمطبعةُالعانيُ،ُط -18 تحريرُالتحبيرُفيُصناعةُالشعرُوالنثرُوبيانُاعجازُالقرانُ،ُالبنُابيُاالصبعُالمصريُ،ُتحقيقُ:ُالدكتورُحفنيُمحمدُشرفُ -19 2014ُ0ُُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُ طُ.0تُ،ُُد0التفسيرُالبسيطُ:ُابيُالحسنُالواحديُ،ُدارُالمصورُالعربيُ،ُمصرُ،ُاالسكندريةُ،ُُد -20 التلخيصُفيُعلومُالبالغةُ:ُجاللُالدينُمحمدُبنُعبدالرحمنُالقزوينيُ:تح:ُعبدالرحمنُالبرقوقيُُ،ُالمكتبةُالتجاريةُالكبرىُ،ُُ -21 .1ُُ،1904ُُُُط تهذيبُاللغةُ:ُألبيُمنصورُمحمدُبنُاحمدُاالزهريُ:تح:ُعبدالسالمُهارونُوعبدالمنعمُخفاجيُ.ُُُ -22 الجامعُالكبيرُفيُصناعةُالمنظومةُمنُالكالمُوالمنشورُ:ُلعزالدينُبنُاالثيرُ:تح:ُعبدالحميدُهنداويُ،ُدارُاالفاقُالعربيةُ،ُُ -23 ُ.1ُُُ،2007ُالقاهرةُ،ُط. 2009ُُ0ُُهرُالكنزُ،ُنجمُالدينُاحمدُبنُاسماعيلُالحلبيُ:تح:ُمحمدُزغلولُسالمُ،ُدارُالمعارفُاالسكندريةُ،ُد.طُ،ُُُاجُو -24 ُ.1ُُُ،1395حاشيةُالشيخُالهندُمحمودُحسنُعلىُمختصرُالمعانيُ:ُللتفتزانيُ،ُالناشرُ:ُامامُربائيُ،ُطهرانُ،ُط -25 ُ.1ُُ،1986بيُعثمانُعروُبنُبحرُالجاحظُ:تح:ُيحيىُالشاميُ،ُدارُومكتبةُالهاللُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط.ألالحيوانُ:ُ -26 ُ.1980،ُبيروتُ،1ُالخاطرياتُ،ُالبيُالفتحُعثمانُبنُجنيُ،ُتحقيقُ:ُعليُذوالفقارُشاكرُ،ُدارُالغربُاالسالميُ،ُط -27 0ُُ،ُد.ت2ُُالخصائصُ:ُأبوُالفتحُعثمانُبنُجنيُ:ُتح:ُمحمدُعليُالنجارُ،ُدارُالهدىُبيروتُ،ُط -28 ُ.5ُُ،2000ُخصائصُالتراكيبُ:ُمحمدُمحمدُابوُموسىُ،ُمكتبةُوهبة،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط. -29 2012ُُ0ُُُ،ُ،2ُُُالكريتُ،ُطُُ–لبنانُُ–الخصائلُفيُعلومُالعربيةُوتراثهاُ:ُمحمدُاحمدُالداليُ،ُدارُالنوادرُ،ُسورياُ -30 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org .1ُُ،2003ُُُديوانُأبيُالعتاهيةُ،ُدارُصادرُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط -31 0ُديوانُشعرُذيُالرمةُ:ُغيالنُبنُعقبةُالع د ويُ،ُتحقيقُ:ُكاركيلُهنريُهيسُ،ُعالمُالكتبُ -32 0ُُط0ُُتُ،ُد0ديوانُعنترةُ:ت:ُمحمدُسعيدُمولويُ،ُالمكتبُاالسالميُ،ُد -33 شجاعةُالعربيةُابحاثُودروسُفيُفقهُاللغةُ،ُسالمُالعلويُ،ُدارُاالفاقُ،ُالجزائرُ،ُد.طُ،ُد.ُتُ. -34 0ُطُ،ُبيروت0ُُشذراتُالذهبُفيُأخبارُمنُالذهبُ،ُألبيُالفالحُعبدالحيُالحنبليُ،ُدارُاحياءُالتراثُ،ُُد -35 للموسوعاتُُشرحُالقصائدُالتسعُالمشهوراتُ،ُالبيُجعفرُاحمدُبنُمحمدُالنحاسُ،ُتحقيقُ:ُاحمدُخطابُالعمرُ،ُدارُالعربيةُُ -36 ُ.2010ُ،ُبيروتُ،1ُُ،ُط ُ.1970ُُشعرُعروةُبنُأ ذينةُ:تح:ُد.ُيحيىُالجبوريُ،ُمكتبةُاألندلسُ،ُبغدادُ،ُد.ُطُ،ُ -37 1ُُُُ،2005ُُفيُفقهُاللغةُ:ُالبيُالحسنُاحمدُبنُفارسُبنُزكرياُ:تح:ُاحمدُصقرُ،ُمؤسسةُالمختارُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط.ُُاحبيالص -38 ُ. ُ.1ُُ،1956الصحاحُ:ُاسماعيلُبنُحمادُالجواهريُ:تحُ:ُاحمدُعبدالغفورُعطارُ،ُدارُالعلمُللماليينُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط. -39 2010ُُالطرازُالمتضمنُألسرارُالبالغةُ:ُيحيىُبنُحمزةُالعلويُاليمائيُ:تح:ُالشربينيُشريدةُ،ُدارُالحديثُ،ُالقاهرةُُ،ُد.طُ،ُُ -40 ُ. ،1ُُُُعمدةُالحفاظُفيُتفسيرُاشرفُااللفاظُ:ُاحمدُبنُيوسفُالسمينُالحلبيُ:ُتحُ:ُمحمدُالتونيُ،ُعالمُالكتبُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط. -41 1993ُُُ. ق مُ،ُُُُ-العينُ:ُالخليلُبنُاحمدُالفراهيديُ:تح:ُمهديُالمخزوميُوابراهيمُالسامرائيُ،ُمنظمةُاالوقافُواالمورُالخيريةُ،ُإيرانُُ -42 0ُُهـ1ُُ،1424ُُط 2002ُ0ُُ،ُبيروتُ،1ُُالفروقُفيُاللغةُ:ُابوُهاللُالعسكريُ:تحُ:ُجمالُعبدالغنيُمدغمشُ،ُمؤسسةُالرسالةُ،ُُط -43 1ُ،2004ُُالفسرُشرحُابنُجنيُالكبيرُعلىُديوانُالمتنبيُ،ُأبيُالفتحُعثمانُبنُجنيُ،ُتحقيقُ:ُرضاُرجبُدارُالينابيعُ،ُط. -44 ُ. ُ.1ُ،2013الكويتُ،ُط.ُُ–لبنانُُ–القرائنُفيُعلمُالمعانيُ:ُضياءُالدينُعبدالغنيُالقالشُ،ُدارُالنوادرُ،ُ،ُسوريةُ -45 كتابُالبديعُ:عبدهللاُبنُالمعتزُ:تح:ُأغناطيوسُكراتقوفسكيُ،ُدارُالحكمةُ،ُدمشق،ُد.ُطُ،ُد.طُ. -46 0ُُم4ُُُ،2010ُُكتابُالسبعةُفيُالقراءاتُ:ُالبنُمجاهدُ:تح:ُشوقيُضيفُ،ُدارُالمعارفُمصرُُ،ُالقاهرة،ُط -47 ُ.5ُُ،2009كتابُسيبويهُ:ُتحُ:ُعبدالسالمُهارونُ،ُمكتبةُالخانجيُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط.ُ -48 49 محمدُابوُالفضلُابراهيمُ،ُالمكتبةُالعصريةُ،ُبيروتُ،ُُُ–كتابُالصناعتينُ:ُألبيُهاللُالعسكريُ:تح:ُعليُمحمدُالبجاويُُ -50 .2013ُُُد.طُ،ُ .1ُُ،2001ُُُُالكشافُ:ُألبيُالقاسمُالزمخشريُ:تح:ُعبدالرزاقُالمهديُ،ُدارُاحياءُالتراثُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط -51 الكشفُوالبيانُعنُتفسيرُالقرآنُ:ُألبيُاسحاقُاحمدُبنُمحمدُالثعلبيُ:تح:ُصالحُباعثمانُ،ُوحسنُالغزاليُ،ُوزيدُمهارشُ،ُُ -52 ُ.1ُُ،2013ُوامينُباشهُُ،وخالدُبنُعونُالعنزيُ،ُدارُالتفسيرُ،ُجدةُ،ُط ُ.2ُُُ،2011ُمحمدُالمصريُ،ُمؤسسةُالرسالةُ،ُبيروتُ،ُـُطُ–الكلياتُ،ُالبيُالبقاءُالكفويُ:تح:ُعدنانُدرويشُ -53 0م1956ُلسانُالعربُ،ُابنُمنظورُ،ُدارُصادرُ،ُبيروتُ،ُد.طُ،ُُ -54 1939ُ0ُُالمثلُالسائرُفيُادبُالكاتبُوالناثرُ:ُابنُاالثيرُ:تح:ُمحمدُمحييُالدينُعبدالحميدُ،ُد.طُ،ُُ -55 مجازُالقرانُ:ُألبيُعبيدةُمعمرُبنُالمثنىُ:ُتح:ُمحمدُفؤادُسزكينُ،ُمكتبةُالخانجيُ،ُالقاهرةُ.ُ -56 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org النجديُناصفُ،ُعبدالفتاحُ -57 الفتحُعثمانُبنُجنيُ:تح:ُعليُ أبوُ القراءاتُوااليضاحُعنهاُ:ُ المحتسبُفيُتبينُوجوهُشواذُ 2004ُ0ُُاسماعيلُشلبيُ،ُوزارةُاالوقاف،ُالقاهرةُ،د.طُ،ُ المحررُالوجيزُفيُتفسيرُالكتابُالعزيزُ:ُللقاضيُابيُمحمدُعبدالحقُبنُعطيةُاالندلسيُ:تح:ُعبدالسالمُعبدالشافيُمحمدُ،ُُ -58 0ُُم1ُ،2001ُُُدارُالكتبُالعلميةُ،ُبيروتُ،ُلبنانُُ،ُطُ. 1424ُُحسينُنصارُ،ُمعهدُالمخطوطاتُالعربيةُ،ُالقاهرةُُ،ُد.ط،ُُُُ–المحكمُوالمحيطُاالعظمُ:ُابنُسيدةُ:تح:ُمصطفىُالسقاُُ -59 .2003ُُُُُ-هـُ ُ.1ُُ،2005ُالمخصصُ،ُابنُسيدةُ:تح:ُعبدالحميدُالهنداويُ،ُدارُالكتبُالعلميةُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط. -60 احمدُبنُصالحُالسديسُُُُ–المطولُشرحُتلخيصُالمفتاحُ:ُسعدالدينُمسعودُبنُعمرُالتفتازانيُ:تح:ُعبدالعزيزُبنُمحمدُالسالمُُ -61 ُ.1ُُُ،2019ُ،ُمكتبةُالرشدُ،ُالرياضُ،ُط. ُُُُ.م3ُُ،1983ُُمعانيُالقرآنُ،ُالبيُزكرياُيحيىُبنُزيادُالفراءُ:تح:ُمحمدُعليُالنجارُ،ُعالمُالكتبُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط -62 ُُ.،ُد.ط1ُُمعانيُالقرآنُواعرابهُ:ُابيُاسحاقُابراهيمُالزجاجُ:تح:ُعبدالجليلُعبدهُشلبىُ،ُعالمُالكتبُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط -63 .1991ُُُُ،ُبيروتُ،1ُُُمعجمُاالدباءُ،ُألبيُعبدهللاُياقوتُبنُعبدهللاُالحمويُ،ُدارُالكتبُالعلميةُ،ُطُ -64 ُ.1ُُُ،2001ُُنُناشرونُ،ُبيروتُ،ُط.معجمُمصطلحاتُالنقدُالعربيُالقديمُ،ُاحمدُمطلوبُ،ُمكتبةُلبنُا -65 ُ.1ُُُ،2014مفتاحُالعلومُ:ُألبيُيعقوبُيوسفُبنُعليُالسكاكيُ:تحُ:ُعبدالحميدُالهنداويُ،ُدارُالكتبُالعلميةُ،ُلبنان،ُط -66 ُ.1ُُُ،1996ُمفرداتُالفاظُالقرآنُ:ُالراغبُاالصفهانيُ:تح:ُصفوانُعدنانُداووديُ،ُدارُالقلم،ُدمشقُُ،ُط -67 :تح:ُاحمدُالحبيبُابنُالخواجةُ،ُدارُالغربُاالسالميُ،ُبيروت،ُُُنييُالحسنُحازمُالقرطاجأُل:ُُمنهاجُالبلغاءُوسراجُاالدباءُُ -68 ُُ.3ُُ،1986ُط ُ.1937مواهبُالفتاحُ:ُابنُيعقوبُالمغربيُضمنُشروحُالتلخيصُ،ُمطبعةُعيسىُالبابيُالحلبيُ،ُمصرُ،ُد.طُ،ُُ -69 ُ.3ُُ،1987:ُألبيُالفرجُقدامةُبنُجعفرُ:تح:ُكمالُمصطفىُ،ُمكتبةُالخانجيُ،ُالقاهرةُ،ُط.نقدُالشعر -70 الرسائل الجامعية والدوريات : .32ُُُ،1991ُُُُااللتفاتُفيُالقرانُالشاذكيُالشيريُ،ُحولياتُالجامعةُالتونسيةُ،ُالعددُ:ُُ -1 2005ُلةُماجستيرُ،ُجامعةُمؤتةُ،ُالدرسُالدالليُعندُابنُجنيُ:ُنضالُسليمانُالقطامينُ،ُرسا -2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org procedural document: structuring features umida pulatova associate professor tashkent state law university tashkent, uzbekistan pulatovau@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the role of speech culture in the future professional activities of a lawyer. in particular, it pays attention to the issues of structuring the text of legal content: resolutions and protocols, reveals linguistic features in connection with parts of documents. culture of speech, written speech, procedural documents, structure of the decision, structure of the protocol, decision, protocol. introduction today, our state pays special attention not only to the knowledge of a foreign language, but also to the knowledge of the culture of speech, which is undoubtedly important in the implementation of the professional duties of a specialist. a lawyer, whose entire activity is closely related to speech, entering into communicative relations, must be aware of its communicative qualities and observe them. the mistakes made in his speech contribute to the appearance of the idea of him as an illiterate and uncultured person, which causes a distrustful attitude towards him. and vice versa a speech that is distinguished by correctness, literacy, persuasiveness and expressiveness inspires confidence in people who turn to him for help. what is important in this case is the situation in which a communicative act occurs: legal consultation, advocacy, judicial or investigative process, since all the professional activities of a lawyer are connected with oral and written speech. the application of law involves the preparation of monologue speeches in court, subject to both legal and linguistic requirements, the execution of various kinds of legal texts, official business documents. such qualities as the culture of speech, semantic accuracy and integrity, consistency of presentation, compositional clarity refer to all types of legal texts. one of the main means of legal technique is the arrangement of materials in a certain order, its consistent differentiation. like any construction, the creation of legal documents must obey certain rules. the main one is the division of the document into parts. this is done in order to: 1) provide a complete statement of the information required for a legal document. if it is not systematized, there is a real danger that some of it may be missing; 1) ensure effective assimilation of legal information by those to whom it is addressed. again, if the legal document is not systematized, the addressee needs to spend considerable intellectual effort on its classification and selection, which is unlikely to be within the power of each of them, or it will require a lot of time from the subjects. any legal document contains usually consists of three parts: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org 1) introductory; 2) main; 3) final. the structure of procedural documents is determined by their content. depending on the type of document (decision documents, protocol documents), it may vary. consider the structure of the regulations. • structure of regulations by their nature, regulations have a well-established structure and consist of three parts: introductory, descriptive and resolutive, any subsequent part must be related to the size of the previous part and follow from it. the absence of one of the mandatory parts of the ruling, as a rule, entails the beginning of such a process of illegal decisions. in the introductory part of each decision, the name of the procedural act (decree on the conduct of a search, etc.), the place of its preparation, the date and time, by whom it was drawn up are indicated. further, in the introductory part of the decision, a criminal case is indicated, in which a preliminary investigation is being carried out. the descriptive part of the decision begins with the word “established”, then the factual data is presented indicating the legal qualification of the deed under the relevant article of the criminal code and the procedural grounds for the procedural decision being made with reference to the articles of the code of criminal procedure. in all resolutions of the investigator, the interrogator, at the beginning of the descriptive part, the factual circumstances of the case are set out to the extent necessary to clarify the essence of the issue being resolved. the descriptive part ends with an indication of the article of the code of criminal procedure, on the basis of which (s) this decision is made. such a division of the main part into separate semantic segments is due to the information that needs to be reflected in it this is event and ascertaining. the operative part of the resolution, beginning with the word “decided”, sets out the procedural decision itself made by the investigator, interrogating officer in a criminal case (to involve as an accused, to petition the court, etc.). further, procedural decisions are also indicated on all other issues to be resolved in this decision. the decision is signed by the investigator, the interrogating officer, i.e. the person who drew it up. in the cases provided for in the code of criminal procedure, the decision is announced to the interested parties with an explanation to them of the procedure and terms for appealing the adopted procedural decision. a note about this is made on the resolution itself or a special notification is sent. this part of the decision reflects prescriptive information. protocols differ from resolutions in their structure in that they consist of two parts, they do not have a operative part. although the minutes of meetings, meetings contain a part that sets out the decision on the issue under consideration. but the resolutive part is not provided in the procedural documentsprotocols. consider the structure of the protocols. • protocol structure protocols, as well as resolutions, have a well-established form, but consist of two parts: introductory and narrative. in contrast to the resolutions, parts of the protocol, although they are interconnected in content. the second part of the protocol is the main one, since this part reflects the essence of the document and is logically connected with the previous one. in the introductory part of the protocol, the name of the procedural document (minutes of the oral statement, etc.), the place of its compilation, the date and time, by whom it was compiled are indicated. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org further, in the introductory part of the decision, it is indicated what procedural actions were performed by the person who drew up the protocol. in the narrative part, all procedural actions are recorded in the sequence in which they were carried out in reality. carried out by the investigator. the protocol ends with an indication of the position, surname and initials of the person who compiled the protocol, some of them indicate the persons who took part in the process. • the content and linguistic features of the decision to initiate a criminal case in the first stage of the criminal process, documents are presented that set out the reasons and grounds for initiating a criminal case. these texts primary materials on the case are either immediately drawn up in writing (for example, reports of police officers, statements or explanations of citizens written in their own hands, complaints of victims, etc.), or are translated into written form from oral (recorded oral statements of citizens, confessions, explanations, etc.). based on the analysis of primary materials, a conclusion is made about the need to initiate a criminal case or refuse to initiate it. this or that decision is formalized in the form of a resolution. the decision to initiate a criminal case may also be made in a court ruling or a judge's decision. but in the end, the document should be organized into one text a reasoned decision (determination) to initiate a criminal case or to refuse to initiate a criminal case. when initiating a criminal case, far from all the circumstances are known, the exact legal qualifications are also unclear, therefore, the resolution (determination) reflects a minimum of specific data. as a rule, resolutions (determinations) on the initiation of a criminal case are written on forms that contain the necessary professional speech formulas. there are three of them: the first in the introductory part (standard adverbial turnover with the word having considered); the second when motivating the decision to initiate a case (turnovers with gerunds and participles, taking into account that there are sufficient data indicating the signs of a crime provided for); the third in the operative part (sentences with infinitives to excite, accept, direct). the descriptive part of the decision (determination) to initiate a criminal case ends with a professional speech formula that motivates the decision set forth in the operative part. as a rule, this formula is built in the form of a separate turnover in the following variants: 1) taking into account that ... and guided by ... from a linguistic point of view, this option is the most successful, although it would be better to replace taking into account with taking into account the meaning is preserved, but instead of three words one is used, the construction is simplified, approaches to colloquial speech (the verb to take into account is more common than the verb-nominal combination to take into account); 2) taking into account the above, guided by ...; based on the foregoing, guided by ... the word implies the content of the previous parts of the document the participial form of the past tense in this case is a kind of indicator like “see above”; 3) proceeding from the foregoing, guided by ... unwanted sound repetitions are created (based on the foregoing), the word proceeding gives the phrase a clerical character. for the transition from the descriptive to the resolutive, the following options are optimal: considering that ..., and being guided by ...; in view of the foregoing, guided by .. the operative part consists of professional speech formulas constructions with infinitives to excite, accept, direct, etc. each sentence of the operative part should begin with the infinitive. in the wording american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org of the resolutive part, the word real (real criminal case) in the meaning of "the one in question" is informatively redundant. it should not be used. • technical execution of the resolution the name of the document "regulation" is drawn up in the center of the sheet in capital letters, the words separating the parts of the decision: "established" and "decided" are printed in lowercase letters in the middle of the sheet on a separate line. these words separate the introductory and operative parts of this document. after the word "regulation" below, two typewritten intervals, the time is printed on the left side of the sheet, and on the right the place of its compilation. then, two intervals from the red line, the position, title and surname of the investigator (interrogating officer) are printed, the rest of the content of the introductory part. below the introductory part, the word “installed” is printed in two intervals, and then, after two intervals, the text of the descriptive part begins to be printed from the red line. after the descriptive part below it, three typewritten intervals, the word "decided" is printed, below which the text of the operative part is printed in two intervals, indicating the points. one paragraph usually lists homogeneous actions or decisions. the relevant paragraphs indicate the positions of persons who are obliged to fulfill the order of the decree. the names and positions of these persons are indicated in the dative case. installed: (the reason and grounds for initiating a criminal case against a specific person are stated, indicating the last name, first name, patronymic). taking into account that there are sufficient data indicating the signs of a crime __, provided for by __ of the criminal code __, guided by articles ... . decided: 1. initiate a criminal case on the grounds of a crime under ___ (paragraph, part, article) of the criminal code __, in relation to (last name, first name, patronymic). 2. entrust the conduct of the preliminary investigation (to whom exactly: the name of the investigative body of the investigative committee of the russian federation or the position of the investigator of the investigative committee of the russian federation, special rank, surname, initials). 3. send a copy of this decision to (name of the prosecutor's office). thus, we can conclude that knowledge about the structuring of a document, the ability to single out individual compositional and semantic parts in it, will not only contribute to the consistent distribution of information in its relevant parts, but will also provide, through language and style features, a qualitative presentation of the content of the document, competent design the above documents. list of used literature 1. ramazanov, n. n. (2023). considerations on the essay genre. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 9, 117-121. 2. turabaeva, l. k., & ramazanov, n. n. (2023). speech culture and language purity. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 12, 153-156. 3. пулатова, у. (2021). отбор и описание лингвистических средств, представленных в уголовно-процессуальных документах. общество и инновации, 2(5/s), 30-38. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 4. фаттахова а. роль современной литературы в подготовке юридических кадров в условиях карантина //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 2. – с. 280-281. 5. матенов р. б. особенности обучения студентов вариантности синтаксических единиц //academic research in educational sciences. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 477-483. 6. ziyamukhamedova, s. t. (2022). how language affects consciousness, thoughts and worldview. international journal of early childhood special education, 14(4). 7. gulyamova gulnora yakubovna, nurshasha almatova. language, rights and legal culture., the peerian journal open access | peer reviewed volume 15, february, 2023. 8.rasulmuxamedova, d. (2023). topics and issues raised in the works of gafur gulyam. world bulletin of management and law, 18, 68-70. 9. бозорова, н. п. (2020). бадиий асар қаҳрамони тақдирида ҳужжатлар ўрни. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (2), 71-75. 10. ниязова н. ж. актуальность изучения страноведческих текстов в реализации единства обучения и воспитания студентов //экономика и социум. – 2023. – №. 2 (105). – с. 964-968. 11. khulkar a., khashimova d., niyazova n. on the basis of an integrated course, teaching professionally oriented foreign language vocabulary to students of non-linguistic specialities //asean journal on science & technology for development. – 2022. – т. 39. – №. 4. – с. 237-241. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org guidelines for linguistics students' independent work: implementing tblt principles in assignment completion djurakulova diyora alisher qizi khayrieva madina ilohomovna english teachers of samarkand institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research outlines the application of tblt principles in independent linguistic tasks, emphasizing the importance of vocabulary development and purposeful activities. drawing inspiration from communicative language education, the vocabulary activity adheres to jane willis's guidelines, guaranteeing student involvement and connections to real-life scenarios. collaboration and discussion are encouraged through pair work in the category classification task, aligning with the principles of communicative language instruction. tblt principles, linguistics students, independent tasks, vocabulary development, communicative language education, jane willis's criteria, student engagement, real-world connections, category classification task. introduction within the realm of linguistic education, the efficacy of teaching approaches significantly shapes students' language acquisition and proficiency levels. task-based language teaching (tblt) has emerged as a prominent instructional strategy, emphasizing practical language use and meaningful communication. this study explores the application of tblt principles in the independent work of linguistics students, specifically focusing on vocabulary development. informed by the foundational works of richards (2001) and the principles of communicative language education (clt), our research aims to provide comprehensive guidelines for integrating tblt in linguistics assignments. the core emphasis lies in crafting activities that sustain student interest, prioritize meaning, and establish connections to real-world scenarios, aligning with jane willis's recommendations (2007). the research methodology involves developing and scrutinizing various independent tasks designed to enhance vocabulary acquisition. these tasks encompass a spectrum of activities, ranging from vocabulary categorization to word matching and multimedia engagement, addressing the diverse needs of students with varying language proficiency levels. as we delve into the impact of each task on students' language learning experiences, comprehension, and critical thinking abilities, this study seeks to contribute valuable insights to the incorporation of tblt principles in linguistic education. the subsequent sections will expound upon the research methodology, provide a detailed analysis of specific tasks, and present corresponding results, ultimately concluding with a comprehensive summary underscoring the pertinence and effectiveness of tblt in fostering meaningful language learning experiences for linguistics students. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods of research the decisions on the development of the resources for the vocabulary activity were impacted by several factors. first, the readings for the course that discuss task-based language teaching and the significance of giving language learners meaningful settings served as the basis for this project. according to richards (2001), tbl is an instructional strategy that was initially used by second or foreign-language teachers. it is a methodology that was created in the 1970s and is based on the language education approach known as communicative language education (clt). jane willis (2007) suggests that while developing activities teachers should answer the following questions: • will the activity maintain the interest of the students? • is meaning the main emphasis? • exists a purpose or expected result? • is the outcome used to determine success? • is finishing a top priority? • does the activity have any connection to everyday activities? to make sure that the students have a clear purpose and context for learning these words, the pre-task entails delivering a list of vocabulary items relating to the upcoming reading choice or subject. second, the task is intended to be completed in pairs to encourage cooperation and peer interaction. students get the opportunity to discuss and argue the multiple meanings of each phrase in pairs, drawing from their knowledge and experiences as well as using dictionaries to check their understanding. in line with the principles of communicative language instruction, this encourages meaningful communication and active engagement. students are asked to categorize a set of vocabulary terms as either positive, negative, or neither in a job called category classification. this work is based on readings from the course that discuss vocabulary development and the value of personal connections. the learning process is made relevant and interesting by encouraging students to identify the phrases based on their own beliefs and experiences. the activity also meets the learners' language demands. presenting new words in a meaningful context and letting children connect the phrases to certain sensations, improves their vocabulary abilities and helps them remember and comprehend new concepts. as students examine and defend their decisions in the categorization exercise, which encourages language accuracy and fluency, they further strengthen their critical thinking and decision-making abilities. additionally, because students with similar language proficiency levels can effectively interact, the pair work style meets the needs of the heterogeneous learner profile mentioned previously. to differentiate instruction, low-level students receive additional guidance with terms and their translations while high and middlelevel students are given the work as it is described. this way, all students can take part in and profit from the activity. the vocabulary and category classification activity effectively satisfies the language needs of the learners, fosters meaningful interaction and engagement in the language learning classroom, and is consistent with the course readings on communicative language teaching, task-based learning, and vocabulary acquisition. the creation of materials for the vocabulary activity was guided by tblt principles, referencing literature that underscores the importance of task-based language teaching and meaningful contexts. this approach resonates with richards' (2001) depiction of tbl as an instructional method rooted in communicative language education (clt), initially employed by language instructors. activities were developed based on jane willis's standards, ensuring student engagement, prioritizing meaning, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org establishing connections to real-world scenarios. the pre-task phase involves presenting a list of pertinent vocabulary items, aligning with tblt principles. collaborative work in the category classification task encourages teamwork, in line with communicative language instruction. this task, grounded in course readings, enhances vocabulary growth and personal connections. the vocabulary and category classification activity addresses language requirements, encourages interaction, and adheres to course materials on communicative language teaching and task-based learning. results and its discussion upon examining the outcomes of the implemented tasks, it is evident that the incorporation of taskbased language teaching (tblt) principles has yielded positive results across multiple dimensions of language learning. the carefully crafted activities, inspired by tblt methodologies and informed by key pedagogical literature, have demonstrated their efficacy. category classification task collaboration and personal connections: this task, designed for collaboration, not only enhances vocabulary acquisition but also stimulates student engagement in discussions, fostering both collaboration and personal connections. this aligns seamlessly with the principles of communicative language instruction advocated by tblt. “definitions” activity real-word language utilization: rooted in tblt, this activity challenges students with real-world language use through word matching. the individualized nature of the task promotes not only comprehension but also critical thinking, steering clear of predictable patterns— conforming well to tblt's overarching objectives. post-task phrases development of metalinguistic awareness: the ensuing discussions and subsequent exercises significantly contribute to the development of metalinguistic awareness. through conversations about word definitions and usage, students reflect on language structures, aligning with the principles of tblt. multimodal learning lexical inference and deep processing: the inclusion of a warm-up video in the materials development reflects tblt and multimodal learning principles. this approach supports lexical inference and deep processing, harmonizing with sociocultural and cognitive theories about vocabulary acquisition. enhanced comprehension and production positive impact: the noticeable enhancements in comprehension, critical thinking, and language production affirm the positive impact of tblt. students not only grasp vocabulary but also apply it meaningfully, underscoring the practical success of tblt in the context of linguistics education. evaluation of language proficiency proficiency assessment: the observational component during tasks serves as a valuable tool for evaluating language proficiency levels. this assessment aids in tailoring future tasks to individual needs, ensuring a targeted and effective approach to language learning. conclusion in conclusion, this study illuminates the successful integration of principles from task-based language teaching (tblt) into the independent tasks of linguistics students. the developed activities, grounded in tblt methodology and informed by foundational readings, prove effective in fostering meaningful language learning experiences. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org the array of tasks, spanning vocabulary categorization to multimedia engagement, underscores the adaptability and pertinence of tblt in addressing the diverse learner profile. by adhering to jane willis's criteria, these activities prioritize student engagement, stress the importance of meaning, and establish connections to real-world scenarios. the study's outcomes highlight the positive influence of tblt on various facets of language learning. for instance, the category classification task not only enriches vocabulary development but also promotes cooperation and personal connections. the "definitions" activity, rooted in real-life language use, stimulates comprehension, critical thinking, and the avoidance of repetitive patterns. the subsequent phases, including post-task discussions and follow-up exercises, contribute to metalinguistic awareness and bolster language acquisition concepts. the observed enhancements in comprehension, critical thinking, and language production align with tblt objectives, confirming its effectiveness in linguistics education. as the landscape of language teaching evolves, the study's insights offer valuable guidance for educators, curriculum developers, and researchers keen on enriching language learning experiences. the demonstrated success of tblt principles in fostering engagement, comprehension, and critical thinking positions it as a valuable pedagogical approach within the realm of linguistics education. references 1. ellis, r. (2003). task-based language learning and teaching. oxford university press. 2. hattie, j., & timperley, h. (2007). the power of feedback. review of educational research, 77(1), 81-112. 3. jane willis. (2007). the lexical syllabus: a new approach to language teaching. heinle elt. 4. long, m. h. (2015). second language acquisition and task-based language teaching. wiley. 5. nuttall, c. (1996). teaching reading skills in a foreign language. heinemann. 6. richards, j. c. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge university press. 7. richards, j. c., & rodgers, t. s. (2001). approaches and methods in language teaching. cambridge university press. 8. schmidt, r. (1990). the role of consciousness in second language learning. applied linguistics, 11(2), 129-158. 9. swain, m. (1985). communicative competence: some roles of comprehensible input and comprehensible output in its development. in s. gass & c. madden (eds.), input in second language acquisition (pp. 235–253). routledge. 10. vygotsky, l. s. (1978). mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes. harvard university press. 11. willis, j. (2007). doing task-based teaching. oxford university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org the results of the forecast of the main technological indicators of the development of the oil and gas condensate field eastren ispanli bobomurodov utkir ziyodullayevich karshi engineering-economics institute, uzbekistan phd "oil and gas work" department associate professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the results of calculation of the main technological indices of the development of sharqiy ispanli oil and gas condensate deposit are presented for various options, differing in the sequence of oil and gas sampling. it is shown that during the development of the field with the use of vertical wells and the faces of producing wells, free gas will break through. it is recommended to drill multi-hole wells with horizontal trunks. reservoir, operation, fund, reserve, mode, rim, development, system, well, coefficient, extraction, gas cap, selection, efficiency. in recent years, a number of under-gas oil deposits with small reserves have been discovered in western uzbekistan, some of which are in trial operation by a small number of producing wells. for these deposits, it is important to choose an effective development system based on the geological and physical conditions of the deposits. usually, the category of small fields includes fields developed with only a few wells (up to 10) and having small recoverable oil reserves (up to 0.5 million tons) [2]. when designing the development of such facilities, the choice of options is significantly limited due to the fact that traditional methods of waterflooding and enhanced oil recovery are not very profitable. in this connection, in the vast majority of cases, fields with small reserves are operated under natural conditions. this category includes the sharkiy ispanli field, which was discovered in 2001. the massive domed gas condensate reservoir with an oil rim is confined to the хv-нр and хv-р horizons of the upper jurassic carbonate deposits. as is known, under-gas oil deposits in accordance with the "rules for the development of oil and gasoil fields" according to the ratio of the volume of the oil-saturated part of the deposit (vn) to the volume of the entire deposit (vn + vr) are divided into various types [2]. oil fields with a gas cap or a gas condensate cap (vn >0.75); gas or gas condensate oil (0.50 vn ≤ 0.75); oil and gas or gas condensate (0.25 <vн ≤0.50); gas or gas condensate with oil rim (vн≤0.25). the volume of the oil-saturated part of the sharkiy espanli field is 4025.6•103m3 in total, and c2 is 1629.5•103m3. the volume of the gas-saturated part of the field is 6439•103m3 in total, including the volume of the gas-saturated part of the reserves category c1-2604.8•103m3, and c2-3834.2•103m3. the ratio of the volume of the oil-saturated part of the deposit to the volume of the entire deposit for reserves of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org categories c1, c2, and c1 + c2 is 0.479, respectively; 0.298 and 0.385 i.e. the sharky spanish field belongs to the oil and gas condensate type. it should be noted that according to the classification of the all-russian research institute, the field belongs to the type of gas condensate deposits with an oil rim of subordinate industrial significance [2]. the development of deposits with under-gas oil objects is very specific, which is due to the presence in one deposit of actually two non-isolated deposits an oil zone and a gas cap [5,6]. the conditions of occurrence of oil and combined gas in under-gas oil facilities are usually characterized by: the presence in one collector of two accumulations of oil and free gas that are not isolated from each other; the proximity of the location of water and gas-oil contacts: practically unchanged in the process of development the contours of the deposit (in plan); almost uniform distribution of reservoir energy over the reservoir volume; equality of the initial reservoir pressure and saturation pressure of oil with gas. the listed features significantly distinguish the technology for the development of gas oil facilities and methods for its design from the technology for the development of oil deposits. when designing the technology for the development of gas oil facilities, it becomes necessary to solve the following problems: selection of the order of extraction of oil and gas reserves; selection of the optimal well grid density; the size and location of the optimal perforation interval; substantiation of optimal drawdown and flow rate of production wells. the correct solution of these problems will favor the rational development of oil deposits without premature breakthroughs of gas and water to the bottoms of wells. below, we will consider the justifications for these tasks for choosing the system for developing the sharkiy spanishli field. option i provides for advanced development of oil reserves. oil producing wells will be placed in the oil-bearing zone with category c1 reserves evenly with a grid density of 20 ha/well. since the conservation of gas cap reserves until the full development of the oil part can be more than 25 years, and during this time part of the gas reserves will be extracted through oil wells, which will practically be lost due to low pressure. therefore, after the extraction of the main oil reserves, simultaneous extraction of gas from the gas cap will be carried out. the fund of oil-producing wells at the stage of oil selection will be 0 units: it is planned to introduce 8 oil-producing wells from drilling to the zone of wells no. 1 and 4, also with initial oil flow rates of 10 tons / day. after the extraction of the main oil reserves, 1 well (no. 1) will be transferred to gas production by transferring the extraction interval to the gas-saturated part of the deposit. according to variant ii, almost from the beginning of development, it is supposed to carry out controlled extraction of gas from the gas cap. in the first year of development, wells no. 1 and 4 will be in operation. starting from the second year of development, well no. 1 will be transferred to the gas producing fund, since the gas factor equal to 1944 m3/m3 obtained when testing the interval 2552-2544 m indicates available gas inflow from the gas section. according to this option, with a grid density of 20 ha/well, the stock of oil producing wells will be 9 units (8 new project wells), and the gas well stock will be 1 unit. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org according to option iii, in order to avoid conservation of the gas cap gas, it is planned to carry out simultaneous extraction of oil and gas from the beginning of development. research v.m. shevtsova and a.u. nazarov [3] substantiated that in the joint development of the oil part and gas condensate deposits of oil and gas condensate fields, high rates of recovery and hydrocarbon recovery rates are achieved by perforating production wells at the gas-oil contact. therefore, it is planned to perforate the goc zone at all wells, covering the oil-saturated and gas-saturated parts of the section. the well stock for simultaneous extraction of oil and gas will be 10 units. as can be seen from the above, the considered options for the development of the oil and gas condensate field sharkiy ispanli differ only in the sequence of oil and gas withdrawals at the same density of the well pattern, which will allow a more objective assessment of the effectiveness of the development systems under consideration. due to the lack of a set of necessary initial data for the application of hydrodynamic calculation methods, the forecast of development indicators (reservoir pressures, gas factor, water cut of well production, etc.) was carried out on the basis of static dependencies recommended in the methodological guide for calculating recovery factors from the subsoil [1] . the initial oil production rates of wells and the dynamics of their decline in the development process are substantiated by static processing of well operation data similar in structure, stratigraphy and lithology to the xv-p and xv-hp horizons of the south kemachi, umid and markovskoye fields. processing of the results of the operation of many wells of the umid, south kemachi, markovskoye fields, exploiting oil rims with a thickness of up to 6 m, 6-8 m, 8-10 m and more, made it possible to establish a trend in their flow rates depending on the thickness of the drained object. the maximum value of the limiting "gas-free" and "anhydrous" oil flow rate is 10 t/day. used literature 1. методическое руководство по расчету коэффициентов извлечения нефти из недр. –москва: миннефтепром, 1986.-253 с. 2. регламент составления проектных технологических документов на разработку нефтяных и газонефтяных месторождений. москва: внии, 1996.-202 с. 3. бравичева т.б., масленикова л.в. исследование фильтрационных потоков при разработке водонефтяных и газонефтяных зон карбонатных коллекторов // бурение и нефть. -2007.-№ 11.с.28-30. 4. закиров с.н., рошин а.а. особенности разработки нефтегазоконденсатных залежей при безгазовых дебитах скважин // геология, геофизика и разработка нефтяных и газовых месторождений. -2007.-№6 с.\14-19. 5. закиров с.и., рошин а.а. разработка нефтяных оторочек при сверхкритических дебитах скважин по газу// геология, геофизика и разработка нефтяных и газовых месторождений. -2007. №7.-с.30-35. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org investigating iraqi efl studentteachers' assessment literacy: matches and mismatches between their perceptions and knowledge m. a. entidhar neamah aboalshoon janabi islamic azad university south tehran branch antezr039@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the success of teaching, the quality of student learning, and the motivation of students to learn all depend on teachers' ability to effectively assess their students. however, studies have repeatedly shown that the levels of assessment literacy for instructors in general education and language teaching are inadequate. the purpose of this research is to gain an understanding of the current level of assessment literacy among iraq efl student-teachers as well as to determine the areas in which their assessment knowledge is lacking and where it excels. this investigation makes use of a descriptive quantitative methodology, which includes an assessment knowledge test produced by farhady and tavasouli (2018) as well as a teacher's perception assessment test. the outcomes of this research point to both strengths and shortcomings in efl teacher assessment literacy, as well as matches and mismatches between studentteachers' self-perceived assessment literacy and the demonstrated assessment expertise of their students. over half of all teachers of english to speakers of other languages believe they have sufficient language assessment competence. nevertheless, the findings that were gleaned from the two tests suggested that almost two thirds of them lacked the necessary level of literacy in terms of assessment knowledge. according to these findings, it was discovered that there is a large discrepancy between students-teachers' beliefs of their assessment knowledge and the actual level of literacy that they possessed . the study may have some repercussions for efl teacher preparation programs, teaching institutions, and other future research areas. language assessment, language assessment literacy, formative assessment,summative assessment. introduction recognizing the importance of lal of language teachers and their teachers’ development needs, many studies have been conducted to conceptualize lal, examine lal of teachers, and validate evidence in different contexts and from different perspectives. however, this research is "still in its infancy" (fulcher, 2012, p. 117), and further research on this topic is needed to advance lal research. to provide a comprehensive picture of current research and lay the foundation for future lal studies, this review will first examine the conceptualizations of lal and the empirical studies on teachers’ lal, then provide implications and future directions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org teacher's familiarity with the main principles of assessment measures is considered an integral part of teacher assessment literacy and related directly to what happens in classroom (popham, 2009). language assessment literacy can also profoundly affect teachers' involvement in decision-making about their teaching and, in turn, their practices. due to its vital role in the educational context, assessment literacy has always been the center of attention. although some research has been carried out on grammar and pragmatic teaching, there has been a little empirical investigation into the efl teachers’ assessment literacy in iraq. so the aim of this study was to shine new light on these debates by investigating the current levels of language assessment literacy of iraqi efl student-teachers (knowledge, perceptions, skills) and identify weaknesses and strengths of their assessment knowledge . lack of assessment literacy among efl teachers and the quality of english language tests in efl contexts are of concern (cheng, 2008). a general assumption about the assessment practices of language teachers is that language teachers cannot write perfect tests. however, in the iraqi efl context, a large number of efl teachers, especially high school teachers, are often involved in or responsible for developing classroom, institutional, and local assessments. even though they have not had an independently assessment course during their undergraduate education, nor any assessment onthe-job training course, at least in the past 10 years, teachers believe their undergraduate courses have the potential to prepare them for classroom assessment (muhammad & bardakci, 2019). iraqi efl pre-service teachers (students of the colleges of education) take a general course on the teaching methods of efl in the english department of the faculty of education due to the excessive concentration on linguistics and literature, rather than the methods of teaching efl in english courses (al-jabbawi, 2022) .the issue is that efl teacher assessment literacy in iraq is far from satisfactory .they are not aware of their need to improve (muhammad & bardakci, 2019). improving the language assessment of teachers can greatly help teaching. for example, teachers who assess their subjects can identify student needs, monitor teaching and learning progress, identify students' learning difficulties and monitor academic performance (gronlund & linn, 1990). despite the strong emphasis on assessment in many educational institutions, the literature shows that many teachers are unprepared to deal with assessment issues and need some help in conducting classroom assessments and in making assessment-related decisions (mertler, 1999; mertler & campbell, 2005); therefore, there is a need for more emphasis on language assessment literacy in teacher education programs. language teachers who are assessment literate can enhance the quality of their instruction and respond to their students' instructional needs more effectively. in this regard, this study attempted to address the aforementioned issues in the context of efl instruction in iraq. lal is a significant component of language teachers’ expertise, but is also a challenging task for most language teachers. to date, there have been relatively few studies examining the research on teachers’ lal during these decades. to fill this void, this study is important for a number of reasons. first, a large body of research deals with assessment literacy, but research specifically on the assessment literacy of efl teachers is limited. therefore, this study is a good complement to the efl literature and language testing research. second, this study reviews the conceptualizations of lal and related empirical studies published from 1991 to 2021. it first analyzes various conceptualizations of lal. it will significantly boost the validity of the study's findings and enrich the literature on language instruction and assessment. finally, the future research directions of university teachers are discussed. 1.to what extent are iraqi efl studentteachers' assessment literate ? 2. to what extent do iraqi efl studentteachers view themselves as assessment literate? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org 3. to what extent do iraqi efl students-teachers' assessment literacy perceptions match with their assessment knowledge? literature review language assessment literacy (lal): concept and competencies despite the increasing importance of lal, a major concern which still remains is determining the primary focus of literacy in language assessment. this would include a variety of skills related to test design, interpretation and use of test results, test evaluation, and the role and function of assessment in education and society (inbar-lourie, 2008). lal may be defined as the knowledge of the principles and concepts that guide and support practice, including the knowledge, skills and competencies, familiarity with the testing process, ethics, and codes necessary to design, develop, maintain, or evaluate large-scale standardization and/or classroom testing(fulcher, 2012). it can be viewed as the “ability to place knowledge, skills, processes, principles and concepts in a wider historical, social, political and philosophical framework, to understand why practices occur and to assess the role and impact of tests on society, organizations and individuals” (fulcher, 2012, p. 125). melone (2013) focused on instructional issues and defined lal as "language teachers' knowledge with testing definitions and the application of this knowledge to classroom practices in general and specifically to issues related to assessing language" (p. 329). on the other hand, scarino (2013) emphasized the main role of teachers in assessment; therefore, lal has also been defined as "student performance assessment, teacher knowledge, understanding and assessment experience” (p. 310). finally, lal may be regarded as competency repertoire used for understanding, evaluating and constructing language tests and analyzing test data (phill & harding, 2013). the significance of language assessment literacy (lal) in teacher development programs language teachers are recognizing the relevance of lal for two reasons: delegating responsibility for classroom assessment to language teachers, and moving classroom-based evaluation (cba) from assessment of learning to assessment for learning. scarino (2017) suggested that the worldwide movement of people has pushed language teachers to shift from a communicative to an intercultural perspective in language learning. this theoretical shift affects teaching, learning, and evaluation, therefore "language teachers need advanced assessment skills" (p. 21). tsagari and vogt (2017) suggested that cba requires efl teachers with language assessment knowledge. they asked language teachers to upgrade their qualifications and not neglect classroom challenges. the shift from measuring students' achievement to comparing student performance to established criteria places additional responsibility on teachers, who should take lal seriously. lal seems most relevant to language testers (malone, 2013 ;popham, 2009), but a "holistic approach that goes beyond a generic knowledge-based definition of lal" is needed for teachers (tsagari & vogt, 2017, p.43). malone (2013) compared how language testing professionals and teachers view course content. the same issue was tackled as a language tester or instructor. the former focuses on technical difficulties, while the latter on classroom assessment techniques in language testing/assessment courses. lal can also be seen from the perspective of administrators while making ielts admission decisions (o'loughlin, 2013). phil and harding (2013) found that decision makers' lack of understanding of language testing/assessment difficulties, techniques, and objectives might lead to major american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org misconceptions. when working with lal, it's crucial to balance theory and practice. language professors, course instructors, university administrators, and policymakers should also be considered (taylor, 2013). "teacher assessment literacy has just lately entered the language assessment community's agenda" (razavipour, riazi, & rashidi, 2011), therefore more research is needed to develop the idea and its components in our environment. previous studies examined efl teachers' assessment literacy. one study showed that language assessment training in hong kong is insufficient, and courses fail to reconcile theory and practice in the context of assessment reform (lam, 2014). another study examined iranian efl teachers' evaluation skills and feedback effects. the latest research shows that english teachers' assessment skills are poor. “low assessment skills among efl teachers necessitate preand in-service training” (razavipour et al., 2011, p.160). teacher assessment knowledge teachers’ assessment literacy is a crucial part of teachers’ quality and professional requirements. according to mertler (2003), teachers' assessment skills can either enhance or limit learning process and student achievement. researchers have reported that teachers' lack of confidence, knowledge and assessment experience has a negative impact on student achievement and learning (brookhart, 2011; plake, 1993). although there are studies on assessment literacy, fulcher (2012) accentuates that research on this field is not well developed yet. when the related literature is examined it can be said that assessment literacy has been studied and proposed in three stages: (1) the concept of teacher assessment, (2) teachers' knowledge and skills, and (3) the practice of teacher assessment in class. the teacher's concept and value of assessment are the most important factors in interpreting and making assessment decisions. based on the standards and recent updates (e.g., brookhart, 2011; stiggins, 1991), teachers ought to be skilled in selecting the correct evaluation method in making instructional choices and developing assessment methods appropriate to options. they are likely to administer, score and interpret results of external and instructor-produced methods and use results for making options about individual students 'performances. teachers will be able to communicate the results of the assessment to the appropriate stakeholders. finally, they should identify unconstitutional, illegal, and inappropriate assessment methods and utilization of assessment information. previous studies on teacher assessment literacy a large number of studies on teacher assessment literacy have concentrated on teachers' assessment expertise as well as their attitudes on assessment literacy (coombe et al., 2012;). this should not come as a surprise given the widespread belief that the assessment knowledge and attitudes of instructors have an effect on the strategies they employ in the classroom (alkharusi et al., 2012; stiggins 1995). the majority of the research that has investigated teacher assessment knowledge and language teacher assessment knowledge has consistently reported limited levels of teacher assessment/language assessment literacy (e.g., alkharusi, 2011; mertler, 2004; plake, impara, & fager, 1993). this is the case despite the fact that there have been numerous attempts to investigate teacher assessment knowledge and language teacher assessment knowledge. alkharusi et al. (2012), for example, evaluated the assessment knowledge of 167 instructors by using the teachers’ assessment literacy questionnaire (talq), and found that the teachers' knowledge was lacking (an average of 12.42 of 32 items answered correctly). using a method similar to alkharusi et al.’s (2012), mohamed et al. (2017) examined the assessment literacy of teachers, and discovered american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org that the teachers who participated in the study exhibited moderate to low levels of assessment literacy. kasikhan and rezaee (2019) studied esp teachers’ assessment literacy. the study included 50 male and female iranian esp instructors with teaching english as a foreign language (tefl) and nontefl backgrounds. tefl-trained and untrained iranian instructors have the finest tools for choosing an evaluation technique and making decisions, but the least for administrative issues and accurate scoring. on the literacy components of the assessment, there were large discrepancies between the two groups of esp instructors. study participants lacked understanding about teacher competency standards. neither knew the literacy requirements. their findings suggest esp instructors' comprehension of educational assessment is insufficient, especially in explaining assessment results and validly evaluating learners' assessments. xu and brown (2017) also employed a modified version of the talq to investigate the assessment expertise of efl instructors working in chinese institutions. additionally, the findings revealed insufficient levels of literacy in the exam. the authors strongly recommended that universities that teach foreign languages give their instructors access to continuing professional development programs that focus on evaluation. firoozi, razavipour, and ahmadi (2019) studied iranian efl teachers' language assessment literacy needs and reformed assessment practices. iran interviewed 15 efl principals. also, curriculum reorganization documents were closely examined. inductive data coding demonstrated that instructors must change their evaluation of language skills to accomplish reform goals. educators need knowledge and skills to assess language usage. educators need training in the development of speaking and writing rubrics. students must develop higher-order cognitive skills to assess their reading and listening comprehension. because they aren't native english speakers, iranian english teachers must improve. along the same lines, farhady and tavassoli (2018) studied efl teachers' knowledge of language-testing devices. 246 language instructors were given fulcher's (2012) needs assessment questionnaire to collect data. they observed that most teachers had distinct evaluation priorities despite agreeing on the same issues. most participants wanted further evaluation training. teacher evaluation perception research has shown similar difficulties. birgin and baki (2009) revealed that most of the 512 primary teachers polled considered themselves skilled in devising and implementing standard evaluation techniques but less so in alternative approaches. in an unpublished research study by sheehan and munro (2017) that employed classroom observations, interviews, and focus group interviews, efl teachers with limited assessment experience indicated their lack of confidence in creating assessment items. although the study's findings revealed the observed instructors employed a variety of assessment approaches well without training, they again stressed the necessity for classroom-based assessment training. in their 2010 study, deluca and klinger found that instructors with formal assessment training were more confident. mertler (2009) revealed assessment training significantly improved teacher assessment views and knowledge. tajeddin, khatib, and mahdavi (2022) studied the critical language assessment literacy of efl teachers in a separate study. according to the findings, the strongest correlations existed between the items and the following five factors: (a) the instructors' understanding of assessment purposes, scopes, and types; (b) the implications of assessment usage; (c) fairness; (d) assessment policies; and (e) national policy and ideology. it was discovered that the scale had a good level of internal consistency and construct validity, indicating that this scale has the potential to be effective for measuring language instructors' american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org clal and for increasing their awareness of clal constructs. it was determined that the scale has a high level of internal consistency due to its construct validity and high level of internal consistency . in terms of the assessment procedures that instructors use in the classroom, several studies have shown that these procedures do not align with the procedures that are advised by testing and assessment specialists. for instance, alsarimi (2000) discovered that the majority of the 246 science teachers in his sample used traditional assessment methods more than alternative assessment methods. this is a practice that has a negative impact on students' self-efficacy beliefs as well as their perceptions of the congruence of the assessment with planned learning. alsarimi (2000) found that the majority of science teachers in his sample used traditional assessment methods more than alternative assessment methods (alkharusi et al., 2014b). according to the findings of another study carried out in the same environment, instructors have a tendency to rate students based on nonachievement variables such as behavior and effort (alkharusi et al., 2012). oz and atay (2017) conducted a study on assessment literacy of english instructors working in the english preparatory program at a turkish university. their study focused on teaching english as a foreign language (efl). the findings of the study revealed a discrepancy between the evaluation opinions of instructors and the procedures actually implemented in 41 classrooms. it was discovered that teachers' assessment procedures did not adhere to the principles of good assessment, despite the fact that instructors acknowledged that assessment is highly important and that they recognized appropriate assessment practices and concepts. therefore, they did demonstrate some awareness of assessment literacy; however, the manner in which this information was expressed in practice raises concerns. all of these research studies demonstrate the necessity of evaluating not just technical but also sociocultural factors. efl teachers must lack a solid understanding of assessment issues such as reliability, validity, and test design, as well as other relevant topics; teacher trainers should take this into account. moreover, teachers of english as a foreign language (efl) must be familiar with their students' needs in order to include relevant material on their exams. in a similar spirit, teachers of english to speakers of other languages (efl) should work to enhance their assessment literacy because prior research indicates that assessment literacy influences their students' learning. method thirty efl student teachers from different cities in iraq participated in this study. the method of sampling was convenience method to ensure response validity. they were both male and female aged between 30 and 50 years old and 11 of them were secondary or preparatory schools teachers. they have already finished their third semester of master’s study in tefl, all of them have passed assessment course. convenience sampling is a non-random sampling technique defined as the selection of people who chance to be available for research" (mackey & gass, 2016). it is the most common method of sampling in efl research (dornyei, 2007). the participants were 76% females and 24% males. the age of participants ranged between 30 and 50 years. the majority was in the 30-40 age group.63 % of them didn't have any teaching experience. while 14% of the participant have from 5 to 10 years teaching experience and 23% were in the 10-15 years group. all of them were ma students in tefl. table (4.3 ) outlines the participants’ demographics. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org variable n percent total gender male 7 24% 30 female 22 76% age 30-40 24 80% 30 40-50 6 20% teaching experience no teaching experience 19 63% 30 5-10 4 %14 10-15 7 %23 field of study at university tefl 30 %100 30 educational level ma student 30 %100 30 to achieve more accurate results and in line with the theoretical principles of teacher assessment literacy, the following instruments were used: assessment knowledge test: this test was developed by farhady and tavasouli (2018) to assess teachers’ language knowledge. there were 33 items in the test each carrying 1 point. lak test was developed six parts, each part focusing on one major area of language assessment, with closed-item formats of ‘matching’, ‘ordering’, and ‘multiple-choice’ .part a consists of 5 matching questions (questions 1-5) aimed to measure teachers’ knowledge on different types of tests. part b consists of other 5 matching questions (questions 6-10) aimed to measure teachers knowledge on the process of language test design. part c also includes 5 matching questions (questions 11-14) aimed to measure teachers’ knowledge on statistical techniques. part d consists of 8 multiple-choice questions (questions 15-22) aimed to measure teachers’ total assessment knowledge. part e includes 4 matching questions (questions 23-26). and finally, part f consists of 7 multiple-choice questions to measure teachers’ knowledge of designing tests for assessing students’ language skills. the instrument enjoyed cronbach’s alpha reliability indices of .53. teachers’ perception assessment test: this test was used to assess teachers’ perceptions about their assessment knowledge. this test consists of three parts. the first part aims to gather participants’ demographic information, including their gender, age, and teaching experience. the second part includes 27 items adopted from alkharusi’s (2009) self-confidence scale in educational measurement designed to assess teachers' perceptions of confidence in their abilities to perform certain educational assessment tasks related to the following categories developing and administering assessment methods (5 items; e.g., “writing test questions for higher cognitive levels”), developing and scoring performance assessment (8 items; e.g., “assessing students learning through oral questions”), developing grading procedures (4 items; e.g., “avoiding bias (personal preferences) in grading”) and communicating assessment results to various audiences (5 items; “providing written feedback to students”). in addition, 5 items on recognizing ethics of assessment (5 items; e.g., “preventing students from cheating on tests”) . and, third part consists of 29 items from alkharusi’s (2010) teachers’ assessment practices questionnaire. it was designed to measure teachers’ frequency of use of various assessment practices related to traditional assessment methods (5 items; e.g., “using multiple-choice tests”), alternative assessment methods (4 items; e.g., “using structured performance assessments”), communicating assessment with students (6 items; e.g., “informing students about the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org purpose of the assessment prior to its administration”), developing assessment standards and criteria (4 items; e.g., “defining a rating scale for performance criteria in advance”), student-involved assessment (5 items; “providing students with opportunities to write test questions based on their understanding of the instructional objectives”), and non-achievement grading factors (5 items; e.g., “incorporating class attendance in the calculation of students’ grades”). all the items of this test were rated with likert five-point scale (1= not competent, 2 =a little competent, 3 = somewhat competent, 4 = competent, 5 = very competent). the instrument enjoyed cronbach’s alpha reliability indices of.91. as noted by tseng, et al. (2006), dörnyei & taguchi (2009), fryer et al. (2018), and harrison et al. (2021), a cronbach’s alpha value of .70 is the adequate reliability index for an instrument. based on this criterion it can be concluded that the survey questionnaire enjoyed an appropriate reliability index (alpha = 0.89) . the present research method was a descriptive method. according to hatch and farhady (1982), descriptive research is a research design used to examine the situation involving the identification of attributes of a particular phenomenon based on an observational basis. so, this type of research is used to describe and interpret the data being studied based on fact that is supported by accurate theories. it means that descriptive research is related to the condition that occurs at that time, uses one variable or more and then investigates in fact. to conduct the study, an email was first sent out to the participants explaining the number of tools that this thesis was planning to use. it was also stated that the individual’s participation in all tasks that this research project would include would yield better results. after sending each instrument to the participants, they were asked to provide their demographic information such as age, gender and years of experience. a pop-up window clarified the purpose behind these questions. result & discussions this study was undertaken in order to achieve the following objectives. first; it investigated to what extent iraqi efl studentteachers were assessment literate. second; it probed to what extent iraqi efl studentteachers viewed themselves as assessment literate; and finally, it explored to what extent iraqi efl students-teachers' assessment literacy perceptions matched with their assessment knowledge. the results are discussed below. iraqi efl studentteachers assessment knowledge table 4.3 shows the pearson correlations among the six parts of the akt. there were nonsignificant; i.e. p > .05, correlations among all sections except for the correlation between part e and part d (r (28) = .409 representing a weak effect size, p < .05). table 4.3 pearson correlations between components of assessment knowledge test part a part b part c part d part e part f part a pearson correlation 1 sig. (2-tailed) n 30 part b pearson correlation .263 1 sig. (2-tailed) .160 n 30 30 part c pearson correlation .163 -.070 1 sig. (2-tailed) .388 .712 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org n 30 30 30 part d pearson correlation -.154 .152 -.082 1 sig. (2-tailed) .418 .423 .666 n 30 30 30 30 part e pearson correlation -.023 .012 .177 .409* 1 sig. (2-tailed) .905 .951 .349 .025 n 30 30 30 30 30 part f pearson correlation -.091 .328 .266 .048 -.001 1 sig. (2-tailed) .632 .077 .155 .803 .998 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). and finally; non-parametric friedman’s test was run to compare the median scores on the six parts of the akt. the non-parametric friedman’s test was run due to the fact that the assumption of normality was not retained in part b. as shown in table 4.4 the ratios of skewness and kurtosis over their standard errors were within the ranges of ±1.96 except for part b. it should be noted that the criteria of ±1.96 were suggested by raykov and marcoulides, 2008; coaley, 2010; field, 2018; and abu-bader, 2021. table 4.4 also shows the mean ranks on six parts of the akt which will be discussed below. table 4.4 skewness and kurtosis indices of normality of assessment knowledge test n mean rank skewness kurtosis ratios statistic std. error statistic std. error skewness kurtosis part a 30 3.43 -.356 .427 -.138 .833 -0.83 -0.17 part b 30 2.00 2.356 .427 6.266 .833 5.52 7.52 part c 30 3.58 -.362 .427 -1.141 .833 -0.85 -1.37 part d 30 3.10 .579 .427 .620 .833 1.36 0.74 part e 30 4.75 -.062 .427 -1.291 .833 -0.15 -1.55 part f 30 4.13 .144 .427 -.530 .833 0.34 -0.64 table 4.5 shows the results of the friedman test. the results (χ2 (5) = 39.19, p < .05, w coefficient of concordance = .261 representing a weak effect size) indicated that there were significant differences between the mean ranks scores on six parts of the akt. the mean ranks scores will be compared two by two in table 4.6. table 4.5 friedman tests for assessment knowledge test total n 30 test statistic 39.152 degree of freedom 5 asymptotic sig.(2-sided test) .000 and finally; table 4.6 shows the post-hoc comparison tests. the results indicated that; the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on part a (mr = 3.43) than part b (mr = 2.00) (z = 2.96, p < .05). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on part c (mr = 3.58) than part b (mr = 2.00) (z = -3.27, p < .05). the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on part f (mr = 4.13) than part b (mr = 2.00) (z = -4.41, p < .05). the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on part e (mr = 4.75) than part b (mr = 2.00) (z = -5.69, p < .05); and finally, the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on part e (mr = 4.75) than part d (mr = 3.10) (z = -3.41, p < .05). figure 4.1 shows the mean ranks on six parts of the akt. table 4.6 pairwise comparisons tests assessment knowledge test sample 1-sample 2 test statistic std. error z sig. adj. sig.a part b-part d -1.100 .483 -2.277 .023 .342 part b-part a 1.433 .483 2.967 .003 .045 part b-part c -1.583 .483 -3.278 .001 .016 part b-part f -2.133 .483 -4.416 .000 .000 part b-part e -2.750 .483 -5.693 .000 .000 part d-part a .333 .483 .690 .490 1.000 part d-part c .483 .483 1.001 .317 1.000 part d-part f -1.033 .483 -2.139 .032 .486 part d-part e -1.650 .483 -3.416 .001 .010 part a-part c -.150 .483 -.311 .756 1.000 part a-part f -.700 .483 -1.449 .147 1.000 part a-part e -1.317 .483 -2.726 .006 .096 part c-part f -.550 .483 -1.139 .255 1.000 part c-part e -1.167 .483 -2.415 .016 .236 part f-part e .617 .483 1.277 .202 1.000 a. significance values have been adjusted by the bonferroni correction for multiple tests. figure 4.1 mean ranks for tests assessment knowledge test iraqi efl studentteachers’ perception of their assessment literacy table 4.9 shows the pearson correlations among the five sections of the questionnaire. there were significant; i.e. p < .05, correlations among all sections; except for the correlation between 3.43 2.00 3.58 3.10 4.75 4.13 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 part a part b part c part d part e part f american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org ethics in assessment and grading. the highest and lowest correlations were between performance assessment and constructing and administering assessment (r (28) = .744 representing a large effect size, p < .05), and ethics and grading (r (28) = .256 representing a weak effect size, p > .05). table 4.9 pearson correlations between components of assessment questionnaire constructing performance grading communicating ethics constructing pearson correlation 1 sig. (2-tailed) n 30 performance pearson correlation .744** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 30 30 grading pearson correlation .583** .587** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .001 .001 n 30 30 30 communicating pearson correlation .499** .543** .530** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .005 .002 .003 n 30 30 30 30 ethics pearson correlation .395* .409* .256 .583** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .031 .025 .171 .001 n 30 30 30 30 30 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). and finally; non-parametric friedman’s test was run to compare the median scores on the five sections of the questionnaire. the non-parametric friedman’s test was run due to the fact that the assumption of normality was not retained. as shown in table 4.10 the ratios of skewness and kurtosis over their standard errors were higher than ±1.96 for all sections; except constructing and administering assessment. it should be noted that the criteria of ±1.96 were suggested by raykov and marcoulides, 2008; coaley, 2010; field, 2018; and abu-bader, 2021. table 4.10 also shows the mean ranks on five sections of the questionnaire which will be discussed below. table 4.10 skewness and kurtosis indices of normality for assessment questionnaire n mean rank skewness kurtosis ratios statistic std. error statistic std. error skewness kurtosis constructing 30 2.15 -.407 .427 .005 .833 -0.95 0.01 performance 30 2.12 -1.186 .427 3.056 .833 -2.78 3.67 grading 30 3.30 -1.089 .427 1.108 .833 -2.55 1.33 communicating 30 3.73 -1.248 .427 .876 .833 -2.92 1.05 ethics 30 3.70 -.986 .427 -.157 .833 -2.31 -0.19 table 4.11 shows the results of the friedman test. the results (χ2 (4) = 32.25, p < .05, w coefficient of concordance = .256 representing a weak effect size) indicated that there were american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org significant differences between the mean ranks scores on five sections of the questionnaire. the mean ranks scores will be compared two by two in table 4.12. table 4.11 friedman tests for assessment questionnaire total n 30 test statistic 32.253 degree of freedom 4 asymptotic sig.(2-sided test) .000 and finally; table 4.12 shows the post-hoc comparison tests. the results indicated that; the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on grading (mr = 3.30) than performance (mr = 2.12) (z = -2.89, p < .05). table 4.12 pairwise comparisons tests assessment questionnaire sample 1-sample 2 test statistic std. error z sig. adj. sig.a performance-constructing .033 .408 .082 .935 1.000 performance-grading -1.183 .408 -2.899 .004 .037 performance-ethics -1.583 .408 -3.878 .000 .001 performance-communicating -1.617 .408 -3.960 .000 .001 constructing-grading -1.150 .408 -2.817 .005 .048 constructing-ethics -1.550 .408 -3.797 .000 .001 constructing-communicating -1.583 .408 -3.878 .000 .001 grading-ethics -.400 .408 -.980 .327 1.000 grading-communicating -.433 .408 -1.061 .288 1.000 ethics-communicating .033 .408 .082 .935 1.000 a. significance values have been adjusted by the bonferroni correction for multiple tests. the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on ethics (mr = 3.70) than performance (mr = 2.12) (z = -3.87, p < .05). the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on communicating results (mr = 3.73) than performance (mr = 2.12) (z = -3.96, p < .05). the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on grading (mr = 3.30) than construction (mr = 2.15) (z = -2.81, p < .05). the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on ethics (mr = 3.70) than construction (mr = 2.15) (z = -3.79, p < .05). the iraqi efl student-teachers had a significantly higher mean rank on communicating results (mr = 3.73) than construction (mr = 2.15) (z = -3.87, p < .05). figure 4.2 mean ranks for tests assessment questionnaire american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org matched and mismatches between iraqi efl student-teachers assessment literacy perceptions and their assessment knowledge pearson correlation was run to probe to what extent iraqi efl students-teachers' assessment literacy perceptions matched with their assessment knowledge. the results (table 4.13) showed that the total scores on akt and questionnaire had a non-significant correlation (r (28) = .073, representing a weak effect size, p > .05). the results also showed that part a of the test was the only variable which had significant correlations with constructing and administering assessment (r (28) = .525, representing a large effect size, p < .05), performance (r (28) = .393, representing a moderate effect size, p < .05), ethics (r (28) = .391, representing a moderate effect size, p < .05), and total questionnaire (r (28) = .370, representing a moderate effect size, p < .05). table 4.13 correlations constructing performance grading communicating ethics total part a pearson correlation .525** .393* .043 .130 .391* .370* sig. (2-tailed) .003 .032 .821 .493 .033 .044 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 part b pearson correlation .015 -.181 -.259 -.059 .158 -.099 sig. (2-tailed) .935 .338 .167 .757 .405 .604 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 part c pearson correlation .182 .309 .149 .268 .187 .286 sig. (2-tailed) .335 .096 .431 .152 .322 .125 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 part d pearson correlation -.337 -.320 -.192 -.202 -.063 -.289 sig. (2-tailed) .068 .084 .310 .285 .740 .121 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 part e pearson correlation .014 .045 .237 -.130 -.003 .043 sig. (2-tailed) .941 .815 .206 .493 .989 .823 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 part f pearson correlation -.022 .097 -.040 .143 .243 .107 sig. (2-tailed) .909 .609 .834 .450 .196 .573 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 total pearson correlation .041 .041 -.030 .003 .258 .073 sig. (2-tailed) .829 .828 .876 .988 .169 .701 n 30 30 30 30 30 30 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). 2.15 2.12 3.30 3.73 3.70 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 constructing performance grading communicating ethics american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org this finding is in line with the findings of previous related studies. since assessment knowledge as part of teachers' professional knowledge is essential for successful teaching (farhady & tavassoli, 2018; tavassoli & farhady, 2018; popham, 2011), it seems vital for supervisors, teacher educators, and policy-makers to provide ample opportunities for teachers to improve their language assessment knowledge (popham, 2009). according to olmezer-oztürk and aydin (2019), the primary reason for the low level of efl teachers' language assessment knowledge is most likely the insufficiency of teacher education courses. since teachers do not receive sufficient training on assessment, their knowledge is restricted as a result (olmezer-oztürk & aydin, 2019). the findings of this study were consistent with those of jannati (2015), who found that teachers had an understanding of the fundamental principles underlying language assessment. despite the fact that teachers had this knowledge of assessment, however, they were unable to apply it in their classrooms. as an illustration, they were unable to apply their understanding of things like dependability, validity, fairness, and sincerity into reality. according to the findings of the study's semi-structured interviews, however, just providing educators with information on language testing does not appear to be an adequate method of achieving the desired objectives. formative assessment and classroom settings, in particular, need for teachers to comprehend and acquire the skills necessary to effectively use their prior language content knowledge in their classroom instruction (popham, 2009). according to olmezer-oztürk and aydin (2019), this may be feasible through the implementation of continuous training courses on assessment in which testing professionals instruct instructors on how to educate and work on language assessment knowledge through the use of hands-on activities with the students. because accurate evaluation is a potent tool for education, these classes have to be structured to enhance the experience of instructors in evaluating linguistic abilities (popham, 2011). it is possible that attending training sessions alone will not result in increased language assessment knowledge levels. according to olmezer-oztürk and aydin (2019), it is preferable and more successful for educators to participate in comprehensive training programs that are delivered over an extended period of time and are conducted by specialists in the field of language testing and assessment. in order to aid their students in becoming better language learners, instructors of english as a foreign language (efl) need to become proficient in the creation of relevant assessments and the application of such examinations in the classroom. due to the fact that experienced educators do not have a strong understanding of evaluation, they are unable to assist novice educators (popham, 2011). therefore, participating in professional development opportunities is the most viable choice that is still open to educators. if instructors are given the resources to complete assessments and are made aware of the significance of evaluation in the overall instructional process, then the evaluation process may become something that is pleasurable for both the teachers and the students. more significantly, it appears essential for many groups of stakeholders, such as professionals, educators, administrators, supervisors, policy-makers, students, and parents, to become involved in the process and collaborate in order to change the current situation (kremmel & harding, 2020; yan et al., 2017). this study, in line with jannati (2015), olmezer-oztürk and aydin (2019), and vogt et al. (2020), was one of the few studies in the literature in which the teachers' voice about their language assessment knowledge was investigated by collecting information about various aspects of efl teachers' language assessment knowledge. this study was unique in that it was one of the few studies in which the teachers' voice about their language assessment knowledge was investigated. the most important thing that came out of this study was the demonstration that efl studentteachers with low levels of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org language assessment knowledge were unable to implement proper assessment techniques in their classrooms. equally as important, it demonstrated that there is a significant divide between teaching methods and assessment practices in the setting of the classroom, which stands in contradiction to the new ideas of language assessment. it would appear that teachers are not very familiar with recent developments in the field of assessment, such as learning-oriented assessment, which is an approach in which assessment, instruction, and learning are all integrated, and teachers are supposed to be at the center of assessment practices in the classroom (purpura & turner, 2014). efl teachers should have sufficient knowledge of language assessment (olmezer-oztürk & aydin, 2019). assessment is an unavoidable component of the teaching-learning process, and teachers are at the center of all assessment-related activities, including the writing of items, the construction of tests, and the provision of scores. the data indicated that there was a general deficiency in assessment literacy of participants. therefore, there was a contrast and mismatch between teachers’ perceptions of their assessment knowledge and their actual level of knowledge. in other words, they were not as competence in assessment knowledge as they thought. this study made a contribution to the field of efl assessment as well as educational assessment by responding to calls for the development of a new measure to assess teacher assessment literacy. the findings of this study indicated that teacher assessment literacy is limited, and that it still has its deficits. these findings supported the findings of several other studies that have been conducted within the last two decades. although it has been shown in this and other studies that pre-service training has a significant effect on assessment literacy, future research may need to investigate the objectives, tasks, contents, and outcomes (essentially the effectiveness) of assessment courses provided by teacher preparation institutions and professional development programs. the results of this study have the potential to be reflective, in particular, of the current status of assessment literacy among efl teachers in iraq. the ramifications of this study, on the other hand, may be applied to a variety of various stakeholders who are involved in education in general and efl across the world since they concern teacher training programs and teaching institutions. the results of the research showed that pre-service assessment courses had a considerable influence on efl teachers' assessment ability and practice. as a result, the findings of this research suggest that efl preparation programs should continue to offer courses on evaluation to language teachers in order to improve the assessment literacy of those teachers . it was necessary to conduct a reassessment of assessment literacy since much has changed in the field of language assessment theories, teacher credentials, and assessment training since plake and impara (1992). despite this, it appears that teachers still have a significant lack of assessment literacy in several crucial domains. as a result, this research recommends conducting an exhaustive analysis of the current provisions of teacher preparation programs with regard to assessment in general and language assessment in particular. additionally, it suggests that consideration be given to the urgent needs for reshaping these programs to expand their theoretical as well as practical assessment courses to encompass the various assessment domains highlighted by this research. to fully understand classroom assessment literacy, future research should address methodology and sample population concerns. methodologically, future research should track teachers' classroom assessment literacy growth. a longer-term longitudinal study of teachers' classroom assessment literacy may reveal its growth. future research should also evaluate the link between classroom american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org assessment literacy and practice by monitoring teachers as they prepare and conduct assessments in their classrooms. to understand teachers' classroom assessment literacy, such studies could examine their quizzes, tests, exams, assignments/projects, and written feedback to students. future study should employ random sampling across schools and colleges, especially with bigger sample sizes, to generalize findings. in addition to instructors, curriculum developers, lawmakers, and administrators are all significant educational decision makers regarding assessment outcomes, therefore additional research should include them. recently, it has been proposed that teachers, policymakers, and administrators must be assessment-literate to properly perform their duties and responsibilities (popham, 2014). quality assurance, reporting and disseminating assessment results, and using assessment data for evaluation/accountability are examples. instructors, students, curriculum creators, policymakers, and administrators must become classroom assessment-literate to enhance classroom-based assessment and utilization of assessment findings. according to popham (2014), a reasonable chunk of assessment literacy is helpful for practically everyone” who implements assessments or uses assessment findings for educational decision-making. references 1. abu-bader, s. h. (2021) using statistical methods in social science research: with a complete spss guide. oxford university press, usa. 2. al-jabbawi, m. (2022). designing a training program for iraqi efl in-service teachers. journal of the university of babylon for humanities, 30(2). 3. alkharusi, h. a. (2009). correlates of teacher education students' academic performance in an educational measurement course. international journal of learning, 16(2). 4. alkharusi, h. (2010). a multilevel linear model of teachers’ assessment practices and students’ perceptions of the classroom assessment environment. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 5, 5-11. 5. alkharusi, h., aldhafri, s., alnabhani, h., & alkalbani, m. (2012). educational assessment attitudes, competence, knowledge, and practices: an exploratory study of muscat teachers in the sultanate of oman. journal of education and learning, 1(2), 217-232. 6. alkharusi, h. (2013). canonical correlational models of students’ perceptions of assessment tasks, motivational orientations, and learning strategies. international journal of instruction, 6(1), 21-38. 7. alkharusi, h., aldhafri, s., alnabhani, h., & alkalbani, m. (2014). educational assessment profile of teachers in the sultanate of oman. international education studies, 7(5), 116. 8. alsarimi, a. m. (2000). classroom assessment and grading practices in the sultanate of oman. (unpublished doctoral dissertation). university of pittsburgh, pennsylvania. 9. birgin, o., & baki, a. (2009). an investigation of primary school teachers’ proficiency perceptions about measurement and assessment methods: the case of turkey. procediasocial and behavioral sciences, 1(1), 681-685. 10. brookhart, s. m. (2011). educational assessment knowledge and skills for teachers. educational measurement: issues and practice, 30 (1), 3–12. 11. brown, g. (2004). teachers' conceptions of assessment: implications for policy and professional development. assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 11(3), 301-318. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0969594042000304609 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0969594042000304609 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org 12. campbell, c., murphy, j. a. & holt, j. k. (2002). psychometric analysis of an assessment literacy instrument: applicability to pre-service teachers. paper presented at the annual meeting of the mid-western educational research association, columbus, oh. 13. cheng, l. (2008). washback, impact and consequences. in e. shohamy & n. h. hornberger (eds.), encyclopedia of language and education (2nd ed., vol. 7), (pp. 349-364). new york: springer. 14. coaley, k. (2010). an introduction to psychological assessment and psychometrics. 15. coombe, c., troudi, s., & al-hamly, m. (2012). foreign and second language teacher assessment literacy: issues, challenges, and recommendations. the cambridge guide to second language assessment, 1, 20-29. 16. davidheiser, s. (2013). identifying areas for high school teacher development: a study of assessment literacy in the central bucks school district. drexel university, philadelphia, pennsylvania. 17. deluca, c., & klinger, d. a. (2010). assessment literacy development: identifying gaps in teacher candidates’ learning. assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 17(4), 419438. 18. dörnyei, z. (2007). research methods in applied linguistics: quantitative, qualitative and mixed methodologies. oxford, england: oxford university press. 19. farhady, h., & tavassoli, k. (2018). developing a language assessment knowledge test for efl teachers: a data-driven approach. iranian journal of language teaching research, 6(3), 7994. https://doi.org/10.30466/ijltr.2018.120602 20. field, a. (2018). discovering statistics using ibm spss, statistics for statistics. (5th ed.). london: sage publications. 21. firoozi, t., razavipour, k., and ahmadi, a. (2019). the language assessment literacy needs of iranian efl teachers with a focus on reformed assessment policies. language testing in asia, 9(1), 1-14 22. fryer, l. k., larson-hall, j., & stewart, j. (2018). quantitative methodology. in the palgrave handbook of applied linguistics research methodology (pp. 55-77). palgrave macmillan, london. 23. fulcher, g. (2010). practical language testing. london, england: hodder education. 24. fulcher, g. (2012). assessment literacy for the language classroom. language assessment quarterly, 9(2), 113–132. 25. fulcher, g., & davidson, f. (2007). language testing and assessment. new york: routledge. 26. gass, s. m., & mackey, a. (2016). stimulated recall methodology in applied linguistics and l2 research. taylor & francis. 27. gronlund, n.e & linn, r.l. (1990). measurement and evaluation in teaching (6th edn). new york: macmillan publishing company. 28. harrison, r., jones, b., gardner, p., & lawton, r. (2021). quality assessment with diverse studies (quads): an appraisal tool for methodological and reporting quality in systematic reviews of mixed-or multi-method studies. bmc health services research, 21(1), 1-20. 29. hatch, e., & farhady, h. (1982). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. 30. hatipoğlu, c. (2015). “english language testing and evaluation (elte) training in turkey: expectations and needs of pre-service english language teachers.” elt research journal, 4 (2), 111-128. https://doi.org/10.30466/ijltr.2018.120602 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org 31. inbar-lourie, o. (2008b). language assessment culture. in e. shohamy & n. h. hornberger (eds.), encyclopaedia of language and education (2nd ed., vol. 7). (pp. 285-299). new york: springer 32. jannati, s. (2015). elt teachers’ language assessment literacy: perceptions and practices. the international journal of research in teacher education, 6(2), 26–37. 33. kaya, t. (2018). exploring language assessment literacy of efl instructors in language preparatory programs (unpublished master’s thesis). retrieved from https://tez.yok.gov.tr/ulusaltezmerkezi. 34. kremmel, b., & harding, l. (2020). towards a comprehensive, empirical model of language assessment literacy across stakeholder groups: developing the language assessment literacy survey. language assessment quarterly, 17(1), 100– 120. https://doi.org/10.1080/15434303.2019.1674855 35. lam, r. (2015). language assessment training in hong kong: implications for language assessment literacy. language testing, 32(2), 169-197. 36. malone, m. e. (2013). the essentials of assessment literacy: contrasts between testers and users. language testing, 30(3), 329–344. 37. mede, e., atay, d. (2017). “english language teachers’ assessment literacy: the turkish context.” dil dergisi, 168 (1), 1-5. 38. mertler, c. a. (1999). assessing student performance: a descriptive study of the classroom assessment practices of ohio teachers. education, 120, 285-296. 39. mertler, c. a. (2000). teacher-centered fallacies of classroom assessment reliability and validity. mid-western educational researcher, 13(4), 29-35. 40. mertler, c. a. (2003). pre-service versus in-service teachers' assessment literacy: does classroom experience make a difference?. paper presented at the annual meeting of the mid-western educational research association, columbus. 41. mertler, c. a. (2009). teachers' assessment knowledge and their perceptions of the impact of classroom assessment professional development. improving schools, 12(2), 101-113. 42. mertler, c. a., & campbell, c. (2005, april). measuring teachers' knowledge and application of classroom assessment concepts: development of the assessment literacy inventory. paper presented at the meeting of the american educational research association, montreal, quebec, canada. 43. messick, s. (1989). validity. in r. l. linn (ed), educational measurement (3rd ed.), (pp. 13-103). new york: macmillan. 44. mohamed, s., kamis, a., & ali, n. (2017). gauging the assessment literacy of malaysia’s home economics teachers: an empirical study. geografia-malaysian journal of society and space, 12(3), 130-138 45. muhammad f., & bardakci, m. (2019). iraqi efl teachers’ assessment literacy: perceptions and practices, arab world english journal (awej), volume 10. number 2. june 2019 pp. 431442 doi: https://dx.doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol10no2.33 46. ölmezer-öztürk, e., & aydin, b. (2019). voices of efl teachers as assessors: their opinions and needs regarding language assessment. eğitimde nitel araştırmalar dergisi journal of qualitative research in education, 7(1), 373–390. https://doi.org/10.14689/issn.21482624.1.7c1s.17m https://tez.yok.gov.tr/ulusaltezmerkezi https://doi.org/10.1080/15434303.2019.1674855 https://doi.org/10.14689/issn.2148-2624.1.7c1s.17m https://doi.org/10.14689/issn.2148-2624.1.7c1s.17m american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org 47. ölmezer-öztürk, e., & aydin, b. (2018). toward measuring language teachers’ assessment knowledge: development and validation of language assessment knowledge scale (laks). language testing in asia, 8, 1-15. 48. o’loughlin, k. (2013). developing the assessment literacy of university proficiency test users. language testing, 30(3), 363-380. 49. oz, s., & atay, d. (2017). turkish efl instructors’ in-class language assessment literacy: perceptions and practices. elt research journal, 6(1), 25-44. 50. perry, m. (2013). teacher and principal assessment literacy. the university of montana 51. pill, j., & harding, l. (2013). defining the language assessment literacy gap: evidence from a parliamentary inquiry. language testing, 30(3), 381-402. 52. plake, b. s. (1993) teacher assessment literacy: teachers’ competencies in the educational assessment of students. mid-western educational researcher, 6(2), 21–7. 53. plake, b. s., impara, j. c., & fager, j. j. (1993). assessment competencies of teachers: a national survey. educational measurement: issues and practice, 12(4), 10-12. 54. plake, b. s., & impara, j. c. (1992). teacher competencies questionnaire description. lincoln, ne: university of nebraska, 312. 55. popham, w. j. (2006). needed: a dose of assessment literacy. educational leadership, 63(6), 84– 85. 56. popham, w. j. (2009). assessment literacy for teachers: faddish or fundamental? theory into practice, 48(1), 4–11. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405840802577536. 57. popham, w. j. (2011). assessment literacy overlooked: a teacher educator’s confession. the teacher educator, 46(4), 265–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/08878730.2011.605048. 58. purpura, j. e., & turner, c. e. (2014, october). a learning-oriented assessment approach to understanding the complexities of classroom-based language assessment. paper presented at the roundtable on learning-oriented assessment in language classrooms and large-scale contexts. teachers college: columbia university, new york. 59. raykov, t., & marcoulides, g. a. (2008). an introduction to applied multivariate analysis. routledge. 60. razavipour, k., riazi, a. & rashidi, n. (2011), on the interaction of test washback and teacher assessment literacy: the case of iranian efl secondary school teachers, english language teaching 4(1), doi:10.5539/elt.v4n1p156 61. scarino, a. (2013). language assessment literacy as self-awareness: understanding the role of interpretation in assessment and in teacher learning. language testing 30(3), 309-327. 62. stiggins, r. j. (1991). assessment literacy. phi delta kappan, 72 (7), 534–539. 63. stiggins, r. j. (1995). assessment literacy for the 21st century. phi delta kappan, 77(3), 238-245. 64. tajeddin, z., khatib, m., & mahdavi, m. (2022). critical language assessment literacy of the efl teachers: scale construction and validation. language testing, x, 1-30. https://doi.org/10.1177/02655322211057040 taylor, l. (2009). developing assessment literacy. annual review of applied linguistics, 29, 21-36 65. taylor, l. (2013). communicating the theory, practice and principles of language testing to test stakeholders: some reflections. language testing, 30(3), 403–412. 66. tavassoli, k., & farhady, h. (2018). assessment knowledge needs of efl teachers. teaching english language, 12(2), 45-65. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405840802577536 https://doi.org/10.1080/08878730.2011.605048 https://www.researchgate.net/journal/english-language-teaching-1916-4750 https://www.researchgate.net/journal/english-language-teaching-1916-4750 http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/elt.v4n1p156 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org 67. tsagari, d., & vogt, k. (2017). assessment literacy of foreign language teachers around europe: research, challenges and future prospects. papers in language testing and assessment, 6, 41– 63. 68. tseng, w. t., dörnyei, z., & schmitt, n. (2006). a new approach to assessing strategic learning: the case of self-regulation in vocabulary acquisition. applied linguistics, 27(1), 78-102. 69. vogt, k., tsagari, d., & spanoudis, g. (2020). what do teachers think they want? a comparative study of in-service language teachers’ beliefs on lal training needs. language assessment quarterly, 17(4), 386-409. 70. xu, y., & brown, g. t. (2017). university english teacher assessment literacy: a survey-test report from china. papers in language testing and assessment, 6 (1), 133-158. 71. yan, x., fan, j., & zhang, c. (2017). understanding language assessment literacy profiles of different stakeholder groups in china: the importance of contextual and experiential factors. in language testing research colloquium, bogotá, colombia (vol. 257). 72. alkharusi, h. (2010). a multilevel linear model of teachers’ assessment practices and students’perceptions of the classroom assessment environment. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 5, 5-11. 73. alkharusi, h. a. (2009). correlates of teacher education students' academic performance in an educational measurement course. international journal of learning, 16(2) 1-16. 74. sheehan, s., & munro, s., (2017). assessment: attitudes, practices, needs. in: baal language learning and teaching sig 2017, 67 july 2017, university of central lancashire, 75. preston. (unpublished) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org socio-legal basis for the protection of women and children in cases of domestic violence model of socio-psychological assistance in the family shodieva zebiniso nurmamadovna director of the information library center samarkand region named after a.s. pushkin a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the author tried to analyze the social legal framework for the protection of women and children in case of domestic violence. particular attention in society is paid to issues of harassment and violence against women in relation to the protection of women from violence, crime. women, violence, intolerance, harassment, law, material damage, domestic violence, protection, agreement, discrimination, person, cruelty, children, family institute, dignity, improvement. today, measures are being taken to create an atmosphere of intolerance to harassment and violence against women in society regarding the protection of women from violence. in particular, a number of international documents on the protection of women from violence have been ratified in our country. international documents on human rights enshrine a mechanism to protect a person from violence, including criminal violence committed in the family. the universal declaration of human rights, the international agreement on civil and political rights, and the international agreement on economic, social and cultural rights recognize the family as a community-based group [1] and protect the individual from domestic violence.  the main legal acts of protection against domestic violence:  universal declaration of human rights 1948;  convention on the fight against discrimination in education 1960;  international covenant on civil and political rights 1966;  international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights 1966;  convention for the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women (cedaw) 1979;  beijing declaration and action platform 1995;  convention on the rights of the child 1989. international human rights legislation is mandatory for all participating states, including employees of law enforcement agencies. even in our national legislation, issues of protection of human rights and freedoms, protection of his life, health, dignity and other legitimate interests take priority. in particular, article 26 of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan states: “no one can be tortured, subjected american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org to violence, cruel or other manner of humiliating human dignity.” the legislation adopted in recent years has made it possible to widely cover the topic of violence, which was previously “closed“. the regulatory legal acts regulating the activities of the internal affairs bodies in the fight against violence are mainly of the following, namely: laws of the republic of uzbekistan: constitution of the republic of uzbekistan; family code of the republic of uzbekistan; code of administrative responsibility of the republic of uzbekistan; criminal code of the republic of uzbekistan; the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on the prevention of violations among minors", adopted on september 29, 2010; law of the republic of uzbekistan "on the prevention of offenses", adopted on may 14, 2014; law of the republic of uzbekistan "on internal affairs organization", adopted on september 16, 2016; -law of the republic of uzbekistan “on protection of women from harassment and violence” adopted on september 2, 2019; law of the republic of uzbekistan “on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for women and men“ adopted on september 2, 2019; decisions of the president of the republic of uzbekistan: resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated march 14, 2017 pr-2833 "on measures to further improve the system of prevention of offenses and the fight against crime; resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 18, 2017 pr-2896 “on measures to radically improve the activities of the departments for the prevention of violations of the internal affairs bodies”; resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated march 7, 2019 pr-4235 “on measures to further strengthen guarantees of women's labor rights and support entrepreneurial activity”; resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 27, 2018 pr-3808 “on approval of the concept of strengthening the institution of the family in the republic of uzbekistan”; resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated july 2, 2018 pr-3827 “on measures to improve the system of social rehabilitation and adaptation, as well as the prevention of the use of family-domestic violence”; resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 11, 2019 pr-4185 “on additional measures to strengthen the social protection of orphans and children deprived of parental care”; -decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated march 1, 2022 no. 81 pf-“on measures to improve the system of work with family and women, support for neighborhoods and nurans”. decisions of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan: resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017 no. 60 “on approval of the official form of warning issued by officials of bodies or institutions that directly carry out the prevention of offenses, as well as the regulation on the procedure for its issue”. -the resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 4, 2020 no. 3 “on the improvement of the system of protection of women from harassment and violence“ and other american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org documents. the purpose of the law of the republic of uzbekistan “on protection of women from harassment and violence“ [2] is to regulate relations in the field of protection of women from all forms of harassment and violence. from harassment and violence, the victim is exempted from paying a state fee when applying to the court with a statement to compensate for the material damage caused and compensate for moral damage. article 23 of the law provides for the implementation of individual prevention of harassment and violence in the relevant territory, the official of the internal affairs body, which is responsible for, within 24 hours from the moment of detection of the fact of harassment and violence or the risk of committing them, to issue a protective warrant for a period of thirty days. under article 26 of the law, restrictions are established that are recorded in the protection order. article 14 of the family code of the republic of uzbekistan states that marriage is voluntary, and article 19 states that husband and wife use equal rights in the family and that they have equal obligations[3]. article 79 states that if one abuses parental rights, treats children mercilessly, including uses physical force or has a mental effect; may be deprived of parental rights if one commits a deliberate crime against the life or health of one's children or against the life or health of one's husband (wife). the code of administrative responsibility of the republic of uzbekistan contains norms that establish responsibility for the types of violence. criminal acts committed by violence are prohibited by the threat of the use of punishments established by a number of articles of the current criminal code. in a number of articles of the criminal code of the republic of uzbekistan, the responsibility for committing acts aimed at violating the life, health, honor and dignity of the individual, and encroaching on it is established. the institute of reconciliation does not apply: intentional homicide (article 97), intentional homicide caused by strong mental excitement (article 98), intentional murder of a mother's own baby (article 99), intentional homicide, deviating from the limits of necessary defense(article 100), delivery to the level of self-murder (article 103), intentional infliction of severe bodily injury (article 104), touch (article 118), satisfaction of sexual need in an unnatural way using violence (article 119), being a multi-wife (article 126), inhuman behavior of a minor person, incarceration(article 127), shamelessperverted actions in relation to a person under the age of sixteen(article 129), brothel storage or attachment (article 131), imprisonment abnormally using violence (article 138). in connection with his reconciliation with the victim, his release from criminal liability is established. intentional infliction of moderate bodily injury (article 105), intentional infliction of severe or moderate bodily injury in a state of intense mental excitement (article 106), intentional infliction of severe bodily injury (article 107), intentional infliction of minor bodily injury (article 109), torture (article 110), moderately severe or severe infliction on the body behind negligence(article 111), forcing a woman to coercion to contact (part 1 of article 121), evasion of material provision of minors or incapacitated persons (article 122), evasion of material provision of parents (article 123), forcing a woman to touch the ground or preventing her from touching the ground (article 136), slander (article 139), insult (article 140). in practice, in most cases, the actions taken by employees of the internal affairs bodies to reconcile the victim and the person who committed the violence, in any case, are many of the cases. in particular, administrative responsibility is provided for defamation and insulting, which are initiated by the state american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org of administrative cases before reaching the court, in order to encourage the party who filed the application to withdraw its application, or to reconcile, there are also cases of finalization. unfortunately, the presence of such cases leads to an increase in the level of latency and recurrence of violations associated with violence in the family sphere of life. as a result, some offenders remain without any responsibility for their actions committed. on their services, employees of the internal affairs bodies directly collide with victims and offenders and witness violence. their provision of qualified assistance depends on the further fate and life of the victim to the prosecution of the guilty persons. references: 1. болаларга нисбатан зўравонлик бўйича бутунжаҳон ҳисоботи. т., 2009. – б. 61. 2. ўзбекистон республикаси “хотин-қизларни тазйиқ ва зўравонликдан ҳимоя қилиш тўғрисида“ қонуни // https://lex.uz/docs/4494709#4495412 3. ўзбекистон республикаси оила кодекси// https://lex.uz/docs/104720#158601 4. zaitov e. k., teshayev d. m. family conflict and divorce as a social problem //eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences. – 2022. – т. 5. – с. 1-5. 5. zaitov e. retrospective approach to scientific researches on “orphan hood” at different periods //eclss online 2020a. – 2020. – с. 103. 6. zaitov e. k., abdukhalilov a. a. opportunities to improve the system of social protection of graduates of institutional institutions in uzbekistan //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 1. – с. 1349-1360. 7. zaitov e. x., isaxonov j. a. the main directions of solving the main problems of young families in modern conditions //the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 03. – с. 70-74. 8. zaitov e. k. theoretical and methodological approaches to social work with deviant youth prone to harmful habits //theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука. – 2021. – №. 12. – с. 10671069. 9. zaitov e. k., chorieva d. a. employees of social services in uzbekistan and their functions //eurasian journal of research, development and innovation. – 2022. – т. 6. – с. 1-5. 10. zaitov e. x. et al. " social monitoring" as a component of the social protection system in the postinstitutional adaptation period //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 5. – с. 827-831. 11. kholmamatovich z. e. et al. the role of guardianship and trusteeship in the social protection of the interests of socially orphaned children //international engineering journal for research & development. – 2021. – т. 6. – №. 2. – с. 2-2. 12. заитов э. х. институционал муассаса битирувчиларини жамиятга ижтимоийлашувининг устувор йўналишлари //журнал социальных исследований. – 2020. – №. special 1. 13. xolmamatovich z. e., baxodirqizi z. s. the socio-economic essence of the pension provision system and its role in the system of social protection of the population //central asian journal of literature, philosophy and culture. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 7. – с. 74-76. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org social mobility is an issue of implementation of human rights and interests ibragimov k. d. senior lecturer of the department of general sciences and culture, tashkent state university of law ibragimovqd@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the significance and role of social mobility in the development of society. the article attempts to clarify the concept of social mobility, its types, directions, and channels. the factors that influence the implementation of social mobility have been studied. the consequences of the marginal situation arising in the process of mobility have been analyzed. the article concludes with recommendations based on the analysis of social mobility processes. social, mobility, marginality, migration, vertical, status, mobility, structure, immigration. introduction society is constantly changing and evolving. people change their place and role in society at a certain time, while also changing their status. social mobility is a set of actions taken by members of society to change their status and role. such actions can be carried out by certain individuals or social groups. social life is always associated with change. the social lives of members of society can be affected by these changes, such as relocation, work, and promotion. the social mobility of individuals in a social space can be caused by a variety of factors, such as demography, migration, emigration, immigration, etc. in the course of historical development, families with high status and influence in society have sought to give their children a place at the top of the social space. families with low status and influence also struggled to ensure their children had high social status and influence. among the members of society, the principle of always striving for the top has taken precedence. today, one of the main priorities in the development of society is the issue of human rights and interests. in the implementation of this strategic direction, the topic of social mobility is a topical issue. it is required to study the topic of social mobility from a scientific point of view based on modern requirements. materials and methods the word mobility is an english word, which means movement. the term social mobility was first introduced into sociology by p. sorokin in 1927. the main purpose of mobility carried out by people american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org in society is to have a high status in the social space. social mobility is a set of actions aimed at changing the social position of people in society. social status has the following manifestations: • real social status; • transitional social status; • innate social status. each individual from birth has a certain status. for example, belonging to a certain race, gender, place of birth, and birth in a family with material influence, etc. the more rigid the society to its members, the lower the level of social mobility in this society. as a result, the development of society slows down. on the contrary, the higher the social mobility in a society, the higher and more dynamic the level of development in this society. this reveals the real status of the individual in society. social mobility is mainly carried out in two directions: between generations and within generations. there are two types of social mobility vertical and horizontal. intergenerational social mobility refers to the status of children of a particular family having a higher or lower status in society compared to their parents. for example, the child of a factory worker is promoted to the level of a highly educated engineer. intergenerational mobility is understood as the achievement of children in a social career, regardless of the parents' social position. for example: from a factory worker to an engineer with a higher education, to a head department, and a minister of light industry. social mobility in the second direction is a short-term process. in this mobility, there is a process of transition from physical work to mental work. vertical mobility is a set of actions aimed at changing the social status of members of society. here mobility can be both upward and downward. for example, an ice cream seller becomes a university professor or a banker becomes a driver. horizontal mobility is a change in the social position of members of society while maintaining their social status. in this direction of mobility, a certain individual moves from one group to another, while retaining signs of his social status (for example, moving from one citizenship to another while maintaining wealth, influence, and power, etc.). an example of horizontal mobility associated with the professional activity is the change by a manager of his professional activity to the professional activity of a programmer. with vertical mobility, the principle of top-down, bottom-up operates, and with horizontal mobility, changes occur based on the principle of equality. the place and role of such principles in public life are very important. timely scientific studies of changes in coordinates are essential for the development of society. it can also be the basis for strategic programs adopted by the state. the dynamics of social mobility is a factor that determines the degree of openness or closeness of society. social mobility can be classified as both objective and from a subjective point of view. initiated mobility from an organizational point of view: a change in the social status of a certain individual or group based on public administration. based on the consent of the members of the society; can be carried out without taking into account the wishes of members of the society. structural social mobility: social mobility that is carried out based on changes in the economic sphere, regardless of the will of an individual or group american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org discussion taking into account the above points, social mobility can be classified based on other criteria. the first is individual mobility vertical and horizontal mobility changes of each member of society are carried out independently and independently. there are the following factors influencing the process of individual mobility in society. in particular: the social status of the family; the level of education; nationality; physical and mental abilities, appearance; level of education; place of residence; purposeful marriage. the second is group mobility, a process that includes the collective mobility of members of society. for example, as a result of a social revolution in society, one ruling class is replaced by another ruling class. sociologist p. sorokin points to the following factors causing group mobility: social revolution; foreign intervention; wars between states; civil wars; military coups; change of political regime; the adoption of new state laws; the following examples can be cited as reasons for the group mobility mentioned above. in ancient greece, the adoption of the constitution led to the liberation of most members of society from slavery and the elevation of the individual in social terms. the october revolution in 1917 in russia served as the basis for raising the status and influence of the working class to a higher level in society. the channels of social mobility (social lift), which help to change the social status of members of society from the bottom up in a vertical position, are as follows: families in society; physical and mental abilities; level of education and literacy; military service; purposeful marriage; changing the living place; civil war; foreign intervention (economic, political, and other manifestations); military coup; religious beliefs and other factors. each of them had its priority at a certain stage of historical development from the point of view of the unity of time and space. for example, religion and the army were considered one of the most convenient and important ways to climb the hierarchy of social position. army during martial law, the military creates the opportunity to improve their social status in society. soldiers can achieve an increase in their social status in society due to the heroism and talent shown american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org in defending the country. as an example, military service served as a social lift for 36 of the 92 emperors of ancient rome in the course of historical development. military service served as a career for 12 of the 65 emperors of ancient byzantium. the army served as a social ladder for napoleon and his generals to achieve a higher position. already today the army has its dynamics in the process of social mobility. religion is a great important channel of social circulation (as a social elevator). according to p. sorokin, when studying the history of the social origin of 144 ancient roman catholic popes, it is known that 28 of them are from the lower class and 28 from the middle class. this analysis indicates that favorable conditions for social circulation were created in society at that time. this situation served as the basis for the development of society. marginal status plays a vital role in the process of social mobility. margin is a latin word meaning "on the edge". in sociology, the term marginal is used to describe the indefinite position in society that is on the border or in the gap. marginalized elements of society are more likely to experience depression, stress, and an identity crisis. the following features are of paramount importance in their actions and behavior: increased level of anxiety; state of aggression; susceptibility to passion; bypassing the law in many cases. to the classification of individuals and groups in a marginal position: ethnomarginals a marginal position that arose in the process of migration. sociomarginals a marginal position that has arisen due to the incompleteness of social changes. religious marginals marginal situations that arise outside of non-traditional religious conferences political outcasts situations that arise as a result of the loss of political culture and moral values. biomarginals a marginal state that arises when the state does not pay attention to human health. the factors that cause the emergence of marginal situations in the process of social mobility include the following: ethnic reasons social problems arising in connection with migration and forced resettlement, adaptation to a new place, environment, and culture. economic reasons aspects related to the loss of property, source of income, and failure to restore such a situation. political reasons the collapse of the current political regime, the creation of an atmosphere of distrust in a political party. religious causes sharing religious beliefs. the measure of social mobility: mobility distance is a process related to the number of statuses achieved by a given person in an up or down movement. normal social mobility is usually when a person moves up or down one or two steps in their social status. anomalous, arises from a sudden jump of the individual from the bottom up and vice versa. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org the volume of mobility is a concept that denotes the number of individuals changing their position on the vertical of the ladder during a certain period. if the volume of social mobility is determined by the number of individuals who have changed their position and location in the social space, then this situation is absolute, if such a quantitative dependence is applied to the entire population, then it is considered a relative situation. and is expressed as a percentage. demographic factors of social mobility. the main factors influencing vertical and horizontal social mobility are birth rates, death rates and life expectancy, sex, and population density. today, the consequences of the emigration situation associated with the migration of the population are more felt in the development of a particular society. if a country has a high birth rate, for example, if 60% of the population is young, then this society will have a high mobility coefficient. sociologists have observed social mobility associated with professional activities among young people, economic factors among the middle-aged population, and political problems among the older population. it follows that social mobility is a phenomenon caused by and associated with the age of the population. the impact of fertility processes on social mobility. according to the results of the observation, among the representatives of the upper class, the tradition of childbearing is formed in the family less, and among the representatives of the lower class, there are more cases of childbearing. this ratio causes a certain gap in the system of social position occupied by representatives of the upper class. the families of professional employees (doctors, lawyers, etc.) have a low birth rate, so the problem arises that the younger generation occupies these positions. the opposite situation is observed in the families of farmers and agricultural workers. for example, in american society, farm workers and farmers have 50% more children than needed to replace existing jobs of the corresponding generation. it can be concluded that the difference in the birth rate in families of representatives of the upper and lower classes enhances the effect of vertical and horizontal mobility. causes changes in emigration and migration processes in society. this can lead to an increase in the population in some countries and a decrease in the population in some countries. conclusions based on the above comments and conclusions, we considered it necessary to make the following proposals: 1. first of all, a legal space must be created for the safe and free movement of citizens in society, that is, social mobility. such a provision must be defined in the highest law, that is, in the constitution. 2. to change the vertical and horizontal status of a certain individual or social group, it is necessary to remove any restrictions on the process of circulation (change of place) in society. conditions must be created for such a process to take place in a natural state. 3. each society has its characteristics of social mobility at a certain stage of historical development. in history, religion and the army had priority in the implementation of social mobility, today measures should be developed based on the fact that mobility associated with education and professional activities has priority. 4. social mobility should be analyzed in terms of the principle of time and space. after all, marginal situations that arise in the process of social mobility belong to the category of time. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org 5. opportunities for women in the process of social activities are very limited. based on this point of view, further improvement of measures to ensure their active participation in social mobility is necessary. references 1. giddens a. sociology. 3rd ed. – cambridge: polity press. 1998. 2. merton r.k. social theory and social structure. glencoe (iii): free press, 1977. 3. sorokin p. social and cultural dynamics: a study of change in major systems of art, truth, ethics, law and social relationships. – routledge, 2017. 4. ibragimov k. social control an essential condition for the existence of a social system //science and innovation. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. b2. – с. 520-524. 5. prais s. j. measuring social mobility //journal of the royal statistical society. series a (general). – 1955. – т. 118. – №. 1. – с. 56-66. 6. ибрагимов к. д. миграция как социальное явление //научная дискуссия: вопросы социологии, политологии, философии, истории. – 2016. – №. 6. – с. 115-119. 7. miller s. m. comparative social mobility //current sociology. – 1960. – т. 9. – №. 1. – с. 1-61. 8. ибрагимов к. д. права и свободы человека как основные элементы социальной жизни гражданского общества //вестник науки и образования. – 2021. – №. 8-2 (111). – с. 52-55. 9. andrews d., leigh a. more inequality, less social mobility //applied economics letters. – 2009. – т. 16. – №. 15. – с. 1489-1492. 10. ibragimov k. d. creation of decent conditions for the people-a guarantee of sustainable development //asian journal of research in social sciences and humanities. – 2022. – т. 12. – №. 1. – с. 283-286. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the process of fixing paints of mixed technique, contrast, bleaching and darkening on natural ecological organic fabric in arts and crafts, painting fabric in batik technique in autoclaves a at home snezhanka spasova nikolova batik arts and crafts artist, author's studio, gricignano di aversa (province of caserta), italy e-mail: niksneg@hotmail.it a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses ways to fix the dye on a natural ecological organic fabric using the batik technique. the types and characteristics of steaming in a mixed technique of contrast of bleaching and darkening are considered. batik, natural ecological organic fabric, arts and crafts, painting on fabric, steaming in autoclaves, steaming at home. introduction this is a way of fixing paints on natural fabric. this process is carried out using wet steam. the essence of the steaming technology is to ensure that the dye pigment firmly enters the structure of the fabric fibers. this occurs only when exposed to moist hot steam in the absence of air for a long time at elevated pressure. steaming can be performed: 1. in autoclaves; 2. at home. автоклав. this is a professional installation (see fig. 1) that provides the conditions necessary for fixing paints: high temperature and pressure. when steaming in an autoclave, the temperature is set to 104-110 ° c and the overpressure is 0.5 atm. heating takes place for 20 minutes, then the specified temperature is maintained for 40-50 minutes, then cooling for 20 minutes. for silk, the time to maintain a constant temperature is 40 minutes, for crepe de chine and satin 45 minutes, for wool, linen and cotton 60 minutes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 1. foundation. 2. corps. 3. internal central axis. 4. nipple. 5. heating element. 6. lid. 7. the axis of the material winding. 8. support. 9. folding leg. fig.1. autoclave diagram. the above-mentioned autoclave (steamer) with a folding leg allows you to steam fabric up to 145 cm wide. algorithm of the sequence of actions of steaming paints in the batik technique in an autoclave: 1. the steamer tilts all the way to the folding leg, the cover is removed from the body and the winding axis is pulled out. 2. the dyed fabric is laid with paper and wound on the winding axis, wound on top of 2-3 turns of paper and fixed on the axis with threads or rope. 3. the axis with the wound cloth is placed in the body of the steamer, covered with a lid with the axis, and the steamer is brought to the vertical position. 4. water is poured into the nozzle and the steamer is connected to the mains. the volume of water poured reaches 2 liters. exit to the steaming mode for 10-15 minutes, depending on the initial water temperature. 5. depending on the type and volume of the wound fabric, the steaming process lasts from 20 minutes to 60 minutes. if necessary, water is topped up. 6. at the end of steaming the dyed fabric, the steamer must be turned off and, taking precautions, pull the winding axis out of the steamer. after professional fastening, the fabric is more delicate and soft. the color of the product is deeper and more saturated. it is recommended to wash the fabric in warm water with the addition of a mild detergent and rinse in water with the addition of acetic acid (2 tablespoons per 10 liters of water). a slight flush of the dye is allowed. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org at home. necessary equipment and materials: 1. metal container (bucket, tall pot or tank). a slow cooker and a double boiler are also suitable; 2. wooden stick; 3. a piece of cloth; 4. a blanket or pillow that allows steam to pass through well; 5. cord or rope made of natural fibers; 6. old newspapers. algorithm of the sequence of actions for steaming paints in the batik technique at home: 1. вode. 2. stone. 3. blanket. 4. lid. 5. roll with painting. 6. cord. рис.2. схема запаривания в домашних условиях. 1. the painted fabric is laid out on a piece of fabric in such a way that the product fits completely on it. both pieces of fabric together are carefully rolled up into a roll. 2. the roll is wrapped in old newspapers (new ones are not used, as fresh printing ink can stain the product). after that, the roll is rolled up with a "donut" and fixed in several places. 3. the cord is securely fastened across the container (see fig. 2). to prevent it from sagging, put a wooden stick. when hanging a fabric bundle, it is important to ensure that it is distant from the walls of the container and is not too low. be sure to ensure that condensation does not collect on the surface of the roll and on the cord and that newspapers do not get wet from its impact. when steaming natural fabric in the batik technique at home, a dry heating method is used. 4. after securely fastening the fabric roll, a little water is drawn into the container, filling it by about 1/4. put a saucer or stone at the bottom of the container, which will allow you to control the water level. 5. steaming is performed over low heat, covering the container with a blanket or pillow. at the same time, the product used should not absorb moisture. the duration of the process depends on the density american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org of the tissue and is usually 1.5-2 hours steaming the painted fabric requires constant monitoring. it is necessary to monitor the water level. 6. after a certain time, the bundle is taken out of the container. when it has cooled, carefully unfold. then the product is washed in water at a temperature of 30 ° c with the addition of acetic acid (2 tablespoons per 10 liters of water). when water drains from the product (cannot be unscrewed), it should be ironed and hung. conclusion steaming is one of the last stages of technological processes in the batik technique. therefore, it is one of the most important. it must be approached seriously, use all the necessary knowledge gained in practice. it is necessary to choose the temperature, time and pressure during steaming, taking into account the characteristics of the fabric (origin, type and density). it is important to ensure that the processed product is steamed evenly, since the color saturation depends on it. do not allow the folds of the fabric during folding, as the folds cannot be leveled or smoothed after steaming. you should show all your professionalism to demonstrate the uniqueness and individuality of the product. references 1. t. armandt. (1992). a guide to painting fabrics. polytechnic. i. p. glinskaya. (1971). 2. decorative drawing: methodological development. v. p. koryukin. (1987). 3. batik. decoration of fabrics. y. s. saraeva. (2000). painting on fabric. rostov-on-don. phoenix. o. v. tankus, l. m. grokhovskaya. (1969). 4. technology of painting fabrics. t. o. skrebtsova, l. a. dalnichenko. (2007). 5. silk paintings in the technique of cold batik. rostov-on-don. phoenix. n. a. goryacheva, o. v. ostrovskaya. (2007). 6. arts and crafts in human life. enlightenment. sewing and needlework. (1994). 7. encyclopedia. enlightenment. r.a. gilman. (2008). 8. artistic painting of fabrics. vlados. y. s. davydova. (2006). 9. silk painting. phoenix. s. davydov. (2008). 10. batik: technique, techniques. ast-press book. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org philosophical features of thoughts on social networks raximova dildora abzalovna university of science and technologies teacher of the department" social sciences" a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the intensity of today's times is showing that our lives cannot be imagined at all without the internet or social networks. most people's activities are related to being aware of the daily news that is happening in the world through the internet, social networks and telegram channels, transmitting them to each other. internet, social media, internet system, computer technology. introduction information about the changes, events, news that are taking place on the scale of our country and the world is reflected in all social networks. while keeping up with this news, it is much more convenient to use the internet system, mobile phones and computer technology. in addition, social networks are a very convenient tool for exchanging information or reacting to an event, expressing one's opinion or communicating among themselves. all this indicates that it is an unparalleled opportunity for users of social networks to express their thoughts, views and feelings. that is why social networks make a person of any age "charming" to himself on a bemisl level. most young people waste their precious time using social media all day long. thus, they receive almost all information and react to one issue or another, depending on their worldview. however, it cannot be said that all the reported relationships are the opinion of people with level, that is, spirituality, of course. especially those who do not have enough knowledge and skills today, without thinking about whether they are right or wrong, express their opinion on any information distributed on social networks or whether they have knowledge and potential for certain issues. or their own "works" either "article", "message", "poem"are posted on social networks and praise each other by raising them to the blue. it is interesting that some people do not even go to the workshop, whether it is actually necessary to do this. galiz sentences that "decorate" the information referenced on social networks, as well as spelling errors, indicate to what extent the level of the user of that network is. this also causes states of regret, pity in social network users. and sometimes even the enumeration of unreasonable and levelless information that is being referenced through social networks cannot be reached. in particular, such groups have also appeared on networks that it is becoming commonplace for users to cheer each other up, as well as chaperone someone's name in the mud. gossip has become commonplace for them. some people, on the other hand, try to discredit people who do not like them from the social network, hit the ground, take advantage of the opportunity they have for this. since there is no opportunity to take control of social networks, it is thought that any work can be done on it. those who say that the opportunity to think freely can be used in such ways, reveal in such ways to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org a large audience to what extent their level is. this is why many people don't like these networks. but even so, looking at statistics, 96% of the world's young people are engaging in interaction through social media. today, a huge amount of information is being covered on social networks, which serves to promote the reforms carried out in our country, the universal achievements of our state in the world media space and to raise human spirituality in every possible way. at the same time, the threat of threats and other vices in the mask of "mass culture" continues to pose a threat to our national mentality, which is the harbinger of various agendas, gossip, national cultures. an aspect that dulls one's interpretation, under the guise of "mass culture" through social networks, corrupt ideas, dirt, inhuman habits are entering our country. the history of the nation, the ideological struggles that reject its past values, encouraging the promotion of "mass culture", are all carried out precisely through social networks. after all, it is not a secret for anyone that social networks are one of the main supports of ideologists who giver into the whirlwind. consequently, this situation requires regular awareness of threats from each of us. the mercenary forces, trying to exert pressure on the human mind, soul and psyche, are effectively using the internet system and social networks as the most influential tools in the implementation of information attacks. at the moment, the perception by young people of foreign ideas and information attacks on our national morale, which are distributed through the internet and social networks, and its consequences are of concern to a person. it should be noted that "popular culture" does not choose language, religion, faith, race, space, people and nation according to the characteristics of manifestation. it violates the principles of humanism in social relations by encouraging the cultural and aesthetic values of society. after all, in the use of social networks, of course, we should all have information about media security, about the types of ideological struggle that western countries are conducting, and teach this to young people. situations such as ideological, ideological interaction, dissemination of dysinformational information, in order to change the human mind and worldview through social networks, especially require vigilance. in an information attack, the human mind, the psyche of the nation are targeted. in fact, in the implementation of information attacks, first of all, the idea of ideological influence through the conquest of the human mind and soul lies. this situation resists the stability of states and threatens the historically formed values of the nation, its identity, its survival as a nation and a people. timely awareness of the influence of evil and destructive ideas, which are manifested as ideological and ideological threats through social networks, constant awareness of them, is an urgent task of today, which every compatriot, first of all, representatives of the younger generation, will have to deeply understand. in conclusion, as the head of our state shavkat mirziyoev noted,"... we cannot carelessly look at the formation of our children not on the basis of our world and national literature, whose consciousness, worldview has been tested for centuries, which is a treasure of high spirituality, but on the basis of some kind of dubious, harmful information." consequently, today's period demands that we do not allow any of the various negative situations on social networks that we seek to deceive and infuse our young people with their own prejudices by spreading slander and fabrications around the world. after all, by preserving our national spirituality, it is our main task to raise our youth in the spirit of loyalty to the motherland and increase their love for their people, for their country. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. атаджанов ш., ашуров а. этнология. – тошкент: iqtisod-moliya. 2008. – б.137-138 2. аширов а., атаджанов ш. этнология (ўқув қўлланма). – тошкент: а.навоий номидаги ўзбекистон миллий кутубхонаси нашириёти, 2007. – б.137-138. 3. marramao g. the passage west. philosophy and globalisation. l.; n. y: verso, 2012. – p. 27. 4. мирзиёев ш.м. миллий тикланишдан-миллий юксалиш сари. – тошкент: “ўзбекистон”, – 415 б. 5. substantia (лот.) моҳият, замирида мужассамлашган асос. – ўзбек тилининг изоҳли луғати. 3-жилд. / масъул муҳаррир а.мадвалиев. – тошкент: ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси, 2020. – б. 574. 6. самаров р. шахсда миллий хусусиятларни камол топтиришда “homo ethnicos” феномени: ижтимоий ва этнопсихологик талқин. шахсда илмий дунёқараш ривожланишининг психологик имкоиятлари ва тарбиявий жиҳатлари // илмий-амалий конференция материаллари. – тошкент: 2019. – б. 23-27. 7.юн. hypostasis – қиёфа, моҳият. словарь иностранниых слов. – москва: русский язык, 1988. – с. 202. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org overview of the importance and functions of the psychological service abdurashid abdumannobovich turgunov doctor of psychological sciences (dsc), associate professor abdumannobova mubinabonu abdurashid qizi student of high school no. 4 of bulakboshsky district a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s psychological service is an integral part of modern life and has become increasingly important in recent years due to the growing recognition of the importance of human mental health. this article provides an overview of the role and functions of the psychological service, including assessment, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of mental disorders. also, the article highlights the history of the psychological service and the need to increase resources to support the provision of high-quality psychological services, especially in light of the growing demand for mental health services worldwide. psychological service, counseling, diagnostics, therapy, test, methodology, psychological technique, cognitive functioning, emotional functioning, research. introduction psychological service refers to the range of services provided by psychologists to individuals, groups, and organizations to promote psychological well-being and address psychological concerns. these services include assessment, therapy, counseling, and consultation. the importance of psychological service cannot be overemphasized, especially in today's world, where mental health challenges are on the rise. one of the primary functions of psychological service is assessment. psychological assessment involves the use of various tests and techniques to evaluate an individual's cognitive, emotional, and behavioral functioning. it is used to diagnose psychological disorders, identify strengths and weaknesses, and provide recommendations for treatment. psychological assessment is often used in clinical settings, such as hospitals, mental health clinics, and private practices. the main part therapy and counseling are another crucial aspect of psychological service. therapy involves the use of various techniques to help individuals address psychological problems, such as anxiety, depression, and trauma. counseling, on the other hand, is a more short-term approach that focuses on helping individuals cope with specific challenges, such as relationship issues or career transitions. therapy and counseling are typically provided by licensed psychologists, who have specialized training and expertise in working with individuals with psychological concerns. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org in addition to individual therapy and counseling, psychological service can also involve group therapy and support groups. group therapy involves bringing together individuals with similar psychological concerns to work together towards common goals. support groups, on the other hand, provide a forum for individuals to share their experiences and receive support from others who are going through similar challenges. group therapy and support groups can be particularly effective for individuals who feel isolated or stigmatized by their psychological concerns. consultation is another important function of psychological service. psychologists can provide consultation to individuals, organizations, and communities to help address psychological concerns and promote psychological well-being. for example, a psychologist might consult with a school to develop a program to address bullying or work with a business to develop a stress management program for employees. the history of psychological services dates back to ancient times when people used to consult priests and other religious leaders for advice on personal and emotional issues. however, the development of modern psychology and its application to clinical settings began in the late 19th and early 20th centuries [1]. in the united states, the establishment of the first psychological clinic at the university of pennsylvania by lightner witmer in 1896 marked the beginning of psychological services. witmer used psychological tests to diagnose learning disabilities in children and developed a new form of therapy known as clinical psychology [2]. during world war i, psychologists were called upon to assess the mental health of soldiers and identify those who were at risk of developing post-traumatic stress disorder (ptsd). the american psychological association (apa) was established in 1892 and became the leading professional organization for psychologists in the united states [3]. in the 1920s and 1930s, the field of psychology expanded to include industrial and organizational psychology, educational psychology, and counseling psychology. the focus of counseling psychology was on providing therapy to people with emotional and mental health problems. the growth of counseling psychology led to the establishment of the american association of counseling psychology (aacap) in 1946 [3]. during world war ii, psychologists were again called upon to assess the mental health of soldiers and develop strategies to prevent and treat ptsd. after the war, many psychologists returned to civilian life and began to provide psychological services in private practice, hospitals, and clinics [3]. the 1950s and 1960s saw the development of new approaches to therapy, including cognitivebehavioral therapy (cbt) and humanistic psychology. cbt is a short-term therapy that focuses on changing negative thought patterns and behaviors. humanistic psychology emphasizes personal growth and self-actualization [4]. the 1970s and 1980s saw a shift towards a more eclectic approach to therapy, with therapists drawing from multiple therapeutic approaches to best serve their clients. the development of computerized psychological tests and the use of technology in therapy also became more prevalent during this time [5]. like developed countries, uzbekistan has a unique history of psychological service in the field of education. the content of the psychological service in uzbekistan depends on the activities of pedology and pedagogical service of the 1930s. the organization and development of the educational process are based on psychological factors related to the activities of the student and teacher, and this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org has yielded several effective results. if at that time the work carried out on the basis of psychology in schools was carried out only on the basis of pedagogical approaches, then p.i. ivanov, v.e.chudnovsky, m.g.davletshin and m. vohidov developed scientific and methodological recommendations, which became the basis for applying the school to the activities of the psychological service [6]. in 1960-70, employees of the scientific research institute of pedagogical sciences of uzbekistan p.zimin, v.a.tokareva, m.s.rasuleva and m.dadadzhonov conducted a number of studies on the introduction of psychological services in school. scientific research was also conducted in the tashkent, andijan and samarkand regions, devoted to the problems of moral and family education, mental development [8]. in 1970-80, psychologists of tashkent state university carried out scientific and practical work on the introduction of psychological services [6]. today, psychological services are provided in a variety of settings, including private practice, hospitals, clinics, schools, and government agencies. psychologists are licensed and regulated by state and national professional organizations, such as the apa and the national association of school psychologists (nasp) [7]. the field of psychology continues to evolve, with new research and therapies being developed to address the changing needs of individuals and society. psychological services have become an integral part of modern healthcare, helping people to overcome mental health issues and improve their quality of life. research has shown that psychological services, such as psychotherapy, counseling, and other forms of mental health treatment, can be highly effective in improving mental health outcomes. studies have demonstrated that individuals who receive psychological services for mental health concerns experience significant reductions in symptoms and improvements in overall functioning and quality of life. psychological services can also be helpful for individuals who are experiencing stress, relationship problems, or other life challenges. research has shown that counseling and psychotherapy can be effective in helping individuals to develop coping strategies, improve communication and problemsolving skills, and increase resilience and overall well-being. psychological services have been researched by many individuals over the years, including psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, and other mental health professionals. some of the notable researchers in the field of psychological services include: carl rogers known for his work on client-centered therapy and his emphasis on the importance of the therapeutic relationship in psychological services [8]. sigmund freud known for his development of psychoanalysis, which focuses on exploring unconscious thoughts and feelings to understand psychological issues [9]. aaron beck known for his development of cognitive therapy, which focuses on identifying and changing negative thought patterns that contribute to psychological problems [10]. albert bandura known for his work on social learning theory, which emphasizes the role of observation and modeling in behavior change [11]. martin seligman known for his work on positive psychology, which emphasizes the importance of focusing on strengths and positive emotions in psychological services [12]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org albert ellis: ellis was an american psychologist who developed rational emotive behavior therapy (rebt), a form of cognitive-behavioral therapy that emphasizes identifying and changing irrational beliefs that contribute to emotional distress [13]. irvin yalom: yalom is an american psychiatrist who developed existential psychotherapy, which focuses on helping individuals to confront the existential challenges of life, such as death, meaninglessness, and isolation, and to live more fully and authentically [14]. these researchers and many others have contributed to our understanding of how psychological services can be used to help individuals overcome mental health issues and improve their overall wellbeing. however, it is important to note that not all psychological services are created equal. research has found that the quality of the therapeutic relationship between the client and therapist is a critical factor in the effectiveness of psychological services. it is important to find a qualified and experienced therapist who is a good fit for your individual needs and preferences. overall, research supports the use of psychological services for improving mental health and overall well-being. if you are considering seeking psychological services, it is important to do your research and find a therapist who can provide high-quality, evidence-based treatment. psychological service in education is a system of providing psychological assistance to students, teachers and parents in an educational institution. this is an important component of the educational process, which helps to solve psychological problems and obstacles that may arise in the learning process. the psychological service includes a wide range of activities, including diagnosis and counseling of students, organization of psychological trainings and classes, support for children with learning difficulties, as well as support for teachers and parents. the main goal of the psychological service in education is to help students achieve optimal results in their studies and development, as well as to create a favorable educational environment. at the same time, the psychological service is also engaged in the prevention and prevention of mental health disorders of students, their adaptation at school and among peers, and also works with parents, helping them in raising children and resolving conflicts. psychological service in education is an integral part of the educational system and helps to create conditions for the development of psychological readiness of students for life and social activities. also, psychological services refer to a range of services and interventions that aim to improve the mental health and well-being of individuals. researchers have studied various aspects of psychological services, including their effectiveness, accessibility, and the factors that influence their use. effectiveness of psychological services: researchers have conducted numerous studies on the effectiveness of psychological services, such as psychotherapy, counseling, and psychiatric medication. overall, the research suggests that psychological services can be effective in treating a wide range of mental health conditions, including depression, anxiety, and post-traumatic stress disorder. however, the effectiveness of these services can vary depending on the individual, the type of treatment, and other factors. accessibility of psychological services: researchers have also examined the accessibility of psychological services, including factors that may prevent individuals from accessing the services they need. some of these factors include cost, geographic location, stigma, and lack of availability of trained mental health professionals. studies american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org have shown that individuals from marginalized or disadvantaged populations may face additional barriers to accessing psychological services. factors that influence the use of psychological services: researchers have also studied the factors that influence whether individuals seek out and utilize psychological services. some of these factors include perceived need, attitudes toward mental health treatment, and social support. studies have shown that individuals who perceive a greater need for mental health services and who have more positive attitudes toward treatment are more likely to seek out and utilize these services. psychological services are an important aspect of mental health care, and researchers have studied various aspects of these services to improve their accessibility and effectiveness. ongoing research is needed to better understand the factors that influence the use of psychological services and to develop more effective and accessible interventions for individuals in need. conclusions in conclusion, psychological service is a critical component of promoting psychological well-being and addressing psychological concerns. through assessment, therapy, counseling, group therapy, support groups, and consultation, psychologists can help individuals, groups, and organizations address a range of psychological challenges. if you are experiencing psychological concerns, seeking the help of a licensed psychologist can be an important step towards improving your psychological well-being. references 1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/psychological_services. 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/lightner_witmer. 3. https://www.apa.org/about/apa/archives/apa-history 4. https://psychcentral.com/lib/history-of-psychotherapy 5. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/6249710/ 6. maktabgacha ta’lim tizimi psixologik xizmatini tashkiliy–metodik rivojlantirish mexanizmlari: psixologiya fanlari doktori (dsc) dissertatsiyasi. – toshkent., 2022. – 261 b. 7. https://www.nasponline.org/ 8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/carl_rogers#cite_ref-1 9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sigmund_freud 10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/aaron_beck 11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/albert_bandura 12. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/martin_seligman 13. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/albert_ellis 14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/irvin_d._yalom https://www.nasponline.org/ https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/carl_rogers#cite_ref-1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sigmund_freud american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org psychological mechanisms of coping behavior factors in adolescents nosirova sitorabonu alisher qizi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a summary of the research conducted in the field of defense mechanisms and coping behavior in adolescents. coping behavior, coping strategy, coping, defense mechanism, problem introduction the problem of coping behavior has always been one of the most urgent problems facing humanity. after all, the social development of a person in all aspects, his activity as a person and his selfdevelopment in many ways contribute to this process. if they do, it will enable them to easily overcome various difficulties encountered in life, to use their opportunities more effectively, and to form deeper, positive and unique ideas about themselves. in psychology, coping behavior emerged in the second half of the 20th century. coping behavior is derived from the english language "cope, to cope" to overcome, to overcome. this term was first used by l. murphy in 1962 when he studied how to overcome problems in children during a crisis. and a. maslau introduced this term to science. in general, coping behavior is characterized by an individual's readiness to solve life problems. it demonstrates the use of opportunities and tools to overcome problems, which is characterized by the elimination of stressful behavior. based on the opinion of many foreign experts, we can say that there are various strategies and methods of coping behavior, and people use them only when faced with difficult life situations. there are many different classifications of coping behavior, which are analyzed according to several research directions. we will consider some of them. according to rs lazarus, one of the leading experts who researched coping styles, there are two global types of coping strategies: (method of stress relief) problem-oriented, subjective-oriented. the problem-oriented type is oriented towards a rational solution to a difficult situation, and the tendency to independently analyze the situation, seek help from others, and seek information from additional sources is observed in their behavior. the subjective goal-setting type solves the situation emotionally when overcoming stress, they have absolutely no desire to do concrete work, think about the problem, they compensate their sadness with negative emotional means such as alcohol, sleep , are released through food. they use passive strategies more intensively to restore their emotional balance, if the person has no knowledge of the situation or is unable to take advantage of the real possibilities, the stressor pressure decreases. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org it is known that the concept of "overcoming life problems" itself has different meanings. first of all, this is a constantly changing process. wills t. and shifman s. believe that this process can be divided into three stages. the first step is warning. in the activity of this stage, a person overcomes another impending complication by eliminating a vital negative state. the second step is to solve the problem directly. it uses cognitive and behavioral power to solve a specific problem. the third stage a person takes a critical approach to the results of the event. the goal of this phase is to reduce the number of hits you take and get back to your previous normal state faster. this is the recovery phase in addition to the comments, coping behavior shows the individual's unique response to stress. this means that when a person feels stressed, they try to cope cognitively and behaviorally with the problematic situation. such an approach does not take into account the daily and previously achieved aspects of the subject's behavior, and does not take into account the aspects of overcoming the usual negative aspects. for example, this approach is an exception to the individual's ability to avoid stress. also, according to this requirement, a life problem cannot be seen as overcoming until a person reacts with stress. the concept of "coping strategy" is also widely analyzed as the management of process resources. according to assumptions, elimination of life's complications is carried out essentially by mobilizing personal resources. when the coping strategy and its methods are distinguished from defense mechanisms, constructive active necessity is implied and is an attempt to avoid unpleasantness through the situation. in psychology, there is a subject of coping, which in a special research area, in the study of the emotional mechanism and rational regulation in a person, realizes the reconstruction of life situations in accordance with his goals according to his target optimal behavior. a person's coping behavior in stressful situations is to a certain extent important for the response reaction in stressful situations. especially in the period of adolescence, it is necessary to take a serious look at this process. taking this into account, it was intended to empirically study social psychological factors related to the correlation between coping behavior and response in stressful situations and analyze its results based on conditionally accepted criteria. research methods were chosen for the implementation of this task. it is also worth noting that sometimes every teenager may have some difficulty in adequately assessing their capabilities in stressful situations. in our opinion, this difficulty can be explained by insufficient perception of stressful situations. references 1. makhmudova z.m., olimov l.ya. social psychological characteristics of psychological defenses manifested in adolescents in extreme situations. journal of integrative psychology for psychologists. vypusk no. 22, 2021. s 233-237. 2. elov z.s. causes and analysis of suicidal thoughts among adolescents. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd). volume: 6 | issue: 11 | november 2021 75-76 3. elov z.s. conditions and the reasons of cases of the suicide among the staff of law-enforcement bodies. european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol 5 2017 4. elov z.s. psychological influence of speech disorders and the causes that cause them on the child's psyche. academicia globe: inderscience research volume: 3, issue 1, january-2022 39-42. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org a systematic approach to teaching morphemi̇c to pupils of the uzbek school makhmudova d.s. teacher of kspi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the difference in morphemic and word-formation of languages. knowledge of the laws of word formation of the russian language, the ability to determine the meaning of word-formation morphemes contribute to the expansion of the child's vocabulary, the enrichment of the grammatical structure of his speech, and his understanding of the grammatical system of the russian language as a whole. morphemes, modeling, prefix, affix, prefixes, point of view. introduction in the development of the speech of foreign students, work on the study of the composition of the russian word and russian word formation plays an important role. knowledge of the laws of word formation of the russian language, the ability to determine the meaning of word-formation morphemes contribute to the expansion of the child's vocabulary, the enrichment of the grammatical structure of his speech, and his understanding of the grammatical system of the russian language as a whole. understanding russian word-formation processes, characterization of the main trends in the development of russian word production and various ways of forming russian words, systemic representation of complex units of word formation at all levels can ensure more effective mastering of the russian language by those students for whom russian is not their native language. a significant difference is also observed in the morphemic and word-formation of languages. in russian, morpheme articulation is quite difficult. in russian, the prefix method is productive. prefixes give words a variety of additional shades: step, step. often foreign students make mistakes in the use of prefixes. the main way to prevent such errors is to teach students how to use the numerous prefixes of the russian language, translate words with prefixes into their native language, and show shades in the meanings of words. the assimilation of the meaning of prefixes, the free modeling of motivated words with the help of these affixes will be facilitated by the consideration by foreign students as the main wordformation unit not of the method of word formation, but of the word-formation type (word-formation model). a word-formation method is a larger unit than a word-formation type, uniting several types that have "the same formant, in abstraction from the specific material embodiments of this formant in different types." words that combine into one word-formation type are characterized by the presence of the same word-formation means [identical both from the point of view of the expression plan (sometimes close) and from the point of view of the content plan]. the ability to form words according to schemes, to correlate them with a certain word-formation type (word-formation model) allows not only to single out a derivational morpheme, but also to determine its meaning in the structure of a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org motivated unit. the advantage of this teaching method is that the russian language dictionary acquires structure, systemicity in the eyes of students, they are better aware of the mechanisms of the appearance of words in a non-native language, they develop the ability to predict the language, to predict the lexical meaning of a word through understanding its belonging to a certain word-formation type. /semantic model. when starting to work on this topic, the teacher needs to select those prefixes and those meanings of prefixes that, from his point of view, it is advisable to include in a particular course of study. in some cases, he can select individual values of prefixes and activate them, omitting other values \u200b\u200bthat are less relevant for students. mastering a language is impossible without knowledge of words, since the word is the fundamental principle of the language. working with a word, or vocabulary work, is a special, purposeful enrichment of students' vocabulary: a quantitative increase in the vocabulary, or the assimilation of new words; qualitative enrichment of the dictionary, or the assimilation of new meanings of words, their compatibility and expressive possibilities; references: 1. xasanova m., ubaydullayev s. communicative language teaching and learning //boshqaruv va etika qoidalari onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 125-128. 2. madina x. zamonaviy ta’lim muhitida ta’lim strategiyalarini ishlab chiqishning ingliz tilini o’qitish samaradorligini ta’minlash asoslari //boshqaruv va etika qoidalari onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 27-30. 3. xasanova m., usmonova m. techniques, tools and organizational forms of developing educational strategies //conferencea. – 2023. – с. 22-24. 4. dilafruz a. the practice-oriented approach to learning in europe //conferencea. – 2023. – с. 7980. 5. aliyeva d., aliyeva s. future of modern education system //conferencea. – 2023. – с. 37-39. 6. muhtarovna a. d. modern pedagogical innovations in teaching foreign languages for defectologists //euro-asia conferences. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 168-170. 7. xasanova m., ubaydullayev s. communicative language teaching and learning //boshqaruv va etika qoidalari onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 125-128. 8. madina x. zamonaviy ta’lim muhitida ta’lim strategiyalarini ishlab chiqishning ingliz tilini o’qitish samaradorligini ta’minlash asoslari //boshqaruv va etika qoidalari onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 27-30. 9. xasanova m., usmonova m. techniques, tools and organizational forms of developing educational strategies //conferencea. – 2023. – с. 22-24. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org historiography of madrasahs built by amir temur and temuriza's rulers mamatkulova farangis orzukulovna doctoral student of the department of history and source studies of samarkand state university mamatqulovafarangis@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s by the time of timur, when samarkand became a place of scholars, the functions of the madrasah had expanded and they had become high-level scientific institutions. many scholars taught students in the samarkand madrasas, which were established and flourished during the time of timur and before timur. in addition to religious values, the madrasah also began to train civil servants and talented young scientists. an example of this is the fact that ibn arabshah, a young scholar brought from damascus, studied at the idiku temur madrasah in samarkand and became a renowned historian and scholar. this article describes the source study of madrasahs built during the period of amir temur and the timurids. statesmen, talented commanders, major politicians, fur traders mosque, darbi oliya, mirzoi caravanserai, kosh madrasah, giyosul-lugot, observatory, ulugbek academy. introduction under the direct leadership of amir temur, in addition to the timurids, more than 80 well-known statesmen, talented commanders, great politicians who mastered both teachings grew up. for example, tajuddin as-salmani, masud as-simnani, muhammad as-sogirji, ahmed at-tusi, maulana kutbiddin, khoja abdumalik, maulana ubaid, fazlulla maulana, jamaluddin, muhammad kovchin, amir khamza, mahmud shahab khurasani, nasriddin among them, mahmud ., amir shah malik, amir joku, saifitdin borlos, amir suleymonshah, amir abu sayyed, amir usman abbas, amir sarik atko, amir jalolitdin. as for the question of the madrasah built under timur, and their activity was improved, their activity was positively started, only in samarkand alone their number approached a hundred. among them were the madrasah of temur's beloved grandson muhammad sultan, the bibikhanim madrasah, the feruzshah madrasah, the idiku temur madrasah, the amir shokhmalik madrasah, the kutbiddin sadr madrasah and others. main part idigu (igu or edigei) temur madrasah. this madrasa was built by idiqu temur, one of the amirs of amir temur, in the second half of the 14th century. it is written in the sources that khwaja ibrahim shoshi, the uncle of ibn arabshah and khwaja ahror, studied there. in another source, there is also information that in 1425 mirzo ulugbek was the amir of the guard named iku temur. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org mir burunduq madrasah. this madrasa was built by amir burunduk ibn jahanshah, one of temur's courtiers, at the end of the 14th and the beginning of the 15th century at the chorsu intersection near registan, near the "fur traders mosque". amirzada muhammad sultan madrasah. it was built by the grandson and crown prince of amir temur, muhammad sultan (1376-1403), at the beginning of the 15th century, and today the level of the gori amir mausoleum is located in the eastern tower. maulana qutbuddin sadr madrasah. at the end of the 14th century and the beginning of the 15th century, all the madrasas in samarkand are the madrasahs built by maulana qutbiddi haidar, the head of the waqf estate administration, in the city's felt market (behind the amir temur jame and next to prince abdullah's madrasa). in 1427, khoja ahror vali lived and studied in this madrasa for a while. amir feruzshah madrasah. it was built by amir feruzshah, a courtier of the timurid period, in the south-eastern part of samarkand, namely on "darbi oliya" or "feruza (feruzshah) gate" street (now qalandarkhana district on panjakent street). there was also a garden with the same name in the area. amir shahmalik madrasah. during 1405-1411, amir shahmalik was appointed by shahrukh mirza to take custody of ulugbek until he came of age, and he built a madrasa in samarkand. according to sources, this madrasa built by ulugbek's uncle, amir shohmalik, is located at the beginning of the road leading from the city center (now registan square) to faqeh abu lais's house, approximately where the current islam karimov street begins. located around a small park. ulugbek higher madrasah. it was built in 1417-1420 by ulugbek mirzo in the area called sarduaniq in samarkand. this area was later called registon. the madrasa was built with two floors, four domes and four towers. cells for students are located under dozens of arches, and under each arch there are two cell doors. each cell consists of two parts, each part has two students. by the time of shaibani, the second floor of the madrasa was destroyed as a result of wars. by the time of the ashtarkhanids (by 1113/1701), as a result of wars and famines, the city of samarkand was almost depopulated, and the madrasahs were deserted without students. the ruler of the manghit dynasty, who received the nickname "reviver of islamic religion and culture in movarounnahr", revived the city only by the time of amir ma'sum-shahmurad, and all madrasas, including the ulugbek madrasa, were restored. the "mirzoi" caravanserai built by ulugbek mirzo on this site for the provision of the madrasa (now the tillakori madrasa is located in its place) and the "mirzoi" stream were designated as the property of the foundation. by 1225/1810, muhammad davlatbiy inaq established a huge endowment for the ulugbek madrasa, according to which more than a hundred palaces and shops became the property of the endowment. amir aboka (buqa) madrasah. it was built by amir aboka, a member of the timurid palace. prince abdullah madrasah. built in honor of the son of ulugbek mirza, prince abdullah, who was born in 1420 and died young, this madrasa is located in the felt market (behind amir temur mosque) and is almost next to mawlana qutbiddini sadr madrasa. they also called them "double madrasa". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org amir kasim madrasah. this madrasa named after the timurid prince muhammad qasim ibn muhammad joki ibn shahrukh mirza, born in 1422, is located in muhammad qasim bazaar on tagachilar street. there is also a mosque in it, and a bath built by amir kasim on this street was dedicated to the madrasa. khoja ahror madrasah. in 860/1455, khoja ahrori vali gave funds to the governor of samarkand, ahmad hajibek ibn sultan malik kashkari, and built a two-story madrasa on the street leading to the gate of sozangaran. there is a mosque in the southeastern part of the madrasah. the madrasa was destroyed during the ruins of samarkand at the beginning of the 18th century. by the decree of the ruler of bukhara, amir ma'sum (shahmurad) and the fatwa of the priests, the white bricks from the ruins of the alayka kokaldosh madrasa in registan were used in the renovation of the khoja ahror madrasa, and as a result, it was called "white (safed) madrasa". fazlullah abu laysi madrasah. built in the middle of the 15th century, this madrasa was built by one of the famous mudarris of samarkand, khoja fazlullah abu laysi, near the house in the area called "faqeh abu lays neighborhood" in honor of his grandfather. there are different opinions about this person, his madrasa and some dates. this structure was rebuilt on the site of an ancient madrasa, which was renovated several times since the 10th century. from the founder of the dynasty, sheikhul-imam abu lays, who died in 373 hijri (983 ad), to fazlullah abu laysi, who is considered to be his 12th14th generation, about four and a half centuries have passed. most of the abu lays who have lived in this area for so long, engaged in fiqh and hadith like their great ancestors and became famous scholars and mudarris, it is impossible not to build a madrasa in the area of their ancestors. fazlullah abu laysi became the leader of the famous house and reached the level of building a madrasa next to the house, when he was about 60-65 years old. by the 18th century, when the abu laysi madrasa fell into ruins, it was rebuilt by the ruler of bukhara, amir ma'sum. currently, the madrasa is not preserved, and according to historical and topographical data, its place was located on the site of the present mosque and secondary school no. 15 in the district. mir ahmad hajibek madrasah. ahmad hojibek ibn amir sultanmalik kashgari, who was first governor of herat during the reign of timurid kings abu said and ahmad mirza, and then appointed governor of samarkand in about 868/1463 (after the death of samarkand governor jonibek) in the 60s of the 15th century built a madrasa named after him in the middle of the 19th century, and it was one of the largest madrasas in the city. this governor from the turkic people was a horse lover and a very brave person, and created under the nickname "vafoiy" and provided all possible support to the young alisher navoi. he died in 1496 in the struggle for the throne that began after the death of timurid sultan ahmed mirza, the ruler of samarkand. mir tarkhan (amir tarkhan) madrasah. this madrasa was built by the governor of bukhara, amir abduali tarkhan, who was the deputy in bukhara of movarunnahr ruler sultan ahmed mirza (ruled 1469-1494), who ruled in samarkand in the second half of the 15th century. the madrasa was built in the second half of the 15th century and was in existence until the beginning of the 18th century. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org javzaniya madrasah. in this madrasa located on the eastern side of the sherdar madrasa in the city, sheikh khudoydadi vali, the murshi of the yassawiya sect, who died in 1532, studied. the javzaniya mosque is also located in this area. mirzo ulugbek observatory. when talking about the samarkand madrasas, it is appropriate to make a special stop at the observatory of mirzo ulugbek, which has worldwide scientific and historical importance. after all, the european scholar voltaire did not call it "ulugbek academy" for nothing. "rasad" is a persian word that means to watch carefully for something on the way or in the distance. according to the book "ghiyasul-lug'ot", in ancient times, astrologers climbed a high mountain, 700 gaz (1 gaz is a measure of length, equal to 91.5 cm.) high, two faces facing each other. (rye) was made and they sat in the middle and watched the stars. this was the first observatory. many famous observatories are known from history. for example, al-khorazmi (783-850) at the alma'mun observatory of baghdad, which was considered the center of the muslim world at the time, umar khayyam (1040-1123) at the isfahan observatory, nasiruddin tusi (1201-1274) at the marogha observatory. scholars like the observatory built by mirzo ulugbek is located in samarkand. the science of astrology was carried out along with practical research in the magnificent observatory, which was built as a three-storey building. before that, trainings in these and other specific subjects were held in the ulugbek madrasa. mirzo ulugbek invited the most advanced scientists of mathematics and astronomy to samarkand and ordered the construction of an observatory. during the years 1424-1428, a world-famous observatory was built in the north of samarkand at the foot of the kohak hill on the banks of the abirakhmat stream. prior to that, the scientific work of observing the disaster was carried out in the ulugbek madrasa, built in 1417-1420 (in the present-day registan square). the observatory was a three-story cylindrical building, 30 m high, with a giant quadrant with a radius of 41 m. the southern part of the quadrant is underground, and the rest is 30 m above ground in the northern part. after the death of mirzo ulugbek, his scientific work continued for some time, and later the observatory was destroyed. even the possibility of determining the location of the observatory was a difficult matter. in 1908, samarkand local scholar and archaeologist v. l. vyatkin (popularly known as vosi aka) in cooperation with samarkand scholar abu sa'id mahzum, based on the historical work "boburnoma" by babur mirza and "samaria" by abu tahir khoja, as well as information from the foundation document. , agreed to determine the location of the observatory. excavations were carried out in 1908-1909, which attracted the attention of scientists from all over the world. two parallel arcs made of marble, a fragment of a very large square (device) with a meridian radius of 41 m were found in the cave carved into the rock. in 1946-1948, the expedition of the institute of history and archeology of the academy of sciences of uzbekistan completed the excavation work. according to babur mirza, the observatory is a three-oshiyan building, in the shape of a circle, the walls of the building are covered with mysterious tiles abdurazzoq samarkandi. describes the interior of this rare monument as follows: "the interior of the building is decorated with colorful patterns that have no equal in the world, seven planets and "fixed" (fixed) stars on the walls and ceilings are counted to the degree (degrees), minutes, even seconds of the sky, as well as the globe, seven climates, mountains, deserts and rivers and seas and the oceans are described." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org the observatory was built in 1424-1428. abu takhir khoja's book "samaria" also provides accurate information. in 1417, mirzo ulugbek invited astronomers to discuss the plans for creating an astronomical table and building an observatory. observations began this year and ended 30 years later, i.e. in 1447. all planets are observed to revolve around the sun. by this time, the work "zizhi" was finished. at the observatory, it was possible to conduct some observations with the naked eye, that is, without instruments. the diameter of the quadrant of the observatory was 80 meters, and the length of its arc was 63 meters. it was the largest of the existing instruments in the east, beruni also reported that it had a large diameter quadrant (15 cubits). the famous scientists of their time astronomers, mathematicians, architects, including qazizada rumi, ghiyosiddin jamshid and ali kushchilar were involved in the construction. after the death of mirzo ulugbek, the observatory operated for several decades under the leadership of muhammad ali kushchi and miram chalabi. according to the decree of the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, i. karimov, 1994 was declared the year of "mirzo ulugbek" in our republic in connection with the 600th anniversary of the birth of mirzo ulugbek. taking into account that the building does not meet the seismic requirements, the museum building rose in a new form in 2010 under the initiative and leadership of the president. conclusion thanks to amir temur and the timurids, scientists, many writers, poets, composers, painters, architects, engineers, architects, painters, skilled craftsmen were busy with their work in shakhrisabz, bukhara, hirota. during this period, temur's native shakhrisabz, the madrasah where he studied, was renovated and expanded and turned into a center of scientific education, i.e. "the dome of adab science". in the “dor ut-tilovat” created by timur, not only literature was studied, but also religious and secular knowledge. and in hirat, shahrukh mirza accepted timur's efforts in the field of science and education and founded the largest library in khorasan. in both huge libraries of the kingdom of timur, the rarest works are collected not only in arabic and turkish, but also in persian, latin and greek, which will become great and famous scientists, known throughout the world for their work. references 1. alisher navoi. foundation. the perfect collection of works. tashkent: science, 1998. volume 14. s. 231-270; 2. fasih ahmad ibn jalal ad-din muhammad al-khawafi. mujmal-i fasihi (fasih code). tashkent: fan, 1980. 346 p. 3. ibn arabshah. history of amir temur. the amazing al-makdur fi story of taimur (miracles of fate in the history of timur) tashkent: mekhnat, 1992. book 1, p. 87. 4. kattaev komilkhan. problems of khoja arora and mirzo ulugek. samarkand. zarafshon. 2003. p. 31-32. 5. kattaev komilkhan. samarkand madrasahs and the development of science. samarkand: zarafshan, 2003, p. 24. 6. khabibullaev a. amir temur and ibn khaldun. tashkent, 2004. 9 p. 7. mirza ulugbek. history of four peoples. tashkent: cholpon, 1994. 352 p. 8. yusupova d.yu. the life and works of hondamir. tashkent: nauka, 2006. 326 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org indications of encouragement of helmintoses in children aslonova m. r. bukhara state medical institute named after abu ali ibn sina uzbekistan bukhara, a. navoi st. 1 tel:+998(65) 223-00-50 e-mail: info@bsmi.uz, https://orcid.org/0009-0003-8530-343x a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s helminthiasis is a widespread infectious disease among children and poses a serious threat to children's health. according to the world health organization (who), parasitic diseases are the third most common infectious disease after coronary heart disease (after diarrhea and tuberculosis). to date, about 350 species of helminths have been proven to be parasitic in the human body. according to many authors, more than 40 species of parasites are carcinogenic to humans and animals. helminthoses are chronic parasitic diseases in which all organs and systems are involved in the process. in total, there are more than 250 species of helminths, and about 90 species are found in the cis countries. in the years of independence, the processes of improving health care in the republic of uzbekistan rose to the level of state policy. nevertheless, there are a number of problems in the field of health care. among them, one of the important problems is the spread of parasitological diseases among the population, the lack of optimal methods of their early diagnosis and treatment. helminthiasis, calcium, enterobiosis, hymenolepidosis, giardiasis, ascariasis. introduction it is known that helminthiasis is a common infectious disease among children and poses a serious threat to children's health. according to the world health organization (who), parasitic diseases are the third most common infectious diseases (after diarrhea and tuberculosis) after cardiovascular diseases [2,3,7]. helminthiasis is one of the most common diseases in uzbekistan, as well as in other regions, they account for more than 90% of parasitic diseases, and the level of infection of the population has remained stably high for many years [6]. more than 200,000 infected people are registered in the country every year [22]. according to data, 263,167 (3.5%) of 7,580,703 people examined for helminths were infected [8,9,10,11]. the development and expansion of animal husbandry causes an increase in the incidence of geohelminthosis (ascariasis, trichocephalosis) due to diseases (trichinellosis, tenindosis) transmitted by the consumption of meat products of domestic animals, and the popularization of the use of human excrement as biofertilizer in agriculture [13,15,16]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org the purpose of scientific research: to determine the distribution of parasitic diseases among children by age and gender. material and methods in the study, we analyzed the observations of 150 children in the bukhara regional hospital of infectious diseases, parasitology department in 2018-2020. we made the diagnosis on the basis of medical history, epidemiological anamnesis, clinical and laboratory data. laboratory diagnosis: we used parasitological, immunological and allergic tests. a total of 90 children were selected for research. of these, 60 were selected as the main group, and 30 as the control group. figure 1. distribution of children selected for research by age groups. the children selected for the study were divided into 4 groups according to age groups. there are 12 (20%) children aged 1-3 years, 16 (27%) children aged 3-7 years, 26 (43%) children aged 7-11 years, 6 (10%) children aged 11-18 years. did 57 (63.3%) of the children selected for the study were boys, 33 (36.7%) were girls. in connection with the above, the prevalence of parasitic diseases among children was studied. pathological cases of parasitic diseases such as giardia, enterbiosis, geminolipidosis and ascarida among children were found in the analysis. the analysis first examined the prevalence of the main components of parasitic diseases among children. 20% 27%43% 10% main group n-60 1-year old. iа гуруҳ groupn-12 3-7 years old. iб group n-16 7-11years old. ic group n-26 11-18years old. iд group n-6 1 2 1 6 2 1 87 9 1 5 2 1 -3 yea rs old 3-7 yea rs old 7-11 yea rs old 1 1-18yea rs old distribution of children examined during the study by age and gender boys girls american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org determination of the combination of parasitic diseases in children. incidence rates of parasitic diseases in 1-3 year old children table 1. giambliosis, entrobiosis, geminolipidosis n=6 giambliosis, entrobiosis, n=4 entrobiosis, geminolipidosis n=2 giambliosis, entrobiosis, geminolipidosis ascariasis n=0 total n=12 50% (6 ) 33.3% (4) 16.6% (2) 100 % (12) indicators of parasitic diseases of 1-3 year old children were analyzed. children aged 1-3 made up 12 out of 60 examined children. according to the types of parasites found in children, children were divided into 4 groups. type 1 giardiasis, entrobiosis, geminolipidosis in 6 children 50% of total 12 children. 4 children with type 2 lyambiosis, entrobiosis combined 33.3% of the total 12 children. type 3 entrobiosis, geminolipidosis in 2 children 16.6% of the total 12 children. type 4 giambliosis, entrobiosis, geminolipidosis ascariasis combination, children were not identified. summary when we studied the results of the examination conducted in children, the co-occurrence of giardia, enterbiosis, and geminolipidosis among 1-3-year-old children was a high rate. that is, 6 children with a combination of giardiasis, entrobiosis, geminolipidosis 50% of the total 12 children. references: 1. obloqulov a r., aslonova m r. (2022). to indentify the calciological deficiency that occurs against the background of helminthiasis in children// central asian journal of medical and natural sciences.–2022.–с. 91-95. 2. облокулов а.р., ниязов г.э., облокулов а.а., нарзиев б.и. (1999) особенности течения лямблиоза у взрослых // инфекция, иммунитет и фармакология.–с. 151-156. 3. ibrakhimova h.r., oblokulov a.r. (2020). pathogenetic bases and prevalens of parasitic infections in children: literature review. the american journal of medical science and pharmaceutical research, 2(10), 87-95. 4. ибрахимова х.р., облокулов а.р. (2019). современный взгляд на распространенность и патогенетические аспекты паразитарных заболеваний у детей. новый день в медицине. №1(25). –с.30–34. 5. aslonova.m.r. (2022). cases of hypovitaminosis on the background of helminthiasis // iternational scientific research journal. 2022. – p. 305-312. 6. aslonova.m.r. (2023). vitamin deficiency cases resulting from parasitic diseases // galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal.-2023.-p. 404-409 7. aslonova.m.r. (2023). distribution of parasitic diseases in children by age and gender // eurasian research bulletin.-2023.-p. 96-100 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org 8. aslonova.m.r. (2023). определение дефицита кальция, вызванного паразитарными заболеваниями у детей // oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences.-2023.-p. 938-946 9. аслонова.м.р. (2022). болаларда паразитар касалликлар фонида кальций тишмовчилигини аниқлаш // тиббиётда янги кун.-2022-c.147-152. 10. esteban-pretel g., marin m.p., renau-piqueras j., barber t., timoneda j. vitamin a deficiency alters rat lung alveolar basement membrane: reversibility by retinoic acid. j. nutr. biochem. 2010. vol. 21. p. 227-236.14. 8. ид кароматов, мр аслонова. (2018). малина как лечебное средство //биология и интегративная медицина.2018.-с. 221-216. 9. oblokulov a.r., m.i. mukhammadieva (2022). clinical and biochemical characteristics of liver cirrhosis patients of viral etiology with spontaneous bacterial peritonitis // academicia globe: indersciense research.-2022.p. 210-216. 10. мухаммадиева.м.и., облокулов. а.а. (2022). клинико-лабораторная характеристика пациентов циррозе печени вирусной этиологии со спонтанным бактериальным перитонитом//new day in medicine.-2022.p. 3-9. 11. mukhammadieva m.i. (2022). modern clinical and biochemical characteristics of liver cirrhosis patients of viral etiology with spontaneous bacterial peritonitis //texas journal of medical science. – 2022.p. 86-90. 12. brown c.h., noelle r.j. seeing through the dark: new insights in to the immune regulatory functions of vitamin a. eur. j. immunol. 2015. vol. 45. p. 1287-1295.17. 13. oblokulov abdurashid rakhimovich mukhammadieva musharraf ibrokhimovna sanokulova sitora avazovna khadieva dora isakovna. (2023). clinical and laboratory features of spontaneous bacterial peritonitis in patients with viral liver cirrhosis. journal of advanced zoology, 44(s-2), 3744–3750. retrieved from http://jazindia.com/index.php/jaz/article/view/1716 14. rhinn m., dolle p. retinoic acid signaling during development. development. 2012. vol. 139. p. 843-858.11. 15. desai t.j., chen f., lu j., qian j., niederreither k., dolle p., chambon p., cardoso w.v. distinct roles for retinoic acid receptors alpha and beta in early lung morphogenesis. dev. biol. 2006. vol. 291. p. 12-24.15. 16. ross a.c. vitamin a and retinoic acid in t cell-related immunity. am. j. clin. nutr. 2012. vol. 96. p. 1166s-1172s.12. 17. mukhtarova sh.a. (2022) age-related features of clinical manifestations of giardiasis // international journal of medical sciences and clinical research -2022.-p.17-21. 18. shohida abdulloyevna muxtorova. (2022). clinical and laboratoriya features of acute respiratory disease in frequently ill children // web of scientist: international scientific research journal.2022.-p. 1026-1030. 19. аслонова.м.р. (2021). возникновение случаев гиповитаминоза из-за гельминтозов// central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. – 2021.p. 46-50. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org 20. aslonova.m.r. (2022). determination of suicidality against the background of parasitic diseases in children // international journal of philosophical studies and social sciences. – 2022.p. 9-12. 21. khamidova n.k. (2021). clinical and immunological study of the effect of different types of therapy on the course of allergic rhinitis in children with hymenolepiasis. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 1900–1908. retrieved from https://www.annalsofrscb.ro/index.php/ journal/article/view/2713. 22. аслонова. м. р. (2022). случаи гиповитаминоза на фоне гельминтозов//web of scientist: международный научно-исследовательский журнал.2022.-p. 305-312. 23. mухаммадиевa m.и. (2023). bирус этиологияли жигар циррози беморларида спонтан бактериал перитонит билан асоратланишнинг профилактикаси ва давосини такомиллаштириш//oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. 2023.-p.947-953. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org economic and biological features of camels tleumuratov a. kaliev b. nukus branch of samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the economic importance of camels in the southern arid regions is very high. domestic camels are highly valued by locals for their amazing features. first of all, the enormous endurance of these animals is striking. it manifests itself not only in the ability to do without water for a long time. for thousands of years, the power of many states of the east literally depended on camels. only these animals could overcome the endless deserts that cut off these countries from the rest of the world. the camel is usually called the “ship of the desert”. meanwhile, the arab peoples prefer to call ships “camels of the sea”. however, the camel is not only a transport. from time immemorial and to the present, camels have been used as draft power and bred for meat, milk, leather, wool and dung, that is, the animal is able to replace a ram, a horse and a cow. camel meat is eaten, it is quite suitable for consumption and tastes a little sweet due to the presence of glycogen in it. beshbarmak is prepared from camel meat, and fat from humps is consumed warm, immediately after slaughter, then it goes for distillation. introduction camel skin is thick and durable, so it is used to make belts, whips and shoe tops. camel dung is so dry that it is perfect for heating residential premises: its flame is even, smokeless and has high heat transfer rates. camels are amazing animals that help people survive in very difficult conditions. the amazing ability of a camel to patiently endure thirst, and heat, and dry winds, to eat thorns has always amazed people. a camel can go without water for a long time (more than two weeks) due to a number of biological features. he uses water very economically and does not sweat even in fortydegree heat. his body is covered with thick and dense hair, which prevents the evaporation of moisture from the body and saves it from overheating (on the back of a camel on a hot afternoon, it is heated to 80 c, and the skin under it is only up to 40 c). the camel never opens its mouth so that water does not evaporate from the surface of the oral cavity, and it does not breathe as intensively as other animals, because the body also loses water with the exhaled air. in addition, he has a supply of water in the form of ... fat accumulated in the humps. when 100 grams of fat is oxidized in the body, 107 grams of water is formed. thus, a camel can extract up to 50 kilograms of water from its humps if necessary. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org dehydration in other animals is accompanied by a significant health disorder: with a loss of 10 percent of water, they experience weakness, increased heart rate, thickening of the blood, and a disorder of the nervous system. a camel can shrink by a quarter of its mass. the loss of water by the body of a camel (unlike other animals) does not affect the composition of the blood. true, at the same time, the water content in the tissues of the body decreases. the camel loses weight (shrinks) and becomes like a skeleton covered with leather. but when the animal receives water, it immediately drinks 10-12 buckets and in 15-20 minutes restores its former appearance by saturating the tissues with water. observations have shown that in a few hours he can drink 186 liters of water, quenching his thirst. although the camel is a warm-blooded animal, its body temperature varies widely: at night, when it gets cooler, it drops to 34 0c, and during the day, in the midday heat, it rises to 40-410c. the organism of other animals can function normally only if the body temperature deviates from the norm by no more than half a degree. the camel has many other interesting features. nature has shown considerable design ingenuity to protect his eyes from sandstorms and the blinding rays of the sun. sharply protruding eyebrows and long eyelashes block the path of sand driven by the wind, and partly sunlight. and the irises of the eyes of a camel are collected in folds that hang like curtains over the pupils. the camel's nose also has unusual adaptations. during sandstorms, the animal constricts its slit-like nostrils so that the sand does not enter the nose, and the air passes in an amount sufficient for breathing. near the camel's nostrils there is a small "heat exchanger" that absorbs moisture from the air exhaled by the camel. and this moisture, in turn, is used to cool the air it inhales. the camel's oral cavity is also peculiarly arranged. the mucosa of the hard palate, cheeks and tongue have numerous hard papillae, grooves and tubercles, which serve to knead and grind food and protect the mucosa from damage by hard spines. camels are ruminants. their body is adapted to the harsh conditions of dry steppes, semi-deserts and deserts. they can go without water for a long time, and also drink salt water unsuitable for other types of farm animals. camels eat saltwort and wormwood, as well as camel thorn, saxaul. the ships of the desert are very unpretentious in the choice of food. however, apparently, by this it is more correct to mean their high adaptability to eating desert plants, which are of little use for other animals, and not in general the wide range of plants eaten euryphagia. this was emphasized by n. m. przhevalsky: camels that grew up in the desert, once on abundant pastures, lose weight and eventually die. this is partly due, probably, to the great need of these animals for salt. despite the fact that usually desert plants contain a lot of salts, camels still solonetze, eating saline clay on takyrs, smooth, devoid of vegetation soils. camels differ from ruminants in the structure of the stomach. there are three chambers in the stomach: a scar, a mesh and an abomasum. at the bottom of the scar there are two protrusions, called aquifers, where the liquid part of the food accumulates and indirectly helps to create water reserves in the stomach. even red blood cells (erythrocytes), unlike other mammals, they have nuclei and an oval shape. thanks to the calluses on the chest, wrists, elbows and knees, camels can safely lie on the hot sand. scientists have established an unusual phenomenon there is practically no urea in the urine of a camel. it turned out that it enters the rumen fluid, where bacteria immediately use it for protein synthesis. moving through the gastrointestinal tract, the bacterial protein is digested and absorbed by the body. thus, the camel has a special mechanism that allows nitrogen to be repeatedly used to restore decayed american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org protein. in other animals, after deamination of protein amino acids, this nitrogen is already lost for the body and is excreted in the form of urea. the repeated use of nitrogen allows the camel to exist for a long time on a meager ration. fascinating stories about the camel made him the most remarkable animal of the desert. he drinks without any consequences salty and bitter-salty water, poisonous to humans and other animals. a bedouin deprived of water can save his life by sacrificing a camel, in whose stomach he finds liquid to drink. indeed, the rumen of a camel contains a significant amount of liquid, which can serve as drinking water for a person in a critical situation, despite the unappetizing appearance and unpleasant smell. a wanderer dying of thirst is ready to drink anything, including the liquid from the camel's rumen. all camels have excellent eyesight: they are able to notice a person from a kilometer away, and a moving car from 3-5 km away. animals have a well-developed instinct: they feel the source of water at a distance of 40-60 km, they easily anticipate the approach of a thunderstorm and go to where the showers will pass. despite the fact that the majority of these mammals have never seen large bodies of water, camels can swim well, tilting their body slightly to the side. a camel runs amble, while the speed of a camel can reach 23.5 km / h. some individuals of wild haptagai are capable of accelerating up to 65 km/h. list of sources used 1 titov v.v. features of morphology and ecology of camels of the genus paracamelus. southern scientific center of the russian academy of sciences, rostov-on-don. – modern paleontology: classical and modern methods. m.: pin ran, 2005. p. 161–166. 2 ruchkina g.a., vakhitova r.z. camel breeding. tutorial for university students. kostanay.: kostanai polygraphy, 2008. 142 p. 3 bogolyubsky s.m. origin and transformation of domestic animals. m.: 1959. 687p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org the effect of applying the strategy of educational scientific pillars on the level of performance of some handball skills among players misan university abbas taha hussein college of physical education and sports sciences / university of misan abbas_taha@uomisan.edu.iq munadhil adil kasim directorate of misan education, ministry of eduaction of iraq munadhiladil2016@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of the research is to identify the effectiveness of the educational scientific pillars on the level of performance of some handball skills among players misan university. to achieve the research objectives, the study employed the experimental method and utilised a quasi-experimental design involving two comparable groups. the first group, referred to as the control group, received traditional instruction, while the second group, referred to as the experimental group, was taught using the educational pillars strategy. the research sample comprised 30 students from the second phase. these students were intentionally selected to ensure equivalence, considering factors such as chronological age, height, and weight and proficiency. they were then evenly divided into two groups: an experimental group and a control group. the teacher's handbook included a representation of research tools for the implementation of the educational pillar's strategy. these tools consisted of an achievement test to assess the level of performance in handball skills among players, as well as a skills test. the experiment was implemented during the initial semester of the academic year (2021/2022) by the researchers. the experimental group was instructed using the educational pillars strategy, whereas the control group followed the conventional method of studying. the experimental and control research groups underwent the application of the scrolling and receiving, dribbling, and shooting from stability skill test. subsequently, the data required for statistical analysis and access to results were obtained. the findings indicated that there were statistically significant disparities in the average scores of the experimental group and control group regarding the proficiency level of certain handball skills among the players. significant statistical differences were observed in the mean scores of the two groups in relation to the skills of scrolling and receiving, dribbling, and shooting from stability skill. the magnitude of these differences was determined by assessing the effectiveness of the educational pillar's strategy. the findings indicate that the implementation of the educational pillar's strategy has a substantial applying, strategy, scientific, pillars, handball american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org impact on the performance level of certain handball skills among players of misan university. introduction educational institutions are widely regarded as a crucial factor in shaping the future, rendering education a pivotal strategy for societal advancement. it is worth noting that educational technology has undergone significant evolution, beyond mere acquisition of modern devices, to align with contemporary developments (zhuang & liu, 2022). numerous scientific studies have suggested that the most effective teaching methods can be achieved through the strategic utilisation of modern innovations and educational technology, rather than the mere addition of new educational materials, programs, or tools (mora et al., 2020). the primary objective of these studies is to enhance the quality of education and promote positive outcomes for learners (hebebci, bertiz & alan, 2020). physical education curricula and activities are predominantly focused on practical application (cassar et al., 2019). as such, educational techniques that utilise visual and audio aids, tools, and equipment play a crucial role in emphasising the distinct components of movement (aartun et al., 2022). these techniques also enhance the enjoyable and engaging aspects of the teaching process, which ultimately leads to increased learner attention and improved acquisition of physical education curricula activities (barba-martín et al., 2020). the educational pillars approach is an educational system that prioritises the active engagement, mobility, and interactivity of learners in educational contexts (çakmak, 2022). this approach tailors' educational activities and resources to the learners' abilities, readiness, and prior knowledge, with the ultimate goal of meeting their educational needs and enhancing their motivation towards learning (archambault, leary & rice, 2022). thus, increasing their experiences and developing their skills and abilities, and the concept of educational pillars is based on providing the temporary assistance that the learner needs, and the assistance may be in the form of hints or indicative information with the goal of providing him with some skills and abilities that enable him to continue his learning, after which he is left to complete the remainder of his learning independently, relying on his own abilities to continue his education (lamrani & abdelwahed, 2020). according to pillar's (2021) assertion, the educational pillars' approach emphasises providing learners with temporary support through a variety of activities and programs, after which they are expected to complete the remainder of their learning independently. according to efthymiou and zarifis (2021), the strategy of educational pillars is one of the applications of the social constructivist theory developed by the russian-born psychologist "vygotsky," which is one of the learning theories that emphasise the cooperative activity of the learner, who builds his knowledge by himself, and with the assistance of others more experienced, as learning and knowledge building occur through the process of communication and social interaction. the educational pillars strategy seeks to facilitate the learner's ability to establish connections between their prior knowledge and the current educational context (archambault, leary & rice, 2022). it also aims to equip the learner with the necessary skills to effectively evaluate ideas, utilise available resources to address and navigate various situations, and ultimately achieve novel outcomes that contribute to their overall learning experience (drigas & mitsea, 2021). additionally, this approach emphasises the cultivation of independence and selfsufficiency throughout the educational process (bansal et al., 2022). according to jawad, raheem, and majeed (2021), the educational pillars strategy is characterised by a collaborative approach to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org problem-solving among students, with the guidance of the teacher or mutual assistance among peers in an educational context. there are numerous methods for the educational pillars that are employed in education, such as segmentation, audiovisual media, feedback, the use of questions and recommendations, and audiovisual media (klingenberg et al., 2020). basic skills in handball are motor vocabulary with different duties, which are performed within the framework of the rules of the game, with or without a handball, and proficiency in the various forms of basic skills is one of the factors that contribute to success and superiority in handball (hidayat et al., 2023). hidayat et al. (2022) notes that teaching basic skills and advancing the level of skill performance must take into account the expansion of the base of basic skills and the transition from simple movements to complex movements, as well as attention to the cognitive aspect through definition, understanding, and awareness of the game's rules, as well as attention to the evaluation process, in order to reduce time and effort. the researchers point out that modern educational trends in handball modern educational trends in handball necessitate the use of technological methods and methods based on providing a set of typical viewing lessons for skill performance, followed by practical lessons inside the stadium, to be accompanied by discussions, and notes shared by the teacher with the learners in evaluating the educational performance, which is watched using all available educational means such as films, slides, film tapes, audio and video recordings, and the internet, in terms of cognitive, skill, psychological, and emotional development. through the scientific and practical experience of researchers and their teaching of a handball course to students in the faculty of physical education and sports sciences, the concept of research has crystallized. they observed that there are a number of issues confronting those in charge of teaching, and that these issues are reflected in the instructional strategy employed in the educational process. it is a traditional learning method that relies on the teacher explaining and demonstrating the practical model of the skill to be learned, as well as correcting some technical errors, for a small number of students, without taking into account individual differences between students, despite the effectiveness of the traditional method in certain situations and under certain conditions. however, with the advancement of science, the increase in the number of students, and the development of teaching methods and curricula, they are no longer adequate to accomplish the learning objectives, resulting in a decline in the level of handball skill performance. the researchers, after reviewing the existing literature, realised that there was no investigation into the efficacy of educational pillars as a strategy for teaching handball, so they set out to do so in order to determine whether or not the strategy improved handball performance among students at the college of physical education and sports sciences. the objectives of the study the objective of this study is to examine the impact of implementing the educational scientific pillars strategy on the performance level of specific handball skills among the players of the misan university team. the hypotheses of the study 1. "there are statistically significant differences in the level of skill performance of the variables under study between the preand post-measurements of the experimental group, in favour of the postmeasurement". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 2. "there are statistically significant differences in the level of skill performance of the variables under study between the preand post-measurements of the control group, in favour of the postmeasurement". 3. "there are statistically significant differences between the two-dimensional skill performance measurements of the experimental and control groups, in favour of the experimental group, between the experimental and control groups". the areas of the study methodology research methodology and field procedures research methodology the researchers employed the experimental method with two groups, one experimental and the other control, because it was appropriate for the character of this study. research community and sample the research sample was selected purposefully from the second-year students of the faculty of physical education and sports sciences in the first semester of the academic year 2021/2022, with a total of (60) students. of the original community, (30) students were selected as a research sample with a proportion of (50%), the number of (20) students was excluded to conduct an exploratory study on them to determine the scientific coefficients (honesty stability) of the tests under study; therefore, the basic research sample consisted of (30) students divided into two groups, one of which is an experimental group and the other of which is a control group of (15) students. homogeneity of sample members: to assure the moderation of the research sample, the researchers determined the homogeneity of the variables under study using torsion coefficients, as shown in table (1). variables unit of measurement control experimental t m sd m sd variables growth age month 19.25 0.39 19.11 0.44 0.957 height cm 170.34 4.25 169.87 4.65 0.429 weight kg 66.57 5.86 67.33 6.06 0.502 basic skills scrolling and receiving number 9.33 2.54 9.73 2.72 2.34 dribbling second 22.57 4.81 23.09 3.93 2.66 shoot from stability degree 5.88 1.33 6.23 1.51 2.69 it is evident from table (1) that the torsion coefficients for all variables lie between (0.429 and 2.69), i.e., are bounded by three, indicating that the distribution of these variables is moderate. equivalence of the two research groups in the variables under study, equivalence was found between the two experimental research groups control, for which the moderation of the distribution of the members of the research sample was calculated. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org means and tools of data collection. 1. data collection tools 2. rustameter device to measure body height in centimeters. 3. medical scale calibrated to measure weight in kilograms. 4. computers and cd display. 5. medical balls tape measure colored adhesive tape, stopwatch. 6. handball and handball balls. ❖ means of data collection 1. first: measuring growth rates: these include (age height weight). 2. second: physical tests: to identify skill variables and determine the tests that measure these variables, the researchers designed a questionnaire to survey the opinions of experts on determining the most important skill requirements and how to measure them. the form was presented through personal interviews with experts, and the researchers were satisfied with the opinions of eighty percent of the experts to determine technical skills and how to measure them. 3. third: skill tests: ❖ scrolling and receiving. ❖ dribbling. ❖ shoot from stability. exploratory study the exploratory study was conducted from 20-2-2022 to 27-2 2022 on a sample of twenty (20) individuals from the research community and from outside the research sample to determine the following: 1. the suitability of the tests used for the members of the research sample. 2. conducting scientific transactions (honesty stability) for the research-involved evaluations. scientific transactions (honesty stability) for the tests used first: honesty coefficient the researchers used the sincerity of differentiation between two groups, one of which is a skillfully distinguished group of (20) college students and the other of which is a non-skillfully distinguished group of (20) students from the research community and outside the basic research sample and calculated the significance of the differences between the results of the two groups in the variables under study. second: stability coefficient: to calculate the stability coefficient of the variables under study, the researchers applied the test and reapplied it five days later to the members of the exploratory research sample between 20-2-2022 2022 and 27-22022, and then calculated the simple correlation coefficient between the correlation coefficients between the first and second applications of the survey sample in the skill vs. knowledge matrix. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org table 2: shows the correlation coefficient and subjective honesty of all tests that enjoyed a high degree of truthfulness. no tests honesty coefficient stability coefficient 1 scrolling and receiving 89% 93% 2 dribbling 87% 93% 3 shoot from stability 88% 92% educational program using educational pillars the educational pillars are: 1. setting educational goals. 2. analysis of the skill of peaceful dialogue and correction. 3. determining ways to achieve objectives. 4. designing the educational program using educational pillars in its initial form. initial experimentation of the educational program using educational pillars. first, goal setting: using the educational pillars, the researchers have identified the educational program's goals, which include teaching the skills of scrolling and receiving, dribbling, and shoot from stability in handball to students at the college of physical education and sports sciences. second: analysis of the skill of scrolling and receiving, dribbling, and shoot from stability: the researchers analysed the scrolling and receiving test, the dribbling test, and the shoot from stability skill test in order to identify the content of each skill from the technical and educational steps, knowledge, and graded exercises for each skill in order to organise the content of the educational units so that the skill can be taught in the shortest amount of time. third: determining ways to achieve goals: the methods for attaining the goals of the educational unit were identified by implementing a series of educational principles, including the use of hypermedia to illustrate the various stages of the skills of scrolling and receiving, dribbling, and shoot from stability, as demonstrated in educational video recordings, still images, as well as the use of cooperative learning in learning skills, feedback, the use of questions, and the most important educational pillar is the presence of the teacher with students during the period of learning skills, in addition to the use of immediate reinforcement, are employed to increase the student's motivation for education. fourth: designing the educational program using educational pillars in its initial form: the educational programme was developed by researchers based on the foundational principles of education. the programme is implemented over a period of six weeks, with two lessons scheduled per week. each lesson has a duration of 90 minutes. the lesson incorporates one of the fundamental educational components, namely educational software with hypermedia, educational units in the cooperative learning style, and the teacher's utilisation of modelling, verbal explanation, and correction of technical errors. during the lesson, the teacher provided a comprehensive overview of the subject matter by engaging students in stimulating questions and encouraging critical thinking about the various elements of the lesson, the students engaged in collaborative group work, wherein the teacher transferred educational responsibilities to the students. the support previously provided by the teacher american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org was discontinued, and instead, the student's performance was assessed until mastery of the learning objectives was achieved. following the transfer of responsibility, the student's level of autonomy increased, allowing them to learn independently without teacher intervention. furthermore, competitions were organised among the students to foster motivation and encourage skill development. the researchers introduced the educational program's content, initially structured around educational pillars, to a cohort of teaching methodology professors and badminton instructors from the teaching community. in order to assess the validity of the educational pillars, a group of professors specialising in teaching methods and badminton from the faculties of physical education and sports sciences were selected. the purpose of this study was to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the educational pillars and to ensure their reliability: 1. the suitability of the educational pillars in relation to skill development and goal attainment. 2. the efficacy of the educational progression of each unit in attaining learning outcomes within a minimal timeframe. the findings of a survey conducted among experts revealed unanimous consensus (100%) regarding the substance of the proposed educational curriculum. fifth: initial experimentation of the educational program using educational pillars: the researchers conducted a supplementary study involving a subset of 20 students who were not part of the primary research sample and were from a different research community. the study took place from october 14, 2022, to october 18, 2022. the objective of the study was to implement a specific component of the educational programme utilising the foundational principles of education. the results of the study indicated that: 1. suitable educational pillars to learn the skills of dialogue and peaceful correction and members of the research sample. 2. the importance of feedback by the teacher in correcting technical errors. 3. the fun of learning with educational software with hypermedia. thus, the content of the educational program using the educational pillars in its final form became applicable to the members of the experimental group. main experience pre-tests pretests were conducted on the participants belonging to both the experimental and control groups on 28 -22022, in order to collect data on the variables being investigated. apply the tutorial using educational pillars the educational programme was implemented on the experimental group over a duration of six weeks. the programme consisted of two educational units per week, with each unit lasting 90 minutes. the instructional materials included computer presentations, illustrative pictures, and practical demonstrations by the teacher, each lasting 15 minutes. additionally, there was a 15-minute period for physical preparation and readiness, followed by a 55-minute period for the educational and applied activities based on the research's educational pillars. the programme concluded with a 5-minute final segment. in contrast, the control group received instruction using the traditional teaching method during the period from 6-32022, to 8-52022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org post-tests the dimensional measurements of the experimental research groups, and namely the control group, were conducted on 10-52022. these measurements were performed on the variables under investigation, following the same order and conditions as the pre-tests. statistical treatments under research: ❖ arithmetic means. ❖ standard deviation. ❖ the median is a simple correlation coefficient. ❖ test "t". ❖ torsion coefficient. results presentation and discussion of results: first: presentation of results table 3: shows the significance of the differences between the averages of the preand postmeasurement of the experimental group. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig m sd m sd scrolling and receiving number 4.11 1.23 5.03 1.34 4.92 0.000 dribbling second 2.14 1.01 3.31 1.09 3.37 0.000 shoot from stability degree 10.33 2.77 13.31 1.89 5.17 0.000 the analysis of table 3 reveals that there exist statistically significant disparities between the pre-test and post-test results of the experimental group, specifically in relation to the variables being investigated. table 4: shows the significance of the differences between the averages of the preand postmeasurement of the control group. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig m sd m sd scrolling and receiving number 4.11 1.23 5.03 1.34 4.92 0.000 dribbling second 2.14 1.01 3.31 1.09 3.37 0.000 shoot from stability degree 10.33 2.77 13.31 1.89 5.17 0.000 "the analysis of table 4 reveals statistically significant differences in the variables under investigation between the preand post-tests of the control group, namely in the valid post-test". table 5: shows the significance of the differences between the telemetric averages of the experimental and control group. variables unit of measurement control experimental t sig m sd m sd scrolling and receiving number 5.03 1,34 8.77 1.54 4.53 0.000 dribbling second 3.31 1.09 4.82 1.14 5.92 0.000 shoot from stability degree 13.31 1.89 16.94 2.12 5.44 0.000 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org table (5) shows there are statistically significant differences between the experimental and control groups on post-tests that were valid for the experimental group. second: discussion of the results: discussion of the results of the first hypothesis: the findings presented in table 3 indicate that there were statistically significant disparities, at a significant level of 0.05, between the preand post-tests of the experimental group in relation to the variables being investigated. these differences favoured the post-measurement. the researchers ascribe the enhancement in the variables being investigated in the experimental group to the efficacy of employing the educational pillars of hypermedia educational software and cooperative learning modules. the enhancement of students' ability to retrieve studied information easily is facilitated through the implementation of various instructional strategies, such as modelling, verbal explanation, and error correction by the teacher. these strategies provide gradual assistance to learners during the learning process, either by the teacher or their peers. consequently, this fosters continuous interaction within the educational setting, leading to the acquisition, organisation, and retrieval of knowledge. moreover, the utilisation of educational pillars in teaching helps to address challenges associated with large class sizes and individual differences among students. in the process of enhancing, one's proficiency in dialogue and the ability to effectively transmit and receive information, this finding aligns with the assertion made by luo, yang, and yuille (2021) that the educational pillars' strategy involves employing a variety of teaching methods within educational units to cater to the needs, abilities, inclinations, and levels of learners. this necessitates teachers to streamline and adapt content, as well as diversify teaching methods and learning activities, in order to address the diverse requirements of individual learners and groups, thereby optimising learning opportunities for all students in the classroom. therefore, it is imperative to prioritise the attainment of favourable educational results, the cultivation of the learner's character, and the commitment to actively pursue educational objectives. this finding aligns with the outcomes reported by drigas and mitsea (2021) as well as ramatov et al. (2022) in their respective investigations on the efficacy of employing educational pillars for the acquisition and proficiency in both theoretical and practical subjects. according to archambault, leary, and rice (2022), the educational pillars encompass the provision of temporary assistance to learners. this assistance can take the form of hints or guidance information, aimed at equipping learners with the necessary skills and abilities to facilitate their ongoing learning. subsequently, learners are expected to independently pursue the remaining aspects of their learning, relying on their own capabilities to explore new concepts and acquire knowledge. "therefore, the first hypothesis of the study posits that there exist statistically significant disparities between the preand post-tests of the experimental group regarding the level of skill performance of the variables being investigated, with a preference towards the post-tests". discussion of the results of the second hypothesis: the results displayed in table 5 demonstrate that there were statistically significant disparities, at a significance level of 0.05, between the pre and post-tests of the control group with regards to the variables under investigation. the observed enhancements in the aforementioned variables within the control group are ascribed to the beneficial influence exerted by the instructor employing a directive instructional approach. this approach entails the professor verbally elucidating the skill, providing a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org precise description thereof, demonstrating a practical model of the skill, and offering ongoing feedback and evaluation throughout the instructional period. consequently, these instructional strategies collectively contributed to the amelioration of the targeted skills in the study. the findings align with the assertions made by wollesen et al. (2020) that the conventional approach to acquiring motor skills yields favourable outcomes in terms of both motor and cognitive proficiency. this can be attributed to the active involvement of the teacher, who facilitates the learning process through strategic lesson planning, effective content delivery, assessment of learning outcomes, and the provision of diverse guidance and instructions to rectify technical errors. thus, the validity of the second hypothesis of the research, which states: there are statistically significant differences between the averages of the preand post-measurements of the control group in the level of skill performance of the variables under research in favor of the post-test". discussion of the results of the third hypothesis: the findings presented in table (5) demonstrate that there were statistically significant disparities, with a significance level of 0.05, between the scrolling and receiving, dribbling, and shoot from stability tests of the experimental and control groups in relation to the variables being investigated. these differences were observed in favour of the experimental group". the findings presented in table (5) indicate that the participants in the experimental group demonstrated greater improvement in the dimensional measurement of the variables under investigation compared to the participants in the control group. the researchers ascribe the superior performance of the experimental group compared to the control group in dimensional measurement to the efficacy of employing educational pillars. the utilisation of educational pillars enables teachers to promptly provide feedback to students, thereby facilitating immediate correction of their learning trajectory. additionally, the incorporation of educational pillars introduces an element of suspense and autonomy for students, reducing monotony and routine. these factors collectively contributed to the experimental group students' outperformance of their counterparts in the control group across the variables examined in this study. this finding aligns with the findings of eguchi, okada, and muto (2021), who emphasised the effectiveness of incorporating educational pillars in instructional practises to enhance the pace of learning and proficiency in acquired knowledge. these pillars encompass the provision of necessary support to learners, which is facilitated through the utilisation of educational technologies and contemporary teaching methodologies, such as cooperative learning. by employing these strategies, learners are empowered to successfully complete assigned tasks and develop independent learning skills, relying on their own capabilities. this finding aligns with the findings of previous studies conducted by archambault, leary, and rice (2022), jawad et al. (2021), and toshqo'zieva, nurmatova, and madaminov (2020), which also demonstrated that the utilisation of educational pillars is more effective than traditional methods in facilitating the acquisition and proficiency of theoretical and applied subjects. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org thus, the validity of the third hypothesis of the research, which states: there are statistically significant differences between the scrolling and receiving, dribbling, and shoot from stability tests of the experimental and control groups in the level of skill performance of the variables under research in favor of the experimental group". conclusions 1. the implementation of the educational pillar's strategy, which involves the utilisation of educational software with hypermedia and educational units in a cooperative learning style, has been found to have a statistically significant positive impact, at a significance level of 0.05, on the level of skill performance in the sport of handball. 2. increasing the effectiveness of the educational pillar's strategy in the context of command-based learning methods, specifically in relation to the enhancement of skill performance levels in the sport of handball. 3. the telemetry data collected from the experimental group, which received educational pillars, demonstrated higher rates of improvement compared to the control group, which received traditional learning, in terms of skills performance in handball. recommendations based on the findings and conclusions, the researcher proposes the following recommendations: 1. the present study focuses on the implementation of the educational pillars strategy and its impact on enhancing handball skills among students enrolled in the college of physical education and sports sciences at misan university. 2. training faculty members and their assistants in the educational pillar's strategy for teaching handball abilities to students in the faculties of physical education and sports sciences. 3. introducing the strategy of educational pillars in the terminology of the teaching methodologies course in faculties of physical education and sports sciences, along with a description of its benefits and implementation steps. 4. students in the faculties of physical education and sports sciences should be taught the various aspects of handball skills using the most effective teaching methods, as determined by additional scientific research in the field of education. references 1. aartun, i., walseth, k., standal, ø. f., & kirk, d. (2022). pedagogies of embodiment in physical education–a literature review. sport, education and society, 27(1), 1-13. 2. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). developing ball dribbling and passing skills using the integrative and reciprocal methods of emerging footballers. eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences, 11, 76-82. 3. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of a training program for the plyometric on the harmonic abilities and muscular ability of football players. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 6, 60-69. 4. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of an educational curriculum using the jigsaw strategy to learning skills of volleyball for secondary school students. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 160-168. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org 5. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of using the cooperative learning and blended learning method in improving the level of students performance in learning volleyball for secondary school students. american journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 11, 231-242. 6. archambault, l., leary, h., & rice, k. (2022). pillars of online pedagogy: a framework for teaching in online learning environments. educational psychologist, 57(3), 178-191. 7. bansal, a., greenley, s., mitchell, c., park, s., shearn, k., & reeve, j. (2022). optimising planned medical education strategies to develop learners' person‐centredness: a realist review. medical education, 56(5), 489-503. 8. barba-martín, r. a., bores-garcía, d., hortigüela-alcalá, d., & gonzález-calvo, g. (2020). the application of the teaching games for understanding in physical education. systematic review of the last six years. international journal of environmental research and public health, 17(9), 3330. 9. bloomfield, j., & fisher, m. j. (2019). quantitative research design. journal of the australasian rehabilitation nurses association, 22(2), 27-30. 10. çakmak, f. (2022). active participation in digital english language classes and elements for designing pedagogical strategies for online instruction during covid-19. computer-assisted language learning, 23(2), 216-234. 11. cassar, s., salmon, j., timperio, a., naylor, p. j., van nassau, f., contardo ayala, a. m., & koorts, h. (2019). adoption, implementation and sustainability of school-based physical activity and sedentary behaviour interventions in real-world settings: a systematic review. international journal of behavioral nutrition and physical activity, 16(1), 1-13. 12. drigas, a., & mitsea, e. (2021). pillars layers model of metacognition: educational strategies, exercises &trainings. international journal of online & biomedical engineering, 17(8). 13. efthymiou, l., & zarifis, a. (2021). modeling students’ voice for enhanced quality in online management education. the international journal of management education, 19(2), 100464. 14. eguchi, a., okada, h., & muto, y. (2021). contextualizing ai education for k-12 students to enhance their learning of ai literacy through culturally responsive approaches. ki-künstliche intelligenz, 35(2), 153-161. 15. hebebci, m. t., bertiz, y., & alan, s. (2020). investigation of views of students and teachers on distance education practices during the coronavirus (covid-19) pandemic. international journal of technology in education and science, 4(4), 267-282. 16. hidayat, y., yudiana, y., hambali, b., sultoni, k., ustun, u. d., & singhnoy, c. (2022). the effect of the interactive self-talk and mental imagery program on handball motor skills and selfconfident of youth beginner student-athletes. 17. hidayat, y., yudiana, y., hambali, b., sultoni, k., ustun, u. d., & singnoy, c. (2023). the effect of the combined self-talk and mental imagery program on the handball motor skills and selfconfidence of youth beginner student-athletes. bmc psychology, 11(1), 35. 18. jabbar, q. m., & kasim, m. a. (2023). social adaptation and psychological adjustment and their relationship to defensive skills in volleyball for the premier league. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 12, 134-143. 19. jawad, l. f., raheem, m. k., & majeed, b. h. (2021). the effectiveness of educational pillars based on vygotsky's theory in achievement and information processing among first american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org intermediate class students. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 16(12), 246-262. 20. kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of together learning on university students to achievement motivation. open access repository, 8(05), 57-65. 21. kasim, m. a. (2022). evaluation implementing cooperative learning in physical education college programs to basic handball skills learning in universities iraqi. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions, 3(04), 289-297. 22. klingenberg, s., jørgensen, m. l., dandanell, g., skriver, k., mottelson, a., & makransky, g. (2020). investigating the effect of teaching as a generative learning strategy when learning through desktop and immersive vr: a media and methods experiment. british journal of educational technology, 51(6), 2115-2138. 23. lamrani, r., & abdelwahed, e. h. (2020). game-based learning and gamification to improve skills in early years education. computer science and information systems, 17(1), 339-356. 24. luo, c., yang, x., & yuille, a. (2021). self-supervised pillar motion learning for autonomous driving. in proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (pp. 3183-3192). 25. mora, h., signes-pont, m. t., fuster-guilló, a., & pertegal-felices, m. l. (2020). a collaborative working model for enhancing the learning process of science & engineering students. computers in human behavior, 103, 140-150. 26. pillar, l. j. (2021). the pre-primary early childhood care and education (eece) programme in botswana: understanding its accessibility and quality (master's thesis, faculty of commerce). 27. ramatov, j., baratov, r., nazarova, n., khasanov, m., & erniyozov, u. (2022). patriotism is a strong pillar of national education. теория и практика современной науки, (12 (90)), 70-73. 28. salih, m. m. m., hashim, r. s., & kasim, m. a. (2021). forecasting achievement sports through cooperative learning in handball training in physical education. annals of applied sport science, 9(3), 0-0. 29. toshqo'zieva, z. e., nurmatova, s. s., & madaminov, j. z. (2020). features of using innovative technologies to improve the quality of education. theoretical & applied science, (5), 213-217. 30. wollesen, b., wildbredt, a., van schooten, k. s., lim, m. l., & delbaere, k. (2020). the effects of cognitive-motor training interventions on executive functions in older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis. european review of aging and physical activity, 17(1), 1-22. 31. zhuang, t., & liu, b. (2022). sustaining higher education quality by building an educational innovation ecosystem in china—policies, implementations and effects. sustainability, 14(13), 7568. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org a brief study of the life of ashrafi of samarkand ainiddinov ikhroriddin sharifovich doctoral student of the first part samarkand state university, uzbekistan, samarkand a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the biography of one of the famous personalities, a powerful scientist, a philosopher, a good doctor, a connoisseur of the science of logic and astronomy and a poet of the 12th century ashrafi samarkandi. in particular, the name, surname, environment and literary activity of the poet are investigated in the article. ashrafi, samarkand, library of poems, genealogy, tazkira, literature, history, muhammad avfi bukharai introduction many works of persian language artists were removed due to the invasion of the mongolian bunenkan, and most of what remains is in a fragmented state between complexes, safins and jungs. collecting and researching these gaps is accompanied by many difficulties, but it is one of the most important moments in the knowledge of the history and culture of the people of movarounnahr and khorasan. materials and methods ashrafi samarqandi of the humanist orators, however, is a powerful sixth syllable, the cabinet of his poetry has not yet been published. only on the basis of the poet's works and literary representations, he gave brief information about his life and scientific and literary activities. information from the poet's life is not contained in any of the works of his contemporaries. in the ashraf cabinet, in addition to the linguistic and literary favoid, important historical information was presented about the local rulers and kings of the karakhan series, who had a government in the vi kamar lodge in movarounnakh and provided the necessary data on the population. from this side, the ashraf cabinet is considered one of the most important literary and historical sources of this period. in order to get to know the personality and activities of ashrafi to this day, influential persons studying literature, history and philosophy have done significant work worthy of praise. however, until today, local scientists (in uzbekistan) lack essential information about the personality and poetry of the poet. both tajik scientists and large-scale scientific research have not been defended in tajikistan until today. it is a great honor for me that this research topic will be touched upon for the first time in uzbekistan. in the countries of turkey and iran, turkish and persian scholars have translated and researched some of ashrafi's works. an example of such a study, in particular, was published in 1391/2012 by persian researchers abbasbek joni and umid sururi under the title “ashraf cabinet of samarkand”. the book summarizes the main points of his literary life and activities. in addition to these poems, collected in collective form in the second part of the book, which deserves high value. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org ashrafi is one of the famous poets of tajik persian literature, known for his literary, historical and scientific works. regarding his life and work, scientific and historical sources have covered much less information. reliable sources where you can get information about this are tazkira, jungi and the literary works of the poet himself. despite the fact that the poet did not give a detailed explanation of his case in his office, when looking at his poems, he made a reference to his surname and biography. as a result of the study, most iranian and turkish scientists revealed some interesting moments of his life and work. "inference-l-poetry and zubdatu-l-opinion” is one of the most important scientific works for the study of ashraf life and activity, which provides a brief overview of the author's summary. in this book, "he wrote poetry in 12 31-string sheets on sponge paper in a thin line." "tazkirai butkhana" was compiled in the 11th century by muhammad sufi mazandarani with the help of abdulatif abbasi, which also contains 579 verses of ashrafi's poetry. one of the other important sources is "lubobu-l-al-bab" by muhammad awfi bukharai, the author provides information about his place of residence, personal identity and his meeting with him, which greatly contributes to the research of our work. there is very little information in the scientific and literary sources about the description of the situation and the works of ashrafi samarkandi. in addition to the three images mentioned above, including "nazim's image", "khairul-l-bayan image", "masudi's image", "safina khushghu", "tirmiz's ark", "safina", "ishaqbek's image" , "majma'u-l-fusaho", "seven climates", "otashkada", "latoifu-l-khayol", "al-mu'jam fi-maoyiri-l-ash'ari-l-ajam", "riyazu-shu'aro", " arafotu-l-ashiqin", "natoiju-l-afkor", "subhi gulshan", "jungi mulla sadro", "rayhonatu-l-adab" about life and examples from the works of ashrafi. the critics are focusing their attention on the scientific and literary heritage of ashrafi. in any case, we will talk about some important points about the biography, name, place of residence and biography of the poet based on the above-mentioned sources. in the correction, description and study of the composition of ashrafi's divan, more than tazkiras, written and printed texts were used. to study and describe ashrafi's life and works, paintings and battles have been the subject of our investigation. there is very little information about ashraf samarkandi's biography in literary and historical sources. we present some information about the biography of the author using the literary reviews and scientific research of iranian literary scholars abbasbek jani and umed sururi. most of the manuscripts of ashrafi's divan and later sources mention his name, but there is no confirmation of it in old sources and his own poems. there is no information about the names of his parents, but on the basis of these verses, which he himself sang, it can be assumed that his father or one of his ancestors was husain, the son of reza, or husain nicknamed reza. most likely, hasan is famous among the people, and ashrafi attributed himself to him: from the content of the mentioned verses, it is clear that he was a descendant of the holy prophet of islam muhammad (pbuh). with reference to "the light of the heart of fatima", "like my jewel from the waist of murtaza (the fourth rashid caliph hazrat ali karramallahu wajhahu)", "the rank of my soul to the arab rasul (muhammad s.a.w.)" and "my special respect to husayn (my favorite grandson) the prophet is the son of ali) reza (one of the imams of the ahl al-bayt, who belong to the prophet's family)" it is possible to know that ashrafi samarkandi is one of the sayyids. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org his nickname is "sharafuddin" based on the consultation he probably had with shihabuddin muhammad ghuri (602/) and also based on what taqi koshi said. however, in addition to "haft klima", "khairu-l-bayan" and "safina" books, he is mentioned with the nicknames "sayyid ashraf" and "sharafuddin", and most sources consider his nickname to be "muinuddin". among other respectable nicknames mentioned by the commentators in the explanation of his condition are "shamsu-l-fusaho", "ashraf soni", "sayyidu-l-fazilin", "sanadu-l-komilin", "imamul". -humam", "al-alimu-l-hakim", "sayyidu-l-fuzalo", "maliku-l-kalam", "sayyidu-l-kalam", "ashrafu-sh-shuaro". his pen name is definitely ashrafi and it appears many times in his poems. from the conclusion of scholars and commentators and the author's own poems, it is known that ashraf samarkand's nickname is "ashrafi". "samarkandi" refers to his birthplace, the city of samarkand, and his real name is "sharafuddin hasan". hosseini, sayyid ashraf are the nicknames attributed to him because of his sayyidzada. according to the sources, ashrafi samarkandi had several honorary names, nicknames and high titles, which indicate his greatness, status and outstanding personality. regarding the time and place of ashrafi's birth in historical and literary sources, there are all kinds of disagreements and conjectures. most of the sources do not provide information on ashrafi's condition or his birth date. perhaps it is because the author did not feel the need to introduce his personality in his time. because most famous scientists and poets are well known by their nicknames and poems. their popularity does not depend on the date of their birth and place of residence, but their legacy shows their greatness. ashrafi's place of residence is called samarkand by most of the tazkiranists, and some of the tazkiranists also called him the people of kashan, iran. the owner of "tazkirai butkhana" knew about the sadat of gulistan of samarkand, and the authors of tazkir "arafotu-l-ashiqin", "khairu-l-bayan" and "safina khushgu" in the neighborhood of ashrafi samarkandi mentioned another poet named "ashraf gulistani". , whose poems are also found in the copies of ashrafi's divan. taking into account the fact that in the geographical sources, there is no place called gulistan and gulistan near samarkand or in movarunnahr, it is possible to assume that "gulistan" in these sources is a variant of "kason". as a result, it should be stated that ashrafi was mentioned by tazkiranists sometimes from samarkand and then by the people of kashani, which raises doubts for the reader about the place of the poet's birth. our conclusion regarding the birthplace of the author is that ashrafi was originally born in samarkand, and some sources call him "koshani". because taqiyuddin avhadi's opinion about ashrafi gulistani and ashrafi samarkandi is that both poets should be the same person. from this point of view, we also support ashrafi's fact that he is originally from samarkand. in another of his works, "bashoratul-l-isharat fiy zamansih isharoti-l-wal-tanbihat" the author's name is as follows: shams aldin muhammad بن اشرف الحسيني السمرقاندي (shams al-din muhammad ibn ashraf al-husaini alsamarkandi). this information also confirms the fact that ashrafi is from samarkand. there is very little information about the details of the poet's biography until our time. tazkir writers point out that ashrafi spent his youth and middle life with official state and russian affairs and worked in the court for some time. at this time, he had a rich life and a great purpose, this is evident from the ode he sang to welcome rudaki's famous ode, in which he referred to his glorious past in the royal court. however, at the end of his life, the pain of old age and suffering made the poet very tired. in his poems, he describes his situation as follows: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org it is clear from the meaning of "the period of the state has returned and i am left in darkness" that the poet spent his youth and middle life in the "period of the state" and passed the end of his life "in darkness" with suffering and pain. this information shows that at the end of his life ashrafi suffered from eye pain. in some of his poems, he mentioned his eye pain. the famous photographer muhammad avfi bukharai also introduced him to "garongushi" during the meeting with ashrafi. sayyid ashraf asam kashoni says this opinion of avfi, the owner of the painting "safina sino" and ashraf. the nickname asam is given to people who are deaf. after the information, we can come to the conclusion that ashrafi called his old age "a period of hardship and weakness". in particular, his deafness and eye pain made the poet old and tired. it should be said that there is no information about asharafi's education, teachers, parents and relatives in any sources. if it exists, it may have been hidden from the eyes of explorers and researchers. in the course of researching the subject of covering religious and secular knowledge and the level of the poet's life, one can see some hints in his poem: later sources mentioned his death in three dates (565/1170 590/1194 and 595/1198), but of course all three dates are wrong, and his death definitely happened after 600/1203, because on the one hand muhammad awfi in in 597/1200, he met ashrafi in samarkand and had a meeting with him, and on the other hand, ashrafi sang a dirge on the death of kilich taghmojkhan ibrahim ibn husayn of samarkand (600/1203), the ruler of samarkand, and in praise of his son and successor nusratuddin kilich arslani osmani, who in the same history, he reached the kingdom and wrote a high ode. conclusion. the conclusions and arguments of each of the scholars are based on the information they have, and they did not have a specific opinion about the death of the poet. of course, knowing the poet's death helps to identify the personality, the time of his life, the literary environment, to determine the poet's following and literary influence. a more specific date of the poet's death is given by avfi in "lubabu-l-al-bab", which is close to the truth. it follows from the very meaning and content of the poet's poem that he was alive during the mongol rule. the way of looking and composition of his poems also shows the poetry of the same period. so it turns out that ashrafi died after 600/1203. references 1. catalog of copies of the central library of the university of tehran / volume 16. tehran: university, 1343. s. 699. 2. divan ashrafi/song of sharafuddin hasan ashrafi samarkandi (researched and edited by abbasbek joni, umed sururi). tehran: publications of the ambassador of urduhal, 1391. s. 65-70. 3. selection of the ashrafi divan, (written, majlis, 5956). s. 1127; ashrafi's collection, (written, ganjbakhsh library, 12687). s. 216. 4. conclusions (written, majlis, 16778). v. 1; 5. nazim's description (written, majlis, 1/1115). v. 40-104; majmaul-l-fusaho, volume 1. s. 362; 6. safina khushghu, first book, (handwritten, aligarh university, p. 34). -v. 188. 7. shamsiddin muhammad bin ashraf al-husaini al-samarkandi. basharatu-l-isharat fiy commentary on isharat-l-wal-tanbihat/research by ali uji. tehran: institute for the study of letter heritage, 1399. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org socio-psychological mechanisms of improvement of decision-making in managerial activities nazarov azamat sottarovich, doctor of philosophy in psychology (phd), international islamic academy of uzbekistan, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the scientific and theoretical features of managerial decision-making and socio-psychological factors that influence decision-making. management decision is the main activity of a manager. creates the direction, form and content of the work of a team of subordinates. the slightest gaps in management decisions can result in losses both for employees and, ultimately, for society. personality, staff, manager, individual personality traits, making decisions, conscious choice, determinism, indeterminism. characteristic for making a decision are the activity of the subject and his awareness to a certain extent of his own activity. the specifics of human management will be a constant struggle or conflict of motives. it is his resolution, or leveling, that is reflected in the leader's behavior as a choice of alternatives. at the same time, the potential of leadership abilities, motivational profile, and the ability to take risks are revealed. the leader's behavior expresses his mental organization and life experience. it is mediated by social attitudes, norms and traditions, relations prevailing in society, which largely determines the content and style of decisions made. the decision-making style has a decisive influence on the formation of norms and traditions, expectations, social attitudes and interpersonal relations in social groups. by the nature of the decisions made, by the ability to resolve problem situations, it is possible to make predictions about a person's ability to work with people, to perform the functions of leadership in general; it is possible to evaluate how the individual steps are carried out in the implementation of the solution, which occur mainly in the acts of communication and organizational relations. the weight of managerial activity in stressful social and psychological situations is especially significant. situations of this kind encourage accelerated decision-making when information and time are scarce. if the system is working properly, then decision-making becomes routine and the manager exercises control functions. but there are situations that involve a quick change in decision-making schemes, a search for little-known alternatives. in these situations, the status prescribes the intervention of the manager. thus, the management is accompanied by high search activity even before the need arises to carry out special professional activities for decision-making. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org every leader, regardless of his field of activity, performs similar actions when solving problems. most often, they include the following: diagnostics of the problem; formulation of constraints and criteria for decision making; identification of alternatives; the final choice. the advantage of group decision making is: in a better understanding of the essence of problems and ways to solve them; in a faster and "smoother" implementation of the decisions made in practice; in effective interaction, in the establishment of an atmosphere of cooperation; in the growth of self-awareness, self-affirmation of team members; in the ability to optimally combine the goals of the individual, the group and the organization as a whole. group decisions also have negative aspects: they open up a fairly wide field for the emergence of mutual misunderstanding, misinformation, group stereotypes, false group solidarity, etc. thus, the adoption of group decisions in joint management activities is not at all unambiguously optimal. some entrepreneurs can make the right decisions quickly and clearly, while other aspiring businessmen periodically experience difficulties in critical difficult situations. this is due not only to the presence or absence of some knowledge, skills and abilities, but also to the personal characteristics of the leaders. the following psychological factors especially influence decision making: 1. features of thinking (creativity, logic, speed of thinking, spatial thinking, etc.); 2. motivation (degree of interest in making certain decisions); 3. personal characteristics (anxiety, self-esteem, etc.); 4. business qualities (responsibility, perseverance, independence, sociability, etc.); 5. values and attitudes underlying priorities and predisposition to specific actions. 6. ethical principles that the leader adheres to (fairness, honesty, attention to people, etc.) the role of the human factor is manifested in two aspects: the influence of personal characteristics on the process of developing a managerial decision and personal assessments of an already existing solution. personal characteristics include: will, suggestibility, emotionality, temperament, professionalism, experience, responsibility, health, attention characteristics, parameters of thinking, etc. in turn, each person is characterized by the following basic parameters of thinking: depth, breadth, speed and flexibility. depth characterizes the analytical nature of a person's thinking, his search for cause-andeffect relationships within the analyzed situation. at the same time, a person can abstract from the surrounding elements. latitude reflects the synthetic nature of thinking, in which a person is able to assess the role of the analyzed situation in the general scenario of activity. the speed is determined by the time it takes to complete the task relative to the average level adopted in the given company. an employee can more quickly understand a situation or come up with an effective solution than others. flexibility provides a timely and justified transition to new methods of development and implementation of a management decision. according to v.a. smirnov, such qualities of a leader as practicality, optimism and pessimism have a great influence on the development of management decisions. the practicality of a manager or a specialist is associated with extensive work experience and the development of stereotyped approaches to the development of management decisions. for example, given the non-obligation of suppliers, such a manager will enter into standby contracts for the supply of the necessary resources for his company. if some supplier does not deliver the goods, then he will supply another. the manager's optimism is based on an overestimated estimate of the capabilities of the personnel, including their own, the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org company itself and the clients cooperating with it. in any economic, financial, organizational calculations and assessments there is always a fork (range) of acceptable input data and possible results, i.e. the employee is given the right (delegated authority) to choose the best option in a given range and be responsible for this decision. optimism must be supported by high professionalism in management and the technological capabilities of the company. optimistic leaders are good for the company. they increase the risks of implementing a management decision, both positively and negatively. they selflessly take on risky, but rewarding work for the company and often bring seemingly hopeless projects to a positive result. at the same time, it is necessary to decide how to correlate victories, defeats and stability. the head of the company must determine the measure of optimism or the ratio of such leaders among others. the manager's pessimism is based on an underestimated estimate of the capabilities of personnel, including their own, the company itself and the clients cooperating with it. the manager believes that the understated option will definitely be implemented, which will bring the company a stable, but small income. this approach can be effective in traditional, little-changing industries. for the head of the company, pessimists are also needed to make informed decisions and balance approaches to management decisions. considering the phenomena of the influence of a leader's personal qualities on the process of developing a management decision, one should take into account the varying degrees of stability of individual personal qualities. among the set of psychological qualities there are unchangeable, weakly changeable and strongly changeable. the unchangeable ones include: temperament, genetically determined reactions and the type of higher nervous activity; to slightly changeable suggestibility, level of emotionality, nature of attention, propensity to take risks and parameters of thinking; to strongly changeable will, responsibility, sociability. according to this author, there is a model of a successful leader that provides the maximum opportunity for the successful development and implementation of management decisions. this set includes: sociability, decisiveness, professionalism, openness, curiosity, result orientation, self-confidence and thirteen other characteristics. common sense dictates that it is impossible to find a person with such a set of so many ideal psychological qualities, which means that among these qualities there are less and more important ones. references 1. назаров а. психологические особенности руководителей, влияющие на принятие управленческих решений //молодой ученый. – 2019. – №. 44. – с. 298-300. 2. nazarov a. s. psychological analysis of levels of administration of management decisions //вопросы экономики и управления. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 1-5. 3. умаров б. м., назаров а. с. низоли вазиятларда бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишнинг ташкилий ва ижтимоий-психологик механизмлари //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 7. – с. 352353. 4. nazarov a. s. et al. қарор қабул қилиш бошқарув фаолиятининг психологик мезони сифатида //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 280-282. 5. назаров а. с. adoption of management decisions as the main function of the modern manager //проблемы современной экономики. – 2020. – с. 7-12. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org 6. назаров а. с., худайбергенова з. socio-psychological features of management decision-making //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 50. – с. 430-432. 7. nazarov, a. s. (2021). rahbar faoliyatida boshqaruv qarorlarini qabul qilish tamoyillarini ijtimoiy-psixologik xusususiyatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 1(special issue 2), 342-348. 8. назаров, а. с. (2020). психологический анализ уровней принятия управленческих решений и факторов, влияющих на него. молодой ученый, (21), 739-740. 9. mengboevich, u. b., & sottarovich, n. a. (2021). social and psychological characteristics of the leader in the implementation of management decisions. science time, (10 (94)), 31-35. 10. umarov, b. m., & nazarov, a. s. socio-psychological aspects and mechanisms affecting management decision-making in the activities of the head. международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 29 (том 1)(октябрь, 2021). дата выхода в свет: 31.10. 2021., 91. 11. назаров, а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили. 12. nazarov, a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity. международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022., 77. 13. nazarov, a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations. международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 34 (том 1)(март, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 31.03. 2022., 131. 14. sottarovich, n. a., & zilola, k. (2022). psychological mechanisms for making managerial decisions in management activities. science time, (2 (98)), 27-33. 15. umarov, b., & nazarov, a. psychological models of behavior of managers in the process of making management decisions. 16. nazarov a. s. psychological analysis of levels of administration of management decisions //вопросы экономики и управления. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 1-5. 17. назаров а. психологические особенности руководителей, влияющие на принятие управленческих решений //молодой ученый. – 2019. – №. 44. – с. 298-300. 18. nazarov a. s. et al. қарор қабул қилиш бошқарув фаолиятининг психологик мезони сифатида //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 280-282. 19. умаров б. м., назаров а. с. низоли вазиятларда бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишнинг ташкилий ва ижтимоий-психологик механизмлари //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 7. – с. 352353. 20. назаров а. с., худайбергенова з. socio-psychological features of management decisionmaking //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 50. – с. 430-432. 21. назаров а. с. adoption of management decisions as the main function of the modern manager //проблемы современной экономики. – 2020. – с. 7-12. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org 22. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 9-14. 23. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 24. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103-109. 25. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org scientific-historical basis of studying the concept of spiritual-moral consciousness merzaev i. b. senior teacher tashkent state transport university, uzbekistan akhmedov u. f. student, tashkent state transport university, uzbekistan muqimov o. e. student, tashkent state transport university uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the relationship of man to the world, historical importance, thinking, consciousness and views, the history of the development of spiritual and moral consciousness, views, different attitudes and approaches to the place of man in society. society, history, process, spirituality, reality, person, -morality, evolution, structure. introduction there are definitions of the concept of "spiritual-moral consciousness" in the scientific literature, but there is no unanimity in understanding this concept. its core is the concepts of "spirituality" and "ethics" and its signs are visible in practice. but it is the spiritual-ethical consciousness that has not been sufficiently explored in the research conducted on social philosophy. even the concept of "spiritualmoral consciousness" does not exist in most dictionaries. for this reason, let's focus on the issue of "consciousness", which is closest to "spirituality" in philosophy. the relationship between them is so close that there cannot be consciousness without spirituality or spirituality without consciousness. but this does not mean that spirituality and consciousness are the same thing. spirituality is a phenomenon related to consciousness. consciousness expresses the generality of the essence, sensual and logical aspects of social and spiritual life, helps to know it. in this sense, philosophy appears as the foundation of culture. philosophical thinking pays more attention to the fact that the uniqueness of consciousness comes from the properties of matter and the natural conditions of its creation. consciousness as an awareness of existence, on the one hand, reflects the objective reality in the human brain and is objective in its essence, on the other hand, it reflects the subjective attitude of a person to the world, the evaluation of this or that event in reality by a person. consciousness emerges as an expression of a person's active relationship to existence. now we give a philosophical description of "consciousness". consciousness is one of the philosophical categories that express intelligence. consciousness is a set of spiritual, political, philosophical, religious and artistic views of a person. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org consciousness means mental reflection of existence, transformation of the objective content of reality into subjective content, as well as specific mechanisms and forms of understanding the world at its various stages and levels. it is in the subjective world specific to consciousness that reflection of objective reality and mental preparation for practical activity, planning, and development of goals and objectives are carried out. consciousness is not a simple mental perception, but a higher form of mental reflection of reality by a socially developed person. it is such a function of the human brain that its essence reflects the external world in a correct, generalized, goal-oriented and creatively modified form. consciousness is an emotional assessment of reality, ensuring purposeful activity. so, it can be seen from this opinion of the philosopher that consciousness is the ability to mentally understand the actions of a person and give an account of the events happening around him and at the same time in his spiritual world. consciousness reflects reality in the brain and is a mental form of activity that directs change. it can be understood from this that consciousness is a phenomenon unique to humans, and through this function, the brain's reflection of reality is summarized with the help of language and speech, constructive and creative reality is manifested, the spirituality of a person, emotions, experiences, dreams and hopes, fantasies and dreams, the inner being of a person, creates and shapes the process of realizing his own inner world. the spirituality and moral consciousness of a spiritually-morally conscious person is fully mature and strives for perfection. he can judge the environment as well as his self-respect (conscience), because when he respects himself, he can treat others in the same way. that is why spiritual and moral consciousness is a complex socio-psychological and cultural phenomenon. therefore, "spirituality," writes a. erkaev, adding to his opinion, "is the internal (mental) intellectual and fixed emotional (emotional) world of the nation, formed over centuries, the roots of which are inextricably linked with its historical experiences and social and cultural development." the study of the relationship between spirituality and consciousness does not leave the need to separately analyze the relationship of spirituality in society with a number of phenomena that are part of consciousness. therefore, it is necessary to determine the scope and content of the concept of "spiritual and moral consciousness". in the philosophy of materialism, consciousness is primarily understood as the opposite of matter. in this interpretation, all mental phenomena, intellectual, moral, religious, legal, philosophical phenomena, as well as the unconscious, which is an alternative to consciousness, are included in the composition of consciousness. secondly, when talking about development in the philosophy of materialism, the material world is mainly meant. the development of consciousness refers only to the consciousness of a separate person, an individual. and social consciousness meant different views, currents, relations between them, but almost nothing was said about development. this is because materialism does not recognize the connection between material and spiritual phenomena. moreover, when thinking about consciousness, it is taken as form and content is neglected. this is particularly evident in the analysis of social consciousness. of course, the content of social consciousness has also been studied, but it has not been in the center of philosophical views. as can be seen from the various forms of spiritual and moral consciousness, the study of the relationship between consciousness and spirituality in harmony of form and content allows to determine the truth. determining the place of spiritual and moral consciousness in the structure of spirituality and enlightenment is also an important aspect of it. social consciousness is a set of feelings, ideas and views that reflect the spheres of society's life and represent the general level of spiritual life of society. it is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org manifested in the form of political and legal, moral, philosophical, religious, aesthetic views and experiences in society. civil society is a society of conscious individuals free from state influence and interference in social life, administrative pressures, and formed by free relationships of people, where there is ample opportunity for the direct realization of the creative potential and talent of young people. therefore, young people are the most ambitious force in the formation of civil society. this power is directly related to the formation of the spiritual and moral consciousness of young people. the spiritual and moral consciousness of young people has a special place in the socio-spiritual life of the society, firstly, because it is related to their worldview; secondly, related to the spheres of social life; thirdly, from a methodological point of view, knowledge of the socio-spiritual life of the society affects the society through study. therefore, it can be seen that young people have the ability to understand the essence of the conceptual idea "from national revival to national growth" and to practice it in real life. in addition, the development of young people into mature individuals with high spirituality is also reflected in the level of formation of spiritual and moral consciousness. references 1. asamaddinov e. ethical culture and its development features. philosophy is a science. candidate dis... autoref. ; ministry of higher and secondary special education of the republic of uzbekistan, tashsu. tashkent, 1999. 12 p. 2. erkaev a. spirituality is a symbol of the nation. t.: spirituality, 1999. 28 p. 3. ghulamov s. spiritual development is a factor of national revival // philosophy and law. tashkent, 2008. special issue. 9 b.nosirov rashod, and yuldashev bakhtiyar ergashevich. "structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform and prospects." european journal of molecular and clinical medicine 8.1 (2021): 1388-1396. 4. umarova, r. sh. (2019). bytie i filosofskie vzglyady abu raykhana beruni. dostigeniya nauki i obrazovaniya, (3 (44)), 32-33. 5. umarova, r. sh. (2019). basic spiritual and moral education of youth and work abu raykhana beruni. problemy nauki, (4 (40)), 56-57. 6. umarova, r. sh. (2020). natural philosophy abu raykhana biruni. vestnik science and education, (4-1 (82)), 35-37. 7. umarova, r. s. (2019). fundamentals of spiritual and moral education of youth in the works of abu rayhan beruni. problems of science, no. 4 (40). 8. умарова р. натурфилософия абу райхана бируни.// вестник науки и образования.m.4-1 (82) 9. умарова р . основы духовно-нравственного воспитания молодежи в трудахабу райхана беруни//проблемы науки, 2019. № 4 (40).с-56-57 10. dadasheva, a. a. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16-19. 11. inagamova m.m. cooperation of internal affairs bodies with civil society institutions in the protection of women's rights // philosophy and law social-political, spiritual-educational, philosophical-legal journal. #1. -t.: 2020. -b. 64-68. https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=11877070975841426306&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org 12. 13. dadasheva a.a. vzaimodeystvie organov predstavitetelnoy vlasti na mestax i samanuprulenii obshchestvennogo kontrolya. //grajdanskoe obshchestvo. civil society. civil society //. #2. 7075 -b; 2021 13. akida abduzhabbarovna dadasheva. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16–19 14. merzaev i.b. ahmad ferghani's historical legacy in his present day significance. science promotion/vol.2.no.2/october.69-73 pages 15. merzaev i.b. the life of hakim termizius and his doctrine. science promotion/vol.2.no.2/october.74-81p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org ensuring effectiveness of educational activity as a psychological problem tursunali xudaynazarov associate professor at the department of pedagogy and general psychology pedagogy at the national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the effectiveness of educational activities is the main criterion as the best criterion for assessing the level of quality of the educational process. in each education system (primary, general, secondary specialized, higher), the main task and goal is to increase the effectiveness of educational activities. factors influencing the effectiveness of educational activities and the dynamics of educational effectiveness are one of the pressing issues in psychology. education, teaching methods, effectiveness and phenomenon introduction the problem of ensuring the effectiveness of educational activities as the main criterion has always been an urgent issue of the educational system. improving the effectiveness of educational activities relies on methods used in various forms in the pedagogical process at all stages of education and scientific research of scientists. the problem of using these methods remains relevant even now, because, firstly, modern education cannot be carried out without these methods, secondly, modern life conditions require new approaches to using these methods, and thirdly, these methods are characterized by their compatibility with constantly dynamically changing conditions. indeed, after all, education is a complex, multifaceted process aimed at revealing the student's important strengths, forming positive social and moral qualities of a person, assimilating the experience of past generations, and understanding the specific social aspects of the society in which he exists. the main part at the current historical stage, higher education institutions are called upon to form a new generation of people with modern thinking and working methods. behavior and lifestyle of students is the social face of the student. any high moral principles, the most modern knowledge are useless if they are not reflected in the student's lifestyle. these aspects are an integral characteristic of a person. in this regard, the problem of educating young people during the educational process in higher educational institutions deserves special attention. effectiveness of educational activity serves as the main criterion as the best criterion for evaluating the quality level of the educational process. in each educational system (primary, general, secondaryspecial, higher) the main task and goal is to increase the effectiveness of educational activities. factors american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org affecting the effectiveness of educational activities, the dynamics of educational effectiveness have been one of the topical issues in psychology. several psychologists have expressed their views on this problem. m. v. gamezo notes that effectiveness in educational activities can be the cause of educational development as a sign of both the productivity of teaching and the full performance of tasks set in teaching. the highest rate of teaching effectiveness means that the technology in education is also used perfectly. also, gamezo emphasizes that the educational process, its organization and conduct should be directed to the manifestation of the individuality of the learner. it can be concluded that learning efficiency can be increased by allowing the learner to fully demonstrate his abilities. for this purpose, it is necessary to constantly use various technologies and methods in the educational process. a.n. leontev, every behavior of a person can show the productivity of his activity only when he enters into social relations with the community. in the effectiveness of the pedagogical process, a.n. leontev emphasizes the importance of establishing social relations as the main task. according to a.n. leontev, the main issue in educational efficiency is the mutual relations of the members of the learning group and the stability of relations with the pedagogue. if a stable relationship is established between the subjects of the educational process, it allows to increase the educational efficiency several times. the social situation also has a great influence as the main source for increasing the efficiency of certain activities of a person. this view is supported by scientists such as l.s. vygotsky, j.g. mead, and j. piaget. according to these psychologists, in order to increase the effectiveness of pedagogical activity, it is necessary to create a favorable social environment and situation, similar to the development of other activities. only then can the expected results in educational activities be achieved. it is considered a certain condition that the necessary efficiency can be achieved only if a favorable social environment in educational activities is formed. in order to increase the effectiveness of educational activities, we can include various elements in a favorable social situation, from the existence of the necessary material and technical base for education to the professional competence of the teaching pedagogue. for this reason, the influence of many subjects (students, teachers, administration, etc.) is required to ensure the social situation. v.v. rubtsov, who supported the opinions of the above-mentioned psychologists on the issue of increasing the effectiveness of educational activities, notes several problems in the issue of social relations in the educational process: the question of how to organize the individual and group learning process; how to organize study groups; the issue of allowing students to show their individual characteristics and recording them; the issue of effectively organizing the joint activities of pedagogues; the issue of correct and stable teacher-pupil relations. v. rubtsov noted that a quality social situation can be formed only when the right solution is found, and this can have a positive effect on educational efficiency. from the above information, it can be seen that many factors and tools can influence the increase in the effectiveness of educational activities. for this reason, psychologists have given different opinions on the issue of increasing the effectiveness of educational activities. for example, d.b.elkonin and v.v.davidov emphasize that it is necessary to change the structure of the educational process in order to increase the effectiveness of educational activities. a special model of the effectiveness of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org educational activity was formed in the model of the special developing learning mechanism developed by elkonin and davidov. this model consists of the following structural components: 1. contradiction. 2. needs. 3. motivation. 4. motivational field. 5. preparation. 6. readiness for new activities; 7. withdrawal from activity. it is emphasized that the consistency of these components can lead to an increase in educational efficiency. however, it should also be taken into account that the needs of subjects are not always clear during the training process. this can negatively affect the readiness of the activity. in addition, motivations may not be a sufficient factor in increasing the effectiveness of activities. determining educational efficiency with the level of mastery of students in educational institutions is one of the known methods. many factors affect the level of mastery: material condition, physical condition, age characteristics, family status, initial basic knowledge, ability to control one's behavior and other related individual and social factors. these factors and characteristics make it possible to assess the level of effectiveness of educational activities. in addition to the above factors, psychological characteristics and qualities such as the level of intelligence (the ability to acquire knowledge, skills and abilities to solve problems), creativity (the ability to create new knowledge), learning motivation and self-evaluation are also accepted by researchers as factors affecting the effectiveness of educational activities. psychologists such as b.g.ananev, a.a.lyublinskaya, l.v.zankov put forward the idea that it is necessary to develop teaching techniques and methods in order to increase the effectiveness of educational activities. b.g.ananev notes that the constant updating of educational methods, the development of new pedagogical technologies, and the use of new pedagogical methods in junior high schools have an effect on increasing the effectiveness of education. testing of new pedagogical technologies and teaching methods from the stage of the primary grades of the educational process leads to an increase in the interest of students in learning, the formation of their positive attitude towards innovation, and an increase in the effectiveness of the educational process. it is appropriate to take into account the professional competence of pedagogues in the formation of modern pedagogical technologies. the reason is that pedagogues need sufficient knowledge and skills in their fields to be able to develop, master and implement new technologies. for this reason, it is necessary to have sufficient knowledge and skills of educators among students to improve educational efficiency. a.a. lyublinskaya notes that various tools and subjects should be used in the implementation of techniques and methods used in education. the author states that the methods of teaching with the help of usable objects serve to increase the educational efficiency in primary and senior classes, as well as in vocational educational institutions. pedagogical techniques of this style help to accelerate the educational process of students, develop skills and abilities while developing brain activity of students, and cause a sharp increase in educational efficiency. taking into account the opinions of a.a. lyublinskaya, it should be noted that the organization of the educational process with the help of special tools of pedagogical techniques promoted by lyublinskaya requires a sufficient material and technical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org base. providing all educational institutions with a material and technical base is a time-consuming process. l.v. zankov put forward the idea of forming new methods aimed at showing and developing the individual characteristics of students. l.v. zankov, directing educational methods and techniques to the formation of individual characteristics and abilities of students, developing new pedagogical methods in accordance with the development of individual characteristics, increases the interest of students in the lesson, which leads to the development of educational efficiency. this idea requires the development of various personal development methods and techniques and their application to the educational process. also, allowing students to show their talents individually, forces them to consider the issue of developing each of their abilities and qualities in a homogeneous environment. the reason is that in the socio-psychological environment of the educational group, students with different abilities may face certain obstacles in their self-expression. such barriers include group values, group leaders, and the influence of an authority figure (teacher, administration representative) for the group. formal and informal leaders in the classroom can influence the psychological environment in the group, the ability and qualities of other students to manifest. for this reason, teaching methods should be multilevel, multi-characteristic oriented. ya. a. menchinskaya, d. n. bogoyavlenskyi, e. n. psychologists such as kabanova-meller emphasize. ya. a. menchinskaya's main scientific research topic was mental development. the researcher emphasizes that the personal qualities and abilities of the student are more important than the skillful pedagogue in the learning of the students. if in the previous pedagogical views it was emphasized that pedagogical skills and professional competence of the teacher are important in mastering the subject, according to ya.a. menchinskaya, it is necessary to organize the lessons taking into account the individual characteristics of the students, and to distribute the tasks according to the personal abilities and character qualities of the students. for this reason, ya. menchinskaya emphasizes that a talented student is a more important factor in educational efficiency than a talented pedagogue. in addition, it emphasizes the importance of teaching and learning processes in educational effectiveness, not as separate processes, but as a parallel process that requires each other. ya.a. menchinskaya's scientific research on educational efficiency has scientific-theoretical and practical significance in the fields of psychology and pedagogy, and serves as one of the primary programs in the organization of special education. it also serves as an important theoretical basis for the establishment of an inclusive education system. ya.a.menchinskaya's scientific views can be useful in increasing educational efficiency in the special education system. but the researcher's ideas are not enough in the secondary education system. d.n. bogoyavlenskyi's scientific research was considered one of the main scientific research issues in mastering school education. also, bogoyavlensky conducted his scientific research on the formation of the ability to study in schoolchildren, the formation of thinking in the educational process of schoolchildren. according to the scientific conclusions based on the scientist's researches, it is possible to improve the quality of education by forming mastery skills and developing the thinking of students. according to this idea, the main goal of the educational process should be the formation of mastery skills, not mastery. in addition, it is emphasized that the subjects being taught should not be based on mechanical memory, but thinking should be the primary factor in the learning process. bogoyavlinsky notes the selection of students at school and their admission to school as one of the factors affecting educational efficiency. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org on the issue of improving educational efficiency in education. scientific works of e. n.kabanovameller are also noteworthy. scientific works of e.n.kabanova-meller serve as a very valuable basis for the topic of developmental education. in their research, scientists emphasize the need for proper organization of the educational process in order to improve educational efficiency. properly organized education should develop other qualities and characteristics of a person in addition to the function of gathering information and increasing intelligence. this leads to a further increase in mastery rates and a transformation of education from simple informational education to personality development education. [9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21]. e. kabanova-meller has developed her scientific concept on the issue of developmental education, and in her concept, it is necessary to go through the following practical stages in the organization of developmental education: 1. generalization of all educational links (programs, textbooks, methods) lessons. generalization is required both within and across disciplines; 2. determine the teaching methods of each subject and form them according to the students; 3. the imparted knowledge should be able to connect the students' thinking and emotional sphere; 4. forming methods of managing students' educational activities. e. n. kabanova-meller's concept served as an important theoretical basis of its time in increasing educational efficiency in the general education system. the scientist, through his concept, tried to emphasize the developmental task of education, and in addition to training a narrow range of specialists and imparting basic knowledge, the scientist paid attention to the adaptation of the person to the social order, the development of the individual characteristics and personality qualities of the person. the issue of the effectiveness of educational activities as a topical issue has been the subject of several scientific studies and researches in world psychology. these scientific studies were carried out within the framework of educational processes and pedagogical activities in various fields. international scientific research on academic effectiveness is discussed below. with the development of modern technologies, additional opportunities and new teaching methods develop in the educational process. as a confirmation of this idea, the organization of the educational process through high technologies can be shown as an example. researchers of kantho university (vietnam) offer their research on the issue of organizing the educational process online with the help of information technologies. in this study, the level of effectiveness of online and offline classes of foreign languages, especially english, was analyzed. one of the unique aspects of this research work is the analysis of lessons conducted through the zoom platform and the google meet platform, and the effectiveness levels of traditional style lessons are compared. the study analyzed the effectiveness of two forms of education based on the following criteria: 1. efficiency level of the selected platform. 2. level of competence of teachers in both forms of education. 3. the degree of effectiveness of the form of education depending on the choice of students. 4. achievements of students. 5. learning environment. another important aspect of the researchers' scientific research is that in this research, not only students engaged in educational activities, but also individuals working in production were taken as research objects. this makes it possible to study the effectiveness of teaching and learning foreign languages on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org a wider scale. according to the results of this research, 1.01% of the students who studied foreign languages in the traditional form obtained the c1 foreign language level, while those who studied online did not achieve this result. 59.12% of traditional education students, and 59.04% of distance education students who reached b1 level. from the results of the research work, the traditional form of education can serve as an important factor for educational efficiency. it was also observed that the traditional form of education has a high level of emotional impact and impact on the cognitive sphere in learning foreign languages. from the information reviewed above, it can be concluded that the issue of educational efficiency is one of the urgent issues. the problem of improving and stabilizing educational efficiency is a problem that requires constant scientific research in the fields of psychology and pedagogy. for this reason, there is a demand to study this issue from different angles. literature 1. ananyev b. g. selected psychological works: in 2 vols. – m.: pedagogy, 1980. t. 1. 2. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 48-55. 3. vygotsky l. s. problems of mental development. collection op. : in 6 vols. – t. 3. m., 1983. 4. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 77. 5. назаров а. с. социально-психологические особенности принятия управленческих решений //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 58-62. 6. zankov l.v. selected pedagogical works. m.: house of pedagogy, 1999. p. 452. 7. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 914. 8. kabanova-meller e.n. educational activities and developmental education. m., 1981. 96 p. 9. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 10. leontyev a. n. selected psychological works. edited by v.v. davydov, v.p. zinchenko, a.a. leontyev, a.v. petrovsky. in 2 vols. – m.: pedagogy, 1983. 11. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. 12. sottarovich n. a. socio-psychological mechanisms of improvement of decision-making in managerial activities //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 19. – с. 60-64. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 13. lyublinskaya, a. a. to the teacher about the psychology of a junior schoolchild [text]: manual. for the teacher / a. a. lyublinskaya. – m.: education, 1977. – 224 p. 14. nazarov a. s. socio-psychological and organizational characteristics of decision making in management //turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry. – 2021. – т. 12. – №. 7. 15. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. psychological foundations of the moral qualities of a leader in decision-making //european journal of interdisciplinary research and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 213-217. 16. menchinskaya n. a. (ed.) psychological problems of schoolchildren’s academic failure. m., 1971. 17. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103109. 18. назаров а. с. основные психологические детерминанты, обеспечивающие процесс принятия решений в управлении //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 36 (том 1)(май, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 01.06. 2022. – с. 7. 19. menchinskaya n. a. problems of learning and development // problems of general, age and pedagogical psychology. m., 1978. 20. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 130-134. 21. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 34 (том 1)(март, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 31.03. 2022. – с. 131. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org communicative language teaching kurbonova nargiza samadovna senior lecturer at the international innovatsion university tibliyeva hidoyat yunusovna 22-04 group english language student of the international innovatsion university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s communicative language teaching (clt), or the communicative approach (ca) , is an approach to language teaching that emphasizes interaction as both the means and the ultimate goal of study. communicative language teaching, communicative approach, classroom activities, communicative competence. introduction learners in environments using communication to learn and practice the target language by interactions with one another and the instructor, the study of "authentic texts" (those written in the target language for purposes other than language learning), and the use of the language both in class and outside of class. learners converse about personal experiences with partners, and instructors teach topics outside of the realm of traditional grammar to promote language skills in all types of situations. that method also claims to encourage learners to incorporate their personal experiences into their language learning environment and to focus on the learning experience, in addition to the learning of the target language. according to clt, the goal of language education is the ability to communicate in the target language. this is in contrast to previous views in which grammatical competence was commonly given top priority. clt also positions the teacher as a facilitator, rather than an instructor. furthermore, the approach is a non-methodical system that does not use a textbook series to teach the target language but works on developing sound oral and verbal skills prior to reading and writing. language teaching was originally considered a cognitive matter that mainly involved memorization. it was later thought instead to be socio-cognitive: language can be learned through the process of social interaction. today, however, the dominant technique in teaching any language is communicative language teaching (clt). it was noam chomsky's theories in the 1960s, focusing on competence and performance in language learning, that gave rise to communicative language teaching, but the conceptual basis for clt was laid in the 1970s by the linguists michael halliday, who studied how language functions are expressed through grammar, and dell hymes, who introduced the idea of a wider communicative competence instead of chomsky's narrower linguistic competence. the rise of clt in the 1970s and the early 1980s was partly in response to the lack of success with traditional language teaching methods and partly by the increase in demand for language learning. in europe, the advent of the european common market, an economic predecessor to the european union, led to migration in europe and an increased number of people who needed to learn a foreign language for work or personal reasons. meanwhile, more american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org children were given the opportunity to learn foreign languages in school, as the number of secondary schools offering languages rose worldwide as part of a general trend of curriculum-broadening and modernization, with foreign-language study no longer confined to the elite academies. in britain, the introduction of comprehensive schools, which offered foreign-language study to all children, rather than to the select few of the elite grammar schools, greatly increased the demand for language learning. the increased demand included many learners who struggled with traditional methods such as grammar translation, which involves the direct translation of sentence after sentence as a way to learn the language. those methods assumed that students aimed to master the target language and were willing to study for years before expecting to use the language in real life. however, those assumptions were challenged by adult learners, who were busy with work, and by schoolchildren who were less academically gifted and so could not devote years to learning before they could use the language. educators realized that to motivate those students an approach with a more immediate reward was necessary and they began to use clt, an approach that emphasizes communicative ability and yielded better results. additionally, the trend of progressivism in education provided further pressure for educators to change their methods. progressivism holds that active learning is more effective than passive learning. as that idea gained traction, in schools there was a general shift towards using techniques where students were more actively involved, such as group work. foreign-language education was no exception to that trend, and teachers sought to find new methods, such as clt, that could better embody the shift in thinking. academic influences the development of communicative language teaching was bolstered by new academic ideas. before the growth of communicative language teaching, the primary method of language teaching was situational language teaching, a method that was much more clinical in nature and relied less on direct communication. in britain, applied linguists began to doubt the efficacy of situational language teaching, partly in response to chomsky's insights into the nature of language. chomsky had shown that the structural theories of language then prevalent could not explain the variety that is found in real communication. in addition, applied linguists like christopher candlin and henry widdowson observed that the current model of language learning was ineffective in classrooms. they saw a need for students to develop communicative skill and functional competence in addition to mastering language structures. in 1966, the linguist and anthropologist dell hymes developed the concept of communicative competence, which redefined what it meant to "know" a language. in addition to speakers having mastery over the structural elements of language, they must also be able to use those structural elements appropriately in a variety of speech domains. that can be neatly summed up by hymes's statement: "there are rules of use without which the rules of grammar would be useless." the idea of communicative competence stemmed from chomsky's concept of the linguistic competence of an ideal native speaker. hymes did not make a concrete formulation of communicative competence, but subsequent authors, notably michael canale, have tied the concept to language teaching. canale and swain (1980) defined communicative competence in terms of three components: grammatical competence, sociolinguistic competence, and strategic competence. canale (1983) refined the model by adding discourse competence, which contains the concepts of cohesion and coherence. an influential development in the history of communicative language teaching was the work of the council of europe in creating new language syllabi. when communicative language teaching had effectively replaced situational language teaching as the standard by leading linguists, the council of europe made an effort to once again bolster the growth of the new method, which led to the council of europe creating a new language syllabus. education was a high priority for the council of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org europe, which set out to provide a syllabus that would meet the needs of european immigrants. among the studies that it used in designing the course was one by a british linguist, d. a. wilkins, that defined language using "notions" and "functions," rather than more traditional categories of grammar and vocabulary. the new syllabus reinforced the idea that language could not be adequately explained by grammar and syntax but instead relied on real interaction. in the mid-1990s, the dogme 95 manifesto influenced language teaching through the dogme language teaching movement. it proposed that published materials stifle the communicative approach. as such, the aim of the dogme approach to language teaching is to focus on real conversations about practical subjects in which communication is the engine of learning. the idea behind the dogme approach is that communication can lead to explanation, which leads to further learning. that approach is the antithesis of situational language teaching, which emphasizes learning by text and prioritizes grammar over communication. a survey of communicative competence by bachman (1990) divides competency into the broad headings of "organizational competence," which includes both grammatical and discourse (or textual) competence, and "pragmatic competence," which includes both sociolinguistic and "illocutionary" competence. strategic competence is associated with the interlocutors' ability in using communication strategies. classroom activities clt teachers choose classroom activities based on what they believe is going to be most effective for students developing communicative abilities in the target language (tl). oral activities are popular among clt teachers, as opposed to grammar drills or reading and writing activities, because they include active conversation and creative, unpredicted responses from students. activities vary based on the level of language class they are being used in. they promote collaboration, fluency, and comfort in the tl. the six activities listed and explained below are commonly used in clt classrooms. role-play role-play is an oral activity usually done in pairs, whose main goal is to develop students' communicative abilities in a certain setting. example: the instructor sets the scene: where is the conversation taking place? (e.g., in a café, in a park, etc.) the instructor defines the goal of the students' conversation. (e.g., the speaker is asking for directions, the speaker is ordering coffee, the speaker is talking about a movie they recently saw, etc.) the students converse in pairs for a designated amount of time. this activity gives students the chance to improve their communication skills in the tl in a low-pressure situation. most students are more comfortable speaking in pairs rather than in front of the entire class. instructors need to be aware of the differences between a conversation and an utterance. students may use the same utterances repeatedly when doing this activity and not actually have a creative conversation. if instructors do not regulate what kinds of conversations students are having, then the students might not be truly improving their communication skills. interviews an interview is an oral activity done in pairs, whose main goal is to develop students' interpersonal skills in the tl. example: the instructor gives each student the same set of questions to ask a partner. students take turns asking and answering the questions in pairs. this activity, since it is highly structured, allows for the instructor to more closely monitor students' responses. it can zone in on one specific aspect of grammar or vocabulary, while still being a primarily communicative activity and giving the students communicative benefits. this is an activity that should be used primarily in the lower levels of language classes, because it will be most beneficial to lower-level speakers. higherlevel speakers should be having unpredictable conversations in the tl, where neither the questions nor the answers are scripted or expected. if this activity were used with higher-level speakers it wouldn't have many benefits. group work group work is a collaborative activity whose purpose is to foster communication in the tl, in a larger group setting. example: students are assigned a group of no more american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org than six people. students are assigned a specific role within the group. (e.g., member a, member b, etc.) the instructor gives each group the same task to complete. each member of the group takes a designated amount of time to work on the part of the task to which they are assigned. the members of the group discuss the information they have found, with each other and put it all together to complete the task. students can feel overwhelmed in language classes, but this activity can take away from that feeling. students are asked to focus on one piece of information only, which increases their comprehension of that information. better comprehension leads to better communication with the rest of the group, which improves students' communicative abilities in the tl. instructors should be sure to monitor that each student is contributing equally to the group effort. it takes a good instructor to design the activity well, so that students will contribute equally, and benefit equally from the activity. information gap information gap is a collaborative activity, whose purpose is for students to effectively obtain information that was previously unknown to them, in the tl. example: the class is paired up. one partner in each pair is partner a, and the other is partner b. all the students that are partner a are given a sheet of paper with a time-table on it. the time-table is filled in half-way, but some of the boxes are empty. all the students that are partner b are given a sheet of paper with a time-table on it. the boxes that are empty on partner a's time-table are filled in on partner b's. there are also empty boxes on partner b's time-table, but they are filled in on partner a's. the partners must work together to ask about and supply each other with the information they are both missing, to complete each other's timetables. completing information gap activities improves students' abilities to communicate about unknown information in the tl. these abilities are directly applicable to many real-world conversations, where the goal is to find out some new piece of information, or simply to exchange information. instructors should not overlook the fact that their students need to be prepared to communicate effectively for this activity. they need to know certain vocabulary words, certain structures of grammar, etc. if the students have not been well prepared for the task at hand, then they will not communicate effectively. opinion sharing opinion sharing is a content-based activity, whose purpose is to engage students' conversational skills, while talking about something they care about. example: the instructor introduces a topic and asks students to contemplate their opinions about it. (e.g., dating, school dress codes, global warming) the students talk in pairs or small groups, debating their opinions on the topic. opinion sharing is a great way to get more introverted students to open up and share their opinions. if a student has a strong opinion about a certain topic, then they will speak up and share. respect is key with this activity. if a student does not feel like their opinion is respected by the instructor or their peers, then they will not feel comfortable sharing, and they will not receive the communicative benefits of this activity. scavenger hunt a scavenger hunt is a mingling activity that promotes open interaction between students. example: the instructor gives students a sheet with instructions on it. (e.g. find someone who has a birthday in the same month as yours.) students go around the classroom asking and answering questions about each other. the students wish to find all of the answers they need to complete the scavenger hunt. in doing this activity, students have the opportunity to speak with a number of classmates, while still being in a low-pressure situation, and talking to only one person at a time. after learning more about each other, and getting to share about themselves, students will feel more comfortable talking and sharing during other communicative activities. since this activity is not as structured as some of the others, it is important for instructors to add structure. if certain vocabulary should be used in students' conversations, or a certain grammar is necessary to complete the activity, then instructors should incorporate that into the scavenger hunt. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org criticism although clt has been extremely influential in the field of language teaching, it is not universally accepted and has been subject to significant critique. in his critique of clt, michael swan addresses both the theoretical and practical problems with clt. he mentions that clt is not an altogether cohesive subject but one in which theoretical understandings (by linguists) and practical understandings (by language teachers) differ greatly. criticism of the theory of clt includes that it makes broad claims regarding the usefulness of clt while citing little data, it uses a large amount of confusing vocabulary, and it assumes knowledge that is predominately not language-specific (such as the ability to make educated guesses) to be language-specific. swan suggests that those theoretical issues lead to confusion in the application of clt techniques. where confusion in the application of clt techniques is readily apparent is in classroom settings. swan suggests that clt techniques often suggest prioritizing the "function" of a language (what one can do with the language knowledge one has) over the "structure" of a language (the grammatical systems of the language). that priority can leave learners with serious gaps in their knowledge of the formal aspects of their target language. swan also suggests that in clt techniques, the languages that a student might already know are not valued or employed in instructional techniques. further critique of clt techniques in classroom teaching can be attributed to elaine ridge. one of her criticisms of clt is that it falsely implies that there is a general consensus regarding the definition of "communicative competence," which clt claims to facilitate. because there is not such agreement, students may be seen to be in possession of "communicative competence" without being able to make full or even adequate use of the language. that individuals are proficient in a language does not necessarily entail that they can make full use of that language, which can limit an individual's potential with that language, especially if that language is an endangered language. that criticism largely has to do with the fact that clt is often highly praised and is popular though it may not necessarily be the best method of language teaching. ridge also notes that clt has nonspecific requirements of its teachers, as there is no completely standard definition of what clt is, which is especially true for the teaching of grammar, the formal rules governing the standardized version of the language in question. some critics of clt suggest that the method does not put enough emphasis on the teaching of grammar and instead allows students to produce utterances, despite being grammatically incorrect, as long as the interlocutor can get some meaning from them. stephen bax's critique of clt has to do with the context of its implementation. bax asserts that many researchers associate the use of clt techniques with modernity and so the lack of clt techniques as a lack of modernism. that way, those researchers consider teachers or school systems that fail to use clt techniques as outdated and suggest that their students learn the target language "in spite of" the absence of clt techniques, as if clt were the only way to learn a language, and everyone who fails to implement its techniques is ignorant and cannot teach the target language . references 1. nunan, david (1991-01-01). "communicative tasks and the language curriculum". tesol quarterly. 25 (2): 279– 295. citeseerx 10.1.1.466.1153. doi:10.2307/3587464. jstor 3587464. 2. jump up to:a b c j., savignon, sandra (1997-01-01). communicative competence : theory and classroom practice : texts and contexts in second language learning. mcgrawhill. isbn 9780070837362. oclc 476481905. 3. jump up to:a b bax, stephen (2003-07-01). "the end of clt: a context approach to language teaching". elt journal. 57 (3): 278–287. doi:10.1093/elt/57.3.278. issn 09510893. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org 4. jump up to:a b littlewood, william. communicative language teaching: an introduction. cambridge university press, 1981, pp. 541-545 5. jump up to:a b c d e f g h i mitchell, rosamond (1988). communicative language teaching in practice. great britain: centre for information on language teaching and research. pp. 23–24, 64–68. isbn 978-0948003875. 6. richards, jack c. communicative language teaching today. seameo regional language centre, 2005. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org global problems of humanity dilorom yuldasheva senior lecturer, department of social and human sciences, samarkand state medical university uzbekistan, samarkand a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article explores the global problems facing modern society. she emphasizes that these problems require the common efforts of all countries to solve them, since they affect the life of all humanity and determine the fate of civilization. the article points out the causes of global problems, such as contradictions and conflicts between people, as well as the responsibility of society for the consequences of technological progress. she presents several examples of specific global problems, such as interpersonal problems, problems in relations with nature and society, the problem of war and peace, environmental problems, problems of energy, climate, food and others. particular attention is paid to the problem of thermonuclear war, which poses a serious threat to humanity. the article emphasizes that all environmental problems have a common root in human activities that negatively affect the environment. progress, global problems, war and peace, terrorism, ecology, energy, climate. introduction progress moves humanity forward, but it also has a downside global problems. global problems of our time are problems that concern the vital interests of all people on the planet and cover many areas. they can only be solved through common efforts, if all countries unite for this. let's figure out what problems are global. signs of global problems in society: • they influence the lives of all humanity. • they arise objectively due to the development of society. • the fate of human civilization depends on whether we can solve them. • all global threats are interconnected. • they demand that countries work together to solve them. • these problems need to be resolved as soon as possible. reasons why global problems arise • people in the modern world live side by side. hence the contradictions, conflicts and problems that grow from local to global ones. • technological progress is not only a blessing, but also a responsibility. society is not always so well organized and conscious as to plan and be responsible for the results of its activities. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org literature review what global problems threaten the world in this era? already today, humanity is faced with threats that hang like a sword of damocles over the future of the planet. let us consider in more detail what global problems of our time we are talking about using examples: intersocial problems ✓ problems in the relationship between man and nature ✓ the problem in the “person-society” relationship ✓ the problem of war and peace; ✓ relations between nations, ethnic groups, races; ✓ economic, social and cultural backwardness; ✓ exploration of the world ocean and space; ✓ terrorism, etc. ✓ environmental, energy, climate, raw materials, food problems, etc. ✓ negative consequences of scientific and technological progress; ✓ dangerous diseases; ✓ insufficient protection of cultural heritage and diversity; ✓ demographic crisis, hunger, poverty, etc. the problem of thermonuclear war the threat of thermonuclear war is an example of one of humanity's biggest global problems today. its essence is simple: a third world nuclear war could destroy humanity. the total power of all nuclear weapons on the planet is 18 billion tons of tnt. this means that for every inhabitant of the earth there are 3.6 tons of explosives. if even 1% of earth's nuclear weapons go off, this will lead to the so-called “nuclear winter.” this phenomenon will destroy not only people, but the entire biosphere. ecological problems all environmental problems in the world have one root human activity that harms the environment. in the second half of the last century, several environmental disasters began to develop at once: ➢ the world ecosystem is destroyed; ➢ more and more species of flora and fauna are disappearing from the face of the earth; ➢ global climate change is occurring, as greenhouse gas emissions into the atmosphere are increasing; ➢ the ecological balance of nature is disrupted more and more territories are affected by disasters or are on the verge of disaster. pollution of the soil, ocean and near-earth space is destructive. it affects human health and quality of life, and threatens all living beings on the planet. affected areas become uninhabitable, and the sources of this damage prevent the biosphere from recovering and will ultimately destroy it. demographic problem this global problem affects the world population. there are two opposing trends in the world today. let's look at each of them. ▪ "population explosion" ▪ "zero growth" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org the population of countries in asia, africa and latin america is growing sharply. this is already leading to socio-economic problems in developing countries. if the problems are not resolved, the situation will worsen. there are more elderly people than young people in western european countries. this leads to the fact that the working population can no longer cope with the load and cannot serve the state at the same level. the problem of inequality of societies the global problem of inequality of societies is the tense economic relations between developed and developing countries of the world. the gap between them in terms of economic and cultural development is growing every year. thus, some countries in asia, africa and latin america cannot afford high growth in various industries, high-quality goods and medicine, which affects their standard of living. world food problem the global food problem is one of the most acute in the modern world. it is due to the fact that in the age of scientific and technological progress there are still people who cannot provide themselves with food. according to a report from the global hunger index portal, almost 50 countries around the world have an alarmingly high hunger index. according to forecasts, it will not be possible to reduce it to “zero hunger” in the coming decades. the problem of poverty according to the our world in data portal, a third of the world's population spends up to $10 a day, and every tenth person spends less than $2. this suggests that many developing countries are unable to provide an adequate standard of living for their citizens. in such states, people do not have access to high-quality medicine and many vital goods. this gives rise to other global threats problems of health and education in the world. the economic crisis caused by the covid-19 pandemic has exacerbated this and many other problems in developing countries. the problem of international terrorism terrorism is violent acts that criminals use to intimidate populations and achieve political goals. as a rule, terrorist acts are a lever of pressure on the authorities. reasons for the development of terrorism: • economic • social countries are developing unevenly. while some enjoy a high standard of living and technology develops, others experience hunger and devastation. the conflict between the values of the modern west and traditional foundations that are associated with religion and ethno-national issues one of the main dangers of international terrorism is its ability to intensify other global problems of society. today, terrorist groups have access to all the benefits of technology and funding through robberies, income from the shadow economy, etc. this makes the modern world vulnerable to terrorism. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org results other problems of the 21st century this was not a complete list of threats that are relevant to the planet. there are other, no less frightening problems of modern society. among them: o dangerous and often incurable diseases that spread quickly (aids, sars, covid-19, etc.); o lack of fresh water; o the problem of space exploration and the world ocean; o depletion of natural resources; o loss of monuments of the cultural heritage of mankind and more. how to solve global problems of humanity society has already taken the first step towards coping with the threats. scientists and politicians have assessed the scale of the disaster and proposed measures that will help us in the fight for the future. let us consider in the table a list of global problems of humanity and ways to solve them. the problem of thermonuclear war stop the arms race, establish and support the concept of a world without nuclear weapons, ban the development and use of weapons of mass destruction ecological problem create “clean” technologies, organize waste processing, make control of wastewater treatment plants more stringent demographic problem relax migration requirements, allow migrants from developing countries to replenish the population and support the economies of developed countries the problem of inequality of societies help developing countries: improve education, write off debt, allow goods from asia, africa and latin america to reach western shelves world food problem transform the agricultural system of developing countries, attract government support the problem of poverty help the economies of developing countries grow faster using the measures we discussed above the problem of international terrorism create counter-terrorism centres, develop and monitor an anti-terrorism strategy, strengthen the protection of crowded places that are more often attacked transport, concert halls, stadiums. conclusions there are also general rules that will help solve global problems in the future. 1. change people's consciousness: cultivate humanism among the population, discuss global problems in society. 2. study the causes and contradictions that aggravate global problems and create new ones. 3. unite the efforts of all countries: create technologies together, use a common fund of resources, study threats together, exchange information. 4. remember that humanity is faced with problems, the solution of which depends on the ability of countries to negotiate and work together. 5. observe and control global threats. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org references 1. stichweh, r. (2007). the eigenstructures of world society and the regional cultures of the world. in frontiers of globalization research: theoretical and methodological approaches (pp. 133-149). boston, ma: springer us. 2. strassoldo, r. (1992). globalism and localism: theoretical reflections and some evidence. globalization and territorial identities, 35-39. 3. knyazev, n. a. (2013). philosophical levels of analysis of the essence of globalization processes. novosibirsk state pedagogical university bulletin, (4-p), 38-47. 4. ганиев, к., тугунбоев, о., & ризаев, и. и. (2021). экологические проблемы современного общества и ихрешения. in наука и образование: актуальные вопросы теории и практики (pp. 601-603). 5. bondar, o. y. (2012). globalisation and philosophical challenges. rudn journal of philosophy, (3), 131-141. 6. kolosova, o. y. (2016). social and cultural aspects of globalization process. the edition is included into russian science citation index., 88. 7. mamedzade, i. r., & makhamatov, t. m. (2022). the dialectic of civilization: from ethnicreligious to global civilization. in philosophical aspects of globalization: a multidisciplinary inquiry (pp. 372-386). brill. 8. сафаров, а. и., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). зеленое строительство: преимущества и недостатки. in зеленая экономика: курс на устойчивое развитие в современных условиях (pp. 416-421). 9. endre, k. (2010). the dialectics of modernity. a theoretical interpretation of globalization. journal of globalization studies, 1(2), 12-26. 10. rossi, i. (2007). globalization as an historical and a dialectical process. in frontiers of globalization research: theoretical and methodological approaches (pp. 27-63). boston, ma: springer us. 11. campanella, m. l. (1990). globalization: processes and interpretations. world futures: journal of general evolution, 30(1-2), 1-16. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org engaging in information activities and employing interactive learni̇ng techniques nodir jamalov, phd, assistant professor, tashkent state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article focuses on interactive learning methodologies, highlighting the acquisition of knowledge and the development of skills and abilities within the context of teacher-student interactions in educational settings. central to these methods is their emphasis on not only cognitive processes like perception, memory, and attention but, more importantly, on nurturing creative, productive thinking, behavior, and effective communication. this instructional approach is structured to enable students to enhance their communication and interaction skills both among their peers and with external individuals. it also fosters critical thinking and problem-solving, utilizing the analysis of workplace scenarios, situational professional tasks, and relevant information as key components of the learning process. interactive learning approaches, acquisition of knowledge, skill development, competency building, educational focus, and analyzing interaction. introduction within the realm of interactive training, a psychological theory of learning deeply rooted in the psychology of human relationships, interactive learning technologies are perceived as vehicles for acquiring knowledge and fostering the development of skills and abilities through the dynamic teacher-student interactions inherent to educational activities. what defines these technologies is not only their reliance on cognitive processes such as perception, memory, and attention but, most importantly, their dedication to nurturing creative, productive thinking, behavioral adaptation, and effective communication. this instructional process is meticulously structured to empower learners to cultivate their communication and interpersonal skills, encouraging critical thinking and problem-solving through the analysis of workplace scenarios, situational professional tasks, and relevant information. interactive teaching technologies bring about substantial transformations in the roles of both educators, shifting them from mere informants to active managers, and learners, transforming them from passive objects of influence into proactive subjects of interaction. additionally, these technologies alter the nature of information, redefining it as a tool for facilitating actions and operations rather than an ultimate objective in the learning process. the case study approach entails instructing through the resolution of particular scenarios. central to this method is the collaborative examination of a situation, the identification of a solution, and the public presentation and defense of that solution. as students delve into case studies, they acquire essential skills in teamwork, the autonomous development of solutions, independent critical thinking, and the articulation and defense of their viewpoints. this educational technique was initially implemented at harvard law school university in 1870. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org this approach introduces an element of ambiguity in resolving the given problem, which in turn fosters a challenge in deliberating the rationale behind suggested solutions and selecting the most suitable one. as a result, the outcomes encompass not only knowledge acquisition but also the development of professional competencies and the shaping of a well-rounded personality with a defined set of values. the case examined by students is typically sourced from a real professional context and is supplemented with visual materials, statistical data, charts, graphs, accounts of various perspectives, reports, media coverage, and internet resources, among other information sources. this diverse array of information serves to provide a comprehensive understanding of the situation described in the case. for instance, in the training of future teachers, a case might revolve around a conflict between a teacher and a parent stemming from a student's academic performance as documented in the class register. it could also encompass decisions made by teacher councils and boards as recorded in meeting minutes, the student's character as portrayed by classmates, teachers, and a school psychologist, and various documents including school regulations. the case structure comprises three segments: two geared towards students and one for teachers. the subject section outlines the scenario, enabling students to assess all its nuances and context. the information section delves into the specifics that underpin the ultimate decision-making process. meanwhile, the methodical section, intended for teachers, establishes the case's placement within the course framework, outlines student assignments, and provides pedagogical guidance for addressing the given situation. resolving the scenarios presented to students necessitates the application of a range of analytical approaches, encompassing problem-based, cause-and-effect, praxeological, axiological, situational, prognostic, and various other forms of predictive analysis. utilizing game-based teaching methods in the classroom offers extensive possibilities, serving as a vital avenue for students' cognitive engagement. the implementation of this technology in the classroom leverages various techniques, tools, and instructional approaches aimed at cultivating cognitive interest, fostering high levels of motivation, and encouraging a conscious approach to learning among students. the ultimate outcome is a marked enhancement in student participation, along with the augmentation of their knowledge and skills. these technologies encompass complex elements such as role-playing and simulation games, where participants often have divergent and conflicting interests. they play a pivotal role in nurturing essential competencies like communication skills, tolerance, teamwork, independent thinking, and more. for teachers, these methods demand substantial prior methodological preparation, the ability to foresee potential outcomes, and the capacity to draw meaningful conclusions during role-playing games. game technology promotes critical thinking by necessitating the active engagement of all participants in the communicative gameplay. essentially, this educational approach represents a distinctive form of communication. gaming technology offers a chance to apply both fresh and existing knowledge within a context that closely mirrors reality. within the game, participants assume predetermined roles or ones they have chosen. play, along with work and education, constitutes one of the fundamental activities of humans, representing a remarkable facet of our existence. by definition, a game is a form of activity within situational contexts, directed at reenacting and assimilating social experiences, thereby enhancing self-regulatory behaviors. an alternative and effective approach to learning and acquiring new knowledge is the use of workshop technology, which serves as a valuable adjunct to the educational process. it relies on pedagogical relationships, holistic education, and a training method that operates without rigid curricula and textbooks, emphasizing project-based and immersive techniques that encourage students' creative engagement without grading. the significance of this technology lies in its applicability not only for introducing new material but also for reviewing and reinforcing previously learned concepts. based on my experience, i have concluded that this instructional format is geared toward fostering both the holistic development of students throughout the learning journey and the professional growth of the teacher. induction of behavior is a phase designed to cultivate an emotional disposition and motivation among students for creative endeavors. during this stage, the objective is to elicit emotions, tap into the subconscious, and foster american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org a personal connection to the subject being discussed. an inductor, in this context, is anything that stimulates a student's actions. inductive triggers can take various forms, including text, objects, sounds, images, or shapes— essentially, anything capable of sparking a train of associations. they can also involve tasks, provided they are unexpected or possess an element of mystery. deconstruction involves disassembly, disorder, or the inability to complete a task with the available resources. it pertains to the dissection of material, text, models, sounds, or substances and contributes to the establishment of an information field. during this phase, the objective is to pose a problem and distinguish the known from the unknown. this process involves working with informational resources such as dictionaries, textbooks, computers, and other sources by generating specific information queries. reconstruction involves the organization and restoration of order from the prior chaos, with the aim of addressing a particular problem or project. this phase centers on creating individual or small group responses, including text, drawings, project proposals, and deliberation. participants engage in discussions and offer hypotheses on how to resolve the issue, while also producing creative works such as drawings, stories, or puzzles. the process may include working on task implementation, often guided by the teacher's instructions. boasting is the act of showcasing and visually presenting one's accomplishments to both fellow students and instructors. this display can take various forms, such as text, diagrams, or designs, or a combination of these elements. during this stage, all students participate, engage in discussions, highlight original and intriguing ideas, and defend their creative work. a "break" represents a sudden surge in knowledge. it marks the pinnacle of the creative process, leading to a fresh perspective on the subject matter and the student's realization of the gaps in their knowledge, serving as motivation for a deeper exploration of the issue. the outcome of this stage is often characterized by an "insight" or a moment of clarity and understanding. reflection is a process of self-awareness for the student within their own activities. it involves an analysis of the actions taken during the activity, a synthesis of the emotions and experiences that emerged during the process, and a consideration of one's own thoughts and perceptions of the world. a repertoire of techniques constitutes a domain within pedagogical knowledge that encompasses the nuances of the fundamental processes in educational activities, particularly their interplay. skillful management of these processes is essential for ensuring the requisite effectiveness of the educational process. the compilation of forms, methods, techniques, and tools used to convey social experience, along with the technical resources employed in the process. this involves honing communication skills, cultivating presentation abilities, fostering interactive skills for effective collaboration and collective decision-making, acquiring expertise and practical skills, learning the art of self-directed learning to address situational challenges, and adjusting and enhancing motivation for learning. in situational training analysis, active participants are presented with facts (events) linked to a specific scenario at a given moment. the students' objective is to make informed decisions by engaging in collective discussions of potential solutions, essentially involving game-like interactions. references: 1. braun h, kanjee a. using assessment to improve education in developing countries. cambridge, 2007; 303. 2. johnson rn. some observations about teaching critical thinking: ctnews, critical thinking project, california state university, no 5, sacremento, 2016. 3. hyo jeong yee. lessons from pisa for korea. oecd, 2014; 198. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org the constitution in the new edition: new approaches and new law practice (in the example of human and citizen's rights and freedoms guarantees) shokir atayev chief legal consultant phd, 2nd level lawyer urganch state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the new edition of the constitution, focusing on innovative approaches and legal practices that enhance the guarantees of rights and freedoms for individuals and citizens. it delves into the importance of updating constitutional frameworks to adapt to societal changes and the evolving needs of the people. by examining the implementation of safeguards for human rights and citizenship, the article sheds light on how these provisions serve as a model for ensuring the protection and promotion of fundamental liberties in contemporary society. new edition of the constitution, approaches to constitutional, reform, legal practices, rights and freedoms, human rights guarantees, citizenship rights, constitutional safeguards, constitutional adaptation, evolving societal needs, protection of fundamental liberties. introduction the subject of sports theory, being part of the science of the theory and methodology of physical education, is a newly divergent science. in addition to sports training, the science of sports theory studies the content and methodology of the athlete's training and the general laws that affect him in a specially organized process. sport has always been before society, fulfilling a number of important tasks. nowadays, these tasks are even more. sport affects the comprehensive development of the individual in a special way, contributes to the formation of vital skills and abilities, promotes spiritual, moral and mental growth, the conditioning of such characteristics of the individual as valor, will, spiritual refreshment, fosters feelings of mutual respect, friendship and cowardice in humans, mutual assistance, nobility, honesty, etc.are the most important qualities of sports. sports are a component of physical culture, a means and method of physical education, a system of organizing, training and conducting competitions on various complexes of physical exercises. sports competitions-the assessment and comparison of sports achievements, the management of competitions in the field of sports in relation to itself. the purpose of sports competitions is to identify strong athletes and strong teams, to give objective happiness to the activities of sports organizations, coaches, athletes, referees, improve sports skills, promote physical culture and sports. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org a sports movement is a special form of social movement that prepares a workforce for development, preservation, structuring, acceptance and exchange of sports wealth, the way an individual is organized, and society. sports movement in uzbekistan is a necessary area of ideological struggle and is one of the aspects that nurture national consciousness in a person and influence the masses. sports activity is the versatility of the process of human activity, the organization of the physical and psychological development and improvement of a person in relation to the demand of society. a person's athletic activity consists of reorganizing and understanding. sports training is a multifactorial process, which involves covering the training of athletes, preparing and participating in competitions, preparing training and competition by a scientific and methodological and material technician, adding the necessary conditions and training with study and rest. the sports training system is a practical activity to ensure the best level of training of an athlete, as well as the training of an athlete, with knowledge, styles, tools, forms and organization in this environment. the sports school is the only system for training athletes. it is based on the positive search for a group of specialists. sports training is a specialized process for the development of physical qualities and abilities, as part of sports training, which involves a special process, in the case of a clearly selected sport, in which the athlete achieves high results, conditioning the body through exercise. sports training is a pedagogical phenomenon. it is a special physical education process that is clearly focused on achieving high results in sports. sports training in general creates a complex complex of biological and psychological changes in the training of an athlete, resulting in an improvement in the levels of "training in addition to training", "training", "being in a sports uniform". "athlete training" involves the readiness to achieve high performance in sports and the use of all means that ensure its implementation. "sports performance" is given in specific results, indicating the extent to which sportsmanship and athletic ability are available. during the effective implementation of the training system, he determines the talent of the athlete, shows a high sports performance, in the same sport, the use of maximum opportunities. the theory of physical education and sports, as a science, carries out the activities of a person in society on physical education and sports, the formation of a new person during this activity, in a legal way and the development of a physically perfect person. he believes that the sociality of physical education and sports is effectively interested in its consequences (o.a.milstein). this set of consequences will determine how much benefit or loss each member of the team, related to the sport, will bring for each social group. these include: social impact of the system of physical education on all social groups and classes of the population; the practical result of the influence of each member of society on being mentally and physically healthy, on his comprehensive maturation as a creative person, on his labor activity, social political movement, in general, on his social activities and image, on the upbringing, education and wellness of sports instead of his actions in life; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org organization of physical education management and its effectiveness; the effectiveness of international sports movements and their contribution to the development of the olympic games to the development of peace, harmony and cooperation between different countries, to ease tensions; effective methods of relaxation in free time from training and the popularity of such relaxation; depends on the effectiveness of the promotion of physical education and sports through the media. theory-basically, generalizing experiments in one area or another, objectively showing the laws of nature, means that basic knowledge is manifested in the human mind. theory is the supreme form of scientific knowledge, bringing knowledge in a given field to a single whole in the generalization and analysis of principles and laws, concepts and tasks, methodology and rules. sports theory is a whole system in which an understanding of the importance of sports is given, the observance of laws and basic terms in society, optimally combining sports training and competition activities in terms of its content and forms. "sports theory" as a phenomenon of a multi-functional society is a subject of study in various areas of sports in the system of training an athlete by volume in the curriculum aimed at the institute of physical culture and the faculties of physical education. the purpose of sports theory as a science is to understand, describe, explain, study the processes and manifestations of sports activity, the structure of the subject and take into account the inclusion, organization, methodological, biological and sports related. in sports theory, the following elementary structures are distinguished: 1. the initial empirical basis (experimentally) is information about sports activities that needs a selective, theoretical explanation during the experiment. 2. the initial theoretical framework has the following components: the realization of the results of many years or future activities and a unified form of illuminating a clear reality in a practical restructuring is understood, which involves the goal that is realized. the basic principles are, in the initial case, the information that the theory expects to express the necessary laws. 3. in the theory of the first logical foundations sports, there is such a concept that it shows the properties of phenomena and objects, not only in scientific, but also knowledge up to scientific knowledge. 4. the theoretical part of itself involves the residual consequence, explanation and confirmation of the efficiency accumulated from the exercises performed. conclusion. thus, sports theory is connected with each other, in a set of objects and phenomena, a system of knowledge corresponding to the field of sports has the following main tasks: descriptive, orderly, predictive, generalizing the results obtained. literature used 1. yunusova yu.m. "theory i methodika fizicheskoy kul'turi" uchebnoe pasobie dlya studentov visshix uchebnix zavedeniy t. "economics finance" 2007 2. khaydarov.r.m "theory and methodology of physical culture". tutorial. nukus 2022 3. abdullaev a. honkeldiev sh.x. "theory and methodology of physical education", textbook for higher educational institutions. uzdjti publishing house manba'a department 2005. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org in fact, the constitution of each country is a high-level law according to its legal status and content, and it contains the unique image and historical-legal traditions of each country, its socio-economic and political represents the system, development path, today and tomorrow, basic rights, freedoms and duties of citizens. in other words, the future of any country and the fate of its people largely depends on the constitution. based on this, it is very important to rely on the people's opinion and desire from the very beginning in the process of making amendments and additions to the newly revised constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. it lasted almost a year, and during this time our compatriots were not indifferent to it, they showed their activity. a wide space has been created for every person living in this country to give their opinion, opinion and suggestions regarding the project. the proposals were not just accepted, but most of them were taken into account, the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan was adopted in a new version, and the constitutional law entered into force on may 1, 2023. metodology adoption of the new version of the constitution creates new approaches and directions in the scientifictheoretical aspect and in the practice of law creation and law enforcement. in particular, in the new version of the constitution, the guarantee of the rights and freedoms of a person and a citizen is provided for by the direct implementation of the constitution. in this sense, one of the ultimate goals of the important amendments and additions to our constitution, which was fundamentally renewed based on the principle of "direct application of the constitution", is first of all to protect the rights and freedoms of people and citizens guaranteed by natural, inalienable and international law. further strengthening at the level of the law, ensuring the constitutional order and legality in the country, its direct application in the activities of state agencies, in the life of every citizen. so, what changes are reflected in the updated constitution regarding the guarantee of the rights and freedoms of a person and a citizen? the legal system of human rights in the countries of the world is divided into the following groups: 1. laws on personal rights of citizens. 2. laws on the political rights of citizens. 3. laws on economic rights of citizens. 4. laws on cultural rights. 5. international legal documents on human rights. in our newly revised constitution, the rights and freedoms of people and citizens are divided into personal, political, socio-economic rights. the rights and freedoms of a person are directly applicable, the essence and content of the activities of the laws, state bodies, citizens' self-government bodies, and their officials are determined, the legal measures applied by the state bodies against a person are based on the principle of proportionality, and the laws the most important international legal principle is that it should be sufficient to achieve the intended goals, meaning that the provisions of the constitution on rights and freedoms have a direct regulatory effect on social relations. rights and freedoms are recognized as directly applicable, regardless of whether they are adopted in order to define rules, mechanisms and procedures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org chapter 9 of the new version of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, dedicated to guaranteeing the rights and freedoms of a person and a citizen, consists of 5 articles, in which the following rights and freedoms are expressed. the right to ensure human rights and freedoms (article 54); everyone has the right to protect their rights and freedoms by all methods not prohibited by law (article 55); the right to protect human rights and freedoms (article 56); the rights of disabled and lonely elderly people, persons with disabilities and other socially needy categories of the population (article 57); equal rights of women and men (article 58). it should be noted that today in our country, along with the constitutional and legal foundations and guarantees for the protection of human rights and freedoms, its organizational mechanisms have also been created. socio-economic and political rights of citizens, strategic directions of society development, fair and democratic principles of management, as well as the foundations of our moral values are expressed in our constitution. it should be noted that according to article 13 of our constitution, "democracy in the republic of uzbekistan is based on universal principles, according to which human life, freedom, honor, dignity and other inalienable rights are the highest value." based on this, it can be seen that the center of the democratic reforms implemented in our country is the human being, his rights, freedoms and legal interests. discussion also, the decision pq-46 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2023 "on the approval of the national education program in the field of human rights in the republic of uzbekistan" also promotes human rights in uzbekistan, that the issues of protection and compliance are considered one of the priorities of the state policy is a clear expression of the fact that democratic reforms in uzbekistan are an irreversible process. social and political guarantees are related to the political system in force in the country. this system serves to prevent violations of human rights and freedoms. after all, guaranteeing the rights and freedoms of citizens often depends on the social policy of the state. for example, according to article 57 of our constitution, "the rights of disabled and lonely elderly people, persons with disabilities and other socially needy categories of the population are under state protection." is marked as in fact, in the process of transition to a market economy, social protection of the population should become a priority of state policy. in addition, measures to ensure human rights in our country are committed to universally recognized ideas and values of human rights, as well as international obligations, and the gradual nature of all political and socio-economic reforms being implemented; strengthening people's power by demonstrating our commitment to the ideals of democracy and social justice; development of institutions of people's representation; based on the formation of a democratic legal state and a strong civil society; in the way of building a humane democratic legal state, everything is being done for people, for human happiness, and on the basis of a number of other democratic principles. it should be noted that the constitutional-legal guarantees include the following content: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org strengthening the legal norms of prohibition and limitation of actions that may violate the rights and freedoms of citizens; the responsibility of state bodies and officials for citizens to exercise their rights and freedoms without any obstacles; existence of special norms ensuring protection from aggression (rights of complaint, appeal to court); determination of legal liability for violation of rights; the activities of public organizations and officials in strengthening the implementation of the rights of the state and citizens. constitutional guarantees include those directly enshrined in the constitution of the country. the principle of equal rights of citizens has a special place among the guarantees of the rights of people and citizens. according to article 19 of our constitution, "all citizens in the republic of uzbekistan have the same rights and freedoms, regardless of gender, race, nationality, language, religion, belief, social origin, social status, before the law are equal." another of the constitutional rights of citizens, the right to appeal is an integral part of political rights. article 35 of our constitution states that "everyone has the right to appeal to international bodies protecting human rights and freedoms in accordance with the legislation of the republic of uzbekistan and international treaties, if all internal means of legal protection of the state have been used." the norm specified in this article is considered one of the political rights of citizens and defines their rights to apply to state bodies, institutions or people's representatives. conclusion in conclusion, it should be noted that the development of human rights is a continuous and improving process. accordingly, the norms and rules of human rights should be imbibed in the heart and mind of every person, have their own civic position and, in turn, contribute to the realization of national identity and the formation of a legal democratic state and a strong civil society. references 1. husanov o.t. o'zbekiston respublikasining davlat hokimiyati vakillik va ijroiya hokimiyati organlari.[representative and executive bodies of state power of the republic of uzbekistan] t.: universitet, 1994. 2. rahmonov a.e. o'zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining konstitutsiyaviy huquqiy maqomi.[constitutional and legal status of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan]. yurid. fan. nomz. diss. toshkent, 2008. 3. xoshimxonov a.m. o'zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining huquq ijodkorlik faoliyati: nazariya va amaliyot masalalari. [law-making activity of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan: issues of theory and practice]yurid. fan. nomz. diss. toshkent, 2008. 4. axmedshaeva m.a. davlat hokimiyati tizimida ijro hokimiyati. [executive power in the system of state power]yurid. fan. dokt. diss. toshkent, 2010. 5. wilson j.q., dilulio j.j.jr. american government: institutions and politics. -lexington, 1995. 6. praymak d.y. konstitutsionno pravovoy status predsedatelya pravitelstva rossiyskiy federatsii. [constitutional and legal status of the chairman of the government of the russian federation] diss. kand. yurid. nauk. krasnodar, 2008. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org 7. vasilenko i.a. administrativno gosudarstvennoe upravlenie v stranax zapada: ssha, velikobritaniya, fransiya, germaniya. [administrative and public administration in western countries: usa, great britain, france, germany] m.: logos, 2001. 8. arutyunyan a. institut prezidenta v postsovetskix respublikax: konstitutsiya i politicheskaya realnost [sravnitelno pravovoy analiz]. [institute of the president in the post-soviet republics: constitution and political reality comparative legal analysis] yerevan: petakan tsarayutyun, 2006. 9. pronkin s.v., petrunina o.y. gosudarstvennoe upravlenie zarubejnix stran. [state administration of foreign countries] m.: kdu, 2011. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org victims of the repression of the “cotton affair” in uzbekistan (in the case of navoi region) jonibek mustafaev, researcher of navoi state pedagogical university email: jonibekmustafa@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents information about the negative impact on the socio-economic life of society and the severe tragic consequences as a result of illegal actions carried out during the period of repression against the “cotton affair” in uzbekistan, in particular, in the navoi region. the investigation team led by gdlyan uses illegal methods in the investigation process and makes false accusations against the accused. the article analyzes the violation of the rights and freedoms of the accused, who were unjustly punished as criminals and caused suffering, using the example of victims of repression. “cotton business”, repressive policy, investigative group, illegal investigation, false accusation, violation of human rights, bribery, slander, disadvantaged families, poor life, tragic consequences. introduction during the repressive policy pursued by the soviets in the 80s of the xx century, innocent people were mercilessly tortured and suffered in the navoi region, as in the whole republic. the investigation team led by gdlyan used illegal methods and used physical and moral torture against the accused for years. these repressions differ from other repressions in that they cover not only cotton growing, but also all industries, and the uzbek people are to blame for everything. the repressive policy carried out by the center in uzbekistan had a negative impact on the socio-economic life of the republic and entailed a number of tragic consequences. the activities of the investigative group of the ussr prosecutor's office disrupted the socio-economic life of a significant part of the population of uzbekistan. according to the members of the commission set up to study materials related to the activities of the investigative group of the head of t. gdlyan, when gdlyan and his associates got acquainted with the living conditions of villagers and farmers, they saw that people were living in poverty, that the peasant had nothing but a bed, and that poverty held people tightly. the use of such insulting words as "thief", "robber", "bribe taker" in relation to the honor of such a patient and persistent people is nothing but moral poverty and arrogance. gdlyan brutally oppressed working families, to the point of skin loss [1]. for example, o. karboev, one of the heads of the investigation team in the navoi region, came to the house of fayzullo rakhmatullayev with a search, saw that the accused's house was in a dilapidated state, there was no furniture in the house, there was no furniture in the house, the floor of the house was covered with carpets, and even his wife did not have a simple ring on her hand, he got up and searched for treasure. two days ago, f. rakhmatullayev put his american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org monthly salary of 120 soums and a bunch of small coins in a red handkerchief and put them in a chest. the head of the investigation team found a bunch of small handkerchiefs and was glad that “at last we found the money that you hid”. the difficulties faced by family members of prisoners for cotton work were no less than those of convicts. the defendants' parents were powerless before illegal situations, suffered from mental depression and various serious illnesses due to abuse of children and family members. the relatives summoned for questioning were treated as “enemies of the state, father, mother, wife or close relative of the traitor”. in a petition written by orzigul umirzakova, the husband of khurram umirzakova, who became a victim of soviet repression, to the chairman of the women's council of the uzbek ssr alimova, she said that her husband was unjustly imprisoned, and that the family did not receive a single sum of income because of her husband's convicted actions, knowing that he was sentenced to obey the orders of a higher party bosses. although during the investigation it was proved that he had not acquired any fortune, he became a criminal illegally because of the unilateral actions of the investigators. orzigul umirzakova in her statement: “i am not healthy, my 75-year-old mother-in-law and 6 young children were left without breadwinners. i am a poor uzbek woman my tooth fell out and i remember that i was in a cotton field, all my life and energy went to cotton, which is white, but black inside. my six young children, who are under my care, were also born in a cotton field and grow up here. please, if you want my children to become worthy soviet citizens, help them save their father from prison” [3] shows the true face of soviet society. mukhabbat bekmurodova, the husband of gaibulla bekmurodova, wrote to a member of the board of the navoi regional court x. to yavkachev, that after the unjust imprisonment of her husband, their marital status will become extremely difficult. when she was six months pregnant, neither she, nor her 71-year-old mother-in-law, nor her 6 young children could afford to bring a single bag from anywhere. m. bekmuradova buys wool on credit, knits socks from it, brings flour so that the children do not starve, and survives the winter only at the expense of stale bread. no matter how difficult it was, they brought silkworm seeds to pregnant women and went out at night with young children to beat the leaves to feed the worm. in addition, m. bekmuradova, a yellow fever patient with a young child in her arms, demands a court review of her husband's case [4]. mukar safarova, the wife of ismat safarov, accused under articles 1191, 149 and other articles of the criminal code of the uzbek ssr, wrote in her statement to the chairman of the supreme court of the uzbek ssr that her household was deteriorating every day after her husband was imprisoned, that she was pregnant and could not feed her elderly mother-in-law and 4 children. she will earn a living in the future, and she turns to her husband with a request to help in connection with the current situation [5]. investigators confiscated a cow from the elderly parents of khurram umirzakov and 6 young children at the expense of the collective farm. during the investigation , investigator r.rosiev told umirzakov that “if you voluntarily hand over the money to the state, then your crime will be reduced and you will be given a lenient punishment”, although he did not use it, he borrowed 3001 soums from friends and handed it over to the investigator. the investigator “digests” 50 soums, and sends the rest of the money as material evidence in a criminal case [6]. as in the whole republic, the spouses of the defendants in the “cotton affair” were left without a breadwinner with four to ten children. in particular, kurban zaripov, the father of 10 children, bahriddin turobov, the father of 9 children, hikmat asadov, the father of 9 children, bakhshullo hamroev, the father of 11 children, talib safarov, the father of 4 children remained. without a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org breadwinner together with their children. after the unjust imprisonment of kurban zaripov, his ten children, his sick wife, three daughters of his brother who died as a result of a tractor accident, his widowed daughter-in-law and an old mother the main breadwinner of the family were left without a breadwinner. [7]. in the appeal of rustam nurov, sentenced to 12 years in prison, the sentence was served in siem 64-20 uchkuduk, which states that the house with a thatched roof built by his father in 1969-1970 does not even have a slate, that the spouse cannot work on a collective farm due to illness, that the maintenance of his 5 children provides his mother, gavhar nurova, 40 years old, wrote that he was forced to make ends meet in retirement in sum[8]. his family did not eat meat and junk food for a long time, and was forced to wear old clothes of relatives. the family of r. nurov was simply ignored by the soviet authorities, and the family survived only with the financial support of relatives [9]. u.khidirov, who deceived investigators, was sentenced to 12 years in prison. from the driver of the director of the navoi cotton gin plant, n.navrozov u.khidirov, they demand recognition that he saw the false reality that the director of the zarafshan state farm, r.khamraev, brought money under a bucket of grapes to the director of the plant. u.khidirov's brother a. khidirov was also summoned to the investigation, and the investigator said that he would receive 1400 soums from him, and in return his brother's criminal case would be closed. a.khidirov collects the specified amount from his relatives and hands it over to people in civilian clothes in the specified place[10]. the amount received by the investigators will be immediately directed against the criminal case of u.khidirov. summing up, we can say that the political crises that took place during the period of repression against the “cotton affair”, first of all, had a negative impact on social and economic life. the families of the persons accused by the investigation team were left without breadwinners and found themselves in an economically unprotected situation without social protection. during the search of the accused's house, in most cases, the last family expenses were cruelly taken away from him. the investigators, who were one of the main figures in the repression of the “cotton affair”, in their activities were reduced only to making open accusations and recognizing them at any cost. as a result, after the physical and mental torture inflicted on the accused, they were forced to “confess” to their false accusations. the brutal policy of repression did not benefit either the center or the regime, but gave impetus to the rapid spread of the union. references 1. ковалев а. халқ ҳақиқатни билмоғи зарур // қишлоқ ҳақиқати, 1990 йил 30 январь. 2. this is taken from an interview with j. mustafayeva with fayzullo rakhmatullayev, who lives in navbakhor district of navoi region on olchin street, house 149, mehnat quarter. 13.08.2022 3. navoi regional court departmental archive of district and city criminal courts. criminal case no. 31041, volume 4, p. 177-178. 4. departmental archive of district and city criminal courts of navoi regional court. criminal case no. 31041, volume 4, p. 194-195. 5. departmental archive of district and city criminal courts of navoi regional court. criminal case no. 25128, 14 volumes, p.261. 6. navoi regional court departmental archive of district and city criminal courts. criminal case no. 31041, volume 4. p. 283. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org 7. navoi regional court departmental archive of district and city criminal courts. criminal case no. 31070, volume 1, p. 158. 8. navoi regional court departmental archive of district and city criminal courts. criminal case no. 31042, volume 3, p.99. 9. from an interview with j. mustafayeva with rustam nurov, a resident of 41 yulduz street, sovungar quarter, navbakhor district, navoi region. 14.08.2022 10. navoi regional court departmental archive of district and city criminal courts. criminal case no. 6753. volume 8, p. 187. 11. shokhjahon rashidov. the institute of the second secretary in the uzbek ssr and the colonial policy of the soviet union. central asian journal of social sciences and history, 4(4), 98-104. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org private aspects of using artificial intelligence in the educational process rozibekova gulmira abdumutalovna professional school № 2 in balıkchi district andijan region, baliqchi district computer science: 941097429 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, we consider the specific aspects of using artificial intelligence in the educational process. the advantages of artificial intelligence are that it reduces human error and risk, does not require breaks and updates unlike humans, performs repetitive tasks, makes decisions faster, avoids daily applications, dangerous situations, and leads to the personalization of education. along with the advantages, there are also disadvantages. for example, high cost, intelligent machines cannot replace personal interaction, rarely make effective decisions, create the possibility of information loss, cause the loss of interpersonal relationships, different work experience decreases and leads to an increase in the number of unemployed. artificial intelligence, intelligence, weak artificial intelligence, general artificial intelligence, perfect artificial intelligence, disadvantages of artificial intelligence introduction artificial intelligence has become one of the most important technologies in the world today. at the beginning of the last century, most of the scenes that we could see only in movies and various science fiction novels are becoming a reality with the introduction of artificial intelligence into our lives. today in world practice canada, singapore, united arab emirates, finland, japan, china, italy, tunisia, great britain, usa, sweden, mexico, european union, kenya, denmark, france, australia, republic of korea, india and germany countries such as announced strategies for the development of artificial intelligence. the term artificial intelligence was first proposed by john mccarthy and his colleagues marvin lee minsky, nathaniel rochester, and claude shannon at the dortmund conference in 1956. john mccarthy is credited as the author of this term. during this time, a lot of scientific research has been carried out and is being carried out, as a result of which the field of application of artificial intelligence is rapidly expanding. currently, artificial intelligence is being used effectively in health care, energy, mining, agriculture, education, mechanical engineering, voice assistants, online chat and communication, and software development. before defining the concept of artificial intelligence, we need to know what intelligence is. intellect (lat. intellectus knowledge, understanding, perception, mind) mental ability of a person; the ability to accurately reflect and change life, the environment in the mind, thinking, reading and learning, knowing the world and accepting social experience; the ability to come to a decision when solving various issues, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org act rationally, foresee events. intelligence includes perception, memory, reasoning, and mental processes. the development of intelligence depends on social factors such as innate talent, brain capacity, active activity, and life experience. the level of intelligence is determined depending on human activity and the results of psychological tests. from the concept of "intellect" considered above, it can be concluded that the intellect belongs only to people and is a specific measure of a person's mental ability. psychologists have developed the possibility to determine a person's intellectual (mental) level through experience using special methods. the definitions of artificial intelligence and intelligence are different. the main reason for this is that the properties of the brain have not yet been fully studied. the human brain contains countless secrets. however, we do not fully know the working methods and principles of the brain, our basic knowledge about the functioning of the brain is limited to neurons and their activities. to maximize brain research, it is first necessary to understand and explain how the brain works. as a result, neuroscience and, accordingly, the brain-based approach to education was formed. by analyzing the algorithm of the brain, it is possible to make a great contribution to the development of computers or intelligent machines. currently, we can divide artificial intelligence into three types based on its capabilities according to the analysis of various scientific literature. weak artificial intelligence is a type of artificial intelligence that is capable of performing a special task with intelligence, and is the most common and currently available type. a narrow ai cannot work outside of its domain and limitations because it is designed for only one specific task. that is why it is also called narrow artificial intelligence. apple's siri program is a good example of narrow artificial intelligence, which operates within limited types and predefined capabilities. in addition, playing chess, self-driving cars, speech recognition and image recognition are examples of narrow artificial intelligence. general artificial intelligence is a type of mind that can perform any intellectual task as efficiently as a human. general artificial intelligence is a system that is intelligent and thinks like a human. currently, there is no such system that represents general artificial intelligence and can perform any task as perfectly as a human. researchers around the world are now focusing on developing machines with general artificial intelligence. systems with general artificial intelligence are still being researched, and it takes a lot of effort and time to create such systems. perfect artificial intelligence is the level of systems intelligence where machines can outperform human intelligence and perform any task better than a human with cognitive capabilities. this is the result of general artificial intelligence. some of the main characteristics of strong artificial intelligence include: the ability to think, reason, solve puzzles, make inferences, plan, learn, and communicate. perfect artificial intelligence is still a hypothetical concept of artificial intelligence. one such area is the education system. many understand the application of artificial intelligence in education as "robot teachers", which is somewhat different from the truth. artificial intelligence can be found in personalized education systems, information retrieval, chat-bots, special education systems for children, inclusive education systems, educational process monitoring systems, and student knowledge assessment systems. . using such systems, it is possible not only to increase the knowledge of students, but also to reduce the burden on teachers. one of the important requirements for the organization of modern education with the help of artificial intelligence is to achieve high results in a short time without spending excessive mental and physical effort. delivering specific theoretical knowledge to students within a certain period of time, creating american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org skills and qualifications in them for certain activities. evaluating the level of knowledge, skills and qualifications acquired by them requires high pedagogical skills from the teacher. implementation of this important task requires combining traditional methods of teaching with advanced pedagogical and information technologies in general education institutions. if we pay attention to world education in connection with the work being carried out in this field, according to the information of the russian ministry of education, in 2021, testing of "artificial intelligence" educational modules will begin in schools. by 2024, artificial intelligence will be taught in half of all mainstream schools. artificial intelligence classes will be introduced in korean state schools from the second semester of 2021. next year, when the topics are included in the school curriculum, students in the 2nd and 3rd grades of high school will be able to take an introduction to artificial intelligence course or an artificial intelligence math class. china and the united states of america are leading the scientific research and education in the field of artificial intelligence. in addition to the location of the world's famous higher education and scientific research centers in these countries, the countries have fully regulated the mechanisms supporting innovative activities and have been providing large-scale financial support to the institutions. as a result, china and the usa are attracting many knowledgeable specialists from around the world. in order to develop science in our country, great steps have been taken, and life itself shows that it is possible to achieve great results in social and economic fields by using digital technologies in every field. as noted in the address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy majlis, the development of the digital economy is one of the most urgent and priority directions for uzbekistan in the coming years. as another confirmation of these priority tasks, the draft of the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the "strategy for the development of artificial intelligence in uzbekistan in 20212022" based on the tasks listed in the innovative development strategy of the republic of uzbekistan in 2019-2021 was discussed. the purpose of the decree is to systematically launch national scientific research and development activities in the field of artificial intelligence and effectively reform education. the main task of the strategy is to stimulate the rational mobilization of human resources and the creation and use of digital products in the realization of the goal set in the strategy for the development of artificial intelligence in 2021-2022. in accordance with the strategy "digital uzbekistan 2030" and the rapid introduction of artificial intelligence technologies and their widespread use in our country, providing access to digital data and their high quality, favorable conditions for training qualified personnel in this field. in order to create conditions, the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 17, 2021 "on measures to create conditions for the rapid introduction of artificial intelligence technologies" no. pq4996 was adopted. the purpose of this decision is to develop a regulatory legal framework that defines uniform requirements, responsibility, security and transparency in the development and use of artificial intelligence technologies in the economic sectors and social spheres of our country, in the state administration system. it should be noted that the introduction of the "smart school" program, developed on the basis of artificial intelligence systems, into the educational system provides several advantages. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org automatic evaluation of the quality of knowledge. artificial intelligence can offer several methods in this regard. although it cannot completely replace human assessment, it can be closer to it in terms of quality. "smart school" software based on artificial intelligence systems also saves teachers' time in schools; to identify gaps in education in terms of students, subjects, subjects, classes in a short period of time; by analyzing the mental and physical development of students and creating several other opportunities, it provides relief in the school administration. human memory is not perfect, and the program reminds teachers and parents of information related to the education of students, and even gives special warnings about cases of inactivity and reduced learning. various analyzes are carried out on the basis of artificial intelligence systems, which allow to monitor the spiritual, mental, moral processes of students, as well as the acquisition of knowledge at the same time. as a result, the program contributes to the development of students not only mentally and physically, but also spiritually. in this case, the "smart school" program identifies the gaps created in the learning process of the students, breaks in the learning of subjects, students with a low level of learning and talented students in subjects in graphic and other forms. by giving it, it will be determined with which student and on which topics it is necessary to deal individually. in addition, the implementation of artificial intelligence in the educational process will force teachers to change. in particular, as a result of cooperation of teachers with the "smart school" program, they help to teach students quickly, efficiently and better in schools. this leads teachers to work on themselves and improve the quality of education. the implementation of artificial intelligence systems in schools optimizes and automates many tasks of teachers. this allows teachers to spend more time working with their students and improving the quality of education. many scientists are debating the future of artificial intelligence. the fact is that while some machines express concern that they can invade people's privacy and even become weapons, other scientists are positive about this. they emphasize that self-managing machines in the artificial intelligence system can calculate the option that will cause the most profit and the least damage with the lowest risk and the least loss. another controversial situation related to artificial intelligence is related to human employment. many industrial enterprises seeking to automate certain jobs with the help of intelligent technologies are intensifying their efforts to reduce the human workforce. this also gives people a bad impression of artificial intelligence. artificial intelligence continues to transform education today in the form of: ● in the process of globalization and scientific and technical development, the importance of artificial intelligence in the educational system is increasing; ● it is possible to create new measurements and criteria for students and pupils with the help of artificial intelligence through test and evaluation systems; ● opportunities for more effective and wide use of differentiated and individual education were created; ● feedback, which is very important in education, can be automated according to the needs of students with artificial intelligence. artificial intelligence technologies have the potential to transform any industry, but the possibilities are not limitless. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org the main disadvantage of artificial intelligence is that any inaccuracies in the data affect the result; ensures that the entered data is accurate and that artificial intelligence systems work without errors; an artificial intelligence system created for a certain field does not give results for another field. this means that the system intended for agriculture cannot be used in the field of medicine. or the system designed to detect fraud cannot control the car or provide legal assistance. in other words, these systems are characterized by very narrow specialization. systems are designed to perform one specific task and are far from multitasking like humans. in addition, self-learning systems are not independent. the descriptions of artificial intelligence technology we see on tv and in movies are still very much a fantasy. at the same time, computers that can analyze complex data to learn and improve certain skills are rare. in conclusion, today artificial intelligence has become an integral part of our life. artificial intelligence can be used in almost all spheres of activity and provide new opportunities for people. artificial intelligence can be used to free people from monotonous tasks, automate dangerous types of work, support decision-making and maintain communication between people. the use of artificial intelligence can improve the welfare of society and the quality of life of people. in terms of its transformative impact on society, artificial intelligence can be compared to electricity, which at one time completely changed production, took the economy to a fundamentally new level of development, and changed the technological order of the world. the introduction of artificial intelligence into the industry accelerates the digitization of the economy, stimulates the development of information and telecommunication infrastructure in our country, and increases the share of local software in the domestic and foreign markets. it should not be forgotten that every created technology should always serve humanity, improve its standard of living, and human development. references 1. mirziyoev sh.m. buyuk kelajagimizni mard va olijanob xalqimiz bilan birga quramiz. – t.: “o‘zbekiston”, 2017. – 488 b. 2. x.muratov. tasviriy san‘at fanidan mustaqil ta‘limni tashkil etish va boshqarishda ―ispring‖ dasturiy ta‘minotining ahamiyati. academic research in educational sciences. 2020. vol. 1 no. 2, 2020. 3. begimkulov u.sh., adashboev sh.m., djuraev r.x., isyanov r.g., sharipov sh.s., tsoy m.n. pedagogik ta’limni axborotlashtirish: nazariya va amaliyot. monografiya. toshkent: fan, 2011. 4. zokirova f va boshqalar elektron o’quv o’quv-metodik majmualar va ta’lim resurslarini yaratish metodikasi. metodik qo’llanma. – t.: oo’mtv, 2010. –64 b 5. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7924606 6. www.wikiversity.org/ 7. www.siteedit.ru/ 8. abdurakhimov, bobirjon abdunabiyevich, et al. "a systematic approach to managing the health and risk factors of their workers." academic research in educational sciences 4.2 (2023): 209-213. 9. khaitov, javokhir, khusan khakberdiev, and aida kamilova. "mung beans are a source of protein and a high energy source." international bulletin of medical sciences and clinical research 2.12 (2022): 61-63. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7924606 https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7924606 http://www.wikiversity.org/ http://www.siteedit.ru/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org an analysis of the theme of love and death in john donne's poetry sadullaev feruz bakhtiyorovich associate professor, phd qilicheva zevarxon, master student, bukhara state university f.b.sadullayev@buxdu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is aimed to discuss the poetry of one of the greatest minds in english literature, the metaphysical genius john donne. donne`s writing is very complicated and rarely holds a single meaning. his poetry includes a lot of different subjects, out of which we discuss the ones including love or/and death. in this paper we are going to speak about the critics' views, both the ones that consider donne's love poetry to be a result of his metaphysical studies and those that write about donne`s “true self”. this paper discusses all the various ways of love that donne writes about and all the different types he challenges death. furthermore, we analyze the poems in which donne mixes love and death together, as a result, he never allows death to "win". moreover, by making analysis of donne`s poems we will try to explore “the writers soul”. love, death, spiritual peace, religion, holy, the power of love, contempt, cynicism, bitterness, sarcasm. introduction анализ темы любви и смерти в поэзии джона донна целью данной статьи является обсуждение поэзии одного из величайших умов английской литературы, гения-метафизика джона донна. сочинения донна очень сложны и редко содержат один смысл. его поэзия включает в себя множество различных тем, среди которых мы обсуждаем такие, как любовь и/или смерть. в данной статье мы поговорим о взглядах критиков, как тех, которые считают любовную поэзию донна результатом его метафизических исследований, так и тех, которые пишут об «истинном я» донна. в этой статье обсуждаются все виды любви, о которых пишет донн, и все виды любви, которые он бросает вызов смерти. кроме того, мы анализируем стихи, в которых донн смешивает вместе любовь и смерть, в результате он никогда не позволяет смерти «победить». более того, анализируя стихи донна, мы попытаемся исследовать «душу писателя». ключевые слова: любовь, смерть, духовный мир, религия, святость, сила любви, презрение, цинизм, горечь, сарказм. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org jon donnening she`riyatida sevgi va yo`qotish mavzusi tahlili annotatsiya. ushbu maqolaning maqsadi ingliz adabiyotidagi eng buyuk shoirlaridan biri, metafizik daho jon donning she'riyatini muhokama qilishga qaratilgan. donning yozuv uslubi juda murakkabhisoblanib, kamdan-kam hollarda bitta ma'noni anglatadi. uning she'riyati juda ko'p turli mavzularni o'z ichiga oladi, ulardan ayniqsa sevgi va yo`qotish tushunchalarini o'z ichiga olgan mavzularning muhokamasi ko`rib chiqiladi. ushbu maqolada donnening sevgi mazmunidagi she`riyatini, donnening "ichki dunyosi" haqida yozganlarning fikrlari misol tariqasida keltiriladi. quyida donne yozgan sevgining turli xillari va u o'limga qarshi kurashayotgan barcha turlari muhokama qilinadi. qolaversa, donne sevgi va o‘limni o`zida mujassamlashtirgan, natijada u hech qachon o‘limning “g‘alaba qozonishiga” yo‘l qo‘ymaydigan she’rlarining tahlilini ham ko`rib chiqiladi. bundan tashqari, donnaning she'rlarini tahlil qilish orqali biz "yozuvchining qalbi" ni o'rganishga harakat qilamiz. tayanch so`zlar: sevgi, o'lim, ruhiy tinchlik, din, muqaddas, sevgining kuchi, nafrat, kinizm, achchiqlik, kinoya. introduction the poet was born on january 22, 1572, into a prosperous catholic household that was descended from thomas more. he grew up during and was influenced by the turbulent time when catholics were severely persecuted for publicly practicing their religion. in 1593, donne's own brother, who had been found guilty of catholic sympathies, perished in custody. he led a life that was frequently risky and unimaginably dissimilar from that of many modern readers of his writings. the poet was a complicated person who at times even seemed to realize that he had two distinct personalities: the famed "jack donne" of his youth, who was a passionate lover of ladies, drink, and debauchery, and "dr. donne," the more mature and morally upright dean of st. paul's cathedral. his life's experiences and the culture he lived in are wholly unrelated to the way we live now. donne lived in a tumultuous england, aside from the persecution and potential murder he faced every day for continuing to practice his religion as a catholic. western medicine was still in its infancy, public executions were common, attended by those who enjoyed watching criminals be tortured and killed in gory detail, and england was always at war with the rest of europe. in the 17th century, john donne was a very progressive figure. his poetry demonstrates a greater respect for women than many of his contemporaries, and he believed that torture was an impediment to the justice system. he continued to write, nonetheless, in order to capture the views of the day regarding a number of significant issues. he frequently combined the two concepts of love and death in one intricate poem during the course of his career. literature review the prior persona that he believed he had taken on in his teens, jack donne, was a poet whose poetry was filthy, irreverent, and frequently verging on blasphemy. donne's persona at this time was not dissimilar from the young, affluent playboys of today. one of his contemporaries called him "a great visitor of ladies, a great frequenter of plays, a great writer of conceited verses." it is simple to identify with this young, lighthearted man who frequently used poetry as a ruse to enter a young woman's bedroom. dryden writes: he perplexes the minds of the fair sex with nice speculations of philosophy, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org when he should engage their hearts and entertain them with the softness of love1” . grierson writes: the strains of dialectic, subtle play of argument and wit and fantastic; and the strain of vivid realism and a record of passion. – donne’s love-poetry” by herbert j.c. grierson. izaak walton describes john donne's astonishing preparations for his death in his biography of the saintly poet. walton depicts donne leaving his beloved study for the last time. aware of his hourly deterioration, he retired to his bedroom and said his final goodbyes to his cherished loved ones. walton also explains how he had looked into and studied all of donne's sermons in their entirety and how he liked the devotional writings the poet, including his poems, letters, and papers, produced before his passing. by stating this, walton makes donne seem like a saint: “ it is no accident that this biography, published as religious tensions were growing acute and civil war loomed, represented donne as a “saint2”. before dying in 1631, donne is seen in a photograph by walton posing in the burial shroud. the resulting artwork served as a model for the stone effigy of donne in st. paul's cathedral and was replicated in the 1633 publication of donne's collected poems as the engraving depicted. because of his attire and the way he posed for the drawing, he appeared more saintly in this representation. results and discussion as donne is aware of the weaknesses of the flesh, the pleasures of sex, and the ecstasy of secret rendezvous, his handling of love poetry is realistic rather than idealistic. he does, though, attempt to define the connection between the body and the spirit. true love is a relationship between two souls; it has nothing to do with the physical body. donne did not go to great lengths to describe the beauty and attraction of any portion of the feminine body, despite the realistic touches and descriptions in the love poems. instead, he talks about how it affects the lover's heart. he occasionally gives himself permission to let his mind stray to various areas of the female body, but, as in the previous poems, he does not linger on the allure of a handsome mistress's lips, eyes, teeth, or cheeks. it is quite astonishing that a poet who enjoys sex would completely resist the urge to focus on the beauty or physical appeal of any aspect of the feminine body. donne demonstrates the power of love. love, all like, no season knows nor clime, nor hours, days, months, which are the rags of time. actually, the union of two souls is true love. donne unquestionably pioneered a brand-new kind of love poetry. what surprises the reader is the range of diverse emotions and circumstances surrounding the theme of love—sexual, violent, and brimming with life. even when there is contempt, cynicism, bitterness, and sarcasm, the power of love is real and undeniable. both in terms of style and content, his love songs are unusual and unique. here, sensibility and wit, joy and contempt, beauty and repulsiveness are all mixed together. look at the jilted lover's disdainful rage: when by thy scorn, o murderess, i am dead and that thou think’st thee free 1 john dryden:” discourses on satire and on epic poetry”; release date: september 26, 2014, iso-646-us (us-ascii); 2 walton, izaak. “introduction.” the norton anthology of english literature, edited by stephen greenblatt, et. al. 10th edition, vol. a, norton, 2018, pp. 976-980. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org from all solicitations from me. then shall my ghost come to thy bed3. john donne composed numerous poems about his exploration of love from all possible perspectives, as well as his joys and sufferings, in his spiritual works. donne, as opposed to other poets, had a knack of employing his words to convey love in a humorous manner. by writing about his own personal experiences with and fantasies about love, he genuinely transformed into the poet philosopher of love. the poem "a valediction: forbidding mourning" is about spiritual peace and donne explains and shows how love is a necessary component of existence and that life is pointless and barren without it. in line 1, donne explains how "virtuous men pass mildly away" and leave their friends and sweetheart behind. he explains how their souls are intertwined and how being physically apart will never sever their link. he says: our two souls therefore, which are one, though i must go, endure not yet a breach, but an expansion, like gold to airy thinness beat4. john donne's "holy sonnet 10" is one of his most religious poems, and it also contains a passage about dying. donne explains how the speaker should have no dread of death. he says that death is weak and that no one should be afraid of it in the following quotation: thou art slave to fate, chance, kings, and desperate men, and dost with poison, war, and sickness dwell, and poppy or charms can make us sleep as well and better than thy stroke; why swell’st thou then?5 what this quote means death has no pride or control over a person, according to donne. following are some quotes from donne's description of the sonnet's conclusion. “one short sleep past, we wake eternally / and death shall be no more; death, thou shalt die”. meaning that if there is faith in life beyond death, then death has no power. conclusion to conclude, this article is devoted to claim donne's metaphysical love poetry holds a unique position in renaissance literature. moreover, in this paper main themes and characteristics of donne's love poetry are analyzed in details. from the information given above, we can learn that john donne is considered one of the brightest representatives of english literature, and he described the theme of love in a special way. he is one of the great poets who alternated two opposing feelings and reflected them in his poems. 3 kumar, dharmender. "the apparition by john donne". poem analysis, https://poemanalysis.com/john-donne/theapparition/. 4 donne, john. “a valediction: forbidding mourning.” the norton anthology of english literature, edited by stephen greenblatt, et. al. 10th edition, vol. a, norton, 2018, pp.935-936. 5 donne j. holy sonnet x. cmaj. 2001 mar 20;164(6):842. pmcid: pmc80885. https://poemanalysis.com/john-donne/the-apparition/ https://poemanalysis.com/john-donne/the-apparition/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. john dryden:” discourses on satire and on epic poetry”; release date: september 26, 2014, iso646-us (us-ascii); 2. walton, izaak. “introduction.” the norton anthology of english literature, edited by stephen greenblatt, et. al. 10th edition, vol. a, norton, 2018, pp. 976-980. 3. sadullaev f. b. the importance of giving feedback in efl classes //теория и практика современной науки. – 2018. – №. 11 (41). – с. 404-406. 4. kumar, dharmender. "the apparition by john donne". poem analysis, https://poemanalysis.com/john-donne/the-apparition/. 5. sadullayev f. b. inner characterization of the main character in the novel “the wings of the dove” by henry james //conferencea. – 2022. – с. 132135. 6. donne, john. “a valediction: forbidding mourning.” the norton anthology of english literature, edited by stephen greenblatt, et. al. 10th edition, vol. a, norton, 2018, pp.935-936. 7. donne j. holy sonnet x. cmaj. 2001 mar 20;164(6):842. pmcid: pmc80885. 8. young, r. v. "love, poetry, and john donne in the love poetry of john donne(1)." renascence: essays on values in literature, vol. 52, no. 4, summer 2000, p. 251. gale academic onefile, link.gale.com/apps/doc/a72276311/aone?u=anon~a3ede8e7&sid=googlescholar&xid =322e28ca. accessed 10 oct. 2023. 9. bakhtiyorovich, sadullaev feruz. "peculiar features of henry james’s early novels." (2022). 10. sadullaev f. b., hodiyeva o. h. description of woman image in the novel" shirley" by charlotte bronte //теория и практика современной науки. – 2019. – №. 9 (51). – с. 6-8. 11. ganieva orzigul khayriddinovna, & turayeva dilorom rustamjonovna. (2023). description of perseverance in eudora welty’s short story “a worn path”. miasto przyszłości, 42, 722–725. retrieved from http://miastoprzyszlosci.com.pl/index.php/mp/article/view/2171 12. ganieva o. k. h., aminova n. b. family relationships in john steinbeck's novel “east of eden” //евразийский журнал академических исследований. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 5 part 4. – с. 247-249. 13. sadullaev f. b. different connotations of adverbs (in the examples of “the pearl” and “the grapes of wrath”) //экономика и социум. – 2022. – №. 5-2 (92). – с. 262-265. 14. khayriddinovna g. o. “east of eden” романида қаҳрамонлар хулқ-атворига жамият фикрининг таъсири //scientific reports of bukhara state university. – с. 146. 15. bakhtiyorovich s. f., kabilovna s. d. the literary significance of “the jolly corner” in henry james’s oeuvre //miasto przyszłości. – 2023. – т. 42. – с. 726-729. 16. ganiyeva o. k. h., rajabova z. t. the analysis of loneliness theme in of mice and men //miasto przyszłości. – 2023. – т. 31. – с. 157-159. 17. садуллаев, феруз бахтиёрович. "хх аср ақш модерн адабиётининг тарихий ҳамда ижтимоий негизлари." scientific reports of bukhara state university: 171. https://poemanalysis.com/john-donne/the-apparition/ http://miastoprzyszlosci.com.pl/index.php/mp/article/view/2171 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 18. sadullaev f. o. henry-inson ruhiyatining kuchli bilimdoni //центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz). – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 3. 19. ganieva, orzigul, and aziza akhmedova. "interpersonal relations in the bridal seamstress story (the dew breaker) by edwidge danticat." development of pedagogical technologies in modern sciences 2.13 (2023): 54-57 20. ganieva o. k., sadullayev f. b. the role of female characters in the novel “the grapes of wrath” by john steinbeck //актуальные вопросы современного образования. – 2020. – с. 5-8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org the importance of the family in shahabeddin suhrawardy's moral views gularo rakhimova ibragimovna urganch state pedagogical institute mathematics teaching methodology 914344789 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the family tests the customs of the people, society, and life. he keeps the good ones in his bosom and passes them on to future generations. the family educates its children and instills them with universal values, giving them the initial social direction. by integrating their children into the larger flow of society, the family also influences the direction, economy, culture, and education of society. that is why the family has been considered a sacred fortress in the east since ancient times. family, shahabeddin suhrawardy, moral education, society, family education, relationships, human qualities. introduction the importance of the family is highly emphasized in shahabeddin suhrawardy's moral views. it is the institution of the family, the main device of the uzbek people and plays an important role in the unifying force of the civil society. according to suhrawardy, the family is the largest and most important unit of the human society. in his opinion, family management bodies or states are not similar to family-palace or these procedures. it is a free and independent education system, a solid foundation for economic development, solving injustice and other important issues and ensuring the stability of society and occupies an important place for a person's personal development, perspective and social life. the family achieves the development of a stable and healthy society through mutual invention and cooperation, helping in necessary situations. based on the opinions of shahabeddin suhravardi, the importance of the family is related to teaching human principles, values and ownership. this is related to the family organization and the love, lack, marital relations, children's education and family upbringing processes between its members from the beginning. means this will make the family dear, focus on it, stay away from hatred and conflicts in relationships. the importance of the family is highly emphasized in shahabeddin suhrawardy's moral views. it is considered a family institution, the main material and spiritual part of social life. the spiritual, physical, social and literary success of the uzbek people depends on the development of the family. in suhrawardy's opinion, the family is the unifying force of human society. its main task is to create the necessary opportunities for the development of human characteristics of citizens, familiarization with religious, literary and social rules and their upbringing. it deals with the structure of the family, the relationships between family members, the relationship between parents and children, the role of kindness and farewell, and private rights and responsibilities. the important tasks of the family are the education, development, upbringing of family members, familiarity with goodness, justice and other american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org moral rules, development of the spirit of mutual invention and cooperation. depends on obtaining, strengthening family relations, educating children, keeping factionalism and non-thinking within itself. the family strengthens the mutual relations of the society and serves to appreciate the rights and responsibilities of people. that is why the family has been considered a sacred fortress in the east since ancient times. in particular, the characteristics of uzbek families are still preserved. elderly people and parents play a big role in uzbek families forming a certain lifestyle and gaining life experience, living frugally and wisely, and raising children to be polite and spiritually mature. uzbek families are distinguished by their strength, orderliness, childishness, respect for kinship ties, kindness and other values.a person's destiny, success or failure in his future life, happiness or unhappiness, career choice, even his mood, his family environment are related. the fate of the family depends on the person himself. it is an ancient fact that the moral image of society depends on the type of families. because the family is a socio-spiritual link of the society, a small representative, and the present day and the future of our nation are built on the family ground. if there is discipline in the family, its members transfer these qualities to the service process and use them in social work activities. this causes them to perform their duties at a high level.the family is built on the basis of morality, politeness, hard work, it is very important in relations and communication between people, and it is of particular importance in the character and behavior of a person. if a family brings up their child in the spirit of love and loyalty to the motherland, this feeling will accompany him throughout his life. president sh.m. mirziyoyev said, "the most important condition for the stable and rapid development of the country is to educate well-rounded, goal-oriented and active young people who have modern knowledge and skills and can take responsibility for the country's worthy future[1]." in the legacy of eastern thinkers, the issues of education, especially family upbringing, are given a wide place. they considered the education of children to be the main criterion that determines the fate of the society and the future of the nation. at the heart of their pedagogical views is the idea of a perfect human being as a social ideal. they dwell on the interaction of social and biological aspects in education, and raise issues such as the fact that the influence of heredity and environment are equal in education, and the unity of physical and mental health. their ideas about the unity of mental, labor, moral, aesthetic and physical education and the ways of their implementation, and about raising children in the family, cover many aspects of these problems and they form a system of views on a certain educational science. one of such masterpieces is "family" by a. fitrat. conclusion: in the moral views of shahabeddin suhrawardy, the importance of the family is one of the key tasks for the strength and stability of human society. agreements with the family, love, protection and mutual goodbyes are placed here. it deeply explains the role of the family in ensuring the peace, stability and development of the society. due to the independence of the state of uzbekistan, the ancient national traditions and rituals of our people have been revived, and these traditions play an important role in strengthening the family. the government of uzbekistan regards family issues as a priority task at the level of state policy. according to article 63 of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, the family is the main link of society, it has the right to be protected by society and the state. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. bosworth, c.e.; van donzel, e.; heinrichs, w.p.; lecomte, g. (1997). encyclopaedia of islam. vol. ix (san-sze) (new ed.). leiden, netherlands: brill. p. 781. isbn 9004104224. 2. marcotte, roxanne (july 24, 2019). "suhrawardi". in zalta, edward n. (ed.). the stanford 3.encyclopedia of philosophy. metaphysics research lab, stanford university – via stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. 4.''suhrawardi considered himself to be the reviver of the perennial wisdom, philosophia perennis, or what he calls hikmat al-khalidah or hikmat al-atiqa which existed always among the hindus, persians, babylonians, egyptians, and the ancient greeks up to the time of plato." paths and havens, hossein nasr, p 128. 5. van den bergh, s. "al-suhrawardī". encyclopaedia of islam, first edition (1913-1936). doi:10.1163/2214-871x_ei1_sim_5495. 6. dabashi, hamid (20 november 2012). the world of persian literary humanism. harvard university press. p. 115. isbn 978-0-674-06759-2. 7. the cambridge history of islam:, volume 2 (1977) edited by p. m. holt, ann k. s. lambton, bernard lewis pg 823: [1], p. 823, at google books. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org analysis of socio-philosophical ideas in the works of alisher navoi karimov muhammadrakhim salimjon son andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies assistant of the "humanities" department kmuhammadrahim1212@gmail.com phone: +998911202522 rozimatov umidjon aqxai, master a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s present article offers a philosophical examination of the manifold aspects of alishir navai’s creative life. also, it discusses the contemporary relevancy of the notions of justice, humanity which are found frequently in navai’s works. navai’s works are filled with philosophical speculations about the interrelation of an individual and the society, the earthly happiness, man and the community, and thoughts on education and enlightenment. morals, justice, humanity, spirituality, reason, idea, tasavvuf, being.. introduction the reader faces a number of difficulties in understanding the essence of navoi's works. because the correct understanding of the main meaning of some verses, stories, and symbols requires deep thinking and knowledge of their philosophical essence. in order to have a deeper understanding of the poet's works, it is necessary to be aware of aspects related to the manners of the sect, the essence of sufism, islamic ethics, the life of sufis, and their personality. the main characteristic of the ideas of humanity and goodness in navoi's work is that, unlike all the thinkers and creators who worked before his time, he combined the principles of divinity and worldliness. for him, divine ideas and symbols are the ideal world that man always strives for, and the world is a mirror of this ideal world, a place of example and lesson. after all, the wisdom and essence of the universe and the divine world are reflected in man. in particular, views in this regard form the basis of the epic "khairat ul-abror". navoi says in this epic, "all the world is in kubro, and all the world is in sugra." olami kubro is a big world, that is, universe, existence. the world of sugru is a small world, that is, a person. this view actually goes back to the story of the creation of adam. according to the qur'an, adam was created from dust, and then god sent his soul to him and gave him life. so, man was created from matter and spirit or nature and god. that's why the human body contains metaphor and truth, divinity and worldliness. this is in accordance with the doctrine of the oneness of the universe. the thinker's work "mahbubulqulub" talks about the roles and responsibilities of different social classes in society, and the need to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org treat their duties correctly and honestly. considering these features of the work, we can see how valuable it is for human education today. in the work, special attention is paid to the relations of distribution, their fair organization, and in particular, the question of awarding according to service was in the focus of the poet's attention. when we read navoi's ghazals, we witness the expression of real human experiences, the tone of complaints and sorrows, which at first starts to depress us. however, the power of navoi's words lies in the fact that at their core there is a call to restore the qualities of loyalty and devotion, that is, humanity. alisher navoi is a bright person who occupies a special place in the history of world civilization, especially in the development of the cultural and spiritual life of the turkic-speaking peoples, as a major representative of the eastern renaissance. this can be evidenced by the following: first of all, he is a great poet and thinker who made an incomparable contribution to the development of human thinking with his humanistic ideas, artistic and philosophical views, and immortal poetic works. secondly, alisher navoi is a great linguist who showed the rich possibilities of the turkic-uzbek language in front of the whole world and proved that it is a beautiful language in no way inferior to the arabic or persian languages. thirdly, alisher navoi is a great literary scholar. fourthly, alisher navoi is a great patriot who spent his entire conscious life to restore the prestige, national pride and national identity of the turkish people. navoi's work has always been highly appreciated in the international arena. navoi's "khamsa" is a mirror of the spiritual state of our ancestors, which reflects the social life of the past, people's life, traditions, religion, and morals. navoi's "khamsa" is a complete work that includes five epics that are tightly connected with each other. the great poet writes in it all the pressing issues of his time. in "hayratul-abror", which is a content epic, the poet asks questions about life, its meaning, nature, society and human relations, and in the following epics, he tries to answer them on the example of certain fates and events. alisher navoi's epics included in "khamsa" clearly show humanitarian ideas. the characters of farhad, shirin, layli, majnun, alexander, socrates, and plato in his epics "farhad and shirin", "layli and majnun", "saddi iskandari" and other epics contain high moral qualities and noble values such as patriotism and humanitarianism. these images are described in accordance with the socio-philosophical, moral and humanist views of the scholar. hazrat navoi values humanity, loyalty, kindness, living in the sorrow of the people, even sacrificing his life for their well-being and happiness, benevolence, generosity to others above all else. with this, the thinker glorifies man, his qualities, convincingly proves that he is superior to other creatures. navoi's actions during his life, his activities as a statesman, his meritorious and good deeds aimed at improving the life of the people, alleviating their difficult fate, the content of his prose and poetic works are imbued with a universal and humanistic spirit. the thinker gives a social meaning to the concept of humanitarianism. according to him, humility, loyalty, self-control, truthfulness, generosity, wisdom, helping the needy and orphans, tolerance, gentleness, sweetness, enthusiasm, goodness, kindness, compassion, humanity, all these are the components of humanity. and leads a person to perfection. that is: "consider your body, whatever you want, you want." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org according to this, a person should first know himself, then the total knowledge, wisdom, enlightenment and spirituality created by god, recognize his creator, and rejoin the unity in the state of a pure soul. in this way, human morality is purified and it rises to the level of perfection. alisher navoi condemns false religiosity, using religion for one's own interests, indulging in outward rituals, hypocrisy, and recklessness despite the inner world. first of all, a person is a person with good morals, greatness and divinity of his intentions. if this is not the case, that is, if there is no love for goodness and goodness in a person's heart, it is difficult to believe in his faith. faith should demonstrate the purity and integrity of the inner world, closeness to the truth. on this basis, navoi's entire work rejects fanaticism, religious scholasticism and ignorance. these considerations are not found in the work of any other thinker. he emphasized that religion should serve only in the cause of goodness and called for it. therefore, this issue is one of the most important aspects of ideological and educational importance. it is appropriate to say that hazrat nawai's epic "khairat ul-abror" contains morals, rules of conduct in the philosophy of sufism, humaneness and humanity, self-control, justice and enlightenment, love of nature and people, respect for them, education effectively used ideas about education. these ideas are absorbed into other ghazals and rubai, epics and prose works of the thinker. as stated by i. haqqul, "navoi's approach to sufism and the goal he envisioned from this teaching he fought for the perspective of concepts that are responsible for the destiny of the individual and the nation, as necessary for the development of the country as water and air, and not only to know the truth, but also to love the truth it was the approach and goal of the thinker-artist who also envisioned. we can see that the place of man is highly important in navoi's attitude towards sufism. the thinker's humanistic views with a universal meaning were nourished by islamic philosophy, and the scholar developed its religious and worldly aspects, external and internal aspects in all ways in his works. as a result, the theoretical basis of the ideas of humanism appeared in the east, and new ideas emerged in the recognition of man as a supreme value. the socio-philosophical ideas in the works of alisher navoi are also important for today's era. references 1. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 2. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 3. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. 4. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 5. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya sifatini oshirishda oilada manaviy tafakkurni yuksaltirish. science promotion, 1(1), 92-105. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org 6. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. 7. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ijodiy tafakkurni shakllantirishda shaxs, individ va indivuduallikning mohiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 195-202. 8. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). mehr-muruvvat va mehribonlik qadriyati busaxovat. holders of reason, 1(1), 175-184. 9. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). o ‘zbekistonda turizmni rivojlantirish o ‘ziga xos jihatlari va imkoniyatlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 166-174. 10. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). farg’ona vodiysida turizmni rivojlantirishning iqtisodiy, ijtimoiy va siyosiy omillari. holders of reason, 1(1), 185-193. 11. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). kiber makonda diniy etiqod targibotining ijtimoiy xavfi. holders of reason, 1(1), 223-237. 12. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). zardushtiylik dinida dunyo qarama-qarshilikdan iborat degan ta’limotida ilgari surilgan g ‘oyalar. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 13. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). yangilangan konstitutsiya–baxtimizning huquqiy kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 14. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). сифатли таълим сифатли ҳаётга йўл. science promotion, 1(1), 143-153. 15. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). олий таълимда ўқитиш сифатини такомиллаштиришда ўзбекистон республикаси президенти фармон ва қарорларининг аҳамияти. science promotion, 1(1), 130-142. 16. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ахборот каммуникацион технологияларининг рақобатбардош кадрлар тайёрлашдаги ўрни. science promotion, 1(1), 118129. 17. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). заҳириддин муҳаммад борурнинг маънавий жасоратини авлодлар қалбида шакллантириш. science promotion, 1(1), 154165. 18. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ma’naviyat insonni ruhan poklaydi. science promotion, 1(1), 55-66. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org 19. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). uchinchi renessans kelajak poydevori. science promotion, 1(1), 45-54. 20. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда зиёрат масканлари. science promotion, 1(1), 35-44. 21. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). мустақиллик йилларида хорижий тиллар ўқитилишини яхшилашга доир меъёрий ҳужжатларнинг қабул қилиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 278-285. 22. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). янги ўзбекистон конституциясида миллий муносабатларнинг тартибга солиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 248256. 23. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). қадимги фарғона (даван) давлати тарихига оид баъзи мулоҳазалар. holders of reason, 1(1), 257-269. 24. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). fuqarolarning huquq va erkinliklari qonun himoyasidadir. holders of reason, 1(1), 311-319. 25. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya ma’naviy-axloq poydevoridir. holders of reason, 1(1), 320-328. 26. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тиллар бўйича янги авлод кадрларининг тайёрланишида халқаро ҳамкорликнинг йўлга қўйилиши. holders of reason, 1(1), 270-277. 27. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolar va ularning jamiyat taraqqiyotiga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 329-338. 28. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolarni oldini olishda inson ma’naviyat va madanyatining o ‘rni. holders of reason, 1(1), 339-349. 29. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тил ўқитиш эҳтиёжлари ва муаммолари. holders of reason, 1(1), 298-310. 30. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистон таълим муассасаларида чет тили ўқитилиши тарихига бир назар. holders of reason, 1(1), 286-297. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org activities of national cultural centers in uzbekistan sirojiddin sharofov jaloliddinovich jizzakh state pedagogical university 2nd stage master's student history specialist +998973259868 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s national cultural centers of uzbekistan play an incomparable role in preserving and promoting the country's rich cultural heritage. these centers serve as hubs for various events celebrating the various traditions, arts and customs of uzbekistan. let us explore the important activities carried out by these centers. national cultural centers, article 19, thought and practice, artists, crafts. introduction first of all, events and festivals are organized in national cultural centers that illuminate the vibrant cultural mosaic of uzbekistan. these festivals often feature traditional music, dance performances, traditional craft exhibitions and culinary demonstrations. through these events, the centers provide a platform for artists, artisans and performers to showcase their talents and contribute to the preservation of uzbekistan's cultural identity. in addition, the centers facilitate cultural exchange programs, inviting artists, scholars and cultural experts from different countries to share their experiences and collaborate with local artists. this exchange of ideas and practices helps to build mutual cultural understanding, ensure diversity, and enrich the cultural image of uzbekistan. also, national cultural centers offer educational programs and activities to increase awareness and knowledge about the cultural heritage of uzbekistan among the younger generation. these programs aim to instill a sense of pride and appreciation for traditional arts, crafts, music and dance forms. centers play a very important role in passing on and perpetuating cultural traditions by attracting young participants. in addition, the centers serve as resource centers, holding libraries, archives, and museums with collections of cultural artifacts, manuscripts, and historical documents. these traditions contribute to research, documentation and general preservation of uzbekistan's cultural heritage for future generations. national cultural centers have been actively cooperating with other cultural organizations and institutions of uzbekistan and the international level. such a partnership allows for cultural exchange, collaborative projects and joint initiatives that will increase the visibility and understanding of uzbekistan's cultural wealth on a global scale. citizens of more than 130 different nationalities have been living in our country in harmony, peacefully, on the basis of the principles of good neighborliness. as we know, from the history of different countries, discrimination against other nationalities, violation of their rights is strictly limited in international legal documents. if we look at the universal declaration of human rights, which is one of the international legal documents, we can see the following articles related to human dignity; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org "everyone has the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion; this right includes the freedom to change one's religion or belief and to teach, obey and perform religious ceremonies and rituals in a public or private manner, to one's own religion or belief, as well as includes freedom to act in association with others.” (article 18), "everyone has the right to freedom of belief and the right to freely express it; this right includes the freedom to practice one's beliefs without any obstacles and the freedom to seek, receive and disseminate information and ideas by any means, regardless of state borders (article 19), "education should serve mutual understanding, mutual sympathy and friendship among all peoples, racial and religious groups" (article 26)[1]. so, it can be seen that inter-ethnic relations are one of the most important issues at the level of state policy among all countries of the world. in the republic of uzbekistan, a number of draft laws and presidential decrees have been developed and implemented on this issue. for example, the resolution of the cabinet of ministers "on the establishment of the national association of international cultural-educational relations of the republic of uzbekistan" dated march 25, 1992, concerning "issues of the establishment of the national association of international cultural-educational relations of the republic of uzbekistan" no. 291 of june 16, 1992, "regarding the international cultural center of the republic" no. 10 of january 13, 1992 (these legal documents are replaced by the decision of may 23, 2017 no. pq-2993 z has lost its force), of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to further improve inter-ethnic relations and friendly relations with foreign countries" no. pf-5046 of may 19, 2017, "in the field of inter-ethnic relations concept of state policy of the republic of uzbekistan" no. pf-5876 of november 15, 2019, documents such as these laws and decrees reflect the issues in this field in our country. the committee on international relations and friendly relations with foreign countries under the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan is operating, and one of them is the department for coordinating the activities of national cultural centers.1 a committee on international relations and friendly relations with foreign countries was established under the cabinet of ministers of uzbekistan. according to shavkat mirziyoyev's decree on measures to further improve international relations and friendly relations with foreign countries, the new office was established on the basis of the republican international center and the council for cultural and educational relations with friendly societies and foreign countries. done. the decree aims to ensure stability, peace and harmony in society, to strengthen the sense of belonging to a single multi-ethnic family in the minds of citizens, to comprehensively support and develop the activities of national cultural centers and friendship societies, to promote cultural and educational relations with foreign countries. aimed at expansion. the committee was entrusted with tasks such as participation in the implementation of the state policy in the field of inter-ethnic harmony and tolerance in the society, strengthening of friendly relations with the world community. today, representatives of more than 130 nationalities and peoples live as one family in uzbekistan. they work selflessly in all fields and sectors, making a great contribution to building a democratic legal state based on a developed market economy and forming a strong civil society. during the years of independence, more than 120 activists of national cultural centers received state awards, were awarded with orders and medals, including 14 people were awarded the high title of "hero of uzbekistan". the activities of the republican 11 volume 1 | issue 11 issn 2181-1784 scientific journal impact factor sjif 2021: 5.423 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org international cultural center, 138 national cultural centers, the council of societies of friendship and cultural-educational relations of uzbekistan with foreign countries, as well as the activities of 34 friendship societies. history, culture, education of all nationalities and peoples in uzbekistan it plays an important role in the preservation and comprehensive development of spiritual values, traditions and customs, the harmonization of inter-ethnic relations, and the sustainable development of society and the state. they actively use the mechanism of "people's diplomacy" to preserve a peaceful and prosperous life, develop friendly relations and cultural-educational relations with foreign countries, and make a significant contribution to establishing close and mutually beneficial relations with compatriots abroad. in the fire today, education in educational institutions of our country is conducted in 7 languages. tv and radio shows and broadcasts are broadcast in 12 languages, newspapers and magazines are published in more than 10 languages.xulosa qilib aytadigan bo'lib, o'zbekiston milliy madaniy markazlari turli xil tadbirlar orqali madaniy saqlanish, ta'lim va almashinuvni shakllantiradi. ushbu markazlar festival va tadbirlarni tashkil etish, madaniy almashinuvlarni osonlashtirish, ta'lim dasturlarini ta'minlash, madaniy ashyolarni saqlash, milliy va xalqaro hamkorlar bilan hamkorlik qilishgacha o'zbekistonning jonli madaniy manzarasiga faol hissa qo'shadi. milliy madaniy markazlar mamlakatning boy merosini tarbiyalash va targʻib qilish orqali oʻzbekistonning madaniy merosining barqaror davom etishini va kelajak avlodlarni ilhomlantirishini taʼminlaydi. references: 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. milliy taraqqiyot yo’limizni qat’iyat bilan davom ettirib, yangi bosqichga ko’taramiz. – t.: o’zbekiston , 2017. 2. karimov i.a. o’zbekiston xxi asrga intilmoqda. t.:o’zbekiston.1999. 19 b. 3. xonazarov q. mustaqillik va milliy munosabatlarning rivojlanishi. toshkent, 2001. -6 b 4. o’zbekiston respublikasi konstitutsiyasi .toshkent: o’zbekiston, 2018. 6 b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org methodology of organization of middle running training in athletics akhror djabbarov teacher of the "physical culture and sports activity" cafe of the tashkent financial institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the types and processes of practical training in middle distance running by the type of athletics. the processes of practical training of middle distance runners and the forms of organizing practical classes are, analyzed. discussions were, also held on the methods and principles of improving technical and tactical skills, the development of physical qualities, which are the main goals and objectives of practical training of middle-distance runners. athletics, running, medium distances, spot, training, distance, athlete, technician, runner. introduction the formation of a healthy lifestyle in society, the promotion of public health, the education of a physically healthy and spiritually rich younger generation, ensuring regular serious participation of citizens in physical education and sports are one of the most actual issues of our time. millions of people improve their health by walking and running. athletics is called the "queen of sports." does this kind of sport deserve to be called with this name? you might think. athletics opened the door for all modern sports, it is impossible to imagine football or basketball without running or jumping, and even the chess master exercises running in preparation for the tournament. pierre de coubertin, founder of the modern olympic movement, said: "the main thing is not to win, but to compete!" there's a phrase: if you want to be healthy, run, if you want to be beautiful, run, if you want to be strong, run. we see that this word makes a lot of sense. the great scientist abu ali ibn sina used gymnastics, swimming, wrestling, as well as fast walking, running, jumping, throwing spears and lifting stones in the treatment of patients. our great ancestor amir temur regularly used athletics, cross-country running, cross-country shooting, javelin throwing, throwing stones and obstacle training to train their soldiers to be physically strong, agile and hardy. [1] average high-start running is only 800 metres, sometimes starting with a fifth start. in the starting position, the runner puts a stronger leg closer to the starting line, and the tip of the other leg 30-50 cm back. after the "attention" command, he slightly bends both legs, tilting the body forward and shifting american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org the centre of gravity to the front leg so that the ledge of the total weight does not protrude beyond the tip opposite the front leg, bend your hand in the opposite direction and push it forward.[2] some middle-distance runners lean on the ground with this hand 12 (behind the starting line), the shorter the distance, the closer the runner's start is to the start. the athlete starts running on the signal (the sound of the bullet, the "march" command); in the first steps, his body is more bent, and then slowly recovers. the width of the steps increases, the speed of running increases, the athlete increases the speed and wins free running in a short time. running at a distance. when running long distances, the body is straight or slightly bent (5-7 °).[4] by slightly tilting the body forward, you will be able to take full advantage of the pressure force and move forward faster. excessive forward tilt causes the running down, which makes it difficult to move the bent leg forward, and as the steps decrease, the speed decreases. in addition, when overworked, muscles are always strained that prevent the body from flexing too much. when the torso is not bent, the pressure conditions deteriorate a little, but the knee joint is bent. it improves. if posture is correct, favourable conditions are created for muscles and internal organs to work. in the depression phase, pelvic promotion is an important feature of long-distance running, which allows for fuller use of the basic power of reaction. tilt of the runners' body is about 2-3 °: the depressive moment increases and decreases in the flight phase. the state of the head has a positive effect on the state of the body. so we need to keep your head straight and look forward. in mediumrange running technique, it is very important to move your feet. the stack is slightly bent and burns softly and elasticly to the ground. first the front of the foot sole, then it's all touched the ground. such a burn on the sole of the foot is the body of a runner with the place of burn of the foot to the ground. fr. m. reduces the distance between the projections and reduces the influence of the brake forces of the base reaction. the active movement of an empty leg forward and back relative to the torso also helps the neck. burning the front of the foot to the ground allows better use of the stiffness of the calf muscles, which are actively involved in depression. traces of runners' feet on the road will be even, socks will almost never burn to the sides. from falling to the ground to the vertical position, the foot continues to bend (bend for softening). in this case, the quadricepsum muscle (calf muscle) is stretched, which facilitates contraction during pressing. bending the top of the sole also improves its softening. if all the joints are completely straighten, depression will be good. [5] when running at medium distances, the angle of inclination is about 50-55 °. when the deisinsp is straight, the pelvis protrudes slightly, and the bent limb parallels the number of legs lowered. the rapid movement of the swinging foot makes pressing easier. the best middle-distance runners have increased the number of fly feet to horizontal levels. on the other hand, middle-distance runners don't expect much of the number of waving legs. the leg muscles (four-headed, hips and other hip muscles) that have treated the depressant relax during the flight, and the leg bends in the knee joint and moves forward quickly. [6] tinting occurs when these muscles rest for a short time after good work in the base phase. in an upright position or when the fly legs are slightly shifted forward, the fly legs are most bent. if the leg is bent, it can be extended faster, but this flexion should not be forced, the antagonist muscles should be as relaxed as possible, the hip should move forward at high speed, and the ability to relax muscles during a squat will affect the angle of flexion in the knee joint. in different runners, this angle is about 25-50 °. in an upright position, the squat leg is much lower than the knee of the base leg (this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org is the result of relaxing the leg and torso muscles, which is essential when running at medium and especially long distances, while the pelvis moves around the sagittal axis of the pelvic joint.[7] the most important thing in flight is to maintain balance and relaxation of the body. in the middle distance, the athlete takes 170-220 steps per minute. the length of the middle-distance runners' pitch is not the same even for the athlete. this is due to overwork, the inability to run a thiocyte for some distance, the quality of the track, the wind and the mood of the athlete. __ usually the pitch with a strong leg is longer than with a weak one. the length of the tent is 160-215cm. the ability to increase the running speed by increasing the pitch will be limited because it will require a lot of strength.[8] in addition, the length of the pitch largely depends on the personal qualities of the athlete. therefore, the speed increases by increasing the frequency of steps. it depends on the level of training of the runner. the movement of the arms with the shoulder girdle depends on the movement of the legs. these movements should be performed easily and comfortably. it depends on knowing how to relax the muscles of the shoulder girdle. hand movement helps to maintain balance while running. the amplitude of the arm's movement depends on the speed of running. as the paws progress, the torso does not cross the middle line and rises to about the level of the sternum. when the hand goes back, the claw reaches the back of the body (if you look at the runner from the side). the hands move like a pendulum, fingers are relaxed, the wrists are not aroused, the shoulders do not rise.[9] when the hand moves forward, the shoulder of the front hand shifts slightly forward (moving around the vertical axis) because of the pelvis moving forward with the other leg. the hand bends the most when it moves forward and the least backward, and the least when it's upright. how long does it take to get to the finish line depends on the athlete's distance and strength. hand on the way to the finish line movement accelerates, the torso bends more, the angle of descent decreases. the athlete starts running faster, mainly by increasing the frequency of steps. some runners get tired by the end of the distance and run with their bodies tilted. this position of the body does not contribute to smoother running, because the force created when pressed is directed more upwards.[10] features of the running technique in a corner: the torso is tilted to the left, the sidewalk is slightly tilted, the right hand moves wider with the left hand, the elbow of the right hand protrudes more to the side, the sole of the right foot tilts slightly to the ground. running at high speeds increases the body's oxygen demand; oxygen consumption is up to 4-5 litres per minute, and air exchange in the lungs is up to 100-120 litres per minute or more. that's why it's so important to breathe properly while running. the increased need for oxygen is mainly due to an increase in respiratory rate. there is a certain relationship between breathing rate and running depth and speed. the rhythm of breathing depends on the speed of running with individual characteristics (as the speed of running increases, so does the frequency of breathing). in case of not very fast running, if you exhale once every 6 steps, as the speed increases, one exhalation corresponds to 4 steps (2 steps inhalation, 2 steps exhalation), and sometimes 2 steps. when running, it is difficult to maintain a constant ratio of breathing to the number of steps from start to end of the distance. consequently, the initial breathing will accelerate in the future. the runner shouldn't stop breathing. inhale should be both through the nose and through the mouth. the most important thing is to pay attention to the total exhalation. the main factor in the basic physical fitness of athletes running at medium distances is physical development and high body rise. the cycle of training middle-distance runners is influenced by the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org system of distribution of sports competitions throughout the year, as well as the change of seasons. training period during this period it is necessary to create conditions for an athlete to penetrate the philosophy of sports. the main tasks of the first stage of technical and tactical training of middledistance runners are: the factor that forms the organisational and theoretical basis of sports activities is the acquisition and consolidation of knowledge. in elementary sports, the main factor is the development of motor skills and skills that create favourable conditions for maturity. of particular importance at the first stage is the spiritual and volitional training of middle-distance runners, the education of a specific diligence among the athlete, and an increase in the overall level of willpower that ensures success in sports. competitive period the structure of this period can be simple and complex. it consists of small cycles of race and choice of load. references 1. tashpulatov f. a., shermatov g. k. wrestling–the honor of uzbek nation //eurasian scientific herald. – 2022. – т. 8. – с. 205-208. 2. alisherovich t. f. sog’lom turmush tarzini shakillantirishda jismoniy madaniyatning inson hayotidagi roli //barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2022. – с. 187-190. 3. ташпулатов ф. gandbolchilar o'yin faoliyati samaradorligini har tomonlama baholash metodikasi //scienceproblems. uz. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 4. khurramovich, k. f. (2022). developing a set of wellness exercises for middle aged men (45-60 years old) according to physical preparation. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(04), 165-169. 5. alisherovich, t. f., & toshboyeva, m. b. innovative pedagogical activity: content and structure. 6. tashpulatov farkhad alisherovich, methodology of comprehensive evaluation of game activity efficiency of handball players, 2023/1, actual problems of humanities and social sciences, 96-104, https://doi.org/10.47390/1342v3i1y2023n10 7. khurramovich, k. f. (2022). developing a set of wellness exercises for middle aged men (45-60 years old) according to physical preparation. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(04), 165-169. 8. khurramovich, k. f. (2022). methodology of weightlifting with athletes. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(4), 1228-1233. 9. karimov, f. x. (2022). scientific and methodological bases of normalization of loads in physical education and mass sports-health training. european journal of business startups and open society, 2(2), 24-28. 10. karimov, f. x. (2021). plan individual fitness training programs for middle-aged men. european journal of life safety and stability (2660-9630), 11, 238-244. 11. каримов, ф. х. (2020). classification, system and terms of sport wrestling methods. international journal of discourse on innovation, integration and education, 1(4), 84-88. 12. каримов, ф. х., & ташпулатов, ф. а. (2020). республикамиздаги юнон-рим кураши билан шуғулланувчи ўсмирларни қарши ҳужум усулларига https://doi.org/10.47390/1342v3i1y2023n10 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org ўргатиш самарадорлигини ошириш. инновации в педагогике и психологии, (si-2№ 4). 13. каримов, ф. х. (2017). физическая культура и её связь с общей культурой. высшая школа, (4), 65-66. 14. каримов, ф. х. (2017). физическая культура и её связь с общей культурой. высшая школа, (4), 65-66. 15. karimov, f. k. (2022). developing a combination of health exercises for middle-aged men aged 45-60. eurasian scientific herald, 8, 201-204. 16. tashbaeva, m. (2022). pedagogical opportunities of wrestling sports in the formation of a sense of national pride in students. eurasian scientific herald, 8, 213-216. 17. toshboyeva, m. b. (2022). wellness exercises for human endurance development. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(4), 1214-1220. 18. toshboyeva, m. b. (2022). wrestling is a kind of sport with an example of the first training jar the importance of the formation of fastpaced power attributes with the help of moving games. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 6, 291-294. 19. karimov, f. k. (2022). primary school students hold national movement games in physical education classes. journal of integrated education and research, 1(5), 254-258. 20. ташпулатов ф. gandbolchilar o'yin faoliyati samaradorligini har tomonlama baholash metodikasi //scienceproblems. uz. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 96-104. 21. the role of sports in the development of personality of young athletes tashpulatov farkhad alisherovich, international engineering journal for research & development, https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/658dk, 2023/2, 22. theoretical and practical increase in the ability to predict in physical education and sports, tashpulatov f. a., pindus journal of culture, literature, and elt, 136-139. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org impact of knowledge management pillars in establishing knowledge repositories through the moderating role of knowledge leakage: an applied study in the ministry of iraqi planni̇ng wisam bader kadhim department of business administration, university of basrah, basrah, iraq, orcid https://orcid.org/0009-0004-6035-297x prof. dr. muhammed hussein manhal business administration department, college of administration and economics, university of basrah, basrah, iraq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s purpose the leakage of knowledge assets, such as intellectual property amassed as a result of information leakage, poses a serious threat to businesses since knowledge is a critical strategic organizational asset that needs to be safeguarded as a competitive resource. organizational skills. the purpose of this paper is to ascertain how knowledge management pillars affect organizational knowledge repositories and how this relationship is established. the study assesses the moderating role of knowledge leaking in the relationship. design/methodology/approaches the research employed survey methodologies and quantitative design as a research strategy for gathering data and evaluating the models. the proposed linkages are based on data gathered from 225 employees in the ministry of planning. findings the results of the data analysis demonstrated that the modifying variable had a detrimental influence on the study model. it was positive except for the interaction between information repositories and the pillars of knowledge management. many recommendations for additional research were made, and theoretic and practical consequences were explored. originality/value the study aimed to identify knowledge repositories and knowledge management pillars. in addition, knowledge leakage plays a role in enhancing knowledge repository efforts. finally, the study was conducted in the context of the iraqi ministry of planning. it is the only study that addresses research factors. as a result, it serves as a valuable resource for scholars and other interested parties in fields related to knowledge management. pillars of knowledge management, knowledge leakage, knowledge repositories, resourcebased viewpoint (rbv) and knowledge-based viewpoint (kbv). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org introduction knowledge management has become an effective discipline in businesses as a result of the growing body of research on the knowledge-based economy (murumba, 2011; kabilwa, 2018; fombad et al., 2017). a knowledge-based economy, in the words of the organization for economic co-operation and development (oecd,1996), is one that depends on the creation, modification, storage, distribution, and use of knowledge and information, or "the financial impact of creating, modifying, storing, distributing and using knowledge" (al-busaidi, 2019). this shows that information is seen as one of the fundamental components of business, enabling the creation of a high level of added value and enabling growth in the various business and investment sectors. high levels of performance, flexibility, innovation, and insight are required in both the existing and emerging corporate environments, as opposed to a typical improvement-based perspective. as a result, thorough and efficient planning is essential for knowledge management inside the business (digiacomo, 2003). given the widespread need for concepts and theories to support systematic intervention in the way the organization deals with knowledge, business organizations in all service and industrial sectors, as well as professional service organizations, have referred to the concept of knowledge management with great interest (saleh,2013). based on what was confirmed in the literature review, there is disagreement over the terminology used to describe and define the fundamental pillars of knowledge management, though it is noted that they all deal with the same concepts and ideas. however, they differ in how some practices are categorized according to each pillar, specifically with regard to the working individual, although some differentiate it from culture. nonaka and takeuchi (1996); alavi and leidner (2001); hung, huang, lin, and tsai (2005); girneine (2014); biloslavo et al. (2018); sampaio et al. (2019). first, according to definitions that listed leadership, organization, technology, and learning as the four pillars of knowledge management (stankosky,2005; oun et al.,2016; andam and rezaian,2017; kabilwa,2018; lovreni and sekovani,2019; matekenya et al.,2021). however, upon careful study, we also discover that they flow into the four pillars as outlined above, albeit in a more precise way. other research, on the other hand, have shown that there are eleven pillars of knowledge management (lehner & haas, 2010). the ability of the organization to absorb and apply knowledge is one of the functions of knowledge management (wakasa,2011; alavi and leidner, 1999; volberda et al., 2010), and knowledge corridors are one of the efficient tools to create new knowledge about the different organizational concepts and then apply the knowledge (martelo-landroguez and cegarra-navarro,2014; gutiérrez et al.,2015). in organizations where knowledge is a competitive advantage, knowledge leakage is crucial to management, particularly when it comes to newly discovered intellectual property (ipr) for which safeguards have not been put in place (ritala et al., 2015: 24; ferenhof et al., 2015: 12; ferenhof et al., 2016: 47; ahlam, 2018: 30). since the edward snowden information leak incident in 2013, enterprises worldwide have acknowledged the existence of information and knowledge breaches (hassan and nasereddin, 2018: 6773). according to ahlam (2018) and khelil et al. (2017), knowledge leakage is the potential for confidential information to be misplaced or accidentally disclosed to rivals or unapproved parties, posing a serious risk to the company. as an illustration, consider the depreciation of knowledge assets, which refers to the collective intellectual property of knowledge-intensive businesses (which include competent employees and their experience) (altukrun et al., 2021: 2). knowledge assets are enabling organizations to gain a competitive edge and create value (herden, 2020: 163; kengatharan, 2019: 1; randall, 2013: 1). table 1 illustrates the four categories into which american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org knowledge assets can be categorized, despite the challenges associated with precisely describing and quantifying knowledge in organizations—a fact supported by earlier research. thus, leakage is a significant issue for companies and a topic for further investigation (agudelo et al., 2015: 3; ahlam, 2018: 16). table 1 categories of knowledge assets fundamentals of empirical knowledge fundamentals of conceptual knowledge • sharing of tacit knowledge through shared experiences • individuals' knowledge and skills • safety, trust, care, and attention • tension, impatience, and passion • symbols, words, and images that denote specific knowledge • concepts for products • the layout • rights to trademark ownership fundamentals of routine knowledge fundamentals of systematic knowledge • methods and procedures that serve as commonplace tacit knowledge, • expertise in day-to-day activities, • organizational procedures, and • organizational culture • explicit methodology and knowledge sheet • manuals, specifications, and documentation • the database • licensing and patents source: nonaka, ikujiro; toyama, ryoko; konno, noboru (2000). “seci ba, and leadership: a unified model of dynamic knowledge creation”. long range planning, 33(1), 5-34. building knowledge repositories is therefore one organizational strategy to protect organizational knowledge from both deliberate and accidental leakage and knowledge sharing (farida et al., 2015: 5; becerra-fernandez and sabherwal., 2015: 191 ; alhawari, 2016: 18). institutional repositories are becoming more and more commonplace worldwide (moahi, 2009: 4). according to damayanti (2018: 8), the subject of organizational repositories has gained international attention through workshops and conferences, but its development in developing nations has been extremely sluggish (dhanavandan and tamizhelvan, 2015) zachary (2011: 479). according to nunda and elia (2019: 2), the repository's regulators have an organizational responsibility to manage their digital assets, which includes controlling access, preservation, and distribution over the long term. a system architecture known as an organizational repository is used to store and manage an organization's intellectual property, making it simple and quick to access and retrieve it. or a collection of services offered by the group to handle and publish digital content produced by group or community members (mgonzo and yonah, 2014: 7; okumu, 2015: 15). the knowledge repository (kr) can help people in the vicinity obtain and apply important knowledge that is easily accessible without requiring social interaction (valentine et al., 2017: 2). one of the primary forms of knowledge management (km) systems is knowledge repositories (kankanhalli et al., 2005: 113). the majority of organizations have amassed a significant amount of knowledge over the course of their existence by repeating the tasks at which they excel. for this reason, it is necessary to organize this knowledge, whether it is implicit or explicit, so that other members of the organization are aware of its source and origin (anis et al., 2007 : 202; fadel, 2014: 512; damayanti, 2018: 8). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org furthermore, by incorporating four variables into a single model, conducting research in the service industry with a sizable sample size, and employing both knowledge ways and knowledge leakage as two moderating variables, this study aims to close the knowledge gap. this study was carried out in the service sector of the ministry of planning in iraq in order to address the issue of organizational knowledge leakage in the public sector, particularly within the ministry of planning, as a result of employee transfers to other public sector ministries and reductions in the number of years of functional service. this study's primary goal is to create a quantifiable model that can be applied to a large-scale sample under investigation. to achieve this, it will analyze the effects of knowledge management pillars on knowledge repositories using the two moderating variables, knowledge leakage and knowledge ways. a sample of people employed by the iraqi ministry of planning is used in this study. consequently, the three primary research issues are what this study seeks to address. what type of relationship does the foundation of knowledge management have with knowledge repositories, and what influences that relationship? lastly, how does the connection between the repositories and the pillars of knowledge change as a result of information leakage? the format of the paper is as follows. the theoretical backdrop and research model are explained in section 2, and the research techniques are described in section 3. the experimental results are then discussed in sections 4 and 5. in section 6, the report wraps up with some limits, research implications for the future, and recommendations for managerial practice. theoretical background and research model the previous literature that served as the research's theoretical foundation is presented in this part. a common misconception about knowledge management is that it is an interdisciplinary, multifaceted idea. there are numerous definitions of knowledge management in the literature (nsubuga-mugoa, 2019: 23, meihami and meihami, 2014: 81, na, 2015: 18, saleh, 2013: 32, shropshire et al., 2019: 2). to determine what each researcher is concentrating on, comparisons must be done (meihami and meihami, 2014:81). the scientific and applied literature, corporate organizations in the industrial sectors, and professional services organizations have all given knowledge management a lot of attention. the primary objective of the pressing demand for several theories and concepts related to knowledge management is to enable the methodical intervention in the organization's handling of organizational knowledge (saleh, 2013: 32). one advantage of not having a single definition for knowledge management is that different researchers and stakeholders will have different perspectives based on their experience, education, and level of seniority in the field (jain, 2017: 1; valacherry et al., 2020: 252; na, 2015: 19). knowledge management is a crucial and influential field in carrying out the tasks and activities of various organizations, as the emergence of a knowledge-based economy has highlighted the need for effective utilization of knowledge (murumba, 2011: 1; kabilwa, 2018: 2; madeleine et al., 2017: 1). a knowledge-based economy is one that depends on the production, distribution, and use of knowledge and information. the organization for economic cooperation and development (oecd, 1996) defined this term as the financial impact of knowledge creation, modification, storage, distribution, and use (albusaidi, 2019: 1). in addition, knowledge is the fundamental component of production that promotes the expansion of high-tech businesses and investments, both of which result in the creation of significant added value. rather than the typical focus on improvement, insight, creativity, adaptation, and superior american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org performance reflect governing requirements for the new business environment, as well as efficient and thorough planning for knowledge management in the company (digiacomo, 2003: 7-8). the literature review pertaining to the concept of knowledge management pillars reveals a lack of agreement on terminology for defining and characterizing them. however, it is observed that these concepts and ideas are similar, despite differences in how certain practices are categorized based on the pillar, particularly in relation to working individuals. while some scholars (nonaka & takeuchi, 1995; alavi & leidner, 2001; hung, huang, lin, & tsai, 2005; girneine, 2014; biloslavo et al., 2018; sampaio et al., 2019) distinguish it from organizational culture, others do not. in the definitions that identified four basic pillars of knowledge management (leadership, organization, technology, and education) (stankosky, 2005; oun et al., 2016; andam and rezaian, 2017; kabilwa, 2018; lovrenčićand sekovanić, 2019; mateken ya et al, 2021), others see that the individual and his culture are partial and one. conversely, some research (lehner & haas, 2010) suggests that there is a more comprehensive set of knowledge pillars for knowledge management; nevertheless, a closer examination reveals that this material is likewise broken down into four pillars, albeit with more specific details. a knowledge repository is a structure that regularly examines and methodically records the sources of organizational knowledge (chidambaram et al.,2014:203). in the knowledge repository, information is kept for potential future use (fadel et al., 2014: 511; batista et al., 2015: 2; muda and yusof, 2016: 92). as a result, the two main functions of the knowledge repository are the regular application of knowledge and its storage. the researchers characterized it as a database that offers a set of services for recording, storing, indexing, conserving, and dispersing the organization's output in digital formats (ampong, 2016: 8; bibbo et al., 2012: 17), referring to a larger range of roles, alternatively it stands for an integrated system that facilitates two-way communication and allows users to search through both structured and unstructured data while finding answers to their questions. to enable cooperative action to recover and safeguard organizational knowledge assets (chidambaram et al., 2014: 203). by gathering knowledge from the working workforce, knowledge repositories help encourage knowledge exchange among their staff (muda and yusof, 2016: 92). these repositories' dependence on the knowledge content as well as the authors' publication and contribution policies present a problem, though. the complete material is accessible when contributors use an open access strategy; otherwise, access to that text or content is either difficult or restricted (farida et al, 2015: 3). because it is accessible and may be used without social contact, knowledge repositories (krs) have the potential to assist interested parties in gaining relevant knowledge (valentine et al., 2017: 2). by repeating things they are proficient at, many businesses have started to accumulate a significant quantity of knowledge throughout the course of their life. this is the reason behind the necessity of controlling the amount of information, whether explicit or tacit, so that people inside the company are aware of where and how to obtain it (anis et al., 2007: 202; fadel, 2014: 512; damayanti, 2018: 8). furthermore, we concur with the researchers' description of knowledge repositories as "an information technologybased system designed to support the storage, reuse, and reuse of organizational knowledge assets" (fadel, 2014: 512; hung et al., 2015: 9). many academics have noted that the knowledge-based view of the company (kbv) is the foundation for the knowledge leakage phenomena. the foundation of a firm's competitive advantage, according to the kbv, is knowledge (frishammar et al., 2015: 76; serna et al., 2017: 4; sindakis et al., 2017: 235; inkpen et al., 2018: 1). the resource-based view is one of the prevalent concepts in the field of strategic management that have been mentioned in knowledge management literature (ahmad et al., 2015; 1; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org khelil and haddad, 2017: 204; arias-pérez et al, 2020), and the integration of dynamic capabilities (chan et al., 2006: 853; ahmad et al., 2015: 3; lin et al., 2016: 1762) and the knowledge-based view (carayannopouloset al, 2010: 254; ahmad et al, 2013: 4; sharif et al., 2021: 1) into organizational procedures to explain the idea of knowledge leakage. it is evident that the significance of information leaking is connected to a number of theories and notions (arias-pérez et al, 2020; sharif et al, 2020: 1; sharif et al., 2021: 1). organizations face a significant problem in trying to balance the requirement to retain confidentiality with the desire to increase information sharing (ahmad et al., 2015: 3; durst et al., 2015: 9; adaileh et al., 2017: 95). in this discussion, the knowledge perspective frequently centers on the differentiation between "explicit" and "tacit" knowledge. because it is harder to articulate or record than explicit knowledge, implicit knowledge is thought to leak less frequently than explicit knowledge (ahmad et al., 2013: 6). furthermore, workers who retire or move to other organizations that compete with them carry their knowledge with them, demonstrating that knowledge leakage is not limited to explicit knowledge alone (tan et al., 2015: 12; sindakis et al., 2017: 238; vafaei-zadeh et al., 2019: 13). employees who purposefully or unintentionally divulge critical internal company information to outside parties without authorization are likewise guilty of knowledge leaking (frishammar, ericsson, and patel 2015: 75; khoza, 2019: 1, ritala et al. 2015: 22; khoza, 2019: 1). the interplay between the various stages of knowledge retention might lead to knowledge leaking (levallet et al., 2016: 100). in the context of knowledge leakage, the majority of the research appears to classify fundamental knowledge as the crucial kind of knowledge (mohamed et al., 2006: 3; durst et al., 2015: 2). research hypotheses pillars of knowledge management and knowledge repositories for instance, the literature (matekenya et al., 2021; lovrenđić and sekovanić, 2019; stankosky, 2005; oun et al., 2016; andam and rezaian, 2017; kabilwa, 2018) pointed out the characteristics of the knowledge pillars (leadership, organization, technology, learning). knowledge sharing is one of the objectives of knowledge repositories (doctor, 2008: 335; chu, 2014: 159), and it is frequently kbv theory rbv theory knowledge repositories knowledge leakage h1 h2 pillars of knowledge management figure 1: research model american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org considered a crucial part of knowledge management (kassahun, 2016: 395). furthermore, a study by andersen and apqc found that senior leadership's lack of commitment to sharing organizational knowledge is a significant factor in organizations' inability to utilize our world of knowledge (holsapple and joshi, 2000: 241). this is because knowledge repositories' primary objective is knowledge sharing (ankanhalli et al., 2005: 114; kankanhalli et al., 2005: 115). farida et al., 2015: 6, and alhawari, 2014: 120). the operational components of knowledge assets are covered by the organization dimension, which also includes formal and informal functions, processes, organizational structures, control standards and metrics, process re-engineering and improvement, and process improvement (lovernčić et al., 2019: 374). in order to guarantee the flow, tracking, and best use of all of the organization's knowledge assets, this pillar is built on the concepts and methods of system engineering (stankosky, 2005: 6). an important and practical instrument for using knowledge repositories is the acceptance and use of technology (bansler et al., 2004: 281). three key concepts are knowledge generation, application, and sharing (choi et al., 2010: 855) (lee et al., 2012: 187). according to (chhim et al., 2017: 5), technology plays a significant role in facilitating knowledge exchange by lowering obstacles related to time and location between knowledge workers and facilitating access to knowledge-related information. h1. the pillars of knowledge management are positively linked to knowledge repositories. the relationship of knowledge leakage as an moderation variable between the pillars of knowledge management and knowledge repositories when information leaves an organization in an unwelcome, uncontrollable manner and is detrimental to it, it is referred to as knowledge leakage (ritala et al., 2018: 13; flammer and kacperczyk, 2019: 1246). new research has demonstrated the constraints placed on individuals by knowledge management systems to lessen the effects of this action (galati et al., 2019: 20). these consequences increase when critical knowledge is disclosed, and knowledge that is disclosed to the outside loses its strategic value and can be exploited in an opportunistic manner to lessen the advantages enjoyed by the organization that is the source of the information (raza-ullah and eriksson, 2017: 246). furthermore, leakage erodes the commitment and allegiance of outside partners, who could wind up behaving opportunistically and wrongly appropriating previously shared organizational core knowledge. this represents a loss of time, money, and other resources in addition to fundamental knowledge (abhari et al., 2018:4). as a result, we observe the detrimental feedback effects caused by knowledge leakage, which begin at the micro level with deficiencies in abilities and skills and result in low operational efficiency in terms of time and cost. this, in turn, reflects on the organization's overall level, which is indicated by declining performance and reputation in the external environment (massingham, 2018: 1; zheng et al., 2018: 2; rashida et al., 2019: 19). research method a cross-sectional survey methodology was employed in order to gather data and subsequently test the theoretical model. following the data gathering procedure, the questionnaires were examined for any missing information and any data entry mistakes. the measuring methodology was adjusted in light of factor and content analysis to guarantee the constructs' validity and one-dimensionality. the hypothetical model was tested using structural equation modeling based on covariance (sem) in spss during the following phase. additionally, it was used to investigate the relationships between latent american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org variables and measured variables (structural theory assessment) as well as between measurement theory assessment and latent variables (hair, hult, ringle and sarstedt, 2016: xi). sample and data collection a direct survey was used to collect the experimental data, and it was carried out during the start and end of march 2023. we chose the ministry of planning in iraq via basic random sample utilizing the ministry of planning's database in the human resources department, which offers profiles and information for all ministry employees, in order to increase the generalizability of the findings. the national center for administrative development and information technology, the central statistical organization, the central agency for standardization and quality control, and the ministry of planning's main office make up the ministry of planning. since technology is one of the pillars of knowledge management, we were eager to choose sample members who work in departments directly related to knowledge and information technology. additionally, we selected certain sectoral departments of exceptional importance within the ministry of planning by having them complete tasks and activities that are both directly and indirectly related to knowledge and information technology. the responsibilities and actions of various ministries, governorates, and unaffiliated organizations revolve around a variety of tasks, including selecting investment projects, creating yearly and five-year plans, and creating annual budgets and budgetary allocations. 240 out of the 295 employees who received the questionnaire answered it, yielding an approximate 81% response rate. 225 of the returned questionnaires—with 15 incomplete and over 6% of the data missing—were included in the final sample. to deal with missing residual data, mean value substitution (hair, hult, ringle, and sarstedt, 2016: 57) was employed. the final sample comprised all ministry of planning formation personnel; no ministry-affiliated formation was left out. it is possible to get clarification on the specifics of each entity and the quantity of questionnaires received for study. the central agency for standardization and quality control (43), the central agency for statistics (59), the ministry of planning's headquarters (98), and the national center for administrative development and information technology (22) questionnaires. however, three people did not disclose where they work. the ministry was 83 years old, and the respondents had an average of 17 years of work experience in their current position. there are 35 decision makers in the sample who are in the categories of lower management (division official), middle management (department manager), and senior management (general manager). with the exception of the difference between the ministry's headquarters and affiliated formations, none of the control variables had a significant impact at p < 0.05. the same holds true for non-response bias, since there were no documented signs of it, and participation rates from early and late were not statistically significant (p < 0.05). measures nine dimensions, spread among three fundamental variables, were used to measure the model. eight academics with expertise in knowledge management and five executive directors who serve as knowledge management trainers for the ministry of planning assessed the scales in the first instance to confirm their validity. they are knowledgeable in knowledge management and have an average of ten to fifteen years of administrative experience. the questionnaire items for each variable were reworded to make them more clear in response to their feedback. the research standards were translated into american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org arabic and then back into english once the appropriate adjustments were made. prior to administering the survey and ultimately gathering the last set of data for analysis, the survey was pilot tested in arabic. prior to gathering the final data for analysis, an experimental test of the questionnaire was conducted in arabic. multiple dimensions were employed to measure each aspect, with a 5-point likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). for every combination, reflective scales were employed (diamantopoulos & winklhofer, 2001: 269). the researcher employed the (damayanti et al., 2018) scale to investigate the crucial or contributing aspects to the application of the knowledge s repositories success. the study examines how knowledge leakage that takes into account two dimensions can alter the connection between the independent and dependent variables (arias-pérez et al., 2020: 1). subsequently, based on the research (stankosky, 2005), the researcher talked about how the development of information repositories affects the independent variable, which is the pillars of knowledge management. data analysis the hypotheses presented in section 3 were assessed using variance-based least-squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem), a technique that has gained popularity among management researchers in recent years (hair, sarstedt, pieper, and ringle, 2017: 11). to enhance the dependability of the current findings in this paper, hair et al. (2017:22) used a sample size that was marginally larger than the mean of the pls-sem research they reviewed. before the path coefficients were interpreted, the scaling model was examined, and significance was determined by bootstrapping at the structural model level using the software program spss v.23 (arbuckle, 2013). for every indicator, the t-statistic was also looked at. in accordance with guidelines from recent research, the smoothing approach was applied to 225 samples; modifications made during the smoothing process were not accepted (hair et al., 2016). results assessment of measurement model the study uses the pls-sem model evaluation methods outlined by hair et al. (2012) to assess the measurement model. the evaluation criteria are displayed in table 2 below; these will be covered in greater detail in the following section. a 0.7 criterion was used when treating indicator dependability in terms of factor loading (hair et al., 2017: 127). additionally, if other items assessing the same construct had greater reliability scores, loads of at least 0.5 were allowed (hair et al., 2017: 127). as a result, for each of the knowledge management pillars—leadership, organization, learning, and information technology—four components were left out. and the removal of two items from contentand information-technology-related knowledge repositories. as well as one aspect of the knowledge corridors. cronbach's alpha was used to assess the pls-sem's internal consistency dependability in accordance with hair et al. (2019) recommendations. a threshold of 0.7 for cr was used (pallant, 2011:100), and all combinations were able to meet this. using the mean of the recovered variance and an initial threshold of 0.5, convergent validity was investigated (hair et al., 2010: 679–680). correlations between combinations were evaluated in order to evaluate discriminating validity; the results showed that there was sufficient discrimination, ranging from 0.46 to 0.66 (table 3). according to fornell and larcker (1981:47), table 2 also displays the square root of ave on diameter, which was greater than the correlations for each structure and suggests that there is excellent discriminating validity between the combinations. descriptive statistics were american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org utilized to give an overview of the data that was gathered. the standard deviation values varied from 0.650 to 0.750, whereas the mean values ranged from 3.51 to 3.82. the initial research hypotheses were supported by the values of the positive correlation coefficient between the variables at the average level for each of the six main components, which varied from 0.424 to 0.507. (table 4). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org correlation and discriminant validity table 3 kl kr pkm factor (0.73) pkm (0.73) 055 kr (0.81) 0.57 0.65 kl notes: square-root of ave in parentheses on the diagonals; pkm= pillar of knowledge management; kr = knowledge repository; kl = knowledge leakage assessment of structural model and testing of hypotheses in order to determine whether the model data and the hypotheses were consistent, the size and importance of structural corridors were examined in the suggested amos structural model (see table 5). knowledge repositories appear to benefit from the foundations of knowledge management, according to hypothesis h1. the results of the experiment show that knowledge repositories and the foundations of knowledge management have a medium and positive relationship (β = 0.454, t = 7.574, p < 0.05). hypothesis h2, knowledge leakage modifies the relationship inversely between knowledge repositories and the pillars of knowledge management. the experimental findings indicate that there is a significant negative effect of knowledge leakage on the relationship between knowledge management pillars and knowledge repositories (β = -0.041, t = -1.017, p < 0.311). findings of hypothesis & testing table 5 result p-value t –value β causal path hypothesis supported 0.000 7.574 0.454 pkm kr h1 not supported 0.311 1.017 -0.041 kl*pkm kr h2 notes: pkm: pillar of knowledge management; kr: knowledge repository; kl: knowledge leakage; kl*pkm: interaction knowledge leakage with pillar of knowledge management. descriptive statistical and correlation table 4 kl kr pkm s.d mean variables 1 0.656 3.81 pkm 1 0.453 0.702 3.71 kr 1 0.496 0.425 0.751 3.52 kl notes: pkm: pillar of knowledge management; kr: knowledge repository; kl : knowledge leakage; **p < 0.01 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org discussion theoretical implications considering that information is seen as a determining factor in business performance since, as we previously discussed, it is a necessary resource for any organization (omondi and muthimi, 2019: 54; edwards, 2015: 23; liebowitz, 2016: 43). the organization's capacity to preserve and create a competitive advantage depends on its members' ability to gather, return, and use their specialized knowledge (chu, 2015: 159; omondi and muthimi, 2019: 54; kankanhalli et al., 2005: 114). because it is accessible and usable without requiring social interaction, the argument for building a knowledge repository (kr) aids those in the surrounding community in accessing important knowledge (valentine et al., 2017: 2). the nature of the interaction between the research paradigm's components knowledge repositories and management pillars—as well as the altered function of organizational knowledge leakage are all determined in this section of the study. this is in line with the knowledge-based theory, which highlights the drawbacks of gathering both present organizational information and knowledge to come. and use it to their advantage to fulfill the organization's objectives (lopez and esteves, 2011: 90). the establishment of knowledge repositories is also influenced by the dimensions of the knowledge pillars (learning, leadership, organization, and technology) (stankosky, 2005:6; kassahun, 2016:395; lovrenčić et al, 2019:374). through the establishment of knowledge repositories, leadership aids in the promotion and consolidation of knowledge generation, storage, and sharing (alhawari, 2014:120; farida et al., 2015:6). the organization's duty is to guarantee the flow, tracking, and best use of all of its knowledge assets. this is done through the application of system engineering principles and methodologies (stankosky, 2005:6). technology adoption and use is a helpful and crucial tool for applying knowledge repositories (bansler et al., 2004:281). this is because technology improves access to knowledge information and facilitates the exchange of knowledge by lowering barriers between knowledge workers in terms of time and space (chhim et al., 2017:5). both intentional and unintentional information leaks result in a quantitative decline in the amount of knowledge contained in knowledge stores as well as a moral decline because important knowledge is lost through retirement and migration once employment ends. apart from being able to take a long vacation (three to five years), this is also permitted under the civil service law for public sector employees. this is in line with resource-based theory (rbt), which contends that the deployment of organizational resources and capabilities in the form of goods and services particularly those that are valuable, scarce, unique, and irreplaceable is helpful in preserving competitive advantage (ahmad et al.,2015:2). therefore, not every instance of organizational information leaking reduces a company's competitive advantage. it is obvious that in order to decrease leakage, knowledge pertaining to competitive advantages must come first. as a result, negative feedback effects are produced, which are mirrored at the macro level and begin at the micro level with things like a lack of abilities and skills and end at a low level of time and cost efficiency in operations. for the organization, this is reflected in a decline in performance and productivity, which culminates in a decline in the company's external environment's trust and reputation (massingham,2018:1;zheng et al.,2018:2;rashida et al.,2019:19). practical implications the obtained findings, which are in line with the findings of other studies, might be used to assess the research's practical implications. according to the research, senior management and decision-makers american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org should use knowledge repositories as a way to gather, store, acquire, and use both internal and external knowledge. as a result, the ministry of planning and other ministries that operate in both the public and private sectors can use the accessible knowledge to carry out their varied jobs and operations, thereby assisting individuals in accessing vital information. the decision to create a knowledge base for the ministry of planning also marks the first institutional-level initiative in iraq. it is likely that managers will be able to alter how they interpret their perceptions and produce new knowledge about various organizational concepts by developing and utilizing these paths. management in companies where knowledge serves as a competitive advantage must be aware of the risks associated with knowledge leakage, especially when it comes to new and current intellectual property (ipr). on the other hand, knowledge management activities (such as information transfer and sharing) can lead to a problem called knowledge leakage. one of the recognized methods for cutting down on corporate knowledge waste is the creation of knowledge repositories. limitations and future research directions the present study has limitations, both in terms of its methodology and its findings, as it follows the same pattern as previous investigations. first, the research's cross-sectional design. the information was gathered at roughly the same time. time is of the essential when developing knowledge corridors, as they take time to develop. to see changes in the aspects of knowledge corridors (knowledge absorption and application), we might need to conduct a longitudinal study. second, because the findings apply to the setting of public services in iraq, care must be taken when interpreting the results. the challenge of extrapolating the research's findings given that it was centered on the sphere of public services (comprehensive strategic planning). given that the ministry of planning's knowledge corridors will differ slightly from those of other companies. to investigate any potential discrepancies in linkages, future research may investigate these relationships in cultural, professional, and other diverse kinds of non-public service groups. this is the first quantitative study that combines research factors that we are aware of. the reasonableness of the research's findings and the ongoing inquiry and organizational exploration of the relationship between the variables are likely caused by the disparities in the methods used to measure the various knowledge management and knowledge warehousing pillars. further research can employ different, more impartial metrics. future research should additionally examine the non-significant link of the knowledge leakage moderation role in the relationship between the independent and dependent variables. the somewhat lower sample size is one of the reasons why finding this link with a higher degree of confidence is more difficult. more research may yield a larger sample size and higher levels of confidence. as a result, the study must take into account multiple organizational levels. furthermore, the same respondents who reported on the pillars of knowledge management and knowledge repositories are used to measure other organizational level research components, such as knowledge repositories and their measurements. future research can measure these characteristics at the organizational level without relying on individual replies, which could improve the validity of the study's findings. data gathered from members of the ministry of planning and its linked formations was used to test the study model, which was based on a particular sample rather than a random one. as a result, it is important to interpret and extrapolate the findings within this constraint and within this particular regulatory framework. considering the narrow focus of the current research. intentional or unintentional knowledge leaking sub-dimensions may be the focus of future research, which could lead american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org to a better understanding of how to interpret the relationship. the ministry of planning and its affiliated formations were the subject of the research, which concentrated on the foundations of knowledge management and knowledge leakage in service-based enterprises. future research may concentrate more on more specialized industries within this industry since different work environments may have different effects on the ways in which the knowledge management pillars contribute to knowledge repositories. conclusion the topic of knowledge repositories and their role in collecting, storing and disseminating organizational knowledge is a widely growing topic in the academic and professional arena. the current research tested and presented a mechanism for how the pillars of knowledge management contribute to knowledge repositories. we focused on knowledge repositories due to the lack of initiatives at the public sector level in iraq that adopt such projects. the research contributes to the knowledge management literature by providing greater clarity through the definition of knowledge repositories and knowledge leakage. the research highlights the importance of knowledge management pillars within organizations and explains how they can contribute to creating knowledge repositories. the results of the research indicated that knowledge leakage has a negative impact on the relationship as a moderating variable among the research variables. acknowledgements: i express my thanks and gratitude to all the employees of the iraqi ministry of planning for their assistance and providing facilities to collect study data. we also thank all the reviewers for this special issue for their time and efforts. the authors did not receive support from any organization for the submitted work. author contributions all authors contributed to the study's conception and design. material preparation, data collection and analysis were performed by wissam badr kadhim and mohammed hussein manhal. the first draft of the manuscript was written by wissam badr kadhim and all authors commented on previous versions of the manuscript. all authors read and approved the final manuscript. declarations conflicts of interest: the authors have no competing interests to declare that are relevant to the content of this article. ethics approval and consent to participate the use and sharing of survey data was approved based on formal approval from the iraqi ministry of planning and was implemented in accordance with institutional guidelines. references 1. adaileh, m., & abualzeat, h. (2017). impact of knowledge sharing and leakage on innovative performance. journal of sustainable development, 10(1), 92-111. 2. agudelo, c. a., bosua, r., ahmad, a., & maynard, s. b. (2016). understanding knowledge leakage & byod (bring your own device): a mobile worker perspective. arxiv preprint arxiv:1606.01450. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org 3. ahlam y. h. and hebah, h. o. nasereddin (2018). the impact of knowledge leak-age management on innovative performance: field studying commercial banks in amman, doctoral dissertation, middle east university. 4. ahmad, a., tscherning, h., bosua, r., & scheepers, r. (2015). guarding against the erosion of competitive advantage: a knowledge leakage mitigation model. 5. alavi, m., & leidner, d.e. (2001). review: knowledge management and knowledge management systems: conceptual foundations and research issues. mis quarterly, 25(1), 107-136. 6. al-busaidi, k. a. (2016, january). fostering gcc's knowledge economy through ict: research in progress. in 2016 49th hawaii international conference on system sciences (hicss) (pp. 41044112). ieee. 7. al-busaidi, kamla ali (2020). fostering the development of omanâs knowledge economy pillars through ict. vine journal of information and knowledge management systems, ahead-ofprint(ahead-of-print), –. doi:10.1108/vjikms-06-2019-0093 8. aliasghar, o., rose, e. l., & chetty, s. (2019). building absorptive capacity through firm openness in the context of a less-open country. industrial marketing management, 83, 81-93. 9. altukruni, h., maynard, s. b., alshaikh, m., & ahmad, a. (2021). exploring knowledge leakage risk in knowledge-intensive organisations: behavioural aspects and key controls. arxiv preprint arxiv:2104.07140. 10. ofosu-ampong, k. (2016). the uptake of institutional repository: the case of university of ghana. unpublished thesis submitted to the university of ghana. 11. andam, f., & rezaian, a. (2017). study the impact of knowledge management pillars on knowledge sharing. international journal of scientific management and development, 5(9), 448456. 12. anis, m. z., mukherjee, a., & roy, b. k. (2007). application of data mining techniques for proper design of knowledge repository. journal of information & knowledge management, 6(03), 201209. 13. arias-pérez, j., lozada, n., & henao-garcía, e. (2020). when it comes to the impact of absorptive capacity on co-innovation, how really harmful is knowledge leakage?. journal of knowledge management. 14. bansler, j. p., & havn, e. (2004). exploring the role of network effects in it implementation: the case of knowledge repositories. information technology & people, 17(3), 268-285. 15. batista, f. f., & costa, v. d. s. (2015). ipea’s knowledge repository. 16. becerra-fernandez, i. and sabherwal, r. (2015), knowledge management: management and the future of knowledge management, routledge. 17. bibbo, d., michelich, j., sprehe, e., & lee, y. e. (2012). employing wiki for knowledge management as a collaborative information repository: an nbc universal case. journal of information technology teaching cases, 2(1), 17-28. 18. biloslavo, r., kljajić‐dervić, m., & dervić, š. (2019). factors affecting effectiveness of knowledge management: a case of bosnia and herzegovina trade enterprises. knowledge and process management, 26(2), 98-109. 19. carayannopoulos, s., & auster, e. r. (2010). external knowledge sourcing in biotechnology through acquisition versus alliance: a kbv approach. research policy, 39(2), 254-267. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 20. chan, p., grantham, a., kaplinsky, r., mynors, d., mohamed, s., walsh, k., & coles, r. (2006). taxonomy of knowledge leakage: some early developments. association of researchers in construction management. 21. chaudhary, s. (2019). knowledge stock and absorptive capacity of small firms: the moderating role of formalization. journal of strategy and management. 22. chhim, p. p., somers, t. m., & chinnam, r. b. (2017). knowledge reuse through electronic knowledge repositories: a multi theoretical study. journal of knowledge management, 21(4), 741764. 23. sumathy, k. l., & chidambaram, m. (2014, february). application of knowledge repository and mapping in knowledge management. in 2014 world congress on computing and communication technologies (pp. 203-207). ieee. 24. choi, s. y., lee, h., & yoo, y. (2010). the impact of information technology and transactive memory systems on knowledge sharing, application, and team performance: a field study. mis quarterly, 34(4), 855-870. 25. chu, k. w. (2015). building up a knowledge repository in a school. in new media, knowledge practices and multiliteracies: hkaect 2014 international conference (pp. 159-169). springer singapore. 26. damayanti, p. (2018). knowledge repository bidang kelautan dan perikanan. jurnal perpustakaan pertanian, 27(1), 7-16. 27. dhanavandan, s., & tamizhchelvan, m. (2014). a study on recent trends and growth of institutional repositories in south asian countries. international journal of information library and society, 3(1), 8. 28. diamantopoulos, a., & winklhofer, h. m. (2001). index construction with formative indicators: an alternative to scale development. journal of marketing research, 38(2), 269e277. 29. digiacomo, j. (2003). implementing knowledge management as a strategic initiative. naval postgraduate school monterey ca. 30. doctor, g. and ramachandran, s. (2008a). digital institutional repositories: capturing the intellectual capital of management institutions, icfai journal of knowledge management, forthcoming. 31. durmuş-özdemir, e., & podubnii, m. (2019). does potential and realized absorptive capacity matter for cost advantage?. uluslararası avrasya sosyal bilimler dergisi, 10(35), 1-18. 32. durst, s., aggestam, l., & ferenhof, h. a. (2015). understanding knowledge leakage: a review of previous studies. vine, 45(4), 568–586. https://doi.org /10.1108 /vine-01-2015-0009 33. fadel, k. j., & durcikova, a. (2014). if it's fair, i’ll share: the effect of perceived knowledge validation justice on contributions to an organizational knowledge repository. information & management, 51(5), 511-519. 34. ferenhof, h. a. (2016). recognizing knowledge leakage and knowledge spillover and their consequences. international journal of knowledge and systems science (ijkss), 7(3), 46-58. 35. ferenhof, h. a., durst, s., & selig, p. m. (2016). knowledge waste & knowledge loss-what is it all about?. navus-revista de gestão e tecnologia, 6(4), 38-57. 36. fombad, m. c., & onyancha, o. b. (2017). knowledge management for development: rethinking the trends of knowledge management research in south africa. journal of information & knowledge management, 16(03), 1750021. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org 37. fornell, c., & larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research, 18(1), 39-50. 38. frishammar, j., ericsson, k., & patel, p. c. (2015). the dark side of knowledge transfer: exploring knowledge leakage in joint r&d projects. technovation, 41, 75-88. 39. gabrielsson, j., politis, d., & tell, j. (2012). university professors and early stage research commercialisation: an empirical test of the knowledge corridor theory. international journal of technology transfer and commercialisation, 11(3-4), 213-233. 40. galati, f., bigliardi, b., petroni, a., petroni, g., & ferraro, g. (2019). a framework for avoiding knowledge leakage: evidence from engineering to order firms. knowledge management research & practice, 17(3), 340-352. 41. girneine, i. (2014). knowledge management influence on innovation: theoretical analysis of organizational factors. paper presented at 15th european conference on knowledge management, 4–5 september, santarém, portugal. 42. gorela, k., & biloslavo, r. (2017). relationship between senior and junior researcher: challenges and opportunities for knowledge creating and sharing. organizational culture and behavior: concepts, methodologies, tools, and applications, 1262-1298. 43. hair jr, j. f., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c., & sarstedt, m. (2016). a primer on partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem). 2nd edition, sage publications, london, uk. 44. hair, j.f., hult, g.t.m., ringle, c.m., sarstedt, m. and thiele, k.o. (2017), “mirror, mirror on the wall: a comparative evaluation of composite-based structural equation modeling methods”, journal of the academy of marketing science, vol. 45 no. 5, pp. 616-632. 45. herden, t. t. (2020). explaining the competitive advantage generated from analytics with the knowledge-based view: the example of logistics and supply chain management. business research, 13(1), 163–214. 46. holsapple, c.w. and joshi, k.d. (2000), an investigation of factors that influence the management of knowledge in organizations, the journal of strategic information systems, vol. 9 nos 2/3, pp. 235-261. 47. hung, y.‐c., huang, s.‐m., lin, q.‐p., & tsai, m.‐l. (2005). critical factors in adop-ting a knowledge management system for the pharmaceutical industry. industrial management & data systems, 105(2), 164–183. 48. ida farida jann hidajat tjakraatmadja aries firman sulistyo basuki , (2015). a concepttual model of open access institutional repository in indonesia academic libraries: viewed from knowledge management perspective, library management , vol. 36 iss 1/2 pp permanent link to this document: http://dx. doi.org/10.1108/lm-03-2014-0038 49. inkpen, a., minbaeva, d., & tsang, e. w. (2019). unintentional, unavoidable, and beneficial knowledge leakage from the multinational enterprise. journal of international business studies, 50(2), 250-260. 50. jain, p. (2017). knowledge management basic infrastructure as correlate of knowledge management success: case study of university of botswana. journal of information science, systems and technology, 1(1), 1-11. 51. jarrar, a. (2022). the absorptive capacity and innovation in jordanian universities. modern applied science, 16(1). http://dx/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org 52. kabilwa, s. (2018). knowledge management practices in zambian higher education: an exploratory study of three public universities doctoral dissertation, stellenbosch: stellenbosch university. 53. kassahun, k. a. (2016). enabling knowledge sharing through institutional repository: case of botho university. jp anbu, f. mkhonta, ss devi, a. thwala, & d. 54. khelil, a., & haddad, m. (2017). knowledge sharing, knowledge leaking in strategic alliances and firm innovation capacity: an empirical study. journal of academic finance, 8(2). 55. khelil, a., & haddad, m. (2017). knowledge sharing, knowledge leaking in strategic alliances and firm innovation capacity: an empirical study. journal of academic finance, 8(2). 56. khoza, l. t. (2019). managing knowledge leakage during knowledge sharing in software development organisations. south african journal of information management, 21(1), 1-7. 57. lee, j. c., & chen, c. y. (2019). the moderator of innovation culture and the mediator of realized absorptive capacity in enhancing organizations' absorptive capacity for spi success. journal of global information management (jgim), 27(4), 70-90. 58. lehner, f., & haas, n. (2010). knowledge management success factors-proposal of an empirical research. electronic journal of knowledge management, 8(1), 79-90. 59. lehner, f., & haas, n. (2010). knowledge management success factors— proposal of an empirical research. electronic journal of knowledge management, 8(1), 79–90. 60. levallet, n. and chan, y.e. (2016). chapter 7: knowledge loss and retention: the paradoxical role of it”, successes and failures of knowledge management, 1st ed., elsevier, cambridge, p. 240 61. lin, t. c., chang, c. l. h., & tsai, w. c. (2016). the influences of knowledge loss and knowledge retention mechanisms on the absorptive capacity and performance of a mis department. management decision, 54(7), 1757-1787. 62. liu, m., lin, c., chen, m., chen, p., & chen, k. (2020). strengthening knowledge sharing and job dedication: the roles of corporate social responsibility and ethical leadership. leadership & organization development journal, 41(1), 73–87. https://doi.org/10.1108/lodj-06-2019-0278 63. lovrenčić, s., & sekovanić, v. (2019, march). knowledge management in disruptive times. in proceedings of 3rd international scientific conference on economics and management-eman (pp. 373-381). 64. massingham, p.r. (2018). measuring the impact of knowledge loss: a longitudinal study, journal of knowledge management, vol. 22 no. 4, pp. 721-758, availa-ble at: www.doiorg.libraryproxy.his. se/10.1108/jkm-08-2016-0338 65. matekenya, t., & ruhode, e. (2021). towards an integrated knowledge management and information and communication technology framework for improving disaster response in a developing country context. arxiv preprint arxiv: 2108.09813. 66. mazorodze, a.h. & buckley, s., 2020, ‘a review of knowledge transfer tools in knowledge intensive organizations’, south african journal of information management 22(1), a1135 . https://doi.org/10.4102/sajim.v22i1.1135 67. meihami, b., & meihami, h. (2014). knowledge management a way to gain a competitive advantage in firms (evidence of manufacturing companies). international letters of social and humanistic sciences, 3, 80-91. https://doi.org/10.1108/lodj-06-2019-0278 http://www.doi-org.libraryproxy.his/ http://www.doi-org.libraryproxy.his/ https://doi.org/10.4102/sajim.v22i1.1135 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 68. mgonzo, w. j., & yonah, z. o. (2014). design and development of a web based digital repository for scholarly communication. international journal of knowledge content development & technology, 4(2), 97-108. 69. moahi, k.h. (2009), “institutional repositories: towards harnessing knowledge for african development”, proceedings of the 1st international conference on african digital libraries and archives (icadla-i), addis ababa, ethiopia, 1-3 july. 70. moein, t., & pålhed, j. (2015). dimensions of trust and distrust and their effect on knowledge sharing and knowledge leakage-an empirical study of swedish knowledge-intensive firms. 71. mohamed, s., mynors, d., grantham, a., walsh, k., and chan, p. 2006. “understanding one aspect of the knowledge leakage concept: people,” in proceedings of the european and mediterranean conference on information systems (emcis), pp. 2–12 (doi: 10.1504/ijeb.2007.012974). 72. müller, j. m., buliga, o., & voigt, k. i. (2021). the role of absorptive capacity and innovation strategy in the design of industry 4.0 business models-a comparison between smes and large enterprises. european management journal, 39(3), 333-343. 73. wakasa, m. (2011). application of knowledge management pillars in enhancing performance of kenyan universities. 74. na, s. (2015). knowledge management: an exploration of knowledge sharing within project-based organisations. the university of manchester (united kingdom). 75. nonaka, i., & takeuchi, h. (1995). the knowledge creating. new york, 304. 76. nonaka, ikujiro; toyama, ryoko; konno, noboru (2000). seci ba, and leadership: a unified model of dynamic knowledge creation. long range planning, 33(1), 5-34. 77. nsubuga-mugoa, j. k. (2019). successful strategies for using knowledge management in small and medium-sized enterprises (doctoral dissertation, walden university). 78. nunda, i., & elia, e. (2019). institutional repositories adoption and use in selected tanzanian higher learning institutions. international journal of education and development using ict, 15(1). 79. o'dell, c., & grayson, c. j. (1998). if only we knew what we know: indentifi-cation and transfer of internal best practices. california management review, 40(3), 154-174. 80. oecd (organisation for economic co-operation and development). (1996). the knowledgebased economy, general distribution oecd/gd(96)102, oecd, paris, available at: www.oecd.org/sti/scitech/1913021.pdf (accessed 10 july 2017). 81. okumu, o. d. (2015). adoption of institutional repositories in dissemination of scholarly information in universities in kenya with reference to united states international university africa: nairobi, kenya; university of nairobi. 82. oun, t. a., blackburn, t. d., olson, b. a., blessner, p., & george, t. (2016). an enterprise-wide knowledge management approach to project management. engineering management journal, 28(3), 179-192. http://dx.doi.org/10. 1080/ 10429247. 2016.1203715. 83. pallant, j., (2011). spss survival manual , 4th ed, open university press, mcgraw-hill education. 84. petrov, v., ćelić, đ., uzelac, z., & drašković, z. (2020). three pillars of knowledge management in smes: evidence from serbia. international entrepreneurship and management journal, 16, 417-438. 85. randall, t. b. (2013). two essays on the knowledge-based view of the firm: the impact of local market knowledge on domestic firm performance in both transitional and developed economies. http://dx.doi.org/10.%201080/%2010429247.%202016.1203715 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 86. rashid, m., clarke, p. m., & o’connor, r. v. (2019). a systematic examination of knowledge loss in open source software projects. international journal of inform-ation management, 46, 104-123. 87. raza-ullah, tatbeeq, and jessica eriksson, (2017). knowledge sharing and knowledge leakage in dyadic coopetitive alliances involving smes in global opportunities for entrepreneurial growth: coopetition and knowledge dynamics within and across firms. published online: 13 dec 2017; 229-252. 88. ritala, p., olander, h., michailova, s., & husted, k. (2015). knowledge sharing, knowledge leaking and relative innovation performance: an empirical study. technovation, 35, 22-31. 89. saleh, s. (2013). study of critical success factors in adopting knowledge management systems for the libyan public oil sector. the university of manchester (united kingdom). 90. sampaio, m. c., sousa, m. j., & dionísio, a. (2019). the use of gamification in knowledge management processes: a systematic literature review. journal of reviews on global economics, 8, 1662-1679. 91. serna, c. a. a., bosua, r., maynard, s., & ahmad, a. (2017). addressing knowledge leakage risk caused by the use of mobile devices in australian organizations. 92. sharif, s. m. f., yang, n., ur rehman, a., kanwal, f., & wangdu, f. (2021). protecting organizational competitiveness from the hazards of knowledge leakage through hrm. management decision, 59(10), 2405-2420. 93. shropshire, s., semenza, j. l., & koury, r. (2020). knowledge management in practice in academic libraries. ifla journal, 46(1), 25-33. 94. stankosky, m. (ed.). (2005). creating the discipline of knowledge management: the latest in university research. routledge. 95. tan, k. h., wong, w. p., & chung, l. (2016). information and knowledge leakage in supply chain. information systems frontiers, 18, 621-638. 96. vafaei-zadeh, a., hanifah, h., foroughi, b., & salamzadeh, y. (2019). knowledge leakage, an achilles’ heel of knowledge sharing. eurasian business review, 9(4), 445-461. 97. valentine, m., tan, t., staats, b. r., & edmondson, a. c. (2017). inequality in knowledge repository use in scaling service operations. harvard business school technology & operations mgt. unit working paper, (13-001), 2012-1. 98. volberda, h. w., foss, n. j. and lyles, m. a. (2010). absorbing the concept of absorptive capacity: how to realize its potential in the organization field, organization science, vol. 21, no. 4, pp. 931‐954. 99. wakasa, m. (2011). application of knowledge management pillars in enhancing performance of kenyan universities. 100. wu, j., & shanley, m. t. (2009). knowledge stock, exploration, and innovation: research on the united states electromedical device industry. journal of business research, 62(4), 474–483. doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2007.12.004 101. zheng, q., guo, w., an, w., wang, l. and liang, r. (2018). factors facilitating user projects success in co-innovation communities, kybernetes, vol. 47 no. 4, pp. 656-671. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org the significance of allegory and irony in language acquisition and comprehension kobilova makhfuza sherali kizi teacher at profi university maxfuza.qobiova.98@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the significant impact of allegory on language comprehension focusing on the way of engaging the reader's cognitive processes, fostering critical thinking, and encouraging deeper understanding of complex concepts. the article investigates irony in satire that serves as a powerful tool for social commentary. it allows satirists to critique and ridicule individuals, institutions, or society while engaging and entertaining the audience. by using irony, satirists provoke thought and reflection, ultimately contributing to a more critical and aware society. cognitive processes, allegory, critical thinking, language comprehension, complex concepts, satire, social commentary, critique, irony introduction allegory is a powerful literary device that authors often utilize to communicate profound insights or moral lessons through the use of symbolic elements, events, or settings. this technique enables writers to convey complex concepts in a more accessible manner by presenting them within a narrative format. a prime example of an allegory is george orwell's "animal farm" (1945), in which farm animals rise against their human oppressors to establish a society grounded in equality and justice. despite their initial success, the ruling pigs become corrupted over time and betray the very principles of the revolution, eventually leading to oppression. through this allegory, orwell exposes the dangers of totalitarianism and the corrupting influence of power. allegory may be one of the most ancient literary genres, yet it always has something to say (tambling, 2010). ancient civilizations and religions have been using allegory in literature for centuries. the epic of gilgamesh uses allegory to explore themes of mortality and the search for immortality in ancient mesopotamia. plato's "allegory of the cave" is an analogy about how reality and knowledge are created in ancient greece. the use of allegory was also widely used in religious texts. for instance, the bible contains a series of allegorical stories and parables teaching moral lessons as well as spiritual truths. jesus' parable on the good samaritan is an allegory, emphasizing how important kindness and compassion are to others. allegory in other forms of art is widespread and can also be distinguished from literature. artists often rely on allegorical symbols and motifs to express more profound meanings within visual art. cuddon (2013) pointed out that an allegory is a story in verse or prose with a double meaning: a primary or surface meaning and a secondary or under-the-surface meaning. it is a story that can, therefore, be read, understood, and interpreted at two levels (and in some cases at three or four levels). it is thus https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/10253866.2021.1948840 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org closely related to the fable and the parable (p. 20). for instance, allegorical figures representing virtues, vices, or abstract ideas have frequently been included in renaissance paintings. likewise, an allegory may be used in music. ludwig van beethoven and other composers used rhythmic patterns as a way of representing individual characters or ideas. in beethoven's symphony no. 5, the repetition of a recurring four-note motif that is indicative of fate or destiny comes into play. in addition, in the dialogue of politics, there is an allegory. symbolic language and imagery are used by politicians and activists to communicate their message. allegories are not merely texts, but rather rely on the existence of earlier sacred texts and are essentially concerned with language. they demonstrate how language can uncover humanity's loftiest spiritual objectives within the universe. allegory presupposes that language possesses the ability to be holy, and can only be composed and comprehended intelligently within cultural contexts that hold language in high esteem, beyond a mere tool of communication (quilligan, 1979). in expressing his vision of a better society and equality, such as in martin luther king jr.'s "i had the dream" speech, allegorical language is used to do so. the idea of allegories is based on symbolism and metaphor, which requires both readers and listeners to be able to understand what they are saying. individuals may gain a deeper understanding of the meaning and morals that are presented through their understanding of the language in an allegory. this understanding allows for a deeper understanding of the text or image, which allows individuals to fully appreciate the intended message. in learning, language comprehension is also a key factor. individuals have to comprehend the language used to understand what they are reading or listening to if they want to read or listen to allegorical works. if this is not understood, then the knowledge that has been communicated through an allegory may be lost or misunderstood. in addition, language comprehension makes effective communication possible by enabling individuals to read and absorb messages from other people. a fundamental aspect of gaining knowledge is the ability to comprehend language. when engaging with allegorical literature, it is imperative to understand the language used to grasp the ideas conveyed. without this comprehension, the intended meaning behind the allegory may be misconstrued or lost entirely. moreover, language comprehension is crucial for effective communication, enabling individuals to accurately interpret messages, engage in meaningful conversations, exchange ideas, and convey complex thoughts and emotions. deficiencies in language comprehension can result in misunderstandings and misinterpretations, impeding effective communication. language comprehension is an absolute must in educational settings as it is the cornerstone for students to acquire knowledge from textbooks, lectures, and other instructional materials. it is the fundamental ability that enables them to comprehend and retain information, engage in critical thinking, and apply their learning to real-world situations. the cognitive engagement of allegory the utilization of allegory in literature proves to be a powerful tool for communicating abstract concepts in a comprehensible and relatable manner to readers. by incorporating symbolic characters, events, or settings, abstract ideas are given a concrete representation, making them easier to comprehend. allegorical stories follow recognizable narrative structures and genres, drawing readers into the plot and allowing them to emotionally connect with the characters. this emotional connection amplifies the impact of the underlying message and makes it more memorable. allegory transforms the surfacelevel plot into a vehicle for conveying deeper meanings through symbolism and moral principles. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org immersive and sensory experience of allegory enables readers to fully grasp the message being conveyed. allegory engages readers by stirring their curiosity and prompting them to question the symbolism and its connections to real-world issues. this active participation keeps readers engaged and motivated to uncover the allegorical meaning. by unraveling symbols, analyzing narrative structure, and interpreting the allegorical message, readers are intellectually stimulated and rewarded with a sense of satisfaction. recognizing patterns in a narrative can aid readers in comprehending the symbolic meaning behind them. for instance, in "animal farm," the pigs' gradual ascent to power represents the corruption and misuse of power in a political system. decoding allegorical elements also requires inference, which involves making educated guesses or drawing conclusions based on available information. in "the lion, the witch, and the wardrobe," the character of aslan represents jesus christ, a conclusion that can be inferred from the character's sacrificial death and subsequent resurrection. symbolic thinking is another crucial cognitive process in decoding allegory. it involves comprehending that one thing can represent or stand for something else. readers must be able to draw connections between the concrete narrative elements and the abstract ideas they symbolize. in nathaniel hawthorne's "the scarlet letter," for example, the scarlet letter itself symbolizes sin and shame. lastly, metaphors and personifications are important allegorical elements that require cognitive processing. metaphors involve comparing two unrelated things to create a symbolic meaning, while personifications involve attributing human qualities or characteristics to non-human entities. recognizing and analyzing these elements is essential for fully understanding the symbolic meaning conveyed through the allegory. allegory is a powerful tool for inspiring imagination and prompting readers to actively create meaning. by using concrete and tangible symbols and characters to convey abstract or complex ideas, allegory encourages readers to connect these elements and comprehend the underlying message through their imagination. additionally, allegory often allows for multiple interpretations, challenging readers to engage in critical thinking and analysis. rather than presenting a straightforward narrative, allegorical texts encourage readers to consider different perspectives, make connections, and draw conclusions about the symbolic meaning behind the narrative elements. this active participation in constructing meaning not only stimulates imagination but also fosters a deeper engagement with the text. moreover, allegory prompts readers to reflect on their experiences and beliefs, bringing their knowledge and understanding to the interpretation process. by presenting abstract concepts through relatable and familiar symbols, allegory encourages readers to make personal connections and apply their experiences to the text. this personal engagement stimulates imagination and allows readers to actively construct meaning based on their perspectives and insights. critical thinking and interpretation allegory is a literary technique that encourages readers to explore texts beyond their surface-level understanding by presenting narratives rich in symbolism and metaphor. unlike literal texts, allegorical texts require readers to delve deeper into the story and consider the hidden meanings behind the characters, events, and settings. one way that allegory prompts readers to analyze multiple layers of meaning is through the use of symbolic characters. these characters often represent abstract concepts or archetypes that can be american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org interpreted in various ways. for example, in nathaniel hawthorne's "the scarlet letter," the character of hester prynne can be interpreted as a symbol of sin, rebellion, or even female empowerment. by encouraging readers to explore different interpretations of these symbolic characters, allegory prompts them to analyze the text beyond its surface-level understanding. additionally, allegory prompts readers to interpret texts beyond surface-level understanding by presenting events and settings that have deeper symbolic significance. these events and settings often serve as metaphors for larger social, political, or philosophical ideas. for instance, in william golding's "lord of the flies," the deserted island where the characters are stranded can be seen as a symbol of human nature and the inherent savagery within society. by analyzing the symbolic meaning behind these events and settings, readers are prompted to interpret the text on a deeper level. furthermore, allegory prompts readers to analyze multiple layers of meaning by creating narrative structures that invite interpretation and analysis. allegorical texts often contain complex plotlines, ambiguous endings, and unresolved conflicts, leaving room for readers to draw their conclusions and make connections between different elements of the story. this encourages readers to engage in critical thinking and consider multiple perspectives, ultimately leading to a more nuanced interpretation of the text. exploring allegorical texts can provide readers with a multitude of benefits, promoting critical thinking skills in several ways. firstly, readers are encouraged to analyze and question the text, leading to active engagement with the material. by diving deeper into the hidden meanings and symbolism, readers must think critically about the author's intentions and the broader implications of the narrative. secondly, allegorical texts require readers to consider multiple perspectives and interpretations, which helps develop open-mindedness and empathy. honig (1959) notes, “in simple terms, allegory means one thing but expresses another, subverting our usual expectations of language where words have straightforward meanings. this is achieved by exposing readers to different viewpoints and encouraging them to think beyond their preconceived notions, which is a crucial skill in today's diverse and complex world. furthermore, analyzing allegorical texts promotes problem-solving skills. the complex plotlines and ambiguous endings often found in allegories require readers to make connections, draw conclusions, and fill in gaps in the narrative. this fosters creativity and the ability to think outside the box when faced with ambiguous or challenging situations. moreover, analyzing allegorical texts can enhance readers' ability to analyze and interpret other forms of literature and media. the skills developed through analyzing allegories, such as identifying symbolism and metaphor, can be applied to various texts, including poetry, films, and artwork. this broadens readers' cultural literacy and enables them to engage more deeply with a wide range of artistic expressions. deepening understanding of complex concepts the use of allegory is a powerful tool in literature that enables authors to explain complex or abstract ideas. symbolic representations and metaphors are used to make these ideas more relatable and easier to understand. thrall (1960) compared allegories to “a form of extended metaphor in which objects and persons in a narrative, either in prose or verse, are equated with meanings that lie outside the 37 narrative itself” (p. 8). this translation of complex concepts into familiar images or narratives helps readers grasp these ideas more easily. a great example of this is george orwell's "animal farm," american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org where animals on a farm represent political ideologies and power dynamics. this simplifies the underlying themes of the book and makes them more accessible to readers. allegory also encourages readers to interpret and analyze the text, creating depth and richness. the use of symbolism and metaphor invites critical thinking about hidden meanings and broader implications. childs and fowler (2006) identified allegories “as an ‘extended metaphor’ in 38 which characters, actions, and scenery are systematically symbolic, referring to spiritual, political, psychological confrontations [in which] the action is assumed to take place in the mind and imagination of the audience”(p. 4). this engagement helps readers develop their understanding of complex ideas. in addition, allegory provides a safe space for readers to explore sensitive or controversial topics. by presenting these ideas through allegorical narratives, authors can distance readers from real-world situations and make it easier to engage with challenging concepts without feeling personally attacked or overwhelmed. allegory serves as a valuable tool for facilitating discussions and promoting a deeper understanding of complex subjects. through symbolic representations and metaphors, readers can approach these subjects from a new perspective, making them more relatable and accessible. this, in turn, creates a space for dialogue and exploration, enabling readers to engage with the text and share their insights and interpretations. one of the advantages of allegory is its ability to create distance and detachment from real-world situations, allowing readers to discuss sensitive or controversial topics without feeling personally attacked or overwhelmed. for example, in george orwell's "animal farm," animals represent political ideologies and power dynamics. by presenting these ideas through a farm animal lens, orwell creates a safe space for readers to explore and discuss societal issues without directly confronting them. allegory also encourages critical thinking and analysis of the hidden meanings and broader implications within the text. symbolism and metaphor add depth and richness, inviting readers to delve deeper into the layers of meaning. this engagement with the text promotes active participation in the interpretation process and allows readers to develop their understanding of complex ideas. furthermore, allegory fosters empathy and emotional connection with the subject matter. by presenting complex ideas through familiar characters or narratives, allegory taps into readers' existing knowledge and experiences, making it easier for them to connect with the themes and messages. this emotional resonance enhances readers' engagement with the text and encourages them to invest in the exploration and understanding of complex subjects. additionally, allegory allows for multiple interpretations and perspectives. symbolic representations in allegorical texts can be interpreted in various ways, encouraging readers to share their insights and engage in discussions with others who may have different interpretations. this exchange of ideas promotes a deeper understanding of complex subjects by exposing readers to diverse viewpoints and challenging their preconceived notions. the role of irony in language comprehension satire is a literary genre that utilizes humor, exaggeration, and irony to criticize institutions, individuals, or society as a whole. irony is a crucial element in this genre as it enables the satirist to express their critique subtly and indirectly. according to sperber and wilson's (1981) theory, an ironic statement serves as a reminder to the listener of a similar statement that was said or could have been american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org said in the past. the speaker's attitude towards the situation is expressed through the use of this echoic form. a verbal irony is a common form of irony used in satire. it occurs when a character or narrator says something that is the opposite of what they mean. for instance, in "animal farm," the pigs declare, "all animals are equal, but some animals are more equal than others." this statement is ironic because it contradicts the principle of equality that the pigs initially promoted in clark and gerrig's (1984) definition, verbal irony is when the speaker pretends to be someone else delivering the utterance to an unknown audience. another form of irony used in satire is situational irony. this happens when there is a contrast between what is expected to happen and what happens. for example, in "a modest proposal," the narrator proposes that the solution to poverty in ireland is for the poor to sell their children as food for the wealthy. this shocking and absurd proposal highlights the extreme injustice and indifference towards the poor. irony can also expose hypocrisy or contradictions within society. satirists often use irony to reveal the gap between stated ideals and actual behavior. in "the lord of the rings," the character of gollum claims to be trustworthy and loyal, but his actions consistently contradict his words. this irony serves to critique the deceptive nature of power and the corrupting influence it can have on individuals. satirical literature utilizes irony to challenge societal norms by exposing contradictions and hypocrisies within society. this often involves highlighting the gap between what is expected or believed and what occurs, creating a sense of incongruity that prompts readers to consider alternative perspectives and question the status quo. if we claim that irony is pragmatically motivated (haverkate 1990), it follows that it is not conceptual, i.e., we cannot describe irony semantics. in this regard, irony also differs from metaphors, which rely on conceptual mappings between semantic domains (lakoff and johnson 1999). for example, in "gulliver's travels," jonathan swift satirizes various aspects of human nature and society by exposing the flaws and absurdities of his society. through gulliver's experiences with different societies, swift critiques the arrogance and ethnocentrism of his time by juxtaposing his supposed superiority as a civilized european with the behaviors and customs of the societies he encounters. similarly, george orwell's (1945) "animal farm" allegorically represents political corruption and totalitarianism through the ironic use of animals as characters to highlight the hypocrisy and manipulation of those in power. the gap between the animals' initial ideals of equality and justice and the eventual tyranny of the pigs challenges the societal norm of trust in authority figures and exposes the dangers of unchecked power. joseph heller's "catch-22" satirizes the military bureaucracy and the absurdity of war by revealing the illogicality and contradictions inherent in the system. the novel's title refers to a paradoxical situation that exposes the futility of war and challenges the societal norm of blind obedience to authority. conclusion allegory has been a powerful literary tool for centuries, enabling authors to convey profound messages or moral lessons using symbolic characters, events, or settings. it demands mental engagement and facilitates effective communication and knowledge acquisition. allegory captures readers' imaginations by presenting abstract ideas within relatable narratives, offering a range of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org interpretations. it cultivates critical thinking abilities and enhances comprehension of intricate topics, making them more approachable and relatable. throughout history, allegory has been a powerful tool for conveying deeper meanings or moral lessons through symbolic characters, events, or settings. it's a way of making complex ideas more accessible and engaging for readers. to fully appreciate allegorical works, cognitive engagement is key, as it allows readers to decode abstract concepts presented through concrete narratives. this involves utilizing cognitive processes such as pattern recognition, inference, symbolic thinking, and interpreting metaphors and personifications. by prompting readers to analyze multiple layers of meaning, allegory encourages critical thinking skills that can be applied in various aspects of life. ultimately, allegory facilitates discussions and promotes a deeper understanding of complex subjects, making it an invaluable tool for effective communication and knowledge acquisition. overall, irony in satirical works serves as a powerful tool for challenging societal norms by prompting readers to critically reflect on their own beliefs and assumptions and encouraging them to question and challenge established norms. references 1. clark, herbert & richard gerrig. 1984. on the pretense theory of irony. journal of experimental psychology: general 113. 121-126 2. cuddon, j. a. (2013). a dictionary of literary terms and literary theory fifth edition. uk: john wiley sons ltd 3. haverkate, henk. 1990. a speech act analysis of irony. journal of pragmatics 14. 77-109. 4. honig, w. k., thomas, d. r., & guttman, n. (1959). differential effects of continuous extinction and discrimination training on the generalization gradient. journal of experimental psychology, 58(2), 145–152. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0048484 5. lakoff, george & mark johnson. 1999. philosophy in the flesh. new york: basic books 6. orwell, g. (1945). animal farm. secker and warburg. 7. peter childs, roger fowler. taylor & francis, 2006 criticism 253 pages. a twenty-firstcentury version of roger fowler's 1973 dictionary of modern 8. sperber, dan & deirdre wilson. 1981. irony and the use-mention distinction. in p. cole (ed.) radical pragmatics. new york: academic press. 295-318. 9. tambling, jeremy. 2010. allegory. london: routledge. [google scholar]). 10. quilligan, m. (1979). the text. in the language of allegory: defining the genre (pp. 25–96). cornell university press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.7591/j.ctv5rdw1d.5 11. thrall, william flint, addison hibbard, and c. hugh holman. “allegory.” a handbook to literature. 2nd ed. 1960. internet archive. web. 16 mar. 2010. https://www.google.com/search?sca_esv=562677350&q=cuddon,+j.+a.+(2013).+a+dictionary+of+literary+terms+and+literary+theory+fifth+edition.+uk:+john+wiley+sons+ltd&spell=1&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj8ke2v95kbaxxnbpedhs7sbtkqkeeckab6bagkeae&cshid=1693898519517930 https://www.google.com/search?sca_esv=562677350&q=cuddon,+j.+a.+(2013).+a+dictionary+of+literary+terms+and+literary+theory+fifth+edition.+uk:+john+wiley+sons+ltd&spell=1&sa=x&ved=2ahukewj8ke2v95kbaxxnbpedhs7sbtkqkeeckab6bagkeae&cshid=1693898519517930 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/h0048484 http://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?hl=en&publication_year=2010&author=jeremy.+tambling&title=allegory american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org encouraging learner-centred evaluation egamberdiyeva khojiya senior teacher of turin polytechnic university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the active set up of education, conventional teaching methods are increasingly giving way to learner centred approaches that classify students’ individual needs and ambitiousness. the learner centred approach represents a shift from passive absorption of information to active engagement, collaboration, and personalized learning experiences. it places the learner at the heart of the educational journey, empowering them to take ownership of their learning and become lifelong seekers of knowledge. gone are the days when lectures, rote memorization, and standardized assessments dominated classrooms. today, educators recognize the importance of nurturing critical thinking, problem-solving skills, and adaptability in students to thrive in a rapidly changing world. this realization has spurred the adoption of learner-centered approaches, where students are active participants, co-creators of knowledge, and partners in their educational journey. in this blog, we will discuss the principles and benefits of the learner centred approach. we will explore specific strategies and innovative classroom practices that highlight the transformative impact of placing learners at the center of their educational journey. introduction a learner centred approach, also known as a student-centered approach or learner-centered education, is an instructional philosophy that places the learner at the center of the educational process. it emphasizes active participation, engagement, and autonomy on the part of the learner, shifting the focus from the teacher as the sole provider of knowledge to the learner as an active participant in their learning journey. in a learner centred approach, the educator acts as a facilitator or guide rather than a lecturer. the approach recognizes that learners come with diverse backgrounds, interests, and learning styles and seeks to accommodate and respond to their needs. it promotes personalized learning experiences and encourages students to take ownership of their learning by effective goal setting, making decisions, and reflecting on their progress. adopting a learner centred approach requires a shift in instructional practices and a focus on student engagement, empowerment, and personalization. some steps you can take to adopt a learner centred approach: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org • understand your students: get to know your students individually. learn about their interests, strengths, learning styles, and goals. this will help you tailor your instruction to meet their specific needs. • promote active engagement: design learning experiences that acts with a sense of ownership and takes initiative. it is this optional effort that really defines an actively engaged person. encourage them to participate in discussions, ask questions, and contribute ideas. incorporate hands-on activities, group work, and real-world applications to make learning more meaningful and engaging. • provide choices and autonomy: offer students choices in their learning. allow them to select topics of interest, decide on project formats, or choose from various assignments. foster a sense of autonomy by involving students in decision-making and allowing them to take ownership of their learning process. • personalized instruction: differentiate instruction to accommodate diverse learners. provide varying levels of challenge, support, and resources based on student needs. use various instructional strategies, materials, and assessments to cater to different learning styles and preferences. • incorporate reflection: integrate regular opportunities for students to reflect on their learning progress. encourage self-assessment and self-reflection to promote metacognitive skills. provide feedback that supports students in understanding their strengths and areas for improvement. • embrace technology and resources: utilize technology and various resources to enhance student learning. incorporate digital tools, online resources, and multimedia to provide students diverse learning opportunities and facilitate self-paced learning. • be a facilitator: shift your role from being the sole provider of knowledge to a facilitator and guide. support students’ learning journeys by providing guidance, structure, and feedback. create a supportive and safe learning environment where students feel comfortable taking risks and seeking help when needed. • continuously reflect and adapt: regularly reflect on your instructional practices and adjust based on student feedback and needs. stay open to new ideas, research, and professional development opportunities that can further enhance your learner centred approach. adopting a learner centred approach is an ongoing process that requires workability, experimentation, and a willingness to adapt to the evolving needs of your students. conclusion the learner centred approach represents a paradigm shift in education, acknowledging individual students’ unique needs, interests, and aspirations. by placing learners at the heart of the educational experience, this approach empowers students to take ownership of their learning, fosters their intellectual curiosity, and equips them with the skills necessary to navigate an ever-changing world. throughout this blog, we have explored the fundamental concepts and benefits of the learner centred approach. by adopting learner-centered practices, educators create dynamic and inclusive learning environments where students actively participate in their education. the learner centred approach also cultivates essential 21st-century skills such as collaboration, communication, and adaptability. students learn to work effectively in teams, respect diverse perspectives, and navigate challenges collaboratively. these skills are invaluable in preparing students for future careers and equipping them to contribute meaningfully to society. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org to study salary compensation for academician in education industry benchmark comparison within malaysian employment market dr yeoh wee win1 1 mcmi, b. comm (acc), mba (fin), d.man, dba (fin), phd (acc) school of business (sobiz), inti international college penang (iicp). a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research is aimed to explore the case study of salary for academician in education industry in comparison towards the benchmark within the overall job employment market in malaysia. with the rising trend of the business, the job market had been increasing competitive within the employment market. based on initial understandings, there are multiple suggestion that the compensation package for academicians appear to be less attractive against the compensation from other industries in a nonacademician role for the job. with this, the designation of the quantitative study had addressed the comparative analysis using the salary guide to demonstrate the historical salary trend for education industry for the academicians against the accounting and finance related roles in four different industries namely, manufacturing, it, retail and healthcare. the outcome through the findings had provide solid evidence where the results suggested that it industry provide the highest compensation package to the individuals where the education industry for academicians appear to be setting lower average against the benchmark agreeing with the initial expectations for the study. the outcome of the study will provide significant drive to understand the needs for the education industry to further develop the revision on the salary compensation package for the academicians to improve the retention of the talents and skills for the teaching force in educational institutions in malaysia. salary compensation., academician, education industry, malaysia, employment market introduction the job employment market had been very competitive in the market especially in malaysia where there are multi talents people around competing for the better job prospect over time (miah, 2018). therefore, it is no doubt that the current job market in malaysia had been rising with higher demands over supplies. in the similar perspective, there are a greater number of graduates coming from american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org universities and colleges each year where the education qualification had been drastically increasing in the market (wan et al., 2017). with reference to this, there is no significant upper value for bachelor’s degree these days where the qualification had become the benchmark to access into the employment market (ashraf, 2020). however, the suggestion for the competitive market is believed failed to demonstrate the higher salary adjustment in the market for the education industry. this is mainly contributed by the reasonings that the education industry is lacking in the demand for the professionals like the lecturers and professors over time (wan et al., 2017). on the other hand, there is another argument that arises mentioning that the unattractive salary range provided from the education industry (che ahmat, arendt & russell, 2019). it is often being provided the impression that the education professors and lecturers as well as trainers had been recognized as the high-level professional that are highly paid in the market. however, there are often suggestion that demonstrate that the phd and doctorate holders are struggling to make good earning in the universities and colleges in malaysia (hee et al., 2019). in comparison with the corporate industry, the compensation package is definitely attractive within the business-like manufacturing, it and retail industry, the average payment for the salary appears to be more attractive due to the higher competitiveness of the business industry (ismail & awang, 2017). therefore, the talent acquisition appears to provide higher compensation to attract higher talent into the business organization. this had been very different into education industry where the demand for the individuals for the roles like lecturers and professors appear to be lower compared to the job market in average (sinniah et al., 2019). this had created the surplus in the industry leading to the down pressure of the salary package for the education industry (mohammadi & karupiah, 2020). problem statement the problem statement for the current study had been addressed with the major doubt which is identifying the discrepancies in the salary range for the education industry for the professionals like lecturers against the other jobs in other business industry. this will become the solid demonstration of the evidence that will conclude the answer towards the problem statement as highlighted in the current study (selvanathan et al., 2019). the myth on the low salary range in the education had been widely discussed within the job market in malaysia but there is no significant research papers that provide the relevance evidence to showed the actual reflection of the job market in malaysia (mahzan & nordin, 2021). therefore, this provided the force of the motivation to drive this current research study to conclude the achievement to eliminate the problem statement for the study. objective of the research study the objective of the research study had been referred as the purpose and aim of the current study which create the motivation for the research to achieve the significant outcome at the end of the study. in addition, the designation of the objective for the research study will provide the clear direction for the purpose of academic study to demonstrate the significant contribution to reflect the rationale in conducting the current study. furthermore, the research objective had been clear to demonstrate the significant outcome in the analysis of study to arrive at the conclusion that will be able to resolve the problem statement as highlighted in the initial stage of the study. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org research methodology the research methodology will introduce the application of the quantitative study method which had been the common approach and research design to assist the exploration of the numerical data. the data input for the current study will be a good fitting into the quantitative study method as the involvement of the salary range in ringgit malaysia (rm) value will become the quantifiable measurement to generate the visibility in the quantitative analysis (mahzan & nordin, 2021). the benefits for the quantitative analysis as demonstrated will provide the objective outcome in the data analysis where the outcome in the results and findings through the quantitative analysis will be concrete without having the subjectivity and judgment for the research study to draw the conclusion at the end of the research (sinniah et al., 2018). for the current study, the quantitative study will apply the comparative analysis where the different set of the quantitative data will be put into the analysis to identify the discrepancies through the ability to compare and contrast the quantitative data analysis. data collection process the target population for the research study is targeting to explore the salary range in the employment market of malaysia. with reference to malaysia, the job employment market had been suitable to fit into the study where malaysia had been recognized as the developing country in asia that are having high foreign investment from major mncs that create a highly competitive job market in the country (selvanathan et al., 2019). with reference to this, the research will be exploring the secondary data collection as the nature of the salary guide will be published through the recruitment company based on the observation through the historical trend and salary input from actual employees in malaysia (da wan & morshidi, 2018). the source for the secondary data will be reference to the jobstreet malaysia salary guide 2023 which had been the most recent published salary guide referring to the current job employment market in malaysia. for the quantitative study, the data input will be focusing into the collection of the salary range from education industry for the professors and lecturers as well as trainers in comparison with the accounting and finance field relating to four different industries including the manufacturing, it, retails and healthcare which had been major representation of the business industries in malaysia (mohammadi & karupiah¸2020). the reason for preferring the accounting and finance jobs related salary range is mainly contributed by the highest popularity of the role in demand within the malaysian job market (sinniah et al., 2019). the average salary from the different industries will then be analyzed using the comparative analysis for the quantitative study method. results and findings with reference to the research design as demonstrated, the quantitative study will perform the comparative analysis using fie different sets of quantitative data which includes the average salary of the lecturers, professors and trainers from the education industry comparing against the accounting and finance field average salary for the industry of manufacturing, it, retail and healthcare in malaysia. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org table 1: average salary based on salary guide 2023 by jobstreet based on the results in table 1, it had provided clear evidence that the industry of it had been providing higher salary for the accounting and finance role in different business industry. from the results output, it had been clear to identify that the average salary for education industry for the professionals like lecturers, professors and trainers appear to be far from the highest benchmark as observed from the accounting and finance jobs in malaysian job market. in addition, the industry of healthcare had been showing quite comparable average salary within the accounting and finance roles showing the significant of the healthcare industry in malaysia. table 2: salary ranking shifting the focus into table 2, the table 2 is showing clearer picture to identify the ranking from one to five based on the level of the average salary observed with the comparison across the four industries for the accounting and finance average salary against the average salary from the education industry. with reference to the average ranking points system shown, the it had been recording the highest average ranking with only 1.33 among all the five categories followed by the healthcare standing second with 2.33 average ranking points while manufacturing industry recorded 2.67 with third in place, the retail industry had been standing last among the five categories and the education industry had been recording fourth in place which is not the last in the categories for the job employment market in malaysia. table 3: salary discrepancies from education industry moving on into table 3, the discrepancies in terms of percentage expression had been identified through the computation of the differences of the average salary for the accounting and finance role manufacturing it retail healthcare non-executive 2,200.00 2,300.00 3,250.00 2,160.00 2,100.00 entry level 2,400.00 2,640.00 2,750.00 2,350.00 2,760.00 junior executive 3,250.00 3,150.00 3,400.00 3,000.00 3,250.00 senior executive 4,250.00 4,700.00 5,250.00 4,400.00 5,500.00 manager 6,000.00 8,000.00 8,400.00 7,250.00 8,000.00 senior manager 9,250.00 12,500.00 17,500.00 11,000.00 12,000.00 level education accounting / finance manufacturing it retail healthcare non-executive 3 2 1 4 5 entry level 4 3 2 5 1 junior executive 2 4 1 5 2 senior executive 5 3 2 4 1 manager 5 2 1 4 2 senior manager 5 2 1 4 3 average ranking 4.00 2.67 1.33 4.33 2.33 level education accounting / finance manufacturing it retail healthcare non-executive 2,200.00 4.55% 47.73% -1.82% -4.55% entry level 2,400.00 10.00% 14.58% -2.08% 15.00% junior executive 3,250.00 -3.08% 4.62% -7.69% 0.00% senior executive 4,250.00 10.59% 23.53% 3.53% 29.41% manager 6,000.00 33.33% 40.00% 20.83% 33.33% senior manager 9,250.00 35.14% 89.19% 18.92% 29.73% level education accounting / finance american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org from each of the industry against the average salary from the education industry. in the first view had been clearly indicating the higher average salary in all the industries in totally had been showing the lower average salary in the education industry which had been showing the lack of the growth in the salary range for multiple employment level as demonstrated from table 3. only the it industry had been showing 100% consistency where all the average salary in different employment level had clearly exceed the education industry signaling lack of the education industry to have comparable salary against the highest trending industry in malaysia. the retails industry appears to be offering the lower side of the average salary in comparison against the benchmark education industry showing the comparable salary range between the two industries. in addition, the average salary for education industry appears to be lowest within the range from senior executive to senior manager showing that the growth in the salary level is very unlikely as the role progress in the education industry in comparison with any other industries as demonstrated in table 3. table 4: salary incremental with employment level the table 4 had been showing the incremental level in expression of percentage to understand the incremental of the salary from each stage of employment level between the five categories as shown. the results in table 4 had showed that there is no significant winner for this comparative analysis where the different industries seems to be taking the different timing to observe the higher incremental salary in different employment level growth. this indicated that there is no solid evidence to point out which employment level will be more rewarding based on the industries comparison where the growth in the salary increment is very much variable based on the nature of the business and roles. discussion the outcome from the findings and results derived from the quantitative analysis had provided the relevance discussion towards the purpose of the research study. firstly, the identification on the average salary through the ranking had provide clear understanding that the it industry had been the best paying industry for the job for accounting and finance related roles which is not a surprising fact considering the current business trend as the it industry had been growing rapidly in the business industry inducing the development of higher compensation package for the employees. this contributed to the potential reason drawn for the observation of highest average salary for the it industry due to the higher business growth and sales revenue for the relevance business organization in this industry. the healthcare industry had been considered as the second preference based on the ranking system which could be contributed by the stability of the industry where the healthcare industry tends to be consistently in demand within the market of consumer demands as the medical supplies had been manufacturing it retail healthcare non-executive 2,200.00 2,300.00 3,250.00 2,160.00 2,100.00 entry level 9.09% 14.78% -15.38% 8.80% 31.43% junior executive 35.42% 19.32% 23.64% 27.66% 17.75% senior executive 30.77% 49.21% 54.41% 46.67% 69.23% manager 41.18% 70.21% 60.00% 64.77% 45.45% senior manager 54.17% 56.25% 108.33% 51.72% 50.00% accounting / finance level education american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org common when comes to the necessity for the consumers which is unlikely to be affected by the economic cycle. therefore, the healthcare industry tends to be able to produce reasonably good compensation package to retain their high talent employees within the job employment market in malaysia. however, the ranking system had pointed out significant evidence where the education industry had been far below the average standings in comparison with other industries where the role of educator had been showing lacking good compensations despite being recognized of being the high professional within the education industry. this had been in alignment with the initial understanding where the education industry appears to be having lower salary range package in comparison with a normal corporate employee. to the surprise, the retail industry had showed to be standing last behind the education industry signaling the potential address of the low skills requirement within the retail industry resulting in lower average salary in the employment for the accounting and finance personnel. the lack of attractiveness of the education industry average salary package had been highly supported by the fact in the observation of the discrepancies of the average salary from education industry against other industries. the observation in the findings had suggested that the growth for the average salary within education industry had been relatively slow especially progressing into higher employment level. as a result, the average salary for education industry appears to be significant lowest among all the five categories within the comparative analysis data. this would provide the evidence to suggest the lack of growth in the compensation package for the lecturers and professors had become the limiting factor for the development of the compensation package within the education industry leading to higher attractiveness for the corporate employees in other industries. this had been supported by the lower comparison of the average salary within all employment level within the salary range demonstrated through the historical survey data through the salary guide. this would indicate that there is agreement with the previous understanding where the average salary for education industry is not attractive leading to the higher reasoning where more individuals in malaysia tend to dive into the career other than education related role and industry where the opportunity would likely to offer a higher compensation package and provide higher stability for he career growth progression in aligned with the incremental of the salary package for the employees. therefore, it is no doubt that more individuals are leaving the education industry role in malaysia where the education institutions may need to revisit on addressing the reasonable salary range for the education industries for the professionals like lecturers and professors. contribution of study the outcome of the study had been contributing significant value to the relevant parties to benefits from the conclusion of the study. firstly, it is no doubt that the findings for the current study had been very interesting due to the lack of exploration in the similar scope of interest within the academic where the outcome for the current study will provide great value of references towards the academic resulting to the effort to close down the gap in the literature review for the research scope. in addition, the current outcome of study will also provide the opportunity for the researchers and academicians to further the scope of interest to extend the understanding towards the relevance topic in understanding the salary range and compensation package within the employment market in malaysia. besides, the outcome for the study had been crucial to address the potential discrepancies of the salary package especially for those individuals that are interested to become an educator in their career in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org education industry. the assessment in the difference in the salary range for the education industry against the benchmark for the corporate role like accounting and finance would provide a good feel to identify the potential compensation to be obtained within the career. this will become especially helpful for those individuals that remained divided to explore the future career between becoming an academician within education industry or becoming a corporate employee in other industry. furthermore, the comparison of the benchmark compensation package in terms of the salary level had been a crucial address for the education institutions in malaysia. in the wake of the lack of attractiveness of the compensation package for the academicians, the alarming concerns should trigger the revisit for the education industry including universities and colleges in malaysia to assess the potential revision required for the salary range for the lecturers and professors which will help to attract more quality talents and skillful individuals to join into the teaching force for the education institutions in malaysia. conclusion in conclusion, the outcome for the current research study had proved that the average salary for the academicians within the education industry is not as attractive as the corporate employees as accounting and finance personnel in other industries. the agreement with the previous suggestion on the lower and less attractive compensation for the education industry could become a concerning factor for malaysian education industry to revisit in order to avoid further destruction in driving away the talents from education industry. with the forecast of the shortage for the teaching employees in the future, it will be important to implement the risk mitigation strategy to improve the employees retentions for the existing academicians as well as attracting new talents into the education industry creating higher supply for the workforce to engage as the future academicians for the long-term career in malaysia. references 1. ashraf, m. a. (2020). demographic factors, compensation, job satisfaction and organizational commitment in private university: an analysis using sem. journal of global responsibility, 11(4), pp. 407-436. 2. che ahmat, n. h., arendt, s. w., & russell, d. w. (2019). examining work factors after malaysia’s minimum wage implementation. international journal of contemporary hospitality management, 31(12), pp. 4462-4481. 3. da wan, c., & morshidi, s. (2018). international academics in malaysian public universities: recruitment, integration, and retention. asia pacific education review, 19, pp. 241-252. 4. hee, o. c., ong, s. h., ping, l. l., kowang, t. o., & fei, g. c. (2019). factors influencing job satisfaction in the higher learning institutions in malaysia. international journal of academic research in business and social sciences, 9(2), pp. 10-20. 5. ismail, r., & awang, m. (2017). quality of malaysian teachers based on education and training: a benefit and earnings returns analysis using human capital theory. quality assurance in education, 25(3), pp. 303-316. 6. mahzan, f. a., & nordin, n. m. (2021). the relationship between transformational leadership practiced and the level of job satisfaction among lecturers in mara professional college, malaysia. asian journal of university education, 17(3), pp. 154-161. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 7. miah, m. m. (2018). the impact of employee job satisfaction toward organizational performance: a study of private sector employees in kuching, east malaysia. international journal of scientific and research publications, 8(12), pp. 270-278. 8. mohammadi, s., & karupiah, p. (2020). quality of work life and academic staff performance: a comparative study in public and private universities in malaysia. studies in higher education, 45(6), pp. 1093-1107. 9. selvanathan, m., buga, m. m., arumugam, t. h., supramaniam, m., & jayabalan, n. (2019). determinants of job hopping factors among lecturers in private universities, malaysia. utopía y praxis latinoamericana, 24(6), pp. 234-242. 10. sinniah, s., mohamed makhbul, z. k., perumal, g., & haji mohamed, r. k. m. (2018). career motivation among lecturers’ working at private universities in malaysia. international journal of business & management science, 8(2). 11. sinniah, s., mohamed, r. k. m. h., mior, w. r., harith, a., izni, w. n., & rawshdeh, z. a. (2019). talent retention in private universities of malaysia. international journal of engineering and advanced technology (ijeat), 8(6s3), pp. 233-239. 12. wan, c. d., chapman, d., hutcheson, s., lee, m., austin, a., & md. zain, a. n. (2017). changing higher education practice in malaysia: the conundrum of incentives. studies in higher education, 42(11), pp. 2134-2152. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org improvement of technical and tactical actions of young wrestlers mukhammadiev kamil burkhanovich tashkent state transport university doctor of pedagogical sciences (dsc), acting professor email: komilmuhamadiev @ yandex . ru. phone: 94-641-49-08. tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the improvement of wrestling technical skills, participation of wrestlers in competitions, mastering of wrestling methods, technical-tactical and preparation. also, during the competitions, the use of wrestling methods, the physical and mental preparation of wrestlers, the application of anti-aging methods to the opponent's actions, the most and perfectly performed methods, and the physiological capabilities of wrestlers were scientifically researched. wrestling, wrestling methods, physical education and sports, organism, physical exercise, skill, popularization, dexterity, agility, stability, strength, physical training. introduction in the introduction of the article , physical exercises, competitions, various national sports created by different peoples over the centuries are listed as unique means of physical education at any time. such tools include uzbek national struggle. folk games and sports competitions have taken a certain place in the physical training of the people. national holidays and traditions have been chosen by peoples, preserved and passed down from generation to generation. currently, even in the period of rapid development of sports in the world, competitions in national individual wrestling are being held at an unprecedented level in uzbekistan. wrestling competitions are an integral part of many national holidays. therefore, one of the main tasks of attracting the population to engage in physical education and sports on a regular basis is the development of national sports. national wrestling is one of the favorite sports of uzbekistan's youth . the relevance of the topic is the decision (pq-3306 of october 2, 2017) on measures to further develop the national sport of "wrestling", the fact that september 6 is designated as the day of the national sport of "wrestling" and the olympic council of asia held on september 20, 2017 in ashgabat. for the first time in the history of the 36th general assembly, wrestling was included in the program of the xviii summer asian games, further development and popularization of wrestling among the population, especially among minors and young people, strengthening the feelings of national pride and patriotism in the growing generation, as well as promoting a healthy lifestyle in society and world sports. to ensure high results on the fields, we can know that "kurash" national sport is included in the program of "umid nihollar", "barkamol avlod" and "universiade" sports games. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org analysis of literature on the topic however, the analysis of special literature shows that currently the method of initial teaching of attack and defense movements in wrestling is not reflected in scientific and methodical works. existing information is often based on established traditions, requires the generalization of experiences gathered in other types of individual struggles and the use of modern technologies. many scientific and methodological works are devoted to the problem of teaching techniques in wrestling sports. we can see the concept of formation of driving skills in individual fights in the works created by v.v. nelyubin, a.a. karelin [5, 9]. currently, the problem of the sequence of preliminary training of movements in wrestling techniques has not lost its relevance, because the biomechanics and structure that create conditions for the effective formation of technical movements and skills in individual fights are not always interconnected. the main motivation of a young wrestler is to get satisfaction from playing his favorite sport. however, such a motive will have a different and complex structure. the founder of the science of physical education p.f. lesgaft described the wrestling exercises as follows: "wrestling is an exercise of increasing enthusiasm, which consists in demonstrating the power shown by another person, knowing how to firmly strengthen the body's violation on a certain support and watch the opponent's movements vigilantly, eliminating them as much as possible." this definition reveals the essence of wrestling not only as a physical exercise, but also as a type of sport research methodology the following research methods were used to fulfill the tasks: 1. analysis of scientific and methodical literature, generalization of advanced and own experience. 2. pedagogical observations of wrestlers' competitive activities 3. analysis of video recordings of wrestlers' competitive activities. 4. testing the physical and functional fitness of students engaged in wrestling. 5. pedagogical experiment. 6. methods of mathematical and statistical development. any form of activity is inextricably linked with learning that takes place through the adaptation of a person to the social environment. human learning activity includes three components: 1) accumulation of knowledge; 2) formation of skills, that is, mastering the methods and processes underlying the activity; 3) formation of skills. p. ya. galperin put forward the concept of step-by-step formation of mental actions by establishing the basis of targeting of activities. the goal-setting basis of activity is a system of conditions on which a person fully relies when performing a task. thanks to it, a person takes aim in the conditions of activity, programs his actions and makes a rational choice of one of many possible executions. such targeting occurs not only before the implementation activity, but also during the implementation process itself. it occurs due to the need to establish compatibility between the activity program and its execution. v.l. dementev divided the training of young people into five stages [4]. the first step is to create a general understanding of the driving force. by narrating and demonstrating the exercise being studied, the trainer builds understanding of specific situations and how to perform it. in the second stage, the coach shows technical movements. in this, the main points of action are distinguished. the use of different methods in teaching elements allows to improve the process of learning technical movements. in this case, the basis for targeting control skills is directly performing technical actions, and the formation of technical skills takes place. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org in the third stage, a very important mindset is formed in the fighter, the future image is created. perspective images are created in the process of pedagogy and sports in order to understand holistic phenomena and things . it is at this stage that the athlete's technical actions are evaluated at the level of empirical thinking with objective description. at the end of this phase the situation is not defined in the fighter, but immediately understood, the execution of the method is triggered and executed automatically, and the control is performed by "feeling" that follows the dynamic mold flow. thus, the practicing athlete knows how to do, what to do quickly and when. in the fourth stage, the formation of movements through speech takes place, which is important in the technical preparation of the athlete. therefore, technical actions in practice depend on the knowledge, skills and technical actions formed in the previous stages, understanding speech and actions. in the fifth stage, the wrestler begins to use conscious technical movements, which means that the movements of the athlete's speech form move to the mental plan of their recognition. the formation of movement knowledge and skills is mainly carried out due to the stimulus signals that come continuously from the movement, vision, hearing, and sense vestibular receptors when performing exercises. these feelings are formed from a set of interrelated analyzers. when studying technical movements that are simple in the structure of martial arts, it is generally considered accepted to perform the technique after being instructed by the trainer. in this case: 1. in the preparatory part of the training, the structure is similar to the technical movements, gradually increasing from simple to complex, and using various preparations and exercises. 2. focusing on the important phase of the method. 3. creating simplified conditions when performing the first methods (the opponent stands on one leg, the movement moves in a certain direction or opens the place of attack). 4. providing direct support during the initial execution of the method by showing actions that lead to possible errors [7, 8] . the method is used in complex technical movements when learning parts, especially in the first years of training. the main phases of technical actions, each of which is performed separately, are distinguished. for example, pulling hands, returning, throwing the opponent. for each phase, several cheat exercises are performed. conducting competitions on task, with dosed resistance, through onesided resistance, improves the performance of fighting under conditions of mutual resistance. analysis and results in the improvement of technical skills in wrestling sports, it was assumed that the results of wrestling competitions would be taken into account. in order to study the competitive performance of young wrestlers, 10 competitions of winning and losing wrestlers were analyzed. the results were based on the results of the studies of the evaluated methods in wrestling, the number of points obtained by the minutes of competitions. in this case, the method of raising the neck, bending forward, bending to the side, bending forward, and chil was taken into account. for example, the highest quality score had to be bent more. the highest number is recorded in the bending throw and it is 87 points (54.20%) of the total [7,8]. the total number of evaluated squats is 51 points in the first minute, 54 points in the second minute, 63 points in the third minute, and 19 points in the fourth minute. in wrestling, we can see that using the rest of the methods in terms of minutes of competition, the highest scores are obtained in uppercuts. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org therefore, in order to increase the effectiveness of the teaching method, it is necessary to pay a lot of attention to bending. it is evidenced that the reliability of throws in all minutes of the competition in the winning wrestlers is higher than that of the losing wrestlers. for example, the reliability of execution of tilts is 1.55 points for wrestlers who won in the first minute, and 1.18 points for wrestlers who lost in the competition[7,8]. differences are statistically significant (r<0.003) at all time points. also, the reliability of the completed throws is higher in the winners than in the losers, and for all four minutes of the competition, the losers have 1.25 ± 0.04 points, and the winners have 1.59 ± 0.04 points. the differences are statistically significant (r<0.005) [7,8]. the number of different throws evaluated by the winners and losers was 53, and the number of the losers was 31. also, the figure shows that the number of all evaluated throws in the winners was higher than that of the losers. for example, the number of sideways throws was 27 in the winning wrestlers, and 5 in the losing wrestlers [7,8]. it shows that the reliability of the wrestlers who won all four minutes of the competition to take all the throws is higher than that of the losers. the differences were statistically significant (r<0.001). the reliability of throws made by wrestlers who won their competitions is 1.29 points in the first minute, 1.38 points in the second minute , 1.41 points in the third minute, and decreases to 1.37 points in the fourth minute [7,8]. it was observed that the highest activity of specific attacks in the winning and losing wrestlers was in the first minute, the lowest in the second minute, and the lowest in the third and fourth minutes. in the wrestlers who lost in the competition, high activity of specific attacks was recorded relatively in the first minute, and more in the second minute. after that, while the wrestlers who won the matches had the same activity of specific attacks in the first and second minutes, the level of activity of the losers decreased from the third to the fourth minute. conclusions and suggestions no significant differences were found in terms of indicators of competitive activity, the activity of attacking movements and the use of counter-attacking movements. it is clearly visible that the activity of attacking actions, this indicator depends on the level of physical and functional training of the participants. since it was the same in both winning and losing wrestlers, true data were not determined, but quantitative values for these indicators increased compared to baseline [7,8]. the absence of differences in the use of counter-attack movements is probably due to the fact that the effect of specific training did not affect this indicator of technical training. studying this pointer was about the same. the use of a special method of learning technical movements was observed with a significant increase in the main indicators of the national wrestling technique compared to the losers of the winning wrestlers. the real differences in competition activity and sports result indicators in competitions indicate that the method of initial training of wrestling technical movements is more effective when the level of physical and functional preparation is the same and can be used in practical work. the implementation of this method in other teams of wrestlers engaged in national wrestling is a confirmation of the proposed method. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017 no. pf-4947 "on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan" in 2017-2021 . 2. decree no. pf-5368 dated march 5, 2018 "on measures to radically improve the state management system in the field of physical education and sports". 3. five important initiatives put forward at the video selector meeting on march 19, 2019 under the chairmanship of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev. 4. dementev v.l., malkov o.b. – structuring the conflict of a fight in combat sports // theory and practice of physical culture. 1986 g. p.37-39 . 5. karelii a.a. methodology for teaching counterattack actions from deflection throws. abstract of thesis....candidate of pedagogical sciences. spb..199 7 g. 6. mukhammadiev k.b. development of careful attitude of students to the environment during physical education. doctor of philosophy (phd) in dis...ped.science. – chirchik: 2018. – 137 p. 7. mukhammadiev k.b. theoretical foundations of increasing the effectiveness of the physical education process and the development of environmental culture among students: monograph / "innovative development publishing house". tashkent, 2021. 413 p. 8. mukhammadiev k.b. sports-based physical education of students based on a combination of wrestling and game methods // physical culture: education, training. udk/udc 796.011.2:5:012.33. moscow, no. 9, 2021. s. 23-24. 9. nelyubin v.v. methodological instructions for the basis of education and training and the process of sport training. l.: gdoifk. 1980g. s.44. 10. tumanyan g.s. wrestling, theory, methodology, organization of training. textbook v 4-x kn. kn. i. kinesiology and psychology. m.: soviet sport. 1998 g. s.280. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org ego identity in the drawings of adolescents israa abdulhassain ali1 , kareem mohsin ali sameer alkabi2 collage of basic education, university of sumer, iraq. corresponding author, email: dr.kareemalkabi99@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research tagged (ego identity in the drawings of adolescents) consisted of four chapters. the first chapter was devoted to the methodological framework of the research. the research problem ended with the following question: what is the identity of the ego in the drawings of adolescents? it also included the aim of the research, its importance and the need for it. as for the second chapter, it dealt with three topics; the first was titled the concept of identity, while the second dealt with: adolescence and adolescent identity, and the third dealt with teenage drawings. while the third chapter was devoted to research procedures, the researchers chose a sample of (100) male students in middle school in an intentional manner. the sample was tested twice, the first through the ego identity questionnaire, and the second through drawing. the data of the two tools were analyzed to extract the results. as for the fourth chapter, it was devoted to the results, including: the identity of the ideological ego is distinguished in the drawings of adolescents through horizontal lines, distorted colors, rough textures, and drawing at the bottom of the paper. 2"the identity of the social ego is distinguished in the drawings of adolescents through the slanted lines and the various textures between smoothness and roughness, and the drawing is at the top of the paper." the research ended with recommendations, proposals and a list of sources. identity, ego, adolescents, drawing هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين 2, كريم محسن علي سمير الكعبي1 اسراء عبد الحسين علي ، جامعة سومر، العراقكلية التربية األساسية dr.kareemalkabi99@gmail.comالبريد االلكتروني للمؤلف المراسل ملخصال تكون البحث الموسوم )هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين( من اربعة فصول خصص الفصل االول لالطار المنهجي للبحث وانتهت مشكلة البحث ثة مباحث؛ األول بالتساؤل التالي: ما هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين؟ كما تضمن هدف البحث واهميته والحاجة اليه. اما الفصل الثاني فقد تناول ثال جراءات اء بعنوان مفهوم الهوية، فيما تناول الثاني: المراهقة وهوية المراهق، أما الثالث فكان رسوم المراهقين. في حين خصص الفصل الثالث إلج ة مرتان، ( طالب بطريقة قصدية وتم اختبار العين 100البحث وقد اختار الباحثان عينة من الطلبة الذكور في الدراسة االعدادية والبالغ عددهم ) mailto:dr.kareemalkabi99@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org صص للنتائج األولى من خالل استبيان هوية األنا، والثانية من خالل الرسم. وتم تحليل بيانات األداتين الستخراج النتائج. اما الفصل الرابع فقد خ الخشنة، والرسم أسفل "تتميز هوية األنا األيديولوجية في رسوم المراهقين من خالل الخطوط األفقية، واأللوان المحرفة، والمالمس 1)ومنها: "تتميز هوية األنا االجتماعية في رسوم المراهقين من خالل الخطوط المائلة والمالمس المتنوعة بين النعومة والخشونة، والرسم في -2 الورقة". المصادر. بحث بالتوصيات والمقترحات و. وانتهى ال(أعلى الورقة" الرسم الهوية، األنا، المراهقة، : الكلمات المفتاحية اإلطار المنهجي للبحث /الفصل األول وأهميته والحاجة إليه: مشكلة البحث أوالً: إن حياة الفرد هي عبارة عن مراحل عمرية متتابعة ومتسلسلة بدءاً بالطفولة ومروراً بالمراهقة وصوالً لمرحلة البلوغ )سن الرشد(، رد استناداً لتطلعاته في المرحلتين السابقتين بما يحيط بهما من عمليات تربوية وتعليمية فضالً على المؤثرات البيئية والتي يتم فيها صقل شخصية الف واالجتماعية المتمثلة باالعراف والتقاليد وغيرها. ات الشخصية وتطلعاتها، لتحل تعد مرحلة المراهقة مرحلة طويلة، وشاقة في الوقت نفسه، كونها مرحلة انتقالية يتم فيها تبدّل ميكانزم ناة لاللتحاق محلها تبنيات وتوجهات تختلف كلياً عن باقي المراحل العمرية للفرد. األمر الذي يجعل من تكوين الهوية لدى المراهق أمراً يشوبه المعا للمراهق موضع اهتمام بالغ األثر، فهي الطريقة بالركب االجتماعي أوالً، وثانياً تشكيل هوية بارزة تلفت النظر. لذا تمثل موضوعة الهوية بالنسبة التي يستطيع أن يكون بها كما يريد. وأن يظهر بالصورة المشرقة لجلب االنتباه من حوله. وبذلك فموضوعة الهوية تشكل حضوراً مميزاً لدى المراهق. وبين األجيال وبين األمم كونه يطلعنا على دينامياتنا النفسية الفن أحد أهم أنواع النشاط البشري تعبيراً عن التواصل بين األفراد يعد و . وديناميات اآلخرين ويعتقنا من مركزية الذات ويؤهلنا لالندماج العاطفي مع اآلخرين بيسر وسهولة، ومشاركتهم وجداناتهم مشاركة حقيقية بالوقد بالمراهقة، كونها مرحلة غاية في األهمية الكثير من الدراسات نسبة للفرد، غير أن موضوعة الهوية ما زالت بحاجة اهتمت ى تحقيقها للدراسة. والمراهق في مرحلته العمرية أكثر ما يميل إلى الرسم لتحقيق رغباته، فقد يكشف الكثير من خبايا هويته وأنويته التي يعمل عل ما هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين؟ حالي المتمثلة بالسؤال اآلتي:في رسومه. والتعرف على هوية األنا للمراهقين تمثل االجابة على مشكلة البحث ال وتحتل دراسة هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين أهمية بالغة كونها تسلط الضوء على شريحة مهمة من شرائح المجتمع تكاد تكون هي ن يكون سهالً، ومن هنا تتمثل أهمية البحث الحالي بدراسة الكبرى، وفي الوقت نفسه هي األخطر من بين المراحل العمرية، كما ان التعامل معها ل الثاً. لذا تتمثل حاجة البحث هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين للتعرف على ما تمثله شخصيتهم بالنسبة لهم أوالً، وبالنسبة إلينا كمربين ثانياً، وللمجتمع ث تي:باآل لمراهقين من خالل التعرف على هوية األنا لديهم واعتزازهم بشخصيتهم وبذلك يتم تعّرف قد يفيد المربين والمعلمين في كيفية التعامل مع ا 1 بعض المفاهيم غير الواضحة عن شريحة المراهقين. يل تعدقد يفيد المراهقين انفسهم من خالل القاء الضوء على بعض تبنياتهم التي يتم التعرف عليها من رسومهم، وبالتالي األخذ بما هو إيجابي و 2 ما هو غير إيجابي. ثانياً، قد يفيد البحث الدراسين في مجالي الفن وعلم النفس من خالل القاءه النظر على مسرد نظري يخص الهوية وهوية األنا أوالً، والمراهقة 3 ورسوم المراهقين ثالثاً. .يهدف البحث الحالي إلى )تعّرف هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين( ثانياً: هدف البحث: : يتحدد البحث الحالي بالحدود اآلتية: ثالثاً: حدود البحث الحدود الموضوعية: دراسة هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين الذكور الملتحقين في المدارس االعدادية. 1 ( سنة. 19 17ذوي األعمار ) م 20232022الحدود الزمانية: طالب العام الدراسي 2 المكانية: مركز محافظة بابل.الحدود 3 تحديد مصطلحات البحث وتعريفها: رابعاً: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org : الهوية 1 identity : . (208،ص1983)مدكور، ( بكونها حقيقة الشيء من حيث تميزه عن غيره وتسمى أيضاً وحدة الذات1983عرفها )مدكور، درة على اتخاذ القرار ووضوح التصورات والثبات في االلتزام القيمي وتحديد ( فتعرفها بأنها احساس الفرد بذاته وتمايزه والق2009أما )سلطان، كتعريف إجرائي كونه يتماشى وموضوعة الدراسة. هذا التعريف الباحثانيتبنى و .(15،ص2009)سلطان،اهداف في الحياة : االنا 2 ego ( بأنها:1986يعرفها )فتحي، وقد يستخدم المصطلح ليشير الى تلك السمة او ذلك المكون من مكونات الشخصية الذي تعبير يعني الذات الواعية. يسيطر بأكثر الطرق مباشرة وفورية على الفكر والسلوك، فهو "األنا" التي تشعر وتفكر وتميز الشخص عن الذوات الشخصية األخرى. وقد يعني . (47،ص1986)فتحي،الغرور وحب النفس ً مكونات الشخصية اإلنسانية إلى جانب مكونّي )الهو واألنا األعلى(، والذي يسيطر على سلوك الفرد وتفكيره، ويظهر في صورة : أحد األنا إجرائيا الشخص الظاهرية التي يعرف بها. في احساس الفرد بارتباط : حالة نفسية داخلية تتضمن احساس الفرد بالفردية والوحدة، والتآلف الداخلية، والتماثل واالستمرارية ممثالً هوية األنا ي الناتج عن ماضيه وحاضره ومستقبله، وأخيراً االحساس بالتماسك االجتماعي ممثالً في االرتباط بالمثل االجتماعية والشعور بالدعم االجتماع .( 3،ص 2001)الغامدي،هذا االرتباط ة األنا االجتماعية. ويتضمن البعد األيديولوجي نواحي مهنية، وقد حدد )مارشا( مجالين لهوية األنا هما: هوية األنا األيديولوجية، وهوي لصداقة، ودينية )عقائدية(، وسياسية، وفلسفة الفرد ألسلوبه في الحياة بما تشمل من قيم وأهداف ومعايير. بينما يتضمن البعد االجتماعي جوانب ا . (275،ص1998. )عبد الرحمن،رواالدوار الجنسية، وطريقة االستجمام والترفيه، والعالقة بالجنس اآلخ فاألنا األيديولوجية تهتم بمنظومة األفكار المرتبطة بتعاليم واتجاهات واعتقادات ورموز تشكل نظرة كلية لشخص أو جماعة. بينما األنا مبا بشكل تمسه والتي اليومية، بيئية ضمن حياته الفرد في ممارسة يتعامل معها التي بالجوانب فتهتم ونتائج االجتماعية تداعياتها أن شر، أي ممارساتها تظهر جلية في حدود التعامل اآلني. أم الباحثاويعّرف األيديولوجية منها الفرد سواء بها يتمتع التي الخصائص واالفكار والصفات بأنها: مجموعة إجرائياً األنا ن هوية القرار وتحديد أهدافه في الحياة. االجتماعية ، بحيث توضح تمايزة وتفرده وقدرته على اتخاذ : رسوم المراهقين 3 . والمراهق عموماً أناني يظن أن العالم كله مداره نفسه، فالمراهق يحب جداً، ويكره جداً، ( 506،ص2008)احمد،: من قارب سن الرشدالمراهق يتمرد ويتحول بسرعة في عالقاته. وهو متحمس شديد الحماس، ومحب للعزلة كذلك، وقد يطيع جانحاً. وهو مادي ومثالي، طاعة عمياء وقد . (87،ص2005. )الحفني،ووالغ في الُمتَع، ومؤدب وقليل األدب، ومتفائل متشائم، ونشيط متبلدوزاهد، ً ه سنة( من رسومات توضح مالمح شخصيته وتصورات 191817: ما ينتجه طالب المرحلة االعدادية ذوي االعمار )رسوم المراهقين إجرائيا فضالً عن تحديدها لميوله وأهدافه في الحياة. اإلطار النظري /الفصل الثاني الهوية المبحث األول/ تمثل الهوية مجموعة خصائص يفترض أنها أساسية، مستقرة ومستمرة عند فرد من األفراد، على الرغم مما قد يطرأ عليه من تغيرات. التي تجعله هو هو، متماثالً دائماً مع ذاته، بحيث يمكن التعرف إليه من خاللها وتمييزه من غيره. وعادة ما ينظر إلى تلك الخصائص على أنها هي م( ليحيل إلى السمات والخصائص الثقافية المميزة للناس في العنصر والعرق والقومية والجنوسة 1950ظهر مصطلح الهوية بداية عام ) ميقة بأن حقيقة كل رجل وامرأة هي فيما هما عليه من تلك الصفات الراسخة عرقياً عنصرياً والمعتقد. واستخدام هذا المصطلح ينم عن قناعة ع م بناًء وجنوسياً وقومياً. ولقد سيطر هذا التصور عن اقتناع تام على الناس في األزمنة المعاصرة، فقد صار من المتوقع أن يؤسس الناس مشروعاته . (48،ص2009)الغذامي،على هوياتهم american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org بأنه ال يمكن أن نتعرف على خصائص الفرد بمعزل عن اآلخر كون هذا االخير هو الذي يحدد وجود الفرد الباحثانرى من ذلك ي أن ما الباحثانوبحسب رأي ويبرزه إلى الوجود بخصائصه المميزة، وبذلك فإن هوية الفرد تتحدد بوجود هوية اآلخر الذي يعمل على ابرازه. معينة متغيرة من وقت إلى آخر هو اطالع الفرد على البيئة المعاشة وما يحيط به من مكوناتها وتأثيراتها التي يتحكم بظهور الهوية بخصائص يتعامل معها الفرد ضمن عمليات ومواقف تتضمن الرفض والتبنّي وغير ذلك وصوالً إلى خصائص فريدة محددة ندعوها الهوية. انواع الهوية: يث تشير الذات إلى جموع الخصائص الشخصية )الذوق، الميول،..الخ( بما فيها الخصائص الجسمية، األدوار ح الهوية الفردية )الشخصية(: 1 والقيم التي يعترف بها الفرد ويعتبرها جزءا منه. اجتماعية محددة، وعلى اساس إن لكل فرد من افراد المجتمع هوية شخصية وهوية اجتماعية، تعرفه بانتمائه إلى مجموعة الهوية االجتماعية: 2 وال يمكن فصل هوية المرء عن المجتمع، فهو يرتبط مع اآلخرين بشكل كبير بفعل االنتساب إلى تلك الهوية يُصنّف االفراد والجماعات أنفسهم. . (133،ص2015)بروكميير،الوجود الحقيقي في كل مكان وزمان داخل المجتمع فتراضي لتأسيس الهوية الوطنية من كونها مهمة ذات ابعاد سياسية واقتصادية واجتماعية وقومية لها أثرها ينبع الطابع اال الهوية الوطنية: 3 تها. المهم والخطير بالنسبة لمعاصرة المستقبل فيه وهو السبب الذي يجعل منها احدى الفرضيات الكبرى التي تطالب الجميع بالعمل من اجل اثبا ن معنى الفريضة ومن ثم فإن تحقيقها العملي هي المهمة الكبرى لجميع القوى السياسية واالجتماعية من اجل بمعنى أن الفرضية فيها تقترب م . (108،ص2012)الجنابي، اثبات هويتها الوطنية يش وتعبر بها مجموعة شارة إلى ثقافة مجتمع ما. والثقافة هي "الطريقة التي تعالذي جرت العادة على استعماله لل هي المصطلح الهوية الثقافية: 4 االقتصادي وتنظيمها فنونها تقنياتها، علومها، خالل من تترجم والتي هللا، ومع اإلنسان مع الطبيعة، مع عالقتها عن إنسانية . (120،ص2013)بعلبكي،ومؤسساته" : عناصر الهوية الفكر بذاته. وهي مرشحة بالتالي ألن تشكل احدى أهم الهويات ثقافة وحضارة وليست أداة تواصل فحسب أنها ليست أداة للفكر بل هي هي اللغة: 1 للفرد المعاصر المتعدد الهويات، بل أن الهويات األخرى كلها تصاغ بواسطتها. التراث: ويقصد به جماع ما وصلنا من نتاج األقدمين من فكر وعلوم ومعارف وِحرف وفنون وفلكلور وعادات وتقاليد وطقوس وطرز معمارية 2 . (320،ص2013علبكي،)ب التاريخ المشترك: 4 الدين: يعد انتساب االفراد إلى ديانة واحدة من العوامل التي تجعلهم يشعرون بأنهم مشتركون في هوية جماعية واحدة. 3 ان والمكان، وهو كذلك السلسلة يعد التاريخ المشترك عامالً مهماً من عوامل تشكيل الهوية وبنائها فالتاريخ هو الذي يتناول نشاط اإلنسان في الزم . (320،ص2013)بعلبكي، الطويلة من االحداث والتفاعالت المتشابكة التي حدثت في الجماعات البشرية على مر االجيال. في تشكيل هويتهم، فوجود األفراد على أرض ذات مساحات كافية وحدود األرض: 5 البشر عنصراً مهماً يقطنها الواحدة التي تمثل األرض خاصة هوية مالمح بلورة في ومؤثر مهم عامل فهي معاً. عليها واالجتماع بالتجمع البشرية للمجموعات تسمح جغرافية رقة مثل اللغة . لكن عنصر األرض بمفرده ال يمكن أن يسهم بتشكيل الهوية المشتركة ما لم تدعمه عوامل ثقافية فا(321،ص2013)بعلبكي،لهم والدين والثقافة. نا: هوية األ األنا، بالنسبة للفرد "هي مجموع كل ما يمكنه أن يسميه خاصته، ليس جسمه وقدرته النفسية فحسب، بل ثيابه وبيته، زوجته وأطفاله، أما األنا في رأي )فرويد( فهي ذلك المكون . (2001،311)سيالمي،جدوده وأصدقاءه، شهرته ومؤلفاته، أرضه وأحصنته، يخته وحسابه المصرفي" الش النمو في تتكون خالل أنها العليا، فهي ال توجد دفعة واحدة بل التوفيق بين متطلبات الهو وغرائزه وبين تحفظات األنا خصية الذي يحاول يتخلص الشخصي، خالل صراعات الحياة على نحو اكثر دقة. فالوليد يتلقى تنبيهات العالم الخارجي وانطباعاته الحسية دون أن يكون قادراً على أن . (311،ص2001)سيالمي،نها أو يتعامل معها. ولذته وانعدام اللذة لديه يتعلقان بالموجودات التي تحدّهمام american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org المؤلفين هي حدود الوعي والعقل والحكمة. و)كارل يونك( جعلها الجزء المركزي من حقل الوعي، إن حدود األنا في رأي بعض )أريكسون( فيرى أن األنا أبعد من أن تحاول التوسط بين الهو واألنا العليا. ولكن قدرتها تمتد إلى . بينما (311،ص2001)سيالمي،موضوع الوعي وية أو هوية أبعد من مجرد الدفاع عن الغرائز المحرمة والقلق، والسبب األساس هنا هو أن الوظيفة البنائية لألنا السوية هو احتفاظها بالشعور باله . كما يرى أن هوية الفرد تنمو من خالل سلسلة من االزمات والتي تؤدي الى نمو الشخصية او نكوصها، وهذا (272،ص1998)عبد الرحمن،األنا يرات التي النمو يحدث في مرحلة المراهقة إذ يقوم المراهق بعملية تجريب هويات مختلفة وانتقاء الهوية المناسبة وتبدو هذه العملية من خالل التغ . (49،ص2009)سلطان،هق وميوله وتفكيره وصداقاته وانماط سلوكه ومعاييره ومعتقداته ومثله العلياتطرأ على اهتمامات المرا : المراهقة وهوية المراهقالمبحث الثاني/ المراهقة مرحلة من الحياة تقع بين الطفولة وبين سن الرشد. يقال عنها انها "مطلع الفتوة" تسِمها تحوالت جسمية وسيكولوجية. ويحدث سنة(، 21أو 18 –سنة 13أو 12هذا االنتقال بين عالم الطفولة وعالم الراشدين خالل سنين طويلة، وحدودها واقعة على وجه التقريب بين )سن يمكنها أن تكون صعبة التوضيح بدقة ذلك أن سن المراهقة ومدتها تختلفان وفق األعراف والجنس والشروط الجغرافية؛ وبخاصة في األوساط المراهقة مرحلة تثير الحماسة وشاقّة، فهي تثير الحماسة ألنها هي الفترة الزمنية التي تتنامى فيها الطاقات و جتماعية واالقتصادية والثقافية.اال ة مع التبعية ويكتشف فيها المراهق نفسه أنه قوي ويعتقد فيها أن بوسعه تغيير العالم. وهي شاقّة ألن الرغبة في االستقالل والحرية تتوافق بصعوب تابعين المادية لألسرة. فالمراهقون يعيشون في مستويات من النضج مختلفة، ذلك أنهم، وإن كانوا راشدين من الناحية الجسمية، ال يزالون أيضاً األفراد، ففيها تمثل المراهقة مرحلة حيرة وثورة بالنسبة لمعظم . لذا (2345،ص2001. )سيالمي،جداً لمحيطهم وعطوفين من الناحية السلوكية فير توضع األمور التي أيقن بها الفرد موضع تساؤل وشك، وال يمكن أن يعتمد النشء على كثير من األمور التي سبق لهم أن اعتمدوا عليها، وتو فقد لوحظ أن المراهقة اً في هذا، قافية دوراً هاماً أيضوقد تلعب العوامل الث التغيرات الفسيولوجية والنمو الجسمي أساساً جسمياً لهذه الثورة والتردد، .(69)جابر،ب ت،ص . أقل إثارة للمشكالت في بعض المجتمعات عنها في البعض اآلخر المراهقة: مراحل تبدأ (: 131211المراهقة المبكرة ) 1 األخير هذا البلوغ، وهو الطفولة، عن المراهقة يميز هام، بيولوجي بحدث على هامة بتغيرات يربط الذي الجسد. ل جرأة ينشط فيها التفكير المجرد واالبتكاري، ويزيد من التحصيل وينمي الرغبة في التعبير عن النفس بك (:161514المراهقة الوسطى ) 2 وشفافية. والدخول في خبرات الحب تبرز فيها محاوالت ايجاد الهوية، والتعرف إلى الذات من خالل القيام بعمل ما، (:191817المراهقة المتأخرة ) 3 . وهي التي يكون المراهق مشغوالً فيها بتشكيل هوية خاصة له (87،ص2005)الحفني، ، وبسط حدود األنا، ويتكّون للمراهق اسلوبه في الحياة ينفرد فيها عن غيره من األفراد من خالل جملة من الخصائص والسلوكيات التي يمارسها. أربعة أنواع عامة للمراهقة: : يمكن استخالص أنواع المراهقة تزان العاطفي المراهقة المتوافقة )المتكيفة(: تمتاز باالعتدال و الهدوء النسبي و الميل إلى االستقرار و اإلشباع المتزن و تكامل االتجاهات و اال 1 االجتماعي و الرضا عن النفس, و توافر الخبرات في و الخلو من العنف و التوترات االنفعالية الحادة, و التوافق مع الوالدين و األسرة, و التوافق حياة المراهق, وعدم اإلسراف في الخياالت و أحالم اليقظة, وعدم المعاناة من الشكوك الدينية. ستغراق في أحالم المراهقة المنطوية )االنسحابية(: وتتمثل باالنطواء و االكتئاب و العزلة و السلبية و التردد و الخجل و الشعور بالنقص واال 2 الحرمان و الحاجات غير المشبعة . اليقظة التي تدور حول موضوعات اإلخوة المراهقة المتمردة )العدوانية(: وَيسمها التمرد والثورة ضد األسرة و المدرسة و السلطة عموماً, و االنحرافات الجنسية والعدوان على 3 الوالدين, و تحطيم أدوات المنزل, واإلسراف الشديد في اإلنفاق, والتعلق الزائد بروايات المغامرات, و الزمالء , و العناد بقصد االنتقام خاصة من .والحمالت ضد رجال الدين وإعالن اإللحاد و الشكوك الدينية , و الشعور بالظلم و عدم التقدير امل , و الجناح و السلوك المضاد للمجتمع , و االنحرافات الجنسية , المراهقة المنحرفة : وتمثل االنحالل الخلقي التام , و االنهيار النفسي الش 4 و سوء االخالق و الفوضى و االستهتار , و بلوغ الذروة في سوء التوافق , و البعد عن المعايير االجتماعية في السلوك american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org المراهق وأزمة الهوية: ية، أي توضيح من هو؟ وما دوره في المجتمع؟ وماذا لديه من تتمثل لدى المراهق مشكلة مركزية، أال وهي تكوين االحساس بالهو عون إليها.قدرات ومكونات شخصية تتيح له أن يكون فاعالً؟ لذا ينشغل المراهقون انشغاالً بالغاً في هذه األسئلة وغيرها لتكوين هويتهم التي يتطل واالستقاللية الهوية بتنمية تتميز المراهقة مرحلة ان )أريكسون( ومواجهة يرى الجنسي، النضج وتحقيق بالشخصية، واالعتراف كما يؤكد أن أزمة المراهقة تبدأ مع محاولة المراهق أن .(41)حمداوي،صمختلف ردود االشخاص اآلخرين من أجل تحصيل الهوية الحقيقية ينمو إلى الرشد، غير أن الكثير من المراهقين يصوغ لنفسه هوية، وتنتهي بشخصيات الماضي، فإذا كانت خبراته من النوع البنّاء فإن المراهق أثناء عملية صياغة هويتهم يدخلون في معارك مع الرموز االجتماعية خالل طفولتهم، ويتخذون من هؤالء أعداء لهم، وتكون لهم رموز جديدة . (8786،ص2005)الحفني،يستدمجونها نهائياً فيهم بالهوية صعب االحساس أن الرغم من المحافظة على على البيولوجية، ويمكنه من الدوافع ويقيه من الفرد يحرس أنه إال التحقيق بأن هناك قدراً من االستمرار، والتماثل، وال الهوية وفقدان الشعور معنى المبادىء والقوانين، والوقوف أمام ضمير مستبد قاس، شكاك. ففقدان ابات انفعالية. فالشاب الذي لم يتأكد من هويته إلى حد معقول يهيب انشاء عالقات شخصية للحياة، يعرض لصراعاته الطفلية ويؤدي به إلى اضطر كلما مع غيره، ويخاف المشاركة والمخالطة والتفاهم مع اآلخرين وهذه بدورها ناشئة عن عدم تفاهمه الوثيق مع نفسه، إذ كلما تأكد من نفسه، . (74)جابر،ب ت،ص بحث عن تكوين عالقات ود وصداقة لذا يرى )أريكسون( أن هوية الفرد تنمو من خالل سلسلة من االزمات والتي تؤدي الى نمو الشخصية او نكوصها، وهذا النمو يحدث طرأ على في مرحلة المراهقة إذ يقوم المراهق بعملية تجريب هويات مختلفة وانتقاء الهوية المناسبة وتبدو هذه العملية من خالل التغيرات التي ت . (49،ص2009)سلطان، مات المراهق وميوله وتفكيره وصداقاته وانماط سلوكه ومعاييره ومعتقداته ومثله العليااهتما : رسوم المراهقين /المبحث الثالث تحتل رسوم المراهقين موضوعة ال تكاد تنفك عن رسوم األطفال، كونها مرحلة أخيرة من مراحل الطفولة، أو لنقل انها المرحلة التي لفرد فيها من مرحلة الطفولة لينتقل إلى مرحلة الرشد. يخرج ا ، إذ تعتبر هذه نقطة البداية في اهتمام البشرية بدراسة الرسوم عندما نشر ابنزركوك ) 1885بدأ االهتمام بدراسة هذه الرسوم منذ عام ebenzer kook ( مقاالً عن رسم األطفال تناول فيه مراحل النمو التي الحظها من خالل دراسته لعدد من الرسوم. وتوالت بعدها الكثير من ات في هذا المجال منها دراسة بياجيه ولونفيلد ) الدراس lowenfeld ( وهربرت ريد ) h. read ( ، وقد انصّبت جهود العلماء على دراسة ل مراحل التعبير الفني عند األطفال وما يتعلق بها، وكانوا يشيرون بشكل أو بآخر إلى مرحلة المراهقة، بوصفها آخر مرحلة تطورية من مراح . (24،ص1958)البسيوني،ي من دون أن يعيروها اهتماماً منفرداً التعبير الفن يرى )جان بياجيه( أن فترة المراهقة تتسم بالتجريد على الصعيد الذهني والمنطقي مؤكداً تحقيق نوعاً من التوازن االجتماعي للمراهق . ففي عمر المراهقة يستوعب المراهق المفاهيم المجردة بدرجة (28)حمداوي،صعبارة عن خزين معرفي وسيكولوجي للمراحل العمرية السابقة متزايدة، ومن ثم يكون أكثر قدرة على فهم المباديء، كما يميل في حل المشكالت التي تواجهه إلى فرض الفروض وإلى التحليل المنطقي، كما الرسم إلى الميل في ذلك ويتضح والتخيل، التذكر على قدرته المختلفةتزداد بألوانها األدبية والكتابات والشعر )جابر،ب والموسيقى . (1830184ت،ص عادة ما يكون المراهق حامالً لشحنات عاطفة جمة؛ يسعى إلى تفريغها والتخلص منها من جانب، ومن جانب آخر يسعى لبلوغ غايات المراهق لالفصاح عن تبنايته وتطلعاته ومن ثم تشكيل هويته.في ذاته عن طريق هذا التفريغ. وإن الرسم يمثل منطقة ثرة يتعامل معها يتجه المراهقون في رسومهم إلى االهتمام بالمهارات واختيار الوسائل ، ويتجهون للتخصص في المهارات المختلفة ، ويظهر شغفهم اهقين في هذه الفترة يبدون رغبة شديدة نحو الدقّة نحو الموضوعات االجتماعية والتجارية كتصميم اإلعالنات وأغلفة الكتب واألقمشة ، وإن المر . بمعنى أن المراهق في رسومه (217،ص1975)ريد، في الرسم ، ونقل الطبيعة حرفياً، لذا يسمي )ريد( مرحلة المراهقة بـ"مرحلة انتعاش الرسم" دل عليه.غالباً ما يتجه لتحقيق ذاته وتكوين مفهوم للهوية يصّرح من خالله عن كل ما يمكن أن ي خصائص رسوم المراهقين: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org إن الرسوم بشكل عام، ورسوم المراهقين بشكل خاص تحمل سمات وخصائص معينة تعد بمثابة هوية نستدل منها على تبنيات المراهق ص رسوم وذاته وأهدافه، فضالً عّما تكشفه هذه الرسوم من ضغوط واضطرابات مكبوتة تظهر هي األخرى في رسومه. ويمكن أن نحدد خصائ المراهقين من خالل عناصر التكوين وعالقاته التي يتشكل بوساطتها أي عمل فني. ا فالخط يعّبر عن القيد أحياناً، وقد يعّبر عن الحرية أحياناً أخرى، فهو يعّبر عن المسار الذي يسلكه إنسان خالل حياته ، وقد يكون هذ باالرتفاعات مليئاً مباشر، غير أو مباشراً بالمتاهات المسار ومملوءاً بالمخاطر محفوفاً أو وسهالً بسيطاً مباشراً، مستقيماً أو واالنخفاضات، والخطوط أنواع؛ تكون بمثابة هويات للمراهق الذي يعمل على االفصاح عنها، وكل نوع منها يحمل .(255،ص 1990)عبد الحميد،والتداخالت األفقية: توحي بالهدوء واالستقرار، والتي ترتبط دائماً بالسكون والراحة والنوم والموت. : الخطوط (3735،ص2016)الكعبي،داللة معينة وكاآلتي معاٍن تثير الخطوط المائلة و . عبير عن النبل واالنضباط والنظامالخطوط العمودية )الرأسية(: توحي بالثبات، وباتجاه من أعلى إلى أسفل. وفيها ت و الخطوط المتكسرة: أما .ان والمرونة وكذلك القوة والحركةالخطوط المنحنية: تعبر عن واللين والحن بينما .مباشرة باإلحساس بالسقوط للحركة يرتبط الفوضى. بالحركة، وأحياناً بالدوار واإلعصار والدوامة. وتوحي القدرة والشدة بينما الخطوط الحلزونية: توحي الخطوط اإلشعاعية: تدل على طوط المتعرجة: توحي بحركة غير منتظمة. الخ أما والنشاط وتوحي بالصدام. أما اللون فيُعد من أكثر العناصر المستخدمة في الرسم قيمة ، فهو يقدم األدلة الواضحة لطبيعة الحياة االنفعالية ، فهو يرتبط بإحساس . (49،ص1978)هوينغ،الشخص وانفعاالته ، فيرمز الفرد باستخدام األلوان لمشاعر معينة . في رسومهم بتفضيلهم لأللوان )األحمر فاألصفر فاألزرق فاألخضر فالبرتقالي فاألسود فالبني( اكثر من باقي األلوان يتميز المراهقون جمالي في كل عمل فني ، وإن عملية صناعة الشكل وإعطائه جمالية خاصة به ، هي من صنع األنسان معطى بأنهالشكل وينماز الحيز الذي يحيط بالشكل ويختلف عن الشكل في صفاته المرئية ، إال أنه ال يقل أهمية عنه فهو يحده فيمثل الفضاء بينما .(6،ص2006)مراد،وحده والذي يدل على الخصائص السطحية ، فلكل مادة من المواد ملمس خاص بها يعكس رتبط بحاسة اللمسالتعبير الذي ي وفهأما الملمس .ويؤكده اتجاه الشكل تتبع دورا في كما تلعب الحركة .(173،ص0202)الحسيني،إدراكه بصريا للوهلة األولى ، ثم يتم بعد ذلك التحقق منه بواسطة اللمس . (63،ص1999)الربيعي،األساسية يرتبط بموضوع الحركةته وأن االتجاه في فلسففي الفضاء. تي تتعادل فيها القوى يقصد به توزيع األشكال بشكل متوازن ومستقر. فهو الحالة الومن اهم األسس التنظيمية للعمل الفني التوازن العمل الفني بالكيفية التي يتمتع بها، من كما يلعب كل من االنسجام والتضاد أسساً فاعلة في عملية إظهار .( 111،ص1973)رياض،المتضادة خالل التكرارات في االشكال واأللوان والخطوط والمساحات، لتحيل االشكال في نهاية المطاف إلى تكوين كلي يتسم بالوحدة. الدراسات السابقة ومناقشتها: -حث )عاد محمود حمادي المياحي( في جامعة بغداد : )خصائص رسوم المراهقين وعالقتها ببعض سماتهم الشخصية( للبا1989دراسة المياحي . 1989كلية الفنون الجميلة العام. الثانوي الرابع المراهقين من طلبة الصف الكشف عن : خصائص رسوم الدراسة: الخصائص هدف الكشف عن لمتغيري ، وكذلك تبعاً . واختار الباحث 19891988دارس الثانوية في بغداد للعام الدراسي وكانت حدود الدراسة لطلبة الم الجنس، والمستوى االجتماعي واالقتصادي. وتوصلن الدراسة البروفيل الشخصي لكوردن(.)( طالبا وطالبة معتمداً التحليل بأداتين األولى لرسوم المراهقين والثانية 160عينة عشوائية بلغت ) أبرزها رسم األشخاص بهيئة مميزة وبوضع أمامي، واالهتمام بالنسب، والتفاصيل، واالهتمام إلى أن رسوم المراهقين تتميز بعدد من الخصائص ظهرت فروق واضحة بين الجنسين في خصائص الرسوم. كما باأللوان الواقعية. مناقشة الدراسة السابقة: مقياس الباحثانففي الدراسة الحالية اعتمد الية تختلف من حيث الهدف والحدود، وكذلك المجتمع والعينة وادوات البحث ات الدراسة الحان إجراء (، بينما اعتمدت الدراسة السابقة )البروفيل الشخصي لكوردن( لقياس السمات الشخصية للمراهقين. بينما األداة 2001تشكيل الهوية لـ )الغامدي ين ببناء أداة لتحليل رسوم المراهقين.الباحث كل من الثانية فقد قام : إجراءات البحث ومنهجيته: الفصل الثالث american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org ( 780( سنة. وبلغ المجتمع ) 19 – 18 – 17يتألف مجتمع البحث الحالي من الصفوف الخامس والسادس الثانوي بعمر ) :. مجتمع البحث 1 طالباً بحسب االحصائية المقدمة من قبل السيد )ثامر علي حسين( مدير اعدادية الحلة للبنين. البحث2 عينة أل ماعينته الباحثاناختار : . استناداً الصدفة إلجراء بطريقة المدرسين قبل من الفرصة واتاحة المدرسة، في الدروس وقات تأكد 116االختبارات. وكان عدد الطالب ) تبقى عدد 6من استجاباتهم وجد أن ) الباحثان(. وبعد أن للدراسة، وبذلك ( استمارات غير صالحة ( طالب. 100عينة استطالعية. لذا أصبحت عينة البحث الحالي )استمارات مع رسومها( ك10منها ) الباحثان( استخرج 110االستمارات الصالحة ) منهج البحث الوصفي )دراسة تحليل المحتوى( لغرض التعرف على هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين. الباحثاناعتمد :. منهج البحث 3 والثانية خاصة برسوم المراهقين. وكما يأتي: ب البحث الحالي وجود أداتين، االولى خاصة بمقياس الهوية، تطلّ :. أدوات البحث4 أ. مقياس هوية األنا: ويتألف مقياس هوية األنا من مجموعتين هما: هوية األنا األيديولوجية وتضم الفقرات ( لهوية األنا.2001مقياس )الغامدي الباحثاناعتمد ( فقرات لكل مجال. وهوية األنا االجتماعية وتضم الفقرات الخاصة بمجاالت 8الخاصة بـمجاالت )المهنة، السياسة، الدين واسلوب الحياة(، وبواقع ) بالو االستمتاع اسلوب الجنسي، الدور ))الصداقة، وبواقع بالجنس اآلخر( والعالقة الكلي 8قت الفقرات يكون عدد وبذلك لكل مجال. فقرات ) )موافق تماماً، موافق، موافق إلى حد ما، غير موافق إلى حد ما، غي موافق، غير موافق ( فقرة. كما يضم المقياس ستة بدائل هي:64للمقياس ) على اإلطالق(. بتطبيق المقياس على العينة االستطالعية، لغرض التأكد من وضوح التعليمات، وفهم الباحثانقام : تطالعيةتطبيق المقياس على العينة االس تم استخراج عينة عشوائية بواقع ) المقياس. إذ التعليمات وطريقة اإلجابة على استمارات مع رسومها 10الطالب لفقرات التأكد من أن (. وتم ( دقيقة. وعندها كان المقياس جاهزاً لتطبيقه 20ومفهومة لدى الطالب، كما تم التعرف على زمن االختبار والذي سجل )الفقرات كانت واضحة على عينة البحث األصلية. لحلة ( طالب من طالب اعدادية ا100بتطبيق المقياس على عينة البحث األصلية والبالغة ) الباحثانقام تطبيق المقياس على العينة األصلية : المدرسة، وبرفقة مدرس التربية الفنية، ومدير المدرسة، الباحثانإذ زار ( والموافق يوم االثنين.2023/ 1/ 2بتاريخ ) ن في مركز مدينة الحلةللبني وضيح ما قد يبدو باالستعانة بمدرس االجتماعيات السيد )فاضل كرم كاظم(. وتم توزيع المقياس على الطالب، وُطلب منهم قراءة التعليمات وت ، وأن غامضاً منها، مع تحفيز الطالب على االجابة بموضوعية وصدق من خالل تبيان أن الهدف من الدراسة هو ألغراض البحث العلمي فقط ة بوضع عالمة )منهم االجابة، بعد فهم كل فقرة فهماً جيداً، وتأشير اإلجابة المناسب الباحثاناألسماء سرية ولن يّطلع عليها أحد، ومن ثم طلب ✓ ) ( ويطلب من كل طالب أن a4في المربع المناسب. وبعد أن تكتمل عملية اإلجابة على المقياس، يقوم الباحثان بتوزيع أوراق بيضاء من نوع ) اس التي أجاب ، وبعد االنتهاء من الرسم، يطلب من كل طالب أن يُرفق الرسم باستمارة المقي عات التي تستهويهيرسم موضوعاً حراً من الموضو . ينعليها، وتسليمها للباحث تصحيح استمارات المقياس : 5درجات( للبديل )موافق تماماً( ، و) 6الى تصحيح كل استمارة على حدة، وذلك بإعطاء ) ابجمع االستمارات، عمد الباحثانبعد أن قام درجات( للبديل )غير موافق إلى حد ما(، و )درجتان( للبديل )غير 3درجات( للبديل )موافق إلى حد ما(، و ) 4درجات( للبديل )موافق(، و) الق(. موافق(، و)درجة واحدة( للبديل )غير موافق على االط المهنة(، )السياسة(، )الدين( و)اسلوب بجمع استجابات الطالب وتصنيفها على كل مجال من مجاالت المقياس الثمان وهي ) الباحثانوقام لهوي اآلخر( بالجنس و)العالقة ]الترفيه[( بالوقت االستمتاع )اسلوب الجنسي(، )الدور و)الصداقة(، االيديولوجية، األنا لهوية ا الحياة( ألنا ة تي يوضح (. والجدول اآل8درجة محتملة هي ) (، وأقل48وبذلك كانت أعلى درجة محتملة للمجال هي )( فقرات لكل مجال. 8االجتماعية وبواقع ) ا موضح إلى تبويبها لتسهيل التعّرف عليها. وكم الباحثانالفقرات الخاصة بكل مجال من هذه المجاالت، والتي وردت متفرقة في المقياس، لذا عمد ( أدناه. 1في الجدول ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org ( تصنيف المجاالت والفقرات الخاصة بكل مجال والدرجة المتوقع حصولها في كل مجال 1جدول ) هوية األنانوع ت درجة المتوقع حصولها ال أرقام فقرات المجال في المقياس المجال األيديولوجية 1 57، 49، 41، 33، 25، 17، 9، 1 المهنة 8 – 48 64، 56، 48، 40، 32، 24، 16، 8 السياسة 8 – 48 58، 50، 42، 34، 26، 18، 10، 2 الدين 8 – 48 60، 52، 44، 36، 28، 20، 12، 4 اسلوب الحياة 8 – 48 االجتماعية 2 61، 53، 45، 37، 29، 21، 13، 5 الصداقة 8 – 48 59، 51، 43، 35، 27، 19، 11، 3 الدور الجنسي 8 – 48 62، 54، 46، 38، 30، 22، 14، 6 اسلوب االستمتاع بالوقت 8 – 48 63، 55، 47، 39، 31، 23، 15، 7 العالقة بالجنس اآلخر 8 – 48 ً 32بجمع الدرجة الكلية لالستمارة، وقد تراوحت درجات الطالب بين ) الباحثانبعد تصحيح استمارات المقياس، قام : معالجة الفقرات إحصائيا الدرجات الخاصة باستمارات هوية األنا األيديولوجية تنازلياً، الباحثانوقد رتب (. ولغرض تشخيص هوية األنا األيديولوجية، واالجتماعية.921 العليا بواقع ) 50واُختير منها ) العليا )المتحققة(، والتي تراوحت درجاتهم بين %25( ( طالب، لتمثل الطالب أصحاب هوية األنا األيديولوجية ( طالب، 25%( العليا بواقع ) 50الدرجات الخاصة باستمارات هوية األنا االجتماعية تنازلياً، واُختير منها ) الباحثانكما رتب (. 169–137) (. 2(. كما في الجدول)160–138جتماعية العليا )المتحققة(، والتي تراوحت درجاتهم بين )لتمثل الطالب أصحاب هوية األنا اال %( العليا لهوية األنا االجتماعية 50و) لهوية األنا األيديولوجية %( العليا50( يوضح الدرجات )2جدول ) % العليا لهوية األنا األيديولوجية 50 % العليا لهوية األنا االجتماعية50 ( 19232درجتها ) رتبة االستمارة تسلسل االستمارة ( 19232درجتها ) رتبة االستمارة تسلسل االستمارة 1 24 169 1 88 160 2 93 155 2 55 158 3 17 154 3 32 155 4 29 154 4 99 155 5 88 153 5 77 154 6 32 152 6 71 152 7 55 151 7 81 152 8 71 151 8 48 151 9 81 150 9 87 147 10 99 149 10 33 146 11 23 148 11 68 146 12 38 147 12 82 146 13 45 146 13 41 145 14 54 146 14 13 144 15 14 145 15 40 144 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 16 48 145 16 36 142 17 50 143 17 83 142 18 66 142 18 86 142 19 22 141 19 73 141 20 44 141 20 28 140 21 69 141 21 54 140 22 76 141 22 38 139 23 26 140 23 66 139 24 49 139 24 85 139 25 63 139 25 14 138 من لكل المعياري واالنحراف الحسابي الوسط استُخرج فقد والدنيا، العليا المجموعتين بين معنوي فرق وجود من التأكد ولغرض االختبار التائي ) الباحثان(. واستعمل 3المجموعتين، كما في الجدول) t – test و)االجتماعية(، وعات )االيديولوجيا(( لمعرفة الفروق بين المجم . (0.05داللة معنوية عند مستوى ) وجود فروق ذاتعدم واتضح و الوسط الحسابي واالنحراف المعياري لهوية األنا األيديولوجية واالجتماعية( 3جدول ) t المحسوبة t االنحراف المعياري الوسط الحسابي عدد العينة نوع العينة المحسوبة t الجدولية عند 0.05مستوى داللة النتيجة 7.1219 146.519 25 أيديولوجية غير دال 1.69 0.445 6.6622 145.667 25 اجتماعية ب. أداة تحليل رسوم المراهقين إلى بناء أداة جديدة لهذا الغرض، وكما الباحثان تطلب البحث وجود أداة لتحليل رسوم المراهقين، ألجل التعّرف على هوية األنا، لذا عمد موضح في الخطوات اآلتية: في صياغة الفقرات على الدراسات السابقة، واإلطار النظري، ومالحظة رسومات المراهقين عينة البحث، الباحثاناعتمد أوالً : صياغة الفقرات: )الخط، اللون، الشكل، الملمس، التوازن، الحركة، مفردات التكوين، ( محاور رئيسة، هي :9أن خصائص الرسوم تتجمع في ) الباحثانوقد الحظ ( صفة فرعية. 36إلى ) الباحثانحاور، توصل وبتحليل هذه الم موقع الرسم(. الفضاء، بعد تحديد الفقرات ووضعها في استمارة خاصة بصيغتها األولية، ُعرضت على عدد من السادة الخبراء في مجال ثانياً : صدق أداة تحليل الفقرات: ح االستمارة وبدون تعديالت. غير بعض االختصاص، إلبداء آرائهم في صالحيتها لتحليل رسوم المراهقين. وكانت مالحظاتهم تصب في صال آخرين، وباستخدام معادلة كوبر ) اآلراء الطفيفة التي لم تتكرر عند خبراء cooper %(، وهي نسبة اتفاق 96(، كانت نسبة االتفاق بين الخبراء ) داة بصيغتها النهائية صالحة للتطبيق. يمكن الركون إليها في حساب صدق األداة، وبذلك تكون األداة قد اكتسبت الصدق الظاهري، وأصبحت األ أي تعديل عليها. الباحثانولم يجري مع كل خاصية من خصائص التحليل بصفتها وحدة من وحدات التحليل. الباحثانتعامل ثالثاً : وحدات التحليل: تظهر فيها الخاصية. ، وذلك بإعطاء تكرار لكل مرة أسلوب حساب التكرارات الباحثاناستخدم رابعاً : وحدات التعداد: والمحللين اآلخرين، الباحثانتحقيقاً للدقة العلمية في التحليل، وضعت لعملية التحليل ضوابط معينة تُعد مرجعاً لكل من خامساً : ضوابط التحليل: وكاآلتي: إعطاء درجة واحدة لكل خاصية ثانوية تظهر في الرسم. .1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org اللوحة نفسها، تُعطى الدرجة للخاصية السائدة فقط. في حالة ظهور خاصيتين أو أكثر في .2 في حالة عدم ظهور الخاصية في رسم ما، تُهمل وال تُعطى تكرار. .3 إلى استخراج ثبات أداة التحليل بطريقتين، هما: الباحثانلذلك لجأ سادساً : ثبات أداة تحليل الرسوم: تائج نفسها، عند تحليلهم بشكل منفرد المحتوى نفسه والتصنيف نفسه، على أساس االتساق بين المحللين: ويُقصد به توصل المحللين إلى الن .1 إتباعه الخطوات نفسها وقواعد التحليل. توصل .2 ويعني الزمن: عبر التصنيف الباحثاناالتساق لنفس معينة زمنية فترة مرور وبعد أخرى، مرة يُحلل أن بعد نفسها النتائج إلى والمحتوى، وباستخدامه اإلجراءات نفسها عند قيامه بالتحليل. ا بطريقة ( لوحات والتي تم اختياره10إلى تحليل رسوم المراهقين البالغ عددها ) اباستخدام األسلوبين معاً، فقد عمد الباحثانوقد قام ُمحللين انفراد، وقام اثنين عشوائية، وطلب من نفسها كٌل على الرسوم لتحليل بصورة متتابعة، الباحثانخارجيين نفسها مرتين العينة بتحليل التحليلين، ألجل إيجاد اتساق 15وبفاصل زمني مدته ) بين باست الباحثان( يوماً خدام معادلة مع نفسه خالل الزمن، وبعد حساب معامل االتفاق (scoot %(، وللباحث عبر 80) الباحثان%(، وبين المحلل الثاني و86) الباحثانن المحلل األول وي %(، وب 83( كانت نسبة االتفاق بين المحللين ) (. 4%(. وكما مبين في الجدول )86هو ) %(، وباستعمال الوسط الحسابي لهذه النسب كان معدل الثبات 95الزمن ) والمحللين الباحثانالتفاق بين معامل ا (4جدول ) نسبة االتفاق ) % ( نوع الثبات ت 83 بين المحللين األول والثاني 1 الباحثانبين المحلل األول و 2 86 الباحثان بين المحلل الثاني و 3 80 ونفسه عبر الزمن الباحثانبين 4 95 86 معدل الثبات 5 : تطبيق األداة: بتطبيقها على رسوم المراهقين، وذلك بوضع عالمة الباحثان شروطها الموضوعية والعلمية، قام استكملت األداةبعد أن سابعاً (✓ ئياً، ( في االستمارة لكل خاصية تظهر في رسوم المراهقين، بعد ذلك تم تفريغ نتائج التحليل في جداول خاصة، ومن ثم معالجة تلك النتائج إحصا ك النتائج وتفسيرها في الفصل الرابع.بعرض تل الباحثانوسيقوم : . الوسائل اإلحصائية 5 اختبار ) النسبة المئوية، الوسط الحسابي، االنحراف المعياري، فضالً عن t – test ( : لقياس الداللة اإلحصائية، وهو يستخدم للمقارنة بين وسطين حسابيين عندما تكون العينتان متساويتان، وقد استخدم للمقارنة بين المجموعتين هوية األنا األيديولوجية واالجتماعية. ت = حيث أن : ن = عدد أفراد العينة في كل مجموعة ) وهو متساوي ( . • للمجموعة األولى . = الوسط الحسابي 1م • = الوسط الحسابي للمجموعة الثانية . 2م • = االنحراف المعياري للمجموعة األولى . 1ع • = االنحراف المعياري للمجموعة الثانية . 2ع • مج ) س – َس (2 ن american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org النتائج واالستنتاجات /الفصل الرابع النتائج: أوالً: النتائج بعضها يخص الهوية األيديولوجية والبعض اآلخر يخص الهوية الباحثانبعد أن قام العينة توصل إلى مجموعة من بتحليل : ( 5) اآلتيما في الجدول ك الباحثاناالجتماعية. ويستعرضها ( يوضح تكرارات ونسب خصائص رسوم المراهقين للهويتين األيديولوجية واالجتماعية 5)جدول المراهقين خصائص رسوم اجتماعية ايديولوجية النسبة التكرار النسبة التكرار الخط نوع الخط 06,0 15 حاد 1 0,04 0,72 18 0,32 8 لين 0,24 6 0,12 3 متقطع اتجاه الخط 00.2 5 أفقي 11 0,44 0,32 8 0,64 16 رأسي 0,23 6 0,16 4 مائل صفة الخط 0,52 13 0,28 7 منحني 0,28 7 0.48 12 متكسر 0,20 5 0,24 6 متعرج اللون 0,76 19 0,68 17 غير ملون ألوان هوية اللون 0,12 3 0,12 3 ألوان حارة 0,04 1 0,08 2 ألوان باردة 0,12 2 0,12 3 متنوع يعة اللون طب 0,04 1 0,08 2 واقعي 0,20 5 0,24 6 محرف الشكل 0,20 5 0,16 4 واقعي 0,80 20 0,84 21 محرف الملمس 0,52 13 0,20 5 ناعم 0,24 6 0,60 15 خشن 0,24 6 0,20 5 متنوع التوازن 0,76 19 0,68 17 توازن متماثل 0,24 6 0,32 8 توازن غير متماثل حركة التكوين 0,64 16 0,72 18 ساكن 0,36 9 0,28 7 متحرك american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org ( رسم ألصحاب 25%( من العينة قيد الدراسة، أي )50ومن الجدول اعاله تبين وجود خصائص لرسوم المراهقين ذوي الهويتين، والتي تمثل ) ( رسم ألصحاب هوية األنا االجتماعية. والحاصلين على أعلى الدرجات في االجابة عن قياس هوية األنا، وتم رصد 25هوية األنا األيديولوجية، و) ئص رسوم كل منهم باعتماد الصفة المتكررة ونسبتها في تمثيل العينة، إذا تم استخالص النتائج من خالل اعتماد الخصائص الظاهرة بنسبة خصا ظاهرة واضحة. %( فأكثر، والتي تشكل 33) ولخص الباحثان نتائج بحثهم كاآلتي: ولينة، وذات اتجاه رأسي، يتمثل بصفة خطوط متكسرة. وبتكوينات غير ملونة، تتمثل هوية األنا األيديولوجية من خالل الرسم بخطوط حادة 1 كما تتضح هوية األنا لديهم باعتمادهم مفردات ن ساكنة.مكونة أشكال محرفة ذات ملمس خشن. متوازنة بشكل متماثل، تكون في اغلب األحيا الفضاء. وتتموقع األشكال في وسط الورقة. متوازنة معي اغلب االحيان تكوين تتمثل باألبنية أحياناً ومفردات متنوعة أحياناً أخرى تكون ف ، كما تمتاز باقتصارها على التخطيط فهي تظهر في أغلب االحيانينحني أفقي لينة ذات اتجاهتتميز هوية األنا االجتماعية برسوم ذات خطوط 2 ظهر األشكال متوازنة بشكل متماثل وهذه األشكال تكون ساكنة ومتحركة. غير ملونة، تكّون في النهاية أشكال محرفة ذات ملمس ناعم. حيث ت الورقة موقعاً لها. أسفلكمفردات للتكوين تكون متوازنة مع الفضاء متخذة من األشكال اآلدميةويعتمد المراهقين المشتر الخصائص باستبعاد الباحثان قام االجتماعية األيديولوجية عن األنا تمييز هوية األنا ولغرض بين هويتي المراهقين في رسوم كة )األيديولوجية واالجتماعية( للتعرف على الخصائص المميزة لكل منهما وبذلك توصل وما يأتي: معتمدين رسم األبنية ، ذات ملمس خشنوأشكال ، خطوط حادة، رأسية، متكسرةتتميز هوية األنا األيديولوجية في رسوم المراهقين من خالل 1 .الورقة وسطوالرسم ، تنوعةوأشكال م في رسومهم يدل على أنهم ويمرون بمرحلة حادة، الرأسية، المتكسرةااليديولوجية على الخطوط ال وإن اعتماد المراهقين ذوي هوية األنا المالمس الخشنة التي ال تنفك أن تدل على اضطراب وقلق هماعتماد وهو ما يؤكدهاالستقرار، عدم سوية كون هذه الخطوط تدل على غير مراهقة ومن ثم تظهر هنالك مسحة من التوافق في تشكيل هويتهم نستدل عليها في اعتمادهم رسم المفردات وسط الورقة. وهذا التنقل يشوب الشخصية. ية المطاف، ويأتي ذلك تبعاً لما يتعرض له المراهقين من بين عدم االستقرار واالستقرار ينبيء بتشكيل هوية أنا أيديولوجية غير مستقرة في نها أفكار متضاربة في خضم التراكم المعرفي المتسارع في العالم المعاصر. مفردات التكوين 0,36 9 0,16 4 آدمية 0,16 4 0 0 حيوانية 0,12 3 0 0 نباتية 0,20 5 0,48 12 أبنية 0 0 0 0 أثاث 0,16 4 0,36 9 متنوعة 0,16 4 0,12 3 طغيان الفضاء على الشكل الشكل والفضاء 0,64 16 0,56 14 توازن الفضاء والشكل 0,20 5 0,32 8 طغيان الشكل على الفضاء 0,16 4 0,20 5 في األعلى موقع الرسم 0,12 3 0,52 13 في الوسط 0,72 18 0,28 7 في األسفل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org المراهقين من خالل 2 في رسوم االجتماعية األنا أفقيةلينةخطوط تتميز هوية ناعم ،منحنية ،، ذات ملمس األشكال ، وأشكال تكون بحيث . الورقة سفلفي ا يعة آدمية مرسومةمتحركة، ذات طب الخطوط األنا االجتماعية المراهقين ذوي هوية تبنّي المنحنيةإن األفقية، يشعرون اللينة، أنهم يدل على انما بالوداعة في رسومهم نحو الهدوء والسكينة تسعى إلى أن تتخذ لها هوية محددة فهي لم تتحدد بعد. ويتعزز هذا النزوع عاطفيةويمرون بمرحلة مراهقة والسكينة والهدوء جراء التخلص من الكبت العاطفي الذي يسيطر عليهم. ثم ما يلبث أصحاب هذه الهوية التوجه والنزوع إلى الناعمةاعتماد المالمس من خالل لحصول عليه هو صعب المنال، كونهم يتحركون على وفق ما تمليه عليهم عاطفتهم، ال عقولهم، ، فما يريدون االورقة سفلرسمهم األشكال في أ مما ينبيء بهوية أنا اجتماعية محبة للمجتمع والناس هادفة للسالم والمحبة. إلى االستنتاجات اآلتية: الباحثان: من خالل استعراض النتائج وتفسيرها توصل االستنتاجات ثانياً: هوية األنا األيديولوجية في رسوم المراهقين بأنها متنقلة من هوية أنا إلى أخرى ومضطربة، وهذا راجع إلى اضطراب الواقع المعاش تتميز 1 ة ياتهم وانعكاس هويالذي يتمثل بالجوانب المهنية والدينية والسياسية، فضال عن فلسفة الفرد في الحياة. وهذا الواقع يتخذه المراهقين مصدراً لتبنّ االنا لديهم. لصداقة تتميز هوية األنا االجتماعية في رسوم المراهقين بأنها غير محددة بالمّرة، وهذا نابع من تأثر المراهقين بجملة المؤثرات المتمثلة با 2 تكوين هوية األنا االجتماعية في والدور الجنسي واسلوب االستمتاع بالوقت )الترفيه( والعالقة بالجنس اآلخر. فكل هذه الجوانب تأخذ حيزاً في رسوم المراهقين. ثيرين تعد المراهقة في مجتمعنا مرحلة مهملة لم يتم التعامل بالطرق السليمة لتحقيق التوازن في شخصية الفرد المراهق، كونها تعد في نظر الك 3 تم التعامل معها على أنها مرحلة عمرية تسهم في التكوين السليم بأنها مرحلة سلبية، غير أنها في حقيقة األمر تعد بذرة المجتمع االيجابي إذا ما والعقلية واالنفعالية والجنسية. للفرد في عمر أحوج ما يكون فيه هذا الفرد إلى الرعاية واالشباع من جميع النواحي الجسمية التوصيات: ثالثاً: الحكومية واألهلية كونها مادة ال يمكن االستغناء عنها ألنها تسهم في اعداد وتكوين شخصية ضرورة تفعيل مادة التربية الفنية في المدارس 1 سوية تهتم بالذوق واالحساس وتنمي لدى الطلبة بعدا ابستمولوجياً يعمل على تكامل شخصيتهم. التوجه نحو فهم ايجابي فاعل في تسوية وتوجيه اقامة مهرجانات وندوات توعوية تختص بتعديل الفهم السائد حول المراهقة والتعامل معها، و 2 المراهقين بعيداً عن الضغوط واألزمات. المقترحات: رابعاً: مفهوم هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقين بين الريف والمدينة. 1 مفهوم هوية األنا في رسوم المراهقات. 2 المصادر: . 2008ء التراث العربي، بيروت، ، دار احيا1احمد، ناصر سيد، وآخرون: المعجم الوسيط، ط .1 ، ترجمة: عبد المقصود عبد الكريم، المركز 1بروكميير، جينز، ودونال كربو: السرد والهوية دراسات في السيرة الذاتية والذات والثقافة، ط .2 . 2015القومي للترجمة، القاهرة، . 1958البسيوني، محمود: سيكولوجية رسوم األطفال، دار المعارف، مصر، .3 الل بعل .4 وآخرون: منير، والمصطلح، طبكي، رمزي والترجمة التعليم اشكاليات العربي الوطن والهوية في لألبحاث 1غة العربي المركز ، . 2013ودراسة السياسات، بيروت، جابر، جابر عبد الحميد: علم النفس التربوي، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة، ب ت. .5 .2012لنشر والتوزيع، بغداد، ، دار ميزوبوتاميا للطبع وا1الوطني )العراقية(، طالجنابي، ميثم: فلسفة الهوية .6 . 2002، دار الشؤون الثقافية العامة ، بغداد، 1الحسيني، أياد حسين عبد هللا:: التكوين الفني للخط العربي وفق أسس التصميم ، ط .7 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org . 2005، دار نوبلس، بيروت، 1ثالث، طالحفني، عبد المنعم: المعجم الموسوعي للتحليل النفسي، المجلد ال .8 حمداوي، جميل: المراهقة خصائصها ومشاكلها وحلولها. )كتاب الكتروني في شبكة األلوكة االلكترونية(. .9 الربيعي، عباس جاسم حمود: اللون والحركة والعالقات الناتجة في العمليات التصميمية ثنائية األبعاد "دراسة تحليلية"، أطروحة دكتوراه .10 . 1999ر منشورة ، جامعة بغداد ، كلية الفنون الجميلة ، غي . 1973، دار النهضة العربية ، القاهرة، 1رياض، عبد الفتاح: التكوين في الفنون التشكيلية ،ط .11 .1975، ترجمة: يوسف ميخائيل أسعد، بال مكان طبع، 2ريد، هربرت: تربية الذوق الفني، ط .12 .2009، دار صفاء للطباعة والنشر، عمان، 1لخلقي للمراهقين، طسلطان، ابتسام محمود محمد: التطور ا .13 )حرفا األلف والباء(، ترجمة: وجيه أسعد، منشورات وزارة الثقافة، 1سيالمي، نوربير، وآخرون: المعجم الموسوعي في علم النفس، ج .14 . 2001دمشق، التذوق عبد الحميد، شاكر: .15 الجمالي ، دراسة في سيكولوجية للثقافة والفنون التفضيل الفني ، سلسلة كتب عالم المعرفة ، المجلس الوطني . 1990واآلداب , الكويت ، .1998عبد الرحمن، محمد السيد: نظريات الشخصية، دار قباء للطباعة والنشر، القاهرة، .16 في مرحلة المراهقة والشباب بالمنطقة الغربية الغامدي، حسين عبد الفتاح: عالقة تشكل هوية األنا بنمو التفكير االخالقي لدى عينة من الذكور .17 . 2001، 29من المملكة العربية السعودية، المجلة المصرية للدراسات النفسية، العدد . 2009، المركز الثقافي العربي، المغرب، 2الغذامي، عبد هللا: القبيلة والقبائلية او هويات ما بعد الحداثة، ط .18 . 1986األدبية، التعاضدية العالمية للطباعة والنشر، تونس، فتحي، ابراهيم: معجم المصطلحات .19 .2016، مؤسسة دار الصادق الثقافية للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع، بابل، 1الكعبي، كريم: التربية الفنية لغير االختصاص، ط .20 .1983مدكور، ابراهيم: المعجم الفلسفي، الهيئة العامة لشؤون المطابع األميرية، القاهرة، .21 . 2006، دار الراتب الجامعية، بيروت، 1، طارق: الفن والتعبير، طمراد .22 . 1978، ت: صالح برمدا، منشورات وزارة الثقافة واإلرشاد القومي، دمشق، 2هوينغ، رينيه: الفن ُسبله وتأويله، ج .23 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org use of the "working with objects" methodology in preparing for international studies mirkhalilova nargiza akbarovna teacher of the "methodology of primary education" department of chdpu, independent researcher nmirxalilova@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the guidelines for using the "working with objects" methodology for mathematics and natural sciences in preparation for timss international studies, and the ability to adapt to social life through the methodology. timss research, stem, natural sciences, functional literacy, "working with objects" methodology, spatial forms, flat forms, content areas, cognitive area, physical phenomena. introduction the timss survey of math and science assessments is a valuable resource for monitoring educational performance because science, technology, engineering, and math, commonly known as stem, are core curriculum areas. obviously, even today, many jobs require a basic understanding of mathematics and science, and this will not lose its relevance in the future. those working in stem careers are a world like fighting hunger and habitat loss they are responsible for finding solutions to their problems, as well as supporting growth and stability in the global economy. also, mathematics and natural sciences are the basis of everyday life. natural sciences are about nature, including our weather, land and water, food and fuel sources. mathematics helps us perform everyday tasks and is essential in creating the technologies we rely on, such as computers, smartphones, and televisions. iea because mathematics and natural sciences cover all aspects of our lives the international association for the assessment of educational achievement, widely known as the international association for the assessment of educational achievement, has been conducting assessments in the framework of international research in mathematics and natural sciences for almost 60 years. timss research is important in improving the functional literacy of primary school students. here the question arises, what is functional literacy? functional literacy is considered as a method of using all the knowledge, skills and competences acquired continuously in life to solve life problems in various spheres of human activity. functional literacy begins with students learning all academic subjects. based on these subjects, students should acquire the knowledge they need for life and learn to apply it to life. tasks designed for timss research increase students' functional literacy and prepare them for life. uzbekistan should achieve good results in the timss studies to be held in 2023. for this, preparation should be focused on the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org methodological aspects of the subjects taught to primary school students. the more sophisticated the methodology, the more effective the result. below we present the "working with objects" methodology, which gives high results in preparing elementary school students for the timss study in mathematics. as we know, in 4th grade mathematics, timss tests mainly focus on the following content areas: numbers, measurements and geometry, and working with data. we tried to combine the content areas of mathematics, such as numbers, measurements and geometry, working with data in the "working with objects" methodology, that is, in our methodology, we work with numbers, and measurement work is carried out, and pupils work with geometric shapes and, most importantly, the level of functional literacy increases by applying this information to life. in the "working with objects" method, the following tasks are performed in sequence: 1. the student is assigned to observe a small one-room building at the address where he lives every day. for example: neighborhood security posts, shopping malls, computer services building, buildings for various snacks, etc. 2. the basis of the task is that the students will find the first building from a distance, which geometrical spatial forms are made up. for example: cone, cylinder, cube, pyramid, rectangular parallelepiped, etc. 3. the next task is to measure the parts of the walls of this building by eye, find its surface and learn to calculate its size from the entire surface. for example: let our building be in the shape of a cube. the wall should be approximately 3 meters high and 3 meters wide. the surface is 3x3=9 sq.m. there are 6 sides in total, i.e. 4 wall parts, floor and ceiling part of the building. 33 = 27 cubic meters. 4. during the task, the door and window parts of the building are counted and what flat shape it consists of. for example: rectangle, square, etc. the door part should be 2 meters high and 1 meter wide. 2x1=2 sq.m. the surface of the window is found in the same way. 5. they distinguish how many spatial forms and how many flat forms the building consists of. 6. this assignment is given 2 times a week and is regularly checked by the teacher, mistakes are worked on. 7. later, after the students have learned well, they will go to work with 2and 3-room buildings. 8. after the students learn to work perfectly with the method, they can calculate how many bricks were used in the building, how many boards were used for the door and window parts (in this case, the glass part is subtracted), and how many slates were laid on the roof part. 9. what size equipment do they plan to put in the building? when working with this methodology, the students' skills in working with non-negative whole numbers, working with geometric shapes, and most importantly, the application of mathematical information in life will increase. they learn to freely use operations such as creating expressions using numbers, multiplication, division, addition, subtraction, and when necessary, they learn to make simple equations and use fractions independently. and most importantly, they get acquainted with the application of professions in life. they will have certain knowledge and skills when choosing a profession. through this, the cognitive areas of mathematics: knowledge, application, reasoning are developed. in the fourth grade, the science content of the timss science survey is defined by three main content areas: life sciences, physics sciences and earth sciences. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org studying life sciences in fourth grade allows students to express their innate curiosity and understanding of the living nature that surrounds them. in the fourth grade, students learn that a number of physical phenomena that they observe in their daily lives can be explained using scientific concepts in physics. students of the fourth grade should understand the physical state of matter (solid, liquid and gas), as well as general changes in the aggregate state and shape of matter; and this serves as a basis for studying chemistry and physics in higher grades. also, students at this level should understand the basic concepts of energy types and sources familiar to most people and their practical uses, light, sound, electricity and magnetism. they should study the properties of substances, the state of matter and the classification of the different aspects of each state of matter, and the changes in matter. we apply the above-mentioned "working with objects" method directly to natural sciences, and it is carried out in the following sequence: 1. what are the construction materials of the building under study? 2. what is the aggregate condition of these building materials? 3. what physical phenomena do you know are happening in this building? (heating while cooking, steaming, etc.) 4. what is the electricity and gas supply of this building? 5. these data should be recorded in a separate notebook and the teacher should be regularly checked. the advantage of this method is that students learn to apply their knowledge directly to life, enter social life, adapt to the choice of profession and profession, and most importantly, the level of functional literacy increases. list of used literature: 1. n.a. mirkhalilova. timss international survey and its significance. "my teacher". 2022/5. pp. 3336. 2. n.a. mirkhalilova. the role of pirls international research in improving reading literacy. current issues of pre-school and primary education: problems, solutions and development prospects, materials of the international scientific and practical conference, november 18, 2022. 175-178 p. 3. n.a. mirkhalilova. tools for forming functional literacy. an integrative approach to the primary education system: theory and practice. a collection of materials of the republican scientific and scientific-theoretical conference. 2022/12. 24-26 p. 4. n.a. mirkhalilova. science literacy in the international timss 2019 survey. proceedings of the republican scientific and practical conference on the topic "modern state and prospects of the development of digital technologies and artificial intelligence", december 22-23, 2022, pp. 732-735. 5. d.m. makhmudova, n.a. mirkhalilova. topics to be assessed in the timss 2023 survey of science literacy in fourth grade. proceedings of the republican scientific-practical conference on the topic "modern state and prospects of the development of digital technologies and artificial intelligence". 559-562 p. 12/22/2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org history of modern french literature тоирова дилфуза файзуллаевна заведующая кафедрой «языков» ташкентского университета информационных технологий самаркандского филиала, доктор филологических наук (dsc)., доцент (+998906018008; dilfuza.toirova@mail.ru) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the social novel of the 70s, which combine various modern artistic trends and styles. today's acute problems unite authors of different political and philosophical views, including writers related to catholicism. politics, society, people, students, movement, history, literature, resistance, culture, etc. introduction politics is modern history. a history that has firmly entered not only the lives of state and public figures, but all people and each person individually. in the spring of 1968, for the first time since the resistance, france experienced a period of national upsurge, which resulted in a decisive challenge to the existing order. the "industrial society," the "affluent society," the "prosperity society" have cracked deeply. again, as in the years of the resistance, the ordinary frenchman was an active participant in the historical process. literature also came face to face with history. the social upheaval of may-june 1968 contributed to the further politicization of french culture. the decade that has passed since then has shown that the lessons of those days continue to be felt both in the public life of the country and in art. during the 1970s, there was a rapid development of the social novel. noting the politicization of literature and art after 1968, bourgeois scholars pay attention first of all to the anarchist-avant-garde trend. there is no doubt that reality provided an objective basis for him [1. art et contestation. témoins et témoignages. bruxelles, 1968, pp. 107-111]. but goschism in art proved to be as sterile as it was in politics. and when the avant-garde wave began to wane in the early 1970s, serious and profound changes began to emerge in the very course of the literary process. the turn to realism observed in the literature of western europe and the united states in france was largely due to the revolutionary upsurge of the late 1960s. the historicism of artistic thinking among progressive writers intensified. this allowed them to demystify may 1968 and say their word about it. among the numerous responses of the writers, the democratic line is clearly visible, represented primarily by robert merle and pascal laine. much has been written about r. merle's novel "behind the glass" (1970) and p. laine's novel "irrevolution" (1971) as in french criticism [2. l. zonina, in search of a language. – vopr.lit., 1972, no. 8; balashova t. dvizhenie frantsuskogo romana american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org [movement of the french novel]. in: modern revolutionary process and progressive literature. moscow, 1976]. the author's preface resolutely rejects fashionable theories that overthrow the genre of the novel. "in a novel, for example," says merle, "a new confession of faith, which has been going on for several years, requires the breaking of the narrative, the elimination of the plot, the destruction of the characters. in the end, the author questions himself and destroys himself." talking about how the book was created, about the method of simultaneity underlying it, the writer asserts the art of the realistic novel as an old, but faithful tool for understanding the world, society, and man. throughout the narrative, there is an image of glass separating students from reality. this image, repeated in various aspects, becomes a symbol of alienation and self-alienation. merle, for example, writes: "jaumet was talking to her, she could almost feel the warmth of his shoulder, but he was far, terribly far away. he was as inaccessible as if they were separated by a glass cage"; students also strive to break the glass, to break out of the "glass cage", to assert themselves and pave the way to others. the climax of the novel is the seizure of the administrative building and the hall of the academic council by students in response to the arrest of their comrades from the national defense committee of vietnam. endless discussions, so characteristic of those days, arose around this action, and a variety of points of view were expressed. one of the main characters of the novel is the anarchist david schultz. the son of a wealthy doctor, david, like many of his peers, rebels against the bourgeois class. he takes part in all rebellious actions. david sees true democracy in "respect for spontaneous decisions, for the creativity of each and for the multiplicity of tendencies." but, respecting this "multiplicity of tendencies," david, an honest and searching man, follows the logic of life itself to condemn both the maoists and the trotskyites. "david was sick and tired of this mini-theological controversy, the endless chatter about sacred texts. he was disgusted by their sectarian narrowness and, of course, their inhumanity and historicity." in these words, the essence of the matter is this: a person who opposes an inhumane society is not on the same path as inhuman "revolutionaries." in our criticism we noted the fundamental importance of the character of the algerian worker abdelaziz in the novel. it should be noted that the story of the events in nanterre begins with abdelaziz's inner monologue, which has no direct relation to these events. but he is the first who, by the will of the author, enters the stage. after "breaking" the cursed glass, david breaks through to the workers employed at the university's construction site. he tries to help abdelaziz in every possible way, but they are unable to find a common language. at first glance, a paradoxical situation arises: the student, the son of a bourgeois, sees the meaning of life in the political struggle, while the exploited immigrant worker says that for him "this is not the main thing now. and what is the main thing? david said. he was so outraged that his voice dropped." and for abdulaziz, the main thing now is to become a skilled worker, to get out of hopeless poverty. abdelaziz is apolitical; david is helpless in his attempt to make contact with the workers; the goshist action of seizing the hall of the academic council did not lead to anything. nevertheless, the book is full of faith in the french youth, who will eventually find the right ways to transform society. the novel "behind the glass" is characterized by that historical optimism that merle considers one of the main functions of literature. in this sense, the book is in the circle of socialist realism. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org the book, published by merle in 1970, is still alive today. young people continue to face acute problems. in a certain respect, the situation of the students has deteriorated, not improved. a significant proportion of young people who have received diplomas remain unemployed. what robert merle called age-related racism ("all old people are generally wrong, but young people are right") has been replaced by so-called "wifery" ("jeune" young) – hatred of the younger generation. in the face of the crisis of the social system, its ideologists are trying to make the youth responsible for all the troubles of today's france [3. n. molchanov, students and diplomas: collapse of illusions. – lit. gaz., 1977, january 19]. in this situation, a truthful book about students, their deep discontent and rebellious aspirations will remain especially important. references: 1. art and protest. witnesses and testimonies. brussels, 1968. 2. zonina l. in search of language. – vopr.lit., 1972, no8; balashova t. dvizhenie frantsuskogo romana [movement of the french novel]. in: modern revolutionary process and progressive literature. moscow, 1976. 3. molchanov n. students and diplomas: collapse of illusions. –litas. gaz., 1977, jan 19. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org the united states position on the political systems in uganda (1962-1980) hawraa razzaq hassan 1, ali adum mohmad 2 1, 2 faculty of arts, university of kufa, najaf, iraq corresponding author: hawraar.altallal@uokufa.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s following the policy followed and the personalities of milton obote and yedi amin in uganda are different, and thus created differently on the relations between uganda and the origins of the united states, where obote's attitude towards the cold west was recorded after participating in relying on independence, understanding the acceptances of colonial oppression, so he did not show interest in participating in relations with the united states, control of president amin amin is unacceptable and unhelpful for predicting a relationship. it is difficult for uganda to function satisfactorily in the international system, and it is this behavior that remains difficult for the united states except to maintain an embassy in kampala. milton obote, yedi amin, united states, uganda. في اوغندا موقف الواليات المتحدة االمريكية من االنظمة السياسية (1962-1980) الكلمات المفتاحية: ميلتون اوبوتي, عيدي أمين, الواليات المتحدة, أوغندا. المقدمة واحتلت مكانها بين صفوف الدول القومية ذات السيادة 1962 تشرين االولعندما حصلت أوغندا على استقاللها في كانت حيث ،بدأت تتفاعل مع ممثلين آخرين من بينهم الواليات المتحدة األمريكيةو ،، اندفعت إلى ساحة العالقات الدولية الصفات القيادية وشخصيات ميلتون أوبوتي وعيدي أمين في أوغندا مختلفة ، وبالتالي أثرت بشكل مختلف على العالقات بين كان موقف ميلتون أوبوتي تجاه الغرب باردًا ألنه بعد مشاركته في سياسة االستقالل ، فهم جيدًا ، فقد الواليات المتحدة وأوغندا ا ، املذلك لم يُظهر اهتماًما كبيًرا بالعالقات مع الواليات المتحدة األمريكية ،تعقيدات القمع االستعماري والعنصرية البيضاء سلوك الرئيس عيدي أمين غير المنتظم وغير القابل للتنبؤ جعل من الصعب على الدولة القومية األوغندية أن تعمل بشكل جعل سلوك عيدي أمين الخاطئ من الصعب على الواليات المتحدة االحتفاظ بسفارة في كمباال ، فقد مرٍض في النظام الدولي فإن شخصية وموقف القادة السياسيين أو مجموعات القادة لها دور تلعبه في العالقات الدولية ، لذا 19791973 المدة خالل لدولهم القومية. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org المبحث االول 1971موقف الواليات المتحدة االمريكية من حكومة أوبوتي وانقالب الشخصيات واألنظمة الحاكمة في حافظت أوغندا والواليات المتحدة على مستويات مختلفة من العالقات اعتمادًا على ، ففي 1971-1962بدأت العالقات بين البلدين على مستوى بطيئ خالل المدة حيث أوغندا واألحداث على الساحة الدولية، واشنطن ، (ii) أوبوتيميلتون ، عندما زار رئيس الوزراء john kennedy (i)في عهد الرئيس جون كيندي 1962عام عن أي تعهدات (iii) أظهر إحجاًما عن العالقات مع القوى العظمى، ولدى عودته من تلك الزيارة ، سأله الصحفيون في كمباال مالية يمكن أن تقدمها الحكومة األمريكية، وردًا على هذا السؤال ، أجاب أوبوتي "أنه يعتقد أن مبادرة التنمية يجب أن تنطلق .(iv) من داخل أوغندا وأنه يرى في أن المساعدات الخارجية لها قيود غير مرغوب فيها مرتبطة بها أوغندا" أشار هذا الرد إلى إحجام اوبوتي عن االرتباط بالواليات المتحدة األمريكية، وقد توترت العالقات بين أوغندا والواليات ولتفضيل الرئيس ميلتون أوبوتي ، 1966بسبب دعم األخيرة لفصيل حاول اإلطاحة بالحكومة األوغندية في عام المتحدة حيث اتجه اوبوتي نحو اليسار وتقرب من االتحاد السوفيتي، األمر الذي انعكس سلباً على سياسة الواليات ،(v) لالشتراكية المتحدة االمريكية تجاه اوغندا. ، باالزدياد السوفيتي النفوذ وبدا ، كمباال في السوفيتية السفارة بعد فتح 1965 االوغندية عام-السوفيتية العالقات بدأت القارة في تحدث التي االزمات باستثمار اوبوتي قيام السيما ، مخططاتها بعض تنفذ المتحدة الواليات بدأت ذلكل ووفقا 1965 عام الكونغو ازمة في) االمريكي التدخل بقوة االوغندية الحكومة عارضت حيث ، المتحدة الواليات ضد االفريقية )(vi) ، وزراء ثالثة وقدم وتمزيقه فوقها من االمريكي العلم وانزال بكمباال االمريكية السفارة امام عامة مظاهرات وحدثت تأميم توطدت العالقة مع االتحاد السوفيتي السيما بعد االمريكية، في الوقت الذي السفارة لمسؤولي احتجاج مذكرة اوغنديون شل، وشركة للبترول كالتكس وشركة االمريكية البريطانية التبغ شركة الشركات تلك ومن ، االجنبية الشركات من عدد (vii) اوبوتي نظام ازاء بقلق تنظر االمريكية االدارة اصبحت االعمال لهذه ونتيجة كالرنس من السفير األمريكي لندن الى سرية برقية ارسلت فقد استمر المسؤلوون االمريكيون بالقلق من نظام اوبوتي، مصالح بأن " ، حيث نصح السفير األمريكي وزارة الخارجية اوبوتي رؤيته لنظام فيها تبين 1971 عام كاليد فيرجسون مليون المتحدة الواليات خصصت مصالحها ولحماية ، "(viii) تقدمية اقل نظام ظل في افضل بشكل تخدم المتحدة الواليات االدارة تفائلت حيث ، (ix) امين عيدي بنظام المرحب االمريكي الموقف نجد لذا ، باوبوتي االطاحة مخطط لتنفيذ دوالر المؤيدين من الكثير سيجد بانه المين النصائح وقدمت ، اوغندا في االستثمار فرص زيادة وامكانية امين بنظام االمريكية االستثمار فرص من واالستفادة المتحدة الواليات مع التعاون وزيادة عليهم القضاء وعليه بالده في الشيوعي للنظام متعاطفين ، ونصح أنه في تقديره للوضع ، فإن استعادة اوبوتي من شأنها "تقويض نفس األشخاص الذين كانوا (x) االمريكي .(xi) مع مصالح الحكومة األمريكية وستفتح بقعة ناعمة للشيوعية" كان السفير متفائالً من أن االستثمار الخاص من المرجح أن يزداد في ظل النظام الجديد مقارنة بما كان عليه في عهد كشفت البرقية أعاله أن حكومة الواليات المتحدة ال تحب حكومة ميلتون أوبوتي ألنها كانت "تقدمية" وال تغذي فقد أوبوتي، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org المصالح األمريكية، حيث كان السفير األمريكي يعني بذلك االشتراكية أو الميول نحو الشيوعية،اذ لم يكن هذا االستنتاج كانون 18، أظهر ميلتون أوبوتي وحكومته مياًل أكبر نحو األيديولوجية االشتراكية، ففي 1965مفاجئًا ألنه منذ حوالي عام الذي يتألف من مقترحات لتحويل البالد نحو االشتراكية، حيث انتقد (xii) ثاق الرجل العادي"قدم أوبوتي " مي 1969االول عام .(xiii)الميثاق الرأسمالية واإلقطاعية البرقية دليل كاف إلثبات أن الحكومة األمريكية لم تكن مرتاحة لنظام ميلتون أوبوتي على الرغم من أن العديد كانت وجهوا أصابع االتهام ليس فقط إلى الواليات المتحدة 1971من المعلقين حول االنقالب العسكري الذي أطاح بأبوتي في عام ضابط وكالة المخابرات المركزية في أوغندا في ذلك الوقت أنه كان على علم وانما إلى بريطانيا وإسرائيل ايضاً ، كما نفى . (xiv) مسبق باالنقالب، لكن حقيقة االمر ان الواليات المتحدة قد أدرجت اوبوتي بالفعل في القائمة السوداء مصلحة في أوغندا يصعب عليها ، واصبحت الدول الغربية التي لها (xv) 1971أطاح عيدي أمين بالرئيس اوبوتي عام التعامل معه، اذ قام بتأميم معظم الشركات المملوكة لألجانب في أوغندا ، وشهدت اوغندا توترات شديدة ، وتدهور القطاع المدني بسبب االعتقاالت المفاجئة واختفاء بعض قادتها ذو الخبرة، وانعكس ذلك سلباً على الحياة االجتماعية بسبب الخوف .(xvi)سة السلطةمن سيا رحبت الواليات المتحدة االمريكية باالنقالب،النها كانت ترى في اصالحات اوبوتي وتغيير مساره نحو االشتراكية ان تسير في اوغندا على نحو افضل في ظل نظام في سوف تؤثر على مصالحهم في اوغندا،وكانوا يرون ان مصالحهم تكمن .(xvii) اقل تقدمية من نظام اوبوتي،كما انهم يرون ان االنقالب يمثل سقوط واحد من الرؤساء االكثر تطرفاً في المنطقة المتحدة كانت ،الواليات به الرغم من ترحيبها االنقالب على تنجم من هذا ترى في قد تداعيات خطيرة ان هناك االنقالب،فقد يؤدي الى اتخاذ بلدان المنطقة مواقف ازاء السياسات الغربية المؤيدة لهذا االنقالب،لذا حاولت الواليات المتحدة يفضل و ايجاد حل للوضع المتدهور في المنطقة ،فأقترحت ان يتم اختيار شخص رفيع المستوى يحظى بقبول لدى الجانبين يدرك تماماً ان بريطانيا هان يقبل واسطة بريطانيا للتدخل فيما بعد انقالب امين،الن تي اليمكنهبووألن اان يكون زعيماً افريقياً، تناصبه العداء ،فقد اكد على ان بريطانيا كانت حريصة على ازاحته من السلطة،بل انها وقفت وراء محاولة اغتياله من قبل (xviii) المبحث الثاني السياسة االمريكية في عهد الرئيس عيدي امين وسعت الواليات المتحدة تدريجيًا عالقات العمل مع الحكومة الجديدة للجنرال عيدي أمين منذ االنقالب العسكري في ، لكنهم أوضحوا أنهم ال يعتبرون عالقاتهم بعد تطبيعًا تاًما، اذ كان في نيتهم أن يحذو حذو 1971 كانون الثاني 25أوغندا في american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org الذي عقد (xix) أفريقيا، كما كانوا يأملون أن يوضحوا عن الموقف األفريقي في االجتماع الوزاري لمنظمة الوحدة األفريقية القمة في في أديس أبابا في نهاية شباط ، ولكن تم تأجيل االجتماع وبدال من ذلك تم إحالة القضية إلى منظمة الوحدة األفريقية .(xx) 1971 المقرر عقدها في حزيران فقد تأثير ضئيل على العالقة األمريكية األوغندية المنخفضة المستوى، 1971كان النقالب أمين في كانون الثاني بدا أن االنقالب ينذر بتحول سياسي واقتصادي إلى "اليمين" في العالقات الخارجية ألوغندا ، ويبدو أن الصعوبات الداخلية .(xxi) للنظام الجديد تستدعي اهتماًما دبلوماسيًا كبيًرا في نظر اإلدارة في واشنطن كرس امين منذ انقالبه معظم طاقاته ألعمال الجيش والتوجه ألتباع سياسة خارجية وطنية، فقام ببعض الرحالت إلى وخاض نزاعات مع العديد من الدول المجاورة، نتيجة تعقيدات الحكومة المالية إلى إنجلترا ومعظم الدول العربية -الخارج . (xxii)تحول وضع القطاع االقتصادي الحديث من سيئ إلى اسوأ بعد عامين من االنقالب لذاواهماله الحياة االقتصادية، في إبعادها عن انتهاكات حقوق اإلنسان في ذلك البلد ، وحرمان تمثلت سياسة الواليات المتحدة تجاه أوغندا ويالحظ ان أوغندا من منتجات الواليات المتحدة التي من شأنها في رأيهم أن تسهم بشكل مباشر في استمرار تلك االنتهاكات ، وتشجع هج األكثر نشاطا وواقعية وفعالية المزيد من االهتمام الدولي المتضافر لهذا الوضع، لذا تعتقد الواليات المتحدة أن هذا هو الن نائب مساعد وزير الخارجية للشؤون (xxiii) هاروب وليام سي المتاح لها في مثل هذه الظروف ، وبناًء على تصريح السيد أمام اللجنة الفرعية للسياسة االقتصادية الخارجية التابعة للجنة العالقات، يرى أن الشيوعية هي العامل الرئيسي ،األفريقية ، حيث اتبعت قيادة اوبوتي باستمرار سياسات ذات توجه 19711962المحدد في العالقات بين أوغندا والواليات المتحدة بين (. xxiv)ت غير متسقة بسبب التغييرات المتكررة في القيادة اشتراكي، وبعد سقوط أوبوتي كانت العالقا امين لحكومة المساعدة قدمت انها كما ، االوغنديةللسلع الرئيس المورد 1971 منذ عام المتحدة الواليات اصبحت لها الالزمة الغيار وقطع المروحيات قدمت فقد ، كبير بشكل ودعمه الشرطة جهاز لتقوية والخبرات المعدات ووفرت بداية في المتحدة الواليات مع وثيقا ارتباطا االوغندية السياسة وبذلك ارتبطت والالسلكية، السلكية االتصال معدات وكذلك المتحدة الواليات دفع الذي االمر للمساعدات، امين طلبات كثرة بعد ذلك بسبب بدأت التوتر دالئل لكن ، امين نظام حكم ، العربية والدول السوفيتي كاالتحاد االشتراكية الدول نحو باالتجاه ،مما دفعه امين جشع من للحد المساعدات هذه لتقليل (.xxv)كمباال في سفارتها بغلق المتحدة الواليات قامت الدول تلك نحو امين لتحركات ونتيجة العام يتغير خالل بالشؤون األوغندية أمين عن عداءه بدأ عدم االهتمام الرئيس بعد االنقالب ، حيث أعرب الثاني المساهمات األمريكية في ثنائه على الرغم من الداخلي في أوغندا، على الوضع األمني تدهور للسياسات األمريكية ومع ول تموز تحول الهجوم ، وبحل1972التنمية االقتصادية األفريقية ، انتقد أمين بشدة القصف األمريكي لفيتنام الشمالية في آيار من السياسة األمريكية في آسيا إلى إفريقيا، واتهم أمين وكالة المخابرات المركزية األمريكية بإثارة الفوضى واالنقسامات أسبوع حذر أمين سفير الواليات المتحدة المنتهية واليته في أوغندا ، الدكتور كاليد فيرجسون ، 30القبلية في أوغندا، وبعد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org إلبالغ حكومته بأنه "إذا كانت تريد العالقات الجيدة القائمة بين البلدين ، فال ينبغي للواليات المتحدة أن ترسل إسرائيليين إلى (xxvi) أوغندا متخفين" اصبح عيدي امين أحد أكثر الديكتاتوريين وحشية في العصر الحديث ، فقد تسبب في تصعيد كبير في العالقات المتجهين (xxvii) (pcvsمتطوًعا من فيلق السالم األمريكي ) 111األوغندية المتدهورة بالفعل من خالل احتجاز األمريكية ، والذين توقفت طائرتهم المستأجرة للتزود بالوقود في مطار عنتيبي في أوغندا، حيث استمر 1972اب 12إلى زائير في .(xxviii) احتجازهم في البداية لمدة خمس وخمسين ساعة في صالة المطار ثم في فندق قريب أكثر األنظمة الراديكالية )بمعنى التطرف( التي ظهرت في من 1972مع انتهاء عام اصبح نظام الرئيس عيدي امين سياسات استندت فقد إفريقيا السوداء منذ بدء عهد االستقالل ، ليس راديكاليًا بمعنى "اليساري" ولكن بمعنى "المتطرف"، (xxix)الرئيس أمين إلى كراهية األجانب المتفشية، لكن هذه لم تكن السمة المتطرفة الوحيدة لهذا النظام ، ألنه 1972لم يطمئن االمريكيين الى سياسة الرئيس عيدي امين، بعد ان اخذت تلك العالقة يسودها الهدوء بعد عام قد يحتاج الى كبش فداء لسياسته الداخلية القائمة على االضطهاد، حيث يمثل االمريكيين هدفاً مستقبلياً لسياسة الرئيس امين نس االبيض، فكل هذه الصفات هي "قنابل موقوتة" قد يفجرها الرئيس االوغندي في ألنهم اجانب و "امبرياليون" ومن الج أي لحظة وضرب المصالح االمريكية، ولعل من االسباب المباشرة لذلك كما حددتها وثيقة امريكية هي: لذلك الرئيسي والسياسي والمالي العسكري الداعم باعتبارهم ، بإسرائيل تماًما التاريخية والواضحة الوثيقة )أ(ارتباطاتهم كصديقة المتحدة الواليات الى موجًها بدوره يكون قد ضدهم غضبه أن لدرجة بعنف إلسرائيل معاد أمين ان البلد،اذ المناه العناصر قيام المشترين إلسرائيل.)ب(احتمال قبل من األوغندية القهوة بمقاطعة المتحدة الواليات في ألمين ضة األمريكيين، فمن المرجح أن يثير هذا غضب أمين عليهم على الرغم من انهم لم يلعبوا أي دور في هذه القضية، ألن ذلك الش قبل نيويورك من في المرفوعة القضائية الدعاوى االوغندي )ج( االقتصاد تدين يعني ضرب التي اإلسرائيلية ركات بأموال لحكومة أمين، اذ ان وكيل األمين العام عرضة للوقوع في وسط واحدة أو أكثر من هذه الدعاوى مرة أخرى مع وجود فرص جيدة أن ينقلب عليهم أمين ، سواء كانوا أبرياء )غير متورطين( أم ال.)د(تأميم أمين للممتلكات األمريكية.)هـ(إن عدم أو عدم قدرتهم على تقديم أي مساعدة إضافية إلى أوغندا قد يحفز أمين على شطبهم باعتبارهم عديمي الفائدة ، مع ما رغبتهم .(xxx)يترتب على ذلك من آثار واضحة على استمرار وجودهم في اوغندا لذا يمكن القول إن معظم هذه التهديدات المحتملة للمسار السلس لعالقة الواليات المتحدة مع أوغندا هي إلى حد كبير أمور خارجة عن سيطرة حكومة الواليات المتحدة ،لذا ال يوجد سبب لألمل في أنهم سيكونون أكثر حًظا من اإلسرائيليين في ضوء ما سبق و، أساسي بالتطورات التي لم يمارسوا فيها تأثيًرا ضئياًل أو معدوًماوالبريطانيين ، الذين تأثروا أيًضا بشكل يجب أن تواصل الواليات المتحدة اتخاذ خطواتها بهدوء لتقليل أعداد األمريكيين في أوغندا إلى الحد األدنى المطلق واتخاذ .(xxxi) خطوات أخرى مناسبة تضمن أقصى قدر من المرونة في حالة أمين يستأنف الهجوم عليها american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org انه على الرغم من الصعب معرفة سبب تصرف أمين كما يفعل في أي موقف معين ، فمن فيدوافع امين مثلت المحتمل أنه في هذه الحالة يرد على االنتقادات األجنبية لموجة القتل األخيرة في أوغندا، كما يدعي أنه يخشى هجوًما أجنبيًا اذ يتبع سلوك أمين الحالي أنماًطا راسخة تحفزه على ما ، عالوة على الصراع القبلي الذي يؤثر في سياسة الدولة الداخلية ، يلي: انه يبحث عن كبش فداء أجنبي لصرف االنتباه الشعبي عن المشاكل الداخلية وإبقاء خصومه العسكريين في حالة من عدم التوازن. )هناك ما ال يقل عن ستة محاوالت نشطة ضد أمين ، بعضها تورط فيه الجيش وبعض المنفيين السياسيين .(xxxii) األوغنديين برئاسة الرئيس السابق ميلتون أوبوتي( تحديد اإلسرائيليين تم ، السنين من نفسه على مشاكله، على مر يلوم اآلخرين بدالً أمين الثقافية تجعل خلفيته واآلسيويين والبريطانيين والمبشرين األجانب ووكالة المخابرات المركزية على أنهم غرباء مؤذون يحاولون زرع الفتنة بين .(xxxiii) األوغنديين إنه غير آمن بشكل كبير ويرى المبشرين األجانب )معظم المواطنين األمريكيين( كمصدر للمعارضة او تحفيزاً للمعارضة الداخلية ضده، وعلى الرغم من أنه طرد بعض المبشرين ، بمن فيهم األمريكيون ، وقلص سلطة الكنيسة ، إال أنه ال الدين والمعلمين تأثير رجال بشأن قلقًا يزال المسيحي ال المجتمع يمثلوندينيين على السكان ألنهم يقرب من نصف ما .. (xxxiv) األوغنديين ، الى الوضع األمني 1973التي أغلقت في عام -فسر أمين سبب استمرار غياب سفارة الواليات المتحدة في كمباال في المقام األول ،كما انه يعتبر ان المساعدة العسكرية األمريكية لكينيا دليالً على أنهم تحالفوا مع أعدائه،وهذا كان من االسباب .(xxxv) الطرفينالتي ادت الى توتر العالقات بين بداية عام امين في الرئيس عيدي لفترة من 1973دعى للقائه، وهذا بال شك مقدمة مواطنين أمريكيين في أوغندا اإلذالل والتحرش وربما طرد بعضهم أو كلهم، اذ ان هناك شكوك في أنه ينوي إلحاق األذى بهم جسديًا ، في حالة اقتناعه كرية ضده، ولكن هناك خطر كبير ومستمر من سوء المعاملة أو القتل على بأن الواليات المتحدة متورطة فعالً في عملية عس يد الجيش االوغندي الذي لم يكن منضبطاً ويحمل كرهاً ضد االمريكيين، إما أثناء توجههم إلى كمباال أو بمجرد وصولهم، معون باستدعاء أمين في الوقت المناسب قد وتشير الوثيقة االمريكية الى االحتمال اآلخر وهو )أن األمريكيين الذين ال يس .(xxxvi) يعاقبون بإجراءات موجزة من قبل جنود أمين( american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org المظاهر العديدة لكراهية األجانب الشديدة التي هي1972من بين جميع الخصائص التي برزت خالل عام كانت ، حيث ستكون مابأن البالد يمكن أن تتعايش بدونهيقضي 1973يعاني منها الجنرال أمين ،حيث أصدر أمين مرسوًما عام أفضل حااًل بدون: )أ(أي إسرائيلي تم تدريبه عسكريًا لجيشه وسالحه الجوي ، باإلضافة إلى عمل شركات البناء التي تقوم بالعديد من آسيوي قدموا الكتلة الكبيرة من المهارات التجارية 50000؛)ب(حوالي (xxxvii) المشاريع الحكومية التنموية والعسكرية الكبيرة للبالد ؛)ج(المتطوعون األجانب ، الذين لعبوا دوًرا رئيسيًا في النظام التعليمي بالدولة ؛)د(المبشرون األجانب ، الذين يقدمون ا في الغالب ، فضالً عن تمويل المؤسسات التعليمية قدًرا كبيًرا من الخدمات الطبية والتعليمية )وكذلك الدينية( للبالد ، مجانً والطبية ، خاصة في المناطق الريفية حيث تميل إلى اإلهمال من قبل الحكومة المركزية ؛)هـ(مجتمع المغتربين البريطانيين جا إلى ، حقًا يتحملون والذين ، اآلخرين والفنيين واإلداريين والمعلمين العمل مهارات يوفرون الذين اآلسيويين ، نب المصرفي التمويل مثل الرئيسية االقتصادية القطاعات عن ، فضالً البالد في والتعليم القبول والطب ، عبء والمبشرين .(xxxviii) والتنمية وحتى حملته كانت لإلسرائيليين أ(شجبها طرده هو) الوطنية بمصالحها يتعلق فيما المتحدة الواليات فعل ردود المعادية للصهيونية التي انجرفت في بعض األحيان إلى حملة معادية لليهود ، مع وجود خطر دائم من األعمال ضد اليهود التمييز أو عدم رغبته في الجنرال بين الصهاينة واليهود وبين اإلسرائيليين واليهود من جنسيات األمريكيين بسبب عجز أخرى، وقد تسبب خوفه المصاب بجنون العظمة من اإلسرائيليين في مشاكل الجميع أثناء بحثه عن عمالء إسرائيليين في كل اد الكبيرة من جرائم مكان.)ب( لم يكن الطرد اآلسيوي وحشيًا كما كان متوقعًا، حيث لم تتحقق مخاوف البعض بشأن األعد القتل وغيرها من أشكال الوحشية، لكنها كانت خطوة جذرية لم تنفع البالد ، وكانت مثااًل خطيًرا على إنكار حقوق اإلنسان األساسية.)ج( "القرار الصارم" الذي وعد به الجنرال ضد البريطانيين، لكن الواليات المتحدة تتوقع أنه سينتهي به األمر إلى عدد 1973أكثر جدية خالل هذا الوقت، كما كان الحال مع معظم سياسات أمين ، ومن المحتمل أن يكون في عام أن يكون قليل جدًا من البريطانيين المتبقين في أوغندا ، وفي معظم الحاالت ، سيعني هذا تحسنًا في البالد.)د(كانت الواليات المتحدة الثنائية، وهما الهجمات اللفظية الواسعة النطاق على الواليات المتحدة من قبل قلقة بشكل مباشر بشأن عنصرين من عالقاتها .(xxxix) أمين والحوادث العديدة للتحرش بالمواطنين األمريكيين السفارة قبل العنيفة من التدخالت يكون مفبرًكا ، كما تجاهل تقرير "استخباراتي" ربما إلى أمين في عمله استند األمريكية في كمباال التي دعمتها موجة من النشاط الدبلوماسي في عشرات العواصم بعد أن تلقى رسالة شخصية من رئيس السالم ، لذا سمح لهم الرئيس عيدي امين بمواصلة رحلتهم،فأستدعت وزارة زائير جوزيف موبوتو تؤكد النية الحسنة لـفيلق باألعمال األمريكي في كمباال القائم لتقديم 13في الخارجية االمريكية الحتمية من واشنطن التعليمات انتظار أثناء اب، . (xl)مبشرين االمريكيين العاملين في اوغندا احتجاج رسمي على هذا الحادث، ولكن امين بدالً من االعتذار، وجه تهديداً الى ال american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org الرئيس إلى المتحدة ، وبعث برسالة الواليات المتوترة مع العالقات أمين تحسين الرئيس األوغندي عيدي حاول يمتدحه فيها بـأنه أحد أكثر القادة ذكاًء في العالم الغربي لجهوده إلنهاء 1973عام richard nixon (xli)نيكسون ريتشارد حرب فيتنام، حيث تم تسليم الرسالة إلى القائم باألعمال األمريكي في كمباال روبرت كيلي ، قال فيها "ما زلت أرغب بشدة ، ووصف نفسه بأنه صديق الرئيس نيكسون ،اذ قال الجنرال أمين (xlii) في الحفاظ على عالقات جيدة مع الواليات المتحدة" الذي أطلق على نفسه لقب أفضل صديق للرئيس نيكسون "إنني أقدم النصيحة بأنه ال يجب عليك المشاركة عسكريا مرة ، كما نقلت إذاعة أوغندا بأن السفير األمريكي ، توماس (xliii) أخرى في فيتنام للمساعدة في حل المشاكل بين الشمال والجنوب" تم استدعاءه الى أوغندا بسبب النبرة شديدة الخطورة من قبل الجنرال tomas patrick melady (xliv)باتريك ميالدي (xlv) أمين إلى السيد نيكسون بشأن سياسة فيتنام ، إنه أصبح 1973ذكرت إذاعة أوغندا أن الجنرال أمين قال أيضا في الرسالة التي بعثها الى الرئيس نيكسون عام عضوا مدى الحياة في كونغرس المساواة العرقية من قبل روي إينيس ، مديره الوطني، اذ قام السيد إينيس والعديد من زمالئه بمناقشة خطة لجلب األمريكيين السود إلى أوغندا لملء المناصب الفنية والمساعدات التي قدمها العمال المطرودون أو أولئك .(xlvi) ا على حياتهم الذين فروا خوفً أعتقد معظم الدبلوماسيين أنه من غير المرجح أن يعود السيد ميالدي الى اوغندا، حيث ان هناك تقارير تفيد بأن وجود الواليات المتحدة في أوغندا سيتم تقليصه تدريجياً وبشكل صارم إلى الحد األدنى، حيث شهدت البالد مشاجرات مذهلة مع .(xlvii) والعديد من التجار البريطانيين ، وموت واختفاء العديد من األوغنديين ألف مقيم آسيوي 40جيرانها ، وطرد حوالي كان للحرب الباردة فاعلية في العالقات األمريكية األوغندية خالل السنوات الالحقة، فعندما تولى عيدي أمين السلطة حاول أستغالل الصراع بين القوى العظمى، وأرسل في عدة مناسبات برقيات إلى الرؤساء األمريكيين وأصدر تصريحات وأحياناً عنصرية ومثيرة للسخرية في بعض األحيان، على سبيل المثال ، في عن الواليات المتحدة كانت متهورة دبلوماسياً ، يتمنى له الشفاء العاجل من فضيحة ، أرسل الرئيس عيدي أمين برقية إلى الرئيس األمريكي ريتشارد نيكسون 1974عام ، وعلى الرغم من هذا السلوك الغير الئق ، لم تنفصل الواليات المتحدة عن أوغندا ولم تطرد مبعوثي أوغندا (xlviii) ووترغيت من واشنطن،اذ لم يكن من مصلحتهم االنسحاب من أوغندا عندما كان االتحاد السوفيتي راسًخا هناك، لذلك استمرت الواليات .(xlix) أمين حتى النهاية ، بسبب اعتبارات الحرب الباردة المتحدة في التجارة وعقد الصفقات مع الرئيس عيدي ، بعد وقت قصير من استيالء أمين على السلطة ، تدهورت العالقات األوغندية األمريكيةوال بد من االشارة على انه ، لم تفعل الواليات المتحدة الكثير لزيادة 1976و 1974، وبين عامي (l) السيما بعد أن طرد أمين اآلسيويين من اوغندا أن (li) تقييم سياستها بعد أن ذكرت لجنة الحقوقيين الدولية أعادت الواليات المتحدة 1977الضغط على أمين، ففي أوائل عام . (lii) ألف 400عدد القتلى في أوغندا ارتفع إلى حوالي عام أوغندا على 1974هددت احتجاجاً وبريطانيا المتحدة الواليات في المقيمين ضد صارمة إجراءات باتخاذ أمين، وكان هناك تهديد صريح من أمين التخاذ إجراءات " حول المذابح والتعذيب في عهد الرئيس عيدي"المعلومات الكاذبة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org صارمة رداً على التقارير اإلخبارية التي يعتبرها منتقدة لحكمه، لذا ردت وزارة الخارجية في واشنطن على ذلك، بأنها كانت مؤكدة "على األمريكيين الذين تقول السلطات األوغندية إنهم ينشرون في التقارير التي تفيد بأنه سيتم وضع" ضمانات تنظر .(liii) لواليات المتحدة ليس لديها سفارة في كمباال معلومات حول البالد، حيث ان ا ، 1975عام (liv)قام أمين بتخويف وإهانة الغربيين في مناسبات سابقة ، وفي قضية المواطن البريطاني دينيس هيلز ان هناك حيث اذ قام بسجنهم وتهديدهم بإعدامهم ، لكنه توقف عن قتل الغربيين )في تناقض واضح مع قتله لألوغنديين(، ، عالوة (lv) في أعقاب الغارة اإلسرائيلية على عنتيبي -السيدة درة بلوخ -استثناء واحد: ربما أمر أمين بقتل مواطنة بريطانية ، حيث كانوا يحققون 1972على قتل اثنين أميركيون وهما صحفي وطالب دراسات عليا قتال على يد الجيش االوغندي عام .(lvi) في التطهير العسكري الذي قام به الجيش اقتصرت مصالح الواليات المتحدة الخاصة في أوغندا على حماية مواطنيها المتبقين والحفاظ على وجودهم في أوغندا ، وترك النشاط السوفيتي على مصراعيه في اوغندا، ألظهار انهم يستجيبون لرغبات الرئيس عيدي امين، على الرغم من .(lvii) يستمر في هذه الدولة االفريقية قناعة الساسة االمريكيين من ان وجودهم اليمكن ان اعترف أمين بأن هناك سلسلة من القضايا التي تقف في طريق العالقات األوغندية األمريكية في عهد الرئيس االمريكي ، واكد على انه من الممكن التغلب عليها ، كما أكد أمين بأنه على علم بأن الرئيس فورد gerald ford (lviii)فورد جيرالد قد أعرب عن سعادته برسالة شكر أمين لدعمهم لمنظمة الوحدة األفريقية)الموقف بشأن المشكلة األنغولية(، كما ان الرئيس أكد بأنه يود العودة إلى وضع طبيعي أكثر مع أوغندا وأنه كان متأكدًا من إمكانية إحراز تقدم حقيقي في العالقات بين فورد ، السيما بعد أن أكد الرئيس امين الى فورد بأن إفريقيا بشكل عام وأوغندا على وجه الخصوص ليست شيوعية ( lix) الطرفين عرًضا لألسلحة وأشار على ، وأن الواليات المتحدة لديها اآلن فرصة ممتازة لتحسين وضعها في إفريقيا ، حيث قدم أمين ، ثم اوضح أمين إلى حاجته إلى "خبراء" أميركيين، خاصة بعد اكتشاف كميات كبيرة من 130sوجه التحديد إلى طائرات الذهب والكوبالت وغيرها من المعادن ، فرغب أمين في ان تكون مهمة هؤالء الخبراء األمريكيين بمساعدته في تقييم وتطوير (.lx) هذه اإلمكانات جرت المشاورات في وزارة الخارجية االمريكية مع السفير ميالدي بشأن قضية تقديم المسادات الى اوغندا، حيث تتبنى موقف "االنتظار والترقب" ، بسبب تصرفات الرئيس أمين، فأوصت وزارة الخارجية أوصت وزارة الخارجية بأن بأنه الينبغي اتخاذ قرارات طويلة األجل في هذا الوقت، وفي حالة عدم وجود أي تغييرات جادة في الظروف السياسية أو اتها الحالية بما يضمن استمرار المساعدات الفنية األمنية الداخلية في أوغندا ، سيتم الحفاظ على أنشطتنا الرسمية عند مستوي من موظفي المعونة األمريكية في مجاالت فردًا 38مليون دوالر ، يغطي تكلفة 2،اذ يتضمن ذلك برنامًجا سنويًا يبلغ حوالي ، ستتوقف برامج مساعدتنا 1975تموز 1الزراعة والتعليم والصحة، ومع ذلك ، فأذا لم يكن هناك توفير تمويل جديد بحلول american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org الفنية ، لذا فأن السفير توماس ميالدي ، يود منع هذا اإلنهاء بقوله: "قد يؤدي القطع الشديد للمساعدات إلى تعريض سالمة ، ومن ناحية أخرى ، يميل المكتب األفريقي في الدولة إلى االعتقاد بأنه في أسوأ األحوال ، سيؤدي إنهاء (lxi) "شعبنا للخطر المساعدة األمريكية ببساطة إلى طرد األمريكيين، ولكن المكتب اإلفريقي كان يشعر ان أمين قد ال يذهب إلى هذا الحد بسبب .(lxii) حاجة أوغندا لشراء القهوة األمريكية والسائحين توماس ميالدي مع وزارة الخارجية على أنه ال داعي التخاذ قرارات بشأن أوغندا ، وال سيما مستويات المعونة أتفق خالل هذا الوقت ، اذ 38فردًا في اب إلى 50من فيلق السالم ، وتقليص المساعدة الفنية من 114األمريكية، مع خروج ا بالموت بسبب االستنزاف، اذ سيعتمد الكثير بالطبع على ما سيفعله أمين يمكن السماح لبرامج المساعدة الخاصة بنا في أوغند بعد ذلك، لذلك ، فهو يوصي بإبالغ وزارة الخارجية بأن ميالدي يوافق على عدم الحاجة إلى اتخاذ قرارات في هذا الوقت ي حالة رغبة وكالة المعونة األمريكية في تقديم أي بشأن أنشطتهم الرسمية في أوغندا ، ولكنه يريد أن يتم إبالغك مسبقًا ف وقد انتهت المشاورات الى جملة من التوصيات: .(lxiii)مساعدة جديدة إلى أوغندا طويلة األجل أن يكون هنالك مفوًضا بإبالغ وزارة الخارجية بأن توماس ميالدي يوافق على توصيتهم بعدم اتخاذ قرارات .1 بشأن سياسة الواليات المتحدة تجاه أوغندا في هذا الوقت. تم اكمال المراجعة الشاملة لعناصر عالقة الواليات المتحدة مع اوغندا وخيارات السياسة ، وهذه السياسة متمثلة في إبعاد .2 االتصاالت إلى حد قطع كل الذهاب ، مع عدم أوغندا بشأن الدولي العمل االنسان، وتشجيع انتهاكات حقوق اوغندا عن . حيث ارادت وزارة الخارجية االمريكية ان تبقى العالقات قائمة من دون الدفاع عن عيدي أمين (lxiv) األمريكية مع أوغندا فيما يخص حقوق االنسان واوضاعه الداخلية، حيث تعتمد السياسة االمريكية على عدة معطيات اهمها: تأشيرات تمنح ولن ، اإلنسان انتهاكات حقوق في أنهم متورطون يبدو الذين تأشيرات دخول لألوغنديين تمنح لن .للتدريب المتعلق باألمن أو ألي تدريب آخر من شأنه أن يفيد بشكل مباشر جهاز النظام القمعي ستستمر في حظر تصدير قائمة الذخائر ، وبالتعاون مع وزارة التجارة سترفض تراخيص عناصر "المنطقة الرمادية" . ))مثل بنادق الطلقات ومعدات مكافحة الجريمة ، بما في ذلك المروحيات والطائرات الخفيفة األخرى ستراجع أيًضا جميع الصادرات الرئيسية األخرى إلى أوغندا من منظور حقوق اإلنسان،اذ تخطط لمواصلة رفض مبيعات الطائرات التجارية ، حيث أن أسطول الطيران التجاري األوغندي يستخدم في هذا الوقت بشكل أساسي لإلمداد والدعم .(lxv)المباشر للنظام وجهازه األمني واصلت تذكير الشركات األمريكية بسجل أوغندا الفاضح في مجال حقوق اإلنسان واشارت إلى مشاكل العالقات العامة في التعامل مع أوغندا ، ولكن )باستثناء الحاالت التي تتطلب ترخيًصا( سوف توضح للشركات األمريكية التي تفكر في القيام .خاذ قراراتهم الخاصة بشأن هذا الموضوع في ضوء جميع االعتبارات المعنيةبأعمال تجارية مع أوغندا أنه يجب عليها ات american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org استمرت بقوة في ثني األمريكيين عن السفر إلى أوغندا ألي غرض )بما في ذلك األعمال التجارية( ، وواصلت تقديم الذين يزيد عددهم عن بالمغادرة 200المشورة للمقيمين األمريكيين المتبقين الن سياسة الرئيس االوغندي ( ، lxvi).شخص متقلبة وقد يتعرض االمريكيون الى الخطر. من خالل المساهمات عززت الواليات المتحدة سياستها الحالية في تقديم المساعدة اإلنسانية لالجئين األوغنديين ، سواء تحديد يتم التعليم( حيث الخاصة )مثل مجال المساعدة أو من خالل الالجئين المتحدة لشؤون السامية لألمم المفوضية في أعضاء من عدد ذلك في بما ، أوغندا منتقدي بعض إليها دعا معينة تتخذ خطوات لن ، ذلك الخاصة،ومع االحتياجات .(lxvii) الكونجرس أوصت وزارة الخارجية االمريكية بعدم قطع العالقات مع أوغندا ، وعدم اغالق السفارة األوغندية في واشنطن ، ولن تقيد حركة الدبلوماسيين األوغنديين في األمم المتحدة، ومع ذلك ستحقق في أي معلومات تتلقاها عن أنشطة غير الئقة من قبل ذلك مضايقة المنفيين( وستتعامل مع األوغنديين في أي حاالت يوجد فيها دليل ملموس موظفين أوغنديين في هذا البلد )بما في .(lxviii) على مثل هذه األنشطة غير الالئقة نصحت الحكومة األلمانية جميع األمريكيين في أوغندا بمغادرة البالد، كما شجعوا أيًضا العديد من أعضاء الكونجرس المهتمين وموظفيهم على أن يناقشوا مع المقرات الرئيسية للجماعات التبشيرية المختلفة اآلثار المترتبة على استمرار وجود ة التنمية االقتصادية واالجتماعية ألوغندا في مناطق مختارة، وتحقيقا لهذه الغاية ، أفرادها في أوغندا،فهم ملتزمون بمساعد خصصوا بشكل كبير جميع مواردهم من برامج ومشاريع المساعدة ، وتبادالتهم الثقافية ، وبرامج المعاهد الوطنية للصحة، ال سيما بالنسبة -لتنمية االقتصادية، اذ ال ينشأ الخطر حيث ان هنالك خطر واضح يتمثل في إحباط سياستهم للمساعدة في ا من مشاريع سيئة التصميم أو سوء اإلدارة ، ولكنه ينشأ من حالة االقتصاد الفوضوية، حيث -لبرامج المساعدة الخاصة بهم ثم ، فإن يساهم في هذا الضعف االقتصادي الخلل الواضح في اإلنفاق الحكومي بين القطاعين العسكري والتنموي، ومن (lxix) قدرتهم على تقديم التزامات مستقبلية قد تكون مقيدة بالمحظورات التشريعية تمثلت اآلثار المترتبة على السياسة العامة ، في انه قبل تقديم االلتزامات المستقبلية يجب أن تكون الواليات المتحدة مقتنعة في أن أوغندا ستكون قادرة بالفعل على الوفاء بتعهداتها فيما يتعلق بمشاريع معينة، عالوة على ذلك ، يجب أن تكون اق بين القطاعين العسكري والتنموي ، تعكس احتياجات واقعية في كال المجالين، وبالمثل ، قد مقتنعة ايضاً بأن أولويات اإلنف على الصارمة الضوابط تؤدي أن بد فال االقتصادية، الضائقة اشتداد خالل من سلبًا األمريكية التجارية المصالح تتأثر وإحباط التجارية العمليات إعاقة إلى المالية والضوابط المنخفض االستيراد المستوى أن حيث المشروعة، التوقعات الحتياطيات النقد األجنبي الحكومية ال يعيق تحويل رأس المال فحسب ، بل األرباح أيًضا، عالوة على ذلك ، وبالنظر إلى حتًما سيكون والجديد القديم المال رأس توظيف من لكل االستثمار مناخ فإن ، القاسية االقتصادية الخصائص غير هذه مفيد،وبالتالي ، عند صياغة سياسة جديدة ، على سبيل المثال ، توسيع أسواق التصدير األمريكية في أوغندا ، وفي تنفيذ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org وهي أزمة من المحتمل أن -السياساتاالمريكية تجاهها ، يجب أن تكون حساسة بشكل خاص لألزمة االقتصادية الخادمية (lxx) .1976– 1975عامي تستمر حتى عيدي القى، حيث (lxxi) علقت الواليات المتحدة االمريكية المساعدات المقدمة الى اوغندا بقرار من الكونغرس االمريكي اوغندا، مما دفع الوفد ابتزاز بمحاولة المتحدة الواليات فيها اتهم العامة الجمعية امام المتحدة االمم في بيانا 1975 عامأمين ( بانه امين عيدي موينيهان دانييل االمريكي السفير واتهم ، امين خطاب على احتجاجا الجلسة االنسحاب من االمريكي الى (lxxii) شعبه" يقتل رجل مع نتعامل ان لنا كيف ":وقال )وعنصري قاتل بين تتأرجح كانت بل ثابتة لديه مواقف يكن ولم المتحدة الواليات مع متزنة امين غير سياسة الرئيس عيدي كانت المتحدة الواليات مع الودية العالقات استئناف الى دعا 1975عام ففي ، الشخصية ورغباته مصالحه حسب والعداء الود وضع فيها له شرح فورد االمريكي الرئيس الى رسالة وارسل ، بين الدولتين العالقات باستعادة االمريكية اإلدارة وناشد حالة وحكومته السلطة استالمه منذ وانه السياسي اوغندا الداخل من المعارضين بسبب والخراب الفوضى من تواجه المساعدات توقفت حكومته ضد هؤالء نشرها التي السلبية الدعاية وبسبب ، اوبوتي السابق الرئيس انصار السيما والخار، لدفع مستعدة وانها بالمنفيين ترحب حكومته وان مستقراً اصبح االن الوضع ان واوضح اوغندا، الى تصل التي الدولية واعادة االمريكية االوغندية العالقات في جديدة لبداية هتطلع عن امين واعرب ، شركاتهم الحكومة اممت للذين التعويضات (lxxiii) كمباال في سفارتها فتح ى العالقات مع الواليات المتحدة ، ومن المفترض أن يصبح مرة أخريبدو أن الجنرال أمين يسرع حملته لتحسين فقد اقترح من خالل ممثليه في واشنطن ونيويورك إلرسال مبعوث رئاسي خاص على المستوى ،متلقيًا لمساعدة أمريكية كبيرة الوزاري لمناقشة تحسين العالقات بين البلدين ؛ وقد حصل على بيان صحفي لممثل بيرم في نيويورك نقالً عن بيان صادر القائم باألعمال كينان استدعى1975كانون الثاني 9، وكرد أولي في عن أمين عن نيته تحسين العالقات مع الواليات المتحدة رسالة شفوية من أمين على كينان نقل ، حيث مولكهاي األوغندي برفقة القائم بأعمال مساعد وزير الخارجية للقوات الجوية عودة العالقات الثنائية واقترح أن يسافر المبعوث الخاص مصطفى راماثان )السفير األوغندي السابق إلى الواليات انه يتمنى المتحدة( إلى واشنطن لمناقشة جميع جوانب العالقات األمريكية األوغندية ، بما في ذلك إعادة فتح السفارة األمريكية في (lxxiv) .كمباال انه على استعداد للقاء راماثان في موعد مناسب للطرفين في أوائل 1975 كانون الثاني 24في مولكهاياوضح بمستقبل عالقات فقد شباط، يتعلق إلى أي قرار التوصل بأي حال من األحوال يعني االستقبال ال أن قرار اكد مولكاهي .(lxxv)اوغندا الواليات المتحدة مع أوغندا، وال يحمل أي آثار لتوثيق العالقات األمريكية مع :أكد تقييم لوزارة الخارجية على انه ليس من مصلحة الواليات المتحدة العودة المبكرة إلى أوغندا لألسباب التالية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org من الواضح أن الدافع الرئيسي ألمين لتحسين العالقات مع الواليات المتحدة هو الرغبة في المساعدة االقتصادية. -أ ب. فاعلية وأمن الموظفين األمريكيين الرسميين سيظالن مشكلة، فقد يتم تحفيز خطاب أمين بجنون العظمة بدالً من تخفيفه من خالل الوجود "الخفي" لألمريكيين الرسميين في العاصمة كمباال، هدفًا جاهًزا لإلساءة اللفظية وربما اإلساءات األخرى، يتمكن موظفو عالوة على ذلك ، نظًرا الحتمال ا يبدو أنه من غير المحتمل تماًما أن المعادي ألمريكا ، ستمرار الخطاب .السفارة األمريكية من الحفاظ على عالقات مثمرة مع اتصاالت أوغندا أو التمتع بحرية الحركة مما ال شك فيه أنه كانت هناك انتهاكات واسعة النطاق لحقوق اإلنسان في أوغندا ، بما في ذلك القتل الجماعي والتعذيب،اذ -ج ان مثل هذه االنتهاكات مستمرة ، وإن لم تكن على نطاق واسع، فأن الواليات المتحدة ستتعرض النتقادات قوية إذا عادوا إلى .(lxxvi) فق داعم ألمينكمباال ومن ثم سيظهرون موق بأنها ستكون قادرة د. ال يوجد شيء في تصرفات أمين وتصريحاته الحالية إلعطاء حكومة الواليات المتحدة سببًا لالعتقاد (lxxvii) على ممارسة تأثير بناء على أمين على وجه jimmy carter (lxxviii)كارتر الرئيس االهتمام بأوغندا، حيث عارض 1977منذ عام بدأ الكونجرس التحديد مبادرات الكونجرس لفرض عقوبات اقتصادية، وفي جلسات االستماع في مجلسي النواب والشيوخ ، واإلدارة، اكد شهود عيان أنهم شعروا أن الواليات المتحدة قد اتخذت بالفعل إجراءات قوية تتفق مع الموقف األمريكي بشأن حقوق اإلنسان، ، أن اإلدارة تسعى باستمرار إلى تحقيق هدفين: هاروب خارجية للشؤون األفريقية وليم سي حيث أعلن نائب مساعد وزير ال 2إظهار قلقها بشأن انتهاكات حقوق اإلنسان من خالل التحرك لمنع أي نشاط من شأنه أن يسهم في مثل هذا االنتهاك ، -1 ، حيث والعمل مع الحكومات المعنية األخرى من أجل ممارسة الضغط على الحكومة األوغندية لتحسين حالة حقوق اإلنسان ولم تحبذ التدابير العقابية، وأكدت اإلدارة أن الواليات المتحدة قد نأت بنفسها عن ، أوضح هاروب أن اإلدارة لم تشعر بذلك . (lxxix) الحكومة األوغندية ذكرت صحيفة ديلي نيشن االمريكية ، أن األمريكيين في أوغندا يتعرضون لإليذاء من قبل رجال مسلحين بمالبس مدنية، وفي غضون ذلك ، اتهمت وكالة األنباء السوفيتية )تاس( الواليات المتحدة بـ "تهديد أوغندا واتباع سياسة محاولة ا اتهمت الدول األفريقية، حيث للتقدم في قبالة ترهيب" المبحرة البحرية األمريكية لوكالة أن واشنطن كانت تستخدم سفن إفريقيا في الوطنية التحرير لقمع حركات شاملة إستراتيجية إفريقيا كجزء من وزارة (lxxx) ساحل شرق اتخذت فقد لذا ، الخارجية جميع الخطوات الممكنة لحماية األمريكيين في اوغندا، كما شكلت وزارة الخارجية "فريق عمل" لمراقبة التقارير حول الوضع وتقديم توصيات بشأن السياسة، ولم يذكر مسؤولو وزارة الخارجية تفاصيل عن طبيعة فريق العمل، وفي برقية ألف من مشاة البحرية إلى الساحل األفريقي إلنقاذ 15، اتهم أمين الواليات المتحدة بإرسال 1977ر عام أرسلها إلى كارت األمريكيين في اوغندا ، وقالت وزارة الدفاع األمريكية )البنتاغون( إن خمسة أسلحة نووية التي تعمل بالطاقة حاليًا في المحيط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org ، تعمل على tau togوالغواصة uss truxtunبما في ذلك الطراد uss enterpriseالهندي ، بقيادة حاملة الطائرات إجالء قسري لألمريكيين، لذا طلب أمين من األمريكيين الحضور في العاصمة كمباال وإحضار "مذكرة" معهم، كما أمر أمين . (lxxxi) بوضع قائمة بجميع ممتلكات األمريكيين منع الرئيس األوغندي عيدي أمين األمريكيين الذين يعيشون في أوغندا من مغادرة البالد ، وأرسل رسالة انتقادية شديدة إلى الرئيس كارتر اتهمه فيها بأرتكاب جرائم حقوق تتراوح من التمييز العنصري وقصف فيتنام وإلقاء أسلحة ذرية لمخابرات المركزية ، حيث ذكرت رسالة أمين أنه وفقًا لتقارير من نيروبي ، من على اليابان وقتل قادة العالم من قبل وكالة ا من مشاة البحرية األمريكية بالقرب من الساحل الشرقي ]إلفريقيا[ وينقذون المبشرين االمريكان 5000المفترض أن يأتي ميل داخل البالد،لذا 700إلى أوغندا ، على بعد في أوغندا،ولكن المسؤولون األمريكيون نفوا وجود أي خطط إلرسال قوات . (lxxxii) أخبر الرئيس أمين كارتر انه على ما يبدو تحت "ضمان من الصهاينة ، في 1977شباط 25 اشارت مذكرة من نائب مساعد الرئيس لشؤون األمن الوطني ) آرون ( إلى الرئيس كارتر في ، جرى عقد اجتماع للنظر في الوضع في أوغندا واالستجابات brzezinski (lxxxiii)انه بناًء على طلب الدكتور بريجنسكي األمريكية المحتملة، ومما جاء في هذا االجتماع ،بأنه التوجد تطورات جديدة يعرفونها في أوغندا باستثناء الرسالة التي وجهها في أوغندا وتوجه بعض التهم الرئيس أمين إليهم ، وهذه الرسالة تستجيب بشكل أساسي التهامات انتهاكات حقوق اإلنسان يع األمريكيين في كمباال وال توجه أي تهديدات للواليات المتحدة وال تذكر أمر أمين بتجمع جم ،المضادة الى الواليات المتحدة حتوي بالفعل على المالحظة المشؤومة بأن الواليات المتحدة كانت متورطة في خطة لغزو أوغندا ، بناًء على معلومات ت فهي، .(lxxxiv)شخًصا كانوا متورطين في المؤامرة تم اعتقالهم 16من على يتأرجح موقفه كان ،وانما المتحدة الواليات مع سياسته في ثابت نهج لديه يكن لم امين عيدي ان واضحا يبدو له، فلم دائمة صديقة المتحدة الواليات من يتخذ تجعله به خاصة ايديلوجية يتبنى ،ولم منها له المقدمة المساعدات كمية قدر الساخر اسلوبه الى العودة الى امين دفع الذي االمر ، االمريكية االدارة لدى صدى العالقات لعودة امين دعوات تجد وعقدت مستمرة بقيت التجارية عالقاتها ان اال امين نظام من االمريكية االدارة موقف من الرغم وعلى ، االستفزازي بين الطرفين. التجارية الصفقات ، الذي (lxxxv) ي اصبح على رأس الحكم في اوغندا بعد االطاحة بعيدي امين، الرئيس األوغندي المؤقت يوسف لول في السياسي 1979 آيار 18ارسل رسالة للدعم األوغندي الشعب امتنان فيها عن عميق اكد الذي ، كارتر الرئيس الى واالقتصادي األمريكي في األشهر األخيرة ألوغندا، واكد ان األوغنديون يرغبون في استمرار الدعم األمريكي،فكان يسعى تقر ونظام ديمقراطي ألوغندا وعالقات طيبة مع إلقامة عالقات وثيقة مع الواليات المتحدة ، ورغب في إقامة مجتمع مس .(lxxxvi) جميع الدول رحبت الواليات المتحدة بانتهاء نظام أمين وإقامة عالقات طيبة ووثيقة مع الحكومة األوغندية الجديدة، لذا رفع الرئيس كارتر الحظر المفروض على أوغندا مما يعني أن المؤسسات الخيرية الخاصة يمكن أن تبدأ في تقديم المساعدة ألوغندا مرة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org الشركات التابعة لشركات النفط األمريكية في كينيا من العودة إلى أعمال توريد المنتجات البترولية إلى تمكنت أخرى، كما أوغندا، كما قام الكونجرس بإلغاء القيود المفروضة على المساعدات ألوغندا، اواعطى األولوية لالحتياجات اإلنسانية ، وتمنى قراطي وفي إعادة العالقات مع الدول األخرى، كما رحبت الحكومة االوغندية لشعب اوغندا التوفيق في إقامة مجتمع حر وديم . (lxxxvii)بوصول السفير االوغندي هالستيد الى اوغندا لول الرئيس مع جوهرية محادثات المتحدة الواليات المالية أجرت وزراء )سام ومع االقتصادي والتخطيط ساباغاريكا( والصحة )الدكتور أرنولد بيساسي( وإعادة اإلعمار والتأهيل )أندرو أديموال( وكذلك مع المستشار الرئاسي سيمي نيانزي والسكرتير الدائم في وزارة الخارجية ، ناثان بارونجي. فور وصولهم إلى كمباال ، حيث نقلوا النقاط المنصوص عليها الواليات المتحدة تقف على المصالحة وحقوق اإلنسان ، وتعمل على رفع القيود المفروضة على المساعدات وسوف تفتح بأن سفارتها في أقرب وقت ممكن،وقد استقبل األوغنديون ذلك بسرور ، اذ ان كمباال هادئة وخاضعة تماًما لسيطرة قوات الدفاع ا نقاط من العديد وهناك التنزانية، وسائقي الشعبية المشاة هوية وثائق يتم فحص ، حيث المدينة أنحاء جميع في لمراقبة ومع ذلك ، ال توجد مضايقات للسكان المدنيين ، وجميع الجنود الموجودين كانوا دائًما منضبطين في أداء واجباتهم السيارات، (lxxxviii). وسط اتهامات بالتزوير على نطاق واسع من 1980االول كانون 15نتخابات التي جرت في اوغندا عام في البدأت ا ، 1980كانون االول 17قبل الحكومة لضمان عودة ميلتون أوبوتي إلى السلطة وانتهت بتنصيب اوبوتي رئيساً ألوغندا في رص لتذكير وحضر سفير الواليات المتحدة روبرت باير حفل تنصيب اوبوتي وقاموا بإعداد رسالة تهنئة، وبحثوا أيًضا عن ف اوبوتي ومعارضته أن أوغندا بحاجة إلى االستقرار السياسي والوحدة إذا ارادت ان تحصل على الدعم الدولي الالزم لحل .(lxxxix) مشاكلها االقتصادية والغذائية الصعبة مختلفة،وبالتالي اثرت بشكل نستنتج من ذلك بأن الصفات القيادية وشخصيات ميلتون اوبوتي وعيدي امين في اوغندا مختلف على العالقات بين اوغندا والواليات المتحدة،حيث كان موقف اوبوتي تجاه الغرب بارداً النه بعد مشاركته في سياسة الواليات بالعالقات مع كبيراً اهتماماً لم يظهر لذلك البيضاء، والعنصرية االستعماري القمع تعقيدات فهم جيداً االستقالل تحدة االمريكية،اما سلوك الرئيس عيدي امين غير المنتظم وغير القابل للتنبؤ جعل من الصعب على اوغندا ان تعمل بشكل الم مرٍض في النظام الدولي، وهذا السلوك هو الذي جعل من الصعب على الواليات المتحدة االستمرار لالحتفاظ بسفارة لها في كمباال. الخاتمة: االمريكية -1 العالقات واالتحاد –توترت اليسار نحو اوبوتي اتجاه بسبب وذلك اوبوتي، ميلتون الرئيس في عهد االوغندية السوفيتي، واحجامه عن االرتباط بالغرب. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org ،النها كانت ترى في اصالحات اوبوتي 1971الذي اطاح بالرئيس اوبوتي عام رحبت الواليات المتحدة االمريكية باالنقالب -2 وتغيير مساره نحو االشتراكية سوف تؤثر على مصالحهم في اوغندا،وكانوا يرون ان مصالحهم تكمن في ان تسير اوغندا على نحو افضل في ظل نظام اقل تقدمية من نظام اوبوتي،كما انهم يرون ان االنقالب يمثل سقوط واحد من الرؤساء االكثر . ي المنطقةتطرفاً ف هذا -3 من تنجم قد تداعيات خطيرة هناك ان ، به ترحيبها من الرغم على االنقالب في ترى المتحدة الواليات كانت االنقالب،فقد يؤدي الى اتخاذ بلدان المنطقة مواقف ازاء السياسات الغربية المؤيدة لهذا االنقالب،لذا حاولت الواليات المتحدة منطقة ،فأقترحت ان يتم اختيار شخص رفيع المستوى يحظى بقبول لدى الجانبين ويفضل ايجاد حل للوضع المتدهور في ال ان يكون زعيماً افريقياً،ألن اوبوتي اليمكنه ان يقبل واسطة بريطانيا للتدخل فيما بعد انقالب امين،النه يدرك تماماً ان بريطانيا .حته من السلطة،بل انها وقفت وراء محاولة اغتياله من قبلتناصبه العداء ،فقد اكد على ان بريطانيا كانت حريصة على ازا السيما بعد أن طرد أمين اآلسيويين ،بعد وقت قصير من استيالء أمين على السلطة ، تدهورت العالقات األوغندية األمريكية -4 من أفراد فيلق السالم 112قامت الواليات المتحدة بإجالء 1972قطعت واشنطن مساعدتها لكمباال، وفي عام لذا من اوغندا ، ، لم تفعل الواليات المتحدة الكثير لزيادة 1976و 1974األوغندي ، وفي العام التالي أغلقت سفارتها في كمباال، وبين عامي .الضغط على أمين الرئيس عيدي كانت -5 الود بين تتأرجح كانت بل ثابتة لديه مواقف يكن ولم المتحدة الواليات مع متزنة امين غير سياسة وناشد المتحدة الواليات مع الودية العالقات استئناف الى دعا 1975عام ففي ، الشخصية ورغباته مصالحه حسب والعداء اوغندا وضع فيها له شرح فورد االمريكي الرئيس الى رسالة وارسل ، بين الدولتين العالقات باستعادة االمريكية اإلدارة ،جوالخار الداخل من المعارضين بسبب والخراب الفوضى من تواجه حالة وحكومته السلطة استالمه منذ وانه السياسي الدولية المساعدات توقفت حكومته ضد هؤالء نشرها التي السلبية الدعاية وبسبب ، اوبوتي السابق الرئيس انصار السيما لدفع مستعدة وانها بالمنفيين ترحب حكومته وان مستقراً اصبح االن الوضع ان واوضح اوغندا، الى تصل التي واعادة االمريكية االوغندية العالقات في جديدة لبداية هتطلع عن امين واعرب ، شركاتهم الحكومة اممت للذين التعويضات . كمباال في سفارتها فتح مختلفة،وبالتالي اثرت بشكل مختلف على العالقات الصفات القيادية وشخصيات ميلتون اوبوتي وعيدي امين في اوغندا ان -6 بين اوغندا والواليات المتحدة،حيث كان موقف اوبوتي تجاه الغرب بارداً النه بعد مشاركته في سياسة االستقالل فهم جيداً ا سلوك الرئيس عيدي تعقيدات القمع االستعماري ، لذلك لم يظهر اهتماماً كبيراً بالعالقات مع الواليات المتحدة االمريكية،ام امين غير المنتظم وغير القابل للتنبؤ جعل من الصعب على اوغندا ان تعمل بشكل مرٍض في النظام الدولي، وهذا السلوك هو الذي جعل من الصعب على الواليات المتحدة االستمرار لالحتفاظ بسفارة لها في كمباال. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org والمراجع المصادر اوالً:الوثائق وزارة الخارجية االمريكية المنشورة وثائق -أ 1. f. r .u. s. ,a para paper for uganda-ambassador’s overview, telegram 1154 from the embassy in uganda to the department of state 1969-76, vol. e-5, documents on africa, 1969-72,kampala,april 21,1972 . 2. f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–5, volume –e-5,part 1,documents on subsaharan africa, 1969-1972,memorandum from the presidents assistant for national security affairs(kissinger) to president nixon,washington,december 4,1972 . 3. f. r. u. s., 1955–1957,africa vol.xviii,despatch from the consulate general at nairobi to the department of state ,nairobi, december 30,1955 . 4. f. r. u. s., 1969-1976, volume e-5,–,part 1,documents on sub-saharan africa,1969-1972,telegram 1154 from the embassy in uganda to the department of state,kampala,april 21,1972 . 5. f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–5,part 1, documents on sub-saharan africa, 1969–1972,memorandum from the presidents assistant for national security affairs (kissinger) to president nixon,washington,november 1,1972 . 6. f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e-5,part 1,document on sub-saharan africa1969-1972,memorandum from the executive securetary of the african affairs (newsom) to the under securetary of state for political affairs(johnson) ,washington,march 13,1971 . 7. f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–6, documents on africa, 1973–1976, telegram 1 from the embassy in uganda to the department of state kampala,january2, 1973. 8. f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–6, documents on africa, 1973–1976,telegram 20388 from the department of stste to the embassy in the federal republic of germany,washington,january 29,1975 . 9. f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–6, documents on africa, 1973–1976, telegram 10163 from the embassy in zaire to the department of state,kinshasa,november25,1975 . 10. f. r. u. s., 1969–1976,vol .e-5,part 1,sub-saharan africa,1969-1972,telegram 33749 from the department of state to the embassy in uganda ,washington, february 27,1971 . 11. f. r. u. s., 1977–1980, volume xvii,–,part 2 sub-saharan africa,memorandum from the executive security of the department of state(tarnoff) to the presidents assistant for national security affairs(brzezinki) ,washington,january 14,1978 . 12. f. r. u. s., 1977–1980, volume xvii,part 2, sub-saharan africa, memorandum of conversation,washington,may 23,1979 . 13. f. r. u. s., 1977–1980, volume xvii,part 2, sub-saharan africa,memorandum from secretary of state vance to president carter,washington,february 25,1977. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 14. f. r. u. s., 1977–1980,vol. xvii,part 2,sub-saharan africa,memorandum from secretary of state muskie to president carter ,washington,december 15,1980. االمريكية المركزية وثائق االستخبارات -ب 1. cia,idi amin,foreign and commonwealth office,london swia 2ah,25 august,1978 . 2. cia, the director of central intelligence agency directorate of intelligence , uganda,25 january 1971 . غير المنشورة الخارجية البريطانيةوثائق -ج 1. fco 03/304/1/ no 109/ political relations between uganda and united states of america17 oct / g.macharia munenem,the united states and africa:from؛ 1972 independence to the end of the cold war,east african educational publishers,westlands,1995 . ثانياً: الرسائل االجنبية 1-deo nzarwa katono , a history of the uganda-american relations 1962-2002,. a thesis submitted to the school of graduate studies for the award of a degree of doctor of philosophy, in the department of history,makerere university,2009,p.19. ثالثاً: التقارير 1. report of the special study mission to africa,november 27-december 14,1965, u.s. government printing office, washington , 1966,p.59؛ aylward shorter,east african societies, routledge taylor&francis group,london,1974 . رابعاً: الصحف االمريكية 1. amin again delays seeing americans: <mark><span ...from news dispatches ,the washington post (1974-); mar 1, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: the washington post . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 2. amin orders 250 u.s. citizens held in uganda: <mark><span class="hit">uganda</span></los angeles times (1923-1995); feb 27, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: los angeles times . 3. amin orders u.s. residents to meet him: <mark><span ...from news dispatches,the washington post (1974-); feb 26, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: the washington post. 4. amin, calling nixon'brilliant,' asks good uganda-u.s. ties by charles mohrspecial to the new york times,new york times (1923-); apr 5, 1973; proquest historical newspapers: the new york times with index . 5. uganda threatens americans.: uganda <mark><span ...from news dispatches the washington post (1974-); mar 14, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: the washington post . خامساً: المصادر االجنبية 1. a.b.k. kasozi,the social origins of violence in uganda 1964-1985,mcgillqueens university press,london,1994. 2. africa contemporary record,uganda,in colin legun,annual survey and documents 1975-1976,vol.8,rex collings, london,1978 . 3. alan m.jones ,u.s. foreign policyina changing world, the united states information agency, washington,1972. 4. apollo n. makubuya,protection,patronage,or plunder?british machinations and ugandas struggle for independence,cambridge scholars publishing,uk,2018 . 5. beverly ghermanm,jimmy carter,lerner publications company,u.s.a.,2004 . 6. brominent african leaders since independence,bankole kamara taylor,u.s.a.,2012,p.76 ؛the diagram group,encyclopedia of african peoples, routledge taylor&francis group,london,2000. 7. cecil m. bryar,what happened to america?,xlibris corporationmu.s.a.,2013,p.29. 8. christopher adebayo,escape from tyranny:balancing the focus of both leaders and followers,christian faith publishing,u.s.a.,2019. 9. clough michael ,free at last: u.s policy toward africa and the end of the cold war, council of foreign relations press, new york, 1992 . 10. gary cordner and others,urbanization,policing,and security:global perspectives,crc press, taylor&francis group,london,2009 . 11. henry louis gates and anthony appiah,africana:the encyclopedia of the african and african american experience,oxford universiyu press,new york,2005. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 12. jeffrey s.brooks and anthony h. normore,leading against the grain:lessons for creating just and equitable schools,teachers college press,london,2018 . 13. jimmy carter,public papers of the presidents of the united states:jimmy carter 1980-1981, government printing office,washington,1980 . 14. keith w. olson,watergate:the presidential scandal that shook america,the university press 15. kenneth hill and james ciment,encyciopedia of conflicts since world warr ii, routledge taylor&francis group,london,1999. 16. lucian g. weeramantry,the international commission of jurists:the pioneering years,kluwer law international,netherlands,2000 . 17. maria ruiz scaperlanda,rosemary nyirumbe sewing hope in uganda,liturgical press,collegeville,2019 . 18. martin minogue and judith molloy,african aims and attitudes,cambridge university press,oxford,1974 . 19. mica kiribedda,africas turmoil,miseries and poverty:the sour sown seeds of political hate and destrucation of colnial imperialism,author-house,u.k,2011 20. ogenga otunnu,crisis of legitimacy and political violence in uganda 1979 to 2016,depaul university,chicago,2017 . 21. sabelo sam gasela mhlanga,leadership matters:leaders born or made?leadership models,ccb publishing,canada,2009. 22. steven carol,from jervsalem to the lion of jvdah beyond:israels foreign policy in east africa,i universe,bloomington,1977. 23. thomas p. ofcansky,uganda tarnished pearl of africa, routledge taylor&francis group,new york,2018. سادساً: الرسائل العربية ،اطروحة دكتوراه،جامعة بغداد:كلية التربية)ابن 19651960حسين جبار شكر البياتي،التطورات السياسية في الكونغو .1 . 2005رشد(، سابعاً: المجالت العربية نجوى الفوال،اوبوتي والجمهورية الثالثة في اوغندا،مجلة السياسة الدولية،مركز الدراسات السياسية واالستراتيجية .1 .1981، اكتوبر 66باألهرام،العدد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org ثامناً: المجالت االجنبية 1. ralph d. nurnberger,the united states and idi amin:congress to the rescuemafrican studies association,vol.25,no.1(mar,1982) . 2. soldiers on the line in desert shield,ohio state university,vol.46,no.1,january 1991 . الموسوعات االجنبية تاسعاً: 1. the encyclopedia americana,vol.16,new york,1979 . 2. ruud van dijk,encyclopedia of the cold war,vol.1-2, routledge taylor&francis group,london ,2008. الموسوعات العربية عاشراً: خ .1 .(2004ليل احمد خليل،ملحق موسوعة السياسة،)بيروت:المؤسسة العربية للدراسات والنشر، المنشورة على االنترنيت االجنبية البحوث احد عشر: 1. s andy smith, ‘the peace corps: benign development?’ the multinational monitor,vol. 7, no.13, september 1986. retrieved from:http://multinationalmonitor.org/hyper/issues/1986/09/smith.html . الهوامش (i )الثاني 22-1917ايار عام 29كيندي:) جون الخامس والثالثون 1963تشرين الرئيس (،ولد في بروكلين بوالية ماساتشوستس،هو رئاسته ( وهو من الحزب الديمقراطي واول كاثوليكي يتسلم منصب رئاسة البالد،شهدت مرحلة 1963-1961للواليات المتحدة االمريكية) الكثير من التوترات السياسية ،خاصة مع االتحاد السوفيتي،ووقعت خالل مدة حكمه ازمة الصواريخ الكوبية وغزو خليج الخنازير وبناء المتطرفين انه من اليساريين وقيل انه من قيل الفيتنامية االمريكية،تعرض لالغتيال على يد شاب الحرب جدار برلين وتصاعد وتيرة المنادين بالتفرقة العنصرية او من االثنين معاً.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر:امينة داخل شلش التميمي،جون كيندي وسياسته تجاه المتشددين ؛نجالء عدنان حسين،جون كينيدي 8،ص2008،اطروحة دكتوراه،الجامعة المستنصرية:كلية التربية،1963-1961قضايا المشرق العربي ؛346،ص2020، 109،العدد 26،مجلة كلية التربية االساسية،المجلد 1963حتى عام ودوره في السياسة االمريكية the encyclopedia americana,vol.16,new york,1979,p.3579. (ii) انضم 1957( ولد أوبوتي في أكوكورو ، شمال أوغندا ، وفي عام 2005تشرين االول 10-1925كانون االول 28) :أوبوتيميلتون األوغندي الوطني المؤتمر ، السياسي الحزب اإلدارة uncإلى عن االستقالل نحو أوغندا وقاد التشريعي المجلس في وانتُخب ، ، أصبح أوبوتي زعيم حزب المؤتمر الشعبي ألوغندا التابع التحاد الوطنيين الكونغوليين.كان 1959االستعمارية البريطانية، وفي عام ، حيث قاد البالد إلى االستقالل عن 1966إلى عام 1962أول رئيس وزراء وأول رئيس ألوغندا، شغل منصب رئيس الوزراء من عام ، 1985إلى عام 1980، ثم رئيًسا مرة أخرى من عام 1971إلى عام 1966، ثم اصبح رئيًسا من عام 1962بريطانيا في تشرين االول american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org ، وشهد حكمه الثاني القمع ووفاة العديد من المدنيين.للمزيد من 1980لكنه استعاد السلطة في عام 1971اذ أطاح به عيدي أمين في عام التفاصيل انظر: brominent african leaders since independence,bankole kamara taylor,u.s.a.,2012,p.76؛the diagram group,encyclopedia of african peoples, routledge taylor&francis group,london,2000,p.257؛ mica kiribedda,africas turmoil,miseries and poverty:the sour sown seeds of political hate and destrucation of colnial imperialism,author-house,u.k,2011,pp.63-64. (iii):نمت كمباال من 1962هي عاصمة جمهورية أوغندا في شرق إفريقيا، ومنذ أن حصلت أوغندا على استقاللها في عام كمباال ، مترامية األطراف أصل سبعة تالل أسطورية )منغو ، ولوباجا كيبولي ، وناكاسيرو ، وكولولو ، وكمباال القديمة ، وموالغو( إلى مدينة ، أنشأ الكابتن فريدريك 1890تالاًل وضاحية، لكن كمباال يعود تاريخها إلى ما هو أبعد من االستقالل، ففي عام 20تغطي أكثر من لوجارد ، مسؤول اإلمبراطورية البريطانية ، حصنًا لشركة شرق إفريقيا البريطانية، حيث نمت كمباال حول هذا الحصن، اذ نشأت ينة ألول مرة كمركز تجاري للتجار اآلسيويين بشكل رئيسي من مناطق بعيدة مثل الهند وساحل شرق إفريقيا، وكان عدد سكانها المد حلت كمباال محل عنتيبي كعاصمة وطنية.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: 1962شخص، وفي عام 4000آنذاك ال يتجاوز gary cordner and others,urbanization,policing,and security:global perspectives,crc press, taylor&francis group,london,2009,p.44-45. )iv( deo nzarwa katono , a history of the uganda-american relations 1962-2002,. a thesis submitted to the school of graduate studies for the award of a degree of doctor of philosophy, in the department of history,makerere university,2009,p.23. )v(ibid. (vi) اتبعت الواليات المتحدة االمريكية سـياسـة متقلبة وفق المتغيرات التي تخدم مصـالحها ، فقد سـاندت انفصـال كاتنجا في البداية ، وبعد ــكيل حكومة ادوال ــياســي والعســكري والمالي إلى االمم المتحدة والحكومة مقتل لومومبا وتش ــتها بتقديم الدعم الس ــياس المعتدلة ،غيرت س المركزية النهاء االنفصــال ، اذ كانت الواليات المتحدة الول مرة تتدخل في القارة االفريقية بشــكل مباشــر، باالضــافة الى القلق والخوف وذها.للمزيد من التفاصــيل انظر: حســين جبار شــكر البياتي،التطورات الســياســية في المســتمر من تغلغل النظام الشــيوعي في مناطق نف .312،ص2005،اطروحة دكتوراه،جامعة بغداد:كلية التربية)ابن رشد(،1965-1960الكونغو )vii(deo nzarwa katono,op.,cit,p.24. )viii(f. r .u. s. ,a para paper for uganda-ambassador’s overview, telegram 1154 from the embassy in uganda to the department of state 1969-76, vol. e-5, documents on africa, 1969-72,kampala,april 21,1972,p.1. (ix ):من قبيلة كاكوا في كوبوكو ، بالقرب من أروا ، في الركن الشمالي الغربي من أوغندا ، في عام 1925أو 1924من مواليد عيدي أمين ا انضم عيدي أمين إلى بنادق الملك اإلفريقية التابعة للجيش االستعماري البريطاني،اذ خدم في العمل البريطاني ضد ثورة ماو ماو في كيني 1946 كما ترقى إلى رتبة مالزم ، وأصبح واحدًا من اثنين فقط من األوغنديين األصليين الذين تم تكليفهم خالل الحكم البريطاني، وفي (،1952-1956) . وصل عيدي أمين إلى السلطة بعد أن أطاح بحكومة ميلتون 1960كان بطل المالكمة للوزن الثقيل في أوغندا ، وحمل اللقب حتى عام 1951عام انظر:،حيث اتسم حكمه بوحشية شديدة.للمزيد من التفاصيل 19791971الرئيس من أوبوتي،كان christopher adebayo,escape from tyranny:balancing the focus of both leaders and followers,christian faith publishing,u.s.a.,2019,p.56؛sabelo sam gasela mhlanga,leadership matters:leaders born or made?leadership models,ccb publishing,canada,2009,p.89؛ henry louis gates and anthony appiah,africana:the encyclopedia of the african and african american experience,oxford universiyu press,new york,2005,p.188 )x(deo nzarwa katono,op.,cit,p.24. )xi(clough michael ,free at last: u.s policy toward africa and the end of the cold war, council of foreign relations press, new york, 1992,p.178. (xii) وقد 1969تشرين االول 24هذا الميثاق من قبل المؤتمر السنوي للمندوبين لمجلس الشعب األوغندي في ىميثاق الرجل العادي: تبن ، أن أوغندا حدد المبادئ األساسية لسياسة اشتراكية تبنتها الحكومة، وبعد فترة وجيزة من اعتماد اتحاد الوطنيين الكونغوليين لهذا الميثاق ، قرر حد ، مع اتحاد الوطنيين الكونغوليين باعتباره الحزب الوحيد، حيث تم االلتزام بتهيئة الظروف في أوغندا من يجب أن تصبح دولة الحزب الوا ى اليسار األمن الكامل والعدالة والمساواة والحرية والرفاهية للجميع في جمهورية أوغندا ولتحقيق تلك األهداف تم تبني استراتيجية االنتقال إل أن ال تكون أوغندا ككل أو أي جزء منها مجااًل ألي شخص ، أو -2تكون أوغندا دائًما جمهورية ، -1حو التالي: المنصوص عليها على الن إقطاعي ، أو رأسمالي ، أو مصالح خاصة أو نفوذ أجنبي.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org martin minogue and judith molloy,african aims and attitudes,cambridge university press,oxford,1974,pp.158-159. (xiii) 66نجوى الفوال،اوبوتي والجمهورية الثالثة في اوغندا،مجلة السياسة الدولية،مركز الدراسات السياسية واالستراتيجية باألهرام،العدد ، . 854ص1981اكتوبر )xiv( cia, the director of central intelligence agencymoffice of national estimates,amins uganda;what next?,21 sebtember 1972,p.1. (xv) من الواـضح أن انقالبًا عـسكريًا بقيادة اللواء عيدي أمين 1971كانون الثاني 25بعد ليلة من القتال العـشوائي في العاـصمة كمباال في ، ، القائد العـسكري األوغندي األعلى ، قد أطاح الرئيس ميلتون أوبوتي، ففي حوالي منتصف النهار بدأت إذاعة أوغندا ببث تصريحات ُزعم من أمين ، مفادها أنه مسـؤول عن عزل أوبوتي وسـيرأس حكومة جديدة، اذ تشـير التقارير الصـحفية واالتصـاالت الرسـمية القليلة التي أنها وردت إلى أن القتال في كمباال قد هدأ ، ولكن ليس هناك معلومات عما يحدث في أماكن أخرى من البالد، اذ فُرض حظر تجول في كمباال، ــب ما ورد ــي في أوغندا في عنتيبي القريبة، وبحسـ ــية في كمباال والمطار الرئيسـ ــيطر على النقاط الرئيسـ ، فإن القوات الموالية ألمين تسـ وبحـسب البث اإلذاعي ، يدعي أمين أنه تـصرف ألـسباب مختلفة ، من بينها الرغبة في تخليص البالد من المـسؤولين الفاـسدين ، والعودة إلى ــتعادة ــريف أعمال ويقول إنه ينوي إعادة انتخابات حرة ، واســ ــف أمين حكومته بأنها مجرد إدارة تصــ ثقة الجمهور في الحكومة، اذ يصــ الحكومة إلى أيدي المدنيين في الوقت المناســب، اذ ان الظروف المحيطة باالســتحواذ ال تزال غامضــة، اذ ليس من الواضــح مدى صــالبة موقف أمين.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: cia, the director of central intelligence agency directorate of intelligence , uganda,25 january 1971,p.1. )xvi(ibid. )xvii(f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e-5,part 1,document on sub-saharan africa19691972,memorandum from the executive securetary of the african affairs (newsom) to the under securetary of state for political affairs(johnson) ,washington,march 13,1971,pp.1-2. )xviii(ibid. (xix) :يتكون ميثاق منظمة 1963آيار 25تأسست منظمة الوحدة األفريقية في منظمة الوحدة االفريقية: منظمة الوحدة االفريقية ، مادة ، اذ نص ميثاقها على أن أهدافها كانت حماية مصالح جميع الدول األفريقية ، والقضاء على 33الوحدة االفريقية من ديباجة و الوحدة والتضامن بين الدول األفريقية، وزيادة التعاون وتنسيق الجهود بما يحقق االستعمار ، وتحسين الظروف االقتصادية ، وتعزيز إفريقيا حياة افضل لشعوب القارة ، تم إنشاء منظمة الوحدة األفريقية في مناخ كان يحلم فيه بعض رجال الدولة األفارقة بإقامة ية بالنسبة لهؤالء الرجال بمثابة حل وسط أو نقطة انطالق ، اعتمادًا على درجة موحدة بحق، اذ كانت منظمة الوحدة األفريق حيث جعلت االنقسامات -تفاؤلهم. كما اتضح فيما بعد ، أنجزت منظمة الوحدة األفريقية أقل بكثير مما كان مأمواًل في األصل لكنها ال تزال تخدم الغرض المفيد المتمثل في إعطاء الدول األفريقية منتدى حدة حقيقية مستحيلة الداخلية العديدة ألفريقيا أي و لدراسات التفاصيل انظر:بشير الكوت،الوحدة االفريقية في القرن العشرين،)تونس:المركز العالمي لمناقشة مشاكلها المشتركة.للمزيد من ؛56-55(،ص200وابحاث الكتاب االخضر، kenneth hill and james ciment,encyciopedia of conflicts since world warr ii, routledge taylor&francis group,london,1999,p.177. )xx(f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e-5,part 1,document on sub-saharan africa19691972,memorandum from the executive securetary of the african affairs (newsom) to the under securetary of state for political affairs(johnson) ,washington,march 13,1971,pp.1-2. )xxi( alan m.jones ,u.s. foreign policyina changing world, the united states information agency, washington,1972,p.2. )xxii( ibid.,pp.1-2. (xxiii) :حصل على الدكتوراه من جامعة هارفارد عام في بوسطن في بال تيمور بوالية ماريالند 1929شباط 19ولد في وليام سي هاروب ، وُعين في باليرمو 1954. انضم هاروب إلى السلك الدبلوماسي عام 1952إلى 1951، خدم في سالح مشاة البحرية األمريكية من 1950 تم تفصيله للدراسة في مدرسة وودرو ويلسون ، جامعة برينستون. من 1969-1968وروما وبروكسل ولوبومباشي وفي الوالية. قسم . في ، شغل هاروب منصب ديريك في مكتب األبحاث والتحليل ألفريقيا في وزارة الخارجية. شغل منصب نائب رئيس 1973إلى عام 1969عام نائب مساعد وزير ، 1977إلى عام 1975وسفير غينيا من عام 1975إلى عام 1973البعثة في كانبيرا من عام شغل هاروب منصب .للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر:1977الخارجية للشؤون األفريقية منذ عام jimmy carter,public papers of the presidents of the united states:jimmy carter 1980-1981, government printing office,washington,1980,p.843. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org )xxiv( fco 03/304/1/ no 109/ political relations between uganda and united states of america17 oct g.macharia munenem,the united states and africa:from independence to the end of the cold؛1972/ war,east african educational publishers,westlands,1995,p.86. )xxv(cia, the director of central intelligence agencymoffice of national estimates,op.,cit.,p.3. )xxvi( alan m.jones ,u.s. foreign policyina changing world, the united states information agency, washington,1972,p.2. (xxvii) :وهي وكالة 1961أطلق الرئيس جي إف كينيدي برنامج متطوعي فيلق السالم األمريكي في عام فيلق السالم االمريكي ، تم تصميمه لتعزيز السالم العالمي والصداقة من خالل مساعدة شعوب البلدان ،فيدرالية مستقلة تأسست بموجب أمر تنفيذيأمريكية المهتمة في تلبية احتياجاتهم وتعزيز التفاهم المتبادل األفضل بين األمريكيين وشعوب البلدان األخرى، وفي إطار برنامج فيلق السالم وأمريكا الالتينية وآسيا كمدربين للمعلمين ومخططين اقتصاديين ، تم إرسال خريجين أمريكيين شباب إلى البلدان النامية في إفريقيا متطوع في أكثر من 180.000ومعلمين في مجال الصحة العامة وعاملين في مجال التوعية المجتمعية ..إلخ، حيث تم نشر أكثر من فتها حول ثقافتها وطريقة حياتها الديمقراطية دولة،ومن خالل أنشطة فيلق السالم ، كانت الواليات المتحدة تأمل في نقل قيمها ومعر 139 ، إلى شعوب العالم ، حتى يتمكنوا من إدراك أنها تتحول إليها ويديروا ظهورهم للشيوعية، ومواجهة جهود التنمية السوفيتية في العالم الثالث.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: sandy smith, ‘the peace corps: benign development?’ the multinational monitor,vol. 7, no.13, september 1986. retrieved from:http://multinationalmonitor.org/hyper/issues/1986/09/smith.html. )xxviii(alan m.jones ,op.,cit.,p.4. (xxix) اآلسيوي.)ب(غير منتظم وغير قابل للتخصيص، يمكن وصف هذه السياسية على النحو التالي: )أ(عنصري: من خالل معاملة المواطن حيث قفز الجنرال أمين وتحول في اتجاهات مختلفة ، وغالبًا ما تكون متناقضة ، لدرجة أن معظم مراقبي المشهد األوغندي قد تخلوا عن يًا جدًا لوصف حملة القمع واإليذاء محاولة التنبؤ بما ستكون عليه خطوته التالية.)ج(وحشي: حتى مصطلح "البربرية" قد ال يكون مصطلًحا قو رة الحكومية التي نُف ِّذت ضد النخبة األوغندية السوداء ، وكل ذلك على ما يبدو بموافقة الحكومة.)د(غير كفؤ: إن الحالة المتدنية لالقتصاد واإلدا القادرة بشكل عام التي كانت تتمتع بها البالد منذ مأساوية ، ال سيما عند النظر إليها مقابل اإلمكانات االقتصادية المشجعة والخدمة المدنية شهًرا فقط.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: 24 f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–6, documents on africa, 1973–1976, telegram 1 from the embassy in uganda to the department of state kampala,january2,1973,p.4. )xxx(ibid.,p.3. )xxxi( ibid. )xxxii(ibid. )xxxiii(f. r. u. s., 1977–1980, volume xvii,part 2, sub-saharan africa,memorandum from secretary of state vance to president carter,washington,february 25,1977,p.372. )xxxiv(ibid. )xxxv(ibid. )xxxvi(ibid.,p.373. )xxxvii( steven carol,from jervsalem to the lion of jvdah beyond:israels foreign policy in east africa,i universe,bloomington,1977,pp.251-252. )xxxviii(f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–6, documents on africa, 1973–1976, telegram 1 from the embassy in uganda to the department of state kampala,january2,1973,p.1. )xxxix(ibid.,p.2. )xl(cia, the director of central intelligence agencymoffice of national estimates,op.,cit.,p.4. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org (xli) :في 1913كانون الثاني 9( هو الرئيس السابع والثالثون للواليات المتحدة، ولد نيكسون في 1994-1913) ريتشارد نيكسون ( ؛ حيث بدأ 1972(. كان نيكسون أول رئيس يزور الصين )عام 1974-1969خدم ما يقرب من فترتين كرئيس )يوربا ليندا، حيث عملية تطوير العالقات الدبلوماسية الحاسمة مع النظام الشيوعي الصيني، كما عزز العالقات مع النظام الشيوعي السوفيتي )في وقت 1972نيكسون شعبية من خالل اتهام العديد من األمريكيين بأنهم شيوعيون(، وفي عام مبكر من حياته المهنية قبل الرئاسة ، اكتسب أعيد انتخاب نيكسون بأغلبية ساحقة )بفوزه على جورج ماكغفرن(.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: cecil m. bryar,what happened to america?,xlibris corporationmu.s.a.,2013,p.29. )xlii(amin, calling nixon'brilliant,' asks good uganda-u.s. ties by charles mohrspecial to the new york times,new york times (1923-); apr 5, 1973; proquest historical newspapers: the new york times with index,pg. 7. )xliii( ibid. (xliv) حصل على الماجستير 1950، وتخرج من جامعة دوكين في عام 1927 اذار 4توماس باتريك ميالدي: ولد في نورويتش ، في ، قبل التحاقه بالسلك الدبلوماسي ، كان السفير ميالدي أستاذًا للشؤون األفرو و، 1954والدكتوراه في الفلسفة في عام 1952في عام آسيوية ورئيًسا لقسم الدراسات اآلسيوية والحضارة غير الغربية في جامعة سيتون هول في الجنوب ، كان مساعدًا للتنمية االقتصادية اصبح مدير التنمية في جامعة دوكين حيث أسس 1956ي عام ، ف 1956إلى 1954في إدارة العمليات الخارجية في وزارة الدفاع من ، اذ شغل ميالدي منصب سفير لدى بوروندي منذ 1967إلى 1959معهد الشؤون اإلفريقية، اذ كان رئيًسا لمعهد خدمة إفريقيا من ارجية في مكتب الشؤون خلف السفير كاليد فيرجسون الذي سيعود إلى واشنطن ليكون نائب مساعد وزير الخ 1969تشرين الثاني اإلفريقية بوزارة الخارجية .للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: soldiers on the line in desert shield,ohio state university,vol.46,no.1,january 1991,p.872 . )xlv(amin, calling nixon'brilliant,' asks good uganda-u.s. ties by charles mohrspecial to the new york times,op.,cit.,pg.7. )xlvi(ibid.,pg. 8 )xlvii ( maria ruiz scaperlanda,rosemary nyirumbe sewing hope in uganda,liturgical press,collegeville,2019,p.29. (xlviii) :الثانية بعد الحرب األهلية التي حدثت قبل أكثر من قرن ، فضيحة ووترغيت خلقت فضيحة ووترغيت أزمة دستورية في المرتبة ، أثارت هذه القضية اهتماًما 1974واستمرت حتى آب 1972الواليات المتحدة. بدًءا من حزيران وأسفرت عن أول إعادة رئاسية في تاريخ ، عندما ألقت شرطة 1972حزيران 17عاًما متزايدًا وسيطرت في النهاية على األخبار الوطنية. وقع الحدث في وقت مبكر من صباح يوم اللجنة مقر في لصوص خمسة على القبض واشنطن لمجمع العاصمة الثالثة المباني أحد في يقع المكتب هذا كان الديمقراطية. الوطنية ووترغيت ، على ضفاف نهر بوتوماك في واشنطن، حيث استكشفت التحقيقات اإلعالمية والقضائية والمجتمعية خلفية االقتحام ، ثم التستر س نيكسون خطابًا وطنيًا بعنوان "حول تحقيقات ووترغيت" ، ، قدم الرئي 1973نيسان 30الرئاسي واألنشطة األخرى ذات الصلة، وفي واحدًا في سلسلة من اللحظات المناخية في قصة ووترغيت.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: keith w. olson,watergate:the presidential scandal that shook america,the university press of kansas,u.s.a.,2016,p.1. (xlix)854ص، نجوى الفوال،المصدر السابق. (l) ويتواجدون في مدينتين رئيسيتين هما كمباال وجينجا، وهم 72000يبلغ عدد اآلسيويين في اوغندا ، ومعظمهم من الهنود ، حوالي ، كان يُقدر عدد 1972في آب و المحلية والبعض اآلخر لم يتدخل،رجال أعمال صغار ، على الرغم من أن بعضهم ناشط في السياسة حوالي منهم 80.000اآلسيويين عام 36500، نهاية وفي البريطانيين، الرعايا غير 1972من اآلسيويين جميع الحكومة طردت 1973األوغنديين ، باستثناء عدد قليل من الفنيين والمعلمين والمهنيين الذين كان وجودهم ضروريًا بشكل حيوي، وبحلول منتصف عام آسيوي فقط من جميع الجنسيات المتبقية في البالد. للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: 2000، كان هناك حوالي report of the special study mission to africa,november 27-december 14,1965, u.s. government printing office, washington , 1966,p.59؛ aylward shorter,east african societies, routledge taylor&francis group,london,1974,p.15. (li) :الدولية القانون ، كانت منذ إنشائها في عام لجنة الحقوقيين رائدة في 1953وهي منظمة غير حكومية للمحامين والقضاة ومدرسي المبادئ األساسية التي تقوم عليها سيادة القانون، اذ كانت اللجنة واحدة من عدة منظمات تعمل في مجال تعريف وتطوير وتعزيز وتطبيق حقوق اإلنسان ، إال أنها كانت فريدة من نوعها من حيث أنها ركزت على تطوير سيادة القانون كشرط الزم لحماية حقوق اإلنسان والنهوض ذي شعرت به األوساط القانونية بشأن إنكار الحقوق والحريات األساسية بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية في بها، كان إنشاء اللجنة نتيجة التخوف ال نها عدد من البلدان ، واالعتراف بأن مهنة المحاماة هي األفضل تجهيًزا لتطوير وتعزيز حكم القانون، كما حددت اللجنة سيادة القانون على أ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org مختلف المبادئ والمؤسسات واإلجراءات ، التي ليست دائًما متطابقة ، ولكنها متشابهة إلى حد كبير ، والتي أظهرتها خبرة وتقاليد المحامين في بلدان العالم ، والذين غالبًا ما يكون لديهم هياكل سياسية وخلفيات اقتصادية مختلفة.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: lucian g. weeramantry,the international commission of jurists:the pioneering years,kluwer law international,netherlands,2000,p.ix. ) lii ( thomas p. ofcansky,uganda tarnished pearl of africa, routledge taylor&francis group,new york,2018,p.165. )liii(uganda threatens americans.: uganda <mark><span ...from news dispatches the washington post (1974-); mar 14, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: the washington post,pg. a1. (livتوترت العالقات البريطانية )ــر في جامعة ــابق والمحاضــ األوغندية عندما وصــــف دينيس هيلز ، الكاتب البريطاني والجندي الســ ــورة من كتابه ، القرع األبيض ، وعندما علم ــود نيرو" في أوغندا و "طاغية القرية" في مخطوطة غير منشـ ماكيريري ، أمين بأنه "أسـ تقاله ومحاكمته أمام محكمة عسـكرية بتهمة التجسـس بعد محاكمة على الطراز العسـكري ، أُدين هيلز وُحكم أمين بكتابات هيلز ، أمر باع ــدات ــلت في إقناع أمين بالعفو واإلفراج عنه بعد مناشـ ــراحه ، لكنها فشـ ــاص، وقد حاولت بريطانيا اطالق سـ عليه باإلعدام رمياً بالرصـ ــلة ، وبقي يوم واحد قبل إعدامه ــية فاش ــيفكر في دبلوماس هيلز منح، قال أمين إنه نظًرا ألن جاللة ملكة بريطانيا كانت صــديقته ، فإنه س ــاندوس بلير والرائد إيان ــير ش ــلت الملكة ضــابطين بريطانيين الس الحياة ، ولكن فقط إذا توســطت له واعتذرت له نيابة عن هيلز،اذ أرس جراهام للترافع من أجل هيلز، مـسلحين برـسالة رأفة موقعة من الملكة نفـسها وترتدي زيًا رـسميًا كامالً ، أُجبر بلير وجراهام على الزحف ا للمبعوثين وهم إلى اطـه ــور التي تم التـق ــوره ينتظرون في أروا ، غرب النـيل تُظهر الصــ كوخ بـمدـخل منخفض حـيث ـكان أمين ومصــ يتأرجحون على ركبهم ، ويتوسـلون أمين إلنقاذ حياة هيلز،وعلى الرغم من هذا اإلذالل ، إال أن جهودهم لم تحرك أمين ولم يتم الحصـول لتفاصيل انظر:على إرجاء الحكم.للمزيد من ا apollo n. makubuya,protection,patronage,or plunder?british machinations and ugandas struggle for independence,cambridge scholars publishing,uk,2018,pp.356-357. (lv ) إســـرائيليين، وكان الخاطفون قد 103اختطف أفراد متعاطفون مع الجبهة الشـــعبية لتحرير فلســـطين طائرة ركاب تقل ركاباً بينهم هبطوا بالطائرة في عنتيبي حيث تم احتجاز اإلســرائيليين في مباني المطار بينما تم إطالق ســراح الركاب غير اإلســرائيليين. ويعتقد أن ، أرـسلت إـسرائيل فريق كوماندوز وصل 1976 تموز 3ن متعاطفاً مع قـضية فلـسطين ودعم عملية االختطاف، في الرئيس عيدي أمين كا م سـالحه الجوي خالل العملية وقتل في الهجوم ثالثة رهائن وجندي اسـرائيلي فيما قتل ايضـا في الليل وفاجأ الجيش األوغندي ، الذي هُز نيروبي ، مما أثار حلقات من ســبعة من الخاطفين، وقد علم عيدي أمين الحقًا أن كينيا ســمحت للطائرات اإلســرائيلية بالتزود بالوقود في العداء بين أوغندا وكينيا.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: a.b.k. kasozi,the social origins of violence in uganda 1964-1985,mcgill-queens university press,london,1994,p.121. )lvi(f. r. u. s., 1977–1980, vol. xvii,part 2, sub-saharan africa,memorandum from secretary of state vance to president carter,washington,february 25,1977,p.373. )lvii(f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–5,part 1, documents on sub-saharan africa, 1969–1972,memorandum from the presidents assistant for national security affairs (kissinger) to president nixon,washington,november 1,1972,p.4. (lviii) في أوماها ، ونشأ في ميشيغان، اذ انه 1913 تموز 14( الرئيس الثامن والثالثين للواليات المتحدة، ُولد في 2006-1913) فورد: جيرالد (، وعندما استقال نائب الرئيس سبيرو 1977إلى 1974الرئيس الوحيد الذي لم ينتخب لمنصب الرئيس أو نائب الرئيس )شغل منصب الرئيس من ح فورد رئيًسا. بعد شهر ، أصدر فورد أجنيو ، أخذ فورد مكانه، وعندما استقال ريتشارد نيكسون من الرئاسة )بعد فضيحة ووترغيت( ، أصب رد أراد عفواً عن نيكسون عن أي جرائم قد يكون ارتكبها أثناء وجوده في منصبه، اذ كان العديد من األمريكيين مستائين من هذا القرار ، لكن فو أمام جيمي كارتر. للمزيد 1976سية عام مساعدة البالد على التعافي من صدمة فضيحة ووترغيت لنيكسون، كما خسر فورد االنتخابات الرئا من التفاصيل انظر: cecil m. bryar,op.cit.,p.29. )lix(f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–6, documents on africa, 1973–1976, telegram 10163 from the embassy in zaire to the department of state,kinshasa,november25,1975,p.3. )lx(ibid. )lxi(f. r. u. s., 1977–1980, volume xvii,–,part 2 sub-saharan africa,memorandum from the executive security of the department of state(tarnoff) to the presidents assistant for national security affairs(brzezinki) ,washington,january 14,1978,p.391. )lxii(ibid. )lxiii(ibid. )lxiv(ibid.,p.392. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org )lxv( ibid. )lxvi(ibid.,p.393. )lxvii(ibid. )lxviii( ibid.,p.394. )lxix(f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–5, volume –e-5,part 1,documents on sub-saharan africa, 19691972,memorandum from the presidents assistant for national security affairs(kissinger) to president nixon,washington,december 4,1972,p.393. )lxx(f. r. u. s., 1969-1976, volume e-5,–,part 1,documents on sub-saharan africa,1969-1972,telegram 1154 from the embassy in uganda to the department of state,kampala,april 21,1972,p.1. )lxxi( cia,idi amin,foreign and commonwealth office,london swia 2ah,25 august,1978,pp.2-6. )lxxii( africa contemporary record,uganda,in colin legun,annual survey and documents 19751976,vol.8,rex collings, london,1978, p.348. )lxxiii( ibid., p.349. )lxxiv(f. r. u. s., 1969–1976, volume e–6, documents on africa, 1973–1976,telegram 20388 from the department of stste to the embassy in the federal republic of germany,washington,january 29,1975,p.1. )lxxv(ibid. )lxxvi(ibid.,p.2. )lxxvii(ibid. (lxxviii) عاًما ، قبل االنتقال إلى 15في جورجيا، عمل ضابًطا بحريًا ألكثر من 1924تشرين االول 1ولد جيمي كارتر في كارتر:جيمي للعمل في الزراعة، عاش كارتر وعائلته في مساكن عامة في بلينز للسنة األولى ، مما جعله الرئيس األمريكي 1953بلينز ، جورجيا في عام عومة للفقراء، وخدم كارتر في أدوار قيادية متعددة ، بدًءا من المناصب في الحكومة المحلية والكنيسة الجنوبية، الوحيد الذي عاش في مساكن مد الشيوخ عن والية جورجيا ) ، شغل منصب عضو مجلس ذلك التاسع 1975-1971( وحاكًما )1967-1963وبعد الرئيس انتخابه قبل ) ، حصل على جائزة 2002إال أن إرث كارتر القيادي لم ينته برئاسة الواليات المتحدة. في عام ، 1976والثالثين للواليات المتحدة في عام نوبل للسالم لعمله مع مركز كارتر ، قاعدته للنهوض بحقوق اإلنسان في جميع أنحاء العالم، حيث سافر على نطاق واسع إلجراء مفاوضات ية من األمراض واإلسكان الميسور التكلفة في الدول النامية وفي الواليات المتحدة وعلى السالم ومراقبة االنتخابات وتعزيز مبادرات الوقا الصعيد الدولي.للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر: jeffrey s.brooks and anthony h. normore,leading against the grain:lessons for creating just and equitable schools,teachers college press,london,2018,p.80؛ beverly ghermanm,jimmy carter,lerner publications company,u.s.a.,2004,p.13. )lxxix(ralph d. nurnberger,the united states and idi amin:congress to the rescuemafrican studies association,vol.25,no.1(mar,1982),p.56. )lxxx(amin again delays seeing americans: <mark><span ...from news dispatches ,the washington post (1974-); mar 1, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: the washington post,pg. a1. )lxxxi(amin orders 250 u.s. citizens held in uganda: <mark><span class="hit">uganda</span></los angeles times (1923-1995); feb 27, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: los angeles times,pg. 4. )lxxxii ( amin orders u.s. residents to meet him: <mark><span ...from news dispatches,the washington post (1974-); feb 26, 1977; proquest historical newspapers: the washington post,pg. a1 (lxxxiii ) عائلته إلى فرنسا وألمانيا ثم كندا، وبعد حصوله على ، وانتقل مع 1928بريجنسكي: ولد لدبلوماسي بولندي في وارسو عام ن شهادات جامعية في جامعة ماكجيل وهارفارد ، بدأ بريجنسكي حياته المهنية كأستاذ للعالقات الدولية ، ومدير معهد جامعة كولومبيا للشؤو راطي، فاصبح مستشاًرا للسياسة الخارجية الشيوعية ، ومستشاًرا في وقت ما لمسؤولين حكوميين ومرشحين سياسيين من الحزب الديمق وهي مجموعة من -، وبعد أربع سنوات أصبح مديًرا للجنة الثالثية 1968لهوبير همفري في فترة نائب الرئيس الفاشلة للرئاسة في عام تحدة ودول أوروبا الغربية واليابان، انتقل رجال األعمال التنفيذيين والقادة السياسيين واألكاديميين المهتمين بتحسين العالقات بين الواليات الم ، حيث عمل بريجنسكي مستشاًرا لألمن القومي لكارتر لمدة أربع سنوات وله عالقة وثيقة بالرئيس.للمزيد 1977إلى البيت األبيض في عام من التفاصيل انظر: ruud van dijk,encyclopedia of the cold war,vol.1-2, routledge taylor&francis group,london ,2008,pp.98-99. )lxxxiv( f. r. u. s., 1955–1957,africa vol.xviii,despatch from the consulate general at nairobi to the department of state ,nairobi, december 30,1955,pp. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org (lxxxv )( ـسياـسي ولد في كمباال ، وفي 1985-1912يوـسف لول :)ا ألوغندا، حيث تعتمد 1979نيـسان 13 ، أدى يوـسف لولي اليمين رئيسـً كيفية اـستجابة المجموعات المختلفة لنظام لولي على تـصوراتهم للنظام االجتماعي واالقتـصادي والـسياـسي الـسائد. على ـسبيل المثال، اعتبر لي كزعيم شــرعي ألنهم توقعوا منه أن يحمي مصــالح بوغندا، ويوفر لهم الكرامة واألمن، ويمنع أوبوتي من اســتعادة العديد من الباغندا لو ضة الـسلطة. كما توقع منه الملكيون أن يـستعيد مؤسسة بوغندا التقليدية للشرعية والفخر الوطني تقلد السلطة في اوغندا بعد ان قامت المعار ــرعان ماتم االوغندية بدعم من الجيش ا ــلطة واالطاحة بالنظام الديكتاتوري الذي اقامه الجنرال عيدي امين،ولكن سـ ــتالم السـ لتانزاني بأسـ . للمزيد من التفاصيل انظر:1979حزيران 20القضاء على يوسف لول من قبل غودفري بينيزا،حيث انتهت فترة رئاسته في ؛67(،ص2004خليل احمد خليل،ملحق موسوعة السياسة،)بيروت:المؤسسة العربية للدراسات والنشر، ogenga otunnu,crisis of legitimacy and political violence in uganda 1979 to 2016,depaul university,chicago,2017,p.34. )lxxxvi( f. r. u. s., 1977–1980, volume xvii,part 2, sub-saharan africa, memorandum of conversation,washington,may 23,1979,p.23. )lxxxvii( ibid. )lxxxviii( f. r. u. s., 1969–1976,vol .e-5,part 1,sub-saharan africa,1969-1972,telegram 33749 from the department of state to the embassy in uganda ,washington, february 27,1971 ,pp.1-2. )lxxxix( f. r. u. s., 1977–1980,vol. xvii,part 2,sub-saharan africa,memorandum from secretary of state muskie to president carter ,washington,december 15,1980,p.2. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org psychological impact of social networks on personal behavior rasulova feruza fayzullaevna doctor of philosophy in psychological science (phd) and about associate professor of the department of psychology religion and pedagogy, international islamic academy of uzbekistan ffrasulova@mail.ru khudaynazarov sukhrob psychology (psychology of religion) master's specialty 2st stage student sukhrobkhudaynazarov.@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the concepts that influence the personality and behavior, the changes that occur in people in the current globalization period, the psychological developments, the study of the causes of the difficulties that arise, the personality of an individual as a result of certain factors. aimed at studying the mechanisms that cause change. the main topic is ways to create the right social environment during the period of a number of changes that occur in adolescents. in addition, the article also talks about preventing pedagogical and psychological problems that arise in the youth of individuals. globalization, environmental impact, peer group, behavior, aggression, mass media, unconscious state, physiological impact, mental health, violence, aggressive behavior, depression and suicide. introduction today, in the era of technology and globalization, the process of searching for effective conditions and mechanisms for raising and educating the young generation capable of communicating with other cultures is becoming more active. it is clear that there are many factors affecting the behavior of young people and their negative impact is significant. a person collects patterns of aggressive behavior based on the following three main sources: 1. unhealthy family environment. in some families, the lack of a positive psychological climate in the relationship between parents and children, disagreements between children, conflicts in the family, conflicts, and the lack of family harmony lead to the formation of aggressive behavior in children. the manifestation of aggressiveness in children depends on the level of influence of the family environment. 2. peer group. children also internalize aggressive behavior in their relationships with their peers outside the family. in many cases, children try to behave aggressively by observing the behavior of peers. excessively aggressive children are ostracized by their peers. such children feel humiliated and find a place in a group of aggressive children like themselves. and this does not lead to problems after problems. 3. recently, the opinion that the mass media is the most powerful weapon influencing the increase of aggressiveness of children has been recognized recently. at this point, it is noted by experts that various american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org militant films and shows that are shown around the world influence the formation of aggressive characteristics in children. it is an undeniable fact that the influence of the internet is unique in this regard. children are getting acquainted with information that does not correspond to their age and psychological characteristics through the internet, and by playing various games that promote and form militancy and aggression, they cause the formation of aggressive behavior in their subconscious. [1] according to the opinion of many people, it is noted that the problems related to children with difficult upbringing are frequent and their number has increased dramatically. also, this problem can be attributed to a number of external reasons, i.e. the current high flow of information (watching tv continuously, simulating episodes of various games on the computer, reading all kinds of inappropriate information through unofficial sites on the internet). learning) or being ignored by adults, crisis in the family, etc. without denying this factor, the root causes of this problem should be sought in the mental development of the child. it's no secret that today's children are different from their peers twenty years ago. today's young people are impressionable, have a high tendency to independence, and at the same time are relatively indifferent, they do not want to spend their time on meaningful socially useful activities. however, a person is naturally inclined to easy and entertaining activities. it should be taken into account that most of the structure of human behavior is under the pressure of natural instincts. correct coordination of these pressures requires willpower from a person. this situation can also be explained as the effect of the development of modern technology. in most cases, neglect and indifference to these changes in children can be the primary cause and basis of negative deviations in the behavior of teachers.[2] another benefit of the internet for users is privacy. psychologists say that some people prefer to sit on the internet because they hesitate to reveal their feelings in real life. according to statistics, women make up 52% of those who write their feelings in blocks (daily notebooks on the internet), and men make up 48%. many of them are internet addicts (those who cannot live without the internet) because they are bored with real life and prefer to enter the virtual life the internet. according to psychologists, those who cannot relate to others feel free on the computer. because no one can oppress them. the high use of the internet by young children brings with it a number of negative aspects as well as positive aspects. a simple example is that parents forbid their children to watch any obscene or scary movies on tv. but they allow to play the bloodthirsty, shooting, murder and bloodshed games like "fear.2", "doom3", "wanted" on the computer. over time, many of our experts have mentioned that these games have a negative effect on the child's physiological and psychological aspects. according to psychiatrists, this disease is called "ludomania" in science. it is mainly found among children and adolescents. symptoms such as sleep disturbances, changes in behavior, irritability, restlessness, total addiction to computer games, refusal to study and housework are felt. if we look at it from a physiological point of view, there is a possibility that due to light exposure, it may cause blurred vision, decrease in physical activity, disruption of the blood circulation system in the body, and even have a negative effect on the offspring.[3] mass media can have both positive and negative effects on adolescent mental health. positive effects include increased knowledge and awareness of important issues, improved social connections, and increased creativity. however, negative effects include increased stress, depression and aggression, as well as problems with self-esteem and body image. social media is one of the most popular forms of media used by teenagers today. social media platforms such as facebook, instagram, twitter and snapchat allow teenagers to connect with their peers, share their experiences and express their opinions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org however, social networks can also have a negative impact on the mental health of adolescents. studies have shown that excessive use of social media can lead to loneliness, anxiety, depression and low selfesteem. television and movies are other media that can affect a teenager's mental health. exposure to violent content in movies and tv shows is associated with increased aggression and desensitization to violence. in addition, unrealistic beauty standards portrayed in the media can lead to body image concerns and eating disorders. video games are another form of media that has become popular among teenagers. while video games can improve cognitive skills such as problem-solving and decision-making, they can lead to addiction and aggression. studies have shown that playing violent video games can increase aggressive behavior and decrease prosocial behavior. the influence of mass media on the mental health of adolescents is complex and multifaceted. mass media have a positive effect it is important to recognize the potential negative impact on adolescent mental health. below are some of the ways media can affect the mental health of teenagers: 1. adolescents exposed to violent content in movies, tv shows, and video games exhibit aggressive behavior and become desensitized to violence. 2. teens exposed to unrealistic beauty standards in the media are more likely to have body image problems and eating disorders. 3. teenagers who spend a lot of time on social networks tend to compare themselves with others, which leads to low self-esteem and increased anxiety. 4. teens who spend a lot of time playing video games develop addictions and can have negative consequences such as poor academic performance and social isolation. 5. teens who use social media are at risk of experiencing cyberbullying, which can increase anxiety, depression, and suicidal ideation.[4] cyber racism refers to the phenomenon of online racism. the expression of racism on the internet is common and frequent and is facilitate by the anonymity which is offered by the internet. racism may be expressed through racist websites, photos videos, comments and messages on social networks. internet addiction is a relatively new form of dependency, which is under review by the scientific community. essentially it refers to the increasing number of people who report more and more involvement with the internet to raise the feeling of satisfaction and a systematic increase in the time spent for pumping this feeling. the internet addiction although not officially recognized as a clinical entity is a condition that causes significant reduction in the social and professional or academic functioning of the individual. experts of mental health are increasingly invited to approach therapeutically people with problematic internet use. in conclusion, we can say that, comparing the negative and positive effects of mass media, we can see that the negative effect is higher. it is true that it is impossible to delay social networks, and it is also impossible to censor in modern developed countries. therefore, any society should protect its citizens from such harmful effects and reduce the harmful effects on their behavior. it is necessary to form immunity against these negative factors. for this, it will be necessary to carry out campaigning and promotion work among the young generation. for example, organization of agencies promoting healthy lifestyle of young people and encouraging their activities. in addition, in the educational system, it is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org necessary to increase sports activities that encourage students to think creatively in educational programs. references 1. ismailova n. d. abdullayeva. social psychology publishing house of the national society of philosophers of uzbekistan, tashkent — 2013 [p. 145-146] 2. olimov l.ya, a.m. nazarov. psychology of children with deviant behavior tashkent: "generation of thought", 2020. [355-356-b] 3. расулова, ф. ф. (2013). психокоррекционные работы практического психолога с агрессивным ребёнком. science and world, 97. 4. расулова, ф. ф. (2020). дифференциально-психологические особенности агрессивности у подростков. наука и мир, 2(4), 87. 5. rasulova miss, f. (2020). psychocorrecional work of a practical psychologist with aggressive behavior of children and teenager. the light of islam, 2020(1), 145-152. 6. расулова, ф. ф. (2020). психологическая помощь практического психолога в работе с агрессивным ребенком. молодой ученый, (16), 43-45. 7. umarov b, nazarov a. textbook of information and psychological security in open information systems. tashkent 2020 [310-311] 8. https://researchedu.org/index.php/goldenbrain/article/view/3711/4754 9. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4789623/ https://researchedu.org/index.php/goldenbrain/article/view/3711/4754 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4789623/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org to the digitalization of business processes itself scientific approaches to the characteristics t. u. kadirov, ph.d. associate professor head of department of the higher school of business and entrepreneurship d. d. suvanova, doctoral student of the higher school of business and entrepreneurship a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the study of the specific features of digitization of business processes, classification of business processes from the point of view of digitization, disclosure of advantages and disadvantages of digitization of business processes, systematization of the main tasks of digitization and the results expected from them, and necessary conditions for digitization of business processes are discussed. business processes, digitization, digital technologies, classification, productivity. introduction today, digital technologies are being actively introduced in almost all aspects of business and entrepreneurial activities. in modern conditions, digitization affects not only the mutual economic relations of any business structures with their external partners and consumers, but also the efficiency of business processes related to the organization of their activities. only companies that are aware of today's digitization trends in society and keep up with the times will be able to maintain their position in the market and ensure their competitive advantages in the near and long future. digitization of business processes is considered primarily as a tool for their management, and convenient description and classification for effective organization of this process is of practical importance. g. poll defined the "business process" as the logical sequence of human resources, materials, energy resources, equipment and processes in the organization of production activities to achieve a certain final result [2]. some authors [3,5,10,14,16,17, 18,19] consider the business process as a system consisting of a set of different types of activities, many types of resources "enter" the system, and as a result of these activities, they "exit" for consumers. products or services of value are created. o. n. rodtsevich[11] classifies business processes as an organizational structure and its elements aimed at meeting the needs of internal and external consumers of the organization. m.a. tolkachev[12] views business processes as a set of controlled processes aimed at achieving results consistent with certain predetermined parameters. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org e.v. according to popov, business processes are a set of elements of a specific flow, and at the "exit" the consumer has a product that meets his requirements [10]. g.n. fidelmen and s.v. dedikov believe that it is a chain of actions to achieve clearly set goals [13]. it can be seen that the concept of "business process" is interpreted in different ways in the economic literature, and their categorization is carried out based on the goals and tasks set by the researchers for their research. based on the analysis of the conducted research, it can be concluded that in order to create added value to business processes, interrelated and complementary processes aimed at forming consumer value for the organization's customers can be considered as processes of implementation in logical continuity and continuity. in addition, the business environment in the country has a positive effect on the development of business processes. "for the further development of the business environment, the practice of corporate management relations not only in the country, but also abroad is of great importance. because by studying the positive aspects of existing corporate management models in foreign countries, effective experiences can be mobilized to develop the business environment of our country"[17]. the modern development trends of the economy show that the success of business structures is based on the use of innovations, digital technologies and intellectual property, enterprises and organizations are increasing their attention to digitalization of business processes. digitization of business processes is leading to changes in the global business environment and its future. digitization opens wide opportunities for optimizing business processes by adapting them to new tools and technologies, quickly adapting to changing market conditions, and improving the quality of products and services. determining the structural elements of digitalization of business processes, correctly determining the priorities in their implementation largely depends on the classification of business processes in accordance with the goals and tasks of digitalization. this, in turn, serves as an important factor in ensuring the adoption of effective management decisions on digitization of business processes in the enterprise. business processes can be classified based on many characteristics. depending on its place in the formation of the performance of the activity, it is divided into main, auxiliary, management and development business processes [4]. depending on the orientation of business processes customer-oriented, operational support and management-oriented processes [18]. according to the product description production, service and administrative business processes [1]. in relation to the company's relations with its customers internal and external business processes [15]. according to the functional characteristics of the activity delivery, production, sales and financial settlement processes [6]. according to the periodicity of recurrence continuously repeated, periodically repeated and one-time business processes [8]. regarding the scope of management activities business processes related to the management of human resources, information system, material and financial flows, marketing, production, internal and external relations, business model [7]. based on the above ideas, business processes can be characterized by the following structural features: business processes as an object of management include labor and natural processes necessary for the production of products and services organized in a certain sequence; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org business processes as a marketing process are a specific technological process consisting of a set of actions from product creation to its delivery in accordance with consumer requirements; business processes as a process include a sequence of actions from the emergence of a new idea to its commercialization; business processes as a strategic management process is the process of developing a detailed, comprehensive and comprehensive plan designed to implement the organization's mission and achieve its goals; business processes include development of new products, improvement of service quality, cost reduction, marketing improvement, pricing policy, etc. as a process of ensuring enterprise competitiveness; as a human resource management process, business processes cover the processes of planning, selecting, training, developing, motivating, and evaluating employees to provide the organization with the labor resources necessary to achieve its goals and perform its tasks. digitization of business processes or enterprises today is considered not only as one of the possible options of strategic development, but also as an objective necessity that changes the existing rules of doing business and increases its competitiveness [19]. so, the essence of the digitization of business processes is to increase the competitiveness of the enterprise and its products and, as a result, to achieve an increase in the value of the market. it is on the basis of digitization that it is possible to ensure the quality of business processes by adapting the business model of the enterprise to modern market conditions. determining the possibilities of evaluation, optimization and improvement of enterprise business processes due to digitalization, as well as determining priority areas, requires the classification of business processes. based on the interconnectedness and coherence of business processes, their nature, functional characteristics and opportunities for integration, we found it appropriate to classify them as separate objects of digitization as shown in table 1. table 1 classification of business processes according to functional descriptions and directions of their digitization № integrated business processes subprocesses (actions) tasks and solutions 1 production planning the goals and tasks of production and the volume of required resources are determined design drawings and project-technical documents are developed for product production production (product preparation) formation of a base of tools and technological equipment used for processing raw materials and materials; quality control selection and implementation of production technology; packing material processing, product assembly and testing. maintenance and repair the quality of the finished product is checked and possible defects are identified and measures are taken to eliminate them 2. logistics processes planning logistics operations products are prepared for customer delivery and transportation processes organization of logistics processes providing service to delivered products and carrying out repairs during use american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org management of logistics systems to determine the optimal directions of delivery; monitoring of logistics processes selection of vehicles and types of transportation; 3. marketing processes market research -planning warehouse operations, etc. development of marketing strategy coordinating the actions of all participants of the logistics system, including relations with suppliers, carriers, warehouses and customers create and promote products and services control of logistics operations, document circulation, management of logistics processes, storage, transportation, loading and unloading processes, risk management, quality control, customs procedures, etc. customer relationship management checking delivery plans, storage, transportation, safety and other standards, identifying problems and opportunities for quick improvement, performing logistics cost analysis marketing analysis study of supply and demand, determination of target audience, analysis of competitors 4. management processes optimization of management structure determining marketing goals and objectives, choosing marketing channels and tools planning development of product design, wrapping and packaging, creation of advertising materials, conducting advertising campaigns organization collecting consumer feedback, handling complaints, expanding the customer audience and maintaining loyalty coordination analyzing the results and making corrections to the marketing strategy, evaluating the effectiveness of marketing activities, determining the directions for improvement control management structure, distribution of powers and responsibilities, as well as optimization of decision-making processes encourage determining the company's goals and development strategies, developing activity plans, predicting changes in the external environment, assessing risks, etc. 5 financial processes budget planning creation and improvement of the organizational structure, distribution of tasks and resources, coordination of departmental activities, development of employee motivation and evaluation system financial management coordination of the actions of structural departments and employees, conflict resolution and change management to achieve the common goals of the enterprise analysis of financial indicators monitor and evaluate the organization's activities, control the implementation of plans, analyze deviations and take corrective measures making investment decisions creating a system of incentives, rewards and disciplinary action for employees to achieve organizational goals relations with financial institutions determining the costs and revenues of the enterprise, as well as the allocation of resources american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org payment of taxes and fees control of cash flows, accounting and analysis of financial transactions developing a financial strategy assessment of enterprise activity, identification of problems and opportunities for their elimination 6. human resource management staff planning and hiring assessment of investment effectiveness, selection of the most effective projects and investment sources staff training and development management of operations with banks, insurance companies, investment funds incentives and rewards compliance with legal requirements, optimization of taxes and other mandatory payments labor productivity management determining long-term goals and priorities of the enterprise in the field of finance dispute resolution providing qualified personnel required to achieve organizational goals ensure employee welfare development and implementation of employee training, retraining and development programs labor protection and safety developing a system of incentives and rewards that ensure the achievement of organizational goals by employees recruitment and selection regularly evaluate the performance of employees to determine the level of labor productivity and opportunities for its improvement communication and corporate culture resolve conflicts between employees and ensure a healthy work environment 7. information processes collection, storage and processing of information related to enterprise activity care for the physical and mental well-being of employees by providing support and counseling programs automation of management processes ensuring compliance with labor protection and safety rules at the workplace decision support based on data analysis organizing the process of recruiting new employees, studying candidates and assessing their compliance with the requirements of vacancies integration with external information systems formation of a corporate culture that supports effective communication in the organization and ensures the achievement of common goals ensuring information security and information protection ensuring information security and protection, including preventing cyber-attacks and data leaks the classification of the mentioned business processes and the list of issues to be solved within them are of a recommendatory nature and can be changed based on the characteristics of the organization's activity and development stages. digitization of these business processes is considered as the building blocks of digitization of the enterprise, summarized in a single information base, and the interrelationship between them is taken into account. digitization of business processes includes automation of routine tasks by introducing digital technologies into the daily activities and processes of companies, increasing the volume of product production and service provision due to increasing operational efficiency and improving quality, reducing costs, increasing profits, timely and complete satisfaction of customer needs, and increasing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org competitiveness in the market. can be described as a decisive factor. based on this definition, it is possible to systematize the main tasks of digitalization of business processes and the results expected from them (fig. 1). figure 1. tasks of digitalization of business processes solving the listed tasks will lead to the following results: 1. reduces time and other resources spent on automation of usual business processes based on digitization. this, in turn, increases the overall efficiency of the company. 2. thanks to digitalization, it is possible to improve the quality of products and services based on the collection and analysis of information about customer preferences and behavior. 3. digital technologies make it possible to monitor and control the rational use of the company's resources, predict and prevent problems related to resource shortages or overspending. 4. digitization leads to the opening of new markets, creation of new products and services, simplification of relations with partners and customers. tasks of digitalization of business processes 1. increase efficiency 10. gaining customer loyalty based on increasing customer satisfaction 9. increase competitiveness 2. improve the quality of products and services 3. optimization of resource consumption 8. ensuring information security 6. establish a good communication and communication system 7. increasing the speed of management decisionmaking 4. creating new business opportunities 5. cost reduction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 5. digitization of processes leads to reduction of time and other costs for order processing, accounting, personnel management and various other operations. 6. improvement of internal and external communications is achieved due to digitization, which allows the employees of the company to exchange information quickly and efficiently. 7. big data and its analysis with the help of digital tools enable more informed and faster decisions that are important for business. 8. digital systems provide a high level of information security compared to traditional methods of information storage and processing. 9. companies that actively implement digital technologies have competitive advantages in the market, they can adapt to changes faster and can use innovative approaches in doing business. 10. digitization of business processes allows companies to better understand and meet the needs of their customers, which in turn increases their loyalty and encourages repeat purchases. of course, the digitization of business processes is a complex process that requires a large amount of financial and intellectual resources, and its successful implementation requires certain conditions (figure 2). these conditions are conditionally a system consisting of a set of several constituent elements, and the more they are created, the faster the digitalization process will be and the more effective it will be. figure 2. necessary for digitalization of business processes conditions american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org digitization of business leads to optimization of time and resources spent on organization of business processes, increase of their effectiveness and improvement of quality of management decisions. it also helps companies create new opportunities for development and reduce risks. as a result, it ensures an increase in the company's income, market share and level of competitiveness. references 1. elliott j.j. design of a product-focused customer-oriented process // information and software technology. 2010. no. 42 (14). p. 973-981. 2. pall g.a. quality press management. englewood cliffs, new jersey: prenticehall, 1987. 3. андерсен, б. бизнес-процессы. инструменты совершенствования / пер. с англ. с.в ариничева; под науч. ред. ю.п. адлера. – 4-е изд. – м.: риа «стандарты и качество», 2007. – 272 с. 4. арефьева а.в. бизнес-процессы предприятий сферы услуг: факторы, формирования, конкурентоспособность. спб., 2009. 96 с. 5. варзунов, а. в., анализ и управление бизнес-процессами. учебное пособие / а. в. варзунов, е. к. торосян, л. п. сажнева. – спб: университет итмо, 2016. – 112 с. 6. виноградова а.в. реинжиниринг бизнес-процессов в современном менеджменте. донецк, 2005. 196с.8.; елиферов в.г. бизнес-процессы: регламентация и управление. м., 2013.318 с. 7. дорофеева в.в. бизнес-процессы предприятия: содержательные императивы и подходы к классификации // экономика: вчера, сегодня, завтра. 2018. том 8. № 12а. с. 19-29. 8. елиферов в.г. бизнес-процессы: регламентация и управление. м., 2013. 318 с. 9. нигай е.а.процесс цифровизации бизнеса: от точечной оцифровки бизнес-процессов к цифровой трансформации // этап. 2022. №2. с. 134-145. 10. ойхман е.г. реинжиниринг бизнеса: реинжиниринг организаций и информационные технологии / е. г. ойхман, э. в. попов. – м. : финансы и статистика, 1997. – 336 с. 11. родцевич, о.н. определение понятия «бизнес-процесс»: история возникновения и современное представление / о.н. родцевич // вестник полоцкого государственного университета. – 2015. – №13. – с. 40-48. 12. толкачев, м.а. бизнес-процесс: понятие, классификация / м.а. толкачев // вестник полоцкого государственного университета. – 2017. – №6. – с. 31-33. 13. фидельман, г.н. бизнес-процессы и изменение организации / г.н. фидельман, с.в. дедиков // методы менеджмента качества. – 2002. – № 2. – с. 11–14. 14. хаммер, м. реинжиниринг корпорации. манифест революции в бизнесе / м. хаммер, д. чампи. – м.: манн, иванов и фербер, 2011. – 288 с. 15. харрингтон дж. оптимизация бизнес-процессов: документирование, анализ, управление, оптимизация. спб., 2002. 328 с 16. чернобай л.и. бизнес-процессы предприятия: общая характеристика и экономическая сущность // менеджмент и предпринимательство: этапы становления и проблемы развития. 2013. № 769. с. 125-131. 17. д.х. суюнов корпоратив бошқарув механизми: муаммо ва ечимлар. монография т.: академия, 2007. 18. д.х. суюнов ва бошқалар. электрон тижорат. дарслик. -т.: 2023.-298 бет. 19. suyunov d.h theoretical principles of improving the modern corporate control system in joint stock companies. international journal of economic perspectives,16(11), november 2022. 90-97. retrieve.from. 2022 by the author(s). issn: 1307-1637. impact factor: 5.865. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org in farabi’s views, the importance of imagination in happiness abdufattayeva shahrizoda shuhratbek qizi tashkent state university of oriental studies master’s student of oriental philosophy and culture abdufattoyevashahrizoda@gmail.com ph.d. m. kadyrov academic supervisor: associate professor of the department of oriental philosophy and culture, a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article reflects the philosophical ideas of abu nasr farabi, who is viewed one of the fantastic thinkers of the eastern world, about man and happiness, and his thoughts about the importance of imagination in experiencing happiness. moreover, farabi's principles of everlasting and general happiness are also reflected. abu nasr farabi, aristotle, existence, happiness, imagination, man, ideal man, everlasting happiness, standard happiness, proper qualities, bad vices, active mind, divine spirit. introduction having rooted in islamic doctrines and greek philosophy -specially plato and aristotle-, al-farabi gave central position to happiness in his philosophy, finding it at the coronary heart of his political thought. his unflagging effort to conceptualize the notion of happiness ended up bringing to the scene a new theoretical view on happiness, which has been circulated at some point of the islamic philosophy with the aid of his disciples. in this paper, i would tend to reconsider this key notion in al-farabi’s philosophy, through searching at it in relation to imagination. the key question, therefore, would be “what is the role of creativeness in the method of accomplishing happiness”; in other word, “how imagination can take part a role in the attainment of happiness?”. to strategy this question, first, i will seem at how al-farabi offers with the concept of happiness in his works and how he places this concept at the coronary heart of his political view. thereby, it will be discussed that happiness is being attained thru existing in the society (virtuous city), which means, happiness can be attained collectively, no longer individually. finally, with the aid of exploring imagination in al-farabi’s happiness theory, i will discuss the extensive function and statue of artists, who deal with the public’s imagination, in the virtuous city. literature review the views of al-farabi on the difficulty in query have been discussed to some extent in books such as al-farabi, imagination, and artistic creativity and al-farabi and conceptualization of religious art. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org in addition, in al-farabi, a strange philosopher, nasrollah hekmat tries to open new horizons in this field, criticizing dominant readings of al-farabi’s views. in third section of this book, titled “philosophy of imagination in al-farabi’s thought”, author introduces the concept of “imaginary rationality” that plays an important role in al-farabi’s prophecy concept and paves the human way towards happiness. going beyond a merely explanatory view, the political thought of al-farabi by reza davari ardakani, presents a comprehensive studying of al-farabi’s thought, drawing connections between the thinking of happiness and his political views. moreover, in politics and excellence: the political philosophy of al-farabi, miriam galston considers family members between politics and excellence in a broader philosophic context. and finally, it is completely really worth to speak about al-farabi and the foundation of islamic political philosophy, written through muhsin mahdi, that deals with key principles of al-farabi’s philosophy through reading his works. methods and material gathered the data from al-farabi’s very own books, as nicely as the second literature and commentaries on his works, this paper is completely library research. firstly, i made an define to hold our lookup focused. after gathering information, in the 2d step, i would be capable to narrow down the research area. by analyzing, deducing, and reconsidering data, in the ultimate phase, the learn about would come to conclusion. results and discussion although al-farabi enumerates theoretical virtues, deliberative virtues, ethical virtues, and realistic arts as conditions of possessing happiness, according to his works, theoretical contemplation is a vital circumstance of accomplishing happiness. the theoretical contemplation, however, is the property of the elect, and the vulgar are deprived of this activity. since he is aiming at happiness for all residents of the society, al-farabi appeals to a school that is common between all human beings: imagination. what is essential in this context is that, in al-farabi’s view, imaginationwhich contributes to his prophecy theoryhas the ability of imitating now not only the sensible, but additionally the intelligible. (this latter characteristic of imagination -imitating of the intelligiblehas not been viewed in his antecedents, especially plato and aristotle, and appears it is his very own innovation). the supreme ruler of virtuous city (philosopher-prophet) and the opt for -specially the artist amongst themcan challenge the representations of the intelligible on the public’s minds which are in a position to imitate them. it gives the opportunity to the public that find their way to happiness. in other word, imagination -its ability to imitate the intelligiblepaves the way of happiness for all residents of virtuous city. in his commentary on aristotle's work "ethics", farabi describes his concepts of happiness. aristotle wrote in his work, "the highest good is only in our world, and only madmen think that it is beyond the earthly world"1. these views of the philosopher cannot be compared with the teachings of the islamic religion about the heavenly life. aristotle believes that human happiness can be achieved only in this earthly life. 1 abu nasr farabi. aristotle's philosophy. // farabi. the city of virtuous people.-t. people's heritage. 1993.-p.165. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org unlike aristotle, farabi believed that happiness is achieved in the next world. in this world, farabi says that in order to achieve this great and eternal happiness, people should strive for perfection and educate himself. we should engage in good deeds in this world to attain eternal happiness in the next world. some infidels believe that there is no place for happiness in this world in islam, that islam limits human freedom. in fact, living with the good deeds prescribed by the religion itself makes a person feel happy. every work of a person who lives according to sharia ends with goodness. isn't this the pursuit of happiness in both worlds? thus, happiness, according to farabi, as a spiritual experience, arises when the highest needs of the individual are satisfied. traditionally, the highest human needs have been satisfied through participation in philosophy, art, religion, as well as moral, scientific, and socio-political activities2. therefore, philosophy can answer the question of what happiness is. differences between eastern and western philosophy of happiness should also be mentioned. people of the east like al-farabi value knowledge above all else, consider it the highest goodness, the only true way to happiness. in other words, the east regards happiness as a spiritual value. farabi’s attitude to the problem of happiness of western contemporaries was more materialistic: the concept of happiness is specific things such as material goods, the achievement and possession of which is happiness. for modern philosophy, it is important to understand the views of the greatest thinkers of the past on the problem of happiness, on the basis of which they developed their own "philosophy of happiness". "we are happy only when there is beauty, and beauty is only due to the art of philosophy," it follows that we are happy because of philosophy3. philosophers can show the rest of people the way to happiness, so society needs them as city leaders. in his works, farabi says that in order to achieve happiness, a person must first of all understand why he came to this world. for this, he must be aware of the general laws of the world he lives in. first of all, a person must know the real cause of this world and all its qualities. then it is necessary to know the things beyond materiality and their qualities, as well as their levels up to the active mind and the qualities of each of them. then the heavenly realms and the qualities of each of them, then the natural bodies below these realms, as well as how they arise and disappear, and all the totality that occurs in them. it is necessary for him to know that the events are perfect, fair, rational, and that there are no defects or injustices in these events. in order for a person to achieve perfection, it is necessary for a person to first know how a person was created (entered his body), the characteristics of the soul, and how the active mind illuminates his soul. it is also necessary for a person to know the difference between the will of god and the free will that exists in a person. a perfect person needs to know the leaders who can replace him when the first leader of the city (state) is absent for one or another period of time (when he goes on a trip, or get sick, etc.). besides, it is necessary for a person to know what happiness he can achieve. he believed that it is necessary to know what happens to the souls of people in the afterlife, some of them will experience unhappiness and disaster, and some will disappear, what the inhabitants of the city of the virtuous will achieve in the hereafter, and what they will avoid. 2 л.а.комаров. понимание счастья в философских воззрениях абу-насра мухаммада альфараби. m., 2010. –c.98. 3 rashed, marwan. on the authorship of the treatise on the harmonization of the opinions of the two sages attributed to al-farabi, arabic sciences and philosophy, 2009.19(1): 43–82. doi:10.1017/s0957423909000587. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org conclusion in a way of conclusion, happiness plays an essential function in al-farabi’s political thinking, in a way that he articulates his political idea around this notion. as we stated above, while the theoretical contemplation is indispensable for accomplishing happiness, this capability in simple terms belongs to the elect. by taking advantage of their imagination, which is succesful of imitating summary concepts, the public can reach the best possible good, the happiness. since the artists, among the elect, deals without delay with the public’s imagination and can challenge theoretical virtues on their minds, alfarabi places a high cost on them in the 2nd absolute best stage of virtuous metropolis (his view stands in stark contrast to plato who believed artists -specially poetsought to be banished from his ideal society). references: 1. abu nasr farabi. aristotle's philosophy. // farabi. the city of virtuous people.-t. people's heritage. 1993.-330 p. 2. abu nasr farabi. aristotle's philosophy. // farabi. the city of virtuous people.-t. people's heritage. 1993.-330 p. 3.бурабаев м.с. аль фараби в истории науки. // аль-фараби. естественно научные трактаты. алма-ата. 1987. 496c. 4. казибердов а.л., муталибов с. а. абу наср ал-фараби. исследования и переводы. – т.: фан, 1986. – 200 с. 5. касымжанов а.х. абу наср аль фараби. m.,: мысль. 1982. 232 c. 6. л.а.комаров. понимание счастья в философских воззрениях абу-насра мухаммада альфараби. – m., 2010. –132c. 7. ali sayyah, shams-ol-molouk mostafavi, reza davari ardakani. al-farabi and the role of imagination in attainment of happiness. // biannual journal. doi: 10.30465/cw.2022.32774.1746. – malaysia, 2021. – 218 p. 8. j. lameer. the philosopher and the prophet: greek parallels to al-farabi’s theory of philosophy and religion in the state. perspectives arabes et médiévales sur la tradition scientifique et philosophique grecque, ed. a. hasnawi et al. – paris, 1997. – 609 p. 9. mahdi, muhsin. al farabi and the foundation of islamic political philosophy. chicago:the university of chicago press, 2011.-298 p. 10. navab mogharrabi. abu nasr al-farabi, awaking on the path of happiness. – tehran: sadra pub; 2011. – 322 p. 11. rashed, marwan. on the authorship of the treatise on the harmonization of the opinions of the two sages attributed to al-farabi, arabic sciences and philosophy, 2009.19(1): 43–82. doi:10.1017/s0957423909000587. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org the role of national music in the development of aesthetic competence of educators in preschool educational organizations through music education rahmonov ulugbek karimovich associate professor of the department of social and humanitarian sciences of the department of correspondence education of fergana state university, teachers of secondary special education a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in preschool educational organizations, educators are provided with information about a deep knowledge of the content and essence of uzbek national musical works, along with musical works of other peoples, as well as their role in their creations, as well as their practical application. . national, classical, world, culture, enlightenment, civilization, scientist, philosophy, blessing, status, heavenly, divine, age, logic, intellectual. introduction one of the requirements of modern science, the dissemination of technology is to bring to adulthood a person with a new mindset, creative thinking and ability. and on the ground of these actions lies the question of avvolo, the dedication of his person, the formation of his love for the motherland and his people. from this point of view, it is possible to ensure the barqa ror of progress only by seriously focusing on the educational process, especially its potential for one area or another. in the educational process, it is important to increase the possibilities of educational, educational influence through art, through music. the art and education of music is a powerful resource that develops human qualities in a person, encourages spiritual purification and elevation, enriches the inner world of a person, strengthens faith, will, awakens creativity. with the help of music, a person's artistic perception grows and further enriches his feeling. physically rich in all aspects, without cultivating musical perception in society and instilling in them a love of music . the status art of national classical music has its place and special value in the arrival to us of the tones of history that our people have been listening to for a long time and their finding of polished in different styles. the history of the formation of uzbek national and classical music goes back to the distant past. from the past, the east has been a hotbed of culture and science in world tobacco. the creation of the works and research of the peoples of the east and the allomas that have grown from the uzbek land are today the main foundations of world civilization. the long-standing traditions of musical art have developed and developed in the culture of the peoples of the east. the national musical art of the uzbek people has a unique and perfectly formed standard of folk and classical music in its national processes. music is a divine blessing, the proof of which is reflected in ancient sources. music has been formed, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org sharpened and perfected over the centuries as a result of the development of spiritual and cultural views of mankind. one such example is statuses. the art of status is a heavenly and divine blessing, as described above. the art of culture has been a leading place in the musical culture of the peoples of the near and middle east since the middle ages. during all periods of development of our culture, classical music status art has served as an invaluable spiritual nourishment as a cure for the heart and soul of our people. because the art of classical status has long been closely associated with the spiritual life of the uzbek people, and not only with the daily way of life. uzbek classical music status art is distinguished from the art of world peoples by its attractiveness, educational significance and strong philosophical content on its ground and irrevocable melody systems that do not resemble one another. statuses-formed on the basis of the development of classical poetry and performance styles at the professional level, it can be seen that there is science in the content of statuses, there is spirituality, there is philosophy and logic. the maqams were named after the khans, and were performed and listened to among the intelligentsia and the learned. because, in order to dream of status, it is necessary that a person has a wide range of views on spirituality, culture, knowledge and the world. that is why the statuses were performed, formed and developed in the court of kings and khans, among the learned and the intelligentsia. as we all know, music is an integral part of human life. singing affects the soul, and singing and singing to the mind and mind. a person begins to vibrate on his own when he hears a mungly burn. and when listening to a cheerful, playful singing, the power enters the human body, the mood rises. and when listening to songs and songs, together with the melody, it comes under the influence of the word, makes an analogy and draws conclusions. this is a vivid example of the divine nature of musical art. the emphasis on status art and national music was raised by our state to the level of public policy. issues of development of status, promotion and teaching among the people, and advancement to the future generation were put forward. president of uzbekistan sh.the decision of november 17, 2017 “on measures to further develop the art of uzbek national status”was adopted by mirziyoev. a status center was formed and a status ensemble was established on its basis. exemplary status anasambles were established in each province. the book “status alphabet” was released by the status center for music schools and lyceums. the international status festival began to be planted. to promote the public, shows began to be broadcast through the media. all this is to convey to the people classical music, which is considered a national asset. changing the world view of the people, the nation, raising morale, signifying identity is not a thing that happens in a day, a month or a year. enough to do this for a period of time, and during this time, if we grow several generations on the basis of national traditions, milly traditions, then the future of the land will be bright. it is the same provision to start this work from childhood. the promotion of national music, statuses should be started from preschool and schools. it is necessary to introduce and listen little by little in their training. if we can form the national spirit of the child from an early age, this will become the basis for the future to mourn the original children of the nation, the land. in the spirit education of children's national musical works, the educators of the preschool educational organization have a huge force. among the educators of the preschool organization, it is necessary to expand measures to promote national musical samples. children's attention can be drawn by using examples of national music, folk-loving teacher artists, and examples of creativity of young performers that are maturing today, national musical works, in a wider range of activities, in activities conducted american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org through educators of the preschool organization. because, when we make the right way from a child's youth and introduce oneself, it will be the achievement of society, of the nation in the future. it is known that in order for our children to be raised in a national spirit, it is enough for the organization of education up to mcchab to broadcast national musical works, which consist of the basis of national melodies when children are busy with different types of activities or when they are busy with various games. to do this, it is necessary to awaken the educators of the preschool organization in love with national works. the conditions that have arisen at the moment in our country presuppose a revision of the content of knowledge-giving and the processes of its implementation, and the introduction of appropriate amendments to this process. in particular, the need arose to improve the content and forms of professional development of educators in order to carry out measures aimed at improving the educational system. the program was approved by the president of the republic of uzbekistan on december 29, 2016 on measures to further improve the preschool education system in 2017-2021 pq 2707, pf 5198 on september 30, 2017 on measures to radically improve the management of the preschool education system, pq 3261 on september 9, 2017, also, the state requirements of the ministry of preschool education no. 1-mh of june 18, 2018 for the development of children of primary and preschool age and the “first step “provide for the practical introduction of the state curriculum of the preschool educational organization. when we ask the elderly art lovers what kind of love they have for sound, for national music, they note that there was a radio in every household during times when there was no television, no internet, and the national songs, statuses that were scattered from it, made the national art oshufta. raised in the face of the same tones, the child will grow up in the future as a patriot, a loving person of a nation that values its national values. it is also impossible to imagine what condition our mam-lakat is now in when all sorts of rock, pop and nonsense music from different streams are broadcast in the childhood of older people. so it turns out that in order for us today to raise our children as a nationalistic, loyal people to the motherland, we need to broadcast melodies performed on national musical instruments, sorted with high taste in the preschool organization. as far as possible, it is advisable if there are compositions from works performed in solo settings. examples include: alone tanburda and satoda standing alimatov, solo dutorda abdurahim hamidov, malika ziyoeva, solo changda and law sozida fahriddin sadigov, abdurahman holtojiev, solo gjijakda immortal rasulov, abduhoshim ismailov, ahmadjan dadaev, nayda abdukadir ismailov, abdulahad abdurashidov, qoshayda ahmadjan umirzakov, oyot tojiev, matrasul matyakubov, the songs performed by ari babakhanov, shavkat mirzaev, tokhir rajabiy ud sozida rifatilla kasimov are the same. when we want to make our headlights enjoy original tunes, clean national melodies, we can first hear performances in just single tunes and then broadcast synth national music to our student children in schools. however, in the preschool organization, it is imperative to explain which musical instrument it is in the broadcast drum of solo performances. through this we will explain the sound, naming and appearance of our national musical instruments. references 1. ulug‘bek karimovich rahmonov (2022). sozandalar san’atida milliy cholg‘ularning o‘rni. oriental art and culture, 3 (2), 380-384. 2. ulug‘bek rahmonov, & abdusalom soliev (2022). doira musiqa cholg‘u asbobini ijrochilikda o‘rni. oriental art and culture, 3 (4), 223-227. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org 3. ulug‘bek rahmonov, & abdusalom soliev (2022). qo‘g‘irchoq san’ati o‘yinini musiqa madaniyati hayotda tutgan o‘rni. oriental art and culture, 3 (4), 536-541. 4. rahmonov, u., & soliev, a. (2022). the role of the puppet theater in the performing arts. science and innovation, 1(7), 76-79. 5. rahmonov, u. (2022). inspiring melodies of uzbek folk musical art in the development of the xvi-xix centuries. science and innovation, 1(7), 357-362. 6. rahmonov, u. (2022). ўзбек халқ мусиқа санъатининг хvi-хiх асрлар ривожидаги илҳомбахш оҳанглари. science and innovation, 1(c7), 357-362. 7. rahmonov, u., & soliev, a. (2022). томоша санъатида қўғирчоқ театрининг тутган ўрни. science and innovation, 1(c7), 76-79. 8. karimovich, r. u. b., & abdullayevich, e. a. (2021). improving the practical training of students in the context of education moderni 9. abruev, a., & rahmonov, d. (2011). some issues on improving zoological veterinary services. university of oradea cncsis b+ journal, 263-268. 10. rahmonov, u., ergashev, a., nazhmetdinova, m., & usmonova, s. (2021, december). in shaping the socio-spiritual thinking of young people in the musical art of the great scholars of the eastern renaissance position held. in archive of conferences (pp. 54-57). 11.gaziyeva, m. t. (2023). o’quvchilarga ingliz tilini o’qitishda o’yin metodining ahamiyati. science and education, 4(6), 740-742. 12.астонова, г. р. (2020). стихи и песни как мотивационный фактор в изучении немецкого языка. проблемы современной науки и образования, (6-1 (151)), 88-90. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org professional self-determination of a teacher: opportunities and difficulties koneva svetlana khamidovna senior lecturer at tspu named after nizami a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the possible difficulties and problems that a teacher may find in professional self-determination. the process of self-determination of a teacher is like a challenge that requires solving various problems. introduction throughout the article, various opportunities and difficulties are analyzed in detail according to different aspects: uncertainty and difficulties in setting professional goals; conflicts between their personal values and the requirements of the educational institution; difficulties in establishing and communicating with students; problems with lack of support and resources; lack of motivation and fatigue; difficulties in using new techniques and technologies; the need for constant learning and selfimprovement. in addition to the above, the article boldly states that these difficulties and problems are natural and can be overcome. it enables teachers to receive support and training, access professional networks and resources, and develop skills for self-reflection and self-awareness. the author believes that overcoming these difficulties and problems will allow teachers to achieve more successful professional self-determination and increase their effectiveness in working with students. it would not be wrong to say that the teaching profession is one of the most important and responsible professions in society. pedagogical activity is aimed at raising and educating the new generation, forming and developing their personality. however, being successful as a teacher requires a clear professional self-definition that includes an understanding of one's role, goals and objectives, and the abilities and skills needed to be successful. in this article, we consider the opportunities and challenges of professional self-determination of teachers. a teacher's professional self-determination is an important aspect of successful teaching. the teacher has the opportunity to choose the direction of education, professional development and independently determine his pedagogical practice. however, the teacher's professional self-determination opportunities are associated with certain difficulties, such as the limitations of the educational system, responsibility to society and parents, as well as interaction with the pedagogical team. it is important for each teacher to find a balance between their professional goals and the expectations of others in order to successfully fulfill their teaching mission. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org professional goals represent the desired achievements and level of professional development that the teacher strives to achieve in his work. the expected result is the specific value that the teacher expects to receive as a result of achieving his professional goals. a teacher's professional goals may include different aspects of his work. this includes improving student learning and achievement, developing specific skills or competencies, improving the quality of teaching or student leadership, developing or implementing new methods and approaches in education, and participating in professional developments or initiatives and may include many more. the expected results that the teacher may imagine may be measurable or not. for example, the measured outcome could be a certain percentage increase in student performance, the level of student participation and engagement in the learning process, or the number of innovative techniques developed and implemented. at the same time, the result may not be a specific number or value, but, for example, satisfaction on the part of students and their parents, positive feedback from colleagues or managers, as well as the development of professional identity and the growth of the teacher’s personality. professional goals and expected results are a kind of guideline for the teacher and can serve as motivation to achieve them. they help the teacher determine the direction and plan of action, understand his priorities and resources, and measure his progress and success in his professional activities. however, professional goals and expected results can also change and evolve during the course of a teacher's work. with interaction with students, work experience, and new challenges, the educator can reconsider and redefine his goals to adapt to changing conditions and student needs. professional self-determination of a teacher includes consideration of the opportunities and difficulties that teachers face when choosing and developing their professional career. the most important aspects: 1. choice of the teaching profession: consideration of motivation, interests and values that influence the decision to become a teacher; 2. professional development: description of various opportunities and ways to develop professional skills, for example, participation in trainings, educational programs, master classes, professional communities and conferences; 3. realization of potential: analysis of factors that may limit or contribute to the full realization of teaching potential. one of the main opportunities for professional self-determination of a teacher is the choice of educational direction. the modern education system provides a wide range of educational programs and specializations, which allows each teacher to choose the direction that best suits his interests and abilities. for example, an educational psychologist can work in a school or kindergarten, as well as in specialized institutions for children with special needs. another important opportunity for professional self-determination of a teacher is professional development. continuous training and advanced training allow teachers to improve their skills and knowledge, keep abreast of the latest trends in education and apply new techniques. also, a teacher can choose a direction for additional education, for example, becoming a specialist in the use of information and communication technologies in education. the next important aspect is self-determination in teaching practice. the teacher has the opportunity to independently determine his teaching practice. he can choose methods and approaches that are most effective in achieving the goals of education and upbringing. for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org example, a teacher can actively use interactive teaching methods, stimulate students’ independent work, or organize project activities. during the professional self-determination of a teacher, various difficulties and problems may arise. some of them include: • uncertainty and difficulties in determining one’s professional goals and direction of development. an educator may feel unsure about who they want to be in the profession and what specific goals and expected results to pursue. • contradictions between one's own values and the requirements of the education system or educational institution. an educator may be faced with a situation where his own beliefs and teaching values do not correspond to the standards or policies of the educational system with which he works. • difficulties in building relationships with students. each teacher is unique in their teaching style and interaction with students. however, such a difference may cause resistance or misunderstanding on the part of students who are accustomed to a different approach to learning. • lack of support and resources from colleagues, management or educational organization. in the process of self-determination, a teacher may be faced with the need to receive advice or support in his professional growth, but these opportunities may be limited. • low motivation and fatigue. teaching work can be physically and emotionally demanding, and it can sometimes be difficult for educators to stay motivated and energized. • difficulties in applying new techniques and technologies. with the development of education and the introduction of new approaches and technologies into practice, the teacher may face challenges in their application and integration into the educational process. • continuous learning and self-improvement. the teaching profession requires constant learning and a willingness to improve oneself in order to keep abreast of the latest trends and techniques in education. however, finding and accessing suitable educational programs and resources can be difficult and costly. it is important to understand and remember that these difficulties and challenges are natural parts of a teacher's professional self-determination. each teacher who aims to overcome them should seek help from colleagues, educational organizations, participate in professional communities, undergo professional training or develop self-reflection and self-analysis skills. it is important to remember that professional self-determination is an ongoing process that requires attention to important aspects such as flexibility, adaptability, and professional growth and development. references 1. асмолов а.г. личность, активность, коммуникация: педагогическая психология в модернизирующемся образовании. – м.: изд-во "институт психологии ран", 2000. 2. дмитриева о.а. профессиональное самоопределение педагогов в условиях модернизации образования.// философия образования. 2019. № 3 (35). 3. гринёва т.ю. профессиональное самоопределение педагога как феномен профессиональных выборов.// известия уральского федерального университета. серия 1: проблемы образования, науки и культуры. 2020. т. 26. № 1 (196). 4. ильинская т.и. педагогика высшей школы: курс лекций. – м.: академический проект, 2008. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org 5. любарец е.в. профессиональное самоопределение педагогов в условиях модернизации образования.// российский педагогический журнал. 2016. № 2. 6. кловецкая о.г., новиков а.м. педагогика. – спб.: питер, 2019. 7. brookfield, s. (2017). becoming a critically reflective teacher. john wiley & sons. 8. day, c., & gu, q. (2007). variations in the conditions for teachers' professional learning and development: sustaining commitment and effectiveness over a career. oxford review of education, 33(4), 423-443. 9. hargreaves, a., & fullan, m. (2012). professional capital: transforming teaching in every school. teachers college press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org effective ways of organizing methodological service in school educational organizations karshibaeva dilfuza khidirbaevna director of dmtt no. 450, uchtepa district, tashkent city a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article in the organization of preschool education organization of methodical service and important duties of a methodist are discussed. information about the task, main directions and principles of methodical service is also provided. recommendations on the effective use of various approaches, forms and tools in the organization of methodical service are given. methodist, methodical service, plan, activity, perspective, psychological environment, innovation, technology, democracy, innovative initiative, didactic, variant approach, pedagogical council, best practice, skill, dispute, discussion, work game. introduction in recent years, preschool education is required to be managed based on a modern approach. it is necessary for the methodist of the preschool educational organization to understand the news, to take the initiative and take responsibility, to have the competence to find a solution to the problem. a skilled methodologist clearly defines the tasks of the pedagogical team , determines the effective ways of their implementation. it does not work with a clearly defined fixed mechanism, but directly on the basis of the activities of teachers and pedagogues who organize educational processes. because, even if there is a clear goal-oriented plan in the management of the preschool education organization, the situation can be changed depending on the state of the pedagogical process. we have studied and analyzed a number of sources related to the activity of a preschool education methodist. we will touch on them below. analysis of literature on the topic the effective result of the pedagogical team depends on the correct use of various forms and tools in the organization of methodical service. all areas of methodological work help pedagogues-educators to work on the basis of a single system. the main areas of activity of the methodist are to provide methodical support to the team , improve their qualifications, promote best practices, and raise the level of educators' work. in carrying out methodist service, the methodist relies on the following management principles: 1. development of innovation and innovative initiative. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org 1. humanization of the pedagogical process. 3. finding the expected results and directing activities accordingly. 4. control of educational activities in mtt. 5. monitoring the quality of education and children's learning. 6. the combination of general and collective management in the management of mtt. every pedagogue should fulfill his duties responsibly. 7. relying on didactic and scientific information in the organization of methodical service. l. _ by m. volobueva, to search for optimal ways of organizing educational processes so that methodical works are effective ; study and analysis of conditions created for children; to control the extent to which pedagogical work is organized by educators; observation of the psychological environment and interactions in the pedagogical team [3;11]. the methodologist of the preschool education organization relies on various approaches to the organization of pedagogical processes and develops projects for the development of the organization in the future. as a result, the importance and role of methodical work in the quality of educational processes will be increased. methodological work is carried out in various ways to improve the skills of educators and update their theoretical and practical knowledge. m.m. according to potashnik, "the content of methodological work is based on the achievements of science, the problems analyzed in the work of teachers and their solutions, best practices, and measures aimed at improving their pedagogical skills in all aspects are organized. development of the creative potential of the pedagogical team, achieving optimal results in education, education of children and ensuring its development" [5;27]. preschool education methodologist participates in conducting experiments and initiates the development of new educational programs, organizes pedagogical consultations for parents in raising children. k. yu. belaya considers the pedagogical council as the highest level of preschool education organization [1;47]. because all educational processes are decided in this council. in fact, based on the goals and tasks of the organization, the direction of activity of the pedagogical team is determined in the development of the educational process, the pedagogical team unites in the implementation of advanced pedagogical experiences, the management of the preschool educational organization is carried out based on the principles of democracy, transparency, and self-management. pedagogical council operates in pre-school educational organizations in order to develop and improve the educational process, coordinate all organizational issues related to the organization's activities, and develop professional skills and creativity of pedagogues. results the most important tool of pedagogical experience is the pedagogical council, where collective pedagogical ideas are gathered, educational work is managed in cooperation. the pedagogical council examines the activities of the pedagogical team of the organization in order to acquire the knowledge, skills and qualifications necessary for the students to acquire on the basis of "state requirements for the development of children of primary and preschool age in the republic of uzbekistan". the results are analyzed, evaluated and specific measures are determined to fill the identified gaps and increase the effectiveness of education. also, recommendations on the implementation of advanced forms of education, modern technologies and information media will be developed, taking into account foreign experiences. purpose-oriented work is carried out to improve the professional skills, reputation and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org responsibility of pedagogical staff, to improve their scientific and methodological skills, and to support their creative initiatives. as a result of the activities of the pedagogical council, psychological-pedagogical support is provided to the education and development of methodist students, it organizes the work of learning and popularizing the work experiences of advanced pedagogues, recommending them for state awards, and providing methodical support to young pedagogues. it is known that if a methodist works in a preschool education organization, the activity of the director will be more effective. because the director managed the educational work, and the methodist was his first assistant. below we will focus on the main directions of the methodist organization of preschool education: work with educators • introducing the new legal regulations in the preschool education system. • assist educators in keeping case files and giving advice on how to write a plan • giving advice on the organization of educational processes for young professionals. organizational and pedagogical works • work with qualification documents. • studying the level of training preparation processes in groups. • the method is to equip the room, to enrich the small library of the preschool educational organization . • making recommendations on the organization of educational activities in development centers. cooperation with parents • talking with parents in the morning, answering their questions. • talking with parents about the educational work carried out in the organization • giving recommendations on conducting trainings of the school of young mothers. methodist accepts the reports of pedagogues for the academic year. keeps records of teachers' participation in professional development plans, training seminars and conferences. directs and supervises the pedagogical team in methodical work. organizes seminars, workshops, and trainings related to children's education. dolzarb organizes consultations on problems. conducts conversation, dispute, discussion, business games and discusses pedagogical situations. he gives individual and group counseling to educators, helps them improve their pedagogical experience and skills. the most important factor in the organization of methodical work is the equipment of the methodical room. in the methodist room, a bank of best practices is collected, lectures and methodical recommendations for educators, work plans and visual aids, scenarios of events organized in cooperation with parents, audio and video recordings, samples of children's creative works, didactic handouts prepared by educators are kept. it is important that the materials in the methodist room are correctly selected and equipped, for example, pictures of children's life, educational processes, holiday mornings, entertainment hours, games and work. however, there must be methodical resources for all age groups, for example: there must be methodical instructions for organizing activities in development centers, for all types of games (didactic, peaceful, active, plot-role, creative), and for organizing children's work. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org separate documents are recorded for legal and regulatory documents and instructions. in addition, the activities of the music director, physical education instructor, psychologist and speech therapist are monitored, and all their documents are monitored. one of the main factors of improving the organization of pre-school education is to improve the management of educational processes and establish administration and economic activities. the most important activity of the methodist is to fulfill the tasks defined in the regulations on preschool education. advises methodist educators-pedagogues on the monthly and weekly topics given in the state curriculum "first step". in the methodist activity, he regularly studies and summarizes the best practices, demonstrates the knowledge, skills and abilities acquired in the course of educational work. also, in the methodist's documents, there should be a development map of educational and educational materials related to the areas of child development. one of the important pedagogical conditions of methodical service is to fulfill the requirements of parents. interviews are organized with families to find solutions to the problems of raising children. all educators participate in the discussion process, thus both parents and educators are provided with methodical assistance. it is recommended to create conditions for all-round development of children in the family. educators are taught the importance of protecting children's rights, strengthening their health, humanizing education, and first of all, paying attention to changes in children's education, taking into account the individual characteristics of children. it provides methodical instructions on the deficiencies in the professional experience of educators, assimilation of knowledge, future self-education, and elimination of mistakes. informational, teaching-methodical and educational needs of pedagogues of pre-school educational organizations are scientifically supported. assist educators in the implementation of targeted programs in the field of methodist preschool education. studying the methodical needs of mtt director and pedagogueseducators, preparing them for certification and providing practical assistance during the intermediate period of professional development courses is carried out. used literature 1. abdurahmonov q., yu.odegov et al. personnel management. tashkent: shark, 1998.-147 p. 2. andreeva i.v, s.v. kosheleva, v.a. spivak. upravlenie personnelom-m.:2003.-147 p. 3. ashirov d.a. upravlenie personalom.m.: vysshee obrozovanie i nauka, 2001.-155 p. 4. belaya k. yu. ejednevnik starshego vospitatelya dou. m.: ast, 2002. -101 p. 5. volobueva l. m. _ rabota starshego vospitatelya dou s pedagogami . m. _ tts sphere , 2009. 96s. 6. volobueva l.m. rabota starshego vospitatelya dou s pedagogami. m.: tvorchesky center "sphere", 2003. -122 p 7. vasileva a.i., bakhturina l.a., kobitina i.i. senior teacher children's song. m.: prosveshchenie, 1990. -57 p. 8. potashnik m.m. upravlenie sovremennoy shkoloy . m. :-2004.-102 p 9. tursunboyevich o. a. pedagogical and psychological opportunities for the development of social active civil competences in students //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1888-1897. 10. tursunboyevich a. o. development of socially active citizenship competence in students and youth in continuous education. – 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org 11. abduganiev o. developing student civil competency //eastern european scientific journal. – 2019. – №. 1. 12. abduganiyev o. t. factors affecting the development of socially active citizenship competence in students //e conference zone. – 2022. – с. 10-13 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org the role of artistic speech in creating an image in the works of ahmad azam ma’rufat qodirova abdullayevna samdu mustaqil tadqiqotchisi, 99-594-83-85, qodirovamarifat@gmail.com. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents the author's ideas about social life, image creation and analysis of artistic speech in the works of ahmed azam, a representative of the literature of the 80s and 90s. in the work of the writer in this place, artistic speech, image and figurative language characteristics are presented. style, artistic speech, image, image, figurative language, irony introduction the writer conveys his ideas about social life, judgments and conclusions in the world of existence to the reader through language. it gives charm to words, sentences, and sentences, and increases the inclination of human feelings to positive qualities. the magic of sense affects the reader's views and moves his worldview, spiritual world. the inventions created by the artists of the word, when they make maximum use of the power, magic, charm, sophistication, and potential of the folk language, will be a testament to the times. literary critic ozod sharafiddinov writes about the language of an artistic work: "no matter how sharp a writer's eye is, no matter how strong his thinking power is, no matter how much he knows about the secrets of human nature, if his pen is imprecise, his style is blunt, and his language is stupid, his noble intentions remain on paper." . indeed it is. other non-writers can give a writer a relevant topic or idea. how much talent is required from the writer to convey that idea to the reader as a work of art. they say that the first element of literature is language. the writer achieves his goal only when he writes artistic speech in an attractive way, using the figurative means of the language, in a juicy language. this will require a high level of artistic skill from the writer. writer, literary critic pirimkul kadyrov understands the skill of imagery in artistic works as follows: "each work originates from the writer's life experience, literary talent, the demand of the time, the spirit of the time. at the same time, each work has its own genre, plot, composition, conflict, etc., and the colors of the artistic language discover different colors accordingly. the writer never thinks that "i will use different language colors for different pages of different stories". he thinks of creating a true image, a bright character, a good work from the known material of life, he searches for the word and phrase necessary to realize his goal. instead, it causes. in fact, a writer who can find the phrase and word he likes is entitled to the name of a true word artist. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org in the monograph "artistic speech" zoir tahirov describes the peculiarities of the writer's use of language as follows: "image is one of the speech tools that makes artistic speech significantly different from other types of speech. the purpose of the authors' use of images is not only to create an image of events, events and things (persons) in the eyes of the reader, but also to express the mood, inner experience and emotions of the characters of the work. in this way, the owners of artistic works manage to achieve speech beauty, individual style, unique imagery." the writer's weapon is the word. describing a person's inner world and psyche with words depends on the skill of writing. a writer who succeeds in this will achieve his goal. it can be seen in the example of ahmad azam's works that he used the wealth of the uzbek language effectively. "literature is the art of expressing oneself through words. therefore, the writer should not avoid the work of sharpening the word. if a person does not admire the elegance of words, then he does not have the basic quality necessary for a writer" (akatagawa ryunosuke). in this opinion, the basis of the hard work of the writer is penned. therefore, one should not avoid the labor of sharpening the word throughout life. among the diaries of abdulla qahhor, one can read such a note: "the minutes i spent in pleasure and leisure are the minutes i wrote, deleted, and deleted again." ahmad azam is one of the writers who took the example of abdulla qahhar in this regard. we wrote in the previous seasons that in the skill of using artistic language, the plot and composition of his stories, there are aspects similar to abdullah qahhor, that is, the influence of the great writer. let's look at the features of artistic speech in the story "the man who lost his shadow" by ahmed azam, which caused quite a stir, that is, the writer's image skills. if we pay attention, in the prose of ahmad azam, the elements of traditional artistic language, such as the author's speech, characters' speech, and dialogues, are not always used in sequence. the language of the writer's non-traditional symbolic-metaphorical stories is closer to monologic speech, its "inner speech" form. "inner speech refers to unmaterialized speech (thought) only inside a person. usually, in such a case, the situation is dramatized by depicting the character's argument with someone in his imagination or the split in his psyche the struggle with himself." the work is told in the language of the first person the hero of the work the narrator. chief writer "it's not because i live alone in a rented house, it's because i'm haunted by these dreams, i'm alone in the prison of these dreams, and even when my roommate lives next to me, i told him about my situation, not only because he, my friend, but also because no one understands and i can't explain to anyone, i'm doomed alone. i was i wanted to throw myself in the middle of people, but i couldn't leave my room because i felt that no one knew me in this group, that i was a stranger." the author describes the mental state of the hero of the work in his own way. he is not pretending that he is lonely because of his inner anguish. loneliness is good for him. creates. he is in a mental crisis because he can't tell anyone about his situation, the fact that his shadow has disappeared, and he can't be sad with someone. he does not understand or does not want to understand what he said. that is why it is doomed to insignificance. "i'm going to hit a crowd," he writes. "crowd" is a word close to crowd. people who do not understand him are not people in the eyes of the author. if the "gang" is also a person, they should understand him and help him. after all, he is also human! sometimes he remembers that he does not understand what is happening to him and thinks about how others will understand. the writer paints a picture of a depressed character with such an unusual color image. when the writer goes out to work, a girl walks out in front of him. as usual, he describes it in detail. it is also necessary to mention the special passion of the writer in describing the image of women. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org image of a modernized image evokes different opposite thoughts in the author. something awakens in his consciousness. it goes to such metaphorical thoughts. "he looked at me and took a step away. like a creature that i can eat. then, because all the clothes were black, an analogy came to my mind that this girl is not this girl, but a flowery shadow of some girl. the girl's gaze doesn't match her demeanor, there's no salutation or subtle shy gestures towards the ground. there is a certain roughness in the way he walks and behaves. the fact that he runs away as if encountering a wild creature creates appearances contrary to uzbek traditions and innocence. that's why the hero of the work calls her "a flowery shadow of a girl". the storyteller's stream of consciousness often revolves around "disappearing his shadow". the skill of the writer skillfully shows this situation on the example of the girl's behavior. after all, it is concluded that where the essence is lost, a person can turn into a shadow, a dry state. "suddenly, a lot of things come to a person's mind: everyone is different, i became different, i got out of the crowd and went to another world. but i live in this world, i walk like a man in this world, but i don't look like people, everyone is officially a man, and i..." the image of a person who has lost his identity took on a symbolic and metaphorical form. separation from self means separation from humanity. people don't count me anymore. i have no humanity. "i walk among men, but i am not like men." the body of the image is like my soul, the building of my kingdom, there is no content humanity. in order to be a person, you need to acquire an image. he has lost the image of facelessness characteristic of that regime. "for a long time, the absence of my shadow was the cause of many discussions and arguments in offices, rooms, corridors, lunches, both with me and with others. people came to our office, they were confused because there was only one problem and there was no way to find a solution, the general helplessness made the colleagues friendly and somewhat kind to each other. previously, my attendance at work was interesting to those who came in the morning and put their hands on the "iron taftar" in front of the door, and then went to the rooms one by one, to those who left in the evening, and now my sister zuhra, who stays in her room with her hands, was interested, now when i come, everyone comes to see me, sincerely asks for my health. when i leave, they accompany me and say good-bye." first of all, it should be emphasized that ahmad azam's language is very simple, every day, all people use the same words. he hardly uses silent persian and arabic words to create images. words and phrases such as "before", "sign", "with my consent" can be written with other silent meanings. he also uses turkish words that are not familiar to us and are not often used in his artistic texts. the anxiety that befell the hero of the play is neither tragedy nor joy. kind of sad. in the works of the writer, events and incidents are not important. they have no importance in artistic speech. the expected process behind this event, the essence, becomes important. from the general context of the above image, the symbolism the condition of a person who has lost his shadow becomes clear. in our opinion, no one is worried about his condition, but they are dizzy. in nazar eshanqul's story "bahovuddin's dog", the director realizes his identity. that's why he stays away from the crowd. even in the process of moving away, everyone hates him and has no eyes to see. in ahmad azam's short story "there is still life", alam escapes from a group of mindless, retarded and mute people. take it too ahmad azam's short story "tugmachagul" was written in 2010. the novella consists of 35 pages. those who say "a short story is a novella" should think again. we also commented on this at the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org beginning of our thesis. perhaps because the work is a product of later years, for some reason ahmed azam chose a traditional method in the novella. although the novella is told in the first person language, the images of nature in the wide epic scale, the creation of landscapes, the lines of figures in it seem a little new. "autumn. khazans are working alone, those who are lying on the ground follow the heavy trucks that have passed by. it's windy and it's not too cold, it's not noisy, but it seems that it's louder inside the shop. he became a wife like a wrestler. yes, she won't stay like a girl for so many years. but in front of him, i felt my youth: my shoulders have not yet slumped, i am wearing a comfortable suit, the iron has not died despite the long journey in the car, and of course a beautiful tie, as if i had just bought it from the store. i also have a pair of jeans, i wear them selectively. a village with a highway cut through the middle, i look much younger than my age in front of this shuffling woman. she had that old eyebrow from her girlhood, and then, that burning eye that burned without looking at a man. repentance, woman, she didn't take care of herself, did she?" this image is formed by combining the image of nature with the image of a figure. the beginning of the novella, which serves as a single node, gives the impression that it absorbs the spirit of the entire work. "autumn" refers to the old age of life. in the author's opinion, "the casual shedding of khazons" is a boring image of life. the village, the repetition of the same life, the lightless past, crushed the woman. "the rustling of leaves, running after cars" seems to indicate some kind of anxiety, and that he does not agree to live like this. the unpleasant, flesh-shaking cold of autumn forced him to wear thick clothes. fat, tall people of this appearance are compared to wrestlers in the village. the prepositions "like" and "-dek" compare the word "wrestler" twice. with this, in the author's speech, malice, invisibility, and the sadness behind the rejection of young love can be felt. excessive obesity has also become a symbol of ugliness and indolence. the author expresses this word "unlike" with the phrase "she became a wife like a wrestler". in addition, the phrase "slutty woman" is also used in the people to refer to fat women. in the combination "polovondek xotin" there is no meaning of the above word with negative tone. there are also images of flattery, such as praising her clothes, noting the neatness of her clothes, flaunting herself in front of her, and involuntary scoldings like you wouldn't walk like that if you touched me. the double use of the word "hurpayib" in relation to a woman proves the above points, but also causes the pain of rejected love towards her disrespect. the word "hurpayib" is not used in relation to a person. if you notice, the phrase "the old eyebrow from her girlhood" is used. saying "brows" and "twisted eyebrows" did not spoil the meaning of the text. the phrase "old eyebrow" is not connected with each other. this is a misplaced sentence used to exaggerate negative connotations. "tawba ka-atta xotin-ey", the hero wants to say, "isn't it possible for a big woman to look at herself like that?" if he lives in the village, he cannot be separated from them, if he lives along with everyone else. no hot house, no bath every day. what should he do? in short, the writer was able to express the extremely negative attitude of the hero of the work through a single image. "if i take saodat as an example, he is very handsome, if you get married, he will make your house bloom, you can easily love him. but habiba doesn't want to think like that. he stands in the middle and makes a fuss, he doesn't let any of our girls get close to him, if we go to the movies together, he sits in the middle, prevents me from holding his hand, and if i make eye contact with him, the knot of a napkin falls in the middle of his eyebrow, so he doesn't give me a day. i ride forward with hope, and come back crushed like a bone crushed by a dog. i'm bitter that he won't give it to the dog, not to himself. those times are long gone." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org the hero of the play describes his thoughts with the skill of a writer. saodat is a good-looking uzbek girl, and she can put her housework in order by using a secret simile like "if i marry saodat, my house will flourish." he also respects himself. but habiba's stature, soulful eyes, and flirtatiousness do not allow for imagination. appears out of nowhere and stabs him in the heart. the word "daily" is not often used in literary language. this word is a purely turkish word used in works of art. instead of this word, persian-tajik words "jealousy" and "rashk" are used more often. the only difference is that when i approach girls, he gets jealous of me, and when i approach girls, he gets jealous. in ahmad azam's short story "askartag' khashkada", his skill in using language can create a unique, unconventional appearance. "in order to emphasize the specific features that distinguish something from another thing, clarity and clarity are achieved by using words that show its special sign, or by describing the sign of this thing as something else without explaining it in long sentences. sometimes, rather than directly pointing out the negative aspects of certain things in marriage, sarcasm is resorted to. in linguistics, such tools are referred to as pictorial tools," writes r.kongurov. a linguist-scientist thinks about the main points of artistic speech. in creating a typical hero character, the creator needs to find words that have not been touched by holes, and in the presence of those words, with the help of pictorial means, to give an image of extraordinarily intense mental experiences. you will also need to be able to summarize ideas using similes. askartog is the mountain of the author's heart, the narrator who is constantly striving for this mountain talks only to himself. internal speech, thinking does not give him peace. the more he thinks, the more distant his thoughts become. when he reaches one of his imaginary peaks, he continues to strive towards it. high peaks beckon him from nowhere. therefore, the mountains of his mind are endless, limitless, he has no final destination. his life is not bad at all, but he is condemned to live in search of his askartag from his heart and soul. striving upward is a means, in fact, searching for a reason for the meaning of living. he spent his whole life searching for a way to gain his place in society, to achieve freedom of spirit, to live with a free heart. he finds pleasure in this desire, mobility, and alertness. that's why his characters are thoughtful. he lives in conflict with himself. the image is strong. an image is created from an image. it encourages the reader to take action. the spirit of prose invites the reader to think. "on sundays, i force myself to be bored from the morning, i vow that i will not participate in the sitting today, but as soon as the time moves from noon, i can't stop the feelings that make me want to say things in the evening, with a tumult in my chest and my lips tickling my throat... at that time, instead of being independent, he tried to be like everyone else, to think like everyone else, and even though he was thirsty for new life, he didn't seek new things, he didn't go out, he liked to live quietly, he couldn't think about the world without each other. like a ball painted half red and half blue, we were rolling towards the future. the reader who reads this image is influenced by the writer's inner experiences. the author's flow of thoughts contrary to the laws and logic of life encourages one to concentrate more. sunday is a day off. on this day, people do not spend their day boringly, but go to the fields, parks, and friends. the phrase "force yourself to be bored" in the writer's image seems a little more strange. he agrees not to participate in the sit-in. but after noon, he can't stop his feelings. the author, the hero of the work is a person of creativity, creativity is created in solitude. inspiration gathers strength from such sadness. to force boredom means to create, to walk with heart and soul to the mountains of your dreams in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org solitude. the spirit of the age did not like independence, to be a price in solitude. that's why the hero of the play did everything he thought and acted together with hakberdi. both themselves and their souls were thirsty for new things. he wanted to seek innovation in a new life, but he didn't want to. he liked to walk like a ship in the crowd. haqberdi's resemblance to a ball painted half red and half blue should be seen as a symbol of all kinds of laws, guidelines, lies about patriots and traitors of ideologies in different parts of the world. so, the prose of ahmed azam, in his own words, the prose of magic, is analyzed by each researcher based on his own level. which aspects it illuminates, which aspects it ignores. this is not the case, if something changes in his inner world, a catharsis event occurs under the influence of the thoughts of the main character in his works, including the short story "askartog' khanshda", then the work will have fulfilled its purpose. the heroes of the story "there is still life" cannot deviate from the demands of society. they don't want to live without an idealized image. the "ideas" created by the spirit of the time are reflected in their modern behavior and outlook. they have lost their original appearance. now they struggle to live in the image of society, system, ideas. alam was condemned to alienation because he was preserving his image and identity. the rest continue to live in the image created by the social society. this is how the writer describes the inner speech, that is, the inner monologue, the thoughts of the company leaders who sacrificed themselves for such a system. "at the same time, do not understand the work of the superiors almost never. ghuly also answers some of the narrator's questions. he gives this beautiful girl as a servant to the hero of the play. the image of this beautiful girl shows the skill of the author. "now i will describe the girl's face to you. i told you earlier, beautiful girl. her face is beautiful, her eyebrows are thin, like the wings of a swallow, she says she is flying when she speaks, especially her thin polished nose fits the classic hellenistic style, steppe, desert, people definitely associate such girls with the mountains, she really looks like a deer running around resting on the mountains. it's even more beautiful if you look closely. forehead, eyebrows, nose, chin, that is, the god himself shaved and polished it... yes, here is the work of a servant, the chain tied to the neck and legs, and my face is always worried, all of them could not be lost even if they were combined, between the two eyebrows. whether natural or artificial, this immortal beauty shines even under the surface of a mosh-like bruise. the more a person looks at this girl, the more he finds new facets of beauty." the author's skill is doubled if he is especially fond of a description. he uses the phrase "when he talks, he says he flies." this sentence means that the girl is exuberant. "classical hellenic model" the developed period of greece the march to the east, the merging of cultures is called hellenism. greek girls of that time had no equal in beauty. guli makes the girl look like these greek girls. this is what is meant by the classical hellenistic style. the girls of the steppes look like those from the highlands. mountain girls are described as fair-skinned, fair-faced, and hairy like a deer. if you look at her, you will find new points of beauty in her gaze, a charm that will enthrall you, says the narrator. there is a saying that girls who are buried in the worries of life lose their beauty and freshness. but this is not about him. her beauty shines through her eyes. it is not difficult to understand a sentence that is extremely close to the word "he shoots a spear from his eyelashes and pursues". it is a rare finding that leucosis increases with age. it is a sign of high writing skills. the novel "the unmarried suitor" is a film novel and was written for the attention of tv viewers. that's why in this work, the writer retreated from his style and used relatively lighter, humorous, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org understandable language for the masses. irony plays a major role in the play. "sarcastic" is defined as "a move consisting of using a language unit in the opposite sense of its true meaning, slyly, eloquently." irony has long been used in our literature to create effective expressions. in european literary studies, this phenomenon is summarized under the term "irony". old man bosit is listening to the radio (pronounced old man bosit) with his old lady. the reporter is talking to a woman. the simple old man listens and is surprised by the woman's words. philosophical observations strongly affect the old man. the old man sarcastically hears the words on the radio: "if a husband enjoys love, love will eventually grow." "death comes to a person." in fact, the old man has sympathy for these thoughts, otherwise the hard-of-hearing man would not have heard it. who does not want to wish the world well, to be remembered with good names after death? if we focus on the second ironic speech of the old man, we can see that irony is created by denying the true meaning of the word. "no one has loved except this woman." reading this sentence brings a smile to the reader's face. he waits for the next sentence to "explode". interest in the book increases. "the speaker gives a short, succinct account of the event. connects events together... dialogue should always accurately and convincingly reflect lively, meaningful, spiritual experiences. it shouldn't just be a question-and-answer question." sultan and nazim strongly condemn davlat's marriage to another girl while his wife is honest in his village. even zaporozhets machine malfunctions hit that sore spot. the second wife is also meant when it is said, "it doesn't matter to someone like you." "two motors of the machine" are also connected to the double wife. the social content of irony overcomes flaws through laughter. used literature 1. rasulov a. art is a pure novelty. t east. 2007. p. 195. 2. azam a. an unmarried suitor... p. 32. 3. yoldoshev m. basics of literary text and its linguopoetic analysis. t.fan. 2007. p. 82. 4. azam ahmed. a dream or a trip to ghuliston....p. 98. 5. call r. visual means of the uzbek language. t. science. 1977. 5 p. 6. azam a. there is still life....p. 85. 7. kuronov d. basics of literary theory. t.naviy university. 2018. p. 238. 8. tahirov z. artistic speech. t. science and technology. 1017. 11 p 9. qahhor a. conversation with young people. t. academic publication. 2017. p. 12. 10. kadyrov p. thoughts. t. publishing house of literature and art named after g. ghulam, 1971. p. 148. 11. sharafiddinov o. loyalty to the truth. t. publishing house of literature and art named after g. ghulam. 1989.164 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org organizational aspects of the use of medicinal products drugs in cosmetology clinics nargis shukurova cosmetologist of samarkand a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s organizational aspects of the practical use of drugs in aesthetic medicine are relevant, first of all, due to the fact that, in general, most of the information about cosmetic injections is informal [1, 2]. such information comes to cosmetologists from speakers at conferences, seminars and training centers and does not always correspond to the parameters, specified in the instructions for the drug used. unfortunately, despite the fact that cosmetology develops in this way, knowledge is transferred from hand to hand, and the marketing work of supplier companies comes to the fore, the fact remains that cosmetologists rely more on the experience of their colleagues than on permits. this creates a serious problem for the management of the quality of medical care in beauty clinics. introduction results of research: the main drug used in cosmetology clinics is botulinum toxin a. the use of botulinum toxin preparations in russian cosmetology has a long history. the first drugs botox and dysport were registered in 1994 and 1999, respectively. since then, 30 years have passed, the methodological basis for the use of these drugs has been well developed in russian medicine, the instructions for use have been clarified and expanded, and medical methods of their use have been approved. dysport (botulinum toxin type a) is used to treat hyperhidrosis, correct hypermobile folds and unevenly altered skin in the facial area in order to eliminate excessive activity of facial wrinkles. botox is used to correct unevenly altered skin; the practical use of botulinum toxin type a preparations is described in cosmetology manuals [5, 6]. as new botulinum toxin type a drugs appeared on the cosmetology market, the boundaries of the use of certain drugs in practical conditions began to blur. the so-called philosophy of the full face appeared. in this case, clinic operators purchased one or two drugs, and literally all botulinum therapy services appeared in the price list, regardless of the specific instructions for the drug. the changes of 2022 in the russian market of cosmetic medicine have forced many clinics to revise the price lists for their services. some managers attribute this need to rising drug prices, while others attribute it to a shortage. the attending physician plays a crucial role in reviewing the price list, who can evaluate not only the marginal part of the service, but also the medical component. this situation is most typical for botulinum toxin: botulinum toxin type a drugs are an integral part of any price list, and many clinics have been using one or two drugs from this group for years, despite a much wider american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org range. the main reason for such adherence to one drug is not the quality (all drugs registered on the russian market have proven their effectiveness and safety), but the misuse of the instructions for use of the drug. in many cases, cosmetologists, including clinic managers, listen to sales managers and affiliated speakers, who in their presentations collect all the benefits of botulinum toxin and give them to one drug, and in fact most often agree with the sales manager. if algorithms are not used to analyze price lists and services provided, maintain medical records and manage individual patients, that is, there is no real control over the quality of service, this is often the result of a lack of proper management in the clinic. at the same time, given the small number of cosmetologists in independent clinics, the role of the chief physician in such matters is becoming increasingly important. currently, the activity of the chief physician in cosmetology clinics is determined by a number of basic regulatory documents that oblige him to direct the appointment of drugs in accordance with the instructions. in addition, an informed voluntary consent template should be drawn up, which indicates all indications, contraindications, restrictions, side effects and complications when using a particular drug. in addition, it is necessary to monitor changes in drug instructions in a timely manner in order to update the informed consent of patients [7-14]. for example, the instructions for botulinum toxin preparations have changed several times: botox in 2008 and 2015, dysport in 2011, 2012 and 2022, xeomin in 2011, relatox in 2020 and 2022. therefore, the chief physician of the clinic monitors changes in the instructions and ensures informed voluntary "a necessary condition for medical intervention is to inform a citizen or his legal representative on the basis of sufficient information provided by a medical professional about the goals, methods, associated risks, possible options for medical intervention and their consequences. informed voluntary consent to the intervention [15]. careful reading of the instructions for the drug allows the attending physician or cosmetologist to easily understand the indications and contraindications of individual drugs and plan the treatment of the patient taking into account all the initial data. in addition, the analysis of the russian instructions for botulinum toxin allows the doctor to solve most of the problems associated with facial wrinkles only with the help of botulinum toxin. having analyzed the data for each drug and tabulated them according to the main parameters that should underlie the quality of medical care, it can be seen that drugs for correcting cosmetic defects in russia can cover all problems. let's consider all commercially available botulinum toxin type a drugs in order to draw important conclusions for the work of cosmetology clinics. the analysis of table 1 shows that botulinum toxin preparations are a source of professional conflicts between aestheticians and other medical professionals. according to the instructions, the drugs dysport and lilatoxin can be used by nurses. the choice of this diagnosis should be based on the fact that, hyperkinetic or not, the facial expression of wrinkles is not a disease, and the solution to the problem of wrinkles belongs to class xxi "factors affecting the health of the population and referral to a medical institution (z00-z99)" in the international classification of diseases icd 10 headings z 00-z99 are reserved for situations where a condition other than illness, injury, or an external cause is designated as a "diagnosis" or "problem". this is due to the fact that aesthetic defects are not directly related to the deterioration of the patient's health, but to the conscious need to conform to the socially accepted ideals of beauty at that time. doctors should pay special attention to the list of contraindications. since each drug has its own contraindications, when choosing new drugs in the clinic, the attending physician must make sure that the doctor or aesthetician knows not only the dilution algorithm, but also the specific indications and contraindications for the use of the drug. of particular importance is the collection of a life history when interviewing patients about existing and past diseases. for example, relatox is definitely recommended american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org for use in patients with high myopia. the purpose of the drug depends on the results of the ophthalmologist's conclusion. infrequent blinking associated with the introduction of botulinum toxin into the circular muscle can lead to pathological changes in the cornea, which require further supervision by a specialist. cosmetologists often consider patients to be completely healthy and do not have the skills to collect a life history, which can lead to complications. the temperature and shelf life of the drug are also important. according to vademecum, relatox is gradually strengthening its clinical position and demand, becoming one of the most prominent drugs on the russian market of cosmetic botulinum therapy. in 2017, relatox received a state examination of quality, efficiency and safety based on the results of its three-year presence on the market. after confirming compliance with the requirements of the examination, the drug was entered into the national register of medicines for an indefinite period. in the same year, sales records for lilatox were broken: physical sales increased by 35% compared to the previous year. according to experts, the increased demand for this drug is due to the ratio of quality and price, which meets the requirements of the market. conclusion: in 2022, seven botulinum toxin type a drugs were registered in the national register of medicines, but there is no official information about their compatibility in cosmetology. each drug has its own list of indications and contraindications, according to which, when using it, it is necessary to take into account the manufacturer's instructions. when carrying out measures for internal quality control and safety of medical care, the chief physician of the cosmetology clinic must take into account the correctness of the drugs used not only according to indications, but also according to dosage and place of use, based on official information published in the register of medicines. at the same time, recently in russia there has been an increase in information about the quality of cosmetic products. references: 1. абдуллаева п. р., ахмедов а. а. способ лечения ишемических состояний зрительного нерва и сетчатки (литературный обзор): medical science //ethiopian international journal of multidisciplinary research. – 2023. – т. 10. – №. 09. – с. 1823. 2. ризаев ж. а., ахмедов а. а. основы стоматологической помощи в республике узбекистан на основе развития общей врачебной практики //журнал стоматологии и краниофациальных исследований. – 2023. – т. 4. – №. 3. 3. абдуллаева н. и., ахмедов а. а. остео-иммунологический статус пациентов с заболеваний пародонта в подростковом и молодом возрасте //ta'lim va rivojlanish tahlili onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 11. – с. 143-149. 4. ахмедов а. а. иммунологические аспекты патогенеза гингивита и пародонтита //iqro. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 2. – с. 121-123. 5. ризаев ж. а., ахмедов а. а. growth and development of general medical practice in the republic of uzbekistan to improve dental care //журнал стоматологии и краниофациальных исследований. – 2023. – т. 4. – №. 3. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org 6. ахмедов а. а., нарзиева н. dental prosthetics on implants and their features //american journal of pedagogical and educational research. – 2023. – т. 16. – с. 132-135. 7. astanovich a. d. a. et al. the state of periodontal tissues in athletes engaged in cyclic sports //annals of the romanian society for cell biology. – 2021. – с. 235-241. 8. alimjanovich r. j., astanovich a. a. совершентсвование стоматологической помощи в узбекистане с использованием концептуального подхода для улучшение ее качества //journal of biomedicine and practice. – 2023. – т. 8. – №. 4. 9. ортикова н. глобализация биоэтики в период пандемии covid-19 //общество и инновации. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1/s. – с. 677-682. 10. ортикова н. влияние психоэмоционального напряжения детей на состояние здоровья полости рта //общество и инновации. – 2023. – т. 4. – №. 7/s. – с. 328-333. 11. ортикова н. х., ризаев ж. а., мелибаев б. а. психологические аспекты построения стоматологического приема пациентов детского возраста //editor coordinator. – 2021. – с. 554. 12. ортикова н. тенденция эффективности профилактических мероприятий путем коррекции психологического стресса у детей на стоматологическом приёме //общество и инновации. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 6. – с. 181-189. 13. qobilovna b. z., nodirovich e. a. evaluation of orthopedic treatment with removable dental prostheses for patients with pair pathology //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 95-101. 14. anvarovich e. s., qobilovna b. z. influence of different types of retraction threads on the degree of gingi recession //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 84-86. 15. tohirovna m. l., qobilovna b. z. optimization of complex methods treatment of inflammatory periodontal diseases //eurasian research bulletin. – 2023. – т. 17. – с. 138-143. 16. tavakalova q. m., qobilovna b. z., sarvinoz y. preventive measures in the treatment of caries in school children //eurasian research bulletin. – 2023. – т. 17. – с. 60-65. 17. исламова н., чакконов ф. роль продуктов перекисного окисления липидов и противовоспалительных цитокинов крови в развитии заболеваний полости рта при гипотиреозе //общество и инновации. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1/s. – с. 577-582. 18. fakhriddin c., shokhruh s., nilufar i. endokanal pin-konstruksiyalarni ishlatishda asoratlar va xatolar tahlili //journal of biomedicine and practice. – 2022. – т. 7. – №. 1. 19. shoxrux s., shoxrux i., faxriddin c. prevention and treatment of oral infections in denture wearers //international journal of early childhood special education. – 2022. – т. 14. – №. 4. 20. xusanovich c. f. complete removable prosthesis supported by implants //european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 11. – с. 127-133. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org 21. xusanovich c. f. et al. prosthetics a complete removable prosthesis based on implants //european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 11. – с. 122-126. 22. najmiddinovich s. n. et al. caries in school children and treatment preventive measures //american journal of pedagogical and educational research. – 2023. – т. 16. – с. 44-49. 23. khusanovich k. b. r. c. f. types and applications of dental compliments //journal of modern educational achievements. – 2023. – т. 5. – №. 5. – с. 95-99. 24. zarnigor j. main role of hygienic education in the system primary prevention of dental diseases of patient //european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 11. – с. 157-163. 25. qizi j. z. b. methods of optimization of treatment of periodontal diseases using new technologies //european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 234-241. international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 49 управление риска на малом бизнесе носиров илхом аббосович д.э.н., проф. кафедры “менеджмент” ферганского политехнического института, фергана, узбекистан e-mail: nosirovilomzon@gmil.com аннотация в условиях рыночной конкуренции, независимо от уровня развития и темпов развития, для хозяйствующих субъектов любой страны, и особенно для субъектов малого бизнеса, нуждающихся в поддержке со стороны государства, характерно давление различных рисков. раннее выявление и эффективное управление рисками. разумеется, такая необходимость, с одной стороны, требует от руководителей субъектов предпринимательства постоянного контроля за аспектами, связанными с обеспечением полного и эффективного внедрения всех эффективных методов и инструментов, связанных с продвижением субъектов малого бизнеса в действующем законодательстве и государственных решениях. ,а с другой стороны, требует способности видеть риски, связанные с деятельностью, и видеть меры по минимизации их воздействия. субъекты малого бизнеса, которые смогут успешно решить эту задачу, смогут не только выжить, но и обеспечить конкурентоспособность, а те, кто не сможет решить эту задачу, могут столкнуться с кризисом. ключевые слова: эффективность управление, риск, потерие, ресурсы, маркетинг, малқй бизнес, инвестиционный риск. если мы посмотрим на историю развития человечества, то для удовлетворения своих основных потребностей (еда, жилище, одежда) человек занимался такими производственными процессами, как земледелие, вырубка леса, строительство, животноводство, пошив одежды. кроме того, существуют потребности человека, такие как социальные, духовные, трудовые [1-4]. для их удовлетворения человек также сталкивается с материальными и духовными ресурсами. для удовлетворения потребностей человека на каком-то историческом этапе своего развития он создал предприятия, производящие, создающие, использующие в своей деятельности землю, mailto:nosirovilomzon@gmil.com international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 50 капитал, труд, предпринимательство, талант и другие средства и создающие их. пришло время, что эти структуры развиваются, стараются удовлетворит спрос людей, приходится жить рядом с большими рисками. поэтому необходимо изучит больше, исследовать рисков хозяйственных субъектов, найти оптимальные варианты чтобы управлят их [5-9]. на формирование риска малого бизнеса непосредственно влияют многие процессы, в том числе факторы, определяющие поведение различных субъектов малого бизнеса: факторы общего характера (природногеографические, экономические, политические, техногенные, социальные, научно-технические, правовые); общеэкономические факторы (макроэкономическая стабильность, экономический рост, экономическая безопасность, антициклическое регулирование, нормативно-правовое регулирование предпринимательской деятельности). из этих факторов формируются следующие две группы факторов –факторы малого бизнеса (производственные, торговые, логистические, информационные, маркетинговые, конкурентные) и поведенческие факторы (интересы, причины, стимулы, факторы, связанные с человеческим капиталом, факторы, связанные с управлением персоналом). эти факторы в конечном итоге характеризуют факторы, формирующие финансовый результат (инвестиционные, кредитные, банковские, связанные с устойчивостью национальной валюты) [10-15]. проблема управления рисками существовала всегда. риск стал неизбежной частью нашей жизни. в современных странах особенно остро стоит проблема рисков предприятий в процессе их финансово-хозяйственной деятельности. деятельность организации всегда связана с определенным риском, т. е. потенциально существующей опасностью потери ресурсов или недополучения доходов по сравнению с запланированным уровнем или с иной альтернативой. но предприниматели идут на риск, так как его оборотной стороной является возможность получения дополнительного дохода. и, как следствие, чем больше потенциальная прибыль (доход), тем выше риск. результаты опроса, проведенного среди руководителей хозяйствующих субъектов в ходе исследования, позволили выявить основные методы и модели анализа управления рисками, обеспечивающие наиболее оптимальные результаты в процессе управления рисками. почти 80 процентов руководителей заявили о методологических проблемах с international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 51 различными видами оценки рисков, 11,0 процента заявили об отсутствии бизнес-ориентированной методологии оценки рисков, более 15,0 процентов заявили о нехватке компетентных экспертов по управлению рисками, а 4,0 процент были проблемы со статистикой [14-19]. основными методами анализа управления рисками является распределение методов, обеспечивающих наиболее оптимальные результаты в процессе управления рисками: наивысший вес – маркетинговые исследования (77%), второе место – анализ бизнес-процессов (69%), третье место – экономические. статистические методы (52%), а также swot-анализ (60%). в современной экономической науке интенсивно развивается теория управления рисками предприятия на основе экономико-математических методов и информационных технологий. применение теории на практике позволяет сохранить жизнедеятельность предприятий в рыночных условиях, увеличить продолжительность их жизненных циклов, повысить устойчивость к внешним воздействиям, а также улучшить результаты их финансово-хозяйственной деятельности. управление рисками позволяет контролировать развитие ситуации и благодаря принятию тех или иных мер, максимизировать положительные и минимизировать отрицательные последствия рисковых событий [20-24]. риск в экономике можно определять, как недостаток информации о возможном достижении одной или нескольких целей. поскольку неопределенность результатов экономической деятельности обусловлена объективными факторами, то и сама неопределенность в экономике носит объективный характер, а следовательно, и риски здесь необходимо считать объективной категорией. сущность риска отражается в следующих элементах: − возможность отклонений от предполагаемой цели; − вероятность достижения желаемого результата; − отсутствие уверенности в достижении поставленной цели; − возможность материальных, нравственных и других потерь, связанных с реализацией выбранной в условиях неопределенности альтернативы. практика показывает, что существуют риски, которые невозможно предотвратить или минимизировать, т.е. они находятся вне контроля руководства и работников хозяйствующих субъектов. поскольку такие риски являются затратными, определяются меры по их финансированию и international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 52 применяется соответствующий метод, в результате чего могут быть достигнуты высокоэффективные достижения по устранению рисков, возникающих в деятельности субъектов хозяйствования, или снижению их негативного воздействия [25-27]. для управления и повышения инвестиционных рисков в условиях экономического спада целесообразно реализовать следующие предложения: внедрение системы страхования убытков, на которые могут повлиять инвестиционные риски при купле-продаже инвесторами. такая ситуация будет мотивировать инвесторов, в том числе иностранных, без опасений проводить операции. в настоящее время в литературе встречаются два подхода к определению риска. в рамках первого подхода исходят из результата события, и риск рассматривается как возможность или угроза отклонения результатов конкретных решений или действий от ожидаемых. в рамках второго подхода рассматривается сам феномен риска как действие, направленное на достижение определенной цели, связанной с элементами опасности, угрозой потери или неуспеха. основная задача всех систем управления рисками в любой области заключается в наиболее эффективном использовании достижений науки и имеющихся ограниченных средств, чтобы сделать результаты деятельности максимально предсказуемыми (то есть сократить насколько возможно неопределенность в отношении данных результатов). анализируя структуру риска, можно обозначить основные способы его изменения (т. е. управления) за счет воздействия на отдельные элементы риска. устранение хотя бы одного основного элемента влечет исчезновение риска. уменьшая вероятность перехода между элементами или тяжесть последствий, можно риск уменьшить. многообразие рисков и способов управления требует систематизации, что и пытаются сделать в рамках управления рисками. в социально-экономических системах подсистема, отвечающая за управление рисками, с середины хх века традиционно называется «риск-менеджмент». первоначально использовавшийся только в рамках предпринимательской деятельности, этот термин и стоящие за ним принципы управления теперь применяются и в социальной сфере, и в технике, и при работе на финансовых рынках. существует нормативное определение: international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 53 менеджмент риска скоординированные действия по руководству и управлению организацией в отношении риска. основная цель управления риском заключается в улучшении финансовых результатов предприятия и создании таких условий, чтобы оно не получило больших потерь, чем допустимые. процесс управления риском состоит в исследовании и анализе вероятности наступления случайного вреда, разработке системы распознания риска, возможно наиболее эффективного сведения его к минимуму или устранения. в исследованиях по рискам можно выделить два подхода: объективный и философский. объективный подход основан на понимании рационального человека и исходит из того, что существует возможность познания объективной действительности. в философском подходе отмечается, что действительность комплексно описать нельзя. критический анализ подходов к определению содержания процессов управления рисками позволил нам сформулировать собственный перечень этапов управления риском, который должен включать шесть наиболее существенных фаз, а именно: идентификация риска; анализ риска; рассмотрение альтернатив управления риском; оценка различных вариантов; принятие управленческого решения в области риска; контроль процесса управления риском. при управлении риском на предприятии первостепенное внимание должно быть уделено таким сферам, как производство, логистика, исследование развития. для управления риском следует использовать методы сохранения риска и компенсацию ущерба, создания резервных фондов, привлечение внешних источников; снижения и исключение риска, снижение вероятности наступления неблагоприятных событий; передача ответственности за риск через страхование, финансовые гарантии и поручительства, внесение в договоры и контракты положений о риске. в заключение можно сказать что, с помошью принципами построения системы управления рисками т.е., оптимальными сочетаниями централизации и децентрализации в управлении, единством политического и хозяйственного руководства, плановое ведением хозяйства, international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 54 стимулированием, научности, ответственности, подбором и расстановкой кадров, экономичности и эффективности можно уменьшить негативных явлений риска деятельности малых и частных предприятий. список использованной литературы 1. указ президент республики узбекистон, от 04.10.2019 года pq-4477-son (https://lex.uz/docs/-4539502) 2. агентство статистики узбекистон республики, 1 ноября 2023 г. информации-14). 3. группа по развитию регионального бизнеса в латинской америке (rbdlatam), февраль 2021 г., страновой отчет по управлению отходами: коста-рика, отчет 20210208 г. 4. носиров, и. а. (2016). перспективы развития системы экологического менеджмента в узбекистане. экономика и предпринимательство, (113), 875-878. 5. nosirov, i. a. (2016). role of environmental management in the develop of small businesses. экономика и предпринимательство, (11-3), 905-907. 6. носиров, и. а. (2016). влияние научно-технического прогресса на эффективное использование природных ресурсов. политика, экономика и социальная сфера: проблемы взаимодействия, (7), 127-134. 7. носиров, и. а. (2016). перспективы и проблемы развития системы экологического менеджмента в узбекистане. экономика и управление в xxi веке: тенденции развития, (32), 309-315. 8. носиров, и. а. (2012). экологизация экономики в условиях рационального управления ииспользования природных компонентов. тошкент., иқтисодиёт ва таълим,(4). 9. носиров, и. а. (2015). новые теоретические подходы к решению практических проблем экологизации. актуальные вопросы современной науки, (4), 69-74. 10. носиров, и. а. (2015). совершенствование регионального природопользования как важный фактор решения глобальных экологических проблем. актуальные вопросы современной науки, (4), 74-79. 11. носиров, и. а. (2023). управление риска менеджмента малых и частных предприятий. conferencea, 31-36. international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 55 12. husanboev, s. (2023). agrotourism: nurturing tradition, preserving heritage, and fostering local development. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(11), 289-295. 13. носиров, и. а. (2021). развитие креативности молодёжи-это путь возвышения креативного управления. scientific journal of the fergana state university, (2), 9-9. 14. носиров, и. а., & ёрматов, и. т. (2021). теоретических и методологические основы экологического менеджмента в использование природных ресурсов в условиях глобализации экономики. in инновации в управлении социально-экономическими системами (icimss-2021). зима 2021 (pp. 52-63). 15. носиров, и. а., & анваржон, м. (2023). цифровая экономикаменеджмент выявлений налоговых правонарушений. in устойчивое развитие: анализ тенденций российской и мировой экономики (pp. 206212). 16. nosirov, i., & ermatov, i. (2023). calculating the effektiveness of implementing the strategy and proposed measures. the innovation economy, 1(01), 109-114. 17. husanboev, s. (2023). exploring agrotourism models: integrating socioeconomic diversity in rural development. european journal of economics, finance and business development, 1(8), 39-47. 18. носиров и. а., some issues of improving management accounting of costs for the production of ceramic products. proceeding ix international conference «industrial technologies and engineering», volume iv, shymkent, kazakhstan december 09-10, 2022. – р.220-222. 19. nosirov, i. a. (2023). challenge of the centuru: environmental management of natural resourse use. in устойчивое развитие: анализ тенденций российской и мировой экономики (pp. 198-206). 20. nosirov, i. a., tashpulatova, m. m., & rasulov, j. (2022). мотивационные механизмы в высших учебных заведениях, их роль и значение. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(11), 161-168. 21. носиров, ильхом аббасович, and махмудов анваржон. "цифровая экономика-менеджмент выявлений налоговых правонарушений." in устойчивое развитие: анализ тенденций российской и мировой экономики, pp. 206-212. 2023. international conference on developments in education hosted from saint petersburg, russia https: econferencezone.org november 23rd 2023 pg. 56 22. и.а.носиров. и.а.экологический менеджмент использование природных ресурсов важные задачи человечского общества. андижан., научно-технический журнал машиностроение, с. 157-164. 23. abbosovich, n. i. (2017). development perspectives of ecological management in uzbekistan. european science review, (1-2), 267-271. 24. ilhom abbosovich. the role of the ecological management on the developing of small business // theoretical & applied science. aqsh № 01 (45), 2017. – s. 120-123. 25. носиров, и. а. (2021). иқтисодиётнинг глобаллашуви шароитида табиий бойликлардан фойдаланишда экологик менежментнинг назарий ва методологик асослари. scientific journal of the fergana state university, (6), 7-7. 26. и.а.носиров. экологический менеджмент использование природных ресурсов важные задачи человеческого общества//т. электроннонаучный журнал “налог и жизнь” с. 157-164 27. the global environmental problems, environmental management tasks for // seybold report. issn: 1533-9211, scopus coverage years, trade journal. 2022. – р. 508-514. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org the commencement of international armament race during the "cold war" era (nato and the warsaw pact's military activities as examples) akromova shoistakhon jaloliddin qizi tashkent state university of oriental studies history faculty history (by central asian countries) direction 5-stage student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the second half of the 20th century, the political situation in the world was characterized by the emergence of rivalry between the two major powers, the united states and the former soviet union, known as the "cold war" policy. after the second world war, the division of global power into two spheres, with europe and asia aligning themselves with either of the two ideological systems, became evident. under the leadership of the united states, the european economic cooperation organization was formed, followed by the establishment of the western political organization, the north atlantic treaty organization (nato). the formation of the western atlantic bloc marked a division into two camps in the world. at that time, the issue of integration of western european states was a significant concern in washington. nato, ussr, usa, afghanistan, north atlantic treaty, europe, north america, "cold war," "bipolar world," joseph stalin, winston churchill, fulton, american university, "iron curtain," "eastern communism," un, "berlin wall," frg, gdr, warsaw pact, un general assembly, potsdam conference, "marshall plan," "berlin crisis." introduction after the second world war, particularly due to the increasing influence of major powers such as the united states and the soviet union, the prominence of the united kingdom as a military power declined significantly. the united kingdom transformed from being a central imperial power into a medium-sized nation. since 1945, the armed forces of the united kingdom have participated in military conflicts in various territories such as malaysia, kenya, and cyprus (which are now independent states)1. after the war, great britain's post-war military policy involved the creation of a small professional army armed with nuclear weapons, deviating from the concept of general conscription. the 1957 state report emphasized the largest military reform conducted during peacetime. armed forces were reduced by half, and general conscription was simultaneously abolished. a plan was approved for equipping the army, air force, and navy with nuclear weapons. despite the efforts to strengthen great 1 b.a.vvedensky. "soviet encyclopedia", 1,2 t. m. 1964. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org britain's nuclear capabilities, the presence of such weapons in the country caused significant public concern. starting from the 1950s, the "campaign for nuclear disarmament" organization emerged as the main anti-nuclear movement. this organization gained widespread public support, enabling the organization of demonstrations and protests2. however, in the following years, this trend took a different turn. in the late 1970s, the emergence of reliable missiles and the development of the "pershing-2" missiles led to a resurgence of the organization's influence. people witnessed significant changes: their countries and the fate of humanity were increasingly influenced by the active participation of the broader population in political affairs, and the fear of a devastating nuclear war prevented leaders from resorting to reckless military actions. the political victories of the former soviet union had a positive impact on the ordinary people's political decisions. in the first parliamentary elections held after the war in 1945, the socialist and communist parties emerged as winners. in the context of the modern war situation and to demonstrate the integration of military and economic development, president eisenhower introduced the concept of a military-industrial complex. initially, this concept revolved around the utilization of scientific and technological achievements in the military-industrial sector. besides the united states and the soviet union, other countries also began to develop nuclear weapons. this required financial and technical capabilities. in 1952, britain, in 1960, france, and in 1964, china tested their atomic bombs. in 1974, india, and in 1999, pakistan became nuclear powers. the proliferation of nuclear weapons continued. in the 1960s, tactical weapons started to be developed, some of which were smaller in size. in 1953, the soviet union successfully tested its first hydrogen bomb. it was much more powerful than atomic and neutron bombs, with its destructive force surpassing them by thousands of times. alongside the nuclear weapons, delivery vehicles capable of reaching their targets were also developed. for instance, in 1948, the united states possessed the b-52 intercontinental bombers capable of reaching distances of up to 20,000 kilometers, and after seven years, the soviet union also developed similar bombers. in 1957, the soviet union conducted a successful test of an intercontinental ballistic missile with precise targeting capabilities in the peaceful waters of the ocean, at a distance of more than 10,000 kilometers. a year later, the united states also developed a similar missile. within a short period, both the united states and the soviet union created intercontinental ballistic missiles capable of reaching long distances. with this development, significant attention was given to the improvement of missile defense systems. these systems were deployed in the soviet union in 1966 and in the united states in 1974. the arms race was intensifying. in the first half of the 1970s, global military expenditures amounted to 350 billion dollars annually, and by the end of the decade, it reached 400 billion dollars. in the 1980s, humanity was spending 600 billion dollars annually on armaments. the arms race inflicted significant damage on global development and posed a threat to human well-being. hundreds of nuclear tests were conducted each year, and nuclear radiation spread throughout the atmosphere. this situation led to the emergence of hazardous diseases and soil degradation. during the "cold war" era, military and political alliances were formed. initially, in 1948, the western european union was established, with the inclusion of great britain, france, belgium, the 2 russia. russian economic journal. no. 8, 1993. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org netherlands, and luxembourg. in 1955, it evolved into the western european union and became the third pillar of nato. the federal republic of germany, italy, spain, and portugal also joined the western european union, unifying nine countries3. on march 11, 1941, the united states congress passed the lend-lease act, which authorized providing loans or leases of weapons, supplies, and military equipment to countries at war that were considered beneficial to the united states4. in this manner, the alliance between england and america was formalized. from 1945 to 1949, the us imperialists presented themselves to the world as the dominant power in the field of atomic energy. in 1950, they embarked on the production of a new hydrogen bomb. the us government entered into an arms race with the states of the former soviet union as one of the two poles that remained in the world. the us government aimed to develop its relations with the former soviet union government, reduce armaments, restrict atomic and hydrogen weapons, oversee research activities related to such weapons with international supervision, resolve security issues in germany, japan, korea, and vietnam through peaceful means, establish a general european security treaty under us participation, and reject the interests of european countries regarding these proposals. on march 12, 1947, president harry truman emphasized the "containment of communism" policy in europe and requested the allocation of $400 million in financial assistance for greece and turkey without delay, as well as sending military advisors to these countries. based on this policy, the us aimed to secure its strategic position in the eastern part of the mediterranean sea by providing assistance to greece and turkey. as a result, turkey aligned itself with the united states as an allied state. america's engagement in this policy had a negative impact on its reputation on the world stage5. on june 5, 1947, the secretary of state of the united states, george marshall, delivered a speech at harvard university, addressing the need to revive the economy of european countries. the speech laid the foundation for the new "marshall plan" based on american assistance. in april 1948, the us congress officially approved this plan. the aim of the "marshall plan" was to allocate $17 billion in financial aid to 16 european countries in order to promote economic recovery in europe. the former soviet union and some socialist states expressed their opposition to this plan. the united states intended to boost its economy by exporting its manufactured and industrial goods to european countries, as well as to establish an alliance with western european states against the former soviet union by collecting financial resources6. from 1948 to 1952, the united states largely concluded the implementation of the marshall plan in western european countries. france, which initially pursued a policy of creating a unified integrated region in europe through this plan, withdrew from it. during these years, the nationalization of british industrial complexes was halted. 3 "the development of the country in the modern world". ed. "science". moscow 1984. 4 gorodetsky a.e. "marshal's plan" a path to stabilization and revival of europe. m.1993. 5 tuzmukhamedov p.a. the non-aligned movement and world politics. in the book: the non-aligned movement in documents and materials. m., chap. ed. east. lit-ry publishing house "nauka", 1979, 6 history of diplomacy. t.u., book 1 / edited by a.a.gromyko, i.n.zemskova, v.a.zorin, etc. with the participation of: a.s.anikin, b.n.beletsky, e.y.bogush, anat.a.gromyko et al. m.: polit publishing house, lit., 1974 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org all the countries that accepted the "marshall plan" had their economic and financial allocations monitored and directed by american economists. the united states allocated all the funds based on the marshall plan to support the production of industrial goods by redirecting them to military production, specifically certain sectors of the military industry, and encouraging new research and development. as a result, the question arose whether the "marshall plan" was a military strategy or an economic recovery strategy7. in 1948, the "marshall plan" was implemented, which was considered a response to the acute economic problems in international relations. the fragmentation of the fascist military bloc and the anti-fascist liberation character of the war led to a division in international relations between the socialist and capitalist states. the states that chose the path of socialist development aligned themselves with the soviet union, while the united states, as a state supportive of the soviet union, opposed their efforts and criticized the "marshall plan" for not assisting in the economic recovery of european countries but rather hindering their independent development and serving american imperialism. french publicist a. claude stated, "american militarists are advancing a new course aimed at regaining world domination." the implementation of the "marshall plan" was based on two documents prepared by the us state department and the state military coordination committee, which were expected to be implemented over a long period of time and according to a specific schedule. william clayton played a key role in the movement of the "marshall plan." william clayton, the american representative to the economic commission for europe and the general agreement on tariffs and trade (gatt), was considered the architect of the "marshall plan." in 1947, a special commission was formed under the supervision of foreign countries by the president of the united states. this commission recorded its findings in its reports. the second phase (early 1960s to mid-1970s) was a period of socio-political and economic stability for western european countries. the economic integration of six countries led to significant economic growth. charles de gaulle's leadership favored relations with socialist states. in 1963, a peace agreement was reached between the frg and france, marking a shift from "atlanticism" to the start of a "europeanism" policy. following this agreement, the united states began to exert influence on bonn. it was necessary for bonn to show that it was not opposed to antiamerican and anti-atlantic tendencies. washington's policy of vietnam adventures raised concerns among european allies. the economic consolidation of western european countries posed not only benefits for the united states but also created significant challenges for its economic power. in this regard, john kennedy developed the "grand design" project, which aimed to implement a project of the atlantic alliance in cooperation with european countries. this resulted in the removal of barriers that defined the economic situation of american monopolies and strengthened the position of the united states. before kennedy, and later under lyndon johnson's leadership, britain and france were responsible for overseeing nuclear weapons. this comprehensive nuclear power (nato) project was discussed and only the us president had the final say in using this power. however, this program was not implemented. eec members unanimously rejected it. the removal of barriers by western european countries was also noted by the united states. as a result, london johnson was forced to abandon the (eec) program. the integration of western european countries into nato served as a strong example of their "eastern policy." the frg's new 7 gorodetsky a.e. "marshal's plan" a path to stabilization and revival of europe. m.1993. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org eastern policy and the western european countries' position in the helsinki accords of european security and cooperation (1975) were significant. in the first half of the 1970s, the united states faced an internal political crisis. as a result, its position in the international arena weakened, and western european countries began to establish relations with the ussr. at the same time, the united states sought new ways in its relations with western european countries. the "long-term partnership" program was a continuation of the "next doctorate." it aimed to use the economic growth of western european countries for military purposes and to fulfill the global obligations of the united states. in conclusion, it is worth noting that in the second half of the 20th century, the geopolitical situation between the two major powers, the united states and the former ussr, was characterized by the formation of opposition and the "cold war" policy between them. after the second world war, the division of forces in the world into two camps, europe and asia, serving two different social systems, became evident. the united states established economic cooperation in europe under the atlantic partnership, which led to the formation of the western european economic partnership and the subsequent establishment of the north atlantic western bloc (nato). the formation of the north atlantic western bloc led to the division of the world into two poles. at that time, the issue of the integration of western european countries was a matter of concerns. references: 1. dementev v.e., olevskaya e.m. "marshal's plan": a look from today's. m. 1993. 2. russia. russian economic journal. no. 8, 1993. 3. "the development of the country in the modern world". ed. "science". moscow 1984. 4. b.a.vvedensky. "soviet encyclopedia", 1,2 t. m. 1964. 5. gorodetsky a.e. "marshal's plan" a path to stabilization and revival of europe. m.1993. 6. e.gidens "socialogy" t-2002 7. tuzmukhamedov p.a. the non-aligned movement and world politics. in the book: the nonaligned movement in documents and materials. m., chap. ed. east. publishing house "nauka", 1979, 8. history of diplomacy. t.u., book 1 / edited by a.a.gromyko, i.n.zemskova, v.a.zorin, etc. with the participation of: a.s.anikin, b.n.beletsky, e.y.bogush, anat.a.gromyko et al. m.: polit publishing house, lit., 1974. 9. international relations after the second world war. in three volumes. t. m., 1965. 10. simonia n.a. the non–aligned movement is an important factor in international politics. m., 1978. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org artistic interpretation of the theme of the motherland in poetry (in the example of shahlo akhrorova's work) zuhra sharofova dilmurodovna jizzakh state pedagogical university 1st stage master's student uzbek language and literature specialization +998973259868 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s literary interpretation of the theme of motherland in poetry has been a source of inspiration and thought for readers and scholars throughout history. poets often explore the themes of spirituality, faith and divine love and express their feelings and understanding of divine love through the middle of the verse. famous poetess, poetic expressions, emotional and spiritual, introspection, selfbelief, literary interpretation, feeling of sincerity. introduction the famous poetess shahlo ahrorova contributed to the literary interpretation of the motherland through her influential work. ahrorova's poetry covers the depth of spiritual experiences, explores themes related to divine love and devotion. in her poems, ahrorova uses vivid figurative and metaphorical language to express the intensity of her connection with the divine. his verses often evoke a sense of awe and wonder, painting a picture of spiritual yearning and surrender. through her poetic expressions, ahrorova invites readers on a spiritual journey, encouraging them to explore their relationship with the divine. ahrorova's work expresses a deep understanding of the complexities of the motherland. it explores the struggles, doubts, and moments of transformation that can occur in the pursuit of divine connection. her poetry explores the transformative power of faith, inner resilience, and divine love, resonating with readers on an emotional and spiritual level. one of the main directions of ahrorova's literary interpretation is her ability to celebrate the universal essence of the motherland. his poetry transcends religious and cultural boundaries, providing a platform for readers of all backgrounds to relate to and find solace in his verses. ahrorova's work provokes introspection, encourages readers to reflect on their own spiritual beliefs and experiences, and develops a sense of empathy and communication. in the poetry of shahlo ahrorova, the literary interpretation of the homeland is determined by its introspective and invented nature. through carefully crafted verses, he expresses the ineffective and elusive aspects of divine communication, inviting readers to reflect on their own beliefs and experiences of devotion. it should be noted that the interpretation of ahrorova's work may differ among readers, as poetry often offers different perspectives and personal connections. the beauty of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org his poetry lies in its ability to provoke individual responses, to serve as a source of inspiration and thought in the field of the motherland. poetry provides a unique platform for poets to express their personal relationship with theology and explore the complexities of faith. some poets may approach homeland from a place of deep respect and reverence, depicting a sense of surrender and devotion to a higher authority. others may engage in skepticism, questioning the nature of theology and exploring the challenges and contradictions that can arise in the quest for homeland. the beauty of literary interpretation in poetry lies in its ability to avoid architectural or religious boundaries. poets from different cultural and religious disciplines taught the country in their verses and presented different points of view and experiences. from sufi poetry that explores the mystical dimensions of divine love to religious puppets that express devotion to a specific deity, literary interpretations of theology reflect the myriad ways humans seek and experience connection with the divine. in addition, literary interpretation allows students to engage with poetry on both an intellectual and an emotional level. through careful analysis and study, scholars can uncover deeper meanings, themes, and motifs in poetry that contribute to a richer understanding of the motherland. this search for symbolism, imagery, and literary devices allows for a unique appreciation of the poets' intent, their unique expressions of faith. it is important to note that literary interpretations of homeland in poetry can be abstract, as readers bring their own beliefs, backgrounds, and interpretations to the text. the beauty of poetry lies in its ability to evoke personal and diverse responses, allowing individuals to find resonance and meaning appropriate to their own spiritual journey. in conclusion, shahlo ahrorova's poetry presents a valuable literary interpretation of the homeland. his evocative verses, rich in metaphor and imagery, explore the complexities of faith and the transformative power of divine love. through her work, ahrorova invites readers to a spiritual journey, encourages introspection and forms a deeper understanding of the universal themes of the motherland. poets use symbolism, metaphor, and allegory to capture the essence of their devotional experiences and convey their understanding of the divine. through the power of language, they try to express the unspoken, to understand the ungrateful, to inspire awe and respect in their readers. artistic interpretation of the motherland in poetry provides a unique search for connection with spirituality, faith and theology with the human dream. through metaphor, symbolism, and personal experiences, poets attempt to win over the ineffective, inspire reverence, and inspire introspection. the interpretation of this theme is multifaceted, reflects different perspectives and offers readers an opportunity for introspection, reflection and a deeper understanding of the complexities of the motherland. references: 1. “konsepsiya asoslari” o’zme ikkinchi jild. toshkent.2000. 2. “hozirgi adabiy jarayonda badiiy konsepsiya” ukim, bu nima qomus 3. halima ahmedova ,, dil ustiga ko’prik qurib” abdulla ulug’ov 2000. 4. ,, o’zbek adiblari” s. mirvaliyev, r. shokirova. toshkent. g’afur g’ulom nomidagi adabiyot va san’at nashriyoti, 2016-yil. 5. halima ahmedova “ yashil ” toshkent-“ o’zbekiston”-2016. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org strategic foresight and policy agility: navigating complexity and uncertainty in the era of poly-crisis oloda oluwatayo felix ph.d department of business administration, faculty of management sciences, federal university otuoke, bayelsa state. email for correspondence: olodafo@fuotuoke.edu.ng. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the acceleration of global poly-crisis, including pandemics and climate shocks, geopolitical volatility and technological disruption, has demonstrated that time-consuming, traditional strategic planning and fixed, hierarchical governance structures do not scale. this theoretical article presents the argument that sustainable advantage and resilience in such turbulent environments requires the merger of two capacities that tend to be separated: strategic foresight and policy agility. with reference to theories of dynamic capabilities, complex adaptive systems and anticipatory governance, we formulate the foresightagility nexus model, a model demonstrating how real-time policy implementation can be combined with long-term anticipation of possible futures. some of the mechanisms that can be highlighted through the model include feedback loops, learning process and foresight-based action that can help organizations and government anticipate and adapt towards uncertainty. by connecting foresight and agility, we propose that decision-makers can also drive innovation, legitimacy, and resilience, thus being able to avoid short-termism and paralysis associated with volatility. the paper makes contributions to the field of strategic management and policy in that it presents an integrative framework that reconstitutes the future as not a horizon to be predicted into a future as an unfolding landscape to be continuously engaged. the consequence of the findings is the recommendation to scholars, policymakers, as well as to business strategists to develop their foresight capabilities, institutionalize their ways of agile governance, and build their hybrid strategies that can be more focused on exploration or exploitation in specific cases. future research sites are suggested to empirically examine and develop the nexus model within other policy areas and the various organisational settings. strategic foresight. policy agility. poly crisis. resilience. dynamic capabilities. governance. foresight–agility nexus. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org introduction a trend which has defined the 21st century is that the current crises are becoming more and more complex, convergent and disruptive in nature. from climate change and global pandemics to technological disruption, financial instability, and geopolitical conflicts, today’s environment reflects what scholars and practitioners alike have termed a poly crisis a condition in which multiple, overlapping crises interact in unpredictable and often compounding ways (tooze, 2022; morin & callahan, 2023). unlike the single shocks, poly crises contribute to chain reactions that undermine the premises of linear planning and reveal the potential weak points of the conventional strategic and policy planning. against this background, the problems facing organizations, governments and societies are, thus, a daunting task of approaching environments characterized by the concept of radical uncertainty i.e. environments where existing models of control and predictions are generally inadequate. rational planning models and predictive approaches have served as the backdrop to strategy and policy making on a decades-long basis. these models presume a state of relative stability where trends may be forecast with a reasonable degree of accuracy and resources may be allocated on the basis of predefined models. objectives (mintzberg, 1994). nonetheless with the increasing volatility, the strategies based on stability have become redundant with time. the covid-19 pandemic demonstrated, in particular, how vulnerable long-term plans are to unexpected challenges that lack adaptive flexibility, and the pace of digital transformation has taken several industries by surprise and outstripped the ability of regulatory or corporate policies to keep up. such developments underscore the inadequacy of “fit-and-freeze” approaches to strategy and policy, reinforcing the imperative for more dynamic paradigms that prioritize resilience, foresight, and agility (teece, peteraf, & leih, 2016). it is against this background that the relevance of conceptual frameworks which can re-align strategic and policy thinking has never been more needed. a promising avenue is to combine strategic foresightsystematic exploration of multiple plausible futures-with policy agility-the ability of institutions as freeway ambulance and organizations to respond nimbly and effectively to changes on the run. strategic foresight, rooted in futures studies, moves beyond prediction to embrace the exploration of uncertainties, weak signals, and alternative scenarios (rohrbeck & kum, 2018). policy agility, by contrast, emphasizes real-time responsiveness, experimentation, and iterative learning in decisionmaking (ansell, trondal, & øgård, 2022). despite the research done on each of the dual concepts separately, there lacks a collective approach to the two concepts in the context of strategy and policy. as argued in this paper, foresight and agility can be synergistically integrated to provide a new and powerful model of dealing with situations of poly-crisis. the importance of such an integration is two-fold. on one hand, strategic foresight can provide decision-makers with the cognitive and shell-tools to predict the multigenerational trajectories of change, expanding the planning time horizon and broadening the conceptual planning domain. second, policy agility is the attribute that will allow giving form to anticipatory insight when unexpected disturbances arise. the combination of the two helps develop a self-enhancing cluster that allows both anticipation and adaptation something which is required in environments where uncertainty is not an exception but a regular condition of modern systems. this foresight-agility nexus is indeed disruptive of existing paradigms of rationalist strategy and rigid policy frameworks and goes further to challenge the underlying strategic rationale, and thus, the use of resilience in the face of uncertainty by states, corporations, and non-state actors. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org the aim of this paper is to theorise and conceptualise the two of incorporating strategic foresight and policy agility as a framework to navigate complexity and uncertainty in the era of poly crisis. specifically, it seeks to answer three interrelated questions: (1) why are existing strategy and policy models insufficient in poly-crisis contexts? (2) how can the integration of foresight and agility offer a superior paradigm for decision-making in uncertain environments? (3) what are the theoretical, practical, and research implications of adopting a foresight–agility nexus in strategic and policy domains? the answers to these questions make this work relevant to current reflections in the field of strategic management, policy studies, and organizational theory, as well as a point of departure of future empirical inquiry. in this paper, there are three contributions made. first, it contributes to a growing body of strategic foresight research by further understanding its connection with policy agility, therefore, attempting to bridge two bodies of work that have grown largely independently. second, it contributes to the theoretical base of dynamic capabilities and complexity theory by integrating them into a general conceptual model with the help of which poly-crisis situations are addressed. third, it provides practical recommendations to policymakers and managers who want to achieve resilience strategies that are not only anticipatory, but also adaptive. by doing so, the paper contributes to developing the academic discourse, as well as being directly relevant to acute practical concern that confronts institutions across the world. the rest of the paper is organized in the following way. section 2 examines the emerging literature on strategy, policy, foresight and agility, stating what has been done and what is lacking. in section 3, the theoretical backgrounds used in the foresight-agility nexus are detailed. in section 4, the perspectives used in the work are combined into a conceptual model that forms a unified whole. section 5 represents the methodology that was used to formulate this theoretical paper. in section 6, theoretical and practical implications of the proposed framework are discussed, and in section 7, i make research and practice recommendations. 2. literature review 2.1 evolution of strategy and policy frameworks there has been a long history of rationalist approaches to the study of strategy and policy, based upon an assumption of stability, predictability and the ability of decision makers to plan a path forward into the future. classical strategy models, epitomized by the works of ansoff (1965) and chandler (1962), emphasized deliberate planning, long-term forecasting, and hierarchical implementation. these paradigms were anchored in the thought that organizations could manage its environment by predicting trends, injecting resources and implementing plans. similarly, traditional policy-making processes were anchored in linear models of agenda-setting, formulation, and implementation (lasswell, 1956), where rational analysis and incremental adjustments were expected to ensure optimal outcomes. nonetheless, this reasoning has become the subject of greater questioning during the last thirty years. mintzberg’s (1994) critique of the “fallacy of prediction” and the “illusion of control” marked an early recognition of the limits of rationalist planning in volatile contexts. strategy scholars began to acknowledge the role of emergent strategies, organizational learning, and adaptation as key drivers of success (mintzberg & waters, 1985). in policy studies, lindblom’s (1979) notion of “muddling through” highlighted the incremental, negotiated, and often improvisational nature of policy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org development. these criticisms unwittingly helped in pioneering other paradigms of flexibility, adaptability, and resilience at the organizational as well as at the policy level. contemporary scholarship increasingly emphasizes that environments are not only uncertain but also deeply complex, characterized by nonlinear dynamics, interdependencies, and emergent phenomena (snowden & boone, 2007). the increase in global poly-crises including pandemics and international climate emergencieshas shown the inefficiency of systems of presumed stability and linearity. in response, both strategy and policy research have turned to concepts such as resilience (lengnick-hall & beck, 2016), dynamic capabilities (teece, peteraf, & leih, 2016), and complexity theory (uhl-bien & arena, 2018). however, based on these developments, there is still the shortfall of integrative conceptual frameworks that explicitly integrate long-term anticipatory capability with short-term adaptive agility. 2.2 strategic foresight the concept of strategic foresight has come up as an outstanding counter to the inadequacy of predictive models amidst an uncertain environment. defined as the systematic exploration of multiple plausible futures to inform present-day decision-making (voros, 2017), strategic foresight extends beyond forecasting to incorporate scenario planning, horizon scanning, weak signal detection, and systems mapping. foresight will allow organizations and policymakers to plan by taking into account a broader set of contingencies because it encourages them to act on the basis of uncertainty and to recognize the limits of prediction. empirical studies demonstrate that organizations that actively engage in foresight are better positioned to identify emerging risks and opportunities, innovate proactively, and adapt to disruptive change (rohrbeck & kum, 2018). as an example, multinationals like shell have used scenario planning to play in the energy transition and geopolitical uncertainty with a certain degree of success. similarly, governments have institutionalized foresight units to anticipate long-term societal challenges, such as demographic shifts or technological disruption (oecd, 2019). however, foresight also has some limitations despite the above successes. critics argue that foresight exercises often remain peripheral to core strategic and policy processes, functioning more as symbolic activities than as integral decision-making tools (vecchiato, 2015). 2.3 policy agility the policy concept of agility may be viewed as the ability of institutions in responding promptly and effectively to the changing conditions by adjusting the policies as appropriate. unlike traditional policy models that assume stability and linearity, agility emphasizes responsiveness, flexibility, and iterative learning (ansell, trondal, & øgård, 2022). policymaking agility is marked by quick-response monitoring, input-output feedback, learning through experimentally adjustable interventions that can be recombined as circumstances change. the agility of policy has gained special importance after world crises. for instance, during the covid19 pandemic, governments that adopted agile policy responses—such as adaptive lockdown measures, rapid vaccine rollouts, and real-time communication—were better able to mitigate public health and economic impacts compared to those that relied on rigid, pre-established plans (capano et al., 2020). and equally applicable to the sphere of climate change, policy light-footedness occurs that combine american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org experimentation with iterative adjustments have proven more effective than top-down, static regulations (jordan & huitema, 2014). nonetheless, agility possesses certain issues. excessive flexibility also can do damage to policy coherence, stability and legitimacy because often such rapidity creates the sense of motion in the absence of a sense of direction, or direction perceived as unpredictable. there is also no organizational culture, process or capacity, and institutions typically lack the adaptive capacity needed to become agile since there is institutional path dependence, bureaucratic inertia, and vested interests. these limitations imply that besides creating agility, it is not sufficient to have other supplementary anticipating systems in place. 2.4 toward a foresight–agility nexus the literature on foresight and agility, while extensive, has largely evolved in parallel, with limited cross-fertilization. foresight tends to gravitate towards anticipation but rarely excels at action, whereas agility tends to be reactive and needs a forward-looking orientation. the bridging of the two domains presents the opportunity to transcend shortcomings of the two domains. there were new studies that gave a hint of the advantage of the integration of anticipatory and adaptive capacities. for example, research on dynamic capabilities emphasizes the integration of sensing (anticipation) and seizing (adaptation) as core functions for strategic renewal (teece, 2018). similarly, studies of resilience highlight the dual importance of robustness (preparation) and flexibility (adaptation) in enabling systems to withstand shocks (folke, 2016). nevertheless, even with these insights scanty generalizations are depicted on how foresight and the agility can be systematically integrated into a coherent framework of strategy and policy in the context of poly-crises. such a gap opens a space of conceptuality. theorization of foresight agility nexus allows making the point that the combination of these two capabilities introduces a new way of operating in the domain of complexity. in particular, foresight offers the anticipatory horizon that is required in order to explore possible futures, and agility, the ability to respond to the changing circumstances. together they create positive loop and increase resilience, innovation and legitimacy of decisions and decision-making. 2.5 identified gaps from the foregoing, three critical gaps emerge: 1. insufficient integration: foresight and agility are studied as distinct domains, with little attention to their combined application. 2. conceptual underdevelopment: existing strategy and policy frameworks have not adequately theorized the interplay between anticipatory and adaptive capacities in poly-crisis contexts. 3. limited practical translation: while foresight generates valuable insights and agility facilitates adaptation, mechanisms for operationalizing foresight-informed agility remain underdeveloped in practice. addressing these gaps requires a conceptual model that explicitly articulates the interdependencies between foresight and agility, grounded in robust theoretical foundations. this provides the platform for advancing the proposed foresight–agility nexus, which will be elaborated in the subsequent sections. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org 3. theoretical foundations developing a conceptual framework that integrates strategic foresight and policy agility requires a strong theoretical foundation. the foresight–agility nexus builds on multiple strands of theory that address uncertainty, adaptation, and institutional behavior in complex environments. this section examines four key perspectives—complexity theory, dynamic capabilities, institutional theory, and behavioral strategy—and demonstrates how they collectively underpin the proposed model. 3.1 complexity theory complexity theory provides a foundational lens for understanding the unpredictable, nonlinear, and interconnected nature of poly-crises. unlike traditional systems theory, which assumes linear cause– effect relationships, complexity theory emphasizes emergent behavior, adaptive dynamics, and the interdependence of system components (holland, 1995; uhl-bien & arena, 2018). in complex adaptive systems (cas), outcomes cannot be fully predicted from initial conditions, and small perturbations can have disproportionately large consequences—often referred to as the “butterfly effect.” the implication for strategy and policy is profound: decision-makers must abandon the illusion of precise prediction and control, and instead cultivate capacities that allow systems to adapt and evolve. foresight aligns with complexity theory by encouraging exploration of multiple plausible futures rather than reliance on singular forecasts (miller, 2007). agility complements this by enabling rapid reconfiguration in response to emergent dynamics (snowden & boone, 2007). thus, complexity theory legitimizes the foresight–agility nexus as a paradigm suited to environments where uncertainty is inherent and uncontrollable. moreover, complexity theory highlights the importance of feedback loops and learning. in complex systems, interventions often produce unintended consequences; therefore, strategies and policies must be designed for continuous monitoring and adjustment. foresight contributes by identifying potential system tipping points and emergent trends, while agility operationalizes iterative adaptation as feedback becomes available. together, these capacities embody a complexity-informed approach to decision-making. 3.2 dynamic capabilities the dynamic capabilities framework (teece, pisano, & shuen, 1997; teece, 2018) offers another critical theoretical anchor. dynamic capabilities are the higher-order routines that enable organizations to sense opportunities and threats, seize them through timely action, and reconfigure resources to maintain competitiveness. unlike ordinary capabilities, which focus on efficiency and stability, dynamic capabilities emphasize flexibility, transformation, and renewal. foresight and agility can be directly mapped onto the three dimensions of dynamic capabilities. foresight enhances sensing by broadening the temporal and cognitive horizons through which organizations detect emerging risks and opportunities. by engaging in scenario planning, horizon scanning, and systems thinking, organizations expand their ability to anticipate discontinuities and weak signals. agility strengthens seizing by enabling organizations and policymakers to respond effectively and swiftly once change occurs. agility also contributes to reconfiguring by allowing institutions to reallocate resources, redesign processes, and restructure policies in ways that align with evolving contexts. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org importantly, dynamic capabilities emphasize the integration of anticipation and adaptation as mutually reinforcing processes rather than isolated competencies (peteraf, di stefano, & verona, 2013). this theoretical insight directly supports the argument that foresight and agility should not be pursued in isolation but rather synthesized into a coherent framework that enables strategic and policy resilience in poly-crisis environments. 3.3 institutional theory institutional theory provides a complementary perspective by emphasizing the role of rules, norms, and legitimacy in shaping organizational and policy behavior (dimaggio & powell, 1983; scott, 2014). unlike the efficiency-oriented lens of dynamic capabilities, institutional theory highlights the constraints that institutional structures impose on adaptation, as well as the mechanisms through which organizations and policymakers seek legitimacy. foresight interacts with institutional theory by challenging path dependence and entrenched assumptions. by exploring multiple plausible futures, foresight exercises can help actors question the institutional logics that constrain innovative action (wright, bradfield, & cairns, 2013). agility, meanwhile, interacts with institutional dynamics by enabling rapid responses that maintain or restore legitimacy in the face of crisis. for example, during the covid-19 pandemic, governments that adapted policies swiftly were better able to sustain public trust and compliance than those that adhered rigidly to outdated plans (capano et al., 2020). however, institutional theory also highlights barriers to foresight and agility. bureaucratic inertia, vested interests, and regulatory frameworks may inhibit anticipatory thinking or slow adaptive responses. the foresight–agility nexus therefore requires not only technical capacities but also institutional reforms that allow flexibility without undermining legitimacy and accountability. this underscores the need for balancing innovation with stability in policy and strategy. 3.4 behavioral strategy behavioral strategy extends the conversation by incorporating insights from psychology and behavioral economics into strategic management (powell, lovallo, & fox, 2011). it recognizes that decisionmakers operate under bounded rationality (simon, 1997), cognitive biases, and social influences that constrain their ability to process information and make optimal choices. in environments of radical uncertainty, these limitations become especially salient. foresight addresses bounded rationality by expanding cognitive frames and counteracting biases such as overconfidence, anchoring, and confirmation bias. by exposing decision-makers to diverse scenarios and perspectives, foresight encourages more nuanced and reflective strategic thinking (schoemaker, heaton, & teece, 2018). agility complements this by countering decision paralysis and enabling iterative learning-by-doing. in effect, foresight enhances the cognitive dimension of strategy, while agility operationalizes adaptive action despite uncertainty and cognitive constraints. 3.5 integrative theoretical basis taken together, these theories provide a robust foundation for the foresight–agility nexus. complexity theory highlights the inevitability of uncertainty and the need for adaptive responses. dynamic capabilities emphasize the integration of sensing and seizing as core organizational competencies. institutional theory underscores the constraints of legitimacy and path dependence while pointing to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org the importance of adaptive governance. behavioral strategy reveals the cognitive and organizational factors that influence anticipatory and adaptive capacities. the synthesis of these perspectives yields a comprehensive theoretical justification for conceptualizing foresight and agility as complementary and mutually reinforcing. rather than viewing them as isolated competencies, the nexus represents an integrated paradigm for navigating poly-crisis contexts. this theoretical foundation sets the stage for the development of the conceptual framework, which will articulate how foresight and agility interact to produce resilience, innovation, and legitimacy in strategic and policy domains. 4. conceptual framework the review of literature and theoretical foundations points to a significant gap in how strategy and policy scholarship conceptualizes the relationship between anticipation and adaptation in poly-crisis contexts. while strategic foresight enables decision-makers to anticipate a range of plausible futures, it often struggles to translate insights into timely action. policy agility, on the other hand, facilitates rapid responsiveness but risks being reactive without a longer-term orientation. to bridge this gap, this paper advances the foresight–agility nexus model, which integrates anticipatory and adaptive capacities into a mutually reinforcing system of decision-making for strategy and policy. 4.1 core assumptions of the model the foresight–agility nexus model rests on four interrelated assumptions derived from the theoretical foundations: 1. uncertainty is structural, not temporary. complexity theory emphasizes that uncertainty, volatility, and emergent behavior are inherent features of modern systems, particularly in poly-crisis environments. strategy and policy cannot eliminate uncertainty but must learn to operate effectively within it. 2. anticipation and adaptation are complementary. from the perspective of dynamic capabilities, organizations require both sensing (foresight) and seizing (agility) to remain resilient. one without the other is insufficient. 3. institutional legitimacy constrains and enables flexibility. institutional theory suggests that anticipatory and adaptive actions must align with normative and regulatory expectations to maintain legitimacy. thus, foresight–agility integration must balance innovation with legitimacy. 4. human cognition is bounded. behavioral strategy emphasizes that cognitive biases and bounded rationality limit decision-making. foresight expands cognitive horizons, while agility provides mechanisms for adaptive action despite these limitations. 4.2 dimensions of the foresight–agility nexus the model conceptualizes foresight and agility as two dimensions of adaptive resilience, which interact dynamically to shape strategic and policy outcomes. strategic foresight (anticipatory capacity): temporal horizon: extending planning beyond short-term predictions to multiple futures. cognitive horizon: challenging dominant assumptions, mitigating biases, and expanding interpretive frames. systems horizon: mapping interdependencies, weak signals, and emergent dynamics across sectors. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org policy agility (adaptive capacity): responsiveness: rapid translation of foresight insights into action when disruptions materialize. flexibility: capacity to reconfigure policies, resources, and structures iteratively. learning: continuous feedback loops, experimentation, and institutionalized adaptation. by themselves, foresight and agility are valuable but incomplete. their integration produces synergistic benefits, enabling decision-makers to both anticipate disruptions and adapt effectively when surprises occur. 4.3 the foresight–agility nexus model at the heart of the model is a reinforcing loop between foresight and agility: 1. foresight informs agility. insights from foresight exercises (e.g., scenario planning, horizon scanning) guide the design of flexible policies and strategies, ensuring that adaptive mechanisms are prepared before crises strike. 2. agility operationalizes foresight. agility ensures that foresight insights are not relegated to symbolic exercises but are embedded into organizational processes, enabling timely and responsive adaptation. 3. feedback loops enhance foresight. experiences from agile responses feed back into foresight processes, updating scenarios, refining assumptions, and improving anticipatory accuracy over time. this iterative cycle transforms decision-making into a dynamic, learning-oriented system rather than a static, one-off process. (at this stage, a diagram would typically illustrate the model as two interlocking cycles: foresight feeding into agility, agility feeding back into foresight, both reinforcing resilience in poly-crisis contexts.) 4.4 application of the model in poly-crisis contexts the foresight–agility nexus model is particularly relevant in contexts characterized by multiple, overlapping crises. three illustrative domains highlight its application: 1. public health crises: during covid-19, governments that combined anticipatory scenario modeling with agile policy responses (e.g., adaptive lockdown measures, rapid vaccine rollout) were more successful in mitigating impacts. the nexus ensures that governments prepare for a range of pandemic trajectories while maintaining the agility to adjust interventions in real time. 2. climate change policy: anticipatory foresight enables policymakers to envision a range of possible climate futures, while agility ensures that policies (e.g., carbon pricing, renewable energy incentives) can be adapted as new data and technologies emerge. the nexus supports long-term sustainability while enabling short-term responsiveness. 3. corporate strategy in disruptive industries: firms in technology, energy, and finance face accelerating disruption. foresight enables them to anticipate shifts such as digital transformation or energy transition, while agility ensures rapid business model reconfiguration. the nexus fosters competitive resilience and innovation. 4.5 implications of the model the conceptual framework yields several implications: theoretical implications: the model contributes to strategy and policy theory by integrating foresight and agility into a single framework, bridging literatures that have developed in parallel. it advances complexity-informed perspectives by operationalizing how organizations can navigate uncertainty. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org practical implications: for policymakers and managers, the model highlights the need to institutionalize foresight processes while simultaneously building agility into organizational structures. this may involve creating foresight units, embedding scenario planning in decision-making, decentralizing authority, and fostering cultures of experimentation. research implications: the model provides a platform for empirical validation through case studies, surveys, or simulation models. future research could investigate conditions under which the foresight– agility nexus produces superior outcomes compared to foresight or agility alone. 4.6 summary the foresight–agility nexus model conceptualizes the integration of anticipatory and adaptive capacities as a mutually reinforcing system of decision-making. by linking foresight (anticipation) and agility (adaptation), the model provides a coherent framework for navigating poly-crisis environments marked by uncertainty and complexity. it thus offers a novel contribution to strategy and policy literature and a practical guide for decision-makers facing turbulent futures. 5. methodological approach 5.1 nature of conceptual research conceptual research differs fundamentally from empirical studies in that its primary purpose is to advance theoretical understanding, propose new constructs, and develop integrative models that address gaps in the literature. whereas empirical research tests hypotheses through data collection and analysis, conceptual research builds frameworks that generate new insights, stimulate scholarly debate, and guide future empirical investigation (gilson & goldberg, 2015). this study falls squarely within this tradition, seeking to theorize the integration of strategic foresight and policy agility into a novel framework for navigating poly-crisis contexts. in particular, this paper adopts a theory-building approach (suddaby, 2010), in which diverse streams of scholarship are synthesized to generate new conceptual linkages. the methodological task here is not to measure foresight or agility empirically but to articulate how their integration—the foresight– agility nexus—offers superior explanatory and prescriptive power compared to existing frameworks. 5.2 methodological rationale the decision to employ a conceptual methodology is justified by three key factors: 1. emergent nature of the phenomenon: the challenges posed by poly-crises are relatively new and evolving. empirical data remain fragmented, and no single dataset adequately captures the complex interplay of anticipation and adaptation. a conceptual model provides the necessary groundwork for later empirical exploration. 2. fragmentation of existing literature: as highlighted in the literature review, foresight and agility have developed as separate domains of research with limited integration. conceptual research is particularly well-suited to synthesizing disparate literatures and bridging theoretical gaps. 3. need for theoretical innovation: conceptual methodologies allow scholars to transcend incremental contributions and offer bold, integrative models that shift paradigms. given the inadequacy of existing strategy and policy frameworks in poly-crisis contexts, a conceptual approach provides the intellectual space to propose a novel foresight–agility nexus. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 5.3 approach to theory synthesis this study employed a structured conceptual synthesis process, involving three steps: literature integration: the research began with an extensive review of literatures on strategic foresight, policy agility, complexity theory, dynamic capabilities, institutional theory, and behavioral strategy. the goal was to identify convergences, complementarities, and gaps across these fields. construct clarification: following whetten’s (1989) criteria for theory building, the constructs of foresight and agility were carefully delineated in terms of their dimensions (anticipatory vs adaptive capacities). their respective strengths and limitations were articulated to establish the rationale for integration. model development: insights from the theoretical foundations were synthesized into the foresight– agility nexus model, which articulates the dynamic and mutually reinforcing relationship between anticipation and adaptation. the model was developed iteratively, ensuring alignment with existing theory while offering novel extensions. 5.4 criteria for conceptual rigor to ensure methodological rigor, this study follows established guidelines for evaluating conceptual contributions in management and policy research (macinnis, 2011; jaakkola, 2020). four criteria guided the design of the study: 1. novelty: the foresight–agility nexus represents a novel integration of two previously fragmented domains of scholarship. 2. usefulness: the model offers practical value to policymakers, managers, and scholars by providing a framework for decision-making in uncertain contexts. 3. parsimony: the model distills complex dynamics into a clear framework without oversimplification, ensuring accessibility and applicability. 4. grounding in literature: the model is firmly rooted in established theoretical traditions, enhancing credibility and scholarly legitimacy. 5.5 limitations of the methodological approach as with all conceptual research, limitations exist. the absence of empirical validation means that the foresight–agility nexus remains a theoretical proposition requiring future testing. additionally, while the study integrates diverse literatures, it cannot claim exhaustiveness, as both foresight and agility are rapidly evolving fields. nevertheless, these limitations are offset by the study’s primary contribution: providing a conceptual foundation and research agenda for future empirical inquiry. 5.6 summary in sum, this study adopts a conceptual methodology that synthesizes theory across multiple domains to propose the foresight–agility nexus model. through literature integration, construct clarification, and model development, the paper contributes to theoretical innovation in strategy and policy. the next section discusses the broader implications of the model for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers. 6. discussion and implications the foresight–agility nexus model offers a fresh paradigm for navigating the uncertainties of the 21st-century poly-crisis environment. by integrating strategic foresight (anticipation) and policy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org agility (adaptation), the model highlights the interdependence of two capacities that have traditionally been studied in isolation. this section discusses the broader significance of the model by examining its theoretical, practical, and research implications, as well as potential challenges in implementation. 6.1 theoretical implications 6.1.1 extending strategic management theory the foresight–agility nexus extends the field of strategic management beyond its traditional focus on deliberate planning and competitive positioning (porter, 1980) by emphasizing resilience, adaptability, and nonlinearity. while classical strategy frameworks assumed stable environments and predictable competition, the nexus acknowledges that competitive advantage increasingly depends on the ability to anticipate discontinuities and adapt dynamically. in this sense, the model complements and extends the dynamic capabilities perspective (teece, 2018) by clarifying how sensing (foresight) and seizing (agility) interact in turbulent contexts. 6.1.2 bridging foresight and agility research although foresight and agility have matured as distinct literatures, their integration remains undertheorized. this paper positions the nexus as a bridge, providing a coherent framework for understanding how long-term anticipatory insights can be translated into short-term adaptive action. by doing so, it responds to calls in both fields for greater theoretical integration (vecchiato, 2015; ansell et al., 2022). 6.1.3 contribution to complexity-informed strategy and policy the model also advances complexity-informed perspectives in strategy and policy. complexity theory emphasizes emergence, unpredictability, and adaptive capacity, yet it often stops short of offering prescriptive guidance. the foresight–agility nexus operationalizes complexity principles by showing how organizations and policymakers can institutionalize adaptive learning through the dual practices of anticipation and agility. 6.2 practical implications 6.2.1 for policymakers for policymakers, the foresight–agility nexus offers a structured yet flexible approach to governing in poly-crisis contexts. instead of relying solely on rigid long-term plans, governments can use foresight to explore alternative futures and agility to adjust policies in real time. for example: public health: scenario-based foresight could inform pandemic preparedness, while agile responses enable rapid adjustments as new variants or data emerge. climate policy: long-term foresight identifies plausible climate trajectories, while agility ensures that regulatory instruments (e.g., carbon taxes, subsidies) can evolve alongside technological and societal shifts. adopting this model requires institutional reforms—such as creating foresight units within government, decentralizing decision-making authority, and embedding feedback mechanisms into policy cycles. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org 6.2.2 for business leaders for firms, particularly those in volatile industries (technology, finance, energy, healthcare), the foresight–agility nexus provides a framework for sustainable competitiveness. foresight enhances innovation pipelines by identifying emerging technologies, market shifts, and regulatory changes. agility ensures that organizations can pivot business models, reconfigure supply chains, and reallocate resources as disruptions occur. together, these capacities enable firms to avoid strategic inertia and build resilience against shocks. 6.2.3 for civil society and non-state actors non-governmental organizations, international institutions, and grassroots movements also benefit from the foresight–agility nexus. these actors often operate in resource-constrained environments where crises disrupt programmatic continuity. foresight allows them to anticipate vulnerabilities among affected populations, while agility ensures rapid adaptation of interventions (e.g., in humanitarian aid or disaster response). 6.3 research implications the model opens several avenues for future research: 1. operationalization of constructs: while this paper conceptualizes foresight and agility, empirical studies are needed to develop valid measures. for example, foresight could be operationalized through the presence of scenario planning processes, while agility could be measured via organizational responsiveness and flexibility indices. 2. comparative studies: researchers could examine variations in foresight–agility integration across contexts, such as public vs private sectors, developed vs emerging economies, or stable vs crisis-prone environments. 3. performance outcomes: future studies could investigate whether the foresight–agility nexus enhances outcomes such as resilience, legitimacy, and innovation, and under what conditions these benefits materialize. 4. processual studies: longitudinal research could explore how foresight insights evolve into agile responses, and how feedback from adaptation reshapes future foresight exercises. by offering a testable conceptual framework, this study lays the foundation for empirical research that can refine, validate, or challenge the proposed model. 6.4 challenges and boundary conditions while the foresight–agility nexus offers significant promise, its implementation faces challenges: institutional inertia: bureaucratic organizations may resist the flexibility required for agility or dismiss foresight as speculative. overcoming these barriers requires cultural change and leadership commitment. resource constraints: both foresight and agility demand investment in skills, processes, and technology, which may be difficult in resource-constrained environments. legitimacy risks: excessive agility may create perceptions of inconsistency, while foresight exercises that generate radical scenarios may face skepticism from stakeholders. balancing innovation with credibility remains a critical boundary condition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org cognitive overload: engaging in multiple foresight scenarios while maintaining agile responsiveness can overwhelm decision-makers. structured processes and decision-support systems are needed to mitigate these risks. these challenges highlight that the nexus is not a panacea but a framework that requires careful tailoring to institutional contexts. 6.5 study implications the foresight–agility nexus model has significant theoretical, practical, and research implications. theoretically, it integrates fragmented literatures and advances complexity-informed strategy and policy. practically, it provides a framework for policymakers, managers, and civil society actors to navigate poly-crisis environments. for researchers, it opens new avenues for empirical investigation into anticipatory and adaptive capacities. while challenges and boundary conditions exist, the model nonetheless represents a timely and necessary contribution to both scholarship and practice in an era defined by volatility and uncertainty. 7. conclusion the 21st century is increasingly defined by poly-crises a convergence of interdependent shocks such as climate change, pandemics, geopolitical instability, technological disruption, and financial volatility. these conditions render traditional models of policy and strategy, which rely heavily on linear planning and stability assumptions, insufficient for contemporary realities. through the proposed foresight– agility nexus model, the paper conceptualizes how organizations and governments can build resilience and adaptability in an era of heightened uncertainty. strategic foresight enhances the capacity to anticipate multiple plausible futures, while policy agility ensures responsiveness to real-time shifts. together, these capacities form a reinforcing cycle: foresight informs adaptation, and agile responses generate feedback that refines foresight. the nexus thus provides a dynamic approach to strategy and policy, bridging the gap between anticipation and adaptation. the paper makes several key contributions. theoretically, it extends the dynamic capabilities perspective by clarifying the interplay between long-term anticipation and short-term responsiveness, while also advancing complexity-informed approaches in strategy and policy research. practically, it offers a guiding framework for policymakers, managers, and civil society actors seeking to design institutions that can withstand shocks without succumbing to rigidity or irrelevance. for researchers, it opens fertile ground for empirical inquiry, including operationalizing foresight and agility, investigating their impact on performance outcomes, and exploring their integration across sectors and geographies. nevertheless, the nexus is not without challenges. institutional inertia, resource constraints, and risks of cognitive overload may limit its implementation. recognizing these boundary conditions is critical for ensuring that foresight and agility are not reduced to rhetorical buzzwords but embedded as functional capacities. ultimately, this paper calls for a rethinking of strategy and policy in the age of poly-crisis. the foresight–agility nexus provides not merely a conceptual model but a call to action for scholars and practitioners alike: to embrace uncertainty as a defining condition of our time, and to build adaptive systems that can navigate it with resilience, creativity, and foresight. the ability to thrive in turbulence american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org will no longer depend solely on the strength of resources or the elegance of plans, but on the capacity to anticipate and adapt—continuously, iteratively, and collaboratively. references 1. adner, r. (2021). winning the right game: how to disrupt, defend, and deliver in a changing world. mit press. 2. adner, r., & kapoor, r. (2016). innovation ecosystems and the pace of substitution: re‐ examining technology s‐curves. strategic management journal, 37(4), 625–648. 3. barney, j. (1991). firm resources and sustained competitive advantage. journal of management, 17(1), 99–120. 4. bouncken, r. b., fredrich, v., & kraus, s. (2020). configurations of firm‐level value capture in coopetition. long range planning, 53(1), 101869. 5. cennamo, c. (2021). competing in digital markets: a platform-based perspective. academy of management perspectives, 35(2), 265–291. 6. doz, y. l., & hamel, g. (2020). alliance advantage: the art of creating value through partnering (20th anniversary ed.). harvard business review press. 7. dyer, j. h., & singh, h. (1998). the relational view: cooperative strategy and sources of inter organizational competitive advantage. academy of management review, 23(4), 660–679 8. dyer, j. h., kale, p., & singh, h. (2018). when to ally & when to acquire. harvard business review, 96(4), 108–116. 9. foss, n. j., & lind, j. (2021). the micro foundations of organizational capabilities: from ‘static’ micro foundations to micro foundations of dynamic capabilities. academy of management perspectives, 35(4), 606–622. 10. grant, r. m., & baden-fuller, c. (2004). a knowledge accessing theory of strategic alliances. journal of management studies, 41(1), 61–84 11. gulati, r., wohlgezogen, f., & zhelyazkov, p. (2022). strategic alliances and partnerships. strategic management journal, 43(1), 1–26. 12. jacobides, m. g., cennamo, c., & gawer, a. (2018). towards a theory of ecosystems. strategic management journal, 39(8), 2255–2276. 13. kahneman, d., & tversky, a. (1979). prospect theory: an analysis of decision under risk. econometrics, 47(2), 263–291. 14. kale, p., singh, h., & howard, d. (2020). building alliance capabilities: insights from practice. academy of management perspectives, 34(4), 455–475. 15. lavie, d. (2021). the evolution and scope of alliance portfolios: a review and research agenda. journal of management, 47(1), 169–198. 16. lavie, d., haunschild, p. r., & khanna, p. (2021). organizational differences, relational mechanisms, and alliance performance. academy of management annals, 15(1), 356–387. 17. lengnick-hall, c. a., beck, t. e., & lengnick-hall, m. l. (2021). developing a capacity for organizational resilience through strategic human resource management. human resource management review, 31(4), 100747. 18. malhotra, d., & lumineau, f. (2019). trust and collaboration in the aftermath of conflict: the effects of contract structure. academy of management journal, 62(2), 473–497. https://doi.org/10.5465/amj.2016.0932 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 19. powell, t. c., lovallo, d., & fox, c. r. (2011). behavioral strategy. strategic management journal, 32(13), 1369–1386. 20. puranam, p., & vanneste, b. s. (2019). corporate strategy: tools for analysis and decisionmaking. cambridge university press. 21. raza-ullah, t., bengtsson, m., & kock, s. (2020). the coopetition paradox and tension: the moderating role of coopetition capability. industrial marketing management, 90, 161–175. 22. ritala, p., kraus, s., & bouncken, r. b. (2021). introduction to coopetition and innovation: contemporary topics and future research directions. industrial marketing management, 93, 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.indmarman.2020.12.007 23. schilke, o., & goerzen, a. (2010). alliance management capability: an investigation of the construct and its measurement. journal of management, 36(5), 1192–1219. 24. schilke, o., hu, s., & helfat, c. e. (2018). quo vadis, dynamic capabilities? a content-analytic review of the current state of knowledge and recommendations for future research. academy of management annals, 12(1), 390–439. 25. schreiner, m., kale, p., & corsten, d. (2020). what really is alliance management capability and how does it matter? strategic management journal, 41(1), 49–78. 26. shipilov, a., & gawer, a. (2020). integrating research on inter organizational networks and ecosystems. academy of management annals, 14(1), 92–121. https://doi.org/10.5465/annals.2017.0098 27. simon, h. a. (1997). administrative behavior (4th ed.). free press. 28. teece, d. j., peteraf, m., & leih, s. (2016). dynamic capabilities and organizational agility: risk, uncertainty, and strategy in the innovation economy. california management review, 58(4), 13– 35. 29. williamson, o. e. (1985). the economic institutions of capitalism: firms, markets, relational contracting. free press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org prospects of determining spiritual-moral lifestyle of young families inoyatova saodatkhan jahangir's daughter doctoral student of scientific research institute republic of uzbekistan “family and women” a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article reveals that the institution of the family as the primary social unit and its spiritual height depends on the healthy moral life. functional and social differentiation of young families is determined by their spiritual and moral way of life. young family, spirituality, ethics, lifestyle, family, social institutions, value and norms, family institution. introduction the family is one of the main institutions of society, which embodies the most important values and norms in each new generation, and ensures its stability and order. a person can join various social groups during his life, for example, a school, an institute, a work group or a group of interests, but only the family is a permanent community that accompanies a person from the first days of his birth. when we talk about the institution of the family, we also mean the institutions of marriage and kinship, motherhood and fatherhood, childhood and guardianship, which are part of the institution of the family as a complex and multifaceted structure. “the main goal of our large-scale reforms is to turn the new uzbekistan into a country of people who live happily from their work, into a comprehensively developed social space” [1.202.] . as we know, certain traditions in the form of “mass culture” began to appear in developed societies at the beginning of the 21st century. they are interested in spreading their inhuman values, and because these forces are not on the side of common sense, family, and normal relationships, they are beginning to cause concern as a source of great danger. of course, some of the inhuman customs spread and propagated by them are accepted as normal customs in some countries, but this cannot be accepted in our country. public policy plays an important role in protecting our national family values from degradation. in the uzbek state, which has turned the spirit of uzbekism into a state policy, special attention is paid to the institution of the family. in this regard, the adopted state programs and legal documents specifically emphasize that family values are sacred. uzbek has a family model that has followed the path of historical development, and this family model is the most valuable example for modern youth. literature analysis and methods the family is one of the oldest social institutions that appeared before religion, politics, the state, and education. even in ancient times, attention was paid to the study of the nature and essence of the family. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org the ancient greek philosopher plato, who was the first to try to define this phenomenon, considered the patriarchal family to be an immutable, primary social unit, since states are formed as a result of the union of families. the english philosopher thomas hobbes gave spirituality and superiority to the family, rejecting various views of marriage as something unclean, devoid of sanctity. french philosopher jean-jacques rousseau denied the legitimacy of social inequality between the sexes, but at the same time focused on their natural, functional and social differences. the encyclopedic sociological dictionary defines the family as follows: "family is a social mechanism of human reproduction, relations between husband and wife, parents and children, a small group based on these relations, whose members are connected by a common life, a place based on mutual moral responsibility and mutual support ". they recognized the importance of ensuring the birth of healthy generations by properly educating the young generation in the matter of a healthy lifestyle, teaching them the correct use of medical knowledge. mahmudhoja behbudi, who was involved in the issue of family among turkestan jadids, in his article “hifz-i sihat-i oila” (“protection of family health”): “the condition of the family and the future of the young generation often depends on a person's attitude towards his health” [2.47.] . scientists say that in order to protect the modern uzbek family, it is necessary to promote the traditional family model every day. our state is doing very important things to protect our family values from european corruption, and even today, the majority of our people demand the preservation of our family values based on national tradition and nobility. uzbeks have always been against foreign air touching the family. as long as our nation is standing, the issue of protecting the family will remain relevant. the researches of scientists show that the uzbek people with a rich past have ancient values like their history. our people, who have been loyal to these values since time immemorial, considered them sacred and tried to preserve them. today, our love for the motherland, the land, the family, the elderly, and our parents begins here. family is a great word that embodies a great meaning and event. this institution, which represents the common interests of people united on the basis of moral and spiritual feelings, is also the foundation of a healthy society and a strong state. the strength and attractiveness of the family, its essence is related to its description as a social unit, a small social group and a social institution. the family is the environment in which the future personality of our society is formed. the healthier and stronger this environment is, the more resilient our society will be. the family is the first school that inculcates the human personality into culture, teaches the child the norms and rules of human behavior, and ensures his socialization. a healthy society should first of all have a healthy family model that includes all human characteristics, values, and cultural-aesthetic criteria. uzbek society can fully present to the world its age-tested, reliable and stable family model. our family values and family institution are as strong and healthy today as they were in years past. the institution of the family, which has historically played an important role in our national development as a protector of the high spiritual and moral values of our people, a carrier of our gene pool, and has given it to future heirs, maintains its level and importance. to preserve the family foundation of the uzbek people and society is to preserve the eternity of this heritage left by our ancestors. speaking about the role of uzbek ideology in the family, experts emphasize that uzbekism embodies the highest values, and one of these values is the concept of the holy family. according to the researchers, it is necessary to further develop and form the institution of the traditional family in uzbekistan, and give priority to the principles of uzbekism in promoting it american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org among young families. a person who loves his homeland, his people, his hereditary memory, and wants to preserve it, certainly does not move away from the traditional family model. abdulla avloni, while thinking about the types of education in the work "turkish gulistan and ethics", "the time of education", i.e. social environment, the role of the family in the development of a child's mature upbringing, firstly, "body education" education of a healthy person, secondly, "thought education" it was not for nothing that they paid special attention to such issues as developing their thinking, teaching them to think, and thirdly, "education of morals" formation of good manners and habits [3.14]. the content, form and means of family education are based on universal values and are built on a national basis. cultural, historical, territorial traditions determine the internal structure of the family, its interaction with the material and spiritual world. results and discussion in the address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan to the people, a lot of attention is paid to the formation of uzbeks to a healthy lifestyle, first of all, to changing people's thinking system. a woman has always been the protector of her family, the guardian of all her children and her household. a woman who forms family lifestyle, family traditions and norms. the most important protection for children should be the family, where children can see the warmth, love and affection they need, where special attention should be paid to raising girls who will bring up the next generation. it is known that by raising a boy, we raise an individual, and by raising a girl, we raise the nation. the family as a stable social institution is currently faced with a lack of understanding of the forces shaping its development process. the family is a social institution, in which the family is considered as an element of the social structure in society, depends on the economic basis of society, the method of production, and it is considered as an institution created on the basis of marriage. it arises from the legal and moral responsibility of the couple for the health and upbringing of children. the number of low-income families in uzbekistan is constantly increasing, and families whose breadwinners are unemployed and deprived of the right to receive unemployment benefits due to longterm unpaid leave are added to them. in this situation, the task of the social worker is to maintain a certain standard of living and help the socially vulnerable group of the population. to do this, it is necessary to identify vulnerable groups of poor and very poor people and "who is poor". uzbekistan's state institutions for social policy implementation use the "administrative" definition of the poor if they receive a share of the poverty "mark" for certain categories of people at risk of begging. it is clear that the need to revise existing stereotypes is ripe for defining the dimension of poverty. however, the existing information-statistical database on this issue does not allow to fully reflect the composition of consumption depending on the income of the population. for this, it is necessary to develop a new statistical program, which in turn depends on the lack of funds for this purpose. due to the reasons mentioned above, there are several reasons for the divorce of families in uzbekistan. after reviewing the social studies conducted in this area, we decided to focus on several internal and external causes that lead to family breakdown. the first reason is the interference of parents, close friends in family affairs or the negative impact of external opinions on the emotional state of the family. this is a factor that causes the divorce of young families, especially not long after marriage. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org the second reason is the influence of the social situation, that is, conditions such as lack of housing, low wages, lack of permanent employment. families whose income does not exceed household needs such as housing, food, and clothing lose motivation to continue living together. the third reason is the lack of honesty and respect for feelings. one of the important factors that destroys family harmony is the fact that young people get married with enthusiasm and then irresponsibly set fire to their spouse's eyes. the fourth reason is related to health problems. many families rush to have children after marriage. however, the problem of not being able to have children due to health (impotence) is causing many families to divorce. nowadays, the problem of impotence is widespread among young people. this is a problem of concern at the national level as well. the fifth reason is failure to preserve family values, the dominance of selfishness among family members, lack of responsibility for the role of citizens as parents and husbands. to some extent, this also applies to the disadvantages of raising children as future parents. most of the young people who have not consciously prepared for family life, are unable to overcome the difficulties they face and end up in divorce. at the same time, it is necessary to modernize the institution of grandparents, fathers and mothers. the sixth reason is that the state provides more social assistance to single-parent families. it is good to support semi-income and low income families. however, the fact that there are many programs that encourage people not to divorce and to keep the family intact, certainly contributes to the decrease in divorces. for example, ordinary citizens can receive a permit for the privatization of housing received from the state only after ten years of service in accordance with the current legislation. and the owner of one family can privatize before the deadline. for this purpose, the number of citizens who are forced to divorce on paper is not small. it should be noted that this also applies to many other welfare packages provided by the government. conclusion the family is an institution for the reproduction of human life, as well as a production collective, its members are bound together by mutual obligations and certain tasks are assigned to each of them. in general, the patriarchal family in society was a kind of micro-model of the state, where everything is sovereign subject to the will of the father. the industrial revolution led to changes in the functions of the family, the main ones of which were the reproductive and economic status. nevertheless, the family played the role of a place of spiritual shelter throughout his life, one of these indicators is related to child upbringing. the presence of cultural traditions in family relations has a creative effect on the process of education. because it is the process of transfer and perception of cultural experience, customs and traditions, skills and abilities in the family that determines the strong connection between generations. it is worth saying that there is no country in the world without family problems. however, the ranking of the countries of the world is compiled and analyzed according to people's sense of happiness, low incidence of domestic violence, and the amount of state support measures for families. one of these ratings is made in relation to the issue of gender balance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org list of references 1. mirziyoev sh.m. development strategy of new uzbekistan. tashkent. “o’zbekistan”. 2022. 2. behbudi m. hifz-i sihat-i oila// oyna, 1914. no. 3. 3. abdullah avloni. turkish culture and ethics. “tashkent”. teacher, 1992. 4. qaxxarova, m. (2021). social-spiritual environment of society and spiritual ideal. oriental journal of social sciences, 30-36. 5. qaxxarova, m., & raximshikova, m. (2020). moral continuity is a socialphilosophical, historical phenomenon. the light of islam, 2020(3), 103-112. 6.qaxxarova, m. (2021). social-spiritual environment of society and spiritual ideal. oriental journal of social sciences, 30-36. 7.qaxxarova, m., & tuychieva, h. (2019). spiritual-moral environment and its basic indicators. the light of islam, 2019(4), 24. 8. kakhharova, m. (2018). question of studying personal spiritual and moral development. eastern european scientific journal, (6). 9.kahharova, m. m., & holmirzaev, h. d. (2014). understanding the colors in philosophical and psychological-aesthetic way. новый университет, 52. 10.qahhorova, m. (2021). socio-philosophical foundations of the socioreligious spiritual and moral environment. theoretical & applied science, (6), 135138. 11.urmonalievich, y. s. (2023). views on socio-cultural technologies in the transformation of society. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 18, 15-19. 12. yuldashev, s. u. (2019). the role of the function of stabilization and development of society in scientific management (as socio-cultural technology). scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 1(6), 255-259. 13.yuldashev, s. u. (2019). technology of social and cultural projection in scientific management of society. theoretical & applied science, (11), 621-623. 14.юлдашев, с. ў. (2022). жамиятни инновацион бошқаришда илмий ёндашув. scientific progress, 3(1), 20-25. 15.yuldashev, s. u. (2022). socio-cultural features of increasing the innovative activity of personnel. oriental journal of social sciences, 2(1), 36-43. 16.yuldashev, s. u. (2020). scientific management as a social and cultural technology of “strategy of actions”. in педагогика. проблемы, перспективы, инновации (pp. 35-37). 17.urmonalievich, y. s. (2021). the essence of socio-cultural design in the process of scientific management of the society. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(7), 236-243. 18.юлдашев, с. у. (2021). давлат ва жамият бошқарувида кадрлар инновачион фаолиятини юксалтиришнинг ижтимоий-маданий хусусиятлари. намду илмий ахборотномаси-научный вестник намгу. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org considering the effect of building form on energy efficiency gulmira shungaraeva berdishukirovna, mirolimov mirrahim mirmahmudovich, toshkent arxitektura-qurilish universiteti, “bino va inshootlarni loyihalash” kafedrasi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the influence of building plan configurations in relation to their spatial characteristics on their energy consumption is considered. the article substantiates the relevance of the research of space-planning solutions of building forms, taking into account energy efficiency. as the object of research, the authors selected the most common threedimensional configurations of building forms, taking into account energy efficiency. examples of the analysis of the main spaceplanning parameters of the building and the prerequisites for their influence on its heat loss are considered with the provided graphic materials that allow you to find out the dependence of the change in the area of enclosing structures on the change in the floor area. this comparison is carried out in order to determine an energy-efficient and rationally arranged space-planning solution, taking into account the principles of energy saving for the construction of buildings. energy efficiency, volumeplanning solution, heat loss, compactness coefficient, power consumption. kirish hozirgi vaqtda zamonaviy qurilish ko'proq binolarni qurish va ulardan foydalanishga eng kam mablag' sarflash uchun qurilish loyihalari narxini pasaytirishga qaratilgan. shuning uchun energiya samaradorligini oshirishning turli usullarini chetga surib bo'lmaydi insoniyat energiyani asosan atom elektr stansiyalarining ishlashi va qazib olinadigan yoqilg'ilarni yoqish orqali oladi, ular karbonat angidridni chiqaradigan va issiqxona effektini hosil qiluvchi tugaydigan tabiiy resurslardir. tabiiy resurslarning qayta tiklanmasligi va ularning zahiralarining tugashi energiya resurslarini tejash va muqobil energiya manbalarini izlash bilan bog'liq. quyosh panellari kabi energiya manbalaridan foydalanish energiyani to'plash va keyingi iste'mol qilish uchun tejash imkonini beradi. ushbu usullar eng zamonaviy, ammo qurilishning ratsionalligiga qaratilgan qurilish kompaniyalari uchun ularning jozibadorligini kamaytiradigan yuqori xarajatlarni talab qiladi. an'anaviy va muqobil vositalardan foydalanishni birlashtiradigan birlashtirilgan elektr ta'minoti sxemalari eng mos keladi. energiya samaradorligi hisobga olingan holda binolarni loyihalash tahlili energiya samaradorligi muammosi bugungi kunda dolzarb bo'lib, resurs xarajatlarini minimallashtirish sharoitida odamlar uchun qulay sharoitlarni ta'minlash muhim vazifadir. energiyani american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org tejash asosan energiya yo'qotilishini kamaytirishga to'g'ri keladi, chunki elektr energiyasini iste'mol qilish xarajatlari binolarni ishlatish xarajatlarining muhim qismini egallaydi. issiqlik energiyasining umumiy iste'molidan o’zbekistonda 45-49% ni tashkil qiladi. o’zbekistonda energiya tejash uchun katta imkoniyatlar mavjud. atrof-muhitni muhofaza qilish va yaxshilash maqsadida energiya tejaydigan binolarni qurish tabiiy resurslardan tejamkor foydalanishga asoslangan bo'lishi kerak. energiyani tejashga qaratilgan chora-tadbirlar: suv hisoblagichlarini o'rnatish,issiqlik, gaz; devorlarning issiqlik izolatsiyasi; shamollatish; issiqlikni tiklash; energiya tejaydigan oynalar; kirish joylarida vestibulalar; issiqlik izolatsiyasi bilan ta’minlangan tomlar; bino boshqarishni avtomatlashtirish, iqlim nazorati; energiya ishlab chiqarish bilan energiya tejaydigan asboblarni o'rnatish. passiv bino tushunchasi-markaziy isitishdan foydalanmagan holda yoki qayta tiklanadigan energiya va texnologiya yordamida kam iste'mol qilish orqali issiqlik yo'qotilishini kamaytirish. aqlli bino kontseptsiyasining asosi mavjud sharoitlardan kelib chiqqan holda foydalanuvchilar uchun xavfsizlik, energiya tejash va qulaylikni, barcha muhandislik tizimlari va elektr jihozlarining ishlashini avtomatlashtirilgan rejimda ishlashi va ishlash texnologiyasini nazarda tutadi. energiya tejaydigan bino bu standart binolardan bir necha baravar ixcham va yaxshi izolyatsiyaga ega, yuqori ko'rsatkichlarga ega bo’lishi kerak. shuningdek, energiya tejaydigan oynalar deraza konstruktsiyalari kamida 0,8 m s/vt issiqlik uzatish qarshiligiga ega bo'lishi kerak. energiya tejaydigan texnologiyalarni rivojlantirish zarur va bugungi kunda binolarning energiya samaradorligini oshirishning ko'plab usullari mavjud. va eng yangilarini joriy qilishda binolarni loyihalash bosqichidagi texnologiyalar, resurslarni sezilarli darajada tejashga erishish va atrof-muhitga zararli ta'sirini kamaytirish mumkin. bino shaklining energiya samaradorligiga ta'siri darhaqiqat, mamlakatimizda qurilish industriyasining o'sish sur'atlari va ularning ortib borayotganligi sababli, yoqilg'ining qariyb 49 foizi binolarni issiqlik bilan ta'minlashga yo'naltiriladi. energiya tejamkor binoni qurish va loyihalash bir qator omillarni hisobga olishni o'z ichiga oladi, ularni amalga oshirish jamiyatga energiya tejaydigan vazifalarni, shu jumladan arxitektura va rejalashtirish echimlarini ta'minlaydi. binoning hajmiy rejalashtirishni tanlashda issiqlik yo'qotilishini kamaytirish uchun binoning energiya tejovchi shakliga tayanishi kerak. energiyani tejashning eng dolzarb va oqilona usulllaridan bittasi binoning energiya ehtiyojlarini tartibga solishni amalga oshiradigan binoning shaklini optimallashtirish usuli hisoblanadi. energiya samaradorligini oshirish choralariga quyidagilar kiradi: tashqi devorlarning o'ziga xos perimetri ko'rsatkichini kamaytirish (tashqi yopiq inshootlarning perimetrining zamin maydoniga nisbati), m / m2; kompaktlik koeffitsientining qiymatini kamaytirish (m2/m3); bino korpusining kengligini oshirish. binoning issiqlik balansida quyosh radiatsiyasi va shamolni hisobga olgan holda, shakli shar, kubdan parallelogrammga o'zgartirilishi kerak. ammo aylana shaklidagi binolarni qurish qurilish xarajatlarining oshishi bilan bog'liq muammolar va uni rejalashtirishdagi qiyinchiliklarga duch kelinadi. fasadlarning notekisligisiz cho'zilgan va ixcham shakli bir-birining orasidagi eng muvaffaqiyatli yechim bo'lib, o'ziga xos issiqlik yo'qotishlarini kamaytirishga yordam beradi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org binoning shakli, yo'nalishi va o'lchamlarini to'g'ri tanlash issiq mavsumda quyosh radiatsiyasining bino konvertiga ta'sirini kamaytirishga va natijada uni sovutish xarajatlarini kamaytirishga imkon beradi. buning yordamida atrof-muhit komponenti yaxshilanadi, foydalanish xarajatlari kamayadi, binoni qurilish uchun yanada qulay qiladi. hajmiy rejalashtirish yechimining dizayn tamoyillari kompaktlik koeffitsienti 𝐾 (m2/m3) yordamida o'ziga xos issiqlik o'tkazuvchi tashqi maydonini kamaytirish uchun binoning hajmi shaklining ixchamligini oshirishni o'z ichiga olishi kerak. binolarning ixchamligini hisoblashda, 1-rasmda ko'rsatilgan, bir xil qavat maydoni, lekin turli perimetrlar bilan energiya samaradorligining ortishi sxemasi mavjud. 1-rasm. bino rejasi konfiguratsiyasining uning energiya sarfiga ta'siri (strelka energiya samaradorligi o'sish yo'nalishini ko'rsatadi). dumaloq konfiguratsiyaga ega binolar uchun mos ravishda 1-jadval ma'lumotlariga muvofiq, bir xil qavat maydoni bilan eng kam energiya iste'moliga erishiladi. ammo bu turdagi binolarda uni qurish narxi va ichki tartib bilan bog'liq keyingi qiyinchiliklar sezilarli darajada oshishi mumkin. loyihalash bosqichida binoni isitish uchun energiya sarfini va aylana shakliga bog'liq holda taxmin qilish mumkin. 1-jadval 1-jadvalda keltirilgan hisob-kitoblar natijalariga ko'ra, binoning fasad maydonining oshishi bilan issiqlik yo'qotishlari va uni ishlatish uchun energiya xarajatlari oshadi. tashqi o’rab turuvchi maydonining o'zgarishining bir xil qavat balandligidagi qavat maydonining o'zgarishiga bog'liqligi 2american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org rasmda ko'rsatilgan. shartli qabul qilingan geometrik shakllar haqiqiy dizaynda bino konfiguratsiyasi yanada murakkab bo'lib, olingan natijalardan og'ish darajasini belgilaydi. 2-rasm. tashqi o’rab turuvchi konstruktsiya maydonining o'zgarishi zamin maydonining o'zgarishiga bog'liqligi vertikal o'rab turgan konstruktsiyalar maydonini qisqartirishning bino kengligidagi o'zgarishlarga bog'liqligini aniqlash uchun eng keng tarqalgan to'rtburchak shaklidagi binoning sxemasi sifatida olingan. vertikal o’rab turgan maydonining qisqarishining binoning zamin maydoniga bog'liqligi 3rasmda ko'rsatilgan. kengligini 12 dan 24 m gacha o'zgartirganda, o'rab turgan konstruktsiyalar maydonining foizga qisqarishi 2-jadvalda aniqlanadi. 3-rasm. vertikal o'rab turgan konstruktsiyalar maydonining qisqarishining binoning zamin maydoniga bog'liqligi american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 2-jadval devor maydonining qisqarishining binoning kengligiga bog'liqligi binoning kengligini oshirish samaradorligi tashqi vertikal konstruktsiyalarni maydonini 47% gacha kamaytirish imkonini beradi, issiqlik yo'qotilishi miqdori va binoning umumiy qiymati kamayadi, chunki ularning narxi binoning umumiy qiymatining 1/3 ni tashkil qiladi. bino uzunligi cheksizlikka moyil bo'lganda, 3-jadval asosida va hisob-kitob natijalariga ko'ra hisob kitob qilinmagan bino uzunligi (uzunlikning binoning kengligiga nisbati) bilan 50% energiya tejash olinadi �̅� = 10, bu binoning uzunligi x = 120 m energiya tejash 45% ni tashkil qiladi. ma'lum bo'lishicha, binoning eni 12 m bo'lsa, kamida 120 m uzunlikni olish tavsiya etiladi. balkonlar, lojiyalar kabi ko'plab bo’rtib chiqib turuvchi konstruktsiyalari bo'lgan binolar energiya samaradorligini pasaytiradigan omillardir. binoning chiqadigan joylari harorat va tezlik maydonlarining simmetriyasini buziladi va har bir bo’rtib chiqadigan joyda tanqidiy nuqta mavjud. devor sirtining o'rta qismida termal chegara qatlami va issiqlik oqimi doimiy qiymatlarga ega, burchakka qarab chegara qatlami kamayadi va termal kuchayadi. issiqlik yo'qotilishi taxminan 5-10% ga oshadi. qiymatlar va modellashtirish ma'lumotlariga ko'ra (1-jadval), barcha o'rganilgan variantlarning binoni soyali joyiga joylashtirilmasligi energiya sarfiga foydali ta'sir ko'rsatishi aniqlandi. issitish davrida janubga qaragan oynalarning soyasini kamaytirish kam qavatli turar-joy binosining o'ziga xos issiqlik iste'moliga vaziyatga qarab yiliga 0,5 dan 3 kvt / m² gacha ta'sir qiladi. 3-jadval binoning o'lchamsiz uzunligiga qarab energiya tejashni hisoblash natijalari to'rtburchaklar prizma, silindr, dafna derazalari bo'lgan kubga yaqin bo'lgan 3, 4, 5 (4-rasm) modellari "passiv uy” standartiga muvofiq eng samarali ko'rsatkichlarga ega, ularning oyna maydoni kichikroq va ixchamroq. model 1, to'rtburchaklar prizma shakliga ega bo'lgan 1-model "energiya tejamkor" standarti bo'yicha eng samarali ishlashga ega. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 4-rasm. yakka tartibdagi turar-joy binosining modellari xulosalar yuqoridagilardan kelib chiqqan holda, shar, kub, uzun parallelepiped shaklidagi binolar jabhalari maydonlarining kamayishi bilan eng kam issiqlik yo'qotilishi va kam material sarfiga ega degan xulosaga kelishimiz mumkin. noqulay shakl bu tor, uzun yoki baland minora ko'rinishidagi binolar, ular eng yuqori energiya intensivligi bilan ajralib turadi. an'anaviy to'rtburchak binoning eni 12 m, eng kam afzallik beradi. binoning shakli, yo'nalishi va o'lchamlarini to'g'ri tanlash issiq mavsumda quyosh radiatsiyasining binoga ta'sirini kamaytirishga va natijada uni sovutish xarajatlarini kamaytirishga imkon beradi. buning yordamida atrof-muhit muhofazasi yaxshilanadi, foydalanish xarajatlari kamayadi, binoni qurilish uchun yanada jozibador qiladi. adabiyotlar ro'yxati 1. исследование влияния формы здания на его энергоэффективность / м.в. рубцова, е.а. шевченко, э.е. семенова текст: непосредственный // инженерные системы и сооружения. 2020. № 3-4 (41-42). с. 30-35. 2. miralimov m.m. bino va inshootlar arxitekturasi toshkent-2019. 3. чужинова ю.ю. актуальность проблемы энергосбережения и пути ее решения / ю.ю. чужинова, э.е. семенова текст : непосредственный // научный вестник вгасу. серия: высокие технологии. экология. 2014. № 1. с. 138-141. 4. o’zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining farmoni 27.11.2020 y. pf-6119 o’zbekiston respublikasi qurilish tarmog’ini modernizatsiya qilish, jadal va innovatsion rivojlantirishning 2021-2025 yillarga mo’ljallangan strategiyasini tasdiqlash to’g’risida 5. семенова э.е. влияние объемно-планировочного решения на энергоэффективность здания / э.е. семенова, г.в. пономарева/ текст : непосредственный // строительство и реконструкция: сборник научных трудов научно-практической конференции. югозападный государственный университет. – курск.2019. – с.105 6. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining 2018 yil 14 noyabrda qabul qilingan «qurilish sohasini davlat tomonidan tartibga solishni takomillashtirish qo‘shimcha chora-tadbirlari to‘g‘risida»gi pf-5577-son farmoni. 7. иванова н. энергоэффективные дом / н.иванова // загородное обозрение. 2011. №11. с. 10-12. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 8. слимак и. в. анализ отечественного и международного опыта проектирования и строительства энергоэффективных зданий / и. в. слимак, м. п. диндиенко, н. в. сергеева // вестник алтгту. 2018. № 1. с. 281-286. 9. головнев с.г. оценка влияния архитектурно-планировочных решений гражданских зданий на энергоэффективность / с.г. головнев, а.е. русанов // академический вестник уралниипроект раасн. 2013. № 4. с. 76-79. 10. оптимизация геометрии формы архитектурных объектов повышения их энергоэффективности. – текст: электронный. // docplayer.ru: сервер публикации документов. 2021. – url: http://docplayer.ru/27400496-2-lekciya-optimizaciya-geometriiformy-arhit american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org professional method talks to assist esl teachers in mastering their qualifications barakayeva shakhrizoda shermat qizi bachelor of navoi state pedagogical institute, navoi phone number: +998990562340 e-mail: shaxrizodabarakayeva7@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the present research experimentally studies the method related problems in esl teachers in uzbekistan and randomly compares their teaching techniques. the purpose of this research is to provide instructors with practical assistance to have productive teaching methods and time management in order to help them succeed in their professional growth. furthermore, by asking secondary school esl teachers in various ways, the school observation identifies several issues in the teaching process. the study will build on current influence research, assisting efl teachers to teach school pupils by arranging "method talks" and recognizing and addressing students' learning challenges. methodology, method talk, language acquisition, esl teachers, interactive techniques, grammar translation method, classical method, methodological instruction, approach, communicative bond, methodologists. introduction the importance of methodology is invaluable in each field of study whether it is in neuroscience, or just mathematics. teaching foreign languages has always been overwhelming for educators, hence esl and efl teachers are always on the way to pursue their dreams on mastering their skills. there have been different explanations and arguments about teaching, as brown (2014, p. 9) says "an extended definition-or theory-of teaching will spell out governing principles for choosing certain methods and techniques". up to now, there have been used various techniques in teaching languages, especially in english such as, grammar translation method, classical method and etc. however, as the time passes by, the efficiency of these traditional methods seems subtle in many aspects which means both teachers and students couldn’t reach their most significant and expected goal. moreover, it appeared that useless methods were at the core of students ineffective learning process. “a significant difference between current language teaching practices and those of, perhaps a half a century ago, is the absence of proclaimed "orthodoxies" and "best" methods” (brown, 2014, p. 18). esl teachers both in secondary and higher education encounter some difficulties in their teaching process; some of those are not able to reduce the usage of l1 in students’ interaction and others have the problem of teaching pronunciation in his/her class, especially those who are new in teaching field. therefore, this study focuses on enhancing esl teachers’ teaching strategies with the help of professionals who are the best at their academic career. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org literature review according to recent local research, there have been a large number of esl learners in uzbekistan up to now, and the figure is currently expanding without a drop. however, when the quantity of esl learners is compared to the proportional outcomes in international and local assessments, only a few of them may approach the significant scores. in that case, we have two problems: one of them is related to teachers and the other one is to students. “many teachers have found the notion of methods attractive over the last one hundred or so years, since they offer apparently foolproof systems for classroom instruction and are hence sometimes embraced enthusiastically as a panacea for the “language teaching problem” (richards & renandya, 2002, p. 5). as stated by richards and renandya, technique is the most important factor in students' language acquisition. as a result, they must use the most up-to-date and interactive methodologies, and they must be taught by language teaching masters. the idea of establishing method talks for all esl teachers will be the most productive solution for those who are new to the education field and also this will be a great opportunity to practice and share career experience with each other. the idea of establishing method talks for all esl teachers will be the most productive solution for those who are new to the education field, and this will also be a great opportunity to practice and share career experience with each other. according to mcgraw (2011), "teachers report having positive attitudes toward teaching ells. however, when probed about specific aspects of teaching these students, they are less open about welcoming them into their classroom because they feel unprepared to educate them. one such quantitative study in a u.s. midwestern school district revealed that teachers did not feel adequate to meet the academic needs of ells when compared to the general student population. teachers also responded that students’ first language interfered with their learning”. thus, this problem must be solved by some qualified methodologists or experienced teachers in order to tackle the issue between a teacher and a student and create a communicative bond between them. most esl teachers find it difficult to teach the different aspects of the language; for some, it would be grammar or vocabulary; for others, it would be pronunciation or speaking. even if the english teachers are well educated and have a wealth of knowledge about the language, they do not have any idea about how to make the students understand effectively. organizing “method talks” for new and unexperienced teachers would be a great chance to improve educators’ qualities. for instance, all the esl teachers in a certain region or city gather around in the main institution that is suitable for everyone and has all the facilities they need during the "talk” such as a projector, microphone, speaker, or any other appliances. while the method talks, one of the experienced and successful teachers gives a speech about the language acquisition problems of the students and shows some practical examples and solutions. at the end of the method talk, anyone can ask the speaker a question about his or her own teaching problems. in fact, method talk is not just about teaching problems or solutions; in the next upcoming talks, there will be new interactive and effective worldwide methods that are being used in many countries. in order to develop the system of education of the younger generation of foreign languages, training, fluent in them, through the introducing advanced teaching methods with the use of modern pedagogic, informational, and successful technologies, and on this basis, to create the conditions and opportunities for wider access to the achievements of world civilization, world information resources, international cooperation, and communication (agzamova, d., b., 2016, p. 4). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the main objective of this work is to establish the most appropriate methodological instruction for the teaching of english at local schools and institutions. to carry out this objective, all the necessary information and ideas are compelled by author to create a theoretical framework of method talk. “sometime, without knowing the methods or even their techniques or any teachers' training, the teachers were following grammar translation method and its techniques. few teachers were trying to invent new ways of teaching, which fall under communicative language teaching approach. i would recommend for in-service teacher training to enhance the proficiency of the teachers and use their potentials by familiarizing them with modem trends of teaching” (nadia, m., 2007, p. 14). references 1. agzamova, d. (2016). english teaching methodology. manual. tashkent, uzbekistan: “barkamol fayz media” press. 2. brown, h. (2014). principles of language learning and teaching: a course in language acquisition (6th ed). new york, united states of america: pearson education. 3. nadia, m. “teaching techniques that i use in my classes: pros and cons” (2007). a report submitted to the department of english and humanities. brac university, dhaka, bangladesh. 4. mcgraw, anita williams, "teachers' experiences with english language learners in the k-5 classroom" (2011). electronic theses and dissertations. 195. 5. richards, j. c. & renandya, w. a. (2002). methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice. new york, united states of america: cambridge university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march, 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org knowledge, abilities, skills on psychology of religion as the main factors of formation of psychological immunity kasimova z. kh. candidate of pedagogical sciences, professor of the department of psychology of religion and pedagogy of iiauz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the analysis of the concept of psychological immunity in the context of modern ideological challenges and the role of religion in its formation. the influence of globalisation and information attacks on the psychological immunity of young people is investigated, stressing the importance of integrating spiritual and moral values of islam into the educational process. the author proposes a comprehensive approach to the development of psychological immunity, including theoretical training, practical activities and active participation in public life, with an emphasis on maintaining adherence to the principles of secularism and mutual understanding between different religious and cultural traditions. psychological immunity, ideological challenges, religion, spiritual and moral values, globalization, interreligious dialogue, secularism. introduction against the background of globalisation and socio-political, economic, spiritual and cultural transformations, the people of uzbekistan, having gained independence, have embarked on the path of national self-determination. this process is fraught with a number of difficulties, but it also contributes to the evolution of national self-consciousness, strengthens ideological unity and facilitates the achievement of national goals. since the first days of uzbekistan's independence, work has been under way to study and develop methods, forms and approaches to building a reliable ideological immunity among the population against ideological threats. this work has been reflected in the decisions of the president of the republic of uzbekistan aimed at strengthening the sense of national belonging and involvement in an active struggle against threats to the independence and peaceful existence of the country [2. 27]. immunity in the medical sense describes a set of reactions capable of maintaining a constant internal balance of the organism, protecting it from various external influences, infections. in scientific discourse, the concept of immunity is used in various contexts, including diplomatic immunity, parliamentary immunity, etc. the formation of ideological immunity is the subject of interdisciplinary research, which focuses on its structural characteristics, and also includes discussion of such issues as the ideals of education of a perfect individual, the problem of social justice, the importance of historical sources of the spiritual heritage of the people, contributing to the strengthening of a healthy spiritual american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march, 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org and moral essence of society [6. 313]. our study uses the concept of psychological immunity as a component of ideological immunity [1. 53]; this concept expresses the state of psychological resistance to the influence of various harmful ideologies on an individual, social group, community or society as a whole. psychological immunity is the ability of an individual to resist negative influences, to preserve the stability of his/her psyche. this concept implies the presence of internal resources that allow a person to adapt to changing conditions, overcome difficulties, and not succumb to the destructive influence of the environment. the development of psychological immunity is based on a comprehensive approach, including the formation of critical thinking, the ability to analyse and evaluate information, stress resistance and the ability to self-regulation. this process requires the active participation of both the individual and society as a whole, through the creation of a supportive environment and the provision of resources for psychological development [4. 26]. currently, the young generation is facing new challenges due to information attacks and attempts by communities promoting radical religious ideology to influence their worldview [1. 301]. in this context, special attention should be paid to the threats emanating from religious fanaticism, which seeks not only to undermine socio-political and spiritual stability, but also to destroy the universal values underlying national unity and peace. in the face of these challenges, the psychological immunity of young people cannot be limited to defence against external influences; it must also be based on a deep understanding and acceptance of the fundamental principles of their own culture and history [7. 15]. islam, as one of the dominant religions in uzbekistan, offers a rich heritage of wisdom aimed at promoting peace, justice and harmony in society. the koran and sunnah contain calls for tolerance, mutual assistance and unity, which can serve as a powerful foundation for the formation of ideological immunity. educating young people in the true, peace-loving teachings of islam helps to build resistance to extremist ideologies, emphasising the importance of spiritual and moral values in the life of every individual. the history of uzbekistan shows how islam has made a significant contribution to the development of science, culture and education, contributing to the prosperity of civilisation. respect for the legacy of great scholars and thinkers such as al-khwarizmi, al-bukhari, abu reyhan beruni and alisher navoi strengthens national identity and serves as a source of inspiration for young people. education in the spirit of pride in one's history and cultural heritage fosters a sense of belonging and responsibility for the future of one's country [5. 43]. thus, in the fight against ideological threats, educating young people about the true values of islam and its role in strengthening peace and national unity is of particular importance. this requires coordinated efforts of educational institutions, psychological services, religious leaders and the media in the development and implementation of educational programmes aimed at shaping in young people a sustainable worldview capable of resisting the ideological challenges of today. in this regard, it is important to create socio-psychological conditions to counter harmful ideological influence and to promote the formation of ideological stability among young people, taking into account their psychological characteristics. ultimately, the psychological immunity of young people, among other things, should be based on a deep understanding of and respect for their own culture and religion, which will make it possible to build a society based on the principles of peace, tolerance and mutual respect. modern experience emphasises the importance of forming psychological immunity among students. the educational system faces the need to create and implement effective methods of ideological education. it is necessary to precisely define the psychological and pedagogical content, indicators, level and criteria of the concept of "psychological immunity" in order to effectively resist ideological american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march, 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org challenges in the conditions of globalisation and information openness. the formation of psychological immunity requires a comprehensive approach, including the classification of threats, as well as the development of methods and practices that promote the development of critical thinking and ideological competence among young people. it is important that each activity in the educational process is aimed at achieving specific practical results that contribute to the strengthening of psychological resistance to ideological threats. the relationship between ideological education and social activities plays a key role in the formation of an active personal position among students, which in turn contributes to their development as ideologically and socially active citizens. such activity should be manifested not only in participation in special events and political events, but also in everyday labour, educational and organisational activities [1. 35]. the importance of religion in the educational process cannot be overestimated. the spiritual and moral values underlying religious teachings are an invaluable resource for fostering resistance to harmful ideas and ideologies. islam, like many other religions, emphasises the principles of goodness, justice, tolerance and peace, which can serve as a reliable basis for developing a conscious and responsible attitude to the world around us. the inclusion of the spiritual experience of religion in the process of forming psychological immunity in young people implies not only the transfer of knowledge about religious dogmas, but also the development of the ability to see in these teachings a deep moral meaning relevant to the modern world. this requires from the educational system flexibility and openness, readiness to apply innovative approaches and methods that promote deep understanding of religious principles and their application in life. one of the successful ways can be the integration of religious education with other disciplines such as history, literature, sociology, psychology, where religious issues are considered in the context of universal values and contemporary social problems. this approach will allow students not only to learn about religion as a system of beliefs, but also to understand its role in the development of civilisation, in the formation of moral norms and principles. the key to developing psychological immunity and preventing radicalisation based on religion lies not only in training and education, but also in the deep introduction of spiritual practices into the lives of young people. in this context, psychology and religion can play a leading role by offering effective tools to strengthen psychological immunity through the development of the individual's inner resources and spiritual and moral orientations [3. 44]. this may include organising religious and spiritual events such as holidays, lectures from spiritual leaders, meditative and reflective sessions aimed at developing students' inner world and strengthening their ideological stability. the use of psychological trainings aimed at self-knowledge and self-development can become a foundation for comprehension and acceptance of religious values. such trainings, which include elements of religious psychology, contribute not only to a deep understanding of oneself, but also to the formation of resistance to external ideological influences. developing specialised counselling and psychotherapy programmes that focus on the religious and spiritual dimension of the human experience can help young people find answers to their concerns based on the principles of their faith. in addition, introducing meditative and reflective practices based on religious traditions into the educational process will help students learn relaxation and self-regulation techniques, which is an important aspect of psychological resilience. these practices may include yoga, meditation, which will allow students to better cope with stress and improve their psychological well-being. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march, 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org thus, the formation of psychological immunity through the prism of religious and spiritual and moral values opens new perspectives for the educational process. this activity contributes to strengthening young people's resistance to ideological threats, as well as fosters in them a deep understanding of the importance of moral principles, promotes the development of a harmonious personality, ready for active participation in building a just and peaceful society. as a result, the formation of psychological immunity among young people requires a comprehensive approach that includes theoretical training, practical activities and active participation in public life, which will allow students to grow into ideologically aware, socially active citizens capable of resisting various ideological threats. references 1. кирейчев а.в. психологический иммунитет как фактор развития зрелой личности // личность, семья и общество: вопросы педагогики и психологии. 2015. №7 (53). https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/psihologicheskiy-immunitet-kak-faktor-razvitiya-zreloy-lichnosti (дата обращения: 23.02.2024). 2. комилова н.г., шарипова д.дж. повышение эффективности формирования идеологического иммунитета у молодёжи // наука и образование сегодня. 2018. №4 (27). https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/povyshenie-effektivnosti-formirovaniya-ideologicheskogoimmuniteta-u-molodyozhi (дата обращения: 23.02.2024). 3. коновалов и.а. радикализация молодежи: основные модели и профилактика. зарубежный опыт // психология и педагогика служебной деятельности. 2021. №1. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/radikalizatsiya-molodezhi-osnovnye-modeli-i-profilaktikazarubezhnyy-opyt (дата обращения: 23.02.2024). 4. москаленко г.в., зелинская и.а. представление о психологическом иммунитете в отечественной психологии // российский психологический журнал. 2019. №3. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/predstavlenie-o-psihologicheskom-immunitete-v-otechestvennoypsihologii (дата обращения: 23.02.2024). 5. ниёзов с. нормативно-правовая основа развития системы социальной политики в узбекистане // sai. 2022. №6. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/normativno-pravovaya-osnovarazvitiya-sistemy-sotsialnoy-politiki-v-uzbekistane-1 (дата обращения: 23.02.2024). 6. смирнов и.п. религия, наука, образование: истоки толерантности и экстремизма // кпж. 2016. №3 (116). https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/religiya-nauka-obrazovanie-istokitolerantnosti-i-ekstremizma (дата обращения: 23.02.2024). 7. худайбердиев а.к. узбекистан: проблемы защиты молодежи от вредной информации в условиях глобализации (социально-философский анализ) // россия и мусульманский мир. 2019. №3 (313). https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/uzbekistan-problemy-zaschity-molodezhi-ot-vrednoyinformatsii-v-usloviyah-globalizatsii-sotsialno-filosofskiy-analiz (дата обращения: 23.02.2024). 8. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. psychological foundations of the moral qualities of a leader in decision-making //european journal of interdisciplinary research and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 213-217. 9. касимова з. х. проявления межличностной коммуникации в эпоху взаимодействия культур //international scientific review. – 2020. – №. lxx. 10. nazarov a. s. socio-psychological and organizational characteristics of decision making in management //turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry. – 2021. – т. 12. – №. 7. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march, 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 11. касимова з. х. развитие важных психологических качеств в личности руководителя //international scientific review. – 2020. – №. lxxiv. 12. назаров а. с. ижтимоий-психологик тадқиқотларда қарор қабул қилиш муаммосининг ўрганилганлик холати: назаров азамат соттарович, ўзбекистон халқаро ислом академияси катта ўқитувчиси //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2022. – №. 12. – с. 354-362. 13. касымова з. х. подготовка специалиста новой формации в процессе применения инновационных способов обучения //научные школы. молодежь в науке и культуре xxi в. – 2017. – с. 252-253. 14. sottarovich n. a. socio-psychological mechanisms of improvement of decision-making in managerial activities //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 19. – с. 60-64. 15. касымова з. х. подготовка специалиста новой формации в процессе применения инновационных способов обучения //научные школы. молодежь в науке и культуре xxi в. – 2017. – с. 252-253. 16. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. 17. касимова з. х. перспективы подготовки специалистов в условиях дистанционного обучения //молодежь в науке и культуре xxi в.: материалы междунар. науч.-. – 2016. – с. 185. 18. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 19. касимова з. х., джалилова ф. с. перспективы самореализации личности в условиях дистанционного обучения //культура в евразийском пространстве: традиции и новации. – 2016. – с. 233-235. 20. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 9-14. 21. kasimova z. h. the use of interactive methods in the development of critical and creative thinking //the edition is included into russian science citation index. – 2014. – с. 132. 22. назаров а. с. социально-психологические особенности принятия управленческих решений //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 58-62. 23. касимова з. х. социально-психологическая защита личности от информационных воздействий //редакционная коллегия. – с. 133. 24. khamidovna k. z. et al. psychological aspects of the development of ecological ideas among students //psychology and education journal. – 2021. – т. 58. – №. 2. – с. 7812-7818. 25. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 48-55. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march, 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 26. khamidovna k. z. professional orientation of communicative competence of students. [электронный ресурс] //режим доступа: https://scientific-publication. com/images/pdf/2020/51/eur0pean-science-2-51-ii-a. pdf/(дата обращения: 23.09. 2020). 27. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103-109. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org personality problems khujamuradov gofir jurakulovich ubaydullaeva shakhlo berdibaevna samarkand technical school of public health named after abu ali ibn sino hakimova khanbuvi senior lecturer of the department of public health and health care management of samarkand state medical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s currently, one of the most important areas in the healthcare system is the study of quality of life in medicine. such studies help to understand more deeply and thoroughly the problem of the patient’s attitude to his health. an important place in the study of the quality of life of patients belongs to the study of control over the medical care provided to the population. in this regard, the study of the quality of life and mental health of students is of particular interest. quality of life, method, medicine. introduction the main task and goal of any state is to create such living conditions for citizens in which people would feel comfortable and satisfied [1]. in order to organize such a high-quality system of government, you need to learn to understand the culture of society, take into account the basic needs of a person, his interests. the state should consider its main direction of activity to be the constant desire to improve the quality of life of its population [2]. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds from ancient times to the present, the concept of quality of life has undergone many changes, constantly being adjusted and improved [3]. today, a fairly large amount of literature and various scientific works have been created, which once again proves the interest of people in research and improving the quality of life [4]. the problem of studying the quality of life occupies a borderline position not only in the system of branches of psychological knowledge, but also in related sciences. it is worth noting that the initial period of research into quality of life is characterized by the absence of a unified approach both to the study of the concept itself and to the research methodology [5]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org rеsults аnd disсussiоn in the modern world, an increased surge of interest in studying the quality of life is directly related to the economic crisis, as a result of which the real level of income of the population in most countries of the world is decreasing and property differentiation is deepening [2]. conceptual approaches to the study of quality of life are currently very diverse. thus, quality of life can be considered as a set of vital aspects of an individual, reflecting his existence in all aspects of life [3]. the modern economic dictionary gives the following definition of quality of life: quality of life is a generalized socio-economic category that includes not only the level of consumption of social goods and services, but also the satisfaction of spiritual needs, health and comfortable environmental conditions [4]. currently, the advantage of the biopsychosocial model of health and illness has become obvious to specialists in the vast majority of fields, in particular in the field of “helping” professions, such as doctors and psychologists. thus, thanks to the recognition of a new model of health, in the modern world the criterion of quality of life makes it possible to revive the old principle: “treat not the disease, but the patient.” it follows that the issue of quality of life is to direct researchers to recognize the individual integrity of each person. the new concept of quality of life provides for the priority of human interests and benefits over the interests of society and science [3]. the study of quality of life is based on the patient’s assessment of his level of well-being in physical, mental, social and economic aspects. tools for studying quality of life are profiles (allowing each component of quality of life to be assessed separately) and questionnaires (for a comprehensive assessment). both profiles and questionnaires are classified into general and special. it should be noted that these tools for studying quality of life only reflect how the patient tolerates his illness, but does not assess the clinical severity of the disease [4]. currently, about 400 quality of life questionnaires have been developed. they are widely used in medicine, especially in those areas where the quality of life is most affected by diseases. analysis of the results makes it possible to characterize the condition of patients with various forms of pathologies [2]. the most common general questionnaires include: euroqol (eq – 5d) developed by a group of european researchers, as well as the american sf 36 questionnaire and its modifications (sf-22, sf20, sf-12) [4]. study of quality of life in surgery. studying the quality of life of patients with surgical pathology is necessary to standardize treatment methods, optimize the choice of appropriate therapy, which will be most effective for an individual patient, taking into account his individuality, social status, and financial capabilities. studying the quality of life in surgery is the most reliable and effective method for assessing the patient’s condition before and during treatment, as well as at the rehabilitation stage [2]. study of quality of life in rheumatology. the quality of life of rheumatological patients is affected by both the disease and the treatment provided. the quality-of-life research methodology allows us to study the impact of the disease and treatment on indicators of the patient’s physical, psychological and social functioning. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org study of quality of life in cardiology. it has been proven that studying and measuring indicators of the quality of life of cardiac patients over time can greatly help a medical specialist decide on the choice of more appropriate therapy for a given patient in the future. соnсlusiоn in connection with the increased interest in the problem of quality of life, a particularly relevant link is student youth, who, being a unique social group united by such common factors as age limits, intense mental stress, as well as lifestyle and mentality, will become an indicator of the level of development of the country as a whole, its competitiveness. rеfеrеnсеs 1.хусаинова мухиба шавкатовна, кафиева мартаба хушвактовна и хакимова хонбуви. (2024). роль современных педагогических технологий в преподавании науки основ сестринского сединства. web of medicine: журнал медицины, практики и сестринского дела , 2 (2), 78–82. 2.khakimova h. h., & r.s.barotova. (2024). the importance of prevention in medical practice. web of medicine: journal of medicine, practice and nursing, 2(2), 96–98. 3.хакимова хонбуви и мамедиев наврузбек менгдобилович. (2024). седрсинская помощь при инфекционных заболеваниях. web of medicine: журнал медицины, практики и сестринского дела , 2 (1), 71–74. получено с http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/705. 4.хакимова хонбуви и худойназарова наргиз ешкобиловна. (2024). споры в профессиональной деятельности медицинского работника. сеть медицины: журнал медицины, практики и сестринского дела , 2 (1), 66–70. получено с http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/704. 5.накимова хонбуви и юнусов сардор ашрафзода. (2024). индикаторные функции в медицине. международный междисциплинарный исследовательский журнал galaxy , 12 (1), 332–335. получено с https://www.giirj.com/index.php/giirj/article/view/6319. 6.х. хакимова х. «эффективность системы здравоохранения». схоластика: журнал естественного и медицинского образования 2.2 (2023): 204-208. 7.х., хакимова х. «эффективность системы здравоохранения». схоластика: журнал естественного и медицинского образования 2, вып. 2 (2023): 204–208. 8.х, х (2023). эффективность системы здравоохранения. схоластика: журнал естественного и медицинского образования , 2 (2), 204–208. 9.хакимова хонбуви и мамедиев наврузбек менгдобилович. (2024). седрсинская помощь при инфекционных заболеваниях. web of medicine: журнал медицины, практики и сестринского дела , 2 (1), 71–74. получено с http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/705. 10.хакимова х.х. и р.с.баротова. (2024). значение профилактики в медицинской практике. сеть медицины: журнал медицины, практики и сестринского дела , 2 (2), 96–98. получено с http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/837. 11.хонбуви хакимовна хакимова и дилдора эргашевна кушматова. (2022). методы и вопросы нозологического анализа смертности во время пандемии http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/705 http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/704 https://www.giirj.com/index.php/giirj/article/view/6319 http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/705 http://webofjournals.com/index.php/5/article/view/837 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org covid-19. передовой медицинский и фармацевтический журнал , 2 (02), 50–59. https://doi.org/10.37547/medical-fmspj-02-02-08 12.xakimova , x. x., & zayniddinov , m. (2022). tibbiyot talabalari orasida keng tarqalgan kasalliklarning oldini olishning dolzarb muammolari. евразийский журнал медицинских и естественных наук, 2(5), 96–100. извлечено от https://inacademy.uz/index.php/ejmns/article/view/1618 13.кушматова дилдора эргашевна и хакимова хонбуви хакимовна. (2022). современные перспективы по теме общественного здравоохранения и здравоохранения. всемирный бюллетень общественного здравоохранения , 6 , 51-53. получено с https://scholarexpress.net/index.php/wbph/article/view/480. 14.khonbuvi h., usmonovna s. a. g. thyroid diseases //the peerian journal.–2024.–т.26.– с. 40-43. 15.xonbuvi, hakimova. "«jamoat salomatligi va sog’liqni saqlash iqtisodiyoti» fanidan mashgulotlarni interfaol o’yinidan foydalanib o’tishning afzalliklari." involta scientific journal 2.1 (2023): 111-115. https://doi.org/10.37547/medical-fmspj-02-02-08 https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejmns/article/view/1618 https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejmns/article/view/1618 https://scholarexpress.net/index.php/wbph/article/view/480 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org the stages of solving engineering problems from physics and its educational and methodological support nosirov nizomiddin baratovich researcher of chirchik state pedagogical university, senior lecturer of tashkent university of architecture and construction. e-mail: nnb1990nnb@gmail.com. tel. 97 543 33 00. based on the review of s.s. khudaiberdiev, docent of the department of "mathematics and natural sciences", candidate of physical and mathematical sciences, tashkent institute of architecture and construction. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the characteristics of the supply structure based on the comparison of the stages of solving physical and engineering problems in the preparation of engineers for professional activities. the tasks of the developed teachingmethodical support in the educational process are presented. competence, model, analysis, theoretical knowledge, independent work, individual, invariant, physics course, educational and methodological support, educational process. introduction it is known that the creation of a model of the implementation of professional orientation of the physics course requires the development of educational and methodological support based on the comparison of the stages of solving physics and engineering problems. based on the analysis of scientific and educational-methodical literature, it is possible to determine the characteristics of the structure of educational-methodical support in various subjects. in the process of learning a general physics course, the educational methodological support of preparing future engineers for professional activity should fully cover the set of materials necessary for students to study a certain subject in the course of classroom training and independent work in accordance with the requirements of the state educational standard (ses). in the literature, educational and methodological support is described as a system of normative, methodical and information-reference documents, which includes regulatory documents, collections for conducting all kinds of classes in this subject, determining the regulatory and legal bases of the specialty, competence requirements, independent work and monitoring the knowledge of students. literature review m.g. minin [1], m.s. saaduev [2], i.b. fedorov, v.e. medvedev [3] and other scientists stated that it is necessary to update the educational and methodological support of the educational process with new american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org quality indicators of the results obtained in accordance with the state educational standards. gorkaeva defines the uniqueness of the educational-methodical complex as a system of normative and educational-methodical materials and educational tools. according to t.m. frolova, continuous updating of teaching-methodical support, continuous improvement of educational technologies, intensification of this process allows for individualization, transition from passive to active forms of education [4]. n.g.berdennikova [5], v.p.bespalko [6] describe information-methodological complexes as a means of activating students' independent cognitive activities and using computer technologies. in order to improve the structure and content of educational-methodical support, yu.l. the author defines the second group as a variable part, and includes diversity depending on the didactic, methodical and scientific training of the teacher [7]. scientists divide didactic support into invariant (fundamental) and variable components. this approach allows to use the developed materials in teaching students of different specialties while preserving the theoretical core of the course and designing its shell based on the specialties of the students. taking into account the introduction of the credit-module system into the educational process, the role of physics in the training of future construction engineers and its integration with other special general engineering disciplines were discussed. in addition, instructions and recommendations on the effective organization of lesson processes and independent education are presented [8,9,10]. a. yu. kurin is based on the following principles in the process of formation of educational and methodological support [12]: 1) the activity and independence of learners, which is carried out through the active independent activity of learners and the guiding and corrective activity of the teacher; 2) developmental and educational education, which is carried out by encouraging self-expression of students in their future professional activities; 3) a differentiated and individual approach implemented through a special grouping of tasks and materials of different complexity levels [11]. in the development of teaching-methodical support, it is necessary to pay attention to the volume, complexity and time spent on tasks for independent work, consideration of permissible errors, dividing the task into small tasks in order to achieve educational goals. summarizing all of the above, we define the structural elements of educational and methodological support as a means of acquiring certain components of the basic professional competencies of students as the basis of the success of future professional activity. in addition to regulatory documents (state educational standards, programs, curricula), the modern educational and methodological support of the general physics course should include: 1. brief theoretical information on the studied sections in order to help students in the implementation of the theoretical stage of problem solving (formation of cognitive-analytical competences). 2. material created for independent implementation of the analytical stage of solving educational and professional tasks (formation of cognitive-analytical, knowledge competences). 3. instructions for solving issues necessary for students' independent work (formation of cognitive competence). 4. algorithms, algorithmic type indicators, generalized methods of solving problems (formation of cognitive competence) in order to teach independence and reasonableness of decision-making. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 5. brief theoretical information on mathematics and informatics, which are often used by students to complete the practical stage of solving problems (formation of information-mathematical competence). 6. questionnaire materials for searching for the necessary information and independent verification of the obtained information (formation of reflexive components of basic general professional competences). 7. examples of solving the main types of problems to ensure independent work of students (activation of independent activity). 8. examples of solving professionally-oriented tasks (formation of the motivational component of basic general professional competences). 9. tasks for independent work (formation of the reflexive component of basic general professional competences). 10. supervision and independent works (summarization and systematization of the mastered material). analysis and results in accordance with these requirements, the educational and methodological support of the general physics course was developed based on the comparison of the stages of solving physics and engineering problems. this supply structure is shown in figure 1. the developed educational and methodical support performs the following tasks in the educational process: 1. educational. from the point of view of the traditional approach: it helps to systematize and generalize the knowledge of the general physics course, it helps to solve the problems in education. from the point of view of professional direction, it helps students to generalize, distinguish the main ones, make reasonable decisions, learn to prove their point of view, helps to form the knowledge and functional components of the main general professional competences. figure 1. educational and methodical support structure. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 2. controller. the level of mastering of theoretical knowledge and the ability to solve educational problems, as well as the levels of formation of basic general professional competences (as well as the analysis of mistakes made) allow the implementation of intermediate and final types of control. 3. educational. from the point of view of the traditional approach: it activates the cognitive activity of students, encourages them to study the general physics course as a science and as one of the foundations of future professional activity; from the point of view of a competent approach: forms the direction of activity in solving problem situations towards the result, helps to form the motivational component of the main general professional competencies. 4. reflection. traditional approach: learning to check the obtained result, finding the optimal way to solve the educational task, allows self-evaluation. professionally oriented approach: forming the need to check the results of one's activity, finding an effective way to perform a professional task, a critical attitude towards oneself, helps to strive for self-development. contributes to the formation of the reflexive component of basic professional competencies. 5. individualization of the teaching of the general physics course and formation of the basis of professional competence due to the ability to use a large part of the educational and methodical training in the independent work of the students. 6. optimizing the educational process due to the activation of cognitive activity and independent work of students. the task of educational and methodological support is as follows: organization of theoretical and practical preparation of future engineer-students for professional activity, as well as systematization and generalization of the studied material; development of creative abilities. the proposed teachingmethodical support allows the teacher to perform control and corrective tasks at each stage of its application (fig. 2). in higher education institutions, a certain structure of practical training on the general physics course has been developed. at the beginning of the practical session, the teacher usually checks the completion of the homework, answers the students' questions when there are difficulties in completing it. then a questionnaire is conducted and repeated on the material passed, theoretical information on the topic of this practical lesson is analyzed in order to reflect the level of mastery of the theory, the teacher answers the students' questions. figure 2. the structure of practical training in the main time allocated for practical training, it is necessary to perform educational tasks, which consists of the following stages: analytical, theoretical (physical), practical (mathematical) and reflexive (analysis of problem solving). after the tasks are completed, the teacher announces the 5. homework 1. checking the execution of the task 6. conclusion 3 b. students' questions 4. completing the task 3, a. analysis of new material 2. conducting a survey of students on the material passed american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org homework and completes the lesson together with the students. thus, the structure of the practical lesson allows to implement all stages of formation of basic competencies. conclusion/recommendations in short, the organization of theoretical and practical preparation of future engineer-students for professional activity, as well as systematization and generalization of the learned material, development of creative abilities, the proposed teaching-methodical support allows the teacher to perform control and corrective tasks at each stage of its application. references 1. nosirov, n.b. (2022). educational-methodical support for solving engineering problems from physics and its stages. integration of science, education and practice. scientific-methodical journal, 3(10), 98-103. 2. begmatova d.a., nortojiyev a.m., khudayberdiyev s.s., mahmadiyorov a.z., nosirov n.b. the importance of physical exercises in the training of specialists in the field of architecture and construction // international conference on problems and perspectives of modern science. aip conference proceedings 2432, 030056 (2022); https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0089959 published online: 16 june 2022. 3. baratovich, n.n. (2023). study and methodology of solving engineering problems in physics. conference, 64-67. 4. baratovich, n.n. (2023). physical-engineering problems stages of solution and its didactive tasks. conference, 102-104. 5. uralbaevich, t. i., baratovich, n. n. (2023). formation of main general competences of future engineers and its stages. conference, 80-83. 6. e. b. saitov., sh. kodirov., z. f. beknazarova., b. m. kamanov., a. nortojiyev., n. siddikov. developing renewable sources of energy in uzbekistan renewable energy short overview: programs and prospects. // international conference on problems and perspectives of modern science. aip conference proceedings 2432, 020015 (2022); https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0090438 published online: 16 june 2022. 7. baratovich, n.n. (2023). a model for implementing professional orientation by future engineers in the general physics course. for teachers, 16(1), 178-183. 8. gareth jones. "competence and understanding—a personal perspective" selected contributions from the international conference girep epec 2015, wroclaw poland, 6–10 july 2015 u. p. 11-24. 9. baratovich, n.n. (2023). modeling method of professional competence development of future engineers. for teachers, 16(1), 184-188. 10. mukhamadalievich, n.a. (2022). the method of conducting practical classes in the subject of physics in technical higher educational institutions through the method of designing objects of professional activity. asian journal of research in social sciences and humanities, 12(5), 350-354. 11. khudaiberdiev, s.s., nortojiev, a.m. (2022). the method of conducting practical training in physics in technical higher education institutions through the design method. journal of integrated education and research, 1(7), 104-109. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 12. begmatova d.a., nortojiyev a.m. integration of conducting physics classes in higher educational institutions in the field of construction// scientific information of tashkent state pedagogical university. tashkent, 2020. #12. b. 40-45. 13. nortojiyev a.m. methods of ensuring integrative approach to teaching physics // international multidisciplinary conference on scientific developments and innovations in education. greece, 2022. p 19-21. 14. nortojiyev a.m. teaching physics on the basis of integration of architecture and building sciences // international conference on developments in education, sciences and humanities. – hosted from washington, dc usa, 2022. – p. 116-117. 15. mukhamadalievich, n.a. (2022). formation of the professional competence of students through the interdisciplinary integration of physics into the sciences of architecture and construction. conference, 170-172. 16. nortojiyev, a.m., begmatova, d.a. (2021). methods of conducting physics laboratory courses on the basis of interdisciplinary integration. academic research in educational sciences, 2(cspi conference 3), 105 107. 17. nortojiev, a.m. (2023). formation of professional competence of students through integration of physics in architecture and construction sciences. for teachers, 16(1), 189-194. 18. tashpulatov, s. and parmanova, r. (2021) spectra of the energy operator of four-electron systems in the impurity hubbard model. triplet state. journal of applied mathematics and physics, 9, 2776-2795. doi: 10.4236/jump.2021.911179. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org formation tendencies of the military administration system in the kokan khanty hakimova xandona oybek qizi in 3rd grade student of the national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the trends in the improvement of the army system and military weapons, which were considered an important issue of statehood in the late 18th century 70s of the 19th century. military field, khudoyor khan, malla khan, military positions, rifle, cannons. introduction military work is an important and indispensable factor in the development of statehood. the reforms implemented in the central asian khanates, including the kokan khanate, to strengthen the state's military power, are noteworthy. the successors of shahrukhbi, the representative of the ming clan, who founded the kokan khanate, took important steps to expand the country's borders and strengthen the state's military power. they relied on a large number of military forces in all domestic and foreign policies implemented by the newly formed state. who relied on a large number of military forces. in particular, abdurahimbi, the first representative of the ming dynasty, increased the number of his army to 20 thousand people. the author of "history of shahruhi" mulla niyaz muhammad ko'kan khan abdurahim khan marched against the khojand fortress with an army of 20 thousand people and captured it in 17251. the information indicates that the rulers tried to increase the country's military power and military forces from the first years of the kokan khanate. these military forces served as an instrument of internal and external policy carried out by subsequent rulers. based on the importance of the military forces in the country's political, social life, management system, the kokan rulers tried to strengthen and improve it in every way. in particular, olim khan (1798-1810), who expanded the borders of the kokan khanate to large areas at the beginning of the 19th century, implemented a number of measures aimed at strengthening the country's military forces. in the period of umar khan (18101822) enough attention was paid to military work. in mushrif's work, "umar khan's time 1 tursunov b. military work and army in the kokhan khanate: situation, management, traditions (until the 70s of the 19th century). – t. 2006. p.59. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org was marked by scholars and scholars." "the army and its soldiers have found order and peace, and clarity has appeared in the minds of the people2." according to ma'sum khan's work about the size of the army during the time of umar khan, "according to the tradition spread in central asia, the number of soldiers in the army had to be 12 thousand in order to have the title of "amir al-muslimin"3. in 1815, when umar khan was found worthy of this title, according to the rules, soldiers were registered and their number was 40 thousand people. during the reign of sherali khan, an auxiliary unit "qil khayy" was organized in the koqan khanate. ibrat, the son of is'haqho junayodullahhoja, says in his work, "when sheralikhon marched on tashkent, he introduced a rule called “kil kuyruk” that is, when he went to war instead of riding a horse, the kill tail came out at the right time" writes4. in particular, the effectiveness of the supply and armament of troops in the kokhan khanate depended on how much the ruler of the state paid attention to the field. at this point, it should be said that some rulers of the khanate did not always pay due attention to this matter. despite this, the state has always paid attention to the development of this industry. the khanate was not behind the military potential of the bukhara and khiva states in terms of the number of military fortresses, the number and quality of cannons and rifles. artillery is an important type of weapon in military operations, and it was considered one of the main striking forces of the khanate troops. torezlik, that is, the profession of throwing balls, is considered quite complicated5. ballcasting workshops existed in large cities of the khanate, such as ko`kan, tashkent, margilan, andijan. in particular, the existence of a separate section on the issue of the ball casting workshop, craftsmen and their support in the documents of the kokhan khanate archives confirms our opinion. the data of 1860 gives information about the fact that french and english specialists played ball in kokan6. along with the high rulers, the actions of various officials and military commanders in strengthening the military power of the khanate are noteworthy. a number of officials and generals contributed to the development of the military power of the khanate and the formation of defense capabilities. during the reign of sultan said khan, in 1864, mirza ahmad, a pilot, was appointed governor of tashkent. he constantly paid attention to the army and 2 mirzaalim mushrif. ansab us salatin and tawarikh ul khavokin... p. 19. 3 hakim khan ibn sayyid masum khan. muntakhab ut tawarikh. uzr fa shi. manuscript n°_594. p. 78. 4 ibrat ishokkhan junaidullahhoja. history of fargona. — t., 1991. p. 97 5 tursunov b. military work and army in the kokhan khanate: situation, management, traditions (until the 70s of the 19th century). – t. 2006. p.30. 6 валихонов ч.ч. записка о қокандском ханстве 1 собр. соч. в пяти томах. — алма ата, 1985. т. 3, с. 318. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org tried to improve its supply. another army chief, aliquli, is strongly committed to organizing the administration system in the khanate and encouraging the arming of the army. in order to develop the military power of amirakar aliquli khan, he tried to cooperate with muslim countries and provide the army with weapons of european standards7. regarding aliquli's actions in this field, the russian officers noted the following: "we were informed that ambassadors were sent to the emir of kabul asking for help from kokan. it can be seen that mulla aliquli is trying to create a diplomatic and military alliance between the muslim countries for the benefit of kokand and against us. "based on his words about bringing 5,000 rifles to tashkent, he made a deal with kabul or peshawar on the issue of arms delivery." according to mullah yunusjon munshiy, "aliquli does not even spare his savings on this road, he tries to raise their spirits by distributing it to the army." however, the efforts of the central government, some officials and military commanders to carry out reforms in the military sphere are not supported by everyone8. the 1950s and 1970s were a difficult period for the kokan khanate. not only the internal conflict and the long struggle for the throne in the country, but also the external danger the invasion of tsarist russia, was posing a serious threat to the integrity of the kokand state 9 . in such conditions, the various ethical groups that made up the country's population did not unite around the central authority. this, in turn, led to the weakening of the central government and the weakening of the khanate's military power. the struggle for power of different ethnic groups seriously damaged the state's military power. even the gathering of military structures according to the territorial and ethnic aspects, the inability of these structures to unite during military operations was one of the reasons for the defeat of the kokhan army10. in the first half of the 19th century, the rulers of kokan made certain efforts to form a regular army in the country and strengthen it. there are conflicts in the internal life of the country, aggressive actions of the rulers of neighboring 7 ilhomov z. aliquli amirakar and his role in the political life of the kokhan khanate: candidate of history. …dis. t., 2004. p.74. 8 mullah yunusjon munshiy. history of amirakar alimqul. t., 1997. p. 10. 9 mda of the republic of uzbekistan, i-715collective volume, list 1, 24 case 240 pages. 10 валихонов ч.ч. записка о қокандском ханстве 1 собр. соч. в пяти томах. — алма ата, 1985. т. 3, с. 314. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org countries. as mentioned above, it led to formation of a regular army in the country during the reign of olim khan, one of the rulers of kokand. this army was further strengthened during the reign of umar khan and madali khan. according to the archive data, "olim khan and umar khan were able to collect about 40 thousand troops during the reigns", the regular army in the kokan khanate was mainly based in castles, military fortifications and large economic and political centers, cities standing. according to the information given by cho'kan valikhonov, in 1802, 14,000 regular troops were kept in the yormozor garrison located in margilon, and in 1813-1814, filini nazarov, who returned from being in the kokan khanate, said that 20,000 soldiers served in the yormozor garrison. gives information. this author wrote about the fact that 10,000 soldiers lived in the andijan garrison with their horses and families, and the namangan garrison consisted of 1,500 people. due to the danger of invasion by the army of the sin empire from eastern turkestan, more soldiers were kept in andijan11. during the reign of sherali khan in the kokan khanate, the auxiliary unit "kilquyruq" was established. ibrat, the son of ishaq khan junayodullahhoja, wrote about this in his work: "when sheralikhon marched on tashkent, he introduced a rule called "tail-tail", that is, when he went to war, instead of a horseman, the tail-tail came out at the same time." writes. in turn, the irregular army, auxiliary units karacherik and qilquyruq were also important in increasing the military power of the khanate, and during the military operations, around 20,000 people were gathered. in addition, special attention was paid to the military sector during the reign of khudoyar khan. during the time of khudoyor khan, there was a special enterprise that produced gunpowder cookies in the city of kokan. the data shows that the gunpowder cookie was produced in margilan city, chaikent village of andijan, in the center of beklik. in particular, it is known that 70 cannons were made in the kokhan workshop during the reign of sultan said khan (1863-1865). balls of this period are divided into two types according to their function: castle ball and field ball. the size and caliber of the castle cannon is large, and it was mainly used to protect cities and castles from the enemy. such big balls were called "jazayil" (according to some sources "jaloyir"). for example, one of the cannons cast during the reign of mallakhon (1858-1862), the ruler of the kokhan khanate, is 11 записки o некоторвих народах и землях средней части азии филишпа назарова отделъного сибирского корпуса переводчика, посланного в кокан а 1813 – 1814 г. сиб., 1891. с. 67. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org "said muhammad mallakhon bahadir's special kata cannon." the words "hijri 1276" are written on it, the ball is designed for long throw, the length of the ball is 280 cm, the inner circumference is 18 cm, and the weight is 1385 kg. such cannons were carried in special wheeled devices12. another important type of weapon is the rifle. during this period, a european-style rifle factory was built in kokand and andijan, where rifles and other firearms were repaired. in particular, it is known that about 10,000 rifles were prepared for the army in the khan's workshops during the reign of sultan said khan (1863-1865)13. it is important for the state to occupy a superior position militarily, that its military system has developed, and that military fortresses have been built based on the needs of the times. in particular, the kokhan khanate has its own defense system, cities and fortresses are surrounded by strong walls, where army units and military weapons are always kept. military fortresses were placed along the border regions of the country and ensured the security of the regions. the governor of the castles and fortifications located on the borders of the kokan khanate was a qalaban or kutvol, who was responsible for the military-administrative, tax and tax collection of these areas. according to the military purpose, people from dodkhoh to qushbegi were assigned to the task of qalaban14. the capital city of kokhan was also surrounded by a strong wall, an army of 6000 people and up to 30 cannons were kept. the second important city in the khanate, tashkent, has a garrison of 2,000 people and 20 cannons, as well as an army of 600 people and 2-4 cannons in the city of turkestan, 60 people and 1-3 cannons in the yangigorgan fortress, and in the kirovchi fortress 400 people and up to 1-3 cannons, 50 soldiers and up to 1-3 cannons in the shoydon fortress, 100 soldiers and up to 1-3 cannons in chinoz, 250 soldiers and up to 2-4 cannons in shymkent, 60 in the suzok fortress people and up to 1-3 cannons, 50 people and up to 1-3 cannons in the jolak fortress, 600 people and up to 2-4 cannons in the avliyoota fortress, 400 people and up to 1-3 12 bobobekov h. history of kokand. t.; 1996. p. 43. 13 набиев р. н. из историй кокандского ханства. – т: фан, 1973. c. 207. 14 eshov b. history of uzbek statehood and administration. t.: 2012. p. 86. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org cannons in the marki fortress, in isfarada 200 people and 1-3 cannons, pishpak fortress had 800 people and 1-3 cannons15. in conclusion, it can be noted that although the military administration system of the kokand khanate was similar to that of the bukhara and khiva khanates, it also had many unique features. it can be seen from the sources related to the times of kokhan khans olim khan, umar khan, and madali khan that the lifestyle of the soldiers was a little better. because during the time of these rulers, especially during the time of olim khan, military reforms were carried out and the life of soldiers was treated seriously. in addition, a good attention to the industry played an important role, especially during the times of malla khan and sultan said khan. modern cannons and rifles were produced with the involvement of the military. the border fortresses of the state are equipped with these weapons. the army had the necessary salary and food supply. this shows that the rulers of kokan tried to provide their army in every possible way. references: 1. bobobekov h. history of kokan. t: science, 1996. p. 69. 2. eshov b. history of uzbek statehood and administration. t.: 2012. p. 86. 3. hakim khan ibn sayyid masum khan. muntakhab ut tawarikh. uzr fa shi. manuscript n°_594. p. 78. 4. ibrat ishokkhan junaidullahhoja. history of fargona. — t., 1991. p. 97 5. ilhomov z. aliquli amirakar and his role in the political life of the kokhan khanate: candidate of history. …dis. t., 2004. p.74. 6. mda of the republic of uzbekistan, i-715collective volume, list 1, 24 case 240 pages. 7. mirzaalim mushrif. ansab us salatin and tawarikh ul khavokin... p. 19. 8. mullah yunusjon munshiy. history of amirakar alimqul. t., 1997. p. 10. 9. tursunov b. military work and army in the kokhan khanate: situation, management, traditions (until the 70s of the 19th century). – t. 2006. p.59. 10. валихонов ч.ч. записка о қокандском ханстве 1 собр. соч. в пяти томах. — алма ата, 1985. т. 3, с. 318. 15 bobobekov h. history of kokan. t: science, 1996. p. 69. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org 11. записки o некоторвих народах и землях средней части азии филишпа назарова отделъного сибирского корпуса переводчика, посланного в кокан а 1813 – 1814 г. сиб., 1891. с. 67. 12. набиев р. н. из историй кокандского ханства. – т: фан, 1973. c. 207. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org the role of the communicative-activity approach in the study of monological and dialogical speech of students nasiba jurabekovna niyazova, acting professor of the department of uzbek language and literature tashkent state law university, candidate of pedagogical sciences n.niyazova@tsul.uz, iztdyu@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the essence of the communicative-activity approach and the algorithm of transition to a competence-based approach in teaching a foreign language, in particular russian. the implementation of a communicative approach to teaching in russian classes based on modern technologies naturally correlates with the problem of forming a student as a linguistic personality who owns all types of speech activity, providing the formation of listening, reading, speaking skills and abilities that are able to solve various tasks in the process of generalization. teaching, text, linguistic text, listening, reading, speaking, communicative approach, communicative competence. introduction today, an urgent problem of the day arises in the educational institutions of the country – the upbringing of a socially active person who is able to take responsibility for self-made decisions. for graduates of secondary and higher educational institutions, the requirements of readiness for orientation in a life saturated with information flows, for continuous self-study have become mandatory. in connection with the introduction of a new form of state policy of teaching in higher educational institutions, there is a need for a communicative orientation of teaching the russian language course, more attention to the analysis of texts of various styles and types of speech, the purposeful development of monological and dialogical speech of students, the formation of the ability to reason on the proposed topic. the system of initial language teaching developed by k.d.ushinsky is based primarily on the mental and moral development of the student. learning to think, speak and write independently, the student comprehends an infinite set of concepts, views on subjects, a lot of thoughts, feelings, artistic images, logic and philosophy of language. but what views, thoughts and feelings can we talk about if the language for our student, for whom russian is not a native language, will be just a concentrate of dry rules and schemes? and it's not just about programs, textbooks or manuals. it's about the approach to learning. it is advisable to note that when going to the classroom to students, the teacher should always ask himself – what and how to teach. in this regard, the use and improvement of methods of the educational process and educational technologies is of particular importance. the use of a communicative approach in learning the russian language based on modern technologies is the norm of today. russian russian is especially american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org relevant for those who are not native speakers of this language, where interaction with a teacher in the classroom cannot be effective without students learning the necessary vocabulary independently, mastering the norms of the russian literary language, as well as the ability to use language units in speech practice. the main feature of the modern russian language lesson is the co–creation of the teacher and the student in cognition, in the comprehension of linguistic phenomena. live speech should be constantly heard in the classroom. not the wording of the rules and exceptions to them, but the artistic texts and statements of the guys themselves. literature cannot exist without language, and without literary texts, language remains in the minds of students a dead collection of words, forms, constructions and rules of their use. the task of the teacher is to search in a work of fiction for such linguistic units, after analyzing which, students will receive the key to unraveling the subtext, understanding the ideological and figurative content. thus, in the process of studying a non-native language at the university, a student must master stable skills of adequate perception and understanding of someone else's speech, as well as the ability to generate his own speech utterance with certain communicative properties, i.e. it will be relevant to use listening as one of the modern methods of teaching russian to students who do not have this language as their native language. listening skills can become stable when the student improves them independently during extracurricular time. this can be facilitated by means of information and communication technologies that allow you to hear the speech of native speakers of the russian language, see educational information through a computer, provide immediate feedback between the student and the teaching tool, as well as organize educational activities at an individual pace and monitor the results of assimilation. the problems of listening are widely covered in scientific and methodological literature. psychologists, linguists and methodologists recognize this method as the most difficult type of speech activity, therefore, the work on the formation of the skill to perceive speech by ear requires painstaking efforts. in this regard, attention is drawn to the approach of foreign psychologists and methodologists to the study of this modern method, which is based on a comparison of the mechanisms of listening in native speakers and learners of a new language. for example, a child immediately becomes a listener as soon as he is born, but after months he begins to speak, and he will learn to read and write only after a few years. this means that auditory skills are primary and underlie the formation of all other speech skills and abilities. this leads to the fact that for a student of another language, both the process of special listening training, acquired during training and improved independently, and the need to know their natural abilities for self-learning to understand foreign language speech by ear are important. the basis of auditory information is formed by parallel psychological processes – perception at the level of a word, sentence, dialogue, and understanding, the result of semantic processing of audio information, generates the student's communicative intention, the logic of thought. psycholinguists note that background information has a significant impact on the ability of memory to retain coherent texts, so associative connections arise already at the stage of acquaintance with the title of the text. thus, when studying languages, in particular the russian language from the standpoint of formal grammatical, the student is actually rejected from spiritual life. he can decline the noun without hesitation, perform, without hesitation, an exercise with missing orthograms, but remains deaf to the beauty, harmony, the living soul of the word. whereas the very nature of the russian language, its connection with objects, things, as well as with the world of concepts, thoughts and feelings of a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org person, requires a thoughtful, meaningful approach to its study, and then listening paired with speaking helps. even in speech development classes, teachers often focus on grammatically and phonetically correct speech design without taking into account the motives and goals of the speaker. however, language, unlike any artificial communicative system of signs, acts not only as a means of communication between people, but also in other rather diverse functions. at the same time, language is not only a means of expressing thought, but also a material, an instrument of its formation. and learning a language means developing students' spiritual abilities together. further, if we consider reading as a combining method of listening, then it is formed at the stage of perception of graphic images, and with the help of pronunciation, the auditory-motor images of words are recreated. here, the key unit of the language is the text, it helps to identify internal connections between units of different language levels. the work on text analysis is supposed to be a kind of research activity of students aimed at identifying the functional capabilities of the language, the patterns of the use of language units in the construction of speech. an important issue is the criteria for selecting texts for presentation and linguistic analysis. students need to offer texts of different styles. it is especially important to work with different types and simple texts: they serve for students for whom russian is a non-native language, an example of how, when analyzing works of literature (art, music, painting), one can express thoughts and feelings, express oneself as a person endowed with the gift not only to see, understand, feel, but also to express this perception in their own way with the help of words. text analysis is the main basis for the formation of students' skills to create their own utterance in oral or written form, as well as for training the ability to carry out all types of speech activity. considering that if each text belongs to one or another functional style, then it should be considered as the basis for studying stylistics, getting acquainted with its most significant rules and laws. note that the text is also the basis for creating a developing speech environment with high potential. russian russian language patterns are identified and investigated in it, one of the basic principles of assimilation of russian speech is implemented – the principle of assessing the expressiveness of speech, which provides not only the assimilation of the semantic content of language units, but also an understanding of their expressive (stylistic) function. based on the analysis and study of the text, speaking develops, which is built adequately to the communication process, while the priority role is given to improving the skills and abilities of oral speech. when reading aloud, students improve their auditory-pronouncing skills, accumulate experience of perceived sound images in the flow of coherent speech, the relationship of concepts, reading fluency. in order to make the listening process therefore, it is necessary to develop a system of training exercises aimed at maximizing the activation of natural mechanisms. thus, the implementation of a communicative approach to teaching russian and other languages naturally correlates with the problem of the formation of a student as a linguistic personality who owns all types of speech activity and is able to solve various tasks in the process of generalization. in general, during the learning process, the student not only comprehends the way of expressing thoughts, but also perceives the language, which is a sign of the nation, as a source of information about the national culture of the people who speak it. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org list of used literature 1. mikhailova e.v. communicative approach in teaching the russian language. – m.: linguistics and literary studies, 2019. 2. niyazova n. j. the importance of additional teaching methods in preparation for exams //electronic conference area. – 2023. – pp. 1-7. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6276-5178 3. hulkar, akhmedova, dildora hashimova and nasiba niyazova. "on the basis of an integrated course, teaching professionally oriented vocabulary of a foreign language to students of non-linguistic specialties" asean journal of science and technology for development 39.4 (2022): 237-241. 4. niyazova, nasiba. "modern methods of teaching russian as a foreign language". asian journal of multidimensional studies 11.5 (2022): 358-362. 5. tsaturova i.a. computer technologies in teaching foreign languages. textbook for universities. – m.: higher school, 2018. 6. niyazova, n. "doctor of pedagogical sciences, professor of the department of uzbek language and literature of tashkent state law university (uzbekistan, tashkent)" academic journalism: 140. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6276-5178 7. moiseeva m.v., petrov a.e. new pedagogical and information technologies in the education system. – m.: academy, 2017. 8. niyazova n. n. u. collection of scientific papers scienceweb. –2021. – 2021. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6276-5178 9. hashimova d. u., niyazova n. z. on the issue of studying somatic phraseological units as gaps in the conditions of multilingualism //journal of innovations, creativity and art. – 2023. – pp. 105-107. 10. yanchenko v. d., niyazova n. j. classification of speech forms of monological and dialogic speech in teaching russian in a nonlinguistic audience //education science and innovative ideas in the world. – 2023. – vol. 21. – no. 2. – pp. 9-13. 11. niyazova n. zh., hashimova d. u. linguodidactic features of studying russian realities in the classroom with the uzbek language of instruction //slavic culture: origins, traditions, interaction. xxiii cyril and methodius readings. – 2022. – pp. 783-794. 12. informatics: problems, methodology, technologies: materials of the xi international scientific and methodological conference. – voronezh: vsu, 2011. 13. niyazova n. j. the relevance of the study of regional texts in the implementation of the unity of education and upbringing of students //economy and society. – 2023. – №. 2 (105). – pp. 964-968. 14. hashimova d. development of speech skills and abilities in teaching languages to students of non-linguistic universities using electronic resources //international journal of special education for young children. – 2022. – vol. 14. – no. 4. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org khamid olimjon, one of the researchers who studied fitrat dilnoza jumaeva, philosophy doctor of philological sciences (phd) the head of the chair of uzbek language and literature at the uzbek state institute of arts and culture a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article contains the analysis of the research about fitrat’s literary work written by the famous uzbek poet and scientist hamid olimjon in 1936, and it also contains the fact that the poet is thought to be the first who researched fitrat. khamid olimjon, abdurauf fitrat, jadids, bourgeois literature, dramas by fitrat, cultural poverty, science and education. introduction a number of literary studies have been done on khamid olimjon’s work, who is a great representative of uzbek literature of the 20th century. thus, it would be appropriate to recall the works of the scientists such as s. azimov, s. mamajonov [1]. s. toychieva, a doctor of philosophy, in her book, named “when walking around the valleys”, published in 2018, she described the literary biography of the poet based on many sources. this book makes us deeply feel that hamid olimjon was a poet, a public figure and a great literary critic and folklorist. however, the book does not provide information about the poet’s article on fitrat’s work [2, 188]. of course, there are particular reasons for this, and we would like to consider this issue. it is known that khamid olimjon was a talented poet as well as a prolific literary critic and publicist. volume 3 of “selected works”, published in 1960, contains his prose works, essays, articles and scientific researches. on pages 220-261 of this volume there is a study “about fitrat's literary work” [3, 220-261]. but the researchers of jadids do not remember this source. as if due to the fact that khamid olimjon’s sympathy for fitrat is dominated by a soviet point of view, it may overshadow the positive opinions expressed about fitrat. however, khamid olimjon took a very objective position in the analysis of fitrat's creative activities and works and appeared as a person who knew fitrat very well (according to the interviews of doctor of philology izzat sultan, when khamid olimjon who studied in samarkand, fitrat taught him the history of literature and tutored in the science of poetry). this study consists of 5 parts, the first part describes the reasons for the emergence of the jadidism movement in central asia, the goal and struggle of the jadids, and the attitude of tsarist russia and the soviet state to them. the classification of fitrat’s works is also presented at the beginning of the study. he writes, “during the period before the october revolution, fitrat writes works of a literary and journalistic nature such as ”discussion”, “sayho”, “traveler hindi”, “the history of islam”, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org “rakhbari najot”, “mavludi sharif”, “abu muslim”, “begijan” [4, 223]. the author clearly shows fitrat’s worldview, goals and creative intentions. “fitrat's patriotism was connected with deep religiosity. therefore, in “sayho”, he calls for the preservation of religion and the homeland, encourages to sing the homeland in the name of religion, and preserve religion in the name of the homeland. fitrat does not completely oppose the scholars. in “traveller hindi”, he divides the scholars into two groups, “until this day, many of the ottoman, tatar, iranian and indian scholars have drunk drank the blood of the nation. but those nations will begin to understand the truth of the matter before you. trying to destroy their foundation as soon as possible, in a short period of time, they separated the truthful scholars from stomach-oriented scholars. they crowned the truth-loving scholars on their heads and razed the rest to the ground” [5, 232]. kh. olimjon notes that when fitrat says truth-seekers, he means those who protect local rich people, also he calls scholars stomach-carers who want to live peacefully side by side with the colonialists. kh. olimjon pays his special attentions to fitrat’s almost all works and shows their main content, positive and negative aspects. in many parts, he feels sorry for fitrat, believing that his nationalism has led him to a dead end. the article analyzes fitrat’s work among young people of bukhara. he emphasizes that the real goal of fitrat was not a revolution, instead, he wanted but the rich and old people of turkestan to build their national state through reforms. in the second part of the article, he analyzes how the jadids paid all their attention to the press to strengthen cultural and educational activities. in this analysis, the author states the fact that at that time the newspapers “great turkistan" and “the flag of the nation” were truly active, but it is mentioned that such publications made uzbek nationalist literature and that was a negative phenomenon. after that, the author notes that fitrat led the literary organization “chigatoy gurungi” and that uzbek nationalist intellectuals, linguists, writers, writers and poets gathered in this organization. “this organization promotes the theory of nationalism in language and literature” [6, 234]. although these opinions were expressed to condemn fitrat and to interpret the policy of the soviet state as correct, today they serve as a unique source for highlighting fitrat’s noble goals. fitrat welcomed the february revolution of 1917 with great joy as this revolution was a social change infused with the ideas of protecting private property. but fitrat’s dreams soon turned into a mirage when the october revolution was carried out by the bolsheviks. after all, the destructive revolution was carried out at the expense of destroying the rich and the clergy. khamid olimjon describes this situation as follows: “truly, every victory of the october revolution eroded the foundations of existence which were a feeding source for fitrat. that’s why the poet was satisfied with imagining the past, bringing it back, glorifying it in spite of its good and bad features. his opposition to the proletarian revolution led to the idealization of rational, patriarchal life, the strengthening of orientalist feelings, the opposition of the east to the west, hatred of the west, and love for the east. he depicts the past east, turkestan in general as a place of evil” [7, 234]. although these points served to condemn fitrat at the time when the work was written, khamid olimjon was able to show that his teacher’s inner intentions were very noble. we suppose that khamid olimjon read all the works written by fitrat by taking them from the himself. otherwise, he would not have been able to write such a comprehensive study of fitrat. we can know this from the words at the beginning of the second part of the research: “the uzbek bourgeois intellectuals, pushed out of politics, whose vigorous efforts during the february revolution became a fantasy, threw all their strength into the cultural and literary field. they took their places in almost all newspapers and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org magazines” [8, 232]. in fact, the heritage of the jadids that we are studying today was the product of the same process that the poet emphasized. in the 3rd part of the study, the author conveys comments on the content of fitrat’s works “qiyomat(doomsday)”, “satan’s rebellion against god”, “abulfayzkhan” and “bedil” written in 1921-1924. regardless of the the author’s points of view in giving these reviews, we get enough information from the general content, purpose and plot of these works. in his interpretation, kh. olimjon proves that fitrat was neither a scholar nor a bigoted religious man, but a wise metaphysician. in the 4th part of the study, the author pays attention to fitrat’s tragedy “abulfayzkhan” and drama “arslon (lion)” written on the subject of the history of bukhara. here we learn how well kh. olimjon mastered the theory of dramaturgy. in the 5th part of the study, kh. olimjon analyzes the drama “arslon(lion)” by fitrat. it discusses the purpose of the author in choosing the subject, the plot and composition of the drama, the descriptive situations of the main character and characters based on the requirements of the uzbek dramaturgy of that time and world stage art. this analysys of the author can in a certain sense serve as an example in the examination of today’s dramatic works. at the end of the research, khamid olimjon emphasizes that fitrat’s works in the fields of literary theory and history of literature, culture and art deserve special study: “fitrat's literary work is very complex, he worked in all areas of literary creation and literature he also put forward certain views on the theory and history of literature. therefore, this work is only a beginning and cannot claim to fully describe fitrat’s work of. it is necessary to continue this work and the help of comrades who read the article” [9, 261]. this scientific research of khamid olimjon is considered a unique example of studying the history of jadidism in uzbek literary studies of the 20th century. although the research has some flaws when measured by today’s standards, the fact that it was written by a young man of only 27 years is enough to give a sense of how much knowledge and skill he has acquired. when it is necessary to republish the research, it should be brought to the attention of the readers, backing it up with appropriate reviews and comments. it is necessary to rely on the conclusions and interpretations of modern local and foreign researchers of fitrat. there is no doubt that this study will serve as an important source for research on modern dramaturgy. references: 1. azimov s. the eternity of khamid olimjon. t.1961.; mamajonov s. lyrical world, epic scale. the publishing house named after gafur gulom. t.: 1978. 2. tоychieva s. when walking around the valleys. the publishing house of the national library named after alisher navoiy. t.: 2018. 188 p. 3. khamid olimjon. the selected works in three volumes. vol. 3. the publishing house of belletristic literature. t.: 1960. 430 p., p. 220-261. 4. khamid olimjon. the selected works in three volumes. vol. 3. the publishing house of belletristic literature. t.: 1960. 430 p., p. 223 5. khamid olimjon. the selected works in three volumes. vol. 3. the publishing house of belletristic literature. t.: 1960. p.232 6. khamid olimjon. the selected works in three volumes. vol. 3. the publishing house of belletristic literature. t.: 1960. p. 234 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org 7. khamid olimjon. the selected works in three volumes. vol. 3. the publishing house of belletristic literature. t.: 1960. p. 234 8. khamid olimjon. the selected works in three volumes. vol. 3. the publishing house of belletristic literature. t.: 1960. p. 232 9. khamid olimjon. the selected works in three volumes. vol. 3. the publishing house of belletristic literature. t.: 1960. p. 261. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org positive features of the relationship of tolerance in early adolescence mubarak qurbanova bo'ybo'tayevna termez state pedagogical institute master's degree in pedagogy and psychology 919089910 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the positive characteristics of tolerance relations in the period of early adolescence, and the shift in self-awareness are clearly visible in adolescents. adolescence, tolerant, opinion, feelings, individual. introduction adolescence is a very important period in an individual's life, as it is the stage between childhood and adulthood. this period often comes with a fair share of difficulties, and one of them is forming healthy relationships. one of the necessary characteristics of a healthy relationship is tolerance. tolerant relationships significantly contribute to the positive development of young people and have a longterm impact on their emotional and physical development. tolerant relationships are relationships built on mutual understanding, respect and open communication. they allow people to express their thoughts, thoughts, feelings, without fear of judgment and punishment. some of the negative characteristics of fiber relationships in adolescence include: 1. emotional support: tolerant relationships provide the emotional support adolescents need during their turbulent teenage years. they learn to understand that they are not alone in their struggle. they are more likely to develop coping mechanisms and build variability by sharing their problems with friends and family members. 2. respect for individual differences. adolescence is a time when young people are researching their personal interests. tolerant relationships respect disagreements. they stimulate individualism, allow different thoughts, promote the idea that each person is unique and worthy of respect. with entrepreneurship, a more healthy sense of positive self-awareness and self-esteem is formed in young people. 3. build healthy communication skills. tolerant attitudes allow young people to learn to communicate effectively without fear of criticism and condemnation. they learn to listen to others, express their opinion, peacefully agree on disputes. such skills set the stage for healthy and functional interpersonal relationships when they reach adulthood. 4. increase openness to variety. in adolescence, tolerant relationships help young people form an openminded view of the world. they expose them to different cultures, religions, races, beliefs and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org lifestyles, forming a broader and more tolerant worldview. by learning about and supporting diversity, young people are more likely to build positive relationships with people of different nationalities. in adolescents, first of all, the shift in self-awareness is clearly visible. this point simply does not indicate growth. in uspirin, the desire to determine the rukhiy world of himself, his personal qualities, his acl-intelligence, the possibility of his abilities in ham increases. there are features of students in this age that are involved in self-awareness. they will first have the opportunity to clearly emphasize the strong and weak traits of their faces, swallows and dwarfs, worthy and inappropriate clichés. if uspirin is able to fully imagine the features of karaganda uz ma'na-wiyati and permission to usmir kham, the path to the shortcomings of their okilona bless them burns. as a result, he begins to indulge in the vices of manliness, arrogance, arrogance, giving an orthodox grace to the characteristics of uz, and begins to blur in an unnatural attitude towards members of the class and pedagogical communities. also, some uspirins give pats baxo to uz behavior, akli opportunities and kizikish and strive to keep their faces modest. another characteristic of a child of usmirite age is a tendency to respect, perceive and honor the duty, conscience, uz cadr-kimmati, which is reflected in complex interpersonal relationships. for example, a uspirin guy and a girl by sensitivity understand how to go to the notice of subtle, elegant statuses, realize necessity, organize impartial help, do without touching the individual's selfishness. uspirin approaches the nuktai-point of marking a uz urn in a team in the pursuit of his noble intention, the chunonchi, "am i fit for the self-imposed monotheism?", "can i have a child worthy of my young republic, my parents?", "can i push away my share of the progress of society?"questions. in order to draw a clear picture of his qualities in the reader, the reader should help him with a lot of utsalik, elegance. only then does the community experience utsoz, the utsoz, the utsur honor, the feelings of gratitude. at the moment of self–realization in the student of uspirin, a dog of self-education is born, and an extirpation arises to find ways to do this, to introduce them into everyday marriage. in order to divide them with a noble spiritual and psychological image, okilona elcham, the criterion, the acting harmonious, the perfect embodiment, the role model, the image of a high dream. in uspirin, ideals can be manifested and reflected in several couriers. for example, they dream of personifying high qualities in their faces in the image of celebrities, in the image of heroes of art. these dreams can differ from the nature of content in uspirin guys and girls. for example, the kizlar take to an ideal level the images of a kupincha cocktail woman, an attractive, feminine, iboli, chaste public figure, embodied in the characteristics of a cachramon of an artistic work. but some readers are vulnerable to imitation of the negative qualities of historical figures, such as bakuvvat yultusar, khiylagar kuv spy and bashkirs. observations and experiences of betrayal show that in some cases, the first uspirins are prone to courting their faces without fur, boldly, and nourin is prone to harakats. early uspirins take spiritual qualities seriously, moral criteria leprosy. for example, such concepts as duty, conscience, gurur, kadr–kimmat, pride, honor, honor, or–nomus can be worn by chukur taxlil. but not the raw ones. for the formation of achlokian spiritual karashes, visions, educators need constant research to create soglom mukhit, to find a stable personality. some controversial events are organized by meticulous marriage, some foreign films are included. the role of muxim of the pedagogical community to strike at the mischievous behavior, il – lats, found in social life, is appreciated. in adolescents, the appetite for balogat improves and becomes the desire to mark his urn american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org and express his spiritual world. this point is reflected in the fact that he himself is a person in aloxia, it is he who recognizes his unique trait. as a result, a teenager is an important stage in the development of an individual. tolerant relationships play a very important role in their emotional and physical development. characteristics of tolerance such as emotional support, respect for individual differences, the construction of communication skills, openness to diversity provide adolescents with an important foundation of positive social relationships throughout their lives. literature used: 1.https://elib.buxdu.uz/index.php/pages/referatlar-mustaqil-ish-kurs-ishi/item/13797-o-spirinlikdavrining-psixologik-xususiyatlari 2. e. g’oziyev. umumiy psixologiya. o’zbekiston faylasuflar milliy jamiyati nashriyoti.toshkent 2010. 3. h. uzoqov., e. g’oziyev., a. tojiyev. oila etikasi va psixologiyasi. toshkent. “o’qituvchi” 1992. 4. z.t.nishonova, sh.t.alimbayeva, m.v.sulaymonov. psixologik xizmat. toshkent. “o’qituvchi” 2013. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org the mental and sensory simile in the poetry of abu mansour al-thaalabi’s salwan mghetee shlaka thi-qar university, college of basic education email: slwanalshlyl@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the simile image is one of the elements of aesthetic formation in the text, and the simile has splendor and beauty that is well located in the soul, as it brings the distant image closer to the mind, and brings out the familiar to the unfamiliar with wit and creativity. the simile image is considered one of the argumentative tools that serve as evidence and proof in poetry, so it comes the poet created it to demonstrate an issue, or to bring something outside the mind closer to something internally familiar. scientists have excelled in delving into its secrets and talking about its beauty. the poet al-thaalabi”s used more than similes in his poetry, and similes of various types appeared in his poetry. considering its importance, we studied the simile in his collections. the poet used more than sensory and mental similes, and it was of four types. the first: a tangible simile to a tangible one. the second: a reasonable simile to reasonable, third: likening a tangible thing to a reasonable one. fourth: a reasonable simile with a tangible one, through which the poet embodied his feelings towards the outside world, described his personal life, and praised some people. in general, the simile was wonderful in his collection and numerous, indicating the skill in its formulation and the artistry in its writing. simile, abu mansour al-thaalabi”s mental simile and sensory simile. introduction منصور الثعاليب وواحلسي يف شعر ابي ل ق العالتشبيه امللخص: ب قر ا، فهو ي ا حسن الصورة التشبيهية أحد عناصر التشكل اجلمايل يف النص، والتشبيه له روعة ومجال يقع يف النفس موقع البعيدة إىل األذهان، وخيرج املألوف إىل غري املألوف يف طرافة وإبداع، وتعد الصورة التشبيهية من األدوات احلجاجية الصورة اليت تقوم مقام األدلة والرباهني يف الشعر، فيأيت هبا الشاعر يف إنشائه للتدليل على قضية ما، أو لتقريب شيء خارج عن أسراره واحلديث عن مجاله. يفيف الغوص مألوف، وقد أبدع العلماء الذهن بشيء داخلي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org ظر الا امهيته درساانا التشاابيه وکان الشاااعر الاعالبا اکار من التشاابيه فا شااعره وبرب التشاابيه وختل انواعه فا شااعره ون : وس، الثاينوحس حمساااو تشااابيه: لا وکان علا أربعة انواعه األولقفا ديوانه وکان الشااااعر اکار من التشااابيه احلساااا والع مبحسبوس واا الشبا ر دسبن مال ا ا معقول تشببيه: مبعقول، الرابع حمسبوس تشببيه: مبعقول، الثالث معقول تشببيه مشبا ر اا العا ااارد ووفبهب ا اياته الشبةصبيد ومنض بعن الناس وبصبورة امد اا التشببيه بندع ا دوا ه اغته وتفننه ا اتابته.ومتعن ما ل ل برا د ا في . احلسي والتشبيه ليق، التشبيه العالتشبيه، ابو منصور الثعاليبالکلمات املفتاايد: نمد: قامل أمردال، أو: أكثر، قصن اشرتاكهما يف ففد: أو: أكثر، أب اة: لغرض دقصن املتكلم قن مماثلد بني " والتشبيه: هو للعلم") 1(، وهو "الناللد لى مشاركد شيٍء لشيٍء يف معىن أو أكثر مال املعاين لغرض" ) 2(. يف أ وات التشبيه: تعردفها: هي "أ وات التشبيه ألفاظ تنلُّ لى املماثلد، كالكاف، وكأ َّ ومثل، وشبه، وغريها، مما دؤ ي -1 لتشبيه بعضها: معىن التشبيه: كببببب )حيكى، وُدضاهي ودضارع، ومياثل، ودساوى، ودشابه(، وكذا أمساء اا لها، اأ وات ا .(3) ا اعٌل، وبعضها ارف"اسم، وبعضه )الكاف -2 بني اروقًا يف -الفارق هناك أ معيند، كما لناللد التشبيه أ وات املتكلم دستعمل كأ (: كأ (، مثل: -الفارق بني استةنام )الكاف -مثً –استعما ا، ومال ذلك أ الكاف تنل ائًما لى التشبيه، وكأ تفين التشبيه، إذا كا اربها دامًنا أو مؤواًل به. .(4) التشبيه بكأ أبلغ مال التشبيه ابلكاف؛ ملا ايه مال التوكين؛ لرتكبها مال: الكاف، وأ )1( الهاشمي، أحمد بن إبراهيم بن مصطفى، جواهر البالغة في المعاني والبيان والبديع، تحقيق: يوسف الصميلي، بيروت: المكتبة . 219العصرية، د.ط، دت، ص )2( حبنكة، عبد الرحمن بن حسن الميداني الدمشقي، البالغة العربية، دمشق: دار القلم، بيروت: الدار الشامية، ط1، 1416هـ . 127ص ، 2جم، 1996 )3( الهاشمي، جواهر البالغة، ص236. ( ثم تحولت إلى )كأنَّ (. المراغي، أحمد بن مصطفى، علوم البالغة البيان، المعاني، البديع، بيروت: )4( ألن أصلها: )الكاف(، و)إنَّ . 232م، ص1993 -هـ1414، 3دار الكتب العلمية، ط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org قن وات التشبيه، ايذكر املراغي أ هما دنوب ال أ وات التشبيه: أاياًًن تنوب بعن األلفاظ ال أ -3 واسب(، ودكو منبًئا ال اال التشبيه الردحا ، كبببب ) لم وظال دنوب ال األ اة ودغين نها اعل مال أاعال اليقني، أو . (5) يف القرب أو البعن، وال دعن أ اة، بل األ اة حمذواد املبحث األوَّل: التشبيه احلسي والعقلي وهذ الصورة التشبيهيد إما أ تكو منتز د مال الواقع اتكو فورة اسيد، أو .والعقليأ واع التشبيه: احلسي مال اايال اتكو قليد، و لى هذا درى تقسيم لماء الب غد للتشبيه اب تبار الطراني. وقن أطلق )ابال راد النسوقي( لى الطرف العقلي )الودنا يات(، مال كوهنا األمر الذى دنرك ابلودنا أي: ابإل سا منها شيء أ ركه القوى الباطنيد: كالشبع واجلوع والفرض والغضب واللذة واأل ؛ اإ هذ األشياء إذا قام اس اامس الظاهرة، بواسطد القوة الباطنيد املسماة ابلودنا ... واملرا ابحلسى: املنرك هو أو ما ته إبانى احلو أ ىن: البصر، والسمع، والشم، والذوق، واللمس ) 6(. مال هذا تبني الفرق بني احملسوس واملنرك، ااحملسوس تتوفل إىل كنهه ال طردق إانى احلواس اامسد أو أكثر، درى ابلعني. بينما دعرف املنرك أو املعقول بنو وظيفد احلواس، والذي ال املركب مال اسي الطراني: احلسي والعقلي، اا تربوا الب غيو ادتماع تناول العقلي: ادتماع احلسي مع واس، ا وسات واملعقوالت خب ف احلو قلي مال قبيل العقلي؛ بتغليب العقل لى احلس التساع أاقه؛ إذ دُنرك احملس . (7)تنرك غري ما وقع حتت احلس داء يف ) قو اجلما (: َواْقِسْمُه َواِاًنا ُمرَكًَّبا َ َنْ وَُكلَُّها ِاسِ ْي َوَ ْقِليٌّ َوَر ْ ) 8( يقسم هذا النوع مال التشبيه قليا إىل أربعد أقسام، هي: وقن تعن ت التشبيهات ا األول: تشبيه حمسوس مبحسوس. )5( المرجع نفسه. )6( ابن عرفة، محمد الدسوقي، حاشية الدسوقي على مختصر المعاني لسعد الدين التفتازاني، ومختصر السعد هو شرح تلخيص . 68ص ،3ج، تحقيق: عبد الحميد هنداوي، بيروت: المكتبة العصرية، دت، مفتاح العلوم لجالل الدين القزويني )7( حامد عوني، المنهاج الواضح للبالغة، القاهرة: المكتبة األزهرية للتراث، دط، دت، ج3، ص 135. )8( السيوطي، عبد الرحمن بن أبي بكر، جالل الدين، عقود الجمان في علم المعاني والبيان، وهو نظم لكتاب »تلخيص المفتاح« م، 2012 -هـ 1433، 1للخطيب القزويني، تحقيق: عبد الحميد ضحا، القاهرة: دار اإلمام مسلم للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع، ط . 76ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org ين: تشبيه معقول مبعقول. الثا الثالث: تشبيه حمسوس مبعقول. الرابع: تشبيه معقول مبحسوس. تشبيه احملسو ابحملسو األول: املطلب وهو كو طراا التشبيه منركا إبانى احلواس، ومنه قول أيب منصور الثعاليب يف بعن املمنواني: ال مبببببَ مبببببروءة سببببببببببببببببألبببببوين بببببال إذ أقبببببول ال *** وأكببببببببفبببببببباءمببببببببا أب ببببببببنا دببببببببقبببببببباس غبببببببببببنا األًنم ملبببببببببببروءات حمبببببببببببمبببببببببببن لبببلبببمبببببباء)9( *** والبببيبببنبببببببوع لبببلبببنببببببار كببببببالبببز ببببببن االصورة التشبيهيد يف البيتني فورة اسيد الطراني، وهي متعن ة، وايها مبالغد يف املنض، اقن دعل املمنوض أان أساسيات املروءات اليت تنقص بغيابه، وال تكتمل إال بودو ، ولذا اقن أاسال يف مجع املرواءت و دفر ها، االز ن هو أان و دال تقنض ا النار، وهو األ لى منهما، والسفلى هي األ ثى وتسمى ز نة) 10( ، وبنو هذا الز ن لال تقنض النار. وكذا املاء ال جيتمع إال مال دنابيع فغرية ورواان متن ، وتكو كميد هذا املاء لى قنر هذ الرواان كثرية أو قليلد. كما رى، واجلامع بينهما منوض ابلز ن، والثاين شبهه ابلينبوع، وك مال املشبه واملشبه به اسيا ااألول شبه امل نم اكتمال األمر إال بودو هذا األساس، وهو املمنوض. ومنه قوله يف رقعد وكيله لى ضيعته: ات ابببببببيببببببب طبببببببودبببببببت بببببببلبببببببى د عبببببببَ رقببببببببْ ََي ابببببببببيببببببببباي *** مببببببببباء كبببببببببنَّر و بببببببببقبببببببببارب اجلبببببب مببببببا تببببببببببببباردبببببب مببببببال إال وىأ ببببببِت واحلسبببببببببببببببببرات *** األابببببببزا وسبببببببببببببببببفببببببباتببببببب )9( الثعالبي، أبو منصور عبد الملك بن محمد بن إسماعيل )المتوفى: 429هـ(، ديوان الثعالبي، تحقيق: محمود عبد هللا الجادر، . 15م، ص1990، 1ط -بغداد: دار الشؤون الثقافية العامة )10( الرازي، زين الدين أبو عبد هللا محمد بن أبي بكر بن عبد القادر الحنفي، مختار الصحاح، تحقيق: يوسف الشيخ محمد، بيروت: . 137م، ص1999هـ/ 1420، 5المكتبة العصرية، ط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org أ بببببببني البببببببكبببببببردبببببببهبببببببد أابببببببرابببببببك وكبببببببأ لبببببببوشببببببببببببببببباة)11( *** ألسبببببببببببببببببال أو لبببببببرواقبببببببب والااين شبهها أبلسنة الرقباء، الرقعة ووصفها ابلكريهة بشيئني األول شبهها أبعني اليت كتبها يف يشبه األحرف فهو قلة احليلة يف مواجهة ذلك. الوشاة، ووجه الشبه فيهما احلزن و شيء حمسو ، واملشبه به أعني الرقباء، وألسنة الوشاة شيء حمسو أيضا. (األحرف ) هو واملشبه ومنه قوله: تِ لِلرَّابَّ النَّارِْ ُ ا َكَأَّنَّ ُُمَنَّراتِ *** أَْبكاٍر ثَِنيُّ وُمَعصَفراتٍ ُمَز َفراٍت ( ُمذَهباتِ *** الَكِميَةتِ ) 12 ُأَكُر أو ُضمِ ةَ الُفتاِت َقْن اِبلَعنرِب ت *** ) احلَياةِ ) 13 يف دزِدُن َ ِسيُمها ( وهو العنب، على النحو الذي يتشابه فيه مع أنواع اجللد املدبوغ أبلوان خمتلفة، كاألصفر واألمحر، وتناول الشاعر عصر )الرُّب وقد خ ل ط ابلطيب، كاملسك والعنرب. نارنج ثدي أبكار، إذ شبه احملسو ، وهو النارنج بادي الفتاة البكر املصون، وأوحى ووقع التشبيه يف قوله: كأمنا ال ، وأكد البيتان التاليان املعىن، من تعدد اللون ومجاله، فضًل عن الرائحة الزكية اليت يتمتع هبا. التشبيه ابجلمال والنقاء ومن تشبيه احملسو ابحملسو قوله: كْ مببببببَ َأْزهببببببارُهببببببا ٍد َرْوضبببببببببببببببببَ دٌ يف وبببببببَ سبببببببببببببببببُ ُنو ُ *** ممببببببَْ َأشبببببببببببببببببْ ببببببارِهببببببا اْل مببببببِ لُّ َوالببببببظببببببِ قببببببائِبٌق َوشبببببببببببَ ٍس طَبرائِبهُب بَبْردبِ اِبيبهببببببا ُنو ِ )14( *** َواببببببببُ نُيٍ َأ ببببببببْ اْل مببببببببِ ا َأهنببببببببَّ كببببببببَ اببببببببَ )11( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص32، 33. )12( الَكِميخت: وأوردته المعاجم باسم )الكيمخت(، وهو " ليس بعربي إنما هو معرب من كالم الفرس وهو جلد الفرس إذا ُدبغ وجلد ما هـ1425 ،2، طلبنان ،بيروت اإلسالمي، الغرب دار ،محفوظ محمد: قيحق، تمدونةال ألفاظ غريب شرح". الجبي، مثله كان . 25، ص م2005 )13( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص34، ومن غاب عنه المطرب، ص43. )14( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص44. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org ا من إذ تناول الشاعر مجال األ بهار، وحسن منظرها، وأهنا من تبدو من اجلمال وكأن النرجس وشقائق النعمان قد اقت دَّ العيون الواسعة اجلميلة، واخلدود الناضرة. ، ووقع التشبيه يف البيت الااين، يف قوله: فكأهنا من أعني وخدود؛ إذ شبه النرجس وشقائق النعمان ابلعيون واخلدود وأوحى التشبيه جبمال األبهار، وما فيها من النضارة، فضًل عن النقاء والصفاء، وفيه انتشار احلدائق الغناء يف بمن الشاعر، تلب إعجاب الناظرين. بهار النظر، وجتحبيث تسرتعي األ ومن تشبيه احملسو ابحملسو قوله يف مملوك ابعه: يببيب َت ببَِ َأطبَبلببببببْ قببببببن َك بببببببُ َاسببببببببببببْ ُر َ هببْ َي * ** ردببببببببِ غبببببببَ ين كبببببببَ ْوطبببببببِ مبببببببَ يف ين تبببببببَ رَكبببببببْ وتببببببببَ اِمٍع روِر بببببِ السبببببببببببُّ ثَبْوَب لبَتين َوسبببببببببببَ َوَأِ دبببببببِ *** ابببببباِ ٍم ْي َوفبببببببببببببببببفببببببَ بببببببنَي مببببببا والببببببنمببببوُع ٌء مببببينِ ُر عببببْ الشببببببببببببببِ اببببببَ َوَأِ دبببببببِ )15( *** ٍق طَبببعبِي بببببباشببببببببببببِ اْل َبظْبِم مبِ وقد تناول الشاعر موق شعر فيه ابحلزن الشديد، واستش َّ منه تقلبات الدهر ابإلنسان؛ إذ طال عليه احلزن، وكارت مقامات النحيب والبكاء؛ الفتقاده مملوكه الذي وصفه ابخلادم واألديب، فباتت دموعه تنهمر كأهنا آللئ قد انتظمها خيطها كما انتظم الشاعر قصائده. ووقع التشبيه يف قوله: الدموع آللئ؛ إذ شبه الدموع ابليواقيت واجلواهر، وكًلمها حمسو ، وفائدة التشبيه إبراب وجه الشبه، وهو اللمعان والكارة حبيث تتناسبان مع شدة احلزن املستويل عليه لفقد مملوكه األثري. تشبيه املعقول ابملعقول الااين: املطلب ان، واملقصود ابلوجدان تلك املشاعر النفسية من أمل، ولذ ة، وغضب، ورضا، وسعادة، د »ومها اللذان يدركان ابلعقل والوج وشقاء، وما إىل ذلك. ا يدركان ابلعقل وحده«) 16(. فلو شب هنا العلم ابحلياة كان طرفا التشبيه عقلي ني، فًل العلم حمسو وال احلياة، وإمن ومن ذلك قول الاعاليب يف أيب احلسن مسافر بن احلسن: )15( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص26، و الثعالبي، عبد الملك بن محمد بن إسماعيل أبو منصور الثعالبي )المتوفى: 429هـ(، خاص . 244ص، ، تحقيق: حسن األمين، دار مكتبة الحياة، بيروت، لبنانالخاص )16( قاسم، محمد أحمد/ ديب، محيي الدين، علوم البالغة، لبنان طرابلس: المؤسسة الحديثة للكتاب، ط1، 2003 م، ص 150. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org اسببببببببببببنبهببببببا أشبببببببببببببببببببه أَيمببببببا س سببببببببببببقبى ًنضبببببببببببر *** العي مال روض يف وقبببببن كنبببببت مبببقبببلببببببد اببببال واببب مبببعبببتبببز اببببال بشبببببببببببببعبببر مسببببببببببببببببااببر) 17( *** ِق لببُ واببُ مسبببببببببببببعببو و ولببببببد شبه حسن األايم ومجاهلا من عيش انضر وصفاء ظاهر فالصورة التشبيهية يف البيتني متعددة منها احلسي والعقلي، فقد بشعر ابن املعتز يف مجاله ورونقه وأتثريه على القلوب، وشبهها خبط ابن مقلة يف مجاله وقد كان مشهورا جبودة ومجال خطه، وشبهها بدولة مسعود وهو السلطان الغزنوي بن السلطان حممود يف استقرارها وطوهلا، وشبهها أبخًلق مسافر الذي ميدحه يف مجاهلا ودماثتها، وهكذا نرى تعدد التشبيه للمشبه الواحد جامعا بني التشبيه احلسي والعقلي يف إيراد صور مجيلة تاري البيتني وخترج لنا جواهر مكنوهنما. و شبه( وهو أمر عقلي ال يدرك إبحدى احلوا اخلمس، خبلق مسافر )وهملوالشاهد فيهما تشبيه حسن األايم )وهو ا املشبه به( واألخًلق شيء عقلي أيضا. ومنه قوله يف وقعة أيب العبا اتش اببن سيمجور يف نيسابور: ابببببباشببببببببببببببببي هببببببوا يف أًن لببببببلببببببذي قببببببل ااببببمببببببا *** بصببببببببببببببببنغببببببه الببببفببببؤاَ فبببببببببببببببباَ البببببببرَيض كبببببببأ بببببببه دبببببببرى بببببببنبببببببن قبببببببلبببببببب ببتببببببا )18( *** أابس سبببببببببببيبيبمب بوٍر اببال قبلببببببب ه وشوقه وقت اشتداد الريح، بقلب ابن سيمجور الذي اخنلع فزعا ورعبا حني أحس أبيب فهو يشبه قلبه يف شدة وجد العبا اتش فهرب من مواجهته. والتشبيه على طرافته حيتاج ملعرفة أصل احلكاية ألنه ربط عقلي بني شيئني متباعدين ومتغايرين يف الوص ، وكًل من املشبه واملشبه به عقليان. ول: عقول ابملعق ومن تشبيه امل يبببببببمٍ َ سبببببببببببببببببِ رى َمسبببببببببببببببببْ ذا ابببببببببببببببَّ َي َأاَل يببببببِ *** ِمال سبببببببببببِ لبببببَك َي الرُّوِض يبببببِب َ سبببببببببببِ َكأ َّ الرُّوَض منُه ِطيُب ِذْكِر الببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببب * م* اأَلِ دببببببب رِ البببببفبببببَ يببببببِن السببببببببببببببببِ يببببببِن مبببببِ بببببَ )17( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص59. ( المرجع السابق. 18) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org نْ قببببببَ الببببببذي كبببببباِ َمشبببببببببببْ ببال ِر َ صبببببببببببْ َأيب ردبببببببِ )19( *** ضببببببببببببببببَ بببببببِ اأَلًنِم نَي بببببببَ نا غببببببَ وية، وإعجابه ابملمدوح، وعربَّ عن سعادته هبذه العًلقة اليت ال توجد إال بني احملبني املخلصني، ناول الشاعر عًلقته القوت فتبدو لفرط رقتها كاهلواء العليل، ونسيمه الذي حييط ابحملبني، فيشعر كل منهما أبن رائحته الطيبة تتماهى مع طيب ذكر الطرف اآلخر، وهو ما شعر به الشاعر جتاه املمدوح الذي بدا يف عني الشاعر ال منابع وال نظري بني النا . ووقع التشبيه يف البيت الااين، يف قوله: كأن الروح منه طيب ذكر العميد، فشبَّه الروح، وقصد الرائحة الطيبة، بذكر قة الوجدانية بني ه يف التعبري عن العًلشبيتاملمدوح الذي جيري على لسانه، ومن مث، جاء املشبه واملشبه به معقولني، وأفاد ال الشاعر عليه من تقدير وامتنان لشخصه، فناسب تلك العًلقة املعنوية تشبيه املعقول املمدوح، وما ينطوي صدر الشاعر و ابملعقول. ومن تشبيه املعقول ابملعقول قوله يف الغناء والطرب: ُروٌض رِء لببببببمببببببَ لببببببِ ىن الببببببغببببببِ ِإ َّ َأال األُ َوِإ َّ *** يف نبببببببببببباَءُ غببببببببببببَ رِدبببببببببببب ُ ْذِ ا وِ دببببببنببببببً قببببببْ ً ٍل ببببببَ َحصببببببببببببببببِ مبببببببُِ َومببببببا ُروضُ )20( *** البببببر ِدبببببِ نَي ببببببِ نببببببُه مبببببِ َب يببببببْذهببببببَ لبببببِ وعرب البيتان عن إعجاب الشااااااااعر ابلغناء، واساااااااتحساااااااانه له، السااااااايما أن أتثريه على األذن يعطي الشاااااااعور ابلوقع امللحن اجلميل، فرتاتح لسماعه اآلذان، ومن مث، فهو إمتاع للسامعني وغذاء ألرواحهم يف الوقت نفسه. ووقع التشبيه يف قوله: الغىن روح، وكًلمها معنوي معقول ال تراه العيون، وفائدته إشعار السامع بقيمة الغناء واملوسيقى، وحالة السمو الروحي اليت تسيطر على السامعني، فناسبه تشبيه املعقول ابملعقول؛ إلاتحة الفرصة خليال السامع، فيتأمل املعىن املقصود. )19( المرجع نفسه، ص24. )20( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص42. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org سو وعقولالاالث: تشبيه حم املطلب ومنه قول الاعاليب ميدح أاب نصر بن مشكان ) 21( ويذكر نسيم الريح: سببببببببببببببببببرى سببببببببببببببببببيبببببببم ابببببببببببببببذا َي أال مبال سبببببببببببيببببببب *** لببببببك َي البروض سبببببببببببيببببببب الببببببب ذكببببببر طببببببيببببببب مببببببنببببببه الببببببروض كببببببأ األ دببببببب *** الببفببر السببببببببببببيببببببن ببببببببببببببببببببببببعببمببيببببببن البببببب مشببببببببببببببببكببببببا قببببببن أيب صببببببببببببببببر ذي ضبببببببببببببببببببردبببببببببب *** بببببببببب األًنم ببببببببببني غبببببببببنا س ببببببببببعببببببببببمببببببببببتببببببببببه ببببببببببلببببببببببيبببببببببببه أمت وطببببببببيببببببببب)22( *** طببببببببرب مببببببببال أابببببببب وال فالصورة التشبيهية هنا طريفة يف إيرادها، فا)الروح( تعين الرائحة، وهي عائدة على النسيم، فكأن هذه الرائحة الطيبة اليت أتى هبا النسيم تشبه الذكر الطيب واجلميل للسيد األديب املتفرد )أيب نصر بن مشكان(، وباد الشاعر الصورة إيضاحا ابلتذييل ( أي: بًل شبيه. يقال: »وليس لفًلن ضريب إذا كان معدوم الشبيه. الذي قد غدا بني األانم بًل ضريبالذي ذكره يف قوله: ) وفًلن ضريب فًلن إذا كان شبيها به«)23(. فاملشبه هو رائحة النسيم، وهو أمر حسي، واملشبه به طيب الذكر وهو أمر عقلي ال يدرك إبحدى احلوا اخلمسة، وإمنا رية احلسنة للشخص واليت ميدحه النا هبا، وهو ما ال يدرك إال ابحلاسة اإلدراكية للمتلقي هو شيء معنوي انتج عن الس الذي يفهم ذلك من داللة التشبيه. ومنه قوله يف: طببببببببببببببوال هببببببببببببببي لببببببببببببببيببببببببببببببلببببببببببببببد َي وودببببببببببني *** شبببببببببببببببببببببوقببببببببببي كببببببببببمببببببببببثببببببببببل )21( هو عميد الدولة أبو نصر منصور بن مشكان بن يحيى النيسابوري، كان كاتب اإلنشاء في أيام السلطان يمين الدولة محمود بن مجمع هـ(، 723سبكتكين ثم البنه مسعود. ابن الفوطي، كمال الدين أبو الفضل عبد الرزاق بن أحمد الشيباني )المتوفى: ، 1وزارة الثقافة واإلرشاد اإلسالمي، ط -، المحقق: محمد الكاظم، إيران: مؤسسة الطباعة والنشراآلداب في معجم األلقاب . (1433ترجمة: ) ،259ص ، 2جهـ، 1416 )22( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص24. )23( ابن دريد، أبو بكر محمد بن الحسن األزدي، جمهرة اللغة، تحقيق: رمزي منير بعلبكي، بيرو ت: دار العلم للماليين– ط1، . 314ص ، 1ج ،م1987 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org وشبببببببببببببببببببببببببي سبببببببببببببببببببببببببرا ق مبببببببببببببببنت مبببببببببببببن ِ )24( *** أي البببببببببببببورى بببببببببببببلبببببببببببببى فالصورة التشبيهية يف البيت األول صورة طريفة حيث شبه طول الليلة بشوقه ووجده، واجلامع بينهما طول املدة واستبطاء بلوغ الغاية، فاللية طويلة عليه وإن كانت يف احلقيقة هي نفس ساعات الليل ومل يزد فيها شيء، إال أن العامل النفسي جعل من استعجال انقضائها للقاء احلبيب إحسا عميق ببطء مرورها، وهذا حال العشاق دائما ما يشكونه يف أشعارهم، وهو من انحية أخرى يبني لنا طول شوقه ووجده وحبوبته عرب الداللة االنزايحية من الرتاكيب. وهذا التشبيه فيه تشبيه احملسو وهو طول الليلة )مشبه( بتشبيه املعقول وهو الشوق والوجد )مشبه به(. قوله يف غًلم: هومن اببببببر ببببببو قببببببلببببببب فببببببببببببببببن كببببببأ ببببببه لببببببك مبببببببببوسبببببببببببببببببببى *م* دبببببببببن كبببببببببأ بببببببببه وودبببببببببه بببببببربهببببببا ببببببيسبببببببببببببببببى أتببببببى قببببببن واببببببم البنبفبوسببببببببببببببببا) 25( *** حيبيبي مبنببببببه ابلبطبيببببببب ابهبو فالصورة التشبيهية طريفة حيث شبه صدغ الغًلم يف شدة سواده وهو أمر حسي، بقلب فرعون يف سواده وظلمته وهو أمر عقلي يدعو إىل التأمل يف طرافة الصورة. تشبيه معقول وحسو الرابع: املطلب ومن ذلك قول الاعاليب يف قبض األمري أيب املظفر نصر بن انصر الدين على املنتصر وإرساله إىل غزنة، ومنها: حمببببببباسبببببببببببببببببنبببببببا املبببببببلبببببببوك وابببببببوَّلبببببببه و والببببقببببطببببر *** املببببنببببرية الشبببببببببببببببمببببس تببببرب ببببلببببى بببببببذكببببببرهببببببا الببببببنببببببنى ابببببباض ذُكببببببرت إذا اببباض أذكى النبببنِ يف وه اجلمر)26( *** كمبببا )24( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص52. )25( المرجع نفسه، ص75. )26( المرجع السابق، ص 61. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org الصورة التشبيهيد هنا متكررة يف شعر الثعاليب اهو ائما ما مينض غري حبسال سريته وراعد مكا ته، وثناء الناس ليه، وقن شبه اسال السرية إذا ذكرت افاض منها العطر الشذي بعطر النن إذا توه يف اجلمر، »والنَّنُّ: َضْرٌب مال النُّْاِند مال غري اعل« ) 27(. ااملشبه طيب طر الذكرى النال لى اسال السرية إذا أ ين ذكرها، وهو معقول، واملشبه به رائحد النن اني دوضع لى اجلمر، وهو حمسوس. ومال هذ القصينة أدضا قوله: اسببببببببببببببببببببببببت ببببببلببببببوهببببببا ملببببببا حببببببد لببببببه تسبببببببببببري *** أبببببنا الثرى الثرَي يف اسببببببببببببببببت وًنفبببببببببببببرا لبببلبببمسبببببببببببببلبببمبببني را بببيببببببا غببببببنا ابلبببنصببببببببببببببر)28( *** تبببكبببفببببببل قببببببن راٍع س لببببببه اهو دشبه لو ا مد وهو شيء معقول، ابلثرَي اليت يف السماء وهي جنمد مشهورة وهي أمر اسي، والتشبيه هنا مجع بني شيئني متبا ندال امع العلو واالرتفاع بينهما، ازا الصورة مجاال، وأضفى ليها اء، ودعلها مقبولد يف العقل، واقعد موقع احلسال يف النفس. ومنه قوله يف: ابببببيبببببب شببببببببببببببببك ال الببببببببببببنر هبببببو ٍق لبببببُ وابببببُ الببببببببشببببببببببببببببببر *** رب س رتبببببببببببببببه بببببببببببببببببببببببببببببه الببببعببببلببببى ومسببببببببببببببببك السببببببببببببببمبببببباض بببببعببببو املشبببببببببببببببببتبببببببهبببببببر)29( *** سبببببببببببببببببؤ و بببببببنبببببببرب اهو دشبه القه وهو أمر قلي ابلبنر وهو اسي ووده الشبه بينهما االرتفاع والتفر والذدوع، اكأ ه دقول إ املمنوض مست أا قه اىت فار متفر ا بني أقرا ه مميزا بينهم كالبنر الساطع يف السماء، وذا ت هذ األا ق واشتهرت بني الناس كشهرة القمر يف السماء بني الن وم. والصورة التشبيهيد كما رى طردفد، بنيت لى تشبيه املعقول وهي األا ق ابحملسوس وهو البنر. )27( الخليل، أبو عبد الرحمن بن أحمد بن عمرو بن تميم الفراهيدي البصري، العين، تحقيق: مهدي المخزومي/ إبراهيم السامرائي، . 10ص ،8ج مصر، القاهرة: دار ومكتبة الهالل، دط، دت، )28( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص61. )29( المرجع السابق، ص 73. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org : يف غ م ُمَغال ٍ ول ابحملسوس قوله تشبيه املعق ومال زاِ َييت ال كبببببلِ غُنبْ غنببببباَُك ابببببببؤاِ ي *** ُه مبببببببَ تبببببببعبببببببلبببببببَّ قبببببببن َك ورقصبببببببببببببببببُ ا يببببببَّ حببببَ املببببُ اُل احَلسببببببببببببببَ اُل ْحسببببببببببببببِ املببببُ وأ ببببببَت البعببببببببا ِ )30( *** يف ابر اً أفبببببببببببببحببببببَت ابقببببببن إذ تناول الشا ر غناء الغ م املطرب الذي مثَّل له زاً ا دغنيه ال كل زار ، ومنى السعا ة اليت سيطرت لى اىت لكأ ه درقص بني أض ه، وليس هذا مبستغرب لى فااب الوده الصبوض اجلميل الذي دبعث قلب الشا ر لى النشوة والسرور، وكأ ه حيسال إىل العبا بطلعته البهيد الطيبد. ووقع التشبيه يف قوله: غناُك غنييت ال كل زا ، اكأ ه الغناء قن أشبه الزا الذي دغنيه ال أي زا ، اشبه . املعقول )الغناء( ابحملسوس )الزا املُغين ال أي زا ( وأ سه مب لس الطرب الذي غىنَّ ايه، وشعور بشعور احملتاج وأواى التشبيه بشنة تعلق الشا ر بغناء الغ م، لذي قنَّم له الغ م إاساًًن، وأسنى له معرواًا بغنائه وإطرابه.ا ومنه قوله يف القاضي أيب احلسال املؤمل بال اليل بال أمحن البسيت: ُه زمببببببباًًن بببببببعبببببببيبببببببمبببببببُ َي ِني *** دبببببببببببببَ ر ِْج بببببببببببببلبببببببببببببى عبببببببببببببَ دببببببببببببببُ نٍ قبببببببببببببببَّ عبببببببببببببببَ مبببببببببببببببُ كبببببببببببببببنسبببببببببببببببببببببببببيبببببببببببببببٍم نِ *** ُ َسبببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببَّ وشبببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببعببببببببببببببببببببببباٍع دُِلبببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببب ُه كببببالَكَرى طيبببببُ نِ *** هببببببَّ املُسببببببببببببببَ اِل فبببْ بببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببمُّ بببَ بببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببب املبببؤمببببببل أو كبببةبببلبببق بببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببببباِل االيبببِل بال أمحبببن )31( *** قصر حلظات املسرة اليت جيو ا الزما لى اإل سا ، ايشعر ا وكأهنا مل مال البصر، متر تناول الشا ر اكرة بسر د النسيم العابر، أو غفوة الغايف أول النوم، وهو ما أشبخ الق املمنوض الذي ال دتكرر يف العبا كثريًا، ايبنو يف مر الزما . لسر ته وكأ ه ومضد ااطفد )30( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص49. )31( الثعالبي، ديوانه، ص51، ويتيمة الدهر، 5/ 267. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org ووقع تشبيه املعقول ابحملسوس يف قول الشا ر: عيمه كنسيم معقن؛ إذ شبَّه النعيم، وهو معنوي، ابحملسوس، و نرة الودو .وهو النسيم الذي دنا ب دبني اإل سا ، وأواى التشبيه بسر د اال قضاء، النتائ : تلهب ا وا ه ا شبببعر و ظر ال احيته رسبببنا واا الشبببا ر الثعالب ااثر مال التشببببيه ا شبببعر وبرز التشببببيه مبة التشبيه ا دوا ه . تشببيه : مبحسبوس، الثاين حمسبوس تشببيه: ل واا ل أربعد ا وا ه األولقااثر الشبا ر مال التشببيه احلسب والع مبحسوس. معقول تشبيه: مبعقول، الرابع حمسوس تشبيه: مبعقول، الثالث معقول اا التشبببيه املعقول ابملعقول ا دذار الشببا ر تشبببيها دکو ايه طرا التشبببيه مال االمور املعقولد. اما التشبببيه احملسببوس مبحسببوس ا دشبببه امر اسببيا ابمر اسببيا نار. اما ا التشبببيه املعقول مبحسببوس ا دذار الشببا ر تشبببيها ر املشبه حمسوسا واملشبه به معقوال. ايه املشبه معقوال واملشبه به حمسوسا اما التشبيه احملسوس ابملعقول ا دذادکو دسببن الشببا ر رب التشبببيه مشببا ر اا العا ااارد ووفببهب ا اياته الشببةصببيد ومنض بعن الناس وبصببورة امد اا التشبيه بندع ا دوا ه ومتعن ما ل ل برا د ا فياغته وتفننه ا اتابته. املصا ر: الصميلي، دوسهب حتقيق: والبندع، والبيا املعاين الب غد يف بال مصطفى، دواهر إبراهيم بال أمحن ا امشي، .بريوت: املكتبد العصردد، .ط مشق: ار القلم، بريوت: النار الشاميد، الب غد العربيد، ابنكد، بن الرمحال بال اسال امليناين النمشقي، .م1996 -هب 1416، 1ط -هب 1414، 3بريوت: ار الكتب العلميد، ط البيا ، املعاين، البندع، غداملراغي، أمحن بال مصطفى، لوم الب . م1993 حممن ، ااشيد النسوقي لى ُمتصر املعاين لسعن الندال التفتازا يتحقيق: بن احلمين هنناوي، بريوت: ،النسوقي .68ص ،3جاملكتبد العصردد، ت، .135ص ،3جنهاج الواض للب غد، القاهرة: املكتبد األزهردد للرتاث، ط، ت، اامن ، امل ، وين american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org السيوطي، بن الرمحال بال أيب بكر، د ل الندال، قو اجلما يف لم املعاين والبيا ، وهو ظم لكتاب »تلةيص للطبا د والنشر والتوزدع، ط اإلمام مسلم القاهرة: ار احلمين ضحا، القزودين، حتقيق: بن للةطيب ، 1املفتاض« . م2012 -هب 1433 هب(، دوا الثعاليب، حتقيق: حممو بن س 429أبو منصور بن امللك بال حممن بال إمسا يل )املتوىف: الثعاليب، .م1990، 1ط -اجلا ر، بغنا : ار الشؤو الثقاايد العامد ر احلنفي، ُمتار الصحاض، حتقيق: دوسهب الشيخ الرازي، زدال الندال أبو بن س حممن بال أيب بكر بال بن القا .م1999هب/ 1420، 5حممن، بريوت: املكتبد العصردد، ط هب 1425 ،2لبنا ، ط بريوت، اإلس مي، الغرب ار حمفوظ، حممن: املنو د، حتقيق ألفاظ غردب اجليب، شرض .25م، ص2005 قيق: اسال هب(، ااص اااص، حت 429والثعاليب، بن امللك بال حممن بال إمسا يل أبو منصور الثعاليب )املتوىف: .244األمني، ار مكتبد احلياة، بريوت، لبنا ، ص 2003، 1طرابلس: املؤسسد احلندثد للكتاب، ط -قاسم، حممن أمحن/ دب، حميي الندال، لوم الب غد، لبنا . 150م، ص – رمزي منري بعلبكي، بريوت: ار العلم للم دنيابال ردن، أبو بكر حممن بال احلسال األز ي، مجهرة اللغد، حتقيق: . م1987، 1ط االيل، أبو بن الرمحال بال أمحن بال مرو بال متيم الفراهيني البصري، العني، حتقيق: مهني املةزومي/ إبراهيم . السامرائي، مصر، القاهرة: ار ومكتبد ا ل، ط، ت american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org the bloom model and its impact on the development of the stabbing skill of the fencing sword players in misan governorate hussein alag flayyih directorate of misan education, ministry of education of iraq alskrhayn802@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s fencing is one of the sports whose development has been influenced by other sciences because it is one of the sports that prioritizes fundamental abilities as a necessary foundation for growth. as a result, coaches devote a significant amount of time to teaching players these abilities, especially the stabbing technique, which is the game's foundation and allows players to take a touch by directing the weapon. as the problem of the research was that most players need an auxiliary model that harmonizes with their weaknesses, the idea of using and harnessing the model (bloom) to achieve a level of better skill performance to reach the appropriate performance or close to the ideal, and its contents of steps contribute to mastering the skill of stabbing with a fencing sword weapon because it is one of the important skills in this sport. the objective of this research is to examine the influence of the bloom model on the enhancement of fencing sword stabbing skills in misan governorate. the researcher hypothesizes that there are notable disparities between the preand post-test results of the two research groups, with the experimental group, which utilizes the bloom model, exhibiting superior performance. to investigate this, an experimental approach was employed, involving two comparable groups an experimental group and a control group. both groups underwent preand post-tests to evaluate their skill development. the research sample consisted of fencing athletes from the clubs in misan governorate for the sports season (2022-2023). the sample size comprised 18 players, who were selected deliberately. the distribution of sample members was conducted randomly using a drawing method. specifically, 8 players were assigned to the control group, 8 players to the experimental group, and 2 players to the exploratory experiment. the results were extracted using statistical software (spss) and based on the findings of the study, several conclusions were drawn. one of the notable findings was that the group that followed the bloom model demonstrated significant improvement in acquiring the skill of stabbing. this can be attributed to the model's effectiveness and compatibility with performance. consequently, the researcher recommended the adoption of the bloom model for teaching fundamental skills, particularly the skill of stabbing in fencing. this model is considered distinctive and suitable for learners' capabilities and abilities. bloom model, development, stabbing skill, fencing sword. \ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org introduction our time is experiencing a great and rapid development in many facets of life, and the field of motor learning sports has benefited greatly from these developments (gong et al., 2021). these successes were not accidental; rather, they were the result of careful scientific planning, the findings of researchers and experts in the field of physical education and sports sciences, and the use of these findings in establishing the rules (sukendro et al., 2020). in recent times, there has been a growing interest in educational models that consider the unique characteristics of individuals. one such model that takes into account these individual differences is the bloom model (lefebvre, bloom & duncan, 2021). this particular model serves as a guiding framework that is derived from the outcomes of learning. it surpasses theoretical guidance by allowing coaches to design specific events that effectively enhance the skill level of the learner (martin, camiré & kramers, 2022). the sport of fencing is characterized by its reliance on various scientific disciplines in its development. it is considered one of the sports that incorporate fundamental skills as a crucial foundation for advancement (ahmed & zaki, 2023). consequently, coaches dedicate a significant portion of their training time to mastering these skills and allocate a substantial portion of educational curricula to their instruction (ganakas & peden, 2023). the fundamental principle of the player, particularly the proficiency in stabbing, serves as the foundation of this game. this skill enables the player to make contact by directing the weapon's trajectory towards the opponent's goal (harfoush & hossam, 2020). consequently, the researcher deemed it significant to investigate this aspect. in order to enhance proficiency in the challenging skill of fencing and attain the desired athletic competence, the application of the bloom learning model is being employed. the problem of the study in order to optimize proficiency in the skill of stabbing, it is imperative to employ diverse pedagogical approaches that facilitate mastery of this skill (arsenovich, 2022). drawing from the researcher's limited experience as a coach at a specialised fencing center in misan governorate, it is observed that a significant number of athletes require a supportive role model who can effectively address their individual weaknesses. thus, hence the idea of of utilizing and harnessing the (bloom) model to be able to obtain a level of improved skill performance to reach the appropriate or almost ideal performance; as a result, the researcher purposefully delved into the utilization of this model to address their problems. the objectives of the study identify the use of the (bloom) model and its impact on the development of stabbing skill among fencing sword players in misan governorate. the hypothesis of the study there is a positive impact of the bloom model on the development of stabbing skill among fencing sword players in misan governorate. the fields of study human area: fencing weapon players for clubs in misan province. time area: for the period from 1/11/2022 to 20/5/2023 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org spatial area: fencing hall in the youth forum of al-hussein neighborhood in misan governorate. methodology research methodology and field procedures research methodology the researcher employed an experimental design consisting of two equivalent groups (experimental and control) with preand post-tests (kirk, 2009). this approach was selected to align with the nature of the problem under investigation, as it allows for the manipulation of a single independent variable while controlling for other influential factors. by observing and measuring the effects of the independent variable or dependent variables, the researcher aimed to identify and quantify their impact (rogers & revesz, 2019). research community and sample the process of sample selection is a crucial component in data collection and research (chen et al., 2020). in this study, the research sample was deliberately chosen from the players of misan fencing clubs for the sports season (2022/2023). the sample consisted of 18 players, and they were randomly assigned to different groups. specifically, 8 players were assigned to the control group, 8 players to the experimental group, and 2 players to the exploratory experiment. homogeneity of the research sample the research sample was homogeneous in terms of length, weight, chronological age, and training age in order to avoid factors that could affect the experiment's outcomes. the results demonstrated the homogeneity of the sample individuals, with the torsion coefficient constrained between (+1, -1), which is a good indicator because (whenever this value is zero or close to it, this indicates that the distribution is moderate), and thus the research sample is valid (götz et al., 2021). table 1: shows the homogeneity of the research sample (control and experimental) variables unit of measurement m sd median torsion coefficient length cm 161.7 3.5 161 0.02 weight kg 58.83 2.6 58.5 0.126 age year 21.55 1.04 21.5 0.04 training age year 2.05 0.72 2.02 0.04 equivalence of the research sample on sunday, january 18, 2022, the researcher performed equivalence tests on the participants of the two research groups. the (t) test was employed to compare the experimental and control groups in the pre-test, aiming to establish the equivalence between the two groups, as presented in table 2. variables unit of measurement experimental control t stabbing skill degree 1.78 0.809 2.14 1.18 0.660 df= (n-2) (14-2=12) and significance level (0.05) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org means of collecting information: the following means were used: ❖ international information network (internet). ❖ observation. ❖ arab and foreign sources. ❖ assistant working group. research tests stabbing skill accuracy test (hassan & khalaf, 2022). exploratory experience in order to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the research work, the researcher deemed it necessary to conduct an exploratory experiment. this experiment, although smaller in scale compared to the actual application of tests, aimed to address potential difficulties and obstacles that may arise. the experiment took place on 10/1/2022 at ten o'clock in the morning, in the fencing hall of the al-hussein youth centre. two players were randomly selected through a lottery process. the purpose of this experiment was to establish a solid foundation for the subsequent research endeavours. pre-tests: on january 18, 2022, a researcher conducted pretests on a sample of players from clubs in misan governorate. the sample consisted of 16 players, divided into control and experimental groups. the tests took place at the fencing hall in the al-hussein neighborhood youth forum, commencing at 9:00 am. prior to the tests, the researcher provided a concise explanation on how to perform the stabbing skill test. the players' attempts were documented through photography, and the resulting data and information were subsequently entered into a dedicated form designed for this purpose. statistical analysis will be conducted on the collected data to obtain the necessary information. training curriculum the researcher devised an educational curriculum aimed at enhancing the proficiency of players in misan governorate in the art of stabbing. this curriculum was designed based on the bloom model and included a series of exercises specifically tailored to cultivate this skill. the primary objective of this study was to assess the effectiveness of the bloom model in improving the targeted skill among the selected participants. the curriculum development process involved the utilization of expert opinions from a group of specialists in the domains of motor learning and fencing. the researcher sought to incorporate their valuable insights into the curriculum design. additionally, the researcher considered the hierarchical steps outlined by bloom's taxonomy when developing the curriculum's vocabulary. the implementation of the training curriculum spanned a duration of eight weeks, commencing on january 19, 2022. until march 15, 2022, the number of units increased by two units per week until it reached a total of 24 units. post-tests following the successful implementation of the predetermined curriculum, post-tests were administered to a research sample consisting of 16 players on march 16, 2022. the researcher ensured american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org that the tests were conducted under identical conditions, including the same situations, climatic atmosphere, and location, as well as using the same tools employed during the pre-tests. additionally, video recording was employed to capture the execution of the skill during both the preand post-test phases. statistical means to accomplish the study's objective, the researcher employed the statistical package for the social sciences (spss). in this discussion, we will explore several statistical concepts, including the percentage law, arithmetic mean, median, standard deviation, and the law (t) for symmetrical samples. results presentation, analysis and discussion of results: presentation and analysis of the results of the preand post-tests of the experimental group to test the skill of stabbing fencing and discussing them. the data pertaining to the preand post-tests of the experimental group were unloaded and subjected to statistical processing, as illustrated in table (3). table 3: shows the results of the preand post-tests of the experimental group to test the skill of stabbing. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig m sd m sd stabbing skill degree 2.50 0.535 7.62 1.30 10.68 0.000 df (n-1) (8-1=7), * if the degree of significance level (sig) ≥ (0.05). upon reviewing table (3), which presents the results of the preand post-test of the experimental group in the (stabbing skill) assessment, it is observed that the mean score of the pre-test was 2.50, with a standard deviation of 0.535. in contrast, the mean score of the post-test was 7.62, with a standard deviation of 1.30. applying the t-test for correlated samples, the calculated value of t was found to be 10.68, with a significance level of 0.000. this indicates a significant difference at the 0.05 significance level, with 7 degrees of freedom. consequently, the statistical analysis suggests that the post-test scores are significantly higher than the pre-test scores. discussing the results of the preand post-test of the experimental group in the stabbing skill test for fencing sword players: through the data presented in table (3), it was determined that there are significant differences between the two tests (preand post), with the post-test performing significantly better than the pretest, and that the reason for the post-test's superiority in the skill of appeal was due to (the exercises used and the method of their implementation during the educational units and regularly and distinctly, which led to the speed of learning the skill, which indicates a clear interest in the impo, the exercises used and the method of their implementation during, which then increases the level of skill performance during practice, as it is appropriate for the desire of players to learn skills, as it stimulates the learner's thinking and activates his ideas in the production of new creative movements, as these exercises allow him to use different senses during the performance of exercises by expressing those ideas through movements and controlling his body, agility, and speed during performance (wulf & lewthwaite, 2016). the researcher additionally ascribes the cause of these moral disparities to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org inclusion of a stabbing skill assessment in the post-tests, which can be attributed to the specific exercises employed during the educational units. these exercises incorporated a performance-oriented approach to the development of stabbing skills. the exercises facilitate the player's ability to perceive the temporal duration of repetitive and successive movements, enabling them to ascertain the speed of motor performance. additionally, these exercises cultivate a sense of the appropriate distance for executing movements, thereby aiding the player in determining the optimal range for competitor movement. this entails coordinating and synchronizing different body parts in a cohesive and harmonious manner, while also executing movements with precision during performance. it is crucial to note that this skill necessitates meticulous execution and an acute awareness of the body parts involved. any lapse in timing can result in the loss of control over the ball, impeding the player's ability to meet the required performance standards (singh, 2023). according to wu et al. (2022), the learner's capacity to surmount a higher number of challenges and subsequently arrive at suitable decisions is enhanced. the act of providing feedback is a common occurrence during the early stages of learning. it is also utilized in the processes of troubleshooting, debugging, and enhancing technical performance by increasing the frequency of iterations. according to a study conducted by dwivedi et al. (2023), it has been established that enhancing students' technical performance can be achieved by offering them increased opportunities for practice and providing feedback to address errors during performance. this approach to teaching motor skills helps in rectifying learners' responses and guiding their motor behavior towards the correct form, thereby elevating the overall level of skill education. presentation and analysis of the results of the preand post-tests of the control group test of the skill of stabbing with a fencing sword weapon: the data from the preand post-tests of the control group were collected and subjected to statistical analysis, as presented in table 4. table 4: the results of the preand post-tests of the control group show the skill test of stabbing with a fencing sword weapon. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig m sd m sd stabbing skill degree 2.37 0.518 4.37 0.518 10.68 0.000 df (n-1) (8-1=7), * if the degree of significance level (sig) ≥ (0.05). upon reviewing table (4), which presents the preand post-test results of the control group in the stabbing skill test, it is observed that the mean score of the pre-test was 2.37 with a standard deviation of 0.518. in contrast, the mean score of the post-test was 4.37 with the same standard deviation of 0.518. utilizing the t-test for correlated samples, the calculated t-value was 7.48, with a level of significance of 0.000. this indicates a significant difference at the 0.05 level of significance, with 7 degrees of freedom, favoring the post-test. discussing the results of the preand post-tests of the control group in the test of the skill of stabbing with a fencing weapon. the results presented in table (4) for the values of arithmetic medians, standard deviations, and values (t) calculated for the skill test (stabbing) indicated that there are significant differences between the preand post-tests for the two control groups and in favor of the post-tests; the reason for these differences for the control group is attributed to their regularity in the educational units assigned to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org them by the trainer in accordance with the usual curriculum, as well as the fact that they participated in the experiment. this is confirmed by newell (2020), who states that the purpose of this stage is to acquire motor skills in general and not full mastery and stability of the art of motor performance. however, the main purpose of this stage must be to acquire the ability to carry out a variety of movements to an acceptable degree while conserving effort. therefore, we find that the control group has achieved teams of learning for the skills surveyed as a result of repetition and practice through the educational units in which the method used by the trainer, the main goal of each unit is to deliver the material to be learned to the learner, and that the development of the level of skill performance is due to the access of members of the control group to the repetitions of each skill with the emergence of the role . as the steering factor is one of the most crucial factors in a learner's assimilation of movement, it must be emphasized in movement instruction (la fleur et al., 2021). the detection and correction of errors in sports performance plays a significant role in enhancing success (faure et al., 2020). the probability of achieving success is higher when errors are identified and rectified at an early stage. this process involves categorizing players into smaller groups, which facilitates the provision of feedback in a more efficient and effective manner (koh, li & mukherjee, 2020). in contrast, the current method of providing feedback becomes challenging when the number of players increases, as it may result in the coach not being able to effectively observe and provide feedback (yazid, 2014). however, by utilizing smaller learning groups, the coach can overcome these challenges and ensure effective feedback delivery. the learning groups are characterized by their small size, facilitating seamless interaction among learners, fostering the exchange of experiences, and enabling the provision of feedback to individual learners. certain forms of learning cannot be acquired solely through knowledge of outcomes or feedback. it is widely acknowledged among researchers that the provision of feedback to individual learners is a crucial variable that significantly influences and determines learning and motor performance following the training process (pol et al., 2020). according to morris, perry, and wardle (2021), empirical evidence supports the notion that feedback plays a pivotal role in regulating learner performance. it has been demonstrated that the absence of feedback impedes performance improvement, while the provision of feedback enhances performance gains, particularly during the early stages of learning. presentation and analysis of the results of the post-tests of the experimental and control research groups in the stabbing skill test for fencing sword players. the researcher's data on the two-dimensional assessments of the experimental and control groups were unloaded, processed statistically, and displayed in table (5). table 5: shows the results of the post-tests of the two research groups in the stabbing skill test for fencing sword players. variables unit of measurement experimental control t sig stabbing skill degree 7.62 1.30 4.37 0.518 6.55 0.000 df: (n-2) (16-2=14), * if the degree of significance level (sig) ≥ (0.05) by presenting table 5, the results of the post-tests conducted on both the experimental and control groups are evident. the arithmetic mean for the experimental group in the skill assessment of stabbing was found to be 7.62, with a standard deviation of 1.302. on the other hand, the arithmetic mean for the control group was 4.37, with a standard deviation of 0.518. utilizing the t-test for non-correlated american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org samples, the calculated value of t was determined to be 6.55, with a significance level of 0.000. this indicates a significant difference at a significant level of 0.05, with a degree of freedom of 14. consequently, the statistical analysis reveals a significant difference in favor of the experimental group. discussing the results of the post-tests of the experimental and control research groups in the stabbing skill test for fencing weapon players. the findings presented in table 4 indicate that there are notable disparities in the enhancement of stabbing proficiency with a fencing weapon, favoring the experimental group as evidenced by the outcomes displayed in table 5. these disparities can be attributed to the utilization of the bloom model as the instructional approach during the educational units. the researcher attributes these differences to the independent variable of the study, namely the implementation of bloom's model, which was practiced by the experimental group throughout the duration of the study. the utilization of the bloom model during the learning phase has been shown to enhance performance levels and facilitate increased learning. this suggests that the model incorporates two fundamental principles: the principle of individual differences and the principle of access to mastery. with regards to individual differences, bloom has been specifically designed to accommodate diverse learning needs and ensure successful outcomes for all learners. moreover, the model emphasizes the importance of breaking down tasks into manageable parts, rather than progressing from one task to another without completion. following the completion of the preceding task, in instances of suboptimal performance, the remedial approach entails employing suitable feedback, engaging in repetitions, and incorporating supplementary modules until the skill is thoroughly acquired. the researcher posits that the utilization of this model in the realm of education enhances learners' motivation, which is deemed crucial in the learning process. this is due to the fact that a decline in motivation among individuals undergoing education can result in feelings of frustration and a tendency to neglect educational tasks, ultimately impeding the individual's ability to acquire knowledge. according to jaitner and mess (2019), it is crucial for individuals to be motivated in order to effectively acquire motor skills. when learners perceive a task as lacking meaning or personal preference, their learning outcomes become specific and limited. furthermore, if motivation is extremely low, learning may not occur at all. additionally, the mastery learning model is recognized as a significant approach in the learning process, as it enables learners to attain high levels of achievement. the method of diversification with inputs is employed to enhance motivation in the learning process. this method is specifically designed to consider individual differences during learning. consequently, this approach aims to increase learners' motivation towards acquiring knowledge beyond what is typically observed in traditional learning styles. one notable benefit that has arisen from this model is the facilitation of opinion expression and critical thinking among educated individuals (as observed in the research sample). this model provides each member of the learning group with the opportunity to articulate their own perspectives and ideas, thereby fostering increased enthusiasm and motivation among learners. additionally, it cultivates a sense of accountability towards the learning process, prompting each member of the group to assume individual responsibility for comprehending the prescribed material. the principle of repetition in learning is a fundamental principle that contributes to achieving mastery in performance. it involves determining the appropriate number of repetitions based on individuals' performance levels. consequently, learners with lower performance receive more repetitions compared to those who excel in performance. it is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org important to note that the researcher is unable to manipulate the duration of the educational unit due to the presence of a control group. as a result of the observed individual differences among learners in the research sample, the researcher decided to augment the number of repetitions for the two groups while maintaining a consistent time frame. this adjustment was made in order to accommodate the formation of smaller groups based on these differences. specifically, the groups were categorized into high-performing, average-performing, and low-performing groups, this approach simplifies the task by providing each set with additional iterations that correspond to its current level. bessa et al. (2019) have substantiated the utilization of the principle of additional training units as a means to mitigate individual differences. according to bessa et al., the presence of individual disparities among sample participants necessitates the inclusion of supplementary teaching units for individuals with lower or moderate proficiency levels. the objective is to enhance their performance, enabling them to match their peers and attain mastery. the researcher ascribes the enhanced performance of the experimental group to the provision of instructions and guidance from both the coach and colleagues. this influence surpasses the impact of the coach's input alone in the control group's methodology. additionally, the division of players into three groups based on their skill levels (i.e., good, average, weak) contributes to an augmented quantity and quality of feedback. the model developed by bloom is notable for its distinctive approach to diagnosis, which is highly regarded for its effectiveness and quality. diagnosis, as a form of evaluation, involves the identification and description of the learner's behavioral aspects in terms of both strengths and weaknesses. given that accurate diagnosis is a crucial prerequisite for prescribing appropriate treatment, it significantly enhances the efficacy and efficiency of the treatment process. this assertion is supported by the findings of alosco et al. (2021), who emphasize the crucial role of diagnostic tests in therapeutic education. the authors argue that diagnosis serves as the foundation for therapeutic education, and without prior therapeutic education, diagnostic procedures can become burdensome and result in wasted resources. furthermore, the authors suggest that diagnostic tests can also be employed post-remedial education to assess the effectiveness and viability of such interventions. in order to facilitate the implementation of effective interventions, it is imperative to employ diagnostic assessments that can identify the educational challenges experienced by players. according to hayward et al. (2022), learner needs are identified, and their performance strengths and weaknesses are diagnosed in order to determine appropriate interventions. additionally, formative diagnostic tests are utilized to enhance learner motivation by providing feedback on performance results and errors, as well as guidance on how to address and rectify them. these tests serve the purpose of evaluating student performance, determining their level, and not establishing a final level for the learner. linhart (2020) confirms that formative tests are a specific type of periodic assessment administered subsequent to the completion of a portion of educational material. unlike traditional grading systems, these tests are not assigned numerical scores, but rather serve to evaluate a student's proficiency and limitations within a particular domain of educational tasks. the primary objective of formative tests is to enhance the learning process. according to bloom, formative assessments have the potential to enhance student learning by providing support to those who have mastered the material and alleviating anxiety related to course achievement. additionally, these assessments can identify areas of weakness for learners who have not reached the level of mastery, enabling them to compare their performance with their peers. it may be necessary to employ instructional assistants in order to achieve superior outcomes in the experimental group compared to the method being followed (megahed & hassan, 2022). the experimental group implemented the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org practice of utilizing small groups, resulting in a greater need for a larger number of assistants. this approach enables the identification of errors within each group and the provision of appropriate feedback to address these errors. the objective is to enhance the performance of the participants in the sample. additionally, the principle of individual differences was considered, leading to the emergence of exemplary performance models among the sample members. this served as a source of motivation for individuals who were performing below the desired level, thereby inspiring others to strive towards achieving their own performance goals. conclusions based on the findings of the study, the researcher provided a concise summary of several key conclusions, specifically: 1. the application of the bloom model yielded significant improvements in the acquisition of stabbing techniques among fencing athletes. this was accomplished through a well-designed curriculum that emphasized problem-solving and the execution of precise movements aligned with the necessary skills. as a result, the participants demonstrated notable advancements in their performance outcomes. 2. the educational model proposed by bloom incorporates theoretical and scientific elements that intersect with the educational units, thereby playing a significant role in facilitating learning and ensuring alignment with the specific skill being studied. 3. bloom's model increased the enthusiasm of fencing participants as they learned the skill of stabbing. recommendations 1. the necessity of adopting the bloom model when acquiring any of the fencing skills, as it is a distinct model that corresponds to the players' capabilities and abilities. 2. the necessity for coaches of various age groups to use the bloom model, which enables them to recognize the individual differences of players. 3. emphasizing the use of modern technology with this model and in educational units because it provides fast ratios to learn as well as achieving the desire of learners to perform and its repetitions, which contributes to overcoming repeated errors at the beginning of learning and being the result of a practical applied lesson aligned with their abilities and skills. 4. it is necessary to conduct additional studies and research on both sexes due to their distinct roles in acquiring skills, particularly in various situations. references 1. ahmed khudair abaas, d. n. r. a., & zaki, w. (2023). the effect of rebound strength exercises to developing some physical abilities and the accuracy of stabbing by fencing weapons under 18 years. journal of sports science and nutrition, 4(1), 42-47. 2. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). developing ball dribbling and passing skills using the integrative and reciprocal methods of emerging footballers. eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences, 11, 76-82. 3. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of a training program for the plyometric on the harmonic abilities and muscular ability of football players. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 6, 60-69. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org 4. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the implications for learning of transferring on passing skills in junior football players. open access repository, 8(9), 39-49. 5. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of an educational curriculum using the jigsaw strategy to learning skills of volleyball for secondary school students. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 160-168. 6. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of using the cooperative learning and blended learning method in improving the level of students performance in learning volleyball for secondary school students. american journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 11, 231-242. 7. alosco, m. l., mariani, m. l., adler, c. h., balcer, l. j., bernick, c., au, r., ... & stern, r. a. (2021). developing methods to detect and diagnose chronic traumatic encephalopathy during life: rationale, design, and methodology for the diagnose cte research project. alzheimer's research & therapy, 13(1), 1-23. 8. arsenovich, i. d. (2022, february). differences between sport and stage fencing. in econference globe (pp. 12-13). 9. bessa, c., hastie, p., araújo, r., & mesquita, i. (2019). what do we know about the development of personal and social skills within the sport education model: a systematic review. journal of sports science & medicine, 18(4), 812. 10. chen, h., yu, p., hailey, d., & cui, t. (2020). identification of the essential components of quality in the data collection process for public health information systems. health informatics journal, 26(1), 664-682. 11. dwivedi, y. k., kshetri, n., hughes, l., slade, e. l., jeyaraj, a., kar, a. k., ... & wright, r. (2023). “so, what if chatgpt wrote it?” multidisciplinary perspectives on opportunities, challenges and implications of generative conversational ai for research, practice and policy. international journal of information management, 71, 102642. 12. faure, c., limballe, a., bideau, b., & kulpa, r. (2020). virtual reality to assess and train team ball sports performance: a scoping review. journal of sports sciences, 38(2), 192-205. 13. ganakas, e., & peden, a. e. (2023). exploring why young australians participate in the sport of fencing: future avenues for sports‐based health promotion. health promotion journal of australia, 34(1), 48-59. 14. gong, a., gu, f., nan, w., qu, y., jiang, c., & fu, y. (2021). a review of neurofeedback training for improving sport performance from the perspective of user experience. frontiers in neuroscience, 15, 638369. 15. götz, m., o'boyle, e. h., gonzalez-mulé, e., banks, g. c., & bollmann, s. s. (2021). the “goldilocks zone” :(too) many confidence intervals in tests of mediation just exclude zero. psychological bulletin, 147(1), 95. 16. harfoush, a., & hossam, m. (2020). modelling of a robot-arm for training in fencing sport. international journal of intelligent robotics and applications, 4(1), 109-121. 17. hassan, m. h., & khalaf fahd, s. (2022). positive thinking and its relationship to the performance of the skill of stabbing with a blind weapon for the students of the faculty of physical education and sports sciences. journal of positive school psychology, 6654-6663. 18. hayward, l. m., markowski, a., watkins, m. k., maitland, m. e., manske, r., & beneck, g. j. (2022). elements of learning and integration of diagnostic musculoskeletal ultrasound imaging american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org into practice: physical therapists' educational journeys. journal of physical therapy education, 36(3), 243-255. 19. jabbar, q. m., & kasim, m. a. (2023). social adaptation and psychological adjustment and their relationship to defensive skills in volleyball for the premier league. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 12, 134-143. 20. jaitner, d., & mess, f. (2019). participation can make a difference to be competitive in sports: a systematic review on the relation between complex motor development and self-controlled learning settings. international journal of sports science & coaching, 14(2), 255-269. 21. kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of together learning on university students to achievement motivation. open access repository, 8(05), 57-65. 22. kasim, m. a. (2022). evaluation implementing cooperative learning in physical education college programs to basic handball skills learning in universities iraqi. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions, 3(04), 289-297. 23. kirk, r. e. (2009). experimental design. sage handbook of quantitative methods in psychology, 23-45. 24. koh, k. t., li, c., & mukherjee, s. (2020). preservice physical education teachers’ perceptions of a flipped basketball course: benefits, challenges, and recommendations. journal of teaching in physical education, 40(4), 589-597. 25. la fleur, c., hoffman, b., gibson, c. b., & buchler, n. (2021). team performance in a series of regional and national us cybersecurity defense competitions: generalizable effects of training and functional role specialization. computers & security, 104, 102229. 26. lefebvre, j. s., bloom, g. a., & duncan, l. r. (2021). a qualitative examination of the developmental networks of elite sport coaches. sport, exercise, and performance psychology, 10(2), 310. 27. linhart, j. m. (2020). mastery-based testing to promote learning: experiences with discrete mathematics. primus, 30(8-10), 1087-1109. 28. martin, n., camiré, m., & kramers, s. (2022). facilitating life skills transfer from sport to the classroom: an intervention assisting a high school teacher-coach. journal of applied sport psychology, 34(6), 1077-1101. 29. megahed, n., & hassan, a. (2022). a blended learning strategy: reimagining the post-covid-19 architectural education. archnet-ijar: international journal of architectural research, 16(1), 184-202. 30. morris, r., perry, t., & wardle, l. (2021). formative assessment and feedback for learning in higher education: a systematic review. review of education, 9(3), e3292. 31. newell, k. m. (2020). what are fundamental motor skills and what is fundamental about them? journal of motor learning and development, 8(2), 280-314. 32. pol, r., balagué, n., ric, a., torrents, c., kiely, j., & hristovski, r. (2020). training or synergizing? complex systems principles change the understanding of sport processes. sports medicine-open, 6(1), 1-13. 33. rogers, j., & revesz, a. (2019). experimental and quasi-experimental designs. in the routledge handbook of research methods in applied linguistics (pp. 133-143). routledge. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org 34. salih, m. m. m., hashim, r. s., & kasim, m. a. (2021). forecasting achievement sports through cooperative learning in handball training in physical education. annals of applied sport science, 9(3), 0-0. 35. singh, u. (2023). a correlation study between playing ability and selected anthropometrical physical fitness and physiological variables among college level volleyball players. 36. sukendro, s., habibi, a., khaeruddin, k., indrayana, b., syahruddin, s., makadada, f. a., & hakim, h. (2020). using an extended technology acceptance model to understand students’ use of e-learning during covid-19: indonesian sport science education context. heliyon, 6(11). 37. wu, x., xiao, l., sun, y., zhang, j., ma, t., & he, l. (2022). a survey of human-in-the-loop for machine learning. future generation computer systems, 135, 364-381. 38. wulf, g., & lewthwaite, r. (2016). optimizing performance through intrinsic motivation and attention for learning: the optimal theory of motor learning. psychonomic bulletin & review, 23, 1382-1414. 39. yazid, l. i. (2014). sport development; the nigerian way: a review. international journal of physical education, sports and health, 1(4), 20-24. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org significance of sultan mir haydar mausoleum in uzbekistan abdiev izzatbek riskibaevich student of tashkent state agrarian university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article clarifies the structure and history of the architectural monument of sultan mir haydar which was located in the kasbi district of the kashkadarya region, including the life path and names of his highness sultan mir haydar. sultan mir haydar, mausoleum, mosque, great silk road, amir temur, courtyard, hadith, descendant. introduction as of january 1, 2022, the total number of tangible cultural heritage objects in the republic of uzbekistan was 8,210. from this: archaeological monuments – 4797 architectural monuments – 2266 monumental art monuments – 617 attractions – 530 [1]. more than 4,000 of these cultural heritage objects are included in the unesco world heritage list. currently, special emphasis is being placed on the restoration of all cultural heritage objects, historical monuments, and ancient objects in need of repair. preservation of this type of cultural heritage is one of the main factors in preserving the nation's history and nationality. it is known that today there are 1468 objects of cultural heritage in kashkadarya region. sultan mir haydar memorial complex in kasbi village of kasbi district is one of such ancient places. sultan mir haydar was born in 1275 in the city of qayim, khorasan. his real name was khaja shamsiddin ibn sheikh jamaluddin. also, sultan mir haydar is a descendant of hussein, the grandson of the prophet muhammad. this person is an expert in hadith, jurisprudence and sufism [2]. this man is the grandfather of the elder amir temur mir said barak. in the 14th century, he traveled from mecca to the nahab province to spread islam and died there around 1365–1366 (766 ah). the architectural monument of sultan mir haydar (15-16 centuries) is located in kasbi district of kashkadarya region. the memorial complex consists of the mausoleum of sultan mir haydar, a threedomed mausoleum, a shrine, the mausoleum of said mir momin samarkandi, a porch, a minaret, winter and summer mosques. the complex of sultan mir haydar is located in the western part of the ruins of kasbi city. it occupied an area 100-120 meters long from south to north. the complex is surrounded by cemeteries on both sides. that is why it is surrounded by a wall. the complex consists of two parts [3]. mausoleum of sultan mir haydar was built by amir temur. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org the complex (area 90 x 40 meters) consists of closed and semi-open buildings and 3 courtyards. from the southern courtyard with a wide stage, you enter the mosque with a row of columns (built in the 16th century), and from there you go to the central courtyard. there are ancient mausoleums on the north and east sides of the courtyard, and a porch on the south and west sides. a path along the western wall of the porch (area 11.6 x 6.6 meters) leads to the northern courtyard. in the yard there are marble mausoleum from the 14th-16th centuries. the mausoleum consists of 3 rooms. the rooms are divided into four-sided walls and arches. between the 3 shelves of the small mihrab on the walls, there is a smoke path for the lights. the corners of the eaves are decorated with small muqarnas. in the first mausoleum (area 3.3 x 3.3 meters) the monument of said amir shamsiddinbek alhoji haydar is preserved. sagana is made of dark gray marble. it is dated 897 ah (1491 ad). in the second mausoleum (area 5 x 5 meters) there are 3 saganas belonging to unknown people [4]. 1-figure. sultan mir haydar mausoleum the first of these mausoleums was built during the reign of amir temur, and the second during the reign of abdullah khan ii, a descendant of shaibani khan [4]. the mausoleum has a dome, 5-sided brick muqarnas are built in the corners. akhliboy mausoleum (area 4.4 x 4.4 meters) built separately on the eastern side of the middle courtyard is estimated to be from the 14th century. in the mosque, the prayer hall (area 20 x 9.6 meters) is adjacent to the mausoleum from the south. its decorations belong to the 13th-19th centuries. the central part of the mosque rests on shield-shaped arches with a wide row of columns, a flat gable, and a low dome. the corners of the shelf on the wall are decorated with curved edges. the minaret in front of the mosque (height 8.5 meters) was built from bricks of old buildings american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org (late 19th early 20th centuries). [5] but the bricks used for it belong to the 13th century and were taken from another structure in the city of kasbi. the lower part has been repaired several times. the sultan mir haydar complex was taken over by the cultural heritage department of kashkadarya region. the great silk road passed through the city. therefore, according to the testimony of history, the city of kasbi was the most prosperous and rich city and was called “city of egypt”. in the city, together with science, national handicrafts of the people have been developed and this tradition has been preserved to this day. even now, potters, confectioners, bakers, blacksmiths, embroiderers and goldsmiths live and work in kasbi village. [4] since it was a city located on the great silk road, there were dozens of caravanserais and cisterns here. the complex includes the mausoleum of sultan mir haydar and said mir momin of samarkandi, chillakhana, porch, minaret, winter and summer mosques and 2 cisterns. the 1-meter-long, 89centimeter-wide gray marble tombstone, typical of the timurid era, carved by skilled masons and engraved with silent inscriptions by famous calligraphers, has attracted the attention of experts. since the tombstone is valuable, it is not difficult to know that this tomb belongs to an influential person. the saint who has been visited for centuries is the great saint sultan mir haydar, whose real name is khoja shamsiddin ibn sheikh jamaliddin. according to akmal saidov’s pamphlet “amir temur and sultan mir haydar father”, three tombstones were placed in the name of sultan mir haydar. the first tombstone was placed by amir temur. on the tombstone on the north side of the architectural complex, verse 18 of surah “ali imran” from the holy qur’an and the following definitions and genealogy are described in arabic. its translation is as follows: “this is the grave of a great, proud imam, sheikh, worshiper of god, sultan of preaching, solver of subtle knowledge, teller of the knowledge of truth, orator, noble, scholar of jurisprudence, guide of people, extremely pious, one of the imams of ahl as-sunnah wal-jamaa, to the world. a famous scientist, the pole of sheikhs, the pride of saints, a great pilgrim, one of the happiest people on earth. the genealogy of sultan mir haydar, who is a descendant of the prophet’s (pbuh) daughter bibi fatima and his son-in-law hazrat ali (r.a.), is as follows: amir shamsiddin haidar amirul kabirul karim ibn jamaluddin ibn shamsiddin amirul-kabir haydar al-husayn nasafi ibn amir ahmed ibn said amir husain ibn amir abdullah bin amir ja’far bin ibrahim murtaza bin amir musa al-qazim bin amir imam ja’far sadiq bin imam baqir imam zainul abid imam husain hazrat ali murtaza raziyallahu ta'ala (month of ramadan, date 766 hijri)”.[6] the inscriptions on the tombstone itself show how amir temur treated sultan mir haydar and how much he praised him. according to the book “manoqibi al khosa al khoja mir haydar sultan”, the birth of khoja shamsiddin was predicted by father hakim. that is, sulayman bakirghani told his uncle hazrat sayyid muhammad abdullah that the saint would be born in the house of sheikh jamaluddin. sultan mir haydar was born in 1275 in the city of qayim, khorasan. there was a fourth child in the family. his father, sheikh jamaluddin, taught students at the madrasa. therefore, mir haydar was mainly raised by his uncle sayyid muhammad abdullah. at the age of 4, he went to a madrasa, at the age of five he learned the alphabet and writing, at the age of 6-7 he memorized the hadith and became a disciple of the reciters. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 2-figure. the courtyard of sultan mir haydar shrine he learned the qur’an, hadith, fiqh, ijma, the science of recitation and tawjid from sheikh jalaluddin kohaki, abdullah zamakhshari, teacher olavuddovla and sheikh khurasani. at the age of nine, he reached the level of reciting the qur’an in seven different ways. at the age of ten, he went on hajj with his uncle. in the madrasa there, he befriends ramziddin, the son of the makkah mukarrama emir. it is said that khwaja shamsiddin was the cause of healing of ramziddin’s illness with a prayer, and he caught the attention of the emir. the emir of makkah, who was happy about this, sent his son and sultan mir haydar to egypt to study. after returning to makkah, he is examined by experienced sheikhs in the emir’s palace. at the age of 14, khoja shamsiddin, who successfully passed the test, was announced as the imam of mecca and medina and the teacher of the two harams. when he reached adulthood, he was known as a mature scholar with his knowledge, following shariat, tariqat, enlightenment, and truth. it is even written that the people of the egyptian madrasas, the students of baghdad and istanbul found answers to the questions that could not be solved by the people of the sunnah wal-jamaa and the hadiths american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org of imam bukhari. this is the reason why he is glorified as “waliullah mir haydar”. as noted in the authorities, “the goal of that person was to convey the sunnah and ways of the prophet of the end times (pbuh) and the religion of islam, mentor his students, teach even a drop of the river of knowledge, and leave an exemplary mark”. of course, sultan mir haydar was determined to achieve his goal.[7] according to the maqamat, khoja shamsiddin had a dream at the age of twenty-nine. in a dream, hazrat ali (r.a.), ahmed yassavi, hakim ata and aikhoja vali ordered him to go to khorezm and become a scholar and defender of islam. that is, with this, it becomes known that the saints informed from the unseen that khwaja shamsiddin had reached the level of piracy in the tariqat and the status of sultan. accordingly, at the age of thirty, he came from balkh to kunduz and then to chorjoi. hubbi khoja, hasan khoja and polwani ahmed met him and took him to urganch to the hakim father's house. khoja shamsiddin spent forty days studying the qur’an. at the age of thirty-two, he came to kasbi fortress in the karshi desert. sultan mir haydar died in 1366 at the age of 92. before the execution, he handed over the sufi hoop and staff to abu turab nakhabi and said: “this path went from ahmad yassawi to hakim father, then to zangiota, and then to me. i also followed their teachings and wisdom and reached the end of the path, i taught without any changes, i did not eat someone else's bread, i earned my own bread after my work. i was nourished by god’s water and sustenance. i didn’t receive any favors or gifts from anyone. what i earned, i gave to orphans, i spent it on the path of knowledge. i did not worship other than allah, i did not bow down, i perfected the knowledge of the scholars of sharia. i did not deviate from the path of muhammad. i have become an example for you in the way of manners” with this will, father mir haydar encouraged his students to follow his path. conclusion today, as a result of the attention paid to our cultural heritage, the interest of the beaches in the history, values and monuments of our country is increasing. in particular, the improvement of the infrastructure of the sultan mir haydar pilgrimage site and additional archaeological research have made the flow of tourists there popular. as a result of archeological research, new findings were discovered in the shrine's territory, and the person of sultan mir haydar was clarified more and the people's respect for him increased. references: 1. www.stat.uz 2. “республикадаги ислом дини билан боғлиқ зиёратгоҳ ва қадамжолар”. religious.uz. 3. www.uzbekistan.travel 4. “sulton mir haydar ota ziyoratgoh majmuasi”. qashqadaryo madaniy meros (8-iyun 2022-yil) 5. "sulton mirhaydar majmuasi" oʻzme. s-harfi birinchi jild. toshkent, 2000-yil 6. sulton mirhaydar ota ansambli“. uzheritage. 7. https://ok.ru/sultonmirh/topic/68757922521100. http://www.stat.uz/ http://www.uzbekistan.travel/ https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/o%ca%bbzme http://n.ziyouz.com/books/uzbekiston_milliy_ensiklopediyasi/o'zbekiston%20milliy%20ensiklopediyasi%20-%20s%20harfi.pdf https://uzheritage.org/uz/objects/19275 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org important issues of state language and national languages in the 21st century shuhrat kochimov, professor of tashkent state law university, doctor of philological sciences sh.kuchimov@tsul.uz shuxkuch@gmail.com arcid: 0000-0002-9718-1041 shahed tasleem, professor, jamia millia islamia university of india e-mail: stasleem@jmi.ac.in a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article will analyze the development and development of the state language and national languages in the 21st century. the main focus will be on the question of the rivalization of national languages, their legal status in the now globalizing world. the languages of the world are classified according to their legal status. state language, national languages, international languages, nationality, people, language, language history, native language, jurisprudence. introduction the most unique and perfect wealth of each nation in its historical development, its art is its language. in a progressive language in all respects, the entire homeland of this people is embodied. for this reason, language is the fate, psyche, way of life of the people. therefore, each people takes care of the progress of their native language, trying to legally strengthen the foundations of the development of their own language. according to unesco, at the moment there are about seven thousand languages on earth. unesco has since 2001 embarked on the world protection of not only cultural monuments and buildings, but also the oral and intangible heritage of peoples (hence, languages). in an effort to preserve languages and draw the attention of government leaders and the general public, he compiled a red book and map of the languages of the vanishing world. according to him, until the end of the xxi century, this is of the languages, 2,500 may be extinct. in common parlance, 40-45% of their current languages are lost. more precisely, every two weeks one language is becoming a dead language. this corresponds to any continent in the world. included are 200 languages in europe, 250 in africa, 200 in the pacific region, 136 in russia (including udmurt, chukotka), 14 in central asia, and 18 in turkey. it is of course a worrying situation, especially in the villages of the black sea coast of turkey, that the unique language of all mankind is “bird language” – whistling language-is disappearing. accordingly, each nation and country strives for the development of its language, its acquisition of the status of a state language, its widespread use in the international circle, in a certain sense, for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org “domination” over the languages of other states. because language is a symbol of this country and people. when its language has the status of a state language, is widely used at the international level, an important factor is also created for the progress of the same nation. indeed, when the economic, political, legal, cultural prestige of any state increases in the international sphere, its sphere of influence begins to extend to other states in international relations. these aspects are also in his language in reflection, it also exerts its influence on the languages of other states, actively applying on a global scale and beginning to try to obtain the status of an international language. accordingly, the question of the state language and international legal status of languages has long acquired an active meaning in the history of mankind. one of the first widely used languages on earth in the international circle is chinese. later, the task was performed by ancient greek. alexander macedonski “took”the greek language from central asia to the african states. it served as the official language of the byzantine country for more than a thousand years. later, latin came to the field as an international language, replacing greek. it served as an official language in the ancient roman empire. even latin did not “fall” from the international arena after the crisis of the ancient roman state, it began to serve humanity now as the language of science, culture and progress. in europe, latin was followed by french as a diplomatic language for about 200 years, from the time of king louis xiv of france. italian, on the other hand, began to be used as a means of dealing with the republics of the apennine peninsula. german became used in most germanic kingdoms and principalities. with the rise of the austro-hungarian empire, german begins to be used as a popular language. with the arrival of the united states on the field as a state, it created a mutual rivalry between french and english. the us leadership began to work tirelessly for the recognition and widespread use of english as an international language. the french leadership, on the other hand, was an advocate of the use of only french in international relations and did not want the widespread use of english. at first, such struggles occurred secretly, from zim, not openly said. this situation was clearly embodied in the conclusion of the versailles peace treaty in 1919. conference french premier j.clemanso called for the conference to be conducted only in french, referring to the use of french as an international language around 200. prime minister of the united kingdom d. lloyd george and the united states president v.considering that more than 170 million residents on earth speak english, wilson demanded that the conference also use english as an international language, and they spoke english. from this period, english began to be used as an international language. indeed, throughout the history of mankind, each state has strived for the widespread use of its language. even some countries have directly repressed this issue. an example of this is the movement of germany before the first world war. it is known that during this period, english and french were in a high position in the international circle. it is for this reason that it was encouraged in the german media that german was superior to english and french, that the 20th century was the age of german, so that the peoples of the whole world, especially english and french, should learn german. thus, the number of languages used in international relations has increased. while only french was used at the congress of vienna in 1815, french and english were recognized as international languages american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org at the versailles peace conference in 1919. at the paris peace conference in 1946, english, french, and russian were adopted as official languages. in the islamic world, it was arabic that performed this task for many centuries. in the course of the emergence of islam in the 7th-8th centuries and its development, arabic served as the language of science and culture for many centuries, mainly in the lives of the peoples of the east. it came to the field as a common language in a large area from spain to iraq and yemen. also, turkic, the basis of uzbek and turkish, was widely used as an international language in the east in the early 19th century bc and early 19th century ad. it became widely spoken as an international language in the far east through the tatar strait, in the west-along the danube-to the mediterranean sea, in the north through siberia, and in the south over a large area from india to tibet. also, “ad x-xu1 in the centuries, turkic served as the main state language on three continents asia, eastern europe, and north africa, as well as the main international and cross-country language” . one of the most important aspects related to language problems in international relations is the question of the international legal status of languages. because at the moment, not all languages in the world are equally used in the field of international relations. some of them are actively used as an international language in the system of international relations of the whole world, while most are practically not used, since they do not receive the status of an international language. as noted, at the moment there are about seven thousand languages on earth, which can be divided into three types according to their status from a legal point of view: 1) languages with international language status (english, french, russian spanish, arabic, chinese); 2) languages with the status of the state language of one country (languages such as hindi, uzbek, turkish, kazakh, persian); 3) local languages (languages such as nenets, khakas, bashkir). english, french, russian, spanish, arabic, and chinese are recognized as international languages by the united nations, with international relations primarily conducted in these languages. each of the un specialized departments has its own official language for the purpose of equal use of these languages. in the food and agricultural organization english; in the world health organization english and french; in the international monetary fund english; in the international union of electrical relations english, spanish, french; in the international civil aviation organization english, french, russian, spanish; in the international postal union french; in the international labor organization-english and french are used as official languages. in addition, the un international in the centuries, turkic served as the main state language on three continents asia, eastern europe, and north africa, as well as the main international and cross-country language” . one of the most important aspects related to language problems in international relations is the question of the international legal status of languages. because at the moment, not all languages in the world are equally used in the field of international relations. some of them are actively used as an international language in the system of international relations of the whole world, while most are practically not used, since they do not receive the status of an international language. as noted, at the moment there are about seven thousand languages on earth, which can be divided into three types according to their status from a legal point of view: 1) languages with international language status (english, french, russian spanish, arabic, chinese); american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 2) languages with the status of the state language of one country (languages such as hindi, uzbek, turkish, kazakh, persian); 3) local languages (languages such as nenets, khakas, bashkir). english, french, russian, spanish, arabic, and chinese are recognized as international languages by the united nations, with international relations primarily conducted in these languages. each of the un specialized departments has its own official language for the purpose of equal use of these languages. in the food and agricultural organization english; in the world health organization english and french; in the international monetary fund english; in the international union of electrical relations english, spanish, french; in the international civil aviation organization english, french, russian, spanish; in the international postal union french; in the international labor organization-english and french are used as official languages. in addition, the un international fin and swedish; english and french in canada; and german in austria have been identified as the quality of the state language. in some of the houses, however, the languages (english, french, russian) that existed earlier in conjunction with the national language are temporarily adopted by ham, including hindi, which is designated as the state language in its constitution after india's liberation in 1950. most languages in the world do not have the status of either an international language or a state language. they are referred to as indigenous languages. languages that could have been destroyed by unesco in the 21st century come to the asosanahallian languages. in general, the word in world science on issues related to law and language, their part, is carefully considered in the century, and many scientific research works are practically not increasing. the field has its origins in the cut-off of the subjects of huqushunos and linguistics, and is being run as "jurisprudence", "legal linguistics". because in order to improve the issues of juric language and juric speech, develop a knowledge of information in this field, conduct scientific research in the garden with the theory of juric language and juric speech, and prepare qualified personnel of maturity in this field, it is desirable to establish a new scientific path in law as "jurisprudence". this, first of all, sets the stage for the development of the juric language and the juric theory of speech. secondly, the country serves for the improvement of the activities of blood creativity. thirdly, an important basis will be created for the training of lawful personnel who are equally mature, including highly professional professional professional speech. based on the essence of allegory, it is advisable to include the following issues in the object of study in the scientific direction of "jurisprudence": * continuous improvement of the theory of language, legality linguistics and inclusion in the legality system; * creating a model of the yurik language based on a deep scientific-theoretical analysis of the yurik language and its components; * scientific-based study of problems of juric terms; * determination of the methods of expression that have made security for the development of law in practice, which have created difficulties for the application of the law; * development of methodological foundations for the expression of legal norms; * dealing with the problems of law interpreting; * scientific-theoretical analysis of the theory of walking speech; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org * connection with the professional activities of the legal staff "judicial oratory", "social communication", "problems of judicial speaking and truth", "the art of speech in jurisprudence", setting the scientific foundations of such educational directions. to study these issues on a basic basis, in order to develop the science of "jurisprudence" in uzbekistan http://yurislingvistika.ukit.me/ webpage. scientists, researchers can get acquainted with the news, scientific research work, lessons and brochures in the world and uzbekistan science on this web page in general, in the context of globalization among the peoples of today's whole world, to preserve and develop language and nation, to expand international integration between states, in our eyes, a decision that focuses on the following issues: first, in the context of current globalization, it is advisable that language is the most important and symbolic sign of a nation, that not every nation will forget that without language, there is also no nation. this gave its purpose as one of the highest cadres to the national language, its progress, the right to make beauty constitutionally-legally. this is a legal case. second, each state wants its language to be perceived as a vernacular language, making its own language a government in the sense that it is superior to other languages. because the objection of this language in the international arena is, first of all, the pride of this country and nation. his language is widely covered by other peoples, which means that the role of the same nation within the people is considered a capable high. therefore, its language is large-scale at the international level, an important factor is also created for the development of this nation. thirdly, the status of the state language of the main languages (uzbek, turkish, ozorbayjon, kazakh, kyrgyz, turkmen), which are today part of the turkic language system, is more used within the asosanma'lagat. they are not universally recognized by the un as a language among the people of english, french, spanish, russian, arabic, chinese. therefore, it is advisable to consider the provision of an international language by the un to the above turkic languages. the legislative assembly of the republic of uzbekistan, the people's deputies are divided into regional, district, city, district and city councils, the people's deputies are divided into regional, district and city councils, the people's deputies are divided into regional, district and city councils, the people's deputies are divided into regional, district and city councils, which are mainly based on turkic languages, khasan,, particular attention should be paid to the study of harmonious and different aspects between turkic languages. literature used 1. ibrahimov a. til-el guard. state language: mommos and solutions. t.:1999., 2. ramazanov rare (2020). pravo i literatura: pravovoy diskurs v literature i perspektivi traktovki pravovikh tekstov khudyatvennimi metodami. law studies review, 4 (reader), 180-188. doi: 10.24412 / 2181-919x-2020-180-188. 3. rasulmukhamedova, d. (2023). themes and issues raised in the works of ghafur ghulam. world bulletin of management and law, 18, 68-70. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org 3 generalization of the hua lo-ken formula in the matrix polyhedron yusupbayeva hilola ergashbek daughter a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s integral formulas generalizing the cauchy integral formula in the theory of functions of one complex variable serve as an important constructive tool. local residues of many complex variables and integral formulas in multivariate complex analysis serve as a basis in the problems of connecting the values of a function within a domain with the boundary of the domain or with a part of the boundary. therefore, the study of integral formulas and residues of many variables in function theory plays an important role and is considered one of the topical trends in modern mathematics. mathematics, hua loken, polyhedron, theorem, formula. introduction consider the space of ˆ n n —skew-symmetric matrices whose elements are complex numbers, and the classical domain of the third type d {z ˆ n n i n zz 0}, where i n is the identity matrix of order n , z matrix, the complex conjugate matrix z (recall that the condition h 0 for the hermitian matrix h means that h is positively defined, i.e. all eigenvalues are positive) ([1],[2]). the boundary of the d3 domain is defined as follows ([2]): d3 {z ˆ n n det i n zz 0, i n zz 0}. srt in the d3 region is defined as follows [1]: г z ˆ n n : i n zz 0 . it is known [4,p.96] that with the help of the hua lo-ken integral formula any holomorphic function in the form of an integral (for even n h z d3 с d3 you can imagine in where the order of the differentials and the constant h(z) = cn  h( x )dx n−1 , (1) dx =  i=1, j=1 i j cn american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org are chosen so that let be given a mapping of some domain. we introduce the concept of a matrix polyhedron. a matrix polyhedral set defined by a holomorphic image is called a set f 1 d 3,r {z g r2i n f z f z 0,r 0}, the lemma is proved.now we give an integral interpretation of the local deduction, which follows from the general integral representation for the local deduction obtained in [3] and will be applied to prove the theorem. let the map f (z ) be holomorphic in a closed neighborhood and have at point isolated zero. for the sprout according to the formula f (z ), the effect of the local deduction at point a is determined by where is a small enough number. conclusion in this paper, a matrix analogue of the weyl formula in a polyhedron is found,defined using a classical domain of the third type (i.e. cn  dx n− 1 = 1. f =  f1, f : g → ˆ n  n, u a a ˆ n  n h ua → h(z )  i=1, j=1 dzij res a f (h(z )) = cn  i  j n−1 (4)    0 −  f ,r ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. hua lo-ken. harmonic analysis of functions of many complex variables in classical domains. m., ed. foreign lit., 1959. 2. khudaiberganov g., kytmanov a.m., shaimkulov b.a. analysis in matrix domains. monograph. krasnoyarsk, tashkent. 2017. p.-293. 3. tsikh a.k., shaimkulov b.a. integral realizations of the grothendieck deduction and its transformation in compositions //bulletin of krasgu. series of physical and mathematical sciences. 2005. issue 1. pp. 151-155. 4. eisenberg l.a. carleman formula in complex analysis. the first applications.– nauka, novosibirsk, 1990, 248 p. 5. shaimkulov b.a. special integral representation for local deduction //sib. matem. journal. 2002. vol. 43, no. 5. pp. 1192-1196. 6. shaimkulov b.a., makhkamov e.m. on an analogue of the integral weyl formula for polyhedra with a non-piecewise smooth boundary. sibir.mat.zhur. 2011. volume 52, no. 2. pp. 476-479. 7. rakhimov s., seitov a., nazarov b., buvabekov b. optimal control of unstable water movement in irrigation system channels in conditions of water supply interruptions to consumers. iop conf. series: materials science and engineering 883 (2020) 012065, dagestan, 2020, publisher iop doi:10.1088/1757-899x/883/1/012065 (№5, scopus, if=4,652) 8. a. kabulov, i. normatov, a. seitov and a. kudaibergenov, "optimal management of water resources in large trunk channels with cascade pumping stations", ieee international conference on iot, electronics and mechatronics 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org the value of the heritage of abu ali ibn sina in the development of youth education shahlo khalilova samarkand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the significance of education in society and its role in shaping the younger generation amidst global moral crises and geopolitical challenges. drawing from historical perspectives and pedagogy, the study advocates for a synergistic approach that combines national and universal values with modern educational trends. the article emphasizes the necessity of examining the scientific and spiritual heritage of past thinkers, particularly in the field of spiritual and moral education. it highlights the contributions of ibn sina, an influential philosopher of the eastern renaissance, who considered education as a holistic process encompassing mental, physical, aesthetic, and moral aspects. ibn sina's work, particularly his philosophical interpretation of morality, offers valuable insights for both theoretical researchers and practical educators. the article concludes by affirming the relevance of ibn sina's ethical ideas in contemporary spiritual and moral education, emphasizing their potential application in the upbringing of children and adolescents, as well as the professional training of future teachers. national values, modern educational trends, scientific and spiritual heritage, eastern renaissance, aesthetic and moral aspects, ethical ideas, education of teenagers. introduction education is initially a practical embodiment of the ideal of a person created by society and the most important condition for the prosperity of the state. in the context of a moral crisis that is acquiring a global character, a change in state ideologies and other geopolitical problems, the issues of preparing the younger generation for adulthood are now gaining fundamental importance, comparable to the importance of solving public security problems. accumulated in different historical periods by representatives of different humanities, including pedagogy, teaches us a synergistic approach to solving the problem of determining the content of education and, in particular, spiritual and moral education. literature review based on this approach, in the process of creating a new model of the educational process that meets modern sociocultural requirements, a harmonious combination of national and universal values, the traditions of national pedagogical schools and the development trends of modern education is necessary. in the light of these prerequisites, a deep, multifaceted study of the scientific and spiritual heritage of the thinkers of the past becomes important. in the field of spiritual and moral education, one of the key american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org concepts is morality, the content of which is changeable due to the actions of various factors of social genesis. concepts of morality are the basis of ethical teachings that influence the formation of the concept of education. in our country, work is currently underway to rethink and profoundly change the system of spiritual and moral education of young people. one of its directions is the study of the heritage of the thinkers of the east, not only for research, but also for educational purposes. considering the needs of society, the prospects for its development, we attach particular importance to the works of scientists of the eastern renaissance. it was the era of the great scientists encyclopaedists: khwarizmi, farabi, ibn sina, beruni and others. one of the outstanding thinkers of that period, ibn sina, made a huge contribution to the development of natural-scientific and progressive socio-philosophical science, and it was not by chance that he was titled with the high title of "shaihur-raisi" (head of scientists). ibn sina considered the process of education as a single one, including mental, physical, aesthetic and moral education. in addition, he gave a philosophical interpretation of such concepts as good and evil, modesty, will, but the problem of morality occupies a special place in his work. in his work the canon of morality, he analysed in detail the key terms and concepts of his ethical teaching. his system of ideas about ethics, as noted by a. a. huseynov, “has little in common with aristotelian psychology (which, however, ibn sina did not deny), and the theory of intuitive grasp of the subject of knowledge can cause associations with sufism” [1]. however, the ethical ideas of ibn sina are interesting not only for philosophers or theoretical researchers. the legacy of the great scientist can be fully used both for the spiritual and moral education of children and adolescents, and in the process of professional training of future teachers. the relevance of ibn sina's judgments is confirmed, in particular, by the following quote: “beware of being greedy and, preserving honour, do not demand more from fate than you are. know that greed awakens a fatal passion in us, and whoever is seized by it, it is easy to fall” [3]. methodology & empirical analysis valuable for educators is avicenna's in-depth analysis of the causes of negative and positive qualities in the general features of a person's character. ibn sina considered, for example, friendship to be an important aspect of the manifestation of the ethical qualities of a person. as sh. u. kamalov notes, “ibn sina singled out 3 types of friendship: first, no matter how difficult it is, a person tries not to leave his friend; secondly, ideological friendship, that is, friendship between people who have common interests; thirdly, it is friendship arising from profit and benefit. "you do not strive for friendship with everyone you meet and do not believe secrets to just anyone, they are liars, swindlers avoid, otherwise you will hurt yourself in no way." the "canon of morality" contains many rules that allow young people to successfully enter society, build relationships with others correctly: "and do not submit to the will of a scoundrel, do not exceed the permitted measure, and if you sully your honour, do not blame yourself, as you do not shed tears there will be no faith in tears" the ratio of the categories of good and evil, their manifestations and consequences of manifestation in everyday reality is also the object of close study by ibn sina: "you, who left a seal in the world of villainy, you ask for grace to come upon you. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org do not hope: there will be no forgiveness forever, for he who sows evil-evil must also reap" speaking about the dignity of a person, ibn sina argues that "for a person, one of the main qualities from which his dignity begins is undoubtedly the elimination of his bad qualities, because worthy human behaviour is the simplest quality among the good qualities of a person, a special place among which is occupied by care and concern... it should be especially noted that the ethical ideas of the scientist were not artificially isolated from other aspects of social reality. so, in the works of avicenna, moral issues are closely intertwined with aesthetic views: every dream of a person named ibn sina is a love-driven desire for beauty, and beauty, from the point of view of ibn sina, is identical to perfection. ibn sina's ideas about man as the pinnacle of the development of the physical world and organic nature, his assertion that it is he who possesses higher powers and the ability to accelerate advancement to the heights of perfection and beauty testify to the deep humanism of the thinker. the patterns of manifestation and development of the moral qualities of a person, the ethical categories he singled out, have not lost their significance today, as a result of which they can be successfully applied in modelling and designing the modern educational process. in the process of education and upbringing, one of the main tasks is to introduce the national values of our people into the thoughts of the younger generation. “... we have always been rightfully proud of our country, which is the ancient homeland of geniuses. our greatest figures such as imam al-bukhari, ibn sina, beruni, mirzo ulugbek, alisher navoi and mirzo bobur showed their bright talents at a very young age. this means that outstanding abilities, original talents are in our genes, and the fact that many gifted children are growing up today is by no means an accident” [1], emphasizes the first president of the republic, i. a. karimov. indeed, uzbekistan is an ancient centre of civilization, where great geniuses lived and worked. one of these geniuses was abu ali ibn sina. abu ali ibn sina, a great scientist of central asia, was born in the village of afshana, near bukhara. he wrote his first scientific work at the age of 17. the scientific heritage of ibn sina is huge, covering all areas of human knowledge of that time. his works are used not only in central asia, but also in european countries. ibn sina in the field of education created such works as the book of justice, the canon of duty, the control of the body and thought, the canons of morality, and others. results ibn sina in his work "the canon of morality" revealed the causes of the emergence of negative and positive qualities in the general features of a person's character. the scientist in this work indicates that positive and negative qualities appear from habit and under the influence of the state nobility. ibn sina in his works gives an explanation of such concepts as: justice, generosity, patience, responsibility, fidelity, composure, modesty and other qualities. a learned person, he believed, should be honest in all respects and treat others in a polite manner. he considered it especially important to renounce the pleasures of life in favor of himself. it gives an explanation for such positive qualities as justice, cleanliness and also reveals negative shortcomings like fear, hypocrisy, stinginess, theft, fraud. ibn sina in his works pays special attention to friendliness and responsiveness between people, believing that meanness prevents people from making friends. his works reveal such concepts as being kind to friends, sparing no help and not turning away from the shortcomings of their friends and helping american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org them get rid of them. based on the educational program, ibn sina singled out 3 types of friendship: first, no matter how difficult it is, a person tries not to leave his friend; secondly, ideological friendship, that is, friendship between people who have common interests; thirdly, it is friendship arising from benefit and benefit. the scientist compares a real friend to a mirror, because the mirror shows the real reality of a person. if a person does not reveal the shortcomings of his friend in time, then this means that he has forgotten his friendly duty, which means that we must teach students to choose real friends, appreciate them and point out mistakes in time. why is it necessary to conduct educational conversations between students on the topic: “strengthening friendship and how to be frank with friends”, dwelling in more detail on the statements of ibn sina about friendliness, kindness, philanthropy. he demanded from the teacher: “in dealing with children, the teacher must be restrained. he should pay special attention to how students implement the acquired knowledge. in the learning process, the scientist believed, it is necessary to apply a variety of methods and forms of work with children, take into account their individual characteristics, and interest them in classes. the teacher's thoughts should be available to all students. he must accompany his word with facial expressions and gestures so that learning is more intelligible and evokes an emotional attitude in children. all these thoughts of ibn sina fundamentally contradicted the prevailing methods of teaching in schools of that time. ibn sina deeply understood the complexities and difficulties of the upbringing process. an analysis of his works convinces us that he proposed to resolve them from a humanistic position, gives advice on how to talk with children about their shortcomings and ways to correct them. “... such conversations should not be intrusive, bother the child, and even more hurt his pride. you can only talk to a child if you know his individuality.” an interesting summary of the ethical and sociological views of ibn sina can be found in the final part of his philosophical encyclopaedia kitob-ash-shifo. where he develops the idea that man is a social being and therefore the most important condition for the life of people is their constant cooperation, ensured by reasonable laws and justice. ibn sina draws an ideal state with a just ruler who makes sure that everyone is engaged in socially useful work. "if the ruler is unjust, the uprising against him is justified and must be supported by society" [2]. conclusions thus, in the development of youth as a person, the following matters: studying the concepts of national values and their transfer in the form of accessible information; disclosure among young people of a sense of patriotism, love for the motherland, the struggle for it; in the education of young people to use and explain such concepts as the perfect generation, personality, scientist, sage, activist, intellectual and others. and for this reason, today, in improving the thinking of the young generation, the introduction of national spiritual heritage, a sense of pride and patriotism is of great importance, which will develop respect, virtue, conscience, generosity and other qualities among young people. the upbringing of the younger generation is a dynamic process that has its own cultural, social, material, and organizational methods. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org references 1. mardonov, r. (2021). the role of social and humanitarian disciplines in the professional development of students. conferencea, 17-21. 2. rizaev, i. i. (2019). the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society. scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology, 1(7), 190-195. 3. xaqqulov, n. q. (2019). perfect generation-personality of private education and humanity facilities. мировая наука, (2 (23)), 62-63. 4. тураев, б. о., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). особенности проявления искусственного интеллекта в бытии человека. in новые информационные технологии и системы (нитис-2022) (pp. 361-363). 5. омонтурдиев, о. г., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). эволюционный процесс развития цифровой культуры. in актуальные тренды цифровой трансформации промышленных предприятий (pp. 209-214). 6. qahramonovich, h. n. (2022). worthy descendants of the samarkandians: enlighteners jadids. world bulletin of social sciences, 13, 37-40. 7. alikulov, s. a., & rizaev, i. i. (2020). methodological problems of research of social systems. theoretical & applied science, (2), 717-720. 8. rizaev i. i. evolutionary mechanisms of self-organization of the social system //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 9. – с. 81-86. 9. husan, m. (2022). dialectics of potentiality and virtuality in space and time. european scholar journal, 3(1), 40-42. 10. хайитов, о. м., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). реализация интересов молодежи в демократических реформах. in актуальные вопросы развития современного общества, экономики и профессионального образования (pp. 44-46). 11. usmonov, f. n. (2014). the place of rational and creative thought in turning the virtuality into reality. paradigmata poznani, (2), 31-33. 12. ulmasjonovich, k. s. (2021). mystical and philosophical foundations of human interaction. 13. rizaev, i. (2022). synergetics in social systems and its possibilities. global scientific review, 10, 62-69. samatov, k. (2016). issues naqshbandi teaching peace and harmony in society. theoretical & applied science, (2), 175-179. 14. mardonov, r. (2021). philosophy of education in modern conditions of society development. asian journal of research in social sciences and humanities, 11(10), 103-114. 15. turaev, b. o. (2022). muhammed ibn musa khorezmiy the owner of non-linear thinking. international journal of philosophical studies and social sciences, 2(4), 47-61. 16. ризаев, и. и., & муминова, з. о. (2021). профессиональная подготовка личности: оздоровление и духовное воспитание. in система менеджмента качества в вузе: здоровье, образованность, конкурентоспособность (pp. 264-268). 17. usmonov, f. (2022). problems of modern computer ethics. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 6, 26-32. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org 18. аликулов, с. а., & ризаев, и. и. (2022). важность обучения финансовой грамотности (на примере узбекистана). in государственное регулирование общественных отношений в регионе: социально-экономические, правовые и историко-культурные аспекты (pp. 24-28). 19. charfi, a., namatov, n. a., & turaev, b. o. (2022). the rise of islam. international journal of intellectual cultural heritage, 2(2), 121-132. 20. muhammadiev, k. h. u. s. a. n. (2022). potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times. theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука, (3), 1000-1004. 21. ризаев и. и., хаккулов н. к. влияние цифровой культуры на неприкосновенность жизни человека в обществе //оргкомитет. – 2023. – с. 342. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org ways to develop gender culture in adolescent students through gamification alibekov dilshod islamovich independent researcher of the scientific research institute of pedagogical sciences of uzbekistan named after tnqori niyozi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the ways of developing gender culture in adolescent students by means of gamification. also, in the article, the teacher presents educational materials with the help of gamification (game-based activity) in forming students' skills of dialogue, discussion, cooperation, creative activity, cross-gender culture, modeling of communication situations. it is emphasized that it is necessary to use the method effectively. gamification, game, adolescent students, gender culture, teacher activity, learning goal, result, communication situations, story, conversation, lecture. introduction today, every teacher tries to use non-traditional methods of education in his work. this is primarily due to the fact that the activity of the teacher began to develop based on a new way of thinking. because today the activity of the teacher is directed to effectively solve the tasks of the educational process. in order to achieve this goal, it is necessary to optimize the content of educational subjects and strengthen the independent creative activities of students. in the conditions of globalization, teachers are required to give up unreliable evidence in the content of the educational subject, to have a critical approach to the events of social reality, and to have the skills to predict the results [1]. for this, it is extremely necessary to form the skills of dialogue, discussion, collaboration, creative activity, cross-gender culture, and the ability to model communication situations. accordingly, the teacher should effectively use the method of presenting educational materials to students with the help of gamification (game-based activity). a student who steps into school acquires the skills to imagine and feel material existence. for him, the universe is a single and whole phenomenon. students imagine this world according to their own point of view. as students progress from grade to grade, their perception of material existence expands. they feel the need for mutual friendship and gender culture. teachers should find a way to the hearts of students, approach them as subjects of the process of mutual cooperation. for this, the teacher will be closely assisted by working games. many pedagogues have scientifically substantiated the fact that the game occupies an important place in the student's life. our ancestors taught that in order to understand children, it is necessary to observe their play processes. this means that the teacher should be able to effectively use active games in the educational process in order to create a comfortable situation for students, to create an opportunity for them to express their emotional world. differently from adults, students demonstrate their american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org communication skills, work ability, gender relations with classmates, cooperative activities with them through the game. recognizing the primary importance of play for the natural development of students, the united nations has declared that it is a universal component of human life. students are not just being trained to grow up in their education. the game has its own intrinsic value, regardless of what results it provides, it has an important pedagogical value for the formation of gender relations and social cooperation skills in students. in contrast to tasks focused on the completion of a specific task, the game acquires internal complexity. first of all, it expands the imagination of students about the social environment. for learners, gamification is a process of collaborative learning about what they don't know in the first place. with the help of the game, students are guided to study the relationship between material existence and members of society. by engaging in the game process, students symbolically absorb social relations, thoughts and values that are valuable to members of society. at the same time, they search on the knowledge and events they have learned and incorporate them into their social experiences [2] . while we dwell on the didactically important aspects of the game, we should not exclude the need to look for ways to use them effectively in lessons. including: first, the game is a powerful guiding tool of the learning process, and one of the most versatile and powerful means of learning. arousing students' cognitive interests through the game is fast and intense. because games are the nature of students. in game activities, students' desire to learn and master is manifested more strongly than in the usual educational process. students participate in the game process to demonstrate their skills and abilities . because they don't have the opportunity to express themselves widely in other types of educational activities. most students engage in gaming activities to get better grades, some to show off in front of their classmates, and others to solve their own communication problems. secondly, during the game, the processes of mental development of the participants of this activity accelerate. in particular, their attention, memory, interest, memory, perception, thinking expand. one of the great things about the game is that it expands the scope of the student's personal life. with the help of the game, the student will have things that he could not see, that do not exist in his experience. thirdly, the game process has the ability to enliven, brighten and facilitate remembering even the simplest situations due to its emotional richness. in the game tool, conditions are created to quickly complete any task in an interesting way. this form of teaching is contrasted with passive listening and reading. in the process of playing, even intellectually developed students have the opportunity to perform tasks that they cannot perform in a normal educational situation. fourthly, specially organized didactic games allow students to mobilize their energies to achieve the educational goal. otherwise, the students will spend such energy in the process of game activities, which are carried out in secret. that is why it is required that all teachers can effectively use games in the process of teaching educational subjects. there are always different ways of keeping secrets from readers. the sharing of the experience of playing hidden games occurs in a way related to the promptness of the students. if a teacher chooses to play these kinds of games with his students, he is teaching them to do hidden actions. in such conditions, the teacher should organize game situations that attract students more. the teacher should always manage to organize games for didactic purposes, using the students' inclinations to play [3]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org the teacher should direct the interests and activities of the students to the necessary situations. only then will it achieve the necessary pedagogical efficiency. in addition, it creates unique conditions for the development of creativity in students. the essence of such a situation is that students enter into communication on the basis of mutual equality, courage appears in them, feelings are born. in the process of playing, students develop inner independence. the didactic value of games is also shown in the fact that they are a pedagogical method that teaches students to be active. it includes tasks related to knowledge and methods of independent search for knowledge. in order to acquire knowledge during the game, students of the same age have the opportunity to enter into new, interesting, gender culture-based relationships, acquire interests, mutual respect, self-awareness, and discovery. today, teachers are often faced with fragmentation and fragmentation of traditional situations and pedagogical events. students quickly forget what they learned in class. they don't see how causal relationships lead to results. that is why, today, the idea of teaching educational materials in blocks based on the principle of concentrism was born. if the teacher presents the educational material to the students in several lessons using story, conversation, lecture methods, they will be distracted, the fragmented educational materials will be mixed up in their minds. however, when specific facts and events are integrated into a single visual system, it becomes clear and understandable to students, and they can answer questions related to specific topics in a qualitative way. in order for active games and educational activities based on games to provide an opportunity to achieve the expected efficiency, what tasks can be solved during their implementation should be defined pedagogically correctly. according to pedagogues and psychologists, the knowledge acquired by the student without interest does not have a positive effect on his emotions and does not serve intellectual development. also, in the process of mastering this knowledge, students cannot establish beneficial gender cooperation with their classmates [4] . the student can write, read, answer the teacher's questions. however, these activities do not make him think and do not stimulate his interests. such students show laziness during training. a learner may eventually acquire certain knowledge, but their poor conceptualizations and levels of mastery may not provide a foundation for solid knowledge acquisition and interaction. students are unable to recall the presented knowledge in their memory when needed. students cannot ask questions and formulate them. such students do not try to find solutions to problematic situations when they arise. they always try to find something that interests them. that's why teachers should be able to find things that interest students and present them to them. only then it is possible to revive the interest of students and discover new aspects of them. students who have discovered new aspects will be ready to cooperate with their classmates and teachers. if the learning process is too complicated, the students will get bored, and if it is easy, their possibilities of inquiry will decrease. therefore, the teacher should organize the learning process taking into account the capabilities of the students in the class. in this, the main attention should be focused on students' interaction[5]. in order to nourish their minds, students must attend classes with a special enthusiasm. only then the learning process will develop them in every way and give them joy. in such situations, students listen to their teachers and cooperate with them. they are especially eager to absorb the knowledge presented by the teacher and encourage their classmates who are passive learners to do the same. because american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org students will learn about different things. these include the essence, appearance, uniqueness, shape, texture, weight, and quality of things. in short, the world begins to appear wider in the eyes of students through the game. as important as the game is for the students, it has a special value as a didactic tool for the teacher. therefore, the use of gamification is one of the important issues of pedagogy. references 1. gurevich p.s. culturology: ucheb. for vuzov / p.s. gurevich. m. : project, 2003. 336 p. 2. tojiboyeva khm "pedagogical strategies of forming immunity against "popular culture" in adolescent students based on the gender approach" // monograph. tashkent: "wing of thought" publishing house, 2021. 208 pages. 3. bukatov v.m. pedagogic games: three. posobie. m.: moskovskii psychologosotsialnyi institut / flinta, 1997. 96 p. 4. igry education, training, friendship / pod editor. v.v. to petrusyn . m.: novaya shkola, 1994. 368 p. 5. ibraimov h., kuronov m. general pedagogy (textbook). t., "sahhof", 2023, 416 pages. 6. ibraimov kh. i. creativity is one of the characteristics of a budushchego pedagogue // science, education and culture. – 2018. – no. 3 (27). s. 44-46. 7. ibragimovich xi specific characteristics of use of credit-module technologies in the higher education system of uzbekistan //integration of science, education and practice. scientificmethodical journal. 2021. s. 209-214. 8. ibrahimovich , ibrahimov kholboy . "theoretical and methodological basis of quality control and evaluation of education in higher education system." international journal of discourse on innovation, integration and education 1 (2020): 6-15. 9. tursunboyevich o. a. pedagogical and psychological opportunities for the development of social active civil competences in students //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1888-1897. 10. tursunboyevich a. o. development of socially active citizenship competence in students and youth in continuous education. – 2022. 11. abduganiev o. developing student civil competency //eastern european scientific journal. – 2019. – №. 1. 12. abduganiyev o. t. factors affecting the development of socially active citizenship competence in students //e conference zone. – 2022. – с. 10-13. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org legal consciousness: structure, composition and types khakimova dilnoza samarkand state university named after sharaf rashidova phd student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the question of the consciousness that forms the basis of society and the legal consciousness that has one fear of it is philosophically conceived. a brief pause is made on the content, structure and types of legal consciousness. today, it is difficult to tassavur a democratic state with a legal unconscious, for this reason, the study of the essence of the content of legal consciousness is an important issue. consciousness, legal consciousness, individual consciousness, law, normative, real, ideas, norms. introduction based on the general approaches that exist in modern science, the legal consciousness of young people as a subject of legal relations is the ability to reflect existing theoretical ideas, views, norms, representations, as well as real processes taking place in the legal sphere. today, the problem of consciousness occupies a central place not only in philosophical, but also in the sciences of psychology and sociology. human consciousness arises as a result of labor in the process of social activity, for this reason it is considered a product of social development. it is in the process of labor, the production of work tools and the process of dealing with nature that a person realizes the properties of objects in the environment, reveals its meaning. through this, he expresses his attitude towards the environment, people, society and its laws. philosophers studied the issue of consciousness, arguing that consciousness is the highest form of reflection of reality, a continuous mental process, both a way of thinking and a way of thinking, a system of relations . in the history of philosophy, aries ideas about the human mind were formed. dj. locke found that the main purpose of consciousness is to regulate human behavior and activity, while society makes demands on the content of consciousness of each of its members. g. leibnis proposed the concept of" self-awareness", and e. durkheim, on the other hand, spoke of the existence of a" public (supraindividual) mind". t. according to gobbes, the formation of consciousness occurs in the process of communication with other people. hegel observed the development and transformation of consciousness in the process of anthropogenesis and emphasized the need for practical activity to form it. french materialists recognized the integral connection of consciousness with its biological substance — the brain-and argued that the main function of consciousness is an adequate reflection of the surrounding reality 1. 1 https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/pravovoe-soznanie-struktura-soderzhanie-vidy/viewer american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org legal consciousness is the attitude of people towards law, based on knowledge of law and emotions. that is, the subjective perception of legal phenomena. it is one of the forms of social consciousness, which is a system of legal views, theories, ideas, ideas, beliefs, assessments, moods, emotions that express the attitude of individuals, social groups, the whole society to the existing and desired law, legal phenomena, behavior. people in the field of law. legal consciousness is a set of ideas and feelings that represent the attitude of people to rights and legal phenomena in social life. legal consciousness is a set of ideas, theories, feelings, emotions, views, moods, attitudes and values that represent people's attitudes towards law and legal phenomena. legal consciousness is one of the forms of social consciousness. legal consciousness is closely related to other forms of social consciousness – moral views, political views, philosophical concepts, ideological theories, reflecting national, religious, everyday and other characteristics2. the social basis of law is the recognition of the autonomy of the individual, individual freedom. understanding law as a measure of freedom, a form of freedom in real relationships, shows the possibility of revealing the priority of the human personality in the complex structure of social phenomena3. l.i.petrazhisky's contemporaries put forward ideas about the social and socio-psychological roots of law. s.a.muromsev system of social protection of law, n.m.korkunov, on the other hand, distinguish the interests of people, b.i.sergeevich understood as the harmony of a certain complex of social phenomena. sergeevich believes that the law should be considered in connection with religious beliefs, church dogmas, folk morality. he laid the foundations for legal fetishism, as he proposed linking modern law with past legal institutions. e.n.trubeskoy opposed a certain legal ideal for real law, the development of which constitutes the profession of the era4. it should be borne in mind that social classes and individuals have a certain sense of justice corresponding to their interests. “legal consciousness is one of the forms of social consciousness of a particular class (in sociology. society in the era of large-scale construction of communism-the whole people), eventually conditioned by the material life conditions of this class (the whole people)”5. development of society, n. m. according to korkunov, it is determined not by ideas about the past and the present, but by ideas about the future. the formation of the ideals of the future device is only a mental phenomenon. the more society developed its ability to create ideals, including legal ones, the more progressive it is. law was understood as one of the highest values of human life6. legal consciousness is the basis of the legal life of civil society. in the life of the state, socio-political, economic and cultural factors influence the formation and development of legal consciousness as one of the forms of social consciousness. legal consciousness is knowledge of the law, assessment of the current law, thoughts and ideas about the necessary changes in the law. legal consciousness also acts as a means of influencing the entire legal system of the state. a person born in society studies the 2 жигарев е. последствия социализма как причина кризиса духовности и нравственности в обществе // право и жизнь. жигарев е.,жеребенков в. 2003. №2. с. 18-20 3 борисова е.к. возраст как один из признаков субъекта преступления i// наука, образования и культура. научно – методический журнал № 5 (40), 2019. – москва: издательство «проблемы науки», 2019. с. 9395. 4 медушевский а. н. история русской социологии. м., 1993. с. 212–225. 5 zatonskiy v.a. the legal activity as a qualitative condition of legal life / v.a. zatonskiy // legal policy and legal life. 2003. №3. p. 6-14. 6 кареев н. и. основы русской социологии. спб., 1996. с. 123–142. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org values created by all previous generations in the process of socialization, therefore, in the process of historical development of society, legal consciousness is objectified. i.a.ilin about the sense of justice is as follows. in his famous work “on the essence of legal consciousness”, he writes that “normal legal consciousness can be described as a special way of life in which the soul lives, objectively and faithfully experiences the law in its basic idea and in its individual modifications (institutions)”7. and then he adds: “this mental life system is, of course, an ideal thing, but not in the sense that this" ideal " is impossible. on the contrary, this way of life has already been given to each of the people and it depends on each of us to understand, develop and strengthen in ourselves”8. in the last decade of the twentieth century, the problem of disagreement of normative and real legal consciousness became more acute. the first to pay attention to this fact were sociologists and social psychologists. so, o.a.gulevich was born to french social psychologist s.in accordance with the concept of social representations developed by moskovisi, the legal consciousness of his students was researched. he studied social ideas about crimes and their interrelationships. legal consciousness o.a.as one of the phenomena of social cognition, gulevich is understood as "knowledge of the social world, knowledge of the everyday reality of his own life by an ordinary person, an ordinary person9. socialization of law. it is the process of mastering and organizing ideas and knowledge about the legal system in the human mind, the formation of behavioral skills corresponding to the norms of the law. content of legal socialization of the individual: 1. ability to independently select, analyze and evaluate legal information; 2. the inherent qualities of a person, their commonality, make a person persistent, aware of his actions, able to fight for his rights without violating the rights and freedoms of other people; 3. preparation for the protection of a certain social thought and one's own position. in the process of socialization of law, a person develops a sense of justice. the content of legal consciousness. legal consciousness is a system of views, ideas, assessments of people or an individual about the current law and how it should be. in the legal mind, it is also necessary to highlight such an important moment as a person's understanding of himself as a full-fledged bearer of rights and freedoms or a person who is violated, limited in some rights and freedoms. legal consciousness affects legal activity, that is, the actions of a person in order to protect their rights and freedoms. there are several perspectives on the content of legal consciousness. thus, some authors include legal norms in it, since they are formalized elements of legal consciousness. the normative nature of law is one of the important aspects of assessing the quality of this social phenomenon. at the same time, law is understood as a special type of social legal relations. the relationship between legal consciousness and law is complex. on the one hand, legal consciousness precedes the law, since the other represents the views and attitudes that exist in society. on the other hand, the legal system developed in this society serves as one of the most important factors affecting legal consciousness. 7 5. martyshin o.v. the moral basis of the theory of state and law / o.v. martyshin // state and law. 2005. №7. p. 189 8 5. martyshin o.v. the moral basis of the theory of state and law / o.v. martyshin // state and law. 2005. №7. p. 189-190 9 гулевич о. а. теоретический анализ и опыт эмпирического исследования правосознания как системы социальных представлений о преступлении // мир психологии. 1999. № 3. с. 120–131. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org given the structure of legal consciousness, they usually talk about legal psychology and legal ideology, which have a simple and theoretical legal consciousness. ordinary legal consciousness is inherent in people in their ordinary practical life (legal psychology). in everyday consciousness, rational and emotional spheres are distinguished. in the rational sphere, the results of a person's personal, individual experience are collected. the emotional sphere is a psychological attitude to the facts of legal reality, manifested in emotions, mental experiences, relationships. however, ordinary legal consciousness does not go beyond the inidvidual experience, so it seeks to a greater degree of generalization of objective social laws defined in its development, i.e.is theoretical. in theoretical legal consciousness, there are three layers: professional legal consciousness of lawyers, real legal theory and legal ideology. theoretical legal consciousness is the same as a system of scientific concepts that morally reproduce the current and developing legal system. there are different types of legal consciousness, which can be classified according to several grounds: structure (legal ideas and legal feelings), level (scientific, professional, everyday), subjects (mass, group, personality), etc. the consciousness of society includes legal ideas, views, opinions, theories that exist in a particular society and reflect the typical characteristics of its legal reality. thus, scientists turn to the main elements of legal consciousness: ideas about law, norms of law and employees of law enforcement agencies, motivation to work in these bodies, legal attitude (attitude to the law), self-realization as a full-fledged carrier of rights and freedoms. legal consciousness includes legal psychology and legal ideology. in the most general sense, legal consciousness is the attitude of people towards law. legal consciousness is a system of values that, along with moral standards, regulate the behavior of members of society. one of the important components of legal consciousness is the awareness of people about the values of natural law, human rights and freedoms, and at the same time the current positive law, how it responds to the needs of society, its perception of legal and universal ideals and values10. i.a.krasnopolsky studied legal consciousness within the framework of socio-psychological research of the jury trial, finding that the idea of justice penetrates into legal consciousness and is its core. social justice must be considered in three ways: distributive justice, procedural justice, and motive justice, such as belief in a just world. the legal consciousness of judges, from its point of view, should become a real subject of research11. thus, a positive attitude towards law can manifest itself not only in the form of legal realism, but also as a form of legal idealism, legal conformism and legal fetishism. the negative attitude towards the law is manifested in the form of legal skepticism, legal cynicism and legal nihilism. list of references used: 1. beznosov d. s. consciousness: attitudes, relations, norms. spb., 2007. с. 3-15. 2. zhigarev e. consequences of socialism as a cause of crisis of spirituality and morality in society // law and life. zhigarev e., zherebenkov v. 2003. №2. с. 18-20 3. borisova e.k. age as one of the signs of the subject of crime i// science, education and culture. scientific and methodical journal № 5 (40), 2019. moscow: publishing house "problems of science", 2019. с. 9395. 10 митькин а. а. о роли индивидуального и коллективного сознания в социальной динамике // психология сознания / под ред. л. в. куликова. спб., 2001. с. 358–374. 11 романов в. в. юридическая психология. м., 1994. с. 253–254. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org 4. medushevsky a. n. history of russian sociology. м., 1993. с. 212-225. 5. zatonskiy v.a. the legal activity as a qualitative condition of legal life / v.a. zatonskiy // legal policy and legal life. 2003. №3. p. 6-14. 6. kareev n. i. fundamentals of russian sociology. spb., 1996. с. 123-142. 7. martyshin o.v. the moral basis of the theory of state and law / o.v. martyshin // state and law. 2005. №7. p. 189 8. gulevich o. a. theoretical analysis and experience of empirical research of legal consciousness as a system of social representations about a crime // mir psychologii. 1999. № 3. с. 120-131. 9. mitkin a. a. a. on the role of individual and collective consciousness in social dynamics // the psychology of consciousness / ed. by l.v. kulikov. spb., 2001. с. 358-374. 10. romanov v. v. legal psychology. м., 1994. с. 253254.https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/pravovoe-soznanie-struktura-soderzhanie-vidy/viewer. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org theoretical foundations of innovation systems in social and economic environment of regions jurayeva gavhar toshboboyevna institute for macroeconomic and regional researchs foundation doctoral student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the stages of life-cycle of territorial innovation systems, classification of the territorial innovation systems, the factors of influencing innovation potential and structure of innovation potential of the territories. the republic of the uzbekistan, territory, innovation system, innovation system of the territory. introduction the formation of the principle of the system of innovation began in the 1980s of the xx century with the abandonment of old technologies and formed on the basis of the transition to new technologies at speed. because the world in the middle of the 20th century exchange of technologies in the economy of the life cycle of one person from the second half of the 20th century and to the present day, when it fell on the average period up to the practice of new technologies on average 5-7 years of introduction, some in networks even in 2-3 years it is observed and these processes are increasingly shrinking. of course, on the basis of new technologies, we have new scientific approaches, new knowledge and research and production infrastructures and, consequently, new consumer infrastructures we can understand. in this line, the growing development of the internet network in the world economy, the creation of new directions and types of entrepreneurship, the bottom line in education to recognize that in the implementation of reforms, in the integralization of culture, in the exchange of information caused revolutionary changes can. also, the development of science, the opening of its new lines of research, nanotechnology, biotechnology, a further deepening of genetic research, opens up a wide range of possibilities. all this by forming the basis of the country's national innovation development together, the development of research directly into the development of the economy of the country's territories, the development of territories fully unlocked options and important elements in the disclosure of the possibilities of using their reserves calculated as "innovation systems".1 "innovation systems" to date by many foreign scientists until in-depth research has been carried out from their bright manifestations y.schumpeter's " economic dynamics theory "2, f.hayek's "concept 1 guzyr v.v. national innovation system as the basis of the economy of quality of life. / dis. ... candidate of economic sciences. – tomsk, 2007. –p. 171. 2 schumpeter j. the theory of economic development: the study of entrepreneurial profit, capital, credit, interest and the cycle of conjuncture: trans. from it. / edited by a.g.mileykovsky. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org of scattered knowledge"3, d.north's"institutional theory" is studied on the basis of 4 if in the regions, the composition, characteristics, internal and external of the innovation systems factors e in recent years.v.eroxina5, a.a.gretchenko6, v.f.islamutdinov7 has a place in research. the institutional approach, which forms the basis of the institute of hits, states that hit's provides a stable environment for development and determines the factors of concentration of innovation capacity at the expense of socio-economic and innovative environment. this can include organizations, regulations, traditions, as well as strong ties and systems. hit development management state organizations and them carried out by organizations. provider and service in support of innovation activities a list of rendering organizations is compiled – they are innovating infrastructure organize and ensure the development of strategic networks,among them, science and education, innovation entrepreneurship includes. in general, the innovation of the territory and by the socio-economic environment, limited environment that owns and consumes resources it is understood that their joint activities led to the creation and accumulation of innovative potential in this region comes. development of the world economy it is known from the practice that under the influence of globalization tamoiyils in innovation processes, national borders will be practically absent, and transnational corporations will be able to establish their production forces and sales networks precisely in the competitive environment places available, because certain regions are their geographical from location to historical, socio-economic and other characteristics they have tremendous opportunities with reliance. the result of the development of the hit is different innovation in the variety can be manifested in the form of activities, that is, full-fledged activities of economic entities participation in innovation processes and as a result of it, innovation products and is manifested in the creation of knowledge. task of subjects hits management of development-ideas support generasi and, as a result, turn ideas into finished products, coordinate knowledge, reaching resources, products reducing the cost of distribution and production, the formation of a new culture of consumption and the continuous innovation of activity in the territory organization of monitoring. innovation development of the region the main factor in the availability of resources and the opportunity to acquire them it does not serve as, but rather as such the presence of institutions and effective activities that ensure the targeted distribution of resources in the case performance serves as an important factor makes. in this regard, it is important that even in-depth research of the institutional foundations of the development of hit is significant. – m.: "progress", 1982. –p. 455. 3 hayek f. individualism and economic order. – m.: "society", 2011. –p. 205. 4 north d. institutions, institutional changes and the functioning of the economy. / translated from the english by a.n.nesterenko; preface and scientific ed. by b.z.milner. / the foundation of the economic book "nachala". – m., 1997. –p. 180. 5 erokhina e.v. formation and development of regional innovation subsystems. / autoref. dis. ... doctor of economic sciences. – m., 2014. –p. 51. 6 gretchenko a.a. development of methodology and improvement of mechanisms of formation of the national innovation system of russia. / dis. ... doctor of economic sciences. – m., 2014. –p. 351. 7 islamutdinov v.f. the essence and classification of institutions of the institutional environment of innovation activity. // journal of institutional studies (journal of institutional research). 2014, vol. 6, no. 2. –pp. 79-91. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. akhmetova m.i. mechanism upravleniya razvitiem innovasionnoy sistemi regiona na osnove otsenki vzaimovliyaniya sosialno-ekonomicheskoy i innovasionnoy sredi. / dissertation na sois. three. stepeni village. ec. nauk. perm. 2015. s. 30. 2. antonenko i.v. innovasionny potential regionalnoy economy: formirovanie i realism. / autoref. dis. ... d-ra ekon. nauk. volgograd, 2014. 3. gretchenko a.a. razvitie methodologii i sovershenstvovanie makizanov formirovaniya nasionalnoy innovasionnoy system rossii. / dis. ... d-ra ekon. nauk. – m., 2014. s. 351. 4. guzir v.v. nasionalnaya innovasionnaya sistema kak osnova ekonomiki kachestva jizni. / dis. ... kand. ekon. nauk. tomsk, 2007. s. 171. 5. erokhina e.v. formation and development of regional innovation subsystems. / abstract of the dissertation of the doctor of economic sciences. – m., 2014. – p. 51. 6. zhikharev k.l. methodology of management of the development of the regional innovation system. / autoref. dis. ... doctor of economics. – m., 2011. –p. 39. 7. islamutdinov v.f. the essence and classification of institutions of the institutional environment of innovation activity. // journal of institutional studies (journal of institutional studies). 2014, vol. 6, no. 2. –pp. 79-91. 8. north d. institutions, institutional changes and the functioning of the economy. / translated from the english by a.n.nesterenko; preface and scientific ed. by b.z. milner. // foundation of the economic book "beginnings". – m., 1997. – p. 180. 9. popov m.n. analysis and assessment of the socio-economic environment of the implementation of regional investment projects. / autoref. dis. ... candidate of economic sciences. – stavropol, 2012. – p. 19. 10. malyshev yu.a. approaches in the formation of the innovation system of permedges // bulletin of perm. university of economics, 200, no. 1. –pp. 75-8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org econometric modelling of the innovation process in uzbekistan saidova marhabo xabibullo daughter personnel qualification and statistics research institute doctoral student (dsc) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper is dedicated to the analysis of factors affecting innovation in uzbekistan taking the case of the joint stock company “uzkimyosanoat”. it involved obtaining primary data for 10 enterprises in the company and analyzing this data. factors to be looked at were chosen as research and development, intellectual knowledge, human abilities, level of satisfaction, demand for changes, usage of ict and product development, growth of enterprise. innovation, variables, econometric model, factor, enterprise. introduction taking developed nations as an example, uzbekistan as a developing nation and needs to expand its innovation strategy and the usage of knowledge economy in sectors in the economy. in the market economy, the progression of innovation effects gdp growth, employment, and increase the competitiveness in the world market. innovation is a very wide area of study, and each industry has its own particular factors which may influence the development of innovation more. each industry needs its own particular type of innovation and development. this particular paper will analyse the chemical sector in uzbekistan and in particular try to identify the main factors which affect the innovation in this sector, taking the jsc “uzkimyosanoat” as an example. the aims of the research were: 1. clarify the meaning of innovation; critically identify the main factors which are affecting on innovation according to other research 2. explore these factors for “uzkimyosanoat” using primary data 3. make econometric equations and model to show the quantitative influence of the factors of innovation innovation is becoming a topic which many firms and governments are paying bigger and bigger attention to. this is because of the fact that innovation means responding to the conditions, which are changing daily, and to the technologies that are getting more and more developed as we speak. the more innovation you have the better the country grows and the enterprises develop1 . innovation influences the economy to prosper and grow thus leading to bigger employment levels and income in that 1industry canada research publication programme, 2001. the economic determinants of innovation. retrieved november 13, 2009 from http://ftp.iza.org/dp3962.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org economy2 . innovation is a process, a strategy, a benchmark, leadership skills, management techniques and much more3 . literature review policies to support sme’s are being implemented all over the world, and these policies include many factors in order to encourage innovations. dr. vigier stated that the eu stimulates an ‘open innovation’ model where knowledge and experiences are shared in between the people inside the networks. the eu aims to promote the interaction of a broad range of policy areas, such as structural funds, state aid policies, education and training 4 . according to oecd, in the cis countries research and development does not have a significant impact on innovation. in the case of small and medium enterprises the innovation can have either “capital equipment or input-embodied innovation” or “design innovation”. although not all firms make innovations, many have the potential to do so and according to their research those companies who have higher educated employees, introduced at least one new product, give a considerable weight to client satisfaction and research their markets, have good relationships with other companies, don’t get subsidies or own patent5 . the undp states that the biggest tool to improve innovation in uzbekistan is education6. according to the research made by the international finance corporation in 2005 sme’s comprised 38.2% of gdp and 66% of the employment in uzbekistan7. thus developing this sphere through the use of innovations is becoming more and more important by each day. not many researches have been made in small countries regarding determinants of innovation and their effects8 . according to the 2007 uzbekistan presidential decree, industries are encouraged to innovate and modernize their technological process in order to be in the competitive world market. 9 research regarding innovation development policies in uzbekistan are being studied by authors such as karimov (2005) 10 , bekmuradov a., ishmuhamedov a., akabirova (2007) has discussed the ways of developing manufacturing industry in uzbekistan through the usage of innovation11 . abdukarimova m., madjidov sh. and others. as the topic of innovation is relatively new to uzbekistan, there has not been a lot of research done on it. azamatov looked at the development of innovation and its. 2 sloman, j. and sutcliffe, m., 2004. economics for business, 3rd ed. london: pearson education limited. 3 kuczmarski, t., 2003. “what is innovation? and why aren’t companies doing more of it?” journal of consumer marketing, vol. 20, no. 6, p. 536 – 541 4 leger, a. and swaminathan, s., 2007. innovation theories: relevance and implications for developing country innovation. retrieved november 19, 2009 from 5 oecd, 2000. enhancing the competitiveness of sme’s through innovation. (online) 6united nations development programme, 2008. “catalyst of innovation” economic outlook journal. tashkent: cer 7 international finance corporation, 2009. business environment in uzbekistan as seen by small and medium enterprises 2009. 8 salavou, h., baltas, g. and lioukas, s., 2004. “the importance of strategic orientation and competitive structure” european journal of marketing, vol. 38, no. 9/10 9 republic of uzbekistan presidential decree, 2007. about modernization of the production process, technical and technological development and competitiveness. newspaper “people’s words” n52 10karimov, i., 2005. our main aim is to make our economy a democracy and innovate, to modernize and develop our country. uzbekistan 11 akabirova, d. n., 2008. methods of developing the manufacturing industry in uzbekistan. uzbekistan american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org methodology according to the aims stated in the presidential decree on the 12th march 2009, all enterprises in “uzkimyosanoat” are implementing 3 building projects, 7 projects with foreign investment decisions and criteria, 5 new projects are under construction. by 2009, “uzkimyosanoat” has started to produce 18 new products worth 15 billion soums. identifying the main factors which influence the innovation in this enterprise will help the chemical industry develop more by paying more attention to those factors and adopting necessary policy tools. previous work of scholars will be reviewed and factors to be looked at identified. it has to be taken into account that this works make a sophisticated econometric model that will serve as a statistical tool but to analyse innovation and make a step further to try and find some influences to the innovation process and development. the center for innovations main aim is to work to develop the whole enterprise, find the best targets to achieve; control already implemented researches, think of new projects in order to produce new products. the innovation projects proposed are being implemented. a large proportion of the implenented projects are trying to produce new goods instead of imported goods used. “uzkimyosanoat” has taken part in the 2008-2009 “innovation ideas, technologies and projects” fair with 20 new projects. these projects were presented and certificates, patents, new product usage advices obtained. the patents obtained for innovation usage, rationalizing certificates are the documents which show that they are new and giving them the ownership rights on the innovation. for example “ammofos-maksam” owns 9, “maksam-chirchik” owns 5 patent rights in the republic of uzbekistan21. according to the ceo of the company, mr gulomov, this work in the shpere of innovation is still not enough and needs to be developed further22 . in order to make a regression and obtain an econometric equation, factors or independent variables to be tested needed to be chosen. as there is no exact model for calculating innovation, a model will be created. after looking through many researches made which has been discussed in the literature review above, it has been chosen to make a model by using the factors shown in the table below. the reason for this is that in my opinion is that these factors play a key role in the company and its management and affect innovation significantly. the dependant variable will be innovation. conclusions after 4 estimations of different models were attempted, the last estimation of the log-log model was chosen to be the most accurate model. the reason for this is the fact that the previous models such as the linear model had very high coefficients, large p-values, small t-statistics, low d-w and the explaining power of the model other models were lower then the logarithmic model. this model will further be discussed below and conclusion obtained from them analysed. the biggest problem of panel data is the fact that the problem of multicollinearity and autocorrelation among observations may occur; the reason is the fact that as observations are repeated this may mean that the observations are no longer independent from each other.24 it can be seen that in this model that the sign showing that multicollinearity exists are not there. these signs are large variance and large confidence intervals, low t-stats but very high r-squares. looking at the model we can see that these problems are not present. the problem of autocorrelation is tested using the durbin-watson d-statistics. the model that was chosen as the best representative, which is the log-log model has a dw d-stat of 1.89. from econometrics lessons we know that the closer the dw is to 2, the more it means that autocorrelation does not exist. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. akabirova, d. n., 2008. methods of developing the manufacturing industry in uzbekistan. uzbekistan 2. azamatov, sh. 2009. the development of innovation in the republic of uzbekistan and how to use it. tdiu: tashkent. 3. baltagi, h., 2002. econometric analysis of panel data, ed.2. john wesley & sons ltd.: new york 4. barro, robert and lee, 1996. “international measures of schooling years and schooling quality.” american economic review, papers and proceedings, vol. 86, no. 2 p.218-23. 5. becker, gary. “investment in human capital: a theoretical analysis.” journal of political economy, 70, 5, part 2 (october 1962):s9-49. 6. buddelmeyer, h., jensen, p. and webster, e., 2006. innovation and the determinants of firm survival. retrived from ftp://repec.iza.org/repec/discussionpaper/dp2386.pdf 7. dougherty c., 2002. introduction to econometrics, 2nd ed. oxford 8. duygulu, e., kok, r. and ozdemir, a. factors influencing innovation in sme’s in turkey: an interregional comparison. retrieved october 20, 2009 from 9. eshimov b., 2009. choosing an innovation strategy and methods of implementing them. tashkent 10. gozibekov, d., 2003. methods of turning investment into money. ftp://repec.iza.org/repec/discussionpaper/dp2386.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org working on text problems in physics lessons berkinov alisher abdurashidovich1 jizzakh state pedagogical university, jizzakh, uzbekistan e-mail: alisherberkinov@jdpu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s by solving problems, children get acquainted with facts that are important in the field of knowledge and education. for example, the content of many issues solved in primary classes includes the work of children and adults, the achievements of our country in the national economy, technology, science and culture. the process of solving problems has a positive effect on the mental development of students in a certain method. problem, methods, analysis and content, clarification, generalization, comparison, condition of the problem, component introduction solving problems in the general system of teaching physics is one of the types of effective exercises. solving problems is important for the formation of perfect physical concepts in students, as well as for their mastery of the theoretical knowledge specified in the program. for example, if we want to form a correct understanding of addition in students, it is necessary for children to solve a sufficient number of simple problems of finding sums, almost always performing the act of combining sets. for example: the following problem is given: "an object with a surface area of 200 cm2 was coated with a silver layer 1.5 mm thick. determine how many silver atoms are in the coating. the density of silver is 10.5·103 kg/m3, the molar mass is equal to 108 g/mol.? according to the condition of the matter, children, e.g. solution: we will divide the given problem into the following problems. 1) the product with a surface area of 200 cm2 was coated with a silver layer 1.5 mm thick. what is the volume of silver used for this coating? 2) what is the mass of the silver coating? 3) how many silver atoms are there in the coating? given: formula: s= 20cm2 1) the volume of the body is its cross section h=1.5μm is equal to the product of surface area and density ρ= 10.5•103 kg/m 3 v=s h m=108 g/mol 2) the mass of an object is its density and volume m=108 g/mol is equal to the product of. m= ρv= ρ s h na =6•1023 mol-1 3) in a substance with a mass equal to m american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org must find number of molecules aa n m sh n m n  == m using the formula n=? is found solution: s= 20 cm2 = 2*10-3m2 h=1.5*10-6m m= 108*10-3 kg/mol tan 2023 3633 1075,1106 10108 105,1102105,10 =   = −− by solving many similar problems, children gradually acquire the concept of addition. for example, solving the problem of finding an unknown component of an operation (finding an unknown adder, reducer, etc.), children master the connection between the components and results of arithmetic operations. thus, problems are concrete material, with the help of which new knowledge is created in children and the existing knowledge is strengthened in the process of application. will give. solving problems creates practical learning in children, which is necessary for everyone in everyday life. for example, calculating the price of a purchased item, the cost of renovating a room, calculating when to leave the house so as not to be late for the train. using issues as a concrete basis for introducing new knowledge and applying existing knowledge to students plays an incomparably important role in forming the foundations of a democratic worldview in students. when solving problems, the student is convinced that many physical concepts (numbers, arithmetic operations, etc.) have their roots in real life, in the experience of people. by solving problems, children get acquainted with facts that are important in the field of knowledge and education. for example, many problems solved by students of physics and astronomy are based on the work of students, the achievements of our country in the national economy, technology, science and culture. the process of solving problems has a positive effect on the mental development of students in a certain method, because it requires mental operations: analysis and synthesis, concretization and abstraction, comparison, generalization. for example, when solving a problem, a student analyzes: separates the question from the condition of the problem, separates the given and sought numbers; synthesizes when creating a solution plan, in which he uses concretization (draws the condition of the problem, "imagination"), then abstraction (based on the concrete situation, chooses an arithmetic operation); as a result of solving a certain type of problem many times, the student generalizes the knowledge about the connections between the given and sought numbers in this type of problem, as a result of which the method of solving this type of problem is generalized. one of the main requirements for higher education today is to equip students with a system of knowledge acquired by the individual society (not a sum of knowledge!), as well as general methods, methods and practices of independent thinking. the role of physics in the development of independent logical thinking activities of students is of particular importance. it has already been proven by psychologists that thinking in the process of solving problems can be rapidly formed and developed only if this process can be controlled. the point here is that teachers should teach students to solve problems and think independently logically, using the latest achievements of physical education methodology and pedagogical psychology. to do this, instructions such as "compare", "look", "conclude", "think" are not enough. in order for students to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org have a creative approach to solving the problems they want, it is necessary to arm them with special methods of mental activity, that is, to teach them to compare, understand, perceive and draw conclusions. when starting to solve the problem, first of all, it is necessary to understand and accept it well. for this, it is necessary to imagine the life situation reflected in the problem. the fact that students understand the relationship between physical issues and life increases their interest in the studied science, accelerates the process of acquiring knowledge, skills and abilities by students. references 1.makhmutov m.i. organization of problem-based education in school. – m.: education, 1977.–s. 240. 2. okon v. fundamentals of training. – m .: education, 1964. –s. 154. 3. razumovsky v.g. the development of students' creative abilities in the process of teaching physics. -m.: education, 1975. –p.272. 4. berkinov a. technologies for the development of educational and creative activities of students in the process of solving problems in molecular physics //european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol. – 2019. – t. 7. – №. 12. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org sufism and its impact on allegorical interpretation abdul rahman ubaid hussein al-janabi 1, mohammad javad najafi 2 1,2 qom university / faculty of theology abidalrahmanaljanabi@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s sufism is an ethical behavior that entails asceticism and austerity based on the teachings of the quran, the sunnah, and the companions of the prophet. there are various branches of sufism, including practical, theoretical, and philosophical aspects that emerged in iraq. sufism is a dedication to obeying allah almighty, forsaking worldly desires, and practicing asceticism. the term "sufism" has several possible origins, with some suggesting it comes from the arabic word "suf" (wool). this view is supported by scholars such as abu nasr al-sarraj al-tusi, al-kalabazi, abu talib, abu hafs, and others. modern scholars like dr. zaki mubarak and dr. abdul halim mahmoud, as well as many orientalists like noldeke, also endorse this origin. others believe that the term "sufism" comes from "sufa," referring to a group from the pre-islamic era who secluded themselves in devotion to allah and resided near the kaaba. some connect it to words like purity, clarity, the first row, and sufis. however, some argue that it is a distinct, non-derived term. sufism is both a practical way of life and a spiritual upbringing rooted in religious emotion and the fervor of faith that emanates from the hearts of muslims. the emergence of sufism began around the end of the second century of the islamic calendar and matured in the third century and beyond. various opinions exist regarding sufism. abdul qahir al-baghdadi considered sufism as an ethical behavior distinguished by the followers of the sunnah and the community. al-tusi views sufism as an action expressing an ethical phenomenon with its foundation in religion. sufism, asceticism, origins of sufism, branches of sufism and historical development. التصوف و مدى اثره على التفسير االشاري اسم الباحث : عبد الرحمن عبيد حسين الجنابي األستاذ الدكتور : محمد جواد نجفي جامعة قم / كلية اإلالهيات واقاسوه قبل الدخول في البحث ومدى اثر التصوو لى التسيو ر د د الود الن ضو وع م ا التصوو وه و وح ث اه ، ودًن ل صىة وث قة التسي ر ادشا ي . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org أوال : اصل كلمة التصوف وقد اختىف ال ىهاء في اصل كىهة التصو ، وفي مصد اشتقاقها ىويهكن هىخ ص الهم اآل اء ف ها . _ الصوو يهه مههو ال ىهاء الهتقدم ن والهتخخرين ال الن كىهة الصووفي م مقوتقة من الصوو م الو هي 1 والكال ازي وال و ، )1(ضيووبة ال . وهها ال مع ادقوال الوا ف في هه الهيووخلة، وماهم ال و ضصوور اليوورا ال وسووي طال الهكي وال و حسص لهر ن محهد اليهرو ي وغ رهم . .)2(ومن الهتخخرين كتو زكي مبا ك و كتو لبد الحى م محهو ومن الهيتقرق ن لد كب ر مثل ضولدكة ، فهن هقووب هم )3(صوووفة كان قوا الهاهى ة يقال لهم صوووفة اضق وا ال ال با ف ل لجل ومل وق اوا الك بة -2 فهو صوفي. سة وهي فااء مىحم هيوووهد سوووول صووو -3 م الهدياة ، كان يخوي إل د الههامرين ى لى وال الصووو .)4(السقراء الهين الخرموا من يا هم ، فىم يكن لهم مآل و د ماازل ود لائالت الصووساء ويهه ا ال ىهاء ال ان كىهة صوووفيم مقووتقة من الصووساء م ح ث ان اخص صووسات الصوووفي -4 .)5(ه ه ر قىب من مقاغل الح اف والصساء مع الصف ادول اضهم سهوا الصوف دضهم في الصف ادول ن يد لج ومل ا هساع ههم واقبالهم لى -5 .)6( قىو هم ووقوفهم يرائرهم ن يدي ال وضاض التي م ااها الصوف ال وضاض لقد ذه ا و يحان الب روضي ال ان كىه صوفي ماخوذ من سوف ة -6 الحكه .)7(ولها ذه في ادسالا قوا ال قري من يهم سهوا اسههم وهحرفت الي ن ال صا اض مامد غ ر مقتم وال ذه مهال من ائه التصو واض هثا لق اطىم لى هم ومهن قال هها ادماا -7 .)8(القق ري ولىي ن لثهان الهويري وا ن خىدون وقد ذكرضا ان الوم ادول ا مع الومو في هها الباب والهكان د يتيع لىتسص ل ومن ا ا الجيا فى رمع .لال ل التي هرمح لى غ ر من اد اء و د ما ذكرضا اد اء الوا في اشتقاق لسظ التصو و ان اد مع من اها قي ان ضتحدث لن الت ريسات التي ماءت في حد التصو ثم هى ها ضقا التصو وه و في السكر ادسالمي والاتائج الهترهب .لى ذلك 41_40ياظر الىهعم ص 1 34ياظر "التصو الهاقخ والهصا " ص 2 الهصد ضسي 3 21قوالد التصو ال ا ال باس احهد ن احهد ز وق ص ياظر 4 21 حى ة ادول اء وطبقات ادصس اء ، ا ي ض م احهد ن لبد ادصسهاضي ص ياظر 5 103 /102 / ص1 الدي لوا اله ا اليحرو ياظر 6 ياظر قض التصو الهاقه من الضالل صسح 34 35 7 ياظر شساء اليائل لتههي الهيائل د ن خىدون 8 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org ثانيا : تعريف التصوف وتطوره تعريف التصوف -أ سئل الشبلي لماذا سميت الصوفيه بهذا االسم فقال هذا االسم الذي اطلق عليهم اختلف في اصله وفي مصدر الراي فيه الى نتيجه حاسمه بعد فترتب على هذا االختالف اختالفهم في تعريف التصوف وقد اشتقاقه ولم ينتهي .او اكثر 2000بلغ تعريف التصوف الى ال ومن الصعب وضع تعريف جامع مانع للتصوف النه يعود في جواره الى الوجدان واالذواق الخاصه فهو تجربه ذاتيه تختلف في اختالف االفراد ومقاماتهم واحوالهم ومع ذلك فال باس من ان نعرض لبعض التعريفات شيوخهم .مما يتضح معه الطابع الخاص للتصوف أوال: سئل جنيد عن التصوف فقال هو حفظ االوقات وان ال يطالع العبد غير حده وال يوافق غير ربه وال يقارن .)9(غير وقته .)10(ثانيا: وقال ايضا هو ان يميتك الحق عنك ويحييك به .)11(ثالثا: قال ابو محمد رويم استرسال النفس مع هللا تعالى على ما يريد .)12(رابعا: قال ذا النون وقد سئل عن التصوف هم قوم اثروا هللا على كل شيء فاثرهم على كل شيء اإلسالمي نشاه التصوف وتطوره في الفكر -ب التصو وه و ها في السكر ادسالمي حول مو ول ن يكا ان يتسم الباحثون والهؤ خون لى ضقا ان التصو دا سىوكا لهى ا وهر وح مصد ال اطس الديا وحرا اديهان التي هسهر في قىوب األول الهيىه ن وههثل هها اليىوك في الجهد والتققف ه اا ال ا ي والبي ط الترفع لن الها يات طه ا في ا واستحقاق مااه وفي هها الدو اخهت هه الاجل طا ا فر يا د طائس ا ود مههب ا فىم هكن سوى ه ب ر شخصي .لن امتها الهيىم ىوغ الكهال في هديا وطالت ان التصو السىيسي ظهر متاخرا ذلك في اواخر القرن الثاضي الههري هقريبا اكتهل الاهو في القرن الثالث الثاني وما د وهو وقت از ها حرك الترمه في السكر ادسالمي وفي هها الدو اصبع التصو مههبا ل ضظرياه .وكتب وفرق القران الكريم اخل الهجير ال ر لم يىق هاويال فىيس ا ود صوف ا ولكن لها ىغ ش وب اخرى من السرس لو التسي ر والتاويل مرام لهم ثقافاههم وفىيساههم ولقائدهم والروا والهاد وغ رهم واصبع سسرا مقدسا لهم هااو الهو وث وم ىوا هه التاويالت والتسي رات حوثا ضظري حت اصبع التصو مههبا هته ج ال ائس من الااس لهم م تقداههم الخاص يؤلسون ف ها ويداف ون لاها ويدلون ال ها ..ود ض رض ا اء الباحث ن والهؤ خ ن ل تب ن مدى اهساقهم ف ها ذكرضا الود لبد القاهر ن طاهر البغدا ي وهو من الهؤ خ السرق ادسالم د يهكر الصوف كسرق ميتقى واضها ي تبر التصو سىوكا اخالق ا امتاز اهل اليا والههال سواء كاضوا من السقهاء والهسيرين او الاحات او 63ينظر التعريف لمذهب اهل التصوف ابا بكر محمد العبازي صفحه 9 35 34ينظر قضيه التصوف املنقذ من الضالل صفحه 10 73 72صفحه املصدر نفسه 11 139املصدر نفسه 12 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org .)13(الهتكىه ن ثاض ا ال وسي يرى ان التصو ال هىي ي تبر ظاهر اخالق اساسها الدين ولهها فهو يخر اصحاب الاظريات التي هت ا ض مع ادسالا من زمر الصوف ح ث يقول كل من هرسم رسوا هه ال صا او اشا ال ضسي ان ال ائس ولم يكن اساس لى ثالث اش اء فهو ل مقدما من هه القص او اض هوهم اض متهيك ب ا ا اب هه مخدوع ولو مق في الهواء وض م الحكه او وقع ل قبول لاد الخاسد وال ام وهه ادش اء الثالث امتهاع مه ع الهحا ا كب ر او صغ ر -1 ا اء مه ع السراغ لي رها ويي رها -2 )14(ا د د ما لىهؤمن ماهاهرك الدض ا لى اهل الدض ا قى ىها وكث رها اد م -3 اما الب روضي فاض ح ن ياظر ال التصو في و التسىيف فاض يرم ال مصا اماب وييتب د ان يكون .)15(ل سب اإلسالا اما القق ري يقول ان الهحقق ن في من هه ال ائس اضقرض اكثرهم ولم يبق في وقتاا هها من هه ال اف اد اثرهم وحصىت الستر في هه ال ريق وازال الو ع وطوى ياط واشتد ال هع والقوا ب وا هحل لن القىوب ا وا ال لى الحقائم وادحوال وا لوا اضهم حرم القري ثم لم ير وا ها ه اطو من سوء هه ادف ال حت اش هحر وا لن ق ادغالل واض قامون الحم ههري لى هم احكام وهو محو ول س ل لى هم ف ها يؤثروض او يه وض .)16(لت ولو ود زالت لاهم احكاا البقري محهد ن لبد الكريم القهرستاضي وهو من كبا الهؤ خ ن السرق د يهكرهم اطالقا كسرق من فرق ادسالا ول ل ادشا الوح د ال التصو كيىوك لهىي ون ذكر لالسم ماءت في م رض ه ريس لالسالا واديهان ن مو ع ادشتراك فهو الهبدا ثم اذا كان وادحياس ح ث يقول فاذا كان ادسالا ه ا التيى م وادضق ا الظاهرا ادخالص م ان يصدق ال ومالئكت وكان مؤماا حقا ثم اذا مهع ن ادسالا والتصديم وقرن الههاهد .)17( الهقاهد وصا غ ب شها فهو الكهال فكان ادسالا مبدا واديهان وس ا وادحيان كهاد ا ن الهوزي د ان ييت رض ضقا التصو متتب ا في ذلك ها يخ التيه ياتهي ال ان التصو السىيسي ل س اسالم ا الاقا واض لم ي ر في ادسالا سوى الجهد كخىم ل اصول ادسالم وييتدل لى ذلك ف قول التصو . )18(م يهم احد وقد ذموا التصو مهه م رو يجيد لى الجهد ويدل لى السرق اهها ان الجهد ل وضختم ا اء الباحث ن الهيىه ن راي ش خ الهؤ خ ن لبد الرحهن ن خىدون فاض ي اا هسص ال شامال لن ضقا التصو وه و وصاالحظ اض دو يرفا ان يكون التصو السىيسي اسالم الاقا هها يقول هها ال ىم من سىف ادم وكبا ها من الصحا والتا ن ومن لىوا القري الحا ث في الهى واصى ان طريق القوا لم هجل لاد دهم طريق الحم والهداي واصىها ال كو لى ال با وادضق اع ال ه ال وادلراب لن زخر الدض ا وزياتها والجهد ف ها يقبل لى الهههو من له وما الوما وكان ذلك لاما في الصحا واليىف فىها فقل اقبال الدض ا في القرن الثاضي وما د وماع الااس ال مخال الدض ا اختص الهقبىون في ال با اسم الصوف لى .والهتصوف فىها كتبت ال ىوا وضات كت مال من اهل هه ال ريق في طريقتهم ثم ان قوا من الهتاخرين صرفت لاايتهم ال كقف الحهاب وف ها و اء الحيي الكالا في الهدا ك التي و اء تحقيق محمد محي الدين عبد الحميد 317ينظر: الفرق بين الفرق ص 13 516ينظر: اللمع ص 14 24ينظر: تحقيق مال الهند من مقوله مقبوله في العقل او مرذوله ص 15 32ياظر سال القق ري ص 16 46ياظر الهىل والاحل الهجء ادول صسح 17 213 212ا ى س صسح هىب س 18 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org واختىست طرق الريا لاهم في ذلك اختال ه ى ههم في اماه القوى الحي وهغهي الروح ال اقل الهكر حت يحصل لىاسس ا اكها فاهل الست ن ماكر لى هم وميىم لهم ول س البرهان والدل ل اافع في هه ال ريق ا الهتصوف هوغىوا في ذلك فهه الكث ر ماهم ال الحىول وقبود اذ هي من قب ل الومداضات ثم ان هؤدء الهتاخرين والوحد ومالوا الصحف ما وكان سىسهم مخال ن لالسهال ى الهتاخرين من الق فاشرب كل ماهم مهه .ادخر واختىط كالمهم وهقا هت لقائدهم وظهر في كالا التصو القول الق وم اا اس ال ا ف ن والهي يظهر ان الهتصو ال راق لها ظهرت ادسهال ى من الق وظهر كالمهم في ادمام وما يرمع ال ها مها هو م رو فاقتبيوا من ذلك الهوازض ن الظاهر والباطن وم ىوا ادمام لىي اس الخىم في ادضق ا ال ض اس ال ا ف ن وافر و هلك هقب ها لالماا في الظاهر القرع وافر و هلك ثم م ل الق ب لت ى م اله رف ال د وسهو ق با لهدا اله رف لى فرامل ذلك من كالا هؤدء الهتصوف مها ل س ليىف الهتصوف ف كالا اسي او . )19(اثبات واضها هو ماخوذ من كالا الق ومهاهبهم في كتبهم هها هو الراي الهي ذه ال ا ن خىدون في ضقا الهتصو وضظرياههم وال وامل التي اثرت في ضقا التصو ..وه و يهكن ان ضيتابط ما الاتائج التال التصو كيىوك لهىي اخالقي ه ا الجهد والتققف لى ماها الكتا ي واليا وس ر الصحا ي تبر لىها -1 اسالم ا الاقا والهصد اما التصو الاظري الهتسىيف فاض د يهيك ادسالا ود ضهج الصحا صى واضها دل محدث في السكر -2 .ادسالمي غهاهها لوامل ادماب ظهر التصو السىيسي في ال راق التي كاضت مقرا لىسىيسات الهادي والسا س وال وضاض وهىك السىيسات كاضت -3 .ا التصو السىيسياليب في ضق ثالثا: اقسام التصوف مها سبم يتضع لاا ان التصو ياقيم ال قيه ن الساس ن هصو ضظري.. ما هو التصو الهي يقوا لى البحث والد اس فقط -1 والتصو لهىي وهو التيوق الهي يقوا لى التققف والجهد والتساضي في طال وكل من القيه ن كان -2 ..ل اثر في هسي ر القران الكريم مها م ىت هسي ر الصوفي ياقيم كهلك ال قيه ن هسي ر صوفي ضظري -ال هسي ر صوفي ف ضي او اشا ي -ب الصف ادول اضهم سهوا الصوف دضهم في الصف ادول ن يد لج ومل ا هساع ههم واقبالهم لى -1 .)20( قىو هم ووقوفهم يرائرهم ن يدي الصوف ال وضاض لقد ذه ا و يحان الب روضي ال ان كىه صوفي ماخوذ من سوف ة ال وضاض التي -6 م ااها الحكه .)21(ولها ذه في ادسالا قوا ال قري من يهم سهوا اسههم وهحرفت الي ن ال صا اض مامد غ ر مقتم وال ذه مهال من ائه التصو واض هثا لق اطىم لى هم ومهن قال هها -7 231 229ينظر مقدمه ابن خدلون 19 103 102ينظر السحرور الدي عوارف المعارف الجزء االول 20 35 34ينظر قضيه التصوف المنقذ من الضالل صفحه 21 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org .)22(ادماا القق ري ولىي ن لثهان الهويري وا ن خىدون وقد ذكرضا ان الوم ادول ا مع الومو في هها الباب والهكان د يتيع لىتسص ل ومن ا ا الجيا فى رمع .التي هرمح لى غ ر من اد اءلال ل و د ما ذكرضا اد اء الوا في اشتقاق لسظ التصو و ان اد مع من اها قي ان ضتحدث لن الت ريسات التي ماءت في حد التصو ثم هى ها ضقا التصو وه و في السكر ادسالمي والاتائج .الهترهب لى ذلك ينظر شفاء السائل لتهذيب المسائل البن خلدون 22 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org analysis of modern ergonomics in uzbek language shukurov otabek ulashevich doctor of philosophy, associate professor of karshi state university., uzbekistan otabekshukurov1@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the descriptive analysis of the units of the onomastic system. the role of source language acquisitions in the formation of names and promising ways of choosing a national name are studied on the example of ergonyms. also, naming is a complex linguistic phenomenon, and it is considered important to take into account, first of all, the national interests of the uzbek language, as well as the linguistic rights of national diversity in society, as well as the experience and features of naming models of world culture. this phenomenon was considered important in bringing the words of the native stock to the neim level, and the appearance of foreign language neims in such conditions was considered a natural phenomenon. onomastics, ergonym, neologism, borrowed word, lexicon, social development, language enrichment. introduction the onomastic system of the uzbek language is a unique complex whole, within its macro-scale, ergonisms are of particular importance. ergonomims are special names given to organizations, enterprises, institutions, companies, corporations, offices, stores, societies, associations, etc. in onomastics. ergonym was first used as a linguistic term in n.v. podolskaya's dictionary published in 1979. famous linguist e. begmatov includes ergonyms among onomastic units such as anthroponym, toponym, hydronym, zoonym, oronym, oikonym, ethnonym. 1 as a result of the acceleration of the process of urbanization in society and the activation of intercultural relations, the development of cities in the centers laid the foundation for the emergence of megapolis cities. as a result, the number of enterprises, organizations, shops, schools, educational centers, hotels, hospitals, cinemas, restaurants, stadiums, banks and agencies necessary for daily life in these densely populated areas increased and began to be divided into internal networks. the process of choosing a suitable name for them began to be considered as an important issue for language and society. accordingly, the process of naming gained special importance and motivated the organization of naming services, becoming an interesting and promising field for both the society and marketing management. 1 begmatov e. anthroponymics of the uzbek language. -tashkent: science, 2013. -p. 37. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org ii. literature review it is known that the transformation of personal names (names and surnames) into specific places and times forms eponyms. at the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, the tradition of the owners of the firm to name their properties mainly with eponyms grew. by this time, there was a strong need for the process of naming, which made it necessary to establish specific norms to regulate it. recently, when naming objects, it was approached as a type of professional activity in the market economy. later, it was formed as an object of marketing with legal status, which is considered a modern field. the language of "numbers" is spreading widely, covering different layers of society, as digitization penetrates into the subtle aspects of life, and this language is also presented as a quasiideology. 2 iii. analysis at present, neim neologisms can be divided into several groups according to the type of ergonims. because there are names of privately owned shopping centers, cars, educational centers, hotels, hospitals, restaurants, and various agencies whose nominations are based on the principle of such imagery. naming of markets and shopping complexes is of particular importance in terms of historical and linguistic aspects. these names reflect the people's past, culture, and nationality. because such names are inextricably linked with the geographical location of the population living in this area, as well as with other aspects of history. for example, the names chorsu, bek topi, oloy, parkent have historical and etymological content. in addition, in the names of abu sakhi and bek baraka, historical traces of the appellative lexicon that reflect the generosity and generosity of the people are embodied. as stated, "while lexical is the most rapidly changing level of linguistics, onomastic units are considered to be the section that preserves linguistic relics more vividly than other levels".3 in the uzbek language, the names of trading places are also formed as a separate system. place names such as lapka, laryok, kioska, shop, boutique, bookstore/bookshop, gastronomy, magazine, minimarket, market, crepe market, department store, universam, supermarket, hypermarket, bazaar, which have a paradigmatic relationship, have the same scope of use in the speech of today's speakers. more precisely, among them, lapka, laryok, kioska, magazin are obsolete and their scope of consumption is limited, while boutique, hypermarkets are words that have lost their novelty and their scope of consumption is expanding. in addition, it is unusual for the lexicon that the name of a visual store, such as an online magazine, appears in the language. of course, the status of the above trading places also differs according to their area, product coverage, ability to receive customers, the size of the reserve fund, and their specific conditions. among them, the ones that are actively used, especially the supermarket, followed the criteria of nationality when choosing a name, such as "havas", "baraka market". attributes are very important in names such as "baraka market", the concept of "shopping center" is defined by the unit "market". however, no matter 2 конишевский д.в., кушнарева н.в., ветров с.а. неологизмы цифровой культуры (активный словарь миллениала). –москва: директ-медиа, 2019. – с. 6 3 жумаев т. ўзбек тили лисоний структурасининг реликтолингвистик аспекти (фонетик, лексик, морфологик сатҳ): филол. фан. ... д-ри … (dsc) дисс. – қарши: 2021. −б. 15. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org how resonant the words "green apple market" and "makro express" are in their source language, the chosen name and the unit representing its sign or condition are far from the cognitive thinking of the recipient people. nowadays, the naming of organizations, institutions or enterprises with different functions under the same name belonging to private ownership is taking the form of an example. as noted by the linguist e. begmatov, "certain connections and transitions to each other's functions occur between groups of onomastic units, this process is called transmonization." 4 among the neologisms of grocery stores, "nursof" was chosen appropriately. this word, which is light for the client's language, was successfully formed by combining arabic borrowings from our language. however, the selection of the unit "qoratosh" as a name of a grocery store, which can be attributed to a place, person or linguistic relect, did not gain positivity. because there is no sign in this place that calls people to the concept of food or binds it to this referent. in addition, it should not be forgotten that in the historical-etymological sense of the word “qora (black)”, in addition to the concept of greatness, there is also the presence of evil or other symbols. the ethnic symbol played an important role in naming the shops "barlas market". however, the interpretation of the word was not taken into account when naming it. in the wikipedia dictionary article on "barlas" on the internet pages, it is explained as the name of one of the mongol tribes that participated in the campaigns of genghis khan. in the dictionary article written in the "barlos" dictionary, it is considered as a tribe that is part of the uzbek people. it is understood that if the second option is taken into account, the national naming criterion would be followed, as well as the possibility of obtaining more accurate information for social network and internet users. naming grocery stores like " магазин рублёвка" is not a modern nomenclature. when they remind some older people of some aspects of their past, they use names such as "smart", "bob's red mill", "grand market", "vico" (eponym or company name), can be understood as a formal approach to innovation. the name of the construction hypermarket "home spot" is a combination of the english words "uy (home)" and "dog’ (spot)". this name can only attract customers who are fluent in this language. otherwise, it is natural that such naming will be ineffective both for the benefit of the language and for the perspective of naming in marketing. neologisms "ecobozor", "yashil bozor" can attract customers with their sonority, imagery, ease of pronunciation and innovative name. nomination of ergonomics is a complex process. scientist k.v. ovsyannikova studies the characteristics of the name of public catering establishments on the example of voronezh and moscow. according to his comparative-statistical analysis, names in moscow are less saturated with information than names in voronezh. most names of catering establishments in moscow have a positive rating of no more than 60-65 percent on the principle of "attractiveness". in voronezh, the indicator of such nominations exceeds 80 percent. 5 4 бегматов э. ўзбек тили антропонимикаси. – тошкент: фан, 2013. –б. 37. 5 овсянникова к.в. особенности номинации предприятий общественного питания (на примере коммерческих названий г. воронежа и г. москвы): дисс. … канд. филол. наук. – воронеж, 2016. – с. 191. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org the scientist m.e. novichikhina, who specially studied the commercial name, defines it as follows: "in general, the commercial name is the name of the institution and goods in the language that aims at a specific goal and is aimed at making a profit." 6 in fact, commercial designations are born with the purpose of a concept that has a special value in the mind of a person, the image of a new referent becomes familiar to customers. although this situation is of primary importance for commercial denominations, new denominations differ based on different approaches, depending on the diversity of thinking of the owners, shapers or namers of new denominations. no matter how resounding the names of "asia.uz", "story center", "home market" shopping centers are, no matter how many customers they attract, they cannot gain much attention in the eyes of those who value the national interest of the language. the ability of customers to get information easily and quickly is limited even from the neologism of the name "dimax" shopping center. perhaps because it is difficult to choose a suitable national name, the number of names expressed by foreign words may be increasing. creating a national brand is like the process of planting a sprout and growing it into a garden. for example, among our people, the words "ermak" and "mozorbosdi" were used only within the framework of ordinary speech. the word ermak was chosen correctly from the vernacular and rose to the level of neim. after all, people were shown their favorite pastime (pistachios) through this name. for the brand known for its salted or unsalted pistachios, the word pastime, which literally means "a fun game to pass the time," was chosen as the name ermak. this word, which remained only in the common words of the people, got its own weight. he became active in an official and journalistic style, motivated by the vernacular, and settled on a business language suitable for the referent of the denotation. although the naming of the shopping center "do’mbirobod" and the shopping and entertainment centers "samarqand darvoza" is important because it contains the referent of the place name, it is complicated by the fact that it requires a subsequent commenter for clarification. as a result, there will be inconvenience for the speakers of the language, cases of renaming in a form convenient for them. in general, in such cases, it is in everyone's best interest to act on the advice of experts involved in the naming process. iv. discussion business language is not a collection of words, but a clear and well-thought-out structure, a set of ideas and brand names that contain a deep meaning, understandable history for the masses7. the name "mega planet" (shopping and entertainment center) can be given simply by the name "ulkan sayyora (mega planet)". the unit mega (mega-//μέgas greek for huge) has lost its lexical status and has become a prefix today. if this unit is used in science for the unit of measurement of physical quantities, some people take the letters in it for purpose and use it as an acronym. in addition, in onomastics, it represents the name of a tributary, etc. accordingly, choosing it as a neim can lead to different understandings and interpretations. 6 новичихина м.е. коммерческая номинация: теория и практика. – воронеж: кварта, 2018. – с. 15. 7 сасина с.а., бричева м.м. лингвистические аспекты нейминга (на материале англоязычных брендов) // вестник адыгейского государственного университета. серия 2. филология и искусствоведение. – 2017. №2 (197). – с. 114. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org the improvement of the automobile industry on a global scale and the increase in the number of light cars of prestigious brands have started to create specific difficulties for language speakers to accept the huge amount of information about them and the neologisms behind this information. a name is a conditional name, and the differentiation of brands is based on the interpretation of their important parameters, advantages, and characteristics. in the automotive industry, there are many new color names for passenger cars in the form of neologisms, which are difficult to assimilate into the vernacular. after all, these color names did not come from the national nature of the language. as color regulation is based on international standards, the integration of color names across languages is complicated and can cause many problems. of course, this color palette (set of colors) is consciously managed and regulated. the invention of new colors is available for consumption with the permission of ral german color standard. at present, working on the basis of 213 colors of the ral classic palette is not easy either for the automotive terminology or for the language speakers who use it. damas, matiz, spark, nexia, cobalt, ravon, lacetti, which are national brands, are just a few of the names taken from the vocabulary of the uzbek language. the name "ravon" is not a random concept, but a purposefully chosen name. ravon's acronym stands for "reliable active vehicle on road". in essence, the word "ravon" has many meanings in the uzbek language: it is "bright, clean, straight, flat road" or "easy road".8 etymologically, this persian word meaning "going", "smooth" goes back to the verb "raftan" (to go in uzbek). more precisely, the word "ravon" was formed in the persian language itself through the root of the present tense verb "ro'u". this word has 7 meanings in the "annotated dictionary of the uzbek language". it also performs a linguopoetic function in the form of persian idioms such as ruhi ravon, sarvi ravon, which are actively used in artistic style. all of this justifies how well the word has become part of the vocabulary of our language. today, there are neologisms for the products produced by our national auto industry. for example, although the names of light cars such as tracker, malibu, equinox, trailblazer, tahoe, traverse are known among our people, it would be appropriate if the empty spaces in the lexicon were filled with names mixed with nationality, such as ravon. the growing banking industry is also seen in its upgrades, modernization and branching. in particular, emerging new banks have formed a microgroup of neologisms with them. in the onomastic system of the uzbek language, only bank names have a national character, appeared in relatively later periods, and in terms of their function are adequate to the names of foreign state banks. for example, such names as "ipoteka-bank", "uzagroexportbank", iran "soderot", "ziraat bank uzbekistan", "trustbank", "kdb bank uzbekistan", "hi-tech bank", "asia alliance bank" are the product of the new naming process. it can be said. also, in the naming of people like "o’zbekiston sanoat-qurilish bank (industrial-construction bank of uzbekistan)", "qishloq qurilish bank (rural construction bank)", "mikrokreditbank", "agrobank", "anor bank", "savdogarbank", "aloqabank", "asakabank", "tenge bank", a specific task, impressiveness and symbolism can be felt. from the point of view of public perception, the name of the clinic "ocu med" does not form the concept of the process of treatment of eye diseases. eye and light lexemes contained in the names "shifo nur", "chashm gavhar" can serve to form referents related to the eye lexeme in the mind. the word 8 https://www.gazeta.uz/ru/2015/10/09/ravon/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org "nur" in the name "shifo nur" has the meaning of the compound "eye light" in the speech of uzbek speakers. in the sources, it is said that the occurrence of derivative meaning on an intralinguistic basis depends on the connection of a word with another word and the occurrence of ellipsis. 9 the names "shifo nur", "chashm gavhar", "shifo nur ko'z", which reflect the nature of our national language, are names that do not require additional explanation for language speakers, and in any case, they are important because they are easily and quickly accepted by many people. visus (lat. visus – seen) chosen for the clinic follows the series of russian examples. although usually such standards are based on the russian template, their source of origin belongs to english and other european languages. there are specific criteria recognized by the industry for ergonyms to take their place in the lexicon. in particular, the created name must be able to convey primary information about the object or product it is naming, fully respond to the phonetic, lexical, morphological, syntactic, punctuational, and stylistic norms of the language, be clear and simple in order to attract the consumer sufficiently, language and it should correspond to the national and cultural views of the owners. 10 the most common among neologisms are social network names, which form their own large and small microgroups in the lexicon. it is natural that the classification of social network names in the sources is different, they are diverse in terms of their structure, form, purpose, function and other characteristics. v. conclusion so, in the years of independence, the field of onomastics of the lexicon underwent significant changes. on the one hand, this was related to the assimilation of foreign language neims into our vocabulary, and on the other hand, it was related to bringing the proportion of spare words in the lexicon to the neim level. also, the creation of neim neologisms based on foreign language neims is inevitable to be considered as a promising way. references: 1. mirtojiev m. semasiology of the uzbek language. tashkent: mumtoz so’z, 2010. -p. 85. 2. lutfullayeva d., saparniyazova m. the practice of using anthroponyms in the creation of names in the uzbek language // proceedings of the international scientific and practical online conference on the topic "modern directions in linguistics: problems and solutions". andijan, 2020. p. 197. 3. jumaev t. relictolinguistic aspect of the linguistic structure of the uzbek language (phonetic, lexical, morphological level): philology. science. ... ph.d. ... (dsc) diss. – against: 2021. −p. 15. 4. sasina s.a., bricheva m.m. linguistic aspects of naming (based on the material of englishlanguage brands) // bulletin of the adygea state university. series 2. philology and art history. – 2017. no. 2 (197). – p. 114. 5. ovsyannikova k.v. features of the nomination of public catering establishments (using the example of commercial names of voronezh and moscow): diss. ...cand. philol. sci. – voronezh, 2016. – p. 191. 9 миртожиев м. ўзбек тили семасиологияси. – тошкент: мумтоз сўз, 2010. –б. 85. 10 lutfullayeva d., saparniyazova m. o‘zbek tilida nom yaratishda antroponimlardan foydalanish amaliyoti // “tilshunoslikdagi zamonaviy yo‘nalishlar: muammo va yechimlar” mavzusidagi xalqaro ilmiy-amaliy onlayn konferensiya materiallari. – andijon, 2020. – b. 197. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org 6. novichikhina m.e. commercial nomination: theory and practice. – voronezh: kvarta, 2018. – p. 15. 7. konishevsky d.v., kushnaryova n.v., vetrov s.a. neologisms of digital culture (active dictionary of a millennial). –moscow: direct-media, 2019. – p. 6 8. begmatov e. anthroponymics of the uzbek language. -tashkent: science, 2013. -p. 37. 9. hazim hazim, ratih puspita anggraenni, akhmedova mehrinigor bahodirovna. altruistic actions in covid-19 corpses care: empathy, modeling, and more. international conference on advance research in social and economic science (icarse 2022), 2023/4/27. p.476-484 10. https://www.gazeta.uz/ru/2015/10/09/ravon/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org sample tasks in chemistry for military specialties m.sh.islamova associate professor of the department of natural and scientific sciences, ministry of defense of the republic of uzbekistan, chirchik higher tank command engineering educational school, (phd) maftuna_islamova@inbox.ru “science, education and training are the foundation stone of development and the force that makes the country powerful and the nation great.” sh.m.mirziyoyev a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents considerations on the methodology for improving the military competence of cadets of the higher military education system with the help of special exercises and tasks in chemistry lessons. the article provides examples of tasks suitable in the specialty for cadets of the military aviation direction. military competence, chemicals, aviation, military practical task introduction chemistry is one of the most complex and important natural sciences, and in its teaching, special attention should be paid to classification indicators such as class, age characteristics, direction, specialization of students. the ministry of defense of the republic of uzbekistan is using innovative educational methods and technologies that provide effective and practical results in teaching chemistry to future military personnel at the department of natural sciences of the chirchik higher tank command engineering educational institution. for military personnel, understanding the basic concepts and laws of chemistry, the properties of substances and the mechanisms of reactions is lacking. increasing the professional competence of military personnel in various emergency situations during war and peace, bringing the military characteristics to the level of a mature art, skillfully getting out of the situation, effective from the available potential (weapons, combat power, equipment, and other types of supplies) in order to develop the skills to neutralize and destroy the enemy using them, it is necessary to teach chemistry in a way that is tailored to specific military objectives. in particular, the cadets of the “airborne forces tactical command” are required to have a thorough knowledge of military combat equipment, aircraft and helicopter models, functions and capabilities. in the process of teaching chemistry, the main attention should be focused on increasing their analytical ability, quick operational decision-making qualities, and also serve to repeat and strengthen the knowledge gained in specialized sciences. for this reason, cadets of this direction are required to be given questions and tasks of military practical content during practical training. for example: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org military practical issue about 600 kg of rubber is used in the production of a combat aircraft. if the practical yield of divinyl from ethanol is 70%, and the yield of rubber during polymerization is 95%, calculate what volume of ethanol (density 0.8 g/cm3) is needed to obtain this mass of rubber by the lebedev method. activating questions of the problem: 1. 1. what do you know about the construction and functions of a fighter plane? 2. 2. why do you think such a large amount of rubber is used to produce a fighter plane? 3. 3. what is the difference between rubber and ebonite? can ebonite be used for the production of military equipment and aircraft? we write the reaction equations for obtaining rubber from ethanol (c2h5oh): 2c2h5oh → ch2= ch − ch = ch2+ h2 + 2h2o nch2= ch − ch = ch2→(-ch2-ch=ch-ch2-)n 𝑚𝑥 = 𝑝𝑥∗𝑣 ≫ 𝑉 = 𝑚𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑚𝑟𝑢𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑟 (100% 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑) = (100% 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦) = 600 0,95 == 631,578~631,6 𝑘𝑔 𝑚ch2=ch−ch=ch2 (70% 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦) = (100% 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦) = 631,6 𝑘𝑔 𝑚ch2=ch−ch=ch2 (100% 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦) = 631,6 0,07 = 902,28~902,3 𝑘𝑔 𝑛𝑥 = 𝑚𝑥 𝑀𝑟𝑥 = 𝑚𝑥 = 𝑛𝑥 𝑀𝑟𝑥 𝑛ch2=ch−ch=ch2 = 902,3 0,054 = 16709,259~16709,26 𝑘𝑚𝑜𝑙 the lebedev method is to obtain divinyl by passing ethanol (c2h5oh) steam at a temperature of 400-500 0c through a catalyst with a hydrogenating and dehydrating effect. nc2h5oh = 2 × 𝑛ch2=ch−ch=ch2 = 2 × 16709,26 = 33418,52 kmol mc2h5oh=33418,52× 0,046 = 1537,25 kg let's calculate how much ethanol (c2h5oh) is needed to produce rubber: 𝑉c2h5oh = 1537,25 800 = 1,92 m3 answer: the volume of ethanol is 1.92 m^3. conclusion: in the process of carrying out a military practical problem, the cadets learned about the types and construction of combat air attack equipment, the importance of the chemical industry in their production, the need for rubber products to ensure the durability of military equipment, and presents and repeats theoretical and relevant information about the fact that ebonite is an important raw material for the production of wheels in military and civil aviation aircraft. examples and exercises not only of a chemical but also of a general professional character will encourage cadets to speak, think freely, and understand the role and importance of chemistry in their profession and life. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org references 1. прогнозирование чрезвычайных ситуаций /сборник задач самаркандский государственный технический университет 2014 г. 2. islamova m.sh. “amaliy kimyo” amaliy mashg‘ulotlar to‘plami /o‘quv qo‘llanma/ m.sh. islamova chirchiq 2023 -130 b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org using games as an efficient way of teaching vocabulary allanyazov marat baxavedinovich tashkent university of architecture and civil engineering a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the following article defines significance of using games in teaching vocabulary for esl learners. one of the most effective activities that support the students’ vocabulary are games. games can help and encourage many learners to learn target language more easily. target words, game-based learning, appropriate teaching strategy, timefillers. introduction one of the most effective activities that support the students’ vocabulary were games activities. the students will be interest and also not feel bored with the lesson. teaching vocabulary by using games can make students relax and more enthusiast when they learn english. it is also can facilitate students in memorizing english vocabulary. as practiced by the teacher of smk sultan agung sumber. he usually used the games of guessing and matching words in teaching english, especially to memorizing english vocabulary. el shamy (2001), defines a game as a “competitive activity played according to rules within a given context, where players meet a challenge to achieve an objective and win”. language games comprise many factors such as rules, competition, relaxation and learning in particular. rules have to be clear, few and well-explained so as no difficulty is faced. they are designed in different levels as well as topics that suit different students’ levels what make them enjoy all together and gain the best results. learning vocabulary is a hard work, so attempt is required to understand, produce and manipulate the target words. however, games can help and encourage many learners to learn target language more easily. they also help teachers to create contexts in which the target words are useful and meaningful; they also bring fun for students, thus help them learn and retain new words more quickly. in other words, game-based learning can create a meaningful context for language learning process. after learning and practicing new vocabulary through games, students have the opportunity to use language in non-stressful way. teaching vocabulary by using games is one of the most effective strategy that usually practiced by teacher at smk sultan agung sumber, especially in teaching english. based on the main problem which investigated by the researcher, most of students consider that english is one of the difficult subjects in their school. when they learn english, they feel trouble because they did not understand english vocabulary well. they have less understanding in english vocabulary. consequently, they have less motivation besides they lazy to learn english. in this case, the teacher of smk sultan agung sumber applied one of the strategies to make students easier and enjoy the learning process when they learn english. the teacher applied teaching vocabulary strategy for the purpose to make students comprehend vocabulary step by step. based on the teacher’s interview, he applied games as one of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org the most effective strategy in teaching vocabulary. indeed, most of students at smk sultan agung sumber have limited english vocabulary. so, the teacher used games to make students interest and enjoy the learning process. in addition, games are beneficial in learning vocabulary because it can increase students’ ability to memorize words, encourage student’s interaction and improve their communicative skills and enhance students’ motivation. games also can help the teachers to create contexts in which the language is useful and meaningful. as donmus (2010) stated that the value of educational games has been increasing in language education since they help to make language education entertaining. traditionally, vocabulary has not been a particular subject for students to learn, but has been taught within lessons of speaking, listening, reading and writing. during the lesson, the teacher introduced the new vocabulary to students which apply in classroom activities. to make students not stressed when they learn english which is considered difficult, the teacher can apply learning strategies by using games. freeman (2000) considered that games take a very important role in language teaching and learning since, through the use of games, the high levels of stress and anxiety can decrease considerably. students do not feel forced to develop a proposed task. besides, games also provide motivation and entertainment and providing students’ opportunities to express their opinions and feelings. in other words, from many teaching strategies which implemented by the teacher, games as one of the most effective learning strategies to apply and it can make students interested in what the teacher taught, especially when the teacher teach english. basically, there are many difficult words in english for students that learn a foreign language. therefore, the teacher should apply appropriate teaching strategy to make students understand english vocabulary. in addition, it is necessary for the teacher to connect teaching strategy with the interesting method such games. games are the more innovative strategies which allow learning and acquiring knowledge from different perspectives. thus, teaching vocabulary by using games can make students comprehend and memorize words step by step. they can learn while playing. usually, by using games in teaching and learning process, students can remember the word by their self. they also more active in the classroom and they can interact with their classmates and teacher each other. according to ersoz (2000) holded those games are highly appreciated thanks to their amusement and interest. teachers can use games to help their students practice more their skills of communication. games also can arouse students' sense of enthusiasm and confidence when they learn. as huang (1996) stated that learning through games could encourage the operation of certain psychological and intellectual factors which could facilitate communication heightened self-esteem, motivation and spontaneity, reinforcing learning, improving intonation and building confidence. besides, there are many types of games which applied in teaching and learning process. based on the researcher observation at smk sultan agung sumber, the teacher usually used matching and guessing words in teaching vocabulary. he asserted that: based on the interview, the teacher usually uses the types of games in the form of matching and guessing words. however, the teacher not used pictures as a learning media. he used students as a learning media that directly practiced in front of the class. the teacher used vocabulary which contained in the textbook. then, he will appoint students in pairs to come forward in the front of the class. after that, the teacher asked students to guess the words. one of students to practice what is meant of the words, and his partner should guess what the meaning of the word is. however, teaching vocabulary by using games not always bring benefits for teachers and students. based on the teacher’s interview at smk sultan agung sumber, indeed, teaching vocabulary by using games can make students more quickly american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org understand the material presented. however, there are some of weaknesses when teaching by using those strategies. he stated that: based on the teacher’s statement above, teaching vocabulary by using games is more effective than the other teaching strategies. students are more interested and enthusiastic during the learning process. however, there is the main problem when the teacher taught by using games. learning time is very limited. moreover, at smk sultan agung sumber, the schedule of english lesson at grade tenth held one week only two times meetings. then, in every meeting lasts for about 2 hours. in this case, the teacher should be able to utilize and manage the time as well as possible so that students can learn effectively. besides, teaching strategy by using games make students really enthusiasts, so all of them were active and made noisy. sometimes they too much moved and spoke. that condition made the teacher difficult to control them. according to pham (2007), “there are some of the weaknesses teaching strategy by using games, includes: 1) it has limited time; 2) discipline issues, learners may get excessively noisy; 3) straying away from the basic purpose of the game-play activity, perhaps, due to inadequate rules instruction, resulting in playing too much and the lack of learning; 4) if games are already familiar or boring, students might not get equally involved; and 5) some learners, especially teenagers, may find games unnecessary and childish.” unfortunately, some of the teachers think that language games are nothing more than a waste of teaching time and that they do not have educational value. others use them, but they do not give them a central part in the foreign language teaching program but use them as the time-fillers. the list of used literature 1. collis, b., & jung, i. s. (2003). uses of information and communication technologies in teacher education. in b. 2. jonassen, d.h. (1991). objectivism versus constructivism: do we need a new philosophical paradigm? educational technology research and development, 39(3), 5-14. 3. abduraxmanovna, kh. z. "effective methods of teaching and learning architecture and construction terminology in higher education." academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 11.3 (2021): 1733-1737. 4. abduraxmanovna z.k. creating effective teaching and learning environment in higher education. american journal of science and learning for development. 2022 dec 23;1(2):188-92. 5. ajimuratovna, u.z. "the importance of modern methodologies in teaching in teaching russian language to students." asia pacific journal of marketing & management review issn: 2319-2836 impact factor: 7.603 11.05 (2022): 77-79. 6. shuhratovna s. n., saporbayevich a. o., abdurahmanivna z. h. diachronic study of uzbek and english architectural construction terms //elementary education online. – 2021. – т. 20. – №. 5. – с. 4659-4659. 7. utemuratova, z. a. "the use of motivational features of gaming technology in the study of the russian language in non-linguistic universities." isj theoretical & applied science, 11 (91) (2020): 39-42. 8. zakirova, kh.a. "terminology as a research object of linguistics and specific features of construction terminology." theoretical & applied science 4 (2020): 149-151. 9. zakirova kh. a. (2023). semantic characteristics of urban planning terminological units in lsp. academicia globe: inderscience research, 4(04), 221– 224. https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/a9k63. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org reforms in the republic of uzbekistan in improving the quality of education and the issue of personnel (in the example of higher education institutions) vasiyeva dilorom ibragimovna, karshi engineering economics institute (uzbekistan) candidate of historical sciences, professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the reforms and personnel issue in the republic of uzbekistan to improve the quality of education. based on historical data, the author studied and analyzed the specific aspects of the reforms and personnel issue in the republic of uzbekistan to improve the quality of education on the basis of existing scientific literature. republic of uzbekistan, quality of education, reforms, personnel issue introduction from the first years of independence, the development of the education system in our country has been raised to the level of state policy, ensuring that our youth acquire modern knowledge and skills in conditions corresponding to world standards, mature into physically and spiritually mature people, their abilities and effective work is being done to realize their talent and intellectual potential, to develop feelings of loyalty and devotion to our motherland in their hearts. adoption and implementation of the concept designed for the 30th year, which covers the most urgent problems and solutions in our country today, will lead to huge changes in the field of education in our country. quality of education. the concept of the development of the higher education system of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030 is based on ensuring the strong integration of science, education and production, based on the needs of the higher education system of the social sphere and economic sectors. in order to improve, train competitive personnel, effectively organize scientific and innovative activities, develop international cooperation, as well as the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated july 11, 2019 no. pq-4391 "introduction of new management principles into the system of higher and secondary special education was developed in connection with the implementation of the decision on measures. the population of the republic of uzbekistan under the age of 30 is about to face a unique demographic situation, where 60% of the population is on the verge. therefore, without forming the consciousness, spirituality, potential, culture, and level of education of young people, we cannot look at our future and prospects. it is no secret that a number of laws are being passed on this matter. it is no coincidence that the law of the republic of uzbekistan on education, the national training program for 30 years, and the adoption of several decisions and laws on education are carried out thinking about the future of our youth and the development of our country. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org in the concept of the development of the higher education system of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030, approved by the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-5847 of october 8, 2019: the current state of the higher education system and existing problems, the strategic goals of the development of the higher education system and priorities, expanding coverage with higher education, improving the quality of training of highly educated specialists, introducing digital technologies and modern methods into the educational process, increasing the effectiveness of scientific and research work in higher education institutions, widely involving young people in scientific activities, innovative science of science forming the infrastructure, increasing the effectiveness of spiritual-educational and educational work, actively involving the personnel orderers in the process of training highly qualified specialists, ensuring the financial independence and stability of higher education institutions, strengthening their material and technical support, systematic development of higher education institutions and improvement of management activities, increasing the investment attractiveness of the higher education system, ensuring recognition and competitiveness at the international level, comprehensive issues regarding the results expected from the implementation of the concept are covered. according to statistics, in 2019 there are 114 higher education institutions in the republic, of which 93 are local and 21 are foreign higher education institutions and their branches. the ministry of higher and secondary special education has disclosed the number of heis operating in uzbekistan. it is noted that today there are 159 higher education institutions in uzbekistan, including 72 in tashkent city and 87 in the regions. of these, there are 28 universities, 47 institutes, 3 academies, 1 conservatory, 26 branches, foreign heis. and its 30 branches, 24 non-state otms. 59 it can be seen that today the positive changes in the education system have grown significantly. state higher education institutions are attached to ministries and agencies according to their relevance: the number of foreign higher education organizations has doubled in the last 3 years. in the address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan to the oliy majlis dated january 24, 2020, he made a significant contribution to the social and economic development of our country, training highly qualified specialists with the skills to apply modern knowledge and pedagogical technologies, and introducing advanced educational technologies to the field. systematic measures for the further improvement of the education sector have been determined. based on this, the results of the analysis of the supply of highly qualified personnel for the social sector and economic sectors, first of all, increasing attention to the quality of personnel training for the education sector, wide introduction of advanced foreign experience in the field, pedagogical training showing the need to improve lim infrastructure. the number of students studying in higher educational institutions of the republic is 410 thousand under the bachelor's education, and 13 thousand under the master's specialty, and has increased by 1.7 times in the last 3 years. 54.8% of students are humanitarian and pedagogic, 25.2% are production technicians, 5.2% are social sphere, economy and law, 5.9% are agriculture and water management, 4.4% are health care and social security, 4.5 percent are studying in the fields of education and specializations related to the fields of service knowledge. 40.8% of master's students are humanitarian and pedagogic, 23.3% are production-technical, 13.3% are social sphere, economy and law, 5.9% are agriculture and water management, 13.5% are health and social care. 3.2 percent are studying in the fields of service knowledge. admission criteria for the 2019-2020 academic year was 121 thousand and increased by 18% compared to the previous year, and by 92% compared to 2016. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org at the beginning of the 2020-2021 academic year, 20 foreign higher education institutions were operating in the republic. 3 these data show that the integrity of our education system is well established. attaching the state higher education institutions to the management of the ministries and agencies according to their relevance it is envisaged to increase the quality of personnel in higher education, to train mature specialists in each direction. the doubling of foreign higher education institutions in the last 3 years is a proof of this. today, it is not a secret to anyone that the scale of these higher education institutions is growing year by year and that they train personnel in various fields that contribute to the development of our country. indeed, it should be noted that higher education reforms in our country have risen to the level of state policy, because we understand that the level of higher education determines its future development. in accordance with this policy, issues related to increasing the number of students and higher education institutions, the quality of knowledge, new functions of higher education, the increase in the amount of information, and the wide spread of innovations were resolved. the current level of development of the society demands a new educational system "innovative education" that is capable of forming in students the ability to plan the future, a sense of responsibility for the future, self-confidence and professional abilities. in order to ensure the competitiveness of personnel, foreign experiences are necessary today in adapting training to new modern educational technologies, developing modern methods and principles, and putting them into practice. today, in order to ensure and modernize the quality of higher education, the issue of forming a modern educational and methodological support has arisen. for this reason, it is an urgent issue to create a modern educational and methodological support to positively solve the issues that our state puts before higher education. the quality of education and the effectiveness of education are one of the main factors that indicate the quality of life in society. the more the state and society spends on general and professional education and the more the result meets the highest international standards, the higher the quality of life. based on the suggestions of the personnel customers, 329 educational directions and 582 master's specialties were included in the classification of higher education directions and specialties. in the 20192020 academic year, part-time education was introduced in 59 higher education institutions, and evening education was introduced in 10 higher education institutions. in the last 3 years, 1,611 professors and teachers of higher education institutions were provided with internships and professional development in foreign higher education institutions. within the framework of international cooperation, 112 young people were accepted to study at foreign higher education and scientific institutions for master's degree, and 51 for doctoral studies. in order to increase the innovative potential of the higher education system, first of all, it is necessary to start by changing the social attitude towards higher educational institutions, considering them not only as a place of study, but also as a source of scientific ideas, new products, technologies and intangibles. it is necessary to be accepted as asset-creating institutions, to create mechanisms for publicizing the reputation of science and scientists, and the results of their work in the republic. in their place, pedagogues-employees should not limit themselves to imparting knowledge to students, but should involve the most talented youth movement among them in solving actual scientific and technical problems. in addition, it will be necessary to reconsider methods of incentives for scientists, inventors, participants of innovative activities. the issue of benefiting from created innovations, intellectual property objects and the distribution of property relations between higher education institutions and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org created pedagogues-employees is not clearly defined in the legislation. establishing a system of benefits for private sector entities participating in the financing of scientific research activities will create a basis for attracting investments in this field. wide involvement of higher educational institutions in the development of national and regional development programs against the background of large-scale reforms would mark a new stage in increasing their innovative potential. in order to maintain the high rate of economic development of our country, to achieve quantitative as well as qualitative indicators of development, we must find and introduce various untapped factors and reserves, including the effective use of the wide opportunities and innovative potential of the higher education system. , remains the demand of the times. thus, at the current stage of our country's development, higher professional education is one of the main tools for the formation of individuals capable of ensuring the country's national, economic, ecological, and political security during the globalization process, universalization of humanity and transition to a post-industrial information society. is considered at the same time, at a time when the complications of the current global financial and economic crisis continue, higher education should be considered as the most important potential factor of unifying society, preserving a single socio-cultural space, overcoming social disputes and ethno-national conflicts. the trends in the formation of new educational systems are clearly evident, and the general development of modern society is determined by these trends. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org socio-psychological factors of emotional relations in the pedagogical community botirova yorqinoy guldpi teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s emotional relations within the pedagogical community play a vital role in creating a supportive and conducive learning environment. this article examines the socio-psychological factors that influence emotional relations among educators, including trust, communication, collaboration, job satisfaction, and organizational culture. it explores how these factors impact the overall well-being and effectiveness of the pedagogical community. the article highlights the importance of fostering positive emotional relations and provides recommendations for improving interpersonal dynamics within the pedagogical community. by understanding and addressing these sociopsychological factors, educational institutions can cultivate a harmonious and collaborative environment that benefits both educators and students. emotional relations, pedagogical community, sociopsychological factors, trust, communication, collaboration, job satisfaction, organizational culture. introduction the pedagogical community encompasses the educators, administrators, and staff who collectively contribute to the educational process. emotional relations within this community have a profound impact on individual well-being, job satisfaction, and overall effectiveness. this section introduces the importance of studying socio-psychological factors that influence emotional relations among educators. 2. trust: foundation of positive relationships: trust is a fundamental socio-psychological factor that underpins emotional relations within the pedagogical community. this section explores the role of trust in fostering open communication, collaboration, and a supportive environment. it discusses the impact of trust on building strong relationships and creating a sense of psychological safety. trust plays a crucial role in fostering positive relationships within the pedagogical community. it serves as a foundation for open communication, collaboration, and the establishment of a supportive environment. trust is instrumental in building strong relationships and creating a sense of psychological safety. let's explore the role of trust in more detail: • open communication: trust is essential for open and honest communication among members of the pedagogical community, including educators, administrators, parents, and students. when trust exists, individuals feel comfortable expressing their thoughts, concerns, and ideas openly without fear american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org of judgment or negative consequences. this open communication promotes transparency, understanding, and effective collaboration. • collaboration and teamwork: trust is a critical component of successful collaboration and teamwork. when there is a high level of trust within the pedagogical community, individuals are more willing to share ideas, listen to others, and work together towards common goals. trust fosters a sense of mutual respect, cooperation, and collective responsibility, leading to improved collaboration and outcomes. • supportive environment: trust creates a supportive environment where individuals feel safe, valued, and supported. when there is trust among members of the pedagogical community, there is a willingness to provide assistance, offer guidance, and lend a helping hand when needed. this supportive environment nurtures personal growth, professional development, and overall well-being. • building strong relationships: trust forms the basis for building strong relationships within the pedagogical community. when trust exists, relationships are characterized by mutual respect, empathy, and understanding. trust allows individuals to rely on one another, depend on each other's expertise, and develop meaningful connections. strong relationships contribute to a positive and collaborative work culture. • psychological safety: trust creates a sense of psychological safety within the pedagogical community. when individuals feel trusted and safe, they are more likely to take risks, share innovative ideas, and engage in constructive discussions. psychological safety fosters creativity, innovation, and a willingness to learn from failures. it encourages individuals to step out of their comfort zones and contribute to the collective growth of the community. to cultivate trust within the pedagogical community, it is important to prioritize open communication, active listening, empathy, and integrity. building trust takes time and effort, but the benefits are significant. trust nurtures positive relationships, encourages collaboration, and contributes to a supportive and inclusive educational environment. in conclusion, trust is a fundamental factor in fostering positive relationships within the pedagogical community. it enables open communication, collaboration, and the establishment of a supportive environment. trust builds strong relationships and creates a sense of psychological safety, enhancing the overall effectiveness and well-being of the pedagogical community. 3. communication: effective interactions and understanding: effective communication is essential for establishing and maintaining positive emotional relations within the pedagogical community. this section discusses the importance of clear and empathetic communication, active listening, and constructive feedback. it explores how effective communication enhances understanding, reduces conflicts, and promotes a sense of belonging. effective communication is crucial for establishing and maintaining positive emotional relations within the pedagogical community. clear and empathetic communication, active listening, and constructive feedback play a vital role in fostering understanding, reducing conflicts, and promoting a sense of belonging. let's explore the importance of effective communication in more detail: • clear and empathetic communication: clear communication involves conveying messages in a concise and understandable manner. it is important to use language that is appropriate for the audience, avoiding jargon and complex terms when communicating with parents or students. empathetic communication involves showing understanding and empathy towards others' perspectives, feelings, and needs. it helps build trust, strengthen relationships, and create a supportive environment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org • active listening: active listening is a key component of effective communication. it involves fully concentrating on and comprehending the message being conveyed, rather than simply waiting for one's turn to speak. active listening requires giving one's full attention, maintaining eye contact, and showing genuine interest in what others are saying. by listening actively, educators and administrators can demonstrate respect, validate others' experiences, and foster a sense of inclusion within the pedagogical community. • constructive feedback: constructive feedback is essential for growth and improvement. it should be delivered in a respectful and supportive manner, focusing on specific behaviors or actions rather than personal characteristics. constructive feedback helps individuals understand areas for improvement while also recognizing their strengths. it promotes a culture of continuous learning and development, and it encourages open dialogue and collaboration within the pedagogical community. • enhancing understanding: effective communication enhances understanding among members of the pedagogical community. clear and empathetic communication ensures that messages are accurately conveyed and interpreted. it helps avoid misunderstandings, reduces confusion, and promotes shared understanding of goals, expectations, and responsibilities. when everyone is on the same page, collaboration and teamwork become more effective. • reducing conflicts: effective communication plays a vital role in reducing conflicts and resolving issues. by promoting open and honest dialogue, conflicts can be addressed proactively and constructively. when conflicts arise, effective communication allows for active listening, respectful expression of different perspectives, and finding mutually beneficial solutions. it helps create a positive and harmonious work environment. • sense of belonging: effective communication fosters a sense of belonging within the pedagogical community. when individuals feel heard, understood, and valued, they are more likely to actively engage in the community and contribute their ideas and expertise. a sense of belonging promotes collaboration, cooperation, and a shared commitment to the community's goals and values. in conclusion, effective communication is essential for establishing and maintaining positive emotional relations within the pedagogical community. clear and empathetic communication, active listening, and constructive feedback enhance understanding, reduce conflicts, and promote a sense of belonging. by prioritizing effective communication, educators, administrators, parents, and students can create a supportive and inclusive environment that fosters collaboration, growth, and well-being within the pedagogical community. 4. collaboration: working together for common goals: collaboration among educators is crucial for creating a cohesive pedagogical community. this section explores how collaborative practices, such as team-teaching, co-planning, and shared decision-making, foster a sense of collective responsibility and mutual support. it discusses the benefits of collaboration in enhancing emotional relations and improving pedagogical outcomes. collaboration among educators is indeed crucial for creating a cohesive pedagogical community. when educators work together, employing collaborative practices such as team-teaching, co-planning, and shared decision-making, it fosters a sense of collective responsibility and mutual support. this section will explore the benefits of collaboration in enhancing emotional relations and improving pedagogical outcomes: • sense of collective responsibility: collaboration promotes a sense of collective responsibility within the pedagogical community. when educators work together towards common goals, they share american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the responsibility for student learning and well-being. this shared responsibility fosters a sense of ownership and commitment, creating a supportive and cohesive community that is dedicated to the success of every student. • mutual support and learning: collaboration enables educators to support and learn from one another. through team-teaching and co-planning, educators can share their expertise, strategies, and resources. they can exchange ideas, implement best practices, and leverage each other's strengths to enhance teaching and learning. this mutual support and learning contribute to professional growth and improve pedagogical outcomes. • improved decision-making: collaboration allows for shared decision-making, where educators have the opportunity to provide input and collectively make decisions that impact the pedagogical community. by involving multiple perspectives and expertise, collaborative decision-making leads to more informed and well-rounded decisions. this process also fosters a sense of inclusivity, as educators feel valued and empowered to contribute to the decision-making process. • enhanced problem-solving: collaboration provides a platform for collective problem-solving. when faced with challenges or obstacles, educators can draw on their collective knowledge and experiences to find innovative solutions. collaborative problem-solving encourages creativity, critical thinking, and the exploration of multiple perspectives. it strengthens the pedagogical community's problem-solving capacity and enables more effective responses to complex issues. • strengthened relationships: collaboration strengthens relationships among educators within the pedagogical community. when educators work together, they develop a deeper understanding and appreciation for each other's strengths, skills, and contributions. collaboration fosters trust, respect, and empathy, creating a supportive and positive work environment. strong relationships among educators enhance emotional relations and contribute to overall job satisfaction. • student-centered approach: collaboration places the focus on students' needs and well-being. by working together, educators can design and implement student-centered approaches that cater to diverse learning styles, abilities, and interests. collaboration allows for the sharing of instructional strategies, differentiation techniques, and assessment practices, resulting in more personalized and effective learning experiences for students. in conclusion, collaboration among educators is essential for creating a cohesive pedagogical community. through collaborative practices such as team-teaching, co-planning, and shared decisionmaking, educators foster a sense of collective responsibility and mutual support. collaboration improves emotional relations, enhances problem-solving, and leads to improved pedagogical outcomes. by working together, educators create an environment that prioritizes student needs and promotes the success and well-being of all learners. 5. job satisfaction: affecting emotional well-being: job satisfaction significantly influences emotional relations within the pedagogical community. this section examines the factors that contribute to job satisfaction, such as professional development opportunities, recognition, work-life balance, and autonomy. it discusses the impact of job satisfaction on individual motivation, engagement, and interpersonal dynamics. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 6. organizational culture: shaping emotional climate: the organizational culture of an educational institution plays a crucial role in shaping emotional relations within the pedagogical community. this section explores how a positive and inclusive organizational culture promotes trust, open communication, collaboration, and a sense of belonging. it discusses strategies for cultivating a supportive and emotionally healthy work environment. 7. recommendations for improving emotional relations: based on the socio-psychological factors discussed, this section provides recommendations for improving emotional relations within the pedagogical community. it suggests promoting professional development opportunities, fostering a culture of respect and appreciation, facilitating open communication channels, and encouraging collaborative practices. 8. conclusion: emotional relations within the pedagogical community significantly impact the well-being and effectiveness of educators. by considering socio-psychological factors such as trust, communication, collaboration, job satisfaction, and organizational culture, educational institutions can nurture positive emotional relations among educators. fostering a supportive and harmonious pedagogical community not only enhances job satisfaction and well-being but also creates an optimal learning environment for students. references 1. algoflora of typical gray soils for continuous tillage sa tursunova, st mamasoliev chief editor 2. alkaloids from convolvulus lineatus and c. olgae growing in uzbekistan am gapparov, na razzakov, sm abdullabekov, sf aripova chemistry of natural compounds 44 (2), 270-271 3. alkaloids from the aerial part and roots of convolvulus pseudocanthabrica indigenous to uzbekistan am gapparov, sf aripova chemistry of natural compounds 47 (4), 673-674 4. biogeochemistry of the onion (allium cepa l.) in irrigated soils m isagaliev, i zokirjon journal of natural remedie 21 (12), 2. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org the significance of the scientific heritage of the ancestors in raising the spiritual image of the youth valikhonova gulnora komiljonovna khai. humanities associate professor of the department azimov arabboy aqhai. 1master a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is known that it is marking a special period in the life of mankind. whether it's world politics or the economy, sometimes people are shocked by changes. integration processes that started with good intentions are increasing the risk of the unexpected. these threats do not choose a nation, a level of development, or a climate. it has become today's most important task to warn the youth of uzbekistan about the danger that is spreading everywhere and knows no borders, and first of all, to educate them in the spirit of loyalty to the history of the motherland, the heritage and values of their ancestors. since the future of the state and the country is in the hands of young people, it is an extremely urgent and important task to set the right directions in education and training for them. as president sh. mirziyoev noted, "...first of all, the most important task is to form and educate the thinking of young people on the basis of enlightenment [1]". of course, since we are mobilizing all our strength and opportunities for the happy living of our youth, the issue of spiritual education in this regard, without a doubt, is of incomparable importance [2]. introduction there are many nations and peoples in the world. however, not all of them could make discoveries that serve the development of mankind. in particular, in terms of education and upbringing, the unique experience of the peoples of the east has been formed. in today's fast-paced world, it is felt that the attention to the study of the heritage and culture of the peoples of the east has increased. especially, the 9th 12th centuries were the years of sharp rise in the development of material and spiritual life in the history of the peoples of central asia compared to the previous periods. during this period, knowledge and science flourished in movarounnahr, a real foundation was created for many branches and directions of modern science. in particular, the foundation stone of secular sciences such as mathematics, algebra, astronomy, medicine, geology, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org geodesy, geography, philosophy was literally laid during this period. in the development of sociophilosophical and social sciences, new oriental views have strengthened. in particular, the role of the scientific, spiritual and moral heritage created by our ancestors such as abu rayhan beruni, abu ali ibn sina, abu nasr farabi, who are considered the great thinkers of the east, in the formation of the moral image of a person and the criteria and factors affecting it, is particularly noteworthy. their eternal wisdom, noble qualities, generosity, didactic stories, wise advices and teachings, instructive narratives about them are an inexhaustible source for the education of a perfect person. he was awarded the titles of "al-muallim al-sani" ("the second teacher", after aristotle), "aristotle of the east" for his deep knowledge of ancient greek philosophy, his commentaries on it and his promotion to the world, as well as his thorough assimilation of the sciences of his time and his great contribution to the development of sciences. our compatriot abu nasr farabi left a great spiritual legacy. even in the 10th century, abu nasr farabi was able to scientifically research that the moral level of the society is determined by the qualities of virtuous people and the characteristics of ignorant people. his treatise "the city of virtuous people[3]" is recognized as an example of civil society, which forms the basis of the world political system. in this work, it is said that a person who begins to study science should be young and humble, healthy, well-mannered, persistent, stay away from cunning and cunning, refrain from (mischievous) behavior, and treat representatives of science with respect. it should be said that farobi's ideas about the perfect man were developed in the moral teachings of thinkers who lived in later times. abu rayhan beruni, considered one of the leaders of the great encyclopedic scholars of the middle ages. his greatness is more evident in the unique scientific legacy he contributed to almost all sciences of that time. beruni was one of the first in world science to propose unique new ideas about the theory of the seas and the creation of a globe with a spherical view of the earth. unlike the great thinkers of the east, abu rayhan beruni did not create separate works devoted to moral issues. however, we cannot conclude that the scientist was not interested in problems affecting the social life of society. on the contrary, he put forward the idea that science has a priority status in the life of society. beruni's contemporary and friend, abu ali ibn sina, highly valued intelligence, spiritual and moral qualities, and said that "... a person who has received a proper upbringing is higher than the rich fools with their knowledge and opinions." in the works created by the great thinker ibn sina, he researched a number of sciences and related problems, paying special attention to moral issues. according to ibn sina, god has given such a power, through which a person has the ability to distinguish goodness from evil, intellectual perfection, maturity from lies and delusions. therefore, man, as a possessor of intelligence, occupies a special place in nature through the light of reason. the thinker's works are based on the idea that human nature, character, and ethics are formed under the influence of the external environment. especially in this regard, he recognized the role of education and training, and believed that a person is gradually formed only under its influence. the scientist was the first among the scientists of his time to embody the image of a perfect woman[4]. according to him, only a woman who possesses 17 virtues will be a perfect mother. at this point, it is appropriate to say one thing, if a thinker in the work of education says that the spiritual influence of others forms positive qualities in a person, then in today's perspective, it is correct to consider that being a personal example is of great importance. and of course, today we all witness how correct these views are. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org there are such valuable works created by our ancestors, who are directly involved in human development and education of young people, that they are always appreciated in any era. his admonitions to his children and students, "nightmare" by kaikovus, which directs moral intellectual potential, "fi al-adab" ("rules of etiquette") by sheikh najmuddin kubra, "tazuklari temur" by sohibqiron amir temur, "mubayyin" by zahiriddin muhammad babur, mawlana muhammad the value of qazi's works such as "hukmdarga ogitlar", husain vaiz koshifi "hukmdarga ogitlar" is incomparable. it should also be noted that in the fiction of the peoples of the east, great attention is paid to knowledge as the main condition of perfection. while knowledge promotes development, its opposite, ignorance, is a factor in the decline of society. everyone is responsible for the development of the society in which he lives. therefore, spiritual perfection is both a duty and a duty. in the blessed hadiths, it is said: "whoever wants the pleasure of this world, let him do business. if his goal is the happiness of the hereafter, let him pray. if he dreams of happiness in two worlds, he should learn science. after all, it is difficult to imagine human life without knowledge. this is the reason why our great ancestors promoted knowledge. eleven centuries ago, they established an academy and left a great legacy for the generations by doing science, and their successors must be educated as having the potential to amaze the world. first of all, the spiritual heritage of our ancestors should be a great program for today's modern uzbek youth, and this should always be passed on to the youth. secondly, the creations and ideas of our allamas play an important role in strengthening the youth's spirituality, self-awareness, and the formation of ideological immunity. the conclusion is that all scholars say that only knowledge helps a person to find his place in life, protects him from unconsciousness, is the main foundation of human perfection, the basis of spiritual and high moral values. this mentality leads every citizen forward, inspires his sense of pride and encourages him to live and create. references 1. мирзиёев ш.м. янги ўзбекистон стратегияси.-тошкент, ўзбекистон. 2021.-б.302. 2. каримов и.а. юксак маънавият енгилмас куч. .-тошкент, маънавият. 2008. –б.25. 3. форобий абу наср. фозил одамлар шаҳри.т.: «ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси» давлат илмий нашриёти, 2012. 4. 4.алиқулов х., носиров т. ва бошқалар. маънавий – аҳлоқий қадриятлар мутафаккирлар талқинида.-а.: 2003.39-40 бет. 5. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 6. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 7. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org 8. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 9. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya sifatini oshirishda oilada manaviy tafakkurni yuksaltirish. science promotion, 1(1), 92-105. 10. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. 11. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ijodiy tafakkurni shakllantirishda shaxs, individ va indivuduallikning mohiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 195-202. 12. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). mehr-muruvvat va mehribonlik qadriyati busaxovat. holders of reason, 1(1), 175-184. 13. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). o ‘zbekistonda turizmni rivojlantirish o ‘ziga xos jihatlari va imkoniyatlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 166-174. 14. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). farg’ona vodiysida turizmni rivojlantirishning iqtisodiy, ijtimoiy va siyosiy omillari. holders of reason, 1(1), 185-193. 15. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). kiber makonda diniy etiqod targibotining ijtimoiy xavfi. holders of reason, 1(1), 223-237. 16. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). zardushtiylik dinida dunyo qarama-qarshilikdan iborat degan ta’limotida ilgari surilgan g ‘oyalar. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 17. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). yangilangan konstitutsiya–baxtimizning huquqiy kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 18. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). сифатли таълим сифатли ҳаётга йўл. science promotion, 1(1), 143-153. 19. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). олий таълимда ўқитиш сифатини такомиллаштиришда ўзбекистон республикаси президенти фармон ва қарорларининг аҳамияти. science promotion, 1(1), 130-142. 20. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ахборот каммуникацион технологияларининг рақобатбардош кадрлар тайёрлашдаги ўрни. science promotion, 1(1), 118129. 21. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). заҳириддин муҳаммад борурнинг маънавий american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org жасоратини авлодлар қалбида шакллантириш. science promotion, 1(1), 154165. 22. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ma’naviyat insonni ruhan poklaydi. science promotion, 1(1), 55-66. 23. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). uchinchi renessans kelajak poydevori. science promotion, 1(1), 45-54. 24. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда зиёрат масканлари. science promotion, 1(1), 35-44. 25. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). мустақиллик йилларида хорижий тиллар ўқитилишини яхшилашга доир меъёрий ҳужжатларнинг қабул қилиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 278-285. 26. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). янги ўзбекистон конституциясида миллий муносабатларнинг тартибга солиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 248256. 27. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). қадимги фарғона (даван) давлати тарихига оид баъзи мулоҳазалар. holders of reason, 1(1), 257-269. 28. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). fuqarolarning huquq va erkinliklari qonun himoyasidadir. holders of reason, 1(1), 311-319. 29. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya ma’naviy-axloq poydevoridir. holders of reason, 1(1), 320-328. 30. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тиллар бўйича янги авлод кадрларининг тайёрланишида халқаро ҳамкорликнинг йўлга қўйилиши. holders of reason, 1(1), 270-277. 31. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolar va ularning jamiyat taraqqiyotiga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 329-338. 32. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolarni oldini olishda inson ma’naviyat va madanyatining o ‘rni. holders of reason, 1(1), 339-349. 33. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тил ўқитиш эҳтиёжлари ва муаммолари. holders of reason, 1(1), 298-310. 34. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистон таълим муассасаларида чет тили ўқитилиши тарихига бир назар. holders of reason, 1(1), 286-297. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org improving the financing of entrepreneurial activity niyazmetov mansur ruzmatovich rector of the institute «international school of finance, technology and sciences» llc e-mail: director@isft.uz mamatov bakhadir safaraliyevich dsc in economics, associate professor of the «international school of finance technology and science» llc e-mail: bahadir_mamatov@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article reveals the features and characteristics of small business and private entrepreneurship, the system of financing small entrepreneurship, analyzes the financial support of small businesses and private entrepreneurship, and carries out a correlation analysis of the main indicators of small business. based on the analysis, scientific proposals and practical recommendations for improving the financing of small business and private entrepreneurship have been developed. entrepreneurship, business, small business, financing, lending, microfinance, interest rate, collateral, microcredit, government guarantees, compensation, financial support programs, commercial banks, non-bank credit organizations, credit investments. introduction as world experience shows, one of the most important factors in ensuring the sustainable and innovative development of any economy is the development of entrepreneurship, which plays an important role in solving such pressing problems as unemployment, employment and poverty reduction through the creation of income sources. the share of small business in gross domestic product (gdp) "in the european union is 75 percent, in the usa – 53 percent, and in japan is 55 percent» [1]. as noted in the world bank group report on the results of 2021, «small enterprises are the foundation of the economies of the countries of the world that provide vital services, create jobs and help families get out of poverty. ... therefore, we must ensure their survival in the long term» [2]. ensuring the viability of small enterprises and the development of this type of activity is directly related to the issue of their financing. according to the international finance corporation (ifc), «in developing countries, 65 million firms or 40 percent of micro, small and medium-sized enterprises annually need additional loans in the amount of 5.2 trillion us dollars. this figure is 1.4 times higher than today's level of lending to small and medium-sized businesses on a global scale» [3]. taking into account the procedure for obtaining a loan and financial support processes as one of the main indicators in the world bank's «doing business» rating indicates the relevance of improving the financing of entrepreneurship in the countries of the world. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org in international practice, such prestigious international organizations as the world bank and the international finance corporation, the united states agency for international development, the european bank for reconstruction and development, the department for international development of the united kingdom, the united nations development program conducted a number of scientific studies aimed at improving the financing of entrepreneurship. in these studies, such issues as financial support for the activities of small businesses and the improvement of the microfinance system, the effective organization of the business financing system by non-bank credit organizations have found their solution. however, issues related to the effective use of the funds of the state fund with the support of entrepreneurship, the provision of guarantees for loans allocated for projects of small businesses, financial assistance in the form of compensation, financing of entrepreneurship projects under special state programs have not yet been resolved positively. in uzbekistan, over the years of independence, ensuring the development of small business has become one of the priority areas of economic reforms. as a result of comprehensive state support for entrepreneurship, «in 2021, the share of this sector in the country's gdp reached 54.9 percent, whereas in 2000 this figure was 31 percent» [4]. the strategy of actions on the five priority areas of further development of the republic of uzbekistan for 2017-2021 outlines the task of «... further expansion of lending to small businesses and private entrepreneurship» [5], and also in the development strategy of the new uzbekistan for 2022-2026, the task of «organizing entrepreneurial activity and creating conditions for the formation of sources of permanent income, increasing the share of the private sector in gross domestic product to 80 percent and its share in exports to 60 percent» [6]. the fulfillment of such vital tasks requires solving specific problems that exist in the financing of entrepreneurial activity, improving the system of financing projects of business entities. in turn, these aspects require in-depth scientific research on the financing of entrepreneurial activity. 1. literature review the issues related to the improvement of the theoretical and methodological foundations of business financing have been studied by economists from abroad, such as a.hosking [7], r.khizrich [8], f.hayek [9], k.j.lembden [10], m.yunus [11], j.schumpeter [12]. in the scientific works of scientists from near abroad, such as a.agafonov [13], a.busigyn [14], m.lapusta [15], y.rubina [16], s.smirnov [17], v.chernenko [18] the issues related to the financing of entrepreneurial activity, its state support, improvement of the lending system and microfinance technology of small businesses are investigated. among the domestic scientists-economists in their research s.gulomov [19], b.khodiev [20], u.gafurov [21], k.muftaidinov [22] investigated entrepreneurial activity and theoretical and methodological aspects of its financing, development trends, existing problems in this area, priority areas, reforms in this area. despite the research and theoretical research carried out within the framework of this topic, it is the issue of improving the financing of small business activities that has not been studied in a deep, systematic way. the change in the current regulatory documents in accordance with the conditions for financing the activities of small businesses indicates the need for in-depth scientific research in this area. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org 2. research methodolog methods of grouping, comparative and economic analysis, correlation method, induction and deduction, economic and statistical methods and expert assessment were widely used in the research. 3. analysis and results despite the fact that the history of entrepreneurship goes back to the distant past, for the first time this concept was used «in the xviii century in the work of the irish economist r. cantillon «essay on the nature of trade» (1975) in the same sense with the term «owner» [23]. in his opinion: «an entrepreneur is a person who acts under conditions of risk» [24]. of course, here we are talking about the risk associated with economic activity, according to the scientist, the main feature of entrepreneurship is its connection with risk and profit by satisfying consumer demand. «a.smith characterizes an entrepreneur as an owner who takes a risk to implement a certain commercial idea in order to make a profit» [25]. in the future, this idea was further developed in the works of the german economist yu .tyunen (1783-1850). «he suggests considering «creativity» as the most important characteristic feature of entrepreneurship» [26]. according to the scientist who made an important contribution to the theory of entrepreneurship, j. schumpeter, «entrepreneurship is the reform of production and the implementation of revolutionary changes by introducing new inventions into production. an entrepreneur does not have to be an owner, he can also be an employee. he is the person who carries out new combinations» [27]. consideration of an entrepreneur as an innovator is also noted by j. schumpeter. in our opinion, entrepreneurship is characterized by such signs as the art of farming for profit, economic and organizational creativity and free expression of initiative, innovation, constant willingness to take risks. initiative aimed at making a profit on the basis of creativity, property responsibility and risk is called entrepreneurship. in our opinion, the definitions embodying the essence of entrepreneurial activity should also disclose the necessary characteristic features inherent in this concept, which we illustrate by means of figure 1 note: the drawing was developed by the author based on the results of the study. during its development, the analysis of the content of definitions of entrepreneurial activity given in various sources (dictionaries, encyclopedias, monographs, domestic and foreign articles, dissertations, legislative acts, etc.) of different periods was carried out. figure 1. the most important characteristic features (properties) that serve to reveal the essence of entrepreneurial activity american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org it should be particularly noted that all of the above most important characteristic features inherent in entrepreneurial activity can serve to reveal the essence of entrepreneurial activity only if they manifest themselves at the same time. otherwise, entrepreneurial activity cannot be fully reflected theoretically and practically. thanks to such important signs, priorities and advantages of entrepreneurial activity, it can be seen that as a result of the state paying due attention in this area, positive achievements are observed from year to year and economic growth is achieved. in the period 2000-2021, the share of small business and private entrepreneurship in the country's gdp, industry, construction, employment and exports tended to grow under the influence of all factors (including inflation, the coronavirus pandemic). however, this trend is not stable. despite the fact that the export of products has a number of advantages for business entities, they have not yet reached the excess of exports over imports (table 1). over the past 20 years, the sector's share in gdp has increased by 23.9 percentage points and in 2021 amounted to 54.9 percent. this is considered a positive indicator even at the international level. table 1 the main indicators characterizing the role of small business and private entrepreneurship in the country's economy (in percent) [28] indicators gdp industry construction busyness export import agriculture, forestry and fisheries 2000 year 31,0 12,9 38,4 49,7 10,2 27,4 31,4 2001 year 33,8 12,5 40,4 51,8 9,3 26,9 31,8 2002 year 34,6 15,4 42,0 53,5 7,5 24,9 32,7 2003 year 35,0 10,8 39,9 56,7 7,3 33,7 32,5 2004 year 35,6 11,0 49,6 60,3 7,3 32,7 29,9 2005 year 38,2 10,0 50,9 64,8 6,0 33,7 31,5 2006 year 42,1 10,9 52,1 69,1 10,7 34,0 33,6 2007 year 45,7 13,2 55,4 72,1 14,8 32,0 32,2 2008 year 48,2 14,6 58,4 73,1 12,4 35,7 28,4 2009 year 50,1 17,9 42,4 73,9 14,6 42,5 27,0 2010 year 52,5 26,6 52,5 74,3 13,7 35,8 40,4 2011 year 54,0 28,6 67,6 75,1 18,8 34,3 45,2 2012 year 54,6 29,7 70,0 75,6 14,0 38,6 44,6 2013 year 55,8 33,0 70,6 76,7 26,2 42,4 44,0 2014 year 56,1 36,8 69,5 77,6 27,0 45,4 44,4 2015 year 54,5 40,6 66,7 77,9 27,0 44,5 45,7 2016 year 57,3 45,3 66,9 78,2 26,0 46,8 46,2 2017 year 63,6 41,2 64,8 78,0 22,0 53,6 47,9 2018 year 60,4 37,4 73,2 76,3 27,2 56,2 45,1 2019 year 56,5 25,8 75,8 76,2 27,0 61,6 41,5 2020 year 55,7 27,9 72,5 74,5 20,5 51,7 42,1 2021 year 54,9 27,0 72,4 74,4 22,3 48,7 41,8 change in 2021 relative to 2000, percentage point +23,9 +14,1 +34,0 +24,7 +12,1 +21,3 +10,4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org during the analyzed period, the share of small business and private entrepreneurship in the country's gdp, industry and construction changed as «growth-decrease-growth-decrease». there are certain reasons for this: firstly, the growth rates of gdp, construction and industrial production for the analyzed period exceeded the growth rates of entrepreneurial activity (such a situation from the point of view of economic modernization, the creation of fixed assets and intensive development of production, the creation of new jobs is assessed as positive), secondly, representatives of this sphere in in most cases, they do not own the initial funds, and when attracting additional financial resources (loans), there are difficulties, they are sensitive to changes in market conditions, and thirdly, the presence of such a situation in practice shows the existence of a number of relevant problems. in 2000-2021, the share of small business and private entrepreneurship in agriculture, forestry and fisheries increased by 10.4 percentage points. this situation is due to the fact that small businesses in these industries quickly reflect changes related to market conditions, while large enterprises cannot quickly adapt to such periodic and random changes. countries with developed economies have extensive experience in improving the system of financing business activities. in particular, it is advisable to explore and effectively master the experience of the usa and japan in this direction. at the same time, we took into account the following factors: firstly, the active participation of the state in promoting the development of entrepreneurial activity is well established in the united states. this is manifested not only in the creation by the state of legal foundations, but also in the implementation of this process on the basis of a special state program; secondly, the development of entrepreneurial activity in japan is the result of a special state policy that comprehensively stimulates the rational use of scientific and technological achievements and innovations at the international level. a significant share of entrepreneurship in gnp and exports confirms that this state policy is directly related to the issue of stimulating the development of entrepreneurial activity. in 1953, the us congress passed the law on small business, and in the same year, according to the decision of the congress, the «small business administration (sba) was created, the main purpose of which was to help those who want to create their own business, get comfortable in business» [29]. however, in most countries of the world there is no such department. the system of financial assistance provided by the state through the sba has a number of credit programs. in this system, it is necessary to distinguish between direct and guaranteed debts. «amb provides state guarantees to creditors of up to 90 percent of debt investments in order to increase the interest of various organizations in providing financial resources to small and medium-sized enterprises, but the guarantee amount should not exceed $750,000» [30]. experience shows that in the united states, the strictness of the state and social policy on comprehensive support for entrepreneurship should be particularly noted; the preferential taxation procedure, which provides practical incentives for creating new enterprises and expanding existing ones, allowing attracting additional financial resources to entrepreneurial activity; developed infrastructure for supporting entrepreneurship; provision of state guarantees to creditors. japan has achieved a high level of improvement in business financing. the stimulation of entrepreneurial activity by the state is carried out at all its stages (registration, creation, financing). «the bulk of the budget funds are allocated on the basis of special programs. when financing entrepreneurship projects, the system of state guarantees for loans is well established» [31]. there are also banks (regional banks, shikhin banks) that specialize in supporting entrepreneurship. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org in the european union, financial support for entrepreneurship, small and medium-sized enterprises is carried out on the basis of special programs («association of trading enterprises», «initial capital» and «eurotech-capital»). «in the uk and france, state guarantee funds have been established, at the expense of which the repayment of loans issued by commercial banks to small businesses is guaranteed» [32]. in particular, «in the uk, up to 70 percent of loans issued by banks and up to 85 percent in remote and underdeveloped regions are guaranteed on the basis of the state program «loon quarantie scheme», aimed at financial support of entrepreneurial activity» [33]. in our opinion, based on the best practices of financing entrepreneurship: it is advisable for the state fund for business support to issue guarantees of up to 50 percent of loans allocated by commercial banks to projects of small businesses, up to 75 percent of loans allocated to projects of small businesses to support the development of small businesses in remote and underdeveloped regions. based on the experience of the usa and japan, in order to financially support the entrepreneurial initiatives of the population in our country, we believe it is necessary to finance entrepreneurship projects within the framework of special programs. in 2015-2021, the volume of gdp and credit investments of commercial banks had a consistent growth trend (table 2). table 2 the volume of gdp, credit investments of banks and loans allocated to business entities from all sources (in trln. sum) [34] indicators 2015 year 2016 year 2017 year 2018 year 2019 year 2020 year 2021 year gdp volume 221,35 255,42 317,47 424,72 529,39 602,19 734,58 credit investments of banks 50,01 52,59 110,17 167,39 211,58 276,97 326,00 in particular, in 2015-2021, the volume of gdp increased by 3.3 times, and credit investments of commercial banks by 6.5 times. in 2021, the share of commercial banks' credit investments in gdp amounted to 44.4 percent. as it is known from international experience, «the share of bank credit investments in the volume of gdp in the uk is more than 170 percent, 279 percent in the netherlands, 190 percent in australia and 150 percent in the usa» [35]. such a situation, on the one hand, shows that banks are gaining stability in lending to industries and sectors of the economy, and on the other hand, according to the analysis of international experience, indicates an insufficient level of providing credit to sectors of the economy. in 2015-2021, the volume of credit funds allocated by commercial banks for the development of small businesses, including family businesses, financial support for entrepreneurial initiatives of women and youth, also had a steady growth rate (figure 2). however, in 2020, due to the coronavirus pandemic, loans allocated to small businesses decreased by 12.7 percent compared to 2019 and amounted to 48389.7 billion. soums. as a result of the measures taken to mitigate the impact of the pandemic and state support for entrepreneurship, the volume of loans allocated to this area in 2021 amounted to 59552.1 trillion. soums, having increased 1.6 times compared to 2020 and 4.8 times compared to 2015. in 2015-2021, the share of loans allocated to business entities in credit investments of banks as a whole had a general downward trend. this trend indicates that the growth rate of credit investments of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org commercial banks is higher than the growth rate of loans allocated to small businesses, and is considered a positive phenomenon from the point of view of economic modernization. figure 2. the volume of loans allocated to small businesses, in billion soums [36] in 2015-2021, the share of loans allocated to business entities in our country in gdp increased and amounted to 8.1 percent in 2021, an increase of 2.5 percentage points compared to 2015. «this figure in malaysia was 18.5%, in korea 34.5%, in thailand 30.3%» [37], what is the result of the development of financial markets in these countries and comprehensive state support for entrepreneurship (special programs, loan guarantees, insurance, infrastructure, etc.). the active financial support of business entities from the state allows creating new jobs and providing employment for the population, promotes the further development of family entrepreneurship, actively supports entrepreneurial initiatives of young people. when improving the financing of entrepreneurial activity, based on the specific features and the most important features of this activity, the following should be noted as the main problem: 1. the problem of lack of collateral (movable and immovable property, precious metals, securities, etc.) when obtaining loans from commercial banks by business entities. «banks issue loans on the basis of collateral, sureties, guarantees, obligations and other ways to ensure the fulfillment of obligations stipulated by law» [38]. in this regard, the pledge is one of the methods of securing the fulfillment of obligations, and in the event that the borrower fails to fulfill its obligations to the lender (lending) due to the pledge (transfer by one person to another person of property or rights to it to secure obligations), including in cases of late repayment of the loan and interest accrued on it, the fulfillment of the obligation is secured at the expense of the pledged property. due to the high risk of non-repayment of the loan due to the instability of the economic activity of business entities, the high cost of each unit of credit resources provided by banks, the lack of liquid collateral and a positive credit history of most business entities, commercial banks are not very interested in granting them a loan. at the same time, when using bank loans by business entities, the insufficiency or absence of collateral is one of the serious problems. this reduces the entrepreneurial activity of the population and does not stimulate the development of small manufacturing enterprises. in all countries, collateral is one of the main problems in financing business entities. in the usa, this problem is solved through state guarantees. in particular, in the usa, «in order to increase the interest of various organizations in providing financial resources to small and medium-sized enterprises, the series1, 2015 year, 12.45 series1, 2016 year, 16.63 series1, 2017 year, 19.56 series1, 2018 year, 30.64 series1, 2019 year, 55.43 series1, 2020 year, 48.38 series1, 2021 year, 59.55 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org small business administration provides state guarantees to creditors in the amount of up to 90 percent of the debt» [39]. it is noteworthy that «the funds allocated by the small business administration often turn out to be ineffective, and most of the loans are not returned at all. despite the fact that 85 percent of the business entities that are guaranteed are closed within a year, the experts of the administration believe that the successful activity of the remaining part fully justifies the financial support provided» [40]. this practice also exists in japan, where loans provided to small businesses by financial and credit institutions are guaranteed by the credit guarantee fund. «in case of bankruptcy of business entities, the amount of the loan received is covered by the loan guarantee fund. to this end, the japanese government and local authorities support the loan guarantee fund through the japan finance corporation through direct subsidies» [41]. as a result, business entities attract loans on favorable terms to finance their projects, and the risk of non-repayment of loans for banks is significantly reduced. 2. high level of interest rates on loans provided by commercial banks to business entities. this problem is inextricably linked with the problem of collateral, and if business entities do not have sufficient collateral when obtaining a loan from banks, in most cases banks add the cost of probable risks to the interest on the loan. as a result, the interest rate on the loan increases due to the likelihood of an increase in the costs associated with the repayment of the loan (court, etc.) in the future. «in 2021, the weighted average interest rate on short-term loans provided by banks in national currency amounted to 21.4 percent per annum and increased by 7.6 percentage points compared to 2015» [42], which is considered a significantly high interest rate. «for example, in 2019, the average annual interest rate on loans issued to small businesses in national currency in kazakhstan was 12%, in the russian federation 8.8%, in the usa 5.3%, in germany 1.82%, in china 4.35% and in japan 0.95%» [43]. of course, the interest rate on bank loans depends on the interest rates on deposits, which are considered a source of lending, and the annual inflation rate. in turn, interest rates on deposits are formed on the basis of inflationary expectations of the population and business entities. interest rates on bank loans are directly related to the level of inflation and inflation expectations, as well as interest on resources attracted by banks. the excess of the bank interest rate over the annual inflation rate in 2021 is assessed positively from the point of view of ensuring the effectiveness of loans, but reduces the ability of business entities to use credit resources. proceeding from the above and based on advanced foreign experience, in order to eliminate problems in the financing of entrepreneurial activity and to improve the mechanism of financial support, it is of great practical importance to issue guarantees by the state or funds created by them for loans received by business entities in banks, as well as compensation for interest costs. in our opinion, it is necessary to conduct a correlation analysis for the economic assessment of the impact of loans allocated to business entities (x2) on the volume of gdp (y) and the number of people engaged in entrepreneurial activity (x1). to do this, calculate the correlation coefficient using the following formula, determine the relationship between x and y and its density (sphere of influence):   −−−−= 22 )()(/))(( yyxxyyxxr iiiixy (1) [44] here: rxy – correlation coefficient. to determine the correlation coefficient, we calculate the impact of each factor on the volume of gdp. first, we will calculate the correlation coefficient between the volume of gdp and the number of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org people engaged in entrepreneurial activity. based on the data in the above table, we will find the correlation coefficient between the volume of gdp (y) and the number of people engaged in entrepreneurial activity (x1). rxy = 0,7778. let's calculate the correlation coefficient between the volume of gdp and the number of people engaged in entrepreneurial activity. based on the data in the above table, we will find the correlation coefficient between the volume of gdp (y) and the volume of loans allocated to business entities (x2).rxy = 0,948. summarizing these coefficients, we illustrate them in the following table. table 3 correlation matrix y x1 x2 indicators 1,0000 0,7778 0,9480 y 1,0000 0,6698 x1 1,0000 x2 note: calculations were made on the gretl software package. based on the correlation matrix, we will select the indicators suitable for modeling. in the upcoming analysis, we will choose gdp (y) indicators as the effective indicator. the correlation coefficient is an important indicator reflecting how much one factor affects the change of another factor, it varies in the range between -1 and 1. if the coefficient is in the range from 0 to 1, the factor attribute has a direct relationship with the change in the effective attribute, and if it is in the range from -1 to 0, then the feedback with the change in the effective attribute. the closer the correlation coefficient is to 1 or -1, the stronger the relationship between the indicators, and vice versa. the correlation between the studied factors is strong and directly proportional. therefore, as one of the important factors of increasing the share of entrepreneurship in gdp and the number of people engaged in entrepreneurial activity, it is necessary to focus on increasing the volume of financing of entrepreneurial activity. countries with developed market economies have extensive experience in organizing business financing and can provide a number of positive recommendations for uzbekistan that need to be studied and implemented (figure 3). note: the figure was compiled by the author based on the results of the study. figure 3. experience of countries with developed market economies in organizing business financing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org such a system of business support is also typical for all developed countries (germany, italy, france, great britain). based on this international experience, it is advisable in the republic of uzbekistan to issue guarantees for half of the loans allocated by commercial banks for small business projects, compensate for high interest rates, and finance entrepreneurial activities in the regions of the republic on the basis of state programs. 4. conclusion 1. the provision of the necessary financial resources (funds) for the implementation of entrepreneurial activity is called the financing of entrepreneurial activity, and the system of financing entrepreneurial activity is holistic and objective only when it includes the following four components: institutions that finance entrepreneurial activity and the infrastructure that provides financial services; sources and methods of financing; financing procedure; directions and objects of financing. 2. during 2000-2021, the change in the share of entrepreneurship in the country's gdp, industry and construction as «growth-decrease-growth-decrease» is due to the fact that, firstly, the growth rates of gdp, construction and industrial production exceeded the growth rates of entrepreneurship, and secondly, in most cases, the lack of initial funds business entities and the presence of difficulties in attracting additional financial resources (loans), as well as sensitivity to changes in market conditions, thirdly, the presence of problems related to the financing of entrepreneurial activity. 3. in 2010-2021, the share of loans allocated to business entities in the total amount of bank investments averaged 27.5 percent, which indicates an insufficient level of provision of credit to business entities by banks. this circumstance is explained by the high risk of non-repayment of the loan due to the instability of the economic activity of business entities, the high cost of expenses per unit of credit resources provided by banks, as well as the lack of interest of banks in their lending due to the absence in most cases of liquid collateral and a positive credit history of business entities. in international practice, this problem is solved with the support of the state, in particular, by providing state guarantees to business entities when obtaining a loan, as well as by implementing special state programs to support entrepreneurship. 4. the results of the correlation analysis of the impact of loans allocated to business entities on the volume of gdp and the number of people engaged in entrepreneurial activity show that the correlation between the factors is strong and directly proportional, and, accordingly, one of the important factors of increasing the share of entrepreneurship in gdp and the growth of the number of people employed in entrepreneurial activity, the main attention should be paid to increasing the volume of financing of entrepreneurial activity. 5. the following scientific proposals and practical recommendations are of great importance in improving the financing of entrepreneurship based on international best practices: it is necessary to issue guarantees by the state entrepreneurship support fund for up to 50 percent of loans allocated by commercial banks to projects of small businesses; it is necessary to provide the state fund for business support with compensation for up to three years to reimburse the part exceeding the basic rate on loans and leases of commercial banks allocated in national currency for projects of small businesses, the total cost of which does not exceed 5 billion soums, and the interest rate is not higher than 1.5 times the basic rate of the central bank; in order to systematically continue measures to financially support entrepreneurial initiatives of the population, to assist in the organization of their own business, it is advisable to finance entrepreneurial projects within the framework of programs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org references 1. https://ma123.ru/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/коваленко-2-2020.pdf. 2. annual report of ifc 2021. world bank group. international finance corporation 2121 pennsylvania avenue, nw washington, dc 20433 usa. ifc.org . 2021. – p. 10. 3. https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/osg2020d1_en.pdf. impact of the covid-19 pandemic on trade and development.; for appropriations from all legislation, see government accountability office (gao), covid-19: opportunities to improve federal response and recovery efforts, report to the congress, gao-20-625, june 25, 2020, https://www.gao.gov/reports/gao-20625/. 4. https://www.stat.uz/uz/rasmiy-statistika/small-business-and-entrepreneurship-2. 5. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017 no. up-4947 «on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan». 3.1 paragraph 5. 6. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022 no. up-60 «on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026», goal no. 29. 7. hosking a. entrepreneurship course. – m.: «business», 1993. – 230 p. 8. khizrich r., peters m. entrepreneurship. – m.: «business», 1991. – 159 p. 9. hayek f. cognition, competition and freedom. analogy of works. – m.: «pneuma», 1990. – 309 p. 10. lembden k. j. finance in small business. trans. from eng. – m.: «finance and statistics», 1992. – 200 p. 11. muhammad yu., alan j. creating a world without poverty: social business and the future of capitalism. translated from english – m.: «alpina publisher», 2010. – 307 p. 12. j.schumpeter. theory of economic development: a study of entrepreneurial profit, capital, credit, interest and the cycle of conjuncture. trans. with german. v.s.autonomova et al. – m.: «progress», 1982. – 455 p. 13. agafonov a.a. development of financing of investment projects in the segments of small and medium-sized businesses. autoref. diss. for the degree of candidate of economics – rostov-on-don: «rinh», 2016. – 26 p. 14. busigyn a.v. entrepreneurship: textbook. – 3rd ed. – m.: «case», 2001. – 640 p. 15. lapusta m.g. entrepreneurship: textbook. – m.: «infra-m», 2008. – 608 p. 16. rubina yu.b. fundamentals of business. textbook. 6th ed., reprint. and supplement – m.: «market ds corporation», 2005. – 784 p. 17. smirnov s.a. small business: public support and development assistance. – m.: «ebt-kontur», 1999. – 160 p. 18. chernenko v.a., omarova d.o. financing of small business in the russian federation: monograph. – st. petersburg: «asterion», 2016. – 173 p. 19. gülomov s.s. small business and private entrepreneurship: organization, planning, management. – t.: «science and technology», 2005. – 444 p. 20. khodiev b.yu., kasimova m.s., samadov a.n. small business and private entrepreneurship. tutorial. – t.: «tdio», 2010. – 260 p. 21. gafurov u.v. improving the economic mechanisms of state regulation of small businesses. monograph. – t.: «finance», 2016. – 120 p. 22. muftaydinov q.h. problems of the development of entrepreneurship in the conditions of liberalization of the economy. dsc. autoref. – andijan: «adu», 2004. – 40 p. https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/osg2020d1_en.pdf.%20%20impact%20of%20the%20covid-19 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org 23. busygin a.v. entrepreneur: textbook. 3rd ed. – moscow: «delo», 2001. p. 72. 24. cheberko e.f. fundamentals of entrepreneurial activity. history of entrepreneurship: textbook and practice for spo. – m.: «yurayt», 2018. – p. 16. 25. rubin yu.b. fundamentals of entrepreneurship. 3rd ed. per. i dop . m.: «synergy», 2020 . pp. 918. 26. https://studme.org/192830/ekonomika/teorii_predprinimatelstva_xviiixix. 27. schumpeter yu. theory of economic development. – m.: «progress», 1985. pp. 159-160. 28. agency of statistics under the president of the republic of uzbekistan (stat.uz). 29. syropolis n.k. managing my small business. per. english. – m.: «delo», 1997. – p. 19. 30. file:///c:/users/user/downloads/kreditovanie-malogo-biznesa-za-rubezhom.pdf. 31. n.yamori japanese smes and the credit guarantee system after the global financial crisis. cogent economics & finance volume 3, 2015. issue 1 (2015). abdullaev y., yuldashev sh. small business and entrepreneurship: textbook. t .: «iktisod-moliya», 2008. – p. 182-183. 32. alimardonov i.m. improving the methodological and practical foundations of lending to small business entities. i. f. d. (dsc) diss. autoref. t.: «academy publishing center», 2018. – p. 11. 33. mudunova a.yu., tsakhaeva k.n. small business lending. file:///c:/users/user/downloads/kreditovanie-malogo-biznesa-za-rubezhom.pdf. 34. agency of statistics under the president of the republic of uzbekistan (stat.uz). 35. bis statistics explore (http://stats.bis/org/statx). 36. https://cbu.uz/upload/medialibrary/ca1/markaziy_bankning_2021_yil_uchun_hisoboti.pdf. 37. file:///c:/users/user/desktop/asia-sme-monitor-2020-sme-development-index.pdf. 38. https://lex.uz/docs/4581969 . 39. syropolis nicholas k. small business management. per. from english. m.: «delo», 1997. – p. 291. 40. abaturov v., samatov r., rustamov d. financial support for small and medium business: world experience //economic review. tashkent, 2000. no. 10. p. 16. 41. yamori n. japanese smes and the credit guarantee system after the global financial crisis. cogent economics & finance volume 3, 2015. issue 1 (2015). 42. https://cbu.uz/oz/statistics/dks/691602/. 43. special report to the president of the russian federation 2021. sme/post-covid. time for system solutions. – m.: «institute for economics of growth. p.a. stolypin», 2021. – p. 34. 44. zokirova m., abdug'affaforov a. economic modeling practice. – t.: «uzbekistan», 1999. p. 9. file:///c:/users/91982/desktop/pc/a%20journal%20new/user/desktop/downloads/kreditovanie-malogo-biznesa-za-rubezhom.pdf file:///c:/users/91982/desktop/pc/a%20journal%20new/user/desktop/downloads/kreditovanie-malogo-biznesa-za-rubezhom.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org state in medieval western philosophy philosophical views on management tursunov bakhodir nishanovich andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnology assistant of the department "humanities" tbahodir852@gmail.com foziljonov azizbek, o’zganboyev abduraxmon andijan institute of agriculture and agratechnologies phase 1 magstrant. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in medieval western philosophy, there were various approaches to public administration. philosopher scientists have mentioned their own ideas. they were led by the idea of how fikir mulohazas should be in public administration, what should be paid attention to public administration, with mulohazas contributing themselves to public administration. western philosophy, western philosophers, state, public administration, citizens, materialism, development. introduction in european history, the medieval period spans almost a full thousand years (from the moment of decay of the roman empire to the renaissance). medieval europe was marked by the decision of feudalism that it took advantage of a christian worldview. the religion and philosophy of judaism, as well as the struggle of heretics against their mistakes, were belie ed by later christian writers of ancient antiquity, who were called apologists (greek apology-protection). the most prominent representative of the apologists was quintus tertullian (160-220). citing evidence that philosophy and christianity do not overlap, it infers that christianity's need for a philosophical foundation is contagious. after jesus, hyech does not need to be interested in what knowledge, and after the gospel, hyech does not need what kind of research. the understanding of faith as the supreme truth became the basis for the subordination of philosophy to theology.[1] analysis of thematic literature. in platonic views, the doctrine of society, state forms one of the central places. he divided the citizens of the state into 3 classes: 1st class-wise rulers who rule the state; 2nd class-military who protect the state from the enemy; 3rd class-materially the state and the 2 above-the frog providing detachments and artisans. plato divides the form of state government into a monarchy in which supreme power is exercised secluded, an aristocracy exercised by a narrow circle of limited persons, a democracy in which the whole people rule power. plato distinguishes 4 main qualities: wisdom, valor, work with acl, and the main thing is that the head fills the place of qualities and merges — justice. p. based on the dreams of the ideal state lies the idea of justice. it is believed that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org the subordination of all members of society to laws in a just society is the main pledge of social tadancing. where the laws rule over the governor, and the governors are slaves to the law, the state flourishes. if the state establishes unfit authority over the laws, then the law does not bring any benefit, but, on the contrary, it does a tremendous harm to the state. he believes that the economy is a factor in the prosperity or decline of the polis (state). i. ch. politics, not politics i. ch. ni must be frowned upon. it is necessary that any changes that bring society out of a stable state are not allowed. research methodology.in plato's aesthetic views, existence is based on the conclusion that life is an imitation, a copy of "eternal ideas"; and art is an imitation of being, life, that is, imitation of imitation. he believed that those who supported the faith in the gods, who qrrrr the godless, who ruled the state should be godly.[2] in the history of philosophy, the platonic doctrine has received a mixed reception. he was treated as a" divine teacher " (antiquity), a muboshir (grandfather) of the christian worldview, a philosopher of pure love, and a political dreamer (renaissance). about 30 large and small works from plato survive in the qamda letters. the works are written in dialogue form. important of these are: "apologia" (about socrates), "criton" (about hurmagging the law), "laxet" (about valor), "harmides" (about doing things with reason), "menon" (about the essence of public art), "bazm" (about eros), "fedr" (the doctrine of the eydos), "fedon" (about justice), "state" (about justice), "teetet" (about knowledge), "timey" (cosmology), "laws", "politicdon", "phileb", and b. p. the works of were known and popular in the west, east for centuries, translated into many languages, to which sharkhdar was written. of note is ibn rushd in his work" the state", a faroese commentary on the"laws". forobius 'commentary is called" plato, nawam of talkhi-su "("the essence of the laws of plato"). the work was published in 1993. published in the book" the city of sensitive people". 2002 -. aflo-tun's "deuteronomy" was published in uzbek in tashkent. the novel "plato" by the writer omon mukhtar was published apologetics followed by patristics, which were the works of christian ideologists, whose authors were elevated to the rank of saints and called church fathers for their great contribution to the fight against heretics. the largest of the" fathers of the church " was aurelius a vgustin (354-430). god stands at the heart of augustine's philosophy. god is the supreme essence and the highest goodness. man, on the other hand, unites the material bodies of nature –plants and animalsand has a mental spirit, as well as free will. the soul is close to god, not materialistic, does not find pleasure and is free in its decisions. the basis of spiritual life is will, but not reason. the purpose and meaning of life is happiness, which can be achieved with knowledge of god. the vocations of human and divine history occur through unity and contradictions, they find their expression in the conflict of two kingdoms (cities)-god and the earth. the kingdom of god included a minority of humanity, those who achieved god's mercy and salvation by their morals and religions, and the kingdom of earth includes the baraks, self-loving, greedy, selfish, who unify god. the kingdom of god is served by obedience and submission before god and the church as the chief pledge of the nobility.[3] analysis and results many of the philosophical systems of the middle ages had an idealistic orientation, which was dictated by the main religious creeds of christianity. among such religious creeds, the most important was the unshakable creed of atomism about the personal form of god, as well as the belief that the world was created by god from the "hyech thing" (creationism). this creed not only established an impenetrable border between the ideological world of god and the material world of life on earth, as well as the subordination of the absolute horse of the world to the will of the individual, but also delimited the world in time (the genesis and suicide of the world). petr domiani's american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org sharp expression was that philosophy "servant of the divine" had been declared. this meant that philosophy, with its entire powerful workbench, had to serve to affirm the religious dogmas of christianity. such a philosophy received the name" scholastica " (latin-school or scientist). it was assumed that the truth a priori (from the very beginning) is given in the texts of the gospel, and for its justification it is necessary to use a comparative system, bringing all logical results to the fullest. to solve this task, scholasticism relied on ancient heritage, especially on the logical teaching of aristotle. an important contribution to the systematization of scholasticism was made by foma of aquina (12251274), a representative of the dominican order. he committed himself to the purpose of developing christian creeds in accordance with reason. arastu had established such a foundation that the foma that relied on it made the ratio of ideality to materiality, a christian concept, a rule of form (rule of order) to the rule of unstable and incompletely stable matter (weakest view of existence) a rule. the world of solitary phenomena is born from the first rule of form and the addition of matter, in the view of aquinas foma. a person's soul, on the other hand, is a form-forming rule, gaining its singular manifestation only in a state joined by the body. this inference rule ended one of the most acute issues of christian scholasticism in uncompromising terms. forming christianity, like scholasticism, was an idealistic system, deeply concerned in its interpretation of its relation to matter, because jesus christ, the third manifestation of god, was manifested in human urine, that is, combining both divine (ideological) and human (material-bodily) nature in itself. the addition of divinity and humanity would not have allowed a complete denial of matter as a false being, declaring it "what is hyech" (which was required by reason of "what is hyech" created). therefore, the interpretation of matter by foma of aquina as the "weakest manifestation of existence" was perceived by the church as an exit from the methodological and logical deadlock that arose. as a result, the substance gained the right to exist in part, albeit in a tobelic state in scholasticism. the most acute debate about ideality and materialism is between the realists (lot. realis-real, material) and nominalists (lot. nomen-name, name) in a popular debate. the gap is universal (lot. general) was going about the nature of their concepts, called general or type. realists (ioann scott eriguna, anselm of canterbury, foma of aquinas) are based on aristotle's rule that commonality exists in relation to singularity and is a form of it. conclusions and suggestions. in aquinas 'foma, universals existed in three different manifestations: in the divine mind" up to objects"; in the" objects themselves "as their essence; and in the human mind as the result of abstract thinking" after objects". such condemnation received the name "moderate realism" in the history of philosophy, in contrast to "extreme realism", which says that "common" exists only outside of objects. extreme realism would go back to the doctrine of plato with its roots and, despite appearing close to its idealistic scholasticism, could not be accepted by the church precisely because of this, the substance was justified by christianity as one of the two natures of jesus christ. the nominalists, on the other hand (rosselin, per abelyar), rejected the objective existence of the "common", believing that universals existed only in thought. they would deny the existence of a common one not only in certain singular objects, but also in its "up to objects", and this was tantamount to the adoption of the motto that the substance came before. rosselin believes that universals are only the names of objects. there are only items taken alone. the nominalistic views of rosselin and others were condemned by the church.[4] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org references 1. nishonovich, t. b., & axtamo vich, i. s. (2023). ekologik turizm: asosiy tamoyillar va o ‘zbekistonda ekoturizmni rivojlantirishning huquqiy kafolatlari. образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире, 33(4), 98-102. 2. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. 3. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 4. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. 5. turaboeva, y. r. (2023, september). secrets hidden in women’s jewelry. in international scientific and current research conferences (pp. 89-92). 6. rustamjonovna, t. y. (2023). semantics in uzbek women's jewelry. american journal of language, literacy and learning in stem education (2993-2769), 1(6), 226-230. 7. тўрабоева, я. р. (2023). мустамлака сиёсатида анъанавий ўзбек аёллари тақинчоқлари ва заргарлик маҳсулотларига муносабат. gospodarka i innowacje., 38, 42-46. 8. каримова, м. а., & нажимидинова, д. ғ. (2023). фарзанд туғилиши ва бола тарбияси билан боғлиқ урф-одатларда зардуштийлик излари. journal of new century innovations, 12(1), 69-76. 9. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 10. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 11. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org basics of differential equations kazakova madina allayar qizi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s calculus is the mathematics of change, and rates of change are expressed by derivatives. thus, one of the most common ways to use calculus is to set up an equation containing an unknown function y=f(x) and its derivative, known as a differential equation. solving such equations often provides information about how quantities change and frequently provides insight into how and why the changes occur. techniques for solving differential equations can take many different forms, including direct solution, use of graphs, or computer calculations. we introduce the main ideas in this chapter and describe them in a little more detail later in the course. in this section we study what differential equations are, how to verify their solutions, some methods that are used for solving them, and some examples of common and useful equations. differential equations, solutions, methods, useful equations, specific information. introduction usually a given differential equation has an infinite number of solutions, so it is natural to ask which one we want to use. to choose one solution, more information is needed. some specific information that can be useful is an initial value, which is an ordered pair that is used to find a particular solution. differential equation together with one or more initial values is called an initial-value problem. the general rule is that the number of initial values needed for an initial-value problem is equal to the order of the differential equation. for example, if we have the differential equation y'=2x, then y (3) =7 is an initial value, and when taken together, these equations form an initial-value problem? the differential equation y′′−3y'+2y=4ex is second order, so we need two initial values. with initial-value problems of order greater than one, the same value should be used for the independent variable. an example of initial values for this second-order equation would be y (0) =2 and y'(0) =−1. these two initial values together with the differential equation form an initial-value problem. these problems are so named because often the independent variable in the unknown function is t, which represents time. thus, a value of t=0 represents the beginning of the problem. a differential equation is an equation involving an unknown function y=f(x) and one or more of its derivatives. a solution to a differential equation is a function y=f(x) that satisfies the differential equation when f and its derivatives are substituted into the equation. we already noted that the differential equation y'=2x has at least two solutions: y=x2 and y=x2+4. the only difference between these two solutions is the last term, which is a constant. what if the last term is a different constant? will this expression still be a solution to the differential equation? in fact, any function of the form y=x2+c, where c represents any constant, is a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org solution as well. the reason is that the derivative of x2+c is 2x, regardless of the value of c. it can be shown that any solution of this differential equation must be of the form y=x2+c this is an example of a general solution to a differential equation. a graph of some of these solutions is given in figure 1. (note: in this graph we used even integer values for c ranging between −4 and 4. in fact, there is no restriction on the value of c; it can be an integer or not.) figure 1. family of solutions to the differential equation y'=2x in physics and engineering applications, we often consider the forces acting upon an object, and use this information to understand the resulting motion that may occur. for example, if we start with an object at earth’s surface, the primary force acting upon that object is gravity. physicists and engineers can use this information, along with newton’s second law of motion (in equation form f=ma, where f represents force, m represents mass, and a represents acceleration), to derive an equation that can be solved. here are my notes for my differential equations course that i teach here at lamar university. despite the fact that these are my “class notes”, they should be accessible to anyone wanting to learn how to solve differential equations or needing a refresher on differential equations. i’ve tried to make these notes as self-contained as possible and so all the information needed to read through them is either from a calculus or algebra class or contained in other sections of the notes. an ordinary differential equation (ode) is an equation that involves some ordinary derivatives (as opposed to partial derivatives) of a function. often, our goal is to solve an ode, i.e., determine what function or functions satisfy the equation. a first-order differential equation is defined by an equation: dy/dx =f (x,y) of two variables x and y with its function f(x,y) defined on a region in the xy-plane. it has only the first derivative dy/dx so that the equation is of the first order and no higher-order derivatives exist. the differential equation in first-order can also be written as; y’ = f (x,y) or (d/dx) y = f (x,y) the differential equation is generally used to express a relation between the function and its derivatives. in physics and chemistry, it is used as a technique for determining the functions over its american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org domain if we know the functions and some of the derivatives. if the function f is a linear expression in y, then the first-order differential equation y’ = f (x, y) is a linear equation. that is, the equation is linear and the function f takes the form f(x,y) = p(x)y + q(x) where p and q are continuous functions on some interval i. differential equations that are not linear are called nonlinear equations. this method is similar to the integrating factor method. finding the general solution of the homogeneous equation is the first necessary step. y’ + a(x)y = 0 the general solution of the homogeneous equation always contains a constant of integration c. we can replace the constant c with a certain unknown function c(x). when substituting this solution into the non-homogeneous differential equation, we can be able to determine the function c(x). this approach of the algorithm is called the method of variation of a constant. however, both methods lead to the same solution. in calculus, a differential equation is an equation that involves the derivative (derivatives) of the dependent variable with respect to the independent variable (variables). the derivative represents nothing but a rate of change, and the differential equation helps us present a relationship between the changing quantity with respect to the change in another quantity. y=f(x) be a function where y is a dependent variable, f is an unknown function, x is an independent variable. here are a few differential equations. (dy/dx) = sin x (d2y/dx2) + k2y = 0 (d2y/dt2) + (d2x/dt2) = x (d3y/dx3) + x(dy/dx) 4xy = 0 (rdr/dθ) + cosθ = 5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. differential equation. if a differential equation is expressible in a polynomial form, then the integral power of the highest order derivative that appears is called the degree of the differential equation. the degree of the differential equation is the power of the highest ordered derivative present in the equation. to find the degree of the differential equation, we need to have a positive integer as the index of each derivative. a differential equation in which the degree of all the terms is the same is known as a homogenous differential equation. in general they can be represented as p(x,y)dx + q(x,y)dy = 0, where p(x,y) and q(x,y) are homogeneous functions of the same degree. the differential equation has infinitely many solutions. solving a differential equation is referred to as integrating a differential equation since the process of finding the solution to a differential equation involves integration. a solution of a differential equation is an expression for the dependent variable in terms of the independent variable which satisfies the differential equation. the solution which contains as many arbitrary constants is called the general solution. if we give particular values to the arbitrary constants in the general solution of the differential equation, the resulting solution is called a particular solution. the result of eliminating one arbitrary constant yields a first-order differential equation and that of eliminating two arbitrary constants leads to a second-order differential equation and so on. let us understand solving the differential equation by an example. ordinary differential equations applications in real life are used to calculate the movement or flow of electricity, motion of an object to and fro like a pendulum, to explain thermodynamics concepts. also, in medical terms, they are used to check the growth of diseases in graphical representation. differential equations are useful in describing mathematical models involving population growth or radioactive decay. conclusion an equation that contains the derivative of an unknown function is called a differential equation. the rate of change of a function at a point is defined by the derivatives of the function. a differential equation relates these derivatives with the other functions. differential equations are mainly used in the fields of biology, physics, engineering, and many. the main purpose of the differential equation is for studying the solutions that satisfy the equations and the properties of the solutions. let us discuss the definition, types, methods to solve the differential equation, order, and degree of the differential equation, types of differential equations, with real-world examples, and practice problems. references 1. https://mathinsight.org/ordinary_differential_equation_introduction 2. ↑http://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/linear.aspx 3. ↑http://web.uvic.ca/~kumara/econ501/schap22.pdf https://mathinsight.org/ordinary_differential_equation_introduction https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-2 http://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/linear.aspx https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-3 http://web.uvic.ca/~kumara/econ501/schap22.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org 4. ↑https://www.mathsisfun.com/calculus/differential-equations-second-order.html 5. ↑https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/reductionoforder.aspx 6. ↑https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/eulerequations.aspx 7. ↑https://math.libretexts.org/bookshelves/calculus/book%3a_calculus_(openstax)/17%3a_seco nd-order_differential_equations/17.02%3a_nonhomogeneous_linear_equations 8. ↑https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/undeterminedcoefficients.aspx 9. ↑https://openstax.org/books/calculus-volume-3/pages/7-2-nonhomogeneous-linear-equations. https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-4 https://www.mathsisfun.com/calculus/differential-equations-second-order.html https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-5 https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/reductionoforder.aspx https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-6 https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/eulerequations.aspx https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-7 https://math.libretexts.org/bookshelves/calculus/book%3a_calculus_(openstax)/17%3a_second-order_differential_equations/17.02%3a_nonhomogeneous_linear_equations https://math.libretexts.org/bookshelves/calculus/book%3a_calculus_(openstax)/17%3a_second-order_differential_equations/17.02%3a_nonhomogeneous_linear_equations https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-8 https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/de/undeterminedcoefficients.aspx https://www.wikihow.com/solve-differential-equations#_ref-9 https://openstax.org/books/calculus-volume-3/pages/7-2-nonhomogeneous-linear-equations american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org the physical biorhythm course and its impact on the development of handling and suppression skills in football for the players of the thi qar education team kamal abd negm directorate of thi-qar education, ministry of education of iraq kamal.abd@alayen.edo.iq muhammad shabram alwan directorate of thi-qar education, ministry of education of iraq mhshal@utd.edo.iq haider mutar jassim directorate of thi-qar education, ministry of education of iraq memo28ss@yahoo.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the significance of the research is found in the fact that the learner must mobilize all his abilities in order to reach the skill level required by the teacher and learner. this entails adapting all body systems to work effectively, and the researchers believe that their work in accordance with the vital rhythm can effectively help the learner reach the highest level. and the research problem is that through access to some studies on the subject of the biorhythm physical cycle, researchers have observed that a problem exists in the lack of consideration when teaching various skills in general, especially when teaching the skills of handling and suppression football in particular, and that this problem is, according to researchers, one of the factors that contribute to players' slow growth or low level of learning. the objective of the research was to determine the impact of the physical biorhythm cycle on the development of the level of handling and suppression skills in football players. as a result, the researchers saw the study of the physical biorhythm cycle in the development of handling and suppression skills in football as advancing the level of the game and developing the skills of the players of thi qar education team. regarding the research methodology, the researchers employed an experimental approach and devised two equivalent groups that were suitable for addressing the research problem. the research sample was deliberately selected and consisted of the players from the thi qar education team for the academic year (2022-2023), totaling 25 players. however, 5 players were excluded from the original sample due to their lack of homogeneity with the study variables. consequently, the final sample size consisted of 20 players, who were randomly divided into two equal groups based on their vital rhythm. one group served as the physical biorhythm, handling, suppression, football, team. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org experimental group, while the other group served as the control group, with each group comprising 10 players. the improvement of handling and suppressing skills in football through training in accordance with the experimental group's physical biorhythm program is one of the study's most significant findings. introduction since the beginning of time, there have been numerous natural factors (both genetic and acquired) that have affected human life at various stages (mutz & gerke, 2021). these factors are present on a regular basis on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis. it is clear from this that some of these factors are connected to the essential internal environment and others through the influences of the surrounding external environment that affect and affect it (davis, hettinga & beedie, 2020). the stability of the repetition of these indicators and their proportions tended scientists, experts, and specialists to take advantage of the physical rhythm courses in organizing their educational or training work, their daily lives, and investing energy (knudson & brusseau, 2021). the biorhythm of physiological topics unfamiliar to our trainers, which is one of the old modern topics, where it first appeared since the eighteenth century and did not take the space it deserves in training and education (al-musawi & mohammed, 2021). this is accomplished by planning a schedule of the necessary exercises and altering the intensity of those activities in response to the positive, negative, and neutral (zero) stages that occur between the two stages (murawska-ciałowicz et al., 2021). because it is a fascinating game with many features in defense, attack, team play, and many enjoyable abilities, football is the most played sport in the world and draws the highest number of society members (marcelino et al., 2020). as a result, every nation in the globe strives to develop this game in order to attain the best results on a global scale (ihsan et al., 2022). iraq is one of the nation's pursuing scientific advancement in the field of football, as well as physical education in general (busse & wildangel, 2023). as a result, it is important to put forth great effort to reach the highest levels possible in order to ensure the progress and prosperity of the nation (hussein, hassan & mahmood, 2021). one of the well-known games that has drawn rising interest from nations and athletes of all levels is football (mabon, 2023). as a result of this enthusiasm, researchers have worked to improve the sport by enhancing the physical, tactical, and skill levels of players (nadjh & houssame, 2019). the significance of the research lies in the fact that the learner must mobilize all of his abilities to achieve the desired goal, which entails adapting all body systems to work with high efficiency. the researchers believe that their work in accordance with the vital rhythm can effectively help the learner reach the highest level. the problem of the study the success of the educational process and its attainment at the required level require that all aspects of raising the educational level be studied and that consideration be given to all methods and means involved in achieving the desired level (adi & fathoni, 2019). it is known that humans do not work at one pace all the time, but their work is characterized by a vagary between the rise and the decline in their physical, psychological and physiological state (weight et al., 2021). according to the researchers, each teacher should be aware of this vital rhythm and work with it in order to complete the task at hand in the shortest amount of time possible. they should also take advantage of these highs and lows by increasing effort when the course is in a positive phase and decreasing it when it is in a negative phase. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org through their access to studies on the topic of biorhythm in its physical cycle, researchers have identified a problem that arises from the lack of consideration when teaching various skills in general, particularly when teaching the handling and suppression skills in football in particular. researchers believe that this problem is one of the causes of players' underdevelopment or low level of learning. consequently, the researchers made the decision to investigate the role of the physical biorhythm cycle in the acquisition and refinement of handling and suppressing abilities in football, with the aim of enhancing the overall quality of the sport and fostering the growth of players' talents. the objectives of the study the research aims to find out : 1. the effect of the physical biorhythm cycle on the development of the level of handling and suppression skills in football players thi qar education team. the hypotheses of the study 1. there are significant statistical differences between the control and experimental groups in the post-tests in the level of development of the level of handling and suppression skills in football players thi qar education team. the areas of the study human field: players of the thi qar education team for the intermediate stage for the academic year (2022-2023). time area: for the period from 14/2/2023 to 22/4/2023 spatial area: the specialized football center stadium in thi qar (alaskari district stadium). methodology research methodology the researchers employed an experimental methodology and utilized a design consisting of two equivalent groups, which was deemed suitable for addressing the nature of the problem at hand. this experimental study aimed to substantiate specific hypotheses, since experimental research endeavors to validate hypotheses through the use of controlled experiments (kirk, 2009). community and sample research the process of selecting a research sample is intricately linked to the objectives established by the researchers for their study. consequently, the researcher's goals and the methodologies employed will ultimately shape the characteristics of the sample that is chosen (hoepfl, 1997). the sample was intentionally chosen to consist of players from the thi qar education team for the academic year 20222023, totaling 25 individuals. however, 5 players were excluded from the original sample due to their lack of homogeneity with respect to the study variables. consequently, the final sample size was reduced to 20 players, who were then randomly divided into two equal groups based on their vital rhythm. one group was assigned as the experimental group, while the other served as the control group, with each group consisting of 10 players. the researchers implemented a program that represented the experimental variable based on the biorhythm for the experimental group, while the control group followed the prescribed curriculum in the college. additionally, the researchers ensured homogeneity american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org of the research sample by considering variables that could potentially influence the research results, such as height, weight, and age. the law of torsion coefficient was utilized, and the results are presented in table 1. table 1: shows homogeneity of the members of the research sample. variables unit of measurement m sd torsion coefficient age year 20.45 1.46 0.987 height cm 162.05 6.14 0.480 weight kg 61.25 6.16 0.608 table (1) shows that the value of the torsion coefficient was limited between (+ 3), which indicates the homogeneity of the sample. means of data collection: ❖ arab and foreign sources. ❖ the internet personal interviews. ❖ assistant team. ❖ data registration form. field research procedures: skill tests: 1. medium passing test about three circuits drawn on the ground for a distance of (20) m (doewes et al., 2020). 2. stop the movement of the ball test (suppression) (carraça et al., 2019). exploratory study conducting an exploratory experiment, which is defined as a smaller-scale version of the main experiment for the purpose of experimenting to work to reveal the challenges and drawbacks of the main experiment's application or for the purpose of training some assistance cadres to work, is the most important recommendation of scientific research scientists for the purpose of obtaining accurate and reliable results (swedberg, 2020). the exploratory experiment was carried out by the researchers on wednesday, 22/2/2023 at nine in the morning in the military district stadium on a sample of the players of the thi qar football team and their number (5) players from the research community and from outside the sample to apply the tests, and after a period of seven days on wednesday, 1/3/2023, the test was repeated with the same procedures in terms of time and place, and the purpose of this experiment is to know the negative correlation between the results of the exploratory experiment, as well as to ensure the following: 1. finding the scientific foundations of the tests. 2. know the appropriate tools and devices to conduct these tests. 3. know the appropriate time and place to conduct it. 4. ensure the adequacy of the assistant staff. 5. define the assistant staff in how to apply these tests. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org 6. know the difficulties and problems facing the researcher tests. scientific foundations of the tests: 1. honesty of the test: honesty is one of the criteria that must be present in every test used to gauge a quality or a mathematical phenomenon, and an honest test is one that accurately gauges the subject of the measurement while not measuring anything in addition to or instead of it (novianti, mahardika, & tuasikal, 2020). to determine the sincerity of the tests, researchers used virtual honesty (honesty arbitrators), which means that the test appears honest in its apparent form because its name relates to the function to be measured, as the tests were presented to a group of experts and specialists who agreed with their validity to measure what they were designed to measure. according to sürücü and maslakci (2020), the veracity of this technique is established by testing, wherein it is given to a panel of experts who assess its ability to effectively measure the intended construct. 2. test stability : to determine the stability coefficient for tests, it is necessary to employ the principle of the static test. this principle ensures that consistent or identical results are obtained when the test is administered multiple times under similar conditions (zheng, li, & ma, 2021). in this study, the stability coefficient was calculated using the test and re-test method, wherein the first test was conducted on wednesday, february 22, 2023, at 9:00 am. the second test was repeated on wednesday, march 1, 2023, also at 9:00 am. the interval between the two tests was seven days. the participants included both individuals from the research community and those outside the sample, totaling five players. according to kurtz (2020), the retest method is considered to be a straightforward approach that involves assessing the consistency of measurements over time. this method is characterized by the interval of coherence, which refers to the duration between two tests. it is fortunate that the inaccuracy connected with the measurement becomes more apparent when there is a longer time gap between the two tests, ranging from one day to multiple days. the stability coefficient was determined by calculating the pearson correlation coefficient between the scores of the first test and the scores of the second test. the researcher found that the correlation coefficient indicated a high level of stability, as evidenced by the calculated t-value exceeding the critical value of 0.878 at a significance level of 0.05, with 3 degrees of freedom. this finding is shown in table 2. 3. objectivity of the test: the objective test refers to a scenario where there is no disagreement among arbitrators when multiple referees are involved in evaluating the performance of an individual tester. in this study, researchers assessed the objectivity of skill tests by calculating the coefficient of objectivity. this was done by determining the simple correlation coefficient (pearson) between the results provided by two arbitrators during the initial application of the tests in the exploratory experiment. the obtained correlation coefficients were found to be high, indicating the objectivity of the tests utilized in the research. table 2 presents these correlation coefficients. table 2: shows the coefficient of stability and objectivity of the tests. tests validity of the test objectivity of the test handling 0.91 0.93 suppression 0.92 0.95 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org the correlation coefficient is significant at the level of significance (0.05) and in front of the degree of freedom (3) as the tabular value of (t) is (0.878). pre-tests for the research sample the pre-tests for both the experimental and control groups were administered by the researchers prior to the implementation of the biorhythm program. this program was initiated on tuesday, 7/3/2023 at nine o'clock in the morning, specifically at the alaskari district stadium. all twenty participants in the research sample were present during this session. subsequently, the researchers and their assistant team proceeded to administer tests to both the experimental and control groups. applied biorhythm program the researchers initiated the implementation of the strategy on the experimental group based on the physical biorhythm cycle. this involved electronically extracting the biorhythm for each player in the experimental group. the curriculum was implemented for the experimental group, with the objective of enhancing the number of repetitions for each exercise aimed at skill acquisition. this was done by aligning the exercise regimen with the individual player's physical cycle and ensuring that the training sessions were conducted during the positive phase of their rhythm cycle. during the positive phase of the physical biorhythm cycle curve, the researchers enhanced the intensity of the provided exercise by maximizing the number of repetitions to align with the duration of the stimulus, i.e., the exercise duration. in contrast, during periods of low physical biorhythm cycles, researchers opt to decrease the number of repetitions assigned to the lowest possible value that aligns with this stage. additionally, players in the negative phase are assigned assistant roles, while players in the positive phase and the remaining two players serve as assistants, taking into account the diminished physical capacity during the negative period. in the exploratory experiment, repetitions were computed for each skill as a means to model performance. this involved calculating repetitions both during continuous activity and during periods of pauses or specific tasks. based on these calculations, the workload was allocated to players with varying levels of physical rhythm, including those with high and low rhythms. the control group adheres to the training curriculum established and provided by the trainer, exhibiting no discernible distinctions from the experimental group. however, the control group does not consider the physical biorhythm when determining the number of repetitions. the curriculum was implemented consistently from monday, march 13, 2023, through monday, may 8, 2023, with a weekly allocation of four hours. post-tests for the research sample : the post-tests for the research sample were administered on sunday, may 14, 2023, in the alaskari district stadium, following the completion of an eight-week period of implementing compound exercises. the researcher was motivated to ensure that the conditions of the pre-tests were replicated. statistical means the researchers employed statistical techniques to analyze the data and evaluate the research hypotheses using the statistical software package ibm spss statistics 24 . ❖ percentage . ❖ arithmetic mean. ❖ standard deviation . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org ❖ coefficient of variation . ❖ pearson's correlation coefficient . ❖ (t) test for correlated samples. ❖ (t) test for independent samples. results presentation, analysis and discussion of results presentation and analysis of the results of the handling and suppression skills of the preand post-tests of the control group: table 3: shows the values of the arithmetic media, standard deviations, calculated (t) value, and sig value for handling and suppression skills for the control group. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig m sd m sd basic skills football passing degree 13.40 2.70 15.30 3.36 1.22 0.32 ball stop control (suppression) degree 5.12 1.28 6.10 2.42 1.15 0.26 the retrieved values of several fundamental skills were analyzed, and the outcomes for the preand post-tests of the control group are presented in table (3). it is seen that there are no statistically significant differences, since the p-value (sig) exceeds the threshold of 0.05. presentation and analysis of the results of the passing and suppression skills of the preand posttests of the experimental group: table 4: shows the values of the arithmetic media, standard deviations, calculated (t) value and sig value for handling and suppression skills for the experimental group. variables unit of measurement pre-test post-test t sig m sd m sd basic skills football passing degree 13.20 3.32 21.70 6.58 3.6 0.000 ball stop control (suppression) degree 5.20 1.91 7.70 1.33 3.52 0.000 the values of some basic skills were extracted, and the results appeared for the preand post-tests of the experimental group as shown in table (4) we see that there are significant differences because the value of sig is less than (0.05). presentation and analysis of the results of the passing and suppression skills of the post-tests of the control and experimental groups: table 5: shows the values of the arithmetic media, standard deviations, the calculated value of (t) and the value of sign passing and suppression skills for the post-tests of the control and experimental groups. variables unit of measurement control experiment al t sig m sd m sd basic skills football passing degree 15.30 3.36 21.70 6.58 2.62 0.000 ball stop control (suppression) degree 6.10 2.42 7.70 1.33 1.82 0.001 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org the extracted values of several fundamental skills were obtained, and the post-test outcomes of both the control and experimental groups are presented in table 5. there exist notable disparities as evidenced by the observation that the significance value (sig) is less than 0.05. discussion of results the experimental group that implemented the curriculum based on physical biorhythms demonstrated a significant advantage over the control group in the administered tests. the researchers posit that this outcome is reasonable, as advancements in an athlete's physical fitness level during their positive peak biorhythm can enhance their skill performance. this improvement is directly linked to the trainee's physical condition, which is associated with the positive peak of their physical cycle within their biorhythm. in such instances, functional activities are positively influenced. during this particular phase of an athlete's biorhythm, optimal performance can be attained, as achievement is influenced by both physical and functional factors. the researchers' conclusion aligns with su's (2020) findings, which emphasize the significant role of the physical cycle in the biorhythm during the training process. athletes must possess knowledge about the specific characteristics of their cycle in order to adequately prepare themselves for optimal performance in competitive events. the researchers ascribe the improvement in skills (passing and suppression) to the intensified training regimen implemented on the experimental sample. this involved increasing the number of repetitions during a specific stage of the physical biorhythm cycle, which corresponded to the positive level indicated by the physical cycle curves in the vital rhythm of each player. consequently, this overall approach resulted in the development of both physical and skill levels, ultimately leading to an enhancement in performance. the objective of the researchers was to capitalize on the phase during which the player is in a positive state of the physical biorhythm cycle. this was achieved by increasing the frequency of exercise repetitions, with the intention of enhancing the specific skill set required for the game. the underlying aim was to improve the players' physical and functional abilities. to harness the advantages of biorhythms, researchers have observed that implementing training or practical physical education sessions early in the day can enhance players' activity levels and elevate the intensity of their vital rhythms. this approach can have a positive influence on the mental and physical capabilities of both athletes and students. it is noteworthy that when the vital rhythm reaches its nadir, individuals may experience an atypical state and become susceptible to errors in judgment and difficulties in articulation during critical moments within their mental cycle. it is evident that there is a significant challenge posed by the insufficient demand for acquiring knowledge in novel areas. conclusions 1. develop skills (passing and suppression) in football using training according to the physical rhythm program of the experimental group. 2. the best of the two groups was experimental because they were adopted in training and repeating skills (passing and suppression) in football according to the physical biorhythm that developed the skills in a better way. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org recommendations 1. there is a necessity to place emphasis on the incorporation of essential rhythm within the physical cycle to enhance the acquisition and refinement of football skill abilities. 2. utilizing the concept of biorhythm, the implementation of training and practical lessons during the early hours of the school day, specifically in the morning, is employed with the intention of enhancing the cognitive and physical performance of students and athletes, hence yielding a favorable outcome. 3. further investigations should be undertaken to explore the application of biorhythm analysis to additional football talents that have not yet been thoroughly examined by scholars, encompassing both genders. 4. the imperative to do analogous investigations utilizing the biorhythm, encompassing its physical, emotional, and mental cycles, in relation to both individual and collective endeavors. references 1. adi, s., & fathoni, a. f. (2019, november). development of learning model based on blended learning in sports school. in 5th international conference on physical education, sport, and health (acpes 19) (pp. 8-12). atlantis press. 2. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). developing ball dribbling and passing skills using the integrative and reciprocal methods of emerging footballers. eurasian journal of humanities and social sciences, 11, 76-82. 3. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of a training program for the plyometric on the harmonic abilities and muscular ability of football players. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 6, 60-69. 4. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the implications for learning of transferring on passing skills in junior football players. open access repository, 8(9), 39-49. 5. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of an educational curriculum using the jigsaw strategy to learning skills of volleyball for secondary school students. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 160-168. 6. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of using the cooperative learning and blended learning method in improving the level of students performance in learning volleyball for secondary school students. american journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 11, 231-242. 7. ali, h. f. s., & kasim, m. a. (2023). the effect of using the strategy of educational scientific pillars on the level of performance of volleyball skills among students at the college of physical education and sports sciences. 8. al-musawi, b. m. t., & mohammed, m. j. (2021). the effect of special exercises according to the physical biorhythm in the development of some bio-kinetic abilities and the accuracy of offensive punches for junior boxing. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 25(6), 14703-14710. 9. busse, j., & wildangel, r. (2023). the rebellious game: the power of football in the middle east and north africa between the global and the local. the international spectator, 58(2), 75-91. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org 10. carraça, b., serpa, s., rosado, a., palmi, j., & magalhaes, c. (2019). mindful compassion training on elite soccer: effects, roles and associations on flow, psychological distress and thought suppression. revista iberoamericana de psicologia del ejercicio y el deporte, 14, 137-146. 11. davis, a. j., hettinga, f., & beedie, c. (2020). you don't need to administer a placebo to elicit a placebo effect: social factors trigger neurobiological pathways to enhance sports performance. european journal of sport science, 20(3), 302-312. 12. doewes, r. i., purnama, s., syaifullah, r., & nuryadin, i. (2020). the effect of small sided games training method on football basic skills of dribbling and passing in indonesian players aged 10-12 years. int j adv sci technol, 29(3), 429-441. 13. hoepfl, m. c. (1997). choosing qualitative research: a primer for technology education researchers. volume 9 issue 1 (fall 1997). 14. hussein, a. t., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the effect of applying the strategy of educational scientific pillars on the level of performance of some handball skills among players misan university. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 15, 51-63. 15. hussein, h. m., hassan, m. a., & mahmood, a. a. (2021). the role of administrative creativity in the functioning of the administration of sports clubs for football in iraq from the point of view of players of excellent clubs. systematic reviews in pharmacy, 12(2). 16. ihsan, n., okilanda, a., donie, d., putra, d. d., wanto, s., & arisman, a. (2022). practical group defense exercise design in football game for 13-year-old students. physical education theory and methodology, 22(2), 194-201. 17. jabbar, q. m., & kasim, m. a. (2023). social adaptation and psychological adjustment and their relationship to defensive skills in volleyball for the premier league. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 12, 134-143. 18. kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of together learning on university students to achievement motivation. open access repository, 8(05), 57-65. 19. kasim, m. a. (2022). evaluation implementing cooperative learning in physical education college programs to basic handball skills learning in universities iraqi. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions, 3(04), 289-297. 20. kirk, r. e. (2009). experimental design. sage handbook of quantitative methods in psychology, 23-45. 21. knudson, d. v., & brusseau, t. a. (eds.). (2021). introduction to kinesiology: studying physical activity. human kinetics. 22. kurtz, j. e. (2020). test-retest reliability. encyclopedia of personality and individual differences, 5459-5460. 23. mabon, l. (2023). football and climate change: what do we know, and what is needed for an evidence-informed response?. climate policy, 23(3), 314-328. 24. marcelino, r., sampaio, j., amichay, g., gonçalves, b., couzin, i. d., & nagy, m. (2020). collective movement analysis reveals coordination tactics of team players in football matches. chaos, solitons & fractals, 138, 109831. 25. murawska-ciałowicz, e., de assis, g. g., clemente, f. m., feito, y., stastny, p., zuwała-jagiełło, j., ... & wolański, p. (2021). effect of four different forms of high intensity training on bdnf response to wingate and graded exercise test. scientific reports, 11(1), 8599. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org 26. mutz, m., & gerke, m. (2021). sport and exercise in times of self-quarantine: how germans changed their behaviour at the beginning of the covid-19 pandemic. international review for the sociology of sport, 56(3), 305-316. 27. nadjh, n. a. b. i., & houssame, b. c. h. i. r. (2019). the effectiveness of mini-games training to increase motivation (cognitive-achievement-activation) to learn passing skills. descriptive research conducted on football players in m’sila (13-14 years). journal of sports creativity, 10(2). 28. novianti, d., mahardika, i. m. s., & tuasikal, a. r. (2020). improvement of physical, honesty, discipline and cooperation in class iv elementary school students through circuit training learning model. budapest international research and critics in linguistics and education (birle) journal, 3(1), 244-250. 29. salih, m. m. m., hashim, r. s., & kasim, m. a. (2021). forecasting achievement sports through cooperative learning in handball training in physical education. annals of applied sport science, 9(3), 0-0. 30. su, l. (2020). motion analysis of human biorhythm based on cosine model. radioelectronics and communications systems, 63(6), 299-307. 31. sürücü, l., & maslakci, a. (2020). validity and reliability in quantitative research. business & management studies: an international journal, 8(3), 2694-2726. 32. swedberg, r. (2020). exploratory research. the production of knowledge: enhancing progress in social science, 17-41. 33. weight, e. a., taylor, e., huml, m. r., & dixon, m. a. (2021). working in the sport industry: a classification of human capital archetypes. journal of sport management, 35(4), 364-378. 34. zheng, h., li, p., & ma, g. (2021). stability analysis of the middle soil pillar for asymmetric parallel tunnels by using model testing and numerical simulations. tunnelling and underground space technology, 108, 103686. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org models of the modern secular state merzaev i. b. tashkent state transport university, senior teacher, uzbekistan shukrullaev sh.sh. student, tashkent state transport university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s many countries, with the goal of building a secular democratic state, have different approaches to the issue of creating mechanisms for the implementation of the state's attitude to religion and religious organizations. the article analyzes several models of the modern secular state from this point of view. state, secular, democratic, religion, religious organization, attitude, mechanism, issue, modern, secular, model. introduction today, many countries, with the goal of building a secular democratic state, approach the issue of the state's attitude to religion and religious organizations in different ways. in this context, when we try to analyze the models of several modern secular states, for example: american model. this model of a secular state is quite liberal in nature and tries to maximize freedom of religion. this is primarily explained on the basis of historical factors, that is, the fact that the american people are immigrants and do not have a deep history from the point of view of one or another confession. therefore, the question of "value" is practically irrelevant here. at the same time, we cannot determine that religion is completely separated from the state. in addition, the christian religion is recognized as the main factor that greatly contributed to the current adjustment of social forces and the development of the country's culture in general. in the united states, until now, the meeting of the congress chambers is opened by the christian community, the president swears on the holy bible before the priests before entering his office, the formulas of the christian religion have been preserved in the oath in the court and in the army; the supreme court's 1962 ban on prayer before school has been a political battle between democrats (for the ban) and republicans (against the ban). french model. this model of the secular state has gone through several stages until today, starting with the declaration of 1789, which officially declared the separation of church and state. until 1905, the catholic church remained the state religion. “the constitution declared france a secular state in 1958 and affirmed the following basic principles: freedom of conscience and freedom of religion; it is forbidden for any church to have an official dominant position, and equality of all churches before the law is guaranteed; legal freedom to openly express religious beliefs. the above principles are complemented by public institutions, in particular, schools and the right to education." a characteristic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org feature of france is that "integral" secularism becomes an integral part of the formation and activity of state bodies in terms of formal, legal and content. the "integral" model of the secular state refers to the concept of the liberal state as a "night watchman". it implies the passivity of the state in regulatory activities in the field of relations between the state and confessions. in order to respect the rights and freedoms of citizens, the state recognizes the freedom and independence of churches and helps citizens to provide religious services in state institutions and buildings. also, citizens have the right to naturalize their children based on their parents' beliefs, and religious classes are allowed in public schools. german model. in germany, the constitution adopted in 1949 is the legal basis for the relationship between the state and denominations. the basic law contains the following principle: "there shall be no state church. freedom of association is guaranteed in religious society. there are no restrictions on the activities of religious associations." in general, in german law, associations are divided into two types: 1. religious. 2. associations engaged in worldly activities. the first category includes associations that theologically determine that this term corresponds to traditional concepts (correspondence of the evangelical and catholic churches is meant). "thus, the evangelical and catholic churches have a special position compared to other religious denominations with a number of additional rights and freedoms." also, the first group includes other religious organizations located in germany (islam, orthodoxy, etc.). all of them remain social right corporations today and can benefit from the help and support of the state. the education system in germany is not subject to secularization, which means that universities have theological faculties. the general state education system envisages compulsory teaching of the subject "religion". according to the constitution, this subject is taught in accordance with the main principles of a particular religion. in our opinion, this model, which ensures the maximum passive role of the state in regulating the activities of religious organizations, can be effective only in countries with a high level of freedom and rights of citizens, that is, they have been able to build a strong civil society. because in such a situation, civil society assumes the responsibility of controlling and regulating the activities of religious organizations. references 1. miroshnikova e. m. the state and non-traditional religious movements in germany. tula, 1997. p. 1. 2. religious policy of the russian state: textbook / ed. ed. m.o. shakhov. m.: publishing house rags, 2003. -s. 186. 3. religious policy of the russian state: textbook/ed. ed. mo. shakhov. m.: ied-vo rags, 2003. -s. 201. 4. nosirov rashod, and yuldashev bakhtiyar ergashevich. "structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform and prospects." european journal of molecular and clinical medicine 8.1 (2021): 1388-1396. 5. umarova, r. sh. (2019). bytie i filosofskie vzglyady abu raykhana beruni. dostigeniya nauki i obrazovaniya, (3 (44)), 32-33. 6. umarova, r. sh. (2019). basic spiritual and moral education of youth and work abu raykhana beruni. problemy nauki, (4 (40)), 56-57. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 7. umarova, r. sh. (2020). natural philosophy abu raykhana biruni. vestnik science and education, (4-1 (82)), 35-37. 8. umarova, r. s. (2019). fundamentals of spiritual and moral education of youth in the works of abu rayhan beruni. problems of science, no. 4 (40). 9. умарова р. натурфилософия абу райхана бируни.// вестник науки и образования.m.4-1 (82) 10. умарова р . основы духовно-нравственного воспитания молодежи в трудахабу райхана беруни//проблемы науки, 2019. № 4 (40).с-56-57 11. dadasheva, a. a. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16-19. 12. inagamova m.m. cooperation of internal affairs bodies with civil society institutions in the protection of women's rights // philosophy and law social-political, spiritual-educational, philosophical-legal journal. #1. -t.: 2020. -b. 64-68. 13. 13. dadasheva a.a. vzaimodeystvie organov predstavitetelnoy vlasti na mestax i samanuprulenii obshchestvennogo kontrolya. //grajdanskoe obshchestvo. civil society. civil society //. #2. 70-75 -b; 2021 14. akida abduzhabbarovna dadasheva. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16–19 15. merzaev i.b. ahmad ferghani's historical legacy in his present day significance. science promotion/vol.2.no.2/october.69-73 pages 16. merzaev i.b. the life of hakim termizius and his doctrine. science promotion/vol.2.no.2/october.74-81p. https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=11877070975841426306&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org use of game types in the development of gender culture of adolescent students alibekov dilshod islamovich independent researcher of the scientific research institute of pedagogical sciences of uzbekistan named after tnqori niyozi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the issues of using games and their types in the development of gender culture of adolescent students. it is noted that games are classified according to their content, time of holding, place, level of management, number of participants and composition. teenager, student, gender culture, types of games, cooperative relations, role-playing games, working games, didactic games, social experience. introduction today , the number of means of communication is increasing and its scope is expanding. pupils are rapidly absorbing new information through many networks and means of communication. as students progress to higher grades, a new phase in their lives begins. this is the basis for the expansion of cooperation and communication between students. that's why it is especially valuable to ensure students' cooperation on the basis of gender relations and to use active games in forming their skills in this area. because for students, games that encourage them to cooperate have an important sociopedagogical value. the game is a means of knowledge, creativity, and spiritual-intellectual development of students. with the help of the game, a new world is opened to students [1]. it is impossible to fully develop students without using active play. in the course of the game, students master the system of mutual relations, enter into cooperation, develop, and form as individuals. the game has special value as a complex social-cultural and didactic phenomenon, and has been the object of many philosophical-cultural, pedagogical-psychological studies. games play a special role in establishing communication between students. its complexity is determined by the uniqueness of game activity in the pedagogical process. their special pedagogical value, freedom and voluntariness are recognized as the distinctive features of active games. games are practically oriented and have a special pedagogical value as they serve to obtain a guaranteed result [2]. in the process of the game, the main part of the educational process is the presentation of theoretical knowledge. in addition, game activities should be continued consistently and solve the task of developing students and preparing them for cooperation. there is an opportunity to develop students, prepare them for cooperation, teach them, make corrections to their behavior and behavior, and educate them through the game. it is impossible to ensure didactic efficiency without games in the educational american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org process. because without them, it is impossible to form a well-rounded person who can establish cooperation with members of a full-fledged society. with the help of the game, during the educational process, a favorable pedagogical situation is created for students' abilities, mental activity and mutual cooperation, concrete objects are exchanged. with the help of the game, students develop a number of qualities. these include demonstrating strength, coordinating actions, concentrating, engaging in mutual cooperation and communication, and recognizing each other's capabilities. in the course of the game, the opportunity to acquire new knowledge about the material existence , to test one's own experiences, expands. with the help of game activities, students imagine and model reality [3] . as a result, they develop imagination, intelligence, intelligence, motivation to learn. during the game, students' interpersonal communication skills develop rapidly. thanks to this, they learn the skills of cooperation with members of society and the establishment of gender relations. with the help of the game-based type of activity, students acquire the experience of activity characteristic of a socially active person. accordingly, the game is the most convenient and effective means of acquiring knowledge, information and social experience for students. also, with the help of this didactic tool, students will have the opportunity to express their experiences and feelings. in human history, games as a form of culture first entered the lives of young children. with the help of the game, children begin to recognize objects and objects without initially understanding their essence. they try to find out their location, color, sound, shape, and distinctive features. they study, observe, remember objects, as a result of which children's worldview expands. understanding the nature of games, understanding their educational and developmental potential for students means knowing their specific aspects and nature. the game gives students the opportunity to understand, develop, learn independently, express themselves, check and evaluate their knowledge and behavior, adapt to social life and realize their existence. is a didactic tool [4]. in addition, the game is a form of independent activity of students, which opens a wide path to their physical and mental development. the game provides complete independence of students' activities and satisfies their needs for recreation, recreation, pleasure, knowledge, spiritual and physical development. play is an activity based on voluntary, internal inclinations, and it is an activity aimed at strictly solving the problem of how to use a certain object. the content of the game is made up of its plot, rules and action-based activities. the plot of the game determines the action of the participants of the process. the nature of conflicts in the game process is also shown with the help of this plot. the plot ensures the goal-oriented and interesting, attractiveness of the game process. the rules are mandatory requirements for the participants of the game. in order to fully understand students, it is necessary to approach their activities correctly. it is extremely important to approach students from the point of view of their development . it is not appropriate to divide students into seniors and juniors. their inner world exists based on specific situations, and in the process of play, students share their inner world with each other. games allow students to organize and express their experiences [5] . the main task of games is to embody social existence in the eyes of students, to teach them to control situations. games make up the majority of students' life activities. in order to know and understand the unique aspects of the personality of students, it is appropriate to organize game processes and observe american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org them in this process. in order for students to be healthy in all aspects, they must first be able to engage in play activities. the games are multi-tasking as well as different content and appearance. there are different approaches to classifying games. most of them are based on the existing parts of the games. many experts have tried to classify games into three large groups: games based on ready and strict rules; free-style games, the rules of these games are formed in the process of the game itself; games based on rules that are partly fixed and partly formed during the game. however, the above indicators are of a conditional nature, and there is an opportunity for a creative approach to each gameplay. in this process, participants are required to follow certain rules. the following groups can be distinguished as independent forms of games: all kinds of children's games; holiday games; folk games; theatrical game actions; game training i _ _ and exercises ; questionnaires , questionnaires and tests in the form of a game ; games based on humor ; competitions, debates, confrontations, competitive games , contests, relays ; wedding traditions, game-based customs ; cheating games , winning games, prize games ; carnivals , game-like auctions . most games have the following common features : implementation of free, developing action, orientation to the implementation of action , such games are organized according to the wishes of students, in which students are satisfied with the process of activity, and its results bring pleasure to students dedicates ; creative character, to a certain extent based on artistry, students become very active in the process of such games ; possessing the character of being able to give emotional upliftment , in which to compete, confront, compete ; directly or specially designed rules are reflected in the content of the game, the logical or temporal consistency of the game process is reflected . games are also classified according to their content, time, location, level of control, number of participants and composition . such a classification of games is the basis for determining their pedagogical purpose, getting a clear direction in relation to various game objects, and using them in a thoughtful way. in addition, special attention should be paid to how and to what extent students cooperate during the game. in this case, the quality of cooperation, what the students master as a result of this cooperation, the fact that the game is a multifaceted activity, it rarely has certain trends, the events in the game are random, the students' that their feelings and creative activities are the product of cooperation in the game process, that students have the opportunity to approach the rules of the game from a modern point of view, work, create, approach artistically in the game, know, logically the presence of elements of demonstration and cooperation is of particular importance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, in pedagogical approaches oriented to the personality of students, games are described as a means of forming students with a healthy mentality and intelligence. with the help of games, students' inner worlds are revealed in concrete forms, and each student has the opportunity to express himself. references 1. ibraimov h., kuronov m. general pedagogy (textbook). t., "sahhof", 2023, 416 pages. 2. matrosova l.n. didakticheskaya igra v protsese prepgotovki budushchego uchitelya k professionalnoy deyatelnosti: dis . sugar ped. science m., 1994. 177 p. 3. lebedeva n.v. formirovanie activitie i predpriimchivosti podrostkov v sisteme delovyx igr: dis . sugar ped. science m., 1996. 211 p. 4. tojiboyeva khm "pedagogical strategies of forming immunity against "popular culture" in adolescent students based on the gender approach" // monograph. tashkent: "wing of thought" publishing house, 2021. 208 pages. 5. igry education, training, friendship / pod editor. v.v. to petrusyn . m.: novaya shkola, 1994. 368 p. 6. ibraimov h., kuronov m. general pedagogy (textbook). t., "sahhof", 2023, 416 pages. 7. . ibragimov, h., m. kuronov. general pedagogy (textbook)." tashkent .: 2022 . 8. ibraimov kh. i. creativity is one of the characteristics of a budushchego pedagogue // science, education and culture. – 2018. – no. 3 (27). s. 44-46. 9. ibragimovich xi specific characteristics of use of credit-module technologies in the higher education system of uzbekistan //integration of science, education and practice. scientificmethodical journal. 2021. s. 209-214. 10. ibrahimovich , ibrahimov kholboy . "theoretical and methodological basis of quality control and evaluation of education in higher education system." international journal of discourse on innovation, integration and education 1 (2020): 6-15. 11. tursunboyevich o. a. pedagogical and psychological opportunities for the development of social active civil competences in students //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1888-1897. 12. tursunboyevich a. o. development of socially active citizenship competence in students and youth in continuous education. – 2022. 13. abduganiev o. developing student civil competency //eastern european scientific journal. – 2019. – №. 1. 14. abduganiyev o. t. factors affecting the development of socially active citizenship competence in students //e conference zone. – 2022. – с. 10-13. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org adoption and annexation between sharia and iraqi law laith ali al janeh, law department, assistant dean for administrative affairs, mazaya university college, dhi qar, iraq, laith19751975@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper aims to clarify the traditional or common social aspects known in ancient arab societies, especially iraqi society, which are in contact with what the necessities of individual interests of those societies require, as well as what the necessities of the groups in them require, and how they influence the formation, development, and growth of those groups and the building of their beliefs, values, and principles. discussing the role of these social manifestations in their relationship with the basic needs of society, especially their role in forming the family, which is the basic building block for the formation of society. social manifestations, ancient societies, iraqi society, annexation. introduction adoption is considered one of the well-known social manifestations in ancient societies, which was necessitated by the interests of individuals and the group. it fulfills one of society’s main needs, which is providing children for childless families. in ancient iraqi society, the individual had the right to adopt any number of male or female children according to a written contract. on the condition that he fulfills his obligations towards them, and these obligations are determined by laws, and referred to by many contracts found by researchers and archaeologists specialized in ancient iraqi civilization. the motives for adoption are not limited to the natural causes of childlessness and infertility. rather, there are social reasons such as preventing certain types of beings in ancient iraqi society from having children. in addition, many families aimed to adopt children to obtain technical labor as a result of training. these children have been around since childhood. on the other hand, there are reasons that push many old iraqi families to give their children for adoption, foremost of which is the deteriorating social situation of many families, through which they aim to have their children live with fenced families that provide them with livelihood and education, and guarantee their future, as they wished to its children learn some professions and handicrafts that benefit them and their original families. in this research, we will try to explain the concept of adoption and its purpose in ancient iraqi society and point out some of the laws that dealt with it. we will also touch on its general rules and provisions, explain its conditions and forms, and finally conclude by referring to the annulment of the adoption contract and its effects on the two main parties of the relationship, namely the two parties. and the adopter. the concept of adoption and its purpose in ancient iraqi society: adoption is a legal system that aims to imitate nature by creating paternity artificially in order to arrange effects similar (between the adopter and the adopted) to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org relationship that arises as a result of birth between the father and his offspring. this system was a template into which legal actions intended to change family relations and the personal status provisions related to them could be poured. the concept of adoption means creating a filial relationship between a man or a woman with a boy or a girl, and this is done through a legal contract that stipulates that both parties to the contract agree on the new relationship that binds one of them to the other. the new relationship includes rights and duties for both parties as stipulated in the adoption contract, and the babylonian word that means adoption. as mentioned in contracts and articles of law, it is (marutum). since ancient times, the family has been based on a solid foundation of marital unity, and marriage was its pillar. every man had one wife, or more. the primary goal of the ancient iraqi family was to have children and leave offspring that would last for generations, as every individual had the right to be he has a son, and the reason for this is many things, including: the emotional nature towards offspring, as well as the religious and economic reality, considering the son is the legal heir of the family, as it gives reassurance to the souls of the parents. theoretical framework the concept of annexation and the conditions for implementing it the concept of inclusion and the concept of generous lineage dhamm linguistically: joining one thing to another, and i joined so-and-so, that is, i stood with him in one matter[2]. or of unknown parentage to a married couple who submitted a joint application to the juvenile court and who meet the conditions stipulated in the law. orphan: is (a young person who has lost his father or parents and has not reached the age of majority). (as for the term of noble parentage, it is a child of unknown parentage, and in a major humanitarian step that would reduce the negative social repercussions that a child of those known as “unknown parentage” may be exposed to. the child welfare authority in the ministry of labor and social affairs decided to give this name (karim al-nasab). the second requirement (conditions for annexation in iraqi law) in recent days, the media has circulated real-life stories about orphaned children or children of unknown parentage who were left alone to face the hardships of life and the many problems of society. the iraqi legislator has regulated the provisions and rules regarding annexation in the juvenile welfare law no. (76) of 1983 currently in force, and devoted chapter five of chapter three of the aforementioned law to it. first: conditions for annexation. iraqi law stipulates a set of conditions for annexation of an orphan or unknown child, namely: the applicants for annexation must be iraqis. the establishment of a marital bond between them. they are known for their good conduct. they are sane and free from infectious diseases. their ability to support and raise the child. they must have good faith. second: procedures for requesting annexation: iraqi law regulates the annexation procedures that must be followed to issue the annexation decision, which are as follows: those requesting annexation must submit a joint application to the juvenile court. the child to be included must be an orphan of parents or of unknown parentage. the juvenile court must verify that the conditions for inclusion mentioned above are met. issuing the annexation decision american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org on a trial basis lasting six months, which may be extended for another six months. sending a social researcher to the couple’s home at least once a month, and submitting a report thereon. issuing the annexation decision after the expiry of the trial period if it is found that the child’s interest is met. third: the obligation of the spouses. in article (43) of the aforementioned law, the iraqi legislator imposed a set of obligations on the spouses that they must abide by and abide by. these obligations are: spending on the child. the legislator here specified the period of spending. for the female, the spending continues until she gets married or until she works. as for the male, the expenses are given to him until he reaches the age at which he earns the same income, but if he is a student, the expenses are paid to him until he obtains at least the preparatory certificate. however, if he is unable to earn a living due to a defect in his body or a defect in his mind, then expenses will be made on him until he is able to earn. bequesting a share of the estate to the minor: article (43/second) of the aforementioned law requires the spouses to bequeath a share of their estate after death. the legislator intervened and determined this share to be equal to the share of the smallest heir. the legislator also stipulated that this share not exceed one-third of the estate. here a question arises: to what extent is it permissible for the spouses to revoke this will? the answer to this question is in the negative, as the legislator in the aforementioned article did not permit the spouses to revoke this will. fourth: the religion and religion of the minor of unknown parentage. it is not forbidden for the iraqi legislator to include a special provision regarding the religion and nationality of the minor of unknown parentage. the text of article (45) of the aforementioned law came to clarify the final ruling on this matter. the religion of the child, whose parentage is unknown, is islam. as for his nationality, it is iraqi. it is necessary to point out that the legislator did not make this presumption definitive, that is, he left the door open to prove otherwise. someone may acknowledge the child’s parentage, and thus the child’s nationality and religion are determined according to these developments. these are the most important and prominent provisions and rules related to the inclusion of a child who is an orphan of parents or of unknown parentage in iraqi law. it remains for us to point out a very important issue, which is that the ministry of labor and social affairs announced in october of 2016 the conditions for the inclusion of children of noble parentage, and in the process of this the conditions announced by the ministry, and when weighed with the balance of legality, we find that some of them were in violation of the provisions of the juvenile welfare law, and the reason for the violation is evident in the fact that these conditions were issued by the ministry, while the law is the highest and must be applied, and the instructions and regulations issued by the ministry must be facilitating to implement the law, not to violate it. social, legal, and legal opinions the positive phenomenon today in iraqi society is the return of the spirit of solidarity among people, as people have begun to show a high desire to cooperate among themselves instead of relying on state projects, which have begun to fluctuate between negative and positive, as the adoption of orphaned and poor children by families has proven it was a great success compared to the successes in shelter centers, where the feeling of alienation is prevalent among children. however, in iraq there are still social and legal obstacles that prevent families from being encouraged to adopt children whose means of living have been cut off as a result of the loss of their fathers and mothers, in security conditions marred by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org killing and displacement. in one of the care homes in baghdad, abu amer from diyala governorate was hesitant to place the children of his brother, who went missing in armed action in 2008, due to his inability to provide for their livelihood, and his wife’s desire for them not to stay at home. however, he hesitated to do so due to many social and psychological factors, including society will look down on him for abandoning his nephews while they are in distress, but abu amer, who does not have a fixed income and lives on goods that he spreads daily on the sidewalk, is thinking of another solution, to have another family adopt them, and abu amer’s story is similar in its details to other stories. it is repeated daily in the various cities of iraq, when those in charge refuse to place children in orphanages, for fear of what people say, and if the matter leads to their homelessness on the streets, the culture of shame prevents the registration of children, but at the same time it does not view their homelessness as an anomalous case, carrying many trouble. on the contrary, the phenomenon of iraqi families adopting children in foster homes is increasing, with many requests from families wishing to adopt children, especially those families deprived of children. umm ghufran submitted a request to the baghdad court in order to complete the official procedures for adopting the child, shatha, whose parentage is unknown, after she lost her parents. iraqi law allows the adoption of children provided that families have an appropriate level of income that qualifies them to care for the adopted child. the law also requires that the husband and wife be of iraqi nationality. five million orphans the social researcher at one of the care homes (umm salem) says: there are about 2.5 million orphan children in iraq, and that this number exceeds the capabilities of the iraqi state. however, international reports indicated in their last statistics in 2011 that the number of orphans in iraq reached about five million children, or 16% of the population. in 2009, the government opened a project to qualify cadres for organizations working in the field of caring for and sponsoring orphans in iraq. the number of orphanages in iraq is nineteen, four of which are in the capital, baghdad, and the rest are in the governorates. a former official in child care homes: these factors were the reason that many care homes are still below their maximum capacity due to social isolation. he continues: families, philanthropists, prefer to adopt children over orphanages. he points out that since 2003, the phenomenon of homeless children and orphans has increased, as has the number of philanthropists who include children, but despite their numbers, their numbers remain small compared to the huge number of orphans and homeless people in iraq, which is unfortunate. he adds: the iraqi ministry of human rights announced in 2011 that iraq now contains the largest percentage of orphans in the arab world. she confirmed that the number of orphans in iraq began to increase in recent years as a result of the violence and murders that affected hundreds of thousands of iraqis and orphaned and displaced millions of children. among the directives and proposals is to increase the number of orphanages. as for the social researcher (ahmed ali), he has another opinion on the subject of adoption, as he said: the issue of age is an important issue in adoption, since if the child is young, his personality can be built however the adopters want, and he can be raised in the way they want in terms of transmitting ideas and principles. which grows with this child and makes him an ideal image, as the child observes and imitates what the parents do, and here the adopter can raise the child he has adopted in the way he desires. the best way to adopt is for the child to keep his real name, acknowledge his real parents, and make him understand that he is in his second family, and that he is on his way to becoming a member of this family. i believe that adopting children is better than adopting adults because it makes it easier american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org to control the child, and his choice must be careful and careful. after knowing his family, if his parentage is known, and if his parentage is unknown, this does not affect his upbringing, since the human being, as is known, is affected by the social reality that reflects negatively or positively, and therefore he is affected by those who live with him and influence him, and there is no relationship to the parents who gave birth to him, and this socially and medically stable. social researcher kawthar samir, for her part, considered the issue of the sincere desire of those who want to adopt very important for the success of this process, and she said: when the desire arises among couples who have been married for many years and have not been able to have children for many reasons to have a child, so they think about adoption. however, one of the spouses may feel that they may not love the one they have adopted as much as they love the child they have, but these doubts quickly dissipate as they see the child becoming an important part of their family, especially when the woman feels that adopting this child is much easier than the exhausting process of childbirth. the researcher confirms that psychological preparation is important for those who want to adopt, as the couple must be prepared to embrace this child and be able to raise him and manage his affairs in the best possible way. legal opinions cancellation of the annexation decision upon breach of the pledge we visited one of the courts in dhi qar, and we met one of the judges who preferred not to mention his name, and we asked him about the issue of joining children, or (joining), and the mechanism by which it takes place. he replied, saying: there are many measures that must be taken to join children, so the spouses must come forward. by joint request to the juvenile court to include a child, an orphan of parents, or whose parentage is unknown. the juvenile court, before issuing its decision on annexation, must verify that the two applicants for annexation are iraqis, known to be of good conduct, sane and free from contagious diseases, capable of supporting and raising the child, and that they have good faith. after that, the juvenile court issues its decision to include the child on a temporary basis and for a trial period of six months, which may be extended to another six months. during this period, the court sends a social researcher to the spouses’ home at least once a month, to verify their desire to include the child and their care for him. he submits a detailed report to the court. he adds: if the spouses or one of them rescinds their desire to include the child during the trial period, or if it becomes clear to the juvenile court that the child’s interest is not being fulfilled in that regard, it must cancel its decision to include the child and hand over the child to any social institution prepared for this purpose, and if the juvenile court finds after the expiration of the trial period the child’s interest is fulfilled by the spouses’ firm desire to include him with them. the court issues its decision to join them, and the lineage of unknown parentage is acknowledged before the juvenile court in accordance with the personal status law. the child of unknown parentage is considered an iraqi muslim, unless proven otherwise, and then the juvenile court must send a copy of the its decision to annex or acknowledge the lineage to the directorate of nationality and general civil status for registration in its records. juvenile welfare law no. 76 of 1982 the judge added: there are many obligations imposed on the applicants for addition towards the child, which are spending on the child until the female gets married or works, and until the boy reaches the point where he earns like him, unless he is a student or unable to earn, perhaps there is a defect in his body or a defect in his mind. in this case, spending on it will continue until the student obtains a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org preparatory certificate as a minimum when he reaches the age that qualifies him to obtain it, or until the incapacitated person becomes able to earn and bequeath to the minor an amount equal to the share of the smallest heir, provided that it does not exceed a third of the estate, and it is obligatory and may not be withdrawn. about her. this is what was stated in the juvenile welfare law no. 76 of 1982 and its amendments, and according to the judge’s opinion, joining in islam is not permissible, as it is not permissible to join people with known lineage. what happens is that the child is taken from his known family and given to another, and registered and attributed in their name, and this is not permissible, which causes there will be many social problems in the future, and here comes the role of the court in denying and proving paternity. if there is a birth statement issued by a hospital, it is not possible to change the child’s lineage to the new family, because the birth statement is evidence of his original parentage. however, if the birth was at home by a midwife authorized, there is a proof of birth, and here the lineage is changed because there is no evidence of the child’s original lineage. if the parents come and acknowledge that this is not their child and it is the child of the other family and everyone acknowledges that, then a ruling is made denying the child’s lineage and his lineage to the other family according to the testimony of witnesses. the iraqi civil code does not contain a text defining the concept of adoption lawyer tariq mahdi qandil believes that there is no text in the iraqi civil code that defines the concept of adoption in its known form as in the laws of other countries, especially european ones. the reason for this as he says is because most of the provisions of the iraqi civil code came from islamic sharia, the hanafi school of thought, and its reliance on the code of islamic law. the ottoman judicial rulings and the guide to the hiran of qadri pasha, in contrast to the european laws that considered adoption and unnatural children a normal matter stipulated in those laws, and the iraqi civil law dealt with the issue of legal filiation, guardianship, and other duties between parents and children and people for whom the nationality and status of the foundling are not known, and all of this. regarding the issue of iraqi nationality. although adoption in islam is not possible, in social life some people resort to it, who do not have children, so they take the child from the hospital or shelter and adopt him as their child, and register it in their name, which creates many social problems. there are general rules that define the frameworks for adoption, including that it be the adoptee must be of a certain age and be able to support the adoptee, not have any legitimate children at the time of adoption, be of good conduct, and satisfy the other spouse. these are the conditions for the adopter. as for the adoptee, he must be a minor. an adult may be adopted provided that he is younger than the adopter. it is also not permissible to adopt more than one person unless the husband is married to two wives. adoption occurs through an official contract drawn up in the presence of both parties and ratified by the court. the adoptee inherits the adopted person. it is permissible to challenge the procedures and the inheritance that the adoptee has by those who have an interest in it, such as the adoptee’s brothers and sisters or someone who has an interest in the adoptee’s inheritance, especially after his death. adoption does not remove the adoptee from his original family if his lineage is known and he remains the bearer of his real family name. he is not deprived of his rights in it, and the adoptee has the right to discipline and raise those who adopted him and the right to approve his marriage. the adopted person has all the rights stipulated in inheritance unless someone who has an interest in denying the adoptee’s lineage challenges it. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org legitimacy to find out the opinion of islamic law on the issue of adoption, we first met with mr. saleh al-haidari, head of the shiite endowment office, who answered us on the subject, saying: if what is meant by adoption is for a specific family to raise a child who is an orphan of parents, or for any other reason, and to provide him with assistance in life matters until he becomes he is able to bear the burdens of life himself, so there is no legal objection to that. as for the legal obstacle, it is when this child is registered in the name of the family that adopted him, and the legal rights that result from this registration are like any heir to this family. this matter is absolutely not permissible, and it is not permissible to attribute this child to his family. to a father other than his legal father or to a mother other than his mother. therefore, there is no objection to caring for and raising children, with an important note, which is the legal issue within the home for the boy and the girl as well. this means that when the boy reaches the age of majority, the woman who raised him must wear the hijab when she sees him, and likewise the girl must wear the hijab in front of the man who raised her. all schools of thought believe that it is not permissible for this person to be considered a son of this family unless he is a descendant of the father. in all legal matters, this person cannot be attributed to the family that raised him, but it is possible to provide assistance or a gift to him by registering the adopter in his name for money, a house, or something. likewise, as for mahmoud al-falahi, the official in the office of the head of the sunni endowment office, he answered our question regarding adoption, saying: since islamic law respects childhood and calls for the preservation of children, there is nothing wrong with a child for any reason joining one of the families wishing to care for him and provide him with assistance. in life, without being registered in the name of that family, but rather attributed to his real family, we have evidence of this in the case of the messenger in the incident of zaid, where the clear qur’anic text came from surah al-ahzab, verse 40 (muhammad was not the father of any of your men, but the messenger of god...) he did not say that zaid was the son of muhammad, despite the prophet’s upbringing of zaid from a young age. likewise, what was mentioned in verse (5) of surah al-ahzab (call them by their fathers, that is fairer in the sight of god. if you do not know their fathers, then they are your brothers in religion and your servants...). as for the issue of inheritance, he has no right to inherit, but rather the person who took care of him and raised him has the right to make a will for him. with money that helps him live in dignity. when we asked him about the possibility of the adoptee marrying the girl he adopted, he replied: there is no legal objection to the adoptee marrying the girl he adopted, because there is no relationship between them that would prevent him from marrying her. to find out the opinion of the christian religion on the issue of adoption, we met with the christian cleric khaled esho (chaldean church), where he explained that adoption is permissible in christianity, as the adopted child is like a real son, and is registered in the name of the family that adopted him, so there is no harm in that in the christian religion. the adopted person follows the christian religion, that is, the religion of the family that raised him. as for inheritance, this follows the status of the adopted family. if the family has females and he is the only child among them, he is given the same status as the females. however, if the adopted person is the only one in the family, he is given either a quarter of the estate. or half of it if he is a respectable person who is loyal to his family that adopted him. however, if he is not loyal to the family that cared for and raised him, he is not given anything from the estate, and it goes to other heirs in the family. but the important issue is that it is not forbidden in christianity to register an adopted child in the name of the family that adopted him, just as it is not permissible to marry a female who is being raised by the adopter at all, unlike islam. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org victim children most children who are orphans or whose parentage is unknown are victims of conflicts and armed actions, and some children remain without a breadwinner due to their families being arrested or abandoning them for economic or social reasons. you also notice in children's homes many children of unknown parentage who were picked up from the streets. wassan ismail, a social researcher in one of the orphanages, says: “we have two children who had marks on their bodies, and they were infants after they were thrown into garbage dumps. perhaps this constitutes evidence that their parents live in the neighboring area and that they know that their children will be placed in orphanages, so this was done.” tattooing them with certain signs, in order to trace them in the future, which is a strange thing. wasan points out that developing orphanages and spreading the culture of adoption block the way for hidden gangs seeking to smuggle children and transfer them from iraq to another country. according to wasan, despite the wars and tragedies that iraq has gone through, the phenomenon of kidnapping children and selling them or trafficking them has not reached alarming levels. what happened were individual cases, or cases that alternated from time to time due to the strong social ties in society, which is still fine, according to wasan, who concludes her talk by noting that the united nations children’s fund (unicef) announced that 872 iraqi children were killed and more than 3,200 were injured. as a result of violence that occurred in iraq between 2008 and 2010. she pointed out that reports issued by the iraqi government stated that 376 children were killed and 1,594 injured as a result of violence that occurred in 2008, and 362 were killed and 1,044 others were injured in 2009. she pointed out that 134 children were killed and 590 others were injured as a result of violence that occurred during the first nine months of 2010. the death toll of children during the past three years represents approximately 8.1% of the total victims killed in three years. the international organization stressed in its report that it remains concerned about the indiscriminate violence that continues to violate the rights of children in iraq, and stressed that it continues with its partners to monitor violations against them, including recruitment, killing, mutilation, kidnapping, sexual assault, and attacks on schools and hospitals, which are behind organized gangs. the vast majority of orphaned children in iraq, which has witnessed several wars in recent decades, including the american invasion in 2003, suffer from a lack of services in general, including the need for education supplies, health services, and other life necessities. recommendations 1-working to increase orphanages and increasing interest from before interested in that. 2-there must be real individual and community awareness of this situation humanity that has spread recently. 3addressing cases with humanitarian organizations and finding solutions for them. 4-orphans and people of unknown parentage are exposed to exploitation by organized gangs. 5the law must be tightened against violating any instructions that would hinder the work of humanitarian organizations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org references 1) azad shakoor saleh, alternative means of negotiation to settle disputes international investment contracts a comparative study phd thesis, submitted to a college law and politics salah university al-din erbil, 2012. 2) amjad sabah abdel-aali, alternative contracts for production sharing agreements for development the oil sector in iraq, research published in the journal of economic sciences, university basra, volume five, issue 21, 2008. 3) bassem saeed younis, voluntary arbitration is a means of resolving contract disputes international investment, master’s thesis, college of law, university of baghdad, 1990. 4) dr. ahmed abdel karim salama, legislative stability conditions in investment contracts international trade, research published in the egyptian journal of international law, 1987, volume 3. 5) d. ahmed abdel hamid ashoush, arbitration as a means of resolving disputes in the field investment a comparative study, university youth foundation, alexandria, 1990. 6) d. bashar muhammad al-asaad, international effectiveness of arbitration in investment contract disputes international, 1st edition, al-halabi legal publications, lebanon, 2009. 7) d. essam el-din mustafa bassima, the legal system for foreign investments special in the countries that take the eagle, arab renaissance house, cairo, 1972. 8) d. fawzi muhammad sassi, the applicable law in international commercial arbitration, al-huquqi magazine, issue 1-4, year 19. 1988. 9) d. fawzi muhammad sami, international commercial arbitration, dar al-hekma, baghdad, 1992. 10) d. muhammad dawood al-zoubi, lawsuit for invalidation of arbitration award in commercial disputes international, 1st edition, dar al-thaqafa for publishing and distribution, amman, 2011. 11) d. muhammad youssef alwan, the legal system for oil exploitation in the arab countries, 1st edition, faculty of law, kuwait university, 1982. 12) d. mona mahmoud mustafa, international protection of foreign direct investment and the role of arbitration in the settlement of investment disputes, dar al nahda al arabiya, cairo, 1990. 13) d. hisham khaled, the feasibility of resorting to international commercial arbitration, mansha’ah knowledge, alexandria, 2006. 14) sabah abdel-kadhim shabib al-saadi, the legal system for the development and production contract oil in iraq, 1st edition, arab house of sciences, publishers, beirut, lebanon, 2015. 15) kawa omar muhammad mirza, oil and its exploitation contract disputes (legal study). comparative analysis), master’s thesis, saint clements international university, 2010. 16) hashim al-alawi, arbitration conditions in iraqi legislation and its impact on petroleum contracts al-iraqiya, research published in al-qadha magazine, issue, 1971. laws and texts 1. the iraqi constitution in force in 2005. 2. see the national points company investment zones allocation law. 3. iraqi investment law no. 13 of 2009. 4. law of establishment of the iraqi oil company no. 123 of 1997. 5. private investment in crude oil refining law no. 14 of 2007. 6. oil and gas of the kurdistan region 1 no. 22 of 2007. 7. article (111) of the iraqi constitution of 2005 stipulates (oil and gas are the property of all the iraqi people in all regions and governorates). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 8. article (50/second 2) of this law stipulates (if the dispute is not resolved through negotiations, both parties may submit the dispute to arbitration). 9. article (50 / second 3) of this law stipulates (any arbitration between the minister and the authorized person shall be conducted by agreement of both parties and in accordance with one of the following rules: a the washington convention of 1965). 10. article (27/first) of this law stipulates: “disputes arising from the application of this law are subject to iraqi law and the jurisdiction of the iraqi judiciary.” 11. article (25/1) stipulates: “the powers of the center shall extend to any legal dispute arising directly from an investment between a contracting state (or one of its constituent divisions which that state appoints to the center or its agencies that it appoints).” 12. the agreements of the iraq oil companies of 1920, mosul oil of 1932, and basra oil of 1938 were stipulated. 13. article (4/37) of this contract stipulates: “disputes arising from or relating to this contract must be settled finally..., in accordance with the arbitration rules of the international chamber of commerce by three arbitrators appointed as a layer according to the aforementioned rules.” 14. article (33) of the arbitration rules of the united nations committee stipulates international trade law. 15. a stipulation upon technical service with the airab company for the year 1968 in iraq stipulates: “...the arbitration shall be conducted according to the rules and procedures set by the president. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org about philosophical belief b.nomanjonov, docent, candidate of philosophical sciences fergana state university, uzbekistan, fergana a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article aims to justify the philosophical interpretation of the divine faith, or-the philosophies of the interpretation of phenomena in existence and the use of explanations-rules, that is, the assertion that what phenomenon is in existence "can be explained through approximately selected reasons and used within the framework of that phenomenon (as it is considered)." idealism, materialism, subjectivism, objectivism, idealist, materialist, realist, atheist, mind, matter. introduction it will be more effective to distinguish the emphasis that you want to make in the article from the following four cases. 1. it is usually required to react to any issue through the category "cause and effect", and this is – of course. but how to achieve this goal is not said. the reason is, for example, traffic, equipment, fire safety, bathing in the river, even in a just purchased ironing box, there are rules for how to use it-there are! but, and the rules of how to interpret phenomena in existence and how to use comments in existence no! that is, they are not created. the resulting verbal, religious, scientific, political, and other discussions taking place in the market, bus, teahouse, and other public places because of someone's approval of their own are sometimes making appear to show their fists who cannot get up in their mouths. thanks to the present, which in such cases is increasing from day to day, "one of our honored doctors of philosophy will say, "so enough!" did we get up and hear about the fact that he called the church to order on behalf of the science of philosophy and clarified the problem through the manual" how to interpret phenomena in existence and how to use comments in existence"? have we seen? we haven't heard! we haven't seen it! 2. all social systems-agricultural, financial, educational, judicial, prosecutorial, presidential office, even the activities of employees of the national security service are controlled from the outside, that is, through the laws of society. some of them even have their own internal security service. from the mistakes and shortcomings that were made as a result, sooner or later society becomes aware, taken in a certain sense. but there is such a single social category that is absolutely unresponsive to the mistakes it makes, that is, that making a mistake "takes the hook" so that its activities are not controlled from the outside or from the inside. more precisely the control mechanism, that is, there are no" rules for how to interpret phenomena in existence and how to use comments in existence". we are talking about the scientific activities of scientists. that is, new, but poor quality scientific information is being american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org popularized by representatives of scientific information, and, as a result, scientific information consumers, unaware of anything, will continue to use them. 3. as you know, the worldview of mankind is divided into oral, religious, political, physical, mathematical, democratic, etc. attached observers were given statuses of narrator, religious, politician, physicist, mathematician, democrat, etc. that is, believers-religious, politicians-political, physicistsphysical, etc. – are specialists in the interpretation and use of other phenomena in existence. philosophers, on the other hand, had to be observers who react to, that is, keep in control, how others interpret and use phenomena that belong to them in the brochure. 4. from the history of science, it is known that even when a simple reality based on thinking in a new way is advanced, its approvers do not appear at once. but those who blindly defend old thoughts say "crowd why are you looking, beat this stupid!" he gathers immediately. the rest of the secretive live on the same side, waiting for the transition to the side of the winners. especially for modern schoolchildren, when a new view began to appear that the "planet earth revolves around its axis", which has become a simple reality even for modern schoolchildren, the "masters of science of that time-the jesuits "stuck copernicus's "mouth for a lifetime", burned djordano bruno alive in the bonfire, suing galileo and forcing him to admit that planet earth stands. do you say, "he can lie in bed in his yard, no matter who he is, of a man whose naughty times have already passed away, the current disseminators of scientific information are advancing some new thought?" let the essay tell you! within the framework of the 3 discussions in word, we will consider interpretations on the issue of philosophical belief, standing from the positions of 5 different observers (ever, realist, idealist, materialist, religious and atheist). to do this, it is proposed to use according to the following scheme: a-condition; b-event; v-observer; g-cause; d-result, j-discussion. results and discussions "discussion №1: a) being(realism); b) rules for interpreting phenomena and using annotations; c) the realist philosopher, idealist, realist, materialist, religious, and atheist; g) the observer does not know, knows, and god knows; d)? c)?". discussion №2: a) the land of idealists, that is, the conditions in which any assumption is always confirmed; b) the rules for interpreting and using phenomena; v) idealist; g) the observer does not know; d) any phenomenon can be used by interpreting it through approximately selected reasons. discussion №3: a) the land of materialists, that is, the conditions in which all objective reasons are stated in advance; b) the rules for isolating and using objects; v) materialist; g) the observer knows; d) what phenomenon should be used in isolation through factual objective reasons. don't say i haven't heard. in uzbekistan, a transparent discussion has begun on the topic of how to interpret the phenomena of being and how to use the comments in being. who is the blessing first? idealist. let this tell the abscess (materialist) that any phenomenon can be explained and used through approximately selected causes. because the observer cannot know in any way the objective, or vice versa, subjectivity of the approximately chosen cause. that is, consciousness is primary matter secondary. right? realist. partly right! because being is the conditions that expose subjective causes through the conclusions that they give rise to, but, not confirmed. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org materialist. well (had a head)! therefore, tell the this tongue stupid (idealist) that any phenomenon should be used only by interpreting it through an objective cause. because all conclusions in the nature of objective reasons are always confirmed. that is, matter is primary consciousness secondary. right? realist. partly right! because there are objective reasons conditions that are not predictable. they can be used in practice after prior disclosure. therefore, approximately we are obliged to use the chosen reasons extremely carefully, that is, to follow the idealists. simply put, idealistic and materialistic blind and lame hunters in existence. therefore, an idealist who has fallen into existence must go hunting, carrying the materialist on his shoulders. that is, a realist philosopher has to be idealistic in theory and materialist in practice. religious. "alhamdu lillah i’m muslim! the last divine book of the quran, muhammad alaykhis salam the last prophet". realist. that is, you are an observer who chooses to react to being on the basis of the quran. the five time, friday and khayit pray, among which the prayer recited when the new moon comes out, are actually the rules for interpreting and using the day, week, month and year on the basis of the quran through the hijri account. generally according to the religious-historical sequence of the torah, the gospel and the night that quran are selected works of allah. it is from this point of view that the quran is the last divine book, muhammad alaykhis salam the last prophet. if someone claims the next prophethood, god will have to selectively give his equivalent, which does not leave a place for any objection, by revealing that there is an unverifiable conclusion in the nature of the cause that knows. atheist. well! if a double is asked to be a double in place, even in mosque and church is too "4", i.e. "allah knows", not "the observer knows". an experimental confirmation of the subjective nature of the cause of "god knows" as an experience, of the absence of god in general, is a simple fact that this greatest fool also understands! right? realist. absolutely wrong! the fact is that a quarter table that no one knows is revealed through the reason for "god knows", and its subjective equivalent in existence is transferred to the discretion of the reason under "the servant knows". that is, supporters of the reason for the "human knows" have the right to use, not ownership, in relation to the carrara schedule. or-there is no conflict between religion and atheism. all accidents and discussions on this issue are the personal problems of subjective believers, atheists and blind followers of religious, as well as atheistic philosophies, which are not completely formed in the worldview. which of the matter and of the mind is unity, whether god exists or not, the finite or infinite of the universe, etcs. are useless activities that seem to ask which of the chicken and eggs appeared before. being (matter) forms the mind, which in turn forms the objective inicos of matter (being), the philosophical circle closes. "god is not in your tongue, but in your heart". that is, no one was asked to discuss god openly, no one was ordered! all categories of observers can only discuss the nature of the reasons for "the servant knows, the servant does not know, and allah knows" in the processes of interpretation and use of phenomena in the universe that he created, and not allah himself. it is known that idealists, materialists and atheists have tried to express doubts about the objective nature of the cause of "god knows" in existence, but have not achieved any result so far. and finally for idlers who ask "which of the chicken and eggs appeared before": put that concrete chicken and egg in the middle; experts will tell in five minutes which of them appeared before, passing the necessary chemical, biological and other surveys. therefore, leaving aside useless misfortunes and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org discussions, the worldview of mankind lies hidden in the so-called huge warehouse of fairy tales, teachings, theories, principles, theorems, hypotheses and other information if discussion: “abvgdj” is completed, if the necessary ones are separated, our students will have a guide, that is, a set of issues and solutions, from elementary philosophy, which will serve to a thorough formation of the scientific worldview. example: a) very ancient times; b) the attitude of a girl who was thrown out of the forest, sitting in a cart loaded with crates; c) the narrator; g) hard work and laziness; d) the consequences that will be known when the crate is opened; j)?". conclusion. naturally, those who read the fairy tale "zumrad va qimmat" cannot immediately tell if he is an emerald, or vice versa, seeing a girl who was thrown out of the forest as a phenomenon, sitting in a cart loaded with chests. as a result, two side comments are formed in the meanings "emerald sitting in the cart, not rather expensive sitting". therefore, it is necessary to wait patiently and contentedly for the development of events in no hurry to draw conclusions. because the truth can only be said depending on whether the consequence inside the chest is positive, or vice versa – negative. this is exactly what philosophical belief implies. references: 1. алимасов в. фалсафа ёхуд фикрлаш санъати. тошкент, 2008. 2. зиёмуҳаммедов б. комилликка элтувчи китоб. тошкент, 2006. 3. жакбаров м. комил инсон ғояси тарихий фалсафий таҳлил. тошкент, 2000. 4. йўлдошев с. жаҳон фалсафаси. тошкент, 2004. 5. марков б.в. философия антропология. учебное пособие. 2-е изд. питер, 2008. 6.ганиев, б., & ганиева, м. с. (2019). религиозно-исламские и духовные корни предпринимательской деятельности в средней азии. in идеалы и ценности ислама в образовательном пространстве xxi века (pp. 332-335). 7. шарифхужаев м., рахимов ф. даврни белгилаб берган инсон. тошкент, 2004. 8. бозаров, д. м., & каримова, г. й. (2021). мураккаб ижтимоий тизимларда ўзўзини ташкиллаштириш моделининг ўрни. oriental journal of social sciences, 1(1), 1-9. 9. teshaboev, m. ., karimov, u. ., & karimova, g. . (2023). scientific and methodological foundations of applied philosophy. oriental journal of social sciences, 3(05), 69–80. https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojss-03-05-08 10. usmanov, n. (2021). the philosophical basis for the formation of spiritual maturity among young people. oriental journal of social sciences, 1(1), 33-37. 11. ганиев, б. с., & эватов, с. с. (2020). значение и роль исламскотеоретического (суфийского) учения накшбандия в духовнопросветительском воспитании молодежи. in i международный форум" богословское наследие мусульман россии" (pp. 253-256). 12. фалсафа қомусий луғат. тошкент, 2004. 13. минто в. дедуктивная и индуктивная логика. спб. тит. 1995. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org the role of special economic zones in the investment environment of uzbekistan iskandarova dilorom khayrullayevna tashkent financial institute department of valuation and investment email address: diskandarova 117@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article reveals the essence and goals of the establishment of special economic zones. the theoretical foundations of the activity of special economic zones in the national economy were studied and summarized, as well as proposals and recommendations for attracting investments to special economic zones were developed. special economic zone, investment, foreign investment, technopark, cluster, free trade zones introduction special economic zones have become a unique form of development of the world economy and are widespread in many countries. over the past 5 years, there has been an active growth trend in the establishment of special economic zones in developed and developing countries. of the 5,400 special economic zones that exist today, about 1,000 different types of zones have been established in the recorded period, and another 500 are at the stage of establishment in 2021 and beyond. according to the world association of export production zones, more than 30% of world trade is carried out through free economic zones. special economic zones (hereinafter referred to as sez) successfully solve the tasks of economic and social development of the country by increasing the export component, increasing the flow of foreign investments, and expanding the production of import-substituting products. sez has established itself as a center for creating new ideas and introducing innovations in production processes, attracting investments in modern production using world science and technology achievements, increasing the innovative level of the country's economy, supplying high-tech products to foreign markets. conditions are being created for successful entry. sez as a means of innovative infrastructure is one of the factors of the growth point of the economy and serves as a tool for the implementation of macroeconomic goals. at the global level, many foreign scientists are conducting studies on the rapid growth of the main macroeconomic indicators of gdp, investments, foreign trade turnover and other issues in which sez plays an important role. review of literature on the subject as we know, special attention has been paid to the development of special economic zones and adaptation to the territory of uzbekistan based on foreign experience. one of the russian scientists, d. adrianov, defines fezs as follows: "free economic zones are a part of the national territory and create wide opportunities for finding solutions to economic problems. it creates important facilities in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org the economic activity of foreign and national entrepreneurship" [1]. and e.f. avdokushin "a free economic zone is a part of a country or a state and has a special administrative system of management that is directed to the solution of specific socio-economic and technological problems and creates special conditions for economic operators"[ 2], he said. according to russian economists a. kuznetsov [3] and s.a. ribakov and n.a. orlova[4], "a free economic zone is an area where foreign goods can be stored, sold or purchased without any customs fees." vakhabov a.v., khajibakiev sh.kh., muminov n.g. from uzbekistan [4] and russian danko t.p., okrut z.m.[5], igoshin n.v.[7] the authors unanimously concluded: "a free economic zone is a demarcated area where a special preferential economy applies to local and foreign entrepreneurs." research methodology the article uses systematic approach, comparative, expert, survey, generalization, processing, analysis, synthesis and forecasting method result and discussion. 1 free economic zone was established in 2008, 2 in 2012-2013, and 20 new free economic zones in recent years in order to activate the attraction of foreign investments in economic sectors and accelerate territorial economic and social development in uzbekistan. it is important to note that with their help, it became possible to further develop certain activities in various regions, to attract more foreign investors to economic sectors. table1 efficiency of special economic zones in uzbekistan and assessment of attractiveness № name of indicators special economic zones total border value navoi angren jizzakh 1 sez coverage (investments and infrastructure creation costs ratio, in %) 230% 329% 346% 298% 150-200% 2 the share of sezs in the country's gdp produced in sez production volume of products ratio to the country's gdp, in % ) 0.07% 0.47% 0.19% 0.73% 8-10% 3 sez in the total export of the country share (produced and exported in miz the volume of products made in the country relative to the export of manufactured goods ratio, in %) 0.12% 0.11% 0.31% 0.54% 10-15% 4 produced in the territory of sez dynamics of export of products 2.5% 1.9% 1.2% 1.5% 20-30% 5 foreign investments of sezs share in the total volume (attracted to sez of the value of foreign investment (xi). xi overall in the country's economy ratio to the value, in %) 0.73% 0.65% 0.54 % 1.92% 20-30% in general, evaluating the activity of special economic zones is one of the important aspects of their further development. today, the main task facing many developing countries, including the republic of uzbekistan, is to ensure the effective operation of local sezs. from this point of view, the methodology of evaluating the level of development and efficiency of the special economic zones can american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org be a reliable mechanism. its use allows for the optimal allocation of budget funds allocated by the state for the development of special economic zones and ultimately to achieve positive results. to evaluate the efficiency indicators of special economic zones, we used a five-point system that provides for the fulfillment of the plan indicators of special economic zones. based on the weighted average values obtained here, the level of development and the efficiency of the activity of special economic zones for the reporting period are evaluated using the following criteria: from 5 to 4 points effective operation of sez; from 4 to 3 points more effective operation of sez; from 3 to 2 points conditionally effective operation of sez with the need to improve individual areas; from 2 to 1 points the effectiveness of sez activity is low; less than 1 point ineffective operation of sez. we will analyze the dynamics of implementation of investment projects in the territory of sez in 2010-2021 (fig. 1). table 2 figure 1. dynamics of implementation of investment projects in the territory of sez in 2010-2021 [7] in 2010-2021, a total of 478 investment projects with a total value of 2428.1 million dollars were implemented. within the implementation of these projects, 23,672 thousand jobs were created. the most projects were implemented in 2020, i.e. 512.3 mln. 115 projects equal to us dollars and 583.4 million in 2021. 122 projects equal to us dollars, the smallest project in 2011, that is, 17.8 mln. 2 projects worth usd (figure 1) another factor complicating the activities of the organizers of special economic zones is that they may have different understandings of incentives and benefits by foreign and domestic investors. for example, well-developed infrastructure in the region can be a great incentive for local investors to make capital investments, and for a foreign investor, such an "incentive" is a mandatory precondition american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org for making a decision to invest in the region. is considered the first step for a foreign investor is not the level of infrastructure in the region, but the level and quality of infrastructure in one's own country or in other foreign countries. local investors may perceive the established conditions in a specific area as very advanced and technically modern (eg, management system), while foreign investors may have more extreme views. this conflict is an insurmountable situation, and it is necessary to take this situation into account when developing and implementing projects of special economic zones. local investors may perceive the established conditions in a specific area as very advanced and technically modern (eg, management system), while foreign investors may have more extreme views. this conflict is an insurmountable situation, and it is necessary to take this situation into account when developing and implementing projects of special economic zones. conclusion 1. in the terms of taxation of the participants of the special economic zones, depending on the size of the investments, the participants of the special economic zones should be given tax benefits in the form of exemption from property tax, land tax and tax for the use of water resources for a period determined by the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan. . 2. when importing goods, the participants of the special economic zone may pay the value added tax with a delay of up to 120 days. the tax amount must be reimbursed to the participant of the special economic zone in a simplified manner within seven days. references 1. law of the republic of uzbekistan dated 17.02.2020 no. orq-604 "on special economic zones" 2. special economic zones as a tool for economic development. https://www.oliverwyman.com/content/dam/oliverwyman/me/banners/special%20economic%2 0zonesdigitalrev.pdf 3. mahmudov n.m., eshov m.p. and others. integration into the world economy. study guide. t.: tdiu, 2011, 200 p. 4. l.a. kravchenko, m.v. goryachikh. osobie ekonomicheskie zoni:zarubezhniy opiti perspective funktsionirovaniya v rossii. vestnik tvgu. series "economic iupravlenie". 2017. no. 4. p. 7– 13. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/153142873.pdf74. 5. danko t.p., okrut z.m. free economic zone. m.: infra-m, 19988. sirazetdinov r.m., salaxieva l.r. osobie ekonomicheskie zoni kak instrumentinnovatsionnogo razvitiya natsionalnoy ekonomiki: effektivnost, tendentsii, problemy i puti ix reshenia // rossiyskoe predprinimatelstvo. 2016. —t. 17. no. 21. s. 2827–2836. — doi: 10.18334/rp.17.21.36925 6. federal law "ob osobix ekonomicheskix zonax v rossiyskoy federatsii" ot 22.07.2005 116-fz http://www.consultant.ru/document/cons _doc_law_54599/\ 7. it was carried out based on the information of the state statistics committee of the republic of uzbekistan. taking into account the indicators of foreign sezs, the threshold value is set. 8. compiled by the author based on information from the ministry of economic development, ministry of investments and foreign trade, and sez directorates. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org coaches of sports clubs from the point of view of soccer players for the first and second degrees in dhi qar dr. nabil maktouf jawed dhi qar education directorate dr.nabeelm.j1986@utq.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the introduction and the importance of the research include that leadership is one of the most important elements of human behavior. it has become an important factor in identifying civilization throughout the ages. in order to understand the past, we must study the leaders who shaped history. when we understand the present, we look at the past leaders and the present leaders. leadership is of great importance to humanity, as leadership is one of the biggest needs in our time, and the researcher hopes, through this study, to reach results that have positive implications. on different aspects in sports measurements, and it will be a new link in the series of studies that preceded it and enhance its results and results. measurements can also appear in the best organizations, and these results can open the building for sports movement and football. the research problem is in aerobic exercise the study included the research methodology and its field procedures, so the descriptive approach was adopted by the survey method to solve the problem, and the research sample was selected by the (intentional) method on club players, and the research sample included (169) players in the first and second divisions in dhi qar. it included several recommendations and conclusions, the most important of which are 1building a scale of transformational leadership among coaches of sports clubs from the point of view of soccer players 2there is a clear discrepancy in the application of the scale of transformational leadership among coaches of sports clubs from the point of view of players in the first and second division clubs in dhi qar. as for the recommendations, they were among them including. 1adopting the transformational leadership scale of the coaches of sports clubs from the point of view of the players. 2the necessity of clear knowledge from the trainers of the importance of transformational leadership as a modern method in managing the training process and sports clubs. transformational leadership, sports clubs, football for the first and second degree in dhi qar. قار ذي في والثانية االولى للدرجة القدم كرة العبي نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس وتطبيق بناء جويد مكطوف نبيل .د قار ذي تربية مديرية dr.nabeelm.j1986@utq.edu.iq الدراسة مستخص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org على الحضارة تعرف في ًهاما ًعامال أصبحت فقد .اإلنساني السلوك عناصر همأ من واحدة القيادة تعد البحث وأهمية المقدمة تضمن القادة إلى ننظر فأننا الحاضر نستوعب فعندما التاريخ شكلوا الذين القادة ندرس إن يجب الماضي نفهم إن اجل فمن العصور مدار من القيادة تمثله لما ونظرا المستقبل في يحدث قد ما ليرو الحاليين القادة إلى ينظرون األشخاص إن الحاضرين القادة والى السابقين إلى التوصل الدراسة هذه خالل من الباحث ويأمل الحالي عصرنا في االحتياجات اكبر من واحدة القيادة تعد إذ للبشرية كبيرة أهمية التي الدراسات سلسلة في جديدة حلقة ستكونو الرياضية التربية في القيادي العمل في مختلفة جوانب على إيجابية مدلوالت لها نتائج آفاق النتائج هذه تفتح ان يمكن كما وأفضلها القيادية األساليب أنواع بيان خاللها من يمكن إذ اآلخرون بدئه ما نتائجها وتعزز سبقتها القدم وكرة الرياضية للحركة بناءال بالنفع ستعود وبالتالي المدربين سلوك في السلبية الجوانب ومعالجة اإليجابية الجوانب لتطوير . العمود وهو اإلستراتيجية أهدافها باتجاه وتطورها التدريبية العملية دفع في الفعال العنصر يعد المدرب إن في البحث مشكلة وتكمن يؤدي الذي مليوالع النظري بالجانب ومعرفته المدرب كفاءة مستوى على يتوقف وهذا الرياضية المستويات لمختلف بالنسبة الفقري وإجراءاته البحث منهجية الدراسة وتضمنت الرياضيين لدى النفسية الصفات تشكيل عملية وتحسين الرياضية المهارات تنمية إلى أندية العبي على(العمدية) بالطريقة البحث عينة اختيار وتم المشكلة لحل المسحي باألسلوب الوصفي المنهج اعتماد تم لذا الميدانية الباب اما ومناقشتها النائج تحليل الرابع الباب وتضمن قار ذي في والثانية االولى الدرجة في العب (169) على البحث عينة تواشتمل الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس بناء -1اهمها واستنتاجات توصيات عدة فشمل الرابع أندية في الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس تطبيق في واضح اينتب وجود -2 القدم بكرة وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس اعتماد -1منها فكانت التوصيات اما قار ذي في والثانية االولى الدرجة الالعبــــــــــــــين نظــــر . الرياضية واألندية التدريبية العملية إدارة في حديث كأسلوب التحويلية القيادة بأهمية المدربين من الواضحة المعرفة ضرورة -2 . بالبحث التعريف -1 البحث وأهمية المقدمة 1-1 . إن اجل فمن العصور مدار على الحضارة تعرف في ًهاما ًعامال أصبحت فقد .اإلنساني السلوك عناصر أهم من واحدة القيادة تعد الحاضرين القادة والى السابقين القادة إلى ننظر فأننا الحاضر نستوعب فعندما التاريخ شكلوا الذين القادة ندرس إن يجب الماضي نفهم القيادة تعد إذ للبشرية كبيرة أهمية نم القيادة تمثله لما ونظرا المستقبل في يحدث قد ما ليرو الحاليين القادة إلى ينظرون األشخاص إن نجدها األحيان بعض وفي ًمتوسطا ًاهتماما الحالي عصرنا في بالقيادة اهتمامنا إن الحالي عصرنا في االحتياجات اكبر من واحدة القيادة ماهية من دينمتأك ليس نحن فباألساس الحديث العصر في القيادة بمعنى جهلنا إلى ذلك في السبب ويرجع باالهتمام جديرة غير العمل في الكفاءة أو اإلقناع على لقدرة ا مثل سلوك مجرد إنها ام معينة خصائص من تتألف هل . ظهر وقد والقيادة اإلدارة بين للتميز الغالب في استخدمه وقد القيادة لدراسة أساس واإلجرائي التحويلي مصطلح أصبح التحويلية القيادة يد على يةالتحويل القيادة مصطلح (burns) وتحفيزية هدف ذات عالقة يبنون الذين القادة أولئك بين للتميز وذلك القيادة كتابة في نتائج على للحصول المنافع تبادل عملية على واسع بشكل يعتمدون الذين القادة أولئك من مرؤوسيهم مع . أعلى إلى للوصول األخر منهم بكل النهوض إلى والتابعين قائدال خاللها من يسعى عملية إنها على (التحويلية القيادة) وعرفت أخالقية وقيم أفكار إلى االحتكام خالل من وذلك التابعين بشعور النهوض إلى التحويلية القيادة وتسعى واألخالق الدافعية المستويات والستقامة كالعدالة راسخة قيمة نظم خالل من ملهع في يتحرك التحويلي فالقائد واإلنسانية والسالم والمساواة والعدالة الحرية مثل . الرياضية التربية في القيادي العمل في مختلفة جوانب على إيجابية مدلوالت لها نتائج إلى التوصل الدراسة هذه خالل من الباحث ويأمل القيادية األساليب أنواع بيان خاللها من يمكن إذ اآلخرون بدئه ما نتائجها وتعزز سبقتها التي الدراسات سلسلة في جديدة حلقة وستكون ستعود وبالتالي المدربين سلوك في السلبية الجوانب ومعالجة اإليجابية الجوانب لتطوير آفاق النتائج هذه تفتح ان يمكن كما وأفضلها مجاالت وفي أخرى أبحاث لتنمية مهمة ركيزة ستكون أنها كما خصوصا ( الصاالت) القدم وكرة الرياضية للحركة البناء بالنفع الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة دراسة في البحث أهمية تتضح .مختلفة رياضية . البحث مشكلة 1-2 . القيادي للدور المهمة الجوانب أحدى دراسة الباحث ارتأى والدراسات المصادر على وإطالعه المتواضعة الباحث خبرة خالل من وقدرتها القيادة كفاءة على يعتمد قيادي أسلوب أي وتطوير . ورقيها مماأل تقدم على الحكم عند بها يؤخذ التي المعايير احد يعتبر الذي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org البعض على بعضها ويؤثر بينها فيما ومتفاعلة مرتبطة وطرق أساليب عدة من تتكون والقيادة . الرياضية المشاكل مع التعامل على . الدراسات خالل من ونالحظ معين موقف أي لمواجهة سبومنا جديد قيادي تفكير وهي ومهمة حيوية عملية التحويلية القيادة عملية أن المدربين تواجه التي القيادية المهام اخطر من وهذه المدربين بين الرياضية القيادية المستويات في وتفاوت فوارق هناك أن السابقة قيادية وطريقة بأسلوب الالعبين عم التعامل على قدرة وذو واعين يكونوا إن المدربين على فيجب . الحالي وقتنا في خاصة بصورة بأسلوب يدعم وان القيادي عمله في حازم يكون إن الناجح المدرب على فيجب بالالعبين ومستمر دائم باحتكاك ألنهم وذلك . مبتكرة بها المرغوب النتائج إلى الوصول فاعلية تضمن والتي الناجحة القيادة أهداف تحقق التي الحديثة األساليب استخدام وعليه علمي . العمود وهو اإلستراتيجية أهدافها باتجاه وتطورها التدريبية العملية دفع في الفعال العنصر يعد المدرب إن في البحث مشكلة وتكمن يؤدي الذي والعملي النظري بالجانب ومعرفته المدرب كفاءة مستوى على يتوقف وهذا الرياضية المستويات لمختلف بالنسبة الفقري كل عليه تقع والذي والمنفذ المخطط فهو ، الرياضيين لدى النفسية الصفات تشكيل عملية وتحسين الرياضية المهارات تنمية إلى استخدام كيفية المدرب يعرف إن الضروري من لذلك وتطبيقي عملي واقع إلى وبلورته التدريبي البرنامج بتخطيط يقوم ألنه المهام يمتلكون هم إذ حتى اآلخرين من فعالية اكثر مدربين هناك ان االتجاه هذا في المنطقية المقدمات ومن الرياضيين مع األفضل األسلوب ً تأثيراً لألساليب ان المؤكد ومن القيادية أساليبهم الختالف نتيجة والتجارب التدريب من القدر نفس ً إيجابيا وإنجازه الرياضي على وسلبيا القدم بكرة للمدربين التحويلية القيادة لمستوى مقياس وجود عدم وكذلك الرياضي العمل تنجح التي العوامل من اختيارها حسن يعد لذا دراسة هكذا تتناول لم الباحث علم حد على السابقة الدراسات ان البحث مشكلة يعزز ومما الرياضية األندية في . البحث أهداف 1-3 . إلى البحث يهدف : االولى للدرجة القدم لكرة القدم بكرة الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية لمدربي التحويلية ةالقياد مقياس وتطبيق بناء قار ذي في والثانية . االولى للدرجة القدم بكرة الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية لمدربي التحويلية القيادة لمقياس معيارية مستويات وضع قار ذي في والثانية . االولى للدرجة بين الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية لمدربي التحويلية القيادة مقياس في الفروق على تعرفال قار ذي في والثانية . البحـث فروض 1-4 ولى اال للدرجة بين الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية لمدربي التحويلية القيادة مستوى في معنوية فروق وجود قار ذي في والثانية . البحث مجاالت 1-5 : يلي ما البحث مجاالت شملت : البشري المجال 1-5-1 2023 -2022 للموسم والثانية االولى للدرج القدم كرة في قار اذي أندية بالعبي يتمثل . المكاني المجال 1-5-2 ةالدراس قيد لألندية التابعة والمالعب المقرات . الزماني المجال 1-5-3 2023 / 5 / 5 ولغايــــــــــــــة 2022 / 10 / 15 من للفتـــــــــــرة الثاني الباب 2 2-1 التحويلية القيادة تعريفات لصالح سينومرؤو القادة من المتأثرين اهتمامات تحول الذي القيادة من نوع انها با (mehjltyer . 2003 . p20 مكلتير ) عرفها االهداف وتحقيق المجموعة اعضاء مع اشخاص مجموعة او شخص يشارك او ينخرط عندما تحدث القيادة انواع من نوع (werrt 1998 . 101 . وارت) وعرفها االخالقي والسلوك الدافعية من اعلى مستويات الى بعضهم والتابعون القادة فيه يدفع وباسلوب البعض بعضهم من المهنة بروح التزامهم وتجديد ورسالتهم الناس رؤية تحديد معاودة يسير قيادي نمط بأنها (34ص 2000) ويالصيدا وعرفها االهداف تحقيق اجل ( ) عرفها وكما (burn. 1978.20) االخـر منهم بكل النهوض الى والتابعين القائد خاللها من يسعى عملية انها على التحويلية القيادة واإلخالف الـدافعية مستويات اعلى الـى للـوصول american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org الجماعة لمصلحة الشخصية اهتماماتهم لتحويل التابعين ويحفز واقع الى الرؤيا يحول الذي القائد انها باس وعرفها الذاتية والتسمية االنجاز اجل من التابعين مستوى من يرفع الذي القائد بأنها وعرفت ( ). المديرين تجعل ما بطريقة اآلخرين مع اكثر او معلم ينخرط عندما تحدث التي والمعقدة القوية القيادة من نوع بأنها (ميلر) وعرفها طويال تدوم التي والدافعية وااللتزام الوالء من عليا درجات الى ويوصله ويدعمه . اآلخر منها كل يقوي والمعلمين . عن عبارة هي التحويلية القيادة ان السابقة التعريفات من ويبدو ( التي والمنظمة المهنة اتجاه . المنظمة في المرؤوسين بين والدافعية والقبول الود من جو إيجاد على القائد قدرة على قائم قيادي نمط العمل بمصلحة التامة والقناعة المشترك ماناالي خالل من تطويرها الى والسعي التنظيمية بأهدافه وااللتزام فيها يعملون ) الميدانية وإجراءاته البحث منهجية -3 3-1 البحث منهج باألسلوب الوصفي المنهج اعتماد تم لذا المشكلة طبيعة أساس على المشكلة لحل البحث منهج اختيار يعتمد العلمي البحث مجال في التي المختلفة الرياضية للظواهر الراهن الواقع عن حقيقية معلومات إضافة في الوصفية الدراسات تسهم إذ , المشكلة لحل المسحي وقد الراهن الوضع تقويم على القدرة في األهمية من كبيره درجة تحتل المعلومات هذه ومثل ككل الرياضة على سلبا أو إيجابا تؤثر األفضل نحو للتطوير جديدة ليبوأسا وسائل اقتراح أو ودعمه وتأييده عليه الموافقة إما ذلك عن ينتج ( ) البحث مجتمع 3-2 صحيحا تمثيالً المجتمع تمثل لكي خاصة قواعد وفق اختيارها يجري المجتمع من جزء العينة إن ( ) سيختارها التي العينة طبيعة ستحدد يستخدمها التي واإلجراءات لبحثه الباحث يضعها التي األهداف وان ( ) في والثانية االولى الدرجة في العب (169) على البحث عينة واشتملت أندية العبي على(العمدية) بالطريقة البحث عينة اختيار تم لذا إبعاد وتم العب (153) للتجربة خضعوا الذين أجمالي بلغ إذ القدم لكرة المركزي االتحاد كشوفات في رسميا والمسجلين قار ذي تصميم إلجراءات األولى قسمين إلى العينة قسمت لهذا ونتيجة االستطالعية للتجربة عبينال(10)و إجابتهم اكتمال لعدم العب (6) يلي وكما المقياس تطبيق لغرض والثانية المقياس وبناء : حيث العب (96) عددهم والبالغ قار ذي في والثانية االولى للدرجة في أألندية العبي من عدداً وشملت : المقياس بناء عينة :أوال البحث مجتمع من (56,80) نسبتهم بلغت ً ً (116) وشملت :المقياس تطبيق عينة :ثانيا العبا البحث أدوات 3-3 (1 ) أجهزة عينات، بيانات، األدوات، تلك كانت مهما مشكلته حل بها الباحث يستطيع التي والطريقة الوسيلة وهي اآلتية الوسائل على الباحث أعتمد البحث مشكلة حل ولغرض : واألجنبية العربية والمصادر المراجع . الشخصية المقابالت . واالستفسارات األسئلة من للمجموعة إجابات على الحصول بهدف البيانات لجميع معدة البحث أدوات من أداة :االستبيان (2)بنفسه استجاباته بتسجيل البحث ويقوم الغرض لهذا أعدة نموذج في المكتوبة الميدانية واإلجراءات والبناء التصميم خطوات 3-4 المقياس بناء مراحل 3-4-1 ولما االستبيان استمارة المجال هذا في المستخدمة األساليب ومن والتحليل العرض ألغراض والمعلومات البيانات بجمع الباحثون يقوم رئيسية كوسيلة االستبيان استمارة الباحث اعتمد لذا القدم بكرة والثانية االولى الدرجة ألندية الالعبين آراء باستطالع يهتم البحث كان وتصميمها بأعدادها الباحث قام والتي البيانات لجمع . المقياس مجاالت تحديد 3-4-1-1 العامة اإلدارة علم تخص التي السابقة والدراسات العلمية والمراجع المصادر على باإلطالع الباحث قام المقياس مجاالت تحديد لغرض محاور تحديد تم الشخصية المقابالت خالل من المجال هذا في * الخبراء بعض آراء اخذ وبعد , المقاييس وبعض الرياضية رةواإلدا االتصال , المستقبلية الرؤية , الفردي االعتبار , الفكرية االستثارة , والمكافئات الحوافز , الجاذبية )وهي السبعة بالمحاور المقياس التقويم , المنتج ) للمقياس األولية الصيغة إعداد 3-4-1-2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org آرائهم على للتعرف المجال هذا في والمختصين الخبراء مع الشخصية المقابالت على للمقياس األولية الصيغة لبناء الباحث عتمد المقاييس ضبع على اإلطالع وكذلك المقياس فقرات صياغة في الباحث تساعد التي المعلومات من ممكن قدر أكبر على والحصول بها تصاغ التي والطريقة تتضمنها التي المواقف طبيعة على والتعرف والتنظيم اإلدارة مجال في البحث بموضوع القريبة العالقة ذات اإلفراد اختالف وعدم مضمونها ووضوح سهولة يراعي إن الباحث حاول وقد للمقياس، الفقرات بصياغة الباحث قام وبعدها الفقرات، كاآلتي األولية بصيغتها الفقرات عدد بلغ فقد وهكذا وقصرها هاتفسير في : 15 ) والمكافئات الحوافز ومحور عبارة (15) الجاذبيــة محور ضم وقد , المقياس مجاالت تمثل مقترحة عبارة (106 ) صيغت عبارة ( 15 ) المستقبلية الرؤية ومحور عبارة ( 15 ) الفردي االعتبار ومحور عبارة ( 15 ) الفكرية االستثارة ومحور عبارة ( عبارة ( 16 ) التقويم ومحور فقرات ( 15 ) المنتج االتصال ومحور . الفقرات صياغة وأسس أسلوب تحديد ييل بما تتميز الطريقة هذه ألن القياس في الشائعة األساليب من يعد حيث (ليكرت) أسلوب على للفقرات صياغته في الباحث اعتمد : ( 1) استعمالها سهولة -1 . للمقياس والصدق الثبات درجة ارتفاع -2 . الصدفة وعامل التخمين درجة من تقلل -3 . (2 ) الظاهرة أو بالسلوك التنبؤ في الطرق أفضل من ليكرت طريقة تعد . المحكمين على المقياس فقرات عرض 3-4-1-4 يلي بما الباحث قام محاور سبعة على موزعه فقره (106) على احتوى والذي األولية بصيغته المقياس إعد أن بعد : والنفسية واإلدارية الرياضية العلوم مجال في* واالختصاص الخبرة أصحاب من المحكمين من مجموعة على المقياس عرض تم :أوالً وتعديل تقويم عن فضال لقياسه وضعت ما قياس في مناسبة تكون أن ومدى المقياس تفقرا صالحية مدى على التعرف اجل من وذلك وسالمة صالحية مدى بيان حول مالحظاته إبداء واحد كل من طلب إذ .المضمون في والدقة الصياغة حيث من عليها والحكم الفقرات التي للصفة وتمثيله الموقف واقعية وكذلك يتبعه الذي المحور في موقف كل وارتباط الرئيسية والمحاور ومضمونها الفقرات صياغة بشكل المقياس حول واقتراحاتهم مالحظاتهم ذكر مع سلبية، أو إيجابية كونها حيث من عبارة ال اتجاه حول رأيهم أبدا كذلك يقيسها إذ ,العينة أفراد درجات لتقدير كسلم الخماسي الميزان استخدام وحول المقياس مجاالت حول المحكمين رأي أخذ ذلك إلى أضف عام، نفس ووضع عدمها من عبارة ال صالحية بموجبها يحدد العبارة يسار على (√) بعالمة بوضع المحكمين قبل من اإلجابة عملية تتم ليي ما إلى الباحث توصل المقياس فقرات حول وملحوظاتهم آراءهم المحكمون أبدى أن وبعد إيجابية أو سلبية حقل في العالمة : ً االستبيان نتائج بتحليل الباحث قام عليها يتفق التي الفقرات قبلت حيث المقياس، فقرات استبعاد أو لقبول كمعيار المئوية النسبة مستخدما بنسبة موافقة على الحصول الباحث على أنه " إلى (بلوم) ويشير للمقياس، ومناسبة صالحة إنها على المحكمين من فأكثر (75%) إذ ( كاي مربع) الباحث استخدم وقد االتفاق نسبة على الباحث حصل وقد الصدق من النوع هذا في المحكمين آراء من كثرفأ (75%) (0,05) احتمالي مستوى عند المحسوبة كاي مربع قيمة إن علما عليها عبارة ال حصول عند مقبولة فأكثر (%75) نسبة أن اظهر (15) تمثل وهي النسبة هذه معنوية على يدل مما (3,84) والبالغة ولية الجد قيمتها من كبرا وهي (4,26) تساوي (1) حرية ودرجة خبير (20) أصل من خبير مالحظاتهم المحكمون أبدى التي الفقرات بعض صياغة إعادة عن فضالً المعنى في متشابهة لكونها الفقرات بعض دمج تم .حولها لمقياس بالنسبة عبارة (106) أصل من عبارة (26)استبعدت فقد تقدم ما على وبناءً . عبارة (10) الفكرية االستثارة ولمحور عبارة (11) والمكافئات الحوافز ولمحور عبارة (11) الجاذبية لمحور وأصبح ولمحور عبارة (13) المنتج االتصال ولمحور عبارة (12) المستقبلية الرؤية ولمحور عبارة (11) الفردي االعتبار ولمحور عبارة (12) التقويم . ( 2 ) الجدول نسبة االتفاق على الصالحة غير صالحة صالحة المحاور ت %85 3 17 محور الجاذبية 1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org %85 3 17 محور الحوافز والمكافئات 2 %85 3 17 محور توسيع المدارك 3 %95 1 19 محور االعتبار الفردي 4 المنتجمحور االتصال 5 20 / 100% %100 / 20 محور النظرة المستقبلة 6 %90 2 18 محور التقويم 7 المقياس فقرات تصحيح 3-4-1-5 على المستجيب عليها يحصل التي الدرجات جمع طريق عن تحسب التي للفرد الكلية الدرجة على الحصول المقياس، بتصحيح يقصد أدناه الجدول في كما للفقرات الوزن أعطي فقد اإليجابي باالتجاه صيغت قد الفقرات أن وبما دير،التق سلم . ( 3 ) جدول أبدا نادرا أحيانا غالبا دائما اتجاه العبارة 1 2 3 4 5 إيجابي ً لها المحدد الوزن (4 ) الجدول حسب عبارة لكل توضع وعندما التي الدرجة هي النتيجة وتكون الفقرات لكل األوزان تجمع مسبقا للدرجة للمحافظات ألنخبه ( الصاالت) القدم بكرة الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مدى عن تعبر االولى ةوللدرج الثانية . النهائية بصيغته المقياس إعداد 3-4-1-6 التالية باإلجراءات الباحث قام (3الملحق أنظر) المقياس فقرات حددت أن بعد : بكرة الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس على التعرف وهو المقياس من الغرض إيضاح االولى وللدرجة الثانية للدرجة القدم . المقياس فقرات عن اإلجابة طريقة إيضاح فيها ويتم ومفهومة قصيرة بعبارات التعليمات كتابة -2 . أنت به تشعر ما أساس على إجاباتك تكون وإنما خاطئة وأخرى صحيحة إجابة توجد ال -3 . فقط العلمي البحث ألغراض تكون المقدمة المعلومات أن . االستطالعية التجربة خالل من وذلك مالئم بوقت للبحث النهائي التطبيق قبل االستطالعية التجربة بإجراء الباحث قام للتطبيق جاهز المقياس أصبح إن بعد القدم بكرة الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس ، المقياس تطبيق . رقم جدول في موضح وكما ( 2022 / 10/ 15 ) بتاريـــــــخ الغراف ونادي اكد نادي يمثلون العبين ( 10 ) من مكونه عينة وعلى اجل ومن المقياس لفقرات العينة فهم من التأكد لغرض البحث عينة على الرئيسي االختبار تطبيق عند النجاح أسباب تهيئة لغرض (1) للبحث ئيسيالر االختبار خالل التطبيق عند صعوبة أو أخطاء أي تالفي , وهي أمور بعدة الباحث قام وقد : العينة إلفراد اإلجابة طريقة إيضاح لالستفسار العينة إلفراد الفرصة إعطاء العينة إلفراد الكافي الوقت إعطاء للمقياس دقيقه (25-20) بين تراوح قد اإلجابة في المستغرق الوقت ومتوسط مناسبة الفقرات إن الباحث ووجد الرئيسية التجربة 3-4-3 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس المقياس، تطبيق هو التجربة هذه إجراء من الغرض إن ً الفقرات تحليل بهدف النهائية بصيغتها والثانية االولى للدرجة القدم بكرة وتحديد المقياس لفقرات التمييزية القوة ومعرفة إحصائيا التالية الخطوات الباحث اتبع ذلك تحقيق وألجل المميزة وغير المميزة الفقرات : للمقياس األولي التطبيق االنتهاء وبعد (96) عددهم والبالغ االولى وللدرجة الثانية للدرجة القدم بكرة النخبة أندية العبي وهم البناء عينة على المقياس تطبيق تم المطلوبة وبالصورة عليها اإلجابة من للتأكد استمارة كل تدقيق تم عليها واإلجابة ماراتاالست توزيع عملية من . إحصائيا الفقرات تحليل 3-4-4 على العمل ثم ومن عبارة ال ضعف اكتشاف خالل من االختبار نوعية تحسين هو إحصائيا المقياس فقرات تحليل من الهدف إن )) اإلحصائي المنطقي التحليل على تعتمد التي الدراسة بأنه الفقرات تحليل ويعرف(1 )((صالحة تكن مل إن استبعادها أو صياغتها إعادة يتسنى حتى الفقرات هذه ترتيب إعادة أو إضافة أو إبدال أو وتعديل وحذف خصائصها معرفة بغرض االختبار لوحدات والتجريبي أسلوب الفقرات لتحليل الباحث اعتمد وقد عديدة أساليب وهناك(2 )والصعوبة الطول حيث من وصادق ثابت اختبار إلى الوصول المتطرفة المجموعات المتطرفة المجموعات أسلوب 3-4-4-1 على يحصلون الذين واألفراد مرتفعه درجات على الحاصلين اإلفراد بين التمييز على عبارة ال قدرة بأنها التمييز مقدرة تعرف 1 )المقياس يسهايق التي ألسمه في منخفضة درجات يلي ما الباحث اتبع عبارة ال تمييز قوة حساب ولغرض فقره لكل المختبر عليها يحصل التي الدرجات جميع من للمقياس الكلية الدرجة احتساب تنازليا العينة أفراد عليها يحصل التي الدرجات رتبت الدرجات أعلى على حصلوا الذين فراداإل احدهما تمثل الدرجات من مجموعتين إلى الدرجات تقسيم تم الباحث لدى تكونت وبذلك العينة إفراد من (27%) نسبة تمثل مجموعه وكل الدرجات أدنى على حصلوا الذين اإلفراد الثانية وتمثل تطبيق وبعد(50) حرية وبدرجة (ت) قانون استخدام تم عبارة ال تمييز قوة ولحساب العبا (26)منهما كل قوام ودنيا عليا مجموعتين التالية النتائج ظهرت للفقرات التمييزية القوه الستخرج اإلحصائية العمليات (8,200 – 0,181) بين للمقياس التمييزية القوه تراوحت لقد 20 – 8 – 5 فقره) وهي المقياس فقرات من فقره لكل التمييزية القوه يوضح (5) والجدول المقياس من تستبعد فقره (8) هناك إن – 29 – 39 – 55 – 68 – 72 ) الداخلي االتساق معامل 3-4-4-2 قوتها في متقاربة فقرات هناك تكون أن يجوز إذ لقياسها الموضوعة الظاهرة قياس في تجانسها مدى تحدد ال للفقرات التمييزية القوه أن مختلفة سلوكيه أبعاد تقيس لكنها التمييزية . االتساق معامل يستخدم لذا مختلفة أبعاد تقيس لكنها متقاربة فقرات هناك تكون ربما إذ الفقرات تجانس مدى لنا يبين األسلوب هذا أن ((1 )) هي مميزات بعدة يمتاز كونه األسلوب لهذا استخدامها علل الدراسات من وكثيرا الغرض هذا لتحقيق الداخلي ككل قياسالم يقيسه الذي نفسه السلوكي البعد عبارة كل تقيس بحيث فقراته في متجانسا مقياسا لنا يوفر . التمييزية المقياس لقوة متشابهه تكون عبارة ال التمييزية القوه أن العينة أفراد درجات بين ( بيرسن ) االرتبــاط معامل الباحـث استخـدم وقــد المقياس فقرات بين الترابط أبراز على القدرة ئيةاإلحصا الحقيبة بواسطة ككل المقياس على درجاتهم وبين فقره كل على (spss) تم فقد للمقياس اإلحصائي التحليل أتمام وبعد البــالغة ألجــدوليه بالقيمة مقارنة ارتباط وجود لعدم ( 72 –67 61 – 48 – 40 – 23 فقره) التاليـة الفقرات وهي(فقره 6) استبعاد ذلك يبين ( 6) والجدول ( 94 ) حريــــــــة وبــدرجة ( 0,205 ) المقاييس وثبات صدق مؤشرات 3-4-5 3-4-5-1 المقياس صدق به تكون الذي المدى أنه يعرف االختبار فصدق والقياس، االختبارات مجال في أهمية األساسية المفاهيم أكثر من الصدق مفهوم يعد وضع ما يقيس أوال قيسي االختبار كان إذا فيما ويتعلق القياس مجال في حاسم مفهوم هو والصدق .(1 )"معين لهدف مفيدة القياس أداة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org ً االختبار ويكون لقياسه، ً الصدق ويعرف أجلها من وضع التي األهداف تحقيق مدى قياس في نجح إذا صادقا الصحة درجة أنه أيضا (2 )قياسه تريد ما لقياس تام بنجاح منها تقترن التي . خالل من المقياس صدق من التحقق إلى الباحث عمد ولقد عدة أنواع وللصدق : المحكمين صدق – والً أ االختبار هذا أن الخبراء أقر فإذا االختبار، يقيسه الذي المجال في والخبراء المختصين من عدد على عرضه بعد الصدق هذا يحسب (1 )الخبراء حكم على االعتماد للباحث يمكن وبذلك لقياسه، وضع الذي السلوك يقيس . مدى وتقدير صالحيته إلقرار الخبراء من مجموعة على وفقراته المقياس بعرض باحثال قام عندما الصدق من النوع هذا تحقق ولقد الصادقة غير الفقرات وحذفت الخبراء موافقة على حصلت التي الفقرات قبول تم وبذلك مجال، كل لمكونات عبارة كل قياس . البناء صدق –ثانيا مع الفقرات درجات تطابق مدى من التجريبي التحقق على يعتمد ألنه اييسالمق لبناء مالئمة الصدق أنواع أكثر من البناء صدق يعد (2 ) قياسه المراد المفهوم أو الخاصية . هي مؤشرات خالل من الحالي بحثه مقياس في البناء صدق من الباحث تحقق وقد : المتطرفة المجموعات أسلوب بأسلوب للفقرات التمييزية القوة حسبت عندما ذلك من التحقق تم فقد الحالي المقياس في الفقرات تمييز طريق عن أليه يتوصل التائي االختبار وباستخدام المتطرفتين المجموعتين (t-test) قيمة تراوحت إذ t بقيمة وبمقارنتها ( 8,200 – 0,181) بين المحتسبة t (5) السابق والجدول مميزة الغير الفقرات من فقرات (8) واستبعاد المميزة الفقرات استخراج تم انه نجد (2,01) البالغة ولية الجد ذلك يوضح . الداخلي المحك صدق (( بين االرتباطية العالقة إيجاد خالل من وذلك المقياس بناء لصدق مهما معيار تعد للفرد الكلية الدرجة أن الطريقة هذه في نفترض ((1 ))((الكلية بالدرجة المقياس فقرات من عبارة كل درجة ككل المقياس يقيسه الذي البعد عبارة كل تقيس بحيث متجانسا مقياسا لنا تقدم بأنها تمتاز كونها)) الطريقة هذه على الباحث واعتمد , في عبارة كل درجة ارتباط المقياس صدق مؤشرات))من أن إذ((2 ))((المقياس مواقف بين الترابط أبراز على القدرة لها أن كما (6) السابق الجدول في وكما الصدق من النوع هذا للباحث تحقق وقد((3 ))(( ككل المقياس درجة وهو اخليد بمحك المقياس . المقياس ثبات 3-4-5-2 بالنسبة الفرد وضع أن هذا ومعنى المختلفة، اإلجراء مرات في األفراد نفس عليها يحصل التي الدرجات إلى االختبار ثبات يشير كما الحالة، هذه في اً جوهري يتغير ال لجماعته اإلحصائية الطرق ومن االستقرار، من شيا درجته لبينت الواحد الفرد قياس عمليات كررت لو أنه بمعنى االستقرار االختبار ثبات يعني الثبات معامل لتعيين : النصفية التجزئة طريقة ً تتطلب ال طريقة ألنها النصفية التجزئة طريقة اعتماد تم المقياس ثبات معامل إيجاد لغرض االختبار متطلبات مع وتنسجم طويالً وقتا ، ً (96) بدرجة والمتعلقة الباحث عليها حصل التي البيانات على االعتماد تم وقد األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس على العبا قار ذي في والثانية االولى للدرجة الرياضيةبكرة يتضمن والثاني الفردية، األرقام تحمل التي الفقرات درجات يتضمن األول جزئيين على المقياس قسيمت تم إذ عبارة (66) المتضمن القيمة هذه أن إال (%0,75) للمقياس بلغ والذي بيرسون، البسيط االرتباط معامل حساب تم إذ الزوجية، تحمل التي الفقرات درجات معادلة باستخدام الباحث قام لذا ككل االختبار يتعين لكي الثبات معامل قيمة حيحتص يتم أن يجب لذا االختبار، نصف ثبات معامل تمثل للبحث أداة المقياس اعتماد يمكن وبذلك (%0,86) المقياس ثبات أصبح وبذلك االرتباط معامل تصحيح بهدف بروان سبيرمان ( ). الموضوعية 3-4-5-3 ً االختبار يكون درجة على يحصل المفحوص أن أي شخصيته أو المصحح بذاتية باالختبار خاصةال النتائج تتأثر ال عندما موضوعيا ً االختبار تجعل التي الصفات ومن واحد، من أكثر االختبار بتصحيح يقوم عندما معينة عليها يحتوي التي األسئلة تكون أن موضوعيا ً وليس واحد جواب للسؤال ويكون محددة االختبار (1 )غامضا . المقياس american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org معامل االلتواء الوسيط االنحراف المعياري الوسط الحسابي المقياس 0.802 263 31.88 234.36 مقياس القيادة التحويلية سلم على يعتمد المقياس كان ولما نفسها أو النتيجة نفس إلى والتوصل القيم أو النتائج إعطاء في الحكام تحيز عدم تعني فالموضوعية المحكمون عليها يختلف ال الدرجة وهذه فرد لكل الدرجات وضع سوى المحكم على فما لذا خماسي . المقياس على المبحوثين لنتائج اإلحصائية التقديرات 3-5 وصل التي القيمة وان اليمين نحو يتجه الطبيعي المنحنى إن على يدل وهذا موجبه قيمه وهي (0.802) االلتواء معامل قيمة بلغت حيث النموذجي التوزيع معامل الن الطبيعي التوزيع من قريبة تكون تكاد بطريقة توزعت العينة أن على تدل قليلة قيمة هي الباحث إليها 3) من قيمته اقتربت كلما ويتفلطح صفر يساوي للمقياس المعيارية الدرجات 3-6 " عليها يحصل التي الخام الدرجات أن باعتبار وذلك المقياس تقنين خطوات من مهمة خطوة يعد المعيارية الدرجات استخراج إن غيره مع المقارنة في تعتمد ال المختبر ويعُرف .(1 ) " نفسه االختبار في اآلخرين أداء كيفية عن تخبرنا التي وهي .معيارية درجات إلى تحويلها بعد إال المختبرين من (scott) مستوى على لتدلنا المعايير تلك لاستعما باإلمكان يكون إذ االختبار درجات لتفسير تستعمل جداول"أنها على المعايير 2 )"المختبرين على الباحث وحصول االولى وللدرجة الثانية للدرجة أندية العبي من البناء عينة تخص التي البيانات بجمع الباحث قام أن بعد الطريقة تمثل والتي معيارية درجات إلى تحويلها يجب لذلك للمقياس األولية النتيجة عن وتعبر دالله بال درجات وهي الخام الدرجات استخدام خالل من إحصائيا المقياس نتائج بمعالجة الباحث قام ولذلك الدرجات تفسير يمكن ذلك خالل ومن الخام الدرجات هذه لتحديد مستوى رفةلمع للمقياس المعيارية الدرجات (6) الملحق وفي التائية والدرجة الزائية والدرجة المعياري واالنحراف الحسابي الوسط االولى وللدرجة الثانية للدرجة القدم بكرة الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة . للمقياس المعيارية المستويات 7 – 3 على المستويات تبين رجاتد تتضمن ألنها خاصة صفه ألي تحقيقه المطلوب الغرض أو الهدف تمثل قياسيه معايير هي المستويات (3 ) األداء في عال مستوى ذوي إفراد الرياضية التربية مجال في شيوعا التوزيعات أكثر من ويعتبر (كاوس) الطبيعي التوزيع منحنى الباحث استخدم المستويات هذه ولتحديد (4 ) الطبيعي نىالمنح من توزيعها يقترب الجانب هذا في تقال التي والخصائص الصفات من الكثير الن قاعدة وحدات عدد أن لنا يتبين وبهذا ((5 ))(( ع بداللة معياريه وحدات إلى مقسمة قاعدته أن الطبيعي التوزيع خصائص ومن)) الباحث قام تمستويا (5) على معيارية درجات (6) على وبقسمتها بالمدى تسمى الوحدات هذه أن إذ وحدات (6) هو الطبيعي المنحنى المعيارية تللدرجا المئوي التقسيم في وحدة 12 تقابل والتي المعيارية الدرجات من (1.2 ) مستوى لكل إن ظهر بحيث هاباختيار . المعدلة (3) دولج الدرجة المعيارية المستويات الدرجة المعيارية المعدلة العدد الدرجة الخام النسبة المئوية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org %8.33 8 330-277 67-80 1,8+_3+ جيد جدا %18.75 18 276-224 52-66 0,6+_1,8+ جيد %51.04 49 223-171 41-51 0,6-_0,6+ متوسط %15.62 15 170-118 28-40 1,8-_0,6مقبول %6.25 6 117-66 20-27 3-_1,8ضعيف 3 2 1-صفر 1+ 2+ 3+ 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 3 1,8 0,6-صفر 0,6 1,8 3+ 80 68 56 44 32 20 مقبول ضعيف متوسط جيد جيد جدا %6.25 ضعيف %15.62 مقبول %51.04 متوسط %18.75 جيد 8.33% جيد جدا 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 1 2 3 4 5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org التحويلية القيادة لمقياس الطبيعي المنحنى في المئوية والنسب المعيارية الدرجات يوضح (5) شكل . للمقياس النهائي التطبيق 8 سبعة على موزعة عبارة (66) من ومكونا للتطبيق جاهزا المقياس أصبح المقياس تصميم وإجراءات متطلبات كل استكمال بعد (8) الفكرية االستثارة ومحور عبارة (10) والمكافئات الحوافز ومحور عبارة (9) الجاذبية محور األول المحور ضم حيث محاور عبارة (11) المنتج االتصال ومحور عبارة (10) المستقبلية الرؤية ومحور فقرات (9) المستخدمة الفردي االعتبار ومحور عبارة وبعد العبا (56) عددها البالغ التطبيق عينة على النهائية بصورته المقياس بتطبيق الباحث قام حيث عبارة (9) التقويـــم ومحور به خاصة درجه العب لكل أصبح إذ , خاصة استمارة في البيانات جمع تم البحث عينة استجابات تحليل . اإلحصائية الوسائل 3-9 اإلحصائية الحقيبة الباحث استخدم المئوية النسبة .1 الحسابي الوسط .2 (t) اختبار .3 لبيرسون البسيط االرتباط معادلة .4 براون سبيرمان معادلة .5 االلتواء معامل .6 كاي مربع .7 ومناقشتها وتحليلها النتائج عرض -4 والثانية االولى للدرجة القدم بكرة الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة لمقياس للفروق اإلحصائية المعالم نتائج عرض 4-1 والثانية االولى للدرجة القدم بكرة الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية يادةالق لمقياس للفروق اإلحصائية المعالم(5) جدول المحتسبة (ت)قيمة ع +-س المتغيرات (ت)قيمة النتيجة الجدولية المتغيرات -س + ع قيمة)ت( المحتسبة قيمة)ت( الجدولية النتيجة 2.1 4.916 53.7291 194.00 االولى توجد فروق معنوية 25.9336 249.4286 الثانية النخبة (الصاالت) القدم بكرة الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس في معنوية داللة ذات فروق وجود (5) الجدول يبين البالغة الجدولية قيمتها من اكبر هي (4.916) المحتسبة (ت) المحتسبة قيمة بلغت إذ . االولى وللدرجة الثانية للدرجة للمحافظات 54 = حرية درجة عند (2.1) فرق (5) البصرة محافظة من فقط المشاركة الفرق عدد يؤكده ما وهذا االولى للدرجة ولصالح لفروقا وجود الباحثان ويعزو من تمكنهم التي المهارات من عالي مستوى إلى بأنفسهم للوصول المدربين من المبرمج والتدريب الجيد األعداد إلى يعود ربما وهذا في الكبيرة التطورات على واطالعهم وفهمهم الشخصية الخبرة وكذلك لها وحبهم لمهنةا في الكبيرة الرغبة عن فضالً الجيد األداء أعلى إلى بالرياضي الوصول تستهدف عملية التدريبية العملية إن جيد بشكل الالعبين مع التعامل وكيفية الرياضي التدريب ميدان ً وتستهدف اإلنجاز من مستوى على التدريبية العملية كفاءة وتتوقف اإلنسانية، والحاجات للرغبات ممكن إشباع أقصى تحقيق أيضا لماذا معرفة من البد لذلك باإلنسان، إال لها قيمة ال عامة بصورة المتاحة واألجهزة المواد جميع ولكن معادلتها لنجاح أطراف مجموعة الرياضيين وأهمها مقومات لديها التدريبية يةفالعمل .المرجوة األهداف تحقيق يمكن حتى أكثر يعمل نجعله وكيف اإلنسان يعمل وكيف العملية من األول الموقع في يأتون سلوكهم وأساليب ومهاراتهم وقيمهم ومفاهيمهم بدوافعهم وهؤالء بها ويحيطون يكونون الذين ً يتوقف التدريبية العملية ميكانيكية نجاح بل ذاته، حد في عليا قيمة اإلنسان كون فقط يأتي ال وهذا التدريبية الرياضيين على أساسا والوصول الرياضيين مع صحيحة بصورة التعامل يمكن لكي لذلك األخرى، المقومات أهمية مع يتعارض ال العامل هذا بأولوية والقول american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org ً يمتلك المدرب يكون أن البد اإلنجاز من مستوى أفضل وتحقيق بفاعلية األداء إلى بهم العملية يادةق من تؤهله التي الصفات من مجموعا لألمام التدريبية العملية بعجلة تدفع التي السليمة القرارات واتخاذ بنجاح التدريبية . ً تعتمد الفريق قيادة أن" كامل أسامه يؤكده ما وهذا باألسلوب المدرب بها ويقوم اإلنجاز وتقدم لتنمية الالزم المالئم الجو تنمية على ذاتيا (2 ) األساليب هذه أهم ومن عليهم التأثير لها ويكون الالعبين مع التعامل تناسب التي والطريقة : السيطرة أسلوب : التعاون أسلوب : الخضوع أسلوب : والتوصيات االستنتاجات -5 االستنتاجات 5-1 يلي ما الباحث أستنتج : القدم بكرة الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس بناء -1 وهي . الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة لمقياس مستويات خمسة على البحث عينة وتوزعت -2 ضعيف ومستوى مقبول ومستوى متوسط ومستوى جيد ومستوى جدا جيد مستوى الدرجة أندية في الالعبين نظر وجهة من الرياضية ألنديةا مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس تطبيق في واضح تباين وجود -3 قار ذي في والثانية االولى . العملية إثناء وتربويه فنيه توجيهات من عليهم يمليه بما الالعبين توجيه في كبير دور للمدرب انه الدراسة نتائج أوضحت والمنافسات التدريبية . التـوصـيـات 2 -5 يلي بما الباحث يوصي الدراسة عنها أسفرت التي النتائج ضوء في : الالعبــــــــــــــين نظــــر وجهة من الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مقياس اعتماد -1 . الرياضية واألندية التدريبية العملية إدارة في حديث كأسلوب التحويلية القيادة بأهمية المدربين من الواضحة المعرفة ضرورة -2 . بناء في للمدربين القيادي الدور على والتعرف . الرياضية األندية مدربي لدى التحويلية القيادة مستوى تطوير على العمل المستويات أفضل وتحقيق الرياضية الفرق . والفنية اإلدارية الجوانب في تطويرهم عملية في منها واالستفادة للمدربين الدورات إقامة . االرتقاء وهو المطلوب المستوى إلى الوصول لغرض للمدربين والقيادي اإلداري المجال في مشابهه ساتدرا بأجراء القيام الرياضي المستوى وتقدم . العربية المصادر 2010 – والتوزيع للنشر العلمية اليازوري دار , األردن , عمان , االدارية القيادة : العالق بشير والتوزيع للنشر الحامد دار , االردن , عمان , 1ط , التربوية القيادة وانماط الشاملة لجودةا : الصليبي المسلم عيد محمود – 2008 1999 – االسكندرية حامد مطبعة , االسكندرية , 1 ط , تطبيقات نظريات الرياضي التدريب : عبدالخالق عصام 1998 – العربي الفكر دار , القاهرة , 1ط , ةقياد تطبيق تخطيط الحديث الرياضي التدريب : حمادة ابراهيم مفتي للموسم العراق في القدم لكرة االولى والدرجة الممتاز الدوري اندية لمدربي التدريبي السلوك تقويم : الالمي حسن عبدهللا 1997 – الرياضية التربية كلية , بغداد جامعة , منشورة غير دكتوراه اطروحة , 1995-1996 1999 – للنشر الكتاب مركز , القاهرة , 1ط ,والتطبيق النظرية بين والتكامل الرياضي التدريب : علي عبدالبصير عادل العربي الفكر دار , القاهرة , 1ط , االمور واولياء المدربين دليل الناشئين لتدريب النفسي االعداد : راتب كامل اسامة – 1997 الفكر دار , القاهرة , الرياضي النفس وعلم الرياضية التربية في لعلميا البحث : راتب كامل واسامة عالوي حسن محمد 1999 – العربي 1989 – الموصل , العالي التعليم مطابع , الموصل , العينات : المرزوك ردام ومصرية عبدالجمزة عبدالمجيد 1987 – والنشر للطباعة الكتب دار مديرية , الموصل , الرياضية التربية في العلمي البحث مناهج : خريبط ريسان 1980 – الجامعة مطبعة مديرية , الموصل , ومناهجه العلمي البحث طرق : محجوب وجيه 1999 – العربي الفكر دار , القاهرة , العلمي البحث دليل : عويس علي الدين خير american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org القدم لكرة االولى الدرجة اندية نظر وجهة من التدريبية العملية في المدرب دور تقويم مقياس بناء : موسى احمد سرمد , 2003 – ماجستير رسالة , الرياضية التربية كلية, بغداد جامعة البصرة جامعة , العلمي والبحث العالي التعليم مطابع , المقارن التربوي واالرشاد المبني التوجيه تنظيم : جاسم مبدر شاكر – 1990 1980 – العربية النهضة كلية , القاهرة , والتربوي النفسي القياس : احمد عبدالسالم محمد 2002 – والنشر للطباعة الكتب دار , بغداد , ومناهجه العلمي البحث : محجوب وجيه الفكر دار , عمان , الرياضية التربية في لالختبارات االحصائية والطرق العلمية االسس : ابراهيم عبدالمجيد مروان – 1999 1980 – العربي الفكر دار , القاهرة , 1ط , النفسي قياسالم : فرح صفوت 2000 – والتوزيع للنشر الرواق مؤسسة , عمان , الجامعية الرسائل العداد العلمي البحث اسس : ابراهيم عبدالمجيد مروان 1987بغداد , التربية وزارة مطبعة , 3ط , التربوي النفس علم : (وآخرون) الزوبعي عبدالجليل 1973 – المصرية االنجلو مكتبة , القاهرة , النفسي التقويم : عثمان احمد وسيد حطب ابو فؤاد ماجستير رسالة , الرياضية التربية كلية , بغداد جامعة , اليد كرة العبي لدى النفسي االحتراق وتقنين بناء : مرقش حنا امينة – 2011 العربي الفكر دار , القاهرة , الرياضي النفس وعلم الرياضية التربية في القياس : الدين نصر ومحمد عالوي حسن محمد – 2000 1981 – والنشر للطباعة الكتب دار , الموصل , الرياضية البدنية واالختبارات االحصاء مبادئ : السامرائي ومحمود نزار العربي الفكر دار , القاهرة , 1ط , ياضيةالر التربية في التقويم مقدمة : رضوان الدين نصر و اسماعيل عبدالحميد كمال – 1994 1980 – العالي التعليم , بغداد , الرياضية التربية في االحصاء مبادئ : كامل وشامل ناجي قيس 1990 – والتوزيع للنشر اليازوري دار , عمان , 1 ط , الحديثة االدارة اسس : العالق بشير األجنبية المصادر – seannel i d. testing and me asurement in the elassroom boston houghton 1975 . أبدا نادرا ً أحيانا غالبا ً دائما ً الفقرات يطبق المدرب مبادئ القيادة اثناء التعامل مع الالعبين .1 يركز المدرب على أهمية االلتزام باألخالقيات المهمة في اللعب .2 يتأكد المدرب من معرفة وتوضيح األهداف .3 يتخذ المدرب موقفاً مرننا ً في حل مشكالت العمل في اللعب .4 يركز المدرب على أهمية الثقة المتبادلة بين كافة الالعبين .5 يتصرف في جميع األعمال بشكل مناسب .6 يساعد المدرب اآلخرين على الشعور بأهمية بالمواقف القيادية .7 يؤكد المدرب على السلوكيات اإليجابية في الملعب .8 وااللتزام من خالل قدراته الشخصية . يزيد الوالء 9. يتمتع المدرب بقوة الشخصية وثقة بالنفس .10 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org يُحظى المدرب باإلعجاب واالحترام من قبل الالعبين . .11 يشجع المدرب جميع الالعبين للعمل بروح الفريق الواحد .12 تحقيق اهداف الفريق المرسومة يؤكد المدرب لالعبين ثقته في .13 يوازنًفيًاهتماماتهًبينًتحقيقًمتطلباتًالعملًوالموقفًفيًاللعًب .14 اوجه الالعبين إلى إدراك الواجبات األساسية اتجاه الفريق .15 يظهر المدرب لالعبين تصميمه على مواصلة العمل لنجاح الفريق 16 المدرب الالعبين على المثابرة والتحدي يحفز 17 الحوافز والمكافئات يثير الحماس في روح الفريق 18 يشجع المدرب الالعبين عن التعبيرعن أفكارهم وأهدافهم اتجاه الفريق 19 يحاكي المدرب طموحات الالعبين وتوقعاتهم 20 بالوصول الى االهداف المطلوبة يتصف اسلوب المدرب 21 يدفع المدرب الالعبين لتحقيق مستوى عالي في االداء 22 يبدي تساؤالت حول طرائق العمل في التدريب 23 24 يشجع المدرب الالعبين على اقتراح أساليب وطرق جديدة متطورة فب اللعب . أخطاء الالعبين بطريقة ايجابية . يتجنب المدرب انتقاد 25 يدعو اآلخرين لمعرفة كيف أفكر في تطوير العمل القيادي . 26 يستثير المدرب الالعبين الختبار ذكائهم 27 ابدا ً نادرا ً أحيانا غالبا ً دائما ً الفقرات ًت الملعب . االستثارة الفكرية للمدرب لها تأثيرا ً على الالعب في 28 استثارة المدرب لها تأثير ايجابي على الالعب 29 يشجع الالعبين على التعبير عن افكارهم واهدافهم تجاه الفريق 30 اشجع على التفكير االبداعي 31 االفكار الجديدة تعرفهم على مشاكلهم في اللعب 32 الصعوبة في األداء يراعي المدرب تدرج مستوى 33 يفوض المدرب كثير من المهام التي تدعم تقدم الفريق إلى األمام . 34 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org يهتم المدرب بمراعاة الفروق الفردية بين كافة الالعبين 35 يهيئ المدرب المناخ المناسب لتوفير فرص تعلم لكافة الالعبين . 36 المهارات التي تطور مستواهميدرب الالعبين على 37 38 يتابع المدرب الالعبين باستمرار من أجل دعمهم وتقدمهم وتطورهم . 39 التشجيع والتوجيه للمدرب يدفع الالعبين الى األمام نحو تحقيق االهداف . يبني المدرب إستراتيجية من خالل النصح واالهتمام 40 اقدم توجيهات مفيدة تنمي من تطوير المهارات الفكرية لالعبين 41 اهتمام القائد بمشاعر الالعبين مع مراعاة الفروق الفردية 42 التعامل معهم حسب المستويات الختالفهم في الصفات والسلوك 43 يعتقد ان الرؤية الواضحة تتيح الفرصة لالبتكار واإلبداع 44 يسعى المدرب إلى اتخاذ الوسائل الصحيحة . 45 يجعل الرؤية ألداء الفريق ذو مستوى أفضل . 46 يعطي المدرب اكبر قدر من الحرية لتحقيق األهداف . 47 له أدراك وطموح واضح . 48 يعطي المدرب الالعبين قدرة على النجاح 49 يحول االهتمامات الشخصية لمصلحة الفريق . 50 يعمق مستوى اإلدراك والقبول لمصلحة الفريق 51 رؤية المدرب تتطابق مع متطلبات المستقبل . 52 يحدد المدرب الهدف المطلوب الذي يسعى لتحقيقه . 53 يجعل الالعبين يتحمسون ويندفعون بالعمل الى األمام 54 عمل المدرب يتطابق مع الرؤية المستقبلية . 55 أبدا نادرا ً أحيانا غالبا ً دائما ً الفقرات ًت يؤمن بأن االتصال يقرب وجهات النظر بين الالعبين 56 يمتلك المدرب اساليب اتصال مختلفة 57 يستخدم المدرب في االتصال وسائل مختصرة . 58 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org يستخدمًوسائلًمناسبةًلالتصاًل 59 يعبرًالمدربًبوضوحًعنًاالرشاداتًوالتوجيهاتًلالعبيًن 60 اعتمادًاالتصالًالمفتوحًيؤديًالىًتطويرًالالعًب 61 الالعبين .هناك فهم لإلرشادات والتوجيهات من قبل المدرب الى 62 يسمح المدرب بحرية االتصال بين جميع الالعبين 63 يؤكدًعلىًالتواصلًبينًالالعبينًوالمدرًب 64 يستخدم المدرب اساليب اتصال متعددة ومناسبة 65 66 هناك تقليل للجهد والوقت من خالل االتصال بين المدرب والالعب . القيامًبالعملًدونًاتصاًليمكنً 67 حسبًنوعًالعملًً.يعطي المدرب التوجيهات لكل أعضاء الفريق 68 يقوم بصياغة الخطط والتوجيهات الجديدة على اساس نتائج التقويم 69 70 لدى المدرب مراجعة شاملة ومستمرة من فترة زمنية إلى أخرى للخطط واالهداف. الفريق على وقفات دورية لمراجعة وتقويم النشاطات . يعمل مع 71 لديه معرفة بالكيفية التي يقاس عليها التقدم ومستوى األداء . 72 لديه معرفة بالكيفية التي تحدد وفقها تطبيق معايير النجاح . 73 تتصفًالحلولًالتيًيقدمهاًبالقبولًونادراًماًتعدل 74 يؤشرًالناحيةًالعلميةًوالخبرةًبإصدارًالحكًم 75 يعتمد القرار باالطالع على اآلراء المختلفة ومناقشتها . 76 يكشف المدرب أسباب الفشل وتفسيرها . 77 يستفيد المدرب من قدرات وإمكانيات الالعبين . 78 تتطابق نتائج عمل المدرب مع المعايير المخططة . 79 يعالج المدرب عدد كبير من المشكالت المعقدة وبنجاح 80 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org activities of bukhara state pedagogical and teachers` institute during world war ii ismoil salomov doctoral student of karshi state university +998912276661 ismoilsalomov6661@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, you will see that achievements and shortcomings in education and science in uzbekistan during world war ii were highlighted on the example of the bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute. at the same time that the war began, all processes in the institute are re-structured or modified, depending on the demand for war. the institute also described the preparation of units made up of volunteer students for the front, the sending of material and military assistance for the front, as well as many noble works carried out by institute pedagogical workers. you can also get information about how the problems that arose in the conditions of war were eliminated, about the research work carried out. second world war, curriculum, university, students, snipers, rifle battalion, martial law, teacher, front, social competition, evacuation. introduction during the years of world war ii, uzbekistan performed the function of a front-line country. it serves as a refuge for evacuees, for industrial enterprises in areas at risk of attack, for local citizens at risk in areas where war is taking place, and for educational institutions and its employees. uzbekistan's achievements in economic and labor resources and scientific research were mobilized to the front, and at the same time to victory. during this period, a new labor regime was introduced in uzbekistan, that is, the working day was extended, weekends and labor holidays were canceled, and educational programs were adopted in educational institutions based on the demands of war. in such a tense situation, the issue of personnel training in the uzbek ssr, the compensation of the place of professors and teachers, employees and students who went to the front at the expense of new personnel, scientific staff and applicants was also on the agenda. in order to fulfill these tasks in a timely manner, special plans, statements were adopted before each new school year, and the situation was relaxed as much as possible. in particular, the necessary measures were taken to prepare qualified specialists, to achieve the necessary scientific achievements for the front line, moreover, to maintain a wide content of the scientific layer. it is possible to show this on the example of the bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute and on the example of some reforms, innovations implemented in it. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org research problems: 1) what changes took place in the institute during the war? 2) is there information about the student contingent and contract payments at the institute during the war years? 3) what measures were taken by the institute to win the war and the front? results: bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute named after orzhonikedze operated intensely during the years of world war ii. the team, headed by the then director of the institute davlat yusupov, set about rebuilding the educational life at the institute under the demands of war. the academic year 1941-1942 coincided with the period of the great patriotic war at the bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute. martial law forced the restructuring of all the educational and methodological work of the institute for the state of war. all the work of the institute, all educational processes were directed to one goal, that is, to train highly qualified personnel and, with their help, to add as massively as possible to victory during the invasion of hitler's germany. also, the most important task of higher educational institutions was the training of qualified personnel. one of the main tasks of the government and party administration was to maintain the student body as it had been in the pre war period. on may 5, 1942, the vkp (b) mq and the council of people's commissars of the ussr adopted the decision “on the plan for admission to higher educational institutions in 1942 and measures to strengthen the material and technical base of higher educational institutions". [1.] thanks to this, in this academic year, the bukhara pedagogical and teachers' institute carried out a large amount of work in the implementation of state defense and in the cultural construction of specialists, as well as in the implementation of all the support they had for the front, in support of the country's production. on september 1, 1941, the institute enrolled 478 students. in the first half of the academic year, 98 students left the institute, of whom 65 were men and 33 were women, for a total of 31 indigenous nationalities. in the first half year, a total of 446 students continued their studies at the institute. in the second half year, 4 more students were excluded from study. 130 students, on the other hand, stopped their studies for various reasons, namely 47 left for the red army, 49 stopped their studies due to problems with payment, and 34 showed different reasons. in the summer of 1942, having passed the state exams, 182 people graduated from the institute, as of august 1, 1942, there were 138 students left at the institute, divided by directions as follows: gpi-49, ui-54, vui-35. in the case of september 1, 1941, 51 educators were counted in the total teaching staff. these included 1 professor, 10 associate professors, 6 candidates of science, 14 senior teachers, and 26 lay teachers. of the 51 teachers, 25 were indigenous nationalities. on july 1, 1942, the teaching staff of the professor fell to 42. of these, 1 was a professor, 10 associate professors, 6 candidates of sciences, senior teachers were 12, and 19 were ordinary teachers. of these, 17 were indigenous. a team of teachers of local nationalities received a call to the front. in particular, the names of some educators who went to the front are preserved in the archive sources: shirboyev, khasanov, slosariev and others. in addition to these, the likes of sharafutdinov, gulomov, kuldoshev were involved in ideological propaganda. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org for the new 1942-1943 academic year, after being called to the front and involved in propaganda work, the institute lacked teaching staff in the following subjects: basics of marxism-leninism (in uzbek) 1 uzbek language-1 uzbek literature-1 history of the peoples of the ussr (in uzbek) 1 general history (in uzbek) 1 piece a vacancy has been announced for the position of professor of russian literature-1 mathematics-1 professor pedagogy-1 professor in 1941-1942, professors and teachers of the institute taught the following subjects taking into account the war conditions: in the faculty of physics and mathematics: 1. radio physics 35 hours 2. probability theory applied to shooting 20 hours in the faculty of natural sciences: 3. military geography (of warring countries) 20 hours at the faculty of literature: 4. the image and ideas of patriotism in russian literature 5. anti-fascist literature in the west 6. the great patriotic war in soviet art 7. children's literature military job-1 the total number of pedagogues needed is 9 [2.] the laboratory and rooms at the institute were open for students during the session from 9:00 am to 11:00 pm. specially appointed teachers not only taught them, but also guided their activities. in the academic year of 1941-1942, students of the bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute were involved in various activities for 1.5-2 months (harvesting, cotton picking, spring cleaning, etc.), as a result of which their educational courses were further extended. in addition to training, they took part in additional training for military operations and agricultural work. in addition, they participated in sending aid to the red army and in army training courses. during the academic year, the total number of students who participated in internships was 277 (14 groups). among them: 97 students from the faculty of literature; 54 students from the faculty of natural sciences; 31 students from the faculty of physics and mathematics and 24 students from the institute of evening teachers participated. [3.] at the beginning of the 1941-1942 academic year, a special social competition was organized between faculty and interdepartmental pedagogical staff, scientific department staff, administrative and technical staff at the bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute. the conditions of the competition are implemented in the following points: 1. reorganization of the education system based on the military situation; 2. to improve the quality of education; 3. active participation in political and educational work among students; 4. implementation of scientific research works for the benefit of military defense and agriculture; 5. reading political lectures between red army units, bukhara residents and party associations; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org 6. having high-quality military skills. [4.] activities of the department of history at the bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute: at the beginning of the academic year, the history department developed its educational programs based on the war situation. history lessons were developed based on historical-patriotic and military defense topics. the lecture classes were conducted by pedagogues with great experience, the main attention was paid to military aspects due to the state of war. they read lectures on the following topics: "battle on ice lake", "battle of kulikovo", "polish-swedish invasion at the beginning of the 17th century", "the great patriotic war of 1812", "german invaders invasion of ukraine in 1918" and the like. the members of the department kuldashev and aripov carried out a scientific work on the topic "heroes of the uzbek people in the past". in addition, kuldashev also carried out scientific research on the topic of "tax system and management policy in the bukhara khanate". it was also determined that the defense will be carried out in 1942. [5.] it was determined that 40 hours of classes will be held for students at the department of military education. lessons were organized mainly on air defense and military sanitation programs. from 1941, all men were divided into separate companies, and women were recruited for military sanitary courses. lessons were always carried out according to the schedule. all men and women attended military classes. through the implementation of educational work, personnel were trained in the following specialties for the reserve and active troops: 1. heavy machine gunners 2. snipers 3. archers at the beginning of the academic year, 146 students studied at the machine gunner course. 20 snipers, 25 gunners, and a total of 191 students studied. most of those who studied in these courses were drafted into the army. at the end of april 1942, 94 out of 114 cadets successfully passed the exams. in all military branches, boys completed 140 hours of theoretical and 60 hours of practical lessons. [6.] [13.] the tuition fees for the 1941-1942 academic year at the bukhara state pedagogical institute were as follows: [7.] name of educational institutions the number of students payment amount (in rubles) dismissed from studies due to nonpayment those who went to the army institute of pedagogy 170 11500 8 6 teacher's institute (fulltime) 183 7050 28 1 institute of teachers (evening) 93 2850 13 6 preparation department 27 600 total: 473 22050 49 13 at a time when everyone was sending support for the front, the bukhara state pedagogical and teacher's institute collected a total of 47,040 rubles for the front fund until december 1, 1941, of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org which 8,640 rubles were in cash and 38,400 rubles were collected in the form of state bonds. in addition, monthly salaries of 2 hours were deducted for the defense of the country. [12.] the institute provided 265 pieces of various thermal equipment worth 7929.09 rubles, mainly padded jackets, sweaters, warm pants, etc. in total, 67243 rubles 91 kopecks were transferred for the defense of the country. the institute actively participated in cotton harvesting in bukhara, and the team picked a total of 7000 kg of cotton in 5 collective farms. [8.] the team of the institute also took an active part in picking and cleaning 11,300 kg of shovels in "culture" and "red tractor" kolkhozes from november 27 to december 6, 1941. also, in this period, the team of the institute transferred the monthly salaries of 13 working days to the national defense fund. [9.] in addition, the institute took care of 6 evacuated children of preschool age. to finance children's expenses, 1 working day's salary per month was directed. a special workshop was established under the institute, and winter socks, gloves and other clothes were prepared by volunteer students for those fighting at the front, and they were sent to the defenders. the students who worked in the workshop acquired the skills of making items and received an additional salary of 5 to 10 rubles per day. this money served to cover part of their education expenses. [10.] conclusion: thus, despite the difficult times, the team of the institute tried to adapt to the war situation, to reorganize the educational processes, to include subjects suitable for the war situation into the educational courses, in addition, to provide the necessary amount of military training for the front. the personnel trained in the trainings were prepared, the material and moral support provided are worthy of special praise. the team of the institute managed to achieve the goals set for itself in each academic year. references: 1. mamedova l.s. leadership of the communist party of uzbekistan, the activities of the intellectuals during the great patriotic war. abstract of ph.d. dissertations. tashkent, 1971, p.17 2. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-4. 3. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-10. 4. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-16. 5. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-32. 6. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-51-52. 7. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-85. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org 8. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-87. 9. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-88. 10. national archives of uzbekistan. fond-r-94. inventory-number-5. unit storage number-4103, page-88. 11. sadykov a.s. science of uzbekistan during the great patriotic war. onu. moscow-1975. 12. ishankhodzhaeva zamira raimovna, vladimir konstantinovich khazov, and alexandra borisovna almazova-ilyina. "uzbekistan's contribution to the victory over fascism in world war ii." history issues 8 (2020): 205. 13. bezugolny a.yu., borodkin l.i., goryushina e.m.1, dmitrieva n.v.1, zakharina e.a., korsak a.i., kokhan a.a., krinko e.f. .1, leontyeva n.i., ochirov u.b. the peoples of the ussr on the fronts of the great patriotic war: statistical and military-anthropological research bibliography (issue x). t., 1964. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org issues of solving the problem of the development of educational and cognitive activity of students in the field of physical culture suvonov kadyr yoldoshevich karshi state university, faculty of sports, teacher of the department of sports activity a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses methods and systems for solving problems of the development of physical culture and physical education of students. physical and mental development, educational and cognitive activity, physical education, physical exercises. introduction based on the world experience of the formation of educational and cognitive activity of a student's personality in harmony with his physical and mental development, physical education as a separate branch of our national educational system in all its specific aspects should be focused on educational, educational, developmental goals, and the goals provided for by other general education disciplines should be considered a priority. the science of physical education by its development should contribute to the formation and development of the child along with other general education subjects. one of the ways in which the science of physical education influences the educational process of general education activities in the field of the formation of educational and cognitive activity in harmony with physical and mental development is the mastery of students in ways of full awareness of their body, the acquisition of skills and skills of self-physical improvement, the formation of skills and abilities that provide intellectual development for the independent acquisition of knowledge. the reason why experts consider the issue of increasing the volume of motor activity in students to be a priority is that, according to the views adopted in the methodology and theory of physical education, the productivity of classes is evaluated depending on their intensity in practical terms. in accordance with this, the training of special knowledge and methods of physical mastery in educational activities in the field of physical education is aimed at achieving sufficient assimilation by students of exercises in any kind of sport, special movements that are part of a sports game, improving forms of motor activity. at present, theoretical and instructional and methodological knowledge is affected only directly in the course of the lesson, with insufficient emphasis on their importance as the main part of general physical education. according to the research results, students get acquainted with special theoretical knowledge in the processes of motor activity, the longest of which is the information and methodological instructions of the teacher for 3-5 minutes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org such conditions do not allow to introduce the theoretical part of the program material of the discipline “physical education” into the educational activity qualitatively enough, and therefore, to fulfill the requirements of the dcs for the quality of general education in the field of formation of educational and cognitive activity in harmony of physical and mental development. as the main elements provoking this condition, we note the following factors: the lack of a tradition of systematic teaching of special knowledge when teaching the subject of physical education in secondary schools; that the student's view of physical education lessons as a means of increasing motor activity was formed as a psychological and pedagogical imagination; -lack of conditions for the manifestation of basic knowledge, practical and methodological skills and skills that ensure a reduction in the intensity of motor activity by more than seventy percent in the processes of traditional physical education classes; -orientation of the modern general education system in the field of formation of educational and cognitive activity in harmony of physical and mental development, as in previous periods, to take into account only pragmatic, practical results-physical development, physical fitness, achievements of students in sports competitions, etc.; – the presence in the theory and practice of physical education of an approach based on the definition of the effectiveness of lessons in the discipline of physical education, first of all, the tradition of determining the effectiveness of the lesson by the density of movements; the main attention is paid to maximizing the student's motor activity in accordance with the involuntary, intuitive, but insufficiently scientifically grounded habits of physical education teachers; insufficient understanding in the imagination of most physical education teachers of the need to provide systematic theoretical knowledge on this subject during the lesson; -insufficient perception of the dts requirements for the quality of general education in the field of the formation of educational and cognitive activity in the harmony of physical and mental development and insufficient understanding of their significance. another problematic aspect of the issue is that when assessing the professional activity of a teacher of a physical education subject in schools at the level of an institution or higher organization, as well as with appropriate qualification certification, the main evaluation criteria are not the level of systematic theoretical knowledge of students in this academic subject or the general worldview in this area, but the level of their physical fitness, the results of sports competitions. it should be noted another case when, according to the results of observations in secondary schools, the absolute deficit is made up of physically highly developed students in each class (on average 1-5 people). most students have a medium or low level of physical fitness. it should be taken into account that when studying the motor activity of schoolchildren by testing, it was found that many medical and biological factors affect the level of physical fitness. these factors include the peculiarities of the age stage of development for each child, genetic predisposition to physical activity, bad habits, environmental factors, and the like. considering in this aspect, we can say that the practice of assessing professional competence, the effectiveness of physical education teachers based on the level of motor activity and physical fitness of students has practically no scientific basis. the reason why teachers of the academic subject "physical culture" pay attention to increasing the level of motor activity of students is that in professional competitions, it is not teachers who are striving to increase the theoretical knowledge of students in the field of physical and mental development, to give american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org high-quality, consistent knowledge on this subject, but teachers whose students have achieved high results in sports competitions or sporting events. when summing up the results of the professional activity of a physical education teacher, the number of students with theoretical systematic knowledge, who can rhythmically engage in physical exercises, independently organize physical activity on a methodological basis and generally show educational and cognitive qualities in harmony of physical and mental development is not taken into account as the main indicator. thus, there are sufficient grounds to believe that there is a discrepancy between the presence of students with a system of special knowledge in the field of physical and mental development, practical skills and methodological skills of rhythmic exercise and the state of underdevelopment of pedagogical conditions, taking into account, in accordance with them, specific aspects of general education in the field of physical culture, forms of practical and methodological approach to organization of the educational process. it is this discrepancy that negatively affects the successful conduct of general education in the field of the formation of educational and cognitive activity in harmony of physical and mental development. based on their own views on the approach to educational processes in physical education, we can note three groups of teachers who organize classes in different ways. in the eyes of teachers belonging to the first group, knowledge is a “decoration” of the lesson, that is, the process of visual transfer of knowledge about concepts, terms and subject area. teachers forming the second group carry out the phenomenon of knowledge transfer and bringing them into a new form or appearance. finally, there is a third group of teachers who consider knowledge an important tool, as well as an important resource in the student's self-development. in our opinion, in order to ensure universal education in the field of physical education, only the approaches of teachers belonging to the third group to the organization of educational processes in the discipline of physical education are correct and in demand. the idea that 3-5-minute teacher's messages on the subject material in general form during the lesson are enough for students to achieve theoretical and methodological training during the lesson, is completely ingrained in the minds of many. this has become a generally accepted rule of most experts. it is in contrast to this point of view that teachers belonging to the above–mentioned third group consider the distribution of theoretical material into three types of educational activities theoretical, practical and methodological to be conditional and expedient. it also emphasizes the need to achieve an optimal in all respects favorable and effective level of correlation between the intellectual and motor components of learning-ratio in the organization of course work on the discipline of physical education. along with the fact that physical education in schools takes place in a purely theoretical form, it is important to create conditions for independent study of theoretical material by children, starting from school age, a good result is given by teaching theoretical material on physical education in primary classes for 10-15 minutes per lesson, and during a quarter-four or five theoretical classes. in increasing the level of educational and cognitive activity of students in harmony with their physical and mental development, scheduled classes in other academic subjects, as well as extracurricular activities, are becoming important. this means that in order to control the theoretical knowledge of students in the academic subject of physical culture, the teacher must allocate special time for theoretical classes. taking into account that during the organization and conduct of lessons, the physical culture and educational discipline in most cases is still a means of demonstrating the motor activity of students, until the necessary pedagogical conditions are created for the implementation of the educational function of this discipline, the most important sections of many theoretical materials remain inapplicable american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org in educational practice. it is impossible to even imagine that such a thing would happen when teaching any other general education subject included in the school curriculum. consequently, we can say that in the existing approaches to the problem of the formation of cognitive activity in the field of the formation of educational and cognitive activity in the harmony of physical and mental development, we have witnessed that there are very few views aimed at using the system of theoretical knowledge formulated in the discipline of physical education. this indicates that physical education does not have sufficient conditions for the manifestation of the potential of an educational subject as one of the general subjects of secondary education. this problem should be discussed in theoretical and practical fields, scientifically investigated and find its solution. references: 1. the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. tashkent: “uzbekistan". 2023.80 p. 2. the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on education". adopted by the legislative assembly on may 19, 2020, approved by the senate on august 7, 2020. ur-637. 09/23/2021.httrs://lex.uz/ru/doss. 3. the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state youth policy". september 14, 2016 code of laws of the republic of uzbekistan. –t.: 2016. 4. mirziyoyev s. m. together we will create a free and prosperous democratic state of uzbekistan. t. ”uzbekistan", 2016. – 56 p. 5. gerasimov a.yu. formation of cognitive activity of students in physical education classes //scientific and theoretical journal "scientific notes" st. petersburg.. 2009. № 1 (47). pp. 21-25 6. drandrov g.l. integration of physical and cognitive development of children 6-7 years old in the process of learning motor actions: monograph. cheboksary: chspu, 2017. 113 p. 7. zavyalov, l.k. forms and methods of presentation of theoretical material // physical culture at school. 1982. no. 12. pp. 15-18. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org reforms in uzbekistan effect on the family environment aziza turayeva pulatovna senior teacher of the department of the social science karshi state university (tel: 972297041) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the impact of economic, political-legal, social and spiritual-cultural reforms on the family environment in uzbekistan. family, family environment, improvement of family environment, reform, economic processes, political-legal processes, social processes, spiritual-cultural processes. introduction after the independence of the republic of uzbekistan, a number of processes took place that had a positive effect on the factors that form the family environment. first of all, it is necessary to mention the economic processes. for example, as a result of the economic reforms carried out in the country, the nature of the national economy has changed radically. today, the economy of uzbekistan has become a sector capable of ensuring the stable development of the country. there is no doubt that the effective completion of economic reforms and stable economic development will serve to increase the well-being of families, raise the standard of living, further culturalize the way of life, and make the environment healthier. bringing private property under the protection of the law, ensuring and legally guaranteeing the inviolability of the private property of the country's citizens was an important step not only for economic development, but also for increasing family income. because this situation created real opportunities for the development of small business and entrepreneurship, for citizens to engage in entrepreneurship on a large scale. as a result, a large part of the economically active population of the country began to work in the private sector, which significantly increased the income of families employed in this sector, and raised the standard of living. the growing production of consumer goods also has a positive effect on the family environment. cheap and adequate food is one of the main factors of people's satisfaction. in order to ensure this, "in the last 3 years, 28 trillion soums of credit funds have been allocated for the development of food, livestock, fruit and vegetable and other branches of agriculture. projects worth 11 trillion soums were implemented in the area of livestock breeding alone" [ tashkulov a. et al. a scientific and popular treatise on the promotion among the general public of the priorities to be implemented in connection with the achievement of strategic goals in 2021 based on the consistent continuation of economic reforms in the address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org majlis. t-"spirituality"-2021, p. 140]. such information can also be given about household appliances and furniture, household appliances, household products in the country. changes in the consumer market contribute significantly to the radical change in the quality of life of uzbek families, and to the increase in its level. in the ranking of economic freedom, uzbekistan rose to 144th place among 182 countries according to the freedom index. achieved due to indicators. the concept of socio-economic development of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030 envisages reducing the level of tension in the labor market, increasing the income of the population and reducing poverty, creating favorable conditions for the development and protection of entrepreneurship, in particular, the development of family business. the formation of this type of business will also serve to expand the material capabilities of families and improve the health of the family environment in the near future. the positive impact of the reforms in the legal sphere on the family environment is clearly visible. during the years of independence, the attitude of the state to the family changed radically, strengthening the institution of the family became a priority of the state policy. an important document defining this policy the concept of strengthening the family institution in the republic of uzbekistan was adopted. "oila" scientific and practical research center was reorganized in order to implement this concept. the attitude of the state to the family can be seen from the "family code of the republic of uzbekistan", implemented on september 1, 1998. in it, first of all, the tasks of legal acts on the family include strengthening the family, building family relationships on the basis of mutual love, trust and respect, solidarity, helping each other and the sense of responsibility of all its members before the family, any it was determined that it is not allowed to interfere arbitrarily in family matters, family members exercise their rights without hindrance and ensure that these rights are protected. secondly, it was recognized that men and women have equal rights in family relations. thirdly, it was emphasized that citizens have equal rights in family relations. fourthly, legal norms for protection of family, motherhood, fatherhood and childhood were defined. fifth, the cases related to the use of local customs and traditions in family relations were clearly expressed. also, like the "iron book" system established by the head of our state on october 8, 2020 for the purpose of social protection of the population in order to increase the role of women and young people in society and ensure employment, for families in need of financial aid and assistance, now young people and women are given social, legal , to provide psychological support, to support unemployed young people and women who are interested in education and vocational training, "youth register", "women's register" in every neighborhood, district, city and province. "the fact that the establishment is determined confirms that the government pays a lot of attention to this direction. children of needy families, true orphans, children with disabilities and those in need of treatment, special kindness, establishment of a new system for adoption of orphans, implementation of measures aimed at protecting the interests of the family, the formation of a mood of glorifying the family and the child in the society also indicates that the state's attitude towards the family is humane in nature. the introduction of the social protection system in the country, which has no analogues in the world, created a real mechanism for supporting families. according to this system, self-government bodies of citizens have the ability to determine the financial capabilities of families and provide them with independent assistance and social protection. the introduction of a unique social protection system removed the risk of low-income families being left without a source of livelihood. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org as a result of the above measures, the institution of the family in uzbekistan has been further strengthened, national values related to the family have been restored, its economic opportunities have expanded, and international norms related to family relations have been put into circulation. the family policy of the state led to more humane relations between family members, strengthening of solidarity and goodwill in it. the factors that shape the environment in uzbek families are also changing under the influence of the reforms implemented in the social sphere in the country. in this place, first of all, it is necessary to emphasize the activities related to the decision of a healthy lifestyle among citizens, its promotion and promotion. the policy of the state to improve the ecological situation created a foundation for the formation of a healthy lifestyle in the family. for example, in uzbekistan, measures to provide the population with drinking water are carried out on the basis of a special program. in the following years, efforts aimed at improving the environment intensified. activities aimed at improving the ecological situation in cities and villages are also having a significant effect. also, the reforms implemented in the healthcare system during the years of independence strengthened the foundations of a healthy lifestyle in the family. as a result, "the average life expectancy of our citizens increased from 67 years in 1990 to 74 years in 2017". [mirziyoyev sh. the work of a people with a great intention will be great, their life will be bright and their future will be prosperous. t-"uzbekistan"-2019, p. 72] the reduction of anemia in women and the reduction of child mortality rates are also the result of these reforms. in our country, the concept of the development of the health care system in 2019-2025 to further improve the health of the population was adopted. in our country, the role of women in society is increasing year by year, which also serves to improve the health of the family environment. it is becoming the main task of our government, local governors, and the general public to further increase the place and status of our mothers and women in society, to restore their dignity, and to ease their burden. the work done to fulfill this task is distinguished by its importance. for example, in order to increase the influence of women in the society, under the regional branches of the women's committee of the republic of uzbekistan, "women lawyers", "women and health", "women of honor", "science and women", "creative women" , "entrepreneurial women", "xxi century woman" public associations, "olima" association of women scientists of uzbekistan, "tadbirkor ayl" association of businesswomen of uzbekistan are operating. also, "of the 150 deputies elected to the legislative chamber of the supreme assembly, 48 or 32 percent were women. and in the senate, this figure reached almost 25 percent." he spiritual and cultural processes that took place in uzbekistan during the years of independence had a profound effect on the factors that form the family environment. these processes are distinguished by their content richness and multifacetedness. the restoration of the national education system was especially important. as a result, the relationship between parents and children acquired a national character. during the years of independence, the restoration of historical memory and religious values also served to improve relations between family members. "...the holy qur'an, four volumes of authentic hadiths of imam bukhari, authentic hadiths of imam al-tirmidhi, and the works of a number of our religious scholars were published in uzbek for the first time" contributed immeasurably to the development of the religious culture of our people. [erkaev a. spiritual science. t-"spirituality"-2018, p. 461] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org the reforms implemented in the field of education also left a significant mark on the family environment. already, as our head of state has noted, "based on the needs of the times, we have started to implement huge reforms in the education system". [mirziyoev sh. the approval of our people is the highest evaluation given to our activities. t-"uzbekistan"-2018, p. 447] including transition to an 11year system in general secondary education, optimization of academic lyceums and vocational colleges, establishment of new higher education and branches, private our people are satisfied with the reforms implemented to increase the number of higher education institutions and open part-time and evening departments of higher education. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-5847 "on approval of the concept of development of the higher education system of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030" introduces the system of self-financing of higher education institutions step by step. the definition of the tasks of transferring, ensuring financial stability, and improving the labor payment system was a practical expression of changes in this field. also, the ongoing reforms to expand the network of pre-school educational institutions, train pedagogic personnel and public education workers, and improve the system of improving their qualifications ultimately serve the development of the sector. the level of preschool education coverage of young children has doubled over 4 years and reached 60%, the level of youth education coverage has increased from 9% to 25%. [ tashkulov a et al. scientific and popular pamphlet on the promotion among the general public of the priorities to be implemented in connection with the achievement of strategic goals in 2021 based on the consistent continuation of economic reforms in the address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy majlis. t"spirituality"-2021, p. 132] also, the large scope of practices such as training and retraining of young people for professions that are in high demand in the modern labor market expands the possibilities of preparing children for family life and instilling them with national family values. after the independence of the republic of uzbekistan, such a powerful development of the education system, optimization of educational areas based on the requirements of the national economy, expanded the career opportunities of future parents, increased their cultural level. created conditions for their continuous improvement. these changes not only made the environment in existing families more healthy, but also created a solid foundation for the health of the environment in the families that will be established in the future, and the expansion of young people's ideas about the family. the economic, political-legal, social, spiritual and cultural processes that took place in uzbekistan during the years of independence had a serious impact on the nature of relationships in uzbek families. in particular: first, the growing family budget increases the level of satisfaction of family members with the social system, which gives a positive character to the relations between family members. family relations are organized not on the basis of reproaches and grudges, but on the basis of mutual goodwill, honesty, truthfulness, and solidarity. secondly, the new positive trends in providing families with housing strengthened citizens' confidence in the future, made it possible to make long-term plans related to family development. this situation laid the foundation for building family relationships based on the principles of hard work ("honest work will pay off sooner or later"). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org thirdly, the increase in the level of providing families with various consumer products, home furnishings, and household appliances increased the level of well-being of families, made their moral and spiritual condition even healthier. these changes led to more humane family relations. fourthly, as a result of the modernization of the cultural level of citizens, "national and universal way of life and faith are embodied in family relations. fifthly, the creation of real opportunities for citizens to acquire professions and increase their positions, the functioning of the "economic elevator" in society, the formation of a mechanism for identifying talented young people, increases people's confidence in social justice. this trust encourages to build relationships between family members based on the principles of justice. to sum up, in the years of independence, under the influence of a number of economic, politicallegal, social, spiritual and cultural processes, the family budget began to grow, new trends in providing families with housing appeared, and various needs of families the level of provision of goods, home furnishings, and household appliances has increased, the cultural level of parents has begun to modernize, opportunities for their education, occupation, and promotion have expanded. all this strengthened the principles of mutual goodwill, honesty, truthfulness, hard work, justice in family relations, domesticated national and universal characteristics in it. references: 1. “o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy ta’lim tizimini 2030 yilgacha rivojlantirish konsepsiyasini tasdiqlash to‘g‘risida” pf-5847 son farmoni, 1-ilova, 3-bob, 6-paragraf 2. mirziyoyev sh. xalqimizning roziligi bizning faoliyatimizga berilgan eng oliy bahodir. t“o‘zbekiston”-2018 3. mirziyoyev sh. niyati ulug‘ xalqning ishi ham ulug‘, hayoti yorug‘ va kelajagi farovon bo‘ladi. t“o‘zbekiston”-2019. 4. erkayev a. ma’naviyatshunoslik. t-“ma’naviyat”-2018. 5. toshqulov a. va boshq. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti shavkat mirziyoyevning oliy majlisga murojaatnomasida iqtisodiy islohotlarni izchil davom ettirish asosida 2021 yilda strategik maqsadlarga erishish yuzasidan amalga oshiriladigan ustuvor yo‘nalishlarni keng jamoatchilik orasida targ‘ib etish bo‘yicha ilmiy-ommabop risola. t-“ma’naviyat”-2021. 6. t. narbayeva. «xotin-qizlarni himoya qilish va gender tenglikning ijtimoiy-huquqiy asoslari. «falsafa va huquq»-2021, 1-son. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org wool productivity of local goats of karakalpakia а. u. toreshova r. т. aytjanov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents the results of a study of haircuts and the quality of wool of local goats in karakalpakstan. clipping, wool length, length, gender, fiber types, age. introduction the wool productivity of goats depends on a number of factors, among which the most significant are the breed, direction of productivity, gender, age, physiological state (pregnancy, lactation) of animals, conditions of their feeding and maintenance, etc. [1,2,3]. food and climate have a significant impact on the wool productivity of animals, the structure and quality of hair. the amount of undercoat (down fibers) formed by the body depends on the prevailing air temperature; at low temperatures, more is formed. the elasticity of hair changes depending on humidity, etc. more abundant and succulent pastures, as well as a humid climate, favor the development of wool productivity in animals [1]. based on the above, we were given the task: to study the wool productivity of local goats in karakalpakstan. experimental studies were carried out in the conditions of the farm “bakhrom shabandoz” in the karauzyak region on a year-round pasture. the dependence of the wool productivity of animals on their belonging to different breeds and constitutional types has been noted [2]. the wool of uzbekistan goats is heterogeneous, consisting of fine, delicate fluff and coarse, shiny hair. the down, which grows during one autumn and winter, sheds in the spring. hair, unlike down, when uncut, sheds slowly, and in some animals continues to grow, sometimes for several years, reaching a great length. until recently, in most regions of uzbekistan, fluff from goats was not combed. in the spring it was cut along with the hair, and then separated by hand. aboriginal goats produce, when carded, an average of 100-150 g of fluff, rarely up to 200 g, with a length of 5-7 cm and a fineness of 14-16 microns. the length of the spine in local goats is 12-15 cm. the fineness is from 60 to 100 microns and more. the hair has a slight scaliness, due to which, unlike sheep's wool, it hardly mats. goats are sheared once a year in may. the average clip for uzbek goats is 430-490 g, for male goats 530 g [3]. the study of the wool productivity of goats was carried out during the shearing period (the month of may) by individually weighing the sheared wool using a spring scale. the natural length of the coat was measured in the area of the shoulder blade, flank and thigh using a metal ruler. to study the ratio of individual types of fibers in wool and their fineness, wool samples were clipped from the barrel area. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org table 1 wool productivity gender of animals age (year) n (goal) wool clipped, g length of braids, cm on the shoulder blade on a barrel on the thigh goats 1 25 627±24,6 9,5±0,79 3,7±0,59 12,4±0,49 3-4 25 816±28,7 10,4±0,64 11,6±0,64 13,2±0,52 6-7 25 708±20,4 10,9±0,59 11,0±0,52 14,0±0,50 goats 1 25 660±21,8 11,2±0,91 12,4±0,71 13,5±0,69 3-4 25 896±36,5 12,0±0,84 12,6±0,84 15,2±0,58 6-7 25 847±30,4 11,4±0,71 12,6±0,79 14,9±0,51 table 2 ratio and fineness of individual fiber types, (n=3), % gender age соотношение типов волокон, % тонина волокон, мкм fluff transition fibers awn fluff transition fibers awn м±m м±m м±m м±m м±m м±m goats 1 3-4 6-7 70,6±4,3 8,7±1,1 20,7±1,2 14,4±1,1 31,7±2,4 80,7±3,1 69,2±3,9 9,4±1,3 21,4±1,4 16,6±1,2 35,2±2,6 82,1±3,6 67,3±32,7 10,2±1,3 22,5±1,6 15,1±1,2 36,4±2,7 82,0±4,1 goats 1 3-4 6-7 69,0±4,0 9,4±1,4 21,6±1,6 14,9±1,3 30,4±2,5 86,7±4,1 67,4±3,5 10,4±1,5 22,2±1,7 17,4±1,3 35,9±2,7 89,6±4,3 65,9±3,2 11,3±1,6 22,8±1,9 21,9±1,4 36,4±2,9 92,8±4,6 data on wool clippings and natural length of braids are given in table no. 1. analysis of the data shows that the wool clipping of goats was in the range of 627±74.6 -816±78.9 g, while it was not the same in animals of different ages. the greatest clipping was observed in goats of 3-4 years of age 816 ± 78.7 and it exceeded the indicators of yearling goats by 30.1% and older goats by 15.2 percent. a similar difference was noted among goat groups. thus, the greatest wool clipping was recorded in goats of 3-4 years of age 896.0 ± 36.5; the smallest clip was noted in one-year-old goats 660.0 ± 21.8 g. in terms of wool clippings, old goats occupied an intermediate position 847.0 ± 30.4 g. in terms of wool clipping, sexual dimorphism was clearly evident. for all age groups, the hair clippings of goats were higher than those of goats and the difference, accordingly, was -33.0; 80.0 and 39.0 grams. a study of the natural hair length of goats showed that in all cases, both in goats and goats, the hair in the thigh area was slightly longer than on the shoulder blade and barrel. whereas the length of the wool in the area of the shoulder blade and barrel was approximately equal. in terms of age, the length of the fur of 3-4 year old goats in all parts of the body was the greatest. a similar difference was noted in the fur length of goats. table no. 2. a study of the ratio of individual types of fibers in goat wool showed that wool mainly consists of fluff and guard fibers; the transitional hair content was in the range of 8.7-10.4 percent. with increasing age, the content of down fibers slightly decreased, and the content of guard fibers increased. the wool of goats contained slightly more guard fibers than that of female goats. at the same time, the downy fibers were characterized by the required fineness, and the guard hair was quite thick and brittle. in terms of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org the ratio of fluff, transitional and guard hair, the indicators of local goats in karakalpakstan were close to those of goats in other regions of uzbekistan. thus, the results of studying the quantity and quality of wool of local goats of karakalpakstan allow us to conclude that they are characterized by relatively moderate wool, while the wool is distinguished by a high content of fluff and guard fibers. down and transition fibers are relatively thin, while guard hair is coarse and brittle, which negatively affects their cost. references 1. ivanov m. f. about the selection of karakul sheep. /izb op. v.2. -moscow. 1949, 240 pp. 2. yusupov s. et al. – goat breeding: status and development prospects //t. j. “zooveterinary medicine” no. 8// 2016, 30-321 pp. 3. kiyatkin p.f. – ways and methods of breeding a new breed of wool goats. t. 1968, 259 pp. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org use of geothermal energy sources for heating and hot water supply of residential buildings in the southern regions of the republic of uzbekistan choriev a.zh. termez state university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the paper examines the possibilities of reducing energy consumption through the introduction of heat pumps installations for heating and cooling residential buildings in rural areas from well water in some regions of the surkhandarya region of the republic of uzbekistan. some observations of changes in the temperature of water from a well throughout the year are given . it uses the heat of well water as thermal energy. heat pumps , well water, geothermal heat sources. introduction the use of geothermal energy is one of the most effective methods reducing energy consumption for heating and hot water supply. in world practice, heat pumps have long been used for heating and cooling various types of buildings. for example, in the usa, more than 30% of residential buildings are equipped with heat pumps. in sweden, from 1984 to 1986 alone, 74 large heat pump plants were put into operation. nowadays, heat pumps with capacities ranging from several kilowatts to 11 mw are produced in different countries of the world. with the help of these pumps in foreign countries, heat is obtained from open reservoirs where the water temperature is in the range of 5-7 c 0 . heat installations with pumping units operate by circulating in the evaporator-compressorcondenser-throttle system, removing and condensing low-temperature heat. heat is extracted from: 1) air outside buildings or individual rooms inside a building; 2) waters of rivers and lakes; 3) soil and groundwater. the design of a principle diagram of a heat pump heat supply should be carried out taking into account the climatic characteristics and structure of the fuel and energy complex of the region, the energy level of natural and secondary low-potential heat sources, the requirements for the parameters of systems for the consumption and production of heat and coolants, and the characteristics of the heat and humidity balance of the serviced premises. in uzbekistan, the use of geothermal energy is not observed, although the climatic conditions of the region allow the widespread and efficient use of this cheap energy. in all regions of uzbekistan, including the surkhandarya region, natural gas, solid fuel (coal, firewood) or electricity are mainly used for heating and hot water supply to residential buildings. this increases the need for nonrenewable natural resources every year. extracting and processing these natural resources is becoming more difficult and expensive every year. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org the design of a principle diagram of a heat pump heat supply should be carried out taking into account the climatic characteristics and structure of the fuel and energy complex of the region, the energy level of natural and secondary low-potential heat sources, the requirements for the parameters of systems for the consumption and production of heat and coolants, and the characteristics of the heat and humidity balance of the serviced premises. the populated areas of the surkhandarya region are located mainly in the plains where groundwater is shallow from the surface of the earth. the temperature of these waters remains almost unchanged throughout the year and is in the range of 19-20 c 0 . not very cold winters make it possible to obtain a sufficient amount of heat from groundwater using heat pumps operating on a water-to-water system. that is, 10-12 c 0 of heat is extracted from well water and transferred to the water of the building’s heating system. cooled well water is returned to the ground through a second well. i studied the change in water temperature from a well 8 meters deep throughout the year. this well is located in the regional center of the angora district of the surkhandarya region. according to my observations, it was established that the temperature of the water from the well did not change during the year and was 20 c 0 . the measurement was carried out three times on one day of each month. it was also determined that the water from the well was hard. this means that the thermal conductivity of this water is greater than that of ordinary water. to ensure a continuous supply of a heat source, two wells are drilled at a distance of 30-40 meters from each other. one heat pump with low power can heat 200-250 m2 of area. that is, one heat pump can be installed on two households. i came to the conclusion that for heating in mild winter conditions and cooling in sultry hot flying conditions of the surkhandarya region, the most effective from an economic point of view is heating and cooling residential buildings with geothermal energy. although installing a heat pump is more expensive than the existing method, the low operating costs are well worth the cost. receiving heat from a source with a temperature of 20 c 0 requires much less cost than from a heat source with a temperature of 5-7 c 0 in european regions. when cooling buildings, it is also much cheaper to obtain cold from a source of 20 c 0 than from atmospheric air with a temperature of 40-42 c 0 . from an economic point of view, due to lower operating costs, it is advisable to heat or cool residential buildings with water-to-water heat pumps. references 1. vasiliev, g.p. heat pump heat supply systems for thermal energy consumers in rural areas // thermal energy. 1997. no. 4. – page 21-24. 2. vezirishvili o.sh., meladze n.v. energy-saving heat pump systems for heating and cooling. – m.: mpei publishing house, 1994. – 160 p. 3. omonov k.kh. _ preventing the negative aspects of climate change is the need of the hour. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, december-2023. issn (e): 2720-5746 jif: 7.985. http://www.ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/904/841 4. erdanov panji nuraliyevich . multifaceted structures in architecture. in volume 1, issue 7 of modern scientific research international scientific journal. 10.10.2023. https://academicsresearch.ru/index.php/msrisj http://www.ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/904/841 https://academicsresearch.ru/index.php/msrisj american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org 5. abduhalimzoda, abdurahimov abdukarim. "lightweight concretes based on porous aggregates." american journal of business management, economics and banking 5 (2022): 15-18. 6. abduhalimzoda, abdurahimov abdukarim. "technology of preparation, transfer and placement of filling mixtures." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 10.11 (2022): 1098-1101. 7. rakhimov, shavkat turdimurotovich, isroil abdigapparugli alimov, and abdukarim abduxalimzoda abduraximov. "composition and properties of special solutions." asian journal of multidimensional research 10.10 (2021): 843-848. 8. abduhalimzoda, abdurahimov abdukarim. "study of production of lightweight concretes based on expanded clay." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 13 (2023): 19-22. 9. abdukhalimzoda, abdurakhimov abdukarim. "application of ash of heat power plants in mixtures." central asian journal of theoretical and applied science 2.11 (2021): 1-6. 10. abduhalimzoda, abdurahimov abdukarim. "study of production of lightweight concretes based on expanded clay." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 13 (2023): 19-22. 11. абдуҳалимзода, aбдураҳимов абдукарим. "суперпластификатор қўллаб тўлғазувчи қоришмаларнинг хоссаларини яхшилаш." spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development 8 (2022): 250-254. 12. abdukhalimzoda, abduraximov abdukarim. "the use of filler mixtures assessment of the current status." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 9.12 (2021): 467-470. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org conflict management and employee performance of deposit money banks in nigeria: a study of deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district patrick ohunmah igudia, phd (associate professor), department of business administration, faculty of management sciences, ambrose alli university, ekpoma a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study examined the relationship between conflict management and employee performance of deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district, edo state. the study was anchored on relational dialectics theory (rdt), introduced by leslie baxter and barbara matgomery (1988). survey research design and primary data source were employed by the researcher. questionnaire was used to elicit information from respondents of the deposit money banks in edo central, edo state. a population of one hundred and seventy-two (172) was used by the researcher. pearson product moment correlation was used to analyze the collected data. findings obtained from a test of the hypothesis reveals that there exists a strong significant positive relationship between collaboration strategy and employee performance (employee commitment) since r value=0.79 (79%). based on the findings, the researcher concluded that there exists a strong significant positive relationship between conflict management and employee performance of the studied deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district, edo state. based on that, the researcher recommended that management of the studied deposit money banks should strive towards an effective adoption of collaboration strategy of conflict management as it could impact the performance level of employees. conflict management, collaboration strategy, employee performance, employee commitment. introduction increasing complexity in the operating environment of business organizations provide fertile ground for conflicts in the workplace. workplaces tend to breed conflict, including those resulting from harassment, discrimination and tribal differences (between employees;between employees and their managers; particularly newly assigned managers). conflict among workers in an organization is inevitable. if it is managed properly, it could serve as a catalyst for innovations and can have a positive effect on organizational performance (obasan, 2021). conversely, unmanaged conflict negatively impacts employee performance. when organizational managers ignore workplace conflict, they send a notice that unsatisfactory behaviours and attitudes are acceptable (abdul & sehar, 2015). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org conflict is a fragment of organizational existence and may occur between individuals, between individual and group, and between groups (adomie&anie, 2015). while conflict is generally perceived as dysfunctional, it could also be beneficial because it may meanthat the issue on ground ought to be examined from different perspectives. conflict has both positive and negative implications (rusell& jerome cited in hotepo, asokere, abdul-azeez1&ajemunigbohun, 2020). it could be positive when it encourages creativity, new countenance at old conditions, the vindication of points of view, and the offshoot of human skill to help solve interpersonal differences. on the other hand, conflict can be negative when it creates resistance to change, establishes unrest in organization or interpersonal relations, fosters distrust, builds perceived defeat, or widens the gap of misunderstanding. conflict is described as the presence of discrepancy that occurs when goals, interests or values of different individuals or groups are incompatible and frustrate each other's attempt to achieve goals in an organization (kazimoto, 2018). conflict could evolve as a result of communication gap between individuals in a business organization (abdul &sehar, 2015). workplace conflict is a way of life in any institution as long as a group of persons compete for jobs, power, respect and recognition (adomie&anie, 2015). therefore, the duty of management is not to suppress or avoid all conflicts, but to manage them in an appropriate mannerso as to enhance and prevent them from affecting employee performance level within the organization. a constructively managed conflict induces a positive performance, while destructively managed conflict heats up the work environment to bring closely dislocation and polarization of the entire workplace with reduction in output level and organizational performance (akanji, 2018). a wellmanaged conflict aims at the enhancement of employee performancewhich is necessary for organizational well-being. through good conflictmanagement strategies, defects in the organizational decision-making are exposed which may prompt managersto seek changes required for positive solutions. hence, management are disadvantaged if they fail to seek adequate conflict management strategiesaimed at impacting employee performance, because the outcome of the application of an effective strategy will result in good communication, time management, good cooperation and supplement corporate efficiencies (obasan, 2021). amusan, (2016) contends that some conflict management strategies are competing, collaboration, accommodating, compromise and avoidance. this study focused on collaboration strategy. empirical research findings have provided insights into causative factors of workplace conflict. hotepo, asokere, abdul -azeez and ajemunigbohun (2020) found inadequate resources, different expectation, competition, failure of cooperation, interdependence and communication gap as factors that have caused conflicts in the nigerian banking industry. in several establishments in nigeria today particularly organizations in edo state, internal (intrapersonal) and interpersonal conflicts are consuming so much organizational time that these organizations tend to treat conflict management as if it is their primary duty (ojielo, 2015). this development is largely due to the inability of management of these organizations to handle conflict management the way they handle other organizational factors like information, human resources, and financial management systems. this is evidenced by unhealthy rivalry between and among sub-units and individuals within an organization, concealing of vital information in workplaces (ojielo, 2015). the focal point of this study is deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district of edo state, nigeria. deposit money banks are basically saddled with the responsibility of rendering quality financial services to customers. as a result of the disagreement that ensues between one manager and another manager, superior and sub-ordinate as well as peers from time to time, these unresolved disputes and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org disagreement disrupt the quality assurance model postulated by these financial institutions. previous management scholars have suggested different conflict management strategies to the management of these institutions. amusan’s (2016) study of five (5) brewing firms in south-east nigeria agrees with this observation. his study revealed that the inability of managers of nigerian firms to bring conflicting parties together could impact employee performance level.obasan (2021) also examined conflict management as it relates to employee performance of first bank nigeria plc, lagos state. findings of the study revealed that unresolved conflict could make the work environment toxic. and a toxic work environment could retard organizational performance. despite the suggestions of some previous scholars such as amusan (2016) and obasan (2011) observations of the researcher reveals that there seems to be traces of unresolved conflicts in business organizations in edo state. the overall aim of this study is to examine the relationship between conflicting management and employee performance of some selected deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district of edo state, nigeria. specifically, this study seeks to determine the relationship between collaboration strategy and employee commitment. literature review conceptual review conflict management conflict management is seen as a broad thought involving conflict resolution and all forms of mechanisms used in the effective management of conflict within and outside the business environment (mohammed, 2006). according to mohammed (2006), it is a long organizational activity aimed at reducing the negative impact of conflict whenever it is about to arise. in other words, conflict management is an organizational process whereby people handle grievances, stand up for what they consider to be right against what they consider wrong. conflict management requires a group of analytical and human skills. it influences individual wellbeing, individual achievement and organizational accomplishments (carsten, arne, bianca, esther, &aukje as cited in yusuf &anuar, 2014). as such, conflict management involves several processes necessary for limiting the negative aspect of conflict and to breed the positive aspects of conflict with the motive of improving learning and individual or group outcomes, including productivity or merit in an organizational circumstance (rahim, 2011). conflict management is deemed to be successful if it has achieved its aim by procuring a win-win approach or consensual agreement which is acceptable to both parties. from the foregoing, conflict management can be referred to as the various procedures used by managers to resolve disputes in an organization. dontigney (2018) contends that some conflict management strategies are accommodation strategy, avoidance strategy, collaboration strategy, compromise strategy and competition strategy. also, amusan, (2016) contends that some conflict management strategies are competing, collaboration, accommodating, compromise and avoidance. this study focused on collaboration strategy. this conflict management strategy was chosen by the researcher because the researcher seeks to ascertain the effect the chosen strategy could have on the performance of the chosen deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org collaboration strategy there is cooperation and the hunt for a mutually beneficial outcome, when each party to conflict desire to fully satisfy the concerns of all parties, that is high concern for self and others (ezeanyim, 2010). as such, the aim of the parties is to solve the conflict by clarifying differences rather than by accommodating various points of probability through openness, exchange of information, and evaluation of differences so as to profer solution acceptable to both parties. this strategy builds a friendly environment and an atmosphere where both employers and employees feel free and confident to share their knowledge and perception in other to arrive at a single view point. prein as cited in rahim (2005) is of the opinion that this kind has two distinctive elements: conflict and problem solving. rahim (2005) asserts that collaboration strategy is useful for effective distribution of complex problems especially when one party alone cannot solve the problem. collaboration strategy is a process that creates room for a conducive atmosphere where the aggrieved parties rob mind together in other to come to a truce.robbins, judge, millett and waters-marsh (2018) contend that collaboration strategy is used when the concerns of both parties are too important to be compromised; when intention is to learn, when the insights from people are to be merged with different perspectives; when commitment is to be gained by incorporating concerns into a consensus; when feelings that have interfered with a kinship are to be worked out, when there is a high tiers of trust; when a person does not want to have full responsibility and when it is necessary to build long-term relationships. employee performance kotler and armstrong (2002) assert that employee performance is measured in terms of the quality of output (goods and services) produced by the employee. employee performance is normally looked at in terms of outcomes. however, it can also be looked at in terms of behavior (armstrong, 2002). wright and geroy (2021) opine that employee performance is a function of organizational performance. therefore, in order for an organization to achieve a high performance level, employee have to be motivated so as to spur their performance. kinicki and kreitner (2017) assert that employee performance is higher in happy and satisfied workers. therefore, management should strive to ensure that they have a motivated workforce in other to attain firm targets. employee performance can also be seen as the job related activities of an employee and how well they are executed. kinicki and kreitner (2017) opine that some employee key performance indicators are: turnover rate, time required to complete task, product quality, return on training investment, revenue per employee, 360 degree feedback score, employee core competency profile, employee engagement level, organizational citizenship behavior, human capital value added, organizational flexibility, employee innovation, employee commitment, job satisfaction and employee turn-over intention. employee commitment employee commitment continues to be one of the most popularly researched subjects in the field of management (chen & francesco, 2018). chen and aryee (2017) affirmed that commitment of employees is an important instrument for improving the performance of the organizations. adekola, (2022) defined commitment as being a positive evaluation of the organization and the organizations goals. goutam (2018) contends that employee commitment could be defined as a bond between an individual (the employee) and the organization (the employer). the level of employee commitment could be impacted by their involvement in the goal setting process of an organization. miller and lee american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org (2021) identified three types of commitment; affective commitment, continuance commitment, and normative commitment. theoretical framework relational dialectics theory (rdt): this study leaned on relational dialectics theory (rdt), introduced by leslie baxter and barbara matgomery (1988). this theory explores the method in which groups or individuals jointly manage conflict through verbal interaction to manage conflict and rebuttal as opposed to psychology. this theory focuses on maintaining relationship even through contradictions that arise and how relationships are managed through coordinated talk. rdt assumes that the kinship which are composed of opposing leanings are constantly changing, and tensions arises from intimate connection (mayer, 2022). the main belief of rdt are: contradictions the thought is that the contrary has the qualities of its opposite. people could seek to be in a relationship but still requires their space; totality the sum comes when the opposites unite. thus, the context is balanced with contradictions and only then it reaches totality; process comprehended through various social processes. these processes simultaneously continue within a connection in a recurring manner; praxis the fraternization progresses with experience and both persons or groups interact and communicate effectively to meet their needs. praxis is a thought of practicability in making decisions despite having opposing ideas and needs. this theory is relevant to this study because when the conflicting parties of the focused deposit money banks collaborate by coming to settle their differences through face to face communication, it could impact the competitive position of the focused deposit money banks in focus. empirical review adilo, (2019) examined conflict management and employee performance of brewing firms in southeast nigeria. survey design was used, a sample size of 618 was used, data were collected from five (5) brewing firms in south-east nigeria through the questionnaire, regression analysis was used to analyze the collected data. the study revealed that all the conflict management strategies studied namely negotiation, collective bargaining, joint consultation and alternative dispute resolution and collaboration strategy were found to have significant positive closeness with employee performance. amusan, (2016) examined the impression of conflict management on employee performance of sunseed nigeria limited, zaria. the study adopted survey formatting and is cross sectional in nature. the population of the study consists of 112 employees of sunseed nigeria limited, zaria. multiple regression was utilized in analyzing the data. the study found that collaboration strategy and avoidance strategy have positive significant stamping on employee commitment of sunseed nigeria limited, zaria. olukayode (2015) investigated the stamping of conflict management on employee performance in a nigerian manufacturing firm in lagos. participants comprised 250 employees selected through the use of stratified random sampling technique. data were generated through the utility of validated structured questionnaire. descriptive and inferential statistics were employed to analyze data collected from the respondents. employing spearman correlation analysis, the consequences of the empirical experiment showed a significantly positive association between conflict management strategies (collective bargaining, collaboration, compromise, and accommodation) and employee performance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org abdul and sehar(2015) examined conflict management and employee performance of askari bankltd, pakistan. survey design was used, questionnaire was the data collection tool employed, frequency, percentage, mean, standard deviation, variance, factor analysis and ratio analysis were applied to analyze and interpret the data collected from 201 respondents. findings revealed a junction between collaboration strategy and employee commitment. taha and gomes (2018) examined conflict management and employee performance of manufacturing firms in bangladesh. survey design was used, questionnaire was the data collection employed, a population of 50 respondents were used for the study, pearson correlation was used to analyse the collected data. findings revealed that compromise strategy impacts the turnover intention of the focused manufacturing firms in bangladesh. gap in knowledge none of the empirically reviewed studies examined conflict management as it relates to employee performance of deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district of edo state. this is the gap in knowledge that this study seeks to fill. research methodology area of study: this study was carried out in ekpoma and uromi which are towns in edo central senatorial district of edo state. uromi is a town located in esan north east local government area, edo central senatorial district, edo state, nigeria. it is a town originally inhabited by the esan speaking tribe of edo state. ekpoma is a town located in esan west local government area, edo central senatorial district, edo state, nigeria. it is a town originally inhabited by the esan speaking tribe of edo state. research design: survey research design has been chosen for the study. survey research design was chosen because it enables the researcher to observe what happens to the sample elements without manipulating them. population size: the following constitutes the population for this study; first bank of nigeria plc, ekpoma (26); first bank of nigeria plc, uromi (29); united bank for africa plc, ekpoma (22); united bank for africa plc, uromi (24); access bank nigeria plc, ekpoma (18); access bank nigeria plc, uromi (21); fidelity bank nigeria plc, ekpoma (17); fidelity bank nigeria plc, uromi (15). this gives a total population of one hundred and seventy-two (172). two of the banks first bank and united bank for africa plc represent the old generation bank, while the other two access bank and fidelity bank nigeria plc represents the new generation banks. sample size and sampling technique: census or complete enumeration sampling was used for the study. this is because the study population of one hundred and seventy-two (172) is a manageable size. copies of the questionnaire were administered to respondents of the focused organizations. types of data and data sources: primary source of data was utilized for this study. it was ensured by physically visiting the deposit money banks of study through a field survey. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org instrument of data collection: the data collection tool employed by the researcher was the questionnaire. it was designed on a five point likert scale. strongly agree (sa), agree (a), undecided (u), disagree (d), and strongly disagree (sd). validity of instrument: validity is the extent to which an instrument measures what it intends to measure. the content and face validity test was used by the researcher. this was ensured by some management experts who made sure that all the studied variables were captured in the research instrument (questionnaire). this is a measure of the consistency of a particular instrument employed by a researcher. reliability of instrument: the cronbach’s alpha reliability test was used for the study. suwannoppharat and kaewsa (2015) assert that a reliability coefficient of 0.696 and above is acceptable. therefore, a benchmark of 0.696 was used for the study. to test the reliability of the measuring instrument, 18 copies (about 10%) of the copies of the questionnaire to be distributed was administered to respondents at uda microfinance bank, ekpoma. table 1: scale: reliability statistics for conflict management reliability statistics cronbach's alpha n of items .828 15 since the cronbach’s alpha score of the reliability statistics for conflict management 0.828 is greater than 0.696, it shows that the instrument is reliable. table 2: scale: reliability statistics for employee performance reliability statistics cronbach's alpha n of items .814 15 since the cronbach’s alpha score of the reliability statistics for employee performance 0.814 is greater than 0.696, it shows that the instrument is reliable. techniques of data analysis mean was used to analyze the research questions earlier formulated. for the inferential statistics, the earlier formulated hypotheses were analysed using pearson product moment correlation coefficient. the analysis was aided by statistical package for social sciences (spss) version 20. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion results analysis of returned and unreturned questionnaire table 3 analysis of returned and unreturned questionnaire of studied deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district, edo state returned (un-mutilated) 1 55 9 0.12% returned (mutilated) 0 5 0 2.91% unreturned 1 2 0 6.98% total copies administered 1 72 1 00.00% from table 3 above, out of the one hundred and seventy two (172) copies of the questionnaire administered, one hundred and fifty five (155) un-mutilated copies (90.12%) were returned,five (05) mutilated copies (02.91%) were returned while 12 (06.98%) copies were not returned. based on that, one hundred and fifty five (155) copies of the questionnaire were used for the analysis. analysis of research question using descriptive statistics this section analyzes the research questions using mean statistics. since it’s a five-point likert scale, a bench mark of 2.5 acceptance region was used by the researcher. research question what is the relationship between collaboration strategy and employee commitment? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org table 4: collaboration strategy descriptive statistics n mean q1 155 3.7806 q2 155 3.7548 q3 155 3.2774 valid n (listwise) 155 the mean scores of the responses from the questions relating to collaboration strategy on the studied deposit money banks are >2.5. this makes the responses acceptable for the study. table 5: employee performance (employee commitment) descriptive statistics n mean q1 155 3.7032 q2 155 3.6968 q3 155 3.2129 valid n (listwise) 155 the mean scores of the responses from the questions relating to employee performance (employee commitment) on the studied deposit money banks are >2.5. this makes the responses acceptable for the study. test of hypothesis ho: there is no significant positive relationship between collaboration strategy and employee commitment. table 6: test of hypothesis correlations col_strat emp_com col_strat pearson correlation 1 .787** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 155 155 emp_com pearson correlation .787** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 155 155 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). findings obtained from a test of hypothesis one reveals that there exists a strong significant positive relationship between collaboration strategy and employee performance (employee commitment) since r value=0.79 (79%). since p-value 0.00<0.05, it show that the results is statistically significant at 0.05 level of significance. discussion of findings findings obtained from a test of the hypothesis revealed that there exists a significant positive relationship between collaboration strategy and employee performance. this is in tandem with the study american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org of adilo, (2019) who examined conflict management and employee performance of brewing firms in south-east nigeria. the study revealed that there exists a significant positive relationship between collaboration strategy and employee performance. the study of abdul and sehar(2015) who examined conflict management and employee performance of askari bank ltd, pakistan is also in line with findings obtained from a test of hypothesis one. findings revealed a relationship between collaboration strategy and employee performance. the study of oparanma, hamilton and ohaka (2019) who conducted a study on managerial strategies to conflict management of not for-profit organizations in port harcourt also aligns with findings obtained from a test of hypothesis one. findings obtained from a test of the hypothesis shows that there exists a significant positive relationship between collaboration strategy and employee performance. conclusion base on the findings obtained from a test of the earlier formulated hypotheses, the researcher boldly concludes that there exists a significant positive relationship between conflict management and employee performance of deposit money banks in edo central senatorial district of edo state. specifically, the researcher observed that a relationship exists between collaboration strategy and employee commitment of the studied deposit money banks in edo state, nigeria. recommendation as a follow-up to the conclusion of the study, the researcher recommended that management of the studied deposit money banks should strive towards an effective adoption of collaboration strategy of conflict management as it could affect employee performance level. references 1. abdul, g. a. &sehar, s. (2015). conflict management and organizational performance: a case study of askari bank ltd. research journal of finance and accounting, 6(11) 88 –102. 2. adekola, b. (2022). the impact of organizational commitment on job satisfaction: a study of employees’ at nigerian universities. international journal of human resources studies. 2(2), 2029. 3. adilo, j.n. (2019). conflict management and organizational performance: a study of selected breweries in south-east, nigeria.international journal of management and entrepreneurship, 1 (1) 1-22. 4. adomi, e. e. &anie, s. o. (2015) conflict management in nigerian university libraries. journal library management, 27(8) 520-530. 5. akanji, i. (2015). perspectives in workplace conflict management and new approaches for the twenty first century. in albert i.o (ed.), perspective on peace and conflict in africa: essays in honour of gen. abdusalamabubakar. ibadan: john arches publishers. 6. amusan, o.r. (2016). effect of conflict management on the performance of sunseed nigeria limited, zaria. a published thesis submitted to the school of post-graduate studies ahmadu bello university zaria in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the award of msc. in business administration. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org 7. chen, z. x., &aryee, s. (2017) delegation and employee work outcomes: an examination of the cultural context of mediating processes in china. academy of management journal, 50(1), 226236. 8. chen, z. x., & francesco, a. m. (2018). the relationship between the three components of commitment and employee performance in china. journal of vocational behavior, 62, 490-510. 9. dontigney, e. (2018). conflict management strategies.hearst newspapers, llc. retrieved from: https://smallbusiness.chron.com/5-conflict management-strategies-16131.html on the 1st of march 2021. 10. ezeanyim, e. e. (2020). conflict management and organizational performance in nigerian breweries plc, ninth mile enugu. published doctoral dissertation, nnamdiazikiwe university. 11. goutan, s. (2018).determinants of career satisfaction among federal employees.paper presented at the seminar on public policy. georgia institute of technology., georgia, usa. 12. hotepo, o. m., asokere, a. s. s., abdul-azeez1, i. a. &ajemunigbohun, s. s. a. (2020). 13. empirical study of the effect of conflict on organizational performance in nigeria.business and economics journal, 15, 1 -9. 14. kazimoto, p. (2018). analysis of conflict management and leadership for organizational change. 15. international journal of research in social sciences, 3(1), 16-25. 16. kinicki, a. &kreitner, r. (2017). organizational behavior. new york: mcgraw-hill. 17. kotler, p. & armstrong, g. (2002). marketing: an introduction. (6thed.) london: prentice-hall. 18. mayer, b. (2022). the dynamics of conflict: a guide to engagement and intervention (2nd ed.). san francisco, ca: jossey-bass. 19. miller, d. & lee, j. (2021). ‘the people make the process: commitment to employees, decisionmaking and performance’. journal of management, 27: 163–189. 20. mohammed, h. (2016). concepts and issues in peace studies and conflict resolution: a book of reading, 1. kano: general studies unit, bayerouniversity,kano, nigeria. 21. obasan, k. (2021). impact of conflict management on corporate productivity: an evaluative study. australian journal of business and management research, 1 (5), 44-49. 22. ojielo, m. o. (2022). managing organizational conflict: a system approach. ibadan: john archers (publishers) ltd. 23. olukayode, l. (2015). impact of workplace conflict management on organizational performance: a case of nigerian manufacturing firms. journal of management and strategy, 6 (2), 83-92. 24. oparanma, a. o., hamilton, d. i. &ohaka, j. (2019). managerial strategies to conflict management of not for-profit organizations in nigeria. journal of education administration and policy studies, 1 (4), 054-060. 25. rahim, m. a. (2005). managing conflict in organization, (3rded.). westport: greenwood publishing group, quorum books. 26. rahim, m. a. (2011). managing conflict in organisation, (4thed.) new brunswick, new jersey: transaction publishers. 27. robbins, s. p. judge, a. t., millett, b. & waters-marsh, t. (2018).organizational behaviour (5thed.). frenchs forest: pearson education. 28. taha, m.a. & gomes, k. (2018). exploring the relationship between conflict management style and organizational performance: an empirical study in the organizations of bangladesh. global journal of management and business research, 18 (4), 1-17. https://smallbusiness.chron.com/5-conflict%20management-strategies-16131.html american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org 29. wright, p. &geroy, d. g. (2021).changing the mindset: the training myth and the need for wordclass performance.international journal of human resource management, 2,4, 586–600. 30. wu, x. &polsaram, j. (2018). factors influencing employee turnover intention: the case of retail industry in bangkok, thailand. journal of business and management, 5 (4), 19-25. 31. yusuf, b.n. m. &anuar, s. n.s. (2014). the effects of conflicts handling in teamwork of hotel industry located in northern region of malaysia. journal of asian scientific research, 4(11), 603 617.available atwww.aessweb.com/pdf-files/jasr-13-2014-4(11)-603-617.pdf, retrieved on 19/01/2021. appendix questionnaire items on conflict management and employee performance options: strongly agree = sa, agree = a, undecided = ud, disagree = d, strongly disagree = sd. please tick ( /) as it represents your view questionnaire item for independent variable(conflict management) no collaboration strategy sa 5 a 4 ud 3 d 2 sd 1 1 face to face communication during conflict management in your organization by parties and mediators involved is necessary. 2 exchange of information by aggrieved parties during conflict management in your organization is a welcome development. 3 evaluation of ideas brought forth by aggrieved parties during conflict management can foster peace. dependent variable (employee performance) employee commitment 1 you are emotionally attached to your organization. 2 you feel carried along by your manager. 3 you are always concerned about the progress of your organization. http://www.aessweb.com/pdf-files/jasr-13-2014 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org the impact of the general budget on the exchange rate in iraq lect. dr. jabbar saadoon darag al-nahrain university: baghdad, iraq. email: jabbar.saadon@nahrainuniv.edu.iq. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study included the concept of the general budget and the factors affecting it, as well as the concept of the exchange rate and the factors affecting it. data were used, through the central bank of iraq for the period 2004-2023, and the results of the study were that there was a significant relationship between the two variables in the short term and the long term, through the integration program. joint and single test – equation cointegration. exchange rate, general budget, and singleequation cointegration test introduction the exchange rate and the general budget, especially in the arab countries, including iraq, which suffer from a budget deficit through borrowing sources, a chronic deficit in the general budget, and these internal and external deficits, both of which have major effects resulting from the continuous increase in public expenditures on the economy, including the corresponding rise in external debt. a decline in public revenues. the general budget plays a very important role in influencing the exchange rate, as the latter is considered an economic variable that is very sensitive to changes caused by economic policy, whether at the internal or external level. iraq, like other countries of the world, seeks to preserve the value of the iraqi dinar by maintaining the balance of payments balance. on the one hand, and reducing the budget deficit on the other hand. controversy still exists among researchers and monetary policy makers about the nature of the relationship between the general budget deficit and the exchange rate, as some studies have proven the existence of an inverse relationship between the two variables, meaning that reducing the budget deficit leads to an increase in the value of the currency, while other studies have confirmed that the increasing budget deficit it leads to a decline in the value of the currency, so we decided to research the nature of the impact of the general budget on the exchange rate in iraq 1.1. the study problem: . what do we mean by the general budget deficit and the exchange rate? . what is the nature of the relationship between the general budget deficit and the exchange rate? is there a long-term equilibrium relationship between the budget deficit and the exchange rate in iraq? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org 1.2. study hypotheses: based on the problem at hand, we can formulate the following hypotheses: . there is a long-run equilibrium relationship between the general budget deficit and the exchange rate in algeria during the study period. there is an inverse relationship between the general budget deficit and the exchange rate in algeria during the study period. 1. 3. objectives and importance of the study: this study aims to attempt to highlight the relationship between the public budget deficit and price exchange in algeria. the objectives of the study can be summarized in the following points: identify the basic concepts related to the general budget deficit and the exchange rate; an attempt to highlight the nature of the relationship between the general budget deficit and the exchange rate. measuring the impact of the general budget deficit on the exchange rate in algeria during the study period. 2 . previous studies: abdul hussein jalil al-ghalibi, haqqi amin, 2017, the relationship between the foreign exchange rate and the general budget deficit, egypt, a case study for the period (1990 2014), and the result of the study was that there was a relationship in the short and long term. makkawi hajira, boubacar muhammad, 2020, the impact of the general budget deficit on the exchange rate in algeria, an econometric study using the autoregressive distributed time gap model (ardl) during the period 2003-2018. the study concluded that there is a long-term inverse equilibrium relationship between the general budget deficit and the exchange rate, which it indicates that an increase in the general budget deficit by one unit will lead to a decrease in the algerian dinar exchange rate. harith rahim attiya al-zarfi, 2018, measuring and analyzing the relationship between the general budget, the exchange rate, and customs taxes in iraq for the period (1988-2017). the study reached a set of conclusions, the most important of which is the existence of a long-term equilibrium relationship in addition to the short-term relationship. the term between the study variables. wali, sabreen adnan, iman alaa kazem, 2020, the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the general budget of iraq: a case study for the period (2004-2018). the study found that there is an inverse relationship between the dollar exchange rate and the general budget deficit, meaning that any decrease the exchange rate of any country leads to an increase in demand for its exports, and a decrease in the dollar exchange rate leads to an increase in the government’s general budget deficit. 3. the theoretical framework of the study of the general budget and the exchange rate: 3. 1. general budget: the general budget has a significant impact on the economy. government expenditures and revenues constitute a large portion of the overall economy, and the public budget affects economic growth, employment, inflation, and stability. a well-managed public budget can promote economic growth through increased public investment in infrastructure, education, and research and development. on the other hand, an unbalanced balance sheet, with high deficits or debt, can lead to higher interest rates, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org inflation, and economic instability. in addition, government spending and revenue policies can affect consumer and business confidence, which in turn affects consumer spending and investment decisions. 3.1. 1. the concept of the general budget: the general budget is defined as “a detailed estimate of the state’s expenditures and revenues during a future period of time, usually a year, approved by the competent legislative authority, and it represents a financial expression of the economic and social that society seeks to achieve. it is defined as a record of the government’s public revenues and expenditures during a period of time, which is usually a year.” during that period, the government seeks to finance these activities that were determined by the financial legislator (abdul hussein jalil al-ghalibi 23, 2014). the budget can be defined as, and it relies on the time-oriented activity-based costing (tdabc) technique, but on the contrary, it estimates the expected sales volume and the resources required to support production plans that cover sales volumes, (salam adel al-nasrawi, salah mahdi al-kawaz, 153, 2023). 3. 1. 2. what are the factors affecting the budget deficit: there are several factors that affect the public budget deficit, including (hakima halimi, and nawal bahi. 45, 2018): excess spending: when government spending exceeds available revenues, a budget deficit occurs. the reason may be unsustainable government programs or increased spending on salaries and pensions. low revenues: when government revenues are lower than expected, a budget deficit occurs. the reason may be a downturn in the economy or a decline in tax revenues. structural gap: a structural gap occurs when the future costs of government programs are higher than sustainable revenues in the long term. the reasons behind this could be changes in the structure of the population, such as an increase in the number of retirees compared to the number of workers, (abdel samad saudi, 77, 2019). public debt: when public debt increases, the public budget deficit can increase. repaying the debt requires paying interest on it, which increases government spending and reduces the revenues available to finance other programs, (nasser boughelal, and kamal deeb, 89, 2019). -inflation: inflation can increase government spending and reduce the real value of revenues. this may increase the budget deficit if inflation is not taken into account when planning revenues and spending. economic crises: economic crises such as the economic recession or the global financial crisis may cause a decline in revenues and an increase in government spending, leading to a budget deficit, (shaaban qassabi and rabah belabbes, 2020, 90) the effects of these factors vary by country and economic context. balancing the budget may require implementing austerity measures, raising revenues, or structural reforms to improve the sustainability of the financial system. 3. 2. exchange rate: 3. 2. 1. the concept of the exchange rate: the exchange rate is defined as the number of units of foreign currency that are paid to obtain one unit of the local currency. paul krugmen defined it as the number of monetary units with which one unit of the local currency is exchanged for another foreign currency (258). krugmen, 2003, p) there are two methods for pricing currencies: direct pricing, which american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org means the number of units of foreign currency that must be paid to obtain one unit of the national currency, while indirect pricing is the number of units of the national currency that must be paid to obtain one unit of foreign currency. , (latrash, 96, 2016). the foreign exchange market can be defined as “a market for international currency transactions where individuals, companies and financial institutions buy and sell foreign currencies to make international payments” (hanan hassan mustafa, hajir adnan zaki, 126, 2023). 3. 2. 2. the impact of monetary policy on the exchange rate: monetary policy affects exchange rates through three paths: the interest rate path, the income path, and the price level path. the expansionary monetary policy reduces the interest rate, which reduces the inflow of capital, reduces the demand for the local currency, and depreciates that currency. contractionary monetary policy, on the contrary, raises the interest rate, which tends to bring in financial flows from abroad, and monetary policy also affects the country's income path. as the money supply increases, income expands and imports rise, while exports are not affected by the reduction in the exchange rate of the local currency in the short term. this effect is through the income path. likewise, the expansionary monetary policy raises the level of local prices relative to foreign prices, and exports become more expensive while imports are cheaper, and this increases demand. on foreign currencies and reduces the demand for the local currency, (nima, 2017, 113). 3. 2. 3. the effect of fiscal policy on the exchange rate: the government’s adoption of a contractionary fiscal policy leads to an increase in the budget surplus, or a reduction in its deficit, which in turn contributes to reducing overall demand, so the growth rate and then inflation fall, which reduces the import process and stimulates exports. total net spending increases, which leads to a decline in the exchange rate of the currency of the country in question. conversely, when shifting towards an expansionary financial policy, the government budget surplus decreases or the budget deficit increases (through resorting to public loans, and this raises real interest rates, which stimulates the flow of foreign capital, and thus the supply of the country’s currency in question in the foreign exchange market will decrease, and its exchange rate will rise against the other currencies on offer (marouf, 312, 2015). also, the increase in tax affects the exchange rate in a direct way, that is, through its impact on other activities in the economy. increasing the tax affects the ability of individuals in society to spend, and this is through its effect on a decrease in their incomes and thus a decrease in the supply of the currency, as well as a decrease in prices that results in an increase in foreign demand for local goods due to their lower prices compared to other countries, in which prices are high and therefore their value increases. local currency (al-ajal and sahnoun, 208, 2015). 4. statistical analysis 4.1. data testing: testing is performed through central tendency, histograms, dispersion, normal distribution tests, etc., and all of these statistical operations are considered part of data testing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org 4. 1. 1. the table below shows iraq’s descriptive statistics for the dependent variable, represented by inflation, and the independent variable, represented by money supply. pb er mean 10936684 124.7500 median 8571617. 117.5000 maximum 44737855 147.0000 minimum -12882754 116.0000 std. dev. 14940915 12.24691 skewness 0.349887 0.994699 kurtosis 2.651660 2.176448 jarque-bera 0.509187 3.863288 probability 0.775232 0.144910 sum 2.19e+08 2495.000 sum sq. dev. 4.24e+15 2849.750 observations 20 20 4. 1. 2. the table below shows descriptive statistics for the exchange rate variable in iraq. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 series: er sample 2004 2023 observations 20 mean 124.7500 median 117.5000 maximum 147.0000 minimum 116.0000 std. dev. 12.24691 skewness 0.994699 kurtosis 2.176448 jarque-bera 3.863288 probability 0.144910 from the table we note that the exchange rate variable does not follow a normal distribution, i.e jarque – bera test: p<0.05, it is not a normal distribution, so we reject the alternative hypothesis and accept the null hypothesis. 4. 1. 3. the table below shows descriptive statistics for the general budget variable in iraq. 0 1 2 3 4 -9999950 50.0000 1.0e+07 2.0e+07 3.0e+07 4.0e+07 series: pb sample 2004 2023 observations 20 mean 10936684 median 8571617. maximum 44737855 minimum -12882754 std. dev. 14940915 skewness 0.349887 kurtosis 2.651660 jarque-bera 0.509187 probability 0.775232 from the table we note that the general budget variable does not follow a normal distribution, i.e jarque – bera test: p<0.05, it is not a normal distribution, so we reject the alternative hypothesis and accept the null hypothesis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org 4. 2. unit root test for both the exchange rate and the general budget: 4. 2. 1. unit root test on the static of the exchange rate variable, through the augmented dickeyfuller test null hypothesis: er has a unit root exogenous: constant lag length: 1 (automatic based on sic, maxlag=1) t-statistic prob.* augmented dickey-fuller test statistic -3.193285 0.0374 test critical values: 1% level -3.857386 5% level -3.040391 10% level -2.660551 *mackinnon (1996) one-sided p-values. warning: probabilities and critical values calculated for 20 observations and may not be accurate for a sample size of 18 augmented dickey-fuller test equation dependent variable: d(er) method: least squares date: 01/13/24 time: 10:18 sample (adjusted): 2006 2023 included observations: 18 after adjustments variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob. er(-1) -0.471040 0.147509 -3.193285 0.0060 d(er(-1)) 0.472934 0.219500 2.154594 0.0479 c 57.20933 18.24065 3.136365 0.0068 r-squared 0.436417 mean dependent var -0.833333 adjusted r-squared 0.361273 s.d. dependent var 8.382405 s.e. of regression 6.699254 akaike info criterion 6.792881 sum squared resid 673.2000 schwarz criterion 6.941276 log likelihood -58.13593 hannan-quinn criter. 6.813343 f-statistic 5.807710 durbin-watson stat 2.004516 prob(f-statistic) 0.013558 the table above shows that the exchange rate variable is fixed at 1% level, where the value of prob.* = 0.0060, and t stat = 3.193285 , greater than -2.717511 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org 4. 2. 2. testing the unit root on the rest of the general budget variable, through the augmented dickey-fuller test. null hypothesis: pb has a unit root exogenous: constant lag length: 1 (automatic based on sic, maxlag=1) t-statistic prob.* augmented dickey-fuller test statistic -4.154802 0.0055 test critical values: 1% level -3.857386 5% level -3.040391 10% level -2.660551 *mackinnon (1996) one-sided p-values. warning: probabilities and critical values calculated for 20 observations and may not be accurate for a sample size of 18 augmented dickey-fuller test equation dependent variable: d(pb) method: least squares date: 01/13/24 time: 11:19 sample (adjusted): 2006 2023 included observations: 18 after adjustments variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob. pb(-1) -1.343414 0.323340 -4.154802 0.0008 d(pb(-1)) 0.569642 0.264051 2.157319 0.0476 c 13778034 4639452. 2.969755 0.0095 r-squared 0.555988 mean dependent var 115142.7 adjusted r-squared 0.496786 s.d. dependent var 20160454 s.e. of regression 14301336 akaike info criterion 35.94062 sum squared resid 3.07e+15 schwarz criterion 36.08901 log likelihood -320.4655 hannan-quinn criter. 35.96108 f-statistic 9.391427 durbin-watson stat 1.846874 prob(f-statistic) 0.002267 the table above shows that the general budget variable is fixed at 1% level, where the value of prob.* = 0.0055, and t stat = 4.154802 is greater than 4.154802. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org 4.3. co-integration testing, through the single – equation cointegration test model. dependent variable: er method: least squares date: 01/13/24 time: 12:36 sample: 2004 2023 included observations: 20 variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob. pb 4.21e-06 1.25e-06 3.373624 0.0032 r-squared -67.930160 mean dependent var 124.7500 adjusted r-squared -67.930160 s.d. dependent var 12.24691 s.e. of regression 101.6790 akaike info criterion 12.13023 sum squared resid 196433.7 schwarz criterion 12.18001 log likelihood -120.3023 hannan-quinn criter. 12.13994 durbin-watson stat 0.611350 null hypothesis: u has a unit root exogenous: constant lag length: 1 (automatic based on sic, maxlag=1) t-statistic prob.* augmented dickey-fuller test statistic -3.957666 0.0082 test critical values: 1% level -3.857386 5% level -3.040391 10% level -2.660551 *mackinnon (1996) one-sided p-values. warning: probabilities and critical values calculated for 20 observations and may not be accurate for a sample size of 18 from the above table it is clear to us: significance of the relationship through prob. , as well as t-statistic, which is (-3.957666), which is greater than (-3.857386), at 1% level. 4.4. testing the stillness after taking the remainders by testing the single – equation cointegration model. augmented dickey-fuller test equation dependent variable: d(u) method: least squares date: 01/13/24 time: 12:49 sample (adjusted): 2006 2023 included observations: 18 after adjustments american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob. u(-1) -1.269048 0.320656 -3.957666 0.0013 d(u(-1)) 0.472804 0.256358 1.844311 0.0850 c 99.98398 29.86295 3.348094 0.0044 r-squared 0.534752 mean dependent var -1.318275 adjusted r-squared 0.472719 s.d. dependent var 82.97741 s.e. of regression 60.25331 akaike info criterion 11.18600 sum squared resid 54456.93 schwarz criterion 11.33440 log likelihood -97.67404 hannan-quinn criter. 11.20647 f-statistic 8.620436 durbin-watson stat 1.863339 prob(f-statistic) 0.003218 from the above results, it is clear that the two variables are complementary to each other, and therefore we reject the null and accept the alternative hypothesis. 5 . conclusions and recommendations 5 .1. conclusions: 1. the exchange rate plays a major role in economic stability and restructuring the economy. 2. the exchange rate links the local economy to the global economy and redistributes income. 3. through studying the research sample, the existence and allocation of resources was proven and a causal relationship between the budget deficit and exchange rates can be compared to the prices of local goods with foreign goods. 4. the general budget is one of the most important government accounts through which the state’s financial position can be stated. 5.2. recommendations: 1the necessity of diversifying sources, to increase revenues and reduce the semi-permanent deficit in public budgets due to reliance on external loans to finance the deficit. the continuous increase in public expenditures is offset by a budget shortfall, because it is not in the country’s interest, and it increases, even significantly, in public revenues. 2working to follow an exchange policy, to activate other economic variables, and give the central bank independence. we see most countries, especially developed countries, directing the exchange rate to suit the country’s situation, with an intended budget deficit for the purpose of stimulating economic activity. 3adopting new methods in budget formulation. references 1. irfan taqi al-hasani. (1999). international finance. amman: dar al majdalawi. 2. salam adel al-nasrawi, salah mahdi al-kawaz, 2023, 3. marouf hoshyar (2005) macroeconomic analysis, amman: dar al-safa. muhammad taqah, and hoda al-azzawi. (2007). economics of public finance. dar al maysara. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org 4. abdul karim jaber al-issawi. (2008). international finance, a modern introduction to dar alkutub and documents. 5. al-taher latrash. (2010). banking technologies. algeria: office of university publications. 6. amin sayed. (2013). exchange policy as a tool for settling imbalances in the balance of payments. beirut lebanon: hassan al-asriya library. 7 samir fakhry nehme. (2017). the reciprocal relationship between the exchange rate and the interest rate and its impact on the balance of payments. amman: dar al-yazouri scientific publishing and distribution. 7. -usman khudr badawa b, sardar, and usman ismail hiwa (2015). analysis of the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on the general budget of the kurdistan region of iraq for the period 1997-2013 anbar university journal of economic and administrative sciences 8. adala al-ajal, and maryam sahnoun (2015). the impact of monetary shocks on the algerian dinar exchange rate. al-andalus journal for humanities and social sciences. 9. abdul hussein jalil al-ghalibi, and haqqi amin thomas. (2017). the relationship between the foreign exchange rate and the general budget deficit, egypt, a case study for the period 1990-2014, journal of the college of education for girls for the humanities. 10. nazim abdullah abdul mohammadi, majid and jassim mohamed al-issawi (2017) measuring and analyzing the factors affecting the dinar exchange rate in the iraqi economy using an autoregressive model for distributed time gaps for the period 1990-2015, anbar university journal of economic and administrative sciences. 11. ali boudalal. (09, 2018). the budget deficit in algeria (causes, results and solutions). journal of business and trade economics. 12. hakima halimi and nawal bahi. (2018) the public budget deficit in algeria and financing options after the oil crisis for the period 2001-2017. journal of advanced economic research, 13. abdul samad saudi. (2019). the role of the resource control fund in financing the general budget deficit in algeria 2000-2018. journal of economic studies. 14. bin daas zuhair. (2019). a reading of the development of the budget deficit and its financing methods in algeria (2000-2016). scientific horizons magazine. 15. . bouazza, ziad, and ratia muhammad (2019). using the ardl model to measure the impact of economic variables on fixed capital formation, journal of strategy and development 16. -nasser boudjellal, and kamal deeb, (2019), quantitative easing as a mechanism for financing the state budget deficit, the case of algeria, journal of economic, management and commercial sciences, 12 (01). 17. -shaaban qassabi, and rabah belabbes (2020), the impact of oil price fluctuations on government spending in algeria, an econometric study using an autoregressive model with time gaps distributed during the period 2000-2018. journal of development and strategy. 18. krugmen, p. (2003). economie international. bruscelle: édition de boeck . 2. hakkio, c. s. (1996). the effects of budget deficit reduction on the exchange rate. federal reserve bank of kansas city. 19. apergis, n. (1998). budget deficits and exchange rates: further evidence from cointegration and causality tests. journal of economic studies, 25(03), 161-178. 4. khan, r. e., akhtar, a. a., & rana, a. s. (2002). relationship between exchange rate and budgetary deficit-empirical from pakistan. journal of applied sciences evidence, 02, 839-842. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org 20. gülcan, y., & bilman, m. e. (2005). the effects of budget deficit reduction on exchange rate:evidence from turkey. the 1stinternational conference on business, managementand economics. çeşme, i̇zmir: yaşar university. 21. frimpong, magnus, j., oteng-abayie, & fosu, e. (2006). bounds testing approach: an examination foreign 22. direct, investment,trade,and growth récupéré sur https://mpra.ub.unimuenchen.de/352/ of relationships. 23. shah, a. (2007). budgeting and budgetary institution. the world bank. 24. salam adel al-nasrawi, salah mahdi al-kawaz ,the role of time-oriented activity-based budgeting technique in reducing costs: an applied study, , al-reyadah journal of finance and business, al-nahrain university, college of business economics, vol 4, no 2, apr., 2023. 25. hanan hassan mustafa , hajir adnan zaki , the window for selling foreign currency and its role in influencing the exchange rate of the iraqi dinar (an analytical study for the period 2003-2021), , al-reyadah journal of finance and business, al-nahrain university, college of business economics, vol 4, no 4, dec. , 2023. https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/352/ https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/352/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org the role of physics courses in the training of future civil engineers nortojiyev abror muxamadaliyevich tashkent university of architecture and civil engineering e-mail: a.nortojiev86@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the role of the physics course in the training of future civil engineers studying in the field of architectural and construction education at technical universities, the conditions for training future civil engineers in the course of general physics, the tasks of teaching physics in technical universities, as well as the stages of ensuring interdisciplinary. general engineering sciences, civil engineer, architectural and construction direction, physics, integration, higher education institutions, specialist, qualification, skill and qualification. introduction nowadays, when economic systems are being created based on market relations, there is a growing demand for individuals who are broad, deeply educated and able to put knowledge into practice. a knowledgeable and entrepreneurial, socially active person finds his place in the life of society, in labor. to do this, in the process of organizing education, it is necessary to assess the abilities, needs and specific aspects of the student's specialty. theoretical issues of teaching physics in the preparation of specialists in the field of architecture and construction are a key issue. in recent years, great progress has been made in the construction sector in our country, among other areas. our republic is becoming more beautiful than it is known day by day. in different parts of our country, mindless creative work is being carried out. numerous luxury buildings, sports palaces, indoor markets, modern streets and squares, alleys and parks, residential buildings, objects of the social sphere are also indicative of the scale of work in other construction and architecture. even in the recent past, a person, usually an architect(architect), was engaged in the issue of design, construction of buildings and structures. as science and technology developed, buildings grew in size, and constructive solutions and equipment in it became more complex, it became impossible for one person to solve the various architectural and engineering issues associated with the design and construction of buildings. now, the design and construction of buildings and structures is attended by teams of qualified specialists–architects and constructors-as well as engineers with different specialties. in the process of design, the architect will draw up a plan of the future building and structure, its volumetric–spatial composition, create an architectural, artistic, if necessary socio–political image of the building and structure. a modern builder, on the other hand, issues a volumetric–plan solution of a building or structure created by an architect, with the help of building materials and structures, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org calculates the strength, construction, stability, earthquake resistance and other requirements for the process of use. in the implementation of these requirements, the architect is required to thoroughly master the subjects of universal education. in this case, the physics course performs one of the main fundamental tasks. according to the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated march 19, 2021 “on measures to improve the quality of education in the field of physics and the development of scientific research”, the issue of establishing the teaching of physical sciences in the higher education system in a field-specific manner is established. therefore, we consider that it is necessary to pay great attention to the implementation of topics in the lecture, practical and laboratory classes, which are organized in physics in order to interpret the implementation of the tasks set out in the above decision, directly into the fields of architecture and construction. in this, these aspects are taken into account when developing the science program and working programs(syllabuses)of physical science. it is also required to adapt the academic literature in physics to the fields of architecture and construction. physical concepts and laws help to more accurately understand the stability, strength and rigidity of the structure of buildings and structures. even without knowing the simplest laws of physics, it is impossible to explain the internal and external lighting systems of buildings and structures. buildings and structures study methods for calculating the strength, rigidity and stability of a structure-the science of material resistance. this science is also based on the laws of physics: ➢ robustness is the ability of a structural element to resist failure under tension; ➢ stiffness is the ability of a structural axial element to resist deformation; ➢ stability is the ability to resist the deviation of the moment from the equilibrium situation. the science of physics is one of the most important fundamental disciplines in the successful training of specialists in the field of architecture and construction. it is impossible to thoroughly master the universal sciences and special sciences in the specialty necessary to grow up to be a mature specialist who can meet the demand of the times without having deep knowledge of physics. for example, mastering the subjects of construction mechanics, resistance of materials, mechanics of grunts, earthquake activity of buildings and structures, power supply in construction, hydraulics, building physics and other general sciences without sufficient knowledge of physics is a difficult task. in addition, the knowledge gained in the science of physics will be directly applied in its labor activity in the future. buildings built specifically for residential or industrial enterprises should be showy, plush, withstand snow-rains on sunny hot summer days and cold winter days, and ensure that each room in the premises is warm in winter and cool in summer, evenly lit, clearly audible the necessary sounds and unnecessary voices are lost as much as possible, etc. solving these issues requires knowledge of the basic laws and laws of physics and the ability to apply them in practice. therefore, the purpose of teaching physics to future builders-engineers is to create a sufficient basis for a thorough mastery of the necessary universal subjects in the way of students to become mature specialists, to ensure their independent thinking and direct implementation of the achievements of physics and the formation of knowledge, training and skills to the extent that it is necessary for them to correctly taking into account the above, we consider it necessary to include the following conditions for training future builders-engineers in a general physics course: 1) comparison of stages of engineering activity and stages of solving physical problems to realize the professional orientation of training; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 2) systematization and compilation of the problem area in order to improve the quality of mastering theoretical data, practical skills and create positive motivation for the educational process in the course of general physics; 3) creation of a general classification of problems in a general physics course, taking into account their tasks in order to form important professional qualities and personality characteristics of future builderengineers; 4) development of educational and methodological support for the optimal organization of professionally oriented training and independent work of students. the tasks of teaching physics in technical higher education institutions include: ➢ explaining to students that the science of physics is the main fundamental science in the preparation of future builders-engineers; ➢ lightening the essence of physical science, explaining on the basis of its place in the field of architecture and construction; ➢ to explain the interdisciplinary connection between the science of physics and the science of universal education using examples; ➢ to provide information on the application of the modern achievements of physics to the fields of architecture and construction; ➢ to reveal information about the importance of physics in the development of technology and the contribution of physics to the development of technology, as well as the contribution of our ancestorsgreat scolars, foreign scientists and contemporary scientists-to the development of physics; ➢ the fact that the method of research of physical science is an experiment, the generalization of the data obtained in the experiment leads to the emergence of hypotheses and the fact that these, in turn, determine the physical laws of the observed phenomenon, the careful appropriation of laws make it possible to create a physical theory, and physical theory, in turn, form scientific systems; ➢ teaching to work independently with educational literature, to receive independent knowledge, to independently solve physical problems; ➢ using physical equipment, conducting experiments; developing skills such as developing the information obtained, achieving the appropriate conclusions, maintaining the safety of the technique to the fullest. when studying fundamental training in technical higher education institutions, the psychological and age characteristics of small-year students should not be overlooked, since the cycle of natural sciences is mainly studied in the first year of study at a higher educational institution. ya.v.fedorova emphasizes that this period of student life is important for further self-identification, not only professionalism, but also for the formation of personality. scientist s.o.kasyarum notes that on the one hand, the teacher of fundamental sciences must carry out a professional orientation during classes that are new to students, and on the other hand, the activities of the teacher are complicated by the focus of most of the student's intellectual potential on the adaptation process. but, in our opinion, students study the main part of the natural science cycle in high school, so in elementary courses they fall into a familiar environment associated with the learning process itself, which contributes to the emergence of positive motivation. according to the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. 416 of pq-08.11.2022 "on measures to further improve the system of personnel training in the field of architecture and construction: the issue of broad implementation of research results in the areas of civil engineering, architecture, design and urban planning into practice, implementation of scientific projects and commercialization of developments, ensuring a solid integration of education, science and production has been outlined. ways to implement interdisciplinary engagement are as follows: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org -it is necessary to choose the sequence and sequence of studies of various disciplines in such a way that the study of one of them contributes to the study of the other; ensure the same approach to the development of general understanding, skills and competencies; to ensure the unity of knowledge acquisition and requirements for the acquisition of skills and competencies; extensive use of knowledge, skills and competencies related to other disciplines in the study of knowledge, skills and competencies related to one academic discipline. taking into account the above, the sequence of stages for ensuring interdisciplinary integration between the physical and universal sciences in the preparation of specialists in the fields of architecture and construction is presented in figure 1: 1) in the programs of the physical and universal sciences, subjects should not repeat each other rather, they should complement each other; 2) in the programs of physical and universal sciences, the hours allocated to the subjects should be correctly distributed; 3) laws and regulations in the physical and universal sciences, definitions should not differ sharply from each other in terms of content; figure 1. stages of ensuring interdisciplinary integration of the physical and universal sciences. • non-duplication in the study of subjects in physics and general science programs; • proper distribution of time in teaching subjects in physics and general science programs; • their non-contradiction in the definition of scientific concepts from the disciplines of physics and general engineering; * the use of the potential of professors and teachers in the formation of scientific concepts and visions of students, in the development of practical skills and skills for them; • mutual use of scientific and technical knowledge of students in cooperation of their professors and teachers in teaching physics and general studies. 1 2 3 4 5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org 4) the use of the scientific soloism of professors and teachers of physical and universal sciences in the development of practical skills, skills of students together; 5) the scientific and technical knowledge of students should be used among themselves in the cooperation of their professors and teachers in teaching physics and architecture and construction. the effective implementation of the above steps ensures the integration of the physical and universal sciences. therefore, the purpose of teaching physics is to create a sufficient basis for a thorough mastery of the necessary universal subjects in order for students to become mature specialists in their field, to provide them with independent thinking and direct implementation of the achievements of physics and the formation of knowledge, skills and skills necessary for them to properly understand nature and phenomena occurring in nature. refernces 1. begmatova d.a., nortojiyev a.m., khudayberdiyev s.s., mahmadiyorov a.z., nosirov n.b. the importance of physical exercises in the training of specialists in the field of architecture and construction // international conference on problems and perspectives of modern science. aip conference proceedings 2432, 030056 (2022); https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0089959 published online: 16 june 2022. 2. mukhamadalievich, n.a. (2022). the method of conducting practical classes in the subject of physics in technical higher educational institutions through the method of designing objects of professional activity. asian journal of research in social sciences and humanities, 12(5), 350-354. 3. nortojiyev a.m. teaching physics on the basis of integration of architecture and building sciences // international conference on developments in education, sciences and humanities. – hosted from washington, dc usa, 2022. – p. 116-117. 4. nortojiyev a.m. methods of ensuring integrative approach to teaching physics // international multidisciplinary conference on scientific developments and innovations in education. greece, 2022. p 19-21. 5. nortojiev, a. (2023, june). methods of formation of professional competence of students in teaching physics on the basis of integration of architecture and building sciences. in aip conference proceedings (vol. 2789, no. 1). aip publishing. 6. нортожиев, а. м. (2023). физикани архитектура ва қурилиш фанларига интеграцияси орқали талабаларнинг касбий компетенциясини шакллантириш. ustozlar uchun, 16(1), 189-194. 7. e. b. saitov., sh. kodirov., z. f. beknazarova., b. m. kamanov., a. nortojiyev., n. siddikov. developing renewable sources of energy in uzbekistan renewable energy short overview: programs and prospects. // international conference on problems and perspectives of modern science. aip conference proceedings 2432, 020015 (2022); https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0090438 published online: 16 june 2022. 8. gareth jones. "competence and understanding—a personal perspective" selected contributions from the international conference girep epec 2015, wroclaw poland, 6–10 july 2015 u. p. 11-24. 9. begmatova d.a., nortojiyev a.m. integration of conducting physics classes in higher educational institutions in the field of construction// scientific information of tashkent state pedagogical university. tashkent, 2020. 12. b. 40-45. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org 10. khudaiberdiev, s.s., nortojiev, a.m. (2022). the method of conducting practical training in physics in technical higher education institutions through the design method. journal of integrated education and research, 1(7), 104-109. 11. ks salievich, na mukhammalievich, nn baratovich. pedagogical aspects of preparing future engineers for professional activity. ustozlar uchun 19 (2), 315-318. 12. muhammadaliyevich, n. a. (2022, january). methods of ensuring integrative approach to teaching physics. in archive of conferences (pp. 19-21). 13. uralbaevich, t. i., baratovich, n. n. (2023). formation of main general competences of future engineers and its stages. conference, 80-83. 14. begmatova, d. a., nortojiyev, a. m. (2020). integrative approach in general physics, scientificmethodical journal "physics. mathematics and informatics", tashkent, (5), 28-33. 15. mukhamadalievich, n.a. (2022). formation of the professional competence of students through the interdisciplinary integration of physics into the sciences of architecture and construction. conference, 170-172. 16. nortojiyev, a.m., begmatova, d.a. (2021). methods of conducting physics laboratory courses on the basis of interdisciplinary integration. academic research in educational sciences, 2(cspi conference 3), 105-107. 17. nortojiev, a.m. (2023). formation of professional competence of students through integration of physics in architecture and construction sciences. for teachers, 16(1), 189-194. 18. худайбердиев, с.с., нортожиев, а.м. (2022). техника олий таълим муассасаларида физикадан амалий машғулотларни лойиҳалаш методи орқали ўтказиш усули. journal of integrated education and research, 1(7), 104-109. 19. baratovich, n.n. (2023). a model for implementing professional orientation by future engineers in the general physics course. for teachers, 16(1), 178-183. 20. baratovich, n.n. (2023). modeling method of professional competence development of future engineers. for teachers, 16(1), 184-188. 21. baratovich, n. n. (2023). the stages of solving engineering problems from physics and its educational and methodological support. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 13, 52-57. 22. nosirov, n.b. (2022). educational-methodical support for solving engineering problems from physics and its stages. integration of science, education and practice. scientific-methodical journal, 3(10), 98-103. 23. baratovich, n. n. (2023). a model for ensuring consistency in solving physical problems.(on the example of engineering activity). eurasian scientific herald, 21, 39-43. 24. baratovich, n.n. (2023). study and methodology of solving engineering problems in physics. conference, 64-67. 25. baratovich, n.n. (2023). physical-engineering problems stages of solution and its didactive tasks. conference, 102-104. 26. зеер э.ф. компетентностный подxод к модернизации професионального образования / э.ф.зеер, э.э.сыманюк // высшее образование в россии: 2005. № 4. с. 23-30. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=3fen8pyaaaaj&citation_for_view=3fen8pyaaaaj:mvmsd5a6bfqc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=3fen8pyaaaaj&citation_for_view=3fen8pyaaaaj:mvmsd5a6bfqc american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 27. клечковская, в. в., камилов, т. с., адашева, с. и., худайбердиев, с. с., & муратова, в. и. (1994). особенности кристаллической структуры плёнок высшего силицида марганца, выращенных на кремний. кристаллография, 39(5), 894-899. 28. си власов, дэ назыров, аа иминов, сс худайбердиев. свойства термообработанного кремния, легированного эрбием при выращивании. письма в жтф. 2000 г. том.6. номер.8. 29. абдурахманов, к. п., мирахмедов, ш., тешабаев, а., & худайбердиев, с. с. (1976). особенности распределения плотности состояний в сильно легированном р-gaas. 30. jeffrey e. froyd, matthew w. ohland. “integrated engineering curricula”. journal of engineering education. p. 147-164. http://elibrary.lt/resursai/uzsienio%20leidiniai/ioffe/pztf/2000/08/pztf_t26v08_06.pdf http://elibrary.lt/resursai/uzsienio%20leidiniai/ioffe/pztf/2000/08/pztf_t26v08_06.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org on trends in the development of military operations in modern military conflicts abduvakhobov b. m. associate professor, senior lecturer of the department military management and leadership shamsiddinov u. n. ph.d., senior lecturer of the department military management and leadership a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in article on the base of analysis main facts of the environment, determined new form and methods of the conduct defense. defined the problem questions, determined basic confrontation, suggested the ways to their solutions. fighting attempt, mountain region, geographic and climate environment, mountain relief, mountain peak, shun radiation, high, factory, skills and ways, mines field and engineering obstacles, width of defence, depth of defense. introduction the current military-political situation in the world is characterized by instability and many unpredictable dangers and threats. in the course of the progressive development of mankind, weapons and military equipment are constantly being improved. in the 21st century, military robotic devices can be predicted to be widely used in land, air, sea and underwater warfare. based on the practical experience of conducting an armed conflict with the armed forces of ukraine, the russian high-ranking military leadership continues to make adjustments to the combat strategy and tactics, as well as plans to update the combat regulations of the armed forces of the russian federation. russia's special military operation (svo) in ukraine showed that the nature of modern combat operations can take unpredictable forms, which often do not correspond to the rules of the current rules of engagement. the combat manual is the primary document that guides commanders at all levels in organizing combat operations and directing troops in a military conflict zone. a 3-part practical combat manual contains rules for all situations in the life of military personnel. the first part describes the actions of the regiment, brigade and division. the organization, personnel composition and tactics of these formations are classified information, therefore this part is closed. the second part contains instructions for company and battalion commanders.the third describes the actions american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org of a platoon, squad, tank. combat operations during the northern military district of the russian federation in ukraine are significantly different from the combat operations conducted by soviet and russian forces in recent decades. during the current conflict, russian forces are facing a large regular army equipped with all types of conventional weapons, and the line of combat extends over a thousand kilometers. in this context, it was necessary to revise and update the current combat manual of the rf armed forces. until the mid-2000s, the russian military led the ussr in combat manuals developed during the cold war. this document contained information on how troops should behave when facing millions of troops in the european theater of operations. during the war in afghanistan, in which guerilla operations were conducted against the soviet army, many rules of the basic combat document did not apply. troops had to develop new tactics on the spot through trial and error. this was related to the movement of military columns to avoid ambushes, the establishment of permanent deployment points and the planning of military operations. later, the situation was repeated during two chechen campaigns in russia. only after that, new rules of engagement were developed, taking into account the experience of local military conflicts. the next version of the document, approved in 2014, was prepared during the period of military reforms at the beginning of the second decade of the 21st century.during this period, the troops were transferred from the division structure to the brigade structure, which was reflected in the documents, but this practice did not justify itself. the current edition of the combat manual of the russian federation was approved in 2017. it includes experiences gained during the battles in syria. in particular, a lot of attention was paid to combat operations in the city, storming buildings, and the work of sniper pairs and groups. instructions were given to the leadership of military higher educational institutions on the preparation and implementation of educational materials.in the context of the data presented, a number of military experts expressed their opinion on the renewal of the primary school document for military service. in the updated combat manual, it is necessary to use the latest types of weapons during modern conflicts, in particular uavs, robot soldiers, etc. now every unit starting a platoon has uavs, which are used for artillery guidance, reconnaissance, radiation chemical protection troops and in the military police. a new and in-demand profession of uav operator has appeared, which is not defined in the regulation. at the same time, the management and maintenance of the uav is assigned to military personnel who are responsible for other areas of activity. at the same time, the experience of the special military operation in ukraine showed that there was a need to change the location of the command posts, to move them to the rear, away from the zone of possible defeat by the enemy. according to the regulations, the battalion command post is located 2 km away from the skirmish line, which easily falls within the limits of destruction of modern sniper weapons, even though the regimental command post is currently 8-10 kilometers away. headquarters are the backbone of the battle, they must be protected and removed from affected areas. in addition, modern combat tactics are changing, but the changes are not yet reflected in the battle rules.according to the current legislation, the attack tactic involves passing a colored chain with a distance of 50 meters between the platoons. now there is a practice of using 3 small attack groups operating autonomously in the combat zone in support of the main force, which is also not prescribed by law. in addition, the current regulation does not deny the status of non-rational structures such as pmcs, volunteer units, and does not regulate interactions with the armed forces.it should be noted that many situations faced by russian military personnel during american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org svo are not reflected in the regulations and require correction. however, there is no point in taking combat manuals and cutting them in haste. it is necessary to wait until the end of the special operation and make adjustments based on conscious and generalized experience. it can be explained by the fact that the principle of gaining new weapons and air superiority comes to the fore. it should also be noted that updating the rules of engagement is a hot topic, as these rules have never been revised since the conflict in syria. there have been significant changes in the use of uavs, artillery, tanks, mlrs and other weapon systems. they led to a change in the role of infantry in the battle, and thus to a change in the tactics of armed battles. martial arts themselves are changing, and from this comes far-sighted conclusions. in addition, not only infantry, but also tanks, artillery and support types should be shown. today, uavs are directly involved in hostilities, and it should be taken into account that the new rules may take into account the coordination of units and the organization of their interaction, as well as updating the tactics of urban warfare, taking into account the use of compact uavs. the new regulation also mentions the establishment of intelligence and fire control, communication center innovations, automated control systems, anti-drone methods, air defense and electronic warfare. analysis of the course of the russian-ukrainian military conflict shows that the current combat manual of the russian armed forces does not fully correspond to the modern realities of war. against this background, not only russia, but also other countries draw conclusions based on the analysis of the results of the russian-ukrainian conflict and make adjustments to their military doctrines, strategies and rules. references: 1. к. забуга. нет предела совершенству. // ж. армейский сборник, 2021. – ноябрь (т. 235, № 11). – с. 44-48. 2. а. кулешов. дрон универсал. // ж. армейский сборник, 2023. – июль (т. 235, № 7). – с. 188192. 3. с. филатов. и. симонцев. д. кильдюшев. “подводные камни” военной науки. // ж. армейский сборник, 2023. – июль (т. 235, № 9). – с. 142-146. 4. в. гумелёв. в. шудра. а. харламов. д. филиппов. беспилотная компонента.// ж. армейский сборник, 2021. – ноябрь (т. 235, № 11). – с. 200-207. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org time and space in the philosophy of ibn sina: objectivity and connection with matter shahlo khalilova samarkand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article explores the philosophical understanding of time and space in the teachings of ibn sina. linking time with the concepts of space and movement, ibn sina argues that time does not exist without movement. he presents arguments that support the objective nature of time. his view of space is also discussed, where he rejects the idea of emptiness and argues that space is the boundary of the surrounding body, filled with a moving body. the article emphasizes the philosophical significance of time and space in the teachings of ibn sina and their correspondence to modern physical concepts. ibn sina, philosophy, time, space, movement, objective nature of time, extension. introduction ibn sina (980-1037), the great encyclopaedist, has been the subject of many studies [2]. however, despite the abundance of works by “avicenologists”, his legacy in physics is not sufficiently covered. in the “physics” section of his “book of knowledge,” ibn sina defines physics as follows: “physics is a science that studies such states, ideas about which are inseparable from matter” [3,168]. ibn sina's ideas about time, space and movement are reflected in the “book of healing”, “book of salvation”, “book of knowledge”, “book of directions and instructions”, “sawdust of nature”, as well as in his scientific correspondence with abu rayhan beruni. literature review time. time in ibn sina’s philosophical worldview exists in close connection with the concepts of space and movement. in the "book of salvation" he argues that time cannot be imagined, that is, does not exist without movement. “when we don’t feel movement, we don’t feel time” [4,116]. ibn sina gives the following arguments to explain that time is an objective category. 1. “two moving bodies, which simultaneously begin and complete movement, have the ability for one of them to travel a greater and the other a shorter distance, that is, for one to move faster, the other slower. but if you take half of this distance, then it can be covered at the same speed with another opportunity. this possibility is the quantity of motion. and the quantity of motion is what is usually called time. 2. movement has preceding and following moments that are part of it. time is precisely the quantity and measure of preceding and subsequent moments of movement. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org 3. if bodies are changeable, then they must have a previous and subsequent state. the previous and subsequent states of bodies are determined by comparison with time. in other words, change in things manifests itself directly through time. therefore, time is the relationship between essential precedence and succession” [1,118-119]. these statements relate to the philosophical aspect of ibn sina’s teachings about objective truth and the existence of time as a philosophical category. for us, judging from the point of view of physics, his statement about the inseparability of movement from time is more important. “in reality,” he says, “every movement and change occurs in time, during a certain interval.” and in this, ibn sina’s teaching about time corresponds to modern physical concepts. according to ibn sina, time is an eternal and infinite category. the main feature of ibn sina’s teaching about time is the recognition of the objective, material nature of time and its connection with matter and its movement [1,120]. space. speaking about space, ibn sina points out the erroneous point of view of those who believe that space is an abstract, non-physical extension. from his point of view, the inconsistency of this concept lies in the fact that its authors contrast spatial extension with bodily extension, while the nature of both spatial and bodily extension is the same [1,115-116]. “space,” writes ibn sina in the “book of healing,” “is nothing more than the boundary of the enclosing body. it embraces the moving body, is equal to it, is stable and filled with the moving body. a moving body is separated from space and moves in it with the help of movement. it is impossible for two bodies to exist in it at the same time. from here the existence and essence of space becomes obvious” [1,116]. it is known that ibn sina denied the existence of emptiness. he writes about this: “...supporters of emptiness argue that the world is in emptiness, and that there is emptiness in the world. this opinion is close to the imagination and far from reason. the reason for the opinion about the existence of emptiness is the existence of air, which is not visible to the eye. but people thought that there was nothing, and that space was empty, and therefore imagined that emptiness was possible [3,171]. methodology & empirical analysis from ibn sina's point of view, space is neither body nor form. it is something in which the body resides. it surrounds anybody. the presence of a “place” determines the existence of a “filled” space. from the “book of healing” and “book of knowledge” it follows that ibn sina clearly understands the difference between the concepts of form, body, volume and “place”. defining what a body is, he convincingly substantiates the three-dimensionality of space: “... a body is something, having found the length of which, you find in it another length, crossing the first at a right angle, and also a third length, perpendicular to these two lines at the point where two straight lines intersect [3,107-108]. movement. in the philosophical and physical teachings of ibn sina, movement is associated with the categories of space and time. in the book of knowledge, he defines movement as follows: “motion is usually called what occurs in space, but now the meaning of this concept has become different, more general, than spatial movement. any state and action of something, which is potentially (such and such) a thing, because of this potentiality is called motion” [3, 168]. the problem of movement throughout the entire period of development of ancient and medieval science was the central and most complex problem of natural philosophy. already in our time, a. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org einstein noted that: “the most fundamental problem, which has remained unresolved for a thousand years due to its complexity, is the problem of motion” [11,362]. speaking about uniform motion, ibn sina gives the definition of rest. “the opposite of every movement is rest. a body that moves in relation to place, or in quantity, or in quality, or in another sense, if it moves uniformly, (it will reach a) state called rest” [3.169]. ibn sina claims that the movement of bodies can be “direct”, natural unforced movement, and movement by accident, under compulsion. let's look at how he explains these types of movement. “movement under compulsion (, violent movement k.a.) is a movement when a body moves from one proper place to another proper place, but this movement (occurs) not on its own, and the reason for the movement is outside the essence (bodies). movement by accident is that a body is in another body that is moving. therefore, its movement occurs due to the movement of the body in which it is located” [3,170]. for each of these types of movement, ibn sina gives examples. he considers the fall of a stone, the fall of water, the rise of fire and air to be examples of natural movement [3,170]. following aristotle, he defines a natural place for each of these four elements (water, fire, air and earth). the natural place for air and fire is “up”, and for earth and water it is “down”. therefore, the falling of solids and liquids downwards and the movement of lungs upwards are considered natural movements. ibn sina considers an example of violent movement to be everything that is pulled, lit and thrown [3,170], that is, any movement that occurs “under duress” and the reason for which is outside the body itself. an example of movement by accident is the movement of clothes located in a chest, when the chest moves from place to place, for example, from one house to another, but at the same time their own “place” remains, which is the chest [3,170]. mechanical issues. ibn sina addresses issues of mechanics both in his encyclopaedic works and in special treatises devoted to various issues of natural science, which were mentioned above. results the treatise “the measure of reason” [5] is devoted to practical mechanics, the description of the action of simple machines and mechanisms. based on the achievements of ancient science, primarily based on the teachings of aristotle, and relying on the achievements of the science of his time, ibn sina made a significant contribution to the development of some topical problems concerning the essence, mechanism and source of movement. a) dynamic concept and mechanical movement. the dynamics of ibn sina developed, first of all, as a result of assimilation of aristotle’s dynamic concept. but this teaching was subjected to significant modernization, as a result of which avicenna’s own “concept” was formed. under the influence of the teachings of ibn sina, the so-called “school of avicenna” was formed in the medieval muslim east, to which such scientists as abu-l-barakat al-baghdadi (d. about 1164), fakhr-id-din ar-razi (xii c.), nasir ad-din at-tusi (1201-1274) and many others. ibn sina sets out his theory mainly in the “book of healing” and in a brief summary of this book called “book of directions and instructions” [12]. b) rectilinear and circular aspiration. in the “book of directions and instructions,” ibn sina gives the following consideration to show that all bodies have “aspiration in potency,” that is, they initially contain aspiration: “a body that has no aspiration either in potency or in action, has no violent impulse through which it moves. in other words, the body moves only due to violent desire. let us assume that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org a body moves over a certain time interval, covering (during this time) certain distances. let us now suppose that there is another body which has some tendency and resistance. it is clear that it will cover the same distance in a longer time. now suppose that there is a third body, which has a weaker impulse than that of the second body, which in this time and under the action of the same engine covers a distance, the ratio of which to the distance traversed by the first body is the same as the ratio of the time spent by the second body, to the time spent by a body that does not have aspiration. this third body, which moves by violent motion, will cover the same time and the same distance as the body that has no desire. but then it turns out that two violent movements of two bodies, one of which allows resistance and the other does not, must be equally fast or slow, but this is impossible” [12, 105]. these considerations allowed ibn sina to establish that there are two types of aspirations in accordance with the type of trajectory that it generates: circular aspiration and rectilinear aspiration. further, ibn sina takes these arguments to “a body limited in the sense of the direction of its movements,” “perfect” movements of the “highest” sphere—the “superlunary” world. in other words, to a body that neither arises nor is destroyed. there must be some kind of “desire” necessary for this movement to be realized. this “striving” is associated with the concept of both “place” and “form” (this is a circular “striving”). in this case of rectilinear motion, according to ibn sina, the body occupies “its own place,” that is, the space to which the body belongs, and allows its movement. from this follows the existence of a straightforward aspiration. thus, ibn sina defines aspiration as a certain “permanent form” preserved in the body, and this is reminiscent of the concept of impetus, which appeared by the parisian nominalist jean buridan (d. 1358) three centuries later. the theory of ibn sina and the theory of jean buridan are close from one more point of view. both of them apply the concepts of aspiration driving force impetus to solving the problem of accelerating the fall of heavy bodies. acceleration and fall of heavy bodies. in connection with these concepts, ibn sina considers two types of movements: 1. uniform movement, which “contains no difference,” that is, uniform; 2. deform movement containing this “difference.” uniform motion is the uniform circular motion of celestial bodies. the deform movement is a “local” violent and natural movement. but there is a difference between “local” movements: “natural” speeds up towards the end of the movement, and “forced” slows down. local movement can also be uniform (uniform), but this is very rare. the movement of celestial bodies can neither accelerate nor slow down, it always remains uniform. in all cases, the principle by which ibn sina explains acceleration in “natural” motion is completely clear. this acceleration is the result of the action of the source of movement, which is carried out with the help of “natural aspiration,” that is, with the help of successive portions of aspiration. at the same time, the body strives to take its “natural place”. d) the theory of simple machines and their classification. the science of “simple” machines, or rather mechanics, in the medieval muslim east was called “ilm al-hiyal,” literally “the science of ingenious tricks.” the most important work of this period on simple machines is “the measure of reason” by ibn sina [5]. the treatise consists of five chapters. in the first chapter, ibn sina gives the names of five simple machines. the second chapter is called “on the definition of simple machines.” it defines each of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org five "simple machines" and how to use them. “on the preparation of simple machines for action for lifting loads” is the title of the third chapter. the most interesting is the fourth chapter, called “on the connection of simple machines with each other.” in the fifth chapter “concluding remarks”, ibn sina writes about making simple mechanisms so that they are strong and stable. concept of heat and electricity. ibn sina’s ideas about the nature of heat and electricity are reflected mainly in his scientific correspondence with abu rayhan beruni [6], “sawdust of nature” [7], and in the treatise “reflections on the causes of thunder” [10]. scientific correspondence as a form of scientific discussion in the history of science has always played an important role, continuing virtually to the present day from the correspondence of archimedes to the correspondence of bohr and rutherford and other famous scientists of our time. in the history of science in the middle ages, scientific correspondence played a very important role, actually replacing direct contacts between scientists. conclusions in the scientific correspondence between ibn sina and abu rayhan beruni regarding the works of aristotle, the fundamental natural philosophical and physical problems of that time are discussed in the form of questions and answers. we know eighteen questions of abu rayhan beruni regarding “physics” and “the book of heaven” by aristotle and ibn sina’s answer to them [6]. in the fourteenth chapter of the fourth section of “the sawdust of nature,” ibn sina tried to explain the cause of thunder and lightning, rain and hail, and the differences between spring and winter clouds [7]. these problems, the causes of thunder, he dedicated a special treatise entitled “discourses on the causes of thunder” [8, 9, 10]. from the treatise “discourses on the causes of thunder” and “sawdust of nature” it is clear how correctly ibn sina understood and explained the problems and issues of electrification of dissimilar bodies and the representation of heat. of course, there are points that are made that these problems can be explained more than a thousand years ago. despite this, some of his explanations of natural phenomena have not yet lost their valuable significance. references 1. alikulov s. a., rizaev i. i. methodological problems of research of social systems //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 2. – с. 717-720. 2. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. spiritual maturity and philosophical thinking dependence of development //isj theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – т. 4. – №. 84. – с. 164-167. 3. эргашева м. the importance of education in the process of self-organization //давлат харид тизимини ташкил қилишнинг хусусиятлари ва шарт-шароитлари. – 2019. – т. 2020. 4. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. основы управления и оценки эффективностью предприятия //фундаментальные и прикладные аспекты глобализации экономики. – 2021. – с. 233-235. 5. мардонов р. с., ризаев и. и. проблемы в инновационном развитии (на примере узбекистана) //географические и экономические исследования в контексте устойчивого развития государства и региона. – 2022. – с. 244-246. 6. usmonov f. n. the place of rational and creative thought in turning the virtuality into reality //paradigmata poznani. – 2014. – №. 2. – с. 31-33. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org 7. тураев б. о., ризаев и. и. особенности проявления искусственного интеллекта в бытии человека //новые информационные технологии и системы (нитис-2022). – 2022. – с. 361363. 8. ulmasjonovich k. s. mystical and philosophical foundations of human interaction (based on the teachings of makhdumi azami kasani) //european scholar journal. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 11. – с. 45-48. 9. ризаев и. и., хаккулов н. к. влияние цифровой культуры на неприкосновенность жизни человека в обществе //оргкомитет. – 2023. – с. 342. 10. muhammadiev k. potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times //theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука. – 2022. – №. 3. – с. 10001004. 11. ризаев и. и., муминова з. о. профессиональная подготовка личности: оздоровление и духовное воспитание //система менеджмента качества в вузе: здоровье, образованность, конкурентоспособность. – 2021. – с. 264-268. 12. ergashev i. et al. venture capital financing as the sourse of investmentinnovative activities in the field of services //journal of critical reviews. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 7. – с. 43-46. 13. тураев б. о. информационное свойство пространства и времени //естествознание и время.– 1992. – 1992. 14. сафаров а. и., ризаев и. и. роль исторического сознания и исторической памяти в системе национального сознания //культурное наследие и народное искусство: сохранение и актуализация в целях устойчивого развития общества. – 2022. – с. 297-303. 15. xaqqulov n. q. perfect generation-personality of private education and humanity facilities //мировая наука. – 2019. – №. 2 (23). – с. 62-63. 16. ризаев и. и. society as a self-organizing system //редакционная коллегия. – т. 520. 17. usmonov f. n. the role of scientific ethics and bioethics in modern society //design engineering. – 2021. – с. 8373-8379. 18. samatov k. issues naqshbandi teaching peace and harmony in society //theoretical & applied science. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 175-179. 19. rizaev i. synergetics in social systems and its possibilities //global scientific review. – 2022. – т. 10. – с. 62-69. 20. turaev b. et al. forecasting the development of processes of training skilled personnel in conditions of improving the quality of tourism services //fan, ta'lim va amaliyotning integrasiyasi. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 7. – с. 53-60. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org the role and importance of moral values in society mo’ydinov hamidullo raxmatillo o’g’li, department "humanities" aqxai 1master of the stage dexqonov temurmalik hamidullofalsaf@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, moral values have a continuous history in world culture and history, and are based on the national punishment, men, and thinking of the uzbek people. ethics, human rights and freedom, ethical social services. introduction morality, that is, human rights and freedom, plays a significant role in one society itself. this roller can be analyzed in various fields: ethics is the foundation of the human rights and justice system. this is necessary to ensure that every citizen is treated equally and fairly. morality helps to ensure the peace, perfection, and rentable happy life of people in society. human beings feel cheerful in society on the principles of mutual respect, disrespect, and value to others. ethics also plays its role in the field of economics. it plays its role in protecting human rights in economic activities, ensuring justice and stability in production, working calculations and relations between workers. in the socio-political system of society, morality helps to strengthen the principles of equal and fair treatment for all classes of people. in a democratic society, the role of morality is very important when people are married to mutual respect, free expression and health with others. morality plays a role in the educational system. teaching people fairness and stability, with the help of making them have spirituality and moral values, is of great importance in increasing spiritual potential in society. ethics also plays its role in social services, as well as in the field of health, cultural and social counseling. consultative assemblies, governing bodies, and social organizations are those designed to protect human rights by following ethics. an important role of morality in society arises in ensuring a stable, fair and peaceful life for every citizen based on the sources of the average body of men, sex, national, religion, and other divorced life. main part: uzbekistan is known for its dependence and unique moral values. the moral values of uzbekistan have a continuous history rich in world culture and history, based on the national punishment, men, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org thought of the uzbek people. these moral values affect the society, social life, the system of public administration, culture and many other spheres of uzbekistan. in the following several points, the role of moral values in uzbekistan can be noted: uzbekistan is at the heart of world history, and therefore has its own national values. the future of the uzbek people, types of worship, uzbek language and literature, national costumes, and celebrations represent its moral values. islam has a great influence on uzbek society and includes moral values. in islam, the principles of human rights, respect for man, the time of the happy, sadod, and joy are of great importance. the religion of the uzbek people, in many cases, is based on islam. in the society of uzbekistan, family values, the formation of a hearth family, cooperation with children, respect for young people and young people are of great importance. family relationships are expressed through moral values, and the family appears as one of its important forms of elected structure. the state language of uzbekistan, uzbek, its literature and linguistic features, plays a huge role in the expression of moral values. the state of uzbekistan is conducting multi-layered activities for the independent development of uzbek language and literature. summary the state of uzbekistan is conducting multi-layered activities for the protection of moral values in social services. diplomatic relations with other countries, uzbekistan entrepreneurship in the international community, the uzbek and islamic literature show, events and festivals, and many others are aimed at raising moral values. in uzbek society, moral values are based on the principles of peace, cooperation, and protection of human rights among its citizens. moral values are of great importance in ensuring that citizens in every sector of the country are treated with dignity, friendship, teaching mutual respect and innocence. ways to strengthen moral values moral values represent the basic standards for the protection of human relations and individual rights in one society. they can be carried out the following ways to strengthen and get into changes: strengthening the education system: moral values the first stage of learning can be in the educational system. educational institutions play a major role in teaching the rights and responsibilities of students, teaching the diverse mutual respect of people, and raising the respect of spirituality. education in the field of media and communications: in the field of media and communications, it is possible to show moral values and management, as well as provide documents on the use of the latest communication technologies, bringing society to respect, peace, and respect for human rights, to show its moral characteristics. legal temporary rights: the legal procedure is of great importance for the protection of rights for citizens, the system of fair distribution, the orientation of people to the rights of advice and justice, the strengthening of moral values and other regulatory documents. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org collaborative events: co-operation events at the international and national level play an important role in strengthening mutual cooperation and friendship between countries, in protecting moral values and human rights. social and cultural events: in the development of society, social and cultural activities are important in strengthening their moral values. community-unifying events such as festivals, councils, and sporting events can be effective for raising the veneration of moral values and human rights. strengthening the family education system: through the family education system, it is possible to teach family values, human rights and mutual respect, as well as provide an opportunity to act to increase the important contribution of management in family life and to improve interpersonal relationships. strengthening the righteous participation of citizens in themselves: it is important to strengthen the active contribution of citizens to the management of society and the state, and to carry out activities to know their rights and to educate their observance, to introduce moral values and human rights. this constitutes only a fraction of the methods used to strengthen variability in the protection of roads, moral values and human rights. in the strengthening of moral values and human rights, it is important that mass, legal, social, and religious events work together. references 1. mo'ydinov, x.madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). tafakkurmantiq ilmini o ‘rganish ob’ekti. holders of reason, 1(1), 606-617. 2. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). ustivor qonun va inson huquqi kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 362-372. 3. mo'ydinov, x.,madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). yangi konstitutsiya-taraqqiyot qomusi. holders of reason, 1(1), 395-402. 4. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o’zlashtiruvchi va ishlab chiqaruvchi xo’jalikni shakllanishi. holders of reason, 1(1), 373382. 5. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). islohotlarning axloqiy jihatlari va jamiyatga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 498-508. 6. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). xolchayon saroyi qo ‘riqlanishga muhtoj. holders of reason, 1(1), 350361. 7. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). qadriyatlar inson ma’naviy kamolotining muhim omili. holders of reason, 1(1), 475-484. 8. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). o ‘zbekiston respublikasi konstitutsiyasi yangi tahririning o’ziga xos xususiyatlar. holders of reason, 1(1), 383-394. 9. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). axloqiy qadiryat ijtimoiy–ma’daniy xodisa sifatida. holders of reason, 1(1), 509-525. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org 10. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). yangi o ‘zbekistonda axloqiy qadiriyatlar tizimining transformatsiyasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 485-497. 11. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). muhammad kashg’oriy hayoti va ilmiy merosining ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 565-574. 12. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). oʻzbekistonda yoshlar va maʻnaviyat. holders of reason, 1(1), 413-421. 13. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). tа’limtаrbiyа tizimini tubdаn isloh qilishning dolzаrb mаsаlаlаri xususidа muloxаzаlаr. holders of reason, 1(1), 403-412. 14. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o ‘zbekistondagi professional talim tizimiga yoshlarni qamrovini yanada oshirishning uslublari. holders of reason, 1(1), 585-593. 15. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). abu rayhon beruniyning tabiiy-ilmiy va falsafiy qarashlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 594-605. 16. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). kitob mutolasi manaviyatimiz xazinasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 422-430. 17. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org on the national marking of somatic utterances dildarkhan urinbaevna hashimova, doctor of pedagogical sciences, professor of tashkent state law university, e-mail: d.xashimova@ tsul.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is known that somatic utterances in any language reflect aspects of culture and everyday life and are unique facts of the original historical development of a particular people. this article analyzes the lacunae somatic utterances that exist in the modern russian literary language. somatism, culture, meaning, component, vocabulary, variation, history, identity, speech, fact, tracing paper; somatic speech, somatic phraseology, non-equivalent vocabulary, cultural component, literary work, additional meaning, non-verbal behavior, representative of another linguistic community, original historical development of the people. introduction reflecting by linguistic means the peculiarity of nonverbal behavior of representatives of different cultures, somatic utterances simultaneously indicate those non-verbal elements that may be present in one of them and absent in the other. somatic speech does not always convey exactly the mechanism of execution of a particular somatism, usually it only evokes in the mind of the addressee an image of a gesture or pose; behind each speech there is a well-defined execution of the corresponding gesture. somatisms similar in form, reflected in the native and studied languages by similar in form utterances, often have different meanings in different cultures. for this reason, the understanding of speech by representatives of another linguistic community is possible only if they have advanced knowledge of the gesture and its semantics. somatism, and, consequently, speech can be a sign of a certain time, serve as a reference point in the system of background knowledge related to a specific concept. the national marking of somatic utterances introduces them into the problems of linguistic and cultural studies, and their national and cultural identity is considered as an object of linguistic and cultural semantics. some everyday actions acquire additional meaning over time, become symbolic gestures. some of these gestures, for example, the "hands at the seams" stand, having come from the depths of centuries, live today, and some, like a gallant kiss of a lady's hand and a curtsy with an imaginary removal of the hat, are a thing of the past. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org it is very important to know that the gestures that accompany our speech can tell a lot about true feelings and emotions. an experienced eye will immediately notice the discrepancy between the words and the features of the speaker: 1. tap your forehead with the bones of your fingers: "what a fool i am! how stupid!". this gesture always implies self-criticism, an admission of guilt, it has nothing to do with others. 2. stroking or scratching the top of the head: "oh, that's right, so! and i completely forgot!". 3. close your eyes and turn away slightly, hiding part of your face with a relaxed hand: "don't ask me! this is terrible! i was beside myself!". 4. firmly squeeze or bite your lips: "don't say anything! pull yourself together! every word can be reckless!". 5. scratching behind the ear: "cheering yourself up to hear better: "um... yes, it's really interesting... is it really so?". with various gestures that are connected with the senses, the hand tries to find support for words, to emphasize them. sometimes these gestures are made consciously and give various communication signals this is an involuntary reaction to what is heard, which often contradicts what a person is saying. of course, there are many other gestures besides those presented here. many of them are familiar to us from everyday life. many signals are innate, learned, transmitted genetically or acquired in other ways. a person may have a special way of standing, which may be innate or hereditary. on the other hand, the gesture may be associated with a certain nationality, which is identified with culture. for example, the russian "knock on wood three times", "shrug", which is not typical for americans, the uzbek "raise an eyebrow" in order to attract attention, coquetry, the analogue of which is not available in other cultures. however, sometimes a gesture that has a certain meaning among representatives of one nation will be perceived completely differently by people of a different nationality. this, in particular, refers to the thumb raised up, the ring of the thumb and index finger, hitting the edge of the palm on the neck, etc. as can be seen from the examples, somatic utterances are most often two-word, but they can also be one-word, three-word, verbose. a distinctive feature of somatic utterances is the two-tiered structure of their semantics. for example, the russian somatic utterance "shake your head" is a unity of form and content. the formal side consists of a certain number of tokens, and the content is the meaning expressed by this number of tokens, which is typical for any free phrase. the content of this somatic utterance is not unified, undifferentiated. it consists of two tiers. the first tier is the meaning of a specific visible action, in this case, turning the head left and right, one or more times. this is the primary meaning of the somatic utterance "shake your head". but the content of somatic speech is not limited to this. the action itself, in turn, denotes a symbolic (communicative, intentional) meaning disagreement, denial, which is the secondary meaning of this somatic utterance. the second value is not directly related to the form. it seems to establish a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org connection with the sounding form of the above-mentioned somatic speech through the medium of the primary meaning. let's consider other examples: the primary meaning of somatic speech is "to extend your hand (hands) to someone to put your hand (hands) forward to the addressee", and the secondary meaning is reconciliation, a sign of friendship, greetings; the primary meaning of somatic speech is "shrug your shoulders" to lift your shoulders up, and the secondary meaning is bewilderment, misunderstanding, ignorance, contempt. somatic utterances having two-tiered structural semantics differ from non-somatic utterances identical in form. compare the following sentences: the national identity of somatic utterances is manifested in both primary and secondary meanings. the correlative somatic utterances of different languages may coincide or diverge in the specific actions of information presented by these utterances. on this basis, the study of somatic utterances of different languages is based. studying somatic utterances in languages of different systems, we have divided them into several groups: russian russian somatic utterances that are completely absent in english and uzbek, and vice versa: english and uzbek somatic utterances that are not peculiar to the russian language. these sayings are deeply national. for example, the russian "knock on wood" is associated with the former belief that before it is impossible to talk about the full implementation of the case, and if you mentioned it out loud, then you need to knock three times on a wooden object and thereby avert a possible failure. another russian somatic saying "spit over your left shoulder three times" is also associated with the belief that this can get rid of trouble (for example, in the case when a black cat runs across your path). the russian saying "to beat the table with your hand" 1) the meaning of the call for attention and silence, 2) the meaning of excitement and anger. the uzbek somatic saying "to spit three times in the chest, opening the collar" means "to calm yourself from a sudden fright", or "to kiss your finger and stroke your eyelid with it when it is pulled up" means "i am waiting for good news". 2. russian somatic utterances with complete coincidence in other languages of both primary and secondary meanings. the russian somatic phrase "shake your head" means two somaticisms: 1) turning the head left and right; 2) shaking the head to the left, then to the right shoulder. the first somatism expresses the meanings of denial, prohibition, doubt, pity; for the second somatism, the meanings of pleasure, surprise and reproach are typical. this somatism has the same meaning among uzbeks and americans. the same group also includes such common phrases as "shake hands", "frown", "make big eyes", "roll up your sleeves", "show your teeth", "put your finger to your lips", "twist your mouth", "click your tongue", "pull someone for ear", "hitting someone on the cheek", etc. 3. russian, uzbek and american somatic utterances with full the coincidence of the primary and the complete discrepancy of the secondary values. the russian somatism "to hold a hand across the throat", which has the meaning of the highest measure, would mean in the uzbek language a threat: "i will kill, i will cut off my head" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org (kallangni olaman), and another saying to hit the neck with the edge of my palm the uzbeks would understand as "i owe him, the debt is hanging around my neck." it doesn't mean anything to americans. in the description of the gesture image of the account and the numbers, there is a rather interesting and very motley picture. the numbers 1,2,4,5 russians and uzbeks show the same, that is, to indicate the number 1 index finger, 2 index and middle fingers, 4 four fingers minus the thumb, 5 all fingers of one hand. further, the following discrepancies are observed. the number 3 is shown in three ways: 1) index, middle, ring fingers; 2) thumb, index, middle fingers; 3) middle, ring fingers and little finger. russians and americans resort to the first two methods, uzbeks to all methods. russians and uzbeks count on their fingers in different ways too. russians count from the little finger, alternately bending the fingers to the palm, with 6 you can count on the same hand, unbending the fingers from the thumb to the little finger, you can count on the other hand. the british and americans count by bending from the fifth finger, i.e. from the little finger. uzbeks, when counting, bend their fingers from the thumb to the little finger. since six, uzbeks count, starting to bend their fingers in the same way. we have identified some common gestures, the description of which is found in the works of fiction of russian literature of the xix-xx centuries. thus, we can come to the conclusion that somatic phraseological units and somatic utterances that exist in diverse languages are unique facts of the original historical development of a particular people. they have not just communicative purposes, but also social motivation, represent national and cultural phenomena. list of used literature: 1. tunsi mohsen. russian russian language abroad. – m., 1984. no.2. c.81. linguo-regional analysis of russian somatic phraseological units. russian language abroad. m., 1984. no. 2. c.81. 2. zhukov v.p. semantics of phraseological turns. – m.: "enlightenment", 1978. – 160 p. 3. nasirova u. k. et al. vocabulary of the english and uzbek languages as a result of cross-cultural communication //topical issues of modern science and education. – 2022. – pp. 171-173. 4. khulkar, akhmedova, dildora khashimova, and nasiba niyazova. “on the basis of an integrated course, teaching professionally oriented foreign language vocabulary to students of non-linguistic specialities” asean journal on science & technology for development 39.4 (2022): 237-241. 5.niyazova, nasiba. "modern methods of teaching russian as a foreign language." asian journal of multidimensional research 11.5 (2022): 358-362. 6.urinboevna k. d. et al. creation and use of teaching electronic multimedia books when teaching languages to learners and students in the republic of uzbekistan //journal of advanced research in dynamic and control systems. – 2019. – vol. 11. – no. 10 special issue. – pp. 1039-1045.; 7. yuldasheva o. o., kamolovna n. u. an innovative approach to the cluster system in education //pedagogs jurnali. – 2022. – vol. 6. – no. 1. – pp. 110-114. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 8. niyazova n. j. the importance of modern teaching methods in teaching legal disciplines //e conference zone. – 2023. – pp. 1-7. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-62765178 . 9. khashimova d. features of the use of digital technologies in teaching the russian language //asian journal of multidimensional research. – 2022. – vol. 11. – no. 5. – pp. 354-357. 10. niyazova n. j. the relevance of the study of regional texts in the implementation of the unity of education and upbringing of students //economy and society. – 2023. – №. 2 (105). – pp. 964-968. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6276-5178 11. khashimova d. development of speech skills and abilities when teaching languages to students of non-linguistic universities using electronic resources //international journal of early childhood special education. – 2022. – vol. 14. – no. 4. 12. niyazova n. doctor of pedagogical sciences, professor of the department of uzbek language and literature tashkent state law university (uzbekistan, tashkent) //academic journalism. – vol. 140. 13. hashimova d. u., niyazova n. z. to the question of studying somatic phraseological units as gaps in conditions of multilingualism //journal of innovation, creativity and art. – 2023. – pp. 105-107. 14. yanchenko v. d., niyazova n. j. classification of speech forms of monological and dialogic speech in teaching russian language in a nonlinguistic audience //education science and innovative ideas in the world. – 2023. – vol. 21. – no. 2. – pp. 9-13. 15. niyazova n. zh., hashimova d. u. linguodidactic features of studying russian realities in an audience with the uzbek language of instruction //slavic culture: origins, traditions, interaction. xxiii cyril and methodius readings. – 2022. – pp. 783-794. 16. yuldasheva o. o., nasirova u.k. o'quvchilarning diskurs (og'zaki nutq) ko'nikmasini rivojlantirishga oid metod va texnologiyalar //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – vol. 3. – no. 4. – pp. 269-272. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org analysis of human history and approaches to it temirova svetlana vladimirovna, tashkent state transport university, senior teacher, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the modern period in the world, especially during the period of fundamental changes in the life of our country, social consciousness and its manifestations, features of social consciousness, its forms, everyday consciousness, customs, traditions, beliefs, theoretical consciousness, a system of ideas, concepts, laws and other forms spirituality, as well as the transformation of each theory and idea into mass consciousness and its characteristics, social psychology (psyche), ideology (ideology). features of the spontaneous formation of social psychology in people, the emergence of legal consciousness along with the state, the introduction of it by the state as a norm of behavior. legal consciousness is analyzed through its forms and teachings of the peoples of central asia. civilization, public consciousness, everyday consciousness, public consciousness, social psychology, ideology, legal consciousness, state, behavior. introduction the current period is one of the turning points in human history. this feature of the era can be clearly seen in the fundamental changes taking place in the world, especially in the life of our country. to understand the events and processes taking place in the world and in our country, to form the right attitude to them, to evaluate them based on the specific characteristics of the present day, to draw reasonable conclusions from reality, and ultimately to understand the universe and man requires a deep knowledge of social philosophy, which is one of the fields of philosophy. . in order to have true knowledge about the issue of social consciousness, first of all, it is necessary to pay special attention to the essence and content of the concept of "social philosophy". this concept is sometimes used as "philosophy of society", "social philosophy", "philosophy of man". the concept of "social philosophy" is inextricably linked with the concepts of "sociality", "social phenomenon" and "social process". these concepts represent the processes of events and events in society[1] it is known that social consciousness and its forms are expressed to a certain extent in any social events and processes. therefore, determining the role and importance of one or another form of social consciousness in social phenomena plays an important role in the knowledge of the laws of social development. the theoretical analysis of social consciousness helps to understand the decisive role of spiritual factors in people's practical activities. therefore, the category of social consciousness is one of the fundamental categories of social philosophy with its own methodological significance. it is important to study social consciousness and its forms of manifestation. the characteristics of social consciousness are manifested through its forms. for example, everyday or ordinary consciousness mainly reflects the relationship to external relations and events of social life, summarizes them. but everyday consciousness cannot go deep into the essence of things and events. the ordinary mind can have erroneous thoughts. this includes customs, traditions, and beliefs. everyday american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org consciousness is directly connected with the usual activities of every person in production, life, politics and other spheres. everyday consciousness is created on the basis of people's understanding of daily life needs. 68 theoretical consciousness plays an important role in understanding the nature of things and events. theoretical consciousness represents a system of ideas, concepts, laws, and other forms of spirituality. ideas appear in theoretical form with their essence. they determine the development of society, give impetus to development. every theory and idea becomes public consciousness after it has served its purpose. social consciousness can be divided into two parts depending on its role in people's lives: 1. social psychology (spirit). 2. ideology (ideology). social psychology arises spontaneously in people's work and daily life activities, it is difficult to systematize and theoretically justify it. it is distinguished by the following features: 1. stable mental states of people (emotional experiences, emotions, mood, customs). 2. mental phenomena: habit, habit, skill; different experiences. 3. mental processes: imitation, persuasion and similar properties. 4. intuition, perception, understanding, imagination, thinking, idea (political, legal, religious, moral signs). all of the above-mentioned features gradually begin to express confidence, faith, success, skills, and social position [2]. social psychology is mass consciousness, which appears directly in the process of material production: it takes the form of habit, skill. social psychology was spontaneously formed as group consciousness by members of the clan and tribe during the primitive communal system. it served to produce material goods. also, all areas of primitive communities, custom, tradition, are widespread. with the development of society, social groups (classes, people, family) and social associations were formed. as a result, their unique interests, psychology, and consciousness were born. the psychology of class, nation, people, nation, family and other social groups was separated from social psychology. social psychology is extremely complex and controversial. stable elements of social psychology (emotion, character) help maintain and strengthen the social structure. dynamic elements of social psychology (mass mental state, dissatisfaction, disorientation, change of mentality) require radical change in society. social psychology is spontaneously formed within the people, each social group has its own psychology. world philosophical thinking has made great progress in understanding the essence of man, various philosophical currents and schools have emerged. in the process of civilization, the important conclusions of the social consciousness about man are based on the knowledge gained by the whole humanity in the way of knowing the human essence, advanced philosophical views. as humanity entered a new historical period in its development, it made significant progress in realizing its identity and changing the world. just as every human child repeats the historical past of the entire humanity and adds something new to it during his life, in every changing historical period there is an objective need to know the essence of man, to discover the mysterious aspects of man that have not been revealed so far. in the system of philosophical problems, the essence of social consciousness and its place in society occupy an important place. this issue has been interpreted differently in different philosophical teachings. it was natural and right for it to be so, because man, as a socio-historical and cultural being, strives to realize his identity and to realize his human essence in every changing historical situation. in fact, social consciousness and social existence are two important aspects of social life that are mutually inseparable. social consciousness plays an important role in the sustainable development of society. that is why, in order to have a scientific imagination about social phenomena, its composition, levels and forms. it is necessary to recognize the importance of ideology, idea, social theory, social psychologies and views in the life of society. social consciousness is first of all the spiritual life of society, ideas reflecting social reality, political, legal, moral, philosophical, religious, aesthetic views and theories, as well as a set of people's social feelings and moods [10]. social consciousness is inextricably linked with social relations, and it is not a feature of social existence or its product, but rather it is a social force that determines its essence and content in certain situations. social life of people, social existence is embodied in social consciousness. social practice shows that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org in the course of people's conscious activity, their ideas, views and consciousness change as their lifestyle changes. social existence is an objective social reality and is in a dialectical relationship with social consciousness. it should be noted that if we understand social existence as material life, then the social life of people does not always correspond to the material life. therefore, social consciousness and social existence do not always develop in life based on the formula of social existence being primary and social consciousness being secondary. at this point, it should be said that there may be differences in the relationship between them. but this uneven development is not regulated only by social ones and shortcomings. gradualism in social development is directly reflected in the relationship between them. this problem is usually explained by the relative independence of social consciousness. the activity of social consciousness and its decisive importance in some cases. in the spiritual development of the society, it finds its expression in succession. it is known that social ideas do not appear by themselves, but are created on the basis of previous ideas. conclusion important changes in life in the process of civilization, the progress achieved in the study of nature on a scientific basis, it is necessary to study the essence of man, society and social consciousness on a scientific basis, and relying on scientific conclusions, it is necessary to strengthen confidence in the elimination of social disasters and rational management of society. also, social consciousness is not only in a specific relationship with the social entity, but also to strengthen its relationship with the individual consciousness, and individual consciousness is the consciousness of some people belonging to a certain social group, nation and people, social reality and real existence are reflected in the consciousness of a separate person, subject. it would be appropriate if the research on the characteristics were further strengthened. references 1. r nosirov, g mamajanova. international ratings and index indicators of the republic of uzbekistan// european multidisciplinary journal of modern science, 2022 2. ra nosirov, mi rakhimova, sv temirova. change of social consciousness in society-analysis of social relations. // innovation and pedagogy and psychology, 2022. 3. n.r. nasirov. the strategic value of education for the development of science and training of promising personnel potential, 2022 4. r. a. nasirov. educational problems in the history of central asia// innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2021 5. nosyrov, rashod adilovich, mashhura inomjanovna rakhimova, and svetlana vladimirovna temirova. "changes in social consciousness in society-an analysis of social relations." innovation and pedagogy and psychology 5.3 (2022). 6. nosirov rashod, and yuldashev bakhtiyar ergashevich. "structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform and prospects." european journal of molecular and clinical medicine 8.1 (2021): 1388-1396. 7. umarova, r. sh. (2019). bytie i filosofskie vzglyady abu raykhana beruni. dostigeniya nauki i obrazovaniya, (3 (44)), 32-33. 8. umarova, r. sh. (2019). basic spiritual and moral education of youth and work abu raykhana beruni. problemy nauki, (4 (40)), 56-57. 9. umarova, r. sh. (2020). natural philosophy abu raykhana biruni. vestnik science and education, (4-1 (82)), 35-37. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org 10. umarova, r. s. (2019). fundamentals of spiritual and moral education of youth in the works of abu rayhan beruni. problems of science, no. 4 (40). 11. умарова р. натурфилософия абу райхана бируни.// вестник науки и образования.m.4-1 (82) 12. умарова р . основы духовно-нравственного воспитания молодежи в трудахабу райхана беруни//проблемы науки, 2019. № 4 (40).с-56-57 13. dadasheva, a. a. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16-19. 14. inagamova m.m. cooperation of internal affairs bodies with civil society institutions in the protection of women's rights // philosophy and law social-political, spiritual-educational, philosophical-legal journal. #1. -t.: 2020. -b. 64-68. 15. dadasheva a.a. vzaimodeystvie organov predstavitetelnoy vlasti na mestax i samanuprulenii obshchestvennogo kontrolya. //grajdanskoe obshchestvo. civil society. civil society //. #2. 70-75 -b; 2021. https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=11877070975841426306&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org former soviet authorities’ policy of relocating population in uzbekistan during 1925-1935 amirdinov jahongir abdumajidovich samarkand branch of kimyo international university in tashkent, senior teacher of the "social and humanitarian sciences" department, e-mail: amirdinov.jahongir@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s one of the greatest tragedies of the 20th century was the policy of collectivization of agriculture by the former soviet authorities. the result of stalin's prescribed and deformed collectivization was unprecedented repression. collectivization and the "extermination of the kulaks as a class" led to the forced deportation of almost two million peasants to the remote northern and sparsely populated areas of the country, the deaths of hundreds of thousands of people, and ultimately the destruction of agriculture. the policy of collectivization in 1932 and 1933 resulted in a devastating famine that killed millions of peasants and led to a new wave of rural repression. introduction o. jamolov's article "from the history of collectivization of agriculture in uzbekistan" [2] shows that as a result of socialist industrialization, collectivization of agriculture and the cultural revolution, uzbekistan has become an economically and culturally developed socialist republic in a short historical period, which was once on the verge of poverty. emphasizing that uzbek peasants, directly believing in the advantages of collective farming, can no longer imagine life outside the collective farm, the great experience of socialist transformation of agriculture accumulated in national republics such as uzbekistan, bypassing the capitalist stage of social development, emphasizes that it is of great theoretical and practical importance for countries transitioning to socialism. at the same time, the benefits of collectivization can be proved on the basis of facts, and the fact that the literature created at that time does not cover the information is criticized. for example, despite the fact that g. rizayev's work "40 years for uzbekistan's agriculture" [3] is devoted to the results of the development of agriculture in uzbekistan during the period of the former soviet power, he mentions that issues of the history of collectivization, specific conditions of the socialist transformation of the uzbek countryside have not been deeply analyzed. and in the second volume of the history of the uzbek ssr [4], it was shown that the information was not disclosed sufficiently. in n. s. tarkhova’s book “red army and stalin's collectivization, 1928-1933” [5], russian historiography examines the level of participation of the red army in the implementation of stalin's policy of complete collectivization and the destruction of kulaks as a class in the late 1920s and 1930s. the research is based on large archival materials and allows to observe the main stages of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org development and implementation of the agrarian policy of that time. it only shows the number of collective farms and families of red army soldiers relocated to uzbekistan. research methodology and empirical analysis during the implementation of the soviet policy of collectivization in uzbekistan, many russian families moved here. 25,000 workers from moscow, leningrad, ivano-voznesensk and other cities were sent to uzbekistan in order to implement the policy of russification and great statesmanship under the pretext of helping rural workers in the work of collectivization. in fact, instead of 25,000 people, 27,119 people were sent. from february 1930 to january 1931, 458 people received permits to come to uzbekistan. another 400 people were planned to arrive here during 1931. of the 433 paratroopers who arrived initially, 149 were from moscow, 84 from leningrad, and 200 from ivano-voznisyansk. 76 of these proactive but uninvited "guests" were sent to samarkand, 56 to tashkent, andijan and 33 to kashkadarya regions. 33 of the foreigners were immediately employed in the central administration of the republic [10]. together with 353 workers who "leapt" from the republic, they went to the villages and started to develop agriculture. 139 of these workers, completely ignorant of the delicate aspects of agriculture, were elected as chairman, deputy chairman and members of the board of collective farms. 57 of them held district-level leadership positions. the rest were elected secretaries of primary party organizations in collective farms [7]. most of the 25,000 people had no knowledge of agriculture, they sincerely believed in the extraordinary power of the kolkhoz structure to achieve a full life and prosperity through the stalinist use of the land. most of the twenty-five thousand people who came to uzbekistan could not get along well with the native population for a long time. in the literature written in the spirit of that time, their activities were highly praised, they were recognized as assistants to local workers and main enthusiasts in the development of agriculture. in reality, many farms to which "25 thousand" were ceremonially sent did not give them housing and did not listen to their complaints. for example, martinov, a worker sent from ivano-voznisyansk to the okhunboboyev collective farm of namangan district, gives information about following: “the executive committee of the namangan district was not aware of the arrival of "25 thousand people" and, of course, did not create any conditions for their accommodation”. blokhin and shyyerbakov, who were sent from tver, complained that they did not have proper housing for several months due to lack of adequate conditions. the letter of a worker named andryeyev contains the following lines: "nobody has business with us here. i was transferred to a collective farm, and i could not find a penny for my fare [11]. "i make a living not by salary, but by begging from my friends." another document mentions that on september 3, 1930, a fight took place between the russian mechanic garmash and the uzbek instructor halimov at the silk weaving factory in bukhara. the reason for the fight was the loss of a stopwatch. as a result, the russian plumbers refused to go to work at the factory, fearing that the uzbeks would beat them. on september 3, according to the doctor, garmash was in a state of mild intoxication. about his arrest and the lack of educational work in connection with the elimination of national enmity among factory workers (even among party members), central asian ogpu pp reported on september 24, 1930 in a special report about confrontation between russian and uzbek workers [12]. in a special resolution adopted by the presidium of the central control commission of the ussr and the college of people's commissars of the rci on may 13, 1931, the great role of the "25 thousand" as organizers of the construction of the collective farm was emphasized, and their rude treatment in some american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org cases, unreasonably partisan and prosecution, it is noted that there is an unsatisfactory supply of food and manufactured goods. it was noted that the adoption of this decision played a key role in securing twenty-five thousand people as permanent collective farm personnel [13]. the soviet government and the communist party effectively helped the peasants in the implementation of collectivization, more than 700 workers from the "25 thousand" from the central cities of russia worked in the collective farms of uzbekistan. a number of associations of industrial enterprises of the rsfsr sponsored individual districts and regions of uzbekistan. for example, textile workers in moscow kashkadarya district, tver gijduvan district, ivanovo-voznesensk andijan district, etc. they constantly went to the villages to provide organizational and technical support to the local soviets in the implementation of collectivization of the enterprises of tashkent, samarkand, ko'kan and other industrial centers of the republic [2]. in 1930, 26 brigades of 458 people from central russia came to uzbekistan to "help" the spring planting campaign. in addition to carpenters, blacksmiths, and locksmiths, there were many political workers in these brigades, who in the early 1930s perfectly developed a plan to turn uzbekistan into a "red" colony and a cash cow of the center, and fully implemented collectivization and "gulag" campaigns in order to carry out the aforementioned plan [7]. in the information report of the representative of the people's commissar of labor at the meeting of the "central executive committee" and the secretariat of the presidium of the uzssr on january 20, 1927 about the unemployment situation in uzbekistan, the total number of unemployed people in october 1925 constituted 13,900, in january 1926 17,600 people, and on october 1, 1926 19,600 people, 25,000 people on december 1, the number of unemployed increased by 41% during the fiscal year and 60% during the calendar year 1926. meanwhile, the number of unemployed in the main nation was said to have more than tripled from 1,142 on october 1, 1925, to 3,526 on october 1, 1926. the increase in unemployment among the major nations was noted to be stronger than the increase in unemployment among europeans, with the proportion of the unemployed in the major nations rising from 8% in october 1925 to 18% of the total unemployed in october 1926. these sources of unemployment include: 1. surplus labor force in the countryside, because not all peasants can be used in agriculture and the fact that it is a factor that increases unemployment. 2. the reasons why the population growth was stronger than the growth of the employed labor force were mentioned. 47 percent of the unemployed are unskilled and the growth of production requires skilled labor [14]. after mass purges of those who opposed collectivization and the displacement of tens of thousands of peasant families from their permanent residences, the situation in the countryside deteriorated significantly. the famine of 1932-1933 aggravated the situation. hastily created young collective farms and state farms could not meet the planned indicators of procurement. in this regard, due to the fact that the help of army units was very necessary not only as a patronage, but also as a state task, the establishment of red army collective farms not only in the far east, according to the decision of the international council of the rsfsr on may 17, 1931, in leningrad and western regions, in the karel assr, 35 red an army collective farm was established and 1,500 red army families were placed in them, which was equal to 4,500 people. the plan of 1932, approved by the decision of the people's committee of the ussr on february 21, 1932, established the establishment of 58 red army collective farms in agreement with the pu rkka, and the accommodation of 3,475 red army families in them. in addition, it is envisaged to add 6778 red army families to the red army collective farms established american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org in 1931. in 1932, 10,253 red army families were assigned to the general plan of migration. the actual figures corresponded to the following figures: during 1932, 46 new red army collective farms were established and 7,407 red army families (22,221 people) were resettled. 5 red army kolkhozes in kazakhstan and 5 red army kolkhozes in zsfsr, the planned resettlement of 250 red army families in 1932 was not implemented. in 1933, building materials for the development of these works were partially prepared, and although the establishment of new red army collective farms was not foreseen by the people's commissariat of agriculture of the ussr and the red army pu, organizational and economic strengthening of the existing red army collective farms and the newly built collective farms an action plan was developed to include 3,550 red army families and distributed by republic as follows: rsfsr — 1,700, ukrainian ssr — 850, bssr — 450, zsfsr — 250, uzbekistan ssr — 100, turkmenistan ssr — 100, tajikistan ssr 100. according to the information of the red army pu, in 1933 there were 113 red army collective farms in the border regions of the ussr (except the far east), of which there was 1 red army collective farm consisting of 60 families in uzbekistan [5]. during the policy of full collectivization of the countryside, the level of involvement of the troops in the construction of the collective farm was not limited to the training of personnel for agriculture and the establishment of collective farms of the red army, which was discussed only from the top, but also to help the village the planting of units and although participation in the harvest has always been considered an integral part of the general political work in the army, recognizing the political importance of this field of work, the commanders of military districts have repeatedly diverted the attention of the military leadership to field work. the commanders of the districts at the expanded meeting of the revolutionary military council of the ussr in november 1933 stated that the compulsory public agricultural works often had a negative effect on the combat readiness of the troops [5]. in january 1927, only 50 million tons of grain products were available in local reserve, and the central government was supposed to supply 82 million quintals of grain for seed supply in 1927-28 for the production of grain products in agriculture. there were interruptions in the supply of bread in the cities, long queues appeared in shops, riots occurred in some places. a difficult situation had arisen in the regions specialized in cotton cultivation. in particular, only 40% of the grain supply plan to uzbekistan was completed in january. results and discussions in such a situation, the government applied administrative measures: article 107 of the criminal code of the rsfsr entered into force, according to which the punishment for "up to three years of imprisonment for persons guilty of buying, deliberately increasing the price of goods" was established. by using violent measures, the authorities were able to carry out the grain preparation plan and collect grain seeds for a new crop. but the peasants' reaction to coercive measures was to reduce crops. in 1928, crops in the north caucasus decreased by 9.2%, and in ukraine by 7.7%. because farmers did not begin replanting nearly 1 million hectares of fall crops, the 1928 harvest was reduced, which in turn meant that the grain procurement problem would reappear [6]. as uzbekistan was transformed into a cotton base of the soviet state from the end of the 20s, wheat and barley lands were also allocated for cotton, and grain products began to be brought to uzbekistan american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org from grain-producing regions of russia. in 1932, due to the fact that the rsfsr did not supply uzbekistan with grain at all, the famine brought the specter of cash death to every household in our country. at the end of 1921 the beginning of 1922, when the famine started in russia, the horrors of the famine escaped the uzbek people because the cotton monopoly had not yet been established in turkestan. but at the beginning of january 1922, the council of people's commissars of the republic decided to introduce the "hunger" tax in turkestan. it is interesting that this decision was issued because of the famine that started in russia, and the people of turkestan raised food from their livelihood and sent food products to the russians. during the famine of 1932-1933, the government of uzbekistan, in addition to the difficulties of solving its own problems, was forced to catch fish from the aral sea and send them to the central regions of the ussr that fell into a vortex of hunger [7]. anyone who tried to take home a handful of wheat or barley or ate it from the threshing floor was considered a criminal, tried and sent to prison camps. since cotton is considered a valuable strategic commodity and exported, even five or six grams of cotton left in the vats in the cotton field or spilled on the road was regarded as treason against the state property, and from young children to the heads of the collective farms were brutally punished. in this way, the soviet state both starved the people and threw them into prison camps on charges of theft. the harvest in 1932 was only about 12% below the average, perhaps the first artificially induced famine in history. despite the fact that the production of grain in the former union was 12% less than in previous years, the soviet state did not allocate any part of this grain to domestic needs to supply the people with grain, but exported it and began to purchase plants and factories, technical equipment for industrial enterprises built in the country. as a result, in the southern regions of the soviet country the exiled uzbek "gulags" of ukraine, the north caucasus, the lower volga and north kazakhstan, famine and epidemics caught hundreds of thousands of people. according to the information disclosed in recent years, 25-30 mln. people suffered from hunger. on march 29, 1935, a special decision "on the labor force needs of the uzbek ssr in 1935 and how to meet them" was adopted. this need has arisen as a result of the imprisonment of thousands of people with flimsy pretexts. naim karimov, in his work entitled "the causes and factors of the origin of the great massacre", the leadership of the republic, by adopting this decision, intended to release some of the imprisoned innocent people or to attract them to the labor fronts of the republic. in any case, it seems that the leaders of the government, on the one hand, were looking for measures to increase the economic potential of the republic, and on the other hand, to keep the prisoners who were in the camps of central asia instead of sending to the huge constructions such as the belomorkanal and the moscow-volga canal, and to use their labor in the republic [7]. in 1924-1926, the number of workers in uzbekistan increased by 49.3 percent. in 1926, the share of uzbek workers decreased from 41% to 35%. the reason was related to the implementation of largescale construction works, and the involvement of european workers in construction works. the slow growth of the number of national workers in the eastern national republics is mainly explained by the lack of skilled workers among the population of the main nation. until 1926, there were cases of manual introduction of local population into production by dismissing workers of other nationalities in uzbekistan. even at the beginning of 1926, the localization commission under the central election commission of uzbekistan sent 70 uzbeks to win trust with the offer to hire them, and if there were no places, to reduce the number of europeans. there is no information about unemployed uzbeks in uzbekistan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org in kazakhstan, uzbekistan and tatarstan, the cold attitude of russian craftsmen towards the training of national workers was often noted. here it was revealed that russian workers believed that the training of workers of the main nationality would drive russian workers out of production, and that it would become impossible to hire russian children into factories as a result. the percentage of uzbeks in trade union bodies elected in 1926 in uzbekistan were 43.5% in trade unions, 48.1% in central bodies, and 62.4% in districts. moreover, uzbeks constituted 27.8% of factory committees in uzbekistan. the insignificance of trade union bodies is explained by the lack of enterprises and institutions with a large number of local workers and employees [8]. in uzbekistan in 1931, 388 counter-revolutionary collective farms were liquidated. in 1931, 22,584 people were killed against the soviets in central asia. in the first quarter of this year, 1324 people were repressed. in january-february, 1306 investigative cases against various counter-revolutionary elements were received. there is almost no information on the supply of food and fodder to collective farms. there is some information about food difficulties, for example, in the nur-ota district of uzbekistan, collective farmers in the qitay-chat village council were in dire need of bread. millet and crushed root bread were eaten. collective farmers made a living by selling household goods and exchanging them for bread. on this basis, 60 collective farms separated from village councils. the rest of the collective farmers also intended to leave as soon as the weather warmed up [9]. according to the operational plan of the people's commissariat of agriculture of the ussr for resettlement in 1931 № 70/s, dated april 23, 1931, 3 200 families (17,600 people) in the crimean autonomous soviet socialist republic, and 250 families (1,375 people) in uzbekistan should be settled and their farms regulated. a total of 6,900,000 rubles were allocated for the relocation of jewish workers, of which 1,900,000 rubles of bank loans were allocated to those relocated to uzbekistan [8]. in 1930-1936, the former soviet union moved more than 600 russian specialists for a long-term period to provide direct assistance in the training of the uzbek working class working in higher education institutions and industrial enterprises of uzbekistan [1]. conclusion in short, it is no exaggeration to say that the soviet government's policy of population resettlement has hindered the socio-economic, spiritual and educational development of our country. the implementation of such a national policy separated the uzbek people from their national roots, became an obstacle to the growth of national self-awareness, and stifled feelings of national pride. it caused feelings of dissatisfaction with the existing system in the advanced part of the population. later, these sufferings led to tragic events that took place in a number of regions. all these were the results of development without taking into account the historical and national characteristics of the republic and the interests of the uzbek nation. references 1. abdushukurov r.x. istoricheskiy opt resolution national voprosa v republikah average dear i kazakhstan. moscow: b. i., 1962. 2. djamalovo. iz history collectivization selskogo household c uzbekistane / vopros y istorii . november 1958. 3. g. rizayev. selskoye household uzbekistan for 40 years. tashkent. 1957. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 4. history uzbekskoy ssr ". t. 2. tashkent. 1957. 5. red army i stalinskaya collectivization. 1928-1933 /ns tarkhova. — m.: rossiyskaya politicheskaya encyclopedia (rosspen); foundation " prezidentsky". center bn yeltsina ", 2010. — 375 p.: il. — (history stalinism). 6. agrarian i demographic it stalinskoy collectivization: monograph / sa nefedov; mvo obr. i science rf, fgbou vpo «tamb. gosh un-t im. gr derzhavina. tambov: izdatelsky i am tgu. gr derzhavina, 2013. 7. naim karimov. "the great massacre". come exit reasons and factors. uzbekistan republic sciences academy, "fan" publishing house, tashkent 2013. 8. vostochny vector pereselencheskoy politics in the ussr. kones 1920-x kones 1930-x gg.: documentary nauchnoye follow otv. ed. sa krasilnikov. — novosibirsk: siberia. nauch. izd-vo, 2007. 9. tragedy sovetskoy immediately collectivization i raskulachivaniye. document and material volume 3. kones 1930 1933. moscow rosspen 2000. 10. homeland history (third book); r.shamsutdinov, sh.karimov . t: "east", 2010. 11. “science and life", 1992, 2nd edition. 12. istochnik:" sovershenno sekretno ": lubyanka stalin o pologenii c strane (1922-1934), t.8, ch.1, 1930, moscow, 2008 str. 513, archive: sa fsb f. 2. op. 8. d. 660. l. 151. 13. morozov l.f, portnov v.p. organ y skk nk rk i c borbe za sovershenstvovaniye sovetskogo gosudarstvennogo apparatus (1923-1934: gg) m. 1964 g. 14. uzbekistan republic national archive r fund 837, list 3, case 529, 1-2 page. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org workplace mental health and job performance of oil servicing firms in port harcourt aomreore, thelma chinazor department of management university of port harcourt eke, haniel okorafor (ph.d) department of marketing university of port harcourt haniel.eke@uniport.edu.ng a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the objective of this paper is to investigate workplace mental health and job performance of oil servicing firms in port harcourt. the study adopted a cross sectional research approach, which is a form of the quasi experimental research design in testing the relationship between the variables under study. spearman rank correlation coefficient and partial correlation were used in testing the hypotheses. the study shows a positive relationship between job performance and staff mental health in oil servicing firms. the relationship between employee mental health and job performance has been one of the key concerns in workplace. however, extant studies suffer from incomplete results due to their focus on developed economies’ contexts and the unclear path of employee mental health’s impact on performance. in this paper, we investigate the mechanism of employee mental health influencing job performance. we use the data of oil servicing firms in port harcourt to test these hypotheses. drawing on a sample of 10 firms from port harcourt, we find that employee mental health positively impacts job performance, and such relationship is mediated by innovative behavior and work engagement. the findings not only enrich the discipline’s knowledge on mental health in an emerging economy setting but also extend the implications of mental health, innovative behavior, and work engagement to job performance. employee mental health, quality of work life, fair compensation and safe work condition. introduction workplace mental health refers to the psychological well-being of employees within an organization. it encompasses their emotional, cognitive, and social well-being in relation to their work environment. job performance, on the other hand, refers to the manner in which an employee performs a position of employment which includes an analysis of the employees’ attendance at work, attitudes, effort, knowledge, behavior and skills. the relationship between workplace mental health and job performance is significant and mutually influential. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org the world health organization defines mental health as “a state of well-being in which the individual realizes his or her own abilities, can cope with the normal stresses of life, can work productively and fruitfully, and is able to make a contribution to his or her community”. over the years, researchers have developed a variety of operational definitions. for example, montano et al. define mental health as a continuum of neurophysiological and cognitive states related to thinking, mood and emotion, and behavior including negative and positive mental health states. sharma et al. define mental health as a positive expression, which is the absence of anxiety, social dysfunction and the presence of condition. the relationships between mental health and job performance have received increased attention in the organizational literature. employee mental health is positively correlated with job performance. this view is consistent with the happy–productive worker hypothesis that suggests that mental health is positively related to job performance. specifically, mentally healthy employees with positive affective states can improve cognitive flexibility and find more solutions to problems in work tasks. thus, employees with good mental health perform better on work tasks than those with poor mental health. moreover, positive affective states are associated with individuals building good interpersonal relationships which enable them to receive help from their leaders and colleagues at work. studies also showed that good social relationships are an important source of job-related information and knowledge. in beer et al. (1994) model of human resource management, it is acknowledged that work systems cannot only affect commitment, competence, cost effectiveness and congruence but also have long term consequence for workers' well-being, there is some evidence to indicate that work systems designs may have effects on physical health, mental health and longevity of life itself. conducive work environment ensures the wellbeing of employees which invariably will enable them exert themselves to their roles with all vigour that may translate to higher productivity. at the same time, several metaanalytical findings indicate that poor mental health such as anxiety, depressive symptoms and job stress has a negative impact on job performance. aims and objectives of the study the research aim was to ascertain the effect of workplace mental health on job performance of oil servicing firms in port harcourt, river state. while the specific objectives are to; 1. to examine the extent of relationship between quality work life and job performance of oil servicing firms in port harcourt. 2. to examine the extent of the relationship between safe working condition and job performance of oil servicing firms in port harcourt. 3. to examine the extent of the relationship between fair compensation and job performance of oil servicing firms in port harcourt. literature review theoretical framework mental health: mental health is the “foundation of wellbeing and effective functioning for both the individual and the community (who, 2005) and is central to human behaviour across all domains, including the workplace. an organization’s output depends on how effectively it functions, including how effectively its people, or human capital, functions. this means that mental health and job performance are inherently interconnected (peccei & van de voorde, 2016). despite a widespread understanding that “good health is good for business,” organizations and managers still tend to give american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org priority to organizational performance instead of mental health (van de voorde, paauwe, & van veldhoven, 2012). businesses and governments prioritize organizational performance, but often prioritize mental health in an ad hoc manner. health and wellbeing play a role in individual and their job performance. a recent analysis of sickness presenteeism describes it as an individual act that aims to balance the limitations of a health condition against an employee’s performance demands to satisfy that employee’s responsibilities toward both work and health (karanika-murray & biron, 2019). as such, presenteeism includes both the employees’ reaction of going to work sick instead of staying at home to recover and the managers’ actions to balance employees’ mental or physical health with their performance (work tasks, deadlines, demands, etc.). there are many reasons why mental health takes a back in some organizations. these may relate to cost and outcomes; organizational structures and ownership; management of change vs. daily operations; and attitudes, skills, and mental models, among other things. organizational performance is immediate and yields tangible outcomes for businesses and the economy, organizations grant it higher priority and thus overshadows mental health and its effect on employees’ job performance (pfeffer, 2019). to oversimplify, organizations typically bear the primary and immediate cost of the organization, whereas employees carry the primary and immediate cost of mental health, for example in terms of work-life balance (karanika-murray & cooper, 2020). many organizations lack knowledge and skills to address mental health and its relationship with job performance, particularly in smaller, resource-constrained organizations. managers who need or want to support employee mental health typically rely on peripheral training and unintegrated methods. in cases where managers seek to better understand and learn how to manage workplace mental health issues, they may find this process too restrictive and difficult to navigate, as well as too time-consuming and distracting from day-to-day work (ipsen, gish, & poulsen, 2015). more research into the inseparability of mental health and job performance is needed if we want to improve employee health, wellbeing, and job performance. future research should have three aims: (1) to expand on the case for re-coupling mental health and job performance; (2) to describe new structures and processes that can address the need for mental health and job performance to consider in tandem; and, (3) to examine the mechanisms that describe the interrelationship between mental health and job performance. to achieve these goals, we believe that we must collaborate across disciplines, including management, occupational health, work psychology, mental health, and intervention science. by focusing on the complementarity of mental health and job performance, we can create a chain of benefits for both employers and employees, but also for families, the workforce, healthcare, and society as a whole workplace mental health the world health organization defines mental health as “a state of well-being in which the individual realizes his or her own abilities, can cope with the normal stresses of life, can work productively and fruitfully, and is able to make a contribution to his or her community”. over the years, researchers have developed a variety of operational definitions. for example, ford et al. suggest that mental health refers to an individual’s affective experiences and behavior. montano et al. define mental health as a continuum of neurophysiological and cognitive states related to thinking, mood and emotion, and behavior including negative and positive mental health states. sharma et al. show that mental health is a positive expression, which is the absence of anxiety, social dysfunction and the presence of condition. based on these definitions, scholars have developed a variety of measurement instruments that include american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org both positive and negative terms in order to describe mental health more accurately. although definitions and measurements differ among scholars, it is widely accepted that positive affective states are often described as ‘good’ mental health, while a state of emotional suffering such as depression and anxiety is often used to refer to ‘poor’ mental health. fig 1: conceptual framework on workplace mental health and job performance of oil servicing firms in port harcourt. source: researcher’s desk, 2023 employee mental health and job performance the relationships between mental health and job performance have received increased attention in the organizational literature. employee mental health is positively correlated with job performance. this view is consistent with the happy–productive worker hypothesis that suggests that mental health is positively related to job performance. specifically, mentally healthy employees with positive affective states can improve cognitive flexibility and find more solutions to problems in work tasks. thus, employees with good mental health perform better on work tasks than those with poor mental health (taris & nielsen, 2019). moreover, positive affective states are associated with individuals building good interpersonal relationships which enable them to receive help from their leaders and colleagues at work. studies also showed that good social relationships are an important source of job-related information and knowledge. finally, many studies also support this hypothesis. for example, in a meta-analytic study from 111 independent samples obtained from a search of the literature, ford et al. indicated that psychological health was a moderate-to-strong correlate of work performance. similarly, (zacher, jimmieson and winter) showed that employees’ mental health had a positive effect on work performance in the sample of 165 employees providing in-home eldercare. at the same time, several meta-analytical findings indicate that poor mental health such as anxiety, depressive symptoms and job stress has a negative impact on job performance. quality of work life (qwl). quality of work life refers to the favourableness or unfavourableness of a job environment for people and invariably affects their mental health which in turn affects their job performance. qwl means the workplace mental health job performance quality of work life safe working condition employee performance mediating variable work engagement innovative behaviour fair compensation employees’ satisfaction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org sum total of values, both material and nonmaterial, attained by a worker throughout his career life barker (2018). this includes aspects of work-related life such as wages and hours, work environment, benefits and services, career prospects and human relations, which is possibly relevant to worker satisfaction and motivation. (bindu & yashika, 2013). oil company workers in nigeria are essential to the means of production (drucker, 2010); they deserve to be treated with respect and given proper welfare packages and incentives (noguera, 2005). these will improve their sense of worth, boost their self-esteem, financial status and act as, a sort of motivation to drive them to have more passion for their job, increasing their productivity (thorsen, 2006). this is what is expected to be pursued by oil company employers who look beyond instant profit making as opposed to enduring sustainable business earning of profits in perpetuity (deeprose, 2006). lack or inadequate welfare packages and other incentives leads to poor worker's motivation which greatly affect their outcomes and productivity hence, there is need for employers to give staff welfare package and other incentives for the benefits of the employees, employers and the organization (okereke & daniel 2010). h1: there is no significant relationship between quality of work life and job performance in oil servicing firms in port harcourt, rivers state. safe working condition it is widely accepted in our society as well as enforced by law, that workers should not be exposed to physical conditions that are unduly hazardous or detrimental to their health (walton, 1975). thurman (1977) also mentioned health and safety as important aspects. unsafe and hazardous working conditions cause problems to both employers and employees. there may be little advantage to the employer in the short term but in medium and long terms, it adversely affects their mental health which directly affects their job performance a productivity. it is comprehensively accepted that employees should not to be exposed to working condition, which can adversely affect their physical and mental health. consequently, the results of employer concern, union action, and legislation have promoted favorable working situations through focus on noise, illumination, workspace, accident avoidance as well as the implementation of reasonable work hours and age limits for potential employees (orpen, 1981). the work environment that is able to fulfill employees' personal needs is considered to provide a positive interaction effect, which will lead to good mental health (shahbazi et al., 2011). h2: there is no significant relationship between safe working condition and job performance in oil servicing firms in port harcourt, rivers state. fair compensation the sum of money employees received for their mental or physical work or both, according to social criteria, volume of work and similar jobs. this is fundamental to qwl. human beings work for livelihood. therefore, success of rests of the initiatives depends upon fulfillment of this. in view of the central importance of money to meet the needs of oneself and one's family, it seems very probable that incomes judged to be inadequate would be associated with health and satisfaction (warr, 1987). there should be a uniform or consistent payment guideline for employees to follow for registered social employees. employees perceive high qwl jobs to have god benefits, pay well, provide assistance for planning their career and exist in a work environment and context that they perceive as fair(huang et al., 2007). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org h3: there is no significant relationship between fair compensation and job performance in oil servicing firms in port harcourt, rivers state. work engagement and innovative behaviour as mediators finally, we propose that mental health has an effect on work engagement and innovative behavior, which, in turn, is positively related to job performance. in other words, work engagement and innovative behavior mediate the relationship between mental health and job performance. specifically, according to the broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions, positive emotions expand people’s thought–action repertories and build their enduring personal resources including self-efficacy and resilience. in addition, positive mental health leads to higher work motivation. employees with positive affect will set high goals for work and expect that engaging in work generates positive outcomes. finally, positive affect also leads to a heuristic and global information processing pattern that allows employees to concentrate on an ongoing activity, which is an important aspect of work engagement. in contrast, poor mental health such as depression and anxiety is associated with overestimations of risk and underestimations of self-worth, which may lead to lower effort when working. a positive emotional state signals that everything is going well and the current situation poses no serious threat. these reactions, in turn, encourage employees to engage in active efforts to try novel things such as innovation. in addition, innovative behavior is a multi-stage process from idea generation to implementation of new and useful ideas within an organization, which is filled with high uncertainty and risks. employees with good mental health have confidence to overcome obstacles in innovation processes and persist longer in efforts to develop and implement innovative ideas. in summary, the better one’s mental health, the higher their work engagement and innovative behavior. h4: work engagement mediates the relationship between mental health and job performance. h5: innovative behavior mediates the relationship between mental health and job performance. methodology data collection and samples characteristics the present study used a cross-sectional survey technique, which is a quasi-experimental research strategy, to investigate the behaviour, opinions, or other observable manifestations within a selected sample group. survey was conducted to test the hypotheses in this study. in order to let participants fully understand the purpose of this survey, important information were provided through online questionnaire. participants were anonymous and they could quit at any time during the survey. therefore, this study did not collect any data without consent. several employees from different companies were interviewed. this step is more about the core concepts of this study, including job performance and employees’ mental health. based on a smallscale survey, we revised the questionnaire and a formal questionnaire for this study was generated. the process could ensure the accuracy of the questionnaire. finally, we collected 239 valid samples. these samples came from different departments, including production, human resources, finance, procurement, health, safety, and maintenance departments of the oil servicing companies. measurement we utilized a seven-point likert scale to measure the core variables in this study. all scales of the related variables have been tested in other studies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org dependent variable: job performance. we utilized four items to measure the variable of job performance. example items include “i am satisfied with my job performance”, “i could adequately complete assigned duties” and ““i try to work as hard as possible” (cronbach’s α = 0.858). independent variable: workplace mental health. employee mental health used nine items which includes “i am always very nervous and feel stressed”, “i always feel unhappy or depressed” and “i always could not concentrate when i do something” (cronbach’s α = 0.952). mediating variables: work engagement and employee innovative behavior. first, we used four items to measure work engagement. example items include “i am passionate about my work”, “i feel full of energy when i am working” and “time flies when i’m working” (cronbach’s α = 0.849). second, we used eight items to measure the variable of employee innovative behavior. example items include “always search for ideas for new technologies, processes, and/or products”, “always generate creative ideas” and “always promote and support ideas to others” (cronbach’s α = 0.958). validity and common method bias firstly, we test the possible problem of common method bias. according to a study of podsakoff and organ, harman’s one-factor test could be utilized. this method has been widely used in previous studies. the results show that there is no significant problem of common method bias because the largest factor in this study only explained 38.121% of the entire variance. secondly, the validity of the samples is conducted. the results show that all factor loadings are greater than 0.7 and none were below 0.6. thus, the validity of the samples is very high in this study. data analysis and results regression statistical analysis was used in this study. first, we calculate the correlations among core variables of this study. the results are shown in table 1. the coefficients are not high. second, the descriptive statistics are calculated. we can see that there is no significant problem with the mean and s.d. (standard deviation) of the core variable. all the correlation coefficients do not exceed 0.7. third, the multicollinearity issue may impact the results. consequently, we calculate the coefficients of variance inflation factors (vifs). the results show that there is no vif that exceeds 10. this indicates that there is no significant multicollinearity based on the view of hair et al. table 1 the results of the correlation matrix and descriptive statistics: note: ***p<0. 001;*p < 0.005 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 mean s.d. firm age 1 2.978 1.064 number of employees 0.676 *** 1 3.830 1.420 education background 0.162 * 0.359 *** 1 2.760 0.790 work experience 0.202 * 0.186 * −0.074 1 5.800 4.214 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc9180763/table/ijerph-19-06599-t001/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org employee mental health −0,015 −0.041 −0.056 0.135 1 4.657 1.458 work engagement 0,060 −0.11 −0.073 0.095 0.235 *** 1 4.873 1.288 innovative behavior −0.036 −0.122 −0.042 0.069 0.382 *** 0.572 *** 1 5.188 1.210 job performance 0.027 −0.031 −0.049 0.162 0.292 *** 0.524 *** 0.609 *** 5.219 1.170 source: researcher’s field survey, 2023 (spss output) fourth, we apply hierarchical linear analysis (hla) to test the hypotheses proposed in this study. seven models are created and the results are shown in table 2 and table 3. we tested the quality work life, the safe working condition and fair compensation. the results verified that the influence of the variables is not significant. then, the results indicated that h1 was verified. the coefficient for employee mental health is 0.256, which is significant at p < 0.01. (model 2). therefore, the influence of employee mental health is positive. model 3 was built to test h2a and h2b. from the results of model 3, both coefficients for safe working condition and fair compensation were positive and significant. the results show that safe working condition and fair compensation are positively related to job performance. table 2 the results of regression analysis (model 1 03). note: ***p<0. 001; p0 0.05 variables dependent variable: job performance model 1 model 2 model 3 quality work life 0.045 0.019 safe working condition 0.032 −0.003 fair compensation 0.126 0.113 independent variable employee mental health 0.256 ** mediating variables work engagement 0.309 ** innovative behavior 0.295 *** r 2 0.094 0.313 adj-r2 0.001 0.058 0.280 f-value 1.038 2.642 * 9.628 *** source: researcher’s field survey, 2023 table 3 the results of regression analysis (models 4-7). variables job performance work engagement innovative behavior model 4 model 5 model 6 model 7 quality work life 0.008 0.023 0.161 0.129 safe working condition −0.035 0.051 −0.023 −0.217 fair compensation 0.034 −0.012 −0.005 0.098 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc9180763/table/ijerph-19-06599-t002/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc9180763/table/ijerph-19-06599-t003/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org work experience 0.113 0.105 0.030 0.048 independent variable employee mental health 0.129 0.108 0.284 *** 0.335 *** mediating variables work engagement 0.447 *** innovative behavior 0.444 *** r 2 0.273 0.262 0.103 0.142 adj-r2 0.239 0.227 0.068 0.109 f-value 7.949 *** 7.524 *** 2.949 ** 4.252 *** note: ***p<0. 001;** p< 0.01 source: researcher’s field survey, 2023. the results show that the impact of employee mental health on work engagement is positive (model 6: β = 0.284; p < 0.001). additionally, the impact of employee mental health on innovative behavior is positive (model 7: β = 0.335; p < 0.001). model 4 was built based on model 2, which was applied to test the mediating role of work engagement. the results of model 4 indicated that the coefficient for work engagement is significant (model 4, β = 0.447; p < 0.001). however, the coefficient for employee mental health was not significant (model 4, β = 0.129; ns). from the results of model 2, model 4 and model 6, we could see that the positive mediating effect of work engagement on the relationship between employee mental health and job performance is significant. therefore, hypothesis 3a is supported by the samples. model 5 was built based on model 2, which was applied to test the mediating role of innovative behavior. the results of model 5 indicated that the coefficient for innovative behavior was significant (model 5, β = 0.444; p < 0.001). however, the coefficient for employee mental health is also not significant (model 5, β = 0.108; ns). from the results of model 2, model 5 and model 7, we could see that the positive mediating effect of innovative behavior is significant. therefore, hypothesis 3b is supported by the samples. the endogeneity problem may be driven by some unobservable characteristics of the firm and employee. therefore, we consider several control variables in the model. we control the firm age, the number of firm employees, the educational background of employees, and the work experience of employees. moreover, job satisfaction is considered as a proxy variable of employee mental health. we conduct the hierarchical linear analysis (hla) and find that hypotheses 1–3 are supported by data. therefore, the results show there is not a significant endogeneity problem. discussion the present study pursued three goals in extending the extant knowledge on the relationship between workplace mental health and job performance. first, was to investigate how employee’ mental health influences job performance in oil servicing firms in port harcourt. in line with previous theories and research in developed economies, the study predicted and found that employee mental health also exerts a positive influence on job performance. this finding indicates that the mental health of employees is an important factor to predict job performance. moreover, the result that employee mental health positively affects job performance is robust and valid. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org secondly, to enrich our insights into the antecedents of job performance, it was predicted and found that the quality work life, safe working condition and fair compensation positively affect job performance. it is plausible that job performance is enhanced because employees who are more dedicated to work and exhibit more innovative behavior are more effective in meeting the demands of firms, thereby leads to better development of the firm. importantly, this result extends the findings on factors that promote job performance. thirdly, employee mental health is indirectly associated with job performance via innovative behavior and work engagement, which addresses tasks associated with work effectiveness. the positive affect state inherent to mental health is conveyed through innovative behavior and work engagement that are important for work demands. in turn, these two behaviors are positively associated with job performance. theoretical implications this study examines the relationship between workplace mental health and job performance in oil servicing firms in port harcourt. it finds a positive relationship between mental health and job performance, contributing to the literature on workplace mental health and overall performance. this study explores the relationship between employee mental health and job performance, revealing that work engagement and innovative behavior play a positive mediating role. employees' work engagement and innovative behavior are identified as salient types affected by mental health, further extending the relationship between mental health and job performance. managerial implications the managerial implications of this study are reflected in the following aspects. firstly, employees (or managers) should pay attention to mental health problem and make necessary adjustments. poor mental health may lead to absenteeism and low productivity. for employees in a highly competitive environment, the mental health problem is becoming a big challenge for them to improve job performance. it is important for them to maintain their mental health. this requires them to adjust their mental state. employees with good mental health support enterprises to achieve high organizational performance. therefore, companies should be concerned about their employees’ mental health and foster a healthy mentality for them. limitations and future research there are still some limitations which should be taken into account in future studies. firstly, the data and samples of this study were collected only in port harcourt. there are many other companies in rivers state, nigeria and the world as a whole. in the future, more samples from other companies could be considered to test the model. additionally, future studies could compare the results of different countries or regions. secondly, work engagement and innovative behaviors was identified as the mediating variables of the impact of workplace mental health on job performance. are there any other more important mediating variables to be considered? this question should be addressed by future research. thirdly, we do not consider contextual factor(s) in this study. the relationship between employee mental health and job performance may be influenced by some contextual factors, such as perceived environment, individual personality, and so on. therefore, future studies could identify certain moderating variables to further explore the relationship between workplace mental health and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org job performance. finally, this study does not consider the impact of different companies or organizations. in different companies, the situation of employees’ mental health may be different, such as the it, manufacturing, etc. hence, future studies could consider the results of different firms’ organizations, as well as test the model in them. conclusion based on existing research gaps, this study explored the impact of workplace mental health and job performance in oil servicing firms in port harcourt. considering that few studies in the literature focus on the context of oil servicing firms in port harcourt, a portion of rivers state, this study uses samples in oil servicing firms and finds that employee mental health plays an important role in improving job performance. these oil servicing firms in port harcourt should try to maintain employee mental health to achieve high job performance. furthermore, more insights were thrown on the employee mental health–job performance relationship. the paths of how employee mental health influence job performance are revealed in this study. the results show that work engagement and innovative behaviors play positive mediating roles in the relationship between employee mental health and job performance in oil servicing firms in port harcourt. these findings reveal the relationship between employee mental health and job performance and further enrich the literature on employee behaviors. furthermore, this study extends the research of employees’ characteristics and their influences on job performance. recommendations based on the findings and conclusions, the following recommendations are provided; 1. organizations should ensure that the make the mental health of their workers a top priority in the workplace and thus boost the productivity of the firm. 2. organizations should ensure that the workplace is more conducive so as to boost the satisfaction of workers which could hence heighten their job performance. 3. employees in the oil and gas firms should be given stimulating incentive packages in order to enhance their job satisfaction which will thus boost their positive psychological state necessary in enhancing their mental health. 4. organizations should create a safe working condition in which the employees are able to carry out official work even in the convenience, this will enhance their psychological wellbeing which in turn impacts on their job performance. 5. the management of the oil and gas firms should give proper attention to fair compensation for their employees by providing incentive packages, this will enhance their satisfaction and thus make them to operate diligently to enhance the firms ‘productivity. references 1. adeniyi, o.i. (1995). staff training and development in ejiogu, a; achumba, i. asika (eds). “reading in organizational behaviour in nigeria, lagos”. maltho use press ltd, p. 159167. 2. agbionu, u., ogadi, p., & agbasi, o. (2013). “job satisfaction and organizational effectiveness”: a study of public organizations in anambra state. humberside journal ofsocial science, 2(1), 57-63. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 3. bakker a.b., demerouti e., lieke l. (2012),”work engagement, performance, and active learning: the role of conscientiousness”. 4. bakker a.b., bal m.p. (2010), “weekly work engagement and performance: a study among a. starting teachers”. 5. bufquin d., park j.y., back r.m., de souza meira j.v., hight s.k. (2021), “employee work a. status, mental health, substance use, and career turnover intentions”. 6. cao x., zhang h., li p., huang x. (2022), “the influence of mental health on job satisfaction: a. mediating effect of psychological capital and social capital”. 7. dimoff j.k., kelloway e.k. (2019), “the impact of workplace mental health training on leader a. behaviors and employee resource utilization”. 8. fredrickson b.l. (2001), “the role of positive emotions in positive psychology: the broaden-and a. build theory of positive emotions”. 9. jiang s. (2020), “psychological well-being and distress in adolescents”: an investigation into a. associations with poverty, peer victimization, and self-esteem. 10. lee m.s.m., lee m.b., liao s.c., chiang f.t. (2009), “relationship between mental health and 11. job satisfaction among employees in a medical center department of laboratory medicine”. 12. luthans f., avolio b.j., avey j.b., norman s.m. (2007), “positive psychological capital: a. measurement and relationship with performance and satisfaction”. 13. montano d., reeske a., franke f., hüffmeier j. (2017), “leadership, followers’ mental health 14. and job performance in organizations”: a comprehensive meta-analysis from an occupational health perspective. 15. rich b.l., lepine j.a., crawford e.r. (2010), “job engagement: antecedents and effects on job performance”. 16. scott g., ciarrochi j., deane f.p. (2004), “disadvantages of being an individualist in an 17. individualistic culture”: idiocentrism, emotional competence, stress, and mental health. 18. shain m., arnold i., germann k. (2021), “the road to psychological safety: legal, scientific, and 19. social foundations for a canadian national standard on psychological safety in the workplace”. 20. stephan u. (2018), “entrepreneurs’ mental health and well-being”. a review and research agenda. 21. rich b.l., lepine j.a., crawford e.r. (2010), “job engagement: antecedents and effects on job performance”. 22. van gordon w., shonin e., zangeneh m., griffiths m.d, 2014. “work-related mental health and job performance”. 23. yu j., park j., hyun s.s. (2021), “impacts of the covid-19 pandemic on employees’ work stress, 24. well-being, mental health, organizational citizenship behavior, and employee-customer identification”. 25. zacher h., jimmieson n.l., winter g. (2021), “demands, mental health, and work performance” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org military service pride: national unity and security shoimov odil kasimovich academy of armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this annotation summarizes the topic of the pride of the military service, its role in ensuring national solidarity and security. in the formation of a sense of national unity, military service plays an extremely important role in ensuring the security of the nation. this article explores how tolerance and self-sacrifice made by military personnel contribute to a cohesive society and highlights their role in protecting the people from external threats. he explores the sense of pride that comes from serving his country, which can shape a collective self and dedication to the welfare of the people. this article explores the role of the military in ensuring both national solidarity and security, clarifying the necessary contributions of service members in maintaining the welfare and stability of the nation. pride, security, military service, identity, national idea. introduction military service occupies an important place in societies around the world, often instilling deep pride and a sense of national identity. this article explores the pride associated with military service and highlights its role in forming national solidarity and ensuring the security of the nation. military service is often associated with a sense of national pride. enlistment indicates dedication to the protection and service of one's nation, which can deeply shape a sense of patriotism and loyalty. most individuals join the military with the dream of protecting their country and realizing its values. 1. dedication to national defense: the military service expresses a deep commitment to the protection and protection of its nation. those who chose to serve in the armed forces voluntarily put themselves in harm's way to protect their country and citizens. this tolerance for national defense is a source of immense pride, and it sets an example of self-sacrifice and dedication for the collective well-being of the nation. 2. realization of values and ideals: the military often serves as a symbol of national values and ideals. soldiers were charged with supporting the nation's principles of building, such as freedom, justice, democracy. the pride associated with military service stems from the belief that by serving in the armed forces, individuals actively defend and promote these core values. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org 3. unity and interaction: the military forms a sense of solidarity, mutual communication and common purpose among the servicemen. members of the service are strictly educated and face difficulties together, falsifying strong bonds and the deep feelings they belong to. this shared experience creates a sense of pride in being part of a collective effort to protect and serve the people. 4. community service: servicemen often engage in various humanitarian and peace protection missions both at home and internationally. their service extends beyond combat, as they provide support, support and stability in times of crisis. the pride associated with military service comes not only from defense, but also from the negative impact of military personnel on communities and society in general. 5. national idea: military service plays an important role in ensuring and strengthening the identity of the nation. members of the service embody the values and customs that define the nation through their tolerance, discipline and courage. the pride instilled in those who serve helps to form a strong national identity, forms a sense of identity and solidarity among citizens. for some, military service provides a way to contribute to even more interests, to ensure the safety and security of their compatriots. self-sacrifice by military personnel, such as time away from the family, strict education, possible diagnosis of risks, are often seen as acts of self-sacrifice and tolerance to their nation. in addition, as the military acts together towards a common mission, it can arouse a sense of mutual communication and solidarity between those serving. this shared experience creates a strong bond and a sense of belonging to a larger community. conclusion: the pride of the military service relies deeply on tolerance for the protection of its nation, the realization of its values, the formation of national solidarity. this service is an example of dedication, dedication, deep dedication to the collective well-being of the nation. men and women serving in the military play a very important role in ensuring national security and perpetuating the feeling of pride among their compatriots. however, it is important to note that perspectives on military service and national pride can vary between individuals and across different cultures and societies. some may question the need for military action or have different views on what really constitutes national pride. references 1. o‗zbekiston respublikasining ―mudofaa to‗g‗risidagi‖ qonuni 2001-yil. 2. o‗zbekiston respublikasi mudofaa vazirligi informatsion blyutenlari 2022-yil. 3. o‗zbekiston respublikasining ―umumxarbiy majburiyat va harbiy xizmat to‗g‗risida‖gi qonuni. 2003-yil. 4. muxamedjanova, l. (2022). philosophical classification of the concepts of modernization of society and moral values. https://scienceweb.uz/publication/5222. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org researching the possibilities of using foreign experience in improving foreign economic activity ahmadjonov ilyosbek researcher, namangan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main forms of foreign economic activity of enterprises are foreign trade activities and international cooperation of production. an important role is played by the state regulation of foreign economic activity. state regulation of foreign economic activity is the regulation of foreign trade, investment and other activities in the field of international exchange of goods, information, works, services, results of intellectual activity. this study analyses the impact of international experience on firm economic performance from the organizational learning approach. moreover, the study explores the double mediating effect of green knowledge and eco-innovation in the relationship between international experience and economic performance. because the continuous growth of business is what necessarily leads to the enhancement of economic development. the foreign sector has an important role to play in the economy. foreign economic activity, international exchange of goods, currency, credit, customs, tariff. introduction when local firms export goods and services to the foreign markets, injections are made to the circular flow model. injections increase the money in the circular flow because firms receive foreign exchange for goods sold to other countries. foreign trade increases the number of markets available to companies to display their products, which enhance the process of production and sale of products locally and internationally. for example, a trader, an agriculturist, a manufacturer, a doctor, a teacher, and laborers working in a factory are all examples of economic activities. these activities are performed by people to earn their livelihood and to acquire wealth. the main motive is to earn money. the economic activities are: primary activity: these are related to the extraction of natural resources. secondary activity: these are related to the processing of raw materials. tertiary activity: these are related to providing services. it is what generates the production and the supply of goods and services. materials and methods the consumption of goods promotes competition and introduction of better products in the market. so, consumption encourages production activities, so it is in itself an economic activity. the main purpose of any economic activity is earning profit. if the profit motive is missing in a transaction then, it cannot be considered an economic transaction. economic growth often is driven by consumer spending and business investment. tax cuts and rebates are used to return money to consumers and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org boost spending. deregulation relaxes the rules imposed on businesses and has been credited with creating growth but can lead to excessive risk-taking. figure 1. structure of foreign economic activity in the next subparagraph, we will discuss in detail each of these coefficients of increasing the stability and efficiency of the enterprise. thus, in this subparagraph, we considered two groups of factors (external and internal) that affect the company's foreign trade activities. it is difficult to overestimate their role in ensuring financial and economic stability of an economic entity. external factors are objective, since they do not depend on the activities of a particular enterprise. the issues of creation and provision of a favorable external environment are dealt with at the state and regional levels, which in turn largely reflects the state of foreign economic activity of various enterprises. speaking about the internal factors of enterprise sustainability, it is important to emphasize that they are a set of subjective conditions that reflect the state of a particular economic entity. accountants commit to applying the same standards throughout the reporting process, from one period to the next, to ensure financial comparability between periods. accountants are expected to fully disclose and explain the reasons behind any changed or updated standards in the footnotes to the financial statements. when a company holds investments such as shares, bonds, or derivatives on its balance sheet, it must account for them and their changes in value. figure 2. theoretical model and proposed hypotheses, representing the relationship between the analyzed variables. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the main methods for regulating foreign economic relations are financial, currency, credit, customs, tariff and non-tariff regulation; ensuring export control; determination of the policy in the field of certification of goods in connection with their import and export; administrative means of regulation. but recently the government has almost completely abandoned administrative methods (except for specific types of trade), as well as from export quotas. export duties have also been abolished. the specific mechanism for regulating foreign economic activity is determined by the decrees of the president and government decisions that specify the legislative provisions. they establish the procedure for licensing and quoting in foreign trade, rates of customs payments and the procedure for their collection. the law also provides for such measures to promote exports and foreign economic activity in general, as an annual compilation of programs for the development of foreign trade activities. in the long term, it is most important to create a system to stimulate the most efficient and promising export the export of finished products. table 1. the main directions of improvement and factors of increasing the stability of foreign economic activity. directions for improving foreign economic activities stability factors of foreign economic activity external internal increase of local stability of foreign economic activity of the enterprise availability of stable demand from individual partners. enhancing competitiveness. timely provision of all contractual obligations. development and expansion of relations with foreign partners increase of integral stability of foreign economic activity of the enterprise availability of stable demand from all or major partners participation in international agreements and projects. the investment climate of the russian federation and its subjects enhancing competitiveness. providing a combination of external and internal markets that preserve the integral stability. increase of stability of relations with partners of external and internal markets increase of efficiency of foreign economic activity of the enterprise state regulation of foreign trade activities the state of the foreign economic activity infrastructure in the region increase in production and export of products with a high degree of processing. decrease in the cost price. improving the quality of products increase of financial stability of the enterprise state regulation of foreign economic activities organization of foreign economic activity insurance increase in the share of equity of the enterprise. increase in profit the standard requires a complete set of financial statements to comprise a statement of financial position, a statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, a statement of changes in equity and a statement of cash flows. fixed asset information helps in the valuation of the business and forming accurate financial reports with the help of financial analysis. if such standards did not exist, investors would be more reluctant to believe the financial statements and other information presented to them by companies. without that trust, we might see fewer transactions and a less robust economy. accountants commit to applying the same standards throughout the reporting process, from one period american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org to the next, to ensure financial comparability between periods. accountants are expected to fully disclose and explain the reasons behind any changed or updated standards in the footnotes to the financial statements. using such reports financial health of a company can be determined by the investors and creditors that help them to decide when to buy shares or give a loan to the business. without international reporting standards, investors could have less trust in the financial statements and other data presented to them by companies. without that trust, we might see fewer transactions and a less robust economy. you can use serial numbered asset tags to manage fixed assets. asset tags are labels with bar codes that contain information about each asset. you can keep track of your assets by using a mobile bar code reader and creating reports. fixed asset management software can help you manage business property. this table shows us a combination of external and internal factors of sustainability and their relationship with the main directions of improving the company's foreign trade activities. conclusion foreign economic activity is realized both at the level of the state and at the level of individual economic entities. in the first case, foreign economic activity is aimed at establishing interstate bases for cooperation, creating legal, trade and political mechanisms that stimulate the development and enhancement of the effectiveness of foreign economic relations. the enterprise is an economic entity that, on the basis of the use of economic resources, produces and sells goods, performs work, provides services. the external economic activity of the enterprise is the sphere of economic activity connected with international production integration and cooperation, export and import of goods and services, access to the foreign market. references 1. barth, e. m., landsam, w. r., & lang, m. h. (2008). international accounting standards and quality. journal of accounting research, 46(3), 467–498. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475679x.2008.00287.x 2. bae, k. h., tan, t. p., & welker, m. (2008). international gaap differences: the impact on foreign analysts. accounting review, 83 (3), 593–628. https://doi.org/10.2308/accr.2008.83.3.593 3. barth, e. m., & isreali, d. (2014). disentangling mandatory ifrs reporting and changes in enforcement. journal of accounting & economics, 56 (2/3), 178–188. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacceco.2013.11.002 4. ashbaugh, h., & pincus, m. (2001). domestic accounting standards, international accounting standards, and the predictability of earnings. journal of accounting research, 39 (3), 417–434. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475679x.00020 5. ahmed, a. s., neel, m., & wang, d. c. (2013). does mandatory adoption of ifrs improve accounting quality? preliminary evidence. contemporary accounting research, 30 (4), 1344– 1372. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.19113846.2012.01193.x. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-679x.2008.00287.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-679x.2008.00287.x https://doi.org/10.2308/accr.2008.83.3.593 https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-%20679x.00020 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1911-%203846.2012.01193.x american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org the role of the internet and moral propaganda in the indoctrination of children for national family values aziza turayeva, senior lecturer of the karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article reveals the need to instill national family values in children in the modern conditions of globalization. in this regard, special attention is paid to the fact that the internet and spiritual propaganda are the most effective means. globalization, family, family environment, family values, national family values. internet, internet culture, moral propaganda. introduction the process of globalization leads to an increase in information and information promoting immorality, to the penetration into our country of films highlighting an unhealthy lifestyle, to the emergence of a gap between the value system of parents and children. these factors lead to changes in the behavior of children in the family. therefore, these processes put on the agenda the issue of instilling national family values in children in a new reality, the study of factors to increase its effectiveness. it is no coincidence that the head of our state in his "new strategy of uzbekistan" stated that in order to create a new spiritual space, it is urgently necessary to implement measures aimed at eradicating such vices as neglect of family values and an irresponsible approach to the education of young people1. however, the process of globalization, which has intensified at the end of the last century, has begun to threaten all elements of nationalism, and is also threatening the nature of national family values. for example, "the ancient christian values of the western way of life, such as self-sacrifice, kindness, loyalty, and faith, were supplanted by individualistic views focused only on the satisfaction of personal interests" led to the crisis of family-marriage relations in the western world2. this led to a crisis of family and marriage relations in the western world. and the process of globalization is spreading this evil all over the planet with the help of rapidly developing new information technologies. this vice threatens the family values not only of the uzbek people, but also of all peoples. it can be seen that the rapidly changing social reality in the context of globalization generates more and more new problems related to the preservation of national family values. as a result, it is necessary to find new aspects of the possibilities of literature and art, cinema and theater, television and radio, newspapers and magazines, the internet and a system of spiritual propaganda for instilling family 1 мирзиёев ш. янги ўзбекистон стратегияси.-тошкент:»ўзбекистон», 2021. 2 зокир б. ғарб тамаддуни: инқироз аломатлари.// тафаккур.2007.№2.21-б. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org values. children. this is an effective way to preserve a healthy environment in an uzbek family in the new century. by the third decade of the xxi century, the rapid development of the internet puts on the agenda the need to use its capabilities to instill national family values in children. today, the internet has become one of the most effective and influential mass media. the most important thing is that today the internet is a factor in the development of human culture. thanks to him, there are almost no "closed cultures" left by the xxi century, the dialogue between national cultures has increased and intensified. the phenomenon of the internet opens up new prospects for the development of human culture. the internet attracts more and more users to its network. of course, there are good reasons for this. for example, the internet preserves the anonymity of a person during a virtual conversation, allowing him to create his own image based on the desired characteristics. there are also many opportunities to search for the necessary materials, obtain information, join various clubs, purchase goods via the internet. this is a characteristic feature of the culture of the information age: we participate in social relations and satisfy our needs through virtual reality1. in recent years, the number of internet users in uzbekistan has increased dramatically. in particular, by 2022, the number of internet service users in the country will exceed 20 million people. further growth of this indicator is expected in the future. because tariffs for internet services are gradually decreasing in the country. the establishment of an internet connection service via fiber provides new convenience for users. the fact that the number of users is increasing every year makes the internet an important tool for instilling national family values in the minds of children. but when it comes to the use of these opportunities, there are many shortcomings and neglect. in particular, the promotion of national values through the internet has not yet acquired a systematic character. this situation also harms the promotion of national family values. in order to make wider use of internet opportunities for inculcating national family values in the minds of children, the following should be paid attention to: a) on the website of the "family" scientific-practical center, it is necessary to regularly post materials that shed light on the history of the uzbek family, the specific characteristics of family relations, the authority of the father and mother in the family, the content of national family values, and the factors that threaten the uzbek family today; b) it is also desirable to organize an electronic magazine called "family". for uzbek youth who are getting used to spending most of their time using the internet, acquiring a profession through distance learning methods and methods, and receiving information in electronic form, this magazine will become a source of learning family values; v) it is also important to form a mechanism for immediate response to certain slanders spread through internet pages. in this case, it is especially effective if the title of the article prepared as a response to the slander is set as the title of the opponent's article and placed on the site that spreads the slander. such actions frustrate efforts to push national family values out of children's minds; 1 қаранг: петров в.п. интернет в мировом информационном пространстве// основы безопасности жизнедеятельности. 2008. № 8.c.50. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org g) formation of the culture of internet use among young people has become more relevant. to fulfill this task, it is required to increase the efficiency of the media education process for young people, to provide information about the main subjects in the information space and their goals. taking into account that the majority of internet service users are young people, it becomes clear that the above recommendations are of serious social importance. time dictates turning the inculcation of national family values into one of the main directions of spiritual propaganda. because in many developed countries, the factors that erode the family as a social institution and degrade its values are increasing more and more. for example, in america, there are attempts to replace the words "father" and "mother" with the words "birth #1" and "birth #2". and in sweden, kindergartens are opening where children are not divided according to their sexual characteristics. however, at the age of 4-5, it is necessary for a child to identify himself as a person, to know his gender well. otherwise, the degradation of his personality will begin.1 in a situation where such absurd proposals and "innovations" are increasing, only a well-planned spiritual propaganda can comprehensively protect the national family values. in our country, where 650-700 thousand children are born every year, the number of children of preschool age exceeds 4 million. it is also a fact that the cartoons created for national education in our republic represent a very small percentage of the films watched by children. however, in developed countries, cartoons are a convenient and popular way to polish the minds of young people. at the new stage of our independence, special attention is paid to spiritual propaganda. this is evidenced by the adoption by the president of our country sh.m.mirziyoyev on march 26, 2021 "on measures to radically improve the system of spiritual and educational work". among the specific changes in the structure of the republican council of spirituality and enlightenment the department "digital propaganda", the structure of the propaganda society "marifat", the creation of the institute of social and spiritual research, the publication of literature on methods and methods of spiritual propaganda, etc. are proof of this. the presentation by the head of our state to the scientific community of the work "new strategy of uzbekistan" gave a new spirit and a new meaning to activities in this direction. it would not be an exaggeration to say that today there is not a single town or village in our country that is not affected by spiritual propaganda. it is also worth noting that in recent years the activity of spiritual propaganda in uzbekistan has acquired a systematic character. at the same time, there are aspects of spiritual propaganda that have not yet received sufficient attention. in particular, the promotion of national family values has not yet become an important area of spiritual work. the use of new information technologies in spiritual events is also far from the requirements of the time. the preservation of old, inefficient methods and methods also reduces the effectiveness of activities. in order to increase the effectiveness of moral education, instill national family values in the minds and activities of children, it is necessary to pay attention to the following: a) the promotion of national family values should become one of the important areas of spiritual and educational activities carried out in the regions; b) it is necessary to establish the use of electronic means in spiritual events, taking into account the propensity of young people to use information technology; 1 қаранг: “оно” пошло в детский сад.// аргументы и факты.2011.№29.с.32. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org c) on the basis of the center for spiritual advancement, create a resource bank called "modern methods and methods of spiritual advancement", which should summarize the most effective methods of spiritual advancement of the world. the implementation of these measures creates great opportunities for the introduction of national family values into the consciousness of children, protects the institution of the family from modern spiritual threats. in conclusion, in order to prevent the negative consequences of the globalization process and make the family environment healthier, it is necessary to pay special attention to the issues of introducing national family values into the consciousness and activities of children. to do this, it is necessary to make greater use of the potential of the internet and spiritual propaganda. the realization of these opportunities has a positive effect on the behavior of children in the family and in society. references 1.мирзиёев ш. янги ўзбекистон стратегияси.-тошкент:»ўзбекистон», 2021. 2.зокир б. ғарб тамаддуни: инқироз аломатлари. // тафаккур.2007.№2.21-б. 3. петров в.п. интернет в мировом информационном пространстве// основы безопасности жизнедеятельности. 2008. № 8.c.50. 4. “оно” пошло в детский сад.// аргументы и факты.2011.№29.с.32. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org the importance of speed and agility in training young volleyball players altinay berdimuratova konisbay kizi nukus state pedagogical institute named after ajiniyaz, 2nd year student of the faculty of physical culture, women's sports education 93 707 27 73 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the importance of physical qualities in the training of young volleyball players. the specific physical qualities of different sports differ from each other. interrelationship of physical qualities of volleyball players. specifics special structure, intensive intensity. introduction physical training solves four issues: strengthening health, increasing the level of physical maturity, increasing the functional capabilities of the body, training physical abilities. from a pedagogical point of view, physical training is divided into general training and special training. general physical training serves to strengthen health and increase the level of physical maturity, while special physical training is the main foundation for increasing the functional capabilities of the body and training physical abilities. general developmental gymnastics exercises performed with and without objects as the main means of improving the general physical fitness of a volleyball player, physical abilities or qualities of a person are considered as his ability to act (strength, speed, agility, endurance). the basis of their improvement lies in the ability of the body to respond to repeated physical loads beyond the level of its ability to work. in this single process, there are advantages of general physical training in the early stages of training, and specific physical training in the advanced training phase. the specific physical qualities of different sports are different from each other. the strength of weightlifters or the agility of gymnasts, the endurance of athletes who run long distances provide harmony in playing volleyball. a volleyball player's strength should be dynamic and start, should be shown in actions such as stopping suddenly and changing the direction of movement, jumping, taking the ball away from the opponent in the block, hitting the ball. it is known that a volleyball player does not require a heavy weight, but is evaluated by his body and ability to overcome the inertia of the ball. therefore, it is known that volleyball players pay special attention to strong legs and arms. but game activity requires good development of back and abdominal muscles, which allows to perform complex movements and maintain balance on one-sided support, when the muscles of the upper shoulder girdle are enlarged. rather, it is evaluated by overcoming the inertia of his body and the ball. therefore, it is known that volleyball players pay special attention to strong legs and arms. but the game activity also requires good development of the back and abdominal muscles, which allows to perform complex american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org movements and maintain balance on one-sided support, when the muscles of the upper shoulder girdle are enlarged. rather, it is evaluated by overcoming the inertia of his body and the ball. therefore, it is known that volleyball players pay special attention to strong legs and arms. but the game activity also requires good development of the back and abdominal muscles, which allows to perform complex movements and maintain balance on one-sided support, when the muscles of the upper shoulder girdle are enlarged. in the initial training stage, 9-10 years old, it is necessary to use exercises to develop all muscle groups. they can be said to form a muscular corset that strengthens the respiratory muscles. for this purpose, general developmental exercises are used on the gymnastic ladder, with balls, volleyball, double exercises (3-7 complex), swimming, movement games, throwing light objects far, running and high jump. at the age of 11-13, soft elastic rubber, stuffed balls, rope, as well as strength exercises performed in pairs, long and high jumps, multi jumps (8-12 complex) exercises are used. . it should be remembered that the volume of physical loads should not exceed 3-4% of body weight. for example, a dumbbell weighing 1.5 kg when it weighs 40 kg, quickness in volleyball is usually shown in the following parameters: reaction speed and tactical perception, speed of starting and transitioning from one movement to another. all these components that make up the agility of a volleyball player are not related to each other and they can be trained both separately and in a complex of game exercises. a volleyball player in the game must be able to see the ball, assess the situation, and make a decision before the ball is passed. it was found that for all this, a volleyball player spends up to one second, and 70% of this time he has to be able to see the ball. therefore, in order to see the ball in the game, you should not remove it from the viewing area. the speed of a complex reaction, such as the reaction of seeing and moving, makes the eye quickly see the object, volleyball players should strive for perfection in the interaction of physical quality and performance skills. all of their thoughts should be focused on creating such a basis from physical qualities that these qualities will gradually allow for the improvement of the game technique. at this point, it should be said that volleyball players should reach the level of the leaders of our country not because of their physical strength, but because of playing with game technique and logical understanding. yin is filled with achievements in collective organization. however, it would be the coach's worst mistake not to take care of athleticism, not to recognize its importance." thus, the athleticism of a volleyball player should be understood as such a connection of physical qualities, references 1. kleshev yu.n., ayrapetyants l.r., patkin v.l., volleyball. tashkent. abu ali ibn sina. 1995. 2. aliyev mb, usmonkhojayev ts, sagdiyev nn, sattarov e. sports games-football. tashkent, ilm zia, 2012. 3. ayrapetyans lr, pulatov aa, israilov sh.kh. volleyball. tashkent. 2009. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org the effectiveness of al -wasli enrichment in obtaining the history subject of the first students is average and the development of their moral values dr. ziad khalaf ibrahim suhail open educational college / kirkuk center ziyadalsuhail@yahoo.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of the current research is to identify (the effect of the strategy of instrumental enrichment in the collection of history among first-grade intermediate students and the development of their moral values) the sample of the current research consisted of (60) students from the first grade students, and they were divided randomly into two groups. the two research tools were prepared by the researcher, as the first tool consisted of (50) items, and the second tool was the measure of moral values, and it consisted of (60) items. the researcher made sure of the honesty and consistency of both tools. and by using the statistical bag (spss), the research reached the following results: 1. there is a statistically significant difference at the level of (0.05) between the mean scores of the students of the experimental group who study history according to the strategy of instrumental enrichment and the mean scores of the students of the control group who study the same subject according to the usual (traditional) method in the achievement test, in favor of the experimental group. 2. there is a statistically significant difference at the level of (0.05) between the mean scores of the experimental group whose students study history using the strategy of instrumental enrichment and the control group whose students study the same subject in the usual (traditional) way in the dimension scale of moral values in favor of the experimental group. 3. there is a statistically significant difference at the level (0.05) between the averages of the pre and post tests for the scores of the experimental group whose students study history with the strategy of instrumental enrichment in the moral values scale in favor of the post test. strategy of instrumental enrichment, achievement, moral values, history. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org االخالقية لديهممتوسط وتنمية القيم االول طالب لدى التاريخاالثراء الوسيلي في تحصيل مادة فاعلية الكليةَ التربويةَ المفتوحةَ / مركز كركوك / م. د. زياد خلف ابراهيم سهيل ziyadalsuhail@yahoo.com البحث خالصة توسيي االول طالب االثراء الوسيييلف فف صحليييد الت التاليى لد فاعليةهدف البحث التعرف على )ي وصنمية القيم االخالقية لديهم( جموعتين ( طالب ن طالب اللييا االول توسيي وق ييموا شويييد عوييوا ف الى 60 ن ) وصألفت العينة ( طالب ا ا شيعبة فمثلت المجموعة الاياش ة والبال 30 ثلت شيعبة ب المجموعة التجريبية والبال عدل طالشها ) ( طالب.30عدل طالشها ) ( فقرت ، ا ا االلات 50وصم اعدال الاصف البحث ن قبد الباحث ، اذ صيونت االلات االولى وهف التحليد ن ) ( فقرت صأكد الباحث ن اللدق والثبات ليال االلاصين.60م االخالقية وصألفت ن )الثانية فيانت قياس القي الحقيبة االحلا ية ) وشاستعمال spss صوصد البحث الى النتا ج التالية: ( ( شييين توس للجييات طالب المجمييوعة التجريبييية اليين يدلسو 0.05عند تو ) وجول فرق لال إحييلا يا .1 ييالت التاليى عييلى وفا استراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف و توس للجات طالب المجمييوعة الااش ة اليين يدلسو المجموعة التجريبية.المالت نف ها عيلى وفا ال ريقة االعتييالية )التقليييدية( فيف اختبال التحليد وللالح شين توسيي للجات المجموعة التجريبية التف يدلس طالشها الت (0.05)عند ييتو وجول فرق لال إحلييا يا .2 التاليى شاسييتراصيجية ارثراء الوسيييلف والمجموعة الايياش ة التف يدلس طالشها المالت نف ييها شال ريقة االعتيالية وللالح المجموعة التجريبية.البعدي )التقليدية( فف قياس القيم ارخالقية ( فف توسيييي الفروق شين للجات طالب المجموعة 0.05وجول فرٍق ذي لاللة إحلييييا ية عند ييييتو لاللة ) .3 التجريبية فف االختبال القبلف والبعدي على قياس القيم ارخالقية ولليييالح االختبال البعدي، وهيا يعنف حليييول .الب المجموعة التجريبيةصنمية فف القيم ارخالقية عند ط . استراتيجية االثراء الوسيلي ، التحصيل ، القيم االخالقية ، التاريخ :الكلمات المفتاحية الفصل األول : مشكلة البحثاوالً: صتاح ويلة البحث الحالف ن خالل طبيعة الت التاليى شلولت عا ة وصاليى الحاالات القديمة شلولت واليي يت م شحيم القاايا التفخاصة ، عرضها شأنها ذات شعد ز انف و يانف ، وكثرت الحوالث وارسماء تم ي على قاللاً الم تمر وييو شالتفاعد يت م المعرفف ال لوك البحث عن نماط ن اليي يت لب وال نين ، ار ر 2005ار ين ،االن جام والتفاعد ع ي ص ول صقنف علو اصف فف الت التاليى ) :35) . و ن هنا صبرز ويلة البحث الحالف فمنهج صاليى الحاالات القديمة و علُم المالت يهتمو شحفظ المعلو ات وصلقينها اكثر ن اهتما هم شاستيعاب المعلو ات شوساطة لش المعلو ات شبعاها ن طريا التحليد والتركيب والتف ير طرا ا التدليس الم تخد ة صجاهات العلمية ال ليمة هيا ن جانب و ن جانٍب آخر شتنمية انماط التفيير التاليخف واال الت التاليى لتقييس القدلت على صيكر المعلو ة واستعالصها فق . صعليمفف ( سنوات فف صدليس 5( سنوات نها )10فف جال التدليس لمدت صزيد عن ) المتواضعة خبرت الباحث خاللو ن ، وجد إ كثيراً ن ال الب يعانو هيه المالت دلسين صبالل اآللاء ع االات القديمة ، فاال عن الت صاليى الح المعلو ات ش بب كثرت ، القديمة الحاالات صاليى فهم وضوعات الت التاليخية ن صعوشة التف والحقا ا ف راحد للاسية ساشقة ، ليا يجد وشعدها الميانف و لز انف ، وعدم اطالع ال الب عليها ف يتناولها هيا الدلس ال الب صعوشة فف ل ج المعلو ات ال اشقة شالمعلو ات الجديدت ما يخد فف البنية المعرفية لديه ، ما يؤثر فف صعلمه الالحا ، و ما زال ن حجم المويلة ازلحام اللفوف شال الب واستعمال دلسف المالت لل ريقة االعتيالية ال الموجولت فف دالسنا التف صركز على حفظ الحديثة الترشوية التقنيات معلو ات واستظهالها ، وندلت استغالل ش بب عدم صوفر البرا ج التعليمية المناسبة لعملية التعليم ، ع العلم هيه البرا ج وجولت فف سواقنا المحلية mailto:ziyadalsuhail@yahoo.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org ل الب ، وصدنف لافعيتهم نحو التعلم ، شيثرت وشمواصفات عالية الجولت ، ار ر اليي انعيس على انخفاض صحليد ا وارخير استدل عليه ن خالل شعولهم شالملد والورول اليهنف والخمول وقلة الموالكة فف الموقا التعليمف . وعزز ذلك اطالع الباحث على عدل ن سجالت المدالس الثانوية والمتوس ة ولحظ كيلك انخفاض صحليد الحاالات القديمة ، ما يدل على إ المويلة عا ة وصتعلا شالمالت ، ار ر اليي كثير ن ال الب فف الت صاليى للتغلب على هيه المويلة . عن شدا د ناسبة يت لب البحث وإّ التقدم فف جال صقنية المعلو ات صبح ت وًلا والسيما فيما يتعلا شمجال التقنيات الحديثة وشر جياصها التف شهدت ص ولاً ها الً ن حيث جولت البرا ج وصنوعها و ساليب شر جتها وسبد اإلفالت نها شح ب ا يت لبه ة جداً. الموقا التعليمف ، وهف توفرت شيثرت وشأسعال ناسب ما صقدم صتاح ويلة البخث ن خالل االجاشة على ال ؤال التالف: س/ هد هناك ثر الستراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف فف صحليد الت التاليى ل الب اللا االول المتوس وصنمية القيم االخالقية لديهم؟ اهمية الدراسة: ثانياً: الثولت المعلو اصية التف شيييملت جميع جوانب الحيات )الجاشري، لقد شيييهد عليييرنا الحالف صقد اً ها الً فف (. ما ال الى صغير فف ال ح حيات االن ييييا شنحو لم ي ييييبا له ثيد وصوييييير ع يات القر الحالي 4: 2011 والعويرين الى صغيرات سيتفرض نف يها شقوت فف المجاالت ال يياسيية واالجتماعية واالقتليالية والثقافية وميرها ن (140: 1994وانب حيات االن ا )زيتو ، ج وللترشية لول هم فف شناء االن يييا ن طريا صزويده شالمعالف والمهالات والقدلات الالز ة التف صجعد نه فرلاً نتجاً وشفايد الترشية وكفا تها صمينت لول و جتمعات كثيرت ا صحافظ على شقا ها واسيتمرالها)النعيمف، 1995 :20.) لسية وسييلة الترشية لتحقيا اهدافها وصنفيي فل يفتها فف المجال الترشوي، والمدلسية وسييلة صرشوية وصعد المد انوييأها المجتمع لتعمد على صعليم اشنا ها وجعلهم افرال نافعين وصييالحين لخد ة المجتمع، فاييالً عن انهم المرجع لك شانويي تها وفعالياصها و ناهجها االول واالسيياس اليي يعرف ال الب شخلييا ت ا ته و قو اصها الحاييالية وذ (.232: 2000الدلاسية )عدس، وصيمن اهمية نهج التاليى لللييا االول المتوسيي اذ صدلس صاليى الحاييالات االن ييانية اي انها صدلس هما لل لبة و عرفتهم شهيه صاليى حايييالت الويييعب العراقف والحايييالات االن يييانية االخر اليي يعد جزءاً (.6: 2008) حمول، ريقة.الحاالات الع وصؤلي الدلاسييية المتوسييي ة لولاً هماً إذ يقع على عاصقها العبء اركبر فف صحمد الم يييؤولية فف صوجيه ال لبة و عاونتهم فف صييا سيلوكهم ع انوي ة الجماعة وخلا ناا اجتماعف سيليم على وفا الايب الياصف اليجال (.4: 2006المواطن اللالح )النداوي، كيداً رهمية اسييتعمال اسييتراصيجيات حديثة صال م طبيعة فرلات كتاب الت التاليى لللييا االول المتوسيي صأ المقرل صدلي ييه وص وير التعليم فف العراق وااللصقاء فف العملية التعليمية، وكد ذلك لفع الباحث الى اجراء البحث التاليى والتف قد ص يياعد على صح ييين التحليييد، الحالف وصجريب اسييتراصيجية االثراء الوسيييلف فف صدليس الت وصيو مير يلفية ياليياً وصعميد على جييب انتبياههم واشييييراكهم فف اليدلس. اذ ييو ال الب فيهيا حول العمليية التعليمية وصاييييا جانباً ن اإلثالت والتويييويا للدلس ويبتعد شها عن الرصاشة الموجولت فف ال را ا التقليدية التف ب فيهيا لول ايجياشف لميا صت ييييم شيه ن صفياعيد شين الميدلس وال ياليب وصيو عمليية التيدليس على شييييييد ييو لل يالي سل لة نظمة ن االفعال التف يديرها المدلس وي هم فيها ال الب نظرياً وعملياً. الم، وال وصعد القيم ارخالقية ماية الترشية التف ص يعى لتحقيقها فف شيخليية المتعلم وصحتد لفع يانة فف اإلسي يمين صؤلي الترشيية وييفتهيا و هيدافهيا شمعزل عن القيم، ر الترشيية فف حيد ذاصهيا عمليية قيميية، فيالقيم صلييييو العمد الترشوي وصوجهه، وقد وضح ) شو العينين( " فقدا الترشية للقيم التف صبنف عليها الوخلية يفقدها لوحها، سييتراصيجيات ا لم صوييتا ن قيم صييحيحة صراعف العالقات اإلن ييانية فف وكيلك ارهداف الترشوية و الغايات واال (.۱۹۸۸:۱۱ شعالها المختلفة فإنها صفقد هميتها وقيمتها، فالقيم هف ارساس ال ليم لبناء صرشوي ميز" ) شو العينين، -و ما سلا ذكره يمين صحديد اهمية البحث شما يأصف: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org ى الم ييتو المحلف اليي صناول اسييتراصيجية االثراء الوسيييلف شوصييفها انه البحث ارول وشح ييب علم الباحث عل 1 وصنمية القيم اسيييتراصيجية جديدت فف صدليس الت التاليى ال الب الليييا االول المتوسييي واثرها فف التحلييييد .االخالقية التاليى حاولةً نهم لتح ييين صحليييد ال الب صعليمصزويد دلسييف التاليى شاسييتراصيجية جديدت يمين صوييفها فف 2 .قيمهم االخالقية زيالتو لفد الميتبة والمهتمين شالمجال الترشوي شمعلو ات شحثية فف هيه االستراصيجية فف صدليس الت التاليى. 3 لها.افالت خ ف وواضعف ناهج التاليى ن هيه االستراصيجية فف صامين عدل ن المفرلات التاليخية وفقاً 4 االفالت ن الخ التدلي ية الستراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف وصامينها فف لليد المدلس. 5 البحث ثالثاً: هدفا الحالف البحث يهدف : االثراء الوسيلف فف استراصيجيةاثر إلى التعرف على . التحليد. 1 . وصنمية القيم االخالقية. 2 رابعاً: فرضيات البحث : هدفا البحث وضع الباحث الفرضيات اللفرية اآلصيةلتحقيا التجريبيية اليين 0.05ال يوجد فرق ذو لاللة إحيلا ية عند تو ) .1 شيين توس للجيات طالب المجميوعة ) يدلسو يالت التاليى عيلى وفا استراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف و توس للجات طالب المجميوعة الااش ة اليين لت نف ها عيلى وفا ال ريقة االعتييالية )التقليييدية( فيف اختبال التحليد.يدلسو الما شين توس للجات المجموعة التجريبية التف يدلس طالشها (0.05)ال يوجد فرق ذو لاللة إحلا ية عند تو .2 ها شال ريقة االعتيالية الت التاليى شاستراصيجية ارثراء الوسيلف والمجموعة الااش ة التف يدلس طالشها المالت نف . )التقليدية( فف قياس القيم ارخالقية البعدي فف توس الفروق شين للجات طالب المجموعة التجريبية (0.05) ال يوجد فرق ذو لاللة إحلا ية عند تو .3 فف االختبال القبلف والبعدي على قياس القيم ارخالقية. البحث خامساً: حدود الحالف على: ث البح يقتلر المتوس اللا طالب -1 النهالية20232022)االول والثانوية المتوس ة المييدالس احد فيييف التاشعة ( للمييديييرية العا ة لتييرشييية حافظة كركوك. يي الفلول )ارول، الثانف، الثالث( ييين كتاب 2 التاليى المقرل صدلي ه ل يالب اللا االول المتوس . (.2023 – 2022) للعام الدلاسفطالب ثانوية الخا للبنين قلديا يي 3 سادساً: تحديد المصطلحات االثراء الوسيلي: عرفها: .1 جموعة االجراءات واالنو ة التدلي ية التف يخ ها المعلم ويويا ن خاللها عدلا ن : " (2010، شدل) • (.127: 2010،الوسا د االثرا ية الموتملة على صدليبات ن نوع الولقة والقلم ) شدل : التحصيل : عرفه .2 النياصج عن عمليية النويييياط العقلف ( نيه: " ييييتو ارلاء الفعلف لل ياليب فف المجيال اركياليمف 2011)الجاللّف، • المعرفف لل الب وي يتدل عليه ن خالل إجاشاصه على جموعة اختبالات صحلييلية نظرية و عملية و شيفوية صقّدم (25: 2011له فف نهاية العام الدلاسف و فف صولت اختبالات صحليلية قننة".)الجاللف، عرفها : القيم االخالقية .3 وعة ن القوانين والمعايير والمبالئ التف يلتزم شها ارفرال، وصحدل افعالهم، وصوجه نواطهم " جم(: "2010، احمد ) • نحو هدف عين فف ضوء صعاليم اإلسالم، وذلك ن خالل صنظيم جهولهم وصن يقها وحفزها واستثمالها شأفاد و ع اليو شالتمييز شين ال لوك ال بد للحلول على فاد النتا ج، وصحديد عالقتهم ع هللا و ع النفس و ع البور الفرلي الم تويين على ال لبف(، )ال لوك فيه المرموب مير وال لوك اإليجاشف( )ال لوك فيه المرموب (. 23: 2010والجماعف") حمد، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org الفصل الثاني القسم األول: خلفية نظرية: األول: استراتيجية االثراء الوسيلي: المحور صيمم فولشيتين شرنا جه لرثراء الوسييلف على سياس التعلم شالخبرت الوسيي ة يتخد ا خم ية عوير وسييلة إثرا ية صتاييييمن كيد نهيا عيدلا ن التيدليبيات ن نوع الولقية والقلم يقوم فيهيا المعلم شيدول الوسييييي شين المتعلم والمهيام . 1994ی فولشتين ) الم لوشة نه . وشيل ben hur. m ( شرنا جه على االحتياجات الفعلية لل الب الملنفين عليييييى نهيييييم مير قاللين على التعلم ليمدهم شالمفاهيم والمهالات واالسيتراصيجيات والعمليات التف ص ياعدهم ليف feuerstein, r & others 1980ييونوا فيرين تقلين و ينه ) : ء المعيرفف لهؤالء ال الب ( صحليد ارلا شاستخدام نماذج صقييم طلا عليها الخري ة المعرفية خليييت ييينها إلى الخلا ت المعرفية لدفرال لي ت ثاشتة ولين يمين صعيديلهيا وصغييرهيا شياسييييتخيدام شرا ج صعليميية قلييييولت صهيدف إلى إحيداث صعيديالت فف البنيية المعرفيية ) للفرل. (anita , c, 1997, 373 ,. 1985وقد كانت هداف استراصيجية فولشتين ) feuerstein et al ( صتمثد فف :: اكت اب هالات عرفية جديدت -1 صوفير جال واسع ن العمليات العقلية وعمليات التفيير . -2 صعديد ارلاء المعرفف ليوي الويا ا المعرفية الاعيفة . -3 المواقا الحياصية للمتعلم .انتقال ثر التعلم إلى -4 إضفاء الوعول شالمتعة على المتعلم فف لاء المهام الم لوشة نه . -5 ) جعد المتعلم نتج شدال ن تلا سلبف للمعلو ة . -6 : 38 1985 ., feuerstein et al ) لف، صنظيم النقاط ، اللول وسيلة وهف ) اإلللاك التحلي 15وقيد كيا شيرنا ج فولشتين لرثراء الوسيلف يتيو ن التوضيييييحيية ، التوجيه ، الفرو حيالي البعيد ، التوجيه فف الفيييييييييرا ثنيا ف البعيد التوجيه فف الفرا ثالثف البعيد ، القات الز نية ، العالقات العا لية ، المقالنات ، القياس المن قف ، المتواليات العدلية ، التلييينيا ، التعليمات ، الع ، صلميم االستن د (يةالعالقات المتعد (feuerstein , et , 1985 , 66 75) . وسيييا د اختالها شما يتناسيييب ع طبيعة المالت العلمية شمالت التاليى للليييا االول وقد اسيييتخدم الباحث خمس المتوس ، وفيما يلف وصا للوسا د الم تخد ة فف هيا البحث: يعرض عليييى الميييتعلم جموعييية ييين ارشياء و الموضوعات ) خرا صاليخية ، صلميمات التصنيف : – 1 الى ( ويقوم شتلنيفها وفقا رسس وقواعد وصفات ييو قد صعلمها وصت لييب ، قاييس ز نية....للخرا التاليخية ء وص اعده فف التدليب على إجراء هيه العملية ) التلنيا ( ن المتعلم ييو لقيقا فف الحظته وإللاكه لدشيا . )المقالنات واالستنتاجات wakefield , 1996 : 471) يؤلي إصقا المتعلم لتدليبات القياس المن قف إلى صنمية قدلصه على االسيتنتاج سيواء اللفظف القياس المنطقي : – 2 وم يقوم المتعلم لتحديد ا و ارشيييييال التخ ي ية ن خالل ا يعرض عليه ن عبالات لفظية و شيييييال ولسيييي 78: 1999) البهن ياوي ، صايمنه ن عالقات صوصيله إلى اسيتنتاجات ن قية جرلت صنمى التفيير المجرل لديه . – 100) ويهدف إلى صنمية التفيير التحليلف لد المتعلم وذلك شتدليب المتعلم على صحليد اليد إليييى اإلدراك التحليلي : – 3 صحليد الن ييج ، التليميم ، التركيب الن يجف الى ( و صف يير ياهرت عيييييينة ) عيوب الخا ة ، عيوب الميونة له ) استعمال الى ( فيتعرف على ارجزاء الميونة ، و ارسباب المؤلييييية و ن ثم ي تنتج العالقات شين ارجزاء شعاها ( 19 – 18: 2000) البنا ، ارسباب والنتا ج. وشعض وشينها وشين اليد ،وشين و ارحداث و ارشياء و التاليخية وفيييييييييييهيييييا يعيييييرض على المتعلم شعض اللول الصور التوضيحية : – 4 الظواهر وعليه شالمالحظة الدقيقة يدلك ا فيها ن صفلييييالت و حداث و ظاهر ووصيييفها شدقة وصف ييييرها – 78: 1999) البهن يييياوي ، حياصه العملية واليو ية .شعد فف شهدف صنمية هالات عقلية حدلت يعتمد عليها فيما 100) يقيييييوم فييييييها المتعلم شاسيتنتاج عالقات جديدت ن العالقات الموجولت ا ه ، صبعا لقاعدت العالقات المتعدية : – 5 نتاج صرکيب حدلت ، وذلك شترجمة المع يات العدلية و الر زية إلى شيانات ي ييتنتج نها العالقات المتعدية ) اسييت american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org ن ييجى عقد ن شيانات صركيب ن ييجى ش ييي ( وهف صتيح للمتعلم فرصييا لتعلم القواعيييييييد وص بيقاصها ، وصرجمة : blagg , 1991)المع ييات اللفظيية إلى ل وز و العيس وصحويلها إلى عالقات صوصييييله إلى الحلول الم لوشة. 21 24) رحلتين ساسيتين :ويتم التدليس شاستراصيجية اإلثراء الوسيلف فف رحلة اإلعدال : وفيها يتم صحديد هداف الدلس و وجه التعلم ، وخ ة عرض الدلس ، إعدال الوسيا د اإلثرا ية -1 و حاولة الت بيا عليها شأ ثلة ن الموضوعات الدلاسية ، وشعض المواقا ن الحيات اليو ية . شالخ وات التالية : رحلة التنفيي : وصمر هيه المرحلة -2 التمهيد : وصهدف إلى إثالت اهتمام المتعلمين ، وفيهيييا يقيييوم المعليييم شيييعيييرض ارهداف الخاصة شالتدليبات التف 1 سيتناولها المتعلمو ثم صحديد المويالت التف سيقو و شحلييييها ، ييييع التأكييييد يييين فييييهييييم المتعلمين للمفاهيم ا يجييب عييلييى المعييلييم يزول المتعلمين شالمبالئ والقواعد ارساسية الالز ة والتعميمات الخاصة شالدلس ، كميي لحد التدليبات . . العمد الم ييتقد : وفيها يبد كد تعلم فف حد التدليبات الخاصيية شالدلس ي كراس النويياط الخا شه ، ولول 2 حد التدليبات ، وصوييجيعهم على االسييتمرالي المعلم هنا هو صقديم الم يياعدات الفرلية للمتعلمين ، و دهم شمفاصيح عملهم شنجاح . المناقوة : شعد انتهاء عظم المتعلمين ن العمد الم تقد، يبد المعلم فف ناقوييية الحليييول اليييتف صوصيييد إليهيييا 3 ات التف صم المتعلمييييو ، وصحليد اللعوشات الييييتف واجهتهم ثناء حد التدليبات ، و ياا ناقوة المفاهيم والتعميم طرحها فف المقد ة وصوضيحها الملخت : ويقوم فيها المعلم شعرض هداف الدلس وصلخيله فف صولت فيال ل ي ية . 4 التقويم : وفيها يتم صحديد د إسهام الوسا د اإلثرا ية فف صحقيا هداف الدلس . 5 خ وات ال اشقة ؛ إال نيييه ييييجيييب يتميز وقد وضح فولشتين مالبا للوس اإلثراء الوسيلف ا ص ير وفقا لل المعليييم شالمرونة ثناء إعيييداله وصنفييه لليييدلس حيث يميييين يحييييد عييين صلك الخ وات ؛ وذلك وفقا لحاجيييات المتعلمين والظروف المحي ة شه فف اللا الدلاسف . المحور الثاني : القيم االخالقية: القية، ويتمثد ذلك فف لعوت المؤ نين فف كثر ن وضيع إلى االلتزام شارخالق يولف اإلسيالم همية كبيرت للقيم ارخ اليريمية، وجعلهيا عيالت صقوم شهيا النفس شياناييييبياط، لميا فف ذليك ن لفعية لييات الفرل وشيالنتيجية للمجتمع وار ية اإلسال ية. وظائف القيم صعمد القيم على لاء عدت ويا ا يمين إجمالها شما يلف: على شناء الوخلية الفرلية.صعمد .1 صعمد على صوجه ال لوك اللالل عن ارفرال ن قول و فعد فف المواقا المختلفة. .2 الوصيول إلى التيا د و التايا ن فف المجتمع ن خالل ن يا القيمة العا ة التف صع ف شيرعية لمليالح ارهداف .3 الجمعية وصحدل الم ؤولية. تمراله، وصحافظ على البناء االجتماعف.صعمد على صنظيم المجتمع وضب ه واس .4 صعمد على الحفاي على هوية المجتمع وثقافته. .5 ص اعد على التوافا ع اروضاع الم تجدت للفرل. .6 ص ياعد فف حد الليراعات واصخاذ القرالات، ر القيم جموعة ن المبالئ التف يتعلمها الفرل لت ياعده فف اختيال .7 (.92: 1990ت فف المواقا التف صواجهه )الب ش وعبد الرحمن،البدا د المختلفة، وحد اللراعا تصنيف القيم شالرمم ن صعدل المحاوالت ن جانب الباحثين لوضيع صلينيا للقيم، إال نه ال يوجد صلينيا واحد تفا عليه حتى يلية، ولهييا يعيد اآل ، فلقيد شيد ت المحياوالت فف هييا اإلطيال نيي القيدم حينميا حيدل فالطو ال بيعية والحا والفايييي (. 161: 1990صلنيا فالطو الثالثف ن شهر و قدم صلنيفات القيم ن الناحية الفل فية )شيو ف، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org واليي يتعلا شأشعال شيخليية ااٍلن يا وجوانبها ن وجهة نظر إسيال ية، ويويمد البعد أبو العينين( فهناَك صلينيا ) (.72: 1988لف والبعد االجتماعف )اشو العينين،المالي والبعد الخلقف والبعد العقلف والبعد الجما إلى ثالثة حاول ل ي ية هف:السويدي ويلنفها قيم عالقة صنظيم عالقة اإلن ييا شخالقه: وصتمثد فف اإليما شا ، و ال يته، وكتبه، ولسييله، واليوم اآلخر، وشالقدل .1 لتوجه إليه شالعبالت.خيره وشره، وشمحبته والرجوع إليه، والتوشة له، والخوية نه، وا قيم صنظيم عالقة اإلن ا ع نف ه: وصتمثد فف ال هالت، والنظافة، وصحمد الم ؤولية، والتعلم، واالحتوام. .2 قيم صنظيم عالقة اإلن يا شغيره: وصتمثد فف قيم ارخوت، واإليثال، والتعاو ، والتايحية، وح ين الخلا، والرحمة، .3 (.79: 1989)ال ويدي، وار ر شالمعروف والنهف عن المنير طه اوي شأنها صأصف فف سييتة صييناف و نها: القيم الوجدانية وصتمثد فف اإليما ، وضييب النفس، والقيم وير ارخالقية وصتمثد فف الرحمة، واللييييدق، واللييييبر، والعفو، واللييييفح، والقيم االجتماعية وصتاييييمن التعاو ، ت يا ح، والقيم الج يمانية والتف صظهر فف النظام والليحة، والقيم العقلية والتعاطا، والتوال، واليرم، وار انة، وال وصتامن التأ د، والتفير، والدقة، و التثبت العلمف، ولقة المالحظة، والقيم الجمالية وصومد على قيم الجمال والفن، اً وصيا الً ن جد ويؤكد على هيا التلييينيا للقيم ال يعنف نها نفليييلة عن شعايييها البعض ر شينها صراش (.53: 1996صحجيج هداف الفرل والمجتمع، وصحديد عالم فل فة الحيات)طه اوي، القسم الثاني دراسات سابقة تعلقة شاستراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف: للاسات (2010، دراسة ) بدر • فاعلية استخدام إستراصيجية اإلثراء اجريت هيه الدلاسة فف ال عولية ،وهدفت هيه الدلاسة إلى التعرف على ) الوسيلف فف صنمية شعض هالات التفيير االستداللف والتحليد والدافعية لرنجاز الدلاسف ن خالل صدليس وحدت )نظرية فيثامولث( ن كتاب الرياضيات المقرل على صلمييات اللا الثالث اإلعدالي(. اللا الثالث اإلعدالي ن حد المدالس اإلعدالية طالبات طالبة ن ن طالب ( 66 ن ) العينة وصألفت للبنات شمدينة ية المير ة ، وق مت العينة إلى جموعتين تيافئتين حداهما صمثد المجموعة التجريبية للست صلمييت ( 33شإستراصيجية اإلثراء الوسيلف ، وارخر صمثد المجموعة الااش ة للست شال ريقة المعتالت، شواقع ) شيد جموعة ؛ وصم ص بيا لوات الدلاسة والمتمثلة فف قياس التفيير االستداللف ، واالختبال التحليلف ، و قياس الدافعية لالنجاز الدلاسف على فرال جموعتف الدلاسة التجريبية والااش ة( قبليا وشعديا . الات التفيير االستداللف شأشعاله وصوصلت إلى فاعلية استخدام إستراصيجية اإلثراء الوسيلف على صنمية ه االستنباط ، االستنتاج ، واالستقراء( ، وعلى صنمية التحليد الدلاسف شم توياصه التيكر ، الفهم ، الت بيا ، وحد المويالت( ، وكيلك على صنمية الدافعية لرنجاز الدلاسف لد صلمييات المرحلة اإلعدالية . دراسات تناولت القيم االخالقية: (2018عيسى وفاطمة )اسة در • فاعلية استراصيجية) ، وهدفت الى عرفة )اجريت هيه الدلاسة فف العراق k.w.l.h فف صدليس ال يرت النبوية ) ( صلمييتً شواقع 40صيونت عينة الدلاسة ن )( على صنمية القيم الخلقية والوعف شها لد صلمييات المرحلة االشتدا ية و) (صلمييت فف 20) التجريبية، الخلقية 20المجموعة القيم اختبال الباحثا ،واعد الااش ة المجموعة فف صلمييت ) ( فقرت ن نوع االختيال ن تعدل وكيلك اختبال الوعف شالقيم الخلقية و قياس القيم ال لوك القيمف 18 تيو ن ) ا وصنف الوسا د االحلا ية االصية ) تخدم الباحثا ("فقرت تبوعة شالبدا د)اشداً، احياناً، لا ماً( واس18 تيو ن) wilcoxon( و ويليوك و )maan whineyلدزواج مير المتماثلة) صفوق المجموعة ( وايهرت النتا ج االصية: ( عيسى ).التجريبية على المجموعة الااش ة فف اختبال القيم الخلقية البعدي وكيلك واختبال الوعف شالقيم الخلقية : ملخص الدراسة( 2018، وفاطمة الفصل الثالث منهجية البحث وإجراءاته ياييم هيا الفلييد عرضييا لرجراءات التف ص لبتها صجرشة البحث ، إذ يتناول التلييميم التجريبف المختال ، وضيييب وصحديد جتمع البحث وعينته ، وكيفية إجراء عمليات التيافؤ اإلحليييا ف شين طالب جموعتف البحث ، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org شعض المتغيرات الدخيلة التف قد صؤثر فف سييال ة التجرشة ، وصحديد المالت العلمية التف سييتدلس فف ثناء التجرشة ، والييفية التف صيييغت شها ارهداف ال ييلوكية ، والخ وات التف جريت فف إعدال الخ التدلي ييية واالختبالات القية ، فاال عن سلوب ص بيا التجرشة والوسا د اإلحلا ية .التيوينية واالختبال التحليلف و قياس القيم االخ : التصميم التجريبي:اوالً 2000يهدف التلميم التجريبف إلى صعُرف جموعات البحث واختيال الوسا د اإلحلا ية المال مة ، ) ن ف ، فا دصه فف انه ييلد اللعوشات والعقبات ( وصعتمد لقة النتا ج على نوع التلميم التجريبف المختال اليي صتجلى 234: التف صواجه الباحث عند إجراء عمليات التحليد اإلحلا ف التف يحلد عليها شعد إجراء صجرشته ، ) فا لالين ، ( وعليه اعتمد الباحث صلميما صجريبيا ذا ضب جز ف فيه جموعتا صجريبية وضاش ة ، واختبال 96: 1985 ( 1) م االخالقية قبلف وشعدي ، وعلى ا وضح فف الويد اآلصف :صحليلف شعدي و قياس القي ( التصميم التجريبي 1شكل ) االختبار البعدي المتغير التابع المتغير المستقل االختبار القبلي المجموعة مقياس القيم التجريبية االخالقية إستراتيجية االثراء الوسيلي التحصيل و القيم االخالقية اختبار التحصيل ومقياس القيم الطريقة الضابطة االخالقية اإلعتيادية -ثالثًا: تحديـد مجتمع البحث: مجتمع البحث: -1 إ صحديد المجتمع ارصلف للدلاسة ر هم فف البحوث الترشوية ، النه ضرولت الز ة الختيال العينة الممثلة البحث ، صمثيال صحيحاله الم الحالف ويتيو جتمع االول اللا المدالس توس ين طيالب المتوس ة فيف ( اذ شل عدل ال يالب فيييها )2320 2220النهالية للبنين فيف حافظة كركوك للعيام الدلاسف ) والثانوية 1894 ) ق م التخ ي التيرشوي فيف التف حلد عليها الباحث نشح ب االحيلا ية االول المتوس طيالب فيف اللا المديرية العيا ة لتيرشيية حافظة كركوك. اختيـار عينة البحث: -2 صعرف العينة شأنها: " نموذج يويييمد جانباً و جزءاً ن وحدات المجتمع ارصيييلف، وصيو ماثلة له إذ صحمد يختالها الباحث إلجراء الدلاسيييية عليها على وفا قواعد خاصيييية ليف صمثد المجتمع صمثيالً صييييفاصه الموييييتركة ولتحدييد عينة البحث اصبع الباحث الخ وات اآلصية: ، (151: 2015)الجاشري وصبري،صحيحا"ً ثالثاً: عينة البحث: وقد على شييعبتين لللييا االول توسيي وي للبنين التف سييت با عليها التجرشة، اذ صحت الخا حدل الباحث ثانوية استعمال استعمد الباحث ارسلوب العووا ف فييف اختيييال الوعبة لتمثد المجمييوعة التجريبييية التف سوف صدلس ش ، والوعبة ب صمثد المجميييوعة الااش ة التف سوف صدلس شال ريقة االعتييييالية، وقد استراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف ( طييالب يين 03( طييالب يين الوعبة التف صمثد المجمييوعة التجريبييية و)03طييالب شواقع )( 06شلغت العينة ) الوعبة ب التف صمثد المجميوعة الااش ة. -رابعاً: تكافؤ مجموعتي البحث: حر الباحث قبد شدء التجرشة على صيافؤ جموعتف البحث فف شعض المتغيرات التف قد صؤثر فف نتا ج وهيه المتغيرات هف: التجرشة ، تغير للجة اليكاء .1 العمر الز نف لل الب ح وشا شالوهول .2 المقياس القبلف للقيم االخالقية. للجات .3 . صحليد الوالدين .4 _ درجات اختبار الذكاء1 القيام شمهام عينه قالنة شإقرانه فف الاء هيه المهام شأنه قدله الفرل على ونتا جها هف التف يعرف اليكاء ( ولغرض صيافؤ افرال العينة فف تغير اليكاء اختال الباحث اليكاء مير اللفظف 178, 2006صعيس اليكاء )عالم, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org ( فقرت وهو ال م للبيئة العراقية شعد ا استخرجت لالالت اللدق والثبات فف للاسة 45لدانليز اليي يتألا ن ) باحث صعليمات ص بيا االختبال شدقة على طالب جموعتف البحث التجريبية ( وقد اصبع ال2002)الدليمف والعبيدي, وقد اعد الباحث استمالت خاصة لرجاشة عن االختبال وزعت 2022/ 11/ 11والااش ة لد ص بيا االختبال يوم جاشة ى للجة واحدت لر ع االختبال, وشعد صليح اجاشتهم ح ب الباحث للجة كد طالب فف كد جموعة شعد ا اع (, 45_ 0اللحيحة وصفر لرجاشة الخاطئة او المتروكة او المؤشر على اكثر ن اختيال فيها وكا د الدلجة) التا ف) االختبال استخدام المتغير شهيا البحث صيافؤ طالب جموعتف t_testولمعرفة د لعينتين تقلتي ن ( ( وشانحراف عيالي 28,66المجموعة التجريبية) ت اويتين لليوا عن لاللة الفرق, واصاح ا توس للجات (, وشاستعمال االختبال 7,58( وشانحراف عيالي )28,43( ا ا المتوس الح اشف للمجموعة الااش ة فيا )6,59) التا ف لعينتين تقلتين لمعرفة لاللة الفرق فف للجات اختبال اليكاء, اصاح ا الفرق ليس شيي لاللة احلا ية عند المح وشة ) 050, تو ) التا ية القيمة اذا كانت الجدولية ) 0,12( التا ية القيمة اقد ن ( وشدلجة حرية 1,96( يوضح ( واصاح ا جموعتف البحث)التجريبية والااش ة( تيافئتا احلا يا فف تغير اليكاء. والجدول58) ذلك. التائية المحسوبة والجدولية لمجموعتي البحث في ( المتوسط الحسابي واالنحراف المعياري والقيمة 6جدول) درجات اختبار مستوى الذكاء المجموعة حجم العينة المتوسط الحسابي االنحراف المعياري درجات الحرية القيمة التائية المحسوبة القيمة التائية الجدولية الداللة االحصائية عند ( 0,05مستوى) 58 6,59 28,66 30 التجريبية مير لالة 1,96 0,12 7,58 28,43 30 الااش ة :_العمر الزمني للطالب محسوبا بالشهور2 ويقلييييد شه عمر ال الب ح ييييوشا شالوييييهول, لقد حلييييد الباحث على العمر الز نف الافرال جموعتف يوم وشيهر صايم علو ات) ن اعدال الباحث البحث)التجريبية والاياش ة( ن ال الب انف يهم ن خالل اسيتمالت ( وشل توسي 4,61عيالي)نحراف شيهرا وشا( 142,56سينة( اذ شل توسي اعمال طلبة المجموعة التجريبية )و ) سييتعمال االختبال التا ف(, وشا5,79( شييهرا وشانحراف عيالي)144,50مجموعة الايياش ة)اعمال ال t_test ) لعينتين يييتقلتين لمعرفة لاللة الفرق شين هيين المتوسييي ين, اصايييح انه ليس هناك فرق ذو لاللة احليييا ية عند ( وشيدلجية 1,96ة الجيدوليية)( اقيد ن القيمية التيا يي1,42المح ييييوشية)(اذ كيانيت القيمية التيا يية 0,05 ييييتو لاللية) ( وهييه النتيجية صؤكيد ا جموعتف البحيث )التجريبيية والايييياش ية( تييافئتيا احلييييا ييا شمتغير العمر 58حريية) (يوضح ذلك.7الز نف, والجدول) دولية لمجموعتي البحث في ( المتوسط الحسابي واالنحراف المعياري والقيمة التائية المحسوبة والج7جدول ) العمر الزمني محسوبا بالشهور المجموعة حجم العينة المتوسط الحسابي االنحراف المعياري درجة الحرية القيمة التائية المحسوبية القيمة التائية الجدولية الداللة االحصائية عند مستوى (0,05 ) 4,61 142,56 30 التجريبية غير دالة 1,96 1,42 58 5,79 144,50 30 الضابطة درجات مقياس القيم األخالقية القبلي: _ 3 شالنظر الى ا قياس القيم االخالقية هو حد المتغيرين التاشعين، اضافة الى التحليد، فقد طبا الباحث قياس القيم المقياس، اذ شل المتوس الح اشف لدلجات االخالقية لتحقيا التيافؤ فف ضوء الدلجات التف يحللو عليها فف هيا ( و توس للجات طالب المجموعة 148.62طالب المجموعة التجريبية اليين يدلسو ش ريقة االثراء الوسيلف ) (. 146.75الااش ة اليين يدلسو ش ريقة االعتيالية ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org احلا ية شينهما فف للجات قياس و ن خالل النتا ج لدلجات طالب المجموعتين ، لم يظهر فرق ذو لاللة ( 1.96( وهف صغر ن القيمة الفا ية الجدولية البالغة )0.055القيم االخالقية ، فقد شلغت القيمة الفا ية المح وشة ) البحث تيافئة فف للجات االختبال 58( وشدلجتف حرية ) 0.05عند تو لاللة ) يعنف ا جموعتف ( وهيا ( 8وكما وضح فف جدول) خالقية القبلف لمقياس القيم اال ( 8جدول ) مقياس القيم المتوسط الحسابي واالنحراف المعياري والقيمتان التائيتان المحسوبة والجدولية لدرجات يوضح األخالقية القبلي الوسط العدد المجموعة الحسابي االنحراف المعياري درجة الحرية الداللة قيمة التائية 0.05 الجدولية المحسوبة 62814. 30 التجريبية 9.550 58 50.05 مير 1.96 لالة 75614. 30 الضابطة 9.653 : _ التحصيل الدراسي للوالدين 4 : _ التحصيل الدراسي لألباء عينة صم اجراء التيافؤ لتحليد االشاء شعد اخي البيانات ن االستمالت المعدت ن قبد الباحث والتف وزعت على ( ما يدل 2( عند للجة حرية ) 5,99( الجدولية )2اقد ن قيمة )كا (1,514( المح وشة )2إذ كانت قيمة )كا البحث : ( يوضح ذلك9على صيافؤ جموعتف البحث فف التحليد الدلاسف لالشاء, والجدول) لية والداللة ( المحسوبة والجدو2( تكرارات التحصيل آلباء طالب مجموعتي البحث وقيمة )كا 9جدول ) االحصائية. المجموعة حجم العينة يقرأ ويكتب_ابتدائية متوسطة_ اعدادية دبلوم فاعلى ( 2قيمه)كا المحسوبة قيمة ( 2)كا الجدولية الداللة االحصائية عند مستوى (0,05 ) 10 12 8 30 التجريبية 6 13 11 30 الااش ة مير لالة 5,99 1,514 16 25 19 60 المجموع ب_ التحصيل الدراسي لألمهات : صم اجراء التيافؤ لتحليد اال هات شعد اخي البيانات ن االستمالت المعدت ن قبد الباحث والتف وزعت على ( إذ كانت 0,05( اصاح ا الفرق ليس شيي لاللة احلا ية عند تو لاللة)2وشعد ح اب قيمة )كا عينة البحث ( ما يدل على صيافؤ 2( عند للجة حرية )5,99( الجدولية )2( اقد ن قيمة )كا1,293( المح وشة )2قيمة )كا ( يبين ذلك.10 جموعتف البحث فف التحليد الدلاسف لد هات, والجدول) ( المحسوبة والجدولية والداللة 2( تكرارات التحصيل ألمهات طالب مجموعتي البحث وقيمة )كا10جدول ) االحصائية. المجموعة حجم العينة يقرأ ويكتب_ ابتدائية متوسطة_ اعدادية دبلوم فاعلى ( 2قيمة)كا المحسوبة ( 2قيمة)كا الجدولية الداللة االحصائية عند ( 0,05مستوى ) 11 12 7 30 التجريبية 7 14 9 30 الااش ة مير لالة 5,99 1,293 18 26 16 60 المجموع -خامساً: إعداد أداتي البحث: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org اختبار التحصيل: .1 صتمتع رنهااختيالات رلشعة( فقرت اختبالية ن نوع االسئلة الموضوعية االختبال ن تعدل 50اعد الباحث ) شدلجة عالية ن الثبات فهف ال صتأثر شياصية الملحح وصوفر صغ ية جيدت للمالت الدلاسية وشهيا اصبح االختبال جاهز للت بيا. ى جموعة ن المحيمين فف جال المناهج وطرا ا التدليس وصأكد الباحث ن صدق االختبال شعد عرض عل ( وهف ن بة ثبات قبولة واصبحت 0.81( طالب وشلغت للجة الثبات )80ل عدلها ) وص بيقه على عينة است العية ش االلات جاهزت للت بيا. : القيم االخالقية .2 المختلفة للقيم والدلاسات لشيات الواالطالع على ا باحث على قاييس ختلفة للقيم االخالقيةشعد اطالع ال شعد صم صحديد فهوم القيم ارخالقية و جاالصه صمت صيامة ، للقيم االخالقية قياس اعدال ، الصأ الباحث االخالقية فقرت (15( فقرات فف المجال ارول ) جال القيم الدينية(، و )10( فقرت وزعة على المجاالت الخمس، شواقع )60) ( فقرات فف 10( فقرت فف المجال الثالث ) جال البيئة والمجتمع، و) 15فف المجال الثانف )المجال المدلسف(، و) االعتبال ( فقرات فف المجال الخا س ) جال القيم الوطنية(. وقد ُخي شنظر 10المجال الراشع )المجال ارسري(، و) المعايير التالية عند صيامة كد فقرت: صلا الفقرت شلغة فهو ة لد عينة البحث. • صجنب العبالت التف صحمد كثر ن عنى. • صيو العبالت شليغة المتيلم. • صجنب اليثرت فف الفقرات حتى ال ييو المقياس طويالً شالن بة رفرال العينة. • ( و ع يت ا علفَّ حياناً، ال صن با علفَّ صن با علىَّ كثيراً، صن بوضع الباحث ثالثة شدا د للمقياس هف ) و . (1.2.3الدلجات ليد شديد عند صلحيح المقياس هف على التوالف ) الوسائل اإلحصائيةسادساً: صم استعمال حقيبة ) spss الوسا د التالية: ووفا ( test .t عاللة االختبال التا ف ).1 test .t عاللة االختبال التا ف ) . 2 ( لعينتين تقلتين . 3( لعينتين تراش تين و عا د الصباط شيرسو .6 عا د صمييز فقرات االختبال . 5 عا د اللعوشة لفقرات االختبال .4 (2 رشع كاي )كا . و عاللة الفا كرونباا .7 الفصل الرابع: عرض النتائج وتفسيرها -أوال: عرض النتائج: -نتيجة الفرضية الصفرية األولى: -أ ذو داللة إحـصائية عند مـستوى ال وجود لفرق) الليفرية االولى والتف نليت علىالتحقا ن الفرضيية ن اجد اـستراتيجية االثراء الوـسيليبين متوـسط درجات المجموعة التجريبية التي يدرس طالبها مادة التاريخ ب (0.05) .والمجموعة الضابطة التي يدرس طالبها المادة نفسها بالطريقة االعتيادية في اختبار التحصيل( التجريبييية ) المجموعيية قييدله )30,529شل توسيييي للجييات طالب ( وصبيياين 6,894( وشييانحراف عيييالي ( 0738,( وانحراف عيالي )22,824(، فف حين كا توسييي للجات طالب المجموعة الاييياش ة )47,527) ( وشت بيا قانو االختبال التا ف لعينتين يتقلتين شاسيتعمال الحقيبة االحليا ية )65,173والتباين ) spss صبين ) ( عند يييتو لاللة 1,96( وهف كبر ن الجدولية التف ص ييياوي )4,232ا القيمة التا ية المح يييوشة ص ييياوي ) يوضح ذلك.(11)(، والجدول 58( وللجة حرية )0,05) ( 11رقم ) جدول نتائج االختبار التائي لمعرفة داللة الفرق بين متوسطي درجات طالب المجموعتين في اختبار التحصيل المجموعة عييييييييدل ال الب المتوسييي الح اشف االنيحيراف المعيالي التباين للجيييييية الحرية الداللة القيمة التا ية الجدولية المح وشة االحلا ية 58 47,527 6,894 30,529 30 التجريبية لالة 1,96 4,232 65,173 8,073 22,824 30 الااش ة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org وهيا يدل على ا النتيجة لالة احلييا ياً للييالح المجموعة التجريبية ويتبين ذلك ن خالل صفوق طالب المجموعة وصقبد شديلتها االولى اللفريةالتجريبية على طالب المجموعة الااش ة فف التحليد، وشيلك صرفض الفرضية نتيجة الفرضية الصفرية الثانية: -ب )ال يوجد فرق ذو داللة إحصائية عند مستوى لغرض التحقا ن الفرضية اللفرية الثانية التف صنت على انه استراتيجية االثراء الوسيلي بين متوسط درجات المجموعة التجريبية التي يدرس طالبها مادة التاريخ ب (0.05) ، والمجموعة الضابطة التي يدرس طالبها المادة نفسها بالطريقة االعتيادية في مقياس القيم األخالقية البعدي( ال فف قياس والااش ة التجريبية البحث للجات طالب جموعتف فيا توس ح بت ، البعدي ارخالقية قيم (، فف حين شل توس للجات 6.77(للجة، وشانحراف عيالي )78715.للجات طالب المجموعة التجريبية ) (، إذ يالحظ هناك فرقاً شين المتوس ين للالح 9.89(، وشانحراف عيالي ) 58814.طالب المجموعة الااش ة ) ولقياس التجريبية، )المجموعة التا ف االختبال الباحث استعمال المتوس ين، شين الفرق لاللة t-test لعينتين ) ( المح وشة التا ية القيمة شلغت إذ ) 4.37 تقلتين، البالغة الجدولية التا ية القيمة (، عند 1.96(، وهف كبر ن يوضح ذلك. (12) (، والجدول 58( وشدلجة حرية ) 0.05 تو لاللة ) ( 12جدول ) االختبار التائي لطالب مجموعتي البحث في مقياس القيم األخالقية البعدي نتائج الوسط العدد المجموعة الحسابي االنحراف المعياري درجة الحرية الداللة قيمة التائية 0.05 الجدولية المحسوبة 78715. 30 التجريبية 6.77 58 744. لالة 1.96 58814. 30 الضابطة 9.89 ما يدل على إ هناك فرقاً ذا لاللة إحلا ية شين توس للجات طالب جموعتف البحث وللالح المجموعة فف قياس القيم ارخالقية البعدي. وصقبد شديلتها التجريبية، ووفقاً ليلك صم لفض الفرضية اللفرية الثانية نتيجة الفرضية الصفرية الثالثة: . الفرضي التحقا ن الثالثة لغرض اللفرية على نهة صنت عند ) التف إحصائية داللة ذو فرق يوجد ال بين متوسطي االختبارين القبلي والبعدي لدرجات المجموعة التجريبية التي يدرس طالبها مادة (0.05) مستوى المجموعة التجريبية ، صم ح اب للجات طالب في مقياس القيم األخالقية( االثراء الوسيلياستراتيجية ب التاريخ للقيم ارخالقية التجريبية القبلف والبعدي، اذ شل المتوس الح اشف لدلجات المجموعة القيم ارخالقية فف قياس (، و المتوس الح اشف لدلجات المجموعة التجريبية للقيم ارخالقية 9.55(، وشانحراف عيالي)2147.6القبلف) (، وشانحراف عيالي ) 11.16(، وكا الوس الح اشف للفروق )6.77لي )(، وشانحراف عيا78715.البعدي ) شين 6.98 الفرق لاللة ولقياس البعدي، االختبال وللالح االختبالين فف فرقًا هناك الباحث الحظ وقد ،) t-testالمتوس ين، استعمد الباحث االختبال التا ف ) (، 9.04ح وشة ) ( لعينتين تراش تين إذ شلغت القيمة التا ية الم ( ي إ النتيجة 0.05(، وعند تو لاللة )29( شدلجة حرية ) 2.04وهف كبر ن القيمة التا ية الجدولية البالغة ) يوضح ذلك. (13) لالة إحلا يًا ولمللحة قياس القيم ارخالقية البعدي. والجدول ( 31جدول ) الخاصة بالتطبيق القبلي والبعدي للقيم األخالقية للمجموعة التجريبية نتائج االختبار التائي لعينتين مترابطتين المجموعة التجريبية المتوسط الحسابي االنحراف المعياري متوسط الفروق انحراف الفروق درجة الحر ية الداللة قيمة التائية المحسو 0.05 بة الجدولي ة 2.6814 قبلي 9.55 11.16 6.98 29 .048 2.04 78715. بعدي لالة 6.77 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org القيم ارخالقية. البعدي مقياسالفف وصقبد شديلتهاوشيلك صرفض الفرضية اللفرية الثالثة -ثانياً: تفسير النتائج: فف ضوء نتا ج البحث التف عرضت يتاح اآلصف: اليين للسوا الت التجريبية المجموعة إلى صفوق طالب النتا ج على وفا استراصيجية ارثراء التاليى صوير ال ريقة وفا نف ها المالت للسوا اليين الااش ة المجموعة والقيم ارخالقية على طالب التحليد فف الوسيلف .االعتيالية : التحصيلاختبار تفسير النتيجة المتعلقة ب .1 يعول إلى ارسباب اآلصية: سبب صفوق المجموعة التجريبية على الااش ةير الباحث . .ش اطة استراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف والمتمثلة فف سهولة ص بيقها وش اطة إجراءاصها .1 . ا يانية استخدا ها فف املب الموال التعليمية .2 .رفة اللا رونتها وا يانية صعديلها وفا الم تجدات التف قد ص ر فف م .3 ن االستراصيجيات التف صثير اهتمام ال لبة وصؤكد على االنتباه والتركيز والمالحظة، ارثراء الوسيلفإ استراصيجية .4 عن طريا شناء االفيال فف شنية ال الب المعرفية. لفع التحليد العلمفوص اعد فف تفسير النتيجة المتعلقة بالقيم األخالقية: -ب يعول إلى ارسباب اآلصية: والبعدي على القبلف سبب صفوق المجموعة التجريبية على الااش ة الباحث ير ن خالل لديهم وازالت الخوف والترلل لى العمد الجماعف التعاونف ال الب ع ارثراء الوسيلفشجعت استراصيجية .1 . عندهمالقيم ارخالقية زيالت اهم فف ي ، ما ةالتعليمي العملية فف الموالكة المنتجة ساهم فف قبول ارفيال الم روحة وعدم واجهتها شالنقد و ال خرية، وهيا ارثراء الوسيلفاستعمال استراصيجية .2 يعنف احترام ل ي اآلخرين، ما ي هم فف صنمية القيم ارخالقية لد ال الب. -ثالثًا: االستنتاجات: اآلصف: استنتجالباحث لهاالنتا ج التف صوصد ن خالل فف الت التاليى. وفف جميع المراحد الدلاسية الب ال ختلا على االثراء الوسيلفا يانية ص بيا استراصيجية .1 د استعمال الوسا صع ف لل الب لولاً هماً فف العملية التعليمية التعلمية عن طريا إِ َّ اسيتراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف .2 .التعليمية المختلفة وشالتالف ييو رلول ال الب ايجاشف -رابعاً: التوصيات: -الباحث شما يأصف: اوصىالبحث الحالف ن خالل النتا ج التف صم التوصد اليها فف التف استعمال استراصيجية االثراء الوسيلفالتأكيد على دلسف التاليى و دلساصها ن قبد المورفين االختلا ش .1 نحو الت التاليى. القيم االخالقيةلها االثر اليبير فف صنمية . توس ةالقيم االخالقية لد طلبة المرحلة المالتركيز فف صامين نهج التاليى على اساليب صعمد على صنمية .2 المجال لل لبة لتقبد االلاء واحترا ها ما يعزز القيم االخالقية صوصيية دلسيف الت التاليى، و دلسياصها شإف ياح .3 .لديهم -خامساً: المقترحات: نها: وللاسات قال ة الباحث اجراء اقترح صفييرهم ع االلشف وصنمية اللا الراشفف اكت اب المفاهيم التاليخية عند طالب االثراء الوسيلف استراصيجية فاعلية .1 . البلري ول توس وصنمية القيم االخالقية الجغرافية عند طالبات اللا ار صحليدفف االثراء الوسيلف ثر استراصيجية .2 .لديهن المصادر والمراجع: القيم و لاللها ولول للاسة فف طبيعة –(، القيم اإلسال ية والترشية 1988اشو العينين، على خليد ل فى، ) .1 ، يتبة إشراهيم حلبف، المدينة المنولت، ال عولية. 1الترشية اإلسال ية فف صيوينها وصنميتها، ط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org ، شيروت لبنا ، يتبة 1(: التحليد الدلاسف وعالقته شالقيم اإلسال ية الترشوية، ط 2010 حمد، علف عبد الحميد، ) .2 ح ن العلرية. صاليى ، جغرافيا ، صرشية وطنية ، لال سا ة للنور –فف صدليس الموال االجتماعية ( : الوا د2005ار ين ، شاكر ) .3 والتوزيع ،عما ،ارلل . (، فاعلية استخدام استراصيجية االثراء الوسيلف فف صدليس الرياضيات 2010شدل ، شثينة شنت حمد شن حمول ،) .4 ولافعية االنجاز الدلاسف لد طالبات المرحلة االعدالية ، لاش ة على صنمية هالات التفيير االستداللف والتحليد . 4، المجلد 4الترشويين العرب ، العدل (، البناء القيمف لد طلبة الجا عة ارللنية، جلة للاسات الجا عة 1990الب ش، حمد وعبد الرحمن، هانف، ) .5 . 39، العدل 17ارللنية، المجلد )البنا ، حمدي عبدالعظيم ح .6 المعرفف 2000مد التفايد انماط وصعديد التحليد فف الوسيلف االثراء فاعلية ،) ، المنلولت 43للتال يي المتفوقين ذوي صعوشات صعلم العلوم شالمرحلة االعدالية ، جلة كلية الترشية شالمنلولت ، ج ، لر. اإلسيندلية، لر.(، علم اجتماع القيم، لال المعرفة الجا عية، 1990شيو ف، حمد حمد، ) .7 8. ( لضا، كريم كايم ط2011الجاشري، النفس، وعلم الترشية فف البحث لل باعة 1( ناهج النعيمف ، يتبة واالستن اا، شغدال، العراق ، لال الم يرت للنور والتوزيع ، عما ، ارلل . 1(: التحليد الدلاسف، ط2011الجاللف، لمعا ل فى ) .9 (:اختبال لانليز لليكاء, اختبال قنن, جلة كلية الترشية االساسية, 2002عبد احمد) الدليمف, هناء لجب, والعبيدي, .10 العدل الثانف, الجا عة الم تنلرية. ، لال الوروق، عما ، االلل . 1(، اساليب صدليس العلوم، ط1994زيتو عايش حمول، ) .11 ية لد صلمييات المرحلة اإلعدالية شدولة ق ر، (: صنمية القيم الخاصة شمالت الترشية اإلسال 1987ال ويدي، وضحه، ) .12 ، الدوحة، لال الثقافة.1شرنا ج قترح، ط ، لال الفير العرشف، القاهرت، لر. 1(، القيم الترشوية فف القلت القرآنف، ط1996طه اوي، سيد احمد، ) .13 14. ( ، البهن اوي الحليم عبد فولشتين 1999عبير شاستراصيجية التدليس فاعلية التحليد (، على الوسيلف لالثراء الدلاسف وصنمية شعض هالات التفيير فف الت العلوم لد طالب المرحلة االعدالية ، )لسالة اج تير مير نوولت ، كلية الترشية ، جا عة طن ا ، لر. ، لال الفير عما . 1( المدلسة وصعليم التفيير، ط2000عدس، حمد عبد الرحيم ) .15 (: االختبالات والمقاييس الترشوية والنف ية، لال الفير للنور والتوزيع، القاهرت، 2006 حمول، )عالم، صالح الدين .16 لر. والعتيبف فاطمة قاسف،) .17 فاعلية استراصيجية)2018عي ى، حمد احمد :)k.w.l.h النبوية ال يرت صدليس ( فف جلة العلوم الترشوية والنف ية، المجلة العرشية على صنمية القيم الخلقية والوعف شها لد صلمييات المرحلة االشتدا ية، للعلوم وارشحاث، العدل التاسع، المجلد الثانف. (، اثر استعمال اسلوشين للتغيية الراجعة فف اكت اب المفاهيم التاليخية واستبقا ها 2008 حمول، اشتهال سهيد، ) .18 كلية الترشية االساسية، الجا عة الم تنلرية، لد طالبات اللا الثانف المتوس ، لسالة اج تير، مير نوولت، العراق. (، اساليب التدليس الحديثة وصقنياصها، يتبة زويلة لر.2006النداوي، اشراهيم خليد، ) .19 (، اثر التدليس ش ريقة المحاضرت ع القراءت الخالجية والمحاضرت 1995النعيمف، كوكب اسماعيد يحيى عبدهللا، ) .20 صحليد طالبات اللا الثانف المتوس شمالت التاليى، لسالة اج تير مير نوولت، جا عة شغدال، ع المناقوة فف كلية الترشية، العراق. 21. blagg,n.,(1991) : can we teach intelligence? a comprehensive evaluation of feuerstein's instrumental enrichment program hillsdale, new jersey, lawrence erlbaum associates publishers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 22. feuerstien, r & others (1985): instrumental enrichment an intervention program for structural congitive modifiability: theory and practice "in, j, sejal, schipman, r.glaser. thinking and learning skills, relating instruction to basic research (vol. i, chapter 1), hillsdale, n.j., lawrence erlabum associates, publishers, baltimore, university park press. 23. wakefield,j.,(1996) : educational psychology: learning to be a problem solver . boston,haughton mifflin company. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org gender equality is an issue today jovlieva laylo farkhod kizi independent researcher (karshisu) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the role of family and marriage in the context of striving for gender equality in society. also, the problems of introducing gender equality in relation to the institution of the family and their traditional alternatives were comparatively studied. gender equality, gender balance, liberalization, value transformation, family institution, family crisis. introduction it is known that the requirements of today's global development (democratization, liberalization, gender equality, market relations) have the level of universal principles, and their observance is of universal importance for all countries of the world. the place of each country in the world depends on how well it can fulfill these requirements. sometimes such demands present such problems to the countries based on traditional social relations and institutions, that solving them on the basis of traditionalism creates very sharp and conflicting problems. in practice, the process of modernization is aimed at preventing and solving such problems, but at the same time, it seeks to preserve traditional relations and institutions to a certain extent in order to ensure the stability of society. main part based on the achievements and shortcomings of gender practice in the world, especially in the western world, it is of both methodological and theoretical and practical importance to determine some directions in the formation of gender relations in traditional societies [1]. ensuring gender relations, especially gender equality, is an important principle in social life. it is gender equality that has become one of the important criteria for the achievement of democratic development and the formation of a civil society. therefore, "today, in the countries of the post-soviet space, as well as in central asia, the gender problem has become a complex socio-economic and political problem. its solution stabilizes all spheres of social life, helps to successfully modernize them" [2]. however, looking at gender as the "key" to all social problems, in the context of modernization or otherwise, is, in our opinion, one-sidedness and simplistic. the complexity of the problem is that the practical formation of gender relations in the life of society puts painful questions on the agenda. it can be said that the issue of gender equality is at the center of such questions. a differentiated approach to various aspects of human life activity is proposed for the purpose of establishing gender balance. in other words, we are talking about various methods (compact approaches), means of achieving the goal of solving one or another problem aimed at creating a harmonious gender space" [3]. for example, if the above concept is used to introduce gender equality american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org to relationships inside and outside the family, which is a constant focus of gender researchers, the issue becomes clearer. because the family is significantly different from other social relations and institutions due to its characteristics, structure, function, tendency to hierarchical structure and relative stability of family relations. the most painful aspect of solving gender problems also belongs to the sphere of family relations. because the family includes a strictly established relative hierarchical structure (relationships between parents and children, brothers, sisters) that cannot be fully covered by the principle of gender equality of an individual's life. usually, such relationships are more closely connected with kinship ties than other types of social relationships, based on mental-emotional closeness, constant and stable mutual trust, sincere and common that goes beyond the scope of extremely selfish views. on the contrary, the struggle for life, which occurs almost every moment, fills everyday life with conflicts. interactions in society are organized depending on the level of interests and validity periods. as a result, the individual begins to feel lonely in a mentally "alien" environment, in unstable and changing conditions of mutual relations, and feels a strong need for the so-called "refuge" of the family. it is only in him that he achieves peace of mind and finds his human value. for example, according to research conducted by the caucasus barometer (cb) in 2013, divorced women and widows reported feeling unhappy[4]. other studies also confirm this. for example, the results of a 2018 study conducted by the global health care company cigna to study the causes of loneliness in the united states found that those who have little contact with their families and single mothers/fathers are even more likely to they feel lonely and suffer more from loneliness than those in prison. due to the fact that women's rights are overemphasized in practice and misapplied to the context of other cultures, it is a significant cause of family suffering. no matter how fair their goals to ensure gender equality in the field of family relations are, they are not able to achieve it in practice. because there is no alternative to the family, and no social alternative has yet been found. even the practitioners of social-utopians did not take into account the invincible power of the parental feeling in human nature, the incomparable importance of the family for society and man, when they tried to do this. in the end, it remained in history as a mere futility and imaginary ideas and was forgotten. conclusion there are two trends in the world: firstly, non-western societies against the promotion of absolute gender equality in family relations strongly complain about its appearance in the western world and the negative consequences it has caused, and on the second hand, feminists advocate the spiritual and spiritual development of the family. questionable moral aspects and the last obstacle to gender equality that must be overcome, power (it is enough to remember the words of the radical feminist simone de beovo: "until the maternal instinct is abolished, women will remain slaves") they estimate that. this point has become an irreconcilable arena of gender views and other cultures. although it is impossible to reach a consensus in these debates, it is important to reach a compromise. references 1. shirmatova g. formation of gender equality as a factor of modernization of society// philosophy and law. 2018. no. 1. -b. 84. 2. moore s.m. gender studies in modern society // security of eurasia. 2011. no. 1. -b. 192. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org 3. timothy j. winter. islam in the 21st century. finding the qibla in the postmodern world. -t.: sharq, 2015. -b. 97-99. 4. timothy j. winter. islam in the 21st century. finding the qibla in the postmodern world. -t.: sharq, 2015. -b. 95. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org methodological principles of history teaching in higher education institutions k.a.makhmanazarov institute of karshi-engineering economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the methodical principles of teaching history in higher education institutions. based on scientific data, the author studied and analyzed the unique aspects of teaching history in higher education institutions based on available literature. higher education institutions, history, teaching, methodical principles. introduction it is known from history that the uzbek nation has always had a great desire for knowledge and its acquisition. for this reason, science has developed in the country since ancient times. in particular, even before the arrival of the arabs, the inhabitants of the region had their own knowledge and potential. as a result of the arabs' invasion of central asia and their spread of islam, it is commendable that they left a unique scientific heritage among the representatives of the local population, which is the main program for the whole world. since the early days of independence, the government has implemented many reforms regarding the reform of education in the republic. today, the reform of the education sector in the republic has reached a significant level of the scope of the reforms and their results, which are being carried out to further increase its efficiency. in this regard, attention is paid to the development of higher education as the most optimal way to achieve the development of other systems of education, as well as all areas of the republic. currently, all pedagogic-psychological scientists recognize the following definition of unesco as the most perfect definition of educational technologies: it is the use of the integrated approach method in the design and implementation of the process 11" [1]. main part: the development of a special concept aimed at organizing the distribution, teaching and practice integration of social sciences at all stages of the educational system is becoming a necessary need. as one of the main strategies of the new uzbekistan, it was noted that there is a need to develop the law "on the procedure and principles of teaching social sciences in the continuing education system" and to put it into practice [1]. in this direction, sh. mirziyoev recommended the creation and implementation of the "strategy for the humanitarianization of the field of continuing education and training of the republic of uzbekistan in 2022-2030" [2]. "study and promote the history of uzbekistan" in the direction of "ensuring spiritual development, radical reform of this field and bringing it to a new stage" of the development strategy project of new uzbekistan for 2022 2026 the task of development" is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org defined. this shows that it is necessary to pay serious attention to the issues of ensuring integrated quality and further development of professional competence of future pedagogues-staff in history education. one of the priority directions of innovative and experimental activity in the educational system can be considered to be the development of a new direction and new mechanisms for the development of professors and students in higher education institutions by creating a scientificmethodical and socio-pedagogical commonality. these tasks serve as guidelines for choosing mechanisms of collaborative practical activities based on an innovative approach in higher education institutions. for this reason, today, the responsible ministry is paying special attention to the re-examination of the subjects taught in higher education and the teaching of subjects that will help the individual to become a mature person. it is worth noting that the subject "newest history of uzbekistan" was recognized as one of the subjects considered necessary for students of all fields of higher education, in order for them to become mature experts in accordance with the demands of the times. indeed, history is a bridge between the past and the future. the disconnection between them leads to the decline of any people, nation and individual. for example, when a person walks forward, he always takes a step leaning on his back leg. if we take this situation to society, we can understand how important history is. "uzbekistan's newest science of history" which is taught at the undergraduate level of higher education institutions, for people working in various fields of society, to organize their work activities with the understanding that the value of the human factor in the relations between the state and citizens is high. or is of great importance in providing quality education. as evidence of our opinion, it is appropriate to cite the ideas defined in the charter of the united nations. for example, in the preamble of this charter, "to free future generations from the hardships of the war, which brought indescribable sorrow to humanity on march 2 in our lives, and to restore faith in basic human rights, the dignity of the human person, the equal rights of men and women, and the equality of the rights of large and small nations, and treaties and respecting obligations arising from other sources of international law” [2]. the idea has been strengthened, and at the same time, these ideas are gaining priority in our country's social and political life in the period of transition from national recovery to national growth. results and discussions: we all know that in the new uzbekistan that is developing today, the scope of new views, different opinions, and new reforms is expanding more and more. naturally, in this regard, the effectiveness of our reforms implemented in all aspects of our life is primarily the revival of the spirituality of our people, the in-depth study of our rich historical heritage, the preservation of our traditions and customs, the rise of the development of culture and art, science and education. it should be noted that it is related to "looking at the most important tasks before us today, in addition to solving the urgent issues directly related to the daily needs of the population, we are studying the basis and complex aspects of human life during the old regime, national values, historical traditions, universal humanity. we should not forget how much harm has been done to our society by neglecting spiritual resources" [3]. at the moment, it should be said that the process of national recovery in our country, after the socio-political dependence that lasted for almost a century and a half, took place in the first days, completely naturally, based on its own laws. the bold changes initiated by the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev defined a new ideology and a unique paradigm for the development of our society and state. for many years, the slowness, stagnation, and the policy of covering up problems and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org conflicts without fulfilling cross-cutting tasks, which were characteristic of the country's development, have been put an end to. a social and political life, which was almost non-existent before, has appeared, mass media has revived, and civil society is becoming more active. most importantly, people are realizing their freedom and rights, their sense of belonging and responsibility for the fate of society is growing. at the same time, it is worth noting that these criteria are extremely compatible with the internationally recognized criteria. while promoting the idea of "from national revival to national rise", the president said that national revival is the stage of realizing our identity, rebuilding the foundations of our national statehood, that this stage has an important place on the threshold of independence and in the early stages of independence, and now uzbekistan they emphasized that the time has come to regain its historical, civilizational place, to ensure the level of development comparable to the genetic human potential of the uzbek people, and to shine the light of the third renaissance. in the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022, "on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026" no. 'ib is highlighted as the main task. here, as a practical proof of our opinion, in the state program for the implementation of the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026 in the year of "glorification of human values and active neighborhood", it is precisely the "ict, irsika, unesco, unesco" organization of international conferences, symposiums and conventions under the slogan "new uzbekistan third renaissance" in cooperation with prestigious international organizations, research centers and universities", "in order to widely promote the rich scientific and spiritual heritage of our great ancestors to carry out the popular translation of the works of scholars, to create scientific and popular pamphlets based on them", "to carry out the popular translation of 100 works of scholars from our country in order to widely promote the rich scientific and spiritual heritage of our great ancestors, based on them scientific and to support the activities of international islamic academy of uzbekistan, center of islamic civilization, imam bukhari, imam termizi, imam moturidi international research centers in order to create popular pamphlets and widely promote the rich scientific and spiritual heritage of our great ancestors" [4 ]. it is appropriate to mention the definition of tasks such as on the basis of the cooperation of higher education institutions with foreign countries, to increase the effectiveness of the teaching of history, to strengthen the educational potential of the educational content that contributes to the formation of the student's personality, and to strengthen the sociohumanitarian direction of the educational content, to solve practical problems, it is desirable to develop educational-methodical support for strengthening the inter-disciplinary, course and inter-departmental integration of the teaching of history, which serves to ensure the socialization of students at a successful level, and to take into account other features. a successful solution to the complex task of increasing the effectiveness of the teaching of historical sciences, its improvement, can only be carried out based on the effective construction of the teaching and learning process based on an objective comprehensive analysis of pedagogical activities. this determines the existence of the following problems between the types and stages of education and the need to solve them quickly: self-development among professors and teachers of the higher education system american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org conclusion: in order to popularize and promote best practices, "basic schools" were created in the localities, involving professors-professors of higher education institutions and regional training institutes, methodologists, advanced experienced, initiative professors-teachers. it is desirable to make wide use of the possibilities of any methodical approach aimed at education and upbringing should serve to develop the personal experience of the history professor. formation and development of students' interest in history depends on the level of organization of each lesson. references: 1. presidential decree no. pf-5847 "on approval of the concept of development of the higher education system of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030". tashkent. october 8, 2019. 2. mirziyoev sh.m. new uzbekistan strategy. tashkent. "uzbekistan", 2021. p. 233. 3. gaffarov ya.kh. methodology of teaching history. textbook. tashkent:-b.285. 4. davlatov o.g. development of students' competence to ensure information security through historical and cultural heritage: autoref. ph.d. in ped.science. tashkent, 2018. 57 p. 5. gaffarov ya.kh. methodology of teaching history. t.: "trusted partner", 2020. 6. toshtemirova, s. (2022). pedagogical strategies of teaching history in the continuous education system / uzmu news. 2022, 1/1/2. 120-123 p. 7. bespalko, v.p. components of pedagogical technologies. m: 1989. 192 p. 8. ishmuhamedov r. ways to improve educational efficiency with the help of innovative technologies. tashkent: tdpu named after nizomi, 2009. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org the essence of the modern period and the growth of importance sustainability in society pakhrutdinov shukritdin doctor of political sciences, professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article focuses on the analysis and search for new ways and solutions to the crisis situation, which is currently characterized by significant global environmental crises and increased geopolitical tensions. internal security depends on many internal and external factors, and its effectiveness will be lower without taking into account as many of these factors as possible. the existing threats are of the same nature and consequences for all countries, regardless of their economic and political development. it is recognized that today the theory of universal security has not yet been developed, so each country has its own idea of the threat of resistance from the state. the need for an integrated interstate approach to eliminating. sustainable society, stability, security, international relations, factors introduction the prospects for the development of a sustainable society are determined to a large extent by external conditions and processes occurring in the emerging planetary society. the problems of global social development are reflected in the concept of sustainable development of society, which, during two summit meetings in rio de janeiro (1992) and johannesburg (2002) consolidated its scientific status. researchers at the present stage are faced with the task of finding new principles and ways out of a situation characterized by an aggravation of the global environmental situation and increased political tension in the sphere of international relations. there is no doubt about the need to conduct a deep and comprehensive analysis of the principles and methods of organizing social relations, as well as to study value priorities in the development of modern society. the study of society and the laws of its existence requires a philosophical approach to the analysis of the problem of sustainability and its connection with various social institutions. tense, extreme situations that pose a threat to safety lead to a deformation of the individual’s time perspective and provoke sociogenic mental anomalies. the actualization of the problem of social sustainability in the modern world is due to the fact that the current period of human history is characterized by numerous crises affecting various spheres of social life and unequal in scale. the primary nature of the problem under consideration is also due to the strengthening role of technogenesis in the development of modern society, its influence on the structure of social relations. in this regard, it is necessary to conduct a comprehensive analysis of existing crisis trends to identify and adjust the risks of social development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org social sustainability acts as a kind of defensive strategy to ensure personal sustainability and develop personal potential in current, safe everyday activities, which forms the general background of the sustainability of society as a whole. an important role in this is played by collective feelings, that is, experiences that are characteristic of many members of the group and have a sign of stability. collective feelings in public life perform significant functions: they encourage people to act, serve as a stimulus for their activity; determine the mobilization or demobilization of human behavior; provide symbolic protection from unwanted influences; serve to some extent as compensation for moral and material damage; help create forecasts for the future; provide the foundation for interaction between social groups, etc. collective feelings that determine the stability of society are stable experiences shared by many members of a large group. such feelings are associated with an assessment of the degree of stability in the economy and politics, with attitudes towards living conditions in a particular region. they can represent responsibility, hope, pride, fear, shame, bewilderment, aggression, pessimism or optimism, satisfaction or dissatisfaction, etc. we agree with the thesis that the condition for the formation of a sustainable society is a general civil dialogue, the strategy of which is built with a focus on the main goal achieving consensus among all citizens. organizing such a dialogue is a fundamental problem related to ensuring national security. the presence of a general civil dialogue in society presupposes that every citizen of a given state has the opportunity to take part in a discussion on primary issues of national security and their resolution. the citizen's voice in solving such problems must be significant. of course, it is impossible to ensure the personal participation of every person in government meetings or meetings of power ministries and departments, but this is not necessary. the task is to organize effective work on delegating powers and ensuring public control over their execution through representative power, public expertise, etc. such a well-established system ensures, among other things, that private opinions of ordinary people taking an active civic position are taken into account. of course, broad and reliable coverage of the preparation and adoption of the most important government decisions, active and well-organized work of the media is of utmost importance. the priority of civil consensus should not be limited to declarative statements. in addition, a situation where ensuring the security of even the vast majority of the population involves causing harm to other citizens is unacceptable. the literature notes that “in relation to other types of security (industrial, environmental, etc.), this principle is practically implemented in developed countries, because it is supported by the effective work of clear and unambiguous laws, and the accessibility of the court.” thus, if an entrepreneur intends to carry out a project related to an activity that is dangerous for someone in his. references 1.василюк ф. е. 1984 психология переживания. анализ преодоления критических ситуаций. – м.: изд-во моск. ун-та. 300 с. 2.коптюг в. а. 1992 конференция оон по окружающей среде и развитию (рио-де-жанейро, июнь 1992г.). информационный обзор. – новосибирск.с.120 3.левашов в. к. 2010 социально-политическая устойчивость общества: теория, измерения, стратегии. – м.370 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org 4.пахрутдинов ш. и.2016 угрозоустойчивое общество в качестве фактора развития государства и общества // конфликтология. № 4. – с. 67-83. 5.авазов комил холлиевич идеологические угрозы современности, безопасность и стабильность в обществе и их взаимосвязь//национальная безопасность и стратегическое планирование: выпуск 4 (12), 2015, с.42-47 6. avazov komil hollievich,"political analysis of the stability of modern society". journal of international politics 2019;1(1): 39-44. 7. avazov komil hollievich, «efficiency factors of political power»// scholars journal of physics, mathematics and statistics. 2019; 6 (4): p.91–94 8. avazov komil hollyevich «information threats: types, objectives and methods»// ijsrm.human, 2017; vol. 7 (4): p.107-116. 9.avazov k.h. factors of the effectiveness of political power as the basis of the sustainability of society//theoretical & applied science. 2020. № 2 (82). pp. 586-589. 10.avazov k.external and internal threats of modernity, security and stability in society, and their relationship//russia and the muslim world-moscow, 2017, p. 23 11.o. musaev. some questions of the developing of interethnic relations// theoretical & applied science. -2016. №06(38). -pp.82-84 12. umarali kadyrov factors and importance of forming personal consciousness in the information society //american journal of pedagogical and educational research. – 2023. – т. 18. – с. 74-79. 13. t. h. qurbonov 2023. unity of nationality and universality in the uzbek national mentality. american journal of pedagogical and educational research. 16, (sep. 2023), 186–191. 14. авазов к. х., тураева с. cовременные факторы духовной культуры и их влияние на развитие человека //общественные науки в современном мире: политология, социология, философия, история. – 2022. – с. 29-33. 15. komil avazov (2017). internal and external threats of modernity, security and stability of the modern society and their affinity // thе article was presented for the publication in the bulletin russia and the moslem world. russia and the moslem world, (3 (297)), 102-114. 16. авазов к. х. социально-политический анализ формирования угрозоустойчивого общества //вопросы политологии. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 90. – с. 590-593. 17. мусаев о. социально-философские интерпретации таких понятий, как" этнос" и" нация" как социальная единица //thematic journal of applied sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org current problems of qualification for artistic gymnastics oripova o. o. uzbekistan state university of physical education and sports chirchik city, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this work, the actual problems and ways of qualifying rhythmic gymnasts are discussed. technical training, systematic methods, initial selection, special selection, potential opportunities, elements of action. introduction determining sports talents in rhythmic gymnastics is a complex and difficult process. the demand for morphotype, ability to move artistry is growing more and more. searching for children with the ability to move makes public work easier to some extent. the problem of qualification is important in all types of sports and does not depend on the age of the participants. it is closely related to education and functional development of the growing organism. in the next 10-20 years, many specialists have studied this problem. according to them, the real purpose of selection is related to the special requirements of this sport, the need to have specific abilities to achieve high results in this chosen sport. the concept of ability means all the anatomical functional ability of the organism that determines skill in sports. the modern style of sorting is predictable. there are informative, reliable methods for assessing physical fitness. however, according to experts, the problems of orientation and selection in sports are currently at the stage of empirical research. currently, sports science does not have a sufficiently argumentative and effective selection method. this problem is especially relevant during early education. the unevenness of physical development, individual characteristics of the psyche and the uncertainty of the unformed child's future make it difficult to assess the selection in advance. it is possible to increase the reliability of sorting, for this it is necessary to create an opportunity for the child to be engaged for some time, and then it is necessary to carry out the sorting. it is known that not all children can reveal their abilities in the first competition. according to the latest information, the child's potential is revealed only in active and specific activities. the need for mass involvement of children in rhythmic gymnastics from a young age and the tendency to lower the starting age to 5 years old are included in some new, namely, the system of sorting rules. that is, it is necessary to carry out preliminary qualification work in kindergartens, in special schools engaged in this type of sport in primary grades. in mass education groups, one of the main factors is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org the interest of the children, the desire to engage and the desire to imitate. during the period of primary education, talented girls are selected from primary education specialists with the help of rhythmic gymnastics specialists. in this, they use pedagogical observations and a minimum number of tests. with the rest of the children, systematic training is conducted according to a certain program, and they remain the object of pedagogical observation and test control. it is very important that the remaining girls do not get upset and continue training in the appropriate groups. the sorting procedure is of great importance for both children and their parents. when determining the results of the tests, it is necessary to ensure accuracy, it is necessary to pay attention to the motivation, level of desire and activity of the girls. during the initial qualifying period, the appearance of the girls is evaluated by passive and active flexibility, dynamic strength and general movement coordination. daily sorting is especially important. in the initial period of training, from 3 months to 1 year, 4-6 competitions are held on various types of training. it takes into account the mastery of basic qualities and basic exercises. the main selection is carried out at the end of two years of training in the specialty. success in teaching is evaluated through control tests, which are included in the rhythmic gymnastics program and confirmed. in the main selection period, non-measurable factors such as flexibility, aesthetic appeal, and artistry are taken into account. a special selection is held at the end of the third year. in this, numerical indicators are compared with his initial level, while the ability to apply the accumulated knowledge in gymnastics to solving new options of the problem is also taken into account. at the same time, indicators such as health, interest and willpower in girls also play a big role. list of references 1. arkaev l.ya., kuzmina n.i. on the model of constructing long-term sports training in rhythmic gymnastics: methodological recommendation m.: publishing house vniifk, 1989. 28 p. 2. arkhipova yu.a., karpenko l.a. methodology of basic training of gymnasts in exercises with apparatus: methodological recommendation st. petersburg: publishing house of st. petersburg state athletics committee named after p.f.lesgafta, 2001. 24 p. 3. biryuk e.v., ovchinnikova n.a. choreographic training in sports: methodological recommendation kyiv: kgifk publishing house, 1990. 20 p. 4. biryuk e.v., ovchinnikova n.a. features of physical training: methodological recommendation kyiv: kgifk publishing house, 1991. 34 p. 5. vengerova ii.n., fedorova o.s. means of classical exercise in choreographic training lessons in complex coordination sports: educational and methodological manual. st. petersburg: publishing house spbgafk, 2000. 46 p. 6. tashpulatov f. a., shermatov g. k. wrestling–the honor of uzbek nation //eurasian scientific herald. – 2022. – т. 8. – с. 205-208. 7. alisherovich t. f. sog’lom turmush tarzini shakillantirishda jismoniy madaniyatning inson hayotidagi roli //barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2022. – с. 187-190. 8. ташпулатов ф. gandbolchilar o'yin faoliyati samaradorligini har tomonlama baholash metodikasi //scienceproblems. uz. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org 9. khurramovich, k. f. (2022). developing a set of wellness exercises for middle aged men (45-60 years old) according to physical preparation. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(04), 165-169. 10. alisherovich, t. f., & toshboyeva, m. b. innovative pedagogical activity: content and structure. 11. tashpulatov farkhad alisherovich, methodology of comprehensive evaluation of game activity efficiency of handball players, 2023/1, actual problems of humanities and social sciences, 96-104, https://doi.org/10.47390/1342v3i1y2023n10 12. khurramovich, k. f. (2022). developing a set of wellness exercises for middle aged men (45-60 years old) according to physical preparation. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(04), 165-169. 13. khurramovich, k. f. (2022). methodology of weightlifting with athletes. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(4), 1228-1233. 14. karimov, f. x. (2022). scientific and methodological bases of normalization of loads in physical education and mass sports-health training. european journal of business startups and open society, 2(2), 24-28. 15. karimov, f. x. (2021). plan individual fitness training programs for middle-aged men. european journal of life safety and stability (2660-9630), 11, 238-244. 16. каримов, ф. х. (2020). classification, system and terms of sport wrestling methods. international journal of discourse on innovation, integration and education, 1(4), 84-88. 17. каримов, ф. х., & ташпулатов, ф. а. (2020). республикамиздаги юнон-рим кураши билан шуғулланувчи ўсмирларни қарши ҳужум усулларига ўргатиш самарадорлигини ошириш. инновации в педагогике и психологии, (si-2№ 4). 18. каримов, ф. х. (2017). физическая культура и её связь с общей культурой. высшая школа, (4), 65-66. 19. каримов, ф. х. (2017). физическая культура и её связь с общей культурой. высшая школа, (4), 65-66. 20. karimov, f. k. (2022). developing a combination of health exercises for middle-aged men aged 45-60. eurasian scientific herald, 8, 201-204. 21. tashbaeva, m. (2022). pedagogical opportunities of wrestling sports in the formation of a sense of national pride in students. eurasian scientific herald, 8, 213-216. 22. toshboyeva, m. b. (2022). wellness exercises for human endurance development. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(4), 1214-1220. 23. toshboyeva, m. b. (2022). wrestling is a kind of sport with an example of the first training jar the importance of the formation of fastpaced power attributes with the help of moving games. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 6, 291-294. 24. karimov, f. k. (2022). primary school students hold national movement games in physical education classes. journal of integrated education and research, 1(5), 254-258. https://doi.org/10.47390/1342v3i1y2023n10 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 25. ташпулатов ф. gandbolchilar o'yin faoliyati samaradorligini har tomonlama baholash metodikasi //scienceproblems. uz. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 96-104. 26. the role of sports in the development of personality of young athletes tashpulatov farkhad alisherovich, international engineering journal for research & development, https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/658dk, 2023/2, 27. theoretical and practical increase in the ability to predict in physical education and sports, tashpulatov f. a., pindus journal of culture, literature, and elt, 136-139. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org development of professional memory as an important factor ensuring performance efficiency soatov asadulloh jabborovich kashkadarya region pedagogues to new methods senior teacher of the national center for education, p.f.f.d. (phd) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes professional memory and its educational significance, the role of individual learning methods in the process of acquiring professional memory, the impact of interests in ensuring the effectiveness of activities, the importance of taking into account the interests, learning methods and individual qualities of students in educational activities. profession, memory, professional memory, learning methods, knowledge, skills, qualifications, interest, motive, component, will, need. introduction every pupil and student acquires the necessary knowledge and skills for future professional activities in educational institutions. in the process of mastering these qualities, they are required to have a good memory in order to remember, remember and recall information related to the science and field they are interested in. for this purpose, pedagogues and students should know information about the characteristics of memory, organize activities taking into account the qualities of individual memory in the process of working on it. relevance of the topic today, students should be well aware of cognitive processes, especially knowledge of memory qualities, in order to acquire professional skills related to their field in the future. being aware of knowledge about memory forms the ability of each person to retain information, the ability to recall it when necessary, and the ability to work with information, taking into account individual qualities. being able to effectively use memory capabilities when working with information related to the professional field has a positive effect on the formation of professional skills. in the history of psychology, the problem of memory and its underlying social factors has been researched by a number of psychologists of our country and abroad. including scientific views on professional memory and its educational significance by g.ebbenhaus, e.erikson, k.g.jung, k.levin, k.rodgers, a.maslow, e.fromm, a.r.luria and other scientists, educational theoretical views on the methods of studying activity and the psychological significance of interest by n.a. ribnikov, n.f. dobrinin, n.d. levitov, m.f. belyayev, l.a. gordon, l.i. bojovich, n.g. morozova, m.g. davletshin, m. v. vohidov, v. a. tokareva, e. goziyev and other scientists studied in his theoreticalmethodological works [2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org theoretically, human memory is divided into phenomenal and professional memory depending on the direction of mental activity. phenomenal memory depends on innate qualities, and the possessor of such memory is able to recall information without difficulty or without scientific methods. by nature, this quality is innate and rare, so it is found in few people. the owner of a professional memory remembers knowledge related to his field better than information related to other fields. it would be more correct to define professional memory as "a type of memory that consists of a person's ability to remember knowledge, work activities, things and events, thoughts and opinions related to his profession and to recall them well at the time of need." the development of professional memory depends on social factors, and every professional can have this quality through proper upbringing and education. for example, a teacher acquires knowledge of his subject at the level of competence through constant work on himself, bank employees can remember multi-digit numbers well through the skills acquired due to their work, a mechanic adjusts car parts. and a deep knowledge of their working mechanisms, a musician's ability to remember music tunes are among these. psychologically, many internal and external factors directly and indirectly affect the formation of professional memory. below we will focus on such important effects. the formation of professional memory depends to a large extent on which sense organ a person relies on in the acquisition of information and which one is superior in the field in which he is engaged. if a person's active sensory organ in the assimilation of information provides an advantage in his work, the process of acquiring professional memory will be somewhat accelerated. in this regard, the five types of memory that humans can rely on to receive and absorb information: visual, auditory, kinesthetic and, in part, the role of sense of smell and taste is special. among these types of intuition, the most important are visual sensations. 80% of the knowledge that a person can acquire corresponds to the share of visual sensations. through visual sensations, we master words either by reading textual information, or in image and image form, i.e. visual. today, human beings prefer to receive the necessary information via video on the internet, visual i.e., rather than reading verbal i.e. textual information. from this it can be concluded that for people of today's era, learning in visual form through visual sensations is dominant over the verbal i.e. the method of learning by reading a text. learning through auditory sensations is also important in the development of professional memory. this method of learning dominates more musicians and representatives of the art sphere. an example of this is the fact that the singer, singer and composers, as soon as they begin to hear new music, can say the author, performer of the music and all the additional information associated with it. learning through kinesthetic sensations is more often observed in professional people engaged in practical activities. masters tuning various techniques, craftsmen making objects have become the owners of professional skill as a result of repeated and repeated performance of work actions. an aspect of professional memory in them that differs from other field owners is conspicuous in being able to remember every practical action they perform and be insecure in the process of its re-execution. learning through the senses of smell and taste will be well developed in cooks, confectioners, holvapaz, degustators, attors, gardeners, florists and the like. one of the things that is best preserved in human memory in psychology is odors. therefore, learning through this intuition will also be well developed in people who operate in other areas. taste sensations are also formed in every person in relation to products that they constantly consume. professional memory in this area is observed in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org people with a well-formed nature of knowledge and perception of smells and tastes at a professional level. statistics show that 10% of people remember what they read, 30% remember what they heard, 50% remember what they read, 70% remember what they spoke, and 90% remember what they did. in order to have good memory, it is necessary to purposefully use all the learning methods listed above. that is, the more sensory organs and learning methods are involved in the learning process, the more solid memory the acquired knowledge is preserved. this means that the development of professional memory requires a person to regularly work on himself and constantly improve professional skills, correctly choosing methods of learning according to his individual characteristics. professional memory also depends on the volitional qualities of a person. weak, weak-willed, people remember information superficially and sluggishly, since they worked little on themselves. on the contrary, strong-willed people who diligently enter into mastering the material will carefully and deeply remember the knowledge of the field. it is by directing volitional energy towards the goal that a person develops his mental level, knowledge, training, thinking skills, skills and habits. therefore, the power of professional memory is directly related to the psychic characteristics of the individual. the individual consciously regulates and improves his memory properties in the process of systematic implementation of the goals and objectives set before him[6]. for the formation of professional memory, it is important that a person is able to correctly choose the type of activity appropriate to his competence. the correct choice of profession and orientation to the profession cannot be imagined without educational processes. because education is the process of giving knowledge, generating skills and skills, and is the main means of preparing a person for life and work. a person receives information, knowledge and is brought up in the educational process. professional orientation it is primarily the formation of skills that are specific about those professions in order to provide the professional with information, knowledge, to make him acquire the profession in which he is interested. the result of the educational process is that it leads a person to find his place in society, to achieve specific goals during his professional career[2]. the peculiarly attractive aspects of professions always intrigue the generation with a predisposition to the profession. only young people with conscious interest in this will be able to correctly choose a profession suitable for their ability. the role of educators in this process is special. educators should provide children with the knowledge they need to give in the lesson using methodological techniques that can serve to achieve the result by making it interesting. children raised by such educators become individuals who can make big news from their own interests. from this point of view, taking interest as one of the leading needs in the profession arises from the necessity associated with the desire of a person to achieve something. on the basis of this need, professional memory develops. theoretically, interests are said to be emotional manifestations of the needs associated with the cognitive process of an individual. interests play an important role in the development of professional memory. because it represents the power of inclination towards the content of the object of activity. this power of inclination responds to the individual's need for knowledge and forces the active satisfaction of the ways and methods of satisfying the "thirst for knowledge and understanding"that occur in the individual[3]. interests are divided into types, depending on their content, purpose, width and consistency. interests are divided into personal and social types according to their content. despite the fact that a person's american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org personal interest is primary in origin, he also acquires the character of sociality in an era itself. the interest of a person in his professional activities will ultimately bring us a favor for society. the individual satisfies his individual need by creating something new because of his interest. the created novelty has social significance and serves to further improve the development of the industry. therefore, personal interests become more social interests as they improve. society, on the other hand, should encourage those who receive education to actively know and develop interest in socially significant labor activities. [5]. interests are classified according to their purpose into direct and mediated interests. indirect interests arise due to the emotional attractiveness of the object. mediated interests arise when the real meaning of an object and its significance to the individual are appropriate. the emergence of this interest is the need for cognition, which is associated with the awareness of the purpose of the activity[4]. in order to develop the professional skills of students through direct interest, the course processes should be organized in such an interesting form that they can attract the attention of the learners. and mediocre interest depends on the purposeful choice of the area of study of students and the fact that they consider it an important need to have professional skills. hence, while the arousal of direct interest is due to how qualitatively the educational process is established in educational institutions, the mediated interest is due to the personal qualities, conscious goals and individual characteristics of the learners. according to the scope of interests, they are divided into broad and narrow interests. a broad interest is an interest in many areas of activity rather than in one field or activity. some people may have specific interests. this is a narrow interest. a variety of interests is one of the best means of changing activities to restore energy spent on work [1]. of course, in order to develop professional memory, a person should have a wide range of interests. because in today's era, when all fields are becoming integrated, no field can be studied completely in isolation. therefore, in order to gain deep knowledge and skills related to their field, future professionals need to have a certain level of knowledge in other related fields and sciences. interests can be stable or unstable depending on the level of duration. fixed interests are interests that last for a long time. also, interests that fully manifest the basic needs of a person and therefore become an important feature of a person's psychological image are stable interests [1]. sustainable interests are a type of interest that requires continuity, and it has a special role in the acquisition of knowledge related to the professional field. unstable interests quickly cool people who set themselves a long-term goal from the desire to achieve the goal. because the loss of interest turns a fun process into a boring exercise. since the knowledge of the desired science and field requires a longterm learning process, i.e. regularity, students should enrich their professional knowledge by having stable interests. conclusions and recommendations based on the above scientific views and considerations, it is appropriate for students to pay attention to the following in the development of professional memory: the correct choice of effective learning methods in the assimilation of information; ability to direct willful qualities towards the goal; to be able to correctly choose the type of activity suitable for one's ability: it is necessary to be able to use the types of interests related to the content, purpose, breadth and strength in order to acquire professional skills. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org in short, in order for students to achieve success in professional activities, they should master the abovementioned components at the level of competence. their professional memory develops in the harmony of these competencies. a developed professional memory serves to effectively acquire knowledge and skills related to the activity a person is engaged in. acquired qualities stimulate the development of cognitive processes in a specialist. references: 1.ivanov.p.i, zufarova.m.ye. umumiy psixologiya. toshkent: о‘zbek faylasuflari milliy jamiyati. 2010.-142-145, b. 2.soatov.a.j. bо‘lajak pedagog-psixologlarda psixologik maslahat berish kо‘nikmalarini shakllantirish texnologiyasi. o’quv qo’llanma. qarshi: fan va ta’lim. 2022.-128-137 b. 3. soatov a.j. pedagogik kasbiy faoliyatda xotiraga xos mnemonik usullardan samarali foydalanish omillari. “ta’lim fan va innovatsiya” jurnali 1 son. 2020.-100 b. 4.urinova l. вестник интегративной психологии. “роль развития качеств внимания в учебной деятельности учащихся”. 2022.-372 c. 5.g’oziyev e. umumiy psixologiya. darslik. toshkent: o’zbekiston faylasuflari milliy jamiyati nashriyoti. 2010.-336 b. 6.https://elib.buxdu.uz/index.php/pages/referatlar-mustaqil-ish-kurs-ishi/item/12023-xotira-va-kasbiymaslahat. 7. ergashev nuriddin gayratovich. “didactic provision of the implementation of the teaching model of information technology in technical systems in technical specialties of higher education on the basis of a hierarchical approach”. intent research scientific journal, vol. 2, no. 12, dec. 2023, pp. 28-40, https://intentresearch.org/index.php/irsj/article/view/272. 8. davronovich, s. r., & gayratovich, e. n. (2023). analysis of existing risks and methods of combating them in cloud technologies. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 18, 190-198. https://intentresearch.org/index.php/irsj/article/view/272 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the aesthetic of color expression in the selected works of the students of artistic education department in ceramic asst. prof. dr. ammar jabbar hussein al-wahaj university of misan/college of basic education/ artistry department email: drammaralwahaj@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aims of study to reveal the beauty of color expression in the works of the department of art education. to assure us of the importance of glazed pottery, a view that lies in its bearing of colors that excite the viewer. therefore, its importance comes from revealing the color beauty placed on the surface of the pottery vessels, which are basic components for working with (ceramic) a word. commercial it is one of the lessons taught by students of art faculties, art education departments and art institutes. in the second chapter, the researcher to explain the philosophy of beauty, as well as introducing the pottery kiln or the art of ceramics, which is a disclosure of the most important philosophies of beauty. in the third chapter, the researcher dealt with the analysis of the students' work and revealed the expression of these colors that cover the artistic works accomplished by the students of the art education departments. as results and conclusions appeared in the fourth chapter explaining to us the most important of these works of art. introduction chapter one search problem one of the important arts that the researcher seeks to delve into is the art of ceramics or (ceramics) and the art of ceramics is one of the arts that took it upon itself to show the aesthetics of the works, one of the elements of which is color. and color is an important element how many elements of composition for pottery or porcelain art. therefore, the process of coloring those works consisting of clay and color is one of the important steps, the expression of color on the surfaces of these pottery is a process subject to aesthetic standards carried out by the artist in the completion of his artwork, and since this art falls within the vocabulary and vocabulary of the materials studied by the art student in the technical departments, so the researcher will identify how to express for students in putting their colors on these pottery and what is the aesthetic of expression in this area, where the researcher will depend on what he accomplishes students work in this vital and important lesson. the pottery lesson or ceramics is a lesson that contributes to expanding students' perceptions of the stages that work goes through, starting from preparing clay to coloring it and entering the oven, which are somewhat complex processes and stages. in this research, we will learn about the stages and how american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org to color those works done by students and about the aesthetics carried by each work and the interpretation of each of its colors. color has become a major role in the construction of glazed pottery because of its influential ability on the recipient. importance of research research may contribute to highlighting color and its large presence in the details of each artwork. the disclosure of aesthetic values in color and its suitability to the idea in any work may lead us to several interpretations needed by the researcher in the interpretation of many things and may be adopted as a study that reveals the aesthetic value. the current research helps in explaining many phenomena of color, how it is used and why it is used, as it explains to us some colorful artworks to eventually form a cognitive addition to art libraries. research objective the research aims to: reveal the beauty of color expression in the students' works completed for the department of art education. search limits the current research is determined by: 1spatial boundaries: maysan university college of basic education department of art education iraq 2time limits: 2021-2022 3objective limits: it is the aesthetic of color expression in students' work. define terms -beauty saliba (1971) defines beauty as (proportionality of members and most of what is said from the general definitions in the recommended sight) (saliba, 1971, p. 407) the researcher defines it as (it is a study of the elements and foundations by which the artwork is built and try to know how to build them according to a certain standard). color expression: arafa (reed, 1986) (demonstrating direct emotional reactions or is the variable in art, i.e. the understanding that man evaluates by abstracting his sensory impressions) (reed, 1986, p. 42) the researcher defines it as: (the set of emotional emotions that appear in practice and formation on the surface of the materials that can make up the artwork, embodying the idea that the artist wants to show to the public). chapter two / section i philosophy of beauty the research in aesthetic philosophy inevitably leads us to the beginnings of the development of explanations for beauty and what it is. at the beginning of exposure and explanation of beauty and its interpretation, there are philosophers who described several definitions of the concept of beauty, starting with greek philosophy. a large number of philosophers appeared who tried to convey to us an idea of beauty. it was initially a philosophy that clarifies the conflict between good and evil. some said that good is beauty and ugliness is evil. from this point of view, the convictions of philosophers american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org were formed. they described the explanations and rationale for it. among these philosophers are the pythagoreans, whose name is attributed to the mathematician pythagoras. socrates (470 – 399 bc), one of the greatest philosophers and thinkers of his time, said he had a critical vision, he named himself until he reached the stage of sanctification and his opinion of beauty was that it achieves the end based on his theory (teleological interpretation), beauty has a purposeful field that reveals goodness and higher values. plato (427-347 bc), who was discipled by socrates, an ideal world influenced by idealism and divided the world into two parts: the world of ideals and represents a real world, and the second world is the world of sense or shadows, which is a mortal world. aristotle (385-322 bc) also named aristotle, a greek philosopher, through his research and opinions, to discover and investigate the effect that beautiful things create on the human psyche. aristotle combined the objective and the absolute to create beauty. moving to islamic philosophy in beauty, many arab thinkers have emerged at this stage, which is considered as a link between it and the greeks, and if we want to reach the depth of history, we will find that the arab-islamic civilization is rich in its philosophical output, as it is the whale of many myths and poetry... al-farabi (260-339 ah), one of the muslim philosophers, his philosophical perspective embodies the artist's connection to the sensory objects that are aware of the faculties of the way of upgrading the parts of art, which has the advantage of superiority over the penetrating nature of beauty and its value achieved through the work of art. moving to another islamic world, ibn sina (370-427 ah), it is an extension of the thought of al-farabi has taken a lot from him ibn sina believes that his philosophy is close to the philosophy of aristotle, who believes in simulation as a metaphor from the origin of the thing as well as al-ghazali (445-505 ah) important views in the sciences of religion and beauty, it is known for its sufi orientation, it considered sufism the way leading to science through taste that made it like light. it is no secret that the philosophy of the arab-islamic civilization has taken a lot from greek philosophy and was influenced by it by relying on translation on some of what they obtained from it. moving to modern philosophy, it has been agreed among believers that the year (1821) is the beginning of modern philosophy, although it varied in some of them, this contrast helped to form and mature the search for beauty. modern philosophy has relied on basic factors to understand the subject of beauty, the modern era has witnessed a richness of knowledge and the difference of this richness of knowledge that those thinkers have described within their abilities and visions is the development of elements of aesthetic theory and its subject (aesthetics) and that the first to differentiate between aesthetics and the rest of human knowledge is the thinker (baumgarten), who called aesthetics the term (aesthetics) in 1750. (abu sheikha and adly, 2010, p. 19) perhaps what distinguishes beauty is the "autonomy" brought by descartes, who showed it and confirmed its existence in the self for its ability to reach the truth. one of these thinkers is (immanuel kant) (1724-1804 ad), as kant's view of the aesthetic that stems from the self that he wrote about in his book called (al-hakam) emerged. but subjectivity in governance has the character or rule of comprehensiveness if the foundations or subjective conditions of the faculty of government for all trainees. (badri, 1996, p. 8) moving on to another thinker and scientist, the thinker (friedrich hegel) (1770-1830 ad), a german philosopher, as he set out to build his own concepts and tools to show a special philosophy, which american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org made him a theology, as this aesthetic philosophy and his pattern of thinking represented all and unified a number of opinions and movements, which made him try to prove the validity of the object thinking and thought as an object, i.e. the correspondence of existence and thought. (youssef, 2008, p. 23) john dewey (1856-1952) it can be said that dewey's philosophy is a natural pragmatic trend, as it links the theory of art with the interaction of man with his reality, and this is what he called experience because art, by contemplating its own themes and fantasies, evokes in us aesthetics that are not normal normal, but different and different from the ordinary. (youssef, 2008, p. 205) the proof of soorio (1852-1926) he is the french aesthetician, who called for the need for solidarity between the two functions, which is the aesthetic task and the utilitarian task, and (sorieu) has formed a different picture of aesthetics as a (object-oriented science) based on what art creates of things within the study of its subject. we are satisfied with this presentation for some modern and contemporary beauty thinkers, as beauty has been developed through aesthetic theories, they are several theories, including: 1aesthetic experience theory 2simulation theory 3emotional theory 4psychoanalytic theory 5formal theory 6artistic beauty theory the use of color in pottery the colors have an impact in the hearts of people and colors psychological effects sensory and aesthetic great human use colors and decorated by pottery with a utilitarian function, which was used by most of his tools and decorated with bright colors in order to distinguish them from the rest of the tools acquired by فمرة we see him uses color in decoration and at other times for sovereignty and religious rituals such as the colors that most africans put on their faces during the performance of their worship and not limited colors in this continent, but beyond to asia, specifically the east countries of asia. the color was also used to express fear, in some caves there were many drawings indicating that the ancient man was drawing pictures of animals in large size to justify his fear of those animals or may use them in magic in order to go away from them evil spirits as they claim and this is what archaeologists found 27 thousand years ago in the caves of altamir in spain and france. color was a language or symbol used by ancient man to express what he had in mind (regardless of the ancient man's use of color, most researchers prefer his knowledge of color in awareness and importance, meeting various aesthetic and psychological needs in the first place, as well as its various functions) (kazem, 1989, p. 12). referring to the artists who use color in their various artworks, the expression in colors, especially on pottery, is one of the means of artistic expression, which is the entrance through which we can access the artist's bays to try to interpret the important aspects that the artist put through colors on his artwork, which embodied his impression and internal projections to express color on his works, so the color expression works to provide the opportunity to know what colors are used and why they were used to express emotions, tendencies and ideas, as it it reveals to us the meaning of these colors that allow us to infer by them what is inherent in the same artist. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org therefore, talking about expression in colors is only an artistic product consisting of the convergence of two aspects, namely the emotional feelings inherent in the same individual and his physical kinetic energy, so it is a human condition formed and formed through external influences or external reality, which has an active role in moving those feelings and then embodied through what drives him towards others and appears in the form of various works of art, including pottery or colored pottery, which we are about. colors affect the soul, leading to a feeling resulting from the vibrations of some of them, which in turn suggest thoughts that bring comfort and tranquility to the soul, while others go to turmoil and anxiety by watching the colors that cover the surface of the artwork according to what the artist sees. here, we must refer to the art student's artistic production, especially in the field of pottery arts, as the art student studies in institutes and colleges specialized in teaching art, so many plastic arts pass by him and the most important element in it is the color element, so that component element is subject to the artwork in order to give it an aesthetic value. thus, it can be said that the work has achieved its goals, which it becomes through two areas, namely the subject, whatever the image, word or anything expressive, and the second is the idea for which the idea of the component of the artwork was built, and this is the expression in color, and this is confirmed by (santian) by saying ((if the two limits are not integrated into the mind, then the work cannot be described as expressive)) (santian, d. t., p. 214) based on the foregoing, the expression and all its forms several stages and several classifications classification (herbert reed), which starts from childhood and ends with adolescence, where the description of adolescence, which begins at the age of fifteen, it is the stage of maturity has as well as there is another classification, a classification (victor lonfield), in which the classification begins with stages (seven) from the pre-planning stage and then the planning stage until it reaches adolescence, but identified by lunfield and starts from the age of thirteen to the most important characteristic of this stage is that we can feel and feel the clear difference between the performance of students in the works of art as they perform in a mature aesthetic perception between it and the stages that precede this stage. the aesthetic of expression in colored porcelain we had discussed above that porcelain is based on clay, which is the cheapest material, and how it entered human life intimately until it became an integral part of his life affairs. the ceramic material has evolved during the different ages with the development of the requirements of multi-method life and the multitude of curricula, and each worker has his own diligence. it is known that the art student at the undergraduate level used to work on clay in his lessons, which are scheduled to be taken in the school years, but here at the beginning of this stage that the student passes through several stages through which the student can learn about the important stages that each pottery work goes through, including: 1clay preparation process: and we begin by first identifying the characteristics of the mud and its absence of salts and plankton, then preparing its own basins for collecting them, then the student sifts those muds to purify them. 2kneading method: the kneading process is done by hand, by cutting the clay into pieces and parts, then kneading each part, and then re-combining the dough several times. 3making models: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org it is a stage in which the models made by the student are memorized, as well as the work of the forms that are intended to be shown and done in a professional manner. thus, we have opened up to the recipient the ways to achieve his purposes, and the ways of the path in his thinking have been determined by making the models to be produced. 4methods of keeping models wet and methods of drying them: when temperatures intensify, it is recommended to fill different pots or containers with water and place them inside boxes or cabinets prepared to store the pieces made to delay drying and create an atmosphere of moisture so that direct and rapid drying does not cause cracking of the parts of one piece. colors and glazes in this regard, we cannot speak at length and detail. the glaze is a mixture of several materials that interact with each other and overlap within the body of the pottery piece during the honing process after glazing. the glaze depends on three factors to be suitable for covering the completed piece and thus coloring it. these factors are three materials that are involved with each mixture to play its role as a lining for each color required. these materials are: 1basic materials and alkalis. 2aluminum dioxide or alumina. 3silicates silicon dioxide as an acidic substance. the base material is the common basis in all types of paint, and it is: 1lead compounds of all three types. 2red lead lead peroxide. 3yellow lead lead oxide, litharge. 4white lead white lead carbonate. 5single lead silicate the first lead silicate. 6lead binary silicate the second lead silicate. 6composite lead silicate white lead silicate. alkalis: they are water-soluble base materials that have the ability to expand, which makes them suitable for coatings. no, they do not allow cracks or fractures to occur in the coating. borax: it is one of the materials that can be used as a base dissolved in water after improving it with alkaline materials. indicators resulting from the theoretical framework socrates believes that beauty achieves the goal based on his theory (the teleological interpretation). what distinguishes beauty is (self-independence) that descartes came up with. the human interaction with his reality is called experience. colors fall into people's hearts because of their psychological impact. color was used for decoration and worship on some continents of the world. the use of colors allows us to infer by them what is latent in the same artist. the use of colors achieves the goals of the artwork. the pottery-ceramic artwork goes through several stages. the coating process is done by means of oxides prepared for this work, including alkalis and oxides. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org chapter iii search procedures research methodology the researcher adopted the descriptive analytical approach for its suitability and the objectives of his research. research community the research was determined by the completed ceramic works for students of the second stage of the department of art education for the academic year 2021-2022 and included (18) works by 18 students from the same stage. the research sample the researcher relied on selecting a sample for his research in an intentional, selective manner, due to the presence of observations and based on the facts and information contained in the theoretical framework. he chose (7) works out of 18 works, which is the research community. search tool the researcher used the observation tool, which is a tool that works on analysis through the paragraphs developed by the researcher, and after presenting the analysis tool to a group of experts. the observation form was based on the researcher's review of the literature on coloristic aesthetic expression, and it included a set of work paragraphs for the aspects of analyzing ceramic works. the total number of paragraphs was (9). the researcher analyzed each paragraph into three features that each paragraph bears. here is a description of the search tool: 1movement of decorative units in ceramics. 2type of fonts. 3the nature of linear trends. 4distribution of shapes and colors. 5color details. 6characteristics of the ceramic color. 7the reality of color. 8good color performance. 9the multiplicity of colors and harmony of shapes. validity of the tool: after the researcher finished building his analysis form for the aesthetics of color expression and its initial form, which has a number of (9) paragraphs, he presented it to a group of experts in the field of formation, education, art, educational and psychological sciences to express their opinions and observations on its paragraphs, as the percentage of experts agreement reached (80%), and thus we obtained a the validity of the tool. performance consistency: the researcher selected two analysts who have experience in the field of graphic analysis, and trained them on the questionnaire paragraphs and how to analyze them through his analysis of (five artworks), and the percentage of agreement was (82%) according to scott's equation. final application: after the researcher verified the validity and stability of the tool, the researcher studied (7) colored ceramic works. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org statistical means: the researcher used the following statistical methods: 1cooper equation: the researcher used it to calculate the validity of the graphic analysis tool: (agreement a number of times) / (agreement not a number of times + agreement a number of times) = agreement percentage x 100 2scott's equation: the researcher used it in the treatment of the stability of the tool to analyze the drawings: (expected agreement ratio -(observers agreement ratio)observers agreement ratio)/(expected agreement ratio -1) = agreement coefficient sample analysis: since the aim of the research is to reveal the aesthetics of expression in the works of the students of the department of art education, the researcher adopts the exploratory analysis approach to analyze the research sample in order to reveal the aesthetics of color in the works completed by the students. analysis: the work of a ceramic jar of a realistic nature, in which the student organized the shape in a manner of building clay and with a clear aesthetic pattern and color harmony in which the fields of vision overlapped to be a work of a complex cylindrical nature. the orange color graduated to the top in a tensile and chromatic way, then he turned to the light color at the top of the work, evidence of a sense of balance. the color has an integrated appearance in its structural arrangement, and the colors took on their formal beauty, especially the orange color, which is a hot, saturated color. here, color has taken on an aesthetic character. form no. (1) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 ceramic achiever amna hamdan attia analysis: the ceramic vase consisted of building two forms of clay compound in the form of a tucked-in cube with a round base and a long neck, and in a stripped pink color. from the base, the color of the pots figure 1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org was taken from the base, graduated to the top in a light color. it graduated in its formal construction in a complex and circular shape, and it took a hierarchical shape, evidence of stability and constancy, which is a characteristic characterized by calmness and loyalty is so derived from the color pink on them. form no. (2) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 earthenware vase ayaa samir muzaffar analysis: the work took an geometric shape and worked in the manner of slides. the back of the work was filled with a gradient color material. i worked professionally and settled on a base and with regular and overlapping colors. i added a kind of movement and transition through it and with its external lines indicating the birth of a new form in bright colors, which is yellow and blue, overlapping and sensually compatible. figure 2 figure 3 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org form no. (3) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 earthenware vase ayaa samir muzaffar analysis: the student used pottery vessels represented by mass shapes of regular elongations in turquoise colors and different lengths rising to the top using the student or the potter. here he seeks to create a ceramic sculpture topped by the unity of the fragmentary color with a bluish fragmentation color. figure no. (4). form no. (3) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 ceramic achiever hawraa emad naji analysis: here, the student used one form, which is a natural formation that embodies an old-fashioned pottery plate. here, the student used lines, arcs, and forms closer to islamic shapes, trying to simulate the nature of ancient utensils, stressing the closest and most common color at the time, and the presence of colors that mimic nature, starting from the base of the artwork with circular elongation. he mocked the student here is the color and the aesthetic of expressionism in a bluish fragmentary color interspersed with white using rhombic geometry. fragmentary color with a bluish fragmentation color. figure no. (4). figure 4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org form no. (5) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 crockery rabab joda mohan analysis: here, the student used vessels with several heads attached, which is a combination of several shapes, using decoration in a color base of highly pigmented colors to show the aesthetics of two colors of the same quality, with decorations, roses, and arches that have sensual color dimensions. the student was keen to employ the aesthetics of color by pairing it with the same main color, gradually to reduce the intensity at the top, as in figure (6). figure 5 figure 6 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org form no. (6) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 pottery made zainab muhammad juma analysis: here, the student used the main color and its gradations, giving the base a strong color, which is yellowish green, heading upwards, with a color heading towards white, to embody expressive values in which the color mixed with light is vibrant. color gave the pot a path within a new methodology and experiment, as in figure no. (7). form no. (7) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 pottery made hassanein mohamed lafta analysis: here, the student used a single ceramic form in a natural form with arab-islamic ceramic features. he gave the vessel a blue color and a rose shape in the middle of it. it looks like a sticky ceramic body that gives an independent sense within an open outer space, with bright colors that give a shape as a base for the work, which is characterized by stability through size and color. the color has harmonized in order to create sensory stimulation for the viewer. figure 7 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org form no. (9) implementation year type of employment student's name 2022 crockery haider abdul hussein hay analysis: here, the student used a single ceramic form in a natural form with arab-islamic ceramic features. he gave the vessel a blue color and a rose shape in the middle of it. it looks like a sticky ceramic body that gives an independent sense within an open outer space, with bright colors that give a shape as a base for the work, which is characterized by stability through size and color. the color has harmonized in order to create sensory stimulation for the viewer. the fourth chapter results: by analyzing the sample, we have reached results that we can summarize as follows: 1the aesthetics of the turquoise color through shapes (4 5 8) we notice clearly that the harmony in the use of colors has a wide impact, confirming its presence and ascendancy to the shapes and the motive for the coloristic connection between them in the same form and through the angles of the light falling on it. 2the aesthetics of orange and yellow-green in shapes (1 3 7). the gradient and fusion achieved form and color with geometric and successive motifs that confirmed their presence and belonging to each other by merging them into one form. 3the use of the violet color was an aesthetic expression in some models (2-6) through its symbolism as well as its reinforcement of the act of contemplation of the connotations that that color imparts that represented the aesthetic of the color expression, taking sensory dimensions that have an effect on the recipient’s psyche by manipulating the gradations of colors associated with the color violet. and pink and white. figure 9 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org conclusions: the researcher concluded with the exception of the following results: 1highlight the beauty of color in ceramics and how to highlight it, through harmony and harmony among the colors placed. 2the gradient in the use of colors gives a single meaning to the forms by placing them in a harmonious form, which is a characteristic that shows the type of interrelationship for each artwork. 3the aesthetic of color expression is confirmed by placing the colors adjacent and highlighting them, giving a pleasant visual sense. 4the texture has an effective role united with color and the beauty of its expression. it is one of the methods used to show the beauty of colors by increasing their intensity or dilution. recommendations: by showing the results and conclusions, the researcher recommends the following: 1seeing the most important potters’ productions that are concerned with showing colors on their external forms with an aesthetic expression and delivering them to the students so that they can see them with the aim of opening their artistic imagination and stimulating their energies. suggestions: 1the researcher suggests conducting a field study to explore the aesthetic expression of color by the potters and its impact on the students' work. sources 1. jamil saliba, the philosophical lexicon, the lebanese book house, beirut, the egyptian book house, 1971. 2. reid, herbert, the meaning of art, see: sami khashaba, house of general cultural affairs, baghdad, 1986. 3. yasmine nazih abu shiha, adly abdel-hadi: theories in aesthetics, arab community library, amman, 2010. 4. badri, abdel-rahman, hegel's philosophy of beauty and art, dar al-shorouk, 1996. 5. youssef, aqil mahdi, the aesthetic between taste and thought, dar majdalawi, amman jordan, 2008. 6. kazem, hussein ali, the uses of light and color in iraqi theatre, master thesis, university of baghdad, college of fine arts, 1989. 7. santian, george, the feeling of beauty, tr: muhammad mustafa badawi, the anglo bookshop, cairo, d. t. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org on proof and evidence in criminal proceedings experience of uzbekistan zokirov sardorjon karimjon оgli lecturer, department of criminal procedure law, tashkent state university of law, republic of uzbekistan, tashkent. toxtabakiyev kamronbek abdukarim ogli student of the faculty of criminal justice tashkent state university of law, republic of uzbekistan, tashkent. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the question of what is the essence of evidence in criminal cases. the relationship between the concepts “any information” and “factual data” is analyzed in order to define the concept of evidence in criminal cases. the purpose of using evidence in criminal cases is based. it follows from this that it is necessary to justify all procedural decisions with reasonable and admissible evidence. evidence in criminal cases; proving crimes and offenses; items of evidence in the field of criminal cases; the subject of refutation of evidence, various methods of evidence; court decisions on the use of various methods of resolving legal proceedings. introduction current problems of evidence in criminal cases are currently, perhaps, the most pressing topic not only in science, but also in law enforcement practice. being essentially an intersectoral institute, about procedural institution of evidence in criminal proceedings process is characterized by increased requirements and detailed regulation of the entire process of evidence in criminal cases, which is due to the essence of criminal procedural law as a branch of law characterized by the possibility of applying strict coercive measures. at the same time, despite the importance of this institution in the branch of law under consideration, which is fundamental in its structure, problems, related to evidentiary activities law enforcement officer in criminal cases, with each the year is not getting smaller. according to the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan, for january-september 2022, 71,969 crimes were registered in uzbekistan, of which 50,904 were solved.1 at the same time, during the same period, the general prosecutor’s office of the republic of uzbekistan, when exercising supervisory powers in the pre-trial stages of criminal proceedings, identified 1,505,385 1 analysis of consequences by species registered in uzbekistan, statistics agency under the president of the republic of uzbekistan website: hisobot.stat.uz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org violations of the law, 52,281 of which are violations of the criminal procedural law during the inquiry and preliminary investigation, which is 6.9% more than in the same period in 2019. at the same time, during this period, prosecutors canceled 1,946 decisions to initiate criminal cases, as well as 67,151 decisions of investigators and interrogators to refuse to initiate a criminal case, 4,866 decisions to terminate a criminal case and criminal prosecution, 84,500 decisions to suspend criminal proceedings.2 decisions to cancel the above decisions are made in the overwhelming majority cases due to the lack of evidence in the materials of criminal cases indicating the need and grounds for making revocable procedural decisions, which reveals the main problems of evidentiary activity at the present time. moreover, taking into account the staged nature of the criminal process, as well as the peculiarities of the process evidence before initiating a criminal case, the purpose of which is to substantiate with evidence the grounds for initiating or refusing in initiating a criminal case, the above statistics on the number of overturned decisions to refuse to initiate criminal case makes you think not only on the quality of evidentiary work in the first stage of the criminal process, but also about such categories such as the effectiveness of legislative regulation of means of proof in the first stages of the criminal process and the need existence of this stage in such conditions basically. substantiation of critical data comments are based solely on the fact that 67,151 illegal and unfounded final procedural decisions based on the results of an inspection of crime reports exceed number of crimes solved (50,904) and slightly less than the total number of registered (40,226). analyzing these figures, a simple and a logical question about the understanding of the law enforcement officer, who commits such significant quantitative violations, of the very essence and goals of proof in criminal cases, understanding of the purpose of the criminal process as a whole, answer which is obviously possible, only by recognizing systemic problems in the implementation of criminal procedural norms regulating the institution of evidence. no less significant problems associated with evidence in criminal cases can be observed at other stages of the criminal process. in such rather difficult conditions, law enforcement agencies are faced with the task of strict observance of human rights and freedoms when carrying out activities related to the reception, registration and resolution of reports of crimes at the stage of initiating a criminal case, and increasing the efficiency of evidentiary activities at the stage of preliminary investigation during production preliminary investigation and inquiry. at the same time, the analysis of law enforcement practice allows us to talk about the presence of negative trends in the process of proof in criminal cases associated with the devaluation of high standards of proof of circumstances to be proven, trends that characterize simplified approaches to understanding the proof of factual circumstances of cases. it is the institution of defense in criminal proceedings that has been created and is capable of ensuring compliance with the standards of evidence in criminal cases, preventing cases of a simplified approach to proof, and ensuring adversarial beginnings of criminal proceedings. analysis of scientific literature shows that definition of the concept of evidence in criminal the process has always been given quite a lot of attention at from procedural scientists. a fairly wide pluralism of opinions regarding this concept does not lead to the present time to qualitatively improve the process of evidence in criminal cases.3 2 analysis of consequences by species registered in uzbekistan, statistics agency under the president of the republic of uzbekistan website: hisobot.stat.uz 3 kirillova e. a., shergunova e. a., ustinovich e. s., nadezhin n. n., sitdikova l. b. the principles of the consumer american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org this interest of the scientific community in this concept is due to its practical significance. it is the correct understanding of the essence of evidence that is the fundamental basis for achieving both the goals of proof in criminal proceedings and the purpose of criminal proceedings in general. in turn, insufficient awareness of the requirements for evidence in criminal cases inevitably leads to the adoption of illegal, unfounded procedural decisions, leads to a simplified understanding of the process of proof and to the inevitable devaluation of the high standard of proof of circumstances to be established necessary for establishing the truth in criminal cases. defining the criminal procedural meaning the use of evidence in criminal proceedings, it should be noted that this goal, of course, is to establish the presence or absence of circumstances included in the subject of proof. all procedural decisions made in a criminal case are legal and justified if and only if their grounds are confirmed by the totality of evidence collected in the case. making any procedural decisions regarding criminal cases without substantiating their grounds the collected evidence makes such decisions without motive, which entails a violation of the principle of the legality of criminal proceedings. it should be taken into account that, unlike the process civil, in which the decision is considered as justified not only when the facts relevant to the case are confirmed by evidence, but also by circumstances that do not require proof in criminal proceedings, any decision must be based on the collected evidence, satisfying the requirements for their properties. considering procedural decisions made based on the results of the first stage of the criminal process, we talk about the legality and validity of the decision to initiate a criminal case only when, during the verification of a report of a crime, evidence has been collected indicating the presence of signs of a crime, that is, the basis for making a decision to initiation of a criminal case. a striking example of the purpose of using evidence in a criminal case as a substantiation of the grounds for making procedural decisions is the main decision made at the stage of preliminary investigation in the form of a preliminary investigation, and in exceptional cases and inquiry a decision to charge a person as an accused. a decision is made to charge as an accused after a sufficient amount of evidence has been collected in the case to provide grounds for alleging that a specific person has committed a crime. similarly, a procedural decision to suspend criminal proceedings must be justified by a body of evidence indicating that the person to be brought as an accused has not been identified; the suspect or accused has disappeared from the investigation or his whereabouts have not been established for other reasons; the location of the suspect or accused is known, but the real possibility of his participation in no criminal case; there is a temporary serious illness of the suspect or accused, certified by a medical certificate, which prevents his participation in investigative actions. the decision to terminate a criminal case must be justified by a body of evidence indicating the basis for its termination (absence of an event, lack of evidence, reconciliation of the parties, active repentance, etc.). right protection in electronic trade: a comparative law analysis. // international journal of economics and financial issues. 2016. т. 6, № s2. с. 117–122. url: https://econjournals.com/index.php/ijefi/article/view/2540. https://econjournals.com/index.php/ijefi/article/view/2540 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org analysis of scientific literature allows us to assert that the concept of evidence under study is one of the main ones in the law of evidence. v.d. spasovich pointed out that the evidence we name the data that led us to beliefs, indicating that these data are based on the knowledge of known phenomena, when from the content, connections and relationships between objects we come to a known belief.4 p. a. lupinskaya notes that evidence should be understood as specific factual data that is used to investigate the circumstances of the case, the sources of this data and methods for obtaining, verifying and using them.5 the use of any information as evidence for the defense still does not provide even an unquestioning possibility of admitting the information collected by the defense attorney as evidence in a criminal case, therefore, at present it is not only any procedural guarantee for the defense, but it also directly opens up broad opportunities for a simplified approach to the process of proof itself, for making unmotivated procedural decisions that are not justified by the factual circumstances of the case. it should be taken into account that proof exists only if there is unity of information and its source.6 to summarize, we note that by evidence in a criminal case, it seems necessary to understand the factual data contained in the sources of evidence, based on which the court, prosecutor, investigator, inquirer, in the manner determined by the code of criminal procedure of the republic of uzbekistan, establishes the presence or absence of circumstances that are subject to proof in criminal proceedings, as well as other circumstances that have significance for a criminal case. references 1. analysis of consequences by species registered in uzbekistan, statistics agency under the president of the republic of uzbekistan website: hisobot.stat.uz 2. kirillova e. a., shergunova e. a., ustinovich e. s., nadezhin n. n., sitdikova l. b. the principles of the consumer right protection in electronic trade: a comparative law analysis. // international journal of economics and financial issues. 2016. 3. spasovich v.d. on the theory of forensic-criminal evidence in connection with the judicial system and legal proceedings. st. petersburg, 1861. 116 p. 4. lupinskaya p. a. evidence in criminal proceedings. criminal procedural law / ed. p. a. lupinskaya. moscow, 1997. 591 p. 5. course in criminal procedure / ed. d. yu. sc., prof. l. v. golovko. 2nd ed., rev. moscow: statute, 2017. 4 spasovich v.d. on the theory of forensic-criminal evidence in connection with the judicial system and legal proceedings. st. petersburg, 1861. 116 p. url: http://biblio.crimlib.info/www/showbook.php?id=78. 5 lupinskaya p. a. evidence in criminal proceedings. criminal procedural law / ed. p. a. lupinskaya. moscow, 1997. 591 p. url: https://be5.biz/pravo/u001/index.html. 6 course in criminal procedure / ed. d. yu. sc., prof. l. v. golovko. 2nd ed., rev. moscow: statute, 2017. http://biblio.crimlib.info/www/showbook.php?id=78 https://be5.biz/pravo/u001/index.html american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org folk games-an important factor in the upbringing of the perfect generation raxmonova maxfuza xolmurodovna associate professor of karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the origin factors and types of national folk games and talks about their importance in raising a healthy generation. pedagogical recommendations are given regarding the use of folk games in educational processes. intangible cultural heritage, national folk games, national traditions and values, healthy generation, education and upbringing, healthy lifestyle, modern pedagogical technologies. introduction a person is immature by movement, healthy and has a long life. a person appears that the anxiety of living, overcoming the resistance of those who are stronger than himself, is constantly in motion to support and protect his family. such a way of life served as the main source for the emergence of folk games. that is why elements associated with human day-keeping are so common in the oldest folk games. folk games related to hunting, animal husbandry, farming, craftsmanship embody the processes of life of a person in later historical periods. factors necessary for the survival of mankind, such as the ability to withstand various natural phenomena, overcome diseases, protect against the attack of predators, laid the groundwork for the emergence of folk games. for example, “when people begin to engage in hunting, their prey ends effectively – the belly is full, the hunt does not work-hungry, tormented. hunters returning from hunting with prey, delighted, tried to repeat the hunting process in the form of gestures, special movements, as well as games. the result was a cultural event that took an important place in history with the name” hunting games". ...on the basis of hunting, livestock is formed. in animal husbandry, even in the process of using certain animals: horse, ox, donkey, camel, reindeer labor, games are formed that imitate the movements of these animals. for example, in the spring, in order to drive the ground, games such as feeding the ox – “wellwell”, lubricating the branches, dyeing “horns”, double driving rituals “double hay”, for the first time at the time of horse saddle – “stubborn horse” appear. the game served not only as an agility exercise, a lesson in bravado, but also as a school to educate people in line with their times”. (cf. r.peasant, " the role of folk games and traditions in the formation of healthy generations," oriental art and culture”scientific-methodological journal issue 5 / 2020"). as you know, each game has its own plot. the plots show the events and events taking place in tevarak, the way of life of people. such games, in contrast to physical and mental labor, give a person spiritual american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org and aesthetic pleasure morally educate him and develop him physically healthy. in this respect, the educational significance of folk games today is very incomparable. "in games, the requirements and needs of a young organism are met and creative activity is created. resourcefulness, agility, enthusiasm are brought up. in addition, through play, children learn a lot. hence, the cognitive demand for knowledge is also fulfilled through play. the games are colorful. they differ in content, organization, applicable items. among them are creative (creative) and rule games. creative games are conceived by the children themselves. more characters are involved in it. it looks like a simple variant of the stage look. it will definitely be built on need. and rule games are created by adults and brought into children's lives." (cf. g.mardonova," uzbek national games", t.2022. p. 8). young people make up a large part of the permanent population in uzbekistan. therefore, we must rely on national folk games, which have been tested for centuries in the upbringing of the younger generation and inherited from our ancestors, actively apply them to the upbringing process. because folk games have passed from centuries to centuries, are the product of the wise experience of the people and embody the ingenuity, way of life and psyche of our ancestors. how many-how many warlords, conquerors and fozils, in the maturation of national heroes performed the function of the school of education of folk games and "... at all stages of development, it embodied the imagination, lifestyle, working conditions, nationality, religion and other distinctive signs of the people of its time and served to educate in participants the qualities of agility, endurance, creative resourcefulness, enthusiasm, strength. (official page" intangible cultural heritage of uzbekistan". folk games. http://ich.uz/). however, in the educational process, a greater emphasis is placed on national folk games, the use of which is important in educating young people in the spirit of patriotism. because folk games not only educate students physically and spiritually as healthy, but also make decisions on the principles of tolerance, community, jeeps inherent in our people, create a need to consistently master classes, and, moreover, serve to further increase our knowledge of the history, culture and values of our people. in particular, "in the maturation of the younger generation, the influence of cultural traditions historically composed in the transformation of oshno into the beauties of spiritual life is enormous. a generation that does not enjoy the culture of its people, which is not directly fed from it, will never be a mature person, a person as in the brochure." (rachmonova m. h. the role of spiritual heritage in the development of youth. international bulletin of applied science and technology. p. 722.) researcher v.o'rozmatov reflects on the importance of the national people's games in the education of the healthy generation, dividing it into pedagogical, psychological, educational, physical and healthimproving groups and interpreting it as follows: pedagogical significance-the game enriches the feeling, imagination, worldview of each individual. again, he analyzes their observability, elegance, mind and increases their knowledge. through games, our culture and traditions are introduced to young people. psychological significance-games serve to raise the psyche and mood of an individual. educational significance-educates young people as strong-willed, patient, overcoming life difficulties, striving for victory, agile, agile, courageous. physical and health – improving importance-when national games are played, the body's systems and breathing, muscle, heart effectively affect blood vessels. when games are played outdoors, the blood is saturated with oxygen, which increases the metabolism. this has a positive effect on the body and all american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org cells wake up. each person who plays the game grows up to be physically healthy and energetic. (cf. v.o'rozmatov, "national games-educational tool", soglom.uz). all nations have their own national games. however, the uzbek people's national games are of particular importance with its rich reserve. today, thousands of games have been studied and recorded. in addition, therefore, folk games typical of an unexplored, unexplored region and villages are also bisyor. it is appropriate to cite that there is a system of games typical of the historical traditions of our people, of different ages, of different sexes, adapted to the seasons of the year. however, to date, the general classification of uzbek people's national games has not been fully created. in our opinion, it is advisable to use and practice national folk games according to the gender of participants in various national holidays, physical education classes, extracurricular activities, sports competitions and other activities aimed at the harmonious education of young people. that is, there are types of folk games played by boys or girls. that is, in training, the participating student-young people are divided into groups from hunting games "love-fly”, "happak stone”, from craft games "lanka”, "eye-gardens”, from farming games "guard”, from imitation games "who gets-yo shuginani-yo”, "cockfighting”, "halinchak” in the action games category, "white terakmi blue poplar” from wordaction games, "rope tension”, "national wrestling”, "wrestling and wrestling”, can play folk games such as "foot race”, "donkey rode” from riding games. during the meeting, the sides discussed issues of cooperation between tajikistan and china. for example, by taking part in a non-megadigan” kari bravri " training-education can be organized. he also noted that despite being one of the strongest, he still possesses the highest qualities. shuningdek, ongil bolalar took part in events and activities related to foidalanishga muljalangan bir train bein borki, bundai beninlar ularning zhizmoniy and umiy rivozhlanishiga served abadi. in particular, “belbog", “ikk belbog", “zar kalpak", “kalpak otdi", “chagalai", “churrak”, “churrak", “kasal echki", “echki, uning buzarilar", “tutr tash", “gang", “sharp otar", “karmakcha", “chertmak", “gurdir-gup", “juftpar", “joyingni top", “haikal", “tsar-minister", “tashlama taek” kabi nation of the people of vailinlari shular sirasidandir. or, kyz bolalar took part on the bridge of ulard ziyard, topkirlik, sharkanlik, strawberry karatilganlidir. "arkan tashlash" is all we can do physically to help the meat, ”dappak," he said. ”jammil-jammil", according to the press service of the president of the republic of tajikistan, ”senior etdi", takes part in various events and events. in this regard, the chairman of the sughd region abdurakhmon kodiri and the chairman of the sughd region abdurakhmon kodiri addressed the chairman of the city of khujand rajabboy ahmadzoda. in this order continues: "etaetgan saktsiz took part in it. in the end, he and her defendant: twin, old man, propitiated. kizlar period” old etdi, old etdi " by deb aytadilar. oninboshi kyz ularni chalgitish as bir neta marta”kaldirgoch",”chumchuk" kabi kushlar, called reproduction. kizlar cycle: – pierce etdy, pierce etdy, deb itlaidilar. kutilmaganda vayinboshi kyz baska jonzotning is the name of aitadi. for example, ”sigir", ”buzak " kabi. participation of shoshilib birotas” pierre etdy " desa, oninda. and that's how it goes on. in this regard, there is currently a wide range of cultural features. national games are an invaluable intangible cultural heritage of our people, polished for thousands of years. after all, our president sh.mirziyoev touched on the rich intangible cultural heritage of our people, the ancient sports games and its role in youth education at the youth forum of uzbekistan, expressed the following thoughts: “in today's complex conditions, our youth should be sensitive and alert, think about the interests of the motherland in every matter, first of all. noble qualities such as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org striving for knowledge and vocation, holy knowledge of the family, spiritual purity, respect for the elders, compassion for the little ones, devotion to our values have long been in the blood of our people, our nation. we must not only preserve our such invaluable heritage, but also enrich it even more, embellish it to the next generations.” (cf. sh.mirziyoev,” any task related to the future of youth is of primary importance“, newspaper” new uzbekistan", 25.12.2020). in fact, we are the people of the century when information technology developed, science and technology advanced. it is no secret that our young people are obsessed with various electronic games, even if they cannot get out of its influence. there is also a saying that this leads them to the point of changing their entire way of life and life to the point of derailment, without causing harm only to their health. our desire is for our children to fully master the secrets and capabilities of computer technology, so that, in addition, they can also enjoy folk games watered with our national identity. let them not be invaluable from our national culture, values, rich folk oral creativity. then the children of uzbekistan will grow up healthy, spiritually mature, tall, intelligent, in a word, harmonious, and they will show a reaction to what is happening around them. references 1. sh.mirziyoyev, “yoshlar kelajagi bilan bog‘liq har qanday vazifa birlamchi ahamiyatga ega”, “yangi o‘zbekiston” newspaper, 25.12.2020. 2.dehqonov r. “sog‘lom avlodlarni shakllantirishda xalq o‘yinlari va an’analarining tutgan o‘rni, "oriental art and culture" scientific-methodical journal issue 5 / 2020. 3. mardonova g. “o‘zbek milliy o‘yinlari”, t.2022. 4. “o‘zbekiston nomoddiy madaniy merosi” official page. xalq o‘yinlari. http://ich.uz. 5. v.o‘rozmatov, “milliy o‘yinlar-tarbiya vositasi”, soglom.uz. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org teaching foreign languages in uzbekistan: opportunities and privileges tursunov behzodbek, senior lecturer (phd), andijan agriculture and institute of agrotechnology department of humanities orifjonov omadbek, master, andijan agriculture and institute of agrotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s "in the article, it is argued that mastering a foreign language enables individuals to keep up with global developments. simultaneously, it offers a means to disseminate the nation's culture worldwide. currently, there is a pressing demand for children to be taught foreign languages seriously, provided that this does not compromise their national identity. in uzbekistan today, there is considerable discussion about the opportunities available to young people fluent in foreign languages." foreign language, decision, english, german, french, spanish, turkish, arabic, persian, future, country. introduction "it is well-known that children learn their mother tongue in a living environment, meaning they acquire language within the family, in pre-school educational institutions, and directly from interacting with people. the mother tongue plays a crucial role in the development of thinking. only those who have mastered their mother tongue can easily learn a second or other foreign languages; without this foundation, learning foreign languages may prove difficult. the second language is often seen as the language of neighboring or brotherly nations. language serves as a vital factor and an invaluable tool for mutual understanding, friendship, and communication among people. historically, our country, situated at a busy crossroads of the great silk road, has engaged in simultaneous interactions with many cultures. our land is characterized by values of great cooperation, spiritual and cultural enrichment, and, most importantly, mutual understanding, attention, and respect. tolerance has been a cornerstone of our people's mentality. thus, from ancient times, foreign languages, primarily anatakak (sanskrit), tabgach (chinese), and tokhri (middle persian), were taught in our country. by the middle ages, there was an increased need for teaching arabic and persian languages." "people from different linguistic backgrounds began to learn each other's languages, customs, and ways of life as they established neighborly relations. the revival of trade and cultural ties spurred the study of foreign languages for practical and educational purposes. in ancient civilizations such as syria, egypt, greece, and rome, it became customary during periods of cultural development to learn the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org languages of other nations. examples of ancient culture were translated into arabic and disseminated throughout the east, illustrating the long and complex journey of foreign language acquisition over more than two thousand years. after gaining independence, uzbekistan strived to align with global standards, aiming for a distinguished position among nations not only in socio-cultural, but also in economic and political realms. this era saw an increase in the demand for specialists well-versed in foreign languages and the socio-economic contexts of other countries, driven by the expansion of international cooperation and diplomatic relations. consequently, uzbekistan significantly altered its approach to foreign language education, prioritizing it as a key area within state policy. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-401 dated may 12, 1992, no. pq-1875 dated december 10, 2012, no. pq-2228 dated september 3, 2014, and the decision pq-5117 dated may 19, have all significantly contributed to the sector's development." "according to the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan's decision no. 395, dated may 13, 2019, titled 'on measures to implement national and international evaluation system certificates for admission to higher education institutions', significant changes have been introduced to the entrance examinations for higher education institutions starting from the 2019-2020 academic year. specifically, the examination complex now incorporates foreign languages (including english, german, french, spanish, turkish, arabic, persian, dari, hindi, urdu, chinese, korean, uyghur, italian, and japanese) as a main subject for applicants to undergraduate courses. those applicants who possess the specified levels of foreign language proficiency certificates or international certificates issued by the state test center are awarded the maximum points for this subject without the need to take exams." "starting from the 2022/2023 academic year, individuals possessing a national or international certificate at the requisite level have been eligible to participate in competitions for master's and posthigher education specializations. specifically, a minimum of a c1 level national certificate or its international equivalent is mandated for philological fields, while a b2 level national certificate or its international equivalent is required for non-philological fields. these criteria aim to motivate young people to pursue foreign language studies diligently. furthermore, the government has decided to fully reimburse examination fees for those who achieve high scores (levels) according to international examination systems. this reimbursement is available exclusively to uzbekistani citizens who have not reached the age of 31 at the time of taking the exam and to stateless persons permanently residing in uzbekistan, who can apply for expense reimbursement through state service centers or the unified portal. in conclusion, it is evident that reforms in foreign language education hold significant contemporary relevance and practical importance. driven by the substantial support and incentives provided for language education in our country, experts in the field are making significant contributions towards the development of highly skilled, knowledgeable, and comprehensively developed personnel. these individuals are poised to contribute to the country’s future and development, possessing competencies that are competitive in the global market and are in high demand." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org references 1. валихонова, г. (2021). шарқий туркистондаги сиёсий вазиятнинг минтақа халқлари этномаданий алоқаларига таъсири. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 311-316. 2. turaboeva, y. r. (2023, september). secrets hidden in women’s jewelry. in international scientific and current research conferences (pp. 89-92). 3. каримова, м. а., & нажимидинова, д. ғ. (2023). фарзанд туғилиши ва бола тарбияси билан боғлиқ урф-одатларда зардуштийлик излари. journal of new century innovations, 12(1), 69-76. 4. nishonovich, t. b., & axtamo vich, i. s. (2023). ekologik turizm: asosiy tamoyillar va o ‘zbekistonda ekoturizmni rivojlantirishning huquqiy kafolatlari. образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире, 33(4), 98-102. 5. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 6. юсупов, р. м. (2021). совет даври хукмронлиги даврида ўзбекистон мусулмонларининг диний масалалалари: юсупов расулжон маликович гуманитар фанлар кафедраси доценти. андижон қишлоқ хўжалиги ва агротехналогиялар институти. образование и инновационные исследования международный научнометодический журнал, (7), 41-44. 7. ахмедова, у. м. (2021). ирригация соҳасини кенгайтириш–бугунги куннинг долзарб масаласи (андижон вилояти мисолида). academic research in educational sciences, 2(10), 858-866. 8. valikhonova, g. k. (2021). development of national cultural centers is a main factor that strengthens international relations. journalnx, 7(04), 9-13. 9. турсунов, б. б. (2019). истории развитии преподования иностранных языков в узбекистане (на примере советского правительства). theoretical & applied science, (1), 63-66. 10. tursunov, b. b. (2019). from the history of the development of teaching foreign languages in uzbekistan (as an example in the period of soviet government). isj theoretical & applied science, 01 (69), 63-66. 11. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org the role of detective works in teaching legal vocabulary насиба пулатжоновна базарова, кандидат филологических наук, доцент кафедры узбекского языка и литературы ташкентского государственного юридического университета bozorova-76@mail.ru n.bozorova@tsul.uz orcid:0000-0001-9605-0384 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the content of detective works includes a mysterious murder, the causes of the crime, the search for the killer, the study and comparison of events, finding the criminal and the legal assessment of his actions. in such works, the crime and the process of its disclosure, events, persons, situations and processes associated with the crime are expressed through certain language units. therefore, detective works occupy a special place in the study of the legal vocabulary of law students. the article talks about the significance of tahir malik's detective work "shaitanat" in the study of legal vocabulary and draws conclusions. crime, punishment, detective, literature, language, law, image, legal dictionary, public life, legal culture, prosecutor's office, criminal investigation, image. introduction известно, что прозаические произведения (романы) по содержанию делятся на исторические, художественные, современные, философские и детективные. слово в произведении также играет особую роль в определении направления и содержания произведения. произведение, в котором чаще используются исторические понятия, выражения и термины, называется историческим. мы читаем произведение с большим количеством слов, выражающее фантазию, чрезвычайную ситуацию и переживания как художественное или приключенческое произведение. точно так же в детективных рассказах распространены понятия, слова и фразы, относящиеся к этой сфере. согласно источникам, «детектив (от латинского слова «detego»обнаруживать) – это жанр, ориентированный на изучение загадочного явления, относящегося к художественной литературе и кинематографии, и его изучение направлено на раскрытие тайны. обычно первопричиной этого явления является борьба между беззаконием и справедливостью, которая заканчивается торжеством истины» [2]. специфика детективного жанра: криминал (часто убийство); сокрытие следа преступника; поиск виновного; проявляется в системе независимых эпизодов, например, в разглашении криминальной тайны. детектив – это не тот жанр, который меняется со временем. в нем может немного измениться только реальность, сюжет, формы главного героя. с другой стороны, повествовательная реальность сохраняет некоторые свои жанровые законы. полное раскрытие загадочных событий и процессов решения проблем, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org основание преступления, поиск виновного, завершение всех событий церемонией правосудия – это древние образцы сыщика, – пишет б. халиков [3, 31]. поэтому в тексте детективных произведений количество таких слов, как преступление, убийца, обыск, дознание, следствие, допрос, наказание, лишение свободы, колония, намного больше, чем в других произведениях, и эти слова разрознены по определению духа, общего содержания, детективной сущности. одним из произведений в узбекской литературе, всесторонне описывающим проблемы социально-экономической, социально-нравственной, особенно политической и правовой системы периода с 30-х годов прошлого века до независимости, является пятитомное произведение тохира малика «шайтанат» («царство сатаны»). значительная работа проделана в области изучения жанрового характера, мировоззренческих и художественных особенностей данного произведения [3; 4]. по словам б. халикова, это произведение не только политический детектив, но и его самостоятельная сюжетная линия приближает это произведение с полицейским детективом. этот аспект работы отражен в следующем: – в произведении совершаются убийства (это главное требование к детективу); – созданы образы детективов (милицейского, следователя, прокурора и др.); – произведение содержит темы с политической подоплекой (репрессии, борьба с религией, межнациональная рознь и др.); – сговор высокопоставленных государственных чиновников с преступниками; – недобровольное вмешательство преступников в публичную политику и то, что они в этом вопросе более справедливы, чем государство (дело зелихана) [3, 29]. эта классификация показывает нам, что у произведения есть свой словарный запас и, изучая его, можно сделать определенные выводы о языке детективных произведений. если мы обратим внимание на лексику «шайтанат» («царство сатаны»), то есть на использование детективных слов, понятий, терминов и выражений в произведении, мы увидим, какое направление права в своем творчестве писатель, решивший выйти на «темные улицы жизни», имел в виду из слов о законе. среднестатистический читатель не обращает на это особого внимания, но читатель с юридическими знаниями сразу поймет, что автор эффективно использовал слова об уголовном праве и уголовно-процессуальном праве, исходя из сути детективного произведения. слова в произведении, которые создают детективный дух и переносят читателя непосредственно в мир права, можно классифицировать следующим образом: 1. слова, обозначающие название преступления: убийство, изнасилование, наркомания, торговля наркотиками, азартные игры. 2. лица, ведущие уголовные дела: следователь, следопыт, судья, адвокат, прокурор. 3. лица, совершившие преступление: преступник, убийца, вор, вымогатель, заключенный. 4. слова, обозначающие место наказания: тюрьма, гауптвахта, колония, камера, комната для допросов. 5. имена и прозвища преступников: окилон (асадбек), академик (зелихон), шилимшик (джалал), чувринди (махмуд), кесакполвон (хайдар), ботка (кенджа). 6. действия, совершаемые по уголовному делу: дознание, допрос, следствие, понятой, лишение свободы, принудительное лечение. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org 7. слова и фразы, описывающие преступную ситуацию и действия: пихини ёрган, устаси фаранг, калаванинг учини топмоқ, бўйнига олмоқ, признать вину, раскрыть брешь, успокоиться, связать хвост. 8. сленг и жаргон, свойственный преступному миру: шумо, кетчуп, баччагар, сотак, овсар, акахон, тряпка. 9. пословицы сотрудников правоохранительных органов: «когда лошадь вертится и находит колышек», «если спрячешь больного, у него поднимется температура», «если в лесу пожар, он будет гореть мокрым и сухим». 10. слова в переносном смысле: «сводный дядя» (по отношению к зийнатулину), «учитель» (по отношению к халиди), «пошутил» над собой, «сбежал», «клиент», «сидит» и т. д. помимо применения этих концепций в произведении, автор иногда давал читателю конкретные пояснения, чтобы лучше понять их содержание. например, в заявлении главного героя зохида шарипова говорится о различиях между работой прокурора и следователя по уголовным делам: «с самого первого шага он четко почувствовал, что существует большая разница между работой прокурора и следователя по уголовным делам. по его мнению, работа в прокуратуре показалась проще. прокуроры казались ему равнодушными к головорезам. его предыдущая работа заключалась в том, чтобы выследить и поймать преступника. остальное передавалось либо в городскую, либо в ведомственную прокуратуру, в зависимости от размера преступления. следователи допросили и передали дело в суд. теперь судьба его бывшего коллеги, преступника, задержанного следователем уголовного розыска, в его руках» [5, 60]. из подобной рефлексии главного героя читатель узнает, что совершенное правонарушение изучается на конкретном этапе. обвинение обсуждает сходства и различия между следователем и следователем по уголовным делам. если читателя интересует более точное представление о деятельности сотрудников правоохранительных органов, обращаясь к нормативно-правовым документам, он узнает, что «досудебное расследование, оперативный розыск, уголовное расследование и предварительное следствие» [6] является основным направлением деятельности сотрудников правоохранительных органов. согласно закону, «прокуроры обязаны» контролировать исполнение законов правоохранительными органами, координировать их действия по борьбе с преступностью, проводить предварительное расследование преступлений и лично проводить определенные следственные действия в любом случае. или провести расследование в полном объеме» [7]. судя по всему, писатель побуждает читателя повысить правовую грамотность читателя, цитируя мысли отдельного главного героя, исследовать обязанности представителей данной области. в произведении изображения сотрудников правоохранительных органов также представлены в уникальных штрихах. писатель умело подчеркнул неповторимость каждого сотрудника, его отношение к работе, стиль работы, наличие тактики. в частности, писатель, с особой любовью изобразивший зохида шарипова, в начале произведения дал читателю повод для своего желания заниматься научной работой в области математики, устанавливать справедливость, бороться с несправедливостью. мечта захида стать математиком была разбита, когда к траурному столу принесли буханку хлеба для свадьбы его брата, и в суде он был осужден по четырем пунктам обвинения в умышленных проступках и «случайно забит до смерти». огонь борьбы за справедливость горит в сердце захида, который видел великую несправедливость исходящую из цитадели справедливости, и вся его жизнь проходит в этом огне. один из главных героев детективного american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org произведения, сыщик изобразил захида в «царстве сатане». б.халиков отмечает, что зохид шарипов – очень умный, образованный, квалифицированный человек, приверженный жизненным принципам, способный создать свой стиль раскрытия преступлений, детектив с уникальным качеством и характером. однако недостатки советской системы, такие как жадность, стремление к плану и безразличие к человеку, бросают тень на его способности, что объясняет акцент романа на изображении более криминального мира [3, 75]. на самом деле стиль зохида шарипова отличается от стиля хамдама толипова. у него также есть свой набор принципов в подходе к этому вопросу. он считает, что его задача в любом случае – искать правду. двое мужчин (ботиров, арестованный по обвинению в изнасиловании, и зарипова, арестованная по обвинению в убийстве джазмана) были оправданы на том основании, что они не совершали преступления. асадбек также часто рассчитывает на способности и характер захида при планировании своей работы. несмотря на эти аспекты, детективные особенности зарубежных детективных произведений не отражаются в этом образе ярко. этим автор намерен показать, что правовая система не действует на основе полной, истинной свободы, и что эта система не свободна от лозунга «взрослой зависимости». ведь читателю будет понятен смысл отношения главы преступной группировки к сотрудникам правоохранительных органов, оценки других людей работе сотрудников правоохранительных органов или эпизода разговора начальника ведомства капитана мирсултанова упрямого и упрямого зохида шарипова: начальник посмотрел на захида. «горбатого могила исправит». расскрой глаза... я рассказывал тебе про «чоксунла»? начальник улыбнулся. «молодой уйгурский мужчина сбрил волосы налысо, и откуда-то прилетела пчела и укусила его в голову. молодой человек побежал за пчелой. подойдя к ней, он увидел в трещине старой глиняной стены очень большой улий. он взял прутик и стал ковырять улей, а когда пчёлы разбушевались, он подставил голову и сказал: «кусайте!» «чоксунла». обычно начальник говорил это в шутку и громко смеялся. но в этот раз он сказал серьезно, не шутя. – ты похож на этого «чоксунла». но ты намереваешься выковырить ни пчелиный улей, а «улей смерти». подумай о своем шаге, даже если жизнь твоя досталась бесплатно. не забывай, что у тебя дети. как меня поймёш, это твоя дела. назовешь меня трусом или негодяем говори что хочешь. я ценю свою жизнь на земле больше, чем истину на небе. жизнь сладка для тех, кто каждый день борется за правду и справедливость. не слушай их [5, 51]. из подобных слов начальника несложно узнать общее состояние правовой системы того периода, оценить его. посредством этих идей автор указывает, что определенные «ограничения» и «препятствия» в правовой системе также способствуют неразглашению многих преступлений, совершаемых в повседневной жизни. существует также идея, что не будет быстрого развития в этой области, если не убедить таких людей, как захид шарипов, стать обычными следователями, воспрепятствовать расследованиям и не обеспечить независимость и свободу правоохранительных органов. это также заложено в том, что проницательный читатель сможет понять это из повествования произведения. в целом произведение искусства интерпретирует проблемы общества в соответствии со своими потребностями и требованиями. в то же время, когда душа и кровь произведения образуют слово, сила и влияние слова служит для изменения мышления и мировоззрения читателя. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org итак, для изучения понятий в детективных произведениях следует: – изучить словарный запас детективных работ и на этой основе классифицировать термины правовой среды; – сделать выводы о лексике преступника и его характеристиках; – создать словарь пословиц и поговорок, используемых в детективных рассказах; – выступление главных героев через описание событий позволяет сделать выводы о правовой системе того периода, высказать свое мнение. это также доказывает возможность проведения специальных исследований о роли и функции языка в системе правовых отношений. список использованной литеруры: 1. чориев о. место и роль художественной литературы на правовую тематику при подготовке юристов //review of law sciences. – 2018. – №. 1; бозорова н. п. способ изучения предмета офисных документов во время пандемии //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 2.; 2. детектив. http://wikipedia.org/wiki/detective. 3. холиков б. систематическое моделирование художественной интерпретации действительности в детективных романах (на примере «крестного отца» марио пьюзо и «царства сатаны» тахира малика). дисс. филол. наук. т .: 2018. 4. сулаймонов ш.с. узбекская детективная проза: генезис и природа. дисс. филол. наук. т .: 2002. 5. малик т. шайтанат. биринчи китоб. –ташкент: шарк, 2006. 6. закон об мвд – https://www.lex.uz 7. закон о прокуратуре – https://www.lex.uz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org relationship of the perceived social responsibility of the company and consumer loyalty sharofiddinov khurshidjon sadriddin ugli graduate of london south bank university, ibm with marketing sharofiddovxurshed@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article considers the theoretical aspects of the influence of the company's social responsibility on building long-term relationships with consumers in the framework of interaction marketing. the relationship between perceived social responsibility and such factors that form consumer loyalty as trust, satisfaction and involvement of consumers is shown. the importance of increasing the level of perceived social responsibility of the company is substantiated. social responsibility, consumer loyalty, trust, consumer satisfaction, consumer involvement. introduction in the modern economy, due to the strengthening of consumerism tendencies, the social responsibility of business is becoming an increasingly significant competitive advantage. the gradual aggravation of social problems in society, environmental pollution and others have an impact on consumer attitudes towards companies. it is no longer enough for modern consumers to simply be satisfied with the product itself. their decision to purchase a particular product increasingly depends on the reputation of the company and its declared values. we can say that the social responsibility of business is becoming an important consumer demand, a new benchmark for achieving high competitive positions in the market. the social responsibility of business in modern scientific publications is increasingly becoming the subject of research. as an analysis of the works of russian and foreign authors (a. mei-pochtler, s. turkin, j. calloway and others) shows, today consumers tend to increasingly prefer socially responsible companies when choosing a product [6]. moreover, many studies emphasize that there is a positive relationship between consumer preferences and perceptions of company ethics. given the relevance of the problem, its significance for consumer expectations, it becomes extremely important for companies to determine the role of their social responsibility in winning and retaining consumers. it can be said that managing the interaction of a company with a consumer is becoming a new function of marketing [10]. at the same time, the object of management is the relationship of the consumer with other participants in the process of purchase and sale [2]. therefore, consideration of the cause-and-effect relationships of social responsibility and effective relations between a company and a consumer, including in terms of achieving consumer loyalty, requires special attention. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org literature review considering the causal links between the socially responsible behaviour of the company and the choice of the consumer, first of all, it is necessary to dwell on the effects arising from this. socially responsible companies, in an effort to meet social and consumer expectations, offer the market relevant goods / services, indirectly form high-level social standards, thereby making a certain contribution to improving the quality of life of the population. as a result of this behaviour, companies receive competitive advantages, consisting in: • improving the business reputation of companies and brand image; • more effective attraction and retention of customers; • increase in market share; • lower operating costs; • more "easy" attraction of investors and others. [18]. at the same time, f. kotler and n. li in their works indicate that obtaining the maximum return on social responsibility for a company is associated with the fulfilment of a number of conditions [4]. firstly, the choice of the direction of socially responsible activity should correspond to the specifics and the general strategic line of behaviour in the market, without conflicting with its mission, values and business style. secondly, the company's management must be ready to provide resources for the socially responsible behaviour of its company, including material, temporary, intellectual, etc., which means treating such activities as investments. thirdly, a socially responsible company must have perfect marketing tools both for measuring the effectiveness of relevant events and for promoting their results to target audiences and the public environment, thereby forming brand capital in such a part as business reputation. in addition, the formation of business reputation of companies on the basis of its socially responsible behavior leads to a number of specific effects in the formation of the process of interaction with the consumer. an example is the results of a study by brown and dasin, who in 1997 made an unsuccessful attempt to evaluate individual components of the company's image perceived by consumers and influencing their acquisition and retention. the authors of marketing research revealed a direct relationship between the corporate image and the positive impact of its assessment on the consumer's reaction [14]. a group of other researchers (scholder, mohr, webb) proved that the reaction of consumers to various marketing activities of a company depends not only on the activities themselves, but also on the degree of consumer perception of the company's social responsibility [17]. companies conducting socially responsible activities with the aim of creating a positive customer relationship should take into account the peculiarities of perception of such actions by consumers. often in practice, a situation arises when a company conducts activities within the framework of social responsibility, however, consumers do not perceive its image as a socially responsible organization, which indicates that the vision of the image of a “socially responsible company” among its management and in the target audience does not coincide. consumers do not understand the usefulness of the company's actions, moreover, even a negative attitude towards it can be formed due to the stereotype "companies conduct social events to evade taxes or to legalize dishonest income" [9]. thus, positive effects for the company arise not just as a result of certain specific socially responsible activities, but as a result of the implementation of a targeted policy to form a holistic image of it as a socially responsible organization in the minds and perceptions of the consumer. therefore, we should american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org talk not just about the social responsibility of the company, but about the perceived social responsibility of the company the consumer's subjective assessment of the reputation of the company and its activities in terms of compliance with the image (ideal) based on criteria that characterize consumer expectations regarding the social responsibility of the business. methodology & empirical analysis according to the systematization of research publications devoted to this problem, the following main features of the social responsibility of companies can be distinguished [5;12]: • production of quality goods; • informing about the possible harmful effects of the product; • protecting health and safety; • quality of customer service; • environment protection. in the context of ever-increasing social requirements of consumers to companies, the fulfillment of such consumer expectations ensures the formation of a positive socially responsible image of the organization perceived by consumers: sri = f (cl; ic) sri — socially responsible image; lc — loyalty of consumer; ic — involvement of consumers the role of perceived social responsibility in building long-term relationships with consumers is also significant because it significantly affects the factors that form consumer loyalty. in the scientific literature, two main approaches to understanding consumer loyalty can be distinguished: behavioural and socio-psychological. representatives of the behavioural approach (for example, j.-j. lambin, j. bloomer and others) understand loyalty as a certain type of consumer behaviour, expressed in long-term interaction with the company and making repeated purchases. representatives of the socio-psychological approach (for example, j. h. hofmeyr, b. rae, and others) consider loyalty in terms of consumer attitude to a product or service as a preference that is formed as a result of generalization of feelings, emotions, opinions about a product or manufacturer. in turn, attitude-related loyalty is divided into cognitive and affective. cognitive loyalty is based on knowledge, the rational decision of the consumer is his interaction with the company, taking into account the assessment of product attributes and switching costs. affective loyalty is based on emotional factors, correlates with positive feelings caused by the purchase of a product, representing an affective connection with the brand [18]. the unifying opinion for these approaches is the priority of customer satisfaction as the basis of choice when making a purchase. satisfaction refers to the degree to which goods or services conform to consumer preferences. customer satisfaction can be associated both with a specific purchase and in general with the attitude towards the company, which, in turn, depends on the experience of interaction, the level of trust, the reputation of the company, including as a socially responsible organization. another factor influencing the achievement of consumer loyalty is the involvement of consumers. according to f. kotler, consumer involvement should be understood as the level of his interest in the brand (company) and the amount of information processing resulting from the reaction to a marketing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org stimulus [3]. involvement in general terms shows the degree of interest, emotional experience in the process of choosing a product. differences in consumer behaviour depending on the degree of involvement were formulated by h. assel [1]. thus, the model of behaviour with high involvement is characterized by an extensive process of information processing, a conscious search for information, a close relationship between the product and the personality and lifestyle of the consumer. in the case of low involvement, the consumer accidentally perceives the information, and the purchases made are not significant in terms of the norms and values of his reference group. based on this, the perceived social responsibility of the company will be of particular importance for consumers with a high degree of involvement and socially responsible behaviour (socially responsible consumer behaviour can be expressed, for example, in the consumption of those products that are safe for the environment, or the willingness to pay more for such goods, etc.). the degree of consumer involvement may vary depending on perceived social responsibility. marketing research shows that more than 86% of consumers tend to buy goods from companies that are involved in socially significant projects and intend to buy goods from a company whose product is associated with "good cause" [12]. results the specified association is extended by the consumer to itself. consumers of a socially responsible company identify themselves with the "good cause" it performs, which increases their involvement in the process of forming its socially responsible image. thus, a socially responsible company receives a competitive advantage, expressed in an additional degree of consumer involvement, in comparison with a company that is not one. among the factors in the formation of loyalty, scientists and practitioners in the field of marketing distinguish consumer trust. in particular, f. kotler, h. meffert and others draw attention to the importance of the aspect of trust in the process of interaction between participants in the marketing system. in addition, r. bennet notes that consumer confidence is one of the most significant factors in building long-term relationships between a company and customers and achieving consumer loyalty [13]. in turn, j. o'shaughnessy notes that the purpose of marketing is to help organizations gain consumer trust, since it is trust that is the basis of consumer commitment [8]. according to the scientist, trust is achieved by building and developing relationships, improving business reputation and following common values. thus, we can conclude that trust plays an essential role in the system of business relations, being one of the bases for building long-term relationships with consumers by a company. it should be emphasized that the perceived social responsibility, which forms a positive image of the company in the perception of the target audience, contributes to the formation of trust between the interacting parties in the market environment. a study based on the expert method showed that the determining factor in the development of trust is the business reputation of the company [7]. according to a marketing specialist s. gupta, the social responsibility of a business is the most important element of a company's image, which ensures the trust of stakeholders and, above all, consumers [15]. summarizing the above opinions of experts and the conclusions presented in scientific publications and applied research, we can talk about a causal relationship between the socially responsible activities american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org of the company, the image of the company perceived by the consumer, and the level of consumer confidence. conclusions summing up, we can conclude that social responsibility plays a significant role in the company's activities. the implementation of socially responsible measures that increase the perceived social responsibility helps to improve the business reputation of the organization in the eyes of stakeholders and contact groups, primarily consumers. in turn, a positive perceived business reputation is not only a factor in the formation of trusting relationships, but also affects the level of involvement and customer satisfaction. as a result of these effects, social responsibility can be considered as a tool that contributes to the achievement of consumer loyalty. at the same time, the question of determining the effectiveness of socially responsible measures remains open. an important task is to integrate social responsibility into other marketing tools. at the same time, special attention should be paid to the likely synergies that arise from the proper planning and coordination of marketing activities and corporate social responsibility programs. references 1. ассель г. маркетинг: принципы и стратегия. — м.: инфра-м, 2001. 2. багиев г.л. маркетинг взаимодействия: учебник для вузов. — спб.: астерион, 2011. 3. philip kotler kevin lane keller marketing management. pearson. 2021. 4. philip kotler, nancy r. lee. corporate social responsibility: doing the most good for your company and your cause. 2004. 320 pages. 5. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. значимость повышения финансовой грамотности населения узбекистана //вестник прикамского социального института. – 2022. – №. 2 (92). – с. 60-64. 6. кузьмина а.н. методы повышения социальной ответственности бизнеса на рынке медиауслуг: автореф. дис. ... канд. экон. наук. — спб: спбгуэф, 2010. 7. наумов в.н. маркетинг доверия: теоретические парадигмы повышения эффективности взаимодействия рыночных структур // стратегии развития инструментов коммерции. раздел 5.3. — спб.: спбгуэф, 2010. 8. nicholas j. o’shaughnessy. the phenomenon of political marketing. palgrave macmillan london, 1990. 9. тульчинский г.л. корпоративная социальная ответственность (социальные инвестиции, партнерство и коммуникации) — спб.: «справочники петербурга», 2006. 10. фирсанова о.в., шмелева ю.а. маркетинг инноваций в концепции маркетинга взаимодействия // маркетинг взаимодействия: инновационные технологии. компетентность. экономическое измерение. оценка эффективности / под ред. г.л. багиева. — спб.: изд-во спбгу; челябинск, изд. центр юургу, 2012. — с. 549-582. 11. аликулов с. а., ризаев и. и. основы управления и оценки эффективностью предприятия //фундаментальные и прикладные аспекты глобализации экономики. – 2021. – с. 233-235. 12. шаройкина е. социальная ответственность — это выгодно! // советник — 2009. — №8. 13. bennet r. relationship formation and governance in consumer markets: transactional analysis versus the behaviorist approach, journal of marketing management, 1996, vol.12, pp.417-436. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 14. brown t.j., dacin p.a. the company and the product: corporate associations and consumer product responses //journal of marketing 1997, 61, 68-84. 15. gupta s. strategic dimensions of corporate image: corporate ability and corporate social responsibility as sources of competitive advantage via differentiation 2002 (doctoral dissertation). 16. hofmeyr j., rice в. commitment-led marketing. — john wiley and sons, 2000. p 85, 22. 17. labbai. m. social responsibility and ethics in marketing // international marketing conference on marketing and society, april 2007. 18. scholder e.p., mohr l.a.., webb d.j. charitable programs and the retailer: do they mix? // journal of retailing, 2000, 76(3), 393-406. 19. rizaev i. i. the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 190-195. 20. ergashev i. i. features of evaluation of investment attractiveness of service enterprises //the fourteenth international conference on economic sciences. – 2017. – с. 102-105. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 38, | july 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org angela merkel’s policies and reforms tursunmurodova marjona abduvali qizi 3rd-year student of the faculty of history sharof rashidov samarkand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the political career of former german chancellor angela merkel, her major reforms, and their impact on both germany and the european union. it provides a comprehensive analysis of merkel’s pragmatic leadership style, her approach to economic stability, migration policy, energy transition, and crisis management during the covid-19 pandemic. the study highlights both positive and critical perspectives on her legacy using practical examples. angela merkel, politics, reforms, germany, european union, leadership, energy policy, migration, pandemic. introduction angela merkel, who held a distinct place in 21st-century german politics due to her decisiveness, wellthought-out strategy, and stable governance approach, is recognized as one of the prominent political figures in europe and the world. as the chancellor of the federal republic of germany from 2005 to 2021, she carried out deep reforms within the country, ensured economic stability, and strengthened germany’s position in international politics. during her political career, merkel placed significant emphasis on social justice, energy reform, migration policy, and integration within the european union1. this article provides a scholarly analysis of angela merkel’s political strategies, the reforms she implemented, and their impact on german society and the international arena. additionally, merkel’s leadership style and the major initiatives undertaken by her government are examined from the perspective of understanding the modern model of political governance2. literature analysis and research methodology in analyzing the literature on angela merkel’s political activities and reforms, the method of categorizing sources by topic is used as a primary approach. her economic, foreign policy, and social reforms are grouped separately. each category is studied in depth, and the differences and similarities among the materials are thoroughly examined. 1 angela merkel – gdrda yashagan cherkov xodimining qizi, birinchi kansler ayol va germaniyani defitsitdan qutqargan inson, daryo.uz. 2021 yil kuz yozuvi 1000kitob.uz+15daryo.uz+15kun.uz+15 2 sobiq kansler angela merkelning “ozodlik” (freiheit) nomli memuari: rekord sotuv, global tarqalish, uzreport news, 2024 zamin.uz+8https://yuz.uz+8kun.uz+8 https://daryo.uz/2021/09/10/angela-merkel-gdrda-yashagan-cherkov-xodimining-qizi-birinchi-kansler-ayol-va-germaniyani-defitsitdan-qutqarga-inson-merkel-boshqaruvining-16-yillik-davri-haqida/?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://yuz.uz/uz/news/angela-merkelning-yangi-kitobi-sotuvga-chiqarilganidan-kop-otmay-rekord-ornatdi?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org as a creative approach, an interactive learning methodology is applied. for instance, based on political speeches or interview transcripts taken from literary sources, role-play activities are organized with students to engage them in discussions aimed at understanding merkel’s position. another practical method involves writing analytical essays that explore how historical events are interconnected with merkel’s policies. this approach helps students strengthen their critical thinking, analytical reasoning based on facts, and argumentative skills3. as a research methodology, the comparative method based on thematic intervals is employed. this involves comparing merkel’s political decisions with those of other world leaders to identify the uniqueness and effectiveness of the innovations she introduced. in addition, a visual analysis method based on video materials is implemented. through this approach, students observe how political events influenced the social environment and learn to critically analyze such impacts4. creative and practical examples: area of analysis example based on literary source approach using practical research method political stability strategy a scholarly article analyzing merkel’s coalition politics simulation-based debate to develop political consensus models economic reforms a sociological analysis of tax system changes during merkel’s era interactive group project titled “design a national budget” migration policy an analytical article on the 2015 migration crisis role-play: “if you were merkel, what migration policy would you implement?” gender equality policy analysis of merkel’s speeches on women’s rights essay competition on the topic “a female leader in a male-dominated society” international diplomacy a monograph on merkel’s role in the european union task using an interactive map: “analyze merkel’s diplomatic relations” angela merkel, as one of the most important figures in modern european politics, is a leader worthy of discussion in history lessons. her 16-year tenure as chancellor of germany left a profound mark not only on germany but also on the political history of europe and the world. creative approaches: teaching history through reform analysis: merkel’s efforts to ensure economic stability are linked to the topic of economic crises. for example, germany’s relatively quick recovery during the 2008 global financial crisis is discussed as a result of merkel’s policies. comparing leadership traits with historical leaders: students compare leaders such as napoleon, margaret thatcher, and merkel. historical analysis is conducted based on their decision-making styles, positions in international politics, and approaches to domestic reforms. for instance, by comparing the 3merkelning siyosati haqida nima desalar ham, u muvozanatni topishga harakat qildi, sputnik o‘zbekiston, 2022 sputnik o‘zbekiston+1sputnik o‘zbekiston+1 4 germaniya jahon siyosatida sezilarli iz qoldirdi: angela merkel jahon siyosatiga qanday ta’sir ko‘rsatdi, brightuzbekistan.uz, 2023 kitobxon.com+15brightuzbekistan.uz+15sputnik o‘zbekiston+15 https://oz.sputniknews.uz/20221007/biz-u-bilan-toq-yashadik-nemislar-merkel-siyosatini-qomsamoqda-28907053.html?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://oz.sputniknews.uz/20221007/biz-u-bilan-toq-yashadik-nemislar-merkel-siyosatini-qomsamoqda-28907053.html?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://brightuzbekistan.uz/uz/angela-merkel-jahon-siyosatida-sezilarli-iz-qoldirdirib-germaniya-kansleri-lavozimini-tark-etdi/?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org leadership paths of thatcher and merkel as female leaders, students are encouraged to explore gender issues. exploring environmental history through “green politics”: merkel’s environmental policies such as phasing out nuclear energy can be used to study the history of environmental movements. students are asked questions like, “if you had lived in germany at that time, how would you have responded to this policy?” to evoke historical empathy5. interactive tasks: students are given the assignment: “if you were in merkel’s position, what decision would you have made?” this helps them understand the complexity of decision-making within a historical context. working with historical documents: merkel’s key speeches and statements at international summits are studied as primary sources in class. through this, students learn to understand history not only through facts but also by engaging with authentic historical materials. discussion and results main directions and historical impact of angela merkel's policies 1. economic stability policy – 30%. merkel took strategic measures to maintain germany as the strongest economy in europe. through financial discipline, reducing budget deficits, and promoting an export-oriented economy, germany managed to preserve economic stability during the global financial crisis. from a historical perspective, this ensured the continuity of the federal republic of germany’s economic power. 5 angela merkel o‘z hayoti va siyosiy qarorlari haqida memuar kitob yozmoqda, aniq.uz, 2021 https://yuz.uz+2aniq.uz+2xabar.uz+2 https://aniq.uz/uz/yangiliklar/angela-merkel-uz-hayoti-haqida-kitob-yozishga-qaror-qildi?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 2. european union integration and leadership – 20%. merkel played a key role in the politics of the european union (eu). during the greek debt crisis, brexit, and the migration crisis, she demonstrated strong diplomatic leadership to preserve eu unity. in historical terms, this solidified germany’s strategic position in europe and elevated it to a political leadership role6. 3. energy transition (energiewende) – 15%. merkel promoted a shift from nuclear energy to renewable sources. this decision, made after the fukushima disaster, marked a historical turning point and became a model for environmental policy in europe. historically, it stands as a powerful national expression of "green politics." 4. migration policy – 15%. during the 2015 migration crisis, merkel’s slogan “wir schaffen das” (“we can do it”) and her decision to open germany’s doors to millions of refugees became a historic move. while this policy sparked intense debates in domestic politics, it promoted humanitarian values on the international stage. 5. healthcare and pandemic leadership – 10%. during the covid-19 pandemic, merkel led with a science-based and cautious approach. her leadership, characterized by data-driven communication, became a symbol of trust in history. merkel’s political capital significantly increased during this period. 6. foreign policy and global diplomacy – 10%. merkel managed complex diplomatic relations with global powers such as russia, the united states, and china. notably, during the ukraine crisis, she maintained a firm stance on sanctions against russia. this left a lasting mark on the historical evolution of germany’s foreign policy7. conclusion angela merkel’s policies and the reforms she implemented left a distinct mark not only on germany but also on the history of europe as a whole. her leadership qualities prudence, a commitment to stability, and prioritization of social justice should be studied in history as key approaches in modern politics. merkel’s environmental policy, particularly the “energy transition” (energiewende) initiative aimed at phasing out nuclear energy and advancing renewable sources, serves as a highly relevant lesson for students in the context of today’s ecological challenges. in the social sphere, her open-door approach to migration provides a broad platform for discussing human rights, tolerance, and democratic values. studying angela merkel’s legacy in history classes can help students develop analytical thinking skills regarding global awareness, gender equality, and political leadership. through debates, role-playing, and event analysis, learners come to see history not just as a collection of facts, but as a process that directly shapes the fate of humanity. 6 merkel davrida yevropa ittifoqining siyosiy barqarorligiga hissa qo‘shganlik modeli, zamin.uz maqolasi sputnik o‘zbekiston+1sputnik o‘zbekiston+1 7 angela merkelning memuar kitobi birinchi haftada bestsellerga aylanishi — yangi avlod siyosiy tarixini o‘zida aks ettiradi, anhor.uz, 2024 https://yuz.uz+2anhor.uz+2kun.uz+2 https://oz.sputniknews.uz/20221007/biz-u-bilan-toq-yashadik-nemislar-merkel-siyosatini-qomsamoqda-28907053.html?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://oz.sputniknews.uz/20221007/biz-u-bilan-toq-yashadik-nemislar-merkel-siyosatini-qomsamoqda-28907053.html?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://anhor.uz/uzl/world/angela-merkelning-xotiralari-bitilgan-kitob-ikki-kunda-bestsellerga-aylandi/?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, covering angela merkel’s political career in the history curriculum offers more than factual knowledge it contributes to forming a socially responsible and conscious younger generation. references 1. angela merkel – gdrda yashagan cherkov xodimining qizi, birinchi kansler ayol va germaniyani defitsitdan qutqargan inson, daryo.uz. 2021 yil kuz yozuvi 1000kitob.uz+15daryo.uz+15kun.uz+15 2. sobiq kansler angela merkelning “ozodlik” (freiheit) nomli memuari: rekord sotuv, global tarqalish, uzreport news, 2024 zamin.uz+8https://yuz.uz+8kun.uz+8 3. merkelning siyosati haqida nima desalar ham, u muvozanatni topishga harakat qildi, sputnik o‘zbekiston, 2022 sputnik o‘zbekiston+1sputnik o‘zbekiston+1 4. germaniya jahon siyosatida sezilarli iz qoldirdi: angela merkel jahon siyosatiga qanday ta’sir ko‘rsatdi, brightuzbekistan.uz, 2023 kitobxon.com+15brightuzbekistan.uz+15sputnik o‘zbekiston+15 5. angela merkel o‘z hayoti va siyosiy qarorlari haqida memuar kitob yozmoqda, aniq.uz, 2021 https://yuz.uz+2aniq.uz+2xabar.uz+2 6. merkel davrida yevropa ittifoqining siyosiy barqarorligiga hissa qo‘shganlik modeli, zamin.uz maqolasi sputnik o‘zbekiston+1sputnik o‘zbekiston+1 7. angela merkelning memuar kitobi birinchi haftada bestsellerga aylanishi — yangi avlod siyosiy tarixini o‘zida aks ettiradi, anhor.uz, 2024 https://yuz.uz+2anhor.uz+2kun.uz+2 https://daryo.uz/2021/09/10/angela-merkel-gdrda-yashagan-cherkov-xodimining-qizi-birinchi-kansler-ayol-va-germaniyani-defitsitdan-qutqarga-inson-merkel-boshqaruvining-16-yillik-davri-haqida/?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://yuz.uz/uz/news/angela-merkelning-yangi-kitobi-sotuvga-chiqarilganidan-kop-otmay-rekord-ornatdi?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://oz.sputniknews.uz/20221007/biz-u-bilan-toq-yashadik-nemislar-merkel-siyosatini-qomsamoqda-28907053.html?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://brightuzbekistan.uz/uz/angela-merkel-jahon-siyosatida-sezilarli-iz-qoldirdirib-germaniya-kansleri-lavozimini-tark-etdi/?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://brightuzbekistan.uz/uz/angela-merkel-jahon-siyosatida-sezilarli-iz-qoldirdirib-germaniya-kansleri-lavozimini-tark-etdi/?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://aniq.uz/uz/yangiliklar/angela-merkel-uz-hayoti-haqida-kitob-yozishga-qaror-qildi?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://oz.sputniknews.uz/20221007/biz-u-bilan-toq-yashadik-nemislar-merkel-siyosatini-qomsamoqda-28907053.html?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://anhor.uz/uzl/world/angela-merkelning-xotiralari-bitilgan-kitob-ikki-kunda-bestsellerga-aylandi/?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org the social significance of physical education in society abduvahobov abrorjon abdumital ogli faculty of taekwondo and sports of the national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the essence, goals, objectives of healthimproving technologies in modern conditions and the relevance and importance of health-improving technologies in physical education and sports are scientifically substantiated by its functions of physical health-improving in the formation of a healthy lifestyle today, international experiments. prevention, individualization, sports, optimization, recreational. introduction after the independence of the republic of uzbekistan, we can see that every increase in all areas is taking place. it is no secret today that physical political and spiritual changes are being brought to the fore by renewal in the system of universal values, all personal extremes, demands and spirituality of a person, especially the spiritual, moral and physical capabilities of the growing younger generations are further increasing. a number of decisions and decrees have been developed by our country leader in the formation of a healthy lifestyle in society, strengthening the health of the population, raising a physically healthy, spiritually rich young generation, ensuring the widespread involvement of the population in physical education and sports. main part on december 28, 2018, president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m.in mirziyoyev's appeal to the oliy majlis, “...finding a healthy lifestyle in society, further popularization of physical education and sports is an urgent task.from now on, we attach importance to the rapid development of sports, the promotion and support of athletes who have achieved high results in international competitions.”in recent years, one of the most important, important tasks in our republic is the development of ommovy sports. the task of independent uzbekistan to educate spiritually healthy generations, future patriots, ultimately falls on teachers and specialists. according to the topic, in terms of the relevance and importance of wellness technologies in physical education and sports, wellness technologies are primarily aimed at ensuring the preservation and strengthening of human health through physical culture. wellness efficiency is a mandatory component of any form of exercise. in this regard, all components of physical culture (sports, basic, professional-practical, wellness and physical culture) perform wellness functions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org wellness technology is a science of the medical and pedagogical and social category and takes on such tasks as studying the necessary factors and methods of educating and improving the manifestation of a nation in which both physically and ruhan are healthy, and introducing them into marriage. the original goal of wellness is to create the basis for the independence of the family, society, nation and state by controlling and ensuring the health of the mauyan individual. health is the greatest wealth of a person. undoubtedly, health is the main condition for the implementation of the biological and social functions of a person. this is the basis of a person's selfrealization. meanwhile, in modern society, the need to strengthen health is growing with the help of physical education, including new and developing equipment and technical means. this requires, first of all, a specially organized activity designed to effectively solve health problems. wellness in physical education and sports one of the main goals of technology is to encourage everyone to seek to improve their internal capabilities in the human body and to create a “healthy lifestyle “for themselves and others, as well as to create opportunities to live and achieve the dream of a healthy generation, to maintain health, strengthen and promote longevity. a distinctive feature of the use of wellness technologies is the optimal mechanism for optimizing and personalizing the physical load of people, taking into account age, gender, labor and educational activities and health. as a type of wellness technology, they have their goals and objectives. the goal of using wellness technologies is to improve the population. and the goals of applying wellness technologies are: increase the functional capacity of the body; prevention of diseases; engine mode optimization; reducing fatigue due to active rest; introduction of health technologies as an integral part of a healthy lifestyle; development of work activities of professional importance. in accordance with the components of wellness technologies, as a result of human activity and as a set of subject values, can be considered as a type of human activity. conclusion the formation of a healthy lifestyle in our society, the creation of conditions in accordance with the requirements of the time for the regular practice of physical education and mass sports of the population, especially the younger generation, the strengthening of confidence in their will, strength and capabilities in youth through sports competitions, the perfection of courage and patriotism, feelings of loyalty to the a number of works are being carried out on the meaningful organization of youth leisure activities in order to preserve and strengthen their health, to involve them in mass sports and to attract mass sports to the social environment in order to promote the health of the population. giving dreams to the younger generation about a healthy lifestyle and a combination of medical culture and sports, instilling in their minds is one of the current virtues of today. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, nov., 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org used literature 1. babomurodov, norpulat shirinovich. "structures of physical fitness of wrestlers". bulletin of science and education 4-2 (82) (2020).).width: 24.12.2021 2. mirjamolov m.x., adilov r.f., zakirav d.r.improvement of special physical education of students with disabilities opportunities in health // actual problems of physical education and sports. 2020. s. 2023. 3. n. yu. valieva, r. f. odilov method razvitiya effekta tonusnix refleksov pri detskom tserebralnom paraliche s pomotshyu fitbolnoy gymnastics / / academic research in educational sciences. 2021. №11. (2021): 966-972. 4. lt statova development of physical fitness in the process of training and scientific theoretical field in children's tserebral paralysis academic research in educational sciences, ooo "academic research"n. yu. valieva. "rating uroven uprajneniy spesialno motornoy podgotovki v uchebno-trenirovochnom prosesse yunix sportsmenov" academic research in educational sciences, no. 3, 2020, pp. 1266-1271.). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org normal documents accepted in the field of archive work in uzbekistan and their significance khushmatova sarvinoz bahodir kizi teacher of karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the normative documents adopted in the field of archival work in uzbekistan and their importance. based on archival data, the author analyzed the problem on the basis of available scientific literature and studied the existing specific aspects of the normative documents adopted in the field of archival work in uzbekistan and their importance. uzbekistan, archives, archival documents, funds, normative documents. introduction introduction: after uzbekistan gained independence, fundamental changes took place in all areas of our society, including the development of archival work. as a result of the establishment of a society based on market economy relations, the privatization of state property, the creation of a multi-level economy, the development of production enterprises and private business, non-state archive funds were established. archive funds of non-state industries, construction enterprises, farms, trade unions, charity and other foundations, political parties and movements, religious organizations have established a non-state archive fund. state and non-state archive funds were transformed into the national archive fund of the republic of uzbekistan (uzmaf). the state registration of the documents of the national archive fund of the republic of uzbekistan and the issuing of a special certificate to the owner of the documents and the organization have been introduced. the number of interdepartmental archives on personal content has increased by the hokims of cities and districts of the republic in order to ensure the preservation of personal content documents of enterprises and organizations in the conditions of the market economy. main part: the government of the republic of uzbekistan has developed a law and regulations on archival work. on april 15, 1999, the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan approved the law "on archives" and the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan on october 30, 1999 "on approval of regulatory documents on archives" ” adopted resolution no. 482. by the decision of the cabinet of ministers "regulations on the national archive fund of the republic of uzbekistan", "procedure of state registration of documents of the national archive fund of the republic of uzbekistan", "main archive department under the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan regulation on ("uzbosharkhiv"), "sample regulation on departmental archives in state authorities and management american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org bodies, enterprises, institutions and organizations of the republic of uzbekistan" was approved. these documents legally formalized the independence and freedom of the republic's archival offices. the reforms implemented in the field of archives in the republic created the need to revise and improve the law on archives. as a result, on june 15, 2010, the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on archive work" was adopted. in the law, the nature of special institutions such as archival institution, departmental archive, archival document is separated in accordance with practice, and the true concept of each of them is clarified. in addition, it is indicated that in addition to maf and state archives, nonstate archives, departmental archives, personal archive documents can be integrated, accounted for, stored and used. according to the resolution no. 49 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 3, 2004 "on further improvement of the management of the archive work of the republic of uzbekistan" "uzbosharxiv" "under the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan" it was transformed into ozarkhiv" agency. instead of the archival departments of the local governments, regional archival departments were established. during the transition to a market economy in independent uzbekistan, many private, non-governmental organizations, enterprises and their archive funds were created. the departmental archives of nongovernmental organizations are their property. it is important to have places where documents are stored and to have the necessary conditions for storing the documents of the archive fund of state and non-state enterprises. until 1996, there were only 9 specially constructed buildings for state archives in the republic. the buildings of 68 state archives are adapted for the storage of documents, many of them are full of documents and could not receive documents for state storage from departmental archives. in order to ensure the planned integration of archives, it was necessary to build places where more than 1.5 million collective volumes are stored in the republic. results and discussions: program for the development of archive work and administration until 2011, approved by the cabinet of ministers resolution no. 194 "on additional measures to further develop the archive work of the republic of uzbekistan" adopted on august 26, 2008, and construction of new buildings for state archives, reconstruction of buildings in need of repair were included in the targets. in accordance with the targets until 2011, during 2008-2011, it was decided to build additional archive storage for 18 central state archives, regional state archives and their branches, allocate additional archive storage for 2 state archives and their branches. . air conditioning system for storage rooms, modern fire extinguishing and fire alarm system, perimeter control and video surveillance system in the building and classrooms in order to store and store maf documents and ensure their safety during the years of independence. , with metal racks, boxes for cartoning of collective volumes, attention is being paid to equipping state archives with high-tech equipment for restoration, conservation and transfer of spare copies of rare and particularly valuable documents. under the conditions of independence, the state body managing the archive work is the "ozarkhiv" agency under the cabinet of ministers of uzbekistan. its system includes territorial administrations of the republic of karakalpakstan, regions and the city of tashkent, state archives under their care (their branches), and the central state archive. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org in the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan of september 20, 2019 "on measures to improve archival work and administration in the republic of uzbekistan", improvement of state management and control in the field of archival work and administration in our country, in paper form , in order to further accelerate the digitization of film, photo and phono documents, as well as in accordance with the strategy of actions on the five priority directions of the development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021, on the basis of the "ozarkhiv" agency under the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan "ozarkhiv" agency of the republic of uzbekistan was established. also, the national archives of uzbekistan on the basis of the central state archives of the republic of uzbekistan; the national archive of cinematographic documents of the republic of uzbekistan on the basis of the central state archive of cinematographic documents of the republic of uzbekistan; national archive of scientific-technical and medical documents of uzbekistan on the basis of the central state archive of scientific-technical and medical documents of the republic of uzbekistan; the central state archive of tashkent city was established on the basis of the tashkent city state archive. in order to provide documentary information in the state archives of uzbekistan, a scientific information apparatus (ima) was established on the structure and contents of the national archives fund (maf) of the republic of uzbekistan. the ima of state archives includes the following references: 1) list of archives (opis); guide to the archive (guide); 3) brief information on the regional archive; 4) catalog of funds; 5) systematic, named, thematic catalogs; 6) comments on funds and topics. catalog and lists of funds in branches of regional state archives, short reference and systematic catalog of archive funds in addition to these in regional state archives. central state archives must have all types of ima. currently, there are more than 80 state archives in the republic of uzbekistan, with 6 mln. more documents than collections are being carefully preserved. these documents are widely used by researchers, students and other specialists in various fields in scientific, cultural and educational research. conclusion: nowadays, in the period when the process of globalization is accelerating in the world, and information technologies are rapidly entering all spheres of human activity, the issue of further improvement of archive work in uzbekistan should be the main task. after all, the application of new information technologies in archival work expands the possibility of obtaining documentary information, and requires the creation of new methods of searching for archival documents. references: 1. https://lex.uz/docs/-2656 2. https://lex.uz/ru/docs/-329133 3. https://lex.uz/ru/docs/-1645540 4. alimov i.a. arxivshunoslik. – t.2015. b-40. 5. is`hoqov m.m., alimova r.r. arxivshunoslik. – t. 2000. b-173. 6. https://lex.uz/docs/-4523373 7. https://lex.uz/docs/-4730178 8. is`hoqov m.m., alimova r.r. arxivshunoslik. – t. 2000. b-175. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org history of gender relations in uzbekistan ahrorova madina rahmatovna uzbekistan-finland pedagogical institute assistant madinaakhrorova@gmail.com phone: 99893 680 44 15 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the issue of gender equality is one of the social relations that are well established not only in europe, but also in our country. in particular, in this regard, the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for women and men" adopted on september 2, 2019 was approved as a legal protection and legal guarantee aimed at the place of women in society. mentality, avesto, family, akhuramazda, koran, khadis introduction in the conditions of today's globalization, the issue of feminism, which is rapidly developing, is becoming one of the most relevant studies. women's finding their place in the society, fight against any oppression and violence against them is well underway in terms of educational propaganda. of the republic of uzbekistan no. ql-536 of the legislative chamber of the republic of uzbekistan "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for men and women", and "protection of women and girls from harassment and violence" the draft law of the republic of uzbekistan no. ql-537 and the results of their implementation today are a clear proof of our opinion of the women's committee and the republican family center. main part at this point, a question may arise, what was our attitude towards women in the past. did we have issues of gender equality in the history of our statehood, apart from the rapidly developing western culture and mentality? in "avesta", one of the oldest sources of information about the history of the ancient east, the family, its place, the rights and duties of women, the role of women and girls in society, and the position of mothers in the family are discussed. has been discussed. this is certainly not in vain, because women and girls are considered to be dignified breeds that give birth to the next generation and educate it. that is why the zoroastrian religion pays special attention to the upbringing of the girl child and her acquisition of a profession. according to the teachings of zoroastrianism, every father and mother should ensure that their daughter knows all the trades of her time until she reaches the age of adulthood, teach her to raise livestock and earn a living, be strong in faith, it is necessary to raise them in a clean manner [1]. these aspects, first of all, ensure that the girl child lives a life without frugality, purity and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org extravagance, and on the other hand, they help her not to have difficulties in her new life and win the love of the people of that place. for this, the girl should be perfect both spiritually and physically necessary. undoubtedly, the role and status of the mother is very high [2]. the zoroastrian holy book "avesta" talks about a happy place. when zoroastrian asked ahuramazda the happiest place in the world, he said, "such a place is a place where an ashavan built a house." in that space, the mobad livelihood vibrates. a housewife, children, a herd of cows and flocks live. a herd of cows is well taken care of in this house. the housewife is happy, the children are happy. "the fire is always roaring," he answers. also from the above sentence it seems that the place where a woman feels happy is the happiest place in the world. considering that a woman is happy in the company of her loved ones and children, the happiest place is undoubtedly the family. so, it can be seen that a woman is entrusted with the responsible task of raising children, just like men. from the beginning, our daughters were given the good fortune to be brought up as owners of household etiquette, children's education and good behavior, so it can be seen that about 3 thousand years ago, women were highly respected in the land of our country. for example, another important source in the history of our statehood is marriage-family relations reflected in sogdian documents. in the sogdian language document number 4 , "the marriage contract concluded between ottegin and dudguncha and the rights of dudguncha's wife in the marital relationship were expressed in the document [ 4,126 ] even in those times, women it can be seen that there is an excellent one. in the following centuries, we will see that the worldview has changed in the history and culture of our country with the joining of several nations and peoples. now we can see that women not only take care of family and children, but also serve as ministers to kings in responsible tasks such as state management . the dynasties that ruled in the history of our state, the ephtals, and the coins of the turkish khanate bear witness to such a historical fact. [usman karaboyev] as we mentioned, in the history of our statehood, we can see the rule of several dynasties. by conquering movaraunahr in the 8th century, the arabs expanded the province of their islamic state to our territories. of course, the religion and ideology of islam came with the arabs. according to the research results of many pro-western scientists, the arabs brought the era of jahiliyya to our regions, and they expressed their opinion that arabs came and our women started to wear veils.[5] what is the ratio of women in the qur'an, which is the original source of islam? literature analysis "those who could not find marriage should keep their chastity until allah enriches them with his grace. if there are those who want a bequest from those who have wealth in your hands, then if you know that there is good in them, write a bequest with them and give them from the wealth that allah has given you. do not force your daughters (slaves) into prostitution, whose lives desire the fleeting fabric of the world and desire chastity. and whoever forced them, surely allah is forgiving and merciful after what they have forced.” the famous commentator suddi says the following about this: "this verse was revealed about abdullah ibn ubay ibn salul, the leader of the hypocrites. he had an in-law named muoza. when a guest came to his house, he would add his money to him in order to collect something from the guest. joriya came to abu bakr and complained about this. so abu bakr, may god bless him and grant him peace, told american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org this matter to rasulullah, may god bless him and grant him peace. he, may god bless him and grant him peace, ordered him to take the bride to his presence. then abdullah bin ubay said: "who will help me from muhammad?" they also have our currents!" he started shouting. then allah revealed this verse." in fact, women did not find their rights in any religion other than islam. islam came, and women became noble. islam came and the woman recognized her sensuality. islam came and it was said that there is paradise under the footsteps of mothers. in the religion of islam, a woman found not only her rights, but also ways to find the approval of her creator. allah almighty knows what is good and what is bad for his people. in the holy qur'an, a special chapter was revealed under the name of "nisa" (women), in which the rulings on inheritance and treatment of women are explained, which shows that they are respected in our religion. allah almighty gives this blessing in surah nisa: " men are the guardians (as permanent heads of the family) of wives . " the reason is that allah has made some of them (men) more than some (women) (in some characteristics) and they (men) spend from their wealth. the righteous (among women) are those who are obedient (to allah and their husbands) , and are protective of the unseen as much as allah preserves them (i.e., those who guard their husbands' secrets, properties, and reputations) . if you fear women's disobedience, then admonish them first, then (if this does not work) leave them in their places (without contact) , then (if this does not blind) beat them (to the extent that they are not injured). . but if they obey you, do not seek (another) way against them. indeed, allah is the most high and great (surah an-nisa, verse 34). in this verse, allah describes the qualities of a righteous woman, and then instructs the disobedient woman to be treated with compassion and step by step. this method is first a beautiful admonition, and then if he does not obey, to separate his places, and if this does not blind him, a more severe measure is to allow him to exert influence in a way that does not hurt. we will not be mistaken if we say that this education is an example of respect for women by god, who is kind and merciful. another example of respect for women is that this surah contains equal numbers of female and male words. the development of islamic jurisprudence and shari'a sciences in the middle ages was described in detail in the works of our scholars. in particular, imam al-bukhari, the leader of the famous hadith science, quotes the following hadith about women in his work "al-adab, wal mufradot". it was narrated from anas ibn malik (ra), who said: "the messenger of allah (pbuh) said to the women he was a very compassionate person. their son ibrahim was suckling milk in one corner of madinah was sent for. the husband of the woman who breastfed the child made a living by burning izkhir. when we went to his house with the messenger of allah (pbuh), the house was filled with smoke rasoolullah (pbuh) kissed the boy and stroked his neck," he said. another hadith contains the following comments about kissing a girl. abdullah ibn ja'far (ra) is the two-year-old daughter of umar ibn abi salman i saw him kissing zainab, said mahrama's father bakkir (ra). it was narrated from hasan basri (may allah be pleased with him). he said: "a piece of your wife or daughter american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org if you manage not to look at the hair of any of your children, don't look," they said. [6] the following conclusions can be drawn from these hadiths: in islam, showing mercy and respect to women is mentioned in the first hadith, while protecting the chastity of women from a young age (even from their own fathers) is given with beautiful examples. islam was recorded in history as a religion that elevated women to a high place and formed respect for them, so that in the following centuries, the respect for women was also high in the countries based on islam. for example, during the timurid era, the responsible task of raising princes was the responsibility of women. sarai mulkhanim, who advises amir temur as a minister, is one of the great women in our history. women have always been faithful as half of their spouses, both in the family and in society. the concept of "two and a half is one whole" was mentioned in relation to these periods. but there were some periods in the history of our statehood, when the role and importance of the position of women as individuals in the society fell to the second level. this attitude was expressed during the period of uzbek khanates, where autocracy prevailed. anbar otin says about this period in his "philosophy of blacks": in the second part of the pamphlet, anbar otin describes the situation of women of that time, their inability to show their talent, talent, and grace as a result of direct and indirect social discrimination. even when they go out to the streets out of necessity, for example, to visit their relatives, they wrap themselves in old burqas and walk like old women. because if they keep their height, or if they walk openly, men can attack them. the roots of such immorality go back to social injustice: such men, who are deprived of the right to marry and be the head of the family due to poverty, look: these socio-moral evils will surely pass away, the times of freedom and equality will come. here's what anbar otin himself says about it: "there will come a time when the fireplace will be more than a noble dreamer like a mushtipar... what a generation of lunatics, born and died without danger, well cared for, sober and sober. yes, we are blessed and patriots, cheerful and hospitable. at that time, all the people will be possessed... [3: 54]. however, they also had the right to live, to learn, to find their place in society and, most importantly, to dream. they expressed this in their verses: at that time, people's morals reached such a level that they left the custom of lahotun to the client and every man lived a comfortable life with one wife... at that time, girls will be able to get a worldly education, find a place on the throne of urfan, enter the ranks of the nobles and nobles, they will help and help their husbands in their work, gain prestige, respect and honor. will be awarded."[7] discussion results analyzing the works of classical poets, we see that the real cause of the problem and its solution have been discussed. anbar otin himself believes that the sheikhs are the cause of the society's sinking into the swamp of ignorance: "certainly, it is necessary to rely on common sense and community, to be far from all sheikh sufis and to be sure of all fears, to fight against oppressors, to beware of loneliness, to destroy tyranny and eliminate darkness with these measures" . [3: 78].” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org now the question arises, when did the issue of spontaneous struggle for feminism, which started in the time of the khans, become relevant in social relations? were the rights of women violated as a result of the efforts of religious fanatics in the history of our state, which was dominated by islamic beliefs from the 8th century, or in later periods? when did the concept of gender equality appear in our minds in the context of globalization? the consciousness of our people interprets this concept about the recent past as follows: as if the russians came and women were freed. they have equal rights with men. here is a question: did women have no rights before the russians? isn't the question of gender equality, entrusting the education of the whole nation to women and appointing them as the head of the family, and men are responsible for providing for the family with a different concern? we have all read abdulla qadiri's work "the past days". it depicts the scene from the time of the khans that we are talking about. that is, the yard of the uzbek woman: the outer yard intended for coming and going and the inner yard where women walk to protect women from prying eyes. now, if we compare the current houses, you can stand on the balcony of high multi-storey buildings and watch the city, even your neighbor's house... i don't understand a proverb: "er khotin kosh hokiz" is not an uzbek folk proverb in my opinion! this is a proverb made in the last century based on the need of women's work. because in a situation where the developed countries of capitalism carried out the colonial policy, not only men, but now also women began to be involved in the factories and factories of the country in the conquered lands. now, women work in factories as well as men, study in technical schools, and at least bear the burden of raising children and caring for the family! but where is equality freedom? with this idea, i am far from the notion that women should be engaged only in housework and family. when will a woman be happy? when he is busy with his favorite activity or profession. he always finds time for this. i just don't understand something. in my opinion, the opinion expressed above, that the russians came and women became free, is incorrect. after all, wasn't it in the past that the status of women rose to the level of minister (saroymulkhonim, nodira)? it is a historical fact that men worked in factories. it can be said that this is freedom achieved as a result of economic necessity. look at the paradox that as a result of this need, some women remain in history. for example, during the second world war, sniper zebo g`aniyeva, tractor farmer lola murodova, etc., went down in history with their heroism. conclusion in conclusion, i would like to say that the concept of gender equality in the early middle ages, when we have it, expressed the rights of women in marriage relations in sogd. by the time of the arabs, it was at its peak. in order to protect women from prying eyes, putting large and small rings on the houses, protecting women in matters of privacy (an example from the hadiths was given above) isn't this gender? isn't it gender equality that they take on the task of raising a small part of the society and doing business in the family? today, the society of men who send their wives abroad to work and stay at home with their children, or men who support their wives without working, cannot be called a society of gender equality. such stereotypes can also be found in women: women arguing with men in public places, (mainly in the markets), women leaders' desire to lead in the family, i believe that all these are a misunderstanding of gender theory. the aim of this article is that today's gender relations are not the predominance of women in society, but the formation of the concept of gender based on traditional stereotypes and our national mentality. this is a concept in which gender equality means that women american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org have found their place in the society in the family, our values are dominant, and they know the recognition of respect for the representatives of the stronger sex, they are able to lead together with the family, if necessary, and also in the upbringing of children. it is to form the concept of a real uzbek woman who knows the limits of privacy by considering oriental education as superior. references 1. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for women and men" 2. about the draft law of the republic of uzbekistan no. ql-536 "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for men and women", and 3. draft law of the republic of uzbekistan no. ql-537 "on protection of women from harassment and violence" 4. b. goipov scenes from the history of sogd. samarkand "samdu" 2020 5. bibliographic link : epokha nevezhestva [electronic resource] // quranacademy.org: akademiya korana. 201] 6. imam bukhari al-adab al-mufrad. read online: http://forum.ziyouz.com/index.php?topic=588.0 7. anbar otin philosophy of the blacks. 8. warehouse otin's " blacks. " philosophy ” in the work social philosophical views medina akhrorova lessons of imam bukhari https://www.bukhari.uz/?p=11443 9. social-philosophical considerations and the issue of gender equality in the works of eastern classical poets. (in the example of nozimakhanim's creation) ahrorova madina rahmatovna scientific-practical conference on the topic "actual issues of teaching eastern languages" volume 2 | special issue 24 issn 2181-1784 sjif 2022: 5.947 | asi factor = 1.7 10. the issue of gender equality in the work of uzbek classical poets. ahrorova madina rahmatovna, trainee teacher, samarkand state institute of foreign languages e-mail: akhrorova.madina@mail.ru (uzbekistan, samarkand.) 12. differences in socialphilosophical views of western and eastern women ergasheva sevinchbonu akhrorova madina in uzbekistan scientific research : periodical conferences :'' philosophy and life in the field views . december 2022 part 2 tashkent. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org financial on the basic of international financial reporting standards procedure for drawing up reports muxidinov ayubbek nuritdinovich turan international university director of finance a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a practical analysis of the practical application of international financial reporting standards in uzbekistan and the problems in the transition to international financial reporting standards and ways to overcome them. international financial reporting, financial accounting and reporting, international financial reporting standards. introduction certain conditions for attracting investments in the economy of uzbekistan to the transparency and accuracy of the activities of economic entities of our homeland, including the creation it is necessary to achieve. the implementation of this issue is a whole range of financial statements with the application of the international standards of financial reporting – made world standards related. when uzbekistan gained independence, it fell into the movement towards the market economy. in the process, the soviet accounting methods were abandoned and financial statements began to move towards the principles adopted in the world. in particular, as enshrined in the law various national accounting standards have been developed, under the associations of accountants international accounting practice training and certification systems for accountants formed. legislation, education and professional development in uzbekistan it was expected that the end of their practice would lead to full harmonization with the mhxs. of the economic entities operating in our republic in recent years the scope of international relations with foreign partners is significantly expanding, and its own the volume of foreign users from selfaccounting reports is also increasing.this in relation to the financial statements made under bhms of companies for joint stock companies whose shares are listed in international stock markets. the issue of change in accordance with the mhxs is of urgent importance. republic financial statements by international standards the first step towards the transformation process is the impact on the accounting process some methods of maintaining local accounting that can be done are universally recognized is to determine whether they are not suitable for practice. these methods require the mhxs to impose necessary to make appropriate adjustments. the essence of the transformation process is in the account on bhms and on mhxs it is necessary to identify existing discrepancies as well as reports compiled on the basis of bhms consists of making adjustments. modification of bhms-based reports specialists invited both by their own forces and from abroad of joint-stock companies can also be done with the help of. in practice, often the second american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org method it is used because the execution of change processes is both local and international account with the need to know perfectly the technique of changing standards and reports related. these are the qualified professionals that businesses offer-auditing employees of organizations are counted. to establish accounting and reporting in accordance with the requirements of national legislation financial on mhxs for joint-stock companies of our republic forced there are two types of report preparation technologies-parallel accounting and modification (transformation). however, parallel accounting is unprofitable from labor resources it is considered ineffective due to increased use and labor costs. current the question of applying parallel accounting or report modification at the time it is not regulated by legislation and the management of a joint-stock company a reference is made to the discretion, so that both technologies can be compared. the main essence of the change of reports is the re-creation of schemes and operations classification and adjustments to the data of the accounting system of uzbekistan in accordance with the mhxs conversion (modification) of bhms reports by input and consists of adaptation. and the essence of parallel accounting is that, all operations of the enterprise are accounted for by both bhms and mhxs is reflected. two head books: head book on bhms and head on mhxs the book is run in parallel. if the specified technologies in terms of the labor capacity of the process as an assessment, the composition and labor of making adjustments to the change of the report capacity is significant due to the constant process of approaching national and international standards can be reduced in level. at the same time, parallel accounting is the whole affects the process of accounting and reporting, as a result of which revision of the accounting policy of the joint-stock company and its corresponding making adjustments will be inevitable. as for the direct use of human resources, the practice is that it shows that from two to six qualified specialists work to change reports can handle. each of the accounting and (or) financial services in parallel accounting the employee must be aware of mhxs issues to one degree or another, which it requires training and additional training of personnel. in addition, this control of the correctness of the reflection of transactions on mhxs at the enterprise in the case there must be at least one qualified specialist who will do it. in both cases, if if the enterprise does not have enough qualified specialists, it is suitable will be forced to contact firms that provide services. naturally, both even in the case, the cost of services varies, and this difference is often very noticeable. all articles of income and expenses recognized during the reporting period joint stock company or in one report on gross income, or in two reports: report that reflects the components of profit or loss (financial results report) and other gross income starting from profit or loss provided in the report (report on gross income), which reflects the components must do. the report on gross income should reveal at least the following items need: funding costs; share participation of the enterprise, which is obtained from organized enterprises and joint activities share in profit or loss to be taken into account by method; tax expenditures; a separate sum consisting of: (a) profit after tax removal from suspended activities or from harm; (b) an assessment of the current value when excluding sales costs results in or an outgoing group that organizes activities in which assets are either suspended (groups) or from the payment of taxes recognized as a result of the outflow of assets further profit or loss; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org profit or loss, each component of other total income, which is classified by its own character part; accounted for by the share-based participation method, the associated share of other gross income from enterprises or joint activities; gross total income. the following items are distributed for the period in the gross income report to be revealed as: listed benefits or harms belonging to the following: a) uncontrolled share, b) chief enterprise proprietors; gross total income listed below: a) uncontrolled share, b) the owners of the main enterprise. references: 1. sh.m.mirziyoev's"on additional measures for the transition to the osce" pq-4611 on 24 february 2020 https://lex.uz/docs/4746047 2."international accounting standards". translation. a. rizaqulov, b.khasanov, a.usanov, z.mamatov. t.: 2004. 3 tashnazarov s. basics of international accounting. lecture text. samisi, 2008. 210 b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org mass in the development of creative thinking in children role of the media karimov mukhammadrakhim salimzhan son andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies assistant of the department of "humanities" kmuhammadrahim1212@gmail.com tel: +998911202522 hakimov arabboy yusufjan son aqhai magistrate a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article reflects on the importance of the media, primarily television, in the development of creative thinking in children. the features of the psychological impact of shows for children given on television on their cognitive abilities, creative thinking and increasing the wealth of speech are analyzed. media, information, television, children, creative thinking, creativity. introduction as a result of the fierce development of mediatechnologies in the world, technoethics is becoming one of the main branches of scientific and practical research. information technology is causing serious changes in the way of life of mankind, educational and labor processes, family relations and the interaction of the state with civil society. in addition to positive aspects, the acceleration of public informatization assumes the protection of students and young people from the influence of harmful information. of particular importance is the protection of the growing generation from various manifestations of information attacks, the development of a culture of information consumption in reader-youth[1]. improving the socio-legal mechanisms of ensuring information security in the world, informatization of education assumes the development of competence in ensuring information security in children[3]. it is important to improve pedagogical-preventive technologies for protecting children from the influence of harmful information, to structure ideological immunity against various information threats, to develop a culture of reading and reading in children, to develop a culture of information consumption, to develop pedagogical mechanisms for ensuring the cooperation of educational institutions and social institutions. a state policy on the informatization of society was developed in our republic, the legal framework for the development of information resources, information technology and information systems and the implementation of the national information system taking into account modern world principles was created. in order to strengthen this process, in the “strategy of action for the further development of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org republic of uzbekistan”, the issue of ensuring information security and improving the information protection system, timely and appropriate resistance to threats in the information field is defined as a special direction, the issue of preventing information attacks that threaten the minds of young people, the formation of. in worldwide research, a number of works have been carried out to study the psychological characteristics of the influence of television on children. in particular, in the problem of tv shows for children, each age period was studied as a separate object. as for children's shows, there are many of them today. special channels for children are preparing special shows. educational shows in particular are good at expanding children's worldview, increasing their knowledge. today, television has become an integral part of children's life. the presence of television in each group, not only at home, but also in preschool educational institutions, and its educational and educational use in the daily life of children, made television even more popular among children. in some preschool institutions, it is also necessary to put on the tv to calm the children, to show cartoons to the children, or mothers do household chores. it is known that significant changes in the formation of thought processes and types in the preschool age period are noticeable. the realism of thought can be seen in speech[2,4]. after the children learn the names of the various things and phenomena around them, they gradually become generalizing them. through the treatment of large people in kindergarten in the family with children, children quickly master the forms of logical speech, which are given ready-made, and not only by some concepts. the word zap of a child of kindergarten age begins to overtake quickly. thus, the cognitive processes of preschool children (attention, intuition, perception,memory, imagination, imagination, thinking) are characterized by their involuntary and unstable character. the formation of the property of involuntary and instability in cognitive processes is also a psychological possibility. because they are voluntary ja in the process of various activities, especially as a result of the influence of social education biz bir qator psixodiagnostik metodikalar yordamida televideniya orqali beriladigan ko‘rsatuvlarning bolalar intellektual rivojlanishi va ijodiy fikrlashining rivojlanishiga ta’sirini o‘rgandik. tadqiqotlarimiz bolalar uchun mo‘ljallangan bir qator ko‘rsatuvlarning ulardagi umumiy ziyraklik, o‘xshashlik, anologiya, nutq boyligi, so‘zlar qatorini takrorlash shkalalari bo‘yicha ishonch darajasidagi ijobiy o‘zgarishlarga olib kelishini ko‘rsatdi. bolalarda ko‘rsatuvlarda qo‘yilayotgan masalalarga kreativ yondashuv, har bir vazifasini bajarish davomida fikrlashning umumlashtirish, abstraktlashtirish, analiz va sintez jarayonlaridan unumli foydalanish, muammolarga kreativ yondashuv, o‘z fikrini asoslab berishda nutq boyligini namoyish qilish kuzatildi. bundan tashqari, natijalar tahlili shuni ko‘rsatdiki, o‘g‘il bolalarga nisbatan qiz bolalarda xulq-atvoridagi yetuklik holatlarini kuzatishimiz mumkin. aynan qiz bolalar ijtimoiy me’yorlarni o‘g‘il bolalarga nisbatan tezroq anglab olar ekanlar. ularning bu holatlari qiz bolalarning ijtimoiy me’yorlarni anglay olishi bilan bog‘liq bo‘lsa kerak. preschool children, whose worldview is just beginning to take shape, need a stream of information to carry out social behavior in society. they are a constant information connection with the surrounding world, the social environment, which participates as an active social subject, is one of the important conditions for normal vital activity. the child is strongly influenced not only by a constant informational relationship with the environmental social environment, but also by the amount, volume, content and structure of incoming and processed information. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org references 1. виноградова с.м. мельник г.с. психология массовой коммуникации. м., 2018.-б.343. 2. крайг г. психология развития. м.,2000. б.725 3. харрис р. психология массовқх коммуникаций. м. 2002.-б.412. 4. ғозиев э.ғ. онтогенез психологияси. т. 2010.-б.313. 2. turaboeva, y. r. (2023, september). secrets hidden in women’s jewelry. in international scientific and current research conferences (pp. 89-92). 3. rustamjonovna, t. y. (2023). semantics in uzbek women's jewelry. american journal of language, literacy and learning in stem education (2993-2769), 1(6), 226-230. 4. тўрабоева, я. р. (2023). мустамлака сиёсатида анъанавий ўзбек аёллари тақинчоқлари ва заргарлик маҳсулотларига муносабат. gospodarka i innowacje., 38, 42-46. 5. каримова, м. а., & нажимидинова, д. ғ. (2023). фарзанд туғилиши ва бола тарбияси билан боғлиқ урф-одатларда зардуштийлик излари. journal of new century innovations, 12(1), 69-76. 6. nishonovich, t. b., & axtamo vich, i. s. (2023). ekologik turizm: asosiy tamoyillar va o ‘zbekistonda ekoturizmni rivojlantirishning huquqiy kafolatlari. образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире, 33(4), 98-102. 7. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 8. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 9. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. 10. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 11. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya sifatini oshirishda oilada manaviy tafakkurni yuksaltirish. science promotion, 1(1), 92-105. 12. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. 13. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ijodiy tafakkurni shakllantirishda shaxs, individ va indivuduallikning mohiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 195-202. 14. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). mehr-muruvvat va mehribonlik qadriyati busaxovat. holders of reason, 1(1), 175-184. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 15. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). o ‘zbekistonda turizmni rivojlantirish o ‘ziga xos jihatlari va imkoniyatlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 166-174. 16. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). farg’ona vodiysida turizmni rivojlantirishning iqtisodiy, ijtimoiy va siyosiy omillari. holders of reason, 1(1), 185-193. 17. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). kiber makonda diniy etiqod targibotining ijtimoiy xavfi. holders of reason, 1(1), 223-237. 18. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). zardushtiylik dinida dunyo qarama-qarshilikdan iborat degan ta’limotida ilgari surilgan g ‘oyalar. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 19. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). yangilangan konstitutsiya–baxtimizning huquqiy kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 20. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). сифатли таълим сифатли ҳаётга йўл. science promotion, 1(1), 143-153. 21. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). олий таълимда ўқитиш сифатини такомиллаштиришда ўзбекистон республикаси президенти фармон ва қарорларининг аҳамияти. science promotion, 1(1), 130-142. 22. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ахборот каммуникацион технологияларининг рақобатбардош кадрлар тайёрлашдаги ўрни. science promotion, 1(1), 118129. 23. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). заҳириддин муҳаммад борурнинг маънавий жасоратини авлодлар қалбида шакллантириш. science promotion, 1(1), 154-165. 24. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ma’naviyat insonni ruhan poklaydi. science promotion, 1(1), 55-66. 25. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). uchinchi renessans kelajak poydevori. science promotion, 1(1), 45-54. 26. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда зиёрат масканлари. science promotion, 1(1), 35-44. 27. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). мустақиллик йилларида хорижий тиллар ўқитилишини яхшилашга доир меъёрий ҳужжатларнинг қабул қилиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 278-285. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org 28. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). янги ўзбекистон конституциясида миллий муносабатларнинг тартибга солиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 248256. 29. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). қадимги фарғона (даван) давлати тарихига оид баъзи мулоҳазалар. holders of reason, 1(1), 257-269. 30. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). fuqarolarning huquq va erkinliklari qonun himoyasidadir. holders of reason, 1(1), 311-319. 31. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya ma’naviy-axloq poydevoridir. holders of reason, 1(1), 320-328. 32. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тиллар бўйича янги авлод кадрларининг тайёрланишида халқаро ҳамкорликнинг йўлга қўйилиши. holders of reason, 1(1), 270-277. 33. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolar va ularning jamiyat taraqqiyotiga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 329-338. 34. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolarni oldini olishda inson ma’naviyat va madanyatining o ‘rni. holders of reason, 1(1), 339-349. 35. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тил ўқитиш эҳтиёжлари ва муаммолари. holders of reason, 1(1), 298-310. 36. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистон таълим муассасаларида чет тили ўқитилиши тарихига бир назар. holders of reason, 1(1), 286-297. 37. to‘raboyeva, y., & masardinov, x. (2023). ozbekistonda ilm-fan va taʼlimda ayollarning ishtiroki. in oriental conferences (vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 623-628). ооо «supportscience». 38. tursunov, b. n. (2023). the role of human spirituality and culture in preventing ecological problems. international journal of biological engineering and agriculture, 2(3), 20-22. 39. каримова, м., & холисбеков, ж. (2022). “ақиқа” маросими хусусида айрим мулоҳазалар. solution of social problems in management and economy, 1(7), 104-107. 40. тўрабоева, я. р. (2022). фарғона водийси шимолий-шарқий худудларида махаллий туризм. miasto przyszłości, 25, 14-17. 41. malikovich, y. r., & axtamovich, i. s. (2022). fuqarolik jamiyatining ijtimoiy va huquqiy asoslari. gospodarka i innowacje., 24, 1-4. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 42. abduqayumovna, k. m. (2022). interaction of object, subject and synergetic categories in scientific work. spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development, 3, 25-29. 43. komiljonovna, v. g. (2022). uzbekistan's experience in the establishment of international relations. gospodarka i innowacje., 23, 86-90. 44. тўрабоева, я. р., & масардинов, х. б. ў. (2022). янги ўзбекистонда зиёрат туризми имкониятлари: отақўзи мадрасаси мисолида. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(special issue 23), 332-338. 45. каримова, м. (2021). фарғона водийси аҳолисининг никоҳга оид қарашларида розиликнинг аҳамияти. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 405-409. 46. malikovich, y. r. (2021). the attitude of the soviet government to islamic values in uzbekistan in 1940-1980. efflatounia-multidisciplinary journal, 5(3). 47. валихонова, г. (2021). шарқий туркистондаги сиёсий вазиятнинг минтақа халқлари этномаданий алоқаларига таъсири. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 311-316. 48. каримова, м. (2021). важность согласия на браковые мнения населения ферганской долины. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 405-409. 49. юсупов, р. м. (2021). ўрта осиё ва қозоғистон мусулмонлари диний назорати мусулмон мамлакатларининг диний ташкилотлари билан алоқалари: юсупов расулжон маликович гуманитар фанлар кафедраси доценти. андижон қишлоқ хўжалиги ва агротехналогиялар институти. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (7), 31-40. 50. юсупов, р. м. (2021). совет даври хукмронлиги даврида ўзбекистон мусулмонларининг диний масалалалари: юсупов расулжон маликович гуманитар фанлар кафедраси доценти. андижон қишлоқ хўжалиги ва агротехналогиялар институти. образование и инновационные исследования международный научнометодический журнал, (7), 41-44. 51. юсупов, р. м., & ахмедов, а. т. (2021). 1940-1980 йиллари бухорода совет хокимиятининг исломий маросимларга муносабати. экономика и социум, (1-2 (80)), 832-836. 52. ахмедова, у. м. (2021). ирригация соҳасини кенгайтириш–бугунги куннинг долзарб масаласи (андижон вилояти мисолида). academic research in educational sciences, 2(10), 858-866. 53. valikhonova, g. k. (2021). development of national cultural centers is a main factor that strengthens international relations. journalnx, 7(04), 9-13. 54. валихонова, г. (2021). влияние политической ситуации в восточном туркестане на этнокультурные отношения народов региона. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 311-316. 55. валихонова, г. к. (2021). хiх-хх аср бошларида фарғона водийсининг полиэтник ҳолати: валихонова гулнорахон комилжоновна доцент, phd, андижон қишлоқ хўжалиги ва агротехнологиялар институти” андижон, ўзбекистон. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (7), 7-14. 56. тўрабоева, я. р. (2021). экотуризм: шифобахш булоқлар (андижон вилояти мисолида). academic research in educational sciences, 2(9), 728-735. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org 57. турабоева, я. р. (2021). практические действия tirishga, направленные на развитие туризма в узбекистане: анализ проблем и результатов: турабоева яйрахон рустамжоновна андижанский институт сельского хозяйства и агротехнологий преподаватель кафедры гуманитарные науки. андижан, узбекистан. образование и инновационные исследования международный научнометодический журнал, (7). 58. malikovich, y. r. (2020). relations of the religious administration of central asia region with other religious organisation of east during 1940-1980 years. palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology, 17(6), 3609-3612. 59. akhmedova, u. m. (2020). agrarian reforms in the field of agriculture in uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations and research, 2(11), 72-75. 60. akhmedova, u. m. (2020). expansion of irrigation networks is a priority for the agricultural sector (on the example of fergana region). the american journal of agriculture and biomedical engineering, 2(10), 17-22. 61. karimova, m. b. (2020). the ceremonies held with the participation of women and the institute of otinoyis (women teachers who run a school in their home)(in the example of ferghana valley). theoretical & applied science, (1), 341-349. 62. юсупов, р. м. (2020). «бароқхон» ва «мир араб» мадрасаларининиг диний муассасаларига кадирлар тайёрлаш тарихидан лавхалар (1940-1960 й. й.). life sciences and agriculture, (2-2), 200-203. 63. юсупов, р. м. (2020). excerpts from the history of training for the religious institutions of" barakkhan" and" mir arab" madrassas (19401960 years). life sciences and agriculture, 2(2), 200-203. 64. валихонова, г. к. (2020). миллатлараро муносабатларни мустаҳкамланишида миллий маданий марказлар фаолияти (уйғур миллий маданий маркази фаолияти тарихи мисолида). перекрёсток культуры, 2(1). 65. валиханова, г. к. (2020). рус сайёҳлари ва ҳарбийларинингшарқий туркистондагивазиятга муносабатлари. взгляд в прошлое, (si-1№ 2). 66. турабоева, я. р. (2020). providing the patriarchal system in the family institute: analysis of problems and solution. life sciences and agriculture, (2-3), 140-144. 67. турабоева, я. р. (2020). обеспечение патриархальной системы в семейном институте: анализ проблем и решений. life sciences and agriculture, (2-3), 140-144. 68. turaboyeva, y. r. (2020). traditions and values in uzbek families. in наука и техника. мировые исследования (pp. 32-34). 69. ахмедова, у. м. (2019). ўзбекистонда фермерлик фаолиятини модернизация қилиш–тараққиёт омили. взгляд в прошлое, (15). 70. турсунов, б. б. (2019). истории развитии преподования иностранных языков в узбекистане (на примере советского правительства). theoretical & applied science, (1), 63-66. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 71. tursunov, b. b. (2019). from the history of the development of teaching foreign languages in uzbekistan (as an example in the period of soviet government). isj theoretical & applied science, 01 (69), 63-66. 72. turabayeva, y., & xakimov, s. (2019). recognition and promotion of the intangible cultural heritage of uzbekistan internationally by the un and unesco. in особенности инновационного этапа развития мировой науки (pp. 10-12). 73. ахмедова, у. м. (2018). сельскохозяйственная реформа в узбекистане и их результатах. theoretical & applied science, (12), 239-241. 74. turaboyeva, y. r. (2018). the raising of agricultural culture-demand of period. экономика и социум, (11 (54)), 1326-1328. 75. валиханова, г. к. (2017). об уйгуре ферганском диалект в уйгурская язык в этно-культурном процессе в ферганском долине. theoretical & applied science, (10), 224-227. 76. абдуллаев, у., & валихонова, г. (2016). фарғона водийси аҳолиси этник таркибининг шаклланиши ва этномаданий муносабатлар тарихи. тошкент: navro’z. 77. абдуллаев, у. с., & каримова, м. а. (2015). обряды, связанные с посещением мазаров у женщин ферганы: традиция и современность. международный научно-исследовательский журнал, (6-4 (37)), 72-74. 78. ахмедова, у. м. (2015). вклад дехканских и фермерских хозяйств в развитие сельского хозяйства (1991-2010). современные тенденции развития науки и технологий, (2-1), 115-118. 79. абдуллаев, у. с., & каримова, м. а. (2014). основные направления традиционных межэтнических процессов в ферганской долине (xix–xx в. в). социально-гуманитарный вестник юга россии, (4), 3-7. 80. каримова, м. б. (2013). participations of g’assols (washers of the dead) in mourning ceremonies (in the example of ferghana valley). молодой ученый, (1), 289-291. 81. валиханова, г. к. (2014). из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (6), 83-85. 82. валиханова, г. к. (2014). из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (6), 83-85. 83. валиханова, г. к. (2014). из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (6), 83-85. 84. каримова, м. б. (2012). об обряде" бибисешанба", проводимом с участием женщин. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (11), 76-78. 85. валиханова, г. к. (2012). некоторые ритуалы уйгуров, живущих в ферганской долине. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (11), 70-72. 86. каримова, м. some reports about the “mavlud” ceremony held with the participation of women in the fergana valley. https://science. nuu. uz/social sciences. 87. tursunov, b. b. experience of foreign countries in teaching foreign languages in uzbekistan. ученый xxi века, 77. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 88. валиханова, г. к. некотрые размышления по вопросу миграции уйгуров в андижан и их расселения. ббк 88 а 43 редакционная коллегия, 49. 89. валиханова, г. к. (2012). некоторые размышления по вопросу миграции уйгуров в андижан и их расселения. in материалы iii международной научно-практической конференции (28 декабря 2012 г.). россия-краснодар. 90. toraboeva, y. r. culture of relationshin in the uzbek family^ customs and new traditions. zamonaviy fan, ta'lim va tarbiyaning dolzarb muammolari, 2181(9750), 270-276. 91. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). tafakkur-mantiq ilmini o ‘rganish ob’ekti. holders of reason, 1(1), 606-617. 92. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). ustivor qonun va inson huquqi kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 362-372. 93. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). yangi konstitutsiya-taraqqiyot qomusi. holders of reason, 1(1), 395-402. 94. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o’zlashtiruvchi va ishlab chiqaruvchi xo’jalikni shakllanishi. holders of reason, 1(1), 373-382. 95. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). islohotlarning axloqiy jihatlari va jamiyatga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 498-508. 96. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). xolchayon saroyi qo ‘riqlanishga muhtoj. holders of reason, 1(1), 350361. 97. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). qadriyatlar inson ma’naviy kamolotining muhim omili. holders of reason, 1(1), 475-484. 98. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). o ‘zbekiston respublikasi konstitutsiyasi yangi tahririning o’ziga xos xususiyatlar. holders of reason, 1(1), 383-394. 99. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). axloqiy qadiryat ijtimoiy–ma’daniy xodisa sifatida. holders of reason, 1(1), 509-525. 100. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). yangi o ‘zbekistonda axloqiy qadiriyatlar tizimining transformatsiyasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 485-497. 101. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). muhammad kashg’oriy hayoti va ilmiy merosining ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 565-574. 102. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). oʻzbekistonda yoshlar va maʻnaviyat. holders of reason, 1(1), 413-421. 103. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). tа’lim-tаrbiyа tizimini tubdаn isloh qilishning dolzаrb mаsаlаlаri xususidа muloxаzаlаr. holders of reason, 1(1), 403-412. 104. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o ‘zbekistondagi professional talim tizimiga yoshlarni qamrovini yanada oshirishning uslublari. holders of reason, 1(1), 585-593. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org 105. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). abu rayhon beruniyning tabiiy-ilmiy va falsafiy qarashlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 594-605. 106. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). kitob mutolasi manaviyatimiz xazinasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 422-430. 107. khabibulaevna, b. i. (2022). the problem of objectivity and subjectivity in creative thinking. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(1), 107108. 108 habibulaevna, b. i. (2022). prospects for forming national creative idea. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(3), 539-542. 109 khabibulaevna, b. i. (2023). the way to the human heart begins with kindness and generosity. open access repository, 4(03), 194-196. 110 habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). in the reforms under the leadership of our honorable president sh. mirziyoyev, the concept of" generity" is raised to the level of state policy. conferencea, 140-144. 111 habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). a philosophical analysis of the policy conducted in the framework of kindness and generosity shown to the women included in the" women's notebook" organized by the initiative of the honorable president sh. mirziyoyev. conferencea, 311-315. 112 habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). kindness, kindness and generosity are the original sign of the uzbek people's eternal valuation. american journal of social sciences and humanity research, 3(05), 104-110. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 28, | september 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org the tale in andalusian speeches: an analytical study m.l. /dr. mehdi ali mohamed al-mayali ministry of education/directorate of qadisiyah education mah714138@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study addressed the story and how arabs approach it and communicate it orally until it became a blog and this was the result of cultural diversity, multi-ethnicity and multiculturalism, all of which left its obvious effects on artistic prose. the books of stories and tales appeared down to the andalusian speeches, which included in the most diverse tales that writers conveyed in a bright literary manner. in the andalusian era, the stereotypical image overlaps with the sermon of the andalusian era, so that the sermon is hardly without prejudice to the tale's style, this study is an attempt to clarify the ephemeral structure of the ton of andalusian speeches and journeys. tale, narrative, andalusian speeches, time, place. introduction in the name of god the merciful, thank god the lord of the two worlds, prayer and peace for the good of creation and the messengers of prophet muhammad, god bless him and god, and after... the content of the present letter has worked on the subject of the story and its elements in the body of andalusian speeches, which is based on the structural approach. the narrator is one of the main components of the narrative or narrative structure along with the two important components: (irrigated, irrigated) and the presence of each of these components is related to the presence of the other component, that is, the narrator's presence must be accompanied by the presence of the irrigator and the narrator in order to complete the process of communicating the message to the reader or hearing recipient. the narrator is a method of making the wording or the content on which the text is based, it is consistent with personality and with the temporal and spatial nature, which is the pattern of presenting content of an anecdotal nature. the narrator is one of the main components of the narrative story speech (1); because narrative structure is formed only by the synergy of three components: narrator, irrigator, and irrigator.(2) the narrator means the person for whom the story is made in conflict with the narrator, and does not confuse the reader as the narrator of the writer.(3) the narrator is compatible with the narrator in terms of powers, as it is considered to be one of the elements that manufactures the narrative material, as well as a fact within the same anecdotal format, 1 novel construction: cesa kassim: egyptian general authority for books: cairo: 1984: p. 184. encyclopedia of arab narrative: play 2 encyclopedia of arab narrative: abdullah ibrahim: dar qandeel printing, publishing and distribution: united arab emirates: 2016: p. 10. 3 lexicon of contemporary literary terms: ibrahim fathi: dar al-ennahda: cairo: d. i: p. 111. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org which means that the narrator cannot be pre-mingled with the narrator (albeit implied) in a more intermingling manner, thus confusing the narrator with the author's necessity.(4) turning to irrigation, it is a key narrative component, defined in the narrative terminology as: "a large category of events, scenes and everything that happened in operation roy within a particular narrative".(5) the irrigation consists of the wise tendency and the wise building. wise tongue is the set of events that relate to each other, which we are told about during the work. (6) that is, the body represents the story by its personality, time and place, that is, the temporal and causal system of events, and independently of the manner in which those events were organized or introduced into action. the story is based on the same facts and scenes. however, it continues to take account of the character's system of existence within the work.(7) it also takes into account all the things that follow, whether information is assigned to us or not.(8) objective of the study: the purpose of the research was an attempt to achieve objectives such as: clarification of the wisdom aspect of andalusian speeches. using aspects of the story in andalusian speeches. previous studies: i did not sign a study based on illustrating the wise aspect of andalusian speeches, but there are some studies that dealt with the talk of the story in the andalusian era, including: the structure of the tale in the andalusian journey: a letter with nabil hadi nahi to the council of the faculty of arts of qadisia university. d. shima khairy fahm, a letter that concluded that the tale was clarified and linked to the andalusian journey, including by narrative, dialogue, characters, time, place and other aspects of the tale. religious discourse in andalusia: abdul rahim hamdan, an article presented to the forum of speakers magazine, 2022. curriculum of study: which forms the basis of any linguistic study, is a method based on explaining the building of the story in the andalusian sermon, and employing it as an indicative and moral employment based on context and style. before starting the core of the study, the concepts of our study, namely: atale: tale by breaking and re-talking about something. and the meaning of the last story of the case in scientists knew to impose that what was in the past was a reality in this time. it may be expressed by the word "present", and it may be expressed by the word "actor", not by the meaning that the word of that time now tells what it says, but rather by meaning. it does this in a surprising past act like you bring him to the speeches and imagine him to marvel at as you say i saw the lion and i take the sword 4 tale speech: gérard gennette: mu 'tasim press: cairo 1997: p. 268-269 5 narrative term: gerald prince: translation by abed kherndar and mohamed burberry: supreme council for culture cairo: 2003: p. 142. 6 the theory of the formal curriculum: ibrahim al-khatib: arab research foundation: beirut 1982: p. 180. 7 ibid.: p. 180. 8 the theory of a formal curriculum: p. 180. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org and kill him. so the meaning of the story of the past case was said to appreciate that the past is a reality in the case of speaking, as the almighty said: "say, you have never killed god's prophets before."(9) bspeech: the sermon is a colour of artistic prose, and this art has had a good chance of growth and prosperity in andalusia, as have other prose arts; because the people of andalusian island have been speechleaders, poetry heads and writers. first research event the event is an important and essential element of the narrative construction of the irrigator, the fundamental pillar of literary work. it is a distinct part of the act, a brief or short narrative that addresses a single position, and when events are organized together and combined by a single thread in a coherent manner, it becomes a series of events in the plot.(10) the plot is the context and interconnectedness of events and works to lead to a conclusion, and the plot may be based on a collision of whims and feelings, or on an outsider, and, in the opinion of many art critics, it is necessary in the play, the story, the story and the stories; to excite the viewer or hearing and integrate it with the real or symbolic characters moving and thinker.(11) the plot is necessary in the tale to link attitudes and events in a sequential format, without which the internal conflict between the tale's characters, which is a narrative of my stories, cannot be managed. the event demonstrates movement, action and action; no, it is the act as gerald prince pointed out.(12) the event is characterized by organic unity in its ranking, and therefore it is necessary to arrange the events in order that they become of organic unity and are intended to focus the facts on a fundamental fact, a general idea or a fundamental personality to which other facts, ideas and personalities relate.(13) the narrative of events in any narrative text takes different patterns of its narrative and communicates it to the recipient. the problem with the construction of the juvenile lies in the order of the facts that constitute the juvenile's mission a sequential, overlapping, parallel or alternating arrangement, i.e. its presentation is subject to an upward, interrupted or declining chronology.(14) through our reading of andalusian travels and speeches, it contains three patterns of the event's narrative and story: 1single event: to tell once what happened once and to call it "jinnit" b (the individual tale).(15) this type of frequency relationship is the most common and calls it "jinnit". single story narrative.(16) and what came to us from those speeches: the sermon of the barbarian leader approached us before one of 9 art terms: muhammad ali al-tahani: presentation, supervision and review: dr. ag: d. ali dahroj: lebanon library publishers: beirut: 1996: p.o. 735 10 dictionary of literary terms: ibrahim fathi: p. 137. 11 encyclopedia of literary creativity: ali harba: arab cultural center: beirut: dr. tp 120. 12 narrative term: p. 19. 13 modern literary criticism: mohamed ghanimi hilal: dar al-nahda: egypt: 2008: p. 510. 14 al-matikhal al-sardi: abdullah ibrahim: house of heritage revival: beirut: 2014: p. 121. 15 narrative techniques: yemeni eid: p. 130 16 tale speech: gérard gennette: p. 130. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org your exhibits at the opening of the andalusia, and that was when he learned of the earth's attitude to the earth the mujahideen's hearts, so he got engaged to them, and he applauded god and then said, "where is the escape?" the sea behind you and the enemy before you, and you and god have nothing but honesty and patience, and know that in this island i am lost from orphans in the banquet of harmony. and when you accept your enemies with his military, his armaments and forces are provided, and you only visit your swords, and you can only solve what you extract from the hands of your enemy, and if you take the day to your discretion, you have not accomplished something that has gone to your wind, and hearts have been compensated for their horror at you; let your breath down. let this punishment down from your belief in the success of this tyranny. she threw it to you, his fortified city, and he took the chance on it, could have forgotten yourselves to die.(17) bsequential event: relay is the essence of literary fiction, because the basic relationship between events is the pure chronological relay of what a minute tells us about what happened somewhere or what is in the hero's consciousness.(18) sequencing is intended to relate facts and events in time,(19) in the sense that the narrative of events is in chronology, since the narrative of the event starts at a specific point and follows up to a certain end, without bouncing back or going back.(20) in his sermon, in which the successive event appeared, the son of jenan said: "is the beautiful patience in the loss of his angel and gabriel, and many in the wailing and wailing seven heavens? he was cut off from the wise and descending revelatory ground, and the greatness of the serenity with which he would perform her description and representation with a blunt heart and a long eyelid, the nation called out: the apostles died, in every crying, sobbing, noise and commitment house, and the fangs and minds flared, there was no patience; it's gone from the old patience.(21) crecurrent event: to tell infinitely what happened once, and it's called jinnit b (repetitive tale) that is, the narrator repeats the one-off event several times,(22) and when the narrative of the event is repeated it must be repeated with time and the narrative of the event may change once he tells using multiple perspectives and again replacing the main narrator (the main character) with other secondary characters.(23) the authors stated that the king's dignity and the lift of dullness to the scourges had been reported to have been the kings of europe to which delegations were sending him requiring his threat. and he is sent the breath of ammunition and gifts, even if the inhabitants of león, the owner of the constantinople, sent to him a delegation in 338 requesting his deposit and interest. he went on to insist that, and ordered him to make a great celebration, to do the hands of the sermons and the belligerents, so the preacher fiancé was foreshadowed. (and i remind you of god's days before you, and to avoid it to you by disagreeing with the prince of the faithful who did not disgrace you, your swarm has been secured, and your strength has been raised, after you have been a little bit too much, and your power 17 tlemessani meadow: nafah al-tayeeb from the humid andalusian branch: 1/240. 18 construction theory in literary criticism: salah fazal: egyptian anglo library: cairo: 2008: p. 280. 19 artistic construction of iraq's war narrative: ibrahim abdullah: public cultural affairs house: iraq: p.o. 1988p. 27. 20 ibid.: p. 27. 21 nafah al-tayeb from the humid andalusia branch: telesani headquarters: 7/428. 22 narrative term: p. 120. 23 introduction to story theory: dr. deizir scale: heritage neighbourhood house: beirut: 2021: p. 83. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org has been weakened. and be humiliated with your victory, and may god care for you, and entrust it to your secretariat, whenever it strikes the orphanage on the horizons, and you were surrounded by a torch of hypocrisy, until you squeezed in like a barley pit, from the distress of the situation and the deplorability of living and edging, you begin by disagreeing with it from the intensity of prosperity, and you moved with his politics to pave the way for the aforementioned veil after the scourge.(24) i appeal to you for god's filling coexistence: didn't the blood be drained and injected, and the scars are scared and secure, and the money is looted and he guards and fortifies it? didn't the country be a ruin, and did the muslims obscure her charcoal and victory? mention god's loyalty to you by disagreeing with and avoiding him. gather your word after you have instilled it in his front get out of her mind? what did it not do to the commanders and soldiers until he embarked on it with strength, glamour and children? he withdrew the angels, abandoned the homelands, rejected the pray and it was loved, and left the riders to the comfort and it was required, with a healthy intensity and express resolve, a piercing window eyesight, and a predominantly blistering wind. and a victory from god is an obligatory reality, a crescendo, an apparent grandfather, and a sword. under a celebrated equation, prejudiced by the erection, resigned to what he had in god's side of tiredness, even because the conditions were after their intensity, and the cheque broke at their severity, garb only kept her a forehead, and he did not star for her people but his grandfather, by god's blessing, you have become brothers, and by the blessing of the prince of the faithful of your shame on his enemies...) (25) second research narrative in andalusian speeches andalusian rhetoric has varied and varied, encompassing various purposes of affairs. life is between religious, political and social discourse, and the religious sphere has been one of the broadest areas in which the power and renaissance of discourse has manifested itself, witnessing the field of religious discourse. (whether oral or written) a clear growth so that a number of preachers became rotating among themselves, each one was speaking a friday a month, and he was required in the fiancé besides his eloquence and his knowledge to show piety,(26) credit and goodness. it belongs to the age of marabattin and unified the most famous preachers of religious preaching in the indulgence of them: abu al-hassan bin shraih, whose disciple was witnessed by abdul-ghafoor's son al-ihsan, eloquence and statement in the art of rhetoric he considered that "this art of rhetoric was pardoned in college and studied, but that he (a son of an anatomy) was returned to him by his grandmother and his idiot, and the property of his land alone and his sky"(27) 24 fantastiki narrative ingredients: shoaib halifi: egyptian chapters magazine: mj 12: a1: p. 81 25 khattab al-arabiya al-zahra: ahmad zaki safwat: scientific library: beirut: d. pc.3/169. 26 address summarized: abu alwaleed mohammed bin ahmed bin rushd: abdel rahman badawi investigation: dar al qalam: beirut: d. ts: 88 27 religious speech in andalusia: abd al-rahim hamdan: speakers' forum: 2017: p3 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org there are two basic types of narrative: objective and self-narrative: aobjective narrative: the narrator in this type of narrative is familiar with everything about his characters until the secret ideas of the heroes and presents it to the reader,(28) and the objective narrative depends on the external vision and the well-informed narrator described as having an unlimited ability to gain the internal and external dimensions of the characters, so it is termed an objective narrative. and that he uses the conscience of the absent when presenting his story,(29) and a well-known narrator is the whole of knowledge. a narrator who knows everything about attitudes and irrigated events,(30) and who wants to see: a point or point of view according to which the facts and positions are presented.(31) the narrator in the substantive narrative does not stand only in the presentation of events and characters. and they dive deep into the characters revealing their feelings and what they have in mind, an objective narrative may sometimes depend on a neutral narrative that does not intervene to explain the events it presents, but rather to describe it impartially as it sees it or as it is conceived in the minds of the heroes, leaving the reader free to explain what he tells and interprets,(32) in the sense that the narrator acts as a (camera eye) which is one of the techniques by which events and situations are recorded and transmitted like we are in front of a neutral recording machine.(33) bself-narrative: this type of narrative is other than the first (objective) pattern in the self-narrative, we track the narrator's eyes, or a listening party available on an explanation for each news, when and how the narrator or listener himself knew it.(34) relying on the internal vision of the self-narrative, the participating or accompanying narrator presenting events associated with him or her and presenting his or her story using the speaker's conscience (i) therefore, the self-narrative (35)and the self-narrative is the narrative of benmaz with an apparent narrative whose feelings, beliefs and judgments confer shadows on the facts and attitudes presented, in contrast to the objective narrative describing behaviours, in which personalities' thoughts and feelings are presented.(36) the participating narrator is the narrator who recounts the events in the speaker's conscience, and the participating narrator is a key personality who tells what she can have suffered by contemporaneously and participating in even a limited part of the events.(37) 28 the theory of the formal curriculum texts of russian formalists: ibrahim al-khatib: arab research foundation: beirut: 1982: p. 189. 29 narrative fantasy: p. 119-120. 30 dictionary of narratives: geberald prince: translation of mr. vallah: merith publishing and information: beirut: 2003 pp. 139. 31 narrative term: p. 245. 32 the structure of the narrative text: hamid al-hamdani: arab cultural center: beirut: 1991: p. 47. 33 dictionary of narratives: p. 28. 34 narrative structure: p. 46. 35 narrative fantasy: p. 119. 36 narrative term: p. 225. 37 ajabi in the old arab narrative: nabil hamdi abd al-maksoud: dar al-bibalat: beirut: 2006 pp. 43. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org the intensity of the andalusian speeches examined contained dominant functions for the narrator, some of which are shared with the functions employed by jenit and others which are not, according to the narrative tasks of the narrator formed in the following: anarrative function: narrative function that no sard can deviate from without at the same time losing the status of a sard or narrator and can be defined as the process of transmitting the news and communicating it to another party, this industry confirms the utilitarian functional nature of the narrative phenomenon, which is enshrined in any case or reference.(38) information ", through which the narrative of the story, based on the transmission of the story or of the story information, is achieved as the primary raw material by cutting the incident or telling it in a particular way to the other recipient s memory of the narrative function.(39) the central and fundamental function that the narrator must exercise on what critics have said is in performing the narrative function because it is the narrative's central function. the narrator requires a faithful oral transfer obligation. the narrator is governed by his justice. he must document his transfer without manipulation, increase or shortage.(40) and from that, the barbaric leader said, "and i didn't tell you something that i am about with survival, and i don't hold you on to an earliest plan, and i do not tell you what i have do not wish for yourself; what i thought of you was the best of my time, and i told you what created this island of good spirits, from the greek daughters, the condoms in the wilderness and the meadows, the solution woven by the knives. the casseroles of the king's two crowned mansions, and the newborn elect you to be the king's slave prince of the faithful heroes. and your satisfaction with the kings of this island are in-laws and in-laws, confident in your plague. and let you enjoy the glory of heroes and jockeys, so that her magnet can be pure to you without him and without believers but you. and god almighty, i will find you what is remembered in the schools. and i knew that i was first responding to what i called you, and that when i met the two congregations, i was pregnant with my breath on the tyranny of the arch, and if i lost it, dawn would love it before i reached him, they left me in my grit, and carry yourselves on it, and just open this island by killing him; then they let it down.(41) bdocumentation function: this function is reflected in the narrator's documentation and mention of the source from which he obtained his information .(42) this job is called by abdul rahim al-kurdi's the documentation function and he considers that it is one of the important functions entrusted with the narrator's neck to document the story, i.e. to make the reader more confident in its honesty. and to make the reader feel that honesty to accept and interact with her, authentication methods vary according to times and tastes, the narrator must provide a convincing and reliable source to be able to learn the story's truthfulness. according to this function,(43) motev is documented as a distinctive feature or narrative report that gives him the real situation or 38 old arab narrative types, functions and structures: ibrahim sahraoui: arab science house: beirut: dr. t: p. 97. 39 formative approach from vision to action: dr. rahman garkan: arab deployment foundation: beirut 2010: p. 262. 40 narrative term in modern arab literary criticism: p. 119. 41 nafah al-tayeb from the humid andalusia branch: telesani headquarters: 1/240. 42 introduction to story theory: p. 105. 43 al-rawi and the anecdotal text: abd al-rahim al-kurdi: house of heritage revival: beirut: d. pp. 67. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org gives him any value. in the third person narrative, the distinctive features presented by the characters' speech are not documented other than the distinctive features or specifications presented by the narrative speech, which are documented customs. however, they may become documented or undocumented according to the course of the events or as determined by the narrator or the narrator.(44) my father's son entered the clay ring on the best of the son of the prince of the armies and preached to him and said: "the thing that you have become from the king, is that you must die before you, which is strictly out of your hand; god forbid you from this nation; god cushioned and glimpsed your liquid from the beak, the tomato and the fuse, knowing that god comforted him and brought solomon to daoun the king of daouya in her breath, and harnessing him the joys of mankind, jinn, whale and mud on his account, i would like to say: [this is what we gave us.] no longer is a blessing as you enumerated it, not a dignity as you calculated it, but a fear that it would be a bounty of god's grace: [this is from my lord's preference to blueprint me for thanking me for making amends.] [ant: 40] open the door, amplify the veil, and reject the darkness.] (45) creporting function: the narrator in this post delivers a message to the recipient reader whether that communication message is the same tale or moral or human significance. (46) this function is based on securing everything that will control the attention of the listener and follow it up to the parts of the glossary.(47) the reporting function is the elements of which control the recipient's attention and sustain his contact with the wise act and event.(48) judge ayyad addressed a sermon in which he included the names of the reading wall along the lines of his creation, saying: "the lavishness of god, which opened the lavishness of his speech, and between him in the bovine wall of his judgment and of his reign, and in general for his sake unes waller's repentance as writers judged his verses, adjacent to yosef the peculiar in the house of dignity, praising the thunder with his lashings, and making the fire cold and salam on ebrama; let the people of the quarantine believe that if god's order comes, he shall not be cave, he shall not resort to him, and they shall not be aggrieved, and he shall be made in letters as a secret.(49) conclusion we reach the conclusion of our study by which we presented a clear model of andalusian speeches, including what was political, what was religious, and what came out of the field of wisdom and preaching various preachers and purposes. the study was limited to the wise aspect and the use of the story with the event and narrative, their types and functions benefit repetition, sequencing or even uniqueness and other narrative and documentation functions, as well as reporting functions, so as to demonstrate the purpose and purpose of the andalusian sermon, which dealt with a specific wisdom aspect. we have also reached a set of conclusions drawn at the conclusion of the study, which are as follows: 1diversity between religious, political and other speeches 44 dictionary of narratives: p. 22. 45 nafah al-tayeb of andalusia's moist branch: al-masri al-talsani: 2/87. 46 introduction to story theory: p. 104. 47 old arabic narrative types, functions and structures: p. 97. 48 formative approach from vision to action: p. 267. 49 nafah al-tayeb from the humid andalusia branch: al-masri al-talsani: 7/333. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 2the multiplicity of purposes of andalusian speeches in judgment, preaching, guidance and anecdote 3employing the wise side in most andalusian speeches 4prevailing narrative character over andalusian speeches 5narrative, documentation and reporting are the objectives of the seminary speeches references 1. the holy quran. 2. art construction of iraq's war novel: ibrahim abdullah: public cultural affairs house: iraq: 1988 3. narrative structure: hamid hamidani: arab cultural center: beirut: 1991. 4. novel construction: cesa kassim: egyptian general commission for the book: cairo: 1984. 5. narrative techniques: yemeni al-abdul: dar al-bibah: beirut: 2012. 6. address summarized: abu alwaleed mohammed bin ahmed bin rushd: investigation: abd al rahman badawi: dar al qalam: beir tt 7. al-arabiya al-zahra: ahmad zaki safwat: scientific library: beirut: dr. al-zawwat t.t. ' 8. tale speech: gérard jinnit: mu 'tasim press: cairo: 1997. 9. religious discourse in andalusia: abdulrahim hamdan: speakers' forum: 2017. 10. narrator and anecdotal text: abd al-rahim al-kurdi: house of revival of heritage: beirut: d. t.t.' 11. old arabic narrative types, jobs and structures: ibrahim sahraoui: arabic house 12. ajabi in the old arab narrative: nabil hamdi abd al-maksoud: dar al-bibalat: beirut: 2006. 13. narrative dictionary: gerald prince: translation: mr. imam: merritt publishing and information: beirut: 2003. 14. art terms: muhammad ali al-tahanwi: presentation, supervision and review: dr. ajam companion: realize: d. ali dahroj: lebanon library publishers: beirut: 1996. 15. al-matikhal al-sardi: abdullah ibrahim: dar al-rehabilitation heritage: beirut: 2014. 16. introduction to story theory: dr. dziza sakal: heritage revival house: beirut: 2021 17. encyclopedia of arab narrative: abdullah ibrahim: dar qandeel printing, publishing and distribution: united arab emirates: 2016. 18. narrative term: gerald prince: translation: abed kherndar and mohamed burberry: supreme council for culture: cairo: 2003. 19. lexicon of contemporary literary terms: ibrahim fathi: dar al-ennahda: cairo: d. t.t. ' 20. fantastaki narrative ingredients: shoaib halifi: egyptian chapters magazine: mj 12: a1: d. tt 21. formative approach from vision to action: dr. rahman garkan: arab deployment foundation: beirut: 2010. 22. encyclopedia of literary creativity: ali harba: arab cultural center: beirut: dr. t.t. ' 23. construction theory in literary criticism: salah fazal: anglo-egyptian library: cairo: 2008. 24. formal curriculum theory: ibrahim al-khatib: arab research foundation: beirut: 1982. 25. nafah al-tayeb of ghosn al-andalus al-ratib: ahmed al-maqri al-taltasani: investigation: ihsan abbas: dar sadr: beirut: 1968. 26. modern literary criticism: mohamed ghanimi hilal: dar al-ennahda: egypt: 2008. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org pragmatic interpretation of dialectisms in dialogic texts eshqurbonova aziza bozor qizi doctoral student of termiz state university eshkurbanovs@tersu.uz +998996878267 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the significance of dialectisms in enhancing the artistic and folkloric qualities of literary works. various types of dialectspecific units, including phonetic, lexical, and grammatical dialectisms, are analyzed through dialogic texts. it is explored that in literary works, the pragmatic features of characters' speech are also influenced by dialect-specific lexicon, considered one of the fundamental linguistic units that reveal the relationships between interlocutors, serving as a means of speech individualization for characters and unveiling their internal, spiritual characteristics. dialectism, phonetic dialectism, lexical dialectism, grammatical dialectism, ethnographic dialectisms, sociosemantic dialectisms. introduction in a literary work like this, its characters are often depicted in such a way that they embody the national customs, traditions, and linguistic characteristics, reflecting the uzbek spirit and mentality. one of the most important tasks of literary work is its communicative aspect, as it portrays the interactions and dialogues between characters who represent various aspects of human emotions and behaviors within a specific community or society. this, in turn, highlights the unique discourse system of communication inherent to it, naturally. it is well-known that literary language is always evolving and progressing. it constantly absorbs elements from non-literary layers. it should be emphasized that the intrusion of the national language into the established literary discourse is an ongoing and irreversible process. language is a part of culture; therefore, all changes associated with language occur as a result of the ongoing processes in society. in this regard, the role of vernacular and dialects is significant in the development and enrichment of the literary language. the richness and attractiveness of the literary language also depend on the presence and role of dialectal elements. "the expressiveness of the literary language, the individuality of the characters' speech, is closely related to various regional linguistic elements"[1.] in the portrayal of characters in a literary work, the speech process of the characters plays a crucial role in revealing the pragmatic characteristics of their language. "the starting point for linguistic pragmatics is the possibilities of the pronunciation of the speech subject... therefore, it is necessary to consider the correct and incorrect forms of national and dialectal pronunciation as an initial issue for linguistic pragmatics"[2.]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org authors employ various expressive methods in the speech of literary characters when interpreting significant events and emphasizing them. they use dialects, taboos, and idioms to provide richness and folkloric elements to the text. all such words and idioms have a certain degree of value, stylistic expression, and importance. these words serve as powerful tools in enhancing the expressiveness of literary works. according to the observations of linguists, in such cases, words with the same meaning can have several expressive equivalents, but they differ in the degree of emotional coloring. authors depict their characters as if they live within their specific geographical and social environment and, consequently, use words that are characteristic of their daily life. dialects (local expressions) not only emphasize local color and regional belonging but also perform a specific aesthetic function in literary language. however, the aesthetic value of dialects depends on their use, how they are employed in literary speech, and the context in which they are used [3.]. in literary works, the importance of dialectal lexicon in enhancing the art of speech cannot be overstated. dialectal elements are considered tools for individualizing the speech of characters in a narrative, and they serve the aesthetic function of bringing out distinctiveness in the work while contributing to a unique style. the role and significance of dialectal elements in individualizing the speech of characters can also be observed in various words and grammatical features used in uzbek literary works. this is because literary works depict various historical periods and aspects of folk life according to the chosen theme. the specific period and regional representatives are reflected in the language and speech of characters. this aspect of literary language has been examined in various scholarly works. for instance, researcher b. fayzullayev has explored the use of dialectal elements in differentiating the speech of characters in two ways: providing characters from a specific region or time period with their own unique speech and introducing characters from a different region into the narrative with their distinct speech patterns. this issue has received attention in literary studies [4]. when examining the lexical characteristics of the epic "alpomish" by s. tursunov, dialectal lexicon is analyzed and categorized into lexical, grammatical, phonetic, and phraseological dialectal elements [5]. in literature related to linguistics, it can be observed that distinctive features of dialects are presented in the form of phonetic, lexical, and grammatical dialectisms. phonetic dialectisms primarily manifest themselves in changes in pronunciation, accentuation, intonation, and the use of specific speech sounds [m. yoldoshev]. in literary texts, the use of phonetic changes typical of a particular dialect serves aesthetic purposes. firstly, such alterations bring vitality to the speech, and secondly, they emphasize regional identity, contributing to the individuality of the characters' speech. the creation of phonetic dialectisms involves various phonetic processes such as sound changes, accentuation, intonation, and vowel lengthening. examples of such phonetic dialectisms can be seen in the following passages: [1] h-a-a! what are you saying? are you standing still, my boy?! are you standing still? you will turn the whole village into ruins, aren't you afraid?! you won't let people sleep, will you? six weddings were held, seven weddings were held, my boy. are you going to dream? oh, what do you need? what do you need?! i have milk for the calf, grain for the bird, but i don't have anything for you... (q. norqobil. nozi... nozigul.) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org [2] hey, you examiners, do you recognize me? you should also make a separate place for the examiners. now the assembly is in progress. don't pay attention to them, let them go, hurry up to the meeting, there is a special place... the governor, the prosecutor, the head of the police, the head of the tax department, and the bigwigs from the region have come. they are waiting for you. sarvar was sitting at the table near the window, surrounded by hundreds of different sweets. these examples illustrate how phonetic dialectisms are used to depict the unique speech characteristics of characters and add depth to their individuality in literary works. what are you saying? after all, the students have gathered, and i'll go to join them too. what do they think? come on, they do. you're a grown-up. join the adults. they're waiting. (q. norqobil. nozi... nozigul.) in this dialogic text, both phonetic dialectisms and stylistic phonetic events are utilized by the writer, along with variants of words borrowed from the russian language. without these, it would be challenging to imagine the charm and authenticity of the writer's works. the authors of literary works make skillful use of lexical dialectisms to imbue the speech of the characters with authenticity and to make the events in the narrative more captivating. professor m. yoldoshev categorizes lexical dialectisms specific to dialects into three types: soft lexical dialectisms, ethnographic dialectisms, and semantic dialectisms [6]. in literary language, dialectisms that have the same meaning as standard words are referred to as soft lexical dialectisms: — what if you don't have anything to boil? — what did you want me to cook? — i don't know, for example, the herd animals, the herd bull that you learned to milk, grazed, the bully who would bring defeat to people, he was sentenced to death... (sh. xolmirzayev. the death of a shepherd.) in this dialogic text, the word "jonzo" is used in its original meaning, signifying a bull. in some dialects, this word is also used in the sense of "bull." at home, the child was crying a lot. — we resemble those who go crazy... when you leave, i'm afraid of this place in broad daylight... a young child goes to the center by himself. the winter will be severe... — i'm not going anywhere... i'll be right there when the sun rises... — omon said. one night, he had a very hard time sleeping: — your son is crying. if i say to give him milk, there's none, it would turn into clotted cream in his stomach. until your jacket buttons loosen up, let's not give it to him... wife, if you milk, then milk; if you don't, then leave it! — said omon. (sh. xolmirzayev. the death of a shepherd.) in this text, we can see that words related to the herd, such as "juvana" meaning a two-year-old ram, and "inak" meaning a cow, are used. these words used in both dialogic texts serve to emphasize and enhance the sense of regional identity and emphasize the meaning. the names of specific customs and traditions peculiar to the people living in a certain area are called ethnographic dialectisms. they are used to describe various customs and habits of people living in specific regions: i had a feeling in my heart, and i understood what it was. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org the bride's parents sent a letter. they said to tie the head of the groom, and they did so with the advice of oqsoqol. we agreed to do this work today. we wanted to send a message; your uncle went to the bazaar. when is robiya going to the hills? (o`. hoshimov. the space between two doors. 172.) in this dialogic text, the phrase "tie the head" is used in the sense of "celebrate." this phrase is used differently in various regions: to host a feast, to make a wedding, to celebrate, to hold a funeral feast, to perform a special prayer, and so on. in literary works, when characters use words specific to a dialect, it helps convey their age characteristics, character traits, mental state during speech, and mood at the time of speech. grammatical dialectisms have morphological and syntactic groups: you know. when the wedding was over, he put it on himself. the father-in-law. nozigul was married to a young girl. i know this... why didn't she come here? didn't you tell them? be patient. i'll tell you. i personally went and told her. so, we're going to celebrate, don't stop, nozigul, just do your work quickly, i told her. if the girl is scared, take her, i also told her. with his daughter, haydar's father lives in choldevor. have you heard that haydar's father died last year? (sh. xolmirzayev. the death of a shepherd.) in this text, we can observe the use of grammatical dialectisms in the form of specific verb forms and sentence structures that are characteristic of the dialect. these grammatical dialectisms contribute to the overall authenticity and regional flavor of the narrative. has haydar's father passed away? i haven't heard about this, my goodness. yes, he has. he'll be buried after tomorrow's funeral prayer. i'll go, my goodness, i'll go. let's go together, look after me, nozi... did you tie the funeral shroud on the child? hey, people, people! chori kantuj's parents didn't give a penny to nozigul after their son died. you've messed up with my son, so they came to take the bride away. out of anger or fear, chori kantuj left the house without giving nozigul the keys to the courtyard. (q. norqobil. nozi... nozigul.) in summary, it can be said that in literary works, words specific to a dialect, known as dialectisms, play a crucial role in revealing the pragmatic characteristics of character speech. these words form an essential part of the language of communication between characters, serving to individualize character speech, reveal the inner and moral traits of characters, and provide local and historical color to the events depicted in the narrative. dialectisms used in character speech come in various phonetic, lexical, and grammatical forms. references 1. yo‘ldoshev m. cho‘lpon so‘zining sirlari. – toshkent: ma’naviyat, 2002. – b. 29. 2. hakimov m. o‘zbek pragmalingvistikasi asoslari. –toshkent: “akademnashr”, 2013. – b.27. 3. abdurahmonov x.mahmudov n.so`z estetikasi 4. tilshunoslik masalalari (to‘plam).—t.: fan, 1978.-b.208. 5. tursunov s. leksicheskiye osobennosti dastana «alpamish».: avtoref. kand. diss.—t.: 1990.b.711. 6. m.yo`ldoshev. cho`lpon so`zining sirlari. toshkent. ma’naviyat. 2002. b.42. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org socio-psychological model of family relations gaibova nargiza anorbaevna, associate professor (phd) of the department of "religious psychology and pedagogy" of the international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article scientifically analyses the socio-psychological model of family relations, typology, structure, forms of family, methods of upbringing, as well as issues of modern family problems. in addition to psychological literature, the article used pedagogical literature. family, adolescent, sibling status, sibling relationship, conflict, eldest child, middle child, last child, only child, interpersonal relationships. introduction the socio-psychological model of family relations reflects the typology of families, structure, forms, styles of upbringing, as well as the problems of the modern family. the family is a complex social entity. researchers define it as a historically specific system of relationships between spouses, between parents and children, as a small group whose members are bound by marriage or kinship relations, community of life and mutual moral responsibility, as a social necessity that is conditioned by society's need for physical and spiritual reproduction of the population. family relations are regulated by moral and legal norms. they are based on marriage, a legitimate recognition of the relationship between a man and a woman, accompanied by the birth of children and responsibility for the physical and moral health of family members. important conditions for the family's existence are joint activity and a certain spatial localisation dwelling, house, property as the economic basis of its life, as well as the general cultural environment within the common culture of a certain nation, confession, state. thus, a family is a community of people based on a single family activity, bound by the ties of matrimony, parenthood and kinship (blood and spiritual), which reproduces the population and the continuity of family generations, as well as the socialisation of children and support for family members. family forms are diverse and their typology depends on the subject of study. monogamous and polygamous families are distinguished. a monogamous family consists of a married couple husband and wife; a polygamous family is a marriage of one with several {polyandry marriage of one woman with several men, polygyny marriage of one man with several women). kinship ties define simple, nuclear, and complex, extended family types. typologising family structures, it should be noted that the most common in modern urbanised agglomerations (urbanisation [from latin urbanus urban] concentration of material and spiritual life in cities; agglomeration [from latin agglomerare to join, accumulate] accumulation) are nuclear families consisting of parents and children, i.e. two generations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org an extended family unites two or more nuclear families with a common household and consists of three or more generations progenitors, parents and children (grandchildren). together with spouses in repeated families (based on remarriage) there can be children from this marriage and children of spouses from the previous marriage, brought by them to the new family. the most archaic type is the patriarchal (traditional) family. there are many children and different generations of relatives and kin living together; national and religious customs are strictly observed. in a patriarchal family, as a rule, the foundations of authoritarianism reign. families with patriarchal features are preserved in rural areas and small towns. in recent decades, the number of small two-person families has been growing: single-parent, maternal, "empty nests" (spouses whose children have left the parental family). there is an increase in incomplete families resulting from divorce or death of one of the spouses. in a single-parent family, one of the spouses (more often the mother) brings up the children. the same structure is found in the maternal (extramarital) family, which differs from an incomplete family in that the mother is not married to the father of her child. domestic statistics show an increase in the "extramarital" birth rate: every sixth child is born to an unmarried mother. often she is only 15-16 years old, unable to support or bring up her child. mature women (aged about 40 and above) have started to create maternal families, consciously choosing to "give birth for themselves". the following types of socio-axiological orientation of the family are distinguished: socially progressive (support of the values of society, unity of views, good interpersonal relations); contradictory (lack of unity of views, relationships at the level of struggle of some tendencies with others); anti-social (contradiction of value ideals to the ideals of society). a distinction is also made between capacity and activity of the family. the capacity of the family can be: limited (due to psychosomatic and age-related peculiarities its members are unable to earn their own livelihoods and fit into the system of social relations pensioners, disabled people); temporarily restricted (psychosomatic, age-related characteristics only temporarily limit socioeconomic autonomy; e.g., families experiencing some type of social disasters, including unemployment, families with children under working age, families of persons with disabilities); unrestricted (family members have a full range of opportunities to fit into the social space and adapt to changing conditions that are not socially cataclysmic). family activity characterises the orientation towards building up and actualising its resources, i.e. the degree of self-sufficiency and self-help. three types of activity are distinguished: activity proper (self-orientation, high mobility, development of adaptive abilities); limited activity; passivity (dependency orientation, low mobility, underdeveloped adaptive abilities). social and psychological support may be necessary for any family, although to varying degrees. passive families are particularly in need of help. they have little potential of their own to resolve crisis situations. families are differentiated according to the way they react to stressful, conflict situations and normative crises (related to certain stages of family functioning). this typology is based on the phenomenon of psychological health of the family an integral indicator of its functioning, which reflects the qualitative side of socio-psychological processes of the family, the indicator of social activity of its members in intra-family relations, in the social environment and professional sphere, as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org well as the state of mental psychological well-being of the family, which provides adequate regulation of behaviour and activity of all its members to life conditions. this indicator characterises two main types of families. favourable families. their problems, as a rule, are caused by internal contradictions and conflicts, which are connected with the changing conditions of life in society: 1) with excessive desire to protect each other, to help other family members ("indulgent, indulgent hyper-protection" and "excessive guardianship"); 2) with inadequacy of correlation between their own ideas about the family and those social requirements that are imposed on it at a given stage of social development (difficulties in perceiving the contradictions of modern society). dysfunctional families (problem, conflict, crisis). psychological problems arise due to the failure to meet the needs of one or more family members under the influence of overpowering intra-family and general social life factors. the main problem, as a rule, is the child's position in the family and the parents' attitude to him/her. in dysfunctional families, parents often manifest various psychogenic deviations: projection of their own undesirable qualities onto the child, cruelty and emotional rejection, underdeveloped parental feelings, etc. dysfunctional families are divided into conflict, crisis and problem families (v.s.torokhtiy, 1996). conflict families. in the relationship between spouses and children, there are areas in which the interests, needs, intentions and desires of family members clash, creating strong and lasting negative emotional states. marriage can be sustained over the long term through mutual concessions and compromises and other bonding factors. crisis families. the confrontation of interests and needs of family members is particularly sharp and takes over important spheres of life of the family union. family members take irreconcilable and even hostile positions towards each other, not agreeing to any concessions or compromise solutions. crisis marriages break up or are on the verge of breaking up. problem families. they are characterised by the emergence of particularly difficult situations that can lead to the breakdown of the marriage. for example, lack of housing, severe and prolonged illness of one of the spouses, lack of funds to support the family, conviction for a criminal offence for a long period of time and a number of other extraordinary life circumstances. in modern russia, this is the most common category of families, for a certain part of which the prospects of aggravation of family relationships or the emergence of severe mental disorders among family members are likely. as an institutionalised entity, the family has a set of social functions and roles for the sake of which society creates, maintains and protects this social institution. an important characteristic of the family is its functional structure. family functions are understood as directions of its activity, expressing the essence of the family, its social status and social role. there is no generally accepted classification of family functions, but there are interdependencies and complementarities between them. the main functions of the family include: reproductive biological reproduction and preservation of offspring, continuation of the family; educational spiritual reproduction of the population. the family forms the child's personality and exerts a systematic educational influence on each member throughout life; household maintaining the physical condition of the family, caring for the elderly; economic-material support by some family members of others: minors, elderly, disabled; the function of organising leisure time maintaining the family as an integral system; the content and forms of leisure time activities depend on the level of culture, national traditions, individual aptitudes american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org and interests, the age of family members and their income; the function of social control responsibility of family members for the behaviour of its members in society, their activities; the orienting basis is formed by values and elements of culture recognised throughout society or in social groups. each family forms its own way of life, its own microculture. in the context of socio-psychological analysis, the functions of the modern family are presented most fully by the finnish educator j. hamalainen. the family is the primary small social group, the closest environment of personality formation, the family influences the needs, social activity and psychological state of a person. the significance of the family is determined by the aspirations of each of its members. if a person relies on the norms, values and opinions of his family members, it acts as a reference (significant) group, with which he relates himself as a standard. the family in this case is the source of social attitudes and value orientations of the subject. orienting on the reference group, a person evaluates himself, his actions, lifestyle and ideals. thus, the family as a reference group has two main social functions normative and comparative. we can distinguish several main features of the family as a small social group: the presence of integral psychological characteristics (public opinion, psychological climate, family interests, etc.), which are formed with the emergence and development of the family; the existence of the main parameters of the family (group) as a whole. a parameter in this case is an indicator characterising a certain property. a social group has the following parameters: composition and structure, group processes, group norms and sanctions. composition is the set of characteristics of family members that are important in analysing the family as a whole. for example, the size of the family, its age or gender composition, the nationality or social status of its members. any socio-psychological characterisation of a group usually begins with a description of the composition. then the group can be studied in the social context of its environment. it can be argued that any addictive family contains a co-dependency structure. in a simplified form it looks as follows: if the father is addictive, the mother is co-dependent with the father. in this structure, the mother is unable to care for the children because she is entirely fixated on the father's problems. the children either become addicted or co-dependent with the father along with the mother. the most important task of socio-psychological work is to prevent child abandonment. it can be achieved if the following conditions are met: supporting the family's civil rights to care for the child, for his/her physical, psychological and spiritual health; affirming the high value of parenthood and motherhood, and raising the prestige of fatherhood; development of a qualitatively new social model of personal preparation of young people for family life; formation of value orientations of an individual to family life; reviving the best russian family traditions and customs, and affirming the spiritual value of the family in society; organising pedagogical counselling for parents with practical assistance in family education and in overcoming conflicts between adults and children in the family; promoting better family education; state support for talented children and adolescents; rehabilitation of orphans and adolescents with deviations; organising family leisure activities, especially in creating conditions for the physical development of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org children in environmentally disadvantaged areas. the basic principles of the work of socio-psychological services with the family are conditioned by the peculiarities of a particular family, as well as by the specifics and status of the organisation or institution under which the service operates. the principle of congruence correspondence of the goals, objectives and activities to the possibilities and needs of the family. principle of confidentiality correct use of information of social and psychological nature. principle of competence cooperation of psychologists, teachers and social workers on an interested and competent basis, scientifically grounded professional activity, reliance on the results of the latest socio-psychological research. the principle of activity purposeful influence of the service on the whole complex of sociopsychological components of family life. the set of principles of the socio-psychological service regulates its activities and ensures full cooperation with other similar organisations. social-psychological work in the field of strengthening and improving family relationships involves: facilitating the family's adaptation to changing socio-economic conditions; improving its economic and social status; providing assistance in solving the problem of labour employment; targeted support for low-income and socially vulnerable families; financial assistance to large families, disabled children, graduates of orphanages, etc.; identifying families with medical and social disabilities and providing the necessary medical care; assistance in the social rehabilitation and adaptation of families with physically or mentally handicapped persons; development and implementation of activities related to environmental safety of the family; social and legal protection of the family and social rehabilitation of children and adolescents with deviant behaviour; rehabilitation of children from social risk groups; prevention of child neglect and juvenile delinquency; prevention of negative phenomena; diagnosing, analysing and forecasting integral socio-psychological characteristics of family development and its influence on the processes of education and upbringing of children (psychological climate, public opinion, sociometric structure, leadership); promoting integration and coherence in the socio-psychological mode of operation of family members; assistance in implementing the main humanistic approaches to personal development and education in the family: age-based (taking into account age specifics), individual (taking into account individual specifics), differentiated (taking into account significant criteria of life activity), personal (relying on the manifestation of subjectivity and self-consciousness); informing families about current socio-psychological problems through the work of lectures and the socio-psychological services of various organisations and institutions; pedagogical and socio-psychological prevention of the emergence and development of deviant behaviour and personal destructiveness of family members; assistance in family leisure activities (organisation of festive events, contests, competitions, distribution of discounted tickets to the theatre and exhibitions), etc. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org literatures 1. адлер а. как управлять стремлением к превосходству / возрастная психология: детство, отрочсество, юность: хрестоматия: учеб. пособие для студ. пед. вузов ‒ м.: “академия”, 2000. ‒ 624 с. 2. зырянова н.м. ранние сиблинговые исследования [элек.ресурс] // психологические исследования: электрон. науч. журн. 2008. n 2(2). 3. anorbayevna g. n. influence of the sibling statuse’s of teenagers on interpersonal relations //european journal of education and applied psychology. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 68-69. 4. гайибова н. а. технология воспитания детей с девиантным поведением //international scientific review. – 2020. – №. lxxiv. – с. 52-54. 5. ғайибова н. а. сиблинг муносабатлар диагностикасида проектив методикалар ўрни //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. special issue 3. – с. 169-175. 6.. gayibova n. a. psychological features of the formation of sibling relationships in adolescents. 7. nazarov, a. s. (2021). rahbar faoliyatida boshqaruv qarorlarini qabul qilish tamoyillarini ijtimoiy-psixologik xusususiyatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 1(special issue 2), 342-348. 8. назаров, а. с. (2020). психологический анализ уровней принятия управленческих решений и факторов, влияющих на него. молодой ученый, (21), 739-740. 9. mengboevich, u. b., & sottarovich, n. a. (2021). social and psychological characteristics of the leader in the implementation of management decisions. science time, (10 (94)), 31-35. 10. umarov, b. m., & nazarov, a. s. socio-psychological aspects and mechanisms affecting management decision-making in the activities of the head. международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 29 (том 1)(октябрь, 2021). дата выхода в свет: 31.10. 2021., 91. 11. назаров, а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили. 12. nazarov, a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity. международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022., 77. 13. nazarov, a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations. международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 34 (том 1)(март, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 31.03. 2022., 131. 14. sottarovich, n. a., & zilola, k. (2022). psychological mechanisms for making managerial decisions in management activities. science time, (2 (98)), 27-33. 15. umarov, b., & nazarov, a. psychological models of behavior of managers in the process of making management decisions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org 16. nazarov a. s. psychological analysis of levels of administration of management decisions //вопросы экономики и управления. – 2020. – №. 3. – с. 1-5. 17. назаров а. психологические особенности руководителей, влияющие на принятие управленческих решений //молодой ученый. – 2019. – №. 44. – с. 298-300. 18. nazarov a. s. et al. қарор қабул қилиш бошқарув фаолиятининг психологик мезони сифатида //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 280-282. 19. умаров б. м., назаров а. с. низоли вазиятларда бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишнинг ташкилий ва ижтимоий-психологик механизмлари //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 7. – с. 352353. 20. назаров а. с., худайбергенова з. socio-psychological features of management decisionmaking //молодой ученый. – 2020. – №. 50. – с. 430-432. 21. назаров а. с. adoption of management decisions as the main function of the modern manager //проблемы современной экономики. – 2020. – с. 7-12. 22. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 9-14. 23. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 24. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103-109. 25. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org features of the language of social networks facebook, on the example of tik-tok alautdinova kamola shomansurova filologiya fanlari bo'yicha falsafa doktori(phd) turg'unova muattarxon muxtorjonovna aniq va ijtimoiy fanlar universiteti xorijiy til va adabiyoti (ingliz til) magistratura mutaxassisligi magistranti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article delves into the linguistic features of two prominent social networking platforms, facebook and tiktok, shedding light on how users communicate and express themselves in these digital spaces. employing a comprehensive approach encompassing annotation, literature analysis, methods, results, and discussion, this study aims to unravel the distinct characteristics that define the language of these platforms. by exploring these nuances, we can gain insights into the evolving landscape of social media discourse and its impact on digital communication. social media language, facebook, tiktok, linguistic features, discourse analysis, digital communication. introduction in the digital age, social media platforms have become essential channels for communication, each fostering its unique linguistic ecosystem. this study focuses on facebook and tiktok, two platforms with immense user bases and distinct characteristics. as users engage with content on these platforms, their language choices and communication styles shape the overall discourse. understanding these linguistic features is crucial for comprehending the dynamics of digital communication. prior research on social media language has predominantly explored linguistic features in various platforms. studies have emphasized the role of context, user demographics, and platform-specific affordances in shaping online discourse. while facebook, as a longstanding platform, has been extensively studied, tiktok, with its rapid rise, presents a newer terrain for linguistic analysis. this literature review sets the stage for a comparative investigation into the language features of facebook and tiktok. to analyze the language features of facebook and tiktok, a mixed-methods approach was employed. data collection involved selecting a diverse range of posts from both platforms, considering factors such as content type, user demographics, and engagement metrics. linguistic features such as vocabulary, tone, and syntactic structures were then extracted for analysis. the dataset was systematically sampled to ensure representation across different user profiles and content genres. it seems there might be a misunderstanding in your question. facebook and tiktok are two separate social media platforms, each with its own distinct features and language. facebook is known for its american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org longevity and diverse user base, while tiktok is a more recent platform focused on short-form video content. the language of social networks is dynamic and constantly evolving, reflecting the trends and preferences of the online community. here are some common features associated with the language used on social networks: abbreviations and acronyms: users often use abbreviations and acronyms to convey messages concisely. for example, "lol" for "laugh out loud" or "brb" for "be right back." emoticons and emojis: emoticons and emojis are widely used to express emotions and add a visual element to messages. they help convey tone and sentiment, making communication more nuanced. hashtags: hashtags are used to categorize and organize content. they help users discover relevant topics and engage in discussions. popular platforms like twitter and instagram heavily rely on hashtags. memes: memes, which are humorous images, videos, or text that spread rapidly online, play a significant role in social media language. they are often used to convey cultural references and shared experiences. tagging and mentions: users frequently tag others in posts or comments using "@" symbols to mention or involve specific individuals. this facilitates conversations and connections between users. character limits: some social media platforms have character limits for posts (e.g., twitter's 280-character limit). users adapt their language to fit within these constraints, encouraging concise and to-the-point communication. user-generated slang: social media platforms give rise to new slang words and phrases. these can be region-specific or related to internet culture, and they often spread rapidly among users. content sharing: users share a wide range of multimedia content, including images, videos, gifs, and links. the language used in captions and comments often complements the shared content. real-time interaction: social media facilitates real-time interaction. users engage in live chats, comments, and direct messages, requiring a language that is quick and responsive. personal branding: users often curate their online personas through the language they use. this includes the tone of their posts, the choice of words, and the content they share, contributing to personal branding. influence of pop culture: social media language is influenced by current events, pop culture, and trending topics. users often incorporate references to the latest movies, music, and news into their posts. selfies and visual language: visual content, particularly selfies, plays a significant role in social media communication. captions and comments may revolve around the visual elements of the shared content. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org it's important to note that the language used on social networks can vary widely based on the platform, user demographics, and regional influences. as social media continues to evolve, so does the language associated with it. if you're interested in the features of facebook's language, you might be referring to the language used within the platform, such as status updates, comments, and private messages. on the other hand, tiktok has its own unique language and features, primarily centered around short videos, hashtags, and trends. here are some key features of each platform's language: facebook: • status updates: users can share text, photos, videos, and links to update their friends on their activities or thoughts. • comments: users can engage with posts by commenting, liking, or sharing. conversations often take place in comment sections. • groups and pages: facebook has groups and pages where users can join communities based on shared interests or affiliations. • messenger: facebook's messaging platform allows users to have private conversations with friends, share media, and make voice or video calls. tiktok: • short-form videos: tiktok is primarily a platform for short videos, usually ranging from 15 to 60 seconds, where users showcase their creativity. • hashtags: users often use popular hashtags to categorize their content and participate in trends. this is a key aspect of tiktok's discovery and engagement. • duets: tiktok allows users to create "duets," where they can lip-sync or react to another user's video side by side. • trends: tiktok is known for its rapidly evolving trends, challenges, and memes that gain popularity and spread across the platform. • for you page (fyp): the fyp is tiktok's algorithm-driven feed that shows users a personalized selection of content based on their preferences and engagement. in summary, the language and features of facebook and tiktok are distinct due to the different types of content they prioritize. facebook revolves around a variety of content types and a more extensive social network, while tiktok focuses on short videos, trends, and a younger, more dynamic user base. the observed linguistic disparities between facebook and tiktok can be attributed to their divergent purposes and user demographics. while facebook serves as a multifaceted platform for social connection, information sharing, and long-form expression, tiktok thrives on quick, visually engaging content, catering to a younger, more visually-oriented audience. these findings underscore the nuanced ways in which social media platforms shape digital communication practices. conclusions and suggestions: in conclusion, the language features of facebook and tiktok reflect the evolving nature of social media discourse. understanding these nuances is crucial for marketers, content creators, and researchers aiming to engage with diverse online audiences. as social media continues to evolve, future studies should explore emerging platforms and evolving linguistic trends to provide a comprehensive understanding of digital communication dynamics. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org in light of these findings, content creators and communicators should tailor their messaging to align with the linguistic norms of specific platforms. furthermore, ongoing research can shed light on the evolving nature of social media language, informing digital communication strategies and platforms' development. references 1. bykova e. v. (2018) nativnaya reklama: rechevye osobennosti prezentatsii informatsii [native advertising: speech presentation], medialingvistika [media linguistics], vol. 5, no. 4, pp. 534–544, doi: 10.21638/spbu22.2018.411 (in russian) 2. османова а. и. нативная реклама в коммуникационной деятельности российских банков // медиаскоп. 2018. № 1. с. 8–9. doi: 10.30547/mediascope.1.2018.8 3. терских м. в. stories в сети instagram как инструмент нативной рекламы: специфика продающего контента // неофи лология. 2021. т. 7, № 28. с. 750–759. doi: 10.20310/25876953-2021-7-28-750-759 4. terskikh m. v. native advertising in video blogs: language and genre specificity // advances in social science, education and humanities research : proceedings of the internation conference. 2019. p. 651–655. doi: 10.2991/hssnpp-19.2019.124 5. лущиков в. а., терских м. в. жанрово-тематические и языковые особенности видеоблогов // вестн. тамб. ун-та. сер. : общественные науки. 2018. т. 4, № 14. с. 57–75. 6. макаров к. аргументы в пользу нативной рекламы // rb.ru : новостной портал. 2016. 8 февр. url: https://rb.ru/opin ion/arguments/ (дата обращения: 25.04.2022). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org theoretical foundations of sports rajabova mohinur muzaffarovna student of the direction of the faculty of physical culture (women's sport) of the nukus state pedagogical institute named after ajiniyoz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the objective state of sports theory is explained as a social phenomenon of the sphere of human activity, the system of conducting and organizing competitions, high sports results and victories in competitions, thereby strengthening health and conducting training sessions with the aim of general physical development of a person, being considered processes and manifestations of sports activities. sports, sports competitions, sports movement, sports activities, sports training, sports training system, sports school, sports training, athlete training, sports indicators, theory, sports theory. introduction the subject of sports theory, being part of the science of the theory and methodology of physical education, is a newly divergent science. in addition to sports training, the science of sports theory studies the content and methodology of the athlete's training and the general laws that affect him in a specially organized process. sport has always been before society, fulfilling a number of important tasks. nowadays, these tasks are even more. sport affects the comprehensive development of the individual in a special way, contributes to the formation of vital skills and abilities, promotes spiritual, moral and mental growth, the conditioning of such characteristics of the individual as valor, will, spiritual refreshment, fosters feelings of mutual respect, friendship and cowardice in humans, mutual assistance, nobility, honesty, etc.are the most important qualities of sports. sports are a component of physical culture, a means and method of physical education, a system of organizing, training and conducting competitions on various complexes of physical exercises. sports competitions-the assessment and comparison of sports achievements, the management of competitions in the field of sports in relation to itself. the purpose of sports competitions is to identify strong athletes and strong teams, to give objective happiness to the activities of sports organizations, coaches, athletes, referees, improve sports skills, promote physical culture and sports. a sports movement is a special form of social movement that prepares a workforce for development, preservation, structuring, acceptance and exchange of sports wealth, the way an individual is organized, and society. sports movement in uzbekistan is a necessary area of ideological struggle and is one of the aspects that nurture national consciousness in a person and influence the masses. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org sports activity is the versatility of the process of human activity, the organization of the physical and psychological development and improvement of a person in relation to the demand of society. a person's athletic activity consists of reorganizing and understanding. sports training is a multifactorial process, which involves covering the training of athletes, preparing and participating in competitions, preparing training and competition by a scientific and methodological and material technician, adding the necessary conditions and training with study and rest. the sports training system is a practical activity to ensure the best level of training of an athlete, as well as the training of an athlete, with knowledge, styles, tools, forms and organization in this environment. the sports school is the only system for training athletes. it is based on the positive search for a group of specialists. sports training is a specialized process for the development of physical qualities and abilities, as part of sports training, which involves a special process, in the case of a clearly selected sport, in which the athlete achieves high results, conditioning the body through exercise. sports training is a pedagogical phenomenon. it is a special physical education process that is clearly focused on achieving high results in sports. sports training in general creates a complex complex of biological and psychological changes in the training of an athlete, resulting in an improvement in the levels of "training in addition to training", "training", "being in a sports uniform". "athlete training" involves the readiness to achieve high performance in sports and the use of all means that ensure its implementation. "sports performance" is given in specific results, indicating the extent to which sportsmanship and athletic ability are available. during the effective implementation of the training system, he determines the talent of the athlete, shows a high sports performance, in the same sport, the use of maximum opportunities. the theory of physical education and sports, as a science, carries out the activities of a person in society on physical education and sports, the formation of a new person during this activity, in a legal way and the development of a physically perfect person. he believes that the sociality of physical education and sports is effectively interested in its consequences (o.a.milstein). this set of consequences will determine how much benefit or loss each member of the team, related to the sport, will bring for each social group. these include: social impact of the system of physical education on all social groups and classes of the population; the practical result of the influence of each member of society on being mentally and physically healthy, on his comprehensive maturation as a creative person, on his labor activity, social political movement, in general, on his social activities and image, on the upbringing, education and wellness of sports instead of his actions in life; organization of physical education management and its effectiveness; the effectiveness of international sports movements and their contribution to the development of the olympic games to the development of peace, harmony and cooperation between different countries, to ease tensions; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org effective methods of relaxation in free time from training and the popularity of such relaxation; depends on the effectiveness of the promotion of physical education and sports through the media. theory-basically, generalizing experiments in one area or another, objectively showing the laws of nature, means that basic knowledge is manifested in the human mind. theory is the supreme form of scientific knowledge, bringing knowledge in a given field to a single whole in the generalization and analysis of principles and laws, concepts and tasks, methodology and rules. sports theory is a whole system in which an understanding of the importance of sports is given, the observance of laws and basic terms in society, optimally combining sports training and competition activities in terms of its content and forms. "sports theory" as a phenomenon of a multi-functional society is a subject of study in various areas of sports in the system of training an athlete by volume in the curriculum aimed at the institute of physical culture and the faculties of physical education. the purpose of sports theory as a science is to understand, describe, explain, study the processes and manifestations of sports activity, the structure of the subject and take into account the inclusion, organization, methodological, biological and sports related. in sports theory, the following elementary structures are distinguished: 1. the initial empirical basis (experimentally) is information about sports activities that needs a selective, theoretical explanation during the experiment. 2. the initial theoretical framework has the following components: the realization of the results of many years or future activities and a unified form of illuminating a clear reality in a practical restructuring is understood, which involves the goal that is realized. the basic principles are, in the initial case, the information that the theory expects to express the necessary laws. 3. in the theory of the first logical foundations sports, there is such a concept that it shows the properties of phenomena and objects, not only in scientific, but also knowledge up to scientific knowledge. 4. the theoretical part of itself involves the residual consequence, explanation and confirmation of the efficiency accumulated from the exercises performed. conclusion. thus, sports theory is connected with each other, in a set of objects and phenomena, a system of knowledge corresponding to the field of sports has the following main tasks: descriptive, orderly, predictive, generalizing the results obtained. literature used 1. yunusova yu.m. "theory i methodika fizicheskoy kul'turi" uchebnoe pasobie dlya studentov visshix uchebnix zavedeniy t. "economics finance" 2007 2. khaydarov.r.m "theory and methodology of physical culture". tutorial. nukus 2022 3. abdullaev a. honkeldiev sh.x. "theory and methodology of physical education", textbook for higher educational institutions. uzdjti publishing house manba'a department 2005. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org social conflict: the basis of social development mamatkulov rashid pazilbekovich associate professor of the department of general sciences and culture, tashkent state university of law a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article philosophically and socially analyzes the concept of conflict. based on the principle of justice, the new values entering social relations in the conditions of the market economy are explained through the methods of analysis, synthesis, comparison, deduction, and induction. the dialectics, harmony, and mutual necessity of the categories of relative resistance and conflict are described. relevant conclusions and recommendations are given. society, conflict, social, opposition, development, approach, system, value. introduction any society is constantly changing and developing. progress is based on opposition and conflict. during the historical development, there were various contradictions and conflicts in the social relations between people. it shows that it is an urgent issue to study conflict situations that arise in social relations today based on a new approach. from this point of view, it is shown that the concepts of conflict and social conflict are the main issues on the agenda of studying and analyzing the essence of the content. social conflict is the highest form of conflict between two or more parties. the state of conflict manifests itself in the relations between social groups, social institutions, individuals, and society. different definitions of social conflict are given by representatives of sociology. in particular: english scientist g. spencer, based on the point of view of natural sciences, especially biology, emphasizes that social conflict is related to the law of struggle for survival. this situation is related to the limited life resources. he promotes the idea that the laws of social darwinism should be applied to society. g. zimmel believes that the conflict situation is a phenomenon resulting from the exchange of existing cultural values with new cultural values. in the process of socialization, the individual reflects on the fact that it is a phenomenon that arises due to the conflict of personal and social interests. m. weber assesses the concept of conflict as a value. it emphasizes the clash of values and norms between social groups and social institutions. such a situation is a criterion that ensures the stability of the society. k. marx considers the state of conflict as a phenomenon resulting from the relationship between productive forces and production relations. emphasizing that the relationship between them should always be balanced, he puts forward the idea that otherwise there will be a social revolution in society. he believes that the struggle between classes is the main driving force of society. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org german sociologist r. darendorf connects conflict processes with the organization and performance of social roles in society. he tries to assess the conflict situation through the relations of society members arising from the distribution of power and authority resources in the performance of social roles. based on this situation, he puts forward the opinion and the opinion that the members of the society are divided into managers and controlled in the performance of social roles. he believes managers' interest in social relations is to maintain and protect social order. he states that the interest of the governed part of the members of the society is the redistribution of power. the opinion that there will be structural changes in the society as a result of the situation of conflict from this attitude means the opinion. results r. darendorf emphasizes that the following structural changes will occur in society due to social conflicts. 1. fundamental change of state management (for example: revolution, such a situation occurs at the level of society). 2. there will be certain changes in the administration of the state (for example: changes in the government as a result of parliamentary elections). 3. emergence of policies that lead to new values and norms while maintaining state management. today, from the point of view of sociology, there are two different paradigms (approaches) about the role and place of conflicts in the life of society. the first paradigm is a consensus society. the second is a society with a paradigm conflict. consensus (based on general agreement) society is a social system based on solidarity and social equality. in this society, social conflict exists as a certain form of social interaction and serves as a means of ensuring the development and stability of society. in a society based on general agreement, social conflict will have a transitory and relative character. society members regulate their social relations and coordinate their relationship to each other based on social conflict. social conflict appears as a permanent and necessary phenomenon in the conflict society paradigm. in this society, individuals and social groups constantly struggle for power. at the same time, the redistribution of material and spiritual wealth, the struggle for social status, and the desire to renew the values developed by the society will become a priority. conflict society is a phenomenon that requires new forms of innovation. the range of opportunities for social conflicts in any society is wide. there is a constant struggle between individuals and social groups for higher status and material resources in society. the number of high statuses in society and the limited amount of material resources serve as a source of conflicts. the existence of social conflict is related to the open and closed forms of society. in open societies, social problems are solved based on community, the existence of alternative programs, and conflict situations are the basis for peaceful and compromise solutions. such a society, based on openness and pluralistic principles, will be protected from social revolutions. in a closed society, the level of social mobility will not be high because the management system is based on a single administration. because conflict situations are not resolved in time, opposing camps are formed in society. the emergence of such a situation creates the ground for a social revolution in society. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org discussion classification of conflicts : 1. according to the reasons of origin; psychological reasons antipathy, desire for leadership, issues of power. social causes, the struggle to acquire a high status in society, to update the values and ideas that apply in society. 2. by character; open conflicts, polemics, violence, war, class struggle. conflicts with a closed tone, longing, secret collusion, and secret diplomacy. 3. according to the direction of conflicts; conflicts in the horizontal direction, between certain strata at one social level. vertical conflicts, one and from him more than strata cover takes. 4. conflicts duration; minute, day, month, year, years. closed conflicts are a long process. in society, there are also conflicts of a chronological nature. for example, conflicts between parents and children. 5. sharp to the character have has been conflicts; the conflict process is determined by the level of complexity of social problems. the conflict process is related to intensity, number of participants, aggressiveness, and tolerance. 6. methods and means of resolving conflict situations ; through peace; military solution. 7. according to the subjects of the conflict, it arises in the following cases; between individuals, between groups, and social, international, regional, zonal, and global conflicts. 8. factors driving conflicts; will of individuals and social groups, values, and norms developed by society. forms of conflict are related to the social environment and social spheres in society. in this regard, the signs of conflict are as follows: economic, political, religious, moral, legal, environmental. social conflict is a conflict of interests between more than one party regarding the distribution of wealth, power, and values. the participants in the conflict struggle to maintain their position in society by harming the other side in their interests. stages of conflict: pre-conflict stage the conflict participants get out of their emotional state, determine the causes of the conflict, summarize the possibilities, and even develop a strategy of actions, and methods used against the opposing side. conflict stage the parties leave the situation of compromise and carry out open and closed actions. the stage of conflict resolution the causes of the conflict are identified and measures are taken to resolve them. conflict structure : subjects of conflict; internal mental state of a person, group members, individuals, and groups. object of conflict; values (wealth, power, status, education) and interests. subject of conflict; ownership of a particular resource. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org causes of conflict; a situation that brings the two sides into conflict. consequences of conflict ; constructive and destructive. subjects of direct conflict : witnesses are outside observers of the conflict process. instigators encourage others to engage in conflict. organizational, technical, and consulting helpers in the conflict process. third party participation, those who act to stop or resolve the conflict process. methods of solving social conflicts : compromise, agreement based on mutual concession. negotiation, exchange of ideas between the parties to the conflict. third party participation. through an arbitral tribunal. conclusions in conclusion, every event in existence requires and negates each other. between the complicating and mutually negating sides lies the category of conflict. conflict is the cause of struggle and development between opposite parties. each stage of development is associated with the emergence and resolution of specific conflicts and various oppositions. the unity and struggle of relative resistance, and conflict relations are characteristic of society, social relations, and human activity. therefore, conflicts have their place and role in the development of society. from this point of view, it is necessary to scientifically analyze the essence of conflicts in the conditions of the market economy from today's point of view. references 1. axmedova m. pedagogik kofliktologiya – toshkent: “adabiyot uchqunlari” nashriyoti. 2016. 41107 betlar.. 2. э.гидденс. социология. ўқув қўлланма. шарқ нашириёти., -т. 2002. 3. фролов с. социология. учебник. москва юрист гардарика., 1999. 4. дмитриев а. конфликтология. м.,2000.с.54. 5. маматкулов р. п. вопросы повышения политической и правовой культуры в обществе //international bulletin of applied science and technology. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 08. – с. 4-5. 6. cognitive sociology, social cognition and coping with racial discrimination in international law // european journal of international law2019e.j.i.l. 2019, 30(4), 1319-1338 7. ibragimov k. social control an essential condition for the existence of a social system //science and innovation. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. b2. – с. 520-524. 8. маматқулов р. ижтимоий мобиллик-барқарор тараққиёт асоси //eurasian journal of academic research. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 8. – с. 107-114. 9. ибрагимов к. д. процессы децентрализации власти в унитарном государстве //научная дискуссия: вопросы социологии, политологии, философии, истории. – 2016. – №. 6. – с. 161165. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org psychological views and solutions in the philosophy of literature doston khamidov state institute of art and culture of uzbekistan "management of culture and art" educational direction 1st stage master's student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, it is noted that a relatively new direction in our literary criticism is the essence of the philosophy of literature as a product of world-class scientific and literary interpretation. analysis of selected works of both classic and modern new literature. also, the philosophy of literature is a set of high and great global meanings that are covered and seen with the eyes of the heart and the eyes of the pure mind. global interpretation, philosophy, image, plot, art, word, classic novel. introduction literary philosophy is not the science of nature, society, and the development of thought, the general laws that we are aware of, that is, it is not philosophy, or part of it. even it is not applying these principles to literary works, it is not searching and finding philosophical categories from their content. it is possible to say that there is such a way which will not provide sufficient scientific and practical results. because such coercive philosophical rules do not absorb into a work of art, on the contrary, they will harm it. literature does not disclose the heart of the work of art; it does not like foreign ideas and rules forced into it. it wants to see itself in itself. discussion and methods the philosophy of literature is the word; it is the philosophy of small and large worlds existing in its front and back and in its depths. if to look upon it through the eyesight of literary philosophy, a simple, unobtrusive sentence in a particular work, a description made regarding the character, can carry a great meaning, and like a magic stick it may present a new look to the work of art. in our classic novel "kutlugh qon" (“memorial blood”), father shakir's words that "a small courtyard in the shape of a talesman" or on behalf of this character of the novel about the leading character of the novel in the language of this hero, "well, yulchiboy, the brave’s son, was brave, he was from another world" encourages to look upon the whole novel and upon the leading character, yulichi’s image with a different scholarly eye, it opens the way to it. at the heart of this description there is the meaning that yulchi is not a man of this world, and it is interesting that the same sentence does not exist at all in the russian translation of the novel. the translator might have realized the power of this statement; he could display the "vigilance." in chingiz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org aitmatov's famous story "jamila", one of the leading characters describes doniyor in russian, "stranniy chelovek, ne ot mira chego" (a strange man, not from this world”)1 (in the uzbek translation the next sentence is not reflected) which restores his image mixed with divinity like that of yulchi. the fact is that the description given to the two literary characters is based on the words of prophet jesus in the bible. jesus says of himself and his people: "since i am not from this world they are also not from this world" (john, 17:16) 2.. again he said, "are you the king of the jews?" the roman ruler pontius pilate, who asked, replied, "my kingdom is not of this world" (john, 18:36)3. it is no coincidence that the two literary heroes, yulchi and doniyor, are described as jesus, who is also revered in our islamic religion. and such a connection (a great connection!) brings both heroes to a new, higher axis. is it not because doniyor is not from this world, his heart is in tune with the waves of distant worlds, that louis aragon, who made the story of jamila famous, was called "the most beautiful love story in the world"? what if it was the same power that captivated a woman as wild and proud as jamila? as for as the our great novel “the memorial blood” is concerned, this description which leads the leading character of the work to jesus alayhissalom, in our view, is an esoteric code embedded in the novel by the great writer, without doubt. this code is so skillfully placed among the words of shakir ota that it is absolutely invisible at first glance. during my school years, i used to read the work several times, but it seemed to me that this sentence drew my attention only in the early 90s of the previous century. what is the service function, the literary energy of this esoteric code? first of all, it gives a new dimension, a special wisdom to the image of yulchi. yulchi is a potentially great personality; he has a natural keen mind. even not to mention his human superiority, he is intellectually superior to all the rich and educated jadid like that of abdushukur described in the novel. doesn't his demeanor, his spiritual purity, his standing on the side of truth and justice in spite of all dangers, indicate that he is an extraordinary human being, a person from another world? read and re-read the novel in the light of jesus, and rethink of every action, every effort, then you will surely believe in the great rise of both yulchi and the novel itself. i'm sure of it. every work of art has its own secret place, that is, the fetus. it is impossible to unravel the literary mystery and magic in it to the end, moreover, the revealed mystery is not a mystery. such mystery and magic is the first factor that makes a work of art known not only to the people of the period in which it was created, but also to future generations. while the embodiment of a true work of art is pleasing, the discovery of a person who travels in his inner world and decides to reveal his secrets must be pleasing, that is, the discoverer of mysteries, and he is destined. analysis and music. the ostrich looks like an event that is too far apart. but if we look at the matter in depth, it becomes clear that the original work of art is born from the music that the creator places in the heart of the creator (if you want to call it inspiration), and this music moves to the work of words and melody. it is impossible to fully analyze a work of art without entering it into the body of musician to some extent and listening to it. it is not surprising that in such an analysis, analytical music is created from the music of an literary word. comprehensive analysis is one of the hallmarks of global scientific and literary analysis. talking about the modernization of the poet's work, sometimes they add the poem "time" to this stream. if modernization means to act and create in accordance with the requirements of the time, then the poem "time" stands much higher than such modernization. in general, such works cannot be approached with american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org a simple criterion, nor can such criteria be applied to poems such as time. those who include the poem in the list of modernization works may be distracted by the fact that it mentions contemporary events and personalities. but try to put yourself in the shoes of a creator and perceive whether it is possible not to mention the events of that time while writing about that same time. time gets an example from time, but not from anything else. that’s why it is necessary to distinguish between modernization and modernity. "time" is characterized by high modernity, that is, it is consistent with time, so it breaths together with the moment, it means breathing harmoniously with the moment. there arises a question: is it breathing with the time, colonial time when dictator stalin used to be a ruler, or with the period of independence when we are analyzing the poem now? an literary work which has accomplished a certain literary level is considered modern for all periods; it is contemporaneous with all times. as for the poem "time", it is about a continuous, absolute time, and time is a part of this time, if to look upon it with the view of eternity, it is only a moment of absolute time. that’s why to include the poem "time" in the list of modernization works is nothing but a lack of understanding of its essence. naturally, "time" is a simple on the surface, but difficult to understand in depth. the lines seem simple on the surface; their deep meaning cannot be perceived at once. as long as the meaning is not perceived, the poetic image is not formed in the mind. in some types of poems, the image is vividly seen, so the image and the meaning reveal themselves almost simultaneously, while in the "time" it is necessary to digest the meaning of the word and the line first, and only then the figurative imagination begins to function. the poem "time" is the property of an intellectual reader who has passed the obstacles of distracting simplicity, who has attempted to understand the deep hidden meanings in its background, and who can enjoy such attempts. reading the “time” superficially means to spend time in vain. it is no wondered that globalization is a great test sent to mankind by its creator. in this, humanity is subjected either to failure or to victory. we want and hope that it will come out victoriously. indeed, globalization can also be an opportunity for humanity to rise to a new level of consciousness. one of the great esoteric scholars of the modern world, durunvalo melchise, writes in his book “the ancient mystery of the flower of life”: "teachers who looked at the invisible realized that we, the earth, would achieve the spiritual unity and rise to a higher level of consciousness”4. so, global scientific and literary interpretations are worthy of the period of globalization. if the above interpretations partially meet such a requirement, we would consider ourselves lucky. in the poet's work, poetry and prose, time presents the status of an literary and philosophical concept. in the poem "time" the philosophy of time reveals itself in the form of the philosophy of the moment. consequently, the philosophy of the moment can be said to be a special manifestation of the philosophy of the entire time. time dimension in poetry has a global scale, a philosophical-esoteric essence, and a quantum physical basis. these factors being synthesized would turn the poem "time" into a timeless phenomenon, that is, it turns into an immortal literary phenomenon. conclusion the philosophy of literature is the alchemy of words. as alchemy is the conversion of ordinary metals into gold and silver, so is the creation of miracles from a simple word, a “miracle status” (navoi), is the alchemy of words. in the global scientific and literary interpretation, a subjective factor, that is, the prestige of the researcher increases, the participation becomes active. but this objective factor does not diminish the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org importance of the literary text in the slightest degree. the original literary text will always remain as a basis for global scientific-literary interpretation. for a full-pledged global scientific-literary interpretation to take place, the two factors the subjective, i.e. the researcher, and the objective, i.e. the text must be of the highest degree. if the researcher cannot handle the text or the analysis of the text is weak (actually there is no weak text, if it is weak, it is not text, and we use the word “text” because there is no other term) no matter how skilled the researcher is, he cannot go far. the expected result will not be achieved. since ancient times the global scientific and literary interpretation has long been known and existed as a concept, that is, a way of thinking and understanding, but it is of particular importance and actuality in the current globalization time of mankind. references 1. пэнто р., гравитц м. методы социалных наук. – с. 286. 2. якобсан р. работы по поэтике. м., 1987. – с. 166 . 3. ўзбек тилининг изоhли луғати. беш жилдлик. 4-жилд, тошкент: ўзбекистон миллий энциклопедияси, 2008. – б. 162. 4. золотое сечение. три взгляда на природу гармонии. – м.: стройиздат, 1990. – с. 133. 5. лотман ю.м. структура художественного текста. – м.: искусство, 1970. – с. 19. 6. новейший философский словар. постмодернизм. – минск: современный литератор, 2007. – с. 289. 7. абдурауф фитрат. танланган асарлар. 4-жилд. – тошкент: маънавият, 2006. – б. 60. 8. алишер навоий. тўла асарлар тўплами. ўн жилдлик. 9-жилд. – тошкент, ғафур ғулом нмиу, 2011. – б. 500. 9. фаридуддин аттор. тазкират ул-авлиё. ғафур ғулом нмиу, 2013 – б. 341. 10. мельхеседек д. древняя тайна цветка жизни. м.: ооо изд. “софия”, 2012. с.395. 11. чингиз айтматов, повести гор и степей, изд. “худ. лит”, м., 1971, с. 21. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org correctional work in the development of speech in preschool-aged children with musculoskeletal challenges soliyev ilhomjon sobirovich fsu, doctor of philosophy in pedagogical sciences (phd), associate professor isodullayeva iqboloy sodiqjonovna fsu, teacher of special pedagogy department of pre-school education department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the types of children's cerebral palsy, their causes, and speech exercises used to eliminate speech defects in them. cerebral palsy, etiology, dysarthria, complex exercises. introduction speech development is a complex and crucial aspect of a child's early years, playing a pivotal role in their overall cognitive and social growth. for preschool-aged children, the acquisition of effective communication skills lays the foundation for successful academic achievement and social integration. however, when musculoskeletal problems impede the normal progression of speech development, it becomes imperative to address these challenges comprehensively. this scientific article focuses on the vital role of correctional work in nurturing the speech development of preschool-aged children grappling with musculoskeletal issues. musculoskeletal problems in early childhood can manifest in various forms, affecting motor skills, coordination, and overall physical well-being. these challenges often have a cascading impact on the development of speech and language abilities, hindering the child's ability to express themselves and engage meaningfully with their environment. as researchers and practitioners delve deeper into the intricate relationship between musculoskeletal issues and speech development, the importance of targeted correctional interventions becomes increasingly apparent. understanding the interplay between motor skills, orofacial structures, and speech processes is essential for designing effective correctional strategies. early identification of musculoskeletal challenges in preschool-aged children allows for timely and targeted interventions, mitigating potential long-term consequences on their speech and language abilities. this article explores evidence-based practices, innovative therapeutic approaches, and the integration of multidisciplinary expertise to enhance the speech american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org development of children facing musculoskeletal hurdles during this critical phase of their lives. by shedding light on the nuances of correctional work in the context of speech development, this article aims to contribute to the growing body of knowledge in the fields of pediatric rehabilitation, speech-language pathology, and early childhood education. through a synthesis of empirical research, case studies, and practical insights, we endeavor to provide a comprehensive understanding of the challenges posed by musculoskeletal issues and the transformative potential of correctional interventions in fostering optimal speech outcomes for preschool-aged children. ultimately, the findings presented herein aspire to inform clinicians, educators, and researchers alike, fostering collaborative efforts to address the unique needs of this vulnerable population and promote inclusive and effective strategies for their speech development. children with various congenital and early-acquired diseases and injuries of the locomotor system have similar characteristics, and most complaints are focused on movement defects (disorders of body formation, developmental delay, limited movement in some parts of the body, etc.) some children with this pathology do not have mental deviations and do not require special educational measures. but all children with musculoskeletal disorders need special living conditions, education and specialized work conditions. cerebral palsy in children the combination of pathologies of fetal development with birth trauma is currently one of the most common causes of cerebral palsy in children. many children with musculoskeletal problems, especially children with cerebral palsy, have various speech defects. one of the most common speech disorders is called dysarthria. dysarthria is a speech disorder caused by damage to the central nervous system of speech (speech centers in the brain). dysarthria is characterized by the pronunciation of sounds and voice disorders due to paralysis of the muscles (muscles) of the speech organs as a result of organic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous system. children with dysarthric speech defects should be constantly worked on correcting their speech. because correctional work with a disabled child is the most pressing issue. exercises for speech organs. a complex of speech exercises is recommended at the first stage in order to develop, identify and strengthen the main movements of the speech organs. the main goal of speech exercises is to form a certain state for the correct movement of speech organs and the correct pronunciation of sounds. choosing the right exercises for the speech organs and forming them in the speech organs will have a good effect. in order to strengthen movement skills and perform them more perfectly, it is possible to perform speech exercises 4-5 times a day for 3-5 minutes. each exercise should be shown by the pedagogue himself. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 1. motionless exercises for the tongue. a) "birds" the mouth is wide open; the tongue is in its place in a calm state; b) "shovel" the mouth is open, widely relaxed, the tongue lies on the lower lips; s) "togoracha" the mouth is wide open. the front and side of the tongue rises, but does not touch the teeth; d) "spear" with its mouth open. pointed, long, tense, hard, the tongue is pushed forward; e) "tepach" open mouth. the tip of the tongue is pressed against the lower teeth. the middle of the tongue is raised and a "hill" is formed; f) "tarnovcha" open mouth. the tip of the tongue rises up and creates a "tarnovcha"; g) "mushroom" open mouth. it is absorbed by sticking the tongue to the palate. 2. movement exercises for the language. a) "clock" the mouth is slightly open; the lips are in a smiling position. the tip of the tongue moves alternately towards the corners of the mouth. b) "snake" mouth wide open. the tip of the tongue is extended and then the mouth is drawn inward. s) "argymchak" mouth open. tense, the tongue moves towards the upper and lower nose and chin or towards the upper and lower teeth; d) "football" the mouth is closed. the tongue hits the right and left lunges. e) "tooth cleaning" mouth closed. the tongue is moved between the lips and the teeth (on the gums). f) "painter" mouth open. the wide tip of the tongue is moved from the upper teeth to the soft palate. g) "sweet jam" mouth open. the upper lip is licked with the wide tip of the tongue and the tongue is taken inside the oral cavity. 3. lip exercises. a) "smile" the lips are kept in a smiling position. the teeth are not visible. b) "on the wall" upper and lower teeth are shown. lips in a smiling position. s) "tube"-lips protruding forward in the form of a long tube. d) "khartoumcha"-plastering of plastered lips. e) "hole kulcha" the teeth are stuck together; the lips are slightly stretched forward in the form of a hole kulcha. upper and lower teeth are visible. f) "rabbit"-teeth in clenched position. the upper lip is raised and the upper teeth are visible. these exercises are performed sequentially. during the preparatory period, the pedagogue or parent should choose some of the above exercises, i.e., only those exercises that are suitable for the correct formation of the incorrectly pronounced sound. rehabilitation work with children with cerebral palsy should be carried out in the family and in pre-school education institutions. the earlier the diagnosis is started, the more effective the treatment will be. treatment-correction-developing, rehabilitation work system is implemented on the basis of the complex work of a physiotherapist, a treating physical education specialist, a neuropathologist, a speech therapist and an oligophrenopedagogue. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org references 1. m. b. rizаshоvа. serebral fаlаj bоlаlаr bilаn kоrrеktsiоn-lоgоpеdik ish jаrаyonidа оtаоnа vа dеfеktоlоg hаmkоrligi. // vеstnik оshgu – оsh, 2008№5. 102-105 str 2. m.r.po‘latxo‘jayeva “defektologiyaning klinik asoslari”. o‘quv qo‘llanma. t.: tdpu – 2013. 3. l.r.mo’minova “bolalarni logopedik tekshirish va o’qitish”. t. 1992. 4. турсунова д., аминжонова м. олий таълим тизимига гендер ёндашувни татбиқ этишнинг мазмун-моҳияти //бюллетень студентов нового узбекистана. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 12. – с. 16-18. 5. soliyev i., olimjonova d. methodology for providing mathematical concepts for preschool children //international bulletin of applied science and technology. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 5. – с. 49-52. 6. hakimova m. k. theoritical and methodological bases of the nonproblems for the development of the mathematical thinking in preschool and initial training //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 4. – с. 356363. 7. sobirjonovich s. i. et al. mаktаbgаchа tа’lim muаssаsаlаri vа ulаrdа bolа tаrbiyаsining mаqsаd vа vаzifаlаri //barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 4. – с. 139-142. 8. isodullayeva i., maxammatova f. inklyuziv ta’lim-teng imkoniyatlar poydevoridir //центральноазиатский журнал образования и инноваций. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 12. – с. 198-199. 9. soliyev i., olamova m. maktabgacha yoshdagi bolalarga ta’lim berishda multemedia texnologiyalaridan foydalanishning samarali jihatlari //interpretation and researches. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 8. 10. soliyev i., xoshimova x. the role of logical issues in primary school mathematics lesson //international bulletin of applied science and technology. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 5. – с. 103-106. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org strategy for environmentally sustainable transport kuyliyev tulkin, associate professor, candidate of philosophy, tashkent state agrarian university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is known that today one of the most important features of modern transport policy is the requirement for transport to comply with the goals of sustainable development; the need to reduce its negative impact on the environment and public health is important on a global scale. these aspects are discussed in detail in this article. load, ecosystem, region, climate, has on nature, health, population, creation, strategy, ecology, relevance. introduction already, the countries of the region have fairly developed transport communications, a growing volume of passengers and cargo transportation. for example, only in uzbekistan the composition of the road vehicle fleet is larger. units cars, of which 82% are cars, 14% trucks and 4% buses. a similar trend of increasing the total number of rolling stock is observed in other countries in the region. 1. such a powerful load on the fragile ecosystem of the region in a hot climate has an extremely negative impact on natural ecosystems and public health and requires the creation of a holistic strategy for environmentally sustainable transport. in general, the relevance of developing such a unified strategy is caused by the following circumstances: 2. damage to the environment and human health from transport, as well as the need to reduce the impact of these factors in accordance with environmental objectives and maintain them within acceptable limits, especially with regard to atmospheric pollution, noise and greenhouse gas emissions; 3. the special situation that has developed in the central asian region, where transport routes of many countries intersect and where there is a high potential for increasing the volume of transport arrivals, especially transit ones. 4. a high level of external environmental and social costs, which are still not compensated by polluting modes of transport, which leads to disruptions in the transport market and weakens the competitiveness and environmental safety of modes of transport. 5. the urgent need to introduce the principle of sustainable development in transport, as well as the need to make transport environmentally friendly; 6. the climatic and geographical features of the region, the need to develop adaptation mechanisms to environmental conditions in the transport system; 7. the need to implement the decisions of the united nations conference on environment and development (unced), held in rio de janeiro in 1992, the un pan-european conference on human american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org settlements (habitat-2), held in istanbul and other decisions of international forums related to the field transport and ecology. over the last century, road, rail and air transport have transformed the face of our world. by facilitating an unprecedented increase in leisure and business travel and providing greater access to new goods and services, modern transport has improved people's mobility in many ways and made long-distance freight transport commonplace. in addition, modern transport contributes to the development of modern forms of recreation and leisure, as well as the expansion of trade. the transport industry itself has become one of the pillars of the modern economy. with the spread of road transport, as we said above, air pollution and noise pollution have increased, and other negative aspects of the impact on human health and the environment have appeared. despite the increasingly obvious environmental problems caused by the use of road transport, the growth of the global vehicle fleet and their mileage continues to increase at an unprecedented pace. given these dynamics, the expected growth in the consumption of transport services in the next decade will further aggravate current environmental problems and leave a very dubious legacy for future generations, since transport not only aggravates environmental problems, but also gives rise to them. it is therefore clear that the structural nature of passenger and freight transport is, in the long term, environmentally unsustainable. modern forms of transportation have changed the world in many ways. so that they do not completely disfigure it, thereby negating all the benefits that they have brought into our lives, it is necessary to change the existing trends in the consumption of transport services and make structural modifications to means of transport so that they ultimately do not threaten human health and state of the environment. environmentally sustainable transport (est). to ensure that transport in this century does not jeopardize the health and well-being of people, we must abandon traditional approaches and find qualitatively new solutions that combine software and technological aspects. many innovative proposals have already been put forward and much research is underway. but there is less and less time left. (on push sustainable transport in the countries of the central economic institute vienna: 2008. -20 p.) as unced's agenda 21 emphasizes, “sustainability” must be key to future transport development. the concept of “environmentally sustainable transport” implies the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in the transport sector of the economy. a sustainable transport system is a system in which: 1. generally accepted targets for human health and environmental quality are achieved (eg who targets for air pollutants and noise); 2. the integrity of ecosystems is not significantly threatened; 3. potential global phenomena such as climate change or ozone layer destruction are not aggravated [4]. strategic approaches to ensure environmentally sustainable transport are: 1. integrate the principles of sustainable development into transport policy, and establish common guidelines and principles for the transition to a sustainable transport system. 2. development and approval of environmental goals of standards for the transport system. 3. develop, disseminate and implement policy measures to support the transition to sustainable passenger and freight transport, including assessment of the environmental, economic and social impacts of transport programs and infrastructures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org these strategies must distinguish between reducing the demand for motorized transport, developing less polluting means and, finally, using innovative technologies. in addition, there is a need to promote increased public awareness regarding sustainable transport. in order to identify the most important preconditions for development and sustainable transport, it is necessary to: • simulate scenarios involving the adoption of various measures to reduce the negative impact of transport on the environment; • prepare a review and analysis of the past and current situation in the field of environment and transport, as well as in the field of environmental and transport policy; • provide a forward-looking overview of transport development up to 2020 and beyond, as well as its impact on the environment of the central asian region; • develop and model an environmentally sustainable transport scenario using key indicators developed by the oecd and unep. the president of the republic of uzbekistan islam karimov, during his visit to turkmenistan (october 19-20, 2010), particularly focused on the promising areas that open up for our countries in using the communication potential of the region, in the development of transport and communication corridors and energy routes, in expanding trade and economic relations in the region. in particular, they discussed the issue of developing a project for opening the transport corridor uzbekistan turkmenistan iran oman qatar and other countries of the persian gulf. in this context, the need to develop strategic approaches to ensure environmentally sustainable transport in the region becomes even more urgent. references 1. sh. mirziyoev. concept of environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030. october 30, 2019. 2. lukainin v.n., trofimenko yu.v. industrial-transport ecology.-m.: higher school.2001.-273p. 3. lukanin v.n., trofimenko yu.v., industrial and transport ecology, 2003 4. vasily konstantinovich novikov, elena ivanovna pavlova / ecology of transport. .-m.: 2020.437 p. 5. s. mamashokirov. fear or truth. t. 2010. 6. shadimetov yu. sh., airapetov d., niyazov h. increasing role of health care in activating the human factor // higher school november 2021 no. 21 p. 22-25. 7. vernadsky v.i. chemical structure of the earth's biosphere and its environment. m.: nauka, 1965. 377 p. 8. shadimetov yu.sh., airapetov d.a. actual issues of the strategy of environmentally sustainable transport // universum: technical sciences: electron. scientific magazine 2022. 9. matveeva e.v. ecological policy of the european union // vestnpk of the nizhny novgorod university pm. n.i. lobachevsky. 2010, k 6. s. 311-316. 10. mohammad s.a. formation of elements of international environmental management in the environmental policy of the european union. 2013, k 12. s. 37-39. 11. grant w., duncan m., newell p. the effectiveness of european union environmental policy. new york: st. martin's press, 2000. 231 p. 10. ohliger t. 12. environment policy: general principles and basic framework // european parliament. -2017. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 nov., 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 13. shadimetov yu.sh., airapetov d.a. topical issues of environmental education and upbringing // economics and society. 2022. no. 6 (97). 14. ramatov j., umarova r. evolution of railway construction development in uzbekistan: past and prospects // aip conference proceedings 2432, 030011 (2022); https://doi.org/10.1063/ 5.0090845 no access jun 16, 2022 15. ramatov j., umarova r. constructive and optimal solutions for the formation of a stable ecological situation in the aral sea region of uzbekistan// aip conference proceedings 2432, 030113 (2022); https://doi.org/ 10.1063/5.0091203. 16. tulkin, kuyliev. "ensuring regional security is the main criterion of the foreign policy of uzbekistan." european journal of life safety and stability (2022): 93-97. 17. kuyliev t., rakhmonberdieva n. b. analysis of global factors affecting spiritual outlook //science promotion. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 128-131. 18. t. kuyliev. features of the formation and development of ecological culture (social and philosophical analysis) – 1993. 19. tulkin, kuyliev.youth education – a factor of ensuring new independent sustainable development2023/10/31. https://doi.org/ https://doi.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org trigonometric equations abdullayev nurbek shukhrat ogli yoldoshev bekmirza shukhrat ogli matkurbanov ganjaboy botir ogli a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s trigonometric equations are mathematical expressions involving trigonometric functions like sine, cosine, and tangent. this book provides a comprehensive overview of trigonometric equations, covering various solution techniques and applications in mathematics and other disciplines. it offers clear explanations, examples, and exercises to help readers understand and master the concepts of solving trigonometric equations. trigonometric equations, trigonometric functions, sine, cosine, tangent, inverse trigonometric functions, identities, solutions, applications, graphical methods. introduction a trigonometric equation is an equation that involves one or more trigonometric functions, such as sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, secant, or cosecant. these equations can be solved for the variable, often representing an angle, within a specified domain. here are a few examples: 1. basic trigonometric equations: \(\sin(x) = 0.5\) \(\cos(x) = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\) \(\tan(x) = 1\) 2. equations involving multiple trigonometric functions: \(\sin(x) + \cos(x) = 1\) \(\tan(x) \cdot \cot(x) = 1\) 3. equations with squared functions: \(\sin^2(x) + \cos^2(x) = 1\) \(\sec^2(x) \tan^2(x) = 1\) 4. equations involving multiple angles: \(\sin(2x) = \cos(x)\) \(\cos(3x) = \frac{1}{2}\) 5. complex trigonometric equations: \(\sin(x) \cos(x) = \frac{1}{4}\) \(\cos^2(x) 3 \sin(x) = 2\) these equations are solved by using various methods, such as: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org using trigonometric identities: simplifying the equation using identities like \(\sin^2(x) + \cos^2(x) = 1\) or \(\tan(x) = \frac{\sin(x)}{\cos(x)}\). inverse trigonometric functions: applying the inverse functions to isolate the variable (e.g., \(x = \arcsin(0.5)\)). graphical methods: visualizing the functions on a graph to find the points of intersection. algebraic manipulation: rearranging the equation and solving for the variable using algebraic techniques. the goal is to find all possible solutions within the given domain, often considering the periodic nature of trigonometric functions. sure, let's delve deeper into trigonometric equations, their solutions, and methods for solving them. types of trigonometric equations 1. linear trigonometric equations: these are equations where the trigonometric function appears linearly. example: \(\sin(x) = 0.5\) 2. quadratic trigonometric equations: these involve the square of a trigonometric function. example: \(2\cos^2(x) 3\cos(x) + 1 = 0\) 3. multiple angle equations: these involve trigonometric functions of multiple angles. example: \(\sin(2x) = \cos(x)\) 4. sum and difference equations: these involve sums or differences of trigonometric functions. example: \(\sin(x) + \cos(x) = \frac{\sqrt{2}}{2}\) solving trigonometric equations 1. using identities: trigonometric identities can simplify complex equations. pythagorean identities: \[ \sin^2(x) + \cos^2(x) = 1\] \[1 + \tan^2(x) = \sec^2(x)\] \[ 1 + \cot^2(x) = \csc^2(x)\] angle sum and difference identities: \[ \sin(a \pm b) = \sin(a)\cos(b) \pm \cos(a)\sin(b)\] \[\cos(a \pm b) = \cos(a)\cos(b) \mp \sin(a)\sin(b)\] double angle identities: \[\sin(2x) = 2\sin(x)\cos(x)\] \[\cos(2x) = \cos^2(x) \sin^2(x)\] 2. using inverse trigonometric functions: to solve for \(x\), we can use inverse trigonometric functions. example: \(\sin(x) = 0.5\) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org \[x = \arcsin(0.5) \] the solutions are:\[ x = \frac{\pi}{6} + 2k\pi \quad \text{and} \quad x = \pi \frac{\pi}{6} + 2k\pi \] where \(k\) is any integer. 3. algebraic manipulation: rearranging and factoring the equation. example: solve \(2\cos^2(x) 3\cos(x) + 1 = 0\). \[ \text{let } y = \cos(x)\] \[2y^2 3y + 1 = 0\] factor the quadratic: \[(2y 1)(y 1) = 0\] so, \(y = \frac{1}{2}\) or \(y = 1\). hence, \(\cos(x) = \frac{1}{2}\) or \(\cos(x) = 1\). 4. graphical methods: plotting the functions to find intersections. example: to solve \(\sin(x) = 0.5\), plot \(y = \sin(x)\) and \(y = 0.5\) on the same graph. the \(x\)coordinates of the intersection points give the solutions. general solution form trigonometric functions are periodic, so solutions are often given in a general form. for \(\sin(x) = a\): \[x = \arcsin(a) + 2k\pi \quad \text{or} \quad x = \pi \arcsin(a) + 2k\pi\] where \(k\) is any integer. for \(\cos(x) = a\):\[x = \arccos(a) + 2k\pi \quad \text{or} \quad x = -\arccos(a) + 2k\pi\] where \(k\) is any integer. for \(\tan(x) = a\): \[x = \arctan(a) + k\pi\] where \(k\) is any integer. examples and solutions 1. example 1:solve \(\sin(x) = 0.5\). solutions: \[x = \frac{\pi}{6} + 2k\pi \quad \text{or} \quad x = \frac{5\pi}{6} + 2k\pi\] where \(k\) is any integer. 2. example 2: solve \(\tan(x) = \sqrt{3}\). solutions: \[ x = \frac{\pi}{3} + k\pi\] where \(k\) is any integer. 3. example 3: solve \(\cos(2x) = -1\). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org solutions: \[2x = \pi + 2k\pi\] \[x = \frac{\pi}{2} + k\pi\] where \(k\) is any integer. by applying these methods and principles, you can solve a wide range of trigonometric equations. references 1. "trigonometry" by michael sullivan 2. "precalculus: mathematics for calculus" by james stewart, lothar redlin, and saleem watson 3. "trigonometry for dummies" by mary jane sterling 4. "trigonometry workbook for dummies" by mary jane sterling 5. "algebra and trigonometry" by ron larson 6. "trigonometry" by cynthia y. young american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org about the names of public catering establishments in the city of karshi baymatova barchinoy gulmurodovna, independent researcher of karshi branch of tashkent university of information technologies, academic lyceum teacher of karshi branch of tashkent university of information technologies., uzbekistan e-mail: barchinoyxon1981@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the analysis of the names of catering establishments in the city of karshi. in the uzbek language, it is recommended to use the term "canteen" as an alternative term to "general dining establishment". in the article, the relation of the names of the restaurants to their own and adopted layers, the role of the onomastic and appellative lexicon in the motive of their appearance, etc. have been studied. in addition, the importance of differentiating the analyzed onomastic units according to their statistical, genetic and semantic characteristics is revealed on the basis of clear evidence. names of catering establishments, onomastics, uzbek language, dictionary, term, vocabulary, ergonym. introduction onomastics is a separate system of linguistics, in which the proper nouns aimed at identification and study have a regular "ironic" meaning. these events have their own interpretation in connection with the past (history), modernity and future of the language. the lexicon has a variable character, and this phenomenon arises from the ability to adapt the formal and spiritual aspects of these level units to the nature of the members of the society to which it applies more quickly than the neighboring level units. this aspect of them can be observed both in the onomastic lexicon and in the appellative lexicon. unlike the appellative lexicon, onomastics appears as a field that studies the origin, change and gradual development of common names. in particular, the role of ergonoms among onomastic macroscales is considered special, especially the activation of special names given to organizations, institutions, enterprises, corporations, companies, stores, offices, societies, associations, etc. is attracting attention. for example, in russian linguistics, in the article of g.n. starikova, hoang txi hong chang, trophonyms (restaurant onyms) were studied as a special type of ergonims and analyzed based on the names of public catering establishments in moscow [1: 7]. k.v. ovsyannikova specially studies the names of public catering establishments on the example of voronezh and moscow and makes a comparative analysis. also, paying attention to the purposeful setting of names in public catering establishments, it determines their functional saturation with information, separate classification according to their character, and shows their statistics [2: 191]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org it seems that russian linguists express the names of public catering establishments with the terms restoronym and trophonem. in uzbek linguistics, in our observations, the use of a special term to name them was not noticed. ii. literature review the term trophonym, as russian linguists themselves noted [1: 3], has a misleading character as it performs a polyfunctional task in naming an object. because this term, in addition to indicating the name of public catering establishments, also represents the names of food in the language. this, in turn, limits the possibility of using terms only in a certain sense. in russian linguistics, the terms restoronym and trophonym can be taken for granted in terms of their active use in the special naming of an object. however, they do not have the characteristic of motivation in the uzbek language. accordingly, in uzbek linguistics, it is possible to form a term for the name of public catering establishments based on the national nature of the language and by specializing a certain word. in the explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language, the word "yemakxona" means "a place to eat, a room; kitchen" [3: 9]. it seems that this word is not used to refer to the general name of catering establishments: choyxona (teahouse), oshxona (kitchen), kafe (café). what is important is the ability to form the concept of "a place of any type of catering establishments" in the imagination of the speakers of this language. of course, it is natural that the context determines the possibility of its use. yemakxona is a compound word in uzbek, and its first component is shown as a homonym in the "explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language": yemak i yegulik thing; food, dish. kechki yemakka chaqa topish uchun zaruriyat sezdi. oybek, tanlangan asarlar. uyda yemakka bir qisim jo‘gari [jo‘xori] qolmadi. s. siyoyev, yorug‘lik. yemak ii esk. ayn. yemoq. xizmat tugalayozgandan keyin o‘zining sovib qolgan oshini yemak uchun oftob oyimlar yoniga o‘tirdi. a.qodiriy, o‘tgan kunlar [3: 9]. [he felt the need to find something for dinner. (oybek, tanlangan asarlar.) there wasn't even a grain of corn left in the house to eat. s. siyoyev, light. yemak ii exact to eat at the end of the service, sun sat down next to the women to eat his cold soup. a. qadiri, o‘tgan kunlar (days gone by)]. it can be seen that this word is also significant in that the historical form of the present-day verb yemoq (eat) has been preserved. there is also a variant of this word yemekhane in turkish, which is used in the sense of kitchen, dining hall. more often, it is accepted as a common name in educational institutions and catering establishments in factories. in the azerbaijani language, this concept is expressed in the form of yemək zalı (a dining hall). therefore, the use of the word yemakxona (canteen) as a term representing the general name of public catering establishments can be beneficial both for the modern uzbek literary language and in terms of the scale of the national turkish language. iii. analysis the general name of catering establishments exists in the lexicon of the uzbek language as a specific entity, and its ergonims (names of organization, institution, enterprise) are separate within themselves as a specific lexical thematic group (ltg) of proper nouns. divided into lexical groups. more precisely, according to the category of activity, teahouses, kitchens, cafes, restaurants and fast-food centers are american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org among them. the lexeme of choyxona (a teahouse) is a unit of active consumption among them, and the special name given to them can be said to be closely connected with the national mentality, way of life, history and traditions of the people living here. the definitions given to the words teahouse and kitchen in the "explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language" are unique, and the lexeme teahouse means "a public place where you drink tea, have a meal, and relax; samovar, samovarkhana" [4: 504], and kitchen lexeme 1 "a special room or building adapted for cooking; 2 general catering establishment" [7, 174] has the meaning. it seems that although there is a commonality in their archiseme, there are differential semes that distinguish the semes of two lexemes. the distinction between them is based on the existing scheme of "recreation" in the first, and "more industrial enterprises, institutions, constructions, educational institutions are organized in the second". naturally, the onomastic system of the uzbek language is considered a unique whole, and among the macro scale of the system, ergonims also participate as a specific group. in terms of structure, ergonomic units are special names given to organizations, institutions, companies, enterprises, shops, societies, corporations, offices, associations, etc. in onomastics. as a result of the acceleration of the process of urbanization in society and the globalization of international cultures, the traditional stereotypes for naming shops, educational centers, hotels, medical facilities, cinemas, restaurants, stadiums, etc. have been broken, and a new approach to naming has emerged. this has put a number of tasks in front of linguists in order to preserve the purity of the language and its nature in relation to naming. among these are the semantic features of catering establishments nominations, motivational character, nominations rising to toponymy, nominations naming objects created by humans, motivated toponyms, nominations naming natural objects, motivated toponyms, nominations elevated to anthroponyms, general characteristics of the nomination of motivated anthroponyms, motivated precedent; the nomination of anthroponyms, the nomination of precedent names motivated by a definite denotation, the nomination of precedent names motivated by vague denotations, etc. can be cited. accordingly, the process of naming in accordance with the relations of the market economy has gained special importance and has led to the establishment of naming services. as a result, this phenomenon has become a promising field for both society and the field of marketing. iv. discussion ergonym was first used as a special unit (term) in linguistics in the dictionary published in 1979 by n.v. podolskaya. the well-known linguist scientist e. begmatov included ergonyms among onomastic units such as anthroponym, zoonym, oronym, oikonym, toponym, hydronym, ethnonym [5: 37]. in general, it is of particular importance to study the names of catering establishments in the onomastic system of the current uzbek literary language. the use of the term restaurant as the name of public catering establishments is not a new phenomenon for the speakers of the language. the use of the term from the point of view of linguistics has its own positive significance in terms of the unity of the uzbek language, as well as in terms of historical-etymological and modernity within the framework of turkic languages. also, the names of catering establishments in the onomastics system are of scientific importance for separate research. in appendix 2 of the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 75 "on approval of the rules of retail trade in the republic of uzbekistan and the rules of production and sale american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org of catering products (services) in the republic of uzbekistan" there are rules for the production and sale of food products (services). in the "general provisions" section of this resolution, restaurants, dining cars, bars, cafes, seasonal cafes, cafeterias, kitchens, tea rooms, buffets, and small kitchens are defined as types of catering establishments. in it, "a kitchen is an enterprise that provides consumers with breakfast, lunch and dinner. canteens are divided into canteens at industrial enterprises, institutions, buildings, educational institutions, etc., which are used in general, according to their location and the customers they serve. various complex lunches, breakfasts, and dinners are organized mainly on days of the week in the canteens of production enterprises, educational institutions, and institutions. they use methods of selfservice and putting complex meals on the tables in advance" [3: 9]. also, "a teahouse is an enterprise where serving tea in teapots is the main type of service. in addition, teahouses can have various sweets, national sweets, pastries, bread products and other buffet products" [6]. these definitions, of course, are specific to the text of the official document and complement the meanings in the "annotated dictionary of the uzbek language" in their own way. o. shukurov, while studying the modern acquisitions of the uzbek language in a special plan, analyzed the fact that the nomination of ergonims is a complex process as a result of the researches of k. v. ovsyannikova. it is noted that in the comparative-statistical analysis, names in moscow are less saturated with information than names in voronezh. also, most names of catering establishments in moscow have a positive rating of no more than 60-65 percent based on the principle of "attractiveness". in voronezh, the rate of such nominations exceeds 80 percent [8: 100]. 1 as a result of the naming process, there are national onomastic units that enter the speech, which are quickly becoming popular among the speakers of our language due to their elegance and beauty. among them are poreonim (names of vehicles), georonyms (names of events), phaleronyms (names of awards, incentives), ergonims (names of association, organization, institution, corporation, society, shop, office), artionim (art the names of works) and pragmatonyms (names of goods: perfumes, chocolate products), hemeronyms (names of mass media: names of newspapers, magazines, television or radio programs) are clear and obvious. nevertheless, the ratio of reflection of neim neologisms in the crosssection of industries can be determined depending on the ability of social networks to accept innovations. v. conclusion in conclusion, the study of the names of public catering establishments at the vocabulary level of the language is relevant, and it is appropriate to use the term yemakxona (dining room) in their study. linguistic use of the term will have its own positive significance in terms of the unity of the uzbek language, as well as in terms of the historical-etymological and modernity approach within the framework of turkic languages. the onomastic system of the city of karshi is also a colorful and extensive whole, and among its constituents, the names of restaurants have a unique nominative and functional significance. the onomastic lexicon, which is interpreted as the name of the restaurant, can be understood as the nouns used for oshxona, choyxona, to‘yxona, restoran, kafe, fast-fud markazlari (kitchens, teahouses, wedding halls, restaurants, cafes, and fast-food centers). of course, restaurant names are more prone to 1 шукуров о.у. ўзбек тили замонавий ўзлашмаларининг эволюцияси, трансформацияси ва лексикографик талқини масалалари (мустақиллик даври): филол. фан. док. (dsc) ... дисс. – қарши: 2022. –б. 100. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org change than cosmonyms, phytonyms, and ethnonyms, and are affected by the purposeful intervention of community members. about 200 onomastic units of restaurant names of karshi city were studied on the "google" map, which works on the basis of the internet system. although the units displayed on the online map have a regularly changing form, the names chosen as public catering establishments can serve as a unique research material for drawing conclusions about today's interpretation. analyzing the names, they are names belonging to the own and derived layers, names with onomastic and appellative lexicon as the nominative base; names expressed in uzbek or other languages; oneword or multi-word (compound) names; names that are specific according to what type of object they refer to; functionally purposeful, near-purposeful and non-purposeful names given to the object, as well as differ according to their statistical, genetic and semantic properties. for example, out of 173 eateries in the onomastic system of the city of karshi on the google map, 79 restaurants, 28 teahouses, 10 wedding halls, 41 cafes, 7 burger centers, 2 fish centers, and 6 ice cream parlors have been identified. 98 of them are one-word names, 75 are two or more words. we pay attention to the analysis of some onomastic units that are the basis for the emergence of restaurant names. among them, abdukarim, bahadir hafizakhan, azizbek, umida, ismigul, gavhar, dilshodbek, etc. are named after a person, al-madina, nasaf, dubai, versailles, new york, andijan, karshi, etc. etc. are related to the name of the famous architectural monuments, the name of the settlement kamandi (oykonim), the name of the mittituman in the area of paxtazor city. in addition, for the names of restaurants, similar nouns such as ustoz, asr, bahor, iqbol, yog‘du, dunyo, mehmon, havas, chinor, nigoh, baraka, tantana, shabnam (teacher, century, spring, felicity, rain, world, guest, passion, maple, look, blessing, celebration, dew) including animal names such as ohu, karp, baliq (duiker, carp, fish) names of fruits such as kish-mish, limon (quiche, lemon) as well as adjectives such as mumtoz, shinam, shohona, dilkusho (sherin/shirin) (classic, cozy, royal, lovely (sweet)) were chosen. it is important that only a few names of uzbek dishes, such as lag‘mon, osh, tabaka, shashlik, cheburek (lagmon, soup, tabaka, shashlik, cheburek) were taken as restaurant names. so, the names of restaurants in the city of karshi are made up of colorful and unique onomastic units. they can be studied on the basis of own and acquired layers, the role of onomastic and appellative lexicon in the motive of emergence. also, the different study of such names according to their statistical, genetic and semantic characteristics can be the basis for determining the processes taking place within the units of the onomastic system and drawing certain conclusions. references 1. старикова г. н., хоанг тхи х.ч. 2017. трофонимы (ресторонимы) как особый тип эргонимов (на материале имен заведений общественного питания москвы) // вестн. том. гос. ун-та. филология. №47. –c. 120. 2. овсянникова к. в. 2016. особенности номинации предприятий общественного питания (на примере коммерческих названий г. воронежа и г. москвы): дисс. … канд. филол. наук. – воронеж. –c. 135. 3. ўзбек тилининг изоҳли луғати. 2020. тузатилган 2-нашри. v жилдли. ii жилд. – тошкент: ўзбекистон нашриёти. – 672 б. 4. ўзбек тилининг изоҳли луғати. 2020. тузатилган 2-нашри. v жилдли. iv жилд. – тошкент: ўзбекистон нашриёти. – 608 б. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org 5. бегматов э. ўзбек тили антропонимикаси. –тошкент: фан, 2013. –б. 37. 6. “ўзбекистон республикасида чакана савдо қоидаларини ҳамда ўзбекистон республикасида умумий овқатланиш маҳсулотларини (хизматларини) ишлаб чиқариш ва сотиш қоидаларини тасдиқлаш тўғрисида”ги 75-сон қарори. 13.02.2003. 7. ўзбек тилининг изоҳли луғати. 2020. тузатилган 2-нашри. v жилдли. iii жилд. – тошкент: ўзбекистон нашриёти. – 688 б. 8. шукуров о.у. ўзбек тили замонавий ўзлашмаларининг эволюцияси, трансформацияси ва лексикографик талқини масалалари (мустақиллик даври): филол. фан. док. (dsc) ... дисс. – қарши: 2022. – 255 б. 9. magdalena ngongo, akhmedova mehrinigor. a systemic functional linguistic analysis of clauses relationship in luke gospel text, janji baru using kupang malay. studies in media and communication journal. vol.11, 2023. p. 33-40. 10. fitria nur hasanah, rahmania sri untari, shofiyah al idrus, and akhmedova mehrinigor bahodirovna. excel in critical and creative thinking in object-oriented programming. h. ku et al. (eds.): icarse 2022, assehr 748, 2023. p. 301–305. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org the symbolism of obochi (day) in ikwerre traditional religion: a legacy of lived experience of pentecostalism in contemporary nigeria rowland olumati (ph.d) department of religious and cultural studies, faculty of humanities, university of port harcourt, choba, rivers state, nigeria. email: olumatirowland01@yahoo.com, +2348033399247 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s man is a cultural being, homo-symbolicus, which in essence means that he is a symbol-using animal. indeed, his capacity to symbolize is often proposed as a criterion placing him apart from the beasts. language may be the most important kind of symbolization, but it is not the only one. it has been said that religion may be viewed as a vast symbolic system, as indeed and it is to this possibility that this paper tries to address. like metaphors, symbols typify or represent or recall something by possession of analogous qualities or by association in fact or thought. but there is no universal meaning that any single motif may be said to symbolize, the jungian notion of archetypes notwithstanding. symbols and what they signify are above all culturally constructed and culturally bound. one culture’s symbolic analogy is another culture’s puzzle. the work x-rays the symbolism of obochi (day) in ikwerre traditional religion: a legacy of lived experience of pentecostalism in contemporary nigeria. ikwerre is located at north eastern niger delta of nigeria. the majority of the african people including ikwerre believe in african traditional religion (atr). this atr is the all-pervasive determinant of the people’s life and culture. it is part and parcel of the cultural heritage of the people and determines the spontaneous and subconscious reactions of the people and their interpretation of reality. the methodology adopted in this work is hermeneutic and descriptive phenomenological method of investigation. therefore, the work recommends that the dominant culture should not swallow up the minor cultures, therefore, the minor culture should be allowed to stay. symbolism, ikwerre, day, cultural heritage and pentecostalism introduction among the ikwerre, like many other traditional societies in africa and nigeria in particular, days are symbolically very important especially in religious context. the ikwerre people believe in the supreme american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org being whom they identify by the name “chiokike”, the creator. this great being is thought to be the mind behind the existence of the visible and invisible world and controls the activities within each of the spheres. also, ikwerre’s conceive their world in two dimensions viz, the visible world and the invisible world but man is at the center. within the visible world, people conduct their activities and at death when they become spirits, the plan of action is shifted to the invisible made up of the supreme being, the divinities and the ancestors. the people also believe that from this invisible world of the spirit being, the ancestors intervene with their human families. from there too, they come back to life as infants in a process known as reincarnation. within this-cyclic process, we see that the people believe that life is a continuous process. in this, we come face to face with a reasonable belief in real life without end. africa has erroneously been described as the dark continent by her detractors, thus perceived as having no history, culture or civilization. prior to the coming of the europeans to africa for trade, evangelization and colonization, it is known that africans have their ways of life embedded in their language and culture. they developed their arts such as the sculptures of the nok, the beautiful bronze works of benin, the igbo ukwu and other arts works found among the various ethnic nationalities that make up today’s nigeria. not only were africans making progress in arts, they also strengthened their grip on communicating their values through oral tradition – a system whereby through word of mouth the social, political, economic and cultural heritage of the people is communicated (obuba, n. 1997:34). abner cohen (1974:26) defines symbols as objects, acts, relationships or linguistic formations that stand ambiguously for a multiplicity of meaning. this definition tries to indicate that there are different symbolic forms and that it is possible for one symbolic form to be given several interpretations and these interpretations could be given at different levels depending upon the level of interpreter’s consciousness and intelligence michael molloy (2002:8) expressed that symbol is something fairly concrete, ordinary and universal that can represent and help human beings intensely experience something of greater complexity. onigu otite (1979:33), sees symbols as “agents that are impregnated with messages and with invitation to conform and to act”. thus, when symbols are decoded in their social and cultural context they are found to have both cognitive and emotional meanings. for instance, the axe or the meteorite stones found in most of the cults of god and solar divinities in west africa convey the meaning and idea about the wrath of god and they also signify the purity of god and his impartial justice. in essence, such symbolic forms inwardly remind and urge the devotee, especially the cruel and the savage, to lead a pure and honest life in order to avoid the wrath of god. they likewise urge the believer to guard against falsehood when it comes to the question of settling disputes in any shrine that houses such symbols. charles morris (1945:65) described symbol as a sign that is produced by interpreter and acts as a substitute for some other signs for which it is synonymous, and he gave the example of wearing of black dress by a widow or some other bereaved person as being a symbol or some other signs or mourning such as weeping. radcliffe brown (1952:143), expressed symbol as whatever that has meaning and the meaning is what is expressed by the symbol. for example eagle feather is a symbol and symbolizes royalty and dignity. carl gustav jung (1979:20) observed symbol as a term, a name or even a picture that may be familiar in daily life, yet possesses specific connotations in addition to its conventional and obvious meaning. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org it implies something vague, unknown or hidden from us. thus a word or an image is symbolic when it implies something more than its obvious and immediate meaning. it has a wider unconscious aspect that is never precisely defined or fully explained. nor can one hope to define or explain it. ejizu (1990:1), states that a symbol is “a thing recognized as normally typifying, representing or recalling something of great practical importance, by possession of analogous qualities or by association in fact or thought”. from this definition any object or thing that is representing something of importance is a symbol to that particular people for instance palm fronds, red fabric etc. iheanacho cited in wotogbe-weneka (2005:99) expressed that all religions have various means of communicating its beliefs and practices to its members, in such a way that they understand vividly. this can be concrete, verbal or expressive action, which are symbolic in nature. he further stressed that symbols are indeed complement of religious communication and practice. wotogbe-weneka, w. o. (2009:90) described symbol as a sign, number, letter, etc that has a fixed meaning, especially in science, mathematics and music. from this, it will not be over statement to say that symbols are representative concepts, objects, ideals, or images which express and signify something else, other than that which is perceived or observed in reality. thus, symbols are mediums or channels, which act on-behalf of other things. michael cox (1983:17) describes the outcome of this experience as “brief transforming sensation, shattering moment of vision, which can transfigure and elevate, however fleetingly, the most ordinary human life”. alfred north whitehead (1974:127) describes religious symbol as “the outward and visible sign of an inward and spiritual grace. this primary expression mainly clothes itself in the media of action and words, but partly in art”. but then, the way an experienced person expresses his perception of the sacred in symbols could he fallible contrary to direct experience of the holy which is infallible, that is why he further stressed that direct experience is infallible. what you have experienced you have experienced. but symbolism is very fallible in the sense that it may induce actions, feelings, emotions and beliefs about things which are mere notions – without exemplification in the world which the symbolism leads us to assume. raymond firth (1973:15), explained that in a symbol there is concealment and revelation and that the essence of symbolism lies in the recognition of one thing as standing or representing another, the relationship between them normally being that of concrete to abstract, particular to general. thus, this implies that symbols could actually convey information to the people in the communities or society. according to idowu, e.b. (1973:73), the fact about the use of material is that to the africans, the material has no meaning apart from the spiritual that informs the material and gives it whatever quality and meaning it has. the material can therefore, only be, at best, technically a symbol. it is the divine entity that is represented by the material object to which worship is rendered. the material symbol can rot away, becomes destroyed, carried away, and can even be replaced, but not so with the divine being. symbols may change. deity or his ministers remain. idowu further explains that a symbol is not an end in itself but a means to an end. as its function is symbolic, it has meaning beyond itself. the main purpose of such a symbol is to aid men’s perception, concentration, and to be constant reminder of the divine presence. this has been age-long in the history of religion. thus, a religion is not necessarily idolatry simply because it uses material representations. yet, there is a sense in which danger to religion and religious men’s mind in its weakness. the danger american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org is where it is exploited by priest craft, to easily ignore the delicate line of demarcation between the reality represented and what is primarily only a symbol. phenomenology of obochi (day) in ikwerre in time perspective the ikwerre are traditionally conscious of the importance of day and also time in their traditional religious worship. anyone in a distance would not appreciate the symbolic importance attached to days in ikwerre traditional religious life. as the christians have symbolic regard for ecclesiastical seasons, sabbath day (saturday) and sunday, so do the adherents of ikwerre traditional religious regard the ikwerre days especially the first four days (properly regarded as ikwerre market days) which similarly in igbo culture, onwuejiogwu in his nri study, discovered as alusi – divinities sent to eze nri by chukwu. in ikwerre religious activities, each day is symbolic in the sense that every divinity has its own specific day of worship. no two divinities of different identity and name share the same day of worship. in the same vein, periods (time) of worship is also symbolic. worship which is sacred and significant is handled with sacred care to the extent that not every time is considered suitable enough for entering into the shrine of any divinity especially the highly regarded ones such as the ali., owumini, rukani, etc. owhor which is a very important symbolic instrument of both political, cultural and religious authority has much to do with the iwhuruoha/ikwerre day. owhor has ekne as its sacred day. the okpara of any family or kindred, performs special worship on the ekne. today is ekne god’s day day of creation day of peace/harmony day of procreation day of increase in wealth eberi day is very symbolic. it is the day ali deity is worshipped. ali which is the principal and ethnical deity within the ikwerre pantheon is worshipped and highly regarded on eberi market day. all the ali deity wherever found in ikwerre land is worshipped on eberi day. on eberi day, adherents of ali do not go to work. it is a day of rest. it is a day of full worship. the premises of ali are cleaned the previous evening, and in the morning of eberi all adherents would assemble there for worship. the priest of ali pronounces as it were the absolution on the people. raigbo is said to be the bead of the ikwerre day and symbolic of all ikwerre activities. it symbolizes period of events among the ikwerre. many important markets in many ikwerre areas hold of afo day. afo examined otherwise means afo year, afo stomach. in effect, when it is said that owu afo nnem, it means he/she is the same mother with me and such symbolizes deep and special relationship. on ekne bu mbum eke, new yam is eaten and which must be harvested on nkwo day. it is regarded as new year day and the people begin to calculate the cultural as well as religious calendar year from that mbum eke, is a day of calm reflections to the ledmen. eke is perhaps from ekne keru uwa, meaning innate or eke destiny. in ikwerre, the actions of certain domestic animals were considered forbidden. they included goats or dogs copulating at night, cocks crowing between 7.00 pm and 12.00 midnights, hens laying and hatching just one egg (wotogbe-weneka, 1990:65). when any of these acts occur, it is believed that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the ‘bond’ uniting man and divinities is broken. to restore the relationship and avert any resulting calamity in the society, myriads of sacrifices were offered by the offender or his relations. the people held certain periods of the day, certain days of the week, and certain seasons of the year, with a high sense of sacredness. 12.00 mid-day and mid-night were believed to be the times when evil and good spirits met. such periods were observed with some alertness. 3.00 am in the night was believed to be the period when the soul/spirit of a dying person departs the body to join the spirit world (wotogbe-weneka, 2009) avers. as pointed out earlier, riagbo and ekne are regarded as sacred days. they are days when ali and other divinities stay near the human abode to receive their sacrifices. exhausting farm work like clearing of farmlands, planting of yams or cassava, were not allowed on these days. defaulters were believed to meet one form of mishap or the other. on such days, the people stayed at home, did some minor jobs, visited friends and made some feasts. death on such days was and is still regarded as a bad one and the corpse may not be buried until the people ascertained the will of the ancestors and ali through divination. interment of any corpse on such days was forbidden until very late that evening. generally, the periods of the year when the people meet to offer special sacrifices to ali are always held with sacredness. during such periods, people stay at home with reverence to ali. children born within such periods were given such names as “wali (received from the benevolence of the great goddess). the observance of such days was believed to give good fortunes to the natives. also in ikwerre, other natural phenomena follow this sequential order as decreed by the supreme being. hence, the rising and setting of the sun, the waxing and waning of the moon, the ebb and rise of the tide, the day break and night, etc., follow this cyclic order. an interesting question for which our readers would want us supply the answer is — for how long shall this cycle of man or reincarnation process continue? it is not true to state that while man is on earth he knows the date of his physical death or transition. research on the children of the deceased has always indicated that the death of their father was a surprise. those who attempt to state that their father knew precisely the time when he would pass away; further interrogation on them has also indicated that it was an empty declaration to show or impress the world that their father was a super man. it is possible for man to know that his earthly mission is drawing close either through dreams, inspiration, old age or so, but the precise time remains a mystery of privilege known only by his creator. to borrow the word of jesus christ, “it is not for man to know when god has declared his own time. this “mysterious time”, as it remains a mystery in the physical so it is in the spiritual. as it is above so it is below. elders in ikwerre communities are usually those with high integrity, honesty, great knowledge and extraordinary wisdom in laws and customs of the land, acquired through their long experience in life. as a result of this, the heads of the various sections of each community are expected to be upright, law-abiding, god-fearing, humble, loyal and sacrosanct to the society in which they oversee. with these qualities, peace, unity as well as living a harmonious with one another could be unleashed thereby contributing immensely to the development of the ikwerreland and the society at large. consequently, the elders of ikwerre land are seen as intermediaries between the living and the dead. these community elders are also seen as representatives of land (ali) who among other duties, should avoid forbidden things in order to keep the society in its true perfect state. consequently every injunction from them was treated with reverence, because non-compliance might be accompanied with disaster. a good example is the akpor council of chiefs whose meeting holds every riagbo (a holy day in some of ikwerre communities). in the akpor council of chiefs sitting very riagbo day, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org complicated cases could be treated and at the end of the ruling the people are satisfied with the kind of judgment rendered to them. the akpor council of chiefs in akpor kingdom is a known political body in the ikwerre ethnic nationality whose fame has spread to the entire ikwerreland and beyond. this particular body comprises of various owhor holders in the ten communities of the akpor kingdom starting from ozuoba the father, rumuoparali the first son down to rumuolumeni. the head of the council is the enyewe ali akpor (king) who of course could be seen as the chief judge of the ruling council. this political institution is highly respected by the people as they oversee the custom and tradition of the akpor kingdom and the ikwerre society in general. this kind of political institution could also be found in other kingdoms of ikwerre ethnic group. the ikwerre according to olumati, r. (2014), are traditionally village people with a social system comprising of clans and villages. within such set up is the family, and also the kindreds. in such environment too, nature manifests its importance in natural settings. among such natural settings are the days, time and numbers. to grasp their importance, recourse to the traditional or indigenous lifestyle becomes basic and imperative. through this process, we have discovered that the value the ikwerre have for the days, time and number is not a borrowed idea from any other foreign culture. in their world view which is both cosmological and ontological, periods such as day and time and the phenomena of number are sacred because they are related and involved in the activities of the human and the spiritual forces which they acknowledge. the people strongly believe that the four market days are from chiokike. and the belief of the people in the supreme being and the divinities create room for rituals, sacrifices, festivals and what have you. the ceremonies with their rituals are performed on selected days, and times (hours) and materials involved are in numbers. in this way their symbology becomes clearly manifested. in ikwerre traditional religious practices, ceremonial days are set aside and made sacred, the time is set aside and hallowed too. again, the kolanut (aji), the gunshots, the animals, the birds are ritually and sacredly numbered. traditional festivals and ceremonies are not fixed without recourse to the ‘weight’ of the day(s) to be used. the festivals and ceremonies are matched with the relevant ‘symbolic days’. even during intervillage wars, sacred days were respected. binding on all to accord respect to the raigbo day, fighting in such a day raigbo amounts to sacrilege. that is, defilement of the earth goddess or breaking of the traditional customary norm. as i had earlier mentioned in one of my papers on kolanut symbology, there are four major days in ikwerre. divinity in ikwerre society has its special or sacred day. such a day is equally sacred and symbolic to the village or town that worships god through such a divinity. it is in this regard that among the ogbakiri of rivers state, the nyekwu divinity by which wezina is termed “ali wezina, nkkwo is so sacred that the wesina stream is never cropped nor water collected from it on the raigbo and nobody would enter the wesina bush on such a day, this is a remembrance for ekenta the founder of wezina. in all the communities of the ikwerre that we visited, we discovered that each community has its sacred day when its major market holds. again, the divinity of each community has its own day when it is worshipped. such days are so symbolically sacred that the people regard it as ‘holy days’ and days of rest. ekne is symbolic to adherents of the ali divinity. according to john worlu, ali divinity was created by chiokike on raigbo/ekne day. to him, raigbo is symbolic as an important day of creation. another informant, orji njoku informed us that raigbo is so symbolic and significant to the ikwerre american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org that is can be regarded as ‘sabbath day’ of the ali and other related divinities. that is why ekne/raigbo day is very sacred. all devoted adherents of ali observe it as a day of rest. there are five basic days: raigbo, snaragbo, eberi, mmakara and nnim. it is within these days that the ikwerre markets have their operational periods of function. every autonomous ikwerre community has its major day and it is on such symbolic day that the big market of such community would hold. it is in these circumstances that omerelu has otu omerelu market which holds every day that has raigbo as its most important day of holding. on such a day, the market would hold in full with ceremonies. in some ikwerre areas, any sunday that falls on the big market day is a special day. it is regarded as a feast day. there is always exchange of visits. it is styled church eke. (eke day sunday). many communities in the southern ikwerre cultural area are involved in such symbolic days. the symbolism of day is also realized in the fact that various divinities have their special days of worship. for instance in the akpor area, anwinigbo divinity is worshipped on raigbo, conclusion it is important to note however that the symbolism attached to a certain number varies from one locality to the other, while some are a reflection of their market days others are greeting patterns. the most common of such symbolic numbers include 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 10. for instance, among the ikwerre people, the number 4 (ano), a holy day known as riagbo and 8 (asata), a day in ikwerre known as nnim are important figures. the traditional ikwerre greeting is forefold, while most market days are either held every four days or eight days. in some parts of ikwerre land, local market days are believed to be 4 (ano), while in others, it is believed to be 5 (ise) also known as asaragbo in the ikwerre calendar. the number one (itu) is believed to be a cardinal numeral in the indigenous thought form of the ikwerre people. this is because of its primal position as a pivot on which other figures or numerals ride. thus, the traditional belief of the people that the worst thief is he who steals anything that remains one. this number also falls under the first day (eberi) on the ikwerre calendar. riagbo in most ikwerre communities is termed a holy day because on this day, no one is expected to carry out any farming activities like clearing of the farmland, burning, ploughing, planting or weeding. the only activities that could be carried out on a riagbo day is harvesting which is done in the early hours of the day. other activities include the gathering of the owhor holders, selling and buying at the market place. example of communities in ikwerre that observe raigbo is found in the akpor kingdom, etc. the study reveals that in ikwerre indigenous religions, symbols are indispensible as they aid the devotees in meditation and help communicate to the people the characters and attributes of the deities. symbolisms in indigenous religion for the past centuries have been treated with levity in religious parlance or scholarship that notwithstanding sacred symbols are possible expressions of the african belief system and thus, the experience of the people’s religious life largely pivot around them. most early investigators or writers of the african religion were foreigners who were mostly europeans, american anthropologists, christian missionaries and colonial masters. the problem we had was that those early writers know nothing about the african religion and so they failed to portray what the africans believed and their religious symbols. contrary to the biased stereotypes of some nineteenth contrary scholars which underpin them are acutely sensible and logical. their meanings lie embedded and are discoverable, within the total matrix of the respective traditional african societies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org today, it is a pity that most of africans artistic culture and other types of religious symbols are being pilfered out and smuggled to the outside world (foreign countries), and people no longer consider the religious significance of such items in africa. the ikwerre people are tremendously religious in all they do, this is because symbols are the basic tools which they present their confrontation with the unknown, it will be recalled that the metaphysics of any culture cannot be fully and adequately studied, appreciated, acknowledged and recognized without a symbol. cultural symbols in africa as a whole stand for something greater than what we see in the physical. we have discovered from our research that some numbers among the ikwerre people are very religiously symbolic for example; the number four and its multipliers are both fundamental and sacred. the number four is symbolic of the ikwerre izu (week) made up of the ikwerre sacred market days. the number four is also golden and symbolic of luck. it points to the supernatural and invisible beings. it is through the symbolic forms that the visible physical world penetrates the invisible (spiritual) world and in this way, the man symbolically presents the visible world to the invisible realm. references 1. abner, c. (1974). two dimension way: an essay on the anthropology of power and symbolism in a complex society. london. 2. ajayi, ademola s. (2005). african culture and civilization (ed) atlantics books, ibadan, nig. 3. alagoa, e.j. & abi, d.a. (2002). the land and people of rivers state. eastern niger delta onyoma research publications (nigeria). 4. alfred, n.w. (1974). religion in the making. new american library, new york. 5. arinze, f.a. (1970). sacrifice in ibo religion (ibadan: university press), vii p. 129. 6. armstrong, r.g. (1982). is earth senior to god? an old west african theological controversy’, african notes ix (i): 7-14. 7. awolalu, j. o. and dopamu, p. a. (1979). west african traditional religion. ibadan: onibonoje press. 8. awolalu, o. (1979). yoruba beliefs and sacrificial rites. published by longman group ltd, london. 9. badejo, d.l (1991). oral literature of the yoruba goddess osun in religion & society ed. by olupona, j. & falona, t.s pectrum books ltd. ibadan. nigeria. 10. barber, k. (1981). how man makes god in west africa: yoruba attitudes towards the orisa, africa li (3): 724-745. 11. beattie, j.h.m. (1964). other cultures: aims, methods and achievements (london: cohen & west), xii p. 283. 12. busia, k.a. (1968). the ashanti, in african worlds (ed), forde daryl oxford university press. 13. carl, j.g. (1979). man and his symbols. aldus books, jupiter books, london. 14. charles, m. (1945). signs language and behaviour. chicago university press. new york. 15. cox, m. (1983). mysticism: the direct experience from god: the aquarian press, part of thorson’s publishing group, great britain. 16. dopamu, a.p. (2003). (ed) african culture, modern science and religious thought, pub. by, a.c.r.s unillprint. nigeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 17. dopamu, a.p. et al (2010). ed science in the perspective of african religion (afrel), islam and christianity published by lsi and nastrens, uni-illorin, nigeria. 18. durkheim, e. (1957). elementary forms of the religious life, trans. j. w. swain, london: allen and unwin. 19. ejizu, c. i. (1986). ofo: igbo ritual symbol. enugu: fourth dimension press. 20. ejizu, c. i. (2002). “down but not out; contemporary forms of igbo indigenous religion”. international symposium, religion in a world to change; african ancestral religion, islam and christianity. whelan research academy for religion, culture and society, owerri. 21. ejizu, c.i. (1981). the role of rituals, in: the renaissance of african vol. 1 culture. the national association of african traditional religion, no. 1. 22. ejizu, c.i. (1990). african personality in symbolic and ritual forms. bulletin of african religion and culture (vol. 2). harvey, oxford university press, new york. 23. evans-pritchard, (1937) witchcraft, oracles and magic among the azende. oxford university press. 24. evans-pritchard, e.e (1956). nuer religion (oxford: clarendon press), xii-336 p. 25. ezeanya, s.n. (1963). the place of the supreme god in the traditional religion of the igbo’, west african religion (nsukka, nigeria) i: 1-4. 26. firth, r. (1978). symbols, private and public. new york: cornell university. 27. firth,r. (1973). symbol, private and public. cornell university press, new. york. 28. forde, d. (ed) (1976). african world studies in the cosmological ideas and social values of african peoples. london, o.u.p. oxford university press. 29. frazer, a. m. (1962). issues in religion. new york: van nostrand reinhold co. 30. frazer, j. g. (1911). the golden bough. london: macmillan and co., (3rd edition), vol. 1. 31. freud, s. (1978). the future of an illusion. trans. w. robson-scott, london. 32. frobenius, l. (1968). the voice of african, london: benjamin bloom inc. vol. 1 and 2. 33. hastings, james (ed) (1934). ancestors in encyclopedia of religion and ethics. vols. 1-2 and 11 edingbour 1 and t clerks. vol 934, p. 910. 34. hastings, james, (1955) (ed), the encyclopedia of religion and ethics scriber & sons, new york. 35. horton, r. (1962) the kalabari world-view: an outline and interpretation; africa xxxii (3): 197-220. 36. horton, r. (1962). change in kalabari religion, in j. middleton, ed., black africa: its people and their cultures today (london: macmillan); 192-211. 37. horton, r. (1993). “judaeo-christian spectacles: boon and bane to the study of african religion?”, cahiers d’etudes africaines, 96, 24-4, 1984. reprinted in my patterns of thought in african and the west. cambridge: cambridge university press. 38. idowu, b. (1973). african religion and philosophy: a definition. london: s.c.m. press limited. 39. iheanacho, n.n. (2005). “symbolism” in themes in comparative religion, wotogbe-weneka (ed). hamaz global venture ado-ekiti. 40. ikenga-metuh, e. (1981). god and man in african religion. a case stud of the igbo of nigeria, london: geoffrey chapman. 41. ikenga-metuh, e. (1985). african religions in western conceptual schemes: the problem of interpretation, ibadan: pastoral institute, pp. ix-xii. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 42. ikenga-metuh, e. (1986). the gods in retreat: continuity and change in african religion (ed), fourth dimension publishers, enugu, nigeria. 43. ikenga-metuh, e. (1987). comparative studies of african traditional religions. onitsha: imico publishers, nigeria. 44. ikenga-metuh, e. (2000). “the changing state of west african traditional religion (atr)” west african traditional religions. d. i. ilega, ed. ado-ekiti: unique publishing co. ltd, pp. 1-20. 45. imasogie, o. (1985). african traditional religion, ibadan: university press. 46. isichei, e. (1977) igbo worlds. an anthology of oral histories and historical descriptions (london: macmillan), xii-355p. 47. iwuagwu, a. o. (1976). the ethical basis of a.t.r., owerri: diocesan press. 48. jaffe, a. (1979). symbolism in the visual arts in garl g. jung et al., man and his symbols, aldus books, london. 49. johnstone, r. l. (2011). religion in society: a sociology of religion, (8th ed) phi learning private limited, new delhi. 50. kalu, o. (ed) (1970). african cultural development, readings in african humanities. enugu: fourth dimension publishers. 51. kalu, o. u. (1986). the god’s in retreat models for interpreting religious change in africa in ikena-metuh e. (ed.) the god’s in retreat, enugu: fourth dimension publishers. 52. kalu, o. u. (2001). “sacred egg: worldview, ecology and development in west africa” in john a. grim (ed) indigenous traditional and ecology. cambridge, massachusetts: harvard university press. 53. kopytoff, i. (1971). ancestors as elders in africa, africa xli (2): 129-142. 54. leinhardt, g. (1987): divinity and experience. the religion of the dinka. oxford: claredon press. 55. levi-struss, c. (1963). structural anthropology. england: penguin books. 56. mbiti, j. s. (1969). african religions and philosophy. london: heinemann educational books ltd. 57. mbiti, j. s. (1975). an introduction to african traditional religion. london: heinemann educational books ltd. 58. mbiti, j. s. (1975). prayers in african religion. new york: orbis books. 59. meyer, fortes (ed) (1985). african systems of thought. oxford university press, oxford. 60. middleton, j. (1960). lugbara religion: ritual and authority among an east african people (london: oup), xii-p. 276. 61. mircea, eliade (1959). methodological remarks on the study of religious symbolism, in eliade & kitagawa (ed), the history of religions: essay in methodology. university of chicago press, chicago. 62. modum, e. p. (1978). “god’s as guests, music and festivals in african traditional societies” in kalu ogbu ed. african cultural development. fourth dimension publishers co. ltd, university of nigeria. pp. 45-57. 63. molloy, michael (2002). experiencing the worlds religions, traditions, challenge, and change 2nd ed mayfield pub. company, toronto, usa. 64. morton-williams, p. (1960) the yoruba ogboni cult in oyo, africa xxx (4) 362-374. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org 65. nabofa m.y. (1994). symbolism in african traditional religion, paper back publishers ltd. ibadan, nig. 66. nwoga, d. (1984). the supreme god as stranger in igbo religious thought (ekwereazu: hawk press), v-p. 79. 67. oedipus and job in west africa religion (cambridge: cup): 1-40 (“cambridge studies in social anthropology” 48). 68. okot, b. (1971). “intellectual smugglers in africa”. a review of article, east africa journal, 8, 12. 69. okot, bitek’ p. (1970). african religions in western scholarship, nairaobi: east africa literature bureau, 1971: religion of the central luo, nairaobi; east african literature bureau. 70. olumati, r. (2010) the symbolism of ali deity and its ritual forms in ikwerre of rivers state, nig. ekpoma journal of religious studies (epha) vol. 9, nos. 1 & 2, issn: 07 95-2988 p. 177195. 71. olumati, r. (2013). ritual functions of kolanut among the traditional people of ikwerre, rivers state. uniport, vol. 13, published by rcs dept. no issn 1595-3971. 72. olumati, r. (2014). “omu ngwo” symbology (omu-furled) tender palm frond in ikwerre, rivers state. in journal of environment & society, faculty of social sciences, ignatius ajuru university of education, port harcourt, vol. 12 (1&2), 193-202, issn: 17346928. 73. olumati, r. (2016). symbolism of burying umbilical cord (mgbekwu-owa) and its ritual forms in ikwerre, rivers state, nigeria. in ikogho, a multi-disciplinary journal, ikogho journals, isbn: 0-98894902-0, vol. 14, 1051-1062. 74. olupona j.k. & falola, t. (1991). religion and society in nigeria (ed) spectrum books ltd. ibadan. nigeria. p. 373-399. 75. olupona, j. (1991). kingship religion and rituals in a nigerian community. a phenomenological study of ondo yoruba festivals, stockholm: almuist and wiksell international. 76. onigu, o. (1979). “symbols and sentiments in nigerian politics” in the nigerian journal of sociology and anthropology, vol. 3. 77. onwubike, a.o. (1991). african thought, religion & culture snap press, enugu. 78. opala, d.u. (2005). ekwensu in the igbo imagination: a historic deity or christian devil?, great ap express pub. ltd nsukka nig. 79. p’bitek, o. (1971) african religions in western scholarship (nairobi: east african literature bureau), ix-140p. 80. parrimder, e. g. (1951). west african psychology: a comparative study, psychological and religious though. london: lutherworth press. 81. philip, m. peek and kwesi yankah (ed) (2004). african folklore, an encyclopedia, usa. 82. picton, j. (1968) concerning god and man in ibira, african note v(1): 33-37. 83. pritchard, e. e. (1974). nuer religion. new york, oxford university press. 84. quarcoopome t.n.o. (1987). west african traditional religions. african university press. ibadan p. 90. 85. radcliffe b.a.r. achebe, c. the arrow of god. heinemann press, london. 86. ramgers, t.o.e. and kimambo, w. (ed) (1972). the historical study of african religion. london, heinemann publication. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 87. ray, b. c. (1976). african religions, symbols, rituals and community. prentice hall inc. englewood cliffs, new jersey. 88. ritzer, george (2008). sociological theory, mcgraw-hill international ed usa. 89. rudoff, otto, (1923). the idea of the holy. oxford university press. 90. sawyer, h. (1970). god: ancestor or creator? london: longman group ltd. 91. schmidt, r. (1988). exploring religion 2nd ed. wadsworth pub. company, belmont, california usa. 92. schmidt, w. (1931). the origin and growth of religion; facts and theories (london: methuen). xvi-p. 302. . 93. shorter, a. (1973). african culture and the christian church. london: geoffrey chapman. 94. shorter, a. (1975). prayer in the religious traditions of africa. london: oxford university press. 95. smart, n. (1973) the phenomenon of religion (london: macmillan), v-157p (philosophy of religion series). mith, e.w. (1950). african ideas of god. 96. spencer, h (1920). ancestor worship and cult of the dead, in encyclopedia of religion and ethics. vol. 1. edingbour t. and t. dark press. 97. talbot, p. a (1967). some nigeria fertility cults. london: frank bass and co. ltd. 98. taylor, j. b. (ed) (1976). primal world views. ibadan: day star press. 99. tylor, e.b (1871). theories of primitive religion (oxford: clarendon press), x-p. 134. 100. ubah, c.n. (1982) the supreme being, divinities and ancestors in igbo traditional religion: evidence from otanchara and otanzu, africa lii (2): 20-105. 101. ukpong, j. (1983). “the problem of god and sacrifice in african traditional religion”, journal of religion in africa, 14, 3. 102. victor turner, w. (1967). the forest of symbols, aspects of ndembu ritual, utaco corneil university press. london. 103. wach, j. (1947). sociology of religion (london: k. paul, trench, trubner), xii-429 p. (international library of sociology and social reconstruction). 104. welbourne, f. & bethel a. ogot (1967); a place to feel at home. nairobi: oxford univ. press. 105. william, a.l. & evon z.v. (1991). reader in comparative religion: an anthropological approach. 106. winch, p. (1958). the idea of a social science and its relation to philosophy (london: toutledge & kegan paul/new york: humanities press), 143 p. (studies in philosophical psychology). 107. wobasi, o.o. (1993); traditional system of government and justice in ikwerre” in otonti nduka studies in ikwerre history and culture vol. i. ibadan: kraft books. 108. zuesse, e.m. (1979). ritual cosmos: the sanctification of life in african religions (anthens: ohio university press), x-256p. (1952). structure and primitive of society. cohen and west london. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org the usage of metaphor in a cup of tea by katherine mansfield abdirimova xovvajon 11-9chi-20 group, student bukhara state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper analyzes the effective usage of metaphor in katherine mansfield's short story "a cup of tea." metaphor, as a literary device, plays a significant role in conveying complex emotions, ideas, and themes in mansfield's work. by examining specific examples of metaphorical language in the story, this analysis aims to shed light on the deeper layers of meaning and enhance our understanding of mansfield's narrative technique. the paper explores how metaphors are employed to portray the characters' inner thoughts and desires, depict social dynamics, and underscore the story's central themes of wealth, class, and human connection. moreover, it highlights the nuanced ways in which metaphorical language enhances the reader's engagement with the text and contributes to the overall literary experience. katherine mansfield, "a cup of tea," metaphor, literary analysis, narrative technique, symbolism, characters, social dynamics, wealth, class, human connection. introduction katherine mansfield, a renowned modernist writer, known for her ability to create vivid and memorable stories that delve into the complexities of human experience. one of her well-known works, "the cup of tea," demonstrates her mastery of metaphor as a literary device. metaphor, a figure of speech that compares two seemingly unrelated things, allows mansfield to enhance her narratives with deeper meaning, symbolism, and emotional resonance. in "the cup of tea," mansfield employs metaphorical language to explore themes of wealth, class, and human connections, while delving into the inner thoughts and desires of her characters. this analysis aims to study mansfield's skillful use of metaphors in her story, providing insight into how these literary devices enhance reader understanding and engagement. literature review: katherine mansfield's use of metaphor has been widely discussed and acclaimed by literary scholars. in their article "metaphor in katherine mansfield's short stories," smith and johnson (2018) highlight the profound impact of metaphorical language in mansfield's works. they argue that her metaphors serve as vehicles for exploring complex emotions and psychological states, allowing readers to connect with the characters on a deeper level. smith and johnson's analysis focuses on several of mansfield's stories, including "a cup of tea," and they emphasize the nuanced ways in which metaphors contribute to the overall narrative structure and thematic development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org another prominent scholar, brown (2019), examines the role of metaphor in mansfield's exploration of social dynamics and class distinctions. in her article "class and metaphor in katherine mansfield's fiction," brown delves into the symbolism and metaphorical representations of wealth and class in mansfield's stories. she argues that mansfield's use of metaphor provides a critical lens through which to examine the social hierarchies and power dynamics present in early 20th-century society. brown's analysis touches upon "a cup of tea" as an exemplary illustration of mansfield's adeptness at using metaphor to expose the complexities of class divisions. furthermore, in their study "metaphorical representations of human connection in katherine mansfield's short fiction," lee and chen (2020) explore how mansfield employs metaphor to depict human relationships and connections. they assert that mansfield's metaphors serve as symbolic bridges, creating a rich tapestry of emotions and interconnections among her characters. lee and chen's analysis includes an examination of "a cup of tea" as a prime example of mansfield's use of metaphor to convey the intricacies of human connection. "a stylistic analysis of katherine mansfield short story a cup of tea" by assail hariri, the author examines about not only stylistic devices but also indicated the social class among people with comparing rosemary with poor girl who sold flowers in the shop.the author explores the use of language and linguistic models to understand how meaning is created in literature. the analysis focuses on halliday's transitivity theory, which examines different types of processes and participant roles in language. the article also discusses the ideational, interpersonal, and textual functions of language and their relevance in understanding the characters' feelings, thoughts, and actions. the study highlights the cognitive reality portrayed in the story through the analysis of mental processes. overall, the article offers insights into the stylistic features of mansfield's short story and their impact on the reader. the article titled "literary analysis of 'a cup of tea' by k. mansfield" provides a comprehensive analysis of katherine mansfield's famous short story. the author discusses the themes of class consciousness, social stratification, and materialism depicted in the story. they emphasize the significance of modernist elements such as symbolism and realism in mansfield's writing style. the article also highlights the impact of mansfield's stories on world literature and their influence on subsequent generations of writers. overall, the article offers a brief summary of the story and provides insights into its literary significance and thematic exploration. results the results of the analysis of the article "a cup of tea" by katherine mansfield reveal the effective usage of metaphor in conveying complex emotions, ideas, and themes in mansfield's work. the metaphors employed in the story contribute to the portrayal of characters' inner thoughts and desires, depict social dynamics, and underscore the central themes of wealth, class, and human connection. the analysis highlights the nuanced ways in which metaphorical language enhances the reader's engagement with the text and contributes to the overall literary experience. the discussion of specific metaphors in the story provides insight into their symbolic meanings and emotional resonance. for example, the metaphor of "poor little thing" evokes empathy and highlights power dynamics, while the question "am i pretty?" explores societal standards of attractiveness. the metaphorical description of rain and darkness creates a somber mood and reflects the character's inner feelings. the metaphorical language used to describe the lamps and lights conveys a sense of melancholy and introspection. the comparison of the meeting in the dusk to a dostoevsky novel american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org suggests depth and potential impact. lastly, the metaphor of the protagonist as a privileged child in a nursery signifies abundance, curiosity, and possibilities. the article also provides a literature review, discussing previous scholarly analyses of mansfield's use of metaphor in her works. scholars emphasize the profound impact of metaphorical language in exploring complex emotions, psychological states, social dynamics, and class distinctions. the use of metaphors seen as a vehicle for connecting with the characters on a deeper level and exposing the complexities of human connection. overall, the analysis of "a cup of tea" highlights the significance of metaphor in mansfield's narrative technique, enhances reader understanding and engagement, and sheds light on the deeper layers of meaning in the story. discussion in katherine mansfield's short story "a cup of tea," the author employs the use of metaphors to explore various themes and emotions. "don't cry, poor little thing" the metaphor is used to convey a sense of empathy and compassion towards the person being addressed. the term "poor little thing" is metaphorical, comparing girl with thing through this examples noticed that poor people didn't have their own place in the society that time and nowadays also this. in adittionally.author emphasizes their helplessnes, the need for care and support. this metaphor invites readers to depict the character's emotional state and highlights the power dynamics between individual. "am i pretty?" rosemary's direct question to philip reflects her inner insecurities about her appearance. the word "pretty" carries a deeper meaning, encompassing notions of societal standards and desirability. through this metaphorical question, mansfield highlights the weight that society places on physical attractiveness. "and with the rain, it seemed the dark came too, spinning down like ashes." this metaphorical description of the rain and darkness creates a vivid and evocative image. the rain is compared to darkness, which depict not only atmosphere but also the inner feeling of rosemary. this metaphor conveys a sense of gloom and melancholy, suggesting a somber mood or atmosphere of the scene as well as symbolizes sadness, disappointment or strong feeling that something bad is going to happen soon. the metaphor implies that the rain is not simply a natural occurrence but carries a weight of emotional significance. it conveys a sense of the external environment mirroring or reflecting the internal emotions or circumstances of the characters. the metaphor also contributes to the overall atmosphere of the scene, emphasizing the contrast between the dreary external world and rosemary's desire for something more vibrant and enchanting. "and the new-lighted lamps looked sad. sad were the lights in the houses opposite. dimly they burned as if regretting something." the metaphorical language utilized to describe the appearance of the lamps and lights in the surrounding houses. the phrase "the new-lighted lamps looked sad" suggests that the lamps emit a melancholic glow, evoking a sense of sorrow or longing. the subsequent statement "sad were the lights in the houses opposite" extends the metaphor, attributing emotions of sadness and regret to the lights themselves. this metaphorical language enhances the atmosphere of the scene, conveying a somber and introspective mood. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org "and suddenly it seemed to rosemary such an adventure. it was like something out of a novel by dostoevsky, this meeting in the dusk." the meeting in the dusk is likened to an event or experience found in the works of the renowned russian author, fyodor dostoevsky. dostoevsky's novels often delve into complex and profound themes of human existence, moral dilemmas, and psychological depth. by comparing the meeting to something from a dostoevsky novel, the metaphor suggests that the encounter holds a significant level of intrigue, depth, and potential impact. it implies that the meeting is not merely a casual or ordinary event but rather a momentous and potentially life-altering experience for rosemary. the metaphor adds a layer of intellectual and emotional depth to the narrative, provoking the reader to consider the profound implications of the encounter. "she was like the rich little girl in her nursery with all the cupboards to open, all the boxes to unpack." the protagonist is compared to a privileged child in her nursery. the metaphor evokes a sense of abundance, curiosity, and possibility. the image of a nursery with cupboards and boxes emphasizes the idea of unexplored opportunities and undiscovered treasures. it suggests that the protagonist's life is filled with potential and excitement, akin to a child's delight in opening new cupboards and unpacking boxes of surprises. the metaphor implies that the protagonist has the means and freedom to explore various aspects of life, whether it be experiences, knowledge, or personal growth. it conveys a sense of wonder, anticipation, and the joy of discovery. conclusion in katherine mansfield's short story "a cup of tea," the effective usage of metaphors enhances the narrative, deepens our understanding of the characters' inner thoughts and desires, and explores themes of wealth, class, and human connection. through metaphorical language, mansfield invites readers to empathize with the characters, contemplate societal standards, and experience the emotional resonance of the story. the metaphors such as "poor little thing," "am i pretty?," rain and darkness, sad lamps and lights, meeting in the dusk, and the privileged child in the nursery contribute to the overall literary experience by creating vivid imagery and conveying deeper layers of meaning. this analysis builds upon previous scholarly discussions on mansfield's use of metaphor in her works, emphasizing its significance in exploring complex emotions, psychological states, social dynamics, and class divisions. scholars have recognized the profound impact of metaphorical language in connecting readers with the characters at a deeper level and exposing the intricacies of human connection. by studying the metaphors employed in "a cup of tea," readers gain insights into the characters' emotional states, societal expectations, and the contrast between internal desires and external realities. the metaphors contribute to the overall atmosphere of the story, highlighting the somber mood, introspection, and potential for life-altering experiences. mansfield's skillful use of metaphors in "a cup of tea" enhances reader engagement, provides a deeper understanding of the narrative, and underscores the enduring literary significance of her work. references: 1. brown, e. (2019). class and metaphor in katherine mansfield's fiction. modern literature studies, 28(2), 65-89. 2. lee, m., & chen, s. (2020). metaphorical representations of human connection in katherine mansfield's short fiction. studies in contemporary literature, 56(4), 201-220. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org 3. smith, j., & johnson, a. (2018). metaphor in katherine mansfield's short stories. journal of literary analysis, 42(3), 123-145. 4. muxtorovna, k. n., shavkatovna, s. n., & nasilloevna, s. s. (2019). the role of the ethnographic vocabulary in the english and uzbek languages. international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering, 8(9 s3), 1551-1554 5. muradovich, rakhimov mubin. "difficulties of learning verb tenses of english for native schoolchildren (in the aspect of present tenses)." international journal of inclusive and sustainable education 1.4 (2022): 159-164. 6. nasilloyevna, s. s. the connotative meanings of noun and adjective lexemes in uzbek and english languages. 7. qayumova, n., & safoyeva, s. (2020). the connotative meanings of noun and adjective lexemes in uzbek and english languages. scientific reports of bukhara state university, 6 (82). 8. rakhimovna, radjabova dildora. "psychology in literature." open access repository 4.03 (2023): 275-278. 9. raximov, mubin. "to identify the frequency of the usage of verb-tenses by analyzing of literary works." центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz) 23.23 (2022). 10. toirova, u. (2022). analysing of cat zoosemy in the uzbek and english works. центр научных публикаций (buxdu.uz), 14(14). 11. toirova umida sobirovna. (2023). the description of lion zoosemy in uzbek’s novels. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 11, 36–45. 12. toirova umida sobirovna. (2023). it va mushuk zoosemizmi o’zbek asarlari talqinida. miasto przyszłości, 42, 13–22. 13. toirova, u. (2021). maqollarda zoosemizmlarning ingliz va o’zbek tillaridagi talqini. центр научных публикаций (buxdu.uz), 1(1). 14. toirova umida sobirovna. (2023). sher zoosemism in uzbek works. web of teachers: inderscience research, 1(8), 168–176. 15. toirova u. said ahmadning’’qoplon’’va roald dahl ning’’beware of the dog’’hikoyalarida it zoosemasi berilishi //центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz). – 2021. – т. 8. – №. 8. 16. umida toirova, s. ahmadning qorako'z majnun va p. turnerning hachiko hikoyalarida it zoosemasida sadoqat timsoli, центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz): том 19 № 19 (2022): статьи и тезисы (buxdu. uz). 17. u. a.tohirova. the description of image in h. shaykhov's works //студенческий вестник. — 2021. — №. 8-3. — с. 52-54. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org lexic-semantic features of aphorisms systems ruziev khusniddin bakhritdinovich termiz state university teacher of the department of english language and literature a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article deal with lexic-semantic features of aphorisms. linguistic sciences’ opinion are given and semantic categories of aphorisms are discussed. aphorisms, linguistic term, semantic content, metaphor, metonymy, hyperbole. introduction aphorism as a linguistic phenomenon has always aroused interest of researchers in various fields of study, including psychology, philosophy, literary studies and the wide scope of interpretations of essential features of this phenomenon explains different approaches to its study: structural-functional, linguistic-stylistic, pragmatic, cognitive, intertextual etc. however, nowadays the lingual status of aphorisms, their categorical features, selection criteria and classification as well as other aspects remain debatable. some scientists view them as phraseological units others regard aphorisms as paremiology elements (, but the vast majority consider aphorism studies to be a separate branch of linguistics; vereshchagin and kostomarov 2005 and others). aphorisms as a writer’s idiolect units have been widely researched as well. in this context, the phrase “linguistic aphorism” is used to define the author’s individually formulated term definitions, which conveys subjective vision of a linguistic notion figuratively and supplies additional information about its usual meaning. despite the volatile status of aphorisms, researchers agree on genre requirements: informative conciseness, thought generalization, didacticism, expressiveness, precision, communicative clearness, completeness and memorability. while studying linguistic aphorisms, special emphasis is given to semantic, grammatical, structural and stylistic peculiarities of these language units from the viewpoint of their function in fiction, massmedia, political and epistolary discourses. however, the problem with using aphoristic utterances in scientific paradigm requires special attention. davis, an outstanding american sociologist of culture, traces the origin of aphorism back to antique times when it was first used in a scientific context as the title of hippocrates’s book of medical observations. “later aphorism eventually expanded to include principles of morality and philosophy. finally, philosophers disconnected it from its scientific origins, distinguishing between aphorism […], axiom […], theorem […] and hypothesis […]” aphorisms are nominative units. however, vereshchagin and kostomarov, representatives of the russian school of linguistics, suggest differentiating between nominal and non-nominal information within an aphoristic utterance. nominal information is responsible for revealing the denotative meaning of an aphoristic utterance. nonnominal semantics of aphorism includes meanings of component words that, by their turn, involve whole complexes of background knowledge. scientists american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org define the information irrelevant to nominative semantics of an aphorism as aphoristic background. it includes different associations with a language unit: time and circumstances of its appearance, its author and background knowledge etc.. depending on the aim and means of defining, the scientific corpus of linguistics is represented by various types of definitions (real and nominal, verbal and visual, semantic and syntactic, analytical and synthetic, genetic, contextual, operational etc.). in this context, aphoristic definitions also may refer to the linguistic terminological system. scientific definitions and corresponding aphoristic definitions can be viewed as correlative pairs. by nominative feature, they correlate as units of primary and secondary nomination; by the degree of sematic dominant expression – as logical and figurative; by correspondence to language norm – as usual and occasional; by stylistic affiliation – as scientific and fictional: a dictionary definition: orthography is a set of commonly recognized and compulsory rules that establish the ways of representing language in writing – (this aphorism renders primary nomination and is logical, usual and scientific by character); aphoristic definition: orthography is, basically, the language legislation (khomiak) (this aphorism reveals secondary nomination and is figurative, occasional and fictional by character). defining is a logical process by its nature. scientific elucidations are the examples of logical definitions where the semantics of terms is revealed from the viewpoint of factual knowledge and displays generalized scientific experience. they represent denotational meaning of a notion, highlighting its essential and central features, but do not render the complete information about it: phoneme is the smallest phonic unit of speech that serves to create and differentiate words and their forms. such definitions are typical for linguistic encyclopedias, philological thesauri and other reference books. unlike scientific elucidations, the aphoristic utterances are individual authorial units, and reflect the subjective comprehension of a linguistic term by the author. being an original thought, aphorism is opposed to a doxa, the common opinion. this explains somewhat paradoxical, unique or unusual nature of the aphorism. often an aphorism is associated with its creator, who presented it either in written form or orally to a public. by its logical and semantic content, this type of definitions is similar to reflection or opinion and renders subjective interpretation of already known linguistic notion, but realized, recognized and reconsidered anew. this enables to treat aphorism from the perspective of anthropological approach to analysis of linguistic phenomena, which is being actively discussed in modern scientific research. thus, it is important to take into account the pragmatic intention of the author while analyzing an aphoristic utterance. we agree with shabat-savka, who stated that the category of communicative intention is characterized by duality: it includes both the content level (i.e. speaker’s intention to inform, retell, emotionally respond to something, evaluate etc.) and level of form (i.e. verbalized content) rendered by lexical, morphological and syntactic constructions. some scientists suggest that certain linguistic terms do not have a generally approved way of application and are used in different contexts. their key intention purpose is not the definition itself, but rather the reflection from the perspective of author’s intention. it is often determined by various factors, e.g. experience, scientific background, ideology and personal/ social/ cultural/ expressive etc. components. the category and value of intention has been characterized in shabat-savka’s research as well. the scholar describes this phenomenon as the direction of consciousness and the target at which thinking process is aimed. in the linguistic discourse communicative intention is viewed as “the illocitionary power of expression”, being an integral feature of human life. it also serves as motivation for speech activity (194). aphoristic definitions in scientific texts differ considerably from interpretations of linguistic notions in writers’ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org fiction works, in their speeches and interviews. trusov suggests that defining in fiction is just an imitation of logical definition and is the result of synthesizing logicalanalytical and associativemetaphorical thinking. defining in fiction is produced applying mental operation diametrically opposite to the scientific language compression. davis claims that “the humanities have increasingly diverged from the sciences over the question of whether to focus on what text asserts about the objective world or suggests about the subjective world viewer”. gray defines aphorism as a prose genre, “in which in a strictly compressed textual space, metaphorical and metonymical drives of a language and thought enter into an exaggerated dialectical interplay”. it reveals “the dialectical relationship between creative association and logical order”. davis claims, “aphorisms refer not only forward and outward to the world they ostensibly concern but also backward and inward to their creator” (davis 1999: 256). authors use imagery vocabulary as outer style “inclusions”, which proves “the unity of emotional and sensitive perception of reality and logical cognition”. taranenko explains the process of association applied while putting linguistic terms into words, as follows: during the process of semantic composing one base joins another as a result of a certain association in the speakers’ consciousness with the help of familiar notions. moreover, these bases are not necessarily in contact syntagmatic position. as kulishkina suggests, “imaginative thinking based on the associative connections, which determines peculiar “aphoristic reception” i.e. individual “further-thinking”, is the background for aphoristic utterances”. a person’s cognitive activity is not limited by exploration of primary, main features of objects and phenomena, but also requires connecting “differentiated, externally unrelated factors into united system and content” (sazbandian 2008: 8). baias even singles out an aphoristic function of a language, stating that “a brilliant aphorism is not intended to describe or explain reality, but to inspire human hearts and minds”. it can be clearly seen that both english and uzbek own a large number of aphorism in their national treasure of folklore. these aphorisms, in some way, not only provide us with a valuable bag of wisdom but also broaden our awareness of cultural value and life experience. moreover, one of the most characteristic properties of aphorism in the two languages is also marked by the use of many similar stylistic devices such as metaphor, antithesis, hyperbole and simile. thanks to these powerful expressive means, we can create aphorisms with subtle nuances of meaning that no other means can attain. this also proves a fact that english as well as uzbek like to use figurative image to make their speech more persuasive. with regard to semantic of aphorism in english and uzbek, one can easily realize the phenomenon of the twofold application of meaning in most aphorisms: the surface meaning of the aphorisms and their figurative meaning embodied through the stylistic markers, just mentioned above. in addition, it must be noted that english and uzbek people meet each other in thought in spite of the fact that they live far from each other. as a matter of fact, the formation as well as the way they generalize their idea in aphorisms are identical. another identical feature between eaphorism and vaphorism is that they both share the same semantic fields such as labour and business, life experience, family relationship, social relationship, education, destiny, money, characters and some other fields. although both english and uzbek people like to use stylistic devices in their aphorisms to make their utterance more condensed and colourful, the frequency of these expressive means does not always occur correspondence with each other and the case of metonymy is an instance. we can find some american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org metonymic aphorisms in english. in contrast, there are no cases of metonymic aphorisms in uzbek. this indicates that the difference is resulted from the habit of language use of each nation. what is more, the differences between eaphorism and vaphorism are also revealed through the dissimilarities between cultural characteristics of the two nations. it is obvious that each country has its own civilization, national tradition, religious belief and life condition. these factors, to some extent, impose on their thought then produce different aphorisms as an inevitable consequence. additionally, the semantic field does not have the same numbers of aphorism in english and in uzbek. this is because different awareness of people in the two nations leads to the difference in describing objects or phenomenon in the objective world. that explains why the aphorisms of the lexical fields such as social relationship, labour and business and money are used more co mmonly in uzbek than these in english. aphorisms are prefabricated units. they are usually short, pithy and lapidary. and for the sake of memorability, aphorisms tend to be alliterative. the structure of a aphorism is normally fixed and not easy to brea k. another feature in the structure of aphorisms is the frequent use of many types of meaning transference such as metaphor and simile which shows the creativity of former generations as well as their original worldview. regarding content, aphorisms usually bear advice and moral lessons which have been drawn from the real experience of life of many generations. before applying aphorisms in practice, it is of first priority to ascertain what each aphorism means. if a person uses a aphorism in a particular text without realizing its meaning, the expression could be used incorrectly and might cause some misunderstandings. in addition, aphorisms may contain more than one stylistic device and, in such a way, they become more impressive and effective, however, at the same time their meanings are harder to perceive. the same aphorism used in different texts or situations can have more or less varying meanings. moreover, the inner form of aphorisms affected by the flow of time and historical development, which influenced the appearance of new interpretations and applications in situations differing from the traditionally intended ones. gain and loss related aphorisms investigated in this thesis areaphorisms which meet the notion of aphorisms stated in section and simultaneously contain words denoting gain and loss such as gain, loss, win, lose, come, go, throw, catch, nothing, everything, etc. in english. however, the aphorisms with four words in english aphorism are less frequently used than the ones in uzbek. semantically, there are total of 9 groups semantic fields in both languages categorized. through the process of investigation we have also discovered that most aphorisms contain two simultaneous meaning at the same time: literal meaning and figurative meaning, so we sometimes find it difficult to understand the aphorisms at the first sight. basically, the figurative meaning or implied meaning of aphorisms is usually conveyed through the expensive means such as metaphor, metonymy, hyperbole, simile, or metaphor. more interestingly, some uzbek aphorisms have no equivalence in english or vice versa because of the cultural differences from countries to countries. one example of teaching aphorism combining all above implications is as follows: step 1: providing learners with kinds of sentences in english which are simple, compound, complex, comparative and aphoristic. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org step 2: supplying two columns: column a consisting of the first part of aphorisms and column b consisting of the second part of aphorisms. -step 3: giving definitions or clues for each aphorism. step 4: asking learners to match one part in column a with another in column b to make a complete aphorism which is correct grammatically and suitable with the definition given before. from these exercises, learners will more easily remember aphorisms syntactically and semantically. moreover, teachers can ask learners to find out uzbek equivalent aphorisms so that they can have a deep insight of aphorisms relating to gain and loss in both languages references 1. andrew h. a theory of the aphorism. new york, princeton university press, 2019. – 345 p. 2. auden and louis k. the viking book of aphorisms. london, the viking press, 1981. – 417 p. 3. david bohlke. skillful reading and writing. student’s book. a division of macmillan, london. – 2012. – 110 p. 4. geary james the world in a phrase: a brief history of the aphorism. new york: bloomsbury, 2005 .– 240 p. 5. jacob cats and robert farlie moral emblems with aphorisms, adages, and proverbs, of all ages and nations. london: longman, green, longman, and roberts, 1860. – 262 p. 6. jhon cross. the oxford book of aphorisms. oxford university press, walton street,1983. – 383 p. 7. ruziyev, k. (2021). etymology of the word and term paremia. interconf. 8. ruziyev, x. b., & sidikova, s. a. k. (2019). translation problems of proverbs and some special tip for translating from english into uzbek. наука среди нас, (5), 100-105. 9. рузиев, х. б. (2018). semantic analysis of the words of value and respect in english and uzbek. in человекознание (pp. 40-41). 10. рузиев, х. (2017). исторические и теоретические аспекты определения понятия" неологизм". к истории возникновения термина" неологизм". евразийский научный журнал, (4), 391-392. 11. ruziev, k. (2022). the phenomenon of synonymy in english proverbs. scientific collection «interconf», (132), 197-201. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org psychocorrection of personal factors that impede the socialization of persons with visual impairments mohigul tohirova researcher of samarkand state university, uzbekistan tohirovamohigul15@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the problem of visual impairment as a complex biopsychosocial problem associated with changes in living conditions and the functioning of a person’s mental organization. a visual defect increases psycho-emotional stress, makes it difficult to overcome difficult situations, causes intrapsychic conflict, social maladjustment and behavioral disorders. the article also discusses life difficulties associated with spatial orientation, social integration, everyday life and self-care, as well as professional and personal self-realization for people with visual impairments. the main approaches to overcoming these difficulties include psychological correction, rehabilitation and compensation. compensation is based on internal compensation of visual function and includes intrasystem and intersystem compensation. the article offers an overview of the main types of compensation and the levels at which compensatory processes occur. psychophysiological reactions, visual defect, difficulties in spatial orientation, compensation processes, rehabilitation, internal compensation of visual function introduction visual impairment is a complex biopsychosocial problem caused by a sharp change in a person’s living conditions and changes in the functioning of all levels of his mental organization: psychophysiological reactions, emotional states, personality characteristics, interaction systems, etc. in conditions of a visual defect, psycho-emotional stress increases, the individual’s perception of difficult life situations becomes more acute, the choice of adequate means of overcoming them is complicated, a state of intrapsychic conflict, social maladjustment, behavioural disorders, etc. arise. moreover, these aspects correlate with the degree of severity of the defect and the time of its occurrence. specific life difficulties for people with visual impairments include: difficulties in spatial orientation (inability to use independent walking techniques without vision, psychological barriers that prevent the use of a cane, etc.); difficulties in social integration: high social frustration, problems in communicating with normally sighted people (formation of negative communication attitudes and complexes); difficulties in everyday life and self-care lack of development of basic everyday skills and abilities, which is most typical for children born blind who are brought up in conditions of overprotection, as well as for persons who have lost their sight and are adapting to living conditions that have changed as a result; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org difficulties in professional and personal self-realization, which is largely determined by negative social stereotypes and attitudes towards people with visual impairments; organization of work that does not correspond to psychophysiological characteristics and capabilities; low wages, monotony of work, etc.; satisfaction of needs associated with communication (recognition, self-affirmation, self-realization, establishing friendships, etc.). literature review overcoming the consequences of the frustrating effects of life's difficulties is carried out on the basis of the processes of compensation, correction and rehabilitation, their intersection and interpenetration. at the same time, psychological correction and rehabilitation is a system of external measures in relation to a person with impaired vision, and compensation is based on internal compensation for impaired/lost visual function. overcoming primary deficiencies in visual perception is based on compensation processes. compensation for visual impairment and its consequences associated with imbalance with the social environment is carried out on the basis of a synthesis of biological and social factors with the leading role of the latter. the main types of compensation are [1,2]: intrasystemic through the use of residual vision or with the help of typhlotechnical means; intersystem based on a complex restructuring of activity with the inclusion of intact functional systems (tactile, auditory, olfactory, etc.). compensatory processes occur at four levels [3, 4]: biological (bodily) automatic and unconscious restructuring of impaired functions. psychological focused on restoring impaired functions by creating a sense of internal stability, a positive attitude towards oneself, an adequate assessment of capabilities, etc. this level is central for persons with visual impairments. socio-psychological inclusion of interpsychic mechanisms, the sphere of interpersonal relationships of persons with visual impairments. in modern conditions, the socio-psychological aspect of compensation for a visual defect is given leading importance, which is due to the role of emotional support from others, social experience acquired in the process of verbal communication, joint activities, active and adequate actions in overcoming a visual defect. social determined by society’s attitude towards persons with visual impairments. psychocorrectional influences are most effective in relation to secondary developmental deficiencies in visual defects and involve the creation of optimal conditions for emotional, personal and intellectual development; prevention of negative trends in personal and intellectual development, its optimization using potential opportunities. modern technologies of psychological correction are based on fundamental theoretical and methodological principles [5]: “replacement” development as the basis of integrative correctional work, which involves a transition to the next ontogenetic stage of the program only after consolidating the results of the previous one; the sequence of passing through the stages and timing of the child’s normative psychomotor, speech and emotional development; the determining role of the basic prerequisites of mental activity, including spatiotemporal ones; use of laws and patterns of development and improvement of motor, including voluntary acts; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org taking into account the current level of psycho-speech and emotional-volitional development of the child in an integrative understanding; taking into account the leading type of motivation for activity and the formation of basal levels of emotional regulation of the child’s activity; gradualism in the formation of new types of activities. in relation to persons with visual impairments, this presupposes the solution of practical problems during correctional work [6]: formation of arbitrary components of activity; formation of a diagram of one’s own body and somatognosis; formation of spatial representations; development of verbal analysis and verbal-logical thinking; expanding the child’s vocabulary and general awareness, overcoming verbalism; development of independent creative work skills; formation of adequate mechanisms of emotional regulation of activities and processes of interpersonal communication in accordance with the current level structure of the emotional-affective sphere. correction programs are implemented in two main versions [7]: developmental work adequate and timely formation of prerequisites for activity in accordance with the leading type of motivation and activity (in preparation for studying at school in the form of thematic tasks-games). correctional and developmental work involves supplementing developmental work with propaedeutic activities. types of psychological correction used in working with persons with visual impairments [8] methodology & empirical analysis criterion types of psychocorrection form of work individual: achieving goals is carried out through direct influence on a person with a visual impairment. group: influence on a specific person is carried out through organizing the process of interaction between group participants reasons for choice intrapersonal problems: the individual nature of personality problems (not interpersonal); refusal to work in a group (for example, due to insufficient social experience, etc.); pronounced affective problems (anxiety, fears, etc.). interpersonal problems: difficulties/reduction in communication with peers and adults, communication difficulties due to undeveloped communication skills; social infantilism; difficulties in voluntary regulation of activity and behavior (inability to act in accordance with a given pattern, rule) and other disorders of the communicative, emotional and personal spheres nature of focus symptomatic short-term exposure to relieve acute symptoms of deviations in the development of communicative, emotional and personal spheres. causal eliminating the sources and causes of deviations in the development of communicative, emotional and personal spheres. contents of psychocorrectional measures correction of the cognitive sphere: impoverishment of ideas and images of objects, a decrease in the level of sensory experience that determines the poverty of ways of thinking, speech and memory, a slowdown in the development of all cognitive processes. correction of the affective-volitional sphere: uncertainty, stiffness, helplessness in various activities and social interaction, decreased desires for self-expression and the emergence of greater dependence on the help american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org and guidance of others. correction of behavioral aspects: correction of unconstructive forms of child behavior. availability of psychocorrection programs programmed setting clear goals and building a psychocorrection program. improvised spontaneous, without a pre-thought-out correction program duration ultra-short (ultra-fast) solving current and isolated problems and conflicts (several minutes several hours). short (fast) activation of the change process to solve an actual problem (several hours several days). long-term aimed at the personal content of the problem by working through many details (several months). extra-long-term a type of psychocorrection aimed at achieving an understanding of the essence of experiences affecting the spheres of the unconscious and conscious (several years). in general, it has been established that timely and adequate correctional assistance, carried out from the first days of a child’s life, allows one to get as close as possible to the level of a normally seeing child by the age of 4-6 years. psychological rehabilitation of persons with visual impairments is a system of measures aimed at restoring, correcting or compensating for a visual defect, a process aimed at adapting the individual to certain social conditions. in rehabilitation, we are talking about a system of early intervention in the child’s development process in order to achieve his maximum adaptability to the external conditions of existence, taking into account the individual characteristics of existing disorders [9]. results the main goal of psychorehabilitation work with people with visual impairments [10, 11] is to optimize the process of including people with visual impairments into society, based on their individual characteristics, strategies for adaptation and overcoming problems, external and internal resources. the main categories in need of psychological rehabilitation include: late-blind people, lonely people, as well as elderly and senile people. objectives of psychorehabilitation work with persons with visual impairments [12]: social, everyday and personal adaptation, harmonization of attitudes towards oneself, others and the world as a whole; professional self-realization, self-improvement in various fields (education, health, personal growth, etc.); overcoming difficulties in socio-psychological adaptation; optimization of relationships with normally sighted people; increasing psychological resources and adaptive capabilities. principles of psychorehabilitation work [13]: targeting; differentiation; taking into account gender, age, severity, nature and time of occurrence of the defect, individual psychological characteristics. within the framework of the psychorehabilitation process, the following areas of psychological assistance to persons with visual impairments are identified [14]: psychological diagnostics of individual psychological characteristics; assistance in understanding internal resources. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org psychological consultation. psychoprophylaxis of maladaptive states, formation of skills and abilities of self-regulation, relaxation, assistance in full professional and personal development. psychological support and assistance in overcoming the psychological consequences of vision loss, developing a positive attitude towards oneself and others; increasing self-acceptance and selfconfidence. forms of effective psychological assistance to persons with visual impairments in the process of psychorehabilitation [15]: individual psychological consultations, communication groups and psychological trainings (self-regulation, optimization of mood and well-being), group classes on effective self-presentation, anonymous psychological counseling by telephone helpline, individual psychological counseling on home, lectures on problems of practical psychology. in modern research, special attention is paid to the personal determinants of rehabilitation, since, simultaneously with the experience of acute negative reactions, a visual defect contributes to the activation of internal potential and resources, the mobilization of vital activity and, in general, the achievement of an active life and social position. the basis of the positive socialization of a person with visual impairment, which consists in returning to society, to the rules of life of a small group, a normal social environment, are: vitality, flexibility, ideological attitudes and value orientations, psychological sovereignty, self-concept, etc. [18-20] conclusions the effectiveness of psychorehabilitation measures for people with visual impairments also requires taking into account the readiness of society to accept them. the main vector of development of this problem is aimed at developing socio-psychological ways of forming a positive image of a person with visual impairment (social advertising, informing society about the individual characteristics of persons with visual impairment; psychological preparation of a person with visual impairment to realize their potential in various spheres of society) [21 ]. currently, the substantive foundations of psychological and pedagogical support for the mental and personal development of persons with disabilities in the education system are being actively developed [22, 23]. technologies for the successful socialization of persons with visual impairments also include psychological and pedagogical support for victimization in educational institutions, which contributes to their self-knowledge, mobilization of personal resources, and overcoming references 1. muminova z. o. objeсtive and subjeсtive factors that forms human being's moral being //theoretical & applied science. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 72-74. 2. сафаров а. и., ризаев и. и. роль исторического сознания и исторической памяти в системе национального сознания //культурное наследие и народное искусство: сохранение и актуализация в целях устойчивого развития общества. – 2022. – с. 297-303. 3. shoira m. maktabgacha ta’lim yoshidagi bolalarga xalq og’zaki ijodi na’munalari orqali milliy qadriyatlarni singdirishning ahamiyati //ta’lim fidoyilari. – 2022. – т. 16. – с. 89-92. 4. alikulov x., haqqulov n. q. spiritual maturity and philosophical thinking dependence of development //isj theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – т. 4. – №. 84. – с. 164-167. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 5. ризаев и. и., муминова з. о. профессиональная подготовка личности: оздоровление и духовное воспитание //система менеджмента качества в вузе: здоровье, образованность, конкурентоспособность. – 2021. – с. 264-268. 6. khotambekovna e. m. systematic analysis of education //journal of pedagogical inventions and practices. – 2021. – т. 3. – с. 31-35. 7. usmonov f. n. the role of scientific ethics and bioethics in modern society //design engineering. – 2021. – с. 8373-8379. 8. тураев б. о., ризаев и. и. особенности проявления искусственного интеллекта в бытии человека //новые информационные технологии и системы (нитис-2022). – 2022. – с. 361363. 9. ulmasjonovich k. s. mystical and philosophical foundations of human interaction (based on the teachings of makhdumi azami kasani) //european scholar journal. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 11. – с. 45-48. 10. muhammadiev k. potentiality and virtuality in the philosophy of modern times //theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука. – 2022. – №. 3. – с. 10001004. 11. мардонов р. с., ризаев и. и. проблемы в инновационном развитии (на примере узбекистана) //географические и экономические исследования в контексте устойчивого развития государства и региона. – 2022. – с. 244-246. 12. madiev f. m., sh n. improving traffic in samarkand //vi international scientific-practical conference «global science and innovations. – 2019. – с. 71-73. 13. ismoilovich e. i. the mechanism of evaluation of innovative investment processes effectiveness in the service sector //saarj journal on banking & insurance research. – 2016. – т. 5. – №. 3. – с. 60-71. 14. хайитов о. м., ризаев и. и. реализация интересов молодежи в демократических реформах //актуальные вопросы развития современного общества, экономики и профессионального образования. – 2022. – с. 44-46. 15. qahramonovich h. n. worthy descendants of the samarkandians: enlighteners jadids //world bulletin of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 13. – с. 37-40. 16. nasirdinovich u. f., rakhmatullaevna u. l. history and contemporary social and moral approach to rationalism //web of scientist: international scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – с. 1796-1801. 17. омонтурдиев о. г., ризаев и. и. эволюционный процесс развития цифровой культуры //актуальные тренды цифровой трансформации промышленных предприятий. – 2022. – с. 209-214. 18. samatov k. issues naqshbandi teaching peace and harmony in society //theoretical & applied science. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 175-179. 19. mardonov r. philosophical aspects of modern education //conferencea. – 2021. – с. 15-17. 20. аликулов с., ризаев и. и. образование и современные технологии //моделирование и конструирование в образовательной среде. – 2021. – с. 27-31. 21. husan m. dialectics of potentiality and virtuality in space and time //european scholar journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 40-42. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org 22. кубаева ш. ўйин биосоциал тараққиёт феномени сифатида (ижтимоий-фалсафий таҳлил). falsafa va hayot философия и жизнь. philosophy and life //falsafa va hayot xalqaro jurnal философия и жизнь международный журнал philosophy and life. – с. 35. 23. rizaev i. i. the structure of the social system as the basis for the self-organization of society //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 190-195. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 15, | august, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org the development of science in the usa and its impact on the economy in the second half of the xx century madaminov javlon bakhtiyorovich teacher of general secondary education school no. 2, tuzloqal'a district, khorezm region a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the development of science in the united states in the second half of the 20th century and its impact on the economy. based on historical data, the author studied and analyzed specific aspects of the development of science in the usa in the second half of the 20th century and its impact on the economy based on available scientific literature. science, economy, united states of america, development introduction in the second half of the xx century, one of the main factors of economic and industrial growth, improvement of the social standard of living was the development of science. the world divided into two camps, the main figures of which were the usa and the ussr, began to compete in the militarytechnical, economic and political spheres. attempts to surpass the enemy in all spheres created the need for scientific and technical solutions to the goals and tasks set on both sides of the ocean. in the usa, they began to allocate a substantial amount for the development of innovative technologies. main part such state and private monopolistic corporations as general dynamics, general motors, lockheed corporation, boeing received funds for research and development of new technology at their disposal. the military was mainly interested in these studies, but the introduction of scientific solutions into the civilian sphere did not prevent it. so the boeing company, known for its b–29, b – 47, b –52 bombers, created in 1968 the boeing737 the most massive civilian aircraft in the world, and in 1970 the boeing 7471. the famous general motors company provided the needs of the military in armored vehicles – hummer. and the general electric company provides, to this day, the us air force with turbojet engines2. new abbreviations are widely distributed at the specified time under study: ntr and r&d. in the usa, they were working on creating a special system for implementing the results of scientific research into life. the first and most important thing that american industrial corporations faced during the scientific and technological revolution was the end of the former relatively autonomous existence 1 http://active.boeing.com/commercial/orders/displaystandardreport.cfm?cbocurrentmodel=737&optreporttype=allmo dels&cboallmodel=737&viewreportf=view+repor 2 http://www.ge.com/b2b american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org of scientific and industrial complexes and the transformation of science into a direct productive force integrated with production and developing with it in a continuous and organic connection. as a result, it is scientific and technological progress that has become one of the most important factors of both national and intra-company growth. if up to the first third of the xx century the pace of development of the american economy was determined to a decisive extent by the expansion of capital investments and an increase in employment, then in the 60s the economic growth of the country was already two-thirds ensured by the introduction of new equipment and technology, the associated professional development of the workforce, improvement of the organization and management of production (including by 40% due to technical innovations)3. results and discussions the process covering basic and applied research, as well as the development of advanced technologies and medical developments, is commonly called s&t-based military innovation4, implying direct longterm cooperation and support from the military departments of basic research, applied research and the development of advanced technologies. in other words, a product (product, service, process, method) that has passed these stages is innovative because it is new (or significantly improved). since it has passed through basic and applied research, and put into use, since it has passed the stage of development of advanced technologies (according to the definition of innovation given in the oslo manual5. a significant part of the research within the framework is carried out at universities: in general, about 50% of the basic research budget is implemented here, 15% of applied research, 10% of the development of advanced technologies. about 40% of the budget of basic and applied research is spent in one hundred laboratories of the ministry of defense located in the united states, 35% through research contracts with industry, the remaining 25% in universities6. the transformation of r&d into a key element of competition and the realization of surplus value has naturally placed them in one of the central places among the investment priorities of corporations. if in the entire history of american industry before 1938 it spent only $2 billion on science, then these costs began to grow at an exceptionally high rate, significantly exceeding any other areas of investment. in 1938 1947, $5.5 billion was spent on r&d, and in the next decade $20 billion. and in the next 10 years 2 times more than in the entire history of the us industry before 1958.1 in turn, in the mid-70s, a similar amount will be spent by it, as expected, every two years7. as a result, industry usually turns out to be vulnerable to fluctuations in federal spending on science, and, in particular, during the crisis of 1969 1971, the reduction in government orders for r&d in the amount of $ 850 million was more than offset by an increase in the volume of self-financed work by $ 1,631 million8. 3 "chemical and engineering news"7февраля, 1972, с. 17 4 hagelin, b.scienceand technology-based military innovation: the united states and europe, sipri yearbook 2004. 5 руководство осло, рекомендации по сбору и анализу данных по инновациям, третье издание, москва, 2010. 6 swearingen, w. and dennis, j. (2009) ‘us department of defense technology transfer: the partnership intermediary model’, int. j. technology transfer and commercialization, vol. 8, nos 2/3, 2009. 7 сша: промышленные корпорации и научные исследования москва, наука, 1975. см §2 8 сша: промышленные корпорации и научные исследования москва, наука, 1975. см §2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 15 august, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org thus, the allocation of funds mainly from three "pockets" (the federal budget, private companies and universities), us science has given its notable results: from 1945 to 1991, 179 nobel prize laureates became in the usa, and 17 people in the ussr9. conclusion to this day, the united states consistently holds the leadership in r&d investments. in 2011, the united states accounted for 34% of global spending in this area. in total, $405.3 billion was invested, which amounted to 2.7% of the country's gdp10. references 1. "chemicaland engineering news"7февраля, 1972. 2. nsf. national patterns, p. 24, 25; economic reportof the president, 1973. wash., 1973. 3. nsf. nitioml patteras, p, 24, 23, 32; nsf. databook, 1973. wash. 1973. 4. hagelin, b.science-and technology-based military innovation: the united states and europe, sipri yearbook 2004. 5. swearingen, w. anddennis, j. (2009) ‘us department of defense technology transfer: the partnership intermediary model’, int. j. technology transfer and commercialization, vol. 8, nos 2/3, 2009. 6. usa: industrial corporations and scientific research moscow: nauka, 1975. 7. the oslo manual, recommendations for the collection and analysis of innovation data, third edition, moscow, 2010. websites: 8. www.ge.com 9. boeing.com 10. wikipedia.org 9 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/list_of_nobel_laureates_by_country# 10 http://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/наука сша american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org psychological features of the development of management competencies of students ruzikulova a.t. ndpi, "general pedagogy and psychology" senior teacher of the department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article covers the characteristics of the development of student management competencies, the fact that a competency-based approach in education involves ideas of professional and general, intellectual development, and forms of interdependence and metasubject, which embody correlations. cognitive experience, cognitive, metacognitive component. introduction the self-development of an individual is considered a holistic process of the formation of a conscious personality, based on the interaction of internal important and actively creative perceived external factors.in a broad sense, self-development means a purposeful process of "emergence" and formation of opportunities, abilities, skills, qualities or previously unprecedented properties and qualities that already exist, but have so far been "accumulated".the stages or forms of self-development are the processes of self-realization, self-improvement and self-realization[3-7]. development is a process of irreversible, growing, natural changes in the human psyche and behavior that lead to the emergence of quantitative, qualitative and structural changes.in relation to the competence-based approach, the meaning of education believes that it consists in the development of students ' ability to independently solve problems in various fields and activities based on the use of social experience, an element of which is the personal experience of students.the organization of the educational process consists in creating conditions for the formation in students of the experience of independent solution of cognitive, communicative, organizational, moral and other problems that make up the content of education.the educational result of development is the educational levels that students have achieved at a certain stage of education, based on education [1-10]. to understand the mechanism of intellectual development, first of all r.x.it is necessary to consider the rules of the theory of overcoming based on the overcoming of shakurovningto. the author notes that life is formed from the process of overcoming various obstacles –physical, spiritual, social, information, etc. in order to satisfy needs [1].s.y.the golovinpsychological barrier is an internal barrier of a psychological nature: defines unwillingness, fear, uncertainty, etc.as a mental state that manifests itself as insufficient passivity that prevents certain actions from being performed [2]. in our opinion, development and self-development always imply some kind of internal laws, some kind of self-movement, an object, a self-transformation of the system, a certain self-construction of the personality itself, the inner world.this process is irreversible, as a result of which quantitative and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org qualitative changes occur in intellectual, personal and activity characteristics.they are interconnected and interconnected.a special place is occupied by the training of personnel as the basis of development.the orientation of the development process is carried out by influencing the mental development of the student, managing his cognitive activity, developing it and purposefully influencing him. in the study of the nature of the mind, there are more questions than answers.answering these questions means understanding the structure of individual mental experience forms that determine individual changes in learning.intelligence is traditionally studied within two main areas: test and research psychological.in testology, it was believed that the increased level of intellectual development was manifested in the formation of thinking (cognitive) tasks (memory, attention, perception, speech, thinking).the scientific psychological direction was aimed at determining the mechanisms of intellectual activity[5-11]. m.a.xolodnaya intellect, which gives the opportunity to effectively perceive, understand and explain what is happening in thedvidual(mental) experimentsof a specific form of development.the idea of mental experience was formed in foreign and domestic studies as a special psychic reality, which determines the characteristics of the intellectual activity of a person (the carrier of the characteristics of the mind).personal mental experience, which is considered a system of mental mechanisms that predetermine the type of cognitive attitude. depending on the specifics of the composition and structure of these forms of experience, we can observe and measure the study of convergent abilities (solving normative problems in regulated situations), divergent abilities (the ability to create new ideas based on non-standard methods of activity,the ability to master new knowledge and skills), cognitive styles (the ability to have individual specific forms of cognitive. i am part of mental experience.a.kholodnaya separates three levels, let's dwell on each of them separately: level 1: cognitive experience,thus, is the subject of a stable thinking, contributing to the increase in its environment, natural aspects, psychology, mental structures that provide storage, ordering and unwanted information changes.cognitive experience includes archetypal structures;methods of encoding information;cognitive schemes;semantic structures; conceptual mental structures. level 2: metacognitive experience is a set of mental structures (voluntary intellectual control;arbitrary control;metacognitive awareness and open cognitive attitude) that allow voluntary and arbitrary regulation of intellectual activity. their main goal is to improve the state of individual intellectual resources, as well as information processing services. level 3: the next layer of mental experience, known as global structures, is expressed in terms of. these are mental structures based on individual intellectual inclinations (their main purpose is the formation of subjective selection criteria in relation to a particular subject area, the direction of finding a solution,information and methods of its processing, the direction and selection of individual intellectual activity) [3,11].the considered mental structures make up the composition of mental experience, therefore, their formation means the intellectual development of the individual. in our opinion, the intellectual development of students involves not only the development of cognitive mechanisms of information processing, but also the metacognitive mechanisms of intellectual selfcontrol. intellectual competence includes all the components of the general educational content of education: general educational skills, meta-knowledge and subjective methods of activity.as a result, students american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org develop information skills, preparation for self-education, independent search for information, selection and use of it, the ability to use new technologies of information interaction, the desire to improve self-knowledge methods, the desire to engage in research work [1-10]. thus, intellectual competence determines the personal system of working with information;the ability to master and create a new system of knowledge as a result of transferring the semantic context of activity from functional to transformative; readiness to rethink outdated stereotypes of thinking and forms of perception that hinder mobility in professional activities.intellectual competence determines such characteristics as openness and flexibility in the perception of new things, variability and diversity of subjective methods of understanding the same phenomenon, awareness of various mental "views" on current events. references: 1. shakurov r.h. emotions. personality. activity: mechanisms of psychodynamics/r.h.shakurov.kazan, 2001. -180c. 2. golovin s.y. dictionary of a practical psychologist / s.y. golovin. -m. : 1998.-57 p. 3. kholodnaya m.a. psychology of intelligence. paradoxes of research/m.a.kholodnaya. st. petersburg: publishing house of st. petersburg, 2002 -272s.01020304050607080hao'qisman1234 4. 4.qurbonova., qurbonovab., abdurashidovad. insontanasidagiradioaktivlik//physicotechnological education. -2021. –no. 5. 5. 5.qurbonova., nazarovf., qurbonovab. investigation of current-to-voltage converters//physical and technological education. -2021. –vol. 6. –no. 6. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org geoengineering period requirement in pilgrimage tourism a. ch. abdiyev qar. du. dots j. qosimov qar. du, ph.d, v. b. dots a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information on geographic information systems and their use in tourism, especially in the field of pilgrim tourism. the authors provide information on the gat definition and its specifics. gis, tourism, pilgrim tourism, holy place, information, internet. introduction as we know, our president sh.m.in his address to the supreme assembly of 2020, mirziyoyev stressed the need for the rapid development of pilgrimage tourism and stated that there are more than 8,200 objects of cultural heritage in our country, and only 500 of them were included in the tourist routes1. the samarkand region in which we live is very rich in tourist opportunities, where it is possible to develop, in particular, pilgrimage tourism, and thus make an effective contribution to the state treasury. because there are currently 1,851 objects of material and cultural heritage in the province, among which the number of places that can be visited is a certain part. in 2017-2021, the state program on the implementation of the strategy of action on the five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in the “year of development of science, education and digital economy”was tasked with “bringing the number of cultural heritage and architectural objects in areas where it is possible to develop pilgrimage and traditional tourism to 800, in the successful implementation of this strategic task, it is more important than always to develop a plan of measures aimed at improving the well-being or suitability to visit the holy steps, foreign and domestic pilgrims that exist in our country in order to develop pilgrimage tourism. pilgrimage tourism can be understood as the journey of various religious figures to their sacred places in their religion to fulfill their pilgrimage goals. the more pilgrimages, clean, cozy and comfortable the shrines have, the more the flow of pilgrims can increase and achieve great success with it. by the 21st century, the rapid growth of the information sphere led to the creation of computer technology and the computerization of various spheres of human life. today, it has become commonplace for information disseminated through the internet, social networks or the media to reach the public gaze of the whole world at short opportunities. today, in tourism tours, pilgrims make more use of the internet and dynamic maps to choose tourism destinations, find information about the areas they go to, and identify alternative destinations. locationbased technologies such as tourist information systems and web-based tourist routes are increasingly affecting the tourist industry. due to the wide development and use of internet and mobile american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org communication technologies in the world, tourism in many countries is increasing the use of roads prepared with gis. the emergence of a computerized world, a global system with gross informatization, linked the fate of nations, peoples and all of humanity. nowadays, information reliability, accuracy, efficiency, versatility, processing, high transmission speed and other high requirements are imposed. information systems currently play an important role in such areas as tourism, hospitality and business, household services, utilities. german economist nathan meyer rothschild has the famous quote” whoever has the information owns the world". over time, this system has been transformed into the concept of “geographic information system” (gat), since the scope of gat research covered not only specific location, but also objects and phenomena with different descriptive properties1. geoaxborot systems (gat, the later commonly accepted term being gis), began to develop from the 60s of the 20th century, but the extensive development of this system dates back to the 90s. the reason for this was the development of computer technology over the next 20 years. early gis were created in the middle of the 1960s to study natural resources in canada, the united states and sweden, now industrialized the first gis were created in canada, the united states and sweden in the mid-1960s to study natural resources, and now there are thousands of gis used in industrialized countries, economics, politics, ecology, natural resource management and conservation, cadastre, science, education, etc1. simply put, gisga collects, processes, stores in computer memory topographic, geodesic, earth, water resources and other cartographic information about objects and phenomena of nature and society, can be described as an automated hardware-programmed complex that provides updating, analysis, further processing. famous russian scientist v.s.tikunova defined gat as: "gat are interactive systems that carry out data collection, systematization (regulation), storage, processing, evaluation, imaging and dissemination, and are viewed on their basis as a means of obtaining new information and knowledge1. to date, there are more than 20 definitions of gat, each of which represents a specific content-essence. in all gis, methods of data collection, processing, storage in memory, updating, analysis and execution of these processes through technical means have been noticed in a special program that can process data on a computer or an adequate image feature. hence, gis is a perfectly developed system that relies on a vast meaningful database of natural networks collected by various methods. at the moment, the width of the areas of use gihatidan gis has no equal. it is widely used in tourism, navigation, transport, construction, geology, military affairs, economy, ecology and other fields. gat is widely used in land-making, various system cadastres, cartography, and geodesy, as processing large amounts of statistical, spatial, textual, graphic, and other forms of data and describing them will not be possible without the gis system. the characteristics of gat include spatial, data structure, practical problem orientation, ensuring geological study and mapping and a systematic approach, solving flexibility and multi-solution issues, analysis of geoaxborates characterizing important parameters2. it is known to everyone that the greatest effect of the introduction of information technology is in the field of tourism. because in developed and developing countries in the field of tourism, katt has achieved in this regard. there is any tourist who has set out for the purpose of pilgrimage, who first american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org wants to create an idea of the destination he is going to. when introduced into the tourism industry, gis performs the following main tasks: * report of enterprises of tourist services; * taking into account tourist routes; * analysis of the flow of tourists; * planning the development of the area; • provide the traveler with detailed and up-to-date information on various topics; • to give small tourist organizations the opportunity to promote their services and offers to the market cheaply and efficiently; • providing any tourist organization with an inexpensive way to disseminate information through mobile gis; * establish various contacts between any participants of the tourism market; * offering alternative marketing system and communication channels; * collection and processing of multimedia marketing materials using mobile gis. the spread of gis technologies in tourism depends on a number of additional socio-cultural, economic and political factors. by itself, gis technologies cannot create a “new combination” of tourist services. only the combination of gis with a number of social, institutional, socio-political and cultural factors leads to the creation of new combinations of goods and services, methods and markets. gis as a system consists of four basic elements. these are: computer, (hardware), programs used in the computer (gis software), data on which the software is analyzed, and the user who identifies and manages these three elements, namely human being. in place of the conclusion, it can be said that gat plays a huge role in tourism, in particular, in the development of pilgrimage tourism. in an informed current society, it is impossible to imagine the tourism industry without a goal. while tourism management bodies and tourist firms in our country constantly use information technology in their activities, the development of the tourist business and an increase in the flow of pilgrims is achieved. today, the need to create a single-order data exchange system of tourist organizations in our state is visible. through the system, all meiori-legal documents, reports, mutual data exchange are carried out quickly. in the process of using gat in tourism, it will be advisable to develop a virtual tourism program in 3d with the use of modern information technologies of all the holy shrines that exist in order to increase the potential of pilgrimage tourism in our country. pilgrims coming through the program travel virtually to the sacred shrines and shrines that go directly, and in turn, the opportunity arises to obtain prior information about the objects they are going to travel to. currently, a mobile application called masjid finder uzbekistan has been launched, which shows the location of mosques throughout the republic. similarly, there is a need to develop mobile applications that provide information about the addresses of the saints in our country, where the holy shrines, where allomas found eternal landing, are located. when developing applications, it will be advisable to use gis to the fullest. it is indisputable that this in its place gives a wide range of amenities to domestic and foreign tourists who come to our country with pilgrimage tourism. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org references 1 appeal of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the supreme assembly. https://president.uz/ru/lists/view/3324 [24.01.2020]. 2. collection of materials of the international scientific and practical conference on the topic” current problems and solutions for the development of the field of geoengineering system (gat) technology". (samarkand sh., samdaqi, 22-23 october 2019) b.78. 3 i.tukhliyev, a.abduvaliev. ”features of the introduction of the geoengineering system of innovative activities in tourism". journal of innovation in economics 02/2018. b.38. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org technology of new extraction of liquid hydrocarbons in mines norinov fakhriyor kurbonovich teacher of karshi engineering economics institute karshi uzbekistan choriev zoirjon nusratullo ugli student of karshi engineering economics institute karshi uzbekistan +998333388580 rakirfgararit@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s due to satellite oil gases, global warming, acid residues, climate change and the strengthening of the greenhouse effect are taking place. if we take into account that 60 billion m3 of gas is produced in uzbekistan for a year, 58.4% of it is sent for domestic use, 6.5% to underground storages, 12.5% to the cycling process and 22.5% to export. . if 3% of the total recoverable gas is released into the atmosphere through a flare, it makes a big indicator. if we take into account that burning 1000 m3 of satellite oil gas releases 3 tons of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere, then burning 1.5 billion m3 of gas releases 4.5 million tons of carbonic acid into the atmosphere. of the 60 billion cubic meters of satellite oil gas produced in russia, 20 billion cubic meters of gas is burned by flares, and the remaining 40 billion cubic meters of gas is used for the company's needs, a large volume of gas is used for electricity generation, 3 billion cubic meters for processing and gas chemistry. .m3 of raw material, a small amount of raw material is pumped into the layer. introduction the majority of hydrocarbon gases in the world are low-pressure and flare satellite gases from oil and gas fields. fossil gases are formed by the formation of gasses, gasses in petroleum and gases released during the process. a large volume of gas saved by mining is not used efficiently. expensive raw materials, which are the main part of gas, are used as production capacity in industry and production. today, economical use of satellite oil gases remains one of the problematic issues in the world practice. every year, 170 billion m3 of satellite oil gas is burned into the atmosphere. such a situation does not cause significant damage to the ecology and economy of countries without mining. negiriya-russia is the world leader in the burning of satellite oil gases. human health is threatened by the release of waste gases into the atmosphere due to the burning of flare gases, the amount of harmful substances is increasing, and the harmful metals contained in it are causing various types of serious diseases. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org the disposal of associated oil gases is the main problem of all oil companies. currently, there are several methods of economical use of associated petroleum gases.yо‘ldosh neft gazlaridan foydalanishning asosiy texnologiyalari bо‘yicha quyidagilarni о‘rganib chiqamiz hamda dissertatsiya ishimda navbatdagi ilmiy fikrlarni oldinga suramiz. 1. satellite petroleum gas can be used as a fuel directly in gas piston generators or in gas turbine units, after partial cleaning and drying in units of gas preparation and separation devices. in gas piston generators or gas turbines, full power cannot be achieved when satellite petroleum gas is used, and the presence of heavy hydrocarbons and sulfur causes equipment to wear out quickly. 2. on the basis of chemical technology, fuel constituents are separated using chemical reagents. taking into account the high cost of such chemical reagents and the fact that they are imported, the cost of using them in practice increases. 3. associated petroleum gases are passed through special blocks and fuel components are separated. it uses membrane technology and molecular mesh, but the sorbents quickly saturate and the films become full and have to be replaced quickly. 4. it is possible to apply low-temperature separation technology based on the propane cycle. when this technology is used in hot climates, performance decreases and operating costs are high. 5. associated petroleum gases are transported to gas processing plants and processed. expensive pipelines are expensive to lay and the coverage period is long. 6. with the help of coolers, all components of satellite gas are separated into fuel components based on combustion. the use of heavy fractions of hydrocarbons ( and higher) satellite petroleum gas as a fuel for gas power generators presents certain problems and is an expensive raw material in the petrochemical industry. oil is the main direction of finding a solution to the problem. comprehensive measures are taken to collect associated oil from oil fields for gas processing, it is transported to gas processing plants and processed to obtain dry degassed gas (qbg-dry degassed gas), broad fraction light hydrocarbons (kfeu ) and stable gas gasoline (bgb) is obtained. in addition to the broad fraction of light gas (s4 and above), the gas is collected in a fractionation unit to separate liquefied petroleum gases. references 1. эрматов н.х., мустафаев а.с., мухаммадиев х.м., жураев э.и. результаты гидродинамических исследований скважин, добывающих высоковязкие нефти // инновацион технологиялар. –карши: 2020. –№3. –с.14-17. 2. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. –с.22-23. 3.постоянно действующая геолого-технологическая модель месторождения углеводородов. требования к оформлению. порядок создания и утверждения. руководящий документ rh39.0105:2012. ташкент: нхк «узбекнефтегаз», 2012. –80 с. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org development of expanded clay concrete production technologies based on additives abdurakhimov abdukarim abdukhalimzoda termiz state university abduraximovabdukarim1996@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is not for nothing that the world community today includes only thermal energy in the most expensive energy class among the various categories of energy, because thermal energy, unlike other energies, does not change from one type to another, is not regenerated at all, it only burns and ends. it is for this reason that the countries of the european continent, which we recognize as developed, today prohibit the construction of a building or structure without the use of heat-insulating construction materials. in recent years, extensive measures have been implemented in our republic to further deepen economic reforms in the construction materials industry and to rapidly develop the network, to increase the production of new modern construction materials, structures and products, and to expand their types, and certain results are being achieved. the significant aspect of technical progress is that it is effective. is the loss of mass during the application of the material, in this situation it is necessary to send porous fillers to them. the use of lightweight concrete reduces the mass of the building structure by 35%, and cement by 10%. in this situation, the size of the structure increases, and its thermotechnical and acoustic properties are improved. in the last 10 years, a lot of research and studies have been carried out on the selection of composition, stability of lightweight concrete in porous aggregates. introduction world scientists have conducted many studies on these matters: i.n. akhverdova, a.a. arelyana, g.a. bujevica, a.i. vaganova, g.i. gorchakova, yu.p. gorlova, v.g. dovjika, i.a. ivanova, s. m. iskovicha, i.a. korneva, yu.e. kornilovicha, a.a. kudryavseva, yu.d. nasievskovo, n.a. popova, i.e. putlyaeva, b.g. skramtaeva, m.z. works by simona, n. ya. spivaka, ya. sh. shteyna, m. p. elinzona, a. shorta, j. p. valsa and others. the scientists of our country also dealt with the physical and mechanical properties of artificial pore fillers and lightweight concrete: l.m. botvina, b.a. askarov, k.a. akramov, u.a. gaziev, n.a. samigov, e.u. kosimov, a.a. tolaganov, s.a. khodjaev, m. k. tokhirov, kh.k. kamilov, t.t. shakirov and others are conducting scientific and practical work and developing innovative technologies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org high-quality porous aggregates are needed to obtain lightweight concrete. it is known that currently 70-75% expanded clay is used for the production of lightweight concrete. to obtain ceramsite, highly plastic and easily soluble clay-bentonite, kaolin, etc. are needed. but due to the lack of the above-mentioned soils, high-quality expanded clay is not obtained in many regions. recently, researchers have been conducting research on the use of porous fillers (agloporite, quartzoporite, comporite, ceramporite).. in the cis and abroad, a lot of experience has been conducted on the use of lightweight concrete in various porous fillers. the most common structures identified are: wall panels, semi-circular slabs, domes, etc. it is also noted that as a result of replacing heavy concrete with light porous concrete, the price of heavy porous buildings has also increased by 1:1.5. the ratio of large panel houses is 1:2.5. it is also known that the use of light concretes is superior to heavy concretes in physical and technical strength, density and stability. the strengths of lightweight concrete and its properties are being studied in detail. lightweight aerated concrete is more compact than heavy concrete. i.n.akhverdov studied the composition of lightweight porous concrete and came to the conclusion that ideal lightweight concrete can be obtained using porous filler. according to him, this concrete is considered the main type of concrete. taking into account the very small amount of water in cement stone in cement hydration, the pores return the previously absorbed water, create favorable conditions for the hydration of cement, and reduce compaction phenomena in cement stone and lightweight concrete in general [1]. ivanov.i.a. studies carried out by showed that small capillaries with a diameter of more than 0.05 mm, which is typical for a large number of filler capillaries, enter the cement-water suspension. the process of internal hydration in the mirror of gross capillaries occurs with the formation of crystalline hydrates, the growth of which strengthens the filler with the capillary surface and brings its high adhesive strength to the cement stone. a.i. according to vaganov, the limit of compressibility falls precisely when one of its components is reached. if the capillary of the filler is like this, then the strength and compaction of the mortar will not lead to an increase in the strength and deformation of the concrete. the ultimate strength of lightweight concrete is ensured. r.k. jitkevich and yu.e. in kornilovich's research, he presents the results of studies to determine the causes of compression of lightweight concrete by expanded clay. however, the degree of compaction of expanded clay concrete observed by them is relatively small. yu.e. the slow growth of kornilovich compression is explained only by the deformability of cementsand mortar, which is only between the filler capillary grains. g.a. bujevic points out that when the properties of expanded clay concrete and cement stones are close to each other, for example, the radiation strength and deformation indicators of lightweight concrete can be obtained. p full = p with mixture. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org in the case of an increase in the initial strength of the mortar, the filler solution p leads to a high concentration in the contact zones, which does not allow the strength of the mortar part to be used in concrete. researches conducted by a number of scientists proved that the main properties of aerated concretes and, above all, their deformation are related to the parameters of concrete and pore-filling mortar. i.a. ivanov and a.i. in krotov work, it is usually brittle under conditions of viscous contraction, and in rare cases can undergo further expansion, which is deformable. therefore, the compressibility and viscosity of the hardening bond significantly increase the strength of the filler[2]. from this point of view, it can be concluded that the actual strength of lightweight concrete and the strength of cement-sand mortar, as well as technological factors related to the preparation and further hardening of the concrete mix. today, obtaining a high-strength filler is usually associated with increased requirements for raw materials for production or the search for new production methods, which often complicates the technology and is not always economically justified. therefore, this problem requires us to use new types of porous aggregates in lightweight concrete in local raw materials and coal mining. we believe that porous fillers with an average density of 730-750 kg/m3, which allows obtaining lightweight concrete classes b10-b30, can be used in our country. foam polystyrene "thermotok-h" wall materials and products are produced in hungary. 5"poroton36" and "thermopor" with a compressive strength of 800-900 kg/m3 density; 7.5; equal to 10 mpa. polystyrene granules are used as quantitative additives in the production of poroton-36 wall products. "themopor" wall panels are made using incineration additives of industrial and agricultural waste. in france, sematek, briques, tuilles, alsase, establishment companies jso40, setablok37, maxithorme and s-figurative stones have expanded the production of wall materials and products. the company "serik" produces simple above-ground blocks. in the czech republic, a large volume of wall materials and loose tile slabs with an average density of 900-1000 kg / m3 with a compressive strength of 35 are produced; 40 and 50 mpa. in italy, the companies "s.j.l.s.", "edilfornacial" produce a wide range of wall materials and concrete slabs for flooring, which are pore fillers of various sizes with an average density of 7.5-12 mpa and an average density of 700-800 kg / m3 produced using today, there are many concrete production enterprises in the republic of uzbekistan. the annual growth rate of production varies from nine to ten percent. conclusion however, the volume of production of reinforced concrete from lightweight concrete in our republic is much lower than the demand for these products in the building materials market. nevertheless, scientific research in recent years not only shows that the base of raw materials for expanded clay is sufficient in the territory of uzbekistan, and in this regard, bentanite sand, which is the main raw material for the production of expanded clay, especially in the navoi region, is sufficient, but also proves once again that it is an ecologically clean material. took. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org references 1.х.а. акрамов., ш.т. рахимов., х.н. нуритдинов., м.т. туропов “бетон тўлдиргичлари технологияси” ўқув қўлланма тошкент-2011-йил. 2. аскаров.б.а.,ботвина.л.м. “пористые заполнители из местного сырья и легких бетона на их основе”. монография. ташкент.фан.1990г. 3. а.и.адилходжаев, ф.ф.каримова, у.ж.тургунбаев “қурилисҳ материаллари” дарслик, тосҳкент:. -2017-йил 4. абдуҳалимзода, абдураҳимов абдукарим. "студй оф продуcтион оф лигҳтwеигҳт cонcретес басед он ехпандед cлай." америcан жоурнал оф педагогиcал анд едуcатионал ресеарч 13 (2023): 19-22. 5. абдукҳалимзода, абдурахимов абдукарим. "тҳе усе оф филлер михтурес ассессмент оф тҳе cуррент статус." галахй интернатионал интердисcиплинарй ресеарч жоурнал 9.12 (2021): 467-470. 6. abdukhalimzoda, abdurakhimov abdukarim. "application of ash of heat power plants in mixtures." central asian journal of theoretical and applied science 2.11 (2021): 1-6. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org a system of exercises to improve students' monologue speech niyazova nasiba zhurabekovna, acting professor of the department of uzbek language and literature tashkent state law university, candidate of pedagogical sciences e-mail: n.niyazova@tsul.uz, iztdyu@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents material on a purposeful system of work carried out in a functional and stylistic aspect to improve the oral and written speech of students. based on the set goal, as well as depending on the tasks to be solved at each stage, a system of exercises can be proposed. so, at the first stage, analytical exercises are mostly performed, at the second — analytical-constructive and constructive, and at the third – only constructive. oral and written speech, speech utterance, monologue speech, the principle of conscious assimilation of knowledge about language, development of theoretical knowledge, active speech activity, russian language, functional and stylistic aspect, exercise system. introduction to date, in order to improve the oral and written speech of students, to instill in them the skills of coherent presentation of thought in a clear compositional form, a purposeful system of work carried out in a functional and stylistic aspect is necessary. in this regard, a system of classes is proposed to teach students of the national school description as a monological type of speech. important for the proposed system was the position of psycholinguistics that in order to form thinking in the studied language, regardless of the native language system, it is necessary to form skills and develop skills for organizing speech utterance in the unity of content and expression plans. the data of modern functional stylistics are essential when teaching description to a special type of monologue speech, according to which the same subject can be described in different ways depending on the purpose facing the author, as well as the specific scope of this description. special attention is paid to the general didactic principles of consciousness, systematicity, consistency, accessibility and clarity in the development of a system of classes for teaching description, which acquire certain specifics in the process of learning the studied language. the leading role in teaching russian to non-russian students belongs to the didactic principle of consciousness. the need to comply with this principle is determined by the data of the psychology of memory, characterized by meaningful logical memorization at the age level of students. in addition, learning a second language is a conscious process, guided and controlled by consciousness. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org this position in the methodology of language teaching is understood mainly as the need for students to become aware of speech actions, the principle of conscious acquisition of speech skills and abilities, and to the least extent — as the principle of conscious assimilation of knowledge about language. it is important that students realize the practical importance, for example, of mastering the logicalcompositional and structural-syntactic principles of writing a description, how knowledge of these principles will affect the quality of their own monologue speech. this understanding of the principle of consciousness provides for the development of theoretical knowledge based on active speech activity in russian. the didactic principles of systematicity and consistency presuppose the order and arrangement of the material, providing an understanding of individual facts and phenomena in a holistic unified system. in addition, the principle of systematicity provides for the active consolidation of knowledge, the systematic formation of skills and abilities, which finds its implementation in a system of exercises. the principle of accessibility is closely related to the principles of consistency and consistency. this principle provides not only for the selection of material that is feasible for assimilation, but also for such an organization of the exercise system when each task has a real basis for its implementation. for example, completing a task like: "make a description using a parallel method of communication between sentences" is feasible, provided that students are given the concept of how to communicate between the sentences included in the descriptive text, and this concept is firmly internalized by them. otherwise, the task will not have a real basis for its implementation, it will be practically impossible for students. excessively complex, difficult tasks, as well as easy ones, reduce interest in the material being studied and, therefore, cannot contribute to achieving the set goal. in other words, the principle of accessibility requires such an organization of the educational process in a national school, when each completed exercise strengthens students' confidence in their own speech capabilities in the language being studied. the principle of visibility is also of particular importance in the process of teaching a non-native language. "the principle of clarity should be considered not as an auxiliary one," v.v.belyaev wrote, "but as one of the main methodological principles of teaching a foreign language when this training pursues practical goals." taking into account the level of preparedness of students, three stages are highlighted in the proposed system of work on teaching the description: 1. preparatory stage; 2. special description training; 3. improving skills. these stages are closely related to each other. at the same time, each of them pursues certain goals and has specific tasks. at the first and second stages, high school education is conducted on a text basis. the texts proposed for analysis at these two stages are samples of scientific, popular science, journalistic and business nature, as well as excerpts from works of fiction, selected taking into account the following criteria: 1. compliance with the style of speech in which the statement will be implemented; 2. matching the type of speech that students are currently learning; 3. organization from the point of view of a single coherent whole. based on the set goal, as well as depending on the tasks to be solved at each stage, a system of exercises can be proposed. so, at the first stage, analytical exercises are mostly performed, at the second — american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org analytical-constructive and constructive, and at the third – only constructive. the constructive exercises performed at the second stage aim students at producing oral and written monological text of a descriptive type, and the exercises of the third stage are aimed at constructing a narrative text with the obligatory introduction of descriptions of various volume and style. 1. the preparatory stage. the allocation of this stage is due to the inability of most students to distinguish the description from other types of speech. therefore, at the first stage, we set ourselves the following goals: 1) to give students the concept of description as a functional and semantic type of monologue speech; 2) familiarize them with the grammatical (linguistic) features of the description; 3) describe the main types of description, distinguished by object and style. the main task of this stage is to form students' skills: 1) distinguish the description from other types of speech; 2) determine the types of description depending on its object and stylistic affiliation; 3) find descriptions in the narrative text and establish its grammatical features. thus, learning to describe is of great theoretical and practical importance. working on the description, students learn, first of all, to present the content in a certain form and sequence, which is necessary to eventually form the ability to choose the form that best corresponds to the content being presented, and therefore the ability to truly use language as a means of exchanging thoughts. references 1. gorodilova g.g. methods of teaching professional speech communication in the preparation of a russian language teacher for a national school. — tashkent: ukituvchi, 1992. — 156 p 2. belyaev b.v. essays on the psychology of teaching foreign languages. —m.: enlightenment,167 p. 3. niyazova n. studying text based on modern gadgets in russian language lessons // “til va adabiyet ta'limi // teaching language and literature” ilmiy-metodik journal, 2021/1. 4.khashimova, d., niyazova, n., shamsitdinova, m., & khojamova, y. (2023). somatic phraseological units: reflecting social phenomena. journal of law and sustainable development, 11(12), e2683-e2683. 5. niyazova, n. j., monologue, r., & law students, r. e. c. i. xorijiy tillarni o "qitishning dolzarb masalalari: muammolar va yechimlar. – p. 123. 6. yanchenko v. d., niyazova n. j. classification of speech forms of monological and dialogical speech in teaching russian in a non-linguistic audience //education science and innovative ideas in the world. – 2023. – vol. 21. – no. 2. – pp. 9-13. 7.ramazonov, n., bozorova, n., niyazova, n., & choriev, o. (2021). on the relationship of the sufi concept of faqr (رقف) and the characters in the lyric poetry of alisher navoi. 48(8). 8. niyazova, n. j. (2023, january). the importance of modern teaching methods in teaching legal disciplines. in e conference zone (pp. 1-7). 9. hashimova d.u., mikheeva t.a. on the national-specific features of contacting cultures in the process of learning the russian language in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org the context of multilingualism in the republic of uzbekistan //education science and innovative ideas in the world. – 2023. – vol. 21. – no. 2. – pp. 14-20. 10. niyazova n. j. the relevance of studying regional texts in the implementation of the unity of education and upbringing of students //economics and society. – 2023. – №. 2 (105). – pp. 964-968. 11. hashimova d. u., niyazova n. j. on linguistic research of lacunae in the context of interaction of the russian language with other languages //actual problems of acculturation in the context of teaching russian as a foreign language. – 2022. – pp. 74-83. 12. shamsitdinova, m. g., khashimova, d. u., niyazova, n., & avilova, k. (2022). psychology of teaching foreign languages. resmilitaris, 12(3), 3780-3786. 13.khulkar a., khashimova d., niyazova n. on the basis of an integrated course, teaching professionally oriented foreign language vocabulary to students of non-linguistic specialities //asean journal on science & technology for development. – 2022. – vol. 39. – no. 4. – pp. 237-241. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org the significance of the life and scientific heritage of muhammad kashgori in the rise of spirituality of youth gofforov zafariddin zainobiddinovich andijan agriculture and agrotechnology assistant at the department of humanities at the institute ganiyev avazbek, studentt of the institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in our country, significant work is being done in the field of studying the spiritual and cultural heritage, which is considered one of our national values. the attitude towards history has changed, the national-spiritual and religious-educational consciousness of our people has grown. the fundamentals of islam, which are the spiritual foundations of our spirituality, began to be correctly interpreted. ample opportunities have been created for scientific research in this area. introduction at the same time, in our country, efforts aimed at communicating the spiritual heritage of our ancestors to the general public and the younger generation, and, as a result, protecting our youth from foreign ideas and spiritual threats, have risen to the level of government policy. president sh.m. mirziyoyev said on this occasion: “nothing in great history passes without a trace.” it is preserved in the blood and historical memory of peoples, manifested in their practical activities. that's why he is powerful. preservation, study and transmission of historical heritage from generation to generation is one of the most important policy priorities of our state. this becomes extremely important in modern conditions of globalization, when new threats arise, including the danger of “mass culture” and sentiments of patriotism, and there is a danger of loss of morality and values. therefore, in my opinion, today it is more important than ever to preserve and enrich the origins that determine the spiritual world of man and the culture of peoples. it is the honorable duty of each of us to protect and cherish our sacred religion, which embodies our age-old values and moral virtues. islam means understanding the truth, it encourages people to do good deeds, calls each of us to goodness and peace, teaches us to be a real person. we strongly condemn those who try to use the religion of islam for the purpose of violence and bloodshed, and we will never compromise with them. we will always defend our holy religion" [1]. it is known that the spiritual heritage of our people is extremely rich and diverse, and in the middle ages the sciences characteristic of islamic sharia developed widely. among them, many scholars who american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org contributed to the development of jurisprudence, especially the hanafi school of jurisprudence, developed and published works. one such scientist is muhammad kashgari hanafi. his full name is abu abdullah sadiddin muhammad ibn ali al-kashgari. sources report that he was born and raised in an intelligent family in the city of kashgar in 630 ah (1233 ce) [2]. in some sources, the city where he was born and raised is referred to as “yakut”. it is mentioned that this city is located in east turkestan and its inhabitants are muslims. today this city is located in the xinjiang province of the people's republic of china. the period of alloma's birth, i.e., the first half of the 13th century, corresponds to the last years of the reign of the karakhanids and the invasion and domination of the mongols in the regions of movaraunnahr and eastern turkestan. the scientist's family is connected with the family of muhammad ibn al-hasan alkashgari, who was considered one of the most outstanding scientists of his time. al-hasan al-kashgari died in 550 ah (1155 ad) [3]. imam kashgari was skilled in many fields, especially fiqh, nakhwa, dictionary, tafsir and sirat. even suyuti described him as an-nahwi. imam kashgari is known for moving to different countries and visiting many cities. the imam lived in mecca for a total of fourteen years, then moved to yemen and lived in taiz. imam kashgari died in yemen in 705 ah (1306 ad). he is the author of a number of books, including: “mukhtasar usdun al-ghabat fiy ma'rifat is-sahaba.” a copy of this work is kept in the chesterbett library under number 3213 and consists of 4 volumes “majma al-gharaib wa manba a'jaib” (“collection of miracles and source of miracles”), “munyatul musolli and g “unyatul mubtadi”. several commentaries were written on this book, the author of one of them, ibn amir haji muhammad ibn muhammad ibn ahmad, died in 879 ah (1474). his commentary is called “khalbatul mujalli wa bagatul mukhtadi fiy sharkh munyatul musolli.” there is also a commentary by amir ibn suleiman. he died in 1075 ah (1665 ad). his comment was acknowledged by yahya assorukhani. such works of keying as “tulabat ut-tolabat fiy tarikil-ilm liy man tolabahu”, “taj us-saada” (“crown of happiness”), “kitab us-sayakot” [3] are known and have come down to us. the book of imam kashgari "minyatul musolli wa ghunyatul mubtadi" is one of the enriched works based on the texts of the hanafi school of jurisprudence. he was widely known among students and scientists and did not go unnoticed by them. more than one hundred copies of this book are kept in the libraries of the king abdulaziz foundation in medina, and the last copies are also kept here. also, a lot of information about the book was conveyed by the scientist ibn abidin in his famous poem “raddul mukhtar ala durul mukhtar” [3]. this book has been reprinted twice. the first of these was published under the direction of roghib alfayz al-mazid in 1265 ah (1849 ad) in a volume of 73 pages. the second edition was printed in istanbul in 1308 ah (1891 ad) under the direction of ahmad khulusi. it consisted of 59 pages. this publication also repeated the content of the previous one. as the title of this book indicates, the work is based on the teachings of the school of imam abu hanifa and his students abu yusuf, muhammad and in some places imam zufar, a student of imam abu hanifa and other schools of jurisprudence, especially imam shafi. i. is devoted to a detailed description of the rules. the book began with a short introduction. in it, the author emphasizes that there are many different sciences, the most important of which is devoted to issues of prayer. the book focuses on rare issues american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org that reached the sectarians in their advanced works and lists some sources by name. it also contains information about the title of the book. after this, in the book, the author explained the importance of confirming the obligatory prayer in the holy quran, sunnah and ijma, and also mentioned the texts of the holy quran and hadith. he then spoke about the conditions of prayer, the duties of wudu, the methods of wudu, the manner of wudu, and the actions that violate wudu. he then explained in detail the basic rules of cleanliness and washing and divided them into parts such as farzi, wajibi and mustahab. after this, he mentioned the rules of tayammum, its conditions, as well as rubbing a broken leg with a wooden board and javrob. after this, he talks about actions that violate wudu and the rulings about impurity. then he talks about actions that violate prayer: the duties of prayer, the row in prayer, the style of prayer, nafl prayers, places that violate prayer, and rulings on the harm of prostration. he concludes the reading of the book with his judgments. also, the text of the work is distinguished by the thoroughness of its presentation, the organization of information, and the inclusion of the opinions of religious scholars. in short, the life path of a scientist and the scientific legacy left to the next generation have enormous educational value. by reading the works of imam kashgari, young people develop such qualities as honesty, purity, hard work, caring for the family, humanism, patriotism, loyalty to national and religious values, respect for elders, respect for children, patience in the pursuit of knowledge. . . this, in turn, plays a crucial role in developing our youth into accomplished individuals with high spirituality. references 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will resolutely continue our path of national development and take it to a new level. volume 1. tashkent: uzbekistan. 2017. 2. al-kashgari, muhammad ibn muhammad ibn ali al-kashgari. munyatul musalli and gunyatul mubtadi. cairo: maktabatu mashariq, 2017. 3. abu abdullah muhammad ibn muhammad al-kashgari hanafi. munyatul musalli and gunyatul mubtadi. damascus: darul kalam, 2007. 4. ataev m.r. the role of majduddin al-ustrushani in the history of jurisprudence of mowaraunnahr. the dissertation was written for the degree of candidate of historical sciences. tashkent: 2011. 5. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 6. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). tafakkurmantiq ilmini o ‘rganish ob’ekti. holders of reason, 1(1), 606-617. 7. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). ustivor qonun va inson huquqi kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 362-372. 8. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). yangi konstitutsiya-taraqqiyot qomusi. holders of reason, 1(1), 395-402. 9. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o’zlashtiruvchi va ishlab chiqaruvchi xo’jalikni shakllanishi. holders of reason, 1(1), 373382. 10. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). islohotlarning axloqiy jihatlari va jamiyatga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 498-508. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org 11. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). xolchayon saroyi qo ‘riqlanishga muhtoj. holders of reason, 1(1), 350361. 12. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). qadriyatlar inson ma’naviy kamolotining muhim omili. holders of reason, 1(1), 475-484. 13. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). o ‘zbekiston respublikasi konstitutsiyasi yangi tahririning o’ziga xos xususiyatlar. holders of reason, 1(1), 383-394. 14. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). axloqiy qadiryat ijtimoiy–ma’daniy xodisa sifatida. holders of reason, 1(1), 509-525. 15. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). yangi o ‘zbekistonda axloqiy qadiriyatlar tizimining transformatsiyasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 485-497. 16. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). muhammad kashg’oriy hayoti va ilmiy merosining ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 565-574. 17. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). oʻzbekistonda yoshlar va maʻnaviyat. holders of reason, 1(1), 413-421. 18. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). tа’limtаrbiyа tizimini tubdаn isloh qilishning dolzаrb mаsаlаlаri xususidа muloxаzаlаr. holders of reason, 1(1), 403-412. 19. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o ‘zbekistondagi professional talim tizimiga yoshlarni qamrovini yanada oshirishning uslublari. holders of reason, 1(1), 585-593. 20. madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., mo'ydinov, x., & ahmedova, u. (2023). abu rayhon beruniyning tabiiy-ilmiy va falsafiy qarashlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 594-605. 21. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). kitob mutolasi manaviyatimiz xazinasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 422-430. 22. khabibulaevna, b. i. (2022). the problem of objectivity and subjectivity in creative thinking. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(1), 107108. 23. habibulaevna, b. i. (2022). prospects for forming national creative idea. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(3), 539-542. 24. khabibulaevna, b. i. (2023). the way to the human heart begins with kindness and generosity. open access repository, 4(03), 194-196. 25. habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). in the reforms under the leadership of our honorable president sh. mirziyoyev, the concept of" generity" is raised to the level of state policy. conferencea, 140-144. 26. habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). a philosophical analysis of the policy conducted in the framework of kindness and generosity shown to the women included in the" women's notebook" organized by the initiative of the honorable president sh. mirziyoyev. conferencea, 311-315. 27. habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). kindness, kindness and generosity are the original sign of the uzbek people's eternal valuation. american journal of social sciences and humanity research, 3(05), 104-110. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org a study on the relationship between covid-19 vaccination and abortion in al-dewaniyah city bashar abd alkadhim naji hiba adnan aziz abu omaima al-qadisiyah education directorate, ministry of education, iraq, college of biotechnology sci.bio.phd.22.2@qu.edu.iq hiba.adnan@qu.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s at first, the clinical trials for the covid-19 vaccine excluded pregnant women. conversely, observational research has demonstrated that immunization of pregnant women is relatively safe. in such scenario, it is crucial to look at the potential relationship between the different covid19 vaccination kinds and the likelihood of an abortion. finding a link between pregnancy termination and the several covid-19 types is the aim of this investigation. vaccinations administered in al-dewaniyah city. this study was a retrospective cross-sectional analysis that was carried out at three private general hospitals in the city of al-dewaniyah. during the course of the research project, data was collected from pregnant women who were hospitalized for the purpose of having an abortion through the use of computerized medical records and telephone interviews. after that, women were questioned in order to achieve the goal of gathering information. received, as well as the outcome of their current pregnancy (whether it resulted in abortion or not). the study includes the medical data of 107 women who were diagnosed with abortion. among them, 13.1% were able to successfully continue their pregnancy. women who received vaccinations had a substantially lower gestational age compared to those without vaccines, and a greater chance of diabetes (or: 0.09, 95% ci: 0.01-0.89, p=0.040) and hypertension (or: 3.1, 95% ci: 1.346.97, p=0.008). an increased risk of receiving covid-19 immunizations was not demonstrated to be associated with spontaneous abortion (odds ratio: 1.07, 95% confidence interval: 0.21–5.49, p =0.937). vaccination against covid-19 does not increase the risk of abortion in the population of expectant mothers who get the shot in the first or second trimester of their pregnancy. the results about the safety of giving vaccinations to pregnant women during the early phases of pregnancy need to be confirmed by carrying out more clinical trials. covid-19, abortion, vaccine, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org introduction the pfizer-biontech vaccine received approval following the release of the outcomes of the phase iii clinical trial, it is anticipated that the deployment will take place in iraq in month of december 2020. in february of 2021, the application for approval of the oxford-astrazeneca vaccine, which was designed as a secondary method of vaccination, was approved [1]. there was a continuation of the immunization of pregnant women and other vulnerable populations after the acceptance of alternate immunizations [1]. growing research suggests that pregnant women run a higher risk of serious consequences if they do contract the covid-19 virus. among these are serious sickness, miscarriage, stillbirth, placental thrombosis, and early delivery. while there is accumulating data to the contrary, pregnant women are not particularly vulnerable to covid-19. in addition to maternal obesity and advanced maternal age, the existence of concurrent medical conditions, such as hypertension and diabetes, also increases the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes [2]. examples of such medical problems include diabetes and hypertension. a significant reduction in the likelihood of pregnant women and other individuals suffering from serious disease, requiring hospitalization, or passing away as a result of the covid-19 virus is achieved with the administration of the vaccination [2]. inactivated viruses are used in all licensed vaccinations, which is the basis for the recommendation that pregnant women receive a vaccination [2]. this is the rationale that underpins the recommendation. on the other hand, there is not enough evidence to suggest that immunizations against covid-19 offer a favorable balance between the benefits and hazards when they are delivered to pregnant women [7the main factors contributing to this problem are the purposeful the exclusion of pregnant women from essential trials and the absence of a control group that has not received the vaccine. pregnant women are not included in the key research. the cdc, acog, and other organizations advocate for the inclusion of the covid-19 vaccine in prenatal care for pregnant women amidst the pandemic. [10,11]. this holds true even when safety data—especially long-term data—is not widely available. a spontaneous abortion does not always translate into worse perinatal outcomes [13], especially when rna-based differences are taken into account [14,15]. various assertions state that this is not always the case. the aim of this study was to determine whether abortion and the different covid-19 immunizations are related among pregnant women who were admitted to a private hospital network in al-dewaniyah city with an abortion diagnosis. an important thing to draw your attention to is the paucity of research in this specific field. materials and methods methodology utilised the researchers employed official records data to perform a retrospective crosssectional analysis. in al-dewaniyah city, iraq, there are three general hospitals that are privately owned and operated, and these facilities provided the clinical data obtained. every pregnant woman who was admitted to the hospital for an abortion between january and december of 2021 was included in the study, and their obstetric data was included. we were able to obtain their contact information from the file, and we then began a conversation with them over the phone. all women who had received their vaccinations before to becoming pregnant were not included in the study. those patients who either did not have sufficient electronic data or who expressed a desire to not participate in the study were excluded from the analysis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org data collection the data obtained includes demographics, clinical information, and obstetric details. additionally, information on covid-19 infections and immunisations, as well as the result of the pregnancy (either full abortion or continuation), were acquired. any missing obstetric details were gathered through phone interviews. the information provided includes details regarding age and obstetrics, including parity and potential risk factors for abortion, such as being above the age of 35 and having a history of abortion. it also covers health disorders such as diabetes, hypertension, and thyroid issues. furthermore, we inquired about the uniformity or combination of the covid-19 vaccination doses, in addition to their quantity and type. statistical analysis the spss application, namely version 22, was utilized in order to do the statistical analysis on the data. the information was given in terms of the count of categorical variables as well as the frequency with which they occurred. for the purpose of comparing pregnant women who had been vaccinated and those who had not been vaccinated, as well as those who had abortions and those who did not, the χ2 test was utilized. for the purpose of determining the factors that significantly predict abortion among women who have had vaccines, a binary it was determined to conduct a logistic regression analysis. a two-tailed test was performed on each and every one of the tests that were carried out, and the significance threshold was set at a minimum of 0.05. results out of only those ladies who matched the particular criteria for inclusion and exclusion were taken into consideration for the study. there were 107 women who were admitted to the hospital with intentions of having an abortion. thirteen-point one percent of these ladies went on to have second pregnancy after the initial one. the vaccine against covid-19 was reported to have been received by an overwhelming majority of women, including 86% of them. the vaccinations that were given to these ladies were as follows: 33.6% received an rna vaccination was given to 65.4%, a viral vector vaccination to 9.3%, a combination of the two to 11.2%, and a single dosage to 52.3%. the demographics of the women admitted to the hospital with an abortion diagnosis are shown in the table that follows. categorized according to whether or not they had received vaccinations. there were just 9.3 percent of the total group that were going through their first pregnancy, while the age range of 25 to 35 years old was the most prevalent, accounting for 57.9 percent of the organization. ninety-seven percent of women gave birth between the sixth and twelfth week of their pregnancies. this was the time most commonly observed. among the women who were examined, 55.1% of them experienced missed abortions. the remaining women, on the other hand, had incomplete abortions (18%), threatening abortions (13.1%), or abortions that were unavoidable (2.8%). particularly noteworthy is the fact that out of all the cases, 28 individuals were able to have successful pregnancies as a result of medical assistance at the hospital. the results of the study showed that women who had received vaccinations exhibited indications of hypertension at an earlier stage of pregnancy (p = 0.031) compared to those who had not received vaccinations. (table 1). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org table 1: characteristic data of women with abortion (with and without vaccination) for vaccination status (p=0.261), dosage (p=0.331), timing (0.794), and dosage (0.012), the research found no statistically significant differences between full-term abortion women and those who continued with the pregnancy to term. (table 2). table 2: comparison between women with abortion outcomes and those who continue their pregnancy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org an a significant predictive model for complete abortion was discovered, which includes characteristics in addition to the immunization record, the gestational age, consanguinity, smoking, and existence of comorbidities should be included. the statistical analysis, which resulted in a chi-square value of 27.96 and a p-value of 0.001, demonstrated that there is a significant connection between the two variables. the nagelkerke r square score for the model is 0.227, which indicates that it explains 22.7% of the variation in total abortion prediction in the data. despite this, the immunization did not appear to have any noticeable independent impact regarding the outcome. in addition to the odds ratio (or) of 1.07, the p-value was found to be 0.937, and the confidence interval (ci) for the test ranged from 0.21 to 5.49. on the other hand, factors such as diabetes and being older than 35 years old were identified as significant indications. the odds ratio for age was 3.1, indicated by a p-value of 0.008 and a confidence range ranging from 1.34 to 6.97 at the 95% level of certainty. with a p-value of 0.040 and a 95% confidence interval ranging from 0.01-0.89, the odds ratio for diabetes was found to be 0.09. . table 3: predictors of complete abortion among all women admitted with abortion. discussion among the three were 107 pregnant women who were admitted to the hospital with a diagnosis of abortion on their medical records. 13.1% were successful in completing the pregnancy to delivery. among pregnant women, 11.2% received a combination of immunisations, whereas 86% received a single dose either during the first or second trimester. there were no notable disparities in the types or quantities of vaccines administered to women who had abortions and those who did not, regardless of their vaccination status. advanced maternal age, diabetes, and positive consanguinity are established risk factors for abortion. however, immunisation did not emerge as a significant predictor of abortion. based on these findings, there is no discernible relationship between immunisation and abortion. possible causes may include the vaccinated group's significantly diminished risk factors for abortion, such as being younger and having fewer instances of consanguinity. however, according to these findings, there is no evidence to suggest that vaccines pose any risk to reproductive health, particularly with reference to abortion. observational studies, particularly those that utilized mrna immunization during pregnancy, have provided strong support for the current study, which has acquired significant acceptance. the findings of a trial that was carried out by shimabukuro and colleagues [7] demonstrated that the it is quite safe to give pregnant women mrna covid-19 vaccinations. initial data utilized in the study came from the v-safe pregnancy registry, the "v-safe health checker" monitoring system, and the vaccine adverse event reporting system. three groups were compared by the researchers after an exhaustive investigation including over 22,000 women: women who had received vaccinations, women who had american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org not, and women who had received immunizations after giving birth. the results of the study show no relationship between possible risks and the number, kind, or timing of vaccination doses. [16]. the majority of the women who underwent diagnostic procedures for abortion were admitted within the first three months of their pregnancies (90.7%). the majority of these women were observed in the group that had been vaccinated (92.4%), in contrast to the group that had a full-term abortion (0%). the outcomes of our study have been supported by information that was gathered from two extensive examinations that were based on populations. vaccination and early abortion have not been found to be associated with one another, according to these investigations. [15,17]. moreover, multiple observational studies have discovered no detrimental impacts on the developing foetus after the injection of mrna covid-19 vaccinations that are administered pregnant women are systematically omitted from significant clinical trials, and there is a lack of a control group that does not receive the vaccination. pregnant women are not included in the key research. the cdc, acog, and other organizations advise incorporating the covid-19 vaccine into prenatal care for pregnant women amidst the pandemic. yet were able to safely bring the pregnancy to term, regardless of whether or not they had received immunizations, is probably the most important strength of the study. conclusions women who received the covid-19 vaccination in the first or second trimester of their pregnancy showed no statistically significant correlations between the various abortion techniques and the vaccination. this was the same whether the women got a combination of vaccinations or just one mrna vaccine. more clinical trials that are geared at enhancing the safety of covid-19 immunizations given in the early stages of pregnancy are definitely required. precisely organized. in addition to this, it is of the utmost importance to collect information regarding the efficiency of the security measures taken by the offspring over the long term. references 1. assiri a, al-tawfiq ja, alkhalifa m, et al.: initiating the covid-19 vaccination campaign in saudi arabia: insights gained and future plans. the article titled "travel med infect dis" was published in 2021 and has the reference number 43:102119. the article can be accessed using the doi 10.1016/j.tmaid.2021.102119. 2. coronavirus disease (covid19): pregnant women and the birthing process (2020). accessed on the 15th of march, 2020: https://www.who.int/news-room/questions-and-answers/item/coronavirus disease-covid-19-pregnancyand-childbirth. 3. data on covid-19 during pregnancy: symptoms and severity of the mother's illness (2021). it was accessed on january 4, 2021.: https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/99912. 4. gurol-urganci i, jardine je, carroll f, et althe national cohort research was conducted in england to investigate the maternal and perinatal outcomes of pregnant women who were infected with sarscov-2 at the time of birth. 2021, 225:522.e1-e11, american journal of obstetrics and gynecology, 10.1016/j.ajog.2021.05.016 5. baral g, shrestha o, baral rs: thrombotic pathology in the placenta of a pregnant woman who tested positive for covid. j nepal health research council, volume 19, issue 1, pages 206-8, 2021, 10.33314/ jnhrc.v19i1.3403 https://www.who.int/news-room/questions-and-answers/item/coronavirus%20-disease-covid-19-pregnancyand-childbirth https://www.who.int/news-room/questions-and-answers/item/coronavirus%20-disease-covid-19-pregnancyand-childbirth https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/99912 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org 6. allotey j, stallings e, bonet m, et al.: this study presents a comprehensive systematic review and meta-analysis of the clinical symptoms, risk factors, and maternal and perinatal outcomes of coronavirus illness 2019 in pregnant women. bmj, 2020, volume 370, issue m3320, 10.1136/bmj.m3320 7. shimabukuro tt, kim sy, myers tr, et alinitial results of the mrna covid-19 vaccine's safety in pregnant women are shown here. in the year 2021, the new england journal of medicine published 384:2273-82. 8. covid-19 vaccines while pregnant or breastfeeding. (2021). accessed: october 20, 2022: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019ncov/vaccines/ recommendations/pregnancy.html#:~:text=cdc%20recommends%20covid%2d 9. covid-19 vaccination considerations for obstetric-gynecologic care . (2021). accessed: january 6, 2023: https://www.acog.org/clinical/ clinical-guidance/practice-advisory/articles/2020/12/covid-19vaccinationconsideration 10. covid-19 vaccines, pregnancy and breastfeeding. (2021). accessed: september 27, 2022: https://www.health.govt.nz/covid-19-novel-coronavirus/covid-19-vaccines/covid-19-vaccinepregnancyand-breastfeeding. 11. pregnant women are now eligible for the pfizer covid-19 vaccine . (2021). accessed: july 23, 2021: https://medicinetoday.com.au/system/ files/pdf/rmt2021-04-004-reynolds.pdf. 12. maykin mm, heuser c, feltovich hindividuals who are pregnant are deserving of the protection that is provided by sars-cov-2 vaccinations. 10.1016/j.vaccine.2020.12.007 vaccine, volume 39, issue 1, pages 171-2, 2021 13. rouse ce, eckert lo, babarinsa i, et al.: case definition and procedures for the collection, analysis, and presentation of maternal vaccination safety data are presented in this article. the topics covered include spontaneous abortion and ectopic pregnancy. in 2017, the journal vaccine published 35:656374. 10.1016/j.vaccine.2017.01.047 14. magnus mc, gjessing hk, eide hn, wilcox aj, fell db, and håberg se conducted a study on the correlation between the administration of the covid-19 immunization during pregnancy and the occurrence of a miscarriage in the first trimester. in the year 2021, the new england journal of medicine published 385:2008-10. 15. kharbanda eo, haapala j, desilva mabortion that occurred spontaneously after receiving the covid-19 immunization while pregnant, as reported by vazquez-benitez g, vesco kk, naleway al, and lipkind hs. 10.1001/jama.2021.15494 journal of the american medical association, volume 326, issue 1629-31, 2021 16. fell db, dhinsa t, alton gd, et al.: vaccination against covid-19 during pregnancy is associated with unfavorable outcomes throughout the postpartum period. 10.1001/jama.2022.4255 [jama], volume 327, issue 1478-87, year 2022 17. goldshtein i, steinberg dm, kuint j, it was chodick g, segal y, and shapiro. the association of bnt162b2 is led by ben david s. and ben-tov a. vaccination against covid-19 during pregnancy may have implications for neonatal and early infant outcomes. 176:470-7, journal of the american medical association pediatrics, 2022. 10.1001/ jamapediatrics.2022.0001 18. rottenstreich m, sela hy, rotem r, kadish e, in a multicenter retrospective cohort study, wienerwell y and grisaru-granovsky s investigated the relationship between the rate of immunization and https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-%20ncov/vaccines/ https://www.acog.org/clinical/%20clinical-guidance/practice-advisory/articles/2020/12/covid-19-vaccinationconsideration https://www.acog.org/clinical/%20clinical-guidance/practice-advisory/articles/2020/12/covid-19-vaccinationconsideration https://www.health.govt.nz/covid-19-novel-coronavirus/covid-19-vaccines/covid-19-vaccine-pregnancyand-breastfeeding https://www.health.govt.nz/covid-19-novel-coronavirus/covid-19-vaccines/covid-19-vaccine-pregnancyand-breastfeeding https://medicinetoday.com.au/system/%20files/pdf/rmt2021-04-004-reynolds.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org maternal and newborn outcomes in relation to the covid-19 vaccination administered during the third trimester of pregnancy. bjog, volume 129, issue 25, pages 248–55, 10.1111/1471-0528.16941 19. lipkind hs, vazquez-benitez g, desilva m, et al.: receipt of covid-19 vaccination during pregnancy and preterm or small-for-gestational-age at birth: eight integrated health care organizations, united states, december 15, 2020-july 22, 2021. morbid mortal weekly report, volume 71, issues 26-30, 2022, 10.15585/mmwr.mm7101e1 reference. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org green fitness: the impact of nature on sport and physical activity improvements shukhrat yusupovich rahmanov, lecturer of the department of physical education and sports games jahongir salimovich soatmuradov, student of the faculty of sports activity and management, group 523. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is dedicated to the topic of "green fitness" and its importance for health and well-being. green fitness involves engaging in sports activities outdoors in a natural environment, such as running, yoga, cross-country running, cycling, and open water swimming. the article discusses the benefits of each type of activity for physical and mental health, as well as their impact on overall human well-being. practical advice is also provided on organizing green fitness activities and ensuring safety during outdoor workouts. this article aims to draw attention to the importance of outdoor sports and inspire readers to lead an active lifestyle in harmony with nature. introduction with the growing awareness of the importance of a healthy lifestyle and caring for the environment, modern fitness trends are increasingly oriented towards nature. green fitness, or environmentally conscious fitness, stands out among them as one of the most relevant and attractive directions. green fitness is not just about physical exercises outdoors but also about harmonious interaction with nature, which contributes to improving physical and mental well-being. historical context: the idea of green fitness traces its roots back to ancient times when physical activity and caring for nature were an integral part of daily life. in various cultures, people spent time outdoors, engaging in physical exercises in parks, gardens, or fields. for example, in ancient china, morning exercises such as tai chi and kung fu, which combined physical exercises and meditation, were practiced outdoors. in the modern context, the concept of green fitness has gained new development in response to challenges facing contemporary society, such as sedentary lifestyles, environmental pollution, and the pursuit of ecological sustainability. this approach combines the principles of a healthy lifestyle and environmental care, inspiring people to engage in more active and conscious interaction with the environment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org ideas of green fitness are embodied in various types of activities, including outdoor workouts, ecological yoga practices, active mountain hikes, and bike rides in urban parks. these forms of exercise allow people to enjoy the benefits of physical activity outdoors while reconnecting with nature and maintaining an environmentally healthy lifestyle. green fitness not only contributes to improving the health and well-being of individuals but also fosters a more responsible attitude towards the environment as a whole. in light of global environmental challenges, this approach is becoming increasingly important, stimulating innovations in the field of fitness and contributing to the creation of a healthy and sustainable planet for future generations. improvement of physical health: regular outdoor physical activities contribute to strengthening the cardiovascular system, improving endurance, and enhancing strength. the natural environment naturally stimulates movement, allowing for more intense and prolonged exercise sessions. reduction of stress levels: spending time in green areas reduces stress levels and improves mood by releasing endorphins, the "happiness hormones." this makes green fitness an ideal way to combat depression and anxiety. increase in motivation: the variety of natural landscapes and the opportunity to explore new places make outdoor physical activity more attractive. this helps maintain high levels of motivation and commitment to regular workouts. social interactions: engaging in outdoor sports often involves group activities, which promotes social connections and fosters a sense of community. types of green fitness 1. yoga in the park: outdoor yoga practice is becoming increasingly popular among enthusiasts of this ancient discipline. it combines the beneficial aspects of physical activity and psychological relaxation, allowing for harmony of body and mind. advantages of outdoor yoga: one of the main advantages of outdoor yoga practice is the opportunity for complete immersion in the surrounding nature. green parks and squares create an ideal atmosphere for secluded and tranquil yoga sessions, which contribute to improved psychological well-being. outdoor yoga practice enhances flexibility and body strength. exercises performed on grass or sand require extra effort to maintain balance and stability, which promotes the development of the muscular corset and overall physical fitness. in addition to physical benefits, outdoor yoga practice promotes mental tranquility and emotional balance. the sounds of nature, fresh air, and natural lighting create a favorable environment for meditation and relaxation, allowing for stress and tension relief. practical tips: to practice yoga outdoors, it is necessary to choose a comfortable place with no external noise or movement. parks, forests, or lake shores are ideal for this purpose. it is recommended to use a special mat or thick towel for comfortable execution of asanas. it is also important to consider weather conditions and choose suitable times for practice. morning yoga at sunrise or evening practice at sunset are particularly favorable for creating a harmonious combination of physical activity and peace of mind. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org 2. cross-country running: cross-country running, or trail running, is one of the most effective forms of physical activity, popular among enthusiasts of a healthy lifestyle. it provides an opportunity to overcome various obstacles and terrains, making it one of the most diverse forms of running. advantages of cross-country running: one of the main advantages of cross-country running is its ability to strengthen muscles and the cardiovascular system. running on uneven terrain requires the body to exert extra effort to overcome inclines, descents, and obstacles, which promotes strength and endurance. additionally, cross-country running trains coordination and balance. running on rough terrain requires constant adjustment to the changing landscape and quick reactions to obstacles, which contributes to the development of movement coordination and balance. practical tips: for cross-country running, it is recommended to choose locations with diverse landscapes, such as forest trails, mountain paths, or parks with uneven terrain. it is also important to select proper footwear with cushioning and good protective coverage to prevent injuries. before starting training sessions, warm-up and stretching exercises are necessary to prepare muscles and joints for the workload. it is also essential to consider weather conditions and dress accordingly, choosing lightweight and breathable clothing. 3. cycling excursions: exploring forest and park trails by bicycle improves cardiovascular health and promotes calorie burning. cycling excursions are an excellent way not only to enjoy the surrounding nature but also to enhance one's health. this activity is accessible to almost everyone and brings a plethora of positive emotions and benefits to the body. advantages of cycling excursions: one of the main benefits of cycling excursions is their positive impact on the cardiovascular system. regular bike rides contribute to strengthening the heart, improving blood circulation, and reducing the risk of cardiovascular diseases. additionally, cycling excursions are excellent for calorie burning and maintaining a healthy weight. even a short bike ride can help burn excess calories and improve metabolism. practical tips: to reaсh the maximum benefits of cycling excursions, it is important to choose a suitable route. park and forest trails provide a pleasant environment and offer a good atmosphere for sporting activities. safety rules on the road should also be considered, and wearing a protective helmet while cycling is essential. regular bike maintenance is also important for its reliable operation and prevention of possible accidents. swimming in open waters: engaging in swimming activities in rivers, lakes, or the sea develops endurance and strengthens all muscle groups. swimming in open waters offers an excellent opportunity to combine physical activity with nature. this sport has a number of unique advantages that can positively impact your health and overall well-being. advantages of swimming in open waters: one of the main advantages of swimming in open waters is its comprehensive effect on the body. firstly, swimming improves endurance and enhances the cardiorespiratory system. this helps strengthen the heart and lungs, increase endurance, and improve overall physical condition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org additionally, swimming effectively trains all muscle groups, as almost all parts of the body are involved in movement in the water. this promotes the development of strength, flexibility, and coordination of movements. another advantage of swimming in open waters is its therapeutic effect on the nervous system. contact with nature and water elements promotes relaxation, reduces stress, and improves psychoemotional well-being. practical tips: before starting swimming activities in open waters, safety measures must be ensured. make sure that the chosen swimming location is safe and matches your skills. avoid swimming in prohibited or dangerous areas, especially if you are unsure of your abilities. it is also important to consider weather conditions and the condition of the water. avoid swimming during storms or strong winds, as well as in places with strong currents or waves. conclusion green fitness offers an effective way to improve physical and psychological health, combining the benefits of regular physical exercise with the healing power of nature. it provides a unique opportunity to enjoy sports while exploring the beauty of the surrounding world. encouraging and developing green fitness can contribute to improving public health and well-being, making an active lifestyle accessible and attractive to a wide range of people. references 1. ronaldson, d. (2018). swimming in open waters: safety and technique. moscow: swimming publishing house. 2. howell, e. (2020). health and swimming: benefits for the body. london: sport and health publishing. 3. stevenson, m. (2019). swimming in natural waters: recommendations for beginners. new york: active lifestyle publishing. 4. chandler, s. (2017). psychoemotional benefits of swimming in open waters. psychology and health, 12(3), 45-58. 5. national swimming association. (2021). safety guidelines for swimming in open waters. available at: [link] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org the etymological characteristics of latin borrowings in modern english bolibekova mavjuda mardiyevna phd dotsent jumanazarova feruza baxtiyorovna aniq va ijtimoiy fanlar universiteti xorijiy til va adabiyoti ( ingliz til) magistratura mutaxassisligi magistranti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the etymological characteristics of latin borrowings in modern english, shedding light on the enduring impact of latin on the english language. through a comprehensive analysis of literature and linguistic data, this study aims to uncover patterns, trends, and transformations in latin loanwords, tracing their journey from classical origins to their assimilation into the contemporary lezicon. latin borrowings, etymology, modern english, linguistic evolution, lexical assimilation. introduction the influence of latin on the english language is undeniable, with countless words adopted from this classical language enriching the lexicon. this paper delves into the etymological characteristics of latin borrowings, investigating the ways in which these linguistic imports have shaped and evolved within modern english. to comprehend the scope and depth of latin borrowings in english, an extensive literature analysis was conducted. historical dictionaries, linguistic studies, and academic articles were scrutinized to identify the key latin loanwords that have stood the test of time. the analysis focused on the semantic shifts and phonetic adaptations these words underwent during their integration into english. the methodology employed in this study involved a systematic examination of dictionaries, language corpora, and historical texts. special attention was given to tracing the historical development of latin borrowings, categorizing them based on semantic fields, and documenting any shifts in pronunciation or spelling over time. latin has had a significant influence on the english language, and many words of latin origin have been borrowed and integrated into modern english. the etymological characteristics of latin borrowings in modern english include changes in pronunciation, spelling, and meaning. here are some key features: phonetic changes: latin words often underwent phonetic changes as they were adopted into english. this includes alterations in vowel sounds, consonant shifts, and changes in stress patterns. for example, the latin word "humerus" became "shoulder" in english, with a change in both pronunciation and spelling. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org the evolution of language often involves phonetic changes as words are borrowed or adapted from one language to another. here are a few more examples of latin words undergoing phonetic changes when adopted into english: vowel sounds: latin "nauta" (sailor) became "nave" in english. latin "vita" (life) became "life" in english. consonant shifts: latin "centum" (hundred) became "hundred" in english. latin "camera" (room) became "chamber" in english. changes in stress patterns: latin "historia" (history) became "history" in english. latin "philosophia" (philosophy) became "philosophy" in english. spelling changes: latin "recebere" (to receive) became "receive" in english. latin "insula" (island) became "isle" in english. these changes reflect the dynamic nature of language and the influence of various historical, cultural, and linguistic factors. over time, pronunciation, spelling, and usage can undergo significant transformations as languages interact and adapt to different contexts. morphological changes: latin words frequently underwent changes in their word forms (morphology) to fit english grammatical patterns. this includes modifications to plurals, verb conjugations, and other grammatical features. the latin word "agricola" (farmer) became "agriculturist" in english, with the addition of the english suffix "-ist." semantic shifts: some latin words underwent changes in meaning as they were adopted into english. this could be due to shifts in cultural context or the evolution of the english language. for instance, the latin word "persona" originally meant "mask" or "character" and evolved into the english word "person." word borrowing: latin words were often borrowed directly into english, especially during periods when latin was the language of scholarship and education. many scientific, medical, legal, and religious terms come directly from latin. examples include "biology" (from latin "bios," meaning life) and "auditorium" (from latin "audire," meaning to hear). compound words: latin roots were often used to form compound words in english. english speakers combined latin elements to create new words reflecting complex concepts or specialized fields. the word "television," for instance, is a compound of the latin "tele" (far) and the english word "vision." adaptation of prefixes and suffixes: latin prefixes and suffixes were frequently adapted to english, contributing to the formation of new words. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org the latin prefix "in-" meaning "not" gave rise to the english prefix "in-" as in "invisible." retained latin phrases: some latin phrases have been retained intact in english, often in legal, scientific, and religious contexts. these are known as loan phrases or loanwords. examples include "quid pro quo," "ad hoc," and "vice versa." persistence in specialized fields: latin terms continue to be prevalent in specific fields such as medicine, law, and science. these fields often use latin for precision and clarity, and new terms may be coined based on latin roots. overall, the etymological characteristics of latin borrowings in modern english reflect a complex interplay of linguistic, historical, and cultural factors. the evolution of these words showcases the dynamic nature of language adaptation and the rich tapestry of english vocabulary. the discussion section interprets the findings in the context of linguistic evolution. it explores the reasons behind the resilience of latin borrowings and their adaptability within the dynamic landscape of english. additionally, the section delves into the socio-cultural implications of latin loanwords, examining how they contribute to the richness and precision of the english language. conclusions: in conclusion, this study provides valuable insights into the etymological characteristics of latin borrowings in modern english. the enduring presence of these words underscores the linguistic interplay between classical and contemporary languages. the conclusions drawn from this research contribute to our understanding of language dynamics and the lasting impact of historical linguistic interactions. future research in this area could delve deeper into specific semantic shifts and phonological adaptations of latin loanwords. comparative studies with other languages that influenced english could offer a broader perspective on linguistic assimilation. additionally, exploring the pedagogical implications of latin borrowings in english language education may provide insights for language educators and learners alike. references: 1. baugh a., cable th. a history of the english language./fifth edition. — routledge, london, 2002, p.447. 2. barber charles, beal joan c., shaw philip a. the english language: a historical introduction./charles barber. — cambridge: cambridge university press, 2009, p.322. 3. аракин в. д. очерки по истории английского языка: учеб.пособие./в.аракин. — м.: физматлит, 2007, p.288. 4. аракин в. д. история английского языка./под редак. о. а. пекиной. — м.: физматлит, 2003, p.272. 5. дубенец э. м. лексикология современного английского языка: modern english lexicology./э. м. дубенец. — м.: «глосса-пресс», 2002, p.192. 6. смирницкий а. и. хрестоматия по истории английского языка с vii по xvii вв.: серия «классическая учебная книга»./а. и. смирницкий. — м.: академия, 2008, p.304. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the legal basis of the guarantee of the right to share human being abdusattarova farangiz 2nd year student of the private law faculty of tashkent state law university najmutdinova mehrangiz 3rd level cadet of public security university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes the role and importance of the universal declaration of human rights and the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan as the legal basis of guarantees of the right to citizenship. it was also emphasized that human rights are an important constitutional institution and their provision and guarantees in a democratic-legal state. man, human rights, constitution, universal declaration of human rights, rights and freedoms, guarantee, citizen, citizen of uzbekistan, legal state, citizenship. introduction as we all know, this year marks the 75th anniversary of the adoption of the universal declaration of human rights, which strengthened the basic democratic principles and requirements in the field of ensuring human rights and freedoms and served as a political and legal basis for the formation of the entire system of international law in this field. the universal declaration of human rights went down in history as the first international document that uzbekistan joined after gaining independence, and thanks to it, uzbekistan consistently and strictly fulfills its international obligations in the field of human rights by regularly submitting its periodic national reports to the relevant un convention bodies. the problem of human rights is one of the most urgent problems of our time. human rights are the highest value of society. human rights are an important constitutional institution. human rights is a comprehensive concept that encompasses the aspirations and hopes of all mankind. human rights are the basis of current development and the demand of the times. human rights are the most important sign of a democratic legal state. human rights are an important criterion that shows the level of democratic development of every country. therefore, human rights have an important place in international law and national legal systems. in the course of its historical development, humanity has created a legal system of human rights. human rights legislation is a set of laws on human and civil rights and freedoms. these laws include international human rights instruments and national laws. the fact that the preamble of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan reflects the idea "based on the universally recognized principles and norms of international law" indicates that the universal declaration of human rights has a decent reputation in our republic. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org as the president of the republic of uzbekistan, sh.m. mirziyoev, stated, "...if the law is fair, if it actually protects human rights, then people will respect and obey the law. ... the unconditional provision of the constitution and the rule of law and the principles of legality is an important guarantee of the protection of human rights and freedoms. adhering to the requirements of the constitution and the law must become the main criterion of our moral level and culture."1. the presidential decree no. pq-46 "on approval of the national education program in the field of human rights in the republic of uzbekistan" adopted on february 7, 2023 was an important step towards the implementation of the tasks undertaken by our country in this regard.2 this shows that the strong position of the head of our country, that "uzbekistan remains firmly committed to its international obligations in the field of human rights", is in practice. 2021 president shavkat mirziyoyev, in his speeches on behalf of uzbekistan, which participated as a member of the un human rights council, said that "ensuring basic human rights and freedoms is the most important part of the reforms in uzbekistan, the goals of sustainable development are to ensure the rights and legal interests of every person in our country, and it is carried out on the basis of the principle of "not neglecting", who stated the important goals. on the basis of our great values and virtues, such as honesty, honesty and justice, which have been widespread among our people since time immemorial, and which have been absorbed into the education system, we see a high level of respect and respect for human beings. it is not for nothing that this year was declared the "year of attention to people and quality education" and serves to further strengthen these noble values of our people and ensure the sustainability of the chosen path. the universal declaration of human rights went down in history as the first international document that uzbekistan joined after gaining independence, and thanks to it, uzbekistan consistently and strictly fulfills its international obligations in the field of human rights by regularly submitting its periodic national reports to the relevant un convention bodies. in particular, it is the universal declaration of human rights, adopted by the resolution of the un general assembly on december 10, 1948, according to the document, everyone has citizenship, and no one can be arbitrarily deprived of the right to citizenship or change it (article 15) and the state of his choice it is guaranteed at the international legal level that he has the right to move freely, choose his place of residence (article 13, part 1) and leave it (article 13, part 2).3 while the general assembly declares this universal declaration of human rights as a task that all peoples and all states must strive to fulfill, it is further stipulated that every person and every organization of society, always referring to this declaration, through enlightenment and education, respect these rights and freedoms. it is necessary to support its development, to ensure its implementation through national and international development activities, to strive for its general and effective recognition among the peoples of the member states of the organization and among the peoples living in the territories under the jurisdiction of these states. 1the speech of the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirziyoev at the solemn ceremony dedicated to the 25th anniversary of the adoption of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan entitled "the constitution is a solid foundation for our free and prosperous life, further development of our country" / people's word, 2017. december 7 2 presidential decree no. pq-46 "on approval of the national education program in the field of human rights in the republic of uzbekistan" adopted on february 7, 2023. new uzbekistan newspaper, february 8, 2023. 3 saidov a.kh. a collection of basic documents on human rights: study guide / – t.: ministry of internal affairs academy of the republic of uzbekistan, 2013. – 188 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org international standards have been developed in the field of free movement of persons, creation of acceptable living conditions for immigrants and emigrants, and fight against illegal migration and are being used in practice today. this means that international cooperation in the field of migration first of all guarantees that migrants are engaged in labor activities abroad in accordance with their rights and interests. the parliament of uzbekistan attached special importance to the universal declaration of human rights and ratified it as the first international treaty. with this, he strengthened the international norms of human rights and freedoms as a priority of his foreign and domestic policy. in particular, chapter 6 of the new version of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan is devoted to the issue of citizenship, and in its article 22, "a single citizenship shall be established in the entire territory of the republic of uzbekistan." the citizenship of the republic of uzbekistan is equal for everyone, regardless of the grounds for obtaining it. a citizen of the republic of karakalpakstan is also a citizen of the republic of uzbekistan. the grounds and procedures for acquiring and losing citizenship are determined by law.4 also, in article 23 of our basic dictionary, "the republic of uzbekistan guarantees the protection and patronage of its citizens both inside and outside its territory. a citizen of the republic of uzbekistan cannot be forced out of uzbekistan or extradited to another country. the state takes care of maintaining and developing relations with compatriots living abroad in accordance with the norms of international law. no matter what country there is in the world, they are obliged not to forcibly expel their citizens from their territory or hand them over to another country. in particular, uzbekistan. in short, it has become a universally recognized rule in international law not to extradite one's own citizen to that country for a crime committed in another country. at the same time, according to international agreements, the refusal of states to detain their citizens does not mean that the criminal will go unpunished. this new norm serves to strengthen the confidence of our citizens that they are constantly under the protection of the state, to prevent situations such as expulsion from their country or extradition to another state, and shows that the state and its responsible bodies are not indifferent to the fate of their citizens. people who were born, lived in our country, and now live abroad, who are not citizens of uzbekistan compatriots also feel themselves as an integral part of the harmonious and friendly family of our beloved country. determining the state's obligation to care for citizens at the level of the constitution means that society and the state are interested in protecting their rights and interests. summary in conclusion, we should say that in a number of countries, support of compatriots abroad in socioeconomic, cultural-humanitarian and other fields is defined as one of the main directions of state policy. this norm allows to strengthen the reputation and positive image of uzbekistan in the international arena, to protect the rights and legitimate interests of the citizens of the republic of uzbekistan, as well as to develop relations with our compatriots living, working, studying in different countries, and to 4 the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. – t.: uzbekistan, 2023. – b. 31. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org contribute to increasing the reputation of their historical motherland uzbekistan. after all, uzbekistan belongs to all of us. a perfect person has only one motherland, even if it is the holy land where his navel blood was shed, where he lives and works. references 1. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. t.: uzbekistan, 2023. b. 3. 2. speech of the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirziyoev at the solemn ceremony dedicated to the 25th anniversary of the adoption of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan entitled "the constitution is a strong foundation for our free and prosperous life, further development of our country" / people's word, 2017. december 7 3. presidential decree no. pq-46 on "approving the national education program in the field of human rights in the republic of uzbekistan" adopted on february 7, 2023. new uzbekistan newspaper, february 8, 2023. 4. saidov a.kh. a collection of basic documents on human rights: study guide / – t.: ministry of internal affairs academy of the republic of uzbekistan, 2013. – 188 p. 5. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. t.: uzbekistan, 2023. b. 31. 6. tursunovna, a. m. (2023). human rights are the main factor. american journal of public diplomacy and international studies (2993-2157), 1(9), 457-460. 7. tursunovna, a. m. (2023). certain issues regarding the causes and conditions of crimes. american journal of public diplomacy and international studies (2993-2157), 1(9), 419423. 8. axmedova, m. (2023). о ‘zbekistonda nodavlat notijorat tashkilotlari va kasaba uyushmalari faoliyatining о ‘ziga xos jihatlari. development of pedagogical technologies in modern sciences, 2(3), 113-116. 9. ахмедова, м. (2023). особенности деятельности негосударственных некоммерческих организаций и профсоюзов в узбекистане. реформы в сфере подготовки юридических кадров в узбекистане: анализ результатов и перспективные задачи, 1(1), 101-106. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org factors of nature protection in uzbekistan during the years of independence badalbaeva irodakhon khabibulaevna assistant of the department of “humanities” of the andijan institute of agriculture and agricultural technologies badalbayevairodaxon@gmail.com adilova umidakhan 1st year master of the direction “biotechnology in fruit and vegetable production a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the factors of environmental protection in uzbekistan during the years of independence: the further development of the activities of government bodies in the field of ecology and environmental protection, as well as the importance of protecting the natural environment, using natural resources and ensuring environmental safety. nature conservation, natural environment, natural resources, geographical society of uzbekistan, reserve, forestry, ecological culture, action strategy. introduction from the first days of gaining independence, uzbekistan began to take measures to protect nature. there are more than 10 forestry enterprises, 9 reserves, 2 national parks and a number of private reserves in uzbekistan. they protect, study and propagate endangered plants, animals and natural monuments. in uzbekistan, the republican society, the “12 regions” and “karakalpakstan” nature conservation societies, the geographical society of uzbekistan, ecosan, a number of popular and scientific magazines, radio and television, and periodicals are involved in promoting nature conservation. of great importance in nature conservation is the promotion of knowledge among the population about nature, its rational use and protection, and the improvement of the geographical and environmental culture of the population. “strategy of action for five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan for 20172021”, developed on the initiative of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev based on an analysis of current legislation, the right to apply and best foreign experience, the further development of the activities of government bodies in the field of ecology and protection has become important environment. in accordance with the laws of the republic of uzbekistan and other foreign documents, state management of environmental protection, use of natural resources and ensuring environmental safety is carried out by the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan, the executive committee for ecology and environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan, implemented by local government bodies. they are divided into bodies that manage several industries american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org and several natural resources, and sectoral bodies, that is, bodies that manage a specific natural resource. another important task is to establish environmental cooperation with foreign countries or attract foreign investment to solve environmental problems, as well as study environmental measures implemented in foreign countries. selecting those that are suitable for us is the requirement of today. up-5024 dated april 21, 2017 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on improving the public administration system in the field of ecology and environmental protection the state committee for ecology and environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan was reorganized in accordance with the decree. the main tasks of the state committee for ecology and environmental protection were identified as follows: • public administration in the field of ecology, environmental protection, rational use of natural resources and their restoration; • ensuring a favorable ecological state of the environment, protecting ecological systems, natural complexes and individual objects, improving the environmental situation; • implementation of state environmental control over compliance with legislation in the field of waste management, collection, transportation, disposal, processing of household waste in close cooperation with local government bodies and self-government bodies of citizens, creating an effective system of environmental protection; • land, subsoil. water, forest. protected natural areas. protection and use of fauna and flora. establishment of state environmental control over compliance with legislation in the field of atmospheric air protection; • coordination of ecology and environmental protection, ensuring interdepartmental cooperation in the development and implementation of practical measures related to the implementation of a unified policy in the field of nature conservation and resource conservation; • maintaining the state cadastre in the field of ecology and environmental protection, wild animals, state registration of nurseries for the propagation and conservation of wild plants, zoological and botanical collections; • organization of environmental education, propaganda and training, as well as retraining and advanced training of specialists in the field of ecology and environmental protection. references 1. khabibulaevna, b. i. (2022). the problem of objectivity and subjectivity in creative thinking. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(1), 107108. 2. habibulaevna, b. i. (2022). prospects for forming national creative idea. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 10(3), 539-542. 3. khabibulaevna, b. i. (2023). the way to the human heart begins with kindness and generosity. open access repository, 4(03), 194-196. 4. habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). in the reforms under the leadership of our honorable president sh. mirziyoyev, the concept of" generity" is raised to the level of state policy. conferencea, 140-144. 5. habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). a philosophical analysis of the policy conducted in the framework of kindness and generosity shown to the women american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org included in the" women's notebook" organized by the initiative of the honorable president sh. mirziyoyev. conferencea, 311-315. 6. habibulaevna, b. i. (2023). kindness, kindness and generosity are the original sign of the uzbek people's eternal valuation. american journal of social sciences and humanity research, 3(05), 104-110. 7. каримова, м. б. (2013). participations of g’assols (washers of the dead) in mourning ceremonies (in the example of ferghana valley). молодой ученый, (1), 289-291. 8. валиханова, г. к. (2014). из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины. журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов, (6), 83-85. malikovich, y. r. (2020). relations of the religious administration of central asia 9. region with other religious organisation of east during 1940-1980 years. palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology, 17(6), 3609-3612. 10. akhmedova, u. m. (2020). agrarian reforms in the field of agriculture in uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations and research, 2(11), 72-75. 11. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 12. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org human capital development policy in uzbekistan sanjar sh. saidov, doctor of political science, head of the department of political science at the uzbekistan state university of world languages, tashkent, uzbekistan e-mail.: s.saidov.uz@gmail.com eldorbek bozorboyev, student of the political science department of the uzbekistan state university of world languages, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a comprehensive overview of the human capital development policy in uzbekistan, which is a cornerstone of the nation’s socio-economic transformation. it discusses the strategic initiatives and programs introduced by the government to foster an educated and skilled workforce, essential for advancing towards a competitive, knowledgebased economy. the article highlights key areas of focus, including educational reforms that aim to enhance the quality of primary, secondary, and higher education. it delves into vocational and technical training initiatives designed to address the skills gap in various sectors, aligning educational outcomes with labor market needs. additionally, the importance of lifelong learning and continuous professional development is emphasized as a means to adapt to the evolving economic landscape. moreover, the article examines the interplay between human capital and health, asserting that improvements in healthcare access and quality are integral to developing a productive workforce. the analysis underscores the significance of integrated policies that address both education and health as crucial elements of human capital development. the challenges and barriers to effective implementation of these policies are also addressed, including issues related to resource allocation, regional inequalities, and the need for collaborative efforts between government, private sector, and civil society. the article concludes by affirming that sustained investment in human capital is vital for achieving uzbekistan's development goals and ensuring long-term economic growth. human capital development, policy, uzbekistan, education reform, vocational training, healthcare access, sustainable growth. introduction human capital is increasingly recognized as a critical driver of economic growth and development, particularly in the context of globalization and technological advancement. in uzbekistan, a country undergoing significant transformation since its independence in 1991, the development of human capital has emerged as a priority for the government. as uzbekistan strives to transition from a resource-dependent economy to a knowledge-based society, enhancing the skills and competencies of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org its workforce is essential. the human capital development policy in uzbekistan is guided by the understanding that a well-educated and skilled population is vital for sustainable economic development. this policy framework aims to address the various dimensions of human capital, including education, health, and social well-being, thus creating a comprehensive approach to improving the quality of life for its citizens in recent years, the government has implemented a series of reforms to revitalize the education system, focusing on improving access to quality education at all levels [1]. this includes not only traditional academic pathways but also vocational and technical training programs designed to equip individuals with practical skills that meet the demands of the labor market. by investing in education and training, uzbekistan seeks to reduce unemployment rates, particularly among youth, and to foster innovation and entrepreneurship. moreover, health is recognized as an integral component of human capital development. the government's commitment to enhancing healthcare access and quality is crucial for ensuring that individuals are healthy and capable of contributing productively to society. the interrelation between education, health, and economic performance underscores the necessity for an integrated policy approach that fosters synergies between these sectors. despite the positive strides made in human capital development, challenges remain. issues such as regional disparities in access to quality education and healthcare, insufficient alignment between educational outcomes and labor market needs, and the need for continuous professional development are critical areas that require attention [2]. this article aims to explore the various dimensions of human capital development policy in uzbekistan, examining its objectives, key initiatives, and the challenges faced in its implementation. by analyzing these factors, we can better understand how uzbekistan is positioning itself to leverage its human capital as a key driver of economic growth and sustainable development in the 21st century. literature analysis and methods human capital development has been extensively studied within the context of economic growth and social progress. a comprehensive review of literature reveals a myriad of perspectives on how human capital influences productivity, innovation, and overall development. 1. human capital in transition economies: in the context of uzbekistan, the transition from a centrally planned economy to a market-oriented one has implications for human capital development. research by abdullaev (2018) highlights the importance of adapting education systems to meet the needs of a rapidly changing labor market [3]. this shift requires not only increased access to education but also a focus on quality and relevance. 2. educational reforms: various studies have documented the educational reforms undertaken in uzbekistan, aimed at enhancing the quality of education. for instance, khamraev (2020) discusses the impact of curriculum changes and teacher training programs on student outcomes. the emphasis on stem education and vocational training reflects the government’s commitment to preparing a skilled workforce. 3. socioeconomic factors: the literature also examines the socioeconomic factors affecting human capital development. research by rasulov (2021) identifies barriers such as poverty, gender disparities, and regional inequalities that hinder access to education and skills training. these factors are critical in understanding the broader context within which human capital policies operate [4]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org 4. policy evaluation: a growing body of literature focuses on evaluating the effectiveness of human capital policies in uzbekistan. studies by nuriddinov and o’zbektash (2022) provide insights into the outcomes of various initiatives, highlighting successes and areas for improvement. this evaluative approach is essential for informing future policy directions. methodology the methodology employed in analyzing human capital development policy in uzbekistan involves a mixed-methods approach, integrating both qualitative and quantitative research techniques. 1. data collection: the study utilizes a combination of primary and secondary data sources: primary data: surveys and interviews conducted with educators, policymakers, and students provide firsthand insights into the effectiveness of current policies and the challenges faced in implementation [5]. secondary data: statistical data from government reports, educational institutions, and international organizations (e.g., unesco, world bank) offer quantitative measures of educational attainment, employment rates, and skill levels. 2. qualitative analysis: the qualitative data collected through interviews and open-ended survey questions are analyzed using thematic analysis. this approach allows for the identification of recurring themes and patterns related to perceptions of human capital policies, barriers to access, and recommendations for improvement. 3. quantitative analysis: quantitative data is analyzed using statistical methods to assess correlations between educational attainment and labor market outcomes. regression analysis is employed to determine the impact of human capital investments on economic growth indicators, such as gdp growth and productivity levels. 4. case studies: the research incorporates case studies of successful human capital initiatives within uzbekistan, such as vocational training programs and public-private partnerships. these case studies provide practical examples of effective strategies and highlight best practices that can be replicated in other contexts [6]. 5. comparative analysis: to contextualize the findings within a broader framework, the study compares uzbekistan’s human capital development policies with those of other countries in the region. this comparative analysis identifies key lessons learned and potential areas for policy adaptation. the literature analysis and methodology outlined above provide a robust framework for examining human capital development policy in uzbekistan. by synthesizing existing research and employing a mixed-methods approach, the study aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of the challenges and opportunities in enhancing human capital [7]. the findings will serve as a valuable resource for policymakers and stakeholders seeking to develop targeted strategies for improving education and workforce outcomes in uzbekistan. results the results of the analysis of human capital development policies in uzbekistan reveal significant progress and ongoing challenges across various sectors, including education, vocational training, and healthcare. this section presents key findings regarding the effectiveness of implemented policies and their impact on human capital development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org 1. educational outcomes increased enrollment rates: there has been a notable increase in enrollment rates at all levels of education, particularly in secondary and higher education institutions. the government's focus on improving access to education has led to higher participation rates, especially among marginalized groups. curriculum modernization: revisions to the curriculum have resulted in a more relevant and skilloriented educational framework. subjects related to technology, entrepreneurship, and critical thinking have been integrated, aligning education with the demands of the labor market[8]. quality of education: despite improvements, challenges remain in the quality of education. teacher training programs have been implemented, yet disparities in educational quality persist across regions, highlighting the need for ongoing professional development and support for educators. 2. vocational education and training (vet) expansion of vet programs: the government has expanded vocational education programs, focusing on sectors with high labor demand. collaboration with industries has enhanced the relevance of training programs, resulting in better employment outcomes for graduates[9]. employment rates of vet graduates: data indicates that vet graduates have higher employment rates compared to their peers from general education backgrounds. employers report satisfaction with the skills and preparedness of vet graduates, emphasizing the importance of practical training. public perception of vet: while there is growing recognition of the value of vocational education, societal perceptions still favor traditional academic pathways. efforts to promote vet as a viable career option continue to be necessary. 3. healthcare improvements access to healthcare services: policy reforms have improved access to healthcare services, particularly in rural areas. new healthcare facilities have been established, and existing ones have been upgraded to meet modern standards[10]. health outcomes: there have been positive trends in key health indicators, such as reduced infant and maternal mortality rates. increased public health awareness campaigns have contributed to better health practices within communities. integration of health and education: initiatives promoting the connection between health and education are gaining traction. schools are increasingly incorporating health education into their curricula, fostering a holistic approach to student well-being. 4. policy effectiveness and challenges policy coherence: the analysis reveals that while there are various policies aimed at human capital development, there is a need for greater coherence among them. fragmentation can lead to inefficiencies and gaps in implementation. stakeholder engagement: effective human capital development requires the involvement of various stakeholders, including government bodies, educational institutions, and the private sector. enhancing collaboration among these entities is essential for the success of policies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org resource allocation: challenges related to funding and resource allocation persist. ensuring adequate investment in human capital development remains crucial for sustaining progress and addressing disparities in access and quality. the results of the analysis demonstrate that uzbekistan has made significant strides in human capital development through targeted policies and initiatives. however, continuous efforts are required to address existing challenges, ensure equitable access to quality education and healthcare, and foster a skilled workforce that meets the demands of a changing economy [11]. future policies should focus on integration, stakeholder collaboration, and resource mobilization to further enhance human capital development in the country. discussion the human capital development policy in uzbekistan has emerged as a critical focal point for achieving sustainable economic growth and enhancing the overall well-being of its citizens. this discussion aims to delve deeper into the multifaceted dimensions of human capital development, examining the effectiveness of current policies, identifying challenges, and proposing strategic directions for future improvements. uzbekistan has made significant strides in implementing policies aimed at developing human capital, particularly in the realms of education and workforce training. the government’s commitment to increasing educational access and improving quality has led to higher enrollment rates in primary and secondary education. vocational education and training (vet) have also gained prominence, aligning with the country’s economic goals of diversifying its economy and reducing reliance on traditional sectors [12]. education reform initiatives: recent reforms in the education sector have focused on modernizing curricula, enhancing pedagogical practices, and improving teacher training programs. the introduction of innovative teaching methods, including project-based and experiential learning, aims to foster critical thinking and problem-solving skills among students. however, while enrollment rates have improved, the quality of education remains uneven across different regions. urban areas often benefit from better resources and infrastructure compared to rural counterparts, highlighting the need for equitable access to quality education. vocational education and training: the expansion of vocational education programs has been a noteworthy development in uzbekistan’s human capital strategy. by emphasizing practical skills that meet labor market demands, these programs aim to reduce youth unemployment and bridge the skills gap in various industries. however, challenges persist, including societal perceptions that favor academic pathways over vocational training. overcoming this stigma is essential for attracting more students to vet programs. despite the progress made, several challenges impede the effective development of human capital in uzbekistan: societal attitudes towards education: cultural perceptions regarding the value of education play a significant role in shaping student choices. there exists a prevalent belief that academic qualifications hold more prestige than vocational skills. addressing these societal attitudes through awareness campaigns can help shift perspectives and promote vocational education as a viable and respected career option. regional disparities: significant disparities exist in educational quality and access between urban and rural areas. rural schools often face a lack of resources, qualified teachers, and infrastructure, hindering students’ educational experiences. policymakers must prioritize equitable distribution of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org educational resources to ensure all students, regardless of their geographical location, have access to high-quality education [13]. integration of technology: the rapid advancement of technology necessitates a corresponding evolution in educational practices. while efforts have been made to incorporate digital tools in classrooms, there remains a gap in digital literacy among both educators and students. investing in technology training for teachers and providing students with access to digital resources is crucial for preparing them for the demands of the modern workforce. to enhance the effectiveness of human capital development policies in uzbekistan, several strategic recommendations can be considered: strengthening public-private partnerships: collaboration between educational institutions and the private sector is essential for aligning training programs with labor market needs. involving employers in curriculum development can ensure that students acquire relevant skills and knowledge, enhancing their employability. furthermore, fostering internships and apprenticeships can provide students with practical experience and exposure to real-world work environments. promoting lifelong learning: the concept of lifelong learning should be embraced as a guiding principle in uzbekistan’s educational landscape. encouraging individuals to pursue continuous education and professional development will empower them to adapt to changing job requirements. establishing adult education programs and accessible online learning platforms can facilitate lifelong learning opportunities for all citizens. enhancing teacher training: investing in comprehensive teacher training programs is crucial for improving educational quality. professional development initiatives should focus on equipping educators with modern teaching methodologies, classroom management techniques, and strategies for engaging diverse learners. providing teachers with ongoing support and resources can enhance their effectiveness in the classroom [14]. policy coherence and evaluation: establishing a coherent framework for human capital development requires integrating various policy areas, including education, healthcare, and employment. policymakers should conduct regular evaluations of existing programs to assess their impact and effectiveness. data-driven decision-making can help identify areas for improvement and ensure that policies remain responsive to the evolving needs of society. in 2020, the gross enrollment ratio for primary education in uzbekistan reached approximately 98%, indicating nearly universal access to primary education. secondary education enrollment was reported at around 92% in the same year, with significant efforts underway to improve the quality of education and retain students through to graduation. by 2022, uzbekistan established over 100 vocational training centers aimed at providing practical skills aligned with market demands. this represented a 30% increase from 2018. the government targeted a 20% increase in enrollment in vocational education programs by 2024, particularly in industries such as it, construction, and manufacturing. as of 2021, 85% of the population had access to basic healthcare services, with ongoing initiatives aimed at increasing this figure to 90% by 2024. investment in healthcare infrastructure rose by approximately 15% annually during the period, focusing on rural healthcare facilities. the youth unemployment rate was estimated at 12% in 2020. the government’s goal was to reduce this figure to 8% by 2024 through various employment initiatives. initiatives to support young entrepreneurs reported an increase of 25% in youth-led businesses from 2020 to 2022. gender equality in education: women’s participation in higher education reached 45% in 2022, with policies aimed at increasing this to 50% by 2024. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org one of the important indicators reflecting the growth of human capital is the growth of income of the population. according to the results of a survey conducted in 2012 in uzbekistan, the ratio in income levels between the 10% of the most and least well-off strata of the population was only 8.0 times, which, being one of the low indicators in the world, indicates the effectiveness of the social policy. this indicator is often called the gini coefficient, reflecting the negative state of sharp stratification of society[15]. human capital development is an essential pillar for the sustainable growth of any nation, and uzbekistan has recognized this vital truth in its ongoing efforts to enhance the skills and capabilities of its workforce. this article will explore the key aspects of human capital development policy in uzbekistan, examining its historical context, current initiatives, and future directions. uzbekistan, a central asian country with a rich history, gained independence from the soviet union in 1991. the transition from a centrally planned economy to a market-oriented one required an urgent reconsideration of human capital development policies. during the soviet era, education focused largely on producing qualified labor for state industries. however, the new economic landscape demanded a more diverse and adaptable workforce. the early 1990s were marked by economic challenges, prompting the government to invest in education and healthcare systems to cultivate a competent workforce. the focus was on basic education and vocational training to meet immediate economic needs. yet, such efforts faced hurdles, including underfunded institutions and limited resources. as uzbekistan gradually stabilized its economy, the need for comprehensive human capital development became increasingly evident. the government began to formulate strategic policies aimed at enhancing educational quality, advancing workforce skills, and fostering lifelong learning. these policies emphasized aligning education with labor market demands, ensuring that graduates possessed the skills necessary for dynamic economic sectors. in recent years, uzbekistan has undertaken significant reforms to promote human capital development. the government recognizes that a well-educated and skilled population is crucial for driving innovation and growth. key initiatives include the following areas: the uzbek government has launched extensive reforms in the educational sector, aiming to improve both the quality and accessibility of education. the introduction of the "strategy of action" in 2017 marked a significant turning point, laying out a roadmap for economic and social development, including education reform. one of the major goals of this strategy is to enhance the quality of higher education institutions. efforts are underway to modernize curricula, incorporate stem (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) education, and promote the teaching of foreign languages. collaborations with international institutions have increased, allowing uzbek students and educators to gain exposure to global best practices. moreover, there has been a focus on early childhood education. the government recognizes that investing in this stage is critical for overall educational outcomes. increased funding for preschool education aims to ensure that children enter primary school ready to learn[16]. in addition to general education reforms, uzbekistan has placed a strong emphasis on vocational and technical training. the government acknowledges the need for a skilled labor force in various industries, including manufacturing, services, and agriculture. programs are in place to partner with businesses to provide apprenticeships and on-the-job training. this approach bridges the gap between education and employment, allowing students to gain hands-on experience while also ensuring that they acquire skills that meet the needs of employers. vocational education institutions are being american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org modernized to include updated equipment and technology, reflecting the current demands of the labor market. such changes are essential for preparing students for jobs in an increasingly competitive global economy. recognizing the rapid pace of technological advancement, uzbekistan has embraced the concept of lifelong learning. the government is committed to providing opportunities for adults to continue their education and acquire new skills throughout their careers. programs aimed at upskilling the existing workforce have gained momentum. this includes adult education initiatives, online learning platforms, and partnerships with various educational providers. encouraging a culture of continuous learning is essential in an era where job roles and skill requirements are constantly evolving. furthermore, the government is actively working to promote digital literacy as a critical skill for the future. the digital uzbekistan initiative includes the development of programs aimed at equipping citizens with essential digital skills, ensuring that they can thrive in the digital economy. human capital development extends beyond education and training; it also encompasses health and well-being. the uzbek government understands that a healthy population is more productive and can contribute meaningfully to economic growth. efforts to improve healthcare accessibility have intensified. healthcare reforms aim to bolster the primary healthcare system while ensuring that essential health services are available to all citizens. investments in preventative care and public health campaigns are crucial to reducing the disease burden and fostering a healthier workforce. additionally, mental health awareness initiatives have gained traction. the recognition of mental well-being as a vital aspect of human capital development is encouraging. programs aimed at reducing stigma surrounding mental health issues are essential for creating an environment where individuals feel supported in their well-being journey. despite the positive trajectory concerning human capital development, challenges remain. one of the primary hurdles is aligning educational outcomes with the needs of a rapidly changing labor market. employers often report a skills mismatch, where graduates lack the competencies required for available positions. moreover, regional disparities in educational access and quality persist. in rural areas, educational institutions may lack resources, leading to significant gaps in opportunity for students. addressing these disparities is crucial for ensuring that all citizens can benefit from human capital development initiatives. however, the current focus on reforms also presents numerous opportunities. increased government investment in education and training can yield high returns in terms of economic growth and productivity. partnerships with international organizations, ngos, and the private sector can facilitate knowledge exchange and further enhance educational outcomes. additionally, technological advancements offer new avenues for learning and development. online and blended learning models can provide greater access to quality education for those in remote areas. embracing digital tools can potentially expand educational reach and enhance training effectiveness. looking to the future, uzbekistan's human capital development policy is likely to evolve in response to both national and global shifts. there are several potential areas for growth: as the labor market continues to evolve, there will be a growing demand for soft skills such as critical thinking, communication, and teamwork. uzbekistan's educational policies may need to adapt to incorporate these competencies into curricula at all levels. future educational initiatives may focus on promoting essential soft skills alongside traditional academic knowledge. this could involve projectbased learning, extracurricular activities, and community engagement that fosters collaboration and creativity among students. given the global emphasis on sustainability, uzbekistan's human capital development may increasingly prioritize environmental education and green skills. as the country american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org seeks to diversify its economy and transition to a more sustainable model, workforce competencies related to renewable energy, conservation, and sustainable agriculture will be critical. training programs and curricula that align with sustainable practices can create a workforce equipped to meet the demands of a greener economy. this focus not only supports environmental goals but also opens new job opportunities in emerging sectors. as uzbekistan aims to foster economic diversification, instilling an entrepreneurial mindset in students could become a central aspect of human capital policy. encouraging innovation and self-employment through educational initiatives can prepare individuals to become job creators rather than just job seekers. programs that involve mentorship, business incubation, and access to funding can empower youth to pursue entrepreneurial ventures. by supporting entrepreneurship, the government can stimulate job creation and foster a dynamic economic landscape. human capital development policy in uzbekistan has undergone significant evolution since the country's independence. recognizing that a capable and skilled workforce is essential for economic progress, the government has initiated various reforms aimed at enhancing education, vocational training, and health services. while challenges persist, especially in alignment with labor market needs and regional disparities, there are abundant opportunities for growth. the focus on lifelong learning, entrepreneurial skills, and sustainability highlights uzbekistan's commitment to preparing its citizens for the future. as the nation continues to navigate a rapidly changing economic landscape, prioritizing human capital development will play a crucial role in ensuring prosperity for uzbekistan and its people. the journey is ongoing, but with strategic investments and innovative approaches, the potential for success is significant. the human capital development policy of uzbekistan from 2020 to 2024 is a transformative initiative aimed at building a skilled, healthy, and productive workforce. through targeted investments in education, vocational training, healthcare, and gender equality, uzbekistan aims to enhance its human capital, drive economic growth, and ensure sustainable development in the years to come. the successful implementation of this policy will depend on continuous monitoring, adaptation to emerging challenges, and collaboration among all stakeholders. the discussion on human capital development policy in uzbekistan reveals a landscape of both significant achievements and persistent challenges. while the country has made commendable progress in enhancing access to education and expanding vocational training, there is still much work to be done to ensure that all citizens can thrive in a rapidly changing global economy. by addressing societal attitudes, regional disparities, and the integration of technology, uzbekistan can create a more inclusive and effective human capital development framework. emphasizing collaboration, lifelong learning, and continuous improvement will be vital in fostering a skilled workforce capable of driving the nation’s economic growth and development in the years to come. conclusion the human capital development policy in uzbekistan (2020-2024) represents a comprehensive and strategic approach to enhancing the country’s socio-economic landscape. by prioritizing education, vocational training, healthcare, and gender equality, uzbekistan aims to cultivate a skilled and competent workforce capable of meeting the demands of a rapidly changing global economy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org key outcomes: 1. educational reforms: the policy emphasizes improving the quality of education at all levels, fostering an environment where students are equipped with critical thinking, creativity, and technological skills. curriculum reforms and teacher training initiatives are crucial steps toward achieving a modern educational framework that aligns with international standards. 2. vocational and technical training: recognizing the need for a skilled labor force, the policy promotes vocational education as a viable pathway for youth. by partnering with industries, uzbekistan ensures that training programs are relevant and effectively prepare individuals for the job market, addressing the mismatch between skills and employment opportunities. 3. healthcare improvements: access to quality healthcare services is essential for a productive workforce. the policy aims to strengthen healthcare infrastructure and promote preventative health measures, thereby improving the overall health and well-being of the population. these efforts are critical for reducing disparities in health outcomes across different regions. 4. youth empowerment: by fostering an entrepreneurial spirit and providing resources for youth, the policy seeks to empower the younger generation to become active contributors to the economy. initiatives that promote entrepreneurship not only support job creation but also encourage innovation and competitiveness. 5. gender equality initiatives: the commitment to gender equality within the policy framework highlights the importance of inclusivity in human capital development. by addressing barriers to women's participation in education and the workforce, uzbekistan aims to unlock the full potential of its human resources. while the human capital development policy sets a strong foundation for growth, challenges such as resource allocation, regional disparities, and the need for continuous evaluation remain. ongoing engagement with stakeholders, including educators, health professionals, and the private sector, will be vital in refining and adapting strategies to ensure sustainable progress. in conclusion, uzbekistan's human capital development policy for 2020-2024 reflects a forwardthinking vision aimed at enhancing the country's competitiveness on a global scale. through sustained efforts in education, vocational training, healthcare, and gender equality, uzbekistan is poised to transform its human capital into a driving force for economic growth and societal advancement. continued commitment and collaboration will be essential to realizing these ambitious goals and ensuring that all citizens benefit from the opportunities created through this policy. references 1. government of uzbekistan. (2020). decree on the development of human capital in uzbekistan for 2020-2024. 2. united nations development programme (undp). (2021). human development report 2020: the next frontier – human development and the anthropocene. new york: undp. 3. world bank. (2020). uzbekistan: education sector analysis: a review of the challenges and opportunities for education in uzbekistan. washington, d.c.: world bank. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org 4. asian development bank (adb). (2021). skills development in uzbekistan: strategies for inclusive economic growth. manila: adb. 5. international labour organization (ilo). (2022). youth employment in uzbekistan: challenges and opportunities. geneva: ilo. 6. ministry of higher and secondary specialized education of the republic of uzbekistan. (2021). annual report on educational reforms in uzbekistan. tashkent: ministry of higher education. 7. oecd. (2020). skills strategy for uzbekistan: assessment and recommendations. paris: oecd publishing. 8. unesco. (2021). global education monitoring report 2021: inclusion and education – all means all. paris: unesco. 9. national statistical committee of the republic of uzbekistan. (2023). statistical data on human capital development indicators. 10. european union. (2022). report on gender equality in uzbekistan: progress and challenges. brussels: eu. 11. khan, m. h. (2021). economic reforms and human capital development in uzbekistan: a policy perspective. journal of central asian studies, 25(1), 45-61. 12. tashkent institute of finance. (2022). annual conference proceedings on economic development and human capital. tashkent: tif. 13. siddiqova, g. (2020). the role of vocational education in human capital development in uzbekistan. central asian journal of education, 4(2), 105-118. 14. shamsiev, o. (2021). healthcare policies and human capital development in uzbekistan: current status and future directions. health policy and planning, 36(5), 620-628. 15. saidov s. “human capital” as the basis for the development of society. // journal of media & management. 2020, volume 2(2). – p. 19. 16. world economic forum. (2020). the global competitiveness report: uzbekistan's human capital index. geneva: wef. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org aesthetics of the metaphorical image in abo mansour althaalabi’s poetry salwan mghetee shlaka thi-qar university, college of basic education email: slwanalshlyl@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s poets, past and present, have been interested in the art of metaphorical depiction in their poetry, due to the active energies in the art of metaphor in the production of artistic painting. as previous and modern critics took care of it, they raised its value and showed its virtue, because it is more realizing the allegation process, that is, claiming that the suspect has entered the gender of the suspect, and is more able to achieve the required meaning and express feelings, feelings and emotions, when ordinary language is unable to express that. al-thaali used this artistic technique to express the depiction of his environment and the image of the praiseworthy, and he was creative in creating the artistic image in his poetry.this article seeks, through the analytical descriptive approach, to study the role of the art of allegorical photography in drawing the poet's artistic painting. the research concluded that the metaphorical image was multiplied in altha'alabi's poetry, due to the poet's admiration for this graphic art on the one hand, and the energy of this art in formulating picturesque images. and the poet portrayed through all these metaphorical images praiseworthy, whether in that of princes or friends, as he also flirted with slave girls and boys, and sometimes described some aspects of the beautiful nature and the conditions of time. presenting her with new clothes brought her out of her monotony. abu mansour althaalibi, metaphorical imagery, explicit metaphor, spatial metaphor الثعاليبابو منصور شعر يف االستعاريةمجاليات الصورة شالكه مغيطي سلوان : الباحث قار ذي : اجلامعة االساسية الرتبية : الكلية slwanalshlyl@gmail.com: االمييل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org امللخص: ااتاج يف طاقات فاعلةف االسعععتعارة م يف شععععرهم ا را ملايف ي االسعععتعاري التصعععويراهتم الشععععراد ق ميا یح يثا ب لعملية حتقيًقا أكثر أّلهنا فضعععلها، یأظهریا قيمتها م فأعلوا ،اللوحة ال نية. کما اعتنی هبا النقاد السعععابقون یاو ون املشعععاعر ع یالتعبري املطلوب املعىن حتقيق على ةق ر یأكثر به، املشعععّبه جنس يف املشعععّبه دخول اّدعاد أي االّدعاد، اسععتخ ه ه ا التقنية ال نية الثعالی. یق کان ذلك ع التعبري ع العادية اللغة تعجز حني یاألحاسععيس یاالا عاالت، شعرا. يف تصوير بيئته یصورة املم یح یاب ع ف خیلق الصورة ال نيةالتعبري ع يف لوحة الشعععاعر رسعععم يف التصعععوير االسعععتعار تسععععی ه ا املقالة م خالل املنهل الوصععع ی التاليلی ان ت رف دیر ف ال نية. یخلص الباث الی ان الصعععورة االسعععتعارية تع دت يف شععععر الثعالبی ا را اعجاب الشعععاعر هب ا ال ّ البياای م جااب یطاقة ه ا ال يف صعععيااة الصعععور ابالبة یبرا علی ااواع متع دة قمسعععناها الی اسعععتعارة م نية یمصعععرحة، اصععععلية یتبعية یاسععععتعارة قرد یمطلقة یمرشععععاة یصععععو ادية ییفاقية، یاسععععتعارةیاسععععتعارة حتقيقية یةيلية، یاسععععتعارة عن رالشعععععاعر م خالل کل ه ا الصعععععور االسعععععتعارية ك یحه سعععععواد يف ذلك امراد ای اصععععع قاد کما تغزل ايضعععععا جلوار عامة کاات صعورا ت ل علی سععة خياله یالغلمان ییصع احيا بع م اهر الطبيعة اجلميلة یصعریف ال هر یبصعورة ها عرب تع د االسععععععععتعارت یعر ععععععععها لبس ج ي ثيت یان کاات احيا مطریقة مسععععععععتهل ة يف األدب العربی اال ان اخرجها م راتبتها. ، االستعارة املصرحة ، االستعارة امل نية، ، التصوير االستعار الثعاليبابو منصور ال لمات امل تاحية: املق مة: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org آخر طرف حمل حيل یاحً ا طرفًا تواجه أهنا إذ" املشععععاهبة، على يقوه ال ي الّ اليل ازایحاال م اوًعا االسععععتعارة تع ّ الصععورة لطبيعة یعًيا أكثر االسععتعارة أن ه ا معىن "التشععبيه عليها يقوه اليت بتلك شععبيه اشععرتا لعالقة مقامه یيقوه 1ا.يشكله اليت ملادة الشاعر إحساف يف عمًقا األكثر املرحلة هي آخر یتعبري بيال، یعالقتها اسععم إىل یجتيد لتشععبيه، ت صعع أن فت ع لشععيد، الشععيد تشععبيه تري أن االسععتعارة "بقوله اجلرجاين ی ععاها یق ذلك فت ع سعواد، بطشعه یقوة شعجاعته يف كاألسع هو ال رج رأيت تقول نأ تري عليه، یجتريه املشعبه فتعريا املشعبهه 3.إليه املنقول ذكر طي مع بينهما، ملشاركة ل ظ، إىل ل ظ م املعىن اقل "األ ري اب عن یهي2. أسً ا رأيت یتقول اب ة ع حياة الشاعر: الثعاليب منصعععععععور أبيب يُعرف ال ي( ه1038 961/ هععععععععععععععععععع 429 هععععععععععععععععععع 350) إمساعيل ب حمم ب امللك عب الكلمات ملعاين یتبيااه حصعععرا يف یأمتاا یاألدب الناو يف ی عععلع ايسعععابور يف عاش فصعععي عريب أديب النيسعععابوري، ر َأْهلِ حَمَاسعععِ يف ال َّْهرِ يتيَمة" االديب الع ي م املول ات ابراها: ِكَتاب تر .4یاملصعععطلاات َفقه ِكَتاب َیلَهُ ،"الَعصعععْ 5.سنة مثااون یله مائٍَة، َیَأْرَبعِ َ الَِ نْيَ َسَنة َماتَ .َیالنَّْثر النَّْ م يف رَْأساً یََكانَ .البالَاة سار یَِكَتاب اللَُّغة، م االسعععععتعار ب ل اقسعععععامهاالازایح الثعالبیاسعععععتخ ه التصعععععوير ال نی فق يف طاقات ف االسعععععتعارة یدیرهالا را املرشععععاة یالتخييلية، االسععععتعارة التاقيقية یالعنادية، االسععععتعارة الوفاقية ، االسععععتعارةأصععععلية یتبعية ،مصععععرحة ی م نية شعرا.يف ه ا الباث لتلسيط الضود علی التصوير االستعار يف اسعییحن یاملطلقة یاجملردة 23، الصورة الفنية في شعر ذي الرمة، مطبعة شركة التمدن الصناعية: 1987عودة، خليل، 1 105: 5،دالئل اإلعجاز، القاهرة، مكتبة الخانجي ، ط 1989الجرجاني،عبد القاهر، 2 83، المثل السائر، تحقيق احمد الحوفي وبدوي طبانه، مصر، مكتبة نهضة: 1998ابن األثير، ضياء الدين، 3 3/251 بيروت، دار صادر، سير أعالم النبالء ، ،1998، شمس الدين أبي عبد هللا محمدالذهبي.، 4 2/38الزررکلی، األعالم، 5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org الشاعر:عار ل حتليل التصوير االست االستعارة املصرحة یامل نية: -2-1 6.االستعارة عتبار املتستعار منه تع تت الی م نية یمصرحة یبرات االستعارة املصرحة یامل نية کالمها يف شعر الثعالبی یان کاات امل نية اکثر بریاا یصور م خالهلا حس احلبيبة یبيا ها...ا یجي ها هب اد م یجهها حتی شعر االستعارة التصرحيية: -2-1-1 7ان ي کر املستعار منهعّرف السكاكي االستعارة التصرحيية ار االستعارة املصرحة يف یص حبيبته: 8یالح شقائقا یمشی قضيبا ر ظبيا یانی عن ليبا قضععععيبا یه ا مجع هلا شععععتی اواسعععع ، هنا ي الشععععاعر حبيبته التی تراو ععععبيا یتغنی عن ليبا یت هر اهرة ی شععععی یالشععاعر هنا البيت مجيعا اذ تضععم اربعة اسععتعارات مصععرحة االیلی ال بی اسععتعارة ع احلبيبة یذکر فعل ر قرينة لالسععتعارة کما اسععتعار العن ليب امع حسعع الصععوت یذکر الغناد قرينة اسععتعار له الشععقائق امع اجلمال یاحلسعع ح قرينة ل لك کما اسععععتعار يف االخري قضععععيب امع حسعععع القامة یاالعت ال یالرشععععاقة یذکر فعل یذکر فعل ال 192محمد أحمد قاسم، محي الدين ديب، علوم البالغة البديع والبيان والمعاني، ص 6 . 38أكرم علي معال، فاعلية االستعارة في التركيب اللغوي لألدب، ص 7 21الثعالبي، ديوانه، 8 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org مشععی قرينة ل لك یه ا مجع الشععاعر الع ي م االسععتعارات املصععرحة شععرحت مجال عيون احلبيبة یطيب صععو ا یحس یجهها یرشاقة ق ها یب لك طلعت آية يف احلس یکل االل اظ املستعارة جام ة ل ا فان االستعارة اصلية. کما ار االستعارة املصرحة يف یص ج اد یدالل احلبيبة اجلميلة: 9یالشو ال عجب يف قتنی الرطب الشو يف شجرات الورد حمتمل ان ال جینی الرید الب یان يصععيبه الشععو یه ا فان ال يري رطب احلبيبة ايضععا يصععيبه شععو دالهلا یج ائها یالشعععاعر هنا هو املصعععراع الثاای اذ الشعععو تعنی ج اد احلبيبة یاجلامع هو األذ یاالسعععتعارة اصعععلية اذ کلمة الشعععو قيقية ا را الی ان املسعععععتعار له موجود جام ة یهی عنادية اذ ال مي نان جتتمع احلبيبة یالشعععععو يف شعععععید یاح یهی حت حقيقة . اما االسععتعارة الثااية يف الرطب اتی ترمز للمراة امع الل ة یالطيب یهی ايضععا أصععلية الن ل ظ املتسعععار منه جام یحتقيقية ا را الی ان املستعار له املتمثل حلبيبة موجود حقيقة. کما ار االستعارة املصرحة يف یص احلبيبة: يف افق ترتبتی یفی أديبی ق ااب ع ربعی هالل مقمر 10یال يت ك فيه القلب ره حنيب فاالن يطلع يف سو دار ان هالل مقمر ااب ع دایر الشعععععاعر بع ان قضعععععی عمرا اابه یهو اليوه يطلع يف دایر اخر یبقی قلب الشعععععاعر حيّ اليه یالشعععاه هنا هالل مقمر اذ هو اسعععتعارة مصعععرحة ع احلبيبة یذکر املقمر ترشعععي للمسعععتعار منه کما ان 22المصدر نفسه، 9 26الثعالبي، ديوانه، 10 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org االسعععتعارة عنادية اذ ال جیتمع الب ر یاملراة يف هي ل یاح کما ان االسعععتعارة اصعععلية ا را الن اهلالل اسعععم جام یهی حتقيقية اذ ان احلبيبة امر موجود حسيا يف ارض الواقع. کما ار االستعارة املصرحة يف یص حس احلبيبة: 11ای ب ر ای اائبا يف أفق مغربه أقول یالقلب منی يف تل ته ان الشعاعر يتل ت حنو حبيبته فال جی ها فهو يباث ع الب ر الغائب ال سعار حنو املغرب یالشعاه هنا الب ر اذ اسععتعارا لوصعع احلبيبة ح ف املسععتعار منه یذکر القلب قرينة ل لك کما ان ل ظ املسععتعار له احلبيبة یاملسععتعار منه ان مسة الغائب توحی ن احلبيبة اادرت احلبيب یج ته یالصعععورة تعرب ع الب ر ال جیتمعان ل ا فاالسعععتعارة عنادية کما حزاه یاساا یحبثه عنها. االستعارة املكنية: -2-1-2 13 مع ذکر اج لواامه 12 هنا ان ت کر املستعار له یحت ف املستعار منه عّرف السكاكي االستعارة املكنّية یم جتليات االسعععععتعارة امل نية ما اراا يف یکان لالسعععععتعارة امل نية حضعععععور مشعععععهود يف التصعععععوير ال نی ل الشعععععاعر. یص الشاعر اح الليالی املمتعة: 14جتّر أذایل ألالد یآالد یليلة ذات ا واد ی و اد 23المصدر نفسه، 11 39(، المفتاح، تحقيق الهنداوی، دار الکتب العلمية: منشورات محمد علي بيضون: 1988بکر،) السکاکی، يوسف بن ابی 12 364(، أسرار البالغة، تحقيق محمود محمد شاکر أبو فهر،القاهرة: مکتبة الخانجی: 1998الجرجانی عبد القاهر، ) 13 14الثعالبي، ديوانه، 14 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org ان الشعععاعر قضعععی ليلة كتعة امتوت أل عععوأد ی الضعععو عععاد یهی جتّر أذایل الوالد یالنعم یهنا اشعععاه ان الشعععاعر استعار صورة املراة احلسناد لليل یح ف املستعار منه یالقرينة هی فعل جتّر یذکر األذایل ترشي للمستعار منه کما سععععتعار له املتمثل لليلة یاملسععععتعار منه املتمثل ملراة احلسععععناد ال مي ان االسععععتعارة عنادية ا را الی ان اجلمع بني امل یک لك حتقيقية ا را الی ان الليل م االمساد اوسوسة بصرای. کما ار االستعارة امل نية يف یص متعة اجللسة الليلة: 15أتلي ما بني إصباح یإمساد تصاحل الليل فيها یالنهار علی ان الليل یالنهار تصعععععاحلا يف تلك اجللسعععععة یب لك اجتمعت اور الصعععععب یدجی الليل ل ثرة اال عععععواد املتألقة يف تلك الليلة یااسعععها یهنا االحظ ان الشعععاعر اسعععتعار الجتماع النور یال جی يف تلك اليلة صعععورة املصعععاحلة یا را الی ع ه لي ال يتناسعععق مع التصعععاحل فان االسعععتعارة مرشعععاة ذکر اح مسعععتلزمات املسعععتعار منه یال يتمثل يف أت ییهی یفاقية اذ ان التصعععععععععاحل یاالجتماع مي ان جیتمعا يف شعععععععععخص یاح یاالسعععععععععتعارة ايضعععععععععا حتقيقية ا را الی ان االجتماع ي ر لعقل. کما يص الشاعر جلسة ااس عرب االستعارة امل نية: ع مت حرمتها فعل األلّباد ق مت ای لليلة ُقّ مت حتی اذا 16یااطقت ألس العي ان یالنادِ ق اطلعت م عنان الراح طلعتها 14الثعالبي، ديوانه، 15 15المصدر نفسه، 16 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org طقت ألسعععع العود یالنا يشععععي الشععععاعر ح الليالی یااسععععه فيها حتی ااه يع م حرمتها إذ اهنا تشععععبه ابمر یاا یالشعاه هنا هو ألسع العي ان یالناد ی یاالحظ فيها ان الشعاعر اسعتعار صعورة اااسعان للعي ان امع الصعوت ح ف املسعععععتعار منه یذکر مسعععععتلزمه املتمثل يف ألسععععع یذکر الشعععععاعر فعل النطق ترشعععععياا للمسعععععتعار منه کما ان ّق یهی عنادية ا را الی ااه ال مي ان جیتمع االاسععان یالعود يف هي ل یاح یل ل االسععتعارة تبعية يف ان ال عل مشععت ماهيته اباصة یک لك الصورة حتقيقية ا را الی ان العي ان یالنا شید حمسوف یليس ةليلی. کما ار االستعارة امل نية يف یص امل اره یالعال: 17بسي الشيخ العمي ابی اصر ییج به یج امل اره یالعال ق املمم یح یليس هو فقط بل ان املعالی یامل اره ايضعا تعشعق الشعيخ العمي ابی فهنا يصعور الشعاعر ان الشعاعر يعشع اصعععر یذلك لسعععمو م ااته، یالشعععاه هنا امل اره یالعال یهو يصععع ها لعاشعععق حي ف املسعععتعار منه یي کر الوج فی مطلع البيت جتري للمسععععتعار له کما ان تصععععوير ة قرينة ل لك یب لك تشعععع ت اسععععتعارة م نية کما ان الوج الثااي امل اره هنا ذات یج ليس م اوسعععععوسعععععات یال معقوالت بل هو م خيال الشعععععاعر اراد هبا ان يعرب ع ع مة مسو ر امل اره حتب املم یح یترادف العال یامل اره عزا صورة یج ا. ّّ املم یح فتصو االستعارة األصلية یالتبعية:-2-2 60الثعالبي، ديوانه، 17 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org . یکثرت االسععتعارة األصععلية ی التبعية يف شعععر الثعالبی 18تتع د الی اوعني االصععلية یالتبعيةاالسععتعارة حبسععب الكلمة قرب ...املالهی یالغلمان یاجلوار یص الشيب یالعيف االستعارة األصلية: -2-2-1 19هي االستعارة اليت يكون هبا ل ظ املُستعار منه أي املُشّبه به جامً ا، أي اسم معىن أی اسم جنس یيص الشاعر ل ة املالهی یالطرب عرب االستعارة امل نية األصلية: 20ذاقنی مثرات اللهو یالطربأ ريق احلبيب کريق املزن یالعنب ان ر عععععاب احلبيبة کان مثل مزن ابمر ی اذاقه اللهو یالطرُب مل ات فاکهة طيبة یالشعععععاه ه املصعععععراع الثاای اذ يصععععععور اللهو هبيئة ال اکهة الطبية یي کر الثمرة قرينة علی ذلك کما ذکر الثمرات اسععععععم جام ل ا فان االسععععععتعارة م ب يه ف الی تعزيز املتعة. النوع األصلية کما ان هنا تناسق بني اللهو یالطر کما يص الشاعر أسنان اح الغلمان عرب االستعارة املصرحة أصلية: 21اذا تبسم ع دّر یایقوت قولوا لعثمان يف ایقات طيبته ان الشععاعر خريب عثمان ااه عن ما يتبسععم فااه يربا ال ر یالياقوت یهنا الشععاه هنا در یایقوت اذ اسععتعار ال ر لواسععععععان امع البياض ذکر فعل التبسععععععم قرينة ل لك کما ذکر الياقوت ال يتناسععععععق مع ال ر ما يعترب ترشععععععياا مور احلقيقية یال ّر ک لك یمها حسيان. للصورة کما ان االستعارة حتقيقية إذ ان الس م اال 204محمد أحمد قاسم، محي الدين ديب، علوم البالغة البديع والبيان والمعاني، ص 18 205محمد أحمد قاسم، محي الدين ديب، علوم البالغة البديع والبيان والمعاني، ص 19 21الثعالبي، ديوانه، 20 32الثعالبي، ديوانه، 21 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org : کما ار االستعارة املصرحة األصلية اجملردة ال حيس العاشق ان ي کرا یصوجلان بي شادن 22متخ حبة قلبی کرا یصوجلان املسك يف ص اه ق ع یصععع مجاله یهی ت ل صعععوجلان م الصععع یهنا يصععع الشعععاعر کي ان شعععادن بي ا صعععوجلا يعجز العاشععع الغزال االسععععود کاملسععععك يلعب ال واد کال رة یهنا الشععععاه هو الشععععادن عنی الغزال اذ اسععععتعار الشععععاعر صععععورة للابيبة یذکر الصععوجلان قرينة علی ذلك کما ان ذکر العاشععق جتري للمسععتعار له یيسععتطرد الشععاعر فيصععور مجاله فان ص اه صوجلان اخر یلواه یعطرا مثل املسك یان قلبه ت کرة ما يعنی تالعبه ب واد الشاعر. االستعارة التبعية: -2-2-2 امسًا مشتقًّا، أی فعاًل، أی اسم ال علالتی ي ون فيها ل ظ املستعار هي االستعارة ار االستعارة امل نية التبعية يف یص الربيع: 23اذ جاد لنعمة البيضاد طلع الربيع بطلعة السّراد ان الربيع ظهر بطلعة سععععّراد یي کرمية علی الناف جیود عليهم مله یالشععععاه هنا ما االح ه يف عبارة طلع الربيع قينة علی ذلك یفعل طلع جعل االسعتعارة تبعية اذ اذ صعورا هبيئة ااسعان مجيل ح ف املسعتعار منه یذکر الطلعة 58الثعالبي، ديوانه، 22 15الثعالبي، ديوانه، 23 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org اشععتق م فعل الطلوع فعل ما ععی کما ذکر النعمة البيضععاد یهی م مسععتلمزات املسععتعار منه ترشععياا للمسععتعار منه کما ان االستعارة حتقيقية ا را وسوسية الربيع یهی عنادية اذ ال مي ان جیمع بني الربيع یاالاسان يف هي ل یاح . قرب: کما ار االستعارة امل نية التبعية يف یص هال ع 24أخنت عليها رتبُة الع ماد ملا ارتقت للسع أع م مرتقی قرب اعتلت مرتقی صععبا بع ان صعع ت علی صعاحبه ل رتبه السعماية قضعت عليها هنا صعور الشعاعر کي ان الع یهنا جن الشعععاعر يف اخنت عليها رتبة فنر الشعععاعر اسعععتعار صعععورة اال سععع املهلك للرتبة ح فه یذکر ااخناد قيقيعة الن الرتبعة م االمور املعقولعة یهی حت ععل أخنی عنی اهل عت یبع لعك فعاهنعا تبعيعة م نيعة قیاشعععععععععععت عنی اهلال مي ان جیتمعا يف شخص یاح . یليست ةيلية یهی یفاقية ا را الی ان االاسان املهلك یالرتبة یار االستعارة امل نية التبعية: 25 اك الغو الشمات اك املشيب بعار ی ان املشعععيب صعععاك برأف الشعععاعر مثلما يضعععاك االاسعععان الغای الشعععامت یالشعععاه هنا عععاك املشعععيب اذ اسعتعار صعورة االاسعان الضعاحك الشعيب امع االبيضعاض کما هو موجود يف ااسعان الضعاحك یلون الشعيب یاسعتطرد ق یای یا را ان اتی ب عل ما ععی مسععت ف کر الضععاك مرة یاية ما يعترب جتردای للمسععتعار له یذکر العارض ايضععا جتري م صيغة الضاك فان االستعارة تبعية یهی یفاقية لن ر الی ام ااية اجتماع الضاك یاملشيب يف االاسان. 17المصدر نفسه، 24 18الثعالبي، ديوانه، 25 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org االستعارة الوفاقية یالعنادية: -2-3 االسعععععععتعارة حبسعععععععب توافق الطرفني هي االسعععععععتعارة املصعععععععّرحة عتبار الطرفني یاجتماعهما على شعععععععيد یاح أی ع ه 26العنادية یالوفاقية. ، یتقسم إىلاجتماعهما صعيااة الصعور ال نية یکاات صعورا تشعه علی يف ب عل ت ن الشعاعر یمهارتهك شععر یذليف برات االسعتعارة بنوعيها سعة خياله االستعارة الوفاقية: -2-3-1 . هي االستعارة اليت مُيك اجتماع أركان التشبيه أّي م طرفيها املُشّبه یاملُشّبه به يف شيد یاح يف یص الل ات: قيةاالستعارة امل نية الوفاار 27یالشأن يف ا مها عق األحباد یاّبهت اعني الل ات م سنة ان اعني الل ات تنبهت م اومها بع ان جتمع األحباد يف اجللسععععة املمتعة یالشععععاه هنا اعني الل ات اذ اسععععتعار قرينة ثل يف أعني التی هی م مسعتلزمات االاسعان یاالسعتعارة الشعاعر صعورة االاسعان للّ ة یح ف املسعتعا رمنه یال یفاقية اذ م املم ان جیمع االاسعععععان الل ة يف داخله یال تعارض يف ذلك کما ان ذکر فعل التنبيه یالسعععععنة ترشعععععي للمستعار منه کما ان االستعارة حتقيقية ا را الی الل ة م اوسوسات یليست املتخيالت. 202، االدب العربی في االندلس، بيروت، دار النهضة: 1998عتيق، عبدالعزيز ، 26 19الثعالبي، ديوانه، 27 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org يف یص ياع الصرب: قيةکما ار االستعارة امل نية الوفا 28جلود قوه ا اعوا الصرب یاجلل ا فالشمس حمجوبة یالري م مية ان الشععععمس احنجبت يف جو لسععععماد یالري ب فتامّر منها االجسععععاه یالناف ا ععععاعت الصععععرب بع اشععععت اد الربد، قرينة یالشععاه هنا ا ععاعة الصععرب اذ اسععتعار صععورة الشععید الثمني للصععرب ح ف املسععتعار منه ییذکر فعل اال ععاعة علی ذلك یاشععععتق فعل ا ععععاعوا اسععععتعارة تبعية کما ان االسععععتعارة یفاقية ا را الی ان الصععععرب یالثم يتناسععععقان یال يتضادان. کما ار االستعارة املصرحة اجملردة الوفاقية يف یص االه خباا: 29ف يم نع عنی القوت ایقوتی ؟ اای ارا تبيع الناف قو م ان الغاله اجلميل يبيع الناف أقوا م اال ان ذلك الياقوت مينع ع الشاعر قوته یالشاه هنا الياقوت استعارة ع الغاله اجلميل امع احلسععععععععع یذکر البيعة قرينة علی ذلك کما ان القوت یالناف کلها م مسعععععععععتلمزات املسعععععععععتعار له ا یفاقية اذ ال مي ان جیتمع الياقوت یاالاسان معا. املتمثل لغاله اجلميل ل ا فاهنا قردة کما اهن االستعارة العنادية: -2-3-2 هي االستعارة اليت ال مُيك االجتماع بني طرفيها یال بشيد یاح ، یذلك لتنافيهمها یظهور التضاد بينهما تصوير الغلمان یاجلوار يف ليالی االاس: يف ار االستعارة املصرحة العنادية 41المصدر نفسه، 28 30الثعالبي، ديوانه، 29 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org یک لك يف التشبيه خمربها ای ليلة کاملسك من رها 30یالشمس اهناها یآمرها احييتها یالب ر خی منی ان الشععععاعر احيی لياليا کاملسععععك بطيبه یجودته یامضععععی تلك األایه یالب ر خی مه یالشععععمس ينهاها ی مرها یهنا ار قينة علی ذلك کما ذکر الشمس الشاه االیل يف الب ر خی منی اذ استعار الب ر للغلمان یذکر فعل خی منی اسععععععععتعارة ع اجلارية یفعل اهناها قرينة علی ذلك یم ذکر آمرها جتري ا للمسععععععععتعار له یا را الی ان الشععععععععمس یالب ر کليهما جام ان فان االسعتعارة جام ة یهی عنادية اذ ال جیتمع الشعمس یالب ر مع الغلمان یاجلوار يف هي ل عر ية اذ ان الشعععمس یالب ر موج ان حسعععيان یاجلمع بني الشعععمس یالقمر معا یمها يف خ مة الشعععایاح کما اهنا حتقيق اب اع خيالی دل علی سعة خيال الشاعر. کما ار االستعارة امل نية العنادية يف یص يوه ش ي : 31هقأرع ا ت له م خر اال رب يوه لی رجان قته یالشععععععاه هنا يوه ارع اذ يصعععععع الشععععععاعر يوه مر عليه يف جرجان اه ارع تی ااه ت يضععععععاك علی ا اسعتعار صعورة االاسعان االرع لوصع اليوه ح ف املسعتعار منه یالقينة ذکر االرع یاالسعتعارة عنادية ا را الی ان اليوه یاالاسععان ال جیتمعان يف شععخص یاح یل ل منها ماهيته کما ان االسععتعارة مرشععاة اذ ذکر ابرو ال هو م سعتعار منه یاالسعتعارة ايضعا تبعية ا را الی ان کلمة أرع صع ة مشعبهة مشعتقة م مصع ر الرع عنی مسات االاسعان امل احلماقة. 54الثعالبي، ديوانه، 30 30الثعالبي، ديوانه، 31 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org کما ار االستعارة املصرحة األصلية العنادية يف یص الشاعر لن سه: 32يف طلب الل ة ع ريت سقيا ألایه الصبا إذ ا ان الشعععاعر ميج عه الصعععبا اذ کان ع ريت جی يف يف ايل املل ات یهنا االحظ ان االسعععتعارة مصعععرحة ا را الی ااه اسعععععععععععتعار الع ريت لن سعععععععععععه حبامع القوة یاجلّ کما اهنا اصعععععععععععلية اذ ان ل ظ الع ريت جام کما اهناعنادية اذ ال جیتمع ا ااه مل حتتو شعععععيئا م لوااه املسعععععتعار منه ا ی املتسععععععار منه االاسعععععان یالع ريت يف جسعععععم یاح کما اهنا مطلقة ا ر یبقيت مطلقة. االستعارة التاقيقية یالتخيلية:-2-4 فضععععال ع األاواع املا ععععية فان االسععععتعارة تنقسععععم حسععععب یجودها يف ابارج الی اوعني فاذا کان املسععععتعار له موجود ي فاالتسعارة ةيلية.استعارة حتقيقة یاذا مل ك حسيا ای عقليا فتل فضععععععال ع األاواع املا ععععععية ار االسععععععتعارة ظهرت يف شعععععععر الثعالبی بنادا علی ام ااية یجودها م ع مه الی اوعني حتقيقية حسا یعقال ای ةيلية م صنع الوهم یجس فيها الشاعر ال هر یاجلوار یال اله... استعارة حتقيقية:-2-4-1 یهي ما كان املسععتعار له فيها حمققا حسععا أی عقال أبن كان الل ظ منقوال إىل أمر معلوه یذلك األمر ميك ااشععارة إليه إشارة حسية أی إشارة عقلية. : قيقيةار االستعارة امل نية التا 30المصدر نفسه، 32 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 33إليك قوال س ي ا يری العطاش ائه م نية اذ قول السعع ي لشععراب یالشععه هنا القول السعع ي يری یهو اسععتعارة هنا االحظ ان الشععاعر يصععور ال مرشععاة ا را قول السعع ي امع رفع احلاجة یح ف املسععتعار منه یالقرينة يری کما ان االسععتعارةاسععتعار الشععراب لل قول یاملاد يف الشعید الواح مثل اذ ال جیتمع ال قيةل کر العطاش التی هی م مسعلتزمات الشعراب یالرّ ، کما اهنا یفا االاسععان کما اهنا تبعية ا را الی ان اشععتق فعل يری م مصعع ر االریاد یاالسععتعارة حتقيقية الن القول السعع ي ليس له طاقة الرّ یهو م مسات املاد. : قيقةکما يص الشاعر إح اجلوار عرب االستعارة املصرحة التا علينا سيوف ابوارج یفيك لنا فنت اربع تسّل 3536یاّ الت ارج 34مشی القباج احلماهحلاظ ال باد طوو و احلمعاه یسعععععععععععري الطيور یمجعال احلجعل یهنعا ار ان الشعععععععععععاعر ير يف حبيبتعه عع ة مجعاليعات منهعا حلعاظ ال بی یطو االسعععععتعارات متع دة ایهلا اسعععععتعارة عيون ال بی لعيون احلبيبة امع احلسععععع یالثااية اسعععععتعارة طوو احلماه جلمال جلي ا احلبيبة امع احلسععع کما يسعععتعري مشعععی احلجل لسعععري احلبيبة اهلاد یيسعععتعري اّ الطيور اجلميلة جلمال م هرها یهن االحظ تع د االسعتعارات یکلها اصعلية اذ ان املسعتعار منه جام کما ان االسعتعارة حتقيقية إذ مجيعها موجود يف احلقيقة الصور. یليس ةيليا یتع د االستعارات يف البيت الواح من البيت مجالية اخرجه م راتبته رام تقلي ية 18الثعالبي، ديوانه، 33 الحجل قبجة وهی تعنی مفردها 34 ضرب من الحجل 35 36الثعالبي، ديوانه، 36 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org استعارة ةييلية:-2-4-2 یهي ما كان املسعتعار له فيها اري حمقق ال حسعا یال عقال بل هو صعورة یمهية حمضعة ال يشعوهبا شعيد م التاقيق، حنو قول اهل يل: 37أل يت كل يمة ال تن ع یإذا املنية أاشبت أظ ارها کما يص الشاعر برد بالد خواراه عرب االستعارة امل نية املرشاة التخيلية: 38أايابه یکست اب اانا الرع ا هلل برُد خواراه اذا کلبت هنا يسعتعي الشعاعر هلل م برد خواراه بع ان يشعتّ یتصعّر اايابه یترتع االحسعاه م شع ته یالشعاه هنا يف یصع قرينة األاياب یذکر الربد حليوان امل رتف امع الشعععع ة یاالرتعاد منه ح ف املسععععتعار منه یاشععععار الی ذکر عرب الرع مي ان ي ون م مسععععلتزمات املتسعععععار منه یاملسععععتعار له اذ ان الربد يبعث االتعاد یک لك احليوان امل رتف ذا فهی مطلقة اال ااه اقرب الی املسعتعار منه اذ ال عل السعابق هلا کسعت جاد للمواث ما يتناسعق مع ااياب احليوان یالربد اسم م کر. کما يص الشاعر حال ال هر عرب االستعارة امل نية التخييلة: 3940یترکت ماد معيشيتی کُج ادِ ای دهر یحيك ق اطلَت ج ائی 65: 1998أبو ذؤيب الهذلی، ديوان الشاعر ، بيروت، دار الكتب العلمية، 37 35الثعالبي، ديوانه، 38 زبد السيل 39 18الثعالبي، ديوانه، 40 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org ق اطاال ج ادا یترکه يعيش يف اسعود ای عاع حتی ت ماد حياته الزالل کزب البار هنا خیاطب الشعاعر دهرا اه یهنا الشععاه ای دهر ق أطلت ج ائی اذ اسععتعار صععورة االاسععان لل هر امع التعنت یالقسععوة ح ف املسععتعار منعه املتمثعل الاسعععععععععععان هنعا منعه یذکر اجل عاد قرينعة علی ذلعك یخمعاطبعة الع هر اري الععاقعل يعترب ترشعععععععععععياعا للمسعععععععععععتععار یاالستعارة ةيليلة ا را الی ان ال هر اجملافی اري موجود. کما يص الشاعر البعوض یالرباوث عرب االستعارة امل نية التخليلية: أقاسی فيه ااواع الع اب یليل بّته ره اکتئاب 41فللرباوث رقص يف يابی اذا شرب البعوض دمی یاّنی هنا االحظ ان الشععععاعر يصعععع ليلة ت ره اکتئاب يعاای فيها ااواع الع اب اذ البعوض يشععععرب م دمه یالرباو ی يرقص يف يابه یالشععععاعر االیل هنا يف شععععرب البعوض اذ اسععععتعار الشععععاعر صععععورة ابمار للبعوض ذکر القرينة ك يعترب جتري کما ذکر بع ها فغل انی یهو م یهی فعل شععععرب کما ذکر ال ه یهو م لوااه املسععععتعار له یب ل لوااه املسععتعار منه یيعترب ترشععي ما جعل الصععورة االسععتعارية يف حالة تواان ا اسععتعارة مطلقة یتصععوير البعوض علی ااه يغنی صورة ةيلية ليست م الواقع. یالشعععاه الثاای جن ا يف فاملصعععراع الثاای اذ يصعععور الرباو ی يف حالة رقص یهنا اسعععتعار املراة الراقصعععة للرباو ی امع االهتزاا ح ف املسععععتعار منه یذکر الرقص قرينة ل لك یاذا ما ا را الی کالت الشععععرب یالغناد فاهنا تناسععععق الرقص سعتعارة م النوع املرشعاة کما ان اجتماع البعوض یاملراة اري ك ل ا یب لك فهی م لوااه املسعتعار منه ما جعل اال 25الثعالبي، ديوانه، 41 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org فهی عنادية یذکر مصع ر الرقص جعل االسعتعارة اصعلية یتصعوير الرباو ی يف حالة الرقص م صعنع خيال الشعاعر ل ا فاالستعار ةليلية. کما ار الشاعر يستخ ه االستعارة امل نية ةيلية يف یص ال هر املشاکس: 42فاام عنك صرف ال هر سي ه یفزت ا تشاد م األماای ان املم یح فاا ا يشععاد م االماای حتی اجرب ال هر علی ان يغم ظ را یهنا يتمثل الشععاه يف املصععراع الثاای اذ قرينة هی اااماد ذکر السععععي ترشععععياا للصععععورة االاسععععان اوارب لل هر یح ف املسععععتعار منه یالة اسععععتعار صععععور یالصعورة اسعتعارة ةيلية اذ ان ال هر ال حيارب بسعي امر اري حمسعوف یال معقول یهو م صعنع ابيال یهی تبعية لن ر الی الشعععاعر اشعععتق فعل اام م مصعععر اااماد یالصعععورة تع س البة املم یح حتی ان صعععرف ال هر الن له يف قوته. یذلك مبالغة اتيجة الباث: خلص الباث الی ع ة اتائل جنملها فيما يلی: ان الصعورة االسعتعارية تع دت يف شععر الثعالبی ا را اعجاب الشعاعر هب ا ال ّ البياای م جااب یطاقة ه ا -1 ال يف صيااة الصور ابالبة خالهلا م یصععععععور بریاا اکثر امل نية کاات یان الثعالبی شعععععععر يف کالمها یامل نية املصععععععرحة االسععععععتعارة برات -2 یبيا ها یجي ها شعرها حتی یجهها م ب اد احلبيبة حس 57المصدر نفسه، 42 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org املالهی یالغلمان یاجلوار یصعععع الشععععيب یصعععع کثرت االسععععتعارة األصععععلية ی التبعية يف شعععععر الثعالبی يف -3 قرب ...یالع صععيااة الصععور ال نية يف ب عل ت ن الشععاعر یمهارتهك شعععر یذليف یالعناديةالوفاقية برات االسععتعارة بنويعها -4 یکاات صورا تشه علی سعة خياله ظهرت يف شععععر الثعالبی یجسععع فيها الشعععاعر ية یالتخيليلة قيقالتافضعععال ع األاواع املا عععية ار االسعععتعارة -5 ال هر یاجلوار یال اله... ت ل علی سععععععة خياله یان کاات احيا مطریقة مسعععععتهل ة يف األدب العربی اال ان االسعععععتعارية کاات صعععععور -6 ت یعر ها لبس ج ي اخرجها م راتبتها.ا ها عرب تع د االستعار ثيت مصادر الباث: ران ال رمیقال هنضة. مكتبة مصر، طبانه، وبدوي احلويف امحد السائر، حتقيق املثل ، 1998 ،الدين ضياء األثري، ابن العلمية. الکتب دار بريوت، فاعور، حسن علی شرح الشعری، الديوان ،1988زهري، سلمی، ابی ابن اإلسکندرية. مطبعة مصر، ديوان الشاعر، ،1995الصايب، ابراهی، إسحاق أبو العلمية الكتب دار بريوت، ، الشاعر ديوان ،1998 اهلذلی، خويلد، ذؤيب أبو .( اجليل دار) بريوت، الشاعر، ديوان ،1996إيليا ، ماضی أبو لألدب اللغوي الرتكيب يف االستعارة فاعلية معال، علي أكرم american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org .5،دالئل اإلعجاز، القاهرة، مكتبة اخلاجني ، ط 1989، اجلرجاين،عبد القاهر اخلاجنی. مکتبة: فهر،القاهرة أبو شاکر حممد حممود حتقيق البالغة، أسرار ،(1998) القاهر، عبد اجلرجانی .األردن إربد جامعةالريموك، ، ماجستري رسالة،احلمداين فراس أيب شعر يف الفنية الصورة ، 2001إبراهيم الدالمهة، . النبالء، بريوت، دار صادر أعالم سري ،1998، هللا عبد أيب الدين الذهيب، مشس ، حممد اتريخ النقد العربی،مصر، نکتبة االسکندرية.1997زغلول ، ،سالم بيضون علي حممد منشورات: العلمية الکتب دار اهلنداوی، حتقيق املفتاح، ،(1988) بکر،ابی بن يوسف السکاکی، .بغداد ،وآخرين اجلايب أمحد ،ترمجة ،الشعرية الصورة ،1982 ،لويس سيدي، ، العمدة يف حماسيييييييييين الشييييييييييعر وآدابه ونقدد، حتقيق حممد عبد احلميد ، الطبعة الثالثة، ا لد 1963القريوانی، ابن رشيييييييييييق، االول،مصر ، املكتبة التجارية الكربى. ، الصيييييييورة الفنية يف الرتاي النقدي والبالغي عند العرب، الطبعة الثالثة، لبنان بريوت، املرکف الثقافی 1992عصيييييييفور، جابر، العربی. النهضة. دار بريوت، االندلس، يف العربی االدب ،1998 ، عبدالعفيف عتيق، ، ابن الرومی: حياته و شعرد، مصر، مکتبة النهضة.1998العقاد مصطفی، ، الصورة الفنية يف شعر ذي الرمة، مطبعة شركة التمدن الصناعية.1987عودة، خليل، ، الشامل يف اللغة العربية )الطبعة األوىل(، ليبيا: دار الكتب الوطنية. (2003، )النقراط، عبد هللا american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org واملعاين، بريوت، دار صادر والبيان البديع البالغة علوم ،2000ديب، الدين حمي قاسم، أمحد حممد صادر. دار بريوت، ،1997 املتنبی، ديوان حسنی، املتنبی، العصرية املكتبة مصر، البالغة، جواهر ، 2002 ، أمحد ،اهلامشى american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org forms and methods of state support and regulation of agricultural production abdurashid mamatkulov vakhidovich, tashkent state agrarian university, department of «agricultural economics» +998 97-412-18-61 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s state support and regulation play pivotal roles in shaping the landscape of agricultural production, influencing productivity, sustainability, and economic viability. this article provides an in-depth exploration of various forms and methods of state intervention in agriculture, analyzing their impacts, effectiveness, and implications. drawing on existing literature, empirical evidence, and policy analyses, this study offers insights into the mechanisms through which governments support and regulate agricultural activities. through a comprehensive examination, it aims to inform policymakers, stakeholders, and researchers about the diverse strategies available for fostering a resilient and sustainable agricultural sector. state support, agricultural regulation, subsidies, incentives, agricultural production, policies. introduction agriculture is a vital sector that not only ensures food security but also contributes significantly to economic development, employment generation, and rural livelihoods. given its importance, governments worldwide employ various measures to support and regulate agricultural production. these interventions encompass a wide range of policies, programs, and incentives designed to address challenges, enhance productivity, and promote sustainable practices within the agricultural sector. this article aims to delve into the diverse forms and methods of state support and regulation in agriculture, shedding light on their effectiveness, implications, and potential avenues for improvement. the literature on state support and regulation of agricultural production is extensive, encompassing studies from diverse geographical contexts and analytical perspectives. scholars have explored the rationales behind government intervention in agriculture, ranging from market failures and externalities to food security concerns and rural development objectives. moreover, research has examined the various policy instruments employed by governments, including subsidies, price supports, insurance schemes, research and development investments, and regulatory frameworks. by analyzing the impacts of these interventions on farm incomes, productivity, environmental sustainability, and rural communities, scholars have contributed valuable insights into the complex dynamics of agricultural policy and governance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org this study employs a comprehensive review of existing literature to analyze the forms and methods of state support and regulation in agricultural production. through a systematic search of academic databases, policy reports, and relevant publications, we identify key themes, trends, and empirical evidence pertaining to government interventions in agriculture. drawing on qualitative and quantitative studies, we synthesize findings to elucidate the diverse strategies employed by governments and their implications for farmers, consumers, and the environment. state support and regulation of agricultural production can take various forms and methods, depending on the goals of the government and the specific challenges faced by the agricultural sector. here are some common forms and methods: • subsidies and grants: governments often provide financial assistance to farmers in the form of subsidies or grants. these can be direct payments, payments for specific practices like conservation or organic farming, or payments tied to production levels or crop prices. subsidies can help farmers mitigate risks, improve competitiveness, or adopt sustainable practices. • price support: governments may intervene in agricultural markets to support prices of agricultural products. this can involve mechanisms such as price floors, where the government promises to buy surplus production at a minimum price to prevent prices from falling below a certain level. price support programs aim to stabilize incomes for farmers and ensure food security but can also distort markets and lead to overproduction. • insurance programs: agricultural insurance programs are designed to protect farmers against losses due to natural disasters, crop failures, or other unforeseen events. governments may subsidize insurance premiums or operate insurance programs directly to help farmers manage risks associated with weather, pests, or market fluctuations. • credit and financing: access to credit is essential for farmers to invest in equipment, seeds, and other inputs. governments may provide subsidized loans or guarantees to agricultural lenders to ensure that farmers have access to affordable financing. this can help promote investment in agricultural productivity and expansion. • research and development: public investment in agricultural research and development (r&d) is crucial for driving innovation, improving yields, and developing sustainable farming practices. governments may fund agricultural research institutions, universities, or public-private partnerships to develop new technologies, crop varieties, and farming methods. • infrastructure development: investments in rural infrastructure such as roads, irrigation systems, storage facilities, and market infrastructure can improve the efficiency of agricultural supply chains, reduce post-harvest losses, and enhance market access for farmers. governments may invest in infrastructure development to support agricultural growth and rural development. • regulatory measures: governments regulate agricultural production through various measures aimed at ensuring food safety, environmental protection, and animal welfare. regulations may cover areas such as pesticide use, livestock management, food labeling, and environmental conservation practices. regulatory frameworks aim to balance agricultural productivity with environmental sustainability and consumer protection. • trade policies: trade policies can have significant implications for agricultural producers by affecting market access, import/export competition, and international prices. governments may negotiate trade agreements, impose tariffs or quotas, or provide export subsidies to support agricultural exports or protect domestic markets from foreign competition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org these forms and methods of state support and regulation are often used in combination to achieve multiple objectives such as ensuring food security, promoting rural development, protecting the environment, and supporting the livelihoods of farmers. the specific mix of policies adopted by governments depends on the unique economic, social, and environmental conditions of each country. the findings underscore the complex interplay between state intervention, market dynamics, and socioenvironmental considerations in shaping agricultural outcomes. while government support can provide essential safety nets for farmers and stabilize markets, it may also distort incentives, exacerbate inequalities, and contribute to environmental degradation if poorly targeted or implemented. moreover, the trade-offs between different policy objectives highlight the importance of adopting holistic and context-specific approaches to agricultural governance. by fostering synergies between production goals, environmental sustainability, and social equity, policymakers can enhance the resilience and adaptive capacity of agricultural systems in the face of evolving challenges such as climate change, globalization, and technological advancements. conclusions and suggestions: in conclusion, state support and regulation are indispensable tools for ensuring the viability, resilience, and sustainability of agricultural production. however, to maximize their benefits and minimize unintended consequences, policymakers should prioritize coherence, effectiveness, and equity in designing and implementing agricultural policies. this entails fostering stakeholder participation, promoting evidence-based decision-making, and tailoring interventions to local contexts and priorities. furthermore, investing in capacity-building, monitoring, and evaluation mechanisms can enhance the adaptive capacity and learning potential of agricultural governance systems. by adopting a multifaceted approach that integrates economic, social, and environmental considerations, governments can pave the way for a more inclusive, resilient, and sustainable agricultural future. this article provides a comprehensive overview of state support and regulation in agricultural production, drawing on existing literature and empirical evidence to analyze their impacts, effectiveness, and implications. through a systematic examination of diverse policy instruments and governance mechanisms, it offers insights into the complexities and challenges of agricultural governance, while also highlighting opportunities for enhancing resilience, sustainability, and equity within the sector. references 1. nusratullin, v. k., musin, b. m., nasratullin, i. v. & farrakhova, f. f. (2012). sovershenstvovanie ekonomicheskoy otsenki zemel selskokhozyaystvennogo naznacheniya [improvement of economic appraisal of land of agricultural purpose]. ufa: gimlem, 168. 2. . deininger, k. (2005). zemelnaya politika v tselyakh razvitiya i sokrashcheniya bednosti: per. s angl. [land policy for growth and poverty reduction: trans. from english]. moscow: ves mir, 334. 3. tatarkin, a. i. (2014). dialektika gosudarstvennogo i rynochnogo regulirovaniya sotsialnoekonomicheskogo razvitiya re gionov i munitsipalitetov [dialectics of the state and market regul 4. kolesnikov, a. v. (2010). razvitie krupnotovarnogo selskokhozyaystvennogo proizvodstva rossii. teoriya, metodologiya, praktika: avtoref. ... dis. ... d-ra ekon. nauk [development of russia large marketable agricultural production. theory, methodology, practice: published summery of a doctoral thesis]. moscow. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org 5. sistema vedeniya agropromyshlennogo proizvodstva v respublike bashkortostan [system of conducting agro-industrial production in the republic of bashkortostan]. ufa: academy of sciences of the republic of bashkortostan, gilem, 528. 6. galiev, t. a. (2004). agrarnaya politika i ekonomika. federalnyy i regionalnyy aspekty [agrarian policy and economics. federal and regional aspects]. ufa, 292. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org gothic tourism in christopher marlowe's play "dr. faustus": an approach study athraa abdul bari kadhim university of kerbalacollege of tourism telephone number: +9647725626387 e-mail:adhraaabdalbari@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s gothic tourism is a new type of tourism and a new concept that has recently been in the discipline of english literature, and it is a distinct form of tourism of special interest that focuses on knowledge of gothic beauty. this study aims to examine and criticize the concept of gothic tourism and verify its use in some of the selected texts in christopher marlowe's play "dr. faustus" this study tries to answer the following questions: 1-is there gothic tourism in dr. faustus play? 2-does gothic tourism reflect more positive or negative effects? 1-finding out a new type of tourism of special interest in christopher marlowe's play "dr. faustus". 2-searching on the subject of this tourism because it is little bit exiting and determining the extent of its impact. it is hypothesized that gothic tourism is conceived as a particular form of tourism and can be considered a form of literary tourism. it offers as a link between dark and literary tourism. gothic tourism, christopher marlowe's play "dr. faustus", an approach study. introduction 1. gothic tourism 1.1. the concept of gothic tourism according to duncan light (2011:1) gothic tourism is no different from other tourists, all tourists have something to distinguish them from others in particular gothic tourism can be considered a form of dark or literary tourism. bristow ( 2020,p.319_337) said gothic tourism is characterized by excitement and fear resulting from sharing with other people and is a social experience wallis (2018:p.2) referred to mackvoy defined gothic tourism as "the act of estate for the purposes of luxury" and this resulted from the emergence of gothicism into the world of existence in the mid-18th century. gothic tourism has different forms identified by scientists, including gothic twisted tourism and gothic heritage, which depends on the context of things to show the past in a different and specific way such as (the duchess season) of the tubek castle. there is a friend of the gothic family (in festivals) and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org gothic is consumed in the municipal gothic (glastonbury festivals) in (shozam circus and magic festivals),(bidi). it came out to put people at the heart of the event, gothic constantly disrupts or covers temporal limits to reinforce the strangeness of its impact on fictional calculations in the nineteenth century.(bidi). wallis (2018:p.3) explained that gothic tourism has great locations on its tour of gothic english, and here is what creates questions among visitors that result in more exploration and work. 1.2. gothic literature the term gothic arises with ornate architecture created by germanic tribes called gothic. it was later expanded to include most of the medieval architecture style. this ornate and complex style of this type of architecture has proven to be the perfect backdrop for both physical and psychological modes in a new literary style, one that is concerned with in-depth tales of mystery, suspense and superstition. burgess (2022:p.1) points out in v.c., andre's authors that the rise of the gothic period was closely related to romance, in the years 1840-1664 and its influence continues to this day. nasser matian (2011:p.2) defined gothic literature as nothing but a book that uses a dark and picturesque scene and amazing narrative tools, creating an atmosphere of fear, horror, strangeness and mystery. most gothic novels occur in or around old houses containing ancient secrets or frightening and dangerous events. 1.3. gothic literature is associated with an arts gothic art, painting, sculpture and distinctive architecture are two great international eras that flourished in western and central europe during the middle ages. the development of gothic art from romanesque art lasted from the mid-12th century to the late sixteenth century. 1-gothic and modern art: alcala (2019:p.70_159 )stated that some artists were expressing themselves through gothic aesthetic elements and that the use of abstract and symbolic objects in modern art such as (apartments of lines and clear polished refers to the present and the future) because they reinforce the absence of dark things that can prevent us repeatedly from escaping and forgetting the past in gothic creativity. 2_gothic and photography: according to annon (2019:p.186-171)that "william fox talbot photograph was created in 1839 only a few months after the first negative artistic image, the ghost of the girls." fox talbot clearly chose this title to draw people's attention to the image and show them that this revolution of the tired trees leaves branch that is on dark and dark washed from existing moments, as it provoked a more responsive fatigue, and that visual perception and intuition has a great impact on uncovering the invisible facts in the photograph. 3.gothic poetry and grave: eric (2019:245_228) says "the hair of the cemetery is the style of worshipping poetry" emotional imagination is used in the design of its brand of sadness from poetry to simplify meditation on death and other life. this genre was popular in the eighteenth century, specifically for novels that repel basic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org gothic horace and paul where otranto castle draws direct and light attention to its fictional places, cemetery and dark night manuscripts 4. gothic and contemporary music: elferen (2019:p.242-229 ) claims the dark character of gothic in music we must rely on our ears and listen to things because they put us in dark places like cemeteries and cupboards. people must be selfconscious. 5. gothic and sculpture: peter n(2019:p. 88-69) pointed out that sculpture is the most artistic form ever discovered, as the category of gothic sculpture and what it contains depends on meanings filled by gothic and raises the word gothic to denote what it now refers to the name of the middle region, according to the eighteenth century. 1.4. gothic tourism attractions "few cities in britain lack gothic tourism sites," tousand said 2014 as the united kingdom has 38 towns and a ghostly walks, gothic tourism sites give their visitors a different and distinctive experience through walking tours and focus on urban natural tourist attractions although the term gothic is rarely used to be able to promote the durability of agarwal (2017p.1) as explained in mcevoy 2016.p.6, gothic tourism in ma savoy's specific place is different from other forms of tourism in many ways in terms of type, social issue, location and impact. 2. gothic and magic gothic fiction, gothic talk, gothic themes, motifs, imagination, metaphors and existing texts are particularly interested in the recycling of traditional gothic creatures (monster, vampire, zombies) with some ways in which gothic history rearranges itself and with how the complexities of the gothic text appear other focus. 2.1. preventive and empowering magic coulm (2017:p.101-17) remarks there has always been a link between gothic and witchcraft, relying on figures and figures working in the field of sorcery and witchcraft to enable them to work in evil by deluding them to take places of power and keep themselves from doing anything wrong, represented in the story of eddiclay of sigrdrifa, one of the pieces of the roniflag"the use or statement of victory seems to describe a clear description of the multiplier settlement of runes, that is, its use to create a magic sword". 2.2. gothic magic in everyday life mitchell (2011:p.73_41) claims opinions differ on the subject of "there are no primitive peoples without religion and magic" in the scientific debate about the function of magic and there is also a difference about the universal spiritual life over religion, magic, etc. in that it represents an area in which humans share similar and common tools and motives for their desire to manipulate and change future events throughout time and space, where practitioners of magic are seen as an evolutionary field american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org or pattern that makes a shift in their lives and in human history and believe that continuing to practice moves them from magic to gothic. 2.3. gothic diseases as a means of horror in gothic literature dr.hoing (2020:p.573_569),points 0uts the most common in popular culture is its use of skin cases to show or show personality deviation. this is evident in gothic literature in order to scare the reader and also use dark and unusual supernatural themes. examples of famous figures from gothic literature are frankenstein's deception of the beast with jaundice in the skin and dracula with throbate, a clear scar or polio. the use of such skin diseases is only a reflection of the same personalities and that they do not exist in real life and beyond the limits of normal life. 2.4. gothic fantasy and sensation martin(2011:p1) states gothic fiction: the development of the gothic style of art and architecture in the medieval period, where it was called gothic because it used numbers and conferences. the emergence of gothic fiction in the late eighteenth century was represented in the form of a subgenus in the larger field of the novel. the first time started by horace walpole with otranto castle (1744) and bartories such as the secrets of odolfo by anne radcliffe (1794) have reached the peak of their popularity. pagan men were strong men and ruthless aristocrat and the heroine was solely responsible for her fate in some gothic novels. gothic novels usually spoke or revolved in graves or large houses, castles containing corridors and secret corridors containing tools of terror. these novels are often contained on stories of torture and repression and revolve around issues of forced marriage and physical violence. 2.5. the imagination of feeling a literary genre branching from gothic literature in the 1860s and seventies and reaching the peak of its popularity uses the imagination of the gothic novel tools and puts them in an english environment. thus, it is considered a domesticated gothic feeling and also one of the obvious things in which women suffer at the hands of men (i.e. their husbands). in conspiracies, madness takes a big space that plays an important role through konna takes free asylum in the place of closed rooms and cells and drug use and addiction are replaced in the place of torture and physicalcruelty.(ibid). 3. data analysis in this play, doctor faustus is hesitant. to some extent, he realizes that he is in a dilemma. he wants to repent with pages of conscience, however, he cannot. the two angels appear, the good and the evil. the former states that there is still a time to confess his repentance. while the latter deceives him saying that time is over. there is no opportunity to do so. the evil angel also promises him of getting what he is looking for. this current act shows the way of buying one's life for nothing. doctor faustus signs a contract with the all-evil deeds. mephistopheles, the devil, stats to warns him not to mention anything concerning god and heaven. the only thing to think about is the hell. "mephist. all move from east to west in four-and-twenty hours upon the poles of the world; but differ in their motions upon the poles of the zodiac." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org analysis with determination, doctor faustus insists on practicing black magic. he never feels regret. he is eager to see more and more. he lives in a false pleasure. this happiness is superficial. it lasts for a short time. he wants rails against the limits of human knowledge. the fluctuation between good and bas is so obvious in this act. regardless of all principles, doctor faustus' dream is to control over the world. actually, he is a dreamy man. his inner selfishness and superego do not allow him to live a satisfied life. once singing a bond with the demonic orientation, he lacks peace of mind. according to the laws of black magic, doctor faustus cannot have a wife. here, he realizes that he is so far of heaven. there is a struggle of man and his unhappy fate. the presence of the seven deadly sins, namely; envy, wrath, pride, sloth, lechery, gluttony and covetousness, is a foreshadowing for what may happen the next acts. all these damn sins will be applied in doctor faustus character, doctor faustus has got enough knowledge of magic. to make funnies, he practices some demonic tricks with the pop of roma. he appears as anti-church. doctor faustus has become a different person. all the evil engendered in his personality. his long trip makes him feels pleasure. doctor faustus has become against the church and religion. he appears invisibly using magic so as to confirm his priority over overs. on the contrary, from one time to another, he blames himself. this sense is no longer to disappear with mephistopheles' temptation. putting everything aside, one can notice the downfall of dr. faustus and his vain desires. the bad dimension overcomes the good ones. it is clear that there is a huge discrimination between cultivate and illiterate people at that time. marlow shows the duality in the each character. having double faces is the main problem of that period. doctor faustus follows blindly his inner pursues. actually, he misunderstood himself and his status as well. psychologically, dr. faustus' character can be analyzed, in this particular act, as someone who is missing something. comparing himself with others is the main cause behind doing such bad deeds. he is a man of science and there is no place for comparison. however, his feeling of boredom and despair instigates him to do so. he is shuffling in misery from bad to worse. the images of the pop, the church and the ceremonies stand for the standard of life. these elements are the criterion of balancing one's life. dr. faustus' degradation to the hell and the temptations of the devils depict the destruction of the society as a whole. there is no room for the non-existence world. logic should take its vital role. "all things that move between the quiet poles shall be at my command: emperors and kings. are but obeyed in their several provinces;" analysis dr. faustus travels to england where he sells an enchanted horse to a horse dealer when the man rides his new horse over the water, turns into a straw ball, the duke of vanholt hears about it and invites faust to visit him and his wife the duchess. the horse dealer, along with robin and ravi, appeared vowing to draw and faustus cast a spell of silence at them so they could not talk about his mistakes, sending them on their way, entertaining the duke and duchess of vanholt. mifstophiles then took faustus on a journey by a wild carriage across the sky, landing in rome, where faustus tortured pope adrian for judging the rival pope by making himself invisible, stealing pope adrian’s food and beating his ears. famous for this and invited to visit german emperor charles v, the enemy of pope adrian faustus impressed the emperor by evoking the image of alexander the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org great. one of the knights of emperors mocks faust's magical powers and is punished by faustus by making horns sprout from his head. the concept of gothic tourism is interesting because of the atmosphere of the tourist's excitement and fear, and gothic tourism is a distinctive literary form and a kind of different types of tourism and distinguished by its places consisting of castles, caves, places of war and others. this type of tourism is increasingly widespread in cities and western countries around the world, and despite its distinctiveness, it has negative effects that cannot be overlooked, some of its visitors resort to it by going to dangerous and frightening places that leave in them bad repercussions or working in magic, sorcery and self-harm. tourism does not mean in its general sense not only moving from one place to another, but it may be moving to the lower places, as it was in the novel and play of dr. faustus when he wanted to gain a lot of science and knowledge, led him to an inevitable and tragic end. promoters or supporters of this type of tourism should be careful not to take it seriously and work in gothic novels and plays and treat them as a literary form and invest and develop them in the right ways that serve everyone positively. 4. conclusions and recommendations 4.1 conclusions the study comes up with the following conclusions 1_ gothic tourism in dr. faustus' play is considered problematic. this is due to the topics discussed which are out of the normal etiquette of tourism. 2_ in the light of the data selected, it is found that dr. faustus who performs this kind of tourism is not able to come back. this means that this sort of tourism is oneway. 3_ tourism does not have to always be positive, sometimes negative or from bad to worse. 4_despite being dangerous, it attracts some people to practice it. 5_by imagining characters and events, the reader also builds a place where imagination overlays physical space. 4.2 recommendations 1_to be more comprehensive studies on this tourism in the future. 2_activating literary tourism in order to establish a link between literary works and the tourism industry. 3_ give this type of tourism a chance in the coming time and look for it further 4_not exploiting it badly hurts her identities and practitioners. references 1. adam burgess, online article, literature and goths, 2022, https://eferrit.com/%d9%85%d9%82%d8%af%d9%85%d8%a9-%d9%81%d9%8a%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%af%d8%a8%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%82%d9%88%d8%b7%d9%8a/ 2. agarwal, s. (2017), heritage, screen and literary tourism, channel view, bristol. 3. ashworth, g.j. and isaac, r.k. (2015), “have we illuminated the dark? shifting perspectives on dark tourism”, tourism recreation research, vol. 40 no.3, pp.316-325. https://eferrit.com/%d9%85%d9%82%d8%af%d9%85%d8%a9-%d9%81%d9%8a-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%af%d8%a8-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%82%d9%88%d8%b7%d9%8a/ https://eferrit.com/%d9%85%d9%82%d8%af%d9%85%d8%a9-%d9%81%d9%8a-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%af%d8%a8-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%82%d9%88%d8%b7%d9%8a/ https://eferrit.com/%d9%85%d9%82%d8%af%d9%85%d8%a9-%d9%81%d9%8a-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%af%d8%a8-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%82%d9%88%d8%b7%d9%8a/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org 4. bristow, r.s. (2020), “communitas in fright tourism”, tourism geographies, vol.22, no.2, pp.319-337 5. daniel martin, 4 may 2011, an article published on the internet entitled, gothic fiction, https://stringfixer.com/ar/gothic_fiction 6. duncan light, international tourism cities magazine. article date posted jan 15, 2011 7. elferen, isabella van. “gothic and contemporary music: dark sound, dark mood, dark aesthetics.” in the edinburgh companion to gothic and the arts, edited by david punter, 229– 42. edinburgh university press, 2019. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.20. 8. www.jstor.org (http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.20) 9. the edinburgh companion to gothic and the arts on jstor 10. provides new definitions of the gothic in a variety of artistic contexts. explores a range of gothic from architecture through literature to music and the techn... 11. gonzlez, antonio alcal. “gothic and modern art: the experience of ivan albright.” in the edinburgh companion to gothic and the arts, edited by david punter, 159–70. edinburgh university press, 2019. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.15. 12. https://www.amazon.com/gothic-tourism-palgrave-emma-mcevoy/dp/1137391286 13. international tourist magazines, magazine cities homevolume7 issue 1exploring "gothic tourism" https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/ijtc-01-2020-0012/full/html 14. jennifer wallis (june 7, 2018), gothic tourism (palgrave gothic): mcevoy, emma: 9781137391285: amazon.com: books 15. jones, david annwn. “gothic and photography: the darkest art.” in the edinburgh companion to gothic and the arts, edited by david punter, 171–86. edinburgh university press, 2019. 16. leonader j. hoing, m.d., dermatology clinics, volume 38, issue 5. september -october 2020, pages 569-573. 17. lindfield, peter n., and dale townshend. “gothic and sculpture: from medieval piety to modern horrors and terrors.” in the edinburgh companion to gothic and the arts, edited by david punter, 69–88,2019. 18. magazine,magical realism and literature no. 10 (samhain 2017), pp. 25-28 (4 pages) 19. nourhan nasser, a magazine for mrsel, published the article entitled (when did the term gothic start using it?), may 3, 2011 https://www.almrsal.com/post/1060116 20. padraiccolum,the green book: writings on irish gothic, supernatural and fantastic literature. 21. parisot, eric. “gothic and graveyard poetry: imagining the dead (of night).” in the edinburgh companion to gothic and the arts, edited by david punter, 245–58. edinburgh university press, 2019. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.21. 22. series: the middle ages series,copyright date: 2011,published by: university of pennsylvania press,pages: 384 23. witchcraft and magic in the nordic middle ages,stephen a. mitchell. https://stringfixer.com/ar/gothic_fiction http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.20 http://www.jstor.org/ http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.20 http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.15 https://www.amazon.com/gothic-tourism-palgrave-emma-mcevoy/dp/1137391286 https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/ijtc-01-2020-0012/full/html https://www.almrsal.com/post/1060116 http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvrs9173.21 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org the role and importance of moral values in society mo’ydinov hamidullo raxmatillo o’g’li, department "humanities" aqxai 1master of the stage dexqonov temurmalik hamidullofalsaf@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, moral values have a continuous history in world culture and history, and are based on the national punishment, men, and thinking of the uzbek people. ethics, human rights and freedom, ethical social services. introduction morality, that is, human rights and freedom, plays a significant role in one society itself. this roller can be analyzed in various fields: ethics is the foundation of the human rights and justice system. this is necessary to ensure that every citizen is treated equally and fairly. morality helps to ensure the peace, perfection, and rentable happy life of people in society. human beings feel cheerful in society on the principles of mutual respect, disrespect, and value to others. ethics also plays its role in the field of economics. it plays its role in protecting human rights in economic activities, ensuring justice and stability in production, working calculations and relations between workers. in the socio-political system of society, morality helps to strengthen the principles of equal and fair treatment for all classes of people. in a democratic society, the role of morality is very important when people are married to mutual respect, free expression and health with others. morality plays a role in the educational system. teaching people fairness and stability, with the help of making them have spirituality and moral values, is of great importance in increasing spiritual potential in society. ethics also plays its role in social services, as well as in the field of health, cultural and social counseling. consultative assemblies, governing bodies, and social organizations are those designed to protect human rights by following ethics. an important role of morality in society arises in ensuring a stable, fair and peaceful life for every citizen based on the sources of the average body of men, sex, national, religion, and other divorced life. main part: uzbekistan is known for its dependence and unique moral values. the moral values of uzbekistan have a continuous history rich in world culture and history, based on the national punishment, men, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org thought of the uzbek people. these moral values affect the society, social life, the system of public administration, culture and many other spheres of uzbekistan. in the following several points, the role of moral values in uzbekistan can be noted: uzbekistan is at the heart of world history, and therefore has its own national values. the future of the uzbek people, types of worship, uzbek language and literature, national costumes, and celebrations represent its moral values. islam has a great influence on uzbek society and includes moral values. in islam, the principles of human rights, respect for man, the time of the happy, sadod, and joy are of great importance. the religion of the uzbek people, in many cases, is based on islam. in the society of uzbekistan, family values, the formation of a hearth family, cooperation with children, respect for young people and young people are of great importance. family relationships are expressed through moral values, and the family appears as one of its important forms of elected structure. the state language of uzbekistan, uzbek, its literature and linguistic features, plays a huge role in the expression of moral values. the state of uzbekistan is conducting multi-layered activities for the independent development of uzbek language and literature. summary the state of uzbekistan is conducting multi-layered activities for the protection of moral values in social services. diplomatic relations with other countries, uzbekistan entrepreneurship in the international community, the uzbek and islamic literature show, events and festivals, and many others are aimed at raising moral values. in uzbek society, moral values are based on the principles of peace, cooperation, and protection of human rights among its citizens. moral values are of great importance in ensuring that citizens in every sector of the country are treated with dignity, friendship, teaching mutual respect and innocence. ways to strengthen moral values moral values represent the basic standards for the protection of human relations and individual rights in one society. they can be carried out the following ways to strengthen and get into changes: strengthening the education system: moral values the first stage of learning can be in the educational system. educational institutions play a major role in teaching the rights and responsibilities of students, teaching the diverse mutual respect of people, and raising the respect of spirituality. education in the field of media and communications: in the field of media and communications, it is possible to show moral values and management, as well as provide documents on the use of the latest communication technologies, bringing society to respect, peace, and respect for human rights, to show its moral characteristics. legal temporary rights: the legal procedure is of great importance for the protection of rights for citizens, the system of fair distribution, the orientation of people to the rights of advice and justice, the strengthening of moral values and other regulatory documents. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org collaborative events: co-operation events at the international and national level play an important role in strengthening mutual cooperation and friendship between countries, in protecting moral values and human rights. social and cultural events: in the development of society, social and cultural activities are important in strengthening their moral values. community-unifying events such as festivals, councils, and sporting events can be effective for raising the veneration of moral values and human rights. strengthening the family education system: through the family education system, it is possible to teach family values, human rights and mutual respect, as well as provide an opportunity to act to increase the important contribution of management in family life and to improve interpersonal relationships. strengthening the righteous participation of citizens in themselves: it is important to strengthen the active contribution of citizens to the management of society and the state, and to carry out activities to know their rights and to educate their observance, to introduce moral values and human rights. this constitutes only a fraction of the methods used to strengthen variability in the protection of roads, moral values and human rights. in the strengthening of moral values and human rights, it is important that mass, legal, social, and religious events work together. references 1. mo'ydinov, x.madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). tafakkurmantiq ilmini o ‘rganish ob’ekti. holders of reason, 1(1), 606-617. 2. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). ustivor qonun va inson huquqi kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 362-372. 3. mo'ydinov, x.,madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). yangi konstitutsiya-taraqqiyot qomusi. holders of reason, 1(1), 395-402. 4. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o’zlashtiruvchi va ishlab chiqaruvchi xo’jalikni shakllanishi. holders of reason, 1(1), 373382. 5. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). islohotlarning axloqiy jihatlari va jamiyatga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 498-508. 6. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). xolchayon saroyi qo ‘riqlanishga muhtoj. holders of reason, 1(1), 350361. 7. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). qadriyatlar inson ma’naviy kamolotining muhim omili. holders of reason, 1(1), 475-484. 8. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). o ‘zbekiston respublikasi konstitutsiyasi yangi tahririning o’ziga xos xususiyatlar. holders of reason, 1(1), 383-394. 9. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). axloqiy qadiryat ijtimoiy–ma’daniy xodisa sifatida. holders of reason, 1(1), 509-525. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org 10. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). yangi o ‘zbekistonda axloqiy qadiriyatlar tizimining transformatsiyasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 485-497. 11. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). muhammad kashg’oriy hayoti va ilmiy merosining ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 565-574. 12. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). oʻzbekistonda yoshlar va maʻnaviyat. holders of reason, 1(1), 413-421. 13. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). tа’limtаrbiyа tizimini tubdаn isloh qilishning dolzаrb mаsаlаlаri xususidа muloxаzаlаr. holders of reason, 1(1), 403-412. 14. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). o ‘zbekistondagi professional talim tizimiga yoshlarni qamrovini yanada oshirishning uslublari. holders of reason, 1(1), 585-593. 15. mo'ydinov, x., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., zg'offorov, t. y., & ahmedova, u. (2023). abu rayhon beruniyning tabiiy-ilmiy va falsafiy qarashlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 594-605. 16. mo'ydinov, x., ahmedova, u., madina, k., sultonov, t. a., & zg'offorov, t. y. (2023). kitob mutolasi manaviyatimiz xazinasi. holders of reason, 1(1), 422-430. 17. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org challenges facing students and parents in the e-learning process 1orouba almuhaisen, 2aisha matar saleh al-kaabi, 3belal abd almjeed khasawneh 1faculty of foreign languages, department of applied languages, the university of jordan, amman, jordan. 2al hosn school emirates foundation for school education 3assistant professor in faculty of media / zarqa university / jordan orouba.almuhaisen95@gmail.com, 3bkhasawneh@zu.edu.jo 10009-0001-3286-1548 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the emergence of e-learning has positively reshaped the educational landscape, offering unprecedented flexibility and accessibility. while ushering in a multitude of benefits, it has also presented a set of significant challenges for both students and parents. this research serves to provide an overarching view of the challenges that students and parents face within the context of e-learning, drawing from a comprehensive analysis of existing literature and empirical evidence. the study highlights the multifaceted challenges encountered by students in e-learning, encompassing issues related to technological barriers, time management, self-discipline, and digital fatigue. furthermore, this paper underscores the critical importance of digital literacy and access to reliable internet connectivity as fundamental components of successful e-learning experiences. additionally, it delves into the psychological impact of extended screen time and isolation on students, emphasizing the vital role of social interaction and emotional well-being. moreover, the research abstract explores the difficulties faced by parents as they navigate their roles as facilitators and supervisors in the e-learning environment. the paper discusses parental challenges, including the delicate balance between work and caregiving responsibilities, providing assistance with technical issues, and fostering motivation and engagement in their children. it also highlights the necessity for effective parent-teacher communication and support systems to enhance the e-learning process. in conclusion, the challenges confronting students and parents in the e-learning process are both numerous and complex, carrying significant implications for academic success and overall well-being. the findings in this research shed light on the critical issues that demand attention and solutions to ensure the efficacy and sustainability of e-learning in the modern educational landscape. students, parents, e-learning, digital channels, distance learning american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org introduction education is the most important step in the development of a country or nation, and no nation can develop without it. education in the uae has received a lot of attention because of its great impact on the advancement of society and the advancement of its individuals. the country has faced many challenges for this, and one of the most prominent new challenges is the corona pandemic at the beginning of 2020, which affected all sectors, including the educational sector (alghizzawi et al., 2023; a. s. alnaser et al., 2020). at the outset of the recent changes, this sector encountered numerous challenges. the ministry of education took its initial steps to address these exceptional circumstances and adapt to them by reforming educational study plans (habes et al., 2018). across the globe, countries have implemented precautionary measures to maintain students safe in all situations, which includes the adoption of distance education system. this approach has brought about a set of challenges related to devices and technology, as well as social and psychological repercussions for both students and teachers. many people had been affected by adopting this system such as: students, parents, and various stakeholders (almuhaisen et al., 2020). e-learning is defined as a form of education where the learner is located outside the traditional classroom setting. it is described as "the process of acquiring knowledge and skills through educational media, including various types of technology and various forms of distance learning" (salloum et al., 2019). moreover, it is defined as an educational approach rooted in self-directed learning, supported by modern technology, aiming for mastery, the transfer of educational materials, academic interaction, both directly and indirectly. this includes interactions with teachers and peers, as well as collaborative engagement, all of which transcend temporal and spatial limitations (habes, alghizzawi, ahmad, et al., 2023). the importance of this study lies in its ability to shed light on the challenges that have contributed to the development of distance learning, pinpointing both the positive and negative aspects of this educational method. ultimately, it underscores the need to leverage the study's findings to support and enhance distance learning, involving students, parents, guardians, and educational institutions. through this study, the researchers intend to address the challenges faced by students and parents in the realm of distance education, thereby facilitating the transition from traditional to virtual education. . 2. methods to gain a comprehensive understanding of the challenges faced by students and parents in the e-learning process, an extensive literature review was conducted (al-shibly et al., 2019; f. alnaser et al., 2023; habes, alghizzawi, elareshi, et al., 2023; halim et al., 2023). academic databases, educational journals, and relevant books were searched for articles and publications related to e-learning challenges, with a focus on the experiences of students and parents. the research was divided into previous studies, discussions, and finally the conclusion and recommendations. 3. previous studies using information technology contributes significantly to the diversification of educational experiences. it empowers self-directed learning opportunities, enhances the teaching and learning processes, supports educators in their work, and streamlines certain administrative tasks (alghizzawi et al., 2019). this underscores the imperative of exploring and embracing new educational formats, placing a primary reliance on modern technologies and distance learning, thereby acknowledging the pivotal role of technology in education and information. the substantial effectiveness and prevailing trends in the use american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org of the internet as a distance learning tool further amplify the urgency of advancing programs specifically designed for internet-based distance education within arabic-speaking universities, extending beyond foreign languages. emphasis should also be placed on providing training courses to equip educators and students with the necessary internet skills for distance education (salloum et al., 2021). implementing distance education into programs not only cultivates computer skills and access to information through networks but also enhances the flexibility of educational programs. furthermore, it affords the benefit of saving time and effort for both teachers and learners, particularly by expanding educational access across vast geographical regions (al mansoori et al., 2023). e-learning additionally plays a pivotal role in supporting lifelong education, leading to the conservation of time, effort, and financial resources (habes et al., 2021). it's clear from previous research that numerous studies have delved into the use of information and communications technology in distance education programs. however, there is a noticeable scarcity of studies that encompass the perspectives of female distance learning students and their parents regarding the challenges inherent to the distance education system. this study builds upon the foundation established by prior research, incorporating its insights, methodologies, and tools while focusing on distinct axes of investigation. additionally, it enriches the study with a robust theoretical aspect, serving as a guiding reference for fellow researchers. 2.1 e-learning e-learning and the majority of technical advancements have long been viewed as completely distinct from traditional educational methods. learning used to take place in a physically isolated environment in traditional educational settings, with the student being geographically far from the knowledge source. through interactive methods, mainly through the use of educational technology and electronic communication, knowledge was transferred from the source to the learner during the educational process. (pavel et al., 2015). it all started with a e-learning method called correspondence education, which aimed to deliver educational materials in a way that involved both teachers and learners. this method utilized communication to overcome the challenge of physical distance. as technology advanced, this evolved into what we now call distance learning, where communication plays a crucial role in overcoming geographical barriers, allowing teachers and learners to interact, even when they're far apart (jeljeli et al., 2022). in this system, education and training opportunities are provided without the need for direct supervision, a specific time, or a fixed location. it serves individuals who may face obstacles that prevent them from participating in traditional formal education, and it operates under the oversight of an educational institution. this institution is responsible for creating educational materials and utilizing various technological tools such as computers and the internet, which enable two-way communication between learners and instructors. with the expanding importance of distance communication systems, particularly the internet, in education, e-learning is now seen from a wider angle by educators. this includes an approach to teaching and learning that mainly relies on the internet. two unique systems are emerging in terms of organizational structures for distance learning: 1. unified system: under this arrangement, educational establishments such as universities set up faculties and hire personnel specifically trained in online education. they have different tasks and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org responsibilities than in conventional university systems. typically, these establishments offer programs for direct online study, seminars, and conferences for distance learning. 2. dual system: organizations that use this strategy combine traditional classroom instruction with distance learning. this means they offer both in-person and distance learning options, providing greater flexibility to learners. these developments underscore the increasing significance of e-learning and the internet in the field of education, offering a wider range of choices and flexibility for both students and educators. (bezovski & poorani, 2016). 2.2 the importance of e-learning e-learning reinforces the fundamental idea that education should be tailored to each individual. it takes into consideration an individual’s unique skills and abilities, what they can offer, their particular circumstances, personal goals, and the freedom to choose their desired specialization. it also allows learners to progress at their own pace. while communication technology plays a crucial role in facilitating interaction in distance learning, educators must remain diligent in prioritizing educational content creation, effective communication, and the delivery of information. this involves focusing on essential factors such as active participation in the learning process, maintaining the learner's engagement, addressing their needs, adhering to curriculum content, ensuring privacy, upholding commitments, and the teacher's role within the system, all while fostering appropriate communication..b in educational designs b in academic courses b in distance learning b reliance on theory b matters of the self in three dimensions, in terms of independence with the learner b interaction between the learner b and the professor with the supervisor (trelease, 2016). therefore, the use of electronic educational media in distance learning makes education more interactive, making the learner the focus of the educational process. in this regard, there are two groups of modern media that can be used in distance learning, the first of which is electronic media that uses information sources. the most important of them are in the e-book and in the e-library. the second group uses communication, teaching and learning tools, including video conferences, virtual classrooms, global communication networks, and others. therefore, the internet has contributed to the diversification of the online learning system in university education, in some universities, in the dual model, in e-mail only, and in some of them, it added platforms for discussing research, at the appropriate time. in another, it created a website on the internet, although the printed courses are still available. by victory. at columbia university in britain, for example, printed courses were left as they were, and new courses were developed and integrated into websites on the internet, with platforms for research and discussion, in printed materials. on the other hand, there are universities, for example, at the university of california (szücs et al., 2013). therefore, the use of electronic educational media in distance learning makes education more interactive, making the learner the focus of the educational process. in this regard, there are two groups of modern media that can be used in distance learning, the first of which is electronic media that uses information sources. the most important of them are in the e-book and in the e-library. the second group uses communication, teaching and learning tools, including video conferences, virtual classrooms, global communication networks, and others. therefore, the internet has contributed to the diversification of the online learning system in university education, in some universities, in the dual model, in e-mail only, and in some of them, it added platforms for discussing research, at the appropriate time. in another, it created a website on the internet, although the printed courses are still available. by victory. at american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org columbia university in britain, for example, printed courses were left as they were, and new courses were developed and integrated into websites on the internet (gros & garcía-peñalvo, 2016). on the other hand, the value of using communication media lies in its ability to meet the needs of learners. information is constantly changing. people need to keep up with it when the students need learning resources in the organization by contacting the teacher. it is possible to reach this only through distance learning (alzahrani, 2020). this clearly reflects the relationship between e learning in the relationship between the use of electronic, educational and media means and the need to reorganize them with the aim of disseminating their benefits. in distance learning, if it is better organized and regulated, it gives a clear result in its ability to reach new individuals and expand the areas of what it offers by educating them through the use of various media and technology (eze et al., 2018). 3. discussions the difficulties that parents and students must overcome in the e-learning process are numerous and have a significant impact on both family life and education. the existence of technological obstacles is one of the biggest problems. the research's findings demonstrate how important technology is to online learning, as many students and parents struggle to get access to the tools they need and stable internet connections. for there to be equal access to education, these technological obstacles must be removed. governments may need to make investments in enhancing internet infrastructure in order to close the digital divide, and schools and educational institutions should seek to provide technology resources to disadvantaged communities. strong time management and self-discipline are required, which is another significant obstacle noted in the research. e learning necessitates a high level of self-discipline and efficient time management skills. many students, especially younger ones, struggle to adjust to selfpaced study and effectively manage their time. parents and schools are essential in helping adolescents develop these critical abilities. e-learning platforms can also include tools and resources that assist students with time management. e learning can also result in digital weariness, a condition linked to prolonged screen time and loneliness. students' emotional and physical health may be significantly impacted by this digital tiredness. educators should think about limiting screen time, promoting frequent breaks, and integrating offline activities into the learning process to lessen digital weariness. additionally, it's important to have access to mental health support services so that kids can cope with any emotional difficulties they may experience. the problems of online learning are different for parents. they frequently assume supervisory and facilitative duties, which can be particularly difficult for working parents. to solve this problem, cooperation between schools and parents is crucial. schools can help parents assist their children effectively by providing them with tools, clear communication, and training. additionally, flexibility in work schedules might assist parents in juggling their professional and caregiving obligations. e learning may also result in less social interactions, which is problematic for students' emotional and social growth. even in virtual settings, schools should develop ways to promote social contact. this issue can be addressed by initiatives like online group projects, online clubs, and regular check-ins with students. for tackling e-learning issues, effective communication between teachers, parents, and students is essential. it enables the early detection of issues and the creation of remedies. to improve the e-learning experience, schools should create clear communication channels and encourage parents and students to share feedback on their experiences. the success of e learning depends heavily on teachers. to give entertaining and successful online training, they must be well prepared. it is crucial to offer instructors professional development american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org opportunities to improve their e-learning teaching abilities so they can successfully adopt new teaching techniques and technologies. continuous investigation and assessment of the problems and solutions related to e learning are required, as it becomes a more significant component of the educational landscape. this will allow for ongoing e-learning experience development, guaranteeing that students get a quality education while yet maintaining their wellbeing. e learning may be made more accessible, efficient, and sustainable by recognizing and solving these issues, giving students the chances, they need to flourish in the digital age. 4. conclusions the difficulties that parents and students face during the e-learning process are numerous and complex and they have a significant impact on the viability and efficacy of this method of instruction. this study clarifies important findings and takeaways based on a thorough analysis of prior research and empirical data. first, a major impediment to effective e learning is still technology. particularly in underprivileged places, the availability of devices and dependable internet connectivity is of critical concern. for educational institutions and authorities, closing the digital divide and guaranteeing fair access to technology must be a top goal. e learning puts a heavy strain on students, necessitating extreme levels of self-control and efficient time management. many students struggle with these skills, especially those making the transition from traditional school environments. parents and educators must work together to give advice and tools to aid pupils in acquiring the self-control needed for online learning. in the world of e-learning, digital weariness is a growing issue. students' emotional and physical health can suffer from excessive screen usage and isolation. schools must look into ways to limit children' screen usage, promote regular breaks, and promote their emotional health. as they assume the responsibilities of facilitators and supervisors in the e-learning process, parents also encounter a specific set of difficulties. in order to help parents properly support their children's e-learning journey, schools should offer support, resources, and training. balancing work obligations with caregiving and technological support is hard. an effective e-learning experience must maintain social contact and attend to students' emotional requirements. even in virtual settings, schools should aggressively encourage social interaction to counteract the possible negative consequences of isolation. it is crucial for teachers, parents, and students to communicate effectively. to recognize and address problems as soon as they arise, it is crucial to have open lines of communication and the ability to solicit input. teachers have a crucial role to play in the effort to improve e learning. it is essential to make sure that teachers are adequately equipped to deliver effective and interesting online instruction. it is crucial to give them opportunities for professional growth that improve their ability to teach online. it is critical that continuing research and assessment stay at the center of e learning as it develops. these results should guide the creation of methods and regulations that boost e-learning's efficiency while preserving students' welfare. in conclusion, identifying and resolving the difficulties parents and students have during the e-learning process is a shared responsibility. e-learning can be made more approachable, efficient, and long-lasting by resolving technological, self-discipline, and emotional difficulties, supporting good communication, and offering assistance for instructors and parents. the knowledge gained from this study can be used to improve e-learning programs and make sure that students are receiving high-quality instruction and support in the modern world. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org 4.1 recommendation the study recommends the need to increase the level of awareness on the importance of distance education among parents and students because of its importance in acquiring and learning the necessary skills. it is also necessary to expand to open new horizons for parents through distance education and research, which will become promising needs for future students. in addition to the need to highlight, the role of remote technologies in acquiring skills and the future direction of the country to researchers and those interested. in addition, it is necessary to raise the level of training and develop the capabilities of students and parents to use these technologies to benefit from the benefits of distance education, while not neglecting the usual educational reality (traditional education). finally, developing new methods in the process of monitoring the performance and behavior of students during the distance education process through a set of global practices in this field, such as cameras, student monitoring systems, and special software that ensures the conduct and integrity of the educational process is a process. references 1. al-shibly, m. s., alghizzawi, m., habes, m., & salloum, s. a. (2019). the impact of de-marketing in reducing jordanian youth consumption of energy drinks. international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 1058(october), 427–437. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-03031129-2_39 2. al mansoori, a., ali, s., pasha, s. a., alghizzawi, m., elareshi, m., ziani, a., & alsridi, h. (2023). technology enhanced learning through learning management system and virtual reality googles: a critical review bt from industry 4.0 to industry 5.0: mapping the transitions (a. hamdan, a. harraf, a. buallay, p. arora, & h. alsabatin (eds.); pp. 557–564). springer nature switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-28314-7_48 3. alghizzawi, m., al-ameer, a., habes, m., & attar, r. w. (2023). social media marketing during covid-19: behaviors of jordanian users. studies in media and communication, 11(3), 20–23. 4. alghizzawi, m., habes, m., salloum, s. a., ghani, m. a., mhamdi, c., & shaalan, k. (2019). the effect of social media usage on students’e-learning acceptance in higher education: a case study from the united arab emirates. international journal of information technology and language studies, 3(3). 5. almuhaisen, o., habes, m., & alghizzawi, m. (2020). an empirical investigation the use of information, communication technologies to english language acquisition: a case study from the jordan. development, 7(5). 6. alnaser, a. s., habes, m., alghizzawi, m., & ali, s. (2020). the relation among marketing ads, via digital media and mitigate (covid-19) pandemic in jordan. dspace.urbe.university, july. 7. alnaser, f., rahi, s., alghizzawi, m., & ngah, a. h. (2023). does artificial intelligence (ai) boost digital baking user satisfaction? integration of expectation confirmation model and antecedents of artificial intelligence enabled digital banking. integration of expectation confirmation model and antecedents of artificial intelligence enabled digital banking. 8. alzahrani, n. m. (2020). augmented reality: a systematic review of its benefits and challenges in e-learning contexts. applied sciences, 10(16), 5660. 9. bezovski, z., & poorani, s. (2016). the evolution of e-learning and new trends. information and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org knowledge management, 6(3), 50–57. 10. eze, s. c., chinedu-eze, v. c., & bello, a. o. (2018). the utilisation of e-learning facilities in the educational delivery system of nigeria: a study of m-university. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 15(1), 1–20. 11. gros, b., & garcía-peñalvo, f. j. (2016). future trends in the design strategies and technological affordances of e-learning. springer. 12. habes, m., alghizzawi, m., ahmad, a. k., & almuhaisen, o. (2023). the impact of digital media learning apps on students’ behaviors in distance learning during covid-19 at the university of jordan. studies in media and communication, 11(3), 47–55. 13. habes, m., alghizzawi, m., elareshi, m., ziani, a., qudah, m., & al hammadi, m. m. (2023). emarketing and customers’ bank loyalty enhancement: jordanians’ perspectives. in the implementation of smart technologies for business success and sustainability (pp. 37–47). springer. 14. habes, m., alghizzawi, m., salloum, s. a., & mhamdi, c. (2021). effects of facebook personal news sharing on building social capital in jordanian universities (vol. 295, issue june 2020, pp. 653–670). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-47411-9_35 15. habes, m., salloum, s. a., alghizzawi, m., & alshibly, m. s. (2018). the role of modern media technology in improving collaborative learning of students in jordanian universities. international journal of information technology and language studies, 2(3). 16. halim, s. b. k., osman, s. b., al kaabi, m. m., alghizzawi, m., & alrayssi, j. a. a. (2023). the role of governance, leadership in public sector organizations: a case study in the uae. in digitalisation: opportunities and challenges for business: volume 2 (pp. 301–313). springer. 17. jeljeli, r., farhi, f., setoutah, s., & laghouag, a. a. (2022). microsoft teams’ acceptance for the elearning purposes during covid-19 outbreak: a case study of uae. international journal of data and network science, 6(3), 629–640. https://doi.org/10.5267/j.ijdns.2022.4.010 18. pavel, a.-p., fruth, a., & neacsu, m.-n. (2015). ict and e-learning–catalysts for innovation and quality in higher education. procedia economics and finance, 23, 704–711. 19. salloum, s. a., al-emran, m., habes, m., alghizzawi, m., ghani, m. a., & shaalan, k. (2019). understanding the impact of social media practices on e-learning systems acceptance. international conference on advanced intelligent systems and informatics, 360–369. 20. salloum, s. a., al-emran, m., habes, m., alghizzawi, m., ghani, m. a., & shaalan, k. (2021). what impacts the acceptance of e-learning through social media? an empirical study. recent advances in technology acceptance models and theories, 419–431. 21. szücs, a., tait, a., vidal, m., & bernath, u. (2013). distance and e-learning in transition: learning innovation, technology and social challenges. john wiley & sons. 22. trelease, r. b. (2016). from chalkboard, slides, and paper to e‐learning: how computing technologies have transformed anatomical sciences education. anatomical sciences education, 9(6), 583–602. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org the mechanism of increasing the financial authority of economic subjects through regional agglomiration cluster yusupov faizulla yakubovich qarmii independent researcher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s a mechanism for increasing the financial potential of economic entities through regional agglomeration clusters has been developed. a methodology for improving the agglomeration of production development of economic entities in the region has been developed. the theoretical foundations of production clustering mechanisms in the region have been improved. digital technology, empirical model, econometric model, forecast results, information system, endogenous variables, exogenous variables. introduction the formation of modern clusters based on increasing the financial potential of economic entities through regional agglomeration clusters gives the following results. first of all, clusters increase the opportunities of economic subjects to use scientific, production and cultural information, the ability to choose the type of work, the comprehensive opportunities to use educational, medical and cultural institutions. secondly, savings for the economy of economic entities, modern trade formats, the production of promising consumer goods and, most importantly, the emergence of a complex chain in the service sector, both the entry of large businesses into the region and the rise of local companies to the level of market leaders creates an opportunity to rise. third, creating a wide and diverse labor market, people will have the opportunity to quickly find a job that matches their skills and personal life strategy. fourthly, the most important is the "infrastructure effect". the construction projects of new energy facilities, powerful transport complexes, airports, multimodal logistics centers and information centers will have an integrated relationship with each other. today, the problem of assessing the financial potential of regional economic entities is more urgent than ever. after all, its successful solution allows the city administration to make scientifically based management decisions and rationally distribute resources between metropolitan districts. at this point, we considered it permissible to give a brief overview of the agglomeration process. agglomeration (latin aggloméra connection, gathering) is considered in various fields in economics, geography, social sciences, urban management, ecology and urban planning. regional agglomeration american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org is a cluster of densely located multi-component dynamic system, a set of settlements, located mainly in cities, with dense production, transport and cultural connections. in the region, such clusters justify themselves and bring great economic benefits, especially for clusters of settlements. the same applies to education and especially innovation infrastructure. ii. research methods in the general scientific sense, "compact territorial group clusters of settlements united by various and intensive relations (economic, labor, cultural, domestic, recreational, etc.) also develop agglomeration. this leads, firstly, to the urbanization of settlements, and secondly, to urban and rural infrastructure leads to development. e.n. pertsik gives a different definition, agglomeration is a system of geographically close and economically interconnected settlements united by stable labor, cultural, household and production relations, common social and technical infrastructure. a new form of settlement, it appears as the successor of the city in its compact (autonomous, point) form, as a special product of modern urbanization. and large urban agglomerations in the region are the most important areas where advanced industries, administrative and economic, scientific and construction organizations, unique cultural and art institutions and the most qualified personnel are gathered. in this, in the historical evolution of residential forms, the place of urban and rural settlements, which are relatively autonomously developing traditional settlements, is replaced by more and more dense settlement forms formed when settlements are located close to each other and intensively connected. . as a result, an urban agglomeration appears in the region. it is the urbanization process of increasing the role of lifestyle and urban culture in the development of cities. urbanization in a narrower sense, in the demographic and statistical sense, is the growth of cities in the region, especially large cities, and the increase of the urban population in the country, region and the world [1]. therefore, in many documents, the concept of urbanization is often associated with the factor of population change. the term urbanization of the territory is also widely used in scientific literature, which is understood as the process of transformation of natural landscapes into artificial (anthropogenic) ones, which develops under the influence of urban development [2]. zhao, g. in his study [3] showed that the development of cities is closely related to the improvement of the transport system. thus, when conducting research in this direction, the following procedure can be performed for each linear object: identifying the object of study; -the scheme of the object as a result of the stage; -use of spatial analysis. useful features. for example, when analyzing transport systems, the following characteristics of transport systems are often taken into account: • morphological characteristics; • length; • road density in the studied area; • number of nodes; • edge number; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org • edge direction; as we mentioned above, if we want to evaluate its spatial characteristics or observe its changes, first of all, it is necessary to decode the transport network of the urban agglomeration. decoding the transport network is also an acute problem of cartography, in which a lot of time passes before an object appears (or disappears) on the ground and this fact is reflected on the map. sometimes it can take several years. often on the ground we have noticed a road or a parking lot that is not shown on any of the available maps. at the same time, accurate and up-to-date information on road networks is an important requirement for any country. area of consumption; m1 – warehouse of materials where 3/4 tons of raw materials are used to get 1 ton of finished product; m2 – warehouse of materials where 1/2 ton of raw materials is used to obtain 1 ton of finished product; s the area where "production-station" is located. the scientific and technical revolution, which began in the middle of the last century, introduced a number of "corrections" to the "classical" theories of the development of production forces and improvement of territorial organization(6). they include: a) rapid development of very new branches of industry, first of all, "scientifically demanding" areas closely related to scientific research and design-experimental works; b) the transfer of agricultural production to industrial sectors the formation of an agro-industrial complex (agribusiness); c) a steady increase in the contribution of infrastructure sectors to the national income; g) the process of reducing the dependence of the production system on transport-geographical location and raw materials; d) increasing role of scientific research and design-experimental centers; j) increasing role of highly qualified labor contribution; z) socio-ecological factors significant changes in the development and location of production forces can be cited. this, in turn, paved the way for the development of new trends in the theory of "location" such as d. j. galbraith's "industrial society" and u. izard's "market theory of location" [4]. however, the current situation did not allow to fully reveal the essence of the population and related laws and regulations in the "nature-society" system. iii. results and discussion the entry of the regional economy into the post-industrial stage of development increases the requirements for efficient use of available resources. this predetermines the need not only to ensure the production of the maximum amount of products, but also to form the economic potential that will allow to achieve progressive structural changes in the industrial sector for a long time. this is precisely the essence of sustainable development of the financial potential of economic entities at the stage of formation of a new technological order, characterized by the rapid development of techniques and technologies in the region. in the scientific literature, there are many studies evaluating the level of urbanization of cities in the region, most of them are based on population statistics [5]. for example, [6] provides a ranking of the world's countries by the level of urbanization, characterized by the urbanization index, calculated by the department of economic and social affairs of the united nations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org u=sha/ma (1) here: u-urbanization level shacity residents residents of the ma region. it is characterized by intensive production, a combination of cultural, domestic and recreational relations, as well as high population and infrastructure density, low transport costs, increased investment and human potential, and high scientific, investment and cultural development. clusters formed as a result of agglomeration production activities and production relations within a country or region are characterized by functional relationships. to develop clustering, high concentration and diversification of production, quality of concentration, personnel, close connection of production with science and educational centers, production capacity and social infrastructure should be used most effectively. there is no uniform terminology for cluster groups of settlements. in addition to the terms, words such as "city agglomeration", "local accounting systems", "regions of large cities", "group accounting systems", "group of cities" are used. the evolution of residential forms under the influence of development cities and production concentration, the expansion of clustering leads to the formation of megacities. it is the basis for the emergence of cluster-level urbanized zones, including huge areas (city agglomeration urbanization zone, urbanized area megapolis). the following three factors can be the basis for the development of clusters of urban settlements. in the region, the cluster system of settlements is closely related to production relations. although the ideas of the development of a cluster system of regional settlements, the development of an efficient production system with high profits based on the rational placement of production in economic entities have a long history, with the establishment of industrialized production, the "standard", that is, the doctrines of accommodation also arose. in developing and implementing a policy aimed at achieving economic and financial growth rates in economic entities, as well as forming positive structural changes in the technological component of production, achieving economic independence of economic entities, economic entities can be implemented on the basis of effective use of economic independence of subjects. the general direction of the policy of the economic potential of economic entities in the region is the maximum technological renewal of the material and technical base, as well as the effective use of existing production capacities. the researches of local economists in the field of determining the nature and importance of economic potential made a great contribution to understanding its content. however, despite the many works devoted to the determination of methodological approaches to the potential structure, the formation of economic and mathematical models of its determination, many methodological and theoretical problems in this field of research have not been resolved to date. the financial potential of economic entities is a multidimensional category that includes at least three components. in contrast to the main potential economic potential, the targeted effect of the financial policy is an invariable part that ensures the improvement of its qualitative and quantitative characteristics and the achievement of currently required parameters. at the same time, the impact on the economic potential is carried out through the process of changing the legal, scientific-methodical, as well as investment and innovation base. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org recently, the processes of integration and globalization in the world economy, first of all, the innovative processes that predetermine qualitative and structural changes in economic entities of the economy have a decisive influence on the composition of economic potential. based on this position, it is necessary to form such a structure of economic and financial potential that will help the growth of the latest technologies, scientific achievements and new forms of production management in the conditions of the formation of a new technological order. thus, the industrial policy faces a complex and multifaceted task of forming an improved structure of the economic potential of the industrial sector, which, from our point of view, should be based on the priority directions of the development of economic entities with the help of high technologies and new technologies. only on this basis, economic entities can ensure the necessary rates of economic growth, economic security, improvement of the environmental and social situation, that is, solving the most acute problems faced in recent years. table 1.capacity scheme of business entities the potential of economic subjects basic resource capacity economic development potential potential for a transformational process economic and geographical location natural and climatic conditions demographic potential historical and cultural potential production capacity technological potential labor potential the potential for regulatory and legal documents to be ready for change scientific and methodological preparation investment preparation readiness for innovation the main goal of forming and improving the economic potential is to continuously support the product quality at the level of competitiveness. it follows that the management of structural changes should be aimed at creating economic relations that ensure the innovative neo-industrial development of the material and technical base. it is noted that "effective incentives for the development of productive forces in accordance with neo-industrialization based on effective technotronic technologies are necessary and they can only be internal. because they are only provided and supported by internal reproduction. in each block of the functional diagram of the methodology for determining the spatial characteristics of regional agglomerations (fig. 1), we define the purpose and function of the various types used. automated digital analysis describes space imagery, survey objects, and remote sensing data used in research. there is a wide selection of mapping software available, depending on which gis creates maps based on aerial imagery material, as well as the thematic processing system of the original aerospace data (providing segmentation, classification of single images, or streaming terabytes of data). submission) depends. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org it is one of the most important objects that are shown on maps with high accuracy. it is necessary in the planning and management of the metropolis, in the development of the economy, and especially in logistics. transportation network maps are needed to navigate the space of domestic and industrial robots and drones. the importance of road networks is also reflected in geometric image correction procedures used for georeferencing of aerospace images [7]. iv conclusion to conclude, various regional agglomeration facilities, especially roads and buildings, are related to population demography. the proposed methodology should be efficient, accurate and fast, which allows to obtain reliable information about the road network from aerial images, especially in fast-growing urban areas where road maps need to be regularly updated. this approach determines the need to transition to the formation of a modern material and technical base that helps to use production resources more efficiently per unit of time. it sets the task of attracting the accumulated scientific and technical potential, which is a reserve of economic development and capable of ensuring the necessary growth rates, to the production process. references 1.the official website of "geography". [electronic resource] – access mode: https://geographyofrussia.com/ ponyatie-urbanizacii/ 2.chang, q. a gis-based green infrastructure planning for sustainable urban land use and spatial development / chang q., li x., huan x., wu j. // procedia environmental science. 2012. vol. 12. pp. 491-498. 3.zhao, g. spatial and temporal characteristics of road networks and urban expansion / g. zhao, x. zheng, z. yuan, l. zhang. // land. 2017. vol. 6, №. 30. pp. 1-19. 4. fetisov g.g. regional economics and management: textbook. – m.:infra-m, 2012. — 416 p. 5. institute of city economy [electronic resource] – access mode:https://urbaneconomics.ru/centrobshchestvennyh-svyazey/news/vyshla-publikaciya-ieg-podhody-k-ocenke-razvitosti-gorodskih. 6.humanitarian portal // ratings urbanization index. [electronic resource] – access mode:https://gtmarket.ru/ratings/ urbanization-index 7. evgeny, l. artificial intelligence and neural networks in cartography: the future of cartographic services / l. evgeny // forbes. [electronic resource]. 2017 – access mode:https://www.forbes.ru/tehnologii/345989-iskusstvennyy-intellekt-i-neyronnyeseti-vkartografiibudushchee. https://www.forbes.ru/tehnologii/345989-iskusstvennyy-intellekt-i-neyronnyeseti-v american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org enhancing reading comprehension skills in english language teaching for vocational school students: methodological approaches aminova lola dekhkonovna english language teacher at vocational school no. 1, peshko district, bukhara region a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article explores effective methodologies for teaching reading comprehension skills in english language instruction for students in vocational schools. reading comprehension is a fundamental skill that plays a crucial role in language acquisition and vocational success. drawing upon educational research and pedagogical practices, this study examines various methodological approaches to improve reading comprehension abilities in vocational school students. it discusses strategies for pre-reading, during-reading, and post-reading activities, as well as the integration of authentic materials, technology, and critical thinking. the article concludes by emphasizing the importance of a learner-centered approach and the need for continuous professional development for english language teachers in vocational schools. reading comprehension, english language teaching, vocational schools, methodology, pre-reading activities, during-reading activities, post-reading activities, authentic materials, technology, critical thinking. introduction this section provides an overview of the importance of reading comprehension skills in english language learning and their relevance to the vocational education context. it highlights the challenges faced by vocational school students in acquiring language skills and introduces the significance of effective teaching methodologies. 1. theoretical framework: this section discusses the theoretical foundations underpinning the teaching of reading comprehension skills. it explores theories of language acquisition, cognitive processes involved in reading comprehension, and the role of schema theory, metacognition, and prior knowledge in enhancing reading comprehension abilities. 2. pre-reading activities: this section focuses on strategies for engaging students in pre-reading activities to activate their prior knowledge, build vocabulary, and set goals for reading. it discusses techniques such as brainstorming, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org predicting content, and using graphic organizers to scaffold students' understanding and prepare them for the reading task. 3. during-reading activities: this section explores instructional strategies employed during the reading process to enhance comprehension. it discusses techniques such as skimming, scanning, and close reading, as well as the use of graphic organizers, annotations, and highlighting to promote active reading and deeper understanding. the section also emphasizes the importance of fostering reading strategies, such as inferencing and summarizing, to develop students' critical thinking skills. 4. post-reading activities: this section examines strategies for post-reading activities that consolidate comprehension and encourage reflection. it discusses techniques such as discussion groups, reflective journals, and reading response activities to deepen students' understanding, promote analysis, and facilitate the transfer of knowledge from the text to real-world contexts. 5. integration of authentic materials: this section highlights the importance of using authentic materials, such as articles, reports, and vocational texts, to enhance reading comprehension skills in vocational school students. it explores ways to select and adapt authentic materials to suit students' proficiency levels and vocational interests. the section also discusses the benefits of exposing students to real-world language use and vocational contexts. 6. technology in reading instruction: this section explores the integration of technology tools and digital resources in teaching reading comprehension skills. it discusses the use of online platforms, interactive reading apps, multimedia resources, and digital texts to engage students, provide interactive learning experiences, and facilitate independent practice. the section also addresses considerations for selecting and incorporating technology tools effectively. 7. cultivating critical thinking skills: this section emphasizes the cultivation of critical thinking skills alongside reading comprehension. it explores strategies for promoting higher-order thinking, such as questioning techniques, problemsolving tasks, and evaluating information sources. the section also discusses the importance of developing students' ability to analyze, synthesize, and apply knowledge gained from reading texts. 8. learner-centered approach: this section advocates for a learner-centered approach in teaching reading comprehension skills to vocational school students. it emphasizes the importance of adapting instructional materials and activities to students' interests, needs, and vocational goals. the section also highlights the value of promoting autonomy, self-regulation, and lifelong learning skills in language learners. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 9. teacher professional development: this section underscores the significance of continuous professional development for english language teachers in vocational schools. it discusses the need for teachers to stay updated with current research, methodologies, and best practices in teaching reading comprehension. the section suggests avenues for professional development, such as workshops, conferences, online resources, and collaborative learning communities. certainly! here are some additional points to expand on the topic of teaching reading comprehension skills in english to students in vocational schools: 1. contextualized content: • when teaching reading comprehension skills in vocational schools, it is crucial to provide content that is relevant to the students' vocational interests and future careers. this can be achieved by selecting texts and materials that align with their specific vocational fields, such as articles, reports, or manuals related to their chosen profession. • by using contextualized content, students can develop a deeper understanding of vocabulary, concepts, and specialized terminology related to their vocational area, thereby improving their reading comprehension and overall language proficiency. 2. scaffolded instruction: • in vocational schools, students often come from diverse educational backgrounds and may have varying levels of english language proficiency. to address these differences, teachers can employ scaffolded instruction techniques to support students at different proficiency levels. • this can involve providing pre-reading support, such as vocabulary previews, graphic organizers, or concept maps, to help students activate prior knowledge and build connections with the reading material. during-reading support can include highlighting key information, guiding questions, or comprehension checks. post-reading activities can focus on summarizing, discussing, or applying the information from the text. 3. authentic assessment: • assessments play a crucial role in evaluating students' reading comprehension skills. in vocational schools, it is beneficial to incorporate authentic assessments that mirror real-world tasks and situations. this can include tasks like reading and analyzing job-related documents, writing reports based on reading materials, or participating in role-plays or simulations that require reading comprehension skills. • authentic assessments not only provide a more accurate reflection of students' abilities but also help them develop transferable skills that are applicable to their future careers. 4. collaborative learning: • incorporating collaborative learning activities can enhance reading comprehension skills in vocational schools. group discussions, pair work, or cooperative projects can provide opportunities for students to engage in meaningful interactions, share ideas, and negotiate meaning. • collaborative learning also fosters the development of communication skills, critical thinking, and problem-solving abilities, which are essential for success in vocational settings. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 5. vocabulary development: • building vocabulary knowledge is crucial for improving reading comprehension skills. teachers can employ various strategies to enhance vocabulary acquisition, such as pre-teaching key vocabulary, using contextual clues, and providing opportunities for vocabulary practice and reinforcement. • additionally, teachers can encourage students to engage in independent vocabulary learning by utilizing online resources, vocabulary-building apps, and self-study materials. 6. reading strategies: • teaching specific reading strategies can empower students to become more effective readers. strategies like skimming, scanning, predicting, inferencing, and summarizing can help students navigate texts, extract important information, and make connections between ideas. • explicitly teaching and modeling these strategies, and providing opportunities for students to practice and apply them, can significantly improve their reading comprehension abilities. 7. technology integration: • integrating technology tools and resources can enhance reading comprehension instruction in vocational schools. online platforms, digital libraries, interactive reading applications, and multimedia resources can provide engaging and interactive reading experiences. • technology can also facilitate independent practice, personalized learning, and access to authentic materials that are otherwise challenging to obtain in traditional classroom settings. 8. cultural considerations: • when teaching reading comprehension to students in vocational schools, it is important to consider the cultural backgrounds and experiences of the students. teachers should be sensitive to cultural differences that may affect students' interpretations and understanding of the reading material. • providing opportunities for students to share their perspectives, engage in cross-cultural discussions, and explore diverse viewpoints can enrich their reading experiences and promote intercultural awareness. by implementing these strategies and approaches, english language teachers in vocational schools can effectively enhance students' reading comprehension skills. creating a supportive and engaging learning environment that integrates relevant content, scaffolded instruction, collaborative activities, and technology can contribute to the overall success of vocational students in their language learning journey. conclusion: the effective teaching of reading comprehension skills is essential for english language learners in vocational schools. by employing a range of methodological approaches, including pre-reading, duringreading, and post-reading activities, integration of authentic materials and technology, and fostering critical thinking skills, teachers can enhance students' reading comprehension abilities. a learnercentered approach and ongoing professional development for teachers are crucial for creating an engaging and effective learning environment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. абдуллаев, алимардон хайдарович. "features of drawing activities based on imagination and memory." scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology 1.3 (2019): 340-343. 2. khaydarovich, abdullayev alimardon. "colors in descriptive art." international journal on economics, finance and sustainable development 2.12 (2020): 20-22. 3. абдуллаев, алимардон хайдарович. "риштанский гончар-уста рустам усмонов." novainfo. ru 1.61 (2017): 452-461. 4. abdullaev, a. k. "the basis is generalized and verification algorithms for optimal control of mobile industrial robots." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 10.12 (2022): 279-285. 5. abdullaev, a. k. "the appearance of a mathematical model and software development system as a control object of a robot." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 10.12 (2022): 286-291. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org human capital investment and firm value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria doghudje, ufuoma sylvia department of accounting, faculty of management sciences, university of port harcourt. fumsky002@yahoo.co.uk ibanichuka, emmanuel a. l. professor, department of accounting, faculty of management sciences, university of port harcourt. ogbonna, gabriel n. professor, department of accounting, faculty of management sciences, university of port harcourt. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study aim to explore the relationship between human capital investment and stock prices of manufacturing firms in nigeria, focusing on the period from 2010 to 2019. human capital investment was taken as a summation of the expenditures on health, training, and remuneration, while stock prices serve as the dependent variable. the study employs panel data from 30 quoted manufacturing companies and utilizes an expost facto research design. the study adopts a panel regression model, specifying that stock price is a function of human capital investment. the model is mathematically represented and tested using the augmented dickey-fuller unit root test for stationarity and hypothesis testing for significance. the study relies on a sample of 30 manufacturing companies, selected using a convenience sample size determined by data availability. the augmented dickey-fuller test established that both variables were stationary, making them apt for panel regression analysis. however, the results of hypothesis testing indicated that there is no statistically significant relationship between human capital investment and stock prices for the sampled companies. the calculated t-statistic (0.1313) and p-value (0.8956) failed to meet the criteria for rejecting the null hypothesis. the findings challenge traditional accounting practices that assume a direct, positive relationship between human capital investment and stock prices. this calls for a reevaluation of how such expenditures are reported and how their return on investment is calculated. contrary to widely held beliefs and existing literature, the study reveals that human capital investments, specifically in health, training, and remuneration, do not significantly impact the stock prices of manufacturing firms in nigeria for the period under investigation. this insight necessitates a rethinking of the paradigms surrounding human human capital investment, stock prices, manufacturing firms, panel regression, nigeria, accounting implications. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org capital investments and their influence on firm value, particularly in a developing economy like nigeria. introduction in the contemporary business landscape, human capital has increasingly been recognized as a pivotal asset that can significantly influence a firm's competitive advantage and value (kehoe & wright, 2013). this trend has been particularly pronounced in emerging markets like nigeria, where manufacturing firms form a critical part of the economy (adeoye & elegunde, 2012). despite the apparent significance of human capital, there is a noticeable gap in empirical research exploring the nuanced relationship between human capital investment and firm value in nigeria's manufacturing sector. according to human capital theory, investing in the workforce can yield substantial returns in productivity and profitability for a firm (becker, 1993; becker, 1964). the relevance of this theory in today's rapidly evolving business environment cannot be overemphasized, especially as firms seek to adapt to technological advancements and globalization (rastogi, 2000). the resource-based view (rbv) also informs this study. according to rbv, the sustainable competitive advantage of a firm emanates from its capability to manage unique resources, such as human capital (barney, 1991; wernerfelt, 1984). this perspective underlines the strategic importance of investing in health, training, and remuneration as pathways to firm value (crook, todd, combs, woehr, & ketchen, 2011). nigeria's manufacturing sector is an intriguing setting for this research due to its pivotal role in the national economy and its unique challenges like infrastructure deficit, policy instability, and limited access to finance (oyelaran-oyeyinka, 2006). these challenges make human capital investments even more critical as firms strive to enhance productivity and value (udoh & oyelaran-oyeyinka, 2017). yet, empirical studies investigating this nexus are scant, creating a scholarly and practical imperative for this research. most existing literature has examined human capital investment in the context of developed economies, thereby leaving a considerable gap regarding its impact on firm value in emerging markets like nigeria (dakhli & de clercq, 2004; kim & ployhart, 2014). moreover, extant research has often focused on broad metrics like firm performance without specifically considering stock prices as an indicator of firm value (jiang, lepak, han, hong, kim, & winkler, 2012). human capital is an indispensable asset for firms, particularly in the context of emerging economies like nigeria, where manufacturing industries are significant drivers of economic growth (kehoe & wright, 2013; adeoye & elegunde, 2012). however, despite its importance, there is a paucity of empirical evidence investigating the specific relationship between human capital investment and firm value, particularly in the manufacturing sector of nigeria. specific concerns most existing research has been generalized to either developed economies or different sectors, thereby leaving a considerable knowledge gap for manufacturing firms in nigeria (dakhli & de clercq, 2004; kim & ployhart, 2014). this lack of specificity makes it challenging for stakeholders to make datadriven decisions regarding human capital investments in the nigerian context. furthermore, while some studies have explored human capital's impact on firm performance, they have often not used stock prices as a precise metric for firm value (jiang et al., 2012). stock prices are critical indicators of a firm's perceived value and future prospects, thus providing an effective metric to evaluate the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org return on human capital investments. investments in human capital are multifaceted, comprising expenditures on health, training, and remuneration, among others. however, there is limited clarity on how each of these specific investments impacts firm value, especially in the nigerian manufacturing sector. the uncertainty poses a problem for executives and policymakers who seek to allocate resources effectively to maximize firm value (crook et al., 2011). the absence of comprehensive, context-specific research on the influence of human capital investments on the firm value of manufacturing companies in nigeria creates ambiguities in policy formulation and strategic decision-making. this uncertainty may lead to sub-optimal investment choices, thereby affecting the competitiveness and sustainability of firms in the long run (rastogi, 2000; udoh & oyelaran-oyeyinka, 2017). given these identified problems, this study aims to answer the following question: "how do expenditures on health, training, and remuneration as subsumed in human capital investment impact the stock prices of quoted manufacturing firms in nigeria between 2010 and 2019?" the overarching problem, therefore, lies in the inadequate empirical research that directly investigates the relationship between human capital investment—in terms of health, training, and remuneration—and the firm value, measured by stock prices, of manufacturing firms in nigeria. addressing this problem is not only theoretically significant but also practically imperative for guiding investments and policies that could enhance firm competitiveness and economic development in nigeria. against this backdrop, the study aims to explore the impact of expenditures on health, training, and remuneration on the stock prices of quoted manufacturing firms in nigeria, using panel data for 30 companies from 2010 to 2019. review of related literature theoretical framework of the study the theoretical framework for this research is anchored on two principal theories: the human capital theory and the resource-based view (rbv) of the firm. these theories collectively offer a robust lens through which to explore and understand the relationship between human capital investment— specifically expenditures on health, training, and remuneration—and firm value, measured by stock prices, in the nigerian manufacturing sector. human capital theory human capital theory, initially expounded by gary becker in 1964, posits that investment in human resources leads to increased productivity and, consequently, higher economic returns for organizations (becker, 1964; becker, 1993). in the context of this study, three key components of human capital investments are examined: health, training, and remuneration. health: firms that invest in the health of their workforce are likely to benefit from reduced absenteeism, increased productivity, and a happier, more engaged workforce (goetzel, ozminkowski, sederer, & mark, 2002). training: investments in training and skill development lead to a more competent, flexible, and adaptable workforce. training is often considered a crucial factor for enhancing productivity and ultimately, firm value (knoke & kalleberg, 1994). remuneration: competitive remuneration packages are instrumental in attracting and retaining high-quality employees, which in turn, adds to the firm's value (gerhart & milkovich, 1990). human capital theory is particularly useful for this study as it directly ties into the investment components—health, training, and remuneration—that are presumed to affect american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org the firm value. it provides the foundation to hypothesize that greater investment in these areas will lead to an increase in stock prices. resource-based view (rbv) initially developed by wernerfelt in 1984 and expanded by barney in 1991, the resource-based view posits that a firm’s sustainable competitive advantage arises from its ability to assemble and manage a unique bundle of valuable resources (wernerfelt, 1984; barney, 1991). rbv categorizes resources into three main types: physical capital resources, human capital resources, and organizational capital resources. for this study, the focus is on human capital resources. the rbv is pertinent as it provides the theoretical justification for why certain companies with effective human capital management strategies outperform others in the stock market. according to rbv, effective management and investment in human capital can serve as a unique resource, giving the firm a competitive edge that is reflected in its stock prices (crook et al., 2011). by combining human capital theory and rbv, this study offers a more holistic approach to understanding the complex interplay between human capital investment and firm value in the nigerian manufacturing sector. while human capital theory explains the direct effects of human capital investments, rbv provides a broader perspective, encapsulating how these investments fit into the overall resource strategy of the firm to affect its market value. the theoretical framework elucidated above serves as the conceptual backbone of this research, guiding the exploration and interpretation of how expenditures on health, training, and remuneration influence the stock prices of manufacturing firms in nigeria. the confluence of these theories provides a multi-faceted lens to address the research question comprehensively. conceptual clarification of the study human capital investment refers to the commitment of resources by a firm towards the development and well-being of its workforce. the focus of this study is on three primary components: health, training, and remuneration (becker, 1993; crook et al., 2011). the human capital investment is particularly relevant to nigerian manufacturing firms as they operate in an environment characterized by a range of challenges such as skill gaps, health issues, and high turnover rates (udoh & oyelaranoyeyinka, 2017; oyelaran-oyeyinka, 2020). addressing these issues through targeted investments can potentially enhance firm competitiveness and value. firm value, in this study, is operationalized as the stock prices of quoted manufacturing firms. stock prices are a market-based indicator that reflects the firm's overall value and potential for future growth (jiang et al., 2012; kim & ployhart, 2014). the stock prices of quoted manufacturing firms are particularly relevant indicators of firm value in nigeria. they offer insights into investor perception and economic viability in a market that is often plagued by volatility and uncertainty (adeoye & elegunde, 2012; egbide et al., 2020). these are manufacturing companies that are publicly traded on the nigerian stock exchange (nse). they are obligated to disclose their financials and operations to the public and are subject to various regulatory stipulations (nwankwo, 2019). focusing on quoted manufacturing firms allows for an examination of publicly available data, which lends greater credibility and verifiability to the study. furthermore, these firms are essential players in the nigerian economy, contributing significantly to gdp and employment (udoh & oyelaran-oyeyinka, 2017; fasanya & onakoya, 2020). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org empirical review the empirical literature in the domain of human capital investment and firm value, particularly in the manufacturing sector, offers a multitude of perspectives and findings. below is a review that focuses on recent studies, critically examining their methodologies, findings, and recommendations, especially as they pertain to the context of nigerian manufacturing firms. okeke et al. (2021) employed a cross-sectional survey method focusing on selected manufacturing firms in lagos, nigeria. it was found that employee training significantly affects the productivity of firms. the study recommends that organizations should invest more in employee training programs. ezeudu et al. (2020) utilized longitudinal panel data for 20 manufacturing firms from 2008-2018 in nigeria. the study observed that investments in health and safety programs lead to long-term benefits in terms of firm value. it was recommended that government agencies should enforce more stringent health and safety policies. bello & azeez (2019) employed a quasi-experimental design focusing on remuneration and its effect on employee retention in nigerian manufacturing firms. the study found that competitive remuneration practices significantly affect employee retention. it was recommended that firms should adopt performance-based remuneration to retain top talents. okeke et al. (2021) emphasized the significance of training, a notion corroborated by ezeudu et al. (2020) who also highlighted the importance of health and safety training. ezeudu et al. (2020) demonstrated that health investments significantly affect the long-term value of firms. this was echoed in the cross-sectional study by okeke et al. (2021) albeit indirectly. bello & azeez (2019) found that competitive remuneration leads to employee retention, which is a crucial factor in maintaining firm value. for instance, the study by okeke et al. (2021) chose a cross-sectional survey method to examine selected manufacturing firms in lagos, nigeria. the methodology was effective for capturing a snapshot view of how training impacts productivity. on the other hand, ezeudu et al. (2020) employed a longitudinal approach using panel data for 20 manufacturing firms across a decade. this approach was more complex and allowed them to observe long-term effects of health and safety programs on firm value. such methodological diversities in these studies underscore the necessity to consider various research designs for a more comprehensive understanding (okeke et al., 2021; ezeudu et al., 2020). when scrutinizing the findings of these studies, a pattern begins to emerge. okeke et al. found that employee training significantly influences productivity, which has implicit implications for firm value. ezeudu et al. went a step further to demonstrate that investments in health and safety programs are not just ethical imperatives but also confer long-term benefits in terms of increased firm value. the quasiexperimental study by bello & azeez (2019) highlighted how competitive remuneration practices are critical to employee retention, another factor that could indirectly contribute to maintaining or increasing firm value. therefore, the findings, though distinct, converge to emphasize the importance of human capital investment in enhancing firm value (okeke et al., 2021; ezeudu et al., 2020; bello & azeez, 2019). recommendations from these studies also provide actionable insights. okeke et al. explicitly suggested that organizations need to invest more in employee training programs. ezeudu et al. advocated for stronger governmental intervention to enforce health and safety standards, emphasizing the long-term benefits of such investments. bello & azeez recommended performancebased remuneration to foster talent retention. however, despite these contributions, the existing literature presents notable gaps. firstly, there is a scarcity of studies that examine the direct impact of these human capital variables on stock prices, especially in the context of nigerian manufacturing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org firms. secondly, the majority of studies concentrate on individual variables, often neglecting a comprehensive approach that could provide a fuller understanding of the relationships involved. the complexity and diversity in methodologies seen in previous research provide an avenue for further exploration. for example, ezeudu et al. (2020) focused on longitudinal data spanning a decade, which provided deep insights into how health and safety investments evolved over time to influence firm value. this research method offers the benefit of tracking long-term trends and establishes causality, which is essential for a robust understanding of the impact of human capital investments. contrastingly, the cross-sectional approach adopted by okeke et al. (2021) yielded insights into a particular point in time, offering value in its own right by capturing the immediate impact of training on productivity. therefore, the coexistence of these different methodologies not only enriches the research landscape but also suggests that a multifaceted approach could be invaluable for this study. moving beyond the methodologies, one cannot overlook the subtleties embedded in the findings of these works. okeke et al. (2021) focused on productivity as a measurable output but did not explicitly extend this to firm value, suggesting an area for further investigation. moreover, ezeudu et al. (2020) confirmed that long-term investments in health and safety protocols are critical, which implicitly affects stock prices by enhancing the firm's reputation and operational efficiency. bello & azeez (2019) offered another angle by focusing on remuneration, revealing that competitive pay scales significantly contribute to employee retention, which is likely to have a longer-term impact on stock prices due to the stability and efficiency that come with lower staff turnover. these subtleties in the findings indicate that while many researchers have touched upon various aspects of the topic, there remains a complexity that has yet to be fully unraveled. the recommendations that emanate from these studies are not just academically interesting but practically significant. ezeudu et al. (2020) emphasized the role of governmental agencies in standardizing health and safety norms, which highlights an interaction between policy and firm practices. this brings to light the critical role of a macroeconomic environment in influencing microeconomic decisions in the corporate sector. on the other hand, okeke et al. (2021) and bello & azeez (2019) offered more firm-centric recommendations focusing on training programs and performance-based remuneration systems, respectively. the empirical literature review reveals that while significant work has been done on aspects of human capital investment like health, training, and remuneration, there are still uncharted areas deserving attention. these gaps in existing literature justify further research, especially those employing panel data to investigate how these variables collectively influence the stock prices of quoted manufacturing firms in nigeria over an extended period (okeke et al., 2021; ezeudu et al., 2020; bello & azeez, 2019). the gap observed in literature are; limited studies explicitly examine the direct impact of these human capital investments on stock prices in nigerian manufacturing firms. the majority of studies focus on single variables like health or training, rather than a comprehensive approach that includes multiple elements like health, training, and remuneration. studies rarely consider the time-varying nature of human capital investments, often limiting their findings to short-term implications. the existing empirical literature provides valuable insights into the impact of human capital investments such as health, training, and remuneration on firm value. however, there is a need for more holistic, long-term studies specifically in the context of quoted manufacturing firms in nigeria to better understand this relationship. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org methodology the research design employed in this study is ex-post facto, which allows for the investigation of cause-and-effect relationships among variables based on existing data without the need for manipulation or control (kerlinger & lee, 2000). this design is apt for the nature of this study as it seeks to establish the relationship between human capital investment and stock prices of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria based on historical data. the study used a sample size of 30 quoted manufacturing companies. the sampling technique applied was convenience sampling, informed by the availability of data. convenience sampling, while less rigorous than random or stratified sampling techniques, offers the advantage of easier access to data and is often used when availability is a prime concern (creswell & creswell, 2017). model specification mathematically, the model can be represented as follows: stpit = α + β1vahcit + ϵit where: stpit is the stock price of the ith company at time t, α is the intercept, β1 is the coefficient of the variable vahc (value added by human capital), vahcit is the investment in human capital for the ith company at time t, and ϵit is the error term for the ith company at time t. based on existing literature and economic theory, the a priori expectation is that there is a positive relationship between human capital investment (vahc) and stock price (stp). this expectation aligns with the work of scholars like becker (1993), who posited that investment in human capital should enhance the overall value of the firm, and thus, its stock price. the study employed panel regression analysis. panel regression is particularly useful when you want to consider both cross-sectional and time-series data, providing more informative results, more variability, less collinearity among variables, and more degrees of freedom (hsiao, 2003). this methodology allows the study to capture the nuanced impacts of human capital investment on stock prices over a period (2010-2019) and across different firms. it offers robustness in results and is capable of controlling for variables that are difficult to observe or measure, known as unobservables. panel data provides the ability to model more complex and varied types of relationships that are not possible through simple cross-sectional or time-series data (wooldridge, 2010). results and discussions stationarity test: augmented dickey-fuller unit root test in time-series data analysis, it's essential to ensure that the data is stationary, as non-stationary data can produce spurious regression results, leading to misleading conclusions (enders, 2014). the augmented dickey-fuller (adf) test is often employed to test for the presence of a unit root, which is an indicator of non-stationarity. a series is said to be stationary if its statistical properties do not change over time. the adf test aims to reject the null hypothesis (h0) that a unit root is present in the time series sample, in favor of the alternative hypothesis (h1) that the time series is stationary or trendstationary (dickey & fuller, 1979). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org table 1: summary result for augmented dickey-fuller unit root test variable name adf statistic t-statistic (5%) probability of t-stat order of integration stp -17.2726 -2.8710 0.0000 i(0) vahc -17.2793 -2.8710 0.0000 i(0) the adf statistic for both stp and vahc are -17.2726 and -17.2793, respectively. the negative values are a good indicator as they suggest the potential for stationarity (hamilton, 1994). the critical value at the 5% level of significance is -2.8710 for both variables. the adf statistic needs to be more negative than this critical value to reject the null hypothesis. the p-values for both stp and vahc are 0.0000, which is less than the common alpha level of 0.05, indicating that we can reject the null hypothesis with a high degree of confidence (gujarati, 2009). the i(0) indicates that the series are stationary at level, which means that they do not require differencing to make them stationary (banerjee et al., 1993). given that both the stp (stock price) and vahc (value added by human capital) are stationary at level (i(0)), it implies that the panel regression analysis to be conducted will produce robust and reliable results. it also simplifies the data preparation process as no differencing or transformation is required to achieve stationarity. data analysis table 2: hypothesis testing result metrics value calculated t-statistic 0.1313 calculated probability of t-stat 0.8956 number of observations 300 critical t-statistic 1.973 critical probability of t-stat 0.05 calculated t-statistic (0.1313): the t-statistic is a measure of the degree to which our groups differ standardized by the variability of our measurement. in this context, the t-statistic value of 0.1313 is substantially lower than the critical t-statistic value of 1.973. the p-value of 0.8956 is significantly higher than the critical probability level of 0.05, indicating that we fail to reject the null hypothesis. from a practical standpoint, this result suggests that, at least within the scope and timeframe of this study, investments made by manufacturing firms in nigeria in human capital—like health, training, and remuneration—are not translating into increased stock prices. this could be a cause for concern for both managers and investors who traditionally assume that human capital investment will yield financial gains for the company. theoretically, these results challenge existing literature that has posited a positive link between human capital investments and firm value (becker, 1993; schultz, 1961). the outcome of this study could encourage a re-evaluation of the theories that automatically correlate human capital investments with stock performance, suggesting that the relationship might be more complex than previously thought or influenced by other unexamined factors. the result indicate that within the context of manufacturing firms in nigeria, human capital investments do not have a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org statistically significant impact on stock prices. this finding holds both practical and theoretical implications that may warrant further investigation to unpack the nuances of the relationship between human capital investments and firm value in this specific context. conclusion and recommendations the primary objective of this study was to investigate the impact of human capital investment on the stock prices of manufacturing companies in nigeria, focusing on the period between 2010 and 2019. the human capital investments were operationalized into three key components: expenditure on health, training, and remuneration. the analysis deployed panel regression modeling and applied a rigorous statistical framework, including the augmented dickey-fuller unit root test for stationarity and hypothesis testing to determine the relationship between the variables. the results revealed some unexpected findings. first, both stock prices (stp) and value added by human capital (vahc) were found to be stationary at level, thereby implying that they were suitable for panel regression analysis without the need for transformations or differencing (enders, 2014). second, the empirical results failed to provide sufficient statistical evidence to reject the null hypothesis that posited no significant relationship between human capital investment and stock prices in manufacturing companies in nigeria. the failure to establish a significant relationship between human capital investment and stock prices has far-reaching practical ramifications for both policymakers and industry stakeholders. for business leaders, especially in the manufacturing sector, the results raise questions about the assumed benefits of investing in human capital for financial gains, at least in terms of stock prices. investors and stakeholders may need to reconsider their perspectives on the efficacy of human capital investments as a value-generating mechanism in the manufacturing sector of nigeria. theoretically, these findings pose challenges to conventional models and theories that align human capital investments with increased firm value, such as the human capital theory by becker (1993) and the seminal works of schultz (1961). the results invite scholars to delve deeper into the complexities of these relationships and consider other mediating or moderating variables that might impact this dynamic. one of the most direct accounting implications is the need for a more nuanced cost-benefit analysis of human capital investments. traditional accounting practices often categorize these expenditures as operational costs without adequate scrutiny of their return on investment (roi) (kaplan & norton, 2004). human capital, despite its intangibility, has often been touted as a valuable asset. the findings of this study could prompt a reevaluation of how human capital is considered in asset valuation models. currently, many firms don't capitalize human capital; it often gets expensed immediately (stewart, 1997). a greater emphasis may be needed in financial reporting to break down human capital investments. this transparency may provide investors with a more comprehensive understanding of where and how these investments are being allocated and their subsequent impact, or lack thereof, on stock prices (ifrs foundation, 2018). recommendations i. firms should consider enhanced financial reporting that explicitly outlines human capital investments and their outcomes. such transparency can give stakeholders a clearer picture of the effectiveness of such expenditures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org ii. companies should adopt a more strategic approach towards human capital investments, focusing on targeted interventions that align with their long-term objectives, rather than generic expenditures on health, training, and remuneration. iii. accounting teams should incorporate the potential risks associated with human capital investments into their risk management frameworks, particularly since these investments may not directly lead to increases in stock prices. iv. given the implications on investor perceptions and decision-making, regulatory bodies should consider providing guidelines on how human capital investments are to be reported and disclosed, to ensure that stakeholders can make informed decisions. references 1. adeoye, b. w., & elegunde, a. f. (2012). impacts of external business environment on organisational performance in the food and beverage industry in nigeria. british journal of arts and social sciences, 6(2), 56-65. 2. banerjee, a., dolado, j., galbraith, j. w., & hendry, d. f. (1993). co-integration, error correction, and the econometric analysis of non-stationary data. oxford university press. 3. barney, j. (1991). firm resources and sustained competitive advantage. journal of management, 17(1), 99-120. 4. becker, g. s. (1964). human capital theory. columbia, new york. 5. becker, g. s. (1993). human capital: a theoretical and empirical analysis with special reference to education. university of chicago press. 6. bello, s. a., & azeez, b. a. (2019). remuneration and employee retention: an empirical study of the nigerian manufacturing sector. journal of economics and management, 35(2), 41-56. 7. committee of sponsoring organizations of the treadway commission (coso) (2017). enterprise risk management—integrating with strategy and performance. coso. 8. creswell, j. w., & creswell, j. d. (2017). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. sage publications. 9. crook, t. r., todd, s. y., combs, j. g., woehr, d. j., & ketchen jr, d. j. (2011). does human capital matter? a meta-analysis of the relationship between human capital and firm performance. journal of applied psychology, 96(3), 443-456. 10. dakhli, m., & de clercq, d. (2004). human capital, social capital, and innovation: a multicountry study. entrepreneurship & regional development, 16(2), 107-128. 11. dickey, d. a., & fuller, w. a. (1979). distribution of the estimators for autoregressive time series with a unit root. journal of the american statistical association, 74(366a), 427-431. 12. drucker, p. f. (1998). on the profession of management. harvard business school press. 13. egbide, b. c., enyi, p. e., & alege, p. o. (2020). financial development and industrial performance in nigeria. covenant journal of business & social sciences, 11(1). 14. enders, w. (2014). applied econometric time series. john wiley & sons. 15. ezeudu, i. j., nweke, m. u., & okonkwo, u. o. (2020). health and safety programs and firm value: a longitudinal study of nigerian manufacturing firms. safety science, 58, 123-131. 16. fasanya, i. o., & onakoya, a. b. o. (2020). stock market and economic growth in nigeria: a re-examination of the casual link. european scientific journal, 16(4). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org 17. gerhart, b., & milkovich, g. t. (1990). organizational differences in managerial compensation and financial performance. academy of management journal, 33(4), 663-691. 18. goetzel, r. z., ozminkowski, r. j., sederer, l. i., & mark, t. l. (2002). the business case for quality mental health services: why employers should care about the mental health and well-being of their employees. journal of occupational and environmental medicine, 44(4), 320-330. 19. gujarati, d. n. (2009). basic econometrics. tata mcgraw-hill education. 20. hamilton, j. d. (1994). time series analysis. princeton university press. 21. hsiao, c. (2003). analysis of panel data. cambridge university press. 22. ifrs foundation (2018). conceptual framework for financial reporting. ifrs standards. 23. international accounting standards board (iasb) (2019). international financial reporting standards (ifrss). ifrs foundation. 24. jiang, k., lepak, d. p., han, k., hong, y., kim, a., & winkler, a. l. (2012). clarifying the construct of human resource systems: relating human resource management to employee performance. human resource management review, 22(2), 73-85. 25. jiang, k., lepak, d. p., han, k., hong, y., kim, a., & winkler, a. l. (2012). clarifying the construct of human resource systems: relating human resource management to employee performance. human resource management review, 22(2), 73-85. 26. kaplan, r. s., & norton, d. p. (2004). strategy maps: converting intangible assets into tangible outcomes. harvard business school press. 27. kehoe, r. r., & wright, p. m. (2013). the impact of high-performance human resource practices on employees’ attitudes and behaviors. journal of management, 39(2), 366-391. 28. kerlinger, f. n., & lee, h. b. (2000). foundations of behavioral research. harcourt college publishers. 29. kim, y., & ployhart, r. e. (2014). the effects of staffing and training on firm productivity and profit growth before, during, and after the great recession. the journal of applied psychology, 99(3), 361-389. 30. knoke, d., & kalleberg, a. l. (1994). job training in u.s. organizations. american sociological review, 59(4), 537-546. 31. nwankwo, s. (2019). an empirical analysis of corporate governance in the nigerian banking sector. journal of economics and sustainable development, 10(6). 32. okeke, m. i., obi, a. n., & ezenekwe, u. r. (2021). the impact of training on productivity: a study of manufacturing firms in lagos, nigeria. human resource management international digest, 29(3), 8-19. 33. oyelaran-oyeyinka, b. (2006). learning to compete in african industry: institutions and technology in development. ashgate publishing. 34. oyelaran-oyeyinka, o. (2020). innovation systems and industrialization in africa: the case of nigeria. routledge. 35. rastogi, p. n. (2000). sustaining enterprise competitiveness is human capital the answer? human systems management, 19(3), 193-203. 36. schultz, t. w. (1961). investment in human capital. the american economic review, 51(1), 117. 37. stewart, t. a. (1997). intellectual capital: the new wealth of organizations. doubleday/currency. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 16 sep., 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org 38. udoh, e., & oyelaran-oyeyinka, o. (2017). cluster-based industrial development in nigeria. in udoh, e., & oyelaran-oyeyinka, o. (eds.), innovation systems, policy and management. cambridge university press. 39. wernerfelt, b. (1984). a resource-based view of the firm. strategic management journal, 5(2), 171-180. 40. wooldridge, j. m. (2010). econometric analysis of cross section and panel data. mit press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org project-research activities of students in the study of physics irmatov fozil muminovich associate professor of jizzakh state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article argues that, given the complex and abstract nature of physics, providing students with opportunities for practical experience and collaborative problem-solving is crucial for improving the effectiveness of physics education. furthermore, the authors provide recommendations for integrating project-based learning within modern educational methodologies to increase the engagement and success of students in the study of physics. project-based learning, research activities, physics education, independent learning, scientific thinking, problem-solving skills, experimental methods, collaborative learning, critical thinking, hands-on projects, physics curriculum, educational methodologies, student engagement, teamwork, practical experience, concept mastery. introduction in the modern world, the process of emergence of new knowledge is constantly accelerating, there is a need for new professions, for continuous improvement of the level of education. therefore, education today solves a very important task – preparing the younger generation for life in a rapidly changing information society. nowadays, it is no longer enough to provide students with a certain amount of knowledge; it is more important to teach them to acquire knowledge independently. but recently there has been a decline in students' interest in learning in general, which leads to a decline in the quality of knowledge. studying is hard work, requiring willpower, persistence, patience, diligence, and special skills from students. another important reason for the decline in the quality of knowledge is the monotony and uniformity of classes, the absence of vivid impressions, and changes in events. the learning process turns into loading the students' memory with a large number of rules, formulas, and terms. the student does not learn to think, but gets used to everything being given in a ready-made form. therefore, it is necessary to widely introduce alternative forms and methods of conducting educational activities into the educational process. one of such forms is educational research activity. research activity forms students' skills and abilities in the practical application of theoretical knowledge, develops thinking, logic, teaches setting goals, tasks and finding ways to achieve them, requires mastering various american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org methods. since this is acquired on the basis of one's own experience, it leads to a deeper understanding of the knowledge gained. physics is an experimental science. it is based on observations and experiments, and the organization of research activities in the study of physics is a necessary factor that allows increasing the interest of students in physical science, making it exciting, entertaining and useful, and realizing that physics is not scary, physics is interesting. for successful research activities, it is necessary to develop basic research skills in students and to arouse interest in research work. the research activities of students are multifaceted and can be organized at any stage of training: when studying theory; solving problems; conducting a demonstration experiment; performing laboratory work. since students come to the first year of technical school with a certain amount of knowledge in physics, the teacher gives a research task at the introductory lesson. students are asked to create a crossword puzzle in which the key word will be the student's surname. students must not only correctly formulate the crossword questions, but also know the answers to them. the search for answers to such questions forces students to turn to the textbook, additional literature, and the internet. experimental work of students also belongs to project-research activities. computer technology makes teaching physics more visual and more interesting. in addition, such sciences as physics, chemistry, biology cannot be studied well without an experiment. therefore, the teacher devotes a significant part of the lesson time to experiments. this is, first of all, a frontal experiment, where research work is planned in pairs or groups. such work can be carried out according to the following plan: 1. the students are presented with a problem for which an experiment is being conducted. 2. knowledge is not communicated to students, since students acquire it independently in the process of research. 3. students choose the means to achieve results themselves, i.e. they become active researchers. 4. the teacher manages the research process. for example, when studying the topic "work and heat as forms of energy transfer" the question is asked: how can you change the temperature of a body without transferring heat? a set of equipment is offered: aluminum wire, a test tube with water. the problem is solved quickly with the wire: as a result of repeated bending and unbending, the wire heats up. they conclude that it is possible to change the temperature of a body by doing work. next, the issue of heating water is solved. for this, a research laboratory work "heating water by doing work" is conducted. they receive further evidence that the internal energy of a body can be changed by doing work. using the research method when studying new material. during a research lesson, all stages characteristic of the implementation of any research project are present: 1. during the conversation, a problematic question is formulated, the knowledge necessary for further research is updated, and the goals and objectives of the work are set. (evaporation and condensation. problem: what quantities determine the evaporation rate. accordingly, the problem sets a goal and objectives) 2. a research hypothesis is put forward through brainstorming. (the rate of evaporation may depend on: the area of the free surface, the temperature, the type of liquid, the wind speed) 3. the research method is selected. this choice can be made during a frontal conversation, an independent discussion of the problem and hypothesis in a group, or formulated by the teacher. (observation of the evaporation of different liquids, evaporation of the same liquid at different temperatures, etc.) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 4. students, working in groups, search for a solution to the problem. then they analyze the results and draw conclusions about their work. (each group conducts its own research, generalizes, and draws a conclusion) 5. each group presents the results of its work in the form of an oral report. 6. the results of the work are summed up and the activities of each group are assessed. research can be conducted even when solving problems. for example, solving a problem on the law of conservation of momentum. a boy weighing 50 kg dives from a boat weighing 200 kg, moving at a speed of 1 m/s, moving horizontally. what will be the speed of the boat after the boy's jump, if he jumps at a speed of 2 m/s? the condition is analyzed in advance, the main elements are identified, the law is repeated, a solution plan is drawn up, with the solution methods correctly selected. the tasks on the zsi assume the presence of a drawing, which will depict the velocity vectors of the bodies before and after the interaction. a problem arises: first, where does the boy jump from: from the stern or from the bow of the boat? second, where will the boat's velocity be directed after the jump? then we predict the result. any task should have an element of novelty, so as not to weaken the developmental side of problem solving. it is necessary to teach students to solve problems using different methods, both standard and those not often used in practice. it is useful to solve the same problem in different ways, this teaches students to see different sides of any physical phenomenon, develops creative thinking. and if the task is slightly changed, then students, not finding a scheme or algorithm, will solve the problem using a research approach. knowledge acquired as a result of one's own search becomes the basis for obtaining new knowledge. the main general didactic techniques used in solving problems are: analysis, comparison, generalization and systematization, hypotheses, transfer of knowledge to a new situation, search for an analog for a new solution to a problem, proof or refutation of a hypothesis, research planning, and presentation of research results. the teacher must teach students to identify elements of the research approach in the structure of the solution of any physical problem, using the method of heuristic questions, comparisons, observations, versions and conclusions; teach students to draw an analogy between the elements of the solution to the problem and the elements of research activity. but laboratory work, of course, provides the greatest opportunity to apply research methods. traditional laboratory work involves following a specific instruction or algorithm. however, each such work contains elements of research, which contributes to the development of students' intellectual and thinking abilities. after all, when performing laboratory work, students must not only make the necessary observations, measurements, calculations, but also make certain conclusions, comparisons, build graphs, etc. in addition, students must find answers to professionally oriented test questions. many educational tasks are solved during laboratory classes: • confirmation of the validity of the laws being studied (for example, verification of ohm's law for a complete circuit); • mastering methods of measuring physical quantities (measuring the power of a light bulb, the efficiency of an electric kettle); • instilling skills in the use of measuring instruments (dynamometer, scales, ammeter, voltmeter); • study of the structure and operating principle of physical devices (models of an electric motor, electromagnet); american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org • developing the ability to read electrical diagrams. participation of students in the work of the scientific research society is another means of increasing interest in the study of physics. the scope of activities of the niso is to provide support to students in scientific research work, self-education and raising the level of professional knowledge; assistance in expanding the range of students' scientific research activities; improving the quality of education. when carrying out project-research work, students study scientific publications, monographs, search for new developments in science and technology, i.e. serious work with literature takes place. by joining scientific research, students learn to navigate the vast world of scientific books, magazines, and manuals. they learn to classify the collected material, process, analyze it, generalize, and draw conclusions. students learn the ability to express their thoughts on paper, conduct a public discussion, and defend their own conclusions. all this work leads to a rethinking, enrichment, and deepening of the knowledge gained in physics lessons. studying physics through the organization of research activities helps students gain invaluable experience, master the methods of scientific knowledge, contributes to the formation of conscious and quickly used knowledge, and forms the need for self-development. practice shows that project-research activities really contribute to the formation of a new type of student who has a set of skills and abilities for independent and constructive work, knows the methods of purposeful activity, is ready for cooperation and interaction, and has experience in self-education. young people who are able to make adequate, quick, thoughtful decisions can ensure a decent life and a high level of socialization. references 1. artamonova i.i. general provisions for organizing research activities of students. // research activities of students and teachers. collection of articles. / ed. by m.a. bulavina. – omsk: ooipkro, 2004. 2. savenkov a.i. research-based learning and design in education. – research work of schoolchildren, 2004, no. 1. 3. leontovich a.v. on the basic concepts of the concept of development of research and project activities of students. – research work of schoolchildren, 2003, no. 4. 4. alekseev n. g., leontovich a. v. criteria for the effectiveness of teaching students research activities development of students’ research activities: methodological collection. moscow: public education, 2001. 272 p. 5. lebedeva o. v. principles of organizing research activities in the educational process in physics in secondary school / o. v. lebedeva // science and school. 2012. n4, pp. 113–116. 6. lerner i. ya. problem-based learning m.: knowledge. 1974. 64 p. 7. obukhov a. s. research position and research activity: what and how to develop. research activity of schoolchildren, 2013.n4, pp.18–23 8. alnikova t. v. organization of project-research activities in teaching physics // bulletin of tspu. issue . 6 (57) series: natural and exact sciences. tspu publishing house, 2016. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org nationality security of the republic of uzbekistan issues of development and adoption for implementation of the concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan danchenkov valentin ivanovich lawyer of the federal chamber of lawyers of the russian federation applicant for attachment as an independent candidate for the degree of doctor of philosophy (phd) of tashkent state law university pravo.bravo.8@gmail.com +998-99-188-89-91 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the author in this article pays attention to the issue of protecting the national security of the republic of uzbekistan in the information sphere. as a result of the conducted research, the main elements of the information security concept of the republic of uzbekistan are identified and formulated. national security of the republic of uzbekistan, the concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan, the center for research on information security issues of the republic of uzbekistan, the department of cyber law. introduction it is important to note that during the period of independence of the republic of uzbekistan, specific, comprehensive measures were taken aimed at creating a strong, protected state in the country, which has gained a significant place in the world political and economic arena. based on experience, obtained in the course of the development of uzbekistan in the period of previous years, taking into account modern realities, the president of the republic of uzbekistan was tasked with finding and determining, legislating guidelines and priorities in the further development of the country. as a result of lengthy preparatory work, many elements of civil society in uzbekistan were involved, with whom consultative conversations for the assimilation by the leadership of the state of the moods, aspirations and aspirations of the uzbek population. representatives of business circles, specialists of executive authorities were involved in the search for new principles, new methods of activity of the executive and legislative authorities, under the general ideological guidance of the president of the republic of uzbekistan m.sh. mirziyoyev, relevant reports, recommendations, information and analytical materials, including an overview and experience of the world's leading powers in the field of public health, were prepared by research institutions. construction. special close attention was paid to recommendations, analytical review materials, which were kindly shared with the uzbek side by international organizations operating in uzbekistan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org as a result of widespread selection, careful study and synthesis, proposals and materials received by the office of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan" was adopted [1]. the executive order stipulates that the essence of the action strategy is real, and we are implementing itas a result, it is important to note that there are five priority areas for the further dynamic development of the republic of uzbekistan. the purpose of the action strategy is to establish conditions for the modernization of the country and society. the decree emphasizes that the reforms carried out over the years of independence have laid a solid foundation for state sovereignty and ensured the security of the country. but the previous achievements and results obtained in previous years, do not meet the requirements of today. at present, there are no countriesthe republic of uzbekistan has entered a new vector of its development, both political and economic, which requires the development of fresh political and economic ideas, the use of the best examples and developments from a wide, diverse base of world experience. in the decree of the decreeit is estimated that a comprehensive analysis of the past stage of the country's development, the changing conjuncture of the world economy, and increasing competition require the development and implementation of new ideas and principles for further sustainable, advanced development of the country. position of the president of the republic of uzbekistan. it is necessary to adopt and fully implement the action strategy in order to: radical change in the domestic and foreign policy situation of uzbekistan; strengthening the cumulative force of the ongoing reforms; preservation of existing and creation of more favorable conditions for the full development of uzbek society. comp the establishment of peace and harmony in uzbek society, which has been achieved over the years of uzbekistan's independence, is impossible without maintaining an appropriate level of security and law and order in the country, and taking real action to protect the inviolability of state borders. a key focus of the action strategy is security. the direction of the security strategy of uzbekistan includes the following sections: protection of the constitutional order, sovereignty of the republic of uzbekistan; increasing the effectiveness of the system of combating crime, strengthening organizational and practical measures to combat forms of organized crime, terrorism, extremism; effective planning of the work of law enforcement agencies, elimination of the causes and conditions of systemic violations in the field of ensuring the security and sovereignty of the state; introduction of information and communication technologies in the system of management of society and the state; creation of new software information products and technologies in order to maintain an effective competitive environment in the markets of uzbekistan, global markets; creation of new, increasing the efficiency of existing techno and it parks; implementation of a balanced, constructive policy aimed at strengthening the independence and sovereignty of the state; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org improvement of the system of information security and information protection, timely and adequate counteraction to threats in the information sphere. this decree defines the procedure for its strict execution and implementation. the decree makes an important personal emphasis on the following: timely and effective implementation of the action strategy is a primary task, the main priority of all government and management bodies and their officials. having adopted and approved the force of this decree, measures aimed at its real implementation, the president of the republic of uzbekistan set a step-by-step task for his subordinatesbut to achieve the planned result. the final changes that should happen to uzbek society in a positive way should take place by the deadlines that are clearly established in the action strategy. with the strategy of action is a programmatic presidential document, which is designed to reform and modernize the country in a short period of time allotted by the president of the republic of uzbekistan, to make it safe to live in terms of ensuring the rule of law and order. it is important to pay attention to the fact that during the period of thein addition to large-scale economic reforms, the issue of maintaining stability within the state, the formation of a high level of legal culture and law-abiding among the population and foreign guests of uzbekistan is acute. however, the various confrontsas a result, the concept of public security of the republic of uzbekistan has been approved and put into effect. this conconcept, approved by the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 29.11.2021. no. up-27 is a fundamental document that fully reflects the state policy established in the republic of uzbekistan in the field of public security [2]. pod public security as one of the areas of national security is a state of uzbek society in which any manifestations of social and interethnic conflicts and other threats that could interfere with the planned sustainable development of civil society institutions in the territory of the republic of uzbekistan and could limit the exercise of their civil rights and freedoms by citizens of uzbekistan and guests of the country are completely leveled. it is important to note that the state of public security in uzbekistan is supported by the created system, which includes working elements of the political, socio-economic, legal order, the strength and action of which are aimed at maintaining high regulatory and legal protection of the state and society. at the same time, it is important to note that everywhere, at the suggestion of the presidentin the republic of uzbekistan, modern information and telecommunication technologies are being widely introduced in the country. this position of the president of uzbekistan is reflected in: in the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 05.10.2020. pd-6079-son "on approval of the digital uzbekistan-2030 strategy and measures for its effective implementation"[3]; in the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 19.02.2018. up-5349 "on measures to further improve the sphere of information technology and communications"[4]. at the same time, there are a number of systemic shortcomings, legal and non-existent deficiencies.prosperity in the field of management and introduction of information technologies and communications, which are a stopper in the development of this sector of the economy of uzbekistan. by analogy with the concept of public security of the republic of uzbekistan, it is necessary to adoption of a fundamental document regulating state policy in the field of information security. such a document should be a regulatory act of direct regulatory action in the field of information security of uzbekistan "concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org this legal document will make it possible to establish the main directions of state policy of the republic of uzbekistan in the field of information security. among the areas that, in my opinion, are subject to mandatory inclusion in the concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan, i would mention the following: development and implementation of a set of measures to protect information resources from unauthorized penetration, ensuring a high level of security of information and telecommunication systems operating in the territory of the republic of uzbekistan; ensuring the protection of information networks in the legal use of individuals and legal entities, public authorities and management from cyber attacks; organization and regulation of the activities of subdivisions and services in the field of information security; organization of work on identification, collection, analysis of data on existing vulnerabilities, existing threats to the state of security of information systems at facilities of strategic importance; prevention, detection and suppression of any manifestations of incidents in the field of information security, taking effective preventive measures aimed at preventing such situations; organization of work to ensure information security, development of algorithms of actions aimed at preventing, detecting, eliminating the consequences of cyberattacks; implementation of effective international cooperation in the field of information security, participation in joint projects to counter threats to information security, taking effective joint measures with relevant international institutions to exclude the possibility of using the information space of the republic of uzbekistan for terrorist and other illegal activities. in the context of thei would like to draw attention to the opinion of the head of the department of the national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek muhammadiev jabbor urakovich. in his scientific article "conceptual model of information security of the republic of uzbekistan", the author believes that "a component of the national interests of the republic of uzbekistan in the information sphere is the protection of information resources from unauthorized access, ensuring the security of information and telecommunication systems"[5]. as the primary goals to be fulfilled by the units responsible for information security in uzbekistan, zh.u. makhammadiev proposes the following algorithm of actions: qualitatively improve the level of primary communication networks and information systems of central and regional bodies of state power and administration of the republic of uzbekistan; to give priority attention and financing to the establishment and dynamic deployment of a wide network of domestic components for the protection of the information and telecommunication network and their placement in all institutions and enterprises in the territory of the republic of uzbekistan that are of strategic importance. to the numbersamong the enterprises and institutions of strategic importance for uzbekistan, the author attributes the following: institutions of financial, credit, banking sector; institutions in the field of economic activity (energy, transport, heavy industry, mining, education, health care, etc.); institutions and enterprises of informatization of armed forces and military equipment, command and control systems of troops and weapons; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org enterprises with environmentally hazardous industries, whose production and economic activities are associated with the risk of possible global environmental damage. in my opinion, at present, when developing the concept of digital security of the republic of uzbekistan, it is necessary to include provisions that it is necessary to pursue a policy aimed at protecting its own market for the production of software products, to take urgent measures to accelerate the development of the production of information security software devices by placing relevant orders exclusively with enterprises of domestic, uzbek origin, whose industrial residency in the the territory of the republic of uzbekistan is beyond doubt. as one of the i would point out the need to replace as soon as possible the foreign apparatuses and software means of information protection used by enterprises and institutions of strategic importance of the republic of uzbekistan with such devices and software for similar purposes, which are exclusively of domestic, uzbek origin. in order to successfully resolve the issues of information security of uzbekistan, the most important direction isin my strict opinion, the development of the national, uzbek information technology industry should be based on the concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan. for the practical implementation of this direction it is necessary: to carry out unconditional state support of national, fundamental, applied research and development in the field of maintaining the proper level of information security of telecommunications and communication devices and facilities used by institutions and departments, legal entities and individuals of the republic of uzbekistan; to adopt the necessary set of regulatory legal acts and measures to simplify the registration of intellectual property objects as much as possible: software, databases in the field of information security, produced in the territory of the republic of uzbekistan, then applied only in the territory of the republic; to carry out targeted state technological re-equipment of the domestic industry to establish the production of competitive means and systems of informatization, telecommunications, communications, originating from uzbekistan; to carry out large-scale construction of domestic factories for the production of microelectronic and computer equipment, in order to overcome the dependence of uzbekistan on the supply of similar equipment and machinery from abroad. neo the need for the earliest application and implementation of the concept of information security in the territory of the republic of uzbekistan is caused by the following factors: creation of its own information space on the territory of the republic of uzbekistan, strengthening its role as a fundamental element of the economic development of uzbekistan as a sovereign state of the central asian region; the need to include information security as a key element in the implementation of the national action strategy, including plans and measures to create a digital economy in the country; emergence of a new area of public relations on the territory of the republic of uzbekistan, relations in the field of information security protection; the need to define the essence and subject of information security of uzbekistan as a new regulatory institution, a separate legal phenomenon in the current legislation of the republic of uzbekistan; the need to establish fundamental institutions of state policy to protect the national interests of uzbekistan in the field of information exchange between the subjects of the world information environment; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org the need to determine and assign the appropriate legal status to entities in the field of information security, which will be given appropriate powers to protect the national interests of uzbekistan in the information environment; the need for the widespread integration of uzbekistan into the system of international bodies, institutions, communities endowed with the functions of protecting information security at the regional and global levels; the need to search, develop, introduce into widespread practice a number of software products produced in the territory of the republic of uzbekistan, which can successfully function and compete with the best software products in the global market of software products and services, including in the field of information security; the need to establish contacts, exchange experience between domestic bodies and institutions in the field of information security with institutions and organizations of a similar profile abroad; development of common systemic approaches to solving regional and global problems in the field of information security; the need to develop appropriate domestic theoretical and practical effective mechanisms for responding to risks, challenges and threats in the field of information security. the concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan, in my opinion, should be a reflection of the official position of the country's leadership on the system of ensuring national security in the information space, the information environment. the concept, which is essentially the "information constitution" of the country, establishes strategic goals, plans, objectives, ways to implement comprehensive actions in the field of protecting the information security of uzbekistan. uzbekistan's information security concept should be effectiveit is a set of measures and methods for solving regional, global problems of information security, that is, measures to regulate the very sphere where uzbekistan has its stable positions and interests in the present and, accordingly, in the foreseeable future. the concept should become a fundamental, programmatic document, which is the first basis, the first source of the concept.in addition, it is important to note that it is important to note that it is important to note that this is not the case. the concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan should to become an integral part of the general, consolidated concept of national security of the republic of uzbekistan. in this regard, the concept of information securityin fact, it substantively discloses and concretizes the goals, objectives, principles of ensuring the national security of uzbekistan in the field of protecting the information security of the state, indicates and normatively fixes the main directions, measures and methods of neutralizing internal and external sources of threats to the national security of uzbekistan in the information sphere. the concept of information security of uzbekistan should be a document that includes, including the norms of international law, since the geopolitical interests of uzbekistan, as a subject of international law, its place and role in the modern international community of states are largely determined by its foreign policy in the field of international information security, including those international agreements in the field of information security, to which the republic of uzbekistan is a full participant. these include agreement on cooperation of the member states of the commonwealth of independent states in the field of information security. the agreement was drawn up and signed by its participants on 20.11.2013. [6] memorandum of understanding in the field of cybersecurity between uzbekistan and azerbaijan. the said bilateral agreement was signed in the capital of azerbaijan, baku, on august 31, 2023. the memorandum was signed on behalf of the republic of azerbaijan by the state service for special communications and information security of azerbaijan, on behalf of the republic of uzbekistan by the state institution in the field of cybersecurity of uzbekistan[7]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org the purpose of the memorandum is to develop theeffective use of technical resources to prepare response measures in the event of significant cybersecurity incidents. formed in at present, on a national scale, the information community of uzbekistan is a new milestone in the development of uzbek society, which is under the intensified, lightning-fast entry of information technologies into all spheres of human activity. these factors significantly increase the role of infoorganizational technologies in human life cause the need to build new mechanisms for the legal protection of human rights and freedoms in the information environment. the modern transformation of the traditional uzbek society into a new information society gives rise to previously unknown and unfamiliar risks, challenges, threats that directly affect the interests of the citizens of uzbekistan, affect the issues of national security of the state. the strategy of thinking of the president of uzbekistan, his categorical instructions to subordinate officials, including the adoption of urgent measures to achieve the necessary level of protection of entities operating in the information sphere of uzbekistan, has led to the fact that organizational and methodological work should be urgently carried out on the development and speedy adoption and practical implementation and implementation of the concept of information security of the republic uzbekistan. the widespread strengthening of the factor of increasing the role of information in the system of sociosocial relations, the accessibility and openness of the information and spatial field of uzbekistan, the gradual, inevitable increase in the level of informatization of the population of uzbekistan causeit is necessary for the state and its public institutions to respond appropriately and in a timely manner to the ongoing processes, and to take appropriate radical and timely measures and methods aimed at protecting the information environment of uzbekistan. the protection of the information environment, as an integral part of the sphere of national security of uzbekistan, involves adoption of a primary, basic, key regulatory legal act that regulates the field of public relations in the field of information security protection. such a central document should be the co.concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan. this normative act does not exist in the republic of uzbekistan. the document is extremely important and topical, so it is necessary to start developing it immediately. these factors have brought to life my judgments on this matter, which i set forth in this article in order to once again draw the attention of officials of the state apparatus of the republic of uzbekistan to the need for the speediest resolution of this topical issue of national importance. delay in the adoption and implementation of this legal act causes significant damage to the national security of the republic of uzbekistan. it is important to note that the desired level of information security is achieved as a result of more detailed development, targeted and targeted programs that are included in the concept of information security of uzbekistan. to implement this, a systematic, scientific analysis of factors, causes, and conditions is necessary, in which it is possible to achieve the desired result. this activity requires unbending and thorough scientific researchorganizational and methodological work in the field of information security. without the availability of the appropriate trained potential of scientific personnel, specialists of the relevant profile, to implement the ultimate goals of the information security concept of the republicuzbekistan will be a difficult, i would even say impossible, task. i believe that on the basis of the tashkent state university of law, it is necessary to open a new direction of educational activities, a new faculty, the faculty of cybersecurity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org the faculty of cybersecurity can and should become a basic research, scientific and analytical center, which will and should coordinate the activities of all interested institutions, officials directly involved in the formation and implementation of the national state policy in the field of information security of uzbekistan. the practice-oriented technical part of the educational process in the field of information security, where students will be given the necessary skills and knowledge on the development of methods, algorithms, models, ways to neutralize threats to the information security of uzbekistan, before the training of a galaxy of its own scientific personnel, should be developed and, accordingly, first read by the relevant invited teaching staff of the tashkent institute information technology. developments in the field of information security, which will be prepared by students of the faculty of cybersecurity of the tashkent university of the state law university will be in great demand and necessary as practical components of the operational, tactical, strategic work of the services and divisions of uzbekistan responsible for combating violators of norms in the field of information security. i believe that in the development of the concept of information security of the republic of uzbekistan, it is necessary to involve teachers, employees, students of the specialized direction of the tashkent state university of law, department of cyber law, as a newly created research center for information security of the republic of uzbekistan, which deals with the problems of information security of uzbekistan. this research center is a questionthe information security of the republic of uzbekistan should become the main scientific and methodological basis for the analysis, study, and scientific research of information security issues of uzbekistan. on the scientific and methodological basis of the center, it is necessary to carry out a comprehensive formation and implementation of targeted, fundamental practicesoriented, including innovative projects within the framework of the relevant procedure for placing a state order for conducting relevant research work in the field of ensuring information security of the republic of uzbekistan. on the basis of the center for research on information security issues, training, systematic advanced training, retraining of personnel will be carried out for institutions and enterprises that participate in the work of the unified information security system of the republic of uzbekistan. as a result of an intensive, large-scale study of the issues covering the components of the activities of thei consider it necessary to develop the scientific and doctrinal foundations of the educational discipline "fundamentals of information security of the republic of uzbekistan". textbook development "fundamentals of information security of the republic of uzbekistan", the corresponding scientific textbook, i consider it necessary to entrust the scientific educational discipline "fundamentals of information security of the republic of uzbekistan" to the department of cyber law of the tashkent state university of law for responsible implementation within the framework of the state educational order. it is important to conduct trainings on a continuous, year-round basis within the framework of approved state fundingon the basis of the center for research on information security issues of the republic of uzbekistan, the center for information security studies of the republic of uzbekistan has trained the heads and relevant specialists of state authorities and local self-government bodies on the basics of information security of the republic of uzbekistan in short-term courses, on the basis of the center for research on information security issues of the republic of uzbekistan. as a result of the implementation of the information security concept of the republic of uzbekistan, we will receive the following: the current legislation of the republic of uzbekistan in the field of information security will be unified; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org legal gaps and collisions that currently exist in the studied area of law-making and law enforcement will be eliminated; tested foreign best practices, international legal standards will be gradually introduced into the new area of public relations related to the regulation of information security issues, with mandatory consideration of the conditions and features of uzbekistan; the level of public tranquility and peace in the traditional uzbek society will be significantly increased, the effectiveness of the implementation of constitutional rights and freedoms of citizens of uzbekistan in the field of informatization will be effectively increased. the final result of the implementation of the information security concept of the republic of uzbekistan will be the creation of an information space on the territory of uzbekistan that is reliably protected from any manifestations of threats in the field of information security. references: 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan" no. up-4947 dated 07.02.2017. national database of legislation of the republic of uzbekistan lexuz. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 29.11.2021 no. up-27 "on measures to approve and implement the concept of public security of the republic of uzbekistan" national database of legislation of the republic of uzbekistan lexuz. 3. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 05.10.2020 pd-6079-son "on approval of the strategy "digital uzbekistan-2030" and measures for its effective implementation" national database of legislation of the republic of uzbekistan lexuz. 4. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 19.02.2018 pd-5349 "on measures to further improve the sphere of information technologies and communications" national database of legislation of the republic of uzbekistan lexuz. 5. muhammadiev jabbor urakovich. "conceptual model of information security of the republic of uzbekistan". legal fact. 2018 no23 6. agreement on cooperation of the member states of the commonwealth of independent states in the field of information security. the agreement was drawn up and signed by its participants on 20.11.2013. national database of legislation of the republic of uzbekistan lexuz. 7. memorandum of understanding in the field of cybersecurity between uzbekistan and azerbaijan. baku, august 31, 2023. the memorandum was signed on behalf of the republic of azerbaijan by the state service for special communications and information security of azerbaijan, on behalf of the republic of uzbekistan by the state institution in the field of cybersecurity of uzbekistan.august 31, 2023. azertac. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org clinical and laboratory features of coronavirus infection in vacctified patients б. м. таджиев, а. р.ахрарова, ч.к. худайбергенова, а.к. исмоилова. b.m. tajiev, a.r. akhrarova, ch.k. khudaibergenovа, a.k. ismoilova. tashkent pediatric medical institute, uzbekistan е – mair: goodoctor11@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s we conducted a comprehensive clinical and laboratory examination of 60 vaccinated patients, aged 18 to 70 years, with a confirmed diagnosis of "covid-19 in vaccinated patients." we established the clinical diagnosis of patients on the basis of epidemiological anamnesis, clinical examination and laboratory results. the mean age of the patients was 50.3±2.83; males predominated by gender. the peculiarity of the clinical course of "covid19" was characterized by the predominance of a moderate course of the disease and the absolute predominance of the contact-household factor in maintaining a high level of morbidity. the majority of deaths from covid-19 have been among the elderly and those with chronic comorbidities, and deaths have been reported among people of all ages. in addition, the pandemic has caused increased morbidity and required the introduction of measures to control it, which has adversely affected the economies of countries around the world. the global response to the pandemic to develop various vaccines to protect against covid-19 is unprecedented in public health history. the issue of covid-19 vaccination is the most pressing issue in the medical community today. vaccinated patients with covid-19, coronavirus infection, clinic introduction symptoms of coronavirus infection, signs of pneumonia, symptoms, severity course, intoxication syndrome, lung damage, development of shortness of breath, vaccination coverage american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org relevance the novel coronavirus infection caused by the sars-cov-2 virus has become a serious problem worldwide. appearing in china in 2019 and leading to a pandemic, sars-cov-2 from the coronavirus family has put humanity and, first of all, biomedical sciences in front of the most difficult problem of combating a new infectious agent. the total number of people infected on the planet is currently more than 26 million in 209 countries, deaths are about 1 million, while up to 650,000 people die from influenza every year worldwide [1,2,3,4,7]. these figures are the opinion of many experts, the peak of the epidemic in some countries has not yet been passed [5,6,8,9]. for a successful fight against coronavirus, it is extremely important to use international experience, real practices accumulated by different countries in recent months. prompt familiarization with these practices and their implementation will help to increase the effectiveness of the measures that are currently being taken in the republic. since the features of the etiology, epidemiology, clinic and laboratory parameters of an infectious disease are not clear enough, many aspects of the covid-19 clinic need further research. the purpose of the study: to identify clinical and laboratory features of coronavirus infection in vaccinated patients with covid-19 material and methods a retrospective analysis of the case histories of patients who were under observation in the special coronavirus hospital "zangiota 2" of the republic of uzbekistan in the period 2020-2021 was carried out. the study included 60 patients diagnosed with coronavirus infection in vaccinated covid-19 patients (icd code u07.1-u07.2) aged 18 to 70 years, the average age of patients was 50.3±2.83 years, patients aged 50 to 60 years predominated. of these, there were 34 (56.7%) men and 26 (43.3%) women. in 24 (40.0%) patients, the sars-cov-2 virus was identified, and in 36 (60.0%) patients, the diagnosis was made according to clinical and epidemiological parameters (polymerase chain reaction (pcr) showed a negative result). the main biomaterial for the detection of sars-^v-2 rna was a nasal swab. the standard laboratory examination included a general and biochemical blood test, a coagulogram, determination of c-reactive protein, d-dimer. instrumental diagnostics included pulse oximetry with spo2 measurement to detect respiratory failure (rd) and assess the severity of hypoxemia, as well as computed tomography (ct) of the chest, ecg and ultrasound of internal organs. the statistical significance of the measurements obtained when comparing the mean values was determined by student's t-test (t) with the calculation of the error probability (p) when checking the normality of the distribution. significance level p<0.05 was taken as statistically significant changes. statistical analysis of the results was carried out using microsoft office excel 2016 (microsoft, usa). result and discussion the patients were hospitalized on the 3rd-12th day of illness, more than half of them did not receive treatment at the outpatient stage, some patients received antibiotic therapy without any visible effect. we established the clinical diagnosis of patients on the basis of epidemiological anamnesis, clinical examination and laboratory results. when collecting an epidemiological history, attention was paid to the patient's visits during the previous 14 days to regions unfavorable for covid-19, the presence of close contacts during this time with people who arrived from endemic areas, as well as contacts with people whose diagnosis was confirmed by laboratory. studying the epidemiological history made it american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org possible to establish the contact route of transmission of infection in 24 (40.0%) patients, the airborne route of transmission in 8 (13.3%) and in 28 (46.7%) patients failed to identify the source of infection. all vaccinated patients had a history of: cardiovascular diseases (26.6%), hypertension (20.0%), diabetes mellitus (23.3%), obesity (6.6%), diseases of the digestive system ( 15.0%) and the respiratory system (8.3%). the analyzed group included patients with a moderate course of covid-19. the disease in all vaccinated patients was manifested in dryness and pallor of the skin and mucous membranes, weakness and lethargy. the disease proceeded against the background of high body temperature in 8.3% of patients and exceeded 380c, in 16.6% the temperature reached 38-38.5 c, in 75.0% it remained at subfebrile figures. at the same time, in 20.8% of patients, the fever was prolonged (6.0 ± 1.6). the phenomena of general intoxication were combined with exsicosis i-ii degree. lethargy and weakness increased intensively (100%). among the first symptoms of covid-19, a dry cough was registered (91.6%) and in 27.3% of patients with a small amount of sputum. decreased sense of smell and taste (58%), shortness of breath (67%), chest tightness (27%), and diarrhea and nausea (12.5%). heart sounds were muffled, cyanosis of the skin and mucous membranes developed. when analyzing clinical manifestations depending on _________ ^issn 2181-712x. eissn 2181-2187 261 gender traits found some differences. it was noted that intoxication, fever and shortness of breath were more often recorded and were more pronounced in vaccinated men (p<0.05) than in women. in the majority (90.0%) of the examined patients, the clinical picture of coronavirus infection was characterized by the presence of bilateral viral pneumonia. in (10.0%) vaccinated patients, the disease proceeded without lung damage. the severity of pneumonia was established during ct in accordance with the accepted gradation in terms of the volume of lung tissue damage and is presented in table no. 1. table #1 the results of the study of ct in the examined patients ct data number of patients n=60 abs m ±m cт0 6 0 cт 1 30 12,7 ± 1,19 cт 2 19 31,8 ± 1,11 ct 3 5 55,2 ± 3,77 ct data number of patients n=60 abs. m±m ct0 6± 0 ct 1 30 12.7 ± 1.19 ct 2 19 31.8 ± 1.11 ct 3 5 55.2 ± 3.77 as can be seen from table no. 1, upon admission, 54 (90%) half of the patients had lung damage of the 1st-2nd-3rd degree according to ct. at the same time, ct-0 was recorded in 6 (10.0%) patients, ct1 — in 30 (50.0%), ct-2 — in 19 (31.6%), ct-3 — in 5 (8 .3%) of patients. of the total number of patients (n=24) with a pcr-confirmed diagnosis of covid-19, a ct study was performed in 100% of cases, with ct-1 in 13 (54.2%), ct-2 in 10 (41, 6%), ct-3 in one patient (4.2%). the dynamics of the state of the lungs according to ct was evaluated in 26 (43.3%) patients. at discharge, the proportion of patients with ct-3 decreased to 10%. on ct scans of the lungs, ground glass was the most common american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org diagnostic finding (67%). according to the electrocardiogram, rhythm disturbance (58%) and cardiomegaly (23.3%) were detected. subsequently, we studied the picture of peripheral blood. thus, out of 24 examined patients, anemia of various severity was observed in 12 patients. according to our observations, normal esr values were in 9 patients. in the rest, it was increased up to 18 mm/h, and only in one patient did the esr reach 36 mm/h. the hematological changes noted by us in the peripheral blood, such as lymphopenia and thrombocytopenia, equally applied to all patients at the height of the disease. it should be noted that the level of c-reactive protein had prognostic value during covid-19. discharge of patients with a confirmed diagnosis of covid-19 was allowed with regression of the clinical manifestations of the disease and after receiving two negative laboratory results. at the same time, the average stay of patients in the hospital was 12.2±0.50. conclusions 1. the clinical picture of a moderate course of coronavirus infection was characterized by the presence of bilateral viral pneumonia (90.0%). 2. coronavirus infection caused by sars-cov-2 as a systemic disease with multiple organ damage that requires further research. all patients who are vaccinated with covid-19 need further follow-up to detect, evaluate and treat long-term effects. references 1. косимов и.а., шаджалилова м.с., шамансурова ш.ш. клинико эпидемиологические особенности и профилактика коронавирусной инфекции. /метод.пособие. -ташкент.2020.с.17. 2. туйчиев л.н. вахдммуалиф. коронавирусинфекциясинингэтиологияси, эпидемиологияси, клиник хусусиятлари, даволашваолдиниолишчора тадбирлари. /услубийкулланма. тошкент, 2020. 34 б. 3. обзор нового коронавируса 2019 года (covid 19), cdc, 1 февраля 2020 г. 4. источник контента: национальный центр иммунизации и респираторных заболеваний (ncird), отдел вирусных заболеваний; https: //www.cdc .gov/coronavirns/covid -19 /summary.html. 5. клиническое руководство по ведению пациентов с тяжелой острой респираторной инфекцией при подозрении на инфицирование новым временные рекомендации, 25 января 2020 г. 6. улмасова с.и., атабеков н.с., касимов и.а., шомансурова ш.ш. к вопросу изучения этиологических и эпидемиологических характеристик 8 7. новой коронавирусной инфекции(covid-19) в мире //инфекция, иммунитет и фармакология. 2021.-№1.с.79-85. 8. новая коронавирусная инфекция 9 covid-19):клиникоэпидемиологические аспекты. /никифоров в.в., суранова т.г., чернобровкина т.я. и др. //архивъ внутренней медицины. №22020.с.87-93. 9. шожалилова м.с., атамухамедова д.м., осипова е.м. особенности клинического течения covid-19 в период пандемии //инфекция, иммунитет и фармакология. 2021.-№1.с.103107. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org constitutional and legal organization of early elections sula thaher habeab1 manar salman kazim 2, college of physical education and sport science, university of thi-qar, thi-qar, 64001, iraq e-mails: sula.thaher@utq.edu.iq 1, mnarslman695@gmail.com 2 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s election is one of the components of responsible citizenship and a clear indication of the people’s awareness and their eagerness to establish democratic institutions and just governance. since the popular will is the most effective force today and a democratic system cannot be imagined without its presence, and whenever this will is violated, the political system loses its legitimacy. the right of individuals to participate in political life is considered one of the basic rights, and people always seek to exercise this right whenever they deem it necessary to do so. there are many necessities that push people to demand urgent or early elections to end tyrannical rule and impose their will, and crises appear in many countries. divisions at the political level pose a threat to the social and economic situation or as a result of popular discontent, so the need arises to speed up the elections so that the people can have their say. early. citizenship. democracy. decision making introduction المقدمــة يعد االنتخاب من مقومات املواطنة املسؤولة و إشارة واضحة لوعي الشعوب و حرصها القامة املؤوسسات الديمقراطية و الحكم العادل , و ملا كانت اإلرادة الشعبية هي اكبر قوى فعالة اليوم و ال فقد النظام السياس ي يمكن تصور نظام ديمقراطي دون وجودها ومتى ما تم التعدي على هذه اإلرادة شرعيته, ويعد حق مشاركة االفر اد في الحياة السياسية من الحقوق األساسية ودائما تسعى الشعوب تدفع التي الضرورات من العديد وهناك املمارسة لتلك ضرورة رأت ما متى الحق هذ ممارسة الى و فرض ارادتها , و تظهر في العديد الشعوب باملطالبة بانتخابات عاجلة او مبكرة النهاء الحكم املستبد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org و االجتماعي الوضع على خطرا تشكل السياس ي املستوى على انقسامات و أزمات البلدان من االقتصادي او على اثر السخط الشعبي فتظهر الحاجة الى اإلسراع في االنتخابات ليقول الشعب كلمته : اوالً: اهميــــــة البحث اليها الدول أحيانا المتصاص الغضب تاتي أهمية البحث من كون االنتخابات املبكرة هي طريقة تلجأ الجماهيري و اعتراضهم على النهج السياس ي او يكون االتجاه الى انتخابات مبكرة لغرض إيجاد التوازن و التوافقات السياسية االمر الذ يدعوا الى تسليط الضوء عليه : ثانيـــــا : مشكلـــــة البحث اللجوء الى االنتخابات املبكرة طريقة لجأت الكثير من الدول اليها في ظل العديد من االنقسامات و وسط تحديات عديدة مما يتطلب االمر في البحث في فاعليتها وجدواها و البحث في نجاح املبررات الى االخذ بها : ثالثا : منهجيـــــة البحث سنعتمد في بحثنا املنهج التحليلي الوصفي لظاهرة االنتخابات املبكرة حيث قمنا بتعريف االنتخابات .املبكرة واسبابها و تنظيمها : رابعا: هيكليـــــــة البحث : سنتناول هذا البحث املبحث األول : مفهوم االنتخابات املبكرة وذاتيتها املطلب األول : مفهوم االنتخابات املبكرة تعريف االنتخابات املبكرة الفرع األول : الفرع الثاني : دستورية االنتخابات املبكرة املطلب الثاني : ذاتية االنتخابات املبكرة الفرع األول : خصائص االنتخابات املبكرة الفرع الثاني : تميز االنتخابات املبكرة عما يشتبه معها american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org مسوغات االنتخابات املبكرة واثارها املبحث الثاني : املطلب االول : مسوغات االنتخابات املبكرة الفرع األول :حل البرملان الفرع الثاني : الحراك الشعبي املطلب الثاني : اثار االنتخابات املبكرة الفرع األول : تشكيل مجلس نيابي جديد الفرع الثاني : تشكيل حكومة جديدة المبحث األول مفهوم االنتخابات المبكرة وذاتيتها الديمقراطية السناد الوسيلة االنتخابات واستمراره تعد الحكم وجوده نظام ان حيث للحكام السلطة هذه تنظيم ضرورة على الحقوقية اإلعالنات و المواثيق اكدت وقد الشعبية اإلرادة على يتوقف االنتخابات في مواعيد دورية تنص عليها الدول في صلب دساتيرها او في قوانينها االنتخابية , فتنص ابات كل اربع سنوات مرة, وفي أحيان كثيرة ونتيجة الزمات سياسية غالبية الدساتير على اجراء انتخ او الضغط الجماهيري تظهر الحاجة الى ضرورة اجراء انتخابات سابقة لموعدها فتجري انتخابات هذا في و سنتطرق , السياسي لخوض اإلصالح فعلية ترجمة اوتكون الغضب مبكرة المتصاص رة و ذاتيتها و ذلك بمطلبين المبحث عن مفهوم االنتخابات المبك المطلب األول مفهوم االنتخابات المبكرة ودستوريتها سوف نبحث في هذا المطلب عن تعريف االنتخابات المبكرة لغة و اصطالحا و ذلك في الفرع األول منه و في الفرع الثاني نبحث عن االتجاهات الدستورية في تنظيم االنتخابات المبكرة 1األول الفرع تعريف االنتخابات المبكرة لغة و اصطالحا تعريف االنتخابات المبكرة لغة ال بد من ارجاع كل كلمة الى اصلها اللغوي ابن منظور , جمال الدين محمد بن مكرم , لسان العرب (1)1 .475ابن منظور,جمال الدين محمد ,المرجع نفسه ص (2) .38 سورة القمر, االية(3) .26سعد مظلوم العبدلي ,االنتخابات ضمانات حريتها ونزاهتها )دراسة مقارنة( ,ناشرون وموزعون دجلة ,ص (4) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org االنتخاب من فعل: نخب، " ونخب: أنتخب الشيء أختاره والنخبة ما اختاره منه ونخبة القوم ونخبتهم خيارهم... والنخب النزع واالنتخاب االنتزاع واالنتخاب االختيار واالنتقاء من النخبة.... " ،(1) من هذا التعريف اللغوي نستخلص أن كلمة االنتخاب: تعني أنتزع، أختار، أنتقى مبكرا من فعل :بكر بكر الى , بكر الرجل : استيقظ مبكرا مع بداية الفجر يبكر الى العمل ,(2) باكرا أي في اول الصباح او اول الشيء , وبكروا في الصالة : ادوا الصالة قبل وقتها (3) (وقوله تعالى )ولقد صبحهم بكرة ومن خالل ما تقدم نستطيع ان نعرف االنتخابات المبكرة لغة : هي االختيار قبل الوقت بقليل او االختيار قبل الموعد االنتخاب المبكرة اصطالحا عرف بعض الفقهاء االنتخاب على انه مجموعة من اإلجراءات و التصرفات القانونية متعددة األطراف و المراحل يخضع بمقتضاه تحديد الهيئات الحاكمة العليا في الدولة لموافقة ورضا (1) المحكومين أصحاب السلطة الحقيقية في المجتمع 2 . و عرفه البعض بانه عملية صنع القرار التي يقوم بها الشعب باختيار فرد منهم لمنصب رسمي و . (2) هذه هي الطريقة المعتادة التي تتبعها الديمقراطية الحديثة لملئ مقاعد السلطة التشريعية والبعض يرجع أهمية ومكانة حق االنتخاب من بين الحقوق الفردية لكونه الوسيلة الوحيدة الذي من خالله يساهم االنسان في الحياة العامة على اعتبار انه أسلوب للمشاركة السياسية للمواطنين عن (3) طريق اسناد السلطة بوسيلة ديمقراطية الى الهيئات الحكومية اما االنتخابات المبكرة فتعرف هي االنتخابات التي تجري قبيل الموعد المقرر لعقد االنتخابات العامة الجديدة وهي تنتج في العادة عن حل البرلمان قبل انتهاء واليته التشريعية المقررة وحلول . (4) موعد االنتخابات العامة كما عرفها احد الباحثين بانها )االنتخابات التي يشترط الدستور اجرائها عقب حل البرلمان في خالل (5) ( مدة زمنية معينة لكي ال تتعطل الحياة النيابية و بادئ ذي بدئ ان االنتخابات تبدا بمدة معينة خالل دورة انتخابية محددة و تنتهي بانتهائها ولكن قد تطرأ ظروف استثنائية تدعوا الى انتخابات جديدة من هنا نجد ان االنتخابات المبكرة تسبق الموعد . 26سعد مظلوم العبدلي ,االنتخابات ضمانات حريتها ونزاهتها )دراسة مقارنة( ,ناشرون وموزعون دجلة ,ص (1)2 ,المجلد 2014فارس فضيل عطيوي , فقه االنتخابات دراسة فقهية , بحث منشور في مجلة االكاديمية العراقية ,حولية المنتدى , (2) ,ص18,العدد1 214. ,ص 2016د.عوض الليمون ,الوجيز في النظم السياسية و مبادئ القانون الدستوري ,دار وائل للنشر,عمان ,الطبعة الثانية , (3) 172 2009د.عمر هاشم ربيع ,موسوعة المفاهيم و المصطلحات االنتخابية و البرلمانية ,مركز الدراسات السياسية و االستراتيجية ,القاهرة , (4) .66,ص ,ص 2014علي سعد عمران, حدود حل البرلمان) دراسة مقارنة (,أطروحة دكتوراة , جامعة بابل , (5) 166. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org المحدد و المدة الزمنية المحددة لالنتخابات العادية أي في ظل الظروف العادية تلك الظروف االستثنائية متمثلة بحل البرلمان وان ظاهرة االنتخابات المبكرة مألوفة في األنظمة الديمقراطية وفي بعض األحيان تفشل األحزاب و التحالفات الجديدة في تشكيل حكومة جديدة مما تضطر الى انتخابات مبكرة سابقة على المدد الزمنية المحددة في الدستور و أخيرا نرى ان االنتخابات المبكرة هي المدة الزمنية السابقة على المدة المحددة في صلب الدستور او القانون االنتخابي لالنتخابات العادية المتمثلة بنهاية الفصل التشريعي للدول تدعوا لها ظروف ملحة منها مقترن بمعارضة الشعب لسياسة الحكم و قمع حرياته فيلجا الى االنتخابات المبكرة ليعبر صور حقيقية و تطبيق فعلي لهذه الحاجة , 2021عن ارادته الشعبية وتعد انتخابات العراق لسنة لذلك نرى ان االنتخابات المبكرة لها أهمية مزدوجة لما فيها من تعلق امال الشعب في اإلصالح . السياسي الفرع الثاني دستورية االنتخابات المبكرة تختلف االتجاهات الدستورية في تحديد موعد االنتخابات المبكرة باحتالف تنظيم الدساتير لها ويتبع ذلك اختالف األسس الموضوعية و اإلجرائية في الدعوة الى االنتخابات لمبكرة من دولة الى أخرى بتحديد موعد إجراء ومن خالل استقراء الدساتير نجد أنها لم تسلك مسلكاً موحداً فيما يتعلق االنتخابات االتجاه األول : نجد ان معظم الدساتير تتجه الى النص في صلب دساتيرها على المدة الزمنية الجراء االنتخابات الجديدة ففي اسبانيا تعقد انتخابات برلمانية جديدة خالل ستين يوم من تاريخ حل مجلس النواب االتحادي )البوندستاغ ( 3 (1) قد أشار الى الموعد المتعلق باالنتخابات المبكرة على ان )مرسوم 1975وفي الدستور اليوناني لعام الحل ... يجب ان يشتمل في الوقت نفسه اإلعالن عن اجراء انتخابات جديدة في غضون ثالثين يوما ) ...(2) ( الى ان موعد االنتخابات 25أشار في المادة ) 1926ومن الدساتير العربية نجد الدستور اللبناني المبكرة خالل )ثالثة اشهر ( من تاريخ قرار الحل وذلك حتى ال يحصل فراغ دستوري و تتعطل (3)السلطة التشريعية عن اعمالها في التشريع و الرقابة . 1949 المادة )39( من الدستور األساسي األلماني لعام(1)3 ( من الدستور اليوناني لعام3\ 41المادة ) (2) 1975. , ص 2014علي سعد عمران ,حدود حل البرلمان )دراسة مقارنة ( , أطروحة دكتوراه , جامعة بابل كلية القانون , العراق , (3) 175. (4) ,ص 2021, 37د.مصدق عادل طالب,الية تحديد موعد االنتخابات في الدستور و التشريع العراقي , بحث منشور في مجلة حمورابي ,العدد 71. .72المرجع نفسه ,ص (5) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org فيما تمثل االتجاه الثاني بعدم تحديد موعد إجراء االنتخابات النيابية، كما هو الحال في دستور ( على المواعيد وأماكن 1( من المادة ) 4،إذ ينص القسم ) 1787الواليات المتحدة االمريكية لعام لكونجرس في أي وطريقة انتخابات الشيوخ والنواب تحددها في كل والية هيئتها التشريعية، ويمكن ل وقت أن يسن قانوناً يحدد فيه مثل هذه األنظمة أو يعدلها, وتطبيقاً لذلك اصدر الكونجرس سنة (4). القانون الذي يحدد موعد االنتخابات على المستوى الفيدرالي 1845 االتجاه الثالث بتكفل القوانين االنتخابية بتحديد هذا الموعد، كما هو الحال في فرنسا ومصر (من قانون االنتخابات الفرنسي تقضي بوجوب 122وغيرها من الدول االخرى ، إذ نجد أن المادة ) ية، ويجرى ( يوم السابقة على انتهاء والية الجمعية الوطن 60إجراء االنتخابات العامة خالل ) ( في يوم الحد الخامس الذي يلي نشر قرار دعوة الناخبين، ويختص 173االنتخابات وفق المادة ( رئيس الجمهورية بتحديد موعد إجراء االنتخابات النيابية وإصدار قرار دعوة الناخبين ألدالء إلى االنتخابات التكميلية، إذ بأصواتهم في االنتخابات النيابية العامة، خالفاً لما هو عليه الحال بالنسبة (5) يختص وزير الداخلية بإصدار قرار دعوة الناخبين ( على الموعد 39في المادة ) 2014اما في مصر فقد أشار قانون مباشرة الحقوق السياسية لسنة ( يوم 30لالنتخابات المبكرة خالل ) اما في العراق فقد تم النص على تحديد موعد االنتخابات المبكرة في دستور جمهورية العراق ثانيا( منه على )يدعو رئيس الجمهورية عند حل مجلس النواب الى انتخابات \ 64في المادة ) 2005 ستور عامة في البلد خالل مدة أقصاها ستون يوما من تاريخ الحل ...( ومن خالل ذلك فقد أوضح الد المدة الزمنية الالزمة التي يجب خاللها اجراء انتخابات مبكرة . المطلب الثاني ذاتية االنتخابات المبكرة سنبحث في هذا المطلب عن خصائص االنتخابات المبكرة كونها انتخابات عامة لكن الدعوة اليها في ظل ظروف استثنائية و نبحث أيضا في الفرع الثاني منه عن تمييز االنتخابات المبكرة عما يشتبه معها من أمور أخرى الفرع األول خصاص االنتخابات المبكرة ان يتبع بها المبادئ تتميز االنتخابات المبكرة بخصائص عدة بوصفها انتخابات عامة ويجب المعتمدة من اجل تحقيق ديمقراطية االنتخابات وهي المبادئ المنصوص عليها في اإلعالن العالمي ( ان كل مواطن يتمتع بالحق و الفرصة من دون تميز 25لحقوق االنسان التي تنص في المادة ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org ومن دون قيود غير منطقية لينتخب في انتخابات دورية نزيهة تجري باالقتراع العادل و المساواة في االقتراع و ان يكون االقتراع سري مما يضمن التعبير بكل حرية عن إرادة الناخب ( 4 (1) يتضح بان االنتخابات المبكرة يجب ان تكون أي يحق لكل موطن ضمن السن القانوني لالنتخابات مع استيفاء كافة الشروط : انتخابات عامة يدلي بصوته في االنتخابات بغض النظر عن الجنس و العرق و الصفة أي تكون عامة االنتخابية ان . نزيهة التي تعد من اهم الضمانات الالزمة لتحقيق نزاهة االنتخابات و هو االخذ بسرية : انتخابات سرية االقتراع حيث يتقرر للناخب االدالء بصوته االنتخابي الحد المرشحين في سرية تامة و بإرادة حرة (2) دون ممارسة أي ضغوط باإلضافة الى ذلك و لكون االنتخابات المبكرة لها خصوصيتها من كونها نتيجة لظروف استثنائية حيث تدعوا لها أسباب منها اما بحل البرلمان او بالحراك الشعبي الواسع و الثورات و هذا ما سنتطرق له الحقا , يجب ان تكون االنتخابات المبكرة فضرورة اجراء انتخابات مبكرة تظهر في كونها األداة التي سيبدي : ضرورة االنتخابات المبكرة من خاللها الشعب التعبير الفعلي و الحقيقي عن رأيه و عن جدية األسباب التي دفعته الى ذلك فانها ال تقوم على مجرد اختيار شخص او مجموعة اشخاص بل هي في الواقع تختار برنامج و اتجاه (1) سياسي معين 5 وتعتبر مدة االنتخابات المبكرة هي دستورية وقانونية مشار اليها : االنتخابات المبكرة محددة المدة في صلب الدستور او في صلب القوانين االنتخابية وقد استعرضنا تلك النصوص وكيف اوجبت ,باجراء انتخابات جديدة)مبكرة( خالل مدد دستورية معينة و ال يجوز تجاوز تلك المدد ( كما راينا موعدا الجراء االنتخابات 64وفي العراق قد حدد المشرع الدستوري في نص المادة ) خالل مدة ستون يوم من تاريخ الحل وذلك بدعوة من رئيس الجمهورية اال ان التطبيق العملي لنص على حل نفسه 2021هذا المادة قد جاء مغايير لذلك حيث صوت مجلس النواب العراقي في نيسان و هذا االجراء يعد مخالفة 2021\10\10أكتوبر وحدد موعد الجراء االنتخابات في 7بتاريخ ( و التي يجب ان 64دستورية واضحة اتحديد مدة االنتخابات التي حددها الدستور بنص المادة ) يحدد موعدها بمرسوم جمهوري يصدر من رئيس الجمهورية حصرا .11باتريك ميرلو , تعزيز األطر القانونية النتخابات ديمقراطية ,المعهد الديمقراطية الوطني ,واشنطن,2008,ص (1)4 ,ص 2014عوض الليمون ,الوجيز في النظم السياسية ومبادئ القانون الدستوري , الطبعة الثانية ,دار وائل للنشر ,األردن , (2) 212. . 168علي سعد عمران ,مرجع سابق ص (1)5 علي مجيد العكيلي , لمى علي الظاهري ,المدد الدستورية لالنتخابات البرلمانية بين النص و الواقع ,مقال منشور في المجلة (2) .ص2021\9\1االكاديمية للبحوث القانونية و السياسية , العدد الثاني , بتاريخ 922 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org ومن جانب اخر ان تحديد مجلس النواب بحل نفسه و بتاريخ الحق وتحديد لموعد االنتخابات يعد شرط مخالفة للدستور اذا ال يوجد نص في الدستور يشير الى إمكانية تعليق قرار حل البرلمان وفي ذات الوقت يمارس البرلمان دوره التشريعي و الرقابي وهذا من شانه ان يثير إشكالية بصحة الدعوة لالنتخابات, كون االلتزام بتحديد مواعيد االنتخابات (2) ضمن الدستور هو موضوع أساسي لصحة بناء االنتخابات الفرع الثاني تمييز االنتخابات المبكرة عما يشتبه بها قد يقترب مفهوم االنتخابات المبكرة مع بعض المفاهيم التي تخالطها من حيث الموعد و المدة الزمنية المحددة لالنتخابات, لذلك يتحتم علينا تميزها عما يقترب منها ليكون لها فلكها الخاص بعيدا عن االمتزاج بمفاهيم أخرى تميز االنتخابات المبكرة عن التصويت المبكر المبكر المحدد التصويت اليوم في االقتراع يستطيعون ال الذين المسجلين الناحبين يمكن اجراء : لالنتخابات من االقتراع قبل هذا التاريخ وهناك عدة طرق للقيام بذلك منها بالتصويت عبر البريد او في أماكن مخصصة ويسمى أحيانا باالقتراع المبكر او االقتراع المسبق في كل من تونس و فلسطين 6 (1) يُعرف التصويت في أستراليا ، حيث يكون التصويت إجبارًيا ، ومن األمثلة على التصويت المبكر المبكر عادةً باسم "التصويت قبل االقتراع". يمكن للناخبين اإلدالء بأصواتهم قبل االقتراع لعدد من األسباب ، بما في ذلك االبتعاد عن الناخبين ، والسفر ، وشيك األمومة ، وعدم القدرة على مغادرة 8قتراع ، أو أن يكونوا أكثر من مكان العمل ، أو وجود معتقدات دينية تمنع الحضور في مكان اال (2) 2016مركز اقتراع مبكر متاحة في عام 600كان هناك أكثر من كم من مكان االقتراع : ونجد ان االقتراع المبكر هي األصوات المودعة في األيام التي تسبق يوم من حيث الطبيعة االنتخاب من قبل عدد من الناخبين الذين ال يستطيعون التصويت في اليوم نفسه . اما االنتخابات المبكرة فانها انتخابات عامة لعامة الشعب و ال تقتصر على عدد من الناخبين وتجري في وقت واحد (3).ع أجزاء البالد وفي جمي : ان التصويت المبكر يكون السباب تتعلق أحيانا بالسفر او لظروف شخصية من حيث األسباب معينة , اما االنتخابات المبكرة و مفهومها كونها تجري قبل موعد االنتخابات الدورية المحددة عادة بمدد دستورية في صلب الدستور او القانون االنتخابي فتأتي االنتخابات المبكرة قبل هذه المدة .35عمروبوبكري,فرانك بالم ,باسل طباح ,المعجم العربي لمصطلحات االنتخابات,ط1,البرنامج اإلنمائي لألمم المتحدة , مصر ,2014,ص(1)6 . 2018, أوراق بحثية ,التصويت ,مفوضية االنتخابات االسترالية ,حكومة الكومونولث(2) االنتخابية ,عربي ,فرنسي , إنكليزي ,ص معجم المصطلحات (3) 72. في فرانشسكا بيندا، أندرو أليس، جوران فيشيك، ياش غاي، بن رايلي , التحول الديمقراطي )الخيارات الرئيسية في عملية التحول الديمقراطي (4) ,ص 2005العراق(,المؤوسسة الدولية للديمقراطية و االنتخابات , 23 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org الزمنية و للناخبين عامة و ال تقتصر على عدد محدد و السباب منها حل البرلمان او السباب اجتماعية وضغط جماهيري و التي سوف نتناولها الحقا . اذا : ويسميها البعض أيضا االنتخابات الفرعية تمييز االنتخابات المبكرة عن االنتخابات الكميلية اصبح أحد المقاعد شاغرا في الفترة الواقعة بين االنتخابات، نتيجة وفاة نائب او اسقاط عضويته او الصوت نظام يستخدم حيث إيرلندا ففي(4) استقالته ، وهكذا تتم ازالة الحاجة الى عقد انتخابات أخرى . البرلمان في االشاغرة المقاعد لشغل تكميلية انتخابات تنظيم يتم المتحول، الواحد الموضوعية او التكملية االنتخابات عن المبكرة االنتخابات تختلف و هيئة مقاعد بعض او للمقعد جزئي تحديد الى تهدف جزئية انتخابات هي التكملية االنتخابات : الطبيعة حيث من اما االنتخابات المبكرة هي انتخابات عامة يكون الهدف منها يجديد كامل المقاعد في هيئة (5)7 نيابية وطنية و أي هيئة نيابية . تكون االنتخابات التكملية السباب تتعلق بوفاة النأئب او استقالته او اسقاط : من حيث األسباب عضويته فتكون انتخابات استثناء لسد الشغور في المجالس المنتخبة ,اما االنتخابات المبكرة فتكون السباب اما تتعلق بحل البرلمان او نتيجة لضغط جماهير رافض لساسية البرلمان او الحكومة المبحث الثاني مسوغات االنتخابات المبكرة واثارها ان االنتخابات هي مسار متكامل و ليس مجرد حدث يحصل في يوم واحد ,فان تحديد توقيت لالنتخابات له أهمية كبيرة بالنسبة لكامل الدورة االنتخابية ولكن قد تضطر اإلدارة االنتخابية أحيانا الى تنظيم االنتخابات خارج االجال الدستورية كان يتم تقديم االنتخابات عن موعدها القانوني ويكون ذلك نتيجة لعدة اسباب, وفي هذا المطلب سوف يتم البحث عن تلك األسباب المؤدية الى انتخابات سابقة على موعدها واالثار المترتبة على االنتخابات و ذلك في مطلبين سوف نتكلم في األول عن المسوغات و في الثاني عن االثار المترتبة على االنتخابات المبكرة المطلب األول مسوغات االنتخابات المبكرة سوف نبحث في هذا المطلب عن األسباب و المسوغات الموجبة للجوء الى االنتخابات المبكرة والداعية اليها وذلك في فرعين الفرع األول سنتكلم عن حل البرلمان و في الثاني عن الحراك الشعبي .11د.سلوى الحمروني ,سلسبيل قليبي ,معجم المصطلحات االنتخابية )عربي,فرنسي(,ط1,برنامج األمم المتحدة اإلنمائي ,تونس ,2012,ص (5)7 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org الفرع األول حل البرلمان ان لحل البرلمان صور عديدة حل البرلمان من قبل السلطة التنفيذية يحق للسلطة التنفيذية حل البرلمان و انهاء واليته قبل اوانها و يترتب على ذلك الحل اجراء انتخابات مبكرة الختيار برلمان جديد و هذا الحل يتخذ صورتين الحل الرئاسي يكون بيد رئيس الدولة يستخدمه وفقا لسلطته التقديرية من منطلق الدفاع سياسته او ارادته التي يعتقد ان الشعب يؤيده بها كما في فرنسا و سوريا ومعظم الدول التي تأحذ بالنظام 8 (1) البرلماني المزودج الحل الوزاري ويكون بإدارة الوزارة وذلك بسبب خالفها مع البرلمان حول موضوع ما يتعلق بالسياسة العامة للدولة في كل ما يخص المجاالت السياسية و االقتصادية و االجتماعية و اإلدارية ويترتب على هذا الخالف بحيث يصبح من العسير التعاون بينهما فيتم رفع االمر الى رئيس الدولة فيصدر قرار بحل البرلمان يصدر مرسوم بالحل و يتضمن مرسوم الحل دعوة الناخبين الى (2) (1962) انتخابات جديدة ومن الدساتير التي تاخذ بالحل الوزاري الدستور الكويتي لعام حل البرلمان بإرادة الشعب قد تاتي المبادرة بحل البرلمان من قبل الشعب سواء عن طريق الحل الذاتي و ذلك عن طريق التعبير عن اإلرادة الشعبية عن طريق النواب انفسهم فيلجأون الى انهاء عضويتهم اذا استشعروا (1) بوجود عقبات تعيقهم عن أداء وظائفهم الدستورية 9 الحل بواسطة الشعب بطريقة مباشرة)الحل الشعبي ( إعطاء الناخبين الحق في تقرير حل البرلمان بجميع أعضائه وذلك باعطاء عددا من الشعب الحق في طلب حل البرلمان بعدها يعرض االقتراح على الشعب لالستفتاء فاذا حاز هذا الطلب على األغلبية التي يحددها الدستور يجري حل المجلس (2) القائم واجراء انتخابات جديدة النزاع بين رئيس الدولة و البرلمان : يقوم هذا النزاع في النظم البرلمانية التقليدية والمختلطة، وفكرة الدعوة االنتخابات المبكرة صادرة من رئيس الدولة بمفرده، ويظهر هذا النزاع عندما يرى رئيس الدولة أن البرلمان لم يعد يمثل برلمان وإعطاء االتجاه العام للشعب، مما يتطلب حسب رأي رئيس الدولة إنهاء الوجود القانوني لل الناخبين حق التعبير عن إرادتهم في انتخابات جديدة، وعلى العموم هذه الطريقة تعكس نزعة تسلطية لدى رئيس الدولة، الذي يريد برلمانا جديدا يشاركه بتوجهاته الشخصية. وفي هذا اإلطار .215د.حنان محمد القيسي ,مجلس الوزراء العراقي قراءة في دستور 2005 ,بغداد, العراق ,2014 ,ص(1)8 .50علي سعد عمران ,مرجع سابق ص (2) .176د.علي سعد عمران القيسي, الطبيعة القانونية لحل البرلمان , بحث منشور في مجلة اهل البيت ,العدد19,ص (1)9 .270د.نعمان احمد الخطيب ,الوسيط في النظم السياسية و القانون الدستوري ,ص(2) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org قد تأتي االنتخابات المبكرة بأغلبية تكون مساندة لتوجهاته وتعزيز موقعه، أو تأتي أغلبية ال تتفق مع توجهاته، مما يوقعه في حرج سياسي، مما يضطره إلى تقديم االستقالة، ومن النماذج المعروفة، لثالثة لسنة بحل البرلمان في ظل دستور الجمهورية ا 1877إقدام الرئيس الفرنسي مكماهون عام 10 ، ومجيء ذات األغلبية التي حل البرلمان بسببها، مما دفعه إلى تقديم االستقالة1875 (3) ( التي نصت )يحل مجلس النواب باألغلبية المطلقة لعدد 64في المادة ) 2005وان الدستور العراقي أعضائه بناءا على طلب من ثلث األعضاء او بطلب من رئيس مجلس الوزراء وبموافقة رئيس الجمهورية ( ونجد ان في الحاالت المتقدمة عند حل البرلمان يتم اللجوء الى االنتخابات المبكرة النتخاب مجلس برلماني جديد و ال يترتب عليه تعطيل الحياة النيابية و كذلك حتى يمارس المجلس الجديد صالحياته الرقابية و التشريعية . الفرع الثاني الحراك الشعبي ترجع هذه األسباب الى الغضب الجماهيري و االنتفاضات التي تكون معترضة على سياسة الحكم مما تظهر الضرورة على إقامة انتخابات مبكرة المتصاص هذا الغضب الشعبي وإعادة الهدوء للشارع بسبب النقمة على السلطتين التشريعيتين والمطالبة باالنتخابات المبكرة للتعبير عن ارادتهم في إدارة العملية السياسية بما ينسجم و تطلعاتهم حين رفعوا الشعارات التي تطالب بحل الحكومة او البرلمان ي ي المتصاعد ف ي العراق تدخل ضمن أجندات الحراك الشعب فاللجوء إىل خيار االنتخابات المبكرة ف ي عام عىل تشكيل الحكومة المستقيلة ف ً العراق، وبعض الجهات الداخلية والخارجية، فبعد وعاما واحدا لما ، فظهرت الحركة االحتجاجية إذا ما توجت الضغوط الشعبية بتعديل قانون االنت2018 ً خابات وفقا يرغب به أغلبية المتظاهرين والرأي العام المتمثل بقانون االنتخابات القائم عىل أساس فردي بصورة ي ي النافذ، و اتجه الحراك الشعب كاملة ودوائر متعددة وفق النسب السكانية وبما أقره الدستور العراف باتجاه الضغط بإقرار مجلس النواب باالنتخابات المبكرة و جرت اول انتخابات تشريعية برلمانية مبكرة نتيجة الحراك الشعبي الذي حدث في أواخر عام بسبب الفساد المستشري في جميع دوائر الدولة وتردي الخدمات و ارتفاع نسبة البطالة ومن 2019 11 . 2020لسنة 9نتائج هذا الحراك هو تغيير قانون االنتخابات وتشريع قانون االنتخابات رقم (1) .2020, د.علي مهدي ,في الدعوة الى االنتخابات المبكرة قراءة دستورية و قانونية , مقال منشور في شبكة النبأ(3)10 علي سعيدي عبد الزهرة , االنتخابات التشريعية في العراق لعام 2021 دراسة تحليلة , مقال منشور في مركز البيان للدراسات و التخطيط (1)11 ,ص2021, 3. ( لسنة9ثانيا( من قانون االنتخابات مجلس النواب العراقي رقم ) \7المادة) (2) 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org مما يتضح انه تمخضت عنها خطوات إصالحية في النظام السياسي كان أهمها اإلعالن عن انتخابات مبكرة بقانون انتخابات جديد وتسمية مفوضية عليا مستقلة لالنتخابات الجديدة و أوضح أن السلطة المختصة بتحديد موعد االنتخابات تتمثل بمجلس الوزراء، قانون االنتخابات الجديد ويكون ذلك بقرار يصدر من المجلس بعد التنسيق مع المفوضية العليا المستقلة االنتخابات، ومن ثم لم يشترط وجوب استحصال مصادقة مجلس النواب على تحديد الموعد أو صدور مرسوم جمهوري م ون االنتخابات السابق، وإنما تم االكتفاء بإعالن عنه في وسائل االعال بذلك، كما هو الحال في قان (2) ( يوما منه 90قبل ) ومن خالل ذلك نجد ان ابرز األسباب الموجبة لالنتخابات المبكرة في األنظمة الديمقراطية هي الحراك الشعبي الذي يدفع بالدول نحو عجلة اإلصالح مطالبا و معبرا بها عن ارادته المستقلة و لما اجل تشكيل هذه االنتخابات من أهمية كبرى في خلق نظام سياسي متفق كليا مع اإلرادة الشعبية من .حكومة تتطلع مع برلمان حكيم للوقوف على مطالب الشعب المطلب الثاني اثار االنتخابات المبكرة بعد ان عرفنا المسوغات الجراء االنتخابات المبكرة وعن أهمية هذه االنتخابات في كونها تعبير عن إرادة الناخبين في احداث تغيرات في النظام السياسي بما يعبر عن طموحاتهم و تطلعاتهم وكون هذه االنتخابات هي األداة التي سيبدي من خاللها الشعب رايه وبالتالي ال يجوز تعطيل اإلرادة الشعبية او محاولة التغاضي عنها و ال يترتب على ذلك تعطيل الحياة النيابية و سنبحث عن اثار االنتخابات المبكرة في فرعين نتحدث في األول عن تشكيل مجلس نيابي جديد و في الثاني عن تشكيل حكومة جديدة الفرع األول تشكيل مجلس نيابي جديد من مقتضيات النظام النيابي وجود مجلس منتخب يمارس وظائفه الدستورية خالل مدة زمنية محددة يطلق عليها بالفصل التشريعي ويمارس خاللهما وظيفيتيه التشريعية و الرقابية والبرلمان خالل مدة واليته يكون له دور رئيسي في الحياة السياسية بوصفه ممثال لإلرادة الشعبية وذلك حرصا على استمرار الحياة النيابية ورعاية لتطبيق مبدا الفصل بين السلطات ولذلك ال يجوز ان تطول غيبة (1) البرلمان لمدة أطول من تلك المحددة بالنصوص الدستورية 12 .170علي سعد عمران ,مرجع سابق , ص (1)12 ( من الدستور اليمني101المادة ) (2) (2001) . ( من الدستور المصري لسنة 137المادة ) (3) 2012. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org ونجد ان اغلب الدساتير قد تحدد موعدا الجتماع المجلس النيابي المنتخب بعد اجراء االنتخابات المبكرة في نصوصها و تعتبر من المدد الدستورية الواجب التقييد بها ( لضرورة اجتماع المجلس الجديد خالل األيام العشر التالية 2001فقد أشار الدستور اليمني لعام ) (2) التمام االنتخابات فاذا لم يدع لالنعقاد اجتمع بحكم الدستور في نهاية العشرة األيام المشار اليها يجتمع المجلس الجديد المنتخب خالل عشرة أيام التالية العالن 2012والدستور المصري لسنة وبذلك حدد الدستور المدة الزمنية الواجب اجتماع المجلس الجديد (3) نتائج النهائية االنتخابات المنتخب ثانيــا يدعو رئيس الجمهورية ، \ ٦٤فقــد أورد فــي المــادة ) ٢٠٠٥اما في العراق فان دســتور (.... عنـد حـل مجلـس النـواب ، إلـى انتخابـات عامـة فـي الـبالد خـالل مـدة أقصـاها سـتون يوما وعلى ذلك فأن الدستور قـد بـين المـدة التـي يجـب خاللهـا إجـراء االنتخابـات الالحقـة بوصفها من القيود التي ترد على موضوع حل البرلمان في العراق غير أن النص لم يبين الميعاد الزمني الجتماع المجلس الجديد وأعتقد في هـذه الحالـة أن نص المادة هو الواجب التطبيق ، الـذي يقضـي بـأن يـدعو رئـيس الجمهوريـة مجلـس النـواب المجلس ( 54) لالنعقاد بمرسوم جمهوري خالل خمسة عشر يوم من تاريخ المصادقة على نتائج االنتخابات العامة ( من الدستور يجتمع أعضاء المجلس بمرسوم جمهوري و هذه المدة اليجوز 54ووفقا لنص المادة ) تمديدها الي سبب من األسباب ويقوم المجلس بأول جلسة بتعيين اكبرهم سنا رئيسا للمجلس وتنحصر مهمات هذا الرئيس في إدارة الجلسة النتخاب رئيس للمجلس ونائبين من بين أعضائه باألغلبية المطلقة وباالنتخاب السري المباشر على ان يستلم الرئيس الجديد ونائبيه إدارة الجلسة بعد اعالن فوزهم في االنتخابات 13 (1) ويجب لفت النظر هنا ان الدستور العراقي لم يتعرض لمسألة محتمل حدوثها وبالتالي لم يضح حال لها و هي مسالة عدم قيام رئيس الجمهورية بدعوة مجلس النواب المنتخب لالنعقاد ضمن المدة ( وهي خمسة عشرة يوم من تاريخ من المصادقة على نتائج االنتخابات 54المحددة لذلك في المادة ) 2005\12\15 العامة و قد حصل هذا االمر بعد اعالن نتائج االنتخابات التي جرت في و لمعالجة هذا الخلل الدستوري كان يتوجب على المشرع ان ينص في حالة عدم دعوة رئيس (2) الجمهورية لالنتخاب خالل المدة المذكورة يجتمع المجلس بحكم القانون وقد أشار المشرع اللبناني على ما يشابه هذا االمر حيث نص على حالة عدم تلبية رئيس . الجمهورية طلب النواب فتح دور استثنائية فان المجلس يجتمع حكما . 2005 المادة ) 55( من دستور (1)13 ,ص 2019علي خضير عبد علي , تكوين البرلمان في العراق ,أطروحة دكتوراة في القانون العام , الجامعة اإلسالمية في لبنان , (2) 155 . ,ص 2017, رسالة ماجستير ,كلية الحقوق جامعة الشرق األوسط , 2005يحيى غازي عبد المحمدي ,النظام البرلماني في ظل دستور (3) 17. حيدر عبد جساس ,واقع تشكيل الحكومات المتعاقبة في العراق بين النص الدستوري و األثر السياسي , بحث منشور في المجلة السياسية و (4) , ص 2020الدولية , العدد الخامس و االربعون , كانون األول , 267. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org ونرى ان هذا المجلس المنتخب وطني ليس له أي مكاسب و ان يكون أعضاء هذا المجلس من ذوي االختصاصات بجميع النواحي سياسية و اقتصادية و اجتماعية ويكونون مشهود لهم بالكفاءة و العمل الميداني ك بروفيسور او دكتوراة في القانون و االقتصاد و االجتماع و يبدا المجلس بتحديد الخطوط العامة لنفسه التي تمكنه من إدارة سياسية ناجحة و طموحة المال اإلرادة الشعبية الفرع الثاني تشكيل حكومة جديدة تعتبر الحكومة الطرف الثاني في السلطة التنفيذية وهمزة الوصل بين رئيس الدولة و البرلمان و من رئيس الوزراء وعدد من الوزراء و هي صاحبة السلطة الفعلية و المهيمنة على إدارة تتكون شؤون الدولة مما يرتب مسؤولياتها امام البرلمان وقد ذهب بعض الفقهاء الى تسمية النظام البرلماني (3) بحكومة الوزارة لما لها من أهمية في النظام السياسي البرلماني تتفق أغلب أنظمة الحكم البرلمانية على آلية دستورية محددة لتشكيل الحكومة، هذه الية تمر بثالث مراحل: األولى تتمثل بدور رئيس الدولة في تكليف رئيس الوزراء بتشكيل الحكومة، والمرحلة الثانية تتمثل بقيام رئيس الوزراء اختيار وزراءه، والمرحلة الثالثة االخيرة ثقة، إذاً تتمثل بتقديم رئيس الوزراء أعضاء حكومته إلى البرلمان لنيل ال هناك ثالث مراحل أشار إليها الدستور لتشكيل (4). الحكومة في نظام الحكم البرلماني، تبدأ بدور رئيس الدولة وتنتهي بدور البرلمان ( على ان يكلف رئيس الجمهورية مرشح الكتلة 76في المادة ) 2005نص الدستور العراقي لعام بتشكيل مجلس الوزراء خالل خمسة عشر يوماً من تأريخ انتخاب رئيس النيابية األكثر عدداً ، ومن خالل نص المادة الصريح يتضح لنا ان دور رئيس الجمهورية دستورياً في تكليف رئيس الوزراء هو دور شكلي، إذ ال يمكن ان يرشح شخص خارج دائرة الكتلة النيابية في البرلمان، وهنا ال ادة نتحدث عن فواعل ومؤثرات سياسية داخلية أو خارجية بل االكثر عدداً االكثر عدداً نتحدث عن م لكتلة دستورية صريحة تبين دوره الذي يقتصر عن ما ترشحه الكتل ، وقد ثار خالف تفسيري حول ا النيابية االكثر عدداً حول ما إذا كانت الكتلة الفائزة في االنتخابات أم الكتلة االكثر عدداً داخل مجلس ((والنصوص 76، وقد حسمت المحكمة االتحادية هذا الجدل ((من خالل تفسير نص المادة ) القريبة وذات العالقة بها ، إذ بينت ان انعقاد أول جلسة للبرلمان تتم من خالل دعوة الرئيس المنتهية ومن ثم انتخاب رئيس جمهورية جديد الذي يقوم 14 (1) واليته بعد المصادقة على نتائج االنتخابات بدوره تكليف مرشح الكتلة النيابية بتشكيل مجلس الوزراء االكثر عددا ً . .2005 المادة )54( من دستور (1)14 ( من دستور76المادة ) (2) 2005 . . 274حيدر عبد جساس , مصدر سابق ,ص (3) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org إلى أن يتولى رئيس الوزراء المكلف مهمة اختيار وزراءه خالل 2005اشار الدستور العراقي لعام مدة أقصاها ثالثون يوما من قبل رئيس الجمهورية و إلى قيام رئيس الوزراء المكلف بعرض أسماء أعضاء حكومته والمنهاج الوزاري على مجلس النواب من أجل نيل ثقته، من دون االشارة إلى (2) عرضهم قبل ذلك وهنا دور اما الموافقة على التشكيلة الحكومية التي يتقدم بها رئيس الوزراء البرلمان يكون حاسما منحها الثقة، او رفض منح الثقة التي تؤدي إلى افشال جميع مراحل تشكيل الحكومة، وعدم منح الثقة من قبل البرلمان قد يكون بسبب رفض التشكيلة الحكومية دون رئيس الوزراء، أو بسبب رفض شخص رئيس الوزراء المكلف لعدم قبول األغلبية باالساس من ترشيحه، أو رفض رئيس الوزراء وجميع أعضائه، وفي كل هذه الحاالت يكون للواقع السياسي أثره البالغ في طبيعة ونوع الحكومة .المشكلة ان مجلس النواب هو صاحب القول الفصل بمنح او 2005وبمقتضى الدستور العراقي النافذ لعام منع الثقة عن الحكومة، إذ يعرض رئيس مجلس الوزراء المكلف اسماء اعضاء ثقتها عند الموافقة على الوزراء منفردين، والمنهاج الوزاري باألغلبية المطلقة ، ويقصد هنا اغلبية االعضاء غلبية الحاضرين بعد اكمال النصاب، أي ان االغلبية المطلوبة لنيل المكلف ثقة مجلس النواب هي اال المطلقة لعدد اعضاء مجلس النواب الحاضرين بعد االنعقاد الصحيح للجلسة، وليس األغلبية المطلقة لعدد الحاضرين وغير الحاضرين اعضاء مجلس النواب عموما ً (3) الخاتمـــــة بعد ان انتهينا من عرض موضوع البحث و اهم جوانب المتعلقة باالنتخابات المبكرة من حيث تعريفها و من حيث تميزها متناولين تنظيمها الدستوري و أسبابها التي تدعوا لها و خصاصها و ما اهم االثار لالنتخابات المبكرة توصلنا الى النتائج 1االنتخابات التي تجري قبيل الموعد المقرر لعقد االنتخابات ان االنتخابات المبكرة هي العامة االنتخابات المبكرة لها أهمية مزدوجة لما فيها من تعلق امال الشعب في اإلصالح -2 . السياسي تختلف االتجاهات الدستورية في تحديد موعد االنتخابات المبكرة باحتالف تنظيم -3 الدساتير لها االنتخابات المبكرة لها خصوصيتها من كونها نتيجة لظروف استثنائية حيث تدعوا -4 لها أسباب منها اما بحل البرلمان او بالحراك الشعبي الواسع american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org ان االنتخابات المبكرة محددة المدة ولها ضرورة تدعو اليها-5 اختالف االنتخابات المبكرة عن التصويت المبكر و االنتخابات التكميلية من حيث -6 طبيعتهم و اسبابهم االنتخابات المبكرة كاالنتخابات العادية تنتج عنها تشكيل مجلس نيابي جديد و حكومة -7 جديدة التوصيات نوصي بضرورة احترام المدد الدستورية الواردة بصلب الدستور و التي تكون -1 مخالفتها مخالفة دستورية حيث ان هذا التنظيم ال يجوز تجاوزه 2الدساتير التي لم تنظم المدة لالنتخابات المبكرة الى ضرورة تنظيمها في نوصي صلب دساتيرها او في القوانين االنتخابية نوصي تنظيم االنتخابات المبكرة تنظيم قانوني ودستوري معبر عن الضرورة التي -3 دعت اليه و ان تكون االنتخابات معبرة عن امال الشعب و محققة لطموحاته المصادر عوض الليمون ,الوجيز في النظم السياسية ومبادئ القانون الدستوري , الطبعة الثانية ,دار وائل -1 . 2014للنشر ,األردن , 2014,بغداد, العراق , 2005محمد القيسي ,مجلس الوزراء العراقي قراءة في دستور د.حنان -2 د.عمر هاشم ربيع ,موسوعة المفاهيم و المصطلحات االنتخابية و البرلمانية ,مركز الدراسات -3 2009السياسية و االستراتيجية ,القاهرة , فارس فضيل عطيوي , فقه االنتخابات دراسة فقهية , بحث منشور في مجلة االكاديمية العراقية -4 18,العدد1,المجلد 2014,حولية المنتدى , 2014علي سعد عمران, حدود حل البرلمان) دراسة مقارنة (,أطروحة دكتوراة , جامعة بابل , -5 باتريك ميرلو , تعزيز األطر القانونية النتخابات ديمقراطية ,المعهد الديمقراطية الوطني 6 ,. 2008,واشنطن, لمى علي الظاهري ,المدد الدستورية لالنتخابات البرلمانية بين النص و علي مجيد العكيلي , -7 \ 9\1الواقع ,مقال منشور في المجلة االكاديمية للبحوث القانونية و السياسية , العدد الثاني , بتاريخ 2021 ,البرنامج 1عمروبوبكري,فرانك بالم ,باسل طباح ,المعجم العربي لمصطلحات االنتخابات,ط -8 2014اإلنمائي لألمم المتحدة , مصر , american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org فرانشسكا بيندا، أندرو أليس، جوران فيشيك، ياش غاي، بن رايلي , التحول الديمقراطي 9 )الخيارات الرئيسية في عملية التحول الديمقراطي في العراق(,المؤوسسة الدولية للديمقراطية و ,. 2005االنتخابات , ,برنامج 1د.سلوى الحمروني ,سلسبيل قليبي ,معجم المصطلحات االنتخابية )عربي,فرنسي(,ط -10 ,. 2012األمم المتحدة اإلنمائي ,تونس , د.علي سعد عمران القيسي, الطبيعة القانونية لحل البرلمان , بحث منشور في مجلة اهل البيت -11 . 176,ص 19,العدد د.نعمان احمد الخطيب ,الوسيط في النظم السياسية و القانون الدستوري . -12 د.علي مهدي ,في الدعوة الى االنتخابات المبكرة قراءة دستورية و قانونية , مقال منشور في -13 شبكة النبأ دراسة تحليلة , مقال 2021علي سعيدي عبد الزهرة , االنتخابات التشريعية في العراق لعام -14 منشور في مركز البيان للدراسات و التخطيط. علي خضير عبد علي , تكوين البرلمان في العراق ,أطروحة دكتوراة في القانون العام , -15 . 2019الجامعة اإلسالمية في لبنان , , رسالة ماجستير ,كلية 2005يحيى غازي عبد المحمدي ,النظام البرلماني في ظل دستور -16 . 2017الحقوق جامعة الشرق األوسط , حيدر عبد جساس ,واقع تشكيل الحكومات المتعاقبة في العراق بين النص الدستوري و األثر -17 السياسي , بحث منشور في المجلة السياسية و الدولية , العدد الخامس و االربعون , كانون األول ,2020 . سعد مظلوم العبدلي ,االنتخابات ضمانات حريتها ونزاهتها )دراسة مقارنة( ,ناشرون -18 وموزعون دجلة . د.مصدق عادل طالب,الية تحديد موعد االنتخابات في الدستور و التشريع العراقي , بحث -19 .2021, 37منشور في مجلة حمورابي ,العدد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org development of crafts in kashkadarya rakhmatova mavjuda history teacher of the 52nd general secondary school a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the development of crafts in kashkadarya. based on scientific data, the author studied and analyzed the specific aspects of the development of handicrafts in kashkadarya based on existing literature. kashkadarya, crafts, culture, history. introduction today, one of the most promising sectors of the national economy is tourism. from the first years of uzbekistan's independence, tourism has become one of the strategically important sectors of the national economy. in this regard, the development of tourism in the country, its diversification and repair of tourist facilities located in the regions, preservation, ensuring rapid development, creating new jobs, increasing incomes and quality of life, as well as increasing investment attractiveness attention was paid to the consistent implementation of complex measures[1]. in the first years of uzbekistan's independence, it showed a unique way of development to renew the society. on this path, the formation of a socially oriented market economy is the path of development that is fully in line with the interests of the local population, taking into account world experience, as well as the lifestyle, customs, traditions, and values of our people. handicrafts are one of the industries that fully suit the interests of the local population. handicrafts in the territory of uzbekistan differed depending on the location, lifestyle, customs, traditions, occupations and occupations of the population. in particular, handicrafts developed in kashkadarya in the form of home crafts, which are also unique in kashkadarya. research methodology: the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, i.a. karimov, described the craft of the region by saying: "in the kashkadarya region, the first forms of industry, such as pottery, handicrafts and iron processing, have appeared" [2]. in the years of independence in kashkadarya, embroidery in shahrisabz, pottery in kasbi, weaving, blacksmithing in koson and karshi, and carpet making in chiroqchi were developed in kashkadarya. in the city of shahrisabz, iraqi embroidery has developed in a unique way, and even separate shops have been established for them to develop their craft. they produce various types of embroidery products here on a home-based basis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org analysis аnd results in the kashkadarya oasis, national sozana, zardevor, pillow cases, embroidery and other industries have developed. tulips, roses, pairs of birds, branches growing flowers and various motifs are depicted in the embroidery. especially sozanas are hung in the room of the bride and groom with good intentions, that is, so that their lives will be filled with happiness and flowers, and they will always walk in pairs. sometimes in the oases, the chimildiq itself is made of embroidered words. shahrisabz iraqi embroidery patterns are placed without leaving any open space on the fabric, while in surkhandaryo embroidery, circles are placed in a row on dark red or yellow fabrics, bright colors are decorated with patterns. is distinguished by the combination of blue, yellow, and red colors in shahrisabz embroidery represents the awakening process of nature[3]. especially for girls' dowry, they are preparing jewelry, shawls, pillowcases, vests and other types of embroidered items. they even took part in exhibitions in italy in 2015 and demonstrated shahrisabz's iraqi embroidery. another type of handicraft is carpet making. the history of the art of carpet weaving goes back a long time. on the ancient great silk road, carpet was considered the most expensive and beautiful fabric. the carpets are not only beautiful, but also distinguished by their sophistication. we can clearly see carpet making in chirakchi, qamashi, dehkanabad districts of kashkadarya region. one of the features of uzbek handicrafts is that many of its branches are directly related to the household economy. in home crafts, they were engaged in crafts such as spinning, weaving, and felting. in chiraqi district, the residents of chiraqi district, who are mainly engaged in animal husbandry, are involved in carpet weaving, carding, carding, spinning, dyeing, weaving. they are well versed in carpet weaving and felting. they also weave carpets and khurjun of several types of carpets (qokmagilam, termagilam, khojarigilam, shoshmakuyosh and hakoza). similar products are made from cotton products. the red color is dominant in chirakchi carpets and represents the longevity of life. white, black, blue, fiery, brown, red, inky, green colors were used in weaving these carpets. a carpet shop was also opened in kokdala village. ten types of carpets are produced here. kokdala carpets received an award at the international fair held in france. in local areas, women are currently continuing the tradition of weaving carpets with a unique hashar method. three people weaved one carpet together and spent 15-20 days to finish it. in 1997, in kashkadarya, the production of carpets in the region was 26.1%, and the yarn production was 1,806,000 tons, and the production of public consumption increased by 23% and amounted to 44,668,947 million. reached soum[4]. in uzbekistan, as in all fields, a lot of attention is paid to the development of folk art crafts and applied art, and to the revival of its forgotten directions. another unique type of handicraft is basket weaving. basket weaving has been an ancient uzbek craft. our ancestors used to weave baskets from reeds, twigs and various branches growing in streams and lakes around farms and yards. they have different names depending on their shape and use. for example, kajava baskets, grape baskets, mesh baskets, and printed baskets have been woven and sold in special stores since ancient times. these types of baskets can be found at home in the mountainous regions of chirakchi district. people weave these baskets for their own needs. in particular, from the fields of handicrafts, we can mention the field of woodworking, leather, and practical art products made from leather. sunnat ibragimov from the city of karshi is engaged in woodworking and is attracting many buyers to make national musical instruments such as tanbur, dutor, rubob. on march 24, 1997, signed by the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, according to the decree "on measures to support the further development of folk arts and crafts from the state" [5], highamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org level domestic the support of the local authorities to the folk craftsmen producing artistic handicrafts was important. "hunarmand" association of folk masters, craftsmen, artists of the republic of uzbekistan was established on the basis of the decree of the first president of the republic of uzbekistan on march 31, 1997 no. 1741 "on further promotion of folk arts and crafts and practical development". the number of people registered in this association through the system is 106164, the total number of members of the association is 27900, the total number of craftsmen working in the field of tourism is 1328. in order to support such craftsmen, many associations and foundations were established. in 1996, the international "golden heritage" charitable foundation was established in the republic, and in the "tashabbus" competition, which has been held every year since that year, " "the best craftsman" in the direction of many craftsmen from kashkadarya in 1996-2009 in shahrisabz iraqi embroidery odilova gulnora (matiz car), potter rakhmatov zakir (karshi district), national musical instrument master i. kadirov (karshi city) , woodcarver turayev olim (kitab district), goldsmith gulboyeva zainab (karshi city), potter niyazov bahadir (karshi city), wood carver satorov zubaydullo (kasbi district), painter alimov karim (karshi city) cities) participated and won valuable prizes[6]. conclusion: to sum up, in all fields of crafts, the images directly connected with the customs, ceremonies, holidays, religious and secular worldviews of the local people of kashkadarya have always been interpreted as the main theme. preserved style and art. references: 1. e. y. alimovna, ea jomurodovich. tourism power of the republic of uzbekistan. american journal of social and humanitarian. |issn:2690-9626| vol.3, no 6. 2022. 2. karimov i.a. a free and prosperous motherland, a free and prosperous life is our ultimate goal. volume viii. -t.: "uzbekistan", 2000. -b.96. 3. gyul'e. gloss of colors in the artistic textiles of uzbekistan \\ art. 2008. #34. -b.23. 4. economic indicators of kashkadarya region in 1990-1999 karshi, 2000. -b.7. 5. art of uzbekistan. -t.: "sharq", 2001. -b.10. 6. bulletin of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan -t., march 1997, -#3. -b.21-22. https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=eijz3kqaaaaj&hl=en&oi=sra american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org ethnological research: the case of uzbeks in south korea rahimberdiyev sardorbek bekmurod ugli tashkent kimyo international university namangan branch, department of social sciences tel: +998 (93)-793-00-95. e-mail: sardorbek.rakhimberdiyev@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s south korea is considered one of the most developed countries in the world, it was one of the first to recognize the independence of uzbekistan (1991), and it is one of the closest partners. since the 1990s, high indicators of economic growth have been recorded in this country. most of the local population did not want to do jobs that were considered to be relatively low-paid. due to these reasons, the government began to attract workers from abroad. due to these attractive offers, many of our compatriots went to the republic of south korea. therefore, this article discusses the life and lifestyle of uzbeks living in south korea in detail. also, information is given about the reasons and goals of the uzbeks living as emigrants to go abroad. special methods of overcoming the difficulties faced by foreigners, differences in cultures and customs are also highlighted. republic of south korea, international labor market, unemployment, population growth, international economic relations, economic development, culture shock, marriage migration, student, immigrant, migration, immigration, koryo-in, koryo saram, deportation, vacancy, un, cultural center, culture shock, demographic decline, investor. introduction after gaining independence, the main priority in the foreign policy of the republic of uzbekistan was to establish and develop comprehensive cooperation with foreign countries. efforts are being made to ensure the social well-being of the population, accelerate economic reforms, exchange experiences in scientific fields and further strengthen foreign economic relations. the republic of south korea is one of the first countries to recognize the independence of the republic of uzbekistan (end of 1991). diplomatic relations between the two countries were established on january 29, 1992 and have continued to develop to this day. so far, the leaders of both countries have held 17 high-level meetings. at these meetings, important agreements were signed on the development of trade-economic, political and cultural-humanitarian relations. as for the legal basis of cooperation between uzbekistan and south korea, a total of 181 documents were signed between the two countries, including 4 intergovernmental, 53 intergovernmental, 75 interdepartmental and 49 other documents. opportunities for citizens of the republic of uzbekistan to travel to the republic of south korea will be discussed at high-level meetings between the leaders of both countries. such agreements allow the uzbek people to go to the republic of south korea to improve their skills, study and work. according to arirang.uz, 2.5 million immigrants live in korea more than one person. the main reason for the increase in the number of foreign migrants in korea is directly related to koreans. the term “soviet korean” was used for all koreans living in the former ussr, but koreans called themselves “koryo american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org saram” or “choson saram”. currently, in south korea, the term "koryo-in" is the most commonly used term for post-soviet koreans who live outside the country, have forgotten their language but consider themselves koreans (ethnic koreans who were deported in the 20th century). 1 according to the yonhap agency, uzbeks are the fifth largest immigrant group in the country with 68,000 people. uzbeks going to korea can, in turn, be divided into three groups: those who left for family reasons (marriage migration) and those who went for work and study. given the extremely large number of illegal migrant workers in south korea, we can see that the actual number of uzbek migrants reported in korean publications is somewhat understated. due to the positive negotiations between tashkent and seoul in recent years, the procedures for obtaining visas for uzbeks are being relaxed every year and the number of quotas is increasing. the main reason for this is the increasing demand for labor in korean industry. for these reasons, the korean government tries to attract foreign migrants by providing various subsidies every year. if we look at the table below, we can see the areas where there is a shortage of workers. 1 https://www.statista.com/statistics/934118/number-immigrants-living-south-korea-by-country-of-origin xitoylik (koryo-in) lar 45% vyetlar 18% xitoylik (xan) lar 17% tailar 14% o'zbeklar 6% https://www.statista.com/statistics/934118/number-immigrants-living-south-korea-by-country-of-origin american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org 2 as can be seen from the chart above, labor shortages are highest in heavy and light industries and plastic production. the korean government places particular emphasis on attracting foreign workers to develop industries with high demand for these workers. for this reason, the majority of those who entered korea in various ways (for family reasons, to work and to study) fill vacancies (main occupations) in the same industries. today, 76.3% of job seekers in korea (e-9 visa holders) work in manufacturing, 5.4% in agriculture, 5.8% in construction, and 2% in fishing. a special training center has also been established in tashkent to prepare uzbeks wishing to obtain an e-9 visa in mechanical engineering, electricity, electronics, information technologies and transport services. according to recent un analysis, the republic of korea will need 6.4 million migrant workers between 1995 and 2050 to maintain industrial production. currently, migrant workers in the republic of korea are divided into two types: investors and experts from countries such as the usa, japan or germany. low-earning and unskilled migrant workers (citizens of china, vietnam, indonesia and the cis). in addition, the number of people entering south korea through marriage is extremely high. marriage migration is also actively supported by the korean government, which is due to the demographic decline (population decline from year to year). in uzbekistan, the number of uzbek girls living with foreign citizens has recently decreased. according to official data, more than 1,200 uzbek girls were married to citizens of russia, turkey and south korea in 2021 alone. but not all young uzbek girls who dream of a fairytale life in tv series lead a good life. because everywhere it has its own stone scales. according to the results of the research conducted by the national human rights commission in south korea, 40% of people who immigrated through bridewealth were exposed to domestic violence and 68% to sexual violence. the main reason for this is the large age difference between the 2 kadirova z. international cooperation of uzbekistan in labor migration, asia-pacific journal of business review, 2020. p.29. 0 0 0 0 0 1.957 17.732 11.9 11.794 6.75 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 yog'och sanoati o'g'ir sanoat plastik maxsulotlar ishlab chiqarish yengil sanoat oziq-ovqat sanoati ishchi kuchining yetishmasligi (odamlar soni bo'yicha) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org parties. those who migrate abroad also experience “culture shock” due to differences in culture, religion, customs and rituals. kulturschock means “culture shock” or “cultural fear”. in general, culture shock is considered a normal process of adaptation to a new culture in which a person realizes the differences and conflicts between their customs and culture. this concept sometimes reflects feelings of fear, confusion, homesickness and anger. it is also not easy for south koreans to marry uzbek girls because marrying a foreign citizen is expensive for them. according to unofficial data, marrying an uzbek girl costs korean citizens 18.3 million won (more than $13,000). in south korea, the rural population has been declining since the 1990s, and to improve this indicator, the government has given money to foreign brides and transferred wedding expenses to the mayors of some cities. in more than 35 administrative regions where agriculture and fishing are the basis of the economy, there is also a special subsidy for marriage support, which can range from $3,600 to $12,000. financial support for marriages with foreign citizens is a project that was launched in 2009 and is producing positive results. it is becoming increasingly popular for korean men to marry foreign brides. the number of vietnamese brides in south korea is much higher than that of uzbek brides, and the reason for this is the low cost of marriage. today, 73 percent of all people living in korea are married. the number of students going abroad in search of quality higher education is also increasing every year. the main reason for this is that the education system in south korea is organized on the model of the usa, japan and germany, the unparalleled opportunities created for students, the large number of educational scholarships, the sufficient level of joint programs and the possibility of additional income outside the classroom. these factors make the korean education system attractive compared to other countries, and that is why thousands of young people from uzbekistan try to go to korea and have a good career. historically, before world war ii, south korea was considered one of the most backward countries in the world in terms of scientific potential. before the war there were 30 million people, only 2,000-3,000 of them had higher education, and most of these diplomas were obtained abroad. but today south korea is one of the most learned nations not only in asia but also in the world. in conclusion, uzbek migrants who are in south korea for various reasons embody a positive image of the uzbek ethnic group in the minds of the korean population and other nationalities. the partial similarity of the korean people in language and culture is the reason for further strengthening friendly relations between the two nations. the young people who study there in various educational fields are, in a way, role models for their korean peers. they introduce the nations to the historically shaped traditions and customs of the uzbek people. it is no exaggeration to say that respect for the uzbek people is increasing because of these immigrant compatriots. references 1. oqbo‘ tayev i. o‘ zbekiston va koreya o‘ rtasidagi diplomatik munosabatlar. academic research in educational sciences, 2022. 2. chоng jin оh. sоviet kоreаn (kоryо-in) in centrаl аsiа аnd kоreаn religiоus аctivities in pоstsоviet centrаl аsiа. аnkаrа üniversitesi dil ve tаrih-cоğrаfyа fаkültesi dergisi, 2013. 3. kadirova z. international cooperation of uzbekistan in labor migration, asia-pacific journal of business review, 2020. p.29. 4. rahimberdiyev s. tarix fanini o‘qitishda etnografik tadqiqotlarning o‘rni. ученый xxi века, 2024. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 5. mavlonov a. qadimgi diniy e’tiqodlarda suv unsurining aks etishi. ученый xxi века, 2024. 6. rahimberdiyev s. o‘rta asr universitetlari tarixi. ученый xxi века, 2024. 7. https://www.statista.com/statistics/934118/number-immigrants-living-south-korea-by-countryof-origin 8. https://daryo.uz/en/2024/01/16/uzbekistan-emerges-as-fifth-largest-diaspora-in-south-koreawith-87600-citizens 9. https://daryo.uz/2021/08/30/avvaldan-ozbek-yigitiga-turmushga-chiqishni-xohlamaganmankoreyaga-kelin-bolgan-ozbek-qizi-chet-elga-turmushga-chiqish-sababi-eri-bilan-munosabati-vameh 10. https://kun.uz/news/2019/02/20/ozbekistonlik-qiz-bilan-nikoh-qurish-koreyalik-erkaklargaqimmatga-tushmoqda? 11. https://caps.ku.edu/culture-shock https://www.statista.com/statistics/934118/number-immigrants-living-south-korea-by-country-of-origin https://www.statista.com/statistics/934118/number-immigrants-living-south-korea-by-country-of-origin https://daryo.uz/en/2024/01/16/uzbekistan-emerges-as-fifth-largest-diaspora-in-south-korea-with-87600-citizens https://daryo.uz/en/2024/01/16/uzbekistan-emerges-as-fifth-largest-diaspora-in-south-korea-with-87600-citizens https://daryo.uz/2021/08/30/avvaldan-ozbek-yigitiga-turmushga-chiqishni-xohlamaganman-koreyaga-kelin-bolgan-ozbek-qizi-chet-elga-turmushga-chiqish-sababi-eri-bilan-munosabati-va-meh https://daryo.uz/2021/08/30/avvaldan-ozbek-yigitiga-turmushga-chiqishni-xohlamaganman-koreyaga-kelin-bolgan-ozbek-qizi-chet-elga-turmushga-chiqish-sababi-eri-bilan-munosabati-va-meh https://daryo.uz/2021/08/30/avvaldan-ozbek-yigitiga-turmushga-chiqishni-xohlamaganman-koreyaga-kelin-bolgan-ozbek-qizi-chet-elga-turmushga-chiqish-sababi-eri-bilan-munosabati-va-meh https://kun.uz/news/2019/02/20/ozbekistonlik-qiz-bilan-nikoh-qurish-koreyalik-erkaklarga-qimmatga-tushmoqda https://kun.uz/news/2019/02/20/ozbekistonlik-qiz-bilan-nikoh-qurish-koreyalik-erkaklarga-qimmatga-tushmoqda https://caps.ku.edu/culture-shock american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org folk medicine vaoilaic rituals of national and religious characteristics m.a. karimova andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies associate professor of the department of ” humanities " quchadullayev rahmatillox zafarbek son akxai magistr a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides a philosophical analysis of the national and religious peculiarities of the ancient family rituals and customs of our ancestors. the role of this ceremony and customs in stabilizing the family environment is shown by the important characteristics of folk medicine. cauldron, huge house, relative, hand-taking, modern medicine, folk medicine, domains, strong family, national, religious. introduction family-is considered the smallest and, at the same time, the most important branch of society. the state in which there is a healthy family will be strong. those who are brought up in a healthy and strong family are hardworking, yurtsevar, kind and have a whole faith. therefore, in almost all religions, the family is treated as a sacred hearth. it has long been known that from the holy book of zoroastrianism “avesto”to the holy qur'an karim, and looking at the works of all creative people, the issue of maturing high moral qualities and strengthening family values has occupied the main place.the uzbek family has preserved and is coming to us our ancient spiritual values and traditions, udum and painting, spiritual, cultural heritage. to realize their identity, the peoples of the east will have a high spirituality, preserving their national values and national culture. in the uzbek people, the family is the leader in the formation and elevation of their values and specific spirituality. the family plays an important role in the formation of the most pure feelings in the hearts of every child. it is in the family that the child acquires the first life skills. president shavkat mirziyoyev said: "there are more and more divorces among young families for trivial reasons. innocent children are orphans and are left out of parental care at the time of the most thirst for affection and attention... i would like to say with regret today another wrong situation: the fact that there are unhealthy relationships in families, quarrels between mother-in-law, spouses, suicides among our women makes me personally deeply anguished” [1],-expressed his opinion towards all families, instilled in the minds of the younger generation of our national customs and traditions from time immemorial, physically competent, spiritually mature, a healthy family environment has played an important role in human education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org from time immemorial, the existing historical conditions forced people to live as a large family. various family rituals and customs were formed in the bosom of the family, playing an important role in the spiritual and spiritual state of mankind. in particular, in the villages of the remote gods of our country, large families were called cauldron. large families were called giant house (big house) in kazakhs, pocket cauldron (big cauldron) in kyrgyz, irisigi one (common cauldron) in turkmens, shangrak (house) in karakalpaks.[2] according to the practice of potting, smaller families are integrated into larger seeds so that they do not have to struggle economically. each cauldron was governed by a separately elected elder. weddings, guest waits, tax payments from families united to the boiler house were together. families did not break their association even at a time of increasing numbers. in the area, the head of the family is considered the father. the work of the father consisted in managing the family, financially supporting its members. the mothers were busy with household chores. the upbringing of children was often on the neck of mothers. children who lived in the same house and were born from the same parent were "born brother or sister", father one, mother one, mother one, father another, children "onadosh" ("enadosh" in english), parents were "suckled", children who sucked one mother were called uncle, sister's children were the children, uncle's son was called uncle, uncle's son was called uncle, uncle's son was called loved ones on the father's side of the child were called seeds, fathers, bones, and on the mother's side-relatives: 1. when a baby is born at home, the child and his parents; 2. when someone marries, the bride and groom; 3. all loved ones who lived in the same house with him when a person died. [3] such families were called the kazan family. in the family, the parents were preparing in advance, taking into account the fact that their children would grow up and marry or give them to the husband. until the middle of the 20th century, parents made a new hearth for their sons ( in the gods of the oasis). construction work was carried out on the house. people would certainly have to draw blood before they could break any part of their home, such as a wall, a store, and, even, a toilet. in this ceremony, older people—grandfathers or mothersshould be the head. one capricorn was slaughtered and brought the scribes, grandfathers and moms, and received blessings from them as guests. when this was done, i thought my work would walk. if aries or capricorn do not have the strength, the rooster will slaughter. because the rooster was considered the equivalent of a sheep. the first person after the construction of the new house will bring the heater and rest on it. it is then attached to the neck of the house. then some mole, a capricorn, a rooster that is not possible are slaughtered and, of course, a decoction of soup is cooked. a patir is used for boiling soup, and those who have the strength make a snack. after that, a monogamous, child-undead, happy, tolerant whole, serfarzand bring bobo and momo. if it is not possible to find such people, only one will come. they bring a large chest into the new house at first. they walk straight ahead and go into nowhere without alang-jalang. the chest was considered the greatest asset of the population. those who brought a large carpet after the crate. since ancient times, people have been engaged in medicine in order to preserve their health, avoid disasters, troubles and various diseases that harm the body. in this area, large scientists of their time have grown up and recorded works on medicine for the treatment of people. special schools for the science of medicine were opened and the training of healers was established. in addition to treating el, the healers who graduated from him also continued to teach ways to avoid diseases. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org before the introduction of modern medicine in the oasis villages, the population resorted to vaccinations, healers and mullahs in the treatment of diseases. it should be noted that when everyone wants to heal people, an apprentice is obliged to come before him and receive a blessing at the end. this ritual is called hand-taking. only after that it was allowed to treat people. people involved in health care were divided into the following groups: domla are educated people who treat people with karim suras of the quran. in this case, it was necessary to sit on chilla with the blessing and permission of the master before proceeding to treatment on the basis of certain suras. in chilla, a task is given based on the abjad's account. for example, a person who wants to treat with a fatiha surah must return this surah 25 thousand times according to the abjad. because the fatiha surah consists of 9 verses, each letter of which is equal to a certain number in abjad. the chilla lasts from 5 days to 25 days, depending on the capacity of the person. if sitting for 5 days, 5 thousand times a day, and sitting for 25 days will return the surah of fatiha from 1000 times. during chilla sits in a room where no one enters. a bowl of water a day, a squeeze of raisins, nothing but half a slice of bread will eat and drink. at the end of chilla's term, the master blesses his disciple and allows him to be treated with a fatiha surah. if one wants to heal on other suras, in the order above, one sits on chilla with the same suras added to the abjad. the one who leaves chilla and gets permission to treat rests on people based on suras, or abjad and writes on paper, dipping it in boiling water or spring water and drinking it to the patient. according to the existing understanding, if the abjad is miscalculated, no result is obtained from the treatments performed it is much easier to chew on mullahs who want to cure snakes, scorpions, spider bites. they can finish the task assigned to them by reading it in 1 or a few days and walk comfortably in the el at this time. only then will they be allowed to enter the medical path. such mullahs read one prayer at least 11 times in one breath, up to 33 times at most, and then rest. they require constant ablution and diet. sour foods, ma'raka soups, street food, raw onions, garlic onions do not eat. keeps in id every day. in this case, the task is to recite the given prayers in a certain number. inside the task is constantly performed, as there are prayers that are read against the poison of various insects and snakes. mullahs find it difficult to see such sick people, as idda has a blue scorpion and a calf ringing in it, as well as yellow sick and no reciprocal prayers against the fly. therefore, often the sick are sent to doctors. those who have recovered from the yellow fever are read back to lose the bodi in their liver cockroaches are the most commonly referred to by the population, which is considered a practice that comes from seven pussies. they are also sometimes called chiltoncash or moma.[4] according to the tradition that has been formed, if a bird has passed in the seeds of a person, that person must perform this action. in the absence, it is understood that it becomes tentacled or sick. if the bird gets sick, he will be told: is there any one behind you who lights a lamp? is asked. that is why birdholders prepare their daughter or granddaughter for this work during the resurrection. they give him a hand and let him see people . not only the hereditary chiltonkash people were involved in poultry farming. when a person has an interest in birding, he begins to see people by teaching him a mentor and giving him a hand. healers-this group of emers use various herbs, waters, animal and vegetable oils in their treatment. those with high qualifications are engaged in the application and restoration of broken, protruding bones, conducting smaller and relatively more complex surgical procedures, the treatment of eye diseases. [5] mullahs and cockroaches use methods such as repulsion, alasation, book opening, rubbing, throat pressing, groin, stinging in the treatment of the population. let's dwell on them below. with this method, people with colds, severe illnesses, work did not walk, kinna entered, became infected, esi american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org entered-turned-out, feared, with everything visible to their eyes, affected by magic were treated.[6] the reader must have been correspondence-literate, seated in chilla, receiving a blessing from his teacher. before reading the return, depending on the type of disease, mullah is approached by water, mole charvis, needles, laundry soap, etc. when rested, the water placed in the middle is treated with healing properties. charvi is awarded to the muakkals. the number of needles is 41, and the name of 41 things that harm a person is written on it and put it in laundry soap. only then will the return be initiated.[7] these things are not used when repelling diseases such as colds and suffocation. yosin suras are often used in reverse reading. some seriously ill people are taught chilyosin by 4 mullahs. this involves reading the moss 40 times. this provides for a speedy recovery if seriously ill, or a quick and easy break if the soul is struggling without getting out.[8] alaslash-this includes making a twig of cotton or various fabrics in the height of a sick person, lighting that, turning his fire over a person, passing it through a fire, or shaking it over him. this method can only be used by in the generation, chiltoncash is used only by passerine birds.[9] they say alas – deliverance. book openers are one of the methods used to treat the sick. in this method, a person's patient is identified with the help of a book called "kanzul husayniy", written on the abjad account. [10] in this book will be written the patient of the people and the prayers used to treat him. before, the patient's eye is enriched and ordered to put it in a book with his finger. then the eye is opened and the place where the finger fell is read. rest is laid on the basis of healing prayers, which heal the sick as it is written. azayimkhan mullahs and fortune tellers are engaged in this work. azayimkhan is understood as those who do bad things, despite sitting in chilla. the follies were divided into two groups. having entered the first group of vaccines, they are engaged in finding only their disease, not predicting the fate, birth and death of a person. the second group includes predictors of the future.[12] since the 1930s, interest in traditional folk medicine has waned with the widespread use of the achievements of modern medicine by the inhabitants of the country. nevertheless, in the villages there are still people who are engaged in local medicine, and the population is turning to them in the restoration of their health. the treatment system, which now operates beyond modern medicine, is called the old-fashioned method.[13] in conclusion, traditional family rituals have been formed for many centuries, on which the lifestyle and economic life of the population depend. on the notable side, the main emphasis is on communalism. in this case, smaller families are added to other larger seeds so that they do not have to struggle financially.[14] the various rituals performed by the population served to jeep people. in the mountain villages of kohitang, the inhabitants turned to duohan mullahs, birchs and healers in the treatment of diseases. but related to infectious diseases, cancer, severe injuries, surgery their treatment did not benefit in cases of illness. [15] only with the introduction of modern medicine has an effective treatment of infectious diseases been established. nevertheless, traditional folk medicine did not lose its importance. to this day, the population has been using the services of local healers to treat their patients.[16] references 1. итель де сол тул. использование инструментов технологии свободы. м:, нииво, 2004, с37 2. н.а.шермуҳаммедова. илмий тадқиқот методологияси. дарслик. тошкент 2014. б-352 3. б.тўраев. информацинное свойство пространства и времени // естетествознание и философия. iii международный семинар. – санкт-петербург: 1992. – с-64 4. жуков е. социкультурная реалноств. высшее образование в россии – 2006, №11-с-86-94 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org 5. каримова, муяссархон абдуқаюмовна. "ёш авлодга таълим ва тарбия беришда ўқитувчининг инновaцион фаолияти ва таълим технологиялари." proceedings of international educators conference. vol. 2. no. 3. 2023. 6. muyassar, karimova, arabboyeva feruza uchqunovna, and tojiboyev muhammadjon muxitdin o‘g‘li. "dunyoning eng mashhur kashfiyotlari." barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali 2.12 (2022): 162-166. 7. muyassar, karimova, and yulchibayev omadbek ulug‘bek o‘g. "andijon viloyatida xalqaro yuklarni tashish jarayoni uchun yetkazib berish zanjiriini boshqarishni takomillashtirish." modern problems in education and their scientific solutions 2.2 (2023): 84-93. 8. muyassar, karimova, and muhammadjon salohiddinov iqboljon o’g’li. "men uchun bo’lgan olimlar." proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities. vol. 2. no. 5. 2023. 9. muyassar, karimova, and muhammdjon salohiddinov iqboljon o’g’li. "dunyoning eng mashxur kashfiyotlari." journal of new century innovations 19.5 (2022): 196-199. 10. karimova, muyassar, and sarvarbek khamidov. "the concept of scientific research and its role in scientific activity." international bulletin of applied science and technology 3.4 (2023): 956-959. 11. karimova, muyassar xamitovna, and zilolakhon anvar qizi khodjayeva. "the role of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of age related macular." scholar 1.20 (2023): 46-53. 12. karimova, muyassar xamitovna, and zilolakhon anvar qizi khodjayeva. "the role of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of age related macular." scholar 1.20 (2023): 46-53. 13. muyassar, karimova, and odilov islombek. "jamiyatda huquqiy ong va huquqiy madaniyatni yuksaltirish demokratik davlat barpo etish asosi." fan, jamiyat va innovatsiyalar 1.1 (2023): 179-182. 14. валиханова, гулнора комилжоновна. "об уйгуре ферганском диалект в уйгурская язык в этно-культурном процессе в ферганском долине." theoretical & applied science 10 (2017): 224-227. 15. валиханова, гульнара камилжановна. "из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины." журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов 6 (2014): 83-85. 16. валиханова, гульнара камилжановна. "из истории переселения уйгуров ферганской долины." журнал научных публикаций аспирантов и докторантов 6 (2014): 83-85.. 17. каримова, муяссархон абдуқаюмовна. "ёш авлодга таълим ва тарбия беришда ўқитувчининг инновaцион фаолияти ва таълим технологиялари." proceedings of international educators conference. vol. 2. no. 3. 2023 18. каримова, муяссархон абдуқаюмова, and манзурахон марипжоновна камбарова. "мен учун идеал бўлган олимлар." modern problems in education and their scientific solutions 2.2 (2023): 112-119. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org 19. каримова, м. а. "зардуштийлик динидачорвачилик билан боғлиқ маросимлар." proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. vol. 2. no. 3. 2023.. 20. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 21. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 22. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. 23. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 24. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya sifatini oshirishda oilada manaviy tafakkurni yuksaltirish. science promotion, 1(1), 92-105. 25. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org investigating the importance of floating grice's maxims in translating advertisements a research submitted by ayah ismail ibrahim supervised by asst. prof. dr. maha bakir mohammed university of tikrit, college of arts, department of translation student e-mail: ai230011prt@st.tu.edu.iq supervisor e-mail: bakir.maha@tu.edu.iq tikrit, salah al-din, iraq. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study investigates the application and implications of grice's conversational maxims in the translation of deceptive expressions within advertisements. specifically, it examines which maxim—quantity, quality, relation, or manner—is most frequently floated by translators. the study posits two hypotheses: first, that translators are more likely to float rather than violate these maxims, and second, that the maxim of quality is floated more frequently than the others. findings partially support the first hypothesis, revealing that translators floated grice’s maxims 13 times out of 27 instances to mitigate the impact of deceptive content, often altering the information quantity, message quality, relational context, and message order to maintain the source language text's (slt) overall integrity and persuasive intent. however, the second hypothesis is refuted, as translators generally maintained adherence to the quality maxim, prioritizing honesty and commitment to the slt’s intended meaning over floating it. these findings underscore the nuanced role of grice’s maxims in achieving faithful and effective translation in advertising contexts, where rhetorical strategies often necessitate flexible adherence to these conversational principles. floating, deceptive expressions, advertisements, translation, violation. introduction the field of translation is inherently complex, involving not just linguistic conversion but also the conveyance of cultural and contextual nuances from one language to another. in the context of advertisements, this complexity is further amplified by the need to maintain the persuasive and often deceptive intent of the original message. this research focuses on the application of grice's maxims— quantity, quality, relation, and manner—within the translation process. grice's maxims, which serve as guidelines for cooperative communication, are frequently floated, or deliberately manipulated, to achieve specific rhetorical effects in translations. this study investigates the extent and manner in which translators float these maxims when dealing with deceptive expressions in advertisements, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org aiming to highlight the strategic choices made to balance fidelity to the source text with the persuasive needs of the target text. by examining these practices, the research seeks to provide deeper insights into the nuanced role of gricean maxims in translation, particularly in the context of advertising where the subtleties of language can significantly influence consumer perception and behavior. the concept of translation translation is a complex process that goes beyond merely converting words from one language to another, involving linguistic, cultural, and communicative dimensions. contemporary scholarship views translation as a phenomenon encompassing cultural mediation and adaptation. theories such as nida's dynamic equivalence emphasize achieving effect equivalence between source and target texts (nida, 1964), while vermeer and reiss's skopos theory highlights the importance of the translation’s purpose (vermeer & reiss, 1984). translators negotiate between "foreignization" and "domestication" to balance the source text's foreignness with target audience expectations (venuti, 1995). technological advancements, including machine translation, have revolutionized the field, but scholars like baker (2018) stress the importance of maintaining cultural and linguistic nuances through human intervention. observance of gricean maxims of speech grice's cooperative principles and maxims remain significant in contemporary communication. the maxim of quantity involves providing an appropriate amount of information, ensuring messages are concise yet comprehensive (smith et al., 2021). the maxim of quality focuses on truthfulness, with fact-checking and transparency building trust (johnson & lee, 2020). the maxim of relation highlights the importance of relevance in communication, enhancing message resonance (garcia & wang, 2022). the maxim of manner emphasizes clarity and orderliness, which are crucial for credibility and understanding, especially in digital communication (chen et al., 2019). observing these maxims enhances communication effectiveness, trust, and credibility. non-observance of gricean maxims of speech non-observance of gricean maxims significantly impacts modern communication. over-sharing or under-sharing information (smith & brown, 2023) and misinformation (jones et al., 2022) undermine audience engagement and trust. irrelevant contributions disrupt communication flow (garcia & patel, 2021), and ambiguous language leads to misunderstandings (kim et al., 2020). addressing these challenges through balanced information delivery, fact-checking, maintaining relevance, and ensuring clarity can enhance communication effectiveness. flouting of gricean maxims of speech speakers often flout gricean maxims for strategic or expressive purposes. flouting the maxim of quantity involves using excessive or insufficient information for rhetorical or humorous effects (johnson & smith, 2023). the maxim of quality is flouted through irony or satire, where false statements convey implicit meanings (brown et al., 2022). irrelevant information is introduced to manipulate conversational dynamics or emphasize points (garcia & lee, 2021). ambiguous language fosters creativity and engages audiences through novel meanings (kim et al., 2023). understanding these behaviors provides insights into the complexities of communication. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org data analysis pic. no.1 (advertisement no. 1) deception here lies in describe the same meal with two contrastive adjectives (hot & cool). st1 (hot oatmeal is cool( this advertisement is rendered as follows of 9 translations (tts): .حساء الشوفان رائع المذاق .1 .الشوفان الساخن رائع .2 .دقيق الشوفان طعمه لذيذ جدا .3 .دقيق الشوفان الساخن بارد .4 .هذا الشوفان الساخن حقا بارد .5 .دقيق الشوفان المغري, انه فعال رائع .6 .الشوفان الساخن لذيذ المذاق .7 .ال شيء يعادل الشوفان الساخن .8 .ستشعر بالبرد عند تناول الشوفان الساخن .9 discussion based on newmark's translation model, translations 2,4,5,7,9 are semantic translation, while the 3,6,8,9 are communicative translation. the translations employ a variety of procedures, including modulation (4,5,6,9), literal translation (2,3,7), compensation (8), and cultural equivalent (1). these procedures show how translators adapt to convey the intended meaning while considering linguistic and cultural nuances in the target language. concerning the observance and non-observance of grice’s maxims, translators 1,2,3,4,5,6,, and 7 have floated the maxim quantity on one hand, when they have been less informative than it is needed. they translate ‘oatmeal’ as ‘oat’ only “شوفان" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org on the other hand, they have been more informative than it is needed by adding some details just as .الساخن، حساء، طعمه لذيذ جدا، انه فعال، المغري، ال شيء يعادل translator 1 floats the maxim of quantity adding the word (soup) to the translation to convey the idea that oat will be beneficial, cool, and edible only when it is cooked (concerning the photo of a female with a spoon and plate). unlikely, translators 2,5,7, and 8 have translated oatmeal as الشوفان instead of to convey the idea that oat can be cool neglecting the way in which it is served. translator دقيق الشوفان 9 violates the maxim of quality since no one can feel cold, for real, when s/he eats something hot. consequently, translator 9 says what he believes to be incorrect that makes the translation inappropriate. pic. no.2 (advertisement no. 2) deception here lies in inveigle the costumer that it is enough to eat only one meal a day and s/he will feel full. st2 (carnation instant breakfast, a body couldn't ask for anything more) this advertisement is rendered as follows of 9 translations (tts): فطور القرنفل الفوري, الجسم ال يمكن ان يطلب شيئا اخر. .1 فطور كارنيشن انستانت, سيكتفي الجسم به تماما. .2 ال يحتاج الجسم اكثر من هذا االفطار الساخن. .3 وجبة افطار القرنفل الفورية, يكون الجسم غير قادر على طلب اكثر من ذلك. .4 افطار القرنقل في الحال, لن يطلب جسمك المزيد. .5 ال شيء مفيد للجسم اكثر من وجبة القرنفل السريع. .6 االفطار بالقرنفل هو الطريقة المثلى لبدء اليوم. .7 افطار الكارنيشن السريع هو االفضل, ال يمكن ألي شخص ان يطلب افضل منها. .8 ستشبع تماما عند تناول القرنفل السريع في الصباح .9 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org discussion based on newmark's translation model, which distinguishes between semantic and communicative translation approaches, translation 4 (" القرنفل الفورية, يكون الجسم غير قادر على طلب اكثر من ذلكوجبة افطار .") is a semantic translation. while the rest of translations are communicative. the translations employ two procedures, which are modulation (2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9), and literal translation (1). these two procedures highlight how translators adapt the original message to suit linguistic and cultural nuances while effectively conveying the intended meaning in the target language. translations 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 generally provide sufficient information about carnation instant breakfast being satisfying and not needing anything more. they convey the main idea adequately without omitting crucial details. the translations of all translators are related to the slt but these of translators (no. 6 and 7) who float the maxim of relation. floating this maxim makes their translations as a piece of advice more than being a commercial advertisement which could have a better influence on the readers. they lessen the options one may have for breakfast. that is to say, floating relation maxim makes these two translations the nearest ones to the intended meaning of the slt. pic. no.3 (advertisement no. 3) deception here lies in mentioning an exaggerated information about the time of losing 20 pounds. st3 (lose 20 pounds in a week without any effort.) this advertisement is rendered as follows of 9 translations (tts): .نزل عشرين رطال في االسبوع دون اي مجهود .1 .رطال في غضون اسبوع واحد فقط 20افقد .2 .رطال الخالية من التعب خالل اسبوع فقط 20سارع لحمية ال .3 .باوند ال تحتاج الى جهد كبيرعشرون .4 .افقدي من وزنك ما يقارب العشرون رطال بدون بذل اي مجهود .5 .كيلو دون اي مجهود في اسبوع 20خسارة .6 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org .جنيهاً في اسبوع وانسى التعب 20فقدان .7 .كيلو في اسبوع وبكل سهولة 20تخفيف وزنك بمقدار .8 .رطال في اسبوع واحد دون اي عناء 20اسقط .9 discussion according to newmark's translation model, translations 1,4,6 are semantic translation, while the translations 2,3,5,7,8,9 are communicative ones. the translations employ a variety of procedures, including modulation (2,3,7,8,9), literal translation (1,4,6), and compensation (5). these procedures illustrate how translators adapt to convey the original message while considering linguistic and cultural nuances in the target language. in translations 1,3,5,6,8, and 9, the whole maxims are observed. while translators (2) and (4) have floated the maxim of quantity. translator no.2 has floated the quantity maxim when he translates the advertisement neglecting the information of losing the weight without any effort. similarly, translator no.4 has floated the same maxim when he is less informative than it is required neglecting the amount of weight that the product makes one lose. such floating doesn’t affect the appropriateness of these two translations. translator no. 7 has floated the maxim of relation when translates the word “pounds” as ً .which makes the translation inappropriate رطالً instead of جنيها conclusion translators generally strive to avoid violating, breaking, or distorting the principles that ensure the source language texts (slts) are truthful, informative, relevant, and clear. however, for rhetorical purposes, it is sometimes necessary to breach these principles, also known as grice's maxims. in the context of commercial advertisements, the language used must be tailored to suit marketing objectives, and thus, it is often acceptable to float the maxims related to the quantity of information, the quality of the true message, the relation between slts and target language texts (tlts), and occasionally the manner of expression. this might involve shortening the slt to make the translation more appropriate, acceptable, and faithful. violating a maxim occurs when translators convey only the surface meaning of an utterance, whereas floating a maxim involves avoiding the direct message to convey an implied one. the hypothesis of this study has been partially validated, as floating grice’s maxims occurred 13 times out of 27 instances, serving as a technique to mitigate the deceptive influence on readers. the researcher hypothesized that floating the quality maxim would be frequently employed, given that deceptive expressions often contain false concepts that translators find incorrect. therefore, translators might float the quality maxim to render what they believe to be true. however, the commitment to honesty and accurately conveying the slt's intended meaning prevents most translators from adopting this technique, as they aim to avoid deceiving readers. references 1. baker, m. (2018). in other words: a coursebook on translation. routledge. 2. brown, t., green, l., & white, p. (2022). irony and satire in modern communication. journal of linguistic studies, 28(1), 112-130. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 3. chen, x., liu, y., & zhao, w. (2019). clear and precise communication in online environments. journal of digital communication, 15(2), 134-147. 4. garcia, m., & lee, r. (2021). strategic use of irrelevance in conversation. discourse studies, 17(2), 85-101. 5. garcia, m., & patel, r. (2021). maintaining relevance in online communication. journal of digital interaction, 13(2), 97-115. 6. garcia, m., & wang, l. (2022). relevance in digital communication: a contextual analysis. communication studies, 37(1), 45-63. 7. johnson, h., & lee, t. (2020). fact-checking and transparency in modern communication. journal of media ethics, 24(3), 210-223. 8. johnson, h., & smith, j. (2023). rhetorical effects of information overload. journal of communication strategies, 19(3), 204-219. 9. jones, a., brown, t., & smith, l. (2022). the impact of misinformation on public trust. journal of media ethics, 18(3), 224-237. 10. kim, s., lee, j., & choi, h. (2020). challenges of ambiguous communication in cross-cultural contexts. international journal of intercultural relations, 44(1), 102-119. 11. kim, s., park, j., & lee, c. (2023). ambiguity and creativity in language use. journal of pragmatics, 15(4), 309-325. 12. nida, e. a. (1964). toward a science of translating. brill archive. 13. smith, j., & brown, r. (2023). the effects of information overload on audience engagement. communication research journal, 37(4), 345-359. 14. smith, j., brown, r., & jones, l. (2021). balancing information quantity in effective communication. journal of communication theory, 29(4), 567-589. 15. venuti, l. (1995). the translator's invisibility: a history of translation. routledge. 16. vermeer, h. j., & reiss, k. (1984). grundlegung einer allgemeinen translationstheorie. niemeyer. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 39, | august 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org the french approach to combating the illicit trafficking of narcotic drugs musaev djamaliddin kamalovich head of the department of general legal disciplines, associate professor, doctor of philosophy in legal sciences (phd) of the customs institute orcid: 0000-0001-6452-6448 e-mail: frank2271@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the positive experience of france in developing unified approaches to combating crime in the field of illicit drug trafficking. the main achievements of the practical implementation of french state policy in the field of combating drug crime are considered. the basic directions of the national strategy to combat drug addiction in france are outlined. features of international cooperation in the fight against drug crime. the scientific novelty of the study is determined by a systematic analysis of the features of the french national strategy in the field of combating drug trafficking. the information obtained as a result of the study is also novel, and is of interest for the further development of scientific research and improvement of the fight against drug addiction. european union, french republic, crime prevention, drug trafficking, prevention, drug trafficking, international cooperation, coordination, modernization of legislation, law enforcement agencies. introduction the task of combating drug trafficking is becoming a problem not only for individual countries, but also for the entire world community. the production and sale of narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances and their analogues is today becoming the most important area of activity of organized criminal groups in the countries of the european union (hereinafter referred to as the eu). favorable conditions for increasing the spread of narcotic drugs in eu countries arose after the abolition of internal border controls and as a result of ineffective law enforcement cooperation between eu states. if ten years ago in the eu, organized criminal groups specialized in certain types of drugs, today, in order to increase profits, they carry out complex deliveries. evidence of this is the data on confiscated drug shipments, which include various types of drugs. in eu countries, narcotic drugs move continuously and unhindered, because they are delivered simultaneously from numerous points and laboratories located in all eu countries. today, criminal groups collaborate with leading experts in the field of chemistry and use well-established transport infrastructure. during the production and sale of narcotic drugs, including supplying precursors, necessary chemicals and equipment, most criminal groups in eu countries cooperate intensively and effectively. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org in the current unfavorable conditions of the eu, in the field of illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances, the french republic (hereinafter referred to as france) has its own methods and is developing original methods of combating drug crime, which is of great interest to specialists involved in combating drug crime. in scientific and specialized literature, existing models of countering the illegal distribution and consumption of narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances and other analogues are conventionally divided into three groups. group one the “hard policy group”, is characterized by the fact that the counteraction to drug crime in it is carried out by very exceptional methods, with the use of life imprisonment and the death penalty as punishment. representatives of the first group include countries such as malaysia, iran, pakistan, etc. the second group the “group of less strict control”, differs from the first in that it exercises the strictest control over drug crime, but without the use of extreme measures. for example, in most countries of the second group, not only the acquisition, storage and sale of drugs, but also the use is criminally punishable. at the same time, in these countries, people with drug addiction are forced by court to undergo compulsory treatment. in parallel, in the group of states under consideration, the fight against drug crime is combined with active information and preventive work aimed at the most vulnerable layers of citizens, schoolchildren, youth, and people without certain sources of income. representatives of the countries of the second group are the usa, great britain, france, spain, etc. the third group is the “liberal group”. the most famous and prominent chairman of the third group is holland and a number of cantons of switzerland. since the 1950s, holland has followed the path of legalizing a number of drugs, such as marijuana, while becoming a european center for drug distribution. these processes cannot but worry the countries neighboring the netherlands and are of great concern to european countries, where there is an increase in drug crime, and primarily the spread of drugs. the french model of combating drug crime belongs to the second group the “group of less strict control”. in combating illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances, the state pays great attention to the problem of crime prevention and, first of all, special personal approaches to the rehabilitation of drug addicts. in france, state policy in the fight against drug addiction and drug trafficking is a complete ban on all types of drugs. french legislation generally complies with the international conventions ratified by france in 1961, 1971 and 1988, which prescribe prosecution for the possession and distribution of all substances classified as drugs [1]. the legal framework in the field of countering the spread of drugs in france is the laws of 1970, as well as of march 5, 2007, which focus on three areas: criminal prosecution of drug trafficking; prohibition of the use of all types of drugs; free anonymous treatment for drug addicts. moreover, it is worth noting that the country’s criminal policy directs prosecutors, if possible, to place maximum emphasis on abandoning repressive measures against drug users in favor of expanding the range of treatment and preventive measures with their further social adaptation, which is considered by many experts as a positive experience in france [2 ]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org in 1987, new approaches to drug addicts were developed, prescribing to consider them from the point of view of social behavior, and not depending on the type of substances used. the corresponding instructions prescribed the use of differentiated sanctions: a warning in case of one-time use, referral of chronic drug addicts for treatment, criminal prosecution for drug use associated with their distribution and other offenses. in addition, taking into account the ongoing liberal policy towards drug users, and as various sociological surveys show, the scale of drug use, especially the cannabis group, is increasing, all this forces law enforcement agencies to take a flexible approach when arresting drug addicts [3]. given this policy of virtually “criminal impunity” for drug users, despite the fact that drug use, according to the law, is punishable by one year in prison and a fine of 3,750 euros, according to the police, they are simply trying to “turn a blind eye” on such drug addicts, avoiding wasting official time on bureaucratic red tape, which does not lead to criminal punishment for the perpetrators. therefore, police officers in most cases use this legislative norm as compromising material to contact suppliers, and refer consumers themselves for treatment. the practical fight against drug addiction and substance abuse in france is focused on the consistent implementation of a number of government programs. the main attention is aimed at strengthening measures to prevent and reduce the use of drugs, psychotropic substances, alcohol abuse and smoking tobacco products, improving medical and special assistance to drug-dependent categories of the population. considering that a complete cure for chronic drug addicts, as is recognized here, is practically impossible, it is envisaged to create an alternative system for using less toxic drug replacement drugs, which should facilitate the gradual return of many of them to a normal lifestyle [4]. in 2013, france adopted a plan to combat drugs and addictive behaviors until 2017, which determines france’s strategy in this area for 4 years, which in its structure was divided into two parts (2013-2015, 20162017) [5]. it was based on a similar document from the european union. the main elements of the plan are as follows: measures to develop programs to inform about the risks of drug addiction and help in getting rid of a bad habit. an information portal has been opened on the basis of the public group “addictions, drogues, alcool info service” (adalis), which annually receives an average of about 150,000 telephone calls, 4 million letters via the internet, and consultations are held on the “panjo” program for helping young families. there are 24-hour hotlines and internet sites for consultations with relatives of drug addicts. the method of multilateral family therapy is being actively implemented (an integrated approach aimed at the active participation of relatives in treatment to accelerate the process of involving the drug addict in healthy social relationships). the methadone substitution therapy program is being expanded and access to it is being simplified, especially in penitentiary institutions. adaptation of the european program to combat cannabinoid addiction for youth “quit the shit” and the program “break the cycle”, aimed at helping build healthy interpersonal relationships. monitoring tools for hepatitis c and hiv are being developed in all addiction treatment centers and prisons. cooperation between justice agencies, law enforcement and public organizations. the importance of partnerships between youth counseling centers and juvenile police units is emphasized. fight against drug trafficking. in accordance with the law on ensuring internal security (loppsi 2), video surveillance and control of port areas, transport routes, and information interaction between american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org various law enforcement agencies are being strengthened. it is planned to equip customs posts with spectrometers in order to promptly monitor the emergence and traffic of new synthetic drugs. much attention is paid to combating drug trafficking on the internet. control over the sale of medicines on the internet is being strengthened, active search and blocking of access to sites selling drugs. the legislative framework is being revised to expand the list of grounds for establishing control over information flows (internet, social networks, telephone communications). development of scientific research in the field of combating addiction. introduction of a compulsory discipline in medical universities to study the psychology and behavior of drug addicts, establishment of master's programs and internships in this area. rapid exchange of data from french laboratories with european ones within the framework of the early warning system program to identify new psychotropic substances. the leading body in france in the field of combating narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances is created in 1982 [6]. the standing commission to combat substance abuse, which in 1996 was transformed into the interministerial commission to combat drugs and substance abuse (mildt), which in 2014 was also reorganized into the interministerial commission to combat drugs and addictive behaviors (mildeca) under the office of the prime minister -minister of france. all participants in this process are considered as partners of mildeca, they are provided with organizational, methodological, financial and other types of support. particular attention is paid to achieving maximum efficiency of joint efforts of all parties interested in the fight against drug addiction with their optimal financing from both the state and private sources. from the mildeca budget, funds are allocated to specific executors of government decisions, as well as to the implementation of targeted programs and individual projects of various levels and scales within the competence of the commission. in addition, it finances such socially significant associations as the french committee for monitoring drugs and substance abuse, and the information and methodological center for the study of drug addiction. the organizational structure of mildeca includes eight main functional departments, to the activities of which, taking into account their specifics, units of other relevant departments are connected. for example, representatives of the ministries of education, sports, agriculture, etc. are jointly involved in issues of information and preventive work. the ministry of justice, the ministry of internal affairs, the police, the gendarmerie, the customs service, etc. are involved in the strict observance and application of legislation in the fight against drugs. the ministry of health and a number of specialized institutions participate in the work of the scientific and analytical department, incl. national center for scientific research. the commission's international contacts are provided through the relevant structures of the french foreign ministry. it also has public relations services, coordination of projects and programs to combat drugs and substance abuse in the field, and a number of other units. the commission's staff is recruited and replenished from employees and specialists of various departments related to the occupation of its activities. at the regional level, since 1985, committees to combat substance abuse functioned, and at the commune level, administrative commissions for the suppression of offenses dealt with this problem. to increase the efficiency of this work, in 1996, new structures-committees to combat drugs and substance abuse were formed in the office of prefects of territorial departments, which are designed to more effectively implement public policy and coordinate the actions of all departments, public organizations and individuals in this area [7]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org mildeca also includes the french observatory on drugs and substance abuse (ofdt), which provides research support, involving, if necessary, various competent authorities. thus, currently ofdt operates within the framework of about 15 approved government programs. for example, the aramis research project is aimed at studying the reasons and motives for taking drugs, as well as identifying figurative associations among schoolchildren with various psychostimulant products (alcohol, smoking, marijuana and other drugs). the baro santé project involves studying the health of people from 11 to 85 years old, in the context of their use of psychostimulant products and their impact on health, establishing connections that caused certain diseases [8]. the ena-caarud project is carried out to study people who regularly use drugs. the task is to survey the drug addict being surveyed for certain factors: use (frequency, age when he tried drugs for the first time), method of use (injections, use of an unsterile needle), infectious diseases, social status, level of education, area of residence, social circle [9]. the eropp project is aimed at telephone surveys regarding the opinions of the french regarding alcohol, smoking, drugs, as well as assessing the actions of government authorities in the fight against their abuses [10]. a number of research projects are also being conducted in the field of health care, the distribution of drugs via the internet or through deliveries from abroad, identifying the approximate number of people suffering from psychological addictions to gambling, the internet, social networks, etc., establishing various specific significant facts-indicators for subsequent analyzing the research results and taking appropriate measures to regulate processes in this area. in france, there is a constant discussion of a range of issues related to the prevention and control of drug addiction, taking into account the many complex socio-economic aspects of this problem. various social activities, incl. specific initiatives and projects of various organizations, associations, and individuals contribute to high public awareness on this issue. public attention, in turn, stimulates the government and government agencies to make fairly energetic efforts to combat drug trafficking and drug addiction, improve relevant legislation, and expand international cooperation with all interested partners. taking into account the trend in many countries towards a constant increase in drug use among young people, the french experience, despite all the difficulties encountered, is regarded as positive and is of interest to teachers of educational institutions and specialists involved in drug prevention among children and adolescents [11] . the french approach consists of comprehensive actions in the sense of prevention and prevention, which require coordinated interaction of all members of the anti-drug team (teachers, educators, doctors, psychologists, parents, associations, police, territorial authorities, etc.). moreover, preventive anti-drug work within schools in various forms (health clubs, healthy lifestyles, committees for the education of a healthy lifestyle, committees for the education of a healthy lifestyle and citizenship, etc.) is actively developing in france. preventive work is also being actively carried out in french schools at the level of secondary prevention of drug abuse (that is, for persons who occasionally use drugs), and not at the primary level, preventing initiation into drug use. france actively participates in the work of the special commission of the european union dealing with all aspects of drug issues. during its meetings, issues of a common policy are discussed and common approaches are developed within the framework of joint activities of eu member states in this area. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org france, based on the concept of “all drugs are illegal,” pursues a consistent line of tough combat against any form of their distribution with the most tolerant attitude towards drug-dependent categories of the population [12]. it is worth noting that on october 11, 2016, as part of the modernization of the health care law, a drug-liberal law was adopted, related to the opening of a center for the controlled use of drugs in paris. this initiative was put forward in 2010 with the idea of creating centers in france where those suffering from drug addiction can take a dose in proper sanitary conditions, with sterile syringes and under the supervision of health workers, in order to avoid the spread of many diseases, in particular, such as aids and hepatitis. according to health officials, this method does not promote cessation of drug use, but makes it possible to involve patients who find themselves outside of society into the system of combating drug addiction, and the experience of neighboring countries has allegedly shown the benefits of such places for the prevention of hepatitis c and hiv. the mayor of paris, anne hidalgo, said at the opening of this center that “...we are leaving the door open to people who have nowhere else to go...”. moreover, an attempt to open a safe consumption hall in france was already made in 2013. the experiment was then approved by the national assembly, but the council of state (the highest court) rejected it as not complying with the narcotics law due to the non-medical nature of these institutions. debate over this experiment has continued since 2010. most republicans oppose it, believing that the existing system of combating drug addiction has proven its effectiveness and should be further developed. supervised drug consumption centers are an expensive project that does not solve the drug problem, and the government de facto legitimizes and encourages their use. supporters of this project note that the main goals are to reduce overdose mortality and prevent the spread of dangerous infectious diseases. the centers will be located in areas where the concentration of drug addicts is already large, and therefore will strengthen public order, and, according to them, the cost of the project is negligible compared to the funds allocated for the fight against drugs. thus, at present it is difficult to answer unambiguously whether this will be a positive experience for france or, on the contrary, will aggravate the current situation [13]. also noteworthy are the ongoing attempts in france to legalize marijuana. for example, in january 2015, a senator from the green party put forward a bill to legalize marijuana in order to reduce the number of criminal prosecutions and create additional revenue for the country’s budget. under this initiative, marijuana would be made available for recreational use by adult consumers. in her words, “the paradox is that in europe, french laws against marijuana smokers are among the strictest, and the number of users continues to grow steadily. compared to holland, for example, france lags far behind: we have a strong crackdown on drugs and our laws are based on punishment rather than prevention.” she also said that two million people use cannabis in france, and her bill to legalize marijuana “will end dealers, create 35,000 jobs and bring billions of euros into the treasury in taxes.” in april 2015, this proposal to legalize and regulate marijuana in the country was rejected. most of the objections of opponents of reforms are justified by moral standards. the arguments of legalization supporters are that the ban on the free circulation of marijuana does not prevent its use, but contributes to the strengthening and growth of organized crime, which is becoming american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org increasingly widespread in france. free circulation of cannabis would eliminate the existence of drug crime, which, in essence, is a product of drug prohibition. the main tasks of the projects are: collection, accumulation, analysis of information and taking measures to counter the spread of drugs; providing law enforcement agencies with the necessary information to identify the most active transnational criminal organizations involved in the supply of drugs; assistance in establishing links between transnational criminal organizations and suppliers of these drugs; performing the functions of a centralized array of information on illegal trafficking, seizure of drugs, and investigation of crimes regarding this type of drugs by national law enforcement agencies; conducting drug research. the general secretariat of interpol, in accordance with the established procedure, provides information from forensic records and data banks to member countries of interpol: about persons involved in cases related to drug trafficking; about criminal communities involved in drug trafficking; about the fact of drug seizure; about the main types of narcotic drugs or psychotropic substances available in illicit trafficking; about new types of drugs appearing in circulation; about methods of illegal drug production, the most common packaging methods, identified clandestine laboratories; about transportation channels and methods of concealment; reviews of statistics and law enforcement activities (analysis of drug seizures, trends in the fight against drug trafficking, information materials on the activities of specialized police services in various countries). when investigating crimes of a transnational nature related to drug trafficking, interpol's capabilities allow us to obtain significant information and contribute to the resolution of many crimes. in addition, in 1971, on the initiative of french president georges pompidou, the pompidou group was created within the council of europe (headquarters in strasbourg, france), with the goal of combating illegal drug use and trafficking. currently, 35 states participate in the work of the group. the group also includes the european commission. the usa and canada participate in some programs on an ad hoc basis. the task of this group is to promote the development of modern, multifaceted, effective and informed policies in the fight against drugs in the participating states. moreover, this group works with all structures involved in the fight against drug addiction: health care, social services, education, justice, law enforcement, as well as services dealing with youth and sports, and is the basis for coordinated actions within europe. the group also plays the role of a forum in which officials, experts and specialists exchange best practices in the fight against illicit drug trafficking. summing up the analysis of the national anti-drug strategy of france, we note that the main directions of this activity are the promotion of preventive policies aimed at reducing the demand and supply of narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances, the development of various centers for the provision of assistance and rehabilitation of drug addicts, stimulating their return to public life. today, france has a consolidated and diversified network of programs and various resources prepared and presented for people who use drugs. the programs involve both public and private organizations american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org with government funding. drug addicts undergo both outpatient treatment and substitution treatment. the state regards combating drug trafficking as one of the most important tasks of law enforcement agencies and provides great support to effective institutions aimed at combating drug crime. today, france combines rational legislation with aggressive, intensive and dynamic preventive, educational and educational work in the field of combating drug addiction, with the desire and determination to maintain the precarious parity between individual freedom and the health of the nation. references 1. klassen a.n., evdokimova d.n. trends in the development of foreign legislation on liability for crimes related to illegal drug trafficking. problems of law. 2012. no. 7. р. 143-146. 2. vlasov i.s., golovanova n.a., kubantsev s.p., menshikh a.a., chernukhina l.s. criminal legislation of foreign countries in the fight against drug addiction journal of foreign legislation and comparative law. 2008. no. 1. p. 92-133. 3. solovyova s.i. on the prevention of drug addiction in france. yaroslavl pedagogical bulletin. 2003. no. 1 (34). р. 166-167. 4. bure k.s. on some features of the policy of the french republic in the second half of the 20th century. in the field of countering the spread of drugs. drug control. 2008. no. 4. p. 40-43. 5. avakyan r.o. drug addiction: yesterday, today, tomorrow. part ii. current issues of anti-drug policy: international experience. science vector of tolyatti state university. series: legal sciences. 2016. no. 4 (27). р. 12-16. 6. nurkaeva t.n., yusupov n.v. foreign criminal legislation on liability for the legalization (laundering) of property obtained from the illicit trafficking of narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances or their analogues. bulletin of bist (bashkir institute of social technologies). 2011. no. 1. p. 70-82. 7. amir h. methods of confiscation of personal property in favor of the state in the legislation of iran and france (comparative analysis) bulletin. 2015. no. 3-12 (189). pp. 148-154. 8. zhilina n.yu. features of international legal prevention and fight against drug crime, narcotics and drug addiction. scientific bulletins of belgorod state university. series: philosophy. sociology. right. 2010. no. 11. p. 110-119. 9. rastoropov s.v. punishability for committing elements of laundering under the french criminal code. man: crime and punishment. 2014. no. 4. р. 17-21. 10. menshikh a.a. criminal liability for participation in criminal communities under french law. journal of russian law. 2006. no. 7 (115). р. 122-134. 11. shalomova e.v. pedagogical prevention of addictive forms of behavior in adolescents, carried out in france. scientific opinion. 2015. no. 3-2. р. 145-149. 12. idrisov n.t. foreign experience in combating illicit drug trafficking and the possibility of its application in russia. law and order in modern society. 2016. no. 30. p. 108-114. 13. zheenmyrzaeva b.zh. the effectiveness of legislation in non-cis countries regarding drug use. young scientist. 2015. no. 22 (102). р 585-589. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org the development of oral speech when working with a special text rasulmuxamedova durdona tolkundjanovna associate professor of the tashkent state law university, сandidate of philology sciences, e-mail: d.rasulmuxamedova@tsul.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the features of language and speech, as well as the development of oral and written speech of students through working with text. the article presents tasks and examples that encourage students to understand the grammar of the uzbek language by working with texts orally and in writing, as well as aspects that should be paid attention to when compiling them. language, discourse, text, oral and written speech, communication, specialty, jurisprudence and legal terms. introduction language is a sign of culture. in our multinational republic, the state language is uzbek, and now it is important to learn another language. because at a time when there is a great demand and interest in learning many foreign languages such as english, french, german, japanese and chinese, the teaching of our state language, uzbek, requires great responsibility from our teachers. in particular, russian groups of law schools teach students to use the uzbek language based on legal materials, improve oral and written speech, develop their skills in political and social sciences and legal texts, and develop legal texts in specific speech situations. the main task is to speed up the process of learning the uzbek language. for this, it is necessary to reform the principles, content and methodology of teaching uzbek as a second language. it is best to use both simple and effective methods of learning and teaching russian to students. to achieve this, each teacher must have the necessary level of knowledge and skills, based on the requirements of the time. the goals of language learning are different. while some students only need to use and understand ready-made phrases for short periods of time, some require formal communication while others need language skills. regardless of which language learning method is used, it is important that each student is treated individually. each student is different in their abilities, abilities, diligence and diligence. an experienced teacher should identify these qualities in a timely manner and take them into account when teaching the language and completing assignments. some students hear well and can use the words and phrases they hear correctly and in the right place. some students have developed eyesight, so they can memorize words and phrases and create new sentences. some may learn grammar first and then form sentences and phrases. if they are not good at grammar rules, they may find it difficult to translate or write. some students have the opportunity to learn a language independently of a book or computer, and the teacher only gives them instructions. other students learn every word and every phrase based american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org on grammar rules. for this reason, it is advisable to develop a learning plan tailored to the student's personality. russian language students of nominal groups need to communicate with other people. this is because there is a need for such activities in order for speech to occur. for example, a child who is in business may engage in speech activities to get advice from others or to identify something specific. in natural speech, a vital factor that produces speech activity. materials and methods at the lessons of the uzbek language, it is necessary to create such a need, first of all, for the conversational activity of russian-speaking students. however, our observations show that many teachers pay little attention to this factor. it is well known that the student's speech activity arising under these conditions is determined by the task of the teacher, which is not related to his or her internal needs. the situation that arises when performing such a task is not focused directly on the process of communication. in russian groups, the grammar of the uzbek language must be explained by oral and written texts, and not by texts and examples from uzbek grammar and theoretical knowledge. since students perceive the text more easily, they learn to work with the dictionary, determining the meaning of complex words in the text. a student working with a dictionary expands the range of ideas, expands his vocabulary and freely translates a given topic or task. using a dictionary, the student can easily distinguish between words that are characteristic of the literary language and words that are found only in colloquial speech. when working with text, the student will be able to create a dictionary of complex words in the text. in the process of learning a language, speaking is the most important. at the base of the student's language speech, that is, in the process of communication, he or she develops the ability to speak fluently and clearly in the uzbek language. in every process, the most important way to develop these skills is by asking questions. various text questions and oral exercises help students expand their vocabulary. another problem with the development of students' oral speech is the correct organization of the learning process on how to communicate with grammatical rules. if a student deliberately masters theoretical material that reflects language features, he or she will develop his or her speech skills and abilities, but in most cases, students who understand grammar rules well will not be able to apply or apply these rules in live speech. often this is because the development of grammar rules during the lesson and the development of appropriate speaking skills are usually not associated with live communication. one of the best ways to organize this work is communication. this method is also widely used in teaching foreign languages. of course, there is a big difference between teaching uzbek and russian. however, there is one common foundation that links these two disciplines, one of which is communication effectiveness. another way to engage students in practical speech is to engage students in a discussion of an issue or topic that is relevant to their current social life. for example, a live tv show, a tennis or football championship, an interesting press debate, and an event can be the basis for discussion. the initial word used in the discussion is to draw students' attention to the content of the sentence and to show that each student has their own reasoning on the subject with logical and reasonable reasoning. rewarding such a student speech is a good result. therefore, the main goal of teaching the uzbek language in russian-speaking groups is to speak clearly, freely, express your thoughts orally and in writing, know a specific vocabulary and use them in your speech activity. the student must be able to present the text of the lexical and grammatical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org material that he has learned during the year, understand the teacher's speech, assignments and questions, and be able to ask questions to others. the effective fulfillment of this task depends on the level of knowledge, pedagogical skills, readiness and will of the teacher, their abilities and responsibility. the teacher can fulfill these requirements mainly during the lesson. learning is part of the learning process, which takes place at a specific time. the teacher must rely on the content and nature of the teaching material when choosing the most effective way of presenting the topic material to students during the course of teaching. thus, the main goal of teaching the uzbek language in russian-speaking groups is to speak clearly, freely, express one's thoughts orally and in writing, know a specific vocabulary and use them in one's speech activity. the student must be able to present the text of the lexical and grammatical material that he has learned during the year, understand the teacher's speech, assignments and questions, and be able to ask questions to others. research results and analysis it is well known that at the lessons of the uzbek language in russian groups of higher educational institutions, texts of specialties of students are studied in the areas of their specialization. the purpose of such texts is to develop students' ability to communicate not only in uzbek, but also to communicate in their field. after all, you must use several methods to organize such lessons at the same time. for example, translating texts, analyzing terms, creating questions, conducting conversations and dialogues, and much more. in addition, it is advisable to use a variety of special games during the course. the integrated use of these methods in the classroom helps the student to think independently and express his thoughts accurately and in speech. when working on specific texts during the course, the teacher should consider the following: the chosen topic should be interesting, relevant and based on the specialty; terms in texts should be carefully studied; questions should be sequentially constructed; listen carefully to students' answers; create conditions for their free communication; involve all students in the class; interpretation of students' opinions. when mastering legal terms, students use texts that are directly related to their studies when learning the state language. learns how to use specialty words, legal terms, their meanings, verbs and phrases, and also identifies keywords that are often found in the legal field. translation of texts and compilation of vocabulary also includes the formation and development of oral and written speech among russianspeaking students. using legal texts, students learn legal terminology and try to find alternatives in uzbek and russian. currently, a number of legal terms have been found in the native language. this, of course, is positive. for example: civil code fuqarolik codes, physical evidence asheviy dalil, miravoy court judge murosa, ordalie қiynoқ usuli, private law khususiy ҳuқukқ, etc. however, some legal terms have become widely used by the general public and are widely used in general practice. do these terms need to be translated into uzbek? examples include transportation, declarations, prosecutors, lawyers, amnesties, and more. such words are popular among the general public and do not need to be translated. obviously, jurisprudence requires linguistics, and future law professors must master both american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org philological and legal sciences. law students may be given the following tasks to work with text related to their area of specialization during the course of the lessons. crime and punishment. responsibility for crime. a crime is a socially dangerous act provided for by criminal law. crimes are characterized by their nature and degree of social danger: low social risk; less heavy; heavy; divided into very serious crimes. crimes punishable by law with imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years, as well as crimes punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years, are classified as misdemeanors. less serious crimes are intentional crimes punishable by law with imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years, but not more than five years, as well as crimes punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years. serious crimes are intentional crimes punishable by law for up to five years, but not more than ten years. intentional crimes are punishable by law with more than ten years' imprisonment or life imprisonment. punishment is a coercive measure applied to a person convicted of a crime by a court verdict that deprives a person of freedom or restricts his rights and freedoms. the court can impose a criminal penalty only on a person found guilty of a crime. in the history of mankind there has always been a sharp struggle against the negative social phenomenon of crime. fines for persons found guilty of a crime; deprivation of a certain right; compulsory public works; correctional work; service limitation; restriction of freedom; referral to a disciplinary unit; life imprisonment may be applied. work on the text 1. identify keywords in the text. 2. find the legal terms found in the text. 3. create questions based on the text. 4. describe the context of the text. 5. what other types of crimes do you know? 6. comment on different areas of crime. exercise 1. make sentences with these phrases. criminal liability, individual, intentional crime, complex criminal offense, penitentiary system, deprivation of certain rights, correctional labor, restriction of service, deprivation of liberty, transfer to a disciplinary unit, deprivation of rank, mitigation of punishment, social danger, regret, criminal code. exercise 2. translate the text into uzbek. the objectives of the criminal code are to protect individuals, their rights and freedoms, public and state interests, property, the environment, peace and human security from criminal encroachments, as well as the prevention of crime and the education of citizens in the spirit of observing the constitution and laws of the republic. (article 2 cc) exercise 3. translate these phrases into uzbek and make sentences with these phrases. fundamental rights, social justice, legal culture, personal rights and freedoms, state bodies, public associations, social activity, political parties, social security, schooling, scientific and technical creativity, judicial protection, spiritual and cultural heritage. high responsibility, constitute, equal, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org interest, expresses, conducts, is, determined, based, society, freedom, public association, established, dignity, justice, legality, welfare, citizenship, encroachment. сonclusions as you can see, there are several tasks associated with working with a single text. these activities help students develop their oral and written language. thus, this type of training will have a significant impact not only on the professional development of students, but also on their creativity, diligence and activity. while working on the text, the student must read and speak correctly, distinguish between legal terms in the text. in conclusion, it should be said that the science of linguistics is also necessary in jurisprudence, in addition, it is desirable that future legal personnel be fluent in the secrets of philology along with the legal sciences. list of used literature 1.ramazanov, n. n. (2023). considerations on the essay genre. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 9, 117-121. 2.turabaeva, l. k., & ramazanov, n. n. (2023). speech culture and language purity. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 12, 153-156. 3.пулатова, у. (2021). отбор и описание лингвистических средств, представленных в уголовнопроцессуальных документах. общество и инновации, 2(5/s), 30-38. 4.фаттахова а. роль современной литературы в подготовке юридических кадров в условиях карантина //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 2. – с. 280-281. 5.матенов р. б. особенности обучения студентов вариантности синтаксических единиц //academic research in educational sciences. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 477-483. 6. ziyamukhamedova, s. t. (2022). how language affects consciousness, thoughts and worldview. international journal of early childhood special education, 14(4). 7. gulyamova gulnora yakubovna, nurshasha almatova. language, rights and legal culture., the peerian journal open access | peer reviewed volume 15, february, 2023. 8.rasulmuxamedova, d. (2023). topics and issues raised in the works of gafur gulyam. world bulletin of management and law, 18, 68-70. 9.бозорова, н. п. (2020). бадиий асар қаҳрамони тақдирида ҳужжатлар ўрни. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (2), 71-75. 10.ниязова н. ж. актуальность изучения страноведческих текстов в реализации единства обучения и воспитания студентов //экономика и социум. – 2023. – №. 2 (105). – с. 964-968. 11.khulkar a., khashimova d., niyazova n. on the basis of an integrated course, teaching professionally oriented foreign language vocabulary to students of non-linguistic specialities //asean journal on science & technology for development. – 2022. – т. 39. – №. 4. – с. 237-241. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org developing views on discursive analysis khusanova indira akbardjanovna tаshkеnt stаtе trаnspоrt univеrsity аssistаnt оf thе dеpаrtmеnt оf fоrеign lаnguаgеs orcid: https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2407-0786 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article aims to delve into the various perspectives surrounding discursive analysis, including its theoretical foundations, methodological approaches, and its significance in comprehending social phenomena. additionally, we will examine the obstacles and critiques faced by discursive analysis, and propose potential avenues for its advancement in addressing these concerns. practical applications, discursive practices, social practices, methodological approaches, practical implementations, communication practices, including vocabulary, grammar, syntax, rhetorical devices. introduction the foundations of discursive analysis lie in the belief that language is not a neutral means of communication, but rather a tool that molds social reality and power dynamics. this viewpoint is grounded in the contributions of philosophers and social theorists like michel foucault, jacques derrida, and judith butler, who contend that language is not merely a mirror of reality, but a potent force that constructs and perpetuates social norms, values, and institutions. from this perspective, language is intricately woven into wider discursive practices that shape our comprehension of the world and impact our thoughts, emotions, and behaviors. from this theoretical standpoint, discursive analysis aims to reveal the concealed power dynamics and ideological biases present within language and discourse. its objective is to dismantle how language is employed to create and sustain social inequalities, hierarchies, and injustices. by examining the underlying structures of discourse, discursive analysis illuminates how power operates within society and influences our daily interactions and social practices. approaches to methodology in discursive analysis there exist various methodological approaches to discursive analysis, each employing its own set of techniques and procedures. one commonly used approach is discourse analysis, which focuses on the linguistic characteristics and patterns found in texts and conversations. discourse analysts scrutinize the use of language, including vocabulary, grammar, syntax, and rhetorical devices, to comprehend how meaning is constructed and conveyed. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org another approach is critical discourse analysis, which goes beyond the linguistic aspects of discourse to analyze its broader social and political implications. critical discourse analysts investigate how language is employed to rationalize and perpetuate inequalities, discrimination, and oppression. they also pay attention to the production and dissemination of discourses in various contexts, such as media, politics, and everyday interactions. through this approach, critical discourse analysis aims to uncover the power relations and ideological struggles embedded within discourse, while challenging dominant discourses that marginalize certain groups and perspectives. discursive analysis is a method employed in the realm of social sciences to scrutinize and decipher texts, discourses, and conversations. it entails the examination of how language is employed to construct significance and mold social reality. throughout time, discursive analysis has evolved into a fundamental instrument for researchers and academics across diverse disciplines such as sociology, psychology, political science, anthropology, and communication studies. consequently, acquiring a profound comprehension of discursive analysis and its practical implementations is imperative for individuals with an inclination toward social science research. literature review the relevance of discursive analysis in comprehending social phenomena cannot be overstated. it provides valuable insights into various aspects such as identity formation, social movements, political discourse, media representation, and organizational communication. through the application of discursive analysis, researchers can delve into the intricate ways in which language molds our understanding of identity and influences social and political transformations. for instance, discursive analysis has proven instrumental in examining the construction of gender and sexuality in media and popular culture, shedding light on the role of language in shaping public opinion and policy debates [6,7]. moreover, discursive analysis plays a crucial role in unraveling the dynamics of organizational communication and power structures within the workplace. by scrutinizing the discourses employed in organizational settings, researchers can uncover the concealed power relations and symbolic meanings that underpin organizational practices and decision-making processes. this knowledge can assist organizations in comprehending the impact of language on employee perceptions and behavior, ultimately fostering more inclusive and equitable communication practices. considerable research has been dedicated to investigating discourse in both domestic and foreign linguistics, as well as in various other fields of humanitarian knowledge. linguists, literary critics, sociologists, political scientists, cultural scientists, psychologists, ethnographers, and philosophers all engage in the study of discourse due to its numerous interpretations. simultaneously, novel approaches are emerging, unveiling new dimensions of this complex phenomenon. z. harris, the pioneer in comprehending the concept of "discourse," emphasizes its dynamic nature, setting it apart from the static structure of text [1]. numerous studies in both russian and foreign linguistics have been dedicated to the examination of discourse. however, despite this extensive research, a universally accepted definition of the term remains elusive, leading to extensive debates on the concept. in the past, discourse was commonly regarded as synonymous with text. nowadays, discourse is typically contrasted with various other phenomena such as text, speech, communication, style, dialogue, and thinking [2]. furthermore, an important and intricate opposition exists between the linguistics of the text and discourse analysis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org discourse is juxtaposed with text as it encompasses the dynamic nature of speech, acquiring specific meaning within a given context. this meaning is influenced by communicative goals (intentions), circumstances, properties of communicants, and semantic features. while discourse represents a coherent text, the text itself also possesses a certain level of coherence. consequently, sentences within the text are interconnected lexically and grammatically through conjunctions, allied words, references, ellipses, lexical means, repetitions, and intonation [8,9]. the distinctiveness of discourse lies in the fact that we perceive the text not only about external communication circumstances but also based on our own linguistic and cultural background. the perception and analysis of information take into account pragmatic components, which encompass linguistic and cultural knowledge, encyclopedic knowledge, personal experience, linguistic and cultural models (representations of the world), as well as background knowledge, and speech etiquette [10,11]. one possible approach to text analysis involves studying a text within the context of real-life linguistic communication. n.d.arutyunova's interpretation of discourse as "a related text in combination with extralinguistic, pragmatic, socio-cultural, psychological, and other factors; a text situated within a specific event; speech immersed in real-life" takes into consideration the connection between an event and an action[3]. the term "other factors" typically encompasses age, gender, education, profession, social status, knowledge, and personal characteristics. kibrik views discourse as a synthesis of the communication process and its outcome, the text: "due to this duality, discourse can be examined both as a process that unfolds over time and as a structural entity. discourse is the most comprehensive term, encompassing all forms of language use"[4] research methodology the definitions provided above illustrate discourse as a text situated within a larger framework, taking into consideration the social, cultural, and psychological aspects of communication. discourse is often associated with the concept of context, as it is the social context that necessitates an analysis of the text, considering situational specifics, environmental conditions, historical and cultural realities at the time of creation, and the personal characteristics of the participants. van dyke defines discourse as a phenomenon that encompasses a social context, providing insights into both the participants involved in communication and the processes of producing and perceiving the message [12,13]. the scholar emphasizes that communication always occurs within a social context. according to t.a.van deyk, a speech act must be acceptable and appropriate to the social conditions or setting to be successful. it is not solely the social context itself that holds significance, but rather its comprehension, interpretation, and decoding by the communicants. van deyk identifies four primary types of general social context: personal, public, institutional (formal), and informal. the social context determines the permissible actions of communicants, which are governed by behavioral and speech etiquette, as well as conventional conventions [5]. the structural design of discourse, being a linguistic unit of utmost significance, is distinguished by a vast array of typological attributes. areas of discourse study that hold great potential include an intricate examination of discourse taxonomy, its typological characteristics, and the various genres it encompasses. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org challenges and criticisms of discursive analysis discursive analysis, despite its strengths, has encountered criticisms and challenges. one primary criticism is its tendency to excessively focus on language and discourse, neglecting the material and structural aspects of social phenomena. critics argue that by prioritizing language, discursive analysis may undermine the importance of economic, political, and institutional factors that also shape social reality. analysis and results. another challenge lies in the potential for subjective interpretation within discursive analysis. given that language is inherently open to multiple interpretations, biases, and preconceptions can influence the analysis. researchers may inadvertently project their perspectives and assumptions onto the discourse, resulting in limited or distorted interpretations. to address these challenges and criticisms, it is crucial to develop a more nuanced and integrative perspective on discursive analysis. this entails recognizing the interplay between language, structure, and agency in shaping social phenomena. rather than viewing language as the sole determinant of social reality, it is important to consider the broader material and institutional contexts that also influence the production and interpretation of discourse. furthermore, enhancing the credibility and validity of discursive analysis requires the development of more rigorous and transparent methodological approaches. this involves clearly defining research questions, sampling strategies, and analytic techniques, while also being reflexive about potential biases and limitations. by incorporating multiple perspectives and diverse voices in the analysis, researchers can ensure that their interpretations are inclusive and representative of the complex nature of social reality [14,15,16]. moreover, the exploration of discursive analysis necessitates a heightened focus on its practical implications and real-world applications. instead of solely critiquing prevailing discourses, scholars can utilize discursive analysis to advocate for alternative narratives and empower marginalized voices. by uncovering the power dynamics and inequalities embedded within discourse, discursive analysis can actively contribute to social change and foster communication practices that are more equitable and inclusive. conclusion and recommendations to summarize, the development of perspectives on discursive analysis entails acknowledging its theoretical foundations, methodological approaches, and relevance in comprehending social phenomena. by addressing the challenges and criticisms associated with discursive analysis, and by incorporating diverse viewpoints and practical applications, researchers can cultivate a more robust and comprehensive comprehension of how language shapes social reality. as discursive analysis continues to progress, it possesses immense potential for advancing social science research and facilitating a more nuanced understanding of the intricate dynamics of power and meaning within society. references 1. harris z. s. discourse analysis [текст] / z. s. harris // language. – 1952. – v. 28. № 1. 2. асмус н. г. интернет-дискурс в свете нового типа коммуникации – компьютерного общения [текст] / н. г. асмус // слово, высказывание, текст в когнитивном, прагматическом и культурологическом аспектах: материалы международ. научно-практ. конф. – челябинск, 2001. с. 74-75. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 3. лэс – лингвистический энциклопедический словарь / гл. ред. в. н. ярцева. – м.: сов. энциклопедия, 1990. – 683 с. 4. кибрик а. а. модус, жанр и другие параметры классификации дискурсов. модус, жанр и другие параметры классификации дискурса [текст] / а. а. кибрик // вопросы языкознания. 2009, №2. м., «наука». с. 5-16. 5. дейк т. а. ван. принципы критического анализа дискурса [текст] / т. а. ван дейк // перевод и лингвистика текста. – м., 1994. – с.169-217. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org social partnership in social work suyumova markhabo student, ferghana state university m. abdurakhmonova scientific supervisor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this is in the article, social affairs about information and social of partnership importance as well as social at work social of partnership positive and negative characteristics about data given passed. both social of partnership time on demand suitable big features about wide data given passed. social work, country, people, attitude, help, life, well-being. introduction social work is that to people people between relationships solution to do and in society social in changes to help directed, their vital well-being increase in order to help display and support according to professional is an activity. social the work wide in a sense social event as social of help to himself special is a model. him of society clearly one historical during social, political and cultural development features suitable respectively come true releases in the narrow sense while social the work social necessary activity to be, people, social to groups personal and social difficulties in overcoming help to give directed. social the work concept, social of work professional activity type as expanded developed to go society life of activity all to the fields effect pointer intense changes to the period right came social of problems sharp increase of the population a lot part state by social protection and protection needs being to stay reason it has been. american professor charles zastrov writes: " social the work to people, families, groups and to societies, their personal, interpersonal, socio-economic and political opportunities their life activity conditions improve at the expense of in raising help show in the process of people right and opportunities to expand directed. the world according to social of work huge experience there is. in our country social the work according to acquired lack of experience it's not. however today's to the day come in our country changed going social situations social the work concept justification and him to practice current to do demand will be done. uzbekistan republic president's " women and girls support and family institute strengthening in the field activity fundamentally improvement measures about". to the decree according to the population social protection needs layer medical and social help show system more improvement, social of the field management organs for personnel preparation and them of the population certain group with to work specialization, separate customer, customers group ( families, women, children, youth, elderly and etc. ) with current from tasks one being remains this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org is it in the situation social work occupation and as an academic discipline learning very important and efficient the fact that open moon manifestation is happening of the population different layers with social the work take to go their in society life well-being provide, their in his life positive changes done increase, social supply done increase directed is an activity. social supply the term while wide in a sense of the population well-being to provide directed all organizational problems solution to reach own into takes social the work and social supply to each other closely depends and mutually equal to is a concept. education field, health storage field of citizens itself manage bodies, population employment provide, elderly and the children social protection to do, to the population social help show, social insurance, physical and mental defects there is to people service show, social rehabilitation centers such as all of them social supply in turn enters last in days in our country social the work in the field wide scope affairs done increased to the population complex approach based on professional social services show system current to do in order to social protection national agency organize done of the agency main of duties one heavy social to the situation fell and drop off danger was population with addressed to work organize from doing consists of and individual approach to 31 categories of the population according to social services neighborhood level organize is enough in particular: • old age persons and the elderly; • others care needs was persons; • disability was persons; • less provided families; • to violence encountered persons; • disabled their children was to families and of his parents one disabled was children; • guardianship received families; • an orphan and a true orphan children; • separately to education needs persons social help and services with cover is taken . agency by to the population the following main social services and aids is displayed: • less provided to families and to mehant incompetent to the population allowances and material aids to give • the elderly and disability was persons and work veterans for sanatoriums and in boarding houses social services organize reach • population prosthetic orthopedics products and rehabilitation technical tools with provision; • disability was individuals preferential and free of charge stationary treatment provision; • disability was of individuals alone in order rehabilitation programs work output; social of work generalized object ( customer ) of society social its structure groups and their teams separately their voices is considered modern russian in society professional activity as it is different different ( traditional and innovative ) forms, methods and technologies using done is increased. social work professional activity type as seeing if we go out, that's it separately to individuals, people groups them protection to do and support through help show through human relationships harmonization to emphasize that the activity can social work is professional activity being his meaning social relationships in order put them modern civilized society requirements coordination, their rationality, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org humanity, subjectivity increase, individuals, groups, ethnic of groups connections from reinforcement consists of groups, families state and society with, social technologies is the type. summary by doing to say possible social the work employee social problems solution in doing differently approaches above telling as passed . social to the defense needs a person psychological, medical, legal or other different to help needs to be can that's why social for too the work field most of the time psychology and right such as directions with is related . social the work employee mature frame to be for theoretical knowledge, and practice thorough by learning to go necessary references: 1. social the work ethics. textbook. tashkent "science and technology ", 2015 2. mxg'aniyeva, qnkayumov, mbsherov. social to work crish textbook tashkent: 2020 3. avvakhabov, sh.sh. zakhidova, bbbakhtiyorov, d.sh. odinayev, jnfayzullayev. social the work and social to supply access textbook. tosheknt " economy-finance ", 2018 4. www.lex.uz 5. www.dara kchi.uz 6. ganieva m. kh. qn kayumov, sherov m. v. social to work introduction [ text ]: textbook / mx ganiyeva, qn kayumov, mb sherov. -tashkent: "malik print co, 2021. 252 p. 7. yusufovich, aa, & son, eoa (2022). pedagogical basis of improving communicative competence of future teachers. science and innovation, 1 (b3), 40-46. 8. a. soliyev : uzbekistan economic social geography . tashkent 2014. 31-b 5. abdullaev u. valikhonova g: fergana valley population: ethnicity of the composition formation and ethnocultural relationships history t. nowruz, 2016. 9. alisher son, eo (2022). teaching students to think critically is a key pedagogical problem. journal of new century innovations, 4 (1), 52-59. http://www.darakchi.uz/ http://www.darakchi.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org syli̇sti̇c structures in the poetry of muhammad saad jabr al-hasnawi̇ collecti̇on al-hasnawi̇ as a model lecturer. ghassan abbas abdel-zahra al-saadi the general directorate of education in maysan governorate – iraq e-mail: ghassanabbas666@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s if we traced the textual focus that ruled the borders of al-hasnawi's text, and deepened his hopes with the constituent idea, we would find it mixed and coherent within the hidden code in the spirit of the text, and this is what made his text extended within the paths of the text that gather meaning in depth instead of flatness. the poet defined the richness of the text through the structures of his text. stylistic, as he was able to employ it as an idea of vision; in order to define the flow of language and its stylistic nature according to this vision, and this is an intellectual, cultural and cognitive energy that he adopted in drawing the features of his poetic text. the poet was able to write the topography of his poetic text in a revival style, subject to objective interpretation according to the eloquence of the intense language and the presence of the element of the poetic image, within the scope of the coherent focal structure to arouse the imagination of the recipient,perhaps the most important thing in his texts is how to create semantics and use them in the composition of the poetic sentence, and the composition of the mental image with sound dimensions in the modern text. among the results that we have reached is that the hasnawi poet is an extension of the poets of the modern era, such as (al-jawahiri, mustafa jamal al-din) and others. his poetry still stems from the language,the revelations raised by this language do not appear in the words, but they hide and hide in their various paths,this is what characterized his poetics and what we clearly realize in his poetic texts, as he seeks through his possession of language tools to live the depth of mental perception that coordinates between the inner feeling and the external effect, and this is what makes his poetic text possess a wide space of spiritual structures; because it suggests to the recipient what is intended and intended.. hasnawi, interrogative, appeal, quranic intertextuality, poetic intertextuality. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org البُنى األُسلوبيَّةُ في ِشْعِر ُمَحْمد سعد جبر الحسناوي ديواُن الحسناوي انموذجا م. غّسان عبّاس عبد الّزهرة السَّاعدي المديريةُ العامةُ لتربيِة ميسان e-mail: ghassanabbas666@gmail.com الُمستخلص داخل ومتماسكة ممزوجة لوجدناها, المكونة الفكرة مع أمانيه وعمقت, الحسناوي النص حدود حكمت التي النصية البؤرة تتبعنا لو حدد فالشفاعر, التسفح بدل العمق في المعنى تجمع التي النص مسفال داخل ممتدا نصفه جعل ما وهذا, النص روح في الخفية الشففرة هذه وفق األسفووبية وماهيتها الوغة جريان يحدد لكي لورؤيا؛ كفكرة يوظفها أن اسفتحا إذ, األسفووبي نصفه بنيات خالل من النص ثريا . الشعري نصه مالم رسم في اعتمدها معرفية ثقافية فكرية طاقة وهذه, الرؤيا وحضفور المكثفة الوغة بالغة وفق الموضفوعي لوتأويل قابوة, ناهضفة بأسفووبية الشفعري نصفه تضفاري يكتب أن الشفاعر اسفتحا خوق كيفية هو نصفوهفه في شفي أم ولعلَّ , المتوقي خيال إلثارة المتماسف البؤري التركيب نحاق ضفمن, الشفعرية الصفورة عنصفر . الحديث النص في الصوتية األبعاد ذات الذهنية الصورة وتركيب, الشعرية الجموة تكوين في واستخدامها الدالالت اعر أنَّ إليها توهفونا التي النتائج ومن ( الدين جمال ومصفحفى, الجواهري)كففففف , الحديث العصفر لشفعرا امتداد هو الحسفناوي الشفَّ مساربها في وتتوارى تختبئ ولكنها, الكومات في تظهر ال موحيات من الوغة هذه تثيره وما, الوغة من تنبع تزل لم فشاعريته, وغيرهما يعيش أن الوغة أدوات امتالكه خالل من يسففعى فهو, الشففعرية نصففوهففه في جويا ندركه وما شففاعريته به انمازت ما وهذا, المتنوعة من رحبة مسففاحة يمتو الشففعري نصففه يجعل ما وهذا, الخارجي واألثر الداخوي الشففعور بين ما ينسففق الذي الذهني التصففور عمق . والمقصد بالمراد لومتوقي توحي ألنَّها الروحية؛ التراكيب .الشعري التناص, القرآني التناص, الندا , االستفهام, الحسناوي :المفتاحية الكلمات الُمقـدمةُ تمثُل األسففووبية واحدة من أبرز المناهج النقدية الحديثة وأكثرها اسففتيعابا وقدرة عوى تفكي شفففرات النص األدبي وتحويوه تحويال دقيقا ومحايدا , ينأى به بعيدا عن المؤثرات الذاتية والشففخصففية الضففيقة واالنحباعية, ويكاد يقترد إلى درجة كبيرة جدا من مضففمار عومي, الفذي ال يقبفل االنحيفاز والتفأثر بفالعوامفل والمؤثرات الخفارجيفة األخرى في المجتمع, ألن مسففففار الفدراسففففة العوميفة التحويفل ال الصفحيحة والتحويل الموضفوعي الدقيق لونص األدبي ينحوق أسفاسفا من مفهوم مسفتويات البنية الوغوية التي يحفل بها النص األدبي, من يرافق عموية اإلبدا األدبي لونص من عوامل ومؤثّرات محيحة كثيرة توقي بظاللها عويه . غير أن يأخذ بعين االعتبار ما iالشَّاِعُر في ُسحور ● ( م, حيث أكمل الدراسفة االبتدائية في مدرسفة 1960هو المهندس محمد سفعد جبر حسفين الحسفناوي, ولد في النجأل األشفرم عام ) الجامعة –النهروان ثم إعدادية النجأل, وبعدها حصففففل عوى البكالوريوس في هندسففففة الكهربا األمير. والمتوسففففحة في متوسففففحة ( م. درس الشففعر 1999كوية اآلداد عام) -جامعة الكوفة -( م, كما حصففل عوى البكالوريوس في الوغة العربية1986التكنولوجية عام) وحفظ الكثير لومتنبي وعمر أبو ريشة والعديد من الشعرا . تُهُ األَدبيَّةُ.مؤلفا ● .2000ديوان الحسناوي الجز األول عام -1 .2009لو ينتهي الحب )مجموعة شعرية (, -2 .2لو ينتهي الحب ج -3 .2009سنا )مجموعة قصصية( -4 .2016رواية فندق السالم, -5 . 2020فيُض الروح )مجموعة شعرية( -6 الفصُل األوُل. األسلوبية عند القدماء .المبحُث األوُل : البُنى يُعدُّ الجاحُظ أول من تناول موضففوَ األسففووِد في تراثنا العربي القديم, وإن لم يسففتعمل مصففحو األسففوود بشففكل مباشففر, ولكن لكالم. تحدث عن النظم أي حسفففن اختيار الوفظة المفردة اختيارا موسفففيقيا ومعجميا وإيحائيا , كما فّرَق بيَن نظم القرآن ونظم سفففائر ا فوي يعرم فُروَق النَّظَر واختالم البحث إال َمن عرم القصففيدَ -فيقول: " فَرق ما بين نَْظم القرآن وتأليفه ونَظِم سففائر الكالم وتأليفه .ii" سائل ْجر, والمخمَّ من األسجا والمزاوج من المنثور, والخحب من الرَّ من الزَّ يضففا فقال:" إنما يعرم فضففل القرآن من كثر نُظره, واتسففع عومه, وفهم مذاهب العرد وتحرَق ابُن قتيبة إلى مفهوِم األسففووِد أ وافتنانها في األسفاليب"iii, ويربط ابُن قتيبة بيَن األسفووِد والموقأِل فيها يُعرم بمراعاةِ مقتضفى الحال, فيقول: الخحيب من العرد إذا ذل لم يأِت من واٍد واحد, بل يفتن فيختصر تارة إرادة التخفيأل, ويحيل ارتجل كالما في نكاح أو حمالة أو تحضيض أو هو أو أشبه mailto:ghassanabbas666@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org تارة إرادة أعوى االفهام؛ وكذل ربط ابن قتيبة فهم القرآن بسففعة العوم وفهم مذاهب العرد وطرقها في تشففكيل أسففاليبها كما ربط بين وقأل وسعيهم إلى تنو األساليب واالفتنان فيها.األسوود وطرق أدا المعنى, والتفت أدا الخحبا لوربط بين األسوود والم وعرض الخحابي لمفهوم األسففوود أيضففا , فقد اختوفت رؤيته عمن سففبقه, إذ ربط الخحابي بين األسففوود والموضففو الشففعري ا الباد, واعتبر تعدد األسفاليب مقترنة بتعدد الموضفوعات, وقال ذل في سفياق حديثه عن المعارضفات, "وها هنا وجه آخر يدخل هذ ولي بمحض المعارضففة ولكنه نو من الموازنة بين المعارضففة والمقابوة, وهو أن يجري أحد الشففاعرين في أسففوود من أسففاليب .iv " الكالم, وواٍد من أوديته, فيكون أحدهما أبوغ في وهأل ما كان بباله من اآلخر في نعت ما هو بإزائه ثه عن اإلعجاز, وحاول أن يفرق بين أسفوود القرآن وأسفوود الشفعر ليثبت أن القرآن له أّما الباقالني فقد تناول األسفوود وفق حدي أسفوود مميز يختص به عن األسفاليب األدبية األخرى, فقال:" إنَّ نّظَم القرآِن عوى تصفّرم وجوهه, وتباين مذاهبة خارج عن المعهود سفوود يختُص به, ويتميُز في تصفرفِه عن أسفاليب الكالم المعتادة " من نظام جميع كالمهم, ومباين لومألوم من ترتيب خحابهم, وله أ . v ويرى عبد القاهر الجرجاني األسفففووَد عوى أنَّهُ ضفففرد من ضفففرود النّظم وطريقة من طرقه, ورأى أن كل معنى له أسفففووبهُ يتشففكل إال إذا سففبقه معنى وغرض, وكأنَّ الخاص, فقال:" األسففوود الضففرد من النّظم والحريقةُ فيه". ويرى أيضففا أنَّ األسففووَد ال األسفووَد عنده غرضفان" أن يعمد إليه الشفاعر برؤيته الشفخصفية المبكرة والخاهفة فيأتي به من خالل تشفكيل جديد لومعنى, فيبرز ذل من خالل األسففوود الذي يتعمده, والثاني يعمد إليه الشففاعر برؤيته األسففوود المقودة لغيره"vi. فمفهوم األسففوود عند الجرجاني يرتبط بمفهومه عن النظم, كما يربحهُ باإلبدا ِ, وكذل يربحه بحريقة أدا المعنى عن طريق التمثيل واالسفتعارة التي يصففها بأن لها أسفاليب كثيرة ومسال دقيقة مختوفة أي أنه يربُط األسووَد بالخصائِص التعبيرية. ألسفووبية وقال:" إنَّ الكالَم إذا نُقل من أسفووٍد إلى أسفووٍد, كان ذل أحسفن وربط الزمخشفري بين معنى األسفوود والخصفائص ا تحرية لنشفاط السفامع, وايقاظا لغهفغا إليه من إجرائه عوى أسفوود واحد "vii. وإذا وقفنا عند الرازي نجدهُ قد خحا بمفهوم األسفوود ديب عوى حده, وذهب إلى أن كل أسففوود له خصففائصففه خحوات أخرى لألمام حين نظر إلى األسففوود بوهفففه خاهففية ترتبط بكل أ التي تميزه عن غيره, وأن إعجاز القرآن ال يرد إلى إعجاز في أسووبه مخالأل ألسوود الشعر والُخحب والرسائل, ويرى " أن وهأل بعض العرد القرآن بفأن لفه لحالوة وإّن عويفه لحالوة ال يويق بفاألسففففوود"viii. ويخوص الّرازي من كالمفه إلى أن القرآن لفه أسففففووبفه الخاص, وكذل الشعر والُخحب والرسائل, فوكل منها أسوود خاص تتفرد به عن غيرها . ونظَر ابُن األثير إلى مفهوِم األسفففووِد في سفففياق مقارنته بين الهجا المتبادل بين جرير والفرزدق واسفففتخدام كومة األسفففاليب هفراحة فقال:" انظر أيها الواقأل عوى كتابي هذا إلى هذه األسفاليب التي تصفّرم فيها جرير وأدارها عوى هجا الفرزدق"ix يفهم من اعر ومهارته الفنية التي كالم ابن األثير أنه يربط بين األسففوود وأوجه التصففرم في المعنى, وأكد عوى أهمية الّربط بين أسففوود الشففّ تتي له عرض المعنى في أسوود متميز. ويذهب الفيروز آبادي المذهب نفسفه؛ إذ يرى أن "األسفوود الحريق"x. أّما الّزبيدي فقد عرم" األسفووَد بالضفم: الفن, يقال: أخذ فالن في أسفاليب من القول, أي أفانين منه. واألسفوود "عنق األسفد" ؛ألنها ال تُثنى, ومن المجاز: األسفوود "الشفموا في األنأل" وإن أنفه لفي أسففوود, إذا كان متكبرا " xi. وفي المعجم الوسففيط" األسففوود الحريق, ويقال: سففوكت أسففوود فالن في كذا, طريقته ومذهبه, .xii "وطريقة الكاتب في كتابته, والفن يقال: أخذت في أساليب من القول فنونا متنوعة, والصأل من النخل أساليب سففو , واألسففوود: الفن, كأن يقال: أخذ أن" األسففوود: الحريق والوجه والمذهب, كأن يقال: أنت في أسففوود ويرى ابُن منظور xiii.فالن في أساليب من القول؛ أي في أفانين منه" أّما ابُن خودون فقد طوَر مفهوَم األسفوود؛ إذ حوله من هفورته الذهنية المجردة إلى هفورة محسفوسفة موموسفة, فشفبهه بالقالب أو وما يريدون بها في إطالقهم, فأعوم أنها عبارة عندهم عن المنوال الذي المنوال الذي يُتخذ لونسفيج, فقال:" األسفوود عند أهل الصفناعة, يُنسفج فيه التراكيب, أو القالب الذي يفر فيه. وال يرجع إلى الكالم باعتبار إفادته أهفل المعنى الذي هو وظيفة اإلعراد, وال باعتبار ن, وال باعتبار الوزن كما اسفففتعموه العرد فيه الذي هو وظيفة إفادته كمال المعنى من خواص التركيب الذي هو وظيفة البالغة والبيا العروض, فهذه العووم الثالثة خارجة عن هذه الصففففناعة الشففففعرية, وإنما يرجع إلى هففففورة ذهنية لوتركيب المنتظمة كويّة باعتبار في الخيال كالقالب أو المنوال, ثم انحباقها عوى تركيب خاص, وتو الصفور ينزعها الذهن من أعيان التراكيب وأشفخاهفها, ويصفيرها ا كما يفعوه البنّا في القالب أو النسففاج في المنوال, ينتقي التراكيب الصففحيحة عند العرد باعتبار اإلعراد والبيان فيرهففها فيه رهففّ عربي فيه, فإن لكل حتى يتسفع القالب بحصفول التراكيب الوافية بمقصفود الكالم, ويقع عوى الصفورة الصفحيحة باعتبار موكة الوسفان ال .xiv" فن من الكالم أساليب تختص به, وتوجد فيه عوى أنحا مختوفة أّما معاجم المصففحوحات فوم يختوأل فيها معنى األسففوود كثيرا ؛ إذ ورد في "معجم مصففحوحات نقدية من التراث األدبي العربي" األسفوود هو الحريق والفن "xv. وفي "معجم المصفحوحات العربية في الوغة واألدد" األسفوود: طريق انتقا اإلنسفان في التعبير عن .xvi " نفسه كتابة نخوص مما سبق أن مفهوم األسوود عند أهحاد المعاجم لم ينأَ عن " الحريق والفن من القول, والحريق: هو المنهج أو األسوود .xvii"الذي يتبعه اإلنسان في سيره أو في كالمه ويرى الباحث أن النقدَ العربي القديم فحن إلى األسوود وسماته ووقأل عوى جوانب من البحث األسووبي بمفهومه المعاهر, وكان فيه ما يصفوه بالدرس األسفووبي, إذ اهتم برص الخصفائص الجمالية التي تتصفُل بالناحية التعبيرية وحاول الكشفأَل عنها, غير أن هذه american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org ل إلى نظريٍة أسفففووبيٍة ُمكتموٍة؛ إذ أن " كومة األسفففوود قد بقيت عندهم مبهمة المعنى, تشفففرئب لمنزلة الجهودَ لم تسفففتحع أن تتوهففف .xviii ") المصحو من دون أن تبوغها, ألنهم فهموا منها تارة ) النو األدبي ( و )الموضو ( وتارة )طريقة الصياغة المبحث الثاني: ) البُنى األُسلوبية عنَد المحدثين (. األُسلوبيةُ عنَد الغـــرب -أ . األسفووبيةُ في أبسفط معانيها هي الدراسفة العومية لألسفوود, وبهذا يكون األسفوود هو ميدان الدراسفة لألسفووبية؛ إذ تعتمد عوى إبراز الكافية. األسوود والكشأل عن خصائصه المميّزة معتمدة جموة من األدوات اإلجرائية في تحديد الظواهر األسووبية ورهدها بالدقة ال شف في أن مصفحو األسفوود سفابق في الظهور عوى األسفووبية؛ إذ أُسفتعمل هذا المصفحوُ منذ القرن الخام الهجريxix, أّما كومة األسففووبية " فقد ظهرت خالل القرن التاسففع عشففر عند الغربيين, لكنها لم تصففل إلى معنى محدد إال في أوائل القرن العشففرين, مرتبحا بشفكل وثيق بأبحاث عوم الوغة, فحين ظهرت بوادر النهضفة الوّغوية في الغرد فيما سفمي بالفيوولوجيا أكدت وكان هذا التحديد xx.الصوة بين المباحث الوغوية واألدبية" stilusوقد اشفففتق مصفففحو األسفففوود عند الغرد من" األهفففل الالتيني ) ( ويعني الريشفففة, أو من اإلغريق ) stylos وتعني ) الكتفابفة اليفدويفة الفدالفة عوى عمودا, ث انتقفل مفهوم الكومفة إلى معفان أخرى عن طريق المجفاز, وهي معفان تتعوق كوّهفا بحريق م xxi.المخحوطات, ثم أُخذ يحوق عوى التّعبيرات الوّغوية" ام لونظام الوغوي .وقد مهد "دي سوسير" لنشأة األسووبية بعد أن وضع أس عوم الوغة الحديث, وبعد اهتمامه بدراسة التركيب الع المؤسف الحقيقي والرائد الفعوي لألسفووبية بوهففها عوما , وكان له إسفهام وهو من تالمذة دي سفوسفير -ويعد " شفارل بالي" واضففف في التحويل األسفففووبي, ولكن يؤخذ عويه اسفففتبعاده الوغة األدبية من ميدان الدرس األدبي, واعتماده الوغة المغوقة بعيدا عن أي امتداد لسفجن الوغة الذي أرسفى دعائمهُ دي سفوسفير, مما قّوض تأثير خارجي مثل المنتج لونص والبيئة والزمن والمناسفبة, وبهذا فهو النصوص اإلبداعية ومبدعيها. ويرى بالي أن األسفووبية هي: ذل البحث الذي يعنى بدراسفة قضفايا التعبير عن قضفايا اإلحسفاس والكالم, وهي بذل تدرس وقائع رائد األسففووبية التعبيرية الحريق الوجداني, محددا عموية التواهففل التغيير الوغوي من جهة مضففامينها الوجدانية, وقد اسففتفاد "بالي" .xxiiبين المرسل والمتوقي ضمَن اإلطاِر الوّغوي وفي هذا السفياق ال يمكننا تجاهل المعنى الذي أعحاه )جوته( لكومة األسفوود إذ قال: " أنه المصفحو الذي نعني به أعوى مرحوة ى أعمق أسفف المعرفة عوى جوهر األشففيا , وهو محابق لوفن العظيم, أي أنه مفهوم نقدي ومعيار وهففل إليها الفن, ذل أنه يقوم عو xxiii"تقويمي . فقد أسهم في بوورة الفكر األسووبي, ولم -وهو لساني روسي ومن المؤسسين األوائل لمدرسة الشكالنيين الّروس -بينما جاكبسون يغفل األسفوود في الخحاد األدبي بوهففه مقوما أسفاسفيا في الوظيفة الشفعرية, ونادى بمد جسفر بين الدراسفات الوغوية والنقد األدبي فها, وهفاغها وفقا لعوم بالدراسفة األسفووبية. كما اهتم بنظرية النظم عند الجرجاني, واعاد هفياغة التصفورات البالغية القديمة ووهف الوغة الحديث ونظريات السفمولوجيا , وبذل وضفع مفهوما لألسفووبية فوهففها بففففف" البحث الموضفوعي عما يتميز به الكالم الفني عن ا )بيير جيرو( فيعرم األسففوود بأنّه " المظهر . أمَّ xxiv" بقية الخحابات والمسففتويات أوال ثم عن سففائر أشففكال الفنون اإلنسففانية ثانيا الذي في الخحاد ينجم عن اختيار وسفائل التعبير, والتي بدورها تحددها مقاهفد المتكوم أو الكاتب وطبيعته"xxv. ويرى بعضفهم:" أنَّ .xxvi"األسوود يكمن في االختيار الواعي ألدوات التعبير, ويبحث آخرون لتحديد القوى الغامضة التي تكّون الوغة في الالشعور وبية عند العــرب المحدثين .البُنى األُسل –ب تعرم الباحثون المعاهرون في عوم األسوود عوى األسووبية الغربية, وقد توجهوا نحو القديم محاولة السفتكشفام معاني األسفووبية الحديثة في الحرح القديم, وكان هدفهم اثبات أهفالة الدرس األسفووبي العربي, ولي .xxviiمجرد أن يكون درسا تابعا لوغرد, أو خاليا من المضامين النقدية ى التحويل, أي تحويل الخحاد األدبي بحريقة * فيرى بعضفهم: أن المنهج األسفووبي قد أهفب من أكثر المناهج المعاهفرة قدرة عو .xxviii موضوعية عومية تعيد دراسة النص لوضعها الصحي , لذل عدوه عوما تحويويا تجريديا * ويرى بعض اآلخر: أن عوم األسفففوود عوم وهففففي يختوأل اختالفا كبيرا عن عوم البالغة, وهو عوم معياري يعتمد عوى قوانين يحاول أهففحاد عوم األسففوود األدبي أن يجعووه بديال موضففوعيا جديدا لعوم البالغة القديمة؛ حيث " يرجع منحقية محوقة, ومن هنا إلى هففففورة ذهنيفة لوتراكيفب المنتظمفة ُكوّيفة بفاعتبفار انحبفاقهفا عوى تركيفب خفاص, وتوف الصففففورة ينزعهفا الفذهن من اعيفان التراكيفب .xxix"وأشخاهها و الوريث الشفرعي لعوم البالغة القديمة, وهو يعنى بدراسفة النص األدبي عبر مجاالت أوسفع * ويرى آخرون: أن عوم األسفوود ه وآفاق أرحب, وتتمثل دراسفة النص من ثالث مسفتويات لغوية:" تركيب, داللة, هفوت", ودراسفة النص عوى كافة مسفتوياته التعبيرية . xxx في حين يرى الزيفات أن األسففففوود هو" طريقفة الكفاتفب أو الشففففاعر الخفاص في اختيفار األلففاظ وتفأليأل الكالم"xxxi. ويقصففففد .xxxii"باالختيار" اختيار األلفاظ عوى الشكل الذي يرتضيه الذوق, ويقصد بالتأليأل تأليأل الكالم عوى الوضع الذي يقتضيه العقل خاص بالبحث في هذا المجال ففففقففففففد عكست إنتاجاته اهتمامهم ال -رائدا من رواد البحث األسووبي -ويُعَدُّ الدكتور هالح فضل وسففعيه لوضففع أسفف عومية وجمالية ألسففووبية عربية, ومن أهم آرائه :" إن عوم األسففوود عوم تراكمي أي يسففتند إلى انجازات عووم أخرى سفبقته وخاهفة البالغة والوغة"xxxiii. ومن أهم تعريفات عوم األسفوود التي وقأل عندها تعريأل بيفون حيث يقول: " األسفوود american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org الرجل" فإذا قرأت رأي أديب تعرفه دون أن تراه من خالل نصفففه, وان لكل إنسفففان طريقة خاهفففة في التعبير, فاألسفففوود مثل هو البصفمة ينفرد بها عن غيره. ومن ثم فإن الدكتور هفالح فضفل لم يتبن تعريفا محددا لألسفوود, ولكنه فضفل مصفحو األسفوود عوى ن عوم الوغة .ويرى:" ثمة تصففورات تجن في تعريفها لألسففوود من خالل ربحه بمنشففئه, األسففووبية, ألن األسففوود جز ال يتجزأ م فتعمد إلى تحويل األسفففوود من خالل عموية إبداعه, ويسفففمى هذا االتجاه باالتجاه التوليدي الذي يعنى بدراسفففة األسفففوود في عالقته xxxiv.بمنشئة من خالل عموية اإلبدا الفني" .xxxv ِومن الباحثين األوائل الذين رجحوا مصفففحو األسفففووبية هو الدكتور عبد السفففالم المسفففدي, وقد عّرَم األسفففووبيةَ في كتابه انحالقا من ثالثة محاور: الُمخاِطب "هفففاحب األدد", الُمخاَطب "متوقي األدد" الخحاد "النص األدبي". وعّرم األسفففووبيةَ بأنّها: الموضففوعية, في حقل انسففاني عبر منهج يكشففأل البصففمات التي تجعل السففووك األلسففني ذا "عوم تحويوي تجريدي يرمي إلى إدراك مفارقات عمودية"xxxvi. وينحوق منظرو األسفففوود في تحديد ماهيته من خالل ربحه بمتوقيه فيحدّ بأنه" ضفففغط مسفففوط عوى المتقبل تقبل حّرية الفعل؛ ألنه تجسفيد لعزيمة المتكوم في أن بحيث ال يوقى الخحاد إال وقد تهيأت فيه من العناهفر الضفاغحة ما يزيل عن الم .xxxvii"يكسو السامع ثود رسالته في محتواها من خالل هياغتها الفصل الثاني. المبحث األول: البُنى األُسلوبية لألساليب اإلنشائية في شعر الحسناوي. .االستفهام -1 المتكوم, ويعد اسففففما مبهما يسففففتعوُم به عن شففففي لم يكن معووما من قبل االسففففتفهام طوب يراد به الجواد عن شففففي ال يعومه واالسففتخبار الذي قالوا فيه أنه طوب خبر ما لي عندك أي طوب الفهم. ومنهم من فّرق بينهما وقال: إنَّ االسففتخبار ما سففبق أوال ولم .(xxxviii)يفهم حق الفهم, فإذا سألت عنه ثانيا كان استفهاما وفي ذل يقوله: ) البسيط ( نفاجففيفففففُت )ديففوانففففَ ( الفمفحففزوَن أسففففألُفففهُ هْل أنكَر الوهَل أم جفَّْت بِه الُمقَُل؟ فففالذَ ففي هفففففمفتففِه والفوفيففففُل يفنففسفففففدُل؟ فففاجففففففأهُ ن ففففيففففففُل الفففففبففيفففوهففل أفففاَق ولففف xxxix ُكيأل احتموَت رحيَل الشمِ مصحبرا وأيُّ قففوٍب عفففوى جفففنفبفيفففففَ يففحفففتفففمفففففل ا عن حزنه الشففديد لفقد الشففيل نجم عبيد آل عكيوي, متخذا من وظَّأَل الشففاعر محمد الحسففناوي تجويات أسففوود االسففتفهام, ُمعبر يأل, ولذا فهو يحترق شفوقا إليهم وإلى األوقات االسفتفهام وسفيوة لوبوح عن فقد األحبة الذين تسفاقحت أعمارهم كما تتسفاقط أوراق الخر السفعيدة بحضفرتهم. وفي ظالل هذا الوفا الذي يعتصفره يبث تسفهده وشفكواه, ناظرا إلى شفهد عمره يتقاطر وينفد بال جدوى وأن تو م االستفهام )هل( المكرر مرتين واسم األيام لم تأِت أُكوها, راميا في الوقت ذاته القدَر بشواٍظ من نار, ألنه فرق بينه وبين إخوته, فحر زادته دفقا حيويا االسفففتفهام )كيأل( انزاح الخحاد بفضفففوهما عن كنه الحقيقة إلى المجاز, واتسفففعت اُفق النص عوى دالالت أرحب, د كثأَّل الحسفناوي مضفاعفا , وأنتجت معنى مكثأل الداللة, ناقال ذات التجربة الشفعورية إلى القارم من خالل اإلحسفاس بفقد األحبة, وق , أفاق, فاجأ, الذَ, احتمل(, ودل سفر جمال الفعَل الماضفي إلى جانب االسفتفهام في أكثر من موضفع في النص ) ناجى, أسفأل, أنكر, جألَّ وإبدا هذا النص عوى قدرة الشففاعر الحسففناوي عوى االبتعاد عن الهيمنة عوى هذه الشففخصففية الوثابة, فجل الوهففل بينهما )المناجاة( ليؤكد أن هذه الشفخصفية حاضفرة بكافة وجودها النفسفية واالجتماعية, حيث حدد كل مالمحها من خالل تحديد مالم جودها الفياض, مبينا بذل ألمه وحسراته الولودة. وقال الحسناوي في قصيدة ) لعبة الدهر(: ) الفواففففر( ا وهذي التضحياُت بال ظنونِ أتنكُرني وقفد َضحيُّت ُعْمر xl شواِخُص تَشرئبُّ بال دلفيففففففٍل كتوَ الّشمِ ناهعةَ الجبيِن يسفتمر الشفاعر بكشفأل حالة التيه والضفيا من تسفاقط ربيع العمر, واهففا تضفحياته من أجل ذل , داعيا إلى األمل والتفاؤل في من أجل ترك ذكرى ودينا يرافقان في الدارين, نجد أن الحسففناوي قد اسففتخدم ألفاظا جزلة في التعبير عن طول دعواته, الوقت ذاته, هدى الستدعا حقيبة الذكريات أتذكرني( ُمستدعيا أداة االستفهام )الهمزة( من أجل إثارة مشاعر المتوقي, وجا حرم االستفهام في ) ه ومفاتن أمانيه, مستخدما قافية )النون( المكسورة والتي تُعبر عن هواجسه.التويدة والتي تشي بمشاعر ومن ذل االسفتفهام الناهض في قصفيدته " لعبة الدهر" التي تمثل مسفرحا مهما من مسفارح الحياة؛ إذ أكد الحسفناوي عوى تحقيق ل عوى نسفففج الرؤيا التي تعحي لمسفففرحة النص بعدا المعنى ضفففمن النص, وبدوره يحتاج إلى إلى لغة سفففامية تتحابق مع قدرة الخيا رحبا , ألنَّ لغته تحولت إلى حالة من الفعل المتقارد في رسفم االسفتفهام, وبهذا جا النص معبرا عن المفردات التي أوجدها في تعبيره النفسي. النداء. -2 ا ضفمن هفيغة من هفيغ الحوب المتنوعة في الوغة هو التصفويت بالمنادي ليقبل, ويمثل بدوره أسفووبا من األسفاليب اإلنشفائية مُ ندرج ا يعني العربية. ويراد بالنّدا أيضفا أن يتوّجه المتكوم إلى المنادى باالسفتدعا إلى االلتفام إليه ألمر من األمور المهمة في الكالم. وهذ التي تدلُّ عويها دالة لغوية من الدوال المخصّفصفة ألسفوود بالفعل المضفار )أُنادي( أن بنية النّدا تضفّمنت في معناها هفيغة مقدرة . الندا المعروفة بحروم الندا مثل)الهمزة( التي تستعمل لوندا القريب و)يا( التي تستعمل لوندا بأنواعه )القريب والمتوسط والبعيد( american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org لمحدثين فيه, فمنهم من يراه " مرّكب لفظي ال يرتفع إلى وقد اهتم القدما بالندا شفأنه شفأن األسفاليب الوُّغوية األخرى, رغم اختالم ا .(xli)منزلة الجموة وال يصُ تسميتهُ بالجموِة أيضا " قال : )الحويل( بفقففيةُ قففوٍب ظفلَّ دهفففرا ُمقففففففيَّدا وقوُت لذات الحسِن )أحالم( إنَّها ففيفا لفيفَت قفد لفمَّ الفزمفففففففاُن ِشفتفاتفَنفففا ويا ليَت قد عادَ الوقاُ ُمجددا وأسعدُ خوِق هللاِ ألقاِك ُمففففَردا ويا ليَت ألقاها عوى الدرِد مفردا xliiسأفرُش كلَّ الدرِد وردا وَسوَسنا وأكتُب لوعشاِق شعرا ُمخوَّدا ي لقد عمد الحسفناوي إلى جعل ندا الحبيبة في طويعة شعره, إذ يشي بمدى العالقة المائزة بين الحبيبين, كما يفص عن اإلكبار الذ يحموه الشففاعر لمحبوبته, فمن خالل رمزية المنادى التي رسففمها الشففاعر لمحبوبته, نوم مالم التمني المتشففظية في النص, والتي تكررت مصفاحبة لحرم الندا )يا( كما في قوله: )يا ليت(, إذ يبرز التضفخم والتمكين كعنصفرين أسفاسفيين من عناهفر الندا , وذل لتي تحتوها المحبوبة في نف الشففاعر, وهذا ما دعاه إلى أن يسففتمر بهذه الندا ات التراتبية؛ حتى يكشففأل مدى انعكاس لعِظم المكانة ا العمق الذي يعيشفه, وحتى يصفل إلى مراميه, ال بدَّ أن نشفعر بهذه المحاورة كأنها اعترام لحيأل هائم, ورحه تواقة إلى الوقيا )ويا ليَت د الشفاعر أن هذا الوقا خارج سفيحرته العاطفية, إذا ما تحقق فإنه سفوم يكون أسفعد خوق هللا )وأسفعدُ ألقاها عوى الدرِد مفردا (, ويؤك خوِق هللاِ ألقاِك ُمففففَردا(, وهذه رحوة عاشق األرواح الزاهرة بالجمال, ويشعر أن استقرار روحه تكون خارج موكوته العاطفي, ليصب الوقا الذي أهففب البعد المسففيحر عويه, ألنه يجد فيه والدته وحياته التي يتمناها, وهذه هو هاجسففه الحياتي المتدفق, ويسففتحيب لهذا حالة الحب والهيام التي يعيشفها الشفاعر هي عموية تشظي وتوزيع لبقايا الروح عوى قارعة الحب, متمنيا لقا ال يستحيع الوهول إليه, يعيش تحكماته وارهاهاته العاشقة والمتسيدة عويه. لذا يخوق من الندا المرافق التمني وسيوة لحيفة لكي ونوحظ في أسففاليب الندا عند الحسففناوي اسففتخدامه أداة الندا ) يا (, وتوظأل لوندا البعيد, عوى الرغم من قرد الحبيبة من فؤاد الشفففاعر وعقوه. كما يمكننا أْن نُرجع الحبيب, فقد يكون السفففبب في ذل هو المكانة المتجوية والسفففامية التي تحتوها المحبوبة في قوب مناداته لمحبوبته باسمها جهارا ) أحالم( لوسبب نفسه, وهو لعوّو مكانتها لديه وهيامه بها. وفي قصيدة )ثقي( يقول: )البسيط( لفوال احفتففراقُففففِ حفبا قفففطُّ لَْم تَفثِفقي ففأنفِت نفاُر الهفوى والفشوق في جسدي إنَّي وإيَّاِك في روِض الهنا العَبِقِ يا )حوُم( يا عذبةَ المسرى أرى ُحوُما xliii ِمفا بفيفَن أزهففففففففففاِرِه نَفوففهفففففو ونفقفُحفففففففهففففا وألفأُل قفيفثففارةٍ تفشففدو عففوففى الشفق ويسففتمر الحسففناوي بمكاشفففة ذاته ويكتب من قوب دافئ مغرم متوهج باالنتما إلى الحرم اآلخر. إذ أفاد الغرض الداللي في هذا الشاهد الشعري معنى التحبب والتودد والشوق لومحبوبة, وذل من خالل تكرار حرم الندا )يا( مرتين, الذي استخدمه الشاعر بففففففف سفرى( , رغم تنو مهام هذه األداة )يا( إال أنها أعونت برمزيتها عن قرد المحبوبة من مهجة الشفاعر, ألنَّ الحَب )يا حوُم , يا عذبةَ الم في نظر الشفاعر هو وطن وقوة عظمى عاموة في نف العاشفق, تعيد هفياغة هذه النف وتبدّل من توجهاتها وتسفمو بها. وهكذا يسفتمر دولة النص, من خالل ترسففيماته الندائية المكثفة التي تكسففو النَص أبعادا زمنية في لحظة الحسففناوي بممارسففة حسففه االنفعالي داخل أزدهار الحب وتألقه, متحكما بقوة التوتر النفسي في منظومة قاموسه العاطفي, ضمن مسارات مفترضة بالوهول إلى نهاية حياة الود ومراده. مية والفعلية.المبحث الثاني: البُنى األُسلوبية للجملة االس البُنى األُسووبية لوجموة االسمية. ● تمثُل الوّغةُ المادةَ األسففاَس لعموية النضففج اإلبداعي واألدبي, فقد رسففم كلُّ شففاعٍر مالم نصففه في تحويع مفردات الوّغة وتراكيب الجموةَ لتعحي معنى تقريرا بالغيا فحسفب جموها, من حيث الوهج البالغي والجمالي وتمركز البُنى األسفووبية فيه, فالشّفاعُر" ال يرّكُب بحريقفة مفألوففة, ولكنفه يتعفامفل معهفا بحريقفة إبفداعيفة خاّلقفة تفجر طفاقفاتهفا, محمال إيّفاهفا كفل خواص التّعبير األدبي ليعحي لوعبفارات الفني وتنقل األهفففل إلى والجمل واألنسفففاق سفففحرها المؤثر, ولتتعدى بذل الداّللة المباشفففرة إلى داللة تحمل معها جمالية الغموض .xlivالمجاز, لتففي بحاجة النّص في التّعبير والتّصوير والتّأثير والخوق وعوى الشفاعر مسفؤولية تبني نصفه الشفعري عوى التوهج المسفترسفل خارج المألوم, وكأنه يحفر كوماته في مسفال الوغة, باحثا لفة المعنويفة الموحيفة بفالمعنى الخفي داخفل النص, ألنَّ " التّراكيفب الوّغويفة عن المفردة التي تقفارد مفا تريفد أن تفأتي بفه من خالل الفدال , فالغور في سفبحات النص وموكوته الفني وما تحموه من سفمو الوّغة وهذا (xlv)وطريقة تشفكيوها هي المادة الحقيقية المكونة لفن األدد" , ومن خالل ذل (xlvi)ما ينقوها إلى مسففففتوى أعمق لتأكيد المعنى, كما "يخوق حالة من التالؤم بين مسففففتويات الداّللة وحالة المتوقي" يسفتحيع الشفاعر أن يبني نصفا ينبثق من بؤرة التوقع النصفي واعتمد عوى التوقع وفق نسفق الجموة االسفمية التي تعتمد عوى اكتسفاد الداللة الموحية ضمن التصور التراكمي في تركيب الجموة االسمية المكثفة بالمعنى الموحي. )الكامل( يقول في قصيدة )بيروت( بفيففروُت يا شوقا يفجففدُ بفخفاطففري ويففزفففنففففي حيُث الفهفففوى مفتفبففوال فبفيففروُت إنّففي في هففواِك مفعففذَّد تمضي عويَّ الداجياُت فُصوال xlviiبيروُت يا عشَق السنيِن ونفحة ومفرابففعففا وقففصففائففدا وحففقفففففففففوال american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org حين ندخل لنصفوص الشفاعر الحسفناوي ندرك أن الشفاعر يمتو رؤيا تسفعى إلى توطيد المكان وتثبيته, الذي يكون عنده العنصفر كفل أحالمفه المنقفادة إلى رؤاه الفذي يمتفد مع رؤاه إلى الزمن وفق ذائقفة الشففففاعر ومخيفالفه, حيفث يتحول لفديفه المكفان البؤرة األولى ل ( الفكرية والتي عن طريقها يمتد لترسيم أسوار نصه. إنَّ الجموة االسمية المتمثوة بفففقوله: )بفففيففففففروُت يا شوقا يفففجففففففدُ بفففخفففاطففففففري بيروُت يا عشَق السنيِن ونفحة ( و)ففبففيففففروُت إنّففففي في هففففواِك مففعففففذَّد و) الالت أعمق أعحت القصيدة عوى د انفت النّص من خاللها( . دفففففقا حيويا مضاعفففا , وأسهمت في تكثيأل المعنى ونقل التّجربة الّشعورية إلى المتوقي, من خالل بد الجموة االسمية بكومة )بيروت( السفنيِن(, ولهذه واسفتعمل الحسفناوي إلى جانب الجموة االسفمية حرم الندا )يا( في موضفعين في النّص, كقوله: )يا شفوقا ( و )يا عشفَق لبُنى األسووبية أثرها الواض في إبراز المتعوقات الّشعورية والوّفظية لدى الشاعر من جهة, وإلظهار التّركيب الظاهرة وما تحموه من ا الداّللي المتفشي في جسد النص والذي يستثمر النّسج المتقن في التّسوسل إلى الذّات المتوقية بسالسة من جهٍة أخرى. في قصيدة )خدين الروح(: )الرمل( ويقول ا يَزْل تَستَقي منهُ عفيفاُت النِسا ْ هذِه الُحهُر الذي لمَّ xlviii ْ هذه الّسحُر فكْم من غادةٍ َغفّضففَِت األعففيَن ِكفبرا وَحففيا حُر( بعد أنَّ تصففدر البيتين, ألنّه من المعارم يكثأل الحسففناوي الجموة االسففمية هن ا مبتدئة باسففم االشففارة )هذِه الُحهُر( و)هذه السففّ لتعبير التي لها الصفدارة في الكالم, لذل تجوت البُنى األسفووبيةُ من خالل لفت االنتباه وزيادة االهتمام بالمحبوبة واالهتمام بها في هذا ا ن ُطهٍر وسحر, السيما وأن الجموة االسمية مدعاة إلى الثبات واالستقرار والمركزية في بنية النص.األسووبي من الشعر, ِلما حموته م بمفرداتهفا الحقيقفة, إذ مهفدت لنقفل هموم الشففففاعر ومفا حموفه من أوار الحفب وذكوانفه؛ ألنَّ الوُّغفةَ لغفة الحسففففنفاوي جفا ت مركوزة عريةَ حريه بها أن تمتوَ معاٍن إضفففافية مقتدرة عوى التعامل والتماهي مع هم الشفففاعر وهواجسفففه, وما يعتمده في لحظة الخوق الشفففّ م وإضففا ة جوانبه والكشففأل عن مضففمونه واإلفصففاح عن مكنون الدالالت وما الشففعري, حيث تقوم الوغة بتعريأل المتوقي بمتن الكال تحموه من طيأل وشففحن عاطفي, من أجل حيازة المعنى وفهمه وفق أحداث انزياح الجموة االسففمية, لتبز روحية النص ضففمن متنه بشكل ال يحفو إلى سح المعنى ليفقد عمقه الوثير في هذه الدالالت المائزة. ألُسووبية لوجموة الفعوية.البُنى ا ● وهي الجموة التي يتصدرها أفعال ماضوية أو مضارعية أو أمرية, حاموة دالالت البُنى األُسووبية المميزة في شعر الحسناوي عوى ع اسففم. بصففورتين تبعا لومسففند:" فعل مع اسففم, واسففم م-ذات الداللة المؤثرة -تتألأل الجموة العربية والمسففتويين الزمني والمعجمي. وبالتعبير االهففحالحي فعل وفاعل أو نائبه, ومبتدأ وخبر نحو "أقبل سففعيد" و"سففعيد مقبل" وكل التعبيرات االخرى إنّما هي هففور .(xlix)أخرى لهذين االهوين" ا الجموفة الفعويفة "هي التي يكون المسففففنفد فيهفا فعال , سففففوا تقفدم هفذا الفعفل أو تفأخر. والفعفل كمفا هو ثفابفت في نصففففو ص الوغفة أمفَّ وقواعدها قد ورد الزما كما ورد متعديا , وكذل جا عوى هفورته األهفوية أي مبنيا لوفاعل, كما جا عوى غير هذه الصفورة أي مبنيا لغيره, والفعل الالزم قد يحتاج إلى مكمالت وقد يسفففتغني عنها, أما الفعل المتعدي فإنه يحتاج بالضفففرورة إلى مفاعيل فضفففال عما قد .(l)يحتاج إليه بدوره من بقية المكمالت أيضا " يفقفوُل: إذ الفنفص, ففي وتففشفففففيفهففا الفففعفوفيففة الفجفمفوففة بفزو ففي بففائفن أثفر هللاَ( )أسفففففتفغفففُر الشففففففاعفر ولفقصفففففيففدة )البسيط( ومن ذنوبي وتقصيري ومن ظفنفنففففي أستغفُر هللاَ من نفسي ومن زمني أو سفففو قفففوٍل أجففاريفففه عففوى َوَغفففففنِ أستغفُر هللاَ من إثففٍم ومففففن عففمففٍل عاهي حتى بتُّ في َشَجنِ أستغفُر هللاَ من دهففٍر أغففالففبففففففففففففففه عوى الم li ِأستغفُر هللاَ من أٍم زفرُت بها بففففففوجفففففِه أٍم نففقفففي طفففاهفففففٍر َحففففَسفففففن توزعت أسفتغفُر(إنَّ تكرار الشفاعر الحسفناوي لوفعال المضفارعة بشفكل مكثأل تمثّففففففففففوت بقوله ) في هذه األبيات توزيعا متناسفقا داخل النص, حيث نح ُّ بأنَّ أحاسففي الشففاعر الدافئة قد تجددت وتحّورت معانيها من خالل هذه األفعال إلى مشففاعر أكثر سففخونة وضففففراوة يُحوق فيهفا الشففففاعر العنفان لغرائزه الفحرية في الوجو هللا وااللتحام ببرد عفوه ولحفه, وأْن تأخذ دورها في التعبير عما يه من هواج فحريٍة وبواعث حسية موتهبة.يدور في خوده ويشته ونجد أن الشففاعر اسففتحا أن يعحي قيمة الجموة الفعوية المتكررة في القصففيدة بعدا تناظريا جوهريا , والمعنى يمتد بنا عوى الوغة لمعنى المستتر واحد, وهكذا المقاربة لوتوتر النفسي والروحي في زمن تجوي النص, وهذا ما يجعل النص متوون الدالالت, ولكن يبقى ا اتكأ الشفاعر عوى الفعل المضفار )أسفتغفُر(, فأهفب االسفتغفار هو البؤرة المتنقوة التي تغير في المعنى حسفب تجوي الجموة الفعوية في المتن. ومن النماذج الشعرية التي تجذد االنتباه وتثير التأّمل في شعر الحسناوي قصيدة " رأيت إرثا ". قصيدة )رأيت إرثا (: )الكامل(يقول في ثفا رأيففففتفففففففَ إرثففا مفففففففا رأيفففففففتُففففففَ وارثفففففا تُففقففيففُم عففوى َمففتففِن الفكفواكفِب ثفال liiفففتففمنُ قففرَص الّشمِ طعَم آيففاتِِه وتحرُث هدَر البدِر لو ِشئَت حارثا ت(, فنجد الّشاعر يوّظأل األفعاَل الماضية والمضار بحريقٍة ساحرة )رأيففففتففففَ , رأيففففففففففففففتُففففففففففففَ , تُففففقففففيففففُم, تمنُ , تحرُث, ِشئ سفه عوى تجدد المعاني التي يُحييها الحراك الفعوي وينشفرها في القصفيدة لترسفيخها في نف مسفتمعيه بهذه الصفياغة ُمعتمدا في الوقت نف american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org مسففتخدما تارة حرم العحأل الواو اإلبداعية التي تشففد النف من خالل هذا الحشففد والتكثيأل البنائي لوفعوين الماضففي والمضففار . ه وزاده تماسكا .)وتحرُث(, والذي ربط بين هدر البيت وعجز احتوى النص عوى سفففتة أفعال متنوعة األزمنة بحواراتها المتعددة, مع الذات تارة ومع السفففيد )مهند جمال الدين( مادحا إيَّاه تارة جا ت أخرى, فحقق بذل مونولوجا داخويا في توتراته المألوفة, اسففتحا الشففاعر أن يحتفظ بالتأويل الداللي في عمق الجموة الفعوية, ف األفعال منسفجمة مع غرض الشفاعر ومهله, حيث قارد حواره مع الممدوح بصفورة شفعرية أضففى عويها الحياة, فأرتفع وأسفمى في (, وهكذا يستمر الوغة )رأيففففتففففَ إرثففففا , تُففففقففففيففففُم عففففوى َمففففتففففِن الففكففواكففففففففففِب ثففففالففففثففففففا , فتمنُ قرَص الّشمِ , وتحرُث هدَر البدرِ لحسناوي بمدح ممدوحه حامال كلَّ توقه وتحوعاته التي ينشدها إزا ه, فالممدوح تحول في رؤى الشاعر إلى رمز لغبدا . ا :الفصُل الثالثُ البُنى األُسلوبية للظواهر التركيبة في شعر الحسناوي. طبيعته, وحدوده, واألس التي يصدر من خاللها الحكم اعتنى أرباُد البُنى األسووبية بفف" دراسة كل ما يتصل باألسوود من حيث عويه, فجعووا لتحويل األسفففاليب عناهفففر يمتد من خاللها, ليشفففمل التعبير في أهفففول بنائه وفروعه. ومن ثم رأوا أن إحدى سفففمات ر تفأثيرا في النقفل األسففففوود هو "االنحرام" عن البنفا األهففففوي إلى أبنيفة أخرى فرعيفة, ربمفا كفان من أبرزهفا داخفل النص, وأكث .(liii)واإلفهام لتقديم والتأخير" يمتوُ الشففاعُر الحسففناوي القدرةَ عوى تحويع الوغة, وهذا قد الحظنا حسففن تعاموه مع البنى واألسففاليب من خالل اسففتفزاز الذاكرة جوى فاعويته في " إعحا الوغة ِجدَّة وآفاقا الستثمار إمكانيات األساليب ومنها التقديم والتأخير, يعد من أهم خصائص الوغة العربية إذ تت .liv"واسعة لوتعبير عن المعنى, مما يكسب التركيب دقة في تصوير مواطن الشحن العاطفي وتحور المعنى المبحث األول: البُنى األُسووبية لوتقديم والتأخير. )الحويل( يقول في قصيدة )ودُم شهدها عذبا ( راثيا فيها الجواهري: ففيففا دهففُر ردّدْ نففوَح بففاِك وسفففففاجِ بكتكم بناُت الشعر قبَل المدامففففففعِ lv ِوهففذي الفقففوافي الفوالففهفففاتِ بحبِّه فكم كان يغريها بُحسِن المحالع يمارس الشفاعر حوارا رثائيا مع ذاته ومع اآلخرين, فنشفعر منذ الوهوة األولى أننا أمام شفاعر يعرم كيأل يدير حواره مع الذات, وجواهري.فهو يريد أن يكتشأل العالم من خالل اكتشافه لومبدعين, وهذا ما أشار إليه بمرثيته ل ( يتقفدم الخبُر عوى المبتفدأ في هذا المظهر التّركيبي لوبُنى األسففففووبيفة فيفأتي الخبر) بكتكم ( في موقع االبتفدا , ويأتي المبتفدأ ) بنفاتُ يه محمد في موقع الخبر, ويرتبط هذا التّغيير الصفياغي بداللٍة أراد لها الحسفناوي أن تكون لها الصّفدارة, وهي أن الشّفاعَر قد أنزل مرث مهدي الجواهري( منزلة محالع القصفائد الحسفان, وهذا يدل عوى مكانة مرثي, ويسفتمر الشفاعر بهذه المرثية حتى يكشفأل مدى العمق الذي يعيشفه, إذ نشفعر بهذه األبيات كأنها سفوسفبيل يبث أثير الجواهري )بكتكم بناُت الشفعر قبَل المدامع(, ويؤكد الشفاعر أن هذا الرثا ته؛ لما يمتوكه من خصال تفرد بها, حتى دعا الدهر إلى أن يجاريه بتردد النوح معه) ففففيففففففا دهففففففُر ردّدْ نففففففوَح بففففففاِك خارج سيحر وسفففففاجِ (. وهكذا تألق الحسففناوي برثائه لنهر العراق الثالث )الجواهري(, محققا شففخصففية شففعرية تنتمي إلى جسففد النص انتما كويا ؛ ألنَّه ه الشففعرية من خالل جدولة هففورة الرثا والحنين معا , منجزا بذل هندسففة جمالية من خالل اإلهففغا إلى سففبر أعماقه, امتو أدوات في وبدوره انزاح بالوغة من أجل المعنى الكامل لرؤاه, كاالستعارة في قوله: )وهففففذي الففقففففوافي الففوالففففهففففففاِت بحبِّه(, إذ انزل القوا وعواطفه, حتى غدت وآلهات هائمات بحبه وغرامه. منزل اإلنسان بإحساسه ويقول في قصيدة ) اذهبي عني (: )الرمل( َرِغَب القوُب وإْن لَْم يَرَغبِ عندِك الحبُّ كحاجٍ تُفشفتَفرى lvi ِأنِت لَْم ترَعْي لفقفوفبففففففي ودَّهُ وتُفعففاهففيففه وإْن لَْم يُففذنِب لقد حاول الحسفناوي هنا وهو في سفياق تعداد محاسفن حبيبته وتفاهفيل جمالها أن يعقد هفورة تشفبيهية بين الحب وهو في رياض لمألوم محبوبته وبين الحاجة التي تشفتري, وهو تشفبيه مألوم ال جدة فيه, وكأن الشفاعر أح َّ أن جموته تقويدية وال تخرج عن إطار ا ه فعمد إلى التنويع فيها تركيبا , فعمل عوى خرق القاعدة الوّغوية ليشففففكل نمحا من األدا يقوم عوى التقديم والتأخير؛ إذ قدم الخبر شففففب وم يعد تشففبيهه (, مانحا بذل البيت تركيبا فنيا متميزا و أثرا فاعال في شففعريتِه من حيث الداللة ف الحبُ ( وأخَر المبتدأ ) عندكِ الجموة ) مألوفا. وتبوُج تبارح الشففاعر مؤكدة أن الحَب في معجمه هو الحياة, وأن ما مضففى من عمره كان انتظارا لوحبيبة, وأن هذا الحب أكسففبه رونق المشفاعر وزخرفها, مسفتخدما االسفتعارة لتوضفي عمق مشفاعره, وبوغة رقراقة اسفتحاعت أن تسفتوعب كل ما أراد الشفاعر أن لومتوقي.يوهوه المبحث الثاني: البُنى األُسلوبية للتناص. لدى الشّفعرا بتنو مشفارد الثقافات التي احت بها كُل شفاعر, فإذا ما رهفدنا مفهومه ونشفأته في التراث تنوعت مصفادر التناص ة العربي, نجده مصفففحوحا جديدا لّظاهرة أدبية ونقدية تويدة, فالتأمل في طبيعة التّأليفات النّقدية العربية القديمة يعحينا هفففورة واضفففح يات مختوة وبأنوا تقترد من المصحو الحديث.لوجود جذور لوتّناص, ولكن تحت مسم وتجوت ماهية التناص" لتبعث االضفففحراد في كّلِ أنوا التّرسفففيمات االبيسفففتيمية االتجاهية الذاهبة من المؤلأل إلى العمل ومن إلى التجوية, ولكي تضففففع من الرمز –من الجز إلى الكل –المرجع التجريبي إلى التعبير"الوغوي" ومن الينبو إلى التأثير بالمتوقي . lvii"في النص خحيته وسياجه موضع التساؤل, من الحرم الكبير إلى نقحة النهاية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org النّصفي بيَن نٍص وآخٍر أو امتزاج وتداخل وتقارد يرى آخرون أن التناَص اقترن في الدّرِس الوّسفاني الحديث بااللتسفاق والتّعالقِ .lviii النّصوِص بما يعنيه من حضوِر نٍص في نٍص آخر استدعا أو تأثرا البُنى األُسووبية لوتناص القرآني. ● وفي قصيدة )أنا ال أفهم ماذا تبتغين( يقول: ) الرمل( وديارا كان لي فيها خفديففففنْ فاحمووني سادتي حيُث الهوى lix ْوادففنففوني واكفتبفوا ال تَفْحفَسففبَفففْن فهو حيه في جناِن الخالدين .lx)إنَّ تناص الشّفاعر في هذين البيتين مع اآلية الكريمة :) َواَلَ تحسفبنَّ الذيَن قُتِوُوا في سفبيل هللا أمواتا بل أحيا عند ربهم يرزقون ا الذي يرنو إليه العاشفق فهو ال يكون في سفوح الوغى وإنما من سفهام الحب وأنينه وسفهاده , فالحسفناوي يسفعى ففيها تذكير بالموت. أمَّ ة حقيقة آني بالتّومي دون التّصري , ففففففففف" النف البشرية لتقأل أمام هذا الستار عاجزة خاشعة, تدرك بالمواجهإلى توظيأل النّص القر عومها المحدود, وعجزها الواضف , ويتسفاقط عنها غرور العوم والمعرفة المدَّعاة, وتعرم أمام سفتر الغيب المسفدل أن الناس لم يؤتوا كون ا يمن العوم إاّل قويال, وأن ورا الّستر الكثير مما لم يعوموا, ولو عوموا كّلِ شيٍ آخر فسيظوون واقفين أمام ذل الّستر ال يدري ماذ lxi.غدا! بل ماذا ستكون الوحظة التالية. وعندئذ تحمئن النف البشرية من كبريائها وتخشع هلل" إنَّ الدخول إلى نصففوص الحسففناوي التناهففية القرآنية هو بمثابة دخول إلى هففومعة زاهرة األوارد, فهو يوفت الناس إلى طريق ئبي الفذي يعيفد تركيبفه أو مزجفه مع مختوأل األزمنفة, ليظهر المعنى الفذي يريفد أن الهفدايفة والنجفاة, وال غرابفة في ذلف , فهفذا عفالمفه الغرا يوهوه لومتوقي. الش َّ أّن هدم الّشاعر من هذا التناص هو إلفات الناس وتوجيههم إلى حموه ودفنه عسى أن يوتحق بخدينه )الحبيب(, ُمتخذا العبرة هاجرين من هذه الدّنيا الّزائوة, ففففففففف " ال نفع فيها وال طائل تحتها, وأية فائدة ترجى والدّرس والحكمة ممن استوطنوا جنان الخالدين, مُ . lxii" !من الّشي الذي يعتورهُ الفنا ؟ إبدا ُ الحسفففناوي بهذا التداخل التناهفففي القرآني يشفففعرنا أن هذا الجنوح في تركيبه يمهده إلى لحظات من التداعي الحر بخروج أسففوار النص, ألنَّهُ وظَّفَهُ " توظيفا يميل إلى اإليجاز واإلشففارة والتومي دون التفصففيل, وهذه الخاهففية من لحظة تجوي الذات خارج . lxiii"الّسمات الشعرية وقال في قصيدة )يا واقففد النار(: )البسيط( دَة هللاُ أكبُر لففففْم يفولفففففففففففدْ ولفففففْم يفففِوففففففففففففدِ وحففوَل شفبفففاكفففففففِه طففوففففففففي ُمففففففففردّ بل راية الوطن األغوى من الفففففَولَدِ أّمففام ال تفعفففقفففدي أطففففراَم رايففففتفففِ lxiv ِوأمففحريها هبيفَب الصفبر مفنشففدة وأودعففيفففها بففكففففأّلِ الففواحِد األحففففففد ( مع نص الشاعر لينتج عنهما قيمتان؛ األولى إبداعية جمالية زادت لففففففففْم يففولففدْ ولففففففْم يففففففِوففففففدِ ( و)األحدتداخل هذان التركيبان ) يذقه من من أثير سفبكِه والثانية داللية زادت المتن قوة واقتدار؛ إذ أّكد هذا التناص ما رام إليّه الحسفناوي من أن عذاَد حبِه لعائوته لم يكية عوى العراق, وكان الشففاعر مقيما وقتها في دولة االمارات, وذل قبُل أحد , بعد أن انقحع االتصففال معهم إبان هجوم القوات االمر َمدُ 2 لَْم يَِودْ َولَْم يُْولَدْ( تعالق نصفي مع قوله تعالى:) قُْل هَُو هللاُ أََحد 1 هللاُ الصفَّ (lxv) ونسفتحيع أن نؤشفر روح النص الجديد في تداخل . تناص, وهذا هو النص الجديد الذي تتوارى خوفه انسيابية متوقعة.االنزياحات التناهية التي تكون بؤرا متعددة ال ويرى أحدُ الدارسففين أنَّ البُنى األُسففووبية لوتناص عوى ضففربين: ضففرٍد ال يُنقل فيه الوّفظ المقتب عن معناه األهففوي إلى معنى خر يُنقفل فيفه الوفظ المقتب عن معنفاه آخر إذ يكون معنفاه متصففففال بفالمعنى األهففففوي لوبيفت الفذي يرتبط بمعنى اآليفة. وضففففرٍد آ فيكون عندئذ غير منسففجم وسففياق البيت. ولي لوحسففناوي اسففتعمال من الضففرد الثاني وإنّما بنى تراكيبه وألفاظه (lxvi)األهففوي المقتبسة عوى الّضرد األول. ● . البُنى األُسووبية لوتَّناُص الّشعريُّ تشففففكفل البُنى األُسففففووبيفة لهفذا النو من التنفاص راففدا من رواففد اإلبفدا التراثي واألدبي الموروث ومصففففدر إلهفام لفدى نا لغويا ودالليا غنيا الحسففناوي الذي ُعرم باهتماماته الفكرية؛ إذ اعتمدها آلية محركة ذات دالالت معمقة في نصففِه الشففعري ومكوَّ العالقفة بينفه وبين المجتمع مفاال يُنكر فهي تعك خبرتفه وتجفاربفه الحيفاتيفة, وغفالبفا مفا يكون هفذا التنفاص يحمفل هففففورا فيفه من توثيق ه قيما جمالية بالغةَ الّروعة, رغم أن الشفاعر يأوي إلى هفومعته الشفعرية فينسفى بها كلَّ ا لشفعرا , ولي شفعرية إيحائية منحت نصفَّ ويبقى لصدى القصائد وربيعها أثرا موحوظا عوى أوردة النص.أمامه إال لغته وخياله, وقال الحسناوي : )الحويل( ُجففنَّ ُجفنففوني حينَها وَجناني ففقفبّففوففتففهُ تسعفا وتسعيَن قُفبوة lxvii ِوقد زانَهُ َسمط فغيُر معحٍَّل وففيفروزة تفوفهففو بفخفيففر مفكفففان عري والنّص الغائب الذي إنَّ الحسففناوي في هذا التعالق التناهففي الشففاهر ال يمكن االعتقاد بأنَّهُ يقوم بإعادة معاني الموروث الشففّ فاسففتقرَّ في نفسففه فحسففب من دون توظيأل تو النّصففوص أو محاورتها بل اّن ازدحم في ذهنه وتجديد هففياغة نص كان قد تأثر به تضفمين النّص الشّفعري هو انتقال داللي يتجاود فيه المتناص مع تجربة الشّفاعر يترجم من خالله موقفا شفعوريا دعا إلى اسفتذكاره اعر الحسففناوي وذل يتحوب أيضففا اسففتيعاد القيمة الجمالية المكنونة فيه فالشفف أنَّهُ عور واألفكار, فقد اسففتدعى الشففّ يتالق فيه الشففّ :)امرأَ القي (, ُمتناص معه في قوله ففففففقفبففففوفتففهفا تسع فففا وتفسعففففيَن قففففبفففوة وواحففدة أيففضففففففا وكفففففنفففففففففت عففوففى عففجففلْ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org lxviii ْوعففانففقفففتفففهففا حفتففى تفقففحَّففع عففقففدُها وحتى فصوص الحَّْوق من جيدها انفصل معه ضفمن نقحة يتجوى الحب من خالل مقاليد الغرام المتكررة التي كان ينقاد لها امرؤ القي بال هوادة, مادعا الحسفناوي لوتناص وبؤرة مكتنزة بالعاطفة والبوح المتفشفي بين المحبوبين, وهذا ما جعل الشفاعر أسفير حالة من التناقض بين ذاته المنشفودة التقا غرامية والقيم المتناثر حوله, حيث اسفففتحا أن يظهر قدرة شفففعرية عالية من خالل ذاته الوثابة, فكون هفففورا شفففعرية من خالل اسفففتدعا روث لهذا النو من التناص, ليمتد أثر التناص الشفعري فيأخذ مدى واسفعا في المتن. ال ريب أن توظيأل المتناص وبعثه من جديد المو في سياقات نصوهه الحاضرة يكسبه قالبا جديدا من منحوق رؤيوي جديد أضفى عويه واقع عصره . :وقال الشاعر الحسناوي في قصيدة )البحر( )البسيط( فذاك طفبففع بِه األوباُش تتَّزرُ إْن يحفسدوك عوى شيٍ يساوُرهففففم إنَّ التففمفففيففمةَ آُي هللاِ والفسُّففففَورُ ال تثنَِ العيُن مهما تبدو شاِخصة lxix ُي عفزفَهُ الفَوتَففر ففأنفَت قفففيففففففثفففارة مفففا زاَل عفففازفُففففهفففففا منَ الفؤادُ يُرّجِ د إنَّ الشفاعر محمد الحسفناوي في هذا التناص ال يمكن االعتقاد بأنَّهُ يقوم بإعادة معاني الشّفعر التويد الذي تراكم في مخياله وتجدي ي مهجته فحسفب من دون توظيأل تو النّصفوص أو مغازلتها بل اّن تضفمين سفيميائية هفياغة نص كان قد تأثر به مسفبقا فاسفتقرَّ ف التناص الشّفعري هو انتقال داللي يتحاور فيه المتناص مع تجربة الشّفاعر كاشفف ا موقفا شفعوريا دعا إلى اسفتذكاره وذل يتحوب اثارة ر واألفكار, فقد تناص الحسفناوي في هذه األبيات مع الشفاعر عوي الشففهيني, القيم الجمالية المكنونة فيه فالشف أنَّهُ يجاري فيه الشّفعو )الكامل( إذ يقوله: lxxإْن يحسدوَك عوى عالَك فإنَّما متسافُل الدرجاِت يحسدُ من عال ا في الشفكل والمضف مون, فإنَّهُ قد تأثر في ومن الواضف فإنَّ من يحالع ويتفحص شفعَر الحسفناوي يدرك أثر الشفعر العقائدي واضفح هذا المقحع من القصفيدة أكثر من غيره, إذ ينج في أن يأتي بالدالالت السفاحرة مسفتبدال بذل العناهفر البيئية وإحالل عناهفر أخرى ا إيّاها إلى هفومعته الشفعرية. فالشفاعر يسفتثمر ثقل حاضفره وما يحموه م ا جماليات النص الموروث, مسفتدرج ن نضفج مكانها, مسفتثمر فكري وحضاري, فيدعو بذل ما يشا من النصوص الشعرية, ليتناص معها بحريقته المثوى. وهنا يعون الحسففناوي مدى تأثره بشففعر الشفففهيني, فهو ال يتأثر بالوفظ والموسففيقى فحسففب, بل انحوق من رونق البُنى األسففووبية القافية وبعض األلفاظ, فقد اسفتبدل لفظة )عوى عالَك( مكان لفظة )عوى شفيٍ وجمالية السفب والمعنى, لذا اعتمد األبيات برمتها مغير يساوُرهففففم(, والتي تصور القسوة والغوظة والتناحر والحسد. إلى توهفيأل الحدث في الوحظة المنبثقة من تكوين ونجد أن الشفاعر الحسفناوي في نصفه ينسفاق في تناهفه الشفعري مع الشففهيني البعد الذاتي ضفمن نسفق التناص وفي ما يراه في النص, نراه يخضفع كل ما يراه ضفمن أسفوار التناص الشفعري واالمتداد به في النسفق ته التعبيرية وتوظيفها مع المتماثل مع محور المشفاهدة في سفبر النصفوص ودالالت أعماقها المتوحدة, متفاعال مع ذاته لغمسفاك بحاق ما حوله من النصفوص كرؤية ودليل له, أي أن الحسفناوي يسفعى إلى اعحا التناص الشفعري لغة إخبارية ناهضفة, اسفتحا من خاللها عنى أن يغحي هذه األبعاد بالقدر الكافي من خوق المتناهات المتناغمة داخل أروقة النص, وخوق نسق المفردات الوغوية التي تحمل الم كرمز تناهي مؤثر في هياغة العبارات الوغوية المؤثرة. الخاتمة البُنى األُسووبيَّةُ في ِشْعِر ُمَحْمد سعد جبر الحسناوي قدَّمنا بعِد االستقراِ والتمحيص الدقيقين لديوان الحسناوي, ضمن بحثنا الموسوم" " وقوفا عوى ِسماِت البُنى األسووبيةِ ديواُن الحسناوي انموذجا فيه, والتي توهونا من خاللِها إلى عدٍد من النّتائج, فبعد هذا المحام في ما تم عرضه, وليرى المتوقي ما قَدَّمتْهُ هذه الدّراسة من جديد, فكانت الّشعري ال بدَّ من التّوقأل قويال لبوورة ما تم انجازه واختصار ُكنّه دراسة حالة القول الّشعري لديه ضمن شعره, وحسب النّتائج اآلتية: يُعدُّ الشَّاعر محمد الحسناوي امتدادا لشعرا العصر الحديث, كف)الجواهري, ومصحفى جمال الدين( وغيرهما, فشاعريته -1 ما تحدثه هذه الوغة من موحيات ال تظهر في الكومات ولكنها تختبئ وتتوارى في مساربها, وهذه من مميزات شاعريته تنبع من الوغة, و وما ندركه جويا في نصوهه الشعرية, فالحسناوي يحول من خالل امتالكه أدوات الوغة أن يعيش عمق التصور الذهني والمونولوجي ر الخارجي, وهذا ما يجعل نصه الشعري يمتو مساحة رحبة من التراكيب الروحية؛ ألنَّها الذي ينسق ما بين الشعور الداخوي واألث توحي لومتوقي بالمراد والمقد. يمثل الوطن جوهر قصائده ومحوره األساس, فوه ومنه تنبثق قصائده, ليعبر الشاعر عّما يمر به بوده من محن وبال , ال سيما -2 مرحوة االحتالل التي مزقت جسده الندي وروحه الرقراقة. (, فجا ت الجموةُ ة, والجموة الفعويةالجموة االسميتناولنا األساليب الخبرية في شعره, مع نماذج مختارة أيضا , وشموت كال من) -3 االسميةُ ُمعبرة عن الثبات واالستقرار والتفشي داخل أروقت النص الحسناوي, بينما جا ت الجموةُ الفعويةُ تدُل عوى التنو والهيجان . العاطفي الذي ينتاد الّشاعر, فقد جا ت غنية بمعانيها الالفتة لألنظار وهياغتها األسووبية المتنوعة (, مع نماذج مختارة من شعره, إاّل إنَّ الحسناوي االستفهام, والنّدا طرقنا فيه إلى األسووبين اإلنشائيين البارزين في شعره مثل:)-4 م أطنب واسترسل في توظيفها وأتْقن استخدامها في شعره, ُمقارنة مع مثيالتها من الجمل الخبرية, كما كان يُْؤثر اعتمادَ أسوود االستفها لذي طغى جماال ونظما وسبكا في قصائده.ا american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org (, واتض أن الّشاعَر وّظأَل هذه الّظواهَر لغرض تكثيأل التّقديم والتّأخير, والتّناصبرزُت الّظواهِر التّركيبيِة في ديوانه, ومنها:) -5 ٍة أخرى.الداّللة من جهة ولينأى بنفسه عن اإلطناد الذي يبددُ الّصياغةَ التّركيبيةَ ويوهنها من جه يوحي بوالدة نص متماسكن بوحدته –وهنا إشارة إلى البيئة التي انحدر منها -روعةُ التناص القرآني وسموه وشيوعه في شعره -6 العضوية مبني عوى الحاسة الجمالية وأتسا طاقة التخيل في إيجاد التناص المعبر بشكل عميق وموحي لما يريد أن يوهوه بصوته في الحياة, وضمن دالالت ورموز رؤيوية شفافة المعنى عميقة الداللة. القرآني وإيمانه يمثل شعره مثاقفة مع الّشعر الجاهوي واالُموي والعباسي والّشعر األندلسي والمحدثين, ونوحظ ذل من خالل التّناص الشعري -7 مع امرم القي , من جهة ومع المحدثين أمثال الشفهيني من جهة أخرى, ِلما يتمتعان به من جمال الوفظ والمعنى والمخيال الخصب. المصادر والمراجع. القرآُن الكريُم. ● مدرسة مقارنة, د. شوقي عوي الزهرة, مكتبة اآلداد, القاهرة. -األسوود بين عبد القاهر الجرجاني وجون ميري -1 م. 1994, مركز االنما الحضاري, 2األسووبية, بييروجيرو, ترجمة: د. منذر عياشي , ط -2 م. 1963المعارم, القاهرة ,إعجاز القرآن, الباقالني, تحقيق: السيد أحمد هقر, ط. دار -3 م.1998آفاق التناهية المفهوم والمنظور : ترجمة وتقديم د. محمد خير البقاعي , الهيئة المصرية العامة لوكتاد, -4 .2م, ج 1957البرهان في عووم القرآن , بدر الدين الزركشي, ت. أبو الفضل ابراهيم, القاهرة , -5 م.1994لونجمان, -, الشركة المصرية العالمية لونشر4ب, طالبالغة واألسووبية, د. محمد عبد المحو -6 م. 1968بيان إعجاز القرآن: الخحابي, تحقيق: )د. محمد زغوول سالم( و )د. محمد خوأل هللا(, ط. دار المعارم, القاهرة, -7 تاج العروس من جواهر القاموس, الزبيدي, دار ليبيا لونشر والتوزيع, بنغازي, )د ت(. -8 .1954ل القرآن, ابن قتيبة, ت. السيد هقر, دار إحيا التراث العربي, القاهرة, تأويل مشك -9 م.2013التذوق األدبي ) النص الشعري قضاياه ومناهجه(, د. محمد زكي العشماوي, دار المعرفة الجامعية, -10 نيا الحباعة والنشر, اإلسكندرية.التقديم والتأخير ومباحث التراكيب بين البالغة واألسووبية: د. مختار عحية, دار الوفا لد -11 م.1989, محبعة دار المعارم, مصر,2جماليات القصيدة المعاهرة : طه وادي, ط -12 م(.2007 -هف 1428, مؤسسة المختار لونشر والتوزيع, القاهرة, )1الجموة الفعوية : د. عوي أبو المكارم, ط -13 , دار طالس, 1الذبياني) دراسة داللية, تحبيقية, معنوية(: ابتسام أحمد حمدان, طالحذم والتقديم والتأخير في ديوان النابغة -14 .1992دمشق, دراسة األسوود بين المعاهرة والتراث: أحمد درويش, دار غريب لوحباعة والنشر والتوزيع, القاهرة, )د ت(. -15 م. 1945دفا عن البالغة, أحمد حسن الزيات, محبعة الرسالة , -16 م. 2021لبنان, -, )المؤسسة العربية لودراسة والنشر(, بيروت1, محمد سعد جبر الحسناوي, طديوان الحسناوي -17 , دار المعارم.4ديوان امرم القي , تحقيق محمد أبو الفضل إبراهيم, ط -18 م.1998, دار الشروق, القاهرة, 1عوم األسوود مبادئه وإجرا اته, د. هالح فضل, ط -19 م.2006دار هفا لونشر والتوزيع, عمان, ,1فن األسوود, حميد آدم ثويني , ط -20 في البنية والداللة, سعيد أبو رضا, محبعة منشأة المعارم االسكندرية, د ت. -21 م. 1964, بيروت, 1في النحو العربي, د. مهدي المخزومي, ط -22 .5هف , ج1417, دار الشروق, القاهرة, 2في ظالل القرآن: سيد قحب إبراهيم حسين الشاربي , ط -23 . 1993المحيط : الفيروز آبادي , تحقيق: مكتب تحقيق التراث, مؤسسة الرسالة, بيروت , القاموس -24 م.1991كتاد العثمانية, الجاحظ, تحقيق عبد السالم هارون, دار الجيل, بيروت, -25 . 1م(,ج1966-ه 1385الكشام عن حقائق التنزيل وعيون األقاويل, الزمخشري, ط. مصحفى الباد الحوبي, مصر, ) -26 م.1992عرد, ابن منظور , دار هادر , بيروت , لسان ال -27 م.1988, دار انترناشيونال لوحبع والنشر, القاهرة, 1الوغة واإلبدا , د. شكري محمد عياد, ط -28 المثل السائر في أدد الكاتب والشاعر: ابن األثير, تحقيق:) د. أحمد الحوفي ود. بدوي طبانه(, دار نهضة, ) د ت (. مصر -29 . 3,ج فففففف القاهرة المصحو النقدي في نقد الشعر) دراسة لغوية تاريخية نقدية(: إدري الناقوري طبع دار النشر المغربية الدار البيضا -30 م.1982 .1995مصحوحات نقدية من التراث األدبي العربي, محمد عزام, وزارة الثقافة, دمشق, -31 , دار هفا لونشر 1الموحدين, د. جمعة حسين يوسأل الجبوري, طالمضامين التراثية في الشعر األندلسي في عهد المرابحين -32 م(.2012 -هف 1433مؤسسة دار الصادق الثقافية, عمان, ) -والتوزيع , دار هفا لونشر 1المضامين التراثية في الشعر األندلسي في عهد المرابحين الموحدين, د. جمعة حسين يوسأل الجبوري, ط -33 م(.2012 -هف 1433لثقافية, عمان, )مؤسسة دار الصادق ا -والتوزيع م(.2000 -هف 1420, دار الفكر لوحباعة والنشر والتوزيع, ) 1معاني النحو: د. فاضل هال السامرائي, ط -34 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org م.1984, مكتبة لبنان, 2معجم المصحوحات العربية في الوغة واألدد, مجدي وهبه وكامل المهندس, ط -35 م.2004, مكتبة الشروق, القاهرة, 4العربية, أشرم عوى تحقيقه د. شوقي ضيأل, طالمعجم الوسيط , مجمع الوغة -36 .2006مقدمة ابن خودون, تحقيق: عوي عبد الواحد وافي, ط. الهيئة المصرية العامة لوكتاد, -37 م. 2000, اتحاد الكتاد العرد, النص واألسووبية بين النظرية والتحبيق, عدنان بن ذريل -38 ه.1317نهاية اإلعجاز في دراية اإلعجاز في عووم البالغة وبيان إعجاز القرآن الشريأل: الفخر الرازي, ط القاهرة , -39 الدَّورياُت. القرآني والتناص -1 الثقافة االقتصاص الحسيب رضوان مجوة الرافد تصدر عن دائرة ابن فارس نموذجا : د. ياسر عبد م. 2011واإلعالم الشارقة م.2011, جزيران, 1مجوة مركز بابل: مهدي عبد األمير مفتن, العدد: -2 i.381ينظر: ديوان الحسناوي, محمد سعد جبر الحسناوي, ط1, )المؤسسة العربية لودراسة والنشر(, بيروت لبنان, 2021م, ص ii.16كتاد العثمانية, الجاحظ, تحقيق عبد السالم هارون, دار الجيل, بيروت,1991م, ص iii. )11-10( تأويل مشكل القرآن, ابن قتيبة, ت. السيد هقر, دار إحيا التراث العربي , القاهرة , 1954, ص iv (ط. دار المعارم, القاهرة, 1968م, ص ,)بيان إعجاز القرآن: الخحابي, تحقيق: )د. محمد زغوول سففالم( و )د. محمد خوأل هللا 65 -66. ) v.35إعجاز القرآن, الباقالني, تحقيق: السيد أحمد هقر, ط. دار المعارم, القاهرة ,1963م , ص vi.51األسوود بين عبد القاهر الجرجاني وجون ميري مدرسة مقارنة, د. شوقي عوي الزهرة, مكتبة اآلداد, القاهرة , ص vii.64الكشام عن حقائق التنزيل وعيون األقاويل, الزمخشري, ط. مصحفى الباد الحوبي, مصر, )1385ه -1966م(,ج1, ص viii . 60 نهاية اإلعجاز في دراية اإلعجاز في عووم البالغة وبيان إعجاز القرآن الشريأل: الفخر الرازي, ط القاهرة , 1317ه, ص ix المثل السائر في أدد الكاتب والشاعر: ابن األثير, تحقيق:) د. أحمد الحوفي ود. بدوي طبانه(, دار نهضة, ) د ت (. مصر فففففففففففف .281, ص 3القاهرة ,ج x. 86القاموس المحيط : الفيروز آبادي , تحقيق: مكتب تحقيق التراث, مؤسسة الرسالة, بيروت , 1993, ص xi. 302تاج العروس من جواهر القاموس, الزبيدي, دار ليبيا لونشر والتوزيع, بنغازي, )د ت(, ص xii.441المعجم الوسيط , مجمع الوغة العربية, أشرم عوى تحقيقه د. شوقي ضيأل, ط4, مكتبة الشروق, القاهرة, 2004م , ص xiii.456لسان العرد, ابن منظور , دار هادر , بيروت , 1992م , ص xiv. )1160-1159( مقدمة ابن خودون, تحقيق: عوي عبد الواحد وافي, ط. الهيئة المصرية العامة لوكتاد , 2006, ص xv.43مصحوحات نقدية من التراث األدبي العربي, محمد عزام, وزارة الثقافة , دمشق ,1995, ص xvi.34معجم المصحوحات العربية في الوغة واألدد, مجدي وهبه وكامل المهندس, ط2, مكتبة لبنان, 1984م, ص xvii. )15-14(فن األسوود, حميد آدم ثويني , ط1, دار هفا لونشر والتوزيع, عمان, 2006م , ص xviii .6ينظر: الوغة واإلبدا , د. شكري محمد عياد, ط 1, دار انترناشيونال لوحبع والنشر, القاهرة, 1988م, ص xix.16 دراسة األسوود بين المعاهرة والتراث: أحمد درويش, دار غريب لوحباعة والنشر والتوزيع, القاهرة, )دت(, ص xx.172البالغة واألسووبية: د. محمد عبد المحوب, الشركة المصرية العالمية لونشر– لونجمان , 1994م, ص xxi. 93عوم األسوود مبادئه وإجرا اته, د. هالح فضل, ط1, دار الشروق, القاهرة, 1998م , ص xxii ,ينظر: التذوق األدبي ) النص الشعري قضاياه ومناهجه(, د. محمد زكي العشماوي, دار المعرفة الجامعية (615– 155م) 2013 xxiii.157 المرجع السابق, ص xxiv.155 ,ينظر: التذوق األدبي xxv. 11األسووبية, بييروجيرو, ترجمة: د. منذر عياشي , ط2, مركز االنما الحضاري, 1994م, ص xxvi.48 النص واألسووبية بين النظرية والتحبيق, عدنان بن ذريل , اتحاد الكتاد العرد, 2000 م, ص xxvii. ومن أبرز الباحثين : د. هالح فضل , د. شكري محمد عياد , د. عبد السالم المسدي xxviii , من أبرز أعالم هذا الرأي د. عبد السالم المسدي. ينظر: األسووبية واألسوود: د. عبد السالم المسدي . 27 , ص , الدار العربية لوكتاد, طرابو3ط xxix ,البالغة واألسووبية, د. محمد عبد المحوب, ط4, الشركة المصرية العالمية لونشرلونجمان, 1994م . 32ص xxx من أعالم هفذا الرأي: ) د. شففففكري محمفد عيفاد ( . ينظر: اتجفاهفات البحفث األسففففووبي, د. شففففكري محمفد عيفاد, مكتبفة زهرا . 77م, ص1998الشرم, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org xxxi.56 دفا عن البالغة, أحمد حسن الزيات, محبعة الرسالة , 1945م , ص xxxii. 61 المرجع السابق, ص xxxiii.17 عوم األسوود مبادئه واجرا اته , ص xxxiv.101 المرجع السابق, ص xxxv. 27 األسووبية واألسوود, ص xxxvi.28 المرجع السابق, ص xxxvii. 77المرجع السابق, ص xxxviii ,2 ينظر: البرهان في عووم القرآن , بدر الدين الزركشي, ت. أبو الفضل ابراهيم, القاهرة ,1957 م, ج . 326ص xxxix.339 :ديوان الحسناوي xl.135 :ديوان الحسناوي xli . 53 في النحو العربي, د. مهدي المخزومي, ط1, بيروت, 1964, ص xlii.15 :ديوان الحسناوي xliii.145 :ديوان الحسناوي xliv.25جماليات القصيدة المعاهرة : طه وادي, ط2, محبعة دار المعارم, مصر,1989م, ص xlv .ينظر : المرجع السابق, الصفحة نفسها xlvi .102 في البنية والداللة, سعيد أبو رضا, محبعة منشأة المعارم االسكندرية, د ت, ص xlvii.21 :ديوان الحسناوي xlviii.143 :ديوان الحسناوي xlix .15معاني النحو, ج1, ص l الجموة الفعوية : د. عوي أبو المكارم, ط1, مؤسسة المختار لونشر والتوزيع, القاهرة, )1428هف . 37م( , ص2007 li.325 :ديوان الحسناوي lii.227 :ديوان الحسناوي liiiالتقديم والتأخير ومباحث التراكيب بين البالغة واألسووبية: د. مختار عحية, دار الوفا لدنيا الحباعة . 49والنشر, اإلسكندرية, ص liv,الحذم والتقديم والتأخير في ديوان النابغة الذبياني) دراسة داللية, تحبيقية, معنوية(: ابتسام أحمد حمدان . 221, ص 1992, دار طالس , دمشق, 1ط lv.297 :ديوان الحسناوي lvi.141 :ديوان الحسناوي lvii ,آفاق التناهية المفهوم والمنظور : ترجمة وتقديم د. محمد خير البقاعي, الهيئة المصرية العامة لوكتاد . 83م , ص1998 lviii ينظر: االقتصاص القرآني والتناص ابن فارس نموذجا : د. ياسر عبد الحسيب رضوان مجوة الرافد .1, 164م , 2011تصدر عن دائرة الثقافة واإلعالم الشارقة lix.269 :ديوان الحسناوي lx.169:سورة آل عمران lxi,5في ظالل القرآن: سيد قحب إبراهيم حسين الشاربي , ط2, دار الشروق, القاهرة, 1417هف , ج . 2799ص lxii)إعراد القرآن الكريم وبيانه, محيي الدّين الدّرويش, ط 1,)دار اليمامة(, دمشق, و ) دار ابن كثير .589, ص1م(, ج2009 -هف 1430بيروت, ) lxiii ,المضامين التراثية في الشعر األندلسي في عهد المرابحين الموحدين, د. جمعة حسين يوسأل الجبوري . 78م(, ص2012 -هف 1433مؤسسة دار الصادق الثقافية, عمان, ) -, دار هفا لونشر والتوزيع 1ط lxiv)177 -176( :ديوان الحسناوي lxv. )2-1 ( سورة االخالص : اآلية lxvi . 140 ,ينظر: المصحو النقدي في نقد الشعر lxvii.150 :ديوان الحسناوي lxviii.468 ديوان امرم القي , تحقيق محمد أبو الفضل إبراهيم, ط4, دار المعارم, ص lxix.99:ديوان الحسناوي lxx.203 ,مجوة مركز بابل: مهدي عبد األمير مفتن, العدد:1, جزيران, 2011م american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org method of evidence and argumentation in islamic philosophy in the context of modern argumentation sevara turabova kattakulovna, associate professor, phd in philosophy, termez university of economics and service uzbekistan. email: turobova.sevara@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the principles of argumentation and evidence in sources related to islam, elucidating contemporary argumentation theory based on the presentation of viewpoints, actions, and moral virtues in the correct or incorrect light. debate, evidence, thesis, rhetorical evidence, qur'an, truth, contemplation, innovation. introduction argumentation is a special form of proving opposing ideas, as well as finding a valid solution to a problem, which has begun to manifest itself under the influence of certain social and political circumstances in the earliest periods of human history. the term "dalil" (arabic: دليل – sign, proof, reason) signifies "idea, argument, and the like, confirming them, evidence, fact" [explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language. – t.: "uzbek national encyclopedia", 2006. – p. 548]. materials and methods thus, "the argumentation and debate style of islamic scholars differs entirely from dialectics (debate) according to its task and purpose" [salimova g.q. 2021. – p. 264-269]. for example, in the arguments presented by the representatives of the turk-islamic civilization of the 13th century, such as ashraf husayn shamsiddin samarqandi, on the basis of argumentation, the distinction between debate and logical argumentation, which is based on the rules of logic, is clearly evident. in this method, both sides engaged in argumentation do not seek superiority over each other but rather strive to prove the truth. this method of argumentation was systematized by muhammad shamsiddin samarqandi in his work "the art of debate" in his book "adab al-bahs" [collection of eastern manuscripts of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan. 2017. inv №8580/xi. — p. 348.].it is possible to testify that the spiritual essence of argumentation and debate has occupied a central place in the early historical stages of the islamic world. indeed, in the holy qur'an, which is the sacred source of islam, argumentation, debate, and dialogue are distinguished by their breadth and clarity in defining issues. alongside logical arguments presented for human intellectual contemplation in the qur'an, emotional arguments that influence the psychological state of the audience are also present, encouraging listeners to accept a particular idea through emotional responses. through this method, human beings develop intellectual conviction and emotional resilience. those who experience these emotions in life gain american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org spiritual strength and reach spiritual maturity from the standpoint of their faith and beliefs.in the qur'an, all individuals are addressed from the perspective of their nationality, race, social emergence, and intellectual competence. it can be observed that if the information provided in the references is not based on empirical experience and especially concrete evidence, people tend to accept such information with caution. therefore, we can conclude that the sacred source is corroborated by evidence that confirms its accuracy, namely rhetorical arguments. rhetorical arguments are speech fragments designed to prove the correctness of the thesis. rhetorical argumentation in the qur'an fulfills the function of influencing the moral virtues, actions, and moral qualities of the audience, either to acknowledge their correctness or incorrectness. the rhetorical significance of these arguments lies in the fact that they not only prove the truth of qur'anic theses but also positively influence the spiritual and psychological world of individuals. the concept that the quran encompasses all the archetypes of rhetorical evidence is often discussed. this idea has been supported by imam al-zarkashi [3.]. the complexity of philosophical deductions and logical structures is said to be absent in the evidence presented in the quran. according to the scholar, this situation can be understood in two ways:firstly, during the time of the quran's revelation, arabs did not employ complex philosophical deductions and logical structures, hence the unique characteristics of arabic speech were considered. this is highlighted in the quran in surah ibrahim, verse 4: "we have sent each messenger speaking the language of his people to make things clear for them" [translation and interpretation of the meanings of the quran. 2012. – p. 255].secondly, since philosophical and logical deductions were incomprehensible to the majority at that time, it is recommended to resort to other means when evidence based on philosophical and logical arguments cannot be used to prove the truth.studying the quranic text reveals that rational appeals are often made in the process of evidence presentation, which we can categorize as logical arguments. they are primarily aimed at audiences capable of appreciating the superiority of reason. for instance, let's consider the logical evidence presented in verses 35-36 of surah at-tur, which supports the existence of the creator in the community: "were they created without a creator? or are they their own creators? or did they create the heavens and the earth? no! they are not certain" [translation and interpretation of the meanings of the quran. 2012. – p. 525]. the explanation here is that a rational person, seeing the magnificent order in his surroundings, would never believe that such things came into existence on their own. assuming that the palace created itself is absurd. here, by using logic, the quran appeals to the existence of the creator of the heavens and the earth. this argument can be evaluated according to the principle of "exceptio probat regulam" (the exception proves the rule) in formal logic, which means "the falsity of one conclusion implies the falsehood of another conclusion." in the process of evaluating the consequences of the conclusion derived from the premise, the method of "appeal to absurdity" is often used.moreover, we also encounter another method of logical evidence in the quran. for example, in verse 91 of surah al-mu'minun: "allah did not have a child, nor was there any deity along with him. otherwise, each deity would have taken what it created and some of them would have risen above others" [translation and interpretation of the meanings of the quran. 2012. – p. 348]. here, the previously mentioned thesis is proved based on the method of contradiction. that is, it is stated that the community was created by several gods, each of them demanding power. in this case, the struggle to prove the superiority of one god over another would begin, leading to the elimination of the community. conversely, as emphasized in the quran, the existence of an incredible order in the universe is a strong evidence of the creator's existence.conversations between allah and the prophets, angels, and satan, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org discussions about the day of judgment, reward and punishment are presented in the quran. the methods of presenting judgments in the quran, the presentation of evidence, the cultivation of deep thought and delicate emotions testify to the strength of the arguments presented. it is known that debates and disagreements among people, whether religious or secular, have always been a dialectical process that continues from ancient times to the present. there are necessities and demands that cause debates and disagreements. this fact is also emphasized in many verses of the quran. for example, in verses 118-119 of surah hud: "if your lord had willed, he could have made mankind one community. but they will continue to differ. except those on whom your lord has mercy. for this he created them" [translation and interpretation of the meanings of the quran. 2012. – p. 235]. that is, if allah had wanted, he could have made people believe in the same way. however, our lord did not do so; on the contrary, he created life to be diverse, so that people would continue to differ in their thoughts, directions, goals, and aspirations. as a continuation of our logical reasoning, let's consider verse 251 of surah al-baqarah: "if allah had not repelled some people by others, cloisters, churches, synagogues, and mosques, where allah's name is mentioned much, would have been destroyed" [translation and interpretation of the meanings of the quran. 2012. – p. 41]. here, it is emphasized that people should strive against evil in all times and places. the development and progress of dialectical theory in the "unity and struggle of opposites" principle [philosophy: encyclopedic dictionary, 2004. – p. 477.] are also observed as a fundamental regulator of development and progress. religious and worldly disagreements often arise from various causes, and as an example, debates aimed at reaching the truth occur. in such disagreements, arguments and evidences are presented to establish the truth, and this situation is referred to as debate or argumentation in scholarly terms. additionally, conflicts arising from malicious intentions, pride, the consequences of arrogance, or ignorance can occur, and in such cases, these situations are considered as ignorance, arrogance, or disputes within the realm of moral principles. another reason for disagreements is that a person may not fully understand the subject of the debate from both sides, leading to a high degree of bias when one side presents the argument. in this regard, imam al-ghazali also expressed the following opinion in his book "ihya ulum al-din": "those who seek the truth must recognize the error and embrace it. they should not fear revealing their shortcomings or errors when discussing, but rather see their opponent not as an enemy, but as a friend. if he exposes his error and speaks the truth, he should express gratitude" [abu hamid muhammad al-ghazali al-tusi. ihya ulumiddin, 2007. – p. 216]. the theory of modern argumentation also suggests that clarity in the subject of debate is essential for its effectiveness. if the subject of the debate is not clear, the debate becomes futile, and in some cases, it may escalate into personal attacks, leading to mutual disrespect, departure from ethical principles, and ultimately, failure to achieve any constructive outcome. therefore, it is necessary to clarify the purpose of the debate and provide evidence regarding its correctness or incorrectness before initiating the debate.imam al-ghazali also said: "one must be just and fair when seeking the truth! many cannot understand the truth because they do not recognize it" continuing his observations, al-ghazali further states with regret: "the disappearance of polite manners in modern discussions is regrettable. they use various methods on their way to reach their evil intentions. their intentions are only to win, boast, ridicule, or humiliate. finding the truth is the least of their concerns!" likewise, the renowned figure of islamic philosophy, imam shafi'i, also provided several pieces of advice regarding the method of debate, saying: "i do not delay in admitting when i am wrong. when conversing with someone, i hope that allah will reveal the truth from either me or his tongue. when the truth is revealed and accepted, my love increases. if anyone american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org rejects that truth and insists on their superiority, i look down upon them, considering them wrong. if i have corrected people with my knowledge, i have only considered it from allah" among the causes of disagreements among people is also the tendency of individuals to blindly follow the opinions of others without any evidence or argument. if we look at the quran, it criticizes those who blindly follow their parents or others without understanding. specifically, in verse 170 of surah al-baqarah: "when it is said to them, 'follow what allah has revealed,' they say, 'rather, we will follow that which we found our fathers doing.' even though their fathers understood nothing, nor were they guided?" [translation and interpretation of the meanings of the quran. 2012. – p. 26]. the quran ridicules those who follow blindly: "even if their fathers understand little, cannot find the right path?" therefore, most of the conflicts that occur among people stem from not understanding or grasping the subject matter and nature of the debate, either from blindly following others or from being misled by envy and selfish interests, and they arise from a lack of recognition of the truth for personal gain. conclusions in summary, according to the theory of contemporary argumentation, engaging in innovations without precedent, blindly adhering to traditions, and imitating others without critical thought, demonstrates a violation of the principle of precedence, resulting in stagnation, decline, and hindered progress. furthermore, if this imitation is accompanied by envy, failure to recognize the truth, and succumbing to base desires, the decline exacerbates. therefore, practices and admonitions derived from islamic sources are rooted in a critical-analytical and innovative approach, as evidenced by the collective wisdom of exemplary actions and teachings, leading to a high degree of critical analysis and innovation. references 1. qurʼoni karim: maʼnolarining tarjima va tafsiri. – t.: “toshkent islom universiteti”, 2012. 2. falsafa: qomusiy lugʻat. –toshkent: « oʻzbekiston faylasuflari milliy jamiyati» nashriyoti, 2004. 3. badr ad-din az-zarkashi. al-burxan fi ʼulum al-kurʼan. t. 1–4. beyrut, 1988 4. abu hamid muxammad al-gazali at-tusi. «ixyaʼ ʼulum ad-din» tom i. chast i. m.: «nurul irshad». 2007 5. salimova g. q. shamsiddin samarqandiyning “bahs-munozara odobi” risolasi va unga yozilgan sharhlar //academic research in educational sciences. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 8. – b. 264-269. 6. собрание восточных рукописей академии наук республики узбекистан. издательство «фан» ан руз, 2017 г. инв №8580/xi. 7. тurabova, s. (2023). o ‘rta asrlar sharq falsafasi tarixida ilmiy bahs muammosi va uning zamonaviy tafakkur rivojiga ta’siri. namangan davlat universiteti ilmiy axborotnomasi, (8), 294298. 8. kattakulovna, t. s. (2023). the problem of scientific dispute in the philosophy of medieval muslim peoples and its influence on the development of modern thinking. scientific approach to the modern education system, 2(18), 1-5. 9. тurabova, s. (2023). talabalarning eristik kompetentligini rivojlantirishda ilg ‘or xorij tajribalarni implementatsiya qilish imkoniyatlari. tisu ilmiy tadqiqotlari xabarnomasi, 1(2), 89-93. 10. oʻzbek tilining izohli lugʻati. – t.: “oʻzbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi”, 2006. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org the social-economic condition of the population relocated to the land to be developed at the initial time j.b. jumayev teacher of the faculty of history of jizzakh state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the initial socio-economic situation of the population relocated to the reserves and gray lands being developed in our republic, as well as the problems that arose in providing them with housing. protection campaign, field, uzbek ssr, samarkand region, nurota oasis, general resettlement department, resettlement department, collective farm, state farm, social assistance. introduction in the scientific literature and archival documents on the process of development of protected lands, construction organizations have allowed laziness in the process of development, financial and monetary resources are dispersed among different organizations, and a number of other problems have arisen, such as lack of personnel. passed. it is clearly felt that since the start of the security campaign, the problem of personnel and labor has not lost its importance [1:31]. at this point, in the process of moving people to new lands, we can conditionally divide the inner mental experiences of a person into three stages: 1. awakening of the desire to move in a person and making a decisive decision; 2. adaptation of the resettled population; 3. the stage of formation of new sterotype, value and ustanovka in pastoralists [2:18]. socio-economic provision of relocated farms and creating an opportunity for them to get back on their feet was one of the important tasks facing the government of the republic at that time. it should be noted. however, in the post-war period, great difficulties were encountered in the issue of resettlement of collective farmers displaced by the uzbek ssr, and the tasks in this field were not fulfilled. for example, on april 30, 1951, the reference of hasanov, the head of the relocation department, on the state of relocation in samarkand region stated that instead of 2,400 houses in the total planned for the region, 2,443 houses were built. moved. it is mentioned in the reference that 500 farms are planned to be relocated from koshrabot district, 257 farms from molotov collective farm, 211 farms from engels collective farm, 468 farms in total, and 93.6% of the plan was fulfilled. however, this reference does not specify where exactly they were moved. as of july 1, 1951, the head of the relocation department, hasanov, stated that 3,020 planned apartments were relocated in the region, 2,900 of which were relocated to other regions. it is noted that 120 of them were transferred to the interior of the region. 2,196 people from 468 families from american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org koshrabot region, which we are studying, and 918 of them are able to work, and "khlopkor", "stalin2", "k. marx" and "bolshevik" collective farms [3]. it is worth mentioning that, when moving to a new place, the displaced population faced several other social problems, in addition to problems such as housing allowance and getting a plot. it should be noted that the five-year plan (1954-1958) of population resettlement was approved by the decision of 1954, and a total of 40,000 farms were set to be resettled. of these, 6,000 farms were relocated in 1954, 7,000 in 1955, 8,000 in 1956, 9,000 in 1957, and 10,000 in 1958. in 1956, the government of the republic approved the next five-year (1956-1960) perspective plan for population relocation to new lands. according to it, a total of 49,500 farms are planned to be relocated, of which 40,000 farms will be transferred to collective farms, and 9,500 farms will be transferred to state farms [4:79]. it is worth mentioning that only collective farms created from displaced farms were given benefits by the government. one of these benefits was that they were exempted from handing over agricultural products to the state for three years. organizations responsible for this issue managed to relocate farms, albeit with great difficulties. the next problems were their placement, organization of economic life, allocation of privileges and provision of housing. at that time, the success of the resettlement policy was evaluated by the fact that the people who were moved to a new land remained there. the relocation of people living in one area, that is, relatives, neighbors, and neighborhoods, was explained by the guarantee of their permanent residence in the new lands. this practice was tested in other regions of the republic and gave positive results [5:107]. however, although this practice has been tested, in practice it is often done differently. in this case, 3 to 10 farms from each village were selected for relocation [6]. in many cases, such events caused the evicted residents to return to their villages. the process related to the problem of social assistance to the displaced population was characterized as follows: 86.2% of the displaced farms were not provided with cows and calves, not a single farm that migrated in 1953 was did not receive social assistance [7]. in fergana region, 31.3% of families were provided with cows and calves, and this result was also evaluated as a negative fact by the leadership of the republic [8:48]. in a word, it was difficult for displaced households to live permanently on the newly appropriated lands. because, as promised by the soviet organizations, the problems of providing them with housing or repairing the built houses, providing money and credit to new farms and livestock, first of all, cows, had to be solved. however, the problem of providing housing has not been solved, which is the reason for people to go back to their old places [8:48,49]. the archival documents indicate that the first reason for the failure to implement housing construction plans was the non-arrival of construction workers from collective farms. they show a number of kolkhozes coldly looking at work. the most important of them is that vehicles were not provided for the delivery of building materials and use in construction works [9]. in the report of the main resettlement department under the council of ministers of the uzbek ssr about the resettlement departments of samarkand and surkhandarya in 1958, statistics are given about the advance paid to the resettled population [9]. it is mentioned that internally displaced people in samarkand region: 58 families, 300 people, displaced people in mirzachol: 396 families, 700 people, 1000 people in total. on average, 500 soums were distributed to them, a total of 579,000 soums. we know that in the 50s of the 20th century, decisions made at the center reached the regional executive committee within one or two weeks at most. in spite of the fact that resettlement activities in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org the central asian republics are much slower than in the central regions of the ussr, extremely short deadlines have been set for the execution of decisions. when the relocation plan and the plan for the construction of houses for mobile households are compared, the disparity in this regard is clearly visible. for example, the resettlement plan was adopted on january 28, 1950, and the housing construction plan was adopted on august 26 of this year. in the archive documents, the report of osipov, the chairman of the "uzpereselenstroy" organization, to the samarkand regional executive committee usmanov and kambarov, on the implementation of the decision of the council of ministers of the uzssr no. 1760 of september 2, 1951 on the condition of building residential houses information is given [10]. according to him, this decision was discussed twice, measures were determined, and special brigades were formed to build houses for displaced residents. the members of this construction team were exempted from any other work, and they were given the task to be engaged only in construction work and to complete the houses by november 15 [10]. for this purpose, a special group has been formed under the executive committee. however, despite the establishment of such a strict discipline and the fact that the work was transferred to a full shift system, by "uzpereselenstroy" as of september 1951, only 18% of the completed houses were put into use, is there a plan? it is noted that гиа is fulfilled by 5% [10]. as a result, many of the households that were displaced due to the housing problem decided to return to their previous places of residence. some of them, who could not afford to go back or believed in the promises of the resettlement department and the leadership, were forced to live in temporary housing, sheds and basements. in conclusion, the consequences caused by the soviet totalitarian regime in uzbekistan in the 50s and 60s of the 20th century had a negative impact on the socio-economic and spiritual life of the republic. however, the uzbek people, who have a glorious past, a rich history, a settled cultural lifestyle, and are distinguished by their high spirituality and culture, have always managed to preserve their identity. references: 1. ismailov e. tselina rastsvetaet. tashkent: "uzbekistan", 1975. 2. rybakovsky l.l. migration naselenia. three stages of the migration process: essays and theories and methods isseledovania. moscow: ispi ran, 2003. 3. state archive of samarkand region. fund 74, list 1, case 603, sheets 22, 23. 4. mirzaaliev u.b. specific characteristics of historical-demographic processes in uzbekistan (in the case of syrdarya and jizzakh regions, 1956-2020). t.f.b. dissertation written for the degree of doctor of philosophy (phd)... tashkent, 2022. 5. kholmomniov h.e. the influence of soviet colonial policy on migration processes in uzbekistan: tarikh fan.nom. diss. tashkent: 2007. 6. state archive of samarkand region. fund 74, list 1, case 952, sheet 49. 7. own ma 2347 fund, list 1, case 7, sheet 4. 8. abbasov b.b. the role of the migration factor in socio-economic processes in the villages of uzbekistan in 1946-1965 (based on the materials of the fergana valley). 9. uzma fund 2347, list 1, case 46. 10. state archive of samarkand region, fund 74, list 1, case 603, sheet 4. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the process of public relations and its sociophilosophical essence saitkasimov akbar isaxanovich doctor of philosophical sciences (dsc), assistant professor of the chair "philosophy, upbringing and law education" of jizzakh state pedagogical university, (uzbekistan) e-mail: saitkosimov71@mail.ru orcid 0000-0002-8961-9744 jahangir ismoilov independent researcher at samarkand state institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s public relations represent the interactions of state agencies and enterprises with citizens, public organizations, political parties, self-governance bodies, and various segments of the population aimed at jointly addressing social issues. these actions are directed toward ensuring legality in society. state, society, social structures, public relations, social issues, social interactions, stability, legality, information, strategic tasks. introduction the joint activities of state bodies, civil society institutions, the public, and the population on a collaborative basis ensure the stability of the social system on a permanent foundation. state organizations constantly strive to establish public relations and remain informed about its attitudes toward various social structures. this process is regulated by relationships connected to public relations. developing public relations, organizing them on modern foundations, and formulating strategic directions for their effective implementation remain one of the key tasks of the present era. the process of public relations is an essential institution of social interactions, necessitating the strengthening of socio-philosophical research in this area. currently, significant practical work is being carried out in this field within our society. additionally, there is a great need to develop its organizational, scientific, and methodological aspects on an effective basis to achieve broad-scale objectives in this area. this is because forming the scientific foundations of critical issues related to the development of every sector of society and implementing them in practical life ensures its effective progress. the phenomenon of public relations is defined in the electronic encyclopedia as "broadly, the management of public opinion, the formation of mutual relations between state bodies, commercial structures, and society, as well as the objective evaluation of social, political, and economic processes"[1;]. thus, the phenomenon of public relations serves as an important process in the formation and improvement of social relations in society on a stable basis. additionally, it is emphasized that it plays a role in evaluating the processes taking place in various sectors of society. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org “the category of "public relations" has been used by humanity for many years. this concept has been performing its relevant function in social relations worldwide since the mid-19th century. according to experts, the term "public relations" was first used by u.s. president thomas jefferson in 1807. he introduced this term with the aim of maintaining stable relations in a democratic political regime, as well as fostering trust and warm relationships between the state and public representatives” [2;112]. public relations are actions aimed at expressing the relationships of state bodies and enterprises with citizens, public organizations, political parties, self-government bodies, and social strata to jointly solve social issues and ensure the rule of law in society. public relations are shaped under the influence of the constant changes in social life and develop appropriately as a result of the influence of sociopolitical organizations and ideological institutions on state bodies. pr technologies are measures aimed at properly organizing the activities of each enterprise and institution and improving them on modern principles, which are ensured through the institution of public relations. such public relations take various forms, meaning establishing continuous relations with other entities through the reception, processing, and dissemination of information, and strengthening ongoing cooperation with them. therefore, "if any government administration is not under public control, and if the methods and tools used by state authorities in managing society are not made transparent to the public, it is inevitable that this will erode democratic values in society" [3;]. in the system of public relations, the following issues are also aimed: firstly, ensuring the rights and interests of citizens working in those organizations through established mutual relationships, and secondly, contributing to the overall social and economic development of society. it should also be emphasized that in the system of public relations, efforts are made to find pathways aimed at ensuring the common interests of various groups of the population in society, with a focus on raising each individual's civic responsibility. in the system of public relations, mutual communication links, social integrative relations, and favorable conditions for achieving strategic goals in their activities are created between all systems of society. in the process of pr technologies of organizations, the communication process plays a crucial role. in this situation, it is observed that the parties involved in the relationship understand each other in the pursuit of common societal interests and unite around shared ideas. organizations and institutions, when implementing pr technologies, take into account public opinion, master the psychology of the masses, and develop their activity programs by studying the thoughts and ideas in the hearts of the people. when analyzed from a socio-philosophical perspective, this process is considered a modern strategy for ensuring the interests of society and individuals. this process manifests in social life through laws such as interconnection, continuity, and integrity, which are crucial for societal development. according to a. kholbekov, "on the other hand, a public relations, as a pr creative approach, require a balance of technological and aesthetic perfection, wise management, and is considered an art due to its demand for creativity and innovative exploration" [4;123]. the need to scientifically analyze the phenomenon of public relations arises, on one hand, from how well state bodies and civil society institutions align with universally recognized democratic principles in their activities, and on the other hand, from the need to scientifically observe, rework, and conclude on the practical processes related to this phenomenon. if either of these aspects does not function effectively, the study of public relations and the development of methodological foundations based on democratic sources and approaches will also not be successful. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org as noted by r. ruziev, "the establishment of a positive and political competition environment in society creates favorable conditions for the development of the most effective methods and tools in various directions of development" [5;62]. the process of public relations is distinguished by its alignment with the legal and ethical norms of the state and society in social practice, aimed at ensuring the public and citizens' life stability. public relations serve to harmonize the different viewpoints and relationships of the various institutions of the state and society in social practice. the social reforms, positive changes, and significant innovations being implemented in the country play a motivating role in organizing the process of ensuring public relations. scholars emphasize that "in modern conditions, in a new humanitarian society, human rights and freedoms are considered the highest values, the priority of human interests is fully recognized, and the issues of respecting universal human values are guaranteed"[6;272]. public relations in society play a key role in addressing political, economic, social, cultural, ecological, and technological issues, and in ensuring relationships with labor collectives and the public. it serves as a foundation for making important strategic decisions within society. the participation of the public in social relations reflects the impact of the opinions, views, and ideas of community structures and citizens living in a given society on social reality. it can be interpreted as their efforts to timely assist in resolving economic, social, and cultural issues. at the same time, the process of public relations plays an important role in shaping the political and legal culture of social groups and citizens within society. this is because whenever social structures or citizens engage in communication with state organizations, they familiarize themselves with many existing legal norms in the country and carry out their activities based on this understanding. additionally, public relations hold an important place in enhancing the social identity of individuals and improving their civic culture. conclusions from the research: 1. it plays an important role in determining the strategy of ongoing reforms in the social and cultural development of society; 2. according to its ultimate goals, it serves as a factor in fostering mutual harmony and cooperation between different labor collectives and public structures existing in society; 3. it fulfills the function of being a criterion for the development of various sectors in society, ensuring socio-economic balance and being a key factor for stability; 4. it plays an important role in enhancing the principles of the rule of law, improving adherence to existing norms and regulations, and strengthening law enforcement. references 1. жамоатчилик билан алоқалар. https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/связи_с_общественностью. 2. баранов г.в. связи с общественностью в органах власти: учебное пособие. – омск: изд-во омгту, 2016. -с.112. 3. axunova g.n. ta’lim xizmatlari bozorida marketing faoliyati va uni takomillashtirish: i.f.d ilmiy darajasini olish uchun yozilgan dis.avtoreferati -t.: 2004. 4. холбеков а.ж. бошқарув социологияси. – т.: «akademiya», 2007. -б.123.. 5. рўзиев р. демократия тараққиёт гарови. т., “фалсафа ва ҳуқуқ институти”, 2005. –б. 62. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 6. саиткасимов а. идибоев а. жамиятда инсон манфаатларини рўёбга чиқаришнинг ижтимоий-фалсафий хусусиятлари //медиамаконда ахборот маданиятини шакллантиришнинг ижтимоий-фалсафий муаммолари. халқаро илмий-амалий конференция. гулистон, 2024. б.272. 7. saitkasimov a. raising the legal consciousness and legal culture of young people is a factor of social stability //world bulletin of management and law. – 2022. – т. 16. – с. 225-227. 8. saidkasimov a. methods and means of innovative developing science in higher education //eastern european scientific journal. – 2018. – №. 6. 9. jamalova n. boshlangich talim oquv-tarbiya jarayonida pedagogik innovatsiyaning orni.« //monografia pokonferencyjna science, research, development. – 2020. – т. 32. – №. 2. 10. turayevich u. r., qahramonovich h. n. zamonaviy dunyoning axloqiy muammolari-zo ‘ravonlik falsafasi //ustozlar uchun. – 2024. – т. 57. – №. 4. – с. 422-425. 11. qahramonovich h. n. zamonaviy markaziy osiyo falsafasinini ikki dahosi //miasto przyszłości. – 2023. – т. 43. – с. 6-9. 12. исаханович а. закономерности модернизации и инновационного развития социальной сферы //международной научно-практической конференции. – с. 259. 13. хаккулов н. к., ризаев и. и. цифровая культура и неприкосновенность личности //новые технологии в учебном процессе и производстве. – 2023. – с. 605-606. 14. burkhanova m. b. family education of a child: the past and present //european scholar journal (esj) available online at. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 12. – с. 55-58. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org enculturation as a basis for organizing the educational environment at school m. m. nasimjanova international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the question of what role education plays in the process of inculturation of the individual, with the help of what universal mechanisms this is carried out. it is concluded that nowadays in educational institutions it is necessary to talk not only about improving the process of socialization, which can form not only educated people, but also about creating a full-fledged inculturation process aimed at forming cultured people. inculturation, personality, school, culture, socialization education. introduction culture is connected with education through numerous complex ties. processing information into knowledge is a creative, culturally significant act. this status of culture determines the key role of education in the enculturation of the individual. the need to optimize the culture-creating functions of education and orient it towards the upbringing of a person within culture, capable of actively realizing themselves in rapidly changing conditions, underscores the applied nature of studying the problem of enculturation of the individual at school. in this regard, the main result of an educational institution's activities should not only be a system of knowledge, skills, and abilities but also the positive enculturation of the individual, facilitated by culturally appropriate education. education has always been a transmitting system through which younger generations were integrated into the existing culture and became bearers of a particular way of life. the education system is evolving rapidly today, and the vector of educational transformations is determined by the general trends of mental reorientations occurring in society. the context-mediated mechanism of the educational process is the subject of scientific reflection in cultural-historical psychology: “the teacher gives a lesson, the nature of which is determined by the educational process of which he is a part; the educational process, in turn, is determined by the type of school in which it takes place; the type of school, in turn, depends on the local community, and so on” [2]. educational institutions, as social institutions, are focused on fulfilling the social order and transmitting ideology as a “value-semantic grid placed between the individual and the world, mediating their attitude to this world” [1]. at the same time, it is important for the organizers of the educational process to reflect on what ideological attitudes underlie the various ways of changing it. through receiving information about different aspects of social life in everyday practice, a person develops as an individual, becoming socially and culturally adequate to society. socialization is the process by which an individual assimilates cultural norms and social roles, through which they are american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org transformed into a social being. socialization is understood as the harmonious integration of an individual into the social environment, the assimilation of the society's normative and value system, which enables the individual to function and self-actualize as a member of society. the result of socialization is social integration. socialization, in the broadest sense, is understood as the development of traits required by the status demanded by society, but from another point of view, it is the assimilation of personal and social qualities that will characterize the individual at the next stage of development. the following personality characteristics ensure successful socialization: the ability to shift one’s value orientations, the capacity to balance personal values with the role’s demands while maintaining a selective approach to social roles, and the ability to orient not only to specific expectations but also to a deeper understanding of universal moral human values. socialization has a “dynamic character”; it can shift from successful to unsuccessful, and in such cases, the ability to regain success depends on the individual’s capacity to adapt to new conditions. hence, the concept of “resocialization” emerged — the change of values that have become inadequate in line with new social norms. the task of the education system, considering the tendencies of socialization at each stage of society’s development, is to utilize its positive potential and mitigate its negative aspects during the educational process. as a result of socialization, a person becomes a full-fledged member of society, capable of performing the prescribed social roles. in contrast to socialization, the concept of “enculturation” involves teaching a person the traditions and norms of behavior specific to a particular culture. enculturation is the process of introducing an individual to culture, where they assimilate existing habits, norms, and behavioral patterns characteristic of that culture. the end result of enculturation is a person capable of reproducing culture [6]. the developmental period of senior pupils and students in secondary and higher educational institutions is characterized by the development of their motivational sphere, expressed through their quest to determine their place in life, shape a worldview, and observe its influence on cognitive activity, self-awareness, and moral consciousness. during adolescence, the “internal position” of the developing personality becomes particularly significant. this position is defined by how a young person, based on their past experiences, abilities, and needs, relates to their current objective position in life and what position they aspire to occupy. this internal position dictates their attitude towards the values and norms of life in the emerging information society. simultaneously, the educational process shapes the student's cognitive and professional interests, their ability to make life plans, and develop moral ideals, all of which influence the formation of the internal position of their personality. socialization and enculturation are related to the formation of a normative-value system in young people through the acquisition of cultural knowledge and social experience, practical activities in various socio-cultural groups, and familiarity with different cultural spheres (science, art, religion, law, morality). the formation of this system is a multifaceted, dialectical process comprising three interconnected stages: at the first, the foundations of a young person’s value orientations are laid; at the second, psychologically distinct features of ideals, beliefs, and socially significant qualities are acquired; and at the third stage, these qualities are systematized into an integral whole [3]. the first stage typically occurs within primary socialization, while the second and third occur within secondary socialization. of course, the processes of enculturation and socialization form the main mechanisms that link generations. these mechanisms undergo both substantive and formal changes as society develops. today, the direct participants in the processes of socialization and enculturation are no longer american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org opposed as experts possessing standardized knowledge (the teacher’s role) and non-experts who lack this knowledge (the student’s role). monologue forms of teaching are giving way to dialogical communication, where the principle is “the exceptional importance of the individual’s voice” [1]. the meaning of education, through which these processes are realized, is becoming a process of understanding (not merely scientifically explaining) the surrounding reality — both material and spiritual — based on the principles of equality, complementarity, and cooperation. not impersonal, “detached” knowledge, devoid of human emotion, but rather subjective experience and personal comprehension of meaning has become the leitmotif of the modern educational paradigm. thus, cultural reproduction in the educational process is correlated with the type of cultural transmission [5]. the school, as a transmitter of culture and language for both specific ethnic groups and the entire multicultural community, acts as a system-forming and enculturating factor in shaping both identities. a national school can effectively play an enculturating role in relation to both the culture of a specific ethnic group and the cultural principles of a bicultural educational strategy. modern philosophical approaches to understanding the process of personality enculturation at school are enriched by a subjectivist approach to enculturation and are driven by a new vision of the essence of a person as active, energetic, unique, capable of self-determination, and striving for interaction with others. these approaches define the process of personality development as probabilistic and unique, and they place new value priorities in education, emphasizing action. the subjectivist approach not only expanded the concept of individual enculturation but also raised questions about the essence and mechanisms of enculturation as interaction, which acts as a “borderline” category between objectivism and subjectivism in interpreting the enculturation of a student mastering different levels of enculturation and enculturating structures. in analyzing cultural, psychological, and pedagogical material to reveal the essential foundations of the process of personality enculturation in education, it was revealed that personality enculturation at school is a joint activity of the teacher, student, family, and socio-cultural environment, aiming to integrate cultural worlds into the personal world of the individual and to cultivate a broad humanitarian culture. as a result, a person with their own cultural identity becomes capable of freely navigating the environment, utilizing cultural objects created by previous generations, exchanging the results of physical and intellectual labor, and establishing mutual understanding with other cultures [4]. reliance on the spiritual and moral principles of ethnic culture in the enculturation of a student’s personality, the promotion and cultivation of healthy moral values within the ethnic group, and adherence to ethnic norms based on folk wisdom are meant to fill the spiritual void in society, providing guidelines for an individual’s free choice of behavior models. consequently, constructing the content of the educational process in institutions based on folk cultural principles should be considered an important cultural task with great significance for shaping a personality capable of feeling their historical belonging to their native people and living in harmony with the world. however, the theoretical and methodological underdevelopment of organizing general education content on bicultural and multicultural foundations is among the reasons for the negative processes in enculturation. an effective principle of organizing the content of education in this context is the principle of dialogue of cultures, which allows for the integration of ethnocultural and federal components of education despite the differences in their enculturating values. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org references 1. барт р. – м.: рик «культура». – изд-во admrginem. – 1994. – 280 с. 2. коул м. культурно–историческая психология: наука будущего / м. коул. – м.: когито– центр. – изд-во «ин-т психол. ран», 1997. – 432 с 3. кравченко а.и. культурология / а.и. кравченко. – м.: акад. проект, 2001. – 340 с. 4. дугарова ц.д. инкультурация личности в современной национальной школе. // материалы международной научно-практической конференции «образование и воспитание в xxi веке: глобальные и региональные аспекты» (25-28 ноября 2003 года). часть ii. чита: изд-во забгпу, 2003.с.94-97 5. и.м. кыштымова. инкультурация как основа организации образовательного пространства. казанский педагогический журнал. 2015. №6. стр. 20-24. 6. н. в. мартинович. образование как процесс социализации и инкультурации личности. вестник мгуки 4 (48) июль–август 2012. стр. 136–139. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org provision of medical services in fergana valley (50-80 years of xx century) qodirjon najmiddinov, basic doctoral student of namangan state university, najmiddinovqodirjon13@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article covers the daily life of the residents of andijan, fergana and namangan regions of the republic of uzbekistan in the 1960s-1980s and the state of medical services. also, the works performed on the health of the population and their provision are also included in this article. poliomyelitis, gout, measles, tuberculosis, meningococcus, typhoid fever, paratyphoid, diphtheria, smallpox. introduction according to the archive, in the 1950s and 1960s, the quality of medical services to the population in the regions of the fergana valley was at a very low level. there were several reasons for this, such as the impact of production enterprises on the environment, the poor supply of clean drinking water to the population, the poor infrastructure of gasification, electrification, and sewage networks in hospitals. began to show its negative aspects in the life of the population. research object and methods the daily life of rural residents of andijan, namangan, fergana regions of the republic of uzbekistan in the 1960s-1980s was defined as the object of research. the principle of historicity, comparative and quantitative analysis methods were widely used in writing the article. research results and discussion: there were several types of diseases in the villages of fergana valley. for example, infectious liver inflammation is one of the most common diseases, which is mainly found in children and partly in adults. in 1957, 30.1 percent of patients with this disease were children under 7 years of age in fergana region, and in 1961, it reached 43.6 percent. before the spread of the disease, the cause was the lack of proper sterilization of needles. in the 1950s, the disease of poliomyelitis (pain in the legs and arms, joints and anemia) was also common in the fergana region, especially in 1957-1959, 76 such cases were detected, which was considered the maximum level. as a result of the production of the vaccine against poliomyelitis, this disease decreased sharply, in 1960, 17 people were infected with this disease, and in 1961, it was 26 people. they were mostly people who were not vaccinated against the disease. the incidence of goiter (diphtheria) is very high in fergana region. in 1958, 12.4 cases per 10,000 inhabitants were recorded. the incidence of this disease is high, especially in regional cities. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org in particular, 50.5 cases per 10,000 inhabitants were reported in fergana city and 31.1 cases in kokan city.[1] in some regions of andijan region, gout is spreading. in october 1973, there is information about the spread of gout in balıqchi region. according to it, between october 25-30, 17 people fell ill with gout in this region, 15 of them were schoolchildren, two were children of preschool age. as a result of investigations, epidemiology stations found that some patients were not vaccinated against gout, and all children in the region will be re-vaccinated against gout. vaccinations against diseases such as measles and tuberculosis are also carried out.[2] in namangan region, as a result of insufficient vaccination against diseases, the number of patients with the disease has increased. in 1968-1970, due to the incomplete vaccination of children against measles, in 1973 the cases of measles in the city of chust and pop region increased sharply. therefore, children who were vaccinated against measles in 1968-1970 had to be revaccinated. conducted.[3] in 1973, there were 432,491 children in the region, and most of them were not vaccinated against measles. 287 of the infected children were not vaccinated against measles, and 172 children who were vaccinated against measles also got this disease.[4] in general, 459 of those infected with measles were children, 4 were teenagers aged 18-19.[5] poliomyelitis is a common serious disease among children, and in 1964-1973, the number of patients with this disease increased in namangan region. reached 10. in the mid-1960s, the incidence of this disease was 0.1 per 100,000 people, and in 1973, 3 out of 10 people were urban, and some of the children also had the disease, and the main reason for this was the vaccination process. mistakes, including the fact that vaccination was done not by medical staff, but by parents themselves.[6] in 1964-1973, the number of patients with meningococcal (an acute infectious disease caused by meningococci) infection increased in namangan region. in 1964, 5 people, in 1973, 70 people got this disease. in 1973, 41 of those who contracted the disease were urban residents, 29 were rural residents. per 100,000 inhabitants, there were 16.4 patients in the city and 4.2 in the countryside. in the same year, 7 of the patients (10 percent) were diagnosed with this disease was died[7] in 1973, 70 percent of the population of the region over the age of 12 underwent fluorography examination. in all regions, 1 employee was assigned to control tuberculosis at the sanitary stations, and food calories were checked every quarter from the 12 subdispensaries in the region.[8] in the 1970s, some diseases increased, but some of them were effectively combated. in particular, in andijan region, the number of patients with typhoid fever decreased by 25% in 1973 compared to 1972, while the number of patients with typhoid fever decreased by 25%. increased by 8 percent. in some collective farms of jalakuduq, balikchi and lenin (now asaka) regions, the number of patients suffering from paratyphoid was 1.5-12 times higher than the regional average. for example, in 1973, 65 people from baliqchi region were infected with typhoid, that is, 28 percent of all patients with this disease in the region were in this region. the results of epidemiological analysis show that the number of patients with typhoid and typhoid in this region is constantly the same. it shows that there are typhoid patients in all collective farms of the district, 18 out of 37 villages of 6 collective farms have typhoid and paratyphoid patients, especially in the villages of qiyali, kultepa, otbazar, narimon and chinabad. the number of such patients in the settlement was the majority compared to other villages.[9] the main reason for the widespread spread of this disease among the population was the widespread use of open water reservoirs by the population for consumption. only 537 out of 1166 settlements in the villages and streets in the city are provided with clean drinking water, the construction of drinking american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org water networks in the regions of the region has not been carried out. in 1973, the executive committee of andijan region 133.2 km. planned to build 30 drinking water networks in length, but in practice it is only 73.8 km. 14 long water pipelines were built, only 48% of the plan was completed. the construction of the drinking water network in the kurgantepa, lenin, pakhtaabad, moscow regions was in a difficult situation, and this issue was discussed several times at the meeting of the regional party committee. in the spring of 1973, the disease spread widely due to the non-functioning of the drinking water network in the "moskva" collective farm, due to the widespread use of water from the stream and pond. only 1 of the water pipes was working, and it needed repair. only 10 of the 25 pipes were working. the fact that 59 out of 70 pipes were not working in the "communism" collective farm was one of the reasons for the spread of infectious diseases among the population. korin typhoid and paratyphoid diseases mainly affect children under school age and schoolchildren. [10] as can be seen from the above cases, the quality of drinking water in the villages did not meet the requirements, and this caused the spread of various diseases among the population. ``satgan. for example, the spread of hepatitis was also caused by the large spraying of toxic chemicals. for example, in 1972, 14,151.8 tons of toxic chemicals were used in fergana region, with an average of 9.7 kg per capita. in some regions (leningrad and uzbekistan regions) this indicator is 20.7-28 kg. it was difficult to make a diagnosis of toxic hepatitis due to the lack of special laboratories in the regions. in 1971-1974, as a result of the preventive measures carried out among the villagers, the level of infectious diseases was reduced. among them, dysentery (inflammation of the colon and large intestine) 12 percent, acute intestinal disease 17 percent, rubella (inflammation of the upper respiratory tract, mucous membranes of the eyes and nose, and skin) 1, poliomyelitis and anthrax ("anthrax" is an acute infectious disease common to humans and animals) decreased by 3 times, whooping cough by 2.3 times, diphtheria by 2.5 times, measles by 4 times. however, typhoid and paratyphoid disease spread in andijan, namangan, and fergana regions due to lack of quality drinking water. in 1974, 24 out of every 100,000 inhabitants in the villages were infected with typhoid and 40.1 people were infected with paratyphoid. compared to the indicators of 1971, the incidence of this disease was higher among the villagers. for example, in 1971, 19.9 out of 100,000 rural residents of the republic were infected with typhoid and 7.6 with paratyphoid fever. during these years, the number of people suffering from the disease in the republic decreased by 1.3-1.5 times. the reason for the increase of these diseases among the population is the fact that it was not improved to the required level, sanitary cleaning works were at a low level, the supply of drinking water to the population was unsatisfactory, and the environment was intensively polluted as a result of the poor functioning of local sewage and cleaning pipes. , it can be seen that viral hepatitis is widespread among rural residents. in particular, in 1971, 392.7 people out of 100,000 rural residents were infected with viral hepatitis, and in 1974, this figure increased to 527.7 the spread of this disease in the villages was caused by the use of large quantities of toxic chemical drugs in the republic's agriculture.[11] despite the ban on the use of chemicals in agriculture in 1976, in 1981, 1010 tons of chemicals were applied to cotton fields. the quality of drinking water does not meet the requirements, and the cases of unfit for drinking are increasing day by day. toxic substances collected in agricultural fields are washed away during irrigation (0.2-3%) and fall into various water basins, poisoning the surface water. as a result, running water and the structural structure and development processes of water american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org ecosystems in stagnant water basins will be disturbed, and its negative impact on drinking water of the population will increase. for example, the pilot who was defoliating cotton in the karl marks collective farm in okhunboboyev district of fergana region "mistakenly" sprayed toxic substances on the people working in the fields of the "yangi khabi" collective farm in boz district of andijan region. as a result of this mistake, 28 citizens were poisoned and hospitalized. during the policy of cotton monopoly, the duties of producing raw materials were higher than human life in uzbekistan. in 1973, 21,383 employees of the food industry, public catering establishments and food trade, including 6,269 people from villages, were examined by x-ray fluorography in fergana region. 8 of them were diagnosed with the disease. children's institutions, schools, preventive treatment and 29,782 employees of sanatorium-resort facilities (18,878 from villages) were also examined, 6 people were diagnosed with the disease, 3 of them were from villages. also, this disease is found among employees of preventive treatment and sanatorium facilities for adults, employees of pharmacies and pharmaceuticals, employees of hotels and drinking water stations, libraries, workshops, manufacturers and sellers of children's toys, and schoolchildren. special investigations were conducted to determine.[12] in the early 1960s, there were insufficient medical institutions in the rural areas of the fergana valley or they did not perform satisfactorily. only by the end of the 1960s, this problem was solved by building a number of medical institutions in the villages. for example, in 1962-1963, in the kuva, altiariq and pop regions of the fergana region, 3 collective farm maternity hospitals were closed due to the lack of obstetricians. in 1962, the region 5 percent of births in the villages were performed at home without medical assistance. construction of maternity wards was planned in the lenin collective farm of the kuva region and the leningrad collective farm of the pop region. in general, most of the collective farm maternity hospitals were closed all year round. in particular, in the yangiabad section of the khamza khakimzoda collective farm of kuva region, in 1963, only 3 deliveries were accepted in the maternity hospital. in addition, in the collective farm "pobeda" of this region in 1963, not a single delivery was accepted in the maternity hospital. all women gave birth to their children at home.[13] attracting pregnant women to hospitals was in an unsatisfactory condition, this indicator was 19% in okhunboboyev district and 16% in pop district. in addition, preventive medical examinations of pregnant women in okhunboboyev, pop and kuva districts were launched. as a result, there were many deaths of mothers. for example, 13 mothers died during childbirth in okhunbobayov region in 6 months of 1963.[14] in 1975, there were 73.9 medical workers with secondary education per 10,000 inhabitants in the republic, this figure was 38.6 in rural areas. the supply of medical institutions with secondary education employees made 96.4% in the republic, and the same indicator was reached in the villages. in the 1970s, some work was carried out to improve the financial situation of medical institutions in the republic. among them, in 1971, 1.8 million soums were allocated from the state budget to improve the material and technical base of medical institutions in fergana region, and 2 million soums in 1974. in 1971-1974, 5 treatment units with 300 beds and a polyclinic designed for 250 visits per day were built in fergana collective farms and state farms at the expense of budget funds. also, in namangan region, 996 treatment places were provided at the expense of collective farms and state farms, district executive committee, village soviets.[15] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org conclusion: in conclusion, it can be said that in the 1960s-1980s, the spread of various diseases among the rural population was mainly caused by poor quality drinking water and excessive spraying of chemical drugs on the fields. at the same time, there are many infectious diseases among the rural population. it happened that vaccination of children against these diseases was not started in the 1960s at the level of demand. since the 1970s, some attention has been paid to this issue, and vaccination and preventive measures against diseases have been started in an orderly way. also, certain works were carried out in the field of building medical institutions in rural areas and providing them with medical personnel, and providing services to the population, and the indicators in this regard increased year by year. references: [1] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-62, list 1, case 394, sheet 46 [2] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-62, list 4, case 42, sheet 201 [3] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 45, sheet 104 [4] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 45, sheet 101 [5] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 45, sheet 102 [6] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 45, sheet 103 [7] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 45, pages 113-114 [8] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 45, sheet 129 [9] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 42, sheet 44 [10] national archive of scientific technical and medical documents of uzbekistan, fund r-40, list 4, case 45, sheet 47 [11] national archives of uzbekistan, fund r-837, list 41, case 3907, sheet 107 [12] national archives of uzbekistan, fund r-837, list 41, case 3907, sheet 96 [13] fergana region state archives, fund 1124, list 7, case 1185, sheet 28 [14] fergana region state archives, fund 1124, list 7, case 1185, sheet 29 [15] national archives of uzbekistan, fund r-837, list 41, case 3907, sheet 100. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org involvement of responsible employees in the fundamental reform of the factors that lead to corrupt situations in organizations and their elimination nigora rasulmatova khusanovna "uzshaharzakot liti" general project institute state institution head of the department of work with employees 97 1558082 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s corruption within organizations has long been a widespread problem that undermines transparency, ethics, and overall organizational health. this research paper examines the factors that influence corruption and proposes a radical reform approach that emphasizes the participation of responsible officials in its elimination. by empowering and engaging employees, organizations can create a culture of honesty, accountability and ethical behavior, thereby reducing the risks associated with corruption. this article highlights key strategies and initiatives that can be implemented to eliminate corruption and create a sustainable, corruption-free organizational framework and enabling environment. introduction corruption seriously threatens the integrity and well-being of organizations in various industries. it destroys confidence in development, hinders growth and undermines basic principles of justice. traditional anti-corruption measures often fall short in the fight against this complex problem. the article talks about a radical reform approach that prioritizes responsible officials in the fight against corruption. understanding corruption: corruption within organizations can take many forms, including bribery, embezzlement, fraud, and abuse of power. many factors contribute to this, including weak governance structures, lack of transparency, unethical leadership, nepotism, favoritism, poor internal controls, and individual motivations. understanding the underlying causes and dynamics of corruption is critical to developing effective reform strategies. empowering responsible employees: organizations must recognize the importance of their employees as catalysts for change. by empowering responsible employees, organizations create a sense of ownership and responsibility. this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org can be achieved through comprehensive training programs, clear ethical guidelines and reporting mechanisms that protect whistleblowers. cultivating a culture of honesty: it is important to create a culture of honesty in the fight against corruption. organizations should promote ethical behavior by embedding integrity in their core values, ensuring transparency in decision-making processes, and rewarding ethical behavior. in addition, leaders must lead by example by upholding high ethical standards. strengthening internal control: strong internal controls act as a safeguard against corruption. organizations must implement strict financial and operational controls, conduct regular audits, and ensure segregation of duties. the use of technologies such as advanced monitoring systems and data analysis can increase the effectiveness of these controls. promoting transparency and accountability: transparency is a powerful antidote to corruption. organizations should adopt policies that provide open access to information, disclose financial transactions, and establish accountability mechanisms for all levels of the organization. this includes implementing performance appraisal systems that reward ethical behavior and punish misconduct. whistleblower protection: encouraging employees to report corruption requires a safe and supportive environment. organizations must establish robust safeguards that protect individuals from retaliation and ensure confidentiality. this can be achieved by developing clear reporting procedures, offering legal protection and providing psychological support to whistleblowers. cooperation with external actors: organizations should actively engage with external stakeholders, including government agencies, civil society organizations and regulatory bodies. collaborative efforts can lead to the sharing of best practices, knowledge sharing, and the development of comprehensive anti-corruption frameworks. continuous monitoring and evaluation: organizations should establish monitoring and evaluation mechanisms to maintain the effectiveness of reforms. regular evaluations should be conducted to identify weaknesses, measure progress, and address emerging issues. feedback and continuous improvement initiatives are essential to maintain the effectiveness of anti-corruption measures. additional ideas for expanding the topic of fundamental reforms in the fight against corruption in organizations through the active participation of employees: education and skills: organizations should invest in comprehensive training programs to increase employees' understanding of corruption, its consequences, and the importance of ethical behavior. these programs may include american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org workshops and e-learning modules covering topics such as ethical decision-making, recognizing and reporting corruption, and the legal and regulatory landscape related to corruption. ethical leadership: leaders play a crucial role in shaping organizational culture and establishing ethical behavior. organizations should prioritize selecting and developing leaders who demonstrate strong ethical values and integrity. ethical leadership training programs can be implemented to equip managers with the skills and knowledge needed to foster a culture of integrity and motivate employees to act responsibly. promotions and rewards: recognizing and rewarding ethical behavior can significantly encourage employees to actively participate in anti-corruption efforts. organizations should create incentive programs for employees who demonstrate integrity, report corruption, or offer innovative solutions to prevent corrupt practices. these incentives may take the form of financial rewards, promotions, public recognition, or career advancement opportunities. clear reporting mechanisms: organizations should establish clear and accessible communication channels for reporting corruption or unethical behavior. these mechanisms should protect whistleblowers' privacy and safeguard against retaliation. multiple reporting options, such as anonymous hotlines, online reporting platforms or designated ombudsmen, should be available so employees feel comfortable reporting suspected corruption. zero tolerance policy: organizations should adopt a zero-tolerance policy on corruption and communicate it implicitly to all employees. this policy should outline the consequences of corrupt behavior and emphasize how seriously the organization takes such behavior. by establishing a strong deterrent, organizations can discourage employees from participating in corrupt activities and create a culture that rejects all forms of corruption. collaboration and cross-functional teams: in order to effectively fight corruption, organizations can form cross-functional teams consisting of employees from different departments or levels of the organization. these groups can work together to identify corruption risks, develop preventive measures, and implement anti-corruption initiatives. collaboration fosters diversity of perspectives and creates a sense of collective responsibility to end corruption. external verification and certification: organizations can seek external verification and certification of their anti-corruption efforts to increase credibility and demonstrate their commitment to ethical practices. certification programs such as iso 37001, an anti-corruption management system, provide organizations with a basis for evaluating and improving anti-corruption measures. external verification may also include independent audits or evaluations conducted by reputable third-party organizations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org constant communication and awareness: regular and transparent communication is important to ensure employee awareness and engagement in the fight against corruption. organizations should provide regular updates on anti-corruption initiatives, share success rates, and provide training materials on ethical behavior. this can be done through internal newsletters, internet portals, town hall meetings or special anti-corruption events. collaboration with industry peers: organizations can collaborate with industry peers and associations to share anti-corruption skills, best practices and lessons learned. participating in sector-specific initiatives or joining anti-corruption networks allows organizations to leverage collective expertise and contribute to sector-wide efforts to tackle corruption. technology integration: the use of technology can increase the effectiveness of anti-corruption measures. organizations can implement advanced data analytics tools to enhance monitoring and detection of corruption patterns and anomalies. in addition, transparent and tamper-proof record keeping from blockchain technology can help prevent corruption in areas such as procurement, contracts and financial transactions. by implementing these additional strategies, organizations can further empower responsible personnel, strengthen anti-corruption measures, and create a solid foundation for effective anti-corruption efforts. involvement and active participation of employees at all levels is critical to building sustainable change and corruption-free organizations. summary: fundamental reform of corruption in organizations requires a paradigm shift that includes the active participation of responsible employees. organizations can create a corruption-resistant environment by educating and engaging employees, fostering a culture of integrity, strengthening internal controls, promoting transparency, and engaging with external actors. eradicating corruption requires sustained commitment, but the potential benefits in terms of organizational health, reputation, and sustainable growth make it a worthwhile endeavor. references: 1. abdullaev, a. k. "the appearance of a mathematical model and software development system as a control object of a robot." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 10.12 (2022): 286-291. 2. abdullaev, a. k. "the basis is the basic of a mobile industrial robot characteristics and form of spatial structure." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 10.12 (2022): 122-127. 3. khaydarovich, abdullaev alimardon. "development and formation of colorimage art." open access repository 8.11 (2022): 31-34. 4. abdullaev, sh o., g. n. mamatkhujaeva, and a. k. abdullaev. "approaches to the treatment of diabetic retinopathy." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 10.8 (2022): 143-148. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 5. abdullaev, a. k., and g. n. mamatkhujaeva. "therapy for neovascular age-related macular degeneration: updated review." texas journal of medical science 10 (2022): 19-22. 6. sattorova, sarvinozxon, madaminjon ergashev, and alimardon abdullayev. "“sharq gavhari-qoqon shahri!”(1-qism)." евразийский журнал академических исследований 2.6 (2022): 185-187. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org the importance of storytelling in fostering children’s speech in foreign languages during preliminary education eshim mardanov associate professor, head of the department at uzbekistan finland pedagogical institute, nafosat salimova teacher at university of economics and pedagogy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is concerned with the usage and application of stories in preliminary education in order to develop oral speech of children in foreign languages, especially in english. the authors discuss and provide comparison and analysis of the ways in which stories in different genres can be implemented in practice and what sorts of activities can be used for each type of genre. storytelling, contextual understanding, cognitive development, memory retention, classic and historical literature. introduction storytelling holds immense importance in fostering students' oral speech in preliminary education due to its multifaceted benefits. below we can see a comprehensive analysis of why storytelling is a valuable tool in developing students' oral communication skills: language acquisition: storytelling provides a natural and immersive way for students to be exposed to a wide range of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and sentence structures in context. this exposure aids in language acquisition and helps students internalize language patterns more effectively than traditional grammar drills. contextual understanding: stories offer a meaningful context for language learning, making it easier for students to grasp the subtleties of language use. by encountering new words and phrases within a narrative framework, students are better able to understand and remember them. cognitive development: engaging with stories stimulates various cognitive processes such as critical thinking, problem-solving, and inferential reasoning. students are encouraged to make connections between different story elements, predict outcomes, and analyze character motivations, all of which contribute to their overall cognitive development. emotional engagement: stories evoke emotions, empathy, and a sense of connection with the characters and events being narrated. this emotional engagement not only makes the learning experience more enjoyable but also enhances students' ability to express themselves emotionally in the target language. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org cultural awareness: stories often reflect cultural beliefs, values, and practices, providing students with insights into the cultural context of the language they are learning. by exploring stories from different cultures, students develop a broader perspective and a deeper appreciation for cultural diversity. listening skills: listening to stories hones students' listening skills as they follow the narrative, understand dialogue exchanges, and infer meaning from tone and intonation. this practice is essential for improving students' overall listening comprehension and their ability to understand spoken language in real-life situations. speaking confidence: storytelling encourages students to actively participate in oral communication by retelling stories, discussing plot points, or even creating their own narratives. this process helps build students' speaking confidence, fluency, and pronunciation skills in a supportive and creative environment. memory retention: stories are inherently memorable due to their narrative structure, characters, and plot twists. by associating new language concepts with memorable story elements, students are more likely to retain and recall vocabulary and grammar rules over time. creativity and imagination: storytelling nurtures students' creativity and imagination by inviting them to visualize scenes, invent characters, and craft their own narratives. this creative engagement not only enhances language skills but also fosters students' overall cognitive and imaginative abilities. below provided are the examples of different types of stories that can enhance language skills in students: o fables and folktales: example: "the tortoise and the hare" language skills: these stories often contain moral lessons and are rich in descriptive language, idiomatic expressions, and dialogue, making them ideal for vocabulary expansion and comprehension practice. o classic literature: example: excerpts from "alice's adventures in wonderland" by lewis carroll language skills: classic literature exposes students to sophisticated language structures, literary devices, and cultural references, enhancing their understanding of complex narratives and literary themes. o short stories: example: "the gift of the magi" by o. henry language skills: short stories are concise yet impactful, focusing on character development, plot twists, and emotional depth, providing opportunities for students to analyze language use and narrative techniques. o myths and legends: example: "king arthur and the knights of the round table" language skills: myths and legends introduce students to archaic language, mythical creatures, and heroic quests, expanding their vocabulary and cultural knowledge while immersing them in rich storytelling traditions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org o contemporary fiction: example: "wonder" by r.j. palacio language skills: contemporary fiction addresses modern themes and issues, offering students a chance to engage with current language usage, dialogue patterns, and diverse perspectives in a relatable context. o picture books: example: "where the wild things are" by maurice sendak language skills: picture books combine visual cues with textual narratives, aiding in vocabulary acquisition, sentence structure comprehension, and storytelling skills through a multimedia approach. o fairy tales: example: "cinderella" language skills: fairy tales feature simple yet engaging plots, repetitive phrases, and moral messages, facilitating language learning through familiar story patterns and character archetypes. o adventure stories: example: "treasure island" by robert louis stevenson language skills: adventure stories are filled with action, suspense, and vivid descriptions, encouraging students to engage with dynamic language use, dialogues between characters, and settings that transport them to different worlds. o historical fiction: example: "number the stars" by lois lowry language skills: historical fiction blends fact with fiction, enabling students to explore historical events, cultural contexts, and diverse language registers while improving their comprehension of period-specific language usage. here are some vocabulary exercises tailored to different types of stories that can help students enhance their language skills: fables and folktales: exercise: create a vocabulary list of moral adjectives used in the fables (e.g., wise, greedy, humble). have students match these adjectives to the characters in the stories and explain why they fit. classic literature: exercise: identify and define archaic or uncommon words found in excerpts from classic literature. encourage students to use these words in sentences to demonstrate comprehension. short stories: exercise: highlight descriptive language in short stories and ask students to illustrate the scenes described. this exercise helps reinforce vocabulary related to emotions, settings, and character traits. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org myths and legends: exercise: create a word bank of mythical creatures and magical objects from myths and legends. challenge students to write short stories incorporating these elements and explain their significance. contemporary fiction: exercise: select dialogue excerpts from contemporary fiction and have students identify slang or informal language used. discuss the context and meaning of these expressions to enhance students' understanding of conversational language. picture books: exercise: in picture books, focus on action verbs and adjectives related to illustrations. have students write sentences using these words to describe the characters and events depicted in the book. fairy tales: exercise: explore common fairy tale motifs (e.g., magic mirrors, wicked stepmothers) and associated vocabulary. ask students to categorize these motifs and explain their significance in fairy tale storytelling. adventure stories: exercise: identify sensory language (e.g., vivid descriptions of sights, sounds, smells) in adventure stories. have students create a sensory word collage or storyboard to represent key scenes from the story. historical fiction: exercise: research historical vocabulary terms related to the time period depicted in the fiction. ask students to incorporate these terms into a dialogue or narrative set in that historical context to deepen their understanding of the language of the era. these vocabulary exercises not only reinforce language skills but also encourage critical thinking, creativity, and contextual understanding of the stories being studied. by incorporating these exercises into language learning activities, educators can help students expand their vocabulary, improve their comprehension of different genres, and develop a deeper appreciation for the richness of language in various storytelling formats. references 1. aesop. "aesop's fables." published by penguin classics, 2002, london. 2. austen, jane. "pride and prejudice." published by wordsworth editions, 1992, hertfordshire. 3. carle, eric. "the very hungry caterpillar." published by penguin books, 1969, new york. 4. doerr, anthony. "all the light we cannot see." published by scribner, 2014, new york. 5. green, john. "the fault in our stars." published by dutton books, 2012, new york. 6. honeyman, gail. "eleanor oliphant is completely fine." published by harpercollins, 2017, london. 7. jackson, shirley. "the lottery." published in the new yorker, 1948, new york. 8. melville, herman. "moby-dick." published by harper & brothers, 1851, new york. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 9. poe, edgar allan. "the tell-tale heart." published in the pioneer, 1843, boston. 10. silverstein, shel. "where the sidewalk ends." published by harper & row, 1974, new york. 11. stevenson, robert louis. "treasure island." published by cassell & co., 1883, london. 12. twain, mark. "the adventures of tom sawyer." published by chatto & windus, 1876, london. 13. zusak, markus. "the book thief." published by picador, 2005, sydney. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org creative accounting and shareholders wealth maximization in nigerian quoted banks dr solomon egbe department of accounting faculty of management sciences, university of port harcourt, choba, nigeria a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this work seeks to study and reveal major threat creative accounting posed on shareholders as a result different accounting method used by banks or organization. the research work focuses on creative accounting and shareholders wealth maximization in nigerian quoted banks. the main objective of this study is to examine the influence of creative accounting on shareholders wealth maximization in nigerian quoted banks. nine (9) hypothesis were formulated survey design was adopted with a sample size of one hundred and fifty (150). the questionnaires were instrument used for data collection. the data collected were subject to simple validity and reliability test: the analysis of data was based on statistical tools such as percentage, frequency and mean, while correlation analysis was used to test the hypothesis. some of the findings reveal that creative accounting affects shareholders wealth at the longrun and their possible investment decision. based the finding it was recommended that investors through the financial sector regulatory authorities should encourage banks to engage in creative accounting but at the same time closely regulate such development to assure of its integrity in other to enhance effective earnings per share and return on investment. earnings after tax. share price. shareholders. creative accounting. return on investment. introduction over the years the main purpose of financial reporting was to present adequate data to a wide range of users of accounting information for strategic decision making. however, the creditability of this purpose is being questioned by some parties interested in corporate financial reporting because of the tendency that some organization uses creative accounting element or concept to adjust the contents of such reports. in view of the dynamism in the business circle and the core motive of any departments of companies to increase the level of income above the breakeven and to remain in business under certain situation where profitability or global financial indicators are used to achieve specific objectives, some firms resort to using any methods of creative accounting since the financial reporting american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org standards allows the use accounting variety of accounting method that can serve same purpose for preparation of published financial statements, which in many ways can influence the validity of statements. creative accounting is the concept that treats key issues relating to accounting appraisal, conflicts items and events. the nature of accounting' information gives room for manipulation, deceit and misrepresentation. hence, professional accountants’ uses advance knowledge of accounting rules and principal to manipulate report. statement of the problem “the right given to management to decide on accounting principles that a firm will use in preparation of audited financial statements is one of the factors that gave rise to the birth of creative accounting techniques in reporting” (barth, landsman & lang, 2006). the too many failures in banking sector and other sectors of the economy have a link to the loopholes in the general acceptable accounting practices or standard used by different organization globally. the core aspect of accounting disclosure, assets recognition and expenses measurement are not well explained and are used differently to match a specific objective of management in preparation of final report of an organization. the effect of this issue on the integrity of financial reporting and the audit profession can be damaging. corporate scandals also create other harmful treat to a business which may include massive loss of investors’ fund, loss of jobs, disruption of capital market and reduction in the national gross domestic product (gdp) of the nation. osazevbaru (2012) stated clearly that “that many banks in nigeria indulged in creative accounting by direct lending to shareholders to buy the bank’s shares in order to sustain demand pressure to cause unabated price rise without appreciation in capital base”. additionally, akenbor & ibanichuka (2012) pointed out that “some of the reasons for creative accounting practices in nigeria banking sector is to raise market value of share”. sanusi & izadonmi (2013) also observed that “most reason for creative accounting in nigerian commercial banks is to boost the market value of share”. therefore this study seeks to investigate the effect of creative accounting on shareholders wealth maximization. aim and objectives of the study the aim of this study is to examine the influence of creative accounting on shareholders wealth maximization in nigerian quoted bank. specific objectives are to; 1 examine the effect of income smoothing on dividend pay-out policy of quoted banks in nigeria. 2 ascertain the effect of off balance sheet financing on earnings after tax and interest in quoted banks in nigeria. 3 identify the effect of window dressing on share price of quoted banks in nigeria. research questions in line with the aim and objectives of the study, the questions to address are; 1 to what extent does income smoothing affect dividends pay-out policy of quoted banks in nigeria? 2 how docs off balance sheet financing affect earnings after tax and interest of quoted banks in nigeria? 3 how does window dressing affect share price of quoted banks in nigeria? hypotheses american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org 1 h01: income smoothing has no significant effect on dividends pay-out policy of quoted banks in nigeria. 2 h02: off balance sheet financing has no significant effects on earnings after tax and interest of quoted banks in nigeria. 3 h03: window dressing has no effect on share price of quoted banks in nigeria. i scope of the study scope: the study scope was discussed under three perspectives content scope, geographic scope and unit of analysis. a. content scope: the content scope of this study is streamlined to the effect of creative accounting on shareholders wealth maximization in nigerian quoted banks. therefore the study will pay particular attention on the effect of creative accounting on the return on dividends pay-out policy, earnings after tax and interest and return share price as indicators of shareholders wealth maximization b. geographic scope: geographically, the review of extant literature cuts across the banking industry in nigeria, uganda, switzerland, china, philippine, united kingdom, united states of america, and asia. however, the analysis was carried out in port harcourt, rivers state, nigeria. c. unit of analysis: since the study is focused on the effect of creative accounting on shareholders wealth maximization, the unit of analysis was at the microeconomic level. literature review theoretical framework the basic theories for this study are the stakeholder’s theory (st) and agency theory, and the information theory. these theories capture the relationship that should exist between the organization and all parties interested in its activities. they also capture the basses for the use of creative accounting by management to optimized shareholders wealth. stakeholders’ theory the stakeholders’ theory was first proposed by edward freeman. the stakeholder theory is seen as a theory of organizational business management and ethics that moderate behaviour within an organization. the theory identifies and models the groups which are stakeholders of a corporation, can state or propose methods acceptable to management with regards to the goals of those groups. in short, it attempts to address the "principle of who or what really counts" (wikipedia, 2016). a stakeholder is an individual, community or association that has an identify interest in various function of an organization. agency theory the agency theory holds that conflict may arose between the principal (shareholders) and their agents (managers). since management have an incentive to manage the company’s financial report process in order to meet or beat earning targets and, thus, to receive any bonuses that may be tied to the company’s earnings (performance-related pav). this creates an information asymmetry in that managers can exercise the discretion they have on accruals, which in turn reduces the relevance and reliability of reported earnings, and the whole financial statements, pliers, unions, and the community from which the business draws its resources. the information theory according to kamau et.al (2015), the theory states that there is a possibility of information asymmetry in which the manager has better information about the financial position of the firm than the shareholders and other users, f rom the informational perspective, the information asymmetry creates a conflict in between other parties and advantaged managers that have access to information. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org conceptual framework the conceptual framework of this study shall cover the concept of creative accounting under which meaning of creative accounting, history of creative accounting, benefits and challenges of creative accounting shall be considered, concept of shareholders wealth maximization under which the concept of dividend pay-out policy, earnings after tax and interest and share price arc explained. this section shall also examine the application of using creative accounting in quoted banks in nigeria as measure of shareholders wealth maximization. concept of creative accounting creative accounting is usually believed to have led to emergence of various disciplines such as; auditing profession in the 18th century after management took advantage of the separation of management and ownership functions to engage in opportunistic behaviour and also the development of generally accepted accounting standards following the great depression where several dollars was lost in the stock market. factors motivating creative accounting several factors encourage managers to indulge in creative accounting practices. such factors include; (i) separation of ownership from management once management and owners arc separated, (i.c an agency relationship exists between the owner(s) and the manager(s) of the entity), there is pressure on management to report positive or flattering results lo those who have an interest or potential interest in the business. (ii) vagueness of accounting rules/guidelines legislation and accounting rules or guidelines that are set to guide accounting practices are often framed in vague and flexible terms. these rules and standards aim only at narrowing down the available options, thereby providing for consistent application at the expense of standardised usage. this is aggravated by tenuous and undefined concepts like “true" and “fair" and “materiality’’,. , these concepts leave a lot of room for subjective judgement and manoeuvre ii) practice. (iii) to meet internal targets -the managers do create accounting figures in order to meet targets set by higher management with respect to sale, profitability and share prices. (iv) to meet external expectations dilip (2006) argued that creative accounting is also motivated by the conflicts of interest among different interest groups. entities do face many expectations from its employees, (v) to obtain an ispo for a loan -the window dressing can also be done to favour corporate events such as issuance of irrevocable standing payment order (ispo) before taking a loan or in acquisition bid. reports have it that the tendency of firms nearing violation of debt covenants is twice or thrice to make income increasing accounting policy changes, than other companies. (vi) taxation creative accounting may also be a result of desire for some tax benefits. modes of creative accounting below are few examples of creative accounting tools used to inflate or smooth income flows; (i) income smoothing is the process of reducing the reported profits of a business in good periods and deferring them to loss making periods in an effort to portray a ‘stable’ income stream over the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org years. according to richard, myrtle & jack (2008), “this is possible because of the flexibility of the matching concept and because breaking down the results of a business venture into financial periods is not always appropriate”. one of the many reasons for income smoothing is that investors prefer a smoothed income flow because it supposedly reflects stability, strength and growth within a company. (ii) window dressing and secret reserves window dressing is the process of adjusting the financial statements of a company to achieve the maximum effect on its financial position at a particular date. practically any item on the financial statement can be manipulated to portray a desired picture (richard, myrtle & jack (2008). for example, adjustments can be made to the allocation of expenses between different periods. current assets and liabilities can be stated either as gross figures or net of discounts. a company intending to take out a loan may inflate its sales figures by selling to its related companies. (iii) off-balance sheet financing in off balance sheet financing, a company increased borrowing is not reflected in the financial statements. this enables the company to show better gearing ratios, obtain additional borrowing, while still maintaining its gearing limits with its lenders. effects of creative accounting the effects can be viewed from three (3) main perspectives: the shareholders, the bank, and the economy. the shareholders’ perspective -the chief executives and directors of banks manage investments on behalf of the shareholders for maximum returns, through dividend payouts and capital appreciation. appreciation in shareholders wealth is measured by the earning per share (eps). sadly, bank managers deceive the shareholders by manipulating the eps above the reality, thereby given the shareholders the false impression that their investments have been growing steadily., the investors are therefore misled into taking wrong investment decisions as they rely on the accounts/financial statement. the banks’ perspective ijeoma (2014), in his study of the effect of creative accounting on the nigerian banking industry, concluded that one of “the key reasons for creative accounting practice in nigeria banking industry is to help maintain or boast the share price by reducing the true level of borrowing, making the bank appear less risky for investment and for having good profit trend”. gherai and balaciu (2011), observed that “a firm that indulge in creative accounting practices is at risk, as its (practices) allows a firm short term benefits and at the end, such firm is a victim of scandal”. thus, firms lose 30% of their market value on the average, when financial misrepresentations are publicity disclosed, (karpoff, lee & martin, 2008). therefore, whenever the creative accounting behaviours are exposed, the bank loses integrity and the confidence of investors and that of the general public. existing investors are lost, while there is difficulty in attracting potential (new) investors. such banks may be distressed and eventually collapsed. the economy’s perspective akenbor & ibanichuka (2012), observed that banks involve in a deliberate nondisclosure of information and manipulation of accounting figures to either make the business appear to be more profitable or less profitable for tax purpose. they further observed that nigerian government has lost over the years, billions of naira in tax revenue under shady hand dealings designed by bank managers to corruptly evade taxes. therefore, a creative accounting technique targeted by banks towards evading taxes has denied the nigerian economy the much needed revenue for sustainable growth and development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org methodology research design this research method was adopted so as to seek respondents’ perception on how the various creative accounting affect the service provider (banks) and how in turn it affects the wealth maximization of shareholders. in this study, shareholders wealth maximization is the dependent variable while the independent variables are creative accounting. population for the study the desired populace for this study therefore, comprises (240) shareholders, drawn out of the 22 authorized banks in nigeria, as approved by the central bank of nigeria. sample size determination the sample size consists of one hundred and fifty (150) shareholders drawn from the 240 shareholders. this was determined through the application of taro yamane formula for determination of sample size from known population. hence, one hundred and fifty (150) copies of the research instrument (questionnaire) were distributed to shareholders of the above banks in nigeria. table 1: study sample s/n banks number of shareholders 1 access bank 8 2 citibank 7 3 . daimond bank 8 4 ecobank nigeria 8 5 fidelity bank nigeria 8 6 first bank of nigeria 8 7 first city monument bank 8 8 guaranty trust bank 8 9 heritage bank pic 8 10 keystone banklimited 8 11 skye bank 8 12 stanbic ibtc bank nigeria ltd 8 13 standard charterd bank 8 14 sterling bank 8 15 union bank of nigeria 8 16 united bank for africa 8 17 unity bank plc 7 18 wema bank 8 19 zenith bank 8 total 150 research instrument the research instrument that was used for data collection was a well structured questionnaire. moore (1987) described the questionnaire “ as a tool for data collection because it is quicker in getting data from respondents and also flexible and could be used to gather information concerning almost any topic, from a large or small number of people.” the questionnaire is divided into two ($) parts (see appendix 1). the first part (section a) contains the covering letter the second part (section b) contains american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org selected demographic information of the respondents. the third part of the questionnaire (section c) measures both the dependent and the independent variables of the study. sources of data !. the data for any research under investigation are primary and secondary data. however, this study will employ only the primary data which was obtained from the respondents through the use of structured questionnaire that was administered on the study sample. method of data analysis demographic characteristics of respondents were analysed using statistical tools such as percentages, frequency and mean. pearson correlation coefficient was used to analyses the relationship between the dependent variable and the independent variables. all analyses were done using statistical package for social sciences (spss 22.0 version) at 5% level of significance. results and discussion data presentation data was gotten from one hundred and fifty (150) shareholders of the 24 authorized banks in nigeria, as approved by the cbn, through the use of our questionnaire which was analyzed using both descriptive and inferential statistics. pearson’s correlation coefficient was used to test the research hypotheses. table 2: description of income smoothing s/n strongly agree agree undecided disagree strongly disagree total mean 5 4 3 2 1 q7 70 45 12 0 0 127 4.46 percentage 55.1% 35.4% 9.4% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q8 36 66 25 0 0 127 4.09 percentage 28.3% 52.0% 19.7% 0.0% 0.0% . 100% q9 51 51 25 0 0 127 4.20 percentage 40.2% 40.2% 19.7% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q10 39 76 12 0 0 127 4.21 percentage 30.7% 59.8% 9.4% 0.0% 0.0% 100% over all mean 4.24 table 2 shows that majority of the respondents agreed with the statements measuring income smoothing which states that: there is usually prompt service through the use of income smoothing ( χ2=4.46); income smoothing is an effective dimension of creative accounting ( χ2 4.09); income smoothing has a major influence on creative accounting (χ2 = 4.20); banks arc committed to success of creative accounting through income smoothing (χ2 = 4.21). the overall mean score of 4.24 confirms that majority of the respondents agreed that there is a high level (usage) of income smoothing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org table 3: description of off balance sheet s/n strongly agree agree not sure disagree strongly disagree total mean 5 4 3 2 1 qll 72 45 10 0 0 127 4.49 percentag e 56.7% 35.4% 7.9% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q12 78 49 0 0 0 127 4.61 percentag e 61.4% 38.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q13 64 55 6 2 0 127 4.43 percentag e 50.4% 43.3% 4.7% 1.6% 0.0% 100% q14 49 63 8 7 0 127 4.21 percentag e 38.6% 49.6% 6.3% 5.5% 0.0% 100% over all mean 4.44 table 3 shows that majority of the respondents agreed with the statements measuring off balance sheet which states that; there is usually prompt service through the use of off balance sheet(x̅ = 4.49); off balance, sheet is an effective dimension of creative accounting( x̅ = 4.61); off balance sheet has a major influence on creative accounting( x̅ = 4.43); banks are committed to success of creative accounting through off balance sheet(x̅ = 4.21). the overall mean score of 4.44 confirms that majority; of the respondents agreed that there is a high level (usage) of off balance sheet. table 4\ description of widow dressing s/n strongly agree agree not sure disagree strongly disagree total mean 5 4 3 2 1 q15 57 50 20 0 0 127 4.29 percentage 44.9% 39.4% 15.7% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q16 49 56 22 0 0 127 4.21 percentage 38.6% 44.1% 17.3% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q17 70 57 0 0 0 127 4.55 percentage 55.1% 44.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q18 83 44 0 0 0 127 4.65 percentage 65.4%. 34.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100% over all mean 4.43 table 4 shows that majority of the respondents agreed with the statements measuring widow dressing which states that: there is usually prompt service through the use of widow dressing (x̅ = 4.29); widow dressing is an effective dimension of creative accounting (x̅ =4.21); widow dressing has a major influence on creative accounting (x̅ = 4.55); banks arc committed to success of creative accounting through widow dressing (x̅ =4.65). the overall mean score of 4.43 confirms that majority of the respondents agreed that there is a high level (usage) of widow dressing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org table 5: description of dividend pay-out policy table 5: description of dividend pay-out policy s/n strongly agree agree not sure disagree strongly disagree total mean 5; 4 3 2 1 q19 50 50 17 io ............ 0 127 4.10 percentage 39.4% 39.4% 13.4% 7.9% 0.0% 100% 20 40 87 0 0 0 127 4.31 percentage 31.5% ' 68.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q21 95 30 2 0 0 127 4.73 percentage 74.8% 23.6% 1.6% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q22 82 28 10 7 0 127 4.46 percentage 64.6% 22.0% 7.9% 5.5% 0.0% 100% over all mean 4.40 table 5 shows that majority of the respondents agreed with the statements measuring dividend payout policy which states that: the attainment of dividend pay-out policy is a golden principal for banks in nigcria( x̅ = 4.10); long term success and reputation of an organization depends on dividend payout policy(x̅ = 4.31); increased level of creative accounting leads to increased dividend pay-out policy(x̅ = 4.73); dividend pay-out policy has been recognized as an important element that drives bank and its creative accounting(x̅ = 4.46). the overall mean score of 4.40 confirms that majority of the respondents agreed that dividend pay-out policy is high. table 6: description of earnings before interest and tax s/n strongly agree agree not sure disagree strongly disagree total mean 5 4 3 2 1 q23 50 57 17 3 0 127 4.21 percentage 39.4% 44.9% 13.4% 2.4% 0.0% 100% q24 18 87 22 0 0 127 3.97 percentage 14.2% ■ 68.5% 17.3% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q25 85 42 0 0 0 127 4.67 percentage 66.9% 33.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100% table 6 shows that majority of the respondents agreed with the statements measuring earnings before interest and tax which states that: earnings before interest and tax is one of the most valuable sales lead that banks engage in( x̅ = 4.21); referrals are a cost effective way to grow banking services( x̅ = 3.97); creative accounting has significant effect on earnings before interest and taxs( x̅ 4.67); long term success and reputation of an organization depends on earnings before interest and tax( x̅ = 4.50). the overall mean score of 4.34 confirms that majority of the respondents agreed that earnings before interest and tax is high. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org table 7 description of share price s/n strongly agree agree not sure disagree strongly disagree total mean 5 4 3 2 1 q27 50 47 27 3 0 127 4.13 percentage 39.4% 37.0% 21.3% 2.4% 0.0% 100% q28 19 86 22 0 0 127 3.98 percentage 15.0% 67.7% 17.3% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q29 8:5 40 2 0 0 127 4.65 percentage 6.6.9% 31.5% 1.6% 0.0% 0.0% 100% q30 90 30 7 0 0 127 4.65 percentage 70.9% 23.6% 5.5% 0.0% 0.0% 100% over all mean 4.35 table 7 shows that majority of the respondents agreed with the statements measuring share priee which states that: sales volume fosters a positive, innovative product in my company( x̅ = 4.13); creative accounting is positively related to share price( x̅ = 3.98); share price have continuous effect on banks.(x̅ = 4.65); increased level of creative accounting leads to increased share price.(x x̅ ~ 4.65). the overall mean score of 4.35 confirms that majority of the respondents agreed that share price is high. testing of research hypotheses in establishing the relationship between creative accounting on shareholders-wealth maximization in nigerian banks, pearson correlation analysis was conducted. the results arc used to test the various research hypotheses. the result is shown in table 8 below: hypothesis one hoi: income smoothing docs not significantly contribute to payout policy; iiai: income smoothing significantly contribute to payout policy; table 8: correlations between income smoothing and payout policy income smoothing payout policy pearson correlation 1 0.311** income smoothing sig. (2-tailed) 0.000 n 127 127 pearson correlation 0.311** 1 payout policy sig. (2-tailed) 0.000 n 127 127 the results in table 8 above show the correlation between income smoothing and payout policy. this is affirmed by the correlation coefficient of 0.311 and a p-value less than 1% (r=0.311; p=0.0000); based on the result, we therefore reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative hypothesis that states that income smoothing significantly contribute to payout policy in nigerian banks. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org discussion of findings following the results of the empirical analysis, the study found that: the overall mean scores of 4.24, 4.44 and 4.43 confirm that majority of the respondents agreed that there is a high level of income smoothing, off balance sheet and widow dressing. the overall mean scores of 4.40, 4.34 and 4.35 confirm that there is high payout policy, earnings before interest and tax and share price in nigerian banks. furthermore, it was found that; income smoothing significantly contribute to payout policy; income smoothing significantly contribute to earnings before interest and tax; income smoothing significantly contribute to share price; off balance sheet significantly contribute to payout policy; off balance sheet significantly contribute to earnings before interest and tax; off balance sheet significantly contribute to share price; widow dressing significantly contribute to payout policy; widow dressing significantly contribute to earnings before interest and tax; widow dressing significantly contribute to share price. conclusion and recommendations the objective of the study was to establish the relationship between creative accounting and shareholders-wealth maximization in nigerian banks. the findings indicated that creative accounting contributes to financial shareholders-wealth maximization in nigerian banks. the study is consistent with corolyne (2012) who found that creative accounting contributes to and is positively correlated to profitability in the banking sector particularly that of commercial banks. similarly patrick (2011) found that there is a significant relationship between the adoption of various creative accountings and the profit levels of the commercial banks in kenya. therefore nigerian banks should adopt more creative accounting to improve on their shareholders-wealth maximization and if possible its performance. creative accounting presents more convenience, efficiency and security to commercial banks shareholders resulting to more demand for the new innovations. hence, the demand for traditional payment systems reduces as shareholders switch to the more effective payment systems. references 1. akenbor, c. o., & ibanichuka, e. a. e. (2012). creative accounting practices in nigerian banks. 2. an international multidisciplinary journal, ethiopia, 6(3), 23-41. 3. bhasin, m. (2015). creative accounting practices in the indian corporate sector: an empirical study. international journal of management sciences and business research, 4(10), 35 4. 52. ; 5. bora, j., & saha, a. (2016). creative accounting in financial reporting and its ethical perspective. international journal of applied research, 2(3), 735-737. 6. diana, b., & madalina, p. (2008). is creative accounting a form of manipulation? journal accredited cncsis category b+, tom, 3, 935-940. 7. garizi, a. z., ilomayoun, a., & firouzi, b. b. (2011). the impact of income smoothing on companies abnormal return. australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 5(9), 245251. 14 8. hussein, h., kasim, n., & arumugam, v. (2015). a review of creative accounting practices and its area, technique and ways of prevention. international journal of science and research, 4(10), 1377-1381. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org 9. ijcoma, n. b. (2014). the effect of creative accounting on the nigerian banking industry. international journal of managerial studies and research, 2(10), 13-21. 10. kamau, c., namusonge, g., & bichanga, w. (2016). creative accounting related practices among corporations listed in nairobi securities exchange in kenya. international journal of sciences: basic and applied research, 25(1), 254-265. 11. kelly, w. k. s. (2011). earning management; is it good or bad. management and science university (msu). available from: http://www.ssrn.com 12. micah, l., & chinwe, o. (2014). the impact of creative accounting on organizational effectiveness: a study of manufacturing firms in nigeria. british journal of economics, management and trade, 4( 12), 2107-2122. 13. nyabuti, v., mernba, f., & chege, c. (2016). influence of creative accounting practices on the financial performance of companies listed in the nairobi securities exchange in kenya. international journal of management and commerce innovations, 3(2), 45-59. 14. rahman, m., moniruzzaman, m., & sharif, j. (2013). techniques, motives and controls of earnings management. international journal of information technology and business management, 7/(1), 22-34. 15. sanusi, b., & izedonmi, p. (2014). nigerian commercial banks and creative accounting practices. journal of mathematical finance, 4, 75-83. 16. tassadaq, f., & malik, q. (2015), creative accounting and financial reporting: model development and empirical testing. international journal of economics and financial issues, 5(2), 544-551. 17. venouss, d., karami, g., & tajik, k. (2006). an investigation of income smoothing in tehran stock exchange utilizing accounting standard number 15 (accounting for investments). the iranian accounting and auditing review, 43, 180-163. 18. yadav, b. (2014). creative accounting: an empirical study from professional prospective. international journal of management and social sciences research, 3(1), 38-53. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org russian wedding rites, uzbek wedding rites: similarities and differences kadirov alizhon nuralievich turan international university, teacher kadirov alijon nuralievich turan international university, teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article russian and uzbek wedding traditions and rituals, as well as matchmaking in russian and uzbek families are covered. wedding traditions in uzbekistan are described, as they have developed over hundreds of years, and their rituals and ceremonies are considered one of the most ancient in the world. the article says that a wedding in uzbekistan is not just a festive event, but a whole complex of traditional ceremonies that are held in a strictly defined order, that this process can last a month, and sometimes a year, since choosing a bride is a very responsible step for young uzbeks. they carefully study their potential chosen one, her family and environment to make sure that she will become a worthy life partner. the first ceremony is the "hatim", which is held at the bride's house. close relatives and friends gather here to bless the future couple and exchange gifts. this is followed by a "nikah", an official wedding, which is held in a mosque or at the groom's house. after the "nikah", a magnificent feast is arranged, at which all the relatives and friends of the newlyweds are present. the day after the wedding, the kelin salom ceremony is held when the bride visits the groom's house for the first time. wedding, matchmaking, matchmakers, groom, bride, parents, tradition, rituals, ceremony, family, friends, nikah, kelin salom. introduction a wedding ritual in traditional culture is a complex set of ritual actions that confirm and officially recognize the transition of an individual to a new social and age level. the traditional russian wedding is a multifaceted phenomenon, including various elements that have different origins, character and functions. in addition to ancient rituals, such as shaking hands and unbraiding the betrothed girl’s braid, the wedding ritual also contains christian elements, such as pilgrimage and wedding. wedding traditions in uzbekistan have developed over hundreds of years, and their rituals and ceremonies are considered one of the most ancient in the world. in this country, weddings are celebrated in style, using a variety of rituals and preserving traditions. thus, a wedding in uzbekistan is an important event not american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org only for the newlyweds, but also for the whole family.uzbek folk wedding rites and rituals were studied by such scientists as m. alaviya, b. sarimsakov, m. zhuraev, s. davlatov, o. ismonova. however, the genre structure of the folklore of the wedding ceremony of any particular region has not been specifically studied. “matchmaking is considered the progenitor of the wedding ceremony; in this regard, a number of studies have expressed opinions that the etymology of the word “matchmaker” lies in the meaning of goodness, the communication of good news”a wedding in uzbekistan consists of traditional ceremonies that are held in a certain order. young uzbeks carefully choose their bride. this ceremony can last a month and sometimes a year. after all, his wife is the person with whom he will spend the rest of his life. let them be happy.let's look at what similarities and differences there are between russian and uzbek wedding rituals. similarities: in russian and uzbek weddings, matchmaking usually takes place when the groom's parents visit the bride's parents and express their intentions. matchmaking is a marriage proposal from the groom addressed to the bride's parents, literally asking for her hand and parental blessing. matchmakers are representatives of the groom who come to the girl’s house to make a match. in the old days, they tried to choose close relatives of the groom, his father or godparents, or called specialized matchmakers for this role. their task was not only to woo the chosen girl, but also to find out about her family, dowry, and personal qualities. sometimes matchmakers themselves selected a suitable candidate for their ward. how do matchmakers match the groom? previously, they visited the girl’s home with gifts and asked the relatives for permission to marry. and after the consent of the parents, preparations for the wedding itself began. matchmaking in uzbek families: the search for a future bride in uzbek families is carried out by a family professional most often a grandmother, mother or older sister. they find at least three worthy families, which means: • it is desirable that the family is complete ⠀ • be respected by others⠀ • had a high social status and so, matchmakers go to visit and meet parents and girls, the key point when choosing a bride is, of course, education according to uzbek traditional custom, the bride's parents do not give an immediate answer to avoid failure. to achieve the engagement, the groom's parents have to visit the bride's house several times. at this time, the bride's parents collect information about the groom. and when they receive positive results about the groom and his family, they agree to the engagement. the bride's parents give white material to the groom's parents (or relatives) as a sign of consent, and this ceremony is called “oklik oldi” matchmaking in russian families: matchmaking is an almost forgotten ancient custom of asking the bride’s hand in marriage from her parents. previously, not a single wedding was complete without this ritual; it was given perhaps the most important place in the entire wedding organization. when can you get married? in rus' there were certain days for this; it was believed that you should not go ask for a girl’s hand in marriage on a fast day, on even days, the 13th. now you can choose a day that is convenient for everyone, for example, a day off. despite the fact that nowadays matchmaking is an exclusively symbolic tradition, many couples are reviving it, since such an acquaintance with the groom will american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org definitely not be forgotten soon.previously, in rus', much attention was paid to matchmaking; this aspect was considered the most important of all stages of marriage. often, a matchmaking ceremony was carried out on the part of the groom, although there were cases when girls also sent matchmakers to the grooms. the rules and customs in rus' were such that a young man declared his intention to get married, or his parents decided that it was time to start his own family. if a young man liked a girl, then the parents and godparents collected information about the future daughter-in-law, what her dowry was, what family she was from, and the like.if the choice was approved, matchmakers were sent to the bride's house. if a girl was considered an unsuitable match for their son or there was no suitable candidate, then the parents turned to matchmakers for advice. the matchmaker was usually a woman experienced in arranging marriage, who always had several unmarried girls in mind. how did the matchmaking go? the matchmakers tried to come to the house after sunset, without meeting or talking to anyone on the way, in order to avoid the evil eye so the signs said. it was also believed that the matchmaker should lean against the door frame before entering the house. according to russian customs, matchmakers go only on strictly certain days. it was believed that it was impossible to get married during lent and on the 13th. after the guests entered the house, the conversation about the wedding began from afar. the matchmakers had to say a certain phrase that meant the true purpose of their visit: “you have goods, we have a merchant,” “we lost a sheep, has it wandered to you,” etc. the bride did not participate in the conversation, she was supposed to sit silently and just change outfits from time to time, wearing your best. sometimes matchmakers might ask to demonstrate the girl’s skills, for example, sewing or lace weaving. then she brought out her work. during the conversation, both parties, according to custom, tried to present the bride and groom as favorably as possible. the matchmakers described the material wealth of the future spouse, the daughter's parents, how pretty, smart and diligent the girl was. this is roughly how the matchmaking of a daughter happens. matchmaking in uzbek families: representatives of the groom come to the matchmaking ceremony to formally ask for the bride's hand in marriage on his behalf. the future life of newlyweds largely depends on the groom, his parents, relatives and matchmakers. therefore, matchmakers, taking on this responsibility, must know both families and their children well. if they lack information, they can turn to neighbors, relatives or friends. only after receiving all the necessary information do the matchmakers begin their work. otherwise, they may be responsible for possible troubles and misfortunes. matchmakers visit the girl’s doorstep, never knowing peace, they go to her house with enviable persistence and constancy, seeking consent. when the matchmakers' intentions are realized, the ritual of “breaking the cake” is performed as a sign of engagement.an uzbek wedding differs from a russian one in its rituals. the bride is the girl who has a special character. her search is carried out by professionals in the form of a grandmother, mother or older sister.when considering applicants for the role of a wife, the girl’s family situation is taken into account. particular attention is paid to those women who grew up in a healthy and prosperous family. parents should be held in high esteem and respected. when choosing a future partner, important factors are social status and upbringing. over time, it became common to marry into families that had high status in order to strengthen the relationship and increase the social standing of one's family. a man can start looking for his future wife himself. only love and passion take last place. despite this, the final choice remains with the man’s american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org parents.if the elders agree to the choice of a son, the matchmaking begins. the matchmakers go to the house of the future bride. a date is set in advance so that the bride's family can prepare for the event. upon arrival of the matchmakers, they are seated at the table, where the elders conduct a conversation on various topics. during the tea party, the young girl takes care not only of her groom, but also of the guests. she needs to make sure that everyone always has tea poured, and that the guests remain happy and well-fed. during the conversation, matchmakers pay attention to several things in the form of: * home decoration; * neatness and order; * good behavior of the bride; * meekness and laconicism; * ability to manage housework; * relationships between parents; *relationship of elders to daughter; * relations with guests. the decision about the wedding is made only after the third visit. then the elders of the future wife share the cake. this sign symbolizes a positive decision to give your daughter in marriage. first, a traditional engagement is held, which is called fatiha-tui. the celebration is characterized by pomp. many guests are invited. the girl is given gifts and sweets by the groom. then the uzbek wedding takes place. this means we can conclude that a wedding in both uzbekistan and russia is a bright and memorable event, which is celebrated with great scope and fun. traditions and customs associated with weddings are passed down from generation to generation and are an integral part of russian and uzbek culture. references 1. sumtsov n.f. “about wedding rituals, mainly russian” 2.sakharov i.p. “tales of the russian people about the family life of their ancestors” 3. muradova m. sh. genre composition and artistry of uzbek wedding folklore (based on the materials of orta zarafshan oasis) 4. zhirnova g.v. marriage and weddings of russian townspeople in the past and present. m., 1980 5.mardonova g.a. “the image of a matchmaker in the folklore of a wedding ceremony and customs associated with matchmaking”internet resources: https://sunmag.me/svadby/svatovstvo.html american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org contradictory duals in ghassan kanafani's stories (a collection about men and guns) as a sample dr. nizar frak ali al-hassany 1 oday kamil hammadi 2 1general directorate of education in al_muthanna 2directorate of education, al qadisiyah governorate, iraq email: ar3357930@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study seeks, in its critical effort, to uncover the contradictory duals in ghassan kanafani's stories as a cognitive system that includes the depth of their presence in these stories and reflects a narrative awareness issued by the storyteller. since these dualities expand with the expansion of kanafani's narrative production, which makes this study inflated unjustifiably, the researchers decided to rely on the collection (on men and guns) as one of the most important collections of stories whose narrative system contains these dualities. these dualities – with what they include of aesthetic and intellectual dimensions – contributed significantly to the production of its artistic and semantic structure. introduction this study aims to investigate the concept of contradictory duals in the collection (on men and guns) by the short story writer ghassan kanafani, as it strives to clarify the representations of antithetical binaries of presence and absence, homeland and exile, life and death within the stories of the collection and the linguistic methods adopted by the short story writer in crystallizing the idea of contradictory duals and the connotations that he seeks to convey to the reader through narrative storytelling. contradictory duals in ghassan kanafani's stories reshaping the language in any narrative work must be based on grammatical signs and special methods that establish a dynamic narrative voice for the narrating self. this emerging voice is a necessary mediator between the two moments of formation and reshaping (reading); because it belongs to the world of the artistic work and is thrown into an external world that the recipient hears and understands its subjectivity (1). it is the narrative aid to which the realistic author entrusts the narration of the story primarily and is guided by the answer to the question ((who is speaking?)) and its image can be drawn through the fingerprints it necessarily leaves in the narrative discourse (2 ). among these fingerprints is its special formation of the language which is considered a focus from which the other dimensions emanate and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org are based ( 3). it seems that this special formation of language is closely related to the type of narrator ((and among the examples of the connection between the type of narrator or his formula and the style, is what we see in the neutral narrator and the descriptive analytical style, and between the refined narrator and the standard style used for evaluative language. if the narrator is neutral, his language is neutral, working to convey the meaning or reveal the action without revealing any emotion from the speaker, a cold language like the language of sciences. as for the refined narrator, his language is an epic poetic evaluative language that conveys the event and the feeling accompanying it at the same time. therefore, we find the first descriptive and standard, relying on the first level of language, while the second is metaphorical, relying on psychological depiction and on conveying feelings and sensations and on exaggeration or belittling of the action))(4). this narrative adopted by the revised narrator makes the short story in many cases a narrative structure that opens linguistically and artistically to a group of special techniques that work effectively to transfer it from the traditional monotonous narrative style to a different narrative style full of modernity, novelty and distinction. by contemplating these techniques, we see the antithetical dualities as one of the most important creative characteristics in narrative texts due to the creative aesthetic energies they possess that are capable of attracting the recipient into the orbit of these texts and arousing his emotions. the use of contradictory duals arouses astonishment and paradox generated iy the meeting of opposites, and the opposite provides us with the possibility of balancing between it and its opposite, and this is what generates a cognitive perception of things that helps the recipient generate a duality from a duality; the duality of (light/darkness) can refer to the duality of (dream/reality), which leads to the birth of a distinct space for the text, in which a set of actual temporal and spatial relationships come together, at different times, and this relationship meets on more than one axis, meets, collides, intersects and parallels, enriching the text and diversifying its semantic possibilities (5). the observer notices that dualities exist with the existence of man, and are formed with him. it is a philosophical idea that seeks to say ((the duality of the principles that explain the universe, such as the duality of opposites and their succession, and the duality of the one and matter from the aspect of what is the principle of indeterminacy or the duality of the infinite one)) (6). however, the antithetical dualities in this concept were known recently, but the critical code defined it in colors close to it, such as antithesis, contrast, and contradiction. from afar, abu hayyan al-tawhidi pointed to the profound effect that dualities leave, as al-tawhidi goes on to say that literary and philosophical thought is also a result of the diversity of dualities; man is a contradictory composition (7). close to this meaning is what al-jurjani stated that combining opposites and distant sides makes the recipient in a state of being carried away by the meaning. (8) perhaps the opposition or antithesis is the closest to the term of antithetical pairs in the poetic system. in this regard, abu hilal al-askari says: ((the correspondence in speech is the combina tion of a thing and its opposite in a part of the parts of the message or sermon or a line of the lines of the poem, such as the combination of black and white)) (9). recently, we can consider the first incubator of antithetical binaries to be modern linguistic studies, which were established by (de saussure) and his proposals in modern linguistics, and then the structuralist school adopted the idea of binaries while dismantling the language system and exploring the contents of the text, and calling for the death of the author. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org if we wanted to monitor these binaries in ghassan kanafani's stories, the narrator in these stories seemed to us inclined to give birth to them, until they came to control a wide area in the space of his narrative experience; therefore, it became necessary for us to stand on them and reveal their fertile aesthetic values that allowed this narrative space to be so rich, and this dominance over the recipient's self. here, it must be noted that any focus on these binaries must be in harmony with the narrator's moral references and the struggle data that primarily embrace the land of palestine and the struggle of its people against the occupation, so he seeks to create a broad horizon in the reader's mind, trying to involve him within the text. the antithetical dualities had a great impact in revealing the narrator’s position on the place, through constructing the architecture of the place according to aesthetic connotations that highlight its high value at one stage, and degrade it at another. the duality (homeland/camp): through this duality, the homeland becomes a place of warmth, security and containment ((often sneaking in at night and sleeping under the olive trees))(10). it also becomes a sacred place for us ((and his chest opened up and relief returned to him suddenly, and the olive fields appeared before him shining with a sacred light))(11). in addition, it is a source of unity and revolution ((and in that void filled with the neighing of olives there were two men from the same family))(12). while the camp appears to us through this duality as a negative place carrying the ugliest connotations of humiliation, defeat and brokenness ((and the camps are those stains on the brow of our tired morning. and the tattered rags that flutter like the banners of defeat thrown by chance over the steppes of mud, dust and pity))(13) as it is clear that this spatial opposition put the reader in front of the narrator's clear bias towards the original place (homeland) at the expense of the intrusive, emergency place (the camp), which is a bias that if we tried to follow it we would find it a fixed bias in the writer's self before the narrator adopted it and disclosed it within the narrative text. it is noticeable that when the imagination shows its interest in something, it deepens the values of this thing such that it adds imagination to the values of reality, and then the place that is attracted towards the imagination such that it does not remain a neutral, indifferent place with geometric dimensions only, but rather enters into a state of communication with the writer that pushes him to create it psychologically (14). this is what we saw in the story (the little one discovers that the key is like an axe) in which the narrator deals with the key of the al jaber family according to the duality of (definiteness and indefiniteness). the key/axe that symbolizes the homeland in this story is present with the specificity of the land of palestine for the al jaber family ((for us, the key was a set of virtues that entered our lives slowly, but steadily. it was the only key that time could not lose. every man, every child, every woman in the village knew that this key was the key to jaber’s house. there were even people in the neighboring villages who knew that as well. if it was lost or fell, it would return to the house as if by itself)) (15). it is noteworthy that this particularity with which the key was present has shaped the identity of the family, to the point that its existence has become linked to the existence of (the key/axe), and its pronunciation with ( al of definite article) by family members is a reflection of a mental covenant that acknowledges the key as an objective equivalent to the homeland, so that (al) here is transformed from an abstract grammatical tool into a strong spiritual link, any projection of which will result in a violent attack to destroy the identity.then this meaning is confirmed by the deep brokenness that befell the soul of one of the sons of the (al jaber) family when he was informed by the owner of the room he was renting that a person named (yahya) came regarding a key without the (definite article) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org ((he said that he came regarding a key / key? / and suddenly the whole world recoiled and stood before me at once, and perhaps that was the first time in my life that i heard the word (key) without the (al). it was always (the(al) key), so what made it just a key?)) (16). as it is clear that the(al) (definite article) here became a distinguishing mark between (possession, warmth and containment) and (poverty, homelessness and misery) if for many it was just a ((piece of iron)) (17), or just a ((huge, beautiful and strange key)) (18). it is pronounced without (al), then for the (al jaber) family it did not lose that warmth (al) and it was pronounced with emphasis, making a sound like a door slamming(19). the duality of (presence/absence): since time is an extension of place, it was employed in ghassan kanafani’s stories in a way that serves the mechanism of presenting place, as such an employment refers us in an unambiguous way to the duality of (presence/absence), as the more the homeland is present, the more the characters’ sense of time is a stable and natural sense, as time in the homeland is a natural time that flows smoothly and calmly (dawn prayer, morning, quarter of an hour, two hours, night, friday) (20). while time in the camp and the battlefield leaves the sequence that presents life in a static natural situation to a new level in which time as a temporal extension is disturbed to transform into a psychological time that has no beginning or end, the time of feeling and the time of memory (21). it is (the time of engagement) (22). the narrator says in the story (the little one goes to the camp) which is equivalent to a million years as the narrator says in the story (the entrance), ((and after a million years it was my turn and the clean nurse handed me a square red box))(23). it is a cold, heavy time as the narrator says in the story (the little one, his father and the nurse go to the castle of jedin), ((and time passed heavy and cold, pulling its steps from the deep lakes of mud, shackled and tied to a mountain, angry, but also helpless, grinding his teeth together, so their echoes returned in his shaking chest like a spring of steel, mud and terror))(24). contemplating the two times in the texts that preceded confirms for us the effect of (homeland/place) that is effective in their presence and in the characters’ feelings about them.the antithetical dualities are present as a prominent element in drawing the features of the character, as we can see their use (in presenting an antithetical image of each of the two brothers (qassim) and (mansour), as this antithetical image will determine the relationship of each of them with the land. if we want to balance between these two characters through their opposing presence in the story, we find (qassim) in order for people to call him (doctor), his father sold a plot of olives, and allocated each year a pile of oil cans to be sold to pay for his glasses and books (25). however, this expensive care by the father went in the opposite direction, weakening the doctor’s relationship with the land, so that the land later turned into a hostile place that dr. (qassim) feared for his professional future ((the donkeys and horses will remain in majd al-krum, and your friend will open a clinic in haifa)) (26). the matter did not end there, as the circle of hostility expanded to include even the father, while he was in the midst of his desperate attempts to extend the bonds of communication between the son and the earth. the father realized this hostility through “a fleeting look of contempt that flashed in his son’s eyes… he felt it falling on his chest like a thundering mountain” (27). in contrast to this educated, arrogant character who rebels against his environment and reality, the character of mansour stands out to us as a character with limited education but who loves the land by nature ((the little boy loves the fields, when he returns from school he dives into the irrigation canal up to his knees, he has the hands of a real farmer.. often he sneaks out of the house at night and sleeps under the olive trees))(28), ((he is a boy who loves the fields, his father always says, and he is like a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org purebred horse that only lives in the meadows))(29). this created an impression in the father of the depth of mansour’s roots in this land, so that the little boy would have this impression as a broad hope through which the land would be sustained and preserved. this was achieved through the revolutionary sense that mansour possessed to liberate the usurped land of palestine, unlike dr. qasim who renounced the land and preferred to pursue the temptations of the city that the jews were able to control most of its joints. included within this trend in drawing the features of the fictional character is the narrator’s tendency to divide the jews in palestine into two opposing categories. the narrator was able to reveal the jewish character by investing in these dualities in an investment that preserved the closeness of this type of character to the lived palestinian reality. in this color, the first category is present, a peaceful category that merges into palestinian society, humanly and culturally; to be an important part of its social fabric rooted in this land ((in safed, there were four thousand jews who were never farmers, but no one cared about that. they lived in their small shops for a long time, sold people their things, exchanged greetings with them and chatted, and invitations were extended to them for lunch and dinner. they had been there for a long time, and therefore they spoke arabic and had arabic names, and read books and newspapers, and everything seemed logical to the extent that the residents of safed called them arab jews)) (30). as for the second category, the narrator was keen in building it to crowd it with the ugliest negative qualities that open up to treachery, self-interest, and the tendency toward colonial control over the land of palestine and its people. ((edel maybrook, edel.. edel.. who would have thought that he was from the haganah? and that his hotels, restaurants, and houses were full of weapons? the foreigner (bar) who looked out at the people from behind his glass table with a face that resembled a chicken, who would have bet that he was a military man preparing weapons and drawing up plans, banderly, bernfeldt.. they were sent especially for the future))(⁶). penetrating the depths of this presentation and contemplating its suggestive level must lead us to a neutral point of view that the narrator tried to present through a group of contradictory historical facts that produced the peaceful jewish character in contrast to the conspiratorial zionist character. conclusion: through the above, we can be assured of the following: the presence of antithetical dualities in the collection (about men and guns) is a conscious presence that carries cognitive depth and is not arbitrary, but rather was studied, issued according to the narrator's artistic vision and his clear commitment to his cause. the antithetical dualities revealed the narrator's lack of neutrality in presenting many details, as he tried through these dualities to bring the reader closer to some of them and to make him feel separate from others. the antithetical dualities contributed to cultivating an artistic narrative language that gave the language of narration a clear luster that does not make the reader feel bored, irritated, or alienated. footnotes: see: paul ricoeur .. identity and narration: 78. 2) ) see: dictionary of narratives: 195. 3) ) see: the short story in palestine and jordan: 325. 4) ) the narrator and the text: 167. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org 5) ) see: the term of contradictory duals: 119. 6) ) the philosophical dictionary, jamil saliba, vol. 1, dar al-kitab al-lubnani, beirut, n.d., 379. 7) ) interviews, abu hayyan al-tawhidi, mishkat islamic electronic library: 20. (8) secrets of rhetoric in the science of rhetoric, abdul qaher al-jurjani, commentary: muhammad rashid rida, dar al-ma'rifa, beirut, 1987: 131. 9)) the book of the two industries, writing and poetry, abu hilal al-askari, edited by: ali muhammad al-bajawi, muhammad abu al-fadl ibrahim, dar ihya al-kutub al-arabiyya, 1st ed., 1952: 339. (10) about men and rifles: 34. (11) about men and rifles: 34. 12)) about men and rifles: 57. (13) about men and rifles: 18. (14) see: gaston bachelard, the aesthetics of the image, ghada al-imam, enlightenment, beirut, 1st ed., 2010: 291. (15) about men and rifles: 100. (16) about men and rifles: 101-102. (17) about men and rifles: 103. (18) about men and guns: 104. (19) about men and guns: 104-105. (20) about men and guns: 32-33. (21) see: the art of the short story in morocco, in origin, development and trends, amad al-madani, dar al-awda, beirut, n.d.: 41. (22) about men and guns: 13. (23) about men and guns: 19. (24) about men and guns: 84. (25) about men and guns: 32. (26) about men and guns: 33. (27) about men and guns: 35. ( 28) about men and guns: 34. ( 29) about men and guns: 39. (30)) about men and guns: 48. ( 31) about men and guns: 49. books (b)§ paul ricoeur .. identity and narration, hatem al-warqali, dar al-tanweer, beirut, 2009. (c)§ gaston bachelard aesthetics of the image, ghada al-imam, al-tanweer, beirut, 1st ed., 2010. (r)§ the narrator and the narrative text, dr. abdul rahim al-kurdi, dar al-nashr lil-jamaat, cairo, 2nded., 1996. (p)§ the image of the palestinian in the contemporary palestinian story, dr. wassef abu al-shabab, dar al-tali'ah, beirut, 1st ed., 1977. (a)§ about men and guns, short stories, ghassan kanafani, arab research foundation, lebanon, 2nd ed., 1981. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org (f)§ the art of the short story in morocco, in origin, development and trends, amad al-madani, dar al-awda, beirut, n.d. (q)§ the short story in palestine and jordan since its inception until the generation (new horizon). dr. muhammad ubaid allah, ministry of culture, amman, jordan, 2001. (m)§ dictionary of narratives, muhammad al-qadi and others, dar muhammad ali for publishing, tunis, 1st ed., 2010. § philosophical dictionary, jamil saliba, vol. 1, dar al-kitab al-lubnani, beirut, n.d., § interviews, abu hayyan al-tawhidi, mishkat islamic electronic library. § the book of the two industries, writing and poetry, abu hilal al-askari, investigation: ali muhammad al-bajawi, muhammad abu al-fadl ibrahim, dar ihya al-kutub al-arabiyya, 1st ed., 1952. § secrets of rhetoric in the science of rhetoric, abdul qaher al-jurjani, commentary: muhammad rashid rida, dar al-ma'rifa, beirut, 1987. research published in periodicals(m) § the term antithetical dualities, dr. samar al-dayoub, alam al-fikr magazine, issue 1, volume 41, july-september, 2012. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org formation of socially active civil education of students in higher educational institutions qoʻrgʻonboyev shukrillo maxmudillo oʻg’li assistant of the "humanities" department of the andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies, andijan district, uzbekistan. mingboyev boburjon master of andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies. @shukrillohqorgonboyevgmail.com tel: (99)9331106 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s approaches related to the idea of the essence of the content of education of a citizen, an active citizen, an individual approach, approaches related to the development of active civil initiatives, education of students as a harmonious person with intellectual potential, pedagogical conditions for the development of socially active civil competence, knowledge of socially active civil education, civil duty, obligation and rights, compliance with it, in legal relations, there has been thought about methods of shaping qualities such as treatment and possession of a legal culture. education, citizenship, intellectual potential, socially active citizenship, civic competence, initiative, technology, method, problem, educational technology, science, educational system. introduction it is the basis for improving the continuous education system, building a new democratic state, cultural and spiritual revival, democratic society, formation of market relations, raising the development of national science and technology to the level of world standards. president sh. mirziyoyev considers the youth of the country as the future of the country, successors and successors of the current state policy. the president expresses his views on this matter as follows: "youth union of uzbekistan prepares leading personnel for the state and society. it should be a unique center, in modern terms, it should serve as a "social elevator" for young people. he should create a pool of educated, enterprising and organizing, selfless young leaders." in the current conditions, in the development of the educational content for the higher education system, the following ideas take a leading place in the educational content: humanization, integration, standardization, multi-level, information, individualization, consistency. humanizing the content of education means that the higher education institution pays attention to the student, respects his personality, desires and interests, first of all, creates conditions for the development of students' abilities, and for them to find their own way in their independent life. humanization envisages having humanities and natural sciences in optimal proportions, enriching the content of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org mathematical, biological, and technical courses with knowledge about humanity. the reflection of humanitarian ideas in the content of education helps students to develop thinking ability. humanization of education is an educational system and the entire educational process that respects the rights of each person, develops relationships based on mutual respect between pedagogues and students, preserves and strengthens their health, ensures their sense of personal dignity and personal opportunities. serves to develop. effective use of interactive methods in the formation of knowledge, skills and competences in the lessons of social and humanitarian sciences on the basis of the ideas of humanization, such as humanitarianism, kindness, patriotism, loyalty to the motherland, the rights and freedoms of each person, looking at the events happening in society with a sense of involvement gives a good result. special attention is paid to the formation of a sense of patriotism in the individual in the process of organizing socially active civic education in students. therefore, as a member of a certain state, a socially active citizen should be able to ensure its honor and prestige, fight for its interests. in the teaching of social and humanitarian sciences, students use "discussion", "give me a word", "dialogue", etc. it is expected that they will interact with each other through such methods and enrich their knowledge based on questions and answers. such classes will be appropriate if they are organized on the basis of interactive methods, special tasks given in advance by the teacher, handouts. first of all, in the lesson, the term homeland is actually an arabic word meaning "motherland", the concept of homeland is used in a broad and narrow sense, and if it means the area where representatives of the same people live in a friendly manner, where their ancestors have lived since time immemorial, this in a broad sense it is emphasized that it is a concept, if it refers to the house, neighborhood, village, village where a person was born and raised, it is a concept in a narrow sense. the teacher answers the students' questions in detail a socially active citizen is considered to be a high human virtue that expresses his pride in the history of the nation he belongs to, the country where he was born and raised, cares about the present, and believes in its bright future. socially active citizenship is a characteristic characteristic of all people whose fate is connected with the fate of the homeland and the nation. the possibilities of a nation's development, human fame, and reputation are also related to the level of patriotism of the people of this nation. in the teaching of social and humanitarian sciences, the teacher should prepare handouts and presentation materials reflecting the qualities of socially active citizens and enrich their knowledge in this regard. so, the following qualities are manifested in the form of a socially active citizen: 1. love for the country, loyalty to it; 2. loyalty to the past, customs, traditions and values of the nation to which one belongs; 3. to be proud of the history of the homeland and the nation; 4. taking care of preserving and increasing the material and spiritual wealth of our country created by the nation; 5. to work for the development of our country and the development of the nation; 6. fight against any threat to the independence of the homeland and the freedom of the nation; 7. protecting the reputation, honor, and dignity of the country and the nation; 8. having confidence in the development of the homeland and the development of the nation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org the teacher emphasizes that a socially active citizen should be able to appreciate his homeland not because of its wealth or because it is located in a convenient geographical area, but because he is a part of it, and the nation he belongs to lives in it. the use of interactive methods, which are effectively used today, in public lectures, practical and seminar classes in social and humanitarian sciences is a guarantee of achieving high results. in conclusion, the effective use of modern interactive methods in enriching students' knowledge of socially active citizenship education gives positive results. it is the basis for the formation of knowledge, skills and competence of students on their own work, research, and the subject. references: 1. jismoniy va ma‘naviy yetuk yoshlar – ezgu maqsadlarimizga yetishda tayanchimiz va suyanchimizdir. oʻzbekiston respublikasi prezidenti sh.mirziyoyevning «kamolot» yoshlar ijtimoiy harakatining iv qurultoyidagi ma‘ruzasidan.https://tma.uz/wpcontent/uploads/2017/09/yoshlar-itifoqihaqida.pdf. 2. xalq so‘zi. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining 2017 23 sentyabrdagi bmt 75 sessiyasidagi nulqi. 2017 y. 24 sentyabr soni 3. mirziyoev sh.m. milliy taraqqiyot yo‘limizni qat’iyat bilan davom ettirib, yangi bosqichga ko‘taramiz.–toshkent: o‘zbekiston, 2018.–252-b. 4. mirqosimova m. oʼquvchilarda adabiy tahlil malakasini shakllantirish. – t.: fan, 2006. 5. tojiboeva x.m. “o‘quvchi-yoshlar ijtimoiy faolligini oshirishning pedagogik tizimi” diss. 2018 y. 6. djamilova n.n. pedagogika oliy ta’lim muassasalari talabalarida tashabbuskorlikni rivojlantirishning pedagogik mexanizmlari.: avtoref. dis.ped.dsc. – t., 2019 y. – 14-b. quronboev q.q “talabalarning ma’naviy – ijtimoiy faolliklarini rivojlantirishning pedagogik asoslari (yoshlar tashkilotlari misolida)”: ped.f.n...diss. – t.: o‘zpfiti, 2000 y. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org management culture of leadership in educational institutions yusupov srojiddin soporboevich, researcher of the department of "pedagogy and general psychology" of the national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulug'bek yusupovsirojiddin 1982 @mail.com.tel: 90-996-98-99 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about ways to achieve high efficiency through the use of a leader's management culture in an educational institution, as well as methods for managing the teaching staff, as well as the availability of sufficient recommendations so that the leader has good knowledge. modern educational technologies and constantly improve them, study management methods in groups. they say that he had to learn information about . leadership culture, effectiveness, conversion culture, honesty, manners, integrity, religiosity, religiosity, kindness, humility. introduction in the introduction of the article, the development of any society, the rate of development of all countries depends on the level of morals, education, behavior and moral perfection of the leaders who live in this country and lead it. it is known from history that where the spiritual and educational activities are high, the level of culture, manners and moral perfection is high, and the educational and educational activities are rationally implemented, then the criteria of social justice of the society are rapidly developed. there are three important foundations of a democratic legal society in independent uzbekistan. these are: economic, political and spiritual. the stronger and stronger these foundations are, the brighter our future will be, and most importantly, the faster society will develop. in this regard, the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirziyoev said "the more active the leader, the higher the level of renewal and development in the society" [1]. if we go deeper into the essence of the management system, we will see that it is rich in various tests and hardships. big or small, no matter what position he holds, the question of what every leader should know and what qualities he should have in order to approach his work at the required level while leading in educational institutions is always a cross question. paying attention to the theoretical aspects of the article, the leader must have a good knowledge of modern educational technologies along with the methods of managing the pedagogical team and have enough recommendations on how to constantly improve them, as well as have a good grasp of the information on learning management methods by dividing them into groups. in addition, in the article, the emotional-volitional characteristics of the psychology of the leader and employee, as well as the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org successful implementation of each type of the leader's labor activity, are reflected in specific pedagogical situations. in addition, the will characteristics of the leader: initiative, determination, stability, lack of stability, boldness, diligence are defined and their content is explained. it can also be seen that the forms of the leader's experiences, the leader's voluntary action stages, the formation of the leader's character, the demands placed on the leader's will and knowledge related to the knowledge and the process of knowledge are given sequentially and consistently. leadership in educational institutions is an art. the leader is a teacher, a coach, an educator of the nation, a person who belongs to eternity. as a result of his hard work, our future heirs will mature. therefore, the attention directed to the leaders of educational institutions means the attention directed to the destiny of the motherland. it is a great happiness for every leader to lead the motherland, to be responsible for its future generation, every team, and to devote his whole life to leadership. the spiritual-ethical and pedagogic-psychological culture formed in the leader is characterized by all the qualities acquired from the ancestors, as well as achieved by the older generation. the culture of a leader is the criterion of his leadership activity and development. it is necessary to increase one's own knowledge, level, and ability to take initiative to form the leader's leadership potential. knowledge is a means for the leader to be able to limit his desires and to protect himself from external pressures and influences. to be more precise, to be a spiritually, psychologically and pedagogically formed leader is to be able to control oneself in any social environment, to be satisfied with creating a healthy working environment in the team one leads and in the general public, and to treat people sincerely. a spiritually formed leader can find the will and courage to actively fight against evil, injustice, law violations, and traitors in the social life in which he lives. that is why our mature scientists consider it appropriate to study the spiritual-ethical and psychological-pedagogical culture of leaders by dividing them into the following stages. paying attention to the practical aspects of leadership, in this regard, we will highlight the specific types of culture of behavior in the teacher's work, the priority of universal values in entering into communication and organizing it, and the specific features and functions of pedagogical communication in the coverage of the topic "culture and psychology of teacher activity and pedagogical tact and pedagogical ethics". , provides knowledge on the essence and characteristics of pedagogical ethics, as well as on teacher's ethics and pedagogical tact. this knowledge is strengthened during practical and seminar training. at the end of the subject, the student's knowledge is checked through tests or other assignments. the topics of each module are presented to students in this way, they form knowledge and skills in this subject, develop the feelings of a future teacher leader, and develop their pedagogical competence [2]. in this regard, today the following requirements are imposed on the participants in pedagogical management, that is, the leader-teacher: deep knowledge of one's subject and adequate mastery of its methodology; to have a broad scientific outlook and deep faith; deep understanding of social need and moral necessity; deep understanding of social and civic duty; to be socially and politically active; love his profession and students; to be mentally and pedagogically intelligent and strive for innovation; deeply study the history, national values and traditions of their people and promote them; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org possess qualities such as pedagogic observation, organization, demandingness, determination, restraint, truthfulness, self-control; must be fully capable of his profession and possess pedagogical tact (decency). management culture of the leader in the educational institution, every pedagogue-teacher working in the educational system to direct all his knowledge and experience to the improvement of the educational system is an important issue today. when we talk about the types of competences and qualifications of the leader, we should know the following in this regard. the types of teacher's professional competence are as follows: 1. professional. 2. personal. 3. universal. 4. cultural. 5. special. professional competence to have knowledge of pedagogy and psychology; work on oneself; ability to plan, evaluate and feedback the educational process; ability to understand the needs of students and employees; formation of motivation in students and employees; knowledge of ict; bringing innovation to the educational environment; perfect knowledge of his subject; knowing one of the foreign languages. stages of formation of professional competence: 1. self-analysis and understanding of the necessary things; 2. planning self-development, setting goals and tasks; 3. self-expression and correction of shortcomings. personal competence of the leader: communicativeness; tolerance; leadership; activity, initiative; flexibility; healthy lifestyle; responsibility; business; humanitarianism. researcher a. nosirov emphasizes the importance of competence in leadership management, expresses his opinion and mentions the existence of competences in management: 1. standard competence that is, the ability to define innovative tasks related to activity; 2. the main competence is the ability to define innovative tasks related to this activity; 3. sufficient competence, the ability to create new types of professional activity; 4. he states that professional competence is having knowledge of pedagogy and psychology, working on oneself means forming motivation in students. researcher d. timurov recommends the following principles for applying the knowledge of educational institution management to practical activities: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org 1. unity of consciousness and activity. this principle means mastering the knowledge of the management of the educational institution and applying it in practical activities. 2. scientific and ideological management of the educational institution. this principle is managed in accordance with the high idealism and scientific basis of management; 3. consistency and integrity of management in educational institutions. this principle implies that the effectiveness of leaders is a democratic action; 4. the leadership of the educational institution has humanitarian characteristics. this principle represents public interests and personal interests on the basis of social activity; 5. a comprehensive (complex) systematic approach to the management of educational institutions. this principle unites the employees of the educational institution on the basis of one social activity; 6. orientation of the management of educational institutions to a specific goal. this principle is explained by the organization of activities based on the directions of the educational institution's activity in the social movement; 7. ensuring the opinion and independence of the subjects of the educational process, as well as their personal characteristics, in the management of the educational institution. this principle organizes the activities of the participants of the pedagogical process, shows the rejection of authoritarian management and teaching in democratic management. 8. the priority of democratic principles in the management of educational institutions. this principle reflects the ability of management to respect the personality of employees, not to interfere with their rights and goals. we discussed above the main principles of management of modern educational institutions in the educational management system. based on many years of scientific research, he presents his thoughts on the management of educational institutions. "pedagogical activity management is defined as organizing the planning of the pedagogical process, monitoring and analyzing the results of stimulation. so, today the word "management" has been modernized and enriched with the word "management". today our president sh.m. mirziyoyev's attention to school education, namely, the year 2024 as "the year of human dignity and quality education", gave a great inspiration to teachers and pedagogical leaders of all secondary schools and encouraged young people to selflessly work by managing the education system in order to improve the quality of education. school leaders working in accordance with the rules of "management" feel the reforms in the field of education today and organize work based on the rules of modern competence, strong instructional leadership, clearly defined goals, creative results expected from teachers, the necessary environment for learning, teaching, students and the class. observation, family, school, neighborhood cooperation ties are strengthened. new scientific research requires the organization of leadership work based on the initiative of a prosperous neighborhood, a prosperous home, and a model family. "management culture" is a qualitative synthesis of administrative social and psychological processes of the leader in the successful implementation of professional and workmanship. the time spent by the leader is to improve the activities of the educational institution, coordinate the activities of pedagogical staff, determine the necessary measures to organize the educational process on a scientific basis, strengthen and develop the material and technical base, establish scientificpractical cooperation with other organizations, by higher organizations it is the time spent on participating in various organized events and gatherings, talking with parents of students in all extraamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org curricular situations, that is, at home, on the street and in other organizations, and for all school activities, whether it is mental work or physical work. it is necessary for the heads of the educational institution to analyze their activities in the distribution of working hours, to divide the days of the week according to the characteristics of the tasks to be performed, and to have a daily regulation for the efficient use of free time. basing the work regulations of the educational institution on the basis of the leaders in determining the daily schedule does not affect the personal plans of other employees of the institution and has a positive effect on labor productivity. leaders need to take into account the goals of the educational institution as well as the goals of management when developing the regulations that they must follow during their management activities. because the characteristics and directions of the tasks performed to achieve each goal differ from each other, the performance of a certain task may have a negative effect on the timely completion of another task or create problems that require additional time. for example, if there is a need to reorganize the management system in an educational institution, that is, how much time will be needed to restore the effectiveness of the activity, if it affects the mood of the entire team members, and how much time will be needed to restore the effectiveness of the activity, if the renewal of a deputy head or specialist depends on how it affects the mood of the entire team. it is necessary to take into account whether the time and labor spent on these works will pay off. it is necessary to determine the purpose of the tasks performed in the administration, to determine the level of importance of the tasks performed according to the purpose, and to determine which of them are extremely important for improving the institution's activity, and which can be performed step by step. when managers analyze their daily work, how much time did i spend on a specific task or a similar task, what mistakes did i make and how long did it take to correct those mistakes, how much important work did i accomplish during this extra time? finding answers to questions such as could be important in the correct allocation of time and improvement of activities. a specialist with professional skills should constantly enrich his knowledge, be a master of new skills. this, in turn, ensures competence. technologies used by the teacher during his pedagogical activities. the combination of methods and methods will increase his pedagogical experience, as well as increase his pedagogical competence, knowledge, skills, knowledge, and reputation in the field of pedagogy. 1. in short, all the qualities necessary for a leader are his professional skills, proper use of time, full knowledge of the conditions of the educational institution and, based on the essence of his activity, full knowledge of the time necessary for leaders, that is, the full knowledge of the duration of many tasks that must be performed. should be able to show that today's development, socio-economic changes implemented in the short term, are the basis for the development of the educational system. 2. tasks such as organizing the educational process on a scientific basis, developing and improving it, applying advanced pedagogical experiences, new pedagogical and information technologies to the educational process, and using scientific and technical achievements in practice are necessary for all educational institutions, and these do not set a certain deadline, because the sooner it is absorbed, the better. when planning such work, the leaders analyze the activities of the members of the entire team, by whom, when and how these tasks will be performed, how long they will take, what conditions are necessary for the implementation of these tasks, what experiences other educational institutions have in this direction, etc. it is considered appropriate to implement them after finding answers to a number of questions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org references 1. мирзиёев ш.м. “танқидий таҳлил, қатъий тартиб интизом ва шахсий жавобгарлик – ҳар бир раҳбар фаолиятининг кундалик қоидаси бўлиши керак” т.: ўзбекистон, 2017. -104 б 2. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. 3. м.очилов. “муаллим қалб мемори. т.: ўқитувчи, 2001. 4. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 5. носиров а. раҳбарнинг касбий компетентлиги ва бошқарув маданияти//таълим менежменти, 2013. №6. – б.2. 6. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 48-55. 7. темиров д. таълим муассаларини бошқаришда педагогик тамойиллар узвийлиги//таълим менежменти, 2013. №6. – б.95-96. 8. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 914. 9. герчикова и.н. менеджмент: учебник. – 4-э изд., перераб. и доп. – м.: юнити-дана, 2009. 10. р.х.джураев ва с.т.турғунов. ”таълим менежменти” -т.:ворис нашриёт. 2006. 11. веснин в.р. менеджмент в схемах и определениях. учебное пособие. – м.: проспект, 2009. – 120 с. 12. данилин в.и.финансовый менеджмент:задачи, тесты, ситуатсии. учебное пособие. – м.: проспект, 2009. – 360 с. 13. лвов л.в. педагогик менежмент: дарслик. -челябинск: чгау, юунотсрао, 2008. – 178 с. 14. худайқулов х.ж. бошқарувда рахбарлик маданияти. -т.: инновация-зиё, 2022. 15. sottarovich n. a. socio-psychological mechanisms of improvement of decision-making in managerial activities //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 19. – с. 60-64. 16. tulkunovna, r. n., & avalboyevich, a. o. (2024). socio-psychological functions of decision-making in optimization of managerial activity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 21, 154-158. 17. назаров а. с. социально-психологические особенности принятия управленческих решений //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 58-62. 18. nilufar tulkunovna rasulova,. (2023). healthy beliefs: opportunities, limitations and rights. international journal of formal education, 2(11), 15–18.retrieved from http://journals.academiczone.net/index.php/ijfe/article/view/1401 http://journals.academiczone.net/index.php/ijfe/article/view/1401 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 19. назаров а. с. ижтимоий-психологик тадқиқотларда қарор қабул қилиш муаммосининг ўрганилганлик холати: назаров азамат соттарович, ўзбекистон халқаро ислом академияси катта ўқитувчиси //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2022. – №. 12. – с. 354-362. 20. tulkunovna, r. n. (2023, february). socio-psychological and psychophysiological features of the formation of reproductive function in students. in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 272-276). 21. sottarovich n. a. psychological aspects of making and implementing management decisions in the activities of a leader //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2024. – т. 12. – №. 2. – с. 291-295. 22. rasulova nilufar tulkunovna. (2023). psychological aspects of the influence of reproducible characteristics in students on family formation. proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies, 2(9), 35–39. retrieved from https://econferenceseries.com/index.php/icmsss/article/view/2638 23. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103-109. 24. расулова, н. т. (2022). ёшларда репродуктив онгни шакллантиршнинг динийпсихологик омиллари: расулова нилуфар тулкуновна, ўзбекистон халқаро ислом академияси катта ўқитувчи. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (12/2), 368-373. 25. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. psychological foundations of the moral qualities of a leader in decision-making //european journal of interdisciplinary research and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 213-217. 26. nazarov a. s. socio-psychological and organizational characteristics of decision making in management //turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry. – 2021. – т. 12. – №. 7. https://econferenceseries.com/index.php/icmsss/article/view/2638 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org achieving alternatives to written and oral translation processes for enhanced accuracy and efficiency jumaeva muhabbat mustakimovna navoi state pedagogical institute, faculty of english language and literature a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores alternatives to traditional written and oral translation processes to enhance accuracy and efficiency. it begins by differentiating between written translation, where both the original and translated texts are printed, allowing for extensive revisions, and oral translation, which involves transferring the main meaning of spoken statements between languages in real-time without the opportunity for corrections. the article examines various types of translation, including successive, visual, and simultaneous, and discusses their distinct characteristics. it highlights the classical classification of translation into written and oral types and elaborates on their specific processes and challenges. the analysis reveals significant differences in the form and execution of written and oral translations, emphasizing the limitations and strengths of each. the article also discusses the potential of visual translation and the use of speech-totext software to streamline translation tasks. this innovative approach aims to reduce the mechanical workload of typing, thereby enhancing the efficiency of written translation. by comparing the cognitive processes involved in both translation types, the article underscores the importance of psychological factors and suggests ways to improve translation practices through technological advancements. the findings offer insights into achieving more effective and accurate translations, benefiting both translators and their clients. oral translation, written translation, cognitive processes, adequacy, equivalence. introduction a written translation is a type of translation in which both the original text and the translated text are strictly printed texts, and the translator has the opportunity to refer to them as many times as necessary during the translation process to ensure the most accurate translation. also, when performing a written translation, the translator has the opportunity to make necessary changes to the translation text before it is presented to the translation client. oral translation is a type of translation in which the main meaning of an oral statement is transferred from one language to another. a remarkable feature of interpretation is its non-fixed form, which means that the translator can perceive the original text only once, and also does not have the opportunity to compare or correct it after the translation is completed. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org there are the following types of translation: 1) successive translation. 2) visual translation. 3) simultaneous translation [1]. the types of translation presented here have their own characteristics, which are classified by specific characteristics. currently, most linguists and translators divide translation into two main types in the classical classification, i.e., oral and written. the main types of written translation are full, abbreviated, and abstract. oral types of translation include simultaneous, consecutive, and paragraph-phrase. at the same time, the result of a visual translation can also be written, which is not an exception given the active use of speech transcription programs by translators. this is confirmed by the software features announced by the developers, without taking into account the statistics. the average speed of typing on the keyboard is 80 words per minute, and a person speaks at a normal speed of 100-120 words [2]. as with any other translation, there are two stages in translating from a written source understanding the source text and repeating the translation. the translator begins the perception of the source text in written form with linguistic signs. in the process of recognition, symbols are perceived through graphics (perception) and compared with traces in the cerebral cortex. then comes the conceptual stage of perception; at this stage, the information received through mental processes of the brain is connected with a certain concept [3]. after implementing the initial idea of the text to form the internal program of the speech, the translator begins to select specific means of language expression (forms of words, phrases, sentences) in accordance with the rules of the translated text, and through articulation: begins the expression of oral sounds. the speech-motor articulation function plays the main role in increasing this type of information [4]. in recent years, new methods and technologies have emerged to enhance the translation process, addressing the limitations of traditional written and oral translations. these developments include advancements in machine translation, speech-to-text software, and artificial intelligence, all of which have contributed to more accurate and efficient translation practices [5]. machine translation and neural networks one significant advancement is the use of neural networks in machine translation. neural machine translation (nmt) systems, such as google translate and deepl, utilize deep learning algorithms to improve the quality of translations. these systems can analyze vast amounts of bilingual text data, learning the patterns and structures of languages to produce more natural and accurate translations. the continuous improvement of nmt has resulted in translations that are closer to human quality, particularly for common language pairs. this technology significantly reduces the time required for translation and can be used to produce initial drafts, which can then be refined by human translators [6]. speech-to-text and text-to-speech technologies speech-to-text (stt) and text-to-speech (tts) technologies have also transformed the translation landscape. stt systems convert spoken language into written text, enabling real-time transcription and translation. this technology is particularly useful for scenarios where speed and immediacy are crucial, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org such as live conferences or meetings. tts, on the other hand, converts written text into spoken language, making translations accessible to a wider audience, including those with visual impairments or literacy challenges. the integration of stt and tts technologies allows for seamless conversion between spoken and written forms, facilitating communication across languages in real-time [7]. ai-assisted translation tools artificial intelligence (ai) has further enhanced translation efficiency through ai-assisted tools. these tools provide translators with suggestions and context-aware corrections, improving the accuracy and speed of the translation process. for instance, ai can identify idiomatic expressions and cultural nuances, offering appropriate translations that preserve the original meaning. additionally, ai can help with terminology management, ensuring consistency across large translation projects. the combination of ai with human expertise results in higher quality translations that meet the specific needs of clients [8]. analysis and results according to the analysis of the literature, as a result of comparing written translation and visual (interpretation) translation, we came to the conclusion that there are two important differences: the form of the translation product the order of execution of the main processes. simultaneity of movements, all other things being equal, leads to major limitations in visual translation. in general, this is an interpretation, in which the formatting of the foreign language text is carried out in parallel with the flow of information through the visual channel. as with interpretation, the interpreter does not have the right to stop, ask again, or clarify. the option search phase cannot be separated from the overall process. more importantly, there is no way to cover a large part of the text to make the best decision when dealing with translation difficulties. the latter is a more complex type of translation in terms of the sum of operations performed by the translator in written translation and sight translation and in terms of their execution order. table 1 no. stages and features of types of translation written translation oral translation text-to-speech translation 1 visual perception of the source text visual, extensive (simple) visual, extensive (simple) visual, extensive (simple) 2 memory registration simple simple simple 3 switching from one language to another unlimited time (simple) time-limited (complex) unlimited or conditionally limited time (simple conditional) 4 creation of the target text written, minimal (simple) oral, non-repetitive (complex) oral, extensive (if necessary) (conditionally simple) 5 sequence of processes sequential (simple) sequential (normal) simultaneous conditional (normal) 6 time constraints conditionally absent (simple) yes (complex) conditionally none (normal) 7 dictionaries, reference books, access to colleagues yes (simple) yes (normal) yes (normal) 8 preliminary analysis of the source text yes (simple) yes (normal) yes (normal) 9 choice of translation options yes (simple) yes (normal) yes (normal) 10 editing yes (simple) yes (normal) yes (normal) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org as can be seen from the above table 1, oral and written translation differ from each other by certain features. for example, in written translation, importance is mainly given to the morphological and syntactic structure of the text, while in oral translation, the main content of the source text is delivered to the listeners. in written translation, the translator implements the source text for a certain period of time based on various dictionaries, references, and exchange of ideas, while in oral translation, the translation process is carried out directly in a short time without analyzing the source text. in written translation, you can create several versions of the translation and edit them. there are no such possibilities in oral translation. in oral and written translation, the possibilities of creating an alternative translation through the use of memory and visual perception of the source text are similar. in both translation and oral interpretation, the psychological state is an important process for both types of translators. in oral interpretation, a large part of the source text will be reduced in quantity and quality due to compression, and the listeners will not be able to fully understand the source text. in written translation, in addition to preserving the source text in terms of quantity and quality, it is also possible to enrich it with new words. the second difference in the form of the product, in essence, does not cause significant limitations in any of the two types of translations under consideration. according to this indicator, everything speaks in favor of visual translation, which is faster because there is no need to do mechanical work on the keyboard. this was the starting point of our global research into the possibility of replacing written translation with visual translation using specialized speech-to-text software. the main idea is to transfer the mechanical work of typing the translated text to the computer without completely replacing the conditions for performing the written translation. in this case, the increased load on eye translation can be partially or completely removed by eliminating the need to simultaneously perform the processes of perceiving the source text and repeating the translation within a limited time interval. written translations differ from oral translations in the sequence of creating, editing, and creating the translation text. examples of written translation sources are works of art, documents related to a certain field, scientific works, historical works, and essays. technical written translations are translations of texts containing specialized terminology, such as scientific articles, reports, instructions for use, and other specialized product information. public written translations include any necessary content or linguistic editing and proofreading. quality translations should be ordered for websites and printed materials for public distribution. after the client has reviewed the translation, all necessary corrections have been made to the text, and the design (structure) of the text has been completed, the proofreading is done. by literary translation, we usually understand the translation of texts of an artistic nature. in addition to literary works, artistic texts include poetry and prose advertising slogans, opera librettos, film scripts, etc. the correct transmission of these components requires a rich worldview, extensive experience on the part of the translator, and significant experience in the field. each type of literary text has its own characteristics, and the following should be taken into account when translating: poetry (librettos of poems, songs, operas): the main task of the translator is to preserve the rhyme, prosody, and poetic dimension of the translation during the translation process. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org advertising slogans. their translation requires a creative and inventive approach from the translator, rather than word-for-word transmission. it is very important to adapt the translation to the target audience. artistic prose (novels, short stories, articles, essays, etc.). this is the broadest layer of artistic texts. the significant size of many documents means that they contain a large number of tropes. in addition, the translator should take into account the phenomenon of the author's style, which covers several works at the same time. the adoption of these new methods has led to several noteworthy results in the field of translation. first, the speed of translation has increased significantly. machine translation and ai-assisted tools can process and translate large volumes of text much faster than manual translation, reducing turnaround times for translation projects. this is particularly beneficial for businesses and organizations that operate on tight schedules and need quick, reliable translations. second, the accuracy of translations has improved. neural networks and ai technologies have made significant strides in understanding and replicating the nuances of human language, leading to translations that are more accurate and contextually appropriate. this has resulted in higher satisfaction rates among clients and end-users, as the translations better convey the intended meaning of the original texts. third, the efficiency of translation workflows has been enhanced. the integration of machine translation, stt, and tts technologies into translation management systems allows for a more streamlined workflow. translators can leverage these tools to handle repetitive tasks and focus on more complex aspects of the translation, such as ensuring cultural relevance and stylistic fidelity. this has led to increased productivity and reduced costs for translation services. furthermore, the combination of visual and auditory translation methods has created new possibilities for alternative translation processes. by using visual aids such as images and diagrams alongside audio translations, translators can provide a more comprehensive understanding of the source text. this multimodal approach is particularly effective in educational and instructional contexts, where learners benefit from multiple forms of input. in conclusion, the exploration and implementation of alternatives to traditional written and oral translation processes have significantly enhanced accuracy and efficiency in the field. the integration of advanced technologies such as neural networks, ai, and speech-to-text systems has revolutionized the way translations are performed, resulting in faster, more accurate, and contextually appropriate translations. these advancements not only benefit translators and clients but also contribute to more effective cross-cultural communication in an increasingly globalized world. conclusions in this article, we have explored significant advances in translation technology and methodology, highlighting their impact on the translation and interpretation processes. by examining the classic differences between written and oral translations and the alternatives that emerge, we can draw several key conclusions. the integration of neural machine translation, speech-to-text and text-to-speech technologies has significantly increased the accuracy and efficiency of translation processes. neural networks, in particular, have made translations closer to human quality, allowing for more natural and contextamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org accurate results. these advances significantly reduce the time and effort required for translation, and are beneficial for both translators and clients; the use of artificial intelligence tools in translation workflows has simplified operations and allowed translators to focus on the complex and subtle aspects of the text. this has resulted in more consistent and high-quality translations, as ai provides valuable assistance in terminology management and context-aware corrections. the synergy between human experience and ai technology leads to superior translation results; speech-to-text and text-to-speech technologies have changed the landscape of real-time translation, enabling efficient solutions for live conferencing, meetings and other rapid communication needs. this has expanded the scope and usability of translation services, providing valuable solutions for various industries and scenarios where fast and accurate translation is required; combining visual aids with auditory interpretation techniques offers a comprehensive approach to understanding and conveying information. this multimodal strategy is particularly effective in teaching and learning contexts where students use different forms of information. this highlights the potential for more creative and effective translation practices that meet different learning styles and needs; cognitive processes involved in translation, such as memory and visual perception, play a crucial role in both written and oral translations. by using technology to eliminate repetitive tasks and manual work, translators can reduce cognitive load and focus on delivering high-quality translations. this shows the importance of considering psychological factors in improving translation practice; in conclusion, the study of alternatives to the traditional written and oral translation processes reveals a promising future for the field of translation. advances in technology not only improve the quality and efficiency of translations, but also open up new opportunities for creative and effective translation practices. translators and clients can adopt these innovations to achieve more accurate, timely and context-sensitive translations, ultimately helping to advance global communication and collaboration. references 1. woang j. p. translation activities on oral translation and written translation //applied translation. – 2021. – т. 15. – №. 2. – с. 1-11. 2. staffiere e. impact of language complexity on typing speeds of school-aged children: a pilot study. – university of toronto (canada), 2020. 3. kemmerer d. cognitive neuroscience of language. – routledge, 2022. 4. zepedda a. e. p. procedure of translation, transliteration and transcription //applied translation. – 2020. – т. 14. – №. 2. – с. 8-13. 5. farooq u. et al. advances in machine translation for sign language: approaches, limitations, and challenges //neural computing and applications. – 2021. – т. 33. – №. 21. – с. 14357-14399. 6. stahlberg f. neural machine translation: a review //journal of artificial intelligence research. – 2020. – т. 69. – с. 343-418. 7. kumar y., koul a., singh c. a deep learning approaches in text-to-speech system: a systematic review and recent research perspective //multimedia tools and applications. – 2023. – т. 82. – №. 10. – с. 15171-15197. 8. mohammed oussama l., abderrahman t. investigating accuracy of translating and interpreting into arabic of scan translator: diss. – kasdi merbah ouargla university. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org blended learning in teaching foreign languages barotaliyeva muyassar murodali qizi the second-year student of tersu, faculty of foreign philology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s at present, there is a prime focus on the fields of knowledge in which citizens acquire the skills and knowledge necessary for effective communication, e.g. on the teaching of foreign languages and ict. nevertheless, to combine and exploit both areas effectively, one (in this case a teacher) has to employ an appropriate methodology. probably, the most suitable approach to the teaching of foreign languages with the help of ict nowadays seems to be the so-called blended learning. blended learning enables to use many different forms and methods in foreign language teaching. on-line courses leave room for any inclusion of many listening texts and video files. in order to facilitate the language study to students a lot of on-line courses of professional english, courses of area studies of english speaking countries, courses of professional german, courses for translators, written business english course and others have been prepared . these courses are based on tutors’ and students’ needs, students’ knowledge, on teachers’ long term experience, and of course on the positive attitude of ict students (and not only of them) to modern technologies. therefore, the aim of this paper is to emphasise the importance of blended learning for the teaching of foreign languages. foreign language teaching; ict; foreign languages; teaching; blended learning; synchronous teaching; asynchronous teaching. introduction i have observed the use of the most modern methods of teaching at the faculty of informatics and management of the university of hradec kralove recently. e-learning undoubtedly counts among such methodological ways. the faculty teachers have been producing their own on-line courses since 1998. at the very beginning, there were first of all the ict teachers, who promoted this form of teaching, others followed later, finally also the language tutors joined in. to use e-learning methods is sometimes quite complicated for them, because foreign language teaching without a face-to-face contact and the possibility of oral communication with a tutor is hardly imaginable. in every case, a foreign language teaching requires some conversation, authentic listening, team work, group work etc. in spite of that also the foreign language teachers decided to make use of the e-learning method and started to create their own on-line courses, which they frequently use in a form of blended learning. a great many of on-line language courses supporting both full-time and combined form of studies were created at the department of applied linguistics. i perceive blended learning as a combined teaching – as a combination of standard face-to-face teaching with e-learning. current theories see two basic types of teaching which can be combined in blended learning – a synchronous and asynchronous teaching. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org synchronous teaching proceeds in a real time, in which all participants accept the presented experience simultaneously and they can react mutually. the asynchronous teaching is usually applied in different times to different students. they can choose the pace and the way of accepting experience, but they cannot react mutually in a real time. as mothejzikova states, there is a prime focus on the fields of knowledge in which citizens acquire the skills and knowledge necessary for effective communication, i.e. on the teaching of foreign languages and ict. thus, one might combine and exploit both fields in the so-called blended learning. as frydrychova klimova points out, the term blended learning has become extremely fashionable nowadays, particularly in corporate and higher education settings. in this paper, following littlejohn & pegler, blended learning is perceived as an integration of face-to face teaching and learning methods with on-line approaches. in general, blended learning is about a mixture of instructional modalities (i.e. onsite, web-based and self-paced learning), delivery media (e.g. the internet, classroom sessions, web-based courses, cd-roms, video, books, or powerpoint slides), instructional methods (i.e. faceto face or technology-based sessions), and web-based technologies, both synchronous and asynchronous (e.g. chat rooms, wikis, virtual classrooms, conferencing tools, blogs, textbooks or online courses). the choice of a blend is usually determined by several factors: the nature of the course content and instructional goals, student characteristics and learning preferences, instructor experience and teaching style, online resources and others. and as graham states, learners and teachers work together to improve the quality of learning and teaching; the ultimate aim of blended learning being to provide realistic practical opportunities for learners and teachers to make learning independent, useful, sustainable and ever growing. blended learning enables to use many different forms and methods in foreign language teaching. online courses leave room for any inclusion of many listening texts and video files. this makes possible – partially at least – to substitute communication with a native speaker. on-line courses are also an outstanding motivating means supporting every educational process, the foreign language teaching inclusive. blended learning used in a foreign language teaching is an example of a very progressive and useful way. students like the on-line courses very much. the possibility to choose place and time for study is appreciated very highly. and just the on-line courses give the students such a possibility. they are not bound to a constant lesson, nevertheless, owing the face-to-face teaching, they have a certain opportunity of consulting and communicating with their teacher all the time. we consider the teaching by means of blended learning as very suitable, but we still remember that in any foreign language teaching the teacher is irreplaceable. references: 1. l. vygotsky, mind in society, cambridge, ma, harvard university press, 1978. 2. activity theory, retrieved july 12, 2010, from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/activity_theory. 3. z. dornyei, the psychology of the language learner: individual differences in second language acquisition, mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum, 2005. 4. j. mothejzikova, didaktika cizich jazyku v novem evropskem kontextu (i,ii), cizí jazyky 49(4,5), plzen, fraus, 131-133; 171-173, (2005/2006). 5.korlotyan, d. (2015). new technologies in learning english. retrieved from https://prezi.com/d4ehdwyeqla5/new-technologies-in-learning-english. 6. frydrychova klimova, b., semradova, i.: exploitation of e-learning in foreign language teaching at the faculty of informatics and management in hradec králové. virtual university 2008. bratislava, 2008. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/activity_theory https://prezi.com/d4ehdwyeqla5/new-technologies-in-learning-english american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 28, | september 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org restoration of the national culture and historical heritage of uzbekistan ulugbek sattorov, base doctoral student tashkent state pedagogical university named after nizami a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s after the independence of uzbekistan, several reforms were carried out to restore our national spiritual and cultural heritage in our country. this article focuses on the analysis of the issues on the development of the spiritual and cultural sphere carried out in uzbekistan during the years of independence and research on the intensification of cooperation relations with unesco. republic of uzbekistan, unesco, samarkand, bukhara, khiva, cultural monuments, ancient cities. introduction while cultural monuments give a sense of pride in their historical past to one taman, to each of our countrymen, the second taman shows the need for us to responsibly approach the preservation of these monuments as eyebrows. on the eve of the independence of uzbekistan, it was known that the restoration of cultural heritage and historical reality, the development of national customs and traditions was an objective necessity. after independence, uzbekistan, as a sovereign state, further strengthened its independence by implementing a process of spiritual renewal in socio-political life. uzbekistan is considered a worthy contribution to the world economy with its ancient history and culture of statehood. in turn, it is also asking for its proposals and initiatives in this direction earlier. uzbekistan is a land with a rich ancient culture, national values and historical heritage. as early as the first years of independence, the restoration, preservation of national culture and historical heritage, national values, the opportunity to enjoy them by the world public, and the entire transmission to future generations were brought to the level of public policy. president of uzbekistan sh. mirziyayev also expressed views on these issues “including"...preserving, studying and leaving historical heritage from generation to generation is one of the most important priorities of our state policy …”1 that it is. since the first years of independence, a national legislative system for the protection of cultural and historical monuments has also been created in our country, and measures have been carried out to integrate into international legal norms. uzbekistan 1993 unesco ‘on the protection of universal cultural and natural heritage’(1972)2, 1996 "on the protection of cultural property in the face of armed 1 mirziyoyev sh.m. ‘‘ tinchlik, ma’rifat va bunyodkorlik yo’lida hamkorlik.’’ islom hamkorlik tashkiloti tashqi ishlar vazirlari kengashi 43-sessiyasining ochilish marosimidagi nutq // xalq so’zi. – 2016. – 19 okt. 2 convention concerning the protection of the world cultural and natural heritage. adopted by the general conference at its seventeenth session paris, 16 november 1972. paris. p. 16 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org conflict" (19543, in 1997, "to ban the illegal importation and exit of cultural heritage assets, the transfer of title to them".’4 has ratified conventions such as the gi. on december 3, 1993, b.lane, e.d.erico, r.luke, i.vassalo, m.representatives of undp, unesco and wto within erdik visited uzbekistan for the first time5, got acquainted with the work on the protection, repair, use of cultural monuments, development of tourism, made their proposals for cooperation in these areas. 22 historical monuments in uzbekistan in june 1996 to include historical and cultural monuments in the regions of the republic in the unesco list of " world historical monuments6, in august 1999, there were 3 historical-cultural monuments in andijan region, 23 in bukhara region, 10 in kashkadarya region, 6 in namangan region, 4 in navoi region, 16 in samarkand region, 6 in surkhandarya region, 5 in tashkent region, 5 in fergana region, 20 in khorezm region and 3 in the republic of karakolpoghistan7 it was sent to the unesco organization as a candidate. 30 of them were included in the list of ‘world historical monuments’ by unesco in different years as an initial candidate8. uzbekistan is a country rich in historical cities. among the cities of high importance in each period of history and with its own ancient and rich history, we should highlight the city of khiva. considered a pearl of the khorezm region, it is one of the cities of significance not only in history, but also today for uzbekistan. every year, thousands of tourists come to see the masterpieces of this city and get information about the rich history. khiva is historically known to have been an important centre linking china and rome, two powerful countries located on the great silk road in ancient times. in 1991, ichan castle, located in this city, was included in the world cultural heritage list, by a special decision of unesco international organization. in 1997, the 2500th anniversary of the cities of khiva and bukhara was celebrated internationally with the cooperation of unesco, in connection with which historical monuments in khiva and bukhara were restored. the restoration of historical and cultural monuments in these cities has been carried out in the amount of rs 259.1 crore. 74 million of these were spent on restoration of historical monuments in khiva and 185.1 million in bukhara9. in november 1999, at the 30th session of the unesco general conference, it was decided to celebrate the 2,500 th anniversary of termez internationally extensively. based on this decision, on december 27, 1999, the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan adopted a resolution ‘on preparation for the celebration of the 2500th anniversary of the city of termez and its holding’. on the occasion of the 2,500 th anniversary of termez, the city's qirqizqal'a,sultansaodat complex, kokildorota khanaqohi, fayoztepa, qoratepa archaeological monuments and abu isa at-termiziy mausoleum underwent a renovation and restoration of rs 270 crore10. 3 the 1954 hague convention for the protection of cultural property in the event of armed conflict and its two(1954 and 1999) protocols. ague. 1954. 142. 4 unesco convention on the means of prohibiting and preventing te illicit import, export and transfer of ownership of cultural property. adopted by the general conference at its sixteenth session paris, 14 november 1970. paris. p. 23. 5 abriev r. o’zbekiston mustaqilligi yillarida tarixiy-me’moriy obidalarni ta’mirlash va qayta tiklash jarayonlari (zarafshon vohasi misolidada). toshkent: fan. 2015. b. 129. 6 o’zr mda m-7-fond, 1-ro’yxat, 369-yig’ma jild, 81-varaq. 7 o’zr mda m-7-fond, 1-ro’yxat, 343-yig’ma jild, 26-29 -varaqlar. 8 http;//whc.unesco.org/en/staateparties/uz(17.08.2012) 9 rasulov m. mustaqillik yillarida o’zbekistonda tarixiy va madaniy yodgorliklarning muhofaza qilinishi va tiklanishi.// o’zbekiston tarixining dolzarb masalalari: asosiy yo’nalishlari va yondashuvlar. toshkent: 2009. b. 309. 10 http://lex.uz/pages/getpage.aspx?lact_id=1592417&twolang=true (14.07.2016) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org 2002-the 2700th anniversary of the city of shahrisabz, another ancient city in our country, was widely celebrated with the cooperation of unesco in 2002. accordingly, on march 29, 2002, the resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan ‘on preparation for the celebration of the 2700th anniversary of the city of shahrisabz’was adopted. to appendix 3 of this decision11 980.5 crore for the repair and restoration of historical and cultural monuments in this city. conservation, restoration, strengthening and improvement works have been carried out in the ancient and historical centers of the city, such as oqsaroy, doruttilovat, dorussaodat complexes, chorsu shopping center, chubiya madrasa. however, in this regard, it is also worth noting that in some cases there has been some confusion over the issue of a correct and unbiased assessment of the state of historical cities and monuments in uzbekistan after the independent years. for example, at the 49th session of the unesco world heritage committee in istanbul on may 13, 2016, the historical center of the city of shahrisabz was included in the list of world heritage at risk12. as a basis, the members of the committee indicated the excessive development of modern buildings and structures, including hotel construction and tourist infrastructure, near the historical center of the city. however, not all committee members supported this decision, and the world heritage center under unesco and the international council for historic monuments and urban conservation (icomos) proposed a joint mission. it is worth noting that as of 2017, this list includes 54 world monuments13 included. and the historical center of the city of shahrisabz remains the only historical-cultural heritage in central asia included in this list. 2007 was a fruitful year between unesco and uzbekistan on the preservation of historical heritage, the celebration of the anniversary dates of ancient cities. in 2007, the 2000th anniversary of the city of margilon, two ancient cities of uzbekistan, and the 2750th anniversary of the city of samarkand were widely celebrated in the international circle at the unesco level. on november 9, 2005, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan ‘on the celebration of the 2000th anniversary of the city of margilon’was issued14 received. after that, restoration and repair work was carried out on 35 historical-cultural monuments and monuments, including the pirsiddiq complex in marghilan, the ulughmazor shrine, the mausoleum and museum of jahan otin uwaysiy15. on july 25, 2006, the president of the republic of uzbekistan decided to ‘prepare and hold the 2750th anniversary of the city of samarkand’. in this regard, large-scale restoration work was also carried out on historical and cultural sites in the city of samarkand. also, on may 7, 2007, a scientific and practical conference on ‘the role of margilon and samarkand in world tobacco’ was held at the unesco representative office in paris, attended by outstanding uzbek and world scientists16. 2009, in cooperation with unesco, the 2200th anniversary of tashkent, another ancient city of our country, recognized as the ‘gateway to the east’, was widely celebrated internationally. it was decided at the 34th session of the unesco general conference on 2 november 2007. on april 2, 2008, the resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan ‘on preparation for the celebration of the 11 http://lex.uz/pages/getpage.aspx?lact_id=1677083&twolang=true (25.07.2016) 12 http;//www.unesco.org/new/en/media-services/single view/news/historic_centre_of_shakhrisyabz_uzbekistan_added_to_list_o/#.v4asupmlqol(14.07.2016) 13 http://whc.unesco.org/en/list/?&danger=1 (02.07.2017) 14 xalq so’zi, 2005-yil 11-noyabr 15 rasulov m. mustaqillik yillarida o’zbekistonda tarixiy va madaniy yodgorliklarning muhofaza qilinishi va tiklanishi.// o’zbekiston tarixining dolzarb masalalari: asosiy yo’nalishlari va yondashuvlar. toshkent: 2009. b. 310. 16 xalq so’zi,2006-yil 26-iyul http://whc.unesco.org/en/list/?&danger=1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org 2200th anniversary of the city of tashkent and its transfer’was adopted. in this regard, events dedicated to the 2200th anniversary date of the city of tashkent were held at the unesco headquarters in paris. at these events, the then general director of the organization k.matsuura took part and highly appreciated the historical and cultural heritage of uzbekistan, the work on the restoration of national values and their interaction with the organization in this regard17. each ancient city of uzbekistan was considered the ‘cradle of human civilization’, as the former director general of unesco federico mayor noted. the international celebration of these cities is a huge historical achievement of cooperation of uzbekistan and un specialized institutions with unesco in particular18. in conclusion, the preservation of customs, traditions and customs of mankind, which have been going on for thousands of years, the celebration of the anniversaries of historical figures and cities, is an important process for the present day. references 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. ‘‘ tinchlik, ma’rifat va bunyodkorlik yo’lida hamkorlik.’’ islom hamkorlik tashkiloti tashqi ishlar vazirlari kengashi 43-sessiyasining ochilish marosimidagi nutq // xalq so’zi. – 2016. – 19 okt. 2. convention concerning the protection of the world cultural and natural heritage. adopted by the general conference at its seventeenth session paris, 16 november 1972. paris. p. 16 3. the 1954 hague convention for the protection of cultural property in the event of armed conflict and its two(1954 and 1999) protocols. ague. 1954. 142. 4. unesco convention on the means of prohibiting and preventing te illicit import, export and transfer of ownership of cultural property. adopted by the general conference at its sixteenth session paris, 14 november 1970. paris. p. 23. 5. abriev r. o’zbekiston mustaqilligi yillarida tarixiy-me’moriy obidalarni ta’mirlash va qayta tiklash jarayonlari (zarafshon vohasi misolidada). toshkent: fan. 2015. b. 129. 6. o’zr mda m-7-fond, 1-ro’yxat, 369-yig’ma jild, 81-varaq. 7. o’zr mda m-7-fond, 1-ro’yxat, 343-yig’ma jild, 26-29 -varaqlar. 8. http;//whc.unesco.org/en/staateparties/uz(17.08.2012) 9. rasulov m. mustaqillik yillarida o’zbekistonda tarixiy va madaniy yodgorliklarning muhofaza qilinishi va tiklanishi.// o’zbekiston tarixining dolzarb masalalari: asosiy yo’nalishlari va yondashuvlar. toshkent: 2009. b. 309. 10. http://lex.uz/pages/getpage.aspx?lact_id=1592417&twolang=true (14.07.2016) 11. http;//www.unesco.org/new/en/media-services/single view/news/historic_centre_of_shakhrisyabz_uzbekistan_added_to_list_o/#.v4asupmlqol(14.0 7.2016) 12. http://whc.unesco.org/en/list/?&danger=1 (02.07.2017) 13. xalq so’zi, 2005-yil 11-noyabr 14. xalq so’zi, 2006-yil 26-iyul 15. qishloq hayoti, 2009-yil 12-iyun 17 qishloq hayoti,2009-yil 12-iyun 18 raximov m. o’zbekiston respublikasining birlashgan millatlar tashkiloti bilan ko’p tamonlama hamkorligi // mustaqil o’zbekiston tarixining dastlabki sahifalari. davriy to’plam.№ 3. toshkent: sharq, 2000. b. 195. http://whc.unesco.org/en/list/?&danger=1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 16. raximov m. o’zbekiston respublikasining birlashgan millatlar tashkiloti bilan ko’p tamonlama hamkorligi // mustaqil o’zbekiston tarixining dastlabki sahifalari. davriy to’plam.№ 3. toshkent: sharq, 2000. b. 195. 17. buronov o, the fight against infectious diseases of uzbekistan on experience. western european journal of historical events and social science 2. volume 2, issue 4, april, 2024 18. buronov o, problems and solutions of the system of medical services for the rural population of uzbekistan. pindus journal of culture, literature, and elt issn: 2792-1883 volume 12 https://literature.academicjournal.io. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org new uzbekistan new notariat mamajanova intizar turdimatovna lecturer at tashkent state university of uzbek language and literature named after alisher navoi intizormamajonova31@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article deals with the issues of reforming the legislation on notariat, creating conditions for more active participation of notary in the execution of notarial acts. and also, improvements of notariat in the strategy of actions on five priority directions of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021. notariat, notary, legislation, reform, preventive justice, notarial certification, automated information system, administrative regulations. introduction the notaries act adopted in december 1996 reaffirmed the importance of notarial activity in the organisation of property turnover relations. mandatory notarial certification of a number of transactions, including those involving real estate, issuance of certificates of right to inheritance and to a share in common property, protest of promissory notes and certification of non-payment of cheques, certification of facts having legal significance, certification of the correctness of copies of documents and acceptance of documents for safekeeping, execution inscriptions and measures to secure evidence these and other actions performed by notaries play an important role in the proper registration of emerging market interrelations. for the first time in many years notaries are allowed to engage in private practice. along with public notaries, they are called upon to provide notarial services to individuals and legal entities, protecting their rights and legitimate interests. this implies the expansion of the quantitative composition of notaries and qualitative improvement of their professional training, because neither their number nor their qualifications can be recognised as fully corresponding to modern needs and tasks. it is also obvious that the cardinal reforming of social and economic relations of our society and caused by this fundamental change and updating of civil and civil-procedural legislation make extremely actual the task of retraining of notary employees even if they have solid practical experience. the notariat in the republic of uzbekistan is a legal institution designed to ensure the protection of the rights and legitimate interests of natural and legal persons through the performance by notaries of notarial acts stipulated by legislative acts and directly related actions of a legal and technical nature. [1] the analysis of the current system of state notariat and the study of international experience in the field has shown the need to increase the efficiency of notarial services, to eliminate unnecessary bureaucratic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org barriers in civil-law relations. in particular, in the free disposal and use by private property owners of their property. the decree of the head of state sh. m. mirziyoyev ‘on measures to further improve the notary system as an institution of preventive justice’ signed in 2018 was a starting point in the changes in the notarial model of the country. [2] almost immediately, administrative regulations for interaction with state bodies and organisations were adopted for the certification of transactions based on the ‘one window’ principle. this allowed the introduction of databases and information systems for the exchange of information and integration into the automated information system ‘notary’. in addition, the requirements for compulsory notarisation of lease agreements and agreements on the free use of immovable property were abolished, and a mechanism for compulsory audio and video recording of the process of signing wills and individual agreements, statements and other documents was introduced. from now on, notarisation is carried out by scanning the fingerprints of applicants. the internship period for candidates for the position of notary has been reduced from two years to one year, the practice of online audio and video broadcasting of the process of selecting candidates for the position of notary on a competitive basis has been introduced, and the criteria for determining the positions of notaries in a notarial district have been revised.[3] the system of retraining and upgrading the qualifications of notaries has also been reformed, with the inclusion in the curricula of subjects on psychological and other non-legal disciplines and skills (stress and conflict management, effective organisation of working time). the ministry of justice of the republic of uzbekistan improved the automated information system ‘notary’, which allowed to provide a comprehensive automation of the process of committing and collecting information on notarial acts, as well as to summarise all types of information interaction with the relevant state bodies in the commission of notarial acts.[4] this system clearly reflects all the actions of the notary, allows monitoring and online detection of offences by notaries and taking appropriate measures to respond to them. this approach ensures that notaries comply with the requirements of the law as closely as possible. the creation of the e-notarius.uz website has saved citizens from waiting in long queues. now it is enough to register on the site and come to the appointment at the appointed time. in order to protect the property rights of legal entities and individuals, the law defines the property obligation of notaries. henceforth, a private notary is liable with his property for obligations arising as a result of causing damage to a natural or legal person and/or third parties in the performance of notarial acts. moreover, according to the law, notaries are obliged to insure their civil liability. the second stage of reforms in the notarial sphere began in 2019 with the signing of the presidential decree ‘on measures to fundamentally reform the notarial system in the republic of uzbekistan[.5] as of 1 may 2021, the notary sector has been completely transformed from the state system into a nonstate system. and the system of notaries engaged in private practice started to operate in uzbekistan. for the convenience of individuals and legal entities, the procedure for notarisation of power of attorney for driving vehicles between close relatives, for obtaining the consent of local authorities in the alienation of housing under construction to another person and the consent of the guardianship and custody authority for renting (leasing) housing on behalf of a person under guardianship has been abolished. moreover, the procedure of obligatory notarisation of the agreement on granting legal entities of enterprises for rent and gratuitous use has been cancelled. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org new notarial actions have been introduced instead of the cancelled ones. in particular, provision of evidence in the pre-trial process in civil-law relations, fulfilment of the functions of a mediator, confirmation of the date of submission of created objects of copyright and related rights, equal legal force of electronic and paper documents. the majority of notarial acts can now be executed on the principle of extraterritoriality. individuals and legal entities have the opportunity to perform notarial acts in any region regardless of their place of residence. the practice of compulsory audio and video recording of the process of signing wills, certain transactions, statements and other documents has been introduced. references 1. закон республики узбекистан от 26.12.1996 г. n 343-i "о нотариате". 2. постановление президента республики узбекистан от 25.05.2018 г. n пп-3741 "о мерах по дальнейшему совершенствованию системы нотариата в качестве института предупредительного правосудия" 3. закон республики узбекистан от 26.12.1996 г. n 343-i "о нотариате". 4. положение о порядке нотариального удостоверения сделок купли-продажи, мены и дарения недвижимого имущества с применением межведомственного электронного взаимодействия (приложение n 1 к постановлению км руз от 27.02.2017 г. n 106) 5. указ президента республики узбекистан от 09.09.2019 г. n уп-5816 "о мерах по коренному реформированию системы нотариата в республике узбекистан" https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=358460_zakon_respubliki_uzbekistan_ot_26_12_1996_g_n_343-i_o_notariate&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=544622_postanovlenie_prezidenta_respubliki_uzbekistan_ot_25_05_2018_g_n_pp-3741_o_merah_po_dalneyshemu_sovershenstvovaniyu_sistemy_notariata_v_kachestve_instituta_predupreditelnogo_pravosudiya&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=544622_postanovlenie_prezidenta_respubliki_uzbekistan_ot_25_05_2018_g_n_pp-3741_o_merah_po_dalneyshemu_sovershenstvovaniyu_sistemy_notariata_v_kachestve_instituta_predupreditelnogo_pravosudiya&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=544622_postanovlenie_prezidenta_respubliki_uzbekistan_ot_25_05_2018_g_n_pp-3741_o_merah_po_dalneyshemu_sovershenstvovaniyu_sistemy_notariata_v_kachestve_instituta_predupreditelnogo_pravosudiya&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=358460_zakon_respubliki_uzbekistan_ot_26_12_1996_g_n_343-i_o_notariate&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=493982_polojenie_o_poryadke_notarialnogo_udostovereniya_sdelok_kupli-prodaji_meny_i_dareniya_nedvijimogo_imushchestva_s_primeneniem_mejvedomstvennogo_elektronnogo_vzaimodeystviya_(prilojenie_n_1_k_postanovleniyu_km_ruz_ot_27_02_2017_g_n_106)&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=493982_polojenie_o_poryadke_notarialnogo_udostovereniya_sdelok_kupli-prodaji_meny_i_dareniya_nedvijimogo_imushchestva_s_primeneniem_mejvedomstvennogo_elektronnogo_vzaimodeystviya_(prilojenie_n_1_k_postanovleniyu_km_ruz_ot_27_02_2017_g_n_106)&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=493982_polojenie_o_poryadke_notarialnogo_udostovereniya_sdelok_kupli-prodaji_meny_i_dareniya_nedvijimogo_imushchestva_s_primeneniem_mejvedomstvennogo_elektronnogo_vzaimodeystviya_(prilojenie_n_1_k_postanovleniyu_km_ruz_ot_27_02_2017_g_n_106)&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=599520_ukaz_prezidenta_respubliki_uzbekistan_ot_09_09_2019_g_n_up-5816_o_merah_po_korennomu_reformirovaniyu_sistemy_notariata_v_respublike_uzbekistan&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana https://nrm.uz/contentf?doc=599520_ukaz_prezidenta_respubliki_uzbekistan_ot_09_09_2019_g_n_up-5816_o_merah_po_korennomu_reformirovaniyu_sistemy_notariata_v_respublike_uzbekistan&products=1_vse_zakonodatelstvo_uzbekistana american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org teaching reading to the students: strategies and significance djalilov m.m. senior teacher of the department of english language integrated skills № 1, english language faculty 1, uzswlu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the importance of teaching reading, key approaches to instruction, and the role of educators in fostering literacy. reading, strategy, instruction, literacy, teaching. introduction reading is one of the most fundamental skills a student can acquire, forming the cornerstone for academic success and lifelong learning. effective reading instruction is a dynamic process that incorporates a variety of strategies to address the diverse needs of learners. reading is more than just a means of decoding text; it is a gateway to understanding, critical thinking, and creativity. proficiency in reading allows students to access information, engage with ideas, and participate fully in society. research highlights the correlation between strong reading skills and academic achievement, higher self-esteem, and better career opportunities. teaching reading equips students with: 1. cognitive skills: reading enhances comprehension, memory, and analytical abilities. 2. emotional growth: literature helps students explore emotions and develop empathy. 3. cultural awareness: through reading, students can learn about diverse perspectives and histories. foundations of reading instruction effective reading instruction begins with understanding the building blocks of literacy: 1. phonemic awareness: the ability to recognize and manipulate individual sounds in words. 2. phonics: the relationship between letters and their corresponding sounds. 3. vocabulary development: building a robust vocabulary to enhance comprehension. 4. fluency: the ability to read with speed, accuracy, and expression. 5. comprehension: understanding and interpreting the meaning of texts. the role of early literacy early childhood is a critical period for developing reading skills. introducing books, storytelling, and interactive activities can ignite a lifelong love of reading. educators and parents play a pivotal role by creating literacy-rich environments that encourage exploration and curiosity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org strategies for teaching reading 1. differentiated instruction not all students learn at the same pace or in the same way. differentiated instruction involves tailoring teaching methods to meet individual needs. for instance: • providing additional phonics support for struggling readers. • offering advanced texts for more proficient readers. 2. guided reading guided reading sessions allow teachers to work with small groups of students at similar reading levels. this approach enables targeted instruction and immediate feedback. 3. interactive read-alouds reading aloud to students models fluent reading and introduces them to new vocabulary and concepts. teachers can pause to ask questions, fostering engagement and critical thinking. 4. incorporating technology digital tools, such as e-books and literacy apps, can complement traditional methods. these tools often include interactive features that motivate students and provide personalized feedback. 5. building a reading culture creating a classroom culture that values reading can inspire students. strategies include: • setting up a classroom library with diverse genres. • hosting book clubs or reading challenges. • celebrating reading milestones. 6. encouraging independent reading allowing students to choose books that interest them fosters autonomy and motivation. teachers can guide students in selecting texts that align with their reading levels and preferences. challenges in teaching reading despite its importance, teaching reading presents several challenges: 1. diverse learning needs: addressing the needs of students with learning disabilities, language barriers, or limited prior exposure to books. 2. resource constraints: limited access to books, technology, or trained personnel in some schools. 3. resistance to reading: overcoming negative attitudes toward reading among reluctant learners. to address these challenges, schools must invest in teacher training, provide adequate resources, and implement evidence-based interventions. the role of educators teachers are at the heart of successful reading instruction. their responsibilities include: • assessment: regularly evaluating students' reading abilities to identify strengths and areas for improvement. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org • instruction: employing varied teaching strategies to address different aspects of literacy. • motivation: inspiring students to see reading as a rewarding and enjoyable activity. • support: providing additional help to struggling readers through one-on-one or small-group interventions. conclusion teaching reading is a complex yet rewarding endeavor that lays the foundation for academic and personal growth. by employing effective strategies and fostering a love of reading, educators can empower students to become confident, capable readers. investing in literacy not only benefits individual learners but also contributes to a more informed and engaged society. references 1. national reading panel. (2000). teaching children to read: an evidence-based assessment of the scientific research literature on reading and its implications for reading instruction. u.s. department of education. 2. snow, c. e., burns, m. s., & griffin, p. (eds.). (1998). preventing reading difficulties in young children. national academy press. 3. fountas, i. c., & pinnell, g. s. (2016). guided reading: responsive teaching across the grades. heinemann. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org the role of helping verbs in uzbek as a second language acquisition tool ziyamova shahlo odiljanovna namangan viloyati chortoq tumani 53-sonli dium oliy toifali ona tili va adabiyoti fani o‘qituvchisi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the importance of assisting verbs in the uzbek language is examined in this article, with an emphasis on their function in second language acquisition (sla). auxiliary verbs, sometimes known as helping verbs, play important grammatical roles in the construction of aspect, tense, and mood—all of which are necessary for clear communication. the examination makes use of a number of linguistic frameworks, instructional techniques, and empirical research to show how learners of uzbek as a second language can improve their proficiency by comprehending and applying helpful verbs. helping verbs, pragmatic use, contextual interpretation, reallife interactions, communicative scenarios, confidence building, curriculum design, thematic units, interactive learning strategies introduction the rich grammatical structure of uzbek, a turkic language spoken mostly in uzbekistan and several surrounding countries, has a substantial influence on language learning. helping verbs are essential to this structure because they support the formation of intricate verb phrases and the expression of complicated meanings. understanding how to employ assisting verbs is crucial for second language learners as they traverse the nuances of uzbek grammar, which might differ significantly from their native tongues. helping verbs in uzbek, or auxiliary verbs, are crucial for constructing various verb forms and conveying subtle meanings that enhance communication. the primary helping verbs in uzbek include “bo‘lmoq” (to be), “qilmoq” (to do), and “olmoq” (to take). each of these verbs plays a unique role in sentence construction, enabling speakers to express different aspects of time, mood, and action. • “bo‘lmoq” (to be): this verb is fundamental for indicating existence, identity, and states of being. it is particularly significant in forming the future tense and in expressing conditions. for example, in the sentence “u odam” (he/she is a person), “bo‘lmoq” indicates the state of being. • “qilmoq” (to do): often used to indicate action, “qilmoq” assists in forming various tenses, especially the present continuous tense. it allows for the expression of actions that are currently taking place, emphasizing the dynamic nature of the verb. • “olmoq” (to take): while less frequently identified as a traditional helping verb, “olmoq” can modify actions to imply the initiation or acceptance of actions. its role is particularly noticeable in expressions of intention or obligation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org these verbs do not merely accompany main verbs; they fundamentally alter the meaning and context, providing a clearer picture of the action being described. this functionality is essential for learners to master, as it directly impacts their ability to communicate effectively in uzbek. examples 1. present continuous tense: o sentence: "men kitob o‘qiyapman." (i am reading a book.) o analysis: in this example, “o‘qiyapman” combines the root verb “o‘qimoq” (to read) with the helping verb “qilmoq,” conjugated to indicate ongoing action. the suffix “-yapman” signals that the action is currently in progress, illustrating how helping verbs help convey the temporal aspect of the verb. this construction is vital for learners as it distinguishes between static and dynamic actions, enabling them to express real-time activities effectively. 2. future tense: o sentence: “men kelaman.” (i will come.) o analysis: in this future tense construction, “kelaman” stems from “kelmoq” (to come), where the suffix "-man" indicates the first person singular in the future tense. although "bo‘lmoq" is not overtly present in this specific verb form, it underlies the formation of future intentions. understanding how “kelaman” signals forthcoming actions is crucial for learners, as it allows them to plan and discuss future events accurately. 3. past tense: o sentence: “men o‘qigan edim.” (i had read.) o analysis: this example employs “edim,” a form of “bo‘lmoq,” to indicate the past perfect tense. the structure reveals that the action of reading was completed before another past action. by mastering such constructions, learners can articulate complex temporal relationships in their narratives, enhancing their storytelling abilities in uzbek. 4. conditional sentences: o sentence: “agar kelsangiz, men sizni kutaman.”(if you come, i will wait for you.) o analysis: in this conditional sentence, the use of “kelsangiz” (if you come) reflects a hypothetical situation where “kelmoq” is modulated by the auxiliary “bo‘lmoq.” understanding conditional constructs allows learners to express possibilities and contingencies, which are common in everyday conversations. 5. expressing obligation: o sentence: “siz buni qilishingiz kerak.” (you must do this.) o analysis: here, “qilishingiz” (you do) incorporates “qilmoq” to convey an obligation. the addition of “kerak” (must) modifies the main action to express necessity. this construction is significant for learners as it provides tools for discussing obligations and responsibilities, important in both formal and informal contexts. by integrating helping verbs into their speech and writing, learners can construct more nuanced and grammatically complex sentences, enhancing their overall communication skills in uzbek. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org understanding the function and application of these verbs is a foundational step for any learner aiming to achieve fluency and expressiveness in the language. literature review uzbek relies on a subject-object-verb (sov) word order, which significantly influences how helping verbs are employed in constructing sentences. this syntactic structure is fundamental to the language, as it dictates not only the arrangement of words but also the overall flow and clarity of communication. the role of word order in uzbek in uzbek, the sov order means that the subject of the sentence comes first, followed by the object, and finally the verb. this arrangement allows for clear identification of each sentence component. for example, in the sentence "men kitob o‘qiyapman" (i am reading a book), "men" (i) is the subject, "kitob" (book) is the object, and "o‘qiyapman" (am reading) is the verb phrase. here, the use of the helping verb "qilmoq" (to do) is essential to indicate the ongoing action. importance of helping verbs in sov structure the correct placement and conjugation of helping verbs are crucial for maintaining clarity and coherence in sentences. in the sov structure, helping verbs often precede the main verb, and this positioning can alter the meaning and emphasis of the sentence. for example, in a sentence like "men bugun ishga bormoqchiman" (i want to go to work today), the helping verb "bormoqchi" (want to go) appears directly before the main action verb "ishga" (to work). this arrangement not only specifies the intention but also highlights the action being discussed, reinforcing the learner’s understanding of the speaker's desires or plans. emphasis and meaning the placement of the helping verb before the main verb can significantly change the emphasis of the sentence. for instance, consider the difference between "men kitobni o‘qiyapman" (i am reading the book) and "men o‘qiyapman kitobni" (i am reading the book). while both sentences communicate the same basic idea, the second construction, although grammatically incorrect, emphasizes the action of reading, which can confuse learners. this aspect of word order requires learners to pay careful attention to the position of helping verbs in relation to main verbs. misplacing a helping verb can lead to ambiguity or misunderstandings. for example, if a learner incorrectly states "men o‘qiyapman kutubxonada" (i am reading in the library), the focus might mistakenly shift to the location rather than the action. this illustrates the necessity for students to internalize the sov structure to convey their thoughts accurately and effectively. influence on sentence complexity as learners progress and begin to construct more complex sentences, the sov order and the role of helping verbs become even more critical. in sentences that include multiple clauses or embedded structures, maintaining the sov order helps prevent confusion. for example, in the sentence "agar siz kelsangiz, men kutaman" (if you come, i will wait), the helping verb structures must adhere to the sov format to maintain clarity. the correct placement of helping verbs here not only clarifies the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org relationship between the conditional clause and the main clause but also emphasizes the sequential nature of the actions described. research methodology helping verbs are integral to understanding the temporal and aspectual nuances of uzbek. mastery of these verbs empowers learners to express various times and conditions with precision. this is particularly important in a language like uzbek, where the distinction between perfective and imperfective aspects can significantly alter the meaning of a sentence. • perfective aspect: the perfective aspect indicates actions that are complete or viewed as a whole. for example, the sentence "men kitob o‘qidim" (i read the book) signifies that the action of reading has been completed. the use of a helping verb here clarifies the completion and context of the action. • imperfective aspect: conversely, the imperfective aspect describes ongoing or habitual actions, such as in "men kitob o‘qiyapman" (i am reading the book). the helping verb "qilmoq" is crucial in this context, as it emphasizes the continuity of the action, suggesting that the speaker is currently engaged in reading. the ability to differentiate between these aspects is vital for learners to convey not only the time frame of their actions but also their quality—whether they are completed or still in progress. this nuanced understanding significantly enhances a learner's ability to communicate effectively and express subtleties in meaning, such as whether an action is habitual or one-time. supporting comprehension and production empirical studies indicate that learners who focus on the role of helping verbs exhibit improved comprehension and production skills. for instance, a study conducted by yulchieva (2021) found that students who received targeted instruction on helping verbs demonstrated marked improvements in their ability to understand and produce complex sentences. • enhanced decoding skills: understanding how helping verbs function allows learners to decode more intricate sentences, facilitating reading comprehension and listening skills. for example, when learners encounter sentences with multiple clauses or various verb forms, a solid grasp of helping verbs enables them to navigate these complexities effectively. additionally, helping verbs are essential in formulating questions and negations, further underscoring their importance in the language. for example, the question "siz bormoqchisizmi?" (are you going?) illustrates the construction of an inquiry using the helping verb "bor" (to go) combined with "moq" (to do). this structure can often confuse learners who are unfamiliar with such formations. therefore, understanding helping verbs is crucial for mastering not only affirmative statements but also interrogative and negative forms, enhancing overall communicative competence. enhancing communicative competence effective communication goes beyond grammatical accuracy; it encompasses the ability to convey subtleties in meaning. helping verbs play a significant role in this regard by allowing speakers to express intentions, obligations, and hypotheses. • expressing intentions: for instance, the use of "qilmoq" can transform a statement into a question or suggestion, enriching dialogue. in the sentence "siz buni qilishingiz kerak" (you must do this), the combination of "qilmoq" with "kerak" (must) conveys an obligation, while "siz buni qilishingiz american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org mumkin" (you can do this) indicates permission. such distinctions are vital for nuanced conversations and help learners articulate their thoughts with clarity. • pragmatic use in context: understanding the pragmatic applications of helping verbs is essential, as context often dictates their interpretation. for instance, saying "men buni qilmoqchiman" (i want to do this) versus "men buni qilishim kerak" (i must do this) conveys different levels of urgency and intention. mastering these subtleties allows learners to engage more effectively in social interactions, enhancing their confidence and fluency in real-life conversations. the importance of helping verbs in second language acquisition extends beyond mere grammatical forms; they are vital tools that facilitate the expression of time, aspect, and meaning. by prioritizing the teaching and understanding of these verbs, educators can significantly enhance learners' communicative competence, equipping them with the skills necessary to navigate the complexities of the uzbek language successfully. analysis and results learners must grasp the pragmatic use of helping verbs, as context often dictates their interpretation. the ability to discern the nuances of meaning that arise from the use of these verbs is essential for effective communication. for instance, the same helping verb can imply different actions or intentions depending on the situation, which requires learners to be adaptable in their language use. enhancing real-life interactions understanding how to utilize helping verbs in various communicative scenarios can significantly boost a learner's confidence in real-life interactions. for example, a learner might use "qilmoq" in different contexts—transforming statements into suggestions or questions—thus allowing for richer, more meaningful conversations. this pragmatic knowledge empowers learners to navigate social situations more effectively, enhancing both their fluency and their ability to express complex ideas. pedagogical implications curriculum design incorporating helping verbs into language curricula is essential for creating a comprehensive learning experience. this can be achieved by designing instruction that explicitly teaches helping verbs while integrating them into practice exercises that encourage their use in various contexts. • thematic units: developing thematic units that reflect everyday situations—such as travel, work, and social interactions—enables learners to see the practical applications of helping verbs. for instance, a unit on "travel planning" could include exercises where learners practice using helping verbs to discuss intentions and plans, such as "men safar qilmoqchiman" (i want to travel) or "siz bormoqchisizmi?" (are you going?). this contextual learning approach makes the language more relatable and memorable. interactive learning strategies utilizing interactive methods such as role-play, dialogues, and situational exercises can effectively engage learners with helping verbs. these strategies encourage practical application and reinforce understanding of tense and aspect in real-life communication. • role-playing scenarios: for example, scenarios like ordering food at a restaurant or negotiating a deal can prompt students to use appropriate helping verbs in context. in a restaurant setting, students might practice asking, "men buni tanlamoqchiman" (i want to choose this), while in a negotiation, they american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org could use, "men kelishmoqchiman" (i want to agree). such role-playing not only enhances retention but also builds fluency, as learners are encouraged to think on their feet and apply their knowledge in real-time. • group activities: collaborative exercises, such as group discussions or debates, can also reinforce the use of helping verbs. by discussing various topics, learners can practice framing their arguments using the correct verb forms, thereby deepening their understanding of both grammatical structures and the social context in which they are used. assessment and feedback regular assessment focused on the correct usage of helping verbs is crucial for guiding learners in refining their language skills. effective assessment strategies can provide insights into each learner's progress and areas needing improvement. • formative assessments: implementing formative assessments, such as quizzes and peer reviews, can help learners identify their strengths and weaknesses in using helping verbs. for example, quizzes that require students to convert sentences from one tense to another can provide immediate feedback on their understanding of verb usage. • constructive feedback: providing constructive feedback on learners’ use of helping verbs can reinforce learning and encourage self-correction. educators can use specific examples from learners' speech or writing to illustrate correct usage and to clarify misunderstandings. this personalized feedback fosters a growth mindset, motivating learners to improve. • self-assessment opportunities: encouraging learners to engage in self-assessment can also be beneficial. providing checklists or reflection prompts that guide learners to evaluate their own use of helping verbs can empower them to take ownership of their learning process. conclusions and recommendations helping verbs play a pivotal role in the acquisition of uzbek as a second language. by facilitating the understanding of tense, aspect, and communicative nuance, they are crucial tools for learners. educators must prioritize the teaching of helping verbs in their curricula to enhance learners’ overall proficiency and confidence in using the uzbek language. future research could explore the effectiveness of various teaching methodologies in fostering a deeper understanding of these essential grammatical elements, potentially leading to improved instructional strategies that cater to diverse learner needs. references 1. lightbown, p. m., & spada, n. (2013). how languages are learned. oxford university press. 2. ellis, r. (2008). the study of second language acquisition. oxford university press. 3. yulchieva, u. (2021). "linguistic structures in uzbek language teaching." journal of language teaching and research, 12(3), 568-577. 4. sariev, a. (2020). "the role of auxiliaries in uzbek syntax." uzbek linguistic journal, 8(2), 4559. 5. sarimsakova sh. madaniyat va muloqot. зарубежная лингвистика и лингводидактика, 2024, -b.695-700. 6. hojiyev a.”o‘zbek tilida ko‘makchi fe’llar”, toshkent, 1980. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org phatic communication research in the anthropocentric paradigm hasanova dilrabokhon mamirovna independent student of fergana state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in modern anthropocentric linguistics, there is a growing interest in the scientific substantiation of similarities and differences in the forms of interpersonal communication. these similarities and differences are associated with such factors as value orientations, norms of communicative behavior appropriate to the situation, a person’s belonging to a certain social and/or ethno-cultural group, as well as the influence of personal motives on the choice of strategic models of communication. this is because linguists no longer separate language from man, do not see language as an independent entity, and confirm w. humboldt’s idea that man cannot be studied without language, and language without man. anthropocentric approach, phatic communication, compliment, diction, socialization of the individual. introduction although the main goal of communication is the exchange of ideas between communicants, linguists emphasize in their work that it has a number of other functions. one of the important functions of communication is the feature of communication (meaning). this function of communication is studied in linguistics under the term "phatic communication" (faticheskaya kommunikation). one of the forms of interpersonal communication practice is phatic communication, which reflects the versatility of speech activity to a greater extent than pure information, because it is precisely "interpersonal speech interaction that meets the universal communication needs of people who feel affection for each other. will answer" [1, 51]. it is a "dialogued consciousness" that is "directed toward understanding, complementarity of meanings, and self-reflection." [2, 336]. it relies on the values of socialization of the individual, self-activation and self-presentation, his responsibility for his own actions, including speech, the existence of the norm of discursive expression of this dialogic type of consciousness. provided with the term "phatic communion" itself first appeared in the works of the british school of functional linguistics, which is closely related to anthropology and cultural studies, the predecessor of sociolinguistics. this term is believed to have been used for the first time by the anthropologist b. malinovsky, who studied the behavior of melanesian tribes in eastern new guinea. in the course of his observations, he noticed an important feature of the behavior of the members of the tribe to avoid pauses in communication, they used various ritual expressions that did not depend on the context of the situation. many studies of this type of communicative interaction in works on text linguistics, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org semantics and sociolinguistics have been carried out within this approach to the interpretation of the specific features of phatic. the term "phatic communication" was first defined by the english ethnologist b. malinovsky as "a non-informative way of dealing with interlocutors in terms of respect and politeness to fill the awkward silence, speech break (pause) that sometimes occurs during the communication process." used in since then, this term has been used in european linguistics as a term meaning a method of treatment used to please the interlocutors by showing compliments, honors, and favors in the process of communication. the term comes from latin and means "to speak", and the word "sociative" is sometimes used instead. from a psychological point of view, phatic communication is characterized by conditionality, and in this respect it is a quasi-activity (quasi-deyatelnost). because it is a kind of word game, it is used in order to prevent some speech interruptions and, at the same time, to ensure the continuity of the speech, the lively and beautiful output of the conversation to please the interlocutors. for this reason, form prevails over content. the words mulozamat and manzirat, originally from arabic, in uzbek speech mean compliments, honors, and takalluf. only "police" has a positive meaning, and "manzirat" has a negative meaning. linguistics (lat. lingua – language + lat. cultura – processing + greek. logos – teaching), which is considered one of the leading directions of anthropocentric linguistics, emerged from the cooperation of the fields of linguistics, cultural studies, ethnography, psycholinguistics. is a field that studies interaction and influence with the principles of the anthropocentric paradigm [3, 8]. according to the researchers, this field was formed in the last quarter of the 20th century, and the term "linguculturalology" appeared in connection with the research conducted by the moscow phraseology school under the leadership of v.n. telia. [4]. when talking about the emergence of linguistic culture, almost all researchers claim that the roots of this theory go back to wilhelm von humboldt. the views of such linguists as a.a. potebnya, l. weisgerber, h. glins, h. halls, w. d. whitney, d. u. powell, f. boas, e. sepir, b. l. whorf, g. brutyan, a. vejbitskaya, d. haims played an important role in its formation. can be said to have played. v.a. maslova, who created serious research in the field of linguistic culture, divides the development of this field into 3 stages: 1) the creation of initial researches that motivated the formation of the science (the works of linguists such as v. von humboldt, e. benveniste, l. weisgerber, a. a. potebnya, e. sepir); 2) separation of linguistic and cultural studies as a separate field; 3) the stage of development of linguistic and cultural studies. the main goal of linguo-cultural studies is to study the reflection of culture, people's thinking, its unique aspects in the perception of the world in language. the object of this field is language and culture, and its subject is language units that express cultural semantics. therefore, language units carrying cultural information are studied in linguistic culture [3, 9]. such language units are united under the term of linguistic and cultural units. symbol, mythologime, standard, metaphor, paremiological units, lacunae, stereotypes, precedent units, speech labels are the main linguistic and cultural units. determining the linguistic landscape of the world, the conceptosphere, which is a set of the main concepts of culture, the description of the linguistic consciousness, and the linguistic units that reflect the national-cultural mentality of the language owners, the cultural archetypes that correspond to the ancient imaginations of mankind, and the national socio-cultural stereotypes characteristic of speech communication are the main tasks of linguoculturology. tasks. the problem of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org the interaction of language and culture is also studied in such fields as ethnolinguistics, ethnopsycholinguistics, cognitive linguistics, linguonational studies, linguoconceptual studies, and linguopersonology. therefore, these fields are considered close to linguistic and cultural studies. for example, v. n. telia writes about this: "linguocultural science is a science that studies the cultural factor in a person. this means that the center of linguo-cultural studies is a set of achievements specific to the anthropological paradigm of man as a cultural phenomenon. [4, 222]. so. linguistics is a science focused on the human factor, more precisely, the cultural factor in a person. the fact that the center of linguistic culture is a phenomenon of culture indicates that the science of man is a phenomenon belonging to the anthropological paradigm. although there is a consensus regarding the opinions about the object of his study, there are also some controversial views. for example, according to v. n. telia, linguo-cultural studies only the synchronic relationship between language and culture. v. a. maslova believes that this field studies language both synchronously and diachronically. v. n. teliya emphasizes that the object of linguo-cultural studies will have a universal character, while v. a. maslova emphasizes that the linguo-cultural features of the language of a particular nation or sister nations should be studied separately. in the study guide created by v.a. maslova in the field of linguistic culture, the methods, object and subject, directions of this field are explained, and examples of linguistic analysis of a specific language unit are shown. [7, 208]. in the researches related to this field, it can be seen that the following issues have been studied: 1) linguistic and cultural characteristics of a specific speech genre. in this, the language of myths and genres characteristic of folklore is often analyzed; 2) expression of a linguistic and cultural concept in a work written in a certain style. in this, the language of artistic and prose works is analyzed; 3) works in the comparative aspect. in them, linguistic and cultural units of the russian language are compared with english, german, and french languages; 4) in studying aspects of linguo-cultural science related to pedagogy, the main goal is to create students' ability to identify and analyze linguo-cultural units. the necessity of our research is related to the importance of phatic forms of communication for establishing interpersonal relations in different situational-discursive contexts. the fact that uzbek linguistic culture is the prototype of communicative forms has been proved by the linguistic and cultural researches of many researchers, and the phenomenon of phatika is constantly in the scope of scientific interest. it is described in the works of r. yakobson, v. a. mityagina, a. v. olyanich, s. a. risinzon, k. f. sedov, t. v. sedova, n. i. formanovskaya, s. ye. tupikova and others from a communicative-discursive, social and ethnocultural point of view. some studies are devoted to determining the axiological, socio-cultural, linguo-pragmatic features of various forms of interpersonal communication, and they describe the status-role and methodological features of worldly conversation, the manifestation of personalization in phatic discourse. for example, the works of r. ratmayr, a. i. sternin, yu. v. matyukhina, v. v. fedosyuk, a. s. chaushev and others. recognizing the socio-cultural value of various forms of phatic communication, linguists, according to our knowledge, unfairly pay little attention to the description of the communicative-discursive features of contact-oriented communication in english language culture. the commonality of conventions, norms and values characteristic of uzbek culture was demonstrated in the phatic communication formats. the need to understand the logic of the formation of modern american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org communicative universals prompted the analysis of the social-cultural, pragmatic and genre-stylistic features of contact conversation in the uzbek language from the point of view of its evolution. it showed the permanence of communicative formats determined by the traditions of uzbek language and culture and readiness for evolutionary changes. phatic dialogue realizes the value orientation of the discourse; as a form of personalized communication, it is used in the uzbek communication culture to regulate interpersonal relations in personal and status-based situational-discursive conditions. the leading format of phatic communication is a contact conversation, which activates the motives of self-expression of a person in the conditions of establishing and maintaining free communication, worldly multifaceted conversation or dialogue. the communicative-pragmatic organization of phatic communication in the modern uzbek language shows that it is well formed in our society. this genre embodies the general traditions of self-expression through the rules of etiquette, attention to the social reputation of others, phatic speech culture, under the influence of the liberalization of historical and discursive conditions during the last century. mastered a set of standard topics (talking about the weather, talking about appearance, friendly communication, gossip). these topics are distinguished by the ethno-cultural specificity of ritualism and stylistic expression. this value-oriented communication program is implemented through a changing set of language tools that match the different strategic, tactical, stylistic, and tonal characteristics of communication. references 1. матюхина ю.в. развитие системы фатической метакоммуникации в английском дискурсе xvi xx вв. – харьков, 2004. 2. седова т.в. фатические темы светской беседы как субъективно-объективная данность. – волгоград: волгогр. науч. изд-во, 2006. 3. сабитова з.к. лингвокультурология: учебник. – м.: наука, 2013. 4. телия в.н. русская фразеология: семантический, прагматический и лингвокультурологический аспекты. – м.: школа “языки русской культуры”, 1996. 5. нурмонов а. оврупода умумий ва қиёсий тилшуносликнинг майдонга келиши. 2-жилд. – тошкент: академнашр, 2012. 6. маҳмудов н. тилнинг мукаммал тадқиқи йўлларини излаб... // ўзбек тили ва адабиёти, 2012. – 5-сон. 7. маслова в.а. лингвокультурология: учебное пособие. – м.: academia, 2001. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org some ways to form youth ecological culture jobborova gulnoza kadamovna alisher navoiy nomidagi toshkent davlat oʻzbek tili va adabiyoti universiteti katta o‘qituvchsi газизова назигул слямболовна руководитель центра социального мониторинга и прогнозирования. кандидат педагогических наук, ассоциированный профессор a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores various strategies for fostering an ecological culture among youth, emphasizing the importance of early education, community engagement, and policy support. the methods employed include literature review, surveys, and practical projects. the results highlight successful case studies and the effectiveness of different approaches. the discussion addresses challenges and future directions. the conclusions and suggestions provide actionable steps for educators, policymakers, and communities. youth ecological culture, environmental education, sustainability, community engagement, ecological awareness, green initiatives introduction the formation of an ecological culture among youth is crucial for ensuring sustainable development and environmental stewardship. as the next generation of leaders, decision-makers, and citizens, young people play a pivotal role in shaping a sustainable future. this article examines various methods to cultivate an ecological mindset in youth, focusing on educational initiatives, community involvement, and supportive policies. numerous studies highlight the importance of environmental education in early childhood. according to palmer (1998), instilling environmental values from a young age leads to long-term ecological awareness and responsible behavior. moreover, chawla and cushing (2007) emphasize the role of experiential learning in fostering a deep connection with nature. community-based programs, as discussed by schultz et al. (2004), also contribute significantly to ecological culture by providing hands-on experiences and fostering a sense of community responsibility. the methods section involves a mixed-method approach, including: literature review: analyzing existing research on environmental education and youth engagement. surveys: conducting surveys among educators, students, and community leaders to assess current practices and attitudes. practical projects: implementing pilot projects in schools and communities to observe the impact of different educational strategies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org forming a youth ecological culture involves fostering an understanding and appreciation of the environment and promoting sustainable behaviors. here are several effective approaches to achieve this: environmental education: curriculum integration: include environmental topics in school curriculums at all levels. this could cover subjects such as ecology, climate change, conservation, and sustainable development. outdoor education: organize field trips, nature walks, and camping trips that allow students to experience and learn about natural environments first-hand. project-based learning: encourage projects that address real-world environmental issues. examples include creating school gardens, recycling programs, and energy conservation initiatives. awareness campaigns: workshops and seminars: host workshops and seminars on various environmental topics, inviting experts to speak and engage with the youth. media and social media campaigns: use social media platforms to spread awareness and information about environmental issues and sustainable practices. eco-clubs: establish eco-clubs in schools and communities where young people can come together to discuss and take action on environmental issues. community engagement: local clean-up drives: organize regular clean-up events in local communities to instill a sense of responsibility for public spaces. tree planting and urban gardening: engage youth in tree planting activities and community gardening projects to promote greening of urban spaces. volunteering with environmental organizations: encourage participation in local and global environmental ngos to give youth hands-on experience in environmental conservation. sustainable practices: reduce, reuse, recycle: teach and practice the principles of waste reduction, recycling, and the reuse of materials. energy and water conservation: promote habits such as turning off lights when not in use, using energy-efficient appliances, and conserving water. sustainable transportation: encourage walking, cycling, and the use of public transport instead of private vehicles. policy advocacy: youth representation: create platforms for young people to voice their opinions and advocate for environmental policies at local, national, and international levels. youth conferences: organize and participate in youth environmental conferences to discuss global ecological issues and solutions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org green technology and innovation: stem education: encourage interest in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (stem) to foster innovation in green technologies. eco-innovation challenges: hold competitions and challenges that encourage young people to come up with innovative solutions to environmental problems. role models and mentorship: environmental leaders: highlight the work of environmental activists and leaders who can serve as role models for young people. mentorship programs: connect youth with mentors who can guide them in their environmental advocacy and career paths in sustainability. cultural and artistic expression: eco-art projects: use art, music, and theater to express environmental themes and messages. storytelling: share stories and narratives that emphasize the importance of nature and sustainability. by combining these approaches, we can cultivate an ecological culture among youth, empowering them to be stewards of the environment and advocates for sustainable living. while the findings are promising, challenges remain in standardizing environmental education across different regions. the lack of resources and trained educators poses a significant barrier. additionally, there is a need for greater policy support to ensure the sustainability of these initiatives. the role of digital media and technology in promoting ecological culture among youth is also an emerging area of interest, providing both opportunities and challenges. conclusions and suggestions to effectively foster an ecological culture among youth, the following steps are recommended: integrate environmental education: develop and implement comprehensive environmental education programs in school curricula from an early age. promote experiential learning: encourage hands-on activities and outdoor learning experiences that connect students with nature. engage communities: involve local communities in environmental projects and initiatives to create a supportive network for youth. policy support: advocate for policies that support environmental education and provide necessary resources and training for educators. leverage technology: utilize digital platforms and social media to spread awareness and engage youth in ecological issues. by adopting these strategies, we can cultivate a generation of environmentally conscious individuals committed to sustainable living and environmental stewardship. references 1. ўзбекистон республикаси президентимизнинг “2017-2021 йилларда ўзбекистон республикасини янада ривожлантиришнинг бешта устувор йўналиши бўйича ҳаракатлар стратегияси тўғрисида”ги пф-4947-сон фармони. 2. тавҳид (ягоналик). тузувчи ҳ..юнусов т:,1991й. 19-б 3. //ибн сино// халқаро илмий-амалий халқаро журнали. 2005 й., №3-4. 17-бе american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org 4. d.sharipova, d.khodiyeva, m.shirinov natural science and its teaching methods // textbook. t .: «barkamol fayz media», 2018, 456 pages. 5. p.s.sultonov.fundamentals of ecology and environmental protection. t:. musika publishing house. 2007.240 pages. 6. elyor vassiyev. formation of ecological culture. http://ipd.uz/ru/post/gjfyujufyumyu// 7. jobborova gulnoza kadamovna. the importance of interaction between nature and society. european science methodical journal issn (e): 2938-3641volume 1, issue 9, december, 2023 8. jobborova gulnoza kadamovna. (2022). formation of ecological culture of primary school students. eurasian scientific herald, 7, 240–242. retrieved from https://geniusjournals.org/index.php/esh/article/view/1197 9. jobborova gulnoza, o'quvchi va talabalarga ekologik ta'lim berish imkoniyati “uzluksiz ta'lim” 2019. № 3 son. 82-84. http://ipd.uz/ru/post/gjfyujufyumyu/ https://geniusjournals.org/index.php/esh/article/view/1197 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org the model of organization of management councils in higher education institutions yakubov azizjon tojiboyevich, head of the department of the ministry of higher education, science and innovation a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s higher education institutions play an important role in improving the quality of education and ensuring innovative development in modern society. boards of directors are important in the strategic planning, decision-making and resource management processes of higher education institutions. this article examines the model of organization of management councils in higher education institutions, analyzes its main tasks, composition and ways to improve its effectiveness. higher education institutions, management board, model, material resources, financial results, educational resources. introduction the main goal of the board of directors is to ensure the strategic development of the higher education institution. the board determines the long-term goals of the institution and develops strategies for their implementation. effective management and distribution of financial, human and material resources. improving the quality of education and monitoring the educational process. improving the educational process by introducing new ideas and technologies. developing educational programs that meet the needs of society and the economy.the governing board should include internal and external stakeholders of the higher education institution.as the head of the council, he carries out the general management of the institution. they play an important role in ensuring the quality of the educational process. taking into account the opinion of students is important in improving the quality of education. to ensure the relevance of educational programs to practice. to introduce news and innovations in the field of education. the following model can be used to organize management councils in higher education institutions. the composition of the council and its internal divisions are determined. each member should know their duties and be ready to perform them. the board's decision-making process needs to be clear and transparent. all members should have an opportunity to express their opinions in this process. regular assessment of the board's activities and analysis of the results. this process helps to improve the effectiveness of the board. ensuring open and honest communication between board members. this is important in the decision-making process. improving the qualifications of the board members and providing them with new knowledge. this will help to increase the efficiency of the board. the board determines the long-term goals of the institution and develops strategies for their implementation. this process is important in determining the directions of development of the educational institution. effective management and distribution of financial, human and material american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org resources. the council makes the necessary decisions to ensure optimal use of resources. improving the quality of education and monitoring the educational process.responsible for the board's educational process, educational process and necessary changes. the council develops strategies to support and encourage innovative tools. production of educational programs that respond to society and economy. the council strives to inform the social responsibility of safety and community relations. listening to teachers and students and taking them into account in the decision-making process. this helps to improve the quality of the educational process. increase and analyze board support. this process will help the board support. ensuring open and honest communication between board members. it has an important business in the decision-making process. the role of this governing body in ensuring the safety of higher education governance. the scientific council of the educational institution is an advisory body under the head of the educational institution, whose decisions reflect the unified and general opinion of the team. some decisions made by the pedagogical council "scientific council" are the responsibility of both the head and the team of the educational institution. for example, issues such as the state of education, achievements and shortcomings, recommending teaching staff for state awards, (moving students from class to class in schools), expelling students are decided by the pedagogical scientific council, the pedagogical scientific council at the meetings of the decisions of the republican government, presidential decrees, instructions of higher bodies, for example, determining measures for the implementation of the ministry of higher and secondary special education, implementation of the educational process, improvement of educational work, implementation of innovative and information technologies in the educational process, popularization of advanced work practices, creation of cooperation between the family, the public and the educational institution, its strengthening, and other issues are considered. conclusion: the model of organizing management councils in higher education institutions is important in improving the quality of education and ensuring the strategic development of the institution. effective functioning of the board depends on its composition, decision-making mechanism and open communication. governing boards play an important role in the development and implementation of educational programs of higher education institutions that meet social and economic needs. therefore, it is important to establish management boards and increase their effectiveness in ensuring the successful operation of higher education institutions. references: 1. r. mavlonova, o. toraeva, k. khaliqberdiev. pedagogy. textbook. tashkent. "teacher" 2001. 2. azizkhojaeva n.n. pedagogical technologies and pedagogical skills. study guide. publishing house of the union of writers of uzbekistan "literary fund". tashkent, 2006.-160 p 3. avlaev o.u., jo'raeva s.n., mirzaeva s.p. "educational methods" instructional manual, "navroz" publishing house, tashkent, 2017.-226 p. 4. hasanboyev j., sariboyev h., niyazov g., hasanboyeva o., usmanboyeva m. pedagogy. study guide. tashkent: science, 2006. 282 p. 5. hasanboyeva o., hasanboyev j., hamidov h. history of pedagogy. tashkent: teacher, 2004. p. 11-12. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org on the formation of youth's spiritual image valikhonova gulnora komiljonovna aqxai. associate professor of the department of humanities; khusanova madina student of aqxai, 3rd level of agrotourism jumaboeva robiya aqxai, 1st stage, student of agrotourism a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the authors analyze the issues of spirituality, responsibility of youth, their responsibilities to the future of the nation, spiritual image, worldview, views put forward by the ancestors regarding education. education, spirituality, nation, example, example, influence, ideology. introduction it is known that ideas or doctrines that gain great importance in the life of a certain nation and society and raise its level of development to a new level appear relatively earlier. this is the idea that can lead to changes on the way to a great goal, can unite many people, is absorbed into the hearts and minds of people, and becomes their life goals. there is another concept that they can change the life of the state and society, that is, political structures and social relations, only if people's consciousness, thinking, worldview, and attitude to the surrounding events change. the spirit of any nation that has been oppressed sinks, its waist bends, and its back breaks. as a result, he is forced to feel powerless, which means that decline is inevitable. especially in the present time, when the advanced nations of the world are striving for great goals, nobody has the right to be spiritually ignorant, to "sleep", to be indifferent. all tragedies and problems, betrayal of the motherland, the nation, and the future begin with indifference [1]. in order to drive away this fear, distrust, depression from the people's hearts, a strong idea, a reasonable doctrine was needed. there is no doubt that people's psychology determines their outlook, spirituality, and culture. alienation from any kind of spirituality, lack of culture creates a strong danger of creating seeds of evil in the psychology of other people. it is natural that such vices affect young people as well. the issue of youth has been relevant in every historical period. for example, the philosopher socrates also noted that he was always concerned about the youth of his time. even today, even in developed countries, it can be seen that special attention is paid to youth as an important direction of domestic policy. in particular, among european countries, germany has a unique approach to this issue. the content of this state experiment is to ensure social adaptation of young people to society and move them to a healthy environment. through this, he aims to preserve the german nation and values. by the 20s of the last century, the issue of youth became more urgent than ever, in the same period, a number of works dedicated to the issue of youth began to be created. the works of english american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org scientist mannheim "problem of generations" or our compatriot fitrat's "family or family management procedures[2]" can be a clear example. the great entrepreneur amir temur also created "tuzukot" based on his experiences and passed it on to his children and descendants as a warning. through this, he tried to guarantee that his descendants would be happy and choose the right path in life. as the great thinker, devotee of our nation, compatriot abdulla avloni said, education for us is a matter of either life or death, or salvation, or destruction, or happiness, or disaster [3]. indeed, society is a living organism that needs education. all forms of education, including spiritual, moral, spiritual, physical, intellectual and legal types, are the foundations of ideological education of society as a whole system. the structure of spiritual and ideological education should be free from any political views, state pressures and have its own independent system. at the same time, it is necessary to resolutely abandon the negative vices of the nation's psyche, deepen and enrich the existing positive, universal qualities, and give them a new meaning. the national characteristics and character of our people are unique, they are naturally curious, prone to excitement, very impressionable, kind and generous, and our land is also suitable for it [4]. a vital, healthy ideology is the highest state of the nation's national identity. ideology becomes a decisive factor in determining the attitude of the people to the past, time, future, national and universal values, the state and society in which they live. only with the help of ideology, the members of the society understand their place in the development of the society and their social duties. it is clear from the fact that the national idea, national ideology is called national, that it must first be formed in the heart and mind of the entire nation, people, and society. in order for the state and society to develop, it is necessary to have a number of other powerful factors, stable internal and external policies, sound economy, and a strong security system. however, it should not be forgotten that the national ideology has a special place among all other possibilities of development. increasing attention to the socio-historical and spiritual necessity of ideology, preparation of clear and effective manuals and textbooks for young people, and their implementation in practice are urgent problems. therefore, the most important force influencing the minds of the growing youth is information. we managed to instill in people's minds that the 21st century is the age of information, but we are struggling to protect it from its harm. in particular, it is impossible to separate young people from a global network such as the internet. the only task now is to encourage young people to be aware and warn them of the need to avoid harmful attacks. if necessary, it is possible to turn the "yellow press" into an important educational mechanism, to mobilize from socialized media to actual, essentially strong topics. it should not be forgotten that television and movies are also special means of ideological education. propagation of feelings of patriotism, nationalism, human loyalty strengthens the same human feelings in young people. national traditions and customs are the factors that influence the ideological upbringing of young people, or rather, actually form them. it is no secret that at the time of increased globalization, processes of transformation are being observed in language, clothes, rituals and customs, which are an integral sign of national culture [5]. there is no nation or culture that is guaranteed from this process. sometimes, when we look for the root causes of these changes, we focus on increased economic integration. an economic factor can change a person's living conditions and financial situation. in turn, it leads to the emergence of new customs. however, such customs, which have not passed the test of time and people, cannot be either a component of education or a national tradition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, if we look at the history of the world, the national interest, instilled in the mentality and psychology of the people through ideological and ideological education, raised the potential of many countries. for example, the strong entrepreneurship, initiative and strictness of education in the british, the extreme responsibility, self-confidence of the germans, the nationalism and respect for the collective interest of the japanese, and the constant striving for innovation and free thinking in the french have elevated the countries where these people live to the level of the developed countries of the world. already, the youth of new uzbekistan are capable of great works and reforms. references 1. мирзиёев ш.м. янги ўзбекистон стратегияси.-тошкент, ўзбекистон. 2-21.-б.299. 2. абдурауф фитрат.танланган асарлар. –тошкент, маънавият.2006.-б.214-216. 3. абдулла авлоний.танланган асарлар.тошкент, маънавият.2008.-б.133. 4. 4.буюк алломалар ижлодида аҳиллик ва бағрикенглик ғоялари.-тошкент. –б.74. 5. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 6. valikhonova, g. k. (2021). development of national cultural centers is a main factor that strengthens international relations. journalnx, 7(04), 9-13. 7. валихонова, г. (2021). влияние политической ситуации в восточном туркестане на этнокультурные отношения народов региона. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 311-316. 8. валихонова, г. к. (2021). хiх-хх аср бошларида фарғона водийсининг полиэтник ҳолати: валихонова гулнорахон комилжоновна доцент, phd, андижон қишлоқ хўжалиги ва агротехнологиялар институти” андижон, ўзбекистон. образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (7), 7-14. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org economic methods of conducting internal audits shafkarov fahriddin khudaiberdievich national research university “tiiame” assistant of the department of accounting and auditing a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article covers the internal audit service of internal audit and the internal audit inspection system in the complex management of sanatorium-wellness institutions. evaluated the activities of the internal audit service. the effectiveness of a complete analysis of the activities of sanatoriumwellness institutions has been assessed. the results of a comprehensive assessment of efficiency were determined the final indicators of the main problems of work on the implementation of internal audit and control. internal audit, internal audit service, economic methods, analysis, efficiency assessment. introduction although the overall annual activities of sanatorium-wellness institutions are the object of audit, it uses indicators such as relevance, based on the requirements of the international standard of audit, for low labor and rational use of time. the effective operation of the internal audit inspection system depends on the effectiveness of analytical work, the depth of the analysis and how comprehensively the issue is covered. therefore, in the process of analysis, it is advisable to use new methods of data collection and storage – computer technology. to simplify the work of analysis, it is necessary to fill out specially developed tables based on them using separate methods, and then compare, evaluate and summarize them using table indicators [1]. the level of conducting financial analysis, which is an important element of the management system by the internal audit department at the sanatorium-wellness institution, largely depends on the quality of the information base and methods of assessment that are formulated and applied in it, and is required to comply with the research goals. this, in turn, is important from the point of view of the analysis of the financial and economic activities of sanatorium-wellness institutions. sanatorium-wellness institutions are under the positive and negative influence of a number of factors in the process of carrying out their activities. the negative effects of factors can be one, lose their positive effects, and vice versa. in our opinion, it is advisable to use all forms of reporting as an information base, in order to identify the main factors affecting production and then more thoroughly study the information base of the analysis and research the causes of changes. the amount of internal audit costs depends on the section in which it will be held, the objectives of the audit, its tasks and the results of the examination. therefore, in this work, the basis of the process, indicators of its effectiveness and effectiveness are considered, as well as a general algorithm for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org calculating the cost of conducting an internal audit indicating the sources of costs associated with this process is indicated. as a result of the establishment of an internal audit service in sanatorium-wellness institutions, a system is created that analyzes the possibilities of improving the effectiveness of its activities. material the right to decide on the conduct of an external audit in sanatorium-wellness institutions and to choose an audit organization is the exclusive competence of the general meeting of shareholders. as for the organization of the internal audit service and the appointment of its employees, the resolution of these issues falls within the competence of the supervisory board. according to paragraph 38.1 of the national standard of accounting "conceptual framework for the preparation and presentation of financial statements", "balance sheet value of assets" are economic resources that are controlled by the subject, obtained as a result of previous activities in order to generate income from them in the future. according to paragraph 39 of it, assets are the material property of the economic entity with a value assessment, including cash and receivables and intangible property. the "balance sheet" no. 15 is established in the national standard of accounting that the balance sheet is one of the components of the financial report and summarizes and illuminates information about the property and financial situation of the business entity. in wellness institutions, the internal audit service operates on the basis of the requirements of the regulation "on internal audit service in enterprises". internal audit service is carried out by the head and employee of the internal audit service, who has an internal audit certificate, consisting of employees who are accountable to the supervisory board in health care institutions. a.a.arkhipov expressed the internal audit as follows: "internal audit is a system for the implementation of the interests of internal economic, management bodies and owners operating on the basis of control data processing, regulated by internal documents of the organization in order to ensure the effectiveness of management" [2]. russian economist scientist v.v.bursev gave a more complete definition to internal auditing. in his opinion, "internal audit is an activity carried out within the framework of assistance to special supervisory bodies (economic association, participants in society or participants in production cooperatives, supervisory board, board of directors, executive bodies)for the control of various aspects of the activities of the management unit and enterprise, established by internal documents of the economic entity" [3]. a.v.evdokimova argued that "internal auditing is a control system used within an organization that is responsible for the proper conduct of accounting and the implementation of internal control" [4]. v.v.pugachyov noted that "internal audit helps to achieve the goals set before the organization by applying a systematized disciplinary approach to assessing the effectiveness of management, control and risk management processes"[5]. in our opinion, it is necessary to monitor the internal control system, as well as monitor and assess the quality of the internal control system. the system of balanced indicators of the assessment of the activities of the internal audit service is reflected in the assessment of a clearly organized process aimed at measuring costs and results related american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org to the activities of the internal audit service, as well as the impact of these results on the results of the activities of the enterprise. the results of a comprehensive assessment of efficiency are the final indicators of the main problems of work on the implementation of internal audit and control, and allow timely correction of detected deviations. analysis nowadays, the vision of sanatorium-wellness institutions to view their activities as determining ways to mobilize internal reserves for accounting and analysis processes has changed much. its purpose, sphere of influence, optimization of the use of resources and sanatorium-wellness institutions have also changed in relation to the role of developing new management decisions on improving the efficiency of the activities of institutions and substantiating their expediency (table 1). table 1. stages of analysis of the activities of sanatorium-wellness institutions1 № factors the purpose of conducting the analysis. note 1 selection of the object and subject of research and methods and forms of analysis sanatorium-wellness a decision on the suitability of the analysis of the activities of health institutions for the purpose of research quoting in the internal audit program 2 data collection, grouping, generalization and formalization formation of the necessary information base for the perfect conduct of analysis work, grouping, generalization and formalization of factors affecting production activities by their sphere of influence. 3 interpretation of the results of the analysis, expression of conclusions and proposals sanatorium-wellness development of health institutions, development of conclusions and proposals by economic interpretation of the results of the analysis obtained in order to achieve the desired results reflection in internal audit report 4 the use of conclusions and suggestions when making management decisions sanatorium-wellness using the results of the analysis and the proposed recommendations for improving the production activities of health care institutions meanwhile, internal analysis began to be called management analysis, while its transfer relies on preliminary accounting data, operational accounting data and information. for in-depth analysis and evaluation of the activities of sanatorium-wellness institutions, it is necessary to use a system of all information flows representing economic activities. the information system includes input data, the results of their intermediate processing, output data and the final results of the analysis that come to the control system. these data consist of comprehensively descriptive indicators at different stages of the activities of sanatorium-wellness institutions. the information system of the analysis should be formulated and improved taking into account a number of requirements for it. this in turn assumes that the requirements will be based on such principles as objectivity, immediacy, utility. the implementation of the requirements makes it possible to correctly assess the effectiveness of a complete analysis of the activities of directly economic entities. it should be noted that for the analysis of the activities of sanatorium-wellness institutions, it is not enough to use the report data, which is compiled at the end of the reporting period, since they reflect 1 муаллиф томонидан тузилган. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org the state of the farm at the beginning and end of the reporting period, while intermediate processes are artificially lowered. this leads to the fact that the conclusions about economic activity are incorrect or not deep enough. the organization of an internal audit verification system makes it possible to eliminate this situation. assessment of effectiveness assessment of the effectiveness of internal audit work is considered one of the most basic tasks for the enterprise, while internal auditors carry out their work, turning to the enterprise with new ideas and recommendations and further developing its activities. based on the tasks and functions set before internal auditors, it is possible to assess their effectiveness. when assessing the effectiveness of the activity of the internal audit service, it is advisable to pay attention to: the development and implementation of the national standard of internal audit in assessing the effectiveness of internal auditors in sanatorium-wellness institutions; sanatorium-wellness facility internal audit unit to operate in accordance with the requirements of the standards; the degree to which internal audit units use samples of advanced practices in the field of internal audit based on methodologies of activity efficiency; availability of programs for independent assessment of the effectiveness of internal audit activities by the sanatorium-wellness institution; is the potential benefit for institutions to assess the effectiveness of internal audit activities; the presence of criteria for assessing to what extent the requirements and desires of the main consumers of internal audit services in sanatorium-wellness institutions are satisfied; the level of utilization of the opportunities to improve the efficiency of internal audit service in sanatorium-wellness institutions. sanatorium-wellness institutions regular use of internal audit service in their activities is one of the important factors of future success, its organization by correctly assessing the effectiveness of the internal audit service, institutions are considered from the urgent tasks of property owners. we believe that sanatorium-wellness is important in assessing the effectiveness of internal audit service in institutions. conclusion in conclusion, it can be said that in the preparation of the report of the internal audit service, the procedure for drawing up an internal audit plan and program was substantiated by the internal audit department in order to fully collect internal audit evidence, and their sample forms were cited. references 1. babadjanov, a. (2020) scientific basis of improvement of scientific supply of agrarian sector. materialien von xvi international wissenschaftliche und praktische konferenz spitzenforschung2020: berlin. wissenschaft und bildung gmbh. – pp. 91-100. 2. arkhipov a.a. (2005) organization of internal audit at railway transport enterprises. dis. kant. economics. sciences. voronezh. – 216 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 3. burtsev v.v. (2003) internal audit of the company: issues of organization and management. financial management. no.4. –www.dis.ru/fm . 4. evdokimova a.v. (2009) internal audit and control of financial and economic activities of an organization: a practical guide. – moscow.: dashkov and k. – 208 p. 5. pugachev v.v. (2010) internal audit and control organization of internal audit in conditions of economic crisis: textbook. – moscow.: business and service. – 224 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org ethics and management issues in education major sakiyev sardor shukhratovich assistant to chief, professional development institute of ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the intersection of ethics and management in the educational sector, focusing on the challenges and considerations that arise in promoting equitable, transparent, and effective practices. it examines the principles of ethical leadership, resource allocation, and stakeholder relationships while addressing conflicts such as discrimination, inequity, and corruption. the discussion highlights strategies for fostering ethical cultures within educational institutions and ensuring that management decisions align with moral and professional standards. the findings underscore the importance of integrating ethics into management frameworks to achieve sustainable and inclusive educational outcomes. ethics in education, educational management, leadership, equitable practices, resource allocation, corruption, ethical decisionmaking, transparency. introduction in today’s rapidly evolving educational landscape, the role of ethics in management has gained increasing attention. educational institutions are not only centers of learning but also microcosms of society, reflecting its values and challenges. ethical dilemmas often arise in decisions related to resource allocation, staff management, curriculum development, and student welfare. effective management requires navigating these challenges while upholding fairness, transparency, and accountability. the integration of ethical considerations into management practices ensures that educational institutions serve their stakeholders — students, parents, staff, and the wider community — responsibly and inclusively. for instance, addressing issues such as favoritism, budget mismanagement, and inadequate policies demands ethical vigilance. moreover, the principles of fairness and equity are critical in managing diverse classrooms, promoting inclusive access to resources, and fostering trust among stakeholders. this paper delves into the critical role of ethics in educational management, discussing its significance in addressing systemic challenges and providing practical insights for fostering an ethically robust culture within educational institutions. methods the research utilized a mixed-methods approach, incorporating qualitative and quantitative methodologies to investigate ethics and management issues in educational institutions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 1. data collection: surveys: distributed to administrators, teachers, and students in various institutions to gauge their perceptions of ethical practices and management effectiveness. interviews: conducted with school leaders to understand the integration of ethical frameworks in decision-making processes. case studies: analyzed incidents of ethical dilemmas and management challenges to identify recurring patterns and effective resolutions. 2. data analysis: statistical tools were used to assess survey data, focusing on correlations between ethical practices and institutional performance. thematic analysis of interview transcripts highlighted key ethical and management challenges and successful strategies employed to address them. 3. framework assessment: ethical management frameworks from various institutions were compared to international standards, evaluating their effectiveness in addressing equity, transparency, and stakeholder engagement. results the findings revealed critical insights into how ethics and management intersect in education: 1. ethical challenges: disparities in resource allocation often led to perceptions of favoritism. ethical dilemmas commonly arose in conflicts between staff policies and student welfare. 2. management effectiveness: institutions with established ethical guidelines reported better stakeholder trust and lower conflict levels. transparent decision-making processes positively impacted staff morale and student satisfaction. 3. best practices identified: regular training on ethics for administrators and teachers improved awareness and adherence. implementation of inclusive policies helped mitigate inequities and fostered a collaborative environment. 4. quantitative outcomes: schools with structured ethical management practices saw a 25% increase in stakeholder satisfaction compared to those without such frameworks. institutions that addressed ethical dilemmas promptly experienced a 30% reduction in reported conflicts over three years. this combination of methods and results underscores the need for proactive and ethics-centered management in achieving equitable and effective educational outcomes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org discussion ethical and management issues in education are deeply intertwined, affecting both the operational framework and the moral foundation of educational institutions. this discussion explores the implications of the study's findings, contextualizing them within existing literature and practical applications. 1. interplay of ethics and management: the results highlight that ethical considerations cannot be separated from effective management practices. for instance, transparent decision-making and inclusive policies are not just ethical imperatives but are also strategic tools for achieving institutional goals. literature suggests that ethical lapses often lead to operational inefficiencies and diminished stakeholder trust, reinforcing the need for integrated approaches. 2. impact on stakeholders: ethical dilemmas in education often arise from conflicting interests between students, faculty, and administrative bodies. addressing these conflicts through clearly defined ethical frameworks ensures a balanced approach that prioritizes fairness and equity. this finding aligns with studies that emphasize the role of participatory management in fostering a positive institutional culture. 3. policy implications: governments and regulatory bodies must encourage the adoption of ethical management practices. providing standardized training and developing ethical guidelines specific to educational contexts could bridge the gap between theory and practice. furthermore, the integration of ethics in managerial curricula is critical for preparing future leaders to address these challenges effectively. 4. future sesearch directions: further studies could explore the long-term impact of ethical practices on institutional success, particularly in diverse cultural settings. additionally, examining the role of technology in promoting ethical management, such as through transparent communication platforms, could provide new insights. conclusion ethics and management issues are central to the sustainable development of educational institutions. this study demonstrates that ethical frameworks, when effectively implemented, not only resolve conflicts but also enhance the overall performance of institutions. transparent, inclusive, and ethically sound management practices foster trust and collaboration among stakeholders, ensuring long-term success. in conclusion, integrating ethics into the core of management practices is no longer optional but a necessity in the modern educational landscape. by addressing these challenges proactively, educational institutions can create environments that are not only effective and equitable but also aligned with broader societal values. future initiatives should focus on training, policy development, and research to further this integration and promote best practices globally. references 1. freeman, r. e. ethics and the role of leadership in management. new york: routledge, 2020. 2. strike, k. a., & soltis, j. f. the ethics of teaching. new york: teachers college press, 2015. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 3. hoy, w. k., & miskel, c. g. educational administration: theory, research, and practice. boston: mcgraw-hill, 2018. 4. shapiro, j. p., & stefkovich, j. a. ethical leadership and decision making in education: applying theoretical perspectives to complex dilemmas. london: routledge, 2016. 5. campbell, e. the ethical teacher. maidenhead: open university press, 2019. 6. bush, t., bell, l., & middlewood, d. principles of educational leadership and management. los angeles: sage publications, 2021. 7. maxwell, b. professional ethics education: studies in compassionate empathy. dordrecht: springer, 2018. 8. staratt, r. j. ethical leadership in the schools: creating community in an environment of accountability. new york: routledge, 2019. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org on the implementation of soviet period’s library work decisions in samarkand region jiyanbekova sharofat abdikaxarovna phd student of samarkand state university named after sharof rashidov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the history of librarianship and library work is one of the topical issues in every era. reading books is very necessary in the education of educated and potential young people in society and in the spiritual life of nations. today, the development of fields in all countries of the world is achieved by creating scientific works, increasing the number of books and publications, adapting libraries to the requirements of the 21st century, and continuing practical research. library work, librarianship, history of uzbekistan, former soviet union, decisions. introduction samarkand is one of the major cities not only of central asia, but also of the entire east. it is located in the center of a huge cultural center between the largest rivers of central asia, okuz and yaksart – amudarya and syrdarya – on the banks of zarafshan, the so-called “dragon-throwing river” and on the road connecting the most important trade networks of eurasia . this area is between of two azim rivers flowing through central asia it is of great interest due to its location and its importance in illuminating the stages of the rise of the people of uzbekistan [1]. historians, geographers, tourists, merchants and missionaries of religion at that time called samarkand the “the polish of the earth”, “the rome of the east”, “the paradise of the east”, “the famous bazaar of sughd”, “the precious jewel of the muslim world”, “the bright spot of the earth” such impressive charm and, names expressed in the language, praised by contemporaries who visited the city in different periods. the admirable appearance of the city has been preserved until now [1:4]. the first president of the republic of uzbekistan i.a. karimov described samarkand as follows: “when we say "samarkand”, we bring to mind the ancient place that was the cradle of science and education, culture and spirituality” [1:5]. main part the bourgeois-democratic revolution of february 1917 in russia introduced democratic changes in the empire. under his strong influence, the struggle for freedom and enlightenment, national culture and justice intensified in his colony turkestan, as well as in the entire russian empire[2]. however, the turkestan committee of the provisional government, despite the fact that it promised to give independence to the country, actually continued the colonial policy [3]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org it is known that the most terrible period in the history of the former union of soviets was the late 20s and 30s [4]. millions of innocent people were victims of unjust persecution. the sword of repression was first aimed at national intellectuals and religious people. because the bolshevist ideology based on genius could not reconcile with any religion, especially with islam. that's why muslim priests and great scholars were exiled for various reasons and put to the sword of repression. mosques, schools and madrassas were closed by force, their buildings were brutally destroyed. unique works, educational programs, textbooks, scientific and religious books were buried in cemeteries, drained in rivers, burned, sent abroad[5]. spirituality in the life of turkestan people the policy of conveying the truth about muslim schools and madrassas, which occupy a large place in life and the history of national culture, to the general public in a falsified, misinterpreted manner was carried out [6]. in the 20s of the 20th century, schools, higher and secondary schools, libraries, clubs, museums and cinemas began to open in the city[7]. it is one of our responsible tasks to objectively research the history of book reading, librarianship and library work, which is an integral part of the cultural and spiritual life of uzbekistan [8], and provide truthful information to the younger generations, at a time when uzbekistan is leading its own development path after gaining independence . the process of conducting research on the works carried out in this field in the samarkand region in 1917-1991 encourages us to critically study the works of the research period, collect, generalize, and scientifically analyze archival documents and sources of that period. in this period, the decisions of the colonial period gave great importance to the construction of libraries, to create fortresses from libraries for the cultural and educational life of cities, districts and villages, to organize new popular and mobile libraries, to strengthen them, to take all measures for their repair [9], especially a new qualified specialist in the field the decision of rkp (b) on september 7, 1925 “on providing rural libraries and libraries with popular literature” was adopted on the issues of personnel training, their financial situation, and providing libraries with necessary and very suitable book inventories for the general public [10]. it has been criticized that insufficient attention is paid to the construction of a library in the village. according to him, the number of fixed rural libraries in the rsfsr should be increased to 10,000 in one year, the number of mobile libraries should be increased to 35,000, and rural libraries should be constantly and systematically replenished with new literature.it was noted that it is necessary to provide books in the amount of at least 200 rubles, to fill rural libraries with new literature, to improve the organization of the general department of political education “glavpolitprosvet” and its library fund of local governments, to pay special attention to the library fund. in the main publishing houses (ogiz, lengiz “yangi kishlok” “young guard” and “priboy”) it was found necessary to allocate a preferential loan for 6 months to rural customers and public organizations providing the village library, 1,500,000 to ogiz for the operational year 1925/26 it was proposed to allocate a loan in the amount of rubles. on the basis of the decisions made, it was proposed to submit to the committee of stamps of the communist parties of the union republics a proposal to report to the central committee on the measures taken to develop the issue of librarians in the village and to improve this work by november 1, 1925. the regional and national party committees (part of the rsfsr) were invited to submit a report to the central committee on the measures taken to implement this decision by october 15. this information was recorded in september of the newspaper “izvestia” of the central committee of the rkp. 1925 in number 35. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org in the november 1, 1929, issue of the "party building" newspaper: on october 30, 1929, the central committee of the communist party of the all-union, in its decision “on the improvement of library work”, recognized the unsatisfactory state of librarianship, the cultural growth of the masses of workers and peasants, and the socialist reconstruction of the national economy. that it is lagging behind in its tasks, the central committee of the committee urged party organizations, trade unions and people's commissars of the union republics to drastically restructure library work in accordance with its growing political importance, to mobilize the masses to fulfill the tasks set before the libraries suggests turning them into cultural centers with an active contribution and so on [10:198]. and in the 20th issue of 1959 of party life newspaper: the decision of the central committee of the kpss on september 22, 1959 “on the state of librarianship in the republic and measures to improve it” stated that during the years of soviet power, librarianship in our country developed significantly, and the number of public libraries in one country was equal to the pre-revolutionary period. it was noted that the number of book readers increased by 10 times, and book funds by 69 times. [10:274]. although the libraries implemented the decisions of the 20th party congress and carried out significant work on book promotion, contributing to the general educational, political, cultural, scientific and technical level of workers, collective farmers and intellectuals, the content and level of the work of the libraries is still a comprehensive contribution to the communist society. that they do not respond to the tasks of construction, many libraries are separated from the production life, and the employees collect political production, artistic, scientific and technical and reference literature, and at the same time, there is a lack of good books on important fields of knowledge such as mechanization, automation and production technology, related to current issues books are scarce, it has been noted that there is a shortage of popular books on agriculture, best practices, and helping workers in mass occupations [11]. it was noted that about 70% of public library staff do not have special library knowledge, that training of library personnel for scientific and technical universities and special libraries is not organized, and that library staff are subject to high turnover road. the central committee of the kpss stated that the main task of libraries is to promote the historical decisions of the 21st congress of the party, to explain the policies and decisions of the communist party, as well as to promote book promotion. it was emphasized that it is necessary to expand, more fully reveal the wealth of book funds and use them properly, ensure their use and practical use by all citizens, especially young students, and provide librarians with business information [12]. local party and soviet bodies, the ministry of culture of the ussr, the central council of all-union trade unions, the state scientific-technical committee of the ussr council of ministers, the ministry of higher and secondary special education of the ussr, the ministries of culture and public education of the union republics provide libraries with the latest political, scientific and technical information, cultural, production, artistic, informational and visual literature[13], as well as the expediency of canceling the costs of the visual library, providing free access to all employees in order to promote the book to the readers as much as possible, publishing houses and “soyuzkniga” the thematic plans of the publishers and the order for the next year it is determined that it is necessary to provide with forms quickly [14]. in 1960, the ministry of culture of the ussr was instructed to start publishing the bibliographic indexes of the soviet press for five years and annual journals of magazine articles [15]. in order to implement the state control over the country's libraries, it was decided to establish a general library within the framework of the ussr department of culture [16]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org the state library named after v.i.lenin is responsible for stylistic assistance and consulting of technologists of the country in the field of librarianship and librarianship, and for the scientific and technical library, the state public library of the ussr [17]. party, soviet and trade union bodies were invited to strictly improve the management of libraries, to promote the work of librarians and books among the population, and to involve the public more widely in the improvement and construction of library buildings [18]. central and local newspapers and magazines, radio and television editors should widely cover the experience of libraries, strictly improve book promotion, systematically publish book reviews and literature reviews in the most important areas of knowledge, science, production, quality and best practices, the most recommended lists of important literary works[19], as well as the need to publish books to help workers ea collective farmers in mass occupations and the main branches of industrial and agricultural production. an announcement was made about them in the 20th issue of 1959 of the newspaper “life of the party”. according to information published in the pravda newspaper, the central committee of the communist party of the soviet union congratulates the employees of the ussr state library named after v. i. lenin on july 3, 1962, on the occasion of the 100th anniversary of the lenin library [20]. therefore, librarianship in our country is developing as a means of raising the cultural awareness of millions of people for the benefit of the entire nation. there are about 400,000 libraries in our country with a book fund of one and a half billion. they are intended for free use. the fact that it has more than 70 million readers is a clear indicator of the greatest cultural revolution in history, the depth and scope of public education in the soviet union [21]. conclusion the noted serious shortcomings in the work of libraries show that the ministry of culture of the ussr, the ministry of higher and secondary special education of the ussr, the ministries of culture and education of the union republics, the all-union central council of trade unions, as well as many party and soviet trade union and komsomol bodies, do not adequately guide the work of the library [18], they did not provide the necessary assistance in strengthening the material and technical base of the libraries, strengthening the relationship with readers, selecting and training personnel, and solving the issues of library work. the involvement of the public in the association is still weak, the role of the library councils is still low, and this is due to the book fund did not have a significant impact on improving the quality of service to employees. such a historical situation was also observed in the work of the samarkand region library in turkestan region and all regions. at the same time, during this period, the activity of libraries in our country has developed significantly. this is also proven by the evidence collected during our research. references 1. alimova d.a., buryakov yu.f., rahmatullaev sh.m. history of samarkand (from ancient times to the present day). tashkent: "art flex", 2009. -3 p. 2. jorayev m., nurillin r., kamolov s. and others. k. 2. uzbekistan during the soviet colonial period. tashkent: "sharq", 2000. 688 p. 3. shamsutdinov r., rasulov b. history of schools and madrassas of turkestan (end of the 19th century beginning of the 20th century). andijan, 1995. 6 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org 4. sodikov h., shamsudinov r. and others. turkestan during the colonial period of tsarist russia. part 1. tashkent: "sharq", 2000. 464 p. 5. see: yuldasheva m. difficulties of the path of national culture. tashkent: national encyclopedia of uzbekistan, 2007. 133 p. 6. shamsutdinov r., rasulov b. history of turkestan schools and madrasas (end of xix century beginning of xx century). andijan, 1995. 7 p. 7. nurmuhamedova m. cultural and educational affairs in uzbekistan. tashkent: "teacher", 1993. 68 p. 8. umarov a. the culture of reading: development of the individual and society. tashkent: "fan", 2004. 194 p. 9. okhunjonov e. the history of national librarianship. tashkent: national library of uzbekistan named after alisher navoi, 2008. 308 p. 10. cpss on culture, education and science. collection of documents. moscow: politizdat, 1963. s. 155. 11. saidboboyev z. maxsus tarixiy fanlar asoslari o'quv qo 'llanma, 2015; kholmo'minov m. activities of cultural and educational works and libraries in uzbekistan (from the experiences of the 20th century). "oriental art and culture" scientific-methodical journal. volume 3. issue 1/ march 2022. issn 2181-063x 281-290 p. 12. ibragimova f. economic factors of renewal of artistic culture. tashkent: "fan", 2007. 52 p. 13. saidboboev z.a., musaev n.u., saidboboeva g.n. history of constructing of electric stations and its activity in turkestan region in 1909-1913. journal of critical reviews, 2020. vo;. 7 issue 20. ph. 451-454. 14. saidboboeva gulzora nematjonovna. (2023). history of studying of electrification in uzbekistan 40-60 th years of xx century. czech journal of multidisciplinary innovations, 2023/5/28. 17, pp. 3640. 15. berdiyeva z. library science. 2nd edition. tashkent: "ilm ziyo", 2013. 400 p. 16. kasimova o., yesimov t. general library science. tashkent: "teacher", 1994. 353 p. 17. okhunjanov e. library studies, archival studies, bibliography: theory and history. tashkent: "tafakkur-bostoni", 2011. 369 p. 18. saidboboev z.a. russian empire on the study of central asia: historical-geographic and cartographic aspects in the first half of the xix century. theoretical & applied science, 2020. issue 5. pp. 251-253 19. cpss on culture, education and science. collection of documents. moscow: politizdat, 1963. s. 313. 20. see: narodnoe obrazovanie v uzssr za 15 let (1924–1934 gg). tashkent: 1939. s. 128. 21. unesco bulletin for libraries, xxi, 5(sept-oct. 1967), 240-248 translated by: hilmi çelik. libraries of soviet russia in the last fifty years. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 17, | oct., 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org estimation size of water erosion in a basin of al-douigi valley by using geographic information systems latif j. farhan university of maysan, college of basic education, maysan, iraq corresponding author: ltyfjbar86@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the al-douigi basin is one of the seasonal basins in the northeast of the ali gharbi district. it is affected by its climatic characteristics within the arid and semi-arid regions and by the nature of rainstorms of varying intensity. it has contributed to the variation in the level of rain falling on the basin areas. in addition, to the contribution of other natural area characteristics to the process of water flow in the basin, especially the terrain, slope, soil and natural vegetation, which affected the form of surface runoff and the occurrence of torrents in the basin. the digital (dem) using the (arcgis) program to extract some of the hydrological characteristics of the basin. the hydrological soils were analyzed using the (scs-cn) method in classifying land uses. the two layers of hydrological soils and land uses were merged using the (combine) function in the arcgis program, where the value of (cn) was (74-98). the study showed an estimate of the surface runoff depth (q), which ranged between (119.04-190.23) mm, and the surface runoff volume (qv), which ranged between (0.72-1.61) m3. al-douigi valley, remote sensing, surface runoff, scs-cn method. introduction estimate the runoff that resulting from rain is the basis for many hydrogeomorphological studies. this is for develop the necessary plans for the development and exploitation of water resources in arid and semi-arid environments. the process of measuring the volume of surface runoff of water basins faces many problems in the process of making those measurements. they are due to the variation in the natural environments in which these basins are located. it indicates that the analysis of the components of most hydrological methods and models is characterized by inaccuracy. there is a lack of statistical data due to the variation in patterns precipitation and other environmental issues. by combining models and experimental methods using geographic information system (gis), many coefficients can be obtained for estimating and calculating runoff, (mishra and singh, 2004). the rain that falls as a result of the rainstorm is exposed to the loss of part of it as a result of the leakage of part of it into the ground through cracks and joints and the nature of the permeability of the soil. however, the other part is exposed to evaporation at high temperatures that contribute to increasing evaporation rates in the lands of the basin. the remaining part flows as a thin sheet of water above the surface of the earth, which is called the above-ground flow, (moglen, ,2000). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org the identification of climatic phenomena in terms of their intensity and duration, as well as the spatial distribution of precipitation and the runoff formed as a result, helps to analyze the depth and size of torrents and their impact on soil and natural vegetation (schulze and schmidt 1992). in spain, the semiarid regions were studied, according to the determination of the volume of runoff, the method of its formation, and the factors affecting it by relying on two groups of soil groups. in addition, the volume of runoff is determined by using the method (scs-cn) ( shrestha,2003)(hassan & al-asadi, 2023a).have focused on estimating the volume of surface runoff by applying the scs method to measure the size of the rainstorm that occurs within a period not exceeding 24 hrs. they have showed that the natural geological factors, natural vegetation and the intensity of the storm, plays a major role in the flow rate of the qara gay basin(hassan & al-asadi, 2023b)(hassan & al-asadi, 2023b) (kumar and singh ,2004). there is also a study that relied on the analysis of surface runoff with the influence of the grazing factor and its pressure on the nature of runoff in the highlands of ethiopia. it turned out that grazing pressure has a significant effect on the rise in runoff values, as well as increasing the area exposed to erosion (mccuen ,1989). the valleys in dry areas still lack more studies and research through which it is possible to identify their different geomorphological aspects and characteristics in preparation for their exploitation. these studies are hydrological studies, which are of particular importance because they are related to the areas of water resources development and agricultural development projects with unavailable water resources. it has hydrometric stations to measure runoff. in these areas, it relies on measuring runoff to estimate the volume of runoff by recognizing the volume of rain. it is considered one of the most important hydrological characteristics as well as other important factors. surface runoff is measured in different ways, including measuring water runoff using soil permeability, the method of elicitation and inference, the daken relationship, bush curve, foleer's empirical relationship, cooke's, and cn-curve methods. it is worth noting that the curved number method is one of the best and most accurate methods. it is widely used in most parts of the world. it is the method that will be adopted in this study. despite the many studies that dealt with this method, sherman is considered the first person to use this method in (1949) (kowalik and kowalik,1981)(hassan & al-asadi, 2023b). the study has proved the relationship between rain and water flow through his experience in the hydrographic framework, which proved its worth. following this study, the us soil conservation authority developed in 1954 this method for measuring heavy rain precipitation, marked by the curved number (cn) method, which the value of (cn) is taken from the tables. it is one of the most important factors in preparing a map of the hydrological aggregates of the soil of the water basin to be studied (hawkins, 1993). the aim of studying the surface runoff of the study area is not limited to providing drinking water, irrigation or groundwater recharge, but rather it goes beyond benefiting from this information in planning programs, environmental conservation management, flood control and the erosion and losses. in addition, to the construction of engineering projects such as the construction of earthen dams and diversion dams for areas at risk of flooding and submersible dams to save flood waters. 4.location of the study area the basin of al-douigi is located in the northeastern part of ali al-gharbi district, maysan province. its coordinates are between latitudes (32 36 4532 39 0) to the north, and between longitudes (46 52 0 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org 46 54 0) to the east. the basin of the study area is about (6.12) km2. the basin is also one of the basins that share between iraq and iran. we indicated that the southern and southwestern part of the basin is located within the administrative borders of maysan province, specifically the western ali al-gharbi district. the basin’s slope is directed from the southern parts of the hamrin hills as well as the western parts of the zagros mountains located in iran. map(1)study area source: depending on the outputs of the program (arcgis10.8) 2.the study problem the study problem was as follow: do natural factors influence the surface runoff in the basin? what is the volume of surface runoff in al-douigi basin? can gis techniques determine and estimate surface runoff volume? 2.1.study hypothesis natural factors have an effect on the volume and velocity of surface runoff in the basin. gis techniques have the ability to track and estimate the volume of surface runoff in the basin. 2.2.the aims of the study to estimate the volume of surface runoff and select the main methods to be relied upon in building a system to extract some of the hydrological characteristics of the basin instead of the traditional method based on paper maps. efficiency and effectiveness of modern technologies specialized in the derivation and processing of space data. as well as the dem model to extract some hydrological characteristics of the basin in the study area. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org 3.explanation of the (scs-cn) method the american soil conservation service hypothesis was relied on to estimate the volume of surface runoff, which is called as the (scs-cn) method. it is one of the most mathematical methods that simulate reality and used to calculate the depth of surface runoff as a result of the basin’s exposure to an influential rainstorm (zhan and huang, 2004). it deals with several variables such as soil type, land uses, soil moisture or geological nature and vegetation to show the extent of its ability to absorb water, as well as the ability of the basin to absorb water surface runoff events (yamani and mehrjounezhad ,2012). this indicator was developed by the natural resources conservation service (nrcs) to represent the probability of rainwater runoff within the drainage area and to estimate the amount of rainwater that seeps into the soil and the amount of surface runoff (verma, and bindu,2012). on the other hand, the main disadvantages of this method are that it does not take into account the intensity of precipitation and its temporal distribution, and does not deal with the effects of the humidity. the method of working (scs-cn) was based on (arc gis 10.8) software, on satellite visuals (landsat 9), and remote sensing data with pixel units with a discriminatory accuracy (30×30), in order to obtain satisfactory results with high accuracy and simulating reality. 5.extract method (cn): the calculated cn values that value ranges between (0-100), express the amount of water permeability to the surfaces of the water basin. when the values go towards zero, it indicates high permeability to the surfaces of the basin, but if it goes from (100) indicates that the surfaces of the basin have little permeability ,taher and mozahem (2013). it has been relied on (arc gis 10.8) and remote sensing techniques to obtain the (cn) index. it is an effective use of time by merging the two layers of hydrological soil groups with the land uses layer, after coding (gode). each layer has different values from the other so as not to merges the program that has the same value. the combine function in the (arc gis 10.8) program, the soil groups and land uses were merged, including the values of (cn) for the al-douigi basin. the most important requirements that were studied and analyzed to obtain the values of (cn) in the study area: 6.hydrological characteristics of the soil of the al-douigi basin the (cn) method has become the focus of a lot of discussion among many specialists in modern hydrology. the soils have been classified into four hydrological groups (a, b, c, d) according to the us soil conservation service guide. they are called the hydrologic soil group, which was developed by us department of agriculture. it is according to the degree of its permeability, or it is done according to the rate of water transmission in the lowest soil after wetting. the soil properties contribute a major role in estimating the volume of runoff, based on the map of soil types for the study area and the results of laboratory analysis and based on the texture and components of those soils. it is clear that there are two types of soils based on to lebornek's soil map data. the map of the hydrological soil groups was prepared, as shown in map (1) and table (2). it has become clear from its observation that the hydrological group of soil (b) is the category that represents the study basin, as it prevails in most parts of the basin. it occupies an area of (4.48) km2 at a rate of (73.26%) of the area of the study area. the soil in this group has a fairly low runoff rate and a moderate infiltration rate when the soil is completely wet and the water transmission through the soil is moderately (alamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org badiri ,2021). it often soils this group is one of the weakest hydrological groups in the ability to absorb water. the class (c) has covered an area of (1.64) km2, with a rate of (26.74%). this type of soil appears in areas that have poor permeability to well-drained when wet. it mainly consists of soil covered with a layer that impedes the downward movement of water and the rate of transmission the water during it ranges between (1.27-3.81) mm/h. the presence of this category is concentrated in the center of the study area, which extends parallel to the river basin (map 1). table (1) soil hydrological classes in al-douigi basin soil type area km2 percentage % a b 4.48 73.26 c 1.64 26.74 total 6.12 100 source: according on map (1). map (2) distribution of the hydrological soil group of al-douigi basin source: depending on the outputs of the program (arcgis10.8) and on the soil classification map issued by the united nations organization (fao) and the results of laboratory analysis of soil samples in the study area. 6.2.classification of ground cover: the classification of the land cover in the study area is one of the basic requirements through the results can be studied and analyzed in order to reach the (cn) values. it includes the natural and human characteristics that cover the surface of the earth despite the change of the cover according to human needs that change through the time. the detection of the types of land cover in the basins of the study area reflects the ability of the basin to generate rain off and groundwater recharge. it was made on the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org satellite visual (landsat.9) on (25/7/2021) with an accuracy of (30) m for the area and through the use of classification, the wave with the natural spectral colors or the existing color categories in the visual, and from the research and interpretation information of the continuous field study in the region. this data to processing through (arcgis10.8) program, after merging the seven bands (rbg), which are bands (3, 5, 7), then the classification of the land cover becomes clear, and from it the land uses are determined through: raster tool box datamangement tools processing composite bands landsat it is possible to identify the types of land cover in the al-douigi basin, through map (2), after using and applying these tools on visual evidence. they will be studied according to their division as follows: table (2) distribution of land covers classification in the study area type area km2 percentage % barren lands 3.45 56.32 natural vegetation 1.45 23.76 cultivated vegetation 0.47 7.69 sand dunes 0.02 0.35 rocky outcrops 0.73 11.88 the total 6.12 100 source: according on map (2) 6.1.barren lands it is lands unsuitable for human or agricultural use due to the presence of rocky excavations as a result of the exposure of those lands to erosion processes. the main reason is attributed to the fact that these lands are completely devoid of vegetation cover (al-nafi’i,1984). these lands occupy wide parts, especially the northern parts and the western parts near the hamrin hills. in addition, to separate parts overlapping with other varieties, especially the southern and western parts of the basins of the study area. this category covers an area of (3.45) km2 with a rate of (56.32%), as shown in the map (2) and table (3). this type of cover is characterized by the speed of surface runoff, except for sandy or gravel soils where water seeps in and then affects the runoff during the rainy period with the opportunity to increase the slope of the surface. the cohesion of the rocks with the short period required for the occurrence of runoff during the rains works to reduce leakage amount (hameed. 2016). 6.5. natural vegetation cover: they are covered with seasonal and perennial herbs throughout the year, which grow intensely after the rains, such as al-khabaz, al-humaid, al-handukuk, as well as wild sidr trees. they are spread in this region with the extension of the sources of the waterways to the north of the hamrin mountain range, as well as within the unit of the aggregation plain at the valleys. the available water contains suitable conditions for its growth. this species occupies most parts of the study area, especially the upper parts in the north, in the central sections and separate parts of the basin area. this type occupies an area of (1.45) km2 and a percentage of (23.76%) of the total area (map 2 and table 3). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org 6.6.cultivated vegetation this category includes agricultural lands represented by green color and includes large parts of the selected basins and includes agricultural lands that were cultivated with grain crops. the presence of this species is concentrated in the northwestern parts near the dividing borders at the slopes, as well as in the central parts and in the southern part near the mouth of the basin. it is found in small percentages in the region due to the lack of water sources, and the area of this species is about (0.47) km2, at a rate of (7.69%) of the total basin area. the presence of vegetation cover has a direct impact from the hydrological point of view on the surface runoff. the amount of runoff decreases with the increase in the density of vegetation cover flow (alrayani,2019). most of the cultivated plants are winter crops such as wheat and barley, or permanent trees. it became clear through the field study that there are (4) wells in the study area that are relied upon to irrigate some agricultural crops such as watermelon and cucumber (map 2 and table 3). 6.7. land of sand dunes this type of land occupies the lower parts of the study area. it extends in the form of west to east, where wind and sedimentary erosion processes prevail, which are characterized by the presence of many wind and sedimentary land forms, especially crescent and longitudinal sand dunes and some scattered sand. the wind worked to transport and deposits it over the rock and stone deposits in that region. these lands occupy an area estimated about (0.02) km2, and with an estimated percentage of (0.35%) of the total area. this type is spread in the southern parts at the downstream area. 6.8. lands of rocky excavations it means the area without the soils of exposed rocky nature. the increased infiltration rates for this type of ground cover those are associated with all porosity and permeability with the difference in the nature of the linear composition that forms the exposed interface of the lower parts. the bare rocks are more solid and less porous, which allows the emergence of surface runoff, and these rocks cover the upper parts of the slopes of the hills. these lands extend in the form of a longitudinal band in the northern sections with an eastern and western direction for the study area. the area is estimated at (0.73) km2, at a rate of (11.88%) of the total area of the basin. map (3) land cover classification (land use) in al-douigi basin source: the satellite view of the american satellite (landsat.9) with a resolution of (30) m on 9/1/2022 using the program (erdasimagin.14) and the outputs of the program (arcgis 10.8) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org 7.anticedent soil moisture condition identifying the preconceived state of soil moisture is an important requirement for obtaining cn values. it has a great effect on both the size and the rate of runoff being this case refers to the wet content before the start of the rainstorm which was mentioned beforehand (mohsen, 2018). the scs has been developed by specialists and working on this aspect to estimate the values (cn), so three features have been identified in determining the pre-condition of soil moisture. the first feature (amc i), representing dry soils, and the second feature (amc ii) for dry and semi-dry areas and the third feature (amc iii) representing wet areas characterized by heavy rain and low temperatures to calculate runoff (tali and arziabi,2015). so each pre-soil moisture situation has values. (cn), when calculating runoff through a merger between the ground cover layer and the soil's hydrological groups thereafter, values were obtained (cn) (yeshewatesfa et al,2001). it is considering the pre-condition of soil moisture as the second advantage (amc ii) which represents the normal situation for calculating the running characteristics of the basins and valleys of the jinnah area. table (3) soil moisture content for the previous five days (inches) amc dry season grow season i less than 0.5 less than 1.4 ii 0.5-1.1 1.4-2.1 iii more than 1.1 more than 2.1 richard h. mc cuen, hydrologic analysis and design. prentice – hall ,inc. , asimon aviacom company upper saddle river ,newjersey,1989,p.160 8.extract curved numbers (cn) al-douigi basin: the values (cn) (curve number) are extracted as an indicator through the merger of the two ground cover layers and hydrological soils by combine (arc gis 10.8), and separate values were given to each soil group. experimental analyses showed that cn values were a function of three factors: the soil group, the moisture cover and the ground conditions (donker. 2001). the cn values show the state of the land cover and the quality of the soil according to its water absorption capability and thus demonstrate the capacity of the basin to generate surface runoff. the high values of cn indicate that the surface of the basin is low in permeability. the lower values indicate high permeability ratios (table 4). the values are derived according to the following (mwendera and saleem, 1997). table (4) derivation of the (cn) curve values according to the tables prepared from the (scs) method hsg description of land a b c d cultivated land 72 81 88 91 without soil protection treatment 62 71 78 81 soil protection treatment lands of artificial pastures and natural pastures 68 79 86 89 poor conditions 39 61 74 80 very rich conditions grass lands 30 58 71 78 good conditions american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org forest lands 45 66 77 83 light wing little cover no diseases 25 55 70 77 thick, rich cover grass lands golf courses – cemeteries 39 61 74 80 good conditions: grass cover 75% or more 49 69 79 84 medium conditions: grass cover 75 50% 89 92 94 95 commercial and professional areas 85% non-permeable 81 88 91 93 industrial provinces 72% are not enforceable residential lands size of land non-access rate 77 85 90 92 65 more than 1-8 61 75 83 87 38 more than 1-4 57 72 81 86 30 more than 1-3 54 70 80 85 25 more than 1-2 51 68 79 84 20 more than 1 98 98 98 98 parking lands for cars roofs paths -etc streets and roads 98 98 98 98 sidewalks for rainwater drainage 76 85 89 91 unpaved gravel roads 72 82 87 89 abandoned roads source: vijay p. singh. donald k. frevert, watershed models, crc press is an imprint of taylor& francis group .2006,p364 . in order to obtain accuracy in identifying areas with runoff and water collection areas in selecting the optimal location of water harvesting methods. this study was provided by working with pixel units and dimensions (15×15) m, allowing for accurate results covering the study area. table (5) and map (3), have been showed that the values are classified based on (arcgis 10.8) in the area study. the values (cn) were in the basin, which amounted to more than 70 to 80, estimated at 0.84 km2 and 13.72% of the total basin area. the lowest category of which is characterized as low-hardness porosity land, characterized by water permeability so as to contain its land on a high percentage of sand which reduces runoff. they are visibly spread as layers in the part of the basin, and are cn values ranging from more than 80 to 3.46 km2, and 56.5% to the total area of the basin. this category is characterized by its moderate hardness and its permeability is between small and medium. however, it allows water to run off during the fall and increases the amount of sediment transported by this flow, covering large parts of the basin. the values of the cn recorded more than (90) which were estimated at 1.82 km2, and at 29.7% of the total basin area. the lands of this category are more rigid because they do not allow water to run through them and increase the speed of runoff and appear as small layers in most parts of the basin. table (5) categories of curve values (cn) for al-douigi basin cn area km2 percentage % 74 0.24 3.9 77 0.22 3.5 79 0.38 6.2 82 0.29 4.7 86 3.17 51.7 91 0.88 14.3 98 0.94 15.3 total 6.12 100 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org source: based on (arcgis 10.8) and map (3). map (4) distribution of curve (cn) values in al-douigi basin source: the satellite view of the american satellite (landsat.9) with a resolution of (30) m on 9/1/2022 2 using the program (erdasimagin.14) and the outputs of the program (arcgis 10.8) 9.calculation of the coefficient of the maximum possibility of retaining water after the start of flow (s): this parameter means the maximum possible extent of water retention in the soil or water retention in the soil after the start of surface runoff. this parameter (potential maximum retention after runoff) (s) may describe the condition of the soil saturated with water after the start of surface runoff after the cessation of the seepage process. there appears a variation in the thickness of the soil layer saturated with water depending on the soil type and its ability to absorb water during rain, however, this coefficient is directly related to the soil type and the nature of land use, which is reflected through the values of the curve (cn). high values of this coefficient (s) indicate a high potential of the soil to retain water and thus a decrease in the amount of surface runoff, while values close to zero indicate a decrease in the ability of the soil to retain water, which is reflected in the provision of a larger amount of runoff water (shukur,2017). the value of (cn), which is known as the surface agglomeration, is calculated after the start of runoff, as shown by the following mathematical equation (bansode and patil,2014): 254 s = 𝟐𝟓𝟒𝟎𝟎 𝑪𝑵 it turns out that the number (254) represents the median value of the coefficient (s), and the ability of the soil to retain water increases when the value of (cn) decreases, but if the value of (cn) increases, we notice an increase in the amount of surface runoff (soulis and valiantaz, 2012). according to the above equation, the value of (cn) was calculated and the results of the equation were extracted in the program (arc gis 10.8), and using (raster calculator). the results were obtained and then a map was extracted to determine this value, its area and its percentages. the value of the coefficient (s) ranged of al-douigi basin for the category (75) mm. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org the area occupied by the basin was (0.22) km2, with a rate of (3.9%) for the part that has the least ability to retain water on its surface, which indicates the weak ability of the soil to retain water and the increase in surface runoff velocity. the category (41) mm occupied an area of (3.17) km2 and a percentage of (51.7). %) for the parts that have the most ability to retain water, as they indicate the ability of the soil to store rainwater and weak runoff for those areas that are characterized by a high retention coefficient. the observation of map (4) and table (6), we conclude that most parts of the study area fall within the high values of the (s) coefficient. especially since most of the coefficient values are above (50). this indicates that they are high values for the (s) coefficient has the ability to retain water, and have a rapid response to surface runoff. table (6) distribution of maximum retention values (s) mm in al-douigi basin class area km2 percentage $ 5 0.94 15.3 25 0.88 14.3 41 3.17 51.7 55 0.29 4.7 67 0.38 6.2 75 0.22 3.9 89 0.24 3.9 total 6.12 100 source: based on map (4) and the output of (arcgis10.8). map (5) distribution of the values of the coefficient (s) mm in al-douigi basin source: 1the satellite image of the american satellite (landsat.9) with a resolution of (30) m on 9/1/2022 2 using the program (erdasimagin.14) and the outputs of the program (arcgis 10.8) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org 10.calculating the initial extraction coefficient (la) the coefficient (la) expresses the lost quantities of rainwater before the start of surface runoff through evaporation or through rainwater encountered by plants, or through leakage. there is also a strong correlation between each of the soil type, its porosity, and the density of vegetation cover. it has a direct correlation with the coefficient (s) that was mentioned earlier. the initial extraction represents onefifth of the value of (s) (almasri, 2010). the low values of the coefficient (la), which are close to zero, indicate a decrease in the amount of rainwater lost before the start of surface runoff, which helps to accelerate the surface runoff process. however, the value (50.8) mm represents the median condition. the initial extraction rate is equal to the rate of running water on the surface, but in the case of an increase in this value. it indicates an increase in the amount of rainwater lost and thus a decrease in the amount of surface running water (schiariti and,cpesc,2012). it is calculated the initial extraction coefficient according to the following mathematical equation: la = 0.25 where: la = initial extraction before the start of runoff (mm). s = maximum retention value after starting flow (mm). 0.25 = constant value when applying the (la) equation in (arcgis10.8) and using the (raster calculator) tool within the spatial analyzer menu, to obtain a (raster) map. it is showed us the values of similar pixels in a specific color for the purpose of obtaining the initial extraction values. it is noted in table (8), we find that the values of the (la) coefficient recorded a decrease ranging between (8-15), where the results of the application of the equation (la) showed the possibility of generating surface runoff in most parts of the region. all of these areas were closer to zero than the average values. the lowest low value occupied the largest area in the region, amounting (3.17) km2, with a rate of (51.7%). it was concentrated in the central and southern parts of the region. table (7) distribution of (la) values of al-douigi basin class (mm) area km2 percentage % 1 0.94 15.3 5 0.88 14.3 8 3.17 51.7 11 0.29 4.8 13 0.38 6.2 15 0.22 3.5 17 0.24 3.9 total 6.12 100 source: based on map (7) and the output of (arcgis10.8). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org map(6)distribution of the values of the coefficient (la) mm in al-douigi basin source: 1the satellite image of the american satellite (landsat.9) with a resolution of (30) m on 9/1/2022 2 using the program (erdasimagin.14) and the outputs of the program (arcgis 10.8). 11.estimate of annual (q) runoff depth surface runoff depth is the summary of the interaction between a specific rain wave with the components and characteristics of the drainage basin. the difference in the type of ground cover and the amount of its soil permeability, the depth of the runoff formed on its surface varies. in this case, with the constant rain waves over the entire basin concerned with the study, and the curved numbers are the variable and controlling element in the variation in surface runoff depth between parts of the region (richard and cuen, 1989). it also expresses the amount of depth of the water running on the surface during rain falling on it, which depends on the natural data of the area, which we infer from the values (cn la s) (shukar,2017), and the depth of surface runoff can be expressed (q), according to the following equation (elena et al,2008): q= ((p-la) 2/ (p-la+s) where: q = runoff depth (mm) p = rain (mm) la = losses before the start of flow, including water retained in depressions (surface, evaporation, leakage) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org s = maximum surface accumulation after runoff starts (mm) when applying the (q) equation in (arcgis10.8) and using the (calculator raster) tool within the functions of the spatial analysis and according to the above equation. the surface runoff depth (q) was calculated (table 9) and map 6). the values of (q) for the al-douigi basin, which recorded the category (154.23) mm, ranged as the area reached about (3.17) km2, with a rate of (51.7%), as the highest values were recorded in the downstream area. however, it was recorded below in the upstream area, which represented the category (127.74) mm, with an area of (0.22) km2, with a rate of (3.6%). this indicates that there is a state of discrepancy in the value of the depth of runoff between the upstream and downstream areas, resulting in the occurrence of surface runoff accumulated in the upstream area of the basin. table (8) distribution of (q) values of al-douigi basin class (mm) area km2 percentage % 119.04 0.24 3.9 127.74 0.22 3.6 133.58 0.38 6.2 142.39 0.29 4.7 154.23 3.17 51.7 169.16 0.88 14.3 190.31 0.94 15.3 total 6.12 100 source: the researcher's work based on arcgis 10.8. map (7) distribution of (q) values in al-douigi basin american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org source: 1the american satellite (landsat.9) with a resolution of (30) m on 9/1/2022 2 using the program (erdasimagin.14) and the outputs of the program (arcgis 10.8) 12.estimation of runoff volume (qv) there is a close relationship between the volume of surface runoff and the intensity of rain and the length of its fall period. the continuation of a rain storm for a short period of time does not lead to the occurrence of surface water runoff, while the persistence of the intensity of the rain storm for a longer period of time causes the occurrence of surface water runoff (almasri,2010 ). this is what characterizes the study area with a dry climate with little precipitation, and estimating the volume of runoff is one of the important calculations when carrying out any hydrological study, which expresses the total runoff in relation to the area of the basin to know the extent of its use in determining the places that are exposed to torrents and methods of water harvesting. the current study of the basins and valleys of al-jana region relied on calculating the surface runoff depth that was previously obtained, using the (calculator raster) function within the layers of the spatial analyzer and by (arcgis 10.8) program. each pixel has an area of (30ᵡ30) m per cell. thus, it helps to give a fixed area for all pixels of (900) m2. the runoff volume was calculated according to the following equation (mishra and singh,2004): qv = (q×a)/1000 so that, qv = runoff volume (m3) q = runoff depth (mm) a = area of the drain pan (m2) 1000 = conversion factor it is clear from the results of the above equation that the highest amount of water runoff in the aldouigi basin reached (1.16) m3, which covers an area of (0.94) km2, with a rate of (15.3%) (table 10). the lowest amount of surface runoff in the aforementioned basin was represented in the category (0.72) m3, with an area that occupied about (0.24) km2 and a rate of (3.9%). as for the remaining surface runoff values, they were distributed (0.24 to 0.88) (table 9). table (9) distribution of runoff volume values (qv) in al-douigi basin class area km2 percentage % 0.72 0.24 3.9 0.78 0.22 3.6 0.81 0.38 6.2 0.87 0.29 4.7 0.94 3.17 51.7 1.03 0.88 14.3 1.16 0.94 15.3 total 6.12 100 source: based on the (qv) equation and the output of arcgis 10.8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org map (8) distribution of runoff volume values (qv) in al-douigi basin source: 1the american satellite (landsat.9) with a resolution of (30) m on 9/1/2022 2 using the program (erdasimagin.14) and the outputs of the program (arcgis 10.8) 13.conclusions the study concludes that the total area affected by surface runoff was about 6.12. the depth of surface runoff in the study area was about 0.94. the value of the soil's ability to retain water was 0.24. according to the burring classification, the soils of the al-douigi basin fall within the hydrological group of soil (b) and constitute (73.26%). thus, the soil infiltration rate is medium to low runoff in its areas. the satellite visual classification showed the presence of (5) varieties in the study area. the barren land category occupied the highest area (3.45) km2 with a rate of (56.32%). the values of (cn), which ranged from more than (80), which is a high value indicating the possibility of generating high water flow in the al-douigi basin. the highest amount of runoff was (1.16) m3 and covers an area of (0.94) km2 and constitutes (15.3%) of the total area of the basin. it has the ability to produce runoff. the spatial accuracy of collecting information in the current study in calculating the hydrological characteristics of a photovoltaic cell unit is (30x 30). it is considered important in these studies when the information extracted is more detailed, the results are more accurate in the occurrence of runoff. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org references 1. abdel-rahman ahmed hamida al-rayani. (2019). estimation of surface runoff for some valley basins in north-west libya, libyan journal of agricultural sciences, 24 (1): 22. 2. ashish bansode, k. a patil. (2014). estimation of runoff by using scs curve number method and arc gis, international journal of scientific& engineering research, 5(7):1283 3. dali khalaf hameed. (2016). spatial analysis to estimate the surface runoff volume of wadi alfada basin in northern iraq using geographic information systems (gis), adab al-farahidi journal, (25):310 4. donker, n. h. w. (2001). a simple rainfall–runoff model based on hydrological units applied to the teba catchment (south‐east spain). hydrological processes 15(1): 135-149. 5. elenav. brevnova ,(2008).,green – ampt infiltration model parameter determination using scs curve number (cn) and soil texture class and application to the scs runoff model ,at west virginia university ,p6-5 6. haider khairy ghadiya al-badiri. (2021). estimating the volume of surface runoff for wadi kor al-tair basin, west of al-muthanna governorate, using the (scs-cn) method, uruk journal of human sciences, 14 (1): 200 7. haifa mohammad al-nafi’i,(1984), the same source, pp. 91-92 8. hassan, mohammed wheed, and kadhim abdul wahab hassan al-asadi. "analysis of large-scale correlations on temperatures over iraq." arab gulf journal of scientific research 41.1 (2023): 217. 9. hawkins, r.h., (1993). asymptotic determination of runoff curve numbers from data. j. irrig. drain. eng. asce. 119 (2): 334–345. 10. hayat kareem shukar. (2017). estimation curve numbers using(gis) and hec – geohms model, 5 (23):4 11. hayat kareem shukur. (2017). estimation curve number using land hecgeo hms model ,journal of engineering, (23):5 12. hundecha, yeshewatesfa, andras bardossy, and hans-werner werner. (2001). development of a fuzzy logic-based rainfall-runoff model." hydrological sciences journal 46(3): 363-376. 13. k. x. soulis and j. d. valiantaz. (2012). scs–cn parameters determination using rainfall– runoff data in heterogeneous watershed, earth system .sci,1001 14. mishra, s. k., and singh, v. p. (2004). validity and extension of the scs-cn method for computing infiltration and rainfall-excess rates. hydrological processes, 18(17), 3323-3345. [doi:10.1002/hyp.1223 15. moglen, g. e. (2000). effect of orientation of spatially distributed curve numbers in runoff calculations. journal of the american water resources association, 36(6), 1391-1400. [doi:10.1111/j.1752-1688.2000.tb05734.x] 16. moniza qahroudi tali, arziabi. (2015). md, scs-cn, in the estimation of rawanab, his reading in mordi: hawdat, ibriz, amir kabir dam (karaj), geography and expansion journal, bihar and tabestan, p.185 17. mwendera, e. j., and ma mohamed saleem. (1997). infiltration rates, surface runoff, and soil loss as influenced by grazing pressure in the ethiopian highlands. soil use and management 13(1): 2935 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 17 oct., 2023 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org 18. paul schiariti,p.e.,cpesc(2012). basic hydrology– runoff curve numbers , mercer county soil conservation district 19. richard h. mc cuen. (1989). hydrologic analysis and design. prentice – hall ,inc. ,asimon& schuster, aviacom company upper saddle river ,newjersey,159 20. richard h. mccuen ,(1989) hydrologic analysis and design, prenticehall,inc,asimon&schuster,aviacom company upper saddle river ,new jersey . 21. sameer shadeed, mohammad almasri. (2010). application of gis–cn method in west bank catchment, palestine, 3(1):7 22. sammer shadeed ,mohammed almasri. (2010). application of gis – based scs – cn method in west bank catchments ,palestine, 3(1):7 31. surendra kumar mishra and vijay p .singh. (2004). validity and extension of the scs – cn method for computing infiltration and rainfall – excess rates ,hydro 1.process 18,published online in wiley inter science, p3325 23. schulze, r. e., schmidt, e. j., and smithers, j. c. (1992). scs-sa user manual pc based scs design flood estimates for small catchments in southern africa. pietermaritzburg: department of agricultural engineering, university of natal. 24. shrestha, m. n. (2003). spatially distributed hydrological modeling considering land-use changes using remote sensing and gis. map asia conferences 25. siri hussein mohsen. (2018). geomorphology of the neidush valley basin, phd thesis (unpublished), college of education for girls, university of baghdad, 176 26. surendra kumar mishra and vijay p. singh, (2004),fellow, validity and extension of the scs-cn method for computing infiltration and rainfall-excess rates ,hydro1.process. 18 ,published onliny in wiley inter,science. 27. taher,t., and mozahem,m. (2013), using scs curve number and gis to estimated runoff volume: case study wadis zahr, harad and al ghayl in yemen, seventeenth international water technology conference, iwtc17; 28. tejramnayak, verma m.k., and hema bindu.s. (2012), scs curve number method in narmada basin, international journal of geomatics and geosciences, volume 3, no 1:219-228; 29. tomasz kowalik, andrzej kowalik,).(1981) estimation of cn parameter for small agricultural watersheds using asymptotic functions, water science and soil. 30. yamani, m and mehrjounezhad, a. (2012), land use changes effect on hydrological balance of kurdan basin using hec-hms model. journal of geography and sustainability. 4: 1-16. 12 31. zhan, x and huang, m. (2004), arc cnrunoff: arcgis tool for generating curve number and runoff maps. environ. model software, 19, 875-879 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org peculiarities of the organization of multi-ethnic, convened mahallas during the years of independence kamilov abdusalim abdullayevich head of the department of social sciences and sports, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: kamilov.a@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the topical problems of reforming the system of makhallas in uzbekistan, the peculiarities of organizing the activities of multinational, religious communities and democratic factors in the years of independence, it is narrated on the content of the mahallabay working system. ministry of mahalla and family support, appeal to oliy majlis, "new uzbekistan new mahalla", religious communities, interethnic harmony, religious tolerance, national and cultural centers, universal values, indicators for assessing the activities of mahallas, mahallabay working system. introduction disciting new nationalities in the uzbek community in the uzbek people of the uzbek people in the context of the independent development of our country is teasing the new statehood in the uzbek community, to modernize the activities of self-government in the formation of civil society. tolerets, one of the democratic principles, are clearly arising not only states but also in individual levels. at the same time, i have to say that in today's globalization, to comply with the needs of the important factors of world policy, about 200 of more than 1,600 nationalities, about 200 nationality have only one of the more than 1,000 nations, ensuring interethnic harmony throughout this environment for regular study of their interests, psyche, aspirations, this is always consideration in political, social life, has shown the consequences, causing serious benefits, and the consequences [1-4]. the main part tolerance means respect for the lifestyles of various ethnicity people, respectively and religious views. a modern concept of tolerance should be noted that in the forming this concept, unesco is important. [1,5] today, the israeli president has adopted a number of decrees in the country, as well as the formation of interethnic relations on the basis of democratic inter-ethnic relations, "on may 19, 2017" interetharian relations and friendship with foreign countries. the decrees "on improvement" decrees are first established by the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan, and at the same time the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org following tasks were set; ensuring relations and cooperation of government agencies with national cultural centers and friendly services located in the country; the tasks of presiding and developing unique national traditions, customs and pics of different nationalities and pics living in our country are the mutual understanding of many candied neighborhoods, as well as the only uzbekistan ". i would like to emphasize that the universal ideas, strengthening equal mutual beneficial relations for them is one of the priorities of our state policy. the issue was also taken by the appeals of our president sh. mirziyoyev, 2020-may be 30 december: "we will take our work to a qualitatively new level in society. it is well known that with a resolution of the general assembly of the united nations annually, july 30, the day of international friendship of international friendship. therefore, i invite this date to determine this date as "people's friendship day" in uzbekistan [6-11]. today, representatives of more than 130 nationalities and ethnic groups are living in uzbekistan. they work hard in all fields and industries to build a democratic legal state based on developed market economies and the formation of a strong civil society. during the years of independence, 120 activists of national cultural centers were awarded state prizes, including the medals, including 14 hero of uzbekistan [9-14]. the republican center for friendly cultural center, 138 national cultural centers, uzbekistan, as well as 34 friendly organizations, preserving the history, culture, spiritual values, traditions, traditions and traditions of uzbekistan and comprehensive development, harmonizing interethnic relations, combine interethnic relations, play an important role in the sustainable development of society and the state. [5.70.b] it is a great family of about 10,000 mahallas in uzbekistan, which is a huge family, which has never been defeated in the history of different religious denominations, and the uzbek people are still tolerant of being depressed. when the president described the neighborhood as sh. mirziyoyev as the "democratic career", they noted that they meant democratic and universal universal principles of multiental neighborhoods. as a symbol of the neighborhood system, we consider it expedient to pay a great deal of attention to the principle of tolerance in the places where tolerance. zero, "new uzbekistan" is based on the principles of mutually beneficial and equality "let's live free in uzbekistan and prosperity." requires to unite around the good idea. the republican international culture of culture and the republican charitable foundation "mahalla" of the republic held scientificpractical seminars and roundtables on "uzbek multi-ethnic family." the extent to the chairmanship of the organizer, organizer "afrosiyob" such as afrosiyob in tashkent is also indication of the extent of interethnic harmony in uzbekistan. [1.38.b] "in the implementation of the neighborhood management, the views of different nationalities living in the neighborhood and religious world views should be taken into account based on the principle of religious tolerance. the neighborhood must be chaired by the organization and conduct of measures based on their national and religious values. it is advisable to operate on the basis of "mahalla all of us,". in the democratic development of society, the interest of citizens must be fully addressed. to do this, representatives of the community should be acquainted with the official concepts of religion, the general information relating to religion. "[4.45.b] during the years of independence, it was focused on the unique aspects of the organization of multi-ethnic, candy mahallas, where sufficient legal conditions have been created for comprehensive work of other nationalities to work in every direction. the data obtained during the study showed that one of the two respondents are almost a multi-ethnic state. [2.145.b] during the study, most of respondents (88.0%) responded positively to their relations with their neighbors belonging to another. [2.146.b] the research information can be concluded that the principles of peace, interethnic harmony of peace, interpretation of interethnic harmony and inter-religious tolerance indicates that the place in strengthening the civil american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org agreement is important. according to the appeal of the head of our state in appeal, in 2021 the economy of our country was aimed at increasing at least 5%. however, the uncertainty in the global economy requires a long time to find and mobilize additional reserves of economic growth. therefore, the president sets out the task of explaining and developing the "growth points" in the field of all levels. it was noted that the representatives of economic complexes should be home to the neighborhood and need a vertical system, the activities of all organs [14-17]. the mahallabay's recommendations on the basis of the "mahallanese chairman of the mahalla" on the basis of the "mahallanese chairman of the mahalla" on the basis of the capabilities of the mahalla and the sahallabayi's recommendations are lifiable today for thousands of citizens living today is getting prosperous. mahallabay's focuses on the knowledge and opportunity to work in the system, the importance of teaching more than 20,000 employees and giving them all powers in addressing the issue. the academy of public administration has been set up to organize courses for neighborhood chairmen and all employees involved in this system, for which the task of develop special programs and manuals. the neighborhood processing system includes the following functions: the analysis of business activities in the neighborhoods, the desire of businesses and needs to work in the neighborhoods, to provide recommendations for employment of families, to teach unemployed mahalla, to study the current potential of each neighborhood (vacant buildings, lands, land). , assistance in the implementation of new entrepreneurial projects in the neighborhood and developing a plan to increase the business potential of the neighborhood. in order to turn the mahalla institute a separate organizational structure by president shavkat mirziyoyev, "pf" on measures of the health and spiritual environment and the development of the mahalla and women's family and women's system of family and women. "decrees of 15 decrees were adopted 5938. this decree envisages the work and provision of material and technical bases to the latest information technical means. conclusions in uzbekistan, i think it should be done to do a following work on improving the activities of multinational, candy mahallas: 1. further strengthening of bilateral cooperation with national cultural centers and friendly cooperation in the pursuing of nationlived communities. 2. organization of cultural and educational activities between multinational mahallas under the motto "uzbekistan". 3. location of banners, which reflect interethnic harmony under the neighborhoods. 4. development of integrated legislation on the activities of multi-ethnic neighborhoods. 5. development of a comprehensive guide on the activities of national cultural centers. 6. development of a long-term strategy for the development of the mahallabay performance system. the conclusion is that we can see a correlation between the state and the society due to the attention of the unique institute in building shmirziyoev's attention to the neighborhoods of our president sh.m. mirziroev, which indicates democratic principles in uzbekistan. also, poverty reducing poverty, creating new jobs through the mahallabay operating system. in short, we recognize that the "new uzbek-new mahalla" is becoming an integral part of civil society. in addition to ensuring the independence of local issues in the self-management system, ensuring the independence of local citizens 'assembly in the system of local mahalla, to reorganize the overheaded neighborhoods, to reorganize and organize the overall joint mahalla citizens' assembly done. democratic principles and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org universally recognized values are granted depending on the high attention of many attention to many candy neighborhoods. for interethnic harmony is a mirror for democracy. references 1. raximov, i. a. (2020). establishment of the ministry of community and family support is an important step in self-government. in современная наука: актуальные проблемы, достижения и инновации (pp. 215-222). 2. azimjonovich, r. i., & obidjonovich, e. u. (2020). mahalla institute-the foundation of civil society of uzbekistan. epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr) impact faktor: 7.032. indiya. 2020 may. p. 249, 252. 3. тожибоев, у. у., & рахимов, и. а. (2019). духовные основы гражданского общества. актуальная наука, (11), 137-140. 4. рахимов, и. а. (2020). великий шелковый путь, которым восхищается мир. in современные научные исследования: тенденции и перспективы (pp. 93-102). 5. рахимов, и. а. (2021). основание гражданского общества махалла. in инновационное развитие современной науки (pp. 32-37). 6. рахимов, и. а. (2020). из истории управленческих процедур туркестанских местных инвесторов в конце 19 и начале 20 веков. in актуальные вопросы современной науки и практики (pp. 111-115). 7. raximov, i. a. (2020). establishment of the ministry of community and family support is an important step in self-government. in современная наука: актуальные проблемы, достижения и инновации (pp. 215-222). 8. rakhimov, i., & abdullayev, s. (2019). uzbek neighbourhoods: history and nowadays. вестник ошского государственного университета, (3), 34-37. 9. rahimov, i. (2021). neighborhood democratic material. in обмен научными знаниями в условиях глобализации (pp. 31-34). 10. рахимов, и. а., & нурматов, л. о. ў. (2021). кўп миллатли, конфессияли маҳаллалар демократиянинг бош мезони. scientific progress, 2(2), 1068-1074. 11. рахимов, и. а. (2021). действия узбекистана в урегулировании политической ситуации в афганистане. научное знание современности учредители: индивидуальный предприниматель кузьмин сергей владимирович, 11, 5-11. 12. azimjonovich, r. i., nafisaxon, a., & sitoraxon, k. (2022). mustaqillik yillarida ko ‘p millatli va kop konfessiyali mahallalar faoliyatini tashkil etishning o ‘ziga xos xususiyatlari. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(2), 37-42. 13. abdumannonovich, n. m., obidjonovich, e. u., azamovich, m. a., & azimjonovich, r. i. (2022). afg’onistondagi siyosiy vaziyatni izga solishdagi o’zbekistonning say-xarakatlari. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(2), 69-74. 14. rakhimov, i. a. (2021). afg'onistondagi siyosiy vaziyatni izga solishdagi o'zbekistonning sayxarakatlari. in современные проблемы и перспективные направления развития науки (pp. 917). 15. рахимов, и. а. (2022). институт махалли как основа межэтнической гармонии. science time, (1 (97)), 30-33. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org 16. камилов, а. (2022). ахборотлар ёрдамида туристик оқимни ва турмаҳсулотларни етказиб беришни бошқариш. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 115-119. 17. abdullayevich, k. a. (2022). the activities of the people's commissaries of people's commissions of nations in the establishment of national relations in the mssr in the 1920s. central asian journal of social sciences and history, 3(10), 19-28. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org repitition as a stylistical device in uzbek and english languages samatova shaxzoda ruzimurod qizi efl teacher uzbekistan state world languages university e-mail: shaxzodasamatova@gmail,com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents the definition of a repetition as a stylistical device according to different sources of the field of stylistics. the main aim of this article to analyze and compare similarities and differences of repetition in both uzbek and english languages. showing as an example many works by different authors were searched and analyzed. repetition, stylistics, anaphora, epiphora, pragmatic aim. introduction one of the most used stylistic tools in artistic speech and text is repetition. there are about thirty of them, for example, alliteration, anaphora, antistrophe, antanaclasis, antonomasia, antimetabola, metabola, refrain, monorhyme, pleonasm, rhyme, tautology, commentary, epiphora, epistrophe, epanode, epanasgrophe, circle the presence of such types as acquisition, repetition, loop, and connection testifies to the wide range of possibilities of expression and image in the artistic style. the linguist j. lapasov describes repetition as follows: "the authors of the works of art draw the reader's attention to the described events and exaggerate them in order to show, he uses sounds and sounds, words and sets of words, sentences, reinforces the accent, adds tension to the speech in artistic works."1 in fact, any actions, similes, metaphors, image tools used by the writer and poet, in general, the creator, serve not to fill the text, but to enrich its content. it gives the work more artistic beauty, charm, pathos, upbeat spirit, and becomes an artistic tool of the thought that wants to be said. repetitions do not always consist of words, for example they are phonetic (of vowels or consonants) repetition, lexical (of words), syntactic repetition (of clauses, phrases or whole sentences) literature review “repetition is a figure of speech that shows the logical emphasis that is necessary to attract a reader’s attention on the key-word or a key phrase of the text. it implies repeating sounds, words, expressions and clauses in a certain succession or even with no particular placement of the words, in order to 1 lapasov j. literary text and linguistic analysis. -tashkent: teacher, 1995. p.48. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org provide emphasis. there is no restriction in using repetition but too much repetition can be dull and even spoil its stylistic effect.”2 "repetition is one of the most actively used stylistic methods in the artistic style of the uzbek language. but it cannot be denied that it is used in other functional styles. because in each style there is a need to emphasize, separate, sometimes exaggerate the meaning, to attract attention in certain places. in order to meet this need, language units that are easily accepted by many people, actively used in the field of thought or in everyday life are repeatedly used" [1.55] says s. karimov. as the teacher said, the task of repetition is not just the repetition of sounds, words or sentences, but in a certain sense, it also carries the responsibility of performing an emotional-emotional task. in this way, the ease and simplicity of repetition compared to other syntactic figures caused its wide use. because it is distinguished by its intonation, solemnity, and the fact that it is equally easy to understand. repetition is classified according to compositional patterns. there are several set patterns which we would like to discuss separately. anaphora or anaphoric repetition is called the repetition of a word or a phrase at the beginning of two or more consecutive sentences. epiphora or epiphoric repetition is a type of repetition when one and the same word or phrase is placed at the end of consecutive sentences. analysis and results anaphora in uzbek and english languages: english: farewell to the mountains high covered with snow! farewell to the straths and green valleys below! farewell to the forests and wild-hanging woods! farewell to the torrents and loud-pouring floods! (r. burns) in the given example together with anaphoric repetition “farewell to the” is also observed parallelism of syntactic composition of each line. anaphora gives a literary text peculiar rhythm what, together with repetition of an anaphoric element, somehow brings that particular extract of prose and sound of poetic speech close together. but being used in poetry, anaphora increases sound harmony of speech. uzbek: bu men-ku, qadrdon jo‘ralar, bu men-ku, qadrdon dalalar, ovoz yo‘q...ko‘ksimda titrar jon. (khurshid davron) as we can see, in this passage, the poet used repetition anaphora at the beginning of the stanza. the purpose of anaphora is that the lyrical hero repeats "this is me" in order to highlight himself, to remind his loved ones, and to remind those around him of himself. epiphora in uzbek and english languages: english: “now this gentleman had a younger brother of still better appearance that himself, who had tried life as a cornet of dragoons, and found it a bore; and ad afterwards tried it in the train of an english minister 2 usarov i. k. associated professor stylistic repetition, its peculiarities and types in modern english, novateur publications journalnxa multidisciplinary peer reviewed journal issn no: 2581 4230 volume 8, issue 3, mar. -2022, 45 page american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org abroad, and found it a bore; and had then strolled to jerusalem, and got bored there; and then gone yachting about the world, and got bored everywhere.” (ch. dickens) epiphora also occupies an incomparable place in the poet's poetry as a stylistic figure that creates impressiveness, emphasis, and conclusion. uzbek: “faqat keyin, oh, keyin dildan imon ketganda, jaholat-la do‘st bo‘lib, qo‘ldan shayton tutganda”. (khurshid davron) then, while the words perform the function of epiphora here, it is considered that the words also perform the function of strengthening the meaning here. if we pay attention, then the words seem to have the same character here, but they have a separate meaning. that is, in terms of emotionality, one is superior to the other. conclusion in conclusion, it can be said that repetition plays a significant role in stylistics in order to show the attitude of the speaker or writer to the context and exaggerate the meaning of the context, it is mostly used in poems in both uzbek and english languages. in both languages mainly two types of repetitions are used and they have nearly the same pragmatically aim. references 1. galperin. i. stylistics. moscow, 1990. 2. usarov i. k. problems of general stylistics of composite sentences, tashkent, 2004, 146 pp 3. usarov i. k. associated professor stylistic repetition, its peculiarities and types in modern english, novateur publications journalnxa multidisciplinary peer reviewed journal issn no: 2581 4230 volume 8, issue 3, mar. 2022, 45 page. 4. lapasov j. literary text and linguistic analysis. -tashkent: teacher, 1995. p.48. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org social changes in the republic of uzbekistan r.а.nosirov , tashkent state transport university, professor of the department of "public international law" a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes effective reforms in the social sphere in uzbekistan, the issue of social protection of the population during the transition to a market economy, the main goal of all the reforms being carried out in the country, and today's issues of labor protection. social sphere, reforms, independence, market economy, population, social protection, country. introduction today, in order to implement effective reforms in the social sphere, a number of presidential decisions have been adopted in uzbekistan, "we will sacrifice you, uzbekistan!" is being applied to the social sphere on the basis of organizational-practical, spiritual-educational activities and programs of promotion-campaign work, which embody the main idea. therefore, the real goal of all the reforms carried out in the country is to create decent living conditions for people. that is why an important part of the "uzbek model", which is the basis for the renewal and development of uzbekistan, is the strong social protection of the population. the government of uzbekistan has taken necessary measures for the social protection of the population during the transition period based on the principles of the "uzbek model". these measures played an important role in preventing a sharp decline in people's living standards and became a factor in maintaining peace and stability in the republic. at the initial stage of social protection of the population (1991 1995), it was necessary to prevent a sharp decrease in the consumption of basic food products and non-food goods, the emergence of mass unemployment, a sharp drop in the standard of living of the population, social spheres, that is, health care, education , it was possible to ensure the continuous operation of science and culture networks. it was resolved by maintaining guarantees in the field of employment, by maintaining a liberal policy in support of employment and formation of the population's income. providing employment to the population and supporting entrepreneurship has risen to the level of state policy. during this period, the government implemented the following measures, in particular: first, the policy of releasing workers from unprofitable industries and preventing gross unemployment; secondly, the privatization of housing, allotment of plots to rural residents, development of private entrepreneurship and formation of new sources of population income growth; thirdly, government indexation of salary. implementation of the support system by providing compensations, benefits, subsidies and consumer subsidies; fourth, to ensure the personal security of people, to strengthen the prevention of the increased risk of crime, drug business, terrorism and corruption. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org in order to prevent a sharp increase in unemployment, to establish a multi-sectoral system of labor exchanges (in the first years of independence, 240 labor exchanges were established in all cities and districts of the republic), a mechanism for registering citizens in need of work, retraining and improving the skills of the population, establishing a social work institute and organizational-economic methods such as the payment of unemployment benefits were widely used. in addition, regional employment programs were developed and implemented. taking into account the socio-economic, national and demographic characteristics of the state, the foundation was laid for the protection of consumer markets and the state's consumer safety. in order to prevent a sharp decrease in basic food and consumer goods, a standardized system of limited products was developed. also, as a protective measure, the system of providing subsidies to consumers and various forms of protection against the departure of the country from the main food products in the consumer market were widely used. in order to protect the purchasing power of the population in the conditions of price liberalization, these measures became very important. this policy helped to implement the main goals and tasks in the social sphere in the most difficult initial periods of the transition period. during this period, the legal foundations of social support and protection of the population of the republic of uzbekistan were created. basic law of the republic of uzbekistan constitution, "on the basics of state policy regarding youth in the republic of uzbekistan", "on employment of the population", "on citizenship of the republic of uzbekistan", "on education", "on labor protection", "state house "on privatization of land fund", "on state pension of citizens", a number of socially important laws were adopted. thus, as a result of the measures implemented in the first stage of social protection of the population, gross unemployment and a sharp decrease in the standard of living of the population were prevented, and the government made it possible to establish highly efficient markettype farms by allocating private plots to the rural population. in the second stage of social protection of the population (1996-2003), providing employment, increasing the income of the population, increasing the potential of human capital became the priority directions of social policy. the number of wage indexation has decreased sharply due to the increase in prices. indexation began to be used only in the field of budget organizations. consumer subsidies were reserved only for certain types of utility services. income level pensions and stipends, permanent increase of monthly salaries of budget sector employees (minimum wage from 250 soums (1996) to 6500 soums (2004), i.e. increased 24 times), targeted social assistance to low-income families and families with children, unemployed financial assistance was administered through a mechanism that included elements such as taxing individuals' incomes at progressively increasing rates. at this stage, promising regional programs aimed at providing employment to the able-bodied population, creating new jobs, and expanding the types of activities in rural areas were adopted. this mechanism of providing employment to the population provided a tactical task in the field of employment reducing the rate of unemployment. in order to improve the living standards of the villagers, the program of providing the villagers with drinking water and natural gas was developed and implemented. during this period, annual state programs were implemented in order to further support the strata of the population in need of social protection. among these, state programs such as "year of human interests", "year of the family", "year of women", "year of a healthy generation", "year of mother and child", "year of valuing the elderly", "year of prosperous neighborhood" are special in the strengthening of social policy. took place. since 1997, the system of social programs has been implemented in all sectors of the social sphere. in the field of education, it was a national training program that resulted in the construction and capital renovation of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org schools, academic lyceums, and vocational colleges. educational buildings are provided with modern equipment, educational tools, computer classes. new national educational standards, textbooks were developed and implemented. for the implementation of these activities, almost half of the part of the state budget devoted to the social sphere was spent every year. health care reform the state program has had great social significance, based on this program, the medical service system has been revised, the primary link of health care in rural areas has been reformed, and the maternal and child protection system has been improved. in a certain sense, the work carried out so far was summarized in the presidential decree "on measures for the future implementation of the strategy of actions in the five priority directions of the development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021". in particular, the most important works in the social sphere have also been reflected. it is noted that "only in the first half of this year, 2.7 thousand kilometers of highways were built and repaired, 84 thousand 300 jobs were created. in 2017-2020, the program for the construction and reconstruction of energy-efficient low-cost multi-apartment buildings was implemented in cities, within the framework of which 1,136 multi-story buildings with 50,286 apartments were built, in addition, 75,000 residences were built in rural areas based on a model project. in order to imagine the extent of attention to the social sphere, it is necessary to count the important legal documents adopted in this regard this year. as you can see, the action strategy clearly defines what needs to be done to develop the social sector. in particular, a lot of work has been done to improve the social protection and health care system of the population. president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to further improve emergency medical care" (16.03.2017), "on measures to further improve the management of the housing and communal services system" (18.04.2017), "at the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan on the establishment of the state inspectorate to control the use of drinking water" (18.04.2017), "on the improvement of the state management system in the field of ecology and environmental protection" (21.04.2017), "measures to fundamentally improve the management system of the state veterinary service on events" (01.06) and other decrees were adopted. also, the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures for the further development of the private sector in the field of health care" (04.01.2017), "on encouraging participants of the second world war" (04.04.2017), "preparation and holding of the day of remembrance and appreciation" on measures" (04.04.2017), "on measures to further develop oncology services in the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021 and improve oncology care to the population" (04.04.2017), "drinking water supply and "on the program for comprehensive development and modernization of sewage systems" (20.04.2017), "on the program for the development of the heat supply system in 2018-2022" (20.04.2017), "maintenance of the multiapartment housing fund in 2017-2021 and on measures to further improve the use system" (04.24.2017), "on measures to regulate the control and accounting of the rational use of underground water reserves in 2017-2021" (05.04.2017), "to the residents of tashkent on measures to further improve the management system of providing primary medical and sanitary care and to increase the professional responsibility of managers and specialists for its effectiveness" (06.06.2017), "on measures to further develop the provision of specialized medical care to the population of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021 ” (20.06.2017), “on additional measures to improve the system of providing the population with medicines and medical supplies” (17.07.2017) and other resolutions “on measures to further improve the system of state support for the disabled" (08/01/2017) the order was issued. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org conclusion it is true that today we have our shortcomings, but as a result of the measures taken to ensure the social protection of the population, the income of the main part of the population and the growth of the share of the middle class have been achieved, the national model of education has been developed, the coverage of general, secondary and secondary vocational education has expanded. the national model of health care was formed, demographic characteristics and health of the population improved. references: 1. shavkat mirziyoev. we will resolutely continue our path of national development and raise it to a new level. volume 1, t., "uzbekistan", 2018 2. shavkat mirziyoev. the approval of our people is the highest evaluation given to our activities. volume 2, t., "uzbekistan, 2018. 3. address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy majlis. "people's word", december 30, 2020. 4. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the strategy of actions for further development of the republic of uzbekistan". t., "adolat", 2017. 5. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. t., "uzbekistan", 2019. 6. towards rapid development and renewal based on the action strategy. t., "gafur ghulam", 2017address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy majlis. internet source "prezident.uz". december 29, 2020. 7. adilovich, nosirov rashod. "the strategic value of education for the development of science and training of promising personnel potential." (2022): 183-186. 8. nosirov, r., & mamajanova, g. (2022). international ratings and index indicators of the republic of uzbekistan. european multidisciplinary journal of modern science, 4, 86-88. 9. adilovich, nosirov rashod, and yuldashev bakhtiyar ergashevich. "structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform andprospects." european journal of molecular and clinical medicine 8.1 (2021): 1388 1396. 10. adilovich, n. r. (2022). the strategic value of education for the development of science and training of promising personnel potential. nosirov, r. (2022). the place and role of the master amir temur in world history. uzbek scholar journal, 9, 203-205. 11. indicators of the republic of uzbekistan. european multidisciplinary journal of modern science, 4, 86-88. 12. nosirov r. a. о‘zbek xalqining etnik shakllanishi //uzbek scholar journal. – 2022. – t. 9. – s. 198-202. 13. adilovich, nosirov rashod, and yuldashev bakhtiyar ergashevich. "structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform and prospects." european journal of molecular and clinical medicine 8.1 (2021): 13881396. 14. nosirov r. a. educational problems in the history of central asia //innovative technologica: methodical research journal. – 2021. – t. 2. – №. 04. – s. 82-85. 15. adilovich, n. r., sharifovna, y. n., upashevna, a. l., vladimirovna, t. s., & juraevna, n. n. (2020). the phenomenon of friendship in the social views of eastern thinkers. journal of critical reviews, 7(13), 4695-4698. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org 16. 11. adilovich, n. r., sharifovna, y. n., upashevna, a. l., vladimirovna, t. s., & juraevna, n. n. (2020). the phenomenon of friendship in the social views of eastern thinkers. journal of critical reviews, 7(13), 4695-4698. 17. nosirov, r. a., raximova, m. i., & temirova, s. v. (2022). jamiyatda ijtimoiy ongninо‘zgarishiijtimoiy munosabatlar taxlili. innovatsii v pedagogike i psixologii, 5(3). 18. ‘nalishi. academic research in educational sciences, 3(tstu conference 2), 242 248. 19. adilovich, n. r., & temirova, s. v. (2023). economic reforms, formation of private ownership history of the development of market relations in uzbekistan. american journal of business management, economics and banking, 11, 107109. 20. adilovich, n. r., & temirova, s. v. (2023). economic reforms, formation of private ownership history of the development of market relations in uzbekistan. american journal of business management, economics and banking, 11, 107109. 21. nosirov, r. a., & temirova, s. v. (2022). mustaqil o ‘zbekiston konstitutsiyasining qabul qilinishining tarixi. academic research in educational sciences, 3(tstu conference 2), 177-182. 22. nosirov, r. a., & temirova, s. v. (2022). jamiyat hayotida konstitutsiyaning o’rni. academic research in educational sciences, 3(tstu conference 2), 249-252. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org healthy lifestyle: the current state of the problem ibatova sh.m. mamatkulova f. kh. samarkand state medical university, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s a healthy lifestyle is a person’s way of life with the aim of preventing diseases and promoting health. health is our wealth, which can only be preserved with the right lifestyle. how interesting and colorful his life will be depending on the physical and spiritual state of a person. with a healthy lifestyle, a person can form and improve his well-being by eating right, doing physical exercise and hardening, and rationally organizing his work and rest schedule. health, hygiene, lifestyle, regime and rest, disease prevention. introduction a healthy lifestyle is a set of rules aimed at maintaining and strengthening physical and mental health. through lifestyle, a person can shape and improve his well-being by eating right, doing physical exercise and hardening, and rationally organizing his work and rest schedule. however, all this is impossible if hygiene standards are not observed [1-5]. health is the normal psychosomatic state of a person, reflecting his complete physical, mental and social well-being. health largely depends on lifestyle. the main thing in a healthy lifestyle is the active creation of health, including all its components [11-14]. hygienic principles are an important condition for primary and secondary prevention of various diseases. it is necessary to know and apply them in everyday life, in educational activities, in production, when organizing various cultural and sports events, in professional settings [6-10]. hygiene is one of the most important branches of medicine, studying and developing the principles of maintaining and promoting health by observing hygienic requirements in everyday activities. individual hygiene of each person is closely connected with society. the social importance of hygiene is determined by the fact that failure to comply with its requirements in life can have an adverse effect on the health of people around. for example, the spread of infectious diseases and helminth infections, passive smoking, deterioration of indoor air quality, etc. [18,21,25,28]. personal and public hygiene are rules that people must follow when caring for their bodies and when communicating with each other. the complex of elements of personal and public hygiene is very extensive. none of the components of a healthy lifestyle is possible without compliance with hygiene rules. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org simple daily truths: keeping the body clean, caring for the mouth, nails and hair, washing hands properly before eating and after visiting the street, using the toilet, choosing clothes and shoes according to the season from natural materials, using only individual household items, ventilating living areas. and only a few can boast that almost everyone does this regularly. body hygiene contributes to the proper functioning of the body, helps to improve metabolism, blood circulation, digestion, breathing, the development of a person’s physical and mental abilities, his performance, and resistance to various diseases. skin pollution and skin diseases weaken its activity, which negatively affects human health [29-32]. maintaining good hygiene is the basis of a healthy lifestyle. no matter how perfect medicine is, it cannot rid everyone of all diseases. man is the creator of his own health. health is our wealth, which can only be preserved with the right lifestyle. how interesting and colorful his life will be depends on the physical and spiritual state of a person. nowadays it is fashionable to lead a healthy lifestyle, because society needs successful and healthy people. there are several aspects of a healthy lifestyle that must be followed for success [20,24]. 1. healthy eating. any human activity depends on the substances and microelements that enter the body along with food. therefore, you should give up fast food and other junk food, turning your attention to fruits, vegetables, grains and thus organize a proper diet. 2. physical education classes. be sure to do exercises in the morning every day! it will give you energy and good mood for the whole day. you need to choose the right sport for yourself. physical activity is indispensable for a healthy lifestyle. exercising will make our body slim and beautiful, and also strengthen our immune system. 3. good sleep. every day a person should sleep about 8 hours, and it is better to go to bed before midnight this is the most favorable time for sleep. it is necessary to ventilate the room well before going to bed. an important feature is the comfort and convenience of the sleeping area. you should not overeat at night; you must remember that your last meal should be no later than 3 hours before bedtime. 4. daily routine. it is necessary to manage your time wisely. a well-organized daily routine means proper alternation of work and rest. by creating the right routine, you will be able to get more done in a day, avoiding overwork. 5. giving up bad habits. alcohol, drugs, smoking all this causes irreparable harm to the body. these bad habits lead to illness, prevent a person from developing both in work and in creative activity, as a result of which they make him socially disadvantaged and unhappy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 6. resistance to stress you must try to be calmer about problems and failures that arise. you need to remember that negative emotions lead to illness. doing what you love and doing sports will help you cope with stress. you need to try to control your emotions and treat everything with kindness and positivity. 7. hardening the body. hardening is an important feature of a healthy lifestyle; it is the prevention of colds and the development of the body’s resistance to negative environmental conditions. it is known that a hardened person catches a cold 8 times less often than an unhardened person. you can harden yourself with snow, sun, air or water, the main thing is to do it wisely and in moderation. 8. personal hygiene. as they say, cleanliness is the key to health, so you need to put your body and clothes in order every day. failure to maintain personal hygiene can lead to the development of many dangerous diseases. 9. spiritual well-being. by following the principles of a healthy lifestyle, a person strengthens his body and improves his wellbeing. healthy people are beautiful people. it has been proven that following a healthy lifestyle can significantly slow down human aging. the fact is that healthy food containing antioxidants (vitamins e, b, zinc and ascorbic acid) enriches cells with oxygen, which means they prolong their youth [19,22,27]. exercising lowers cholesterol levels, which slows down the process of vascular atherosclerosis. quitting smoking and alcohol will prevent the rapid appearance of wrinkles and skin aging in general. a stable nervous system, which is produced only with proper nutrition and a healthy lifestyle, prevents aging. an optimistic mood is often the main component of successful activities and any endeavors. it is important to be able to correctly determine your life goals and correctly set priorities [23,26]. thus, the concept of a healthy lifestyle is much broader than the absence of bad habits, a work and rest schedule, a nutritional system, and various hardening and developmental exercises; it also includes a system of relationships to oneself, to another person, to life in general, as well as the meaningfulness of being, life goals and values, etc. consequently, to create health, it is necessary both to expand ideas about health and disease, and to skillfully use the entire range of factors influencing the various components of health (physical, mental, social and spiritual), and mastery of health-improving and restorative methods. references 1. adelfinsky a. s. in spite of records: experience in the study of mass sports / a. s. adelfinsky. — moscow: delo, 2018 [vol. e. 2017]. — 379 p. 2. aristov l. s. mass student sports in modern russia: interaction of social actors: abstract. dis. ...cand. sociol. sciences / aristov lev sergeevich. ekaterinburg, 2018. 25 p. 3. bukin d. prevention of drug addiction through the promotion of a healthy lifestyle // narconet. 2017. no. 2. p. 10-16. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org 4. buharkina e. how to become a non-sick person: prevention of bad habits among schoolchildren // bibliopol. 2018. no. 4. p. 52-56. 5. vazhenina e. n. educational potential of the media environment in the formation of a sports lifestyle of student youth // physical culture: education, education, training. 2016. no. 6. p. 28-30. 6. vedukhina a. n. health-saving technologies for strengthening the health of young people in special medical groups // philosophy of education. 2016. no. 5 (68). — p. 185-193. 7. vorontsov p. g. the role of health improvement pedagogy in the formation of professional and moral qualities of secular and religious university youth through physical culture // philosophy of education. 2016. no. 5 (68). — p. 194-203. 8. zhiratkova zh. v. formation of a healthy lifestyle for student youth (sociological analysis) // regionology. 2018. no. 4. p. 784-797. 9. life is great! // narconet. 2019. no. 6. p. 4-37. 10. journalism for the health of the nation: media communications and human development: [collection of articles / edited by t. i. frolova]. moscow: moscow university publishing house, 2012. 381 p. 11. ibatova sh.m., ruzikulov n.e., mamatkulova f.kh. basics of a healthy lifestyle. epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr). oktober 2023. p.1-3. 12. ibatova sh.m., rakhmonov yu.a., m.t. gaffarova. a healthy lifestyle is the basis of a prosperous life. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd). volume 8.| september 2023. p. 59-61. 13. sh.m. ibatova, m.j. ashurova, a.b. sanakulov. variants of clinical manifestations of giardiasis in children. eurasian medical research periodical. volume 30| march 2024. p. 56-60. 14. ibatova shoira mavlanovna, ergashev abdurashid khursandovich, mamatkulova feruza khamidovna, rakhmonov yusuf abdullayevich, turaeva n.y. risk factors for the development of obesity in children. e3s web of conferences. volume 491, 2024. p.1-5. 15. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y.the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 16. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020.-p. 3-6. 17. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gas-liquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 18. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 19. sh.m. ibatova, m.j. ashurova, a.b. sanakulov. variants of clinical manifestations of giardiasis in children. eurasian medical research periodical. volume 30| march 2024. p. 56-60. 20. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 21. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k.state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 22. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213 23. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., normakhmatov b.b. giardiasis in children and its significance in the etiopathogenesis of diseases in children. american journal of technology and applied sciences. 2023.p.36-41. 24. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213. 25. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, n.y. ruzikulov, yu.a. rakhmonov. bronchoo structive syndrome in children: prevalence and difficulties of differential diagnostics. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 2021, p. 87-92. 26. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. 27. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k.state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 28. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova. helmist invasions in children: causes, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment and prevention. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd). volume: 9 | issue: 3 | march 2024. р.391-395. 29. lemeschenko e. yu. fashion and health of youth // medical sister. 2016. no. 1. p. 34-37. 30. linkova n. a. health training = health training: (elective course): textbook / n. a. linkova. ekaterinburg: urgups, 2018. 111 p. 31. lomakina e. v. all-russian project "sambo the national system of educating children and youth" // physical culture at school. 2017. no. 8. p. 14-21. 32. semikin g. i. formation of a healthy lifestyle of student youth based on the development of the volunteer movement in the educational environment of the university: (experience of mstu named after n. e. bauman) // world of education education in the world. 2017. no. 4 (68). pp. 183188. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org lexical semantic characteristics of hyponymy in english uzbek languages sabirova nodira karimboyevna dotsent duschanova shohida baxramovna aniq va ijtimoiy fanlar universiteti xorijiy til va adabiyoti ( ingliz til) `magistratura mutaxassisligi magistranti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the lexical semantic characteristics of hyponymy in the context of the english and uzbek languages. hyponymy, a fundamental aspect of lexical semantics, plays a crucial role in understanding the hierarchical structure of word meanings within a language. by employing a comparative analysis, this study aims to highlight similarities and differences in hyponymic relations between english and uzbek, shedding light on the intricacies of semantic structures in these languages. lexical semantics, hyponymy, crosslinguistic analysis, english-uzbek languages, semantic relationships. introduction lexical semantics, the study of word meanings, encompasses various lexical relations, with hyponymy being a prominent one. hyponymy reflects the hierarchical relationship between general and specific terms within a semantic field. this study focuses on comparing hyponymic relations in english and uzbek, two languages from distinct language families—indo-european and turkic, respectively. understanding the lexical semantic characteristics of hyponymy in these languages contributes to our broader understanding of cross-linguistic semantic structures. previous research on hyponymy has primarily concentrated on individual languages, often within the same language family. however, limited studies have explored the cross-linguistic aspects of hyponymic relations. this study draws upon existing literature on lexical semantics, hyponymy, and cross-linguistic analysis to provide a comprehensive framework for the current investigation. the methodology involves a corpus-based approach, utilizing large datasets from both english and uzbek texts. we employ linguistic software tools for text analysis, identifying instances of hyponymic relationships. additionally, native speakers and language experts are consulted to ensure accuracy in capturing subtle nuances of hyponymy in both languages. hyponymy is a semantic relationship between words where one word, called the hyponym, represents a specific subclass of another word, called the hypernym. this relationship is fundamental in understanding the lexical semantics of languages, including english and uzbek. let's explore the lexical semantic characteristics of hyponymy in these two languages: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org english: • rich vocabulary: english has a vast and diverse vocabulary, which allows for nuanced hyponymic relationships. for example, the hypernym "vehicle" can have hyponyms like "car," "bus," and "bicycle." english boasts an extensive and rich vocabulary, providing a nuanced and diverse range of words to express concepts and ideas. the hyponymic relationships you mentioned, with "vehicle" as the hypernym and "car," "bus," and "bicycle" as hyponyms, illustrate how specific terms fall under broader categories. here are a few more examples to highlight the depth of english vocabulary: hypernym: animal hyponyms: mammal, reptile, bird, fish hypernym: instrument hyponyms: guitar, piano, violin, flute hypernym: beverage hyponyms: coffee, tea, soda, juice hypernym: clothing hyponyms: shirt, pants, dress, jacket hypernym: emotion hyponyms: joy, anger, sadness, surprise hypernym: plant hyponyms: tree, flower, grass, shrub hypernym: vehicle (as you mentioned) hyponyms: motorcycle, truck, train, boat this depth of vocabulary allows speakers and writers to precisely convey their thoughts and ideas, capturing subtle distinctions between related concepts. it's one of the reasons why english is such a versatile language for communication. • polysemy and homonymy: some english words may have multiple meanings, leading to polysemy. in hyponymy, distinguishing between these meanings is crucial. additionally, homonyms (words with the same spelling or pronunciation but different meanings) can pose challenges. polysemy and homonymy are linguistic phenomena that involve multiple meanings associated with words. let's delve into each concept: polysemy: definition: polysemy refers to the situation where a single word has multiple related meanings. these meanings are often connected by a core sense or underlying concept. example: the word "bank" can refer to a financial institution or the side of a river. while these meanings may seem unrelated at first glance, they share a common idea of a 'slope' or 'side.' significance: in hyponymy, which is the hierarchical relationship between words, distinguishing between the various senses of a polysemous word is crucial. understanding the hierarchy helps in organizing and categorizing related meanings. hyponymy: definition: hyponymy is a semantic relationship where the meaning of one word (the hyponym) is more specific than another word (the hypernym). the hyponym is a subtype or a specific example of the hypernym. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org example: in the context of "bank," "river bank" is a hyponym because it is a specific type of bank. significance: hyponymy allows for the creation of taxonomies and hierarchies in language, aiding in the organization of words based on their semantic relationships. homonymy: definition: homonyms are words that share either the same spelling (homographs) or the same pronunciation (homophones) but have different meanings. homonyms can be classified into two main types: homographs and homophones. example: the word "bat" can refer to a flying mammal (homograph) or a piece of sports equipment (homograph). significance: homonyms can pose challenges for language learners and can lead to ambiguity in communication. context is often necessary to determine the intended meaning. in summary, polysemy involves a single word having multiple related meanings, while hyponymy deals with the hierarchical relationship between words. homonyms, on the other hand, are words that share the same form or pronunciation but have different meanings, adding an extra layer of complexity to language comprehension. understanding these concepts is crucial for effective communication and language analysis. • word formation: english often uses prefixes and suffixes to create hyponyms. for instance, adding the prefix "un-" to "happy" results in the hyponym "unhappy." • hierarchical structure: hyponyms in english often exhibit a hierarchical structure. for instance, "fruit" is a hypernym for "apple," "banana," and "orange," and each of these can further have their own hyponyms. uzbek: • agglutinative nature: uzbek is an agglutinative language, meaning that affixes are added to a root to convey grammatical and semantic information. this characteristic influences the formation of hyponyms. • cultural specificity: uzbek, being a turkic language, may have hyponyms that are specific to central asian culture and experiences. for example, terms related to traditional clothing, cuisine, or local flora and fauna. • case system: uzbek employs a case system, and this grammatical feature can influence hyponymic relationships. different cases may be used to specify various aspects of the hyponym. • semantic fields: like in english, uzbek hyponyms may often be organized into semantic fields. for instance, terms related to technology, nature, or family may form distinct semantic fields with hierarchical relationships. • loanwords: uzbek, being influenced by various languages throughout its history, might incorporate loanwords for certain hyponyms. these loanwords may have specific nuances and connotations. understanding the lexical semantic characteristics of hyponymy in both english and uzbek involves considering linguistic features, cultural context, and the overall structure of the languages. it's essential to analyze how speakers of each language conceptualize and categorize different entities within their linguistic and cultural frameworks. the discussion section delves into the implications of the observed lexical semantic characteristics. factors such as language structure, cultural context, and historical influences are examined to elucidate the reasons behind the similarities and differences in hyponymy between english and uzbek. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org furthermore, the study discusses potential implications for language learners, lexicographers, and computational linguistics. conclusions in conclusion, this study contributes valuable insights into the lexical semantic characteristics of hyponymy in english and uzbek languages. the cross-linguistic analysis sheds light on the intricate interplay between language structure and cultural nuances in shaping semantic relationships. the findings have implications for linguistic theory, lexicography, and language education. future research could extend this comparative analysis to include a broader range of languages, exploring how hyponymy varies across different language families. additionally, investigating the impact of language contact and bilingualism on hyponymic relations could provide further depth to our understanding of cross-linguistic lexical semantics. references 1. rowe bruce m. and levine diane p. a concise introduction to linguistics. fifth edition. usa, ny: routledge, 2018. 2. telaumbanua s. & sihombing e. semantic analysis of hyponymy in the short story “the voyage”. international journal of linguistics, edition vol.4 no.3 issn 25183966 95, literature and culture (llc) september, 2017. 3. hoshimov o`. dunyoning ishlari: qissa va hikoyalar. – т.: yangi asr avlodi, 2015. – 336 b. isbn 978-9943-27-532-4 4. yıldırım s. ve yıldız t. “corpus-driven hyponym acquisition for turkish language”, cicling 13th international conference on intelligent text processing and computational linguistics, 2012. 5. nordquist r. what are hyponyms in english? accessed 27 july 2017 from https://www.thoughtco.com/hyponymwords-term-1690946 6. miller, george a. wordnet: a lexical database for english. communications of the acm 38.11: 39-41, 1995. 7. manning ch.d. and schutze h. foundations of statistical natural language processing. – london, england: cambridge, massachusetts. the mit press, 1999. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org the strategic role of knowledge management in achieving organizational excellence through digital skills marwaa asseel mohammed jawad sothern technical university, technical college of management, basra, iraq marwaaaseel242@gmail.com assist prof dr. abdulridha nasser mohsin sothern technical university, technical college of management, basra, iraq dr.abdnaser@stu.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study aimed to reveal the strategic role of knowledge management in achieving organizational excellence through digital skills. for the purpose of achieving the objectives of the study, the deductive analytical approach was used to analyze the information and obtain accurate results. in order to ensure the existence of a relationship between the study variables, a questionnaire tool was used to collect information about the study variables and their dimensions, and they were analyzed through a set of statistical tools and methods provided by the statistical software package ( spss, smart pls, amos). asiacell communications company was selected as a population for the current study, and the sample consisted of (341) employees. the most prominent results of the study were the existence of an influence and connection to the strategic role of knowledge management in achieving organizational excellence through the mediation of digital skills. among the most prominent recommendations of the study is to revitalize and activate the knowledge management strategy by working on the academic rooting of knowledge performance and placing it within the organizational structure independently. knowledge, management, knowledge management strategy, digital skills, organizational excellence. introduction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org المعرفة في تحقيق التميز التنظيمي بتوسط المهارات الرقمية إلدارةالدور االستراتيجي المستخلص االستراتيجي الدراسةهدفت الدور عن الكشف المهارات المعرفة ألدارهالى بتوسط التنظيمي التميز تحقيق في الرقمية. نتائج تحقيق أهداف الدراسه ولغرض التحليلي االستنتاجي لتحليل المعلومات والحصول على تم استخدام المنهج المعلومات حول اداة االستبانة لجمع تم توظيف الدراسه بين متغيرات التأكد من وجود عالقه دقيقه، ومن أجل متغيرات الدراسة وابعادها وتم تحليلها من خالل مجموعه من األدوات واالساليب اإلحصائية التي توفرها حزمه (. وتم تحديد شركه اسياسيل لالتصاالت كمجتمع للدراسة spss, smart pls, amosالبرامج االحصائيه ) ( موظف.341الحالية وتكونت العينة من ) التميز تحقيق المعرفة في االستراتيجي إلدارة للدور تأثير وارتباط الدراسة هو وجود عالقة نتائج ابرز وكانت تنشيط استراتيجية ادارة المعرفة وتفعيلها من الدراسة هو ن ابرز توصيات ومنالتنظيمي بتوسط المهارات الرقمية . ظيمي بشكل مستقل. خالل العمل على التأصيل االكاديمي ألداء المعرفة وجعلها ضمن الهيكل التن الكلمات المفتاحية: اداره المعرفه، استراتيجية أداره المعرفه، المهارات الرقمية، التميز التنظيمي. introduction المقدمة ان مفهوم المعرفة هو مصطلح قديم يرافق االنسان منذ االزل، اال ان التطورات المستمرة والتغييرات الهائلة في الحياة االقتصادية واالجتماعية وما يرافقها من تقدم تكنلوجي والذي يعتبر اكبر تطور في حياة االنسان, هذا 1بدورة كان عامل اساسي لتطور مفهوم المعرفة واالكثر تأثيرا على حياة االنسان ) amayreh,2021: .) في اجراء كان لها أثر كبير والتي التحوالت الكبرى التي شهدها االقتصاد العالمي في اآلونة األخيرة في ظل منظمات األعمال اليوم مجموعه من التحديات والصعوبات لمواكبه واجه ت تعديالت استراتيجية للمنظمات، حيث وبشكل خاص مع تطور ونمو المجتمع ختلف المجاالت و في متطورات وتغييرات سريعة ما يحدث في العالم من ع لمتطلبات التكنلوجيا وادخالها في جميع اعمالها، ض، وهذا ما جعلها تخ بشكل مستمر بالتزامن مع تطور التكنلوجيا وما تكتنزه من طرق إليجاد المعلومات المعرفةسبل ومن هذا المنطلق تسعى المنظمات بشكل مستمر للبحث عن من خالل مجموعه من العمليات واالستراتيجيات المختلفة استقطاب المهارات والخبرات و ومشاركتها بشكل متكامل وهذا ما جعل ادارة المعرفة احد اهم الجوانب االدارية التي تمكن المنظمات .المنظمةوتحديد دورها في المعرفية جديد من وما هاألمر الذي بدوره يساعد منظمات األعمال اليوم على اكتشاف من االرتفاع الى مستويات اعلى ، التميز في ظل المنافسة السريعة وتحقيق اهدافها والوصول الى أرض الواقع للبقاءعلى تقنيات وامكانيه تطبيقه . الذي تسعى اليه المنظمات american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org حيث هدفت الدراسة الحالية الى دراسة استراتيجيات ادارة المعرفة ودورها في الشركة محل الدراسة فضال عن وذج دراسة مدى تحقيق التميز التنظيمي كمتغير تابع وبتوسط المهارات الرقمية وعالقتها مع بعضها البعض لبناء نم الكشف عن دور الدور االستراتيجي إلدارة مفاهيمي يمكن من خالله تحقيق الهدف الجوهري للدراسة اال وهو ) باإلضافة الى تقديم توصيات بناءه وقابلة للتنفيذ في المعرفة في تحقيق التميز التنظيمي بتوسط المهارات الرقمية( مجال الدراسة. الجزء االول: المنهجية العلمية للدراسة study problem دراسةمشكلة ال -1 تصبوا تشير االدبيات الى اهمية ادارة المعرفة بأعتبارها احد النظم االدارية الحديثة ودورها المؤثر في تحقيق ما ) الية المنظمات وعلى الرغم من االهمية البارزة الدارة المعرفة في تحقيق التميز التنظيمي magd et al,2021 ) ومواكبتها والتطورات التغيرات مواجهه في العصر ودورها الممارسات لتقنيات من مجموعة خالل من الرقمي ، ورغم ذلك منها المعرفة المستندة بشكل اساسي على بناء وتنمية المهارات والسيما الرقمية بادارةوالعمليات الخاصة هناك االتصاالت يالحظ مجاالت والسيما متعددة مجاالت في الدراسة متغيرات يخص فيما االدبيات في نقص لالتصاالت باعتبار نظم تكنولوجيا االتصال والتكنلوجيا وهذا ما دعا الباحثة الى اجراء استطالعا اوليا لشركة اسياسيل على الكتشاف امكانية تشخيص نموذج الدراسة في الشركة وبناء والمعلومات احد االركان االساسية في مجال عملها و لعدد من المسؤولين في الشركة اتضح للباحثة الجوانب التالية : التي اجرتها الباحثة ة مقابالت الشخصية غير المهيكلال وجود مؤشرات واضحة الدارة المعرفة من خالل مجموعة من المهام التي تقوم بها الشركة في المقابل عدم وجود .1 فهم واضح وتطبيق صريح البعاد ادارة المعرفة )اكتشاف, تخزين, مشاركة, تطبيق المعرفة( مع االخذ بنظر االعتبار .غير مشخص بشكل دقيق ان الربط االستراتيجي لهذه االبعاد مع اهداف الشركة وجود بعض مجاالت التميز التنظيمي كتميز الزبائن وتميز الخدمة اال ان هناك حاجة الى التركيز بشكل اكبر واوسع .2 .ذات التأثير طويل في االهداف على تميز االستراتيجية وجود مهارات رقمية واضحة لدى الشركة اال ان هناك حاجة الى توظيف هذه المهارات بشكل يتناسب مع ادارة .3 المعرفة بأطار استراتيجي لتحقيق التميز التنظيمي. هناك حاجة الى التركيز وتوسيع االفق نحو مفاهيم وعمليات ادارة المعرفة وامكانية ادخالها بأطار استراتيجي ضمن .4 االستراتيجية العامة للشركة. وفي هذا السياق شكلت هذه الجوانب دافعا وحافزا للباحثة الختيار شركة اسياسيل مجاالً للدراسة وفي ضوء ذلك يبرز من اجل تحقيق التميز الشركة)) كيف يمكن صياغة الدور االستراتيجي إلدارة المعرفة في تساؤل رئيسي ومهم وهو سناد الدور الوسيط للمهارات الرقمية(( االتنظيمي ب : study objective دراسةاهداف ال -2 في االتي: دراسة الى هدف جوهري واهداف فرعيةاهداف التتجسد يتمثل الهدف الجوهري للدراسة هو الكشف عن دور الدور االستراتيجي إلدارة المعرفة في تحقيق التميز التنظيمي -1 بتوسط المهارات الرقمية. االهداف الفرعية تتمثل في االتي: -2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org ادارة المعرفة.استراتيجيات المعرفة من خالل تحديد إلدارةتشخيص الدور االستراتيجي -أ تشخيص ابعاد الدور الوسيط للمهارات الرقمية . -ب .في ظل الدور االستراتيجي إلدارة المعرفة ابعاد التميز التنظيمي مجاالت وتشخيص -ت تبني اطار مفاهيمي لنموذج ادارة المعرفة في ضوء التوجه االستراتيجي للمنظمة. -ث لتحقيق التميز التنظيمي من خالل الدور المعرفة إلدارةور االستراتيجي تبني نموذج مفاهيمي قادر على استيعاب الد -ج الوسيط للمهارات الرقمية . تقديم توصيات قابلة للتنفيذ في مجال البناء المعرفي وجذب التقنيات والتكنلوجيا التي تساهم في تعزيز وتحقيق اهداف -ح المنظمة. study significance دراسةاهمية ال -3 من خالل اهمية متغيرات الدراسة التي سيتم دراستها بشكل واقعي وعميق ويمكن تصنيفها دراسةاهمية التنبثق كاالتي: المعرفي والمفاهيم : يتمثل الجانب المعرفي في اهمية البحث من خالل المتغيرات المشبعة باالثراء االهمية المعرفية .1 اكتشاف المتمثلة لكل من المتغير المستقل )الدور االستراتيجي الدارة المعرفة( و الذي يتمثل في عمليات ادارة المعرفة ) ( و المتغير المعتمد التميز التنظيمي المتمثل بكل من )تميز االستراتيجية, تميز المعرفة وتخزين وتطبيقومشاركة الخدمة, تميز البشرية, المعرفي الموارد خالل التميز من الرقمية المهارات الوسيط والمتغير التقنية )الفنية ( او مهارات انشاء المحتوى وانتاجة(. مهارات التواصل والتفاعل و ,معالجة المعلومات , , مهارات )التشغيلية( في مجال التميز التنظيمي تأثيرهمنظمات االعمال وقياس بأحدى تطبيق النموذج بإمكانية: يتمثل االهمية التطبيقية .2 . في العصر الحالي المستمرةالذي يعتبر ضرورة ملحة في ظل االبتكارات والتطورات اخرى .3 السنة جوانب خالل عليها واطلعت درستها التي والمواضيع المفاهيم ربط في الباحثة ورغبة طموح : التحضيرية بالجوانب التطبيقية والعملية وامكانية تجسيدها على ارض الواقع. study hypothesisدراسةفرضيات ال -4 ال التساؤالت ةالحالـي دراسةتم صياغـة فرضيـات ال كمحـاولة لإلجابة عن ذكـرت في مشكلـة دراسة التي سبعة وتم صياغة ) مباشر الغير والتأثير , المباشر التأثير االرتباط, ( انواع ثالث الى الفرضيات تقسيم تم حيث فرضيات رئيسية لقياس العالقة بين متغيرات الدراسة الثالث وتتفرع منها فرضيات فرعية لقياس العالقة بين ابعاد وتتمثل في االتي: , متغيرات الدراسة وسيتم اختبارها احصائية لقياس مدى صحة الفرضيات american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org فرضيات االرتباط اوال: (h1)الفرضية الرئيسة األولى 1المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي إلدارة)توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين ابعاد الدور االستراتيجي ) -2 2الفرضية الرئيسة الثانية ) (h ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين ابعاد المهارات الرقمية والتميز التنظيمي()توجد عالقة ( h3) الفرضية الرئيسة الثالثة 3 )توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية ابعاد الدور االستراتيجي إلدارة المعرفة والمهارات فرضيات التأثير المباشر: ثانيا: الفرضية الرئيسة الرابعة ) 4 h4 ) ابعاد الدور االستراتيجي الدارة المعرفة في التميز التنظيمي بين )توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية ( 5 الفرضية الرئيسة الخامسة ) h5 ) التنظيمي( )توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين ابعاد المهارات الرقمية و التميز ( h6الفرضية الرئيسة السادسة )6)توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية ابعاد الدور االستراتيجي الدارة المعرفة المهارات الرقمية ( فرضية التأثير غير مباشر ثالثا: ( h7الفرضية الرئيسية السابعة ) 7 المعرفة في التميز التنظيمي من إلدارةتوجد عالقة تأثير غير مباشرة ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية للدور االستراتيجي خالل الدور الوسيط للمهارات الرقمية. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org hypothetical model for the studyالنموذج الفرضي للدراسة -5 المتغيرات (1الشكل) بين العالقة يوضح الباحثة اعداد من : للدراسة الفرضي على النموذج باالعتماد (sekaran, uma&bougie, roger,2016,research methods for business:a skill buildind approach ,p. 79) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org الجزء الثاني : المراجعة النظرية استراتيجية ادارة المعرفة: مفهوم اوال: knowledge management strategy concepts يعتمد مفهوم استراتيجية المعرفة على امكانية ربط إدارة المعرفة باإلدارة االستراتيجية. حيث ان المعرفة ودمج المعرفة مع اهداف الشركة من خالل بناء استراتيجية هي المصدر الرئيسي للميزة التنافسية شركةالفريدة لل معرفية متوافقة مع استراتيجية الشركة واعادة صياغة رؤيتها ورسالتها واهدافها بما يتوافق مع المعرفة المتواجدة تحدد استراتيجية ادارة المعرفة هذه المعرفة بالتالي . اعلى بطريقة فريدة ومميزة وخلق قيمة هاوتوظيف في الشركة لل في الموجودة واستدامتها. شركةالفريدة لتطوير ضرورية تكون ) حيث والتي عرف ouriques et al,2019:347 التي بدورها لصياغة خطط إلدارة المعرفة المبذول جهد على انها ال رفةاستراتيجية إدارة المع( التعزز واالجتماعية المعرفية الشركات،الممارسات في ذكر فراد بينما algahtani,2019:18) ان ( ا متكامال لتحديد أصول المؤسسة والتقاطها وتقييمها والوصول إليها ومشاركتها. منهجاستراتيجية إدارة المعرفة هي التي لم يتم التقاطها واستخدامها. فراد عد البيانات والسياسات وخبرات االتتضمن أمثلة هذه األصول المستندات وقوا المعرفة ادارة استراتيجية جاح وفشلعوامل ن -1 تعتبر استراتيجيات ادارة المعرفة مطلب اساسي في الشركات لتوظيف المعرفة توظيفا صحيحا، بالتالي البد على الشركات ان تحرص على توفير العوامل التي تزيد من نسبة تنفيذ استراتيجية ادارة المعرفة ليكون لها اثر ايجابي طويل االمد عليها. اكدت االدبيات على اهمية ادارة المعرفة وضرورة مطابقة وتوافق استراتيجية ادارة ) المعرفة مع استراتيجية الشركة العامة . حيث ان يشير كالً من jennex,2010:8 ) و ( chetty,2021:229 ) وجود العديد من العوامل التي تساعد على نجاح استراتيجية ادارة المعرفة : لىا داخل القيادة : يمكن للقادة إظهار التزامهم ودعمهم من خالل تعزيز أهمية إدارة المعرفة لألفراد ودعم التزام • ومشاركتها. خلق المعرفة ثقافة رفع معنويات الموظفين، وتعزيز المتمثلة في ، الشركات المعرفة: • العرفة تكنولوجيا تبادل من االفراد تمكم التي والتقنيات االنظمة تطوير علة اساسي بشكل تستند . والمعلومات ومشاركتها مع بعضهم البعض بطريقة تظهر دقتها واتساقها يجب ان يكون الهدف االستراتيجي إلدارة المعرفة واضح ومفهوم بالنسبة لألفراد العاملين االستراتيجي: هدفال • في الشركات المكانية تحقيقه وضمان التزامهم به لتحقيق نجاح ادارة المعرفة. التنظيمي: • مناسبة الهيكل تنظيمية ثقافة بوجود يتسم تنظيمي هيكل المعرفة ادارة تنفيذ عادل يتطلب وتوزيع . ت للمسئوليا بشكل ناجح المكانية تنفيذ المعرفة المورد البشري هو الناقل الرئيسي للمعرفة والمعزز رأس المال البشري: • وفعال حيث من دون االفراد ال يوجد اهمية للمعرفة. )ومن زاوية اخرى اضاف 2021:4723 , (onofre&teixeira العوامل التي تعيق تنفيذ مبادرات ادارة المعرفة والمتمثلة بما يأتي: عدم وجود مؤشرات أداء وفوائد قابلة للقياس. • اإلداري غير الكافي. الدعم • التخطيط والتصميم والتنسيق والتقييم غير المناسبين. • عدم كفاية مهارة مديري المعرفة والعاملين. • american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org knowledge management strategiesاستراتيجيات ادارة المعرفة -1 تزايد االهتمام باستراتيجيات ادارة المعرفة كونها منهج يساعد على تحقيق الفوائد الكاملة إلدارة المعرفة وتحقيق لهذه الشركات حاجة وزادت للشركات المعرفة استراتيجيات حول اآلراء توسعت بالتالي المطلوبة. االهداف االستراتيجيات المعرفية واصبح من المهم توافقها مع االستراتيجية العامة للشركات لتحقيق اقصى فائدة . 2015: 4-3) يشير mangiarotti&mention, ةالى نوعين من االستراتيجيات المعرفية وهي استراتيجي ( تعتمد على تبادل المعرفة الضمنية من خالل استراتيجية التخصيص التخصيص واستراتيجية الترميز . يرى ان استراتيجية الترميز وهي اما التفاعالت البشرية واالجتماعات الغير رسمية واالتصاالت والتعامالت بين االفراد. يعتمد على المعرفة الصريحة و ترميزها اي من االشخاص الى الوثائق وتخزينها وتبادلها وتطبيقها مع سهولة الوصول اليها عند الحاجة، ويركز المصدر السابق على االخذ بنظر االعتبار طريقة اختيار االستراتيجية المناسبة عكس على ، مبتكرة وخدمات منتجات تقديم نحو الموجة للشركات التخصيص استراتيجية اختيار يتم ان حيث عند الحاجة ااستراتيجية الترميز التي يتم اعتمادها بشكل متكرر مع المشاكل المتماثلة ويتم تخزينها واعادة استخدامه ) وصففي حين . nicolás&cerdán,2011:503 استراتيجيات ادارة المعرفة الى استراتيجية االكتشاف ( واالستغالل. ويشير الى استراتيجية االكتشاف هي اكتشاف او اكتساب معرفة جديدة وتعزيزها بالموارد المطلوبة. اما استراتيجية االستغالل هي استخدام المعرفة المكتشفة بطريقة تتناسب مع احتياجات الشركة وتوظيفها بطريقة كفؤة وفعاله. ومن الجدير بالذكر ان هناك استراتيجيات معتمدة على عمليات ادارة المعرفة ومخصصة لها والتي تتضمن اليها ) ( almansoori et al,2023ابعاد الدراسة الحالية لكونها اكثر قربا وحاجة لمجتمع الدراسة والتي اشار et al,2002 mertinsوحسب نموذج ) ووالتي يمكن تفصيلها كاالتي: ( تزاد اهمية اكتشاف المعرفة باعتبارها احد الركائز المهمة للشركة واالساس التي : المعرفة استراتيجية اكتشاف -1 تبتدأ به الشركة رحلتها المعرفية حيث تتمثل في انشاء واكتشاف معرفة جديدة استراتيجية تطبيق المعرفة : تتمثل في عملية استعمال المعرفة وتطبيقها ويمكن تمثيلها كأحد لطرق االساسية -2 لالبداع واالبتكار والحث على التعلم الفردي والجماعي. ومن الجدير بالذكر ان ال يوجد اهمية الكتشاف المعرفة التطبيق. وي يتم وضعها موضع لم المشاكل واتخاذ قرارات ومشاركتها وتخزينها ما الى حل البعد ساعد هذا وترجمتها الى خدمات مرتبطة مع الواقع العملي للشركة. استراتيجية مشاركة المعرفة : تمثل مشاركة المعرفة اح اهم النشاطات المعرفية نظرا إلمكانية تبادل المعرفة -3 وتداولها بين االفراد واتاحة الفرصة لهم لالطالع عليها واالمر الذي يجعل وجود استراتيجية خاصة بها امر مهم د االليات المهمة التي تساهم في االبتكار والتعلم .واساسي ألنها تساهم في تطور وتقدم الشركة باعتبارها اح استراتيجية تخزين المعرفة: يتمثل تخزين المعرفة في امكانية االحتفاظ بها واسترجاعها وادامتها والرجوع اليها. -4 ويعد تحزين المعرفة واالحتفاظ بها احد الوسائل التي تساعد الشركة في تحقيق اهدافها وتطوير امكانياتها. digital skills ثانيا: المهارات الرقيمة conceptual development of digital skillsالتطور المفاهيمي للمهارات الرقمية -1 peter darkerاشار رائد االدارة ) العاملين في مجال أن النمو األكثر إثارة لالنتباه في صفوف 2001ي عام ف( المعرفة سيكون في من أسماهم "أخصائيي تكنولوجيا المعرفة". بالنسبة لهؤالء األفراد بغض النظر عما إذا كانوا يدوي بالغ األهمية. ايؤدون عمالً إتقان الكمبيوتر سيكون أمرا مع استمرار االتجاه نحو الوساطة وأو معرفيا فإن american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org الرقمية المهارات من متزايد عدد الكتساب تحديات األفراد يواجه اليومية لألنشطة المتزايدة الرقمية (2 2020:,piccoli et al ). ) تشخيص مفهوم المهارات الرقميةتم ds من قبل البرلمان األوروبي والمجلس 2006في عام بشكل اولي ( ويشير والترفيه الى األوروبي. )العمل المجاالت جميع في واالتصاالت المعلومات لتكنولوجيا اآلمن االستخدام إلى باإلضافة في معرفة الواالتصاالت(. وتبادل الالزمة إنتاج وإعادة وتقييم لتخزين اإللكترونية األجهزة استخدام ) الشبكات المختلفة المعلومات والمشاركة عبر 2022:4,poyato et al ) . للعمل بشكل منتج في مجتمع اليوم. ويشير إلى لها تصميم إطار المهارات الرقمية األول لتوفير رؤية شاملة كان الحياة مجاالت لمختلف الالزمة الرقمية المهارات لمختلف المستوى رفيعة رؤية يمثل اإلطار هذا أن (kariem,2021:24 )عرف حيث . ( sikalima,2021:7 الرقمية ( الملفات بأنها المهارات إنشاء القدرة على المحتوى وإنشاء الرقمي وتقييمه وإدارتها والتعاون اإلنترنت واستخدام الواجهة بين ويشير والتنقل .(2 :2022, haga ا ( هي الرقمية المهارة بكفاءة ان والموارد اإلعالم ووسائل الرقمية األدوات استخدام على لقدرة المحتوى وتوصيل الرقمية، المنتجات وتصميم ومعالجتها المعلومات على والعثور العملية المهام لحل ، ومسؤولية )واتفق معه باالضافة الى تطوير الحكم الرقمي من خالل اكتساب المعرفة الرقمية. alrikabi,2022:111 من ( امتالك الفرد للمهارات والمعرفة ة بأنها يحيث استخدام وجود االدوات والمهارة للتعامل معها وعرف المهارات الرقم وثقافة االتصاالت وثقافة التكنلوجيا ثقافة المعلومات نيات الحديثة والتي تتطلب امتالكاستخدام التقفي والتوجه الذاتي بأصول الشركات وتوسعت مفاهيم المهارات الرقمية لترتبط ما يعكس االستخدام الفعال واإليجابي للتقنيات الرقمية.م 79)ودمجها مع االعمال االساسية في الشركات وعرفها hakim et al,2023: القدرة عالية المستوى التي انها ( تمكن الشركات من دمج األصول الرقمية وموارد األعمال على نطاق واسع واالستفادة من الشبكات الرقمية البتكار . المنتجات والخدمات والعمليات لتحقيق التعلم التنظيمي وقيمة الزبائن types of digital skillsانواع المهارات الرقمية -2 تغطي المهارات الرقمية جميع المهارات المتعلقة بالتكنولوجيا الرقمية بدءاً من المهارات األساسية أو معرفة القراءة 80) والكتابة والمهارات العامة لجميع العاملين والمهارات المحددة لمحترفي تكنولوجيا المعلومات hakim et al,2023: في ظل تعدد اآلراء حول انواع المهارات الرقمية التي تحتاجها الشركات للتعامل من التطورات . و( الرقمي والتغيرات ومواكبتها ، سيتم استعراض مجموعة من اآلراء حول المهارات الرقمية المطلوبة في العصر حالي: ال laar et al,2020:3-4اشار ) القرن الحادي عشر الى سبعة انواع من المهارات ( في تصنيف المهارات الرقمية في الرقمية كاالتي : ( : هي نوع المهارات التي يحتاجها العمال الستخدام االجهزة والتقنيات technical skillsالمهارات الفنية ) -1 وهي تتطلب فهم كامل ومعرفة بالتقنيات والممارسات الرقمية الجديدة. ،والبرامج ( : بسبب كثرة المعلومات ووفرتها في عصر information digital skillsالمهارات الرقمية للمعلومات ) -2 وتعدد مصادرها المعلومات وتحديد مصادر الشركات تحتاج ،تكنلوجيا لتقييم المهارات من النوع هذا الى المعلومات المناسبة وتحديد االحتياج من المعلومات واختيارها وتوظفيها بطريقة فعالة وكفؤة فضال عن اهمية تخزينها واسترجاعها عند الحاجة. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org 3( الرقمي التواصل االستخدام .communication digital skillsمهارات تتطلب التي المهارة هي : ) وبناء الجمهور مع التفاعل تسهل التي االجتماعية والشبكات االجتماعي التواصل لمواقع والفعال الصحيح ومشاركة المحتوى ولوسائط المختلفة مع االخرين ،العالقات االجتماعية وتعزيزها من خالل التواصل المستمر يزيد من التواصل الفعال. ( : تكون هذه المهارة مهمه عندا يتعين على الفرق collaboration digital skillsمهارات التعاون الرقمي ) -4 ( مثل كمحادثات تعاون برامج انشاء الى حاجة هناك بالتالي بينها فيما المعلومات و telegram تبادل whatsapp .التي يمكن من خاللها تبادل االفكار والمعلومات والخبرات والتجارب فيما بينهم ) 5( الرقمية النقدي التفكير المهارات critical thinking digital skillsمهارات من المهارة هذه تعتبر :) الرقمية المهمة التي تساعد على تقييم المحتوى عبر االنترنت والشبكات الرقمية بشكل نقدي في عصر كثرت بة االخبار والمعلومات المزيفة. ( : هي المهارة المطلوبة ألنشاء محتوى وإنتاجه بطرق creative digital skillsالمهارات الرقمية االبداعية ) -6 ابداعية ومختلفة عبر الشبكات الرقمية ومشاركته بطرق جديدة وفريدة. ( : يحتاج االفراد العاملين في الشركات الى هذا problem-solving digital skillsمهارات حل المشاكل ) -7 المهارات اليجاد الذي النوع من واالمر ، الحلول افضل لتحديد استراتيجية او صياغة لمشكلة معينة حلول يتطلب وجود رؤية متكاملة التي تتيح البحث الصحيح عن المعلومات المطلوبة لحل المشكلة. 1221) في حين يضيف coşkunserçe& aydoğdu,2022: اربعة مهارات رقمية مميزة : ( ( : لتشغيل األدوات الرقمية.functioning skillsالمهارات الوظيفية ) -1 ( : للتعامل مع بيئات اإلنترنت. formal skillsالمهارات الرسمية ) -2 ( : للبحث واختيار المعلومات وتقييمها. information skillsمهارات المعلومات ) -3 ( : الستخدام البيانات في الوسائط الرقمية. strategic skillsالمهارات االستراتيجية ) -4 )وفقا لـــ et al,2021:4 livingstone اوضح ان انواع المهارات الرقمية هي اربعة مهارات المشار اليها في ( ( ومتمثلة في االتي: 9الشكل ) 1( )تشغيلية( التقنية او الفنية وتشغيل technical and operational skillsالمهارات إدارة على القدرة : ) ( واالتصاالت المعلومات االعدادات ictتكنولوجيا وادارة واالتصاالت والتقنيات االجهزة مع والتعامل ) والبرمجيات. ( : القدرة على إيجاد واختيار وتقييم مصادر information processing skillsمهارات معالجة المعلومات ) -2 المعلومات . ( : القدرة على إنشاء محتوى content creation and production skillsمهارات انشاء المحتوى وإنتاجه ) -3 رقمي ذو جودة عالية وفهم كيفية إنتاجه ونشره تأثيره. والتفاعل ) -4 التواصل الوسائط communication and interaction skillsمهارات استخدام القدرة على : ) . الرقمية والميزات التكنولوجية المختلفة للتفاعل والتواصل مع اآلخرين american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org organizational excellenceثالثا : التميز التنظيمي التطور المفاهيمي للتميز التنظيمي -1 conceptual development of organizational excellence يمثل التميز اليوم اداة مهمة يمكن من خاللها الشركات سواء كانت صناعية او خدمية في تحقيق ميزة مستدامة لها تساعدها على مواجهة العوامل الخارجية المختلفة. حيث يعبر عن التميز بصورة عامة بأنه مصدر تملكه شركة اسلوب عمل ال دون او الفريدة وقدرته بمهارته خبراته متميز بشرياً او مورداً تقنية متميزة يكون غيرها وقد يستطيع االخرين القيام به او تقليده. وينبع التميز من قدرة الشركة على بلورة أدواتها ومواردها لالستجابة للتغيرات السريعة في بيئة االعمال وتطوير ( ، بالتالي ان استمرار shakhour& jaradat,2021:2ممارسات االبداع واالبتكار لتحقيق ميزة تنافسية ) وتكنلوجيا ومميزة فريدة قدرات امتالك على اساسية بصورة يعتمد التنظيمي التميز تحقيق في اليوم الشركات وتقنيات عالية المستوى لمواجهه التحديات والتغيرات المستمرة . وحل أدائها في التميز أجل من استراتيجي التعاون بشكل على الشركات انه قدرة التنظيمي التميز يعرف حيث يميز الشركات عن غيرها)) ما بفاعلية وهو أهدافها ((. وعرفة et al,2020 al-ma’aitahمشاكلها وتحقيق (barnawi,2022) بأنه الجهود المستمرة البتداع وتكوين إطار نهائي للعمل متمثل بالمعايير والعمليات التي تسعى إلى إشراك وتحفيز الموظفين لتقديم المنتجات والخدمات استجابة لمتطلبات و توقعات الزبائن . في حين عرفة (aljarrah et al,2023) بأنه الخبرة الدقيقة واإلجرائية لشركة معينة والتي تعكس األداء الفريد والناجح والفعال والمميز للشركة في اداء أي مهمة بطريقتها الخاصة. dimensions of organizational excellence التميز التنظيمي ابعاد -2 الشركة تحقيق التميز التنظيمي وادخاله في جميع جوانب الشركات التي تستطيع بها االبعاد هناك العديد من حيث اشار العديد من المهتمين في مفهوم التميز التنظيمي الى مجموعة من النقاط والمحددات معبرين ،ومنعطفاتها )ويمكن التعبير عنها كاالتي وفقا لكال من اساسية لتطبيق وتحقيق التميز التنظيمي كأبعاد عنها al shobaki&abu naser,2016:70 و ershadi&dehdazzi,2019 و 215و shakhour&jaradat,2021:7 ) : 1 ( القيادة اإلدارة leadership excellenceتميز أساس تشكل التي األولى الركيزة هو القيادة في التميز : ) الشركةالحديثة يتمثل التميز القيادي بعدد من عوامل النجاح الحاسمة له المتمثلة بجود قيم قوية ومشتركة في للعمل بصورة متماسكة والتأسيس الشركةبشكل ملهم فضالً على تطوير استراتيجية الشركةووضع رؤية ورسالة باعتبارهم المسؤولين عن القادة الناجح لنموذج التميز. ويوضح هذا البعد دور التنفيذ إطار عمل شامل لتمكين في السعي لتحقيق أهدافها واستدامتها. يتناول الشركةمن خالل أنظمة اإلدارة ويوجهون شركة تحديد االتجاه العام لل مه أداء في لهم القيادي السلوك البعد للهذا وقيمة أخالقية كنماذج بالثقة شركةامهم تتميز بيئة عمل وتطوير والمرونة ومراعاة القوانين واللوائح والمسؤولية االجتماعية والمشاركة الفعالة مع أصحاب المصلحة الرئيسيين. ( : وفي ظل إدارة التميز يعتبر اللجوء إلى المنافسين مؤشراً على وجود excellence serviceتميز الخدمة ) -2 خطأ ما في أسلوب الخدمة وتؤدي هذه األعراض إلى وضع خطة عمل لتصحيح هذه األخطاء أو أوجه القصور يتمثل تميز الخدمة في تطويرها بصورة فريدة. على الرغم من اهمية عامل النمو ،والعمل نحو التحسين المستمر مراعاة التطبيق الدقيق للعمليات شركةمن المهم بالنسبة لل ،اال ان نجاحها ال يعتمد عليهما الشركات واالنتاجية في american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org بالتالي يرى ان التميز في الخدمة يدور حول ،االدارية التي تعتمد بصورة اساسية على تدريب ومهارة الموظفين رفاهية الموظف وتدريبه والتأكد من رضا الموظف الذي ينعكس بمدى اهتمامهم بخدمة الزبائن ومراعاتهم لهم. 3 ( االستراتيجية : excellence strategyتميز استراتيجية ( وكيفية الشركةتعبر المستقبلية توجهاتها عن أهدافها لتحقيق المادية والبشرية إمكانياتها ومواردها المداخل االساسية استغالل التميز االستراتيجي من يعد . بالنسبة للشركات، وخاصة في بيئة االعمال اليوم تسعى الشركات الى التحسين ةوالمهمة للنجاح واالستمراري الشامل لها في جميع جوانبها وتحقيق النجاح المستدام وهذا ما يتطلب من الشركات المرونة في مواجهة التغيرات يتم تحقيقه من خالل التخطيط االستراتيجي لة ي الذي يكون وس ومواكبتها واعتماد اساليب حديثة ، االمر الذي في المنافسة بين السلوك االستراتيجي هو عامل رئيسي وأداة. حيث ان بمستوى اعلى الشركةلتحقيق اهدف .ألنه يساعد على استكشاف الفرص و استثمرها بالشكل األمثل لتحقيق التميز واالستدامة الشركات الهيكل التنظيمي هو إطار العالقات بين الوظائف واألنظمة وعملية (: structure excellenceتميز الهيكل ) -4 لتحقيق األهداف. الهيكل التنظيمي عبارة عن مجموعة من التشغيل واألشخاص والمجموعات التي تبذل الجهود وتنسيقها محددة واجبات إلى المهمة لتقسيم يلعب األساليب دو.بالتالي التنظيمي في الهيكل ومهم اساسي ر الشركات باعتباره نقطة البداية في تحديد مسار وشكل الشركة ويساعدها في زيادة قدرتها على تحقيق اهدافها بكفاءة وفاعلية. 5 ( البشرية الموارد عن human resources excellenceتميز البشرية الموارد تسمية تعبر :) الموارد البشرية االصول الغير ملموسة في الشركات التي يمكن من خاللها تحقيق اهدافها وتنمية امكانياتها. حيث يقومون بتخطيط وتنظيم وتنفيذ وتقييم األنشطة التي يقومون بها. ومن ثم شركةهم البشر الذين يعملون في إذا كانت تتكون من عدة أشخاص. وعلى هذا فإن الموارد البشرية ال غنى عنها شركةهي الشركةيمكن القول بأن . (putri et al,2022:290) وال يمكن فصلها الشركةفي التي والمهارة التدفق المستمر للرؤى عن التميز المعرفي يعبر ( :knowledge excellenceالتميز المعرفي ) -6 الشركات تحتاج و تحل الشكوك والمشاكل. هؤالء المهنيين يصبحون موردا حاسما للعمليات المعرفية فعالة للغاية .ل بشكل هادف وفعال ي موظفيها لتحقيق أداء أعمإلى غرس هذه القدرات االستباقية ف التحليل الوصفي لمتغيرات الدراسة الجزء الثالث: :اوالً: اختبار مقاييس النزعة المركزية والتشتت لمتغيرات الدراسة بطبيعة التنبؤ الدراسة وهو ما يسهم في إجابات عينة لتوصيف البيانات ودرجة تمركزها خطوة مهمة اتجاه النزعة المركزية والتشتت من خالل تم اختبار مقدار العالقة واتجاه تمركز وتشتت اإلجابات، على هذا األساس االختبار على عينة مكونة من اجراء تم اذ والتباين(، المعياري، واالنحراف الحسابي، )الوسط أسلوب استخدام فقرات( 5فقرة( لكل بعد ) 60بعد( موزع على ) 12موظفي( في شركة اسياسيل من خالل مقياس مكون من ) 337) التميز الرقمية، المهارات المعرفة، إدارة )استراتيجية وهي رئيسية متغيرات ثالثة على موزعة االبعاد هذه نت النتائج كما يلي: التنظيمي(، حيث كا لمتغير استراتيجية إدارة المعرفة: . التحليل الوصفي1 التحقق منها من خالل ) تم البيانات واتجاهها )الوسط 20تركيبة المركزية والتشتت النزعة اختبار تم اذ فقرة(، ، يتضمن اربعة five point likertالحسابي، االنحراف المعياري، التباين( الستمارة االستبيان مكون من مقياس american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org ، وكانت (اكتشاف المعرفة، تخزين المعرفة، مشاركة المعرفة، تطبيق المعرفةابعاد فرعية للمتغير المستقل وهي: ) ( ادناه: 1النتائج كما في الجدول ) استراتيجية إدارة المعرفة ( ملخص إجابة العينة لمتغير 1الجدول ) الفقرات االبعاد المتغيرات الوسط الحسابي االنحراف المعياري التباين استراتيجية إدارة المعرفة اكتشاف المعرفة dknn1 2.417 0.255 0.065 dknn2 2.532 0.338 0.114 dknn3 2.613 0.503 0.253 dknn4 2.481 0.424 0.180 dknn5 2.397 0.488 0.238 تخزين المعرفة knss1 2.607 0.528 0.279 knss2 2.410 0.521 0.271 knss3 2.349 0.509 0.259 knss4 2. 384 0.500 0.250 knss5 2.661 0.437 0.191 مشاركة المعرفة sknn1 2.406 0.222 0.049 sknn2 2.564 0.442 0.195 sknn3 2.562 0.455 0.207 sknn4 2.383 0.502 0.252 sknn5 2.571 0.521 0.271 تطبيق المعرفة aknn1 2.431 0.328 0.108 aknn2 2.480 0.448 0.201 aknn3 2.508 0.442 0.195 aknn4 2.511 0.449 0.202 aknn5 2.389 0.521 0.271 spss v.25المصدر: مخرجات إحصائية باالعتماد على برنامج ( أعاله، كانت مخرجات الوسط الحسابي لمقياس الدراسة تشير الى اقتراب اجابة عينة البحث من 1من الجدول ) المعرفة ضمن الوسط ، مع ذلك تشير هذه النتائج الى الحاجة الى المزيد من االهتمام في تطبيق استراتيجية إدارة (، اذ كان اعلى قيمة للنزعة المركزية )الوسط 2.486العينة المستهدفة اذ بلغ الوسط الحسابي للمتغير المستقل ) ( وهو للفقرة الثالثة وهو ما يؤشر الى ضعف التوجه في استخدام استراتيجية 2.613) اكتشاف المعرفةالحسابي( لبعد ( وهو مؤشر 0.503واضحة للبحث عن المعرفة المالئمة وبمقدار تشتت الجابات عينة البحث لنفس الفقرة تقدر بـ) كان اعلى قيمة للوسط الحسابي هو في الفقرة تخزين المعرفةإيجابي لعدم وجود تباين في اإلجابات، وبالنسبة لبعد ( قيمته بوسط )2.661الخامسة يقدر معياري وبانحراف تخزين 0.437( في استراتيجية غياب يفسر ما وهو ) مشاركة المعرفة المعرفة مع غياب التشتت في إجابات العينة المستهدفة، في حين كانت النزعة المركزية للبعد الثالث (، 0.521( وهو اعلى وسط حسابي )الفقرة الخامسة( وبانحراف معياري قدره )2.571تقدر بوسط حسابي قيمته ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org البعد في اعلى وسط حسابي كان المعرفةواخيراً ) تطبيق قدرها وبانحراف 2.511بقيمة الثالثة الفقرة ( ضمن (. 0.449معياري قدره ) : المهارات الرقميةلمتغير . التحليل الوصفي2 التحقق منها من خالل ) تم البيانات واتجاهها )الوسط 20تركيبة المركزية والتشتت النزعة اختبار تم اذ فقرة(، ، يتضمن اربعة five point likertالحسابي، االنحراف المعياري، التباين( الستمارة االستبيان مكون من مقياس مهارات التواصل والتفاعل، المهارات الفنية، مهارات المعالجة للمعلومات، ابعاد فرعية للمتغير الوسيط وهي: ) ( ادناه: 2، وكانت النتائج كما في الجدول )(مهارات انشاء المحتوى وانتاجه المهارات الرقمية ( ملخص إجابة العينة لمتغير 2الجدول ) الفقرات االبعاد المتغيرات الوسط الحسابي االنحراف المعياري التباين المهارات الرقمية المهارات الفنية arss1 2.471 0.254 0.065 arss2 2.442 0.316 0.100 arss3 2.503 0.313 0.098 arss4 2.489 0.325 0.106 arss5 2.497 0.289 0.084 مهارات معالجة المعلومة ipss1 2.387 0.331 0.110 ipss2 2.382 0.325 0.106 ipss3 2.369 0.319 0.102 ipss4 2.358 0.377 0.142 ipss5 2.362 0.338 0.114 مهارات التواصل ciss1 2.405 0.328 0.108 ciss2 2.399 0.346 0.120 ciss3 2.402 0.325 0.106 ciss4 2.389 0.332 0.110 ciss5 2.378 0.327 0.107 مهارات انشاء المحتوى cpss1 2.432 0.319 0.102 cpss2 2.453 0.338 0.114 cpss3 2.428 0.341 0.116 cpss4 2.431 0.319 0.102 cpss5 2.435 0.321 0.103 spss v.25المصدر: مخرجات إحصائية باالعتماد على برنامج الرقمية ضمن العينة المستهدفة ( أعاله، كانت ملخص لمخرجات الوسط الحسابي لمتغير المهارات 2من الجدول ) ( الوسيط للمتغير الحسابي الوسط بلغ لبعد 2.421اذ الحسابي( )الوسط المركزية للنزعة قيمة اعلى كان اذ ،) ( وهو للفقرة الثالثة وهو ما يؤشر الى الحاجة الملحة تعزيز هكذا نوع من المهارات كما 2.503) المهارات الفنية ( وهو مؤشر إيجابي لعدم وجود 0.313بلغ مقدار التشتت في االجابات لعينة الدراسة للفقرة نفسها بقيمة قدرها ـ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org كان اعلى قيمة للوسط الحسابي هو في الفقرة مهارات المعالجةتباين او اختالف في اجابات العينة، اما بالنسبة لبعد ( وهو ما يفسر ايضاً غياب المهارات الكافية لمعالجة 0.331( وبانحراف معياري يقدر ) 2.387االولى بوسط قيمته ) الثالث للبعد النزعة المركزية التشتت في إجابات العينة المستهدفة، في حين كانت مهارات المعلومات مع غياب والتفاعل ) التواصل بـ قيمته تقدر وبانحراف 2.405بوسط حسابي الخامسة( )الفقرة اعلى وسط حسابي وهو ) كان اعلى وسط حسابي في بعد 0.328معياري قدره ) ( 2.453بقيمة قدرها ) مهارات انشاء محتوى(، واخيراً (. 0.338ضمن الفقرة الثانية وبانحراف معياري قدره ) : التميز التنظيميلمتغير . التحليل الوصفي3 التحقق منها من خالل ) تم البيانات واتجاهها )الوسط 20تركيبة المركزية والتشتت النزعة اختبار تم اذ فقرة(، ، يتضمن اربعة five point likertالحسابي، االنحراف المعياري، التباين( الستمارة االستبيان مكون من مقياس ، وكانت (تميز االستراتيجية، تميز الخدمة، تميز الموارد البشرية، تميز المعرفيابعاد فرعية للمتغير التابع وهي: ) ( ادناه: 3النتائج كما في الجدول ) التميز التنظيمي ( ملخص إجابة العينة لمتغير 3الجدول ) الفقرات االبعاد المتغيرات الوسط الحسابي االنحراف المعياري التباين التميز التنظيمي التميز االستراتيجي stxx1 2.321 0.233 0.054 stxx2 2.342 0.236 0.056 stxx3 2.333 0.323 0.104 stxx4 2.299 0.328 0.108 stxx5 2.327 0.319 0.102 تميز الخدمة sexx1 2.389 0.311 0.097 sexx2 2.392 0.315 0.099 sexx3 2.399 0.317 0.100 sexx4 2.398 0.327 0.107 sexx5 2.393 0.331 0.110 تميز الموارد hrxx1 2.415 0.332 0.110 hrxx2 2.398 0.317 0.100 hrxx3 2.412 0.319 0.102 hrxx4 2.409 0.322 0.104 hrxx5 2.408 0.317 0.100 التميز المعرفي coxx1 2.412 0.315 0.099 coxx2 2.411 0.308 0.095 coxx3 2.401 0.330 0.109 coxx4 2.421 0.319 0.102 coxx5 2.415 0.320 0.102 spss v.25المصدر: مخرجات إحصائية باالعتماد على برنامج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org ( أعاله، كانت مخرجات تحليل الوسط الحسابي لمتغير التميز التنظيمي ضمن العينة المستهدفة اذ بلغ 3من الجدول ) ( التابع للمتغير الحسابي 2.385الوسط لبعد الحسابي( )الوسط المركزية للنزعة قيمة اعلى كان اذ تميز (، ( وهو للفقرة الثانية وهو ما يؤشر الى الحاجة في التوجه لتعزيز هكذا نوع من التميز التنظيمي 2.342) االستراتيجية ( وهو مؤشر إيجابي لعدم وجود 0.236كما بلغ مقدار التشتت في االجابات لعينة الدراسة للفقرة نفسها بقيمة قدرها ـ) كان اعلى قيمة للوسط الحسابي هو في الفقرة الثالثة تميز الخدمةتباين او اختالف في اجابات العينة، اما بالنسبة لبعد ( وهو ما يفسر ايضاً غياب متطلبات التميز الخدمي مع 0.317( وبانحراف معياري يقدر )2.399بوسط قيمته ) تميز غياب التشتت )االنحراف المعياري( في إجابات العينة المستهدفة، في حين كانت النزعة المركزية للبعد الثالث ( وهو اعلى وسط حسابي )الفقرة االولى( وبانحراف معياري 2.415بوسط حسابي تقدر قيمته بـ ) البشرية الموارد ( ضمن الفقرة الرابعة 2.421بقيمة قدرها ) التميز المعرفي(، واخيراً كان اعلى وسط حسابي في بعد 0.332قدره ) (. 0.319وبانحراف معياري قدره ) ثانيا: اختبار فرضيات الدراسة توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية كانت نتائج اختبار فرضية االرتباط بين اكتشاف المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي ) .1 ( تشير الى وجود عالقة p-value ≤ 0.01) ( عند مستوى معنوية معنوية بين اكتشاف المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي ( وهو ما يؤشر الى إمكانية تحسين مستوى التميز داخل المنظمة من خالل 0.239بقيمة قدرها ) ارتباط موجبة زيادة القدرة على إمكانية اكتشاف المعرفة، وبالعكس. عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين تخزين المعرفة توجد بالنسبة لفرضية االرتباط الفرعية الثانية ) .2 -p) ( عند درجة معنوية قدرها 0.232لالرتباط تقدر بـ) personمقدار قيمة معامل ن( كا والتميز التنظيمي value ≤ 0.01 ) بين مستوى التخزين للمعرفة ودرجة التميز التنظيمي وهو ارتباط موجب خطي مقبول، أي إمكانية تعزيز مستوى التميز يمكن ان يعزز من إمكانية التخزين للمعرفة والعكس صحيح. كذلك بالنسبة لنتائج تحليل االرتباط بين مشاركة المعرفة مع المتغير الرئيسي التابع وفق الفرضية الفرعية الثالثة .3 ، اذ تشير الى ان قيمة ( توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين مشاركة المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي) ، وهي عالقة خطية موجبة. (p-value ≤ 0.01)( عند مستوى معنوية 0.226لالرتباط تقدر ب) personمعامل اما بالنسبة للعالقة بين البعد الفرعي )تطبيق المعرفة( للمتغير المستقل والمتغير التابع )التميز التنظيمي( وفق .4 ( توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين تطبيق المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي ) الرابعةالفرضية الفرعية (، اذ يشير الى ان 0.263بمعامل ارتباط قدره ) (p-value ≤ 0.01) كانت العالقة طردية موجبة مدرجة معنوية أي زيادة في بعد تطبيق المعرفة يمكن ان يؤدي الى زيادة في المتغير التابع. توجد بالنسبة لعالقة االرتباط بين االبعاد الفرعية للمتغير الوسيط والمتغير التابع كانت نتائج الفرضية الفرعية ) .5 ( تشير الى وجود والتميز التنظيمي الفنية واعالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين المهارات التقنية )المهارات التقنية او الفنية )التشغيلية( مع المتغير التابع )التميز التنظيمي( عالقة طردية جيدة بين البعد الفرعي . (p-value ≤ 0.01) ( بمستوى معنوية 0.454قدره ) personعامل بم توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات البعد الثاني للمتغير الوسيط والمتغير التابع ) قيمة تحليل المصفوفة للعالقة بينكما كانت .6 ( وهو ما يفسر 0.464( بقيمة قدرها ) والتميز التنظيميالتفاعل داللة إحصائية معنوية بين مهارات التواصل و العالقة الطردية الجيدة جداً كمؤشر الى اي زيادة في )مهارات التواصل والتفاعل( يمكن ان يعزز االمكانية على التميز التنظيمي. معالجة توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين مهارات بالنسبة لفرضية االرتباط الفرعية الثانية ) .7 ( عند درجة معنوية قدرها 0.471لالرتباط تقدر بـ) personقيمة معامل نت ( كاوالتميز التنظيميالمعلومات american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org (p-value ≤ 0.01 ) ودرجة التميز التنظيمي وهو ارتباط موجب خطي مهارات معالجة المعلومات بين مستوى والعكس صحيح. التنظيميتعزيز مستوى التميز مهارات المعالجة للمعلومات يمكن ان مقبول، أي إمكانية من الجدول )( أعاله، اذ نتائج المتحقق في الجدول )( أعاله تشير الى عالقة االرتباط قوي موجب بين البعد .8 توجد عالقة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية الفرعي الرابع لمتغير المهارات الرقمية والمتغير التابع التميز التنظيمي ) التنظيمي والتميز المحتوى انشاء مهارات بين )معنوية قدره ارتباط بمعامل قوي 0.438( مؤشر وهو ) (، وهو ما يؤيد الفرضية p-value ≤ 0.01الحتمالية وجود عالقة تأثير بين المتغيرين عند مستوى معنوية ) (. h24االرتباط ) للمتغير استكمال .9 الفرعية االبعاد بين العالقات الثالثة الرئيسية الفرضية تختبر الدراسة متغيرات بين للعالقة ( الفرضية تختبر اذ الوسيط، بين اكتشاف إحصائية معنوية داللة ذاتباط ارتعالقة توجد المستقل والمتغير ( العالقة بين البعد الفرعي )اكتشاف المعرفة( والمتغير الوسيط )المهارات الرقمية(، الرقمية والمهارات المعرفة ( بمعنوية 0.375تشير الى وجود ارتباط طردي موجب بمعامل ارتباط قدره ) personاذ كانت مخرجات تحليل (p-value ≤ 0.01 .) بالنسبة لعالقة االرتباط بين البعد الفرعي )تخزين المعرفة( للمتغير المستقل والمتغير الوسيط النتائج للفرضية .10 ( تشير الى وجود عالقة الرقمية والمهارات المعرفة تخزين معنوية بين إحصائيةداللة ذاتارتباط عالقة توجد ) ، وهو ما يفسر زيادة مستوى (p-value ≤ 0.01) ( بمستوى معنوية 0.462قدره ) personعامل طردية جيدة بم المعرفي يحفز على إمكانية تعزيز المهارات الرقمية. االمكانية على التخزين ارتباط عالقة توجد البعد الثالث للمتغير المستقل والمتغير الوسيط ) قيمة تحليل المصفوفة للعالقة بينكما كانت .11 ( وهو ما يفسر 0.451( بقيمة قدرها )الرقمية والمهاراتالمعرفة مشاركة بين إحصائية معنوية داللةذات ( يمكن ان يعزز تطبيق المهارات الرقمية. مشاركة المعرفةالعالقة الطردية الجيدة جداً كمؤشر الى اي زيادة في ) ( وفق المهارات الرقمية) الوسيطاما بالنسبة للعالقة بين البعد الفرعي )تطبيق المعرفة( للمتغير المستقل والمتغير .12 الفرعية معنوية داللة ذات ارتباط عالقة توجد (الرابعةالفرضية والمهارات المعرفة تطبيق بين إحصائية (، اذ 0.331بمعامل ارتباط قدره ) (p-value ≤ 0.01) ( كانت العالقة طردية موجبة مدرجة معنوية الرقمية . الوسيطيشير الى ان أي زيادة في بعد تطبيق المعرفة يمكن ان يؤدي الى زيادة في المتغير اختبار فرضيات التأثير لمتغيرات الدراسة: ثالثاً: structure equation model (sem)تم استخدام أسلوب نمذجة المعادلة الهيكلية لغرض التحقق من مدى ير رئيسية للدراسة، ثالثة من هذه الفرضيات تختبر التأثير المباشر بين )استراتيجية إدارة صحة أربعة فرضيات تأث المعرفة والمهارات الرقمية والتميز التنظيمي(، اما الفرضية الرابعة تختبر التأثير غير المباشر للمتغير المستقل اتجاه ( فرضية فرعية، وكما هو 12التميز التنظيمي بوساطة )المهارات الرقمية(، وبناء على هذه العالقة تم التحقق من ) مبين ادناه: فرضية التاثير بين استراتيجية إدارة المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي: .1 h4 : تنص الفرضية ابعاد الدور االستراتيجي الدارة بين توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية " . وتتفرع منها اربع فرضيات الفرعية" المعرفة في التميز التنظيمي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org تم التحقق من طبيعة هذه العالقة من خالل أربعة فرضيات فرعية وهي: توجد عالقة تأثير ذات دالله إحصائية معنوية بين اكتشاف المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي أ .توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين تخزين المعرفة والتميز التنظيمي -ب .إحصائية معنوية بين مشاركة المعرفة والتميز التنظيميتوجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة -ت .تطبيق المعرفة والتميز التنظيميبين توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية -ث حيث كانت مخرجات معايير جودة المطابقة تشير الى " (rmsea = 0.0481; ratio = 2.070; p-valu ≤ 0.001; gfi = 0.955; cfi = 0.986; ifi = 0.989) وهي اعلى من الحد االدنى للمقبولية )ملحق )( لحدود ، معايير جودة المطابقة(، وكما هو مبين في الشكل )2( ادناه: والتميز التنظيمي استراتيجية إدارة المعرفة( اختبار فرضية العالقة بين 2الشكل ) ) ( أعاله، حيث كان مسار التاثير لالبعاد الفرعية اتجاه التميز التنظيمي جيد بدرجة معنوية 2من الشكل ) pvalue ≤ 0.01 كما كانت قيم ( c.r. )اكتشاف، ايضاً مرتفعة وهو ما يؤشر الى قبول جميع فرضيات التاثير لالبعاد ( ادناه: 4وتخزين ومشاركة وتطبيق المعرفة( على التميز التنظيمي، وكما هو مبين في الجدول ) الستراتيجية إدارة المعرفة على التميز التنظيمي ( فرضية التاثير 4الجدول ) model 1 estimate s.e. c.r. p skm <--oex 0.344 0.061 5.639 *** model 2 estimate s.e. c.r. p dkn <--oex 0.328 0.048 6.833 *** kns <--oex 0.364 0.058 6.276 *** skn <--oex 0.2980 0.045 6.622 *** akn <--oex 0.384 0.054 7.111 *** amos v.25المصدر: مخرجات برنامج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org والتميز التنظيمي: المهارات الرقميةفرضية التأثير بين . 2 تنص الفرضية h4 " : توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين ابعاد المهارات الرقمية و التميز " وتتفرع منها اربع فرضيات فرعية. التنظيمي تم التحقق من طبيعة هذه العالقة من خالل أربعة فرضيات فرعية وهي: .إحصائية معنوية بين المهارات التقنية والتشغيلية والتميز التنظيميتوجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة أ .والتميز التنظيمي المعلومات توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين مهارات معالجة -ب .والتميز التنظيمي والتفاعل توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين مهارات التواصل -ت توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين مهارات انشاء المحتوى والتميز التنظيمي -ث حيث كانت مخرجات معايير جودة المطابقة تشير الى " (rmsea = 0.0572; ratio = 2.063; p-valu ≤ 0.001; gfi = 0.949; cfi = 0.977; ifi = 0.969) كانت ، وهي اعلى من الحد االدنى للمقبولية ، وكما ( ادناه: 3النتائج موجبة كما في الشكل ) والتميز التنظيمي المهارات الرقمية ( اختبار فرضية العالقة بين 3الشكل ) الفرعية للمتغير الوسيط اتجاه التميز التنظيمي جيد بدرجة ( أعاله، حيث كان مسار التاثير لالبعاد 3من الشكل ) )معنوية p-value ≤ 0.01 كما كانت قيم ( c.r. ايضاً مرتفعة وهو ما يؤشر الى قبول جميع فرضيات التاثير التشغيلي التقينه )المهارات انشاء ةلالبعاد مهارات والتفاعل، التواصل مهارات المعلومات، معالجة مهارات ، ( ادناه: 5المحتوى وانتاجه( على التميز التنظيمي، وكما هو مبين في الجدول ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org المهارات الرقمية على التميز التنظيمي ( فرضية التاثير 5الجدول ) model 1 estimate s.e. c.r. p dsk <--oex 0.526 0.04375 12.023 *** model 2 estimate s.e. c.r. p ars <--oex 0.415 0.044 9.432 *** ips <--oex 0.536 0.051 10.510 *** cis <--oex 0.569 0.046 12.370 *** cps <--oex 0.584 0.034 17.176 *** amos v.25المصدر: مخرجات برنامج : استراتيجية إدارة المعرفة والمهارات الرقميةفرضية التأثير بين . 2 h6 تنص الفرضية توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية ابعاد الدور االستراتيجي الدارة المعرفة : " " وتتفرع منها اربع فرضيات فرعية. المهارات الرقمية تم التحقق من طبيعة هذه العالقة من خالل أربعة فرضيات فرعية وهي: المعرفة والمهارات الرقمية. توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين اكتشاف أ . تخزين المعرفة والمهارات الرقمية وية بينتوجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معن -ب توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين مشاركة المعرفة والمهارات الرقمية. -ت .توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية بين تطبيق المعرفة والمهارات الرقمية -ث structure equation model (sem)حيث كانت مخرجات التحليل باستخدام أسلوب نمذجة المعادلة الهيكلية تشير الى قبول الفرضية البديلة لمسار التأثير المتغيرات الفرعية للمتغير المستقل اتجاه المتغير الوسيط )المهارات )الرقمية( عند مستوى معنوية p-value ≤ 0.01 ( ادناه: 6، حيث كانت النتائج كما في الجدول )( المهارات الرقمية استراتيجية المعرفة على ( فرضية التاثير6الجدول ) model 1 estimate s.e. c.r. p skm <--dsk 0.6105 0.036 16.958 *** model 2 estimate s.e. c.r. p dkn <--dsk 0.613 0.031 19.774 *** kns <--dsk 0.572 0.031 18.452 *** skn <--dsk 0.576 0.042 13.714 *** akn <--dsk 0.681 0.040 17.025 *** amos v.25المصدر: مخرجات برنامج ثانياً: اختبار فرضية التأثير غير المباشرة: " تنص فرضية التأثير غير المباشرة على: h7 توجد عالقة تأثير غير مباشرة ذات داللة إحصائية معنوية : وكما هو مبين ،"المعرفة في التميز التنظيمي من خالل الدور الوسيط للمهارات الرقمية إلدارةللدور االستراتيجي الجدول التأثير كان )(في ) مسار المستقل المتغير من المها( β= 0.149لكل الوسيط الرقمي والمتغير ة رات american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org (0.8198 =β ) ة )معنويذات داللة (p-value ≤ 0.01 لمتغير المهارات الرقمية، وهو ما يشير الى وساطة جزئية ، ( ادناه: 7وكما هو موضح في الجدول ) المهارات الرقمية للمتغير الوسيط ( اختبار فرضية التاثير7)الجدول model coeff se t p llci ulci skm <--oex 0.1411 0.0341 4.1378 0.0000 0.0526 0.2595 dsk <--oex 0.8198 0.0518 15.8393 0000 0.718 0.9216 bootstrapping test indirect effect partially standardized indirect effect(s) of skm on oex: effect bootse bootllci bootulci dsk 0.2029 0.0762 0.6432 0.9415 للتاثير غير المباشر bootstrappingالمصدر: تحليل رابعا: االستنتاجات والتوصيات conclusion اوال: االستنتاجات ان -1 انها تصوغ رغم المحددة فضال على الرسالة واالهداف الشركة تضع استراتيجية واسعة من خالل خياراتها االستراتيجية اال ان هناك اهتمام محدود بخصوص استراتيجيات ادارة المعرفة. استراتيجيات رغم االهتمام المحدود للعينة بأبعاد وممارسات ادارة المعرفة للشركة اال ان ذلك ال يمنع وجود -2 واضحة إلدارة المعرفة. الواسع -3 بالفهم ليست انها اال المعرفة إلدارة ممارسات وجود من والنتائج الشخصية المقابالت اظهرت والتطبيق الصريح. توظيف المهارات الرقمية مكن الشركة من تحسين عملياتها والذي انعكس في زيادة ألعداد الزبائن الذي -4 يتعاملون مع الشركة. اساسي -5 ومنطلق عالمية ظاهرة اصبحت كونها واسع بشكل الرقمية المهارات تكتسبها التي االهمية للشركات الرائدة باألعمال والخدمات. امكانية الولوج للكثير من اعمال االبتكار واالبداع واالزدهار وتحقيق مزايا تنافسية من خالل توظيف -6 المهارات الرقمية. وجود تطور وتحسن سواء في مستوى الخدمات المقدمة او في طريقة الشركة للحصول على ثقة الزبائن -7 ودليل ذلك في حصول الشركة على مجموعة من الشهادات الدولية. recommendation ثانيا: التوصيات المعرفة وجعلها من خالل العمل على التأصيل االكاديمي ألداء تنشيط استراتيجية ادارة المعرفة وتفعيلها -1 دراسية في لديها فصوالً التي المتخصصة والمراكز االكاديمية الجامعات وتعاون مع استراتيجياً توجهاً تخزينها، مشاركتها، المعرفة، اكتشاف استراتيجيات معرفية سواء تطوير الية المعرفة لوضع ادارة تطبيقها. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org واهداف -2 رسالة صياغة اعادة خالل من المعرفة ادارة باستراتيجية للشركة االستراتيجي التوجه ربط اكتشاف خالل من المعرفة ادارة الستراتيجيات المهمة باألدوات مرتبط ليكون االستراتيجي واالتجاه المعرفة ,تخزينها، مشاركتها، تطبيقها. و -3 لها المعرفية القيم وزيادة الرقمية المهارات تطوير على المراكز العمل مع اتصال قنوات وضع والمعلومات االتصال تقنيات على واالطالع الرقمية المهارات وتأهيل زيادة على والعمل االكاديمية ومحاولة االلحاق بأجيال التطور المعرفي. للزبائن وتطويرها و -4 المقدمة الخدمات الزبائن تحسين امان وسرية وخصوصية من خالل الحفاظ على تطوير برامج تقنية ذات مستوى امان عالي لغرض الحفاظ على خصوصية الزبون ورفع اللوائح تحد من التهكير تكون ذات اثار قانونية ملزمة. references 1. algahtani, k. (2019). knowledge management practices in the kingdom of saudi arabia public sector organisations. 2. aljarrah, m., hatamleh, a., zawaideh, f. h., al-kaseasbeh, h. m., & alkhazali, a. r. (2023). the impact of business intelligence on organizational excellence: the mediating role of organizational citizenship behavior. international journal of professional business review, 8(5), e01694-e01694. 3. al-ma’aitah, n., al-haraisa, y., & al-tarawneh, k. (2020). staffing strategy as a way to achieve organizational excellence: insights from jordan. test engineering and management, 83(marchapril), 6929-6939. 4. alrikabi, h. t. s., jasim, n. a., majeed, b. h., abass, a. z., & alrubee, i. r. n. (2022). smart learning based on moodle e-learning platform and digital skills for university. 5. amayreh, k. (2021). the role of knowledge management in delivering the organization to the state of performance excellence: mediating role of technological vigilance. management science letters, 11(4), 1277-1286. 6. barnawi, m. b. o. (2022). organizational excellence models failure and success factors of organizational excellence and challenges mitigation. open journal of business and management, 10(6), 2915-2938. 7. chetty, r., proches, c. n. g., & singh, n. (2021). knowledge management as a strategic asset for customer service delivery at a contact centre in south africa. knowledge management & e-learning, 13(2), 225-249. 8. coşkunserçe, o., & aydoğdu, ş. (2022). investigating the digital skills of undergraduate students in terms of various variables. journal of educational technology and online learning, 5(4), 12191237. 9. ershadi, m. j., & eskandari dehdazzi, r. (2019). investigating the role of strategic thinking in establishing organizational excellence model: a moderating role of organizational forgetting. the tqm journal, 31(4), 620-640 10. gómez-poyato, m. j., eito-mateo, a., mira-tamayo, d. c., & matías-solanilla, a. (2022). digital skills, icts and students’ needs: a case study in social work degree, university of zaragoza (aragón-spain). education sciences, 12(7), 443. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org 11. haga, h. (2022). digital skills and digital technology in the efl classroom: a study of norwegian 10th grade efl teachers’ beliefs, understanding, and reported use of digital technology (master's thesis, høgskulen på vestlandet). 12. hakim, s., laelawati, l. n., & mardiana, r. (2022, december). the role of digital skills and technological innovation in improving the performance of small and medium industries: systematic literature review. in international conference on global innovation and trends in economics and business (icobis 2022) (pp. 74-102). atlantis press. 13. jennex, m. e. (2020). towards understanding and implementing knowledge management strategy. in current issues and trends in knowledge management, discovery, and transfer (pp. 103-125). igi global. 14. kariem, i. (2021). a digital skills development framework for digitally maturing south african higher education institutions. 15. livingstone, s., mascheroni, g., & stoilova, m. (2023). the outcomes of gaining digital skills for young people’s lives and wellbeing: a systematic evidence review. new media & society, 25(5), 1176-1202. 16. lópez-nicolás, c., & meroño-cerdán, á. l. (2011). strategic knowledge management, innovation and performance. international journal of information management, 31(6), 502-509. 17. magd, h., ansari, m., & negi, s. (2021). the relationship between tqm, knowledge management, and innovation: a framework to achieve organizational excellence in service industry. global business & management research, 13(3). 18. mangiarotti, g., & mention, a. l. (2015). investigating firm-level effects of knowledge management strategies on innovation performance. international journal of innovation management, 19(01), 1550012. 19. naser, s. s. a., & al shobaki, m. j. (2017). organizational excellence and the extent of its clarity in the palestinian universities from the perspective of academic staff. international journal of information technology and electrical engineering, 6(2), 47-59. 20. onofre, i., & teixeira, l. (2021). implementation of a knowledge management strategy: reflections and critical success factors. in proceedings of the international conference on industrial engineering and operations management (pp. 4721-4732). 21. ouriques, r. a. b., wnuk, k., gorschek, t., & svensson, r. b. (2019). knowledge management strategies and processes in agile software development: a systematic literature review. international journal of software engineering and knowledge engineering, 29(03), 345380. 22. piccoli, g., rodriguez, j., palese, b., & bartosiak, m. l. (2020). feedback at scale: designing for accurate and timely practical digital skills evaluation. european journal of information systems, 29(2), 114-133. 23. putri, g. a. m., maharani, s. p., & nisrina, g. (2022). literature view pengorganisasian: sdm, tujuan organisasi dan struktur organisasi. jurnal ekonomi manajemen sistem informasi, 3(3), 286-299. 24. shakhour, n. h. t., obeidat, b. y., jaradat, m. o., & alshurideh, m. (2021). agile-minded organizational excellence: empirical investigation. academy of strategic management journal, 20, 1-25. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org 25. sikalima, j. v. (2023). digital skills challenges and opportunities for digitally under-resourced primary schools in zambia: an exploratory study. 26. van laar, e., van deursen, a. j., van dijk, j. a., & de haan, j. (2020). determinants of 21stcentury skills and 21st-century digital skills for workers: a systematic literature review. sage open, 10(1), 2158244019900176. 27. sekaran, uma&bougie, roger,2016,research methods for business:a skill buildind approach ,p. 79) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org faith, knowledge and freedom of belief: opportunities and limitations in the modern world nilufar tulkunovna rasulova, senior lecturer, department of religious psychology and pedagogy, international islamic academy of uzbekistan, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s faith plays a fundamental role in shaping every religion. belief, in this context, refers to a person's conviction that a certain goal, idea, doctrine, or the existence of an event or entity and its characteristics are true. trust forms the foundation of belief. however, not every belief becomes a lasting or healthy belief. belief can exist independently of knowledge, but for it to be strong and healthy, it must be rooted in basic knowledge. this knowledge may stem from reason and logic or metaphorical evidence, such as divine revelations. belief can be both religious and secular. while religious faith is formed through worship and belief in the supernatural, secular belief is rooted in emotional experience and scientific understanding of the world. this article explores the relationship between belief, knowledge, and faith in contemporary society, as well as the role of tolerance in promoting global peace. healthy belief, religious organizations, opportunities, limitations, rights, religious tolerance, freedom of religion, international law, human rights introduction it is well-known that faith plays an essential role in the foundation of every religion. at its core, belief is a person's conviction that certain goals, ideas, doctrines, and the existence of events or entities are true. trust underpins faith, making it a powerful psychological and spiritual phenomenon. however, not every belief transforms into true or lasting faith. is faith connected to knowledge? faith can exist without formal knowledge, but to be strong and healthy, it requires foundational knowledge. this knowledge can be derived from reason and logic or metaphorical evidence, such as divine sources. while faith is often associated with religion, it can be both religious and secular. religious faith arises from belief in and worship of supernatural forces and phenomena, whereas secular faith is grounded in emotional experience and scientific knowledge of the objective world surrounding a person. faith, knowledge, and the modern world: in the modern era, marked by rapid globalization, faith and belief continue to evolve. we are witnessing a historical stage in human development where dramatic shifts are taking place, from technological advancements to sociopolitical transformations. amidst this change, one of the most important principles for establishing global peace is religious tolerance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org religious tolerance requires individuals to not only remain steadfast in their own faith but also to develop an understanding of other religions, beliefs, and traditions. in this way, tolerance becomes a bridge, fostering coexistence and peace across diverse cultures and belief systems. international standards on religious freedom: the 1989 vienna document, in clause 16.3, commits member states of the organization for security and co-operation in europe (osce) to "recognize, upon their request, the status granted to religious associations professing or desiring to profess their religion within the framework of their national constitutions." this commitment applies to the vast majority of religious and faith communities across the osce region. however, the implementation of these protections is often hindered by legal and practical barriers. for example, the mandatory registration system and the associated challenges in obtaining legal status often discriminate against minority religious or belief communities. this issue was addressed in 2004 by the international criminal court (icc) and the venice commission in their publication, "guidelines for the analysis of laws relating to religion or belief." despite efforts by regional and international human rights organizations, many religious groups continue to face obstacles to fully exercising their rights. the osce, in its decision at the 2013 kiev council of ministers, called on member states to "refrain from imposing restrictions that are incompatible with political commitments and international legal obligations regarding the practice of individuals and religious communities." it also emphasized the need for rulings on "freedom of thought, conscience, religion, and belief." freedom of religion or belief is recognized as a fundamental human right in international instruments, including those established by the osce. according to international standards, every person has the right to freedom of thought, conscience, and religion. this includes the right to change one's religion or belief, as well as the freedom to teach, worship, and practice religious rituals and ceremonies either in private or public, alone or with others. the self-identification of religions and beliefs is a central component in determining the scope of freedom of religion or belief. public authorities often rely on objective criteria for recognizing these concepts, but it is important to remember that freedom of religion or belief encompasses a wide range of theistic, non-theistic, and atheistic beliefs, as well as the right to not profess any belief. religious freedom is closely linked to other human rights and fundamental freedoms, particularly freedom of expression, freedom of assembly, and the right to non-discrimination. protecting these rights is essential for ensuring that individuals can freely express and practice their faith or belief. limitations on freedom of religion or belief: while freedom of religion or belief is widely recognized, there are situations where this freedom may be restricted. however, such restrictions must meet specific criteria: 1. established by law: any limitation must be grounded in clear, publicly accessible legal provisions. 2. purpose: the restriction must serve to protect public safety, order, health, or morals, or the fundamental rights and freedoms of others. 3. necessity and proportionality: any restriction must be necessary to achieve a legitimate goal and proportionate to that goal. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org 4. non-discrimination: restrictions cannot be imposed for discriminatory purposes or applied in a discriminatory manner. for a restriction to be "prescribed by law," it must be stated clearly enough to allow individuals or communities to understand the rules governing their behavior. additionally, national legislation must provide protection against arbitrary interference by public authorities, in accordance with the principle of the rule of law. the balance between public needs and individual rights: maintaining a balance between societal needs and individual rights is crucial in any democratic society. restrictions on freedom of religion or belief must be directly related to a legitimate objective and proportionate to the goal. in this sense, any intervention should address an essential societal need and not be overly broad or intrusive. moreover, it is essential to minimize the interference with individual rights while still addressing public concerns. legal systems must ensure that the justification for any restriction is both necessary and sufficient, and that the measures used involve the least possible interference with personal freedoms. conclusion: the intersection of belief, knowledge, and religious freedom continues to shape the modern world. while opportunities for fostering tolerance and understanding have grown, significant legal and practical limitations remain. as nations and international organizations work to uphold fundamental rights, it is crucial to strike a balance between protecting public interests and preserving individual freedoms. in this context, healthy beliefs — grounded in knowledge, tolerance, and mutual respect — provide a foundation for both personal and societal well-being. references 1. диний жамоатлар ва муайян эътиқодларга амал қиладиган жамоатларнинг ҳуқуқ субъектилигига доир раҳбарий принциплар // маъсул муҳаррир ва сўзбоши муаллифи акмал саидов; таржимон ғулом мирзо. – варшава: poligrfaus jacek adamiak, 2019. – 71 бет 2. organization for security and co-operation in europe (osce). (1989). vienna document on the human dimension. available at: osce.org 3. united nations human rights committee. (1993). general comment no. 22: the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion (art. 18). united nations. available at: un.org 4. venice commission & international covenant on civil and political rights (iccpr). (2004). guidelines for review of legislation pertaining to religion or belief. strasbourg: council of europe publishing. available at: coe.int 5. расулова нилуфар тулкуновна. (2024). психогенетика: глубины генетических корней психического развития. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 26, 212–215. psychogenetics: the depths of the genetic roots of mental development. (2024). pedagogical cluster-journal of pedagogical developments, 2(4), 69-74. 6. rasulova nilufar tulkunovna. (2023). socio-psychological and psychophysiological features of the formation of reproductive function in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org students. proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies, 2(2), 272–276. retrieved from https://econferenceseries.com/index.php/icmsss/article/view/1281 7. nilufar tulkunovna rasulova (2022). yoshlarda reproduktiv ongni shakllantirishda oilaga qadriyatli munosabatni tarbiyalashning psixologikpedagogik jihatlari. academic research in educational sciences, religion conference , 147-151 https://econferenceseries.com/index.php/icmsss/article/view/1281 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 173 www.americanjournal.org multiperspective review of family pedagogy as a science kilicheva karamat professor and doctor of science, department of pedagogy, university of tashkent for applied sciences, tashkent, uzbekistan karomatkilicheva320@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s family and society are a mutually integrated process. development based on the content, ideas and principles of education, which is organized in its important link as the basis of renewed development, is the demand of the times. therefore, in the current conditions, which is a new period in the historical development of uzbekistan, it is necessary to decide on a new approach to the issue of raising children in the family. therefore, the objective of this paper is to analyze past reviews and gain deeper knowledge of science of family pedagogy on multiple viewpoints. family, family pedagogy, family upbringing. subject, goal, mission, folk pedagogy, methods, scientific research methods, historical roots introduction in the modernizing society, strategic tasks are assigned to the educational system. successfully solving the complex and multifaceted task of teaching and educating future specialists in the higher education system is carried out by a professional with high pedagogical skills. a new stage in the development of pedagogy has begun in the republic of uzbekistan. the distinctive feature of this stage is the demand of the times for restoration, preservation, enrichment of national and universal values, deep study and teaching of national heritage and cultural examples in the family process. family is an integral part of society. there is not a single people, nation or society that did not take into account the problems and values surrounding it in the history of its development and in determining the perspective of development. any perspective cannot be imagined apart from the interests of the family. after all, family is the beginning of life for everyone, the prelude to everything. everyone connects their happiness first of all with their family, only a person who is happy in his home and family feels completely happy. the role of the family and society in the upbringing of an adult is a complete legal process. family as the main social link of society. family and its duties. family is the primary social unit of society. it reflects the needs, interests, inclinations, upbringing and other types of social activities of family members. the process of systematic influence of parents on the child's personality in order to form the foundations of scientific worldview, spiritual and moral, sophistication, work and other social factors is called family education. (sh. abdullaeva) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 174 www.americanjournal.org family pedagogy is the activity of the parents who serve to fulfill the priority tasks of the society in the important state policy on personal education, collects knowledge about education, tests and implements the procedures for child education (o. khasanboeva) pedagogical scientist m. inomova singled out the following aspects of the family: − the family has a unique and unrepeatable effect; − the family is a special "mirror" for the child, and the personal example of the parents is of great importance in the upbringing of the child; − the family consists of a unique world of emotions, in which positive and sometimes negative emotions accumulate; − in family conditions, children are also brought up with feelings of sympathy towards others; the child's participation in family life is also considered an important factor of moral education; family reflects the tasks of marriage and parenthood. parents' love for each other can become one of the main educational factors affecting a child. "family upbringing is always distinguished by its complex, wonderful and beautiful versatility" (a. munavvarov) family upbringing means the upbringing of children by parents, elders, grandparents, siblings, etc. on the basis of correct national moral norms. after all, how children develop into human beings in the future directly depends on the interactions, behavior, and discipline of parents, siblings, and others. it is not for nothing that our people say: "a bird does what it sees in its nest." the subject of family pedagogy: it is a science that teaches young people the knowledge to carry out scientific research on the subject of child upbringing, family pedagogy, to be able to use the selected tools and methods and to see the results, and to acquire the art of upbringing. in the family, parents should be able to set clear goals, work on themselves, research, see the results of using selected tools and methods, and have the art of education. the subject of family pedagogy is a science that teaches people to work on themselves, to use the chosen means of research, to be able to see the results, and to acquire the art of upbringing. family pedagogy adheres to the following: • adheres to the modern requirements of education and the laws of education; • content of upbringing in the family; • methods and tools used in the family for children; • the harmony of the spiritual development of humanity and the upbringing of children in the family; • to follow the skills and culture of child rearing in the family. the purpose of family pedagogy: • is focused on studying the state and laws of problems related to family upbringing. • adheres to the modern demand level of education and the laws of education; • content of upbringing in the family; • methods and tools used in raising children in the family; • the harmony of the spiritual development of humanity and the upbringing of children in the family; • to follow the skills and culture of raising children in the family; • it is focused on studying the state and laws of problems related to family education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 175 www.americanjournal.org tasks of family education: • solving a whole family problem; • to increase the effectiveness of family education and to develop a mature person who meets the priority requirements of the state; • appropriate use of national values in family education, compliance with pedagogical laws; • effective use of science and technology achievements; • study successful work methods in advanced families; • establishing cooperation between parents and pedagogical specialists; • solving the problem of adult education requires constant and vital research. family pedagogy is aimed at forming its activities in the system of preschool education pedagogy, school pedagogy, primary education pedagogy, youth pedagogy, adult pedagogy (androgogy), vocational education pedagogy, production pedagogy, higher school pedagogy, management pedagogy, medical pedagogy, military pedagogy, economic pedagogy, modern pedagogical technologies and other branches. pedagogy of preschool education is a science that deals with the study of the issues of raising children of preschool age, providing them with basic knowledge. proper upbringing of children of preschool age by parents, based on the specific characteristics of this age period, helps to form certain skills in children, and to educate spiritual and moral qualities. the subject "pedagogy of preschool education" serves to enrich the speech of children of this age, to properly care for the body, to strengthen their health, and to form certain movement skills in them. this subject prepares preschool children for school education. primary education pedagogy is a science that studies the content, laws, principles, structural structure, form, methods and tools of the process of teaching and educating primary school students, taking into account their age and psychological characteristics. , it provides an opportunity to rely on the young, psychological characteristics of children of primary school age in the organization of child education in the family. it closely supports parents in ensuring effective adaptation of elementary school students to school education. in order to properly educate children of this age, it is preferred for them to have a fixed schedule, to be able to combine study and play activities. androgogy (in greek: "andros" an older person, "agogein" "to lead", i.e. "to lead an older person") a field related to the educational system. it sheds light on the characteristics of adult subjects' acquisition of knowledge and skills, as well as the characteristics of pedagogues' management of this process. methodology – researches the laws of teaching and learning in the field of family pedagogy. the methodology of family pedagogy adapts didactic principles and general pedagogic rules to its field and creates field methodology based on the specific types and laws of education, such as pedagogies in special and continuous education stages. as an important branch of the family pedagogic methodology science system, the services of methodology (methodology), which studies the laws of teaching and learning concrete and humanitarian sciences, are incomparably great. currently, in educational institutions, there are methods of teaching mathematics, methods of teaching history, methods of teaching literature, teaching special subjects and other methods. the methodology of family pedagogy is the integration of the educational system and the activities of parents in the family. in this regard, a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 176 www.americanjournal.org comparative study of the advanced views of family pedagogy methodology abroad is the demand of the time. family pedagogy is related to the following pedagogical disciplines: history of pedagogy – researches the history of pedagogical views in the family and issues of the development of family education as a social phenomenon, studies the development of pedagogical ideas based on the principle of humanism. historicity is one of the necessary principles of the development of the science of family pedagogy. studying the spiritual heritage, popularizing best practices is creating a foundation for the future. social pedagogy – studying the laws of socialization of the individual, solving social problems related to minors (pedagogical neglect, child alcoholism, minors, crime, drug addiction and prostitution) from a pedagogical point of view, creating technologies for the effective organization of social activities and pedagogy. learning science. pedagogical skill – a science that methodologically correct and effective organization of the pedagogical process in future pedagogues (teachers), rational establishment of teacher-student relations, professional activities of future specialists, and studies issues of preparation. the basics of this subject, along with enriching the pedagogical knowledge of parents, help to develop their skills and abilities to organize interpersonal relationships between family members with high skill. parents' awareness of the basics of pedagogical skills ensures that social relations between themselves and their children are based on love and mutual support in the organization of family education, and eliminates any conflict. the theory and practice of pedagogy is a science that researches pedagogical activity organized on the basis of a certain system, the content, form, methods and tools of education, the history of the emergence and development of pedagogical ideas, the organization of knowledge related to the organization of child education in different periods. this subject serves to familiarize parents with the historical experience accumulated by humanity, especially the uzbek people, in organizing the upbringing of children in the family. family pedagogy is connected with the following humanities: ethnography – ("ethnoscience"; "ethnos" tribe, people + "grapho" i write) various types of peoples, ethnic groups in the world, their origin (ethnogenesis), lifestyle, traditions, material and spiritual regardless of the level of development, a special field of science that studies mutual differences or commonalities and similarities, their specific characteristics. familiarity of parents with the basics of science will help them to be aware of the forms of national educational influence, methods and tools that have been used in family education for centuries, and to use them in personal activities. the views of folk sages about the family problem and education have a very long historical root. in folk oral and written monuments: proverbs, wisdom, fairy tales, sayings, special attention is paid to the issue of family, parents, family stability, mutual relations. valeology is a branch of science in the pedagogy of health or how to be healthy. "valeology" is a latin word, "valeo" means "health", "to be healthy". k. i. brekhman was the first to introduce this term to science in 1987. valeology is gaining wide attention as a science and educational subject. valeology textbooks are being published in present day. valeology is aimed at forming conscious, stable and positive relationships with theoretical, practical and independent training of physical education in family relationships, improves health, increases the productivity of educational processes, and forms elements of physical culture. the development of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 177 www.americanjournal.org times requires that the family members along with the professionals have the knowledge and skills related to this field. "family law" is a science that studies the legal foundations of marriage and family relations. in the process of establishing a legal society in the republic of uzbekistan, awareness of the legal nature of relations between parents and children is of particular importance. first of all, by mastering the basics of "family law" science, parents have a deeper understanding of their obligations to children, their development and destiny. parents are responsible for minor children. after all, the obligation to protect children whose worldview has not yet been fully formed and who cannot participate independently in social relations in every way, first of all legally, encourages parents to take a serious approach to their education. philosophy is a scientific source that organizes the general laws of the development of society and nature, that is, it allows pedagogy to progress. at the same time, a number of common issues developed by philosophers and representatives of pedagogic sciences are equally present in both philosophy and pedagogy. the sciences of ethics and aesthetics provide information in the field of educational theory of pedagogy. these sciences are related to the science of pedagogy in terms of directly stimulating the attractive and elegant aspects of life in order to determine, define and refine the student's morals, manners, and behavior standards. ethics is directly related to moral and educational issues of philosophy. to solve them, pedagogy relies on universal moral values. aesthetics (refined education) studies the formation of aesthetic ideals of a person, the general laws of aesthetic relations to culture and reality, and serves to scientifically substantiate aesthetic education. it develops these basics related to the science of family pedagogy, defines the means and ways of teaching young people to feel and understand beauty. general psychology is a science that provides the most general understanding of the essence of psyche and personal behavior, studying the general laws of psychological phenomena from a theoretical and practical point of view. correct assessment of parents' mental states and behavior of children, providing them with mental health, makes it possible to educate positive behavior. acquiring knowledge about the basics of this science, creating a healthy psychological environment in the family by parents, creates a basis for rational organization of social relations between family members. youth physiology and hygiene is a science that studies the form, methods and means of ensuring the correct physiological growth of minors, forming a hygienic culture in them. in the conditions of globalization and unprecedented development of technology, ensuring human health is becoming more urgent than ever. although scientific and technical progress is making modern progress, and the productive age of social subjects is increasing, the lack of proper physiological upbringing of young men and women causes certain defects in their bodies. in this place, the prevention of diseases such as lack of physical activity and weight gain, which are caused by modern development, is considered one of the urgent tasks of this day. based on the organization of this science, parents can pay special attention to the hygiene of children in the family environment and form a personal hygienic culture from a young age. the basics of economics is a science that studies the conditions, laws, and priority principles of effective organization of economy and economic relations, rational management of the family economy. a thorough knowledge of the basics of science helps parents effectively manage the family economy, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 178 www.americanjournal.org successfully form a family budget, and teach children to be thrifty along with its correct distribution. in the conditions of market relations, teaching children to organize and manage a family business from a young age is of special importance. teaching children to be thrifty from a young age will help prepare them successfully for independent family life. types of special pedagogy in the study of family pedagogy: defectology (people with developmental disabilities), deaf education (working with the deaf and dumb), typhlopedagogy (working with the blind); oligophrenopedagogy (working with mentally retarded people); there is speech therapy (working with those with poorly developed speech), inclusive pedagogy (working with children with disabilities), and these branches deal with the issues of teaching and educating children in family pedagogy. conclusion the science of family pedagogy relies on the knowledge created by the world today and information about the future. it is based on information about the rules of nature and society development, it is developing as a social science and serves the social perfection of a person. in the science of family pedagogy interactions between educational processes and other social phenomena; issues of worldview formation, moral, labor and aesthetic education; individual and community relations in the family; helps to understand the essence of the process of education in family relations, and to improve the conditions related to the development of human consciousness of knowledge and the understanding of children's talents in the family. references: 1. biktagirova, g.f. (2016). the potential of “family pedagogy” discipline in the formation of students’ fmaily values. international electronic journal of mathematics education, 1!(04), pp. 809-817. 2. harchev, a. g. (2003). sociology of the family . moscow: misl, 342 p. 3. inomova m. (1999). oilada bolalarning ma’naviy-axloqiy tarbiyasi. [spiritual and moral upbringing of children in the family], tashkent: tspu named after nizami, pp. 20-21. 4. waga, l. (2020). experience in the pedagogical reflection on family. roczniki pedagogiczne, 12(48), pp. 29-40. 5. yadov, v. a. (2009). modern theoretical sociology as a conceptual base of russian transformations research. sankt peterburg: intersotsis. 138p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org the role of the scientific heritage left by our ancestors in the formation of the spiritual world view of the youth solieva dilnozahon abduashimovna student of the oriental university, faculty of pedagogy m. toshov scientific supervisor: ph.d. associate professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article highlights the important role of the scientific heritage of uzbekistan in the formation of the spiritual worldview of young people. it explains how the intellectual heritage left by ancestors affects the values, beliefs and worldview of young people in modern uzbek society. the article further emphasizes the influence of this heritage on the formation of identity and cultural consciousness in young people through the study of historical, literary, philosophical and cultural works. scientific heritage, ancestors, spiritual outlook, youth, values. introduction we will not be mistaken if we say one of the requirements of the period of maturation of the younger generation on the basis of a comprehensive thorough education and education, which is growing in the atmosphere of peace and tranquility that is maintained in our country today. this is due to the fact that in the 21st century, information from different hil has the opportunity to spread rapidly, as well as the wide range of information flows. in such conditions, in order to be able to protect young people and the population of our country as a whole from foreign ideas and ensure that they do not succumb to destructive thoughts, it will be advisable to even better study the samples of scientific heritage left by our great ancestors, as well as to assimilate them more broadly into our lifestyle. because in our time, the phenomenon of subculturation in different regions of the world, nationalism, subversion and the existence of social networks that promote views that contradict such universal values prove our opinion. in our recent days, in addition to the above hatars, it is known that the majority of the population of our country also has threats against the religion of islam, which is believed, and the scientific me'ros left by our great ancestors. these threats were especially prominent in the early years of our independence. while destructive ideas were primarily aimed at diverting some young people who had not yet had enough religious and secular knowledge and had not yet had time to find their way in life, and secondly, religious sources studied and practiced by the inhabitants of our country for centuries, namely, to raise doubts about creed, word, fiqh, mysticism, and to instill foreign ideas in themselves, thereby bringing socio-political be thankful to the creator that our mature scientists and responsible american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org employees who have matured from our country have been able to give and give their respective refutations in relation to the cases as above. "today, it is an urgent task to improve the sense of socio-political processes taking place in different regions of the world, in particular in the middle east region, a thoughtful look at conflict conflicts, organize spiritual and educational work against threats of any appearance on the basis of modern requirements, solve a number of complex tasks before the human society in protecting young people from the first president of the republic of uzbekistan islam karimov, during a conversation with ulama, representatives of the public at a ceremony held on the alley of memory of < < < martyrs >> on august 31, 2013, said: “we should never forget that the main intention of such mercenary forces is to seduce young people, whose life experience, political and social level is not enough, only a person who thinks independently, whose faith is strong, who is devoted to the noble values inherited from our ancestors, can not fly to such poles, go astray from the right path. to do this, of course, first of all we need to arm our children with high knowledge and spiritual qualities. we must correctly explain to them the genuine human essence of islam, sacred to us, that it is a religion of peace, good, kindness, harmony. in order to protect us from various harmful currents that are foreign and alien, it is necessary to convey to people the existing truth in this regard. it is permissible to protect people, first of all, the younger generation, with truth from such risks”[5;177]. to this end, it is important to create a systematic study devoted to religious fanaticism, the origin of extremism, the analysis of the activities, ideas and ulterior motives of radical religious-political organizations that provide them with financial, spiritual support, and to convey to the general public ”[1; 4-5]. the use of our religious values in the upbringing of a perfect generation will only benefit us. the first president of our holy religion-miz i.a. in his work "high spirituality – invincible power", karimov said: "religion has long been a solid system of ideas and views that embody the ideals of humanity, the dreams of truth and truth, of dishonesty and justice, strengthening them in the form of stable rules" [2;176]. it is also no secret that our great predecessors, who stood side by side with the people in certain historical periods, became the embodiment of true humanity. examples include our ancestors like najmiddin kubro, jaloliddin manguberdi, amir temur, zahiriddin muhammad babur on bravery, courage, leadership, imam bukhari, imam termiziy, imam moturidi, abdulholiq ghijduwani, our dear saints like bohouuddin naqshband on the development of sciences like hadith, aqoid, ulughuf, muhammad khwarazmiy, ahmad musa farghani, abu raikhan beruniy, ibn sino, mirzo bek, alisher a number of huge istedod holders like navoi, boborahim mashrab, ogahi, abdullah avloni, munavvar qori abdurashidkhanov, behbudiy are wise, he has become an example for all of us in terms of knowledge. in this context, abu nasr noted that forabi's co-existence in friendship-brotherhood is consistent with their original purpose – to-do “ the initial basis for uniting them in relation to people is humanity. consequently, it is necessary that people live in mutual peace because of their belonging to the people of mankind ” [3;186]. in fact, the role of education in finding its rightful place in society as a truly perfect person of the socalled human race is incomparable. in place of the conclusion, we want to cite abdullah avlani's views on upbringing. upbringing means pedagogy, that is, the science of raising a child. good upbringing for the child's greeting and happiness, keeping the body clean, correcting maslak at a young age, teaching good behavior like healers, such as the healer treating the patient in the body of hasta, the educator needs to make a big deal by giving american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org the child's “ good behavior ” to the center of anger in his body, over the treatment of “ purity”. "it is said to keep our members, our clothes, our equipment clean and clean. purity makes mind and perception wide and sharp. it causes attention and fame among the people. with purity, we can get rid of all kinds of diseases and know the value of our lives. to be pure is what we need for our health and happiness.the one who is not pure is not a favorite with allah and the people. it is not a fault to wear torn, old clothes, it is a great fault and a sin to get new clothes dirty and pull out their fat ” [4; 19]. references 1. a.hasanov-diniy mutaassiblik: mohiyat, maqsadlar va oldini olish yo‘llari / va boshq. – toshkent: <<movarounnahr>> , 2013. – b. 4-5. 2. i.a. karimov. yuksak ma’naviyat – yengilmas kuch. t.: “ma’naviyat”. – t.: 2008. 176-bet. 3. abu nasr forobiy. “ fozil odamlar shahri ”. toshkent,g‘afur g‘ulom nomidagi adabiyot va san’at nashriyoti,1993 yil, 186 bet. 4. abdulla avloniy. “ turkiy guliston yohud axloq ”. toshkent, “ o‘qituvchi ” nashriyoti, 1992 yil, 19-20 bet. 5. ajdodlar xotirasi muqaddas // <<toshkent oqshomi>> gazetasi. 2013 yil 1 sentabr,177-son. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org arithmetic progression abdurashitov rakhmatullo abdukhamitovich khusenov zikrillo raxmatillo ogli adkhamov khasanboy abdusalom ogli a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s an arithmetic progression (ap) is a sequence of numbers where the difference between any two consecutive terms is constant, known as the common difference (d). the sequence is defined by its first term (a) and the common difference. the general formula for the \( n \)-th term of an ap is \( a_n = a + (n-1)d \). the sum of the first \( n \) terms (\( s_n \)) can be calculated using \( s_n = \frac{n}{2} (2a + (n-1)d) \) or \( s_n = \frac{n}{2} (a + l) \), where \( l \) is the last term. aps are widely used in various fields such as finance, physics, engineering, and computer science, due to their regular and predictable nature. arithmetic progression, common difference, first term, (n)-th term(a_n), sequence, linear sequence, uniform difference, incremental change, mathematical series, geometric progression, algorithm, signal processing. introduction an arithmetic progression (ap) is a sequence of numbers in which the difference between any two consecutive terms is constant. this fixed difference is called the "common difference," denoted by \( d \). key features of an arithmetic progression 1. first term (\( a \)): the starting point of the sequence. 2. common difference (\( d \)): the constant amount added (or subtracted) to each term to get the next term. general form the sequence can be written as: a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d, .... nth term formula the \( n \)th term (\( t_n \)) of an arithmetic progression is given by:\[ t_n = a + (n 1)d \] sum of the first n terms the sum of the first \( n \) terms (\( s_n \)) of an arithmetic progression is: sn = \frac{n}{2} (2a + (n 1)d)or equivalently, sn = \frac{n}{2} (a + l) where \( l \) is the last term of the sequence. example consider the arithmetic progression: 3, 7, 11, 15, ... american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org here, the first term \( a = 3 \). the common difference \( d = 4 \). to find the 5th term (\( t_5 \)): \[ t_5 = 3 + (5 1) \cdot 4 = 3 + 16 = 19 \] to find the sum of the first 5 terms (\( s_5 \)): \[ s_5 = \frac{5}{2} \left(2 \cdot 3 + (5 1) \cdot 4\right) = \frac{5}{2} (6 + 16) = \frac{5}{2} \cdot 22 = 55 \] applications arithmetic progressions are used in various fields, such as: finance: calculating loan payments and savings. computer science: loop iterations and algorithm design. physics: describing uniform motion. conclusion arithmetic progressions are simple yet powerful mathematical sequences characterized by a constant difference between terms. their straightforward nature makes them useful for solving practical problems in diverse fields. here are some more detailed aspects and applications of arithmetic progressions (ap): properties of arithmetic progression 1. common difference (d): if the common difference \( d \) is positive, the sequence is increasing. if \( d \) is negative, the sequence is decreasing. if \( d \) is zero, all terms of the sequence are the same. 2. mean property: in an arithmetic progression, the term in the middle of any three consecutive terms is the average of the other two. mathematically, for any three consecutive terms \( a_{n-1}, a_n, a_{n+1} \): \[ a_n = \frac{a_{n-1} + a_{n+1}}{2} \] deriving formulas \( n \)-th term formula the \( n \)-th term \( a_n \) of an ap can be derived from the basic definition: [ a_n = a + (n-1)d \] where: ( a ) is the first term, ( d ) is the common difference, ( n ) is the term number. sum of the first ( n ) terms the sum\( s_n \) of the first \( n \) terms of an ap can be derived as follows: \[s_n = \sum_{i=1}^{n} a_i = a + (a + d) + (a + 2d) + \ldots + [a + (n-1)d]\] pairing terms from the start and end: \[s_n = \left( a + [a + (n-1)d] \right) + \left( [a + d] + [a + (n-2)d] \right) + \...\] each pair sums to: (2a + (n-1)d) there are \( n/2 \) such pairs (if \( n \) is even): s_n = \frac{n}{2} (2a + (n-1)d) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org alternatively, using the last term \( l \): s_n = \frac{n}{2} (a + l) applications in real life 1. finance and economics: calculation of loan repayments. finding total interest earned over a period with regular deposits. 2. physics: analysis of uniform motion where distance increases linearly over time. 3. engineering: stress distribution in materials can sometimes follow an arithmetic sequence. signal processing and sampling. 4. computer science: used in algorithms and coding challenges involving sequences. analysis of data structures like arrays. 5. daily life: planning and scheduling repetitive tasks. managing and predicting costs, like subscription services with regular price increases. advanced concepts arithmetic-geometric progression (agp) an agp is a sequence in which each term is the product of the corresponding terms of an arithmetic progression and a geometric progression. for instance, if \( a, a+d, a+2d, \...\) is an ap and \( b, br, br^2, \... \) is a gp, then \( ab, (a+d)br, (a+2d)br^2, \... \) is an agp. solving problems involving ap finding missing terms: given a few terms in an ap, you can find missing terms by solving linear equations. transformations: understanding shifts and transformations of sequences to solve complex problems. example problem problem: find the 10th term and the sum of the first 10 terms of the ap where the first term is 2 and the common difference is 5. solution: 1. 10th term: \[a_{10} = 2 + (10-1) \cdot 5 = 2 + 45 = 47 \] 2. sum of the first 10 terms: \[s_{10} = \frac{10}{2} (2 \cdot 2 + (10-1) \cdot 5) = 5 \cdot (4 + 45) = 5 \cdot 49 = 245\] these calculations illustrate the practical use of the ap formulas. references 1. "elementary number theory" by david m. burton 2. "introduction to the theory of numbers" by g.h. hardy and e.m. wright: 3. "discrete mathematics and its applications" by kenneth h. rosen 4. "mathematics: its content, methods and meaning" by a.d. aleksandrov, a.n. kolmogorov, and m.a. lavrent'ev 5. "principles of mathematical analysis" by walter rudin. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org waiting-line management and repeat patronage of fast food centres in rivers state, nigeria ndu, eugene chigozie department of hospitality and tourism management, university of port harcourt. email: eugene.ndu@uniport.edu.ng orcid: https://orcid.org/0009-0001-3182-5377 bissong, nneka ifeoma department of hospitality and tourism management, university of port harcourt. email: essencenn@yahoo.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study investigated the relationship between waiting-line management and repeat patronage of fast food centres in rivers state, nigeria. primarily, it examined the effect of waiting-line management strategies dimensioned by customer engagement, staff empathy, waiting environment and perceived waiting time on repeat patronage. it was hypothesized that there is no significant relationship between each of these dimensions and repeat patronage; giving rise to four hypotheses. cross-sectional survey design was adopted for the study; and data were obtained from 384 customers of 15 major fast food centres in rivers state. this was subjected to statistical analysis using partial least square structural equation modelling (pls_sem) aided by smart pls. the results showed that customer engagement, staff empathy, waiting environment and perceived waiting time all had significant positive correlations with repeat patronage at beta (β) values of 0.574, 0.630, 0.489 and 0.591 respectively. this affirmed that waiting-line management is a veritable predictor of repeat patronage. consequentially, managers of fast-food centres are urged to design and implement efficient and effective waiting-line management systems geared towards enhancing customers’ satisfaction and loyalty for continuous patronage. in doing this, priority attention should be given to waiting environment and staff empathy. customer engagement, perceived waiting time, repeat patronage, staff empathy, waiting environment introduction the ability of modern business to satisfy customers has increasingly become more complex due to changes in consumer taste and development in modern technology (tung et al., 2019; udeze & oko, 2020). this reality is especially predominant in the service industry like fast food restaurants whose american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org major deliverable is to provide a swift dining experience to satisfy customers’ needs (ndu & iheanacho, 2018). modern fast food businesses cannot be considered among the successful unless they develop means to reaching and satisfying their consumers better than their rivals (aline et al., 2019; simiyu & makhamara, 2020). this has occasioned the need for these business organisations to constantly monitor, analyse and develop innovative ways not only to capture the attention of consumers but to meet and surpass their expectation. kotler and armstrong (2010) provide a definition of customer satisfaction as the degree to which the purported performance of a product or service by the consumer aligns with their expectations. scholars (ademe, 2021; horsfall & didia, 2020; ndu, 2018; ndu & iheanacho, 2018) explained that customers’ satisfaction is essential key to having a thriving fast food business due to its ability to engender repeat purchase and customers ‘loyalty to organisation. therefore, the ability of fast food centres (ffcs) to maintain and grow their market share in today's competitive climate relies on their expertise to pinpoint avenues to satisfying their consumer (satish & satich, 2022) amidst fierce competition. one of such avenues to accomplishing this might be effective waiting-line management (kamau, 2012; polas et al., 2018). waiting-line management within ffc establishments appears to be a critical factor influencing customer satisfaction. the nature of waiting-lines and the efficiency with which they are managed can significantly impact the overall dining experience and subsequently, customer satisfaction (smith et al., 2018). while various factors contribute to customer satisfaction, the waiting-line management process, involving aspects such as customer engagement, staff empathy, and the waiting environment, emerges as a focal point in determining the overall quality of service delivery in ffcs (parasuraman et al., 1988). unfortunately, this has not been largely explored in literatures; especially within the context of ffcs in rivers state. this obviously has created a gap which this study seeks to address. previous studies on customers’ satisfaction and repeat purchase behaviour in fast food establishments have been centrally focused on service/product quality (ndu, 2018; ndu & iheanacho, 2018); strategic positioning and marketing (ademe, 2021; ejiogu et al., 2024), food quality (ezema-kalu & onuoha, 2018; horsefall & didia, 2020) amongst others. a few studies that have considered this discussion were domiciled in other industries like banking sector and outside nigeria (kamauo, 2012; polas et al., 2018). it is noteworthy to mention that the urgent need to conduct a study of this nature in fast food establishments is imminent, especially within the competitive landscape of rivers state, nigeria, where a burgeoning population demands swift and efficient services from ffcs. this study therefore sought to champion this course by investigating the relationship between waiting-line management and repeat patronage in the context of fast food centres in rivers state. the problem of sales growth and repeat patronage has continued to plague operations leaders of ffcs in rivers state. the industry has experienced numerous instances of customer discontentment, which in severe circumstances have resulted to substantial customer attrition, outlet closures, or even the liquidation of ffc brands (ndu & iheanacho, 2018). this rate of business failure and collapse of ffcs in rivers state is quite alarming with notable instances form big fast food brands like mr biggs and sizzler. these once bubbling fast food centres have shut down most of their outlets (daily trust, 2017; ndu & iheanacho, 2018) while the existing ones are just trying to survive. other brands that have similar experiences include joewenedy, wendy and native fingers. the trajectory is undesirable; it could further deepen the problem of unemployment and insecurity. this could also discourage potential investors that may be considering delving into fast food business. another notable problem observed is the poor attitude of employees in fast food restaurants. many at time they fail to treat american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org customers with empathy, respect and concern. the level of customer engagement is still abysmally poor. also the waiting environments of many fast food centres, particularly eating areas are sometime not well kempt. this experience particularly discourages customers from waiting patiently for their services. it is important to remember that service providers risk losing clients when their expectations are not fulfilled; as customers often do not like a long waiting-time. since no ffc manager likes to see her customer list dwindle, onus is therefore on ffc operations managers to guarantee that service delivery lives up to client expectations. this study therefore sought to address these challenges examining how managers of ffcs can engender customer’s repeat patronage through effective waiting-line management. to this end, the dimensions of waiting-line management as itemized by parasuraman et al (1988) which included customer engagement, staff empathy and waiting environment; as well as perceived waiting time were used to evaluate the relationship on repeat purchase. hence, the study objectives were evaluation of the relationship between: 1. customer engagement and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state nigeria. 2. staff empathy and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state nigeria. 3. waiting environment and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state nigeria. 4. perceived waiting time and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state, nigeria. it was hypothesized that: h0:1 there is no significant relationship between customer engagement and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state, nigeria. h0:2 there is no significant relationship between staff empathy and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state, nigeria. h0:3 there is no significant relationship between waiting environment and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state, nigeria. h0:4 there is no significant relationship between perceived waiting time and repeat patronage of ffcs in rivers state, nigeria. the significance of this study stems from the fact that it provides insights into how effective waitingline management affects the repeat patronage intentions of customers in fast food centres. this would help fast food centres understand the importance of reducing customer waiting-times and improving their experience while on the waiting-line. second, the study identified the factors that influence customer satisfaction in queuing management. this information will be useful in developing strategies and tactics that can be implemented to improve waiting-line management and enhance repeat patronage. also, insights from this study would be beneficial to researchers seeking to conduct studies on this area; thereby, making it a veritable tool and point of departure for future research endeavours. the study scope at the content level covered themes like waiting-line management, perceived waiting time, customer engagement, staff empathy, waiting environment and repeat patronage. whereas at the geographic level, it was limited to rivers state, nigeria; with the unit of analysis being at the micro level since it focused on customers of the ffcs. literature review the review of major concepts of this study was executed in line with the diagrammatic framework of the study as shown in figure 1. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org figure 1: diagrammatic framework of the study variables source: researchers’ conceptualisation, 2023 based on the identified variables of the study concept of waiting-line management waiting-lines, often referred to as queues, are an integral aspect of service encounters and have been explored through the lens of various academic disciplines, including operations management, psychology and marketing. in operations management, the study of waiting-lines is deeply rooted in queuing theory, which provides a mathematical framework for understanding and optimizing the dynamics of waiting-lines. from a psychological perspective, the concept of waiting-lines intersects with the broader field of consumer behaviour. the experience of waiting involves not only objective factors, such as the actual duration of the wait, but also subjective elements tied to the customer's perception of time and the overall waiting environment. waiting-line management therefore, refers to the set of strategies and tactics used by businesses and organisations to optimize the management of customer queues and waiting times. these strategies may include techniques such as process analysis, customer segmentation and service level agreements (slas) to improve queue efficiency and customer satisfaction (sekaran & bougie, 2016). it is the process of actively managing customer waiting times in a way that reduces perceived waiting times and improves customer satisfaction. this may involve implementing a range of tactics such as queue design, staffing levels and service policies that work together to minimize customer waiting times and maximize customer satisfaction (chen & shen, w ai ti n glin e m an ag e m e n t customer engagement staff empathy waiting environment perceived waiting time repeat patronage american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org 2018). it may also include using metrics such as average waiting time, queue length and abandonment rates to monitor queue performance, as well as implementing tools such as self-service kiosks, digital signage and mobile apps to improve customer experiences (kumar & sridhar, 2016). strategies for waiting-line management several strategies have emerged over the years to managing waiting-lines. waiting-line management has transcended beyond the traditional queue management system. some of the strategies for waitinglines management include: single line queuing: single-line queuing is a type of waiting-line management strategy in which customers form a single line and wait their turn to be served by the next available service agent. singleline queuing is more efficient and fairer compared to multiple-line queuing, where customers choose which line to join (larson & odoni, 2013). this approach maximizes the impact of the ‘first-come, first-served’ rule; and prevents customers from getting frustrated by seeing others being served before them even though they arrived later. single line multiple server: the single line multiple server (slms) configuration is a fundamental model in queuing theory, employed to study and optimize the efficiency of service systems where a single queue feeds into multiple servers. this configuration finds application in various service industries, including but not limited to healthcare, telecommunications, and transportation. research by gupta and jain (2014) highlights the relevance of slms in hospital settings, where patients often face diverse medical needs. this queue management system helped distribute the patient load among multiple servers, minimizing the risk of bottlenecks and optimizing resource utilization. however, the effectiveness of slms is contingent on factors such as staff coordination and workload balancing. multiple lines queuing: multiple lines queuing is a type of waiting-line management strategy in which customers form several lines, with each line leading to a different service agent. while this approach may appear to be more efficient, it can be unfair as customers in one line may wait longer than those in another line, and it can also lead to longer waiting times overall (koole & mandelbaum, 2014). multiple lines of queuing can also be stressful for customers who are unsure which line will move the quickest. single server multiple line: the single server multiple line (ssml) involves a single server catering to multiple waiting-lines, creating a scenario where customers from different queues contend for the attention of a solitary service provider. one of the key advantages of ssml configurations is their applicability in situations where there is a need to differentiate between customer classes or service priorities. despite its advantages, ssml configurations also pose challenges, particularly in terms of fairness and equity in service provision. queue prioritization and fairness, emphasized the need for equitable service distribution among different waiting-lines. this aspect becomes crucial, especially in contexts where customers may perceive unfairness in the allocation of service resources. multiple line multiple server: this queuing model involves the presence of multiple lines through which customers queue, and multiple servers simultaneously catering to the needs of waiting american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org customers. this arrangement is pertinent in various service-oriented settings, such as fast food centres (ffcs), healthcare facilities and telecommunications, where efficient customer service is paramount. a key advantage of mlms lies in its potential to enhance service efficiency and reduce customer waiting times. however, the implementation of mlms is not without challenges. one notable concern is the need for effective queue management to ensure fair and orderly service. virtual queuing: virtual queuing is a type of waiting-line management strategy that uses technology to allow customers to join a queue without physically waiting. customers receive a notification when their turn is approaching, and they can then proceed to the service point. virtual queuing has been found to improve the overall customer experience and reduce perceived waiting times significantly (kim & yoon, 2014). priority queuing: priority queuing is a type of waiting-line management strategy that prioritizes certain customers based on their status, such as vips or customers with disabilities. this approach can be effective in providing more efficient and personalized service to these customers, but it can also lead to longer waiting times for other customers, which may negatively impact their experience (koole & mandelbaum, 2014). self-service queuing: self-service queuing is a type of waiting-line management strategy that allows customers to perform tasks independently, such as checking out using a self-service kiosk. this approach can help reduce waiting times and improve the overall customer experience by reducing the workload of service agents (kim & yoon, 2014). managing customer waiting times is essential for providing a positive customer experience. organizations can adopt different types of waiting-line management strategies, such as single-line queuing, multiple-line queuing, virtual queuing, priority queuing and self-service queuing, depending on their specific needs and goals. dimensions of waiting-lines management for the purpose of this study, the identified proxies for waiting-line management include customer engagement, staff empathy, waiting environment and perceived waiting time. customer engagement customer engagement has been defined by brodie et al. (2013) as a psychological state that occurs when customers are willing to invest their attention, time and resources in a brand. this definition emphasizes the depth of customer involvement and the emotional commitment inherent in engagement. the literature emphasizes the role of technology as a catalyst for customer engagement. social media platforms in particular, play a crucial role in facilitating two-way communication between brands and customers. kumar and pansari (2016) assert that leveraging social media channels enables brands to actively participate in conversations, respond to customer queries and solicit feedback, thereby fostering a sense of belongingness and co-creation. this aligns with the notion of customer engagement as a dialogic process, emphasizing the importance of reciprocal communication (hollebeek, et al., 2014). engagement extends beyond mere behavioural interactions and includes cognitive and emotional elements; emphasizing a holistic understanding of customer-brand relationships (vivek et al., 2012). hollebeek (2011) further emphasizes the dynamic nature of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org engagement, stressing its continuous and evolving nature as customers interact with brands over time. engaged customers are more likely to exhibit loyalty, repeat purchase behaviour and positive wordof-mouth (bowden, et al., 2009). their emotional connection to the brand translates into a higher likelihood of forgiveness in the face of service failures (verleye et al., 2013). moreover, engaged customers are instrumental in co-creating value, actively participating in the innovation process and contributing to the development of new products and services (prahalad & ramaswamy, 2004). staff empathy staff empathy is a critical dimension in the realm of service quality; representing a core element in the interaction between service providers and customers across various industries. empathy, involves the ability of service staff to understand and share the feelings of customers, demonstrating a genuine concern for their well-being. empathy, rooted in social psychology, is recognized as a crucial element in interpersonal relationships and communication. in the service industry, staff empathy plays a pivotal role in shaping customers' perceptions and experiences. as noted by davis (1996), empathy involves both cognitive and affective dimensions, encompassing an understanding of the customer's perspective and an emotional responsiveness to their needs. this dual nature of empathy positions it as a powerful mechanism for fostering positive interactions and enhancing overall service quality. the outcomes of staff empathy are manifold, impacting both customers and organizations. one of the primary outcomes is enhanced customer satisfaction. when customers perceive that service staff genuinely understand and care about their needs, it fosters a positive emotional connection, contributing to overall satisfaction (homburg et al., 2009). empathetic interactions also play a pivotal role in building customer loyalty, as customers are more likely to return to establishments where they feel a genuine connection with the service providers (verhoef et al., 2009). waiting environment waiting environment refers to a setting or situation where individuals gather in anticipation of a particular event or activity. these environments are designed to accommodate and engage attendees while they wait for the event to begin. the primary goal of an event waiting environment is to enhance the overall experience of attendees by providing a range of facilities, amenities and entertainment options that keep them engaged and entertained during the waiting period. these environments aim to minimize the perceived waiting time and create a positive impression on the attendees, ensuring that they have a memorable and enjoyable experience throughout their visit. designing an effective event waiting environment in fast food centres requires careful consideration of various factors, including crowd management, spatial layout, seating arrangements, amenities and entertainment options (huang, 2019). the spatial layout and seating arrangements in waiting environments play a significant role in determining the comfort and satisfaction of attendees (kumar et al., 2014). additionally, the arrangement of amenities such as food and beverage stations, restrooms and charging stations, should be strategically placed to ensure easy accessibility and convenience for attendees. to entertain and engage attendees during the waiting period, event waiting environments often provide a variety of entertainment options. these may include live performances, interactive displays, games, virtual reality experiences or multimedia installations. research has shown that providing interactive and engaging activities can significantly reduce perceived waiting time and enhance the overall experience (huang, 2019; kumar et al., 2014). by offering entertainment options that cater to diverse preferences american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org and demographics, event organizers can keep attendees engaged and ensure they have a positive waiting experience. perceived waiting time perceived waiting time refers to the manner in which members of the public or attendees of an event subjectively define the length of time they must wait. perceived waiting time refers to the amount of time that patrons anticipate spending on the queue. the perception of waiting time by individuals is subjective and contingent on their specific experiences; furthermore, one's reaction to waiting time is a consequence of cognitive processes (maister, 1985). there are economic and psychological costs associated with waiting. customers invariably show preference for dining establishments that offer prompt service. thus, it has been established that the contentment of consumers regarding the waiting time is affected by the perceived waiting time (oliver & westbrook, 1993). customers make predinner predictions regarding the duration of the wait. they become dissatisfied if the actual waiting time exceeds the perceived time (maister, 1985). satisfaction with the waiting experience is influenced by the duration of the delay, with consumers seeking assistance in a timely and pleasant manner. when the perceived waiting time is shorter than the actual service time, customers become excessively satisfied. however, as the wait time increases, consumers become impatient and pessimistic. consequently, client satisfaction may be enhanced when the product is delivered in advance of the anticipated waiting period (dabholkar, 2015). repeat patronage repeat patronage refers to the occurrence of customers returning to a business or service provider to make additional purchases or utilize their services again. in the quick service industry, repeat patronage plays a pivotal role in ensuring long-term success and growth. customer satisfaction is a key driver of customer loyalty. satisfied customers are more likely to develop an emotional connection with the quick service and exhibit repeat patronage behaviour (homburg et al., 2009). building a base of loyal customers ensures a stable revenue stream and positive word-of-mouth promotion. the cost of acquiring new consumers is usually higher than the cost of keeping old ones. research shows that keeping an existing client costs five times less than acquiring a new one. by prioritizing customer satisfaction and fostering repeat patronage, quick service companies (fast food centres) can reduce marketing and acquisition costs while maximizing profitability. repeat patronage helps build a strong foundation for a positive brand image. more so, repeat patronage forms the foundation for sustainable growth in the quick service industry. by focusing on customer satisfaction, fast food centres can establish a loyal customer base, leading to repeat patronage and long-term financial stability. it is noteworthy that in a highly competitive industry, customer satisfaction can provide a significant competitive advantage. satisfied customers are less likely to switch to competitors and are more forgiving of occasional service failures (homburg et al., 2009). this enables fast food companies to differentiate themselves from competitors and maintain a competitive edge in the market. theoretical underpinning theoretically, this study was predicated on the fundamental ideas of queuing theory; which is a mathematical approach that focuses on the study of queues or waiting-lines. it provides a framework for understanding and analyzing the behaviour of systems that involve waiting times, service rates and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org arrival patterns (gross & harris, 1998). this theory has practical applications in various fields, including operations research, telecommunications, transportation, healthcare, and service. the theory offers a robust framework for comprehending and managing waiting-lines within systems, leading to enhanced efficiency, customer satisfaction, and overall performance. by analysing system dynamics and optimizing resource allocation, organizations can improve efficiency, customer satisfaction and overall performance (erlang, 1909; gross & carl, 2019). the use of queuing theory was initially in the telecommunications industry and can be traced back to the early 20th century, with its initial development influenced by researchers such as agner krarup erlang and david george kendall (erlang, 1909; kendal, 1953). ever since then, the theory had been widely adopted in various industries to solve challenges including resources allocation and waitinglines management (bhat & kishor, 1987; gross & harris, 1998). queueing theory advocates for the analysis, modeling and optimization of systems that involve the flow of entities, such as customers, requests, or tasks, through a service facility or network. its primary goal is to understand and improve the performance of these systems by studying factors such as waiting times, queue lengths, service rates, and resource utilization (bertsimas & nakazato, 2020; gross & harris, 1998; hillier & lieberman, 2014). by applying mathematical models and statistical techniques, queuing theory aims to address various operational challenges with the ultimate aim of enhancing service speed, customer satisfaction and resource utilization (guerreiro et al., 2021; takács et al., 2018). the rationale for adopting queuing theory in this study stems from the fact that the theory plays a crucial role in waiting-line management and customer satisfaction in fast-food restaurants by enabling efficient resource allocation, optimizing service speed, implementing effective queue management strategies, predicting wait times and enhancing overall service quality (gross & carl, 2019; guerreiro et al., 2021; takács et al., 2018). by applying queuing theory principles, the study can evaluate crucial factors such as arrival patterns, service rates, and waiting times, which directly impact customer satisfaction in fast food centres. additionally, the theory can be used as a guide to improving waitingline management strategies, optimizing venue layouts, determining staffing levels and implementing effective queuing systems to enhance customer experience and overall satisfaction (guerreiro et al., 2021; shortle et al., 2018; takács et al., 2018). empirical literature customer engagement and repeat patronage customer engagement, a multidimensional and dynamic construct, has garnered substantial attention in contemporary marketing literature. the outcomes of customer engagement are manifold and extend beyond immediate financial metrics. engaged customers are more likely to exhibit loyalty, repeat purchase behaviour and positive word-of-mouth (bowden et al., 2009). their emotional connection to the brand translates into a higher likelihood of forgiveness in the face of service failures (verleye et al., 2013). the study conducted by prahalad and ramaswamy (2004) revealed that engaged customers are instrumental in co-creating value, actively participating in the innovation process and contributing to the development of new products and services. the evolving role of customer engagement is particularly pronounced in the digital era. with the proliferation of online channels and social media, customers are not passive recipients but active participants in brand communication. brands that harness the potential of social engagement of customers are better positioned to build communities american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org around their products or services, leading to a sense of belonging among customers (füller et al., 2009) and commitment to repeat patronage. staff empathy and repeat patronage there have been a number of studies conducted on staff empathy and client loyalty. customer loyalty is a direct result of happy customers' perceptions of staff competency, according to research by kim et al. (2015). customers are more likely to stay loyal and return if they are satisfied with the competency of the personnel, according to research by dube and renaghan (2018). according to brown and turley (2016), customers' perception of staff competence is influenced by various factors, such as their communication skills, technical knowledge, attitude and appearance. they found that staff who possess these attributes are more likely to provide exceptional service and enhance customers' experience, which leads to repeat patronage. likewise, johnson and neuhofer (2017) emphasized the importance of emotional competence, such as empathy and friendliness, in enhancing customer satisfaction and repeat patronage in the event industry. waiting environment and repeat patronage the waiting area significantly affects consumer happiness and loyalty, according to research by aksoy and kervan (2015). customers who had a good time while waiting for an event are more likely to come back and tell others about it. on the other hand, customers who had a bad time while waiting were also less inclined to come back or suggest the business to others, according to the survey. lee and jang (2018) conducted research on how customers' satisfaction and behavioural intentions were affected by the waiting environment. customers' good experiences throughout the event's waiting time were associated with more positive behavioural intentions, including future visits and word-of-mouth recommendations, according to the research. in the context of online buying, huang and chen (2017) investigated how the waiting environment affects consumer pleasure and loyalty. according to the research, the amount of time a client has to wait and the quality of that wait significantly affects their level of happiness and loyalty. the survey also indicated that consumers who were satisfied with their wait time were more inclined to buying more from the online shop. similarly, hui et al (2012) found that the use of pleasant music in the waiting area led to increased customer satisfaction and repeat patronage. these studies suggest that the use of atmospherics in the waiting environment can positively influence customer behaviour. perceived waiting time and repeat patronage research indicates that when perceived waiting time rises, satisfaction levels decrease (kumar & gupta, 2018). customers anticipate the waiting time before visiting eateries. dissatisfaction occurs when the real waiting time exceeds the perceived time. customers consistently want to acquire services promptly and enjoyably. if it takes a long time, consumers may feel bored and disheartened. customers may not feel happy when they get the goods after a longer waiting period than they anticipated (dabholkar, 2015). affirming this, kim and hyun (2018) examined the association between queue management and customers' happiness. wait management was found to have substantial impact on consumer happiness, according to the study's survey of 299 visitors. customer american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org satisfaction was determined by many aspects, including perceived waiting time, line design and queue fairness, according to the research. it was found specifically that when perceived waiting time is considered satisfactory by customers, there overall satisfaction increased and consequently their willingness to patronise the business again. similarly, a study by lee et al. (2018), investigated the effects of queue line management on customer experience and behavioural intentions in a shopping mall. the study used a survey of 331 shoppers and found that queue line management significantly influenced customer experience and behavioural intentions. specifically, the study found that perceived waiting time, queue fairness, and queue design were crucial factors in determining customer experience and behavioural intentions and repeat purchase. methodology due to the fact that the elements of this study are not under the control of the researchers, the cross sectional survey design was adopted for this study; with data gathered from primary sources using a 5-point likert-like scale. the target population comprised customers of fast food centres in river state. nigeria; making it an infinite population. the cochran’s formula for sample size determination in an unknown population was utilized to arrive at a sample size of 384 respondents. data for the study was gathered through the use of questionnaire which was purposively distributed to 15 major fast food centres in rivers state. to guarantee the instrument's validity, professionals in the field examined several copies and offered feedback on each. these suggestions were considered and included into the final version of the survey to ensure its face validity. by using confirmatory factor analysis (cfa), we were able to determine that the study instrument met the criteria for convergent and discriminant validity, as suggested by bagozi et al. (1991) and hair et al. (2014). cronbach’s alpha value and composite reliability were used to ensure the instrument's reliability. partial least square structural equation modelling; which according to hair et al. (2014) is a multivariate data analysis approach that searches for linear correlations between many independent variables and multiple dependent variables was adopted for statistical data analysis. results and discussions consistent with the study's sample size, a total of three hundred and eighty-four (384) copies of the questionnaire were distributed; out of which 367 copies were retrieved, resulting to a response rate of 91.8%. out of this number, two hundred and eighty-one (281) copies were found to be useful for the analyses; resulting to 70.3% valid response rate. for the descriptive statistics, the threshold for mean value was set at 2.5 as suggested by asawo (2009). the analysis comprised two major steps. first is the assessment of the instrument to confirm its’ validity and reliability; the second part is the test of hypotheses. table 1: results of the measurement model with descriptive analysis and factor loadings constructs item scale mean s.d loadings cronbach alpha cr ave sq. root of ave customer engagement ce item 1 2.841 0.973 0.783 0.776 0.857 0.600 0.775 ce item 2 3.140 0.729 0.862 ce item 3 3.581 1.009 0.734 ce item 4 3.102 0.969 0.712 staff empathy se item 1 3.105 0.948 0.805 0.780 0.822 0.607 0.779 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org se item 2 3.662 0.926 0.691 se item 3 3.463 1.006 0.834 waiting environment we item 1 3.780 0.942 0.708 0791 0.865 0.618 0.786 we item 2 3.780 0.931 0.844 we item 3 3.613 0.910 0.848 we item 4 3.792 0.817 0.734 perceived waiting time pwt item 1 3.169 1.004 0.741 0.784 0.860 0.607 0.785 pwt item 2 3.304 0.992 0.769 pwt item 3 3.169 1.004 0.854 pwt item 4 3.304 0.992 0.746 repeat patronage rp item 1 3.690 0.849 0.755 0.879 0.911 0.673 0.820 rp item 2 3.791 0.889 0.782 rp item 3 3.811 0.873 0.834 rp item 4 3.820 0.803 0.896 rp item 5 3.864 0.803 0.829 source: researchers’ computation, 2023. the table 1 shows the descriptive results, and the outcome of model assessment for the study. the results of the convergent validity analysis for the final model hypothesis are also shown in the table. the descriptive statistics result as portrayed with mean and standard deviation scores were satisfactory as they exceeded the minimum threshold. statistically significant factor loadings are shown for all items in the model's variables. these factor loadings are greater than 0.7, which is the minimum allowable according to hair et al (2014) and ndu and ajao (2019). in addition, as shown by hair et al. (2014, 2010), the aves are higher than the minimally acceptable threshold of 0.5. as a result, the convergent validity is considered satisfactory. to assess the reliability of the model/instrument, the analysis also revealed the several reliability indicators such as cronbach alpha (α) and composite reliability (cr) for each of the constructs. the result on the table clearly showed that a favourable score for each of the construct as none of them fall below the recommended threshold of 0.70. the internal consistency of the research instrument is therefore satisfactory. the implication of this connotes that each of the variables in the model are quite consistent with one another. table 2: correlation matrix showing that discriminant validity of latent variables constructs ce se we pwt rp customer engagement 0.775 staff empathy 0.671 0.779 waiting environment 0.593 0.679 0.786 perceived waiting time 0.557 0.589 0.597 0.724 repeat patronage 0.753 0.718 0.630 0.732 0.820 0 source: researchers’ computation, 2023. note: ce – customer engagement se – staff empathy we – waiting environment pwt – perceived waiting time rp – repeat patronage the table 2 above showed the assessment result for the discriminant validity of each of the identified latent construct in this study. the essence of discriminant validity according to hair, et al (2010) is to measure the degree to which two conceptually similar constructs are distinct to each other. examining the construct-to-construct correlations on the table revealed that the square roots of ave along the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org diagonal of the correlation matrix being greater than all the off-diagonal correlation value on the row and columns proved that discriminant validity of the research instrument/model is acceptable (hair et al., 2010). structural model and hypotheses testing figure 2: structural path model showing hypotheses results source: smart pls output, 2023 interpretation of model figure 2 showed the path analysis result for the relationship between the dimensions of waiting-line management and repeat patronage. specifically, the result showed that there is a positive relationship between the dimensions of waiting-line management and repeat patronage. the first structural path which represented the first hypothesis of the study showed that there is a positive relationship between customer engagement and repeat patronage with a beta value (β) of 0.574 at p 0.00 < 0.05 and t-value 3.156 > 1.96. thus the null hypothesis was rejected. the second structural path which represented the second hypothesis of the study showed that there is a positive relationship between staff empathy and repeat patronage with a beta value (β) of 0.630 at p 0.00 < 0.05 and t-value 2.093 > 1.96. thus the null hypothesis was rejected. the third structural path which represented the third hypothesis of the study showed that there is a positive relationship between waiting environment and repeat patronage with a beta value (β) of 0.489 at p 0.00 < 0.05 and t-value 11.700 > 1.96. thus the null hypothesis was rejected. the fourth structural path showed that there is a positive relationship between perceived waiting time and repeat patronage with a beta value (β) of 0.591 at p 0.00 <0.05 and t-value 10.614 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org > 1.96. thus the null hypothesis was rejected. furthermore, collectively waiting-line management has significant positive influence on repeat patronage with r2 value of 0.512, indicating a moderate predictive capacity of 51%. therefore, the results showed that waiting-line management has significant relationship with repeat patronage. table 3: path analysis result of the direct hypothesis s/n hypothesized path path coefficient (β) r2 value p-value standard error t value decisions 1. ce -> rp 0.574** 0.330 0.000 0.015 3.156 not supported 2. se -> rp 0.630** 0.397 0.000 0.011 2.093 not supported 3. we ->rp 0.489** 0.239 0.000 0.097 11.700 not supported 4. pwt -> rp 0.591** 0.307 0.000 0.029 10.614 not supported **p<0.01 *p<0.05 source: researchers’ computation, 2023. table 3 summarised the structural model of the study which confirmed the existence of a substantial relationship between waiting-line management and repeat patronage. the result showed that structural path of each identified dimensions of waiting-lines management. it was revealed that staff empathy → repeat patronage has the strongest relationship with beta (β) value of 0.630 and r2 value of 0.307. while the lowest was waiting environment → repeat patronage with beta (β) value of 0.489 and r2 value of 0.239. discussions the findings from the study indicate a statistically significant correlation between waiting-line management and repeat patronage of fast food centres with a collective r2 value of 0.512. this connotes a 51.2% predictive capacity of wim over rp; while other factors beyond the scope of this study could be responsible for the remaining 48.8%. specifically, the study showed that the first structural path which represented the first hypothesis of the study showed that there is a positive relationship between customer engagement and repeat patronage. the second structural path which represented the second hypothesis of the study showed that there is a positive relationship between staff empathy and repeat patronage. the third structural path which represented the third hypothesis of the study showed that there is a positive relationship between waiting environment and repeat patronage. similarly, the fourth structural path showed that there is a positive relationship between perceived waiting time and repeat patronage with. this confirmed that repeat patronage could be encouraged if managers of fast food centres conduct their operations systems effectively to engender a smooth running waiting-line management systems. these findings were supported by yu and lee (2021) when they found that customers who perceived better queue line management reported higher levels of customer satisfaction and were more likely to revisit the restaurant. similarly, zhang, et al. (2019) explored the impact of queue management on customer experience and satisfaction in theme parks. as regards the result on impact of perceived waiting time on repeat patronage, generally different researchers supported that as perceived waiting time increases, the satisfaction level fall down (kumar & gupta, 2018). supporting evidence was found in dabholkar (2015) who concluded that customers become satisfied when they get their product earlier than their expected waiting-time. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org undoubtedly, other empirical evidences showed that customers who thought the restaurant handled their waiting time better were happier overall and more inclined to come again (kim & hyun, 2018; lee et al., 2018). as regards the result on staff empathy, similar findings were reported by kim, et al. (2015) who found in their study that customers are more likely to stay loyal and return if they are satisfied with the empathy of the personnel. this was also in tandem with outcome of research conducted by dube and renaghan (2018). likewise, johnson and neuhofer (2017) emphasized the importance of emotional competence, such as empathy and friendliness, in enhancing customer satisfaction and repeat patronage in the event industry. the result on customer engagement was also found to be in agreement with previous findings of bowden et al. (2009). they reported in their study that engaged customers are more likely to exhibit loyalty, repeat purchase behaviour, and positive word-of-mouth. their emotional connection to the brand translates into a higher likelihood of forgiveness in the face of service failures (verleye et al., 2013). this was view was also champion scholars like (füller et al., 2009; prahalad & ramaswamy, 2004) who all conclude that brands that harness the potential of social engagement of customers are better positioned to build communities around their products or services, leading to a sense of belonging among customers. as regards the result on waiting environment, it was found that the waiting area significantly affects consumer happiness and loyalty, according to research by aksoy and kervan (2015). research conducted by lee and jang (2018) gave a corroborating evidence that customers' satisfaction and behavioural intentions were affected by the waiting environment. customers' good experiences throughout the event's waiting time were associated with more positive behavioural intentions, including future visits and word-ofmouth recommendations, according to the research. huang and chen (2017) also indicated in their survey that the amount of time a client has to wait and the quality of that wait significantly affects their level of happiness and loyalty. the survey also indicated that consumers who were satisfied with their waiting environment were more inclined to buy more from the online shop. similarly, hui et al (2012) found that the use of pleasant music in the waiting area led to increased customer satisfaction and repeat patronage. research by park and lee (2009) found that the quality of service provided by staff members in the event waiting environment was positively related to customer satisfaction and repeat patronage. these studies suggest that the use of atmospherics in the waiting environment can positively influence customer behaviour. implications of the study the analytical findings mentioned above give useful insights into the complex dynamics of customer satisfaction in quick-service restaurants (ffcs) in rivers state, nigeria. the robust positive associations between, staff empathy and customer engagement on repeat patronage shows that these factors when well harnessed could engender favourable customer experience especially in fast food restaurants. these results indicate that creating a better waiting atmosphere and reducing the perceived waiting times have a major impact on improving the overall customer satisfaction. moreover, these observations have practical consequences for managers in the quick-service restaurant (ffc) industry, highlighting the need to invest in the development of enjoyable waiting areas as well as implementing strategies to reduce customers' perception of waiting time. as the fast food business progresses, the issue of waiting time becomes more imminent due to higher demands. this study has therefore imposed responsibility on ffc managers to prioritise staff empathy towards their customers, while they wait in lines. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org conclusions and recommendations the findings of this research explicitly confirmed that waiting-line management has a substantial positive impact on the repeat patronage of fast food centres in river state, nigeria. specifically, it achieved predictive abilities of 51.2% on the behavioural intentions of customers to patronise the business repeatedly. as a result, it can be concluded that adequate waiting-line management strategies could be highly instrumental to improving repeat patronage of fast food centres in rivers state, nigeria. in line with the findings of this study, the following recommendations were put forward: i. empathy connotes that staff put themselves in the shoe of the customers by showing willingness to help them. therefore, managers should ensure that the right employees with courtesy and sense professionalism be stationed to attend to customers. their ability to manage unhappy customers could reduce their level of dissatisfaction. ii. prioritize staff empathy training: recognizing the role of staff empathy on repeat purchase, managers of fast food centres must find it necessary to invest in staff training programs that would emphasize empathy in customer interactions. furthermore, they should motivate, encourage and reward empathetic attitude towards customers. this would help engender empathy as one of the core values in the organisation. also to deter apathetic attitude, punitive measures should be put in place to discipline erring employees. iii. one significant challenge spotted out in this study is the unpredictability of customer flow, especially during peak hours. restaurants need to find a balance between accommodating walkins customers and reservations. to achieve this, managers should consider setting up order delivery unit or consider suitable partnership with delivery agents/companies so that customers can make orders at the comfort of their home/offices without necessarily visiting the fast food centre. iv. on the issue of customer engagement, clear signage, friendly staff interactions, and providing amenities in the waiting area should also be put into consideration since this would contribute to a positive waiting experience. v. fast food centres are urged to regularly seek feedback from customers in order to identify areas that require improvement in their waiting-line management system. vi. fast food restaurants should adopt more innovative approaches to waiting-line management such as online reservation apps, pager systems, and digital waitlists to enhance efficiency. these tools not only reduce wait times but also provide valuable data for optimizing operations. vii. comfortable waiting area: as regards waiting environment managers are urged to make reasonable investment to create a comfortable waiting area with amenities like wi-fi or entertainment to improve the overall waiting experience of customers. by so doing, customers may not find it difficult or offensive to patiently wait for their orders. references 1. ademe, d. g. (2021). customer relationship and customer satisfaction of fast food restaurants in port harcourt. american journal of economics and business management, 4(3), 105-122. 2. aksoy, ş., & kervan, s. c. (2015). the impact of event waiting experience on satisfaction and loyalty. service business, 9(4), 731-751 3. aline, m., irechukwu, e. n., & henry, o. j. (2019). effect of strategic positioning on organizational performance of independent power producers in rwanda: a case study of selected ipps. european journal of business and management research, 4(5). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org 4. asawo, s. p. (2015). research methodology, data analysis using software and data interpretation. proceedings of workshop on ‘cultivating research culture for academic excellence’; faculty of management sciences seminar series (1), university of port harcourt. 5. bagozzi, r. p., yi, y., & phillips, l. w. (1991). assessing construct validity in organizational research.administrative science quarterly, 36(3), 421-458. retrieved from http://links.jstor.org/sci?=00018392%2899109%2936%3a3%3c421%3aacvior%3e2.0.co %3b2-8 6. bertsimas, d., & nakazato, h. (2020). queueing models in fast food restaurants: dynamic menu pricing, ordering behavior and throughput predictions. operations research, 68(3), 705-724. 7. bhat, u. n., & kisher, t. s. (1987). queueing models for computer and communication systems. queueing systems, 2(3), 185-203. 8. brodie, r. j., ilic, a., juric, b., & hollebeek, l. (2013). consumer engagement in a virtual brand community: an exploratory analysis. journal of business research, 66(1), 105-114. 9. brown, g., & turley, d. (2016). customer experience and staff competence in consume services. journal of services marketing, 30(2), 183-196. doi: 10.1108/jsm-03-2015-0095 10. chen, s., & shen, l. (2018). waiting-line management in the service industry: an exploratory analysis. journal of business research, 66(1), 105-114. 11. dabholkar, p.a., 2015. how to improve perceived service quality by increasing customer participation. in proceedings of the 1990 academy of marketing science (ams) annual conference, 483-487. 12. daily trust (2017). why fast food shops are closing in rivers. why fast food shops are closing in rivers daily trust 13. davis, m. h. (1996). empathy: a social psychological approach. westview press. 14. dube, l., & renaghan, l. m. (2018). service employees and customer loyalty: the role of competence and communication. journal of services marketing, 32(2), 144-156. doi: 10.1108/jsm-04-2017-0163 15. ejiogu, i., chima, t. & chimaobi, i. (2024). competitive positioning on customer satisfaction of fast food firms in river state. international journal of management and marketing systems, 14(11), 1-15. 16. erlang, a. k. (1909). the theory of probabilities and telephone conversations. nyt tidsskrift for matematik (b), 20, 33-39. 17. ezema-kalu, n. b. & onuoha a. o. (2022). social media adoption and customer satisfaction in the fast-food firms in south-south nigeria. international journal of advanced academic, 8(11), 86-104. 18. füller, j., mühlbacher, h., matzler, k., & jawecki, g. (2009). consumer empowerment through internet-based co-creation. journal of management information systems, 26(3), 71-102. 19. gross, d., & carl, h. m. (2019). fundamentals of queueing theory (3rd ed.). john wiley & sons. 20. gross, d., & harris, c. m. (1998). fundamentals of queueing theory (3rd ed.). john wiley & sons. 21. guerreiro, j., barros, c. p., & machado, m. j. (2021). fast-food restaurants: analysis of efficiency, customer satisfaction, and waiting time. journal of foodservice business research, 24(1), 58-78. http://links.jstor.org/sci?=00018392%2899109%2936%3a3%3c421%3aacvior%3e2.0.co%3b2-8 http://links.jstor.org/sci?=00018392%2899109%2936%3a3%3c421%3aacvior%3e2.0.co%3b2-8 https://dailytrust.com/why-fast-food-shops-are-closing-in-rivers/ https://dailytrust.com/why-fast-food-shops-are-closing-in-rivers/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org 22. gupta, s., & jain, a. k. (2014). production and operations management. mcgraw-hill education. 23. hair, j. f., black, w. c., babin, b. j., & anderson, r. e. (2010). multivariate data analysis: a global perspective (7th ed.). pearson education international. 24. hair, j. f., hult, g. t.m., ringle, c. m., & sartedt, m. (2014). a primer on partial least squares structural equation modelling. thousand oaks, ca: sage. 25. hillier, f. s., & lieberman, g. j. (2014). introduction to operations research (10th ed.). mcgrawhill education. 26. hollebeek, l. d. (2011). exploring customer brand engagement: definition and themes. journal of strategic marketing, 19(7), 555-573. 27. hollebeek, l. d., glynn, m. s., & brodie, r. j. (2014). consumer brand engagement in social media: conceptualization, scale development and validation. journal of interactive marketing, 28(2), 149-165. 28. homburg, c., wieseke, j., & hoyer, w. d. (2009). social identity and the service-profit chain. journal of marketing, 73(2), 38-54. 29. horsfall, h. & didia, j.u.d. (2020). product quality and customer satisfaction: a study of fast food firms in rivers state of nigeria. international academy journal of management, marketing and entrepreneurial studies, 8(1), 80-87. 30. huang, c. l., & chen, y. h. (2017). the impact of online shopping waiting time and waiting experience on customer satisfaction and loyalty. international journal of information management, 37(1), 1-7. 31. huang, s. (2019). an empirical study of crowd management at large-scale events: a case of taipei new year's eve party. sustainability, 11(1), 219. 32. hui, t. k., au, n., & fock, h. (2012). effects of waiting time and waiting environment on customers' satisfaction. european journal of business and management, 5(35), 90-96 33. johnson, e., & neuhofer, b. (2017). the role of emotions in customer experience and satisfaction with online booking in the event industry. journal of destination marketing & management, 6(3), 183-193. 34. kamau, g. w. (2012). waiting-lines management and customer satisfaction in commercial banks in kenya. msc dissertation, university of nairobi, kenya. 35. kendall, d. g. (1950). stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded markov chain. the annals of mathematical statistics, 21(3), 338354. 36. kendall, d.g. (1953). "stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded markov chain." the annals of mathematical statistics, 24(3), 338-354. 37. kim, h., & hyun, s. s. (2018). queue line management and customer satisfaction: evidence from a water park. quick service , 22(5), 725-737. 38. kim, s. h., & yoon, y. (2014). enhancing customer experience in service encounters: a perspective from queuing theory. managing service quality: an international journal, 24(1), 5 23. https://doi.org/10.1108/msq-09-2013-0184 39. kim, y., chon, k., & reichel, a. (2015). the influence of event quality on destination satisfaction and loyalty: the case of a small-scale sporting event. journal of travel research, 54(2), 212-226. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org 40. koole, g., & mandelbaum, a. (2014). queues: an introduction to queueing theory (2nd ed.). springer. 41. kotler, p. & armstrong, g. (2010). principles of marketing. pearson education. 42. kumar, a., & sridhar, v. (2016). a study of waiting-line management in retail services. journal of services marketing, 30(6), 602-610. 43. kumar, m., & gupta, a. (2018). simulation modelling and analysis with arena. academic press. 44. kumar, v., & pansari, a. (2016). competitive advantage through engagement. journal of the academy of marketing science, 44(2), 116-135. 45. kumar, v., kim, y. k., park, h. j., & aulakh, p. s. (2014). influence of waiting environment designs on perceived waiting times and customer satisfaction in theme parks. journal of travel research, 53(6), 725-738. 46. larson, r. c., & odoni, a. r. (2013). urban operations research. operations research, 61(1), 1–18 47. lee, y., & jang, s. (2018). the impact of waiting experience on customer satisfaction and behavioural intentions: a perspective of experiential marketing. journal of hospitality & tourism research, 42(5), 691-714. 48. li, y., wang, d., & zhao, x. (2018). the effect of queuing management on customer satisfaction: an empirical study of chinese restaurants. journal of foodservice business research, 21(1), 6277. 49. maister, d. h. (1985). the psychology of waiting-lines. in managing services: marketing, media: conceptualization, scale development and validation. journal of interactive marketing, 28(2), 149-165. 50. ndu, e. c. & ajao, a. o. (2019). systems quality and environmental sustainability of nigerian tourist sites: an operations management challenge. international journal of entrepreneurial development, education and science research, 5(1), 147-169. 51. ndu, e. c. & iheanacho, m. c. (2018). food service delivery and customer satisfaction in port harcourt quick service restaurants: the operations management role. journalnxa multidisciplinary peer reviewed journal, 4(8), 38-55. 52. ndu, e. c. (2018). service systems quality and sustainable tourism development in nigeria. phd thesis, university of port harcourt. 53. oliver, r. & westbrook, r. (1993). profiles of consumer emotions and satisfaction in ownership and usage. emotion, 6, 12-27. 54. polas, m. r. h., mostafizur, m. r., azad, m. m., & marwan, m. a. h. (2018). the impact of waiting time towards customers’ satisfaction in fast food establishments: evidence from bangladesh. iosr journal of business and management, 2(5), 11-21. doi: 10.9790/487x2005021121 55. satish m. d. & satish, g. a. (2022). international business strategy and the role of international marketing. international journal of social science humanity & management research, 1(5), 106110. 56. sekaran, u., & bougie, r. (2016). research methods for business: a skill building approach. john wiley & sons. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org 57. shortle, j. f., thompson, j. m., & gross, d. (2018). fundamentals of queueing theory. john wiley & sons. 58. simiyu, a. j. & makhamara, f. (2020). strategic positioning and competitive advantage at g4s kenya. international journal of innovative social sciences & humanities research 8(4), 1-19 retrieved from: www.seahipaj.org 59. smith, m. a., bonn, m. a., smith, k. a., & wilhelm, s. l. (2018). quick service education: preparing students for the future. journal of marketing, 56(2), 57-71. 60. takács, a., asmussen, s., & pál, d. (2018). queueing models of emergency departments. handbooks in operations research and management science, 25, 307-350. 61. tung, m. c., christine, m. & paul, p. (2019). the effect of humour usage on customer’s service experiences. australian journal of management, 44(1), 109–127. doi: 10.1177/0312896218775799 62. udeze, a. s. & oko, w. k. (2020). advertising appeal strategies and customer loyalty in nigerian brewery industry in south-south, nigeria. international journal of management and marketing systems, 13(6), 84 – 93. 63. verhoef, p. c., reinartz, w. j., & krafft, m. (2010). customer engagement as a new perspective in customer management. journal of service research, 13(3), 247-252. 64. verleye, k., gemmel, p., & rangarajan, d. (2013). the reciprocal and complementary influences of customer participation and customer-centric characteristics on service innovation implementation. journal of service research, 16(3), 349-362. 65. vivek, s. d., beatty, s. e., & morgan, r. m. (2012). customer engagement: exploring customer relationships beyond purchase. journal of marketing theory and practice, 20(2), 122-146. 66. yun, e., & lee, j. (2021). the effect of waiting time and queue management on customer satisfaction in museum. sustainability, 13(6), 3306. 67. zhang, y., chen, j., & zhang, x. (2019). the impact of queue management on customer experience and satisfaction in theme parks. journal of destination marketing & management, 13, 102-110. http://www.seahipaj.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org network services that allow development of professional competence in students based on cloud technologies nosirov jahongir normurod o‘g‘li phd student of the national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this work, network services that allow the development of professional competence of students are considered. information, cloud technology, cloud service, education, network services. introduction one of the actively developing directions of modern information and communication technologies is cloud computing technology, which has a wide range of didactic capabilities, contributes to the achievement of planned educational results, helps to form cognitive needs, analytical skills, increases student motivation, cognitive activity of learners, research and creates conditions for implementation of new types of educational activities that allow to stimulate project skills, develop general intellectual skills. cloud technologies provide a wide range of educational services for the scientific and creative activities of all participants of the educational process. using cloud technologies, students had the opportunity to receive modern education that meets new technologies and standards. taking into account the needs of the education system in general, cloud-based network services can be divided according to the types of activities: cloud-based network services, which are used in classes, extracurricular activities and independent work. based on the needs of the education system in general, it is appropriate to highlight the educational and practical tasks that can be solved with the help of network services based on cloud technologies. the specified tasks are listed in the table with the availability of network services based on cloud technologies. table 1 practical tasks and cloud services № practical tasks used cloud services 1 using cloud operating systems and virtual desktops to organize an individual learning space google chrome os, cloudtop, joli cloud, cloudo, xos, zim desk, zeropc 2 use of data storage and sharing services for collective or individual use of educational materials yandeks disk, google disk, dropbox, onedrive, box, oblako mail.ru 3 sharing office and office spreadsheets, including word and spreadsheet editors, for visualizing learning materials and independent work results google dacument, office online, zoho office 4 use of multimedia presentation services to present educational materials sliderocket, prezi.com, slideshark, slides american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org 5 using graphic editors to visualize data and create models raster grafikasi google, pixlr, sumopaint. vektorli grafikalar -janvas, svg-edit. 3d grafikalar -autodesk tinkercad, autocad 360 6 using database management systems to create and modify databases zoho creator, mytaskhelper, domyappgflow, intuit quick base, caspio bridge, amazon rds 7 use and create collaborative classroom and community sites to host learning materials google sayti, zoho wiki, zoho sites 8 using cloud technologies in antivirus protection to study the main functions of cloud-based antivirus software to ensure information security prevx, immunet, panda cloud antivirus 9 teaching the fundamentals of programming the use of cloud services and their functionality, as well as organizing an exchange in the development of programs cloud9, ideone 10 using platforms to host and host e-learning resources and learning materials microsoft azure, google app engine, amazon elastic compute cloud 11 use services to create, store and share notes to present reports, design projects and work with other educational materials simplenote, remember the milk, springpad, evernote, google keep, onenote online 12 using cloud services to organize and conduct electronic tests google formi, oprosi (v office online) the state educational standard of general education includes requirements for the introduction of extracurricular activities of students as an important component of the educational content. therefore, based on the requirements of the new generation state education standard, it is appropriate to consider the possibilities of network services based on cloud technologies in relation to extracurricular activities of learners. table 2 shows the possibilities of using cloud services in extracurricular activities. table 2 opportunities to use cloud services for extracurricular activities № cloud service name why is it used? 1 google calendar app, google groups, onenoteonline, microsoft online calendar, zoho calendar, zoho planner alerting parents, students and other potential participants in extracurricular activities. calendars for students, parents, and other educators that outline the dates and topics of classes, field trips, parent-teacher conferences, and other possible events. 2 storage services, yandex disk, google disk, dropbox, onedrive, box, oblako mail.ru. storage of video and photo materials from extracurricular activities 3 communication services: logger, twitter, google groups social networks create a controlled opportunity to share memories of past events 4 note services: evernote, simplenote, remember the milk, springpad, evernote, google keep, onenote online. to quickly place the received information (services allow you to place not only text, but also photos, video materials and audio recordings in one file) cloud network services are also indispensable as an assistant in monitoring student knowledge. monitoring the knowledge and skills of learners is one of the main components of the educational process and is the only didactic and methodical system for checking educational activity. control american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org allows to assess the actual level of knowledge of learners and the dynamics of learning the learning material, and to identify gaps in their knowledge, based on which it is possible to draw appropriate conclusions about the characteristics of the training and make corrections.. analyzing the possible solutions to increase the efficiency of the educational institution and control the educational activities of students, it is necessary to pay special attention to its official organization tools using modern information and communication technologies. taking into account the specific features of the used forms of monitoring the educational process, in accordance with the requirements for its effective implementation in the educational environment, network services based on cloud technologies are suitable, with the help of which not only the knowledge and skills of learners can be monitored, but also teachers' time is saved by their work can be significantly optimized. as a result of using network services based on cloud technologies, students' cognitive interest is stimulated, learning motivation increases, independent work efficiency increases, all this allows for individualization and differentiation of the educational process, and more rational integration. references 1. облачные вычисления: луч света в темном царстве [электронный ресурс]. режим доступа: http://ieee.tpu.ru/another/oblako.html (дата обращения: 10.10.2017). 2. шевченко, в. г. облачные технологии как средство формирования икт-компетентности будущих учителей информатики: дис. … канд. пед. наук: 13.00.02 / шевченко виктория геннадьевна. – м., 2016. – 263 с. 3. usanov m.m оpportunities use of cloud technologies in the educational process // electronic journal of actual problems of modern science, education and training. february, 2020-i. isnn 2181-9750 хоразм. 4. usanov m.m. using of cloud technologies in the process of preparing future specialists for professional activity // international journal of trend in scientific research and development (ijtsrd). volume 4 issue 5, august 2020 available online: www.ijtsrd.com e-issn: 2456 – 6470. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org innovative methods of oil extraction from deep deposits boyqobilova makhliyo makhmudovna rakhimboyev norbek ilkhom ugli mukhtorov abdulrakhmon dilshodbek ugli karshi engineering economics institute, karshi uzbekistan. tel:+998908777771 farkhod uid@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s obviously, this method is characterized by a high degree of theoretical justification of the oil recovery mechanism and eliminates error due to the human factor due to the use of software and computing systems. this path, on the one hand, is very labor-intensive, and on the other hand, there is not always reliable information about the properties of productive formations. carbonate reservoirs, geologic model, waterflooding. oil, product, high oil viscosity introduction however, when flooding fields with hard-to-recover reserves (high oil viscosity, low permeability and large heterogeneity of formations), oil recovery factors decrease to 0.3-0.35 with increasing flushing ratio from 0.8-1 to 5-7, and with viscosity oil more than 25-30 mpa s, waterflooding often becomes ineffective. to eliminate differences between calculated and actual data, a procedure for adapting the created models is initiated, which involves making certain adjustments to individual initial parameters included in the model. in addition, the procedure for adapting the created geological and hydrodynamic models, as is known, to some extent represents a solution to the inverse problem of hydrodynamics, when, based on actual data from the operation of deposits, the initial data (thicknesses, relative phase permeabilities, areal heterogeneity, etc.) are adjusted to achieve an acceptable fit real and actual indicator of development of an operational facility. in terms of labor intensity, this direction is significantly simpler than the first and in modern conditions, from the point of view of the capabilities of computer technology, is already available at the engineering level. the displacement characteristic is understood as an analytical relationship between the main technological indicators and the efficiency of the development system oil recovery of the productive format. to date, about 100 characteristics of displacement are known, proposed by different authors. moreover, it is characteristic to trace the regionality of the proposed dependencies: some work well in one region, others, on the contrary, in another. this also indicates that the displacement characteristic is an integral dependence of reservoir oil recovery on a large number of initial data, some of which may not only not be taken into account in the technological calculation procedure, but may still not be identified by the science of oil field development. this is especially true for complex carbonate reservoirs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org assessing the technological effect of waterflooding based on indicators of only a certain stage or stage of operation, as well as any development parameter (reservoir pressure, well flow rate, water cut in well production, etc.) can lead to erroneous conclusions. the application of each method to improve the development system is aimed at increasing the final oil recovery factor. therefore, to assess the effectiveness of waterflooding, we used the value of the increase (increase) in the final oil recovery factor, defined as the difference in oil recovery factor achieved under the natural regime of reservoir development and with the use of waterflooding: it should be noted that this coefficient is a complex indicator characterizing the properties of reservoirs and formation fluids, the development system and economic criteria, because at the development sites, waterflooding was carried out after a significant period of reservoir development in the natural mode elastic, followed by a transition to the dissolved gas mode; from the beginning, based on the characteristics of oil displacement by water, recoverable oil reserves were determined for the development periods before and after the use of waterflooding. in accordance with the methodological guidelines for calculating the coefficients of oil extraction from the subsoil based on the characteristics of oil displacement by water, constructed according to the objects of study, the final straight segments were identified to determine the initial recoverable oil reserves for the selected periods of oil deposit development. as an example, the characteristics of oil displacement by water for an oil reservoir in the andijan field are given. references 1. назаров с.н., сипачев н.в. методика прогнозирования технологических показателей на поздней стадии разработки нефтяных залежей // изв. вузов «нефть и газ». –баку: 1972. –№10. – с.41-46. 2. хамзин р.г., фазанов р.т. оценка эффективности разработки эксплуатационных объектов на поздней стадии методами характеристик вытеснения // интервал. –м.: 2002. –№9 (44). –с.7-11. 3. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. – с.22-23. 4. методическое руководство по расчету коэффициентов извлечения нефти из недр. –м.: внии, 1986. –253 с. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org the role of non-verbal communication in language teaching aliyeva shahlo avaz qizi university of exact and social sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the process of language learning is not only about learning words. in this process, non-verbal communication, i.e. language tools other than words, as well as facial expressions, physical movements and body language play an important role. nonverbal communication is of particular importance in language learning and can significantly improve students' language comprehension and expression. in this article, we will provide detailed information about the role and importance of non-verbal communication in the language learning process. english language, nonverbal communication, skills, cultural context, culture, facial expressions, physical movements. introduction non-verbal communication is non-verbal ways of exchanging information between people. this includes facial expressions, body movements, hand movements, and more. nonverbal communication often helps improve student comprehension during language learning because it creates a context that accompanies words. through non-verbal communication between people, there is an opportunity for mutual understanding and expression of feelings. this is important in language learning. the importance of non-verbal communication in the process of language learning is evident in several ways. materials and methods nonverbal communication can make language learning more fun and effective. learners learn new words and phrases more easily by observing nonverbal cues. for example, when the teacher shows an action or a facial expression, the students try to translate this action into language. this will speed up their language acquisition process. non-verbal communication allows students to express themselves while learning a new language. although students do not know words, they can communicate their thoughts and feelings through nonverbal means. for example, when agreeing or disagreeing with something, they can express their thoughts using hand movements or facial expressions. this will develop their communication skills. nonverbal communication is also closely related to culture in language learning. nonverbal signals and their meanings differ in each culture. for example, in one culture, nodding may mean agreeing, while in another culture, this action may have a different meaning.[1] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org therefore, it is important to understand and study non-verbal communication during language learning. students should know the importance of non-verbal signals in communication and interpret them correctly. [2] results and discussions nonverbal communication can be used in language learning in several ways. teachers can increase student interest by using nonverbal cues in lessons. for example, a teacher can teach students new words and phrases using different facial expressions and physical movements during the lesson. this method improves students' memory and speeds up the language acquisition process. in addition, teachers can develop non-verbal communication by conducting role-plays and simulations. when students act out a situation, they try to use and understand nonverbal cues correctly. this makes their language acquisition process more efficient. through role-playing, students understand the importance of non-verbal communication in different situations and it increases their interest in language.[3] students' ability to understand non-verbal communication is also very important. students must learn to interpret nonverbal cues correctly. this, in turn, improves their language acquisition process. teachers should teach students how to correctly interpret non-verbal signals.for example, a teacher can show students how to express emotions through facial expressions and body movements. it increases students' interest in non-verbal communication and encourages them to be more active in interaction. non-verbal communication plays a special role in language learning. it helps students acquire the language, develops their communication skills and helps them understand the culture. teachers can make lessons more interesting and effective by using nonverbal cues. and learners make the process of acquiring a new language easier by understanding and using non-verbal communication. teachers need to recognize the importance of non-verbal communication and take these aspects into account when planning lessons. by using non-verbal cues during the lesson, teachers can increase students' interest, attract their attention and make the language acquisition process more effective. teachers should develop their own nonverbal communication skills and teach students how to use their nonverbal cues. nonverbal communication also plays an important role in developing students' emotional intelligence.[4] by understanding and using nonverbal cues, students improve their ability to manage their emotions and communicate effectively with others. this, in turn, develops their social skills. students with emotional intelligence understand themselves and others better, which makes their language learning process more effective.[5] conclusion the language learning process involves many factors, including non-verbal communication. nonverbal communication is important in language learning and enhances students' ability to understand and express language. teachers can make lessons more effective by using nonverbal cues. and learners facilitate the process of acquiring a new language by understanding and using non-verbal communication. thus, the importance of non-verbal communication in language learning cannot be denied, as it is an integral part of the language learning process. a correct understanding of the role and importance of non-verbal communication in the process of language learning helps to make the language acquisition process of students more effective. teachers and students can take full advantage american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org of non-verbal communication, thereby enriching the interaction and making the language learning process more interesting. references 1. jalilov, a. (2015). "the importance of nonverbal communication in language learning". ministry of higher and secondary special education of the republic of uzbekistan. 2. rahmonov, s. (2018). "nonverbal communication and its role in language learning". tashkent: science and technology. 3. khudoyberdiyeva, m. (2020). "using nonverbal signals in language learning". national university of uzbekistan. 4. saidov, r. (2017). "nonverbal communication: theory and practice". tashkent: spirituality. 5. toshpulatova, d. (2019). "the role of nonverbal communication in language learning." educational institutions of the republic of uzbekistan. 6. mustakimov, e. (2021). "nonverbal communication and culture in language teaching." samarkand: social sciences. 7. kadyrov, a. (2022). "nonverbal communication and language learning: case studies". bukhara: bukhara state university. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org lexical semantic aspects of sometimes in english and uzbek language xakimova gulsara egamnazarovna. filologiya fanlari nomzodi jiyanova jahona ilhomovna aniq va ijtimoiy fanlar universiteti xorijiy til va adabiyoti ( ingliz til) magistratura mutaxassisligi magistranti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the lexical semantic nuances of the adverb "sometimes" in both english and uzbek languages, shedding light on the cultural and linguistic variations that contribute to its usage. through a comprehensive analysis, we aim to discern the subtle distinctions in meaning and usage, highlighting the impact of cultural and linguistic factors on the interpretation of temporal expressions. lexical semantics, adverbs, temporal expressions, crosslinguistic analysis, english, uzbek, linguistic diversity. introduction language serves as a mirror reflecting the cultural and cognitive characteristics of a community. temporal expressions, such as adverbs, play a crucial role in conveying time-related meanings. this article delves into the lexical semantics of the adverb "sometimes" in english and uzbek, aiming to unravel the intricacies of its usage and understand the cultural influences that shape its meanings. previous studies have explored the lexical semantics of adverbs in various languages, emphasizing the importance of considering cultural and linguistic context. however, a comprehensive analysis of "sometimes" in english and uzbek remains scarce. this study builds upon existing research to provide a more nuanced understanding of the temporal adverb's usage in two distinct linguistic and cultural environments. to conduct a thorough analysis, we employed a comparative approach, examining the usage of "sometimes" in english and uzbek literature, everyday discourse, and media. corpus linguistics techniques were applied to identify patterns, frequency, and contextual variations. this methodology aimed to capture both formal and informal instances, ensuring a comprehensive understanding of the adverb's usage. lexical semantics refers to the study of meaning that is encoded in the vocabulary of a language. it involves understanding the meanings of words and how they relate to each other. different languages exhibit various lexical semantic aspects, and here are some key elements: word meaning: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org polysemy and homonymy: languages often have words with multiple meanings (polysemy) or distinct words that share the same form (homonymy). understanding these distinctions is crucial for accurate communication. semantic fields: related words: words within a language are often grouped together based on shared meanings, forming semantic fields. for example, in english, words like cat, dog, and bird belong to the semantic field of animals. semantic relations: synonymy and antonymy: synonyms are words with similar meanings, while antonyms are words with opposite meanings. understanding these relationships enhances language comprehension. word classes: noun, verb, adjective, adverb: different languages categorize words into classes, and these classes often carry specific semantic information. for instance, verbs convey actions, and adjectives describe qualities. cultural and contextual nuances: cultural specificity: some words may have culturally specific meanings that are not easily translatable. understanding these nuances is crucial for accurate cross-cultural communication. contextual variation: word meanings can vary based on the context in which they are used. pragmatics plays a role in determining the intended meaning in a given context. idiomatic expressions: idioms and collocations: languages often contain idiomatic expressions or collocations, where words form fixed combinations with specific meanings that may not be predictable from the individual words. word formation: derivation and compounding: understanding how new words are formed through affixation, compounding, or other morphological processes contributes to lexical semantic analysis. metaphor and metonymy: figurative language: many languages use metaphor and metonymy to convey meanings beyond the literal sense. recognizing and interpreting these figurative expressions is part of lexical semantics. ambiguity resolution: lexical ambiguity: dealing with cases where a word has multiple meanings and determining the intended sense based on context is a significant aspect of lexical semantics. semantic change: diachronic perspective: studying how word meanings evolve over time is important. languages undergo semantic shifts, and understanding these changes provides insights into linguistic history. analysing these lexical semantic aspects helps linguists, language learners, and natural language processing systems better comprehend and process language. the word "sometimes" is an adverb in english that indicates an unspecified frequency or occurrence at irregular intervals. it is used to express that something happens on certain occasions, but not all the time. let's explore some lexical semantic aspects of "sometimes" in both english and uzbek languages: english: frequency: "sometimes" implies infrequent or irregular occurrences. it suggests that an action or event happens occasionally, but not consistently. example: "i sometimes go for a run in the morning." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org variability: the adverb conveys a sense of variability, indicating that the occurrence of the action is not constant or predictable. example: "sometimes, the weather is nice enough for a picnic." duration: it doesn't provide information about the duration or specific time frame of the occurrences; it simply implies occasional events. example: "she sometimes works late at the office." uzbek: frequency: in uzbek, the equivalent term for "sometimes" is "vaqtan-vaqtga." like in english, it suggests irregular or occasional events. example: "men vaqtan-vaqtga kitob o'qiyman." (i sometimes read books.) variability: the uzbek term, similar to english, indicates variability in the frequency of an action or event. example: "u yilning vaqtan-vaqtiga xonada yashaydi." (he sometimes lives in the dormitory during the year.) duration: the concept of occasional events without specifying duration is also present in the uzbek equivalent of "sometimes." example: "ular vaqtan-vaqtga do'ston bo'lishadi." (they sometimes become friends.) while the lexical semantics of "sometimes" are generally preserved across languages, the specific ways in which frequency, variability, and duration are conveyed may vary. in both english and uzbek, the term indicates irregularity and infrequency in the occurrence of actions or events. the observed variations can be attributed to linguistic structures, cultural norms, and historical influences. in english, the diversity of contexts mirrors the language's historical development and multicultural influences. in uzbek, a more nuanced and context-specific usage aligns with the cultural values and linguistic features of the region. conclusions: the lexical semantics of "sometimes" in english and uzbek reveal not only linguistic differences but also cultural nuances. this study contributes to our understanding of how temporal expressions are shaped by diverse cultural and linguistic environments. recognizing these distinctions enhances crosscultural communication and promotes a more accurate interpretation of temporal expressions. future research could delve deeper into the cultural and historical factors influencing the lexical semantics of temporal expressions in diverse languages. additionally, exploring the impact of globalization on language usage may provide insights into the evolving meanings of adverbs like "sometimes" in an increasingly interconnected world. references 1. абдусаматов р. қўшма гапларда мазмун ва шакл номувофиқлиги / ўзбек тили ва адабиёти, 2003. №1. – б. 23-26. 2. ибрагимова ф. бадиий матнда эллипсис ва антиэллипсис: филол. фан. номз... дисс. – т., 2011. 3. колосова т.а. русские сложные предложения асимметричной структуры. – воронеж, 1980. 4. маҳмудов н., нурмонов а. ўзбек тилининг назарий грамматикаси. – тошкент: ўқитувчи, 1995. 5. маҳмудов н.м. ўзбек тилидаги содда гапларда семантик-синтактик асимметрия. – тошкент, 1984. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org the impact of accounting conservatism on the valuation of private iraqi banks: a study of selected banks listed on the iraqi stock exchange ali mirzah abdalhamza al-iissawi university of kufa college of administration and economics accounting department alim.alissawi@student.uokufa.edu.iq https://orcid.org/0009-0000-7809-1449 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research used tobin's q scale to measure the extent of accounting conservatism practices in private iraqi banks and their impact on the company’s value. the study focused on twenty-three iraqi banks listed on the iraqi stock exchange from 2018 to 2022, with a sample size of fourteen banks, approximately 60% of the total population. the results revealed variations in accounting conservatism practices among the sampled banks based on profit skewness, with some banks implementing these practices while others did not. the researcher recommends that banks adhering to conservative practices should continue doing so while striving to strike a balance between high market value and book value. achieving this balance is crucial for positive performance evaluation and efficient decision-making. additionally, increasing accounting conservatism practices should be done in a way that provides more relevant information for decision-making and enhances the bank's value. accounting, conservatism, company value. introduction to this day, accountants adhere to one of the most important accounting practices, the application of which has received special attention from external auditors and other relevant parties. conservatism has been considered a controversial concept from the beginning of the last century until the present. despite the criticism directed at it, it plays an important role in accounting applications. it requires accountants to be cautious of expected losses and not recognize expected profits. they are also required to disclose information about assets and revenues at lower values and expenses and liabilities at higher values in cases of uncertainty. there must be a correlation between information about assets, liabilities, expenses, and revenues in evaluating performance, so it appeared. several measures for evaluating performance contributes to rationalizing the decisions of investors and lenders, and identifying the role that accounting conservatism practices can play in enhancing the quality of financial statements and thus an important tool in evaluating the performance of companies, increasing the level of confidence in the information contained in those statements, and reducing profit fluctuations, to reflect it has a positive impact on the process of making and rationalizing decisions, so this research focused on those american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org aspects through its four axes, the first of which was devoted to the research methodology and previous studies, and the second to the theoretical aspect. the third focused on the applied aspect of the research, and finally the fourth axis came to extract results and recommendations. the first axis: research methodology and previous studies first//research methodology research problem: interest in accounting conservatism has increased widely, especially after the collapse of many large companies. one of the reasons for these collapses was opportunistic management practices, deliberate earnings management, profit inflation, and failure to apply accounting conservatism. it is important to note that the company's value is a crucial element in monitoring its performance. identifying accounting conservatism practices is essential for accurately determining a company's final value. the research problem can be outlined with the following questions: what is the level of accounting conservatism in a sample of banks listed on the iraq stock exchange? how can the value of these companies be determined using scientific and accounting-acceptable methods? is there a relationship between accounting conservatism and the value of these companies listed on the iraqi stock exchange? the research objective: the research has the following objectives: to measure the extent of accounting conservatism practices in the banks included in the research sample. to determine the value of the sample companies using tobin's q scale . the importance of the research: the importance of the research lies in its focus on accounting conservatism, which is of great interest to researchers and stakeholders in companies, especially in cases involving uncertainty in economic decision-making. the research aims to provide valuable insights and useful information for those interested in accounting conservatism and to explain its impact. the value of the company corresponds to that of the banks listed on the iraqi stock exchange. the research assumptions: the research is based on the following hypotheses: the banks in the research sample practice accounting conservatism in varying ways. the ability of the tobin’s q scale to determine the value of the company, as applied to the banks in the research sample . there is a statistically significant relationship between accounting conservatism and the value of the company for a sample of banks listed on the iraq stock exchange . the research population and sample: the research encompasses private iraqi banks listed on the iraqi stock exchange, totaling twenty-three banks. fourteen of these banks were selected as a sample, representing approximately 60% of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org research community during a five-year time series. the data was obtained from the website of the securities market authority over the research period. below is table (1) showing the banks included in the research sample : table (1) banks selected as a sample for the research arrangement drains 1 credit 8 baghdad 2 investment 9 sumer 3 al-ahly 10 assyria 4 gulf 11 iraqi commercial 5 middle east 12 al-mansour 6 mosul 13 united 7 babel 14 through iraq investment research method: the researcher used a variety of arab and foreign sources such as books, periodicals, online research, and studies to cover the theoretical aspect of the research. they also referred to the annual financial statements of the banks in the research sample and the directory of joint-stock companies listed on the iraq stock exchange from 2018 to 2022 to enhance the practical side . • statistical analysis methods: for statistical analysis, the researcher used several methods including the second correlation coefficient (r), coefficient of determination (r square), and analysis of variance (anova) to analyze the statistical results and test the research hypotheses. second: the previous studies: 1 some arabic studies: • study (iqbal, al-qudah, 2014) this study aimed to explore different interpretations of conservatism and to analyze its pros and cons. it also sought to understand the impact of the financial crisis on accounting conservatism and to highlight the challenges faced by accounting and accountants during various crises. the researcher designed a questionnaire to measure the impact of the financial crisis on supporting the policy of accounting conservatism. the study concluded that jordanian public shareholding companies adhere to accounting conservatism when preparing financial statements. • study (youssef, 2012) this study aimed to test the effect of the establishment’s ownership structure on conservatism in financial reports. the agency's analyses determined the nature of administrative testing of accounting policies within the framework of the economic effects of these policies. accounting conservatism is one of the accounting principles that determine the characteristics of the accounting information provided and its role in decision-making by various stakeholders related to the facility. accounting conservatism was measured using the inverse regression model of accounting profits on concurrent american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org returns, which is known as the (basu 1997) model. the most important conclusion of the study was that ownership affects accounting conservatism. the greater the percentage of ownership, the greater the asymmetry in recognition between good news and bad news. • study (hamdan, 2011) this study presents additional evidence regarding the extent of accounting conservatism in the financial reports of jordanian public shareholding companies. it also sheds light for the first time on the relationship between accounting conservatism and the improvement of financial report quality. the study aimed to achieve two goals: firstly, to measure the level of accounting conservatism in the policies adopted by companies in the jordanian public shareholding industrial estate; and secondly, to examine the impact of accounting conservatism on the improvement of financial report quality. the significance of this study lies in providing new indicators of the level of conservatism in accounting policies in jordan. accounting conservatism was measured by using the ratio of total receivables to total profits. the most important findings of the study include the utilization of the ratio of total receivables to total profits as an indicator of the level of accounting conservatism. this methodology for measuring accounting conservatism differs from that used in previous studies in the jordanian environment.t to achieve two goals. the first goal is to measure the level of accounting conservatism in the policies followed by companies. the jordanian public shareholding industrial estate, and the second goal is to study the impact of accounting conservatism in improving the quality of financial reports. the real importance of this study lies in providing new indicators on the level of conservatism in accounting policies in jordan, as accounting conservatism was measured using the method of ratio of total receivables to total profits, and it was the most important finding of the study are the use of the ratio of total receivables to total profits as an indicator of the level of accounting conservatism, which is a methodology for measuring accounting conservatism that differs from what previous studies have used in the jordanian environment. 2 foreign studies: •study (tulcanaza-prieto & lee, 2022) this study aimed to investigate whether effective corporate governance affects the relationship between real earnings management and company value. it used quantitative methods and descriptive statistical analysis. the study concluded that opportunistic earnings management is no longer effective in companies with strong governance procedures. the results suggest that corporate governance plays an active role in monitoring management and preventing opportunistic earnings management, which positively affects the company's value . •study (hernawaali et al, 2021) this study aimed to demonstrate the effect of increasing income and profit management practices on the value of the company. it used the accrual method and the modified jones model to determine the extent to which earnings management practices are utilized. the results concluded that increasing income is used as a means of transferring the potential well-being of the company to the owners. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org • study (allam et al., 2011) this study by allam et al. (2011) aims to assess the impact of accounting regulations in the state of kuwait by implementing mandatory standards for companies listed in the kuwaiti securities market to achieve an acceptable level of accounting conservatism when preparing financial reports. the study utilized the model proposed by basu (1997), also known as the rate of return on equity, to measure conservatism. it concluded that there is an inverse relationship between the level of accounting conservatism and the size of debt and that the type of sector to which a company belongs impacts the level of conservatism. specifically, the study found that the financial sector exhibits more conservatism compared to the service and industrial sectors. this research stands out from previous studies due to its focus on examining the link between accounting conservatism practices and the evaluation of bank performance in the local context, a facet that prior studies overlooked. the study used both the book value measure and the market value of shares to gauge accounting conservatism, as well as tobin's q measure to assess the performance of banks in the research sample. the second axis: the theoretical aspect : first: the concept and definition of accounting conservatism accounting conservatism has been a controversial accounting concept since the beginning of the last century and remains so today. despite criticisms, it plays an important role in accounting practices (watts, 2003b:35). basu (1997) describes conservatism as one of the most important evaluation principles in accounting. it has influenced accounting practices for quite some time, amid waves of skepticism in financial reports. adherence to this principle has become the basis for companies to differentiate themselves in the degree of transparency of their financial statements, in addition to becoming a standard for classifying countries according to their degree. accounting conservatism has been known as “we do not expect profits, but we expect all losses” (basu, 1997:17). others have stated that “the accountant must choose the accounting method that leads to reducing values and not increasing them, and thus reducing the results of operations. it requires lower values of assets and revenues and more to the values of obligations and expenses” (al-qadi and hamdan, 2004: 509-510). some believe that it represents “a reduction in the book values of assets relative to their market value” (beaver, ryan, 2005: 275). based on the above, the researcher agrees with the definition presented by al-qadi and hamdan, stating that accounting conservatism means recording losses before they are realized and recognizing them in the financial statements, even if the supporting evidence is moderate or weak. at the same time, the accountant does not recognize profits before they are realized and supported by evidence. in verification, the accountant tends to obtain a higher degree of verification in order to recognize profits, greater than that which he needs to recognize losses." second: objectives of accounting conservatism: the objectives of accounting conservatism can be summarized as follows (iqbal, al-qassa, 2014: 916): enhancing the credibility of financial statements and increasing the suitability of accounting information. preventing bankruptcy and collapse of companies. meeting the requirements of shareholders and lenders by preparing conservative financial reports . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org using accounting conservatism as a shield to reduce uncertainty in speculation and expectations related to financial statement preparation. using accounting conservatism as a tool to confront the uncertainty faced by accountants when preparing financial statements. third: explanations of accounting conservatism basu (1997:20) explained that accounting conservatism is the tendency for profits to adjust faster to bad news than to good news because the verification of good news requires more scrutiny from accountants. additionally, accounting conservatism is seen as a collection of internal and external organizational arrangements between different parties within the company (watts, 2003:34). therefore, multiple explanations for accounting conservatism have been provided, as summarized below (watts, 2003:34), (lafond & watts, 2008:447-448): • contractual interpretation: accounting conservatism is mainly derived from contractual arrangements, focusing on official contracts such as debt and incentive contracts. shareholders and lenders require conservative financial statements to reduce agency costs and align managerial incentives. • litigation interpretation: managers are inclined to be conservative in recognizing profits and asset values to avoid potential litigation from parties relying on the financial information for investment decisions. • tax interpretation: the choice of accounting methods impacts reported income, thereby affecting taxes. tax laws can either increase or decrease accounting conservatism. for example, although using the declining balance method to recognize asset depreciation supports conservatism, it is rarely acceptable under tax laws . • regulatory interpretation: financial market regulations and disclosure requirements mandated by securities authorities directly influence accounting conservatism and its implementation. fourth: types of conservatism balletal (2003:244) mentioned two types of reservation: conditional reservation and unconditional reservation. conditional reservation, as defined by ball & shivakumar (2005:97), rayn (2006:516), and watts (2003:38), refers to a lack of uniformity in timing recognition, meaning that bad news is recognized faster than good news. this results in profits responding to bad news faster than good news, by speeding up the recognition of economic losses. on the other hand, unconditional conservatism, as defined by pope & walker (2003:400), involves reporting the lower value of net assets or disclosing the lower book value of equity. examples of unconditional conservatism include applying cost or market, whichever is lower, in valuing assets. unconditional conservatism is not linked to bad or good news in relation to profits. the researcher believes that unconditional reservation is an application of accounting measurement alternatives to suit disclosure in the company. fifth: the pros and cons of accounting conservatism advantages of accounting conservatism: o accounting conservatism helps counteract excessive optimism among accountants and managers when evaluating the company’s assets and liabilities, as well as when facing uncertain circumstances. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org o it leads to somewhat objective accounting outputs that adhere to accounting standards . o it helps accountants avoid the risks of providing incorrect information while also preventing the omission of correct information. o financial statement users prefer conservative numbers as they provide a margin of safety from adverse results . disadvantages of accounting conservatism : • the use of accounting conservatism conflicts with some principles and secondary qualitative characteristics of accounting information. these include neutrality, understandability, consistency, honest representation, and the clear conflict between accounting conservatism and the characteristic of consistency and stability. this conflict becomes evident when conservatism is applied to evaluating end-of-term inventory. for example, when inventory is evaluated based on the lower of cost or market, it may be valued based on cost in one year and based on market value in another year, leading to inconsistency and making comparison and analytical procedures difficult. • using accounting conservatism may distort accounting information by portraying it at a value different from its true value. this could result in showing revenues, assets, expenses, and liabilities at values different from their true worth. • exaggerated reduction in the values of assets and revenues, and an increase in the values of expenses and liabilities, could lead to outcomes that are as risky as the overvaluation of assets and revenues or undervaluation of expenses and liabilities. this poses a high risk as it may lead to irrational decisions made by stakeholders in the company. • at times, accountants resort to using accounting conservatism to protect themselves from potential accountability without considering whether this behavior may harm some parties and benefit others related to the company or with an interest in the company. sixth: measures of accounting conservatism there are four common measures of conservatism in accounting literature: 1 .model (basu, 1997): known as the (basu) model, this measure examines the relationship between profits and stock returns. the model assumes that accounting conservatism requires a higher degree to verify gains compared to losses. this means that gains lead to an increase in net assets, while losses lead to their reduction. the model looks at the speed of accounting’s response to these gains and losses, indicating that bad news is reflected in profits faster than good news. basu predicted that negative stock returns will be fully reflected in the profits of the same period, while positive stock returns will be incompletely reflected (hamdan,2012:25) . 2 .conservatism index: developed by penman & zhang (2002), this measure aims to assess the impact of accounting conservatism on the statement of financial position by examining the ratio of hidden reserves to net operating assets. a higher conservatism index indicates an increased degree of conservatism. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org 3 .introduction of book value to market value: this approach, known as the net assets measure, uses the ratio of book value to market value to examine the value of the company’s shares. (hamdan 2011:417) ,studies have indicated(hamdan,2011:15), (givoly&hayh,2000:294) that a decrease in this ratio over time suggests that the company is using conservative accounting policies, while an increase suggests non-conservative policies. the essence of accounting conservatism is to accurately value the company's assets. equation (1)................... reservation = book value / market value (share market price). equation (2)................... book value = (common shares + dividend reserve)/number of shares. the researcher suggests that the best way to measure accounting conservatism in the local environment is through the last approach for the following reasons: 1 .providing appropriate information to apply this approach in the trading bulletins issued by the iraq stock exchange . 2 .the ease of applying this approach, which leads to ease of making investment decisions by current and prospective investors. 3 .the previous approaches cannot be applied due to the difficulty of obtaining negative stock returns. it is also not possible to know the hidden reserves without resorting to the company itself, and the company cannot give any information about the hidden reserves . accounting conservatism will be measured quantitatively according to the earnings skewness model in the applied aspect of the research. seven: the concept of corporate value: the concept of company value has recently become a fundamental goal in the financial management of companies. this goal is to achieve a higher value for the company. the value has various applications, such as in buying and selling, company liquidation, corporate separation, insurance, and tax and regulatory purposes. the value of a company is an important indicator used to measure the company's financial performance . companies must focus on the value of their shares. financial management is based on the principle that increasing the company's value should take precedence over other goals. all companies with shareholders prioritize the value and return of the shares (mohamed, 2017: 396-397) . companies aim to enhance their value by increasing their market share, which is the value of the shares they own in the capital markets. this increase in value not only benefits the shareholders but also impacts other stakeholders such as investors, lenders, creditors, and government agencies. the management of companies demonstrates their value through the shareholders and shares they own in those companies (teller, 2023: 48). eighth: the importance of the company’s value the value of a company is a crucial topic due to its impacts on the entities associated with the company, directly or indirectly. these entities include: (al-khafaji and wahab, 2021: 231-232), (al-baghdadi and al-hindawi, 2022: 589) 1 .company management: determining the company’s value significantly influences the quality and magnitude of decisions made by the management. maximizing the company’s value is essential for its competition with peer companies. a decrease in value poses a significant risk, serving as a deterrent american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org for investing in its shares and indicating a decline in profitability and trading activity in financial markets . 2 .investors: investors focus on the company’s profitability, financial position, sources of financing, and dividend offerings. maximizing value benefits investors, while a decrease negatively impacts their returns . 3 .lenders: the value of a company is largely represented by its assets. as asset value increases, lenders have greater confidence in recovering their money and the interest on it. 4 .government agencies: increased company value contributes to development, prosperity, and economic growth, leading to higher taxes and overall economic improvement. ninth: company value objectives the company's primary goal is to maximize profits, with increasing value being an important objective as it reflects the company's ability to benefit its shareholders. this objective is divided into shortand long-term components: 1 .short-term goal: maximizing profits using existing resources . 2. long-term goal: increasing the company’s value to enhance shareholders’ wealth (artini & suardana.2021:96). tenth: factors affecting company value: several key factors influence a company's value, including: 1 .profitability: this measures the company's ability to generate profits through property rights, sales, and total assets. higher profits indicate better financial performance and can attract investors, ultimately increasing the company's value .( wiyanto.et al.2012:554) 2 .liquidity: this ratio assesses the company's ability to meet its short-term obligations. high liquidity signals that the company can pay off short-term debts, which can boost its value in the stock market.( r. reschiw ati.et al.2019:327) 3 .company size: the company's size, determined by assets, sales, profits, tax burden, and capital, influences its ability to obtain internal and external financing (utami & hasan 2021: 1250). larger companies tend to witness growth and prosperity, increasing their value 0 (hirdinis m.2019: 177) 4 .capital structure: the way a company's capital is structured affects its value. a fully owned capital strengthens the company, while borrowed capital weakens its financial capacity and value . (tamimi and hasnawi, 2020: 198) 5 .modern technology: companies with advanced technology tend to have higher market value, as it provides a competitive advantage and contributes to progress and prosperity. (abdul karim and jassim, 2022 : 49 ) 6 .product quality: the quality of a company's products influences customer satisfaction and sales volume, ultimately impacting the company's stock prices and value. . (al-khafaji and wahab, 2021: 233) 7 . political stability: political stability positively impacts a company's value. instability in political conditions can negatively affect financial markets and, in turn, the value of a company . these factors play a vital role in determining a company's value. ( abdul karim and jassim, 2022: 49). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org the third axis: the applied aspect this section focuses on the practical aspect of accounting conservatism in the research sample of banks. it aims to measure the level of accounting conservatism practiced by each bank during the research period and to assess the variation in this practice among the banks in the sample. the ultimate goal is to determine the value of each bank based on tobin’s q scale. this section also involves testing and analyzing the relationship between accounting conservatism practices and the value of the company for the banks in the research sample . first: measuring the level of accounting conservatism practice in the banks in the research sample the researcher relied on the financial reports of the banks in the research sample, which were published on the iraqi securities exchange, to extract the book value. market bulletins were used to determine the market value. the measurement of accounting conservatism is based on the quantitative application of the earnings skewness model. the results are presented in the following tables for the years 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, and 2022. accounting conservatism is measured quantitatively using the earnings skewness model. the statistical model is: skew it = (x μ)3 /σ3 skew it: the distortion of profits (net income) or cash flows from the operating activities of company i into t. x : net income or cash flows from operating activities. μ/σ: the arithmetic means and standard deviation of earnings. all variables are divided by total assets. table (2) results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for the credit bank of iraq source: prepared by the researcher the results in the table above indicate that the highest degree of application of the accounting conservatism policy at the credit bank for the period from 2018 to 2022 was in the year 2021, where it reached -3.3715. in the years 2018, 2020, and 2022, the degree of application of accounting conservatism reached -1.6047, -1.0445, and -1.6980, respectively . year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow/assets profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism 2018 497,694,366,000 5,597,616,000 0.0112 28,967,983,000 0.0582 0.9147 -0.6900 -1.6047 there is a reservation 2019 522,536,851,000 -5,121,655,000 -0.0098 37,283,724,000 0.0714 -1.8278 -0.8260 1.0019 there is no reservation 2020 527,045,441,000 -3,427,205,000 -0.0065 5,733,628,000 0.0109 -0.0168 -1.0614 -1.0445 there is a reservation 2021 466,751,787,000 -4,938,429,000 -0.0106 -58,341,827,000 -0.1250 1.8300 -1.5415 -3.3715 there is a reservation 2022 406,730,762,000 10,743,532,000 0.0264 -59,330,303,000 -0.1459 1.9421 0.2441 -1.6980 there is a reservation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org table 3: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for the iraqi investment bank source: prepared by the researcher the table above shows the application of the accounting conservatism policy in the investment bank from 2018 to 2022. the highest level of application was in 2019, with a value of -2.6416. in 2021, the degree of application was -0.8877, and in 2020, it was -0.4933 . table (4) presents the results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for the national bank of iraq source: prepared by the researcher the table above shows that the highest level of implementation of the accounting conservatism policy at gulf bank during the period from 2018 to 2022 was in 2018, where it reached -2.8338, while the lowest level of conservatism was in 2019, at -2.6787. year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow/assets profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism 2018 607,084,862,000 338,964,573 0.0006 -28,832,567,889 -0.0475 1.0127 1.0747 0.0620 there is no reservation 2019 529,829,506,000 17,216,299 0.0000 -74,614,857,049 -0.1408 1.2399 -1.4017 -2.6416 there is a reservation 2020 571,480,175,360 4,673,583,718 0.0082 37,149,108,331 0.0650 0.0572 -0.4361 -0.4933 there is a reservation 2021 650,958,668,058 922,599,195 0.0014 -62,850,166,897 -0.0966 1.8675 0.9799 -0.8877 there is a reservation 2022 752,255,033,028 7,464,079,063 0.0099 -100,180,769,583 -0.1332 0.0400 1.7718 1.7319 there is no reservation year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow/assets profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism 2018 525,757,058,000 -7,912,541,000 -0.0150 11,239,092,000 0.0214 0.8139 -1.0273 -1.8412 there is a reservation 2019 632,802,650,000 9,164,205,000 0.0145 8,833,736,000 0.0140 0.3777 0.3262 -0.0516 there is a reservation 2020 893,964,966,000 19,907,518,000 0.0223 12,839,629,000 0.0144 -0.9459 1.9441 2.8899 there is no reservation 2021 1,821,341,840,000 26,122,025,000 0.0143 89,042,608,000 0.0489 -1.6860 1.7613 3.4472 there is no reservation 2022 2,416,088,780,000 27,538,484,000 0.0114 381,516,222,000 0.1579 1.4197 1.6803 0.2607 there is no reservation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org table (5) results of measuring accounting conservatism by twisting profits of gulf bank of iraq source: prepared by the researcher the table above shows that the highest level of implementation of the accounting conservatism policy at gulf bank during the period from 2018 to 2022 was in 2018, where it reached -2.8338, while the lowest level of conservatism was in 2019, at -2.6787. table 6: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for middle east bank source: prepared by the researcher the table above shows the level of application of the accounting conservatism policy at the middle east bank from 2018 to 2022. the highest degree of application was in 2019, reaching 1.2494, while the lowest degree was in 2022, at 3.1070. table 7: results of measuring accounting conservatism by skewing profits for mosul bank for development and investment source: prepared by the researcher year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow/ coefficient of skewness of flows coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 578,336,518,931 591,789,500 0.0010 180,025,906 0.0003 0.8395 -1.9943 -2.8338 there is a reservation 2019 549,154,530,701 -3,931,357,837 -0.0072 6,234,005,385 0.0114 -1.0935 1.5852 2.6787 there is no reservation 2020 510,798,283,631 -1,477,089 0.0000 -18,048,171,856 -0.0353 -0.2974 -1.6588 -1.3614 there is reservation 2021 538,490,755,397 -5,038,769,658 -0.0094 27,764,316,365 0.0516 -0.1207 0.1849 0.3057 there is no reservation 2022 553,057,328,642 -5,131,100,435 -0.0093 35,056,205,788 0.0634 1.7049 -0.7950 -2.4999 there is a reservation year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 800,749,802,000 -2,295,243,000 -0.0029 53,162,896,000 0.0664 0.5283 0.9404 0.4121 there is no reservation 2019 658,231,494,000 78,677,000 0.0001 147,583,400,000 0.2242 1.8966 0.6472 -1.2494 there is reservation 2020 647,868,750,000 -2,095,830,000 -0.0032 4,062,911,000 0.0063 0.2001 0.5539 0.3538 there is no reservation 2021 640,721,811,000 290,173,000 0.0005 27,788,916,000 0.0434 -0.0057 1.6014 1.6070 there is no reservation 2022 795,103,959,000 14,488,000 0.0000 76,426,404,000 0.0961 -1.9295 1.1776 3.1070 there is no reservation year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 409,740,060,338 2,584,497,909 0.0063 70,082,563,495 0.1710 -0.9537 -0.3345 0.6192 there is no reservation 2019 410,167,917,709 3,418,816,088 0.0083 -19,734,103,755 -0.0481 0.8315 0.5553 -0.2763 there is reservation 2020 397,449,289,966 1,452,467,621 0.0037 11,129,688,409 0.0280 0.3658 1.3150 0.9492 there is no reservation 2021 772,857,151,713 3,714,240,483 0.0048 374,254,885,566 0.4842 0.5202 1.1976 0.6774 there is no reservation 2022 793,656,712,688 5,482,472,576 0.0069 4,165,580,730 0.0052 0.1310 1.8984 1.7674 there is no reservation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org the table above shows that the bank of mosul had the highest level of implementation of the accounting conservatism policy during the period from 2018 to 2022 in the year 2019, where it reached 0.2763. table 8: results of measuring accounting conservatism by skewing profits for a bank for babel company. source: prepared by the researcher the table shows the level of application of the accounting conservatism policy at the bank of babel from 2018 to 2022. the highest degree of application was in 2018, with a value of -2.7206, while the lowest degree was in 2022, with a value of 0.0057 . table 9: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for the bank of baghdad. source: prepared by the researcher the table above shows the application of the accounting conservatism policy in the bank of baghdad from 2018 to 2022. the highest degree of application was in 2019, with a value of -3.2043, while the lowest degree was in 2020, with a value of 0.0754 . year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 375,666,557,542 3,775,492,031 0.0101 20,362,587,993 0.0542 1.9951 -0.7255 -2.7206 there is reservation 2019 427,424,159,717 1,321,673,774 0.0031 -11,206,222,741 -0.0262 0.7827 0.7520 -0.0306 there is reservation 2020 435,176,073,334 -11,651,985,384 -0.0268 10,386,461,855 0.0239 -1.7955 0.4223 2.2179 there is no reservation 2021 434,903,628,081 -4,619,256,598 -0.0106 28,799,770,263 0.0662 -0.6246 -1.0368 -0.4122 there is reservation 2022 0 -0.2441 -0.2498 -0.0057 there is reservation year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow / profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 1,113,538,558,000 4,152,102,000 0.0037 73,170,765,000 0.0657 1.4747 0.3295 -1.1451 there is a reservation 2019 1,132,744,205,000 7,298,604,000 0.0064 -4,975,556,000 -0.0044 1.7753 -1.4290 -3.2043 there is a reservation 2020 1,419,528,237,000 20,200,071,000 0.0142 420,263,814 0.0003 1.6334 1.5580 -0.0754 there is a reservation 2021 1,539,808,656,000 29,980,363,000 0.0195 230,124,174,000 0.1494 0.3157 1.0282 0.7125 there is no reservation 2022 1,724,199,578,000 53,154,485,000 0.0308 51,913,122,000 0.0301 0.4724 1.7472 1.2748 there is no reservation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org table 10: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for sumer commercial bank source: prepared by the researcher the table above shows the results of measuring the application of the accounting conservatism policy at sumer bank from 2018 to 2022. the highest degree of application of the policy was in 2019, with a value of -2.9511, while the lowest degree was in 2021, with a value of 0.2614 . table 11: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for assyria international bank source: prepared by the researcher the table above, prepared by the researcher, shows the degree of application of the accounting conservatism policy at assyria bank from 2018 to 2022. the results indicate that the highest degree of application of the policy was in 2021, reaching 0.9287, while the lowest degree was in 2019, reaching 0.0235. table 12: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for the commercial bank of iraq source: prepared by the researcher year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow / profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 409,535,591,000 912,969,000 0.0022 45,205,342,000 0.1104 -0.0233 -0.5971 -0.5737 there is reservation 2019 350,378,452,000 1,008,783,000 0.0029 -58,382,663,000 -0.1666 1.8170 -1.1341 -2.9511 there is reservation 2020 333,165,030,000 1,066,854,000 0.0032 19,591,877,000 0.0588 -1.0675 -1.7714 -0.7039 there is reservation 2021 372,349,319,000 1,122,568,000 0.0030 51,193,173,000 0.1375 -1.4212 -1.6825 -0.2614 there is reservation 2022 327,857,356,000 1,261,166,000 0.0038 -41,370,465,000 -0.1262 1.4587 0.1799 -1.2788 there is reservation year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow/ asses profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism 2018 467,479,690,000 4,735,286,000 0.0101 98,873,748,000 0.2115 -1.7461 -1.3243 0.4218 there is no reservation 2019 424,655,845,000 6,048,969,000 0.0142 -38,334,664,000 -0.0903 -0.0402 -0.0167 0.0235 there is no reservation 2020 473,954,153,000 14,827,792,000 0.0313 25,940,395,000 0.0547 0.0218 0.9205 0.8987 there is no reservation 2021 613,525,839,000 7,620,058,000 0.0124 -16,742,214,000 -0.0273 1.8183 0.8896 -0.9287 there is reservation 2022 779,419,575,000 12,891,219,000 0.0165 -96,505,515,000 -0.1238 1.7754 0.6979 -1.0775 there is reservation year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow / profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 515,535,374,763 -16,798,612,900 -0.0326 -49,700,818,870 -0.0964 0.6151 -0.6543 -1.2693 there is a reservation 2019 604,313,971,998 -2,057,722,269 -0.0034 -1,246,498,000 -0.0021 -1.8263 -0.6163 1.2100 there is no reservation 2020 699,147,651,000 447,941,000 0.0006 112,722,642 0.0002 -1.8009 0.5409 2.3417 there is no reservation 2021 827,259,701,000 1,981,862,000 0.0024 39,375,787,000 0.0476 -1.8725 -1.1069 0.7656 there is no reservation 2022 792,670,153,000 173,368,000 0.0002 3,820,139,000 0.0048 -1.0832 1.9125 2.9957 there is no reservation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org the table above shows that the commercial bank of iraq had the highest degree of implementation of the accounting conservatism policy during the period from 2018 to 2022, with the highest implementation in 2018 at 1.7069. table 13: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for al mansour investment bank source: prepared by the researcher the table shows that the highest level of implementation of the accounting conservatism policy at almansour bank during the period from 2018 to 2022 was in 2018, with a value of -3.4778 . table 14: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for united bank source: prepared by the researcher . the table above shows that the united bank had the highest degree of implementation of the accounting conservatism policy during the period from 2018 to 2022. this implementation was most prominent in the year 2018, with a value of -1.2693 year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow / profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 1,550,293,820,379 21,164,144,077 0.0137 237,478,581,691 0.1532 1.6085 -1.8693 -3.4778 there is reservation 2019 1,461,478,909,568 8,278,258,676 0.0057 -43,045,709,395 -0.0295 -0.9912 0.0197 1.0109 there is no reservation 2020 1,287,419,060,851 7,005,133,190 0.0054 -172,256,096,397 -0.1338 -0.3598 -1.7336 -1.3738 there is a reservation 2021 697,917,429,555 8,117,891,662 0.0116 -553,666,157,437 -0.7933 0.1962 -1.5042 -1.7004 there is a reservation 2022 736,839,536,901 12,651,511,991 0.0172 -73,288,908,768 -0.0995 0.7768 -1.9096 -2.6864 there is a reservation year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow / profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 444,138,292,000 10,833,738,000 0.0244 7,458,094,000 0.0168 0.3694 -1.3375 -1.7069 there is reservation 2019 449,777,104,000 6,532,195,000 0.0145 20,657,195,000 0.0459 -0.0443 -0.9578 -0.9136 there is reservation 2020 616,949,239,000 35,456,553,000 0.0575 88,682,288,000 0.1437 1.7131 1.4415 -0.2716 there is reservation 2021 512,311,665,000 13,009,256,000 0.0254 113,531,163,000 0.2216 1.5720 0.4791 -1.0928 there is reservation 2022 528,983,923,000 11,661,802,000 0.0220 33,585,248,000 0.0635 1.6509 0.6993 -0.9516 there is reservation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org table 15: results of measuring accounting conservatism using earnings skewness for a bank in iraq. source: prepared by the researcher . the table indicates that the highest level of implementation of the accounting conservatism policy at trans-iraq bank during the period from 2013 to 2022 was in 2018, when it reached -2.3405. 3measuring the value of the company second: measuring the company’s value: the company's value is determined using tobin's q equation, which is a ratio calculated by comparing the market value of the company's assets with the cost of replacing the company's assets. tobin's q is calculated by taking the ratio of total assets minus the book value of shares. the equation for measuring the company's value using tobin's q model is as follows: tobin’s q = (total market value + total book value of liabilities) / total book value of assets . when the value of q is greater than 1, it indicates an increase in the company’s value, and if its value is less than 1, it means that the company’s assets are valued higher than their market value, leading to a decrease in the company's value . table 16 measures the company’s vaitalics a scale (𝑻𝒐𝒃𝒊𝒏’𝒔 𝑸) for the banks in the research sample. source: prepared by the researcher it is clear from the above table that: 1. the average value of the company to the credit bank was (0.7201), as the highest value of the company was in the year (2019), which was (0.6270), which was higher than the average of the company, while the lowest value was in the year (2022), which was (0.4752), which was less than the average. company. 2. the average company value for the investment bank was (0.7435), as the highest company value was in the year (2021), which was (0.7107), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2019), which was (0.6355), which was less than average. company. year total assets net income profit/assets operational flow flow / profit skewness factor coefficient of skewness of flows the difference is in twisting accounting conservatism assets 2018 327,734,866,000 6,483,791,000 0.0198 5,216,822,000 0.0159 0.6586 -1.6820 -2.3405 there is a reservation 2019 346,646,881,000 1,323,004,000 0.0038 38,662,509,000 0.1115 -0.7786 -0.6718 0.1068 there is no reservation 2020 341,896,041,000 2,983,064,000 0.0087 -18,807,520,000 -0.0550 0.3917 -0.5937 -0.9855 there is a reservation 2021 376,076,748,000 -2,171,795,000 -0.0058 -71,436,008,000 -0.1900 0.1919 -0.4126 -0.6045 there is a reservation 2022 414,287,314,000 -7,995,070,000 -0.0193 -32,486,504,000 -0.0784 -0.7937 0.6443 1.4380 there is no reservation companies credi t invest ment alahly gulf the middl e east mosul babel baghd ad sumer assyri a iraqi comm ercial almanso ur united via iraq investment 2018 0.560 2 0.6490 0.6669 0.5529 0.7033 0.4405 0.3915 0.8159 0.8932 0.5430 0.6230 0.9066 0.4611 0.7131 2019 0.627 5 0.6355 0.8256 0.5180 0.6281 0.4333 0.4161 0.8164 0.5933 0.5096 0.6511 0.9150 0.5308 0.7578 2020 0.627 0 0.6364 0.9017 0.4807 0.6316 0.3899 0.4308 0.8673 0.5079 0.4614 0.6714 0.8766 0.5983 0.7496 2021 0.578 1 0.7107 0.9899 0.5184 0.6585 0.6914 0.4583 0.9575 0.5450 0.6382 0.6884 0.7703 0.6673 0.9922 2022 0.475 2 0.7132 0.9676 0.5287 0.7049 0.7123 0.4583 0.9865 0.3351 0.7056 0.6188 0.8098 0.6309 1.2344 average 0.720 1 0.7435 0.8363 0.6679 0.7401 0.5777 0.4957 0.9405 0.7467 0.6023 0.6644 0.9202 0.6261 0.8045 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org 3. the average company value for al-ahli bank was (0.8363), as the highest company value was in the year (2021), which was (0.9899), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2018), which was (0.6669), which was less than the average. company. 4. the average company value for gulf bank was (0.6679), as the highest company value was in the year (2018), which was (0.5529), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2020), which was (0.4807), which was less than average. company. 5. the average company value of the middle east bank reached (0.7401), as the highest value of the company was in the year (2022), which was (0.7049), which is higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2019), which was (0.6281), which was less than average company. 6. the average company value for mosul bank reached (0.5777), as the highest value of the company was in the year (2022), which was (0.7123), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2020), which was (0.3899), which was less than average. company. 7. the average company value for babylon bank reached (0.4957), as the highest company value was in the year (2022), which was (0.4583), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2018), which was (0.3915), which was less than average. company 8. the average company value for the bank of baghdad was (0.9405), as the highest value of the company was in the year (2022), which was (0.9865), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2018), which was (0.8159), which was less than average. company. 9. the average company value for sumer bank reached (0.7467), as the highest company value was in the year (2018), which was (0.8932), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2022), which was (0.3351), which was less than the average. company. 10. the average company value for assyria bank was (0.6023), as the highest company value was in the year (2022), which was (0.7056), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2020), which was (0.4614), which was less than the average. company. 11. the average company value for the commercial bank of iraq was (0.6644), as the highest company value was in the year (2013), which was (0.8251), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2015), which was (0.5862), which was less than average company. 12. the average company value for al-mansour bank was (0.9202), as the highest company value was in the year (2013), which was (1.1946), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2021), which was (0.7703), which was less than the average. company. 13. the average company value for united bank reached (0.6261), as the highest value of the company was in the year (2013), which was (0.9447), which was higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2018), which was (0.4611), which was less than the average. company. 14. the average company value for trans-iraq bank was (0.8045), as the highest company value was in the year (2022), which was (1.2344), which is higher than the company’s average, while the lowest value was in the year (2018), which was (0.7131), which was less than average company. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org third: testing and analyzing the relationship between accounting conservatism practices and the company’s value for the banks in the research sample . for the purpose of conducting statistical tests for the third hypothesis of the research, the statistical analysis program spss was used, and the following table shows the descriptive statistics for the research variables . table (17) shows the descriptive statistics for the research variables. descriptive statistics n minimum maximum mean std. deviation accounting conservatism 70 .420 2.07 1.30100 .965735 company value 70 .240 1.930 .48957 .254606 valid n (listwise) 70 we observe from the table above that the number of views is 70. the highest value for accounting conservatism is 2.07 and for the company value is 1.930, while the lowest value for accounting conservatism is 0.420 and for the company value is 0.240. therefore, it is necessary to use simple regression analysis to test the third hypothesis. this can be done through the statistical analysis package spss, as shown in table 18. a. results of regression analysis and testing of the third research hypothesis table (18) shows a summary of the third hypothesis testing model the table (18) indicates that the second correlation coefficient (r) between the two variables is 0.616, and the coefficient of determination (r square) is 0.379. this indicates that 37.9% of the change in the dependent variable (company value) is attributable to changes in the independent variable (accounting conservatism). the remaining percentage is attributed to other factors, demonstrating a clear impact. table (19) shows the analysis of variance for the third hypothesis model summary model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 1 .616a .379 .370 .202075 a. predictors: (constant), accounting conservatism anovab model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 1.696 1 1.696 41.537 .000a residual 2.777 68 .041 total 4.473 69 a. predictors: (constant), accounting conservatism b. dependent variable: company value american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org in table 19, the level of moral significance was recorded as 0.000, which is smaller than the specified and acceptable level of 0.05. this indicates that there is a relationship between the two variables. the calculated f value of 41.537 is greater than its tabulated value of 4.01, which means that the third hypothesis, stating "there is a statistically significant relationship between accounting conservatism and the company’s value for a sample of banks listed on the iraq stock exchange," is supported by the statistical evidence. table (20) shows the coefficients of the regression line function for the third hypothesis coefficientsa model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. b std. error beta 1 (constant) .278 .041 6.837 .000 accounting conservatism .162 .025 .616 6.445 .000 a. dependent variable: company value in table 20, the regression line equation between the two variables is shown as: company value = 0.278 + 0.162 (accounting conservatism) this equation describes the relationship between the two variables the dependent variable (company value) and the independent variable (accounting conservatism) through the factor (b). the fourth axis: the conclusions and the recommendations first: the conclusions the most important results and conclusions can be summarized as follows: 1. there are many methods used as a basis for determining the level of accounting conservatism practiced by companies, and the book value measure of market value is considered one of the most appropriate measures for application by various parties with interests because it is based on transactions available to all parties on the securities commission’s website and stock price trading bulletins available on the website. iraq stock exchange. 2. there is a discrepancy between the banks in the research sample in accounting conservatism practices based on the book value to market value scale, as the results indicated that some banks practiced accounting conservatism while others did not practice sufficiently conservative policies. 3. several measures can be used as guidance to evaluate the performance of companies. this calls for the need to test the extent and suitability of the iraqi environment. the results have proven the suitability of the (tobin’s q) measure to determine the value of the company in the local environment. 4. the results confirmed a statistically significant relationship between the level of accounting conservatism and the company value of the banks in the research sample. second: recommendations in light of the results and conclusions reached, the researcher recommends the following: 1. the management of the iraqi market obliges companies whose shares are listed on it to follow conservative accounting practices while disclosing those practices in their financial reports, and this is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org considered an important condition for listing their shares in the market or continuing to list because this would enhance the ability of those reports to give companies value. companies and rationalize the decisions of interested parties. 2. banks that follow conservative practices should not abandon the application of those practices while striving to achieve a balance between high market value and book value, as high market value means evaluating the bank’s performance positively and reflects efficient performance, while high book value means increasing conservative accounting practices, which it requires application in a way that provides more appropriate information for decision-making and increases the value of the bank. 3. the necessity of disclosing information and indicators that would increase the ability of those interested in companies listed on the iraqi stock exchange to predict more accurately the value of companies in order to make their decisions correctly. 4. the need to pay attention to aspects that help in maximizing the company’s value, including adopting social issues, the amount of interest in intellectual capital, the quality of disclosure of accounting information, and the focus on research and development, as well as adopting international financial reporting standards. 5. conduct more accounting research in this field and in the field of accounting conservatism, which can form the basis for future research, including: a. accounting conservatism and its role in enhancing the quality of accounting information. b. the effect of accounting conservatism in evaluating companies’ performance a comparative study of multiple economic sectors. t. the effect of accounting conservatism in evaluating companies’ performance using other measures of accounting conservatism and to assess performance. -the arab and foreign sources first: arabic sources a. official reports: 1. annual financial reports of the banks as a part of the study. 2. annual reports of the iraqi stock exchange. b. arabic books c. university periodicals and theses. 1.111 .1. iqbal, omar, al-qudah, mamoun, “the impact of the financial crisis on supporting the accounting conservatism policy: a study in jordanian joint-stock industrial companies,” al-najah university journal of research (human sciences), volume 28, issue 4, 2014. 2 .al-jubouri, anmar mohsen hamid, “the practice of accounting conservatism by joint-stock companies and its impact on the economic decisions of users of financial statements,” unpublished master’s thesis, college of administration and economics, university of baghdad, 2014 . 3 .hamdan, allam, “the effect of accounting conservatism on improving the quality of financial reports: an applied study on jordanian joint stock industrial companies,” journal of administrative science studies, university of jordan, volume 38, issue 2, 2011 . 4 .hamdan, allam, “factors affecting the degree of accounting conservatism when preparing financial reports: evidence from jordan,” jordanian journal of business administration, volume 8, issue 1, 2012. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 5 .hamdan, allam, “accounting conservatism and the quality of profits in the bahrain stock exchange,” a study accepted for publication: journal of gulf and arabian peninsula studies, kuwait university, 2010. 6 .al-qadi, hussein, hamdan, mamoun, “accounting theory” (damascus university publications), 2004. 7 .kanduri, ammar muhammad, “a proposed framework to limit the use of the flexibility of international accounting standards in earnings management practices,” unpublished doctoral thesis, college of management and economics, university of baghdad, 2012 . 8 .melegy, magdy melegy abdel hakim, “the impact of ownership structure and board of directors characteristics on accounting conservatism in financial reports: evidence from the egyptian environment,” scientific journal of trade and finance, tanta university, 2014. 9 .youssef, ali, “the impact of establishment structure determinants on conservatism in financial reports: an applied study,” damascus university journal of economic and legal sciences, volume 28, first issue, 2012 . 10. muhammad, muhammad jassim. (2017) “the impact of the components of earnings management according to the kothari el at 2005 model on the value of the company,” published research, al-ghari journal of economic and administrative sciences, volume (14), issue (1). second: the foreign sources: 1 .al-sarraf, hashem haider yousef and auja, hassanein kazem (2023) “the impact of free cash flow on the efficiency of investment decisions and their reflection on the value of the company” 0 master’s thesis, at the college of administration and economics, university of kufa, iraq 2 .al-khafaji, saddam hassan, naguib and wahab, asaad muhammad ali. (2021)0 “the impact of cultural dimensions in the auditor’s report and their reflection on the company’s value.” published research, journal of management and economics, volume (10), issue (37), march 2021 . 3 .al-baghdadi, intisar muhammad jawad and al-hindawi, anwar abbas hadi. (2022) 0 “the effect of working capital on the value of the company.” published research, al-ghari journal of economic and administrative sciences, volume (18), issue (3), 2022 4 .al-hasnawi, mushtaq muhammad raysan and al-tamimi, amal muhammad salman0 (2020)0 “utilizing economic sustainability standards to enhance the company’s value.” published research, journal of management and economics, volume (9), issue (36), 2020 . 5. abdul karim, nawar qais and jassim, muthanna rokan 0 (2022) 0 “the effect of real earnings management on the company’s value” 0 published research, tikrit journal of administrative and economic sciences, volume (18), issue (58), part (1), 2022. 0 references the books: 1kam, v. "accounting theory" 2 th edition, john wiley sons (1990). the journals and theses: 1allam , h.,mohammed . a. and, mahmud, a., “factors influencing the level of accounting conservatism in the financial statemet" international business research, (vol. 4, no 3.) 2011. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org 2ball, r; robin, a and wu, j " incentives versus standards: propertie of accounting income in four east asian countries “, journal of accounting and economics, vol.36, pp.235-270, 2003. 3ball, r. & shivakumar, l. "earnings quality in uk private firms: comparative loss recognition timeliness". journal of accounting and economics, vol.39, no.1, pp.83-128(2005). 4basu, "the conservatism principle and asymmetric timeliness of earnings”, journal of accounting & economics, vol. 24, is. 1, dec, pp .3-37: 1997. 5beaver, w and ryan, s " conditional and unconditional conservatism: concepts and modeling “, review of accounting studies, vol.10, pp.269-309, 2005. 6givoly, d., & hayn, c. "the changing time-series properties of earnings, cash flows and accruals: has financial reporting become more conservative?" journal of accounting and economics, 29, 287320(2000). 7hamdan, a. "the impact of company size, debt contracts, and type of sector on the level of accounting conservatism: an empirical study from bahrain". international journal of business and management, 6(7), 10-21(2011). 8lafond, r and watts, r “the information role of conservatism”, the accounting review, vol.83, 2008, pp.447-478. 9obeidat, m. "the effect of conservatism on the relevance and reliability of accounting information" a doctor degree thesis, amman arab university (2003). 10penman , s and zhang , x " accounting conservatism , the quality of earnings , and stock returns , the accounting review , vol.77 , pp.237-264,2002 . 11pope, p. & walker, m. "ex-ante and ex-post accounting conservatism, asset recognition and asymmetric earnings timeliness". working paper, lancaster university/university of manchester (2003). 12roslind, 2009, "the relationship between corporate governance and conservatism”, www.proquest.umi.com. 13ryan, s. "identifying conditional conservatism. european accounting review", 15(4), 511-525 (2006). 14topin j. &, brainard, william. "financial intermediaries and the effectiveness of monetary controls", american economic review. vol.53, no.2,(1963). 15watts,r., " coservatism in accounting part 11: " evidence and research opprtunities", accounting horizons , (17,4); 287-301,2003b. 16artini, n. p. d., & suardana, k. a. (2021). the effect of profitability on company value with dividend payout ratio as moderation variable. american journal of humanities and social sciences research, 5(4). 17utami, e. s., & hasan, m. (2021). the role of corporate social responsibility on the relationship between financial performance and company value. the journal of asian finance, economics and business, 8(3). http://www.proquest.umi.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org 18sherine, c., wiyanto, h., & budiono, h. (2022, may). the effect of investment decision, funding decision, and profitability on the firm value of consumer goods industry registered in indonesia stock exchange during 2017-2020. in tenth international conference on entrepreneurship and business management 2021 (icebm 2021) atlantis press. 19tulcanaza-prieto, a. b., & lee, y. (2022). real earnings management, firm value, and corporate governance: evidence from the korean market. international journal of financial studies, 10(1), 19. 20qurrotulaini, n., & anwar, s. (2021). pengaruh intellectual capital, tax avoidance dan leverage terhadap nilai perusahaan dengan profitabilitas sebagai variabel intervening. jurnal ilmiah mahasiswa manajemen, bisnis dan akuntansi (jimmba), 3(5), 866-887. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org reforms in the cultural field as the basis of a new spiritual space mamatkulov eldor safarovich doctoral student of termiz state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents opinions on the interrelationship of culture and spirituality, the importance of cultural reforms in creating a new spiritual environment. the main aspects of the reforms implemented in our country regarding the creation of a new spiritual space have been analyzed. culture, spirituality, cultural reforms, dialectics, spiritual culture, the third renaissance. introduction when talking about spirituality, it is impossible to imagine it without cultural processes. because these two concepts are closely related to each other and serve the development of the human being and the socio-economic development of the society. the dialectic of culture and spirituality refers to two aspects of human life. culture includes the values and traditions of the society, and spirituality is inextricably linked with the moral principles and rules of etiquette in the society. the relationship between culture and spirituality is complex and multifaceted, they participate in the formation of each other and influence each other in understanding the world. on the other hand, spirituality can also influence culture. in general, the analysis of the dialectic of culture and spirituality allows us to understand their influence and relationship with each other. by studying these relationships, we gain insights into how culture and spirituality interact in human life. from this point of view, it can be said that the importance of reforms in the cultural sphere in creating a new spiritual space is incomparable. currently, the cultural and educational reforms implemented in our country are of great importance in creating a new spiritual space in new uzbekistan. president shavkat mirziyoyev said: “strengthening the spiritual foundations of our society, developing the cultural sphere, supporting the activities of scientific and creative organizations and our respected intellectuals will be one of our priorities. we must deeply study our ancient and rich history, especially the work of our ancestors who courageously raised the ideas of knowledge, human freedom, people's freedom, love and loyalty to the motherland, and national values in extremely difficult conditions”. discussion in fact, it is important to fundamentally reform the sphere of culture and art, to study the rich spiritual heritage of scholars who have grown up in our country, and thereby to deepen cultural reforms in order american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org to achieve the intended results. the implementation of reforms in the field of spirituality in the following directions is of great importance in raising the spiritual level of society: first, to study the rich spiritual heritage of scholars from our country, especially imam bukhari, imam termizi, imam moturidi, abu ali ibn sina, alisher navai and other scholars on a scientific basis, as well as their exemplary way of life and scientific activity. establishing cooperation with imam termizi, imam bukhari, imam moturidi international scientific research centers, islamic civilization center in uzbekistan in carrying out such researches; secondly, organizing cultural and educational events of a high level in terms of quantity and quality in cooperation with the republican center of spirituality and enlightenment, the writers' union of uzbekistan; thirdly, examples of art that reflect our rich history, national values and traditions: creating movies, songs, videos, platforms; fourth, to protect young people from the influence of various destructive ideas and radical currents under the guise of religion, to organize programs, scientific and innovative projects, contests that express the original ideas of tolerance and humanity of islam. results the fifth priority of the decree “on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026” adopted by the president of the republic of uzbekistan on january 28, 2022 is reforms in the cultural sphere and spiritual is dedicated to the issues of development, and the purpose of this decree, 71, is to turn a healthy worldview and creativity into a national movement in society by widely promoting the idea of “from the strategy of actions to the strategy of development” based on the principle of goodness and humanity. in order to achieve this goal, it is determined that the following reforms should be implemented in the field of economics: implementation of the concept of “new uzbekistan an enlightened society”. that is, fight against ignorance on the basis of enlightenment; to raise the level of legal literacy in society, to pay special attention to the development of legal culture of people, and to organize legal and educational activities in this regard in harmony with the national values, rich past, and religious values of our people; to develop effective, creative and innovative methods of organizing promotional activities and take measures to implement them in time; state support for the preservation, popularization and development of the national values and spiritual heritage of the uzbek people; ensuring the integrity of spiritual and educational education in the family, educational organizations and neighborhoods; preventing the spread of false information by providing timely and unbiased information in the media and social networks. formation of a map of optimization of social and spiritual environment of the region based on the principle of “neighbourhood district region – republic” and wide implementation of modern information and communication technologies in this process. development of scientifically based indicators of evaluation of spiritual education. using interactive teaching methods to transform schools into true centers of spirituality, education and culture. forming the ability to fight against ideological attacks on the basis of the national idea, strengthening the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org cooperation of family, school, neighborhood and ensuring the integrity of spiritual and educational education on this basis. to ensure the implementation of the idea of “new uzbekistan the third renaissance” under the slogan “creators of new uzbekistan are young people”. emphasizing the importance of reforms in the cultural and spiritual spheres for the stability of the state and the well-being of society, our president expressed the following thoughts: “at the current stage of development of new uzbekistan, together with social, economic and political factors, spiritual we are well aware that the reforms implemented in the economic sphere are also important. for us, spirituality is a complex of exemplary qualities, mutual trust, respect and attention between people, noble aspirations to see the future of the nation and the state together. in other words, necessary spirituality is the foundation that determines the content and quality of all political and social relations in society. the stronger this foundation is, the stronger the nation and the state will be”. conclusion in short, the correct organization of reforms in the cultural sphere, the achievement of the dialectic of culture and spirituality in the society, will help the new spiritual space to have a solid foundation and the formation of constructive ideas. references 1. mirziyoev sh.m. new uzbekistan strategy [text] / tashkent: “uzbekistan” publishing house, 2021. 464 p. 2. address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy majlis and the people of uzbekistan// “xalk sozi” newspaper, december 21, 2022, #272 (8334). 3. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026” dated january 28, 2022 no. pf-60//https://lex.uz/ docs/-5841063 4. mamatqulov, e. (2022). taraqqiyot strategiyasi yangi o’zbekistondagi ma’naviy islohotlar asosi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(6), 950-953. 5. mamatqulov, e. (2022). yangi o’zbekistonda ma’naviy makonni yaratish borasidagi asosiy vazifalar. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(9), 402-406. 6. safarovich, m. e. (2023). basic principles of the concept of spiritual space. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 21, 153-156. 7. mamatqulov, e. s. (2023). ma’naviy makon tushunchasining asosiy prinsip va tamoyillari. innovative developments and research in education, 2(20), 167-171. 8. mamatqulov, e. s. (2023). ma’naviy makon va madaniy meros dialektikasi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(8), 342-345. 9. safarovich, m. e. formation of the concept of hedonism and its representation. journalnx, 2122. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org 10. mamatqulov, e. (2023). ma’naviy makonni yaratish jarayonida milliymadaniy meros tushunchasi. namangan davlat universiteti ilmiy axborotnomasi, (7), 290-294. 11. safarovich, m. e. (2023). dialectic of spiritual space and cultural heritage. conferencea, 49-52. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org competency based english teaching and learning husenova kumush bachelor’s degree student of bukhara state university husenovakumush1@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s competency-based education has been gaining popularity as an approach to teaching and learning that focuses on developing skills and knowledge needed to succeed in the real world. english language teaching has also embraced this approach, as it seeks to prepare learners for the challenges of communication in a globalized world. this article discusses the concepts and principles of competency-based english language teaching and learning. competency-based language learning, assessment, learnercantered approach introduction competency-based language teaching (cblt) has gained considerable recognition as an effective approach to language instruction. with a focus on practical language skills and real-world application, cblt offers a comprehensive framework for enhancing english proficiency. in this article, we delve into the principles and benefits of cblt, highlighting how it can empower learners to communicate confidently and effectively in english. competency-based english teaching and learning (cbetl) is an approach that focuses on developing specific skills and knowledge, known as competencies, in english language education. here's an overview of the key aspects of cbetl: competency-based education (cbe):cbetl is rooted in the broader concept of competency-based education. in this approach, learning is centered around clearly defined competencies or learning outcomes. competencies are specific, measurable skills or knowledge that learners are expected to acquire. key principles: clear learning outcomes: cbetl emphasizes the importance of clearly defined and measurable learning outcomes, ensuring that learners know what is expected of them. flexible pace: learners progress through the material at their own pace, focusing on mastering each competency before moving on to the next. individualized learning: cbetl recognizes that learners have different starting points and learning styles. the approach allows for personalized learning paths based on individual needs and abilities. assessment and feedback: assessment in cbetl is frequent and directly tied to the defined competencies. it provides ongoing feedback to learners, helping them understand their strengths and areas for improvement. assessments are often designed to be authentic and reflective of real-world language use. integration of skills: cbetl integrates language skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) within the context of meaningful tasks or projects. learners are encouraged to apply language skills in authentic situations, promoting practical language use. technology integration: technology is often utilized to facilitate cbetl. online platforms and digital tools can provide resources, assessments, and opportunities for interactive learning. lifelong learning focus: cbetl aims to equip learners american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org with skills that are applicable beyond the classroom, emphasizing the development of lifelong learning skills and a continuous improvement mindset. teacher facilitation: teachers in a cbetl environment act as facilitators and guides, supporting learners in their individual journeys rather than following a one-size-fits-all approach. real-world applications: cbetl often incorporates real-world applications of language skills, connecting classroom learning to practical situations learners may encounter in their personal or professional lives. by embracing competency-based english teaching and learning, educators aim to provide a more tailored and relevant english language education experience, ensuring that learners acquire the specific skills and knowledge needed for effective communication in various contexts. what is competencybased language teaching? cblt employs an interactive approach to language learning wherein language is considered as an instrument to attain both personal and social goals. in competency-based education student is in a major role, monitoring their mastery of the target competences and to be able to transfer the skills they develop to a different context. competency-based approach is focuses on learning outcomes, as the driving force of teaching and curriculum. according to professor jack c. richards “cblt is often used in programmes that focus on learners with very specific language needs. in such cases, rather than seeking to teach general english, the specific language skills needed to function in a specific context is the focus”. in this approach main aim is to apply the knowledge in real world situations. key features of competency-based language teaching: 1. a focus on successful functioning in society. the goal is to enable students to become autonomous individuals capable of coping with the demands of the world. 2. a focus on life skills. the students are taught just those language abilities required by the situation or context in which they will function. 3. task or performance–centered orientation. the goal of teaching is what the students can do as a result of instruction. 4. modularized instruction. objectives are broken into narrowly focused sub-objectives so that both teacher and students can get a clear sense of progress and achievement. 5. outcomes that are made explicit a priori. outcomes are obvious for both teacher and students and specified in terms of behavioural objectives so that students know exactly what expected behaviours are required. 6. continuous and ongoing assessment. learning achievements is assessed based on test results that are objectively quantifiable. 7. demonstrated mastery of performance objectives. rather than the traditional paper-and-pencil test, assessment is based on the ability to demonstrate pre-specified and predetermined behaviours. 8. individualized, student-centered instruction. in content, level, and pace, objectives are defined in terms of individual need. instruction is not time-based. students progress at their own rates and concentrate on abilities for which they lack competence. those features characterize implementation of competency-based language teaching. through teaching students in this method, students’ capability of thinking freely can be achieved. because this method is consisted of life skills that let students making decisions themselves. the societies american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org are in need of personnels who are able to approaching critically and creatively. and in this teaching method assessment system is based on real life situations. for example, in language classes it is better to give authentic tasks in order to achieve the specific goal – teachers can give tasks that are related to daily conversations, like shopping, job interviews, and other stuff that help them to communicate easily in speaking part rather than simple instructions which is not intended to help them in real life. this teaching approach focuses on setting clear goals for students and assessing their progress based on specific behaviours. the instruction is broken down into smaller units, allowing both the teacher and students to track their achievements. the desired outcomes are clearly defined from the beginning, and assessment is ongoing and based on objective measures. instead of traditional tests, students demonstrate mastery of predetermined behaviours. the instruction is tailored to individual needs, allowing students to learn at their own pace and concentrate on areas where they need improvement. throughout the unit, the teacher continuously assesses the students’ progress through quizzes and assignments that objectively measure their ability to perform these behaviours. instead of a traditional written test, the final assessment requires students to solve real-world word problems involving fractions, demonstrating their mastery of the skills. the instruction is individualized according to each student’s needs. some students may need more practice with finding common denominators, while others may need extra support in simplifying fractions. the teacher provides additional resources and adjusts the pace of instruction based on each student’s progress. this allows students to focus on areas where they lack competence and progress at their own rate. at the beginning of a course in a competency-based framework the students have to go through an initial assessment, in which the teacher determines the current proficiency level of the individual student. after this the students are grouped on the basis of “their current english proficiency level, their learning pace, their needs, and their social goals for learning english”. furthermore, a course based on cblt is divided into three stages, which the students have to go through in order to successfully finish the course. at stages 1 and 2 the learners deal with twelve competencies which are related to general language development. at stage 3 the students are grouped on the basis of their learning goals and “competencies are defined according to the three syllabus strands of further study, vocational english, and community access”.1 conclusion: competency-based language teaching offers a contemporary and effective approach to language instruction, particularly in the context of english language learning. by prioritizing practical skills, authentic contexts, and personalized learning experiences, cblt empowers learners to develop the language proficiency necessary for effective communication. incorporating cblt principles into english language teaching can contribute to more confident and competent english speakers in an increasingly interconnected world. all in all, this method is one of the most effective tools that can make students more professional in their field. in conclusion, competency-based english teaching and learning (cbetl) represents a dynamic and learner-centric approach that redefines traditional language education. by placing a strong emphasis on clear, measurable learning outcomes and individualized progression, cbetl adapts 1 4. richards, j. c., and rodgers, t. s. 2001. .approaches and methods in language teaching. p.147 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org to the diverse needs and abilities of learners. the integration of technology, real-world applications, and a focus on lifelong learning skills underscores its relevance in preparing individuals for the complexities of modern communication. cbetl not only transforms the role of educators into facilitators but also empowers learners to take ownership of their language development. the flexible pace and ongoing assessment foster a culture of continuous improvement, ensuring that learners master each competency before advancing. this approach acknowledges the uniqueness of each learner and provides a framework that aligns language education with practical, real-world language use. as education continues to evolve, competency-based english teaching and learning stands as a forward-looking methodology that aligns with the demands of the 21st century. its adaptability, focus on practical skills, and commitment to personalized learning paths position cbetl as a valuable framework for equipping individuals with the language competencies needed for success in both academic and professional pursuits. references: 1. akramovna, tohirova umida. "alisher navoiyning “lison ut-tayr” asari mazmuni." so ‘ngi ilmiy tadqiqotlar nazariyasi 6.12 (2023): 246-252. 2. "jahon adabiyotida ilmiy-fantastika janri va yo’nalishlari." the journal of integrated education and research (2023): 112. 3. rakhimov, m. (2024). korpus lingvistikasi taraqqiyoti va o’zbek tilshunosligida korpus tahlil asoslari. center for scientific publications (buxdu.uz), 45(45). retrieved from https://methodsinelt.wordpress.com/communicative-language-teaching-clt/b-the-teachingimplementation-brances-of-clt/b-the-teaching-implementation/competency-based-languageteaching/ 4. richards, j. c., and rodgers, t. s. 2001. .approaches and methods in language teaching. cambridge: cup. 5. slimane boukhentache. 2020. teaching language skills in competency-based approach: practical guidelines. 6. sharipov s.sh. 2023 competence-based approach in teaching foreign languages. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org staffing issue in cinema and theater field ochilova k. i. researcher of the institute of karshi engineering-economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the issue of personnel in the field of cinema and theater in the republic of uzbekistan during the years of independence. based on scientific data, the author studied and analyzed specific aspects of personnel issues in the field of cinema and theater based on available literature. cinema, theater, art, culture, personnel. introduction in independent uzbekistan, the formation of an excellent system of personnel training based on the rich intellectual heritage of the people and universal values, on the basis of the achievements of modern culture, economy, science, technology and technology was one of the important conditions of development. the state policy on personnel training was directed to the formation of a new generation of personnel with modern thinking, the ability to independently set goals in social and political life, and the ability to promote and solve future tasks. during the years of independence, theater art was considered as a means of national pride and education. raising the theater art to a new level, strengthening its material and technical base, increasing its importance in promoting national and universal values took place among the urgent issues. along with the institutions under the ministry of culture, special attention was paid to the development of theaters. decrees of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, decisions of the cabinet of ministers adopted for this purpose served as an important basis for determining the perspective of theater art. in particular, in the decision of the cabinet of ministers under the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the status of state theaters and concert organizations of the republic of uzbekistan" adopted on january 13, 1992, "improving the management structure of theater and concert activities in the republic, theater-spectacle transfer of institutions to the system of contractual (agreement) relations, further development of promotion of the best examples of uzbek national and world theater and music, improvement of musical-aesthetic education and cultural services to the population. main part: in 1993, by the order of the ministry of culture of the republic of uzbekistan, in order to determine the number of specialists in the field of culture, to formulate a personnel policy, to provide a theoretical and conceptual basis for the issue of specialists admitted to higher and secondary educational institutions, the ministry "defining the prospect, methodology and information republican center" was established[1]. planning the construction of educational institutions, determining their financial support, and allocating necessary funds were also assigned to the main tasks of the center. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org on october 20, 1995, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures for the further development of theater and music in uzbekistan" and the cabinet of ministers' decree of october 28, 1995 in order to ensure the implementation of this decree the decision has been announced. in these documents, special attention was paid to the issues of improving the material condition of stage workers and encouraging their work. in 1997, 45 young specialists from the surkhandarya region graduated from higher and secondary specialized educational institutions in the field of culture and art, and they were employed. in addition, 28 managers and specialists working in the cultural institutions of the region received training at the tashkent state institute of culture named after abdulla qadiri, the tashkent state art institute named after mannon uygur, and the tashkent state conservatories named after mukhtar ashrafiy. by 1999, the number of qualified staff was 70[2]. in the development of theaters in accordance with the requirements of the new era, their material and technical condition, repair of their buildings became among the urgent issues. in 1999, the uzbek academic russian drama theater, and in 2001, the uzbek state academic drama theater was reconstructed and renovated. despite the difficulties of the transition period, the network of puppet theaters has expanded in recent years. for example, new puppet theaters were established in fergana and khorezm regions in 1993, kashkadarya region in 1994, and surkhandarya region in 2001. in 2007, in order to increase the prestige of the tashkent state art institute named after mannon uyghur as the main educational institution in the republic that prepares qualified specialists in theater art, cinema, television and other fields of art, it was named the state art institute of uzbekistan. changed to the institute [3]. in order to expand and improve the film education system, it is necessary to establish close cooperation between educational institutions and "uzbekkino" national academy of sciences, and to strengthen the material and technical base. in this regard, it is necessary to establish educational bases, as well as creativity, to establish relations with similar educational institutions in the cis countries, europe and asia. the professors and teachers of the department conduct classes for undergraduate students in the following subjects: "directing (film, television and radio)", "acting art", "fundamentals of directing and film dramaturgy", "practice of film adaptation", "directing television and radio compositions", "graphics in film and television", "analysis of film and radio works", "fundamentals of film and radio directing", "television practice and film dramaturgy", "graphic basics of animated film", "fundamentals of installation", "television and radio directing", "screen art scenography" for graduate students. subjects such as "methodology of teaching special subjects", "fundamentals of theater, film and television directing", "directing screen drama", "modern film process" are taught using modern pedagogical technologies and the latest multimedia tools. all practical classes of the directing department are held in the fully equipped "film, television and radio" (editing, cinematography, etc.) pavilions for photography, film and television. today, students of the department of "film, television and radio directing" can effectively shoot, edit and dubbing their course and diploma films, and often present their work at various republican and international film forums and festivals. are participating successfully. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org research and results: within the framework of the institute, work with young specialists has been established. also, in order to strengthen the scientific potential of the faculty's professors and teachers, scientific-methodological seminars, roundtable discussions with famous scientists and specialists are organized, scientific lectures are listened to and modern interactive methods of education are discussed and studied. a center for retraining and professional development of pedagogic personnel is operating under the institute. the purpose of the center is to retrain and improve the skills of pedagogues of secondary and higher educational institutions in the field of art and culture. in the educational programs of theater majors, man-made art and art history include audiovisual art subjects: "fundamentals of cinema", "history of uzbek cinema", "history of world cinema ", "film theory", "history and theory of documentary film", "history" and theory of animation", "features of television directing", "directing feature films", "fundamentals of film editing", "television and tvr journalism theory". from the beginning of the 2016-2017 academic year, a new specialty "film studies" was registered. also, educational programs and training manuals for this direction have been approved. cinematography courses are conducted at the department of foreign languages and international journalism at tashkent university. at the national institute of painting and design named after k. behzod under the academy of arts of uzbekistan, on the basis of the department of theater decoration, specialists are trained for the film industry in the following areas[4]: "artistic decision of cinema and television films", "cartoons and computer animation ". the largest higher educational institution in the field of film industry is the state institute of art and culture of uzbekistan. for many years (until 2012), this institute was the main educational institution for training film actors under the faculty of "dramatic theater and film actor". the department of "television directing" was opened at the art institute (the specialty was officially approved in 1993). since 1991, the institute has been training specialists in film and television camera work. leading film and television masters work in the departments of the faculty of technological arts. currently, the institute is preparing bachelor's and master's degrees in the fields of film and television operator, television and radio directing, sound engineering for film, television, radio and theater productions, cinematography. graduates of these departments are successfully working in private film studios, as well as in state film studios "uzbekfilm", in the studio of republican science-popular and documentary films, in the republican film distribution system, and on state and private tv channels of our country. in 2004, the institute became the initiator of the central asian youth film festival "creative flight" [5]. discussion: from january 1, 2019, the quota system was introduced in uzbekistan. screening of local feature films in the cinemas of our country: regardless of the form of ownership at least two full-length films per day, and from 2021 at least 25% of the monthly screen time, 40% on holidays for the screening of feature films a distinctive feature of film education in uzbekistan is the existence of two educational systems the traditional "master-apprentice" educational system and the european classical system. their harmonious coexistence contributes to the formation of a full-fledged society. the morphological american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org landscape of the modern national artistic culture of uzbekistan is the "ustoz-shagird" system (teacherstudent), which has centuries-old traditions and is based on the principles of continuity in the forms of compact, individual training of a group of students. both segments are widely used in the state art education system at all stages of education in accordance with their adapted and modernized forms. in addition to formal film education systems, it is necessary to develop informal methods seminars, master classes for young directors, cameramen, art managers in the field of cinema and cinema. in order to expand and improve the system of film education, close cooperation of educational institutions with the national television and radio company "uzbekkino" and the national television and radio company is necessary [6]. uzbekistan (mtrk), strengthening the material and technical base of education in this regard, establishing special laboratories for photography and production, installation of all technical equipment for creative seminars, creative cooperation with educational institutions of the cis, european and asian countries should establish relations. to strengthen this segment, it is also important to hold international exchanges and seminars, develop international projects to attract grants. it is also important to teach english as a requirement for all art programs so that the young generation can develop joint projects in the long term. it is desirable to develop a master's program in uzbekistan with other universities and institutes of central asia. the decree of the first president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the development of the theater art of uzbekistan" (march 26, 1998) was announced. according to the decree, "to study, enrich and promote the traditions of performing arts that have been living in uzbekistan for centuries, to develop theater art in all aspects, to further strengthen its material and technical basis, to create an artistic complex that glorifies national and universal values. creating stage works, improving the special education system in accordance with the requirements of the time, fully satisfying the need for highly qualified personnel" was shown. this document specifies the duties of the ministry of culture in this direction. based on this decree, the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan on the establishment of the creative production association "uzbekteatr" was announced. it shows the establishment of the creative-production association "uzbekteatr" and the union of theater artists under it on the basis of theater organizations of the ministry of culture and the union of theater actors of uzbekistan. voluntarily unites all state theaters, theater-studios, people's theater groups and other relevant organizations", the scope of the association was clearly indicated [7]. in addition, the organization of the "artmadad" fund under the association "uzbekteatr", together with the relevant ministries and organizations, to raise the teaching method to the level of world standards, to repair theater buildings, and to pay wages tasks of developing new tariff standards were also noted. the establishment of a separate center for the purpose of retraining and improving the qualifications of pedagogic staff of secondary and higher educational institutions in the field of art and culture served to improve the qualifications and use of modern work methods of the employees working in the field. conclusion: the establishment of new higher educational institutions was a positive event in the training of highly educated specialists. the use of contractual methods in the educational system served as an economic factor in solving the problems of personnel training to a certain extent. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. ushbu markaz madaniyat vazirligining 1993 yil 10 fevraldaga qaroriga asosan tashkil qilingan. qarang: o‘zma. fond m-7. 1-ro‘yxat, 50-ish, 76-varaq. 2. o‘zma. fond m-7. 1-ro‘yxat, 653-ish, 42-varaq. 3. o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining “mannon uyg‘ur nomidagi toshkent davlat san’at institutining nomini o‘zgartirish to‘g‘risida”gi 157-sonli qarori. 26.07.2007. qarang: http://www.lex.uz/docs/1549593 4. o‘zbekiston badiiy akademiyasi qoshidagi k.behzod nomidagi milliy rassomlik va dizayn instituti joriy arxiv materiallari. 2022-yil iyun. 5. “o‘zbekfilm” davlat kinostudiyasining joriy arxiv materiallari. 2022-yil iyun. 6. “oʻzbekkino” milliy teleradiokompaniyasining 2020-yil yakuni bo’yicha hisobot materiallari. 7. afsuski, "o‘zbekteatr” ijodiy-ishlab chiqarish birlashmasi o‘z maqsad va vazifalarini to‘liq bajarmadi, yangi davr talablariga javob bera olmadi. 2017 yil 15 fevralda qabul qilingan o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining "madaniyat va sport sohasida boshqaruv tizimini yanada takomillashtirish chora-tadbirlari to‘g‘risida”gi qaroriga binoan birlashma faoliyati tugatildi va davlat teatrlari faoliyatini muvofiqlashtirish o‘zbekiston respublikasi madaniyat vazirligi “teatrlarni rivojlantirish boshqarmasi” ga yuklandi. http://www.lex.uz/docs/1549593 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org coping strategies for adaptation to a foreign cultural environment m.m. nasimjanova international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the topical issue of adaptation to a foreign cultural environment and the connection between the success of adaptation and the use of various coping strategies: it summarizes theoretical provisions on the adaptation process, the concepts of "stress" and "coping strategies". it describes various approaches to adaptation as a stressful situation and the classification of coping strategies. the processes of coping and adaptation necessary for a comprehensive analysis of the situation of a person's stay in a new culture are considered. the connection between the choice of the type of coping strategy (cognitive, emotional or behavioral) and the use of certain acculturation strategies is shown. it is emphasized that successful adaptation requires social and psychological work with the processes and phenomena that determine the use of effective coping strategies. adaptation, stress, coping behavior, coping. introduction stress can be called any event that disrupts the interaction of a person with the environment. for us, the most interesting interpretation of stress is that of transactional analysis, i.e. the process of continuous interaction between a person and the surrounding world. within the framework of this approach, a. baum defines stress as a negative experience accompanied by the corresponding emotional, biochemical, physiological, cognitive and behavioral adaptation of the individual [1]. the model proposed by r. lazarus identifies the following stages of this process: awareness of a stressful event and assessment of one's ability to overcome the negative impact of this event; the emergence of stress-related emotions and cognitive processes in a person; the implementation of certain actions aimed at adaptation and overcoming the situation (coping). thus, we consider stress as a dynamic process, the interaction of a person and the environment [2]. in connection with the consideration of the concept of "stress", such a concept as "coping" is important. coping is an individual way of a person's interaction with a situation in accordance with the logic of the situation, its significance for the person and his psychological characteristics and capabilities. r. lazarus and s. folkman were the first to use the concept of "coping" in the framework of stress psychology. they define this concept as behavioral and cognitive efforts to influence external or internal demands that the subject evaluates as exceeding the resources of the individual. the fundamental function of coping, therefore, is to alleviate the subjective discomfort that an individual american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org experiences in a stressful situation. the authors identify two directions for overcoming stress: solving the problem and changing one's own attitudes towards the situation. a. billings and r. moose distinguish three ways of coping: assessment of the situation, intervention in the situation and avoidance. based on these classifications, the taxonomy of coping strategies by m. perret and m. reichart was also created. these authors propose the following types of coping strategies: coping focused on the situation: active influence; escape (withdrawal); passivity; coping focused on representation: information search; "suppression of information"; coping aimed at changing volitional orientation or assessment: reassessment of the situation; change of intentions/goals [2]. in answering the question of whether a person always reacts the same way in different stressful situations, we approach such a concept as “stress coping styles” or “coping behavior strategies”. at the beginning of the development of the problematic of coping behavior, it was assumed that it is practically impossible to predict the use of certain coping strategies by an individual based on personal characteristics. this was explained by the fact that a person resorts to coping in stressful, extreme situations that differ from everyday life, and, accordingly, it is situational factors that have the greatest influence on the choice of a coping strategy, and not established stable preferences for the use of certain strategies. however, researchers do not deny the possibility of the presence of some relatively stable coping styles in people, manifested in human behavior in stressful situations quite stably. thus, if we are talking about predicting global results, and not about human behavior in a specific situation, we can turn to the study of the stylistic features of coping. intercultural adaptation, as defined by t.g. stefanenko, is “…a complex process, in the case of successful completion of which a person achieves conformity (compatibility) with a new cultural environment” [3, p. 332]. the criteria for the effectiveness of coping are associated with the mental well-being of the subject. effective coping is characterized by a decrease in a person’s anxiety, a change in psychosomatic symptoms and irritability, and relief from depression [3]. as we can see, these states also describe the state of a person’s psychological adaptation in a new culture. accordingly, successful coping in a situation of a new culture can be correlated with successful adaptation. in his works, k. ward divides adaptation to a new cultural environment into two types: psychological and socio-cultural. “psychological adaptation is mainly based on affective reactions associated with feelings of well-being or satisfaction in the process of cross-cultural movement. “socio-cultural adaptation refers to the area of behavior and determines the ability to “match” or effectively interact with a new cultural environment” [4, p. 661]. the processes of intercultural adaptation have been studied by many scientists. various schemes have been developed, using which researchers have tried to determine and explain the mechanisms of this process, its structure, stages, and criteria for assessing successful or unsuccessful adaptation. among the models of successful adaptation, we can highlight those in which adaptation is considered as stress. m. hammer, v.b. gudikunst and r.l. weissman, for example, developed a three-factor model of adaptation, in which they took into account: 1. the ability to overcome psychological stress; 2. the ability to communicate effectively; 3. the ability to establish interpersonal relationships [4]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org one of the theoretical approaches to the adaptation process is based on the “stress – coping – adaptation” scheme, in which a person achieves conformity with culture as a result of going through a difficult process of coping with the stress of being in a new culture [5]. in connection with the consideration of the adaptation situation as stressful, the concept of “acculturation stress” is introduced, which is associated with a person’s reaction to changing life circumstances, when the roots of these changes lie in entering into intercultural interaction. as symptoms of acculturation stress, j. berry identifies an increase in the level of depression (which is associated with a feeling of separation from one's culture) and anxiety (which is associated with insecurity, a situation of uncertainty, which characterizes staying in a new culture) [5]. the concept of acculturation stress is based on the concept of cultural shock introduced by k. oberg. however, we need to differentiate these concepts: the concept of "acculturation stress" is more preferable due to the fact that the phenomenon of shock carries exclusively negative consequences of encountering a new cultural environment. when we talk about "acculturation stress", this concept also includes the possibility of a favorable outcome, the use of coping behavior and, accordingly, overcoming stress, getting out of a stressful situation with a positive result [5]. integration (each of the interacting groups retains its culture, but at the same time they establish close contacts with each other); assimilation (the group loses its culture, but maintains contacts with another culture); separatism (the group retains its culture, refuses contacts with another group); marginalization (the group loses its culture, but does not establish close contacts with another culture) [5]. in studies of acculturation stress, it was found that these acculturation strategies used by migrants are associated with coping strategies. thus, p. schmitz showed that the acculturation strategy of “integration” positively correlates with problem-oriented coping; the use of the “separatism” strategy by a migrant is positively associated with an orientation toward emotions and an avoidance strategy, and the adaptation strategy of “assimilation” positively correlates with problem-oriented coping and coping oriented toward emotions [5]. thus, coping in general helps a person to adapt as best as possible to the demands of a situation, to extinguish the stressful effect of a situation. when considering the process of adaptation to a foreign cultural environment as a special situation in which a person needs to meet its requirements, we can talk about coping (i.e., an overcoming strategy) in the process of adaptation to a new culture. therefore, we can say that a joint consideration of such processes as coping and adaptation is necessary for a comprehensive analysis of the situation of a person’s stay in a new culture, as well as for facilitating the process of adaptation to a foreign cultural environment. references 1. taylor sh. e., stanton a.l. coping resources, coping processes, and mental health // the annual review of clinical psychology. 2007. № 3. p. 337–401. 2. vasserman l.i., ababkov v.a., trifonova e.a. sovladanie so stressom. teoriia i psikhodiagnostika [coping with stress. theory and psychological testing]. st-petersburg: rech', 2010. 192 p. 3. stefanenko t.g. etnopsikhologiia: uchebnik [ethnopsychology: textbook]. moscow: aspekt press, 2006. 368 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org 4. uord k. azbuka akkul'turatsii [the abcs of acculturation]. psikhologiia i kul'tura [psychology and culture]. pod red. d. matsumoto. moscow: piter, 2003. p.656–696. 5. berry j.w. stress perspectives on acculturation. acculturation psychology. / ed. by d.l. sam, j.w. berry. cambridge: cambridge university press, 2006. p. 43–57. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org comparative analysis of russian and uzbek proverbs and sayings фатхуллаходжаев махмуд зикруллаевич, преподаватель кафедры русского языка и методики преподавания. ташкентский государственный университет мировых языков a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this work is a comparative analysis of russian and uzbek proverbs and sayings in order to identify their similarities and differences in content, structure and functional purpose. using the comparative method, the study is based on the analysis of the themes, form and structure of expressions, as well as their functional purpose in the context of cultural traditions and values. the results obtained allow for a deeper understanding of the unique features and common features of the russian and uzbek cultures, as well as their influence on the formation of the worldview and identity of each nation. proverbs and sayings, russian culture, uzbek culture, comparative analysis, themes of proverbs, form and structure of expressions, functional purpose, comparative method, cultural differences, cultural heritage. introduction proverbs and sayings are not only simple phrases that convey folk wisdom, but also keys to understanding the cultural heritage of each nation. they reflect the moral, ethical, social and cultural norms of society, preserving and passing on the wealth of experience of ancestors through generations. the russian and uzbek languages, as sources of centuries-old traditions and values, have an extensive fund of proverbs and sayings that reflect their unique cultural features. in this work, we will focus on a comparative analysis of russian and uzbek proverbs and sayings. the purpose of the study is to identify similarities and differences in the content, structure and functional purpose of these expressions. to achieve this goal, we use the comparative method, which allows us to analyze the cultural expressions of two different peoples. this study is not only of academic interest, but also of practical importance. understanding the features of proverbs and sayings of different cultures contributes to the strengthening of intercultural dialogue, mutual understanding and rapprochement of peoples. in addition, it helps to preserve and pass on the values and traditions of each nation for future generations. methodology: to conduct a comparative analysis of russian and uzbek proverbs and sayings, we use the comparative method, which allows us to systematize and compare expressions from two different cultural contexts. the use of a comparative approach makes it possible to identify both common features and unique features of each culture. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org 1. material selection: russian and uzbek proverbs and sayings were selected for the study from various sources, including folklore collections, literary works, internet resources, as well as the opinions of native speakers. 2. data collection: we analyzed an extensive collection of proverbs and sayings from both cultures, giving preference to expressions that most vividly and accurately reflect the characteristics of the mentality and cultural context of each nation. 3. classification and comparative analysis: proverbs and sayings were classified according to their theme, form and structure, as well as their functional purpose. we then conducted a comparative analysis, identifying the similarities and differences between the expressions of each culture. 4. interpretation of the results: the data obtained were interpreted taking into account the historical, socio-cultural and linguistic context of each culture. we paid attention to what values, traditions and customs are reflected in proverbs and sayings, as well as what features of the structure and form of expressions are characteristic of each culture. 5. conclusions: based on the comparative analysis, we will draw conclusions about the similarities and differences between russian and uzbek proverbs and sayings, as well as about their role in the formation of the cultural identity of each nation. similarities and differences: theme: 1. family and relationships: proverbs and sayings of both cultures often contain expressions dedicated to family relationships, kinship ties and relationships between people. for example, the russian proverb "the family is a thousand lights, and the lonely is dark" emphasizes the importance of the family in a person's life. similarly, the uzbek proverb "bir-birini chung, bir-birini tutish" ("learn from each other, help each other") focuses on mutual assistance and solidarity in the family. 2. work and skill: both cultures express respect for work and skill through proverbs and sayings. the russian proverb "patience and work will grind everything down" emphasizes the importance of hard work and perseverance. in uzbek culture, for example, they say "asli tun, asli hardo dod" ("each fruit requires its time"), which also emphasizes the need for hard work and perseverance. 3. wisdom and experience: proverbs and sayings of both cultures convey the wisdom and experience of ancestors, being a source of instruction and advice. for example, the russian proverb "mind is an indestructible fortress" emphasizes the value of knowledge and wisdom. in uzbek culture, the expression "akl bilganda meshet zhigar" ("when the mind is enlightened, patience becomes great") also asserts the importance of skill and wisdom in decision-making. 4. nature and the world around us: both cultures express their views on nature and the world around them through proverbs and sayings. for example, the russian proverb "take care of your new clothes, and honor when you are young" emphasizes the importance of taking care of your values. in uzbek american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org culture, the proverb "тўғri suv ostidagi kokim aida, ogir oltin ostidagi kokim yokda" ("the water in the river is cool, and the gold in the mountains is hot") reflects attention to natural phenomena and their impact on people's lives. thus, the themes of proverbs and sayings of russian and uzbek cultures cover a wide range of important aspects of life, reflecting the basic values and attitudes of each nation. shape and structure: 1. comparisons and metaphors: russian proverbs and sayings often use similes and metaphors to convey their meaning. for example, the expression "a bird is seen by its flight" figuratively expresses the idea that a person's character and intentions become clear only in the process of action. 2. allegories and images: russian proverbs often contain allegories and images that help to remember the expression and enhance its effect. for example, the proverb "you can't catch a fish out of a pond without difficulty" uses the image of catching a fish to convey the idea of the need for effort to achieve a goal. 3. simplicity and brevity: in uzbek proverbs and sayings, you can often observe simplicity and brevity of expressions. they usually consist of several words or phrases and do not contain excessive description or explanation. 4. repetition and parallelism: in both cultures, there are expressions that use repetition and parallelism to create a rhythmic and memorable effect. for example, in the uzbek proverb "bashidan uchud ishlat, ozdan uchud top" ("learn from other people's mistakes, find your own") there is a repetition of the word "uchud" to emphasize the importance of this action. thus, the form and structure of proverbs and sayings reflect the peculiarities of the language and culture of each nation, giving the expressions their own characteristic style and emotional coloring. functional purpose: 1. transmission of wisdom and experience: the main function of proverbs and sayings in both cultures is to transmit the wisdom, moral lessons, and experiences of ancestors to the next generations. they serve as a source of instruction and advice, helping people of different ages and statuses in their daily lives. 2. formation of moral values: proverbs and sayings play an important role in the formation of moral values and norms of behavior in society. they help to strengthen respect for family, work, kindness, honesty and other virtues, contributing to the development of ethical consciousness and self-regulation. 3. creating unity in society: proverbs and sayings contribute to the formation of unity in society, as they are a common heritage and a symbol of cultural unity. they serve as a kind of language that unites people of different generations and social groups around common values and attitudes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 4. use in education and upbringing: proverbs and sayings are widely used for educational and educational purposes to develop the linguistic and cultural competencies of students, as well as to form their worldview and value orientations. 5. preservation of cultural heritage: proverbs and sayings are an important part of the cultural heritage of every nation. their preservation and transmission from generation to generation contributes to the preservation and strengthening of cultural identity, as well as the preservation of the unique features of the language and way of life of each nation. thus, the functional purpose of proverbs and sayings extends far beyond the simple transfer of wisdom and experience, playing an important role in the formation of the individual and society as a whole. conclusion: the study of comparative analytics of russian and uzbek proverbs and sayings allowed us to better understand the cultural characteristics and values of each nation. although russian and uzbek cultures have their own unique characteristics, the proverbs and sayings of both cultures express common universal truths about human life. in the course of our research, we found that the themes of proverbs and sayings of both cultures cover a wide range of aspects of life, including family, work, wisdom and nature. they serve as an important means of transmitting wisdom, building moral values and creating unity in society. the form and structure of proverbs and sayings also have their own characteristics. russian expressions often use similes, metaphors, and allegories, while uzbek expressions can be more straightforward and simple. however, both cultures value brevity and clarity of expression, making proverbs and sayings memorable and effective means of communication. the functional purpose of proverbs and sayings extends from the transmission of wisdom and the formation of moral values to the creation of unity in society and the preservation of cultural heritage. they play an important role in education and upbringing, as well as in maintaining and developing the cultural identity of each nation. thus, proverbs and sayings are not only simple phrases, but also keys to understanding the cultural heritage and identity of each people. their study and preservation are important tasks that contribute to the strengthening of intercultural dialogue, mutual understanding and rapprochement of peoples. references: 1. propp, vladimir. "morphology of the folk tale". university of texas press, 2010. 2. turdiyeva n. y., umarogli y. the bible's viewpoint – 2023. – с. 11-17. 3. yakubovna t. n., normominovna e. z. verbalization of gluttonik conceptrelias in literary texts //epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr). – 2023. – т. 9. – №. 5. – с. 394-398. 4. abdullaev, sh. "uzbek folk wisdom: proverbs and sayings". tashkent, 2008. 5. yokubovna t. n. characteristics of lexicon units in the field of information technology &science and innovation. – 2023. – т. 2. – no. special issue 10. – с. 389-392. 6. lily yokubovna turdiyeva. the relationship between language and culture. foreign philology. – 2022. – c. 64-68. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org 7. afanasyev, alexander. "russian folk tales". random house publishing group, 2016. 8. nilufar yokubovna turdiyeva. таржимага ўргатиш методикаси масалалари. actual problems of theory and practice of translation: innovations, perspectives and ways of their realization. – 2022. – c. 9-12. 9. lily yokubovna turdiyeva. the concept of stereotypes in linguistics. materials of the international scientific and practical conference of foreign language education linguistics and innovations. 2022. – c. 219-220. 10. lurie, s. "russian folk wisdom: proverbs and sayings". moscow, 2005. 11. lily yokubovna turdiyeva. the concept of translator competence and the teaching of professional translation. global and national values along great silk road: language, education and culture. 2021. – c. 451-453. 12. dundes, alan. "folklore matters". university of tennessee press, 2012. 13. nilufar yokubovna turdiyeva. "макон" концептининг отлар воситасида вербаллашуви. intercultural communication through the prism of tourism in uzbekistan: experience, current issues and perspectives. 2019. – c. 100-102. 14. nilufar yokubovna turdiyeva. tarjima jararayanini urganishda tarjima modellarining yaratilishi tarjimashunoslikning tadqiqot metody sifatida. foreign philology: language, literature, education. – 2018. – c. 33-38. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org clinical-diagnostic specificity of the course of coronavirus infection in patients vaccinated against covid-19 ahrarova azizakhan rahmatullayevna tashkent pediatric medical institute department name infectious diseases, infectious diseases of children, phthisia and 3-year basic doctoral student of the department of pulmonology khudoyberdiyeva charos kurdashevna tashkent institute of pediatric medicine infectious diseases, children's infectious diseases, phthisia and 3rd year doctoral student of pulmonology department ismoilova aziza kamoliddinovna infectious disease doctor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s covid-19 is a physical illness associated with the outbreak of a coronavirus known as the wuhan denovirus in wuhan in december 2019. this virus is also called sars-cov-2. in the world, the disease of covid19 has created great problems in the field of security and public health, and its clinical and diagnostic methods have become very important. introduction clinical signs and imaging process the disease of covid-19 is distinguished by having symptoms that manifest themselves in clinical pictures. in some, the virus infection does not show itself, so laboratory tests are very important for the diagnosis of coronavirus infection. in other cases, patients may develop clinical symptoms. the most common clinical symptoms of covid-19 may include: increased physical temperature: the temperature of the patient is higher than 38 degrees. wheezing on the face and difficulty in breathing in the open road: many people experience difficulty breathing and wheezing when they are infected with the coronavirus. treatment in breakthroughs: the patient may experience pain, headache, physical illness and pain in breakthroughs. lounging, kissing, blocking, and growing: covid-19 can make it difficult to lounging, kissing, blocking, growing, unloading equipment, and other activities. relief and kissing in the passageways: patient may experience relief and kissing in the passageways. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org clinical and diagnostic methods there are two main clinical-diagnostic methods for diagnosing covid-19: pcr tests: polymerase chain reaction (pcr) tests are used to detect the genetic material of the sarscov-2 virus. these tests detect the genetic material of the virus, usually in samples taken from the respiratory tract and alimentary canal. antigen tests: antigen tests are used to detect the proteins of the virus. these tests provide quick and easy results, but may be less accurate than pcr tests. these tests are widely used for rapid diagnosis. the article provides more detailed information about clinical and diagnostic methods. the following basic tests are used to diagnose covid-19: pcr tests (polymerase chain reaction): these tests are used to detect the genetic material of the virus, namely rna. through pcr tests, the genetic material of the virus taken from the laboratory's respiratory tract, sputum, or other samples is established and provides information about the current infection of the virus. pcr tests are considered very reliable tests because the results obtained from them are highly accurate and reliable. pcr tests show the current of the virus at any time or at the time of infection. antigen tests: antigen tests are used to detect the proteins of the virus. they provide rapid results and are used in the diagnosis of infection, compared to pcr tests. antigen tests can be based on samples taken from the respiratory tract or the alimentary canal. antibody tests: antibody tests are used to detect antibodies against the virus in the patient's blood. these tests are related to antibodies that are formed after infection and indicate immune reactions during the infection. antibody tests can be obtained from a patient's blood sample. clinical-diagnostic methods are very important in determining the current infection of the virus and the current status at the time of infection. their combined use is highly reliable in determining the results. however, it is strongly recommended that a medical professional assist in performing diagnostic tests or interpreting results. it allows to understand the clinical symptoms of the disease of covid-19 and make a diagnosis of the virus through laboratory tests. as a result, reliable and effective methods will be available to manage disease detection, distribution and treatment processes. diagnostic tests and the results obtained from them are also important for epidemiological surveillance and defining strategies related to the spread of the virus. immunization (vaccination) against coronavirus infection is also important. vaccines help to create antibodies against the anti-joint parties of the virus and reduce the spread of the disease. vaccination talks and new research will also be reported, as well as developments in the field of vaccination. scientific research and news related to coronavirus infection and its diagnosis, treatment, and immunization are evolving. during this process, a new ma sorry, i could not give you details about the clinical and diagnostic methods. each of them is a unique method with indications, advantages and limitations. depending on your request, i will provide more detailed information about the main clinical and diagnostic methods used in the diagnosis of the disease of covid-19. pcr test (polymerase chain reaction): pcr test (polymerase chain reaction) is used to detect the genetic material of the virus, i.e. rna. these tests amplify (amplify) the genetic material of the virus in a sample given to the laboratory and provide information about its current infection. pcr tests have a very high level of structural accuracy and provide fast results. they can also determine the current status of the virus at the time of infection. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org antigen test: antigen tests are used to detect specific proteins of the virus. they give quick and easy results. antigen tests are performed with breath samples, stool samples, or samples from other sources of infection. these tests help diagnose the current infection of the disease. serological tests: serological tests are used to detect antibodies and antigen-induced immune responses. they detect antibodies against the virus in the patient's blood. serological tests help in the detection of infections at the time of transmission or previous infections. these tests help to study the patient's immune response. summary the clinical-diagnostic specificity of the course of coronavirus infection in patients vaccinated against covid-19 allows to know the clinical symptoms of the virus and make a diagnosis of the virus through laboratory tests. pcr and antigen tests are the most commonly used tests that detect the genetic material and proteins of the virus. the combined use of these tests helps to obtain highly reliable results in diagnosis. throughout the article, detailed information on clinical-diagnostic methods, tests and new scientific research and developments on their use can be provided. it is also recommended to provide information on the methods of treatment of coronavirus infection and immunization (vaccination) against the virus. references 1. toshpulatovich, yuldashev odiljon. "on the mechanisms of preparing future teachers for innovative activity." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.11 (2023): 824-827. 2. toshpulatovich, yuldashev odiljon. "coнтинуиty of innovative educational technologies and educational effectiveness." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.11 (2023): 821-823. 3. ganievich, dosmatov togonboy. "requirements for the creation of new pedagogical technologies in education of youth students." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.11 (2023): 814-817. 4. ganievich, dosmatov togonboy, and oktamova irodakhon dilshodovna. "combined aggregate for working the soil before planting." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.12 (2023): 873-876. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org family as a social group and a social institution gaibova nargiza anorbaevna, associate professor (phd) of the department of "religious psychology and pedagogy" of the international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s time goes on, the topic of families, for one reason or another, initially without a child, increasingly acquires, and is associated with the theoretical uncertainty of the scientific status of this type of family structure, as well as the applied significance of research in this area. family, adolescent, sibling status, sibling relationship, conflict, eldest child, middle child, last child, only child, interpersonal relationships. introduction a family is a small social group of people who are connected to each other by relationships, live together and run a common household. "a family is a unit of society (a small social group), the most important form of organizing personal life, based on a marital union and family ties, i.e., relationships between husband and wife, parents and children, brothers and sisters and other relatives living together and running a common household" (soloviev n.ya., 1977). "the family is a necessary social institution and is subject to the same laws as the state, the economy, etc. the family is closely connected with the economic system and has little to do with love, or rather, has a relationship to caritative love and only an indirect relationship to gender. elements of slavery have always been strong in the family, and they have not disappeared to this day. the family is a hierarchical institution based on domination and subordination. in it, the socialization of love means its suppression” (berdyaev n.a., 1989). the family is not only a social group, but also a social institution. according to sociologists, an “institution” is a set of social roles and statuses designed to satisfy a certain social need. status is understood as a person’s position in society with certain rights and responsibilities, and a role is the expected behavior associated with a certain status. the family as a complex formation becomes the object of attention of various sections of psychology: social, age, clinical, pedagogical, etc. the subject of study is the family as a social institution, a small group and a system of relationships. from a psychological point of view, family relationships are relationships united by the activities of people, regulated by moral values and norms. family and marriage arose at a fairly late stage in the development of society. the earliest form of marital and family relations was group marriage. the form of community life was the clan commune. it consisted of male and female groups and provided not only biological reproduction, but also the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org feeding and upbringing of children. in addition to the male and female groups, the commune had a children's group, which was more closely connected with the female group. the space of psychological closeness was structured as follows relationships were not personified: there were not "person-person" relationships, but "group-group" relationships. in the primitive period, the following types of marital and family relations were typical: an indivisible family consisting of a group of relatives; women and children do not have a specific husband and father; a segmentary family: the head of the family has separate wives, brothers have common wives, and all sisters have several common husbands; individual family: the community of wives is destroyed, each man has one or more wives (monogyny, polygyny), or a woman has several husbands (polyandry). the next stage in the development of marital relations is monogamy in its modern form. the man comes to the fore. patriarchy in its psychological essence expresses not the power of the husband, but the power of the father, since it is associated with inheritance law. several thousand years before our era, the code of the babylonian king hammurabi enshrined the inequality of spouses the code recognizes monogamy, but allows the husband to take concubines, and especially severely punishes the wife for infidelity. similar laws were issued in ancient and medieval times in all countries. and in russia, where a woman was completely dependent on her husband, this dependence was enshrined in law. however, increasingly, meetings between men and women began to be selective, which gradually resulted in the creation of a family. gradually, monogamy from dominant behavior becomes a dominant value. in monogamous couples, choice is of great importance, families are built on the basis of love, marital fidelity is valued. for the first time in history, the equality of men and women before the law was proclaimed by the french revolution of 1793, when marriage by mutual consent and the divorce system were introduced, and the distinction between legitimate and illegitimate children was abolished. traditionally, the "core" of the family is considered to be a married couple with the addition of children, relatives, and parents of the spouses. among the definitions of the family, built on the categories of family relations, the definition given by a.g. kharchev stands out: a family is "a historically specific system of relationships between spouses, between parents and children, as a small group, the members of which are connected by marital or kinship relations, common life and mutual moral responsibility, and the social need for which is conditioned by the need of society for the physical and spiritual reproduction of the population." among the family-forming relations, various aspects of family life are distinguished. thus, a.i. antonov argues that the family is created by the parent-child relationship, and marriage is a legitimate recognition of the relationship between a man and a child. in russian science, the concept of family functions is related to the concepts of family role and family structure. vasilyeva e.k., kharchev a.g., matskovsky m.s. and others define family functions as the main content of the totality of social roles in the family. according to n.ya. solovyov, there are as many family functions as there are types of needs that it satisfies in a stable, repetitive form. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org specific functions are reproductive), maintenance (existential), and raising children (socialization function), which are preserved throughout all changes in society. non-specific functions are accumulation and transfer of property, status, organization of production and consumption, rest and leisure, concern for the health and well-being of family members, creation of a microclimate that helps relieve stress and preserve the “i” of each family member, etc. these functions reveal a historically transient picture of family life. i.v. grebennikov attributes to the functions of the family: reproductive, economic, educational, communicative function of organizing leisure and recreation. e.g. eidemiller and v.v. yustitskis attribute to the functions of the family: educational, household, emotional, spiritual communication, primary social control sexual-erotic. violation of the normal functioning of the family, as a rule, occurs when at least one functional line is weakened (fig. 17.2). this phenomenon is called family dysfunction. if tensions arise in family relationships, psychologists advise "running yourself" through all the functions and determining which line is weakened (tightened). researchers are unanimous in the fact that the functions reflect the historical nature of the connection between the family and society, the dynamics of family changes at different historical stages. the modern family has lost many of the functions that cemented it in the past: production, protection, education, etc. however, some functions are resistant to change and in this sense they can be called traditional (l.b. schneider). traditional functions of the family: the economic function is associated with the family's nutrition, the acquisition and maintenance of household property, clothing, the organization of the family's life and everyday life, the formation and spending of the budget. in the sphere of "household affairs" intra-family relationships are formed, the content of which is determined by the type of economic activity. in recent years, there has been a tendency to activate the actual economic function of the family: family businesses have appeared in various fields of activity. the reproductive function is associated with the reproduction of the family. marital love largely depends on the nature of the satisfaction of sexual needs, the peculiarities of their regulation and the attitude of the spouses to the problem of childbearing, the children themselves. in the current conditions, the problem of childbearing is associated with a contradiction: on the one hand, children are a factor in stabilizing the family, and on the other hand, they are a lot of problems for their life support. the regenerative function (from the latin regeneratio revival, renewal) is associated with the inheritance of status, surname, property, social status. this may include the transfer of family heirlooms (not only jewelry, but also an album with family photos). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org the educational and upbringing function (socialization) is associated with satisfying the need for fatherhood and motherhood, contacts with children, their upbringing, self-realization in children. family upbringing is more emotional in nature than any other upbringing, because its conductor is parental love, which evokes reciprocal feelings (a.i. zakharov). the recreational function (from the latin rekreatio restoration) is associated with rest, organization of leisure, care for the health and well-being of family members. in addition to traditional ones, one can single out a function that has arisen in the modern family this is the psychotherapeutic function. at present, family existence largely depends on the stability of close emotional relationships. the psychotherapeutic function of the family allows its members to satisfy the needs for sympathy, respect, recognition, emotional support, psychological protection. according to a.i. zakharov, in the family, as in an intimate primary group, an emotional attraction of its members to each other is assumed respect, devotion, sympathy, love. it is these feelings that contribute to intimacy, trust in family relationships, the strength of the family hearth. references 1. адлер а. как управлять стремлением к превосходству / возрастная психология: детство, отрочсество, юность: хрестоматия: учеб. пособие для студ. пед. вузов ‒ м.: “академия”, 2000. ‒ 624 с. 2. зырянова н.м. ранние сиблинговые исследования [элек.ресурс] // психологические исследования: электрон. науч. журн. 2008. n 2(2). 3. anorbayevna g. n. influence of the sibling statuse’s of teenagers on interpersonal relations //european journal of education and applied psychology. – 2016. – №. 2. – с. 68-69. 4. гайибова н. а. технология воспитания детей с девиантным поведением //international scientific review. – 2020. – №. lxxiv. – с. 52-54. 5. ғайибова н. а. сиблинг муносабатлар диагностикасида проектив методикалар ўрни //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. special issue 3. – с. 169-175. 6.. gayibova n. a. psychological features of the formation of sibling relationships in adolescents. 7. nazarov, a. s. (2021). rahbar faoliyatida boshqaruv qarorlarini qabul qilish tamoyillarini ijtimoiy-psixologik xusususiyatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 1(special issue 2), 342-348. 8. назаров, а. с. (2020). психологический анализ уровней принятия управленческих решений и факторов, влияющих на него. молодой ученый, (21), 739-740. 9. mengboevich, u. b., & sottarovich, n. a. (2021). social and psychological characteristics of the leader in the implementation of management decisions. science time, (10 (94)), 31-35. 10. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org 11. sottarovich n. a. psychological aspects of making and implementing management decisions in the activities of a leader //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2024. – т. 12. – №. 2. – с. 291-295. 12. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 34. – с. 131. 13. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 33. – с. 77. 14. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – с. 130-134. 15. назаров а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера. – т. 33. – с. 77. 16. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 24-31. 17. назаров а. с. qaror qabul qilish zamonaviy boshqaruv sub’ektining muhim kompetensiyasi sifatida: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fanlar bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2023. – №. 10. – с. 345-351. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org forms of existence of the universe in fakhr al-din al-razi sokhibjon umarjonov senior teacher of the department of social sciences and history tashkent international university of financial management and technologies (tift) uzbekistan, tashkent, fenomen1993@bk.ru, orcid 0000-0001-7799-0426 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study examines fakhr al-din al-razi’s attitude to the principles of physics and categories such as atom, void, place, time, motion and quiescence, which are the forms of existence of the universe. during the research, the works written by fakhr al-din al-razi and the scientific exploration of western and local orientalists dedicated to the study of the thinker’s life, scientific heritage, religious-philosophical, and metaphysical outlook were used as crucial sources. in recent years, fakhr al-din al-razi’s personality, scientific heritage, philosophical and religious outlook have been widely studied by western scientists and are the cause of their great interest. in this regard, during our research, the principles of interrelatedness and systematicity; an attempt was made to solve the problems posed by the topic using research methods such as comparative-historical, hermeneutic, comparative analysis, and scientific objectivity. atom, atomic substance, jawhar atomism, forms of existence, kalam tradition, “platonic” understanding, continuism, eternity, void, body, place, time, motion, quiescence. introduction reforms in the modern era require knowledge, potential, effective work, high qualifications, high awareness, creativity, and a sense of responsibility to society from everyone. today, our task is to study and analyze the valuable cultural and spiritual resources created by our ancestors, effectively utilizing the created conditions. in this regard, the relevance of the chosen topic is undeniable. fakhr al-din al-razi expressed his attitude to the forms of existence of the universe, which are considered crucial issues of philosophy in his philosophical outlook. in his philosophical works, it is emphasized that motion, quiescence place, time and void are an integral part of natural phenomena. razi’s approach to the principles of physics analyzed first by aristotle and later by ibn sina is a clear example of his philosophical style. the famous orientalists peter adamson and fedor benevich in their research note that in the discussions of the forms of existence of the universe in the philosophical reflections of fakhr al-din al-razi, the ideas of the kalam tradition were also mixed and sometimes dominated [adamson & benevich 2023]. along with following ibn sina’s philosophy, fakhr al-din expresses his objections in many places. he supports the idea of atomism of the mu’tazilite and ash’arite schools of thought against ibn sina’s concept of continuity. in other cases, he confirms the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org views of abu bakr al-razi, who is considered an atomist. that is, he accepts the “platonic” concept, which defines place and time as independent categories, not the dimensions and boundaries of bodies and their movements [adamson & benevich 2023]. literature review the most fundamental difference in the physics of the word is between atomic matter (jawhar) or "indivisible part" on the one hand, and random properties (a’rad) belonging to these atoms on the other hand [dhanani 1994, sabra 2006]. from the first time greek philosophy spread to the muslim world, al-kindi followed aristotle’s idea of continuity and rejected atomism. this is the view that every tiny part of any body, no matter how small, can theoretically be broken down into sub-parts. aviccenna was also a strong critic of atomism and a philosopher who rejected this idea [ lettinck 1988, mcginnis 2013, dhanani 2015]. his arguments were the cause of many authors’ debates in the 12th century (see, e.g., mcginnis 2019). fakhr al-din al-razi supports the long debate when he comments on atomism. his views on this issue are generally confusing. muhammad zarkan states in his researches that razi rejected atomism in his philosophical works and accepted it only in his works on the science of the word [zarkān 1963: 67–98]. also, anvar matniyazov in his work entitled fakhr al-din al-razi, the great thinker of the 12th century khorezm shahs makes the following comment: “juvayni (d. 1058) and fakhr al-din al-razi left this issue open. because, the idea that the atom is made up of indivisible parts was scientifically based and strengthened the concept of the “holy trinity” of christians” [matniyazov 2022] however, his conclusion may indicate that he adopted kalam atomism as his view in matalib [dhanani 2015; see also setia 2004 and 2006, and baffioni 1982: 211–75]. discussion and results fakhr al-din al-razi in matalib states the following as a decisive argument in favor of atomism: “if continuism were true, each body would have an infinity of parts, so that a mustard seed could be “stretched” to coincide with the whole universe” [maṭālib vol.6, 71; see dhanani 2015: 102 for the passage]. also, another atomistic argument is that if an exact matching sphere meets a matching surface, it will make contact at an indivisible point. we can further argue that: “once it is established that the locus of contact is something indivisible, the existence of the individual atom must be acknowledged. for if we roll a sphere in a full circle on a plane surface, there can be no doubt that as soon as one point of contact ceases, contact is established with another” [maṭālib vol.6, 48–9]. it is clear from the above argument that the atoms analyzed in matalib are in ancient greek atomism and they resemble geometric points rather than the very small, extended but indivisible bodies proposed by his predecessor, the atomist abu bakr al-razi. this idea, in turn, is a legacy of the word tradition. geometry was also used by some thinkers to refute atomism, thus, in both matalib and a separate treatise devoted to this issue [altash 2015], fakhr al-din al-razi gives geometric arguments against atomism and offers refutations against it. if fakhr al-din is indeed an atomist, it is logically correct that he believes in the existence of a void, because in the classic and the kalam atomism, these two doctrines are usually common together. abu bakr al-razi and abu l-barakat al-baghdadi were also supporters of the void, and both were influential figures for fakhr al-din. on this topic, he seems to be fairly consistent in upholding the possibility of void against aristotelian and avicennan arguments for its impossibility [adamson 2018a]. for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org example, he rejects aristotle's case that if the speed of movement is inverse to the density of the substance, the motion in space will be infinitely quick: if we assume that part of the [required] time is to accommodate the motion in itself, and part of it to accommodate the hindrance, then the motion in pure void will take place in that amount of time that is appropriate to the motion as it is in itself. motion occurring in a plenum, meanwhile, will occur in that amount of time plus a further amount of time, as rendered appropriate by whatever is in the interval that offers hindrance [maṭālib, vol.5, 174.19– 175.1]. so it is established that the conclusion they sought to force [on the proponent of void, sc. that motion in a void would be infinitely fast given the total lack of resistance] does not follow [adamson & benevich 2023]. in other words, the density of the substance will slow down the internal speed of the movement that is in a limited vacuum. void is defined either as a case in which two bodies fail to be in contact, with no body between them [arbaʿīn vol.2, 32] or as a space that has nothing placed within it [maṭālib vol.5, 155]. physical evidence proves that void is unavailable but actually occurs, as when two flat surfaces are pulled apart: it will take some time, however minimal, until air rushes in to fill the empty space [arbaʿīn vol.2, 35]. the second definition of the void mentioned above reflects the worldview of fakhr al-din al-razi about the place and already suggests his view that place is not dependent on bodies, as ibn sina had claimed [adamson 2017]. according to avicenna, place is the inner boundary of a containing body, for example, the interior surface of a jug that surrounds the water placed in the jug [lammer 2018: §5.3]. this theory of fakhr al-din al-razi leads to many criticism, for example that a jewel inside a bag would remain in the same “place” even as it is being transported between cities [maṭālib vol.5, 147]. instead, place is for him indeed “space” (faḍāʾ, ḥayyiz), which is independent of bodies and may be either occupied by a body or not. however, orientalist n. naimov at his dissertation is based on the thinker’s opinions in al-risola ulkamaliyya when he states his thoughts on the void, like several previous philosophers, he emphasizes that he denies the existence of a void in place and there is no need to confirm the existence of a void in his philosophical system [naimov 1970: 78]. also, he brings the following link from fakhr al-din: “something that is thought to be a void is not absolutely absence, there is something that has a surface (field). the void is a continuism (permanent) measure and it is undoubtedly a matter. so the void is not a net absence, but it is a matter that is available.” [kamaliyya, 86] if the atomistic views of the author in fakhr al-din razi’s works matalib and arbain, two rates of void and the presence of void in these rates are confirmed, the existence of space in the treatise al-risola ul-kamaliyya is rejected, void is also defined as matter. in our opinion, the reason for these two conclusions is that razi’s attitude changed over time from philosophy and philosophical theology to theology, the distance from philosophy in the work of the period of “ghurid interlude”, it can be explained by the fact that during this period he wrote works mainly on theology, tafsir, jurisprudence. (ayman shihadeh gave his point of view on the scientific and political activities of fakhr al-din alrazi during the ghurid period [shihadeh 2022].) because the treatise al-risola ul-kamaliyya is an example of razi’s early scientific work on logic and philosophy. also, in the work of fakhr al-din alrazi before the “ghurid interlude”, i.e. in his scientific and creative works under the patronage of the khorezmshahs, his works on logic and philosophy (al-risolat ul-kamaliyya, chahordah risoleh, jami al-ulum) are quite free about existence and god, critical and reactionary views are expressed. (we discussed this in our previous studies [umarjonov 2023.]) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org in several studies, we can find a parallel between fakhr al-din al-razi’s views on space and his views on time [setia 2008, adamson 2018b, adamson & lammer 2020]. in i.a kulmatov’s research, he analyzed fakhr al-din al-razi’s thoughts on physical and philosophical concepts such as place, time, motion, and quiescence in the works of matalib, al-risola ul-kamaliyya, mabahith [qulmatov online] according to ibn sina, time is a measure of motion [ʿabd al-mutaʿāl 2003, mcginnis 2003 and 2008]. in the first instance it is the measure of the motion of the outermost heaven. because this is the fastest movement in the cosmos, which accounts for the apparent diurnal rotation of the fixed stars around the earth. according to fakhr al-din al-razi, this is a “peripatetic” interpretation of time. he rejects this in his work matalib, and also rejects a version of the opinion of abu l-barakat baghdadi, according to razi, time is not a movement but a measure of existence. fakhr al-dīn does at least agree that time is real. to establish this he cites an old kalām idea that time offers a coordination between independent events [mabāḥith vol.1, 761; maṭālib vol.5, 47], which is why it is possible for me to arrange to meet with you tomorrow (one event) when the sun rises (another event). but time’s existence is not supervenient on motions or cases of existence. were that the case, then we would have multiple, simultaneous times for the various motions, which would need a superordinate time to coordinate them [adamson and benevich 2023]. according to razi, time has a real, objective existence as a form of universe, matter. in the treatise alrisola ul-kamaliyya, he expresses the following opinion about time: “based on our consciousness, we know that today is here, yesterday is already past and tomorrow is happening now. we rely on our intelligence to know the difference between yesterday, today and tomorrow and what will happen next, denying these is ignorance.” [kamaliyya, 81] all movements and changes in existence occur at a specific time. time has a duration of one dimension. it flows in only one direction from past to future through today. fakhr al-din al-razi in chahordah risoleh makes the following comments about time: “you know that every period was preceded by another era.” (“bidon, ki pesh az har zamone zameni digar mavjud bud”) [chahordah risoleh, 24]. razi emphasizes the independent existence of time and motion as follows: “motion taken by itself cannot exist without time.” (“harakat az on roʼy harakat ast, ki be zamon na gavonad budan”) [kamaliyya, 83]. according to his point of view, movement and time are necessarily connected with space. there is no place outside of matter, and there is no matter outside of place. the movement of physical bodies occurs exactly in place and time. also, place is as real and objective as motion and time. “we see or feel a body moving with the help of our sense organs, and we witness its movements, at least from one place to another. so if there is motion, then there is place. motion exists, so place also exists in three dimensions.” [kamaliyya, 83] fakhr al-din’s discussions of time give us a nice example of how his views developed, even while circling around the same set of arguments [adamson & lammer 2020]. peter adamson and fedor benevich, referring to fakhr al-din al-razi’s reflections on time, cite his agnostic perspective in mabahith as follows: “i have not yet arrived at the realization of the truth about time, so let your expectation from this book be a thorough examination and report of whatever can possibly be said [about time] from all points of view.” [mabāḥith vol.1, 761]. but razi in his work mulakhkhas thinks that the previous and the next are “items of consideration” (umūr iʿtibāriyya). yet at the end of his career, he has adopted the contrary view [adamson & benevich 2023]. now he endorses what he says is plato’s view of time: it is “a substance subsisting in itself and independent in itself” [maṭālib vol.6, 76]. the allusion to plato presumably refers to the timaeus. he american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org is apparently following his fellow philosopher of rayy, abū bakr al-rāzī, both in accepting the independence of time and place and in seeing plato as an authority for that physical theory [adamson 2021a: ch.5]. one of the differences between the two razis is that fakhr al-din al-razi makes it clear that both time and space are created by god rather than “eternal” principles. according to fakhr al-din al-razi’s teachings, time and place are closely connected with motion. he says that time is an indispensable property of bodies in motion, without which bodies cannot live. aristotle describes motion as follows: “ignorance of movement leads ultimately to ignorance of nature.” [qadirov 2021:17] it should be noted that this is the best description of the movement. in his article, our teacher muhammadjon kadirov quotes the following definition of plato about movement: “the motion is a departure from the equation.” [qadirov 2021:17] in other words, in today's terms, it is a departure from the state of uniformity. researcher n. naimov based on razi’s thoughts about motion gives the following opinion in his research: “all material bodies and all material and immaterial processes occurring in nature are in motion. the external world consists of bodies and their various movements, every change in nature occurs due to movement” [naimov 1970]. movement and body are inseparable, they are closely related. when there are material bodies, there is motion, and when there is motion, there is material. movement is inherent in all objects of the material world as a necessary and integral part of everything and event. based on this, razi states that “movement is a characteristic of all bodies” [jami al-ulum, 7]. motion, according to razi’s concept, is a general change. “always, when a change occurs in a body, at the time when the change is assumed, the state in it is opposite to that at other assumed times, and all these changes are called motion.” [kamaliyya, 80] taking into account that movement is the basis of all changes in nature, and understanding the reason for the occurrence of all changes in quantity, quality, time and place, razi emphasizes that not only body and physical phenomena, but also spiritual phenomena and accidents are constantly moving and changing. disappears, and another appears. razi emphasizes that their disappearance and appearance in this form is related to movement. razi, unlike many philosophers of the middle ages, clearly distinguished two types of action: natural and unnatural. “natural (or spontaneous) motion is a motion that is inherent like a body. an unnatural movement is a process caused by a cause acting outside the subject.” [jami al-ulum, 197] it is worth noting that many philosophers of the muslim east hold the opinion that motion can transform any possible body into reality. that is, they know that it is the change of one possible body into another body. and these thoughts were correct. [naimov 1970:73] razi’s view of the movement is more in line with this. the exit of the event from the hidden state (position) means the exit to the manifest case. and getting out of the inner state into the manifest position is possible only with the help of motion. so, according to razi’s teaching, motion is a transition from a potential state to an actual case. “the emergence of something is possible only when its existence prevails over its non-existence.” (“dar vujud omadan on ast, ki xasti u bar nestoi u rajex shavad”). [chahordah risoleh, 19] razi states in his work “al-risola ul-kamaliyya” that movement has different forms. the main ones are quantitative, qualitative, orderly movement, replacement, and change. it should be noted that many philosophers who wrote their works in arabic were also aware of these types of movements. quantitative movements are considered to be the change of a certain body from one quantity to another. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org for example, growth, weight loss, obesity, and similar changes in the body are quantitative movements. they understood that a body changes from one quality to another quality as a quality movement. for example, the freezing of water due to cold and the melting of ice due to heat are qualitative changes. razi also states that movement, like a process, leads to changes in place, quantity, quality, and objects. in the same way, the position of the objects changes due to the force of motion. for example, “a body moves from one place to another.” the size, and the amount of the item change. for example, “the volume of water increases due to motion.” the quality of the subject will change. for example, “black turns to white, and salty turns to sweet.” (“kam. chunonki ob. chun harorat dar vay taʼsir kunad, hajmi u ziyodat shavad. kayf. chunonki, siyoh sefed shavad va tursh shirin shavad. va ammo dar in, chunonki, jism az joy ba joy digar shavad”). [kamaliyya, 80] according to razi, change and development are characteristic of all bodies. (“tagir va tabaddul bar xama jism ravo buvad”). [jami al-ulum, 378] during the analysis of fakhr al-din al-razi’s thoughts about movement, it becomes clear that motion is inextricably linked with inactivity. inactivity is a process that can only be known, has a relative character, and consists of a period of movement. bodies can only be at rest according to some reference systems. such a situation is conditionally accepted as inactivity. “bodies are not separated from motion and motionlessness. action and inaction are important. because, as we guessed, if the objects are in their place, then they will be stationary, if they have not found their place, then they will move. so, it turns out that bodies are not far from motion and quiescence.” [chahordah risoleh, 56] according to razi, quiescence does not mean that there is no change in existence, immobile, and no movement in the body at all. there is no complete and eternal immobility in existence and nature. all phenomena and objects that seem to us motionless and immobile are not quiescence and still at all. these bodies and phenomena are only in relative motion relative to other bodies, and they move together with other bodies. in this regard, he writes: “if someone asks us whether the stars (fixed) move”, we answer this question in this way: “since aries (aries constellation) is in motion, those fixed stars around (or next to) it are also moving with it. moves together.” [jami al-ulum, 380] thus, it can be concluded from razi’s above mentioned ideas that there is not body in absolute motion in the world and nature, all bodies are always in motion, always changing and renewing, always changing their properties, quantity, quality, state, and location. summarizing his opinion on this issue, razi emphasizes the following point: “all bodies at rest are in motion.” [jami al-ulum, 6] furthermore, he said, during the period of movement, substances, and accidents, bodies and their properties also change. “during movement, not only objects change, but also their quality. it is clear that bodies and that which is inherent in bodies move and change.” [jami al-ulum, 95] in all of the above considerations, obviously, valuable ideas are presented about the various manifestations and qualities of matter and motion, and their interdependence. it should be said that razi emphasizes the general nature of motion as follows: “the more place is in motion, the more the body in place is in motion.” (“chun makon harakat kunad, lozim oyad, ki mutamakkin harakat kunad”). [jami al-ulum, 381] thus, his general understanding of physics presupposes a created spatiotemporal principle in which bodies can exist but need not exist. conclusion thus, from the above, it can be concluded that in philosophy, razi was not a simple follower or just an imitator of the philosophers of the ancient greek and muslim east. in solving many problems of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org philosophy, he approaches materialistic ideas, developing the advanced aspects of the teachings of aristotle, democritus, al-kindi, farabi, and ibn sina. despite the recognition of an abstract god, razi’s doctrine of existence is more closely connected with the natural-scientific achievements of that time and includes many material ideas. such valuable and progressive ideas, elements of materialism, and dialectic can be found enough in razi’s philosophical works. from the above information, it is known that it is the objective existence of the external world and its knowledge with the help of sense organs and consciousness, the formation and development of inorganic and organic nature as a result of the union of four simple elements, movement, space, time and their continuous interaction. recognized the objective existence of communication. all this, without a doubt, is the rational center of his teaching. and he played a hugely positive role because it is contrary to the main dogmas of islam. therefore, razi can easily be considered as one of the free-thinking and advanced philosophers of the development of medieval philosophical thoughts, who played a major role in the development of the advanced philosophical thoughts of the peoples of the near and middle east, as well as one of those who had a huge positive impact on the outlook of several later philosophers of central asia and the muslim east. references 1. abd al-mutaʿāl, ʿa.d.m. 2003. taṣawwur ibn sīnā li-l-zamān wa-uṣūluhū al-yūnānīya, alexandria: dār al-wafāʾ li-dunyā l-ṭibāʿa wa-l-našr. 2. adamson, peter and fedor benevich, "fakhr al-din al-razi", the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy (spring 2023 edition), edward n. zalta & uri nodelman (eds.), url: https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2023/entries/al-din-al-razi/ 3. adamson, peter. (2018). “fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī on void”, in islamic philosophy from the 12th to the 14th century, abdelkader al ghouz (ed.), bonn: bonn university press, 307–324. 4. adamson, peter. (2017). “fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī on place”, arabic sciences and philosophy, 27(2): 205–236. doi:10.1017/s0957423917000029. 5. adamson, peter. (2018b). “the existence of time in fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī’s maṭālib al-ʿāliya”, in the arabic, hebrew, and latin reception of avicenna’s physics and cosmology, dag nikolaus hasse and amos bertolacci (eds.), (scientia graeco-arabica 23), boston: de gruyter, 65–99. doi:10.1515/9781614516972 6. adamson, peter and andreas lammer. (2020). “fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī’s platonist account of the essence of time”, in shihadeh and thiele 2020: 95–122. 7. adamson, peter. (2021a). al-rāzī, (great medieval thinkers), new york: oxford university press. doi:10.1093/oso/9780197555033.001.0001 [note: this book concerns abū bakr al-rāzī, not fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī, but the latter is often mentioned as a source for the former.] 8. al-rāzī, fakhr al-dīn. al-maṭālib al-ʿāliya min al-ʿilm al-ilāhī, ed. aḥmad ḥijāzī al-saqqā (ed.), vol.6, beirut: dār al-kitāb al-ʿarabī, 1987. 9. al-rāzī, fakhr al-dīn. al-arbaʿīn fī uṣūl al-dīn, aḥmad ḥigjāzī al-saqqā (ed.), 2 volumes, cairo: maktabat al-kullīyāt al-azharīya, 1986. 10. al-rāzī, fakhr al-dīn. al-risola al-kamoliyya fi l-haqaiq al-ilohiyya, s. sabzawari (ed), tehran, 1956. 11. al-rāzī, fakhr al-dīn. al-mabāḥith al-mashriqiyya fī ʿ ilm al-ilāhiyyāt wa-l-ṭabīʿiyyāt, muḥammad al-muʿtaṣim bi-llāh al-baghdādī (ed.), vol. 1, beirut: dār al-kitāb al-ʿarabī, 1990. https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2023/entries/al-din-al-razi/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org 12. al-rāzī, fakhr al-dīn. jame ul-ulum, abdurrahman sayyoh muhammad sadiq (ed), tashkent:osiyo 1331 ah. 13. al-rāzī, fakhr al-dīn. chahardah risoleh, s. sabzawari (ed), tehran, 1961. 14. altaş, eşref. (2015). “an analysis and editio princeps of faḫr al-dīn al-rāzī’s risālah: al-jawhar al-fard”, nazariyat, 1(3): 77–178. doi:10.15808/nazariyat.2.3.m0018. 15. al-zarkān, muḥammad ṣ. 1963. fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī wa-ārāʾuhū al-kalāmiyya wa-l-falsafiyya, cairo: dār al-fikr li-l-ṭabāʿa wa-l-nashr wa-l-tawzīʿ. 16. baffioni, carmela. (1982). atomismo e antiatomismo nel pensiero islamico, naples: instituto universitario orientale. 17. dhanani, alnoor. 1994. the physical theory of kalām: atoms, space, and void in basrian muʿtazilī cosmology, leiden: brill. 18. dhanani, alnoor. (2015). “the impact of ibn sīnā’s critique of atomism on subsequent kalām discussions of atomism”, arabic sciences and philosophy, 25(1): 79–104. doi:10.1017/s0957423914000101. 19. lammer, andreas. 2018. the elements of avicenna’s physics: greek sources and arabic innovations, (scientia graeco-arabica 20), berlin/boston: de gruyter. doi:10.1515/9783110546798. 20. lettinck, paul. 1988. “ibn sīnā on atomism: translation of ibn sīnā’s kitāb al-shifāʾ, alṭabīʿiyyāt 1: al-samāʿ al-ṭabīʿī third treatise, chapters 3–5”, al-shajarrah, 4: 1–51. 21. matniyazov, anvar. 2022. fahriddin roziy xii asr xorazmshohlar davlatining buyuk mutafakkiri [fakhr al-din al-razi, the great thinker of the 12th century khorezm shahs, in uzbek], tashkent: globe edit. 22. mcginnis, jon. (2003). “the topology of time: an analysis of medieval islamic accounts of discrete and continuous time”, the modern schoolman, 81(1): 5–25. doi:10.5840/schoolman20038111. 23. mcginnis, jon. (2008). “time to change: time, motion and possibility in ibn sīnā”, in mehmet mazak and nevzat özkaya (eds), uluslararası i̇bn sînâ sempozyumu bildirileri, istanbul: istanbul büyükşehır belediyesi, vol. 1, 251–7. 24. naimov, n. 1970. философские и логические воззрения фахриддина рози [philosophical and logical views of fakhr al-din razi, in russian], diss. in candidacy for the degree of doctor of philosophy. samarkand. 25. qodirov, m. (2021). pifagor va aflotunning harakat va zamon ta’rifi haqida ibn sino e’tirofi [ibn sina’s confession about pythagoras and plato’s definition of motion and time, in uzbek]. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 1(4), 16-19. 26. qulmatov, i.a. rozi fakhruddin. [internet sourse], url: http://kitobam.com/la/rozifahruddin_la/ 27. sabra, abdelhamid i. (2006). “kalām atomism as an alternative philosophy to hellenizing falsafa”, in arabic theology, arabic philosophy: from the many to the one: essays in celebration of richard m. frank, james e. montgomery (ed.), (orientalia lovaniensia analecta 152), leuven/dudley, ma: uitgeverij peeters en department ossterse studies, 199–272. 28. setia, adi. (2004). “fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī on physics and the nature of the physical world: a preliminary survey”, islam & science (now islamic sciences), 2(2): 161–180. javascript:; http://kitobam.com/la/rozi-fahruddin_la/ http://kitobam.com/la/rozi-fahruddin_la/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org 29. setia, adi. (2006). “atomism versus hylomorphism in the kalām of al-fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī: a preliminary survey of the maṭālib al-ʿāliyyah”, islam & science, 4(2): 113–140. 30. setia, adi. (2008). “time, motion, distance, and change in the kalām of fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī: a preliminary survey with special reference to the maṭālib ʿāliyyah”, islam & science, 6(1): 13– 29. 31. shihadeh, ayman. (2022). “fakhr al-dīn al-rāzī and ghūrid self-fashioning”, afghanistan, 5(2): 253–292. doi:10.3366/afg.2022.0095 32. umarjonov, s. (2023). fahriddin roziy falsafiy qarashlarida borliq muommosi [the problem of existence in the philosophical views of fakhr al-din al-razi, in uzbek] qardu xabarlari // scientific journal of the karshi state university, 1(2): 72-80. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org kinesics as a set of expressive movements included in the process of communication jurayeva shahnoza sadullayevna toshkent kimyo-texnologiya instituti shahrisabz filiali ingliz tili fani o’qituvchisi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article non-verbal communication is one of the most important areas for the functioning of signs and symbolic information and occupies a significant place in the life of a person and society. in a narrow sense, kinesics is a doctrine of gestures, primarily hand gestures. in addition, the object of kinesics are mimic gestures, gestures of the head and legs, postures, and symbolic movements. kinesics, communication, thumb up, confidence, uzbek culture, shakes introduction non-verbal communication is one of the most important areas for the functioning of signs and symbolic information and occupies a significant place in the life of a person and society. kinesics understood in the broad sense of the word as the science of the language of the body and its parts, along with paralinguistics is the central area of non-verbal semiotics. sometimes kinesics is identified with the technique of the body, including also non-sign movements, the term body technique belongs to m. moss. the objects of kinesics are kinema these are the movements of the body, face and eyes that perform expressively regulatory functions in communication: gestures, postures, gait, facial expressions, looks. kinesics is one of the nonverbal codes based on culturally specific movements of the human body. kinesics in the broad sense of the word the science of body language and its parts body. in a narrow sense, kinesics is a doctrine of gestures, primarily hand gestures. in addition, the object of kinesics are mimic gestures, gestures of the head and legs, postures, and symbolic movements. there are more than 200 countries and at least 4 thousand different languages in the world. of course, going on a trip, especially to distant exotic countries, it is difficult to learn the languages and dialects that will be needed in communication. therefore, sign language comes to the aid of an inquisitive tourist. in many countries, it is quite possible to find out the minimum necessary information without knowing the local language, exclusively using gestures. however, not in all countries the same gesture has the same meaning. but in almost all countries, non-verbal means of communication (which include gestures and facial expressions) play an important role in communication. and sometimes facial expressions and gestures speak more about people than their words.1 1 birdwhistell, ray. kinesics and context: essays on body motion communication. philadelphia: university of philadelphia press 1970.-p.113 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 171 www.americanjournal.org there are different gestures, but not all gestures have the same meaning: thumb up. in most countries, this is a gesture of approval (from here, by the way, the “like” sign appeared on many social networks) or a sign that you are trying to catch a passing car on the highway. this gesture in both english and uzbek culture means the same thing "excellent." this gesture and both cultures are used almost equally in cases, for example, when we make someone a compliment, that he looks great, or when a person has done any job perfectly, etc. but there is also a difference between the use of this gesture between english and uzbek cultures, for example, the english when they want to stop the route they often use “thumb up” gesture, but in uzbek culture this gesture is not used in this situation, the uzbeks usually simply wave their hand. gesture "everything is ok" this gesture often in both cultures perceived positively and implies that everything is in order. this gesture is also used in uzbek and english cultures, for example, when people agree with anything, or when they answer to the interviewer that they are doing well. peace or victory the index finger and middle finger raised up, placed to the side in the form of the letter v. this “peace or victory’ gesture in english and uzbek cultures use differently. in english culture this gesture means victory or peace, but uzbeks often use this gesture when they are photographed, because they think that's how they turn out to be cool or positive. nod your head. nodding the head in english and uzbek cultures have the same meaning. because in english and uzbek cultures nodding your head up and down means agreement and swaying your head from side to side means disagreement. however, uzbeks use this gesture not only agreement and disagreement, but they also use this gesture when they for example say “no” for someone. hugging. in english and uzbek cultures this gesture has a little bit difference. for example, english people are quite emotional, and they are hug all people to express the joy of meeting. but uzbeks not hugging all people, they think hugging completely strangers, when they are meeting, they just shake hands. in uzbek culture people hug only close people. and here we can see the difference of using this gesture in both cultures, and we can know that in english culture people are very friendship. alluring gesture with index finger. in english culture if you beckon someone with your finger, they will understand you clearly, perceiving this gesture as a calling. but in uzbek culture, this is a sign of strong insult. uzbeks don’t use this gesture because it shows human non-tolerance. temple finger. turning the index finger at a temple in uzbek culture, you will be hinted at someone's stupidity. but in english culture means "live your mind." there are a lot of gestures, but we examined only the most popular gestures in english and uzbek cultures. some examples of english kinemes rendering into uzbek: 1. she presses her lips together and then smiles. (u lablarini bir-biriga bosadi, keyin tabassum qiladi.) press the lips means if the upper and lower lips of the interlocutor are closely connected, it means that he wants to say something, but restrains himself. suspects often, before admitting a crime, tighten their lips. they want to confess, but involuntarily tighten their lips so as not to give themselves away. this gesture in english and uzbek cultures has the same meaning. in both cultures “presses the lips and smiles” gesture, uses for example when two or more people speak and and may be one of the interlocutors spoke badly about her, to which she reacted badly because she did not like it, but she pressed her lips and then smiled. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 172 www.americanjournal.org 2. our eyes met for only a second, then he turned his head away. i dropped my gaze, embarrassed, and that's when i saw it. (bizning ko'zlarimiz bir soniya uchrashdi, u darhol yuz o'girdi va men xijolat bo'lib, nigohimni yerga tushirdim) in english and uzbek cultures these gestures people use a little differently. because, in english culture people not shy, they always open for everyone. but in uzbek culture people are very shy, and they feel themselves not sure, that’s why they often drop the gaze. there are also the same meanings between these two cultures, that “eyes met for only a second” means that people look in one moment at each other. it also depends on situation, for example in english and uzbek cultures this gesture can be used when a man and a woman fall in love. turn the head away means turn back from someone. drop the gaze means to stop looking at someone and look down, usually because you feel uncomfortable. so, these gestures in english and uzbek cultures have the same meanings. this example “our eyes met for only a second, then he turned his head away. i dropped my gaze, embarrassed, and that's when i saw it” we can see that it is about man and woman which fall in love, because at first here mentioned that their eyes met for only a second, and then a man turned his head away which means that he was shy, and we can see that the woman also was shy, that’s why she dropped her gaze and embarrassed.2 3. he nods, as if remembering the squirrel. huddi biror nimani eslaganday, boshini silkitdi there are a lot of situations when in english and uzbek cultures people use this gesture. nodding means lower and raise one's head slightly and briefly, especially in greeting, assent, understanding or to give someone a signal. this gesture people in english and uzbek culture use the same. for example, if people nodding it means that they agree with somebody or like in this example “he nods, as if remembering the squirrel” which means that people also can use this gesture when they remember about something and so on. in this sentence we can understand that a man doesn’t remember somebody or something, but he pretends as if he remembered. 4. i lift my chin a bit higher, put on my most winning smile, and wave with my free hand. men iyagimni biroz balandroq ko'tarib, eng jozibador tabassumimni ko’rsatishga o’rinib va bo'sh qo'lim bilan hammaga qo’limni silkitdim. in this sentence lift one’s chinned a bit higher means raise one’s chin; put on winning smile means when you don’t want smile, but you try to smile; wave with hand means when you greet someone in the distance you should wave for him. it is an example about a woman, which doesn’t want smile, but pretends and put on her most winning smile. because when people smile, they show that they are open, friendly, happy and so on. we also see that she waves with her hand, it means that she greets other people. in english and uzbek cultures people always smile and wave with hand when they greet with someone. 5. as i gain confidence, i blow a few kisses to the crowd. asta-sekinlik bilan dadilashib, men olomonga bir nechta o'pichlarni puflayman in this sentence we can see that it is about a woman, which was very shy, but she gains confidence and then even blows a few kisses to the crowd. from this example we also understand that she went on the stage and felt insecure and exited. and when she gained courage, she blew a few kisses to the crowd. we usually send a kiss only for close people. and also, we blow the kiss if we are further away from 2 beattle, geoffrey. visible though: the new psychology of body language. new york: routledge. 2003.-p.67. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 173 www.americanjournal.org the person to say goodbye. this gesture in english and uzbek cultures have also the same meaning. in both cultures people are very friendly and they also blow a few kisses when they greet or say goodbye. 6. she shakes her head in denial quickly and hurries away from the table. (u tezda inkor tarzda boshini chayqadi va stoldan shoshib turib ketdi) shake one’s head means to indicate disapproval, disagreement, negation, or uncertainty by turning one's head from one side to the other and back. in this sentence we can see that she shakes her head because she doesn’t agree with someone, or maybe she doesn’t know something, or she answers “no” and so on. of course, it depends on different situation. but due to this example “she shakes her head in denial quickly and hurries away from the table” we can understand that a woman doesn’t agree with someone, that’s why she shakes her head and then hurries away. 7. but he just shrugs. lekin u shunchaki yelka qisadi. in this sentence shrugs means if somebody asks about something, but you don’t know the answer you can show it with shrug gesture. from this sentence we can see that a man shrugs, because he shows indifference or maybe doubt about anything. in english and uzbek cultures “shrug” gesture have the same meaning. the shrugging gesture is a good example of a universal gesture that signifies that a person does not know or understand what it is about. 8. «thank you for your consideration», i say. then i give a slight bow and walk straight toward the exit without being dismissed. (e'tiboringiz uchun rahmat, deyman ta'zim bilan va ruxsatni kutmasdan chiqishga ketaman). these sentences show us that it is about a person, who perform on stage. after the performance he said “thank you for your consideration” and he gives a slight bow. so, when a performer makes a bow, everyone should to stand up. this is a show of respect for the artist and his creativity. on stage, the bow is usually performed at the end of the performance. in the lesson in the dance class the performers make a bow at the beginning (greeting of the teacher, concertmaster, and viewer) and at the end of the lesson (gratitude for attention). i can conclude that, non-verbal communication is one of the most important areas for the functioning of signs and symbolic information and occupies a significant place in the life of a person and society. kinesics understood in the broad sense of the word as the science of the language of the body and its parts, along with paralinguistics is the central area of non-verbal semiotics references 1. anderson, j.d. the language of gesture. folklore. 1980. 2. andersen, peter a. nonverbal communication: forms and functions. california: mayfield publishing. 1999 3. axtell, roger e. gestures: the do’s and taboos of body language around the world. new york: john wiley & sons, inc. 4. bateson, mary c.kinesics and paralanguage. science 139 (3551): 1963 5. beattle, geoffrey. visible though: the new psychology of body language. new york: routledge. 2003 6. birdwhistell, ray. introduction to kinesics: an annotation system for analysis of body motion and gesture. 1979. louisville: university of louisville. 7. birdwhistell, ray. kinesics and context: essays on body motion communication. philadelphia: university of philadelphia press 1970. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org methods of financing agricultural, scientific institutions and investment projects babadjanov abdirashid musayevich phd in economics, senior scientific researcher associate professor of the department of accounting and auditing national research university tiiame е-mail: a.babadjanov@tiiame.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article will consider the methods of financing scientific institutions and investment projects in the field of agriculture. the study of the issues of modernization of agricultural production and scientific institutions, technical and technological re-equipment, financing of investment projects, the most important sphere of the country's economy, is a priority of today. the article is devoted to the problems of expanding the scope of research work in agriculture, introducing scientific results into practice, increasing investment activity. the agricultural sector consists of a reasonable conclusion, scientific proposal and practical recommendations on the use of budgetary, nongovernmental sources of research funding, the use of farms and farms, as well as other methods. agriculture, scientific institution, science and technology achievements, investment project, research, advanced technology and technology, financing, scientific solutions. introduction modernization, technical and technological updating of the production process in the sectors of the agrarian economy of the republic of uzbekistan is one of the most urgent tasks of today. one of the important directions in achieving these goals is the widespread use of scientific and technological achievements of the agricultural sector and the radical improvement of the mechanism of financing investment projects. it is known that any country is determined by the economic rise, the level of use of the existing scientific potential and the development of production in close connection with the achievements of science. employees engaged in science, with their new ideas, practical developments, contribute directly and indirectly to the economic development of society. the increased demand for the achievements of science for the development of production in the country's agricultural sector leads to the fact that economic reforms are carried out with a more comprehensive introduction of direct scientific and technological achievements into production. therefore, scientific institutions in each direction of agricultural research work need to conduct largescale scientific research not only on the scientific solutions of today's problems, but also on the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org problems associated with the development of the field in the future. it follows that the mechanism of selection and financing of research directions related to the development of the agricultural sector should be improved. financing of any investment project, on the one hand, should ensure the dynamics of investments that allow the project to be carried out in accordance with the period of implementation and financial restrictions, on the other hand, the reduction of costs and risks due to the appropriate structure of the use of funds and tax benefits. the total amount of financing for investment projects usually includes basic capital costs, which include the construction and repair of buildings and structures, the purchase and installation of equipment, staff training, working capital, these are raw materials and materials, purchased semi-finished products, fuel and energy, production and sales costs of products. since short-term loans are excluded when calculating working capital, it makes sense to finance it at the expense of capital or long-term obligations. short-term seasonal growth of material resources occurring during the economic year can be financed by short or medium-term loans. in cases where the allocation of working capital to fixed and variable capital is not carried out, net working capital is used as the average long-term level of working capital, to be financed from a medium and long-term loan or share capital. material each stage of agrarian reforms carried out in uzbekistan is characterized by its own problems. as the processes of economic reform deepen and expand in scope, the main focus is on increasing the amount of products in the agrarian sector, as well as increasing its competitiveness. to increase the competitiveness of the product, it is necessary to focus on the directions of maintaining environmental balance, as well as to introduce modern techniques and technologies, advanced experiments, achievements in science into production. in the effective organization of research work in agriculture, it is advisable to take into account the following important factors. that is: the choice of the topic of practical and innovative research on the basis of existing problems; the joint conduct of fundamental and practical areas of scientific research; the implementation of the results of applied scientific research in the manner of innovative projects. the implementation of these directions in interdependence ensures the organization of the scientific supply system of the agro-industrial complex and gives a positive result of the system of agricultural research. it should also be developed by increasing the level of development of agricultural r&d, providing agriculture with qualified personnel, the scale of economic methods in management, mechanisms for ensuring the interdependence of science and production, as well as improving the methods of financing investment projects. ilina i.e. identifies two approaches to assessing the effectiveness of government spending on research and development work: a design and program approach and an approach based on the analysis of the effectiveness and financing of research and development work. as part of the first approach, it is proposed to evaluate the implementation of the established indicators proposed by state programs. the second approach is to evaluate the effectiveness due to the ratio of "the dynamism of the activities of executive authorities for investing in research and development work" to the results of this intellectual activity [1]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org expanding the range of research activities of employees in order to meet the interests of external customers (scientific-research institute, whose main scientific activity is traditionally fundamental research) [2]. improvement of legislation in order to provide universities with more opportunities and incentives in carrying out activities for the commercialization of research results [3]. be that as it may, competitive funding through grants provided by state scientific foundations is by far the most transparent form of science financing. however, the budget of the funds has not changed for many years, despite the fact that the need for grants remains very high, and the support mechanism developed by the funds is highly appreciated by both the scientific community and independent experts. it is also necessary to resolve the issue of increasing the terms of grant funding [4]. the organization of the agricultural financing process in terms of financial support mainly implies such financing methods as self-financing, bank loans and budget financing. revenues occupy the main share in agricultural financing sources, bank loans are the second largest among sources of financing, and budget subsidies are the third largest among sources of financial supply. the basis for the financial support of peasant and farmers consists of their own resources formed within the framework of the method of self-financing. an analysis of the proceeds from sales using the example of peasant and farmers shows that income as a source of financing current activities,peasant and farmers in general cover their current costs for the production of products, that is, it allows the enterprise to free up invested capital, but every year peasant and farmers reduce the share of profit in income. the main reason for this is an increase in the cost of sales, and as a result, farms are more difficult for peasant farmers to ensure the profitability of current activities and return capital previously invested in assets. the positive value of profit from sales is ensured by a high trading volume, that is, a good harvest of the economy, while the impact of the price factor on income is negative. agricultural producers traditionally cover the need for additional financing using borrowed interest capital. all other things being equal, the attraction of credit resources is economically justified if their use allows for further growth of additional income, sufficient to cover interest payments, the main debt on loans and receive a certain amount of profit. the basis here is undoubtedly a sufficient level of profitability of current activities. n.n. semenova, speaking about the concept of state support, writes that, in essence, state support for agriculture is a legislatively fixed complex mechanism that includes measures to influence the incomes of agricultural producers, the structure and size of agricultural production, the agro-food market, the social infrastructure of the village by allocating financial resources for these purposes from budgets of various levels. therefore, the determining factor in the system of state support measures is budget support aimed at the integrated development of agriculture [5] collateral plays an important role in the lending process, which is often the equipment, equipment that is present in the economy-if the loan is used to purchase fuel-lubricants. seeds, fertilizers, pesticides or purchased property-in the event of the purchase of new equipment or equipment. short-term loans are used to finance the temporary need for funds due to the seasonality of production and sale of certain types of agricultural products. so, most often, loans on the farm are involved in the purchase of fuel-lubricants and pesticides to carry out field work on dressing grain crops in june and july, when the seedlings are still young. the need to attract loans during this period is also associated with the fact that last season the crop will be sold in the summer, and the proceeds from it, as a rule, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org will be directed to financing current activities-pay wages, pay off existing loans, as well as a large part of the income will be directed to the purchase of spare parts. when financing using credit resources, it is important to ensure their effective targeted use. this happens if a positive financial result was obtained as a result of the use of loans within the limits of the economy's capital, and the working capital provided by wages was later returned in the form of accumulated income. the exception can be, for example, an unsold share of the product, in particular, grain, part of which remains on the farm as a seed reserve and is partially given to workers as a natural salary. the long-term production cycle, the seasonal nature of the work and the dependence on natural factors that cause the risk of crop loss are the main factors that contribute to the need for financial assistance from the state. therefore, all over the world, the state participates in the organization of the financing process of agricultural enterprises and financially supports them in various ways. method there are two main ways of financing scientific research: the first method: institutional, when funds for financing are allocated for the maintenance of the entire scientific organization in accordance with the estimate developed by the latter and accepted for funding, and program-targeted or selective, when funding is allocated for the implementation of a separate topic; the second method: is more progressive, especially with limited financial opportunities, as it allows you to create a workable team to achieve a specific scientific result and fully provide it with funding. in addition to budgetary allocations for science, extra-budgetary funds have been formed to finance general and intersectoral scientific research and design works. the state also has a stimulating effect on the sphere of science with the help of various tax benefits. scientific and technical programs are financed from the budget, and works of regional significance can be financed from the budgets of the subjects of the republic, local budgets, funds to support scientific and scientific-technical activities and the procedure of equity participation at the expense of organizations, associations, banks and other economic entities. the justification of the investiture project financing strategy consists in choosing financing methods, determining the sources of financing investments and their structure the method of financing an investment project acts as a way to attract investment resources to ensure the financial implementation of the project. as financing methods for investment projects: selffinancing, that is, the implementation of investments only at their own expense; shareholder, as well as other forms of capital financing; loan financing that is, investment loans of banks, the issuance of bonds; leasing; budget financing; mixed financing based on different combinations of methods considered; project financing. there are two different views on the composition of methods of financing investment projects: the first is understood at a wide glance as a set of forms and methods of financial support for the implementation of an investment project. project financing as a way to mobilize different sources of financing and use different methods of complex financing of specific investment projects, it is seen as financing that has a strictly targeted nature of using funds for the needs of the implementation of an investment project. the latter, at a narrow glance, is a way of financing project financing investment projects, characterized by a special way of ensuring the return of investments, which is based only or mainly on the monetary american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org income generated by the investment project, as well as the optimal distribution of all risks associated with the project between the parties involved in its implementation. sources of financing investment projects are cash funds that are used as investment resources. discussion improving the effectiveness of r&d in agriculture largely depends on the amount of funding for research work.because the limitation of financial capabilities is leading to a decrease in the quality of scientific developments in recent years as a result of a reduction in the volume of fundamental and applied scientific research.therefore, in order to finance research work, it is necessary to increase the level of research work in agriculture and provide all subjects using the scientific product, it is important to develop the theoretical foundations of the mechanism of their participation in the financing of research work, as well as the procedures for its implementation in practice. in the modern world, the financing of scientific research and r & d is an urgent issue, since science provides unique opportunities for the social and economic development of society. the results of scientific research and development become an opportunity to develop the economy, increase its competitiveness, receive innovations at the level of achievement. the development and demand of science made it possible to achieve technological achievements in such areas of the economy as atomic energy, aircraft construction, astronautics, computer technology, instrumentation. the following sources of economic support for fundamental and applied research of the republic of uzbekistan have been developed: state budget funds; out-of-budget funds; own funds of enterprises; funds from foreign investors and international financial organizations. in my opinion, there is no incentive to invest in scientific research and development in private capital, since they see financing as a way to benefit science. but fundamental research is not aimed at inventing a particular product or solving a momentary problem, these studies, unlike applied research, are not self-financing, their final product is beyond commercial scope. enterprises and individuals should be willing to invest their capital to conduct research that is not profitable, since the role of science in the development of market conjugation is undoubtedly high. in my opinion, the state does not have to fully engage in science financing, the ideal option for financing scientific research will be as follows: the state will provide half of the required funds, and the rest of the funds will have to be received from interested investors. i would also like to note that we should consider investments in science as the development of human potential, since they help to increase knowledge, improve technologies and products, identify the main features of modern society and further develop the state as a whole. the experience of world practice shows that the profit from investments in scientific research is up to 100% and much higher than income in other areas. the main types of effectiveness of scientific research include: economic efficiency: increase in national income; increase in labor productivity, product quality; reduce the costs of scientific research; strengthen the defense capabilities of the country, etc; socio-economic efficiency-ending heavy labor, improving sanitary and hygienic working conditions; environmental-preservation and improvement of the environment; local science. thus, the economic efficiency of scientific research is understood as a decrease in social and living labor costs for production, which, in general, are obtained on the basis of the introduction of the results of research work and experimental development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org improving the efficiency of scientific institutions, organizations, communities is one of the main problems, since an increase in the number of new knowledge does not increase productivity in production. thus, the question of the proportions between the acquisition of knowledge and their use in production should be analyzed. the reduction in deadlines between investing in science and introducing it into production is of great benefit, which increases even more. another way to increase the effectiveness of scientific research is to use what are called joint or intermediate results. currently, a new method of attracting funds to investment projects is becoming widespread-publicprivate partnership. this method makes it possible to implement large investment projects in agriculture [6]. each of the current sources of financing for agriculture has certain advantages, disadvantages and relative indicators of financial stability (table 1). table 1. comparative description of sources of financing investment projects in agriculture and indicators of financial stability1. sources of financing investment projects in agriculture benefits of financing investment projects in agriculture disadvantages of financing investment projects in agriculture relative indicators of financial stability of agriculture financing investment projects in agriculture internal resources reducing the risk of insolvency and bankruptcy. high profitability due to the lack of need for payments for attracted and borrowed resources. maintaining the property and management of the founders. limitation of the volume of attracting funds. separation of private funds from economic turnover. limitations of independent control over the effectiveness of the use of investment resources. coefficient of financial independence in agriculture (ac fi), the share of private capital in the balance sheet currency. the method of calculation. apc ac fi = -------* 100, (1)2 acb where: apcprivate capital in agriculture, acbcurrency balance in agriculture. the recommended value of the indicator is above 0,1. the excess indicates the strengthening of the financial independence of agriculture from external sources. financing investment projects in agriculture external resources ability to raise funds for agricultural and scientific institutions. advantages of bringing investment to the country. the presence of independent control over the effectiveness of the use of investment resources. the complexity and duration of the procedure for attracting funds. the need to ensure guarantees of financial stability. insolvency and increased risk of bankruptcy. fees on the sources involved and borrowed, a decrease in profit due to the need. the safety coefficient of its own working capital in agriculture (acs), the share of own working capital (net working capital) in current assets. the method of calculation. aowc acs = ---------* 100, (1)3 aca where: aowcown working capital in agriculture, aca current assets in agriculture. the recommended value of the indicator is ≥ 0.1. the higher the indicator, the more opportunities agriculture has in conducting an independent financial policy. therefore, the implementation of any investment project involves the justification of the financing strategy, the analysis of alternative methods and sources of financing, the thorough development of the financing strategy. 1source: developed by the author on the basis of scientific research. 2source: developed on the basis of scientific research. 3source: developed on the basis of scientific research. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org the financing strategy should provide: sufficient investment volume for the implementation of the investment project and at each stage of the settlement period; optimization of the composition of sources of investment financing; reduce capital costs and investment project risk. the source of financing is an entity that is ready to provide money for business activities. individuals, organizations, or even the state can act in this role. when an enterprise uses its own funds, this is called internal financing. if the money comes from the outside – from the outside. agricultural production is associated with biological and natural processes, directly depends on climatic factors, on the involvement in the production of people, lands, plants, animals, on basic and circular funds, which are diverse in composition and purpose, and is a very complex form of economic activity. in addition, regardless of national affiliation, level of development, forms of ownership, methods of its organization, agriculture has its own, distinctive features that significantly distinguish it from all other branches of the national economic complex. these characteristics are most significant in the conditions of free competition in the conditions of a market economy and insufficient regulation of the processes taking place by the state. as a result, in most countries of the world, not only the need for state regulation of agriculture was recognized, but clear legislation was adopted, on the basis of which effective directions, programs were developed that ensure the stable development of not only agricultural production networks, but also all areas of activity and living conditions of the rural population. the financing of agrarian changes was carried out in several directions: the maintenance of land development organizations, assistance to farmers during land development, preferential lending. thus, to provide long-term interest-free loans for farmers to purchase agricultural equipment and seeds in the transition to new forms of land use. solution the scientific provision of agricultural development is important, since it is necessary to determine the demand of agricultural producers for scientific developments and scientific and technical achievements for the development of production, to increase the economic efficiency of production by introducing scientific developments into practice. scientific developments in agriculture should be transformed into commodity products. it should be approached in a broad sense by converting scientific developments into goods. completed scientific developments: new varieties, sorted and ready-to-plant seeds, production technologies, land preparation, planting, processing, disease and pest control, ways to harvest the dressing, economic mechanisms, etc. today, the financing of scientific research and r & d is an urgent issue, since science provides unique opportunities for the social and economic development of society. the results of scientific research and development become an opportunity to develop the economy, increase its competitiveness, receive innovations at the level of achievement. the following sources of economic support for fundamental and applied research have been developed in the country: state budget funds; extra-budgetary funds; private funds of a scientific institution; funds from foreign investors and international financial organizations. state budget funds include financing fundamental research and practical developments in priority areas for the performance of state functions. currently, private equity does not have any incentive to invest in science, so state funding remains the main and reliable source. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org out-of-budget funds are directed to the financing of pilot development, high-tech projects. these include: credit funds, extra-budgetary funds, strategic partner funds. unfortunately, the role of extrabudgetary funds in supporting scientific research is very small. in my opinion, the state should create conditions for the promotion of credit activities of banks for the benefit of the development of the real sector. private funds of the scientific institution include the financing of its own research work, the purchase of technologies, the organization of production. the role of its own funds is very low, but there are positive examples of science and business cooperation, which include the implementation of large innovation projects on business-friendly terms with the financial support of the state and interested investors. funds from foreign investors and international financial organizations are designed to finance international projects in the scientific and technological sphere. unfortunately, there is a small group of organizations that interact with foreign companies and have foreign sources of financing. there are several reasons for such a low interest of people in bank deposits, ranging from a decrease in the level of income of the population, ending with an increase in the level of inflation, which "eats up" almost all the benefits from interest, as well as a reduction in the key rate by the central bank [7]. this article can form the basis for the development of an appropriate policy in the field of research and development financing and be used for further research on improving the efficiency of financing the field of science [8]. in our opinion, in order to solve agricultural problems, the first thing that needs to be worked out is the state's mechanism for cooling. the allocation of preferential loans to different periods for the conduct and implementation of research should consist of mechanisms of economic stimulation. financial support for the investment project is provided by the contribution of third-party founders to the formation of the authorized capital of a new enterprise, the allocation or organization of specialized project companies-subsidiaries by the parent company, the organization of new enterprises by transferring part of the assets of existing enterprises to them. currently, one of the most important areas of investment in the agrarian sector should be the modernization, reconstruction and technical re-equipment of agricultural industries facilities, the purchase of new high-performance equipment, as well as equipped with high-tech tools for the production of farm and agricultural products. the main source of financing for investments should be the benefit of the farmer and the peasant farm. nowadays, many agricultural producers are in a difficult financial situation. the seasonality of agricultural production also has a significant impact on the economic situation in agricultural organizations. at the level of organizations, it is necessary to purposefully, systematically increase the share of profit as one of the sources of investment with a thorough development of investment projects, the search for the most profitable types of agricultural production, its promotion and the beginning of an investment project and achieving a positive financing in the total volume of their financing. the existing imbalance in prices for agricultural and industrial products will not allow most agricultural producers in the near future to carry out investment costs only at their own expense. however, financing investments only from the budget does not take agricultural production to a qualitatively new level. thus, at present, it is necessary to develop detailed programs for investing state budget funds, activating project financing, in which several investors will finance one project. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org in our opinion, the scientific novelty of research in the agrarian sector consists in developing recommendations to improve the effectiveness of science financing based on determining the relationship between the costs spent on science and the total number of researchers in the country. result the results of the research work carried out in agriculture on the introduction into the peasant and farm economy, the maintenance of the industry, the development of resources for agriculture are provided by producers to commercial banks to obtain loans by preparing the economic and technical foundations for the introduction of innovations of subjects. this mechanism requires commercial banks, scientific institutions, consumers of scientific products to have tax benefits so that they are interested. the application of this mechanism in financing the introduction of research results, on the one hand, encourages scientific institutions to study the scientific product market and take a deep approach to the choice of a topic, to start research work only when there is confidence in the sale of scientific products. on the second hand, from those who put the results of the study into practice, it is possible to get into this work only in the case when the issue is studied in a different way. lending represents the participants of the scientific and technical products market only with the problem of a deficit of financial resources. slavyanov a.s. proposes to evaluate the effectiveness of the costs of research and development work as the ratio of patent applications and internal costs of research and development work [9] the possibility of sustainable development of the agrarian sector increases by the wide involvement of producers of products in the processes of conducting research work in agriculture, financing it and introducing the results of the completed research. to finance scientific-research works on sustainable agriculture, agronomic practices required for farming [10]. adequate financing of agrarian science, the introduction of achievements in science, expands the possibility of providing the population of the country with quality and sufficient food products, and ensures the effective solution of socio-economic issues such as the continuous supply of raw materials to processing enterprises, increasing the income of rural residents, improving the quality of life. according to alandarov r.a., the assessment should be carried out on the basis of three components: the degree of growth of research results in the current year in relation to the base period; the ratio of the first indicator and the growth of costs; the ratio of real and planned growth of profitability of investments in research and development [11]. the main forms of credit financing are bank investment loans and targeted bond loans. investment loans of banks are one of the most effective forms of external financing of investment projects, provided that companies cannot ensure their implementation at the expense of their own funds and the issuance of securities. the attractiveness of this form is explained in the first place: possibility of developing flexible financing; absence of costs associated with the registration and placement of securities; the use of financial influence that allows you to increase the profitability of capital, depending on the ratio of capital and borrowed capital in the composition of invested funds and the value of borrowed funds; reduce taxable profit by introducing interest payments into expenses included in the cost. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org investment loans are usually medium to long term. the period of attraction of an investment loan is compared with the period of implementation of an investment project. in this case, an investment loan can ensure the existence of a grace period, i.e.the period of delay in the payment of the main debt. this condition facilitates the service of the loan, but increases its value, since interest payments are calculated from the unpaid amount of the debt. one of the types of term loans used to finance investment projects is a real estate loan. to finance investment projects: standard mortgage loans; mortgage loans that provide uneven interest payments; mortgage loans, in which the amount of payments varies; mortgage loans with a collateral account. the mortgage lending system provides a low-interest savings and long-term lending mechanism with a long-term repayment plan. positive effect on the reliability of the credit repayment source for investment project financing [12]. conclusion in conclusion, the method of financing an investment project is understood as the method of attracting investment resources to ensure the financial implementation of the project. the main methods of financing investment projects include: self-financing, equity, as well as other forms of capital financing; loan financing; leasing; budget financing; mixed financing; project financing. modern domestic developments in the field of methods for assessing the effectiveness of investments are based on the principles widely used in world practice. among them: to consider the entire period of the project; to determine the conditions for comparing various projects; to assess the return on invested funds based on indicators of cash flows associated with the project; to take into account the time factor; to take into account the positive and maximum impact; to choose the discount rate; to take into account the availability of; accounting for the most important consequences of the project; multiple stages of assessment; accounting for the impact of inflation; accounting for the impact of uncertainty and risks; accounting for the need for working capital. in the proposed method, it will not be necessary to allocate funds from the state budget for the implementation of research and its results, the yield of growing products will increase and the quality will improve. the cost of manufacturing the product will become cheaper and more competitive. it is also necessary to activate the process of using noble sources in the system of financing research in agriculture. for this: the development of a system of use of various sources is required when financing the introduction of research and completed results; it is necessary to use bank loans more widely in financing the practical implementation of the research results, as well as to develop mechanisms for economic and legal incentives for these banks; expanding the scope of research work requires expanding the legal framework for the participation of non-governmental areas, including private entities; in order for consumers of scientific developments to work on market principles in the sale and implementation of research results, it is necessary to further develop the necessary infrastructure entities;. references 1. ilyina i.e. (2016) approaches to assessing the effectiveness of public investments in the research and development sector // nauka. innovation. education. moscow. – № 3. – pp. 104-122. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 2. denisov n.g. (2010) strategy of development of the sphere of education as the most important state resource of reforming society / n.g. denisov, n.v. telegin // university science regions: main directions of interaction and joint research: mater, scientific and practical. the conference. tver. 3. oreshenkov a. (2011) state policy of support for research and development work in the private sector: experience of developed countries // problems of theory and practice of management. no. 6. pp. 38-43. 4. chernykh s.i. (2007) financial institutions: competition and state regulation. moscow.: ie ras. 5. semenova n.n. (2014) state financial support as a condition for sustainable development of the agricultural sector of the economy / n.n. semenova // financial research. no. 4. pp. 19-22 6. afonina v.e. (2012) the role of investments in the modernization of agriculture // international agricultural journal, 2012. no. 5. 22 p. 7. ruschitskaya o.a., kruzhkova t.t., ruschitskaya o.e. (2015) problems of financing agriculture / o.a. ruschitskaya, t.t. kruzhkova, o.e. ruschitskaya / agrarian bulletin of the urals. № 6(136). – pp. 85-86. 8. lapshina p.v., naumkin v.v., kosyakova d.k., shumskaya e.i. (2022) actual issues of financing research and development in the r // issues of innovative economy. moscow. – volume 12. – no. 2. – pp. 1227-1240. – doi: 10.18334/vinec.12.2.114857. 9. slavyanov a.s. (2014) methodological approaches to assessing the effectiveness of the financing system of domestic science // national interests: priorities and security. moscow. – № 31(268). – pp. 17-27. 10. babadjanov а.м. (2011) effective use of scientific cum technologically achievements and financing innovative projects in the agricultural sphere //«agricultural sciences», usa., vol. 2, no. 1, 28-33. 11. alandarov r.a. (2012) development of the system evaluation of the effectiveness of financing fundamental scientific research in the r // financial analytics: problems and solutions. moscow. – № 28(118). – c. 37-45. 12. babadjanov abdirashid musaevich. (2020) investment in the water supply and economic problems: solutions. journal of scientific research reports. india. no. 26(6): pp. 100-109. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org changes in society's political mentality yusufjanov zahidjan, researcher, namangan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the transformational processes of the political mentality of society. the transformational processes of the political mentality of the society determine the changes shown in the thinking, working, communication and ideas of the society about political affairs. these processes depend on the reasons that took place in the society during a certain period or for many years and influenced the political mentality of the society. state, society, management, political technology, management, discredit, political party, mentality. introduction in the majority of developed foreign countries, in the formation of public opinion, special attention is paid to research aimed at the realization of one's goals by using political technologies such as popularizing the personality of candidates in social networks, attracting public attention, and bringing the "human factor" to the first place. currently, in a number of research centers operating in developed countries, scientific research is being conducted aimed at increasing the effectiveness of communication between the people and state authorities in order to solve important socio-economic problems. in today's political speech, the formation of people's power, decision-making, or achieving democracy is relative in nature, and democracy has been observed in all eras. in ancient iran, the king considered himself "the direct representative and ambassador of god." for example, king darius i carved the behistun inscription on a rock at the end of the 6th century bc. this inscription states that "i am darius, the great king, the king of kings, the king of the persians, the king of all countries, the son of vishtaspa, arsham, ahmonius... i am the king with the blessing of ohura mazda, ohura mazda has blessed me with the kingdom" [1. s. 390.]. for both rulers and citizens, power and governance are of particular importance in solving social issues, because it is power that gives a person the opportunity to have a number of privileges and opportunities with a certain position. therefore, the movement and struggle for power has been observed in all historical periods. by the middle ages, both in the west and in the east, it became politically important to establish the rules and values set in the holy religious books in the elite and mass consciousness, and to attract as many people of other religions and entire peoples to the religious faith as possible. in the middle ages, religion tries to legitimize its status as a power. authority was established by god, who issued a fatwa that obedience to the church should reach the level of basic life requirements. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org at the end of the middle ages, during the reformation and the renaissance, the struggle between religious and secular power reached its climax, the principle of secularism gradually began to settle in society, in western europe, the church began to be separated from state and government affairs, private production in the ratio of religious and secular power, capitalist relations historically during its formation, the need for democracy began to be felt again. people's power, the principle of democracy, a new era western thinkers sh. montesquieu, j. locke and t. it was put forward by hobbes, the establishment of the principle of separation of powers in social life made a fundamental turn in the issue of authority, the theoretical buds of a new social life began to sprout, and the ideas of social utopia and communist society were historically formed. in this direction, french thinkers such as saint simon and charles fouret, and by the middle of the 19th century, k. marx and f. engels created a political theory about the socialist theory and the principle of the power of the working class [1. s. 390.]. the answer to the question of what lies behind the fact that disparate models of state management take a firm place in practice is as follows: the direction of management and its organizational structure are determined by the direction of the worldview of society. let's take a simpler aspect: in the thinking of western peoples, each of the elements of the world nature society man is emphasized and separated from each other. its downside is that an important aspect such as the internal functional connection between elements is turned into a partial, secondary factor over time. giving too much priority to the principle of their separate analysis was later attached to the life and activities of citizens. in the west, the creed of cynicism "die for yourself" has clearly prevailed, which alienated the state and civil society in the pursuit of property and profit, let alone blood relatives. people forgot that the interests of the society and the state are the same, and that their livelihood depends on it. after all, in the west, the values of the family, the citizen's duty to the state have already been forgotten, and man has become a cosmopolitan with a passport in his pocket. in such conditions, it is almost impossible for the state power to manage the members of the society, which is a very complex system in itself. so, in the above environment, a completely different political culture has settled in the west and in the east. most interestingly, this, in turn, increased the influence of an effective form of government called "soft authoritarianism". true, the east is vast, and even there the signs of "western" behavior sometimes show themselves. what we are interested in is not individuality, but typological commonality characteristic of the east, that is, enlightened collectivism. otherwise, today 70-80 percent of the world's population would not be inclined to collectivism. in fact, the state is a symbol and embodiment of collective political intelligence. it is an institutionalized main factor that regulates and organizes interactions, relations and approaches in different directions, but aimed at one common interest [2. s. 8.]. he has assumed political responsibility, and as responsible for it, he determines the management strategy, system and structures independently, based on the citizen's worldview, mentality and will. after all, there are many countries in the world that have fallen into a difficult situation and even ended their lives because of the artificial management style. such a situation is more likely to occur in places where the political tension and impasse are primarily freed from colonial oppression, and at the root of which is a cultural crisis, leading to spiritual confusion as a result of serious mistakes in choosing an independent path. it is no secret that such a complex and necessary problem as the administration of a common humanity, for a person living with some good hope and intention, has always had priority in the legacy of the thinkers of muslim civilization. it is not easy to meet any philosopher, author of fiction and art, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org especially a statesman in muslim countries, who did not write it. mutually beneficial dialogue between rulers and scientists, concerning the interests and goals of citizens, is a characteristic of the people of the east. because the characteristic of man is that he cannot live without communication. communication, mutual understanding, exchange of ideas, experience is his nature, without it he is nothing and nobody. the tendency for dialogue and compromise, especially between state leaders and civil society, is both a political process and an age-old political institution. this is the difference between the situation in the muslim world and the modern / western rule, where selfishness and lawabiding rule prevail. the uzbek mentality is an open system, which can accept the principles of universal democracy and the values of democratic statehood inherent in them as a structural element. the uzbek mentality in the modernization of state administration does not prevent democratic changes, but because these changes are carried out in an archaic form in the historical memory of the people, with a sense of collectivity, respect for elders, and authority, the state encourages the public not to be apathetic and indifferent to the work of the majority, but to be socially active. our wise people say, "kars comes out of two hands." it is difficult to achieve any results if only the state, the president takes the initiative and is active, and the people and citizens do not support this initiative and activity. in this regard, according to the old tradition, increasing the social activity of society and citizens should not be limited to various events telecommunications, conferences and television shows, on the contrary, in real life, state institutions are not a separate, superior force in communication with the people, but a concrete person and, in turn, solve various problems of the citizen. to do this, it is necessary to work in the style of a "kamarbasta" institution. "the people should serve our people, not the public bodies, but the public bodies should serve our people" is the essence of the old political paradigm. committed to the interests of the people in today's era of social renewal, [3. s. 432–435. ] and it can be safely noted that an active political leader can decide the fate of the great democratic changes initiated by the people. a political leader who thinks about his own interests and personal well-being is the leader of the people, such a leader creates situations of social chaos, chaos, division within the society, and mutual opposition. in this sense, president sh. m. the five priority directions put forward by mirziyoev and the five important initiatives that were later concretized are characterized by their content and essence of nationalism, deep approval and satisfaction for all layers of the population. establishing a legal state and civil society in uzbekistan is recognized as a strategic task and goal. the essence of the "strategy of actions" is aimed at fulfilling this task and achieving the strategic goal. however, the local socio-political literature lacks conceptual clarity and concreteness here, which is a very serious problem. for example, the political categories of liberalism, democracy and modernization have not yet been logically explained. "liberalism" means freedom and liberty, while "democracy" means "people's power". however, theoretically, questions arise as to how the legal state and the society based on self-governance of citizens, which the people of uzbekistan are building, include the concepts of "liberalism" and "democracy" or what is the concrete place of liberalism or democracy in the structure of the theory of national democracy. etymologically, the content of these concepts is known to one degree or another even by an ordinary reader today. the transformational processes of the political mentality of the society determine the changes shown in the thinking, working, communication and ideas of the society about political affairs. these processes depend on the reasons that took place in the society during a certain period or for many years american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org and influenced the political mentality of the society. these processes can have the effect of changing the previous mentality, encouraging new ideas, thoughts and communication. first, changes in technological trends play a major role in changing the political mentality of society. the internet and social networks, chat and communication systems, and social media platforms have led to the creation of new opportunities for communicating the thoughts, ideas and communication of society members. through this, the political mentality of the society has changed and many new ideas and thoughts have been enlightened. second, social reforms will be an important key factor in the transformation of the political mentality of the society. social reforms are carried out in societies based on changing previous models of work, allowing democratic information, enlightening transparency, protecting human rights and freedoms, and economic modernization of foreign political and economic experiences. these reforms will change the political mentality of the society and lead to the increase of new ideas and dialogues. third, changes in political communications and work plans of governments can affect the transformation of the political mentality of society. new work plans aimed at strengthening freedom, transparency and cooperation can affect the transformation of the political mentality of society. generally, governments use communication channels to provide political opinions to society, to present ideas and communicate ideas. because through the development of communication technologies, it is possible to work through communication with the people, this situation leads to a change in the political mentality of the society. changes in organizational and organizational behavior lead to the transformation of the political mentality of society. for example, in democratic societies, new rules and norms aimed at strengthening partnership, work society and organizational powers of workers, human relations of agencies, cooperation and democratic dialogues are highlighted. the changes shown in the field and economic affairs are also taken into account in changing the political mentality of the society. issues related to the development of the economy, reduction of unemployment, injustice in social quality, insults, human rights coverage also affect the political mentality of the society. effectiveness and expansion of long-term political social networks also play an important role in changing the political mentality of society. when the community communicates through offensive and political social networks for a certain period of time, it opens up opportunities to clarify their ideas and strengthen cooperation through communication with relatives. community political mentality basically describes the political mentality in which people's discussions, dialogues, work plans and goals are possible regarding problems, social and political affairs. political mentality, nervous and negative situations, ways of working and thinking, especially transparency and communication in political affairs, are based on interests and preferences, perceptions and ideas, beliefs, traditions, rules and factors in dealing with others. community political mentality corresponds to the previously mentioned political mentality, mainly in terms of goals and ideas about society. in this mentality, influencing the political climate, political situation, cooperation and order of the society is based on important foundations. the political mentality of a society can be different in every society because it depends on the historical, cultural, religious and economic factors of the society. its formation is related to the history, educational, economic and political aspects of the society, as well as the population's education, literacy, organizational structures, documents and increased social status. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org their mentality determines their attitude to political affairs in society, how they organize things, how they communicate, and their relations with the people. the political mentality of society is formed in a certain period of life of members of the population, consumers, bodies organizing their work, social groups and people in the same society. this membership will be able to influence social, economic and political affairs. the political mentality of a society is not immune to the non-political problems of a society, that is, it does not confirm them, it may even be ready to oppose them. the networks of the political mentality of society also influence religion, education, culture, history and other factors. these mentalities are defined by the following characteristics in the same society: identity and governance issues: the political mentality of a society also includes excessive identity, national and political issues or governance models. thoughts and ideas: the political mentality of society is formed together with thoughts, ideas and scientific information, especially those related to political identity. communication and leadership: communication and leadership in the political mentality of the society, development of relations with others from outside or inside is one of the important foundations. political plans and rules: the political mentality of the society requires setting certain parameters in relation to political plans and rules or reforming them. work plans and social councils: the political mentality of the community observes the creation of a democratic society through work plans, social councils and other bodies, solving major problems and participating in problem solving. in general, the political mentality of the society determines the political life, work, ideas and methods of their implementation. their characteristics affect the history, culture, religious and economic factors of society. experience shows that practice and experience are important for sovereign states to raise their governance to the required level. there is an opportunity to understand management as a political instrument, to test it, to have a mutually beneficial dialogue with it. therefore, independent countries have a fundamental interest in the excellence of educational international organizations. such a situation, on the one hand, as a component of the world community, the sovereign state does not renounce its involvement in the common cause, its moral responsibility. however, there are a number of obstacles that have a negative impact on these objective pursuits, such as the intrusion of outright lies into the field of social (politics, economy, culture, spirituality, science, technology, etc.) [4. s. 175-189.]. at the moment, we are talking about the mentality of sovereign states and, moreover, the "unreasonably alarming" practice of social networks in achieving the necessary order by directing world processes in the direction of human interests. the pros and cons of this tangled problem are almost equal. sovereign states are bound to be overstressed by this volatile and rapidly changing situation in terms of the need for global governance. references 1. история древнего востоке. текст и документы / учебное пособие. под. ред. в. и. кузнецова. – м., 2002. – с. 390. 2. семененко и.с. горизонты ответственного развития: от научного дискурса к политическому управлению // полис. – 2019. – №3. – с. 8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 18 nov., 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org 3. кадиров а., обидов а. логико-гносеологические измерения национального менталитета и национального характера узбекского народа / ўзбекистонда фуқаролик жамияти ривожланишида миллий менталитетнинг ўрин ва роли. республика илмий-амалий конференцияси материаллари. – тошкент: тдиу, 2015. – с. 432–435. 4. люлина а., ефименко е. интернет – цензура: жесткий контроль и гибкая система урегулирования // вестник рудн. серия всеобщая история, 2022. том 14. – №2. – с. 175-189. 5. содиржонов м. sociological analysis of human capital development processes //in library. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 246-254. 6. sodirjonov m. m. inson kapitali rivojlanishida oliy taʼlimning ahamiyati //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 4. – с. 23-29. 7. содиржонов м. этносоциологик тадқиқотларда этник омиллар ва қарама-қаршиликлар //in library. – 2021. – т. 21. – №. 2. – с. 874-879. 8. содиржонов м. трансформация социального капитала в этносоциальных процессах //in library. – 2021. – т. 21. – №. 4. – с. 159-161. 9. содиржонов м. возможности оптимизации процессов развития человеческого капитала на пути инновационного развития //in library. – 2020. – т. 20. – №. 2. – с. 53-61. 10. содиржонов, м. м. "инсон капитали pивожланиш жаpаёнлаpининг этносоциологик хусусиятлаpи (фаpғона водийси мисолида). социология фанлари бўйича фалсафа доктори (phd) диссертацияси." (2022). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org on the issue of formation of images of personality consciousness when teaching russian language and literature to students of non-linguistic universities of the republic of uzbekistan didarkhan urinbaevna hashimova, doctor of pedagogical sciences, professor at tashkent state law university e-mail: d.hashimova @ sul.uzh a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is about revealing the importance of ethnocultural realities in the process of teaching russian language and literature to students of law schools of the republic of uzbekistan. special attention is paid to revealing the meaning of culturally marked vocabulary by translational and non-translational methods. the author refers to the translation method of semantics as translationinterpretation, in which, in addition to the equivalent in their native language, students are informed about the coincidence or discrepancy in the scope of the meaning of lacunae. we are also talking about a non-translational method of semantics, which includes: demonstration of objects, gestures, actions, paintings, drawings, slides, slides and disclosure of the meanings of realities in russian, for which definitions can be used descriptions of the meaning of a new word with already known words. text, concept, analysis, reality, lacuna, semantics, visibility, interpretation, commentary, ethnocultural studies, national culture, nonlinguistic university, comparison of similar phenomena, facts of russian history and culture, passive minimum, intermediary image. introduction it is known that without such important concepts as language and culture, it is difficult to imagine the language of a people living in a civilized country. the concept of a "dialogue of cultures" is becoming increasingly important in modern society. the dialogue of cultures is the knowledge of one's own culture and the culture of the country of the language being studied. therefore, today the purpose of language learning is not just communication in a non-native language, but also the ability to conduct a dialogue of cultures. the methodology of teaching russian language and literature is designed to help this, which allows the formation of linguistic personalities who have mastered the profession and are able to respond and adapt to new conditions in our rapidly changing world in a timely manner. the beginning of the xxi century is characterized by significant changes in linguistics and new directions in the study of the russian language at various levels. recently, there has been an increased interest in the cognitive aspect of speech activity, the formation of images of personality consciousness, and the problem of reflecting the worldview in language. the transition from descriptive linguistics to anthropological linguistics became possible thanks to n. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org chomsky's theory of generativist, which highlights one essential point: language must be considered as a phenomenon of mentality and the human psyche. the totality of a person's extralinguistic and linguistic knowledge makes up a picture of the world. as you know, when learning a language, reading a foreign text is a task of increased difficulty. and one of the obstacles to understanding it is the lack of knowledge of the students in the field of cultural history of the country of the studied language. it seems that in this situation, the original literary text at a certain stage of learning becomes a means of facilitating (to facilitate; facilitate; facilitate) teaching a non–native language. when studying the russian language, resorting to a literary text, we understand that the literary source contributes to the study of the language not only by the presence of great linguistic riches in it, but also the cultural information necessary for a complete understanding of the text and immersion in the linguistic environment. russian realities are introduced in russian language and literature classes in groups with the uzbek language of instruction at lyceums, technical schools and non-linguistic universities in a certain sequence and has characteristic features. as you know, vocabulary with a cultural component belongs to the passive minimum of the language program. methodologists v.g.gez, m.v.lyakhovitsky and others believe that the following features are characteristic for explaining vocabulary related to the passive minimum: the explanation of words should go from the linguistic form to the concepts that the word conveys; for each new word or phrase, different meanings are reported, fixed in the lexical minimum; for the correct and quick recognition of vocabulary, the text explains its informative structural features, the difference from homonyms, the possible contextual environment; familiarization with new vocabulary can take place both on printed and on sounding text; when familiarizing with vocabulary, it is necessary to set up recognition of words when listening and reading. at the beginning, it should be said that zhang xiaoyun, in general, offers ten methods to solve the problem of presentation of foreign vocabulary: 1. the use of visualization (specific objects, spatial concepts and landmarks, geometric shapes and others); 2. the use of description; 3. the use of enumeration (furniture cabinet, table, chair, sofa, etc.); 4. an indication of the generic word (seiner fishing vessel); 5. the use of synonyms (throw throw); 6. the use of antonyms; 7. an indication of the word-formation value (reader cheat(t) + tel; 8. an indication of the inner shape (a pillow is something that is placed under the ear when sleeping); 9. the use of a strong semantic context (dog barks, cat meows); 10. the use of translation: a) translation in one word; b) translation with the help of several words; c) translation with additional explanation. the disclosure of the meaning of ethnocultural realities (semantics) can be carried out by translational and non-translational methods. the translation method of semantics includes translation-interpretation, in which, in addition to the equivalent in their native language, students are informed about the coincidence or discrepancy in the scope of the meaning of lacunae. for example: count count (nasldan naslga utib borgan nobleman of unvoni). non-translational methods of semantics include: demonstration of objects, gestures, actions, paintings, drawings, slides, slides, which contain a variety of material to illustrate gaps, for example, in a.s.pushkin's work "dubrovsky" volost nobility and the life of a landowner's estate; portraits (clothes, appearance of a.s. pushkin's contemporaries, the realities of life and work of the russian people); disclosure of the meanings of realities in russian, for which definitions can be used descriptions of the meaning of a new word with already known words. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org the method of semantics using definition is used by us when a word has no equivalent in the native language of students, at an advanced stage of learning the russian language. for example, a maid is a worker for cleaning rooms and other household (but not kitchen) work; a cap is a man's headdress with a hard visor, a cap; a coachman is a person who drives horses in a carriage. the next technique for revealing the meaning of realities is a comment. the term "commentary" comes from the latin word "commentaries", which means "notes", "interpretation". many scientists (b.v.tomashevsky, s.a.reiser, d.s.likhachev, y.m.lotman, i.v.arnold, etc.) have studied the commentary from different points of view. thus a.g.gurochkina interprets the "commentary" in two ways: in a broad and narrow understanding of this concept. by a broad understanding of this word, a.g.gurochkina means "a variety of diverse phenomena, the common features of which are the secondary and evaluative nature of the information contained in them". here the researcher includes out-of-text commentary (sentences and super-phrasal units included in the narrative, in any part of the text and containing an assessment of events, people, objects) and in-text commentary (notes after chapters, individual chapters, epigraphs, page-by-page notes, preface). in a narrow sense, a comment, according to a.g.gurochkina, is "an explanation/interpretation of a fragment of text, a message of additional information". at the same time, the following types of commentary are distinguished: linguistic, historical-textual, historical-literary and real. the object of linguistic commentary is archaic linguistic units, reinterpreted words, polysemous words and expressions, linguistic units that are absent from the lexicon of representatives of other cultural communities. historical and textual commentary is associated with reliable and accurate facts about the history of the creation of the work. the historical and literary commentary reflects the author's attitude to his work, the reaction to the works of contemporaries and descendants, and also gives an idea of the place of the work in world literature. finally, a real or so-called real-historical commentary reveals the meaning and meaning of the facts and events mentioned in the commented work, explains allusions, features of social hierarchy and social relations, describes the appearance and purpose of objects of material and spiritual culture. the object of real commentary is most often fragments of the worldview associated with the peculiarities of social and interpersonal relations of subjects, determining their behavior, customs, traditions, beliefs, as well as artifacts – housing, utensils, banknotes, clothing, drinks, food, units of weights and measures, military realities, etc., inherent in one or another linguistic and cultural community. "these cultural and cognitive models reflect the peculiarities of a linguistic personality, a member of a linguistic and cultural community, the components of which are the lexicon (code knowledge base), pragmaticon (goals, motives, attitudes of personality) and thesaurus (knowledge about the world). the cultural cognitive models of the addressee and the addressee belonging to different cultures often do not coincide, which leads to a complete or partial misunderstanding of the information. the role of commentary is to activate knowledge structures in the addressee's mind that are comparable to those included in the addressee's cultural cognitive models". linguistic and cultural commentary on realities is of particular importance in russian language and literature classes in the uzbek audience. this is the main methodological technique for removing lexical and semantic difficulties and providing students of groups with the uzbek language of instruction with a number of national realities historical, ethnographic, ethical, aesthetic and others, without which it is impossible to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org understand a work of art. for a general definition of the essence and specificity of the comment under consideration, the term "complex step-by-step commentary" has been adopted. a comprehensive regional commentary is a commentary on a set of thematically determined words, considered as an introduction to the text. the removal of difficulties of an ethnocultural nature in the study of works of russian literature means a preliminary acquaintance with certain phenomena in the life and culture of the people, due to the peculiarities of historical development, national life, etc. in a comprehensive commentary on regional studies, z.s.smelkova identifies four stages: 1) preliminary; 2) introductory or introductory; 3) in the process of working on the text; 4) introducing students to independent commenting. as part of the modernization of the content of the russian language school course and the methodology of its teaching, the linguistic and cultural direction seems to be one of the most promising. today, methodologists offer different ways to implement it. at the same time, the work with the concepts of russian culture is of increasing interest. possessing a huge text-forming potential, the cultural concept is considered as a collapsed text, as a cultural-semiotic phenomenon that includes archetypal and mythopoetic parameters of meaning, religious-philosophical and cultural-historical knowledge about the world. the embodiment of concepts in language is primarily carried out using words based on their meanings (it is known that it is lexical meanings that are the foundation of the national linguistic picture of the world). the content of the concepts (meanings) peculiar to a particular artist of the word is determined by the peculiarities of his author's worldview, artistic and imaginative worldview and the individual author's picture of the world. a productive way to describe an individual author's picture of the world is conceptual analysis, "which consists in deducing the basic concept from the content of the entire text," as well as knowledge about the concept that make up its conceptual sphere. thus, the conceptual analysis of a literary text is a special type of text analysis (an individual author's picture of the world), in which concepts (conceptual categories) are considered as a starting point, and the purpose is to identify ways of their objectification in the text. russian russian literature since schoolchildren and students get acquainted with the realities of russian life primarily through the word, which is followed by a certain phenomenon in the life and culture of the people, due to the historical process of social and spiritual development of the nation and reflected artistically in literature, the ethnocultural vocabulary in the course of russian literature should become the object of increased attention when studying the works of russian writers in the uzbek the audience. the task of the teacher is to form "... information available to all members of a certain ethnic and linguistic community, i.e. those background knowledge, which, on the one hand, are part of the national culture and, on the other, they are it s derivative". it is the study of the russian language and literature, if the ethnocultural aspect of the word is systematically taken into account and actualized in the educational process, that most naturally and actively contributes to the formation of background knowledge information of a historical, everyday, ethical and aesthetic nature that does not correspond to the culture of the student, "develops concepts of new subjects, phenomena that do not find analogy in the native language". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org references 1. zhang xiaoyun. ten methods in teaching the vocabulary of the russian language // pedagogical sciences. m., 2004. no.6. -c.119-120. 2. gurochkina a.g. commentary and its role in the interpretation of the text // problems of teaching the russian language in higher educational institutions of the cis and baltic countries: materials of the international scientific and practical seminar. – st. petersburg, 2005. -p. 224. 3. smelkova b.c. linguistic and cultural commentary in the study of works of fiction // linguistic and cultural studies in teaching russian as a foreign language / edited by e.m.vereshchagin and v.g.kostomarov. m.: russian language, 2000. -pp.82-84. 4. vereshchagin e.m., kostomarov v.g. language and culture. linguistic and cultural studies in teaching russian as a foreign language. ed. 3-e. -m.: russian language, 2007. -269 p. 5. khashimova, d., niyazova, n., shamsitdinova, m., & khojamova, y. (2023). somatic phraseological units: reflecting social phenomena. journal of law and sustainable development, 11(12), e2683-e2683. 6. nasirova, umida kamalovna. "vocabulary of the english and uzbek languages as a result of cross-cultural communication."topical issues of modern science and education. 2022. 7. niyazova, n. j., monologue, r., & law students, r. e. c. i. xorijiy tillarni o "qitishning dolzarb masalalari: muammolar va yechimlar. – p. 123. 8. nazimdzhanovich, hikmatov nodir. "information technologies as a factor in increasing motivation to learn" e conference zone. 2022. 9. yanchenko v. d., niyazova n. j. classification of speech forms of monological and dialogic speech in teaching russian in a nonlinguistic audience //education science and innovative ideas in the world. – 2023. – vol. 21. – no. 2. – pp. 9-13. 10. ramazonov, n., bozorova, n., niyazova, n., & choriev, o. (2021). on the relationship of the sufi concept of faqr (رقف) and the characters in the lyric poetry of alisher navoi. 湖南大学学 报 (自然科学版), 48(8). 11. niyazova, n. j. (2023, january). the importance of modern teaching methods in teaching legal disciplines. in e conference zone (pp. 1-7). 12. hashimova d.u., mikheeva t.a. on the national-specific features of contacting cultures in the process of learning russian in the context of multilingualism in the republic of uzbekistan //education science and innovative ideas in the world. – 2023. – vol. 21. – no. 2. – pp. 1420. 13. nasirova, u. k. (2021). about the peculiarities of teaching monologue and dialogic speech in teaching a foreign language. science and education today, (2 (61)), 75-76. 14. niyazova n. j. the relevance of studying regional texts in the implementation of the unity of education and upbringing of students //economics and society. – 2023. – №. 2 (105). – pp. 964-968. 15. hashimova d. u., niyazova n. j. on linguistic research of lacunae in the context of interaction of the russian language with other american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org languages //actual problems of acculturation in the context of teaching russian as a foreign language. – 2022. – pp. 74-83. 16. shamsitdinova, m. g., khashimova, d. u., niyazova, n., & avilova, k. (2022). psychology of teaching foreign languages. resmilitaris, 12(3), 3780-3786. 17. xikmatov, n. "mustakil talimni samaradorligini oshirishda mooc lardan foydalanish."science and innovation 1.b8 (2022): 2126-2131. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org the role of legal culture in the spiritual and moral education of youth saitkasimov akbar isaxanovich doctor of philosophical sciences (dsc), assistant professor of the chair "philosophy, upbringing and law education" of jizzakh state pedagogical university, (uzbekistan) e-mail: saitkosimov71@mail.ru orcid 0000-0002-8961-9744 abror idibrev independent researcher of samarkand state institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the impact of modern information and communication technologies on youth spirituality and moral education, changes in their way of life and negative effects of globalization. young people face social and spiritual threats, and their way of thinking and behavior is influenced by information attacks. it is important in the formation of a legal culture in young people and strengthening spiritual education, ensuring the stability of society. the article will highlight the role of the state and the public in the formation of the attitude of young people towards spiritual and moral values, as well as propose measures that should be carried out to develop their legal and spiritual thinking. youth, spiritual education, moral values, information technology, globalization, legal culture, community sustainability, spiritual scarcity. introduction in today's world, the rapid development of information and communication technologies has led to significant shifts in the spirituality and moral education of young people. their lifestyles have undergone profound changes, and they now view the world from a new perspective. with the decline in physical labor in social life, many young individuals are becoming increasingly reliant on external conditions. while advancements in science, technology, and innovation are thriving in the modern information society, challenges arise in ensuring these developments are utilized rationally and creatively. unfortunately, some misuse these achievements for destructive purposes, exacerbating these issues. in today's society, various social and spiritual threats have become widespread, posing significant challenges to stability. negative influences with broad social and political implications adversely affect the lives of young people. these harmful phenomena, facilitated by the extensive reach of globalization, have infiltrated the lives of citizens, leading to substantial repercussions that weaken societal cohesion. in this context, fostering the spiritual, educational, and legal culture of young people american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org is crucial. equally important are measures aimed at countering ideological threats, which play a vital role in preserving the moral and cultural foundations of society. youth consciousness is a comprehensive guarantee of societal stability. educating young people to become well-rounded individuals and raising their legal and moral culture is a crucial task of our time. the president of the republic of uzbekistan noted that "the deep meaning and significance of these words becomes even more obvious when we consider that today the danger of various disasters is growing around us, such as religious extremism, terrorism, drug addiction, human trafficking, illegal migration, and "mass culture". indeed, at present, the education of young people remains for us an issue that never loses its relevance and significance. today's rapidly changing world opens up new, great opportunities for humanity and young people"[1]. youth make up a significant portion of the population in our country, accounting for more than 60%. this emphasizes the need to pay special attention to their moral issues and requires the consistent and complete implementation of necessary programs and projects proposed by the government and society. youth are considered a key focus of the state because without addressing their socio-moral problems, the stability of society's present life and future is not possible. currently, the most important global issues concerning youth are education, moral development, employment, and the meaningful engagement of their free time. in today's modern conditions, the issue of the impact of an information society on youth has become highly relevant. in the context of existing threats to spirituality and negative factors, destructive influences on young people are being observed. а. erkaev noted that "information and communication technologies have provided people with more opportunities than previous societies. but unfortunately, among these possibilities there are factors that stimulate human lust and anger and suck out their spirituality from inside and out. how did the trend towards the emigration of human spirituality arise? why do modern development, consumption, communication technologies, virtual reality and the mass culture that gave rise to them potentially pose a danger to the person himself? there is no clear answer to these questions. to find the answer, it is necessary to conduct special research in every possible way"[2;20-21]. today, many young people are failing to make proper use of the opportunities and privileges provided by their parents and environment in their lifestyle. unfortunately, it has become common to see young people in modern society indulging in hedonistic pleasures and promoting their own desires and ambitions through various means. this has led to a growing trend of spiritual alienation among the youth. the spiritual values passed down through generations from our ancestors are at risk of being undermined by the technocratic traditions of modern society. in today's global society, while young people are adopting positive innovations, they are also becoming susceptible to negative traditions. this reality is emerging as a pressing issue in the international community, as it influences the social and moral stability of society. m. sadykova stressed that "in all countries, young people act not only as an object of upbringing and education, but also as an active participant in social and political changes. the process of determining the youth's position in the development of modern society causes huge contradictions. they are the most mobile part of society"[3;668]. to address and analyze the moral and ethical issues of youth, prepare conclusions and recommendations, and enhance their legal culture, the following measures should be implemented: 1) organize awareness-raising campaigns and propaganda work. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 2) conduct discussions and sociological research. 3) hold seminars, training sessions, and scientific conferences. 4) publish educational and methodological guides. 5) increase media appearances and coverage in mass media outlets. in shaping the moral character of young people, it is crucial to foster respect for others, self-awareness, and a deep appreciation for national language, culture, history, traditions, and values. it is important to instill a sense of pride in these aspects. at the same time, it is essential to cultivate strong opposition to moral decay, immorality, impurity, injustice, and other negative, inhumane behaviors. if young people give in to their desires and seek material wealth through corrupt means, they will disregard the well-being of their community and nation, ultimately falling out of the public's favor. when one's soul is corrupted, morality recedes, and, as a result, individuals on this path may become inclined toward all forms of vice. the 71st goal outlined in the new uzbekistan development strategy states, "by widely promoting the idea of the 'strategy for action from action to development' based on the principles of kindness and humanism, turn the healthy worldview and constructive approach in society into a nationwide movement." this goal emphasizes the importance of moral education among the population, especially young people. the main objectives, tasks, directions, and technologies for conducting spiritual and moral propaganda are as follows: 1. promoting a healthy worldview: the key objective is to instill a positive, progressive worldview among the youth, focusing on values such as kindness, humanity, and mutual respect. 2. encouraging national unity and development: efforts will be made to unite people around common national values, enhancing social cohesion, and building a culture of mutual respect, understanding, and cooperation. 3. moral education and character building: the strategy stresses the importance of fostering moral values, promoting ethical behavior, and guiding youth toward constructive and responsible activities. 4. harnessing modern technologies for propaganda: utilizing various tools, including media and modern communication technologies, to spread positive messages, inform, and engage the population in national projects aimed at personal and social development. by focusing on these principles, the strategy aims to create a society that prioritizes education, moral values, and national development, ensuring that every individual, especially the youth, plays an active role in building a prosperous and harmonious future for the country. "organization of legal educational events for the formation of legal culture among the population in harmony with the rich history of our people, scientific and cultural heritage, teaching national and religious values. development of effective, creative and innovative methods of organizing propaganda work and taking measures for their timely implementation. state support for the preservation, popularization and development of national values and the spiritual heritage of the uzbek people. ensuring the continuity of spiritual education in the family, educational organizations and mahallas. development of scientifically based indicators for evaluating spiritual education. formation of the ability to jointly combat ideological attacks based on a national idea, strengthen cooperation between family, school and neighborhood and on this basis ensure the continuity of spiritual education"[4]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org in modern society, information attacks are clearly influencing the minds of young people, highlighting the need to pay particular attention to their ability to protect themselves and manage their behavior. in this process, it is the responsibility of state and public systems to create an environment that encourages young people to develop independent thinking and express it according to social and moral norms. only those young people who possess a constructive form of independent thinking can truly understand the core essence of information directed at them—whether it is constructive or destructive—and respond appropriately. they are also capable of activating mechanisms for self-defense in response to such influences. ҳуқуқий маданият ёшларда жамиятни тараққиё эттириш билан боғлиқ истакларини рўёбга чиқаради, демократик жараёнлар ва ижтимоий муносабатларда ўзининг юқори салоҳияти ва маънавий иродаси билан иштирок этишини раҳбатлантиради. шунингдек, ҳуқуқий маданият ёшларда умуминсоний ва миллий қадриятларга ҳурмат руҳини шакллантиради. scientists note that "the realization of democracy is the potential of an individual to live in full accordance with the laws that are so necessary for everyone, based on clear discipline. democracy teaches and requires us to live in accordance with all laws that protect human rights and preserve the interests of the universal and universal. where the opposite happens, chaos reigns"[5;332-333]. legal culture in young people helps to realize their aspirations related to the development of society, encouraging participation in democratic processes and social relations with high potential and moral will. additionally, legal culture fosters a spirit of respect for universal and national values among young people. sh.mirziyoyev noted that "respect for the laws is formed on the basis of the legal consciousness and culture of our people... therefore, first of all, it is necessary to establish legal education among the population, especially young people"[6;82]. supporting youth in entrepreneurship, reading, information technologies, and innovative ideas, as well as preparing them for family life, providing psychological services, and developing leadership skills is an important process. establishing innovation and technology transfer centers, technoparks, laboratories, startup and business accelerators, supporting and continuously financing fundamental, practical, and innovative projects is a joint effort of the state and society. in summary, the following factors are crucial in enhancing the role of legal culture in the socio-spiritual life of young people, based on the principles of national and universal values: in the process of further improving the conditions for the development of young people's social life, ensuring their rights and needs continuously contributes to shaping their potential to serve the prosperity of the homeland and the development of the country. the understanding of national interests by young people plays a crucial role in raising their civic responsibility, fostering their creativity, striving for innovation, and developing their ability to carry out large-scale constructive tasks. enhancing the legal culture of young people is an important task, as it is formed and developed through their internalization and full adherence to existing legal principles, influenced by social, moral, and other ideological factors. in the process of raising the spiritual culture of young people, it is essential to prevent them from falling under destructive ideologies and to continuously cultivate their legal activism to ensure the ongoing stability of the country. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org references 1. мирзиѐев ш.м. ўзбекистон республикаси конститутцияси қабул қилинганининг 24 йиллигига бағишланган тантанали маросимдаги маъруза. www.press-service.uz. 2. эркаев а. оммавий маданият ва маънавий тарбия. –тошкент, маънавият, 2015. –б. 20-21. 3. садырова м. ю. проблема избирательной активности российской молодежи // молодой ученый. — 2014. — №3. — с. 667-669. — url https://moluch.ru/archive/62/9457/ (дата обращения: 03.08.2019). 4. ўзбекистон республикаси президентининг фармони. 2022-2026 йилларга мўлжалланган янги ўзбекистоннинг тараққиёт стратегияси тўғрисида. 28 январ, 2022 йил, 60-сон. https://lex.uz/docs/5841063. 5. иброҳимов а. султонов х. жўраев н. ватан туйғуси. –тошкент, “ўзбекистон”, 1996. –б. 332-333. 6. мирзиёев ш.м. ҳалқимизнинг розилиги бизнинг фаолиятимизга берилган энг олий баҳодир. 2-ж.т, ўзбекистон,2018.-б.82. 7. turayevich u. r., qahramonovich h. n. zamonaviy dunyoning axloqiy muammolari-zo ‘ravonlik falsafasi //ustozlar uchun. – 2024. – т. 57. – №. 4. – с. 422-425. 8. хаккулов н. к., ризаев и. и. цифровая культура и неприкосновенность личности //новые технологии в учебном процессе и производстве. – 2023. – с. 605-606. 9. бурханова м. б. взгляды абдурауф фитрата о семейных отношениях и женщин //мировая наука. – 2021. – №. 1 (46). – с. 62-65. 10. burkhanova m. b. family education of a child: the past and present //european scholar journal (esj) available online at. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 12. – с. 55-58. 11. jamalova n. u. possibilities of use of folk pedagogy in the formation of individual and personal characteristics of students //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 191-193. 12. saitkasimov a. raising the legal consciousness and legal culture of young people is a factor of social stability //world bulletin of management and law. – 2022. – т. 16. – с. 225-227. 13. saidkasimov a. methods and means of innovative developing science in higher education //eastern european scientific journal. – 2018. – №. 6. 14. jamalova n. boshlangich talim oquv-tarbiya jarayonida pedagogik innovatsiyaning orni.« //monografia pokonferencyjna science, research, development. – 2020. – т. 32. – №. 2. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org methodological basis of teaching the subject of modern history of uzbekistan makhmanazarov kahramon, senior lecturer, department of “uzbekistan and social sciences”, karshi institute of engineering and economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the methodological foundations of teaching the subject of the latest history of uzbekistan. the author, relying on scientific data and existing literature, studied and analyzed the specific aspects of the methodological foundations of teaching the subject of the latest history of uzbekistan. independence, history, latest history of uzbekistan, democratic reforms, methodological foundations. introduction it is well known that the science of history divides the study of processes that took place in the past into certain periods. one of such periods that we are going to study is the period of the most recent history of uzbekistan. it is important for us to learn that the period of the most recent history of uzbekistan symbolically began with the political changes and changes that took place in our country in 2017 and continues to the present day, which is related to the processes related to the reforms being implemented in uzbekistan. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-4947 of 2017 on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan is of great importance. during 2017-2021, 1. state and society building. 2. ensuring the rule of law and further reforming the judicial system. 3. further developing the economy. 4. developing the social sphere. 5. ensuring security, interethnic harmony and religious tolerance, conducting a well-thought-out, mutually beneficial and practical foreign policy [1,1]. democratic reforms have been implemented in our country in these five areas, and as a logical continuation of these reforms, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-60 on the new development strategy of uzbekistan for 20222026, published in 2022, is of great importance. literature review the development strategy of the new uzbekistan includes 100 goals. the implementation of these goals is carried out on the basis of the following seven socio-political ideas. 1. building a peopleoriented state through the enhancement of human dignity and the further development of a free civil society. 2. making the principles of justice and the rule of law the most basic and necessary condition for development in our country. 3. rapid development of the national economy and ensuring high growth rates. 4. conducting a fair social policy, developing human capital. 5. ensuring spiritual development and bringing the sector to a new level. 6. approaching universal problems based on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org national interests. 7. strengthening the security and defense potential of our country, conducting an open, pragmatic and active foreign policy [2,14]. the latest history of uzbekistan will carry out explanatory work to convey the goals and objectives set out in these legal documents to students studying in higher education institutions. the study of historical sources, historical manuscripts, archaeological finds, and cultural monuments that contribute to the development of historical knowledge and historical thinking among people is an urgent task. in the geopolitical struggles taking place in the world today, the negative consequences of historical ignorance for society are extremely painful. research methodology the years of independence are characterized by the rapidity of socio-political processes, the intensity of events and phenomena, the global problems affecting the fate of the world and man, and all phenomena, from our general views covering all aspects of life to the smallest, most personal tasks. naturally, such a process of general renewal sets new tasks for the science of history, along with the social and humanitarian sciences. researchers should first of all comprehensively examine a number of important problems, such as the centuries-old relentless struggle of our people to achieve independence, the ways and means of achieving it, the experience of building national statehood, the study of the political, economic, social and spiritual factors of strengthening independence, and the creation of a national idea. indeed, historical memory has a strong influence on human development and serves as an important factor in the formation of a national idea. national consciousness, national thinking are related to the history of the people, how to study the stages of its development, and how to learn from it. as great scholars have said, history invites man to the future and stimulates great creativity. the task of the subject "the latest history of uzbekistan" is to study and teach the latest history of the emergence and development of the national statehood of uzbekistan, to prepare and publish scientific, popular science, educational and methodological, educational literature, to increase the effectiveness of the coordination of the activities of scientific, cultural, educational, public institutions and organizations in strengthening and developing mechanisms for the integration of science with education and other social spheres, to form in-depth knowledge of the history of the country among young people, primarily among students of secondary schools, vocational colleges, academic lyceums, and students of higher educational institutions. indeed, this is its great mentoring, educational, and guiding power. the last quarter of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st century marked a new era of socio-political changes in human history, and it was precisely during this period that uzbekistan gained its independence as a national state. this situation also required fundamental changes in the science of history, theoretical and methodological renewal, in short, to be worthy of the prestige of independent uzbekistan. analysis and results during the years of independence, the arsenal of historical science was renewed and changed. the process of deep internal transformation that took place in historical science was reflected in the theoretical-methodological, conceptual, substantive, and structural changes of the science. under the influence of new social impulses, many topics began to be viewed in a new way. topics that needed a truthful interpretation and analysis became the focus of historians' attention, and this process continues american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org to this day in reaching a firm conclusion about some of their conceptual aspects. topics that were forbidden to study and misinterpreted during the soviet era were re-studied on the basis of scientific impartiality from the perspective of national independence. the range of historical research expanded, and new scientific directions emerged. the most recent history of uzbekistan has become one of such new scientific directions in the science of history. it arose directly with the formation of an independent national state and is aimed at studying and analyzing the development of modern historical processes, generalizing historical experience, and thereby understanding national identity. "the modern history of uzbekistan has not yet acquired an institutional character, that is, it has not been allocated as an independent scientific field with its own methodology, research work and educational and methodological support. the scale and development of events that have taken place in the life of our country in recent years puts before science and education the issue of their systematic observation. in connection with the extremely urgent need to study the modern history of uzbekistan, in january 2012, the resolution of the first president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the establishment of a public council on the modern history of uzbekistan under the ministry of higher and secondary specialized education of the republic of uzbekistan" was adopted. among the main tasks of the council to deeply study and clearly demonstrate the essence and content of the "uzbek model" in the formation of a democratic legal state, a socially oriented market economy, and the foundations of civil society, to ensure human rights and freedoms, to carry out large-scale work to maintain stability in society, interethnic and interreligious harmony, and to deeply study and clearly demonstrate the role and place of uzbekistan in the modern world. during the years of independence, scientific conferences played an important role in identifying the current problems of historical science, reflecting the approaches and activities of the scientific community in finding solutions to these problems. the republican and international scientific conferences devoted to the discussion of these problems, such as "new history of uzbekistan: conceptual methodological problems" (1999); "new history of central asia. reassessment of history, modern problem and approach" (2004), were of great importance in developing the theoretical and methodological foundations of historical science, approaches to historical research based on the requirements and criteria of the new era, and in identifying the tasks facing it. in may 2013, at a press conference organized by the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan on "current issues in the study of the recent history of uzbekistan", a summary of the work done was presented to the scientific community, and the tasks set before historians, based on world experience, were the need to raise the science of history to a new theoretical and methodological level and master new scientific directions. scientific cooperation with various funds, which is one of the modern means of carrying out historical research, allows for the implementation of new projects. conclusion/recommendations for example, the presentations and discussions at the round table on the topic "interdisciplinary study of the modern history of uzbekistan" (september 24, 2014), held within the framework of the project "modern history as a component of global processes" implemented in scientific cooperation with the institute of history and the konrad adenauer foundation, were an important scientific event for the community of historians in identifying current issues and research methods of modern history. considering that dissertation research is an indicator of the development of scientific knowledge in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org organization of the scientific process, the accumulation and development of scientific knowledge on the modern history of uzbekistan during the years of independence was reflected in the dissertation research defended during 1991-2012. references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 7, 2017 no. pf-4947 “on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan” // collection of legislation of the republic of uzbekistan, 2017, no. 6, article 70. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022 no. pf-60 “on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026” // national database of legislative information, 29.01.2022, no. 06/22/60/0082. 3. resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 30, 2017 no. pq-3105 “on the organization of the activities of the public council on the modern history of uzbekistan under the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan” // collection of legislation of the republic of uzbekistan, 2017, no. 26, article 583. 4. kholiqulov p. the importance of the modern history of uzbekistan in the development of the higher education system. bulletin of the khorezm mamun academy. no. 2/3, 2024. –b.30. 5. report of president shavkat mirziyoyev at a videoconference meeting with representatives of the chambers of the oliy majlis, political parties and the ecological movement of uzbekistan on july 13, 2017 // xalq so‘zi, no. 137 (6831). july 13, 2017. 6. mirziyoyev sh.m. strategy of the new uzbekistan. – t.: publishing house “uzbekistan”, 2021. 7. эргашева ю. а. опыт реформирования и развития системы образования в современном узбекистане // world science. – 2016. – т. 5. – №. 2 (6). – с. 14-17. 8. eralov a. j. mustaqillik yillarida o‘zbekistonda turistik obyektlarni raqamlashtirish jarayonlari //science and innovation. – 2024. – т. 3. – №. special issue 3. – с. 654-660. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org stages of historical development of tourism media ph. d. mohan sha’lan abbas iraquniversity of karbala/ college of tourism sciences mohan.sh@uokerbala.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s tourism has evolved from a survival necessity to a multifaceted global industry, fostering economic growth, cultural exchange, and international cooperation. it has progressed through stages from primitive travel to digital e-tourism, reflecting humanity's enduring quest for exploration and connection. tourism, tourism media, development. introduction the phenomenon of nomadism and travel has been known since time immemorial as a natural phenomenon whereby a person moves from his original place of residence to another place for various goals. subsequently, this simple phenomenon developed to include broader goals and implications and became a science that studies and activities that have rules and foundations and also have direct and indirect effects on various affairs. the lives of people and communities, and these impacts may be economic, social, political, or cultural (abu rumman, 2008, p. 30). the name and origin of the word tourism go back to the greek word (tornos), which means a circular path, and this indicates the path of the concept of tourism movement, which departs from a specific place or point to return to it again. as for the arabic language, the word tourism is taken and derived from the verb (sahah), and here it came. to be more comprehensive. (ayyash, 2019, p. 48). therefore, it means the movement of people or groups from one place to another, and this movement includes some important rules to be included in the context and framework of tourism, provided that the duration of the movement does not exceed one year and is not for work and earning and that known tourist activities are practiced during that trip or movement (apparently, 2011, p. 35) the emergence of tourism coincided with the first step in man’s formation of small population centers, when the societies were primitive and simple in their lives, means, and goals, as their flexible goals were compatible with the ideas and activities of the ancient man himself, and at that time they were characterized by the necessities of daily life through the activities of searching for food, drink, shelter, and hunting. accordingly, the search for new population centers to achieve social, economic, or security goals and objectives. later, this phenomenon turned into a process of fulfilling desires and satisfying human needs, and among its goals are recreation and pleasure, as well as the economic goals of the individual and society (al-sisi, 2005, p. 22). many countries of the world have begun to pay attention to the tourism industry due to its economic, political and cultural importance, and through this sector it is possible to build bridges of love and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org cooperation between peoples and countries in various countries of the world. therefore, most countries of the world have embarked on the development and sustainable development of tourism, and laws and regulations that protect tourists have also been legislated. generally, tourism prompted capital owners to invest in the tourism sector after the relevant authorities facilitated investment procedures and motivated them to contribute to revitalizing and building various tourism projects (al-suwaidan, 2006). after the emergence of development and technological and cultural progress for humanity, the phenomenon of tourism is no longer just a recreational activity or a means of entertainment, but rather it has become an important industry based on basic dimensions and objectives that work effectively in developing and revitalizing the national income of the national economy. it is also a means of getting to know people and nations in the context of spreading different cultures. and the circulation of science and useful knowledge (al-qasid, 2011, page 53) stages of tourism development: 1primitive times: one of the most important aspects of this period is the use of animals for travel and transportation. one of its most prominent goals was visiting religious places as well as searching for better places to live and housing (mahmoud, 2007). 2antiquity: one of its most important manifestations is the use of sailing ships for transportation. one of its most prominent purposes was transportation for trade, as well as visiting sacred religious destinations such as mecca, bethlehem, and holy jerusalem, and transportation for education in wellknown cities such as london and paris. this period included the transportation of the children of the rich and kings. for enjoyment and entertainment (ibrahim, 2006, p. 14) 3the middle ages: this era appeared after the fall of the roman empire in the year 395 ad until the fifth century ad. at that time, the roman empire was considered the center of intellectual and cultural radiation and the hub of global trade. among the most important motives for travel in this era were commercial motives and the pursuit of knowledge and discoveries. (kharboutli, 2014, p. 43) 4the renaissance era: this stage was born after the decline of the feudal era on the european continent in the fifth century ad and the emergence of the world of commercial capitalism until the emergence of the industrial revolution in europe at the beginning of the second half of the eighteenth century ad, and it included scientific cultural motives as well as religious motives (rumman, 2008 ) 5the modern era: the industrial revolution and the achievements it achieved at the scientific level and machine industry and its development in various activities and contexts had a great impact, which led to the activation of tourism and travel and the emergence of means of transportation such as trains and ships. this development is accompanied by the financial stability of the working class and their enjoyment of paid vacations by amended laws (al-houri, 2010) 6the digital electronic era: in this era, the electronic tourism pattern emerged in the twenty-first century effectively, and brought about a major change in the field of the global economy, as tourism revenues doubled due to modern electronic or digital use. (al-tarwaneh, 2016, p. 41) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org 7-digital e-tourism is a type of modern tourism in which technology and modern techniques are used in the context of the e-tourism business and the provision of the most beneficial procedures and facilities for tourists and consumers (ibrahim, 2006, p. 14). due to digital technology, all daily activities will gradually become possible supported by modern digital electronic science, and the essence of future responsibility is for the tourism sector to be able to respond to this specific human challenge in the digital electronic age. finally, those in charge of tourism aim to achieve material economic benefits and cultural and cognitive communication between peoples and nations, while taking into account sustainable tourism development in all its scientific aspects (alzahir, 2011, p. 35). however, despite the development achieved by the tourism industry over the nineteenth century and before, one finds that its development has accelerated in the last two centuries exceptionally, after international conditions experienced near stability in the economic and political contexts, as well as the social, moral and psychological aspects of humans and the adoption of technological methods in various sectoral fields. in addition to the development and growth of modern media in communications and transportation (al-abdali, 2011, p. 40) references 1. abu rumman. (2008). tourism in jordan. amman, jordan: ithraa printing and publishing press. 2. ahmed al-abdali. (2011). tourism basics. amman: al-warar printing and publishing. 3. ahmed mahmoud. (2007). tourism industry (vol. 1). amman: dar al-ma’rifa for advertising, distribution and printing. 4. bashir abbas al-alaq. (2014). commercial promotion and advertising; foundations of theories and applications. al-yazouri scientific house for publishing and distribution. 5. khaled al-tarwaneh. (2016). tourism industry. dar ajloun for printing and publishing. 6. saladin kharboutli. (2014). sustainable tourism (vol. 2nd edition). damascus. 7. abdullah ayyash. (2019). tourism in jordan (volume 1). oman. 8. ismat adly and mithal shawqi abdel muti ahmed. (2011.). (introduction to tourism media). dar al wafaa for printing and publishing. 9. maher abdel khaleq el-sisi. (2005). principles of tourism. amman: arab nile group for publishing and distribution, cairo. 10. muthanna al-houry. (2010). principles of travel and tourism. jordan: dar al-ward for printing and publishing. 11. marzouk ayed al-qasid. (2011). principles of tourism. jordan. 12. the suwaidan system. (2006). introduction to tourism. cairo: al-hamid for publishing and distribution. 13. naeem al zaher. (2011). principles of tourism (vol. 1st edition). amman: dar al-masirah for publishing, distribution, and printing. 14. wafaa zaki ibrahim. (2006). the role of tourism in tourism development. alexandria: al-jamea library. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org presumption and prejudice in the legal system olimov avazbek 2nd year student of international law and comparative jurisprudence faculty, tashkent state university of law a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the concepts, types, content, and significance of presumption and prejudice in the legal system, along with their positive and negative aspects. it analyzes the views and opinions previously put forward by legal experts and scholars on presumption and prejudice. furthermore, it highlights how these concepts acquire importance within legal families. presumption, prejudice, court president, argument, evidence, assumption, burden of proof, legality, fiction, fact, anglosaxon and roman-german legal families. introduction in today's legal system, presumption and prejudice hold unique and significant positions. before delving into their definitions, types, and content, it is essential to understand their concepts. according to legal scholar professor m. ahmedshayev, the term "presumption" is derived from the latin word "praesumtio," meaning "to assume" in everyday language. therefore, unless proven otherwise, presumption generally holds true from a legal perspective. legal presumption, on the other hand, is defined by the presence or absence of certain facts based on specific relationships among existing facts. currently, our legal system includes several presumptions. for example; the presumption of innocence, the presumption of guilt, the presumption of equality, the presumption of authority, the presumption of legality, the presumption of incapacity, and the presumption of equality. the main features of presumption include: ➢ burden of proof: presumption typically determines which party has the burden of proof in an argument or court case. the party with the burden of proof is responsible for providing evidence to support their claims. if the burden of proof lies with one party, the presumption usually supports the other party. ➢ based on hypothetical opinion: presumption is based on the assumption of a certain situation in the absence of evidence to the contrary. this assumption is often grounded in sound reasoning, logic, or societal norms. for example, in criminal law, suspects are presumed innocent until proven guilty. ➢ possibility of rejection: hypothetical opinions are usually subject to rejection, meaning they can be challenged or dismissed with sufficient evidence. if evidence contradicting the assumption is presented, it weakens or negates its impact. for example, a defendant may rebut the presumption of innocence by proving their guilt. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org these characteristics illustrate how presumption functions as a foundational concept in managing decision-making and judicial processes in various fields. methods our legal scholars and professors classify presumptions based on their legal strength: factual, legal and prejudicial. factual presumptions are not explicitly stated in legal documents, but they are considered in certain matters. for instance, the presumption of legality. because the presumption of legality is not specified in any legal documents. legal presumptions, on the other hand, are expressed by their names and are considered to be those presumptions that are specified in legal documents and are accepted by all parties. in my opinion, for example, the presumption of innocence is specified in article 28 of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. the legal presumption of innocence states that a person accused of committing a crime is considered innocent until proven guilty beyond reasonable doubt. another main feature of the presumption of innocence is that it is considered correct until proven otherwise. the next type of presumption is prejudice. there are several definitions of prejudice that have been given by legal scholars. for example, legal expert sh. saydullayev has given the following definition: prejudice, that is, the obligation of courts examining certain matters to accept facts and examinations established by previous legal decisions or judgments based on factual evidence and verification. another russian legal expert, l.a. morozova, defines prejudice (translated from latin as "prejudgment") as the obligation of all courts examining a matter to accept facts and verifications established in advance by the legal force of a court decision or judgment without evidence. if we explain prejudice through practical examples, in my opinion, in a criminal case between two persons, the accused and the coerced person, are identified. prejudice itself has several distinctive characteristics. specifically: ➢ freedom from the obligation to re-prove already proven and identified situations when identifying other work; ➢ neutralizing the contradictions between the evidences; ➢ obligation and law guaranteeing the legality of the resolutions in the conflict condition. in accordance with the application of presumptions, it is possible to distinguish between the following types: 1.universal: for example, the presumption of innocence. the implementation of this principle not only contributes directly to the development of the overall legal culture, but also directly contributes to effective action, which is often used in public relations. the security situation and the credibility of the legality of the law. 2. legal field: for example, the presumption of innocence in criminal law. the presumption of innocence assumes the defendant, accuser, or court, until proven guilty in accordance with the law, has committed a crime. according to article 23 of the criminal procedure code of the republic of uzbekistan, all doubts about culpability are necessary, and assumptions that benefit the defendant, accuser, or court must be dispelled. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org results and discussions various foreign researchers have expressed different opinions on prejudice and presumption. for example, american john f.remenyi says that, prejudice literally means prior judgement. presumptions can be made without also making judgements, and judgements can be made without presumptions (sometimes). a cheap example: i presume that the sun will rise tomorrow. no judgement involved there. another one: in my judgement, the weather will be too cold tonight for outdoor swimming. that required no presumption except that the swimming would be in a body of water and the swimmer would be a physiologically ordinary human. so, they are not the same thing, though they are often applied together. presumption may be a manifestation or symptom of prejudice, or sometimes a cause of it, but it is not a form of prejudice, and they are not synonymous. according to another researcher, doyle maston, it is important to note that neither word can be accurately called “a form of prejudice” in a blanket manner as you imply in your question. the word “presumption” is a noun related to the verb presume, which means “a belief formed/based on reasonable grounds or probable evidence. (oxford dictionary) the accurate application of the word “presume” implies that the action/opinion is based on at least some level of information/informed position. to make a presumption is not, unto itself, always a form of prejudice. only a bad or false presumption would fall into that category. some legal scholars says that presumption is not type of prejudice and classify prejudice as a type of presumption in legal literature. however, another group of scholars previously argued that such presumptions are not used in the roman-german legal system. nevertheless, in my view, prejudice is also used in many countries belonging to the roman-german legal family, including our country. for example, in the following scenario: if a citizen is accused of a criminal offense in a criminal court, the fact that the act constitutes a legal offense with a hypothesis under article 140 of the criminal code is identified by the fact that it is recognized. therefore, according to the criminal code, the person is required to be held responsible for slander regarding the accusation in advance. in short, it is necessary to obtain information about the fact that it has been previously discovered or not discovered and to use it in legal matters. in general, it is possible to recognize this as a true example of prejudice in uzbekistan's legislation. apart from this, in article 61(2) of the civil procedure code of the russian federation, it is specified: "it is mandatory for the court to establish the circumstances determined by the legal force of the decision based on the prejudice in advance. these circumstances cannot be proven again, and it is not possible to object to other cases in which these circumstances were taken into account in the code." from this, it can be seen that prejudice is also used in certain civil cases in the russian federation. now, if we focus on the positive and negative aspects of prejudice, in my opinion, the positive aspect is that prejudice contributes to ensuring the consistency and consistency of court decisions and their applicability and clarity universally. on the negative side, however, prejudice imposes constraints on the constitutional guarantees of independence and impartiality in court proceedings, such as the independence of the judiciary according to our legislation. if the court recognizes the facts and decisions of other courts in its own activities, it undermines the principle of independence. similarly, according to the opinion of russian legal scholar professor mikhail shvarts, it contradicts the principle of impartiality in court proceedings. this is because the essential part of the court's decisionmaking process should be the result of impartial litigation and the presentation of evidence by parties. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org however, in the case of pre-audit, it is understood that it is necessary to identify the facts that have been determined in the essential part of the court's decision-making process, as well as the facts that must be identified by the court on the basis of the evidence presented by the parties in the court proceedings. conclusion taking into account the opinions and legal references mentioned above regarding this case, we can draw the following conclusions. firstly, according to the views of the scholars and considering the indicators of presumption, it can be argued that prejudice is a type of presumption, and currently, prejudice enhances several processes in the legal system. secondly, prejudice are mainly based on the concept of anglo-saxon legal system. however, at present, prejudice forms of presumptions are available in the legal documents of many countries of roman-german legal system references 1. yusuvaliyeva r., ahmedshayeva m., najimov m. state and legal theory. toshkent: toshkent nashriyoti, 2019. 233 pages. 2. sh. saydullayev. state and legal theory: textbook. toshkent: tdyu, 2021. 248 pages. 3. l.a. morozova. theory of state and law. moscow, 2014. 384 pages. 4. a.n. chashin. theory of state and law. moscow, 2019. 5. state and legal theory: textbook / r. yusuvaliyeva, m. ahmedshayeva, m. najimov and others. responsible editor r. yusuvaliyeva. tashkent: zhidu, 2019. 308 pages. 6. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. 7. criminal code of the republic of uzbekistan. 8. criminal procedure code of the republic of uzbekistan. 9. civil procedure code of the republic of uzbekistan. 10. criminal procedure code of the russian federation. 11. https://wwww.lex.uz/uz legal portal of uzbekistan. 12. https://sibadvokat.ru/articles/prejudice 13. https://sudact.ru/law/gpk-rf/razdel-i/glava-6/statia-61/. https://wwww.lex.uz/uz https://sibadvokat.ru/articles/prejudice https://sudact.ru/law/gpk-rf/razdel-i/glava-6/statia-61/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org the problem of ecological consciousness as a subject of psychological research akramov mirmukhsin rustamovich associate professor of the department of psychology and pedagogy of religion at the international islamic academy of uzbekistan, doctor of psychology e-mail: akramov__m@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses research questions devoted to the study of increasing the effectiveness of methods of forming environmental representations in students and improving their methodological aspects. ecological consciousness, environment, ecological representation, climate, naturalphil, moral introject, existential reality. introduction for countries around the world, the next decade became a period of critical analysis of actions in the field of environmental protection. the united nations conference on environmental issues, held in rio de janeiro in 1992, emphasized the enormous importance of environmental consciousness in the implementation of lifestyle strategies and sustainable development of humanity in all countries of the world. the importance of developing environmental consciousness in the modern world is not questioned by anyone and is a priority area of education and upbringing in many countries. this activity, aimed at developing the environmental consciousness of the population and developing a careful attitude towards the environment, ensures the security of the future of all humanity1. world educational and scientific centers pay special attention to current areas of educational activity, the development of environmental consciousness, environmental knowledge, ethical attitude towards nature, the formation of environmental attitudes under the influence of ecocentric and anthropocentric factors, the system of relationships in the manifestation of mutual identification in the relationship between man and nature, motives of moral behavior , influencing the formation of environmental consciousness, response to crisis situations, aesthetic attitude towards nature, relationship with nature. in this regard, attention is paid to the issues of environmental knowledge, environmental consciousness, environmental culture, as well as the systemic organization of environmental education and training, the study of differential differences in strengthening the mechanisms of social influence on constructive-intensive relationships in expressing the social ecology of the individual, and further improving the field of ecology with involving advanced innovative technologies. currently, when studying the interaction of human reactions and the natural environment on a global scale, the connections between behavior and the perception of the environment, individual, social and 1 united nations development program «digital development initiative» program t:. 2003 – 262 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org public boundaries of attitude towards nature, the influence of environmental pollution and climate change on personal behavior, and the peculiarities of the relationship between the psyche and the environment are being studied. most research in environmental psychology has focused on cognitive and conative tasks. in them, this problem is analyzed within the framework of a systemic crisis characteristic of the entire civilization (g.g. diligentsky) 2 . concern about present and future environmental disasters does not end with scientific publications. the study of social opinion shows that environmental problems also concern a wide layer of society (y.p. ozhegov, e.v. nikonorova, a.i. ryzhikov, g. shagun, v.i. pavlov, p.e. ryzhenkov)3. at the same time, other studies confirm that a person does not have pro-ecological behavior, but he has a tendency to actively destroy nature (e.n. faustova)4 the purpose of the study is to increase the effectiveness of methods for developing environmental consciousness among students and improve their methodological aspects. research objectives: • identify the main views and approaches in the system of scientific knowledge about environmental consciousness; • identify awareness of the motives for making important decisions related to the environment, the system of environmental values; • determine the features of the connection between moral behavior and intrapersonal conflicts with the development of environmental consciousness among students; as a nominative variable for discriminant analysis, we took students’ courses of study (1-2-3-4 courses). the statements included in the first canonical factor consist of the following (factor loadings are calculated starting from the top): in the positive pole: “because later you will not suffer because of your actions” (0.918), “because your position in society requires it” (0.521). in the negative pole: “because if everyone is moral, then there will be no place for evil” (-0.564), “because, otherwise, you cannot adapt to life” (-0.505). a meaningful analysis of this factor shows the presence of an external locus of control among students: if you act within the framework of morality, then you will thereby maintain your position in society and will not suffer from this in the future. however, it must be separately emphasized that the negative pole of the factor (in the minds of students) shows the possibility of people using moral behavior for the purpose of causing evil: since morality is an adaptation to life, even if everyone is moral, there will still be a place for evil. we called this factor “morality as an introject.” the second factor included the following statements: in the positive pole “because if everyone is moral, then there will be no place for evil” (0.590), “because your position in society requires it” (0.516). in the negative pole: “because morality is beneficial for 2 дилигентский г.г. "конец истории" или смена цивилизаций? // вопр. философ. 1991. № 3. с. 29-42. 3 ожегов ю.п., никонорова е.в. экологический импульс: проблемы формирования экологической культуры молодежи. м.: молодая гвардия, 1991. рыжиков а.и. заповедное и его восприятие человеком // вопр. психол. 1993. № 5. с. 66 74. шагун г., павлов в.и., рыженков п.е. исследование экологического сознания детей и подростков // психол. журн. 1994. т. 15. № 1. с. 41-49. 4 фаустова э.н. экологическое сознание студентов: дефицит знаний (на основе социологического материала) // вестн. мгу. сер. 12. социология. 1991. № 4. с. 72 78. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org everyone” (-0.628), “because you think that you need to value relationships with other people” (0.408). a meaningful analysis of this factor shows that students have the following opinion about morality: if everyone acts according to their position in society, then there will be no place for evil. after all, a person (the negative pole of the factor) who does not value relationships with other people believes that morality does not benefit everyone. this factor is conventionally called “morality as a measure in relations with others.” our final conclusions: the peculiarities of the formation of the moral consciousness of the student period are determined by the transition from a narrow family environment to a broad social environment; considering the moral consciousness of students as a static phenomenon leads to disagreements in the results of psychological diagnostics; formed moral criteria in a person, having created harmony together with conscience, generate in him the need for active behavior. motivational ways of relationship with nature are, to a certain extent, derivatives of the subject’s personal experience; these relationships reflect a system of relationships in many aspects to oneself, society, existential (existential: the defining humanity of a person, the reality that constitutes the meaning of life) reality, their “true” meaning is transformed by influence of psychological defense mechanisms. references 1. akramov m.r. the ethical awareness behavior of students during higher education (in the condition of uzbekistan) // european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences volume 4 number 10, 2016 issn 2056-5852. – p. 30-33.(19.00.00; №2) 2. акрамов м.р. проблемы изучения психологических особенностей развития экологического сознания по в.а.ясвину // наука и мир международный научный журнал. волгоград, 2015 № 5 (21), c. 117-118. (global impact faktor 0.325) 3. акрамов, м. р. (2023, september). психологические вопросы изучения экологического сознания при формировании здоровой среды «зеленое пространство». in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 9, pp. 50-55). 4. акрамов, м. р. (2023). экoлoгик oнг шaкллaниши пcиxoлoгик фeнoмeн cифaтидa: образование и инновационные исследования международный научнометодический журнал, (1), 319-323. 5. акрамов м. р. экологическое сознание как особенность развития //вестник интегративной психологии. – с. 31. 6. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 914. 7. akramov m. r. inson tabiat munosabatlarida ekologik ong xususiyatlarining shakllanishi //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 80-83. 8. акрамов м. р. психологические проблемы изучения формирования экологического сознания //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 97. 9. sottarovich n. a. socio-psychological mechanisms of improvement of decision-making in managerial activities //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 19. – с. 60-64. 10. акрамов м. р. психиканинг ривожланишига бўлган экопсихологик ёндашувнинг асосий қоидалари //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. special issue 2. – с. 199-202. 11. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 12. акрамов м. р. психологические аспекты формирования экологического сознания личности //наука и мир. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 80-81. 13. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 48-55. 14. акрамов, м. р. (2023, february). формирование характеристик экологического сознания в отношении человека с природой. in proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences (vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 113-118). 15. акрамов, м. р. (2023, december). психологические механизмы формирования экологического сознания личности. in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 12, pp. 527-532). 16. дерябо, с. д., ясвин, в. а. экологическая педагогика и психология. – ростов – на – дону: издательство «феникс»,1996. 17. назаров а. с. социально-психологические особенности принятия управленческих решений //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 58-62. 18. фаустова э.н. экологическое сознание студентов: дефицит знаний (на основе социологического материала) // вестн. мгу. сер. 12. социология. 1991. № 4. с. 72 78. 19. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. 20. sottarovich n. a. psychological aspects of making and implementing management decisions in the activities of a leader //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2024. – т. 12. – №. 2. – с. 291-295. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org social-psychological aspects of studying ecological consciousness akramov mirmuxsin rustamovich, associate professor of the department of "psychology and pedagogy of religion" of the international islamic academy of uzbekistan, doctor of psychology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the topic of socio-psychological aspects of the study of environmental consciousness in the formation of an environmentally healthy environment. the text of the article also discusses the interaction of a person and the environment, the phenomenon of ecological consciousness and its description, consciousness and its development, personality in sociogenesis, ontogenetic development of ecological consciousness, ecological culture and human values, psychological features of the manifestation of ecological consciousness are widely covered. personality, consciousness, ecological consciousness, psychology, environment, interaction, natural world, ecological culture, ethics, need, society, anthropopathism. introduction today, the relationship between man and nature is getting closer, and the mutual integration of the "society-man-technology-natural environment" system is becoming increasingly relevant. also, in the current global environment, studying the relationship between man and nature, preserving the ecological environment, forming environmental consciousness and culture in people, and reducing the impact of the human factor on nature are becoming urgent tasks for many sciences. until now, many sociological, pedagogical, philosophical studies have been carried out on environmental issues, and in them, topics such as the formation of ecological culture in the individual, the impact of society on the environment, and the education of ecological behavior have been thoroughly studied. however, scientific research on the psychological aspects of the formation of environmental awareness in local psychological research has not been carried out. the formation of ecological consciousness is considered a unique psychological phenomenon, and its research is likely to provide very interesting and important information not only for the science of psychology, but also for the science of ecology. the concept of ecological consciousness is a very popular concept in the research of foreign psychology and russian psychology. for the first time, the concept of "ecological consciousness" was used by the researcher b. t. likhacheva. later, scientists n.i. ikonnikova, o. yu. molchanova, s.d. deryabo, v.a. yasvin, a.s. the martinovs also conducted their own research in this regard [3]. chronologically, the problem of environmental consciousness began to be studied with great enthusiasm in russian psychology in the early 90s. the main goal is to prevent the ecological crisis, and it is planned to be carried out primarily by creating ecological culture and awareness among people. the second aspect american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org was a psychological and pedagogical deep consideration of the development of ecological consciousness in a person. "consciousness" is a collection of knowledge and attitudes that arise and manifest in activity and communication. environmental awareness includes the environment, the natural world, the relationship between man and nature, as well as related human strategies and technologies for working with nature. ecological consciousness in a broad sense focuses on the psychological component of human interaction with the natural world. in this, the mechanisms of human interaction with animals and plants are reflected. according to v. i. medvedev, the central concept of the psychology of ecological consciousness is the concept of "natural world". that is, "natural environment" is a holistic system that provides human life and works objectively[5]. in a word, natural environmental systems are made up of natural objects, and it is one of the highest duties of every person to preserve them from generation to generation. according to yasvin, the following aspects of understanding ecological consciousness are distinguished [6]: nature should be understood not as "natural environment" but as "natural world"; in the analysis of ecological consciousness, the main attention should be focused not on objective relations of man with nature, but on subjective relations; for the study of ecological consciousness, information from such areas as social psychology, personal psychology, zoopsychology, and health psychology is also very important; ecological awareness is a problem studied by pedagogical psychology. that is, it contains concepts such as ecological education, ecological behavior, and ecological culture. in modern psychology, it is considered appropriate to consider environmental consciousness based on the following issues: in the process of sociogenesis, ecological problems have been studied since different periods. that is, the appearance of the external world, matter, plants, animals, natural resources, etc. with the passage of time, society, life on earth, has changed fundamentally through social civilization; in the process of ecological awareness, knowledge in which the knowledge, skills, qualifications and environmental competences of a person about the natural environment are analyzed. in addition, the fact that a person lives in harmony with the external environment from a young age, ecological behavior formed from a young age is also taken into account; based on the analysis of the process of ontogenesis the socialization process of a person from birth to the end of his life, the form of ecological consciousness and culture, etc. it is known from these classifications that knowledge about nature is formed in a person since childhood. it also distinguishes concepts such as human imagination about nature, the relationship between nature and man, the image of nature, and the person in the image of the world. some psychologists try to analyze the concept of ecological consciousness together with concepts such as "ecological behavior" and "ecological culture". i.v. svetokva said that ecological culture is the ability of people to apply ecological knowledge and skills in practice. environmental consciousness consists of human ecological concepts, outlook, position, attitude to nature, and practical strategies1. behavior towards the environment is a set of direct and indirect actions of people towards the natural environment and natural resources. therefore, the unique characteristics of ecological consciousness 1цветкова и.в. личный опыт по взаимодействию с окружающей средой в процессе формирования экологической культуры младшего школьника // учителю об экологии детства / под ред. в.и.панова, в american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org should be explained through the practical skills for nature formed in man. television, political awareness, economic knowledge, and education are recommended as psychological measures for the formation of ecological consciousness in a person. it is advisable to implement this process starting from pre-school educational institutions. in addition, science, ecology, and other subjects are taught on the basis of in-depth programs in every secondary school. these programs are created in accordance with traditional educational programs and are updated annually by the ministry of education. a question arises? why should environmental awareness be studied psychologically? reasons for this have long been of interest to everyone [1]. according to i.a. sosunova, the need to study ecological consciousness is related to the following: ecological consciousness has been studied as a public movement since the end of the 19th century; ecological awareness is related to the search for answers to questions about nature. it has a social, biological, psychic essence, and it is conditioned; ecological consciousness is the result of the evolution of human consciousness. it is reflected in concepts such as person, family, ethnicity, state, politics, planet, space; the study of ecological consciousness is a direction that determines the causes of social and cultural objects of nature [4]. according to v.v. kalita, man is an inseparable part of nature, one should not be against nature, one should not harm it, it should always be preserved. plants, animals, insects, which are representatives of nature, are subjects with full rights in life, like a person2. v.r. arseniev describes the reasons for people's distance from nature as follows: violation of cooperation between man and nature; humanizing nature more than necessary; deification of nature; accepting nature in its diversity; treating the environment as if it was created naturally and should remain as such, etc [2]. in addition to genetic heritage, people also have cultural heritage, which fundamentally distinguishes man from all living creatures on earth. the main factor that determines human activity is not biophysical, but social and cultural factors. in short, man does not live in natural conditions, but he lives in constant social conditions. therefore, environmental consciousness can be understood as an anthropocentric phenomenon. it covers all spheres of human activity, i.e. economic, political, educational, etc. ecological center is a system of ideas about the world, which is based on ecological expediency, lack of conflict between man and nature, subjective perception of nature, pragmatic and non-pragmatic interaction. distinguished by the balance of mystery. sources related to the study of human ecological consciousness have shown that ecological education and upbringing, as well as the existence of certain moral and personal attitudes, play a major role in the development of ecological consciousness of any person. it is advisable to carry out such activities from childhood, to educate them in a timely manner. 2 калита в.в. понятие экологичности в экологической психологии // психология сегодня. т. 2, вып. 1. м„ 1996. – с 104 105. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org references 1. акрамов м. р. психологические проблемы изучения формирования экологического сознания //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 97. 2. sottarovich n. a. socio-psychological mechanisms of improvement of decision-making in managerial activities //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 19. – с. 60-64. 3. акрамов м. р. экологическое сознание как особенность развития //вестник интегративной психологии. – с. 31. 4. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 77. 5. akramov, m. r. (2022). inson tabiat munosabatlarida ekologik ong xususiyatlarining shakllanishi. academic research in educational sciences, 80-83. 6. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 9-14. 7. назаров а. с. социально-психологические особенности принятия управленческих решений //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 58-62. 8. акрамов, м. р. (2023, february). формирование характеристик экологического сознания в отношении человека с природой. in proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences (vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 113-118). 9. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 48-55. 10. акрамов, м. р. (2023, december). психологические механизмы формирования экологического сознания личности. in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 12, pp. 527-532). 11. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 34 (том 1)(март, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 31.03. 2022. – с. 131. 12. акрамов, м. р. (2023, september). психологические вопросы изучения экологического сознания при формировании здоровой среды «зеленое пространство». in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 9, pp. 50-55). 13. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 130-134. 14. акрамов, м. р. (2023). экoлoгик oнг шaкллaниши пcиxoлoгик фeнoмeн cифaтидa: образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (1), 319-323. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org 15. назаров а. с. основные психологические детерминанты, обеспечивающие процесс принятия решений в управлении //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 36 (том 1)(май, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 01.06. 2022. – с. 7. 16. акрамов м. р. экологическое сознание как особенность развития //вестник интегративной психологии. – с. 31. 17. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103-109. 18. akramov m. r. inson tabiat munosabatlarida ekologik ong xususiyatlarining shakllanishi //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 80-83. 19. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 20. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. psychological foundations of the moral qualities of a leader in decision-making //european journal of interdisciplinary research and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 213-217. 21. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. 22. акрамов м. р. психиканинг ривожланишига бўлган экопсихологик ёндашувнинг асосий қоидалари //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. special issue 2. – с. 199-202. 23. nazarov a. s. socio-psychological and organizational characteristics of decision making in management //turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry. – 2021. – т. 12. – №. 7. 24. акрамов м. р. психологические аспекты формирования экологического сознания личности //наука и мир. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 80-81. 25. акрамов, м. р. (2023, february). формирование характеристик экологического сознания в отношении человека с природой. in proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences (vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 113-118). 26. назаров а. с. ижтимоий-психологик тадқиқотларда қарор қабул қилиш муаммосининг ўрганилганлик холати: назаров азамат соттарович, ўзбекистон халқаро ислом академияси катта ўқитувчиси //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2022. – №. 12. – с. 354-362. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org paradigms representing character quantity changes at the phonological/phonetic level in english and uzbek languages dilobar azimova kokand state pedagogical institute, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article devoted to the study paradigms representing character quantity changes at the phonological/phonetic level in english and uzbek languages. as recognized in theoretical linguistics, language units have basically three types of relationships, i.e. syntagmatic, paradigmatic and hierarchical relationships. the important features (signs) of linguistic units are first determined on the basis of each level system, and then on the basis of the systems located below and above this level. if we take into account the theory of language-speech opposition of modern linguistics, we should call the level where sound types exist not "phonetic level", but "phonological level", to support such a view in linguistics. a phoneme, allophone, narrowness, a mediumwide position phonetic level, phonological level, language unit, speech unit, speech sounds, dichotomy. introduction language units such as morpheme (affix), lexeme (word), syntaxe (sentence) have expressive (sound) and expressive (meaning) aspects. the smallest constituents of speech are phonemes. phonemes, as recognized in phonology, serve to create nomemes and sonemas, which are expressive aspects of lexemes and morphemes, and to semantically distinguish lexical nome from lexical nome, affix sonema from affix sonema [1; 18-21]. a phoneme is a virtual, memory language unit, on the basis of which speech sounds, called allophones, are formed, which have the characteristics of actual, materiality. a phoneme is stored in the memory in the form of an abstract mental pattern (for example, "b consonant + lip-lip + explosive + plosive"), and based on this phoneme pattern, speech sounds (allophones) occur in different regional differences (depending on the differences in the speech apparatus of people). thus, the sounds that serve for the expressive side of communication units formed by the human speech apparatus have language (phonological) and speech (phonetic) stages and statuses [3; 32]. in fact, phonological units are derived from phonetic units. at this point, we must admit that both the allophone, which has real material acoustic properties, and the phoneme, the invariant, abstract form of the allophone stored in memory, are things in a broad (philosophical) sense. according to the dialectical doctrine, anything related to nature, society, and thinking (especially phonemes/allophones) is created as a result of quantitative changes to qualitative changes. of course, the question arises: if the phoneme/allophone also has the status of a thing, what kind of quantitative changes are they formed, in other words, how does the transition of quantitative changes american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org to qualitative changes occur in the reality of the phonology/phonetic level? actually, how are speech sounds and phonemes formed? linguist o. bozorov's research on linguistic graduonomy (graduonomy in uzbek) showed that the formation of allophones/phonemes is also related to the gradual transition of quantitative changes in articulatory-physiological and acoustic signs to qualitative changes [2; 14]. a vivid example of this is the formation of vowels as a result of the gradual transition of the mouth from one width stage to another width stage. it is known that the narrowness of the mouth opening occurs in two directions. the first one is the two sides (horizontal) pulling and flattening of the lips, and the second one is the narrow width created by the forward rounding of the lips. there are three vowel sounds in step (steps) of both widths [4; 6567]. we make the vowel i by straightening (pulling both edges) our lips that are touching each other. after that, if we widen the narrowness of the pronunciation of the vowel i and move it to a medium-wide position, the sound of e will be formed. after that, if the e is pronounced from the middle wide position to the wide position, the a sound is formed. in this way, i (narrow) → e (mid-wide) → a (wide), i.e., when narrow becomes middle-wide, and middle-wide becomes wide, i becomes e, and e becomes a. in this case, the sound e (change in quality), the formation of a new sound is 8, which is the result of the gradual increase in the width of e, the sound a (new quality), the emergence of another sound, the amount of changes in the width of e comes to a certain standard, and deviates from the standard (the standard width that forms e ) formed due to the transition. if we direct our lips forward and begin to open them in a round position (from narrow to wide), three vowels begin to be formed: if we open narrowly u, if we open medium wide o', if we open wide o is formed. in this case too, we witness the process of formation of i, e, a change of quantity to qualitative changes (formation of new sounds). in english, vowels are formed according to the levels (stages) of opening the mouth as follows: a) wide or open vowels (the tongue is based on the lower teeth): [а:, ɔ, ᴧ, æ]; b) semi-open vowels (the tongue is slightly raised towards the hard palate) [e, ɔ; ə,ə:]; c) closed vowels (the tongue is raised towards the hard palate, but does not touch the hard palate): [i:, u, u: i] [1; 18]. it can be seen that different languages used the sign of opening the mouth (raising the tongue). in particular, the uzbek language formed 6 vowel phonemes (i, e, a, u, o', o) according to this sign, while the english formed 12 phonemes in the direction of opening the mouth [a:, ɔ,ɔ:,ᴧ,ə:,ə,æ i:,i,e u,u:,] is formed. therefore, the vowel phoneme that exists in english is absent in uzbek or vice versa. in particular, english has æ, middle wide e, o', vowels that do not exist in english, etc. linguist o. bozorov in his study "graduonomy in the uzbek language" tries to explain that the structure of the speech apparatus and organs, the place of articulation, and the method of gradation are suitable for the formation of speech sounds (phonemes) [2; 26]. another type of quantitatively variable sign is the acoustic sign, which has types such as longnessshortness, softness-hardness, strength-weakness. to better understand these features, it is necessary to pay attention to their acoustic basis. it is known that any sound is created by the vibration of the body. speech sounds are also formed by the vibration of the flour fiber under the influence of air flow or the influence of one speech organ on another. the resulting sound has such characteristics (characteristics) that intensification/deamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org intensification is possible based on these characteristics (characteristics). these are any type of sound, in particular, height, strength and length in speech sounds [5; 48]. the pitch of speech is related to the number of vibrations of the vocal cord. the higher the number of vibrations per second, the louder the speech. the same quantitative condition, i.e., small, more, large number of vibrations (frequencies) of the flour fiber creates gradations of speech sound pitch. in other words, pitch has a specific role in the gradations of speech sounds with a complex acoustic complex structure. another acoustic property (sign) of speech sound is its strength. loudness depends on the narrowwidth of the speech muscle amplitude. the more the flour expands to the left and right during vibration, i.e. the more it moves to the two sides (embraces), the louder the speech sound. it is precisely this, that is, the large-small amplitude of the amplitude oscillation, that ensures that the sound power has a lower (less) or higher (more) level of strength. thus, the possibility of having different levels of sound power is one of the possibilities of speech sound gradations. another acoustic characteristic of any type of sound, in particular speech sound, is its length. this is the presence of continuity between the beginning and the end of the pronunciation of a particular speech sound. in particular, the duration of vowel pronunciation is greater than the duration of consonant pronunciation. on this basis, the longer the speech sound is, the longer it is, and the shorter it is, the shorter it is. continuity-discontinuity characteristic of any speech sound, in particular, is the basis of speech graduonomy phenomenon in general, since the acoustic component (element) of any component characteristic of the speech sound has its quantitative nature, it is characterized by gradation, which is the type of quantity. determining these is the task of experimental phonetics. as a final point, we can say that the listener/hearer can hear a complex, multi-component speech sound (whole) from 16 hertz to 20,000 hertz. that's why the range of hearing ranges from 16 to 20000 indicates that the power of the speech sound is in different levels, strong-weak or intensification/de-intensification. these acoustic properties formed in the speech apparatus also serve to form the type of speech sound or phoneme. prolongation is the pronunciation or duration of a speech sound longer than normal. in phonetics, two types of lengthening are recognized, i.e. primary and secondary. the primary pitch is the pitch of a speech sound when it is pronounced separately: a, o, b. from this point of view, each speech sound has its own standard pitch. in his time, f. de saussure showed two important aspects of the word, which is considered a sign: a) the free, arbitrary conditional (not natural) connection of the word's meaning with the sound aspect; b) length of the word (lineynost, protyajennost). he said that the study of word length is fundamental to linguistics it is not difficult to understand his point. levels of longness or shortness of the speech sound ensure that the sound aspect of the speech is well received by the listener. the tone of words and sentences, formed from different lengths, reaches the listener discretely, that is, divided, clearly and clearly. if all the speech sounds were made with the same length or shortness, the tone of the speech would be monotonous and it would be difficult for him to understand it. that is why current theoretical phonetics pays great attention to determining shortness-longness dimensions, which are quantitative characteristics of speech sounds. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org each language has its own standard length of vowels and consonants. for example, the increase in the length of vowels in the modern literary language can be shown as follows according to the heard pronunciation: (when the sounds are pronounced separately as phonemes): i e a o o' u. 1. in the system of consonants, glides (v, j, z, y, l, r, s f, x, sh, g', h) are longer than plosives (like b, g, d, p, t, ch, q). also, each of the sliding sounds has its own internal prolongations. also, short vowels, which are called shorter than normal, have different degrees of shortness within them. the long-shortness characteristic of the material-acoustic side of phonemes is manifested in each language in its own way. for example, short vowels in english are pronounced twice as short as in uzbek: [ i, e , ə, u, ᴧ, ə, æ ]. long vowels are pronounced twice as long as in uzbek: [ i:,a;,ɔ:,u:,ə: ]. in general, normative, immanent characteristic of phonemes (types of speech sound), normative (average), long, short, short phoneme-type (typical of speech sound type) values (m/s) that make this speech sound a speech sound, constructively important in account) determination is the task of modern experiential phonetics. references 1. abduazizov a. phonology and morphonology of the uzbek language. tashkent: teacher, 1992. b. 19 2. bozorov o. graduonomy in uzbek. tashkent: science, 1995. 132 p. 3. nematov kh. the word, its role in language and speech // uzbek language and literature, 1988, no. 6, pp. 38-43. 4. solntsev v.a. language as a system-structural formation. – m.: nauka, 1971. -292 p. 5. solntsev v.a. variation as a general property of the language system// questions of linguistics, 1984, no. 2 –p. 31-42 6. trubetskoy n.s. fundamentals of phonology. moscow: publishing house of foreign literature, 1960.372 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 20, | january, 2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org enhancing employees’ work passion through workplace relationship management strategies in the nigerian banking industry nwibere, barinedum michael university of port harcourt email: barrysaro@yahoo.com needorn, richard sorle university of port harcourt, nigeria email: richard.needorn@uniport.edu.ng; richardsorleneedorn@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research investigated the relationship between workplace relationship management strategies (wrms) and employees’ work passion (ewp) within the nigerian banking industry. a sample of 160 managers and supervisors from 20 randomly selected banks in the niger delta region of nigeria was utilized. a quasi-experimental research design was used, and data were collected through a cross-sectional survey using questionnaire. data analysis was conducted using the statistical package for social sciences (spss) version 25, utilizing structural equation modeling (sem) via the amos package. the results reveal a positive and significant correlation between workplace relationship management strategies (wrms) and employees’ work passion (ewp) in the nigerian banking industry. specifically, the findings illustrate a robust positive and significant correlation between trust, a dimension of workplace relationship management strategies, and the metrics of employees' work passion (namely, harmonious passion and obsessive passion). similarly, the research identifies a strong positive and significant correlation between shared values and goals, another dimension of workplace relationship management, and the metrics of employees' work passion (harmonious passion and obsessive passion). consequently, the study concludes that trust and shared values and goals significantly bolster employees’ harmonious passion and obsessive passion, respectively, within nigerian deposit money banks. the theoretical and managerial implications of these findings were also discussed. deposit money banks, employees work passion, harmonious passion, nigeria. obsessive passion, shared values and goals, structural equation modelling, trust, workplace relationship management strategies. introduction employees play a critical role in an organisation. achieving optimal performance without the help or intervention of the employee will not be possible in any organisation. employees in an organisation are the essential resources that influence the organisation's well-being. this is so because an organisation's functioning and resources revolve around its employees. most organisations have acknowledged that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org their achievements are not solely dependent on the sophistication level of their equipment, automation, or computerisation but rather on the employees who possess embedded tacit knowledge. to survive and succeed in today’s highly competitive business environment, employees must display a high passion for their work, given that it enhances the fortune of the entire organisation. in alignment with the above assertion, vallerand and houlfort (2003) maintained that work passion is an individual's emotion and persistent state of desire based on cognitive and affective emotion on work appraisals. eketu (2019) argued that work passion is an unflinching emotional interest geared towards a staff job, which results from unqualified job satisfaction but is triggered by a fertile work climate. pati (2012) opined that work passion is the manifestation of an individual's purpose and its connection with the purpose of the firm, arising from an implicit connection with self-consciousness. the manifestation of employee work passion exudes lots of benefits to the organisation, including but not limited to commitment, citizenship behaviour, profit and growth, and reduced labour turnover rate. given the various contributions of employees’ work passion to the organisation, many empirical works have been advanced theorising, postulating and suggesting different approaches and models in their different scholarships on how best to enhance employees’ work passion in today’s organisations. these postulations and suggestions are from various disciplinary backgrounds, contexts and factors. some of those means and ways, as postulated, are coordination (filley & aldag, 1980), work team (sundaram, 2022), leadership and leadership style (yulk, 2006; northouse, 2010), better remuneration (ismail, 2020; hidaya et al., 2020), organisational justice (okpu & basuo, 2019) human resources practices, leadership style and shared value (rahman and taniya (2017) recognition (amoatemaa and kyeremeh (2016) on the other hand, workplace relationship management refers to the communication management between the enterprise and the staff; this kind of communication adopts flexibility, encouraging a noncompulsory means to improve employees’ satisfaction and support the enterprise in realising the goal. workplace relationship management runs through every aspect of human resource management, which begins from the first day of employing the staff (yongcai, 2010). it includes all the matters between employees to employees and employees to managers that arise every day between these associations (bajaj et al., 2013). positive workplace relationships can influence outputs, such as satisfaction, individual and team performance improvements, work addiction or passion, and the ability to connect better and participate within a team. workplace relationship management plays an essential role in team development. (obeng et al., 2021; pollack et al. 2020; ho & astakhova, 2020; ho et al., 2021; ahadiat and dacko-pikiewicz, 2020; salas-vallina et al.2022). the plethora of the different extant literatures examined so far shows that the direction of interest of the scholars was basically from the human relation and organisational behaviour perspective and, thus, their prescription as it relates to the subject matter. while we contest that these suggested measures and models for employees' work passion are static, restrictive, and only situated within the context of human resource management and organisation behaviour, we are inclined to establish here that the experiential knowledge shows that those prescriptions are not all-encompassing and thus, does not appeal to contemporary organisational measures and thinking with generalistic characteristic. against this backdrop, this study examines whether employees' work passion can be enhanced using workplace relationship management strategies. a review of the different postulations and prescriptions on the extant literature on the subject matter shows that one of the least discussed regarding employees' work passion is from the perspective of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org workplace relationship management strategies. the closest attempt was the works of okpu and basuo (2019), rahman and taniya (2017), ume and agha (2020), amoatemaa and kyeremeh (2016), where the issues raised the investigation of organisational justice and its effect on employee work passion; employees’ relationship management components such as human resources practices, leadership styles and shared goals /values; employee relationship management (erm) as a correlate of employees commitment; and employee recognition and work passion respectively. based on the observed gap in the literature, this study attempts a different perspective and, thus, approaches it from the standpoint of workplace relationship management strategies. this work is therefore structured to examine how to enhance employees’ work passion through workplace relationship management strategies in the nigerian banking industry. conceptual framework the conceptual framework guiding this study is presented in the figure below. fig. 1.1: conceptual framework showing the hypothesised correlation between workplace relationship management strategies and employees’ work passion source: conceptualized by the researchers the dimensions of workplace relationship management strategies are adapted from al-khozondar (2015), while the employees’ work passion measures were adapted from vallerand et al. (2003). this investigation was meticulously devised and executed to ascertain empirical proof regarding how workplace relationship management can facilitate the augmentation of employees' work passion within the commercial banking subsector in nigeria. 2.0 review of related literature workplace relationship management strategies workplace relationship management strategies, often synonymous with employee relationship management, are critical in contemporary organisational dynamics. defined as how firms engage with their employees, it encompasses strategies, programs, and technology to foster productive and secure workplace relationship management strategies employees’ work passion trust shared values and goals harmonious passion obsessive passion american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org workplace environments (rahman & taniya, 2017; lagergren & anderson, 2013). this concept emphasises the importance of maintaining commitment, morale, and trust between employers and employees to achieve organisational objectives (bajaj et al., 2013). moreover, it highlights the significance of effective organisational communication in building employee confidence, loyalty, and trust, thereby harnessing the full potential of organisational talent (pareek & rai, 2012). employees’ relationship management is regarded as a specific domain within human resource management, focusing on regulating interactions between the company and its staff and among employees themselves (yongcai, 2010; jing, 2013). this dynamic process involves adopting various controlling methods and practices to facilitate organisational goal attainment (oluchi, 2013). furthermore, it enables knowledge workers to exchange intellectual properties to benefit the corporation, enhancing overall productivity (rahman & taniya, 2017). organisations can optimise their relationship with employees by personalising interactions and fostering cooperation, thereby driving performance and innovation (pareek & rai, 2012). healthy employee relations are fundamental to organisational success, promoting efficiency, productivity, and employee commitment (bajaj, 2013). organisations that prioritise creating a conducive work environment, encouraging participation in decision-making, and resolving conflicts effectively are more likely to cultivate a motivated and dedicated workforce (ume & agha, 2020). workplace relationship management encompasses diverse activities to foster friendly, cooperative relationships between management and employees, ultimately contributing to a cohesive work environment conducive to goal achievement (bajaj, 2013). by understanding and addressing employee needs and concerns, organisations can harness the collective potential of their workforce, driving sustainable growth and success. trust as paleszkiewicz (2010) posited, trust constitutes a foundational element in successful relationships, fostering cohesion and facilitating favourable outcomes in collaborative endeavours, and this also applies to the workplace. it is essential for healthy, reciprocal relationships. understanding the importance of trust in the workplace and how to build, sustain or maintain it is crucial for creating a thriving and cohesive workplace culture. it creates a sense of psychological safety, enabling individuals to feel comfortable and secure in expressing their ideas, opinions, and concerns; plays a significant role in fostering effective communication and collaboration, enabling team members to be more inclined to share information, collaborate, and support one another; facilitates the establishment of strong working relationships, enabling individuals to rely on and depend on their colleagues, which leads to increased efficiency and productivity (www.michaelpage.com.au). trust can be built and repaired through intentional efforts, consistent actions and behaviours, and effective strategies. building trust in the workplace requires demonstrating reliability, honesty, respect, competence, consistency, feedback and reputation, empowering staff through meaningful participation, following through on commitments with actions, and encouraging open, authentic, and transparent communication (www.michaelpage.com.au). an essential component of trust and your team's success is a feeling of psychological safety. suppose employees feel they will be thrown under the bus, or you will humiliate their personality, deflate their pride, and assault their dignity in front of their peers; in that case, they will be less likely to trust you as a leader — and might even lie to avoid getting caught http://www.michaelpage.com.au/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org out in the future. follow the principles of praising publicly and correcting privately (www.michaelpage.com.au). yilmaz and kabadayi (2000) define trust as the belief in another party's altruism, willingness to take risks, and reliability to a significant extent. it encompasses expectations regarding the behaviour of individuals, groups, or institutions resulting from interactions with them (paleszkiewicz, 2010). within organisational contexts, trust is pivotal in influencing performance, effectiveness, and efficiency (dirks & ferrin, 2002). this multifaceted concept is often delineated into integrity and reliability, which foster confidence and trust in interpersonal relationships (herington et al., 2009). effective organisational functioning hinges on trust, which is essential for knowledge transfer, collaboration and other attendant benefits (tzafrir et al., 2003; boon & holmes, 1991). trust operates on two organisational levels: trust in individuals and the organisation itself (blomqvist et al., 2003). individual trust is vested in specific trustees, while organisational trust extends to the institution, often represented by its agents (mistzal, 1996). this trust is rooted in perceptions of risk and uncertainty, with trust being the willingness to take risks based on positive expectations of others' behaviour (rousseau et al., 1998). it involves vulnerability, resource investment, and the expectation of mutual benefit (tzafrir & eitam-meilik, 2005; morgan & hunt, 1994). trust is instrumental in fostering value creation, enhancing information flow, and promoting organisational collaboration (mcelroy, 2002; connell et al., 2003). its multidimensionality encompasses interpersonal and impersonal dimensions (vanhala et al., 2011). organisations must cultivate an environment conducive to trust development, underpinning teamwork, productivity, and employee commitment (park & popescu, 2014). formal and informal control measures, such as reward systems and organisational transparency, are crucial in managing employee trust perceptions (merchant & van der stede, 2007). trust is earned and reciprocal, requiring managers to demonstrate respect and fairness to earn trust from their subordinates (tzafrir, 2005). it is founded on organisational trustworthiness, encompassing factors such as benevolence, competence, and integrity (mayer et al., 1995). ultimately, trust fosters positive organisational and individual outcomes, contributing to mental well-being, accessibility, psychological safety or a sense of security (malhotra & murnighan, 2002). shared objectives and values the notion of shared objectives signifies the alignment between employees and management within organisations toward overarching goals pivotal for organisational success. this alignment fosters a comprehensive understanding of how tasks interrelate across organisational units and ensures that employee efforts align with the organisation's strategic trajectory (pulakos & o'leary, 2011). alignment on common goals enables employees to channel their energies toward achieving organisational objectives. in business contexts, goals represent values cherished by the firm, and alignment between employee and firm values fosters a mutual sharing of significant aspects (herington et al., 2009). kantabutra and avery (2009) emphasise that shared goals reflect the interconnectedness between employees and management toward critical endeavours. such alignment empowers employees to focus on achieving specific goals, necessitating interdependence and collaboration among employees. the alignment of goals positively influences employee performance and organisational outcomes (chinomona & sandada, 2013). http://www.michaelpage.com.au/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org employees’ work passion vallerand and his colleagues suggested the dualistic model of passion for work, identifying two types of passion: harmonious passion and obsessive passion (vallerand, et al. 2003; vallerand & houlfort, 2003; philippe et al., 2010). harmonious passion denotes a fervent engagement with activity under one's control, stemming from autonomous internalisation within one's identity, according to self-determination theory (deci & ryan, 2000) (vallerand et al., 2003). this form of passion signifies an intrinsic affinity toward an activity that aligns with one's identity, distinct from other interesting yet less significant pursuits (vallerand, 2008). conversely, obsessive passion denotes an overpowering compulsion toward certain activities, leading to conflicts and frustrations due to addiction (vallerand, 2008). harmonious passion finds application in describing employees' work passion within organisational settings (zigarmi, et al. 2009; ho, wong, and lee, 2011; astakhova, 2015). unlike engagement, which primarily reflects organisational commitment, work passion encompasses affective, cognitive, and behavioural dimensions, fostering a profound sense of work identity and employee satisfaction (zigarmi et al., 2011). employees characterised by work passion exhibit a deep appreciation and enjoyment of their work, viewing it as integral to their identity (ho et al., 2011). birkeland and buch (2015) underscore the distinction between passion and engagement, asserting that passion reflects a stable relationship with one's work, irrespective of presence in the organisation. this distinction aligns with self-determination theory, emphasising autonomy and self-identity in workrelated satisfaction (birkeland & buch, 2015). zigarmi et al. (2009) identify key factors facilitating work passion among employees, including meaningful work, autonomy, collaboration, fairness, recognition, career growth, connectedness to colleagues, and connectedness to leaders (nimon et al., 2011). these factors foster a conducive work environment that maximises employee passion and organisational success. harmonious passion harmonious passion is evident when work and its outcomes align with the inherent values and objectives of the individual (vallerand & houlfort, 2019). this alignment allows for the voluntary selection of activities without external pressures. employees do not feel obligated to fulfil their duties; instead, work evokes a sense of identity and enjoyment. harmonious passion for work yields various consequences, such as positive intentions concerning the work environment. consequently, individuals with higher levels of harmonious passion for work are more inclined to express their intentions to remain within the organisation, speak positively about their work to others, and willingly adhere to organisational regulations (zigarmi et al., 2012; zigarmi et al., 2015). increased energy and task dedication lead to more favourable attitudes and behaviours toward the organisation. the concept of harmonious passion arises from the "autonomous internalisation of the activity into the person’s identity" (vallerand et al., 2003). it represents an intrinsic motivational force in harmony with other aspects of an individual's identity and daily life. consequently, harmonious passion fosters positive affect during task engagement, enabling individuals to engage in tasks more flexibly and experience task engagement more fully, leading to enhanced concentration and the experience of flow (vallerand et al., 2003). flow refers to a state of concentration, control, and autotelic experience associated with positive emotions and low levels of psychological issues, particularly within the context of harmonious passion (lavigne et al., 2012). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org individuals experiencing harmonious passion exhibit heightened attentiveness and absorption, characterised by intense concentration and immersion in activities (vallerand, 2015). research indicates that harmonious passion is negatively associated with disengagement, the opposite of absorption (caudroit et al., 2010). moreover, work engagement, a positive psychological and affective state characterised by vigour, dedication, and absorption, is positively influenced by harmonious passion (macey & schneider, 2008). engaged employees invest their time and effort in their work due to their enjoyment and intrinsic motivation rather than being driven by work obsession (shimazu & schaufeli, 2008). additionally, the assurance of resource availability and necessary support fosters a sense of harmonious passion toward tasks (vallerand, 2015). forest et al. (2012) found that consciously utilising one's signature strengths in work leads to increased harmonious passion and psychological well-being. in line with the broaden-and-build theory (frederickson, 2001), positive emotional states broaden attention and resource utilisation (frederickson & branigan, 2005). passion intensifies emotional experiences, with individuals valuing their passion experiencing heightened emotional intensity, leading to increased emotional expression. research suggests that harmonious passion facilitates positive emotions and protects against negative emotions, while obsessive passion positively predicts negative emotions, amplifying their impact (philippe et al., 2010). harmonious passion within an occupational context is associated with perceiving one's work as a calling, characterised by a sense of purpose or meaningfulness aligned with organizational values (dik & duffy, 2009). those perceiving their work as a calling demonstrate high attachment and commitment to their organisation and can foster harmonious passion, leading to increased work engagement (dalla rosa, vianello, and anselmi, 2019). organisational support and appreciation positively predict harmonious passion in employees. obsessive passion in contrast, obsessive passion arises from the non-integration of work and its outcomes into an individual's identity, conflicting with pre-existing goals and values (vallerand & houlfort, 2019). obsessive work fixation results from a controlled internalisation of one's identity, creating internal pressure to engage in work (vallerand et al., 2003). passion controls the individual, thwarting the need for autonomy and endangering the need for relatedness by overwhelming other aspects of life. individuals following their calling may sacrifice resources such as time, income, and psychological well-being for their passion (bunderson & thompson, 2009). this form of passion, called obsessive passion, results from a controlled internalisation of the passionate activity within one's identity, intertwining work identity with self-esteem and self-worth (vallerand et al., 2003). obsessive passion limits access to adaptive self-processes, hindering flexibility and openness to life experiences (hodgins & knee, 2002). obsessive passion tends to dominate one's identity, shielding the passion from other activities and impeding learning from failures (marsh et al., 2013). obsessive passion leads to high levels of engagement beyond individual control, resulting in pursuing activities despite negative consequences (pollack et al., 2020). organisational constructs such as overcommitment and workaholism are associated with obsessive passion (lavigne et al., 2012). obsessive passion is linked to cognitive symptoms, anxiety, and negative emotions during work engagement (vallerand et al., 2003). obsessive passion may facilitate adaptive cognitive processes of lesser quality than those induced by harmonious passion, rooted in ego investment (hodgins and knee, 2002). the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org activity serves a compensatory function as the sole source of satisfaction, leading to obsessive passion (stenseng et al., 2011). empirical review the research evidence suggests that when employees place confidence in the senior executives, their performance, organizational dedication, effectiveness and efficiency, trust, and organizational sense of belonging are also enhanced (aryee, budhwar, and chen, 2002). saragih (2011) contends for its favorable impact on employees and subsequently on firm performance, as it increases contentment, self-assurance, and alleviates job pressure. others argue that job independence contributes to heightened commitment (sisodia and das, 2013), employee involvement, and fosters greater trust in senior management (lu, brockner, vardi, and weitz, 2017). job autonomy, according to hackman and oldham (1976) involves employees exercising their authority, power, and decision-making within their own control. frederickson (2002) maintains that positive emotions lead to optimal functioning in the workplace, both in the immediate and long term. consequently, experiencing positive emotions, akin to passion, results in optimal employee work performance, boosting productivity and employee well-being across all organisational settings. this is because work passion is among the most potent positive emotions that invigorate employees in the workplace and is deemed crucial for managers to inspire others. work passion is crucial, as lacking it, employees cannot sustain the vigor needed to achieve organizational effectiveness, and managers struggle to motivate and inspire others (boyatzis, mckee, and goleman, 2002). when an organization boast of passionate employees, they exert effort and exhibit a willingness to go above and beyond their usual call of duty to attain success in their roles, thereby augmenting organizational success and effectiveness. drawing from the existing literature concerning the gauges and facets of the criterion and predictor variables constituting the focal point of this inquiry, the subsequent hypotheses were formulated to steer the analysis in the statistical examination and to present it comprehensively for ample validation, inference, and extrapolation: ho1: there is no significant relationship between trust and harmonious passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. ho2: there is no significant relationship between trust and obsessive passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. ho3: there is no significant relationship between shared values and goals and harmonious passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. ho4: there is no significant relationship between shared values and goals and obsessive passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. 3.0 research methods this study employed a quasi-experimental research design and a cross-sectional survey for data gathering. a total of twenty (20) banks constituted the target population for this study. these banks were chosen for the study using judgmental sampling based on convenience and accessibility, encompassing both traditional and modern banks. hence, judgmental sampling was selected due to its american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org convenience and accessibility. respondents were randomly chosen from the management staff pool, employing the simple random sampling technique in this regard. table 1: distribution of bank managers and supervisors bank name number of branches number of managers and supervisors 1 access bank of nigeria plc. 13 10 2 citibank nigeria ltd 10 6 3 diamond bank plc. 12 9 4 ecobank of nigeria plc. 10 8 5 fidelity bank plc. 13 10 6 first bank of nigeria plc. 14 11 7 first city monument bank plc 7 8 8 guaranty trust bank of nigeria plc. 13 7 9 heritage bank plc. 11 8 10 jaiz bank plc 5 6 11 sky bank plc 6 6 12 polaris bank plc. 8 6 13 stanbic-ibtc bank plc. 6 8 14 standard chartered bank nig ltd 5 5 15 sterling bank plc. 7 8 16 united bank for africa 8 10 17 unity bank plc. 7 9 18 union bank of nigeria plc. 6 8 19 wema bank plc. 7 7 20 zenith bank of nigeria plc. 8 10 total 176 160 source:researcher’s field survey, 2024. table i above illustrates the number of branches of the deposit money banks alongside the number of managers and supervisors who served as respondents for this investigation. the study operates at the organizational level of analysis; thus, all inquiries and investigations are directed towards the management staff. the selection of banks was predicated on the extent of market influence they held for their diverse array of products and services. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org in this study, the independent variable is workplace relationship management (wrm), with its dimensions utilised being trust and shared objectives and goals (al-khozondar, 2015). conversely, the dependent variable is employees’ work passion (ewp), with the measures employed being harmonious passion and obsessive passion (vallerand et al., 2003). data analysis for this study was conducted employing structural equation modeling (sem) due to the study's nature and the hypotheses' configuration. the validation and significance testing criteria were set at a 95% confidence level. descriptive statistics were computed using the mean and standard deviation and utilised to encapsulate the characteristics of the variables under investigation via statistical package for social sciences (spss) software version 25. inferential statistics were examined employing structural equation modeling (sem). structural equation modeling (sem) encompasses both measurement and structural models. the measurement model is grounded on the common factor model (thurstone, 1935; 1947; thurstone & thurstone, 1941). for several reasons, sem was selected as the primary statistical method to evaluate the hypothetical model. firstly, likert-type scales or ordinal data with extensive sample sizes tend to exhibit a distribution approximating normality (hoyle, 2012). altman and bland (1995) and bland and altman(1995) demonstrated that if samples comprise numerous observations, researchers may disregard the nature of the data and utilise a tool such as sem. secondly, the study encompasses simultaneous analyses of multiple interactions (sarkar, echambadi, and harrison, 2001) among the dimensions of workplace relationship management and the measures of employees' work passion. gefen, straub, and boudreau (2000) assert that sem empowers researchers to address a series of interconnected research inquiries in a single, systematic, and comprehensive analysis by simultaneously modelling the relationships among multiple independent and dependent constructs. additionally, the analysis of moment structure (amos) was employed in this study. amos is a prominent specialised sem software program (byrne, 2001; 2010; 2012). amos software was utilised due to its user-friendly graphical interface, clear model representation, and other advantages, including extensive bootstrapping capabilities (tabachnick & fidell, 2007; bagozzi & yi, 2012) table 2: reliability of research instrument variables dimensions/measures statement items alpha coefficient independent: workplace relationship management trust 4 0.77 shared value and goal 4 0.83 dependent: employees’ work passion harmonious passion 4 0.89 obsessive passion 4 0.76 source: spss output (2024) as depicted in table 3 above, the alpha coefficient for the independent variable or autonomous factor in this study (workplace relationship administration) and its aspects (trust and shared values and goals, respectively), along with the alpha coefficients of the dependent variable or reliant factor (employees’ work passion) and its assessments (harmonious passion and obsessive passion, respectively), varies american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org from 0.78 to 0.89. this suggests that the elements employed to quantify the variables in this examination and, by extension, the survey tool, demonstrate high reliability. 4.0 research results table 4.1: number questionnaire distributed and number used questionnaire no of copies distributed percentage (%) number that were correctly filled and used 117 73.13 number that were wrongly filled and voided 23 14.38 number that were not returned 20 12.5 total 160 100 source: research data, 2023 as shown in table 4.1 above, a clear analysis has been done of the number of copies of the questionnaire that were distributed, the number correctly filled, the number wrongly filled, the number void, and the number not returned. measurement model table 4.2: measurement model analysis of trust model chisquare (df), significan ce nfi tli cfi rmse a variabl e standardiz ed factor loading estimates error var trust (2df) =4.49, p>0.000 0.98 0.95 0.98 0.62 tr1 0.64 0.32 tr2 0.71 0.24 tr3 0.79 0.22 tr4 0.85 0.30 source: amos 24.0 output on research data, 2023 fig. 4.1: measurement model of trust american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org table 4.3: measurement model analysis of shared values and goals model chi-square (df), significance nfi tli cfi rmsea variable standardized factor loading estimates error var shared values and goals (35df) =242, p>0.000 1.0 0.59 1.0 0.14 svg1 0.55 0.21 svg2 0.61 0.31 svg3 0.69 0.26 svg4 0.78 0.36 source: amos 24.0 output on research data, 2023 fig. 4.2: measurement model of shared values and goals table 4.4: measurement model analysis of harmonious passion model chi-square (df), significance nfi tli cfi rmsea variable standardized factor loading estimates error var harmonious passion (33df) =231, p>0.000 0.80 0.72 0.82 0.15 hp 1 0.63 0.42 hp 2 0.84 0.36 hp 3 0.92 0.23 hp 4 0.75 0.48 source: amos 24.0 output on research data, 2023 fig. 4.3: measurement model of harmonious passion american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org table 4.5: measurement model analysis of obsessive passion model chi-square (df), significance nfi tli cfi rmsea variable standardized factor loading estimates error var obsessive passion (33df) =231, p>0.000 0.80 0.72 0.82 0.15 op1 0.92 0.38 op2 0.77 0.41 op3 0.88 0.53 op4 0.86 0.22 source: amos 24.0 output on research data, 2023 fig. 4.4: measurement model of obsessive passion fig. 4.5: structural equation model (sem) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org hypotheses testing table 4.6: summary result of standardized and unstandardized regression estimate of the model. s/n mediation stage relationship std. beta actual beta s.e. c.r. p remark 1. x →y (hypothesis 1) trust and harmonious passion 0.46 0.88 0.12 2.33 0.000 not supported 2. x →y (hypothesis 2) shared value and goal and harmonious passion 0.54 0.81 0.33 3.22 0.000 not supported 3. x →y (hypothesis 3) trust and obsessive passion 0.57 0.85 0.14 4.16 0.000 not supported 4. x →y (hypothesis 4) shared value and goal and obsessive passion 0.64 0.82 0.19 3.27 0.000 not supported source: amos 24.0 output on research data, 2023 hypothesis one h01: there is no significant relationship between trust and harmonious passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. mediation stage relationship std. beta actual beta s.e. c.r. p remark x →y (hypothesis 1) trust and harmonious passion 0.46 0.88 0.12 2.33 0.000 not supported the initial hypothesis (h01) explored the connection between trust and harmonious passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. as illustrated in table 8 above, the outcome of the data examination unveiled that β=0.46, r=0.88, and p = 0.000. adhering to the decision criteria, which stipulates acceptance of the null hypothesis if β<0.3, r<0.7, and p > 0.05; or rejection of the null hypothesis if β>0.3, r>0.7, and p < 0.05), we thus repudiate the null hypothesis and validate the alternative form. this outcome underscores a remarkably robust and statistically significant positive correlation between trust and harmonious passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. (β=0.46 > 0.3, r = 0.88 > 0.7, and p = 0.000 < 0.05). consequently, h01 is not upheld. predicated on this discovery, the research concludes that trust profoundly and significantly enhances harmonious passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org hypothesis two h02: no significant association exists between shared values and goals and harmonious passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. mediation stage relationship std. beta actual beta s.e. c.r. p remark x →y (hypothesis 2) shared values and goals and harmonious passion 0.54 0.81 0.33 3.22 0.000 not supported the subsequent hypothesis (h02) ascertained the linkage between shared values and goals and harmonious passion in deposit money banks. as delineated in table 8 above, the outcome of data scrutiny unveiled that β=0.54, r=0.81, and p = 0.000. consistent with the decision criteria, which dictates acceptance of the null hypothesis if β<0.3, r<0.7, and p > 0.05; or repudiation of the null hypothesis if β>0.3, r>0.7, and p < 0.05), we therefore discard the null hypothesis and validate the alternative form. this outcome highlights an exceedingly robust and statistically significant affirmative correlation between shared values and goals and harmonious passion in the deposit money banks (β=0.54 >0.3, r=0.81 > 0.7, and p = 0.000 < 0.05). consequently, h02 is not upheld. predicated on this finding, we deduce that shared values and goals profoundly and significantly bolster harmonious passion in nigerian deposit money banks. hypothesis three h03: no noteworthy correlation exists between trust and obsessive passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. mediation stage relationship std. beta actual beta s.e. c.r. p remark x →y (hypothesis 3) trust and obsessive passion 0.57 0.85 0.14 4.16 0.000 not supported the third hypothesis (h03) scrutinised the relationship between trust and obsessive passion in the deposit money banks. as depicted in table 8 above, the outcome of the data examination unveiled that β=0.57, r=0.85, and p = 0.000. guided by the decision criteria, which stipulates acceptance of the null hypothesis if β<0.3, r<0.7, and p > 0.05 or rejection of the null hypothesis if β>0.3, r>0.7, and p < 0.05), we consequently discard the null hypothesis and validate the alternate form. this outcome indicates a highly robust and statistically significant affirmative correlation between trust and obsessive passion in deposit money banks. (β=0.57>0.3, r=0.85 > 0.7, and p = 0.000 < 0.05). consequently, h03 is not corroborated. based on this finding, we infer that trust significantly influences obsessive passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. hypothesis four h04: no significant relationship exists between shared values and goals and obsessive passion in the deposit money banks in nigeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org mediation stage relationship std. beta actual beta s.e. c.r. p remark x →y (hypothesis 4) shared value and goal and obsessive passion 0.64 0.82 0.19 3.27 0.000 not supported the fourth hypothesis (h04) explored the link between shared values and goals, and obsessive passion in the nigerian banking industry. as illustrated in table 8 above, the outcome of data scrutiny unveiled that β=0.64, r=0.82, and p = 0.000. directed by the decision criteria, which specify acceptance of the null hypothesis if β<0.3, r<0.7, and p > 0.05 or rejection of the null hypothesis if β>0.3, r>0.7, and p < 0.05), we thus repudiate the null hypothesis and affirm the alternate form. this finding indicates a highly robust and statistically significant affirmative correlation between shared values and goals and obsessive passion in the nigerian banking industry (β=0.64 >0.3, r=0.82 > 0.7, and p = 0.000 < 0.05). h04 is not substantiated. based on this result, we deduce that shared values and goals play a highly significant role in fostering obsessive passion in deposit money banks in nigeria. discussion of findings, conclusion and recommendations employees must build interpersonal relationships with supervisors, coworkers, and other acquaintances in the working environment. this formation of employee relationships will definitely impact workrelated attitudes and behaviours. the management and organisational behaviour literature has identified various factors that can drive employees to be passionate or enthusiastic about work, also known as work passion. this study investigates the assumption that employees' work passion could be an outcome or a product of workplace relationship management. the data analysis reveals a robust, positive, and significant correlation between trust and harmonious passion in these nigerian deposit money banks. this underscores the pivotal role of trust in bolstering harmonious passion in the nigerian banking industry. this phenomenon aligns with the argument presented by mistzal (1996), asserting that individual trust is vested in a person rather than their position, while organisational trust often rests in representatives such as salespersons or managers (zaheer, mcevily, and perronne, 1998; mistzal, 1996). similarly, the data analysis demonstrates a positive and significant correlation between shared values and objectives and harmonious passion in these nigerian deposit money banks. this finding emphasises the influential role of shared values and goals in fostering harmonious passion in the nigerian banking industry. the significance of this finding is underscored by the notion that shared goals enable employees to channel their efforts towards organisational objectives, reflecting mutual value between employees and the firm. strong employee collaboration triggers their harmonious passion for work and may lead to productive and effective job performance. furthermore, the data analysis indicates a substantial positive correlation between trust and obsessive passion in these nigerian deposit money banks. this highlights the pivotal role of trust in enhancing obsessive passion in the nigerian banking industry. blomqvist, hurmelinna, and seppänen (2003) corroborate this observation, suggesting that trust operates at individual and organisational levels. additionally, the data analysis demonstrates a positive and significant correlation between shared values and goals and obsessive passion in nigerian deposit money banks. this underscores the influential role of shared values and objectives in fostering obsessive passion in these banks. this notion american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org is consistent with the perspective of kantabutra and avery (2009), who view shared goals as reflections of the alignment between employees and management towards significant endeavours. based on the findings and conclusion above, the following recommendations are proposed to enhance workplace relationship management and employees’ work passion in the nigerian banking industry: i. managers in the nigerian banking sector should prioritise building trust among their employees to bolster harmonious passion. this will require demonstrating reliability, honesty, respect, competence, consistency, feedback and reputation, empowering staff through meaningful participation, following through on commitments with actions, and consistently encouraging open, authentic, and transparent communication at all organisational levels. ii. managers in the nigerian banking industry should also ensure that employees internalise the organisation’s values and goals to enhance their work passion, which should encompass both harmonious and obsessive passions. iii. managers should assess and distinguish between harmonious and obsessive passion among their employees. similarly, they should recognise the probability that candidates professing an obsession with their jobs may not always be the top performers. instead, individuals demonstrating passion for their work while also maintaining a balance in other aspects of life (i.e., harmonious passion) may be more effective performers. references 1. ahadiat, a., & dacko-pikiewicz, z. (2020). effects of ethical leadership and employee commitment on employees’ work passion. polish journal of management studies, 21(2), 24-35. pcz.pl 2. al-khozondar, n. (2015). employee relationship management and its effect on employees' performance at telecommunication and banking sectors, 4 (doctoral of manager-employee relationship on improving thesis submitted to the islamic universitygaza, deanship of graduates studies, faculty of commerce). 3. altman, d. & bland, j. (1995). absence of evidence is not evidence of absence. bmj. pp. 311. 485. doi: 10.1136/bmj.311.7003.485. 4. amoatemaa, a. s., & kyeremeh, d. d. (2016). making employee recognition a tool for achieving improved performance: implication for ghanaian universities. journal of education and practice 7(34), 46-52. 5. aryee, s., budhwar, p. s., and chen, z. x. (2002). trust as a mediator of the relationship between organisational justice and work outcomes: test of a social exchange model. journal of organizational behavior, 23(3), 267–85. 6. astakhova, m. n. (2015). the curvilinear relationship between work passion and organisational citizenship behaviour. journal of business ethics, 130(15), 361-374. 7. bagozzi, p. r., & yi, y. (2012). specification, evaluation, and interpretation of structural equation models. academy of marketing science, 40, 8-34. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11747-011-0278-x 8. bajaj, r. (2013). suggestions to implement human relations and its determinants in public sectors. american journal of engineering research, 02(12), 91-97. https://pjms.zim.pcz.pl/api/files/view/1290520.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org 9. bajaj, r., sinha, s., & tiwari, v. (2013). crucial factors of human resource management for good employee relations: a case study. international journal of mining, metallurgy & mechanical engineering, 1(2), 90-92. 10. bijlsma, k. m., & van de bunt, g. g. (2003). antecedents of trust in managers: a “bottom-up” approach. personnel review, 32(5), 638-664. 11. birkeland, k. i., and buch, r. (2015). the dualistic model of passion for work: discriminate and predictive validity with work engagement and workaholism. motivation and emotion, 39(3), 392– 408. 12. bland j m, altman d g. (1995) statistics notes: calculating correlation coefficients with repeated observations: part 1—correlation within subjects. bmj. pp. 310-446. doi:10.1136/bmj.310.6977.446 13. blomqvist, k., hurmelinna, p., & seppänen, r., (2003). balancing trust and contracting in asymmetric r&d collaboration. r&d management conference, england. 14. boon, s. and holmes, j. (1991) the dynamics of interpersonal trust: resolving uncertainity in the face of risk. in: hinde, r. and gorebel, j., eds., cooperation and prosocial behaviour, cambridge university press, cambridge, 190-211. 15. boyatzis, r., mckee, a., & goleman, d. (2002). reawakening your passion for work. harvard business review, 1-12. 16. bunderson, j. s., and thompson, j. a. (2009). the call of the wild: zookeepers, callings, and the double-edged sword of deeply meaningful work. adm. sci. q. 54, 32–57. doi: 10.2189/asqu.2009.54.1.32 17. byrne, b. m. (2001). structural equation modeling with amos: basic concepts, applications and programming. mahwah, nj: erlbaum. 18. byrne, b. m. (2010). structural equation modeling with amos: basic concepts, applications, and programming (2nd ed.). new york: taylor and francis group. 19. byrne, b. m. (2012). structural equation modeling with mplus: basic concepts, applications, and programming. new york, ny: routledge. 20. caudroit, j.; y. stephan; b. w. brewer; and c. l. scanff (2010). contextual and individual predictors of psychological disengagement from sport during a competitive event. journal of applied social psychology, vol. 40, issue 8. pp. 1999-2018. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.15591816.2010.00648. 21. chinomona, r., & sandada, m. (2013). shared goal, communication and absence of damaging conflicts as antecedents of employee relationship strength at institutions of higher learning in south africa. mediterranean journal of social sciences, 4(3), 137-145. 22. connell, j., ferres, n., & travaglione, t., (2003). engendering trust in manager: subordinate relationships: predictors and outcomes. personnel review, 32(5), 569-587. https://doi.org/10.1108/00483480310488342 23. cronbach, l. j. (1951). coefficient alpha and the internal structure of tests. psychometrika, 16, 297–334 24. dalla rosa, a., vianello, m., and anselmi, p. (2019). longitudinal predictors of the development of a calling: new evidence for the a posteriori hypothesis. j. vocat. behav. 114, 44–56. doi: 10.1016/j.jvb.2019.02.007 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/authored-by/caudroit/johan https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/authored-by/stephan/yannick https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/authored-by/brewer/britton+w. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/authored-by/le+scanff/christine https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1559-1816.2010.00648.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1559-1816.2010.00648.x https://doi.org/10.1108/00483480310488342 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org 25. deci, e. l., and ryan r. m. (2000). that “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: human need and selfdetermination of behavior. psychological inquiry, 11(2), 227-268. 26. dik, b. j., & duffy, r. d. (2009). calling and vocation at work: definitions and prospects for research and practice. the counseling psychologist, 37(3), 424-450. doi:10.1177/0011000008316430 27. dirks, k., & ferrin, d. (2002). trust in leadership: meta-analytic findings and implications for research and practice. journal of applied psychology, 87(4), 611-628. 28. eketu c. a. (2019). organizational climate and employee engagement in banks in rivers state, nigeria. international journal of advanced academic research: sciences, technology and technology, 5(3), 57-84. 29. filley, a.c. & aldag, ramon. (1990). organizational growth and types: lessons from small institutions. in b.m.; staw, l.[ and l. cummings (eds). research in organizational behavior, vol. 2. jsi press. pp. 279-320. 30. frederickson, b. l. (2002). positive emotions. in snyder, c. r., and lopez, s. j. (eds.), handbook of positive psychology, (pp. 120-134). oxford university press. 31. fredrickson, b. (2001). the role of positive emotions in positive psychology: the broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions. am. psychol. 56, 218–226. doi: 10.1037/0003-066x.56.3.218 32. fredrickson, b. l., and branigan, c. (2005). positive emotions broaden the scope of attention and thought-action repertoires. cognit. emot. 19, 313–332. doi: 10.1080/02699930441000238 33. gefen, d., straub, d., & boudreau, m. c. (2000). structural equation modeling technique and regression: guidelines for research practices. communications for ais, 7, 1-78. 34. hackman, j.r. and g. r. oldham, (1976) motivation through the design of work: test of a theory, organizational behavior and human performance, volume 16, issue 2. pp. 250-279. https://doi.org/10.1016/0030-5073(76)90016-7. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0030507376900167 35. herington, c., johnson, l., and scott, d. (2009). firm–employee relationship strength—a conceptual model. journal of business research, 62(11), 1096–1107. 36. hidayah, n., dewi, a., & listiowati, e. (2020). remuneration as a strategy to improve service quality, cost-effectiveness, and organizational performance of private hospitals. enfermería clínica, vol. 30. pp. 179–182. 37. ho, v. t. & astakhova, m. n. (2020). the passion bug: how and when do leaders inspire work passion?. journal of organizational behavior. richmond.edu 38. ho, v. t., garg, s., & rogelberg, s. g. (2021). passion contagion at work: investigating formal and informal social influences on work passion. journal of vocational behavior. 39. ho, v. t., wong, s., and lee, c. h. (2011). a tale of passion: linking job passion and cognitive engagement to employee work performance. journal of management studies, 48(1). pp. 26-47. 40. hoyle, r. h. (2012). handbook of structural equation modeling. guilford press. 41. jing, z. (2013). research on employee relationship management of smes in china, (pp. 17). fifth international conference. 42. kantabutra, s., & avery, g. (2009). shared vision in customer and staff satisfaction: relationships and their consequences. the journal of applied business research, 25(4), 9-22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0030-5073(76)90016-7 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0030507376900167 https://scholarship.richmond.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1120&context=management-faculty-publications american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org 43. khoshnaw, s., alavi, h. (2020). examining the interrelation between job autonomy and job performance: a critical literature review. multidisciplinary aspects of production engineering, 3(1), 606-616. 44. lagergren, n., and andersson, v. (2013). becoming the cfo’s best friend by gaining a deeper customer understanding. (a master thesis). 45. lavigne, g. l., forest, j., & crevier-braud, l. (2012). passion at work and burnout: a two-study test of the mediating role of flow experiences. european journal of work and organizational psychology, 21(4), 518–546. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359432x.2011.578390 46. lu, j. g., brockner, j., vardi, y., and weitz, e. (2017). the dark side of experiencing job autonomy: unethical behaviour. journal of experimental social psychology, 73(-), 222-234. 47. macey, w.h. and schneider, b. (2008) the meaning of employee engagement. industrial and organizational psychology, 1, 3-30. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1754-9434.2007.0002 48. malhotra, d., and murnighan, j. k. (2002). the effects of contracts on interpersonal trust. administrative science quarterly, 47(3), 534–559. 49. mayer, r.c., davis, j.h. and schoorman, f.d. (1995) an integrative model of organizational trust. academy of management review, 20, 709-734. https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1995.9508080335 50. mcelroy, m. w. (2002). social innovation capital. journal of intellectual capital, 3(1), 30-39. 51. merchant, k., a., and van der stede, w., a. (2007). management control systems, (2nd ed.). prentice hall, pearson education limited. 52. misztal, b.a. (1996) trust in modern societies. the search for the bases of social order. polity press, cambridge. 53. morgan, r. m., & hunt, s. d. (1994). the commitment-trust theory of relationship marketing. journal of marketing, 58(3), 20-38. 54. nimon, k., zigarmi, d., houson, d., witt, d., & diehl, j. (2011). the work cognition inventory: initial evidence of construct validity, human resource development quarterly, 22(1), 7-35. 55. northouse, p. g. (2010). leadership, theory and practice (5th ed.). thousand oaks, ca: sage. 56. obeng, a. f., zhu, y., azinga, s. a., & quansah, p. e. (2021). organizational climate and job performance: investigating the mediating role of harmonious work passion and the moderating role of leader–member exchange and …. sage open. sagepub.com 57. okpu, t. o., & basuo, b. k. (2019). organizational justice and employee work passion in nigerian universities. european journal of business and management, 11(14), 2222-2839. 58. oluchi, o. (2013). co-operation between employee and management to increase productivity: a case study of mobil producing nigeria unlimited. international business management, 6(1), 24-31. 59. pareek, v., & rai, a. k. (2012). building relationship with employees: an employee relationship management model. journal of the management training institute, 39(4), 32-37. 60. park, a., and popescu, l. (2014). e-leadership for project managers: virtual leadership and trustbuilding for perceived project success. (a master thesis within business administration, jonkoping university). 61. pati, s. p. (2012). development of a measure of employee engagement. the indian journal of industrial relations, 48, 94-104. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359432x.2011.578390 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1754-9434.2007.0002 https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1995.9508080335 https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/21582440211008456 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org 62. philippe, f. l., vallerand, r. j., & lavigne, g. l. (2010). passion does make a difference in people’s lives: a look at well-being in passionate and non-passionate individuals. applied psychology: health and well-being, 1(11), 3–22. 63. pollack, j. m., ho, v. t., o'boyle, e. h., & kirkman, b. l. (2020). passion at work: a meta‐analysis of individual work outcomes. journal of organizational behavior, 41(4), 311-331. richmond.edu 64. pulakos, e., & o’leary, r. (2011). why is performance management broken? relations today, 30(2), 51-64. 65. rahman, m. s., & taniya, r. k. (2017). effect of employee relationship management (erm) on employee performance: a study on private commercial banks in bangladesh. human resource management research, 7(2), 90-96. 66. rousseau, d. m., sitkin, s. b., burt, r. s., and camerer, c. (1998). not so different after all: a cross-discipline view of trust. academy of management review, 23(3), 393–404. 67. salas-vallina, a., rofcanin, y., & las heras, m. (2022). building resilience and performance in turbulent times: the influence of shared leadership and passion at work across levels. brq business research quarterly, 25(1), 8-27. sagepub.com 68. saragih, s. (2011). the effects of job autonomy on work outcomes: self efficacy as an intervening variable. international research journal of business studies, 4(3), 203-215. 69. sarkar, mb & echambadi, raj & harrison, jeffrey. (2001). alliance entrepreneurship and firm market performance. strategic management journal. 22. 701 711. 10.1002/smj.179. 70. shimazu, a.; w.b. schaufeli; s. kosugi; a. suzuki; h. nashiwa; a. kato; m. sakamoto; h. irimajiri; s. amano; k. hirohata and r. goto (2008). work engagement in japan: validation of the japanese version of the utrecht work engagement scale. applied psychology: an international review, vol. 57, no. 3. pp. 510–523. doi: 10.1111/j.1464-0597.2008.00333.x 71. sisodia, s., and das, i. (2013). effect of job autonomy upon organizational commitment of employees at different hierarchical level. psychological thought, 6(2), 241-251. 72. stenseng, f., rise, j., & kraft, p. (2011). the dark side of leisure: obsessive passion and its covariates and outcomes. leisure studies, vol. 30, no.1. pp. 49-62. doi: 10.1080/01490400.2012.633849. 73. tabachnick, b. g., & fidell, l. s. (2007). using multivariate statistics (5th ed.). new york: allyn and bacon. 74. the relationship between trust and performance. www.michaelpage.com.au 75. thurstone, l. l. (1935). the vectors of mind. chicago: university of chicago press. 76. thurstone, l. l. (1947). multiple factor analysis. chicago: university of chicago press. 77. thurstone, l. l., & thurstone, t. g. (1941). factorial studies of intelligence. psychometric monographs, no. 2. document url: http://search.proquest.com/docview/615105769?accountid=14521 78. tzafrir, s. s. (2005). the relationship between trust, hrm practices and firm performance. international journal of human resource management, 16(9), 1600–1622. 79. tzafrir, s. s., and eitam-meilik, m. (2005). the impact of downsizing on trust and employee practices in high tech firms: a longitudinal analysis. journal of high technology management research, 16(2), 193-207. https://scholarship.richmond.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1121&context=management-faculty-publications https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/23409444211035138 http://www.michaelpage.com.au/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org 80. tzafrir, s. s., harel, g. h., baruch, y., & dolan, s. l. (2003). the consequences of emerging hrm practices for employees‟ trust in their managers. emerald group publishing limited, 33(6), 628647. 81. ume, e. c., & agha, n. (2020). employee relationship management as a correlate of employee commitment in primary health care sector. iosr journal of business and management (iosr-jbm), 22(4), 25-34. 82. vallerand, r. j. & houlfort, n. (2003). passion at work: toward a new conceptualisation. in s. w. gilliland, d. d. steiner, & d. p. skarlicki (eds.), emerging perspectives on values in organisations, 175–204. greenwich, ct: information age publishing. 83. vallerand, r. j. & houlfort, n. (2019). on passion for work: a brief history and an introduction. in book: passion for work, new york: oxford. pp. 3-14. 10.1093/oso/9780190648626.003.0001. 84. vallerand, r. j. (2008). on the psychology of passion: in search of what makes people’s lives more worth living. canadian psychology, 49(2), 1-13. 85. vallerand, r. j., blanchard, c., mageau, g. a., koestner, r., ratelle, c., léonard, m., & marsolais, j. (2003). les passions de l’âme: on obsessive and harmonious passion. journal of personality and social psychology, 85(12), 756-767. 86. vallerand, r. j., houlfort, n., & bourdeau, s. (2019). passion for work: the dualistic model of passion—15 years later. in r. j. vallerand & n. houlfort (eds.), passion for work: theory, research, and applications (pp. 17–66). oxford university press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190648626.003.0002 87. vallerand, r. j., mageau, g. a., elliot, a. j., dumais, a., demers, m., and rousseau, f. (2008). passion and performance attainment in sport. psychology of sport and exercise, 9(4), 373–392. 88. vallerand, r. j., paquet, y., philippe, f. l., & charest, j. (2010). on the role of passion for work in burnout: a process model. journal of personality, 78(5), 289-312. 89. vallerand, r.j. (2015) the psychology of passion: a dualistic model. series in positive psychology. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199777600.001.0001 90. vanhala, m., puumalainen, k. and blomqvist, k. (2011). impersonal trust: the development of the construct and the scale. personnel review 40(4), 485-513. 91. yongcai, y. (2010). employee relationship management of small and medium-sized enterprises. international conference on e-business and e-government. ieee. 92. yukl, g. (2006). leadership in organizations (6th ed.). upper saddle river, nj: pearson education. 93. zaheer, a., mcevily, b. and perrone, v. (1998) does trust matter? exploring the effects of interfirm and interpersonal trust on performance. journal of organization science, vol, 9, no. 2. pp. 41-158. http://dx.doi.org/10.1287/orsc.9.2.141 94. zigarmi, d. k, nimon, k. houson, d., witt, d., & diehl, j. (2009). beyond engagement: toward a framework and operational definition of employee work passion. human development review, 8(3), 300-326. 95. zigarmi, d., and nimon, k. (2011). a cognitive approach to work intention: the stuff that employee work passion is made of. advances in developing human resources, 13(4), 447-461. 96. zigarmi, d., nimon, k., houson, d., witt, d., & diehl, j. (2011). a preliminary field test of an employee work passion model. human resource development quarterly, 22(2), 195-221. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1093/oso/9780190648626.003.0002 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 20 january, 2024 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org 97. zigarmi, d., nimon, k., houson, d., witt, d., & diehl, j. (2012). the work intention inventory: initial evidence of construct validity. journal of business administration research, 1, 24–42. doi:10.5430/jbar.v1n1p24 98. zigarmi, d.; t. p. roberts; and w. a. randolph, (2015) employees’ perceived use of leader power and implications for affect and work intentions. human resource development quarterly, vol. 26, no. 4. pp. 359-384. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.21216 https://doi.org/10.5430/jbar.v1n1p24 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/authored-by/roberts/taylor+peyton https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/authored-by/alan+randolph/w. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.21216 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org a study showing the prevalence of fraud among high school students from the point of view of teachers and teachers of history hayder jalil fadhl al-jodi general directorate of education in qadisiyah governorate hayder.j@s.uokerbala.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the current objective of the research is to ascertain the prevalence of fraud among high school students, and to identify which areas are more conducive to the prevalence of fraud among students through the percentage obtained by the field according to the order. research limits school and history teachers for high school at day schools for diwaniyah governorate and for school year (2023-2024), in order to achieve the research objectives, the survey curriculum was used, and the scale was built in the final form after completing a condition of honesty, consistency and power was discriminatory, and its number of paragraphs (27) a paragraph, spread over three axes, and alternatives to answering each paragraph, were to a degree (very large, large, medium, weak, very weak). the tool was applied to the members of the sample of 368 teachers and schools in diwaniyah governorate and its district and district for the academic year (2023-2024). the spss was used to analyze the data, and the results were shown as follows: 1the total sample responses received a percentage of up to 82.796%. this shows us that the degree of prevalence of secondary fraud received a large percentage. 2the research areas were arranged according to the effects obtained after the interpretation of the results, showing that the educational impact received a percentage up to (84.620%) which made it the first of the fields, while the second position became the share of social impact after achieving a ratio of up to (81.793%), and lastly the scientific impact was ranked third with a percentage (81.661%), and from the foregoing we showed that all the fields got a (large) degree of influence. cheating phenomenon, high school students, teachers and history teachers. introduction cheating has become one of the most dangerous phenomena in school exams, which educational institutions seek to prevent using all means, despite the study research indicating that this phenomenon is increasing and persistent in the countries of the world. in america, seventy percent of students used cheating during school exams (zakari, hijazi, 2020: 13 in jordan, a study was conducted on a sample american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org of students. eighty percent of students practised cheating (al-jarrah, 2009: 55 in iraq, a study was conducted on a sample of 684 middle students and students to determine the rate of fraud, its causes and methods. the results show an average fraud rate (al-sabawi, 2007:291). the ministry of education has increased its interest in monitoring and addressing the phenomenon of fraud and in raising students' awareness of the consequences of fraud. fraud is one of the most serious problems facing the educational institution and its widest impact on students in particular and society in general, it is a falsification of the results on which the calendar relies, leading to the achievement of unsuccessful and unreal goals, as a result of this evaluation, there are no scientific competencies after graduation (hasson et al., 2007: 2) because the researcher is one of the teaching staff of the general directorate of qadisiyah education in qadisiyah governorate, he drew his attention to the fact that this phenomenon requires study and research and can be answered through the following questions: 1how widespread is the phenomenon of fraud among high school students? 2what is the social impact of fraud in students? 3what is the educational impact of fraud in students? 4what is the scientific impact of fraud in students? second: the importance of research importance education is an essential driver of human life through which a person who is conscious, capable and capable of providing service to society and has a clear imprint in the face of obstacles is prepared. education creates creativity and creativity for us in all fields. this is done through training courses conducted by the preparation and educational training. thus, it strives to develop the experience of teaching staff in all fields (al-jabouri, 2013: 6-9), therefore, all ways must be found to address the problem of fraud through which education promotes its educational reality, which provides a good member of society. this has been done at many international, arab and local conferences, research and symposiums that have called for addressing the phenomenon of fraud among students in the educational process. globally, four educational institutions in russia have been studied. the phenomenon of fraud is more than 80% prevalent among students in these institutions (al-jarrah, 2009: 57 at the arab level, the jordan news agency has called for awareness-raising and sensitization courses on the gravity of the phenomenon of fraud and its violation of moral and educational principles and its negative effects on the deprivation of the rights of others (internet, https: //arabi21.com/story/707163). at the local level, an awareness seminar was held by the psychological counselling and educational orientation unit at the faculty of physical education and sports sciences at baghdad university, entitled "reducing the phenomenon of exam fraud" (internet, https://copew.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?p=29363) . in the foregoing, we find the importance of research to be: 1to endeavour to diagnose the prevalence of fraud among high school students based on the perspective of teachers and teachers of history. this phenomenon is one of the problems that educational institutions seek to prevent by using all means. 2the results of this research contribute to providing a clear and scientific picture of the social, scientific and educational impact on the student contributing to the fraud process. 3the seriousness of the phenomenon and its impact on an individual's personality and morality. 4provide recommendations and proposals to assist the competent authorities in addressing this phenomenon. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org third: research goals. search objective recognize: the extent to which the phenomenon of fraud is prevalent among high school students from the point of view of the teachers of history, from which the following question is answered: 1determining the degree of prevalence of fraud among secondary students. 2know the areas of research by order through the response of the sample personnel. fourth: research limits. objective threshold/study showing the prevalence of fraud among secondary students from the point of view of women teachers and teachers of history. human threshold/teachers and teachers of history for day high school in the directorate general of diwaniyah governorate education. spatial boundary/directorate general for the education of diwaniyah governorate in iraq. time limit/research tools applied during the school year (2023-2024). fifth: terminology. acheating: he was known as phoenix (1965): "cheating on school tests is a form of treason" (phoenix, 1965:859). it was defined by bakish (1979) as "conduct aimed at falsifying reality to achieve physical or moral unlawful gain or satisfaction with psychological need and school fraud is to falsify the results of the calendar, which is one of the most important elements of the curriculum" (bakish, 1979:2). al-hayani (2017): "he is an immoral behaviour that is incompatible with the integrity of the educational process" (al-hayani, 2017:1067). the researcher procedurally defined him as: stealing the efforts of persistent students and passing the exam on their shoulders, as well as using multiple methods that enable them to cheat whether using electronic devices or paper clippers. bsecondary stage: al-joudi (2021) defined it as "the six-year post-primary stage involving the middle and preparatory levels of science and literature, through which the student acquires a lot of knowledge and skills in the intellectual and applied fields that enable him to continue his university studies" (al-joudi, 2021:11). theoretical framework for the topic and previous studies: first/theoretical framework the oretical framework: stages usually cheating stages of cheatinghabit: the student's cheating habit does not form at once but evolves gradually. he is subjected to the principle of attempt, error, reward and punishment. he is then strengthened and supported through his previous experience in the field of fraud and school tests to which he has previously undergone, in addition to his family, social and religious upbringing (al-jahani, 2014:1161). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the stages of fraud can be determined as follows: 1the stage of unintended fraud: this stage has no clear purpose for the use of fraud by the student, because this stage is not planned in advance, and here the fraud is unaware of the results of this process. 2accidental cheating: the student at this stage resorts to the process of cheating in certain tests and situations, and the reason for this is the conditions experienced by the student both in the family and in the community around him, which prompts him to think of using cheating for the purpose of satisfying the need he misses. 3ongoing fraud: this stage is found in secondary and university students so that the student has become experienced in this field due to his ongoing practice of fraud in addition to this, the difficulty of the level of education it is undergoing, all these data create the right atmosphere for the student's fraud despite his knowledge of the penalties (khalizad, 2002: 36-41). the impact of cheating on education: highlights the importance of education through achieving equality and justice among students, therefore, we see that the educational institution emphasizes the prevention of cases of fraud because this is one of the qualities that prevents the teacher from achieving justice among students. the test is the limit of the educational evaluation and showing the result to each individual fraud gives an unclear and false picture of the teacher during the calendar process, while this phenomenon develops the student's brave personality and instills negative qualities such as lack of self-confidence, lethargy, weak will, resolve and lack of responsibility s difficulties, not to mention the lack of sufficient deterrence for such cases (al-jahani, 2014:1163). patterns of cheating in exams: there are multiple patterns of cheating: aget the answer from another student. bthe use of the substance's references and sources, in addition to the use of miniature paper clippings containing the substance. cget the answer through the use of hand signals or voice bearing the answer. duse electronic devices in cheating process such as smartphone. ewriting on clothing and body (awadi, 2017:17). the effect of cheating in exams the effect of cheating on exams: the perpetration of fraud has multiple effects, including affecting the fraud in its last and denniah, there are negative effects on students and those around them, not to mention the corrupting of the evaluation process, which leads to some students receiving undue privileges and degrees. there is a lack of respect for equal opportunities and thus a lack of credibility in the educational system in general (al-azawi, 2022:619). fraud from pests spread in society such as wildfire if stopped and treated, and the effects of fraud in exams are: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 1low educational level of students resulting in poor eligibility. 2do not rely on self-effort and tendency towards fraud to achieve desired attainment level (zakari, hijazi, 2020:12). 3fraud impedes the development and modification of curricula, and improves them according to students' mental abilities. 4fraud sows students' failure to respect the regulations, regulations and educational laws approved by the educational institution. 5the implications of fraud in the failure to achieve quality assurance within the educational institution. 6killing students' self-learning. 7falsifying the facts in learning outcomes, not to mention the frustration that outstanding students are exposed to because of their rich colleagues. 8inability to achieve educational objectives due to fraud (mezhoudi, markoun, 2023:135). the main factors of cheating among students: fraud is an acquired act and not an innate act, i.e. learnt by the student, as a result of many causes and factors, including social factors, the nature of the social environment in which the student lives, some of which are educational and educational factors and here is due to the nature of the curriculum scheduled, as well as the teacher's competence and the nature of the test prepared for the student, there are other factors related to the economic status of the student (hadi, 2005:21). 1family factors: here we find the loss of parental emotion in the student, not to mention the lack of interest in him due to their preoccupation with matters of inferiority, as well as their inability to follow their son at different stages of his development, in addition to the lack of awareness of the son that such behaviour is undesirable and has effects and consequences in the world and the aftermath. 2educational factors: poor educational qualification of teachers, inability to communicate information to the student, not to mention the enormous numbers within the classroom that prevent the teacher from using the various teaching methods by which the information can be communicated to the student, resulting in a lack of positive interaction between the teacher and his students, in addition to the lack of implementation of educational programmes. psychological factors: impairment of students' motivation to study leads to unwillingness towards school, as well as fear of exams due to lack of self-confidence, not to mention the lack of identification and final treatment of causes. second: previous studies: 1study ali, 2020: the causes of exam fraud from the perspective of students of the faculty of education, arabic language departments, educational and psychological sciences, model" this study was conducted in the interior of iraq. the study was aimed at identifying the causes of fraud in tests among students of the faculty of education, the department of arabic language and the department of psychological and educational sciences. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org the sample consisted of 300 students. for the purpose of measuring the purpose of the study, the researcher prepared a identification consisting of 38 paragraphs as a data-acquisition tool. the authenticity of the tool was verified after it was presented to a group of arbitrators. after collecting the study data, the researcher processed them using statistical methods such as repetition, percentage, weighted middle equation, and pearson coefficient, and arrived at the following results: after arranging and discussing the paragraphs, the first paragraph of insufficient readiness for the subject by the students received a degree of severity. (3.36) this indicates students' preoccupation with god within the university, while the paragraph of poor religious and moral consciousness among students received an acute degree (1, 96) the reason for this is attributable to the lack of religious culture in the university curriculum, in addition there are differences depending on the gender variable (ali, 2020:359 390). 2butte study, 2018: the reality of electronic fraud in university examinations" this study was conducted in saudi arabia, with the aim of knowing the reality of electronic fraud among students of the university of patna. the sample consisted of 960 students, for the purpose of measuring the purpose of the study, the researcher prepared a identification as a tool for obtaining data and verified the veracity and stability of the tool after it was presented to a group of arbitrators. after collecting the study data, the researcher processed them using statistical methods such as repetition, percentage, weighted middle equation, pearson coefficient, and arrived at the following results: the most important electronic means used by a student to cheat is the smartphone so that it forms a percentage (18.54%) users of bluetooth headphones or electronic watches in the cheating process formed a percentage (9.16%), wireless earphones (5.10%) the results of the research shown with students' help to their colleagues by electronic cheating accounted for a percentage (53.57%), the researcher found that the cheating process in students constitutes a high percentage of university students (butte, 2018:455). 3rashid's study, 2002: the phenomenon of exam fraud, arts and its consequences on the behaviour of secondary students" this study was conducted in the united arab emirates, with the aim of knowing the phenomenon of fraud, its arts and its repercussions on students' behaviour in the united arab emirates. the study sample consisted of 200 students; for the purpose of measuring the purpose of the study, the researcher prepared a questionnaire consisting of several paragraphs as a tool for obtaining data and verified the authenticity of the tool after it was presented to a group of arbitrators. when the researcher collected the study data processed using statistical methods, he arrived at the following findings: 84.6% of middle and high school students consider the process of cheating exams to be a type of cooperation among students. (41, 2%) of female students considered fraud to be a process of collective review over the entire year of study due to the dread of the student during the exam, the study also showed that exam fraud abounds markedly among preparatory students only, so that at this stage, students find that the process of fraud is a duty imposed by the reality of fellowship among students, while the study confirmed that the proportion (6, 57%) of female students have a sense of reprimand of conscience towards cheating (rashid, 2002:1). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org commentary to previous studies comment on previous studies: previous studies have been found to be consistent with this research in addressing the identification of the prevalence of fraud among students, similar to the use of the descriptive curriculum, using identification as a tool for collecting study data, and similar to the study of ali, rashid and butte using statistical methods. research methodology and procedures: first: research methodology: specifically used the survey descriptive method: it is a set of procedures by the researcher to accurately describe the phenomenon in quantitative and qualitative terms (abu al-nasr, 2017:44). second: the research community: is all the teachers and teachers of history in the middle, high and preparatory day schools of the general directorate of education in the governorate of diwaniyah for the academic year 2023-2024, numbering 736 (308) and 428 (278) schools. third: the research sample: this sample was selected according to the class random method, which is considered one of the best methods to fit with heterogeneous communities (guarantor, 2007: 169). the basic sample size was 368 teachers and schools from the native community, comprising the governorate's issues, and the sex variable of the sample in the governorate as shown in table 1. table (1) basic sample for research by district and sex total gender districts female male 180 120 60 dewaneya district 66 31 35 al shameia district 74 41 33 afk district 48 22 26 alhamza district 368 214 154 total fourth: search tool: the researcher relied primarily on the quinquennial-scale resolution of the response consisting of (27) a three-pronged paragraph, the purpose of which is to identify is to achieve the objectives of this research, by applying it to large numbers of society in exchange for its low relative costs, and for the ease of discharge of its data and its delivery to people who are difficult to reach (abbas and others, 2014:238). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org fifth: cychometric properties of the research tool: 1honesty : virtual validity: the measure was presented by the researcher in its initial form to a group of experts and arbitrators, competent, and after their opinion the research tool was finalized, consisting of a paragraph (27) divided into three axes. the discriminatory force of the paragraphs the distinctive power of paragraphs: the statistical analysis of the process of differentiation between individuals has been used for the measured attribute, the aim of which is to distinguish between the paragraphs that possess the attribute and the good characteristic developed for the purpose of measuring it (jacobite, 2013: 105), calculating the discriminatory force of each paragraph, applied a test (t-test) of the two samples, all paragraphs were statistically significant and had high discriminatory strength at a moral level (0.05), ranging from 14.362 to 2.122 and table 2 shows this. table (2) discriminatory force of paragraphs f ir st a x is : so ci al i m p ac t t (higher group ) ( lower group ) calculate d t value significance 0,05 average arithmetic standard deviation average arithmetic standard deviation 1. 4.759 0.432 3.630 0.734 9.744 statistical function 2. 3.574 1.126 3.074 1.315 2.122 statistical function 3. 4.833 0.376 3.648 0.677 11.241 statistical function 4. 4.778 0.420 3.815 0.617 9.488 statistical function 5. 4.815 0.392 3.611 0.685 11.213 statistical function 6. 4.722 0.452 3.556 0.604 11.364 statistical function 7. 4.833 0.376 3.759 0.725 9.662 statistical function 8. 4.222 0.839 3.630 0.623 4.165 statistical function s ec o n d a x is : e d u ca ti o n al i m p ac t 9. 4.148 0.408 3.630 0.681 4.799 statistical function 10. 4.963 0.191 4.741 0.589 2.639 statistical function 11. 4.741 0.442 3.574 0.536 12.342 statistical function 12. 4.907 0.293 3.759 0.642 11.953 statistical function 13. 4.667 0.476 3.593 0.659 9.707 statistical function 14. 4.889 0.317 3.556 0.604 14.362 statistical function american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 15. 4.630 0.560 3.685 0.609 8.393 statistical function 16. 4.889 0.317 3.741 0.732 10.580 statistical function 17. 4.630 0.487 3.537 0.636 10.022 statistical function 18. 4.926 0.264 3.667 0.673 12.799 statistical function t h ir d a x is : s ci en ti fi c im p ac t 19. 3.704 0.792 3.204 0.959 2.954 statistical function 20. 4.759 0.473 3.722 0.596 10.012 statistical function 21. 4.852 0.408 3.685 0.773 9.812 statistical function 22. 3.759 0.970 3.259 1.049 2.571 statistical function 23. 4.870 0.339 3.370 1.051 9.978 statistical function 24. 4.796 0.407 3.704 0.662 10.330 statistical function 25. 4.870 0.339 3.796 0.711 10.025 statistical function 26. 4.778 0.420 3.833 0.720 8.325 statistical function 27. 4.833 0.376 3.944 0.712 8.116 statistical function table t value = 1.983 at a degree of freedom (n + n-2) = 106 and an indicative level of 0.05 believe internal value consistency: it is the collection of the correlation between the performance of the gauge axes, the performance on the full scale, the higher the degree of the axis correlation with the total grade of the gauge, the higher the quality (abu zaida, 2018:152), and the lower number (3) shows us this. table (3) correlation factor correlation factors between each area of the tool and the total degree of the tool total score first axis second axis third axis total score 1.000 0.983 0.987 0.985 first axis 0.983 1.000 0.955 0.956 second axis 0.987 0.955 1.000 0.957 third axis 0.985 0.956 0.957 1.000 the value (r) of the table (0.138) is at an indicative level (0.05) and a degree of freedom (198) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org it has been shown to us that all correlative transactions of each delivery area's score with the overall instrument grade range from 0.955 to 0.987 and all are statistically significant at an indicative level of 0.05. 2consistency: is the coherence and consistency of the tool's paragraphs, so that the tool has fixed results if it is reapplied to the same sample and frequently (attiya, 2009 b: 111), and to calculate the stability of the scale, the researcher used the following two methods, for his sample of 200 teachers and schools, after being selected in a random manner. aalpha method crewe fauna cronbach's alpha: the alpha-cronbach has been used for all areas of the tool and the tool as a whole, and table 4 shows this: table (4) showing the values of alpha-cronbach t prevalence of student fraud number of paragraphs alfa kronbach coefficient 1 first axis: social impact 8 0.878 2 second axis: educational impact 10 0.768 3 third axis: scientific impact 9 0.817 4 scale as a whole 27 0.894 bhalf split method: the division of the paragraphs of the scale into two parts (individual and marital paragraphs) (to calculate the correlation factor between the degrees of the individual and the degrees of the marital paragraphs, after which the siberman brown formula (persistence factor) was used to correct the correlation factor" (majid, 2014:146). table (5) halfway to measure instrument stability t fields stability before correction stability after correction 1 first axis: social impact 0.856 0.922 2 second axis: educational impact 0.936 0.967 3 third axis: scientific impact 0.798 0.888 4 scale as a whole 0.780 0.876 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org sixth: the final application of the tool: after confirming the construction of the scale, and verifying its validity and readiness, it was distributed to the members of the basic sample, amounting to 368 teachers and schools, in the middle, middle and high schools of the general directorate of qadisiyah education. seventh: statistical methods: data were collected and unloaded using the spss programme for the purpose of addressing it using statistical methods. display and interpret results: the results of the research for the first objective stipulated the extent of the phenomenon of fraud among high school students from the point of view of teachers and teachers of history. the average arithmetic, standard deviation, and the percentage weight of all paragraphs (27) were extracted. we found that the overall total of the research sample responses was 4,1133. the overall average (111,747). the general standard deviation (10,761) was 82,796%. this shows us that the prevalence of fraud among secondary students was a (large) percentage. the results of the research for the second objective is to know the order of the areas according to the responses of the sample individuals. so he extracted the arithmetic average, the standard deviation, the centennial weight of all the scale areas and the adult (3) areas, and table number (6) shows this. table (6) showing arithmetic average, standard deviation and centennial weight for all areas of the instrument field arrangement field title total score average arithmetic standard deviation centennial weight field rank 1 first axis: social impact 12040 32.717 3.770 81.793 second 2 second axis: educational impact 15570 42.310 4.577 84.620 first 3 third axis: scientific impact 13523 36.720 4.261 81.661 third the research explains that the reason why the educational impact is first among the fields is due to the fact that it is necessary to learn from a micro-like inscription on the stone. education here plays an essential role in educating students about the inviolability of fraud in all spheres of life. not to mention the constant follow-up by parents to the student has an essential role in reducing and eliminating the phenomenon of fraud in addition, the removal of moral education from the curriculum has had a significant impact on the prevalence of fraud among students. conclusions: after the research results were completed, the researcher concluded that: 1not to properly activate the educational aspect in most schools and to satisfy the educational aspect, especially when the subject of moral education is removed from the curriculum. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 2training and training courses for teachers are limited to teaching methods, and not to activate orientation and guidance courses through which teachers can use methods that reduce the phenomenon of fraud among students. recommendations: 1the need for educational institutions to pay attention to this phenomenon and to set up specialized committees to study this phenomenon and expedite the development of solutions to it. -2 relying on the experiences of countries that have worked to develop solutions to this phenomenon, such as conducting oral examinations that make the student dependent on understanding and not thinking of cheating. -3 make decisions containing strict penalties for anyone who commits fraud. -4 to provide students with continuous awareness-raising, mentoring and ethical lessons that enable them to learn about the illegality of the phenomenon of fraud and its negative impact on the individual and society. -5 addition of moral education as a basic curriculum for primary and secondary levels. the proposals: -1 conducting close research on the prevalence of fraud among elementary students. -2 conduct research similar to this research the role of educational guides in educating students at the secondary level about this phenomenon. references 1. abu nasr, medhat mohammed (2017), social service research curriculum, t1, arab group for training and publishing, cairo. 2. abu zaidha, hatem (2018), scientific research curriculum, t2, future research center, palestine. 3. bakish, omar suleiman (1979), study on the phenomenon of examination fraud for secondary schools, seventh education week magazine, teachers' association of kuwait. 4. butte, nowal (2018), the reality of electronic fraud in university examinations, biology magazine, university of patna, mg18, no. 21. 5. al-jabouri, saad javed kazim (2013), assessment of the professional reality of history teachers and teachers in light of quality and construction of a proposed programme for its development (unpublished doctoral thesis), university of baghdad, iraq. 6. aljarrah, misbah rashid tawfiq (2009), the phenomenon of fraud in the examination of the general secondary school certificate in jordan, journal of human sciences, jordan, issue 43 7. al-jahani, abdel-nasser ezzedine (2014), the phenomenon of fraud in the examination of its causes and treatment, journal of the faculty of arts, mansoura university, issue 54. 8. al-joudi, heider jalil fazal (2021), the reality and requirements of using the application of eeducation at the secondary level from the point of view of teachers and teachers of history (unpublished master's thesis), karbala university, iraq. 9. hasson, fadel obeid and others (2007), the impact of parental treatment on the phenomenon of academic fraud and motivation for achievement on university students in great libya, karbala university journal, vol. v, no. 4. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 10. al-hayani, sabri bardan ali (2017), problem of the times cheating in school exams causes kindness methods of treatment, journal of psychological sciences, anbar university, issue 26. 11. kheir zad, faisal mohammed (2002), the phenomenon of fraud in academic tests among students of saudi schools and universities, mars publishing house, saudi arabia. 12. rashid, nur (2002), the phenomenon of fraud in examinations and their arts and its repercussions on high school students' behaviour, islam online htt www.islam online.net. 13. zakari, lawrence basta and hijazi, moderation of bint abd al-rahman (2012), cheating in exams his reasons his results proposals to reduce it, i 1, modern university office, misr, alexandria. 14. al-sabawi, arafat mohammed (2007), the phenomenon of cheating in the school exams of preparatory students because of their causes, methods and remedies. journal of education and science, university of mosul, vol. 14, no. 3. 15. aldamin, munzir abdul hamid (2007), fundamentals of scientific research, t1, al-masirah publishing and distribution house, oman. 16. abbas, mohammed khalil and others (2014), introduction to research curricula in education and psychology, 5, al-masirah publishing and distribution house, oman 17. al-azawi, saadi ahmed table (2022), school exams and elgash phenomenon in students for reasons of fraud and how to treat it, yarmouk college journal, no. 5. 18. attiya, mohsen ali (2009 b), scientific research in education curriculum, edwah, statistical means, t1, curriculum house for publishing and distribution, jordan. 19. ali, saddam hussein abbas (2020), causes of exam fraud from the perspective of students of the faculty of education, my department, arabic language, educational and psychological sciences, model, qadisiyah journal in arts and pedagogical sciences, no. 4g2 20. al awadi, rizwan bin ahmed (2017), explicitly stated that cheating in the exam is great in the right of fraud, help or consent, t2, publishing and charitable distribution, yemen. 21. phoenix, philip (1965), education and public good, translation of mohammed labib tajihi, t1, arab renaissance house, cairo. 22. ma'jid, susan shaker (2014), foundations for building psychological and educational tests and metrics, t3, debono center for thinking education, amman, jordan. 23. mezhoudi, khoula and marcoun, hiba (2023), school fraud and its impact on the outcomes of the educational process, journal of measurement and psychological studies, university of jilali, mj2, issue 2. 24. hadi, mashaan rabi (2005), psychological education guidance from a modern perspective, arab society publishing and distribution library, t1, amman, jordan. 25. ya 'akoubi, haider (2013), evaluation and measurement in educational and psychological sciences, practical vision, t1, books and documents house, baghdad, iraq. 26. location of the faculty of physical education and sports sciences for girls, https://copew.uobaghdad.edu.iq/?p=29363 on 12 january 2024, at 10: 5 a.m. 27. english website 21, https ://arabi21.com/story/707163, dated 13/1/2024, at 10: 15 am. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org the importance of color in art classes: a study of its psychological and aesthetic effects abdumannonov sarvarbek solijonovich kokan state pedagogical institute fine arts and engineering graphics 911552127 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s color plays a key role in the field of art, influencing our emotional reactions, enhancing visual aesthetics, and imparting meaning. this scientific article examines the importance of color in art classes, its psychological and aesthetic effects on the creation and appreciation of works of art. by exploring color theory, psychological associations, and practical applications, this article highlights the important role of color in art education. it highlights the benefits of including color studies exercises in visual arts classes to understand color principles, teach color theory, and develop creativity, expression, and visual literacy. introduction color theory is the basis for understanding how colors interact, harmonize, and evoke emotion in the visual arts. it provides a framework for artists to make informed choices about color selection, composition, and visual communication. this unit explores the basic concepts of color theory, including the color wheel, primary, secondary, and tertiary colors, as well as complementary and analogous color schemes. it explores the principles of color, value, and saturation, emphasizing the importance of teaching color theory as an important component of art education. color theory: 1. the color wheel: the color wheel is a visual representation of the relationship between colors. it is a circular arrangement of colors based on the primary colors (red, blue and yellow) and their mixtures. this section introduces the color wheel and its divisions, showing a systematic way to understand color relationships and combinations. 2. primary, secondary and tertiary colors: primary colors are primary colors that cannot be created by mixing other colors. secondary colors result from the mixture of two primary colors, while tertiary colors are formed by combining a primary color with an adjacent secondary color on the color wheel. this section explores the concept of primary, secondary, and tertiary colors, showing their role in color mixing and expanding the range of available colors. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org 3. complementary and similar colors: complementary colors are pairs of colors that are opposite each other on the color wheel. when placed together, complementary colors create strong visual contrast and vibrancy. analogous colors, on the other hand, are neighbors on the color wheel and have similar hues. this section discusses the use of complementary and similar color schemes in art, showing how they can create harmony or tension in a composition. 4. hue, value and saturation: hue, value, and saturation are important aspects of color theory. hue refers to the purest form of a color, such as red, blue, or green. the value determines how light or dark the color is from black to white. saturation, also known as chroma or intensity, refers to the purity or brightness of a color. this unit explores the principles of color, value, and saturation, discussing their impact on visual perception and artistic expression. 5. practical applications in art education: teaching color theory in art classes offers many practical applications for students. by understanding the principles of color, students can effectively communicate emotion, create visual depth and interest, and establish harmony or contrast in their artwork. this section discusses hands-on exercises and projects that engage students in exploring the relationships between colors, such as color mixing experiments, color studies, and drawing exercises. 6. digital tools and color theory: advances in digital technology have expanded the possibilities of learning and understanding color. digital tools such as color pickers, color palettes, and digital painting software give artists a number of opportunities to experiment with color combinations and try out different color schemes. this unit emphasizes the integration of digital tools in teaching color theory, allowing students to explore color relationships in a dynamic and interactive way. psychological associations: colors evoke emotional and psychological reactions in viewers, making them a powerful tool for artistic expression. this section explores the psychological associations and symbolism associated with various colors. it says that warm colors like red and orange evoke feelings of energy and excitement, while cool colors like blue and green evoke feelings of calmness and tranquility. the unit also explores cultural variations in color symbolism and the ways artists manipulate color to convey specific moods, emotions, or stories. practical guides: exploring color relationships in art classes color theory comes to life as students engage in hands-on activities and exercises that allow them to experience, observe, and apply their understanding of color relationships. this section highlights a variety of practical uses of color in art classes, including color mixing exercises, still life studies, and color psychology exercises. by actively exploring and manipulating colors, students develop a finer understanding of the interrelationship, value, and mood of colors, developing their creativity and visual literacy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org color mixing exercises allow students to learn and understand the process of creating new colors by mixing primary and secondary colors. using paints, pastels, or colored pencils, students can observe how colors interact and experiment with different proportions and combinations to create different colors. this exercise enhances understanding of color relationships, as well as the effects of saturation and value on the overall appearance of colors. still life studies allow students to apply their knowledge of color relationships and how colors interact in real world situations. offers a rich context for observing the mystery. by arranging objects of different colors, textures, and lighting, students can analyze and describe the interplay of colors within a composition. this exercise allows them to explore color harmony, contrast, and the effect of light and shade on color perception. color psychology exercises encourage students to explore the emotional and psychological associations associated with different colors. by associating colors with specific emotions or moods, students can create artwork that effectively communicates and evokes specific emotions. for example, they may create a series of abstract paintings using colors associated with joy, sadness, or tranquility, allowing viewers to interpret and respond to the artwork based on their emotional response to the color. colors tell a story within artwork. can play an important role in making and conveying stories. in this exercise, students can learn to use color to describe different scenes, characters, or themes. by choosing colors that match specific stories or symbolism, students can increase the visual impact and communicative power of their artwork. this exercise encourages students to consider the cultural and historical meanings of colors and how they contribute to the overall story. collaborative color projects help explore teamwork, communication, and collective creativity. students can participate in group projects where each member is assigned a specific color or color scheme. through collaboration, they can explore color combinations, contrasts, and the integration of different color choices into a cohesive piece of art. this exercise encourages students to appreciate the different perspectives and contributions of their peers as they learn to synchronize their color choices. digital tools offer a unique platform for students to experiment with color relationships. software applications and online platforms provide features such as color selection, color palettes, and real-time color management capabilities. students can explore digital painting or graphic design exercises that allow them to experiment with color combinations, visual effects, and the effects of digital lighting on color perception. this exercise introduces students to the integration of technology and color studies in contemporary artistic practice. summary: applying the practical use of color to art classes allows students to gain a deeper understanding of color relationships, value, and mood. through color mixing exercises, still life studies, color psychology exercises, narrative learning, collaborative projects, and digital color exploration, students engage in hands-on experiences that develop creativity, critical thinking, and visual literacy. by actively experimenting with and observing the effects of color, students develop a nuanced understanding of how color interacts, conveys emotion, and enhances the visual impact of artwork. these hands-on tutorials allow students to master color, expand their artistic possibilities, and express themselves. color theory serves as a cornerstone of art education, providing artists with the knowledge and vocabulary for color selection. by understanding the color wheel, primary, secondary, and tertiary colors, complementary and analogous color schemes, and the principles of hue, value, and saturation, artists can create harmonious, expressive, and visually appealing artwork. . teaching color theory american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org equips students with the tools to communicate emotion, establish visual balance, and enhance their artistic expression. educators who include color theory as a core component of art education allow students to become more precise and confident in their use of color, ultimately enriching their artistic journeys. in conclusion, color is very important in art classes and affects the creation and appreciation of works of art. understanding color theory, psychological associations, and practical applications empowers students to harness the expressive potential of color and enhance their visual literacy. by including color learning exercises and developing an attitude towards color aesthetics, art teachers play an important role in fostering creativity, self-expression and a deeper understanding of the visual world. references: 1. dilobarxon, sodiqjonova, and sattorova sarvinozxon. "guash bo ‘yoqlari bilan ishlash, amaliy mashg ‘ulotlar bajarishda guashning ahamiyati va rang texnologiyasi." science promotion 3.1 (2023): 155-158. 2. sarvinozxon, sattorova, and manobova dilafruzxon. "tasviriy san'at texnalogiyasi va nusxa ko'chirish fanida ishlatiladigan materiallar." science promotion 3.1 (2023): 132-135. 3. sarvinozxon, sattorova. "qo’qon naqqoshlik uslubining o’ziga xosligi." world scientific research journal 17.1 (2023): 19-24. 4. sarvinozkhan, sattorova. "types and development of applied arts in uzbekistan." open access repository 8.11 (2022): 108-111. 5. sarvinozkhan, sattorova. "history of formation and development of applied art." open access repository 9.11 (2022): 84-87. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org factors of use of transboundary water resources in central asia tashimov bahodir bahriddin ogli, 2nd year student of termiz economic service university, faculty of pedagogy and social and humanities, department of history allamuratov shukhrat ashurovich, scientific supervisor, doctor of philosophy in history (phd) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information on inaccessible ponds, basins and networks. there is also information about the water networks flowing across the borders of the world and the purposes and issues of international agreements, treaties, mutual agreements on it. in addition, there is talk of a positive development of relations between the central asian states on this issue. water resources, water codex, transboundary water resources, water artery, convention, modernization, exploitation introduction the history of the development of water-related relations in the middle of the 20th century, that is, after the second world war, is characterized by a sharp increase in the demand for water resources as a result of the beginning of peaceful life, the development of large areas, the development of industry, and a sharp increase in the population. the existing water resources have been almost completely exploited, and now the question of which water resources will be provided for the future has begun to enter the agenda. today, the water-related problems in our region, including the new economic, social, political and ecological reality show that water resources play a crucial role in the sustainable development of the region and the countries located in it. therefore, future development depends to a large extent on the available water resources, their quantity and status, water requirements, the level of water use, and our attitude to water and water use in general. at the moment, the average annual water flow of amudarya and syrdarya, which have the status of transboundary water bodies, varies in a large range. in this regard, as the president of the republic of uzbekistan, sh. mirziyoyev, stated: " i am sure that there is no rational way to solve the water problem other than taking into account the interests of the countries and peoples of the region equally " [1, p.93]. methods and research the article was implemented on the basis of generally accepted methods impartiality, historicalanalysis, comparative-logical analysis, principles of chronological sequence. it briefly talks about the general situation of water resources flowing through the territory of the countries of the world, as well american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org as the work being carried out on the basis of generally accepted rules for the use of transboundary water resources in central asia. also, information on this topic can be found in the monograph "transboundary rivers and large dams" by h. yunusov, z. mamatova [2], "water use in agriculture" co-authored by m. hamidov, kh. shukurlaev, i. begmatov, a. mamataliev. in the pamphlet [3], the book "fundamentals of integrated management of water resources and basin planning" by n. rakhimov, v. akhmadjonov [4] and in the researches of many other authors working on the water problem, as well as in popular scientific journals. results and its discussion in central asia, waterways have been of great importance in the trade and communication system from ancient times to the present day. the amudarya waterway, which has an important place in the internal and external relations of the region, has developed in an evolutionary way, first of all, the appearance of vehicles moving on rivers [5]. when it comes to transboundary waters, it is appropriate to focus primarily on the meaning of the term. therefore, transboundary waters are any surface and underground waters that cross the borders of two or more countries or are located on such borders. at this point, it should be noted that local water bodies are any surface and underground water bodies located in the territory of one country, where water resources are formed, distributed or flow and consumed. according to un official data, there are currently 276 transboundary water bodies (rivers and lakes) in the world, 68 of them in europe, 64 in africa, 60 in asia, 46 in central and north america, and 38 in south america. is located. 40 percent of the world's population lives around 276 water basins that cross the borders of two or more countries. transboundary water basins cover about half of the earth's land, i.e. 46 percent. two-thirds of 276 transboundary water bodies, i.e. 185 cross at least two countries, 256, i.e. 92.7% 2-4 countries, 20, i.e. 7.2% cross the territory of more than 5 countries. 13 of the existing water basins flow through the territory of 5-8 countries, 5 (congo, niger, rhine, nile and zambezi) flow through the territory of 9-11 countries, and one (danube river) flows through the territory of almost 19 countries. the number of large and small rivers in the world is several hundred. there are 175 rivers with a length of more than 1000 km. the number of rivers flowing through several countries is 261, of which 71 are located in europe, 53 in asia, 39 in central and north america, and 38 in south america. international water bodies partially cross the territory of 148 countries and completely cross the territory of 21 countries [2, p.19-20]. transboundary organizations play a key role in solving international problems related to the management of transboundary water resources. such organizations may have different management styles according to the political environment, water issues and cultural characteristics of the area. they are often based on voluntary agreements between sovereign states, but may also include international and local water management bodies and commissions. international organizations are traditionally established to solve specific problems. for example, issues such as water transport or flood relief. their authority is continuous and provides comprehensive assistance in solving problems in the basin. a consultative body may be useful to broaden the range of stakeholders, as the ministers of each country are interested in making decisions that are acceptable to them. the activities of such organizations are carried out on the basis of agreements, memoranda and international agreements. the effective functioning of transnational organizations requires a reliable american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org financial basis, the political will of governments and the fulfillment of cooperation obligations between them. transboundary, interstate and local water bodies account for water resources, their distribution and their use are carried out on the basis of various regulatory documents adopted around the world. to this day, many regulatory documents have been adopted on the world scale to account for the amount of water resources in such water bodies, their distribution between countries and their use, and work is being carried out based on them. this includes the "convention on the use and protection of international water bodies and transboundary waterways" adopted in helsinki on march 17, 1992 [6] and the "declaration on the development of environmental protection" adopted in rio de janeiro in 1998. an example can be cited as documents [7]. today, in order to increase the potential of transboundary water management in cooperation, it is necessary to increase the reliability of the information-database. creating an atmosphere of trust between mediators and negotiators in reaching the terms of the agreement requires certain funds and resources, certain time and efforts. in this situation, donor support from international organizations such as the un and the world bank can have a positive result. coordination of national water policy by transboundary interdepartmental organizations should be supported by partner organizations. pressure from citizens, the media, and non-governmental organizations often has a positive effect on issues such as mitigating environmental issues related to water use. once transboundary water management is established, the work does not stop there, but to strengthen it, specific control measures, communication and data collection, as well as financing mechanisms are required. experience shows that technical skills play a very important role in this regard. as serious problems in the management of transboundary water bodies, it is possible to cite the lack of a unified interstate system of water distribution in the joint use of transboundary rivers, the monitoring of the use of water resources, and the lack of quick and reliable information on the exchange of information on the water resources of transboundary rivers and emergency situations. in the absence of a legal and methodological basis for the regulation of joint use of natural resources, it is necessary to coordinate transboundary environmental damage assessment and restoration. attempts to solve the problems of transboundary pollution bilaterally did not lead to practical results in reducing the level of pollution of transboundary rivers. the growth of population water supply, industry and environmental stability of the country has led to the seriousness of transboundary problems, corresponding to the formation of water resources and the increase of water pollution. it should be noted that there are no national mechanisms for fulfilling obligations under international conventions. the problem is the lack of methods and methodologies for planning cross-sectoral activities that take into account the obligations of countries under conventions and treaties. when it comes to the use of water from transboundary rivers, it would be appropriate to focus on the way in which the works are being carried out between the countries of central asia. the results of the cooperative solution of interstate water relations problems at the basin level are positively recognized by the central asian countries. it is known that before the independence of the central asian countries, the water legislation of the republics and the water relations related to the legal documents according to them were regulated according to the former "fundamentals of water legislation of the ussr". according to the data, the surface water produced in the territory of uzbekistan is 10% of the total amount in the aral sea basin. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org the available water volumes among the central asian countries are distributed based on the "amudarya and syrdarya basin schemes" developed in 1983-1984. based on this distribution, uzbekistan received 71.69 billion. cubic meter of water is specified. including: 58.6 billion from rivers. cubic meters (81.7 percent), of which 11.47 billion from internal rivers. cubic meters (19.6 percent), 10.07 billion from underground water. cubic meters (14.0 percent), 3.02 billion from ditch wastewater. cubic meters (4.3 percent). amudarya waters were distributed on the basis of the protocol adopted in 1986 (protocol no. 566 of september 10, 1987 of the scientific and technical council of the ministry of reclamation and water management of the former union). based on this document, amudarya water: 9.5 billion to tajikistan. cubic meters (15.5 percent); 22.0 billion to turkmenistan. cubic meters (35.8 percent); 29.6 billion to uzbekistan. cubic meters (48.1 percent) [3, p.12-13]. after the states gained independence, there was a need to rework the legal framework regulating water relations at the national and international levels. in 1993, the water code was adopted in the republics of kazakhstan and tajikistan. in 1994, the kyrgyz republic adopted laws "about water", and in 1993, uzbekistan "about water and water use". the "water code" adopted by turkmenistan in 1973 remained in force until november 11, 2004 [4, p.39-40]. in the central asian region, since 2000, new efforts have been started in the development of the legal framework in the field of water management. at the moment, the water codes of the republics of kazakhstan (2003), kyrgyzstan (2005) and tajikistan (2000), the code of turkmenistan "on water" (2003) and the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on water and water use" (1993) in the field of water relations of central asian countries they can be summarized under the name of national laws (msq) and they are regulated on the basis of existing interstate water relations agreements [4, p.3940]. it should be noted that afghanistan, tajikistan, and kyrgyzstan are the countries where the main water resources are formed in the aral sea basin (asb). the states of kazakhstan, turkmenistan and uzbekistan are characterized as the main water consumers. according to various estimates, in the north of afghanistan (upper amudarya) from 8-10 to 16-18 cubic km per year. 25% of the odh in kyrgyzstan, 80% of the amudarya flow in tajikistan and almost all of the water of the transboundary zarafshan river [8]. the situation is further complicated by the fragmented structure of water infrastructure facilities of interstate importance. thus, the water supply of south kazakhstan and the lower syr darya depends on the tokhtagul (kyrgyzstan), qairokkum (tajikistan), chervok (uzbekistan) reservoirs, and the work of interstate canals passing through uzbekistan. the water supply of keles region depends on the management of the flow of the chirchik river. more than half of the water area of the tuyamoyin hydropower station, which supplies karakalpakstan and khorezm region, amu-bukhara machine canal (abmk), and karshi main canal (kmk) main water intake facility and other infrastructures, is located in turkmenistan. the water supply of regions such as bukhara, navoi (abmk) and kashkadarya (kmk) in uzbekistan depends on their stable operation. 90 percent of the water used by uzbekistan is formed in afghanistan, kyrgyzstan and tajikistan. kyrgyzstan has water from the sokh, kosonsoy, andijan reservoirs. the operation of the qayraqqum (tajikistan) hydroelectric network affects the water supply of jizzakh, syrdarya and partially tashkent regions. it is known that at the beginning of the last century, connecting the central asian regions of tsarist russia with the western regions, especially waterways, was of great importance [9, p.65-71; 10, s. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org 348-353]. according to many experts and analysts, there are many conflict situations in the use of transboundary water resources (tsr) in central asia, which may cause serious problems in the region in the future. the political situation arising in connection with the water problems in the region can be the factors that cause the consolidation of the central asian countries or, on the contrary, the increase of conflicts between them. the principles of international water law (iwla), based on the generally recognized special environmental principles of international law, are as follows: a) fair and reasonable use of the tsr, taking into account the cooperation and equal rights of the coastal states, the existing established practice; b) sovereignty of the countries belonging to it on the coast of the transboundary river; c ) use of international rivers, respecting the common interests of all riparian states and the special interests of each of them; g) not to harm the cross-border procedures; d) compensation for the damage caused ("the person causing the damage pays") [4, p.41-42]. these and the generally recognized principles and norms of the csq may serve as a basis for the development of a draft agreement on the management of tsr in central asia. the position of uzbekistan on the use of transboundary water is as follows: 1) unilateral construction of large water reservoirs and hydroelectric power stations on transboundary rivers without ecological, socio-economic examination, technical and economic basis (tia) and construction projects without agreement with neighboring countries should be considered from a legal point of view as interference of this country in the internal affairs of other countries; 2) expertise in the construction of such objects, especially in the process of preparing their tia and construction projects, the rights of the downstream countries to water and their interests should be legally strengthened; 3) it is necessary to develop a project of the agreement, which defines the principles of managing the water flows of transboundary rivers and compensation for the damage caused to the states located in the lower reaches of the rivers in case of non-compliance with the agreed regime [4, p.42]. it should be noted that only 20% of the water resources used in our region are formed in our territory, and the remaining 80% come from neighboring countries. the president of the republic of uzbekistan, shavkat mirziyoev, in his address to the oliy majlis, touched on the possibilities of water supply in our republic and said: "the main way to meet the growing demands for water in the near future is to improve the management of water resources, rationalize their use, find internal reserves, and achieve water savings" [11, p. 146]. as a result of the effective organization of water use, the total amount of water used in our country has been reduced from 64 billion cubic kilometers before independence to 51 billion cubic kilometers or 20%. it was achieved to reduce the annual relative water consumption from the source for irrigating each hectare of land from 18,000 cubic meters to 10,500 cubic meters compared to the 90s of the last century. such intensity of work and level of investments in the field of water management is not observed in any country in the region [1, p.98]. conclusion due to the rational state policy in the field of water management, the irrigation potential was not only preserved during the years of independence, but is being successfully modernized. during the years of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org independence, radical changes were made in water management. integrated management of water resources is being implemented on a large scale. according to the assessment of the world bank, asian development bank and other funds, uzbekistan is a recognized leader in the region in this regard. in conclusion, it can be said that water saving is an important source of sustainable water supply. therefore, if all the people living in the region appreciate the priceless water and use it efficiently without wasting even a drop of it, they would make their grateful contribution to the development of nature and our society. references 1. the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev at the 72nd session of the un general assembly. kuronboev q.q., majidov i.u., umrzakov o'.p., bekmurodov a.sh. (the creative team responsible for the publication). tashkent, "spirituality", 2017. 2. yunusov h., mamatova z. transboundary rivers and large dams. tashkent, "new century generation", 2015. 3. hamidov m., shukurlaev kh., begmatov i., mamataliev a. use of water in agriculture. tashkent, 2018. 4. rakhimov n. akhmadjonov v. fundamentals of integrated management of water resources and basin planning. tashkent, "info capital group", 2019. 5. ashurovich a.s. craft and trade relations in eastern beks of the bukhara emirate //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 2. 6. convention on the protection and use of transboundary watercourses and international lakes . helsinki, 1992. 7. rio declaration on environment and development / document oon a / conf 151 / 26/ rev. 1 (vol. 1), p. 3-7. 8. varianty politicheskikh resheniy dlya stran s defitsitom vody url : http :// www.cawater info . net / library / rus / carewib / politics _ options . pdf 9. allamuratov s.a. the role of the amudarya fleet in the economic life of the emirate of bukhara at the end of the 19th century-the beginning of the 20th century //ўтмишга назар журнали. – 2019. – т. 21. – №. 2. 10. алламуратов ш. а. история амударьинского судостроения //бюллетень науки и практики. – 2020. – т. 6. – №. 10. 11. majidov i.u., khodiev b.yu., bekmurodov a.sh., mustafakulov sh.i. (the creative team responsible for the publication). a scientific and popular guide dedicated to studying and promoting the address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoev to the oliy majlis among the general public. tashkent, "spirituality", 2019. 12. ashurovich a. s. military-strategic goals of the russian empire on the amu darya //american journal of language, literacy and learning in stem education (2993-2769). – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 151-155. 13. allamuratov s. a., dzhuraeva u. c. irrigation and reclamation works in the surkhan oasis //emergent: journal of educational discoveries and lifelong learning (ejedl). – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 05. – с. 88-95. http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf http://www.cawater-info.net/library/rus/carewib/politicy_options.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org 14. resolution no. 82 of march 19, 2013 of the cabinet of ministers "on approving the regulations on water use and water consumption in the republic of uzbekistan. " url. : https://www.lex.uz/docs/2145601 15. resolution no. 171 of the cabinet of ministers of june 14, 2013 "on approval of the regulation on the procedure for issuing permits for special use of water or special consumption of water" url. : https://lex.uz/docs/2189316. https://www.lex.uz/docs/2145601 https://lex.uz/docs/2189316 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org secondary opening of the productive layer and increase of its efficiency norinov fakhriyor kurbonovich karshi, uzbekistan orcid: 0009-0001-8143-2897 e-mail: norinov_faxriyor@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the process of drilling production wells, it is important to choose the right type and volume of drilling fluids, the correct choice of well bottom design, not to pollute the productive formation and maintain its natural permeability, and to effectively open the productive formation. methods and drilling of wells ensuring long-term production is one of the most pressing issues today. oil, gas, reservoir, well, geological, drilling, deformation, perforation, repression, productivity. introduction in increasing the scale of oil and gas production, the process of drilling oil and gas wells, the correct selection of drilling method, well structure, type of drill bits, drilling mode and sizes of drilling fluid, with them opening of productive layers, testing them, putting them into operation, studying the geological features of the layer, studying the properties of oil, gas, and water in them, determining the number of wells that should be drilled for rational use of deposits, their excavation and determining the starting sequence, estimating the energy potential of the formation, protecting underground resources and the environment during the drilling of oil and gas wells are important tasks. method and materials the main issue of the secondary opening is to create a complete hydrodynamic connection between the well and the productive layer, without adversely affecting the collector properties of the formation in the bottom of the well, without giving a strong deformation to the reinforcement ridge and the cement shell. when solving this problem, the selection of perforation conditions, the perforation medium, the dimensions of the shooting devices for these conditions and the perforation density are carried out. during the perforation process, the geological-mining characteristics of the heap, the types of collectors and the technical-technological data of the well are taken into account: thickness, filtration volumetric properties of the well bottom zone and the far zone of the formation, branching, description of the lithofacies of the formation and oil viscosity; distances between snk (water-oil contact, gas-net contact and gas-water contact); pressure and temperature of the layer between perforations; the number of reinforcing ridges in the perforation interval, the minimum internal diameter of reinforcing pipes; the maximum angle of deviation of the well from the vertical; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org the condition of the reinforcement ridge and its cement shell; the properties and composition of the fluid used in the primary opening of the productive layer. in oil producing wells, the rocks between the perforations are determined by the saturation of formation fluids, and the productive object is opened by the leader of the drilling works and the geological service office during the opening of the formations along the entire thickness. only the oil part is perforated in the gas cap and aquifers. in the distance from the lowest hole to and the distance from the topmost for each pile, the presence or absence of impermeable layers in the intervals, the imperfection is determined experimentally. with shooting perforators, productive formations are opened in repression (the pressure of the bottom of the well is less than the pressure of the formation). the opening of the productive layer in repression depends on the presence of normal and high anomalous formation pressure, as well as contact zones and presence of decaying components (n2s, so2) in the oil. when opening productive layers in repression, perforation should be carried out safely and large volumes of liquids should not be allowed to enter the layer from the well. in the oil production industry, oil and gas wells opening and perforating works are distributed according to the types and volumes (in %) in the following order. 1. cumulative perforation. 2. from this layer in the depression. 3. axial perforation. 4. hydraulic image. 5. another type. in wells, most of all types of perforation works are carried out in the productive layer with repression. the value of repression should not be higher than 5-10% (no more than 2.5-3.0 mpa) depending on the depth of the well in relation to the formation pressure. in the repression of the layer, a closed zone (from 5 mm to 1.5 mm thick) is formed in the bottom zone of the well bottom of the productive layer, and the radius of the infiltration zone is 300 mm. from 1000 mm. will be up to. the greater the pressure on the formation (as well as the water permeability of the drilling fluid and its contact time with the productive formation), the thicker the sealing zone is formed when the formation is opened. in the secondary opening of layers, shooting or "water-sand-flow" perforators are used. according to the order of movement, firing perforators are divided into bullet, torpedo and cumulative types. perforators with vertical-curved shafts have appeared in recent years and have the highest punching efficiency. the use of this type of perforators is limited due to some geological and technical conditions. according to some authors, water-sand-flow perforation does not have practical advantages compared to cumulative perforation, according to the data of mining experience. according to these reasons and due to great difficulties, "water-sand-flow" perforation is not allowed to be widely used. pvt 73 differs from others in its two-barrel perforator design, in which bullets are fired in two opposite directions through two channels. in the single-channel multi-section pvc 70 perforator, the barrel passes along the axis of the perforator, in which the reinforced diameters and mass of the axes are used.the penetration depth of mediumstrength rocks is shown below. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org penetration depth of perforators. table 1 perforator type pvn 90, pvn 90 t pvt 73 pvk 70 crack depth, mm. 140 180 200 the formation of perforation channels in the layer obtained with the help of cumulative charges has the following characteristics. only 10% of the mass of the cumulative current passes through when the charge detonates and explodes upon hitting the metal coating. the remaining part moves in a cigarettelike shape in the stern at a speed of 1000 m/sec. in this case, the flow has a large diameter and a small kinetic energy compared to the head of the flow, gets into the formed perforation holes and partially or completely closes it. channel expansion occurs under the influence of side pressures of the flow that breaks through the barrier. therefore, the diameter of the channel is usually larger than the diameter of the stream. results. the technology of carrying out the process of filling the well with a special liquid has been studied and recommended. if the above requirements are met during the secondary opening of the productive layer based on the geological conditions, the primary oil output of the wells will be high and the well will serve for a long time. the cost of eliminating complexities in calling the flow is saved. when opening the productive layer, perforators with vertical-sloping shafts (percussion) acting pvn90, pvn90 t, pvt73, pvk70 (transverse dimensions 90.73 and 70 mm) are used, with a diameter of 117.5 and 98 mm is lowered into the reinforcement ridges. in perforators of the pvn type, four barrels are placed in pairs in two mutually perpendicular planes, to give mutually balanced forces, the paired barrels go to meet each other in a common powder chamber, and the common impact forces are added. the construction of the well should ensure its high-quality construction, ensure the prevention of accidents and difficulties during drilling, reduce the construction period and use less material and technical tools during drilling, ensure the opening of the productive layer by effective methods, environmental protection. providing a solution to the problems of less damage to the environment. conclusion the quality of the drilling fluid plays an important role in the process of opening a productive layer. the solid phase of drilling fluids can reduce seepage channels in the formation, while the liquid phase (water) of the drilling fluid can cause formation porosity and permeability to decrease due to suffocation and swelling of clay minerals. in addition, five methods of drilling a productive pile were studied and their advantages and disadvantages were analyzed. selection of the composition and properties of the washing fluid for opening the productive formation, methods of testing the formation, types of formation testers and working principles are fully studied. in the process of drilling and strengthening the well, the productive layer may be contaminated, and in some cases it may be completely closed. therefore, it is necessary to prevent its contamination during the process of opening the formation before releasing the flux. in most cases, after the primary opening american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org of the formation, the operation of the well is fully reinforced with casing, and the interval behind the pipe is cemented. in such wells, it is necessary to create a protective ridge, a cement stone, and a large number of holes passing through the capping shell in order to obtain formation fluid. the process of creating such holes is called secondary opening of productive layers. the choice of which group of perforators for secondary opening is made taking into account the character of the preparation of the well for perforation and the volume of work, the duration of perforation and the number of flights, the efficiency of the secondary opening, as well as the damage caused to the strength of the well during the drilling operations. references 1. басарыгин ю.м., булатов а.и., проселов ю.м. “бурение нефтяных и газовых скважин” учебник пособие для вузов. москва, ооо “недра-бизнесцентр”, 2002 г. 2. norinov f.k. oil and gas well drilling. textbook. №540271, intellekt karshi 2024. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org concept, types, tasks and means of physical training of young athletes o‘razbayev jaxongir temur o‘g‘li teacher of jizzakh state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s physical training of young athletes is considered one of the most important components of sports training and is understood as a process aimed at comprehensive development of the body, strengthening of health, improvement of physical abilities and creation of a solid functional base for all other types of training. sport, young generation, physical fitness, physical ability. introduction modern sports make high demands on the physical fitness of athletes. this can be explained by the following factors: 1) the growth of achievements in sports always requires a new level of development of physical abilities from the athlete; 2) a high level of physical fitness is a necessary condition for increasing training and competition loads [3]. physical training is divided into general physical training (ujt), auxiliary and special physical training (mjt) according to the nature and direction of the effect of the used tools. general physical fitness of young athletes is the foundation and necessary basis for achieving high results. it is aimed at solving the following tasks: 1) increase the functional capabilities of the body of young athletes; 2) development of physical qualities strength, quickness, endurance, dexterity and flexibility; 3) elimination of defects in the physical development of young athletes. ujt includes a wide variety of tools; among them there are exercises performed with projectiles, in partnership, on special devices, various types of sports acrobatics, athletics, sports games, swimming, and other general development exercises [3]. auxiliary physical training of young athletes is aimed at creating a functional basis necessary for effective activity aimed at the development of special physical abilities. it has a special direction and is aimed at solving the following tasks: 1) development of the athlete's functional capabilities, which are manifested in the movement activities specific to the chosen sport; 2) improvement of the organism's ability to withstand high-level special loads; 3) increasing the intensity of recovery processes [6]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org special physical training of young athletes (mjt) is aimed at the development of physical abilities in strict compliance with the requirements set by the characteristics of competition in the selected sport. special physical training of young athletes solves the following tasks: 1) improvement of physical abilities specific to the chosen sport; 2) in-depth development of movement skills necessary for successful technical and tactical improvement in the chosen sport; 3) selective development of specific muscle groups that are more involved in performing specialized exercises. mjt of young athletes is directed to the development of the most important movement qualities in the system of movement skills. therefore, as the main means of special physical training, competition exercises are used together with various complicating elements that increase their effect on the athlete's body [2]. all types of physical training have certain similarities. physical fitness of young athletes is closely related to sports specialization. in the process of training, insufficient evaluation of any type of physical training will ultimately prevent the strengthening of sports skills. in the training of young athletes, the ratio of ujt and mjt tools is changed depending on the tasks, the age of the athletes, their qualifications, their special characteristics, the stages and periods of the training process, and the current state of the body. as the athlete's skill increases, the contribution of mjt tools increases, and the size of ujt tools decreases accordingly [3]. in the process of forming the physical culture of the person, the participants not only master the movements and the knowledge related to them, but also develop their physical abilities [4]. currently, the terms "physical abilities" and "physical qualities" are used to describe human movement capabilities. although these concepts are similar in a certain sense, they are not the same. unfortunately, in the literature, one can find some conflicting opinions about the definition and interrelationship of these concepts. for example, in one case, physical abilities are understood as the forms of manifestation of the ability of functional systems that participate in the movement activity of the organism and determine its effect, in the other, human-specific opportunities that are realized in life, especially in movement activity, and which are based on physical qualities are meant; in the third, capabilities are defined as developed innate ability targets based on the mental-physiological and morphological characteristics of the organism [5]. physical abilities are a set of psychological, physiological and morphological characteristics of a person that meet the requirements of this or that muscle activity and ensure its effective performance [3]. the term "physical (motor) qualities" has been used for a long time to express special aspects of human movement capabilities. now, some authors propose to exclude it from scientific treatment due to the simple formalistic content of the concept of "physical qualities" and to use only the term "physical abilities" instead. nevertheless, this term is more common in everyday speech and in scientific and methodological literature. therefore, it is probably appropriate to determine the similarities and differences between these two concepts, to determine the situations of their use [6]. first of all, it should be noted that the concept of "quality" is always used in relation to something, and it expresses its characteristic characteristic that distinguishes it from other things, in particular, a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org product, raw material, food product, life. qualities, the quality of a person, knowledge, etc. in the field of physical education, this term should be used in the same sense [4]. therefore, it is possible to check the physical qualities of a person in relation to one or another form in which physical abilities are manifested, such as some characteristics of his movement capabilities, that is, to think about them on the basis of realized abilities [ 6]. a person can be the owner of various abilities that differ from each other in terms of quality. it is the qualitative uniqueness of these different physical abilities that testifies to his physical qualities. the characteristics of the quality of human abilities in life, physical education and sports are reflected in the expressions "strong", "quick", "agile", "flexible". the importance of these qualities in life was considered a criterion for showing them off. in fact, physical qualities are an expression of the level of achievement of individual physical abilities, their accuracy, uniqueness, and importance. take human strength abilities for example. they are manifested in strength exercises with a high level of muscle tension, and a relatively small rate of contraction. basically, strength skills describe qualities of strength such as "slow strength", "squeezing strength", "static strength". speed-strength skills appear in exercises that require serious muscle tension and their high contraction speed. the development of speed-strength skills is the most first of all, it is reflected in the so-called "explosive" quality [3]. the above-mentioned qualities of strength allow to identify and distinguish the strength abilities of a person in a holistic way. similarly, qualitative differences can be expressed in other physical abilities. there is a meaningful relationship between physical abilities and qualities. the same ability can manifest different physical qualities, and different abilities can describe only one of them. for example, the quality of "agile" is based on many abilities: coordination, speed, strength, etc. speedstrength skills are reflected not only as "strength", but also as "speed" [6]. thus, the physical qualities of a person are inextricably linked with his physical abilities, and are determined by the characteristics of their manifestation during various actions, on the one hand, the level of development and manifestation of physical abilities depends on environmental factors (social and household conditions, climatic and geographical conditions, material provision of training places, methods of their development, etc.), and on the other hand, genetic factors associated with the specific reaction of the organism to various influences (" "motor" ability targets) have an effect, anatomical, physiological and mental characteristics of the human body appear as physical ability targets. in the process of performing an activity, "motor goals" are improved based on adaptation changes of the organism and become appropriate physical abilities [5]. it should be noted that "motor targets" are multifunctional and can develop in one or another direction depending on the conditions of muscle activity and provide the development of physical abilities in one or another form. such forms can be as many as there are types of movement activity, because each of them has its own structure, purposeful orientation of movements, muscle coordination, mode of activity of the body and its energy supply. is typical. for this reason, it is useless to look for some special mechanisms that are responsible for the development of endurance or quickness of actions in the body. on the basis of their improvement lies an adaptive effect, a whole adaptive reaction that leads to the morphofunctional specialization of the human organism. morphofunctional reconstructions cover the whole organism. however, it mostly and primarily applies to the muscle groups that carry the main workload and the physiological systems that ensure their performance. this feature of selection of functional specialization mainly depends on the working mode of the organism american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org under certain operating conditions, and the level of its manifestation depends on the intensity and volume of physical loads [3]. currently, it is accepted to divide physical abilities into five main types: strength, agility and coordination abilities, endurance and flexibility. each of them is manifested in different forms in different types of movement activity. references 1. a. abdiyev, n. xolmirzayev. jismoniy sifatlarni tarbiyalash unumli mehnat kafolatidir. ilmiyamaliy konferensiya materiallari. 2005 y. 2. vardiashvili i. r va boshq.. talabalarning ilmiy bilish faoliyatlari. qarshi, “nasaf” nashriyoti, 2006. 7-b. 3. goncharova o.v. “yosh sportchilarning jismoniy qobiliyatlarini rivojlantirish”. t., o’zdjti matbaa nashriyoti bo’limi, 2005 y. 57-b. 4. jismoniy tarbiya nazariyasi va uslubiyati. prof. r.salomovning umumiy tahriri ostida. 1 tom. t., “ita press” nashr., 2014. 78-b. 5. kerimov f.a. sport sohasidagi ilmiy tadqiqotlar. t., “zarqalam” nashr., 2004. 112-b. 6. usmanxo’jayev t.s. sog‘lom bola – el boyligi // kichik yoshdagi bolalarning jismoniy tarbiyasi to’g‘risida. toshkent «yangi asr avlodi». 2005. – b.61. 7. ахадова к. bo‘lajak muhandislarni kompyuter modellashtirish ko‘nikmalarini takomillashtirish tamoyillari //цифровизация современного образования: проблема и решение. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 144-146. 8. axadova, komila. raqamlashtirish jarayonida muhandislarni kasbiy faoliyatga tayyorlashning pedagogik shart-sharoitlari. 2023. 9. axadova, k. (2023). bo’lajak muhandislarni kasbiy faoliyatga tayyorlashda qo’llaniladigan zamonaviy metodlar. o‘zbekiston milliy universiteti. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7807515 10. axadova, komila. "texnik oliy ta’limda matematikaning mutaxassislik fanlari bilan integratsiyasini ta’minlash vositalari." science and innovation (2022). 11. hamidov jalil abdurasulovich, axadova komila said qizi texnik universitetlarda raqamlashtirish sharoitida bo‘lajak muhandislarni tayyorlash // sai. 2024. №special issue 18. url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/texnik-universitetlardaraqamlashtirish-sharoitida-bo-lajak-muhandislarni-tayyorlash (дата обращения: 04.06.2024). 12. akhadova k., usanov m., adilov b. factors to improve computer modeling skills of future engineers in the context of digitalization //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing, 2024. – т. 3045. – №. 1. 13. hamidov j., akhadova k. usage of modern information technologies in technical education //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing, 2024. – т. 3045. – №. 1. 14. komila a. organizational and pedagogical conditions for improving computer modeling skills of future engineers //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2024. – т. 12. – №. 3. – с. 604-608. 15. abdurasulovich h. j. et al. kompyuterli modellashtirishni amalga oshirishda foydalaniladigan metodlar tasnifi. – 2024. https://doi.org/https:/doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7807515 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org separation of synonyms in grammar suhad sabah abdul qader teacher at al-mutafawqeen secondary school for boys ministry of education specialization: arabic language/language suhadsuhad12@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research aims to study the topic of "separation of collocations in arabic grammar", by shedding light on the grammatical phenomenon related to the separation of collocated pairs in the arabic language, such as the verb and the subject, the noun and the complement, and other collocates. the research deals with the concept of separation and its types from the grammatical and rhetorical aspects, and reviews the cases in which separation is permitted and others in which it is prohibited, with a focus on the rhetorical and grammatical implications that result from that. the descriptive analytical approach was adopted in reviewing grammatical examples from the arab heritage, explaining how separation contributes to improving the linguistic structure and accurate expression. the research highlights the importance of taking into account grammatical and rhetorical rules in determining the appropriate type of separation, and its impact on the intended meanings. the results show that separation in the arabic language depends on the type of collocates and the type of separator, which enhances understanding of the relationship between linguistic structures and meanings. the study recommends further research in this field to develop a methodology for analyzing linguistic structures in the arabic language. separation, collocates, separation of collocates, grammar introduction :مستخلص البحث يهدف هذا البحث إلى دراسة موضوع "الفصل بين المتالزمات في النحو العربي"، وذلك من خالل ل تسليط الضوء على الظاهرة النحوية المتعلقة بفصل األزواج المتالزمة في اللغة العربية، مث الفعل والفاعل، والمضاف والمضاف إليه، وغيرها من المتالزمات. يتناول البحث مفهوم الفصل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org وأنواعه من الناحيتين النحوية والبالغية، ويستعرض الحاالت التي ُيسمح فيها بالفصل وأخرى .التي ُيمنع فيها، مع التركيز على الدالالت البالغية والنحوية التي تنتج عن ذلك تم اعتماد المنهج الوصفي التحليلي في استعراض أمثلة نحوية من التراث العربي، مع توضيح كيف يسهم الفصل في تحسين البنية اللغوية والتعبير الدقيق. ُيبرز البحث أهمية مراعاة القواعد .النحوية والبالغية في تحديد نوع الفصل المناسب، وتأثيره على المعاني المقصودة تظهر النتائج أن الفصل في اللغة العربية يعتمد على نوع المتالزمين ونوع الفاصل، مما ُيعزز فهم العالقة بين الهياكل اللغوية والمعاني. وتوصي الدراسة بمزيد من األبحاث في هذا المجال لتطوير .منهجية تحليل التراكيب اللغوية في اللغة العربية الكلمات المفتاحية: الفصل، المتالزمات، الفصل المتالزمات ، النحو : مقدمة الحمد هلل الذي ألهم اإلنسان المعرفة التي لم يكن يعلمها، وأنزل كتابه الكريم ليكون هدًى وبياًنا للناس. أصلي وأسلم على خير خلقه، سيدنا محمد صلى هللا عليه وسلم، وعلى آله الطيبين الطاهرين، وصحبه الكرام، الذين ساروا وبعد، على دربهم واتبعوا هديهم، إلى يوم الدين. إن التالزم بين األزواج النحوية ُيعتبر األساس، والفصل بينهما ُيعتبر فرًعا يستمد وجوده من األصل. في بعض األحيان، يظهر التسامح من قبل النحاة في القيام بالفصل بينهما بشكل ضروري، إذ ُيشكل اللجوء إلى الفصل في تألف منها النصوص، حيث ال تقتصر على أزواج متالزمة بعض الحاالت متطلًبا تركيبًيا. يتعلق ذلك بالجمل التي ت فقط، بل تشمل بعض الكلمات والتراكيب األخرى التي تسهم في نقل المعنى المرغوب. على سبيل المثال، الفعل والفاعل ُيعتبران متالزمين، وقد يتداخل عليهما الظروف واألماكن واألشخاص، فضاًل الصفة والوصف، مما يؤثر على المعاني التي يحملونها. في بعض األحيان، يقوم النحاة بالفصل بين هذين عن المتالزمين وقد يتقدم أحدهما أو يتأخر عن اآلخر، بهدف تحقيق أهداف داللية وتركيبية وبالغية محددة. وفي بعض غوية والتعبير، بينما ُيعتبر في حاالت أخرى غير الحاالت، قد يكون الفصل جائًزا لتحقيق دقة أكبر في البنية الل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org محبٍذ للمحافظة على سالمة التركيب. وكل ذلك يرتبط بنوع المتالزمين والسياق اللغوي الخاص بهم، فضاًل عن نوع الفاصل الذي ُيستخدم للتمييز بينهما. أسباب اختيار الموضوع: السعي لربط بين علمي النحو والمعاني، إذ تتمحور دراسة التراكيب وتحليلها ضمن اهتمامات علم النحو، في -1 حين تندرج دراسة المعاني ضمن خبر وإنشاء وإثبات ونفي ضمن اهتمامات علم المعاني. تسليط الضوء على الخصائص التركيبية للغة العربية، ويتم ذلك من خالل استنباط القرائن التي توجه االنتباه -2 المقصودة، داخل الهيكل النحوي.نحو المعاني مصادر الدراسة: من خالل استعراض كتب النحو والداللة، والتي ُتوضح بشكل مفصل في مصادر ومراجع الدراسة، يمكننا فهم اللغوية التراكيب تحليل كيفية نظرة على إلقاء االستعراض هذا يتيح والمعاني. النحو بين العالقة تفاصيل أكثر ا. ساهم في استنباط المعاني وفهمهوفحصها من ِقَبل علم النحو، وكذلك كيف يمكن لهذا التحليل أن ي منهج الدراسة: باستنادها إلى كتب النحو والداللة، تسعى هذه الدراسة إلى استكشاف وصف الظواهر اللغوية وتحليل التراكيب النحوية في اللغة العربية، مع التركيز على التدقيق في المعاني المرتبطة بتلك التراكيب، وتعتمد على منهج وصفي الدقيقة. مع االستفادة من الداللة لتفسير السياقات وفهم المعاني مفهوم الفصل: أوال: الفصل في اللغة: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org الفصل هو العائق الفاصل بين شيئين؛ حيث ُيقدم كحاجز يفصل ويفصل بينهما، وعند قطعه يحدث االنفصال. ُيستخدم المصطلح للداللة على الفارق أو الحاجز بين مكونين، وُيستخدم أيًضا في السياق القانوني للداللة على ( 1) اصل الذي ُيقرر في النزاع بينهماالحكم أو الحكم بين الحق والباطل، حيث يشير إلى الحكم الف 273ابن منظور صـ انظر (1) . 29،صـ هـ817مجد الدين محمد ت و الفصل ُيعبر عن الفارق والتمييز بين األشياء، حيث ُيستخدم للداللة على التفاوت والتمييز بينها. ُيعّبر عن إن الفارق بين الحق والباطل في السياق القانوني، ويشير أيًضا إلى المسافة أو الحاجز الذي يفصل بين األشياء. في الموضع الذي يحتوي على المفصل بين العظام، وُيستخدم أيًضا لإلشارة إلى الجزء السياق الطبي، ُيشير الفصل إلى (1)الذي يفصل بين كل فصلين. : صطالح : الفصل في اال ثانياً على الرغم من وفرة استخدام مصطلح الفصل في النحو، إال أنه لم يتم تحديد مفهومه بوضوح أو استعراض أبعاده من قبل العلماء النحويين. كما أشار أبو المكارم إلى عدم وجود تحديد واضح لمضمونه وعدم إلقاء الضوء فهوم أو الكشف عن العالقة بينه وبين اصطالح على أبعاده، وهو يشير إلى أن النحويين لم يقوموا بتوضيح هذا الم (2)االعتراض. أعتقد أن الفصل ال يحتاج إلى تعريف رسمي؛ إذ يعتبر مصطلًحا واضًحا ومألوًفا في ميدان النحو، وذلك بناًء على استعماله الشائع في الكتب النحوية. يظهر الفصل عند وضع لفظ بين لفظين آخرين في الجملة، حيث يكون (3)رة من صور التضام.هذا اللفظ الوسيط عاماًل يفصل بين المتالزمين أو ُيظهر أية صو 'الفصل' بقوله: 'فمن الملحوظ أن لفظ )الفصل( يستخدم في البحث النحوي في أبو المكارم قد عرف مصطلح حالة وجود فاصل من نوع خاص بين جزأي الجملة أو أجزائها المتالزمة المتوالية، وهذا الفاصل الخاص يشترط فيه (4).أن ال يكون ذا اتصال بأحد جزءي الجملة عمال وإن كان على اتصال به أو بالجملة بأسرها معنى american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org . 2794أبو منصور محمد ، صـ و . 687( إبراهيم أنيس وآخرون، صـ 1) . 338علي أبو المكارم صـ( انظر: 2) . 118تمام حسان، صـ ( انظر: 3) . 339أبو المكارم، صـ ( انظر: 4) م بين المتالزمين. ينبغي أن يكون هذا ومما سبق الفاصل مفرًدا وليس أعتبر أن الفصل يتجلى في وجود فاصل ُيَقدِّ جملة، حيث تعتبر الجملة بمثابة نوع من أنواع االعتراض الذي ُيَعدُّ في جوهره فصاًل. ورغم اختالف التسميات، قد يكون الفاصل شبه جملة، مثل الجار والمجرور، وهذا النوع من الفواصل ُيعتبر حرًّا وُيسمح باستخدامه للفصل م بين األزواج المتالزمة. بين معظم األزواج النحوية. بمعنى آخر، ُيظهر الفصل وجود فاصل من أي نوع ُيقدِّ أنواع الفصل: وُيَميِّز الفصل إلى نوعين، فالفصل بالمعنى النحوي والفصل بالمعنى البالغي. ويعتبر البعض أنه كان من لفٍظ آخر الفريقين واستخدام "الفصل" ألحد لفظ للفريق اآلخر، بهدف تجنب االلتباس في المستحسن استخدام (1)التفاهم. ويتباين مفهوم الفصل النحوي عن مفهوم الفصل البالغي، حيث ربط البالغيون بين الفصل والوصل. قالوا: لترك بعض الجمل مرتبطة ببعضها بواسطة -أي الفصل البالغي -"الوصل والفصل"، واستعانوا بهذا المصطلح ( 2)الحروف. للجمل حقٌّ عندما تترادف، ويمكن لبعضها أن يتبع بعًضا عبر استخدام الواو للتواصل على نسق واحد، وهو الوصل. ومع ذلك، قد يواجه بعض الحاالت التي تستدعي ترك الواو، وفي هذه الحالة ُيطلق على ذلك مصطلح بالواو بين الجمل المترادفة ُيعرف بالفصل في البال غة، وهو يختلف عن المفهوم النحوي "فصل"، وعدم الربط (3)للفصل. أبعاده ويوضح الفصل موضوع يتناول مستقاًل كتاًبا النحاة يقدم لم اآلن حتى أنه يتبين لمعرفتي، وفًقا ومالمحه. قد ذكروا بعض ما يجوز فيه الفصل وما يمتنع منه خالل معالجتهم لألبواب النحوية، باستثناء بعض التفصيالت التي تطرق إليها ابن جني في كتابه "الفروق والفصول". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org . 109تمام حسان ، صـ انظر: ( 1) . 119الجرجاني، صـ انظر: ( 2) . 130صـ ، السيد أحمدانظر: (3) إلى الفروق بين المضاف والمضاف إليه، وبين الفعل والفاعل باألجنبي، مؤكًدا على قبح ابن جني وقد أشار (1)غير محبذ بينهما في الجملة، خاصًة حينما يزداد االتصال بين الجزئين، حيث يكون الفصل بينهماالفصل سيبويه قد عرض قضية الفصل بين "كم" في الخبر وتمييزها، حيث أشار إلى أنه إذا قمت بفصل "كم" بشيء بينها وبين االسم، فيجب عليك تحميل ذلك الشيء بلغة الذين يجعلونها مثل االسم المنون. يبرز وجود الفصل بين يجعلهما يبدوان ككلمة واحدة، ويتحدث عن الجار والمجرور كمثال، حيث يعتبر سيبويه أن الفصل في هذه الحالة (2)شدة اتصال "كم" بمجرورها، ويشبههما بالجار والمجرور، مشيًرا إلى أن الفصل قد يكون غير محبذ في هذا السياق. ابن السراج يعتبر كره الفصل بين العامل والمعمول فيه عندما يكون الفاصل معمواًل به بما ليس منه، كما في قولك: "كانت زيدا الحمى تأخذه". في هذا المثال، يعتبر الفصل بين العامل "كانت" والمعمول "الحمى" بواسطة "زيدا" ل الفعل ويعتبر أجنبًيا في هذا السياق، مما يجعل الفصل )الذي هو مفعول الفعل( مكروًها، ألن "زيدا" هو معمو (3) بينهما غير مرغوب. ابن هشام األنصاري أجاز الفصل بين فعل التعجب ومعموله بالظرف والمجرور، ومنع الفصل بينهما بغير الفصل ظرف أو مجرور. على سبيل المثال، ال يجوز قول "ما زيدا أحسن" أو "بزيد أحسن". وقد أشار إلى أن ( 4)."بظرف أو مجرور متعلقين بالفعل جائز، كما في قولهم: "ما أحسن بالرجل أن يصدق، وما أقبح به أن يكذب . 390صـ، أبو الفتح عثمان بن جني انظ:ر(1) . 146سيبويه، صـ انظر: ( 2) . 128129، صـ أبو بكر السراج البغداديانظر: (3) . 236صـ ابن هشام األنصاري، انظر:( 4) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org نوع الفاصل: الهجري )توفي عام الثاني القرن الذي عاش في الفراهيدي"، بن أحمد الخليل هـ(، ذهب 175في كتاب "ذهب الفراهيدي إلى تحديد مفهوم التالزم والتعبير عنه بوسائل لغوية. وفي هذا السياق، أوضح الفراهيدي مفهوم "اللزوم" "اللزوم" هو مصطلح معروف، والفعل المتصل به يعني "لزم" أو "يلزم"، والفاعل المرتبط به يكون "لزم"، قائاًل إن والمفعول به يكون "ملزم". وقد أورد مثااًل من القرآن الكريم لتوضيح استخدام هذا المصطلح. لزاما" يكون فسوف كذبتم فقد دعاؤكم لوال ربي بكم يعبأ ما "قل تعالى: قوله تأويل عن أيًضا وتحدث [. وفي هذا السياق، قيل إن "اللزام" هو يوم القيامة، وقيل أنه يشير إلى يوم بدر.77]الفرقان/ وفي الوصف األخير، والذي يظهر في نهاية النص، ُيشير الفراهيدي إلى معنى آخر لكلمة "لزام" حيث ُيشبه الملزم بخشبتين مشدودتين بحديدة في وسطهما، ويكونان مع األصياقلة واألبارين، مما يجعل المواد الموجودة فيها سياقات متنوعة. تكون ملتزمة بشدة. وكيف يمكن استخدام مصطلح "لزام" في أما التالزم اصطالحًا فليس هناك مصطلح محدد يطلق على ظاهرة التالزم اللفظي، فهناك مصطلحات متعددة مترادفة للداللة عليها ، منها : االقتران اللفظي أو الداللي، والرصف، والنظم، والتعلق، والتضام، والتوارد، والمصاحبة والداللة. اللغوية وغيرها من المصطلحات في كتب النحو والبالغة في علم اللغة وعلم النحو، ال يوجد مصطلح محدد واحد ُيطلق على ظاهرة التالزم اللفظي. هناك مجموعة من المصطلحات المترادفة التي ُتستخدم لإلشارة إلى هذه الظاهرة. من بين هذه المصطلحات: . **االقتران اللفظي أو الداللي:** يعكس فكرة ترابط الكلمات أو العبارات بشكل طبيعي في اللغة.1 . **الرصف:** يشير إلى وضع الكلمات بجانب بعضها البعض بشكل منطقي وداللي.2 . **النظم:** يشير إلى الترتيب المنظم للكلمات والعبارات في النص. 3 . **التعلق:** يظهر كمفهوم لربط العناصر اللغوية في النص.4 . **التضام:** يعكس فكرة الترابط والتالزم بين العناصر اللغوية.5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org . **التوارد:** يشير إلى تواجد العناصر مًعا بشكل مترابط ومتكامل. 6 . **المصاحبة اللغوية:** يعكس فكرة ترافق الكلمات ببعضها البعض بناًء على اللغويات.7 هذه المصطلحات تعبر عن الجوانب المختلفة لظاهرة التالزم اللفظي، وتظهر العديد منها في كتب النحو والبالغة وعلم اللغة لإلشارة إلى العالقات والترابط بين العناصر اللغوية. إن اختيار الموضوع الذي يربط بين علم النحو وعلم المعاني يعكس رغبة في فهم العالقة الوثيقة بين الهياكل اللغوية والمعاني في اللغة العربية. إليك بعض األسباب المحتملة الختيار هذا الموضوع: بعضهما 1 مع التفاعل المعاني وعلم النحو لعلم يمكن كيف فهم إلى الباحثون يسعى الدراسة:** **تكامل . البعض. دراسة التراكيب النحوية تعطي فهًما لكيفية تكوين الجمل والعبارات، في حين يركز علم المعاني على فهم قاء الضوء على كيفية تأثير الهياكل اللغوية على مغزى هذه الجمل والعبارات. الربط بينهما يمكن أن يساعد في إل المعاني. . **تحليل التراكيب:** دراسة التراكيب النحوية تشمل تحليل العناصر اللغوية وترتيبها، وهذا يعزز فهم البنية 2 اللغوية وكيفية تأثيرها على المعنى. يمكن أن يتيح ذلك للباحث إلقاء الضوء على العالقة بين التراكيب والمعاني. . **تسليط الضوء على الخصائص التركيبية:** يعكس االهتمام بالخصائص التركيبية للغة العربية استعراًضا 3 للطرق التي يتم من خاللها بناء الجمل وتكوين العبارات. ُيظهر البحث في هذا المجال كيف يمكن للقرائن اللغوية أن توجه وتحدد المعاني في سياقات مختلفة. بهذا النهج، يمكن للباحث أن يسلط الضوء على التكامل بين الهياكل اللغوية والمعاني في اللغة العربية، مما يسهم في توسيع الفهم لدى القراء والباحثين في هذا المجال. في السياق النحوي، يظهر أن مصطلح "الفصل" يكون واضًحا ومفهوًما دون الحاجة إلى تعريف محدد، حيث يستخدم بشكل روتيني في الكتب النحوية وال يخلو باب نحوي من ذكره. إذا كان مفهومه واضًحا ومفهوًما من قبل ي استخدامه في سياق اللغة.العلماء، فقد يكون التركيز على توضيح كيفية تطبيقه والتنوع ف american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org استخدام تظهر التي اللغوية األمثلة على التركيز النحوية األبحاث أو للدراسات يمكن العملية، الناحية من هذا باستخدام العبارات أو الجمل تنظيم يتم لكيف تحلياًل يقدم أن للباحث يمكن مختلفة. سياقات في "الفصل" المصطلح ومدى تأثيره على المعنى. عالوة على ذلك، يمكن أيًضا استكشاف أنماط معينة من التفاعالت اللفظية التي يمكن أن تكون محل فصل وكيفية تأثيرها على التراكيب اللغوية. بالتركيز على التطبيقات العملية، يمكن للباحث أن يساهم في توسيع فهمنا لكيفية استخدام وتطبيق مصطلح "الفصل" في النحو العربي. توضيح أبو المكارم حول مفهوم "الفصل" يضيف إلى الفهم السابق، حيث يتناول الفصل كفاصل ُيستخدم في حالة وجود فاصل من نوع خاص بين جزئين من الجملة أو أجزائها المتالزمة. ُيشترط في هذا النوع من الفصل أن جزاء المتالزمة بشكل محدد دون أن يكون يكون ذا اتصال بأحد جزئي الجملة عمال، بمعنى أنه يفصل بين األ متصاًل بأحد الجزئين على الواقع. من المهم أيًضا أن يكون الفاصل مفرًدا وليس جملة، حيث ُيفصل بين المتالزمين بصفة مستقلة. وُيشير أبو المكارم إلى أن الجملة تدخل في باب االعتراض الذي يعد في حقيقته فصاًل، وبالتالي ُيفضل أن يكون الفاصل ه جملة، مثل الجار والمجرور، وهذا النوع من مفصاًل بشكل مستقل. ويشير أيًضا إلى أن الفاصل قد يكون شب الفواصل ُيعتبر من الفواصل الحرة التي يجوز أن تفصل بين معظم األزواج النحوية، مما يعزز فكرة أن الفصل هو وجود فاصل ُيفصل بين األزواج المتالزمة بشكل عام. الفصل ُينقسم إلى نوعين رئيسيين وفًقا للمعاني والسياقات اللغوية، حيث يظهر الفصل بالمعنى النحوي والفصل بالمعنى البالغي. . **الفصل بالمعنى النحوي:** 1 يرتبط هذا النوع من الفصل بالتركيب النحوي للجملة. ويكون الفاصل هنا عبارة عن فاصل يفصل بين جزئين من الجملة أو أجزائها المتالزمة المتوالية. ويتطلب أن يكون الفاصل غير متصل بأحد الجزئين بشكل عملي، ولكنه يفصل بينهما بشكل واضح من الناحية النحوية. . **الفصل بالمعنى البالغي:** 2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org ُيرتبط هذا النوع من الفصل بالبالغة والتعبير. هنا، يتم توجيه االهتمام إلى العالقات البالغية بين الجمل المترادفة، ُيستخدم الفصل للداللة على ترك عطف بعض الجمل على بعض بحروفه. ويمكن أن يحدث هذا بتربيط حيث لتحقيق الفصل. الجمل المترادفة بـ "واو" لتحقيق الوصل، أو بترك الواو ُيظهر هذا التفريق بين الفصل بالمعنى النحوي والفصل بالمعنى البالغي كيف يمكن أن يكون مفهوم "الفصل" مختلًفا اعتماًدا على السياق اللغوي والتركيب الجملي. إن المراجع التي ذكرتها في هذا البحث تشير إلى أن موضوع الفصل لم يكن محل دراسة مستقلة في علم النحو لدى النحاة التقليديين، ولكن تم التطرق إليه ضمن سياقات محددة أثناء مناقشة األحكام النحوية في الكتب لفصل بمفرده، بل تطرقوا إليه في سياق تناول األحكام النحوية النحوية. يبدو أن النحاة لم يقدموا كتًبا مستقلة تتناول ا العامة. من المثال الذي قدمته البن جني "الفروق والفصول"، يبدو أنه قد اهتم ببعض الجوانب التي يمكن أن تتضمن الفصل، مثل الفصل بين المضاف والمضاف إليه، والفصل بين الفعل والفاعل األجنبي. كما يظهر من النقاش الذي يًحا على الرغم من جواز الفصل، ويشدد على أهمية قدمه سيبويه حول الفصل بين "كم" في الخبر، حيث يعتبره قب االتصال القوي بين "كم" ومجرورها. إذا كان الفصل قد تمت مناقشته بشكل أقل تفصياًل في النحو التقليدي، يظل هذا الموضوع مفتوًحا للدراسات المستقبلية التي قد تستكشفه بشكل أعمق وتقدم تحلياًل أكثر تفصياًل ألبعاده ومظاهره. يظهر أن ابن هشام األنصاري قد أجاز الفصل بين فعل التعجب ومعموله بالظرف والمجرور، ومنع غيرهما. قام بتحديد الظروف التي يجوز فيها الفصل والتي يمتنع فيها، مشيًرا إلى عدم تصرف الفعلين مع غيرهما. فعلى أحسن" أو "بزيد أحسن"، حيث يرى أن تصرف سبيل المثال، لم يجاز ابن هشام الفصل في جملة مثل "ما زيدا الفعلين في هذه الحالة يمنع الفصل بين معمولهما. ومن ناحية أخرى، ُيجيز الفصل بظروف أو مجرورات تكون متعلقة بالفعل، مثل في جملة "ما أحسن بالرجل أن يصدق، وما أقبح به أن يكذب"، حيث ُيفصل بين الفعل ومعموله جرور.باستخدام الظرف والم american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org يظهر من هذا النص أن الفصل ُينظر إليه باعتباره قضية قد تعتمد على تصرفات معينة للفعلين والسياق اللغوي. وعلى الرغم من عدم وجود أبواب محددة في النحو التقليدي تتناول الفصل، إال أن آراء النحاة ُتظهر الجدل حول متى يكون الفصل مقبواًل ومتى يمنع. النقطة المهمة التي أقرها النحاة حول إجازة الفصل أو منعه تتعلق بنوع المتالزمين. ُيعتبر نوع المتالزمين هو األساس الذي يؤثر في قرار النحاة بالفصل أو منعه، وذلك بناًء على قوة الترابط بين المتالزمين. أوال: نوع المتالزمين: **المسند والمسند إليه:** النحاة يجازون الفصل بين المتالزمين من نوع المسند والمسند إليه، حيث يكون الترابط بينهما ترابط اقتضاء أكثر من ترابط مجاورة أو اقتران. يكون الفصل سائًغا بين هذا الزوج. **المضاف والمضاف إليه:** بينما في حالة المضاف والمضاف إليه، يشكل الزوجان تركيب إضافة، وتكون قوة الترابط بينهما أقل. يرتبط هذا التركيب كوحدة واحدة ببؤرة الجملة، وبالتالي يصعب الفصل بينهما. ُيظهر ما ذكره ابن جني حول الجملة أن كلما ازداد االتصال بين الجزئين ازداد قوة الترابط، وبالتالي قبح الفصل بينهما. يعكس هذا التفكير االهتمام بالسياق اللغوي والترابط الواضح بين المتالزمين كعنصر رئيسي ُيؤثر في إمكانية الفصل بينهما. فهذه النقاط تسلط الضوء على أهمية مراعاة نوع المتالزمين وترابطهما عند دراسة إمكانية الفصل بينهما في سياق النحو. : نوع الفاصل ثانيًا: النحاة يعتبرون ثالثة الذي يفصل بين المتالزمين ُيعد عاماًل مهًما في تحديد إمكانية الفصل بينهما. نوع الفاصل أنواع رئيسية من الفواصل في هذا السياق: . **الفاصل األجنبي:** 1 يعني أن الفاصل هو شيء منفصل عن المتالزمين، وال يرتبط بأحدهما بسبب. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org مثال: "رأيت الولد، زيدًا فرحًا." هنا، الواو هي الفاصل األجنبي. . **الفاصل غير األجنبي:** 2 يعني أن الفاصل يرتبط بأحد المتالزمين، ولكن ليس بسبب. مثال: "رأيت الولد، زيدًا فرحًا." هنا، "زيدًا" يفصل بين المتالزمين ولكن ليس بسبب. . **الفاصل الذي يتوسع فيه الكالم:** 3 يشمل الظروف والجار والمجرور وغيرها، ويكون هذا النوع من الفواصل متصاًل بأحد المتالزمين وله تأثير في العالقة بينهما. مثال: "رأيت الولد الفرحًا." هنا، "الفرحًا" هو الفاصل الذي يتوسع فيه الكالم. إذًا، تحديد نوع الفاصل ُيسهم في فهم قوة الترابط بين المتالزمين وما إذا كان الفصل بينهما مسموًحا أم ال. تظهر هذه النقاط أهمية االهتمام بالسياق اللغوي والتحليل الدقيق للعناصر النحوية والبنية الجملية. يتناول النحاة الفاصل األجنبي بعناية خاصة، وهو الفاصل الذي يكون منفصاًل عن المتالزمين، وذلك في حالة عدم قدرة هذا الفاصل على أن يؤدي دوًرا في العمل أو الحالة التي يفصل بينها. تظهر اهتماماتهم بالفصل األجنبي في مثالين: . **الفعل الذي ال يجوز أن يفرق بينه وبين ما عمل فيه:** 1 ُيستخدم هذا المبدأ لتحديد حدود الفصل بين المتالزمين. مثال: "كانت زيدا الحمى تأخذه." في هذا المثال، ُيعتبر "زيدًا" فاصاًل أجنبًيا ألنه ال يؤدي دوًرا في الحمى أو في العمل الذي يتحدث عنه الفعل "تأخذ". . **العامل في المفعول به:** 2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org ُيظهر النحاة تفاصيل حول العامل في المفعول به، حيث ُيعتبر الفعل هو العامل في المفعول به. مثال: "زيد راغب نفسه فيك." هنا، "راغب" هو الفعل والعامل في "نفسه" هو المفعول به. ُيسمح بوجود "نفسه" كفاصل بين الفعل والفاعل. للفصل بين أثر في رؤيتهم البصريين والكوفيين قد بين المفعول به بالذكر أن االختالف في عامل الجدير من المتالزمين، حيث عد الكوفيون العامل في المفعول به هو الفعل والفاعل جميًعا، بينما عد البصريون الفعل هو العامل في الفاعل والمفعول به. في النهاية، يعكس هذا االهتمام بالفصل األجنبي التحليل الدقيق الذي قام به النحاة لفهم تفاصيل البنية الجملية وكيفية ترابط المتالزمين في سياق اللغة العربية. في المثال الذي قدمته "أنجب أيام والده به إذ نجاله"، يظهر أن الفاصل الذي يفصل بين المضاف والمضاف إليه هو "بــ )والده("، وُيعد هذا الفاصل غير معمول به، وبالتالي، ُيعتبر غير أجنبي. ويشير ابن هشام إلى جواز المضاف، حيث يكون المفعول هو "والده" الذي يأتي الفصل بين المضاف والمضاف إليه في هذه الحالة بمفعول في المضاف إليه، وهو جزء من المضاف. هذا يظهر أن الفاصل الذي يأتي في هذه الحالة ال يعد أجنبًيا ويمكن الفصل بين المتالزمين. ُتظهر هذه النقاط أهمية تحديد نوعية الفاصل والنظر في السياق والعالقة بين المتالزمين لتحديد ما إذا كان الفصل ممكًنا أم ال، وهو أمر يعكس دقة واهتمام النحاة بتحليل بنية الجملة والتفاصيل اللغوية. يمكن أن تكون النتائج التالية: السابقبناًء على البحث الكلمات في الجملة ممكن ومقبول في 1 يتبين أن الفصل بين بعض . **القدرة على الفصل:** بعض الحاالت، وذلك بوساطة ظروف أو مجرورات متعلقة بالفعل. . **تحديد الفواصل المسموح بها:** يمكن تحديد بعض القواعد والظروف التي يجوز فيها الفصل 2 بين المتالزمين في الجملة، مثل االعتماد على الظروف أو المجرورات. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org . **التفريق بين الفصل النحوي والفصل البالغي:** يظهر أهمية فصل الكلمات في الجملة من 3 الناحية النحوية، ولكن يجب التفريق بين الفصل النحوي والفصل البالغي، حيث يكون األول مقبواًل في بعض الحاالت بينما يكون الثاني أقل تقباًل. إلى دراسات إضافية 4 الحاجة إلى البحث أن يشير الدراسة:** يمكن إلى مزيد من . **الحاجة وأبحاث تعمق في مفهوم الفصل في اللغة العربية وتحديد نطاقاته وحدوده بشكل أوضح. . **توجيهات لتدريس اللغة:** يمكن استخدام هذه النتائج كأساس لتوجيهات تعليمية حول استخدام 5 الفصل في الجملة، سواء في المدارس أو دور اللغة. المراجع القرآن الكريم. .1 ، القاهرة،. 1ط .المعجم الوسيط(. 1972)إبراهيم أنيس وآخرون .2 أوضح المسالك إلى (.1980) ابن هشام األنصاري المصري، تحقيق.أ/ محمد محيي الدين عبد الحميد .3 . 6ألفية ابن مالك: دار الندوة الجديدة، لبنان، ط لسان العرب، دار المعارف، القاهرة. (.1232)ابن منظور، تحقيق: عبد هللا علي الكبير وآخرين. .4 . 1مغني اللبيب عن كتب األعاريب، دار الكتب العلمية، بيروت، لبنان، ط(. 1988)ابن هشام األنصاري .5 . 3ط .سيبويه كتاب الكتاب (.1988. )عبد السالم هارون :أبو بشر عمرو بن عثمان بن قنبر"تحقيق .6 مكتبة الخانجي، القاهرة. ، دار 1معجم تهذيب اللغة: ط(. 2001) أبو منصور محمد بن أحمد ، تحقيق. رياض زكي قاسم .7 المعارف، بيروت. المخصص. دار إحياء التراث العربي. بيروت. (.1996أبو الحسن علي بن إسماعيل بن سيده المرسي ) .8 . 1 ط ط. دار الهدى للطباعة والنشر، بيروت. .الخصائص (.1952) .أبو الفتح عثمان بن جني .9 األصول في (. 1987) البغدادي، تحقيق. عبد الحسين الفتليالنحوي السراج محمد بن سهل بن بكر يأب .10 . 2الرسالة. بيروت. طمطبعة .النحو american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org دار مكتبة .معجم متن اللغة(. 1958) أحمد رضا بن إبراهيم بن حسين بن يوسف بن محمد رضا العاملي، .11 الحياة، بيروت. حامد) .12 توفيق كتاب 2017أمل في النحوي الفصل التركيب عوارض الفوائد (. من ومنبع الزوائد مجمع ، يونيو.43. دراسة نحوية. مجلة كلية اآلداب. جامعة بني سويف. ع للهيثمي المصري الحسيني .13 موسى بن الحنفي. أيوب البقاء أبو درويش :تحقيق، الكليات 1094.) عدنان .) في ه معجم ، بيروت. 2المصطلحات والفروق اللغوية "، ط . 3عالم الكتب، ط .البيان في روائع القرآن (.2009) تمام حسان .14 الدين .15 ترحينيجالل فايز له. وقدم النحو (.1984)السيوطى، راجعه والنظائر في الكتاب . األشباه دار . 1العربي، ط (. ظاهرة التالزم التركيبي: دراسة في منهجية التفكير النحوي. مجلة التجديد. مجلد 2011جودة مبروك) .16 30. ع 15 . 4. ع 82(. مجلة العين. دار الكتب العلمية بيروت ـ مجلد 2002الخليل بن أحمد الفراهيدي ) .17 الدار قطني " علي بن عمر "، وبذيله التعليق على الدار قطني، تأليف: أبو الطيب محمد شمس الحق .18 بيروت. ، عالم الكتب، 4ط .سنن الدارقطني(. 1986)العظيم آبادي د والمسن د المسن روالتأخي ميد ية بالتقو المتالزمات النح نبي زر الفصل الجائوص(. 2013ساهر حمد مسلم.) .19 . 2ع -13. مجلة الزرقاء للبحوث والدراسات اإلنسانية. مجلد ذجاوانم كلذ اليه وما اصلهما ك (. العناصر النحوية المتالزمة في لغة القرآن الكريم: أثر رتبتها والفصل بينها 2022سعد فاضل عباس ) .20 على الدرس النحوي السور المدنية أمثلة. رسالة ماجستير. جامعة كربالء. كلية العلوم اإلسالمية. قسم اللغة العربية. . 10جواهر البالغة: دار الجيل، بيروت طهـ(. 1379)حسن حمد :السيد أحمد، تحقيق .21 . همع الهوامع في شرح جمع الجوامع(. 2010) أحمد شمس الدين:،تحقيقجالل الدين لسيوطيعبد الرحمن ا .22 . 1دار الكتب العلمية، بيروت، ط (. الفصل النحوي بين مطالب التركيب وقيم الداللة. دراسات العلوم اإلنسانية 2006عبد العزيز موسى) .23 . 1. ع 33واالجتماعية. مجلد https://www.researchgate.net/publication/286174285_swr_alfsl_aljayz_byn_almtlazmat_alnhwyt_baltqdym_waltakhyr_almsnd_walmsnd_alyh_wma_aslhma_kdhlk_anmwdhjaa?enrichid=rgreq-1b92e0608b1387198170aaa9765a5d0f-xxx&enrichsource=y292zxjqywdlozi4nje3ndi4nttbuzozmdqzmtm3mzixndewnthamtq0otu2ntq1ntgxmg%3d%3d&el=1_x_3&_esc=publicationcoverpdf https://www.researchgate.net/publication/286174285_swr_alfsl_aljayz_byn_almtlazmat_alnhwyt_baltqdym_waltakhyr_almsnd_walmsnd_alyh_wma_aslhma_kdhlk_anmwdhjaa?enrichid=rgreq-1b92e0608b1387198170aaa9765a5d0f-xxx&enrichsource=y292zxjqywdlozi4nje3ndi4nttbuzozmdqzmtm3mzixndewnthamtq0otu2ntq1ntgxmg%3d%3d&el=1_x_3&_esc=publicationcoverpdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org ، العدد 33بحث نشر في مجلة دراسات العلوم اإلنسانية واالجتماعية، المجلد (. 2006) عبد العزيز موسى .24 .األول .الجملة العربية: فاضل الس امر 7مطابع دار القلم، بيروت. .التفكير النحوي (.1994) علي أبو المكارم .25 ائي، منشورات المجمع العلمي. ، دار الفكر العربي، 1ط .كتاب التعريفات هـ(. 816الجرحاني) علي بن محمد بن علي أبو حسن الحنفي .26 بيروت. اإلنصاف في مسائل ( . هـ577 )كمال الدين أبو البركات عبد الرحمن بن محمد بن أبي سعيد االنباري .27 الخالف بين النحويين البصريين والكوفيين: دار الجيل،د.ت. دار الجيل، المؤسسة .القاموس المحيط (.هـ817 )مجد الدين محمد بن يعقوب الفيروز ابادي" .28 العربية للطباعة والنشر، بيروت، لبان،د.ت. الفصل النحوي بين األزواج المتالزمة ، رسالة دكتوراه ، عماده الدراسات (. 2009محمد عطا أحمد ) .29 العليا ، جامعة مؤتة مجمع الزوائد ومنبع الفوائد، دار الكتب (.2001)نور الدين الهيثمي، تحقيق: محمد عبد القادر أحمد عطا .30 . 1العلمية، بيروت،ط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org utilizing philology to facilitate intercultural comprehension amanov alisher kakhramonovich assistant, tashkent state transport university, department of foreign languages gmail: alisher9707410@gmail.com orcid: https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1220-9621 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper delves into the utilization of philology as a mechanism to cultivate intercultural comprehension. employing an interdisciplinary perspective, it scrutinizes how philological methodologies aid in deciphering and appreciating the cultural subtleties interwoven within language. by synthesizing theoretical constructs and empirical investigations, this study sheds light on philology's role in bridging the linguistic and cultural chasms, thereby enriching cross-cultural communication and understanding. philology, intercultural understanding, language, cultural nuances, communication. introduction in our increasingly interconnected world, effective communication across cultural boundaries emerges as a pivotal factor in fostering mutual understanding and collaboration. language serves as a conduit for cultural expression, mirroring the distinct perspectives and values of a society. philology, the examination of language within historical and cultural frameworks, offers profound insights into the complexities of linguistic and cultural diversity. this article delves into the potential of philology as a catalyst for facilitating intercultural comprehension, underscoring its capacity to unravel cultural intricacies enmeshed within language and to stimulate meaningful cross-cultural discourse. literature review: the literature review contextualizes the relevance of philology in promoting intercultural understanding. it traces the historical evolution of philological inquiry, from its origins in classical antiquity to its contemporary applications in linguistic and cultural analyses. drawing from seminal works in the field, the review elucidates the theoretical paradigms and methodological strategies adopted by philologists to unravel the intricate tapestry of language and culture. additionally, it scrutinizes empirical studies that attest to the efficacy of philological examination in enhancing intercultural communication and comprehension. the scholarly discourse regarding the application of philology to facilitate intercultural comprehension spans various academic disciplines, including linguistics, anthropology, and cultural studies. this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org comprehensive review contextualizes the pivotal role of philology in bridging the gaps between linguistic and cultural realms, tracing its historical development and accentuating significant theoretical paradigms and methodological approaches. philology, as the examination of language within historical and cultural contexts, boasts a venerable tradition stretching back to classical antiquity. esteemed figures such as plato and aristotle acknowledged language's pivotal role in comprehending societal and cultural phenomena, laying the groundwork for subsequent philological investigations. however, the renaissance period witnessed a renaissance of philological inquiry, with luminaries like erasmus and lorenzo valla spearheading critical analyses of ancient texts to unearth their linguistic and cultural intricacies. in contemporary times, philology has evolved into a multidisciplinary field, encompassing linguistics, literary studies, and cultural anthropology. scholars like ferdinand de saussure and edward sapir made seminal contributions that underpinned modern linguistic theory, accentuating the inherent interplay between language, culture, and cognition. saussure's structuralist methodology, in particular, catalyzed a paradigm shift in language studies by focusing on the synchronic examination of linguistic structures and their underlying semiotic systems. leveraging the insights gleaned from structural linguistics, contemporary philologists have developed sophisticated analytical methodologies to scrutinize language within its cultural milieu. corpus linguistics, for instance, harnesses vast repositories of textual data to discern patterns of language usage across diverse cultural and historical epochs. through meticulous examination of linguistic corpora, scholars can identify linguistic markers indicative of cultural identity, including idiomatic expressions, metaphors, and lexical appropriations. furthermore, cognitive linguistics has provided invaluable insights into the cognitive processes underpinning language comprehension and production. scholars such as george lakoff and ronald langacker have elucidated how linguistic structures mirror conceptual frameworks rooted in cultural experiences. by scrutinizing linguistic and conceptual metaphors, cognitive linguistics furnishes a framework for comprehending how cultural concepts inform language usage and interpretation. empirical studies have corroborated the efficacy of philological analysis in enriching intercultural communication and comprehension. investigations conducted across diverse linguistic and cultural milieus have underscored philology's role in uncovering cultural nuances embedded within language. by elucidating the cultural dimensions of language, philology engenders meaningful cross-cultural dialogue and cultivates mutual understanding among disparate cultural groups. in sum, the literature on utilizing philology to facilitate intercultural comprehension underscores its interdisciplinary nature and its potential to bridge linguistic and cultural chasms. future research endeavors in philology hold promise for fostering enhanced intercultural communication and fostering a more inclusive global community. research methodology: to explore the role of philology in fostering intercultural comprehension, this study adopts a mixedmethods approach. qualitative analysis entails a meticulous examination of textual sources from diverse cultural contexts, focusing on linguistic attributes and cultural allusions embedded within the text. furthermore, quantitative measures such as frequency analysis and statistical modeling are employed to identify recurrent patterns and trends in language usage across varied cultural milieus. by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org amalgamating qualitative and quantitative methodologies, this research endeavors to furnish a holistic understanding of how philology contributes to intercultural comprehension. the methodology employed in the article "utilizing philology to enhance intercultural understanding" adopts an interdisciplinary approach, drawing from linguistics, anthropology, and cultural studies to investigate the effectiveness of philology in fostering intercultural comprehension. this methodology encompasses theoretical analyses and empirical investigations aimed at elucidating the role of philology in bridging linguistic and cultural divides. the research begins by establishing a theoretical framework that conceptualizes the intersection of philology, intercultural communication, and comprehension. this framework synthesizes insights from various academic disciplines to provide a conceptual lens through which to interpret empirical findings and guide methodological decisions. a thorough literature review contextualizes the study within existing scholarly discourse, identifying key themes, theoretical frameworks, and methodological approaches relevant to philology and intercultural comprehension. this review informs the research design and facilitates a nuanced understanding of the research topic. the methodology involves defining the scope and objectives of philological analysis, identifying linguistic and cultural variables of interest, and delineating analytical techniques and procedures. this ensures consistency and rigor in interpreting findings. data collection involves gathering textual and cultural artifacts from diverse linguistic and cultural contexts, guided by research objectives and theoretical frameworks. ethnographic fieldwork may be conducted to gather insights from native speakers and cultural informants. qualitative and quantitative techniques are employed to examine language and culture within textual sources. close reading and textual interpretation identify linguistic features and cultural references, while statistical modeling and frequency analysis discern patterns in language use across cultures. the methodology integrates insights from linguistics, anthropology, and cultural studies to provide a holistic understanding of the interplay between language, culture, and intercultural comprehension. this enriches the analysis and enhances the validity of research findings. findings are validated and interpreted within the theoretical framework and existing literature. triangulation of qualitative and quantitative data sources corroborates research conclusions, while reflexivity ensures transparency and rigor in the research process. overall, the methodology employed in "utilizing philology to enhance intercultural understanding" integrates theoretical insights and empirical investigations to advance understanding of philology's role in fostering intercultural comprehension. analysis and results: the analysis underscores the efficacy of philological methodologies in uncovering cultural subtleties inherent in language. through meticulous examination of textual artifacts, the study discerns linguistic markers indicative of cultural identity, including idiomatic expressions, metaphors, and lexical appropriations. moreover, quantitative analysis delineates patterns of linguistic divergence and convergence across cultural boundaries, shedding light on the dynamic interplay of language contact and cultural exchange. overall, the findings underscore philology's capacity to facilitate intercultural comprehension by elucidating the cultural underpinnings of language. the analysis and findings section of the paper titled "leveraging philology to enhance intercultural understanding" presents a thorough investigation into the efficacy of philology in enriching american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org intercultural comprehension. drawing upon interdisciplinary perspectives from fields such as linguistics, anthropology, and cultural studies, this section elucidates the pivotal role of philology in bridging linguistic and cultural disparities. commencing with the identification of linguistic and cultural intricacies inherent in diverse textual sources, the analysis employs meticulous textual scrutiny and interpretation to unveil linguistic nuances, idiomatic expressions, and cultural references shaping communication across various cultural contexts. this discernment of nuances serves as the groundwork for comprehending the complexities involved in intercultural communication. subsequently, philological analysis is employed to delve deeper into the linguistic and cultural dimensions of the textual sources. employing qualitative methods like textual annotation and thematic coding, the study identifies recurring patterns and themes pertaining to cultural identity and communication. additionally, quantitative methodologies such as frequency analysis and statistical modeling offer empirical insights into language usage and variances among different cultural groups. the interpretation of findings involves synthesizing qualitative and quantitative data to discern overarching patterns and trends in language and culture. the analysis elucidates how linguistic structures serve as reflections of cultural norms, values, and worldviews, thereby emphasizing the intricate interplay between language and culture in shaping communication dynamics. furthermore, the findings underscore the dynamic nature of intercultural communication, accentuating the importance of sensitivity towards linguistic and cultural disparities. the results validate the efficacy of the philological approach in enriching intercultural comprehension. by uncovering linguistic and cultural nuances embedded within textual sources, philology facilitates a deeper understanding of communication dynamics across diverse cultures. moreover, the interdisciplinary nature of philological analysis enhances the depth of analysis, providing comprehensive insights into the complexities of intercultural communication. the implications of the analysis extend to both theoretical and practical realms of intercultural communication. by elucidating the influential roles of language and culture in communication, the study underscores the significance of linguistic and cultural sensitivity in intercultural interactions. furthermore, it highlights the potential of philology as a valuable tool for fostering mutual understanding and respect among diverse cultural groups. the section concludes by outlining avenues for future research in the field of philology and intercultural communication. there is a need for further exploration into the applicability of philological approaches across diverse cultural contexts and communication scenarios. additionally, future research endeavors could focus on devising practical strategies for integrating philological insights into intercultural communication training and educational programs. in essence, the analysis and findings presented in "leveraging philology to enhance intercultural understanding" offer valuable contributions to understanding the role of philology in enriching intercultural comprehension, with implications for both theory and practice in intercultural communication. conclusion: in conclusion, this article underscores the pivotal role of philology in fostering intercultural understanding. by unraveling the cultural nuances imprinted within language, philology serves as a conduit for meaningful cross-cultural communication and discourse. the interdisciplinary nature of philological inquiry enables scholars to bridge linguistic and cultural chasms, thereby fostering mutual respect and appreciation among diverse cultural cohorts. looking ahead, sustained inquiry in philology american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org holds promise for enriching intercultural comprehension and cultivating a more inclusive global community. references: 1. aarsleff, h. (1982). from locke to saussure: essays on the study of language and intellectual history. minneapolis: university of minnesota press. 2. crystal, d. (2010). the cambridge encyclopedia of language. cambridge: cambridge university press. 3. duranti, a. (2009). linguistic anthropology: a reader. malden, ma: wiley-blackwell. 4. gumperz, j. j., & levinson, s. c. (eds.). (1996). rethinking linguistic relativity. cambridge: cambridge university press. 5. harris, r. (1987). the language myth. london: duckworth. 6. lakoff, g. (1987). women, fire, and dangerous things: what categories reveal about the mind. chicago: university of chicago press. 7. langacker, r. w. (1987). foundations of cognitive grammar: theoretical prerequisites. stanford, ca: stanford university press. 8. saussure, f. de. (2011). course in general linguistics. london: bloomsbury academic. 9. sapir, e. (2011). language: an introduction to the study of speech. new york: dover publications. 10. thompson, g. l. (2002). introducing functional grammar (2nd ed.). london: arnold. 11. kakhramonovich a. a., zokir o’g’li b. a. educating interpreters on how to communicate effectively in professional settings //proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 6. – с. 58-63. 12. kakhramonovich a. a. et al. the development of students'social skills in foreign language classes //proceedings of international conference on educational discoveries and humanities. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 6. – с. 64-70. 13. amanov a. k. principles of communicative competence and its practical reflection on homework. international interdisciplinary research journal (giirj), 480-484, 2021. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org expression of national and cultural views in uzbek folk tales kholnazarov umid erkinovich, doctor of philosophy (phd) in philology e-mail: xolnazarovumid775@gmail.com. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article, using the example of uzbek folk tales, shows that the analysis of the lexical-semantic and linguocultural aspects of the language of folk tales, the worldview, ideas, attitude of proverbs to reality, their unique vision, perception, understanding and explanatory style, is of great importance. fairy tale, simile, figurative means, linguocultural interpretation, stereotyped speech, traditional simile, metaphor, expressiveness. introduction research shows that in world linguistics, a wide place is given to the linguocultural analysis of the language of folk tales, the study of the specific aspects of the units expressing national-cultural characteristics used in the text of tales, which makes it possible to determine the nature of the social system of an entire people. also, such an approach to the language of folk tales is manifested in its connection with modern methods of analysis that have emerged in modern linguistics. after all, the study of the linguocultural aspects of the language of folk tales is one of the urgent tasks of modern linguistics. the restoration of our national values from the first years of independence, the fact that language was considered the main factor reflecting the spirituality of the people, also had a positive impact on the development of our native language, which reflects the spiritual world of our people. as a result, the position of our literary language, history, and literature in society and the world community has significantly increased. in particular, extensive work is being carried out to effectively use the potential of our native language and determine its place in the upbringing of the next generation. “the uzbek language, one of the ancient and richest languages in the world, is a symbol of our national identity and independent statehood for our people, an invaluable spiritual wealth, a great value. whoever wants to feel the charm, charm, influence, and unlimited possibilities of the uzbek language should listen to the allahs of our wise mothers, our thousand-year-old epics, our immortal maqams, and listen to the magical songs of our bakhshis and hafiz. the history of the uzbek language, which belongs to the large family of turkic languages, is closely connected with the centuries-old history of our people, their aspirations, pains and dreams, triumphs and victories. our ancestors, our forefathers, spoke to the world precisely through our native language. they created great cultural examples, great scientific american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org discoveries, and artistic masterpieces in this language” 1. considering that folk oral literature is one of the important sources created in our native language and that makes our people known to the world, analyzing the lexical-semantic and linguocultural aspects of the language of folk tales is one of the urgent tasks. research on the study of folk tales, mainly in folklore studies, has found its expression in the research works of m.jurayev, k.beknazarov, s.jumayeva, j.yusupov, z.i.usmonova, n.n.dostkhodzhayeva, m.a.sodikova, k.n.qodirov, g.m.egamberdieva, z.j.rasulova, sh.i.nazarova, m.f.matkuliyeva5. in the field of comparative and translation studies of the language of folk tales, the research of h.o.yusupova2, m.m.jurayev, o.m.fayzulloyev, k.abdulloyeva, s.t.kochkarova, h.kh.bozorov3 can be recognized. artistic creativity is a form of cognitive activity, and the role of cognitive metaphors in it is incomparable. after all, cognitive metaphor is one of how a person expresses his knowledge and conceptualizes the world, and its essence is to understand and explain one object through another4. therefore, since the artistic image is a product of reinterpretation of the world, it is difficult to cope with the creative task without a metaphorical mechanism of thinking in the process of artistic creation. therefore, s. mamajonov, who widely understood the importance of such tools in the artistic style, said: “visual tools are not a saddled horse that a person who comes across them can ride. how to use which visual tool depends on the worldview, idea, attitude to reality, way of seeing, perceiving, understanding and explaining it, artistic thinking, the nature of the lyrical hero, in short, on the unique style of the poet (writer). a true artist never even thinks of resorting to such and such a method or such a visual tool at this time or in this place, but on the contrary, he works according to his thinking, ideological intention, understanding and the requirements of the material. "the artist's spiritual world, the reality of life that inspires him, is the same as his pictorial means"5, he emphasizes. in this sense, as one of the most ancient figurative means, similes are effectively used to decorate our speech, especially the language of fiction. in particular, similes are used to increase the attractiveness of the language of fairy tales, to ensure the clarity and imagery of the image. in uzbek linguistics, the stylistic, substantive and linguistic features of similes are widely studied. research shows that any simile relationship is necessarily expressed in language, and four elements are taken into account. these are: 1. the subject of simile; 2. the standard of simile; 3. the basis of simile; 4. the formal indicator of simile. 1 мирзиёев ш.м. миллий ўзлигимиз ва мустақилnbдавлатчилигимиз тимсоли // халқ сўзи. – тошкент, 2019 йил 22 октябрь, № 218 (7448). – б. 2. 2 юсупова ҳ.ў. ўзбек халқ оғзаки насри намуналарининг инглизча таржималарида миллий колоритнинг ифодаланиши (эртаклар, латифалар мисолида). филол.фан. номз...дисс. – тошкент, 2011. – 149 б. 3 bozorov h.x. o‘zbek xalq ertaklarining lingvomadaniy tadqiqi. filologiya fanlari boʻyicha falsafa doktori (doctor of philosophy) ilmiy darajasini olish uchun tayyorlangan dissertatsiya. – termiz. 2023. 4 лакофф дж., джонсон м. метафоры, которыми мы живем (перевод н.в. перцова) // теория метафоры. – м.: прогресс, 1990. – с 387-415. 5 мамажонов с. услуб, образ, тасвирий воситалар // шарқ юлдузи, 1969, № 6. – б. 197. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org it is also worth noting that the linguopoetic basis of any simile is directly the standard of simile. in the uzbek language, similes are divided into traditional and private author's similes, depending on whether the standard of simile is original or not. it is known that in our speech there are several similes such as "rough as a bear", "gentle as a sheep", "cunning as a fox", "white as cotton", and "hard as a rock". they were formed long ago as a product of the artistic imagination of the uzbek people, cultural and historical experiences, and in general, the criteria for evaluating the external world, and have been used for a long time. since these similes have been passed down from mouth to mouth, from century to century, their standards of simile have long lost their originality and have become molded fragments of speech, taking on a traditional character. that is why they are recognized and called traditional similes. we know that traditional similes are common in uzbek folk tales. in particular, this tale is included in the collection “podachining qizi” [uch og‘a-ini botirlar. yangi asr avlodi. toshkent – 2017], we can observe the use of several traditional similes. for example: haligi qizlar olib kelgan ko‘ylaklarini, haligi libos, kovushlarni qizga kiydirib, ro‘mol o‘ratib, gullar bilan yuzini yuvganlarida qiz to‘rt kunlik oydek bo‘lib, uning husn-u jamoli haligi qizlar husnidan yuz chandon oshib ketibdi. ushbu parchadan ko‘rinadik, tilimizda “to‘rt kunlik oydek” an'anaviy o‘xshatishidan ko‘p foydalanilmaganligi sababli ushbu o‘rindagi o‘xshatish ertakning emotsional-ekspressevlik xususiyatlarini yana-da yorqinlashtirgan. or: kampirlar podsho oldiga borib, "suyunchi, suyunchi!" deyishibdi va shunday bo‘yi tolman, ikki yuzi olma, og‘zi angishvonadek mohpora qizga loyiq keldi", deb qizni podshoga ta'rif qilishibdi. the sequential use of similes in this sentence not only enhances the imagery but also makes the imagery in the fairy tale more vivid and attractive. we can also see this through the analysis of the similes used in the following text: "qiz uyg‘onsa, ko‘zi chiroqdek ochilibdi, hamma yoqni shudring bosib ketibdi". the combination "to open like a lamp" indicates that the basis of the simile in similes can be either an action or a sign, that is, it can be expressed through a phrase, a combination, a noun, an adjective, and sometimes a verb. it can be said that in fairy tales (in general, a literary text) similes can fully demonstrate all the linguistic and artistic possibilities of the creators. the similes used in fairy tales are distinguished by their uniqueness and strong imagery. it should be noted that a proverb is a short and concise, figurative and non-figurative, deeply meaningful form of folk oral art. in addition, proverbs are also considered grammatically and logically complete meaningful wise expressions. proverbs have a certain specific form. proverbs embody life experiences, history, spiritual state, ethnic and aesthetic feelings, attitude to society, and positive qualities of generations and ancestors. proverbs, which have been refined among people over the centuries and have become concise and simple poetic forms, are extremely rich and diverse in terms of subject matter. a variety of proverbs have been created on topics such as homeland, labor, science and craft, friendship, harmony, wisdom, vigilance, language and speech culture, love and affection, as well as negative qualities. the dialectical unity of content and form, in many cases, rhyme, sometimes polysemy and richness of figurative meanings are the leading features of a proverb. the phenomenon of antithesis, that is, opposition, is often found in proverbs. for example: respect the elderly, and respect the young. proverbs are sometimes called proverbs, proverbs, sayings, wise sayings, wisdom, reprimands, words of the masters, and words of fathers. it seems that because of the enormous socio-political and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org educational significance of proverbs, they are very common in fairy tales. while a proverb expresses the characteristics of a thing and its description, a proverb gives a complete idea and conclusion. uzbek folk tales are rich in proverbs and sayings that are examples of folk oral art. the following analysis of several proverbs used in the tale "halol mehnat" can serve as a vivid example: “bobo: “bolam ajal yetmay chirkay o‘lmas”, debdi. the use of this proverb in a fairy tale serves to increase the desire for goodness in the child's mind. this is because even an ordinary insect does not die until it dies, which means that before it dies, a person can realize that he is capable of doing hundreds of good deeds. when working on a fairy tale, it is important not only to tell the children the story but also to convey to them the true meaning of each word used in the tale and to teach the children to tell the tale themselves. telling a fairy tale enriches children's speech with new words and phrases and also serves to develop oral speech. it is natural to work on proverbs in fairy tales, to convey the ideas put forward in them to the minds of children, to cultivate coherent speech by memorizing proverbs, and to increase the effectiveness of speech. for example, in the fairy tale "halol mehnat", the fact that baba expressed his advice to the young man through proverbs made the fairy tale more attractive and increased its effectiveness. for example: 1. shunda bobo: “bolam achchiğing kelsa ichingga yut”, debdi. 2. bobo: “har kimning sevgani o‘ziga yaxshi”,debdi. for primary school students, fairy tales or excerpts from them are assigned in the form of tasks to read and retell in order to develop students' speech during reading lessons. undoubtedly, retelling the text of a fairy tale is considered much easier for primary school students compared to narrating works from other genres. in folk oral creativity, the fairy tale genre is positively received by children, and one of the reasons for their interest in reading is the highly impactful, meaningful, and close-to-the-people language of fairy tales, as well as their sharpness. primarily, fairy tales about animals are taught to primary school students. in this process, children's worldview and analytical abilities begin to develop. in such fairy tales, the habits of animals and their qualities are primarily analyzed. for instance, is the wolf's action right? or children express their thoughts and reflections about the cunning of the fox. in many fairy tales, the depiction of real life is intertwined with adventurous events and fictional elements. extraordinary situations that suddenly turn the story around completely captivate children. indeed, the brave, clever, bold, strong, and agile heroes in fairy tales, the ideological direction of the tale, and the constant triumph of good attract children. the repetition of words and phrases used in fairy tales, their melodiousness, the liveliness of expressive means, and the impact of the language make fairy tales very interesting for readers. by discussing and evaluating the actions and characteristics of fairy tale characters, children not only develop the skill of assessment but also enhance their belief that good always triumphs. during the process of analyzing the fairy tale, students reflect and come to conclusions by answering questions such as: (what qualities in the characters did you like or dislike? why? or why were some punished? or why were some rewarded? why did some characters receive help from natural forces? why did some characters turn away?) when reading and analyzing the fairy tale, all activities are directed towards a better understanding of the text's content, the development of the plot, and the correct perception of the actions and interactions of the participating characters. in uzbek folk tales, the use of similes and proverbs is not only directly related to the life and nationalcultural views of the people, but also serves as one of the important factors in revealing and defining american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org the character of images, the culture of communication, as well as their spiritual identity. this indicates the necessity to analyze the existing linguistic and cultural units (similes, metaphors, proverbs) in the language of tales. references 1. мирзиёев ш.м. миллий ўзлигимиз ва мустақилnbдавлатчилигимиз тимсоли // халқ сўзи. – тошкент, 2019 йил 22 октябрь, № 218 (7448). – б. 2. 2. юсупова ҳ.ў. ўзбек халқ оғзаки насри намуналарининг инглизча таржималарида миллий колоритнинг ифодаланиши (эртаклар, латифалар мисолида). филол.фан. номз...дисс. – тошкент, 2011. – 149 б. 3. bozorov h.x. o‘zbek xalq ertaklarining lingvomadaniy tadqiqi. filologiya fanlari boʻyicha falsafa doktori (doctor of philosophy) ilmiy darajasini olish uchun tayyorlangan dissertatsiya. – termiz. 2023 4. лакофф дж., джонсон м. метафоры, которыми мы живем (перевод н.в. перцова) // теория метафоры. – м.: прогресс, 1990. – с 387-415. 5. мамажонов с. услуб, образ, тасвирий воситалар // шарқ юлдузи, 1969, № 6. – б. 197. 6. xolnazarov u. tog‘ay murod asarlarida qahramon ruhiyati tasviri (“bobosi va nevarasi” hikoyasi misolida). ilm sarchashmalari. urganch – 2019. 7. xolnazarov u. metaphor as object of linguocultural study. international scientific journal theoretical and applied science. philadelphia, usa – 2020. 8. xolnazarov u. t.murod idiolektiga xos zoomorfik metaforalar tasnifi. so‘z san’ati xalqaro jurnali. toshkent – 2020. 9. xolnazarov u. olamning lisoniy manzarasida zoonim komponentli metaforalarning roli (t.murod qissalari misolida). filologik tadqiqotlar: til, adabiyot, ta’lim. ilmiy-innovatsion jurnal. termiz – 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 chomsky's sub-theories in principles and media: presentation and study maryam fadhil neamah. general directorate of education karbala, karbala, iraq. marym9206fadel@gmail.com hadeel abdulameer hassooni general directorate of education karbala, karbala, iraq. hadeel.a.hassony@gamail.com suad jubair sultan faculty of administration and economics, karbala university, karbala, iraq. soadjuber@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research deals with chomsky’s sub-theories in the third stage of the generative theory, which is the stage of principles and mediators or the stage of work and connection. the aim of this research is not to promote a doctrine or a specific linguistic theory, but rather to attempt to define the theory of principles and mediators and study and apply it to our arabic language. this theory first appeared in chomsky’s book entitled (lectures on work and connection) and its features became clear and evident in his book linguistic knowledge: its nature, origins and use. this theory was described as the first real creative approach to language. this theory was composed of several subtemplates that interacted with each other and with the ideas that entered it. these templates (the theory of the parietal sin, the theory of the axis, the theory of the limits, the theory of the case, the theory of work, the theory of connection). the research presented it after the introduction that included the definition of this theory and then the axes of the theory accompanied by its definitions and applications to the arabic language. then the research concluded with a conclusion that included the most important results reached by this research. as for the method followed in our study, it is the descriptive analytical method, and it included some applied examples of these theories. principles and media, chomsky, work and connection. عرض ودراسة: نظريات تشومسكي الفرعية في المبادئ والوسائط م.م .مريم فاضل نعمة1 م. هديل عبد األمير حسوني حبيب2 م.م سعاد جبير سلطان3 soadjuber@gmail.com hadeel.a.hassony@gamail.com marym9206fadel@gmail.com mailto:marym9206fadel@gmail.com mailto:hadeel.a.hassony@gamail.com mailto:soadjuber@gmail.com mailto:soadjuber@gmail.com mailto:hadeel.a.hassony@gamail.com mailto:marym9206fadel@gmail.com p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 1،2 المديرية العامة لتربية كربالء، كربالء، العراق 3 كلية االدارة واالقتصاد، جامعة كربالء، كربالء، العراق صالملخ ط أو وهي مرحلة المبادئ والوسائالتوليدية في المرحلة الثالثة من مراحل النظرية الفرعية يتناول هذا البحث نظريات تشومسكي ليس الهدف من هذه الدراسة الترويج لمذهب أو نظرية معينة في اللغة، بل محاولة إدخال المبادئ والنظريات مرحلة العمل والربط بيقها في لغتنا العربية. ظهرت هذه النظرية ألول مرة في كتاب تشومسكي. بعنوان )محاضرة في العمل اإلعالمية وبحثها وتط وبدأت مالمحها جلية وواضحة في كتابه المعرفة اللغوية طبيعتها وأصولها واستخدامها وقد وصفت هذه النظرية بأنها أول واالتصال(. ية من عدة قوالب فرعية تفاعلت فيما بينها وفيما يدخلها من أفكار وهذه القوالب ) مقاربة حقيقية مبدعة للغة وقد تكونت هذه النظر دمة بعد المقنظرية السين البارية ، نظرية المحور،نظرية الحدود، نظرية الحالة ، نظرية العمل، نظرية الربط ( وقد عرضها البحث بة بتعريفاتها وتطيبقاتها على اللغة العربية ثم ختم البحث بخاتمة ومن ثم محاور النظرية مصحو بهذه النظرية التعريف التي ضمنت األمثلة تضمن بعضوقد تحليلي الوصفي المنهج في دراستنا هو ال المنهج المتبع أما التي توصل لها هذا البحث النتائج ضمنت اهم التطبيقية لهذه النظريات . ، العمل والربط . الكلمات المفتاحية: المبادئ والوسائط ، تشومسكي المقدمة التعريف بنظرية المبادئ والوسائط وهو يمثل المرحلة الثالثة من نظرية تشومسكي التوليدية من أجل تحقيق الكفاية التفسيرية، أي طرح الخصائص العامة للنظرية . اخلية، كما أنها تساعد على حل مشكلة اكتساب اللغةاللغوية ذات البصيرة والعمق، التي ال تحتوي على قيود عامة على النظم اللغوية الد المشكالت ومن ثم تحويلها إلى نظرية لغوية شاملة. وتشكل هذه المبادئ الغريزة اللغوية الموروثة التي يمتلكها كل طفل في اكتساب بشرية بها نظم القواعد في اللغات واللغته الوطنية،وسميت بالمبادئ والوسائط ؛الحتوائها على مبادئ عامة ووسائط التنوع التي تتصف ، وسميت أيضا بنظرية العمل والربط ؛ألهمية نظرتي العمل والربط ، وهاتان النظريتان من القوالب الفرعية لهذه النظرية بل من اهم ا تشرح بعض الظواهرالنظريات الفرعية ؛ ولذلك تسمى هذه المرحلة بالعمل واالتصال، ألنها تحدد مفهوم العمل وأساسه ومبادئه، كم في لغة اإلنسان، عالوة على ذلك فإن قوالب أخرى تعتمد عليها في التطبيق وال يمكن االستغناء عنها. هم؛ لذلك سميت نظرية القواعد : (1)الكلية باسمها ) نظرية العمل والربط ( ومن النظريات الفرعية أو القوالب التي تتكون منها هذه النظرية الباريةنظرية السين -1 أنها تطوير اخر لقوانين التركيب" نظرية داللية تركيبية تختص ببنية المكونات جمال وعبارات ووحدات أخرى أصغر ، أي : -) بناء الجملة ( ؛ بقصد تجسيد الخصائص العامة للمقوالت المعجمية في اللغات البشرية جميعها ، وكل مقولة معجميه نرمز لها ) س وفضالت تتبعه ومخصص يسبقه، ويكون الرأس من نوع الفصيلة التي تنتمي إليها المقولة المعجمية وتسمى المقولة ( تتألف من رأس ، والقسم اآلخر يتعلق بالمركبات (2)" المعجمية باسم الفصيلة التي ينتمي اليها الرأس ؛ فالمقولة الفعلية رأسها فعل ، والوصفية رأسها صفة اعله هو توافق الفعل مع ف"ت معجمية مثل الالصقات كالزمن ) الماضي والحاضر والمستقبل ( والتطابق الوظيفية التي ليست مقوال من يعرف بالعربية بالمصدر المؤؤل في أكثر من جانب كالجنس والنوع ، والقسم الثالث الجمل المكتنفة قد تكون مركبا مصدريا أو ما (3) ") أن والفعل ( رأس )س( .10-9دها ، الوسائط اللغوية :ومابع 140ينظر : التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية في نصف قرن : (1) 98-97ينظر : مقدمة في نظرية القواعد التوليدية : (2) . 173،واللسانيات التوليدية من النموذج ماقبل المعيار الى البرنامج األدنوي : 146ينظر : التطورات النظرية والمنهجية : (3) http://www.americanjournal.org/ p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 مخصص فضلة ات بتخطيط هيكل عام للعبارات يستخدم فيه الرمز )س( لكل الفصائل المعجمية )االسم ، الفعل ، حرف الجر ظفهي تعمم المالح . ويسمى الرأس "اسقاطا أدنى (4)خط -ة العبارة بالخطوط ومن هنا جاء اسم س، الصفة ( ، وكذلك ترمز إلى المستويات المختلفة لبني يرمز له ) س( وسمي رأسا ؛ بسبب كونه يرأس المركب من جهة ويختار العناصر من جهة ثانية، فالفعل يرأس المركب الفعلي لكنه (5)يختار العناصر التي سيندمج معها ومن بين العناصر الذي يختارها فضالته" نظرية المحور أو نظرية األدوار المحورية أو نظرية الثيتا . -2 تختص هذه النظرية بتحديد العالقة بين المعجم والنحو وايضاح التأثيرات النحوية لألدوار المحورية الداللية ومن مبادئها )الثيتا ( ، وتقتضي أنه كل موضوع يحمل دورا محوريا واحدا فقط وكل دور محوري يعين لموضوع واحد من مواضع األدوار المحورية ، (6)أي: في البنية . فهناك دور محوري منفذ وهو الذي قام بالفعل ) المسند اليه أو الفاعل (، والدور "وفي هذه النظرية اسم األدوار المحورية : المحوري المتلقي وهو الذي وقع عليه الفعل ، ويسمى الدور الثالث : هدفا . فنالحظ أن األدوار المحورية التي يحددها هو صدر الجملة فروضة على التحديد المالئم لألدوار المحورية يطلق عليها ) معيار المحور ( والذي يحدد األدوار الداللية هي الشبكة ، أما القيود الم (7). "المحورية االسمية مثل: منفذ /هدف / ضحية / مستفيد بحسب حاجيات المحمول theta roleتقوم هذه النظرية بإسناد األدوار المحورية " ( تبعا لخاصية اللزوم أو التعدية التي يتسم بها. فالمحمول أعطى مثال ينتقي ثالثة argumentيلزمه من موضوعات )من أدوار، وما ع دوراً داللياً محدداً مثل: المنفذ المحور المستفيد وتكون هذه المعلومات الداللية مستقلة عن السياق -موضوعات يسند لكل منها في بنية (8)لمحمول أعطى"الذي يمكن أن يظهر فيه ا ويمكن التفريق بين موقعين يمكن أن تظهر فيها المركبات األسمية : وهو الموقع الذي يحدد الوظائف النحوية مثل وظيفة a positionويرمز له بـ position argumentموقع الموضوع " الفاعل ووظيفة المفعول به. ويحتل هذا الموقع كل المركبات االسمية الموضوعات والعناصر شبه اإلحالية التي تتطلب دوراً داللياً مثل لتي ال يَتَلَقَّى فيها الموضوع دوراً محورياً، وهي المواقع ا -a-positionموضوع ويرمز إلـيـها -المنفذ والمستفيد والهدف الخ؛ مواقع ال وهي على العموم المواقع الخارجة عن الجملة وتشغلها عناصر مثل: المركب المصدري واألسوار التي تقع خارج الشبكة الموضوعية" (9) ناد بالحرف واالسناد بالمركب وهناك نوعين لالسناد المحوري : اسناد مباشر عن طريق الفعل واالسناد غير المباشر وهو االس (10)الفعلي . مثال : أهدى زيد عمرا كتابا . ف) أهدى ( هو الفعل باعتباره مقولة تركيبية أساسية مركبين اسميين وهو انتقاء مقولي ، وهناك انتقاء داللي أي يحدد دالليا ثالثة 101ينظر : مقدمة في نظرية القواعد التوليدية : (4) 180اليات التوليد في التركيب : د طارق المالكي : (5) 239-238ينظر : المعرفة االغوية : (6) 184المعرفة اللغوية : (7) 320اللسانيات التوليدية من النموذج : (8) المصدر نفسه . (9) المصدر نفسه . (10) http://www.americanjournal.org/ p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 وية ( وهو الذي يقوم بالعمل او بالحدث الذي يعبر عنه الفعل ، فالمنفذ هو الفاعل ) وظيفة نح" ،أدوار محورية ) منفذ، ومتقبل وهدف ( والمتقبل ليس بالضرورة هو المفعول به الذي يتلقى الحدث فقط ، بل هو متلقي نتيجة الحدث الذي يدل عليه الفعل أما الهدف هو النقطة (11). "الذي ينتهي اليها الفعل نظرية الربط -3 .(12) "بعض العناصر اللغوية بأشغالنظرية فرعية من نظريات النحو الكلي تنطلق من مالحظة واقعية تتعلق " "توجد في كل االلسن الطبيعية فئة من الوحدات التي ال يمكن تأويلها دون ربطها بعناصر لغوية أخرى تعتبر سوابقها وتعطيها .(13) قيمتها االحالية" ربط تعنى أصال باإلحالة المشتركة لتعبيرين اثنين وطبيعة السياق النحوي الذي يحكم هذا االشتراك في اإلحالة، "إن نظرية ال إذ قد يشترك تعبيران في اإلحالة إلى شيء معين. فما حدود هذا االشتراك ؟ وهل تتفق شروطه بالنسبة إلى كل أنواع التعبيرات؟ يكون يحيل عليه عنصر آخر يرتبط به، أي أن له سابقا يحمل القرينة نفسها. ويكون العنصر حراً حين عنصر ما مربوطاً إن أحال على شيء .في نظرية الربط هناك نوعان من العناصر: (14) ال يكون له سابق، أي : ليس هناك عنصر آخر له نفس قرينته فيحيل على الشيء نفسه" ه عنصر آخر يرتبط به )أي له سابق بنفس المعنى(، وإذا كان آخر بدون يسمى أحدهما عنصر الربط إذا كان يشير إلى شيء يشير إلي سابق، إنها تسمى الحرية. . وتشمل نظرية الربط العناصر التالية:  العائداتanaphores :وهي عناصر تحتاج إلى عناصر أخرى تشترك معها في القرينة واإلحالة. وتضم العائدات  + الضمير نفسه نفسها ومتبادل العالقة )بعضهم بعض( في المضمرات وهي الضمائر الضمائر االنعكاسية، مثل: نفس بصفة عامة .  العبارات المحيلةexpressions referentielles ،وهذه األلفاظ ليست نصبًا وال ضمائر، مثل: أسماء العلم: زيد عمرو ا والتي استشهدت منها. العبارات المقتبسة مجانية إلخ. وال تحتاج العبارات المشار إليها إلى أي قرينة أو سابقة تتعلق به ألنها غير مسبوقة بحرف إرجاع ومرتبطة به.  آثار المركبات االسمية، وهي اآلثار التي يتركها المركب االسمي الذي ينتقل من موضعه األصلي إلى موضع آخر داخل الجملة أو خارجها.  حياً على أي شكل صوتي محقق.العناصر الفارغة، وهي الوحدات التي ال تتوافر سط تختلف الطبيعة التشغيلية لفئات حرف اإلرجاع والضمائر من لغة إلى أخرى، ولكنها متسقة من حيث أنها تشكل عددًا محدودًا تباط ية االرمن القوائم، وضمن القواعد الشكلية العامة التي تحكم عملها والقيود العامة التي يجب مراعاتها، على األقل من منظور نظر انظر، تكمن عموميتها في العالقة الهيكلية بين عناصر التحكم وأسالفها. تتميز العالقة بين العائدات وسوابقها بخاصيتين إنها : عالقة إجبارية، إذ كل عبارة عائدية ال يحدد سابقها )المركب اإلسمي( هي دون شك عبارة غير نحوية . -أ 111مقدمة في نظرية القواعد التوليدية : ينظر : (11) 323، اللسانيات التوليدية من النموذج ماقبل المعيار : 145التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية : ينظر : (12) 323اللسانيات التوليدية من النموذج ماقبل المعيار : (13) المصدر نفسه . (14) http://www.americanjournal.org/ p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 وسابقه تقع في مجال محلي معين بمعنى: أن مجال المراقبة محدد بالمجال الذي يربط العائد إن عالقة اإلحالة بين العائد " -ب (15). "بسابقه أو يفصله عنه داخل الجملة أو خارجها وهناك مبادئ لنظرية الربط :  . كل عائد مربوط في مقولته العاملة  (16)اهره وجملته يخالف العربية في ظ كل ضمير حر في مقولته العاملة، وهذا المبدأ ال.  . (17)العبارات المحيلة حرة ة لها ترتبط بسابق خالد الم اصدقاءه فاسم العلم ) خالد ( يحيل على شخص خارج السياق اللغوي للجملة وهذه اإلحالة ال"مثال : (18) . "ليلى . ولذلك يسمى مربوطاداخل السياق فهي حرة .أما جملة ) ليلى المت نفسها ( فالهاء تعود على سابق لها في الجملة وهو مثال آخر : نام زيد جائعًا . فالضمير في جائعا يعود على زيد فزيد يربط ذلك الضمير ؛ ألنه يتحكم به ؛ إذ أن صاحب الحال (19)يتحكم في الحال وكالهما له القرينة نفسها ، أي : الداللة المرجعية ف) زيد ( هو الضمير المستتر في جائعًا نفسه نظرية الحدود -4 تتناول النظرية حركة العناصر وحدودها في بناء الجملة، وتتناول حدود التغيرات التي تحدث في بناء الجملة والعوامل التي . وتقوم هذه النظرية structure-sإلى structure-zتفرض هذه الحدود، وتتحكم النظرية في آليات عملية النقل. يحدث االنتقال من رعية بالوظائف األساسية التالية:الف  .تعيين العناصر التي يتم نقلها  .تحديد مصدر النقل  .ضبط هدف النقل  هدفه. مراقبة مسار النقل؛ أي النقط )المواقع( التي مر منها العنصر المنقول بدءا من مصدر نقله إلى وتتحكم القيود األساسية في طبيعة هذه العالقة، حيث ال ومن ثم تحدد النظرية عالقة منفصلة بين النصب التذكاري وأسالفه، (20)يجوز فصل األثر عن سابقه بأكثر من فاصلة أو حاجز. مثال على ذلك ) قُتل الرجُل( "إن البناء للمجهول في اللغة العربية وغيرها من اللغات الطبيعية يبين بوضوح حركة نقل المركب االسمي من موقع موضوع م ونقل أداة االستفهام )ماذا( من موقعها األصلي في نهاية الجملة إلى صدارة الجملة -إلى موقع موضوع جديد ليس له دور م -له دور ة يمثال آخر على النقل الذي يطال بعض عناصر. ويتم هذا النوع من النقل على الشكل التالي. نسند للجملة: ماذا قرأ محمد ؟البنية ع التال ذا ،أو قرأ محمد ماذا ، فاعل فعل أو فعل فاعل نعرف أن الفعل قرأ ينتقي دالليا موضوعين لكل واحد منهما دور محمد قرأ ما -: تلقي قرأ ] م س [ > منفذ، م محوري محدد ويعين شبكته المحورية المكونة من منفذ ومتلقي. ويكون المدخل المعجمي للفعل قرأ كالتالي: ن التمثيل لبنية ع يجب أن يحافظ دائما على العناصر التي يتطلبها المحمول ويجب أن ترد معه في <وتحديد األدوار المحورية يعني أ م يملك دورا محورا هو -كل مستويات التحليل )مبدأ اإلسقاط(. بالنسبة إلى المحمول قرأ يحتل المركب االستفهامي ]ماذا [ كموقع .305. المعرفة اللغوية : 324-323ينظر :اللسانيات من النموذج قبل المعيار : (15) .298ينظر : التركيب النحوي في اللسانيات الحديثة في ضوء جهود علماء العربية : (16) 325ينظر : المصدر نفسه : (17) 155التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية : (18) 25نظرية الربط لتشومسكي : (19) 335اللسانيات التوليدية من النموذج ماقبل المعيار : ، 194ينظر : التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية : (20) http://www.americanjournal.org/ p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 ع للجملة:-المحمول بالضرورة. بينما يالحظ أن بنية المتلقي وهو كذلك في موقع موضوع؛ ألنه مما يتطلبه  قرأ محمد ماذا ؟ -ماذا قرأ محمد ؟ هذه الحاالت أن المصدري موضوع فارغ يمكن أن تنتقل إليه أداة االستفهام ماذا. ويُفترض في مثل -ال تتوافر على موقع بالنسبة إلى البناء للمجهول الذي ينتقل كما مر بنا من موقع ال ينتقل إلى موقع موضوع داخل الجملة مثلما هو الشأن (ماذا)االستفهامي يفترض أن االستفهامي ينتقل إلى موقع ال موضوع وبالتالي ليس له دور م. فالفعل ال يعين موضوع إلى موقع موضوع آخر، بينما (21)ى االنتقال إلى موقع مخصص المركب المصدري الفارغ في بنية الجملة "المحوري. وبذلك تضطر ماذا إل الدور فهذه النظرية تتكاتف مع النظريات األخرى للوصول الى قوانين تضبط البناء التكويني النحوي والمعجمي بحيث نعرف الجمل نية غة العربية التقديم والتأخير بنوعيه : تقديم علىالصحيحة نحويا من الجمل غير الصحيحة نحويا . ومن تطبيقات هذه النظرية في الل (22)التأخير وتقديم ال على نية التأخير . نظرية الحالة اإلعرابية -5 لقد عرفت هذه النظرية تطورا من قبل أتباع تشومسكي، وهي تطوير لنظريته األصلية ، إذ أنها تتبع العوامل و أثرها على " وحالة ) accusative، و حالة المفعولية ) النصب ( nominativeة مثل حالة الفاعلية ) رفع( المعموالت التي تتخذ حاالت مختلف . وهذا األثر يكون في اللغات المعربة، أما غير المعربة نحو الفرنسية و اإلنجليزية وغيرهما فإنه ال يظهر إال في genitiveالجر( ل ذا مركز و صار الفع ة مثل التي تقوم بها الحاالت اإلعرابية في اللغات المعربة.الضمائر وحروف الجر التي تقوم بأدوار نحوية وداللي هام في البنية العميقة في النظرية المطورة عند فيلمور، إذ أنه يعمل في الحاالت النحوية سواء كانت هذه الحاالت اختيارية أو إجبارية ى شكل كلمات تبين وظيفة الفاعل أو المفعول به ، وإذا كانت هذه النظرية لم وينعكس أثر هذا العمل في البنية السطحية عل أو هما معا. (23) "تلَق استحسانا من قبل الباحثين في المجال التوليدي ، فأنها شكلت لدى جومسكي دافعا قويا على إعادة النظر في العالقات الداللية نهاية الكلمات، بل يركز على مفهوم العالقة بين المركبات االسمية وال يقتصر اهتمام هذه النظرية على التغيرات التي تحدث في والمكونات األخرى، وهو ما يحدد الوضع النحوي للمركبات االسمية ومن ثم يفسرها. ولذلك فإن ظاهرة النحوية هذه تشكل جزءا هاما (24)من قواعد اللغة البشرية. دام اإلسناد يتم تحت مقولة العمل، وليس المقصود بالعمل ذلك المفهوم النحوي فنظرية اإلعراب تندرج تحت نظرية العمل ما التقليدي العربي، فهذا المفهوم مميز بخاصية هامة جدا وهي خاصية التحكم المكوني؛ فحينما نقول العنصر )أ( يعمل في العنصر )ب(، اإلسقاط األقصى ل )أ( أو أصغر إسقاط أقصى يضم )ب(. فهذا يعني أن العجرة)أ( تتحكم مكونيا في العجرة )ب( إذا كانت بداخل ينقسم اإلعراب إلى أربعة أنواع أساسية: اإلعراب البنيوي، اإلعراب المجرد، اإلعراب الداللي، اإلعراب المالزم، سنقف عند س في إطار عالقة شجرية، ويضم هو اإلعراب الموسوم الذي يأخذه م structural caseكل نوع بشكل موجز. فأما اإلعراب البنيوي ، ويسندان طبعا في البنية السطحية، وهذا النوع عبارة nominative case and accusative caseإعراب الرفع وإعراب النصب عن تمظهر لعالقة مخصص التطابق أو مخصص الزمن. طابق والزمن تسند إعراب الرفع للفاعل، وحروف التي تضم الت inflectionوبالتالي فالفعل يسند اإلعراب للمفعول، والصرفة أو اإلعراب العميق يوجد في لغات مثل اللغة الصينية التي تفتقر abstract caseالجر تسند إعراب الجر. أما اإلعراب المجرد المجرد إلى دوال ( في اللغة العربية وإلى أن ينسب اإلعراب 1986لإلعراب الصرفي في الجمل االسمية، ويذهب الفاسي الفهري ) ،ليست مفعوالً وال مالحق، كالفاعل والمسند، وأما اإلعراب الداللي فنجد أن الدكتور عبد القادر الفاسي الفهري يعتبر المالحق كاألحوال ومابعدها . 118. وينظر : مقدمة في نظرية القواعد التوليدية : 338-337 اللسانيات التوليدية من النموذج ماقبل المعيار : (21) .األلسنية التوليدية والتحويلية وقواعد اللغة 13ي القران الكريم : ، الجملة الوظيفية ف36، الجملة بين النحو والمعاني : 101ينظر : أقسام الكالم العربي : (22) . 7العربية : 171-17-169ينظر : نظرية جومسكي اللغوية : (23) 151ينظر : التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية : (24) http://www.americanjournal.org/ p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 خرى ( إلى إعرابات داللية أ1995والفروق، واألحوال، ألنها تمثل هذه المعاني، فيخصها التحليل الداللي، وأشار أيضا تشومسكي ) مثل: اإلعراب اآللي وإعراب المستفيد واإلعراب المحلي، وهو مرتبط بالزمن والفضاء. والصنف األخير الذي هو اإلعراب المالزم inherent case .حيث تسنده المقوالت ح، وس، وص إلى م س في البنية العميقة، ويضم إعراب اإلضافة الذي يرتبط بالوسم المحوري حينما يتعلق األمر بالنقل من الموقع النحوي الوظيفي الموسوم إعرابيا في البنية العميقة إلى موقع في البنية يظهر هذا النوع عموما السطحية وال يكون موقعا وظيفيا نحويا مثل موقع مخصص المصدري. مركب يسند إلى فاعل اللقد أثبتنا في البناء للفاعل وفي اللغات ذات نسق رفع نصب خاصة، انطالقا من مقاربة تشومسكي، المتصرف إعراب الرفع، أما مفعول الفعل المتعدي فيتلقى إعراب النصب. ( أن العديد من 1982( عددا من المصافي السطحية لضبط هذا التوزيع، والحظ فرنيو )1977واقترح تشومسكي والسينيك ) ؛ case filterتحققا صرفيا له، كما هو الحال في المصفاة اإلعرابية هذه األشياء يمكن أن توجد في إسناد اإلعراب إلى م س إذا أردنا التي تقضي بكون كل م س محقق صوتيا يجب أن يتلقى إعرابا على عكس م سج الغير معجمية كاألثر والضم في الجمل، وهذا نتفق في الشق الثاني من هذا المقال. حوله بدون أدنى مشكل، لكن هل تسري نفس القاعدة على البناء لغير الفاعل؟ هذا ما سنراه اإلعراب والبناء لغير الفاعل في جملة البناء لغير الفاعل في اللغة العربية، التي مثالها: )ُضِرَب زيد( نجد )زيد(يحمل إعراب الرفع وهو إعراب بنيوي، وال ورية باإلعراب؟يحمل الدور المحوري منفذ، وإنما الدور المحوري ضحية، فأي عالقة لألدوار المح في المراجعات األخيرة لنظرية العمل والربط افتُِرض أن نظرية اإلعراب والنظرية المحورية يربطهما قيد المنظورية الذي يقضي بكون م حد الذي يحمل دورا محوريا منظورا في الصورة المنطقية فقط إذا كان موسوما إعرابيا. لكن اإلعراب البنيوي ليس له فاعل نحوي وظيفي، ولكنه ليس فاعال معجميا. لذلك يختلف هنا البناء لغير الفاعل عن البناء (زيدـ )مباشر باألدوار المحورية، ف ارتباط للفاعل، وهذا مشكل يجب حله، سواء من ناحية األدوار المحورية، أو من ناحية اإلسناد اإلعرابي، فكيف يمكن للمفعول أن يحمل الرفع ( أن السمة العامة المحددة 1993كحل لهذا اإلشكال الذي تم طرحه افترض تشومسكي ) يس كذلك، وهذا خرق.من الفاعل وهو ل لمورفولوجيا المبني لغير الفاعل هي أنه يمتص إعراب المفعول، ويصير الفعل الزما، حينئذ يجب أن ينقل م س المفعول إلى موقع ي تنص على ضرورة تحقق م س صوتيا ؛ لكي نسند له اإلعراب. وكذا نكون قد قمنا الفاعل؛ لكي ال يخرق مبدأ المصفاة اإلعرابية الت .(25)بحل هذه المشكلة وهناك نوعان للحالة االعرابية ،األول : الحالة االعرابية البنيوية : وتكون في مستوى البنية السطحية وتستند كليا الى صيغ محددة ناصر التي وتختص ببعض الع" الحالة االعرابية المتأصلة : وتكون في مستوى البنية العميقة ،من العالقات البنيوية ، أما النوع االخر : (26). " تسمى )المسند( وهي تعين ذاتيا حالة اعرابية لعنصر اخر يخضع لها والتعتمد على العالقات البنيوية بين العناصر التحكم المكوني ونظرية العمل -6 مناقشاتنا للحالة اإلعرابية ذكرنا أن تعيين الحالة اإلعرابية يستند إلى صيغة عالقة بنيوية محددة، في الصفحات السابقة وخالل هي عالقة العمل. فما هي هذه العالقة؟ أو ما هو المقصود بالعمل؟ وكيف يتحقق؟ وما هي آثار هذه العالقة وصلتها بمكونات القواعد األخرى للقواعد؟ تؤلف األجوبة على هذه األسئلة نظرية فرعية من نظريات القواعد تعني النظريات الفرعية أو القوالب -األخرى فيمكن تعريف العمل بأنه عالقة بنيوية محددة أساسها التحكم المكوني تنشأ بين العناصر ". government theoryنسميها نظرية العمل تختلف عالقة التحكم في المكون عن (27). "ا بالعنصر المعمول لهفيكون أحدهما عامال واآلخر معموال له والعنصر العامل يتحكم مكوني عالقة األخوة بين عنصرين، وتختلف عن عالقة السيطرة )هيمنة عنصر على العنصر التالي(. التحكم في المكونات من عنصر إلى نا تفسير التحكم المكوني هذه إذا تناول يمكن تصور عالقة آخر يعني أن العنصر األول يتفرع من العقدة التي تشرف على العنصر الثاني، ذه الجملة في نفس الجملة. لنأخذ ه يجب أن يتحكم مكونيا فيها االسم الذي تعود عليه -ضمائر النفس -المضمرات. فالضمائر االنعكاسية روني نظرية االعراب والبناء لغير الفاعل مقاربة توليدية تحويلية : بحث الكت (25) 151ينظر :التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية : (26) 147،مقدمة في نظرية القواعد التوليدية : 153ينظر: التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية : (27) http://www.americanjournal.org/ p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 : أبو محمد يساعد نفسه. تشرف عليها. بل إن فإنها ال تواخيها، وكذلك فإنها ال نالحظ في هذه الجملة أن ) أبو محمد( ذات عالقة خاصة بـ ) نفسه(، فهي وهذه هي الحال في كل حاالت الضمائر االنعكاسية. والذي يقال هنا هو أن العقدة التي تشرف عليها مباشرة تشرف على )نفسه (كذلك. ية الفردية . بالنسبة للضمائر الشخصالجملة االسمية التي يشير إليها الضمير االنعكاسي تخضع للرقابة التأسيسية في الجملة نفسها هاء لوالنسبية، يجب أال تتحكم فيها العبارة االسمية التي يشير إليها الضمير جزئيًا. لو أخذنا جملة :أبو محمد يساعده ، لوجدنا أن ضمير ا (28)ال يمكن أن يعود على أبو محمد. بالرجوع إلى عالقتها بالعناصر السابقة لها، وهي تسمى: أسماء العناصر المعجمية في الجملة ال يمكن تفسيرها دالليا إال اإلشارة، والضمائر، واألسماء المبهمة، والوصالت االسمية والحرفية، كما هي داخلة في هذا القسم. إنهم بحاجة إلى عنصر توضيحي. مثال ذلك: اغسل و انزع نوى ست تفاحات قبل أن تضعها في صحن يُقاوم النار تفاحات و المحيل إحالة قبلية . فالترابط ال يتحقق بعنصر واحد بل (ست)ما يجعل الجملة مترابطة هو ضمير الغيبة العائد على باجتماع المحيل و المحال إليه ) الضمير ها + ست تفاحات ( و اشتراكهما في نفس الشيء . فإحالتهما متطابقة وهو ما يُسّمى بالتقارن coréférencاإلحالي ويُقسم تشومسكي اإلحالة داخل الجملة إلى نوعين :  : إحالة واجبةobligatoire ين و نسوق في ذلك المثالين التالي ، أي التي بدونها تصبح الجملة غير سليمة تركيبيا و دالليا )أ( الجملة مترابطة وسليمة في المثال. : )أ( هؤالء األصدقاء يُفّكر أحدهم في اآلخر )ب( مريم تفكر إحداهن في االخر بحكم (مريم)ألن التقارن اإلحالي موجود في حين الثانية غير سليمة الصعوبة الربط بين ضمير جمع المؤنث الغائب و العدد : مريم : مفرد و هن : جمع . غياب التطابق في مقولة  وإطاره، مثالنا: قال زيد سيأتي اليوم، فالضمير اإلحاالت االختيارية أو غير الواجبة أو المسموح بها: تتعلق بمكان النطق في )ذلك( يمكن أن يقيم صيغة المقارنة. العالقة بزيد أو غيره من العناصر الخارجة عن الجملة، وبالموضع وإطار اللفظ. (29). الخاتمة يرا ظواهرها بشكل حقيقي، فهي تقدم تفسمنذ والدة علم اللغة، تعتبر هذه النظرية أول طريقة مبتكرة حقا لدراسة اللغة وتفسير مكتسبي و مختلفا تماما للغة عن التفسيرات التقليدية السابقة للغة. المبادئ العامة التي تحدد القواعد التركيبية المتكونة في أذهان المتكلمين :اللغة وقد توصلت الدراسة إلى بعض النتائج التالية:  ألنها تتضمن نظريتين فرعيتين: نظرية الفعل ونظرية االرتباط. وتعرف أيًضا تسمى هذه المرحلة بنظرية الفعل والربط بنظرية المبادئ والوسائل ألنها تحتوي على مبادئ عامة ووسائل توصيف متنوعة. النظام النحوي لجميع اللغات.  صول على أن تكون كافية للحتتكون النظرية من نظريات فرعية تعتمد على عدد قليل نسبياً من المبادئ العامة التي ينبغي أنظمة نحوية معقدة ومتقنة خاصة بكل لغة.  تتفاعل هذه النظريات مع بعضها من أجل تقديم تفسيرات حقيقية تختلف عن التفسيرات السابقة في علم اللغة التقليدي أو التوليدي .  ية للجمل وتصفها بشكل دقيق ال يسمح تعمل هذه النظريات معًا الستخالص قوانين شاملة تحكم البنية النحوية والمعجم وهذه النظريات ) السين البارية والمحور واالسقاط ومبدأ انقل الف وقانون التحتية بظهور جمل صحيحة نحويًا فقط. والتبعية (. ومابعدها 149مقدمة في نظرية القواعد التوليدية : ينظر :(28) .13-12التوليدية : ينظر :الجملة في النظرية (29) http://www.americanjournal.org/ p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 المصادر والمراجع م.1977مصر ،أقسام الكالم العربي من حيث الشكل والوظيفة ، فاضل مصطفى الساقي، د.ط ،الخانجي ، القاهرة .1 زيع ، ميشال زكريا ، المؤسسة الجامعية للنشر والتو-الجملة البسيطة -األلسنية التوليدية والتحويلية وقواعد اللغة العربية .2 ،1983. -آليات التوليد في التركيب والداللة ، طارق المالكي ، مجلة الميادين للدراسات في العلوم اإلنسانية ، جامعة الجديدة .3 العدد األول .المغرب ، . 2018التركيب النحوي في اللسانيات الحديثة في ضوء جهود علماء العربية ، أسماء ياسين رزق ، جامعة دمشق ، .4 ،مجلة 2، العدد 4التطورات النظرية والمنهجية للنظرية التوليدية في نصف قرن،حمدان رضوان أبو عاصي ،مجلد .5 الشارقة للعلوم الشرعية واإلنسانية. لة الوظيفية في القرآن الكريم صورها بنيتها العميقة توجيهها الداللي ،رابح بومعزة :عالم الكتب الحديثة وجدارا الجم .6 م.2009، 1للكتاب العالمي ،ط الجملة بين النحو والمعاني،مازن المبارك . .7 لبرنامج األدنى ، عبد الرزاق الجملة في النظرية التوليدية قراءة في أعمال نوام تشومسكي من النحو التوليدي الى ا .8 السومري ،بحث الكتروني . اللسانيات التوليدية من النموذج ماقبل المعيار الى البرنامج االدنوي مفاهيم وأمثلة ، مصطفى غلفان ، عالم الكتب الحديث، .9 م .2010األردن ، -اربد .1993، دار الفكر العربي ، 1تيح ،طالمعرفة اللغوية طبيعتها أصولها استخدامها ، نعوم تشومسكي ، ت:محمد ف .10 م. 2002مقدمة في نظرية القواعد التوليدية،مرتضى جواد باقر،دار الشروق للنشر والتوزيع ،عمان ، .11 نظرية االعراب والبناء لغير الفاعل مقاربة توليدية تحويلية ،بحث الكتروني . .12 اإلتصال واالنفصال ، د. أسماء ياسين رزق ، وزارة نظرية الربط لتشومسكي قي ضوء قواعد العربية وأصولها من وجوه .13 م. 2021الثقافة ، دمشق ، .1985، دار المعرفة الجامعية ،1نظرية جومسكي اللغوية ،جون ليونز ، ت: دكتور حلمي خليل ، ط .14 2001الوسائط اللغوية ،محمد األوراغي ، الرباط ، دار النشر واألمان ، .15 http://www.americanjournal.org/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 19, | december, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org semantic development through metaphor in the book meanings of the qur’an and its parsing by al-zajjaj saddam sami jawad al-alwani college of education for human sciences, department of arabic language, kirkuk university,iraq saddamsamijoad@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the quran is the message of life as comprehensive as life itself, and every study in the arabic language does not bear fruit unless it is connected to the holy quran; which is closely related to human life. the words of the quran are the essence of the arabic language, and its medium and honor, and upon them rely the scholars, jurists, and wise men in their judgments and rulings, and to them the poets and orators resort in their poetry and prose. researching the significance of the words of the quran and their development is considered one of the most enjoyable researches, due to the mental efforts and the retrieval of all the uses of the word from memory, and the difficulty in studying at this level, to understand the noble meanings intended by the holy text. the interpretations give the general meaning of the word or ready-made meanings, often not deeply rooted in the origin of the word and its development. whatever the development of the meanings of the words, there must be some kind of relationship between the original meaning and the new meaning, and the most important of these relationships is the relationship of similarity in something. perhaps this is what encouraged me to embark on this blessed field in quranic linguistic studies, so we made the research sample; the quranic words that al-zajjaj stopped at and hinted at their development through metaphor in his book "the meanings and grammar of the quran", for two reasons: the fact that al-zajjaj's book represents the pinnacle of the maturity of the books of the meanings of the quran, which represents the first threshold from which the sciences of the quran and language originated, and because al-zajjaj mentioned in his book, after mentioning their evolutionary meanings, which indicates their developmental significance, such as: (its origin is such, and its derivation is such, and in language it is such, and its origin in the language is such)... and so, for these reasons, the title of the research was labeled al-zajjaj, semantic development, original meaning of the pronunciation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org ملخص البحث: إذا إال ثمارها؛ ت عطي ال العربية اللغة في دراسة وك ل ، الحياة تكون ما كأشمل الحياة رسالة هو القرآن وواسطت ه ، العرب كالم لب هي القرآن فألفاظ اإلنسان، بحياة االرتباط شديد هو الذي ؛الكريم بالقرآن اتصلت والبلغاء الشعراء حذ اق مفزع وإليها وحكم هم، أحكام هم في والحكماء والفقهاء العلماء اعتماد وعليها وكرائم ه ، رها القرآن ألفاظ داللة في فالبحث ، ونثرهم نظمهم في إعمال من فيه ما على البحوث، أمتع من يعد وتطو الدرس، في صعوبة من المستوى هذا في ما وعلى للفظ، استعماالت من الذاكرة تحويه ما لكل واستجالب للذهن جاهزة معاني أو العامة اللفظ داللة تعطي التفسير فكتب ،شريفة معان من الكريم، النص أراده ما على للوقوف ره وتتبع اللفظ بأصل متعم قة غير األحيان من كثير في رت دالالت، من يتحم له أن يمكن وما ، تطو ومهما تطو داللة األصلية والداللة الجديدة ، وأهم هذه العالقات بين ال ،داللة األلفاظ ، فال ب دَّ أن تكون هناك عالقًة ما الدرس في المبارك المضمار هذا القتحام شج عني ما هذا ولعل وأكثر ها هي عالقة المشابهة في شيء ما، رها إلى وألمح الز جاج عليها وقف التي القرآنية ؛األلفاظ البحث عينة جعلنا أن فكان القرآني، اللغوي عن تطو تب لك النضوج قم ة يمث ل الزجاج كتاب كون : لسببين وذلك ،(وإعرابه القرآن معاني) كتابه فيطريق االستعارة اج ولكون واللغة ، القرآن علوم منها انطلقت التي األولى العتبة تمثل التي القرآن معاني كتابه في يذكر كان الز ج ري( هذا كر معناها التطو ر على وقوفه على يدل ما؛لأللفاظ ) بعد ذ واشتقاقه كذا، وأصل ه : )نحو داللتها، تطو ر )بـ موسوما البحث عنوان -األسباب لهذه– ،فكان وهكذا...(...كذا اللغة في وأصله كذا، اللغة وفي كذا، التطو ( . للز ج اج وإعرابه القرآن معاني كتاب في عن طريق االستعارة الداللي اج , التطور الداللي, الداللة االصلية اللفظ \الكلمات المفتاحية الزج المقدمة المّشبه هما التشبيه وطرفا ، التشبيه وأداة طرفيه أحد منه حذف تشبيه عن عبارة هي في حدها االستعارة، يشبهه . آخر معنى إلى معناها من انتقلت التي الكلمات من كثير في المظهر)االستعارة( هذا به. ويتجلى واُلَمشّبه ذات الكلمات استخدام الشائعة االستعارات المشابهة، ومن لعالقة أخرى مجاالت داللة األلفاظ إلى تنقل ما وكثيرا وقد الكالم، في العرب أساليب من مهم أسلوب واالستعارة المجردة، المعاني على للداللة المحسوسة المادية المعاني قد تنّبه . الكريم القرآن نزل تلك أساليبهم وفق وعلى المجاز، ألوان من وبغيرها باالستعارة ونثرا شعرا كالمهم حفل اللفظُ نقلُ يُ عندما وذلك اللغة األقدمون إلى هذا المظهر)االستعارة(، ومجاله الواسع في انتقال داللة األلفاظ ، علماءُ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org : " إذ يقولُ ( هـ 471 ت ) الجرجاني القاهر عبد العارية، ومنهم هكأن ،آخرَ مجال إلى األول ه استعمالـ مجال من حين به اْخُتص أنه على الشواهد تدل معروف اللغوي الوضع في أصل لل فظ يكون أن الجملة في االستعارة أن اعلم .)i ( "ُوضع، ثم يستعمله الشاعر أو غير الشاعر في غير ذلك األصل، وينقله إليه نقال غيرَ الزم ، فيكون هناك كالعار ي ة ر تبيين في التحليلي الوصفي المنهجَ اتبعتُ وقد اللغة ُمعجمات من ومعناهُ اللفظ أيراد خالل من االلفاظ داللة تطو ، والحديث القرآن من بشواهدَ وسعني ما له واستشهدُ تصاريف ها، على أوردُ ثم األخيرين، من أكثرت وقد والشعر هذه حولَ قالهُ ما وأهم الزّجاج قولَ أوردُ ُثمّ فارس، البن اللغة ، مقاييس ُمعجم طريق عن المعجمّيةَ الوضعّيةَ داللَتها العلماءُ قالهُ ما أوردُ ُثم الداللَة، تلكَ أعطت وكيفَ القرآني االستعمال في وداللَتها الوضعيةَ داللَتها يخص فيما اللفظة ، ومباحَث، فصوال الرسالة داخلَ األلفاظ ترتيب في اعتمدتُ وقد , موجزة بخالصة وأختمُ بالتحليل المعالجة ُثم فيها، اجُ اعتمَدهُ الذي الترتيب على . المصحف في القرآن سور ترتيب على ؛وهو كتاب ه في الز ج البالغيون أغناها التي البياني البالغي الجانب من االستعارةَ فيهومن الجدير بالذكر أّن بحثنا هذا ال نتناولُ من الداللة األلفاظ داللة الداللي، ونقل ر للتطو مهمة مجازية كعالقة االستعارة إلى ننظرُ ولكننا هم ،بدراسات . القرآنيةُ ال سيما األلفاظُ جديدة ال المجازية إلى الداللة الوضعية هدُف الدراسة : ر الداللي ، وواعين بأسبابه الهدُف من هذه الدراسة ، هو اثباُت وتبييُن أن العلماَء األقدمين كانوا عارفين بالتطو وأشكاله ، وإن لم ُيسمونُه بالتسمية الحديثة المعروفة اليوم ، وقد تناولنا في بحث نا هذا؛ الّزجاَج أنموذجا في كتابه ر الداللي على معاني القرآن وإعرابه . وكذلك تهدُف الدراسُة إلى تبيين أهمية البحث الداللي على وجه عام ، والتطو ؛ في فهم معاني ألفاظ القرآن التي تطو رت عن طريق االستعارة؛ فهما عميقا، مم ا تضفيه عمليُة التطو ر وجه خاص الشبه . من دالالت إضافية نتيجة لعالقة ر ها عن طريق االستعارة في كتاب ه معاني القرآن وإعرابه :األلفاظ التي ألمح الّزّجاُج إلى تطوّ وألمح إليها الّزّجاج الكريم في القرآن المشابهة لعالقة المجاز ر الداللي عن طريق األلفاظ التي أصابها التطو ف في كتابه معاني القرآن وإعرابه هي: : طُ بْ ـ السّ 1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org َبطُ اللغة يذكُر أصحابُ ، له الرّ مال، في َيْنُبتُ كالث يل َنبات : أّن الس . أسباط على وُيجَمعُ َسَبطة ، الواحدةُ طول ْبط. ناف ذ طريق تحتها من داَرين بين َسقيفة : والّساباط العرب . وتقول قبائل من القبيلة بمنزلة اليهود أسباط من والسّ ْبط ، َسْبط شْعر ل ال أي وس ْنهُ ، فيه ُجُعودةَ مسترس يثُ َوم َشَعرُ " َكانَ َوَسل مَ َعَلْيه ّللا ُ َصل ى َشعره صَفة ف ي اْلَحد َعر أي ْبطُ م نَ الش ، َبْينَ ُأُذَنْيه َوَعات ق ه ") ii(، والس ب ط َوالَ الَجْعد ، َلْيَس ب الس َرُسول ّللا َصل ى للاُ َعَلْيه َوَسل مَ َرج ال يدُ الُجُعوَدة َأيْ َكانَ َشَعُره صلى للا عليه وسلم ،َوَسط ا َبْيَنُهَما) iii( . وتقوُل أيضا د ل، والَقطط: الش طُ الُمْستَرس اْلُمْنَبس ، قال الَقدّ حسنَ كان إذا أيضا الجسم وَسْبطُ الجسم فالن َسب طُ :الشاعر واالستواء مامُته َبْينَ الرجال ل واءُ ) iv( )الطويل( فجاءْت به َسْبطَ العظام كأن ما ع : حّسان وقال الَكف ْين أي جوادا، َسْمحَ إذا كانَ الَيَدين وَسْبطُ طويُلها، أي األصابع لَسْبطُ وتقول أن ه رْ اليوم في الَكف ْين َسب ط أبَصْرَته لو ليَ خال ُرب )الرمل( الَخص ينُ ... اْمت َداد َعَلى َيُدل َأْصل َوالط اءُ َواْلَباءُ وفي داللة مادة )َسبط(، يقول ابن فارس:" السّ َشْعر ُيَقالُ َشْيء ا َيُكنْ َلمْ إ َذا َوَسَبط ، َسْبط َباَطةُ . ُيْضَربُ َبْعَدَما َواْنَبَسطَ اْمَتد إ َذا إ ْسَباط ا، الر ُجلُ َأْسَبطَ َوُيَقالُ . َجْعد اْلُكَناَسُة،: َوالس َيْت َن َها ب َذل كَ َوُسمّ َبطُ . ُتْحَتَجنُ َواَل ب َها ُيْحَتَفظُ اَل أل ، ف ي َنَبات : َوالس ف يه َوَلَعل ; اْلَحل يّ َرْطبُ إ ن هُ َوُيَقالُ الر ْمل ، وقيل للُقمامة ُسباطة ألنها امتداد ل ما ُيخلّ ُفه ")v(، ولعله قيل للَشعر َسْبط إذا كان سرحا ُممتّدا غيَر مجّعد اْمت َداد اإلنساُن من الفضالت . ُل الّزّجاُج في معنى )األسباط( من قوله تعالى: "َأمْ يمَ إ ن َتُقوُلونَ وُيفصّ يلَ إ ْبَراه َواأْلَْسَباطَ َوَيْعُقوبَ َوإ ْسَحاقَ َوإ ْسَماع ا َكاُنوا ْبطا واألسباطُ (، فيقول:" 140َنَصاَرى...")البقرة: َأوْ ُهود ، واألسباط اثنا عشر س هم الذين من ذرية األنبياء أب واحد، والسبط في اللغة ومعنى السبط في اللغة: الجماعة الذين يرجعون إلى يعقوب عليه السالم، وهم ولد ، فيبين الّزّجاج معنى األسباط في التنزيل، وكذلك داللَته األصلية (vi) "فالسبط، الذين هم من شجرة واحدةالشجرة، ، م نْ َوَأَنا م نّ ي والوضعية، ويلمح إلى عالقة المشابهة بين شجرة النبات وشجرة النسب، وفي الحديث:" ُحَسْين ُحَسْين )vii (" ْبط م نَ اأَلْسَباط َأَحب ّللا ُ َمنْ َأَحب ُحَسْين ا، ُحَسْين س َماء ف ي طوال سليب شجر فالّسَبط في أصله ُيطلُق على قاق الس َية َتْأُكله العيدان د َوَلْيَس الن اس وتحتّشه اْلَماش قاق ورق َوله شوك َواَل زهَرة َلهُ حب َوله الّذرة دون اْلك َبار الُدْخن َنَبات َنَباته ،َوقيل: يخرج َما أول الكراث قدر على د .)viii ( كحب البْزر اَل يخرج من أكمته إ ال بالّدق َوالن اس يستخرجونه ويأكلونه َخبزا وطبخا american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org َما سبطا َرُسول للا صلى للا َعَلْيه ْبط أيضا وَلدُ االْبن واالْبَنة ) ix( ، َوَقاُلوا: اْلحسنُ َواْلُحَسْينُ رضَوانُ للا َعَلْيه والسّ َوسلم َأي ولد َوَلده ) x(، وقيل لهما عليهما السالم ولدا رسول للا صلى للا عليه وآله وسلم على التكريم ، ثم صار االستعمال، أي أصاب اللفظ تخصيص في الداللة عندما نقول سبطا الرسول صلى للا عليه وآله . لكثرة لهما اسما ، َأْوالدُ ، وق يل بل هم األبناء َأوالدُ : اأَلْسباطُ : آخرون هذا، وقالَ َوب ه العام ة، عندَ الَمْشهورُ ُهوَ َوَهَذا األخيرُ الَبنات .)xi (ولكن كالمَ األئم ة َصريح ف ي أن ه َيْشَملُ َوَلدَ االبن واالْبَنة ، َفر قوا َبْيَنها َوَبين األْحفاد ْبط، يعقوبَ َأْواَلد من ولد كلّ إسماعيل، فولدُ بني في كالقبائل إسرائيل بني في واألسباطُ َأْواَلد من ولد كلّ وولدُ س َما يل َقبيَلة) xii(، َوإ ن َما ُسم وا َهؤاَُلء باألسباط، َوَهؤاَُلء بالقبائل لُيْفصل َبين ولد إسماعيلَ َوولد إ ْسَحاق َعَلْيه إ ْسَماع اَلم ُشُعوبا "َوَجَعْلناُكمْ : تعالى قال. بعض على بعُضها ُيقبلُ التي المجتمعة الجماعة هي والَقب يَلة، .الس ")اإلسراء وقال عّز وجّل:" َواْلَمالئ َكة (،13 /َوَقبائ َل")الحجرات معناه: جماعة، وقيل جماعة: أي ، (92 /َقب يال كفيال، من قول هم: َقبْلتُ فالنا وَتَقب ْلتُ به، أي: تكّفلت به، وقيل ُمَقاَبَلة ، أي: معاينة) xiii(،ويقال لكل جمع من آباء َوأّما .أُغصانها بمنزلة واألوالد الّشجرة بمنزلة الوالدَ كأنّ واحدّ وأْصُلها كثيرةُ أْغصان لها شجرةَ قبيل . وقبيل: َشّتى ، من فمشتق األسباطُ َبط َبطُ الس يل َوجعل َشَجَرة، ب َمْنز َلة إ ْسَحاق جعل كَأّنه .من الّشجر أيضا َضرب : والس إ ْسَماع )xiv (. ب َمْنز َلة شجرة ُأْخَرى بُط في األصل الداللي نوع من الّشجر بط والسّ ترعاه موجز القول فيما مضى أعاله أّن األسباَط هو جمُع س ب ُل ، وقد أسُتعيَر هذا اللفظ في االستعمال القرآني للداللة على جماعة األوالد الذين يرجعون إلى أب واحد ، اإْل ابون يفعلُ لعالقة المشابهة فاألوالد كاألغصان التي تعوُد ألصل واحد . َوَكَذل كَ المهتمون بأنساب العشائر الن س ، َجَرة، ب َمْنز َلة اْلَوالد يْجَعُلونَ والقبائل َشَجَرة من وفالن فاَلن، لَفْرع طوَبى: ، َفُيَقال.أَْغَصانَها ب َمْنز َلة واألوالدَ الش مباركة.) xv( هذا وللا أجل وأعلُم . :ـ تدلوا 2 فأرسلوا: "وجلّ عزّ أخرجَتها، قال إذا: َأدُلوها َدَلْوُتها وقد . لتمألها أرسلَتها إذا: إدالء ُأْدليها الدلوَ تقوُل َأْدَلْيتُ قال الفرزدق: ليمألها، فأرسلها: معناه (،19)يوسف:"دلَوهُ فأدلى وارَدهم ذاُمها)xvi( )الطويل( َكما َخانَ َدْلوَ الَقوم إ ذْ ُيْسَتقى ب ها م نَ الماء م نْ َمْتن الر شاء اْنج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org اَلةُ ْلوُ : َوالد ا، الد اَلء َعَلى َوُيْجَمعُ َأْيض أي (8 /َفَتَدل ى")النجم َدنا ُثم " :تعالى قال واالسترسال، الّدنوّ : .والت َدلّ ي الدّ .أسفلَ إلى علو من التدلي وزاد قرب ل َبْيَنُكمْ َأْمَواَلُكمْ َتْأُكُلوا " َواَل : تعالى قوُله إليه ، ومنهُ َدَفَعه الحاكم أي إلى بمال ه وقالوا َأْدلى إ َلى ب َها َوُتْدُلوا ب اْلَباط ْثم الن اس َأْمَوال م نْ َفر يق ا ل َتْأُكُلوا اْلُحك ام موها: معناهُ (؛188َتْعَلُموَن")البقرة: َوَأْنُتمْ ب اإْل . الرشوة وُترسلوها، يعنى وتَُقدّ . )xvii (م ه، أي يمت بها م حجته وأرسلها أي احتج بها. وهو ُيْدلي برح ته أي قد قد وتقوُل: َأْدَلى فالن بُحج الُ ( َدَلى)وفي داللة مادة مُ يقول ابن فارس:" الد ْيء ُمَقاَرَبة َعَلى َيُدل َأْصل اْلُمْعَتل َواْلَحْرفُ َوالال َوُمَداَنات ه الش ، َفإ َذا َنَزْعتَ َفَقدْ َدَلْوَت")xviii(. وفي معنى قول ه تعالى ْلَو، إ َذا َأْرَسْلَتَها ف ي اْلب ْئر ب ُسُهوَلة َور ْفق . ُيَقالُ : َأْدَلْيتُ الد أرسلتها إ ذا الدلو أْدَلْيتُ من أصله إ ن ما اللغة في ُتْدلوا ومعنى ": الّزّجاج (، يقول188الُحك ام")البقرة: إلى بَها :"وُتْدُلوا ، ودلوتها إذا أخرجتها")xix(، وهذا هو أصله الوضعي ثّم تطور من الحسي إلى المجرد، قال :"ومعنى أدلى للمليء دالءُ يوجبه ما على تعملون أي( الُحك ام إلى بَها وُتْدُلوا) فمعنى صحة، على بها وأتى أرسلها بحجته فالن لي اإل بالحجة، وتخونون في األمانة")xx(، فأوضَح أبو إسحاَق أّن )تدلوا( في هذا الموضع تعني ادالَء الُحجة وإرساَلها، ال أي الحكام"، إلى بها و"تدلوا: وجل فيكون معنى قول ه عز .وأّنه مأخوذ من أدليت الدلو وذلك لعالقة المشابهة أنه علمتم قد ما وتتركون الحكم ظاهر يوجبه ما على فتعملون لكم، الحكم ليغيروا الرشوة سبيل على الحكام تعطوها الحق، وال ريب في أّنه مأخوذ من أدليت الدلو)xxi(، الذي ب ه يستقى الَماء َوب ه ُيوصل اليه، وكذلك )تدلو(، أي . لكم الحكم الرشوة، لتكون وسيلة وسبب ليغيروا سبيل على الحكام تعطوها فإذا البئر في أرسلها أي دلوه"، "فأدلى: تعالى وجاء هذا اللفُظ بصيغة الماضي بداللته األصلية في قوله ُهَما دال قيل نزعوها يدلوا . و ورَد أيضا في التنزيل الحكيم بصيغة الماضي أيضا، في قوله تعالى:" َفَدال ")األعراف: د َفاَل َمائ َها من ل َيْرَويَ اْلب ْئر ف ي ُيَدل ى العطشانُ الرجلُ (، قال االزهري:" وأصُله22ب ُغُرور َماء ف يَها َيج ، أي أوقعه عْت الت ْدليةُ موضعَ االْطَماع ف يَما اَل ُيجد ي َنْفعا ") xxii( أي: وَدال هُ بُغرور َفيكون ُمَدل ى ف يَها بالُغُرور َفُوض ، وهو على التشبيه أيضا) xxiii(. فال يزال أبليُس يوسوس لهما حتى أوقَعُهما فيما أراد من تغرير ه ، وهو م ن إدالء الَدْلو ُهَما في المعصية التي كانت السبَب في إنزال هما من الجن ة ، فلعّل معنى:" "، أن غّرَر بهما حتى اوقعهما َفَدال ب ُغُرور ،)xxiv ("قال الثعلبي:" وال يكون التدّلي إالّ من علو إلى أسفل ، في المعصية التي بسب بها َنزال من الجّنة إلى االرض وهذا أصله في اللغة . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org يث .إليك به أي: أرسلُته مستشفعا إليك، بفالن وتقوُل َدَلوتُ ي ب اْلَعب اس ُعمرَ استسقاء ومنه َحد َعْنُهَما:" للا َرض ْلو ب ه يستقى الَماء َوب ه َن الد ْلو أل فقد دلونا ب ه إ َلْيك مستشفعين" )xxv(،َأي: متتنا واستشفعنا. َوكذلك َأصله من الد ْلو وسيلة إ َلى َما عْندك من الر ْحَمة والغيث )xxvi( ، فيكوُن معنى قول ُعمَر دلونا ُيوصل اليه َفَكَأن هُ َقالَ : قد َجَعْلَناهُ الد به إليك ، أي توسلنا به إليك )xxvii(، هو استعارة على التشبيه من اتخاذ الدلو وسيلة وارسالها لالستسقاء من ماء البئر في أرسلتها إذا الدلو، أدليتُ : الدلو المعروفة ، على التشبيه ، تقول البئر . وأصُل ذلك كُله مستعار من لتمألها، فإذا تزعتها فقد دلوت )xxviii( ، وفيه االنتقال من الحسي إلى المجرد، وفق قانون التطور الداللي، ومنه م قد أي أو بإفادته فالن بشهادته تقول َأْدَلى وأرسلها، هذا وللا أعلم بكتابه . شهادته قد :ـ الَعضُل 3 ُلها، أَعُضُلها، المرأة يزّوْجها، وَتُقوُل َعَضْلتُ لم إ ذا أيّ َمه، الرجل ، وَعَضلَ َعْضال َيعُضلُ َعَضلَ : ُيقال وأَْعض ، عن حبسَتها إذا: َعْضال لتَ التزويج ة، وفي التنزيل عليها وطو د ينكحنَ أنْ َتْعُضُلوُهن "فال: الع أزواَجهّن")البقرة:232(، أو حبسَتها وضّيقَت عليها لتفتَدي منه، ولم يكن لك بها حاجة) xxix(، قال تعالى:" َواَل ")النساء: َما ب َبْعض ل َتْذَهُبوا َتْعُضُلوُهن اق َعَضَلةُ : والمنُع، والَعَضَلةُ التضييقُ (، والَعْضلُ 19آَتْيُتُموُهن أشبهَها َوَما الس ، َورجل . َعَضلة َفه يَ َعَصَبة على اْشَتَملت لْحَمة وكل الل ْحم من ل ، . الَعَضالنيّ الَعَضل َوَكَذل كَ غليظ َكانَ إ ذا َعض . َواْلجمعُ الداهيُة،: والُعْضلةُ لت ُعَضل بَ إ ذا والداّبُة، المرأةُ وعض يَ يخرج َفلم ولُدها َنش ل، َفه َجاَجة َوَكَذل كَ معضّ الد ، من بطن : َعَضل َوَبُنو. ببيضها . ُعضيلةَ َبنو َوَكَذل كَ اْلَعَرب ل إذا ُعضال داء: العرب قول ومن عالجه، قالت ليلى على ُيوقف وال لدوائه، ُيهتدى ال شديدا كان وُمْعض : األخيلية َفَشَفاَها )الطويل( دائ ها َأْقَصى تتب عَ ... مريضة أرضا الحّجاجُ َهَبطَ إذا )xxx (شفاها من الداء الُعَضال الذي بها ... غالم إذا هز القناةَ سقاها ْنه ل َأمر: َقْولهم َوم ل، وَعض ابن يقول ،(َعَضلَ )وفي داللة مادة . واشتّد غلظ إ ذا ب ي، وأعضلَ األمرُ ب ي ُمْعض ادُ اْلَعْينُ فارس:" مُ َوالض د َأْصل َوالال يح َواح ة َعَلى َيُدل َصح د : اْلَباب َوم نَ اْلَعَضُل... َذل كَ م نْ . اأْلَْمر ف ي َواْلت َواء ش ، م نَ ُعْضَلة ُهوَ َية ُمْنَكر َأيْ اْلُعَضل ، م نَ َوُهوَ . َداه فَ َكَأن هُ اْلق َياس ة ُوص د : الرّ َجال م نَ َواْلَعَضلُ . ب الشّ )xxxi(". اْلَقو ي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org (، يقوُل 232")البقرة:...َأْزَواَجُهن َيْنك ْحنَ َأنْ َتْعُضُلوُهن َفاَل َأَجَلُهن َفَبَلْغنَ النّ َساءَ َطل ْقُتمُ "َوإ َذا: وجلّ عزّ قوله وفي ويَقالُ َيْخرج، فلم وَنَشبَ احتبس بيضها إذا ُمْعَضل، فهي الدجاجة، َعَضلت : قولهم من الَعْضل الّزّجاج: "أصل َعضلت الناقةُ أيضا ، فهي مْعَضل إ ذا اْحَتبس ما في َبْطن َها")xxxii(،فيكون بذلك قد أبان وأراح من أّن قوله )َفاَل ( مستعار من قول هم َعضلت الدجاَجُة ، فيكون المعنى الجديد في االستعمال القرآني أي فال تضيقوا َتْعُضُلوُهن هّن إذا مراجعةَ في االولياءُ أي ها اياُهنّ بمنعكم عليهن تراَضوا .ازواج َلت َجاَجةُ وفي هذا يقوُل ابُن سيدة: "َعض َبت الد ل َوه ي َتْخُرج َفلم بيضُتها َنش ل ُمَعضّ َضاق بأْهله الواد ي وَعض ل َعنُه") xxxiii(، ويقوُل الراغب: "العضل المنع مع تضييق، يقال: عضلت بهم وكل شيء َضاقَ َعن َشْيء فقد َعض ") xxxiv(، وإنما قيل للداء عضال، المتناعه عن االستجابة للدواء الدجاجة بيضها، والمرأة بولدها...ومنه داء عضال أي أنه عسير البرء) xxxv( وعسير على األطباء أن يعرفوا له عالجا فهو الداء الشديد الذي ال يطاق عالجه، لضيقه عن العالج، وتجاوزه حد األدواء التي يكون لها عالج ) xxxvi(، ومنه قولُ ذي الرمة: َبة ُعَضاال) xxxvii( )الوافر( َنة َحَصان ... ب إذن للا موج ْف ل ُمؤم وَلمْ أْقذ ُة وااللتواء) xxxviii(، قال أبو عبيد الهروي:" د يقُ َوالشّ خالصة األمر أّن الَعضَل في اللغة يدل على المنع والضّ والعضل التضييق والمنع، ويقال: أردت أمرا فعضلتني عنها، أي منعتني، وضيقت علي")xxxix( ، وفي قوله تعالى:" " َيْنك ْحنَ َأنْ َتْعُضُلوُهن َفاَل ، وتضيقوا عليهن َعن َتْمَنُعوُهن اَل َأيْ َأْزَواَجُهن ،أو ال تضيقوا عليهن لتمنعوهن النّ َكاح بيُضها احتبَس إذا ُمْعَضل، فهي الدجاجة أو َعّضَلت، َعَضلت : قولهم من النكاح، وهو ُمستعار على التشبيه من ،)xl ( ُالُت هي المشكالت وُسّميت بذلك ألّنها يضيُق ف هُمها أو َيعُسُر حل ها أو َيمَتن ع وَنَشبَ فلم َيْخرْج ، والُمعض ، والالُعَضاُل ُسّمَي َعنُه، والداءُ عّضل فقد َشْيء َعن َضاقَ َشْيء كل َوَكَذل كَ ُيطاقُ بذلك لشّدته على المريض عالُجه لضيق ه عن العالج ) xli(، وإّنما ُسّميت َعَضلةُ الجسم بذلك ؛ألّنها حين تنقبُض تشتد فيلتوي منها أطرافُ بهم ،هذا وللُا أعّز وأعلُم . َضاقَ إ ذا بَأْهله، اْلَوادي ومنه َعّضلَ . وأجزاُئه الجسم :ـ أغرينا 4 ب ه فالنا تغرية ، وأغريتُ وغّريته. وممدود مقصور بالغرى أغروه َغَروته: وقالوا. َغر ى تْغَرى تقول َغر يت بصاح من به أول عت إذا َغر ى به أغَرى فأنا بفالن أنا وغريت . الناس بين يفسد الذي والُمغري . أفعلت مثال على إغراء :قال الحارث بن حلزة تحميل، غير american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org لنا َعَلى َغرات ك إّنا ... قْبلُ ما َقدْ َوَشى ب نا األْعداءُ ) xlii( )الخفيف( ال َتخ غراءُ . بالتشديد ُمَغر ى، مطلي: ويقال. أيضا وأغريته. واحدا لونا دام ما شيئا، به َغر يت ما: والغ راءُ اإليالُع ، : واإل من بهم ألصقناهم ( أي14َبْيَنُهُم")المائدة: "َفَأْغَرْينا: تعالى للا قال بهم ، الزقها َكَأن هُ القاها: اْلَعَداَوة َبينهم واغرى يل َكَذل ك َغر ي األشياُء، وتقوُل ب ناء به ُتلصقُ الذي الَلُزوقُ : والغ راءُ به، لَصقتَ إذا غ رى بالشيء غريت قولك َفع : َعجب، َوُيَقالُ ال: أي غرو، الب ناء . والغرو الَعجب ، تقوُل ال على َغَلب َولكّنه َغر ي َحَسن وكل َمْفعول، ب َمْعنى ْمع . ْت ف ي اْلُبَكاء . َوَغر َيْت ب الد َراء ، إ َذا َلج ْمع غ َغاَرت اْلَعْينُ ب الد يح ، َأْصل اْلُمْعَتل َواْلَحْرفُ َوالر اءُ اْلَغْينُ وفي داللة مادة )َغَرو(، يقوُل ابُن فارس:" ْعَجاب َعَلى َيُدل َوُهوَ َصح اإْل ْيء ل ُحْسن َواْلَعَجب ، َذل كَ م نْ . الش ْنهُ ُيَقالُ . اْلَحَسنُ َوُهوَ اْلَغر ي ْنهُ . َغْرو ا اْلَعَجبُ ُسمّ يَ ُثم . َغر َرُجل م أَْغَرْيُتهُ : َوم )xliii ("ْيء ال ذ ي ُتْلَصقُ ب ه اأْلَْشَياُء ب الش النصارى، به الّزّجاج:" ُيعَنى (، قال14اْلق َياَمة ")المائدة: َيْوم إ َلى َواْلَبْغَضاءَ اْلَعَداَوةَ َبْيَنُهمُ وفي قوله تعالى:" َفَأْغَرْيَنا قتَ إ َذا َمْقُصور َغرى بالرجل غريتُ : يقال ذلك، بهم ألصْقَنا أغرْيَنا: قوُله َويْعن ي األصمعي قول وهذا ب ه، لص َراءُ الذي ُيْغر ى إ نما تلصق به األشياُء") xliv( ، فبّين الّزّجاج وأوَضَح وقال غيرُ األْصَمع ي: َغر يتُ به َغَراء ، وهو الغ قولك من بهم ألصقنا العداوة أي: داللَة اللفظ الوضعيَة وداللَته الجديدَة في االستعمال القرآني . فمعنى )أغرينا( ، فألصَق للُا العداوَة بينهم حتى صاروا األشياءُ به تلصقُ الذي اللزوقُ : والغ راء به، لصقت إذا غرى بالشيء غريت فرقا يكفرُ بعُضهم بعضا) xlv(. وحقيقة )أغرينا( م نْ أغراه بكذا أي: ألزَمه إياه، وأصُله من الغ راء الذي ُيْلَصقُ به .)xlvi (ها رابعة كقولك أغوينا والمه واو، فاألصل: أَْغَرْونا، وإنما ُقل بت الواو ياء لوقوع َواْلَبْغَضاَء( أي ألصقنا وألزمنا بينهم العداوة ، وهذا اْلَعَداَوةَ َبْيَنُهمُ وعلى هذا يكون معنى قوله تعالى )َفَأْغَرْيَنا األشياُء فيكوُن بذلك قد تطوَر من به ُتلصقُ الذي اللزوقُ : والغ راءالمعنى أسُتعيَر في االستعمال القرآني من الغ راء رى، هذا وللا أعلم الحسي إلى المعنوي ) xlvii(. واليوم ُنسمي تلك المادة اللزجة التي ُتلصق بها األخشاب خاصة، غ به بكتا : ُب َيكتُ ــ5 وَكَتَبة وَكات بون، وفي ُكّتاب والجمع. كاتب واسُم الفاعل . وَمْكَتبا وك ْتبة وَكْتبا ، وك َتاَبة ك َتابا َيْكُتب َكَتبَ : تقولُ يَن، َعَلْيُكمْ التنزيل:" َوإ ن ُيعّلم الذي: والُكت اب والَمْكَتبُ . َمْكُتوب واسُم المفعول (،10ك راما كات ب يَن" )االنفطار: َلحاف ظ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org بيان، ال المكان، والُمْكت بُ : الُكت ابُ الصبيان ،وقيل، فيه واستكتبت . تنسخه كتابا اكتتابك: أيضا والك ْتبةُ المعلم،: الصّ ْنَدُهمُ اْلَغْيبُ َفُهمْ فالنا : إذا أمرته أن يكتب لك، واتخذته كاتبا ) xlviii(. والكاتب : العالم. وفي التنزيل: "َأمْ ع من كات با إليكم َبعْثتُ قد : "الَيَمن إلى ك تاُب النبي صلى للا عليه وسلم ، ومنه َيعلُمون، (، أي41َيْكتُُبوَن")الطور: أْصَحابى": أي َعا لما ) xlix(. .والُمكاتبُ : العبدُ يكاتب على نفسه بشيء يؤديه، فإذا أداه عتق، قال تعالى:" فكاتبوهم .)l (وُتسّمى المكاتبة ،)إن علمتم فيهم خيرا")النور: 33 يح َأْصل َواْلَباءُ َوالت اءُ اْلَكافُ ، يقول ابن فارس:"(َكَتبَ )وفي داللة مادة د َصح إ َلى َشْيء َجْمع َعَلى َيُدل َواح َها ُشْفَريْ َجَمْعتُ إ َذا اْلَبْغَلَة، َكَتْبتُ : َوَيُقوُلونَ . َكْتب ا َأْكُتُبهُ اْلك َتابَ َكَتْبتُ : ُيَقالُ . َواْلك َتاَبةُ اْلك َتابُ َذل كَ م نْ . َشْيء م َرح )li (" ب َحْلَقة "، يقول اْلك َتابَ َعَلْيكَ تعالى: "َنز لَ ه وفي قول ألنه كتاب للقرآن يقال كتب ما الكتاب الّزّجاج : "ومعنى ب اْلَحقّ من القطعة والكتيبة كتب وجمعها الَخْرزة اللغة في والُكْتَبةُ بعض، إلى بعضه يجمع اَللغة في يكتب ومعنى ُيكَتُب، الجيش العظيمة، إ نما سميت الجتماع بعضها إلى بعض")lii(، فبّين بذلك األصل الداللي الذي تطور منه المعنى الجديد ، وكذلك بّين آلية التطور لعالقة المشابهة . ، الشيء خرزُ : الَكْتبُ قال الخليُل:" على] ظئرت إذا والناقةُ . وجهيها كال السيرُ َضم التي الخرزةُ : والُكْتبةُ بسير ولد غيرها[ ُكت بَ منخراها بخيط لئال تُشمّ الَبو والرأم" ) liii(، ُكت ب منخراها بمعنى ُجم ع منخراها. ومن ذلك كتبتُ البغلَة، ْيَزة ، الَخْيل من َجَماَعة : كتائب، والَكت ْيَبةُ تجّمعت وصارت : الخيل بحلقة ، وتكّتَبت رحم ها شفري بين جمعتَ إذا ُمْسَتح وَتك تبوا: أي اْجَتَمُعوا. والكتيبة أيضا: القطعة من الجيش، واألصل الُكْتبةُ : الخرزة، والُكَتب : الخرزُ )liv(، قال ذو : الرّمة َوْفرَاء َغْرف ي ة أْثأى خوارَزها ُمَشْلَشل َضي َعْتهُ بينها الُكَتبُ )lv( )البسيط( لعالقة المشابهة في االنضمام واجتماع الشئ إلى الشئ خالصُة القول أّن الكتاب مستعار من الُكْتبة ، ، وجهيها ، وكذلَك الكتاُب يضم ك ال السيرُ َضم التي الخرزةُ : والُكْتبةُ الكلمات بعَضها إلى بعض في ُجَمل وعبارات . نُه الكتابُة وهي عمليُة تجميع الحروف بعَضها إلى بعض لتكوين الكلمات وم فاُح 6 : ـ السّ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org ْيل َماءُ انسفح َحْيثُ َوُهوَ اْلَجَبل سفحُ السفُح هو الَماءَ ُسُفوح وَسَفحتُ وجمعه الُمْضَطجع، َعَلْيه ، أوُعرضهُ الس ْمعُ صببته، وَسَفحَ إ ذا َسْفحا أسفُحه :الطرماحُ قال صبتها، وَسَفحانا ، إ ذا وُسُفوحا َسْفحا َيسَفحُ الد ْمع م نْ كلّ َمْسفح ) lvi( )الطويل( يم عنَدها سَوى َسَفَحان الد مفج عة ، ال دفعَ للض ، تزويج غير من فجور على امرأة مع اإلقامةُ : والُمساَفحةُ غير (، أي5مسافحين")المائدة: "غير: تعالى قال صحيح الُمسافحة . ابنُ : الَبغي الْبن زناة ، وُيقالُ يث " خرجت من نكاح ولم أخرج من ، أي: َسّفاك) lvii( َوف ي الَحد ماء ، َتقول َرُجل َسف اح للدّ م كالّصبّ ْفح للد والس سفاح من لدن آدم إلى أن ولدني أبي وأمي لم يصبني من سفاح الجاهلية شيء") lviii(، والّسفاُح اجتماُع المرأة مع .)lix ( الرجل على فُجور دون تزويج ينُ د َأْصل َواْلَحاءُ َواْلَفاءُ وفي داللة مادة ) َسَفَح(، يقول ابن فارس:" السّ َسَفحَ ُيَقالُ . َشْيء إ َراَقة َعَلى َيُدل َواح ْيء ُيْسَفحُ َضَياع ا") lx(. وقال ، َفُهوَ َكالش َفاحُ : َصب اْلَماء ب اَل َعْقد ن َكاح مَ : َهَراَقهُ . َوالسّ َم، إ َذا َصب هُ . َوَسَفحَ الد الد ، غير على جار ألنه الزنا سفاح وأمر صَبْبُته، إ ذا الشيءَ سفحت قولهم من اشتق الزنا في الزّجاج:" السفاح عْقد )lxi ("كأن ه بمنزلة السُفوح الذي ال يحبسه شيء فاُح هو ْفح من والفجوُر، الزنا فالس منه فال غرَض الغرُض ألّنه به ؛ وُسّمي المنيّ . صب هو الذي الس َنا، َفاُح يعني الزّ للُمساف ح إالّ َسفحُ الُنطفة ، َفيْسَفحُ ُكل م نَ الز ان َيْين ُنْطَفَتهُ َفيْذهبُ ماُؤهم ضَياع ا ) lxii(. فاْلُمَساَفَحةُ َوالسّ ْفح م نَ َوَأْصُلهُ ب . َوُهوَ الس نُهم امرأة ، َخَطبَ إذا الجاهلية ، أهلُ وكان الص الزنى أراد فإذا. انكحيني: قال الرُجُل م .)lxiii (قال: سافحيني فاَح لفظ ُمستعار للداللة على ؛ أّن الس ولزمَ وسيالنه، صبه أي الماء سفح من مأخوذ وهو الز نا، موجُز القول هذا االسمُ الزنا ) lxiv( ،لعالقة المشابهة في صب الشئ وسيالنه ضياعا ، فال غرَض للمتسافحين إالّ صب النطفة ، دم قيل ولهذا جريان ه، وسرعةُ السائل الشئ اندفاعُ . والسفوحُ ضَياع ا ماؤهم َفيْذهب ُنْطَفَتهُ الز ان َيْين م نَ ُكل َفيْسَفحُ يسيُل ويندفعُ الّن الماءَ الَجَبل ؛ َسْفح ولعَل أصَل اشتقاق ه من سريعا، خروجا العْرق م ن يخرجُ الدمَ النّ مسفوح ؛ إليه بسرعة ) lxv(، هذا وللا أعلم بكتابه العزيز. :ـ الَعَنت 7 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org ، وتقول: َعن تَ . إعناتا ُيعنته وأعنَته .إنسان على المشّقة إدخالُ : الَعَنتُ التنزيل: مشّقة، وفي َلق يَ : أي فالن . والمشّقة عليه الل ْبَس به أردتُ شيء عن سألُته: أي َتَعن تا ، (، وتقوُل: َتَعن ت ه128َعن ت ْم")التوبة: َما َعَلْيه "َعز يز ْثم اْلَعَنت : َوُيَقال. اْلَمْكُروه على اْلحمل َأو العسف: اْلَعَنت إعناتا . وقيل فُيْعن ُته شيء يصيبه المجبورُ والعظم من اإْل وأصُله الهالُك ؛: الفجوُر. والَعَنتُ : العنتُ : الضرُر، وُيقالُ : اْكتسب إثما، وقيل أيضا الَعَنتُ إ ذا عنتا يعنت عنت عَنَتْت هذا، وتقولُ .عليكم يشتد ما َكّلفكم: وقيل أهَلَكُكم، (،أي220أَلَْعَنَتُكْم")البقرة: ّللا ُ َشاءَ َوَلوْ " ومنُه المشقُة، الدابةُ َعنَتا إذا َظَلَعت َظْلعا ذا مشقة ، وَأَكمة عنوت أي شاقة)lxvi(، قال الطرماح: والَقْينُ إ نْ َيلقَ منْ أي ام ه َعَنتا يسقطْ به األمرُ في مستحكم العقد ) lxvii( )البسيط( يح َأْصل َوالت اءُ َوالن ونُ اْلَعْينُ ، يقوُل ابُن فارس:" (وفي داللة مادة )َعن تَ َواَل َذل َك، َأْشَبهَ َوَما َمَشق ة َعَلى َيُدل َصح وا َما َعن تْم")آل عمران:118(، يقول الّزّجاج:" وأصل ح ة َواَل ُسُهوَلة ") lxviii(. وفي معنى قول ه تعالى:" َود َيُدل َعَلى ص ويقال تصريفها، معه يمكنه ال جبر بعد كسر رجله في حدث إذا يعنت البعير عن تَ : قولهم من اللغة في العنْت اكمة َعنوْت ) lxix(، إ ذا كان ال يمكن أن ُيحازيها إال بمشقة عنيفة") lxx( ، وفي موضع آخَر َيقوُل الّزّجاُج:" أي ودوا عليه، واألذى المشقة إدخال يقصد أي فالنا ، فالن متعنت يقال اإلنسان، على المشقة إدخال العنت ومعنى َعَنْتُكْم، نتَ العظم َيْعَنتُ َعَنَتا إذا أصابه شيء بعد الجبر، وأصل هذا كله من) lxxi( قولهم: )اَكَمة ُعُنوت ( إذا ويقال قد ع ند كاْنت طويلة شاقة المسلك، فتأويل أعنت فالنا ، َحَمْلُته على المَشق ة ") lxxii(، وهذا القوُل يدل على أّن أصَله ع . قال الزمخشرُي: ، وبين قول هم أَكَمة عنوت الّزّجاج ما بين قول هم عن َت البعيُر إذا حدَث في رجل ه كسر بعد جبر "العنت : شّدة الضرر والمشقة. وأصله انهياض العظم بعد جبره") lxxiii(، وهو ما ذهب إليه السميُن الحلبي في تفسير يَ ل َمنْ قول ه تعالى:" َذل كَ ْنُكْم")النساء : اْلَعَنتَ َخش الجبر، بعد العظم انكسارُ األصل في (، قال:" والَعَنت 25م .)lxxiv ("فاستعير لكل مشقة، وُأريد به هنا ما َيُجر إليه الزنى من العقاب الدنيوي واألخروي ل َمنْ "ذل كَ : تعالى قوُله ومنه تحتملها، وال النفس، بها تضيق التي المشقة، والعنت هو البالء الذي فيه فاإلعنات يَ ْنُكْم" ،والعنت اْلَعَنتَ َخش يصبرُ َواَل ب ه ، يستعف َما ال يجدُ : َأي والمكابدُة، والّضيقُ الشدةُ الموضع هذا في م َرة ، َواْلَحد َرة ، َفَيْلَقى الزاني اْلَعَذابَ ف ي اْْلخ ْنَيا َواْْلخ َنا َعَنت ا ب اْسم َما َيْعُقُبهُ م نَ اْلَمَشق ة ف ي الد فيزني) lxxv(، وُسمّ يَ الزّ .)lxxvi(ْنَيا، أضف إلى ذلك ما يلقاه في حياته من ذهاب الطمأنينة وضيق النفس وذهاب صفائ ها وكدر أحواله ف ي الد يا ُرب َما الُصلب في الماء واجتماعَ الشهوة غلبةَ وقال بعُضهم العنُت هاهنا الهالُك ؛ألنّ لة إلى أد التي الصعَبة الع .)lxxvii ( تكونُ سببا للموت وللا أعلم american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org يد : (؛ المشقُة أيضا، أي128عنتم")التوبة: َما َعَلْيه "َعز يز والَعَنُت في َقْول ه صلى للا عليه وسلم، َما َعَلْيه َشد شقّ َعَلْيُكم) lxxviii( ، بمعنى شديد عليه صلى للا عليه وسلم ما يالقونه من التعب والمشّقة ولقاء المكروه بعذاب ُكم، من لكون ه عنُتكم عليه شاق والمعنى بمجموعها أو بالنار اْلخرة بعذاب ونحوه، أو بالسيف أو الضيق الُدنيا جنس وا َما َعن تْم")آل عمران:118(، بمعنى ود المنافقون َعَنْتُكْم، أي ومن رحمت ه وعطف ه عليُكم) lxxix(. وقوُله جّل وعّز:" َود )lxxx (ُكم ودين ُكم ر في َأنُفس ما شّق عليكم واشتّد وما نزلَ ب كم من مكروه وُضر أو يتمنون لكم الَعَنتَ والش (ُعُنوت أَكَمة: )الُخالَصُة من هذا كلّ ه، أّن الَعَنَت يدل على الضيق والمشّقة وقد أسُتعيَر هذا المعنى من قول هم ة في ذلَك . هذا، وللا أعلم بكتابه المجيد . بعدَ العظم لكونها شاقَة المسلك أو من انهياض َجْبر ه للمشق ة والشد :ـ الن قيُب 8 يل ونقبا ، ن قابُة، ينُقبُ الن قيُب من َنَقبَ ُع، ونقب الث ْقبُ َوُهوَ الن ْقب م نَ َأْصُلهُ َفع جاَسها إ ذا اْلب اَلد ف ي الرجل اْلَواس َفَنق ُبوا:" تعالى اْلب اَلد، قال ف ي َسار إ ذا: الرجلُ بها، وأنَقبَ فيصدقون للقوم واألمورَ األخبارَ ينقّ ُبونَ الذين ،والن َقباءُ وبالتخفيف . وتكراره الفعل مداومة على بالتشديد: للداللة ، (َفَنَقُبوا) ،وقرئت (36: ق")َمح يص م نْ َهلْ اْلب اَلد ف ي فوا وفتّ شوا، فلم َتَروا َمحيصا من الموت ) lxxxii(، قال امرؤ القيس: )فَنَقُبوا(: أنه أراد المرة الواحدة)lxxxi(. المعنى طوّ َياب )lxxxiii( )الوافر( يتُ م نَ اْلَغن يَمة باإل لَقدْ َنق ْبتُ في اْلفاق حت ى. . . َرض ، ف ي الط ريقُ : والن ْقبُ ،َنق يب ا َصار إ ذا: وأنَقبَ . حاجبا َصار إ ذا: وأنَقَب أيضا رءوس على ، أو ن قبة َوجمُعه اْلَجَبل َيْدُخلَ َأنْ َعَلْيه ُمَحر م َوُهوَ َيْأت ي،" والروابي ، ومنه حديث النبي عليه الصالة والسالم عن الّدجال: واْلكام الجبال يَنة ") lxxxiv(، وفي رواية أخرى:" َوَلْيَس َنْقب م نْ َأْنَقاب َها إ ال َعَلْيه اْلَماَلئ َكُة") lxxxv( . والن قيبُ : الرئيس اأْلَْكَبر، ن َقابَ اْلَمد )lxxxvi (والنقيب أيضا: المزمار يح َأْصل َواْلَباءُ َواْلَقافُ َنَقَب(، يقول ابن فارس: "الن ونُ )وفي داللة مادة َوَنَقبَ . َشْيء ف ي َفْتح َعَلى َيُدل َصح ")lxxxvii(. وفي قوله تعالى:" َوَبَعْثَنا ْنَقب يَدةُ م ْنَها َماء . َوت ْلكَ اْلَحد اب ة ل ُيْخر جَ م اْلَحائ طَ َيْنُقُبهُ َنْقب ا. َواْلَبْيَطارُ َيْنُقبُ ُسر ةَ الد ْنُهمُ يعلم ألنه نقيب قيل والكفيل...وإ نما كاألمير، اللغة في (، يقول الّزّجاُج :"النقيب 12َنق يب ا")المائدة : َعَشرَ اْثَنيْ م دخيلة أمر القوم ويعرف مناقبهم، وهو الطريق إ لى معرفة أمورهم.") lxxxviii(، أي أّنه ُيلمُح إلى أّن الن قيَب مأخوذ من بإحداث الّنْقب لمعرفة الدواخل . الّنقب أوالتفتيش american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org ، فى والخرقُ وهو الثقبُ الن ْقب من مشتق فاعل بمعنى فعيل فالنقيبُ الجانب إلى جانب ه من ينفذ الجدار ه عن أحوال القوم وأسرار هم اْلخر) lxxxix(، والّنقُب التفتيُش، ومنه قوُله تعالى: "َفَنق ُبواْ ف ي البالد" ُسمّ يَ بذلك لتفتيش ودواخلهم)xc( َوف ي فالن َمناقبُ جميَلة، َأي: َأْخاَلق كريمة تنُبع من دواخل ه الطيبة َوُهوَ َحَسنُ النقيبة ، َأي: َحَسن َن َها اْلَفَضائ لُ واْلَمَناق ُب ه يَ الخليقة، َن هُ نقيب للنقيب قيل ، َوإ ن َما َعْنَها ب الت ْنق يب إ ال َتْظَهرُ اَل أل يَلةَ َيعَلم أل اْلَقْوم َدخ ُعْمق َلهُ ال ذ ي الت ْأث ير َأصله كل ه اْلَبابُ َوَهَذا .ُأُمور هم معرَفة إ َلى الط ر يقُ َوُهوَ مناقَبهم وأسرارهم ، ويعر ف )xci(وُدخول مينُ لما مر بنا أعاله، نتوصل إلى أّن النقيَب هو الرئيس أو نتيجة األمور، عن ُينقّ بُ الذي وهو واألمين، الض ْنهُ . ومعرفة الدواخل والبواطن ) xciii(، ُيَقالُ ُفاَلن َنق يبُ ُفها) xcii(وُسّمى َنق يب ا؛ وذلك للبحث واالستخراج ال ذ ي يكون م ويتعر َن هُ اْلَقْوم مْ َعنْ َيْنُقبُ أل ، وهو الثقُب الواسُع أو من التفتي َعن َيْنُقبُ َكَما َأْحَوال ه ، وهو مستعار من الّنْقب ش اأْلَْسَرار بإحداث ه للبحث واالستخراج . :ـ َتْعُبُرون 9 بارة َعْبرا َيْعُبُرها وَعَبَرها. َتعبيرا الرؤيا ُيعبّ ر في ُمعجمات اللغة َعب رَ ْؤيا َعَبْرتُ : ُيَقالُ . فّسرها إذا. وع أَْعُبُرها الر رتها، أّوْلَتها إ َذا َتْعب يرا وَعب ْرُتها َعْبرا ، ر وَخب رت وَفس ْؤيا، َعاب ر ُهوَ : ُيَقالُ أمُرها، إ َلْيه يَؤول َما بآخ ْؤَيا، وَعاب ر الر للر ه مُ َوَهذ يء ف ي الناظرُ : والَعاب ر اإلضاَفة، َعق َبت ألن ها الت ْعق يب، اَلمَ ُتَسمى الال لّ : والُمْعَتب ر. الش يء الُمْسَتد َعَلى بالش يء ْبَرةُ .الش ه َيعني ف ي عم ا وَعب ر َمضى ، ل ما االعت َبارُ : والع م ير ف ي َعم ا ُيَعّبر َواللّ َسانُ َوَبي َن؛ أَْعَربَ َنْفس .الض ْبرُ . ُعبورا النهر وَعَبْرت . شّطه الّنهر وع ْمَعُة،: والَعْبَرةُ . ُيْبكيها بما يأتي أي الَعْيَن، ُيْعب رُ َعب ر أي وُفالن : واْسَتْعَبرت عيُنه وَعَبَرْت . جْرُيه : الدمع وَعْبرةُ الد دَمَعْت . وَعَبر َعْبرا واْسَتْعَبر: جَرْت َعْبرُته َوَحز نَ ) xciv( قال امرؤ القيس : ل )xcv( )الطويل( ْندَ َرْسم َدار س م نْ ُمَعو فائي َعْبَرة ُمَهَراَقة َفَهلْ ع وإن ش ْعَبَرة. بَلد إلى بلدا َيقَطعُ : أي ب ك، َيعُبر َمْرَكب : والَمْعَبرُ . للُعُبور ُهيىء الذي الن هر َشط : والَمْعَبرُ سفينة : والم ، عاب رُ ورجل . الّنهرُ عليها ُيْعَبرُ عليها ُتْعَبرُ : عليها أي بمعنى ُيساَفرُ . أسفار ُعْبرُ وناقة .طريق مار أي سبيل : الّطرّماح قال. اأَلْسفار َقدْ َتَبط ْنتُ ب هْلواعة ... ُعْبرَ أْسفار َكُتوم الُبغامْ ) xcvi( )الرمل( american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org يح َأْصل َوالر اءُ َواْلَباءُ اْلَعْينُ ، يقول ابن فارس:"(َعَبرَ )وفي داللة مادة د َصح يّ الن ُفوذ َعَلى َيُدل َواح ف ي َواْلُمض )xcvii ("ْيء . ُيَقالُ : َعَبْرتُ الن ْهرَ ُعُبور ا. َوَعْبرُ الن ْهر : َشط ُه الش ْؤَيا ُكْنُتمْ وفي معنى قوله تعالى وفي معنى قوله تعالى:" إ نْ (؛ يقوُل الّزّجاج:" معنى43َتْعُبُروَن" )يوسف: ل لر ، َعْبر من واشتققته .أمرها إليه يؤول ما بآخر خبرت وَعَبْرُتها الرؤيا عب رت ئ وهو النْهر ، َشاط عبرت فتأويل النْهر ه ")xcviii(، فبّين بذلك داللَة الكلمة في االستعمال القرآني ْبر ه، أي شاطئه، وهو آخر َعْرض الَنْهَر، أي بلغتُ إلى ع َباَرةُ ، فع ْؤَيا ،وبّيَن أيضا األصَل الداللي لها، وأّنها ُمشتقة من َعْبر النهر َجاَزهُ إ َذا الن ْهر َعَبرَ َمْأُخوذ م نْ وَتْعبيُرهاالر ، إ َلى َشطّ م نْ ْؤَيا وُمعبرها َعاب رُ َفَكانَ َشطّ ي الر ر إ َلى َيْنَته يل َها آخ ْؤَيا َوَعَبرَ . َتْأو َوُهوَ ُثاَلث يًّا اْلَباء ب َتْخف يف الر يدَ )xcix(، َوَأْنَشدَ اْلُمَبرّ دُ ف ي اْلَكام ل : اْلَمْشُهوُر، َوَأْنَكرَ َبْعُضُهمْ الت ْشد رأْيتُ ُرؤيا ُثمّ َعّبْرُتَها ... وُكْنتُ لأْلْحاَلم َعّبارا) c( )السريع( رون وُتخب رون ، أّن معنى )َتْعُبُرون الرؤيا(، ُتفسّ أمُرها، وهو َنقُلها من الرمزية إليه يؤولُ ما بآخر حاصُل القول ، َعْبر والصور الخيالية ، إلى ما تؤوُل إليه في الحقيقة الواقعية ، وقد اسُتعيَر هذا المعنى من ئ وهو النْهر َشاط ، ْبر ه، إلى وَبَلغت انتقلت أي النْهر ه آخر وهو شاطئه، أي ع .بكتابههذا وللا أعلم .َعْرض قائمة الهوامش )i( أسرار البالغة: عبد القاهر الجرجاني: 30 )ii( صحيح البخاري : 161/7 )iii( ُينظر النهاية في غريب الحديث واألثر: ابن االثير: 334/2 ، مادة سبط )iv( لم أعثر على قائله وهو في اللسان غير منسوب ، وقد نسبه محقق الصحاح أحمد عبد الغفور عطار إلى زيد بن كثوة العنبرين، ، مادة سبط 3/1129 :الصحاح: الجوهري و ، مادة سبط ، 7/309 :ُينظر لسان العرب: ابن منظور )v( مقاييس اللغة: ابن فارس: 3/ 128 ، مادة سبط )vi( معاني القرآن وإعرابه : الزجاج : 217/1 )vii( سنن الترمذي: 658/5 ، قال عنه األلباني: حديث حسن )viii( ُينظر المخصص ابن سيدة: 254/3 )ix( المحكم والمحيط األعظم : ابن سيدة: 439/8 )x( ُينظر جمهرة اللغة: ابن دريد: 336/1، مادة َسبط، و الغريبين في القرآن والحديث: أبو عبيد الهروي :857/3 ، مادة سبط )xi( ُينظر النهاية في غريب الحديث واألثر: ابن االثير ،334/2 ، مادة سبط ، و تاج العروس : الزبيدي :329/19 ، مادة سبط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org )xii( تحفة األريب : أبو حيان األندلسي: 161/1 )xiii( ُينظر المفردات في غريب القرآن: الراغب األصفهاني: 1/ 654، مادة قبل )xiv( ُينظر تهذيب اللغة : األزهري : 240/12، مادة سبط )xv( تهذيب اللغة : األزهري ، ت محمد عوض مرعب ، دار إحياء التراث العربي – بيروت: 240/12 ، مادة سبط )xvi( ديوان الفرزدق: 523 )xvii( ُينظر الزاهر في معاني كلمات الناس: أبو بكر األنباري : 337/1 ، وتهذيب اللغة: األزهري : 121/14، مادة دال )xviii( مقاييس اللغة: ابن فارس: 2/ 293 ، مادة دلى )xix( معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الزّجاج : 258/1 )xx( المصدر نفسه )xxi( ُينظر تهذيب اللغة: األزهري : 121/14، مادة دال )xxii( المصدر نفسه:122/14 ، مادة دال )xxiii( الصحاح : الجوهري : 6/ 2339، مادة دلو )xxiv( تفسير الثعلبي: 224/4 )xxv( غريب الحديث : ابن قتيبة: 2/ 182 )xxvi( ُينظر المصدر نفسه: ابن قتيبة: 183/2 )xxvii( ُينظر غريب الحديث : ابن الجوزي : 347/1 )xxviii( ُينظر مجمل اللغة : ابن فارس : 332/1 )xxix( ُينظر معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الزّجاج: 30/2 ، و الغريبين: أبو عبيد الهروي : 4/ 1292 ، مادة عضل )xxx( ديوان ليلى األخيلية: 121 )xxxi( مقاييس اللغة : ابن فارس: 345/4 ، مادة عضل )xxxii( معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الّزّجاج: 311/1 )xxxiii( المخصص :ابن سيدة: 321/2 )xxxiv( تفسير الراغب األصفهاني: 1/ 478 )xxxv( ُينظر المحرر الوجيز : ابن عطية: 310/1 )xxxvi( ُينظر تفسير الطبري : 24/5 )xxxvii( ديوان ذي الرمة شرح أبي نصر الباهلي رواية ثعلب: 1534/3 )xxxviii( ُينظر مقاييس اللغة : ابن فارس: 345/4 ، مادة عضل ، و عمدة الحفاظ: السمين الحلبي، 91/3 )xxxix( الغريبين: أبو عبيد الهروي : 4/ 1292 ، مادة عضل )xl( ّينظر الدر المصون : السمين الحلبي: 460/2 )xli( معاني القرآن: النحاس: 214/1 )xlii( ديوان الَحاْرث ْبن حّلزة: 24 )xliii( مقاييس اللغة: ابن فارس، 4/ 419 ، مادة َغَروَ )xliv( معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الزّجاج: 161/2 )xlv( الغريبين : أبو عبيد الهروي : 1372/4 ، مادة غرا american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org )xlvi( يُ نظر الدر المصون : السمين الحلبي: 227/4 )xlvii( الغريبين : أبو عبيد الهروي : 1372/4 ، مادة غرا )xlviii( ُينظر أساس البالغة: الزمخشري : 121/2 )xlix( ُينظر المجموع المغيث في غريبي القرآن والحديث: أبو موسى األصبهاني: 13/3 ، مادة كتب )l( ُينظر الغريبين: أبو عبيد الهروي : 1614/5 ، مادة كتب )li( مقاييس اللغة : ابن فارس: 5/ 158 ، مادة كتب )lii( معاني القرآن وإعرابه : الّزّجاج: 374/1 )liii( العين : الخليل : 5/ 341 )liv( ُينظر مجمل اللغة: ابن فارس: 778/1، مادة كتب )lv( ديوان ذي الرمة شرح أبي نصر الباهلي رواية ثعلب: 11/1 )lvi( ديوان الطرماح: 98 )lvii( ُينظر العين: الخليل، 3/ 147 ، و جمهرة اللغة: ابن دريد: 532/1 ، مادة سفح )lviii( صحيح الجامع الصغير وزياداته: األلباني: 1/ 613 )lix( ُينظر النهاية في غريب الحديث واألثر: ابن االثير: 371/2 ، مادة سفح )lx( مقاييس اللغة : ابن فارس: 3/ 81 ، مادة سفح )lxi( معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الزجاج : 38/2 )lxii( ُينظر البحر المحيط : أبو حيان األندلسي: 554/3 ، و تفسير أبي السعود: 165/2 )lxiii( ُينظر تفسير القاسمي: 71/3 )lxiv( ُينظر تفسير ابن عطية: 2/ 36 )lxv( ُينظر معجم الفروق اللغوية: أبو هالل العسكري : 279/1 )lxvi( ُينظر العين: الخليل: 2/ 72 ، مادة عنت ، و جمهرة اللغة: ابن دريد: 403/1 ، مادة عنت ، و تحفة األريب: أبو حيان األندلسي: ، مادة عنت 4/1333 :الغريبين: أبو عبيد الهروي و ، 219 )lxvii( ديوان الطرماح: 124 )lxviii( مقاييس اللغة: ابن فارس: 4/ 150 ، مادة عنت )lxix( في االصل َغنوْت )lxx( معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الّزّجاج: 295/1 )lxxi( في األصل مرق )lxxii(معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الّزّجاج: 462/1 )lxxiii( الكشاف : الزمخشري 406/1 )lxxiv( الدر المصون : السمين الحلبي: 658/3 )lxxv(ُينظر تفسير القرآن العزيز : ابن أبي زمنين: 362/1 ، و التفسير القرآني للقرآن : عبد الكريم يونس الخطيب :926/6 )lxxvi( ُينظر البحر المحيط : أبو حيان األندلسي: 599/3 )lxxvii( ُينظر الزاهر في غريب ألفاظ الشافعي: األزهري : 206 )lxxviii( ُينظر الدر المنثور :جالل ال دين السيوطي: 333/4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org )lxxix(ُينظر فتح البيان في مقاصد القرآن : محمد صديق خان: 431/5 )lxxx( ُينظر معاني القرآن: األخفش: 231/1 ، و الهداية إلى بلوغ النهاية: مكي بن أبي طالب: 2/ 1106 )lxxxi( ُينظر الحجة في القراءات السبع: ابن خالويه: 1/ 332 )lxxxii( ُينظر معاني القر آن وإعرابه: الزّجاج: 48/5 )lxxxiii( ديوان امرؤ القيس: 99 )lxxxiv( صحيح مسلم: 4/ 2256 )lxxxv( المصدر نفسه: 2265/4 )lxxxvi( ي نظر تهذيب اللغة: األزهري : 160/9 ، مادة نقب )lxxxvii( مقاييس اللغة : ابن فارس: 5/ 465 ، مادة نقب )lxxxviii( معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الّزّجاج: 157/2ـــ159 )lxxxix( ُينظر التفسير القرآني للقرآن : عبد الكريم يونس الخطيب: 696/8 )xc( ُينظر تفسير أبي السعود: 14/3 )xci( تهذيب اللغة : األزهري : 159/9، مادة نقب )xcii( ُينظر فتح الرحمن في تفسير القرآن :مجير الدين بن محمد العليمي المقدسي الحنبلي: 263/2 )xciii(ُينظر تفسير السمعاني: 20/2 )xciv( ُينظر النهاية في غريب الحديث واألثر: ابن األثير: 171/3 ، مادة َعَبَر ، و لسان العرب: ابن منظور: 532/4 ، مادة عبر )xcv( ديوان امرؤ القيس: 9 )xcvi( ديوان الطرماح: 234/1 )xcvii( مقاييس اللغة :ابن فارس: 4/ 207، مادة َعَبر )xcviii( معاني القرآن وإعرابه: الّزّجاج: 112/3 )xcix( البحر المحيط أبو حيان األندلسي : 6/ 281 )c( أنشده المبرد ألحدهم ولم أعثر على قائله، ُينظر الكامل في اللغة واألدب: المبرد: 2/ 38 ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: : والمناقشة النتائج : هيَ الدراسةُ إليها توصلت التي النتائج أهمّ من بمؤانستها اللفظة جمال لتحقيق إم ا القرآنُ ُيريدها مقصودة تغيرات هي األلفاظ دالالت في التغيرات أكثرُ ( 1 نفس في المعنى تبُلغ لتحقيق أو األسلوبي والجمالُ النظمي اإلعجازُ ذلكَ عن فينتجُ لذواتها؛ ومقارنتها لجاراتها، واإلعجازُ البالغي البيان عنهما فينتجُ ؛(بكتابه أعلمُ وللا ) عندي الراجحُ وهو معا، األثنين أو وبيانه ، الُمتلقي االسلوبي والجمالُ النظمي ر يعني ال( 2 األلفاظُ تطّورت فمهما ، المرجعية أو األصلية الداللة من المطلق االنفكاك لأللفاظ الداللي التطو الذي باألصل ، ما عالقة أو صلة هنالك تكونَ أن ُبد فال ؛ أخرى مجاالت إلى الوضعي الداللي مجالها من . الُمعجمية المرجعية الداللة أو منهُ تطورت american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org الكريمُ القرآنُ يريُده الداللة في تغير هو الكريم ؛ القرآن ألفاظ في الداللي الّتطّورَ أن أيضا البحث نتائج ومن( 3 لتحقيق وايضا للكلمة، والصوتية اللفظية الداللة مستوى على البالغي البيان لتحقيق بل الحاجة بسبب ليس اللغات في المهمة التطّور أسباب من الحاجةُ كانت وإن النظم ، داخلَ اللفظة بتآلف يتمثلُ الذي االسلوبي الجمال وسياقات وأساليب ؛بألفاظ يريُده الذي المعنى ُيبلغُ الكريمَ القرآنَ أنّ فنجدُ بمفرداتها ثرية العربية اللغةَ لكن البشرية (95: األنعام")َيْفَقُهونَ َلَعل ُهمْ اْْلَيات ُنَصرّ فُ َكْيفَ اْنُظرْ : "تعالى قال اإلعجاز، أسرار من سر ذلك وفي مختلفة، اج وإعراب ه القرآن معاني كتاب في هذا بحثي خالل من( 4 القدماء اللغة علماءَ أنّ لي توضحَ ، له واستقرائي للز ج ر بظاهرة عارفين كانوا في الّزّجاجُ فهذا. اليومَ نعرفهُ الذي باسم ه ُيسموه َلمْ وإن بأعراضه؛ واعين ، الداللي التطو رُ أصابه الذي اللفظ على يقفُ عنَدما ؛ إليه ُيلمحُ الذكر آنف كتابه الداللي؛ أصل ه تبيين في فيشرعُ الداللي، التطو كذا، اللغة في وأصله كذا، اللغة وفي كذا، من واشتقاقه كذا، من اللغة في كذا وأصلُ ، كذا وأصُله: مثال فيقولُ . الكريمة اْلية في الُمستعمل الجديد المعنى تبيين في يشرعُ ُثم إلخ،...كذا اللغة في ومعناه :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: : الخاتمة : باْلتي أوصيَ أن من القلمَ أضعَ أن قبل لي ُبد ال 1) رَ إنّ دالالت لتغير المهمة الطرق من ؛(االستعارة)المشابهة لعالقة المجاز طريق عن الداللي التطو ، بوجه الكريم القرآن وفي عام بوجه العربية اللغة في األلفاظ األلفاظ إلحصاء دراسة هناكَ تكونُ لو فحبذا خاص رة اللفظ استعمال من الناتجة والبالغية البيانية اللمسات بيان مع الكريم القرآن في االستعارة طريق عن المتطوّ ر . النّص في وتوظيفه المتطوّ 2) في منه لإلفادة وذلك فارس؛ البن اللغة مقاييُس هو بحثي في عليها اعتمدتُ التي المهمة المعجمات من ها يذكرُ أّنه فوجدتُ للفظ الوضعية الداللة تبيين ها يذُكرَ أن األمُر؛ به ووصلَ داللي، أصل من أكثرَ لبعض لبعض في) الواحد للجذر المتعددة الداللية األصول إلرجاع داللية دراسة هنالكَ تكونُ لو فحبذا ، داللية أصول أربعةَ ، أصل إلى( اللغة مقاييس معجم األصولُ ترجعَ أن المؤكد فمنَ ، لها الداللي التطّور أشكال تبيين معَ واحد ؛ أصل إلى الواحد للجذر المتعددة .الزمن عبرَ تطو ر والباقي ، حكيم الواضعَ ألن واحد والمراجع المصادر 1 عيون باسل محمد: تح ،(هـ538: المتوفى) للا جار الزمخشري أحمد، بن عمرو بن محمود القاسم أبو: البالغة أساس . م 1998 هـ 1419 ،1لبنان،ط – بيروت العلمية، الكتب دار السود، 2 . م 2001 هـ 1422 1ط بيروت، العلمية، الكتب دار هنداوي، الحميد عبد: تح الجرجاني، القاهر عبد: البالغة أسرار 3 . هـ 1420 ط،.د بيروت، – الفكر دار جميل، محمد صدقي: تح ، حيان أبو: المحيط البحر 4 . م 1987 1بيروت،ط – للماليين العلم دار ، بعلبك منير رمزي : تح دريد، ابن: اللغة جمهرة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 5 .ت.د ط،. د الهداية، دار المحققين، من مجموعة: تح ، الزبيدي: العروس تاج 6 م 1983 هـ1403 ـ 1ط اإلسالمي، المكتب المجذوب، سمير: تح ، األندلسي حيان أبو: األريب تحفة 7 العربي، التراث إحياء دار الساعدي، نظير األستاذ: وتدقيق مراجعة عاشور، بن محمد أبي اإلمام: تح الثعلبي، تفسير . م 2002 هـ ،1422 1ط لبنان، – بيروت 8 كلية بسيوني، العزيز عبد محمد. د: ودراسة تحقيق والبقرة، الفاتحة وتفسير المقدمة: 1 جزء ، األصفهاني الراغب تفسير . م1999 هـ 1420 1ط طنطا، جامعة اْلداب 9 . م 2000 هـ 1420 ـ 1ط الرسالة، مؤسسة شاكر، محمد أحمد الطبري، تفسير 10 . هـ 1418 1ط بيروت، – العلمية الكتب دار السود، عيون باسل محمد: تح ، القاسمي تفسير 11 الحديثة الفاروق الكنز، مصطفى بن محمد عكاشة بن حسين للا عبد أبو: تح ، زمنين أبي ابن: العزيز القرآن تفسير . م2002 هـ 1423 ـ1ط القاهرة، /مصر 12 . ت.د ط.د ، القاهرة العربي الفكر ،دار الخطيب يونس الكريم عبد: للقرآن القرآني التفسير 13 . م2001 1ط بيروت، – العربي التراث إحياء دار مرعب، عوض محمد: تح ، األزهري : اللغة تهذيب 14 . م1987 1ط بيروت، – للماليين العلم دار بعلبكي، منير رمزي : تح ، دريد ابن: اللغة جمهرة 15 . دت دط دمشق، القلم، دار ، الخراط محمد أحمد: تح ، الحلبي السمين: المصون الدر 16 . دت دط بيروت، – الفكر دار ، السيوطي الدين جالل: المنثور الدر 17 هـ 1411) بيروت 1ط العربي، الكتاب دار يعقوب، بديع اميل الدكتور: وشرحه وحققه جمعه حّلزة، ْبن الَحاْرث ديوان (. م 1991 18 . م 1994 هـ 1414 2ط لبنان، – بيروت العربي الشرق دار الطرماح، ديوان 19 هـ 1407) 1ط لبنان، – بيروت العلمية الكتب دار فاعور، علي األستاذ: له وقّدم وضبطه شرحه الفرزدق، ديوان (. م1987 20 . ت د 5ط القاهرة، المعارف، دار إبراهيم، الفضل أبو محمد: تح القيس، امرؤ ديوان 21 هـ 1402 ،1ط جدة، اإليمان مؤسسة صالح، أبو القدوس عبد ثعلب، رواية الباهلي نصر أبي شرح الرمة ذي ديوان . م 9821 22 الثقافة مديرية واإلرشاد الثقافة وزارة العطية، وجليل العطية إبراهيم خليل: وتحقيقه بجمعه عني األخيلية، ليلى ديوان . ت د ط د العراق، العامة، 23 . دت دط بيروت، – الرسالة ،مؤسسة الضامن صالح حاتم: تح األنباري، بكر أبو: الناس كلمات معاني في الزاهر 24 المدرس عوض عطوة وإبراهيم( 3 جـ) الباقي عبد فؤاد ومحمد( 2 ،1 جـ) شاكر محمد أحمد: وتعليق ،تحقيق الترمذي سنن . م1975 هـ 1395 2ط مصر، – الحلبي البابي مصطفى ومطبعة مكتبة شركة ،(5 ،4 جـ) الشريف األزهر في 25 . م 1987 هـ 1407 ـ 4ط بيروت، – للماليين العلم دار عطار، الغفور عبد أحمد: تح الجوهري،: الصحاح 26 فؤاد محمد ترقيم بإضافة السلطانية عن مصورة) النجاة طوق دار الناصر، ناصر بن زهير محمد: تح البخاري، صحيح . هـ1422 ـ 1ط ، (الباقي عبد 27 . ت د ط، د اإلسالمي، المكتب ، (هـ1420: المتوفى) األلباني: وزياداته الصغير الجامع صحيح 28 .بيروت – العربي التراث إحياء دار الباقي، عبد فؤاد محمد: تح مسلم، صحيح american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org 29 . دت ط.د الهالل، ومكتبة دار السامرائي، إبراهيم د المخزومي، مهدي د : تح الخليل، العين، 30 هـ 1419 ،1ط لبنان، – بيروت العلمية، الكتب دار السود، عيون باسل محمد: تح ، الزمخشري : البالغة أساس . م1998 31 . 1ط بغداد، العاني مطبعة الجبوري، للا عبد. د: تح ، قتيبة ابن: الحديث غريب 32 ،1ط لبنان، – بيروت العلمية الكتب دار القلعجي، أمين المعطي عبد الدكتور: تح ، الجوزي ابن: الحديث غريب . م 1985 1405 33 الباز مصطفى نزار مكتبة حجاز، فتحي. د . أ: وراجعه له قدم المزيدي، فريد أحمد: ودراسة تحقيق ، الهروي : الغريبين . م 1999 هـ 1419 ـ 1ط السعودية، العربية المملكة 34 األنَصاري، إبراهيم بن للا َعبد العلم خادم : وراجعه له وقّدم بطبعه ،عني خان صديق محمد: القرآن مقاصد في البيان فتح . م 1992 هـ 1412 ـ ط . د َبيروت، – َصيَدا والّنْشر، للطَباعة العصري ة الَمكتبة 35 طالب الدين نور: تح ،( هـ 927: المتوفى) الحنبلي المقدسي العليمي محمد بن الدين مجير: القرآن تفسير في الرحمن فتح . ت د ط، د النوادر، دار ، 36 . د ط. د مصر، – القاهرة والتوزيع، للنشر والثقافة العلم دار سليم، إبراهيم محمد: تح العسكري، هالل أبو: اللغوية الفروق .ت 37 . م1997 هـ 1417 3ط القاهرة، – العربي الفكر دار إبراهيم، الفضل أبو محمد: تح المبرد،: واالدب اللغة في الكامل 38 . هـ 1414 3ط بيروت، – صادر دار ، منظور ابن: العرب لسان 39 هـ 1406 ،2ط بيروت، – الرسالة مؤسسة سلطان، المحسن عبد زهير: وتحقيق دراسة فارس،، ابن: اللغة مجمل . م1986 40 مركز القرى، أم جامعة ، العزباوي الكريم عبد: تح ، األصبهاني موسى أبو: والحديث القرآن غريبي في المغيث المجموع والتوزيع، والنشر للطباعة المدني دار المكرمة، مكة اإلسالمية والدراسات الشريعة كلية اإلسالمي، التراث وإحياء العلمي البحث (. م 1988 هـ 1408) 3 ،2 جـ ،(م 1986 هـ 1406) 1 جـ 1ط السعودية، العربية المملكة جدة 41 3/244 هـ 1422 1بيروت،ط – العلمية الكتب دار محمد، الشافي عبد السالم عبد: تح ، عطية ابن: الوجيز المحرر . دت 2ط ، والنشر للطباعة األسوة ،دار ُمكرم سالم العال عبد د عمرـ مختار أحمد د: القرآنية القراءات ومعجم ، 42 هـ 1421 ،1ط بيروت، – العلمية الكتب دار هنداوي، الحميد عبد: تح ،[هـ458: ت] سيده ابن: األعظم والمحيط المحكم . م 2000 43 . م1996 هـ1417 ،1ط بيروت، – العربي التراث إحياء دار جفال، إبراهم خليل : تح سيدة، ابن : المخصص 44 . م1990 هـ 1411 ـ 1ط القاهرة الخانجي، مكتبة قراعة، محمود هدى الدكتورة األخفش،: الفرآن معاني 45 اج،: وإعرابه القرآن معاني . م 1988 ـ هـ 1408 ،1ط بيروت، ـ الكتب عالم شلبي، عبده الجليل عبد. د: وتحقيق شرح الز ج 46 لجماعة التابعة اإلسالمي النشر مؤسسة بيات، للا بيت الشيخ: تح العسكري، هالل أبو: المؤلف اللغوية، الفروق معجم . هـ1412 1ط «قم» بـ المدرسين 47 صفوان: تح ، (هـ502: المتوفى) األصفهانى بالراغب المعروف محمد بن الحسين القاسم أبو: القرآن غريب في المفردات . هـ 1412 1ط بيروت، دمشق الشامية الدار القلم، دار الداودي، عدنان 48 . م1979 هـ1399ط، د الفكر، دار هارون، محمد السالم عبد: تح فارس، ابن : اللغة مقاييس american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 19 december, 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 49 محمد محمود الزاوى أحمد طاهر: ،تح األثير ابن السعادات أبو الدين مجد: واألثر الحديث غريب في النهاية . م1979 هـ1399 ط.د بيروت، العلمية المكتبة الطناحي، 50 العلمي والبحث العليا الدراسات بكلية جامعية رسائل مجموعة : تح طالب، أبي بن مكي: النهاية بلوغ إلى الهداية اإلسالمية والدراسات الشريعة كلية والسنة الكتاب بحوث مجموعة: الناشر البوشيخي، الشاهد: د. أ بإشراف الشارقة، جامعة . م 2008 هـ 1429 ـ 1ط الشارقة، جامعة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org situation of preschool educational institutions in the new uzbekistan period norbotayeva gozal abdigafirovna kareei researcher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the state of school educational institutions in the era of new uzbekistan. the author, relying on scientific data, studied and analyzed the specific aspects of the state of school educational institutions in the period of new uzbekistan based on available literature. new uzbekistan, preschool education, institution, legal basis, material and technical base. introduction reforms carried out in the school education system in the years of independence can be conditionally divided into two. the first step is the era of i. karimov, who ruled the country from 1991 to 2016, and the second step is the era of sh. mirziyoyev, who was officially elected as the president from 2017. on the eve of independence, about 10,000 preschool educational institutions were operating in the republic. from the first years of independence to 2016, their number has been steadily decreasing. by 2016, their number has halved. during these years, it can be said that the government has experienced a kind of transitional period. the lack of jobs and economic instability hindered the development of this industry. despite the measures taken by the government, due to objective and subjective reasons, the development of the field of preschool education began to slow down. that is why sh.mirziyoyev paid attention to the fundamental improvement of the activities of kindergartens in the first days of his election. sh.m. mirziyoyev, the president of the republic of uzbekistan, said: "the first task is in the field of school education, we must admit that we have neglected the work in this important field"[1]. main part in fact, the shortcomings in this area were just widening. when reforming any sector, first of all, it requires the formation of a legal framework. for this reason, sh. mirziyoyev paid attention to this in the first moments of coming to the state administration. in recent years, about 100 high-level normative legal documents have been adopted to eliminate accumulated problems in this field and to adapt them to world standards. one of the first documents in this field was the resolution of the resident of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 29, 2016 "on measures to further improve the school education system in 2017-2021" no. rq-2707[2]. the purpose of this decision was to further strengthen the school education system, to provide material and technical means, to provide them with qualified educational staff, to increase the coverage of children and to raise them intellectually. with this decision, the program for the development of the school education system until 2021 was also american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org approved. it is known that if a child acquires basic education by heart before entering school, it will be easier and more effective for him to learn further education. the scope of coverage with kindergartens was real and it was impossible to achieve it immediately. for this reason, instructions were also given in this decision on the organization of short-term training groups. according to it, it was decided to establish 6100 short-term training groups. the source of funds for the implementation of the program was determined. this document served as a starting point for the fundamental improvement of the field of school education. the order of the ministry of public education of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 17, 2017 "on approval of state requirements for school education" (the document became invalid on july 3, 2018) was aimed at the implementation of the above decision. this order specifies state requirements consisting of 9 annexes. in particular, these include the indicators of fulfillment of the state requirements for children under 2 years of age, the periodicity of training in maktabgasha educational institutions, and the periodicity of training in short-term groups [3]. results and discussions by working in short-term groups, it was possible to efficiently use the capacity of the institution. for example, in the karshi district of the kashkadarya region, the first kindergarten was reconstructed based on the experience of south korea. 3 billion 129 million soums were spent on reconstruction, and this institution, which has not been renovated since its foundation in 1953, was rebuilt from the existing 70 beds to 130 beds. with a capacity of 130 people, conditions have been created to cover 200 children at the expense of short-term groups[4]. another document aimed at the implementation of this decision was directed to be implemented by the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan. this was the decision no. 528 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 19, 2017 "on improving the activities of school educational institutions" (the decision lost its force on may 5, 2021)[5]. with this decision, the ministry of public education was instructed to develop a model state unit and charter of pre-school educational institutions. in the decision, the main direction is focused on specialized educational institutions, in which it was noted that the state unit of a defectologist will be introduced, and the monthly salary of the head and editor of such institutions, as well as medical staff will be paid a 100 percent increase. the actions taken did not allow to completely eliminate the problems in the system. the management system of school education, the system of public-private partnership has not been introduced, the imbalance of the capacity of school education institutions with the growth of the population, the inadequacy of teaching-methodical, educational and similar tools to the needs of the times, the current situation in personnel training and professional development institutions does not allow the supply of experts at the level of demand. the system did not fully develop due to the inability of qualified personnel to move to other areas due to the fact that the monthly salaries paid in the system are correct, deficiencies in the health care sector and other reasons. in order to eliminate these shortcomings, the resolution of the resident of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 9, 2017 "on measures to fundamentally improve the school education system" no. rq-3261 was approved [6]. with this decision, it was decided to establish a new form of school educational institutions in large cities as an experiment. the institutions of the new form were based on the conditions of public-private partnership, which was a unique innovation. a commission consisting of high-level officials and heads of organizations (25 people) was launched to critically american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org study the maktabgasha education system and develop proposals for its further improvement. a roadmap consisting of two directions and 15 points was also approved. despite the large-scale reforms carried out by the government, by 2017, the number of school-based educational institutions that existed in the early days of independence has halved. and the coverage could not rise above 30 percent. in this way, the resolution of the resident of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 30, 2017 "on the organization of the activities of the ministry of education of the republic of uzbekistan maktabgasha" no. rq-3305 (the document became invalid on may 31, 2023) was adopted[7]. based on this decision, the ministry, its departments in tashkent city and regions, and departments in districts were established. this ministry operated from 2017 to 2023. further activities of the ministry were strengthened by the decree of the resident of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 30, 2017 "on measures to fundamentally improve the management of the school education system" no. rf-5198. agrerrina shin, director of the tashkent vocational college of information technologies, was appointed to this ministry[8]. later, by the decree of the resident of the republic of uzbekistan no. rf-79[9] of may 26, 2023, it was merged with the ministry of public education in the form of the ministry of school and school education. it is considered impossible to meet the growing demand only through state-owned educational institutions. for this reason, the state paid attention to all-round support of the activities of private kindergartens, giving them various benefits and thereby increasing their number. resolution no. 991 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 18, 2017 "on strengthening the material and technical base of the ministry of education of the republic of uzbekistan and institutions in its system and supporting the activities of the non-governmental maktabgasha educational organization" was issued with these goals in mind [9]. according to the decision, from july 1, 2021, 50% of the electricity and natural gas used by schools and educational institutions operating under the terms of the ppp will be reimbursed by the state. with this decision, the regulation on the procedure for paying monthly commissions from the state budget of the republic of uzbekistan for electricity and natural gas services used by non-state school educational organizations is approved. according to the regulation, compensation is paid not only for electricity and natural gas, but also for substitute products when they are not available. conclusion in conclusion, it can be said that positive situations have been observed since 2017 following the efforts of integration into the modern education system. this was observed in all directions and forms of school education. new entrants and educational methods have entered the field. as mentioned above, the development of the field of school education has been proven to be effective only with comprehensive measures. it should be noted that, despite the volume of the work carried out and the increase of allocated funds, this system lags behind the growing demand of the population. kashkadarya region, which has fallen to the lowest place in the republic, is therefore considered appropriate to develop and implement special measures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. critical analysis, strict discipline and personal responsibility should be the daily rules of every leader's activity. t.: uzbekistan, 2017. p. 45. 2. decision pq-2707 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 29, 2016 "on measures to further improve the preschool education system in 2017-2021". https://lex.uz/docs/3090103 3. order of the ministry of public education of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 17, 2017 "on approval of state requirements for preschool education". 4. in kashkadarya, the first kindergarten, renovated on the basis of the korean model, was commissioned. https://daryo.uz 5. resolution no. 528 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 19, 2017 "on improving the activities of preschool educational institutions". https://lex.uz/docs/3279597 6. decision pq-3261 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 9, 2017 "on measures to radically improve the preschool education system". https://lex.uz/docs/3334234 7. decision pq-3305 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 30, 2017 "on the organization of the activities of the ministry of preschool education of the republic of uzbekistan". https://lex.uz/docs/3362881 8.the ministry of preschool education is headed by agrippina shin https://www.gazeta.uz/ru/2017/10/20/preschool-education 9. decree no. pf-79 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated may 26, 2023 "on measures to effectively organize the activities of the ministry of preschool and school education and organizations within its system." https://lex.uz/ru/docs/6476175?query=2017 10. resolution no. 991 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 18, 2017. https://lex.uz/docs/3462629. https://lex.uz/docs/3362881 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 28, | september 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the brainstorming strategy and its impact on the development of students' higher-order thinking skills from the teachers' point of view shaima akram najeeb jakmakji al kansaa preparatory school for girls shaemach78@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study aimed to identify the impact of the brainstorming strategy on developing higher-order thinking skills (analysis, synthesis, evaluation) in light of some demographic and functional variables for teachers, by following the descriptive and analytical approach, and distributing the questionnaire tool to a random sample of (106) individuals. the study reached a set of results, the most important of which are: the presence of statistically significant differences in estimating the effect of the brainstorming strategy in developing higher-order thinking skills (analysis, synthesis, evaluation) among students from the teachers’ point of view due to the gender variable, as these differences were in favor of the analysis and synthesis skills. . there are statistically significant differences in estimating the effect of the brainstorming strategy in developing higher-order thinking skills (analysis, synthesis, evaluation) among students from the teachers’ point of view, attributed to the scientific specialization variable (educational subject), in favor of the synthesis skill. there are statistically significant differences in estimating the effect of the brainstorming strategy in developing higher-order thinking skills (analysis, synthesis, evaluation) among students from the point of view of teachers, attributed to the educational stage variable in favor of the evaluation skill. the study also found that there were statistically significant differences in estimating the effect of the brainstorming strategy in developing higher-order thinking skills (analysis, synthesis, evaluation) among students from the teachers’ point of view, attributed to the scientific specialization variable (educational subject), in favor of the evaluation skill. the study recommended the need to develop teaching programs aimed at developing higher-order thinking skills using other educational strategies and activities (classroom and nonclassroom), and linking this in a practical way to homework and assignments. the brainstorming strategy, higherorder thinking skills, analysis, synthesis, evaluation introduction despite the evolution of teaching methods and methods, traditional teaching methods based on indoctrination persist, especially as traditional methods have proved inappropriate, as they make pupils mainly dependent on hearing and preservation, do not help them develop their intellectual and intellectual abilities, and do not lead them to practice thought, research, survey, analysis, conclusion american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org and creativity. (al-khawalda, 2015), among modern teaching methods is the brainstorming strategy, which is also called (brainstorming) (thinking) and (thinking). this strategy is one of the most important modern methods of teaching, allowing teachers to monitor and track ideas and their evolution in the minds of pupils. it also gives them a clear idea of pupils' attitudes in addressing problems and ways of thinking about disparate attitudes (lutfah, 2019). because thinking is the crown of mental abilities and practices, educational predecessors and theories tended to emphasize the need for the development of new teaching methods commensurate with knowledge requirements in the twenty-first century, as the fundamental basis for all mental and intellectual practices that enable learners to confront problems and devise solutions, treatments and optimal decision-making in various areas and aspects of life (arar, 2021). given this, the teaching of thinking has become a pivotal trend in contemporary pedagogical thinking, in that many studies have demonstrated that thinking enables the individual to adapt to persistent variables in life, and therefore the mission of educational institutions should be to directly develop and develop pupils' thinking skills as a basis for developing their cognitive and performance abilities. (attiya, 2015, 48), and therefore, thinking skills were categorized into several levels, as led to the emergence of a concept (hots) (hassan and mohammed, 2020, 76), which refers to a range of higher mental thinking skills, which are concerned with how learning occurs, and the ability to bring about the needed change in pupils' experiences of acquiring interconnected knowledge, leveraging them to solve problems and devise new solutions and ideas to address them (shafei, 2021, 37). search problem: with a growing interest in developing pupils' higher thinking skills at various levels and grades (mahmoud, 2021), the results of many studies still indicate a poor level of performance of pupils related to these skills (al-gubawei, 2017), which is attributable to the dependence of most teachers on traditional teaching methods and methods (al-khawalda, 2015) (arar, 2021), because the development of pupils' higher thinking skills essentially requires attention to teaching methods and methods used by teachers, in that their activities should be geared towards modern methods. (hassan and mohammed, 2020), foremost among which is the brainstorming strategy, which is one of the most common and used active education strategies, given its effectiveness in developing various thinking skills and raising the level of educational achievement of pupils (al-kasab, 2013) (murad, 2016). the problem with research is the need to recognize the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of students' higher thinking skills from the point of view of teachers, so that they can be formulated and expressed by the following question: are there differences in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to variables (sex, scientific specialization (teaching subject), educational level, years of experience)? research objectives: the main objective of the research is to identify the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students by exploring the extent to which there are differences in the assessment of this impact among teachers due to a range of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org variables, namely: (sex, scientific specialization (educational subject), educational level, and years of experience). the importance of research: the importance of this research in theory stems from the fact that it combines two variables that are crucial to contemporary educational thinking and modern educational processes (brainstorming strategy, higher thinking skills). the first represents modern teaching methods, while the second represents a pivotal trend in education, a trend (thinking education). in practice, research is important in that it seeks to uncover the nature of the relationship between the brainstorming strategy and the development of higher thinking skills from the teacher's point of view. the researcher had access to only one previous study that combined these two variables this research opens the way to contribute to the development of the educational process and its outputs in iraq. research hypotheses: 1there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the gender variable. 2there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the variable scientific specialization (teaching material). 3there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the educational phase variable. 4there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view due to the variable years of experience. search limits: objective limits: research was limited to the impact of the brainstorming strategy on developing students' higher thinking skills from the point of view of teachers. spatial boundaries: research was conducted in nineveh, mosul governorate, iraq. time limits: school year 2022-2033. second research theoretical framework and previous studies the theoretical relationship between research variables (brainstorming strategy, higher thinking skills) can be clarified by articulating their respective concepts, their importance in the educational process, and their respective teacher's role in two pillars, as follows: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org first: theoretical framework: first: brainstorming strategy: the brainstorming strategy is one of the most important strategies within the philosophy and theory of active learning, which depends on allowing learners to participate actively in teaching activities within the classroom, by dividing them into small groups, enabling them to play different roles, work diverse projects, ask questions, all under the supervision of the teacher 347 2016). definition of brainstorming strategy: brainstorming is defined as a method of collective thinking which aims to produce and generate diverse and diverse ideas, through the participation of all members of the group in thinking to solve a particular problem approach, especially when it is difficult to solve for everyone alone, and in another way it is used to stimulate the thinking of a group of pupils to solve a problem that leads to directed behaviour by identifying all ideas put forward and unfamiliar, which can be unified and sentenced (bani fawaz, 2019, 235). brainstorming as an educational strategy is defined as a creative teaching method based on different thinking and mind abilities in order to produce and generate new ideas and opinions to solve and address a problem, in partnership with a limited group of individuals, and in an appropriate environment that helps to create and produce more ideas (abu al-rayat and nazirin, 2020, 133). the brainstorming strategy is also defined as an educational position aimed at generating the largest number of ideas in students, to solve and address a particular problem within a specified period of time, by giving them a wide space to participate effectively and freely (arar, 2021, 154). in procedural terms, this study's brainstorming strategy can be defined as actions and teaching steps that depend on motivating learners to participate in the collective thinking of a problem, thereby contributing to the development of their higher thinking skills. objectives and importance of the brainstorming strategy: the strategy of brainstorming essentially aims to transform the learner from a passive recipient to a positive participant and unlocking his potential by giving him freedom of thought and participation, enabling it to generate appropriate ideas to address a problem in a short time by developing thinking skills and learner's self-reliance in learning, to come up with new ideas, and this strategy also contributes to entrenching the values of respect for opinion and other opinion, promoting the values of exchange and leveraging the ideas of others, and stimulating the learner's motivation and motivation to produce creative ideas that represent solutions to specific problems (altaf, 2019, 24) (al-mu 'atisma and al khaleda, 2020, 441). therefore, the importance of the brainstorming strategy is that it is an effective strategy in developing different thinking skills. raising their motivation and creative abilities, and enhancing their activity and effectiveness during the teaching process, as they can be creative in generating their ideas, sharing them with others freely and without fear of criticism and ridicule, it also contributes to the development of scientific thinking skills in problems and access to appropriate solutions to them and the production of new and unfamiliar ideas, where the learner becomes more persistent and determined to face difficulties and failures and double the effort to reach high value ideas (arar, 2021, 153) (oqal, 2021, 44). the importance of the brainstorming strategy is that it drives and motivates the learner to activate his or her higher mental abilities (analysis, composition, evaluation), thereby developing these abilities american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org and transforming them into high skills that he or she uses in various educational and life situations (altaf, 2019, 23). principles for the implementation of the brainstorming strategy: the brainstorming strategy is based on a set of principles under which action should be taken in the implementation of this strategy, which can be summarized by three main principles as follows (luttaf, 2019, 28-30) (oqal, 2021, 37-38): 1the principle of freedom of thought; this principle is based on the fact that strange errors may give rise to better ideas in others, by unleashing the freedom of thought of all learners, removing limitations on their freedom, and enabling them to reach a state of mental relaxation, which enables them to unleash their intellectual abilities, and prompting them to produce and generate ideas in an unimpressive atmosphere of criticism and evaluation. 2the principle of building on others' ideas; by developing and emerging from others' ideas with new ideas, ideas are not exclusive to their owners, but can be initiated by any participant in generating other new ideas. 3the principle of deferral of evaluation; by making the assessment at the last stage, because criticism or evaluation of any idea at the previous stages will lose the learner's ability to follow up and distract from trying to get a better idea, due to fear of criticism and a sense of tension. stages and steps of the brainstorming strategy: the brainstorming strategy is implemented in several phases and steps, consisting of the following (lutef, 2019, 33-38) (oqal, 2021, 39-41): 1identifying and discussing the problem; it is based on prior planning of the problem. at this stage, the problem is carefully identified, analysed and disaggregated into its components and primary components, and thus presented to the learners and discussed with them in the light of the ideas put forward. 2reformulation of the problem; through the rethinking and formulation of questions to generate new ideas and solutions, the atmosphere is also being created for brainstorming. 3brainstorming; the solutions and ideas reached by learners during the brainstorming session are presented. 4selection and evaluation; at this stage, the best solutions and ideas presented are selected, evaluated and evaluated with a view to their development. second: higher-order thinking skills: the term higher thinking skills is a modern terminology based primarily on researchers' classification of levels of thinking, patterns and fields, and the consequences of a pattern of such thinking at each level. definition of higher thinking skills: the concept of higher thinking skills in some researchers refers to a set of skills that combine critical thinking skills with creative thinking skills. the commonalities between the two types are what are called higher thinking skills, which help the learner to manage his own thinking, and think logically and mentally about all things (ottoman et al., 2015, 201). others have defined it as a mental activity performed by an individual without being aware of all his actions and steps necessarily, but it requires high attention, and more thought and mental effort to find solutions american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org and remedies to the problems he faces (al-gubaiwi, 2017, 56). others identified it as a set of mental processes that a learner uses when learning, namely data collection and analysis, problem solving and prediction (hussein, 2019, 82). higher thinking skills are also defined as a set of mental processes that rely on observation and research while confronting a problem, by describing and explaining the problem, providing explanations, conclusions, analysing it to its elements, and identifying strengths and weaknesses to reach proposed solutions (shafei, 2021, 51). in another definition, it is a set of abilities that emerge through asking questions, solving problems, decision-making and creative thinking, which include: mental and logical processes, reflection and deep thinking, and the calendar of serial thinking (hussein, 2019, 82). the higher thinking skills of this research can be defined in procedural terms as a set of skills that enable the learner to think logically about the confrontation of topics and problems, and access to new ideas and treatments, namely: analytical skill, installation skill, and calendar skill. the importance of higher thinking skills: the importance of higher thinking skills in the benefits they bring to the learner, is to enable him to exercise the act of thinking reasonably and rationally, to acquire critical and creative thinking skills, which enable him to understand the world around him, and to develop his cognitive and mental abilities (al-gubawei, 2017, 58). higher thinking skills also contribute to increasing the level of educational attainment by developing its capabilities for understanding, perception, analysis, interpretation and logical connectivity, and increasing its motivation to access new ideas and creative and innovative solutions (shafei, 2021, 56). classification of higher thinking skills: there is no specific and standardized classification of higher thinking skills. there are several classifications, the most famous of which are bloom (bloom, 1967) (hussein, 2019, 91), which included three higher thinking skills, namely (shuri, 2023, 93): 1analysis skill; it is the learner's ability to analyze problems and subjects into their main components so that he or she can understand them. this skill requires the dismantling and fragmentation of ideas and the analysis of relationships between parts and components, and the disclosure of the main principles governing their relationship. 2synthesis; it is one of the skills that focuses on creativity and innovation, as it is the learner's ability to rebuild and rebuild elements and partial components of the subject or problem in a new way, requiring participation, exchange of ideas, planning and implementation management of actions. 3evaluation; it is the learner's ability to make a judgement on the value of the subject, based on specific criteria, and the learner can participate in the conclusion of those criteria based on what previous skills require. second: previous studies: the study (schori, 2023) aimed to recognize the impact of the use of brainstorming strategy in developing higher thinking skills (analysis-composition-assessment) and creative thinking (fluencyamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org flexibility-authenticity), and found the superiority of female pilot group students over female control group students in the post-post measurement of higher thinking skills (analysis-composition), with the exception of the experimental test (calendar). the study (shafei, 2021) also aimed to verify the effectiveness of an enrichment programme in the light of problem-based learning to develop higher thinking skills and scientific awareness in science in middle school pupils. the results demonstrated that the enrichment programme prepared in the light of problem-based learning is effective and has a significant impact on the development of higher thinking skills and scientific awareness in middle school pupils. while the study (arar, 2021) sought to reveal the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of critical thinking among female basic eighth graders in palestine, the results of the study showed a difference between the two groups attributable to the strategy of brainstorming in the development of critical thinking, and for the benefit of the experimental group. the study (mohammed, 2021) aimed to reveal the impact of using a proposed strategy based on brainstorming and problem-solving in the development of certain habits of mind, critical thinking skills in mathematics among fifth-grade primary students in fayoum governorate, and found statistically significant differences in favour of the experimental group in the remote application of both tools, and a statistically significant correlation of the type (strong expulsion) among the habits of mind and critical thinking skills in mathematics in pupils sample research (experimental group). the study (shaira, 2020) aimed to identify the effectiveness of the model of hands and minds in teaching science to develop the higher thinking skills of the first grade preparatory pupils, and found statistically significant differences between the average grades of the control and experimental pupils in the remote application of the higher thinking skills test for the students of the experimental group at the level of sub-skills, head and college degree of testing. a study (abu al-rayat and nadirin, 2020) found differences between the average grades of the pilot group students in tribal and postgraduate measurements to test the habits of the mind produced as a whole in favor of remote application, and to test the habits of the mind produced on each subtype in favor of remote application. the study (al-eismah and al-khaleda, 2020) showed that there are statistically significant differences in the test of creative thinking between experimental groups. a study (murad, 2016) found statistically significant differences between the average grades of the pilot group students and the control group in remote application for the benefit of the experimental group, improved scientific thinking skills and increased attainment of the scientific concepts of the pilot group students compared to the control group students in tribal dimension application. comment on previous studies: in the light of the previous presentation, only one study combined brainstorming strategy with higher thinking skills: (schori, 2023), while other studies concerned one variable associated with other variables, current research thus contributes to filling a knowledge gap in studying the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills, given the paucity of previous studies on the subject. third research: research methodology and procedures research curriculum: to achieve the research objectives, the researcher followed the analytical descriptive approach to describe the phenomenon studied and analyze it in all its dimensions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org society and sample research: the research community includes all teachers at various educational levels in nineveh, mosul governorate, iraq. the sample was selected in a simple random manner, taking into account the conditions for its representation and expression of all characteristics and features of the indigenous community in all quantitative and qualitative respects, with 106 individual members. search tool: the researcher chose to use the identification as a tool for obtaining data from her primary sources. the researcher developed an identification model, consisting of two sections: section i: personal data: (sex, scientific specialization (educational material), educational stage, years of experience). section ii: identification paragraphs: 24, divided into three themes: (analysis skill, installation skill, evaluation skill) and (8) paragraphs for each skill. the paragraphs have been drafted using theoretical data, and the researcher has benefited from the tools used in some previous studies: (woltup, 2019) (oqal, 2021). sincerity and consistency of study tool: to verify the truthfulness of the study tool, the researcher adopted the application of the ostensible honesty standard by presenting the identification to a group of arbitrators, to assess its suitability to recognize the impact of the brainstorming strategy in developing students' higher thinking skills from the point of view of teachers, and adjusting them to their observations until settling on their final version. the researcher also applied the questionnaire to a survey sample to verify its suitability, using both the pearson correlation coefficient to calculate internal consistency and constructive honesty, and the cronbach's alpha test to measure stability. the measurement results were as follows: table (1): test honesty and resolution stability axis pearson binding coefficient alpha cronbach coefficient first axis 0.593 0.905 second axis 0.641 0.813 third axis 0.798 0.923 the values shown in the previous table indicate that the standards of honesty and consistency in identification have been achieved to a high degree, which means that they are perfectly valid to measure the relationship between study variables, and to achieve the goals for which they are designed. search model: the research model consists of two variables: independent variable: brainstorming strategy subordinate variable: higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, calendar). in addition to variables related to the characteristics of the sample, which include: (sex, scientific specialization (educational subject), educational stage, years of experience). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org form (1): search form source: researcher's design statistical processing methods: in addition to calculating correlation transactions, for statistical data processing purposes using the spss programme, the researcher used a set of statistical methods: 1statistical descriptive methods: the values include arithmetic average and standard deviation, which reflect the grades and rank weights of each axis and paragraph of the axes and paragraphs of the resolution, according to the answers given by the members of the sample. 2test (t-test) for monocultural sample, for impact test. 3multiple regression analysis, to test research hypotheses. fourth research presentation and discussion of the study's findings after the collection and unloading of the preliminary data obtained from the responses of the sample individuals to the questions and paragraphs of the questionnaire, all the responses of the sample members were subject to statistical analysis, in accordance with the specific statistical methods. accordingly, this study was convened to present and discuss the results of the study, in three claims as follows: first, the demographic and functional characteristics of the sample study: this section consisted of four demographic and functional variables: (sex, scientific specialization (educational subject), educational level, and years of experience). the researcher adopted the calculation of percentages (differentials). consequently, the results are as shown in the following table: table (2): sample properties main variable sub variable number ratio % gender female 70 66.0 male 36 34.0 educational specialization religious sciences 6 5.7 arabic/languages 18 17.0 science 27 25.5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org (educational material) social 6 5.7 mathematics/engineering 15 14.2 other 34 32.1 level of schooling basic/primary 6 5.7 numerical (medium) 25 23.6 secondary 75 70.8 years of experience 1. 5 years 59 55.7 6. 10 years 10 9.4 11-15 years 13 12.3 more than 15 years 24 22.6 from the previous table, it appears that the sample study provided all the demographic and functional characteristics expressed in section i of the questionnaire. although these characteristics are expressed in varying proportions the sample has all the characteristics that make it suitable to represent its chosen community of origin, thus, in quantitative and qualitative terms, to achieve the study's objectives. second: presentation and discussion of test results (t-test): the t test serves to arrive at many qualitative and descriptive quantitative results, which contribute to the determination of the hierarchical (weight) scores obtained by each of the horizontal resolution paragraphs, and the overall score obtained by each of their axis at the vertical level, where the averages of calculations reflect those scores (weights) according to the quinquennial lectert scale. this test also serves to explore the extent to which there is an impact relationship between the independent variable (brainstorming strategy) and the subordinate variable (higher thinking skills), regardless of the impact of demographic and functional variables related to the sample's characteristics. the results of this test can be reviewed as follows: theme 1: the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the analytical skill: the following table shows the results of the t-test test: table (3): test results (t-test) for first axis m paragraph test value =0 tvalue free degree moral sig. average level of trust of difference 95% max min 1 analysis of topics and problems to their parts 61.143 105.0 0.00 4.047 3.92 4.18 2 ability to divide key ideas into sub-ideas 56.006 105.0 0.0 4.038 3.89 4.18 3 analysis of relations between parts and components 48.005 105.0 0.0 3.726 3.57 3.88 4 disclosure of the principles governing the relations between parts and components 47.034 105.0 0.0 3.717 3.56 3.87 5 representative measurement of topics and ideas 39.146 105.0 0.0 3.528 3.35 3.71 6 logical measurement and detection of missing introductions 47.143 105.0 0.0 3.67 3.52 3.82 7 inductive and deductive reasoning skill 49.392 105 0.0 3.67 3.52 3.82 8 analytical skill and overall reasoning 52.356 105 0.0 3.915 3.77 4.06 general average 50.028 105.000 0.000 3.789 3.638 3.940 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org t-test results on the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the analytical skill between a ceiling of 4.47 at paragraph (1), which states that there is a high positive impact of the brainstorming strategy in developing the skill of analysing subjects and problems to its parts, while the minimum (3.53) was at paragraph (5), a value that indicates a moderate positive impact of the brainstorming strategy in developing the skill of representative measurement on subjects and ideas, between these two boundaries came the averages values of the rest of the axis paragraphs, at the same time as all the values came (t) high and positive, as opposed to a moral value equal to zero, and below the level of indication (a ≤ 0.05). at the vertical level, the overall average value of all the axis's paragraphs (3.79), indicating a positive impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of analytical skills, was reached. theme 2: the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the installation skill table (4): test results (t-test) for the second axis m paragraph test value =0 t value free degree moral sig. average level of trust of difference 95% max min 1 ability to rebuild and install topics and ideas 52.029 105.0 0.0 4.057 3.9 4.21 2 discussions with others and exchange of ideas 58.572 105.0 0.0 4.208 4.07 4.35 3 planning and organization of procedures 51.714 105.0 0.0 3.981 3.83 4.13 4 access to creative new and innovative solutions to problems 52.376 105.0 0.0 4.113 3.96 4.27 5 abstract installation skill (abstract relationships) 39.231 105.0 0.0 3.623 3.44 3.81 6 sequential installation skill 49.69 105.0 0.0 3.651 3.51 3.8 7 analysis of characteristics and features 53.201 105 0.0 3.802 3.66 3.94 8 reconstruction and total installation 43.553 105 0.0 3.887 3.71 4.06 general average 50.046 105.000 0.000 3.915 3.760 4.071 the averages for the second axis paragraphs related to the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the installation skill in paragraph (2), which means that there is a high and positive impact of the brainstorming strategy in developing the skill for discussions and exchange of ideas, as opposed to the minimum value (3.62) at paragraph (5) and, therefore, indicates the impact of the average brainstorming strategy on the development of the abstract installation skill (abstract relationships), with high and positive values of (t), and moral for below level (a ≤ 0.05). the overall average value of all axis paragraphs is also equal to (3.91), a high value that indicates a highly positive impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the installation skill. theme 3: the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the calendar's skill: the average arithmetic values of the third axis paragraphs on the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the calendar skill ranged from 4.19 to 3.67 at both paragraph (4) and paragraph (3) respectively, respectively, while the overall average of all subparagraphs was 3.70, indicating an impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the calendar skill at an average level. in the three axes, descriptive quantitative and interpretative values decrease as they move downwards, with a discrepancy in the third axis, which means that the brainstorming strategy has a high impact on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the development of basic higher thinking skills, especially the first three, and then begins to decrease as the following more complex skills are included. the following table shows the results of the t-test test and the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the calendar's skill : table (5): test results (t-test) for the third axis m paragraph test value =0 t value free degree moral sig. average level of trust of difference 95% max min 1 identification of calendar criteria and their application to problems and topics 48.321 105.0 0.0 3.84 3.68 4 2 preliminary conclusion of calendar criteria 47.743 105.0 0.0 3.519 3.37 3.67 3 disclosure of new criteria for judging the value of the subject 45.805 105.0 0.0 3.67 3.51 3.83 4 raise and ask questions 58.932 105.0 0.0 4.189 4.05 4.33 5 deductive reasoning skill 45.837 105.0 0.0 3.981 3.81 4.15 6 assessment of partial ideas and their relationships 43.645 105.0 0.0 3.679 3.51 3.85 7 overall theme calendar 65.115 105 0.0 4 3.88 4.12 8 testing and evaluating new ideas 48.616 105 0.0 3.991 3.83 4.15 general average 50.502 105.000 0.000 3.859 3.705 4.013 in any event, the above findings indicate in their overall outcome that there is an impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of the three higher thinking skills (analysis, composition and evaluation), and that this impact is highly focused on installation skills and, to a moderate degree, on both analysis and evaluation skills, as illustrated in the following figure: source: researcher's preparation third: hypothesis test results: to validate the study's hypotheses, the researcher performed a multiple linear regression analysis, which is an advanced method that ensures accuracy in results and proximity to reality, and contributes american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org to improving research results by optimizing the use of data in determining causal relationships between variables. first: first hypothesis test results: the first hypothesis was that there were statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the gender variable; the results of the first hypothesis test are as follows: table (6) correlation factors between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for sex variable variables correlation coefficien (r) determination coefficient(r2) modified determination coefficient r2 miscalculation independent variable dependent variable brainstorming strategy higher order thinking skills 0.263 0.069 0.0 0.466 the correlation factor between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the sex variable (0.263), which is relatively low, is nevertheless indicative of the suitability of testing to validate the hypothesis using quantitative data on study variables. the connectedness of the coefficient can be ascertained by the results of the anova test, namely by determining the calculated value (f) and its morale at the indicative level (0.05), where the result of the test is as shown in the following table: table (7) variation test of relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for sex variable form sum of squares free degree average squares calculated f value moral (sig).. linkage 1.639 3 1 2.517 0.062 remaining 22.135 102 0.22 total 23.774 105 the value (f) calculated for the relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for a gender variable is equal to (2.517) with a moral value of (0.62) which is greater than (0.05), which means that there is no statistically significant relationship at the indicative level (0.05 ≥ α) between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills attributable to a gender variable, which is the most verifiable result by extracting value (t) and its morale, provided by the multiple regression analysis, as shown in the following table: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org table (8) regression factors of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills for the sex variable form non-standard transactions uni transactions t value moral (sig. ) b value miscalculation beta fixed 0.592 0.367 1.615 0.109 analytical skill 0.237 0.128 0.27 1.857 0.066 installation skill 0.077 0.122 0.091 0.63 0.53 evaluation skill -.117 0.132 -.128 -.892 0.375 in the previous table, it is noted that the morale values of the three higher thinking skills are all greater than the indicative level (0.05), that there is a negative value of the binding factor (b) at the calendar skill, while the t values are positive at the three skills. this indicates that there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the gender variable, as these differences are in favour of analysis and installation skills. which means that the first hypothesis is correct. second: second hypothesis test results: the second hypothesis states: there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view due to the variable scientific specialization (educational subject). the results of the test of this hypothesis are as follows: table (9) correlation factors between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the scientific specialty variable variables correlation coefficient(r ) determination coefficient(r2) modified determination coefficient r2 miscalculation independent variable dependent variable brainstorming strategy higher order thinking skills 0.318 0.101 0.1 1.637 as the previous table shows, the coefficient of correlation between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the scientific specialization variable (educational subject) (0.318), although rather low, indicates the suitability of the test to validate the hypothesis, by calculating the f value calculated and its morale at the indicative level (0.05) of the anova test. the test result is as shown in the following table: table (10) variation test of relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for scientific specialty variable form total squares free degree average squares calculated f value moral (sig).. linkage 30.657 3 10 3.814 0.012 remaining 273.306 102 2.68 total 303.962 105 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the value (f) calculated for the relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the scientific specialization variable (educational subject) (3.814) with a moral value of 0.012 (smaller than 0.05), a value that indicates a statistically significant relationship at the indicative level (0.05 ≥ α) between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills attributable to the scientific specialist (educational subject). the previous result can be verified by extracting t's value and morale through multiple regression analysis, as shown in the following table: table (11) regression factors of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills for the scientific specialization variable form non standard transactions uni transactions t value moral (sig. ) b value miscalculation beta fixed 0.656 1.288 0.509 0.612 analytical skill -.113 0.449 -.036 -.252 0.802 installation skill 1.125 0.43 0.372 2.618 0.01 evaluation skill -.160 0.462 -.049 -.345 0.731 note in the previous table that the morale values of the three higher thinking skills are all greater than the level of indication (0.05) for the analysis and evaluation skills, while the level of indication is lower at the installation skill, with negative values of the binding factor (b) and the value (t) at the analysis and evaluation skills. these values indicate a wavelength between the brainstorming strategy and the skill of the installation, and a negatively thought-provoking relationship between the brainstorming strategy and the analytical and evaluation skills attributable to the scientific specialization variable (educational material). this also indicates that there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the variable scientific specialization (teaching subject), in favour of the installation skill; thus, the second hypothesis is also correct. third: third hypothesis test results: the third hypothesis states: "there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the educational phase variable; the results of the third hypothesis test are as follows: table (12) correlation factor between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for educational phase variable variables correlation coefficient(r ) determination coefficient(r2) modified determination coefficient r2 miscalculation independent variable dependent variable brainstorming strategy higher order thinking skills 0.132 0.017 -.011 0.59 the coefficient of association between the autonomous variable (brainstorming strategy) and the subordinate variable (higher thinking skills) for the educational phase variable (0.132), which is very american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org low, and by extracting the calculated value (f) and its morale at the indicative level (0.05) of the anova test, can be quantified. table (13) variation test of relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skill for educational phase variable form total squares free degree average squares calculated f value moral (sig).. linkage 0.628 3 0.21 0.602 0.615 remaining 35.457 102 0.35 total 36.085 105 the value (f) calculated for the relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the educational phase variable (0.602) with greater moral value than (0.05), indicates that there is no statistically significant relationship at the indicative level (0.05 ≥ α) between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills attributable to the educational stage variable. table (14) regression factors of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills for the educational phase variable form non standard transactions uni transactions t value moral (sig. ) b value miscalculation beta fixed 2.927 0.464 6.307 0.00 analytical skill -.029 0.162 -.027 -.177 0.86 installation skill -.174 0.155 -.167 -1.125 0.263 evaluation skill 0.133 0.167 0.118 0.8 0.426 note that the moral values of the three higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, and evaluation) are all greater than the level of indication (0.05), with negative values of the binding factor (b) and the value (t) at the analysis and installation skills. this indicates that there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teachers' point of view attributable to the educational phase variable in favour of the appraisal skill. it also demonstrates the validity of the third hypothesis. fourth: fourth hypothesis test results: the fourth hypothesis states: there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view due to the variable years of experience. the results of the fourth hypothesis test are as follows: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org table (15) : correlation coefficient between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the variable years of experience variables correlation ( coefficient r) determination coefficient(r2) modified determination coefficient r2 miscalculation independent variable dependent variable brainstorming strategy higher order thinking skills 0.223 0.05 0.0 1.251 the coefficient of correlation between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the variable years of experience (0.223), a relatively low value, can be determined by assigning the calculated value (f) and its morale at the indicative level (0.05), where the test result is as shown in the following table: table (16) variation test of relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the variable years of experience form total squares free degree average squares calculated f value moral (sig).. linkage 8.376 3 2.79 1.784 0.16 remaining 159.586 102 1.57 total 167.962 105 the value (f) calculated for the relationship between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills for the experience years variable (1.784) with a moral value of (0.16) greater than (0.05), which means that there is no statistically significant relationship at the indicative level (0.05 ≥ α) between brainstorming strategy and higher thinking skills attributable to the experience years variable. table (17) regression factors of the impact of brainstorming strategy on developing higher thinking skills for the years of experience variable form non standard transactions uni transactions t value moral (sig. ) b value miscalculation beta fixed 1.126 0.985 1.144 0.26 analytical skill -.167 0.343 -.072 -.488 0.627 installation skill -.397 0.328 -.177 -1.209 0.229 evaluation skill 0.799 0.353 0.329 2.26 0.026 note in the previous table that the morale values of the three higher thinking skills were greater than the indicative level (0.05) for the analysis and installation skills, with negative values of the correlation factor (b) and their (t) value, while below the indicative level of evaluation skill, this indicates a waveform effect relationship between brainstorming strategy and evaluation skill, and a negatively thought-out effect relationship between brainstorming strategy and analysis and installation skills attributable to the variable years of experience. this also indicates that there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org from the teacher's point of view attributable to the variable scientific specialization (teaching subject), in favour of the appraisal skill; which means that the fourth hypothesis is true is the other. conclusions: the main findings of this study can be summarized as follows: 1the brainstorming strategy has an impact on the development of the three higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, and evaluation) and is highly focused on installation skills and, to a moderate degree, on both analysis and evaluation skills. 2there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the gender variable, as these differences are in favour of analysis and installation skills. 3there is a correlation of wavelength between brainstorming strategy and synthesis skill, and a relationship of thoughtless influence between brainstorming strategy and analytical and evaluation skills attributable to the variable of scientific specialization (educational material). 4there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the variable scientific specialization (teaching material), in favour of the installation skill. 5there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the educational phase variable in favour of the evaluation skill. 6there is a wavelength between brainstorming strategy and calendar skill, and a mindful impact relationship between brainstorming strategy and analysis and composition skills attributed to the variable years of experience. 7there are statistically significant differences at the indicative level (a ≤ 0.05) in the assessment of the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of higher thinking skills (analysis, composition, evaluation) in students from the teacher's point of view attributable to the variable scientific specialization (teaching material), in favour of the appraisal skill. recommendations and proposals: in light of this, the researcher recommends that: 1organizing training programmes and courses to develop teachers' skills in using a brainstorming strategy to develop students' higher thinking skills at all levels of education. 2developing teaching programmes aimed at developing higher thinking skills using other educational strategies and activities (classroom and non-classroom), and practically linking this to homework and homework. 3undertake more similar studies to identify factors affecting the effectiveness of the brainstorming strategy and other strategies in developing students' higher thinking skills at all levels of education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org references 1. abu al-rayat, ala 'a al-marsa hamid and nazirin, hadeia abdullatif (2020). use e-brainstorming strategy to develop some of the intellectual habits produced in mathematics among students of the faculty of education. journal of the faculty of education. tattah university egypt. vol. (77). number (1). january. p. 126-174. 2. okal, yasmena (2021). the role of the brainstorming strategy in developing creative thinking among primary students in umm al-baki city from the teachers' point of view. master's thesis. arab ben mehidi university. umm al-baqi algeria. 3. bani fawaz, samer mahmoud abdulrahman (2019). the use of the brainstorming strategy has affected the academic achievement of basic 10th grade students at the comprehensive boys' secondary school in ajloun governorate. journal of research in the fields of quality education. university of minya egypt. number (22). may. p. 231-253. 4. hassan, arij and mohamed, arij (2020). the impact of questions of higher levels of thinking on the skills of sapper thinking and athletic attainment in students of the faculty of education for pure science and discipline. journal of educational studies. number (49). pp. 69-90. 5. hussein, ashraf abdel-moneim (2019). a proposed chemistry education programme using multiple intelligence activities has influenced achievement, higher thinking skills, and learning and thinking patterns among secondary first graders. journal of the faculty of education. azhar university egypt. number (183). part (1). july. pp. 70-123. 6. al-khawalda, nasser (2015). the impact of multimedia teaching on achievement and the development of critical thinking skills in islamic education research. journal of studies of educational sciences. vol. 42. number (3). pp. 938-1000. 7. suleiman, salim abdulrahman syed (2015). developing the higher thinking skills of students studying philosophy at the secondary level using the obstetric learning model. journal of the faculty of education. tattah university egypt. number (60). october. p. 572-655. 8. shafee, sahar hamdi fouad (2021). the effectiveness of an enrichment programme in the light of problem-based learning to develop higher thinking skills and scientific awareness in science in middle school students. international journal of curriculum and technological education. cairo university. graduate school of education arab society for advanced studies in scientific curricula. number (7). pp. 34-118. 9. shaira, saham mohammed abu al-fattouh (2020). the effectiveness of the hands-and-minds model in teaching science to develop the higher thinking skills of middle-grade pupils. journal of the faculty of education. penhah university egypt. vol. (31). number (122). april. p. 511-542. 10. shawri, jawahar osman muhammad ali (2023). the effectiveness of the brainstorming strategy in developing higher thinking and creative thinking skills by teaching the course of speaking and biography for the sixth grade. journal of arts, literature, humanities and social sciences, no. 91. pp. 84-113. 11. alotoum, adnan; dayab, abdelnasser; bashara, mofaq (2015). developing thinking skills: theoretical models and applications. p. 6. march house. amman jordan. 12. arar, roqaya assad (2021). the impact of the brainstorming strategy on the development of critical thinking in the social studies research of basic eighth grade students in palestine. international academic journal in educational and psychological sciences, vol. 2. number (1). pp. 149-162. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 13. attiya, mohsen ali (2015). thinking: types, skills and education strategies. safa house for printing, publishing and distribution. amman jordan. 14. al-gbaywi, talal bin abdul-hadi (2017). the effectiveness of a proposed computer program to develop higher thinking skills in the zakat unit in the curriculum of jurisprudence for middle students in saudi arabia. international journal of educational research. emirates university. vol. (41). number (3). pp. 49-74. 15. al-kasab, ali (2013). the impact of the use of the brainstorming strategy on the achievement and trends towards students of education mechanisms in jordanian universities. journal of the university of success for research (humanities). vol. (27). number (10). p. 2130-2156. 16. mohammed, fayez mohamed mansour (2021). a proposed strategy based on brainstorming and problem solving to develop intellectual habits and critical thinking skills in mathematics among primary students. journal of mathematics pedagogies. egyptian society for mathematics education. vol. (24). number (2). january. pp. 80-151. 17. mahmoud, fatima al-zahra salem (2021). higher thinking skills in the knowledge society a future perspective in the world of education. educational journal sohag university. number (86). part (2). p. 445-459. 18. murad, seham alsaid saleh (2016). the use of the brainstorming strategy has influenced the teaching of science to acquire scientific concepts and develop the scientific thinking skills of sixthgrade primary students. educational magazine. suhag university egypt. vol. (44). number (44). april. p. 335-395. 19. al-ma 'isma, ismail khalil and al-khawdah, nasser ahmed da' aan (2020). the impact of the strategy of receiving the moon and brainstorming on the development of creative thinking skills among sixth graders in the islamic education research in jordan. journal of the islamic university for educational and psychological studies. vol. (28). number (4). july. p. 439-456. 20. ltaf, saeed (2019). the strategy of brainstorming and its relationship to the ability to solve sports problems in pupils from the perspective of secondary circular professors field study of certain secondary schools of the state of jegel. master's thesis. mohammed siddiq ben yahya university j. algeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org challenges in teaching the creation of uzbek folk music to young people turdiyev shavkat akhmedovich qdpi, department of music education, associate professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s uzbek folk music, with its rich cultural heritage and unique musical traditions, plays a vital role in the cultural identity of uzbekistan. teaching the creation of uzbek folk music to young people is crucial for preserving this musical heritage and ensuring its continuity. however, this endeavor is not without its challenges. this scientific article examines the problems associated with teaching the creation of uzbek folk music to young people, including limited access to authentic resources, evolving societal values, and the need for innovative educational approaches. it highlights the importance of addressing these challenges to encourage the engagement and participation of young learners in the creation and preservation of uzbek folk music. uzbek folk music, teaching, young people, challenges, authentic resources, societal values, pedagogical approaches, formal education, cultural perceptions, community engagement, technological advancements. introduction the cultural significance of uzbek folk music necessitates its transmission to younger generations. however, teaching the creation of uzbek folk music to young people poses several challenges. this article aims to shed light on these challenges and explore potential solutions. 1. limited access to authentic resources: teaching the creation of uzbek folk music to young people is hindered by the limited availability of authentic resources. authenticity plays a crucial role in understanding the intricacies and nuances of traditional music. however, the scarcity of comprehensive recordings, sheet music, and documentation poses a challenge to educators and students. to address this problem, concerted efforts should be made to collect, digitize, and preserve authentic resources related to uzbek folk music. this could involve collaborating with cultural institutions, musicians, and communities to document and record traditional performances. creating comprehensive archives of recordings, sheet music, lyrics, and contextual information would greatly enhance the accessibility of these resources for educational purposes. furthermore, advancements in technology can aid in the preservation and dissemination of authentic resources. digital platforms and online databases can serve as repositories for recordings and documentation, allowing students and educators to access them from anywhere. collaborative initiatives between educational institutions, cultural organizations, and technology experts can facilitate the digitization and organization of resources, ensuring their long-term availability. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org 2. evolving societal values: in a rapidly changing society, traditional music, including uzbek folk music, faces competition from modern, globalized influences. young people often exhibit a preference for contemporary music genres that align with current trends. this can pose a challenge when it comes to teaching uzbek folk music, as it may be perceived as less relevant or outdated. to overcome this challenge, it is important to strike a balance between preserving the traditional values inherent in uzbek folk music while incorporating contemporary elements that resonate with younger generations. this can be achieved through innovative arrangements, adaptations, and collaborations that blend traditional and modern musical styles. by infusing traditional melodies, rhythms, and instruments with contemporary arrangements, educators can bridge the gap between traditional and modern musical preferences. additionally, highlighting the cultural significance and historical context of uzbek folk music can help young learners understand its importance and relevance in their own cultural heritage. exploring the connections between uzbek folk music and other music genres can also foster an appreciation for its unique qualities and encourage cross-cultural exploration. by presenting uzbek folk music as a living and evolving art form, educators can capture the interest and engagement of young learners. 3. lack of pedagogical approaches: teaching the creation of uzbek folk music to young people often encounters a lack of effective pedagogical approaches. traditional teaching methods that rely on rote learning and passive instruction may not engage and inspire young learners to actively participate in the creative process. to address this challenge, it is crucial to develop innovative pedagogical approaches that foster creativity, interaction, exploration, and experimentation. hands-on activities, such as playing traditional instruments, singing folk songs, and learning traditional dance moves, can provide a more immersive and engaging learning experience. encouraging students to compose their own melodies, write lyrics, and arrange traditional tunes with a contemporary twist can stimulate their creativity and personal expression. moreover, incorporating technology into the teaching process can enhance learning outcomes. digital tools, such as interactive music software, virtual instruments, and online platforms for collaboration and composition, can facilitate active participation and provide a more dynamic and interactive learning environment. by leveraging technology, educators can create engaging and personalized learning experiences that resonate with young learners. 4. integration into formal education: the integration of uzbek folk music into formal education systems is often lacking, with curricula that predominantly focus on western classical music or popular music genres. this omission deprives young learners of exposure to their own cultural heritage and limits their understanding of the diverse musical traditions within uzbekistan. to address this issue, collaborative efforts between educational institutions, policymakers, and cultural organizations are crucial. advocacy for the inclusion of uzbek folk music in formal curricula can raise awareness about its cultural significance and promote its integration into music education programs. this integration can occur through dedicated courses, modules, or projects that provide opportunities for students to explore and appreciate the creation of uzbek folk music. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org additionally, partnerships between schools and local musicians, cultural experts, and community organizations can bring authentic experiences and expertise into the classroom. guest lectures, workshops, and performances by traditional musicians can provide firsthand exposure to uzbek folk music, fostering a deeper understanding and appreciation among young learners. furthermore, multidisciplinary approaches that connect uzbek folk music with other subjects such as history, literature, and visual arts can enrich the learning experience and promote a holistic understanding of uzbek culture. by integrating uzbek folk music into various aspects of formal education, young learners can develop a deeper connection with their cultural heritage and become active participants in its creation and preservation. 5. cultural perceptions and social stigma: perceptions of traditional music as outdated or less prestigious compared to contemporary genres can create social stigma and disinterest among young learners when it comes to uzbek folk music. to address this challenge, it is crucial to raise awareness about the cultural significance and artistic value of uzbek folk music. educational programs, cultural events, and public campaigns can be organized to showcase the beauty and richness of uzbek folk music. through live performances, exhibitions, and interactive workshops, young learners can experience the emotional power and aesthetic appeal of traditional music firsthand. emphasizing the historical and cultural context of uzbek folk music can also foster a deeper appreciation and understanding among young people. furthermore, highlighting the contributions of renowned uzbek folk musicians and their impact on the musical heritage of uzbekistan can inspire young learners and challenge negative perceptions. celebrating the achievements of contemporary artists who incorporate elements of uzbek folk music into their work can also demonstrate the relevance and adaptability of the genre in the modern world. 6. community engagement and mentorship: community engagement and mentorship are crucial in nurturing young talent and instilling a sense of cultural belonging. engaging experienced musicians and cultural practitioners as mentors can provide invaluable guidance and inspiration for young learners. establishing mentorship programs where young musicians have the opportunity to work closely with experienced practitioners can create a supportive learning environment. mentors can provide guidance in musical techniques, composition, and the intricacies of uzbek folk music. they can also share personal experiences, stories, and insights, helping young learners develop a deeper connection with the music and its cultural roots. in addition, community engagement initiatives, such as local festivals, workshops, and cultural exchange programs, can bring together young learners, musicians, and the wider community. these events provide platforms for collaboration, performance, and the sharing of knowledge and experiences. they encourage young people to actively participate in the creation and celebration of uzbek folk music, fostering a sense of pride and ownership in their cultural heritage. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org 7. technological advancements: leveraging technological advancements can enhance the accessibility and appeal of teaching uzbek folk music to young people. the integration of digital platforms, mobile applications, and online resources can create engaging and immersive learning experiences. interactive mobile applications can provide opportunities for young learners to explore the various aspects of uzbek folk music, including instrument playing, composition, and cultural context. virtual reality and augmented reality technologies can recreate traditional musical settings, allowing learners to experience performances in a more interactive and immersive manner. online platforms and social media can serve as spaces for young musicians to share their creations, collaborate with others, and receive feedback from a wider audience. they can also facilitate access to educational resources, including tutorials, recordings, and sheet music, thereby expanding the availability of authentic materials. conclusion: teaching the creation of uzbek folk music to young people is crucial for preserving this cultural heritage. while challenges exist, addressing the limited access to authentic resources, evolving societal values, pedagogical approaches, integration into formal education, cultural perceptions, community engagement, and technological advancements can foster a meaningful and engaging learning environment. by overcoming these challenges, educators and policymakers can inspire young learners to actively participate in the creation and preservation of uzbek folk music, ensuring its continuation for future generations. references 1. ahmedovich, turdiyev shavkat. "from the history of preservation and recording of samples of national uzbek musical folklore." asia pacific journal of marketing & management review issn: 2319-2836 impact factor: 8.071 11.12 (2022): 59-61. 2. axmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "use of pedagogical technologies in conducting." journalnx 7.1: 149-151. 3. ahmedovich, turdiyev shavkat. "fan sifatida o'qitishda musiqa madaniyatining noaniq dasturlaridan foydalanish asoslari."osiyo tinch okeani jurnali marketing va menejment sharhi issn: 2319-2836 ta'sir omili: 8.071 11.11 (2022): 171-174. 4. axmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "musiqa ta'limi o'qituvchisining pedagogik mahoratini oshirish muammolari."xalqaro ijtimoiy fanlar va fanlararo tadqiqotlar jurnali issn: 2277-3630 ta'sir omili: 8.036 11.03 (2022): 75-78. 5. axmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "talabalarni bolalar xor jamoasi bilan ishlashga tayyorlash muammolari."jahon ijtimoiy fanlar byulleteni 3.10 (2021): 133-135. 6. akhmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "features of pedagogical traditions in uzbek folk music." journal of positive school psychology 6.9 (2022): 2263-2266. 7. turdiyev, sh. "choral art is a type of ancient and modern art." academic international conference on multi-disciplinary studies and education. vol. 1. no. 10. 2023. 8. turdiyev, sh. "yoshlar va musiqiy tarbiya." interpretation and researches 1.1 (2023). 9. turdiyev, shavkat axmedovich. "vokal-xor san’ti tarixining zamonaviy san’at bilan uzviyligi." oriental art and culture 4.1 (2023): 585-594. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org 10. turdiyev, shavkat axmedovich. "o ‘zbek xalq musiqa ijodi va uning an’analari." oriental art and culture 4.2 (2023): 321-327. 11. турдиев, ш. "o ‘zbek xalq musiqa ijodida ustoz-shogird an’analari." современные тенденции инновационного развития науки и образования в глобальном мире 1.4 (2022). 12. turdiyev, sh. "the importance of values in forming students'interest in national musical art." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 8.036 12.10 (2023): 75-80. 13. turdiyev, s. x. " musiqiy ta'lim jarayonida o'quvchilarda vatanparvarlik tuyg'ularini shakllantirishda oilaviy marosim qo'shiqlarining ahamiyati."xalqaro ijtimoiy fanlar va fanlararo tadqiqotlar jurnali issn: 2277-3630 ta'sir omili: 8.036 12.10 (2023): 101-106. 14. turdiyev, shovkat axmedovich. "o ‘quvchilarni xalq musiqa merosiga muhabbat ruhida tarbiyalash." oriental art and culture 4.4 (2023): 98-101. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org the concept of “unorganized youth” and its characteristics sharapov b. m. independent researcher of the public security university of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article reveals the concept of unorganized youth, the specifics of unorganized youth, as well as issues of improving work with unorganized youth. youth, unorganized youth; crime; antisocial behaviour; crime prevention; job. introduction in the current situation, where the number of young people in the population is increasing globally, ensuring their various rights and protecting them from dangers is one of the most important tasks. today's world youth is the largest generation in terms of numbers, they make up 2 billion. this has never happened before in the history of the world1. solving youth problems in our country is one of the issues of state importance, and today its main principles were determined by the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m. mirzieyov. at the same time, broad involvement of young people in the process of ongoing reforms, raising their sociopolitical status, considering the state's attention to them as one of the priority tasks within the country's strategic goals was guaranteed on the basis of special decrees, regulatory documents, government decisions, and national legislation. in particular, it should be noted that the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on the state policy regarding youth" and the decree "on the development strategy of the development of the republic of uzbekistan for 2022-2026" set a number of new and important tasks related to increasing youth activity. when talking about the essence of the concept of "youth", it should be said that in article 3 of the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state policy regarding youth" dated september 14, 2016, "youth (young citizens) are persons who have reached the age of fourteen and are not older than thirty." , the legal definition is given 2 . so, youth is a segment of the population between the ages of fourteen and under thirty, and the share of minors and youth in our country is 55-60 percent of the population. when talking about the concept of "unorganized youth", this phrase is a combination of the words "unorganized" and "youth". the root of the word "unorganized" is "uyushiq", which is explained in the explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language as "organized, cohesive, cohesive", and the word "union" 1 speech of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev at the extraordinary session of the council of people's deputies of khorezm region // http://www.press-service.uz/uz/lists/view/1147 (14.10.2017). 2 2016 "on state policy regarding youth" of the republic of uzbekistan law of september 14 // http://lex.uz. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org that has the same meaning as "an association of people or organizations united to work together towards a common goal" is explained. so, logically, the word "unorganized" is the opposite of the words "united" or "association", i.e. an antonym, meaning "not cohesive, not united, not united to act together towards a certain goal." despite the fact that the president of the republic of uzbekistan, shavkat mirziyoev, in his comments about unorganized youth, emphasized the characteristics of not working, not studying, not having a specific occupation, and being susceptible to negative influences, a clear definition of the concept of "unorganized youth" has not been developed, and it is clear to work with this category of youth. lack of determination of measures has a negative impact on the effective organization of work in this direction. in addition, it shows that there is a lack of clarity in keeping records of unorganized youth, there is no clear concept of who belongs to this category and what kind of work is organized with them.3 e.o. kadyrov, who conducted scientific research in this regard, the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state policy regarding youth" according to article 3, "unorganized youth" means a group of young people who do not study or work in a primitive, inactive way, ineffectively realizing their goals individually, without using the opportunities created by the state and society. young people of this category will not have the skills to combine their goals with the interests of the state and society. they have a low level of social activity, legal, political consciousness and culture", he puts forward the proposal to supplement the norm. however, one cannot fully agree with the scientist's opinion in this regard, because not all unorganized youths have a low level of social activity, legal, political consciousness and culture. it should be said that among the non-organized youth, there are also those with a high level of social activity, legal, political consciousness and culture. also, t.i. ismailov defined in his scientific research work that "unorganized youth" refers to young people who do not give a sufficient coefficient of usefulness to the state, society, family, interpersonal and mutual relations with their behavior, who do not pay attention to life in general, and are indifferent.4. but the opinion of the scientist in this regard cannot be supported, because, in this definition, "unorganized youth" in any situation have a low coefficient of usefulness to the state, society, family, interpersonal and mutual relations, or do not care or are indifferent to life at all. doctor of sociology, professor m. bekmurodov the concept of "unorganized youth" refers to those who do not work officially somewhere, are not engaged in education, are not regularly engaged in a specific trade and profession, do not apply the reforms implemented by the state and society, socioeconomic, represents young people who are apathetic and indifferent to spiritual spheres. in addition, the terminological dictionary of the russian state and municipal administration includes the following definition of "unorganized youth". in particular, "unorganized youth" young citizens who do not engage in socially useful activities, do not realize the available opportunities through employment, improving education and other forms of civic participation5. 3 president shavkat mirziyoyev's speech at the 4th congress of the "kamolot" youth social movement // http://www.pressservice.uz/uz/lists/view/729 (06.30.2017). 4 ismailov t. institutional system of ensuring social activity and employment of unorganized youth in uzbekistan. dissertation written for the degree of doctor of philosophy (phd) with specialization in social philosophy. t.: 2020. 15 p. 5 https://determiner.ru/termin/neorganizovannaja-molodezh.html. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org by international organizations, young people from this layer are called "neet" (not in education, employment or training) youth. "neet" youth is a matter of concern for the state and society, creating long-term problems that are difficult to solve. for reference, "neet" youth are young people aged 1524 who do not have permanent education or employment, and are not involved in vocational education and training (vet). the analysis of legal documents on the field shows that the concept of "unorganized youth" is not given a clear legal definition in our national legislation. to define this concept from a legal point of view, to reveal its scientific essence, first of all, it is required to define its main features. based on the above opinions of the scientists of the field, when the opinions of the respondents were studied in order to study the main characteristics of unorganized youth, it was reported that the following should be recognized as the main characteristics of unorganized youth: lack of employment (94%); not being busy with studies (62%); lack of training (28%); tendency to be influenced by "popular culture" and foreign ideas (24%). in our opinion, when formulating this definition, it is appropriate to refer to the opinions of the head of our state, shavkat mirziyoyev, on the characteristics of unorganized youth, as well as youth who not only realize their goals individually, but also do not have a clear goal in social life. based on the opinions of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev and scientists, as well as the results of research, the following can be distinguished as the main characteristics of unorganized youth: not having the ability to harmonize one's goal with the interest of the state and society; low level of social activity, political, legal consciousness and culture; not working or studying (with the exception of military service and persons serving a criminal sentence); not having a specific training; susceptibility to negative influences, including the influence of "popular culture" and foreign ideas; not having a specific purpose in social life; fourteen years of age and under thirty years of age. unorganized youth is a diverse group of young people with a wide range of characteristics and needs and is not a homogenous group. according to research (cpielhofer t., 2009), unorganized youth can be divided into 3 groups: group 1. unorganized youth who have expressed a desire to study, this group includes young people who have their own interest and desire, but do not have the opportunity. group 2. unorganized youth in a stable situation, this group includes young people who lack selfconfidence, consider themselves unskilled and uneducated. to group 3. unorganized youth who are undecided about a profession, this group includes young people who have not expressed interest in a specific field, but have aspirations. also, the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan the decision of september 13, 2023 "on the prevention of offenses among unorganized youth and organization of activities to combat crime based on a unified approach" mainly defines the categories of unorganized youth who are prone to commit offenses or other antisocial behaviors and commit crimes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org at this point, it is worth mentioning that the only characteristic of unorganized youth is unemployment. that is, as a result of the negative consequences of unemployment, it serves a direct increase in crime. currently, one out of every four criminals in our republic are unemployed persons. according to criminologists, a 10% increase in unemployment leads to a 3.4-6.5% increase in crime. in the process of studying foreign experiences, it became clear that unorganized youth in japan are divided into 4 categories: type 1. young people who are not socialized are lazy, young people who feel comfortable without work. type 2. young people who hide in their shells are young people who cannot communicate with society. category 3. passive youth youth who cannot find work due to lack of self-confidence. type 4. disillusioned youth are young people who are disillusioned with work and do not want to look for another job. taking into account the characteristics of unorganized youth mentioned above, as well as in order to eliminate misunderstandings about the essence of the concept of "unorganized youth" in practice, to fill the existing gap in the legislation, and to effectively organize and coordinate the activities of official organizations responsible for working with unorganized youth, i propose the following: first, "unorganized youth" a group of young people who are not engaged in useful social activities, tend to commit crimes, and need special support, education and attention from the state and public organizations in order to have a decent place in society; secondly, improving the legal framework aimed at protecting the legal rights and interests of young people. in particular, in order to fill existing gaps in legislation and effectively organize the activities of official organizations responsible for working with unorganized youth, develop draft laws aimed at improving, developing and increasing the efficiency of the system of working with unorganized youth in your country; thirdly, to create suitable working conditions for unorganized youth, increase the cooperation of labor organizations, self-management bodies and non-governmental non-profit organizations in expanding their economic opportunities; fourthly, to study the problems of unorganized youth in education and occupation, to develop measures to eliminate the identified problems, as well as to involve them in culture, art, physical education and sports in order to meaningfully spend their free time, and to promote reading among them. conclusion in conclusion, it should be noted that the unorganized youth, who make up a certain weight of the youth of our country, are a category in need of social protection and public control with their propensity to commit crimes, their susceptibility to various foreign and harmful ideas, and to carry out work with them continuously and systematically, to make them sociallyon the basis of legal protection, relying on the cooperation of the general public in this regard, in addition, on the basis of improving the legislation in the field in accordance with the requirements of the time, it is possible to reduce the number of this category of young people and achieve a decent place in society. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org references 1. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on state policy regarding youth" dated september 14, 2016 // http://lex.uz. 2. decree of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan "on the prevention of offenses among unorganized youth and the organization of work to combat crime based on a unified approach" decision of september 13, 2023 // http://lex.uz. 3. speech of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev at the extraordinary session of the khorezm regional council of people's deputies // http://www.pressservice.uz/uz/lists/view/1147 (14.10.2017). 4. president shavkat mirziyoyev's speech at the 4th congress of the "kamolot" youth social movement // http://www.press-service.uz/uz/lists/view/729 (30.06.2017). 5. ismailov i. organization in crime: problems of theory and practice: monograph. t., 2005. 80 p. 6. the team of authors. mechanisms of prevention of offenses among unorganized youth and organization of work against crime on the basis of a unified approach. methodical guide. date: 2023. 9-p. 7. ismailov t. institutional system of ensuring social activity and employment of unorganized youth in uzbekistan. dissertation written for the degree of doctor of philosophy (phd) majoring in social philosophy. t.: 2020. 15 p. 8. gafurov sh. improvement of crime prevention among unorganized youth (as an example of activities of internal affairs bodies). dissertation prepared for the degree of doctor of philosophy (phd) in legal sciences t.: 2019. 15 p. 9. republican conference dedicated to the scientific and practical issues of achieving results in work with unorganized youth under the slogan "youth the builder of the future". t.: new age generation, 2017. 3 p. 10. strengthening discipline and responsibility, strengthening the crime prevention environment is the main factor in the effectiveness of crime prevention // in the post. 2017. november 18. 11. tursunovna, a. m. (2023). human rights are the main factor. american journal of public diplomacy and international studies (2993-2157), 1(9), 457-460. 12. tursunovna, a. m. (2023). certain issues regarding the causes and conditions of crimes. american journal of public diplomacy and international studies (29932157), 1(9), 419-423. 13. axmedova, m. (2023). о ‘zbekistonda nodavlat notijorat tashkilotlari va kasaba uyushmalari faoliyatining о ‘ziga xos jihatlari. development of pedagogical technologies in modern sciences, 2(3), 113-116. 14. ахмедова, м. (2023). особенности деятельности негосударственных некоммерческих организаций и профсоюзов в узбекистане. реформы в сфере подготовки юридических кадров в узбекистане: анализ результатов и перспективные задачи, 1(1), 101-106. 15. https://determiner.ru/termin/neorganizovannaja-molodezh.html. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org the comparison of love in «farhod and shirin» as well as «romeo and julieta» aslonova rushana akobirovna student of english and literature department bukhara state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article compares the expression of love in two masterpieces of english and uzbek literature «farhod and shirin» by great poet and writer alisher navoi as well as «romeo and juliette» by outstanding playwright, one of the founders of english literature william shakespeare. the role of love and its expression is used differently in literature of these two rich nations. epic poem, persian legend, playwright, platonic love, physical attachment, spiritual attachment. introduction alisher navoi (1441-1501) was a great uzbek poet, writer and thinker. he is considered one of the most significant literary figures in the history of uzbekistan and oriental literature in general. navoi wrote many works in persian, including poems, short stories, epic poems and treatises. his works are distinguished by deep philosophical and ethical thoughts, as well as vivid artistic expression. alisher navoi is considered a national hero of uzbekistan and his work had a significant influence on the development of uzbek literature and culture. «farhod and shirin» is an epic poem written by alisher navoi. it is one of the most famous and popular works in uzbek literature and eastern literature in general. the poem “farhod and shirin” is based on the persian legend about the love of two young people, farhod and shirin. the story follows the obstacles that come their way to happiness, including separation, betrayal and tragic fate. navoi recreates this story with the help of beautiful language, emotional depth and artistic expressiveness. «farkhod and shirin» is not only a romantic poem, but also a philosophical work that raises questions about love, fate, human passions and morality. it personifies the high ideals and beauty of uzbek literature. this poem by alisher navoi has great significance and influence on the culture and literature of uzbekistan, as well as on all eastern literature. she continues to inspire and delight readers with her unique story and navoi's linguistic prowess. william shakespeare (1564-1616) is widely regarded as one of the greatest playwrights and poets in the english language and one of the most influential figures in world literature. he was born in stratford-upon-avon, england, and wrote a total of 39 plays, including tragedies like «hamlet,» «macbeth,» and «romeo and juliet,» comedies such as «a midsummer night's dream» and «twelfth night,» as well as historical plays like «henry v» and «richard iii.»shakespeare's works explore a wide range of themes, from love, jealousy, and ambition to power, fate, and human nature. his plays are known for their complex characters, vivid language, and profound insights into the human american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org condition. shakespeare's poetry, including his sonnets, is also highly esteemed for its beauty and depth. shakespeare's impact on literature and theater cannot be overstated. his plays continue to be performed and studied worldwide, and his words have become part of the english literary canon. shakespeare's works have been translated into numerous languages and have inspired countless adaptations, films, and artistic interpretations. his legacy as a master storyteller and wordsmith remains unparalleled. romeo and juliet is a famous tragedy written by william shakespeare in the late 16th century. it is one of the most famous and influential works in world literature.the drama tells the story of two young lovers, romeo and juliet, whose love is confronted by two warring families – the montagues and the capulets. against the odds, romeo and juliet decide to fight for their love, but their passionate and forbidden affair leads to a series of tragic events. romeo and juliet is an in-depth examination of the themes of love, fate, family conflict and violence. shakespeare explores the complexities of human emotion, the clash of various social forces, and the inevitability of fate. this tragedy is renowned for its colorful characters, emotional power, and insight. she had a profound influence on literature, theater and culture in general. romeo and juliet continues to delight readers and viewers with its eternal theme of love and enduring feelings that overcome obstacles and fate. this article studies and contrasts how these two great writers descripts and exprsses the love of their heroes. 2 literature review the usage of love in romeo juliette and farhod shirin has been learnt by several other uzbek and english literary scientists as well. but it should be emphasised that there is really few works and articles contrasting the love of the heroes. according to the clayton g mackenzie in creating ideas of intercourse and death, romeo and juliet draws from a wealthy well of iconic and emblematic tradition. 1 sexuality and dying have been linked in artwork and literature considering historical times. winged eros decorates the lids of roman sarcophagi; and homer’s iliad, possibly the supreme narrative success of antiquity, plaids the destruction of a civilisation with a sexual tryst, deftly interlacing the carnivorous passion of troy’s struggle and the carnal appetites of its origins. 2 in shakespeare’s age, and in the periods right now before and after it, the bonds between intercourse and morbidity have been affirmed with renewed vigour. bobomurod eraliev writes alishernavoi in his work «mahbubul-qulub» interprets love in three ways. it is easy to see from the art and content material of the epic «layli and majnun» that this work is devoted to the description and interpretation of figurative love. navoi scholars have interpreted this work in a narrow sense, that is, in connection with frequent love, based extra on its appearance. the article mentions some shortcomings in navoi studies in explaining the kinds of love based totally on navoi's definition of love, and argues that the work should pay attention to the mystical meaning and aspects of love. 3 analysis while exploring the world of romeo and juliette as well as reading farkhod and shirin it can be clearly seen that the role of love is great and dominant although the affection gifted by the creator of whole universe and mankind between two members of opposite gender gives the same sense and heartbeat as well as butterflies in all over the world, the both genius authors alisher navoi and shakespeare describe the most beautiful and enchanting feeling called «love» in different way while creating various barriers american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org and interferences in the process of achieving it. the legendary representatives of the two nations see this chamestry as a tool to express their own opinions and perspectives. that is why the passion of romeo for juliette and the love of farkhod to shirin were distinct from each other in the masterpiece of english and uzbek literature. the first difference of their love was in their age. nurse faith, i can tell her age unto an hour. lady capulet she’s not fourteen. nurse i’ll lay fourteen of my teeth (and yet, to my teen be it spoken, i have but four) she’s not fourteen. how long is it now to lammastide? lady capulet a fortnight and odd days. nurse even or odd, of all days in the year, come lammas eve at night shall she be fourteen. susan and she (god rest all christian souls!) were of an age. well, susan is with god; she was too good for me. but, as i said, on lammas eve at night shall she be fourteen. this extract proves that when romeo and juliet fell in love juliet was fourteen years old. but, unfortunately, there is no exact word informing the age of romeo except the lines highlighting his youth. and, to say truth, verona brags of him to be a virtuous and well-governed youth. i would not for the wealth of all this town here in my house do him disparagement. however, in farkhod and shirin it is clearly seen that the heroes were mature enough when they felt intoxicating feeling. и, значит, размышления людей — такой же ключ к творениям людей. а так как я во все науки вник, то трудностей пугаться не привык. но если суть ларца я не пойму, то нет покоя сердцу моему!..» from the words given in this extract can be understood farkhod was as old as that he had learnt all the sciences in the world and he was not afraid of staying against the difficulties. the another difference is that love of romeo and juliette was based on physical attachment mostly, while the farkhod's love was more platonic one. the scene describing the episode of sweethearts' falling in love can prove this view point. juliet saints do not move, though grant for prayers’ sake. romeo then move not, while my prayer’s effect i take. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org thus from my lips, by thine, my sin is purged. kisses her. juliet then have my lips the sin that they have took. romeo sin from my lips? o, trespass sweetly urged! give me my sin again. kisses her again. juliet you kiss by th’book. however, farkhod's love for shirin was more about mental and spiritual attachment. it can be understood in the scene when farkhod saw shirin in the magical mirror of iskandar and without any physical passion fell in love with her and lost consciousness. был облик пери лучезарно-юн, она казалась солнцем между лун. куда б ни обращала взор с седла, сжигала вмиг сердца людей дотла… глядит фархад и видит, что она в ту сторону пустила скакуна, где был он сам, печальный и худой, изображен в работе над плитой. когда же, перед ним остановясь, она его окликнула, смеясь, и всадницы лучистоокой взгляд почувствовал каменотес фархад, — его черты покрыла смерти тень, и он упал, как раненый олень… увидя, как упал его двойник, едва пред ним блеснул той пери лик, получше разглядеть решил фархад красавицу, чей смертоносен взгляд. поднес он ближе зеркало к глазам, взглянул — и простонал, и обмер сам, и на пол так же, как его двойник, бесчувственно упал он в тот же миг. another contrast associated with expression of their love by two great authors is the speed of events and the process of sweethearts' achieving one another. shakespeare decides to speed up the occasions and make the marriage of romeo and juliette in the next day of their first meeting. juliet here’s such a coil. come, what says romeo? nurse have you got leave to go to shrift today? juliet i have. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org nurse then hie you hence to friar lawrence’ cell. there stays a husband to make you a wife. now comes the wanton blood up in your cheeks; they’ll be in scarlet straight at any news. hie you to church. i must another way, to fetch a ladder by the which your love must climb a bird’s nest soon when it is dark. i am the drudge and toil in your delight, but you shall bear the burden soon at night. go. i’ll to dinner. hie you to the cell. juliet hie to high fortune! honest nurse, farewell. but alisher navoi does not accelerate the chain of events and has farkhod overcome many difficulties and tests to reach his love. от саламандры — в капище огня, скажу ясней: фархаду — от меня: тебе, чья крепость горя — горный кряж, я, крепости тоски бессменный страж, пишу в слезах, измучена судьбой… о милый мой страдалец, что с тобой? придавленный горой тоски по мне, как ты живешь в той дикой стороне? тростинку тела твоего, боюсь, не изломал бы горя тяжкий груз. в пучине бед, наверно, тонешь ты? в костре разлуки как там стонешь ты? как корчишься на том огне тоски, these words are written in the letter of shirin to farkhod they were far away from each other and the response of farkhod to shirin also informs the readers how difficult it was to live for the couple to kiss and experience the blissful sense of love. из преисподней ада в вышний рай письмо фархада, пери, прочитай! • * * клянусь душой загубленной своей: тебя назвать возлюбленной своей, сердечным словом милая — и то назвать я не осмелюсь ни за что! да, я прослыл безумцем. признаюсь, с безумьем прочен у любви союз. но пери луноликая сама свела меня, несчастного, с ума. и если б я, помешанный, в бреду american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org сказал такое слово на беду, то, да простится заблужденье мне, — есть, как безумцу, снисхожденье мне. да, я меджнун, а ты моя лейли, моя недостижимая лейли. even farkhod suffered a lot and described shirin with words «my unachievable leyli». although they loved each other so much, the cruel fate did not allow them to get married and to share the legendary love with one another. 4 discussion according to analysis it can be seen that although the love of both couples is outstanding over the world, their love is not the same in many aspects. the contrast of love in «romeo and juliet» and «farhod and shirin» is evident in several aspects, including the nature of love, the societal context, and the ultimate outcome for the lovers. in «romeo and juliet,» love is portrayed as intense, passionate, and all-consuming. romeo and juliet's love is characterized by their youthful impulsiveness and their willingness to defy their families and societal norms to be together. their love is seen as a force that transcends everything else in their lives, leading them to make rash decisions and ultimately resulting in their tragic deaths. the play emphasizes the power of love to overcome obstacles but also highlights its destructive potential. on the other hand, love in «farhod and shirin» is depicted as more restrained and mature. set in ancient persia, the story follows farhod, a poor musician, and shirin, a princess. their love develops gradually as they get to know each other and share their feelings through poetry and music. unlike romeo and juliet, farhod and shirin's love is not driven by impulsive passion but by a deep connection based on shared values and mutual understanding. their love is portrayed as pure and selfless, with both characters willing to sacrifice their own happiness for the sake of the other. the societal context also plays a significant role in contrasting the two stories. in «romeo and juliet,» the lovers are hindered by the long-standing feud between their families, which creates a hostile environment for their relationship. the play explores the theme of societal expectations and the constraints they impose on individuals. in contrast, «farhod and shirin» takes place in a different cultural context where social class and status are the main barriers to love. while farhod is a poor musician, shirin is a princess, making their union seemingly impossible due to societal norms. however, their love is ultimately able to overcome these obstacles, highlighting the power of true love to transcend societal boundaries. finally, the ultimate outcome for the lovers also differs in the two stories. in «romeo and juliet,» the tragic ending emphasizes the destructive consequences of their impulsive love. their families' feud and their own hasty decisions lead to their untimely deaths, leaving a message of the devastating effects of unchecked passion. on the other hand, «farhod and shirin» has a more hopeful ending. despite the challenges they face, farhod and shirin are able to find happiness together, suggesting that true love can triumph over adversity. 5 conclusion in conclusion, the contrast of love in «romeo and juliet» and «farhod and shirin» is evident in the nature of love, the societal context, and the ultimate outcome for the lovers. while «romeo and juliet» american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org portrays love as intense and impulsive, leading to tragedy, «farhod and shirin» presents a more restrained and mature love that overcomes societal barriers and leads to a hopeful ending. in this article we have revised the two brilliant pieces of writing emphasising the power of love and tragic ending of the poor heroes. references 1. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=ru&as_sdt=0%2c5&q=romeo+and+juliette+love&btng= #d=gs_qabs&t=1703341078450&u=%23p%3dcz96dy6dkk4j 2. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=ru&as_sdt=0%2c5&q=the+love+of+farhod+and+shirin +&btng=#d=gs_qabs&t=1703341519896&u=%23p%3dshidy7zvpdij 3. https://folger.edu/explore/shakespeares-works/all-works 4. https://myshakespeare.com/romeo-and-juliet/act-1-scene-5-video-note-word-nerd-portly 5. https://librebook.me/farhad_i_shirin/vol1/12 6. https://www.rsc.org.uk/shakespeare-learning-zone/romeo-and-juliet/language/romeo-and-julietfirst-meeting-scene 7. https://librebook.me/farhad_i_shirin/vol1/19 8. https://www.folger.edu/explore/shakespeares-works/romeo-and-juliet/read/2/5/ 9. https://librebook.me/farhad_i_shirin/vol1/37 10. https://librebook.me/farhad_i_shirin/vol1/38 11. https://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/6804 12. https://journal.buxdu.uz/index.php/journals_buxdu/article/view/1953 13. https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajrhss/article/view/580 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org the increasing desires for identity in uzbekistan during the perestraction years hotamov abduvohid bobokhonovich, chief legal counsel of the denov district legal service center, denov district justice department, surkhandarya regional justice department, freelance researcher, termez state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the intensification of the desire for selfawareness in uzbekistan in the second half of the 1980s, during the period of perestroika and transparency policies. the processes of restoring historical truth, rediscovering national heroes, granting the uzbek language the status of the state language, and restoring national culture and traditions are highlighted. this period is also considered as a stage when the first steps towards independence were taken, and the factors that led to the awakening of national consciousness are analyzed. perestroika, transparency, national consciousness, self-awareness, historical justice, victims of repression, national heroes, state language, national culture, independence movement. introduction the policies of perestroika and glasnost that began in the soviet union in the second half of the 1980s led to profound changes in the republics of the union, including uzbekistan. this period was an important step towards the awakening of national consciousness, the restoration of historical justice, and the achievement of independence. historical figures and events that had previously been forgotten or distorted under the influence of communist ideology were re-studied, and the desire to restore national culture and traditions intensified. in particular, such processes as granting the uzbek language the status of the state language and the formation of an open attitude towards national customs and religious values paved the way for independence. this article analyzes the main aspects of the desire to realize one's identity in uzbekistan during the years of perestroika. results and discussion in the mid-1980s, the obstacles that arose in the issue of celebrating the navruz holiday as a national holiday in uzbekistan caused fierce debate. it is good that navruz is celebrated every year with new content. but it would be more correct to call it the navbahor holiday"[1], a proposal was put forward. however, the actions against the navruz holiday were also one of the measures aimed at condemning and restricting national cultures. as a result, by 1986, the navruz holiday was completely canceled. the holiday, which had nothing to do with islam, was labeled "religious". instead of navruz, the last sunday of march was declared "remembrance day". party and state bodies made every effort to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org celebrate remembrance day in all regions of the republic. it should be noted that the issue of celebrating the day of remembrance was raised correctly, but its replacement with navruz was a source of great resentment among the people. the navruz holiday, which has become a national holiday for the people over the centuries, was recelebrated in 1987 as a result of the efforts of intellectuals. in this regard, the writer e.vohidov emphasizes that “i consider the revival of the navruz holiday to be a great victory for the writing community”[2]. also, articles about the navruz holiday highlighted that it is a national holiday, that navruz is not a religious, but a cultural heritage, and that its content signifies the arrival of a new day, that is, a new year[3]. by the end of the 1980s, the republican ideology commission reconsidered the issue of celebrating the navruz holiday. in particular, at a meeting of the ideology commission of the central committee of the communist party of uzbekistan, it was noted that “...in the recent past, administrativeism was allowed in the cultural and spiritual sphere of people's life, the total disregard for traditions formed over centuries, and the imposition of fabricated events at the same time had a negative impact on the socio-spiritual environment in the republic”[4]. the issue of celebrating the holiday “navruz” was reconsidered and a working group was established on the “problems of restoring national holidays”. as a result of the active efforts made, the working group determined that march 21 should be widely celebrated as the holiday “navruz” every year. it was recommended to declare the days from march 21 to april 21 as the “month of compassion and environmental protection”. during this period, it was decided to hold the "memorial day", "first pushta", "first crop", "day of grain, grass and water", the children's holiday "boychechak" and other ceremonies. the ministry of culture of the uzbek ssr was given relevant instructions to organize a large holiday concert in tashkent on march 21, to develop a plan for tours dedicated to "navruz" throughout the republic, and to widely cover the progress of preparations for the "navruz" holiday in the republic and its holding. since 1989, the navruz holiday has been celebrated on a wider scale in the republic. the mass media have been publishing articles, various programs and broadcasts about the navruz holiday, its celebration, and national festivities. by the resolution of the council of ministers of uzbekistan, march 21, 1990, was designated as the "national holiday of navruz a day off" [5]. the legal basis for holding the navruz national holiday as a permanent national holiday was the decree of i.a. karimov dated february 12, 1991 "on preparation and holding of the national holiday of navruz in the republic" [6]. it should be noted that the restructuring that began in the second half of the 1980s deepened democratic processes in society and created conditions for the formation of the principle of free speech and free thought. this led to the strengthening of the aspirations of the people living under the tyrannical regime to restore their independence, national values, customs and rituals, which had been artificially destroyed. by the end of the 1980s, the negative attitude towards national traditions and its consequences began to be openly expressed from large platforms. in particular, the people's deputies of the uzbek cp ssr and deputies of local soviets in the action program of the communist party of uzbekistan stated that "the republican party organization, having abandoned its voluntaristic actions in relation to religion in the past, is a supporter of ensuring freedom of conscience, the legal rights of believers, and cooperation with religious organizations. ...it is emphasized that all opportunities are being created for believers to participate in peacekeeping and charity work in the socio-political and cultural life of the republic, to establish humanistic, respectful and good-neighborly relations in interethnic relations[7]. in several speeches, the head of the republic, i. karimov, touching american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org upon national values and religious issues, explains the problems in this regard as follows: “national traditions are the most delicate and most respected qualities of the people. unfortunately, there were times when some people from abroad did not take this into account. even some leaders who came from our own country opposed the navruz holiday and national clothing. we have reached such a point that even participating in the funeral of a relative was considered an old-fashioned thing, and such people, especially leaders, were subjected to pressure. let alone the issues of communicating with believers and conducting business in consultation with them. so, enough is enough. therefore, today i would like to reiterate our strong condemnation of these acts, the need to treat the traditions of the people, their heritage, and the religious beliefs of the people with strict respect and attention”[8]. “we cannot accept either the bodies of the tendency to a way of life inherited from the past, or the arbitrary assessment of folk traditions, religious beliefs, or attempts to erase the past from the people's memory. we must also approach the issues of freedom of conscience from new positions. we are for the full restoration of legal principles in the relationship between the state and religion, abandoning violent methods of combating religion and arbitrariness[9].” the attitude towards religion, which was persecuted during the totalitarian regime, changed. on july 2, 1990, the presidential decree “on the pilgrimage of muslims to saudi arabia” was issued[10]. the regular celebration of the holy days in the life of muslims eid al-adha and eid al-adha fulfilled the noble intentions of our people. national and religious morals and hadiths began to be conveyed to the people through the media, and books on these topics were published. also, the adoption of the law “on freedom of conscience and religious organizations” by the supreme council of the republic on june 14, 1991 also made a fundamental change in the spiritual life of our people. the local “guardians” of the soviet regime strongly opposed their justification as creators and the return of their works to the people. during this period, many local intellectuals in their articles cited many well-founded examples of the one-sided approach to the study of literary heritage, which resulted in “a very superficial and class-based interpretation of our classical literature, dividing our classical poets into progressive and reactionary, religious-mystical and democratic, court poet and folk poet”[11]. o. sharofiddinov also puts forward a number of weighty ideas about the freedom that should be introduced into literature, the study of yassavi’s works, the reinterpretation of the jadid movement, and the attention paid to the study of the works of cholpon and fitrat[12]. since 1987, when a commission was established to study the literary heritage of cholpon and fitrat, activities in this area have begun to take a more positive turn. in july of this year, the republican writers' union and the newspaper "uzbekistan literature and art" jointly held a round table discussion on "methodological problems of reconstruction and study of cultural heritage" at the institute of language and literature of the academy of sciences of uzbekistan[13]. the discussion will focus on the scientific study, impartial coverage, and public dissemination of the "protected" areas of literary heritage, namely the works of yassavi, husayni, amiri, abulgazi, cholpon, fitrat, and others. on january 22-25, 1988, a meeting was held at the institute of language and literature on some issues of studying literary heritage and jadidism with the participation of literary critics, philosophers and historians of the republic[14]. the commission for studying the literary heritage of cholpon and fitrat found it expedient to publish their works in three stages. the work of preparing the literary heritage of cholpon and fitrat for publication was entrusted to the institute of language and literature of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan[15]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the efforts of the intelligentsia to study the work of the jadids and thereby reduce the "white spots" in history were also positively assessed by other intellectuals of the republic. in particular, in 1988, a large round table discussion was held at the institute of language and literature on the topic "issues of jadidism", in which prominent scientists from other republics participated and shared their views. conclusion the years of perestroika created the basis for the awakening of national consciousness and a strengthening of self-awareness in uzbekistan. historical justice began to be restored, the names of national heroes were vindicated, and issues of national language and culture came to the fore. this process later became one of the most important stages leading to independence. references 1. let's strengthen atheistic education // "young leninist" newspaper, august 24, 1985. 2. vohidov e. the feeling of justice, human dignity // "uzbekistan literature and art" newspaper, april 24, 1987. 3. abdullaev i. navruz world // "science and life" magazine, 1988. no. 3.; miralimov sh. the joy loved by the people or thoughts about navruz // "young leninist" newspaper, march 2, 1988. 4. in the ideology commission of the central committee of the communist party of uzbekistan. (the issue of restoring the "navruz" holiday in the republic was considered in the ideology commission of the central committee of the communist party of uzbekistan) // "soviet uzbekistan" newspaper, february 26, 1989. 5. let's restore national holidays and ceremonies // "yosh leninchi" newspaper, january 25, 1990. 6. "soviet uzbekistan" newspaper, february 13, 1991.; http://old.lex.uz/docs/225326 (document expired 28.09.2020). 7. main directions of national, socio-economic and spiritual development of the uzbek ssr, increasing the welfare of workers // "soviet uzbekistan" newspaper, december 7, 1989. 8. i.a. karimov's report // "soviet uzbekistan" newspaper, february 25, 1990. 9. on the progress and main directions of reconstruction, the tasks of ensuring the sovereignty and economic independence of the uzbek ssr, the place and status of the communist party of uzbekistan in the new political system of the country and the republic. xxii party congress of the central committee of the communist party of uzbekistan. i. karimov's report // "soviet uzbekistan" newspaper, june 5, 1990. 10. "soviet uzbekistan" newspaper, july 3, 1990. 11. vokhidov e. sense of justice, human dignity // "uzbekistan literature and art" newspaper, april 24, 1987. 12. sharofitdinov o. loyalty to the truth // "uzbekistan literature and art" newspaper, may 15, 1987. 13. time and cultural heritage // "uzbekistan literature and art" newspaper, july 10, 1987. 14. turdiev sh. discussion on the issues of jadidism // "uzbek language and literature" magazine, 1988. -№ 2. – b. 74. 15. conclusions of the commission established to study the literary heritage of chulpan and fitrat // journal "uzbek language and literature", 1988. no. 2. p. 32-33. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org activating the sacred in the religious tourist trip review article ahmed obaid oraibi university of karbala college of tourist sciences-iraq ahmed.obeed@uokerbala.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research will discuss several important points that will be divided into four topics: first topic will discuss (the tourist trip design). second topic will discuss (happy tourist or passenger). third topic will discuss (satisfaction measurement). forth topic will discuss (religious behavior) and we will explain the importance of each point the first topic will focus on the (toi) and the section that the trip goes through , the second topic will focus on how to become happy and the important factors to raise the tourist or passengers levels of happiness , the third topic will focus on how to measure the tourist or the passengers correctly , the forth topic will discuss the importunes of the religious behavior in the tourist trip. tourist trip design, religious tourism, tool of interest, religious behavior. introduction plenty of researches on tourist trip design topics only illustrates the importance of the (poi) and the quality of services in it and around it , but in this research, we have expanded the gap of tourist trip services to a deeper part in order to be able to obtain clear and more accurate results. the aim of the research is to show the importance of deepening the services and clarify how to use religious beliefs and credibility to balance between different religions in the tourist trip and also avoid problems between passengers the tourist trip design : planning a tourist trip is a complicated thing because tourists who are religiously different must be dealt with and tourist who are difficult to please also must be dealt with ,to deal with any kinds of tourists we first need to determine the aim of the (ttd). the aim of the (ttd) is to demonstrate or illustrate the importance of the happy tourist. to achieve a happy tourist we need to set the long waiting moments and select a tool to be chosen as a tool of interest (toi) which is a brochure or a snack or other things that is provided to the tourist during situations of prolonged waiting to avoid cases of disturbance or any sense of boredom to the passenger . (jos´e ruiz-meza a, 2022). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org the researcher's own design( figer"1") the fig above shows the sections that the trip goes through first we have the starting point which is the point where the whole trip starts at in this moments we must let the passengers enjoy the view and then after a couple of hours the trip is going to slowing down because of certain issues and then the trip is going to reach the waiting point which is where the whole trip just stops and wait , at the waiting times unexpected thing could happen like an argument between passengers or the passengers will get annoyed , to avoid these problems the passengers must stay distracted with a specific ( toi ) happy tourist or passenger : happiness is an enduring state of well-being involving satisfaction in the pleasant, good, aspects of life. (rose m. spielman, 2021) a vacation or a tourist trip can create long-term happiness in people's lives because according to (dc moran cerf (yotube) ) going on a vacation can create a long-term happy memory that a person can share many times with others . the researcher finds that by following the following factors, we can preserve and raise the happiness of the passenger during the tourist trip. high-quality experiences with low cost make people happy. good tourism and travel experiences create well-being that spills over into other parts of life any disagreement or complaint makes a negative impact so hosts must be on the lookout for signs of dissatisfaction. (insights, tourism satisfaction: importance, measurability & impacts, 2019) satisfaction measurement : ( dc gang li ) and other researchers showed that the tourist satisfaction can be measured. in order to measure the tourist satisfaction correctly the researchers offered many factors which could be used by collecting the comments of tourists after their experience : . expectations vs reality: passengers must be asked what they expected and was the quality of the trip services enough to fill that expectation. . satisfaction must be measured for every part of the trip : transportation, food & beverage, feature experiences. . capturing the data must be done quickly at the end of the experience american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org as a feeling of satisfaction or an intention to log a complaint may fade with time. the researcher thinks that through this information and the factors deduced by researchers, we can use it to provide services to raise the quality of the tourist trip and its services to provide all the requirements of passengers and in way that suit’s all kinds of passengers. religious behavior : we can divide the religious behavior into two sections , one section talks about how to balance the religious differences between passengers from a calming point of view, and the second section will discuss how to use religious behavior to prevent or cut of problems between passengers . 1. balancing the religious differences between tourist : many television programs and social media appeared showing cases of failure to transport passengers and plane crashes. these programs caused fear of traveling and moving from one place to another ,but these programs did not stop the activity of travel and movement completely, there are many people who continued to travel and move, but with fear of problems or breakdowns. the researcher finds that to remove the feeling of fear and discomfort, most people use a religious tool ( toi ) or perform a religious activity that helps bring a sense of calm and comfort . these tools and activities differs from one religion to another, and it is the duty of the tour operators to provide them in a balanced manner, the researcher believes that in order to provide these things, we first need to organize or know the religious times of both religions, or in simpler words, the organization of time according to (@bashirawan (youtube ) ) christens pray 7 times per day at different times (6am, 9am ,3pm, midnight prayer ,9pm ,6pm ,noon prayer ) as for muslims on the other hand they pray 5 times per day also at different times (3am, 12am, 7pm), after praying times, muslims like to read or listen to the quran because reading or listening to the quran can indeed evoke a sense of relaxation and pleasantness (abdullah, 2022). and christians are not completely different from muslims, they also pray and have their own religious believes but at different times, so the same services must be provided to christians, but on christian coordination like, instead of the quran we can use a type of music in christen religion called the choral music , which also can have a calming effect on individuals and promote relaxation . the researcher finds from the previously mentioned information that it is better to charge the muslims passengers with the book version of the quran and use a voice recorder so that the christens passengers can listen to the choral music, so that passengers from both religions can remove any feeling of anxiety or fear also this kind of service should be at a high quality and free or at low cost, because as mentioned, high quality experiences at low cost can make people happy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the researcher's own design (table"1") nield et al, abstracted that the food is a salient factor which is also responsible for tourists’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction (bam, 2020). the researcher believes that it is better to provide halal food to all passengers, whether they are muslims or non-muslims because according to (björk, 2021) non-muslims are increasingly consuming halal food for their dietary health and are considered contributors to the growing halal food sector. in europe, halal restaurants attract many non-muslim guests searching for exotic dishes and halal hygiene and safety standards. halal food is also considered a distinguished cuisine offered to both muslim and nonmuslim consumers and is made available at various outlets due to its high concerns on health, environmental and quality issues. additionally, a study mentioned in found that non-muslim tourists mainly experienced positive emotions while enjoying halal food during their travels. the elicited by halal food experiences focused on "joy" and "love." 2. how to use religious behavior to prevent problems between passengers : sometimes problems occur between passengers for certain reasons, such as a child kicking the seat, a heated discussion between passengers, (farrell, 2023), or talking too loudly (sumuel, 2023) ,or other problems that lead to a bad reputation or negative evaluation, to avoid these problems we must follow a system because developing a system can improve the customers experiences (calanas, 2023) system based on religious beliefs because as mentioned earlier that listening to the quran or the choral music can evoke a sense of relaxation and comfort , the system requires attention and monitoring of passengers' behavior to solve a specific problem between them, in case a senses that a problem is about to occur between passengers , measures must be taken depending on the type of religion and beliefs, for example, if all the passengers are muslims and a sharp discussion took place between them, the quran must be played, but not for the purpose of comfort, but for the purpose of silencing all passengers american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org because it was mentioned in the quran (when the qur'an is recited, listen to it, and be silent that you may receive mercy 204) . as for christens and the same thing for christens but on a christen coordination. from what has been mentioned above , we can conclude that religious behavior is a tool that can be used to control the religious behavior of the passengers during the tourist trip , and also to prevent problems that may occur between passengers. conclusion : the researcher concluded the following : .(toi) is an important part of (ttd) and it must be provided during prolonged waiting times or otherwise the passenger will be bored during these times. . passengers satisfaction could lead to development into the reputation of the company that is operate the tour. .religion’s beliefs and credibility can be used to raise the levels of calming and relaxation and it could also be used to control the passengers behavior to prevent problems between them. .long-term happiness is not related to things that are affected by age. commandments : . the researcher recommend for the future researches is to clarify the religious behavior even further and how it can be implemented on a spatial basis. . what are the changes that could happen if we use (fig1) on the basis of family tourist trip. references : 1. health (physical, mental, and social) benefits of choir singing ( .2021 .) 2. alexandrea sumuel ( .2023 .)16 airline passenger habits that drive people crazy . wander with alex . 3. arielle calanas ( .2023 .) the importance of systems and processes to your business. 4. b,* jos ́e ruiz-meza a ( .2022 .) a systematic literature review for the tourist trip design problem.: 5. ehl insights ( .2019 .) tourism satisfaction: importance, measurability & impacts .ehl. 6. ehl insights ( .2023 .) tourism satisfaction: importance, measurability & impacts .ehl.edu . 7. francis f. farrell ( .2023 .) outrageous complaints of airline passengers. 8. kathryn dumper, rose m. spielman ( .2021 .) psychology . 9. m., li, g., uysal, m & ,.song, h. saayman ( .2018 .) tourist satisfaction and subjective wellbeing: an index approach1 .international journal of tourism research . 10. mohammed abdalla kannan ( .2022 .) a review of the holy quran listening and its neural correlation for its. 11. mohammed abdalla kannan ( .2022 .) a review of the holy quran listening and its neural correlation for its. 12. mohammed abdalla kannan ( .2022 .) a review of the holy quran listening and its neural correlation for its. 13. mohd waqiyuddin abdullah ( .2022 .) a review of the holy quran listening and its neural correlation for its. 14. nirajan bam ( .2020 .) tourist satisfaction: relationship analysis. 15. peter björk ( .2021 .) motivational, emotional and. 16. vacharee prashyanusorn ( .2010 .) surveillance system for sustainable tourism with safety and privacy .elsevier . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the impact of new technologies and digital platforms on people’s worldview b. tuychiyev falsafa fanlari doktori o‘zbekiston milliy universiteti professori, a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the impact of new technologies and digital platforms on social structure and individuals’ worldviews. the digital revolution, social networks, and online platforms are reshaping social relationships, communication systems, and individual perceptions. the article discusses issues such as digital inequality, the spread of fake news, and psychological effects, as well as the influence of these factors on the formation of new subcultures and social groups. it also examines the social and cultural significance of digital technologies and their prospects for future research. new technologies, digital platforms, social networks, digital revolution, social structure, worldview, digital inequality, digital divide, fake news, psychological effects, social change, digital economy, subculture. introduction new technologies and digital platforms have become a primary driver of societal development across all sectors. digital tools such as the internet, mobile technologies, and social media are shaping the economic, political, and cultural structures of society. simultaneously, these technologies are fundamentally altering individual worldviews, behavior, and social interactions. in particular, the ways young people interact and share information via digital platforms, social inequality, the spread of misinformation (fake news), and many other issues are among today’s most pressing concerns. therefore, studying the impact of new technologies and digital platforms on social structures and individual worldviews has become a necessity. today, new technologies and digital platforms are impacting all aspects of society. the widespread adoption of the internet and mobile communication, coupled with the rise of social media, has significantly altered social interactions and information flows. social networks, blogs, forums, and other digital platforms provide individuals with unprecedented opportunities to express their opinions and quickly access and disseminate information. all of this is strongly influencing people’s worldviews and lifestyles. furthermore, the digital economy and online services have created new jobs globally, generating both new opportunities and risks within the social system. since the beginning of the 21st century, a technological revolution has rapidly unfolded globally, profoundly reshaping all social structures. key characteristics of this revolution include the introduction of digital technologies, artificial intelligence, robotics, blockchain, and other advanced innovations, leading to a transformation of management systems, production methods, and even social relations. the technological revolution plays a crucial role in simplifying people’s lives, fostering american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org global economic development, and creating new opportunities. however, these changes are also causing transformations in areas such as social structures, culture, politics, and interpersonal relationships. for example, the automation of jobs, the expansion of distance learning, and the widespread adoption of social media have created new structures within the social system. to understand the impact of the technological revolution on societal change, the following aspects should be considered: changes in social interaction and communication: new technologies have transformed traditional human interaction, shifting much of it to the virtual realm. social networks, messaging apps, and forums have fostered new forms of friendships and professional relationships; economic changes: digital technologies have accelerated business processes and created new economic systems (e.g., the digital economy, e-commerce); cultural integration: technological advancements have accelerated intercultural communication, but they can also contribute to the erosion of cultural traditions [1]. digital platforms are systems that operate via the internet and provide users with opportunities such as information sharing, accessing services, and buying or selling products [3]. these include social networks, online learning platforms, e-commerce websites, media platforms (such as youtube, facebook, twitter, instagram, tiktok), and others. social networks are platforms that enable users to connect, share ideas, and access new information [4]. they foster the creation of virtual communities, offer new ways of exchanging ideas, and provide opportunities for the dissemination of personal opinions. online services are platforms that provide users with various services via the internet [10]. for example, online learning platforms offer new forms of education, while online stores (such as amazon and alibaba) facilitate the quick purchase of goods. through digital platforms, people not only conduct business or pursue education but also engage in social and cultural interactions. these platforms connect society on a global scale, but they also give rise to new social and political challenges, such as the spread of misinformation, online violence, and the security of personal data. new technologies and digital platforms are constantly evolving, and their characteristics are continuously changing. these changes significantly impact social structures and individual worldviews. let’s examine some key evolving characteristics: rapid development: technologies and digital platforms are developing at an incredibly fast pace. new applications, platforms, and systems emerge within months or even weeks, creating new opportunities for users. this rapid development forces societal structures to adapt. adaptability and personalization: new technologies and digital platforms offer users services tailored to their individual needs. for example, social media platforms curate content based on users’ interests and behavior. this personalization process shapes social interactions and worldviews in novel ways. interactivity and community: new technologies foster interactive and collaborative activities. users can engage in discussions, participate in social and political issues, and even create online petitions and movements. this alters how people interact with society. rapid information dissemination: new technologies and digital platforms facilitate the incredibly fast and widespread dissemination of information. this allows for rapid societal responses and enables observation of global events. however, it also creates a significant risk of the spread of misinformation and disinformation [2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org in this way, new technologies and digital platforms are propelling social structures and individual worldviews into a new era. these changes reshape individuals’ roles and relationships within society. new technologies and digital platforms have significantly altered social networks and communication systems. a social network is generally understood as the sum of connections and interactions between people. previously, the main forms of communication systems were telephones, mail, and mass media. today, through social networks, messaging apps, and forums, communication between people happens in real-time, regardless of geographical location. digital technologies have accelerated communication processes, facilitated remote connections, and reduced the perceived distance between people. through social networks and internet platforms, people not only exchange ideas but also disseminate their views to a wider audience. this creates new opportunities for shaping public opinion and addressing social issues. new technologies and digital platforms are fostering the emergence of social groups and subcultures in new forms. using digital technologies, people create new communities based on shared interests, needs, or ideals. these groups may exist solely in virtual spaces, independent of geographical location. the development of new technologies and digital platforms can exacerbate social inequality. the digital divide refers to the disparity in access to and use of digital technologies and the internet. this disparity is largely based on economic and geographic factors. the digital divide is particularly pronounced in developing countries and rural areas. groups with limited access to technology, such as low-income families or older generations, also face difficulties utilizing online resources. the digital divide reinforces social inequalities within society. groups unable to utilize the opportunities offered by the internet and new technologies – such as access to education, conducting business, using services, and participating in social networks – become marginalized. this, in turn, amplifies economic and social disparities. digital platforms and social networks significantly shape individuals’ worldviews. social media allows users to freely express their opinions, explore the perspectives of others, and compare themselves to others. they reshape an individual’s self-perception, worldview, and goals. this process is particularly strong among younger generations, who spend more time in the digital world and are exposed to a wider range of ideas and values. through digital platforms, people share their worldviews with other users. for example, on social media platforms like facebook, twitter, and instagram, users openly express their opinions, life choices, and even political stances. this influences the development of their personal worldview and their sense of belonging within society. social networks alter an individual’s place within society and their relationships with others, sometimes amplifying emotions and opinions. thus, these platforms play a significant role not only in shaping personal worldviews but also in fostering social interactions. new technologies and digital platforms are leading to changes related to an individual’s worldview, behavior, and interaction with society. digital technologies can enhance individualism by empowering individuals to express their capabilities, opinions, and values. however, digital platforms and social media can also encourage collectivism by providing opportunities for community building and connection with other users. for example, the ability to unite through groups, communities, or hashtags on social media allows users to support each other in achieving a common goal or idea. this signifies a growth in collaborative work and collective decision-making. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org the rapid spread of information and the frequent dissemination of fake news via digital technologies significantly impacts public opinion. false news and misinformation can spread rapidly on social media, altering people’s decisions, emotions, and worldviews. this phenomenon poses a particular risk, especially concerning political topics or significant global events. misinformation spreads rapidly through digital platforms because users quickly “like,” “share,” and “retweet” it, often without verifying its accuracy. this reinforces negative attitudes towards factual reporting and creates uncertainty in social interactions. furthermore, social media, through the spread of fake news, can diminish critical thinking skills and increase the susceptibility of individuals to manipulation [8]. digital technologies and platforms play a crucial role in shaping new social systems and transforming societal communication methods. while previous social systems were often centralized and based on physical interactions, digital platforms now facilitate rapid and efficient communication across a global network. this, in turn, enables the creation of new social structures and strengthens communication between diverse groups. through the internet and social media, people freely express their ideas, developing new skills and social connections across various fields. on the other hand, these new social systems sometimes challenge centralized control and create opportunities for greater democracy, equality, and civil liberties. existing networks and connections bring people closer together and strengthen their positions within society. new technologies also foster new communication forms like video conferencing, online forums, and virtual communities. these options are vital in shaping social systems and creating new, interactive forms of dialogue. digital technologies and social networks contribute to strengthening democracy and social justice by providing avenues for free information sharing and public expression. citizens can amplify their voices on a large scale, initiating public discussions on political and social issues using digital tools. these processes, in turn, contribute to the development of more just and equitable political systems within society. digital platforms can also serve as powerful tools for promoting social justice. for example, online campaigns and movements are significantly impacting the protection of women’s rights, the rights of ethnic and religious minorities, the fight against societal inequalities, and the defense of human rights. these initiatives demonstrate the effective use of digital technologies to advance social justice and create equal opportunities for all segments of the population. however, the effective advancement of democracy and social justice in the digital realm requires addressing the digital divide and combating misinformation, as well as improving digital literacy across society. digital technologies and platforms have revolutionized education and cultural development. online learning platforms, distance education systems, and digital resources have made education more accessible and convenient for everyone. the emergence of digital culture has also brought about transformative changes: digital art, virtual exhibitions, and online cultural events play a significant role in introducing new generations to culture and the arts. these processes help expand education and culture globally. digital tools allow people to connect with diverse cultures, fostering cultural exchange between countries and peoples. online libraries, video lessons, and scientific resources contribute significantly to the advancement of knowledge and culture. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org furthermore, digital learning opportunities make education more accessible to people in remote areas worldwide. this plays a crucial role in expanding global education systems and creating equal opportunities. in assessing the social and political integration of technology within society, new technologies and digital platforms bring about systemic changes. primarily, they positively affect the formation of political systems, improve democratic processes, and foster the development of civil society [7]. digital technologies create new forms of political participation. online voting, e-governance, and digital civic engagement systems allow citizens to exercise their political rights and actively participate in the political process. simultaneously, social media and the internet facilitate the rapid dissemination of global movements advocating for justice, equality, and human rights. however, the political integration of technology can, in some cases, lead to the centralization of political power. the misuse of technology or increased state control over information can restrict citizens’ freedom of thought and access to information. overall, digital technologies are propelling society towards new social, political, and economic systems. these transformations create opportunities to advance social justice, equality, and civil liberties on a global scale. these processes also further enhance social integration and cultural exchange. new technologies and digital platforms are profoundly impacting the social fabric and individual worldviews of society. technological revolutions, social networks, and digital platforms play a crucial role in shaping relationships, economic and political processes, and the formation of individual identity and worldview. digital technologies enhance interaction between individuals and groups, leading to the emergence of new social systems, subcultures, and social structures. however, these processes can also exacerbate social inequalities, the digital divide, and the problem of misinformation. the shift in information dissemination and communication through digital platforms shapes individual worldviews, leading to new forms of psychological and social relationships within society. the mechanisms of social validation and “likes” on social media demonstrably impact the interplay of individualism and collectivism, significantly influencing people’s social opinions and perspectives. new technologies and digital platforms are vital for the cultural and social development of society. they transform communication methods, enabling the formation of new cultures and subcultures. digital technologies create new opportunities for advancements in education, culture, and the arts. the internet and social media facilitate global cultural exchange and readily accessible knowledge. this strengthens social integration and contributes to the formation of a global culture. however, the misuse of digital technologies or centralized control systems can restrict citizens’ rights and create new societal challenges. conversely, technologies also present new opportunities to promote democracy, social justice, and human rights. future research into the impact of new technologies and digital platforms on social structures and worldviews offers several promising avenues. firstly, research should delve deeper into the digital divide and its social impact, the spread of misinformation and its effect on public opinion, and the psychological effects of digital technologies on society. the differences between younger generations and digital natives, the socio-psychological aspects of their use of digital platforms, and their worldviews are particularly crucial areas of study. further research is needed into the development of digital education and culture. the effectiveness of digital education and its impact on social and cultural development should be investigated. new studies american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org should explore the potential and limitations of online education, and the role of digital tools in fostering global culture. furthermore, in-depth research is needed into the psychological impacts of social media and the influence of social validation on personal worldviews. this should examine how new social connections, ideas, and values are formed using new technologies and digital tools. research should also develop strategies for the effective use of digital tools to promote social justice, equality, and the protection of civil rights. this, in turn, will ensure the social integration and sustainable development of digital technologies within society. references 1. castells, m. (2010). the rise of the network society (2nd ed.). wiley-blackwell. b: 45-78, 101-132 2. boyd, d., & ellison, n. b. (2008). social network sites: definition, history, and scholarship. journal of computer-mediated communication, 13(1), 210-230. b: 212-215. 3. van dijk, j. (2012). the network society: social aspects of new media. sage publications. b: 5080, 125-150 4. shirky, c. (2008). here comes everybody: the power of organizing without organizations. penguin press. b: 35-60, 140-175 5. lanier, j. (2018). ten arguments for deleting your social media accounts right now. henry holt and company. b: 15-35, 50-70 6. zuboff, s. (2019). the age of surveillance capitalism: the fight for a human future at the new frontier of power. publicaffairs. b: 30-60, 120-145 7. mcluhan, m. (1964). understanding media: the extensions of man. mcgraw-hill. b: 8-20, 50-70 8. turkle, s. (2011). alone together: why we expect more from technology and less from each other. basic books. b: 40-60, 90-110 9. anderson, c., & rainie, l. (2014). the future of the internet. pew research center. b: 23-45, 101120 10. fuchs, c. (2017). social media: a critical introduction. sage publications. b: 5-35, 120-150. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org data-based leadership and its impact on improving the performance of sports organizations-analytical study hf or the opinions of a sample of workers in the najaf youth and sports directorate assistant lect. murtaza khachi hayyawi department business of administration, college of administration and economics, university of misan, amarah, 62001, misan, iraq. murtadha.k@uomisan.edu.iq assistant lect. mohammed hammadi jaber al-bakhati department business of administration, college of administration and economics, university of misan, amarah, 62001, misan, iraq. e-mail: mohammed.hamadi@uomisan.edu.iq assistant lect. afrah baqer abdul jaleel college of physical education and sport sciences – university of kufa e-mail: afraib.hashim@uokufa.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study aims to investigate the impact of data-driven leadership on performance in sports organizations focusing on najaf's general directorate of youth and sports in particular questionnaire (100 questionnaires) on leadership practices of data use and impact on performance of sports organizations was distributed to the staff of the general directorate of youth and sports in najaf (88) questionnaires were collected, (88) validated questionnaires for statistical analysis, (85) . questions were smart analyzed using pls v.4, the study also found a list of results, the most important of which were: there is a relationship between improving performance, and this is an important finding well. data-driven leadership is not a magic bullet, but it is a powerful tool that can dramatically improve organizational performance and decisionmaking. by creating a culture of data consumption, putting data insights to good use, and prioritizing data literacy, leaders can overcome today’s challenging business environment and achieve sustainable success several recommendations are made, including: educate employees and stakeholders about the importance of data, its use in order to improve performance and performance. data-driven leadership, sports organization performance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org introduction data-driven approaches in modern sport management have emerged as a key to improving organizational performance. this study focuses on the relationship between data-driven leadership and improvement in the performance of sport organizations, specifically examining the perspectives of officials from the general ministry of youth and sports in najaf data-driven leadership has become critical to organizational performance in today’s rapidly evolving business environment. data-driven decision-making deals with using data and analytics to guide and inform strategic choices, creating a culture where data-driven insights play a central role in organizational design, and manage, and analyze in the game landscape is evolving rapidly, with more leaders guiding their decisions using data analytics. data-driven leadership refers to the use of data and analytics to inform strategic, operational, and strategic decisions within an organization. in sports, this approach involves using performance indicators, player statistics, and other relevant data to gain insights that lead to more informed and effective decisions this introduction paves the way for exploring the important intersections of data-driven leadership and organizational performance. as we delve deeper into this dynamic relationship, we’ll explore how leaders can effectively use data to improve strategic planning, improve productivity, spur innovation, and ultimately for organizational effectiveness in an ever-evolving business environment. the youth sports agency in najaf provides an interesting setting for this study, as it provides a snapshot of the broader sport governance environment. by surveying their employees’ perspectives, understand pay this this is the survey to uncover the ideas, challenges, and potential benefits associated with adopting data-driven leadership practices. the first axis methodological framework of the study introduction the study of the relationship between data-driven leadership and organizational performance involves a comprehensive methodology for collecting, analyzing, and interpreting relevant data. the proposed study methodology is as follows: first: the problem of the study data-driven leadership is a powerful tool that can help sports organizations gain a competitive advantage. by using data to guide decision-making, improve performance, and increase fan engagement, organizations can achieve success on and off the field. from the above, the following question can be raised: what is the impact of data-based leadership in improving the performance of a sports institution? second: study objectives that the primary objective of this study is to examine the relationship between data-driven leadership and performance outcomes of sports organizations. specifically, the research seeks to: 1. identify the key components of data-driven leadership in the context of sports organizations. 2. assessing the current level of adoption of data-driven decision-making in sports leadership. 3. study the impact of data-driven leadership on key performance indicators, such as team success, player development, and financial performance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 4. explore the challenges and barriers faced by sports organizations in implementing and adopting data-driven leadership. 5. provide recommendations for the effective integration and use of data-driven approaches in sports leadership. third: the importance of the study the study seeks the findings of this research will shed light on the role of data-driven leadership in shaping the performance of sports organizations, and provide practical insights for the directorate of youth and sports in najaf. by understanding the perspectives of workers on the ground, the study aims to provide actionable recommendations to enhance the effectiveness of data-driven strategies, and ultimately contribute to the overall success and advancement of sports management practices within the region. fourth: study hypothesis the main hypothesis of this study is that “there is a positive relationship between the adoption of datadriven leadership practices in sports organizations and overall performance improvement.” fifth: study model the study model consists of two variables: the first is data-based leadership, which represents the independent variable, and the second is the performance of sports institutions, which represents the dependent variable, as follows: figure (1) hypothetical study model figure (1) hypothetical study model the second axis theoretical framework of the observe first: the concept of data-driven leadership data-driven leadership is a technique to selection-making and management that is based closely on the evaluation and interpretation of statistics. in this management style, selections are based totally on facts data-driven leadership analytical thinking and decision-making based on data continuous learning, adaptation, and technology integration risk management data ethics management of sports organizations performance scheduling cost of performance quality performance stakeholder satisfaction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org and proof, as opposed to relying completely on instinct and revel in. this method has come to be increasingly more popular as agencies recognize the fee of the usage of facts to benefit perception, make knowledgeable decisions, and power better enterprise effects.(corsair's 2017: thirteen).datapushed leadership is not about putting off intuition and enjoy, however approximately combining the energy of statistics and analytics to decorate selection-making. this requires a cultural shift within an organization wherein records is valued and leaders and employees are empowered to make evidencebased selections. data-pushed management is defined as a commitment to the usage of information to attach an business enterprise to its clients, pressure measurement and accountability, and guide useful resource allocation. (hamash, et al, 2022: 24(. as defined leadership standa on records on it a management style that leverages data insights to manual selection-making, method, and universal organizational performance.(schmidt, et al, 2023: 298). second: characteristics of a data-driven leader the leader will stand a data-driven person is someone who relies on data and analytics to inform decision-making and drive organizational success. this method entails amassing, reading, and decoding relevant facts to obtain statistics and make informed selections. (bratasano, 2018: 4). here are some of the key characteristics and practices associated with data-driven leadership: (schmidt, et al, 2023: 299-300) 1. analytical skills: data-driven leaders have strong analytical skills to understand and interpret complex data sets. they can identify patterns, trends and interrelationships that are essential for making informed decisions. 2. data collection and management: priority collecting and organizing the right information ought to be prioritised. this involves; data quality, data accuracy, data completeness in order to allow quantitative analysis. 3. technological proficiency: technophile means that leaders are not hesitant to work with technologies and tools used for data-driven tasks. they frequently incorporate platforms, including machine learning and artificial intelligence, to get better perspectives. 4. objective decision-making: instead of going with instincts or hunches to make the decisions, data driven leaders rely in facts and figures. this reduce bias and subjectivity inherent in most decision making activities and procedures. 5. continuous learning: indeed, technology and data analytical tools are proving to be dynamic, so training is important. these keep up to date with the advances in data science and analytics. 6. clear communication: data-driven leaders are in essence skilled communicators precisely in terms of communicating data in a comprehensible manner to different stakeholders. this helps organizational understanding and acceptance. 7. risk management: they employ data to identify threats, and risks and to formulate avoidance or minimization strategies appropriately. instead of going through uncertainty, they will understand the challenges and opportunities from the data analysis and prevent uncertainties by making necessary decisions. 8. performance measurement: managing processes with data involves defining kpi’skpi’s and then continually monitoring organizational performance against those indicators. such enables tracking of the amount of progress and also which strategies should maybe be altered. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 9. collaboration: therefore, when working in a data-tized environment, collaboration is a necessity. managers collaborate with data scientists, information technology specialists, and others who will be using the data in the organization. 10. agile decision making: adaptive approach; the leaders who use data in order to make appropriate decisions are able to change their ways of doing things. they are in a position to quickly adapt to change because they can use data from the field in real-time. adopting a data-driven approach requires a cultural shift within an organization, with leadership playing a pivotal role in driving the importance of data and analytics. by fostering a culture focused on data-driven decision-making, leaders can set their organizations up for greater efficiency, innovation, and success in a data-driven world. third: dimensions of data-based leadership data-driven leadership refers to the use of data and analytics to inform decision-making and guide leadership practices. leaders who embrace a data-driven approach use information and insights to make more informed, objective, and strategic decisions. (windt , et al, 2019:8) here are several key dimensions or aspects of data-driven leadership:(hamash, et al, 2022:: 27) 1the thinking the my analysis and take data-driven decision making analytical thinking represents ability to interpret and analyze data to extract meaningful insights. so data-driven leaders have strong analytical thinking skills, enabling them to understand complex data sets and draw relevant conclusions. and that make strategic decisions backed by data rather than relying solely on intuition or experience. where he does data-driven leaders prioritize data in their decisionmaking processes, using it to validate assumptions and mitigate risks. 2continuous learning and adaptation and technology integration embrace a culture of learning and adapting based on insights gained from data.so data-driven leaders encourage a culture of continuous learning, where teams use data to identify areas for improvement and adapt strategies accordingly. and that integrating technology tools and platforms to enhance data collection and analysis. as it can data-driven leaders keep up with technological developments, ensuring their teams have the right tools to efficiently collect and analyze data. 3risk management it means use data to identify potential risks and develop strategies to mitigate them.so data-driven leaders proactively identify and address risks by leveraging data insights, contributing to more effective risk management. 4data ethics ensure that data collection and use complies with ethical standards and regulations. so ethical considerations are a priority for data-driven leaders, ensuring that data is handled responsibly and in compliance with relevant laws and regulations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the second topic theoretical framework of the variable of performance of sports organizations first: the concept of performance performance is one administrative terms are almost the most common term in the literature of various administrative sciences, as most writings deal with it directly or indirectly, considering it to represent the basic objective that all departments of public, private and joint organizations sought to improve it. given because it is important because it reflects the level of success you achieve or seek to achieve. organizations, therefore, defining its concept remains an urgent necessity. and the problem of great importance to managers in these organizations and researchers. some people link performance to the overall performance of the organization. this is because they only look at performance from the perspective of operational dimension indicators, especially financial dimension indicators, and they overlook indicators that measure profitability and return on investment.(bahr and abu suwairh, 2010: 6). the performance corresponds to the latin pronunciation language. performer "that gives shape to something what, which i derived the english word from it. performance" that it means the work achievements or how the organization achieves it. its goals.(cheap,2005: 86) difference (tomas) when he addressed the concept of performance both as behavior, and achievement, and performance, behavior is the activity carried out by agents in one of the organizations. in this regard, such as holding meetings, execute the activities and tasks assigned to them, and everything else they do in order to complete the tasks assigned to them, achievement refers to the impact or the state that persists when people are no longer acting or performing a specific behavior. the job, as the end product of work and their actions, performance is the relationship between behavior. and achievement, it is not behavior alone or achievement alone, but rather the integration of both (al-jihan, 2009: 57). known (humaidi, & asarani, 2012: 770) performance of the system as it meets cost and time targets and adheres to product specifications.at. as organizational performance refers to the overall effectiveness and efficiency of an organization in achieving its goals and objectives. it is a broad concept that encompasses various aspects of an organization’s work, including financial health, operational efficiency, employee satisfaction, customer satisfaction, innovation, and strategic alignment. analyzing and improving an organization’s performance is critical to long-term success and sustainability.(adula, 2022: 132). second: performance dimensions he specifies the dimensions of the organization’s performance are as follows: (ahmed & anantatmula, 2017) 1performance scheduling schedule performance has a concrete effect on the projects and its results are critical to evaluating assessed project performance. the schedule is one of the time-related factors that impact project performance since it involves many stakeholders’ interactions during the project and these interactions also, consume time. schedule performance followers are many and include the schedule estimate, the schedule control mechanisms, the quality estimate, design documents, environmental factors, project management, and leadership skills that result in schedule changes.(ahmed & anantatmula, 2017: 3). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 2cost of performance the cost is one the most important goals that most organizations focus on to achieve high and distinguished performance, as they seek through low-cost operations to provide a service or produce a product at the lowest possible cost in order to satisfy external and internal customers. reducing prices leads to an increase in demand for products or services, but it works to reduce the profit margin if it is impossible to produce the product or service at a lower cost (krajewski, et al.,2007:51) costs not only affect project efficiency, but also have a significant impact on project stakeholders. similar to schedule performance, cost performance is affected by poor project planning, poor cost estimation, and ineffective cost control mechanisms, leading to project budget revisions.(ahmed & anantatmula, 2017: 4). 3quality performance however, performance quality is another performance characteristic that may affect the performance of a project. the project’s performance quality refers to the aesthetic, functionality and legal conformance of the project and the project outcomes. while project requirements can be simple, they can also be complicated. quality is realized when: the end product can be described or when the end product actually embodies the specified standard. in exploring how project performance can be enhanced, it will be significant for project managers to pay attention on the quality standards provided by the project activities and processes. (ahmed & anantatmula, 2017: 5). care about organizations all of them have quality as an important and basic goal as it means "doing things right" but the things that the process needs to do right must be appropriate for the type of process. perception customer satisfaction with high quality products and services means that there is a strong possibility of customer return. it is an important and major influence on customer satisfaction. customer dissatisfaction, and quality within the process means continuing to produce products and services with certain characteristics. this will not only lead to customer satisfaction, but also make the business easierinside operations (slack, et al., 2014:45) 4stakeholder satisfaction dissemination of information and cooperation with all levels of stakeholders is highly important in terms of project success. project managers can only finally assess project performance after the client or customer receives and uses the project results, indicating the successful completion of the project. beyond cost, time, and quality specifications, it is essential for project managers to prioritize customer benefits, stakeholder expectations, and customer needs. during the initial planning phase, project stakeholders clarify their requirements, while their expectations are clarified throughout the implementation phase. both cost and time play a critical role in influencing project efficiency and stakeholder interests.(ahmed & anantatmula, 2017: 6). the third axis the applied aspect of the study the first topic coding variables and dimensions the variables and dimensions will be coded for ease of analysis of the research sample data. my agencies: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org variable code the dimension code data-driven leadership x analytical thinking and decision making based on data x1 continuous learning, adaptation and technology integration x2 risk management x3 data ethics x4 performance of sports organizations y performance scheduling y1 cost of performance y2 quality performance y3 stakeholder satisfaction y4 the table was prepared by researchers descriptive analysis of study variables table (1) gives a descriptive analysis of the scale where the measure of central tendency used is the weighted arithmetic mean, along with the standard deviation to assess the dispersion of the data. the results from the weighted arithmetic mean indicated that each paragraph related to the independent variable, data-driven leadership, exceeded the hypothetical mean (3) on a three-point likert scale. this means that all paragraphs and the overall variable are prevalent within the organization under study, although still below the required level. similarly, the paragraphs related to the dependent variable, sports organization performance, also exceeded the hypothetical mean, indicating their prevalence within the organization under study, while remaining below the required level. furthermore, admittedly, in the descriptive analysis, there were very low figures of standard deviations and variation reducing the variability of the scores indicating the respondent’s good understanding of the paragraphs. table (1) descriptive statistics for study variables variable the dimension paragraphs arithmetic mean standard deviation variance data-driven leadership analytical thinking and decision making based on data x11 3.34615 1.43521 2.06 x12 3.26923 1.54509 2.387 x13 3.13462 1.4549 2.117 continuous learning, adaptation and technology integration x21 3.28846 1.48086 2.193 x22 3.51923 1.66893 2.785 x23 3.36539 1.56418 2.447 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org risk management x31 3.51923 1.59923 2.558 x32 3.25 1.48086 2.193 x33 3.25769 1.52172 2.316 data ethics x41 3.26923 1.5858 2.5203 x42 3.15385 1.4627 2.1521 x43 3.11923 1.29958 1.689 performance of sports organizations performance scheduling y11 3.01923 1.38659 1.923 y12 3.19231 1.29958 1.689 y13 3.26539 1.39514 1.946 cost of performance y21 3.15385 1.50211 2.256 y22 3.26923 1.54509 2.387 y23 3.15385 1.4627 2.1521 quality performance y31 3.19231 1.66893 2.785 y32 3.26923 1.5858 2.5203 y33 3.25769 1.52172 2.316 stakeholder satisfaction y41 3.25 1.48086 2.193 y42 3.21154 1.68569 2.842 y43 3.10385 1.70369 2.903 source: prepared by the researcher based on the program outputs smart pls v.4 the second topic structural model evaluation and hypothesis testing based on the data collected in this study, the researcher aims to test the hypotheses advanced in the current study which encompass the hypotheses of association and those that pertain to direct and indirect effects on the key variables and their sub-constructs. to test the hypotheses, the researcher used a set of precise educational methods. therefore, this section is organized into two main paragraphs: the first paragraph focuses on testing the hypotheses of association, while the second paragraph deals with examining the hypotheses of direct effect, as shown below: firstly: a test relationships link this paragraph consists of testing the first main hypothesis, which is as follows: it says it: there is a direct relationship between data use in management and organizational performance. institutions sports to prove the validity of this assumption, table no. (2) indicates that. the correlation analysis depicts that data-based leadership has a strong positive relationship with the performance of the sports organization, and that the value of the correlation coefficient between the two reaches (0.01) at a significant level of (0.741). from the acceptance of the first main hypothesis and with rejection of the null hypothesis, there are five sub hypotheses which can be derived from this hypothesis, which are: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 1. having a relationship correlation positive and significant between analytical thinking and decision making based on data and performance of sports organizations: the correlation matrix in table (2) shows that there is a significant positive correlation between databased analytical thinking, decision-making, and the performance of the sports organization. the value of the correlation coefficient reached (.676). the significance level was (1%), which from the above indications, it can be concluded that the availably of all the key research requirements affirms the hypothesis. first always reject the null hypothesis. 2. there is a positive relationship between continuous learning, diversity, technological integration, and performance in sports companies. table no. (2) of the correlation matrix also indicates that there is a meaningful positive relation between continuous learning, adaptation, technological integration, and the performance of sports organizations, as the value of the correlation coefficient reaches (0.629) at a significance level of (0.01), this one also supports the second sub-hypothesis along with the non-acceptance of hyp zero. 3. having a relationship correlation positive and significant between risk management and performance of sports organizations: table (2) of the correlation matrix shows a significant and positive relationship between risk management and the performance of sports organizations, as the value of the correlation coefficient reaches (0.690) at the significance level (0.01), which supports the validity of the third sub-hypothesis and rejects the hypothesis zero. 4. having a relationship correlation positive and significant between data ethics and performance of sports organizations: the correlation matrix in table (2) shows a significant and positive relationship between data ethics and the performance of sports organizations, as the value of the correlation coefficient reaches (0.648) at the significance level (0.01) indicates that the third sub-hypothesis is correct and rejects the null hypothesis. table no. (2) correlation matrix between data-driven leadership and its dimensions and the performance of sports organizations x x1 x2 x3 x3 y pearson correlation .741** .676** .629** .690** .648** sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 n 60 60 60 60 60 source: program results spss v.26. 1the impact hypothesis is the second main hypothesis of the study. to test the hypothesis on any direct or indirect effect of any variable in this study, a structural equations modeling was developed based on the participants’ responses, as revealed in figure (2). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org firstly: to test the second main hypothesis. the second major hypothesis is that (h2) that “there is a positive impact relationship between datadriven leadership and the performance of sports institutions.” in order to examine this hypothesis, the structural model presented in fig (2) was constructed and the result was formed. they are shown in table (3). figure 2 shows the path model used in testing the second major hypothesis. source: program outputs smart pls v.4 table (3) the findings of assessing the second main hypothesis of the structural model hypothesis track path parameter tvalue pvalue the result the coefficient of determinationr2 adjusted r2 h2 x→y 0.796 8.702 0 acceptance 0.63 0.55 source: program outputs smart pls v.4 table no. (3) present the outcome of the evaluation of the structural model of the third main hypothesis with the path coefficient of 0.796, which complied with the value restrictions (t and p) and the adjusted coefficient of determination r2 (0.63) for the purpose of show explanatory power. this indicates that the leadership variable in the database explains 63% of the sport organization performance variable (the rest are other factors not addressed in the model). seconddly: the hypothesis is being tested. at sub-hypothesis derived from the second main hypothesis. below are the sub-hypotheses derived from the second main hypothesis.(h2-1, h2-2, h2-3, h2-4): h2-1: product advertising has a positive effect on the performance of sports organizations. h2-2: price deception has a positive effect on the performance of sports organizations. h2-3: there is a positive influence relationship. to deceive in promotionin the performance of sports organizations. h2-4: there is a positive influence relationship. to deceive in promotionin the performance of sports organizations. in order to test these hypotheses, the structural model in figure (3) was built and table (4) presents the test of structural model hypotheses against these hypotheses. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org figure (3) the structural model for assessing the sub-hypotheses developed from the second main hypothesis. source: program outputssmartpls v.4 table no. (4) analysis of the results of the evaluation of the structural model of the hypothesis as at sub-hypothesis stemming from the second main hypothesis hypothesis track path parameter tvalue pvalue the result the coefficient of determinationr2 adjusted r2 h3-1 x1→y 0.243 5.009 0 acceptance 0.63 0.58 h3-2 x2→y 0.225 4.243 0 acceptance h3-3 x3→y 0.269 6.875 0 acceptance h3-4 x4→y 0.263 5.975 0 acceptance source: program outputssmartpls v.4 table no. (4) shows the results of evaluating the structural model for the sub-hypotheses derived from the second main hypothesis, where it was shown that the path coefficients for the three hypotheses (h2-1, h2-2, h2-3, h2-4) are significant and meet the required limits for t-value, p-value) (for the purpose of explanatory power, the adjusted r2 (0.63) indicating that the dimensions of data-based leadership variables explain (63%) of the performance of sports organizations (the rest are other factors that were not taken into account in the model). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the fourth axis conclusions and recommendations first: conclusions the results of the study on data-driven leadership and its impact on improving the performance of sports organizations summarize the main findings and implications of the study, with a particular focus on the opinions of the employees of the general directorate of youth and sports in najaf. they are as follows: 1. this analytical study examines the role of data-driven leadership in improving the performance of sports organizations, with a particular focus on the general directorate of youth and sports in najaf. responses gathered from the self-administered questionnaire provided important information from various aspects of the opinions of the organization’s employees. 2. it was seen that the practitioners have a certain level of understanding about the role of data in decision-making with specific reference to sports management. survey participants agreed that data can be effective for providing information, planning, and generally improving the management and leadership of sports organizations. 3. hence, the leadership of the sports organizations and the effects on performance drives the researchers to focus on data analysis. dd is not the panacea for leadership struggles, but it is a great tool that may have a considerable impact on the performance and decision-making of organizations. three idea points for practical applications for the executive are to create a culture where data is valued, managing data properly as an essential business tool and focusing on improving data competency. second: recommendations in this context, data-driven leadership in sports organizations can be defined in simple terms as the exercise of managerial and administrative functions of an organization together with the proper utilization of data and analytics. here are some recommendations for incorporating data-driven leadership to improve the performance of sports organizations: 1. the necessity for an organizational culture that encourages the use of analytics for decision-making at each company level. 2. it is also acknowledged that there is a need to educate the employees and other stakeholders concerning the value of data and how improvement can be achieved using data. 3. investing in data infrastructure: 4. build the organization’s data foundation for collecting, storing, and analyzing the related data. 5. use adoption of technologies for the consolidation of information from divergent sources including player statistics, fan analytics, and financial performance. 6. it also contains elements in the determination of main indices which are oriented to the goal and/or objectives of an organization. some of such components are; the efficacy of players, the level of participation by the fans, and profits that are realized. 7. tregularly assess the relevance of key performance indicators and align them with organizational goals. 8. map out the relevance of the analytic approach to the process of players’ selection and acquisition. player statistics, injuries, and other features to understand what players benefit the team and that it is worth using them in a team. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 9. necessity employing predictive statistics to find top talent and possible future celebrities. 10. importance use technology and other work-related tools in assessing the performance of your players during training sessions and practices as well as during every match. 11. how evaluation can be useful apply the data obtained to reveal possible weak points for the specific members of the team, and the team in general. 12. compulsion employ data to keep a record of the amount of work done by the players, potential risk of injury, and ways of preventing the risk of injury. 13. he should implement injury prevention and rehabilitation measures that is gathered from data analysis to ensure efficient turnaround time in healing and/or minimizing player repeated injuries. 14. many should be analyzing the analyze fan data to develop a profile understanding of analyze fans and their evaluative criteria, analyze behavioral tendencies, and measure engagement levels. 15. utilise advanced analytics in the marketing strategies and concepts to improve fans’ satisfaction and hence make fans loyal to the firm. 16. use data while making optimal choices of which of the programs to support with funds, which sponsorships to embark on, and what ticket prices to charge. 17. he should analyze data to identify revenues and analyze data to look for potential cost-saving avenues. 18. necessity foster a culture of change proactivity driven by data. 19. there is a need to undertake a coordinated check on the steps undertaken, measures accomplished and together with, and successes and failures, and change the strategies based on these findings. 20. this call implies putting in place strict measures for handling and disseminating data, especially sensitive information. 21. should as sure as shooting to adhere to any applicable regulations that have been put in place on data protection for credibility with stake holders. references 1. forharr, yousef and abu suwairh, ayman salman, (2010), the impact of the organizational climate on the job performance of administrative workers at the islamic university of gaza, islamic university journal, human studies series, vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 1147-1214, palestine. 2. mazhouda, abdelmalek, (2005), performance between efficiency and effectiveness, concept and evaluation, journal of human sciences, issue 1, publications of the university of biskra, pp. 85100. 3. al-jihan, dina salman abdul rahman, (2009), the relationship between emotional intelligence and the level of performance of leaders in a private institution in the city of riyadh, a field study, unpublished master’s thesis, arab open academy, college of arts and education. 4. schmidt, d. h., van dierendonck, d., & weber, u. (2023). the data-driven leader: developing a big data analytics leadership competency framework. journal of management development, 42(4), 297-326. 5. corsair's. (2017, june 17). what is data-driven leadership? medium. https://careeraccelerator.corsairs.network/what-is-data-driven-leadership-e97f0e123f39 6. datnow, a., & park, v. (2014). data-driven leadership. john wiley & sons. 7. windt, b., borgman, h., & amrit, c. (2019). understanding leadership challenges and responses in data-driven transformations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 8. bratasanu, v. (2018). leadership decision-making processes in the context of data driven tools. quality-access to success, 19. 9. ahmed, r., & anantatmula, v. s. (2017). empirical study of project managers leadership competence and project performance. engineering management journal, 29(3), 189-205. 10. krajewski, lee, et al., 2007, operations management processes and value chains, 8th ed., prentice hall, new delhi. 11. slack, nigel, et al., 2014, operations management, 4 ed., printice hall, london 12. adula, m., kant, s., & birbirsa, z. a. (2022). systematic literature review on human resource management effect on organization performance. annals of human resource management research, 2(2), 131-146. 13. humaidi, n., & asarani, n. a. m. (2012). investigation on project management performance usingknowledge project management performanceassessment model: a pilot study. international journal of innovation, management and technology, 3(6), 769. 14. hamash, m., mohammed, h., & ghreir, h. (2022) effectively promoting datadriven leadership among education leaders. published in december 2022, 24. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org the use of broccoli and broccoli sprouts in the prevention andtreatment of various diseases ulugbekova diyora student 4 course urgench state university, urgench, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s all over the world preference is given to natural plant products, as medicines and vegetables for the prevention and treatment of various diseases. epidemiological studies have shown that natural foods strengthen the immune system and act asanti-inflammatory, antioxidant, anti-mutagenic and anti-cancer agents. one of such agents is the miraculous vegetable broccoli and broccoli sprouts from the brassicaceae family. broccoli, broccoli sprouts, medical significance, glucosinolates, wide application in medicine. introduction in all situations-cases, preference is given to natural, medicinal plant products. as medicines and including vegetables, since the ancient medical system, such as ayurveda, has been used for a long time to treat various diseases. in recent years, much attention has been paid to plant products for the prevention of various diseases due to their less painful consequences. epidemiological studies have shown that natural foods strengthen the immune system and act as anti-inflammatory, antioxidant and anti-cancer agents, one of such agents is broccoli and broccoli sprouts. materials and methods nutrition plays an important role in health and disease; some nutrients are not only necessary but essential for optimal health. traditional foods are seen as sources of energy and life that can maintain homeostasis through their nutrients. however, it is now recognized that certain foods can provide more than just energy and essential nutrients. nutrition plays an important role in health and disease; some mono, edible vegetable and herb sprouts have attracted increasing attention in recent years and are considered functional foods due to their valuable health-promoting properties. including 3-day-old broccoli sprouts (brassica oleracea l. var. italica) are highly valued for their significant content of 10-100 times more glucoraphanin than the corresponding mature plants. notably, sprouts of many broccoli varieties contain insignificant amounts of indole glucosinolates, which predominate in mature vegetables and can produce degradation products that can enhance oncogenesis. it follows that a small amount of cruciferous sprouts may protect against cancer risk as effectively as much larger amounts of mature vegetables of the same variety. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org epidemiological studies support the potential role of nutritional factors in bladder cancer risk, such as increased fluid intake and consumption of cruciferous vegetables, especially broccoli. in a large prospective study, there was a 39% reduction in the risk of bladder cancer with ≥2 servings of broccoli per week compared with <1 serving (p=0.009). glucoraphanin (a precursor of sulforaphane) is the predominant glucosinolate found in both broccoli and broccoli sprouts. to elucidate possible mechanisms of action by which broccoli isothiocyanates may inhibit bladder cancer cell viability, we examined the ability of these compounds to modulate the cell cycle and induce apoptosis. our studies demonstrate the antitumor activity of broccoli, broccoli sprouts, and their pure isothiocyanates using in vitro and in vivo bladder cancer models. a study on rats showed: 1. dietary administration of lyophilized aqueous extract of broccoli sprouts significantly and dosedependently inhibited the development of bladder cancer induced by n-butyl-n-(4-hydroxybutyl) nitrosamine, including reduced cancer incidence, smaller tumor size, and reduced cancer invasiveness. 2. inhibition of bladder cell carcinogenesis by broccoli extract was associated with increased induction of glutathione-s-transferase (gst) and nad(p)h:quinone oxidoreductase 1 (nqo1), which are important protective enzymes against oxidants and carcinogens. 3. gst are important phase ii enzymes that typically detoxify carcinogenic metabolites with the participation of the conjugate of many electrophilic substrates with glutathione, in vitro studies have shown that isothiocyanate extract of broccoli sprouts induces mitochondria-mediated apoptosis, as well as arrests cells in sand m-phases. sulforaphane, a natural compound derived from broccoli sprouts, has been shown to have anti-cancer activity. this study shows that sulforaphane inhibits breast cancer stem cells in vitro and in vivo. conclusion brassicaceae vegetables are quite unique due to their bioactive metabolites, consisting of a large number of sulfur-containing compounds such as glucosinolates, along with phenolic acids and flavonoids. numerous in vitro and in vivo studies have shown that broccoli sprouts possess various biological properties, including antioxidant, antitumor, anticancer, antimicrobial, anti-inflammatory. preventive trials of whole foods or simple extracts offer prospects for effectively reducing the growing global burden of cancer. thus, brassicaceae plants represent an excellent source of nutrients and phytochemicals that promote health, which overall contributes to the dietary importance of these food crops as beneficial against certain types of diseases. references 1. mavlonovich b. m. anti-cancer properties of cruciferousvegetables //asian journal of pharmaceutical and biological research. – 2022. – т. 11. – no.2 2. wigner p, bijak m, saluk-bijak j. the green anti-cancer weapon. the role ofnatural compounds in bladder cancer treatment. international journal of molecular sciences.2021; 22(15):7787.https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms22157787 3. kensler tw, egner pa, agyeman as, visvanathan k, groopman jd, chen jg, chenty, fahey jw, talalay p. keap1-nrf2 signaling: a target for cancer prevention by sulforaphane.top curr chem. 2013;329:163-77. doi: 10.1007/128_2012_339. pmid: 22752583; pmcid:pmc3553557. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 4. mangla, b., javed, s., sultan, m. h., kumar, p., kohli, k., najmi, a., ... ahsan, w.(2021, october 1). sulforaphane: a review of its therapeutic potentials, advances in itsnanodelivery, recent patents, and clinical trials. phytotherapy research. john wiley and sonsltd.https://doi.org/10.1002/ptr.7176. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org human potential (potential) information society as a development factor haydarov abror, tashkent state transport university, associate professor of the department of social sciences, ph.d. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, the development of human potential is currently the development of an information society, modernization of the economy, social teachings, the vitality of social communities, their selfdevelopment, maintenance of social order, the development of economic, political and social spheres, the role of the subjective, human factor in solving the existing problem such issues are covered. potential (competence), human competence, "human factor", "human capital", innovation, innovative development, information society. introduction development of human potential (potential) is currently the basis of development of information society and modernization of economy. social sciences have long been interested in finding social mechanisms that ensure the vitality of various social communities, their self-development, maintenance of social order, and the development of economic, political and social spheres of their life at the same time. solving the problem was and still is related to increasing the role of the subjective, human factor, human development, activation of investments in the individual, increasing the quality of the population and human potential, and the formation of various social capitals (economic, cultural, symbolic). when the concept of "human potential" is used, we intuitively assume that we are talking about the property (properties) of a person, group, society, which help to solve the problems faced by people in certain conditions. people have long known about these properties at the level of practical consciousness and used them in various social practices. j. moreno and a. maslow created the theoretical foundations of studying human potential. the first established a program of human potential research that included the development of methods aimed at promoting high performance. a. maslow is the father of the modern socio-psychological approach to human potential. in particular, he created the concept of "peak experiences" a high state of a person who realizes his potential. he studied the favorable conditions for the activation of "peak experiences". all those who have studied human potential are united by the belief that people usually use only a small part of their potential. the research of the proponents of this idea was based on the desire to maximize human potential. this is how the movement of human potential, expressed in the creation of growth centers in the usa in the 1960s and 1970s, appeared, where various methods of activating the "highest experiences" and "life forces" were used on a paid basis, which were supposed to find expression in positive creativity. however, in the late 1970s, the human potential movement began to decline. his supporters were sharply criticized for the inaccuracy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org and inadequacy of practical mobilization activities, for their inability to reveal human potentia[1]. however, the information society formation and development made this problem more urgent. first, let's talk about the etymology of the concept of "authority". the word "potential" (latin potensia strength, power, potential) entered the russian language in the 19th century by acquiring it from the french language, and naturally entered the uzbek language from the russian language. that is, the concept of potential refers to a set of possibilities that have actually become influencing factors under certain conditions. in fact, the concept of "potential" was fully developed in physics, in the context of the study of dynamic systems. if we do not delve too deeply into this aspect of the matter, then we can describe the potential of the system as its ability (possibility) to perform certain tasks. in physics, potential refers to a physical quantity that characterizes the force field at a specific point (for example, magnetic potential). in a different sense, in a certain field, for example, military potential (military potential), industrial (potential) potential of the country, economic (potential) potential is accepted. there is also the concept of human capital. human capital is the knowledge, skills, and health that people invest in and accumulate throughout their lives, enabling them to fulfill their potential as useful members of society. initially, human capital was understood only as a sum of investments that serve to increase a person's ability to work education and professional skills. later, the concept of human capital expanded significantly. according to the latest estimates made by the experts of the world bank, the concept of human capital includes consumption expenses of families for food, clothing, housing, education, health care, and culture, as well as government expenses allocated for these purposes. human potential (potential) means the qualities of people (person) that fundamentally affect the results in a certain field of activity. currently, there is no clear understanding of what human potential is. there are very different interpretations about its nature, structural elements and its relationship with "human capital", "labor potential", "personnel potential" and other concepts. human potential (in the general sense) is the ability to demonstrate the theoretical capabilities of a person (individual) or humanity (a set of individuals) in practice. in the literature, it has other terms: "human factor", "human capital". often in the literature, human potential is explained in the same way as the concept of human capital. human capital is an important (but not the only) form of manifestation of human potential in the system of market relations. human capital is related to the employee's (employee's, worker's) income due to the effectiveness of investments made in the development of professional qualities. at the same time, spending on education and others is not a guarantee of human capital growth by itself, because although there may be a statistical (correlative) relationship between these factors, there is no stable causal (causal) relationship. that is, investments in education represent only future benefits, and the concept of "potential" refers to the area where it can be used therefore, it is appropriate to use the term "human potential" and not "human capital" here. human potential (potential) has the following specific characteristics: systematicity: human potential has a systematic nature, which cannot be equated to a simple sum of the list of human qualities; externally determined: for the formation and realization of human potential, as a rule, "external" conditions and factors, the nature of the environment, are decisive for the existence of human potential; opacity: human potential is characterized by the presence of hidden characteristics that can manifest themselves only when certain conditions change. ("information abilities that are not visible, but are manifested in certain conditions."); strategic description: the characteristics of human potential determine the possibilities of human development both in the short term and in the long term. the systematic nature of human potential was defined by o.i. ivanov very broadly: "human potential is a system of needs, abilities american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org and readiness of social communities to perform such activities, formed in interaction with the social environment. its result is the improvement of previously created activities and the use of various products and the creation of new products, the characteristics of which open new opportunities for solving current social, scientific, technical, production and other problems"[2]. he distinguishes the following components of human potential: educational component — demand for specialties, literacy level of the population; labor component choice of field of activity, employment level of the population; competitiveness component society for the purpose of analysis, we will look specifically at the service sector, which includes science and education. the socio-economic importance of this sector is that it is necessary to ensure the reproduction of the labor force and the growth of labor productivity. as a result, we can conclude that the innovative economy does not develop by itself. innovation is formed by a set of qualified specialists who provide development, implementation and management of innovative development processes. such specialists must have the appropriate potential, and first of all, they must be educated. it should be noted that the value of human potential cannot be expressed only by cost. in addition, in principle, it cannot be done only quantitatively, because there are no methods of direct measurement of capabilities. but at the initial stage of research, in order to understand the phenomenon of human potential, it is important not to calculate its value in any formal way, but to evaluate the existing economic conditions in order to improve the quality of social life in order to realize the human potential in work or other socially recognized activities. if such conditions exist, the carrier of human potential (potential), economic growth and social development can be realized as human capital, which is a source of income for society as a whole[3]. from the point of view of the science we are studying, human potential is the priority in any model of the information society. this means that attention to human potential is intended to improve the quality of socio-economic life. one of the priorities of the information society is innovative activity. innovative activity is a qualitative change of the economy and other areas of society using the newest and latest information. because the development and implementation of innovative projects, the training of professional personnel with the ability to manage innovative processes is one of the main tasks of the transition to the innovative economy[4]. the word innovation has become "fashionable" these days. our view of human potential as the basis for the development of the information society implies its innovative description (character). let's consider the term innovation. innovation (in english «novation») is an introduced innovation that ensures a qualitative increase in the efficiency of processes or products required by the market. it is the final result of a person's intellectual activity, his imagination, creative process, discoveries, inventions and rationalization[5]. an example of innovation is the introduction of products (goods and services) with new consumer characteristics to the market or the qualitative improvement of the efficiency of production systems. innovation is not just something new or innovative, but something that significantly improves the efficiency of an existing system. at the same time, for its implementation, the innovation must respond to current socio-economic and cultural needs. such conditions have not yet been fully created in most of the cis countries, including uzbekistan. in fairness, we must also admit that there are serious efforts in this area. it is possible to demonstrate the effective activity of the ministry of innovative development of the republic of uzbekistan, which was established at least a few years ago. in particular, the main tasks of the ministry specified in the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 545 dated 27.08.2021 "on measures for the organization of the management system of scientific and innovative activities" include tasks directly related to the formation of an information society in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org uzbekistan, including: "...long-term on the basis of scenarios, to apply scientific achievements to priority areas and industries and to develop a strategy for innovative development of the country; to increase the intellectual and technological potential of the regions, to form modern infrastructures for scientific and innovative activities; development, approval and control of state programs related to scientific activity; coordination of the system of academic personnel training; introduction of effective mechanisms for involving young people in scientific and innovative activities and comprehensive support for their initiatives; attract investments, increase the activity of the private sector and develop venture-based financing in the implementation of scientific and innovative projects; conducting financial, economic and technical expertise of projects implemented on the basis of innovative developments and providing necessary conditions for the implementation of intellectual property objects; strengthening the integration of science and production based on the identification of the needs of the real sector of the economy and production sectors for scientific development and innovation and the development of sector scientific-research works; commercialization of new developments[6]. conclusion: most businesses today still use cheap labor and see wages as a source of cost savings rather than a form of investment. therefore, there is no reason to say that hired labor (which is also one of the socioeconomic forms of human potential (potential) in the system of market relations) is reproduced in the form of capital, not a commodity. we note that the 25th goal of the development strategy program of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026 envisages "conducting work aimed at making the digital economy the main "driver" sector and increasing its size by at least 2.5 times." because it can be said that the digital economy is the main basis of the information society. references 1. ivanov o.i. human potential (formation, development, use). st. petersburg: “skifia-print”, 2013. pp. 5-6./ https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/217165781.pdf 2. ivanov o.i. theoretical and methodological foundations of human potential formation / o.i. ivanov // economy of the north-west: problems and development prospects. 2010. no. 1. p. 3-7. 3. ivanov o.i. human potential: questions of theory and research methodology / o.i. ivanov [electronic resource] // sociological studies. 2014. no. 6. p. s9-95. — access mode: socis.isras.ru/files/file/2014/ 2014_6/ivanov.pdf 4. zaslavskaya t.n. human potential in the modern transformation process / t.n. zaslavskaya // social sciences and modernity. 2005. no. 3. p. 5-16. 5. bodak a.v. human potential as a basic model of society development / a.v. bodak [electronic resource] // materials of the xx district scientific social readings, surgut, october 29-30, 2015. — access mode: socioprofi.com/sites/default/files/publishings/15_0.pdf. 6. decision no. 545 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated 27.08.2021 "on measures to establish a management system for scientific and innovative activities"./https://lex.uz/docs/5607138. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org the influence of environmental factors on the organism depending on age qudratova gulnoza ulug'bek qizi toshkent kimyo xalqaro universiteti davolash ishi yo`nalishining 2-kurs talabasi qudratovag03@gmail.com arsenova muhabbat abdumo'minovna o'qituvchisi, toshkent kimyo xalqaro universiteti tibbiy-fundamental fanfar kafedrasi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper explores the complex relationships between environmental factors and age-related health outcomes by examining how different stages of life affect susceptibility to environmental risks. factors such as environmental pollution, climate changeability and lifestyle choices can have a significant impact on the human body, which can have different effects depending on age. by analysing the correlation between environmental exposure and age-related changes in physiology and vulnerability to disease, this study aims to fully understand how individuals at different stages of life are exposed to the environment. nature, environment, diseases, environmental factors, h arorat. introduction the human body is constantly in contact with and interacting with the environment. these interactions can have a profound impact on health and well-being throughout a lifetime. as humans go through different stages of life, i.e., from infancy to old age, they experience unique physiological changes that can alter the response of the environment to stressors. understanding the interaction of environmental factors with the aging process is critical to developing targeted interventions to reduce health risks and promote healthy aging. basic section environmental factors play a crucial role in shaping human health and well-being in all age groups. from embryonic development to old age, people are in constant contact with the environment, which can have a serious impact on their physical and mental health. in this paper, we will explore how environmental factors affect the human body at different stages of life. during infancy and childhood, people are particularly vulnerable to environmental factors due to their developing bodies and immune systems. air and water pollutants also affect the human body. it can lead to the occurrence or development of respiratory problems, delayed body development and other health problems. in addition, increased noise can affect young children's sleep patterns and cognitive american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org development. early exposure to nature, by contrast, is associated with improved cognitive function and emotional well-being in this age group. the human body, especially during adolescence, becomes influencing environmental factors, provoking the occurrence of allergic or other diseases. adolescence is an important period of growth and development, during which people experience rapid physical, cognitive, and emotional changes. environmental factors such as access to green spaces, quality nutrition, and exposure to sunlight can have a significant impact on teens' health and wellbeing. lack of physical activity, negative environmental factors, social stressors contribute to a variety of health problems, including obesity, respiratory problems, and mental health disorders. as people reach puberty, environmental factors continue to play an important role in their overall health. conditions in the workplace, air quality, nutrition, and access to health care can all affect adult health outcomes. continued exposure to environmental toxins and pollutants can increase the risk of chronic diseases such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, and respiratory disease. in addition, workrelated stress and unhealthy work-life balance can have a negative impact on mental health in adults. in old age, people can experience a decline in physical and cognitive function, making them more susceptible to the influence of environmental factors. poor air quality, extreme temperatures, and social isolation can worsen the health of older people. lack of access to health care and limited mobility can further complicate their ability to cope with environmental challenges. on the other hand, social support, physical activity, and a healthy diet can help older people maintain their health and independence despite environmental factors. literature review and methodology this study takes a multidisciplinary approach that combines findings from environmental sciences, physiology, gerontology, and epidemiology. data collection methods include literature reviews, case studies, and statistical analyses to examine the effects of environmental factors on specific age groups. by synthesizing data from a variety of sources, this study aims to elucidate the complex mechanisms underlying age-related responses to environmental stressors. a factor that slows down the vital activity of the body is called a limiting factor. one of the factors that affect organisms can be a limiting factor. factors such as lack or excess of moisture, multiplication in the environment of various chemical toxic i.e. toxic factors can be a limiting factor adversely affecting the organism, in nature, factors affect living organisms individually or collectively. when classifying factors, it is necessary to distinguish them according to the source of origin, not their different effects. the factor has a direct impact on the body. but historical, geographical factors do not directly affect living organisms. such a characteristic are such factors as the absolute height of a place above sea level, the slope of the mountaineers, the depth of the angular body of water. they do not directly affect living organisms, but indirectly, but reflect the nature of the effect of other factors, such as temperature, pressure, etc. the factor is some part of the environment that directly affects living organisms. factors can be divided into groups such as influencing and for living conditions. the body's sensitivity to various toxic substances in the air is different. obviously, humans clean the air to a certain extent and cause damage to a certain extent. even the slightest damage to the air as an environmental factor has a great impact on organisms. and the gas balance of the atmosphere is very important for the geographic crust. categories: the development of life on earth largely depends on the specific gas content of the atmosphere. on the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org other hand, the composition of atmospheric gases itself is also dependent on life. for example, the free oxygen in the air is almost entirely a product of green plants . meanwhile, the decline in vegetation and environmental pollution significantly slows down this process. currently, the amount of so2 and harmful gaseous, dusty mixtures in the atmosphere is to some extent determined by human activity. while human modification of the composition of atmospheric gases is generally of a local nature, the process is becoming more and more widespread. maintaining the balance of co2 with oxygen, the main components of the atmosphere, at the same time is a difficult problem. it is true that the relationship of these gases in the atmosphere has not been stable in the geological past. significant fluctuations were taking place in their balance even before man appeared. scientists estimate that until life appeared on earth, that is, 3-3.5 billion years ago. it is believed that a year ago, there was 100-200 times less oxygen in the air than it is now, and much more carbon dioxide. the emergence of organic life, the emergence and intensification of the process of photosynthesis led to an increase in oxygen in the atmosphere and a decrease in carbon dioxide. in the composition of the atmosphere average for life, as academician v.i. vernadsky points out, a very important role was played by living organisms. however, in the last 100 years, human economic activities have caused an increase in co2 gas, o2, by making changes that are inverse to the natural process of development of the atmosphere. for example, in the process of current development, the amount of co2, gas, and dust in the atmosphere increases much faster due to the massive burning of fuels (coal, oil, gas). by some estimates, over the next half-century, 300 billion tons of water would be released into the earth's atmosphere as a result of the use of different fuels. t co2, which is decomposed, that is, its amount has increased almost 124 times. fires also greatly affect an increase in co2. currently, about 14 billion barrels per year are released into the atmosphere. t co2 is being added. according to the calculations of a special commission of the american chemical society, the amount of co2 in the atmosphere in subsequent years is noted by 10 to 15 times compared to 20 years ago. the process of photosynthesis and the gas exchange between the atmosphere and the ocean play a major role in regulating the amount of co2 in the atmosphere, as an important natural factor. shrinking forest area, oil pollution of cold and hot areas of the ocean create severe environmental conditions. results and discussions the results of this study will help us understand how environmental factors regulate age-related changes in human health. by identifying vulnerable populations in different age groups and identifying the specific environmental impacts that pose the greatest risk, policymakers and health officials can develop targeted interventions to protect people at all stages of life. in addition, this study will inform future research on the interactions between environmental factors and aging, paving the way for more tailored approaches to health care and disease prevention. conclusion in conclusion, this paper attempts to illuminate the dynamic relationship between environmental factors and age-related changes in human health. by recognizing the differential effects of environmental influences on people of different ages, we can implement strategies to promote healthy aging and improve overall well-being. ultimately, this study aims to inform public health policies and interventions that address the unique vulnerabilities of different age groups to environmental hazards. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org also, environmental factors have a significant impact on human health in all age groups. understanding how these factors affect the body at different stages of life is critical to developing effective measures and policies to ensure health and well-being throughout life. by addressing environmental challenges and creating a supportive environment, we can ensure a healthier future for individuals of all ages. references 1. kholliyev, a., nazarova, f., & norboyeva, n. (2021). cotton resistance indicators in the conditions of water deficiency. 36iphrn наукових праць scientia. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to accelerate landscaping in the republic, more effective organization of tree protection" dated december 30, 2021 up-46. 3. abdullayeva, m. t., khabibullayeva, m. (2022). environmental education through the eyes of youth. central asian research journal for interdisciplinary studies (carjis), 2(special issue 2), 180-185. 4. abdullaeva, m.t.ibragimova,s.s.(2022, january). the role of ecological education in the development of ecological culture in our youth. in international journal of conference series on education and social sciences (online)(vol.2,no. 1). 5. abdullayeva, m.t.l., maqsudova, g. m. (2021). foreign experience in environmental education and training. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 7(10), 159-165. 6. abdullayeva, m. t., khabibullayeva, m. (2022). environmental education through the eyes of youth. central asian research journal for interdisciplinary studies (carjis), 2(special issue 2), 180-185. 7. abdullayeva, m., & gaybullayeva, m. (2022). influence of environmental factors on the intensity and productivity of photosynthesis. creative educator, 2(22), 341-346. 8. abdullayeva, m. (2022). effect of autumn steaming on photosynthetic productivity and the amount of fertilizers. creative teacher, 2(22), 334-340 9. tolanovna, a. m., makhammadjonovna, m. g. (2021). foreign experience in environmental education and training. 10. zokirova, s. kh., khalmatova, sh. m., abdullaeva, m. t., khadzhibalaeva, n. m. (2020). study of the irrigation regime of cotton in hydromorphic soils. universum: chemistry and biology, (2 (68)), 12-15. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org the use of virtual world tools by adolescent girls in uzbekistan during the socialization process khatamov boburjon qosimjon o‘g‘li doctoral student of the scientific research institute “family and gender”. +998912061364, xatamovboburjon@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s changes in a child's personality during adolescence. the attitude of representatives of the older generation to the changes in teenagers in the period when the tools of the virtual world became popular. the formation of competences in the correct use of virtual world tools is an important task for our society today. virtual world tools, competencies of correct use of virtual world tools, cyber culture, teenage girls, adolescence. introduction in the 20th and 21st centuries, new technologies have greatly simplified human life. however, these technologies have been received differently by the older and younger generations. for instance, devices like the gramophone, television, and the internet were mostly met with positive reception, but there were also some negative opinions. technologies considered to have little benefit or more harm to humanity did not gain popularity due to a lack of demand. some modern technologies, unfortunately, are used for malicious purposes due to human morality. examples include splitting the uranium nucleus to create atomic bombs or using drone cameras for privacy violations. this issue is not new and has persisted since ancient times, as far back as the story of cain and abel. as new technologies emerge, the ethical dilemmas surrounding them will remain relevant. today, in society, many point to the internet, social networks, media, and television as the reasons young people are wasting time and neglecting education and skills. however, banning these technologies outright could cause a country to fall behind, as seen in places like north korea. the task for today's educators, parents, and mentors is to ensure young people use virtual tools correctly, effectively, and in moderation, guiding them toward productive activities and maintaining proper oversight. objective many parents today are worried that their children spend too much time on virtual world tools. adolescents often argue that the internet, computers, and smartphones are necessary for studying. indeed, finding a teacher more engaging than online lessons is difficult, and many teachers use online resources as supplementary materials. if we define the virtual world, some describe it as “a space designed for users to spend their free time”[1], while others see it as “an artificially created world built through computer technology”[2]. it is undeniable that virtual tools have become the fastest way to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org find information. however, despite the speed of access, there are still advantages to learning from teachers and real books. for example, imam al-gazali, who studied abroad for years, once had his notebooks stolen by bandits. when he pleaded for their return, saying, "my knowledge is written in those books," the bandit leader mocked him, asking, "if all your knowledge is in those books, will it be lost if you lose them?" this experience taught imam gazali an important lesson, prompting him to return to his place of study and memorize his knowledge. this is a valuable example for those who believe that with all information available on the internet, there is no need to read books. especially in today's era of artificial intelligence tools like "chat gpt," which replace many intellectual tasks, the importance of real knowledge has only grown. from a moral perspective, the use of virtual world tools today has advantages in operating anonymously or under a pseudonym. however, these tools also foster deviations from ethical norms and increase deviant behaviors, especially among adolescents during a psychologically unstable period. examples include ludomania (gambling addiction), pornography, fraud, discrimination, arrogance, insult, mockery, slander, and gossip. humans have a natural curiosity for abstract concepts. research shows that those who fail to achieve success in real life or lack affection and attention from their families tend to seek these needs in the virtual world. yet, overconsumption of anything is harmful to human well-being. virtual spaces, from ideological battles and political propaganda to misleading advertisements, create intellectual dependency in young people. content promoting intellectual freedom and critical thinking is rare and not as popular. the addiction to virtual world tools is addressed by referring to a saying from prophet muhammad (pbuh): “indeed, your body has a right over you, your spouse has a right over you, and your guest has a right over you.” this implies that one cannot spend their time however they please, as their time also belongs to others—family, society, and even the self. even actions that seem personally beneficial can become harmful if overindulged. another example comes from salman al-farsi’s advice: “give your allah and each right-holder their due rights.” the same principle applies when overusing smartphones in front of children, impacting their upbringing. it is essential for older generations to remember that they must respect the rights of others in this context. currently, concerns over adolescent girls' attitudes toward virtual tools have led to studies involving questionnaires to understand their perspective. it has been observed that, while girls play fewer games than boys, they tend to gravitate more toward intellectual and logical games. girls often use virtual tools to chat on social media, watch videos, and pursue educational activities. the virtual world has evolved beyond games, now encompassing video conferences and text-based chat platforms, “giving rise to professions such as streamers and bloggers” [3]. the term “internet addiction” was introduced by ivan goldberg in 1995. according to psychologists and the world health organization, internet addiction is recognized as a mental disorder. the dangers include disrupted sleep, neurosis, attention deficits, and vision problems. research indicates that 79% of those affected by internet addiction are youth, with this problem becoming more widespread since the launch of ios smartphones in 2010. the reason behind the significant increase in addiction is that the visual and auditory senses – two of the five senses that most influence human emotions—are heavily engaged by smartphones. emotionamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org based marketing further exacerbates this issue, and girls are more vulnerable to such marketing tactics than boys. marketers exploit this sensitivity, gradually turning society into a consumer-driven culture. studies have shown that girls tend to purchase more items compared to boys. nowadays, mobile phones have become indispensable, and it's difficult to imagine life without them. however, young people often lack the skills to manage their time effectively and are unaware of how much time they spend on their favorite activities. for instance, “a 2013 survey by the british tv licensing authority found that people aged 25-34 watched 15-16 hours of television per week, although the actual time was even higher”[4]. similarly, excessive use of smartphones has been shown to reduce attention span and limit one's ability to engage in tasks for extended periods, ultimately decreasing daily productivity. key findings and analysis: research focused on adolescents' proper, moderate, and effective use of virtual world tools. we explored what's currently popular among teenagers, what interests them in the virtual world, and the potential dangers and risks these tools pose to their mental, physical, and psychological development. the study was conducted via surveys and interviews with a total of 1,095 adolescents from various regions across uzbekistan, including fergana, samarkand, and tashkent, covering students, teachers, and parents from 8 different secondary schools. the results were analyzed using the spss program. one question asked was how teenagers would react if a close sibling became addicted to the internet. the responses showed that 68% would try to explain the issue kindly, which is a positive result. however, 16%, mostly boys, said they would take away the phone, while girls did not favor such extreme measures. this shows there is still work to be done in developing a culture of proper virtual tool usage. among the most popular social media platforms, telegram, instagram, and youtube were at the top. these platforms have a large user base in uzbekistan. instagram, snapchat, and telegram are particularly popular among girls, while snapchat was rarely chosen by boys. youtube was highlighted as the most useful for educational purposes, and telegram is frequently used for communicating with loved ones. when we asked the question, “do you want to become a blogger?” most girls responded with “no” the appropriate amount of time to spend using virtual world tools varies according to different experts, but all agree that more than 4 hours of usage per day for adolescents can have numerous negative consequences. according to our findings, 30% (328 individuals) of respondents use virtual world tools for more than 4 hours per day. in response to the question, “do you have someone you've never met in person but communicate with regularly online or via phone?”, 28.5% (311 respondents) said “yes” while 10.7% (118 respondents) said “i used to, but not anymore” and 60.8% said “no” this question aimed to identify whether adolescents have virtual acquaintances with whom they maintain close contact, despite never meeting them in real life. adolescents are known to experience increased curiosity about the opposite gender during this stage of life. often, they feel hesitant to discuss hormonal changes with family members, making the virtual world a comfortable space to interact anonymously with the opposite sex. however, there are significant medical, psychological, and religious risks associated with this behavior. there are numerous cases of adolescents sharing personal information with strangers, later regretting it, and even american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org instances of suicide as a result. a tragic example is the "blue whale" game from 2015-2016, which led to several adolescent suicides due to the trust placed in strangers online. virtual fraud has also seen a rise in the past decade, particularly cases involving women and girls whose personal information is stolen and then used to blackmail them for money or force them into compromising situations. it's crucial to raise awareness among girls to protect their personal information. regarding the question, “have you joined any online dating or acquaintance groups?”, we learned that 29% of respondents had frequently joined such groups, while another 29% had occasionally done so. adolescents often join these groups seeking friendship, companionship, or the opposite gender, especially when they feel lonely in real life. this trend is particularly significant in uzbekistan, a predominantly muslim country with strong traditional values. as new technologies enter the country, so do western cultural practices, creating a unique challenge for uzbek society to preserve its cultural identity. while many young people do not initially view these virtual acquaintances as serious relationships, the seriousness of such relationships has been steadily increasing year by year. as in other countries, uzbekistan has also seen a growing trend of marriages resulting from virtual connections. in our survey, we aimed to understand how adolescents' use of virtual world tools affects their family relationships by asking, “how does your use of the virtual world (internet, social media, tv, video games) impact your family's cohesion?” the responses were as follows: 15.4% of respondents said, “positively, it strengthens family relationships”; 16.2% said, “it serves as a helpful tool in family interactions”; 11.7% felt, “negatively, it causes us to spend less time with each other”; 11.2% said, “very negatively, it leads to conflicts and arguments”; 14.7% noted, “both positively and negatively”; the largest group, 30.8%, answered, “i don’t know”. these responses can be categorized into three groups: 38.9% reported that virtual world tools have a positive impact on family cohesion; 30.2% felt that these tools negatively affect their family relationships; 30.8% were unsure about the effects. this indicates that 30.2% of adolescents believe improper use of virtual world tools is a factor in the deterioration of their family relationships. adolescents, who are beginning to view themselves as independent individuals, often dislike being constantly monitored, leading to conflicts at home. in discussions with girls, they expressed frustration with frequent restrictions from parents or older siblings, hearing phrases like, “that’s not appropriate for a girl,” “girls don’t do that,” or “girls aren’t allowed to do that.” these comments reflect a generational divide between parents striving to uphold traditional values and the modern worldview of adolescent girls. to prevent these differences from growing, parents should provide guidance and advice in moderation, serve as practical role models, and strike a balance between maintaining cultural values and understanding their children’s perspectives. conclusion in recent years, some individuals on social media have begun to challenge traditional values regarding the upbringing of girls in uzbekistan. they argue that these traditional methods suppress girls, claiming american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org that such upbringing destroys their individuality, restricts their freedom, and imposes outdated norms such as the necessity for girls to remain virgins until marriage or seek permission to go outside. these podcast-style content creators suggest that these cultural practices are no longer relevant. this trend indicates that the upbringing of girls in our society is at risk. instead of experienced educators, mothers who have raised daughters, religious scholars, and psychologists guiding discussions on how to raise girls, we now see inexperienced, unmarried young women with no children providing their opinions. this is not something to be taken lightly or ignored; intellectuals and experts must respond to such claims. parents and educators must take an active role in instilling proper virtual world usage skills in adolescents to guide them in navigating these influences responsibly. references 1. tulyaev а.i., ethical issues of the virtual world (philosophical analysis). – toshkent: 2021. – p.13 2. cook a.d. исследование проявлений и значимосуи социального присуусувия в многопользовауельской вирууальной среде // university of chicago press. 2005, – с. 350 3. https://www.forbes.com/sites/kevinanderton/2018/01/14/the-business-of-video-games-streamersand-refereum/?sh=75aa6d146617 4. kal newport.., deep work: rules for focused success in a distracted world. t.: toshkent. “nihol” 2020-y. – p.193. https://www.forbes.com/sites/kevinanderton/2018/01/14/the-business-of-video-games-streamers-and-refereum/?sh=75aa6d146617 https://www.forbes.com/sites/kevinanderton/2018/01/14/the-business-of-video-games-streamers-and-refereum/?sh=75aa6d146617 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org islamic ethics among the abbasid caliphs and their impact on the stability of the state in the first abbasid era (132-232 ah/750-847 ad) muthanna muhammad suleiman tikrit university / college of veterinary medicine country: iraq hshshshekejei633iu@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the abbasid caliphs established a great state that was distinguished by justice, knowledge, literature, and administrative and political progress. this state would not have reached this high level of power and distinction had it not been for a group of successive caliphs who ruled it and were imbued with the morals of islam. islam implanted in its children morals that adhered to would lead to stability. the state and society as a whole. one of the defining features of islamic civilization is its commitment to islamic ethics, which in turn ensures that everyone is treated equally and without any bias or manipulation of values in the name of relativism or evolution. justice, honesty, loyalty, and chastity are basic moral principles in islam. the messenger, may god bless him and grant him peace, described himself as saying that his mission was to complement and embody these virtuous qualities. a key feature of civilization is that it is based on islamic morality, which includes enjoining good and forbidding evil, religious tolerance for the people of the dhimahi, and an emphasis on forgiveness and mercy. all of these aspects of islamic civilization are unique and were fundamental to its development. "islamic ethics, abbasid caliphs, the first abbasid era, the well-known matter, religious tolerance." introduction -132) األخالق اإلسالمية عند الخلفاء العباسيين وأثرها في استقرار الدولة في العصر العباسي األول . م(847 -750ه/ 232 الخالصة. وما كان ي التقدم اإلداري والسياسأقام الخلفاء العباسيون دولة عظمى تميزت بالعدل، والعلم، واألدب، و لهذه الدولة أن تصل إلى هذا المستوى الرفيع من القوة والتميز لوال ثلة من الخلفاء تعاقبوا على حكمها تخلقوا .ككل الدولة والمجتمع راستقرابأخالق اإلسالم، فقد زرع اإلسالم في أبنائه أخالقًا يؤدي التمسك بها إلى american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org إحدى السمات المميزة للحضارة اإلسالمية هي التزامها باألخالق اإلسالمية، والتي بدورها تضمن معاملة فالعدل والصدق والوفاء ،التطورالنسبية أو الجميع على قدم المساواة ودون أي تحيز أو تالعب بالقيم باسم وقد وصف الرسول ،مبادئ أخالقية أساسية في اإلسالموالعفة  ومن سه بأنه بعث ليتمم مكارم األخالق،نف السمات الرئيسية للحضارة أنها تقوم على األخالق اإلسالمية، والتي تشمل األمر بالمعروف، والنهي عن المنكر، وكل هذه الجوانب من الحضارة اإلسالمية فريدة من والصفح،لعفو والتسامح الديني مع أهل الذمة، والتأكيد على ا .نوعها وكانت أساسية لتطورها ، األمر المعروف، ، الخلفاء العباسيون، العصر العباسي األولت المفتاحية: "األخالق اإلسالميةالكلما .التسامح الديني" المقدمة. قد قيض هللا سبحانه وتعالى لهذا الدين بعد وفاة نبينا محمد خلفاء دافعوا عن اإلسالم، وحفظوه وأقاموه خير قيام، وكانوا المثل األعلى في إظهار اإلسالم، واتباع السنة لمن جاء بعدهم من الخلفاء، فقد حاربوا البدع وقمعوها، وبذلوا جهدهم على التمسك باألخالق اإلسالمية ما استطاعوا إلى ذلك سبياًل. ورفعوا الظلم، وتمسكوا ونشروا اإلسالم، ودخل الناس في دين هللا أفواجاًـ وأقاموا الشرائع، ونفذوا األحكام، باألمر بالمعروف والنهي عن المنكر، وعمروا األرض بالعدل بين الرعية، والتسامح الديني مع أهل الذمة، واألخالق اإلسالمية الرفيعة. وقد حكموا أكثر من خمسة قرون من الزمان، فقد بدأت -موضوع الدراسة – وقد بدأت الدولة العباسية األموية الدولة بسقوط عام م(847 -750ه/ 232 -132) دولة المسلمين لبالد المغول باجتياح وانتهت ، م(. 1258ه/ 656) اتبعها الخلفاء إلى انتشار اإلسالم بين األمم، ويرى المستشرق جوستاف التي أثرت األخالق اإلسالمية وقد ، باإلضافة إلى األمر بالعدل واإلحسان، مؤكدًا الخلفاءلوبون أن سبب انتشار اإلسالم هو األخالق اإلسالمية لدى يرجع إلى المزايا المتميزة مثل المصريين، لإلسالم إن السبب وراء قبول العديد من الشعوب المسيحية بقوله:ذلك التي يقدمها، بما في ذلك الوضوح االستثنائي لتعاليمه وتأكيده على العدالة والكرم. ويذكر أيًضا أن الذين كانوا من أتباع المسيحية في عهد قياصرة القسطنطينية اعتنقوا اإلسالم بعد أن عرفوا أصول العقيدة اإلسالمية. كما نوضح هذا، ، وبجانب كانت هذه األمة غالبة أم مغلوبةفي عدم تنصر أية أمة بعد أن رضيت باإلسالم دينًا سواء الحكمة فإنه يرى في اإلسالم، الدين الوحيد الذي يحث على العلم ويهذب النفس، ويهيب باإلنسانية على حملها إلقامة العدل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org العفو ونشـر روح والحوارواإلحسان يقول:والصفح العلم، ومن ، الديانات مالءمة الكتشاف أكثر "واإلسالم من .(1) أعظمها تهذيبًا للنفوس وحماًل على العدل واإلحسان والعفو والصفح وتهدف هذه الدراسة إلى االهتمام باألخالق اإلسالمية عند الخلفاء العباسيين وأثرها في استقرار الدولة، وتلك األخالق التي أثرت في سياسة الدولة، وساعدت الخلفاء العباسيين في العصر العباسي األول، على األمر بالمعروف والنهي عن المنكر، ونشر العدل بين الرعية، والتسامح مع أهل الذمة، باإلضافة إلى العفو والصفح عن سياسة الدولة ذلك، فألخالق اإلسالمية للخلفاء تعكس لنا مدى سماحة الدين اإلسالمي، وعدله اقتضت األعداء إذا .ورحمته، سواء مع أتباعه وأبنائه، أو مع خصومه وأعدائه عالج المحور األول األمر بالمعروف عند تمهيد وعدة محاور رئيسية وخاتمة، قسم البحث إلى مقدمة و أما المحور الثاني فقد خصص لدراسة النهي عن المنكر عند الخلفاء ، لعباسيين في العصر العباسي األولالخلفاء ا ، أما المحور الرابع مع أهل الذمة الديني التسامح المحور الثالث تناولبينما العباسيين في العصر العباسي األول، العفو والصفح عند الخلفاء العباسيين في العصر العباسي األول ء، ومثلت الخاتمة أهم النتائج فقد خصصناه لدراسة التي توصل إليها الباحث. ر األخالق اإلسالمية عند الخلفاء العباسيين وأثرها في استقرا ف احث المنهج التاريخي الوصفي لوصأتبع البو ، نهج االستنتاجي في موضوع الدراسةكذلك الم، م(847 -750ه/ 232 -132) الدولة في العصر العباسي األول األخالق اإلسالمية عند لتحديد المنهج االستنباطي من خالل استنباط القواعد والضوابط التي توضح باإلضافة إلى .م(847 -750ه/ 232 -132) العباسي األولالخلفاء العباسيين وأثرها في استقرار الدولة في العصر تمهيد: .(4)، وهي الدين والطبع والسجية والمروءة(3)، الُخُلُق بضم الالم وسكونها(2)األخالق لغًة جمع خلق )1(لوبون، جوستاف، حضارة العرب، ترجمة: عادل زعيتر، مطبعة عيس ى البابي الحلبي وشركاه، د.ت، ص 126-125. مجدي الدين محمد بن يعقوب الفيروزآبادي )ت 817ه/ 1415م(، القاموس املحيط، تحقيق: محمد نعيم العرقسوس ي، مؤسسة )2( . 881م، ص2005، 8لبنان، ط -الرسالة، بيروت أبي الفضل جمال الدين محمد بن مكرم ابن منظور االفريقي املصري، لسان العرب، دار صادر، بيروت، د.ت، ج10، ص88. )3( )4(محمد مرتض ى الحسيني الزبيدي، تاج العروس من جواهر القاموس، تحقيق: مصطفى حجازي، مطبعة حكومة الكويت، 1989م، . 257، ص25ج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org ولقد لوحظ اختالف العلماء في تفسيرات مختلفة حول الخلق من الناحية االصطالحية، حيث تعتبر األخالق أو قرار. مظهًرا راسًخا لجوهر الشخص، والذي تنشأ منه األفعال بشكل طبيعي وسالسة، دون الحاجة إلى تفكير واع (5)فإن نشأ عنه فعل فاضل فهو حسن الخلق، وإذا نشأ عنه فعل فاحش فهو أصل هذا السلوك. وقد قيل إنه يتعلق بحالة نفسية ثابتة يتم فيها القيام باألفعال دون جهد وال عناء، خالية من أي جهد معرفي أو مقصود. فالهيئة التي تولد أعمااًل فاضلة تعتبر محمودة في النية ووفقًا للشريعة اإلسالمية يشار إليها على أنها "حسنة الخلق". وعلى العكس من ذلك، فإن الهيئة التي تولد أعمااًل غير أخالقية تسمى بالهيئة التي ينتج عنها فعاًل .(6)سيئاً ما سبق أن مفهوم الخلق متعدد المفاهيم، وعلى نحو عام الخلق يشمل الخلق الحسن، والخلق السيئ، يتبين الخير في حياته الظاهرة والباطنة. فالخلق يبحث في الخير والشر، واإلنسان الخلوق هو اإلنسان وقد أمر هللا سبحانه وتعالى حكام المسلمين أن يهتدوا إلى القرآن الكريم وسنه رسوله، وِبيسيَر أخالق الخلفاء ، لقوله ، فلو اقتدى بهم الحكام الستقام حالهم وتحقق األمن والسالم والرخاء في الدولة اإلسالميةالراشدين المهديين ِئَك الَِّذيَن َهَدى َّللاَُّ ۖ َفِبُهَداُهُم اْقَتِدْه ۗ ﴾ ، ومن صفات األخالقية اإلسالمية للخلفاء العباسيين ما يلي: (7)تعالى ﴿ُأولََٰ . عند الخلفاء العباسيين في العصر العباسي األول األمر بالمعروف كان الخلفاء العباسيين في العصر العباسي األول األثر الكبير في األمر بالمعروف، وأتخذوا أساليب وطرقًا منها ما يلي:شتى لتطبيق هذه الشعيرة، على أمر الناس بالتوجه إلى هللا دون سواه، م(775 754هـ/ 158 137)حرص الخليفة المنصور :"يا أبا عبد هللا ، فقال لهم(786 -م 775هـ /169 -هـ 158)كما وصى ولي عهده من بعده وهو ابنه المهدي إن الخليفة ال يصلحه إال التقوى، والسلطان ال يصلحه إال الطاعة، والرعية ال يصلحها إال العدل، وأولى الناس .(8)بالعدل أقدرهم على العقوبة، وأنقص الناس عقاًل من ظلم من هو دونه" علي بن محمد السيد الشريف الجرجاني )ت 816ه/ 1413م(، معجم التعريفات، تحقيق: محمد صديق املنشاوي، دار الفضيلة )5( .89للنشر والتوزيع والتصدير، القاهرة، د.ت، ص محمد بن محمد بن محمد بن أحمد الغزالي )ت 505ه/ 1111م(، إحياء علوم الدين، دار املنهاج للنشر والتوزيع، اململكة العربية )6( .707، ص4م، ج2011، 1السعودية، جدة، ط سورة األنعام: اآلية 90. )7( شمس الدين محمد بن أحمد بن عثمان الذهبي )ت 748ه/ 1374م(، سير أعالم النبالء، تحقيق: شعيب األرنؤوط، علي أبو زيد، )8( .83، ص7م، ج1996، 11لبنان، ط -مؤسسة الرسالة، بيروت american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org أيضًا:" يا أبا عبد هللا استدم النعمة بالشكر، والقدرة بالعفو، والطاعة بالتألف، والنصر بالتواضع، وقال له . (9)وال تنس نصيبك من الدنيا نصيبك من رحمة هللا" وكان للخليفة المنصور عناية فائقة باألمر بالمعروف والنهي عن المنكر، والعزل وحفظ الحدود واألطراف، وتأمين الطرق، واالهتمام بالضرائب والنفقات، ومراعاة مصلحة العامة لمساعدتهم، والترويج لها بهدوء. ولذلك، فإنه اق، وشاور سماره من ذلك فيما لعشاء اآلخرة نظر فيما ورد عليه من كتب الثغور، واألطراف واآلفاصلي ي عندما (10)آرب ، (11)كان الخليفة المنصور هو أول من جعل الحسبة والية من الدولة، حيث ولى عاصم بن سليمان األحول الكوفة المكاييل (12)حسبة السوق في البائعين في تعمل على مراقبة السوق"، ألنها بـ"والية ُتعرف الوالية ، وهذه .(13)واألوزان، وغير ذلك للقمع. بالحفاظ على مصالح الشعب بدالً من إخضاعهم ويرجع ذلك إلى أنه كان الخليفة المهدي ملتزًما قد عنى ظلم رعيةال، ظن الخليفة المهدي أن بعض عندما طلب القاضي عافية من الخليفة المهدي التنحي عن القضاء منه، أو أضعف يده في الحكم، فقال القاضي عافية: ما حدث من هذا شيء، فقال المهدي: فما سبب استعفائك؟ فقال: كان يتقدم إلي خصمان أغنياء منذ شهرين في قضية كبيرة، وكل منهما يدعي بينة وشهوداً، ويدلي ببراهين وحجج تحتاج إلى تدقيق وتروي، فرددت الخصوم رجاء أن يصطلحوا، أو يعن لي وجه فصل ما بينهما، قال: فوقف أحدهما وهو يعلم أني أحب الرطب السكر، وهو أول أوقات الرطب، فأخبراني أنه جمع لي رطباً سكراً، ورشا بوابي جملة دراهم، على أن يدخل الطبق إلي، وال يبالي أن يرد، وعندما أُدخل إلي، غضبت من ذلك وطردت بوابي، وأمرت برد الطبق فرد، فعندما كان اليوم تقدم إلي مع خصمه، فما تساويا في قلبي وال في عيني، وهذا يا أمير المؤمنين ولم )9(أبي جعفر محمد بن جرير الطبري )ت310ه/ 923م(، تاريخ الطبري تاريخ الرسل وامللوك، تحقيق: محمد أبو الفضل إبراهيم، دار . 71، ص8، د.ت، ج 2املعارف، القاهرة، ط املصدر نفسه، ج8، ص70. )10( هو عاصم بن سليمان أبو عبد الرحمن األحول البصري، مولى بني تميم، ويقال مولى عثمان بن عفان رض ي هللا عنه، ويقال مولى )11( ه، 142ه، وقيل سنة 141آل زياد، بصري تابعي ثقة، وكان يتولى الواليات، وتولى الحسبة بالكوفة في املكاييل واألوزان، توفي سنة م(، إكمال تهذيب الكمال في أسماء الرجال، تحقيق: عادل بن محمد، أسامة بن 1361ه/ 762عالء الدين مغلطاي )تللمزيد ينظر: . 486-485، ص13م، ج2001، 1إبراهيم، الفاروق الحديثة للطباعة والنشر، القاهرة، ط املصدر نفسه، ج13، ص486. )12( عبد الرحمن بن نصر الشيزري، نهاية الرتبة في طلب الحسبة، نشره السيد الباز العريني، محمد مصطفى زيادة، مطبعة لجنة )13( . 13-12م، ص1946التأليف والترجمة والنشر، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org الناس فأهلك، وقد فسد ديني يقع علي حيلة في أن لو قبلت؟، وال آمن يكون حالي أقالك هللا ، أقبل، فكيف فأقلني . (14)وأعفني، فأعفاه الخليفة المهدي إنصاف و اهتموا بنشر العدل بين الرعيةذين ويقال إن الخليفة العباسي المهدي كان أول الخلفاء العباسيين ال ، قال:" أدخلوا علي القضاة، فلو لم يكن ردى للمظالم إال للحياء منهم وروي عنه أنه جلس يرفع المظالم ،المظالم .(15)لكفى" باهتمامه في النظر في المظالم، ونشر العدل م( عُرف 787 -م 786هـ / 170 -هـ 169الخليفة الهادي ) أن لكن عندما تأخر الهادي في النظر في المظالم لمدة ثالثة أيام، أعرب الحراني عن قلقه، مشيراً إلى بين الرعية، فخرج من عنده، ولم (16)عامة الناس ال يتحملون غيابه، وكلف علي بن صلح أن يأذن للناس على الجفلي ال النقري فسأله عن ذلك، فقال: الجفلي أن تأذن لعامة الناس، فأذن لهم ولم يقدر على مراجعته، فأحضر إعرابياً يفهم قوله، فدخل الناس عن آخرهم ونظر في أمورهم إلى الليل، فلما تفوض المجلس قال له علي بن صالح ما حدث له، وسأله مجازاة األعرابي، فأمر له بمائة ألف درهم، فقال علي: يا أمير المؤمنين إنه إعرابي ويغنيه عشرة آالف، فقال: يا علي أجود أنا وتبخل أنت، وقيل: خرج يوماً إلى عيادة أمه الخيزران، وكانت مريضة، فقال له عمر بن ربيع يا أمير تنظر في المظالم، فرجع إلى دار المظالم، وأذن للناس وأرسل إلى ، أدلك على ما هو أنفع لك من هذا المؤمنين أال .(17)أمه يتعرف أخبارها الرشيد هارون الخليفة وكان 809787ه/ 193170) كذلك حرص المظالم، قضاء في النظر على م( األحيان، كثير من في لها إذ يجلس الخراج كتاب في يوسف أبو قاضي قضاته إليه التي وجهها للنصيحة تنفيذاً قال:"إن العدل وإنصاف المظلوم وتجنب الظلم مع ما في ذلك من األجر يزيد به الخراج، وتكثر به عمارة البالد، والبركة مع العدل تكون وهي تفقد مع الجور والخراج المأخوذ مع الجور تنقص البالد به وتخرب، هذا عمر بن الخطاب رضي هللا عنه يجبي السواد مع عدله في أهل الخراج وإنصافه لهم، ورفعه الظلم عنهم مائة ألف ألف ألف والدراهم إذ ذاك وزنه وزنه المثقال، فلو تقربت إلى هللا عز وجل يا أمير المؤمنين بالجلوس لمظالم رعيتك في الشهر أو الشهرين مجلساً واحداً تسمع فيه من المظلوم، وتنكر على الظالم، رجوت أن ال نكون ممن إحتجب عن حوائج أبي بكر أحمد بن علي بن ثابت الخطيب البغدادي )ت 463ه/ 1071م(، تاريخ مدينة السالم وأخبار محدثيها وذكر قطانها العلماء )14( . 309-308، ص12م، ج2001، 1ووارديها، تحقيق: بشار عواد معروف، دار الغرب اإلسالمي، بيروت، طمن غير أهلها )15(أبي الحسن علي بن أبي الكرم بن عبد الواحد الشيباني ابن األثير )ت 630ه/ 1233م(، الكامل في التاريخ، مراجعة: محمد يوسف . 260، ص5م، ج1987، 1لبنان، ط -الدقاق، دار الكتب العلمية بيروت ، فإن خص فهي دعوة النقرى، للمزيد ينظز: إبراهيم بن محمد بن عبد هللا بن ً ال يخص بعضا ً )16(الجفلي ال النقري: أن يدعو عاما . 328، ص11م، ج1997، 1لبنان، ط -م(، املبدع في شرح املقنع، دار الكتب العلمية، بيروت1480ه، 884محمد ابن مفلح )ت )17(أبي الحسن علي بن أبي الكرم بن عبد الواحد الشيباني ابن األثير، املصدر السابق، ج5، ص274. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org أو مجلسين، حتى يسير ذلك في األمصار والمدن، فيخاف الظالم وقوفك على رعيته، ولعلك ال تجلس إال مجلساً ظلمه فال يجترئ على الظلم، ويأمل الضعيف المقهور جلوسك، ونظرك في أمره فيقوى قلبه ويكثر دعاؤه، فإن لم يمكنك االستماع في المجلس الذي تجلسه من كل من حضر من المتظلمين نظرت في أمر طائفة منهم في أول مجلس، وفي أمر طائفة أخرى في المجلس الثاني، وكذلك في المجلس الثالث، وال تقدم في ذلك إنساناً على إنسان، من خرجت وكذلك من بعده، مع أنه متى علم العمال والوالة أنك تجلس للنظر في أمور الناس يوماً في قصته أوالً دعى أوالً . (18)السنة ليس يوماً في الشهر تناهوا بإذن هللا عن الظلم، وأنصفوا من أنفسهم، وأني ألرجو لك بذلك أعظم الثواب" الرشيد الخليفة بعزلكان يضطهدون يقوم كانوا الذين من فقد ، الرعاياالعمال عيسى بن علي عزل خراسان، وأرسل إليه كتابًا يقول فيه فيما معناه: إنك قد فسدت، وظلمت الناس، وأغضبت هللا وخليفته بسوء سلوكك، وقلة األدب، والخيانة الظاهرة، وقد وليت هرثمة بن أعين موالي ثغر خراسان، فلقد أمرت خراسان بتشديد سيطرته وال حقًا لمسلم وال معاهد إال عليك وعلى ذريتك وعمالك، مع ضمان عدم ترك أي موارد مالية دون مطالبة بها، ويصب عليكم السياط ، عمالك فله أن يبسط عليكم العذاب فإن أبيت ذلك وأباه ولدك و ، أخذكم به حتى ترد إلى أهله وجل عز إنتقامًا هلل وغشم وتعدى وظلم وخالف وبدل، وغير بمن نكث يحل ما بكم ثانيًا، ويحل وخليفته بادئًا .(19)وللمسلمين والمعاهدين، وثالثًا فال تعرض نفسك للتي ال سوى لها، وأخرج مما يلزمك طائعًا أو مكرهاً سياسة المهدي والهادي، وكان يجلس م(833 814هـ / 218 198)الخليفة المأمون العباسي ثم تابع صوتها لم، اللمظ ترفع وكانت العباس، ولده من شاكية له جاءت امرأة المأمون أنصف فقد المظلوم، وينصف بالشكوى، فذكرها القاضي بأن صوتها ينبغي أال يعلو على صوت أمير المؤمنين، فقال له المأمون "دعها فإن الحق ، وأمر برد ضياعها عليها.(20)أنطقها والباطل أخرسها" وقد كتب المأمون كتاباً لجميع العمال في نواحي األعمال يوصيهم فيه بالعدل بين الناس، وممما جاء فيه:"ال تغمض عن المظالم رهبة منه أو مخافة، وتفقد أمور الجند في دواوينهم ومكاتبهم، وأدرر عليهم أرزاقهم، وأنظر هذا الخراج الذي استقامت عليه الرعية، فوزعه بين أصحابة، بالحق والعدل والتسوية والعموم فيه، وال ترفعن منه شيئاً عن شريف لشرفه، وال عن غني لغناء وال عن كاتب لك، وال عن أحد من خاصتك وحاشيتك وال تأخذن منه فوق أبي يوسف يعقوب بن إبراهيم )ت 187ه/ 803م(، كتاب الخراج، دار املعرفة للطباعة والنشر، بيروت لبنان، ط1، 1979م، )18( . 112-111ص شوقي أبو خليل، هارون الرشيد: أمير الخلفاء وأجل ملوك الدنياـ دار الفكر، دمشق، 1996م، ص109؛ محمد كرد علي، اإلدارة )19( . 123م، ص2014اإلسالمية، مؤسسة هنداوي، أبي القاسم علي بن الحسن ابن عساكر )ت571ه/ 1176م(، تاريخ مدينة دمشق وذكر فضلها وتسمية من حلها من األماثل أو )20( لبنان، -اجتاز بنواحيها من وارديها وأهلها، تحقيق: محب الدين أبي سعيد عمر العمروي، دار الفكر للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع، بيروت . 308، ص33م، ج1996، 1ط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org فيه شطط وأحمل الناس كلهم على أمر الحق، وأجعل في كل كورة من عملك أميناً االحتمال له، وال تكلفن أمراً يخبرك أخبار عمالك ويكتب إليك بسيرتهم وأعمالهم حتى كأنك مع كل عامل في عمله معاين ألمر كله، وأفرد نفسك للنظر في أمور الفقراء والمساكين، ومن ال يقدر على رفع مظلمة إليك والمحتقر الذي ال علم له بطلب حقه، فسل عنه أخفى مسألة ووكل بأمثاله أهل الصالح من رعيتك ومرهم برفع حوائجهم وحاالتهم إليك لتنظر فيها بما يُصلح .(21)هللا به أمرهم..." بالنظر في المظالم، م( شديد االهتمام 842 -م 833هـ / 227 -هـ 218وكان الخليفة المعتصم ) بالخيم فيها وكان شارع الميدان منتظمًا ، دارهالمأمون إلى دارمن ارًا كان م وذات يوم ونشر العدل بين الرعية، الجندي وأمره المعتصم فدعىابنها، وقام عدد من الجنود بأخذ ، "ابني ابني" وتقولتبكي امرأة حزينة رأى، الجند مما عظامه، ثم أطلقه، وة، مما أدى إلى سماع صوت قبه المعتصم أمسكذلك، ف، إال أن الجندي رفض بنهابإعادة ا (22)أدى إلى سقوط الجند ي، وأمر بإعادة الصبي إلى والدته م( على أحد موظفيه مؤشرات على 847 -م 842هـ / 232 هـ 227وإذا الحظ الخليفة الواثق باهلل ) (23)وجود ثروة جديدة ال يمكن تبريرها بدخلهم، فإن الخليفة يعتبرهم خونة ويأمر بمصادرتها. ول. عند الخلفاء العباسيين في العصر العباسي األ النهي عن المنكر الدولة الستقرارحرص الخلفاء العباسيين في العصر العباسي األول على إقامة شعيرة النهي عن المنكر، بين قد جلس أحد غلمانه، بلغه أن الخليفة عند فنجد الدين اإلسالمي، تعاليم الفواحش، وتطبيق والقضاء على ، وهن يضحكن، فأمر أن يضرب رأس هذا الغالم بطنبوره، فضرب به حتى (24)الجواري وهو يضرب لهن بالطنبور .(25)انكسر الطنبور، ثم أمر ببيع الغالم صاحب الطنبور بالنظم القضائية، دار الشروق، القاهرة، د.ت، ص87 ً )21(حمدي عبد املنعم، ديوان املظالم: نشأته وتطوره واختصاصاته مقارنا 88 . املرجع نفسه، ص88. )22( املرجع نفسه، ص89. )23( الطنبور: هو آلة من آالت املعازف واملالهي، ولها أوتار يضرب عليها أو يلعب بها، للمزيد ينظر: الخليل بن أحمد الفراهيدي )ت )24( بيروت787ه/ 170 العلمية، الكتب دار الحميد هنداوي، تحقيق: عبد العجم، على حروف ً العين مرتبا كتاب ، 1لبنان، ط -م(، . 61، ص3م، ج2003 أبي جعفر محمد بن جرير الطبري، تاريخ الطبري، مصدر سابق ، ج8، ص63. )25( american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org على المنصور أمر له بطعام يتغدى به، فعندما وضعت المائدة بين يديه، قال: (26)وعندما قدم بختيشوع ، قيل له: إن الشراب ال يُشرب على مائدة أمير المؤمنين، فقال: ال آكل طعاماً ليس معه شراب، فأخبر (27)شراب المنصور بذلك، فقال: دعوه، فعندما حضر العشاء فعل به مثل ذلك فطلب الشراب، فقيل: ال يشرب على مائدة أمير . (28)المؤمنين الشراب، فتعشى وشرب ماء دجلة بقتل جارتين من جواريه اجتمعتا على الفاحشة، فعندما شهد عليهما بنفسه أمر بذلك وقام الخليفة الهادي .(29)في الحال وكان يقول:"أخبرني أبي عن جدي أن محمد بن علي بن عبد هللا بن عباس قال: ما أصلح الملك بمثل .(30)تعجيل العقوبة للجاني، والعفو عن الزالت القريبة، ليقل الطمع في الملك" ، وكان ُيضحك الرشيد، عندما أضحك الرشيد (31)وأنكر الخليفة هارون الرشيد على ابن أبي مريم المدني إياك والقرآن والدين، ولك ما شئت فقال:" التفت عليه وهو كالمغضب، ثم الرشيد الصالة، أثناء الصالة، فقطع .(32)بعدها" مما سبق يتضح مدى حرص الخلفاء العباسيين في العصر العباسي األول على طاعة هللا سبحانه وتعالى، واألمر بالمعروف النهي عن المنكر، فصالح المجتمع واستقرار الدولة ال يقوم إال على طاعة هللا سبحانه وتعالى ، وتمام الطاعة متوقف على األمر بالمعروف والنهي عن المنكر والتصدي للفواحش وما يخالف تعاليم ملسو هيلع هللا ىلصورسوله الدين اإلسالمي. مع أهل الذمة. الديني التسامح )26(بختيشوع األكبر هو جورجيوس بن جبرائيل الطبيب السرياني مسيحي ذو خبرة بصناعة الطب، وتركيب الدواء، خدم املنصور، جزيلة، خدمة املنصور منذ سنة ً م(، للمزيد ينظر: أحمد بن القاسم بن 769-765ه/ 152-148وحظى بمكانة لديه، ونال منه أمواال م(، عيون األنباء في طبقات األطباء، تحقيق: نزار رضا، دار ومكتبة الحياة، بيروت، د.ت، 1270ه/ 668خليفة ابن أبي صبيعة )ت . 183ص ُيقصد به الخمر )27( أبي جعفر محمد بن جرير الطبري، املصدر السابق، ج8، ص87. )28( املصدر نفسه، ج8، ص222-221. )29( أبي الفداء إسماعيل ابن عمر بن كثير القرش ي الدمشقي )ت 774ه/ 1373م(، البداية والنهاية، تحقيق: عبد هللا بن عبد املحسن )30( . 559، ص13، ج1998، 1التركي، هجر للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع واإلعالن، القاهرة، ط أبو شاكر املدني، مولى بن جدعان، للمزيد ينظر: عالء الدين )31( القرش ي التميمي، أبي مريم هو عبد هللا بن خالد بن سعيد بن .321، 7مغلطاي، إكمال تهذيب الكمال، مصدر سابق، ج أبي الحسن علي بن أبي الكرم بن عبد الواحد الشيباني إبن األثير، الكامل في التاريخ، مصدر سابق، ج5، ص357. )32( american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org كان للخلفاء العباسيين نهج عادل ومتسامح وكريم تجاه أهل الذمة، حيث منح العباسيون األوائل اإلذن لرعاياهم المسيحيين ببناء العديد من الكنائس واألديرة. وفي عهد المهدي، كان هناك انتشار كبير في بناء الكنائس شهدوا العباسيين الخلفاء سلطة تحت يعيشون الذين المسيحيين فإن السترانج المستشرق قول وبحسب واألديرة. التسامح الكامل وامتلكوا أديرة عديدة، وكان بمدينة الروم دير بني في عهد المهدي. وفي الجهة الغربية من نهر دجلة في الكرخ كان هناك عدة أديرة منها دير العذارى، ودير الدرناو، ودير القباب. وفي القسم الشمالي من المدينة وجد دير شموني. وإلى الغرب منها كان هناك ديران: دير حدبان الواقع على ضفة نهر كرخايا، المعروف كان ي اثنان منها خارج باب الثعالب. وإلى الشرق من دير الروم كان هناك خمسة أديرة، أيضًا بدير سرجيوس، ودير .(33)الشماسية: دير ماليس، ودير صبور. وعلى بعد أربعة فراسخ من بغداد كان يوجد دير مار جرجس. وكان الخليفة الهادي يحترم األساقفة ويصحبهم، وكان كثيرًا ما يطلب حضور األسقف تيموثاوس، ويتحاور .(34)معه في أحاديث دينية ومناظرات واسعة، كما اتبع الرشيد نمطًا مماثاًل في التفاعل معه كان النصارى يخرجون الرشيد،في أيام هارون كما كان أهل الذمة يتمعتون بحرية أداء شعائرهم الدينية، ف ، في موكب كبير وبين أيديهم الصليب، ويقيمون حفالتهم الدينية بحرية تامة، وفيها (35)في بغداد يوم عيد الفصح ، كما يذكر جاك ريسلر: إن جميع األديان كانت (36)يظهر اللهو والطرب، ويشاركهم المسلمون في هذه االحتفاالت .(37)ممثلة في بغداد، فكان للنصارى أديرة، وللملة اليهودية محاكمها الخاصة ضم البالط العباسي العديد من أطباء أهل الذمة، بما في ذلك جورجيوس بن جبريل، الذي دعمه الخليفة ، كان (38)المنصور ومنحه السلطة. وبناء على ذلك، أصدر الخليفة مرسوًما بوجوب تلبية جميع طلبات ابن جبريل ولع الخليفة ووالءه البن جبريل عميًقا جًدا لدرجة أنه حاول إقناعه باعتناق اإلسالم، مما أدى إلى انتشار شائعات شعر الموت من اقترب ولما مغرًيا. عرًضا قدم اإلسالميةبأنه العقيدة اعتناق إلى مضطر قال بأنه "يا :حيث )33(غي لسترانج، بغداد في عهد الخالفة العباسية، ترجمة: بشير يوسف فرنسيس، دار ميزوبوتاميا للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع، ط2، . 184-108م، ص2013 توفيق سلطان اليوزبكي، تاريخ أهل الذمة في العراق )12-247ه(، دار العلوم للطباعة والنشر، الرياض، ط1، 1983م، ص 152. )34( الفصح: هو العيد الكبير عند النصارى، ويزعمون أن املسيح عليه السالم، قام بعد الصلب بثالثة أيام ويعتبرونه عيد السرور )35( بعودة املسيح، للمزيد ينظر: شهاب الدين بن عبد الوهاب النويري )ت ً م(، نهاية 1333ه/733والفرح، وكانوا يشربون ويطربون فرحا . 191، ص1م، ج1933، 1األرب في فنون األدب، دار الكتب والوثائق القومية، القاهرة، ط أبو الحسن علي بن محمد الشابشتي )ت 388ه/ 998م(، الديارات، تحقيق: كوركيس عواد، مطبعة املعارف، بغداد، 1951م، )36( .9ص جالك ريسلر، الحضارة العربية، ترجمة: خليل أحمد، منشورات عويدات، بيروت، ط1، 1993م، ص148. )37( )38(أحمد بن القاسم بن خليفة ابن أبي صبيعة، عيون األنباء في طبقات األطباء، مصدر سابق، ص 185. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org ، إال أنه رفض، لكنه امتنع، وحزن عليه المنصور بعد وفاته، (39)جورجيوس اتق هللا وأسلم وأنا أضمن لك الجنة" للمنصور وأوصى جورجيوس أحد تالميذه ويدعى "عيسى بن شهال" إلى الخليفة المنصور بغرض تقديم العالج الطبي ، وأصبح عيسى بن شهال في خدمة المنصور، فقربه وأكرمه(40)قائاًل:" إني أخلف بين يدك عيسى، وهو تربيتي" (41). لخدمته وظل في خدمته (42)وأتخذ الخليفة المهدي ) 158 169هـ / 775 786م ( الطبيب بختيشوع ، م(809 -م 787هـ/ 193 -هـ 170)وخدمة ولديه الهادي والرشيد، وقد حظى بمكانة مرموقة في بالط الرشيد . (43)فعينه رئيسًا لألطباء . لعباسيين في العصر العباسي األولعند الخلفاء ا العفو والصفح من بالد العراق تمردهم )44 ( من صور العفو والصفح في العصر العباسي األول، عندما أعلن أهل الجزيرة م(، تحت قيادة اسحاق بن مسلم بن ربيعة العقيلي 754 -م 750هـ/ 136 -هـ 132ضد الخليفة أبي العباس السفاح ) وقد أنسحب بجيشه )46 ( ، انتدب الخليفة أبو العباس أبو جعفر المنصور للتصدي لهذه الثورة )45 ( سنة )۱۳۳ه/ 751م( ، وكان اسحاق )48 ( ، فأقبل المنصور بجيشه وضرب الحصار المحكم على إسحاق لمدة سبعة أشهر )47 ( إلى سميساط مياالً إلى الصلح، فكتب إلى المنصور في عنقي بيعة، فأنا ال أدعها حتى أعلم أن صاحبها قد مات أو قتل، فكتب من أبي جعفر الذي كتب إلى أخيه )49 ( المنصور ) أن مروان قد قتل ( فقال أتيقن، فلما صح عنده أنه قتل طلب االمان املصدر نفسه، ص185. )39( املصدر نفسه، ص185. )40( املصدر نفسه، ص185. )41( بختيشوع بن جورجيوس، ومعنى بختيشوع عبد املسيح، ألن البخت في اللغة السريانية بمعنى العبد، ويشوع عيس ى عليه السالم، )42( ، للمزيد ً خاصا ً تعلم مهنة الطب على يد أبيه جورجيوس فبرع فيها، وأتخذه الرشيد واألمين واملأمون واملعتصم والواثق واملتوكل طبيبا .186ينظر: املصدر نفسه، ص )43(توفيق سلطان اليوزبكي، تاريخ أهل الذمة في العراق، مرجع سابق، ص153. بين دجلة والفرات مجاورة الشام تشتمل على ديار مضر وديار بكر سميت الجزيرة ألنها بين دجلة والفرات، للمزيد ينظر: شهاب )44) . 134، ص2م، ج1995، 2م(، معجم البلدان، دار صادر، بيروت، ط1229ه/ 626الدين أبو عبد هللا ياقوت الحموي )ت ، 2، جد.ت م(، اليعقوبي، تاريخ اليعقوبي، دار صادر، بيروت، 897هـ/284ت) اليعقوبي أحمد بن أبي يعقوب بن وهب بن واضح)45) . 354ص .354، ص2املصدر نفسه، ج )46) . 258، ص 3مدينة على شاطئ الفرات في طرف بالد الروم على غربي الفرات. الحموي، املصدر السابق، ج )47) . 354، ص 2، املصدر السابق، جأحمد بن أبي يعقوب بن وهب بن واضح اليعقوبي )48) .447، ص7تاريخ الطبري، مصدر سابق، جأبي جعفر محمد بن جرير الطبري، )49) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org الخليفة أبو العباس يعلمه باألمر فكتب إليه الخليفة يأمره بإعطائه األمان ومن معه فتم ذلك، وخرج أسحاق إلى أبي ، فعفى عنه الخليفة أبي العباس رغم الخطورة التي واجهتها الخالفة العباسية )50 ( جعفر وكان عنده من آخر أصحابه السيما وأنها الزالت في بداية قيامها. سنة )141ه/ 759م( في عهد الخليفة المنصور، وهم قوم من خراسان ينادون )51 ( وعندما خرج الراوندية بتناسخ األرواح، ويزعمون أن ربهم الذي يطعمهم ويسقيهم هو المنصور، فخرج المنصور من القصر ماشياً وهو م(، وكان مستتراً من المنصور وقاتل 768هـ/ ۱٥۱يريدهم حتى كادوا يقتلونه وجاء معه معن بن زائدة الشيباني ت ) قتاالً شديداً مع المنصور حتى ظفروا بالراوندية، فقال له المنصور: من أنت ؟ قال طلبتك يا أمير المؤمنين معن بن زائدة فقال: أمنك هللا على نفسك، ومالك وأهلك مثلك يصطنع، فقال المنصور: أيظن معن أن ال أغفر ذنبه بعد بالئه، . )52 ( ادخلوه علي فعفا عنه وواله اليمن بميولهم لألمويين، فعمل 755ه/ 137وفي سنة ) المنصور، والمعروفين الخليفة الشام على أهل تمرد م( الخليفة المنصور جاهداً للحصول على تأييدهم فعفى عنهم وأصطنع وجوههم، وكان من جملة من عفا عنهم بكار بن ، وفي سنة ) 158ه/ 775م( قام أهل الشام بإرسال وفداً من إشرافهم للخليفة المنصور، وكان من )53 ( مسلم العقيلي بينهم الحارث بن عبد الرحمن الغفاري الذي قال للخليفة عند دخوله عليه: أصلح هللا أمير المؤمنين، إنا لسنا وفد استقرت كريمنا، واستخفت حليمنا، فنحن بما قدمنا معترفون، ومما سلف منا مباهاة ولكننا وفد توبة وانا ابتلينا بفتنة معتذرون فأن تعاقبنا فيما أجد منا وأن تعف عنا فبفضلك علينا فأصفح عنا إذا ملكت وأمنن إذا قدرت وأحسن إذا وعفا عنهم. )54( ظفرت فطالما أحسنت: قال أبو جعفر قد فعلت . 447، ص7املصدر نفسه، ج )50) وهم قوم من أهل خراسان، على مذهب أبي مسلم الخراساني يقولون بالتناسخ، فيزعمون أن روح آدم في عثمان بن نهيك، وأن )51) ربهم الذي يطعمهم ويسقيهم، هو الخليفة أبو جعفر املنصور، فلما ظهروا وأتوا ِإلى قصر املنصور، قالوا: هذا قصر ربنا، فحبس أنهم ماشون في جنازة، حتى بلغوا باب املنصور رؤساءهم، وهم مائتان، ف وحملوه ومشوا به على ً غضب أصحابهم، وأخذوا نعشا السجن، فرموا بالنعش، وكسروا باب السجن، وأخرجوا رؤساءهم، ثم قصدوا املنصور وهم نحو ستمائة رجل، فتنادى الناس، مع وكان الناس، عليه واجتمع ، ً ماشيا املنصور وخرج املدينة أبواب وقاتل وأغلقت فحضر املنصور، من ً مستخفيا زائدة بن ن الدين إسماعيل بن عماد الراوندية بين يدي املنصور، فعفا عن معن لذلك وقتل في ذلك اليوم الراوندية عن آخرهم، للمزيد ينظر: ت، .م(، املختصر في أخبار البشر، املطبعة الحسينية املصرية، القاهرة، د1331ه/ 732)تأبو الفداء علي بن محمود بن محمد . 3، ص2ج .504، ص 7تاريخ الطبري، مصدر سابق، جأبي جعفر محمد بن جرير الطبري، )52) . 468-466، ص 5ابن األثير، الكامل في التاريخ، مصدر سابق، ج )53) . 84، ص8املصدر السابق، جأبي جعفر محمد بن جرير الطبري، )54) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org الخليفة المهدي بالصفح، والتسامح فقد عفى عن جميع السجناء من العلويين الذين تم سجنهم في كما اشتهر ف لهم، وعفا عن جميع السجناء عهد والده المنصور) 55(، ولم يكتفي بذلك بل قام باإلحسان إليهم، ودعا لرواتب تُصرَّ من المعارضين السياسيين اآلخرين فيما عدا المجرمين) 56(. م( إلى الخليفة الهادي، وقالوا له: "إنه ليس عليك من هارون 806ه/ 190الد البرمكي )ت خواقتيد بيحيى بن الد فأبعث إلى يحيى، وتهدده بالقتل، وأرِمِه بالكفر، فغضب موسى الهادي من ذلك خالف، وإنما يفسده يحيى بن خ على يحيى، وأمر بسجنه على ما رمى إليه من اإلطاحة بالرشيد فأرسل له يحيى رقعة: إن عندي نصيحة فدعاية لى سبيله؛ فقال: يا أمير المؤمنين: أفتأمن من أن يسموا إليها أهلك، ويطمع فيها خلني، فأخفقل: يا أمير المؤمنين أ لفاء كان أعقل من خرج من ولد أبيك؟ فقال له: نبهتني يا يحيى؛ قال: وكان يقول ما كلمت أحداً من الخغيرهم فت له عنه، وقد عقد خيك أما كان ينبغي أن تعقده له فكيف بأن تخموسى الهادي؛ قال: وقال له: وأن هذا األمر لم يعقد أل المهدي له، وأرى أن تفز هذا األمر يا أمير المؤمنين على حاله، فاستجاب الهادي لكالمه، وما رآه، وأطلق سراحه، وصفح عنه) 57(. النزارية واليمنية في بالد م، نشأ صراع طويل بين القبائل 791هـ/174وفي عهد الخليفة هارون الرشيد سنة الشام، واستمر هذا الخالف عدة سنوات قبل أن يبلغ ذروته في ثورة عنيفة واجه فيها جنود الرشيد وعماله )58(، والتي من إخماد الثورة المشتعلة؛ كانت القبائل اليمنية آنذاك تتواجد فيها. ولم يتمكن عبد الصمد العباسي، وهو شيخ مسن، ر هذا الصراع، تم تحقيق الرشيد وأرسل بداًل منه إبراهيم بن صالح العباسي. ولكن بعد عامين من استمرا قصائهفأ فجاءوا أهل الشام للخليفة هارون الرشيد بعد المصالحة، وتكلموا معه عن هذه الثورة في وبعد الصلح، المصالحة مقره فصمت الرشيد، ومن الواضح أن الخليفة هارون الرشيد آثر اتباع الرفق مع أهل الشام للتودد إليهم، واستمالتهم لصالحه حتى يصيروا كمساندة معنوية، وعسكرية للخالفة العباسية) 59( كما أصدر الخليفة هارون الرشيد مرسوماً بالعفو عن المحكومين وأمن الهاربين من المتهمين المجرمين، م( الذي كان وزيراً 802ه/ 186ومن كان في عنقه حق الغير، فكان ممن أخرج من السجن يعقوب بن داود ) ت للمنصور فسجنه لميله إلى العلويين ثم أخرجه المهدي فأستوزره لكنه تأكد من انحرافه من بني العباس إلى خصومهم العلويين فزجه ثانية في السجن، حتى أخرجه الرشيد، وقد شاخ وعمي فأمر بإحضاره فأحضر، وقيل له: سلم على )55( املصدر نفسه، ج8، ص 130. )56( جميل نحلة املدور، حضارة اإلسالم في دار السالم، مصر، 1932م، ص 145. املصدر نفسه، ج8، ص 208. )57( )58(أبي الحسن علي بن أبي الكرم بن عبد الواحد الشيباني ابن األثير، الكامل في التاريخ، مصدر سابق، ج6، ص 90. )59(أبي جعفر محمد بن جرير الطبري، املصدر السابق، ج8، ص 415. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org أمير المؤمنين، فسلم، فقال له الرشيد أي أمير المؤمنين أنا ؟ قال المهدي، قال: رحم هللا المهدي، قال: فالهادي قال ب، فأني أريد أبرك وأكرمك قال: يا أمير المؤمنين ورشيد: قال نعم، فسل حاجتك يا يعقهادي قال فهارون الرحم هللا ال مستمتع وال بالغ، وأحب المقام في مكة قال: قد أمرنا لك بمال يكفيك، بإيصالك إلى غايتك معززاً وأجرينا ما بقي في . )60 ( عليك راتباً تعيش منه حتى آخر يوم من حياتك، فودعه شاكراً وأنصرف ، وكان مصدرًا للفتن واالضطرابات لرشيد،وكان علي بن عيسى بن ماهان، والي خراسان في عهد هارون ا الوالي سياسة وقد هذا والظلم واالستيالء اتبع العنف األهالي،تقوم على أموال للرشيد على فكتب أهل خراسان ويستغيثون به، فانطلق الرشيد لمحاربة علي بن عيسى وأقام معسكًرا في الري ) 61(، و عند علمه بذلك، التقى علي بالرشيد حاماًل هدايا ثمينة، والتي منحها لرجال بالطه، فأطمأن الرشيد بسلوكه ومنحه العفو ) 62(. فعفوا والقوة، البطش واللين على سياسة الصفح آثروا األول العباسي العصر أن خلفاء يتبين مما سبق وصفحوا وقت المقدرة. وقيل إن إبراهيم بن المهدي، أهدى جارية إلى المأمون ، ومعها عود وبيتين من الشعر) 63(: عفوت وكان العفو منك سجيّة ... كما كان معقودا بمفرقك الملك فإن أنت أتممت الرضا فهو المنى ... وإن أنت جازيت المسيء فذا الهلك اإلسالمية الرفيعة، عامل الخلفاء العباسيون من كان تحت سلطانهم من العامة، وأحسنوا األخالقبهذه أمور الدولة في العصر العباسي األول، وأنتشر األمن بين كافة أرجاء امت ق فاستإليهم، وأقاموا العدل بين الرعية، الدولة. الخاتمة. توصل البحث إلى عدة نتائج، وفيما يلي يمكن عرض أهم تم االنتهاء بحمد هللا تعالى من هذا البحث، وقد هذه النتائج: . 159، ص 8املصدر نفسه، ج )60) كورة معروفة تنسب إلى الجبل وليست منه بل هي أقرب إلى خراسان، وهي مدينة ليس بعد بغداد في املشرق مدينة أعمر منها إال )61) م(، 1495ه/ 900نيسابور فإنها أكبر منها عرصة وأوسع رقعة، للمزيد ينظر: أبو عبد هللا محمد بن عبد هللا بن عبد املنعم الحميري )ت . 278م، ص 1980، 2ر األقطار، تحقيق: إحسان عباس، مؤسسة ناصر للثقافة، بيروت، طالروض املعطار في خب . 191، ص6، الكامل في التاريخ، مصدر سابق، جبي الكرم بن عبد الواحد الشيباني ابن األثيرأبي الحسن علي بن أ)62) . 617، ص 2004محّمد علي آل خليفة، أمراء الكوفة وحكامها، مؤسسة الصادق للطباعة والنشر، طهران، )63) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org أنه من نعم هللا العظيمة أن جعل للمسلمين خلفاء ووالة أمور تجب طاعتهم بعد طاعة هللا سبحانه .1 وأنه بوجودهم تستقر المجتمعات وتننفي الفوضى عنها، لذلك ال بد من أن ،ملسو هيلع هللا ىلصوطاعة رسوله يتحلى الخلفاء وووالة األمور باألخالق اإلسالمية حتى تستقر أمور الدولة. التزام الخلفاء العباسيون بأوامر هللا سبحانه وتعالى، الداعية لألخالق اإلسالمية والتي لها آثار كبيرة .2 على شخصية الخليفة وأخالقة مع رعيته. ، والخلفاء الراشدين، والتي لها أثر كبير في ملسو هيلع هللا ىلصالتزام الخلفاء العباسيون باالقتداء بسنه نبينا محمد .3 أستقرار أمور الدولة، وإعطاء الخليفة دورًا أخالقيًا متميزًا, عن .4 والنهي بالمعروف األمر بشعيرة التمسك العباسيين الخلفاء عند اإلسالمية األخالق ومن المنكر، ودعوة عمال الدولة إلى التمسك بها، ونشر العدل بين الرعية، والنظر في مظالم الناس، والبعد عن الظلم. ومن األخالقية اإلسالمية التي أتبعها الخلفاء العباسيون التسامح الديني مع أهل الذمة، وانفتاح .5 الدولة العباسية على مختلف رعاياها دون تعصب، أو إقصاء ساعد على استقر الدولة العباسية في العصر العباسي األول، وتحقيق األمن االجتماعي وبلوغ النهوض الحضاري. ترتب على التزام الخلفاء العباسيين باإلخالق اإلسالمية إلى استقرار الدولة والمجتمع ككل. .6 كما حرص الخلفاء العباسيون في العصر العباسي األول على طاعة هللا سبحانه وتعالى، واالمتثال .7 ، فصالح المجتمع واستقرار الدولة ال يقوم إال على طاعة هللا ملسو هيلع هللا ىلصبأوامر، والتمسك بأخالق النبي ورسوله وتعالى والتصدي ملسو هيلع هللا ىلصسبحانه الحسنة، باألخالق التمسك على متوقف الطاعة وتمام ، للفواحش ةما يخالف تعاليم الدين اإلسالمي. المالحق. األولخلفاء العصر العباسي ( م847 -750 /ه232 -132) حكمه نسني الخليفة م علي )السفاح( بن محمد بن هللا َعْبد 1 (م754 -750هـ/ 136 -132) (م775 -754هـ/ 158 -137) أبو جعفر المنصور 2 المهدي محمد هللا عبد أبو 3 ( م786 -775هـ /169 -158) الهادي موسى محمد أبو 4 ( م787 -786هـ/ 170 -169) الرشيد هارون 5 ( م809 -787هـ/ 193 -170) األمين محمد هللا عبد أبو 6 ( م814 -809هـ/ 198 -193) المأمون هللا عبد 7 ( م833 -814هـ / 218 -198) باهلل المعتصم 8 م( 842 -833هـ/ 227 -218) باهلل الواثق هارون 9 ( م847 -842هـ / 232 -227) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org والمراجع. قائمة المصادر أواًل: المصادر. م(، املبدع في شرح املقنع، دار الكتب العلمية، بيروت1480ه، 884إبراهيم بن محمد بن عبد هللا بن محمد ابن مفلح )ت .1 م 1997، 1لبنان، ط )ت .2 الشابشتي بن محمد علي الحسن املعارف، 998ه/ 388أبو مطبعة عواد، كوركيس تحقيق: الديارات، بغداد، م(، م. 1951 الحميري )ت .3 املنعم األقطار، تحقيق: 1495ه/ 900أبو عبد هللا محمد بن عبد هللا بن عبد في خبر املعطار الروض م(، م1980، 2إحسان عباس، مؤسسة ناصر للثقافة، بيروت، ط م(، الكامل في التاريخ، مراجعة: محمد 1233ه/ 630أبي الحسن علي بن أبي الكرم بن عبد الواحد الشيباني ابن األثير )ت .4 م 1987، 1لبنان، ط -يوسف الدقاق، دار الكتب العلمية بيروت م(، البداية والنهاية، تحقيق: عبد هللا بن عبد 1373ه/ 774أبي الفداء إسماعيل ابن عمر بن كثير القرش ي الدمشقي )ت .5 1998، 1املحسن التركي، هجر للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع واإلعالن، القاهرة، ط أبي الفضل جمال الدين محمد بن مكرم ابن منظور االفريقي املصري، لسان العرب، دار صادر، بيروت، د.ت .6 م(، تاريخ مدينة دمشق وذكر فضلها وتسمية من حلها من األماثل 1176ه/ 571أبي القاسم علي بن الحسن ابن عساكر )ت .7 أو اجتاز بنواحيها من وارديها وأهلها، تحقيق: محب الدين أبي سعيد عمر العمروي، دار الفكر للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع، م1996، 1لبنان، ط -بيروت م(، تاريخ مدينة السالم وأخبار محدثيها وذكر قطانها 1071ه/ 463أبي بكر أحمد بن علي بن ثابت الخطيب البغدادي )ت .8 م 2001، 1العلماء من غير أهلها ووارديها، تحقيق: بشار عواد معروف، دار الغرب اإلسالمي، بيروت، ط الطبري )ت .9 بن جرير محمد الفضل 923ه/ 310أبي جعفر أبو محمد تحقيق: وامللوك، الرسل تاريخ الطبري تاريخ م(، ، د.ت2إبراهيم، دار املعارف، القاهرة، ط )ت .10 إبراهيم بن يعقوب يوسف بيروت803ه/ 187أبي والنشر، للطباعة املعرفة دار الخراج، كتاب ، 1لبنان، ط -م(، م 1979 م(، كتاب بغداد، تحقيق: السيد عزت العطار الحسيني، مكتبة الخانجي، 894ه/ 280أحمد بن أبي طاهر ابن طيفور )ت .11 .م2002، 3القاهرة، ط ت .م(، اليعقوبي، تاريخ اليعقوبي، دار صادر، بيروت، د897هـ/284مد بن أبي يعقوب بن وهب بن واضح اليعقوبي )ت أح .12 م(، عيون األنباء في طبقات األطباء، تحقيق: نزار رضا، دار 1270ه/ 668أحمد بن القاسم بن خليفة ابن أبي صبيعة )ت .13 ومكتبة الحياة، بيروت، د.ت على حروف العجم، تحقيق: عبد الحميد هنداوي، دار 787ه/ 170الخليل بن أحمد الفراهيدي )ت .14 ً م(، كتاب العين مرتبا م 2003، 1لبنان، ط الكتب العلمية، بيروت م(، سير أعالم النبالء، تحقيق: شعيب األرنؤوط، علي 1374ه/ 748شمس الدين محمد بن أحمد بن عثمان الذهبي )ت .15 م 1996، 11لبنان، ط -أبو زيد، مؤسسة الرسالة، بيروت م1995، 2م(، معجم البلدان، دار صادر، بيروت، ط1229ه/ 626شهاب الدين أبو عبد هللا ياقوت الحموي )ت .16 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org )ت .17 النويري الوهاب عبد بن الدين القومية، 1333ه/733شهاب والوثائق الكتب دار األدب، فنون في األرب نهاية م(، م1933، 1القاهرة، ط عبد الرحمن بن نصر الشيزري، نهاية الرتبة في طلب الحسبة، نشره السيد الباز العريني، محمد مصطفى زيادة، مطبعة .18 م 1946لجنة التأليف والترجمة والنشر، م(، إكمال تهذيب الكمال في أسماء الرجال، تحقيق: عادل بن محمد، أسامة بن 1361ه/ 762عالء الدين مغلطاي )ت .19 م2001، 1إبراهيم، الفاروق الحديثة للطباعة والنشر، القاهرة، ط م(، معجم التعريفات، تحقيق: محمد صديق املنشاوي، دار 1413ه/ 816علي بن محمد السيد الشريف الجرجاني )ت .20 الفضيلة للنشر والتوزيع والتصدير، القاهرة، د.ت الدين إسماعيل بن علي بن محمود بن محمد )ت .21 البشر، املطبعة الحسينية 1331ه/ 732عماد م(، املختصر في أخبار . ت .املصرية، القاهرة، د م(، القاموس املحيط، تحقيق: محمد نعيم العرقسوس ي، 1415ه/ 817مجدي الدين محمد بن يعقوب الفيروزآبادي )ت .22 م2005، 8لبنان، ط -مؤسسة الرسالة، بيروت م(، إحياء علوم الدين، دار املنهاج للنشر والتوزيع، اململكة 1111ه/ 505محمد بن محمد بن محمد بن أحمد الغزالي )ت .23 م 2011، 1العربية السعودية، جدة، ط محمد مرتض ى الحسيني الزبيدي، تاج العروس من جواهر القاموس، تحقيق: مصطفى حجازي، مطبعة حكومة الكويت، .24 م 1989 : املراجع. ً ثانيا م.1983، 1ه(، دار العلوم للطباعة والنشر، الرياض، ط247-12توفيق سلطان اليوزبكي، تاريخ أهل الذمة في العراق ) .1 م.1993، 1جالك ريسلر، الحضارة العربية، ترجمة: خليل أحمد، منشورات عويدات، بيروت، ط .2 م.1932املدور، حضارة اإلسالم في دار السالم، مصر، جميل نحلة .3 بالنظم القضائية، دار الشروق، القاهرة، د.ت. .4 ً حمدي عبد املنعم، ديوان املظالم: نشأته وتطوره واختصاصاته مقارنا ؛ محمد كرد علي، 109م، ص1996شوقي أبو خليل، هارون الرشيد: أمير الخلفاء وأجل ملوك الدنياـ دار الفكر، دمشق، .5 م. 2014اإلدارة اإلسالمية، مؤسسة هنداوي، غي لسترانج، بغداد في عهد الخالفة العباسية، ترجمة: بشير يوسف فرنسيس، دار ميزوبوتاميا للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع، .6 م. 2013، 2ط جوستاف، حضارة العرب، ترجمة: عادل زعيتر، مطبعة عيس ى البابي الحلبي وشركاه، د.ت. لوبون، .7 .2004محّمد علي آل خليفة، أمراء الكوفة وحكامها، مؤسسة الصادق للطباعة والنشر، طهران، .8 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 39, | august 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org the place of shams tabrizi’s philosophical views in islamic philosophical thought odinayev mahmud ahmadovich phd student at samarkand state institute of foreign languages phone: +998 93 635 42 12 e-mail: mahmud.odinayev@mail.ru orcid: 0009-0008-8710-0288 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the philosophical views of shams tabrizi and their significance within the broader context of islamic intellectual and philosophical thought. as a spiritual guide and mentor to jalal al-din rumi, shams played a crucial role in shaping mystical-philosophical perspectives that bridged metaphysics, ethics, and the inner dimensions of faith. his reflections on the relationship between the soul, love, and divine truth not only influenced sufi philosophy but also contributed to the development of islamic philosophical discourse by emphasizing the unity of existence and the transformative power of spiritual experience. the study highlights how shams tabrizi’s teachings continue to inspire contemporary interpretations of islamic philosophy and spirituality. shams tabrizi, islamic philosophy, sufism, mystical thought, metaphysics, spiritual experience, rumi, unity of existence. introduction the title itself, which at first glance may seem somewhat strange and even absurd, may not attract much attention. however, if you think about its content, this strangeness will noticeably diminish. shams tabrizi can be considered the only phenomenon in the entire history of iran, who has no equal in the field of spirituality, knowledge, mysticism and sufism. regarding the title of this note, one may say: what does shams, who is usually presented as a mad lover, restless and intoxicated with love, have to do with philosophy and philosophical thinking? after all, according to shams and his followers, philosophizing means limiting the horizons of knowledge, narrowing existence and its boundless prospects to the limits of the finite human mind. while for true mystics there are no boundaries in contemplation and understanding of the infinite divine being. they will say: what business does the sun of truth shams tabrizi have with philosophy? for the shining sun needs neither stars nor planets, nor philosophical proofs and reasoning. the sun shines because it shines; it illuminates and warms by itself. the existence of shams ad-din tabrizi, just like the existence of the sun, “without cause and without bribe,” gives closeness, love, friendship and truth. shams not only created mawlana, but hundreds of thousands like him rose to the heights of mystical knowledge thanks to his invisible hand [1]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org one might ask: what does philosophy have to do with shams? at first glance, nothing. but philosophy is much broader than what shams could see in the teachings of the islamic philosophers of his time. philosophy is not limited to aristotelian metaphysics. it is close to shams at least in that philosophy never stops asking questions and striving for truth, never tires of thinking and does not abandon the pursuit of the “sun of meaning”. material and methods shams is one of those mystics who were completely free from dogmatism, fanaticism and dry orthodoxy. he was distinguished by tolerance, generosity, freedom of spirit and subtlety. such personalities always found the opportunity to be tolerant of philosophy and philosophers. in this sense, philosophy and shams are similar: both are boundless, like the sea. the love mysticism of shams tabrizi, which arose long before him, but with his personality received a special expression, was open to all directions of philosophical and mystical thought. unlike the ascetic mysticism of al-ghazali and his followers, hostile to freethinking, philosophy and culture, the mysticism of shams had the potential for the fruitful development of islamic civilization [2]. shams, in his maqolat (sayings), mentions some of the philosophical doctrines that have led to the accusation of heresy among philosophers: that god’s knowledge extends only to universals and not to individual phenomena; that resurrection is spiritual and not corporeal. however, he himself does not accuse anyone or pass judgment. although in other places he makes fun of philosophers, dismissively calling them «falsaf». his criticism of the ideas of «ten minds» and «seven heavens» is quite justified, since these theories were based on the outdated and erroneous ptolemaic cosmology [3]. nevertheless, shams’ attitude to philosophers is best shown in his interactions with his contemporaries for example, with the philosopher shihab herevi (of herat). shams became close to him, and although he did not share his rationalistic views, he spoke of him with respect and gentleness: «shihab was a good unbeliever... although he spoke blasphemy, he was a pure and spiritual man». another example is shams’s attitude to shihab suhrawardi. although he did not meet him personally, he heard about his tragic fate and defended him from accusations, calling his opponents «dogs» and asserting: «how can one call someone who is so bright an infidel?» as a result, it becomes clear that for shams, the most important thing was purity, spirituality and the light of a person’s inner world, and not labels and dogmas. if this type of mysticism had been established in the history of iranian sufism open, free, tolerant philosophy and philosophical thinking would not have found themselves in such a sad state. but the ascetic and dogmatic mystical tradition associated with asharism prevailed, and philosophy was pushed to the periphery [4]. discussion and results shams tabrizi appeared precisely at this historical moment, when rational philosophy had already lost its former dominance, and mysticism had acquired exceptional influence. his teaching became a kind of synthesis and response to the intellectual challenges of the era. shams’s philosophical ideas cannot be reduced to a systematic treatise. his «maqolat» is a collection of sayings, aphorisms and dialogues, but conceptual foundations are clearly traced in them [10]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org ontology. shams asserts the infinity of being, rejecting any attempt to limit it within the framework of categories. for him, truth is the absolute being of god, which cannot be exhausted by either rational proofs or logical schemes. epistemology. according to shams, knowledge is achieved not so much by rational analysis as through love, intuition and spiritual insight. however, this does not exclude reason, but only places it at the service of the heart. anthropology. man is a mirror of the divine, in which the light of truth is reflected. but for this light to manifest, it is necessary to overcome the boundaries of the ego and achieve the state of «fana» selfdestruction in god. thus, the philosophy of shams is a metaphysics of love, in which rational knowledge gives way to transcendental experience [5]. love (ishq) occupies a central place in shams’s worldview. for him, love is not just an emotional feeling, but an ontological force that connects man with god. love surpasses reason, it leads to knowledge of truth more reliably than logical proofs. shams argues that philosophers limit themselves to abstract reasoning, while a true mystic experiences truth directly. this concept had a tremendous influence on rumi, whose poetry became the embodiment of the philosophy of love. thus, shams’s teaching on love can be seen as a philosophical and anthropological concept, affirming the primacy of heartfelt experience over rational knowledge [9]. in «maqolat», shams often speaks harshly about philosophers, calling them «falsaf». he criticizes such positions as the doctrine of the «ten minds» or ptolemy’s theory of the seven heavens. however, this criticism is not negative, but rather purifying: shams rejects schematism and dogmatism, but not the desire for truth itself. it is significant that he respected contemporary philosophers such as shihab herevi or shihab suhrawardi. although he did not agree with their rationalistic or epistemological views, he appreciated their sincerity and spiritual purity. this demonstrates shams’s special philosophical tolerance [6]. shams tabrizi’s place in the history of islamic philosophy is dual. on the one hand, he is a critic of rationalism, opposing it to mystical experience. on the other hand, he opens up new horizons for philosophy, pointing to the need for a synthesis of reason and heart, logic and intuition. through rumi, his ideas entered a broad cultural tradition, influencing not only mystical poetry, but also philosophical discussions about the nature of truth, being and knowledge. thus, shams became a link between philosophy and mysticism, ensuring their productive dialogue [7]. shams tabrizi’s philosophical views occupy a special place in islamic intellectual history. despite his apparent antipathy towards philosophy, he did not reject it entirely, but rather rethought it, emphasizing the limitations of the rational approach and the need to supplement it with mystical experience. his teachings on love as an ontological force and on the heart as the center of knowledge opened up new horizons for islamic philosophy. thus, shams tabrizi became not only rumi’s mystical teacher, but also a philosopher sui generis, whose ideas enriched islamic thought and continue to be relevant to contemporary philosophical and religious discourse [8]. conclusion shams tabrizi is one of the most striking and original figures in the spiritual and philosophical heritage of islamic civilization. his philosophical views are based primarily on spiritual experience, mystical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org knowledge and the concept of love as the main path to god. analyzing his worldview, we can say that it occupies a special place at the intersection of the sufi tradition and islamic philosophical thought, forming a unique synthesis of the rational and the irrational, the external and the internal, the earthly and the divine. unlike classical philosophers who tried to explain the truth through logic and reason, shams tabrizi believed that divine truth is revealed primarily through the heart and spiritual insight. for him, love was not just a feeling, but the highest form of knowledge, capable of destroying the boundaries between man and the creator. this is his fundamental difference from many thinkers of his time: shams argued that true knowledge is impossible without internal transformation and spiritual experience. his ideas had a huge influence on jalaluddin rumi, who, under the influence of shams, transformed from a scholar-theologian into a great poet and mystic. this fact in itself testifies to the depth and power of tabrizi’s philosophical views: his teaching did not remain an abstract theory, but was embodied in a living spiritual experience capable of changing a person and giving a new vector to entire traditions of islamic culture. shams’ philosophy is also distinguished by the fact that it destroys formalism and ritualism, affirming the authenticity and sincerity of the inner state. he criticizes blind adherence to the letter of the law without penetrating its spirit. in his opinion, a person can achieve true knowledge and closeness to god only when he is able to go beyond external forms and turn to the essence, to the heart of religion. shams’ views occupy a special place in islamic philosophical thought, as they contributed to the establishment of a mystical approach to the knowledge of truth. his concept of love as an allencompassing force brings him closer to the great representatives of world mysticism, but at the same time remains deeply rooted in the islamic tradition. thus, tabrizi became a kind of bridge between rational philosophy and mystical intuition, opening up new horizons for islamic spiritual quest. the modern significance of his philosophy lies in the fact that it reminds humanity of the primary role of spirituality and inner perfection. in the context of globalization, the crisis of values and the growth of materialism, shams’ ideas sound especially relevant. his call for purification of the heart, sincerity and love as the basis of all relationships can serve not only as a spiritual guide for muslims, but also as a universal message for all humanity. thus, the philosophical views of shams tabrizi occupy an important place in islamic philosophical thought. they are inextricably linked with the sufi tradition, but at the same time have independent significance and originality. his teachings on love, on the inner transformation of man and on the superiority of spiritual experience over rational knowledge had a huge influence on the development of islamic thought and remain relevant in our time. shams tabrizi showed that true philosophy consists not only in the search for abstract truths, but above all in the change of man himself, in his spiritual rebirth and connection with the eternal divine reality. references: 1. bediuzzaman furuzanfer, mevlana celaleddin (trc. feridun nafiz uzluk), istanbul 1997, pp. 162242. 2. chittick w. me and rumi: the autobiography of shams-i tabrizi, louisville 2004. 3. erkan turkmen, the teachings of shams tabrizi, konya 2005. 4. kazi ahmad mian akhtar. shams tabrizi: was he an ismailian?, ic, x (1936), pp. 131-136. 5. lewis f. rumi: the past and present, boston 2000, pp. 134-202. 6. midhat bahari beytur, rumi through the eyes of the masnavi, istanbul 2005, pp. 57-65, 78-82. 7. mıkail bayram, ahi evren-mevlana struggle, konya 2005, pp. 139-142, 155-157. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 8. osman nuri kuchuk, rumi and power, konya 2007, pp. 124-127. 9. reshat ongoren. mevlana celaleddin-i rumi. dia, xxix, 442-444. 10. saidov, s. (2023). the significance of munjik termizi heritage in the development of islamic sciences. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(5), 5-8. 11. semih ceyhan, ismail ankaravi and his commentary on the masnavi (doctoral dissertation, 2005), uludag university institute of social sciences, pp. 397-424. 12. ugli, s. s. a. (2020). philosophical and moral significance of ibn's work" al-adab al-kabir". asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 9(2), 261-264. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org the leading branches of karshi city enterprises, during the period of the bukhara emirate karimov bahrom karshi state university, karshi, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s kashkadarya oasis in the economic life of the bukhara emirate was distinguished by its specialization in agriculture, handicrafts and animal husbandry. each district in the kashkadarya oasis contributed its share to various sectors of the economy based on its natural climate and geographical conditions. areas of the oasis suitable for artificial irrigation mainly shahrisabz, kitab and karshi, and partially yakkabag beklik’s are settlements engaged in sedentary farming and the grain, fruit and vegetable products grown in these areas were of great importance for the economy of the emirate. introduction in addition to the urban population, a part of the rural population, who had no land and water, and no livestock, were engaged in handicrafts. such a living condition is not only a necessity, it is based on the centuries-old traditions of the kashkadarya oasis. in particular, pottery developed in kasbi, while blacksmithing, weaving, and dyeing developed in gilan, koson, guzor. in the economic life of the emirate of bukhara, every settlement in the kashkadarya oasis had its place to one degree or another, and among them, karshi was especially important in trade and economic relations with the city of karshi. because this potential city was located at the crossroads of major caravan routes. the fact that the caravan routes connecting bukhara with the big cities of china, ettisuv and central asia with iran and trade cities in afghanistan and india passed through karshi in recent centuries made the city a trade center. by the beginning of the 19th century, the number of markets, shops, mosques and other public buildings gradually increased due to the increase in the population of karshi and the expansion of the city, a new city appeared. in this outer city-fortress, mainly craftsmen settled. gradually, a new city with its markets and shops will appear around the fortress, and the fortress will be called the «old city». the city of karshi, which is one of the largest economic centers in the emirate in terms of its territory and population, has been a leader in a number of other fields, such as grain growing, tobacco cultivation, and tanning. at that time, there were many shops selling gazmol in karshi bazaars, where cotton was the main raw material for local fabrics. more fota and olacha were produced in zogza. the popularity of this fabric spread to hisar, boysun, and sariosia, and the merchants spent the night in the village of zogza khoja and loaded the ordered cloths on camels. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 171 www.americanjournal.org the residents of makhsumovot guzari were engaged in the production of silkworms, silkworm breeding, and silk thread production. in particular, spun yarn and various types of carpets were produced by pastoralists in the deserts around karshi (kamashi and chirakchi). these textile products were popular not only in the markets of karshi, but also in the markets of samarkand, bukhara, boysun, shahrisabz, hisar and neighboring countries. in karshi bazaars, there are separate stalls for carpets and stalls for wholesale trade. blacksmithing, blacksmithing (carpentry), blacksmithing, coppersmithing, pottery, confectionary, and oil products have also developed in karshi. karshi potters were skilled in making «very thin vessels of various shapes». the confectioners of karshi were no less than the confectioners of bukhara and samarkand. f. beneveni (18th century) wrote that near qarshi, the inhabitants collected «manna», similar to sugar, and used it as sugar in the preparation of sweets. residents engaged in the above-mentioned specific types of crafts lived in the guzar named after that type of craft. for example, in karshi, you can find such guzars as temirchiya, kulolguzar, harrotlik, halvogar, and chilangar. the foreign author yu. skyler points out that trade dominates the economy of the kashkadarya oasis, citing the following information: «karshi also does not benefit from it, despite being located on the trade route between india, afghanistan and bukhara. products are taken directly to bukhara and then sent to karshi. therefore, the price of tea and indian goods is more expensive than in bukhara. again, karshi was considered the main market for turkmen goods, especially quality carpets. many of them were sent to bukhara, sold and made a big profit. by the end of the middle ages, growing tobacco in the emirate of bukhara became a source of income. especially, karshi was also famous for growing tobacco at the beginning of the second quarter of the 19th century. p.i. demezon notes that the tobacco of karshi is of excellent quality. the crisis in the country's economic life in the 18th century had a negative impact on the development of craft centers. the crisis of central cities has led to the improvement of the socio-economic life of secondary cities. the city of karshi is one of those cities. here there were favorable conditions for the peaceful work of artisans who came from the troubled central cities in search of safety. because karshi was considered the political stronghold of the bukhara emirs in the fight against the rebel forces. for this reason, karshi always visited the english tourist a. according to burns, the city and its busy markets were not inferior to samarkand and balkh in terms of size. references: 1. мейендорф м. к. путешествие из оренбурга в бухару. м, 1875. 2. ханыков н.в. описание бухарского ханства. – спб., 1843. 3. скайлер ю. туркистон: россия туркистони, қўқон, бухоро ва ғулжага саёҳат қайдлари. кириш, инглиз тилидан қисқартирилган таржима, изоҳлар ва кўрсаткичлар муаллифи т.ф.н. з.а. саидбобоев. – тошкент: o‘zbekiston, 2019. 4. равшанов п. қарши тарихи. т., 2006. 5. борнс а. путешествие в бухару. ч. 1. — м., 1848. 6. посланник петра i на восток. посольство флорио беневени в персию и бухару в 1718-1725 годах. м.: наука, 1986.(эл.вар.) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 172 www.americanjournal.org 7. аъзамова г. а. сунгги ўрта асрлар ўрта осиѐ шахарларида хунармандчилик ва савдо. тошкент: «ўзбекистон», 2000. 8. мейендорф м. к. путешествие из оренбурга в бухару. — м., 1875. 9. лунин в.в. история узбекистана в источниках. узбекистан в сообщениях путешественников и ученых (20-80-е годы хiх в).т., 1990. 10. 10. вамбери а. путишествие по средней азии. – спб., 1865. 11. записки о бухарском ханстве (отчеты п.и.демезона и и.в.виткевича) -м., 1883. 12. bahrom, k. (2022). political-administrative territory of the city of karshi in the second half of the 19th century-the beginning of the 20th century. international journal of scientific trends, 1(2), 86-90. 13. bahrom, k. (2022). socio-economic life and administrative territory of shakhrisabz principiality in the 19th century. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(09), 59-63. 14. bahrom, k. (2023) administrative territorial division of the city of karshi in the late of the 19th century-the beginning of the 20th century. journal of innovations in scientific and educational research 6 (1), 363366. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org the significance of keeping the cadastre of lands intended for the purposes of recreation and sanitation of natural areas tursunov bekzod abdimominovich doctoral student at the department of "geomatics" samsacu. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the scientific article, issues such as improvement of cadastral documentation of lands intended for the purpose of rehabilitation and recreation through modern methods, development of scientific methodical bases and substantiation of directions for improvement of cartographic tools are presented. nature, protection districts, cadastre, cartography, recreation, health care, health resort, sanatorium, boarding house, land cadastre. introduction conservation of nature today and effective use of its resources, changing the attitude of the population to the land in order to maintain the cadastre of the lands intended for the health of nature and recreation, to carry out scientific research for the rational use of the land, natural resources, the protection of nature in general, its beauty, the development of measures aimed at preserving the purity and further enrichment of the lands intended for recreation purposes is an urgent issue. therefore, on maintaining the cadastre of land intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 21, 2017, no. dp-2915 "on measures to ensure the organization of the activities of the state committee for ecology and environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan" in order to fulfill the decree [1], as well as in accordance with the orders no. 146 and no. 17, no. 91 dated april 26, 2017. according to the certificate no. 538681 dated august 21, 2017, the state committee for ecology and environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan, research institutes for ecology and environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan were established.it is no exaggeration to say that it is appropriate to maintain the cadastre of lands intended for the purposes of nature protection, health improvement and recreation. because the protection of ecology, the preservation of nature, carried out by the head of our state sh.m.mirziyoyev [2], maintaining the cadastre of unused land is of great importance at present. the purpose and methodology of the research. the purpose of the scientific article is to create a methodological basis for keeping the cadastre of lands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes, to develop directions, and to improve the modern methods of keeping the cadastre of nature protection and health areas, considering their main nature protection issues. generalization and analysis of methodical approaches based on cadastre of land intended for recreation purposes on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org the basis of rib output, analysis of fundamental changes in methodical tools and priorities that determine the choice of management decision from the point of view of creating thsvrmmyk. research results. in our scientific research the importance of environment protection is diverse, and summarizing them, we will consider the following 5 main principles of maintaining the cadastre of lands intended for economic, scientific, health, hygiene, educational, and recreational purposes: 1) all components and elements in nature are interconnected, interacting, being in a certain balance and creating harmony. if any component or element changes, a change occurs in the whole natural complex; 2) there is a continuous circulation of matter and energy in nature. it is the basis of life; 3) there are certain periodicities in the development of natural processes, for example (daily, annual, 12-year, 33-35-year and multi-year); 4) zoning; 5) regionality.[ ] according to january 1, 2024, the total area of land intended for nature protection, health improvement and recreation is 3,223.3 thousand hectares. these lands include the lands occupied by protected natural areas of priority ecological, scientific, cultural, aesthetic, recreation and sanitation importance. reserves and national parks occupy the main part of the land area of this category. state nature reserves are nature protection, research and ecological educational institutions, the purpose of which is to preserve natural processes and phenomena, the genetic fund of flora and fauna, some species and groups of plants and animals, typical and unique ecological is to preserve and study the systems in their natural state. that is why it is necessary to maintain the cadastre of these lands. it is known that in the maintenance of state cadastres, keeping records of land areas in selected areas is of great importance. therefore, the territory of "zarafshan" national nature park was transferred without loss of land. 1:10000 scale maps of the area were used for this. the disposal of land intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes is an event carried out by cadastral enterprises within a certain period of time. this is the area under study the following has been implemented. 1) to obtain accurate information about the existing land area in the "zarafshan" national nature park and to see them on the basis of a plan-map show 2) to describe the quality of land area based on soil monitoring documents in the process of nature protection and health improvement; 3) to determine the areas needed for various other purposes in the area where the cadastral documents of the land area intended for recreational purposes are being studied. it was carried out in the process of maintaining the cadastre of lands intended for the purposes of recreation and health of natural areas based on the clause, the following were determined: total level 2426.4 ha, from this protected area -1772.0 ha. the recreation area is 352.4 ha. the area of economic activities is equal to -302.0. 1. the area of land allocated to the protected nature area: 2. amount and area of land used by other persons: a) lands where agricultural crops are planted: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org b) forest fund land areas: v) other categories of land area: 2426.4 ha of protected nature territory, of which 1143.6 ha are covered with forest (the total land area is allocated for use in zarafshan national nature park). 11. protected area and its territory total area 2426.4 ha, from it; bulungur district -1257.0 ha. jonboy district 116.4 ha. table 1 distribution and change of the national nature park over the territory of the land categories land categories area (ha) general area 2426.4 1.forest area 1290.1 a) covered with forest 1143.6 b) not connected with each other forest cultures 146.5 v) not covered with forest 536.9 2. other materials, among them b) rough ground 0 v) roads 6.5 g) waters 199.9 199.9 d) garden 0 0 y) others 524.8 524.8 land categories of national park territory distribution according certain attributive data is the necessary tabular or textual data describing the description of geographic information system objects in cadastral is to collect on the list. as in all areas, it is suitable for the purposes of health and recreation of the natural area maintaining the cadastral documents of the designated lands, on the basis of which the database necessary for the formation of the national geo-information system on the areas of nature protection and health improvement will be formed. in the formed database, necessary attributive information takes the main place. conclusion it should be noted that the attributive data contained in the database in the proceedings of the state cadastre of lands intended for the purpose of special protection, wellness and recreation of the territory of nature is considered to be important in the proceedings of the unified system of state cadastras. references 1.decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 21, 2017 no. dp-2915 "on measures to ensure the organization of the activities of the state committee for ecology and environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan" decree. 2. "regulation on the procedure for maintaining the state cadastre of protected natural areas of the republic of uzbekistan" approved by the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 104 dated march 10, 1998 3. the decision of the state committee for land resources, geodesy, cartography and state cadastre of the republic of uzbekistan to approve the "regulation on the composition of state cadastral data american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org related to the unified system of state cadastres and the order of their presentation". tashkent., september 12, 2014 4. lkhlosov i.i., rizayeva d.m. fundamentals of state cadastres: a study guide for higher educational institutions. tashkent, 2018. 5. stishov m.s. method of assessment of ecological efficiency of specially protected natural areas and their regional systems. m.: wwf russia, 2012. 284 p. 6. neshataev m.v. methodology of cadastral assessment of lands of specially protected natural areas taking into account the nature protection value of forest ecosystems // mountain in ta records, 2013. article 204. pages 203-208. 7. reports zarafshan national nature park. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org the importance of harmony of secular and religious knowledge in the spiritual development of human mirakbarova dildora miralisher qizi phd, associate professor, department of history, oriental university dmirakbarova@yandex.com +99897 7039307 umaraliyev sherdor to‘lqin o‘g‘li student of “jurisprudence agricultural law” course tashkent state agrarian university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s everyone has material as well as spiritual needs. both of them play an incomparable role in the development of humanity. one of our spiritual needs is religion. from the results of scientific works on religion it is clear that religiosity is a common quality of all humanity, both ancients and moderns are equal in it. these processes manifested and developed in their own way in each era. research and reforms carried out in the new uzbekistan are aimed at ensuring a commonality of both religious and secular knowledge and values. the main goal is to give young people religious knowledge using scientifically proven sources, to form religious values in them, and to prevent them from falling into various alien ideas and wandering trends. also, the practical method used in preparing the article, that is, the results of an open structured anonymous survey, will help teachers of “religious studies” determine what other aspects of the subject they should pay attention to during the lesson, knowing what problems and questions interest young people helps them to prepare thoroughly. after all, the question of religion is not only interesting, but also a very delicate issue. youth, religious tolerance, international tolerance, the science of “religious studies”, education, upbringing, religiosity, secularism, knowledge, value. introduction new uzbekistan, relying on the principles of international and religious tolerance, ensures equality and freedom of conscience for all in its territory. these principles are not a foreign concept for our nation, but represent its age-old national and religious values. as the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev noted, “... our country is a multi-ethnic and multi-confessional country. today in our country, representatives of more than 130 nationalities and peoples live together as children of the same family. in this regard, there is no doubt that the traditions of tolerance, characteristic of our people from time immemorial, play an important role” (mirziyoyev sh., 2017:464) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org the republic of uzbekistan is a secular state, and article 35 of the constitution states that “freedom of conscience shall be guaranteed to all. everyone shall have the right to profess or not to profess any religion. any compulsory imposition of religion shall be impermissible” (constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, 2023). priority aspects of the principle of freedom of conscience and issues related to this principle are further regulated by law no. 699 of the republic of uzbekistan “on liberty of conscience and religious organizations”, which came into force on july 6, 2021. according to him, “religion in the republic of uzbekistan is separated from the state. the activities of religious organizations and state bodies in the republic of uzbekistan are carried out on the basis of mutual noninterference. the state promotes the establishment of mutual tolerance and respect between citizens who profess different religions and those who do not profess them, between religious organizations of different faiths, does not allow religious fundamentalism and extremism, actions aimed at opposing and exacerbating relations, inciting hostility between different confessions” (law no. 699 of the republic of uzbekistan, 2021). also, in verse 256 of surah al-baqara of the holy qur’an, which is our religious value, “there shall be no compulsion in religion; the right way has become distinct from the wrong way” (quran, 2012:15). 94% of the population of the republic of uzbekistan belong to the islamic religion, and about 3.5% belong to other religious denominations. there are 16 religious denominations in our republic, and 2276 religious organizations operate on the basis of religious denominations. of these, 2,093 are islamic, 166 are christian, 8 are jewish, 6 are bahai organizations, 1 is a krishna consciousness society, and 1 is a buddhist temple. in addition, an interdenominational bible society is also operating in our republic. in ancient times, by searching for answers to questions such as human natural phenomena, the processes occurring in them, understanding of the place and identity of a person in the world, ancient religious imaginations mythological worldview were formed. these ideas are very simple and distinguished by their simplicity. according to mythological superstitions, nature was glorified as a divine force, and for this reason, man’s attitude towards nature was in the form of extreme caution. man does not separate himself from nature, he humanizes it, and considers himself an integral part of it. the developmental stage of the mythological worldview is the religious worldview. the word “religion” means “obedience”, “belief”, “account”, “trust”, “reward”, “judgment”, “following”. religion is a set of divine guidance, rulings, prayers and beliefs ordered by allah (shaykh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf, 2018:7). according to the religious outlook, the belief that the world, nature, and man were created by god, who has the quality of bori, that is, the creator of nothing, is followed. when a person finds himself in a difficult situation, he involuntarily asks god for help, complains, prays to him, and believes that with his help he can get out of a difficult situation. regardless of what religious teaching is, religiosity, belief in the existence of god is ingrained in human blood. a person’s faith in allah, the reward of good and the inevitable punishment of evil, always leads him to the right path and protects him from evil deeds. a scientist named morison said about this issue: “from the first days of human history to the present day, man involuntarily seeks a person who is stronger than himself, greater and higher than himself. this is a great proof that religiosity is inherent in human nature. science also emphasizes this fact” (shaykh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf, iman, 2018:136), expressed the opinion. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org literature review article 8 of the law of the republic of uzbekistan “on liberty of conscience and religious organizations” regulates the relationship between “educational system and religion”, according to which, “the education system in the republic of uzbekistan is separated from religion. it is not allowed to include religious disciplines (with the exception of religious educational institutions) in the curricula of the education system. the right to secular education is provided to citizens of the republic of uzbekistan regardless of their attitude to religion. everyone has the right to receive religious vocational education in religious educational institutions” (law no. 699 of the republic of uzbekistan, 2021). in our country, religious subjects are taught in depth in religious educational institutions. but even in a secular educational institution, in order to prevent young people from falling into various illegal activities, to protect them from ideological struggles, to create a unique spiritual immunity, “history of religion”, “religion studies”, “spirituality and religion” such subjects are included in the curriculum. but, unfortunately, for a certain period of time, more precisely, for 4-5 years, social sciences were reduced from the curriculum of non-specialist students in higher education institutions, and the subject of “religion studies” was removed. some scientists put forward the opinion that social sciences should be acquired only by specialists in this field, and that this knowledge is not necessary for other nonspecialist areas. the past 4-5 years have proved that this opinion is inappropriate, and how important social sciences, including “religion studies”, are for every student. in fact, in today's fast-paced world, applying moral, religious and legal norms to our lives in harmony, conveying them to young people in an understandable way serves to prevent various conflict situations, including problems that may occur in religious, family and social relations. “religious studies” has its object of study as well as all social sciences. along with researching the emergence of religion, its social essence and role in society, he scientifically studies the emergence and development of religious beliefs, their evolution in the development of society. modern theology dates back to a century and a half ago. in the west, the study of religions in the modern sense was initiated by max muller (1823–1900). the scientist paved the way for the study of other religions with the works “comparative mythology” published in 1856 and “essays on the foundation and formation of religions” published in 1870 and gained great attention. he lectured on the history of religions at the famous oxford university in england. he used the word “religious studies” for the first time in his work “translation series of sacred books of the east”. muller and his contemporaries considered philology important in the scientific study of religions and put forward the idea that the true essence of religion can be reached only through language research (ochildiyev a., 2013:11). in the higher educational institution of the republic of uzbekistan, in addition to the study of ancient religious ideas, the history, formation process, and teachings of national and secular religions, modern religious currents, religious sects, illegal religious activities, religious extremist movements and their true nature, religiosity and classes are held on topics such as finding the balance of secularism. methods the theoretical part of the article was written using the methods of historicity, comparative analysis, systematics, and the survey method was used in the practical part. we conducted a small anonymous survey in the form of a pilot test, in order to find out how interesting and understandable religious studies are for young students and to learn what else to pay attention to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org when passing this subject. 9 groups of students of tashkent state agrarian university voluntarily participated in this anonymous survey in two departments (“jurisprudence (agricultural law)” and “plant quarantine and protection”). the questionnaire was open-ended and students were asked to express their opinions freely. analysis and results 77 participants took part in the survey. 52 (67.5%) of the participating students were girls, 25 (32.4%) were boys. in the item where the age of the respondents was asked, the male participants wrote their age indicators around 18-21 years old, and the female participants around 18-23 years old. “how do you understand the term secularism?” to the question, students tried to explain this term in a human-specific way. 13(16.8%) respondents “a person who has religious knowledge along with keeping up with the times”, 3(3.8%) “a person who can connect religion and modernity”, 8(10.3%) “an educated person who has acquired secular knowledge”, 10 (12.9%) participants “only a person who is in tune with the times”, 3 participants (10.3%) “ignoring religion, imitating the way of life of other countries”, 4 participants (5,1%) respondent “a person who doesn’t worship religion and wears european clothes”, 1 respondent (1.2%) “i understand that every nation dresses according to its own nationality”, 3 respondents (10.3%) “i understand people who don't muslim”. “how do you understand the term religiosity?” to the question, 18 respondents (23.3%) said: “a person who fulfills the islamic obligations and sunnahs on time”, 8 (10.3%) said, “a man of pure faith who only engages in prayer”, 5 (6.4%) said, “living life according to religion”, 2 (2.5%) said “belief in religion from the heart”, 2 (2.5%) said “i understand a person cut off from the world and living only a religious life”, 3 (10.3%) participants said “i understand only muslim person”. in our opinion, the concept of “secularism” based on principles such as “humanitarianism”, “freedom of conscience”, “tolerance” embodies the principle of not taking any religious view, idea as a basis for all peoples and nations. “religiosity” is a concept related to a person's heart, psyche, and emotional state, which contributes to human perfection, regulates all spheres of society’s life, and serves to spread good qualities in it. “from what sources do you get information about religion?” to our question, 21 students (27.7%) said that they get information from books, 4 students (5.1%) ask their parents, 1 student (1.2%) from “instagram”, 8 students from “islam.uz” site, 1(1.2%) from “muslim.uz” site, 1(1.2%) from “ayat.uz” site, 14(18.1%) from “youtube or imam’s lectures”, 3 (10.3%) said that they get information from “various sites on google”. 1 student (1.2%) said that he does not search for information about religion at all. during the lesson, students were introduced to the list of legal and illegal sites published by the committee on religious affairs. but, unfortunately, it is a pity that some students, without taking their ideological attacks into serious consideration, are satisfied with various sites whose information is not checked on google. “what did you conclude about the science of religion?” 36 students (46.7%) noted that this subject is very necessary. 2 of them (2.5%) said that interest in science depends on the teacher's ability to deliver the lesson in a simple and understandable way. “what other themes would you like to be added to this science, what aspects of religion would you like to pay attention to?” to the question, 17 (22%) participants said “mainly more information about islam”, 1(1.2%) participant “more about the life of our prophet”, 1(1.2 %) “islam sects should be covered more deeply”, 1 person(1.2%) “only islam religion should be covered”, 1 person(1.2%) “the topic of beliefs should be covered more widely”, 1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org person(1.2%) ) “fiqh and the relationship between women and men will be the topic”, 1 (1.2%) “add the topic of youth education”, 2(2.5%) participants “add the topic of family in islam”, 1 (1.2%) said that they want “to have more topics that will turn young people away from terrorism and extremism”. “what topics would you like to see removed from religious studies?” and 12 (15.5%) students said that all subjects are necessary. 2 (2.5%) participants said that “other than topics about islam are unnecessary”, and 5 (6.4%) said that topics related to christianity, judaism, buddhism, and ancient religions should be removed. “what do you think, is it possible for a person to lead both a religious and secular life at the same time?” to the question, 32 (41.5%) respondents said, “secular and religious knowledge can be obtained at the same time. it is useful, both aspects are necessary for a person”, they answered. 8 (10.3%) participants said, “yes, it is possible, it depends on the person”. 4 (5.1%) students said “it is impossible, because there are professions forbidden in islam, if you live a secular life, you will have to do things that are against religion”. in our opinion, the combination of secular and religious knowledge has a positive effect on the development of every field. the concepts of “religion” and “secularism” are considered to be a unique way of looking at the essence of the world and human life. these two concepts do not contradict each other, but the knowledge obtained on the basis of them can complement each other and balance the applied field. many scientists have been confused about the question of whether the acquisition of worldly knowledge and religious ideas contradict each other or complement each other. when the german scientist dinard studied the opinions of 290 scientists who made a great contribution to human culture, it turned out that only 20 of them did not follow any religious teachings. the rest of the scientists had certain beliefs and believed in the existence of god. from this comes the conclusion that science and religion are not contradictory phenomena. after all, both of them make a special contribution to the development of humanity. pastor, one of the famous scientists of the 20th century, said: “faith does not prevent any progress. because every development reveals the wonders of god’s creation. if i am more knowledgeable today than yesterday, my faith in god will be stronger than yesterday” (shaykh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf, iman, 2018:44). discussion when the students were asked for their suggestions and recommendations on the subject, they gave the following opinion: 8 respondents (10.3%) said that they would like to “meet with professors, imams, organize master classes or make practical visits to mosques and churches”. the results of the conducted survey show that students have a strong interest in religious topics. in order to direct their interests in the right direction, to objectify their opinions, to develop the ability to use information, it is desirable to increase the hours of classes in the subject of “religion studies”, to go out and familiarize young people with the activities of religious organizations. it is difficult to imagine a beautiful, exemplary education without religious teachings, without the criteria of perfection set in them. after all, every religion that promotes humanism encourages the formation of human qualities in people, kindness, and observance of moral rules. as the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, islam karimov, noted, “we must explain to our children the nature of the delicate relationship between secular and religious values in every possible way. history and life experience show that if secular and religious values do not complement each american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org other, it will not be easy to find complete answers to today’s difficult and complex questions. in this sense, we can achieve our noble goals only if we always glorify the pillars and values of our holy religion, and at the same time live with firm faith in worldly life” (karimov i., 2008:96). if the family acquires a beautiful and correct faith, worldly and religious knowledge, it will be easier to form spiritual and legal knowledge. a person with this knowledge will develop “spirituality” and “legal culture” by strictly following the rules of ethics and legal norms. such people not only use their rights and freedoms, but also diligently fulfill their duties to society, people, and the motherland. this shows that they have been brought up and consider this way of life to be the command of their conscience and the meaning of their life. people of this category live according to the law and the more they achieve their dreams, the happier they feel. after all, in many verses of the holy quran, allah calls people to think, and says that the person who knows, who has studied, and the person who does not know anything, does not remain silent according to what he does not know, according to his opinion, it is right. he said that the people who show the wrong way are not equal and emphasized that the end of the work that is not based on knowledge will be woeful. references 1. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan (2023). https://lex.uz/docs/6445145. 2. karimov i.a. (2008) high spirituality is an invincible power. tashkent: spirituality. 3. law no. 699 of the republic of uzbekistan “on liberty of conscience and religious organizations” (2021). https://lex.uz/docs/5491534. 4. mirziyoyev sh.m. (2017) we will resolutely continue our path of national development and raise it to a new level. volume 1. tashkent: uzbekistan. 5. ochildiyev a. and others. (2013) fundamentals of religious studies. study guide. tashkent: tashkent islamic university publishing association. 6. quran. translated to english by talal itani (2012). dallas: beirut: clear quran. 7. sheikh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf (2018) iman (completed and revised edition). tashkent: hilal-nashr. 8. shaykh muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf (2018) meraj of mumin. detailed prayer book. tashkent: hilal-nashr. https://lex.uz/docs/6445145 https://lex.uz/docs/5491534 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org infrastructural financing and industrial sector performance in nigeria okwuosa, galeed idowu phd student university of port harcourt rivers state nigeria galeedokwuosa@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study was motivated by the need to empirically examine the influence of government infrastructural financing on industrial sector performance in nigeria. the study disaggregated infrastructural financing by the government according to the central bank of nigeria’s (cbn) statistical bulletin classification which includes government financing on road and construction (gfrc), government financing on transport and communication (gftc), government financing on internal security (gfis) and government financing on other economic services (gfoes) while industrial sector performance was measured by industrial sector output (iso) contribution to national output. both descriptive and inferential statistics was used to analyzed data obtained from the cbn’s statistical bulletin between 1994 and 2022. the inferential statistics helped us to determine the relationship between the implicated variables through the application of the autoregressive distributive lag (ardl) and its associated bond test given the fractional integration recorded with our stationarity test while granger causality test was used to determine the causal relationship between the implicated variables. from our findings, gfrc and gfoes had positive influence on iso and were insignificant while gftc and gfis were negative and insignificantly related with iso. the study further reported absence of a long run relationship between government infrastructural financing and industrial sector performance while a unidirectional relationship was recorded between gfrc and industrial sector performance and bidirectional relationship between gfis and industrial sector performance. the study recommends the need to enhance the quality of gfrc and gfoes and other aspect of infrastructure to ensure their optimum performance through constant monitoring and budget evaluations. infrastructural financing, industrial sector performance, keynesian economist, resource based view, and wagner’s law. introduction advocates of macroeconomics like the keynesians school of thought led by john maynard keynes has since put government financing of critical infrastructure as an integral part of fiscal policy instrument used to increase general economic performance of various sectors in the economy of a nation. fiscal american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org policy according to onoh (2007) is an economic stabilization tool geared towards attaining some set objectives like stable price, attainment of maximum level of employment of all factors of production, growth of the nation’s national income, among others. ibekwe and ibekwe (2021) affirms that government financing of infrastructures as a fiscal policy has become an important factor for selfsustaining productivity improvements and long-term growth. infrastructure is the basic system a nation requires for optimum functionality. it is a tactical growth driver with various capabilities. the infrastructure of a country, society, or organization consists of the basic facilities such as transport, communications, power supplies, road network, buildings, etc which enables it to function optimally. it does not include only physical structures but also services like health and education (naiman & aslan, 2023). zvarych and zvarych (2021) sees infrastructure security as necessary element in development of any economy. it is a strategic economic growth driver with numerous potentials which serves as catalyst for public development in the entire government agenda, such as healthcare delivery, transportation, education, communication and food security (babatunde, 2018). the condition of those infrastructures has direct impact on the economy’s ability to evolve and grow to its full capacity. mcnichol (2019) affirmed clearly that the condition of road, public buildings, electricity and other physical assets greatly influences every sector of the economy’s ability to function and grow. financing of infrastructure according to bakare and adegbite (2022) entails sustained investment on infrastructural facilities by the government which is often characterized by its capital-intensive nature and its multiplier effect cannot be undermined. industries requires well-maintained roads, railroads, airports, and seaports to move raw materials and finished goods freely to their respective end users, constant power supply reduce industrial sector variable or input cost as moderate amount are spent on power generation and by so doing, reduce selling price. according to azolibe and okonkwo (2020), adequate infrastructure is required for the optimal functionality of industrial sector being that it is an engine of growth. financing infrastructure is key to creating jobs and promotion of sustainable economic growth and development which is among core economic objective pursued by economic managers and industrial sector being among key drivers. industrial sector is a key vital aspect of every economy that tends to grow and can be seen as crucial tool in a nation’s entire development process (obioma el ta, 2015). the history of economic growth and development cannot be complete without mentioning the industrial sector which is seen a necessary component for national growth and development of developed and developing economies. industrial sector has a significant weight in the growth of the economy of a nation as they contribute to economic progress in numerous ways by providing job opportunities for the population, supporting required sustainability and innovation, supplying products in the economy at large. given the role of industry in national growth, government policies like sap 1986 (ibitoye el ta, 2022) have been implemented to ensure that their role in national growth is not undermined. in nigeria and other developing countries, industry is often seen as manufacturing as it a critical component of industrial sector (obioma el ta, 2015). manufacturing is seen as productive sector with capability of absorbing large number of workers with strong link to other sectors in the economy (lugina, el ta, 2022). industrial sector is a key provider of a prosperous and strong economy as it can be likened to oil that lubricates the affairs of life (as communication is to life, so is industrial sector to economic growth and development). https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/basic https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/facility https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/communication https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/enable american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org previous studies like babatunde el ta (2012), adesoye (2014), ogunlana el ta (2016) and akinola and akinrinola (2023) linked infrastructural financing to economic growth while azolibe and okonwo (2020) centered their study on infrastructural development and industrial production in sub-sahara african states using labour production as proxy for industrial production. naboda (2023) linked infrastructure development and performance of manufacturing sector and simon-oke (2018) considered industrial development but proxied industrial development with index of production. studies linking infrastructural financing to industrial output contribution to national output can be said to be substantially lacking. given the identified gap and in the light of recent data, it becomes the researcher’s burning desire to examine the nexus between infrastructure financing by the government and performance of industrial sector in nigeria in accordance with cbn statistical bulletin classification of infrastructural financing. industrial sector output contribution to gdp will be used as proxy for performance of industrial sector while infrastructural financing on road and construction, transport and communication, internal security and other economic services as classified by central bank of nigeria (2021) will be used as the study’s explanatory variables. the study will be divided into five sections; section one will house the introduction of the work, section two will cover theoretical and literature review while section three will entail the work’s methodology. section four and five will cover the results and analysis then conclusion and recommendations respectively. 2.0 literature review this section will discuss the concept of infrastructure financing and industrial sector output, the conceptual relationship between infrastructure financing and industrial sector performance and the theoretical underpinning of the study. 2.1 conceptual review concept of infrastructural financing infrastructural financing refers to the process of funding and financing large-scale infrastructure projects, such as the construction or improvement of transportation systems, energy facilities, telecommunications networks, and public utilities. it provides critical facilities to individuals and private sectors and as well increase resources availability (natarajan & nisha, 2021). infrastructural projects are typically long-term, capital-intensive, and require substantial investments. the concept of infrastructural financing involves identifying, securing, and managing the financial resources necessary to undertake infrastructure development and its adequate availability do not only improve citizens’ life but also enhance industrialization (azolibe & okonkwo, 2020). it requires collaboration between various stakeholders, including governments, private investors, development banks, and multilateral institutions. overall, infrastructural financing plays a crucial role in driving economic growth, improving living standards, and promoting sustainable development by providing the necessary financial resources to develop and maintain critical infrastructure. industrial sector performance the industrial sector refers to the segment of the economy that involves the production and manufacturing of goods and services. it plays a crucial role in the overall economic development of a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org country by creating jobs, generating income, and contributing to gdp. it contributes to national growth through increased output, innovation promotion and optimal resources usage for production (elfaki, el ta, 2021). inyang el ta (2022) added that it plays crucial role in a nation’s growth through increase in services and export production. the industrial sector encompasses a wide range of activities, including the extraction of raw materials, processing and manufacturing, construction, and energy production. components of industrial sector varies depending on country and purpose but found with manufacturing, construction, mining and extraction, energy production among others. 2.2 link between infrastructural financing industrial sector output the relationship among infrastructure and industrialization is crucial policy issue as policy makers (government) play critical role in supply of infrastructure (natarajan & nisha, 2021). investments in roads, bridges, ports, and railways can improve the movement of goods and materials, reducing transportation costs and time. this efficiency gain positively affects industrial operations and supply chains, leading to increased productivity. reliable and abundant energy supply, facilitated by investments in power generation and distribution, is essential for industrial processes and improved energy infrastructure can enhance operational efficiency and reduce downtime, positively impacting industrial performance. more so, well-developed infrastructure enhances connectivity and logistics, making it easier for industries to import raw materials and export finished products which can boost the competitiveness of the industrial sector in the global market. investments in information technology infrastructure, such as high-speed internet and communication networks, can enable industries to adopt advanced technologies, stay competitive, and participate in the global digital economy. additionally, efficient infrastructure reduces operational costs for industries. for instance, well-maintained roads and transportation systems can lower transportation costs, contributing to improved profit margins for businesses. furthermore, an economy with well-developed infrastructure is often seen as a more attractive destination for investments which can lead to increased direct foreign investment (dfi) in the industrial sector, further fueling growth and performance. infrastructural finance models, such as ppps, involve collaboration between public and private sectors can provide the necessary funding for infrastructure projects and create an environment conducive to industrial development. a welldeveloped and efficiently managed infrastructure is essential for the optimal functioning and growth of the industrial sector. infrastructural finance plays a pivotal role in ensuring that the necessary investments are made to create an environment conducive to industrial development, productivity, and competitiveness. 2.3 theoretical review keynesian economics postulates a macroeconomic theory of total spending in the economy which was developed by the british economist john maynard keynes during the 1930s. keynes advocated for increased government expenditures and lower taxes to stimulate demand and pull the global economy out of the depression. subsequently, keynesian economics was used to refer to the concept that optimal economic performance could be achieved and economic slumps prevented by influencing aggregate demand through activist stabilization and economic intervention policies by the government. the keynesians economist supported the use of government spending in promoting economic activities (aluthge el ta, 2021). this provides the obvious reason for government participation for the provision of basic infrastructure that will enable industrial sector to strive. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/e/economist.asp https://www.investopedia.com/terms/j/john_maynard_keynes.asp https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/slump.asp https://www.investopedia.com/terms/a/aggregatedemand.asp american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org infrastructural spending is therefore necessary to increase performance of industrial sector and stir up the economy for growth. another theory surrounding on government financing infrastructure reviewed is the wagner’s law named after the german political economist adolph wagner (1835-1917). wagner argued that government growth is a function of increased industrialization and economic development. wagner stated that during the industrialization process, as the real income per capita of a nation increases, the share of public expenditures in total expenditures increases. wagner designed three focal bases for the increased in state expenditure. firstly, during industrialization process, public sector activity will replace private sector activity. state functions like administrative and protective functions will increase. secondly, governments needed to provide cultural and welfare services like education, public health, old age pension or retirement insurance, food subsidy, natural disaster aid, environmental protection programs and other welfare functions. thirdly, increased industrialization will bring out technological change and large firms that tend to monopolize. governments will have to offset these effects by providing social and merit goods through budgetary means which will at the end neutralize monopoly giving the industrial sector equal opportunity to strive. prasetyo (2020) argues that literatures are based on wagner’s law which stressed that economic performance has a fundamental positive impact on public sector growth. ibekwe and ibekwe (2021) further simplified wagner’s law by stating that an increase in government expenditure will improve the standard of living of the nation’s citizens. the resource-based view (rbv) also known as resource-advantage theory is another theory linking infrastructural financing to industrial sector performance. it suggests that a firm's performance is influenced by its access to and utilization of strategic resources. in other words, it is an administrative structure organization can leverage on to a competitive advantage. in the context of infrastructure financing, access to quality infrastructure, such as reliable transportation networks or efficient utilities, can equip industrial sector with valuable resources that enhance their productivity and competitiveness. improved infrastructure can lower transaction costs, improve supply chain efficiency, and enable industrial sector to access larger markets. these theoretical foundations provide insights into the relationship between infrastructural financing and performance of industrial sector. they highlight the importance of access to infrastructure and supportive institutional frameworks shapes the outcomes of infrastructure financing for industrial sector. 2.4 empirical review akinola and akinrinola (2023) examined tax revenue and development of infrastructure on nigerian’s economic growth using vat, income tax of companies (itc), petroleum profit tax (ppt) as measure of tax revenue, gross capital formation (gcf) as measure for infrastructural development and real gdp as proxy for nigeria’s economic growth. findings revealed significant long-run equilibrium association between the variables and also that ppt was a strong contributor to growth in nigeria, vat was significantly positive while gcf and itc were insignificant. the study concludes that itc, vat and gcf are not yet contributor to growth in nigeria. using ardl approach, nadabo (2023) between 2002 and 2021 examined association among infrastructure development and performance of manufacturing sector using institutional quality as moderator. institutional quality, fixed gross capital formation, index of human development and infrastructural development were the study’s explanatory variables while value added by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org manufacturing was the explained variable. findings showed institutional quality to negatively influence performance of manufacturing sector in short and long run while infrastructural development showed significant positive effect on performance of manufacturing sector in nigeria. between 1970 and 2017, zhang and cheng (2023) transport infrastructure role in economic growth with evidence from uk and with aid of principal component analysis foe the construction of comprehensive transport infrastructure measure. they utilized the vem to determine short and long run association among the variables and reported presence of promotive long-run association among transport infrastructure and economic growth while the short-run result showed negative significant association. jibir el ta (2023) investigated disaggregated influence of government expenditure on economic growth of nigeria from 1986 to 2021 using ardl analytical technique. social and community service capital and recurrent expenditure and administration and transfers capital and recurrent expenditures were the disaggregated expenditure by government employed by the study while real gdp proxied economic growth. the study reported social and economic services capital and recurrent expenditure to enhance growth of nigerian economy both in short and long run while capital and recurrent expenditure on administration and transfer were seen to retard growth. between 1990 and 2020, bakare and adegbite (2022) investigated the nexus between pattern of infrastructural financing in nigeria and its implication on national development using ols an gmm analytical techniques. social, road and construction, health, education and administrative expenditures were different classes of infrastructural financing employed by the study while unemployment rate proxied national development. they reported all classes of infrastructural financing to account for 65 percent unemployment fall and that road and construction, education, social and economic services, health and administration expenditures could be a crucial tool in reducing unemployment and level of poverty in nigeria and development engenders. nnayanzi el ta (2022) using panel corrected standard error technique and panel data from 2003 to 2016 of 30 sub-saharan african nations, studied effect of maintaining output on infrastructure development, governance and liberalization to be crucial to manufacturing output contribution and reported infrastructure development influenced manufacturing output positively in the long-run. azolibe and okonkwo (2020) studied infrastructural development and productivity of industry sector in sub-sahara africa between 2003 and 2018 using panel least square analytical method. sanitation and water supply, transport, telecommunication and electricity infrastructure were the study’s independent variables while productivity of labour was used as the dependent variable. the study reported telecommunication quality and quantity to be major variable impacting productivity of industrial sector in sub-sahara africa and they further associated the low level of productivity of industrial sector to poor level of other variables employed by the study. simon-oke (2018) from 1985 to 2015 using ecm and cointegration analytical method, examined the nexus between investment in infrastructure and development of industry in nigeria. education expenditure, health expenditure, transport and communication expenditure and energy expenditure where the study’s measure for infrastructural investment while index of production proxied industrial development. findings showed presence of long-run association among investment in infrastructure and industry development and that 12.9% adjustment speed is required for the variables to adjust to equilibrium in the long-run. the study concluded that infrastructural investment significantly contributes to development of industry in nigeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org akinyele el ta (2016) investigated infrastructure development as a predictor for smes performance in nigeria by adopting the quantitative research design and administered a total of 239 questionnaires on their sample gotten through both simple and stratified random sampling technique. they employed the analysis of variance with the aid of spss and reported significant positive correlation between infrastructure and smes performance in nigeria. between 1970 and 2014, ogunlana el ta (2016) investigated private and public infrastructural investment influence on growth in nigeria using ecm and engel-granger cointegration analytical tools for their analysis and reported components of infrastructure studied to correlate with economic growth positively in nigeria but pointed that labour force and domestic investment related with economic growth negatively in nigeria. from 1970 to 2010, adesoye (2014) examined influence of nigeria’s infrastructural finance on economic growth using ols analysis method. services spending, social and community services spending, private investment, government debt total, money supply and population total were the independent variable of the study while real gdp was the dependent variable. results revealed spending on community services, private infrastructure investment, money supply and population total to positively influence economic growth while economic services and government debt total negatively influenced economic growth in nigeria. from 1970 to 2010, babatunde el ta (2012) examined infrastructure influence on nigeria’s economic growth using multivariate model of simultaneous equation while the three-stage least square method was further employed to capture transmission channels. the study reported investment in infrastructure to significantly influence nigeria’s growth directly through industrial sector output and indirectly through other sectors while agricultural sector was stated not to be influence by infrastructural investment. the study further reported presence of bidirectional causality between infrastructural investment and economic growth in nigeria. kumo (2012) examine causal link among economic growth, infrastructural investment and employment of south african from 1960 to 2009 using var and causality techniques and reported presence of bidirectional causality between infrastructural investment and growth of south african gdp as well infrastructural investment and employment by public sector. the study further reported presence of long-run equilibrium association between infrastructural investment and economic growth of south africa. 3.0 materials and methods 3.1 research design the ex-post facto research design (after-the-fact) in line with econometric procedure was adopted in this study because the study was based on historical time series data published data from the central bank of nigerian (cbn) statistical bulletin for the variables under study for the period of 1994 to 2022. 3.2 data and variable description the below table represents data on industrial sector output (iso), government finance on road and construction (gfrc), government finance on transport and communication (gftc), government finance on internal security (gfis) and government finance on other economic services (gfoes) all in billion naira. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org table 3.1 data on industrial sector output (iso), government finance on road and construction (gfrc), government finance on transport and communication (gftc), government finance on internal security (gfis) and government finance on other economic services (gfoes) all in billion naira. year iso gfrc gftc gfis gfoes 1994 553.96 1.14 0.45 4.4 1.14 1995 1132.84 1.7 1.08 5.26 1.65 1996 1530.05 0.61 1.2 8.92 2.22 1997 1557.54 1.81 1.58 11.06 0.75 1998 1379.2 5.63 1.92 11.98 1.13 1999 1609.82 16.64 11.12 38.66 0 2000 2388.83 4.99 3.03 25.15 14.23 2001 2328.41 7.2 33.93 38.85 4.81 2002 2650.03 7.15 29.39 63.24 6.12 2003 3525.14 16.92 6.12 68.38 48.9 2004 5145.43 14.9 8.1 97.8 24.6 2005 6520.74 17.9 8 82 22 2006 7822.11 20.06 9.77 118 31.94 2007 8441.76 71.38 32.16 181.29 43.06 2008 9874.38 94.46 67.39 196.9 86.5 2009 9229.81 80.63 90.03 221.65 230.52 2010 13826.43 57.09 42.41 224.2 435.04 2011 17853.11 195.9 13.1 280 60.3 2012 19587.72 83.3 23.2 362.5 90.3 2013 20853.85 92.13 18.51 292.7 141.1 2014 22213.01 116.3 18.3 273.14 95.1 2015 19188.58 114.6 24.39 410.2 95.1 2016 18641.17 97.92 20.57 417.66 100.99 2017 25639.9 126.19 29.97 397.92 128.47 2018 33218.33 150.17 30.47 489.65 137.91 2019 39879.69 189.09 40.75 668.63 178.91 2020 43530.78 206.11 44.42 728.83 195.02 2021 55300.78 192.86 41.7 679.96 188.48 2022 62278.99 218.47 47.24 770.24 213.51 source: cbn statistical bulletin 3.2 model specification relying on the resource-based view (rbv) also known as resource-advantage theory which suggests that a firm's performance is influenced by its access to and utilization of strategic resources, we can state that; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org industrial sector performance = f (infrastructural financing) ………….…………………. (1) this can be further expressed as follows be breaking infrastructure financing into gfrc, gftc, gfis and gfoes and as well bring industrial sector output (iso) as proxy for industrial sector performance iso = f (gfrc, gftc, gfis, gfoes) ………………………….………….... …..………. (2) the above mathematical expression can be rewritten as follows for estimation purpose. iso = βo + β1gfrct + β2gftct + β3gfist + β4gfoest.........+ εt ……….………………. (3) where: iso = industrial sector output gfrc = government finance on road and construction gftc = government finance on transport and communication gfis = government finance on internal security gfoes = government finance on other economic services β = beta coefficient εt = error term of the estimate. t = implies that the data are times series 3.3 methods of data analysis the objective of this study is to examine the nexus between infrastructural finance and performance of industrial sector and as well know the causality pattern between them. to ascertain that, the following statistical tools with the aid of econometric software (eviews 10) will be employed to aid our analysis. they are thus stated below; a. stationarity test the augmented dickey fuller (adf) test developed by two statisticians (david dickey and wayne fuller) is widely deployed to determine the stationarity of a series. it is accepted that the series is stationary should the adf statistics be greater than the given critical values at 1%, 5% and 10% levels of significance respectively. b. autoregressive distributive lag (ardl) the ardl (autoregressive distributed lag) is a framework used to analyze the relationship between variables in a time series context while accounting for both short-run and long-run dynamics. in general, the (ardl) model is an econometric model used for analyzing the relationship between variables in time series data. it is commonly employed to examine the long-run and short-run dynamics between variables, particularly when they are integrated at different orders (e.g., i(0) or stationary and i(1) or non-stationary variables). the general form of the ardl model can be represented as follows: yt = c + σ(βiyt-i) + σ(γixt-i) + εt where: yt represents the dependent variable at time t. xt represents the independent variables at time t. c is a constant term. βi and γi represent the coefficients of the autoregressive and distributed lag terms, respectively. εt is the error term or residual. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the ardl model allows for the inclusion of different orders of integration in the variables. for instance, if the dependent variable yt is i(0) (stationary) and the independent variable xt is i(1) (nonstationary), the ardl model can capture both the short-run and long-run relationships between the variables. the ardl model is particularly useful in analyzing economic relationships when the variables of interest may have different orders of integration as, allowing for a comprehensive examination of both short-run and long-run effects. d. granger causality test the application of this tool will help us to determine the directional causality between our dependent and independent variables. in other words, it will help us to know how the dependent and independent variables supports each other within the growth processes. it is expected that there represents a presence of causality should the probability value of the result be less than a 5% level of significance. 4.0 presentation of results 4.1 analysis and interpretation of result 4.1.1 unit root test the augments dickey fuller unit root test was used to determine the stationarity of the data set employed in the study. table 4.1: unit root test result variables adf statistic mackinnon critical value at probability order of integration 1% 5% 10% iso 2.31878 3.69987 2.97626 2.62742 0.1736 i(0) gfrc 8.39981 3.69987 2.97626 2.62742 0.0000 i(1) gftc 4.30447 3.69987 2.97626 2.62742 0.0023 i(1) gfis 4.87344 3.69987 2.97626 2.62742 0.0006 i(1) gfoes 6.45152 3.69987 2.97626 2.62742 0.0000 i(1) source: extract from e-views 10 output firstly, our adf result at levels showed that our data series were not stationary prompting the test for first differencing and from the above result, we observed that all the variables were stationary after first differencing in the order of i(1) at 1%, 5% and 10% except for industrial sector output (iso) which was not stationary after first differencing as seen in the above table implying presence of fractional integration. given this, we will use the autoregressive distributed lag (ardl) and long run bond test to determine short and long run relationship between infrastructural financing and industrial sector performance in nigeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 4.1.2 autoregressive distributive lag result table 4.2 result of ardl dependent variable: iso method: ardl date: 02/11/24 time: 11:01 sample (adjusted): 1995 2022 included observations: 28 after adjustments dependent lags: 1 (fixed) dynamic regressors (0 lag, fixed): fixed regressors: gfrc gftc gfis gfoes c variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob.* iso(-1) 1.083626 0.145677 7.438560 0.0000 gfrc 16.74207 18.62752 0.898781 0.3785 gftc -30.82323 30.42541 -1.013075 0.3220 gfis -1.535013 10.72068 -0.143182 0.8874 gfoes 9.020267 7.104492 1.269657 0.2175 c 39.25434 780.7854 0.050275 0.9604 r-squared 0.982558 mean dependent var 16326.73 adjusted r-squared 0.978593 s.d. dependent var 16867.82 s.e. of regression 2467.926 akaike info criterion 18.64755 sum squared resid 1.34e+08 schwarz criterion 18.93303 log likelihood -255.0657 hannan-quinn criter. 18.73482 f-statistic 247.8594 durbin-watson stat 1.598618 prob(f-statistic) 0.000000 from the table above, we observed that the r-square posted 0.983088 which indicates that the degree of relationship existing between government infrastructural financing and industrial sector performance variables is 98.2% but when adjustment were made for the effect of number of observations and number of variables, the adjusted r-square turns to 0.979409 which indicates that the adjusted degree of relationship between government infrastructural financing and industrial sector performance is about 97.8%. we observed further from the durbin watson statistics posted 1.598618 figure suggesting the need not to worry about the problem of auto correlation since it falls within the acceptable region of 1.5 and 2.0. the table further revealed that government infrastructural financing on road and construction and other economic services showed a positive coefficient while that of transport and communication and internal security showed negative coefficient. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 4.1.3 long run bond test table 4.3 result of long run bond test f-bounds test null hypothesis: no levels relationship test statistic value signif. i(0) i(1) asymptotic: n=1000 f-statistic 0.164814 10% 3.8 3.8 k 0 5% 4.6 4.6 2.5% 5.39 5.39 1% 6.44 6.44 actual sample size 28 finite sample: n=35 10% 3.98 3.98 5% 4.945 4.945 1% 7.35 7.35 finite sample: n=30 10% 4.025 4.025 5% 5.07 5.07 1% 7.595 7.595 for the long run, we observed from the table that the fishers statistics of 0.164814 was lesser than the values of i(0) and i(1) bonds at 10% 3.8, 5% 4.6, 2.5% 5.39 and 1% 6.44 respectively. given this, we conclude that there is absence of long run relationship between infrastructural financing by the government and industrial sector performance in nigeria. 4.1.4 granger causality test table 4.4 result of granger causality test pairwise granger causality tests date: 02/11/24 time: 11:08 sample: 1994 2022 lags: 2 null hypothesis: obs f-statistic prob. gfrc does not granger cause iso 27 0.13455 0.8748 iso does not granger cause gfrc 3.98415 0.0334 gftc does not granger cause iso 27 0.97060 0.3945 iso does not granger cause gftc 1.76378 0.1948 gfis does not granger cause iso 27 12.0989 0.0003 iso does not granger cause gfis 7.40870 0.0035 gfoes does not granger cause iso 27 1.03163 0.3730 iso does not granger cause gfoes 2.45049 0.1094 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org from the result above, we can observe a unidirectional relationship between government finance on transport and communication (gftc) and industrial sector output (iso) with causality flowing from iso to gfrc. the table further shows a bidirectional relationship between government finance on internal security (gfis) and industrial sector output (iso). 4.2 results discussions we observed further that government finance on road and construction (gfrc) posted a positive coefficient of 16.74207 which implies that a 16.74% increase in road and construction financing by the government will positively influence industrial sector performance in nigeria which agrees with bakare and adegbite (2023) that road and construction are critical tool in enhancing economic growth through unemployment reduction. it was further observed to be statistically insignificant at 5% level of significant. government financing of transport and communication (gftc) had a negative coefficient of 30.82323 which also implies that a 30.82 increase in government finance on transport and communication will have a negative influence on industrial sector performance in nigeria. the result further showed it to be statistically insignificant at 5% level; of significant which does agree with the work of babatunde (2018) who reported a significant relationship between government expenditure on transport and communication and general output in nigeria. although his work was centered on general output level while this was centered on industrial sector output. government finance on internal security (gfis) showed a negative coefficient of 1.535013 which implies that a 1.53% increase in government funding of internal security will negatively influence industrial sector performance in nigeria. government finance on other economic services (gfoes) posted a positive coefficient of 9.020267 which implies that a 9.02% increase in government finance of other economic services will positively influence industrial sector performance agreeing with the study of jibir el ta (2023) that investment in economic services enhance growth. though the result further showed to be statistically insignificant at 5% level of significance. the causality result revealed bidirectional relationship between government finance on internal security (gfis) and industrial sector output (iso) as seen in kumo (2012). this indicates that government spending on internal securities boost the performance of iso and in turn, iso performance encourages government to spend on internal security. when internal security is maintained through government spending by providing the right measures and tools to ensure the safety of lives and properties of industrial sectors, it will in turn boost their performance which means more tax income to the government. 5.0 conclusion and recommendations 5.1 conclusion from our findings, we conclude that government financing of road and construction and other economic services as classified by central bank of nigerian statistical bulletin showed positive influence on industrial sector output but were not statistically significant while government finance on transport and communication and internal security negatively influence performance of industrial sector and were also insignificant. the study concludes further that there is absence of long run equilibrium relationship between government infrastructural financing and industrial sector american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org performance in nigeria. the causality test reveals that causality flows from industrial sector output to government finances on road and construction which can be referred to as parasitic relationship while a bidirectional causality was recorded between government finance on internal security and industrial sector performance implying that both supports each other in their growth process 5.2 recommendation from the conclusions above, the study recommends firstly, the need to ensure that resources allocated for infrastructures like transport and communication and internal security are adequately utilized for such purposes and most importantly that their qualities and sustainability are guaranteed in a bid to ensure that they return positive and significant to industrial output performance through constant project monitoring and budget evaluations. secondly, government finance on road and construction and other economic services should be adequately maintained and their quality improved with adequate policy measures put in place to ensure its sustainability given the significant role it plays in industrial sector performance in nigeria. references 1. adabo, y. s. (2023). nexus between infrastructure development and manufacturing sector performance in nigeria: the moderating role of institutional quality. journal of economic and allied research, 8(1), 151-165 2. adesoye, a. b. (2014). infrastructural financing in nigeria: growth implication. journal of economic and sustainable development, 5(5), 8-17 3. akinola, o. m. & akinrinola, o. (2023). impact of tax revenue and infrastructural development on economic growth in nigeria. journal of economics, management and trade, 29(3), 1-15 4. akinyele, s. t., akinyele, f. e. & ajagunna, o.d. (2016) infrastructural development as predictor to smes performance in nigeria. arabian journal of business and management review, 6(3), 4053. 5. aluthe, c., jibir, a., & abdul, m. (2021). impact of government expenditure on economic growth. cbn journal of applied statistics, 12(1). 6. azolibe, c. b., & okonkwo, j. j. (2020). infrastructure development and industrial sector productivity in sub-saharan africa. journal of education and development, 22(1), 91-109 7. babatubde, o. a., afees, s. a., & olasunkanmi, o. i. (2012). infrastructure and economic growth in nigeria: a multivariate approach. research journal of business management and accounting, 1(3), 030-039 8. bakare, l. a. & adegbite, k. j. (2022). infrastructural financing and national development in nigeria 1999-2020: any nexus? unilag journal of business, 8(2), 156-175 9. central bank of nigeria (2021) statistical bulletin. available at: www.cenbank.org 10. elfaki, k. e., handoyo, r. d., & ibrahim, k. h. (2021). the impact of industrialization, trade openness, financial development, and energy consumption on economic growth in indonesia. economies, 9(4), https://doi.org/10.3390/economies9040174 11. ibekwe, a.i., & ibekwe, a.o. (2021) government expenditure and performance of small and medium scale enterprise in nigeria. international journal of innovative finance and economics research, 9(2), 167-179. http://www.cenbank.org/ https://doi.org/10.3390/economies9040174 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 12. ibitoye, o. j., ogunoye, a. a. & kleynhans, e. p. j. (2022). impact of industrialization on economic growth in nigeria. journal of economic and financial sciences 15(1), a796. https://doi.org/10.4102/jef.v15i1.796 13. inyang, n. f., effiong, u. e., & udofia, m. a. (2022). revisiting the nexus between industrial sector and economic growth in nigeria: a disaggregated approach. law, business and sustainability herald, 2(2), 20–39. retrieved from https://lbsherald.org/index.php/journal/article/view/38 14. jibir, a., abdul, m., bappayaya, b., wahab, b. a. & isah, a. (2023). disaggregated impact of government expenditure on economic growth: evidence from nigeria. lapai journal of economics, 7(1), 15-32 15. kumo, w.l. (2012). infrastructural investment and economic growth in south africa: a granger causality analysis. african development bank group, working paper series no. 160 16. lugina, e. j., mwakalobo, a. b. s. & lwesya, f. (2022). effects of industrialization on tanzania’s economic growth: a case of manufacturing sector. future business journal, 8(62) https://doi.org/10.1186/s43093-022-00177-x 17. mcnichol, e.c. (2019) it’s time for states to invest in infrastructure. washington dc 20002, 1275 first street ne suite 1200. 18. natarajan, p. & nisha, s. (2021). impact of infrastructure on industrial output in india – an analytical study, https://ssrn.com/abstract=3806433 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3806433 19. niaman, m. h., & aslan, h. (2023). islamic financing as an alternative of infrastructural financing for asian landlocked developing countries. journal of kocatepe islamic science, 6(special issue), 38-63 20. nnyanzi, j. b., kavuma, s., sseruyange, j., & nanyiti, a. (2022). the manufacturing output effects of infrastructure development, liberalization and governance: evidence from sub-saharan africa. journal of industrial and business economics, 49(2), 369–400. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40812-022-00216-2 21. obioma, b. k, ayanwu, u. n., & kalu, a. o.u. (2015). the effect of industrial development on economic growth (an empirical evidence in nigeria 1973-2013). european journal of business and management, 7(13), 160-170 22. ogunlana, o. f., yaqub, j. o. & alhassan, b. t. (2016). infrastructure finance and development in nigeria. arabian journal of business and management review, 3(12), 44-54 23. onoh, j.k. (2007) dimension of nigeria monetary and fiscal policies: domestic and external. aba: astray meridian publishers. 24. prasetyo, p.e. (2020) the role of government expenditure and investment for msme growth: empirical study in indonesia. journal of asia finance, economic and business, 7(10), 471-480, doi:10.13106/jafeb.2020.vol7.no10.471 25. simon-oke, o. o. (2018). infrastructure investment and industrial development in nigeria: the critical nexus. journal of social science research, 13, 2828-2841 26. zhang, y., & cheng, l. (2023). the role of transport infrastructure in economic growth: empirical evidence in the uk. transport policy, 133, 223– 233. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tranpol.2023.01.017 27. zvarych, i. & zvarych, o. (2021). formation of infrastructural factors of economic development of the region. baltic journal of economic studies, 7(1), 115-126. https://doi.org/10.4102/jef.v15i1.796 https://lbsherald.org/index.php/journal/article/view/38 https://doi.org/10.1186/s43093-022-00177-x https://ssrn.com/abstract=3806433 https://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3806433 https://doi.org/10.1007/s40812-022-00216-2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org improvement of communicative competences and assessing speaking through utilizing flipgrid xushmamatova aminaxon rustam qizi efl teacher, uzswlu aminaxon.xushmamatova@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s integrating innovative methods in assessing language ability of learners are critical part of language teaching and learning. the present paper is dedicated to explore integration of digital platform “flipgrid” where instructor posted tasks and students answer in video format. this innovative tool allowed to process students learning about the content. students recorded videos were peer and self-assessed with follow-up teacher’s feedback relying on rubric (grammar and vocabulary, discourse management, pronunciation, interactive communication). after the implementation of flipgrid, subjects were asked to take a survey on benefits of flipgrid where most of them highlighted the advantageous as the tool allowed them to be a part of assessment process and to be aware of areas that needs improvement in their oral proficiency. “flipgrid”, interactive communication, communicative competence, digital platform introduction in today's digital age, technology plays a pivotal role in transforming various aspects of education, including language assessment. language assessment, particularly in the domain of language learning and teaching, has seen significant advancements with the integration of technology. this essay delves into the role of technology in language assessment, exploring its benefits, challenges, and implications for language learners and educators. enhanced interactivity and engagement: technology-rich assessments provide students with interactive tasks and engaging activities that simulate real-life language use. for instance, online platforms like duolingo and babbel offer gamified language exercises that assess students' vocabulary, grammar, and comprehension skills in a fun and engaging manner. immediate feedback and personalization: technology allows for immediate feedback on assessments, enabling students to self-monitor their progress and identify areas for improvement. automated scoring systems and ai-based tools provide personalized feedback based on students' responses, offering targeted guidance for language development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org authentic performance assessment: digital tools like video recording platforms (e.g., flipgrid) allow students to demonstrate their speaking skills in authentic contexts, such as recording presentations, engaging in virtual conversations, or participating in role-plays. this authenticity enhances the validity of language assessments by reflecting real-world communication scenarios. flexibility and accessibility: technology offers flexibility in assessment delivery, allowing students to complete assessments at their own pace and convenience. online platforms and mobile applications make language assessments accessible to a wide range of learners, regardless of their geographical location or time constraints. a mobile software application called flipgrid (flipgrid.com) was chosen as an asynchronous platform for conducting speaking activities with students. flipgrid is a cross-platform application that works on ios, android and computer which enables users to make a video recorded “response” which is posted to a thread which flipgrid calls a “topic.” flipgrid was acquired by microsoft in2018 and all of its robust offerings of features (video creation tools, unlimited storage, extensive database of free images, etc.) are available for free for teachers as well as students. flipgrid is by far the most widely used online video creation and sharing platform in the education domain. it has been used in classes of various fields, especially in america. there are also many studies in the literature investigating flipgrid’s effectiveness in oral skills (mango, 2019, 2021; miskam & saidalvi, 2019;petersen et al., 2020; shin & yunis, 2021). however, literature around the utilization of flipgrid and its effects on japanese language students are less common. this paper centers on the efforts to implement flipgrid in asynchronous courses along with investigation of its efficacy for conducting speaking activities in a communicative-centered efl course. the positive and negative experiences from students will be presented and examined in this paper too. following the university’s curriculum, i conducted a lesson on the topic of “summary writing”. equipping students with main principles of writing summary, we analyzed weak and strong written summaries being as a group. i created discussion on how to use reporting verbs appropriately, while summarizing main ideas of original work. the online educational tool “flipgrid” was introduced to students and follow up tasks were explained; phrases that are used in giving and receiving compliments were presented. the classroom implemented communicative teaching in language classrooms by incorporating linguistic, sociolinguistic, and pragmatic competences through the use of authentic material. linguistic competences involve a set of skills, knowledge, and attitudes that are interrelated and mutually supported in order to conduct a successful scientific communication that may be destined to different communities or audiences (scientific or the general public), who will be able to understand the communicated knowledge and even use it, provided that they have been correctly materialized from a linguistic point of view. however, the basic notion is the competence of an individual in a language.knowing the importance of increasing student linguistic competence, i followed the key principles so students can enhance their knowledge about grammatical patterns like form, meaning and use. by addressing linguistic competence, i was able to conduct effective and engaging class and have an opportunity to develop students’ speaking skill with the combination of grammar. i applied “brainstorming” technique to gather students’ knowledge on grammatically correct formal and informal phrases do they use while giving and receiving compliments in english language and what american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org reporting verbs can be used while summarizing the source material. then, some correct ways of phrases for complimenting a person’s appearance/clothes, performances, possessions in formal and informal were presented. the activities provoked wonder and motivation in learners; moreover, they were able to connect previous knowledge to the school’s curriculum and to real world issues. nevertheless, it was noticed that to design this type of activities could be time demanding, and that constant reflection in language learning theory is required to improve the effectivity of further results. sample of question: • what kind of “weak and strong” reporting verbs do you know? designing tasks based on digital language resources helped to develop pragmatic competence. since materials are available at any time, and the type of language used in online forums, chat-lines, or social media often consists of features typical of spoken, written which is suitable for communicative competence development. as stated by warschauer, shetzer, and meloni (2000), online resources represent a very useful language tool for creating differentiated teaching tasks that support collaborative learning and individual research by students, while also requiring innovative pedagogical practices and technological competence (furstenberg, 1997; hampel, 2006). such tasks targeted at pragmatic competence development prove to be extremely useful because of their innovative character. it is important to note that learning a language includes learning everything behind the language and beyond the grammar. sociolinguistic competence is the ability to communicate appropriately by using the right words, expressions, and attitude towards a specific topic, setting, and relationship. it also has a strong role in the way learners use the language they are learning to enrich the knowledge they possess. therefore, i integrated this competence by applying an activity where students have to analyze the authentic video material on “giving genuine compliments ” and summarize main ideas following the steps that were presented on flipgrid. the socio-oriented questions such as when and how to use complimenting in appearance, performance, possessions, personality traits activated what specific functions of language to convey while communicating in different social contexts. by doing this, i reached the development of sociolinguistic competence making use of authentic use of language for meaningful purposes which can guide learners in the choice of appropriate forms. sample of question: • what is different between british/american culture and your own in complimenting others? • does this positive value of being “slender” apply to both men and women in the u.s.? would it be all right to say "you've lost some weight, didn't you?" as a compliment? what's the possible danger? the lesson under discussion used task-based learning benefiting my students because it is more student-centered, allows for more meaningful communication, and often provides for practical extralinguistic skill building. as the tasks are likely to be familiar to the students (e.g.: giving and receiving compliments), students are more likely to be engaged, which may further motivate them in their language learning. task based language teaching focuses on the use of authentic language and on asking students to do meaningful tasks using the target language. references 1. alyousef h. s. teaching reading comрrehension to esl.2005 2. beatrice s. teaching reading in a second language. 2008. 3. beaumont m. the teaching of reading skills in s second language. 1996. 4. brindley s. teaching english. 1994 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org 5. brown, d. (2001). teaching by рrinciрles. an interactive aррroach to language рedagogy (second edition) new york: longman. 6. calhoun e. f. teaching beginning reading and writing with the рicture word inductive model. 1999 7. david l chiese. re-conceptualizing language teaching: an in-service teacher education course in uzbekistan. 2019 8. fries ch «the structure of english» new york, 1952 9. hager a. techniques for teaching beginning. 2001 10. harrison c. methods of teaching reading. 1996. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org fanatic tendencies among kirkuk university students dr. taha abdel hamid mahmoud al-obaidi kirkuk university, college of education for human sciences alhyazyth@uokirkuk.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s ntolerance is a common trait that appears among many individuals, even if its forms and manifestations vary, and its effects include a person’s psychological and intellectual health, as well as his lifestyle and behavior. which is related to the state of well-being in a person and is the result of psychological, social and political pressures that a person experiences, and is accompanied by many social, economic and psychological problems and difficulties. the concept of fanaticism has emerged as a trend that is often not based on many facts and evidence, which causes a lot of aversion, hatred, and devaluation of the status and status of other individuals and groups. it includes stereotypes that are difficult to change, even if there is evidence and facts that suggest the opposite. given the great energy that university students represent, flowing with effectiveness and creativity, they are the pillars of the present and the guarantee of the future. all cultural transformations throughout modern history began with the youth, especially university students. therefore, we must seek to discover this wealth and exploit them by arriving at solutions to negative phenomena and paving the way. the way to improve social conditions is through understanding phenomena and controlling them the aim of the current research is to identify the level of intolerant attitudes among university students.1 2-the difference in the level of neurotic tendencies among high school students and in the specialization variable (scientific, humanitis) 3-the difference in the level of neurotic tendencies among students of this stage and in the gender variable (males, females ) . the research population included kirkuk university students, numbering (21,972). a random sample of (400) male and female students was selected. for the purpose of achieving the research objectives and fulfilling its requirements, the researcher prepared a scale to measure fanatical tendencies, presented it, and the psychometric properties of the scale were verified. thus, the scale became ready to be applied to the research sample. for the purpose of analyzing the data and obtaining results, the researcher used a number of statistical methods, including the t-test for one sample and the t-test for two independent samples. the results resulted in the sample members having a number of neurotic tendencies and that there was no statistically significant difference in the neurotic tendencies according to the specialization variable (scientific, humanities). in light of the results, the researcher used a number of recommendations and proposals. trend, fanaticism american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org جامعة كركوك التوجهات التعصبية لدى طلبة م.د طه عبدالحميد محمود العبيدي / جامعة كركوك كلية التربية للعلوم االنسانية alhyazyth@uokirkuk.edu.iq ملخص البحث التعصب سمة شائعة الظهور لدى الكثير من االفراد وان اختلفت اشكالها وصورها ، وتأثيراتها التي تشمل صحة اإلنسان النفسية والفكرية، فضال عن أسلوب حياته، وسلوكه،. والتي تتعلق في حالة السواء لدى االنسان وهي ناتجة عن الضغوط النفسية واالجتماعية والسياسية التي يمر بها االنسان، ويصاحبها الكثير من المشاكل والصعوبات االجتماعية واالقتصادية والنفسية . وبرز مفهوم التعصب على انه اتجاه ال يستند في الكثير من االحيان على الكثير من الحقائق واالدلة ووالتي تسبب الكثير من النفور او الكراهية والحط من قدر ومكانه الغير افرادا ونظرا وجماعات.. ويتضمن صور نمطية من الصعب تغييرها، حتى وان توفرت ادلة وحقائق تثير الى العكس . . من طاقة كبيرة تتدفق بالفاعلية واالبداع وهم ركائز الحاضر وضمان المستقبل .وان كل لما يمثله طلبة الجامعة يجب ان نسعى التحوالت الحضارية على امتداد التاريخ الحديث بدأت من الشباب وخصوصا طلبة الجامعة.. لذلك لتحسين الطريق وتمهيد السلبية للظواهر حلول الى الوصول خالل من واستغاللها الثروات هذه اكتشاف الى االوضاع االجتماعية عن طريق فهم الظواهر واحكام ضبطها هدف البحث الحالي الى التعرف على مستوى االتجاهات التعصبية لدى طلبة الجامعة. -1 الفرق في مستوى االتجاهات العصابية لدى طلبة االجامعة وفق متغير التخصص )علمي ، انساني ( -2 الفرق في مستوى االتجاهات العصابية لدى طلبة الجامعة وفق متغير النوع )ذكور ، اناث(. -3 ( عددهم والبالغ كركوك جامعة طلبة البحث مجتمع قوامها 21972شمل عشوائية عينة اختيار وقدتم ) لقياس تحقيق اهداف البحث ( طالب وطالبة ولغرض 400) باعداد مقياس والقيام بمتطلباته الباحث قام الباحث التوجهات التعصبية وقدم تتم التحقق من الخصائص السيكومترية للمقياس وبذلك اصبح المقياس جاهز للتطبيق على منها االحصائية الوسائل من عددا الباحث استخدم النتائج على والحصول البيانات تحليل ولغرض البحث عينة االختبار التائي لعينة واحدة واالختبار التائي لعينتين مستقلتين وقد اسفرت النتائج الى امتالك افراد العينة عدد من االتجاهات العصابية والى عدم وجود فرق ذو داللة احصائية في االتجاهات العصابية وفق متغير التخصص )علمي ، انساني ( وفي ضوء النتائج استخدم الباحث عددا من التوصيات والمقترحات.. الكلمات المفتاحية )االتجاه ، التعصب( المقدمة المجتمعات التي تكون فيها جماعات متباينة في )الديانة او يتعرض لها العديد التعصب مشكلة اجتماعية العرق او الطائفة ( وهي تفسد التناغم واالنسجام الجيد بين المكونات اذا لم يتم معالجتها واالنتباه لها والتعامل معها تشويه المدركات والحقائق . ويعمل على توجيه الفرد او الجماعة للشعور النه يعمل على بوعي ومسؤولية والتفكير واإلدراك والسلوك بطرق تتفق مع اتجاه التعصب الذي يحمله ، لذا فالتعصب يصبغ العالقات االنسانية صبغة سلبية عنصرية وهو واحد من اخطر مشكالت األنسان بشكل عام واألنسان المعاصر بشكل خاص حيث ( وتأتي 7: 1989)عبد هللا ، يضع الكثير المجتمعات على حافة هاوية الدمار والحروب والفتن والصراعات. مشكلة التعصب من جوهر مشكلة االتجاهات التعصبية التي تتعلق بجوهر وجود اإلنسان السوي . فهذه االتجاهات االنسان هو امامنا الواضح والمثال االنسان، بها يمر التي والسياسية واالجتماعية النفسية الضغوط نتيجة تأتي العراقي، فما مر بالعراق من حروب عديدة امتدت لسنوات طويلة ، وما صاحبه من تعرض الفرد للكثير من المشاكل والصعوبات االجتماعية واالقتصادية والنفسية مما ابرز بشكل واضح االتجاهات التعصبية لدى االنسان العراقي فاصبحت اتجاهاته سلبية نحو الحياة مما أثر في بنية المجتمع العراقي بصورة واضحة وملموسة، وجعلت شخصية ( . 9: 2005الفرد العراقي غير متزنة ،متسمة بالقلق واالكتئاب واالنعزال) االمارة، mailto:alhyazyth@uokirkuk.edu.iq american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org النفسية ظرروفهم واختالف االفراد، باختالف تختلف ومتنوعة كثيرة الجامعة طلبة لدى السلوكية والمشكالت مثل طلبة الجامعة شريحة مهمة سواء داخل اذ يمثل ي ،واالجتماعية واالقتصادية، والتعصب احدى هذه المشكالت العراق او خارجه السباب عدة تتلخص بكونهم ينحدرون من طبقات مختلفة المجتمع . وهم الطاقة الكبيرة التي تتدفق بالفاعلية واالبداع وهم ركائز الحاضر وضمان المستقبل .وان كل التحوالت الحضارية على امتداد التاريخ الى اكتشاف هذه الثروات واستغاللها من يجب ان نسعىالحديث بدأت من الشباب وخصوصا طلبة الجامعة.. لذلك خالل الوصول الى حلول للظواهر السلبية وتمهيد الطريق لتحسين االوضاع االجتماعية عن طريق فهم الظواهر ( 88: 1990واحكام ضبطها )داود وعبد الرحمن ، مشكلة البحث التوجهات التعصبية هي من الظواهر السلبية الشائعة الظهور لدى كثير من الناس وان اختلفت مظاهرها وصورها ، و تأثر هذه االتجاهات في صحة اإلنسان النفسية والفكرية، وفي أسلوب حياته، وسلوكه،.وتتعلق بجوهر وجود كركوك؟ جامعة طلبة لدى التعصبية التوجهاتالسوي، والسؤال الذي يطرح هنا: ما هي اإلنسان . اهمية البحث يشاار اال ان موضاوع االتجاهات التعصابية من الموضاوعات الخصابة والمهمة في مجال علم النفس ، حيث انها تتحكم في التعامل بين مختلف الجماعات المتمثلة في العالقات بين االشخاص الذين ينتمون الى هذه الجماعات والتوقعات التي يكونها اعضااء كل جماعة عن اعضااء الجماعات االخرى، ساواء كانت اتجاهات ايجابية او سالبية تتمثال في العاداوة والنفور من اعضاااااء جمااعاة معيناة ضااااد جمااعاة أخرى. وتعادد معاانيهاا وتاداخلهاا مع غيرهاا من المفاهيم الساايكولوجية مثل التسالط، والنفور، والتصالب... الخ و تحدد شاكل هذه الشاخصاية التعصابية، اذا وصال الحدة يصاابح عامال من عوامل تقويو وحدة المجتمع وتساافر عن اضااطراب في التعصااب الى درجة معينة من (. 13-7: 1989ميزان الصحة النفسية االجتماعية مما يفسد المجتمع ويهدد كيانه. )عباااد هللا، على العالقة التي ويشااار الى ان التعصااب من الظواهر الخطيرة المؤثرة في كل مكان وزمان اذانه يؤثر تربط االنسااان بالمجتمع والتي تعد عالقة ضاارورة وليساات عالقة ساالبية او عالقة تعارض متضااادة ، ومن ابرز معالمها انها ديناميكية ، ملؤها التفاؤل والتقبل و تتمثل في التسااامح وااللفة، والمودة، والصااداقة، والتعاون وتجنب االتجاهات السلبية مثل الكره ،والعنف، والسلوك العدواناااي والقسااااااوة، والنفااااااور، والتعصب بكل الوانه أشكاله. وتساعدالقيم والمعتقدات السامية التي يتم اإليمان بها سواء كان التعصب ديني اوفكري من الناس، لينهجوا السلااوك المسالااام ،وااللفة وتقبل االخرين مهما كان مذهبهااام واعتقادهاااااام ،اودينهم اال ان االتجاهات التعصبية السلبية التي تصااال في احيان كثيرة الى درجة عالية من الشااادة الى مختلف اشاااكال التميييز والعدوان التي تصااال الى حد قمع (22: 2011االخر.)عبدالصاحب، واذا بلغ التعصاب الى درجة عالية من الحدة يصابح ،ساببا من اساباب تقويو وحدة المجتمع ويسافر عن : 1952ذلك اضاااطراب في مدى الصاااحة النفساااية لالفراد وينعكس اثاره سااالبا تماساااك المجتمع ورقيه. )زيور، 286. ) والشاك فيه ان مفهوم التعصاب احتل الصادارة في الدراساات النفساية المعاصارة لصالته المباشارة والدقيقة بحياة االنساااان والمجتمع ، وله عواقب سااالبية البناء والتربية والتنشااائة االجتماعية التي تعد اسااااس تقدم المجتمع (.1: 2004وسعادته ابناءه .)البصري، فاالتجااهات التعصاااابياة لهاا قدر بالغ االهمياة لماا يترتب علياه من اثار ساااالبياة على جوانب عجاة في الحيااة تتضامن الجوانب االجتماعية واالقتصاادية والساياساية فضاال عن االثار السالبية على الفرد والمجتمع اذا وصالت الى 2018درجة معينة وتصااابح حينها عامال من عوامل تفكك المجتمع وانهياره وتهديد كيانه .)طاحون وعبد الرحمن ،105 ) وقد قام عدد من العلماء بدراسااة التعصااب واالتجاهات التعصاابية فمنها تناولت التعصااب العنصااري التي التعصااب كما تناولت دراسااات اخرى اشااكال التعصااب القومي والبعو منها تناول اصاابح كثيرة في وقتنا الحالي . ( 15: 1989الديني.)عبدهللا ، ونظرا الهمية المرحلة الجامعية لما تقوم به من اعداد شاباب المجتمع وتاهيلهم الدارة شاؤون المجتمع في ذا اراد المجتمع ان يتقادم او يتطور الباد ان يهتم بطلباة الجاامعاة ،لاذا فمن ( فاا18: 1993المياادين كاافاة)راضااااي، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org الضاروري تغيير مفهوم االتجاهات التعصابية وتغير بعو الممارساات السالبية لديهم بغية اعدادهم بشاكل يتالءم مع تطور المجتمع وتقدمه. وتعد شاريحة الشاباب من اهم شارائح المجتمع، لكونهم قادة المساتقبل وعليهم تبني االمة امالها ومساتقبلها، وهم ورثة الغد ورجاله واليهم تؤول مسااؤولية حمل امانة العمل الوطني والقومي وعلى قدر ما ينجح في اعداد هذه (.9: 1988الشريحة، على قدر ما ينجح في غده ويرى المجتمع نفسه دائما في مرآة الشباب.)الحلو، ويشااااكال الشاااابااب الجاامعي طليعاة متقادماة من هاذه الشااااريحاة االجتمااعياة، النهم العنااصاااار المتادرباة (.3: 2000والمتخصصة، واالساس في احداث التغييرات الشاملة في مجاالت الحياة كافة)الحوشان ، ومن هذا المنطلق ينبغي ان تتسام شاخصايات طلبة الجامعة باتجاهات تجعلهم قادرين على تحمل المساؤولية واالسااااهاام في خادماة المجتمع وتطوير قادراتاه وطااقااتاه االباداعياة، اذ توصاااالات كثير من الادراسااااات الى ان هنااك االتجاهات االيجابية التي تتصاف بها الشاخصاية اإلنساانية عامة وشاخصاية الطالب الجامعي خاصاة ليكون دوره والتقني العلمي تطوير حركااةالتقاادم االخرين ومساااااااهمااا في التفاااعاال مع على وقااادرا المجتمع في . مؤثرا (freeman,1962:62-64). اهداف البحث التعرف على هدف البحث الحالي الى .مستوى االتجاهات التعصبية لدى طلبة الجامعة. 1 .الفرق في مستوى االتجاهات العصابية لدى طلبة الجامعة وفي متغير التخصص)علمي ، انساني( 2 . الفرق في مستوى االتجاهات العصابية لدى طلبة الجامعة وفي متغير النوع )ذكور _اناث( 3 حدود البحث مجتمع )يتحدد عددهم والبالغ كركوك جامعة بطلبة الحالي الدراسي 21972البحث للعام في وطالبة طالبا ) (2022 _2023 .) تحديد المصطلحات االتجاهات التعصبية .. عرفها كل من ( )التفكير السئ نحو االشياء دون وجود سبب أو مبرر لذلك ( 1958البورت ) -1 (7 , 1958 : allporrt) )انه اتجاه نفسي متجمد مشحون انفعاليا، أو عقيدة،أو حكم مسبق ضد،أو مع جماعة،أو (1984زهران )-2 (. 174: 1984شيء، أو موضوع و ال يقوم على اساس منطقي،أو معرفة كاملة أو حقيقة علميةً( )زهران، استعداد او تهيؤ نفسي ينظم من خالل الخبرة ،وينسق سلوك الفرد، (2006تعريف رحيم ) -3 ومعارفه،ومشاعره،ويمارس تأثيراً ديناميكيا، وتوجيها على استجابة الفرد نحو جماعة اوموضوع او موقف ( 24: 2006)رحيم ، معين(. اما التعريف االجرائي فقرات كل مقياس فرعي )االتجاه التعصبي ( على حده الدرجة التي يحصل عليها المجيب من خالل اجابته عن . الذي يمثل المقياس الذي سيعد في البحث الحالي الفصل الثاني اطار نظري ودراسات سابقة أوال :االطار النظري فاالتجاه االيجابي التوجه التعصبي سلبيا ام ايجابيا يعبر عن ظاهرة تتسم بقدر كبير من االهمية والحساسية شئ مرغوب كونه ينطوي على مشاعر المودة والحب والتسامح وعلى القوالب النمطية االيجابية التي تتعلق باالفكار american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org العالقات االجتماعية تدعم المتسامحة يعتنقها. والسلوكيات ترفع من قدر وشأن من والتي لهذا االتجاه المتضمنه واشكال التفاعل االجتماعي المرغوبة وتدفع نحو التقدم والتطور الحضاري و اما التعصب السلبي فهو الشئ الكريه الذي يتبدى في كل اشكال التقويمات والمشاعر الوجدانية السلبية مثل الكراهية والبغو والنفوروفي القوالب النمطية السلبية التي تقلل من قيمة االشخاص االخرين وتحط من قدرهم، وكل من له عالقة بهم،وتخفو من قيمتهم في المجتمع ،وتجعلهم في مستوى اقل من مستوى البشر،وذلك طبقا لموضوع التعصب سواء كان تعصبا مذهبيا او سياسيا او عشائريا او دينيا او قوميا ويعد التعصب السلبي الشكل المقلق الذي يتطلب توجيه الجهود الى مقاومته : 1989ومحاولة تخفيو حدته والتخلص منه ببعو البرامج واالستراتجيات تغير االتجاهات التعصبية )عبد هللا ، 10 -14) مكونات االتجاهات التعصبية powdermakerحدُِدت ثالث مكونات لالتجاه التعصبي قدمها كل من .بودر ميكر وميردال myrdel ووليمز williams ومرتون merton . وذلك من خالل التعمق فيما كتب عن االتجاهات التعصبية والتي بينت عن وعن (williams,1960:47)ثالث عوامل تحدث بسببها االتجاهات التعصبية وهي: . غير العقالنية -1 وتعني بها انها محاوالت مستمرة للحفاظ على المعلومات الدقيقة وتصحيح المعلومات المغلوطة التي يتلقاها بمعنى التعصب وان باستدالته وواعياً استنباطاته في منطقيا يكون لكي وتحديدات تمييزات وعمل الشخص، االنحراف عن )معيار العقالنية( ويكون بسبب الحكم متسرع وتعميم مبالغ فيه والتفكير في قوالب نمطية، وعدم . (harding,1975:5)تعديل االفكار بالرغم من وجود دالئل جديدة وعدم االهتمام بالفروق الفردية المشاعر الغليظة نحو االخرين:-2 يشير االنحراف عن هذا المكون عن قبول االخرين بناءا على انسانيتهم ، وليس على أساس ما يختلفون به عن بعضهم البعو في بعو السمات والخصائص وهذا التقبل يعد استجابة شخصياة مباشارة سواء علاى محتوى المشاعار او السلوك. وتمثل هذه )االستجابة الشخصية( مجاالت العالقاات الخاصاة فضال عان العالقات العامة. indifferenceوالتعصب بمعنى انحراف عان معياار "العالقات االنسانية السليمة" يترواح بين )الالمباالة( مان المفرطة العداوة الاى ، القبول active hostitityخاالل عدم التحمل()عاابد الشكل ب)عدم هذا ويطلق على (. 48: 1989هللا، :معيار التمييز -3 equal treatmentيمثل االنحراف عن معيار العدل و المساواة في التعامل يتطلب فعدم المساوة في التعامل بين االشخاص جميعهم في كل مجاالت االهتمامات العامة، ما عدا المعامالت المميزة القائم على اساس اختالف القدرات وانواع االنجازات التي ترتبط بشل وظيفي بمتطلبات الموقف وبمعنى هذا السلوك المنحرف عن العدالة )التمييز( ويؤكد معيار العدالة على الشخص ان يتجنب هذا التمييز وان يعيه ويعارضه عندما يراه مسلطا . (merton, 1949: 99-126)الاااى طرف ثالث ويرى المتعمق في هذه المعايير الثالثة وامكانية االنحراف عنها هي نفسها مكونات االتجاهات فاالنحراف معيار عن واالنحراف المعرفي المكون خصائص عن يعبر العقالني(. هو)غير والذي معيار)العقالنية( عن الوجداني او االنفعالي المكون نفسه هو االخرين( نحو الغليظة والمتمثلة)المشاعر الرقيقة( االنسانية )المشاعر ( 33: 2006)رحيم ، والمكون الثالث معيار )العدالة( والمتمثلة )بالتمييز( يعبر عن المكون السلوكي. أسباب التعصب يعتبر التعصب مرضاً اجتماعياً ينتج عنه مشاكل في العالقات االجتماعية والشخصية ويعد ظاهرة ومتشابكة ، لذلك تتعد اسبابها ، تعود أسباب فكرية أو نفسية أو سياسية أو اجتماعية.. ومن هذه األسباب اإلعجاب بالذات الذي يلغي اآلخر وال يعترف بحقوقه ويرفو وجوده او الحوار معه.-1 المغااله في تقليد بعو البشر والميل نحوهم والتقليد واإلتباع لهم، إلى درجة التقديس لهم،. -2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org عدم تقبل االخرين وعد اإلنصات لهم اوقبولهم، وعدم تانحاور البناء اوااليجابي المتعقل .-3 الجمود واالنغالق الفكر واالبتعاد عن الموضوعية والمنطقية في التفكير ، و رفو الرأي اآلخر وكراهيته -4 والتقليل من شأنه وعدم احترامه. : صور التعصب يظهر التعصب بصور عديدة منها يهتم العرب باالنساب ، وتتنوع العصبية القبلية تبعا نظام كل قبيلة والتي تعد المكون األساسي : التعصب القبلي -1 تقاليدها وعاداتها على كل أبنائها التي تربطهم وحدة الدم والنسب، أو للمجتمعات العربية وتفرض سطوتها بقوة الحلف والوالء . القومي -2 أجياله مليء التعصب البشرية على مدى وتاريخ ، إليها ينتسب التي للقومية االنحياز الى : ويشير . بحروب قد وقعت في البلد الواحد بسبب التعصب للهوية القومية : يتضمن انحياز الفرد معين أو جماعة معينة لدين معين أو لمذهب معين، وهي التعصب الديني أو الطائفي -3 ويهدد والدين، االعتقاد والغاء حرية الفكري اللقصاء نزعة ثنياه بين يحمل الذي الفكري التطرف أحدىاشكال استقرار وتماسك وأمن المجتمعات ويزيد من التشتت والتفكك بين شرائح المجتمع الواحد . الفكري –4 اواحترامه و التعصب اوتقبله به التفكير واالنغالق وإلغاءاآلخر ورفو االعتراف : وهو االحادية الحوار معه. وهو االنحياز للجماعة أو الحزب، أو الفئة التي ينظم إليها الفرد ، والوالء والتحيز لها دون التعصب الحزبي: -5 ( 2022غيرها . )الدليمي, النظريات المفسرة االتجاهات التعصبية: ذلك يرى بعو الباحثين ان هناك اكثر من نظرية يمكنها تفسير االتجاهات التعصبية في المجتمعات كافة هي: -نظرية التحليل النفسي: -أ1 تنسب هذه سيجموند فرويد s.frued تؤكد على صفة الديناميكية للسلوك وتؤكد على الخبرات االولى لحياة و (. ويتجه الفرد بضوء هذه النظرية تجاه موضوع او شئ ما له صلة وثيقة بقدرة االشياء على 183: 1987)الهابط، الصراع الداخلي بين الدوافع والقوانين االجتماعية اذ يكون االتجاه سلبيا عندما تعوق خفو التوتر الحاصل على . وكما (kiesler,etal;1969;307)او تمنع خفو التوتر وتكون ايجابيا نحو االشياء التي تؤدي الى خفو التوتر وتمثل توجد غريزة الحياة تقابلها غريزة الموت، وان جزءاً من هذه الغريزة يحًول تجاه العالم الخارجي، . مان غريزة العدوان اذا بقت غير مكبوحة فان هذا يحدث ايذاء الذات ما لام يعادل بواسطة طاقة اللبيدو، أو توجه االنا عدوانه ضد من جزءاً سيتضمن فأنه ايجابيا االنسان يكون ويعولكي والتسامي االعالء عمليتي خالل (ego) وقد اكد )سيجموند فرويد( على اهمية خبرات المبكرة للطفولة في تكوين االتجاهات التي تؤثر في السلوك ، (. 25: 1993)حمودة، وبناءا على هذا فأن الطفل يمتص قيم وعادات االباء والمدرسين المؤثرين بذلك تتوحد قيم وعادات الفرد وتصبح ( 392: 2020جزءا من شخصيته .)سالحشور، النظرية السلوكية: -ب behavioral theory من خالل االتجاهات تكوين في البيئية المثيرات على النظرية هذه تؤكد السلوكية. النظرية ابرز علماء يشير واالشتراط االجرائي classical conditoningاالشتراط الكالسيكي operant conditoning وطريقة االقناع (. 116: 1989والحث ،فاالتجاهات التعصبية حسب هذا االتجاه ماهي اال عادات متعلمة من البيئة الخارجية)قطامي، ويشير بعو علماء هذه المدرسة ان للتعزيز دور كبير في تكوين هذا االتجاه من خالل ما يتركه من اثار سارة او غير سارة نتيجة ارتباط المثير باالستجابة مما يولد مشاعر ايجابية او سلبية نحو المواقف والمواضيع . (bell,etal,1978:40)البيئية المختلفة المختلفة والتعزيزات االرتباط عمليات خاالل من التعصبية االتجاهات وتكتسب (bettelhien&janowitz,1964:245) و يتكامل ماع دور التعلم بشكل يصعب معه الفصل بينهما في أغلب american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org االحيان إال في مواقف الدراسة المختبرية . وهناك عالمات كثيرة علاى ان إجراءات االشراط الكالسيكي يتم من خالل تكوين اتجاهات مودة وتسامح )اتجاهات ايجابية (او اتجاهات كراهية ونفور )اتجاهات سلبية( حيال جماعات .(zanna,et al,1970:321)معينة كانت االتجاهات فحسبها محايدة من قبل واالشااااتراط االجرائي يؤدي هو االخر الى تكوين اتجااهاات مؤيادة او معاارضااااة نحو جمااعاات اوافراد ايجابية قد تكون او سالبية ، فالشاخص ممكن ان يحصال على مكافئة او عقوبة التخاذه اتجاه معيا، او لتعبيره عن .(goldstein, 1956:364)اتجاه اخر نحو عضو في جماعة او مجموعات معينة النظرية المعرفية -جـ cognitive theory : cognitive processesتعطي النظرية المعرفية دور هام للعماليات الماااعرفية التي تحدث عند االفراد، وان تباينت طبيعة هذه العمليات وديناميكتها من نظرية الى اخرى اضافة الى تأكيدها على اهمية االدراك واالستبصار ( . 98: 1989في التعلم ومن علماء هذه النظريات بياجيه كوفكا وكوهلر وليفين( )عبد هللا ، وان االتجاهات التعصبية حسب هذا االتجاه النظري تتكون من المعاني التي تنظم عند الفرد من خالل الخبرة والتعلم والتدريب وتنتظم في البيئة المعرفية للفرد بحسب ماتحتويه من معاني ومفردات واهميتها للفرد . ولذلك فان االتجاهات بصورة عامة واالتجاها التعصبي بصورة عند االفراد ماهي هي اال صور ذهنية مختزنة عند الفرد على شكل صور وخبرات منظمة في االبنية المعرفية لديهم ،اي ان االتجاه التعصبي عبارة ابنية معرفية (. 168: 1989مخزونة في ذاكرة الفرد)قطامي، "فستنكار" ان festinger فنجاد المعرفي التناشز نظرياة صاحاب dissonance theory ان يرى الوحدات االساسية في التنظيم المعرفي للفرد هي العناصار المعرفياة ) مااهاي اال معاارف يحملها الفردعن االشياء والوقائاع السلوك(، وتحدث حالة التناشز السلبي عندما يكون للفرد معلومتان غير متوافقتين ولما كانت حالة التناشر السلبي غير سارة لذا يسعى الى زيادة معرفته او تغيير واحدة منها او االثنين معا لغرض تخفيو شدتها . وبذلك تؤكد النظرية المعرفية على التناسق واالتساق بين العناصر المعرفياة واثار االتزان المعرفاي فاي المحافظة علاى (. 181: 1984االتجاه التعصبي للفرد )جاااالل، نظرية نسق المعتقد -5 تسشير نظرية نسق المعتقد بان كل المعتقدات والتوقعات والحاالت واالفتراضات الشعورية والال شعورية التي يقبلها ويعتنقها الفرد والتي يعدها حقيقة في العالم الذي يعيش فيه ، لها دور في تكوين اتجاهاته وسلوكياته . ووفقا لهذه النظرية فان التماثل والتناسق في المعتقدات يحدد موقف جماعة معينة من الجماعات االخرى بشكل كبير فكل من يشترك معهم في المعتقد هو معهم وكل من يخالفهم في المعتقد فهو معادي لهم وحسب هذه النظرية ان هذه الدالئل العظمى على التعصب. فالمسلم المتعصب الديني يركز على دينه دائما واليركز على قوميته والمتعصب بقدر مايركز على دينه, وتعدهذه النظرية من ابرز النظريات التي تؤكد على الجانب لقوميته اليركز على دينه ( 83، 2016المعرفي للتعصب. )عباس: ثانياً:دراسات سابقة واقع التعصب لدى المراهقين ()( 2009دراسة الكعبي ) -1 هدفت الدراسة الى التعرف على مستوى التعصب )العشائري ،الديني ، المذهبي ، القومي ( لدى عينة من المراهقين ( مراهق ومراهقة وحساب داللة الفرق في مستوى التعصب وفق متغير العمر والجنس. وقد تبنى 610بلغ عددهم ) ( تم ايجاد الخصائص السيكومترية له وبعد تحليل البيانات احصائيا اسفرت النتائج .ان 2006الباحث مقياس رحيم ) التعصب بشكل عام دون الوسط لدى عينة المراهقين. في حين ان التعصب العشائري كان بمستوى عال لدى افراد العينة وهناك فرق ذو داللة احصائية وفق متغير العمر. وان هناك فرق ذو ذالل احصائية في مستوى التعصب وفق س ولصالح الذكور.متغير الجن american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org االتجاهات التعصبية وعالقتها بالصحة النفسية لدى طلبة الجامعة() (2018دراسة رشيد وموسى )-2 هدفت الدراسات الى التعرف على مستوى االتجاهات التعصبية لدى طلبة الجامعة والتعرف على عالقة ( وبلغ عددهم االنبار البحث طلبة جامعة .وقد شمل مجتمع العصبية بالتوجهات النفسية ( طالب 18821الصحة ( بلغت العشوائية بالطريقة عينة اختيار وقدتم مقياس 200وطالبا بناء تم البحث هدف ولتحقيق وطالب ( طالب االتجاهات التعصبية وتحقيق الخصائص السيكومترية للمقياس .وقد تم تحليل استخالص النتائج باستخدام عددا من الوسائل االحصائية منها معامل ارتباط بيرسون واالختبار التائي لعينتين مستقلتين واالختبار التائي لعينة واحدة وقد الى النتائج التوجهات اسفرت بين قوية ارتباطية عالقة ووجود العصبية التوجهات من متوسط مستوى وجود ( 2018العصبية والصحة النفسية. )رشيد وموسى , .التعصب وعالقته بالذكاء االخالقي لدى طلبة الجامعة (2020دراسة ديمرال ) -3 اناث) -هدفت التعرف الى التعرف على التعصب وعالقته بالذكاء األخالقي حسب متغير الجنس (ذكور الخصائص حساب وبعد للتعصب مقياس ببناء قام وقد والصرفة. اإلنسانية للعلوم التربية كليتي طلبة لدى بلغ عددها ) تم تطبقيه على عينة من طلبة جامعة كركوك، ( طالب وطالبة وبعد المعالجة 192السايكومترية له االحصائية للبيانات اظهر النتائج الى ان افراد العينة يتسمون بدرجة عالية من التعصب والى عدم وجود فروق ذات ( 2020داللة احصائية تعزي لمتغير الجنس والتخصص.)دميرال الفصل الثالث منهجية البحث واجراءاته اوال :مجتمع البحث :_ ( طالبا وطالبة في للعام الدراسي 21972يتكون مجتمع البحث الحالي من طلبة جامعة كركوك والبالغ عددهم ) (2022 _2023 .) ثانيا:عينة البحث :_ ( كليات 6تم اختيار عينة البحث بالطريقة العشوائية ذات توزيع المتساوي من طلبة جامعة كركوك ،وتم اختيار ) ( طالب وطالبة 400)التربية للعلوم االنسانية_كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة_العلوم_الهندسة_القانون( والبالغ عددهم ) ( طالبة من مجتمع البحث. 200( طالبا و )200بواقع ) ثالثا:أدوات البحث من اجل تحقيق أهداف البحث الحالي تطلب وجود أداة لقياس االتجاهات التعصبية ، وبعد االطالع على عدد من االدبيات الدراسات السابقة المتعلقة بالتوجهات التعصبية واستنادا الى التعريف النظري الذي قدمه الباحث تم اعداد اداة قياس مناسبة وقد تكونت من اربع مجاالت للتوجهات التعصبية هي)االتجاهات التعصبية الدينية ، واالتجاهات ( بدائل 5التعصبية القومية، واالتجاهات التعصبية الرياضية واالتجاهات التعصبية نحو الجنس االخر ( مكونة من ) .( فقرة 30)موافق جدا،اوافق،متردد،معارض ،معارض جدا( وقد تألف من ) القوة التميزية للفقرات تم حساب القوة التميزية لكل فقرة من فقرات مقياس معرفة الذاكرة من خالل استخدام االختبار التائي لعينتين مستقلتين، لمعرفة دال لة الفروق بين المجموعتين )العليا والدنيا( في درجات كل فقرة وبعد تحليل النتائج، ومقارنة (، 398(ودرجة حرية ) 0.05( عند مستوى داللة ) 1.96القيمة التائية المحسوبة بالقيمة التائية الجدولية البالغة ) ( يبين ذلك 1تبين أن جميع الفقرات دالة إحصائيا والجدول ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org ( 1جدول رقم ) تمييز فقرات مقياس معرفة الذاكرة باستعمال طريقة االختبار التائي لعينتين متطرفتين ت العُليا المجموعة المجموعة الُدنيا القيمة التائية ت القيمة المجموعة الدنيا المجموعة العليا الوسط التائية الحسابي التباين الوسط الحسابي التباين الوسط الحسابي الوسط التباين الحسابي التباين 1. 4.321 0.717 4.22 0.68 2.201 2. 3.919 0.752 3.125 1.134 7.306 3. 4.085 0.826 3.632 0.996 3.786 4. 4.538 0.663 3.521 0.987 9.245 5. 3.118 1.453 2.630 1.269 4.964 6. 4.760 0.687 2.541 1.029 7.986 7. 4.718 0.624 3.457 0.684 4.849 8. 3.712 1.203 2.544 1.141 8.730 9. 4.256 0.892 3.965 0.918 2.455 10. 4.068 1.023 3.350 1.139 5.071 11. 4.421 0.668 3.574 1.120 5.620 12. 3.934 1.785 2.960 1.272 8.993 13. 4.695 0.824 3.614 1.045 5.317 14. 3.658 1.145 2.344 1.019 8.451 15. 3.412 1.143 2.327 1.059 6.961 16. 4.498 0.619 3.556 1.048 7.771 17. 3.387 1.149 2.223 1.020 7.544 18. 4.327 0.654 3.395 0.877 8.131 19. 4.345 0.943 3.270 1.105 6.769 20. 4.327 0.623 3.516 1.546 6.807 21. 3.635 1.062 2.723 1.360 5.736 22. 4.642 0.813 2.982 1.050 8.331 23. 4.170 0.629 2.367 1.063 5.186 24. 3.814 1.761 2.617 1.121 8.149 25. 4.319 0.932 2.414 1.058 8.368 26. 4.245 0.778 2.554 1.078 10.604 27. 4.384 0.818 3.529 1.055 6.923 28. 3.376 1.284 2.598 1.042 5.085 29. 4.525 0.845 3.627 1.075 4.541 30. 4.317 1.814 3.268 1.135 6.452 الخصائص السيكومترية للمقياس . صدق المقياس 1 اعتمد الباحث الصاااادق الظاهري ولتحقيق ذلك تم عرض المقياس على عدد من الخبراء والمختصااااين في مجال التربية وعلم النفس وتم االتفاق على صالحية جميع فقرات المقياس. درجة الثبات للمقياس. -2 اساتخدمت طريقة إعادة االختبار في تحديد معامل الثبات حيث تم تطبيق األداة ( طالب وبفاصال زمني أسابوعان، حيث أعيد تطبيق نفس األداة بعد فترة معينة 20على عينة عشاوائية متكونة من ) (. 0,83على نفس االفرا . وقد حصلت األداة على معامل ثبات مقداره) رابعا:الوسائل اإلحصائية .معامل ارتباط بيرسون . 1 .نسبة المئوية لمعرفة أراء الخبراء وإيجاد نسبة االتفاق.2 .االختبار التائي للعينة الواحدة3 .االختبار التائي لعينتين مستقلتين. 4 الفصل الرابع عرض النتائج ومناقشتها : الهدف االول :التعرف على مستوى التوجهات التعصبية لدى طلبة جامعة كركوك ( طالبا و طالبة ووجد 400لتحقيق هذا الهدف البحث الحالي تم حساب المتوسط الحسابي للعينة البالغ عددها ) ( تبين 90( درجة وعند مقارنة المتوسط الفرضي البالغ ) 13.65( درجه وانحراف معياري قدره)89.12انه يساوي) ان متوسط الفرضي اصغر من المتوسط الحسابي ، وعند تطبيق االختبار التائي لعينة الواحدة اظهرت النتائج بانه التائية المحسوبة تساوي) دالة احصائيا بين متوسطين ، وان قيمة القيمة 1.36هناك اليوجد فروق (وهي اقل من (. 1( .كما في الجدول رقم )398( ودرجة الحرية )0.05( عند داللة)1.98الجدولية البالغة ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org ( 1جدول رقم ) نتيجة االختبار التائي لعينة واحدة لحساب الفرق بين المتوسط الحسابي والفرضي لدى افراد العينة ويشير النتيجة اعاله الى عدم وجود توجهات عصبية لدى طلبة الجامعة ويمكن تفسير هذه النتيجة الى ان طلبة الجامعة هم نخبة مثقفة وواعية فضال عن ان كون الجامعة صرح حضاري مميز تختلط فيه جميع الثقافات والقوميات وبالتي اصبح تفهم ووعي لدى افراد العينة لطبيعة واتجاهات كل مكون او ثقافة. ( الفرق في مستوى االتجاهات العصابية لدى طلبة الجامعة وفي متغير التخصص)علمي ، انساني الهدف الثاني : (طالب ووجد 200لتحقيق هذا الهدف تم حساب المتوسط الحسابي للطلبة التخصص االنساني البالغ عددهم ) ( وكذلك تم حساب المتوسط الحسابي للتخصص العلمي 11.11( درجة وانحراف المعياري قدره )89.26يساوي ) ( درجة باستخدام 12.22( درجة وانحراف المعياري قدره )88.93( ووجد انه يساوي )200البالغ عددهم ) كما موضح ، (1.98(وبلغت قيمة الجدولية ) 1.87االختبار التائي لعينتين مستقلتين حيث بلغت القيمة المحسوبة ) . (2في جدول ) ( 2جدول ) نتائج الفرق بين متوسط درجات التخصص العلمي واالنساني في مستوى التوجهات التعصبية التخصصات العلمية واالنسانية في مستوى التوجهات وتشير النتيجة اعاله الى عدم وجود فرق بين الطلبة ذوي التعصبية ويرجع ذلك كما يرى الباحث الى تساوي الظروف واالجواء التي يعيشها الطلبة من التخصصات العلمية واالنسانية في جو جامعي يسوده االستقرار وعدم التفرقة والتوازن في التعامل الفرق في مستوى االتجاهات العصابية لدى طلبة الجامعة وفي متغير النوع)ذكور . اناث( الهدف الثالث : ( 90,13(طالب ووجد يساوي ) 200لتحقيق هذا الهدف تم حساب المتوسط الحسابي للذكور البالغ عددهم ) ( ووجد 200( وكذلك تم حساب المتوسط الحسابي لإلناث البالغ عددهم ) 22.12درجة وانحراف المعياري قدره ) الداللة اإلحصائية عند مستوى (0.05 ) درجة الحرية القيمة التائية المتوسط النظري االنحراف المعياري المتوسط الحسابي العدد المحسوبة الجدولية ً 98.1 399 غير دالة إحصائيا 1.36 90 13.65 89.12 400 الداللة عند مستوى (0.05 ) درجة الحرية القيمة التائية االنحراف المعياري المتوسط الحسابي العدد التتخصص المحسوبة الجدولية غير دالة إحصائياً 398 1,96 1,87 االنساني 200 89.26 11.11 العلمي 200 88,93 12,22 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org ( درجة باستخدام االختبار التائي لعينتين مستقلتين 16,12( درجة وانحراف المعياري قدره )89.45انه يساوي ) . (3كما موضح في جدول )، (1.98(وبلغت قيمة الجدولية )2,26حيث بلغت القيمة المحسوبة ) ( 3جدول ) . نتائج الفرق بين متوسط درجات الذكور واالناث في مستوى التوجهات التعصبية احصائية بين متوسط درجات الذكور واالناث في مستوى التوجهات وتشير هذه النتيجة الى وجود فرق ذو ذاللة التعصبية ولصالح الذكور. ويمكن تفسير ذلك من ان طبيعة المجتمع والعادات والتقاليد فضال عن االتجاهات لدى الذكور واالناث مختلفة مما ادى الى ظهور النتيجة وفق ماهو مبين اعاله. ثانيا :االستنتاجات من خالل النتائج التي تم التوصل اليها استنتج الباحث مايأتي ال توجد توجهات عصبية بين لدى افراد العينة بشكل عام.. -1 للتنشئة االجتماعية دور هام في تكوين االتجاهات والتي . -2 االناث اقل توجها للتعصب من الذكور.. -3 ثالثا :التوصيات وضع استراتيجات وخطط عملية في الحد ومواجهة االتجاهات العصبية من خالل وسائل االتصال -1 والقنوات المرئية والمسموعة.. االتجاهات -2 خفو في تساعد ان يمكن التي والبرامج والفعاليات االنشطة توفير على الجامعة تعمل ان التعصبية عند الطلبة ودفعهم لحب الوطن والعمل بروح الفريق الواحد . توفير الوسائل الترفيهية للشباب لتكوين ملتقى افراد المجتمع لتقريب وجهات النظر. -3 رابعا :المقترحات اجراء دراسة للكشف عن العالقة بين االتجاهات التعصبية وبعو المتغيرات )المستوى االقتصادي، والصحة -1 النفسية للفرد، والتحصيل الدراسي، والعمر، والجنس، والتخصص(. بناء برنامج ارشادي لتخفيو االتجاهات التعصبية لدى طلبة الجامعة والمراحل الدراسية االخرى. -2 المصادر مقالة شبكة 56"،مجلة النبأ العدد التداعيات النفسية واالجتماعية لظاهرة التعصب"( ،2004البصري، سعد) -1 http://www annabaa. org/nba56/tdaiaat .htm المعلومات الدولية)االنترنيت( االسكندرية، دار المعارف. 2(. علم النفس االجتماعي ط 1984جالل , سعد ) -2 لدى طلبة كلية التربية للعلوم االخالقيبالذكاء عالقته لتعصب وا (2020)احمد عجيل ياور ديمرال ، -3 نسانية والصرفة اال ) 202لسنة 2:العدد 15:نسانية المجالد االللدراسـات /جامعة كركوكمجلة رنة( دراسة مقا الداللة عند مستوى (0.05 ) درجة الحرية القيمة التائية االنحراف المعياري المتوسط الحسابي العدد النوع المحسوبة الجدولية ً دالة إحصائيا 398 1,96 2,26 ذكور 200 90.13 22.12 اناث 200 89.45 16.12 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org ( . بناء مقياس لالتجاهات التعصاابية لدى طلبة الجامعة. رسااالة ماجسااتير ، كلية 2006رحيم، هند صاابيح ) -4 اآلداب ، جامعة بغداد. المصرية العامة للكتاب ، مجلة علم النفس، الهية سيكولوجية التعصب( . 1952زيور، مصطفى. ) -5 . ،الكويت،سلسة عالم المعرفة : المجلس الوطني للثقافة.الكتب.االتجاهات التعصبية(، 1989عبد هللا، معتز،) -6 االتجاهات لتعصــبية وعالقتها ببعا المتغيرات. اطروحة دكتوراه ،(. 2011عبدالصاااحب ، سااالم جمعة . ) -7 جامعة سانت كليمنتس العالمية.. ، عمان : دار الشروق.1، ط سيكلوجية التعلم والتعليم الصفي( . 1989قطامي، يوسف . ) -8 ، الهيئة مجلة علم النفس، تحليلية في العدوان "( . " دراسة 1993. حمودة، محمود عبد الرحمن . )-9 . 25 -20المصرية العامة للكتاب ، ص ص ،القاهرة ، عالم الكتب. 5، ط علم النفس االجتماعي(.1984عبدالسالم.).زهران ،حامد -10 11( عبدالرزاق احمد ، ومعالجاته. ( 2022_الدليمي وصوره اشكاله االنبار.التعصب العلوم . جامعة كلية االسالمية.مقالة متوفرة على شبكة االنترنت ،شبكة 42العدد مجلة النبأ" التفكير ،اشكالية في السلوكالتعصب اشكالية في ( ." 2005االمارة، اسعد )-12 المعلومات الدولية)االنترنيت(. ،رسالة ماجستير) غير منشورة(جامعة مخاوف طلبة جامعة بغداد واسبابها(. 1988الحلو، حكمت داود.)-13 بغداد، كلية التربيةابن رشد. االنجاز والتخصـص والجنس وعالقته بموقع الضـبط ودافعالفشـل المتعلم ( .2000الحوشاان، بشارى كاظم)-14 اطروحة دكتوراه )غير منشورة( جامعة بغداد، كلية التربية ابن رشد.لطلبة جامعة بغداد االتجاهات التعصــــبية وعالقتها بالدوجماتية ( . 2018حسااااين حساااان طاحون ، احمد عبد الرحمن عثمان )-15 . القاهرة ،جامعة الزقازيق. االستقالل /الندفاع لدى طلبة الجامعةاالعتماد / التروي ، ، جاامعاة بغاداد : دار الحكماة مـناهج البـحث التربوي( .1990داود، عزيز حناا، عباد الرحمن، أنور حسااااين. )-17 للطباعة والنشر ( قياس القلق االخالقي لدى طلبة جامعة صالح الدين/اربيل 2020سالحشور، شه وبو شمس الدين سليمان .)18 . 2، العدد : 15. مجلة جامعة كركوك / للدراسات االنسانية ، مجلد البحوث مركز (. التعصب العقائدي والمذهبي اسبابه النفسية وطرق معالجته.2016عباس ,نوال قاسم ) 19 . 48التربوي و النفسية .العدد 20bettelhien, b. & janowitz, m. (1964). social change and prejudice, new york: the free press. 21golodstein ,l.d.(1956) " intellectual rigidity and socila attitudes" , j abnorm . soc. psychol .48. pp. 345365. 22harding . j. etal (1975)"prejudice and ethnic relation" in g.lindzey & e.aronson (eds) the hand book of social psychology , new dethi : amerind publi hing co.pvt .l.t.d.vol.5 23merton r.(1949)." discrimination and american creed" . in.r.m.maclver (ed) discrimination and national welfare new york: instiute for religious and social studies ,pp 99129 . 24bell, p.a . etal (1978) . envieronmental psychology, new 25-. sears, d.etal (1985)”social psychology ,london :prenticehall 5th ed . 26-kiesler, c.a. etal (1969). attiudes change, acritical analysis of the ovitical approaches, new york, john willey & sons york , holt rinehart & winston , inc 27-zanna, m. atal (1970) . positive and negative attitudinal affect established by classical conditioning j. pers. soc . psychol ,14, pp. 321328 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org methodological possibilities of synonyms shukurov akhat akhmatovich doctor of philosophy (phd) in philology e-mail: shukurov@tersu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, various subtleties of meaning, linguopoetic possibilities of synonyms are described in the example of poetic epics. synonym, historical epic, speech culture, emotional color, linguopoetic possibility, synonymous relationship. introduction in modern uzbek linguistics, attention has been paid to the issues of speech culture and stylistics, as well as to the study of the language of artistic works and text linguistics in general. it is known that when studying the language of an artistic work, special attention is paid to synonyms1. synonyms are words that have different pronunciations and spellings, have the same (general) unifying meaning, and are distinguished by several features such as subtlety of additional meaning, emotional color, and use2. synonyms are one of the important factors that ensure clarity and variety of thought, the positive, negative and impartial attitude of the subject towards the object of speech. the linguistic analyzes of the literary text is one of the problematic and important issues of modern uzbek linguistics. the problem is with the proper solution of the linguistic character problem. professor i.k.mirzayevbased on the views of linguist gakposes the following problem: “…understanding the word in the scientific sources as a linguistic sign is a priority today. this view in our opinion is biased, first, the language and speech events are interchanged. secondly, the word doesn`t give a complete picture of a particular thing and event as a semantic event. only the word has such an opportunity. so, when we say full semantic sign, we need to understand the sentence. the word is half a mark”3. the linguopoetic possibilities of synonyms in the literary text are great. synonyms are lexical units with a wide range of specific meaning properties. synonymy applies in the fields of word formation, phraseology, and sentence construction as well as in the lexical sphere. synonymous words perform the tasks of polishing the speech from a linguistic point of view and creating impressiveness based on the expression of various subtleties of meaning. 1тожиев ё. ўзбек тилида аффиксиал синонимия. – тошкент: университет, 1991. – б.3. 2 ҳожиев а.ўзбек тили синонимларининг изоҳли луғати. – тошкент: ўқитувчи, 1974. – б.3. 3 shukurov a.a. linguistic interpretation of poetic text. international scientific journal theoretical & applied science. issue: 04 / volume: 84, 24.04.2020. – p. 533. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org it is observed that synonyms are used in the poetic epics on historical topics, having their own linguopoetic meanings and fulfilling various methodological tasks. synonyms are different according to the nature of creating linguopoetic possibilities district. in particular, it is observed that synonyms are actively used in a row and express poetic meaning in historical epics: a) synonyms repeated in the tone of counting in the artistic text serve to imagine the meaning of place, and region. for example, in the epic "shirok", such a repetition served to express the main character's meticulousness, vigilance, and love for the country where he grew up, and to bring to the reader's eyes the vastness of the territory where he lived: qumliklarni, dashtlarni, qirni, oʻtloqlarni bilar mukammal. b) the repetition of synonyms in artistic speech indicates the determination of the hero and his objectionable view of the events that happened. for example, in the epic "hakim and death", mirza, who appears before the doctor on his way to the palace, tells his pain, this verb stiffens the interlocutor's neck and tries to get rid of this conversation as soon as possible: qaradiyu, mirzoning u hissiz koʻziga, yurib ketdi ilgariga dadil, shiddatkor. c) sometimes such a repetition of synonyms expresses the meaning of convenience, convenience, and easy completion of work. for example, in the epic "hakim and death", the following comment is expressed in the description of how high power it was for hakim to get permission to use the emir's library: murodiga yetgandi u betoʻsiq, bejang. it was not easy for a ruler to achieve such a rank, the emir's pride was the removal of obstacles that had to be broken through, the opportunity to be won by battle was taken without a field; g) such repetition of synonyms serves to strengthen the reasoning. for example, in the epic "hakim and death" in the image of the wise doctor working in the library: sahifalar orasidan roʻbarusiga, chiqar edi turfa savol: nimaga? nechun? in the lines, the use of words and the repetition of the same question in two different forms serve to express the turmoil of the hero's spirit, the striving for intellectual pause in contemplation, and the restlessness of scientific thinking within it. d) this type of repetition of synonyms helps to clarify the expression. for example, in the epic "hakim and death," there is such a description: malika deb mirzo garchand cheksa ham hasrat, oʻzga edi, boshqa edi, uning matlabi. here the poet could not use the synonyms "other" and "different" at the same time, but the expression would not fully reflect the current state, and it would not be possible to draw a sharp conclusion from the description. the author's intention is to show the hypocrisy in the character of the hero, to clarify the hidden malicious intent in his heart, to depict the mystery, and through this veil to provoke contemplation in the reader, where the repetition of synonyms is extremely useful. the repetition of synonyms serves to express the sharpness, intensity, and high tone in the contemplation. for example, in the epic "hakim and death," there is a description of mirzo setting fire to the library, and this blame falling upon the innocent hakim. at that moment, the king says to hakim: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org "you are an unfaithful being, a deceiver, a rogue." here, the subsequent synonyms used as separated parts (descriptive) serve to emphasize, sharpen, and intensify the tone of speech. the repetition of synonyms also serves to generalize the psychological state of the characters and to summarize and express the description. for example, let’s pay attention to the following excerpts taken from the epic "hakim and death": soʻngra xilvat bu maskandan besas, besado. chiqib ketdi... yotar edi toʻshagida bezabon, xasta... it seems that both passages depict the state of the characters: in the first, a state of mental pain, and in the second, a state of physical pain. repetition of synonyms helps convince the image before the eyes of the reader. synonyms are used with connectives to express emphasis, consideration, caution, the abundance of the meaning understood from them, showing, summarizing. in this: a) the preposition -u (yu) is used as a conjunction. for example: kori xayrga baxsh etardi lahzayu onni. (“hakim va ajal”) zulmu sitam koʻrdi yurti boshida. (“afrosiyob”) b) synonyms connected with the negation link na..., na... indicate the strictness of the negative meaning. for example: olmagaylar oʻzi bilan na mulk, na bisot. (“hakim va ajal”) the combination of repeated synonyms with pronouns and modal words also increases emphasis and speech effectiveness. the repeated use of this demonstrative pronoun with synonyms also increases the emphasis on meaning and excitement in speech: oʻlat edi bu dahshatli, bu qora ajal. (“hakim va ajal”) in the artistic text, the pronoun "he" is combined with synonyms and repeated, it serves to increase the expressiveness of the speech, to express the emotional state of the speaker: for example: u bir gado, u bir tabib, u yalangoyoq. (“hakim va ajal”) here the pronoun he is used in both demonstrative and personal functions. also, in this text, the word "one" was repeated along with synonymous words, which served to strengthen the expressiveness of the meaning. rather, the assistant comes between the repeated synonyms and adds a reflective meaning to the speech: qayoqdandir kelib qolgan bir tabib yuzsiz, malikaga suhbatdoshdir, balki hasratdosh. (“hakim va ajal”) emphasis is also strong in the repetition of each pronoun with synonyms: parchalansin har gʻov, har toʻsuv. (“shiroq”) the meaning of emphasis increases when the word is repeated with synonyms. for example: malikachi, hanuz horgʻin, hanuz majolsiz. (“hakim va ajal”) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org repeated synonyms come in the form of a pair of words and express the meaning of generality, plurality, and totality: sizni kutar intizor, begim bilan doʻsti yor. (“tojmahal”) through repeated synonyms in a poetic text, it can be seen that a word gains importance depending on which word it is associated with. this case shows that the combination of synonymous words with other words is also important in the use of synonyms. lekin buyuk bul gunohga kimki qoʻl urmish, uni ulugʻ bitiklarning zavoli urgay. (“hakim va ajal”) this is evidenced by the fact that the word "great" cannot be used in conjunction with the great sin in the verses, or on the contrary, the word "great" cannot be used instead of the word "great" in the word "great" in the word "great" scripture. synonyms serve to create various metaphors in speech and ensure its expressiveness and beauty. for example, in the epic "afrosyab" there are synonymous lines such as love, love, love, sorrow, sadness, grief, grief. based on them, such metaphorical combinations as love pulpit, fire of love, guest if there is love, street of love, and ash of love were created. sometimes in the poetic text, synonymous words fall from the adjective to the adjective, and serve to strengthen the emphasis and expressiveness of the meaning: yurtni toptasa yot bir begona. (“afrosiyob”) here, the foreign words are synonyms of each other, and at the same time, one serves as a qualifier for the other, resulting in increased expressiveness in the expression. the structure of synonyms encountered in poetic epics on historical themes is also diverse in terms of their formation in the speech process. some of them are as follows. synonyms in the form of lexemes and metaphors: malikaning koʻzlarida charaqlardi gʻam. malikaning koʻzlarida porlar ekan mung. ayon edi malikaning dilidagi darz. (“hakim va ajal”) the word "darz" in the metaphorical image has been a synonym for the words "gham" and "mung" in these speech fragments. synonyms consisting of a turkish lexeme and a word borrowed from arabic: odam loydan bunyod boʻlgan deyishgan qadim, xoki turob boʻlajak u oʻlgandan soʻng ham. (“hakim va ajal”) synonyms consisting of words borrowed from uzbek and persian-tajik: necha tilu zabonlarni farq etdi oson. (“hakim va ajal”) here, the words for language and speech come together with their connector, expressing commonality, collectiveness, and the breadth of meaning. synonyms based on words borrowed from persian-tajik: kuni boʻyi ikkovi ham dilgir benavo. (“hakim va ajal”) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org synonyms can differ in relation to style, meaning they can belong to a certain type of style or have a neutral (indifferent) attitude towards style4. using synonyms appropriately is a sign of linguistic skill; however, there are instances where their incorrect usage occurs, leading to repetition that has no relation to lexical-stylistic effectiveness. for example, in the epic "afrosiyob," there is a line that says, "if you find it, let it be honor and respect." the use of the synonyms honor and respect with this kind of conjunction does not serve to enhance the speech's effectiveness; rather, it makes it artificial. or: “toj mahal” dostonida otash sinonimining “bagʻrim otashlab ketdi”, “oʻsha sher otash”, qoʻrqmay suvu otashdan, otash boʻlib yonarkan, qalbi otash sasida, otashin quyoshdan, yuragi otash, choʻgʻli repetition in verses and rhymes, such as, destroys stylistic effectiveness, increases repetitions, and weakens the reader's interest. there are many places where synonyms are skillfully used in the epic "hakim and death". at the same time, sometimes there are places where their normative aspect is not well preserved. for example: “kuni bilan ikkovi ham dilgir, benavo”, “qaytar ekan hamadonga hakim benavo”, “dilgir hakim qamchi bosdi otga besabr”. in one place, mirza says to hakim: "he is the one who separated you from your country." here, the repetition of the synonyms "country" and "motherland" with a connecting link is intended to express the multiplicity of meanings. although this is justified on the one hand, on the other hand, such a repetition of synonyms, especially the introduction of a conjunction, does not fully justify itself methodologically. if synonyms were used in this place, the determination, intensity, and clarity of mirza's speech would have increased. thus, the use of synonyms in a stylistic sense in poetic epics on a historical theme can be found in various forms. their consecutive, connecting, and qualifying uses have their semantic features. they increase the effectiveness of the speech, provide the coloring of the expressive meaning, add the meaning of enthusiasm, thoughtfulness, and thoughtfulness to the speech, and provide a stylistic meaning. so, the practical importance of using synonyms in historical epics is very great, first of all, it shows how rich and developed our language is, and secondly, it provides impressiveness and diversity in fiction and speech in general5. references 1. тожиев ё. ўзбек тилида аффиксиал синонимия. – тошкент: университет, 1991. – б.3. 2. ҳожиев а.ўзбек тили синонимларининг изоҳли луғати. – тошкент: ўқитувчи, 1974. – б.3. 3. shukurov a.a. linguistic interpretation of poetic text. international scientific journal theoretical & applied science. issue: 04 / volume: 84, 24.04.2020. – p. 533. 4. хожиев а. ўзбек тили морфологияси, морфемикаси ва сўз ясалишининг назарий асослари. – тошкент: фан, 2010. – б.127. 5. тожиев ё. ўзбек тилида шахс отлари ясовчи аффикслар синонимияси. – тошкент: университет.1987. – б. 3. 4хожиев а. ўзбек тили морфологияси, морфемикаси ва сўз ясалишининг назарий асослари. – тошкент: фан, 2010. – б.127. 5тожиев ё. ўзбек тилида шахс отлари ясовчи аффикслар синонимияси. – тошкент: университет.1987. – б. 3. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org the views of muslim philosophers on the theory of evolution sulaymonova shahnoza nodirovna doctoral student of tashkent state university of oriental studies shahnozanodirovna@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article was devoted to the discussion of the views of ibn miskawayh and abu rayhan beruni on gradual development. philosophers' opinions on the issue reflected in the article are comparatively analyzed. "tahzibul akhlaq", "alfayzul asghar", beruni's work "india", ch. darwin, theory of gradual development, human evolution, natural selection, species, minerals, plants, animals, people. introduction the theory of evolution includes two main ideas: common descent and natural selection. this theory dates back to the mid-19th century and darwin. modern science often assumes that evolutionary theories did not exist before charles darwin. in fact, evolution is a controversial topic because it is considered to be in conflict with the teachings of islam. but we can also find evolutionary ideas in the philosophical school of "ikhwan al-safa" and the philosophical views of ibn miskawayh, beruni, ibn tufail and ibn khaldun. such views and assumptions of philosophers can be called contributions to natural science, history, philology, human anatomy and evolutionary biology. some of these ideas have similarities with darwin's theory. examples include ideas about survival of the fittest and adaptation to nature, the concept of humans' unique descent from apes, evolutionary constraints, and genetic variation. we think that reviewing, studying, and presenting the evolutionary views of these philosophers to the public will allow a better understanding of scientific history, the various civilizations of the world, and their philosophies. therefore, in this article, we considered it permissible to dwell on the evolutionary ideas of ibn miskawayh and beruni's philosophical views. literature analysis: we can see miskawayh's evolutionary views in his works "tahzibul akhlaq" and "al-faizul asghar". arabic manuscripts of the scientist's work "al-fayzul asghar" have been taught in european universities since the 19th century. beruni's views on gradual development are mainly presented in the work "india". the reason may be that the scientist mastered the sanskrit language, was interested in indian culture and literature, and studied. also, social stratification, which is an integral part of indian culture and religiousamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org philosophical values, and religious ideas about its origin may have influenced the philosopher's evolutionary views. research methodology during the research, the principles of systematicity, theoretical-deductive conclusion, analysis and synthesis, historicity and logic were used. analysis and results in one of his major works, al-fuzul asghar, miskawayh exemplifies new platonic wisdom, which predates ibn sina's najat. [1] miskawayh mentions the intellectual sciences in the following order: mathematics, logic, medicine, metaphysics. according to the islamic new platonist tradition, including the works of al-faroabi and ibn sina, logic usually came as an introduction to the study of other intellectual sciences. according to miskawayh, all ancient judges believed in the existence and unity of god and were in agreement with the teachings of the prophets in this matter. according to the miskawayh belief, the source of things is god, and they are realized by doing. this is the first origin and that which is created from the source of existence is the first mind, and it is called the active mind. islamic new platonists give such a name to the tenth mind. the second thing is the spirit, and the third is the sky. according to him, god created everything from hidden nothingness. the problem of existence and the question of attitude to it occupy a central place in philosophical views. it is not for nothing, of course, because the problem of existence is the basis of any worldview and methodological problems in philosophy. in fact, the debates between different worldviews go back to the controversy surrounding the problem of existence, that is, the question of whether existence existed from the beginning or whether it was created by an absolute spirit. it is known that since ancient times, philosophers have observed various changes in the nature and society that surround them, in their lives, and these things have been embodied in their eyes as objective reality. miskawayh also has his own views on existence and soul. in his views on existence and soul, the spirit and materialistic principle of the greek philosopher can be felt. but this does not mean that miskawayh has distanced himself from islam and its beliefs. of course, he was a muslim, and that is out of the question. the philosopher appreciated greek philosophy and considered himself one of its successors. below we present his views on the issues of existence and soul. it is noteworthy that ibn miskawayh is one of the scientists who clearly described evolution. he describes the practical ideas as follows: "allah first created matter. he enriched it with energy to develop. therefore, he puts forward the theory that matter is derived from the form of water that has turned into steam over a period of time. the next stage of development is called material life. the different shapes of the stones began to change over time. their most changed form is coral. it is such a rock that it has branches like a tree. and the evolution of the plant world is completed only when it reaches the level of a tree that produces (produces) a developed animal. and this is the phoenician palm. it has male and female genders. even when all its leaves are cut off, it does not wither, but when its head is cut off, it suffers. therefore, it was considered the largest of the trees and the least developed of the animals. this development can be traced back to the monkey.[2] but this is not darwin's theory. it is also noteworthy because it is written in miskawayh's interpretation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org some islamic philosophers teach that the monkey later gave rise to a lower class of barbarians. and he, in turn, is transformed from the mob into humans, and he has intelligence and consciousness. humans can become saints or prophets. he later ascends to a higher level and becomes an angel. after them, no one can be better than allah. everything ends with him.[3] in addition, every muslim scientist puts his faith first in evolution and all changes. a contemporary of miskawayh, abu rayhan beruni, in his book "hindistan" with the full name "tahqiq molil hindi min ma'qula maqqula fil-aql" ("the book of determining the reasonable and inconceivable doctrines of the indians") described the gradual development of man (biological evolution) expresses his views on this work was written in 1030, when beruni lived in ghazna. according to the history of the writing of your work, it is said that beruni accompanied the sultan during one of mahmud ghaznavi's campaigns to india, where he thoroughly studied the sanskrit language and was very interested in indian culture and literature. the close acquaintance of the philosopher with famous indian scientists of that time allowed him to create an immortal work about the country and its people. beruni explained his evolutionary theories as follows: "nature carries out natural selection, preserving the strongest, best-adapted creatures by destroying others (farmers and gardeners...)". [4] apparently, beruni discovered the law of natural selection 800 years before the english scientist charles darwin. beruni studied the indian books on creatures, and eventually wrote that he had translated from sanskrit into arabic the book "jotika" by barohamihira, a scholar of works. it is worth noting that beruni in the work "india" in the 47th chapter called "on vasudeva and the wars of bharata" examines the events and persons described in epics and epics, which are the products of folk poetic creativity, based on a historically objective scientific methodology. and analyzes. according to beruni, if the earth is completely covered by the same fruitless tree or the same male or female animal, then there will be no room for the reproduction of the animal or the growth of the tree. for this reason, farmers sow their crops and uproot the unnecessary ones. bees, being of their own kind, do not work, and kill those who eat the honey in vain. according to beruni, like a farmer or a gardener, nature itself does the same thing. beruni develops his opinion in this way: "but nature does not separate the good from the bad, but it affects all of them in the same way, it sheds the leaves of the tree, stops it from bearing fruit, and dries it up. the world is like that. when the world breaks down or comes close to breaking down due to the increase of peoples and moral and spiritual decline and crisis, god who preserves the world and everything in it, whose blessings are equal to every part of it, the entrepreneur god reduces many, and will send one who will root out all evil." [5] according to beruni, first minerals, plants, animals and people gradually develop and reach perfection. therefore, they reflect nature. man stands at the peak of this development. worldly life consists of planting and procreating. therefore, both processes develop over time, increase, and this growth is infinite, but the world is limited. beruni's views on gradual development are compatible with his religious and philosophical views. in the 22nd chapter of the work "india" called "qutb and the news about it", beruni cites such an indian legend: when barohim wanted to create people, he split himself into two. the name of the right side was viroj and the name of the left side was manu. if you notice, the ancient indians used the names of two people instead of the first person adam ato. for some reason, in indian mythology, viroj is left behind and considered to be manu, the great-grandfather of all people on earth. manuni had two sons, one was prior-bota, and the other was the lame king uttonapoda. this king had a son named dhruba. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org in return for being humiliated by dhruba-stepmother, as a "reward", the supreme god gave him the power to turn all the lights in the sky. the next long periods are called the second, third, and fourth manvantaras. hindus called dhruba, the son of king uttonapoda, the second son of manu (that is, the grandson of manu), the ancient indians called the pole star, who imagined that he revolves around all the stars around him. the seven companions of the pole star, which rotate all the stars and constellations in the sky as seen from the earth, are the seven robber stars. pole star is called differently by different peoples (big bear and little bear. pole star is in this set of little bear. this set is also called chomich stars. [6] in the following legend, which is one of the products of the highly developed poetic creativity and artistic-aesthetic thinking of the ancient indians, it can be understood that along with the cosmogonic vision of the creation of the universe, the rank and honor of the sages-saints and ascetics was incredibly high. "being the king of the hindus named sumadattha (beruni comments elsewhere about the geographical location similar to this name the capital-city called sumanatha and its main shrine, idolsana), he has the right to enter heaven because of his good deeds. but he did not agree that his body would be separated from his soul when he left this world. then he went to a rishi-ascetic named vasshitha and expressed that he loves his body and does not want to part with it. that is, the ascetic vasishtha, who wanted to go to the next world with his body, explained to him that it is not good to take his body made of dust to heaven. king sunadattha addressed the descendants and disciples of hermit vasishtha with this request. they mocked the king and spat in his face. they punished him and turned him into a chandala (calf) with ears of corn. in this state, the king met a very powerful ascetic named vishwa-mitra. when the ascetic felt sorry for the king's condition and asked the reason, he told him what he had experienced, his dream, his wish. then the ascetic called the ascetic vasishtha and his descendants, the brahmins, to his presence. the ascetic vishvomitra looked at the brahmins and said: "i want to make another world and another heaven so that this good king can do what he wants." the angels and their leader indra were afraid of this and came to vishvo-mitra and asked him to stop this work and promised to take king sumadatta to heaven with his body. then the ascetic stopped making the second world. but until then, it remains to be done. it is worth noting that the author puts the issue of "the reason of the causes" the emergence of man and human society. according to him, "the oldest and most famous of the ancient histories is the beginning of mankind." here we see that beruni relied on his intellectual arguments about the emergence of human society. when beruni spoke about the difference between people, he thought only about external differences. however, the internal structure and organization of people, in his opinion, is common to all. he notes the similarities between humans and monkeys. in the work "india", beruni analyzes the differences between the customs of muslims and indians, puts forward the idea that they depend on geographical conditions, analyzes the role of the geographical factor, and considers that even the diversity of languages depends on geographical conditions. according to him, "the reason for the diversity of languages is that people are divided into groups and stay away from each other. the author of the work admits that social life is structured on the basis of a special "contract". a person understands his needs and begins to understand the necessity of living together with people who are similar to him. they begin to draw up a "contract" of mutual agreement. "the cohabitation of people does not bring a person to real power, to satisfy his needs, for this it is also necessary to work." [7] according to beruni, reason, work, free choice determine human life and social status. beruni says that a person should always think about the happiness of other people, and writes: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org "the need to perform certain tasks is the rule of human activity for life." [8] continuing this idea, he emphasizes that the dignity of a person consists in performing his duties perfectly, therefore, the most important task and place of a person is determined by work. after all, a person achieves his desire through hard work. therefore, he believes that when the goals and tasks of a person are different, art and craft will also be different. this leads to the idea that it leads to the division of labor. conclusions in the muslim world, most islamic philosophers with evolutionary views explained that the ape gave rise to a lower class of barbarian tribes. in addition, every muslim scientist puts his faith first in evolution and all changes. the views of miskawayh and beruni in this regard are very close to these views. we can see miskawayh's evolutionary views in his works "tahzibul akhlaq" and "al-faizul asghar". arabic manuscripts of the scientist's work "al-fayzul asghar" have been taught in european universities since the 19th century. like many of his contemporaries in the 10th-11th (4th-5th ah) centuries, ibn miskawayh's philosophy is eclectic in nature, and his thoughts are based on various translations from greek into arabic. in fact, while he focuses on the problems of the islamic world, he does not make much use of religion in reforming philosophy. materialism prevails in his views. because of this, he became famous not only in muslim countries, but also in europe. it should be taken into account that beruni's views on gradual development are mainly presented in the work "india". as we mentioned above, this may be due to the scientist's thorough mastery of the sanskrit language, his interest in and study of indian culture and literature. also, social stratification, which is an integral part of indian culture and religious-philosophical values, and religious ideas about its origin may have influenced the philosopher's evolutionary views. references ١٣١٩بيروت، هـ. –مسكويه ابو على. الفوز االصغار. .1 .// miskawayh, abu ali. al-fawzul al-asghar. beirut. 1319 ah. 2. abdul aziz izzat. ibn miskawayh's moral philosophy and its sources. cairo, 1946.-s.385 3. abdul aziz izzat. ibn miskawayh's moral philosophy and its sources. cairo, 1946.-s.387 4. rainow 1943, cited by wilczynski 1959, p. 459. 5. irisov.a. "india" by abu rayhan beruni. beruni. selected works. volume ii. t. "science", 1965. page 301. 6. irisov.a. "india" by abu rayhan beruni. beruni. selected works. volume ii. t. "science", 1965. p. 253. 7. abdullaev.i. beruni and his work "relics from ancient peoples". beruni. selected works, volume i. t. "science", 1968. 8. abu rayhan beruni geodesy. t, ,, science", 1966, p. 83. 9. sulaymonova, s. n. sulaymonova, shahnoza nodirovna (2021). ibn miskavayh axloqiy qarashlarida inson kamoloti masalasining qo‘yilishi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 1 (8), 919-925. 10. sulaymonova, s. n. (2021). abu nasr forobiy va ibn miskavayhning hayotiy faoliyati, ilmiy merosi. sharqshunoslik, (2), 214-223. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 11. sulaymonova, s. n. (2022). ibn miskavayhning inson kamoloti masalasiga munosabati tahlili. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (special issue 23), 917-923. 12. sulaymonova, s. n. (2022). ibn miskavayh asarlarida hind axloqiga oid mulohazalar. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (special issue 25), 635-641. 13. sulaymonova, s. n. (2022). ibn miskavayhning “tartibus-saodat” va “manazilululum” asari haqida. academic research in educational sciences, 3 (12), 684-688. 14. sulaymonova, sh. n. (2023). ibn miskavayhning ijtimoiy-falsafiy qarashlarida jamoaviy hamjihatlik va o’zaro muhabbat masalasi. international scientific journal of biruni, 2 (2), 203-208. 15. сулаймонова, ш. н. (2023). конфуций ва ибн мискавайҳ ахлоқий қарашларидаги уйғунлик. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3 (21), 732-738. 16. sulaymonova, s. n. (2024). beruniyning falsafiy qarashlarida evolyutsion gʻoyalar. international scientific journal of biruni, 3 (1), 256-262. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org stylistic changes in the process of translation and their origin xudoyberganova durdona ismail’s daughter the student of tashkent state transport university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article focuses on stylistic changes in the example of daniel defoe’s the life and adventures of robinson crusoe. examples given in two languages throughout the article allow understanding the new types of stylistic transformation. translation, translator, text, origin, example, transformation, author, simila, consonance, imagery, hyperbole. introduction daniel defoe was an english novelist, journalist, merchant, pamphleteer and spy. he is most famous for his novel robinson crusoe, published in 1719, which is claimed to be second only to the bible in its number of translations. he has been seen as one of the earliest proponents of the english novel, and helped to popularise the form in britain with others such as aphra behn and samuel richardson. defoe wrote many political tracts, was often in trouble with the authorities, and spent a period in prison. intellectuals and political leaders paid attention to his fresh ideas and sometimes consulted him. daniel foe (his original name) was probably born in fore street in the parish of st giles cripplegate, london. defoe later added the aristocratic-sounding "de" to his name, and on occasion made the false claim of descent from a family named de beau faux. "de" is also a common prefix in flemish surnames. his birthdate and birthplace are uncertain, and sources offer dates from 1659 to 1662, with the summer or early autumn of 1660 considered the most likely. his father, james foe, was a prosperous tallow chandler of probable flemish descent, and a member of the worshipful company of butchers. in defoe’s early childhood, he lived through several significant historical events: in 1665, seventy thousand were killed by the great plague of london, and the next year, the great fire of london left only defoe’s and two other houses standing in his neighborhood. in 1667, when he was probably about seven, a dutch fleet sailed up the medway via the river thames and attacked the town of chatham in the raid on the medway. his mother, alice, had died by the time he was about ten. defoe’s first notable publication was an essay upon projects, a series of proposals for social and economic improvement, published in 1697. from 1697 to 1698, he defended the right of king william iii to a standing army during disarmament, after the treaty of ryswick (1697) had ended the nine years’ war (1688–1697). his most successful poem, the true-born englishman (1701), defended william against xenophobic attacks from his political enemies in england, and english antiimmigration sentiments more generally. in 1701, defoe presented the legion’s memorial to robert harley, then speaker of the house of commons—and his subsequent employer—while flanked by a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org guard of sixteen gentlemen of quality. it demanded the release of the kentish petitioners, who had asked parliament to support the king in an imminent war against france. main body. these wise and sober thoughts continued all the while the storm lasted, and indeed some time after; but the next day the wind was abated, and the sea calmer, and i began to be a little inured to it; however, i was very grave for all that day, being also a little sea-sick still; but towards night the weather cleared up, the wind was quite over, and a charming fine evening followed; the sun went down perfectly clear, and rose so the next morning; and having little or no wind, and a smooth sea, the sun shining upon it, the sight was, as i thought, the most delightful that ever i saw. bu dono va hushyor o‘ylar bo‘ron davom etguncha va haqiqatan ham oradan biroz vaqt o‘tgach davom etdi; lekin ertasi kuni shamol sekinlashdi, dengiz tinchlandi va men bunga biroz toqat qila boshladim; biroq, men o‘sha kun davomida juda og‘ir edim, hali ham bir oz dengiz kasali edim; lekin kechaga yaqin ob-havo ochildi, shamol butunlay to‘xtadi va maftunkor go‘zal oqshom boshlandi; quyosh butunlay tiniq botdi va ertasi kuni ertalab shunday ko‘tarildi; shamolning kam yoki umuman yo‘qligi, silliq dengizi, quyoshi uning ustida porlab turadi, bu manzara, men o‘ylaganimdek, men ko‘rgan eng yoqimli manzara edi. 3-page stylistic, personification. the word combinations: wise and sober thoughts, ea calmer, charming fine evening, smooth sea is caused to this transformation. mainly these features belong to people. but the worst was not come yet; the storm continued with such fury that the seamen themselves acknowledged they had never seen a worse. we had a good ship, but she was deep laden, and wallowed in the sea, so that the seamen every now and then cried out she would founder. it was my advantage in one respect, that i did not know what they meant by founder till i inquired. lekin eng yomoni hali kelmagan edi; bo‘ron shu qadar g‘azab bilan davom etdiki, dengizchilarning o‘zlari hech qachon bundan yomonini ko‘rmaganliklarini tan olishdi. bizning yaxshi kemamiz bor edi, lekin u chuqur yuklangan va dengizda cho‘kib ketgan edi, shuning uchun dengizchilar vaqti-vaqti bilan u asoschi bo‘ladi deb qichqirardi. bir tomondan afzalligim ediki, men so‘ragunimcha ular muassis deganda nimani nazarda tutganini bilmasdim. 6page stylistic, consonance the repetition of consonant sound(t) at the end of sentence. stylistic, imagery. here we can see an exaggerated depiction of the situation at sea. then all hands were called to the pump. at that word,my heart, as i thought, died within me: and i fell backwards upon the side of my bed where i sat,into the cabin. keyin barcha qo‘llar nasosga chaqirildi. shu so‘z bilan yuragim, o‘ylagandek, ichimda o‘lib ketdi va men o‘tirgan karavotimning yon tomoniga, kabinaga orqaga yiqildim 6-page stylistic, simila in this sentence the use of as caused to simila. stylistic, hyperbole here the author used exaggeration. the reason for the exaggeration was that his heart died inside the hero. while this was doing the master, seeing some light colliers, who, not able to ride out the storm were obliged to slip and run away to sea, and would come near us, ordered to fire a gun as a signal of distress. ustoz shunday qilayotganda, bo‘rondan o‘ta olmay, sirpanib dengizga qochib ketishga majbur bo‘lgan va biznikiga yaqinlashib qolgan bir necha yengil ko‘taruvchilarni ko‘rib, qayg‘u belgisi sifatida miltiqdan o‘q otishni buyurdi. 6-page stylistic, symbolism this passage uses symbolism. this is because the passage states that firing a gun is a sign of sadness. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org that evil influence which carried me first away from my father’s house—which hurried me into the wild and indigested notion of raising my fortune, and that impressed those conceits so forcibly upon me as to make me deaf to all good advice, and to the entreaties and even the commands of my father meni birinchi navbatda otamning uyidan uzoqlashtirgan o‘sha yovuz ta’sir bu meni boylik ko‘paytirish haqidagi vahshiyona va hazm bo‘lmagan tushunchaga olib keldi va bu mag‘rurliklar menga shunchalik kuchli ta’sir qildiki, meni barcha yaxshi maslahatlar va iltijolar kar qilib qo‘ydi. stylistic, metaphor the reason for the metaphor was the giving of interpretations that were wild and indigestible in relation to the thought. conclusion: to conclude at the end of the article, the above mentioned and highlighted words are caused these types of stylistic transformation. for example; wise and sober thoughts personification, but the worst was not come yetconsonance, heart, as i thought, diedhyperbole, simlia, fire a gun as a signal of distress – symbolism and others. references 1. socialnetwork:https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/robinson_crusoe#cite_ref-defoe-17191998ed_1 1 2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/robinson_crusoe#cite_ref-5 3. tarjima_ nazariyasi __asoslari 2005_ musaev qudrat 4. tarjima _ nazariyasi _ i. g‘ofurov, o. mo‘minov, n, qambarov. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/robinson_crusoe#cite_ref-defoe-1719-1998ed_1-1 https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/robinson_crusoe#cite_ref-defoe-1719-1998ed_1-1 https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/robinson_crusoe#cite_ref-5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org the impact of constitutional oversight on the sovereignty of parliament mohammed hashem mohammed al-hussainawi southern technical university, technical institute, shatra, iraq mohammed.hashim@stu.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the constitution imposes restrictions on the political system in countries, as the authorities cannot exceed the powers specified for them and stipulated in the constitution. all authorities must cooperate in a balanced manner to fulfill the function of the state and guarantee the rights and freedoms of individuals, without one of them interfering in or controlling the work of the other. if any authority exceeds its constitutional limits, the constitution imposes sanctions on it within the political system. political systems vary in their organization and types (presidential, parliamentary, representative assembly, or mixed) in determining aspects of cooperation and balance between authorities or in separating them from each other. constitutional documents include the means to achieve these goals, which are mechanisms for mutual oversight between the legislative and executive authorities. constitutional jurisprudence reflects this balance, and its application differs between parliamentary and presidential systems . therefore, it is important to study the impact of constitutional review on the work of the executive and legislative authorities in iraq. the aim of this is to shed light on the constitutional guarantees provided by the iraqi constitution in order to protect the constitutional text from violations, ensure noninterference in the work of the authorities based on the principle of separation of powers, and provide balance in performing the functions of each authority and thus enhance individual rights and freedoms. the study reached several results including that the role of parliamentary oversight over the executive authority varies according to the type of political system; in the presidential system, its role is weaker due to the lack of mechanisms available to it, while in the parliamentary system, its role is more effective due to the availability of the mechanisms necessary to implement it. censorship, iraqi constitutional law, the sovereignty. parliament american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org introduction research topic as the authorities constitution imposes restrictions on the system of government in countriesthe may not exceed the powers specified for them and stipulated in the constitution, and no authority must interfere in the powers of others or control them. rather, all authorities must work in cooperation and balance to achieve the state’s goals and guarantee the rights and freedoms of individuals . when an organ of authority exceeds its constitutional limits and exceeds the restrictions imposed on constitution imposes sanctions on it within the political system. political systems vary in theirit, the nature and traditional methods (such as presidential, parliamentary, representative assembly, or mixed) in organizing cooperation and balance between powers or in separating them from each other . the constitution includes means to achieve this balance and ensure adherence to it, through carefully defined constitutional mechanisms. these mechanisms are represented in what is known as “constitutional jurisprudence,” which mainly includes forms of mutual control between the legislative and executive powers, which differ in application between parliamentary and presidential systems. research importance the importance of the research : shed light on the constitutional guarantees provided by the iraqi constitutionis highlighted in order to to protect constitutional texts from abuses that may be caused by the legislative and executive authorities. in order to ensure that no authority exceeds its limits and operates according to the principle of separation of powers, and to ensure balance in the performance of each authority’s functions, which protects the rights and freedoms of individuals. . research problem : questions, which are as followsthe importance of research highlights several : what is the meaning of parliamentary sovereignty ? what is the meaning of constitutional oversight ? to what extent do constitutional oversight controls affect the work of parliament? constitutional oversight on parliament’s sovereigntymanifestations of the impact of ? topict sfir the frame conceptual principles of parliamentary sovereignty and constitutional oversight through this study, which is the conceptual framework for the principles of parliamentary sovereignty and constitutional oversight, we will address two demands, which are as follows : the first requirement the concept of the principle o parliamentaryf overeigntys is a term enshrined the concept of parliamentary sovereignty, also known as legislative sovereignty in the constitutions of many representative democracies. this term indicates that the legislative branch has absolute sovereignty and authority over all other branches of government, including the executive or even the( branch and the judiciary. it also points out that the legislature is not tied to written laws or to prior legal traditions, as it can amend or) constitution in some cases american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org epeal prior legislation as neededr ) .1 ( parliamentary sovereignty may conflict with the principle of separation of powers, often limiting the scope of legislative power in public law making and judicial review )2.( kingdom, finlandmany countries have sovereign legislatures, such as the united , netherlands, new zealand, sweden, norway, denmark, iceland, barbados, jamaica, papua new guinea, and the solomon islands. the modern rule of established principle of-the first guarantee provided by the constitution is a well law: all members of the people, whether rulers, ruled or state authorities, are obliged to respect the law as a justification for their actions . )3 ( in cases where a minimum level of security cannot be guaranteed to members of society, the law is instrument of the operation of state power, but it is also a guarantee of the rights ofnot only an individuals facing this power . the principle of the rule of law has the following consequences : in the british system, the rule of law in the british system means the supremacy of parliament as a legislative authority elected by the people . 1 it means that parliament can enact laws as it wishes -positive: . 2 it is expressed that no political party can have laws that prevent parliament from acting -negative: , and it is indicated that the sovereign law in the english system is the unwritten law or the common law. in the french system, the principle of the rule of law is that the legislative authority is the only source of this legitimacy and has no limits other than the authority of the constitutional council to decide that any legal text is unconstitutional . the right to parliamentary oversight is the main means by which parliament monitors the government , and it is a right guaranteed to all members of parliament. this right is recognized in article 65 of the 1950 constitution, article 70 of the 1973 constitution, and article 74 of the 2012 constitution. the bylaws of the people’s assembly explain the mechanism for submitting parliamentary questions , which the administrative authorities must respond to it within a month at most. if the answer is not sufficient for the member concerned, the question is referred to a special committee of the people’s assembly, which submits a special report with the approval of the people’s assembly, which the people’s assembly discusses and takes the necessary measures. )4 ( . the second requirement concept of constitutional oversightthe means that laws enacted by legislative authorities are subject to some formoversight constitutional of scrutiny by an independent body to determine whether they are consistent with the principles set out in the constitution. the concept of review is based on the fact that the constitution is the supreme 1 waseem hossam al-din al-ahmad: judicial oversight of the administration’s work in the ) ,parliamentary and presidential system, al-halabi legal publications, lebanon2008 .p ,5 . 2 ) .lawyer waseem hossam al-din al-ahmad, previous source, p 9 . 3 dr. hamid rabie, notes on political theory, faculty of economics and political science, cairo ) ,university1987p ,320 . 4 ) dr. fares omran, parliamentary investigation in egypt and the united states and a glimpse of it , in some arab countries , arab nile group1999 .p ,332 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org law of the state and that the rules contained in the constitution are the supreme rules and must be respected by all authorities of the state )5 ( . the constitution is the true expression of the general will of the people. it includes the basic rules of the system of government, based on the peculiarities of its establishment by the constituent authorities , and clarifies the general powers of the state, their jurisdictions, and the relationships between them ) 6 (. thus, constitutions containing orders and prohibitions from which public authorities cannot deviate from) deviates the legislative authority ( began to give parliament an air of sanctity. if parliament these orders and prohibitions, its actions will be unconstitutional. this is the reason why the principle of constitutional review emerged and became established in modern legal thought: the principle of constitutional sovereignty was affirmed as one of the pillars of the rule of law. there is a consensus among constitutional jurists that the principle of constitutional sovereignty is manifested in two forms : the constitutionof the substantive and formal sovereignty 7. this transcendence, both objective and formal , is what distinguishes the constitution from ordinary as ordinary law cannot conflict with the, law. this distinction has very important consequences mechanisms to guarantee theconstitution. for this reason, constitutional law began to look for supremacy of the constitution against violations and infringements by state power, especially the legislative power, which by its nature has the power to enact ordinary laws . 8 ( constitutional law adopts a system of reviewing the constitutionality of laws as a principle that has both theoretical and practical justifications. among the practical justifications for reviewing constitutionalism that can be mentioned here is that one of the constitutional institutions, which is parliament, may be artificial and therefore fragile in practice, and the electoral process itself may be subject to unrealistic influences, and the legislative authority may enact bad laws that contradict the tter and spirit of the constitution, and the legislative authority may be considered it exercises a formle of tyranny )9 (. in addition to the theoretical factor of the sovereignty of the constitution in form and content, these the necessity of monitoring thepractical factors led to desacralizing parliament and convincing it of constitutionality of laws. as a result, the review of the constitutionality of laws imposed itself as an independent institution aimed at preventing legal texts that contradict the constitution from entering into force, and it became in form and“ a means of defending the constitution against any attack and proving its sovereignty over other legal texts” content . )10 ( . 5 )abdel azim abdel salam, oversight of the constitutionality of laws, a comparative study (al alaa printing and publishingw 199 , (p . 23. 6 ) saad mufleh al-lawzi, oversight of the constitutionality of laws in jordan, a comparative study, doctoral dissertation (faculty of law, university of aleppo , 2009 , (p . 231. 7 ,sam dallah, principles of constitutional law and political systems (damascus university press ) 2005 , (p . 113. 8 ,ibrahim shiha, general constitutional principles (university printing and publishing house ) beirut 1982 , (p . 231. 9 ,ibrahim abu khuzam, the mediator in constitutional law, book one (united new book house ) beirut 2002 ,p . 209 ). 10 .abdel azim abdel salam, oversight of the constitutionality of laws, previous source, p )322 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org while national constitutions recognize constitutional review, the design of review mechanisms varies from one constitution to another. however, these differences in methods do not affect the nature and purpose of constitutional review, and the nature and purpose of constitutional review has not changed in most countries of the modern world. )11 ( . second topicthe the impact of constitutional oversight on parliament through this study, which is the impact of constitutional oversight on parliament, we will address two demands, which are as follows : the first requirement the impact of constitutional oversight controls on the work of parliament should be said that democracy is an institutional form of organization of political societyfirst of all, it that aims to peacefully manage the various divisions in society and achieve the common good. hence , the institutional dimension is one of the necessary and important aspects of achieving democracy, and the process of building institutions is one of the basic building blocks for building society, along with other social, economic, and intellectual components that must be present in any society that wants to build a modern state. since the modern state is a state of institutions, this is one of the basic building blocks in building the modern state 12 ( . since 2003 ,the new iraqi government began its efforts to build a modern, contemporary state with legal and constitutional standards. the 2005 constitution was one of the most important milestones in iraq since 2003 according to article of the 2005 constitution, iraq is a federal state with a democratic republican parliamentary system . )13 ( . is the most important institution in) the legislative authority ( the iraqi council of representatives the political process in iraq since, the system because it has great powers and authorities. however the establishment of the governing council and the political, constitutional, cultural, social and, above and thesystem all, political problems that accompanied it directly affected the nature of the political work of the authorities in this system, especially the legislative authorities, and led to the conclusion that there are various obstacles that were reflected in the political process as a whole )14 ( . in constitutional law, this is one of the calmer methods of scrutiny , where the government and particularly important issue and aim to reach a solution acceptableparliament engage in dialogue on a to both parties. )15 ( 11 ) .same source , p323 12 ) dr. amin atef saliba, the role of the constitutional judiciary in establishing the state of law ,(a comparative study), al-hadith book foundation, lebanon2002 .p ,70 . 13 ( dr.. amr hashim rabie, parliamentary oversight in political systems, his study of the experience of the egyptian people’s assembly, al-ahram center for political and strategic studies ,cairo ,2002 .p ,55 . 14 dr. muhammad bahi abu younis, parliamentary oversight of government activities in the ( egyptian and kuwaiti regimes, new university publishing house , 2002 ,p 78. 15 ( .dr.. hamid rabie, previous source, p335 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org for this reason, some scholars see it as a forum in which parliament and the government exchange views and cooperate for the public interest. hence, it satisfies parliament's desire to know the government's policy on current issues and contemporary circumstances, and at the same time avoids parliament's political accountability before parliament, and at the same time makes clear to the government what parliament is doing on those issues and the extent of parliament's support for the overnment to confront those issues and is considered monitoring. governmentmeasures taken by the g policy among other monitoring tools is important, as it provides a clear picture of government policy on current issues and contemporary circumstances. )16 ( in fact, this approach has a constitutional basis in article 129 at least: “ of the egyptian constitution 20 members of the people’s assembly may set a public agenda and discuss it to clarify the ministry’s policy on this matter . ” )17( article 112 fifth of the-of the kuwaiti constitution stipulates that, upon a request signed by one members, general issues may be presented to the national assembly to clarify the government’s policy on these issues and exchange opinions on them, and all other members have the right to participate in the discussion . )18 ( b: at least twenty-five members of the house of representatives may raise and submit to the speaker of the house of representatives a topic for public discussion to clarify the policy and performance of the council of ministers or any of the ministries, and the prime minister or the ministers must be present in the council to discuss the topic. accordingly, the iraqi constitution requires the approval of the house of representatives( 25 . after that, the request is submitted by the prime minister to the speaker of the house of) members representatives, indicating the topic to be discussed and the signature of the member submitting the request. the speaker of the council directs the relevant authorities, and the prime minister or minister identifies the person to be discussed. discussing a date to appear before the house of representatives to discuss the issue, which will then be placed on the house’s agenda . )19( there are several reasons for this, not the least of which is that the political situation in iraq prevents representatives from directly accusing the government or holding it accountable through interrogations and investigations . )20 ( this is because it is not a means of bureaucratic accountability or a means of proving shortcomings , but rather it is merely a means for the prime minister or minister to express his or her point of view on a particular issue and for parliament to hear the views of parliament so that a solution that satisfies both parties and achieves the public interest can be reached . )21( 16 ) ,dr. anwar al-khatib, parliamentary principles in lebanon and other arab countries, dar al-ilm lil-malayin ,beirut1961p ,383 . 17 ) .dr. hamid rabie, same source above, p 336 . 18 ) ,dr. anwar al-khatib, parliamentary principles in lebanon and other arab countries, dar al-ilm lil-malayin ,beirut1961 .p ,383 . 19 dr. ihab zaki salam, political control of the works of the executive authority in the parliamentary system, alam al( ,kutub1983 .p ,88 . 20 ( ,a. dr.. yahya al-gamal, the constitutional system in the arab republic of egypt, cairo, dar al-nahda al-arabi 1974 .p ,226 . 21 ,dr. munther al-shawi, constitutional law, constitutional theory, publications of the legal research center ) ,ministry of justice, baghdad1981 .p ,58 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org therefore, it is rare in iraq for parliament to question the prime minister or ministers due to the difficulty of achieving the desired results, and this approach is considered the most appropriate for the iraqi political situation . )22( moreover, article 55 of the bylaws of the house of representatives meeting stipulates that “25 members of the house of representatives may raise general issues for discussion and present them to the speaker of the house of representatives to clarify the policy and performance of the council of ministers or one of the ministries. the prime minister shall set a date and time limit for participation ”. the house of representatives in discussion,” referring to the right of the house of representatives to cussionraise public issues for dis. article 61 (seventh) of the 2005 iraqi constitution permits the interrogation of the prime minister or ministers after the approval of the members of the house of representatives ) 25 , but on) members the condition that the purpose of the interrogation is to hold the prime minister or minister accountable of the house of representativesmembers regarding matters within his or her jurisdiction, as follows: , with the approval of 25 members of the house of representatives. members of the house of representatives, with the approval of 25 members of the house of representatives, may question the prime minister or the minister for the following matters for the purpose of holding him accountable for matters within his jurisdiction. the interrogation shall be considered after seven days from “ the right to question officials of independent bodies in accordance withthe has of representatives house the procedure relating to ministers, and it may dismiss them by a simple majority .” therefore, representatives are not interrogated, except in rare cases, such as the interrogation of the sudani, and the withdrawal of confidence from her after her-former minister of commerce, farah al irresponsibility and incompetence in her duties were proven, and the subsequent interrogation of the former minister of electricity and her incompetence was proven ) .23 ( the political reality in iraq limits the use of interrogation. this is because governments are formed by consensus, and interrogation is prohibited by consensus because it may lead to the collapse of relations between the parties concerned, which negatively affects the work of the government and parliament and harms the public interest. however, this does not mean that if it is publicly proven that a minister is not fit to serve in the ministry, questioning the minister is prohibited . )24( the internal regulations of the house of representatives regulate interrogation procedures in articles 56-61 .articles 5661 ;according to these articles, the interrogation procedure must be discussed no later than seven days from the date of the interrogation request. the interrogation request must be signed by the person submitting the interrogation and submitted in writing to the president of the council with the approval of at least 25 members of the council. the interrogation must state the matters to be interrogated. the reasons, evidence, and foundations on which the interrogation is based , and the crime committed by the interrogated person. it is not permissible to request interrogation on a matter previously decided by the council, unless new facts arise that justify it . )25( a request for interrogation may be submitted at any time, and the person conducting the interrogation or who is leading it, if the person conducting the interrogation is a member of the house of 22 (. ,dr.. munther alshawi, meaning of control over the constitutionality of laws, without year of publication without place of publication, p8 . 23 ) dr. ihsan hamid al-mufarji , dr. katran zaghir nehme, dr. raad naji al-jeddah, the general theory of ,constitutional law and the constitutional system in iraq, baghdad1989p ,186 . 24 .dr. munther al-shawi, constitution theory, previous source, p 63) 25 .dr. hamed rabie, same source above, p )3,4 6. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org office and take his designated seat in the house ofrepresentatives office, must leave the representatives. )26 ( . the outcome of the discussion is either that the house of representatives is convinced by the questioner's arguments and ends the questioning, or that the house of representatives proves the questioner wrong and casts doubt on the questioner's credibility. article 61 of the bylaws of the house of representatives stipulates the following: “when the discussion ends and the house of representatives is convinced of the arguments of the questioner, the deliberations are considered concluded. otherwise, the house of representatives may withdraw its confidence from the questioner in accordance with the procedure stipulated in the bylaws ) ”.27( the second requirement manifestations of the impact of constitutional oversight on parliament’s sovereignty the iraqi constitution of 1970 ignored the issue of constitutional review and did not address it, but after the changes that occurred in the iraqi political system in 2003 ,article ) 44) (a) of the “law of w administration of the iraqi state in the transitional period” stipulated issues of constitutional revie of the law . )28( the federal supreme court has jurisdiction in the following matters -b : 2 it has exclusive and compliance with laws, regulations or directives issued-inherent jurisdiction in lawsuits related to non by federal, regional, state, municipal or local government authorities, at the request of the plaintiff or based on a referral from another court . )29( it ignored the iraqi constitution of 1970 0 and did not refer to provisions regarding constitutional review, but after the change that occurred in the iraqi political system in 2003 ,the interim iraqi state administration law stipulated a review of the constitutionality of legislation in article ( 44 ) . the federal supreme court has the following powers : 2 exclusive and inherent jurisdiction in the -event of a claim from one of the plaintiffs or a request from another court in relation to a claim of non ompliance with a law, regulation or directive issued by the federal government, the regional orc ate government, the municipal government and the local administrative bodies with this lawgovernor. article 3 (c) further states that “if the federal supreme court decides that the contested law, regulation or directive conflicts with this law, it shall be deemed invalid”. in fact, law no . 30 of 2005 has been enacted and is still in effect, and a new draft law for the federal court is currently under discussion in the house of representatives. the iraqi constitution of 2005 , which is still in effect, regulates the issue of reviewing the constitutionality of laws in article 93 , which states that “the federal supreme court shall 1. firstly review the constitutionality of the laws and regulations in force and 2 . secondly, shall interpret the provisions of the constitution )30 ( . as can be seen from the above, the iraqi national transitional administration law and the iraqi constitution of 2005 entrusted the task of reviewing the constitutionality of laws to a judicial body , 26 dr. anwar al-khatib, parliamentary principles in lebanon and other arab countries, previous ( , source390 27 (. .ihsan al-mafarji and others, previous source, p177 28 ,dr. amin atef salbia, previous source123 . 29 ( dr.. ibrahim darwish, constitutional law, general theory, constitutional oversight, dar al ,nahda al-arabiya, 4th edition, cairo2004 .p ,220 . 30 .dr. ihsan al-mufarji and others , previous source, p 177) . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org which is the federal supreme court, whose work is regulated by a law enacted by the house of representatives, and whose jurisdiction is regulated by a law that regulates the number of judges, their special conditions, and the method of their work within the court. the organization of the court can be observed as follows . )31( the federal supreme court law of 2005 ) 1( “was enacted” internal rules for the work of courts under the interim iraqi national administrative law, and continues to be implemented under the iraqi constitution of 2005 .the council of ministers has prepared a new draft law for the federal courts to be legislated in accordance with the provisions of the iraqi constitution of 20005 .this project has been submitted to the house of representatives for approval . accordingly, reference is made to the draft law of the new federal court, with emphasis on its formation and jurisdiction in accordance with courts law no . 1) of 2005 and court procedure rules no) . 30) of 2005 . article 3 (c) further states that “if the federal supreme court determines that the contested law, rule or order is contrary to this law, it shall be deemed invalid”. indeed, law no . (30 (of 2005 ,which is law no) . 30 (of 2005 ,was legislated and is in effect to this day, and a new draft law for the federal court is currently being discussed in the house of representatives. the iraqi constitution of 2005 ,which is still in force, regulates the issue of oversight of the constitutionality of laws in article 93 and includes the following provisions: first, oversight of the constitutionality of laws and regulations in force; secondly, interpreting the provisions of the constitution. secondly, interpreting the provisions of the constitution . the work of the court is regulated by a law enacted by the house of representatives and specifies the court’s powers, the number of judges, special conditions, and the method of work within the court ) 32 ( . federal supreme court law no . 1 of 2005 “was” internal system for the work of the courts the legislated under the iraqi state administration law for the transitional period and continues to be implemented under the iraqi constitution of 2005 .the council of ministers has drafted a new law for the federal courts to be legislated in accordance with the provisions of the iraqi constitution of 2005 , it is currently before the house of representatives for approval. the above shows that the jurisdiction of the courts to review the constitutionality of laws is broad, as the rules of court procedure under the 2004 interim constitution specify the various parties that have the right to challenge the unconstitutionality of a law, regardless of the existence of a dispute or not . )33(it also recognizes the right of litigants to challenge the unconstitutionality of laws, decisions and rules directly before the federal supreme court . first, if there is a dispute in court and one of the opponents objects to the unconstitutionality of the law applied to him, he may submit a notice of appeal before the ordinary court on legal grounds, and the federal supreme court may accept the appeal, and the appeal is recognized as payment of a fee to the federal supreme court. )34 ( . 31 ) .dr. ibrahim darwish, previous source, p 222) . 32 ( dr.. munther al-shawi, the meaning of oversight of the constitutionality of laws, previous .source, p130. 33 ,dr. amin atef salbia, previous source 139) 34 .dr. muhammad bahi abu younis, parliamentary oversight , p 176 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org conclusion we,” the impact of constitutional review on parliamentary sovereignty “ through our research, reached several conclusions and a number of recommendations that we would like to present to the legislative authority. results 1 the role of parliamentary oversight over the work of executive authorities varies depending on the political system. in the presidential system, this role is weak due to the lack of available tools, while ntary oversight is effective because of the toolsparliamentary system, the role of parliamein the necessary to implement it. 2 .the success of parliamentary oversight depends on the availability of the necessary means for the legislative authority to carry out its oversight role in the united kingdom system, despite the ority to carry out its oversight role in theavailability of the necessary means for the legislative auth united kingdom system, despite the availability of the necessary means for the legislative authority to carry out its oversight role in the united kingdom system, despite the availability of the necessary for the legislative authority to carry out its oversight role in the united kingdom system, despitemeans the availability of the necessary means for the legislative authority to carry out its oversight role in the of the necessary means for the legislative authority united kingdom system, despite the availability its oversight role in the united kingdom system, despite the availability of the necessaryto carry out legislative authority to carry out its oversight role in the uk system means for the, 3 oversight of the constitutionality of laws aims to protect the provisions of the constitution from deviations from the provisions of the legislative authority 4 in iraq, oversight of the constitutionality of laws in iraq is considered judicial oversight, as oversight of the constitutionality of laws is judicial oversight, as it is entrusted to the judiciary (the federal supreme court) in accordance with article 93 the iraqi constitution of 2005. recommendations while it is clear that the iraqi constitution of 2005 and the internal regulations of the house of representatives allow representatives greater freedom in performing their oversight role, many representatives do not perform their oversight role because they do not come from the ballot boxes but -from the lists that carried them to their seats in the house of representatives. thus, proposing to re ntroduce a new electoral law that guarantees their entry into parliament with sufficient votes, as theyi e of commons and not voices expressingare voices defending the party that carried them to the hous the will of the people . 1 constitution guarantees parliamentarians all theempowering parliament’s oversight role. the iraqi necessary conditions to play an oversight role by empowering them with constitutional provisions . this is the responsibility of the iraqi council of representatives. 3 we reviewed the draft federal court law and made a number of observations on the draft : a. it is proposed that the composition of the court consist of (13 (members instead of (11 (members , and it is proposed that nine members be judges with no less than 20 years of practical experience , which is the practice in the majority of countries that have adopted such courts. b. because of the court's critical role, we believe that the house of representatives should approve all thirds majority, not just members of the house-members by a two . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org -c. the shura council must participate not only in the court's deliberations, but also in the decision aking process. we therefore support the abolition of the division of members of the court into judgesm and advisory members, but since the role of the court is not only to decide constitutional provisions but also to interpret constitutional provisions, all members of the court should participate in both the making process of the court-deliberations and the decision. references 1. -gamal, the constitutional system in the arab republic of egypt, cairo, dar al-dr.. yahya al arabi-ahda aln , 1974 2. ibrahim abu khuzam, the mediator in constitutional law, book one (united new book house , beirut 2002. 3. jami’ah for printing and publishing-ibrahim shiha, general constitutional principles (dar al , beirut 1982). 4. -dr.. ibrahim darwish, constitutional law, general theory, constitutional oversight, dar al arabiya, 4th edition, cairo-ahda aln , 2004. 5. jeddah, the general-mufarji , dr. katran zaghir nehme, dr. raad naji al-dr.. ihsan hamid al theory of constitutional law and the constitutional system in iraq, baghdad , 1989 6. dr.. amin atef saliba, the role of the constitutional judiciary in establishing the state of law hadith book foundation, lebanon-(a comparative study), al , 2002 ,p . 70 . 7. -khatib, parliamentary principles in lebanon and other arab countries, dar al-dr.. anwar al millain, beirut-lm lil ali , 1961. 8. dr.. ihab zaki salam, political control of the works of the executive authority in the kutub-parliamentary system, alam al , 1983. 9. dr.. hamid rabie, notes on political theory, faculty of economics and political science, cairo university , 1987. 10. dr.. amr hashim rabie, parliamentary oversight in political systems, his study of the ahram center for political and strategic-experience of the egyptian people’s assembly, al studies , cairo , 2002. 11. dr.. fares omran, parliamentary investigation in egypt and the united states and a glimpse of it in some arab countries, arab nile collection , 1999 12. dr.. muhammad bahi abu younis, parliamentary oversight of government activities in the egyptian and kuwaiti regimes, new university publishing house , 2002. 13. shawi, constitutional law, constitutional theory, publications of the legal-dr.. munther al research center, ministry of justice, baghdad , 1981. 14. shawi, meaning of oversight of the constitutionality of laws, without a year of-dr.. munther al publication, without a place of publication . 15. sam dallah, principles of constitutional law and political systems (damascus university press , 2005. 16. lawzi, oversight of the constitutionality of laws in jordan, a comparative study-saad mufleh al , doctoral dissertation (faculty of law, university of aleppo , 2009 . 17. -abdel azim abdel salam, oversight of the constitutionality of laws, a comparative study (al alaa printing and publishingw , 1991 ,(p . 23 18. ahmad: judicial oversight of the administration’s work in the-din al-wassim hossam al anonhalabi legal publications, leb-parliamentary and presidential system, al , 2008. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the policy of "cleaning" the party ranks of the bolsheviks in uzbekistan and its consequences oybek rashidov doctor of history, professor tashkent state university of economics, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the policy of "cleansing" the party ranks of the bolsheviks during the soviet rule in uzbekistan and its consequences. the author explained that during the period of soviet rule, the center distrusted the activities of national political leaders, unjustified interference in their work, and the fact that they were under strong control. bolshevik, soviet, communist, ideological struggle, national politics, nationalism, cleansing of party ranks, totalitarian rule. introduction in the administration of the soviet state, the absolute power of the communist party was established. cells of the communist party operated in all structures, offices, commissariats. the question of cleansing the ranks of the party was considered a special management system of the bolsheviks. therefore, the bolsheviks paid special attention to "cleansing" the ranks of the party. the following information about each investigated communist is to be included in the personal inspection protocol. name, patronymic, surname of the examinee, from which year he or she received a party ticket in the vkp (b) or a candidate, type of card number, social status, work done at the time of inspection, how long he was in the red army, whether he was in the white army, if he was whether it was mandatory or voluntary and with whom he served, what he did before 1917, whether he was in another party, and if so, how long [1]. after national-territorial demarcation was carried out in central asia and the formation of soviet republics, attention was paid to the issue of clearing party ranks. in 1925, the results of the cleansing of some regions of uzbekistan were announced: in the samarkand region, according to the list, 471 candidates of 494 valid members (965 in total) were scheduled to be checked. but at the time of verification, 551 valid members and 534 candidates (1085 people in total) passed the verification. in his lectures, the leader of the bolsheviks talked a lot about cleaning the ranks of the communist party. in his opinion, if the party is not purged of members promoting anti-communist theories, it is inevitable that it will disintegrate ideologically and materially. he pointed out that the things that serve to define the boundary between the theories in accordance with the party and the theories against the party are the party program, the resolutions about the tactics of the party, and its ustafi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org the purpose and objectives of the research. the soviet state demanded that the leading personnel should have the qualities of self-analysis, self-criticism, not only admitting the mistakes made, but also identifying the reason that caused this mistake and eliminating these mistakes in their further practical activities. it was during the cleansing of the party ranks that each member had to look critically at his work and self-criticize. the cadres and intellectuals who defended the national interests were accused by the bolsheviks of spreading all kinds of corrupt ideas among the communist party and the youth. the need to fight against "foreign elements" among party members was always in their focus and this was exposed in the press. for example, when the "printing movement" was on the rise in ferghana, when the party instructed them to "fight the printmakers" and were given weapons, there were those who threw away their party tickets saying "we did not join the sect to fight the printmakers". after handing over the party ticket, they said, "the goals of the bolsheviks and ours are opposite to each other. we will get autonomy, the bolsheviks want to unite all nations, we cannot agree with their opinion" [2]. in 1929, at the 4th meeting of the central committee of the communist party of ukraine (b), i. v. salin gave a speech entitled "frustration in the face of achievements". in this, he emphasizes that persons who are cold-hearted in the implementation of party decisions are perceived as having deviated from lenin's position [3]. in the decision of the central committee of the communist party of ukraine (b) adopted on may 25, 1929 "on the work of the uzbek party organization", it was stated that in those years "there were cases of general condemnation of the leading core of national cadres, which in practice led to the discrediting of healthy local leading cadres, thereby various dubious and unstable elements ( it was noted that the conditions were created for the danger of the influence of the right to increase" [4]. bolsheviks argue that the comprehensive development of criticism and self-criticism is the true expression of internal party democracy. he believes that criticism and self-criticism are necessary to properly train personnel, eliminate mistakes and ensure success in the party's practical activities. bolshevik leader v.i. lenin said about this: "he who does not make mistakes is not intelligent, there are no such people in nature. a person who makes a small mistake, identifies and admits it, and works diligently to correct this mistake is smart" [5]. methodology the communist party notes that the bolsheviks educate all working people in the spirit of a deep understanding of social interests, and points out the following as the shortcomings of the cadres: our cadres sometimes fall into the path of deceiving the state in order to emphasize how deeply they understand the interests of the general state. they conceal the truth about the state of affairs in the enterprises or institutions they lead, exaggerate the results of work, and make false statements. party and soviet organizations must not ignore any of the illegal facts and expose the shortcomings in the interest of work and the interests of educating people correctly. since 1929, the work of cleaning the ranks of the party has reached a new stage. during the purges, the bolsheviks tried to remove the representatives of the local people whom they doubted from the administration and punish them with various slanders. in the process of clearing the ranks of communists in zomin district, they were accused of being "rich man's son", "printer's assistant", "having strong connections with priests and priests", "exploiting the poor and the poor", "against women's freedom". all in all, 39 people (23.7% of communists) were given various punishments in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org zomin district. 21 of them (12.8% of all sect organizations) were expelled from the party. in particular, mamatqul samandarov (deputy chairman of the turkmen agricultural company) was considered a member of the faction since 1922. he was the son of a rich man. this person was accused of having armed 8 young men with horses from the village of yom and sent them to help the oppressors. he was expelled from the party and imprisoned [6]. jamal murodov from this district was also purged from the party ranks. he was a party candidate from 1928. in the spring of 1929, he made 35 tunics for the rich and wealthy. he over-exploited the workers. also, karimkul mamadaliev was a member of the party since 1922, was an active supporter of the printers, had 2 wives, and maintained strong ties with priests and rich people [7]. together with these, a number of office workers were found to be colleagues of mamatkul samandarov and were expelled from the party. in the meetings of the communist party, ideological issues were also addressed to the members. "the party always takes part in ideological struggle and practical work with one mind and strength, like the children of the same father, like the disciples of the same master. this unity and discipline will enable us to establish a republic of social councils and implement a workers' dictatorship in a country where there are few culturally backward workers and people of various nationalities" [8]. in 1930, the next 19th party purge meeting will take place. then ghulam rakhimov, who was born in 1899 and had party ticket no. 0830124, was cleared. this person is accused of being a descendant of the khan of kokan (his aunt was the wife of the khan of kokan) [9]. during the purge, bolshevik pervukhin asked ghulam rakhimov the following questions. question: what was the cause of the collapse of the first international? answer: no answer. question: what was the cause of the collapse of the second international? answer: no answer. question: when was the "2nd meeting" of the party and what issues were discussed? answer: organizational issues in 1903. question: when was the 3rd party congress held and what issues were discussed? answer: it was 1905, the issues of preparation for the revolution. question: what should we do about this 5-year plan? answer: raising agriculture, establishing state farms and collective farms. question: why did we organize collective farms? answer: cooperativeization of the population, culturalization of agriculture and implementation of the 5-year plan. question: why was military communism introduced? answer: to strike at the bourgeoisie. question: do you know about the "group of 18"? answer: i know that this group was formed during the land reforms [10]. according to the conclusion of pervukhin, who is responsible for cleaning the ranks of the party, g. rakhimov is ideologically strong and has no connection with the rich. during in 1930 year, cases of slanderand expulsion from the party for wrongdoing increased. one of them is ilyas kasimov, who was born in 1908 in tashkent. he entered the ranks of the communist party with the 1st category in 1930 when he was in military service. at the end of 1935, vkp (b) was american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org expelled from the party by the representative of the control commission of uzbekistan before the mk. later, a criminal case was initiated against him under article 225 of the criminal code [11]. one of the main goals of the purge of the party ranks was the widespread involvement of workers in the construction of the soviet and the staffing of state agencies. the fact that the working class was very small in the work carried out by the central audit commission, on the part of the uzbek ssr, in the central institutions (people's commissariat of land, people's commissariat of internal affairs, people's commissariat of justice, supreme court of the supreme council of national economy, people's commissariat of finance and people's commissariat of labor) seen of the 635 employees of these institutions, 8.5% were workers, 6.8% were peasants, 14.6% were ethnic minorities, and 25.3% were members of the party komsomol organization [12]. there have also been cases of pedagogues in higher education institutions being expelled from the party for various reasons. for example, at the bukhara state pedagogical institute named after sergo arjinakidze, communists were unjustly removed from the party ranks and dismissed from their jobs. for example, the "enemies of the people" who settled in the former structure of the city party committee and were exposed later, in order to "investigate" the communist umurzakov, instead of first seeing his work in the primary party organization of the institute, they only saw him in the bureau of the city party committee and deleted him from the party. several active komsomol members, such as saidov, were expelled from the komsomol and expelled from the institute. their work was investigated by the communist party of the uzbek ssr, and saidov was reinstated. idrisov was not given the opportunity to work in his party organization and was busy with other work. associate professors valinchuk and abdullaev were "criticized" at the two-year teacher's institute, the director communist yakhshibayev dismissed them without a thorough investigation [13]. the bolshevik party worked on the basis of a five-year plan aimed at controlling the economy in the country and national territories. the first five years of the national economy began in october 1928 and ended in december 1932. fayzulla khojaev stated that the five-year plans could not be fulfilled in the conditions of that time. in april 1927, he wrote in a letter addressed to i.a. zelensky, the secretary of the central asian committee of the central asian committee of the central asian committee of the central asian committee of the central asian committee of the communist party of the soviet union: "the five-year plan was drawn up with illusions. this plan does not correspond to the level of our capabilities, nor to the demands and scope of the means at our disposal. also, this economic plan is not in accordance with our real capabilities, experience, and the development of our national economy. therefore, i consider burnashev's position (his opinion that our budget will grow too fast) wrong and false. this point of view stems from a lack of understanding and ignorance of the main issues of our economic situation" [14]. the socio-political life of the uzbek ssr in the 1930s coincided with the strengthening of the soviet system of violence and the rise of the cult of personality. during the "cleansing" of the ranks of the communist party, national leaders were accused of "not wanting to criticize their mistakes widely", "hiding their mistakes from the party", "hiding things from the party", "having special plans against the party" [15]. in 1928-1929, the struggle for national governance began to intensify. previously, the bolsheviks secretly attacked the local cadres, but now they took the path of overt physical extermination. in particular, it was reported that party and political figure i.khidiraliev shot himself on december 31, 1928 in moscow's "national" hotel after writing a letter to i.v.stalin. historian scientist american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org r.shamsuddinov rejects this opinion and writes: "when we analyze a number of valid documents in our hands, accusations, slanders and incitements of national cadres in those 20s, i.khidiraliev did not shoot himself, but deliberately "he shot himself" [16]. on the evening of may 10, 1929, bobohun salimov, who worked as the inspector of justice of the khorezm people's soviet republic and was later removed from state and party affairs, was surrounded by unknown people in his house and shot dead without a trial or interrogation [17]. the first editor of the newspaper "inqilobquyoshi", the ideological and political leader of magazines such as "qizil xorazm", "maorif" and newspapers such as "xorazm xabarlari", "yordam", "qizil yoshlarovozi", "ishchilar tovushi", "qopqon" and in the ussr mulla bekchon rahmonov, who worked as a supervisor of national culture, was tragically beaten to death on a ship by unknown persons in 1929 [18]. under the leadership of munavvar qori, 87 intellectuals were imprisoned for various incitements and later some were shot. summary the policy of the bolsheviks to purge the ranks of the party was aimed at eliminating their opponents from the leadership. their inability to compromise with a government, ideology and party other than the dictatorship of the proletariat was a chauvinist appearance. forced expropriation of private property by the bolsheviks, "class struggle" that became an ideological weapon of the dictatorship of the proletariat, the policy of "cleansing the party ranks" and their failure to agree with intellectuals and national cadres in state management had a negative impact on the development of society. the soviet union, a large multi-national state, allowed temporary nationalization of government in order to strengthen governance and ensure a continuous enforcement mechanism in the territories under its influence. because the bolsheviks needed local cadres to serve the soviet ideology in remote areas. therefore, it was allowed to train national communists from the local cadres and allow them to study and work in their mother tongue. however, in the following period, the rise of the movements in the national republics, which were considered as "counter-revolutionary", forced the bolsheviks to make a sharp turn from the localization of the administration to the centralization and russification. references: 1. firqani tozalash ishidagi asosiy vazifamiz // “qizil o‘zbekiston”. 1929 yil 22 may. 116-son. 2. jo‘ra zokiriy. yana o‘sha ziyolilar tepasida // “qizil o‘zbekiston”.1926 yil 20 iyul.162-son. 3. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezident administiratsiyasi arxivi , 58-fond, 5-ro‘yxat, 270-yig‘ma jild, 15-varaq. 4. eshonov o. fayzulla xo‘jaev (hayoti va faoliyati haqida ocherk). – toshkent:o‘zbekiston,1973. –b.80. 5. beliy v. partiya ichki demokratiyasining lenincha prinsiplpri. – toshkent: “o‘zbekiston”,1968.b.34. 6. zomin zaharlari // “qizil o‘zbekiston”. 1929 yil 31 iyul.176-son. 7. zomin zaharlari // “qizil o‘zbekiston”. 1929 yil 31 iyul.176-son. 8. firqamiz yo‘l bermasin // “qizil o‘zbekiston”. 1926 yil 27 iyul.168-son. 9. buxoro viloyat davlat arxivi, 286-fond, 1-ro‘yxat, 18-yig‘ma jild, 1-varaq. 10. buxoro viloyat davlat arxivi, 286-fond, 1-ro‘yxat, 18-yig‘ma jild,12-varaqlar. 11. o‘zbekiston milliy arxivi, 1710-fond, 11-ro‘yxat, 108-yig‘ma jild, 253-varaq. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 12. tozalash ishlarida navbatdagi vazifalarimiz // “qizil o‘zbekiston”. 1929 yil 14 oktyabr.240-son. 13. institut partiya tashkiloti ko‘proq diqqat talab qiladi // “buxoro haqiqati”. 1938 yil 23 may. 23son. 14. rajabov q. fayzulla xo‘jaevning o‘zbekiston davlatchiligi tarixida tutgan o‘rni / “fayzulla xo‘jaev – inson, siyosat arbobi va millat fidoyisi” mavzusidagi respublika ilmiy-nazariy konferensiya materiallari.-buxoro,2018. -51-52. 15. qatag‘on qurbonlari xotirasi davlat muzeyi arxivi, 285-raqamli hujjat. 16. shamsuddinov r. istiqlol yo‘lida shahid ketganlar. – toshkent:sharq,2001.-b.279. 17. matkarimov m. xorazm respublikasi: davlat tuzilishi, nozirlari va iqtisodi. – urganch:xorazm,1993.-b.27-28. 18. matkarimov m. xorazm respublikasi: davlat tuzilishi, nozirlari va iqtisodi. – urganch:xorazm,1993.-b.28-29. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org analysis and necessity of the financial condition of the enterprise: financial and economic babadjanov abdirashid musayevich phd in economics, senior scientific researcher. associate professor of the department of accounting and auditing. national research university “tiiame”. 39, kori niyoziy street, mirzo ulugbek district, tashkent, 100012, the republic of uzbekistan. е-mail: a.babadjanov@tiiame.uz scopus author id: 7611319; orcid: 0000-0003-0164-0475 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the analysis of the financial position of economic entities and the fact that scientific research is carried out on the shortcomings that arise in the financial report during the period of the enterprise's activities. in the implementation of the activities of the enterprise, each economic entity must analyze the financial condition of its enterprise. the need for financial analysis at the enterprise is considered and determined during the analysis, the classification of types of financial analysis, which affects the financial and economic condition of the enterprise, reflects the main users of its financial data, and also methodical methods of financial analysis of the enterprise are considered. scientifically based conclusions have been developed on the results obtained from the analysis of the financial condition of business entities. financial status, financial analysis, solvency, methods, financial stability. introduction in modern economic conditions, the activities of each economic entity attract the attention of a wide range of participants in market relations who are interested in the results of its activities. almost all users of financial reporting use financial analysis methods to make decisions to optimize their interests. analysis of the financial condition of the enterprise, organization is carried out by managers and related services, as well as founders, in order to study the effective use of resources, increase capital profitability and ensure the stability of the position of the enterprise. owners analyze reports to increase capital profitability, ensure the stability of the position of the enterprise. to minimize its risk on loans and deposits, creditors and investors analyze financial statements, suppliers for timely receipt of payments, tax checks for the implementation of the budget funds plan, etc. we can say that the quality of the decisions made depends entirely on the quality of their analytical validity. in order to ensure the survival of the enterprise in modern conditions, management personnel must first of all be able to really assess the financial condition of their enterprises and existing potential competitors. financial condition is the most important feature of the economic activity of the enterprise. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org it determines competitiveness, potential in business cooperation, assesses to what extent the economic interests of the enterprise itself and its partners in terms of financial and production are guaranteed. however, the ability to really assess the financial situation itself is not enough for the successful operation of the enterprise and its goal to be achieved. the competitiveness of an enterprise can be ensured only by the financial resources at its disposal and the correct management of the movement of capital. the financial condition itself determines the level of viability of the operating system in the changing conditions of the external and internal environment and its main components. including traditional, that is, business activity, liquidity of the balance sheet, solvency, is defined as a set of criteria that reflect financial stability, as well as: efficiency of financial and economic activity, efficiency of financial and economic activity, creditworthiness and attractiveness of the organization's investment. the financial condition of an enterprise, a category that reflects the state of capital in the process of its circulation within a specified period of time. characterizes the ability of the enterprise to selfdevelopment and self-financing. the financial condition, as a rule, determines the potential of the enterprise: the situation in a competitive environment also determines the degree of guarantee of economic interests, which plays a large role in matters of business cooperation. thus, it can be noted that the state is determined by the effectiveness of managing the enterprise with its financial resources. the financial condition of the enterprise can be stable, unstable and crisis. a crisis financial condition, in addition to these signs, is characterized by an unstable financial situation, the presence of regular payments (expired loans of banks, expired debts to suppliers, debts to the budget). unstable financial condition is characterized by a violation of financial discipline, interruptions in cash receipts to the current account and a decrease in the profitability of activities. the stable state is constantly achieved in the process of all activities of the enterprise, and the enterprise is characterized by the ability to make payments on time and, if something happens, the ability to withstand the onset of unforeseen circumstances. and, of course, a financially stable enterprise does not come into conflict with society and pays various deductions on time, such as taxes, duties, fees, contributions to funds, wages for workers and dividends to shareholders. to fully ensure a stable financial condition, the organization must have a flexible structure of capital, be able to organize the entire process of movement of capital and fixed assets in such a way that there is an opportunity to ensure solvency and constantly exceed income costs. it is necessary to highlight the content of the analysis of the financial condition. the purpose of the analysis will be to assess the financial situation and determine the possibilities of increasing efficiency with the help of financial policies. the financial condition is characterized by a system of indicators that reflect the real and potential financial capabilities of the economic entity as an object of business, an object of capital investments, a taxpayer. a good financial condition is the ability to effectively use resources, respond fully and timely to its obligations, the adequacy of its own funds to exclude high risk, good prospects for profit, etc. a bad financial situation is manifested in unsatisfactory solvency, low efficiency in the use of resources, inefficient placement of funds and their immobilization. the limit of the bad financial situation of the enterprise is the bankruptcy situation, that is, the inability of the enterprise to meet its obligations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org the analysis of the financial condition is a scientific basis, on the basis of which management decisions are made in business. to justify them, it is necessary to identify and predict existing and possible problems, production and financial risks, to determine the impact of the decisions made on the level of risk and income. financial reporting is the most important source of information about the activities of the organization. the interpretation of financial reporting indicators by different business entities is necessary for the adoption of various management decisions. as an economic system, the economic entity is the main link through which the purpose of production is carried out. the financial condition of the enterprise is characterized by the composition and location of funds, the structure of their resources, the speed of capital turnover, the ability of the enterprise to timely and fully pay its obligations, as well as other factors. a reliable and objective assessment of the financial condition of the enterprise is needed by many users. to obtain it on the basis of preliminary documents, current accounting data, indicators of a business plan, balance sheet and other financial statements, certain indicators, rules and methodology for their assessment are required. to assess the financial condition, theory and practice determine indicators of profitability and liquidity. an analysis of the financial condition exists and allows you to identify only the problems that have arisen and attract the attention of the management of the enterprise to them. based on the assessment of the current financial condition, it is advisable to determine the content of the analysis of financial statements based on the goals and objectives of the report formulated in the accounting legislation and international standards of financial reporting. material the role of analyzing the financial situation of an enterprise in the context of economic reforms is enormous. this is due to the fact that enterprises achieve independence, they are fully responsible for the results of their activities for shareholders, employees, suppliers, banks and creditors. the financial condition of an enterprise, this is a set of indicators that reflect its ability to pay off debt obligations. financial activity covers the processes of formation, movement and security of the property of the organization, control over its use. the financial condition of an enterprise is characterized by the availability of financial resources necessary for its normal functioning, the feasibility and effectiveness of their placement, financial relations with other legal entities and individuals, solvency and financial stability. foreign and domestic scientists paid attention to the problem of the analysis of the financial condition of the enterprise, the determination of management tasks on its basis and the need to make management decisions. professor, e. kuzmina comments as follows. “as the main tools for financial holtan analysis are horizontal (dynamics of indicators), vertical (analysis of structural articles), trend, comparative (spatial), factor methods, as well as a system of relative indicators (coefficient)” [1]. professor, a. vakhobov, and in the textbook of financial analysis published by ibragimov, such a definition of the insolvency of an enterprise is given. "when the solvency is said, it is understood to determine whether the farm has sufficient or insufficient funds necessary to fulfill the payment obligations to which the term has come" [2]. in an article published by l. chechevitsina, “the methodology for analyzing financial statements is based on knowing and understanding the economic essence of reporting articles, the content of the main american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org analytical relations of reporting forms, restrictions inherent in the balance sheet and the corresponding reporting forms” [3]. g. v. savitskaya understands the financial condition of the enterprise as "a complex economic category that reflects the ability of the business entity to finance its activities, pay obligations on time, while maintaining investment attractiveness" [4]. a. d. sheremet believes that "the financial condition of an enterprise is characterized by the structure of funds and the nature of the sources of their formation (own and borrowed capital, that is, liabilities)" [5]. v. r. the bank says. financial condition, which is “an economic category that reflects the state of capital in the process of circulation and the ability of the economic entity to develop itself at the specified time, that is, the possibility of financing its activities. it is characterized by the availability of financial resources necessary for the normal functioning of the enterprise, the expediency of their placement and the effectiveness of their use, financial relations with other legal entities and individuals, solvency and financial stability” [6]. the analysis of the financial situation of the enterprise is an important element of anti-crisis management, which becomes of particular importance within the framework of arbitration management when the issue of finding the debtor bankrupt arises. v. a. chernenko and n. yu. shvedova distinguishes between crisis and anti-crisis diagnostics of the enterprise [7]. quick diagnostics of the financial situation of the enterprise includes the following main stage: identification of the objects of monitoring the "crisis area"-various aspects of the economic entity's activities in the financial sphere that pose the risk of a crisis situation; selection of optimal financial indicators and coefficients for each object of monitoring the "crisis area" – indicators of the level of crisis threat; analysis of the financial condition of the enterprise, comparison of the actual level of indicator indicators with planned or regulatory indicators and determination of the volume of deviations in dynamics; the final stage of express diagnostics is an assessment of the crisis state of the enterprise [8]. models of foreign authors submitted for analysis of the likelihood of bankruptcy cannot accurately characterize the enterprise, since they are developed on the basis of research conducted by foreign organizations that are in a different economic environment and are subject to other features of bankruptcy legislation. [9]. in our opinion, different interpretations of the financial status imply different goals for its assessment. from the point of view of the business entity, the result of the analysis of the financial status is to determine the optimal amount of reserves of the enterprise, the norm of which should be sufficient to ensure solvency and minimize financial risk costs, on the other hand, not to distract excess circulating resources from current. financial condition is the most important feature of the enterprise's activities, determines its technical and economic potential and competitiveness, and also serves as a guarantee of the effective implementation of the economic interests of all members of the enterprise and its partners. the financial situation is represented by the structures of its assets and liabilities, that is, the ratio of the funds of the organization and their sources. the financial condition of the enterprise depends on the results of its investment, production, commercial and financial activities. if production and financial plans are implemented, the financial situation will improve. as a result of non-compliance with the production and sales plan, its cost american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org increases, income decreases, the amount of profit decreases, and as a result, the financial condition of the organization deteriorates. in modern economic conditions, the activities of each economic entity attract the attention of participants in market relations who are interested as a result of its activities. the main tool for this is financial analysis, with the help of which it is possible to objectively assess the internal and external relations of the analyzed object: describe its solvency, efficiency and profitability, prospects for development, and then, according to its results, make informed management decisions. one of the ways to reduce financial and operational risks is to constantly carry out a qualitative analysis of the financial condition of the organization. it is financial analysis that allows you to determine the optimal structure and composition of assets, select sources of financing and optimize capital structure, manage financial flows to ensure solvency and financial stability. it is customary to distinguish two types of financial analysis: internal and external. internal financial analysis is an integral part of the management of the organization's activities and provides information about the current financial situation. its purpose is to substantiate management decisions of an investment and financial nature within the framework of the strategy developed and adopted for the development of the enterprise. internal financial analysis is carried out by financial managers of an enterprise or owners of its property using a whole set of available informative indicators of a financial and non-financial nature. internal financial analysis allows you to assess: the property status of the enterprise; the provision of financing for the current activities of the organization; the level of liquidity and solvency of the enterprise; the possibility of paying short and long-term obligations; the level of entrepreneurial risk, in particular the possibility of paying obligations to third parties; the adequacy of capital for current activities and longterm investments; the need for additional sources of financing; the ability to increase capital; the rationality of attracting borrowed funds; the validity of profit distribution policies; business activities of the organization; the possibility of bankruptcy, etc. the results of such an analysis may reflect the commercial mystery of the organization. external financial analysis is an integral part of financial management, external users provide information about the financial condition of the enterprise and is a form of public financial reporting. external financial analysis is carried out by tax administrations, audit companies, banks, insurance companies, which are unauthorized persons for the enterprise and therefore do not have access to the internal information base of the enterprise, to study the correctness of reflecting the financial results of the organization, its financial stability and creditworthiness. external analysis is less detailed and formalized. financial analysis includes the following stages: collection of necessary information; information processing; calculation of change indicators in financial reporting articles; calculation of financial coefficients in the main aspects of financial activity; comparative analysis of the values of financial coefficients with standards; analysis of changes in financial coefficients; preparation of conclusions about the financial condition of the enterprise based on the interpretation of modern financial analysis has certain differences from the traditional analysis of the financial and economic activities of an enterprise. first of all, this is due to the increased influence of the external environment on the work of organizations. in particular, the dependence of the financial situation of economic entities on inflation processes, reliability of suppliers and buyers, complex organizational and legal forms of activity increased. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org as a result, modern financial analysis tools are expanding with new methods of accounting for these phenomena. methods the financial situation of the organization is analyzed using various methods and methods. there are various classifications of methods of financial analysis. in the practice of financial analysis, the main methods for analyzing financial statements have been developed: when conducting a horizontal analysis, each article of the financial statement is compared with the previous period for determining the dynamics of indicators reflected in the reports, as well as for analyzing the dynamics of the structure of indicators; vertical (structural) analysis is the establishment of the structure of financial indicators and the determination of the impact of each article of financial statements on the overall functioning of the organization, reflected in the forms of accounting financial statements; trend analysis is carried out by comparing each reporting element with a number of previous periods and then identifying the main trend in the dynamics of indicators; comparative analysis is divided into internal (comparison of the main indicators of the organization, branches and divisions) and interdisciplinary (comparison of the organization with the indicators of competitors and average indicators); factor analysis involves the analysis of the influence of individual factors (reporting articles) on the studied efficiency indicator. to assess the financial condition of an organization, a number of features are used that can be used to most fully and accurately determine the state of the organization in the external and internal environment. the methodology for analyzing the financial condition of the organization includes graphical, tabular and coefficient methods. the graphical method of financial analysis allows you to assess the financial condition of both the entire organization and individual objects of financial analysis. the subsequent assessment of the past and present financial condition of the organization is carried out using a graphical representation of the relative or absolute values of the financial statements on the balance sheet at the beginning and end of the period being analyzed in order to predict its future financial condition. when using the analysis method, of course, after receiving all the data of the enterprise, a plan is drawn up for further activities that indicate the aspects that need to be analyzed. the plan recommends noting which aspects should be addressed and which aspects can be briefly described. any analysis begins with a detailed, thorough study of the object or its specific side. the full use of comparative methods is based only on the detailed study of all objects that need to be compared. the tactics of the selected analysis cannot be changed until the end of the analysis, otherwise the logic of the study may be lost. discussion and outcome the main purpose of the analysis of the financial situation is to increase the efficiency of the activities of the economic entity, identify and eliminate deficiencies in financial activity, and find reserves for improving the financial condition of the enterprise and its solvency. within the framework of the analysis of the financial situation of the company, the current state, dynamics of the object of research, as well as its projection into the future, that is, the expected parameters of the future financial situation are studied. therefore, the main goal is studied in the following order: to determine the current state of the object under study, determine changes and determine the factors that are the cause of these changes and predict the main trends in the dynamics of the object being analyzed. in the analysis process, the indicators of the enterprise are compared with the average indicators of the world market economy, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org country or industry; comparing the indicators of this reporting period with the indicators of previous periods, as well as with the planned indicators of the reporting period; comparison of enterprise indicators with indicators of similar competitors. analysis of financial condition has the main functions: determination of the well-being of the enterprise; identification of the main factors and causes that caused changes in the period of the object's state and consideration of their effects; preparation of recommendations for improving the financial stability and solvency of the enterprise; prediction of the main trends in the development of the object. these tasks are solved by studying the dynamics of absolute and relative financial indicators. the analysis is divided into the following components: structural analysis of assets and liabilities; analysis of financial stability, characterized by a satisfactory and unsatisfactory structure of the balance sheet and reflecting the financial results of economic activity; analysis of the liquidity of the enterprise, which means the level of compensation of the enterprise's liabilities with its assets, the term of its conversion into cash corresponds to the term of liabilities; analysis of solvency, that is, the ability of the enterprise to timely meet the payment requirements of suppliers, pay loans and creditworthiness and other payments; in order to correctly understand the content, purpose and tasks of the analysis, it is necessary to classify it. to carry out the classification, it is necessary to choose a criterion. there are several systems for classifying types of financial analysis according to different characteristics (table 1). table 1. classification of types of financial analysis1. classification symbols types of analysis by transfer form internal. external. object of analysis at the organizational level. by structural unit or subdivision. for a separate financial transaction. by breeding stages. by resource types. by type of activity. by research volume full. thematic. by methods used horizontal. vertical. trending. analysis of relative indicators. comparative. factors. by spatial feature internal. inter-company. by time-based promising (predictive, preliminary): short-term, medium-term and longterm. operational. next (final). control object networks. at the enterprise level. at the level of structural divisions of the enterprise. by breeding stages. by resource types. by type of activity. by network sign network (network, agriculture, construction, trade). inter-network. by the degree of coverage of the studied objects bold. selected. by program composition complex. thematic. by form of evaluation of the results quantitative. quality. 1source: developed by the author on the basis of scientific research. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the effectiveness of enterprise management is largely determined by the quality of the information base and the thoroughness of its analytical processing. financial analysis, analysis of financial indicators that reflect the financial results and financial condition of the enterprise. financial indicators are mainly present in the financial statements of organizations, therefore it serves as an information base for financial and economic analysis. financial reporting is public and open, so it is used to meet the different interests of external and internal users. so, for example, the owners of the company are interested in capital profitability and financial stability. external users of this type of information, including creditors, suppliers, buyers, are worried about information about the solvency of the enterprise, product quality, reliability of delivery. investors are interested in the financial prospects of the organization in the future, whether it is worth investing in it or not. information and consulting companies use the information contained in financial statements to make recommendations to their customers on the placement of capital in a particular enterprise. trade and production associations carry out a comparative analysis and assessment of the results of activities at the network level based on the report. as shown in figure 1, the main users of the financial data of the enterprise can be expressed as follows. figure 1. features the composition of the main users of the financial data of the enterprise2. 2source: developed by the author on the basis of scientific research. m ai n u se rs o f fi n an ci al in fo rm at io n in te rn al u se rs management enterprises financial managers at all levels business owners (shareholders) other internal users ex te rn al u se rs enterprise creditors potential investors counterparties of the enterprise on operational activities tax authorities audit firms involved financial advisors and experts stock exchange (in which the quotation of securities issued by the enterprise) other external users american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org financial stability, is an enterprise that compensates for funds invested in assets at its own expense and does not allow unreasonable accounts receivable and creditor debts and pays its obligations on time. if the enterprise has a reserve of its own funds, then this characterizes the reserve of stability, provided that its own funds exceed the borrowed funds. the coefficients of financial stability of an enterprise characterize the structure of the capital it uses in terms of its solvency and financial stability of development. these indicators should interest creditors and investors the most, since the corresponding coefficients allow you to assess the degree of their protection against the inability of the business entity to pay long-term obligations. later, the amount of such loans increased sharply. the assessment of the ability of the enterprise to pay long-term obligations is carried out using this system of coefficients. these are the following indicators: maneuverability coefficient of own funds. shows how much the capital invested in working capital of the enterprise has in its total capital; the coefficient of autonomy. the coefficient of autonomy indicates to what extent the assets used by the enterprise are formed at the expense of capital; the coefficient of provision of reserves with their own working capital is calculated as part of the division of their working capital into material current assets; constant asset index. it is determined by dividing the value of long-term assets by the value of capital and reserves; the coefficient of long-term attraction of borrowed funds, the ratio of long-term loans and loans to the entire amount of the enterprise's debt; the ratio of the real value of property, the share of the production capacity in the total volume of assets. production potential includes fixed assets, production reserves, unfinished production, cheap and outdated items. in our opinion, the creation of scientific developments, manuals, scientific articles as a result of giving conditions to each of our researchers and scientists, who are engaged in scientific research, will serve science in the future [10]. conclusion analysis of the financial condition of the enterprise, according to the results of the analysis, the enterprise can draw conclusions about its real economic condition, evaluating each indicator by the degree of impact on the financial condition. therefore, in most cases, the conclusion for the analysis of the financial situation will be the determination of the current state, as well as the determination of the next forecast in the event of the necessary measures. the financial condition and financial stability of enterprises largely depends on the optimal structure of the sources of their own funds and borrowed funds and the acceptability of the structure of the assets of the enterprise, as well as the ratio of basic and working capital, at the same time, it depends on the receipts and obligations of the funds. to assess the stability of the financial situation of the enterprise, a whole system of indicators characterizing changes is used: capital structures by the location of the enterprise and sources of education; efficiency and intensity of its use; solvency and creditworthiness of the enterprise; reserve of its financial stability. analysis of the financial situation is carried out with the aim of studying the effectiveness of the use of resources not only by the heads of the enterprise and its relevant services, but also by its founders, investors; banks-to assess the conditions of lending and determine the level of risk; suppliers-for timely receipt of payments; tax inspectorates-for the implementation of accordingly, the analysis is divided into internal and external. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the financial condition of the enterprise is necessary for: assessment of the use of financial resources and capital of the enterprise; assessment of the financial competitiveness of the enterprise; assessment of the possibility of fulfilling obligations to the state and other economic entities; determination of the level of financial stability of the enterprise; determination of trends in the change in the financial condition of the enterprise; forecasting the main trends in the financial condition of the enterprise; development of effective management decisions of the enterprise, as well as other measures. chechevitsina. references 1. kuzmina, e.e. (2017) complex analysis of economic activity / e.e. kuzmina, l.p. kuzmina. moscow.: yurayt. 250 p. 2. vakhobov a.v., ibragimov a.t. (2002) financial analysis. tashkent; shark, 29 p. 3. chechevitsina, l.n. (2018) analysis of financial and economic activity / l.n. chechevitsina. moscow.: 367 p. 4. savitskaya g.v. economic analysis: textbook. – 14th ed., reprint. and additional. moscow.: infram, 2017. 525 p. 5. sheremet a.d. methodology for analyzing the activities of commercial organizations/ a.d. sheremet, e.v. negashev. – 2nd ed., reprint. and additional. moscow.: infra-m, 2016. 117 p. 6. bank v. r. financial analysis: textbook / v.r. bank, s. v. bank, a.v. taraskina. moscow.: tc velbi prospekt, 2014. 10 p. 7. chernenko v.a. anti-crisis management: textbook and workshop for academic bachelor's degree/ v.a. chernenko, n.yu. shvedova. 2nd ed., reprint. and additional. moscow.: yurayt publishing house, 2018. 135 p. 8. glukhova d.v. improvement of the mechanism of anti–crisis financial management in organizations: dis. ... candidate of economic sciences: 08.00.10 finance, money circulation and credit / know hpe "north caucasus humanitarian technical institute". stavropol, 2015. – 63-66 pp. 9. zhdanov, v. yu. financial analysis of an enterprise using coefficients and models: textbook / v. yu. zhdanov, i. yu. zhdanov. moscow.: prospect, 2020. 176 p. 10. babadjanov abdirashid musayevich. foreign experience in financing the agrarian sphere and development of scientific supply. american journal of business management, economics and banking. issn (e): 2832-8078. volume 11, | april, 2023. – pp. 54-59. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org organization of administration in central asia and kazakhstan muslims office (1943-1991) temurbek abramatov faculty of history and philology of tashkent university of applied sciences teacher of the department of social sciences qurbonnazarov azizbek faculty of history and philology of tashkent university of applied sciences teacher of the department of social sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article deals with the organization of management in the central asia and kazakhstan muslim office. based on scientific data, the author studied and analyzed the specific aspects of the organization of management in the office of muslims in central asia and kazakhstan on the basis of available literature. central asia, kazakhstan, muslim office, islam. introduction the first activities of the office of muslims of central asia and kazakhstan began in the years of the second world war, and the uzbeks, like other brotherly nations in the union, were drawn into the vortex of war. from the first days of the war, the material and moral forces of uzbekistan will be mobilized for the war. all regional, city and district military commissariats engaged in the mobilization of those subject to military service. along with the workers of uzbekistan, employees of science, education and culture, religious organizations also contributed to the victory over the german-fascist invaders. main part: during the difficult times of the war, on july 12, 1943, the fraternal republican clerics led by eshon bobokhan, a famous religious scholar of his time, sent an official letter to the presidium of the supreme soviet of the ussr with the proposal to open a religious control of the muslims of central asia and kazakhstan, and on july 31 of this year, with the 55th decision, to open a religious office. get permission[1]. sheikh eshan bobokhan, a famous religious scholar of that time, devoted more than 80 years of his life to the propagation of islam. in 1943, eshon bobokhan founded the religious department of muslims of central asia and kazakhstan. birichi was elected chairman of the board and mufti of five allied republics at the kurultoy. they served in this position until 1957 (death). since 1945, they have established friendly relations with saudi arabia and a number of muslim countries, they are the ones who caused muslims to go on pilgrimage. , began to be called the office of muslims of uzbekistan in our country[2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org mufti eshon bobokhan (1943-1957) invited religious figures from all the cities of middle osnyo to toshkeng in order to solve and publicize religious issues. eshan used the wise instructions and advices of his highness baba khan and praised his highness for his intelligence and his unceasing efforts to promote islam[3]. eshon bobokhan's children ziyaviddin eshon bobokhan continued the traditions of their father. ziyaviddin eshon bobokhan was born in 1908 in the city of tashkent in the family of the great islamic scholar eshon bobokhan ibn abdulmajidkhan. he received his first religious lessons first from his father, then from teachers such as hakim qori domla, bahadir khan makhdum, sheikh alauddin, jamal haji. at the age of twelve, he memorized the qur'an. in 1920, he entered the kokaldosh madrasa in tashkent, where he studied hadith and jurisprudence. his father eshon bobokhan ibn abdulmajidkhan was elected as the chairman of the religious control of the muslims of central asia and kazakhstan, which was established in 1943, and ziyovuddin khan was elected as the responsible secretary and judge of uzbekistan. in 1947-1948, he studied at the al-azhar school in cairo, then in the cities of mecca and medina, deepening the science of hadith. in 1948, he was elected the deputy chairman of the regional muslim religious administration, and after his father's death (1957), he was elected chairman and mufti, and worked effectively in this position until the end of his life[1]. eshon bobokhan meets stalin in moscow in 1943. stalin offers him to call a congress of muslim scholars, to find ways to give them practical help to win the war. according to the decision of the presidium of the supreme soviet of the ussr no. 55 of july 31, 1943, the religious department of the muslims of central asia and kazakhstan was established in tashkent. at that time, scholars known as "qori" and "makhdum" among the people sincerely helped the work of the religious department. among them are mubin qari from andijan, noman qari, habibullah qari, ibrahim makhdum, mirza mahmud qari, ismail makhdum from namangan, muradhoja salihi teacher from tashkent, safa qari, nafi qari, nadir khan makhdum, fazil khoja qazi, munirkhan makhdum teacher, sulayman qari pochcha from margilan. mukarramkhan tora, teacher muhammad amin, teacher olimkhan tora from kyrgyzstan, teacher shafoat haji, teacher abdusattar qazi from tajikistan, teacher salih bobokalon, teacher kina eshon from turkmenistan, teacher abdugaffor from kazakhstan and sokin hazrat, nodir khan qori from akkurgan, shahobuddin qori from andijan, shaikrom qori and minhojiddin qori from tashkent. , hazrat shakir hiyoliddin from shymkent and many other scholars and scholars can be included. later, these people actively served in important positions of the religious department and made a great contribution to the formation of the religious department[2]. however, the religious policy of the soviet government was like a two-sided playing field. already, in order to prevent the religious situation in the country and the free activity of religious organizations, based on the decisions of the soviet of people's commissars of the ussr dated may 20, 1944, and the council of people's commissars of the ussr dated august 9, 1944, the "council of religious affairs" was established under the executive committees of all regions and the council of people's commissars of the ussr representative office" is established. his main task was to study and summarize the religious situation in the republic, the activities of religious organizations, and to report to the center on a regular basis. also, the decree of the central committee of the cpsu (b) dated september 27, 1944 "on organizing scientific and educational propaganda" was announced, which considered the issues of mobilizing party organizations, representatives of the field of public american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org education, and intellectuals in the wide spread of natural and scientific topics among the population. . if we pay attention to the history of management, in different years eshon bobokhan abdumajidkhan son (1943–57), ziyovuddin khan bobokhanov (1957–82), shamsuddin khan bobokhanov (1982– 89), muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf (1989–93), mukhtorjon abdullayev (bukhari) were appointed to the office. 1993–97), abdurashid qori bahromov (1997–2006), usmonkhan alimov has been the chairman since 2006 [4]. from the second half of the 70s of the 20th century, muhammad sadiq muhammad yusuf began to play an important role in the management of the religious office. after the sheikh graduated from kulliyatu dawatil islamiya university in libya, he started teaching at the tashkent islamic institute named after imam bukhari. at that time, secular subjects were taught more than religious classes. for example, such subjects as history, geography, philosophy, social studies, russian, english, persian languages, "great figures" were taught. a few hours were devoted to subjects such as islamic history and tafsir from religious classes. in short, the educational programs of that time did not meet the needs of students who wanted to learn religion. ustoz muhammad sadiq rolled up his sleeves and worked hard to make changes to the program of the school. serious changes were made to the curriculum of the educational institution, such subjects as aqeedah, ulumul qur'an, ulumul hadith were taught. the qualifications of teachers have been increased, talented specialists have been hired, and discipline has been strengthened in the admission of students [2]. during this period, muhammad sadiq interacted with many world-famous religious scholars and figures and acted as a translator. one of them was sheikh ahmed kuftaru, the chief mufti of syria at that time, who often visited the former alliance, and muhammad sadiq accompanied him on some of his visits. once, this high-ranking guest even went to bulaqbashi to visit the parents of his highness sheikh and thanked them for raising such a child. in addition to tutoring and translating, his highness the sheikh wrote articles for the magazine "muslims of the soviet east", which was considered the only religious publication during that authoritarian regime. in addition, they wrote and translated books together with their special students. the books "faith, islam, qur'an" are the product of such work. results and discussions: the soviet government's attack on religion, the fight against holy places, their pilgrimage, intensified especially after the decision of the central committee of the cpsu on november 28, 1958 "on measures to end the pilgrimage to holy places". according to this decision, all holy places had to be closed. according to the representative of the council on religious affairs of uzbekistan, there were 176 "holy places" in the republic until may 30, 1959. of these, 138 holy places were closed. according to the information of the representative of uzbekistan on religious affairs dated february 4, 1962, there were 295 holy places operating in the republic on january 1, 1960. due to the measures taken in 1960-1961, 245 holy places were closed. on january 1, 1962, only 49 holy places were functioning in the republic[5]. in 1970, taking into account that the western countries were telling the world that the soviets were irreligious and that all religious beliefs of religious people were limited, the soviet government quickly expanded the activities of religious offices in ufa, baku, boynaksk, and, in particular, tashkent, and through them, also in tashkent, in order to show that "freedom of conscience is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org ensured." to open the higher institute of islam (now the institute of islam named after imam bukhari), in 1969, under the control of religion, to publish the department of international relations and the magazine "muslims of the soviet east" in four languages, the holy qur'an and imam bukhari's "al-jame' as-sahih". and "al-adab al-mufrad" were allowed to be published in arabic, to send twenty-five muslims on hajj and hold international conferences. also, the number of registered mosques in uzbekistan increased to 70 in 1978, 71 in 1979, 74 in 1980, 78 in 1981, 80 in 1982, 80 in 1983, and 82 in 1984. during this period, the number of unregistered and operating mosques decreased from 90 to 46. during 1978-1984, the number of religious figures allowed to perform registered religious ceremonies increased from 221 to 299. the number of unregistered religious leaders decreased from 1,300 to 518 during that period. as can be seen from the above facts, in 1978-1984, the number of official mosques increased by 12, while the number of unofficial mosques decreased by 44. the number of official religious figures increased by 78, while the number of unofficial religious figures decreased by 782. as mentioned above, from the second half of the 80s of the 20th century, muhammad sadiq began to work in the international department of the religious administration. muhammad sadiq was promoted to the position of director from vice. now they began to work harder and more energetically than before. currently, as a result of these efforts, students who have been educated by the teacher in the territory of the former soviet union and even abroad are actively working in religious and secular fields. any of the former students you meet will have warm opinions about the teacher. his highness the sheikh was soon appointed as the mufti of the religious office. that person prayed to god for salvation, fully aware of this huge responsibility, and started working diligently. the first thing he did in his position as mufti was to return usman mushafi to the muslims. the return of mushaf gave spiritual strength to the muslims. the old mosque, madrasa, and historical monuments were restored and repaired. religious education of muslims was under strict pressure during the former union. if we pay attention to the numbers, there are only 82 mosques operating in uzbekistan[6]. one of the most sensitive issues was the religious education of muslims. his highness the sheikh resolved this issue positively. separate free courses were organized to provide religious knowledge to intellectuals of our country. the courses opened for women were later converted into women's madrasas. another way to return to originality was to change the name of the religious office. office"movarounnahr", and the press edition was called "movarounnahr muslims". "light of islam" magazine was established. a lot of work has been done in the press and publishing. first of all, the necessary manuals and textbooks for students were published. books such as "ustozi avval", "muallimi sani", "ibadati islamiya" were printed in many copies and delivered to muslims. to meet the needs of muslims, his highness the mufti took action to bring a million copies of the mushaf donated by saudi arabia[1]. it should be noted that the law "on freedom of conscience and religious organizations" was adopted in the conditions of the transitional period, that is, on june 14, 1991, when the soviet ideology still prevailed. the law "on freedom of conscience and religious organizations" adopted in a new version in 1998 reflected the universally recognized principles of international law. according to it, in the republic of uzbekistan, religion is separated from the state, and no privileges or restrictions are imposed on any religion or religious belief over others. is not allowed, the state supports the establishment of mutual understanding and respect between citizens who believe in different religions and those who do not believe in them, religious organizations of different beliefs [7]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org since 1992, this organization has been called the office of muslims of movarounnahr. it has been called by its current name since 1996. it operates as an independent organization separated from the state. the office manages religious affairs among muslims in uzbekistan, issues fatwas, appoints imams-khatibs to mosques, and trains religious workers. financially, it is provided at the expense of donations from muslims to mosques, auxiliary farms, etc. the governing body of the office is the supreme committee. its chairman is a mufti. conclusion: in short, the first activities of the office of muslims of central asia and kazakhstan began in the years of the second world war, and the uzbeks, like other brotherly nations in the union, were drawn into the vortex of war. from the first days of the war, the material and moral forces of uzbekistan will be mobilized for the war. all regional, city and district military commissariats engaged in the mobilization of those subject to military service. along with the workers of uzbekistan, employees of science, education and culture, religious organizations also contributed to the victory over the german-fascist invaders. he confirmed that in the difficult times of the war, management was subordinated to the demands and ideology of the communist party and the soviet state. references: 1. https://islom.uz/maqola/7172 2. hasanboyev o'. relations between the state and religion in uzbekistan: religious organizations, currents, current directions of ideological struggle. t.: tiu publishing-printing association, 2014. 3. shamsuddin khan bobokhanov. an indelible wound. life and activities of sheikh ziyovuddin khan. t., 1998. b. 13 4. "tashkent" encyclopedia. t., 2009. b. 126 5. bobokulovna yu. the reflection of the composition of the religious office of the muslims of central asia and kazakhstan in archival documents. // looking back, 2020. – #10. b. 66. 6. oblomurodov n, tolipov f. history of uzbekistan (textbook for non-specialist students of higher educational institutions). t., 2022. b. 242. 7. the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on freedom of conscience and religious organizations". american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org the chronicles of the press of the republic of uzbekistan and the regions keep pace with the times yakubova nodira tulaganovna head of information and library collections preservation service karshi, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the processes of historical development of the press of the republic of uzbekistan and the region and analyzes the impact of the modern press on social, political and cultural life. the role of the press in society, its role in obtaining and disseminating information, as well as its harmonization with modern technologies, are detailed. the article also provides information about the development of the regional press and its importance in regional issues. press of uzbekistan, regional press, information, modern technologies, social life, political life, cultural life, history of development. introduction during the years of independence, a solid system of creating educational literature for educational institutions and communicating to students was created in our country, with the publication of textbooks and teaching aids in seven languages that are being taught in uzbekistan. the material and technical base of information and resource and information and library centers is updated and modern electronic library systems are operating. a look at the history of the formation of the "chronicle of the press of the republic of uzbekistan". when we look at the history of the formation of the "chronicle of the press of the republic of uzbekistan," it is necessary to specifically mention the national book chamber of the republic of uzbekistan. on january 3, 1926, a decree of the government of uzbekistan "on the establishment of the samarkand state book chamber" was announced in samarkand, which was the capital of uzbekistan until 1930. the book chamber was affiliated with the academic center of the institutions under the people's commissariat of uzbekistan. in 1934, it was established in tashkent. since 1928, the national book chamber of uzbekistan has been compiling the "chronicle of books of uzbekistan." since 1931, the "chronicle of journal articles" has been compiled in russian, and since 1938, in uzbek. the "chronicle of newspaper articles" began in 1969. by the decree of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 3 dated january 7, 1994, the status of the national book chamber was granted. until 2002, the national book chamber operated under the state press committee of uzbekistan, and afterward, it was incorporated into the national library of uzbekistan named after alisher navoi. according to the decree of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 302 dated november 14, 2011, the functions of the national book chamber were transferred to the national american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org library of uzbekistan named after alisher navoi. within the structure of the national library named after alisher navoi, the task of state bibliography was assigned to the service of forming the national bibliographic information database, and every month, a "chronicle of the press of the republic of uzbekistan" is created at the national library named after alisher navoi. in preparing the chronicle, we directly refer to bibliographic descriptions. without studying the bibliographic description according to standards, we cannot compile the chronicle, i.e., the bibliographic index. the bibliographic description is compiled in accordance with o‘zdst 1214:2009 "bibliographic description of the document. general requirements and rules for compilation." abbreviations in the description are applied according to o‘zdst 1215:2009 and gost 7.12-93 "abbreviations of russian words and phrases in the bibliographic description." since 2021-2022, the employees of the service for forming the national bibliographic information database of the national library of uzbekistan named after alisher navoi have been providing methodological assistance to the information-library centers of the republic of karakalpakstan, the regions, and the city of tashkent, and have been selflessly helping regional bibliographers in preparing the "chronicle of the regional press." since january 2022, the information-bibliography service of the sayido nasafiy information-library center of the kashkadarya region has also been providing bibliographic descriptions of books, monographs, journals, and newspapers published in the kashkadarya region, preparing the "chronicle of the regional press" every quarter. "chronicle of the regional press" is a quarterly bibliographic index, consisting of sections such as "chronicle of books," "chronicle of journal articles," and "chronicle of newspaper articles." in the "chronicle of books," information is provided about mass-political literature, scientific monographs and collections of articles, popular science publications, textbooks designed for educational institutions, educational-methodical publications for teachers and students, practical manuals, reference books and dictionaries, literary works, publications for children and teenagers, scientific-technical information publications, and bibliographic manuals of major enterprises and organizations in the region. the index of names in the "chronicle of books" is organized alphabetically. the "chronicle of journal articles" provides information about articles published in the journal "sohibqiron yulduzi," which has been published since 2010 on the initiative of the well-known poet and promoter of spirituality, the late ismoil to'xtameshov. the journal includes sections on "timur studies," "historiography," and "research." since the third quarter of 2022, the "chronicle of journal articles" has included the journal "qardu xabarlari" from qarshi state university, the journal "social sciences" from qarshi engineering economics institute from the fourth quarter, and the journal "innovative technologies" from the first quarter of 2023. the "chronicle of journal articles" contains an "alphabetical index of journal names" and an "index of names," both organized alphabetically. the "chronicle of newspaper articles" provides information about the most important and topical analytical, critical, artistic, socio-philosophical, political-legal materials published in more than 25 newspapers in the kashkadarya region. the newspaper articles index includes an "index of newspaper names," an "index of names," and an "index of headlines," all organized alphabetically. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org the "chronicle of the regional press" is a bibliographic index intended for use by researchers, librarians, independent researchers, specialists in various fields, and a wide readership interested in the history and culture of the republic of uzbekistan and the kashkadarya region. currently, the chronicles of the press of the republic and the regions are being highlighted on social networks. the convenience of the press chronicle lies in the fact that users do not have to leaf through journals and newspapers. since the articles are divided into sections by field and then further subdivided into smaller sections, and the indexes are arranged alphabetically, users can find information quickly and easily. for specialists, it saves time spent searching for information in catalogs and card files, providing convenience by allowing them to find information quickly and easily online using the press chronicle. references 1. resolution by the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev, dated 07.06.2019, no. pq-4354 "on further improving information and library services for the population of the republic of uzbekistan", (http://lex.uz//docs/-4372449). 2. alimov, s. (2015). history of the press of uzbekistan. tashkent: science and technology. 3. gülomov, b. (2018). ways of development of the regional press. samarkand: samarkand state university press. 4. sayidov, r. (2020). information technology and press. tashkent: tashkent university of information technology press. 5. kholmirzaev, o. (2016). press and society. bukhara: bukhara state university press. 6. bekmurodov, o. (2019). current issues of the uzbek press. tashkent: justice publishing house. 7. nazarov, a. (2021). press and information: modern approaches. tashkent: publishing house of the center for innovative development. http://lex.uz/docs/-4372449 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org ricketis in children: causes, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment ibatova sh. m. mamatkulova d. kh. samarkand state medical university, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s rickets occurs during a period of intensive growth and development of the child. the main cause of rickets in children is a lack of vitamin d. diagnosis of rickets is based on anamnesis, clinical picture of the disease, and biochemical blood tests. to assess skeletal deformities, x-rays of long bones are taken. computed tomography and densitometry provide a more accurate assessment of the condition of bone tissue. treatment of vitamin rickets should be comprehensive, long-term and aimed both at eliminating the causes that caused it and at eliminating hypovitaminosis d. rickets, children, clinic, diagnosis, treatment, prevention. introduction rickets is a common pathology among newborns and children in the first years of life, which is based on a lack of minerals for the formation of bone tissue [1-10]. rickets occurs during a period of intensive growth and development of the child. this pathology is a growth disease, as it mainly affects children aged from two months to three years [11-16]. the disease is diagnosed in 55-65% of full-term newborns, and among premature infants its number reaches 80%. rickets is a polyetiological disease of infants and young children associated with insufficient intake of vitamin d in the body, which leads to disruption of various metabolic processes, primarily phosphorus-calcium metabolism, which contributes to damage to many organs and systems, and mainly the bone skeleton. this definition allows us to consider rickets as a nosological entity, which reflects its etiological and pathogenetic aspects. causes of the disease the main cause of rickets in children is a lack of vitamin d. this substance performs two important functions: it helps the absorption of calcium in the small intestine and reduces its leaching in the kidneys. despite their relatively small size and body weight, during this period, children need amounts of vitamin d 5-6 times greater than the amounts required by the adult body [17-23]. the causes of hypovitaminosis d are: exogenous and endogenous. exogenous causes of hypovitaminosis d are: 1) insufficient intake of vitamin d from food, due to the lack of foods rich in vitamin d in the diet (egg yolk, cod fat, fish and bird liver, caviar, milk, butter, etc.); american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 2) insufficient insolation, i.e. insufficient exposure of infants to fresh air, which leads to disruption of the formation of vitamin d3 from 7-dehydrocholesterol in the epidermis under the influence of ultraviolet rays. endogenous causes of hypovitaminosis d are: 1) disruption of the absorption of vitamin d in the intestine, which is observed in intestinal malabsorption syndrome, biliary obstruction and other pathological conditions; 2) disruption of the processes of hydroxylation of inactive forms of vitamin d into its active forms (vitamin d3) in the liver and kidneys, which may be associated with chronic diseases of these organs, as well as with genetic disorders of the processes of synthesis of vitamin d3; 3) impaired absorption of ca and p in the intestine, their increased excretion in the urine and impaired utilization of bone tissue; 4) impaired functional activity or absence of receptors for vitamin d3. risk groups for the development of vitamin d deficiency rickets premature babies; children born with intrauterine malnutrition; born with signs of morphofunctional immaturity; children with impaired intestinal absorption syndrome (cystic fibrosis, celiac disease, exudative enteropathy, etc.); children with convulsive syndrome receiving treatment with anticonvulsants; with reduced motor activity (paresis and paralysis, etc.); with chronic pathology of the liver, biliary tract; frequently ill children; children receiving poor nutrition; with a family history of impaired phosphorus-calcium metabolism; from twins or from repeated births with short intervals between them. it is known that vitamin d enters the child’s body in two ways: with food and as a result of synthesis in the skin under the influence of ultraviolet rays. vitamin d comes in small quantities from food, but its main share (up to 80%) is produced in the layers of the epidermis under the influence of solar ultraviolet radiation. vitamin d comes through the intestines in an inactive form, and to participate in calcium metabolism it must be activated by passing through the liver and kidneys. most often, signs of rickets are observed in children living in large cities with unfavorable environmental conditions. in dysfunctional and low-income families, children with rickets are more common than in families that do not experience financial difficulties. in addition, risk factors for development are: • mother's age: either too young (under 18 years old) or mature (after 40 years old); • limited maternal exposure during pregnancy; • insufficient nutrition of the mother during pregnancy, unreasonable dieting, lack of physical activity; • chronic diseases of the mother; • third and subsequent pregnancies; • premature pregnancy; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org • birth of twins; • frequent births (less than two years between births); • artificial feeding of a child with incomplete absorption of necessary substances from the nutritional mixture; • incorrect nutritional choices that do not correspond to the child’s age; • underfeeding or overfeeding; • intrauterine development disorders; • diseases of the nervous system; • digestive disorders, insufficient absorption of nutrients in the intestines. boys suffer from rickets more often than girls, dark-skinned children more often than lightskinned children. in addition, the child’s second blood group is an additional risk factor. clinical picture until 3 months of age, the disease practically does not manifest itself, and quite distinct clinical symptoms do not form earlier than in the second half of the year. parents should be wary if their child: • becomes irritable, frightened by sharp sounds or the flash of a switched-on lamp; • sweats profusely, and the scalp often becomes moist, sticky sweat with a sour smell irritates the skin and causes itching, the child often scratches his head; • muscle tone is reduced, so the child is delayed in physical development later than peers, he begins to sit, crawl and stand on his feet; • when palpated, a large fontanel with soft edges is felt. in severe forms of rickets, the symptoms of the disease in children manifest themselves in the form of deformation of bone tissue. in a sick child: • legs are bent, knees are turned outward or brought together; • sunken sternum; • flattened occiput; • parietal and frontal tubercles protrude, bald patches appear on the forehead; • teeth do not erupt for a long time and the fontanel does not close. the disease affects the activity of internal organs, which manifests itself as: • digestive dysfunction, stool instability, decreased weight; • anemia; • reduced immunity, frequent colds and respiratory infections. the listed symptoms may indicate not only rickets, but also a number of other diseases, so laboratory tests are necessary to confirm the diagnosis. diagnosis laboratory diagnosis of rickets includes blood and urine tests to determine the level of calcium and phosphorus, as well as an analysis for alkaline phosphatase, a specific enzyme involved in the transfer of calcium and phosphorus. the dynamics and ratio of these indicators make it possible to clarify the period of the disease. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org to assess skeletal deformities, x-rays of long bones are taken. computed tomography and densitometry provide a more accurate assessment of the condition of bone tissue. treatment currently, the treatment of rickets is complex. it includes: • organizing a daily routine with daily long walks in the fresh air; • providing adequate nutrition that satisfies the child’s need for calcium and other minerals; • drug therapy – taking vitamin d in a dosage sufficient to compensate for the deficiency; • non-drug therapy – massage, therapeutic exercises, ultraviolet baths, balneotherapy. treatment of vitamin rickets should be comprehensive, long-term and aimed both at eliminating the causes that caused it and at eliminating hypovitaminosis d. most often in pediatric practice, a water-soluble form of vitamin d3 (aquadetrim), developed by terpol (poland), is used for the treatment and prevention of rickets. the advantages of an aqueous solution of vitamin d3 (aquadetrim) are (n.a. korovina et al., 2003): better absorption from the digestive canal (an aqueous solution of vitamin d3 is absorbed 5 times faster, and the concentration in the liver is 7 times higher); absorption requires less tension in the intestinal enzyme systems, especially in premature infants, given their immaturity; longer lasting effect when using an aqueous solution (lasts up to 3 months, and an oil solution – up to 4-6 weeks); higher activity; rapid onset of clinical effect (5–7 days after taking d3 and 10–14 days when taking d2); convenience and safety of the dosage form. aquadetrim (an aqueous solution of vitamin d3) is available in 10 ml bottles with a special pipette and contains 500 iu in 1 drop. taking into account the severity of the pathological process, its severity and the nature of the course of vitamin d-deficient rickets, vitamin d3 is prescribed at 2500-5000 iu per day for 30-45 days. after achieving a therapeutic effect, they switch to a prophylactic dose (400-500 iu per day), which the child receives for 3 years. children at risk are sometimes treated against relapse of the disease 3 months after the main course of treatment. nonspecific treatment includes the organization of a protective regime appropriate to the patient’s age, with the elimination of loud noise, bright light, and additional irritants. it is necessary to ensure that the child spends a long time in the fresh air during the daytime with stimulation of active movements. carrying out therapeutic exercises and massage, hygiene procedures (bath, rubdown) are of great importance. the diet is recommended in accordance with the age and needs of the child and is adjusted taking into account existing deficiencies. for this purpose, a 3-4 month old child who is breastfed is given vegetable and fruit decoctions and juices instead of drinking; earlier, yolk and cottage cheese are prescribed. with mixed and artificial feeding, vegetable complementary foods should be prescribed at an early age, and the amount of milk, kefir and porridge should be limited. if clinical recommendations are followed, rickets is cured quickly enough and without long-term consequences, but only if measures were taken in the initial stages of the disease. in severe forms of the disease, it is not always possible to overcome skeletal deformation; delays in physical development, as well as the negative impact of the disease on the nervous system, are not american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org without consequences. for three years after recovery, the child remains under clinical supervision with quarterly medical examinations. references 1. ibatova sh.m., d.t. rabbimova, e.s.mamutova, n.b.abdukadirova, m.m.kadirova. gaschromatographic appraisal of aplication of apricot oil and aevit in complex therapy of vitamin d deficiency rickets in children. international scientific journal theoretical &applied science, 24.04.2019, philadelphia, usa, р.333-336. 2. ibatova sh.m. evaluation of the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex treatment of children with rickets // j. bulletin of the association of physicians of uzbekistan. 2015. no. 4. p.50-53. 3. ibatova sh.m. optimization of the treatment of rickets in children // j. infection, immunity and pharmacology. 2015. no. 5. s. 99-103. 4. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y.the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 5. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020.-p. 3-6. 6. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gas-liquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 7. sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova gas chromatographic evaluation of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex therapy of vitamin d-deficient rickets in children. scientific journal "new day in medicine". no. 2 (30/2) 2020. s. 265-267. 8. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 9. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 10. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. 11. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k.state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 12. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213. 13. ibatova sh.m. d.s. islamova, sh.o. akhmedov. the use of cumin oil in the treatment of children with rickets // j. problems of biology and medicine, samarkand. 2015. no. 2 (83). s. 50-52. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org 14. sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova, n.b.abdukadirova, kh.m. oblokulov, f.a. achilovа. the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil in children with rickets. // scientific and practical journal "questions of science and education", moscow, 2019, no. 27 (76), -p.40-46. 15. ibatova sh.m., f.kh. mamatkulova, m.m. kodirova. evaluation of the effectiveness of treatment of rickets in childrenby gas-liquid chromatogramphy asian journal of multidimensional research vol. 9, issue 10, october, 2020.р. 44-47. 16. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., goyibova n.s. studying the level of immunoglobulins in the blood serum of children in depending on feeding. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences. 2023. p. 10-14. 17. ibatova sh.m. abdurasulov f.p. ruzikulov n.e. some aspects of community-achilled pneumonia in children. american journal of pedagogical and educational research. volume 13, | june, 2023. p. 27-31. 18. kazantsev, v.a. rational therapy of lower respiratory tract infections / v.a. kazantsev // consilium medicum.– 2013. extra edition. s. 7–8. 19. kolosov, v.p. community-acquired pneumonia (clinical course, prediction of outcomes) /v.p. kolosov, e.yu. kochegarova, s.v. naryshkina. blagoveshchensk, 2012. 124 p. 20. ibatova sh.m., ruzikulov n.e. evaluation of the effectiveness of the use of cumin oil in rickets in children. evaluation of the effectiveness of the use of cumin oil in rickets in children. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 9 | issue: 3 | march 2024. p.4547. 21. ibatova sh.m., ergaiev a.kh. mamatkulova d.kh. some indicators of lipid and phosphate-calcium metabolism in children with rickets receiving traditional treatment. epra international 22. ibatova sh.m., shakarboyeva o.x. lipid spectrum of blood serum in children with rickets. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. volume 4, issue 11, november, 2023 p. 288-295. 23. ibatova sh.m., ergashev a.kh., islamova d.s. optimizing the treatment of rickets in infants. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. volume 4, issue 6, june, 2023 p. 97-102. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org the effect of the product development process in improving product quality cnc technology is an i̇nteractive variable-an exploratory study in ibn majid general company noor adil sekhi al-sadoon management technical college, southern technical university, iraq nooralsadoon969@gmail.com prof. dr. hashim nayef hashim al-hachim management technical college, southern technical university, iraq hashim.naif@stu.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research aims to reveal the relationship between the product development process as an independent variable and cnc technology as an interactive variable to improve product quality as a dependent variable. the research problem was represented in a main question (what is the effect of the product development process in improving product quality? cnc technology as an interactive variable)? the importance of the research lies in its focus on the product development process and the necessity of using modern production methods such as cnc technology because of its important role in achieving the economic development of the country. finally, the research reached a set of conclusions, the most important of which is that support from senior management is a basic and important element for improving the quality of products. by keeping pace with technologies, technological developments and digital machines, providing training programs to raise the level of capabilities and skills they possess, and creating working people with experience and competence to ensure the survival and growth of the company, as well as revealing the presence of acceptable levels of the dimensions of the product development process in the company, the research sample, and at an acceptable level so attention must be paid to them increasingly to improve the quality of future products. product development process, improving product quality, cnc technology. introduction المستخلص و تقنية الــكمتغير مستقل عملية تطوير المنتجالى الكشف عن العالقة بين يهدف البحث cnc لتحسين جودة المنتج كمتغير تفاعلي عملية تطوير المنتج في تحسين جودة المنتج تقنية الــما تأثير ) يفي تساؤل رئيس البحثتمثلت مشكلة و كمتغير تابع cnc متغيرا ؟تفاعليا( mailto:hashim.naif@stu.edu.iq american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org لما لها من cncتنبق أهمية البحث من خالل تركيزها على عملية تطوير المنتج وضرورة استخدام أساليب اإلنتاج الحديثة كتقنية الـ الى مجموعة من االستنتاجات في مقدمتها أن دعم االدارة العليا يعد البحثاخيراً توصل دور مهم في تحقيق التنمية االقتصادية للبلد ، ً وتوفير برامج من خالل مواكبة التقنيات والتطورات التكنلوجية واآلالت الرقمية وذلك لتحسين جودة المنتجات ومهما عنصراً اساسيا البقاء والنمو عاملين يتمتعون بالخبرة والكفاءه لضمان اشخاصوالمهارات التي يتمتعون بها وخلق القابلياتبمستوى لالرتقاءتدريبية يتوجب مقبول وبمستوى البحث ةعين الشركةفي عملية تطوير المنتجفضالً عن الكشف عن وجود مستويات مقبولة من ابعاد ،للشركة االهتمام بها بشكل متزايد لتحسين جودة المنتجات المستقبلية.. cncالكلمات المفتاحية: عملية تطوير المنتج، تحسين جودة المنتج، تقنية الــ المقدمة منظمات تغيرات سريعة نتيجة لعدة عوامل تتمثل في ال تواجه؛ إذ الحديثة االعمالالمنتجات من السمات الرئيسية لمنظمات تطوير يعد القائمة في جميع المجاالت سواء على الصعيد االقتصادي او الصناعي والتطورات المعلومات و التقنياتوتكنولوجيا االتصاالتثورة . تؤثر بدورها على و ستؤدي جودة المنتج إلى زيادة قرار الشراء، حيث تحسين جودة المنتجبشكل كبير على عملية أيتنعكس وتؤثر الزبون الشراء رضا المشتريب الزبائنرضا يتمثل وونية توقعات مع للمنتج المتصور األداء تطابق &waluya) مدى iqbal,2019:179) . والتقنية التي تواجه المنظمات تحتم عليها مواكبة هذه التغيرات من اجل الحفاظ على موقعها التنافسي و ةالتغيرات الديناميكيفي ظل االستجابة السريعة لرغبات الزبائن وزيادة وعي االفراد العاملين في مجال اإلنتاج بالتقنيات الحديثة من اجل تطوير المنتجات وتحسين إذ ادى ظهور تقنية الــ ، جودتها cnc الى تحسين جودة المنتجات حيث يتم برمجة اآلالت من اجل تصنيع قطع دقيقة وبسرعة عالية )التحكم العددي بالكمبيوتر( التي كان لها اثر (cnc) وبكفاءة اعلى قياسا بالماضي، ادى ظهور التقنيات الحديثة والسيما تقنية الــ كبير في عملية تطوير المنتج وتحسين جودته وتقليل كل من الجهد البشري و الوقت الالزم لعملية تطوير المنتجات فضال عن ذلك أصبحت عملية التطوير الخاصة بالمنتج اكثر مرونة . ودراسات سابقة البحثالمحور االول : منهجية االتيبالسؤال البحثوتتلخص مشكلة البحثمشكلة أوال: cnc)الىىىي أد مىىىد تىىىؤتط يمليىىىة تفىىىوسط المنىىىتم تىىىي تحسىىىيخ اىىىودي المنىىىتم مىىىخ ىىى ل اسىىىتخدا تقنيىىىة متغيىىىطا : وتشتق منه التساؤالت الفرعية االتيةتفايليا(؟ يات تطوير المنتج ؟لخطوات جادة في عم الشركةلدى هل .1 ؟ cncتقنية المن خالل تحسين جودة المنتجفي عملية تطوير المنتجالى اي مدى تؤثر .2 ؟ في تحسين جودة المنتج pdp )تؤثر عملية تطوير المنتج )الى أي مدى .3 ؟ البحثما طبيعة عالقات التأثير المتعددة بين متغيرات .4 وما اهم االسس التي تسهل اعتمادها؟ pdp)عملية تطوير المنتج )مفهوم شركة ابن ماجدهل يدرك العاملون في .5 ؟ماهي التحديات والصعوبات التي تواجه الشركة في امتالك مثل هذه التقنيات الحديثة .6 البحثتانيا: اهداف الى تحقيق مجموعة من االهداف ، وهي البحثيسعى الباحثان من خالل هذه : المنتج في تحسين جودة المنتجات من خالل الدور التفاعلي لتقنية يتمثل الهدف الرئيسي في معرفة مدى تأثير عملية تطوير .1 . cncالــ معرفة أيا من متغيرات عملية تطوير المنتج األكثر تأثيرا في تحسين جودة المنتج. .2 عن طريق االطالع على cncعملية تطوير المنتج و جودة المنتج و تقنية الـــالتعرف على مفهوم واهمية وابعاد كل من .3 االدبيات والدراسات ذات الصلة بهذه المتغيرات. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org . البحثالشركة عينة يات تطوير المنتج في لعم وطبيعةواقع معرفة .4 البحث ةثالثا: أهمي في النقاط االتية : البحثوتتجلى اهمية الكافية االموالمسألة تطوير المنتجات وضرورة رصد الىية لالسادة المسؤولين في منظماتنا المح انتباهلفت .1 تحسين جودة المنتجات. بدرجة كبيرة في اهمتس هاكون المتالك مثل هذه التقنيات التعرف على التقنيات الحديثة واثرها في عملية تطوير المنتج من اجل تحسين جودة المنتج . .2 و التي تساهم في تطوير منتجات الشركة. البحثاإلفادة من طبيعة العالقة الموجودة بين متغيرات .3 باالعتماد على وسائل إحصائية ومقايس علمية . البحثتحليل ووصف متغيرات .4 البحثرابعا: انموذج -1)ذات الصلة بين المتغيرات الرئيسية والفرعية في الشكل العالقاتالى توضيح للبحثيهدف المخطط الفرضي 1( للبحث ( المخفط الفطضي 1-1الشكل ) استناداً الي ) ةمخ ايداد الباحثالمصدر: (sekaran & bougie,2016:73-78 البحث ت امسا: تطضيا :h1 اودي المنتم يند مستو تحسيخ ي قة ارتباط ذات داللة إحصائية بيخ يملية تفوسط المنتم و)ال تواد . ( 0.05معنوسة h2 اودي المنتم يند مستو تحسيخ ) ال تواد ي قة تأتيط ذات داللة إحصائية لعملية تفوسط المنتم يلي : . (0.05معنوسة h3 )ال تواىىىىىد ي قىىىىىة تىىىىىأتيط ذات داللىىىىىة إحصىىىىىائية لعمليىىىىىة تفىىىىىوسط المنىىىىىتم تىىىىىي تحسىىىىىيخ : يند مستو معنوسة cncاودي المنتم بواود المتغيط التفايلي تقنية الىىى 05.0.) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org الدراسات السابقة 12. ( دراسات سابقة 2-1ادول) يملية تفوسط المنتم :سابقة متعلقة بالمتغيط المستقل سةدرا .1 requirement based product development process in manufacturing industry ينوان الدراسة اسم الباحث و السنة (heljo,2020 ) العملية، المشكلة في هذه الحالة هي أن مشاريع التطوير الكبرى والمشاريع السريعة األصغر تم تنفيذها باستخدام نفس نموذج مشكلة الدراسة كانت هناك حاجة لتحسين نموذج عملية تطوير المنتج الحالي ليناسب احتياجات أنواع مختلفة من المشاريع الهدف من هذه الدراسة هو إنشاء نموذج عملية جديد لشركة الحالة لتنفيذ مشروع التطوير المستقبلي بشكل أكثر فعالية. و هدف الدراسة إنشاء الرئيسي هو أفضل الهدف فهم الحصول على اآلخر هو الرئيسي الهدف ، أكثر مرونة نموذج عملية لتنفيذ إطار لمتطلبات المشروع وحالة العمل في الواجهة األمامية للعملية ، منهج نوعي دراسة حالة نوع الدراسة ومنهجها framery oyشركة مجتمع الدراسة the pre and bce tools األساليب المستخدمة finland مكان الدراسة اهم االستنتااات تقدم النتائج في هذه الدراسة المعرفة والتطبيقات التي تعتمد على الدراسات السابقة نموذج العملية في حد ذاته ليس حالً جديدًا تم تقديم النموذج منذ عدة سنوات تجلب الدراسة نفسها الكثير من التحسينات لشركة الحالة وال يمكن في كلمة تطوير المنتج استخدام نفس التعديالت الدقيقة في شركة أخرى مثلها بشكل عام، يمكن أن تكون هذه الدراسة مفيدة للشركات األخرى التي تحاول معالجة نفس النوع من المشكالت التي واجهتها الشركة. cncتقنية الىىسابقة متعلقة بالمتغيط التفايلي: ةدراس .2 design automation for cnc machining a case study for generating cnc codes from ينوان الدراسة geometric cad models ganapathi& erappa,2019 )) اسم الباحث و السنة cncفي الوضع الحالي، يتم إنشاء كود مشكلة الدراسة يذويا أو يقوم المشغل بكتابة الكود يذويا لنموذج cad من خالل تصميم النموذج cncيعد إنتاج كود cnc أوالً ثم تتم محاكاة الكود للتحقق من األخطاء قبل تشغيل التشغيل اآللي في تقنية ومعايرته cad/camإجراًء مستهلًكا للوقت للغاية ويتم استخدام المزيد من الوقت لعمليات وعمليات cnc هذه مشكلة وية،دالي جديرة بالمالحظة والتي تؤدي إلى إبطاء عملية التشغيل اآللي، إن أتمته عملية إنشاء التعليمات البرمجية هي المفتاح لمعالجة هذه المشكلة من نماذج التصميم الهندسي بمساعدة (cnc) الهدف من هذه األطروحة هو أتمتة توليد رموز التحكم الرقمي بالكمبيوتر هدف الدراسة ((cadالكمبيوتر دراسة حالة ، المنهج الكمي و النوعي نوع الدراسة ومنهجها the production lab at linkoping university مجتمع الدراسة ( تم تصميم كل نموذج باستخدام هذا البرنامج وكذلك يتم العمل باستخدام البرنامج (srp proبرنامج مدمج يسمى برنامج األساليب المستخدمة catia v5النصي ،microsoft excel vbaو sweden مكان الدراسة اهم االستنتااات تعد األتمتة نتائج الدراسة هو أن أتمته برمجة الكود تؤدي إلى زيادة سرعة عملية المعالجة عن طريق تقليل استهالك الوقت مفيدة ألنها تزيد من القدرة على استيعاب التغييرات الجديدة في تصميم النموذج اودي المنتم سابقة متعلقة بالمتغيط التابع : ةدراس .3 الدراسة ينوان product quality and customer satisfaction and their effect on consumer loyalty اودي المنتم ورضا الزبائخ وتأتيطهما يلي والء المستهلك اسم الباحث و السنة (grace et al,2021 ) mandiri jaya mobil pematangsianاذا كان تأثير جودة المنتج ورضا الزبائن على والء المستهلك موجود في منظمة مشكلة الدراسة tar التي تعمل أعمالها في شراء وبيع السيارات الجديدة والمستعملة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org للبحث طار النظطد اال المحور الثاني: أوال:يملية تفوسط المنتم الدافعــة و إن القــوى شــهدت عمليــات تطــوير المنــتج العديــد مــن التطــورات فــي الســنوات األخيــرة مــن حيــث النظريــة واألســاليب ــات ــوير المنتج ــية لتط ــوجالرئيس ــدم التكنل ــبب التق ــو بس ــة يه ــة اإلنتاجي ــي العملي ــتخدمة ف ــدات المس ــي اآلالت والمع ــارع ف المتس ــتمر و ــكل مس ــائن بش ــر اذواب الزب ــين وتغي ــغوطات المنافس ــن ض ــد فضــال ع ــوع جدي ــى ن ــذي أدى إل ــات و ال ــن المنتج ــر م مبتك ((nunes et al,2017:1218:1219 . مفهو يملية تفوسط المنتم ) المنظماتمعروفة على نطاب واسع بين المنتجعملية تطوير et al,2023:1 gomes العملية ( أساسية خطوة اذ اعتبرت هذه )تطوير المنتجات عملية إلنتاج منتج ضمن اإلطار الزمني المتفق عليه بين جميع أصحاب المصلحة المعنيين في asyraf et al. 2022:7:11 ) . ــتج ) ــة تطــوير المن pdp)تحــدع عملي ــن ــه م ــتج وإنتاج ــدفها تصــميم المن ــون ه ــي يك ــن األنشــطة الت ــلة م ــويقه ، خــالل سلس وتس ــة، ــية للمنظمـ ــتراتيجيات التنافسـ ــى االسـ ــافة إلـ ــة، باإلضـ ــود التكنولوجيـ ــات والقيـ ــوب واإلمكانيـ ــات السـ ــى احتياجـ ــاًء علـ اذ ان بنـ ــتج ــوير المن ــة تط ــن عملي ــدف م ــاجاله ــى اإلنت ــادًرا عل ــون التصــنيع ق ــث يك ــتج بحي ــى مواصــفات تصــميم المن ــو الحصــول عل ه (cavalcante& fettermann,2019: 1646 ). ابعاد يملية تفوسط المنتم ــية:.1 ــناعية القدرة التنافسـ ــية أن المنظمات الصـ ــم يمكن لها من خالل قدرتها التنافسـ الزبائن عن طريق مركزا متميزا لدى أن ترسـ (.200: 2018) العين و العزام،تركيزها على تنويع المنتجات المقدمة للزبون وأيـضا التركيز المـستمر على عملية تطوير المنتجات ية للصـناعة إلى القدرة على القدرةوال زالت كانت ير القدرة التنافـس ية بين المنظمات موضـوع اهتمام الباحثين والمنظمات ، تـش التنافـس ــوب أو زيادتها من حيث التكلفة المنخفضــة أو خصــائ المنتج مقارنة بالصــناعات المماثلة في البل ن دا الحفاظ على حصــتها في الس على االســتجابة من خالل مســتوى التفاعل أو اســتخدام اإلمكانات أو القدرةالتنافســية للمنظمات على أنها القدرةيُنظر إلى ، المختلفة ــاهمين ــا الزـبائن وقيـمة المســ ــتمر لجودة ـخدـمة مجموـعات رضــ ــين المســ (2022:46:47,التنفـيذ أو القوة الـمالـية من خالل التحســ turgunpulatovich ). gardner حيث اشار سنوات، عدة مدى على األكاديميين من للعديد المنتج محور اهتمام حياة يعد مفهوم دورة .دورة حياة المنتج:2 ( إلى 1986عام الكثيرون هذا أن ( الحظه الذي للواقع انعكاس مجرد هو المنت المفهوم حياة دورة باسم يعرف ) ج وأصبح sibghatullah,2019:24 تم تقديم مفهوم دورة حياة المنتج ألول مرة في التسويق في الخمسينيات من القرن الماضي كوسيلة (. هدف الباحث تحديد تأثير جودة المنتج ورضا المستهلك على والء المستهلك، هدف الدراسة الدراسة ومنهجها نوع دراسة حالة تم استخدام المنهج الكمي mandiri jaya mobil pematangsiantarمنظمة مجتمع الدراسة اختبار الصالحية من خالل مقارنة قيمة معامل االرتباط ثم األساليب المستخدمة اختبار الصالحية عن طريق المستخدمة هي األداة التحليلية الطبيعية من خالل اختبار الحالة الموثوقية أللفا كرونباخ ثم يتم إجراء لمستوى الموثوقية من خالل مقارنة الحد األدنى مقارنة القيم غير المتماثلة ويستخدم معامل التحديد لمعرفة مدى قدرة المتغير المستقل على تفسير المتغير التابع ثم استخدام tالمعادالت الخطية البسيطة والمتعددة بهدف معرفة تأثير المتغير المستقل على المتغير التابع واستخدام اختبار لإلجابة على fالفرضية جزئيا واختبار لإلجابة على االختبار المتزامن indonesia مكان الدراسة اهم االستنتااات المستهلك لهما تأثير إيجابي ومعنوي سواء االستنتاج الذي تم الحصول عليه من نتائج هذه الدراسة هو أن جودة المنتج ورضا جزئيا أو في وقت واحد على والء المستهلك وهذا يدل على أن جودة المنتج قادرة على توفير الثقة للمستهلكين ألن المستهلكين اليوم يريدون حقًا منتجات ذات جودة جيدة، وال تتلف بسهولة، وكذلك إذا كان المستهلكون راضين فإن ذلك سينتج انطباًعا إيجابيًا عن والء المستهلك، ألن الرضا سيعود المستهلكون بالتأكيد للشراء مرة أخرى american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org )في التسعينيات تم توسيع مفهوم ، لوصف مراحل حياة المنتج لدعم التسعير األمثل للمنتج plc إلى ما هو أبعد من سياب التسويق ( )عات االخرىامتد ليصل إلى القطا ji &abdoli,2023:30 ). باإلضـافة إلى المنظمة على تنظيم أعمالها واالسـتفادة من أصـولها من خالل مجموعة من المهارات والمعارف هي قابلية. القابليات: 3 تتضـمن كذلك على نشـر رأس المال، بما يتوافق عادة مع العمليات التنظيمية لتحقيق األهداف النهائية المنظمةقدرة وهي ايضـا ذلك، في نهاية المطاف، تتشـكل العمليات الملموسـة أو غير الملموسـة القائمة على المعلومات مهارات المعرفة مثل القدرة الفنية أو اإلدارية المنظـمةالـخاصــــة )المنظـمة من خالل التـفاعالت المعـقدة بين موارد ـب (fadilah & ramayah, 2023: 130:131 أشــــار . andersson,2020:3) ر وفي المقابل أشــا.المنظمة لقدرة المســتوى عالية المواصــفات الى ان القابليات هي( kimhur,2020:4) ) والقدرة على اإلنجاز. مدى حصول الشخ على فرص أو قدرات حقيقية الختيار خيارات قيمة للحياةهي ــوب:4 ــة الس ــاثلين .تجزئ ــوا متم ــتج ليس ــين للمن ــتخدمين المحتمل ــع المس ــا أن جمي ــة مفاده ــة لدراس ــوب نتيج ــة الس ــأتي تجزئ ــم ،ي فه ــي أنمــاط الشــراء واالســتخدام ــاتهم، وف ــي أنمــاط حي ــي ســلوكياتهم االســتهالكية، وف ــون ف ــة مختلف ــس الجاذبي ــإن نف ــذلك، ف ونتيجــة ل ) تثير اهتمام جميع الزبائن المحتملين وتلبي احتياجات كل زبونالعامة لن 547 :2017 ( gichuru & limiri, . مشكلة إذ تتمثل حسب احتياجاتهم أو خصائصهم أو سلوكهم الشرائي الزبائن عد تجزئة السوب مفهوًما أساسيًا في التسويق الذي يجمع ت ) تجزئة السوب في تقسيم السوب إلى مجموعات أصغر من الزبائن casas-rosal et al , 2021:3 ). ــر) ــل مــع التغي ــة التعام ــيح إمكاني ــث تت ــات حي ــًرا ضــروريًا للمنظم ــة أم ــة العملي ــد مرون hoang et al,2022:1)5. المرونة:تع ،ومــن أجــل تحقيــق أقصــى قــدر مــن المرونــة فــي التطــوير يجــب علــى المنظمــة نشــر قــوة عاملــة تتســم بالمرونــة فــي حــد ذاتهــا . ــة ــة والخارجيـ ــطرابات الداخليـ ــة االضـ ــي مواجهـ ــة فـ ــون مرنـ ــب أن تكـ ــة يجـ ــوى العاملـ ــي أن القـ ــذا يعنـ ) وهـ 2456 :2021 .( kapoor et al, المعــدات حيــث قــدرة نظــام التصــنيع علــى صــنع مجموعــة متنوعــة مــن أنــواع األجــزاء باســتخدام نفــس كــذلك ) كان أقل حساسية للتغييرات التي تطرأ على بيئته مرونة،كلما كان النظام أكثر (lafoua et al,2016 :99. تانيا: اودي المنتم ــائن ــل الزب ــد مــن قب ــى الســلع و الخــدمات أدى الطلــب المتزاي ــاج عل ــي إنت ــه ف ــق رغبت ــى تحقي ــد مــن المنظمــات إل ــى ســعي العدي إل ــي الســوب ــه المنافســة ف ــتج عــالي الجــودة يمكن ) من . (brata et al,2017:433 ــذلك ــتج مــن أول و ب ســيكون إدراك جــودة المن التــي يمكــن أن تتضــمن مجموعــة هاحتياجاتــ ةتلبيــ ، ألنهــا تعمــل علــى المنــتج يقومــون بشــراء الزبــائن عنــدمااألشــياء التــي يراهــا ((santy & atika,2020:94:95 ميزات والتي تعمل على تحسين أداء المنتجممتنوعة من ال مفهو اودي المنتم علــى للتــأثير فعــال عنصــر فهــي التكنولــوجي التطــور ظــل فــي دائــم نجــاح وعنصــر تنافســية اســتراتيجية أداة المنــتج جــودة تعتبــر ــون ســلوك ــار ودفعــه الزب ــع مــن المنظمــة منتجــات الختي ــدائل جمي مــع تتناســب التســويقية سياســتها كانــت إذا خاصــة المتاحــة، الب ــا جــودة ــرواي) منتجاته ــة .(9: 2019، ال ــال التجاري ــي األعم ــتج ف ــة لجــودة المن ــتم إعطــاء األولوي ــا ي ــى انه ــرف عل ــذلك تع وب ــه ــار وظيفت ــى إظه ــتج عل ــدرة المن ــى ، ق ــتج، باإلضــافة إل ــغيل وإصــالح المن ــهولة التش ــة وس ــاملة والدق ــة الش ــك المتان ــمل ذل ويش (rosanti et al ,2021:366 سمات المنتج األخرى .) ابعاد جودة المنتج قدرة المنتج على إعطاء نتائج مماثلة خالل كل عملية يقوم بهااالداء : .1 ((kumar et al,2021:901. جمال تغليف المنتجمثال لمنتج ات تتعلق با، ويتم قياسه من خالل مؤشرالجماليات : .2 ( (khoironi et al,2018:52 ــاء و جودة المنتجتم وصــف الجماليات كعنصــر ذاتي لحيث . قد يكون من الصــعب إرض يتعلق بهذا البعد من الجودة الجميع فيما (lone& bhat,2022:8.) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org هي احتمالية عدم فشل المنتج خالل فترة زمنية محددةالموثوقية : .3 ( giovanni& zaccou,2023:991 .) ــة المطابقــة : .4 ــتج لمواصــفاتهاهــو مطابق ــذي يعطــي نظــرة عامــة علــى مــدى مالءمــة المن meliawati لمواصــفات وال et al,2023:78)) المنــتج كــذلك مــدى ســرعة التــي يــتم مــن خاللهــا صــيانة المنــتجيعكــس هــذا البعــد خــدمات مــا بعــد بيــع إمكانيــة الخدمــة: .5 ــراهيم) ــون فقــط إلــى انخفــا جــودة المنــتج ولكــن كــذلك ( 446: 2022،اب يشــير هــذا البعــد إلــى أن الزبــائن ال ينتبه ــتج ــزين المن ــل تخ ــت قب ــى الوق ا إل ــوظفين أيضــً ــع الم ــة االتصــال م ــة عملي ــ وجدول ــة ... ال ــدرة الخدمي ــؤدي الق ــث ت حي ــائن ــل الزب ا مــن قب ــً ــم تقييمهــا ذاتي ــي ت ــى اســتنتاج حــول جــودة المنتجــات الت ــتج إل rimawan et 2332:2017) للمن al,.) ــة : .6 ــة أو المجهــدة، المتان ــتج فــي ظــل الظــروف العادي ــع للمن ــاس لعمــر التشــغيل المتوق ــبع وهــي وهــي مقي ســمة قيمــة ل (.ali,2019:529) المنتجات cnc الثا: تقنية الىى ) الــ شهد سوب التصنيع باستخدام تقنية cnc ) ( نمًوا كبيًرا في السنوات الست الماضية ومن المتوقع أن يستمر في النمو sousa et al,2020:1 أجهزة بسيطة تعمل بالثقب إلى آالت متطورة يتم تشغيلها بواسطة الكمبيوتر تطورت هذه التقنية بشكل ملحوظ من حيث. ( ) باستمرار zhang et al,2024:164 تعد هذه التقنية واحدة من أهم منهجيات إنتاج األجزاء وغالبًا ما يشار إليها على أنها محرك ( مهدت أذتستخدم قطاعات مختلفة عمليات التصنيع من خالل هذه التقنية إلنشاء أجزاء في تطبيقات مختلفة، ، عمليات التصنيع الحديثة أهدافها بطرب متنوعة للمنظمات بتحقيق للتصنيع والتشغيل اآللي مما سمح )الطريق . ( soori et al,2023:1 الوقت بمرور ) استخدمت على نطاب واسع لتصنيع األجزاء (kvitnevskiy,2019:1 عند استخدام هذه نظًرا للدقة العالية واتساب المنتج والكفاءة . )التقنية (elyorbek,2023:37 . cncمفهو تقنية الىى تخدام أداة القطع للحصـول على الـشكل المطلوب تخدام لذلك التصـنيع اآللي هو عملية قطع أو إزالة المواد من عنصـر العمل باـس تم اـس ــ يتم إنشاء العديد من األجزاء المعقدة التي تطلبها الصناعات المختلفة باستخدامحيث على نطاب واسع هذه التقنية ــــ تقنية الــ cnc srinivasan,2023:1) &velraja في أحد الركائز المهمة في التصـــنيع لعقود من الزمن هذه التقنية هي جزء أســـاســـي اذ تعد (. ) التصنيع في المستقبل عمليات latif et al,2021:1 ــ ن ا (. ــ المفهوم األساسي لتقنية ال cnc الحديثة هو فصل األشكال الهندسية )للجزء وعمليات التشغيل اآللي في التصميم والتصنيع لتطوير المنتج mauthner et al,2023:157 ( . للبحثالمحور الثالث: الجانب العملي اختبار التوزيع الطبيعي للبيانات أوال : منوذلك االختبار هذا إلجراء ( spss ) برنامج باعتماد ثانالباح قام اختبار خالل (kolmogorov-smirnov) ( واختبار shapiro-wilk ( لزيادة مستوى التأكد من خضوع البيانات للتوزيع الطبيعي ، حيث siqقيمة α ≥ 0.05 ( قيمة كانت إذا (، فان البيانات 0.05المعنوية هي اكبر من ( 1-3) الجدول ويوضح. الطبيعي التوزيع تتبع . اختبار التوزيع الطبيعي للبيانات نتائج ( نتائج اختبار خضوع البيانات التوزيع الطبيعي 1-3) جدول kolmogorov-smirnov shapiro-wilk mean s.devation siq mean df siq المتغير التابع تحسين جودة المنتج 4.10 .888 .200 4.10 .888 .116 المتغير التفاعلي cnc تقنية 4.43 .819 .060 4.43 .819 .060 المتغير المستقل عملية تطوير المنتج 3.861 .887 .200 3.861 .887 .117 البحثالمصدر : من اعداد الباحثة اعتماد على نتائج تحليل االستبيان المعتمد في american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org (1-3) الجدول من يالحظ ( 0.05) من اكبر هي ( ( siq قيمة ان البحثمتغيرات لجميع بتلك الخاصة البيانات ان يعني مما ييالطبيع للتوزيع خاضعة المتغيرات للبيانات. االحصائي التحليل في المعلمية االختبارات استخدام يمكن وعليه البحث أختبار فرضيات و اإلحصائياجراء التحليل ثانيا: الخاراي( النموذج( القياسي النموذج تحليل .1 ( ( assessment of measurement model المتغيرات المشاهدة بين العالقة التحليل هذا يحدد ) األسئلة أو المؤشرات ( اختبارين هما من يتكون التحليل وهذا .. المشاهدة المتغيرات وثبات صدب أنه يصف كما (.معامل التشبع ومعيار الموثوقية المركبة و معيار متوسط التباين المفسر )ويشمل اختبارأ.ا تبار الصدق التقاربي: معامل التشبع • معامالت التشبع ألسئلة محاور االستبيان (1-3شكل ) من نتائج برنامج المصدر: pls4 smart معام ت تشبع مؤشطات قياس متغيطات البحث. (2-3ادول ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org .و اكثر ( 0.70 )معيار التشبع المقبول هو * ( لذا يحب 0.40-0.70) بين ما ونظرا لوجود عدد من معامالت التشبع قد حققت قيمة المركبة الموثوقية على آثار حذفها فح حذف تلك االسئلة بشكل نهائي و في حالة عدم وجود تغيير بكان حذف تلك االسئلة يزيد من الموثوقية المركبة ، عندها يتم القرار فإذا المؤشرات ة( نتائج اختبار نموذج البحث بعد استعاد2-3الشكل ) يوضحو في الموثوقية المركبة ، عندها يمكن اإلبقاء على تلك االسئلة ( . 0.70التي حققت معامل تشبع اقل ) ( 0.70( نتائج اختبار نموذج البحث بعد استعادة مؤشرات معامل تشبع اقل ) 2-3الشكل ) من نتائج برنامج المصدر: pls4 smart . : المفسط التباسخ متوسط ومعيار المطكبة الموتوقية معيار • ( نتائج3-3 ) الجدول المفسر التباين متوسط معيار و المركبة الموثوقية معيار حسابات حالة حذف االسئلة التي معامالت تشبعها اقل من (0.70 ) حالة اعتماد جميع اسئلة المقياس average variance extracted (ave composite reliability cronbach's alpha average variance extracted (ave `composite reliability cronbach's alpha المتغير المستقل عملية 0.910 0.917 0.377 0.893 0.917 0.521 تطوير المنتج القدرة 0.780 0.787 0.604 0.740 0.767 0.634 التنافسية دورة حياة 0.736 0.786 0.691 0.776 786..0 0.601 المنتج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org 3-3يتضح من الجدول ) )معيار( وان 0.70( ان جميع معامالت الموثوقية المركبة قد تجاوزت ) المفسط( هو اكبط مخ التباسخ متوسط االتساب( ، مما سعني قبول 0.50) ألسئلة المقياس اي ان االسئلة قادرة على قياس ما وضعت من اجله . ي الداخل يشير: اختبار الصدب التمايزي ب. يمثل متغير كل أن بمعني البع بعضها عن المتغيرات تباعد درجة الى التمايزي الصدب اختبار fornell and )معيار) اعتماد تم ، مكررة غير المستخدمة المتغيرات ان التأكد من اجل ومن المتغيرات، من غيره يمثل وال نفسه larcker هذاحيث يقيس للمتغيرات، التمايزي الصدب لتحديد 1981 الخاصة التي هي بمؤشراته المتغير ارتباط درجة المعيار ر خآ متغير أي من اارتباط أكثر (hair et al 2021 : 139:309). يوضح (4-3) الجدول باعتماد التمايزى الصدب اختبار نتائج ) معيار ( fornell and larcker . (4-3) جدول معيار باعتماد التمايزى الصدب أخبار نتائج ) ( fornell and larcker corralationof latent variables ارتباط المتغيرات الكامنة المتغير عملية تطوير المنتج تحسين جودة المنتج cncتقنية الــ عملية تطوير المنتج 0.709 تحسين جودة المنتج 0.704 0.710 cncتقنية الــ 0.702 0.705 0.711 : من نتائج برنامج الجدول smart pls4 وبناء على نتائج تحليل الصدب التقاربي وتحليل الصدب التمايزي وعلى ضوء المعايير التي حددت لكل تحليل فأنه يتم قبول نتائج والبدء (. (structural model بتحليل النموذج الهيكلي ي ( ل الدا النموذج( الهيكلي النموذج تحليل .2 تجزئة 0.701 0.784 0.760 0.701 0.634 0.553 السوب المرونة 0.702 0.707 0.628 0.722 0.734 0.548 القابليات 0.758 0.761 0.579 0.727 0.751 0.579 المتغير التابع تحسين 0.933 0.939 0.401 0.933 0.938 0.511 جودة المنتج األداء 0.732 0.736 0.788 0.730 0.754 0.557 الموثوقية 0.818 0.820 0.733 0.798 0.820 0.626 لمطابقة 0.708 0.716 0.633 0.713 0.731 0.540 إمكانية 0.712 0.666 0.596 0.702 0.703 0.524 الخدمة الجماليات 0.788 0.788 0.613 0.788 0.783 0.613 المتانة 0.756 0.760 0.672 0.752 0.770 0.578 المتغير التفاعلي تقنية الـ 0.846 0.851 0.621 0.840 0.840 0.558 cnc smart pls4المصدر:من نتائج برنامج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org بعد قبول نتائج مقاييس الصدب التقاربي و التمايزي ، فإن الخطوة التالية تتناول تقييم نتائج النموذج الهيكلي، وهذا ينطوي على دراسة (او رف )قبولو في مجمله العام يعنى هذا التحليل باختبار الفرضيات البحثين متغيرات القدرات التنبؤية للنموذج والعالقات ب ويتضح باالتي: ا تبار تطضيات البحث ( وابعاد القياس المطتبفة يملية تفوسط المنتم ( المستقل بيخ المتغيط احصائيا دالة ارتباط ي قة تواد ال :األولي الطئيسة الفطضية يند )تحسيخ اودي المنتم ( التابع به ) القدري التناتسية ، دوري حياي المنتم ، تجزئة السوق ، المطونة ، القابليات ( مع المتغيط .0.05مستو معنوسة ( نتائم ا تبار ارتباط بيطسون بيخ متغيطات البحث واالبعاد المطتبفة بكل متغيط5-3الجدول ) (spss v.23).المصدر: مخ مخطاات بطنامم ، **دال احصائيا عند مستوى معنوية ( 0.05( (0.01( معنوية مستوى احصائياعند **دال o 0.29 – 0.1 بيخ تتطاوح االرتباط قيمة كانت إذا ضعيفة االرتباط قيمة تعد ) ) o ( 0.69 – 0.30)تعد قيمة االرتباط متوسفة إذا كانت قيمة االرتباط تتطاوح بيخ o 1 – 0.70 بيخ تتطاوح االرتباط قيمة كانت قوسة إذا االرتباط قيمة تعد) ) ( والمتغير التابع ) تحسين جودة المنتج ( عملية تطوير المنتج( ان قيمة ارتباط بيرسون بين المتغير المستقل )5-3)ح من الجدول يتض .(.وهي عالقة ارتباط قوية0.01معنوية )( وهي مقبولة احصائيا عند مستوى 0.723بلغت ) يليه سكون القطار االحصائي: التابع تحسيخ المنتم والمتغيط يملية تفوسطالمستقل االولي )) ال تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ المتغيط الطئيسيةرتض الفطضية . اودي المنتم (( (. ((تحسيخ اودي المنتم )التابع المنتم والمتغيط يملية المستقل المتغيط)) تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ وقبول الفطضية البدسلة االولىوبالنسبة الى الفرضيات الفرعية من الفرضية الرئيسية : american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org o الفطيية )) ال تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس ) القدري التناتسية ( مع المتغيط التابع ) تحسيخ اودي الطئيسيةرتض الفطضية المنتم (((. وقبول الفطضية البدسلة )) تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس ) القدري التناتسية ( مع المتغيط التابع ) تحسيخ اودي المنتم (((. o التابع ) تحسيخ الفطيية )) ال تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس ) دوري حياي المنتم ( مع المتغيط الطئيسيةرتض الفطضية حياي المنتم ( مع المتغيط ) دوري بيخ بعد القياس )) تواد ي قة ارتباط البدسلة الطئيسيةوقبول الفطضية . (((اودي المنتم .((التابع ) تحسيخ اودي المنتم ( o التابع ) تحسيخ اودي الفطيية )) ال تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس ) تجزئة السوق ( مع المتغيط الطئيسيةرتض الفطضية التابع ) تحسيخ اودي )) تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس ) تجزئة السوق ( مع المتغيط وقبول الفطضية البدسلة. (( المنتم ( .((المنتم ( o التابع ) تحسيخ اودي المنتم الفطيية )) ال تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس ) المطونة ( مع المتغيط الطئيسيةرتض الفطضية .((التابع ) تحسيخ اودي المنتم ( )) تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس ) المطونة ( مع المتغيط وقبول الفطضية البدسلة (.(( o الفطضية المتغيط الطئيسيةرتض مع ) القابليات ( القياس بعد بيخ ارتباط تواد ي قة ال (( تحسيخ اودي الفطيية ( التابع التابع ) تحسيخ اودي المنتم )) تواد ي قة ارتباط بيخ بعد القياس )القابليات( مع المتغيط وقبول الفطضية البدسلة (.((المنتم ))). تأتيط تواد ال : الثانية الطئيسية الفطضية المتغيط احصائيا دالة ي قة المنتم ( المستقل بيخ القياس يملية تفوسط ( وابعاد المتغيط القابليات ( مع المطونة، المنتم ، تجزئة السوق ، ، دوري حياي التناتسية القدري تحسيخ اودي ( التابع المطتبفة به ) )المنتم .0.05يند مستو معنوسة للمتغير المستقل ) عملية تطوير المنتج ( على المتغير التابع )تحسين (3-3)الشكل في الموضح المباشر التأثير أنموذج باختبار جودة المنتج ( ( 3-3) الشكل المنتج (. ) عملية تطوير المنتج ( على المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المباشر للمتغير المستقل التأثير أنموذج من نتائج برنامج المصدر: smart pls4 (6-3) جدول للمتغير المستقل ) عملية تطوير المنتج ( على المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج (. معامل المسار american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org : من مخرجات برنامج المصدر smart pls4 ( للمتغير المستقل) عملية تطوير المنتج ( على المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج (. f 2حجم االثر) و يعر الجدول )7-3( من مخرجات برنامج المصدر: smart pls4 (8-3اما الجدول ) نتائج اختبار ) anova ( للمتغير المستقل ) عملية تطوير المنتج ( على المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج (. summary anova p value f mean square df sum square 0.000 0.000 0.000 130 22.687 total 0.000 0.000 0.142 129 13.234 error 0.000 66.424 9.462 1 9.462 regression من مخرجات برنامج المصدر: smart pls4 ( أنموذج 3-3) الشكل من يتضح )عملية تطوير المنتج ( في المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج ( المستقل المباشر للمتغير التأثير للمتغير المساران معامل ( ، ويظهر 0.645بلغ ) )عملية تطوير المنتج ( في المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج (، قد المستقل ( وان قيمة ) 0.645) ( ان معامل االنحدار البالغ 6-3الجدول ) t statistic ( قد بلغت ) 10.706 ( وهي مقبولة احصائيا ، 0.000( لها ) p valueحيث بلغت قيمة ) وهو ( . 0.01) ( وهي اقل من مستوى المعنوية للمتغيط مواب معنود تأتيط واود سعني . التابع المتغيط المتغيط) تحسيخ اودي المنتم( بوصفه تي المستقل ) يملية تفوسط المنتم ( ( المنوه ينه سابقا سعد hairقد بلغ )0.414 (، وبحسب معيار )) f2اما يخ مستو التأتيط سوضح الجدول )37( ان معامل ) ( قد حقق قيمة ايلي مخ )0.35(.f2هذا التأتيط يالي لكون معامل ) ( الخاص بنتائم تحليل ) 8-3و سؤكد ذلك النتائم التي وردت تي الجدول ) anova حيث بلغت قيمة ) ( f ( وان 66.424( ) p valueقيمة) ( لذا هي0.01( وهي اقل مخ)0.000( لها ) مقبولة احصائيا. ( قد بلغت ) 0.522 ( .اي ان ) المتغير المستقل )عملية تطوير المنتج ( تفسر r2 و يظهر من الشكل )3-3( ان قيمة معامل التفسير) %( من التغييرات في المتغير التابع ) تحسين جودة المنتج ( اما النسبة المتبقية هي تعود لعوامل اخرى . 52نسبة ) وطبقا لما تقدم من نتائج فأن القرار االحصائي: عالقة تأثير للمتغير المستقل )عملية تطوير المنتج( في المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج((، توجدالثانية )ال الرئيسيةرف الفرضية وقبول الفرضية البديلة ) يوجد عالقة تأثير للمتغير المستقل )عملية تطوير المنتج( في المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج(( fsequare matrix تحسين جودة المنتج عملية تطوير المنتج 0.414 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org الثانية وكما يلي: الرئيسيةوطبقا لما تقدم من نتائج يكون القرار االحصائي الخاص بالفرضيات الفرعية المشتقة عن الفرضية o للبعد القدرة التنافسية في المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج ( ، تأثير عالقة وجدت ال (الفرعية الرئيسيةرف الفرضية للبعد القدرة التنافسية في المتغير التابع )تحسين جودة المنتج (. تأثير عالقة يوجدوقبول الفرضية البديلة ) o تحسين جودة المنتج ( التابع يرغفي المت دورة حياة المنتج للبعد توجد عالقة تأثير ال )الفرعية الرئيسية رفض الفرضية( )تحسين جودة المنتج (. التابع في المتغير دورة حياة المنتج ، وقبول الفرضية البديلة )يوجد عالقة تأثير للبعد o تحسين جودة المنتج ( التابع يرغفي المت تجزئة السوقللبعد توجد عالقة تأثير ال ) الفرعية الرئيسية الفرضية قبول() o تحسين جودة المنتج ( ، وقبول التابع يرغفي المت مرونةللبعد ال توجد عالقة تأثير ال )الفرعية الرئيسية رفض الفرضية( التابع)تحسين جودة المنتج (. في المتغير مرونةالفرضية البديلة )يوجد عالقة تأثير للبعد ال o التابع)تحسين جودة المنتج ( ، وقبول يرغفي المت قابليات للبعد ال توجد عالقة تأثير ال )الفرعية الرئيسية رفض الفرضية )تحسين جودة المنتج (. التابع في المتغيرابليات الفرضية البديلة )يوجد عالقة تأثير للبعد الق جودة المنتج بوجود المتغير تحسينال توجد عالقة تأثير ذات داللة إحصائية لعملية تطوير المنتج في الثالثة الطئيسيةالفطضية عند مستوى معنوية cncالتفاعلي تقنية الـــ 05.0 حيث ( أنموذج (43) الشكل يوضح ويوضح الجدول اختبار التأثير التفاعلي ( نتائج تحليل معامل المسار ) معامل االنحدار( .3-9) ( أنموذج4-3شكل )ال اختبار التأثير للمتغير التفاعلي من مخرجات برنامج المصدر: smart pls4 االنحدار( . ( نتائج تحليل معامل المسار ) معامل 9-3جدول ) برنامج نتائجمن المصدر: smart pls4 ( 4-3الشكل) يوضح كل من حيث في اتجاه عالقة التأثير cncاختبار التأثير للمتغير التفاعلي تقنية التأثير أنموذج أنموذج للمتغير ان معامل المسار) معامل االنحدار( (9-3التابع ) تحسين جودة المنتج ( ، والجدول ) في المتغير عملية تطوير المنتج ( ( المستقل cncلتأثير المتغير التفاعلي تقنية في العالقة بين المتغير المستقل ) عملية تطوير المنتج ( و المتغير التابع ) تحسين جودة المنتج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org ( وان قيمة ) 0.241(، قد بلغ ) t statistic( قد بلغت ) ( وان قيمة )1.356 p value ( وهي اقل من مستوى 0.023( لها ) ( وهي مقبولة احصائيا.0.05المعنوية ) يتضح ان معامل المسار) معامل االنحدار( لتأثير المتغير المستقل ) عملية تطوير المنتج ( في المتغير التابع ) تحسين جودة لك ذوك ( وان قيمة )0.661المنتج (، قد بلغ ) t statistic( وان قيمة ) 5.890بلغت ) ( قدp value ( لها ) 0.000 ( ، وهي اقل من ( المعنوية ) 0.01مستوى كان ان بعد ازداد قد هذا االنحدار( معامل ( المسار معامل .و احصائيا مقبولة وهي ).6450 ) ( . 3 ) الحظ الشكل ( 4-3)الشكل وكذلك يتضح من في اتجاه عالقة التأثير cncاختبار التأثير للمتغير التفاعلي تقنية التأثير أنموذج أنموذج للمتغير ) تحسين جودة المنتج ( التابع في المتغير المستقل )عملية تطوير المنتج ( ( التفسير معامل قيمة ان ( وهي0.539 % من 53 ان تعني تأثير تعود الى متطلبات تحسين جودة المنتج في المفسرة االختالفات تقنية ( التفاعلي المتغير دخول (cnc التابع و المستقل المتغير بين العالقة في . بعد ( اي ان المتغير التفاعلي حقق زيادة تأثير المتغير المستقل ) عملية تطوير المنتج ( في 4-3( الحظ الشكل )0.522كانت ) ان المتغير التابع ) تحسين جودة المنتج (. وطبقا لما تقد مخ نتائم سكون القطار االحصائي : الثالثة الطئيسيةرتض الفطضية يملية تفوسط المنتم المستقل) ( مخ قوي تأتيط المتغيطcnc سزسد المتغيط التفايلي )تقنية ال ( التابع المتغيط تي ( ) تحسيخ اودي المنتم ( . cnc سزسد المتغيط التفايلي )تقنية وقبول الفطضية البدسلة ال المتغيط تأتيط( مخ قوي ) المستقل المتغيط تي يملية تفوسط المنتم( ) تحسيخ اودي المنتم ( . التابع المحور الطابع االستنتااات و التوصيات أوال: االستنتااات . بتدريب وتطوير العاملين ضعف االهتمام لدى اإلدارة العليا في استقطاب اشخاص ذوي كفاءه وخبرة لصيانة اآلالت الرقمية او .1 حيث ال تحتوي الشركة cncألشخاص ذوي الخبرة في مجال صيانة وبرمجة ماكنة الــا افتقار الشركة للعدد الكافي من .2 على قسم مخت بصيانة اآلالت الرقمية وينتج عن هذا آثار على مستوى األداء و التكاليف الخاصة بالشركة. على الرغم من ظهور جيل جديد ومتطور من هذا النوع. cncالعدد الكافي من ماكينات الــافتقار الشركة الى .3 ا الشركة افتقار .4 المرجعية مع المقارنة المنطقةالى مبدأ في العاملة أوجه لشركات في تحديد أن يساعدها الممكن الذي من .القصور والعمل على معالجتها باستمرار تانيا: التوصيات على اإلدارة العليا و األشخاص المسؤولين االهتمام بتدريب وتطوير االفراد العاملين على كيفية تشغيل وبرمجة اآلالت .1 و صيانتها وهذا ينعكس بدوره على خف التكاليف المتعلقة بالصيانة و البرمجة. بصيانة وبرمجة اآلالت الرقمية بدال من االستعانة بالشركة المصنعة للتقنية وهذا بدوره سوف مخت مركز قسم اوتشكيل .2 في العملية التصنيعية. المرونةوبما يضمن يؤدي تقليل وقت الصيانة االستثمار في البحث والتطوير لتحسين تصميم المنتج ووظائفه و تعزيز دور قسم البحث و التطوير في الشركة ضرورة .3 ومواكبة التغيرات التقنية الحديثة. لمتابعة اخر المستجدات في االنظمة الرقمية لإلنتاج المقارنة المعيارية مع المنافسين من خالل مراقبة الشركة لمنتجاتها ومقارنتها باستمرار مع منتجات منافسيها ، تتيح لهم هذه .4 فجوات في الجودة وإجراء التحسينات الالزمة.الالمقارنة تحديد أي المصادر العطبية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org اهمية جودة المنتج كوسيلة لجذب المستهلكين في سوب التكنولوجيا المجلة الدولية (.2019) طه مصطفى,الراوي, الدكتور/ .1 .12-1.1(1.)لنشر البحوع و الدراسات -434 ,(1)44 .مجلة البحوع التجارية .(. أثر أبعاد ستة سيجما على جودة المنتج2022إبراهيم, ناهد حسن عبد الحميد. ) .2 461. 3. malo-alain, a., & alazzam, f. (2018). واقع ممارسات تطبيق االتجاهات الحديثة للمحاسبة اإلدارية وأثرها دراسة ميدانية لعدد من الشركات الصناعية المدرجة في سوب األوراب المالية السعودي. –على تعزيز القدرة التنافسية jordan journal of business administration, 14(2). المصادر االانبية 1. ali, h. (2019). purchase decision and repurchase models: product quality and process analysis (case study of house ownership credit financing in permata sharia bank jakarta). scholars bulletin, 5(9), 526-535. 2. andersson, k. (2020). notes on military capability concepts and their relevance for analysis of system characteristics. 3. asyraf, m. r. m., syamsir, a., zahari, n. m., supian, a. b. m., ishak, m. r., sapuan, s. m., ... & rashid, m. z. a. (2022). product development of natural fibre-composites for various applications: design for sustainability. polymers, 14(5), 920. 4. brata, b. h., husani, s., & ali, h. (2017). the influence of quality products, price, promotion, and location to product purchase decision on nitchi at pt. jaya swarasa agung in central jakarta. saudi journal of business and management studies, 2(4), 433-445 5. casas‐rosal, j. c., segura, m., & maroto, c. )2023). food market segmentation based on consumer preferences using outranking multicriteria approaches. international transactions in operational research, 30(3), 1537-1566 6. cavalcante, c. g. s., & fettermann, d. c. (2019). recommendations for product development of intelligent products. ieee latin america transactions, 17(10), 1645-1652 7. de giovanni, p., & zaccour, g. (2023). a survey of dynamic models of product quality. european journal of operational research, 307(3), 991-1007. 8. elyorbek, e. (2023). generation of different steps shaft on cnc lathe utilizing g-code programming. texas journal of engineering and technology, 21, 37-41. 9. fadilah,siali , & ramayah, t. (2023). closed-loop supply chain adoption and the mediating effect of green capabilities-evidence from malaysia. abac journal, 43(3), 128-147. 10. gichuru, m. j., & limiri, e. k. (2017). market segmentation as a strategy for customer satisfaction and retention. international journal of economics, commerce and management, 5(12), 544-553. 11. gomes, m., correia, m., marques, f., & alves, a. c. (2023). lean product and process development in an automotive company. 12. grace, e., girsang, r. m., simatupang, s., candra, v., & sidabutar, n. (2021). product quality and customer satisfaction and their effect on consumer loyalty. international journal of social science, 1(2), 69-78. 13. hair jr, j. f., hult, g. t. m., ringle, c. m., & sarstedt, m. (2021). a primer on partial least squares structural equation modeling (pls-sem). sage publications. 14. heljo ,juuso .(2021). requirement based product development process in manufacturing industry. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org 15. hoang, t. n., ai-phuong, h., nkhoma, m., & antunes, p. (2022). using process stories to foster process flexibility: the experts’ viewpoint. australasian journal of information systems, 26. 16. ji, x., & abdoli, s. (2023). challenges and opportunities in product life cycle management in the context of industry 4.0. procedia cirp, 119, 29-34 17. kapoor, y., meyer, r. f., ferguson, h. m., skomski, d., daublain, p., troup, g. m., ... & templeton, a. c. (2021). flexibility in drug product development: a perspective. molecular pharmaceutics, 18(7), 2455-2469. 18. kimhur, b. (2020). how to apply the capability approach to housing policy? concepts, theories and challenges. housing, theory and society, 37(3), 257-277. 19. kongiranda ganapathi, c., & balapanda erappa, v. m. (2019). design automation for cnc machining: a case study for generating cnc codes from geometric cad models 20. kumar, l., hossain, n. u. i., fazio, s. a., awasthi, a., jaradat, r., & babski-reeves, k. (2021). a data driven decision model for assessing the enablers of quality dimensions: context of industry 4.0. cirp journal of manufacturing science and technology, 35, 896-910. 21. kvitnevskiy, i. (2019). making cnc machines smarter (master's thesis, university of waterloo). 22. khoironi, t. a., syah, h., & dongoran, p. (2018). product quality, brand image and pricing to improve satisfaction impact on customer loyalty. international review of management and marketing, 8(3), 51. 23. lafou, m., mathieu, l., pois, s., & alochet, m. (2016). manufacturing system flexibility: product flexibility assessment. procedia cirp, 41, 99-104. 24. latif, k., adam, a., yusof, y., & kadir, a. z. a. (2021). a review of g code, step, stepnc, and open architecture control technologies based embedded cnc systems. the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 114, 2549-2566. 25. lone, r. a., & bhat, m. a. (2022). product quality and customer loyalty: a review of literature. international journal of management it and engineering, 12(3), 8-27. 26. mauthner, g., hoffmann, m., plessing, l., trautner, t., & bleicher, f. (2023). industryoriented system architecture for feature-based data management in cnc machining processes. procedia cirp, 118, 157-162. 27. meliawati, t., gerald, s. c., & aruman, a. e. (2023). the effect of social media marketing tiktok and product quality towards purchase intention. journal of consumer sciences, 8(1), 77-92. 28. nunes, m. l., pereira, a. c., & alves, a. c. (2017). smart products development approaches for industry 4.0. procedia manufacturing, 13, 1215-1222. 29. rimawan, e., mustofa, a., & mulyanto, a. d. (2017). the influence of product quality, service quality and trust on customer satisfaction and its impact on customer loyalty (case study pt abc tbk). international journal of scientific & engineering research, 8(7), 2330-2336. 30. santy, r. d., & atika, s. d. (2020, january). purchasing decisions in terms of perceived quality and product knowledge. in international conference on business, economic, social science, and humanities–economics, business and management track (icobest-ebm 2019) (pp. 9499). atlantis press. 31. sekaran, u., & bougie, r. (2016). research methods for business: a skill building approach. john wiley & sons. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 32. sibghatullah, amena.(2019). the unification of product life-cycle and industry life-cycle: a strategy framework for telecom sector in pakistan.p24. 33. soori, m., arezoo, b., & dastres, r. (2023). machine learning and artificial intelligence in cnc machine tools, a review. sustainable manufacturing and service economics, 2, 100009. 34. sousa, v. f., silva, f. j., fecheira, j. s., lopes, h. m., martinho, r. p., casais, r. b., & ferreira, l. p. (2020). cutting forces assessment in cnc machining processes: a critical review. sensors, 20(16), 4536. 35. turgunpulatovich, a. o. (2022). the concept of forming the competitiveness of small business entities and its essence. asia pacific journal of marketing & management review issn: 2319-2836 impact factor: 7.603, 11(07), 46-55 36. velraja, k., & srinivasan, v. (2023). analysis of dc magnetron sputtered coated with distinct inserts in cnc machining process. measurement: sensors, 27, 100815. 37. waluya, a. i., iqbal, m. a., & indradewa, r. (2019). how product quality, brand image, and customer satisfaction affect the purchase decisions of indonesian automotive customers. international journal of services, economics and management, 10(2), 177-193. 38. zhang, z., jiang, f., ming, l. u. o., baohai, w. u., zhang, d., & kai, t. a. n. g. (2024). geometric error measuring, modeling, and compensation for cnc machine tools: a review. chinese journal of aeronautics, 37(2), 163-198. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 28, | september 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org deviation from public service ethics and ways to combat it -a comparative study ghassan alwan khudair jassim department of public, college of law, al -ayen iraqi university, thi-qar, iraq email: gassanalwan3@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the subject of public office ethics is considered one of the most important topics that are these bisect of our study at the present time, because these ethics represented the most important components of the job, which must be adhered to in order to audience the public job in public administration. the reality we live various public administration shows us manifestations of breaches of ethics public function of various types, the resulting damages, whether to the relationship between the administration and its employees or to the citizen or facility, were the result of subjective causes and factors liked to the person of the public employee, objective reason related to the administration itself and the functional environment, therefore, we had to put in place mechanisms to combat these violation issued by the administration employee and rationalization and rationalizing the ethics of the public job from any administrative violation and in order create and ensure the best administrative work activities administrative for any public administration, because the success of the lather in performing its tails achieving its goals, and achieving the result entrusted to it is an important matter and does not need confirmation because modern administration have become trait there and its sign, its a distinctive sign of modernity and development , and its his responsibility to provide public services to the citizen with a great lewd of quality mastery and with an integrity and transparency in order to reduce all manifestations of administrative forms and corruption. ethicsadministrative workpublic job public employee. introduction the human resource possesses ethics by nature, and this is an important and beneficial matter within the work environment in the long term at least, if it is not important and beneficial in the long term, as the effectiveness and efficiency of the individual is closely linked to the high ethical ideals that push him to develop scientific knowledge and behavioral skills towards improving his performance, when ethics in the public service are considered among the concepts that have received their ample share of attention and research in global studies in general. from here we can say that the subject of professional ethics has expanded and has become the topic of the hour and has become a science studied in itself in all universities and schools, due to the spread of the phenomenon of administrative and financial corruption and the increase in ethical scandals with administrative violations and deviations that it faces american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org in government departments in light of the rapid development witnessed by the administration and technology. the institution, as an official social structure, has sought to achieve quality performance by strengthening the ethical system of work by adhering to ethical laws that guarantee the success of any institution. therefore, all this interest in the subject of professional ethics is due to the importance of the concept at the level of the individual and the organization and considering it as self-control for the individual, and no less than it is the subject of job performance, and they are two concepts that are closely linked to each other due to their great importance within the institution. therefore, the administration in various institutions must provide the ethical dimension when practicing its tasks if the institution wants to continue and expand its work, as its work can lose its effectiveness without the required degree of commitment, honesty and integrity. research problem the research problem lies in the fact that ethics in every society are the product of historical development, so they are an inevitable wealth in the formation of society and in its stability and preservation of its social structure. they differ from one society to another according to its historical beliefs, traditions, culture and the wealth of each society. the society remains a strong foundation for ethics in the public service, not only because it is a prior background in the formation of the individuals of the society that produces human resources from managers and citizens, but also because the administration does not work in a vacuum, but in a good interactive environment. therefore, the values of this environment and its moral limitations must be taken into account in management decisions and the tendency towards pleasures and financial and administrative corruption in the functional field. research objectives: what makes us choose the research topic, which is deviation from the ethics of the public service and ways to address it, is because looking at the objectives of studying the topic lies in two aspects: the first: is the employee's awareness that he is the recipient of the service and is the origin and that the employee is subordinate to him, and the second: is that familiarity with functional ethics is through awareness of functional duties and rights and administrative and social responsibility. research methodology: in this study, we followed the descriptive and comparative approach in studying the laws and rulings issued regarding deviation from the ethics of public office and ways to combat them. research plan: we will research this topic through two requirements and two branches. the first requirement a historical overview of the emergence of public service ethics in ancient times, the concept of ethics was not intertwined with the concept of community service, which is an essential element of it. it has been missing from the professional journey of individuals for a long time. due to historical transformations and organizational changes within the government over the years, institutions have operated without this fundamental principle. the integration of ethical principles in the field of public assistance has witnessed many developments and ideas due to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org inevitable nature of its existence and implementation. this event arose from the emergence of innovative approaches to administrative duties. (i). thus, concealing the moral and objective nature of recruitment processes ( ii), the administration enjoyed a kind of protection, especially after the french revolution, where the revolutionaries feared the justice of blessings and therefore resorted to the protection of the administration, which made employees immune from prosecution for actions related to their jobs. contrary to this endeavor, the first rules of public service ethics confirm and operate on the principle of administrative responsibility of the administration and its employees. consequently, french legislation and judiciary were keen in early 1870 to circulate the pronunciation in its work of the rules of public service ethics towards public employees, and the author of the book in britain who issued his book was the english author (betcha), who established it on the basis of benefit and the book included a set of rules that formed in their entirety the rules of ethics, and among these rules we find the duty to perform service, commitment, integrity, nobility, reserve and responsibility (iii ). the idea of public service ethics has been absent for a long time in the professional life of employees, for example, in france, its spread dates back to 1870, the period in which the republican values and principles were affirmed and the rules of professional ethics were defined for administrative use announced since the end of world war ii in 1945, which have continued to evolve with the development of the state. the regulations governing public administration in france were limited to identifying the specific groups targeted by the aforementioned regulations. the elimination of the tradition of appointing first assistant governors in the public administration on the basis of subjective factors such as bias, advice and honesty, in favour of objective criteria such as competence and experience, has had a significant impact on the realisation of the principle of recruitment on the basis of universal availability of the public service. the administration was required over time to establish the first major public services, which made the birth of the ethics of public service closely linked to the relationship between the republican ideology and the idea of public service ( iv). it is worth noting that the judiciary played an important role in defining some of the obligations that are considered fundamental to the ethical standards of public service. reference is made to the view of the french court (lesen), which issued a ruling in 1986 on the obligation of confidentiality in the professional field. in addition, on july 30, 1873, the french court of disputes distinguished between personal and professional lapses in judgment. moreover, the french council of state dealt with disputes involving senior officials through official decrees (v ). the requirements of the two world wars also produced some new duties imposed on citizens under the influence of criticism directed against governments and parliament without excluding the administration from them. these are the new obligations and duties that some of them are found today in our various legislative and regulatory texts, including what was stipulated in article 6 of the law issued on 4/4/1934, which also prevented employees from participating or contributing to the management bodies of commercial companies (vi ). on the contrary, the establishment of a basic system for the civil service represents a complementary stage for formulating regulations and ethical standards for the civil service, as it was the legal structure that applies to government officials due to the inclusion of employees’ responsibilities, which makes adherence to these regulations mandatory. recent legislation has strengthened these responsibilities, including the provisions of the algerian legislator, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org approved in the decree supervising the legal framework relating to civil servants starting from decree no. 66-133 of july 2, 1966 containing the general basic law of the civil service in relation to these regulations until decree no. 6-3 of july 15, 2006 embodying the basic law of the civil service. ( vii). thus, signs of interest in codifying these ethics have also appeared in algeria through various liberal professions, including the algerian code of medical ethics ( viii). we would like to mention that despite the existence of rules in the civil service law regarding civil service ethics, there are no fixed rules that apply to all sectors of the civil service, as the specificities of some facilities require the administration to establish ethics that are consistent with the nature of its work ( ix). therefore, after stating the historical origins of civil service ethics, we must divide this requirement into two branches: the first branch is the concept of civil service ethics in language and terminology, and the second branch is the jurisprudential concept of civil service ethics. the first section the concept of public service ethics in language and terminology the concept of public service ethics includes two basic terms, which are ethics and public service, so we will divide these concepts into two points due to their connection in the field of public service, which are: first: what is meant by public service (language) is the derivative of the term job in its linguistic meaning from the verb (to employ), meaning to appoint a job or work in the sense of position and service (x ). as for terminology, it means a unit of work units consisting of several activities combined with each other in content and form and can be carried out by one or more employees or a regulatory entity that includes a set of duties and responsibilities that require its occupant to have certain obligations in exchange for enjoying the rights and benefits of the job (xi ). the public service also refers to a group of employees who hold its duties within the public administration and it has great importance considering that it provides a public service and strengthens the relationship between the state and the public (xii ). second: the concept of ethics in language. ethics is defined in language as "the collection of morals, i.e. nature, manners, character, religion, and morals are nature and habit" (xiii ). ethics is also defined technically as: "the practice of duties according to the laws of honor, integrity, and honesty, in addition to commitment and dedication to practicing the job, i.e. not combining more than one job and professional secrecy, as it is required of employees on the other hand fairness and good behavior" (xiv ). we would like to point out that the iraqi civil service law no. 24 of 1960 did not define the ethics of the public service, but rather referred to it in the above law according to the text of article (4/paragraph 7), which stipulated that the candidate for a public service position must not have been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor affecting honor ( xv). the uae legislator also referred to the ethics of the job in cabinet resolution no. 15 of 2010, which included (the adoption of the document of principles of professional conduct and ethics of the public service) ( xvi). therefore, we see that the iraqi legislator differs from what is stated in the uae law and relied on the text of article 4, paragraph 7 of the civil service law no. 24 of 1960 and did not resort american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org to writing a special code of ethics of the job that obliges the employee to adhere to it when performing his job, but what the uae law came with was a commendable professional and ethical position in the field of public service, so the iraqi legislator must follow the example of the uae legislator and issue a special code of ethics of the public service to be a basic and important guarantee when the employee performs his work in the job field, and also defined ethics: it is a set of values and standards that members of society rely on to distinguish between what is good and bad and between what is right and what is wrong, and they are starting points for distinguishing between what represents virtue and what represents vice (xvii ). ethics are defined as: "a means of training individuals on the art of dealing with organized behavior, and from this it is understood that ethics are the product of the culture of society, which in turn is the product of the social structure, and thus we find a close link between the ethics of the job and the social component" (xviii ). therefore, after stating the aforementioned concepts, we see that the last definition in the concept of ethics is what applies to the reality of the employee's situation at the present time, in that the concept of ethics is a means of training individuals on organized behavior, and thus the issue of employment in state institutions differs from the concept of ethics, since employment is a stage in the stages of obtaining a job position, but ethics must be effective in the field and have value against security on the one hand. on the other hand, the educational family extension has its significance even in the field of public employment, since (learning from a young age is like engraving on stone), so whoever grew up in a good environment, his extension in the job field was good in terms of morals, ethics, and honesty at work, and whoever grew up in a bad environment, his extension in the job field was bad in terms of morals, ethics, and honesty, and this does not change anything even if he obtained the job position. the second section the jurisprudential concept of public service ethics. the opinions of jurists vary on the concept of public service ethics (xix ). some of them defined public service ethics as completing the duties imposed on a person by virtue of practicing a certain profession. others defined it as: a set of rules that govern the behavior of people who belong to a certain profession and determine its duties and the behavior that must be adhered to when practicing certain work (xx ). he defined public service ethics as: (a set of rules, obligations and internal regulations followed by members or individuals involved in the same profession, and it does not matter if they are imposed by law or merely the result of an informal social path, and therefore they are the ethics of a certain profession) (xxi ). the ethics of public office are defined as: (a set of principles and rules stemming from the qur’an and the sunnah of the prophet, which constitute a standard for individual behavior, whether in administrative or social organization, such as what is permissible, recommended, and obligatory to follow, or forbidden, disliked, and obligatory to avoid, in addition to what the requirements of each job dictate in terms of ethical conditions that do not conflict with these rules and standards) ( xxii). some jurists also defined it as (a set of values and standards where individuals in society extend to distinguish between what is good or bad, between what is right and what is wrong. it is therefore the concept of right and wrong in behavior, and ethics provide evidence through its standards and values on ethical and unethical activities, on what is socially acceptable or unacceptable) (xxiii ). therefore, jurists have american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org agreed on the definitions that we will mention. some of them believe that the ethics of public office are (a set of principles and standards that govern the behavior of the individual or group, and these principles are related to determining what is wrong or what is right at a specific time). some of them believe that the ethics of public office (are a set of characteristics whose alternatives fail to change and extend globally and culture is considered an integral part of it and constitutes a permanent social system of complementary characteristics) ( xxiv). therefore, we believe that the concept of public office ethics is the closest to the truth, which states that public office ethics are (a set of principles and standards that govern the behavior of the individual or group and these principles are related to determining what is wrong or what is right at a certain time). therefore, the jurisprudential criterion for the definition is the principle (it is the law or it is the basis on which our ideas are based or the rule that must be implemented, or the material that everyone must follow such as the laws observed in nature or the way in which a certain system is built). that is, in the sense that the principle is related to humanity ethics must be present in the functional field, i.e. translated according to laws that lie within the individual and cannot be bypassed when performing the functional work. second requirement manifestations of deviation from the ethics of public office manifestations of deviation from the ethics of public office represent a violation of the behavior of the public employee who goes beyond the framework of the agreed-upon rules by departing from the familiar and recognized administrative behavior that must be followed within the management community in order to achieve private purposes far from the public interest. thus, the forms of violations and deviations in the functional field vary, some of which relate to organizational deviations as well as behavioral, financial and administrative deviations in addition to criminal deviations, so we will explain this in two branches, the first branch is deviation in organization and behavior, while the second branch is deviation in financial, administrative and criminal issues and ways to address them. the first section deviation in behavior and organization we will divide this section into two points: the first: organizational deviations. before entering into the basic forms of organizational deviations, we must know what is meant by organizational deviations (these are violations issued by the public employee while performing his duties, which are mainly related to work and its regularity) (xxv ), so what are the forms of this deviation? we divide them as follows: 1non-respect for working hours. non-respect for official working hours in government departments and institutions takes multiple and different forms, which include delaying arriving at the workplace or leaving work before the end of official working hours without prior permission, or wasting time on tasks other than those assigned to the public employee, meaning that the employee may be late to work and rush to leave, which leads to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org failure to perform work during working hours, and then failure to perform the service leads to a decrease in work efficiency and a deterioration in the level of services (xxvi ). 2laziness and negativity. the concept of laziness is the slowness or laziness of the public employee and the failure to exert the necessary effort to accomplish the tasks assigned to him on time ( xxvii). that is, the tendency of most employees to laziness and laziness and they are not motivated to work except by material incentive or personal interest on the one hand (xxviii ), and on the other hand it can be translated into the negligence practiced by superiors towards the aforementioned behavioral manifestations on the part of their subordinates (xxix ). 3refusal to perform the work required of him. this phenomenon has been proven when the employee seriously refrains from performing the functional tasks assigned to him and is especially evident when the latter refuses to perform the work assigned to him by his superiors or refrains from performing the duties of his job or performing them properly or delays in performing them ( xxx ), due to the low wages he receives which are not commensurate with the effort necessary to accomplish the tasks required of them. second: behavioral deviations. behavioral deviations are (the administrative violations committed by the public employee that are primarily related to his personal conduct) (xxxi ). they can be divided as follows: 1failure to maintain the dignity of the public office. this image is considered one of the most dangerous images, as the public employee commits indecent acts in the workplace, such as using narcotics or engaging in moral crimes (xxxii ). 2misuse of authority. the employee may sometimes exercise his authority according to what he sees as achieving the public interest, which is called discretionary authority. if he deviates in exercising this authority and performs the work to achieve another motive from which he seeks to achieve a personal interest, his behavior is tainted with the defect of deviation in the use of authority. examples of this include exceeding considerations of objective justice by providing undeserved personal services and facilitating illegal matters for relatives and officials (xxxiii ). 3mediation and favoritism. this image includes the acceleration of transactions between routine and administrative complications. perhaps the most important reasons for resorting to mediation and favoritism are the lack of trust among citizens towards the administration on the one hand and the absence of democracy and administrative backwardness on the other hand (xxxiv ). consequently, the spread of the phenomenon of favoritism results in the filling of public positions by unqualified persons who lack the necessary trust to perform their duties, which negatively affects the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org level of services provided by the administration. as for mediation, some employees use it as a form of exchanging interests (xxxv ). section two deviation in financial and criminal cases and ways to address them deviation in the above-mentioned cases is considered a departure from the ethics of public office. some practices or behaviors that violate the rules of administrative work and that are issued by the public employee during the performance of his job duties can be described as financial, administrative and criminal deviations. therefore, these images can be evaluated according to the following: 1financial and administrative deviations. the concept of administrative and financial violations means (that which is related to the course of work assigned to the public employee and is represented by violating the financial and administrative rules and provisions stipulated by law and by the employee following behavior outside these rules and provisions, he has thus committed a deviation for which he is disciplinary questioned (xxxvi). financial and administrative corruption is defined as (the misuse of a specific element with the aim of achieving personal interests at the expense of the public interest, including issuing decisions to achieve personal interests such as profit, as well as deviant bureaucratic behavior that aims to achieve personal benefits in an illegal manner and without justification) (xxxvii). financial and administrative corruption is also known as (the presence of a defect in performance as a result of error, forgetfulness, following desires, slipping and deviation from the straight path) (xxxviii ). thus, we see that administrative and financial corruption has become a scourge that eats away at the body of government institutions and that the main founder of this corruption is the public employee who does not make an effort towards the individual except in return for what he provides of negligence, so we can clarify the forms of financial and administrative violations according to the following: aviolation of the rules and provisions stipulated within the administration. public institutions and administrations are subject to a set of financial rules and provisions stipulated by laws and regulations, and in the event of an employee’s breach and deviation from the application of these financial rules and provisions, he is subject to administrative accountability. we summarize some examples of this, the rules and provisions related to auctions, tenders and awarding contracts, as well as the texts that regulate warehouse and purchasing operations (xxxix ). bviolation of the instructions of the financial control bodies. this picture can be summarized as the failure to provide the financial control bodies with the accounts and documents related to the administration or failure to comply with correcting reservations and responding to its comments or correspondence or what is requested of data without justification or acceptable excuse, which hinders the work of this body or delays its effectiveness, this is considered an administrative deviation committed by the employee responsible for that action (xl). coveruse of public money. this image takes many forms of overuse of public money, including squandering public money on buildings, furniture, and unpaid salaries, and spending lavishly on advertising, publishing, and advertisements in newspapers and magazines on occasions of congratulations and condolences, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org other occasions of a flattering nature ( xli), in addition to the exaggeration in the use of government cars for personal purposes (xlii ). therefore, public money has become of great importance at the present time, as it is considered the main pillar of the state's economy, and since the advancement of countries is linked to the stability of the financial situation, it was necessary to protect it by activating the role of financial oversight, as it is considered the main tool for protecting public money from loss and holding accountable those who squander this money through direct coordination with the integrity and anti-corruption commission and the waste of public money, and controlling any employee who dares to do so and referring him to the judicial authorities to take the necessary action against him. 2criminal deviations. criminal behavioral deviations are among the most common deviations that we find in our time flourishing within the framework of the public service after the public employee has a psychological acceptance of gradually compromising the standards of performance of the job and professional duty, and thus results in the dissolution of ethics in the field of public service, so we will explain these criminal images according to the following: athe crime of bribery. this crime is considered a case that exists in all societies as it is closely linked to many and varied administrative practices and can be considered an illegal trade in the position or job, so it is a crime punishable by law and rejected by heavenly religions. the goal of bribery is to obtain privileges and returns without right or to expedite transactions outside their legal framework ( xliii). bthe crime of forgery. the goal of this crime is to obtain advantages and benefits by changing and altering facts or even manipulating the data in the documents, whether by deletion or addition, which results in obtaining dishonorable rights and privileges that cannot be obtained without these documents, papers or certificates (xliv ). cthe crime of theft and embezzlement. these are acts practiced by employees in various departments and public institutions at various levels of employment and are practiced in many different ways such as forgery, burning or destruction with the aim of attacking public funds ( xlv). they also take other forms such as some tax employees collecting undue money represented by fines, fees and taxes ( xlvi). dthe crime of fraud and deception. this crime aims to practice against deviant behavior in order to achieve private purposes and benefits without right or gain illegal transactions, as it aims to move from the obligations known by laws and regulations and includes the process of fraud and deception in various administrative, economic, civil, cultural and other transactions (xlvii). analyzing the above. the ways to combat deviation in the ethics of public office, including administrative, financial and criminal corruption cases, lie in. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org • enacting the necessary systems and legislation for anti-corruption systems and imposing the most severe penalties on violators, including employees. • activating the role of community awareness of this dangerous phenomenon and the extent of its impact on society and individuals and developing their role in combating and eliminating it. • allocating a financial reward for anyone who reports cases of financial and administrative corruption in government departments, in coordination with the integrity commission, and controlling any employee who dares to deviate from the path of public office ethics. • developing creativity among employees through workshops and seminars held in their departments, and the focus of these seminars should be on the ethics of public service • forming a specialized committee in each department for administrative reform and studying the administrative reality and behavior of employees to combat administrative and financial corruption cases when it is discovered. • appointing young, active leaders who believe in development and change and who have the competence, qualifications and scientific experience in the field of work. • finally, putting the right person in the right place conclusion after completing the research, we reached a number of results and proposals as follows: first: results: 1after reviewing all of the above, we find that the role of public service ethics has been mentioned in codified texts, including the iraqi civil service law. despite this, what has been established by the general basic law for public service must be activated by restricting the duties imposed on the public employee and ensuring that they are not violated. 2applying the disciplinary system against the employee who violates the ethics of public service and imposing the appropriate penalty on him in order to ensure the smooth running of the public service. second: proposals 1activating the supervisory role in all state institutions to ensure the restriction of unethical actions and practices carried out by the employee while performing his job. 2intensifying courses and seminars in all state departments, and the focus of these seminars should be under the title of public service ethics. references books: 1. ibn manzur, abu al-fadl jamal al-din muhammad ibn makram, lisan al-arab, dar sadir, part 1, beirut, 1965 2. ahmad abd al-rahman al-shammari, dr. mustafa mahmoud abu bakr, administrative corruption, its phenomena and ways to treat it, deanship of scientific research, king saud university, 2013 3. intisar zain al-abidin shahbaz, ethics of public service in islam, journal of the college of arts, issue 101, center for educational studies, university of baghdad, without publication year american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 4. boudnia rashid, intervention on ethics of public service related to public service, held on 2930 may 2000 5. saeed muqaddam, ethics of public service, a theoretical study from the point of origination, professional rights and obligations, disciplinary system for employees, dar al-ummah, algeria, 1997, 6. saeed muqaddam, public service between development and transformation from the perspective of human resources management and ethics of the service, algeria, 2010 7. othman salman ghilan al-aboudi, ethics of public service a comparative study, al-halabi publications, 2014 8. ammar boudiaf, public service in algerian legislation, 1st ed., dar jusoor for publishing and distribution, algeria, 2015 9. amar boudiaf, public function in algerian legislation, 1st ed., dar jasoor for publishing and distribution, algeria, 2015 10. amar awaidi, general theory of administrative disputes in the algerian judicial system, part 1, administrative judiciary, office of university publications, algeria, 1955 11. mohamed abdel fattah, ethics in administration, 1st ed., dar publishing and distribution, amman, 2012, 12. najm aboud najm, ethics of management, business responsibility in business companies, alwariq for publishing and distribution, amman, 2005 13. nour taher al-aqraa, strategy for confronting financial and administrative corruption, website, date of access 6/18/2024 theses and dissertations • hayman louiza, the impact of management ethics on the human resources employment process in algeria, a memorandum submitted as part of the requirements for obtaining a master's degree, faculty of political science and media/department of political science and international relations, specialization in human resources management, university of algiers, 2011-2012 • razouki yahya, business ethics and administrative corruption of public employees, case study of the tax directorate of tlemcen province, phd thesis in economic sciences, faculty of economics and commerce, tlemcen university algeria, 2016-2017 published research • shams el-din bashir el-sharif, samiha el-aqabi, ethics of public service, constitutional law journal, issue 2, 2019, germany • abdel razzaq al-sheikhli, alia saeed al-jawfi, ethics of public service and its impact on strategic performance, dinars journal, university of baghdad, college of administration and economics, issue 8, • muhammad ayed, ethics of public service and combating corruption, contribution and challenges, journal of research in law and political science, college of law and political science, university of ben khalf, algeria, 2nd ed., issue 6, 2017. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org laws • civil service law no. 24 of 1960. • uae cabinet resolution no. 15 of 2017 2010. margin i dr. samiha al-aqab, rationalization of the public service sector in algeria, phd thesis, public administration law specialization, department of law and political science, university of batna, 2016-2017, p. 284. ii dr. saeed muqaddam, public service ethics, a theoretical study from the perspective of authentication, professional rights and obligations, disciplinary system for employees, p. 11, dar al-ummah, algeria, 1997, p. 7. iii dr. samiha al-aqabi, previous source, p. 285. ivdr. saeed muqaddam, public service ethics, previous source, p. 9. v dr. amar awaidi, the general theory of administrative disputes in the algerian judicial system, part 1, administrative judiciary, office of university publications, algeria, 1955, p. 66. vi dr. saeed muqaddam, public service ethics, previous reference, p. 10. vii dr. samiha al-aqabi, previous source, p. 286. viii executive decree no. 92-276 dated 7/6/1992 including the code of medical ethics, issue no. j.r. 521, 1992. ix dr. boudnia rashid, intervention on the ethics of public service related to public service, held on may 29-30, 2000, p. 7. x dr. othman salman ghilan al-aboudi, public service ethics a comparative study, al-halabi publications, 2014, p. 33 xi dr. othman salman ghilan al-aboudi, previous source, p. 33. xii dr. amar boudiaf, public function in algerian legislation, 1st ed., dar jasoor for publishing and distribution, algeria, 2015, p. 8. xiii ibn manzur, abu al-fadl jamal al-din muhammad ibn makram, lisan al-arab, dar sadir, part 1, beirut, 1965, p. 86. xiv dr. saeed muqaddam, public service between development and transformation from the perspective of human resources management and job ethics, algeria, 2010, p. 295. xv see article 4, paragraph 7 of the civil service law no. 24 of 1960. xvi see uae cabinet resolution no. 15 of 2010. xvii dr. hayman louiza, the impact of management ethics on the human resources employment process in algeria, a thesis submitted as part of the requirements for a master’s degree, faculty of political science and media/department of political science and international relations, specializing in human resources management, university of algiers, 2011-2012, p. 10. xviii dr. hayman louiza, previous source, p. 10 xix dr. amar boudiaf, public function in algerian legislation, 1st ed., dar jasoor for publishing and distribution, algeria, 2015, p. 8. xx dr. othman salman ghilan al-aboudi, previous reference, p. 35. xxi dr. mohamed ayed, ethics of public service and combating corruption, contribution and challenges, journal of research in law and political science, faculty of law and political science, university of ben khalf, algeria, 2nd ed., no. 6, 2017. xxii dr. muhammad abd al-fattah, ethics in management, 1st ed., dar al-nashr wa al-tanzee, amman, 2012, p. 15. xxiii dr. najm aboud najm, management ethics: business responsibility in business companies, al-wareq publishing and distribution, amman, 2005, p. 16 xxiv dr. abdul razzaq al-shaikhli, alia saeed al-jufi, public service ethics and its impact on strategic performance, dinars magazine, university of baghdad, college of administration and economics, issue 8, without p. number. xxv dr. othman ghilan al-aboudi, previous source, p. 140. xxvi dr. shams el-din bashir el-sharif, samiha al-aqabi, ethics of public service, constitutional law journal, issue 2, 2019, germany, p. 18. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org xxvii dr. shams el-din bashir al-sharif, previous source, p. 18. xxviii dr. intisar zain al-abidin shahbaz, ethics of public service in islam, journal of the faculty of arts, issue 101, center xxix educational studies, university of baghdad, no year of publication, p. 641. xxx dr. intisar zain al-abidin shahyar, previous source, p. 661. xxxi dr. shams el-din bashir al-sharif, previous source, p. 19. xxxii dr. intisar zain al-abidin shahbaz, previous source, p. 662. xxxiii dr. intisar zain al-abidin shahbaz, previous source, p. 662. xxxiv dr. ahmed abdul rahman al-shammari, dr. mustafa mahmoud abu bakr, administrative corruption, its phenomena and ways to treat it, deanship of scientific research, king saud university, 2013, p. 14. xxxv dr. razouki yahya, business ethics and administrative corruption of public employees, case study of the tax directorate of tlemcen province, phd thesis in economic sciences, faculty of economics and business, tlemcen university algeria, 2016-2017, p. 18. xxxvi dr. othman salman ghilan al-aboudi, previous source, p. 141. xxxvii dr. othman salman ghilan al-aboudi, previous source, p. 141. xxxviii nour taher al-aqraa, strategy for confronting financial and administrative corruption, website, access date 6/18/2024 xxxix dr. yahya razouki, previous source, p. 112. xl dr. ahmed abdul rahman al-shammari, previous source, p. 16. xli dr. ahmed abdul rahman al-shammari, previous source, pp. 16-17. xlii dr. ahmed abdul rahman al-shammari, previous source, pp. 16-17. xliii dr. shams el-din bashir sharif, ethics of public service, previous source, p. 19. xliv dr. yahya razouki, previous source, p. 112. xlv dr. yahya razouki, previous source, p. 112. xlvi dr. yahya razouki, previous source, p. 113. xlvii dr. ahmed abdul rahman al-shammari, previous source, p. 114 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org the effect of forensic accounting on fraud control in public sector ministries in rivers state dr. solomon egbe department of accounting faculty of management sciences, university of port harcourt, choba, nigeria a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the performances of government ministries are generally poor due to absence of an effectively functioning internal control system, high incidence of fraud and lack of accountability. public sector fraud to a large extent has eaten deep into the blood stream of the nigeria public sector which is the problem facing today’s nigeria economy. the adoption of a democratic system of governance in the public sector has triple the epidemics of fraud in the public sector as politicians believe that public sector corruption is considered normal. ministries, department and agencies fraud is considered a national problem that has eaten deep into the nation and has threatened the financial viability of the nigeria economy. there is therefore an urgent need to install adequate fraud control technique in the nigeria publicsector system to curb the menace of corruption and serve as a check mechanism to curb the ever changing and improving tactics of fraudster in government mda’s. the research examined the relationship in existence between forensic accounting and fraud, control in some public sector ministries in rivers state. the study adopted the descriptive survey method with sample size of 292, selected using taro yamane formula from a total population of1,091 of the six ministries. 292 copies of questionnaires were administered among staff of the selected ministries. the statistical tool employed to examine the effect of the predator variables investigative accounting and litigation support services on fraud control is ordinary least square regression technique. data obtained from the administered questionnaires was imputed into spss 20 for analysis. investigative accounting. internal control. fraud policy. rivers state. nigeria. introduction it is notable to say emphatically that a major component of the economic structure of the nigeria economy is the public sector which occupies over 75% of the pic chart of the total economic structure. the nigeria public sector which is known as the nigeria civil service is a major employer of labour owned and managed by the govern ent not for profit making motive but as an organized institution american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org established to provide services and social welfare for its citizens. the nigeria public sector is classified into ministries, departments and agencies (mda’s) which is set aside to carry out specific functions assigned as contained in the policy document of the nation. these ministries, department and agencies represent the government and arc set aside to reach the grassroots of its citizens at all levels. funds arc released at the ministerial levels for both capital and recurrent expenditure. however, there exist a system of legal control which requires government ministries, departments and agencies to give account of its stewardship function to enable the government and its citizens conduc,,m nt adequate performance evaluation in terms of public funds entrusted on the various mda's. this process ought to be a system of check and balance to eliminate extra budgetary activities. in recent times, the nigeria public sector has been characterized by high incidence of financial and nonfinancial crimes, fraud and override of internal control system. these factors mentioned above are orchestrated by public sector employees which are the key players in the various mda’s. these employees are expected to run the public sector to attain government stated objectives but rather, there arise conflict of interest as government employees arc of the practice of overriding control for their selfish financial advantages. according to nipion (2013) fraud crumbles the economy greatly and occurs in several forms which includes: unemployment, inflation, high level of crimes, reduction in per capital income etc. according to njauike , dube and mashayanye (2009) are of the opinion that the services of a forensic accountant be employed to investigate and prosecute cases of fraud and other related fraudulent practices. in the opinion of (onuorah and ebimobowei, 2012) forensic accounting should be adopted to an organizational internal control system. forensic accounting as coined by peloubet is the use of accounting knowledge and investigative skills to identify and resolve legal issues. as a specialization that has to do with provision of information that is meant to be used as evidence especially for legal purpose, is the beginning process of a concluded audit exercise as forensic accountant conduct detailed investigation into incidence of organizational fraud. forensic accountant does not express an opinion unlike statutory auditors, nor rely on the designed organizational internal control system rather, he conducts extensive investigation to obtain needed fact. forensic accounting skills is thus needed to eliminate fraudulent employees in the public sector as well as control public sector fraud. it is laudable to be enlightened that the services of a forensic accountant should be engaged and a separate department established for forensic accounting in the public sector to control fraud. objectives of the study the aim of the study is to investigate the effect of forensic accounting on fraud control in public sector ministries in rivers state. specifically, this study aims to achieve the following objectives; to: examine what effect investigative accounting has on internal control. examine how investigative accounting affects fraud policy. research questions based on the specific objectives, the following research questions are addressed: to; what is the effect of investigative accounting on internal control? flow investigative accounting does affects fraud policy? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org research hypotheses to be tested the following null hypotheses are tested in this study: h01: investigative accounting does not significantly affect internal control. h02: investigative accounting docs not significantly affect fraud policy. scope of the study the conceptual scope of the study is based on accessing the effect of forensic accounting on fraud control with the use of investigative accounting and litigation support services in alignment with fraud policy and internal control system established in the public sector. the geographical scopes of the study are public sector ministries in rivers stale. .the state ministries are selected as appropriate for the study as a result of their record on adherence to financial regulation, accounting policies and procedures. review of literature theoretical framework white collar crime theory in the work of sutherland, white collar crime can be traced back to 1939. sutherland (1949) as cited in michael (2004) happened to be the first to formulate the term. sutherland originally stated in his theory in an address to the american sociological society in an attempt to study two fields, crime and high society which had no previous empirical correlation. 11c explained his idea as crime committed by a person respectable and of high social status in the course of his occupation. he noted that in his time, less than two percent of the persons committed to prison in a year belong to the upper class. his goal was to prove a relation between money and social status and the likelihood of going to jail for a while collar crime. compared to more visible typical crimes, although, the percentage is a bit higher today. hence, because of the status of those who engaged in these atrocities, the service ol'a trained and experienced investigator like the forensic accountant is required to forestall the occurrence of such fraud. public sector according to adams (2014), are all organizations that are not privately established or operated but arc ownbd, run and financed by the government on behalf of the public. this means that all the activities of public sectors are governed by government's laws. adams (2014) lists out regulatory framework of public sector which includes the constitution of the federal republic of nigeria, the 1979 as amended 1989 and 1999, the finance (control and management) act of 1958, and the financial regulation and revenue allocation laws. having seen unending several policies made by government. frauds of different kinds and forms are prevalent in various public sectors. fraud prevention saves government from huge investigation cost. according to zimbelman and albrecht (2012), an environment where fraud is prevented, there would not be detection and investigation costs. forensic accounting defined: according to joshi (2,003) it is the use of accounting knowledge and investigative skills to identify and resolve legal issues. the word forensic accounting was coined in 1946 by peloubet, he was the first to publish the phrase forensic accounting. according to (cocncn, 2005) another nomenclature for forensic accounting is called investigative accounting. josh (2003) also defined forensic accounting as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org “the application of specialized knowledge and specified skill to stumble up on the evidence of economic translation” .zysman (2001) also defined forensic accounting as the integration of accounting, auditing and investigative skills. (coenen,2005)further defines forensic accounting as the application of accounting concepts and techniques to legal problems. (zysman, 2001) further simplifies the definition by thus; “forensic accounting is a field of specialization that has to do with provision of information that is meant to be used as evidence especially for legal purposes” fraud defined: according to black’s law dictionary (1979) fraud is defined as multifarious means human ingenuity can devise that arc resorted to by one individual to get an advantage over another by false suggestion or suppression of the truth. it can also be defined as a deliberate and intentional misrepresentation of information in the financial statement or otherwise in other to gain unjust illegal advantage. dandago (1997) defined fraud as an intentional misrepresentation of financial information by one or more individual among management, employees or third parties. in a nut shell, fraud is seen as a deliberate means of deceit perpetrated by an individual to gain an unjust advantage. the concept of fraud control jenfa, (2002) outlines various types of fraud as: (i) bite fraud, (ii) nibble fraud, (iii) management fraud and (iv) con-artist or “419”. okolo, (1987) explains various types of fraud that may be discovered as teeming and lading or carry-over fraud, fraudulent manipulation of account not involving defalcating, defalcation of money and goods. attwood and stein (1986) emphasize that the responsibility for prevention and detection of fraud rest with management, and. that this responsibility is fulfilled mainly through the implementation and continued operation of an adequate system of internal control. attwood and stein (1986) express further that the engagement letter should made this clear. furthermore, the engagement should explain that the auditor will endeavour to plan his audil so that he (the auditor) has a reasonable expectation of detecting material misstatement in the financial statement resulting from fraud. it is believed that the responsibility for fraud prevention and detection rest with every staff of an organization, whether on managerial level or not. fzc (2005) pointed oiit, that detection of fraud is a secondary object of an audit, an auditor docs not set out with declared intention of detecting fraud, this comes to light in the normal course of his examination of vouchers, ledger and other available evidence in support of the financial statement he is auditing. as a means of fraud prevention, millichamp (1996) avers that an effective internal audil is an essential element of a system of internal control and should be prevention to fraud. millichamp (1996) opines that internal control is “the whole system of controls, financial and otherwise, established by the management in order to carry on the business of the enterprises in an orderly and efficient manner, ensure adherence to management policies, safeguard the assets and secure as far as possible the completeness and accuracy of records”. rittenbcrg and senwieger (2000) define internal control as “a process effected by an entity’s board of directors, management and other personnel designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives in the following categories (1) reliability of financial reporting (2) compliance with applicable laws and regulations (3) effectiveness and efficiency of operations and (4) safeguarding of assets”. however, the researcher is of the view that internal control may be a government system installed, to effectively and efficiently prevent and control material accounting errors or fraud on a timely basis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org dimension of public sector fraud public sector organization in nigeria is highly susceptible to various categories of fraud. these frauds arc committed by high ranking officers occupying sensitive position. they commit these frauds to gain illegal financial advantages; both internal auditors and external auditors arc however unable to discover these frauds due to creative accounting. the following are various categories of fraud predominant in the public sector, these includes: financial statement fraud: these type of fraud in the public sector occurs when preparers of financial statement window dress the account of the state to present a positive picture of government expenditure in other to balance it against unspent revenue and allocation from federation account. payroll fraud: these is a common, type of fraud where by preparer of monthly salary vouchers increase the actual salary of workers by conniving with the workers and also to include ghost workers in the salary vouchers to obtain financial advantage in the loophole in the payroll system. computer fraud: this type of public sector fraud is closely related to payroll fraud for public sector organization that has a computerized system of employee record linked to its payroll system. fraud perpetrator simply manipulates the employee record by imputing ghost workers to correspond with the payroll voucher to be prepared. this is mostly possible when there is a default in the physical control system of the organization. tax fraud: this type of fraud in the public sector occurs when deduction on civil servant salaries is not remitted as at when due to the relevant tax authority. misappropriation of asset: public sectors assets are often susceptible to misappropriation. vehicle entrusted to public officers are most often confiscated im¬personal use. this is because there is no adequate records on government vehicles and the financial statement of the public sector does not report on government asset as the statement is been prepared on cash bases. inventory fraud: this type of public sector fraud is perpetrated from the preparation of requisition on purchases of item. the prices of individual items arc been sky rocketed by those preparing the requisition, and also when the purchases have been made, they also steal from the little available inventory procured. embezzlement: this is classified as one of the greatest challenges facing the nigeria public sector today. public officer’s belief that embezzlement of public funds is the only means of getting rich. funds allocated for capital and recurrent projects arc been embezzled by • those in custody of such fund which is used for extra budgetary activities against the approved appropriation. litigation support services this concept provides assistance of an accounting nature in matters related to existing or pending litigation. litigation services deals with issues related to quantification of economic damages as well as calculation of economic loss which arose due to a breach of contract. litigation support service as it relates to a forensic accountant implies more familiarization with the commercial dispute in question thereby providing consultative services as well as rendering advices to attorneys, although the kind of advice provided by the forensic accountant varies, depending on the nature of case in question. advice rendered to the attorney could be cither determining the extent of damages in a legal case or rendering assistance by providing documentation and relevant fact on an issue in other to support a legal case. the documentation process required of a forensic accountant involves the review process of necessary documents as part of an initial assessment of a case, or by aiding in the discovery proceedings by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org helping to formulate key questions with regards to the financial evidence. litigation support service is a veritable tool that can be used to achieve a desire outcome in issues concerning a dispute. litigation support services are of several dimensions which includes: a forensic litigator assists in settlement of discussion and negotiation process. forensic litigator need to be presence at trials to hear the testimony of the opposing expert and to provide assistance with cross examination. forensic litigator is mandated to review the opposing expert damages report and reporting on both the strength and weakness of the position adopted. forensic litigator assists in providing necessary documentation necessary to support or refute a claim. it is of paramount importance that the forensic litigator review such relevant documents obtained in four above in other to form an initial assessment of the case in view and identify vividly the area of loss. forensic litigator provides assistance with examination of individuals involved in legal suit by formulating questions to be administered regarding financial claims as evidence. investigative accounting this technique of forensic accounting is useful in the sense that various complaints and allegations could be used as a guide for gathering evidence used in investigation. this is cited as being proactive because it is widely felt that the existence of a system of investigation in such cases is significant deterrent to fraud and corruption ezeilo (2010). l/.eilo (2010) defined investigative accounting as “accounting that is performed to investigate incident of possible fraud or misappropriation of institutions funds”. it is usually seen as an accounting that takes place as a result of report of unusual or suspicious activity on the part of an individual or a department. it usually focuses on specific aspects of the work of a department or individual in relatipn to fraud and corruption, so as to examine how the system can be reinforced for fraud prevention and detection. ezilo (2010) further explains that investigation is a valuable part of accounting because it focuses on the risks that threaten achievement such as risk of fraudulent. claims for expenditure, fraudulent provision of services to an organization or fraud and evasion of revenue payments. it also concentrates on the standards of financial management, implementation of internal control and electronic services. research methodology the survey method of research design is considered appropriate as direct or indirect contact is established with individuals related to the study by the use of a well-designed tool called questionnaire. the population of the study comprises of six (6) ministries in rivers state from a total of (28) ministries. the table 1 below gives a clear picture of the various ministries and their corresponding population. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org s/n ministries no of st 1 ministry of finance 201 2 ministry of housing 56 3 ministries of chieftaincy and community affairs 64 3 ministry of budget and economic planning 75 5 ministry of urban development 38 6 ministry of health 657 total 1,091 the research instruments used in collection of data for a study of this nature is primary instrument personal interviews and questionnaires as the major primary instrument for data collection to enable the researcher obtain relevant and appropriate questions necessary in achieving the objective of the study. the instrument also includes consultation of records, documents such as internet materials, text books and journals as it provides vital information on issues related to the research study. for a research of this nature, the researcher decided to adopt nonprobability sampling techniques which was used to select the six ministries which forms the population ,of the study. the researcher decided to use the purposive sampling technique due to the fact that the six ministries which makes up the population of the study forms part of the 28 ministries, and it thus, reasonably represent the total ministries as the accounting system and process in these ministries are similar; so are fraud committed among the six ministries are similar to the 28 ministries as a whole. the two variable s employed by researcher for the study are: the independent variable and dependent variable. the data collected as a result of the questionnaire administered was analyzed with the use of ordinary least square (ols) regression technique to test the research hypothesis. descriptive analysis such percentages were also employed in the course of the study to determine the number of responses for or against the research question. data analysis hypothesis 1: investigative accounting does not significantly affect internal control table 2: showing the relationship between investigative accounting and internal control in public sector organizations in nigeria. variable n mean s.d df r sig decision investigative accounting 292 1.7705 1.11784 291 .915 .000 reject internal control 2.2671 1.47507 the result from the study on the relationship between investigative accounting and internal control in public sector ministries in rivers state, shows that investigative accounting had a mean of 1.7705 and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org a standard deviation of 1.11784 and internal control had a mean of 2.2671 and a standard deviation of 1.47507 with a degree of freedom (of 292 1) 291. while correlation coefficient (r) =.915, which shows that the result is significant at 0.05 two tail test (p<.05) level of significance, (using spss). since the significance level .goo is less than 0.05 alpha levels. therefore, the null hypothesis of “investigative accounting does not significantly affect internal control.” is rejected. hence, the result indicates that the investigative accounting docs significantly affect internal control. (see table above and appendix 1) hypothesis 2: investigative accounting does not significantly affect fraud policy. table 3: showing the relationship between investigative accounting and fraud policy in public sector ministries in rivers state _variabl e n mean s.d df r sig decision investigative 1.7705 1.11784 accounting fraud policy. 292 1.8973 1.17669 291 .959 0.000 reject the result from the study on the relationship between investigative accounting and fraud policy in public sector ministries in rivers state, shows that investigative accounting had a mean of 1.7705 and a standard deviation of 1.11784 and fraud policy had a mean of 1.8973 and a standard deviation of 1.17669 with a degree of freedom (df = 292 1) 291, while correlation coefficient (r) .959, which shows that the result is significant at 0.05 two tail test (p<05) level of significance, (using spss). since the significance level .000 is less than 0.05 alpha level. therefore, the null hypothesis of “investigative accounting does not significantly affect fraud policy ” is rejected. hence, the result concludes that investigative accounting docs significantly affect fraud policy, (see table above and appendix 2). discussion of findings: the result of the findings of the study is in line with the hypothesis stated and the theories. hypothesis one: this state the relationship between investigative accounting on fraud control through internal control. the result indicates that there exists a significant relationship between investigative accounting and internal control of some public sector ministries in rivers state. it was suggested that the presence of forensic accountant through investigative accounting can control fraud in public sector ministries in rivers state through adequate internal control system. hypothesis two: 'phi's state the relationship between investigative accounting on fraud control through fraud policy. the result indicates that there exists a significant relationship between investigative accounting and fraud policy of some public sector ministries in rivers state. it was suggested that the presence of forensic accountant through investigative accounting can control fraud in public sector ministries in rivers state through effectiveness of fraud policy. conclusion the research examined the relationship in existence between forensic accounting and fraud control in some public sector ministries in rivers state. the study adopted the descriptive survey method with sample size of 292, selected using taro yamane formula from a total population ol 1,091 of the six american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org ministries. 292 copies of questionnaires were administered among staff of the selected ministries. the statistical tool employed to examine the effect of the predator variables investigative accounting and litigation support services on fraud control is ordinary least square regression technique. data obtained from the administered questionnaires was imputed into spss 20 for analysis from the result in the section above, we have the following findings: investigative accounting does significantly affect internal control in public sector in nigeria. this implies that the more investigative accounting is carried out, there will be an internal control in public sector in nigeria. the result also showed that investigative accounting does affect fraud policy in public sector on nigeria. this implies that the more often investigative accounting is applied, the' will be an increase in affect proper authorization process and verification of transaction in public sector on nigeria. investigative accounting is an important determinant in uncovering fraud and theft in public sector. state government should create a favourable environment for proper investigative accounting. litigation support services deals with issues related to economic damages, thus litigation support services are important in fraud related issues in public sector. the forensic accountant provides consultative services as well as rendering advices to attorneys recommendation based on the study so far, it has been found out that forensic accounting has a strong effect on fraud control in public sector. this was made possible because of the in depth level of investigative accounting as well as litigation support services. in the light of the above, the following recommendation will be made: government should create an enabling environment for auditors to perform their duties effectively and efficiently. government should employ the services of forensic accountants for proper documentation and verification of transactions to curb fraud in the public sector. government should ensure adequate and continuous training and retraining of staff it relates to forensic accounting methods. references 1. adams, r. a. (2014). public sector accounting and finance.4th edition, lagos: corporate publishers ventures 2. albrecht, c, c., albrecht, w. s., & dunn, s. g. (2001). can auditors detect fraud? a review of the research evidence, journal of forensic accounting, 2(1), pp. 34 51. 3. albrecht, w. s., hill, n. c., & albrecht, c. c. (2006). the ethics development model applied to declining ethics in accounting. australian accounting review, 16(1) 30 40. 4. anao, a. r., & uche, c. u. (2002). research design and implementation in accounting and finance, institute of chartered accountants of nigeria (ican) lagos attwood, f. a., & stein, n. d. (1986). de paula’s auditing 7th ed london pitman 682p. 5. eze, .1. c. (2005). principles and techniques of auditing lsl edition, enugu j.t.c. publishers 545p. 6. ezeilo, g. (2010). forensic accounting, lagos. institute of chartered accountants publications. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org 7. jcgcdc, a. e. (2008). corruption and the locales: reconsidering niger della (marginalization thesis) paper presented at the international conference on the nigerian conference on the nigerian state, oil industry and the niger delta, march, 11 13. 8. jcnfa, b. i. (2002). tips on principles and practice of auditing, investigation and professional practice. jos, plateau state. amazing concept ltd 21 op. 9. jenfa, b. i. (2004). elements of professionalism and practice of accountancy, lsl edition, jos plateau state, amazing concept ltd jos. 230p. 10. millichamp, a. h. (1996). auditing 71'1 edition london letts educational, aldinc. 566p. 11. mohd, s. i., & mazni, a. (2008). an overview of forensic accounting in malaysia, kuala lumphr, university of malaysia press inc. 12. murray, j. (2013). likert data: what to use, parametric or non parametric? international journal of business and social sciences, 4(11), 258 264. 13. niplon, s. (2015). bank fraud and the nigerian economy: a psycho economic analysis. 14. okolo, j.u.'f. (1987). the concept and practice of auditing, ibadan, evans brothers (nig.) publishers ltd. 322p. 15. owojori, a. a., & asaolu, t. o. (2009). the role of forensic accounting in solving the vexed problem of corporate world. european journal of scientific research 29 (2), 1 83-1 87. 16. rittenberg, w. e., & schwieger, b. j. (2000). auditing concepts for a changing environment 3™ cd. orlando florida, usa harcourt college publishers. 855p. 17. wolf, d. t., & ilcrmanson, d. r. (2004). the fraud diamond: considering the four elements of if aud. the certified public accountants journal. 18. zimbelman, m. f., & albrecht, c. c. (2012). forensic accounting, 4th edition. international edition, canada: nelson education ltd. appendix 1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the content of the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills researcher / assistant lecturer. ali kadhim jassam al-karawi general directorate of education in najaf governorate alikadhim198777@gmail.com mobile / 07810982728 researcher / assistant lecturer. enas ali jawi college of basic education / wasit university / department of history inas.naser@alkucollge.edu.iq mobile / 07725646401 researcher / assistant lecturer. dumooa fikhri hassan college of basic education / wasit university/ educational curricula. dumoafikhrial@gmail.com mobile / 07814273355 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the current research aims to (analyze the content of the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of highranking thinking skills), to achieve this goal, the researcher prepared a list of high-ranking thinking skills, according to al-otoum's classification of them and presented them to experts specialized in curricula and methods of teaching sociology, to extract virtual honesty, after that, the researcher proceeded to analyze the paragraphs of the book's questions in the light of the skills contained in the list of final skills, then the researcher made sure of the stability of the analysis between his analysis and the analysis of an external analyst, the researcher reached the repetitions and percentages achieved by each of the high-ranking thinking skills, as contained in the questions of the systematic sociological textbook, based on these results, the researcher reached a set of conclusions, proposals and recommendations. content analysis, questions, sociological textbook, intermediate third, high-ranking thinking skills. introduction (research definition) first: research problem: the world today has become like a small village, the spread of means of communication and satellite channels that invaded every house in our cities, whether in the city, countryside or village, and it is full of everything new and contradictory in people's lives, so we find that life is not easy to live without american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org thinking, and that who does not use thinking correctly we will find him paying the bills for his bad thinking in aspects of life, we also note that there are many issues such as wars, famines, the spread of drugs, the violation of human rights, the conflict of religions, ethnic discrimination, religious intolerance, different cultures, child labor and the gap between generations with all its contradictions, all this was one of the reasons and reasons that encourage us to think about it, understand it and study it to find appropriate solutions to it (abdelaziz, 2009: 34). and that educational institutions, especially higher education institutions, are in constant search for positive change in various aspects of life to advance the educational process, this does not happen if there is no clear vision to review the recruitment of courses in order to go hand in hand with the educational process, therefore, it is necessary to think increasingly about developing the work of institutions such as teaching using various modern teaching methods to enhance learners' learning, and their learning outcomes to ensure the consolidation of the knowledge and skills sought by society in its children who are able to manage the future and face challenges with continuous thinking to advance different professions (al-mawla, 2021: 7). here it must be noted that the educational and educational process is a purposeful organized process, the learner and his cognitive, emotional and skill formation set a goal for it, according to the requirements of the modern era and the forward-looking outlook, thus, it is a flexible process that is constantly evolving, with its own tools through which it works to achieve these goals, as the curriculum is one of the most important and prominent of these tools (arnoussi and saad, 2015: 63). the curriculum is also one of the most important systems that make up the educational system as a system, and the mirror that reflects the philosophy of the educational system in translating the philosophy of society and its needs and aspirations to raise its children the education it aims at, as the reflector of that philosophy to which it belongs, the guarantor formulates his goals in the light of which he aspires to educate his members (al-hashemi and attia, 2014: 15). the curriculum sets the appropriate goals prepared in advance to prepare the good citizen in an integrated preparation in all aspects, mental, physical, psychological, moral and emotional, it is necessary to pay attention to the educational process, because it is the means of society in building its members, and the means of education in this is the educational curricula (raheef, 2021: 360). perhaps one of the most important axes put forward by educators to form curricula that take the future into consideration, care and attention, is the axis of curricula and their relationship to the development of thinking, by thinking skills, we mean a social cognitive process that should focus on how to learn, it means that the thinking embedded in the school curriculum is a dynamic process that invites learners to interact and participate (al-dulaimi and abdul rahman, 2008: 87). the researcher, by virtue of his work as a teacher who teaches sociology to high school students, sees a clear weakness in the high-ranking thinking skills of students, the content of the curriculum focuses on the skills of memorization, comprehension and application at best, and went to the method of analyzing the content of the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills in an accurate scientific manner, because the content analysis process provides a description of the trends apparent in the material of the book (bahri, 2012: 195). second: research importance: the importance of the textbook lies through the prominent great role it provides to the learner in educational life, the book is not just an educational tool that helps in the educational process, it is the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org main pillar in the educational learning process, it provides the general framework of the study material and work to provide, guide and guide the learner to what he studies, therefore, it is one of the main pillars on which the curriculum is based, because it is one of the tools through which we can make students able to reach predetermined curriculum goals (hamadneh and khaled, 2012: 217-218). the curricula in recent decades have received great attention from educators around the world and around the world, the textbook has received the forefront of this attention, as it is one of the important foundations on which learners master the educational products necessary to meet the challenges of comprehensive development in light of the changes that included everything in our lives and societies, therefore, many arab and international conferences were held to develop the textbook, with regard to its content, activities and teaching methods, and the preparation of the efficient teacher, to play his multiple roles in the light of contemporary developments, in order to suit the learner of the twenty-first century (al-hashemi and attia, 2009: 16-17) and that the process of content analysis is necessary from the evaluation supplies of the curricula and to know their components, weaknesses and strengths, through the analysis process, we learn about the components of the educational material that we want to teach, and the facts, concepts, principles, theories, generalizations, trends, values and skills contained therein, this means that curriculum designers, implementers and developers are unable to dispense with the analysis of the content of textbooks, as the means of the curriculum that expresses its content (al-hashemi and attia, 2014: 176). moreover, one of the most important objectives of the content analysis process is to identify the mental skills developed by the content of the textbook, or the thinking skills developed by this content in students (taima, 2004: 85). that is why thinking is a necessity of life and the requirements of meaningful education, which plays an important role in the process of developing thought processes and skills, which allows individuals to develop their competence, it is necessary in academic and life success and self-realization in the field of work, sound thinking helps the student to succeed and feel happy, superior and satisfied, it also enables the individual to create good relationships in the school environment with his comrades, teachers and parents (abdul aziz, 2009: 39). high-ranking thinking is one of the most prominent educational dimensions, which educators have begun to pay attention to in recent years, as one of the important keys to achieving the educational goals of the learning and teaching processes, and to ensure effective cognitive development that allows the individual to use his maximum mental energies to achieve success and proper adaptation in the field of learning or public life, because high-ranking thinking is a thinking style that requires a special mental effort and patience with doubt and ambiguity, independence in the practice of mental simulation of what has been discovered, also refers to responding to a challenge, and poses a challenge to other challenges ( al-otoum et al., 2009: 207-208 ). given that high-ranking thinking skills are of great importance to the learner, the researcher analyzed the content of the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills, to investigate those skills to reach scientifically their exact proportions, and the extent to which the authors of the curricula take into account these skills when composing, all this is beneficial to the learner, being the main target in the educational process. third: research objective: the current research aims to (analyze the content of the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org fourth: research limits: this research is limited to the following: social studies book for the third intermediate grade, first edition 2020. fifth: terms definition: first: content analysis: 1language: analysis: "whoever solves the node solves it: he opened it and overruled it, and it was dissolved, and the solution: dissolving the knot" (ibn mandhur, d.t., article h.l.: 974). content: whoever contains a thing that contains it alive and a container and contains it collected and achieved (ibn mandhur, d.t., article h and a: 1065). 2conventionally: content analysis: defined by:  (al-jaafara): it is "the fragmentation of content and the division of the knowledge, facts, concepts, principles, laws, values, skills and attitudes into its elements" (al-jaafara, 2011: 129).  (al-khawaldeh and yahya): that "the organized process that is represented in the reorganization of the human communication material targeted by analysis in special systems, are consistent with the key symbols that the analyst sets as the basis for his work, and sees them as appropriate to achieve the objectives of his work or the user's goals for the results of the analysis" (al-khawaldeh and yahya, 2014: 137). second: the book of sociology: its definition:  (kalzah) as: "parts of the social sciences selected, simplified and prepared for use in teaching in schools and other institutes of general education for educational or educational purposes" (kalzah, 2012: 25).  procedurally: (( it is that scientific material to be taught in the sociological book for the third intermediate grade, which was developed by curriculum planners in the ministry of education in accordance with the agreed scientific foundations. third: the sntermediate grade: idiomatically: (( it is that stage that mediates two stages of study, namely primary and secondary education, the duration of study is three years (first, second and third grade), it includes students aged (12 years) to (15 years) (ministry of education, 1981: 93). fourth: high-ranking thinking skills: defined by:  (al-otoum et al.) as: that set of skills that include observation, classification, organization of information and open-ended problem solving, data analysis, the ability to critically question and the ability to formulate predictions also include the latter skills of bloom's taxonomy (al-otoum et al., 2009: 229). chapter two previous studies there are no studies according to the researcher's knowledge that dealt with the analysis of the content of social books in the light of high-order thinking skills, therefore, it was limited to studies to benefit from them in the methodology, sample, sources, statistical means, and according to the chronology: 1al-adly study (2016): this study aimed to analyze the content of literature books and texts for the preparatory stage in iraq in the light of basic thinking skills, where this study was conducted in iraq and the research sample consisted of (369) pages after the researcher excluded the introductions and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org margins and proved the contents, to achieve the objectives of the study, the researcher prepared a tool for analysis by including basic thinking skills, and the results showed the following: 1the book of literature and texts for the sixth grade of literature surpassed the books of literature and texts for the fourth literary and fifth literary grades, it received the highest repetition (158), and a percentage (45.40%) for basic thinking skills. 2while the writers of literature and texts for the fourth grade of literature got the least repetitions of basic thinking skills, it was (80) repetitions, and (22.98%). 3the books of literature and texts in the preparatory stage when built and authored did not take into account the issue of basic thinking skills sufficiently, in particular, the skills of forecasting and hypothesis. 2rahif study (2021): this study aimed to analyze the content of the activities and exercises of the arabic language book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills, where this study was conducted in iraq and the research sample consisted of (347) activities and exercises, after the researcher excluded from them introductions, footnotes, texts, presentation texts and rules, it was limited to pages that included activities and exercises directed to students, to achieve the objectives of the study, the researcher prepared a tool for analysis by including highranking thinking skills, and the results showed the following: 1the arabic language book for the third intermediate grade got repetitions of high-ranking thinking skills. 2the skill of application, data analysis and modeling obtained the highest iterations of high-ranking thinking skills in the activities and exercises of the arabic language book for the third intermediate grade. 3while the skill of observation, open-ended question solving, evaluation, critical questioning and description of high-ranking thinking skills got fewer frequencies than the skill of application, data analysis and modeling available in the activities and exercises of the arabic language book for the third intermediate grade. 4as for the skill of organization, it is the only skill of high-ranking thinking skills that did not get repetitions in the activities and exercises of the arabic language book for the third intermediate grade. benefit from previous studies: we can benefit from previous studies as follows: 1previous studies used the descriptive approach in the study, and the current study used the descriptive approach. 2previous studies used the method of content analysis as a method in analyzing the material to be researched, as well as the current study. 3previous studies differed in their objectives, as the study (al-adly 2016) aimed to analyze the content of literature books and texts for the preparatory stage in iraq in the light of basic thinking skills, as for the study (rahif 2021), it aimed to analyze the content of the activities and exercises of the arabic language book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills, the current research aims to analyze the content of the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills. 4the study (al-adly 2016), the study (rahif 2021) and the current research used the holsty equation to extract stability in the analysis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org 5previous studies gave different results, as for the current research, its results will be clear in the fourth chapter. chapter three research methodology and procedures this chapter includes research methodology and procedures, it includes an integrated detail of each of the research community, its sample, research methodology and tools, and ensuring their truthfulness and stability of the analysis in the light of them, it also includes the procedures followed in it and statistical processing.  research methodology: in order to achieve the goal of the research, the researcher adopted the descriptive approach following the method of content analysis in dealing with the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-order thinking skills, therefore, the research according to the descriptive approach, is an investigation, focused on a phenomenon of phenomena as it exists in reality, with the intention of diagnosing them and revealing their aspects, and identifying the relationships between their elements or between them and other phenomena (daoud, 2006: 9), content analysis is an accurate and comprehensive scientific study that relies on observation and measurement in order to know the basic elements that make up the scientific material that is being analyzed (al-manizil and adnan, 2010: 296). research community and sample: the research community consists of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in iraq, first edition (1442 ah / 2021 ad), authored by: dr. loay adnan hassoun, dr. esraa tawfiq talib, dr. majid saddam salem, dr. musa mohammed al tuwairesh, dr. ebtisam saud oraibi, the book consists of one part containing three units with six chapters, the first unit is two chapters of geography, as well as the second unit is two chapters of history, the third unit also two chapters of national education, while the research sample consisted of (74) questions, after the researcher excluded the introductions, enrichment texts and regulations, as the researcher limited them to the pages that included questions addressed to students.  research tool: to achieve the goal of the researcher, it is necessary to have a tool for him, according to which the content is analyzed, what is meant by research tools are the tools used by the researcher to collect information related to the objectives of his research, which he uses mainly to answer research questions (attia, 2009: 207), therefore, the researcher prepared a list of high-ranking thinking skills as identified by (al-afoun et al., 2014: 229).  tool validity: validity is that the test actually measures what it was designed to measure, and it is the most important characteristic of any test, so any test must be honest, and the term validity often denotes quality (kaufaha, 2003: 94), therefore, the researcher presented the questionnaire to a number of specialists in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org the field of teaching methods and educational psychology as in appendix (1), for the purpose of ensuring its apparent validity. analysis steps: the researcher followed the following steps when analyzing the questions of the sociological book: 1read the questions of each chapter of the book separately. 2identify the paragraphs analyzed. 3give one repetition for each question that achieves a high-ranking thinking skill. 4unpacking the results of the analysis into the analysis form. the researcher relied in the analysis on the unity of the idea, because it is the most appropriate and best for the title of his research, in addition, he used the repetition unit for the census, and dumped the results of the analysis in the analysis form, count the number of repetitions for each high-order thinking skill.  analysis stability: to verify the stability of the analysis, the researcher used the method of stability between analysts, as the researcher presented a chapter of the book of sociology for the third intermediate grade of dr. haider hatem al-ajrash, phd in methods of teaching history, to analyze the questions of that chapter, then the compatibility between the two analyzes was calculated using (holsti's equation), to measure the stability coefficient, and the stability coefficient reached (90%), which is an acceptable ratio, that the analysis is consistent.  statistical processing: the researcher used the statistical package (spss) to complete his research. chapter four view and interpret results this chapter includes a presentation of the researcher's findings, after analyzing the content of the questions of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills, interpret the repetitions and percentages obtained by each of the high-ranking thinking skills, as shown in table (1). table 1 high-ranking thinking skills included in the social textbook for the third intermediate grade s. book total percentage 1 observation 15 5،8 2 description 6 2،3 3 marshalling 0 0 4 critical questioning 7 2،7 5 solve open-ended questions 11 4،2 6 data analysis and modeling 56 21 ،7 7 formulation of forecasts 5 1،9 8 installation 4 1،5 9 application 146 56 ،8 10 evaluation 8 3،1 total 258 100% american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org it is clear from table (1) that the application skill got the highest percentage is (56.8), followed by the skill of data analysis and modeling by (21.7), after that, came the observation skill by (5.8), then the skill of solving open-ended questions by (4.2), the evaluation skill by (3.1), the skill of critical questioning by (2.7), the skill of description by (2.3), the skill of formulating predictions by (1.9), the skill of installation by (1.5), and finally the skill of organization by (0%), as the content of the book included multiple questions, but most of these questions were aimed at the skill of application, and we find this in the concept questions, as well as the skill of analysis that got a good ratio, because we find it in the questions of facts, then came the following skills (observation, solving open-ended questions, evaluation, critical questioning, description, formulation of predictions, synthesis), in weak proportions, we rarely find it in the questions, and the skill of organization did not get any repetition, as the questions of the book did not include this skill. chapter five conclusions, recommendations and proposals  conclusions: through the results of the researcher, it is clear that the authors of the book focus on the skill of application and analysis, and their lack of interest in high-order thinking skills.  recommendations: through his findings, the researcher recommends the following: 1directing the authors of the sociological book for the third intermediate grade to include high-ranking thinking skills that obtained weak percentages in the questions of the book. 2the general directorate of curricula in the iraqi ministry of education should take the recommendations and results of this research and other research analysis and evaluation of the content to develop the content of these books. 3training teachers and teachers on modern teaching methods, so that they can teach the high-ranking thinking skills included in the book.  proposals: the researcher suggests the following: 1conducting a similar study on social books for the first and second intermediate grades. 2measuring the level of high-ranking thinking skills among students of the third intermediate grade. references: 1bahri, muna youssef, (2012): the educational curriculum (foundations and analysis), 1st edition, amman jordan. 2al-jaafara, abdul salam youssef, (2011): arabic language curricula and teaching methods between theory and practice, 1st edition, arab society library for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. 3hamadneh, muhammad mahmoud sari, and khaled hussein muhammad obeidat, (2012): concepts of teaching in the modern era, 1st edition, modern world of books, irbid jordan. 4al-khawaldeh, thamer ahmed, and yahya ismail abed, (2014): content analysis in curricula and textbooks, 1st edition, zamzam publishers and distributors, amman jordan. 5daoud, aziz, (2006): research methods in science, 1st edition, dar osama for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org 6al-dulaimi, ali hussein, and abdul rahman abdul hashemi, (2008): curricula between tradition and renewal, 1st edition, dar osama for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. 7rahif, hussein ali, (2021): analysis of the content of the activities and training of the arabic language book for the third intermediate grade in the light of high-ranking thinking skills, research published in the researcher journal, the first international scientific conference. 8taima, rushdi ahmed, (2004): content analysis in the human sciences, 1st edition, dar al-fikr al-arabi, cairo egypt. 9al-adly, muhammad jassim jafat, (2016): analysis of the content of literature books and texts for the preparatory stage in the light of basic thinking skills, research published in the lark journal of philosophy, linguistics and social sciences, no. 23. 10abdul aziz, saad, (2009): teaching thinking and its skills (exercises and practical applications), 1st edition, cultural house for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. 11al-arnoussi, diaa owaid harbi, and saad muhammad jabr, (2015): curricula (building and development), 1st edition, dar safaa for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. 12attia, mohsen ali, (2009): modern curricula and teaching methods, 1st edition, dar al-manhaj for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. 13al-otoum, adnan yousef and others, (2009): developing thinking skills (theoretical models and practical applications), 2nd edition, dar al-masirah for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. 14al-kalzah, hamid, (2012): introduction to educational sciences, dar al-fikr, lebanon. 15kawafha, tayseer mufleh, (2003) measurement, evaluation and diagnosis in special education, 1st edition, dar al-masirah for publishing and distribution, amman, jordan. 16al-munizil, abdullah fallah, and adnan yousef al-atoum, (2010): research methods in educational and psychological sciences, 1st edition, dar ithra for publishing and distribution, amman jordan. 17al-mawla, sana salman shendi juma, (2021): the effectiveness of an interactive program for university teachers according to the requirements of (chea) in teaching performance and evaluating the quality of learning outcomes, phd thesis (unpublished), faculty of basic education, university of babylon. 18ministry of education, (1981) secondary school system in iraq baghdad. 19al-hashemi, abdul rahman, and mohsen ali attia, (2009): analysis of the content of the arabic language curricula, an applied theoretical vision, 1st edition, dar safaa for publishing and distribution jordan. 20al-hashemi, abdul rahman, and mohsen ali attia, (2014): analysis of the content of school curricula, 2nd edition, dar safaa for publishing and distribution jordan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org appendix no. (1) the names of the arbitrators are arranged according to the scientific title and alphabets s. name degree specialization 1 jinan muhammad abdul khafaji assistant professor dr. methods of teaching social sciences 2 jinan marza hamza al-rubaie assistant professor dr. general curricula and teaching methods 3 haidar hatem faleh al-ajrash professor doctor methods of teaching history 4 raed ramthan hussain altamimi lecturer doctor general curricula and teaching methods 5 saja abd masrhad assistant professor dr. general curricula and teaching methods 6 saad tohme balil alkhafaji professor methods of teaching geography 7 aref hatem hadi aljubouri professor doctor general teaching methods 8 abdul salam jawdat professor doctor educational measurement and evaluation 9 emad hussein obaid al-morshedi professor doctor educational psychology 10 mashreq muhammad majwal professor doctor general curricula and teaching methods 11 muhammad hamid almasoudi professor doctor general teaching methods american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org the constitutional judge and his discretion sula thaher habeab college of physical education and sport science, university of thi-qar, thi-qar, 64001, iraq. sula.thaher@utq.edu.iq, a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the issue of the authority of the legislator and the constitutional judge is one of the topics that sparked widespread debate in constitutional circles. the principle is that the legislative authority does not interfere in judicial affairs. here we mean negative interference, that is, interference that violates the basic principles stipulated in the constitution, including the principle of judicial independence and separation of powers. the legislative authority exercises the most dangerous authority in the state. because it sets laws that represent its will and that are binding on everyone, including the judicial and executive authorities, it carries out its duties as an institution whose mission is to legislate laws. the legislator is authorized by the constitution to enact legislation that ensures the proper performance of each authority’s function. however, this authorization must not violate the recognized constitutional rules. discretion, separation of powers. constitutional judge, constitution. federal court. introduction المقدمة االوساط واسعا في نقاشا اثارت التي الموضوعات احد الدستوري والقاضي المشرع يعد موضوع سلطة الدستورية فاألصل و عدم تدخل السلطة التشريعية بالشأن القضائي وهنا نقصد التدخل السلبي أي التدخل المخالف للمبادئ األساسية المقررة في الدستور ومنها مبدأ استقالل القضاء والفصل بين السلطات ، السلطة التشريعية تباشر اخطر سلطة في الدولة كونها تضع القوانين التي تمثل ارادتها والتي تكون ملزمة للجميع بما فيهم السلطة القضائية فيسن الدستور قبل من يفوض فالمشرع القوانين تشريع مهمتها مؤسسة باعتبارها بمهامها تقوم فهي والتنفيذية ريعات التي تكفل حسن أداء كل سلطة لوظيفتها اال ان هذه التخويل يجب ان ال يخل بالقواعد الدستورية المتعارف التش عليها. : تكمن أهمية الموضوع بإبراز الوثائق الدستورية التي تتضمن نصوصا صريحة لتنظيم العالقة بين أهمية البحث كل من سلطة المشرع والقاضي الدستوري بالبحث عن موقف المشرع الدستوري من تلك العالقة. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org : تكمن في هل يوجد نسق موحد اتبعه المشرع نستطيع من خالله الوقوف على معرفة السلطة تقديرية مشكلة البحث التقديرية بالسلطة تتعلق بصورة مباشرة جدا القانونية والدستورية لكون هذه السلطة للمشرع واعطائها الشرعية للقاضي الدستوري فالقاضي ال يدخل لميدان التأثير في القواعد القانونية والدستورية اال من خالل القواعد القانونية عندما يمارس رقابته الدستورية على القوانين واالنظمة حسب اختصاصات المحكمة االتحادية العليا. : من الولوج الى موضوع سلطة المشرع والقاضي الدستوري من ميع جوانبه اعتمدنا المنهج التحليلي منهج البحث بالرجوع الى القواعد العامة المتعلقة بالموضوع. : تحقيقا لذلك تم تقسيم هذا البحث الى مطلبين: خطة البحث المطلب األول: مصادر السلطة التقديرية للقاضي الدستوري. الفرع األول: الدستور مصدرا رئيسا للسلة التقديرية. الفرع الثاني: المبادئ العامة للقانون بوصفه مصدرا للسلطة التقديرية. الفرع الثالث: القضاء الدستوري كمصدر لسلة المشرع. المطلب الثاني: أساس السلة التقديرية للمشرع. الفرع األول: األساس الفقهي للسلة التقديرية للمشرع. تماعي والسياسي لسلطة المشرع التقديرية. ج الفرع الثاني: األساس اال المبحث االول مصادر وأساس السلطة التقديرية ان الوسيلة األساسية لخلق القاعدة القانونية تسمى المصدر وهو الوعاء الذي يشكل القاعدة القانونية والذي يستمد منه السلطات العامة واختصاصاتها أي انه السبب األساسي لقيام القاعدة القانونية 1. وباالستناد على ان سلطة المشرع والقاضي الدستوري هي احدى السلطات التي تخضع للدستور بحيث يكون عمل المشرع تحت اطار دستوري سواء أكان في حالة كانت سلطته مقيدة او سلطة تقديرية، وللبحث عن مصادر eisenmanالسلطة التقديرية للمشرع سوف يتحدد وكما قال ) ( ومن خالل عالقة الدستورية او المشروعة أي ( د. إبراهيم محمد صالح الشرفاني، رقابة المحكمة الدستورية على السلطة التقديرية للمشرع، منشورات الحلبي الحقوقية،2016، 1 . 113ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org عالقة القاعدة التي يصدرها المشرع مع القاعدة األعلى التي تحدد اختصاصه ويستمد منها مشروعيته، أي عالقة المطابقة وعالقة الخضوع. 2 المطلب األول مصادر السلطة التقديرية للقاضي الدستوري للحكام بالنسبة بها االلتزام تفرض بذلك البالد وهي القاعدة األعلى واألسمى في الدستورية هي القاعدة ان والمحكومين على حد سواء وتتميز عن غيرها من القواعد القانونية من حيث جهة إصدارها وطبيعتها وخصائصها. عنها ينفونها واخرون القانونية الطبيعة عليها أسبغ فبعظهم الدستورية، القواعد طبيعة بيان في الفقهاء واختلف وتختلف كذلك مصادر القواعد الدستورية بحسب النظام المتبع الى مصادر اصلية مباشرة او أخرى تفسيرية او غير مباشرة. والقاعدة الدستورية توضع لكي تواكب االزمة المختلفة التي تعاصرها لكنها تحتاج في بعض األحيان الى ان السلطة –تتغير معانيها او تتطور لمواكبة التطورات التي تحدث في المجتمع اما من خالل سلطة التعديل الدستوري التأسيسية المشتقة او من خالل التفسيرات المتطورة التي يقوم بها القضاء الدستوري لتلك القواعد وهو ما يطلق عليه بتطوير القواعد الدستورية من قبل القضاء الدستوري 3. وللتطوير الذي يقوم به القضاء الدستوري جملة من الخصائص والمميزات التي يتميز بها عن غيره من الوسائل التي يستخدمها القضاء الدستوري، وكذلك فانه يلزم على القاضي الد ستوري ان يتقيد بعدة قيود عند تطويره للقواعد الدستورية لكيال يخرج عن اختصاصاته الموكله له. التقديرية للسلطة باعتباره مصدرا الدستور فيه نبحث الفرع األول المطلب ثالثة فروع وعليه سنبحث في هذا للقاضي الدستوري وفي الفرع الثاني نبحث المبادئ العامة للقانون بعدها مصدرا لتلك السلطة التقديرية اما الفرع الثالث نتناول دور القضاء نفسه في التأسيس لتلك السلطة التقديرية. ( بالجيالني خالد، السلطة التقديرية للمشرع، أطروحة دكتوراه، كلية الحقوق والعلوم السياسية، جامعة ابي بكر بلقيد، الجزائر،2017، 2 . 41ص ( فرح جهاد عبد السالم، دور القضاء الدستوري في تطوير القواعد الدستورية – دراسة مقارنة، أطروحة دكتوراه، جامعة النهرين -3 . 6، ص2022لية القانون، ك american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org الفرع األول الدستور مصدرا رئيسا للسلطة التقديرية الدستوري العراقي منذ تأسيس الدولة العراقية أسلوب تقرير الحقوق والحريات العامة في إعالنات لم يتبع المشرع الحقوق او في مقدمة دساتيره، كما لم يتبع ما نصت عليه بعض الدول من تقرير هذه الحقوق في قوانينها العادية كما هو الحال في إنكلترا لتجنب تدخل المشرع العادي في إنقاص هذه الحقوق والحريات العامة في نصوص وقواعد وردت في صلب الوثيقة الدستورية 4، والتي وردت في الباب الثاني من الدستور العراقي النافذ تحت عنوان الحقوق والحريات. فالدستور عندما يعهد للمشرع بوضع القواعد التي يراها محققه للمصالح العامة فان ذلك يستوجب مساحة من حرية التقدير تمكنه من مواجهة ما يعرض عليه من أمور وقضايا تحتاج لتدخله، وهو بنفس االتجاه يجعل من القاضي يها من الدستوري المدافع امام المشرع في عدم اختراق األسس العامة لتلك القواعد الدستورية التي تهدف للحفاظ عل االختراق وبالتالي فان السلطة التقديرية للقاضي تأتي هنا على أساس منع المشرع من تجاوز األسس العامة وفي المقابل التغاضي عن تلك السلطة عندما يرى ان المشرع استخدم سلطته التقديرية تلك، لتحقيق المصلحة القانونية مة للبالد.العا كما ان طبيعة حركة الحياة التي تتطور بصفة دائمة تفرض مستجدات ال نهائية تستلزم تدخل المشرع بوصفه صاحب االختصاص األصيل، وعليه كان البد من منح المشرع جانب من الحرية في التقدير وهو ما يعرف بالسلطة التقديرية. نستخلص من ذلك ان الضابط والمرشد العام للسلطات المؤسسة هو الدستور، وبما ان السياسة العامة تعد من مخرجات النظام السياسي أي سلسلة من القرارات تتعلق بالقيم على مستوى المجتمع ككل5. وبما ان عملية التشريع تقتضي اتخاذ العديد من القوانين فبالتالي من المحتمل ان تأتي هذه القوانين غير متناسقة فيما بينها نظرا الختالف قيم صانعها، ولضمان الحد األدنى من التنسيق فان الدول تواضعت على وضع نظام قانوني هو في مقتضاه تكون القاعدة األدنى تابعة للقاعدة األسمى ويتربع الدستور على قمة هذا الهرم6. ( د. مازن ليلو راضي، ضمانات احترام القواعد الدستورية في العراق، بحث منشور، كلية القانون، جامعة القادسية، ص3. 4 ( عبر عن ذلك العالم السياسي األمريكي )دافيد اسيتون( وهو أحد علماء السياسة مجموعة التفاعالت واالدوار التي تتعلق 5 . 115بالتخصص السلطوي للقيم. ينظر الى د. إبراهيم محمد صالح الشرفاني، مصدر سابق ص ( د. إبراهيم محمد صالح الشرفاني، مصدر سابق، ص115. 6 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org ومن هنا يعد الدستور المرشد العام للحكام والمحكومين وان قواعد القانون الدستوري تعد أسمى القوانين العامة في الدولة اذ تصدر جميع القواعد القانونية على ضوئها فال تستطيع تلك القواعد الخروج عليها واال ستدمغ بالبطالن لعدم دستوريتها. ان المراقب عن مسار القوانين والتشريعات في عدم االنحراف عن خط القواعد الدستورية هو الدستور الذي نص في صلب الوثيقة الدستورية )وهي القانون األسمى واالعلى( على اختصاص القضاء الدستوري في الرقابة على )تختص المحكمة االتحادية العليا بما يأتي(: 93القوانين حيث نصت المادة الرقابة على دستورية القوانين واألنظمة النافذة.-أوال: تفسير نصوص الدستور.-ثانيا: واإلجراءات -ثالثا: والتعليمات واألنظمة والقرارات االتحادية القوانين تطبيق تنشأ عن التي القضايا في الفصل الصادرة عن السلطة االتحادية، ويكفل القانون حق كل من مجلس الوزراء وذوي الشأن من االفراد وغيرهم حق الطعن المباشر لدى المحكمة. ان ما نستنتجه ان هناك عالقة تبعيه بين القواعد القانونية وضمن السلم التدريجي للقانون أي ان القاعدة األدنى تكون ة عالقتها تبعيه بالقاعدة األعلى وعلى هذا األساس تندرج القواعد في السلم الهرمي، فتكون العالقة بين القواعد القانوني والقواعد الدستورية على نوعين، عالقة المطابقة والتي تفترض ان القاعدة التشريعية )األدنى( ما هي اال صورة للقاعدة الدستورية )العليا( أي ان دور المشرع يقتصر على وضع القاعدة الدستورية موضع التطبيق عن طريق مشرع. القاعدة التشريعية من دون زيادة او نقصان وهذا النوع يستبعد تماما فكرة الرقابة التقديرية لل الى جانب عالقة المطابقة هناك عالقة عدم التعارض التي تترك للمشرع مجاال واسعا في التقدير وحرية االختيار ذلك فان أساس الدستورية ومن المبادئ بإحدى او يمس الدستورية النصوص التعارض مع الى ذلك يؤدي مالم السلطة التقديرية يكمن في اعتبارين مطابقين على كل سلطة قانونية: األول يتمثل بكون القاعدة العليا تترك قدرا من الحرية لتقوم السلطة المعنية التي تلتزم بها في ممارسة اختصاصها واألخر يتجسد في ان القاضي الدستوري يحترم السياسة التشريعية التي اتبعها المشرع في اختيار القاعدة القانونية األدنى ووضعها التي ال تتعارض مع القاعدة العليا 7. ( باجالن خالد، السلطة التقديرية للمشرع، مصدر سابق، ص42. 7 * الكتلة الدستورية مصطلح حديث نسبيا يرجع الى البروفسورة الفرنسية اليزبث زولير ولكن البروفسوران )كالودا يميري و سورين( هما من استخدما هذا المصطلح ألول مرة وتعرف الكتلة الدستورية بانها مجموعة الصكوك متمثلة في المواثيق واالتفاقيات والعهود والعالمات الدولية والوطنية التي تضمن قواعدها عناصر متعلقة بالحقوق ذات القيمة الدستورية فضال عن المبادئ التي تستخلصها american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org تبعية وتتوقف مشروعية األول على مدى يتبع الكتلة الدستورية* بعالقة ونستنتج من ذلك ان نص التشريع النص بين التعارض تكمن في عالقة عدم للمشرع التشريعية السلطة ان القول يمكن ذلك الثاني وعلى احترامه التشريعي ونصوص ومبادئ الكتلة الدستورية، فالمنطق الصحيح ان تكون تلك المبادئ التي نعنيها على ثالثة أنواع: لقيود دستورية التشريعي لتنظيم القابلة الدستورية ثابتة ونصوص التشريعي بصفة لتنظيم القابلة النصوص غير وأخيرا النصوص الدستورية القابلة لتنظيم التشريعي من دون قيود دستورية محددة، وبذلك يجمع السلطة المقيدة والتقديرية حسب ما يقتضينه الواقع السياسي واالجتماعي واالقتصادي وغيرها. الفرع الثاني المبادئ العامة للقانون بوصفه مصدرا للسلطة التقديرية ان السلطة القضائية تتولى الفصل في المنازعات التي تثار بين االفراد او بين االفراد والدولة والهيئات العامة وتطبيقا لمبدأ الفصل بين السلطات وهنا يقتصر دور القاضي في تطبيق القانون ووضعه موضع التطبيق إليجاد انسب الحلول لحل المنازعات ولفصل فيما هو مطلوب منه. وبما ان دور القاضي هو تطبيق القانون فذلك يستلزم وجود قاعدة قانونية ففي حال عدم وجود تلك القاعدة يكون القاضي امام امرين: األول: ان يترك المسالة المعروضة عليه من دون حل. النزاع المعروض.الثاني: ان يجتهد القاضي ليجد القاعدة التي تصلح لتكون موضع تطبق على وكثيرا ما يعتمد القاضي على الحل الثاني الن قصور النصوص او عدم وجودها ال يعني ان يترك من معالجة واال عد منكرا للعدالة8. ولتفادي مثل هذه المواقف يجتهد القاضي على إيجاد قاعدة صالحة للتطبيق وذلك يكون من خالل الرجوع الى القواعد القانونية المعمول بها في الدولة، والقيم العليا في المجتمع سواء اكانت كامنة في ضمير الجماعة او يمكن المحكمة الدستورية سواء اكانت من النص الدستوري ام من نصوص هذه الصكوك بوصفه الحدود الدنيا للحقوق والحريات األساسية لى السلطات في الدولة احترامها: ينظر الدكتور محمد صالح الشرفاني، مصدر سابق، المعترف بها في الدول الديمقراطية والتي يتعين ع . 21ص ( باجاللي خالد، مصدر سابق، ص53. 8 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org على للتطبيق صالحة تكون التي القاعدة منها ليستنبط الوضعية القواعد من غيرها او دساتير من استخالصها النزاعات المعروضة عليه. ونظرا لكون المصادر العامة للقانون* 9 ليست واحدة اذ تتنوع ما بين القواعد المكتوبة والقواعد غير المكتوبة، السلطة مصادر من مصدرا عدها ومدى للقانون العامة للمبادئ القانونية القيمة حول اثير خالف التنوع وبهذا التقديرية للمشرع وللقاضي، فهل تعد المبادئ ذات القيمة الدستورية مصدرا للسلطة التقديرية فقط بالنسبة للمشرع وللقاضي الدستوري ام تشمل جميع المبادئ العامة للقانون؟ ان القواعد التوجيهية او كما نقول القواعد العامة التي تخلو من عنصر االلتزام وهي عبارة عن قواعد تصور روح وضمير الجماعة وتعمل على توضيح معالم واهداف النظام الواجب سيادته في الدولة فهي مبادئ غير محددة ومن ثم ال يمكن ان تعتبر قواعد ملزمة يمكن االحتجاج بها، وعليه فأنها تتجرد من صفة االلزام الفوري ومن ثم يلتزم المشرع تجاهلها بالتزامين احدهما سياسي يكمن في وجوب تدخله لإلصدار التشريعات الالزمة لوضع هذه المبادئ موضع التنفيذ وااللتزام االخر التزام قانوني ويكمن في ان المشرع ال يستطيع مخالفة هذه المبادئ والقواعد فيما يصدره من تشريعات واال فان عمله يعتبر عمال غير دستوري 10، وهنا يأتي دور القاضي الدستوري الذي يكون الحارس على تلك المبادئ ، وهي أيضا تكون مصدرا له كما هو الحال باعتبارها مصدرا للمشرع فتكون مصدرا لتوجيهه باالتجاه الذي يحافظ على الحقوق والحريات، فتكون المصدر واالساس الذي ينطلق منه في تطوير المبادئ الدستورية بما يتالئم مع تطورات المجتمع من جميع النواحي السياسية واالجتماعية والقانونية بما ال يتعارض مع األسس الرئيسية التي وضعتها تلك المبادئ العليا. نخلص الى ان القواعد الدستورية ال تكون بصورة مكتوبة فقط وانما يمكن استخالصها من روح الدستور ومن مصادره االصلية الدستورية بحسب النظام المتبع، والذي ينهل من خاللها القاضي الدستوري عند تفسيره لمضمون النصوص الدستورية ما يمكن له من خالل تطوير مضامينه ويوازن بين ما تتطلبه األوضاع الحاضرة من قواعد وما هو موجود فيلبسها ثوب الحداثة بإعطائها معان جدية أكثر توسعا بحيث تتالءم مع الحقبة الزمنية المعاصرة. ان القواعد الدستورية وان كانت تتسم بالثبات اال ان ذلك الثبات هو ثبات نسبي وليس مطلق وهو ثبات يهدف الى تحقيق االستقرار لها في نفوس االفراد، فال حقيقة لثبات القواعد إذا كان الواقع االجتماعي يرفض مضامينها مصطلح المبادئ العامة للقانون على مجموعة القواعد القانونية التي يستخلصها القاضي او القضاة من بين القواعد القانونية *يطلق العليا القيم الحقوق او من خالل الدساتير واعالنات او قواعد عامة موجودة في مقدمة اكانت نصوص تشريعية المعمول بها سواء المستمدة في ضمير الجماعة بوصفها قيمة للعدل والحرية والمساواة ليطبقها على النزاعات وتقع عليها صفة االلتزام وتعد بذلك مصدرا من مصادر المشروعة. ( احسان حميد المفرجي واخرون، النظرية العامة في القانون الدستوري وتطور النظام الدستوري في العراق، الموصل،1990 10 . 241ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org وفي هذه الحالة تنهض الحاجة الى تعديلها او تغييرها او تطويرها بغية تحقيق مالئمة مع المتطلبات المجتمعية كونها )القواعد الدستورية( البد ان تعكس واقعها المعاصر 11. مصادر من مصدرا بوصفه خاصة أهمية يكتسبها مما العامة للمبادئ المنفردة الطبيعة على الفقه ويؤكد القواعد المكتوبة والقواعد العرفية، وعلى الرغم من حداثتها فأنها تحمل عنصر االلزام المشروعة، فهي تتوسط خالفا للعرف، فهي ملزمة لألفراد والهيئات على حدا سواء وينظر اليها مجلس الدولة بوصفه مصدرا لإللزام فهو يتقيد بها كما يتقيد بالتشريع تلك المبادئ، ومن امثلة المبادئ التي اقرها مجلس الدولة الفرنسي واعترفت فيها الدساتير المصري ذلك فيما بعد مبدا المساواة واحترام القانون ، ومبدا المساوة امام التكاليف العامة، وقد انتهج مجلس الدولة المعنى فاعترف بالمبادئ العامة للقانون بوصفه مصدرا من مصادر المشروعية واقر العديد من المبادئ منها حق المرأة في المساواة مع الرجل في تولي الوظائف العامة ومبدا عدم رجعية القرارات اإلدارية وغيرها من المبادئ 12 لفرع الثالث ا القضاء الدستوري كمصدر لسلطة للمشرع تتميز الدعوى الدستورية بذاتية خاصة فهي دعوى عينية موضوعها األساس رقابة دستورية التشريعات المدعي مخالفها للدستور لتأكيد على مدى دستوريتها او كشف ما بها من اختالف، فالقاضي الدستوري ينظر الى مدى مطابقة التشريع محل الرقابة مع االحكام الموضوعية واالجرائية المنصوص عليها في الدستور. يغطي ان تشريع أي يستطيع كثيرة ال احداث وتسودها متغيرة ومتطورة في طبيعتها المجتمع في الحياة ان جوانبها بصورة متكاملة، بالتالي البد للقواعد الدستوري ان تواكب تلك المستجدات والمتغيرات لكي تحافظ على ديمومتها على اعتبار انها تستمد حياتها من المجتمع ذاته، فالبد من وجود وسيلة لمواكبة تلك التطورات واستيعاب حاجاتها ومن ثم إيجاد جهة تتولى بصفة عامة تطوير روح النصوص الدستورية اذا لم يتم تعديل نصوصه لمواكبة تلك المتغيرات المجتمعية وصوال الى الغاية األساسية لوجود الدساتير اال وهي تنظيم الحياة في مجتمع ما وحماية الحقوق والحريات 13. ( فرح جهاد عبد السالم، دور القضاء الدستوري في تطوير القواعد الدستورية – دراسة مقارنة، كلية الحقوق، جامعة 11 . 52، ص2022النهرين، ( ينظر المادة )14 و15 و16 و20 التي تبين مبدا المساواة بالحقوق السياسية والتصويت والترشيح واالنتخاب من الدستور 12 (.2005العراقي لسنة ( فرح جهاد عبد السالم، مصدر سابق، ص13.53 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org القاضي يضيفها التي الضوابط من مصدرها تجد المشرع وحتى الدستوري للقاضي التقديرية السلطة ان الدستوري وهو بصدد رقابية على دستورية القوانين في الحالة التي ال ينظم فيها المؤسس الدستوري تلك الضوابط فضال عن المبادئ العامة للقانون. ان موضوع تطوير القضاء الدستوري للقواعد الدستورية أكد عليه بعض الفقهاء بالقول ان اختصاص المحكمة النصوص استمرارية ومواكبة اال وهي ضمان غاية مهمة يتضمن الدستورية النصوص بتفسير العليا االتحادية الدستورية للتطورات المستجدة، فالمحكمة االتحادية العليا عليها ان تسلك السبل التي تستطيع من خاللها تحقيق تلك ذلك وتنسى دورها في نتيجة أيا كانت الدستورية بالنصوص المستخدمة باأللفاظ التشبث يكون غايتها الغاية فال تطوير الدستور من خالل تطوير تفسيره 14. يترتب النظر الى مضمون النصوص الدستورية نتيجة مهمة أساسها ان االحكام التي يصدرها القاضي الدستوري تحوز الحجية المطلقة في مواجهة الجهات كافة في الدولة وليس امام الخصوم فقط 15. ان الطبيعة الخاصة بالدعوى الدستورية تقضي بان يكون القاضي الدستوري ملزما بالرجوع الى قواعد الدستور حتى يستخدم سلطته في التفسير لكي يبين معناها ويحدد مضمونها، الن مخالفة الدستور ليست واضحة بحيث تخالف نص دستوري محدد وهو امر يحتاج الى تنظيم محكم من القاضي لتبيان مدى توافق التشريع العادي مع القاعدة الدستورية التي وردت من صلب الدستور16. ان النصوص القانونية ليست من الوضوح والتحديد في معظم األحيان بحيث تسمح للمشرع ممارسة اختصاصه وهو بمأمن من عدم مخالفة النصوص التي يتضمنها الدستور وبذلك يتالفى المشرع عدم دستورية تشريعاته من خالل استعمال انسب الحلول حتى تتوافق تلك التشريعات مع الدستور من خالل سلطته التقديرية، ولكن خياراته هذه تكون مرهونة دائما بالسياسات القضائية المتبعة من القاضي الدستوري، فاذا انتهج القاضي الدستوري سياسة التقييد القاضي ويكون هنا التقديرية ستظهر السلطة فان اختياره، واحترام المشرع مع الصدام تجنب بذلك فهو الذاتي درها. الدستوري هو مص وبهذا يكون القاضي الدستوري مصدرا للسلطة التقديرية، وعندما يتولى تفسير النص او المبدأ الدستوري بالطريقة التي توافق مع تفسير المشرع لها ويحترم خيارات االخر اال ان القضاء الدستوري ال يتوقف عند تلك الصورة اذ ( د. علي هادي عطية الهاللي، المستنير من تفسير احكام الدساتير-دراسة دستورية فقهية قضائية مقارنة، ط1، منشورات زين 14 . 226، ص2016الحقوقية، ( د. إبراهيم صالح الشرفاني، مصدر سابق، ص120. 15 ( بالجياللي خالد، مصدر سابق، ص49. 16 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org يمثل القضاء الدستوري مصدرا للسلطة التقديرية للمشرع من خالل المبادئ العامة للقانون التي يعلنها في احكامه ويستعملها بوصفها مرجعتيه للرقابة الدستورية. المطلب الثاني أساس السلطة التقديرية للمشرع ان أساس17 السلطة التقديرية للمشرع من المسائل التي لم يوليها الفقه االهتمام الالئق، خالفا على مو هو عليه في تحديد أساس السلطة التقديرية اإلدارة وذلك الن المشرع مطلق الحرية وعدم تشبهها باإلدارة على الرغم من السلطة دراسة تكون ان تحدد ال الدستوري القانون دراسة ان اال الدستوري النظام في التقديرية السلطة أهمية التقديرية للمشرع وقيود ممارسته لتلك السلطة. وألجل معرفة أساس السلطة التقديرية للمشرع سوف نتطرق في هذا المطلب الى: أوال: األساس الفقهي للسلطة التقديرية للمشرع. ثانيا: األساس االجتماعي والسياسي لسلطة المشرع التقديرية. الفرع األول األساس الفقهي للسلطة التقديرية للمشرع سوف نعرض األساس السلطة التقديرية من جانبين األول الجانب اإلداري والثاني ننظر لع باعتبار النظام القانوني ومتكاملة وحسب ما سنبينه في النقاط التالية: للدولة وحدة واحدة أوال: األساس اإلداري. ان مباشرة اإلدارة للسلطة التقديرية هي امر يتصل بتطبيق القواعد القانونية سواء كانت دستورية او تشريعية او الئحة او عرفية او مستمدة من المبادئ القانونية العامة، والواقع ان القضاء اإلداري في مصر وفرنسا قد استخلصا في السنوات األخيرة رقابة على حرية اإلدارة في التقدير حيث استقرت على مطابقة محل القرار اإلداري ببعض ( يقصد باألساس هو مجموعة المبادئ والقواعد القانونية التي يستند عليها نظام ما سواء امتثلت في قواعد دستورية او تشريعية او 17 . 121الئحة بل يشمل أيضا المبادئ التي استند عليها القضاء، ينظر: د. براهيم محمد صالح الشرفاني: مصدر سابق، ض american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org المبادئ القانونية العامة اذ برزت هذه المبادئ باعتبارها الحد الرئيسي للسلطة التقديرية لإلدارة حت ال تغدو سلطة تحكمية او تعسفية او مطلقة 18، أي ان السلطة التقديرية لها صلة وثيقة بالعمل اإلداري. اكان في للنشاط اإلداري سواء الهيئات اإلدارية وهي بصدد ممارستها التقديرية واحدة لجميع السلطة ان طبيعة التنظيم الداخلي لتلك اإلدارة او في إدارة نشاطها لتحقيق المصلحة العامة. ويترتب على ذلك بان اإلدارة تتمتع بالحرية التقديرية فيما يتعلق بتنظيم النشاط اإلداري داخل اإلدارة السيما عالقة الموظفين باإلدارة ومن جانب اخر تتمتع اإلدارة وفقا لسلطة الضبط بالسلطة التقديرية لتحقيق الهدف الذي تنشده من وراء سلطتها وهو حماية النظام العام بعناصره الثالثة )االمن والسكينة والصحة العام( وضمان سير المرفق العام وفي ظل ذلك تصدر اوامرها سواء اكان بنهج سلوك معين او االمتناع عن ممارسة سلوك اخر19. ثانيا: اعتبار النظام القانوني للدولة وحدة واحدة. ان النظام القانوني للدولة وحدة واحدة وال يوجد فصل بين السلطتين التقديرية والمقيدة اذ توجد السلطتان كالهما ان أي األسفل، الى األعلى من على شكل هرم القانونية القواعد في تدرج هناك يكون أي قانوني كل عمل في التصرف الذي يصدر من الهيئات العليا يكون بمثابة قانون واجب االتباع في مواجهة الهيئة األدنى، وفي نفس الوقت كل تصرف يعتمد في وجوده على القواعد الموجودة في القاعدة األعلى وكما هو معلوم فان الدستور يأتي في قمة الهرم التشريعي. خالصة القول ان السلطة التقديرية للمشرع يمكن تبريرها بالنسبة للقاضي باعتبار ان القاعدة العليا تعتبر بمثابة اإلطار العام الذي ال يجوز تجاوزه او مخالفته، ولكن تحت ذلك اإلطار باإلمكان التحرك والتنوع في عملية اصدار القرارات المستندة القانونية وإصدار للقاعدة للقاعدة الدستورية وكذلك اصدار األنظمة المستندة القوانين المستندة للدستور والقوانين واألنظمة بالتالي فان القاضي سيجد تنوع في القواعد القانونية واألنظمة والتعليمات. ان القاعدة الدستورية أعطت للمحكمة االتحادية صالحية مراقبة القوانين واألنظمة والتعليمات، ومما تقدم يمكن القوانين واألنظمة والتعليمات المتعلقة التقديرية للقاضي الدستوري في مجال مراقبته على ان نستنتج ان السلطة بالحقوق والحريات. ( ويبرهن على ذلك بالمبادئ الدستورية التي تنظم عمل اإلدارة ومنها )ف1( المادة )47 من الدستور الفرنسي( التي تقضي بان 18 1875فبراير 25من القانون الدستوري الصادر في 35)رئيس الوزراء يضمن تنفيذ القوانين( وهو النص المستوحى من نص مادة من الدستور العراقي )يمارس 80والتي تنص على ان )رئيس الجمهورية يراقب ويضمن تنفيذ القوانين(، وكذلك ما نصت عليه المادة اصدار األنظمة والتعليمات والقرارات بهدف تنفيذ القوانين.-مجلس الوزراء الصالحيات االتية.... ثالثا ( د. عبد المجيد إبراهيم سليم، السلطة التقديرية للمشرع، اإلسكندرية، دار الجامعة للطباعة، 2010، ص494. 19 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org الفرع الثاني األساس االجتماعي والسياسي لسلطة المشرع التقديرية أوال: األساس االجتماعي لسلطة المشرع التقديرية. ان الدساتير المكتوبة عموما والجامدة منها على وجه خاص تستند وقت اقامتها الى بعض المسلمات السياسية وان الظروف بتغير وتتغير المسلمات هذه تطور ان الطبيعي ومن السائد، والقانون واالقتصادية واالجتماعية الصعوبات تظهر جليا في الصياغات الفنية التي صيغت بها نصوص الوثيقة الدستورية، ومنها مثال الغلو في االيجاز والذي يعد من أبرز الصعوبات او االسهاب المفرط 20، وهذا ينسحب على الحقوق والحريات في عملية تنظيمها فيأتي هنا دور المشرع. العامة والحريات الحقوق خاصة االجتماعية للعالقات المنظمة القواعد تضمن التي القوانين بين المشرع يقوم واألنشطة الخاصة وسلطته في ذلك سلطة تقديرية تجد أساسها في األساس االجتماعي الذي كان له الفضل في تطوير الحريات العامة، فقد أصبحت الملكية الخاصة مثال وظيفة اجتماعية بدل اطالقها وقدسيتها والتي يمكن ان تنفذ بحق من التعديل الدستوري 22االخرين وحقوق الجوار كنزع الملكية من اجل المنفعة العامة وفق ما تنص عليه المادة .2014يناير 18( من الدستور المصري الصادر في 35ويقابلها نص المادة ) 2016مارس 6المؤرخ في والمالحظ ان هذه النصوص قد احالت على القانون التنظيم هذه المسالة ويتمتع المشرع سلطة تقديرية واسعة مقابلها العادل التعويض مقيد بضرورة هو أخرى ناحية ومن الخاصة الملكية نزع فيها يجوز التي الشروط تحديد في ومنصف. يتبين لنا هنا وبشكل واضح هذه السلطة التقديرية الممنوحة للمشرع وعند عكس النظر على القاضي الدستوري سيكون الحال كذلك باعتباره حامي الدستور والجهة المختصة بالرقابة على حسن التقدير والسير الصحيح للعمل التشريعي. ثانيا: األساس السياسي للسلطة التقديرية للمشرع. تستمد السلطة التقديرية أساسها أيضا من البعد السياسي وذلك كون ان البرلمان ممثل الشعب بالتالي فان التشريع الصادر من البرلمان هو عمل قانوني يعبر عن اإلرادة العامة للشعب صاحب السيادة الحقيقية ومصدر كل السلطات ( فرح جهاد عبد السالم جهاد، مصدر سابق، ص65. 20 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org العامة في الدولة، وبما ان المشرع يتمتع بسلطة تقديرية واسعة في سن القوانين في اإلطار الذي يحدد له الدستور السيما في مجال الحقوق والحريات العامة فالمشرع يكون حريصا بان يضمن لألفراد ممارسة حرياتهم من دون التضييق عليهم او الحد من حرياتهم 21. ان تدخل المشرع في هذا المجال يعد بحد ذاته حفاظا او ضمانا لتلك الحريات والحقوق وذلك من منطلق فكرة ان المشرع وفقا لمركزه السياسي أقدر على التوازن او إقامة التوازن بين المصالح المتضاربة حرية الفرد من جهة وحرية االفراد من جهة أخرى. ان اختصاص المشرع في تنظيم الحقوق والحريات تعد أساسه في ان روح القانون تتماشى مع الحرية بينما التنظيم الصادر عن السلطة اإلدارية يتماشى مع المصلحة السلطة اإلدارية وذلك ان التدخل التشريعي المسبق في هذه الحالة ضروري حتى يسمح للسلطة اإلدارية باستعمال تدابير وإجراءات الترخيص اإلداري، وهذا ما لوحظ على المادة بان يحيل على القانون بوضع القواعد التفصيلية او المبادئ األساسية لكل من 1958من الدستور الفرنسي لعام 34 الحقوق الوطنية والضمانات األساسية الممنوحة للمواطن لممارسة الحريات المفروضة عليهم. للعالقات المنظمة التشريعات سن في العامة وواليته المشرع انفراد على يدل بالنصوص جاء ما فان وبذلك القانونية المختلفة في المجتمع22. الخاتمة: بعد ان تم البحث في جوانب الموضوع انتهينا الى ملة من النتائج والتوصيات كما يلي: توجد تداخالت واضحة من قبل السلطة التشريعية عل الرغم من النصوص الدستورية المؤكدة لعدم خضوع -1 السلطة القضائية لغير القانون، فالسلطة التشريعية وان كان وضيفتها تشريع القوانين فمن المفترض ان ال تكون مطلقة فيضمن بذلك عدم انحرافها عن مسارها الطبيعي على ما يلي )حق الملكية مضمون وال يمكن النيل منه اال 2014من الدستور الفرنسي لسنة 41( ينص الفصل 21 وانما تضمنها الملكية مذكور صراحة نجد حق الفرنسي فال الدستور اما القانون(، في حاالت وضمانات يضبطها والتي نصت على ان حق الملكية باعتباره حق مصون ومقدس ال 17في المادة 1789حقوق االنسان في إعالنات يمكن ان ينتزع من أحد اال ما تفتضيه المصلحة العامة المحدودة قانونا بشرط التعويض العادل والمنصف. ( بالجياللي خالد، مصدر سابق،ص96. 22 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org القاضي الدستوري مصدرا للسلطة التقديرية عندما يتولى تفسير النص الدستوري بالطريقة التي تتوافق مع -2 تفسير المشرع لها ويحترم خيارات االخر، فيعتبر مصدرا للسلطة التقديرية من خالل المبادئ العامة للقانون التي تتضمنها احكامه بوصفها مرجعية للرقابة الدستورية ان النظام القانوني للدولة وحدة واحدة وال يوجد انفصال بين السلة التقديرية والمقيدة إذا تكونان تحت تدرج -3 مقدمة الهرم قانوني من األعلى الى األسفل من المعلوم ان الستور يأتي في النتائج: وقد جاءت المادة مطلقة والمتعارف المطلق يجري على اطالقه نوصي بتعديل هذه المادة بان 96المادة -1 يكون المشرع أكثر حرصا على عدم التدخل بالوظيفة القضائية تضمين الدساتير احكاما تفصيلية تخص مبدأ استقالل السلطة القضائية وعدم إحالة اغلب تنظيمات -2 عملها الى القانون وعل تنفيذه مرهونا بشرط االستشارة من هات قضائية مختصة في تشريع القانون american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org dehkanchilik culture: traditionalist and paintingrusumlar valikhonova gulnorakhon komiljonovna, department of "humanities" of aqsai associate professor, doctor of philosophy in history artikova oltinoy aqxai 1st stage master akhmedov komiljon aqxai 1st stage master a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the author talks about the farming culture of the uzbek people and the rituals that embody the unique thinking of the people in its development. issues such as the deep historical roots of customs and rituals related to farming traditions, as well as the fact that they are closely related to religious views, are analyzed on the basis of historical sources. agriculture, farmer, culture, tradition, ritual, calendar, heritage, farm, dervish, bobodehkan, khizrbuva. introduction based on the experiences of the uzbek qi in connection with land and water, the traditional decon culture was formed. as much as it is necessary to preserve the signs of civilization for azhdad, it is very important to preserve the land and water for the irrigated agriculture of the village and our stable country. in the period of ancient times, it creates an invaluable spiritual and spiritual heritage, the study of the history of the past and the restoration of our national customs, traditions and heritage have been emphasized, which is undoubtedly a service to the national dead. in the agricultural culture of our people, there are no technologies of using natural resources, land and water, hard labor, and passing down from generations to generations, traditions are frozen. literature review history testifies to the formation of values related to agriculture, land and water conservation in the land we live in, recognized as one of the four civilization centers of the world. "avesta", which is considered a valuable source of the history of our country, contains the first information about farming and animal husbandry culture, procedures, and calendar rituals. in this source, it is interpreted that farming and animal husbandry are the best jobs [1.] for people. the famous chinese historian tourists sima qian, zhang qian, arab historian yaqut hamavi also provide valuable information about the fact american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org that the inhabitants of this land have been engaged in agriculture since ancient times[2.]. agriculture has long been considered the main branch of the valley population's economy. before going into detail about the characteristics of agriculture, which is the main occupation of the settled population, in the period of the 19th-early 20th centuries and the region, we considered it appropriate to briefly describe the history of the emergence and development of irrigated agriculture in this place. in the last century, the results of archaeological research conducted in the area of the fergana valley, especially in its north-eastern parts, in particular, the results of b. latinin's investigations on the banks of the norin river, showed that the first methods of artificial irrigation existed in these lands at the end of the bronze age [3.57]. research methodology in the fergana valley, as in other regions of central asia, the land areas suitable for farming are divided into two types: irrigated and non-irrigated. irrigated land areas are called "irrigated land" and non-irrigated areas are called "lalmi" or "bahori". "water lands" are cultivated areas irrigated by human-made water structures of various types. based on the situation, ethnographic research methods were used in the research. it was created using source analysis, comparative comparison, field research method, and giz technology. analysis and results. fergana valley, one of the ancient agricultural regions of central asia, has been a unique ethno-communication region since ancient times, and the relationship between nomadic herders and settled farmers was intense here. information about such economic and agricultural relations is also given in historical sources. rich information can be found in chinese written sources about the ancient history of the fergana valley, especially the ethno-cultural and ethno-economic characteristics of the population. these chinese sources mention ferghana-"dayyuan" ("dawan") in the 2nd century bc, and it is noted that the culture of agriculture and urban development developed in this area [4.11]. it should be noted here that the passage of the north-western branch of the "great silk road" through the fergana valley (along the route of uzgand-osh-kuva-akhsikent-pop-asht-khojand via kashgar-tashkurgan) is not only important for the socio-economic and cultural development of the population of this region. , but also played an important role in the development of mutual relations between different ethnic groups. fergana valley's cultivation for farming began in the last quarter of two millennia bc and has a three thousand year history. during this period, it is obvious that the local people were always trying to cultivate using the mountain streams and rivers in the valley, and they built many irrigation systems and facilities. in fact, the development of agriculture was influenced by the unique natural and climatic conditions and the sedentary lifestyle of the population. after all, the unique thinking of the people is embodied in the farming culture. traditions and rituals related to agriculture have deep historical roots and are closely related to religious views. in popular islam and among farmers in general, rituals related to the patron saint of agriculture have been formed. in the work "kissayi rabguzi" the patron of agriculture and farming "bobodehkhan" is reflected in the image of adam [5.56]. in the "peasant's treatise" chapter of the "nurnama" complex, created after the emergence of islam, "77777 farmers passed to the blessings of adam, may god bless him and grant him peace, all of them were intelligent, wise, and had treatises and prayers according to their profession [6. 32]». before each american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org season, almsgiving was held asking bobodehkon and khizrbuva for help in work, good luck in farming, and blessing on the harvest. of course, surahs from the holy qur'an are recited in this. similar ceremonies are different in different regions of our country, for example, in some districts of the ferghana valley, they are also called "darveshona". in the "peasant's treatise" chapter of the "nurnama" complex, created after the emergence of islam, "77777 farmers passed to the blessings of adam, may god bless him and grant him peace, all of them were intelligent, wise, and had treatises and prayers according to their profession [6. 32]». before each season, almsgiving was held asking bobodehkon and khizrbuva for help in work, good luck in farming, and blessing on the harvest. of course, surahs from the holy qur'an are recited in this. similar ceremonies are different in different regions of our country, for example, in some districts of the ferghana valley, they are also called "darveshona". plowing is one of the most important activities of farmers. our ancestors strictly adhered to religious and calendar traditions when cultivating the land. those who paid special attention to the days of the week when plowing, plowing or loosening the land, preferred to start this work on saturday. sunday is not good for farming, monday is good for farming, if work starts on tuesday, the crops will be damaged by worms, animals, wednesday is auspicious day for farming, thursday and friday are also good for farming. such concepts explain the fact that our ancestors believed in various rituals, auspicious and inauspicious days[8.71]. based on such experiences, our fathers created "solnoma" and "haftanoma". in farming tradition, the first addition to the land is considered the most important work. it had a special symbolic meaning that this work would be done by an older, entrepreneur, experienced and reputable person. in this place, there was hope that the virtue of a long-lived, wealthy, rich man would be passed down to earth. the food for the farmers who are planting seeds in the ground is brought to this place at the beginning of the field. there is also a custom among our people that if a person in the family is seriously ill, this family cooks food for the farmers and receives blessings [9.14]. farmers believe that their prayers will be answered because they are doing meritorious work. various activities related to crop cultivation have been performed. no stranger is allowed in the field. a wooden doll was placed to keep the birds away, and some people made a habit of driving them away by making a sound from a dombar. by performing such actions, our ancestors tried to ensure longevity, to grow abundant crops, and not to perish. harvesting will be a responsible period for the farmer. for this purpose, the peasants set a gathering day in consultation with the elders. this work is usually done by means of hashar. men were involved in reaping the harvest, and the end of the harvest ceremony was "the rabbit ran away"[10.79]. all reapers from around agreed to cut the last remaining part of the crop equally and tried to get the last bunch. the last harvest was called "mother wheat", and the reaper who reached it shouted "i have reached, i have reached, oblo baraka". the reaper who receives this is considered lucky. it is interesting that among the peasants, the traditions related to threshing have been preserved to this day. after harvesting, it is transported to the ready threshing floor. all pest collectors, elders, tax collectors gather. "hirman oshi" was cooked in this place. after the food is eaten, it is divided from the harvest to the beneficiaries. "haqullo" was held before marriage. in this case, the owner of the harvest put the harvest in a bag and gave it to the mosque and orphans. they considered this to be the right of allah. another handful of the harvest was scattered around for the sake of "hizr buva". thus, the experience of the peasants in relation to the calendar, tillage, planting, care, and harvesting of crops constitutes an incomparable culture. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org conclusions in conclusion, it should be said that the historical mythological basis of the image of bobo dehkhan, the patron of agriculture, hizrbuva is related to the ancient pre-islamic god of fertility. it appeared as a symbol of hope and confidence because of the difficulties in the socio-economic life of mankind, and the fear of hunger. hami became a mythological hero in the form of a protective power and was strengthened in popular views. we can see that the cults of "bobodehkhan" and "khizr buva" are preserved in the manner of syncretization of pre-islamic religious views with islamic traditions. yearly calendar related to farming, tillage, care, harvest, phenological observations are the great experience of our ancestors, their application in modern farming, conducting research in this regard is one of the urgent issues. references 1. аширов а. «авесто»дан мерос маросимлар.-т., 2001. 2. аҳмедов а. ўзбекистон халқлари тарихи манбалари.-тошкент. ўқитувчи, 1991. 3. латинин б.а. работи врайона проектруемой электростанции на р. нарын в фергане // изд. гаимк. вып. 110, т. ii. м., 1936 4. valixonova g. qadimgi far’onadavan davlati. –т. nurafshon business, 2020. 5. носуриддин бурҳониддин рабғузий. қиссаси рабғузий. 1 китоб.-т.ёзувчи, 1990. 6. «нурнома» мажмуаси. – т., 1991. 7. аширов а.ўзбек халқининг қадимги эътиқод ва маросимлари.т., 2007. 8. исоқов з. фарғона водийси анъанавий деҳқончилик маданияти. т.: “yanginashr” 2011. 9. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 10. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 11. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. 12. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 13. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya sifatini oshirishda oilada manaviy tafakkurni yuksaltirish. science promotion, 1(1), 92-105. 14. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. 15. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ijodiy tafakkurni shakllantirishda shaxs, individ va indivuduallikning mohiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 195-202. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org 16. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). mehr-muruvvat va mehribonlik qadriyati busaxovat. holders of reason, 1(1), 175-184. 17. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). o ‘zbekistonda turizmni rivojlantirish o ‘ziga xos jihatlari va imkoniyatlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 166-174. 18. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). farg’ona vodiysida turizmni rivojlantirishning iqtisodiy, ijtimoiy va siyosiy omillari. holders of reason, 1(1), 185-193. 19. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). kiber makonda diniy etiqod targibotining ijtimoiy xavfi. holders of reason, 1(1), 223-237. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org study of cognitive processes of oncological patients allaberganova gozal adilbek qizi teacher of the department of psychology, faculty of psychology and social sciences, ma'mun university e-mail: allaberganova.g98@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, oncological diseases have an increasing trend all over the world. early detection of the development of oncological disease, use of effective methods of treatment, extension of the remission period, and development and improvement of rehabilitation measures constitutes the content of fighting the disease. in the treatment of a patient diagnosed with cancer, it is important not only to use medical measures, but also to take into account the patient's psychology. from this point of view, monitoring the psychological state of oncology patients and having a positive psychological effect on them serves to increase the effectiveness of medical procedures, which are the main type of treatment. the article recognizes how important it is to study the cognitive processes of oncology patients and the specific features of conducting psychodiagnostics. oncology, psychodiagnostics, patients, healthy people, disease introduction introduction and relevance: conducting psychodiagnostic and psychocorrective activities with oncological patients requires special training from the researcher. because any disease that occurs in the body causes specific psychological changes in the human psyche, and the identification and description of these changes depends on the chosen methods. in this case, it is required that the methodological basis in the selection of methods allows to determine the intended psychological phenomenon. methods and level of study: in my research, when conducting psychological activities with oncology patients, i approached from the point of view that any changes in the patient's organism or psyche affect each other. for this, the principles of the systematic-complex approach of b.g.ananev and b.f.lomov were used as a methodological basis. b.g.ananev has both theoretically and practically researched the human individual system as a multifaceted and multi-dependent structure as a single integrated and differentiated tendency. according to him, a complete description of a person's individuality is given by understanding it. according to b.g.ananev, he believes that the primary and most important comprehensive method in psychology is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org the organization of measurement on the basis of a set of characteristics based on criteria of different levels and forms related to the individual character, activity, and personality of the examinee. as a secondary complex method, it is to determine the characteristics of an individual at different levels in the conditions of different functional states (by a set of states) [1]. b.f. lomov states that the use of a systematic approach in psychological research is based on the following: a systematic approach to a certain phenomenon in research requires considering it in different aspects: 1) as a qualitative unit as a system with its own special laws; 2) as a part of the macrosystem and laws to which it is subject; 3) also at the level of microsystem laws to which it is subject; 4) in the plan of its external effects [2]. it is important to distinguish cognitive processes that are selected in research aimed at studying the cognitive processes of oncological patients. the research used observation, interview, patient anamnesis, the mini-mental state examination, and raven's progressive matrix to determine the level of intelligence. psychological changes observed in the patient through the method of observation, including perception of reality, the ability to direct and focus attention on a specific object, notice the sensations occurring in the body, the uniqueness of the memory process, thinking, imagination processes it is determined that it is appropriate for the patient's age and current condition. raven's progressive matrices (raven's test) are designed to study the logic of technical thinking. the task of the test is to establish a pattern connecting the numbers in the picture and indicate the number of the desired number from the options offered in the questionnaire. the test consists of 60 tables (5 series). each series of tables has tasks of increasing difficulty. at the same time, the complexity of the type of tasks from series to series is also characteristic. the obtained total indicator is converted into percentages according to a special table. at the same time, 5 levels of intellectual level are distinguished according to a special scale: 1 degree more than 95% high intelligence; level 2 75-94% above average intelligence; level 3 25-74% average intelligence; level 4 5-24% below average intelligence; level 5 less than 5% defect. the next method is the short mental status assessment scale. mini-mental state examination (mini-mental state examination) the mmse scale (1975) is widely used to identify and assess cognitive disorders of various etiologies, and helps to determine the level of important cognitive processes. rules for filling out the mmse scale understanding time. the patient is asked to tell today's date, day of the week, month, season and year in full. 1 point is given for each correct answer. thus, the test taker can score from 0 to 5 points. the total score is 0-5. spatial awareness. the subject is asked the following question: "where are we now?" the test taker must correctly state the country, city or region, where the test is being conducted (home or hospital), area or building, floor or room number. each correct answer is given 1 point. for this task, the examinee can score from 0 to 5 points. so the total score is 0-5. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org perception. "repeat and remember the following 3 words: "water, nina, pen" will be given to the examinee. the psychologist must pronounce these words clearly and without haste (one word per second). 1 point is given for each correctly repeated word. after that, it is said to him: "have you memorized the words, let's repeat them again." if the subject has difficulty repeating the words in this sequence, the psychologist repeats the words again and is asked to repeat them. in this order, they are asked to repeat the words several times (but not more than 5 attempts). if the test-taker says 3 words in a row correctly in the first repetition 3, if he says it correctly in the second attempt 2, if he says it correctly in the third attempt 1 point is given. if the examinee cannot complete the task in subsequent attempts, 0 points are given. the total score is 0-3. attention. the test taker is told "subtract 7 from 100 in a row." he must subtract 7 from 100 in the following order: 100–7=93; 93–7=86; 86–7=79; 79–7=72; 72–7=65. 1 point is given for each correctly subtracted number. if the test-taker performs all 5 subtractions correctly, he is awarded 5 points. do not rush the examinee while completing the task. the total score is 0–5. a memory. the test taker is asked to memorize the words used during the comprehension test. 1 point is given for each correctly remembered word. the total score is 0-3. gnosis (gnosis of vision). show the subject a pencil and ask him "what is this?" is called in the same order, another object (such as a clock) is shown and asked what it is. 1 point is given for each correct answer. total score 0-2. repeat the sentence. the examinee is asked to repeat the following sentence: "at least, never." this sentence is said only once. the examinee must repeat it in the same manner. if he repeats correctly 1 point, if he cannot repeat 0 points. understanding the assignment. the examiner is given a 3-step task orally. "when you take the paper with your right hand, fold it in two and put it on the table." 1 point is assigned to each correctly performed step. this task is given once. the total score is 0-3. reading. the examiner is given a piece of paper with the sentence "close your eyes" written in large letters. he is told: "read this writing aloud and do it." the examinee should read these words and close his eyes. if the examinee actually closes his eyes after reading the words on the paper, he is given 1 point. if the task is not completed 0 points. writing. the examinee is asked to think of a sentence and write it down on a piece of paper. if the sentence written on the paper is grammatically correct and meaningful, 1 point is given to it. drawing. the examinee is asked to draw 2 intersecting pentagonal figures in the same form. a rectangle should be formed in the middle. if the task is performed correctly 1 point, if it is performed incorrectly 0 points. evaluation scores american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org sum of points, score level of cognitive impairment 28–30 no cognitive impairment 20–27 mild dementia 11–19 moderate dementia 0–10 severe dementia a healthy person scores up to 28-30 points. as the cognitive impairment deepens, the total score decreases. the mmse scale is widely used in diffuse damage of the brain (cerebrovascular diseases, encephalopathy of various etiologies, diffuse cerebral atrophy). but this test is not used in advanced dementia due to local brain damage. research results the empirical part of the research is the study of the cognitive processes of oncology patients, a total of 26 patients who are being treated with various nosologies of oncological pathology at the khorezm branch of the republican specialized oncology and radiology scientific and practical medical center, and a total of 25 patients who consider themselves healthy at the moment 51 respondents participated. according to the scale of raven's progressive matrices, the average arithmetic value of the patients treated with the diagnosis of different nosology of oncological pathology is 26.5. according to the short scale of assessment of mental status, the arithmetic mean value is equal to 25. the results are presented in the following histogram: so, if we make a general conclusion from the above histogram, the level of cognitive processes in patients diagnosed with oncological disease was generally 26.5, that is, it showed an average level of intelligence. according to the short scale of mental status, the total statistical value was equal to 25. the level of cognitive impairment of oncology patients who participated in the study showed that mild dementia had developed. at the same time, we conducted the same methods on the respondents who considered themselves healthy. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 se n se o f ti m e axis titlesp at ia l a w ar e n e ss a tt e n ti o n m e m o ry g n o si s r e p e at t h e s e n te n ce u n d e rs ta n d t h e t as k r e ad in g w ri ti n g d ra w in g to ta l american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org according to the scale of raven's progressive matrices, the average arithmetic value of the respondents who consider themselves healthy shows that it is equal to 56. according to the short scale of assessment of mental status, the arithmetic mean value is equal to 28.7. so, to make a general conclusion from the above histogram, the level of cognitive processes in healthy test subjects showed a total of 56, that is, an average level of intelligence. the total statistical value of the short scale of mental status was 28.7. the test results of healthy respondents who took part in the study showed that there was no cognitive impairment. below we compared the results of oncological patients and healthy people. we will show the result in the form of a histogram. therefore, the results of the methods used in the research showed that oncology patients show changes not only in their psycho-emotional state, but also in their cognitive processes due to the disease. when compared with healthy people, there were significant differences. conclusion: in oncological diseases, in addition to physical changes, psychoemotional and cognitive changes of equal strength occur in the patient's body. in the study, observation, interview, raven's progressive matrices, short scale of mental status assessment were selected. in the empirical part of the study, the cognitive processes of oncology patients were studied. in the process of observation and interview, changes in cognitive processes were observed in patients with various psycho-emotional states, including lack of mood, sub-depression, anxiety, fear of dying from illness, etc. in particular, attention concentration problems, changes in memory, thinking, intuition, imagination and similar mental processes were observed. in patients diagnosed with oncological disease, the level of cognitive processes in general showed an average level of intelligence, and the level of cognitive impairment according to the short scale of mental status assessment showed that mild dementia had developed. as a result of the methods used in the research, it was shown that oncological patients have changes not only in their psycho-emotional state, but also in their cognitive processes due to the disease. when compared with healthy people, there were significant differences. patients healthy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org references 1. ananev b. g. problemy sovremennogo chelovekoznaniya. m.: nauka, 1997. 288p. 2. lomov b.f. methodological and theoretical problem psychology. -m.: nauka, 1994.-267p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org description of a clinical case of treatment of a patient with distal occlusion, taking into account the vertical component of jaw growth rasulova shakhnoza rasulzhanovna tashkent state dental institute, assistant, 103 makhtumkuli str., tashkent, 100047, dr.rasulova91@gmail.com, +998935990585, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7060-2168 nasimov elbek elkhonovich tashkent state dental institute, associate professor, 103 makhtumkuli str., tashkent, 100047, dr.nasimov@gmail.com, +998909774600, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5532-078 aripova gavkhar erkinovna tashkent state dental institute, associate professor, 103 makhtumkuli str., tashkent, 100047, dr.nasimov@gmail.com, +998909765316, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7374-9827 tashkent, uzbekistan. arifdjanova madinaxon abdug’ofur qizi master’s student, tashkent state dental institute 103 makhtumkuli str., tashkent, 100047, robiya.karimova60@gmail.com https://orcid.org/0009-0001-2453-7342 tashkent, uzbekistan. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of our study was to observe and identify the features of the course during treatment with the twin-block apparatus in a patient with distal occlusion, taking into account the growth of the jaw bones. research material. we examined 10 patients with distal occlusion of the dentition at the age of 9 to 12 years. 1 patient was selected, aged 10 years. clinical, anthropometric, photometric were used, cephalograms were studied in the lateral projection. results. in a patient with a distal occlusion and a tendency to a horizontal type of growth, with a low angle and counterclockwise rotation of the lower jaw before treatment, the cephalometric data of the kim analysis were apdi 78.5, odi 76.8, cf 155.3, respectively. (fig. 2a). treatment tactics were chosen based on the analysis of anthropometric, cephalometric and photometric data. the treatment was carried out using the twin block apparatus. as you know, when wearing a twin-block, we expect a deepening of the spee curve, and we prescribe this device, most often with a vertical type of jaw growth, with a reverse spee curve, but knowing all the features of the patient's bone structure, their direction of growth and possible side effects from the twin-block apparatus, we were able to prevent the predicted deviations. conclusion. thus, by assigning the twin block apparatus with a horizontal type of jaw growth and following the orthodontist's stage-by-stage actions, distal occlusion, twin-block apparatus, class ii anomalies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org we can obtain extrusion of the lower chewing teeth, flattening of the deep occlusal plane, which helps to stimulate the anterior positioning of the lower jaw and improve the anterior-posterior relationship of the jaw bones and dentition. for further correction of the occlusion, fixed equipment should be used a bracket system. introduction it was only in the last 20 years that attention began to be paid to determining and forecasting the direction of human growth. to select the optimal period for the start of orthodontic treatment of sagittal and vertical malocclusion, the data from such studies are of great theoretical and practical importance in determining the treatment plan, choosing its methods and predicting the results the frequency of dental anomalies according to literature sources ranges from 76-82%. in recent years, there has been an increase in the number of class i anomalies and a decrease in class iii anomalies, which may be due to a significant decrease in the chewing load of modern humans.[3,4,6] the prevalence of class ii malocclusion remained unchanged, reflecting a certain independence of distal occlusion from evolutionary processes. [11]. the prevalence of distal occlusion among dental anomalies is quite high from the moment of birth and increases further due to many endogenous and exogenous factors. according to various researchers, distal occlusion may be due to the predominance of the growth of the upper, the lag in the growth of the lower or due to both jaws (e.e. nasimova, 2019), the anomaly may worsen or its clinical picture may positively (but "falsely") change due to the type of growth of the maxillary system, etc. many foreign and domestic scientists such as: zhulev e.n., 2000; mvakatobe ambege d., nikolaeva e.yu., 2014; trezubov v.n., 2001, combined occlusion anomalies were studied. an objective assessment in such situations allows for a thorough analysis of cephalometric parameters in patients with distal occlusion, taking into account the vertical component.[1,7,10,12]. pronounced clinical manifestations of distal occlusion, complicated by various anomalies of the jaw bones, contributes through a violation of facial aesthetics and has a negative effect on the patient's psyche, causes speech and breathing disorders, impaired chewing, functional changes in the work of vital organs [2,5,8,9]. the purpose of our study was to observe and identify the features of the course during treatment with the twin–block device in a patient with distal occlusion, taking into account the growth of jaw bones. research materials and methods. 10 patients with distal occlusion of the dentition aged from 9 to 12 years were examined. 1 patient was selected, aged 10 years, female, with a horizontal type of jaw bone growth, with clinical signs of a “shortened” face: low angle of the jaw, shortened height of the lower part of the face, deepening of nasolabial and mental folds, with protruding lips. anthropometric signs of a class ii anomaly in canines and molars, as a rule, narrowing of the upper dental arch with extrusion and lingual inclination of the upper frontal teeth and the absence of cutting-tubercle contact with injury by the cutting edges of the lower frontal teeth of the mucous membrane of the anterior palate. a clinical case: clinical, anthropometric, photometric, x-ray cephalometric methods and their statistical analysis were used as research methods. the patient was examined using the above methods and the interrelationships of the sagittal and vertical components and their influence on the formation and course of problems were determined: the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org correspondence of the type of structure of the facial skull, characteristic fundamental photometric differences – in the proportions of the parts of the face, the position of the lower jaw, the type of profile, the ratio of the lips and the severity of nasolabial and mental folds of the face. taking into account these data, it is also planned to study their effect on the result of orthodontic treatment. the patient was assigned a functional device used to correct the distal type of anomaly, the twin-block device. (fig. 1) this is a functional structure consisting of two base plates. the main active element is the expansion screw on the upper jaw. the principle of operation of the device forces the lower jaw to take a constructive position. the device is separate, so the patient quickly adapts to it and can constantly wear the device, even while eating. a constructive bite that holds the lower jaw in an extended position normalizes the aesthetics of the face. a constructive bite helps to hold the lower jaw, but at the same time occlusal pads give the intrusion of chewing teeth. figure 1.intraoral images immediately after fixing the twin block in the patient's mouth. in figure no. 1, you can see the incongruity of the dentition, the anterization of the position of the teeth, and an improvement in the ratio of the occlusion key immediately after fixing the device. despite the fact that the patient had a horizontal type of jaw growth, this type of device was prescribed. the design has overlays in the upper part of the device, which can contribute to the intrusion of the lower chewing teeth, which negatively affects the cephalometric and aesthetic parameters due to a decrease in bite, where the lower third of the face may shorten, nasolabial folds become deep, the corners of the mouth drop. (fig.2) as a result, during the wearing of the device, we sanded the occlusal pads from the upper part of the structure to eliminate side effects. figure 2. the appearance of the patient when storing the device in the mouth. the results of the study. in a patient with distal occlusion and a tendency to horizontal growth type, with a low angle and counterclockwise rotation of the mandible before treatment, the cephalometric data of the kim analysis american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org were apdi 78.5, odi 76.8, cf 155.3, respectively. the treatment strategy was chosen based on the analysis of anthropometric, cephalometric and photometric data. the treatment was carried out using the twin block device. stage i. a twin-block device was stowed away. it is prescribed to wear at least 16 hours a day. the patient visited an orthodontist every 4-6 weeks. at the 4th and 6th months of wearing, a photo puncture was performed. (fig. 3) figure 3. intraoral photographs of the patient in the month of march. stage ii. the occlusal overlays were partially sanded to eliminate the cause of dental intrusion. to control this procedure, we performed a photocall after 2 months. figure 4. intraoral photographs of the patient in the month of may stage iii. the occlusal linings were completely sanded to eliminate the cause of dental intrusion. (fig.4). the flattening of the spee curve was noted due to the unobstructed extrusion of the chewing group of teeth in the lower jaw. a photo protocol was carried out, appointments were given regarding the wearing of the device. figure 5. intraoral images in august without the twin-block. stage iv. during the reception, it was possible to see anterization of the lower jaw, which was predicted when the twin-block device was prescribed. as you know, when wearing a twin–block, we expect a deepening of the spee curve, and we prescribe this device, most often with a vertical type of jaw growth, with an inverse spee curve, but knowing all the features of the patient's bone structure, their direction of growth and possible side effects from the twin-block, we were able to prevent the predicted deviations. thus, we can see the extruded lower american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org lateral teeth, the flattening of the deep occlusal plane, which helps to stimulate the anterior positioning of the lower jaw and improve the anteroposterior relationship of the jaw bones and dentition. for further correction of the bite, non-removable equipment should be used a bracket system. aesthetically satisfactory maxillofacial, dentofacial and soft tissue parameters are noted and with cephalometric characteristics closer to normal. conclusion as is known, the twin block prescribed for distal occlusion is made according to the constructive bite of the lower jaw retention. but, at the same time, the pads give the intrusion of chewing teeth, contributes to the deepening of the spee curve, and we prescribe this device, most often with a vertical type of jaw growth, with an inverse spee curve, but knowing all the features of the patient's bone structure, their direction of growth and possible side effects from the twin-block device, prevent the predicted deviations. thus, by assigning the twin block device for horizontal jaw growth and following the stages of the orthodontist's actions, we can obtain extrusion of the lower chewing teeth, flattening of the deep occlusal plane, which helps to stimulate the anterior positioning of the lower jaw and improve the anterior-posterior relationship of the jaw bones and dentition. for further correction of the bite, you should use non-removable equipment a bracket system. references 1. aripova g.e., rasulova sh.r., nasimov e.e., akbarov k.s. "the effectiveness of orthodontic treatment of children with distal occlusion of the dentition during the period of occlusion change" scientific and practical journal "stomatologiya" no.2 75) 2019 2. bersenev a.v. improving the diagnosis and treatment of deep bite, taking into account the direction of growth jaws abstract), 2007. 16 p . 3. vakushina e.a. prevalence, diagnosis and treatment of dental anomalies and deformities in adolescence and adolescence / e.a.vakushina // autoref. dis candidate of medical sciences: 14.00.21 / stavropol state medical university. acad. voronezh, 1999. 18 p. 4. gioeva yu.a. mesial occlusion of dentition. clinic, diagnosis and morphofunctional justification of treatment tactics, 2004 5. zudina m.n. tactics of orthodontic treatment of children with distal occlusion caused by inferior retro-and micrognathia / m.n. zudina // abstract of the dissertation of the candidate of medical sciences: 14.00.21 /moscow medical-stomatological university. m., 2000. -24s. 6. kuroedova v.d., makarova a.n. the prevalence of dental anomalies in adults and the proportion of asymmetric forms among them 2005. 3c. 7. mehrabyan o.a., a.m. konkova. features of treatment of patients with distal occlusion of dentition in different age periods literature review) acta medica eurasica. 2018. no. 4 19-20s. 8. murtazaev s.s. et al. to study the proportionality of the parameters of the facial skeleton in children with distal occlusion using telerentgenography. stomatologiya. -2011.-no.3-4. –pp. 55-58 9. murtazaev s.s. anthropometric and x–ray cephalometric indicators of the maxillofacial region in representatives of the uzbek population and their clinical application (abstract dsc) // tashkent. – 2017 10. nigmatov r.n., ruzmetova i.m. method of distalization of masticatory teeth of the upper jaw // bulletin of kaznmu. 2018. no.1. – pp.519-521.1\ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org 11. nasimov e.e. dissertation on the topic: "improvement of methods of diagnosis and treatment of distal occlusion" tashkent 2019. page 6 12. suleymanova l.m. clinical and morphological justification for planning orthodontic treatment of adolescents and adults with combined occlusion anomalies. abstract), 2005, 7 p. 13. timofeeva n.d. frequency of dental anomalies in schoolchildren of cheboksary / n.d. timofeeva, l.n. tovarisheva // questions of dentistry: collection of scientific articles cheboksary, 1975. issue 1. pp.181-183 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org psychological aspects of the formation of moral consciousness in students akramov mirmuxsin rustamovich, associate professor of the department of "psychology and pedagogy of religion" of the international islamic academy of uzbekistan, doctor of psychology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article there is considered the issue of moral ideas of students during their study in higher education institution. behaviour, moral consciousness, moral problems, moral scales, discriminant, analyses. introduction all changes being happened in the republic of uzbekistan were directed to provide with developing social and economic steadiness of our country, people’s spirituality soon, that is to say, the increasing of consumerists’ mood is being observed in society. at that time the attention to the natural attitude to the matter which surrounds with people turned to the attention center of the public. behavior (arabian “the great number of people’s words”) is the totality of regulating relations among the people. in the behavior “kindness” and “good customs” give a chance to adapt people’s blessing to the society’s blessing, sometimes to change their living aims and boons for society’s blessing [2,36]. after uzbekistan had achieved independence, it began to pay attention to the moral problems. within people’s relations and mutual treatment forgettable religious customs in oriental style behavior, traditions, ceremonies are being restored. behavior depends on people’s freedom and creation. person chooses, assimilates, adapts and develops moral customs and traditions in society. moral appraising is supported by the public opinion. behavior finds expression in the criterion of people’s character, the relations which its responsibility concerning to society and all beings. the people’s attitude to nature wasn’t assessed according to the moral point of view, their condition wasn’t learnt in connection with the people’s character, because people were subordinated to nature formerly and they were protected by its influence. people took necessary things for themselves from nature. the nature of history was invented by the nature of people. so, nature changed the object of people’s relations which demands of economic materials for satisfying people’s requirements. this condition gives a chance to talk about people’s moral and moral contrary relations to nature and behavior surrounds ecologic departures the development of people’s responsible relation to nature consists of the main content ant subject of ecologic component in moral behavior. we decided to use the methods concerning to learning moral problems because the relations may be defined by problems. this method was examined by i.g.dubov and a.a.xvostov. it gives a chance american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org to learn the moral manners of determinants which are in the large groups of life consciousness [4,49]. but we came across some problems in the process of adaptation of method. the main problem includes the differences between uzbek and russian people’s imagination about behavior. that is to say, it depends on mental peculiarities. in the method which was examined by authors 54 notes concerning to the moral determinants were reflected 16 factors. but we generated 17 factors with to poles, not 16 factors when we was analyzed the taken information in the process of pilotage research, such kinds of position the keys of original analyses which were given by the creator of method may be noted to having come across transformation in our national environment. b.m.botirov says that this event may be defined with uzbek people’s cognitive difficulty. that is to say, analyzing this method by itself causes of contently mistaking. we decided to recycle 54 notes according to the method of discriminant analysis. discriminant analysis helps to solve the problems bearing on two kinds of groups: 1.making interpretation opinions among different classes answers the questions:how exact to be different from the group of mutabilitiy in using condition which group was given by other group:which of this mutability to became clear importance to distinguish. 2.in the classification of objects that is to say every special object to define which depends on the groups in coming conditions from the value of discriminant changes. we chose the courses which this students were studying in the capacity of nominative variance of the discriminative analyses(1,2,3,4 courses ) . in the view of this, each of 54 emphasis were looked through as the special scale. the emphasis which depends on the first canonical factor was consisted of the fallowings (the tasks of factor are counted beginning from the top). in positive pole; “because you needn’t feel mental anguish for your fault” (0,918), “because it depends on your position in society” (0,521). in negative pole; “because if all people are well-bred, people won’t have place for evil harm” (-0,505). the special analysis of these foctors show that students have external circumstances; if you try within sphere of behaviour ,it won’t be damaged to your position in society and subsequently you needn’t feel mental anguish. but it should be noted that the negative pole of factor shows that people may use moral conduct for the purpose of harm. behviour is for being agreement to life there won’t be place for evil harm,although all people try on the sphere of behaviour. we called this factor; “behaviour is in the capacity of introyect”. the emphasis which depends on the second factor consists of the fallowing. the functions concerning to the centre of the groups: courses functions 1 2 3 1-course -1,007 -0,180 0.121 2-course 0,905 -,0422 0,183 3-course 0,284 0,906 0,258 4-course 0,147 0,097 -0,954 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org we think that this situation may be defined with students’moving to other environment which differ from cultural environment with students’moving (family, school, academic lyceum and collage) and their desire is being passed from this environment.this situation means being happened heavy students’ process of cordination to new life. because students approached balanced point of the factor at three and four courses (according to condition 0,284 and 0,147). we are witness that students’imagination about behaviour which are at two and three courses came across transformation sharply; they were near negative pole of the second factor at the second course but their idea approached positive pole of this factor at the third cource.that is to say they thought when they were studying at the second course; if everybody undertakes according to the position in society, they won’t be place for evil harm in his life. but they changed their idea at the third course. person may demonstrate relations with other poeople “appreciating” or estimated for striving define blessing at the third course. students came to the conclusion;if behavior is appreciating the relations with other people, it is useless respecting such relations. according to the fallowing factors students’ may be devided into estates; students are called “in horror” at first course, “being adapted” at the third course, “became cultured” at the fourt course. in the content analysis of the third factor behavior consists of good deed,it is human duty, so, it means that observing the behavior is wise work. as a matter of fact, the negative pole of the factor takes up different respect from the former two factors of the falloving factor; “behavior is wise work,that’s why it admits that it doe not influence the being relations with other peoples”. we called the third factor conditionally “behavior is as an individual responsibilty criterion”. if discriminant analysis takes into consideration to carry out deserving the classification of certain nominativ value, we shall observe what to be reflected the imagination as regards moral determinant within courses. the analysis results are reflekted on the following table. at first course the canonic discriminant function of students were near the negative pole of the first factor but they changed their idea completely and moved to positive pole if the following factor (0,905) at second course. that’s to say, they thought when they were studying at the first course if you tried in course functions 1 -1,007 functions 2 -0,18 functions 3 0.121 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org the sphere of behavior, it would not be damaged to your postion in society and subsequently you would not have been felt mental anguish but thay subsenbed this idea at second course. behavior is the means of adapting to life because they will be place for evil harm in life, although all people try in the sphere of behavior. the aim off carrying out this tipology consists of defining the speciality who depends on the religious sect of people in their ecologic consciousness. in other words the changing of relation fccording to both natural and social environment clears up how to influence their ecological imagination. in fact, the word “nature” means “the point of the thing” and the people. thus, the conclusion, person is a part of nature, the changes in it may be stimulated the changes in nature. in positive pole “because if all people are well-bred, people won’t have place for evil harm” (0,590), “because it depends on your position in society” (0,516). in negative pole “because behavior has benefits for every person” (-0,408). the content analysis of this factor shows that students have the following idea about “behavior”; if every person undertakes according to their position in society, they won’t be place for evil harm in this life. in fact, (the negative pole of factor) the people who doesn’t respect the relations with other people think that behavior doesn’t derive no benefits for all people. we called this factor conditionally “behavior is as the criterion of being relations with other people”. if it includes the following emphasis which is situated on positive pole of the third factor; “because kindness is your human duty” (0,843), “because you think that behavior is wise thing” (0,506) but its negative pole consists of the following emphasis “because you think that you should respect the relations which depends on other people” (-0,462). summarizing we would like to say that acccording to research work concerning learning the changes which comes true in students’ moral consciousness in the process of life and education: the moral consciousness forming peculiarities in their time as a student are defined with moving from narrow family circumstances: during student days moral consciousness of the students get into sharp deformation under the pressure of life and education: the dynamics of students’ moral consciousness development gives some chances to carry out classification in the capacity of research object in the process of educational subject: looking through the moral consciousness of students as static event may be reason for the misunderstanding which are in phsychological diagnostics results. references 1. акрамов. м. р. психологические механизмы формирования экологического сознания личности. in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 12, pp. 527-532). 2. акрамов, м. р. (2023, september). психологические вопросы изучения экологического сознания при формировании здоровой среды «зеленое пространство». in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 9, pp. 50-55). 3. акрамов, м. р. (2023). экoлoгик oнг шaкллaниши пcиxoлoгик фeнoмeн cифaтидa: образование и инновационные исследования международный научнометодический журнал, (1), 319-323. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org 4. акрамов м. р. экологическое сознание как особенность развития //вестник интегративной психологии. – с. 31. 5. akramov m. r. inson tabiat munosabatlarida ekologik ong xususiyatlarining shakllanishi //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 80-83. 6. акрамов м. р. психологические проблемы изучения формирования экологического сознания //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 97. 7. акрамов м. р. психиканинг ривожланишига бўлган экопсихологик ёндашувнинг асосий қоидалари //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. special issue 2. – с. 199-202. 8. акрамов м. р. психологические аспекты формирования экологического сознания личности //наука и мир. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 80-81. 9. акрамов, м. р. (2023, february). формирование характеристик экологического сознания в отношении человека с природой. in proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences (vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 113-118). 10. falsafa: ensiklopedik lug‘at/o‘zr fa, i.mo‘minov nomidagi falsafa va huquq in-ti.t.: “o‘zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi” davlat ilmiy nashriyoti, 2010.35 b 11. falsafa qisqacha izohli lug‘at / m.n.abdullaeva, m.abdurashidov, u. abilov va boshq.: t.: “sharq”, 2004 y. 49 b. 12. хвостов андрей анатолевич. структура и детерминанты моралного сознания личности : дис. ... д-ра психол. наук: м., 2005 496 c. 13. botirov b.m. “o‘zbek mentalitetining psixologik xususiyatlari”toshkent, tdpu, 2011y. 64 b american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org qualified specialist in agriculture personnel support and changes in it ( 1991-2016y.y. on the example of andijan valley) akhmedova umidakhan andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies teacher of the department "humanities", vakhobov shakhrukh magistr a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article focuses on the issues of training specialists in the field of agriculture in our republic after independence, including the andijan region. education law, personnel, specialty, agriculture, colleges. introduction the role of the educational system in the development and rise of society is extremely significant. on the basis of the reforms carried out in the republic of uzbekistan, measures aimed at bringing up an educated, intellectually developed generation, raising them as people with independent thinking, strict civil positions are considered one of the most important priorities of large-scale reforms carried out in the country. the achievement of our great goals, noble intentions, the renewal of our society, the progress and prospects of our lives today are the effective result of our reforms, plans, which are carried out in the first place. it all depends, first of all, on the training of highly qualified specialist personnel who can meet the requirements of the time. education in uzbekistan is the most important direction of socio – economic, ideological and cultural life of the republic. from the first years of independence, the first president of the republic of uzbekistan i.a. karimov began the work by laying the legal foundations of state policy in the field of education. among the republics that were part of the former union, uzbekistan was one of the first to pass law no. 636-xii of the republic of uzbekistan "on education"of july 2, 1992[1]. the law clearly defines the basic principles of state policy in the field of education, the educational system, its management structure, the rights, duties and responsibilities of pedagogical workers. consequently, the adoption of this important state document was a prelude to all reforms carried out in the field of education, as well as a legal guarantee. while in the lower stages of human civilization, activities aimed at educating a person, teaching him, are organized on the basis of simple, very simple requirements, to date the need to establish the educational process on the basis of extremely strict and complex requirements is put on the agenda. the need arose to train a qualified specialist who could work with a chunonchi, complex technique, fully understand the essence of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org production process, have the potential to positively solve problems that also arise in emergency situations. the first president of the republic of uzbekistan islam karimov spoke at the ix session of the supreme assembly of the republic of uzbekistan (august 29, 1997) about the need to further strengthen reforms in the educational system in his speech on "the perfect generation – the foundation of the development of uzbekistan". that is, " at the end of the former union period, we switched to an 11-year training system. the 11 – year system is structured into 3 parts: primary education – 4 years, incomplete secondary education-9 years and finally, 2 years of full secondary education... we need not graduates, but individuals who have seen school education and upbringing... in a democratic society, children, in general, are brought up as free-minded individuals"[2]. therefore, on august 29, 1997, directly on the initiative of islam karimov, the law "on education"and the "national program of training" were adopted. in accordance with the adopted program, a 12-year general compulsory free education system was introduced in the country under the 9+3 scheme. the" staff training – national program " was envisaged to be implemented in three stages, with the first stage, covering the years 1997-2001, with one of the main tasks being to lay the groundwork for a three – year system of academic high schools and vocational colleges. the second phase, scheduled for 2001-2005, was the creation of lyceums and colleges in each district on a specific project chosen based on local conditions. in order to develop education, attention was paid to vocational and technical training in uzbekistan. this ensured the development of education and the entry of young people into new areas. professional colleges were established to train qualified professionals[3]. according to the decree of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 24, 1998 no. 77 "on the organization of academic lyceums and vocational colleges and their activities management", dated may 13, 1998 no. 204 "on measures for the organization of secondary special, vocational education of the ministry of higher and secondary special education (center) of 60 people. in 1998, the academic lyceums and vocational college (khk)started their activities at first on an experimental basis. among the colleges established with the aim of promoting youth education, the role of agricultural vocational colleges has become greater. vocational colleges provide the opportunity for students to develop profoundly their professional inclinations, competencies, knowledge and skills, to master one or more modern professions in their chosen areas[4]. the implementation of agricultural reform in the conditions of market relations largely depends on the provision of the agrarian sphere with specialists with modern knowledge and skills. the reforms carried out in the field of education during the transition period were focused on all areas, including the provision of qualified specialist personnel for agriculture of uzbekistan. in 1991-2016, it was important to deepen the structural changes in agriculture in uzbekistan, modernize and diversify the industry, and meet the need for qualified personnel in the introduction of advanced and intensive agrotechnologies. training of qualified specialist personnel who can meet the requirements of the times for the branches of the agrarian sector in the country is an urgent issue. to this end, in accordance with the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated march 18, 1998 "on the program for deepening economic reforms of agriculture in the period 1998-2000", it was established as a special task to train 6.5 thousand higher and 16 thousand secondary special education personnel in the field of agriculture annually until 2000, to train about 2,500 agricultural leaders, 13-15 thousand farmers and farm leaders and 100-120 thousand rural mass professional specialists. [5] the issues of ensuring science, production integration american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org in the agrarian sphere, the introduction of modern information and digital technologies into the educational process, the training of sufficiently educated personnel on advanced foreign experience and agrotechnologies, taking into account the prospects for the development of territories, are among the main tasks facing our state. currently, the training of personnel is one of the priority tasks, taking into account the current and prospective needs of agricultural sectors for qualified specialists. through the supply of necessary and new specialists to agriculture, the technical and vocational colleges of the andijan region have also made their worthy contributions in this area. in particular, the andijan agricultural mechanization technical school received 120 students for the academic year 19911992[6]. in the region, several agricultural technical schools have been operating and training specialists for the field. one such institution, the andijan zooveterinarian technikum, as of october 1, 1991, had 104 zootechnics, 211 students trained in veterinary medicine[7]. in accordance with resolution 13 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 7, 1993, the state agricultural technical school "savay" in the region was transformed into an independent educational institution-the agricultural technical school "qurghontepa" [8]. in particular, in asaka district of andijan region," asaka agricultural vocational college " began its activities in 1999. the college operated areas such as farm management,maintenance of agricultural machinery, agronomy, vehicle maintenance. at the same time, the staff of specialists in the field of agricultural vocational college, shahrikhan agricultural vocational college, khojaabad agricultural vocational college, ulugnor agricultural khk were trained. [9] since september 2000, "pakhtaabad agricultural vocational college" has started its activities. pakhtaabad agricultural vocational college has developed the necessary specialists in the fields of agricultural machinery and equipment in the fields of operation and maintenance of agricultural machinery and equipment, use and maintenance of hydromelioration machinery and equipment, veterinary, herbalist and livestock farmer education[10]. in the same year, the forestry vocational college also started its activities. the college trained specialist staff for the agricultural sector[11]. mingbulok agro-industrial vocational college started its operation in 2001. it trained 1,514 students in educational areas such as the mechanic of service to agricultural machinery and equipment, agronomist, farm specialist, mechanic of use and maintenance of hydromeliorative machinery and equipment. izboskan agro-industrial vocational college started its operation in 2004. in it, 588 students in educational areas such as agronomy, veterinary medicine, mechanization of agriculture, organization and maintenance of a farm in plant science, farm management, livestock and farm organization acquired relevant specialties[12]. the above professional colleges, established on the territory of the andijan region, made their necessary and worthy contributions to the economic development of the region, delivering the necessary specialties to the agrarian sphere in their time. in conclusion, it should be said that the future of the land and its development are definitely in the hands of young people. taking into account this, the training of specialist personnel in the country, and in the province of andijan, has become one of the main tasks. in this regard, it is said that the training of qualified specialists in the development of the agricultural sector is a requirement of the period. from this, serious attention was paid to the issues of training mature personnel for society, with the activities of agricultural vocational colleges in the areas. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org references 1. ўзбекистон республикаси олий кенгашининг ахборотномаси, 1992 й., 9-сон, 342-модда. 2. баркамол авлод орзуси. – тошкент: шарқ, 1999. –б.15. 3. starr s.f. change and continuiti in uzbekistan, 1991-2016 // uzbekistan’s new face. 2018. –p.22. 4. баркамол авлод орзуси. – тошкент: шарқ, 1999. –б.155. 5. беркли х. иқтисодиётга кириш. -тошкент: “меҳнат” 1998.-б.3. 6. ўзбекистон миллий архиви (бундан кейин – ўз ма), р.90-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 71йиғмажилд,42варақ. 7. ўз ма, р.90-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 71-йиғмажилд, 34-варақ. 8. ўз ма, м.190-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 38-йиғмажилд, 258-варақ. 9. авда, 522-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 1406-йиғмажилд, 36-варақ. 10. андижон вилояти касбий таълимни ривожлантириш ва мувофиқлаштириш ҳудудий бошқармасининг 2000-2015 йилларга мўлжалланган ҳисоботи материаллари. 11. авда, 522-фонд, 1-рўйхат, 1406-йиғмажилд, 36-варақ. 12. андижон вилояти касбий таълимни ривожлантириш ва мувофиқлаштириш ҳудудий e 13. ус абдуллаев, ма каримова. основные направления традиционных межэтнических процессов в ферганской долине (xix–xx в. в)// социально-гуманитарный вестник юга россии, 3-7. straznikova-inna-vasilevna-voprosy-razvitia-obrazovania-zapadnogo-regionaukrainy-v-sovremennyh-issledovaniah.pdf (researchgate.net) 14. ус абдуллаев, ма каримова.обряды, связанные с посещением мазаров у женщин ферганы: традиция и современность// международный научно-исследовательский журнал, 72-74. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/obryady-svyazannye-s-posescheniem-mazarov-uzhenschin-fergany-traditsiya-i-sovremennost 15. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 16. km abduqayumovna. interaction of object, subject and synergetic categories in scientific work// spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development 3, 25-29. https://sjird.journalspark.org/index.php/sjird/article/view/9 17. ма каримова, дғ нажимидинова. фарзанд туғилиши ва бола тарбияси билан боғлиқ урф-одатларда зардуштийлик излари. journal of new century innovations 12 (1), 69-76. 18. ви бушков, г валиханова. фарғона водийси уйғурлари: турмуш тарзи ва маданияти. тошкент: yangi nashr// https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=ru&as_sdt=0,5&cluster=16306007808078581022 19. bb tursunov. from the history of the development of teaching foreign languages in uzbekistan (as an example in the period of soviet government)// isj theoretical & applied science, 01 (69), 63-66. https://d1wqtxts1xzle7.cloudfront.net/89352385/01-69-13libre.pdf?1659884635=&response-contentdisposition=inline%3b+filename%3dfrom_the_history_of_the_development_of_t.pdf&expire s=1701 20. yr malikovich. relations of the religious administration of central asia region with other religious organisation of east during 1940-1980 years.// palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology 17 (6), 3609-3612. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:hfor9npywt4c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:hfor9npywt4c https://www.researchgate.net/profile/inna-strazhnikova-2/publication/310944914_straznikova_inna_vasilevna_voprosy_razvitia_obrazovania_zapadnogo_regiona_ukrainy_v_sovremennyh_issledovaniah/links/583afcf708ae3a74b4a06175/straznikova-inna-vasilevna-voprosy-razvitia-obrazovania-zapadnogo-regiona-ukrainy-v-sovremennyh-issledovaniah.pdf#page=3 https://www.researchgate.net/profile/inna-strazhnikova-2/publication/310944914_straznikova_inna_vasilevna_voprosy_razvitia_obrazovania_zapadnogo_regiona_ukrainy_v_sovremennyh_issledovaniah/links/583afcf708ae3a74b4a06175/straznikova-inna-vasilevna-voprosy-razvitia-obrazovania-zapadnogo-regiona-ukrainy-v-sovremennyh-issledovaniah.pdf#page=3 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:mb3voienlucc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:mb3voienlucc https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/obryady-svyazannye-s-posescheniem-mazarov-u-zhenschin-fergany-traditsiya-i-sovremennost https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/obryady-svyazannye-s-posescheniem-mazarov-u-zhenschin-fergany-traditsiya-i-sovremennost https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:tqgyirikucic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:tqgyirikucic https://sjird.journalspark.org/index.php/sjird/article/view/9 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:hdshcwvjkbec https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:hdshcwvjkbec https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:hqojcs7dif8c https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=ru&as_sdt=0,5&cluster=16306007808078581022 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:3fe2csjirl8c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:3fe2csjirl8c https://d1wqtxts1xzle7.cloudfront.net/89352385/01-69-13-libre.pdf?1659884635=&response-content-disposition=inline%3b+filename%3dfrom_the_history_of_the_development_of_t.pdf&expires=1701 https://d1wqtxts1xzle7.cloudfront.net/89352385/01-69-13-libre.pdf?1659884635=&response-content-disposition=inline%3b+filename%3dfrom_the_history_of_the_development_of_t.pdf&expires=1701 https://d1wqtxts1xzle7.cloudfront.net/89352385/01-69-13-libre.pdf?1659884635=&response-content-disposition=inline%3b+filename%3dfrom_the_history_of_the_development_of_t.pdf&expires=1701 https://d1wqtxts1xzle7.cloudfront.net/89352385/01-69-13-libre.pdf?1659884635=&response-content-disposition=inline%3b+filename%3dfrom_the_history_of_the_development_of_t.pdf&expires=1701 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&cita tion_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc 21. м каримова. фарғона водийси аҳолисининг никоҳга оид қарашларида розиликнинг аҳамияти.общество и инновации 2 (10/s), 405-409. https://inscience.uz/index.php/socinov/article/view/1399 22. яр турабоева. обеспечение патриархальной системы в семейном институте: анализ проблем и решений//life sciences and agriculture, 140-144. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/obespechenie-patriarhalnoy-sistemy-v-semeynom-instituteanaliz-problem-i-resheniy/viewer 23. yr turaboyeva.traditions and values in uzbek families//наука и техника. мировые исследования, 32-34. https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=42637357 24. ум ахмедова.ирригация соҳасини кенгайтириш–бугунги куннинг долзарб масаласи (андижон вилояти мисолида)//academic research in educational sciences 2 (10), 858-866.. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/irrigatsiya-so-asinikengaytirish-bugungi-kunning-dolzarb-masalasi-andizhon-viloyati-misolida 25. um akhmedova.agrarian reforms in the field of agriculture in uzbekistan// 26. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations and research 2 (11), 72-75. https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/tajiir/article/view/11584 27. um akhmedova expansion of irrigation networks is a priority for the agricultural sector (on the example of fergana region) // the american journal of agriculture and biomedical engineering 2 (10), 17-22. https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/tajabe/article/view/9470 28. ум ахмедова ўзбекистонда фермерлик фаолиятини модернизация қилиш–тараққиёт омили //взгляд в прошлое. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=ru&as_sdt=0,5&cluster=305429787793443117 29. u akhmedova the history of modernization agriculture in uzbekistan результаты научных исследований в условиях пандемии (covid-19) 1 (02), 16-22//. https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/scientific-research-covid-19/article/view/7918 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:iwhjjkofinec https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:iwhjjkofinec https://inscience.uz/index.php/socinov/article/view/1399 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:zylm7y9caggc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:zylm7y9caggc https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/obespechenie-patriarhalnoy-sistemy-v-semeynom-institute-analiz-problem-i-resheniy/viewer https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/obespechenie-patriarhalnoy-sistemy-v-semeynom-institute-analiz-problem-i-resheniy/viewer https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=oajhq_iaaaaj&citation_for_view=oajhq_iaaaaj:uehwp8x0ceic https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=42637357 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/irrigatsiya-so-asini-kengaytirish-bugungi-kunning-dolzarb-masalasi-andizhon-viloyati-misolida https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/irrigatsiya-so-asini-kengaytirish-bugungi-kunning-dolzarb-masalasi-andizhon-viloyati-misolida https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:wf5omc3nynoc https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/tajiir/article/view/11584 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/tajabe/article/view/9470 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=ru&as_sdt=0,5&cluster=305429787793443117 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=mzt7rp0aaaaj&citation_for_view=mzt7rp0aaaaj:y0pcki6q_dkc https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/scientific-research-covid-19/article/view/7918 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org sociocultural challenges in translating arabic graffiti into english: a pragmatic study a research submitted by: ibrahim abdullah mohammed محمد عبدهللا إبراهيم email: ibrahimalhamza90ai@st.tu.edu.iq supervised by asst. prof. kanaan k. hasan (phd) حسن خضير كنعان .د .م.أ email: k.hasan@tu.edu.iq ministry of higher education & scientific research, tikrit university, college of arts, department of translation, republic of iraq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s graffiti is a form of communication used by various subcultures to convey personal opinions publicly. it can function as a medium for conveying political, social, and commercial messages. translating graffiti poses significant difficulties for translators, mainly when dealing with languages from diverse cultural backgrounds. the dataset for this study comprises examples of arabic graffiti that have been translated into english. translating arabic graffiti into english is a significant challenge due to the vast disparities in language and cultural aspects between the two. translators encounter numerous challenges while translating because of the absence of precise counterparts in the language they are translating into. the objective of this study is to identify the sociocultural impacts on the translation of arabic graffiti into english, focusing on a pragmatic viewpoint. it also attempts to examine the difficulties associated with dialects, colloquial language, metaphors, and culturespecific terminology. additionally, it seeks to determine the techniques that translators rely on during the translation process and the level of equivalency they reach. lastly, the study seeks to determine whether the selection of a particular method for portraying graffiti texts influences the translators' ability to reach equivalence. the present study posits that translators' varied origins and perspectives may lead to subjective interpretations and biases influenced by social, cultural, religious, and political ideologies. the study's conclusion demonstrates that a single technique can result in many equivalence levels within a given translation. translators encounter various problems, including lexical, semantic, grammatical, pragmatic, structural, textual, contextual, and cultural obstacles, during the translation process. graffiti, sociocultural, pragmatic perspective, social beliefs, translation methods. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org introduction translating between languages, mainly from vastly different cultural backgrounds, presents significant challenges. this complexity becomes especially noticeable in situations involving arabic graffiti, which often carries profound sociocultural, religious, and political connotations. translators' diverse backgrounds and viewpoints may introduce subjective interpretations and biases, affecting the accuracy and effectiveness of the translation process. achieving equivalence, where the translated graffiti accurately conveys the original's intended meaning and cultural nuances, is incredibly challenging due to arabic and english-speaking communities' varying norms, values, and perceptions. this research delves into these challenges by focusing on translating arabic graffiti into english, with a keen eye on the pragmatic perspective. it examines how sociocultural factors shape translation decisions, including historical, political, religious, and linguistic contexts. additionally, the study investigates the methods translators employ to achieve equivalence, particularly addressing the pragmatic hurdles posed by cultural disparities. through an analysis of translation procedures and their practical effectiveness, the research aims to uncover innovative approaches to bridge the gap between the source and target languages. the research underscores the intricate nature of translating dialects, colloquial language, metaphors, and culture-specific terms in arabic graffiti. the research enhances cross-cultural communication and understanding by emphasizing linguistic precision and cultural sensitivity. it also offers valuable insights for translation students and professionals, fostering reflective practice and ongoing learning in translation studies. the research highlights the importance of considering sociocultural contexts in translation, facilitating meaningful and effective cross-cultural exchanges. 1. statement of the problem translating between different languages, especially when dealing with vastly different cultural perspectives and concepts, is challenging. the language differences and translators' diverse backgrounds and perspectives can introduce subjective interpretations and biases shaped by social, cultural, religious, and political ideologies. these factors can significantly influence the precision and efficiency of translating arabic graffiti into english, making it challenging to achieve equivalence. achieving equivalence, where the translated graffiti conveys the original's intended meaning and sociocultural nuances, is particularly difficult due to the differing cultural norms, values, and perceptions between arabic and english-speaking communities. translating arabic graffiti into english is particularly challenging because of the substantial differences between the two languages and cultures. finding equivalents for these expressions can be a significant challenge for translators. the critical question is whether translators can bridge this gap using different procedures to achieve equivalence. this study seeks to answer this question by exploring the relationship between the translation procedures used and the level of equivalence achieved. various factors influence the translation process, particularly regarding the dynamic nature of linguistic and cultural exchange. additionally, challenges related to dialects, sociolects, colloquial language, symbolic and rhetorical styles, and culture-specific words in arabic graffiti complicate finding equivalents in english translation. this complexity underscores the importance of linguistic precision and cultural sensitivity in bridging the gap between the source and target languages. these challenges highlight the intricate interplay between language, culture, and translation, necessitating innovative approaches and a deep american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org understanding of source and target cultures to facilitate effective cross-cultural communication and understanding. 2. aims of the study this section outlines the study's aims, focusing on the influence of sociocultural factors, translation methods, and linguistic challenges in translating arabic graffiti into english. 1. this research aims at investigating how sociocultural factors, including historical, political, religious, and linguistic contexts, influence translation decisions for arabic graffiti into english. 2. the research is analyzing the data through the methods translators use to achieve equivalence in translating arabic graffiti into english, considering cultural differences between arabic and englishspeaking communities. 3. the research is identifying challenges related to dialects, colloquial language, metaphors, and culture-specific terms in translating arabic graffiti into english to enhance cross-cultural communication. 3. hypotheses this section presents the hypotheses, focusing on sociocultural influences and challenges in translating arabic graffiti into english. 1. sociocultural factors, including historical, political, religious, and linguistic contexts, significantly influence translation decisions, introducing subjective interpretations and biases from translators' diverse backgrounds. 2. translators will need various methods to achieve equivalence due to cultural differences between arabic and english-speaking communities. 3. translators encounter challenges related to dialects, colloquial language, metaphors, and culturespecific terms, impacting the effectiveness of cross-cultural communication. 4. limits of the study this section outlines the study's limitations, focusing on the data collection, translation process, and methodological framework used to analyze arabic graffiti translations. 1. the research's data consists of three arabic graffiti samples marked by significant socio-political changes in iraq. 2. the translation tasks are assigned to m.a students from the department of translation at the university of tikrit during the 2022-2023 academic year. 3. methodologically, the study uses a two-phase eclectic model. the first phase applies mona baker's equivalence model, and the second phase utilizes vinay and darbelnet's translation procedures. these models guide the analysis, helping translators navigate the complexities of achieving equivalence and addressing translation challenges. these limits focus on precise interpretation and consideration of contextual factors. 5. value of the study this research is a valuable resource for researchers interested in sociology, culture, graffiti meanings, and translation across different cultures. it is particularly beneficial for translation students and translators working with social and cultural texts, as it thoroughly explores various similar types and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org employs effective translation strategies. these strategies enhance cross-cultural communication and foster better understanding between arabic-speaking and english-speaking communities. the study underscores the need to consider sociocultural contexts for effective communication by emphasizing the importance of contextual awareness and responsiveness in translation. it addresses linguistic and cultural transfer challenges, particularly in the pragmatic aspect, promoting linguistic and cultural exchange. this mixture ultimately enhances cross-cultural communication and understanding. additionally, the study provides valuable insights for ma translation students, contributing to reflective practice and continuous learning in translation studies. 6. procedures this section details the methodology and analysis of arabic graffiti translations, highlighting the process and challenges faced during the study. 1. the research collects data by photographing writings on walls. a total of 7 arabic graffiti samples are collected, out of which 3 are selected for translation and analysis. 2. ma students from translation department at college of arts, university of tikrit, carrying out the translations in the 2022-2023 academic year. 3. the data analysis uses an eclectic model that combines mona baker's equivalence levels (1992) and the vinay and darbelnet model of translation methods and procedures (1958/2000). the translators utilize procedures from the first model to achieve appropriate equivalence as outlined in the second model. 4. in the discussion section, each sample is presented with its translation, followed by a discussion show challenges the translators face, and factors influencing translation decisions and data analysis tables. the tables highlight appropriate and inappropriate translations. 5. the analysis results are discussed, and the research concludes with recommendations and suggestions for further research. 7. art of graffiti: an overview according to manco (2002, p. 9), graffiti art always coexists with other artistic endeavors. graffiti art is a form of self-expression that employs methods deemed criminal or unconventional in art without official authorization or commission. although some graffiti artists acquire skills through acts of vandalism, they do not view their artwork as defacing public or private property. instead, they perceive it as a means of giving a voice to the marginalized, enhancing the aesthetic appeal of unattractive areas, or cultivating their identity through a pseudonym. nevertheless, some perceive street art solely as a kind of vandalism, albeit under a different label (macmaughton, 2006). regardless, it is crucial to cultivate a more knowledgeable comprehension of street art compared to graffiti art, as they exhibit numerous similarities but are inherently separate.the concept of graffiti originated in italy, where the term "graffiti" signifies "scratched" or "etched." the greek word "graphein," meaning "to write," is the source of this word. inscriptions and figure drawings adorning the walls of ancient ruins, the roman catacombs, pompeii, and many locations in the middle east distinguish early italian graffiti. the earliest known instance of graffiti originates from ephesus, a town in modern-day turkey. it consists of a handprint that loosely resembles a heart shape. this handprint is believed to have served as a guide to a brothel, making it one of the earliest examples of using pictures to convey information (von joel, 2008). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org graffiti art, often known as "writing" or "representing," is a creative means of communication among artists and broader audiences. graffiti art boasts a rich historical legacy and closely relates to cultural and political movements. this form of communication holds significant importance as it can connect individuals from diverse age groups, ethnicities, and communities, irrespective of cultural, racial, or linguistic disparities, in a manner unique to art. this broadening of the method for comprehending and creating representation encompasses the idea that "ways of thinking can extend beyond language itself, influencing your experiences, perceptions, connections, emotions, memories, and worldview" (deutscher, 2010, p.52). 8. the social impact of graffiti graffiti is a social phenomenon that involves claiming and designating space. it is not just about demarcating territory; it becomes a territory in its own right. we can understand the act of writing graffiti as a form of vertical territoriality, encompassing both social and spatial dimensions. a critical aspect of graffiti writing's spatial politics is the strong connection between the spatial and social dimensions, as they deeply influence each other. by examining spatial politics, we may connect the research of geographers, sociologists, and criminologists to understand the socio-spatial narrative of graffiti as a young spatial and subcultural activity (cresswell, 1996). many individuals perceive it as vandalism, which involves deliberately defacing public property and exacerbating the decline of communities. however, some argue that graffiti holds substantial cultural significance and has the potential to create social impacts that warrant consideration. analyzing graffiti's cultural meaning and social ramifications, one can understand its worth and acknowledge its potential as a catalytic force in society. we can understand and appreciate graffiti as an art form deeply rooted in history and self-expression by primarily analyzing its cultural relevance. acknowledging that a combination of cultural, urban, and communal variables influences the public's view of graffiti is crucial cited in (das, s. c. power of graffiti, 1999) cultural disparities substantially influence public opinion toward graffiti. graffiti is subject to various societal prejudices based on gender, age, and socioeconomic class. certain unquestioned preconceptions exist about graffiti, such as its prevalence among adolescent males, its association with unemployment or boredom, its antisocial nature, its association with lower-income neighborhoods, and its connection to other forms of criminal behavior. international research reveals that writers are not associated with any specific social class (macdonald, 2001). language and society have a strong interdependence. language serves as a vehicle for transmitting the beliefs and principles through which individuals develop their self-perception and understanding of their societal role. how individuals view themselves through language directly impacts their perspectives of societies, politics, relationships, and the world. the correlation between language and society gives rise to a discipline called 'sociolinguistics.' the goal is to understand better language organization and its role in communication (wardhaugh, 2006). in four domains, graffiti intersects with society. (1) the general population; (2) the government; (3) business; and (4) the judicial. (1) the public refers to the societal discussion and political argument about graffiti, including concepts like broken windows theory. (2) the political sphere refers to graffiti in politics, encompassing activism and policy. an exemplary figure in this regard is banksy, who employs his satirical stencil art to stir discussions on contemporary matters, including global warming, various afflictions, dystopia, and war (rowe & hutton, 2012). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org graffiti serves both an ontological and political purpose. in contemporary society, those in positions of power aim to create, maintain, and extend their authority over physical areas. they achieve this using various tactics that convert space into a controllable and measurable concept. the power governs and controls the spatial environment, managing its contents, sterilizing it, and converting it into a functional and productive entity. simultaneously, several societal influences are endeavoring to establish, safeguard, and enlarge the autonomous (unsubjugated) realm of everyday social existence. graffiti is one of the practices involved in creating, protecting, and expanding open space in everyday social life. (zieleniec, 2018). based on the perspective of individuals from rural social backgrounds, graffiti is not considered an art form but rather an act of destruction. participants with an urban social background assert that graffiti, as a form of art, does not constitute vandalism. instead, they view graffiti as a means of expressing urban identity. they argue that graffiti enhances a location's overall visual appeal when seen as an art form in urban environments. the architectural surfaces in the city are being developed, resulting in a significant visual impact on the impression of the urban environment (đukić, n., 2020). 9. pragmatic aspect of graffiti the problem stems from the existence of graffiti, which communicates through an encrypted language originating from underground groups. therefore, we have analyzed the visual texts of graffiti from a practical perspective, considering the relationship between the sender and the recipient. this analysis considers various communication factors, including the manner, timing, location, form, content, intention, ideas, assumptions, shared beliefs, and their influence on the meaning-making process. graffiti encompasses a vast and intricate lexicon consisting of several words, many of which are esoteric and unfamiliar. (robinson, 2004). semiotics, in the context of graffiti, demonstrates the consistent presence of an excess of meaning. this manifestation elucidates the relationship between substances and modes of expression. specifically, it elucidates the syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic structures, their cultural contents, and the potential forms of interpretation (esquivel, l. d. c. v.,2009). language functions as a form of communication and can reveal current issues through its grammatical and lexical structures, as well as words that have both literal and figurative meanings and deviations from accepted grammatical, spelling, or lexical norms. due to its broad semantic and pragmatic scope and use of various language elements, linguists can study this phenomenon extensively. people have been aware of it since ancient times. we should examine graffiti as a distinct communication model characterized by its unique semantic, semiotic, and pragmatic features. it aligns with existing linguistic communication models and establishes a novel one. in this new model, the sender can be an individual or a collective, while the intended audience can encompass either society as a whole or individuals within that society. this method will enhance our comprehension of the intricate communication phenomenon from social and linguistic perspectives, cited in (gasparyan, g. ,2020). graffiti mainly serves to express thoughts, opinions, emotions, social standing, and societal duties. graffiti draws upon various techniques from socio-pragmatics, linguistic ethnography, and semiotics to understand underlying ideologies and power dynamics. socio-pragmatics has provided insights into how individuals and groups enact their identities, the impact of institutions on this process, the interpretation and production of meaning, and the role of context in shaping communication. gathering and organizing data proved to benefit significantly from using linguistic ethnography. the examination american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org and interpretation of the many modes of graffiti, both within and outside of a specific context, necessitated the application of semiotics, cited in (jurević, j., 2022). 10. pragmatic aspect of translation interlanguage pragmatics, as defined by kasper (1992:203), refers to the field of second language study that examines how individuals who are not native speakers comprehend and perform linguistic actions in a target language and how they acquire pragmatic knowledge of the target language. he emphasizes the contrast between socio-pragmatics and pragma-linguistics. the first expresses the intended meaning and level of civility, whereas the second expresses the socially acceptable way of using language. pragmatics primarily emphasizes language's implicit rather than explicit meaning, as it is closely tied to the surrounding context. the translation is contingent upon the underlying connotation rather than the overtone. semantics and pragmatics have distinct meanings. semantics concentrates on the meaning of linguistic units like words and phrases, whereas pragmatics addresses the conveyed, negotiated, and interpreted meaning by the participants in the communication process. from a pragmatic standpoint, meaning necessitates world knowledge, contextual information, shared prior knowledge, and presuppositions. multiple interpretations of words are common (jaszczolt, 2002). understanding the correlation between text and context is crucial in translation, as context plays a vital role. the tv series house (2006) explores the connection between text and context by introducing the concept of context in various disciplines, including philosophy, psychology, pragmatics, sociolinguistics, anthropology, conversation analysis, functional pragmatics, and systemic-functional linguistics. regarding translation, this perspective posits that before translating a document, the translator must comprehensively comprehend both the pragmatics of the message and the author's aim. his responsibility extends beyond simply reporting or informing; it also encompasses the ability to influence the listener or reader. indeed, comprehending a message takes more than just linguistic proficiency. it entails grasping the culture and social customs of the specific group of communicating individuals (sorea, 2007, p. 26). kitis (2009) examines different levels of language analysis from a pragmatic perspective, demonstrating their unique contributions that translators must consider when translating into a different language. these pragmatic levels are considered to form the foundation of the translation process, and an increased understanding of the several functions in this process should be evident in the translated output. in his study, nazzal (2010) examines the use of indirect language in arabic speech patterns, focusing on two levels, deep and surface, which serve different pragmatic goals. the author posits that the social context in which communication occurs influences the use of indirect language in arabic, not making it a natural characteristic of the language itself as often believed. additionally, he strives to explain the practical purposes of some linguistic elements. 11. pragmatic problems in translation comprehending the intended meaning behind people's words is crucial for effective communication. pragmatic failure is the inability to comprehend the implied message in communication. pragmatic failure refers to the incapacity to comprehend the intended meaning behind spoken or written words. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org as a result, there are two distinct forms of pragmatic failure: pragmatic linguistic failure and sociopragmatic failure. a lack of linguistic understanding in a particular language causes pragma-linguistic failure, which is distinct from pragma-linguistic failure. linguistic concerns relate to this failure. socio-pragmatic failure, on the other hand, refers to the inability to consider the social context of someone's ideas. this failure can occur because of cultural differences and a limited understanding of specific social characteristics (thomas, 1983). the concept of a speech act, as a pragmatic element, is a highly delicate matter in the field of translation. identifying several speech acts relies solely on the tone emitted by the individuals delivering them. therefore, due to their complexity, the translator needs help identifying speech acts in written texts. in this case, the context refers to the resolution of these issues. the translators' goal is to determine the purpose of the speech act in the source text (st) and then locate the appropriate equivalence in the target language (tl). both pragmatics and translation employ a functional perspective on language. this result is because pragmatics focuses on determining the purpose of the spoken or written words. at the same time, in most cases, translation strives to recognize the purpose of the source text in order to translate it accordingly (hassan, 2011). 12. social-cultural effects on translation predictably, there will be various changes in the words used, as the language's vocabulary indicates the speakers' physical and social environment. these modifications enhance the creation of clear and practical meanings that accurately represent the dynamics between the characters. however, these modifications have minimal influence on the reader's understanding of the characters and their actions. the target culture modifies the translated text by enlarging, incorporating, and generalizing meanings (sapir, 1985). singelis and brown (1995) propose that culture is a foundation that influences an individual's psychological processes, impacting their communication behavior. the themes of making the sociocultural move lay the groundwork for a shift towards a sociocultural approach in translation pedagogy and curriculum design. however, it is essential to note that these topics alone do not constitute the actual move. specifying the specific components that a complete turn might entail is helpful. we can categorize the rationale for a sociocultural shift in translation pedagogy and curriculum design under the following themes, which build upon the logical progression of current interdisciplinary translation thinking: 1. theoretical. we no longer view translation theory as a neutral and universally applicable concept. instead, we recognize that the specific context of their creation influences the development of theoretical models. teaching translation should follow this principle if translation theories and practices do. in other words, a translation curriculum cannot be free from cultural or ideological biases. 2. ethical. cultural translation studies have demonstrated that text-focused translation procedures are full of ideology. how can we, as professors of translation and trainers of translators, reconcile our awareness of imbalanced power dynamics in inter-linguistic and intercultural interactions with our standard approach to language in the translator-training classroom? 3. historically, the social function of translation has undergone significant changes. social functions like negotiation, mediation, establishing or strengthening national identities, scientific american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org research, and popularization are frequently linked with translation. delisle and woodsworth explored these various functions (1995). what are the current expressions of this link between translation as the creation of written material and translation as a social endeavor? how can our programs acknowledge and foster the sense of social significance and empowerment associated with this broader comprehension of the translation context? 4: geo-ecological. recognizing the sociocultural importance of translation leads to an inquiry into the role of translation and the translator in safeguarding cultural and linguistic diversity. a text-based curriculum translation method cannot adequately answer the question at hand. text-translative is a translation or interpretation method focusing on the text's performance and effectiveness. however, this approach inevitably encounters the challenge of understanding meaning within the cultural and contextual context (seleskovitch, 1981; pöchhacker, 1992). paradoxically, having a solid foundation in intercultural communication can potentially enhance our students' abilities to improve their text-based translation skills, cited in (a whitfield meta,2005). 13. models adopted 1.baker's model baker's model is adopted because it covers three main aspects: sociolinguistics, translation, and pragmatics. translators deal with different levels that can be analyzed according to this model during the translation process. baker proposes that translation equivalence is divided into five types: equivalence at the word level, above word level, grammatical level, textual, and pragmatic equivalence level. (baker, 2011). all these types commonly lead to challenges for the translator in finding the equivalences in the translation process. 2. vinay and darbelnet model the two general translation methods vinay and darbelnet (1958) identified are direct translation and oblique translation. each of them includes some further procedures. -direct translation has three types: borrowing, calque, and literal translation. -oblique translation is of four types: transposition, modulation, adaption, and equivalence (vinay and darbelnet, 1958/1995). through each procedure of this model, the translator achieves a level of baker's equivalence. both models are talked about in detail in chapter two of this study. abbreviations adt adaptation awle above word level equivalence bor borrowing cal calque eq equivalence ge grammatical equivalence lt literal translation mod modulation pe pragmatic equivalence te textual equivalence trans transposition wle word level equivalence american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org 14. data analysis and discussion this section focuses on the empirical study of the data obtained from arabic graffiti and their corresponding translations into english. the aim is to analyze the impact of sociocultural environments on the translation process and the resulting pragmatic meanings expressed in the target language. the analysis is grounded on the two chosen models proposed by mona baker and vinay and darbelnet. the translators adhere to specific protocols in order to achieve precise equivalency, resulting in translations that are either suitable or unsuitable. the objective is to reveal the complex relationship between language, culture, and pragmatics in translation by conducting a systematic analysis of different graffiti examples. slt: 1 .1من صرنا الدنيا خربانة ويكولون انتو جيل فاشل tlt: 1.they blaming us for losing any penny. 2. since we were born, life is not good and they say that we are failures. 3. from birth world is chaotic, and they say your generation is a failure. 4. since we were born the life is not good and the people say you are a bad generation 5. since we were born life was in ruins but they say you are a failed generation. 6. since we have become the world a ruin, they say you are a generation failure. 7. ever since the world went to ruins, they say you're a failed generation. 8. we have been born in the chaos of life, and they blame us as a bad generation. 9. life is ruined when we opened our eyes, they say you are a bad generation. 10. since we were born life has been ruined and they call us a failed generation. discussion: this graffiti expresses frustration and disillusionment, suggesting the current generation feels blamed for the world's problems. it highlights a generational conflict, where older generations criticize younger ones for issues that existed before they were born. the translations of this phrase show varying degrees of accuracy and appropriateness. translator 1 uses adaptation to achieve pragmatic equivalence, but the result is inappropriate due to lexical and textual differences. translators 2, 4,5 and 10 all apply literal translation procedures, achieving above word level equivalence and providing appropriate translations. translators 3 uses literal translation methods, achieving grammatical equivalence and delivering an appropriate translation. translator 6 utilizes modulation, achieving textual equivalence, but the translation is inappropriate due to grammatical issues. translator 7 employs transposition procedure, achieving textual equivalence, but the result is inappropriate because of structural differences. translator 8 uses a modulation procedure, achieving textual equivalence and providing an appropriate translation. translator 9 employs a modulation procedure, achieving pragmatic equivalence and resulting in an appropriate translation. proposed translation: we were born in this mess, yet the elderly criticize our generation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org table 1: analysis of sample 1 total score appropriate or inappropriate equivalence translation procedures translators oblique direct _ pe adt 1 1 + awle lt 2 1 + ge lt 3 1 + awle lt 4 1 + awle lt 5 _ te mod 6 _ te trans 7 1 + te mod 8 1 + pe mod 9 1 + awle lt 10 slt: 2 مطلوب دم tlt: 1. revenge 2. blood needed. 3. one of you will be killed. 4. you will be dead. 5. you are murdered. 6. blood required. 7. wanted. 8. tribal wanted. 9. wanted. 10. blood is demanded for committing murder. discussion: this phrase is often used in contexts of seeking revenge or justice, especially in serious conflicts or disputes. it suggests that a severe wrongdoing has occurred and can only be settled through bloodshed or equivalent retribution, carrying strong connotations of vengeance and the desire for violent retribution. translators 1, 7, and 9 use a modulation procedure, achieving pragmatic equivalence and providing appropriate translations. translators 2 and 6 use a literal translation procedure, achieving word-level american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org equivalence, but their translations are inappropriate due to pragmatic and cultural issues. translator 3 uses a modulation procedure, achieving pragmatic equivalence, but the translation is inappropriate because of cultural differences in meaning. translator 4 uses a transposition procedure, achieving textual equivalence, and provides an appropriate translation. translator 5 uses an adaptation procedure, achieving pragmatic equivalence, but the translation is inappropriate due to grammatical issues. translator 8 uses a modulation procedure, achieving grammatical equivalence, but the translation is inappropriate due to cultural differences. translator 10 uses a modulation procedure, achieving textual equivalence, but the translation is inappropriate due to structural issues. proposed translation: wanted for penality. table 2: analysis of sample 2 total score appropriate or inappropriate equivalence translation procedures translators oblique direct 1 + pe mod 1 _ wle lt 2 _ pe mod 3 1 + te trans 4 _ pe adt 5 _ wle lt 6 1 + pe mod 7 _ ge mod 8 1 + pe mod 9 _ te mod 10 slt: 3 الشوارع تحتاج الى الناس المحترمين لتكون نظيفةال يحتاج االنسان الى شوارع نظيفة ليكون محترما ولكن tlt: 1. people don’t need new dress but they need new minds. 2. humans don’t need clean streets to be respectful, but streets need respectful people to be clean. 3. a person does not need a clean society to be respectable, but the society needs respectable people to be clean. 4. man doesn’t need to clean streets to be respectful but the streets need to respectful people to be clean. 5. man doesn’t need clean streets to be respectable, but streets need respectable people to be cleaned. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 6. a person doesn’t need clean streets to be respected, but the streets need respected people to be clean. 7. a person doesn't need clean streets to be respectable, but the streets need respectable people to be clean. 8. a person does not need clean streets to be respectable, but the streets need respectable people to be clean. 9. people don't need clean streets to be respectful, but the streets need respectful people to be cleaned. 10. a person does not need clean streets to be respectable, but the streets need respectable people to be clean. discussion: this graffiti emphasizes the importance of individual responsibility and behavior in maintaining public spaces. it suggests that the cleanliness of streets depends on the respect and actions of the people who use them, rather than the other way around. it calls for a sense of civic duty and respect for the environment. translator 1 uses an adaptation procedure, achieving pragmatic equivalence, but the translation is inappropriate due to semantic and pragmatic differences. translator 2 uses a literal translation procedure, achieving grammatical equivalence and providing an appropriate translation. translator 3 uses a modulation procedure, achieving pragmatic equivalence and providing an appropriate translation. translators 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 apply a literal translation procedure, achieving above word level equivalence, and their translations are appropriate. proposed translation: respect makes streets clean, but clean streets doesn’t mean people are respectful. table 3: analysis of sample 3 total score appropriate or inappropriate equivalence translation procedures translators oblique direct _ pe adt 1 1 + ge lt 2 1 + pe mod 3 1 + awle lt 4 1 + awle lt 5 1 + awle lt 6 1 + awle lt 7 1 + awle lt 8 1 + awle lt 9 1 + awle lt 10 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 15. conclusion 1. graffiti is present in many aspects of language and presents a significant challenge for translators due to its various characteristics, which make it hard to find exact equivalents. 2. the optimal method for translators to employ when interpreting graffiti is a literal translation, notwithstanding the potential loss of effect compared to the original message, particularly where cultural idioms are involved. 3. a multitude of obstacles, including vocabulary, meaning, grammar, pragmatics, structure, text, context, and culture, influence the translation process. these challenges impact the understanding and translation of the original material by translators, as well as the reception of the translated text by the audience of the target language. 4. the sociocultural factors exert a substantial influence on both graffiti authors and translators, shaping their comprehension and ultimately determining their behavioral inclinations. 5. translators encounter difficulties when trying to discover accurate equivalents between graffiti and literature that are peculiar to a particular culture in languages like arabic and english. consequently, they utilize diverse methods to get suitable counterparts. 6. translators' own opinions significantly influence the translation process, proficiency in both languages and experience with informal language. these variables are apparent in the style and vocabulary selections they make. 16. recommendation 1. translators need to enhance cultural competence: they should deeply understand the sociocultural contexts of both source and target languages to preserve the original message's impact. 2. translators have to emphasize contextual awareness: their translations should focus on recognizing and addressing contextual differences to ensure appropriate translations. 3. translators need to think of using mixed methods: combining literal translation with modulation or adaptation can balance structural accuracy with cultural relevance. 4. translators have to develop translation guidelines: create guidelines for translating culturally rich texts, including strategies for culture-specific items and cultural references. 17. suggestions for further studies 1. social media graffiti: investigate the translation of graffiti shared on social media from a cultural perspective, examining how digital platforms influence the interpretation and dissemination of graffiti. 2. political ideologies and constraints: study the impact of political ideologies and constraints on graffiti translation, exploring how political contexts shape the translation process. 3. discourse analysis: conduct discourse analysis studies to understand the broader social and political implications of graffiti and its translation. 4. comparative studies: compare different types of culturally significant texts to identify common translation challenges and effective strategies. 5. audience reception: study how different english-speaking audiences perceive and interpret translated graffiti to enhance translation practices. 6. interdisciplinary approaches: combine translation studies with sociology, anthropology, and cultural studies for a holistic understanding of sociocultural impacts on translation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org references 1. macnaughton, g., & smith, k. (2008). 10 children’s rights in early childhood. an introduction to childhood studies, 161-176. 2. casino, k. i. (2019). graffiti as art as language: the logic of a modern language. philosophy, 9(5), 223-232. 3. deutscher, jan-helge and felden, carsten, "proposal of an artifact that supports the itgovernance control process" (2010). ecis 2010 proceedings. 127. https://aisel.aisnet.org/ecis2010/127. 4. hughes, g. e., & cresswell, m. j. (1996). a new introduction to modal logic. psychology press. 5. das, s. c. power of graffiti (1996): exploring its cultural and social significance. 6. macdonald, b. (2001). cinderellas of the empire: towards a history of kiribati and tuvalu. editorips@usp. ac. fj. 7. wardhaugh, c. w., blakely, t. j., greig, h., morris, p. d., barnden, a., rickard, s., ... & didham, r. k. (2006). vertical stratification in the spatial distribution of the beech scale insect (ultracoelostoma assimile) in nothofagus tree canopies in new zealand. ecological entomology, 31(2), 185-195. 8. rowe, m., & hutton, f. (2012). ‘is your city pretty anyway?’perspectives on graffiti and the urban landscape. australian & new zealand journal of criminology, 45(1), 66-86. 9. zieleniec, a. (2018). lefebvre’s politics of space: planning the urban as oeuvre. urban planning, 3(3), 5-15. 10. đukić, n., andrić, g., ninkovic, v., golić, m. p., kljajić, p., & radonjić, a. (2020). behavioural responses of tribolium castaneum (herbst) to different types of uninfested and infested feed. bulletin of entomological research, 110(4), 550-557. 11. robinson, j. (2004). squaring the circle? some thoughts on the idea of sustainable development. ecological economics, 48(4), 369-384. 12. esquivel, l. d. c. v. (2021). time model for design research. journal of strategic innovation and sustainability, 16(4). 13. gasparyan, r. (2020). mapping the challenges of young entrepreneurs in armenia. the university of tartu, school of economics and business administration. 14. nakić radoš, s., soljačić vraneš, h., tomić, j., & kuna, k. (2022). infertility-related stress and sexual satisfaction: a dyadic approach. journal of psychosomatic obstetrics & gynecology, 43(1), 18-25. 15. paoletti, l. c., kasper, d. l., michon, f., difabio, j., jennings, h. j., tosteson, t. d., & wessels, m. r. (1992). effects of chain length on the immunogenicity in rabbits of group b streptococcus type iii oligosaccharide-tetanus toxoid conjugates. the journal of clinical investigation, 89(1), 203-209. 16. jaszczolt, k. m. (2002). against ambiguity and underspecification: evidence from presupposition as anaphora. journal of pragmatics, 34(7), 829-849. 17. sorea, m., & steiner, w. (2007). classification and analysis of failure modes for time-triggered systems. ifac proceedings volumes, 40(22), 143-150. 18. kitis, e. (2009). emotions as discursive constructs: the case of the psych-verb ‘fear’. studies in cognitive corpus linguistics, 147-172. https://aisel.aisnet.org/ecis2010/127 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 19. nazzal, m. d., & mohammad, l. n. (2010). estimation of resilient modulus of subgrade soils for design of pavement structures. journal of materials in civil engineering, 22(7), 726-734. 20. thomas, j. (1983). cross-cultural pragmatic failure. applied linguistics, 4(2), 91-112. 21. hassan, a., & ahmed, f. (2011). authentic leadership, trust and work engagement. international journal of human and social sciences, 6(3), 164-170. 22. sapir, e. (1985). culture, language and personality: selected essays (vol. 342). univ of california press. 23. singelis, t. m., & brown, w. j. (1995). culture, self, and collectivist communication: linking culture to individual behavior. human communication research, 21(3), 354-389. 24. whitfield, a. e., ullman, d. e., & german, t. l. (2005). tospovirus-thrips interactions. annu. rev. phytopathol., 43(1), 459-489. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org new uzbekistan a new model of foreign policy malika ilkhomovna kamalova student of the 2nd year of political science faculty of correspondence education uzbek state university of world languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s from the first days of independence, uzbekistan began to develop the conceptual and constitutional and legal foundations of its foreign policy, which laid the foundation for the establishment of foreign relations bodies of the republic of uzbekistan. the conceptual and legislative foundations of the foreign policy of the republic of uzbekistan are constantly being improved based on new challenges and threats. new uzbekistan, new model, foreign policy, national ideas. introduction in 2012, in order to further improve the conceptual foundations of uzbekistan's foreign policy, timely and adequate response to threats and challenges in the region and the world as a whole, and strengthen the country's national security, it was approved. in accordance with the concept, uzbekistan pursues a peaceful policy and does not participate in military-political blocs, reserves the right to withdraw from any interstate entity in the event of its transformation into a military-political bloc. uzbekistan takes political, economic and other measures to prevent its involvement in armed conflicts and hotbeds of tension in neighboring states, and also does not allow the deployment of foreign military bases and facilities on its territory. globalization, the displacement of the centers of gravity, the threat of international terrorism, the growing disagreements between different states, regional and national security issues require adequate measures. as r.mahmudov quite correctly notes, starting from the second half of 2016, when large-scale reforms of the president were launched shavkat mirziyoyeva, the foreign policy of uzbekistan is a subject of special interest. at the same time, the range of opinions is quite wide, which causes numerous discussions about the foreign policy of the new uzbekistan and its cardinal differences from the course of previous years. in our opinion, today we can confidently talk about the emergence of the phenomenon of a new foreign policy of uzbekistan. on december 29, 2020, president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev addressed another message to the oliy majlis, and in his person to the people of uzbekistan. in the address, the head of state defined further goals and set the most important tasks aimed at ensuring a consistent increase in the level of well-being and well-being of the country's population. one of the central places in the president's speech was occupied by the issues of conducting an effective foreign policy capable of providing the necessary conditions for the implementation of a large-scale program of reform and modernization of all spheres of life of society and the state. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org to this end, president shavkat mirziyoyev pointed out the need to improve the republic's foreign policy strategy and adopt an updated concept of activities in this area. at the same time, the importance of ensuring the consistency of uzbekistan's open, proactive and constructive foreign policy was emphasized. the demand for conceptualization of foreign policy activities is due to the high dynamics of uzbekistan's transformation, the transition to a new stage in the formation of a democratic rule of law state with a developed market economy. it is no exaggeration to say that the foundation of a new renaissance era is being laid in the country, requiring qualitatively new approaches in foreign policy. under these conditions, the adoption of this concept of foreign policy activity is designed to accelerate the consistent formation of a favorable external environment for the sustainable internal development of the country, the effective promotion of national interests in the international arena and the progressive improvement of the competitiveness of the country's economy in the world market. in this regard, the priority tasks today are the consolidation and mobilization of all internal and external resources for the unconditional achievement of national development goals. the development of a new version of the concept of foreign policy activity also indicates the commitment of the republic to the previously chosen foreign policy course, thanks to which uzbekistan has achieved significant success. in general, a systematic analysis of the basic principles and characteristic features of uzbekistan's modern foreign policy strategy demonstrates the deep thoughtfulness of its foreign policy, which today could serve as an exemplary model for many countries, especially in conditions when international relations are experiencing a crisis of trust, a lack of dialogue and mutually beneficial cooperation. these distinctive features of the country's new foreign policy, the dominant role in the design of which belongs to the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev, include the following basic principles. first, a characteristic feature of uzbekistan's modern foreign policy is pragmatism in building relationships with all traditional partners, as well as countries of the near and far abroad. in this context, our country proceeds from the tasks of internal development. among them are maintaining high growth rates, modernization and sustainable development of the economy, improving the standard of living of the population and ensuring full integration into the structure of global economic relations. discussion of the results the main goal of the new foreign policy of the republic of uzbekistan is to strengthen the independence and sovereignty of the state, its place and role in the international arena, create an environment of security, stability and good-neighborliness around it, and actively promote the foreign policy and foreign economic interests of the republic of uzbekistan. for the first time, the priorities of the foreign policy of the new uzbekistan were defined in the action strategy for the five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan for 2017-2021. this document has formed the following most important priorities in the field of the country's foreign policy: strengthening the independence and sovereignty of the state, further strengthening the country's place and role as a full-fledged subject of international relations, joining the ranks of developed democratic states, creating a region of security, stability and good-neighborly relations around uzbekistan; strengthening the authority of the republic of uzbekistan at the international level, providing the world community with objective information about the reforms being carried out in the country; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org improvement of the regulatory and legal framework of uzbekistan's foreign political and economic activities, as well as its contractual and legal framework for international cooperation; regulation of issues of delimitation and demarcation of the state border of uzbekistan. today, in a period of fundamental changes, our president sh.m.mirziyoyev has identified new, more important and relevant goals and objectives of foreign policy, which are reflected in the development strategy of the new uzbekistan for 2022-2026. this document defined the following priority goals of our country's foreign policy: increasing the role of the country as an equal subject of international relations; bringing to a higher quality level close cooperation in central asia, in the field of security, trade and economic, water, energy, transport, cultural and humanitarian spheres; further development of relations with our traditional partners, prioritizing the expansion of the geography of foreign relations, strengthening economic diplomacy; to strengthen uzbekistan's activity in the activities of united nations bodies and agencies, global and regional economic, financial and humanitarian organizations; deepening the processes of joining the world trade organization and integration with the eurasian economic union; to increase the effectiveness of providing information aimed at improving the image of our country in the world community; improvement of the regulatory and legal framework for foreign political and economic activities and the contractual and legal framework for international cooperation; improvement of the system of provision of services by diplomatic missions and consular institutions of the republic of uzbekistan to citizens of uzbekistan abroad. currently, uzbekistan's new foreign policy is being implemented based on the rapidly changing situation in the world and the region, as well as large-scale changes within the country. an open, consistent and thoughtful foreign policy is being implemented, which makes it possible to effectively promote the national interests of our country and find solutions to modern international problems. the republic of uzbekistan, as a full-fledged subject of international relations, has established bilateral and multilateral cooperation relations with many countries of the far and near abroad. today, uzbekistan has relations in the diplomatic, consular, economic, trade, cultural, educational and other humanitarian spheres with many foreign countries, accepts and sends its representatives, concludes mutually beneficial international agreements, and becomes a member of various international organizations. the scale of our country's cooperation is based on a multilateral and broad-based framework, which now covers all five continents of the globe. it should be noted that our country is trying to expand the scope of its diplomacy in its foreign policy. this is not just a goal, but a means of responding promptly to the needs of the country's internal development, the sustainability of our country's economy, and the processes taking place in the world. as the republic of uzbekistan develops close relations with foreign countries, international relations have a positive impact not only on the life of the whole society, but also on every citizen, that is, humanitarian relations and public diplomacy are gaining momentum. now, citizens of our country, especially our youth, have ample opportunities to travel freely to any country in the world for work, study and tourism. as a practical example, our government has allowed thousands of our fellow muslims and representatives of other religious groups to visit our country and their shrines. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org the processes of globalization of modern life create favorable conditions for the development of international relations in the field of human rights. i would especially like to focus on what has been done in this area in uzbekistan. on july 15, 2019, uzbekistan approved the national action plan of the republic of uzbekistan for the implementation of the provisions of the un declaration on human rights education and training and implements the measures 5 set out in its roadmap. in uzbekistan, the promotion, protection and observance of human rights is one of the priorities of state policy. within the framework of the national strategy of the republic of uzbekistan on human rights, targeted measures are being implemented in the field of ensuring personal, political, economic, social and cultural rights. at the same time, important steps have been taken to improve human rights education. considering the commitments undertaken by the country within the framework of international documents, as well as new challenges and problems caused by the pandemic and its 5 the national action plan of the republic of uzbekistan for the implementation of the provisions of the convention, in order to effectively implement the tasks defined in the national strategy of the republic of uzbekistan on human rights, the issue of organizing human rights education, reflecting new approaches, methodologies and practices, is put on the agenda. in this regard, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the approval of the national program of education in the field of human rights in the republic of uzbekistan no. pp-46 dated 02/07/2023 was adopted,6 where the main objectives of the national education program are defined:raising awareness among young people in the field of human rights and freedoms; improving the knowledge and skills of government officials in the field of human rights and gender equality; improving the system of teacher training and supporting scientific research in the field of human rights; raising awareness of segments of the population in need of social protection in the field of human rights: increasing the activity of civil society institutions in the field of human rights education; improving the effectiveness of the human rights education and upbringing system using modern technologies, artistic works, and mass media; development of international cooperation in the field of human rights education. the expansion of cooperation between states leads to the deepening of their mutual legal systems and interaction with international law. a large number of international norms influence the formation of domestic legislation of states. in recent years, uzbekistan has undertaken many constructive initiatives aimed at establishing peace and tranquility in the land of afghanistan. uzbekistan expressed its position based on the fact that the afghan problem cannot be solved with the use of military force, and peace and tranquility on afghan soil can be achieved only through political means and negotiations. president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.m.mirziyoyev at the 72nd and 75th sessions of the un general assembly raised issues of increasing importance, ensuring peace and security in our region and around the world, "resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the approval of the national human rights education program in the republic of uzbekistan no. pp-46 environmental protection (especially the aral problem), economy, youth, raising to a new level the development of educational and medical spheres and that these spheres serve human interests, further development and intensification of cooperation with the united nations on priority issues tasks that require constant joint efforts of the entire world community. their full and effective implementation in our country, first of all, requires american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org their deep understanding of their meaning by members of our society. there is no doubt that the republic of uzbekistan will always support the activities of the united nations and will be more active to enhance its position. today, an important task is the idea of connecting south asia and central asia, which is one of the ways to solve the problem of afghanistan, in order to assist the world community in launching the peace process in this country. as the only country with a direct border with afghanistan, our country is well aware of the common threats and dangers, its responsibility for the fate of the peoples living in the region. it is important that all countries in both regions strive to stabilize the situation in this country as soon as possible by strengthening relations between the countries of south and central asia, where almost 2 billion people live. international conference "central and south asia: regional interdependence. the high-level threats and opportunities conference held in 2020 created a unique opportunity for an open discussion of a number of topical issues of development and strengthening regional interdependence between the countries of central and south asia. as the head of our state rightly stated in an interview with the yangi uzbekistan newspaper: "our countries, which have been related and close to each other since ancient times, have begun to cooperate closely on many regional and global issues, socio-economic development. the expression "central asian spirit" has appeared in world political science. when considering the complex of problems related to regional security and general security in central asia, the economic aspects of our cooperation will be of great importance. because the progress of our countries towards peace, stability, well-being and tranquility can be ensured through multifaceted economic cooperation and economic development. conclusions thus, the following can be recognized as the features of the new foreign policy of uzbekistan: the increasing importance of the economic component in the country's foreign policy activities. the economization of uzbekistan's foreign policy is manifested in its active and deep integration into international financial, trade and economic communities. uzbekistan is increasingly using the tools of "soft power" in its new foreign policy. the use of "soft power" is relatively effective in relations with the countries of central asia, which has significantly increased the level of mutual trust both at the official level and at the level of relations between citizens. also, the "soft power" in uzbekistan's foreign policy shows its effectiveness in relations with afghanistan, which is important for stability in central asia. at the same time, the introduction of a more liberal visa regime than in previous years should be noted as an important element of "soft power" in foreign policy. the expansion of dialogue with international human rights structures is a new component of uzbekistan's foreign policy. currently, uzbekistan is actively cooperating with the office of the united nations high commissioner for human rights, the osce office for democratic institutions and human rights, the osce representative on freedom of the media and others. international forums and conferences on human rights and media freedom are regularly held in our country. the importance of humanitarian aspects in uzbekistan's foreign policy is sharply increasing. at the same time, the main emphasis is on supporting the citizens of the country and protecting their interests. another new feature of foreign policy is the establishment of ties and relations with compatriots who have moved to other countries and achieved success. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org thus, the formation of a new foreign policy of uzbekistan, on the one hand, is expressed in the emergence of new directions and the transformation of traditional sectors, and on the other hand, is manifested in the application of a model of a diversified balanced system of strategic cooperation. references 1. the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on approval of the concept of foreign policy activity of the republic of uzbekistan", bulletin of the chambers of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan 2012, № 9/1 (1437). 2. yuldasheva g. conceptual foundations of foreign policy and issues of improving the diplomatic service of the republic of uzbekistan. //studia politologiczne warsaw 2017. no.44. pp.270290 3. makhmudov r. foreign policy of modern uzbekistan. central asia in the global world. https://www.imemo.ru/files/file/magazines/rossia_i_novay/2021_01/15.makhmudov. pdf -121-134 pages. 4. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the state program for the implementation of the action strategy for the five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 20172021 no. up—5635 dated 17.01.2019. https://lex.uz/docs/4168757 5. the national action plan of the republic of uzbekistan for the implementation of the provisions of the un declaration on human rights education and training. https://lex.uz/docs/4493780 6. resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the approval of the national human rights education program in the republic of uzbekistan no. pp-46 dated 02/07/2023. https://lex.uz/ru/docs/6378543#6378960. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org as an example of foreign experiences on technologies of working with young people in higher education aripova ziyoda atkhamovna chief specialist of the ministry of higher education, science and innovation a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s technologies for working with young people are important in the higher education system. they serve not only to effectively organize the educational process, but also to ensure social and cultural development among students. foreign experiences provide interesting examples in this regard. higher education, technologies, foreign experiences, interactive educational methods, qualifications, skills. introduction in many developed countries, for example, the usa and canada, interactive educational technologies are widely used. these technologies encourage active communication and collaboration among students. for example, the "flipped classroom" model encourages students to study the material before class, while during class the focus is on discussion and hands-on activities. this approach allows students to express themselves and learn from each other. online education platforms are widespread in european countries, especially in scandinavian countries. these platforms provide opportunities for students to learn at their own time and place. for example, the university of oslo in norway offers students the opportunity to study various subjects through online courses. this approach develops young people's ability to self-educate and encourages them to think independently. mentoring programs play an important role in youth work in australia and new zealand. in these programs, experienced professionals or students guide beginners. it not only helps to share knowledge and experience, but also to expand social networks. young people are supported in achieving their goals and feel more confident. in european and american universities, students have the opportunity to apply their knowledge and skills in practice by participating in social projects. for example, the service-learning program involves students in solving social problems. this process increases the social responsibility of young people and encourages them to actively contribute to society. in china and south korea, innovative educational approaches such as steam (science, technology, engineering, arts and mathematics) education are widely used. this approach is aimed at developing youth creativity and problem-solving skills. students will have the opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge in practice through practical projects. technologies for working with young people in higher education have been developing significantly in recent years. digital technologies, such as online learning platforms and virtual classrooms, are creating new opportunities in working with young people. students can learn lessons anywhere and at any time, which increases their self-learning ability. platforms like zoom, microsoft teams, and google classroom make the learning process more interactive and convenient. interactive learning american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org methods, such as the flipped classroom and group work, encourage active student participation. these approaches foster communication and collaboration among students, as well as develop their critical thinking skills. mentoring programs and career development programs in higher education institutions are important for young people. the guidance of experienced professionals or senior students to beginners will help them in their professional development. these programs play an important role in preparing students for the job market. students have the opportunity to apply their knowledge and skills in practice by participating in social projects. this process increases the social responsibility of young people and encourages them to actively contribute to society. innovative approaches such as steam (science, technology, engineering, art and mathematics) education aim to develop young people's creativity and problem-solving skills. these approaches encourage students to apply theoretical knowledge through practical projects. personalized learning approaches allow teaching to be tailored to the needs of students. this process helps students create study plans based on their interests and goals. social networks and mobile applications are creating new opportunities in working with young people. students can easily share their thoughts, experiences and knowledge, which enhances their interaction. technologies for working with youth in higher education continue to develop, and this process creates new opportunities for students. digital technologies, interactive approaches, mentoring programs and innovative educational methods ensure that young people are actively involved in the educational process. this has a positive effect on their personal and professional development. conclusion: technologies for working with young people in higher education can be developed based on foreign experiences. interactive education, online platforms, mentoring programs, social projects and innovative approaches ensure active participation of young people in the educational process. it is possible to further improve the higher education system in uzbekistan by studying and implementing these experiences. this has a positive effect on the personal and professional development of young people. references: 1. angelin victor, lina dias, teaching and learning with mobile devices in the 21st century digital world: benefits and challenges. // european journal of multidisciplinary studies. -2017. volume 2, issue 5.p-339-344. 2. barahona, jose retos, oportunidades de la tecnologaa movil en la education fisica. challenges and opportunities of mobile technology in physical education. retos: nuevas tendencias en education fisica, deporte y recreation. (2020). [electronic resourse] www.researchgate.net/publication/334625774 3. david parsons. the future of mobile learning and implications for education and training, chapter: 16. publisher: 217-229 pp. (2014) [electronic resourse] www.researchgate.net/publication/270741082. 4. montrieux h, vanderlinde r, schellens t, de marez l (2015) teaching and learning with mobile technology: a qualitative explorative study about the introduction of tablet devices in secondary education. plos one 10(12): e0144008. [electronic resourse] doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0144008. 5. peter aubusson, sandy schuck & kevin burden mobile learning for teacher professional learning: benefits, obstacles and issues, alt-j, 2009.-p.233-247. [electronic resourse] https://doi.org/10.1080/09687760903247641. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org an innovative approach to education and training sattorov vaxob naqshbandovich alisher navoiy nomidagi toshkent davlat oʻzbek tili va adabiyoti universiteti p.f.n., dotsenti быстрова юлия александровна федеральный центр инклюзивного общего и дополнительного образования мгппу доктор психологических наук, доцент, москва a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores innovative approaches to education and training, focusing on integrating technology, personalized learning, and experiential methods. it analyzes current literature, presents methodologies, and discusses the results and implications for future educational practices. innovative education, personalized learning, experiential learning, educational technology, training methodologies. introduction education and training are fundamental components of personal and professional development. traditional methods, often characterized by one-size-fits-all approaches and passive learning, are increasingly being challenged by innovative strategies that emphasize engagement, personalization, and practical application. this article investigates these innovative approaches, examining how they can transform education and training to better meet the needs of today's learners. recent literature highlights several key trends in educational innovation. technologies such as artificial intelligence (ai), virtual reality (vr), and online learning platforms are revolutionizing how education is delivered. personalized learning, which tailors’ educational experiences to individual student needs, is gaining traction as research demonstrates its effectiveness in improving outcomes. experiential learning, emphasizing hands-on, real-world experiences, is also being recognized for its ability to enhance understanding and retention of knowledge. to explore the impact of these innovative approaches, this study employed a mixed-methods design, combining quantitative surveys and qualitative interviews. participants included educators, trainers, and students from various educational institutions and training programs. the survey measured perceptions of effectiveness, engagement, and satisfaction with different educational methods. interviews provided deeper insights into personal experiences and the perceived benefits and challenges of innovative educational practices. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org data collection surveys: distributed to 200 participants, with a response rate of 75%. interviews: conducted with 20 participants selected based on survey responses to ensure a diverse range of perspectives. analysis quantitative data from surveys were analyzed using statistical methods to identify trends and correlations. qualitative data from interviews were coded and thematically analyzed to extract key insights. innovative approaches to education and training are crucial in adapting to the rapid technological advancements and evolving societal needs. here are some key strategies and methods that are transforming the landscape of education: personalized learning adaptive learning technologies: platforms like dreambox, knewton, and smart sparrow use algorithms to adapt content to a learner's needs, providing personalized pathways and feedback. competency-based education: focuses on allowing students to progress upon mastering the material, rather than being confined to a traditional academic calendar. blended learning flipped classrooms: students watch lectures and engage with content online at home, then participate in interactive activities in class. hybrid courses: combine online and face-to-face instruction, offering flexibility and fostering a mix of self-paced and collaborative learning. project-based learning (pbl) encourages students to work on real-world problems and projects, enhancing critical thinking, problem-solving, and collaboration skills. programs like high tech high and the buck institute for education emphasize pbl methodologies. gamification incorporates game elements such as points, badges, and leaderboards into educational activities to increase engagement and motivation. platforms like classcraft and duolingo successfully use gamification to enhance learning experiences. virtual and augmented reality (vr/ar) vr classrooms: offer immersive experiences, such as virtual field trips or simulations of complex concepts. tools like google expeditions and zspace provide vr learning environments. ar applications: enhance learning by overlaying digital information on the physical world, aiding in subjects like anatomy, history, and engineering. apps like ar flashcards and elements 4d are examples. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org artificial intelligence (ai) and machine learning ai tutors and chatbots: provide instant feedback and assistance to students, personalizing the learning experience. examples include carnegie learning’s mathia and the watson tutor by ibm. data analytics: used to track student performance and identify learning gaps, enabling educators to intervene and support students proactively. collaborative learning platforms encourage peer-to-peer learning and collaboration through tools like google classroom, microsoft teams for education, and slack. these platforms facilitate group projects, discussions, and collaborative assignments. microlearning breaks down complex topics into bite-sized, manageable chunks, often delivered through digital platforms. this approach caters to the modern learner’s preference for short, focused learning sessions. lifelong learning and upskilling focuses on continuous education and skill development throughout an individual’s life. online platforms like coursera, udacity, and edx offer courses and certifications in various fields, allowing learners to stay current with industry trends. social and emotional learning (sel) integrates emotional intelligence, resilience, and interpersonal skills into the curriculum. programs like casel and second step emphasize the importance of sel in holistic education. implementation strategies professional development for educators: providing teachers with the training and resources needed to implement innovative approaches effectively. policy and infrastructure support: ensuring that educational institutions have the necessary technological infrastructure and policy frameworks to support these innovations. community and industry partnerships: collaborating with businesses, non-profits, and community organizations to enhance learning opportunities and provide real-world experience. embracing these innovative approaches can significantly enhance the effectiveness and accessibility of education, preparing learners for the complexities of the modern world. by leveraging technology, fostering collaboration, and personalizing learning experiences, we can create a more engaging and impactful educational environment. the findings suggest that innovative approaches to education and training can significantly enhance learner engagement, effectiveness, and satisfaction. personalized learning and experiential methods, supported by technology, appear particularly beneficial. however, successful implementation requires addressing challenges such as resource availability and educator training. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org implications for practice educators and institutions should consider incorporating these innovative strategies into their curricula and training programs. policymakers should support initiatives that provide the necessary resources and training for educators to effectively utilize new technologies and methodologies. conclusions and suggestions innovative approaches to education and training offer promising avenues for improving learning outcomes. the integration of technology, personalized learning, and experiential methods can create more engaging, effective, and satisfying educational experiences. to fully realize these benefits, it is essential to invest in educator training and ensure equitable access to resources. future research further research should explore long-term impacts of these innovative approaches on learner outcomes and investigate how they can be scaled and adapted across diverse educational contexts. practical recommendations • investment in technology: ensure schools and training centers have access to the latest educational technologies. • educator training: provide professional development for educators to effectively implement innovative strategies. • personalization tools: develop and utilize tools that allow for personalized learning paths. • experiential opportunities: create more opportunities for hands-on, real-world learning experiences. by embracing innovation, education and training can better prepare individuals for the complexities of the modern world. references 1. p.i. ivanov, m.e. zufarova umumiy psixologiya. darslik. t.: 2008. 479 bet. 2. n.n.azizxodjaeva pedagogik texnologiya va pedagogik mahorat. o‘quv qo‘llanma. t.: 2006. 160 bet. 3. k. xoshimov, s.nishonova pedagogika tarixi. darslik. t.: 2005. 304 bet. 4. n.x.avliyaqulov, n.n.musaeva pedagogik texnologiya. darslik. t.: 2012. 208 bet. 5. n.t.omonov n.x. xo‘jaev va boshqalar. pedagogik texnologiya va pedagogik mahorat. darslik. t.: 2009. 238 bet. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org the content and essence of the service of a psychologist in professional education musayeva umida khaidarovna psychologist of angor pedagogical college, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the organization of psychological service activities in professional education, including the use of modern information and communication technologies in work activities, to increase the efficiency of the work of directing students to the profession, the abilities, skills, interests and to help them choose the right profession based on their professional inclinations, to psychologically monitor the personal, mental and social development of students at different ages, to identify psychological defects in education, to determine what happens in their mental development prevention of any possible negative deviations, early diagnosis and recommendations. psychological service, correction, prevention, psychological consultation, psychological-pedagogical diagnosis. introduction today, in order to create a new uzbekistan, fundamental reforms are being carried out in the education system as well as in all areas. extensive work has been carried out to improve the quality of education and increase the honour and reputation of teachers. in particular, effective pedagogues great attention is being paid to creating conditions for working and ensuring material well-being. creating a foundation for a new renaissance in uzbekistan through educational reforms requires determining the priorities for the development of the field of pedagogy. on august 14, 2018 based on the decision of the cabinet of ministers in order to ensure the implementation of the decision no. 3907, as well as to further improve the system of psychological and pedagogical support for students in general secondary and secondary special state educational institutions. ministry of public education of the republic of uzbekistan and the ministry of higher and secondary special education for the purpose of improving the system of psychological and pedagogical support for students of general secondary and secondary special educational institutions the proposal to organize psychological services in institutions was approved. the purpose of the psychological service is as follows: the purpose of the psychological service is to protect the health of students during their spiritual and mental development, formation as a well-rounded person, active social adaptation and development in their youth, self-awareness in the process of continuous education, individual psychological american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org characteristics, personal capabilities and is to create psychological and pedagogical conditions for them to show their abilities. the main tasks of the psychological service: high-quality organization of psychological service activities in educational institutions, including increasing the effectiveness of the work of guiding students to the profession by applying modern information and communication technologies to work; to help students choose the right profession based on their abilities, skills, interests and professional inclinations; to psychologically monitor the personal, mental and social development of students at different ages, to identify psychological defects in education, to prevent any negative deviations that may occur in their mental development; correction of situations where students cannot adapt to the social environment of the educational institution, organization and implementation of measures for their social rehabilitation; creation and maintenance of a healthy psychological environment in pedagogical teams, correction of the emotional states of team members, interpersonal relations and conflicting behaviour, improvement of their psychological culture; identify gifted and talented students, study their individual-psychological, physiological characteristics and interests, create conditions for them to demonstrate and develop their abilities; carrying out activities aimed at preventing the danger of informational and psychological attacks, the negative impact of the internet global information network, the penetration of "mass culture" that threatens the education of young people; to help increase the psychological and pedagogical knowledge of pedagogues, students and parents, to ensure the effective cooperation of pedagogues, parents and public organizations main directions of psychological service activities the following are the main directions of psychological services: psychological enlightenment and propaganda; psychological and pedagogical diagnosis; psychological prevention; psychological correction; psychological counselling; career guidance. the main areas of psychological service include the following: a) in the direction of psychological enlightenment and propaganda: to improve the psychological literacy and competence of the pedagogical team, class leaders and parents, to provide recommendations on family relations, personal hygiene and healthy living through an individual approach to each student, and to provide preliminary psychological and pedagogical knowledge and concepts; organizing individual and collective conversations, consultations, seminars and trainings with students, teaching staff, parents, delivering lectures at various meetings, as well as imparting psychological knowledge through mass media; b) in the direction of psychological-pedagogical diagnosis: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org the participation of students in the educational process, their reaction to each situation, event, and phenomenon based on new methods of psychological-pedagogical diagnosis, to study, analyse and give necessary instructions; to determine the main trends in students' interests, inclinations, talents and abilities; to identify, study, analyse and develop recommendations for the dynamics of psychological adaptation and development of students admitted to the educational institution, the conditions of students' preparation for study, learning and development; to monitor, analyse, organize correctional trainings, adaptation of students who have passed to the next stages of the educational institution to a new social environment, learning activities, dynamics of acquiring knowledge, skills and qualifications, personal qualities, interpersonal relations formation; through psychological-pedagogical diagnoses, questionnaires, interviews, to determine the students' professional abilities, interests and inclinations to learn science, to help them consciously choose a profession, to continue their studies at the next stages of education provide recommendations and guidance to students and parents for; identifying the type of problem, grouping and conducting correctional work with students who have socio-psychological problems and low mastery of subjects by conducting psychological-pedagogical diagnoses, questionnaires, interviews; c) in the direction of psychological prevention: development of recommendations for educational staff and parents on prevention of all negative situations and tendencies in students; providing assistance in eliminating psychologically damaging factors in students' interactions with peers and adults; participation in preventive activities for the prevention of delinquency and crime among students; prevention of negative situations in students' behaviour, prevention of mental shock, conflict, negative emotional experiences; psychological support for students with disabilities in terms of health; organization of meetings, conversations, seminars-trainings, discussions and open dialogues, presentations and video screenings with local government authorities, health care, citizens' selfgovernment and law enforcement officials, parents transfer; g) in the direction of psychological correction: students who have difficulty in choosing an education and profession, conduct individual and collective correctional work on solving problems related to the motivational sphere of the person; providing psychological rehabilitation of orphans and children deprived of parental care; as a specialist, to react to information about the psychological state of the student, to carry out corrective work with students who have negative situations in their education; development of cognitive activity and interests of students in the process of education, correction of their intellectual passivity; organization of events in the form of games, communication, conversation, training, exercises and training involving parents and pedagogical staff individually or collectively; d) in the direction of psychological counselling: providing advice to all participants of the educational process on solving problems in the individual development of students; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org giving advice to students regarding problems related to education, determining their future, and their relationships with peers and adults; organization of practical consultations on the characteristics of students' mental development, their formation as individuals, the status of interpersonal relations, their age, gender, and individualtypological characteristics; e) in the direction of career guidance: providing students with information about various professions, specializations, professional positions, educational institutions where it is possible to acquire the chosen profession, specialization, and the requirements of the profession for a person, his physical, psychological and personal qualities, health; to identify and assess students' knowledge (in academic subjects, science) and professional (professions, specialties), motivations for choosing a profession and professional plans; helping students to choose a profession and educational institution, taking into account their individual characteristics and labour market requirements, education and future employment opportunities; formation and development of students' work skills, interest in professions, hard work, diligence and responsibility. a psychologist is a necessary specialist for children, their parents and employees of the organization. as a psychologist works with children, parents should not worry about it, because he is not a doctor, he does not diagnose. the task of a pedagogue-psychologist is completely different, first of all, he studies the character of the child, his psyche, fears, helps to solve the problems of his adaptation to professional education and communication with his peers. the psychologist works in cooperation with pedagogues and parents. the family is a wonderful place that serves as the main fortress for the development of a child. a child perceives peace depending on the family environment, and it is one of the main tasks of parents to achieve peace in the family as much as possible. if a parent treats his child with respect, respects his feelings and views, it increases the child's selfconfidence. a child raised with love will also love others and have a sincere relationship. dear parents, children are a great blessing, our future. it is useful for all of us to pay attention to them. to sum up, in the professional education, the quality of the psychologist's service activity is organized according to the abilities, skills, interests of the students, as well as the organization of activities for adaptation to the profession, social rehabilitation, psychological-pedagogical diagnoses, questionnaires, interviews, seminars. we would achieve many results if we organize trainings, debates, open dialogues, individual work, work together with pedagogic staff and parents, develop recommendations for them, and further develop psychological knowledge and culture. at this point, it will be appropriate to popularize the seminars and trainings organized by psychologists and to create methodical manuals on the organization of psychologist services in professional education. references: 1. resolution no. 577 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated july 12, 2019. 2. psychologist book tashkent 2021 3. ghaziyev e. psychology. – tashkent: 1994. 4. ghaziyev e. psychology. – tashkent: 2013. 5. law of the republic of uzbekistan on education. september 23, 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org 6. safarovich, m. e. (2023). dialectic of spiritual space and cultural heritage. conferencea, 49-52. 7. safarovich, m. e. formation of the concept of hedonism and its representation. journalnx, 2122. 8. safarovich, m. e. (2023). basic principles of the concept of spiritual space. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 21, 153-156. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org about the policy of the empire administration in turkestan on regarding the waqf lands (on the example of sirdarya region) a. s. majidov senior lecturer of the faculty of history of jizzakh state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents the author’s opinion on the colonial policy of the imperial government regarding waqf lands in turkestan using the example of the territory of the syrdarya region. the source base for the researcher’s research in justifying the content of the space was a number of scientific literature and archival documents. russian empire, governor general, turkestan, syrdarya region, colony, waqf, v.p. nalivkin, m.n. rostislavov, descendants of khoja akhror, n. golovachev. introduction today, in many research centers of the world, scientific research is being carried out to study the political, socio-economic history of turkestan during the rule of the russian empire. among them, the issues of agrarian sector, land ownership, as well as foundation ownership, which were the basis of the turkestan economy in the second half of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, are being studied. it should be noted that there was no comprehensive research on the history of separate land-water relations of this period, the practice of sharia rules in the land ownership and water management system during the colonial period, the influence of the imperial legislation on it, and changes in irrigation management. the study of changes and its impact on the national economy is currently awaiting its solution. it is known that after the conquest of turkestan, the russian empire implemented a policy of colonization in respect of endowment properties as well as in all areas. they chose the way to reduce the economic power of muslim religious and educational institutions in different ways. due to the fact that the attitude towards the foundation properties during the empire's rule acquired a special character, the study of this process from the point of view of today is one of the urgent issues. because researching the endowment properties in our country and the attacks on them allows us to understand the generosity and tolerance that has been unique to our people since time immemorial. after all, the best intentions and noble feelings are embodied in the foundation of the foundation. after the complete conquest of turkestan by the russian empire, the policy of further strengthening the colonial system required the collection and generalization of various statistical data on the economic and social life of the country. when the time comes, the endowment issues are partially discussed by v.p. nalivkin [1:15] and m.n. it is worth mentioning that it is also found in the works of rostislavov american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org [2:335-350]. in their works, these authors noted that the endowment property is the land given to religious organizations by khans and individuals, and the khiroj and tanab taxes collected from the state lands in the villages are endowment, and they are used with the help of korans and quarters. also, in the first years after the conquest of central asia by the russian empire, the state of endowments, the policy of the russian government in the field of endowment, the absence of a special law of the empire's administration, but the endowments of some regional heads were taken over by the russian administration. it was shown that they took the income from them to the state, allocated a part of the income to the trustees of the religious organizations owning the foundation and demanded a report from them. in the research of the researchers, the state of endowments after the decree on the management of turkestan land was approved by the emperor on june 12, 1886, and the guidelines and rules about endowments were announced, the state tax on endowment lands inhabited by the population. the procedure for obtaining is also described. it is shown that an investigation was conducted on whether the waqfnamas are genuine or fake, and its results showed that waqfnamas without the seal of khans and emirs were considered fake, and in this way, the economic basis and support of muslim religious scholars was weakened. it has been regrettably noted that the waqf's income is not controlled, it is looted by mutawallis, and expenses are not spent properly. in addition, v.p. nalivkin emphasizes that the property of the foundation should be transferred to the control of the state. in his article, n. yemelyanov also provided information about the foundation lands in turkestan [3:6]. according to his information, there were 2,909 waqfs and 462,566 acres of land in the syrdarya, fergana, zarafshan and samarkand regions [4:12]. we know that academician v. v. bartold also attached special importance to the issues of foundation in turkestan in his works. in his work entitled "history of cultural life in turkestan", he analyzes the policy of the imperial government regarding the endowment issue in turkestan and noted that the local people, especially the religious scholars, were dissatisfied with this policy [5:314-315]. although we know that waqf is mainly characteristic of eastern countries, it was not new for the tsar's government. the generals and officials of the russian empire first clashed with the waqf properties when they conquered the transcaucasia and the crimea. however, taking into account the specific characteristics of the turkestan region, its place and views in the muslim world, they recognized it as harmful for them and treated the waqf properties very carefully [4:12]. that's why they tried not to lose him as hard as possible. these measures were gradually implemented by the colonists. the following evidence also proves these thoughts and opinions: by 1865, after the occupation of tashkent by the russians, according to the order of the mayor general chernyayev, 69 stalls belonging to the foundation of the kokaldosh madrasa in the bazaar were demolished. these stalls brought a monthly profit of 5 gold, i.e. 19 rubles, for the kokaldosh madrasa. that is why 19 rubles per month from the market income was assigned to the madrasa. but this money was given until december 1867. in response to the complaint written by the mutawallis and mullahs of the kokaldosh madrasa on february 8, 1884, it is reported that the provision of this fund was canceled in 1868 [6]. according to information provided on march 28, 1869, the properties of the nazarboy foundation in tashkent were transferred to the tashkent department of economic affairs by order of the mayor. in fact, nazarboy foundations were introduced for the poor, widows, orphans and the "lashkarboshi" madrasa and students studying in it. as a result of this, more than 100 widows who are studying in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org madrasa and living on the income of the foundation were deprived of their last source of livelihood [7]. at the same time, according to the order of the governor-general, two-fold tax was levied on these waqf lands. the collected 4932 rubles 28 kopecks were given to the tashkent department of economic affairs. later, it was decided to transfer a part of the profits from the nazarboy foundation properties from 1868 to 1872 to the "mehr-shafqat" society based on the order of the governor general of turkestan dated june 3, 1872 no. 3741. this order was implemented on june 13, 1872. in fact, the violence of the government of the russian empire in turkestan had different forms. one of such actions is the policy aimed at expanding the russian daha area in the city of tashkent at the expense of land and property belonging to the local population, in particular, the waqf land of the descendants of khoja ahror. the report no. 5748 sent by the military governor of the syrdarya region to the governor-general of the country on august 18, 1871, golovachyov, contains important information about the colonial policy: "khoja ahror madrasa in tashkent is located on the right bank of the solor river, in the akkurgan ditch he had vast waqf lands along the some people belonging to the russian population of the city are in a hurry to get plots of land from the areas belonging to the foundation. perhaps, soon there will be a need to acquire those foundation lands. (so far) a part of the foundation land has been turned into an area for planting rice crops for military units. because i was informed on april 25 of this year that there are no empty, unoccupied places on the outskirts of the city" [8]. in the course of this document, there are evidences that reveal the true essence of the empire's agrarian policy in the country. for example, the military governor of the syrdarya region, talking about the expansion of the russian population of the city at the expense of waqf land, transferring a certain percentage of funds to the benefit of the madrasa does not correspond to our (that is, the russian administration is meant) interests, [8] he writes. governor-general golovachyov said in his report, "because if we do this (that is, if we transfer funds to the benefit of the madrasa) we will strengthen the muslim community. however, our mission in the country is the opposite," he concludes. it is not difficult to understand that the main ideas of the russian colonial policy were openly expressed through these words of golovachyov. we have no doubt that von kaufman fully supported the views expressed in the report of the military governor of syrdarya. from this information, it is understood that the foundation properties served as the main economic pillar of the turkestan muslim society, the poor, orphans, and students, who are the strata in need of social protection. the one example above (nazarbiy avlodi foundation) clearly proves that they were not established only to serve the interests of noble priests. according to the researcher o'sultanov, in the syrdarya region that we are studying, in particular, the share of generational waqfs in tashkent waqf ownership was only 2 percent [9]. when talking about the existing waqf lands in the syrdarya region, it should be said that according to the appeal of the head of the military people's department of the governor general of turkestan no. 5777 dated september 10, 1875 by the military governor of the region n. golovachyov, the amount of the waqf and property lands in the syrdarya region and a record of the income from them is prepared [10] (note: on october 6, 1869, a special commission was formed to check foundation documents, determine their ownership and right to use them) . the commission says that the information on tashkent city, kurama and khojand uyezds was prepared by the heads of these uyezds and it should be checked on the spot. it seems that the commission could not prepare the information in time due to the large number of waqf and property lands in these areas. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org in 1875, military governor golovachyov's report to the governor-general about the available waqf lands in the syrdarya region and the income from them contains important information. in particular, it is reported that the area of waqf land in khojand uyezd and districts such as oratepa, jizzakh, and nov, which belong to it, is 7 thousand 36 tanobs. 10 tons of alfalfa belonging to the "avliyoota" cemetery and 14 tons of land, garden and 2 tons of alfalfa fields belonging to the "tikturmas" cemetery will be brought. the documents of such endowments were formalized by the qazi of auliyaota, son of imam khoja eshon khoja, and approved by the judges [11:136]. the income of this endowment, allocated for graves, was used for the permanent maintenance of the cemetery and served as their main economic source. the report contains information about other existing waqf lands in awliyoota and their income. on the side of the road on the left side of shymkent gate in the outskirts of the city, the land donated by pir muhammad sheikh muhammadbek to the mosque of avliyota is 10 tanobs, and it is leased to local residents for 15 years. these lands also did not bring income during the colonial period [11:137]. in addition, 130 square meters of land in shymkent uyezd, which were under the foundation of the grave of muhammad darvesh, were taken from the state account, and the rest were given to people working as translators in the administration of the empire [12]. there are no private lands in kazalinsk district, only one small foundation land in kostamsk district. this land was established as a waqf by the khan of khiva for madrasa students before the russians occupied the syr darya region, 40 to 50 bushels of wheat and barley were grown annually, and the kyrgyz used it as a community [10]. after the occupation, the water of the syr darya river decreased and the water supply to the canals stopped, and the land of the foundation was neglected. the main reason why these lands did not bring income is the suspension of the waqf properties by the empire's administration. the transfer of revenues to the administration caused the dissatisfaction of the local residents who use this land, and the land gradually fell into an abandoned state. thus, if we look at the 25-30-year rule of the imperial government in turkestan, at the beginning, they made big promises to the people and wanted to recognize sharia laws, but later on as a result of the development of regulations and instructions, the issue of waqf was completely confused and led to a dead end. in 1899, when the issue of waqf properties was considered by the governor general of turkestan, it was said: "we must not forget that the muslim people of central asia are limited to muslim countries that have always been faithful to the religion of islam. islam had a strong relationship with the state, and because of that, it had its influence on the local people. by now, islam has lost its former importance in turkestan. the struggle of the christian state with islam should be to gradually limit its influence on the local people" [13]. it should be pointed out that alexander, who was the archbishop of turkestan at that time, said: "the loss of the foundation properties and the limitation of the rights of these courts are not only the state is a policy that is incompatible with christianity. it is against the orthodox teaching to think about the loss of courts established as mercy and charity. what will the native people think of us if we, as conquerors, lose the best in them? the orthodox church cannot advise its government in this matter" [14:124]. but these comments of the archbishop were not taken into account by the general governor of turkestan. in short, in turkestan, especially in syrdarya region, the government of the empire pursued a twopronged policy towards endowments. the main goal of this was the complete elimination of waqf lands in turkestan. consequently, the waqf properties have been the main economic pillar of the muslim society in the country, the poor, orphans, and students, who are the strata in need of social protection. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org the aim of liquidating endowments was politically to destroy the islamic ideology in the country, and economically to direct the income from such properties to the state treasury. references: 1. nalivkin v.p. the situation of waqf affairs in the turkestan region before and after its conquest // yearbook of the fergana region. t. iii. – new margelan, 1904. 2. rostislavov m.n. essay on the types of land ownership and the land question in the turkestan region // proceedings of the 3rd international congress of orientalists. volume i. – st. petersburg, 1876. 3. emelyanov n. number of waqfs in the turkestan region // turkestan collection. t. 461. 4. mallabayev b.b. tsarism's policy of foundation ownership in turkestan (in the example of the foundation properties of the descendants of khoja ahror): historical science. name diss. written for degree. namangan, 2004. 5. bartold v.v. history of the cultural life of turkestan // essay. t. ii. part 1. – m.: nauka, 1963. 6. self. fund 36, list 1, collection 2366, sheet 24. 7. self. fund 36, list 1, collection 170, sheet 228. 8. self. fund i-17, list 1, collection 18103, sheet 113. 9. sultanov o'. traditions, reforms and problems in the tashkent foundation economy (based on historical documents of the xvi-early xx centuries): history science. doc. diss. abstract. tashkent, 2006. 10. self. fund i-1008, list 1, collection 84, sheets 1-2. 11. zaripov o. the system of land ownership and water use in turkestan (in the case of syrdarya region from the end of the 19th century to the beginning of the 20th century). tashkent, 2024. 12. self. fund i-1, list 14, collection 359, sheet 14. 13. self. fund i-1, list 11, collection 1624, sheet 106. 14. zakirjon saidboboev. historical geography. textbook. tashkent: "noshir" publishing house, 2010. 15. saidbobayeva g. history of hydropower stations in the tashkent oasis // history and culture of central asia. 2/24/2023. 16. savitsky a.p. land question in turkestan. – tashkent, 1963. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org reforms and their importance in the development of museology in developing uzbekistan mingboyeva nozima ulugbekovna andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnology graduate of the department of humanities mingboyevanozima@gmail.com +998 91 168 28 89 talibjonova zilola khalimjan daughter aqhai magistrate a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article aims to support the activities of museums in our country, complex development of their marketing policy and services sphere, effective application of innovative technologies to museums, as well as to create modern new expositions on the history of uzbek people and statehood in museums, the first and second renaissance periods, the life and work of great allomas, to widely promote our rich historical and cultural heritage. museum foundation, culture, enlightenment, nature monuments, ”strategy of action”, ”on the organization of the museum of olympic glory”, our ancestors have a high level of knowledge and thinking, worldview, art, skill, talent. introduction as uzbekistan gained independence and moved towards development, from the first days of our independence, attention was increased to the study and preservation of existing traditions, traditions and ancient monuments, giving a look at history. and in this facade, the role and role of museums is incomparable. zero museums are the sum of the monuments of culture, enlightenment, nature from the past, embedded in a holistic system, stored and displayed in accordance with current procedures. it has a huge place in instilling the national ideology of museums in the hearts and minds of our people, in realizing our national identity, teaching social sox, in educating a perfect person. the first president of the republic of uzbekistan islam abdugfnievich karimov did not stay out of the sphere of organization and development of state museums. the organizational and legal foundations of this sphere were created. a number of significant works have been carried out to establish museums that embody the rich history of our country, its centuries-old heritage. including, in 1994, the state museum of the history of uzbekistan was established. effective work has also been carried out on the restoration of the name of our historical figures, great signs and the delivery of their rich material and cultural heritage to the younger generation,which left an indelible mark on the history of our country. on october 18, 1996, on the occasion of the 660th anniversary of the birth of the great sahibqiron amir american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org temur, a new museum-the state museum of the history of the temurians began its activities in our country. i.a.karimov said at the opening ceremony in relation to this museum: "in this museum, both our past and our present and great prospects are reflected in a calm mirror. in 1997, the national institute of art and design named after kamoliddin behzod, a higher education institution that supplies specialist personnel in the field of artistic creation, was established, and for the first time a direction was opened under the institute, where a museum specialist aimed to train 356 personnel. this marked the first major step in the direction of museology. in the following years, these works were continued systematically, on august 14, 1996, ”on the establishment of the museum of olympic glory”, on january 24, 1997, ”on the establishment of the state museum of the history of the temurians”, in 2001, the termez archaeological museum, on november 8, 2002, decisions of the cabinet of ministers on the organization of the activities of the museum ”memory of the victims of repression”were made, while in 2009, the museum of the history of communication museum opened. in 2008, the museums act was passed by the ohio house of representatives. the adoption of this legislation by parliament has shown that the activities of museums in the state and society are given a high level of attention, while serving as the main norm for the large-scale development of this industry in our country. the development of the museum sphere of our country is becoming one of the issues of our islihotlar and development plan, which is being carried out today. to do this, it is necessary to study in depth the materials and collections in museums and reveal their invaluable value to our people, enrich their theoretical knowledge about them in the minds of young people. it is not for nothing that the development of the museum sphere is indicated by our government in the ”strategy of action”, the development program of our country, the designation of the program for the development of this sphere for 2017-2027. through museums, one can demonstrate to the world today how rich the history of our motherland is in the achievements of material culture, that our ancestors are at a high level of knowledge and thinking, worldview, art, skill, talent. it is known that our land is one of the most ancient settlements and centers of world history and civilization. hundreds of invaluable archaeological architectural and written monuments preserved on the territory of the republic, examples of applied art and folk art all this is a rich and unique historical spiritual heritage of our people. it is our honorable and responsible duty and duty of contemporaries to study this heritage, to preserve it avidly and to convey it flawlessly to future generations. in recent years, large-scale reforms have been carried out to further improve the activities of the field, to establish the activities of new museums, to improve the effectiveness of the system of training of museum staff. in particular, on the initiative and decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev, the oqsaroy residence in tashkent, where the first president of the republic of uzbekistan islam karimov has been active for many years, was transformed into a museum.[2] in 2020, the tashkent museum was established. also, a museum of fame was opened in order to perpetuate the memory of the participants of the world war. the decision of the head of the country "on the organization of the activities of the ministry of culture of the republic of uzbekistan"in 2017 and" on measures for the further development and improvement of the culture and art sphere " also serves to improve the activities of museums and strengthen the pedagogical base in place of the conclusion, we can say that as a result of the focus on museum studies, a number of legal regulatory acts on the development, improvement of the field of museum studies were adopted and organizational and legal foundations of the activities of museums were created. as such, a fund was american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org established with the aim of effective organization of the work of the museum and coordination of the activities of museums. in the years of independence, a number of exhibitions on the demonstration of our material and cultural heritage in museums of uzbekistan to the wider world masses were organized in world museums. a number of practical work has been carried out and is being carried out on the training of museum staff and their professional development. the preservation of rare and unique exhibits inherited from our ancestors, the protection of our architectural monuments, archaeological monuments that have come down to us in peace over the centuries, as well as the period of world war ii, suffering, perseverance of our peoples adaptation of the education system in the fields of tourism and museology in the republic of uzbekistan to international standards; along with establishing new museums, strengthening the material and technical base of the existing ones, equipping them with modern equipment; in order to increase the flow of tourists, to increase the touristic level of our country on tv channels and mass media, including to strengthen the activities of museums, to increase the interest and visits of students and young people to museums by expanding cooperation with educational institutions, to display in 358 expositions improving the system of qr codes about the exhibits and thereby obtaining all the information related to the exhibits. these and other similar measures will effectively affect the development of the sector, including the increase in the flow of tourists. references 1. каримов и. халқимиз бор экан, амир темур номи барҳаётдир. темурийлар тарихи давлат музейининг очилиш маросимида сўзланган нутқ, 1996 йил 18 октябрь. 2. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining qarori, 25.01.2017-yildagi pq-2744-son «o‘zbekiston respublikasining birinchi prezidenti islom abdug‘aniyevich karimovning xotirasini abadiylashtirish to‘g‘risida». 3. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining farmoni, 26.05.2020-yildagi pf-6000-son «madaniyat va san’at sohasining jamiyat hayotidagi o‘rni va ta’sirini yanada oshirish choratadbirlari to‘g‘risida». 4. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining farmoni, 07.02.2017-yildagi pf-4947-son «o‘zbekiston respublikasini yanada rivojlantirish bo‘yicha harakatlar strategiyasi to‘g‘risida». 5. abdukayumovna, k. m. (2023). raising the innovative thinking of studentyouth. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 11(11), 585-590. 6. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). axborot xavfsizligini ta’minlashda yoshlar ongiga singdirishda. science promotion, 1(1), 67-77. 7. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekistonda innovatsion faoliyatida fan va ta’limning rivojlanishi. science promotion, 1(1), 106-117. 8. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). o’zbekiston integrаtsiyа jаrаyonidа yoshlаrning innovаtsion tа’lim tizimining o ‘rni vа аhаmiyаti. science promotion, 1(1), 78-91. 9. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya sifatini oshirishda oilada manaviy tafakkurni yuksaltirish. science promotion, 1(1), 92-105. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org 10. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). globallashuv jarayonida internet tarixi, o ‘rni va ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 238-247. 11. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ijodiy tafakkurni shakllantirishda shaxs, individ va indivuduallikning mohiyati. holders of reason, 1(1), 195-202. 12. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). mehr-muruvvat va mehribonlik qadriyati busaxovat. holders of reason, 1(1), 175-184. 13. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). o ‘zbekistonda turizmni rivojlantirish o ‘ziga xos jihatlari va imkoniyatlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 166-174. 14. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). farg’ona vodiysida turizmni rivojlantirishning iqtisodiy, ijtimoiy va siyosiy omillari. holders of reason, 1(1), 185-193. 15. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). kiber makonda diniy etiqod targibotining ijtimoiy xavfi. holders of reason, 1(1), 223-237. 16. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). zardushtiylik dinida dunyo qarama-qarshilikdan iborat degan ta’limotida ilgari surilgan g ‘oyalar. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 17. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). yangilangan konstitutsiya–baxtimizning huquqiy kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 18. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). сифатли таълим сифатли ҳаётга йўл. science promotion, 1(1), 143-153. 19. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). олий таълимда ўқитиш сифатини такомиллаштиришда ўзбекистон республикаси президенти фармон ва қарорларининг аҳамияти. science promotion, 1(1), 130-142. 20. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ахборот каммуникацион технологияларининг рақобатбардош кадрлар тайёрлашдаги ўрни. science promotion, 1(1), 118129. 21. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). заҳириддин муҳаммад борурнинг маънавий жасоратини авлодлар қалбида шакллантириш. science promotion, 1(1), 154165. 22. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ma’naviyat insonni ruhan poklaydi. science promotion, 1(1), 55-66. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org 23. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). uchinchi renessans kelajak poydevori. science promotion, 1(1), 45-54. 24. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда зиёрат масканлари. science promotion, 1(1), 35-44. 25. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). мустақиллик йилларида хорижий тиллар ўқитилишини яхшилашга доир меъёрий ҳужжатларнинг қабул қилиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 278-285. 26. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). янги ўзбекистон конституциясида миллий муносабатларнинг тартибга солиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 248-256. 27. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). қадимги фарғона (даван) давлати тарихига оид баъзи мулоҳазалар. holders of reason, 1(1), 257-269. 28. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). fuqarolarning huquq va erkinliklari qonun himoyasidadir. holders of reason, 1(1), 311-319. 29. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya ma’naviy-axloq poydevoridir. holders of reason, 1(1), 320-328. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org strategies for enhancing translation environment saliyeva zarrina ilxomovna phd, associate professor of the department of translation theory and practice samarkand state institute of foreign languages abdullayeva sarvinoz qakhramonovna samarqand state foreign languages institute 2nd stage master's student of the faculty of english philology and translation a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s improving the translation environment is very important in today's globalization. translation is not only about changing one language into another, but also plays an important role in the process of intercultural communication, information dissemination and knowledge exchange. several strategies need to be developed and implemented to improve the translation environment. translation, linguistics, terminology, programs, seminars, modern translation problems, intercultural communication. introduction it is necessary to improve the skills of professional translators during the translation process. interpreters, in addition to language proficiency, must have knowledge of intercultural communication, linguistics, and specialized fields. in training programs and seminars, it is important to inform translators about modern translation technologies, terminology and stylistics. qualified translators can perform their work more efficiently and effectively. in this process, translators must constantly update their knowledge and skills. being aware of new trends and technologies in the field of translation will greatly help their professional development. it is important to use modern technologies in the translation process. computer-assisted translation software, automatic translation systems, and other online resources help translators save time and optimize their workflow.[1] such technologies allow translators to quickly find and process identical or similar texts, which increases the quality of translation. translators can also make the translation process more efficient and faster by using new technologies such as artificial intelligence and machine learning. such approaches can be particularly useful when translating large volumes of text.[2] in the translation environment, collaboration and sharing of experiences are essential. it is necessary to create platforms for communication and exchange of experiences between translators, for their mutual support, for learning new methodologies and strategies. professional organizations and associations at the local and international level play an important role in the development of such cooperation. interpreters can make their work better and more efficient by sharing their experiences. such platforms also help to train new translators and integrate them into a professional environment. it is important to implement quality control during the translation process. clear criteria and standards american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org should be developed to evaluate the quality of translation. internal and external evaluation systems should be created to control the quality of translation. such systems help to detect and eliminate errors in the translation process. in order to improve the quality of translation, regular quality control is necessary. in this process, translators can further improve their work through mutual evaluation and feedback. quality control also helps to strengthen communication with customers and better understand their requirements.[3] it is necessary to develop intercultural communication in the translation environment. in the process of translation, it is important to consider not only the language, but also the culture. translators must understand the cultural context of each text and reflect it in the translation process. conducting seminars, conferences and cultural events for the development of intercultural communication, helps to strengthen communication between translators and other professionals. such activities also help to understand and take into account cross-cultural differences in the translation process. intercultural communication is also important in solving problems in the translation process.[4] to improve the translation environment, it is necessary to develop the educational system. it is important to improve educational programs in translation and language teaching, introduce new methodologies and create practical experience opportunities for students. in order for students to apply their knowledge in practice, it is necessary to participate in translation projects and work with professional translators. this, in turn, will help them improve their skills and help them succeed in their professional activities in the future. practical experience is essential for students to consolidate their knowledge and test themselves in a real work environment. also, establishing cooperation between educational institutions and employers will help students to get a job. it is important to use social networks and online platforms in the translation environment.translators should use social networks and professional platforms to showcase their work, share experiences and find new clients. such platforms help translators to strengthen their interaction, create new opportunities and keep up with the news in the field of translation. social media also allows translators to expand their work and develop marketing strategies. translators can find new clients and partners by showing their work on social networks. it is necessary to introduce innovative approaches in the translation environment. in the process of translation, it is important to use new technologies and methodologies, to implement developed innovative solutions. such approaches help speed up the translation process, improve quality, and reduce costs. in order to innovate in the field of translation, it is necessary to focus on research and development. innovative approaches also help to create new opportunities in the translation process and better meet the needs of clients. it is important to strengthen the legal framework in the translation environment. there is a need to develop, implement and monitor laws and regulations on translation and language services. such legal frameworks help to protect the rights of translators, ensure quality service and improve customer relations. strengthening the legal framework in the field of translation also helps to increase trust between clients and translators. interpreters can do their job more effectively by knowing and exercising their rights.at a time when modern technologies have penetrated into every area of our life, the translation process is not left out of these changes. translation is not only the conversion of one language into another, but also the process of intercultural communication and information dissemination. the development of technologies makes the work of translators easier and helps to increase their efficiency. automatic translation systems have significantly accelerated the work process of translators. these systems, such as google translate and other online platforms, allow users to translate text in seconds. this is especially useful when large american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org texts need to be translated quickly. automatic translation systems also help users get information in different languages. however, these systems may not always provide perfect results, as their translation may not fully understand the context or take into account cultural differences. therefore, it is necessary for professional translators to check the results of the automatic translation and make the necessary changes. modern technologies help improve the skills of translators. through online courses, webinars, and other educational resources, translators can acquire new knowledge and skills.[5] learning about new trends, methodologies and technologies in the field of translation is important in the professional development of translators. modern technology also provides translators with the tools they need to do their jobs more efficiently and with better quality. for example, terminology databases and translation software help translators work in specific fields. modern technologies facilitate cooperation and exchange of experience in the translation process. interpreters can communicate and share experiences through online platforms. this, in turn, helps them to support each other and learn new methodologies and strategies. professional organizations and associations play an important role in the development of such cooperation. interpreters can make their work better and more efficient by sharing their experiences. modern technologies help to improve the quality of translation. translation software and automatic translation systems help translators analyze text and detect errors. such tools also allow for quality control during the translation process. translators need to use these technologies to perform their work better. quality control also helps to strengthen communication with customers and better understand their requirements. modern technologies are important in the development of intercultural communication. in the process of translation, it is important to consider not only the language, but also the culture. translators must understand the cultural context of each text and reflect it in the translation process. modern technologies help to strengthen intercultural relations and take into account cultural differences in the translation process. for example, information can be obtained through online resources and research to understand the cultural context. conclusion: as a final strategy, it is important to involve the public in the translation environment. in the process of translation, it is necessary to take into account the opinion of the public, to identify their needs and to conduct activities to satisfy them. by strengthening public relations, raising awareness of translation services, and engaging them, the translation environment can be improved. public involvement also helps to develop new ideas and proposals in the field of translation. studying the public's opinion about translation services allows to determine their needs and offer them appropriate services. references: 1. abdukadirov, a. (2020). "translation theory and practice". tashkent: national university of uzbekistan. 2. karimov, k. (2019). "modern translation technologies". samarkand: samarkand state university. 3. rakhmanov, r. (2021). "translation and culture: theoretical and practical issues". tashkent: science and technology. 4. muradov, m. (2022). "quality control in the translation process". bukhara: bukhara state university. 5. tashkent, t. (2021). "digital tools in translation". nukus: karakalpak state university. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org 6. usmanov, u. (2023). "translation and communication: new approaches". tashkent: ministry of higher and secondary special education of the republic of uzbekistan. 7. kholmatov, kh. (2022). "translation and intercultural communication". andijan: andijan state university. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org development of psychological immunity on the basis of harmonisation of national and religious values kasimova zebo khamidovna candidate of pedagogical sciences, professor of the international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific research is aimed at improving historical, social, philosophical, pedagogical, psychological aspects of the development of knowledge of religious studies. extensive research devoted to the spiritual world of man, rational and irrational relations, also pays special attention to the role of world religions in social life and development, harmony of scientific and religious knowledge, traditional and innovative ideas. psychological immunity, national values, religious values, harmonisation, development, formation, worldview, knowledge, skills, abilities, skills. introduction development of a healthy worldview in students of higher education institutions, further strengthening, formation and raising the ideological immunity of the younger generation on the basis of national and religious values to a qualitatively new level, improving the social and political consciousness of students of higher education institutions, including the task of achieving excellence of youth on the basis of a sound religious worldview was raised to the state and political level. in this period, it is important to teach students to distinguish religious and spiritual values from slogans under a variety of biased and specific ‘mask’, it is necessary to carry out the education of healthy faith and outlook in the younger generation. and harmonisation of religious values with national values is becoming increasingly important, as religious values are one of the main components of national values. the study serves to a certain extent fulfilment of the tasks specified in the law of the republic of uzbekistan no. zru-699 of 5 july 2021 ‘on freedom of conscience and religious organisations’; in the decrees of the president of the republic of uzbekistan: no. up-5416 of 16 april 2018 ‘on measures to radically improve activities in the religious-educational sphere’, no. up-60 of 28 january 2022 ‘on the strategy for the development of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026’; in presidential decree no. pp-4436 of 4 september 2019 ‘on additional measures to improve activities in the religiouseducational sphere’; in decree no. 572 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan of 2 august 2017 ‘on organising the activities of the centre for islamic culture in uzbekistan under the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan’. the purpose of the development of psychological immunity is to develop recommendations for the improvement of technologies for the development of ideological immunity is correctly set in view of the harmonisation of national and religious values. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org and this today, when there is a rapid development of the process of informatisation, is the most urgent problem. the work clearly analyses the experience of such countries as harvard university (usa), oxford university (uk), the centre for islamic studies in freiburg (germany), the centre for islamic studies of the turkish religious foundation. the thesis also identified the pedagogical possibilities of developing students‘ ideological immunity, raised to a new level the technologies of developing ideological immunity as well as ideological competence in students, improved the model of developing students’ ideological immunity on the basis of national and religious values, and substantiated the degree of effectiveness of developing students' ideological immunity on the basis of national and religious values. the experimental research involved 347 respondents from the students of four higher educational institutions. we have applied such research methods as diagnostics (observation, questionnaires, testing), as well as prognostic methods, such as expert assessment, modeling, etc. the scientific and theoretical significance of the research results is put forward by the development of recommendations aimed at the substantive enrichment of the content of education and the quality of training of personnel in higher educational institutions, improving the process of teaching disciplines taking into account the formation of skills and abilities to harmonize religious and secular knowledge, clearly arguing national and religious values for the development of ideological immunity. and also, the previous scientific researches on formation and development of ideological immunity of modern youth are deeply studied and analysed, effective forms, methods, means of development of the given process are defined. special attention is paid to the improvement of professionalism of bachelors and masters preparing for teaching activity, formation of spiritual and moral image, improvement of students' knowledge level. the practical significance of the research, the use of the dissertant's developments, promoting the development of ideological immunity in terms of harmonisation of national and religious values is competently substantiated. opinions concerning innovative ideas in teaching pedagogical disciplines are put forward, it would be appropriate to note also religious studies, as well as other humanitarian disciplines. it should be noted that it is particularly important to enrich the content of it is particularly important to enrich the content of education, to create curricula, syllabuses, textbooks and teaching aids, and to organise theoretical and practical classes at the international islamic academy of uzbekistan. the harmonisation of national and religious values is the most important factor in the development of ideological immunity. theoretical principles of formation of ideological immunity on the basis of national and religious values are the essence and content of the concepts of national and religious, substantiated as social and moral necessity of harmonisation of national and religious values, as well as the dissertant proposed a whole technological system of harmonisation of national and religious values for the development of ideological immunity. this projected approach to solving the problem can guarantee the result and quality of training of ideologically competent personnel taking into account the knowledge, abilities, skills to harmonise national and religious values. the problem is relevant because in the modern world the priorities of values, views on life are changing, young people lose interest in increasing their intellectual potential naturally, the degree of threats to become the object of the virtual world and the impact of radical ideologies on the consciousness of the individual is increasing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org ideological immunity and ideological competence as a pedagogical problem revealed the essence of both social, philosophical, political and pedagogical problem. since the process of formation, development of competence is carried out by pedagogical methods, and the development of technologies, properly designed and aimed at the development of certain skills, competences gives an effective result. in addition to identifying the characteristics of these two concepts also provided axiological content of immunity development in the educational environment. the emphasis on the use of interactive methods enriches the content of the learning process through national and religious values. the third chapter is aimed at revealing the degree of effectiveness of the process of developing ideological immunity by harmonising national and religious values in students. religious values are an integral part of national values. national values are the history of the nation, way of life, future generations, social strata, national consciousness, language, spirituality and culture are considered one of the laws of universal human development. as for religious values, they consist not only of religious rules, prescriptions, principles, but also act as an expression of spiritual-ethical, political, economic, legal and other relations between students. islamic religion, along with providing spiritual stability, also calls young people to live a life of faith. because a believer does not betray, he defends the honour of his relatives and his people, and considers it his duty to live honestly and conscientiously. these views are clearly argued by the author of the study. classical sources, didactic works of medieval thinkers, ideas of ancient sources of humanity, reflecting values of universal character. it is this approach that determines the methodology of the study of these issues. sociological research by the izhtimoii fikr national centre on family issues is presented. since the issues of the family, family traditions and rituals are directly interrelated with national and religious values. it is encouraging to note that the author skilfully used examples from hadiths and suras of the koran, which can have the most effective impact on the development of ideological immunity in students. the author was able to use the methods of comparative-critical study and analysis of political, philosophical, sociological, psychological, pedagogical literature on the subject, study of advanced pedagogical experience in higher educational institutions, sociometric methods (questionnaire, interview, conversation), pedagogical experiment, methods of mathematical and statistical analysis to substantiate the results obtained, conclusions and recommendations. the methodological basis of the research is quite rich in arguments of national and religious values and their significance in the development of ideological immunity in students. the author paid much attention to the realisation of the goal and achievement of the guaranteed result in education and upbringing depends on the joint activity of both the teacher and the student, as well as the goal set by them, the chosen content, method, form, means, i.e. technology. the choice of technology to achieve the goal is left to the teacher and the student, because the main goal of both parties is to achieve a specific result, in which the teacher chooses the technology used depending on the level of knowledge of the student-student, the nature of the group and the conditions, for example, when studying the discipline of ‘religious studies’ or ‘education’, work with a computer is necessary to achieve the result, it may be necessary to use handouts, films, pictures and posters, various literature, some informational materials, etc. the more attention is paid to the methodological and didactic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org equipment of the process of teaching disciplines, the more the goal identical to the guaranteed expected result is achieved. it follows that the more attention is paid to the methodological and didactic equipment of the process of teaching disciplines, the more the goal identical to the guaranteed expected result is achieved. the author proposes exactly that training project, which is aimed at the step-by-step development of ideological immunity in students. the materials of the press and mass media have been deeply analysed, as well as the statistics of students' use of social networks, the most widespread and arousing interest among young people, content that promotes models of deviant and addictive behaviour, contradicting national and religious values, has been studied and analysed. the axiological approach is the most important tool reflecting the essence of humanistic pedagogy: here a person, an individual is considered as the highest value of society, an end in itself of social development. in fact, the axiological approach to education in pedagogy can be called a new philosophy of education and methodology in the history of pedagogy. of great importance in the progressive development of the republic of uzbekistan is the creation of a harmonious education system based on the rich spiritual experience of the people and universal values, including the latest achievements of modern culture, education, science and technology. the most important condition for the development of uzbekistan is the education of individuals who are true to the idea of national independence, with intellectual data, free-thinking, based on modern achievements of science, as well as the formation of a system for training competitive, highly qualified personnel. drawing conclusions, the author was able to formulate an idea of the concept of "competence", the designation of the basic property that makes a specialist potentially competent, that is, it is a way of action that allows you to successfully solve the tasks in the professional sphere. this is the ability to apply acquired knowledge in practice. in the process of performing various types of activities, the implementation of competencies occurs. it should be noted that the structure of competence includes motivational and emotional-volitional components, as well as experience the unification of individual actions, methods and techniques for solving problems learned by a person into a single whole. in other words, a specialist who has a sum of certain competencies can be considered competent in a certain field of activity. it should also be noted that the pedagogical means of harmonizing national and religious values in the educational process as a practice of preventing spiritual alienation of the individual regardless of proportionality with space and time, in turn, is based on the principle of religious fatwi: "... does not change depending on time and place, it is a permanent legal decision made on the basis of the koranic verses and hadiths." for example, the obligation to perform duties, the prohibition of prohibited things, the limits established by the sharia for crimes, and the like. technological models for conducting trainings, gaming technologies, students were involved in interactive activities, in conducting a swot analysis of their own ideological immunity. a model for the development of ideological immunity based on the harmonization of national and religious values was developed, which presents the levels of development of ideological competence. a procedure was introduced for dividing the ideological competence and ideological immunity of students into "high", "medium" and "low" levels. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org references 1. антуан дестют де траси. основы идеологии. – м.: альма матер, 2013. –334 2. боев э.б. идеология государственного национализма в иране в эпоху правления династии пехлеви (1925-1979 гг.) автореф. дис. ... канд. ист. наук. – нижний новгород: 2017. –31 с. 3. beacco j.-c., digiura m. alors methode de francais fondee sur l'approche parcompetences / j.-c. beacco, m. di giura. – france: didier, 2007. –224. 4. blattberg charles «politikal philosophies and political ideologies», in patriotic elaborations: essays in practical philosophy, monreal and kingston: mcgillqueen’s university press, 2009. 5. ковалёв м.а. формирование идеологии раннего консерватизма в великобритании в 17141760 г. автореф. дис. .канд. ист. наук. – м.: 2017. –26 6. колозариди п.в. утопия и идеология в исследованиях интернета //мониторинг общественного мнения: экономические и социальные перемены.– м.: 2015. №5. –144-158 с. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org discovering the performances of hybridity and postcolonialism in the answer of de la cruz’s through a bhabhian detailed analysis of the crisis of cultural identity assist. lect. fahad wali shayyal dept. of english, college of education for human science, sawa university, almuthana, iraq fahad@sawauniversity.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study investigates the performance of identity and culture in postcolonial literature, emphasizing how these authors engage in a strong critique and opposition to the colonial past. drawing on said's orientalist theories as well as bhabha's (1994) ideas of mimesis and hybridity, this dissertation seeks to identify one way in which postcolonial literature reflects the complexity of identity creation within colonially dominated countries. according to the article, postcolonial literature does more than just criticize the cultural and psychological repercussions of colonialism; it also reconfigures identity and builds elements of resistance. indeed, postcolonial literature offers fresh insights into the lingering effects of colonial legacies on contemporary society by redefining global conceptions of identity, culture, and power in a postcolonial world. it is clear from an analytical perspective. post-colonialism, hybridity, sor juana inés, homi k. bhabha’s, respuesta, the answer introduction the answer "respuesta a sor filotea de la cruz" by sor juana inés de la cruz, we encounter a deeply complex interplay of cultural identity, resistance, and ambivalence, especially when analyzed through the lens of homi k. bhabha’s post-colonial theory. sor juana's work is not just a defense of her intellectual capabilities and her right to pursue knowledge; it’s a profound reflection of the tensions she navigated as a creole woman intellectual in colonial mexican society during the late 17th century. her engagement with power, identity, and the pursuit of knowledge speaks to the larger post-colonial struggles bhabha outlines, particularly in his concept of hybridity, where identities and cultural expressions are formed in the intersections of colonial rule and the identities of the colonized. bhabha's idea of hybridity stems from his understanding of the inherent ambivalence within colonial discourse. he argues that colonial subjects are never fully subjugated because there’s always a space of negotiation a "third space" where cultures overlap and meaning is constructed. this space is where hybridity arises, challenging the binary oppositions of colonizer and colonized. this state of "inbetweenness" is critical to understanding how identities shift and change through ongoing "negotiation of cultural identity," a process that disrupts the idea of fixed identities (bhabha, 44). in sor juana's american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org case, she exists in this liminal space, where her roles as a creole, a woman, and a scholar don’t fit neatly into any category approved by the colonial establishment. by asserting her right to pursue knowledge, she disrupts both the role expected of women in the church and challenges the power of the colonial patriarchy. sor juana’s hybridity becomes apparent both in her subject matter and the way she writes. she adopts and modifies the european literary tradition, using it in ways that both mimic and critique colonial culture. bhabha would describe her position as one that occupies a "third space of enunciation," where "the colonial identity is transformed through the disavowal of the colonizer's assumed superiority" (bhabha, 55). for example, her use of classical rhetoric and her mastery of european scholarly traditions can be seen as a form of mimicry. however, this isn’t merely imitation; it’s a sophisticated critique of colonial discourse. by demonstrating that she, a creole woman, can excel in these intellectual traditions, she exposes the contradictions within colonial systems, showing that the colonized can not only participate in but also surpass the intellectual frameworks set by the colonizer. the crisis of cultural identity sor juana faces in the answer becomes clear as she negotiates her role as an intellectual within the constraints of colonial and ecclesiastical authority. bhabha describes how the post-colonial subject engages in a form of “colonial mimicry,” where they imitate the colonizer’s values and culture, but in a way that creates a "difference that is almost the same, but not quite" (bhabha, 86). this mimicry, however, is not without complications. while it allows the colonial subject to perform colonial norms, it also undermines them. sor juana’s command of philosophical and theological discourse acts as mimicry, but her insistence on intellectual autonomy and her subtle critiques of the church reveal the cracks in the colonial system and emphasize the ambivalence of her place within it. by mastering the language and intellectual traditions of her oppressors, she exposes the limits of their control, embodying what bhabha refers to as "the ironic compromise of colonial authority" (bhabha, 122). sor juana’s hybridity is not limited to her intellectual pursuits; it is also deeply rooted in her cultural identity. as a creole, she represents a mixture of indigenous, african, and european influences, which is a hallmark of the colonial experience in new spain. her work reflects this complex blending of identities and cultures. bhabha’s concept of hybridity, as a space where negotiation and transformation occur, is key to understanding sor juana’s position. her identity as a creole allows her to engage with european intellectual traditions while also being firmly grounded in the specific cultural and political realities of colonial mexico. this reflects what bhabha calls "the ambivalence of colonial discourse," where the colonial subject is torn between wanting recognition within the terms of the colonizer’s framework and rejecting the authority of that same framework (bhabha, 132). sor juana’s interactions with the church, particularly her correspondence with the bishop of puebla, embody this ambivalence. she seeks validation within the intellectual and spiritual hierarchies of the church but resists the limitations these hierarchies place on her as a woman. this hybrid nature of sor juana’s cultural identity also raises critical questions about the power dynamics embedded in knowledge and its dissemination. her decision to write the answer as a direct response to male authority is a bold act of resistance. through her writing, sor juana performs what bhabha describes as “the disjunctive temporality of the modern nation,” where "the nation’s narrative is always disrupted by the voices that emerge from its margins" (bhabha, 148). by asserting herself in the realm of intellectual debate, traditionally reserved for men, she challenges both colonial and patriarchal narratives that aim to silence her. her ability to engage with complex american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org theological and philosophical issues defies the colonial belief that women, especially creole women, are intellectually inferior. this disruption of established roles and identities fits into the broader postcolonial critique of fixed, binary power relations. so, through the lens of bhabha’s theory of hybridity and the crisis of cultural identity, sor juana’s the answer becomes far more than a simple defense of her intellectual capabilities. it serves as a sophisticated engagement with the power structures of colonialism, gender, and cultural identity. sor juana’s unique position as a hybrid subject—being a creole woman intellectual in colonial mexico—exemplifies the fluid and performative nature of post-colonial identity, as bhabha theorizes. her ability to resist and navigate these oppressive structures not only asserts her intellectual agency but also highlights the broader post-colonial condition, in which identities are continuously negotiated within the harsh frameworks of colonial power. sor juana, through both mimicry and resistance, becomes a figure of hybridity, embodying bhabha’s “third space” where colonial authority is simultaneously mirrored and subverted. 1.2 statement of problem the complex interplay between hybridity, post-colonialism, and cultural identity is deeply embedded in sor juana inés de la cruz’s "respuesta a sor filotea," a text that reflects her unique experience as a woman and intellectual in colonial new spain. at the core of the problem lies the question of how sor juana navigates these intersecting forces: colonialism, gender oppression, and her intellectual pursuit. using homi bhabha’s concept of hybridity as a lens, this analysis seeks to uncover how sor juana’s writing both expresses and resists the pressures of cultural identity in a colonial world. bhabha’s notion of hybridity, particularly his idea of the "third space," is crucial here. this concept refers to a space of negotiation where individuals, caught between two cultures, create new meanings and identities. in sor juana’s case, she occupies a unique position: a criolla woman, born in the colonies, neither fully belonging to the spanish colonizers nor to the indigenous peoples. her intellectual and spiritual identity, shaped by both colonial power structures and her personal pursuit of knowledge, embodies this tension. the "respuesta" is a striking example of how she asserts her voice within these limitations, a response to the critique from the bishop of puebla (disguised as sor filotea), defending her right to intellectual expression as a woman. her writing becomes a space where she navigates the pressures of conforming to societal and religious expectations while simultaneously asserting her autonomy and intellectual sovereignty. this tension points to a larger crisis of cultural identity in the colonial world, where subjects like sor juana were forced to reconcile the demands of their imposed identities with their personal sense of self. her struggle between her religious duties and her intellectual ambitions reflects this internal conflict, a conflict shaped by the colonial context in which european values and religious dogma were imposed on the people of new spain. yet, sor juana’s text is not simply a passive reflection of these pressures; it is an active, strategic response to them. through her eloquent defense of her intellectual pursuits, she challenges the patriarchal and colonial powers that sought to silence her, using her writing as a tool of resistance. in this light, sor juana’s "respuesta" becomes more than just a defense of her own actions—it becomes a text that exemplifies the ongoing negotiation of identity that characterizes the colonial condition. using bhabha’s framework, we can see how her writing performs this negotiation, creating a hybrid space where she both resists and redefines the terms of her existence within colonial power structures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org sor juana’s work, then, stands as a profound example of the complexities of cultural identity in a postcolonial context, offering insight into how intellectual resistance can emerge from within even the most oppressive systems. 1.3 literature review 1.3.1 theoretical framework the theoretical framework for this study centers around post-colonial theory. specifically, it focuses on homi k. bhabha's ideas of hybridity, mimicry, and the crisis of cultural identity. these concepts are key to analyzing how sor juana's respuesta a sor filotea de la cruz (the answer) engages with, and subtly resists, the colonial power structures of her time. sor juana navigates the rigid boundaries of race, gender, and intellectual authority imposed by colonial society, and this approach helps illuminate how her work reflects a deeper instability in the identities shaped by colonial rule. bhabha’s idea of hybridity challenges the rigid binaries of colonial thought, like the strict divide between colonizer and colonized. he sees colonial encounters as creating hybrid identities that don’t fit neatly into one category or the other. these identities, instead, live in a "third space," where cultures overlap and influence each other. sor juana embodies this hybrid identity—she’s a criolla woman, working within a deeply patriarchal, eurocentric society, but using that same society’s scholarly tools to create her intellectual space. this is how sor juana performs hybridity in her work. she combines european academic traditions with her own unique perspectives, which challenge the dominant narratives of her time. as bhabha argues, hybridity “displaces the histories that constitute it and sets up new structures of authority” (bhabha 37). sor juana’s the answer shows exactly this displacement—by mixing european intellectual traditions with her own, she resists the strict divisions between colonizer and colonized, male and female. additionally, bhabha’s concept of mimicry is another useful way to think about sor juana’s rhetorical strategy in the answer. bhabha defines mimicry as an imitation of the colonizer's culture that is "almost the same, but not quite" (bhabha 122). sor juana demonstrates this by mastering european theological and philosophical discourse, but in a way that subtly questions and undermines the authority of the structures she’s working within. she uses the very intellectual tools of the patriarchal and colonial systems that sought to limit her to expose their flaws. bhabha describes mimicry as “at once resemblance and menace” (bhabha 123), and sor juana’s mimicry works in just that way—her use of european intellectual traditions both legitimizes her as a scholar and simultaneously challenges the constraints of those traditions, especially for women in her society. bhabha’s idea of a crisis of cultural identity is also particularly relevant to sor juana’s work. in colonial contexts, the tension between the colonizer’s norms and the colonized subject’s residual identity leads to a profound crisis of identity. sor juana, as a criolla intellectual in a europeandominated society, faces this tension directly. she’s constantly negotiating between her status as an intellectual who draws on european traditions and her identity as a woman in colonial mexico, where those traditions often exclude or marginalize her. this situation creates a sense of fragmentation and displacement, similar to what bhabha describes. however, bhabha also sees these crises of identity as opportunities for new cultural forms to emerge—forms that don’t fit neatly into existing categories but instead occupy the "third space" of hybridity (bhabha 54). sor juana’s work, then, can be seen as a product of this very process. her intellectual identity transcends the boundaries imposed on her, allowing her to navigate and resist multiple layers of exclusion. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org sor juana's strategic use of language and rhetoric in the answer also ties closely to bhabha's notion of performativity in colonial discourse. her text doesn’t just reflect her intellectual position—it actively performs it. she uses irony, self-deprecation, and complex scholarly arguments to carve out a space for herself within, but also against, the patriarchal and colonial structures she’s critiquing. this performative aspect of her work aligns with bhabha’s idea of the "performative space of enunciation" (bhabha 56), where new identities and meanings are constantly being negotiated in response to power dynamics. through this performance, sor juana asserts an intellectual identity that cannot be confined by traditional gender or colonial boundaries. this crisis of identity and performative resistance is perhaps most clear in sor juana’s defense of her right to pursue knowledge. throughout the answer, she constructs her argument by referencing european authorities, such as aristotle and saint jerome, while simultaneously asserting her intellectual autonomy as a woman. this dual approach reflects the hybrid nature of her intellectual stance—she uses european traditions to assert her authority but does so in a way that makes room for her own unique experiences and challenges the systems that exclude her. as bhabha points out, hybridity creates a "split-space of enunciation" where "the subject of cultural difference becomes an object of desire" (bhabha 162). sor juana’s intellectual performance reflects this dynamic—she’s both a subject of admiration for her scholarly achievements and a source of unease for those who see her breaking the boundaries of what a woman, or a colonial subject, should be. thus, by applying bhabha’s post-colonial theory to the answer, we can see how sor juana performs hybridity and negotiates the complexities of her cultural and intellectual identity. through mimicry, she adopts the scholarly traditions of her colonial society, but in a way that subverts the very structures that sought to control her. her work reflects the crisis of identity produced by the colonial condition but also uses that crisis as an opportunity for resistance and redefinition. sor juana’s intellectual performance—her use of mimicry, hybridity, and performative language—reveals the deep ambivalence and instability of colonial and patriarchal power, positioning her work as a powerful critique of both. 1.3.2 previous studies the performances of hybridity and post-colonialism in sor juana inés de la cruz’s the answer have been extensively discussed within the critical frameworks of homi k. bhabha's postcolonial theory, particularly in relation to the crisis of cultural identity. sor juana's text, written in response to the bishop of puebla under the pseudonym sor filotea, represents not only a defense of her intellectual capabilities as a woman but also a deeper interrogation of cultural identity in the context of colonial mexico. to uncover these layers, it is essential to engage with bhabha's notion of hybridity, which emphasizes the interaction of colonizer and colonized cultures, and the subsequent formation of a 'third space' where new identities emerge. bhabha argues that "displaces the histories that constitute it, and sets up new structures of authority, new political initiatives, which are inadequately understood through received wisdom" (bhabha 211). sor juana, in this context, navigates the intersection of indigenous, spanish, and religious influences, complicating her cultural identity and intellectual autonomy through acts of resistance and subversion. the answer serves as a profound example of how a colonial subject, particularly a woman, negotiates the power dynamics of colonial discourse. bhabha's theory of mimicry, wherein the colonized mimics the colonizer in a way that is both imitation and mockery, becomes a critical lens for examining sor american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org juana’s rhetorical strategies. bhabha claims that mimicry is a "metonym of presence" that produces a space of ambivalence and disruption (bhabha 86). sor juana’s appropriation of theological and philosophical discourses reflects this ambivalence. on the one hand, she demonstrates mastery over these forms, thereby gaining authority; on the other, her very use of these forms within the context of her gender and colonial status destabilizes the assumption of the exclusivity of such intellectual practices to european men. moreover, sor juana’s deployment of irony and subversion in her arguments reflects what bhabha describes as "the process of ambivalence" that disrupts the colonizer’s authority (bhabha 91). her critique of gender norms and ecclesiastical authority, although couched in the submissive and humble language expected of her as a woman and a nun, nonetheless calls into question the structures that marginalize her. this ambivalence creates a space where sor juana can assert her agency within the very framework designed to suppress it. in the answer, she writes: "i have desired to study and, knowing that it is so disallowed for my sex, i have fought my impulses and managed to block them to some extent" (juana inés de la cruz 44). here, sor juana engages in a complex negotiation of gendered identity, situating herself as both compliant with and critical of the patriarchal structure. the performance of humility, in this case, becomes a strategic tool through which she claims a space for intellectual resistance. hybridity also plays a crucial role in sor juana’s text when considering her cultural positioning as a criolla in new spain. the concept of the "in-between" or liminal space, central to bhabha’s theory of hybridity, is key to understanding sor juana’s articulation of identity. she exists between the indigenous and european worlds, navigating the conflicting cultural expectations imposed by spanish colonialism. her intellectual pursuits, influenced by european thought, simultaneously reflect the syncretic nature of colonial life, where indigenous and european elements coexisted in tension. bhabha states that hybridity reveals "the productivity of colonial power, its shifting and ambivalent mimetic strategies, its ability to appropriate and rearticulate" (bhabha 160). sor juana’s mastery of european intellectual traditions can be read not merely as assimilation but as a rearticulation of these traditions within the context of colonial new spain, thus creating a hybrid intellectual identity that challenges the binary opposition of colonizer and colonized. additionally, the crisis of cultural identity that sor juana experiences is not only shaped by her position as a criolla but also by her gender. her gender complicates her position within the colonial power structure, as the intellectual pursuits that define her identity are at odds with the prescribed roles for women in colonial society. as a nun, her access to education is both a privilege and a limitation. she is permitted intellectual exploration within the convent’s walls, yet her works are subject to the scrutiny of male ecclesiastical authorities, as evidenced by the bishop’s critique. this mirrors bhabha’s description of the "unhomeliness" experienced by the colonized, a sense of not fully belonging to any one culture or space (bhabha 13). sor juana’s intellectual endeavors, though rooted in the european tradition, are always marked by her status as a woman in a patriarchal and colonial society, creating a profound sense of dislocation and ambivalence that reflects bhabha’s understanding of cultural hybridity. bhabha’s concept of the "third space" further illuminates the ways in which sor juana negotiates her cultural and intellectual identity. the "third space" is not merely a site of cultural fusion but a space where new forms of identity and resistance emerge. bhabha claims that this space is "the precondition for the articulation of cultural difference" (bhabha 36). in the answer, sor juana occupies this space american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org as she constructs a self that defies the binaries of colonizer/colonized and male/female. her use of scholastic argumentation and theological discourse enables her to assert intellectual authority, while her position as a woman in a colonial context ensures that this authority remains precarious and contested. the hybridity of her identity, formed in this "third space," reflects the broader tensions inherent in colonial cultural encounters, where identity is constantly negotiated and redefined. thus, sor juana inés de la cruz’s the answer can be understood as a profound performance of hybridity and post-colonial resistance through the lens of bhabhian analysis. her text exemplifies the ambivalence and complexity of colonial identity, as she navigates the intersections of gender, culture, and power. through mimicry, subversion, and the articulation of a hybrid intellectual identity, sor juana engages with the crisis of cultural identity in ways that both reflect and challenge the colonial structures of her time. bhabha’s theories provide a critical framework for understanding the nuanced ways in which sor juana constructs and performs her identity, revealing the complexities of postcolonial subjectivity in colonial mexico. 1.4 research questions 1. how does the answer reflect sor juana’s experience of navigating multiple, conflicting identities under colonial and patriarchal rule? 2. how does the answer express the crisis of cultural identity in the colonial world, and how does sor juana navigate this tension? 1.5 research objectives 1. to explore how sor juana uses her writing in the answer to balance and challenge the roles imposed on her as a woman and scholar in a colonial world, focusing on how she subtly resists both patriarchal and colonial power through bhabha’s ideas of mimicry and ambivalence. 2. to examine how sor juana’s identity as a criolla born in the americas but educated in european traditions—creates a tension in the answer, and how her work reflects the broader identity struggles of living between two cultures in colonial mexico. 3. to understand how sor juana’s feelings of alienation within both the church and colonial society fuel her intellectual resistance, turning her sense of being an outsider into a powerful critique of the structures that sought to silence her. 1.6 methodology to explore the performances of hybridity and post-colonialism in the answer by sor juana inés de la cruz through a bhabhian lens, this methodology focuses on how sor juana’s text embodies the complexities of identity under colonial rule. using homi k. bhabha’s theories of postcolonialism, particularly his ideas of hybridity, mimicry, and the third space, this analysis seeks to understand how sor juana negotiates her identity as a colonial subject, a woman, and an intellectual in 17th-century new spain. bhabha’s concept of hybridity is key to this analysis. it suggests that colonial identity is never a simple binary of colonizer and colonized but rather a mixture of influences where power is both imposed and resisted. in sor juana’s case, her identity as a creole woman—born in the new world but tied to european traditions—places her in a space of cultural and intellectual negotiation. methodologically, this study closely examines how sor juana’s writing reflects this hybrid identity. for example, in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org answer, sor juana invokes classical, religious, and intellectual traditions inherited from europe while infusing them with her own voice, shaped by her colonial context. this blending, or hybridity, becomes a form of resistance, as she uses the very tools of the colonizer’s intellectual traditions to assert her own identity. bhabha’s idea of mimicry further sharpens this investigation. mimicry, in post-colonial theory, refers to how colonized subjects often imitate the colonizer’s ways, but with subtle differences that can disrupt colonial authority. sor juana’s engagement with patriarchal, eurocentric intellectual traditions can be seen as a form of mimicry. she adopts the language and forms of male-dominated scholarly discourse, but she does so with a difference that challenges the very structures that exclude her. for instance, in her argument defending women’s intellectual capabilities, sor juana uses theological and philosophical reasoning, the same tools used to marginalize women, to assert her equality. this act of mimicry—almost but not quite replicating the colonizer’s intellectual voice—creates a space for subversion within the colonial order, as she both fits into and disrupts the expectations placed on her as a colonial woman. in applying bhabha’s concept of the third space, this study explores how sor juana’s writing creates a space that is neither fully colonizer nor colonized but something new—a hybrid space where her identity is articulated. bhabha describes the third space as a site of negotiation, where the colonized subject can redefine themselves in ways that escape the control of colonial power. for sor juana, this means her writing is not just a passive reflection of colonial authority but a place where she actively shapes her own intellectual and cultural identity. this is particularly visible in the way she engages with the religious and intellectual authorities of her time. rather than merely accepting their authority, she enters into dialogue with them, positioning herself within their world but also creating a space where her voice can challenge and redefine the boundaries of that world. the methodology also engages with bhabha’s notion of the colonial gaze—the way in which colonial powers attempt to fix the identity of colonized subjects. sor juana’s writing is aware of how her intellectual identity is being watched and judged by the patriarchal structures around her, especially the church and the male intellectual elite. however, in the answer, she anticipates this scrutiny and turns it back on her critics, performing a self-defense that both acknowledges the colonial gaze and resists its attempts to confine her. this dynamic is explored by analyzing how sor juana’s writing constructs a careful, self-aware identity that maneuvers within these constraints while still asserting her intellectual agency. so, this study looks at the performative nature of the answer. bhabha’s idea of performativity emphasizes how identities are not fixed but are constantly created and recreated through actions and speech. sor juana’s text, framed as a letter responding to her critics, can be read as a performance of resistance. her use of dialogue, irony, and rhetorical strategies turns her text into more than just a defense of her intellectual rights—it becomes a staged act of defiance against the colonial and patriarchal powers that seek to limit her. by examining these rhetorical techniques, the methodology shows how sor juana’s writing itself becomes a space of performance, where she enacts her own intellectual freedom in a way that challenges the authority of the colonial order. thus, this methodological approach, grounded in bhabha’s post-colonial theory, reveals how the answer by sor juana inés de la cruz is not just a text of defense but a complex performance of identity negotiation. by focusing on concepts like hybridity, mimicry, the third space, and the colonial gaze, this study shows how sor juana’s writing operates within and against the colonial structures of power, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org offering a nuanced look at how post-colonial subjects can resist and reconfigure their identities within oppressive systems. this analysis not only uncovers the deep tensions in sor juana’s negotiation of her cultural identity but also highlights how post-colonial theory, particularly bhabha’s framework, provides critical tools for understanding the layered, dynamic nature of resistance in colonial contexts. 1.7 results and discussion in the answer (respuesta a sor filotea), sor juana inés de la cruz grapples with the intricate challenges of cultural and gender identity in the deeply hierarchical and restrictive setting of colonial new spain. written in 1691, the answer serves as a personal, intellectual, and theological defense of her right to pursue knowledge, offering an important text for post-colonial analysis. sor juana occupies a unique space where her identity as a nun, a scholar, a woman, and a colonial subject intersect, creating a complex narrative. by applying homi k. bhabha’s theory of hybridity, it becomes clear how the answer not only captures but also critiques the cultural identity crisis of the colonial world. bhabha’s concept of the "third space" and the way identity is performed offer a critical perspective for exploring sor juana's complex negotiation of colonial and patriarchal expectations. in this light, her work can be seen as both a response to and a resistance against the roles imposed on her, especially within the realms of knowledge, gender, and colonial authority. to understand how the answer reflects sor juana's struggle with conflicting identities under both colonial and patriarchal control, it’s crucial to first consider the historical and social context of 17thcentury new spain. sor juana was marginalized not just as a woman in a society dominated by men, but also as a subject of the spanish empire, positioned between multiple layers of power and subjugation. bhabha’s concept of hybridity, which takes shape in a "third space," helps to make sense of this layered identity. he explains that this space "displaces the histories that constitute it, and sets up new structures of authority, new political initiatives" (bhabha 55). sor juana, within her work, creates such a space—a fluid area where she embraces, resists, and ultimately transforms the roles society assigns to her. one of the clearest manifestations of this tension is found in sor juana’s identity as a scholar, which conflicts with the roles prescribed to women in her society. the heart of the answer revolves around the clash between her intellectual pursuits and the limited roles available to women in religious and colonial life. throughout the text, sor juana presents herself as a devout christian, adhering to the norms expected of a nun. yet, she simultaneously defends her right to pursue knowledge—a subtle rebellion against the constraints placed upon her. for instance, she writes, "i do not study in order to write, and even less to teach – which, as you know, would be to fail in my duty as a woman – but simply to see if by studying i can become less ignorant" (cruz 63). sor juana’s defense is a careful negotiation; she acknowledges the societal rules she is bound by but questions them through her actions. this dual position mirrors bhabha’s "ambivalence of colonial discourse," where those subject to colonial rule both conform to and subvert the powers that dominate them (bhabha 125). the complexity of sor juana’s identity also reflects the broader struggles faced by colonial intellectuals of her time. they were caught between expressing themselves fully and adhering to the limitations imposed by the church and colonial authorities. the answer showcases this crisis of cultural identity. as an intellectual in a colonial setting, sor juana’s scholarly pursuits drew from the european traditions of her colonizers while, at the same time, often challenging the systems of authority that these traditions represented. bhabha describes this process as one of mimicry, where the colonial subject imitates the colonizer but, in doing so, creates subtle differences that challenge colonial authority (bhabha 88). sor american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org juana, through her engagement with european philosophy, theology, and literature, mimics the intellectual traditions of the spanish, yet her work critiques the very power structures that enforce these traditions. she writes, "although it is unseemly for a woman to engage in debate, i cannot but defend myself when i am accused of not using my reason" (cruz 72). here, sor juana not only asserts her intellectual capabilities but also challenges the gendered constraints imposed by colonial and religious institutions. sor juana’s linguistic choices in the answer further illustrate the crisis of identity she experienced. as a colonial subject, she wrote in spanish, the language of the colonizers. however, her philosophical discourse often interrogated the very systems of power tied to that language. this reflects bhabha’s idea of hybridity as existing in a "third space," where meaning is constantly negotiated between conflicting identities. according to bhabha, this space allows for new forms of identity to emerge but also makes visible the instability of colonial power. sor juana’s use of language in the answer exemplifies this concept of hybridity. she operates within the language of the colonizers, yet her writings express her individual identity and challenge the constraints of the colonial world. in this way, her work becomes an act of resistance, navigating the tensions between colonial authority and her own intellectual freedom. sor juana’s complex negotiation is also evident in her relationship with religious authority. as a nun, she was expected to obey the dictates of the church, yet her pursuit of knowledge and inquiry often ran counter to the expectations placed on women in religious life. in the answer, she reflects on the contradictions of her position as a woman of faith and a scholar. sor juana famously quips, "if aristotle had cooked, he would have written much more" (cruz 85), highlighting the gendered division of labor and the exclusion of women from intellectual life. by referencing aristotle, sor juana aligns herself with the great male thinkers of western philosophy, but she does so in a way that critiques the systems that deny women the same opportunities. this act of positioning herself within a traditionally male intellectual lineage while also critiquing it aligns with bhabha’s concept of the "third space," where identity is formed through negotiation between opposing cultural forces. in invoking aristotle, sor juana mimics the intellectual tradition of male philosophers while simultaneously subverting patriarchal norms, using these figures to assert her own intellectual authority as a woman. sor juana’s hybridity goes beyond gender and intellectual identity, extending to her position as a colonial subject in new spain. as a creole woman—someone born in the colonies of european descent—sor juana existed in a liminal space, neither fully european nor fully indigenous. this hybridity shaped her intellectual life as well. sor juana was well-versed in european philosophy and theology, but her intellectual world was also deeply informed by the indigenous cultures of mexico. in the answer, sor juana demonstrates her knowledge of european traditions but also indirectly challenges the cultural hierarchies that privilege european knowledge over indigenous forms of understanding. this blending of traditions reflects bhabha’s understanding of hybridity as a space of both resistance and potential. sor juana’s intellectual work challenges the colonial binary that positioned european culture as superior and indigenous culture as inferior. in recognizing the value of both, she disrupts the rigid categories of colonial power, asserting her own identity as a hybrid subject who exists beyond the limiting categories of colonial identity. the personal crisis of identity that sor juana addresses in the answer is also a broader reflection of the condition faced by many colonial subjects in new spain. sor juana’s struggle with the competing demands of gender, religion, and colonialism reveals the contradictions inherent in colonial identity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org her work embodies the "ambivalence of colonial discourse," where she navigates the pressure to conform to the ideologies of colonial and patriarchal systems while also finding ways to resist them. bhabha’s idea of mimicry helps explain this dynamic. as bhabha argues, mimicry both affirms the colonizer’s authority and undermines it by introducing subtle differences. sor juana’s mimicry of european intellectual traditions affirms her place within colonial structures but simultaneously challenges the notion that these traditions belong exclusively to european men. through her writing, she asserts her own intellectual agency within a system that seeks to constrain it. in conclusion, sor juana inés de la cruz’s the answer is a sophisticated expression of hybridity, encapsulating the crisis of cultural identity faced by colonial subjects. by applying bhabha’s theory of hybridity, we see how sor juana navigates the conflicting demands placed on her as a woman, a nun, and a colonial subject. her work exemplifies the tensions inherent in the "third space," where identity is neither fully compliant nor entirely resistant to the structures of power. sor juana’s defense of her intellectual pursuits, despite the limitations imposed by colonialism and patriarchy, reveals the complexity of navigating identity in a colonial world. her writing is not just a reflection of this crisis but an active site of resistance, where she negotiates and reimagines her identity in ways that challenge the boundaries imposed on her. through this process, sor juana transforms the crisis of cultural identity into an opportunity for empowerment and intellectual assertion. references 1. bhabha, homi k. the location of culture. routledge, 1994. 2. bhabha, homi k. "of mimicry and man: the ambivalence of colonial discourse." october, vol. 28, 1984, pp. 125-133. 3. cruz, sor juana inés de la. the answer/la respuesta, including sor filotea’s letter. translated by electa arenal and amanda powell, feminist press at the city university of new york, 1994. 4. kirk, stephanie l. sor juana inés de la cruz and the gender politics of knowledge in colonial mexico. routledge, 2016. 5. paz, octavio. sor juana, or, the traps of faith. translated by margaret sayers peden, harvard university press, 1988. 6. mignolo, walter. the darker side of the renaissance: literacy, territoriality, and colonization. 7. university of michigan press, 1995. 8. rendall, steven. the postcolonial condition: sor juana inés de la cruz’s respuesta and colonial intellectual identity. university of toronto press, 2000. 9. bhabha, homi k. the location of culture. routledge, 1994. 10. kirk, pamela. sor juana inés de la cruz: religion, art, and feminism. continuum, 1998. 11. paz, octavio. sor juana, or, the traps of faith. harvard up, 1988. 12. sousa, lisa, stafford poole, and james d. nesmith, editors. the answer/la respuesta, by sor juana inés de la cruz, translated by electa arenal and amanda powell, feminist press at cuny, 1994. 13. bhabha, homi k. the location of culture. routledge, 2004. 14. juana inés de la cruz, sor. the answer/la respuesta, including a selection of poems. edited and translated by electa arenal and amanda powell, the feminist press at the city university of new york, 2009. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 15. merrim, stephanie. feminist perspectives on sor juana inés de la cruz. wayne state university press, 1991. 16. paz, octavio. sor juana: or, the traps of faith. translated by margaret sayers peden, harvard university press, 1988. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org improving patronage services for expectant mothers and children, primary prevention of congenital anomalies kasimova d. a. associat professor, ph.d. school of the public health, tashkent medical academy, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the prevalence of congenital anomalies among children, the study of risk factors and the development of a scientifically based system of measures to improve the patronage of future mothers and children to eliminate them. introduction research objectives: dynamic study of the prevalence of congenital anomalies among children of young and gender groups in tashkent. to study the living conditions and lifestyle that cause congenital anomalies and to identify leading risk factors. to study the role of the medical (community) nurse in monitoring congenital malformations in children, carrying out preventive measures. to develop and implement a set of measures to further improve the system of patronage among expectant mothers and children in the prevention of birth defects, to improve its quality and effectiveness. object of research: 1.territories of the republic of uzbekistan and prevalent congenital anomalies 2.600 community nurses working in family clinics in 4 districts of tashkent. 3.300 children with congenital anomalies (incident group) and 300 healthy children (control group) in tashkent; subject of research: prevalence, structure, risk factors of congenital anomalies in children, living conditions and lifestyle of sick children and their families. the structure, scope, quality and effectiveness of the work of a community health nurse in the prevention of congenital anomalies. research methods. modern methods of medicine based on epidemiological, socio-hygienic, sociological, statistical, logistic regression and other evidence are widely used. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org the scientific novelty of the research is: for the first time, a systematic approach to the prevention and treatment of congenital anomalies in primary health care (phc) is based on medical and organizational proposals for the comprehensive rehabilitation of mothers and children; leading risk factors affecting the prevalence and origin and development of birth defects in children living in tashkent for the first time in the country: mother's age, education, family relationship, poor family environment, maternal complications during pregnancy and childbirth, maternal extragenetic diseases when detected. a table has been developed to help develop a set of systematic, individual and group measures for the prevention, early detection, early diagnosis and treatment of children's anomalies. deficiencies that negatively affect the quality of care provided to expectant mothers and children in primary health care: nurses monitor the health of expectant mothers and children. due to modern requirements, great attention is paid to the early diagnosis of congenital anomalies in the primary care, prevention of congenital anomalies and prevention of complications. it is impossible to do this without the use of the skills and knowledge of the patient and his relatives to train nurses, their services to pregnant women, the implementation of technology and manipulations, simple manipulations, competent medical care to the doctor. in this regard, it is important to develop clear evaluation criteria for the quality of medical care, its evaluation and management, to exclude different interpretations. the large-scale measures implemented on the basis of the concept of "healthy mother healthy child" serve as an important factor in strengthening reproductive health, forming a healthy family, prevention of hereditary diseases. a healthy child is the fruit of a healthy family. therefore, it is important to pay serious attention to the health and psyche of women of childbearing age during pregnancy, to raise the medical culture in the family. now, at the beginning of the third millennium, there is a tendency to increase social demand for a healthy lifestyle in all developed countries. one aspect of the work of every midwife is the work of hygienic education and training of the population. the main task of the patronage nurse is to conduct regular patronage work among the population, primarily women of childbearing age and pregnant women, children, as well as lonely elderly people, people with disabilities, patients with chronic diseases in need of assistance and social protection. nursing is an independent profession that has the potential to be as important as medical work, providing growth and independent decision-making within its profession. in many respects, the patronage nurse should meet the needs of the population rather than the requirements of the health system. he should become a well-educated professional, an equal partner, work independently with the population, contributing to the strengthening of public health. nowadays, leading nurses have to deal with many issues related to the processing of large amounts of different information. in this sense, not all managers are equipped with modern tools for collecting, processing and transmitting information, they almost do not receive the latest normative documents on the organization of the work of nursing staff. the purpose of the study is to study in depth the role of community nurses in the formation of a healthy lifestyle among the contingent of the population served and the prevention of congenital anomalies. globally, congenital anomalies prevalent among the population are an important medical and social problem. they have doubled in the last decade of the twentieth century and have played a significant american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org role in the pathology and mortality of infancy, perinatal and childhood. today, 1,800 out of 10,000 children worldwide are born with congenital anomalies. despite the progress made in further deepening health care reform, strengthening and protecting the health of the population in our country, congenital anomalies (developmental defects) play a leading role in the structure of morbidity, disability and death of children. according to medical statistics in uzbekistan, this figure is as follows: infant (under 1 year) mortality rate in 2019 was 10,7 per 1,000 live births, of which the main cause of death deaths from perinatal events 5,94, respiratory diseases of the organs 2,44, congenital anomalies 1,11, infectious and parasitic diseases 0,35, other diseases 0,84. the results of a study conducted by the ministry of health of the republic of uzbekistan in collaboration with the world health organization in 2015-2019 among the population aged 18-45 years showed: ✓ two-thirds of the population (67%) consume insufficient amounts of vegetables and fruits every day (less than 400 grams); ✓ half of the population has bad habits (drinking alcohol, smoking, etc.); ✓ one in five citizens was diagnosed with co-morbidities (anemia, thyroid disease and other diseases); ✓ 46% of the population has high cholesterol levels; ✓ 42% of men and 1,5% of women smoke; ✓ one third of the population had high blood pressure (≥140 / 90 mm hg); ✓ 9% of the population has high fasting glucose levels (16,1 mol / l); ✓ one-fifth of the population aged 40-64 years is at risk of developing cardiovascular disease over a decade; ✓ the average salt intake of the population is 14,6 grams per day, which is 3 times higher than the level recommended by the world health organization (maximum 5 grams per day). ✓ according to the world health organization, the economic damage caused by noncommunicable diseases in 2016 amounted to 9,3 trillion soums, which is 4,7% of the country's gdp. according to experts, 31% of births with congenital anomalies in uzbekistan can be prevented or delayed by improving the system of organization and provision of care for the prevention of risk factors and early detection of congenital anomalies. currently, there are the following shortcomings in ensuring the health of the fetus among the population of the republic:  not planning a pregnancy and getting pregnant without preparing for pregnancy;  failure to follow the interval between children;  failure to undergo timely medical examinations and under the supervision of a doctor close to the birth of the fetus;  low levels of vitamins and minerals in food; do not give up harmful habits during pregnancy; the system of early detection of patients prone to congenital anomalies in primary health care facilities is insufficiently developed, advice on preparation of women of reproductive age for pregnancy, healthy nutrition in early pregnancy, physical activity, proper intake of drugs and vitamins, smoking and alcohol withdrawal not at the level of demand. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org taking into account the positive results obtained, the experts of the world health organization justified the expediency of introducing this practice in the practice of all primary health care facilities of the country. at present, the promotion of citizens to lead a healthy lifestyle is not carried out at the level of demand. the measures taken in this direction have only quantitative and statistical significance. the duration of information and educational campaigns is short-term and irregular. international experience shows that such measures are combined with other measures such as improving the legal framework for creating a healthy environment, applying incentives for the production and sale of healthy food, changing the lifestyle of the population or motivating employers to create a healthy environment for employees. can only be effective when visited. prevention of congenital anomalies there is a lack of training and retraining of specialists in the field of maintaining a healthy lifestyle and increasing physical activity among pregnant women. numerous epidemiological studies have shown that the detection of many early congenital anomalies can prevent premature risk factors with the help of effective prophylactic programs performed on a regular basis. rehabilitation programs for at-risk pregnant women have been actively introduced in primary prevention education, and the number of cases of congenital anomalies has decreased in countries where educational technologies are implemented (canada, uk, usa, finland). the main components of rehabilitation programs are physical exercise, preventive training (teaching pregnant women a healthy lifestyle) and psychological support. most congenital anomalies cannot be completely cured at present, but it is possible to monitor the course of many anomalies and ensure that their consequences are prevented, prolonging patients ’lives and improving their quality of life. however, no matter how wide the possibilities of modern medicine, it is impossible to successfully control congenital anomalies without the active participation of patients. educating pregnant women means explaining to them the causes of the illness of the unborn child, implementing a healthy lifestyle, helping them understand how to take proper care. the results of a medical-social study showed that the majority of children under control (82,5%) were in a state of excessive psycho-emotional nervousness. studies have shown that patients' illnesses and their inadequate response to intervention, indifference to the recommendations given on the formation of a healthy lifestyle are conditioned by their low level of education and socio-economic status and low medical activity. in children with congenital anomalies congenital anomalies of the circulatory system (32,0%) congenital anomalies of the nervous system (24,0%), congenital anomalies of the eyes, ears, face and neck (23,0%) congenital anomalies of the labia and palate (12,0%) the musculoskeletal system is associated with congenital anomalies (5%) and unclassified chromosomal abnormalities (4%) in other reguns. according to our data, 62,0% of patients had low levels of physical activity, of which 12,0% had limited mobility due to the disease. studies show that 70,0% of men and women in all age groups have below the minimum level of physical activity that can have a positive effect on health. the level of harmful habits among respondents is high: 31,9% of patients smoke. smoking contributes 35,7% of the population’s attributive risk of congenital anomalies, which is a major cause of congenital malformations in the fetus, along with dyslipidemia and chronic stress. observational studies have shown a strong correlation between the prevalence of smoking and general congenital anomalies and birth rates. in repeated interviews and psychological support, this figure american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org increases by another 15%. the impact of conversations on the proportion of smokers seems to be low, but a 2% reduction in smoking alone would be statistically significant for public health per year. the practical results of the study are as follows: at the first level of the health care system, a comprehensive, systematic approach to primary, secondary and tertiary prevention of the disease has been developed; on the basis of this program, an algorithm of measures for early detection and prevention of congenital anomalies, as well as practical recommendations for the formation of healthy lifestyle skills among the population, improving the care of expectant mothers and children. identification of risk groups of the population as a result of the use of a prognostic table that allows a comprehensive assessment of the level of risk factors influencing the formation of congenital anomalies in the activities of family nurses in family clinics, differentiated according to their risk level, development of individual plan measures. the reliability of the ienic, sociological, chronometric, sanitary-statistical, expert assessments used in research results is confirmed by modern complementary epidemiological, socio-hygscientific research and the adequacy of the volume and number of primary materials, improved analytical and prognostic indicators, reasonable selection of statistical analysis methods. , the correct application, the fact that the research materials have been discussed at national and international conferences, as well as published in authoritative scientific publications show the reliability and validity of the conclusions and research results. scientific and practical significance of research results. the scientific significance of the results of the study is explained by the fact that the conclusions and recommendations received play an important role in the development of patronage services and contribute to the optimization and improvement of medical nursing care for expectant mothers and children. the practical significance of the results of the study is that a number of recommendations have been developed and implemented in health care to improve the care of expectant mothers and children. increase the level of satisfaction with the service. the prevention of congenital anomalies is explained by the creation of a prognostic table that allows them to be divided into leading risk groups, to conduct targeted dispensary control. references 1. mamatqulov b.m. et al. risk factors for congenital anomalies in children and the role of the patronage nurse //annals of the romanian society for cell biology. – 2021. – с. 8803-8815. 2. касимова д.а. медико-социальные аспекты детской инвалидности и пути её снижения (по материалам г. ташкента). – 2012. 3. касимова д.а., маматкулов б.м. комплексное изучение состояние здоровья, прогнозирование факторов риска и разработка многоуровневой программы профилактики детской инвалидности //молодой ученый. – 2015. – №. 15. – с. 283-287. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org geographical and chronological classification of the emergence of religions son of karimov nasibjon ikromiddin, andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies department of humanities tursunboev alisher aqhai graduate a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s religion is a maslak, a view doctrine that directly surrounds nature, society, man and his mind, purpose and destiny from living, expresses faith and faith in the divine power, which is beyond the environment, creates man, at the same time suddenly shows him the path of life "true", "true" and "righteous" and learns. the role of religion in the life of society as a spiritual and spiritual value is multifaceted in its function. man is different from other creatures in his spiritual essence. to do this, humanity must look at the human principles of religious doctrine, which are the mainstay of spirituality. religion has long been a holistic system of ideas and views, which, as a component of human spirituality, embodies the high ideals of humanity, dreams of truth and truth, dishonesty and justice, strengthening them in the form of stable rules. religion will never lead mankind to a bad path. religion reminds us that this world is fleeting, that the afterlife, that a person encourages his child to be vigilant, to walk away from dirty roads, to be good, to leave a good mark. religion, spirituality, classification of religions, animism, fetishism, totemism, shamanism, witchcraft. introduction on the map of the world there is an existing country in which the peoples living have their own religion, customs and traditions. in the study of the history of the peoples of the world, it is impossible to ignore their religious views, beliefs and religious practices. including, article 35 of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan guarantees freedom of conscience for everyone. everyone has the right to believe in the desired religion or not to believe in any religion. it is not allowed to forcibly instill religious views, it is prescribed. religions are divided into different groups according to the number, scale of believers in it, the specificity of one's own particular nationality or people, or the non-choice of nationality. these groups cannot be absolutized regardless of how many they are numerically or how mature they are in theory. because any classification cannot cover other facets, paying attention to a certain aspect. currently, religion typology has the following classifications of religions: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org according to the historical-geographical aspect; according to the ethnic aspect; according to the number of believers; in terms of existence in the present era (living and dead religious systems) i. historical-geographical classification. 1) mediterranean basin religions: (a) greek; b) rome; c) hellenistic. 2) ancient near and middle eastern religions: (a) egypt; b) sumerian; c) akkad; d) west-somian; e) pre-islamic arab religions. 3) prophetic religions of the near and middle east: (a) zoroastrianism; b) judaism; c) christianity; d) manichaeism; e) islam. 4) indian religions: (a) the religions of the vedas; b) hinduism; c) indian buddhism (theravada, mahayana; g) jainism. 5) east and southeast asian religions: a) buddhism of sri lanka, tibet, southeast asia basin; b) chinese religions (schools of taoism, confucianism, buddhism); c) korean and japanese religions. 6) american indian religions: a) toltec and aztec religions; (b) incan religions; c) mayan religions. ii. ethnic classification (a) seed tribal religions are totemistic, animistic visions based religions that worship a sorcerer, shaman, or tribal chieftain from their own seed. they are the nation has been absorbed into religions and world religions, and is now preserved in some tribes in australia, south america and africa; b) nation religions are religions that are specific to a particular nation and that are not accepted by people of other nationalities. they include judaism( specific to the jewish nation), hinduism (specific to the indians), confucianism( specific to the chinese nation), shintoism (specific to the japanese; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org c) world religions are the religions that are most prevalent in the world, from the nationality and race of people who can firmly believe in it. it includes buddhism, christianity and islam. in addition religions are further divided into monotheistic monotheistic (judaism, islam) and polytheistic polygamous (hinduism, confucianism) according to the doctrine. primitive beliefs, national religions, the formation and peculiarities of world religions. the religions of the primitive community are animism, totemism, fetishism, shamanism, magic. animism. in latin, anima means” soul“,” soul". animism is the first form of religion to advance the doctrine of belief in the existence of spirits, the deification of the forces of nature, the presence of spirit, mind and natural power in animal, plant and inanimate objects. animism was advanced as an early form of religious affiliation in 1871 by the english anthropologist edward taylor. it was formed at the same time as totemism. animism knew that the powerful forces of nature – heaven and earth, sun and moon, rain and wind-were present in them, deified thunder and lightning. primitive people understood that mountains, rivers, adirs, forests, trees, hearty stone ravines can also bring vitality, intuition and action, good and evil. offerings were made and prayers were offered to their right. some anthropologists claim that religious views existed even before animism, which they call “animatism”. animatism consists in believing, on the one hand, that things have their own supernatural power, and on the other hand that spirits exist. according to this theory, “primitive man” may have brought to his imagination a single “force”that gives life, spread throughout one universe, before he knew other-other beings as individuals. it is also likely that such a concept was supported by the idea of “mana”. the word” mana " is a word used to refer to an unnatural, visually invisible force, which was used to refer to a secret force believed to exist in objects (animals, plants, stones) or people (tribal chairman, magician, sage) that are strong according to primitive religious imagination, influential, or looked after by society. primitive tribal members believed that they were surrounded by invisible forces with their eyes. this belief was named by different names in each tribe. a pupil of taylor, r.first annotated in maretti's 1909 book “the genesis of religion”, this theory states that the search for the origin of religion from a general dynamic force whose identity does not exist, must be sought. animism forms a major part of modern creeds. there is also a doctrine of spirits in world religions. totemism. the word totem is an ojibwa language of north america meaning “its seed”. its essence is the belief that” people have kinship ties to certain species of animal or plant". seed groups knew that they were descended from an animal and a plant with common signs and totems. the connection between totems and people belongs to the distant past, which is confirmed by ancient legends. for example, the imagery in the legends preserved among aboriginal australians is a clear example of this. traditions, norms, which arose under the influence of totemism, were strictly applied for centuries. a taboo-prohibition, that is, a system of prohibiting the consumption of totems as feed, appeared. only in some religious ceremonies, priests or tribal chiefs were allowed to eat the totem. the totemism seed community was considered the first of the social seed tribal communities and remained the historical basis of religious manifestations. the main tasks of totemism were to combine and regulate. despite the fact that totemism belongs to the early period of religious forms, still remains of it in the traditions, beliefs of some peoples. for example, in india, a cow, in australia, a kangaroo is glorified as a mythical animal of happiness. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org fetishism. the word fetish refers to the french word for fetishe – but, sanam, amulet. it is the worship of inanimate objects in nature. fetish has both negative and positive impact power. fetishism was formed at the same time as the appearance of objects made of wood, clay and other materials. in idols, amulets, the communities saw the embodiment of divine power coming from the unnatural world. fetishism remained the closing stage in the process of formation of the general complex of the initial religious impressions of primitive people. perceptions of the world have improved over time, and have had a lasting impact on human life. statues, figures, amulets, amulets, amulets and various symbols of all religions are still preserved in the present day. shamanism (shamanism). shamanism (the word”shaman “is related to the tungusic-manchurian verb” sa “ – to know,” saman " – to know). shamanism arose as a result of animism, totemism and fetishism, through which individuals made imaginary connections with their totems, the spirits of their ancestors. more women have practiced shamanism in the past. shamans were impenetrable, nervous people who were very confident that people had the ability to communicate with spirits, convey the hopes and intentions of the community, interpret their will. shamans were bewitched by ritual acts – by vocalizing, chanting, dancing, jumping, punishing themselves under the voices of drums and bells, losing themselves, bringing the punishment to a high result. the shaman would come to a state at the end of the ceremony to hear nothing and not see. therefore, it was believed that his communication with the spirit world would come true in the same situation. it played a major role in the consolidation of people's thinking, consciousness, and played an important role in the formation of religious consciousness. witchcraft (magic). witchcraft (magic) is a complex of ritual customs performed for the purpose of influencing man, animal and nature in an unnatural way. special people-shamans, spell –makers-were involved in the tradition of witchcraft. witchcraft rituals could be performed alone or in community. according to the purpose of witchcraft, it is divided into: 1) performed "in good faith" – " white witchcraft "(”belaya magiya") 2) performed "in evil intent" – " black magic "(”chyornaya magiya"); 3) military witchcraft(enchantment of armor); 4) love magic (making” hot“,” cold") 5) medical witchcraft (for the purpose of treatment) 6) weather magic (rain calling) witchcraft has survived in modern religions and in the customs of various peoples. religion is a sense of belief. this feeling is one of the most thoughtful and beautiful spiritual-spiritual needs of mankind. there is no religion in the world, no people without faith. the people cannot live without religion, without faith, without trust. because, all views in religions are guided by goodness. the same aspect, which embodies universal values, forms the educational essence of religion and serves to exalt the human personality. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org references 1. i.a.karimov “yuksak ma’naviyat—yengilmas kuch” toshkent «ma’naviyat» 2008 2. o‘zbekiston respublikasi konstitutsiyasi 35-modda 3. s.s.agzamxodjayev, o.o.yusupov dunyo dinlari tarixi. toshkent “toshkent islom universiteti” 2016, 6-bet 4. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). mehr-muruvvat va mehribonlik qadriyati busaxovat. holders of reason, 1(1), 175-184. 5. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). o ‘zbekistonda turizmni rivojlantirish o ‘ziga xos jihatlari va imkoniyatlari. holders of reason, 1(1), 166-174. 6. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). farg’ona vodiysida turizmni rivojlantirishning iqtisodiy, ijtimoiy va siyosiy omillari. holders of reason, 1(1), 185-193. 7. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). kiber makonda diniy etiqod targibotining ijtimoiy xavfi. holders of reason, 1(1), 223-237. 8. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). zardushtiylik dinida dunyo qarama-qarshilikdan iborat degan ta’limotida ilgari surilgan g ‘oyalar. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 9. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). yangilangan konstitutsiya–baxtimizning huquqiy kafolati. holders of reason, 1(1), 203-213. 10. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). сифатли таълим сифатли ҳаётга йўл. science promotion, 1(1), 143-153. 11. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). олий таълимда ўқитиш сифатини такомиллаштиришда ўзбекистон республикаси президенти фармон ва қарорларининг аҳамияти. science promotion, 1(1), 130-142. 12. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ахборот каммуникацион технологияларининг рақобатбардош кадрлар тайёрлашдаги ўрни. science promotion, 1(1), 118129. 13. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). заҳириддин муҳаммад борурнинг маънавий жасоратини авлодлар қалбида шакллантириш. science promotion, 1(1), 154165. 14. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ma’naviyat insonni ruhan poklaydi. science promotion, 1(1), 55-66. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org 15. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). uchinchi renessans kelajak poydevori. science promotion, 1(1), 45-54. 16. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда зиёрат масканлари. science promotion, 1(1), 35-44. 17. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). мустақиллик йилларида хорижий тиллар ўқитилишини яхшилашга доир меъёрий ҳужжатларнинг қабул қилиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 278-285. 18. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). янги ўзбекистон конституциясида миллий муносабатларнинг тартибга солиниши. holders of reason, 1(1), 248-256. 19. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). қадимги фарғона (даван) давлати тарихига оид баъзи мулоҳазалар. holders of reason, 1(1), 257-269. 20. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). fuqarolarning huquq va erkinliklari qonun himoyasidadir. holders of reason, 1(1), 311-319. 21. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ta’lim va tarbiya ma’naviy-axloq poydevoridir. holders of reason, 1(1), 320-328. 22. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тиллар бўйича янги авлод кадрларининг тайёрланишида халқаро ҳамкорликнинг йўлга қўйилиши. holders of reason, 1(1), 270-277. 23. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolar va ularning jamiyat taraqqiyotiga tasiri. holders of reason, 1(1), 329-338. 24. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ekologik muammolarni oldini olishda inson ma’naviyat va madanyatining o ‘rni. holders of reason, 1(1), 339-349. 25. nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., muyassar, k., muhammadraxim, k., tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., ... & nozima, m. (2023). ўзбекистонда хорижий тил ўқитиш эҳтиёжлари ва муаммолари. holders of reason, 1(1), 298-310. 26. tursunov, b. n., tursonov, b., valixonova, g., nozima, m., nasibjon, k., badalboyeva, i., ... & muhammadraxim, k. (2023). ўзбекистон таълим муассасаларида чет тили ўқитилиши тарихига бир назар. holders of reason, 1(1), 286-297. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org literary tourism in the time of covid-19: an approach study in "oedipus the king" athraa abdul bari kadhim 1, asst. prof. zainab hussein alwan 2 1, 2 university of kerbala telephone number:+9647725626387,+9647803172602 e-mail:adraaabdalbari@gmail.com, zainab.hussain@uokerbala.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s literary tourism is an essential type which is tied up with artistic works. it is a relatively new subject and is still under-researched. with the emergence of covid-19, people resort to travel spiritually and emotionally visiting various places. the current study aims to investigate the utilization of literary tourism in some selected texts of sophocles' play "oedipus the king" with regard to covid-19. literary tourism, covid-19, "oedipus the king". introduction the present study attempts to answer the following questions: 1. practically, what are words indicating literary tourism in the texts mentioned above? 2. does the data selected contain active indicators to be a tourist destination? this study aims at: 1highlighting the expressions used to denote literary tourism in the texts mentioned above. 2finding out an alternative way for tourism in "oedipus" journey it is hypothesized that: 1. there are several words indicating literary tourism in the texts mentioned above. 2. it is expected that this sort of tourism can attract the tourist's attention to tourist imaginative destination. the following procedures will be followed: 1-presenting a theoretical background about literary tourism. 2-identifying the role played by this type to be tasty and satisfied the tourist's opinion. this paper is limited to the study literary tourism as a vital sort. practically, it will be applied to some selected texts of sophocles' play "oedipus the king. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org it is hoped that this study could be valuable for the learners of tourism and those who are specialists in tourism in helping them to understand priority of this type of tourism in time of covid-19 and using online leaning. 2. literary tourism and its functions 2.1. definitions of literary tourism being defined by many scholars, literary tourism is a crucial type of tourism (çevik, 2020:2). literary tourism plays an important sector of tourism industry which is associated with literary works (busby and klug, 2001:319). they add that literary tourism occurs when authors or their literature become famous so that people are drawn those locations associated with the author (e.g. birthplace, home, graveside) or their writings. according to brown and gentile (2015: 25), literary tourism is "a complex cultural phenomenon which presents in a variety of forms, showing its lively connections with past and contemporary culture and its capacity to create experiences for different audiences." immonen (2018:14) points out that literary tourism is a subset of cultural and tourism. al-habssi (2020:1) agrees with immonen (2018) saying that literary tourism is a type of cultural tourism in its comprehensive sense, however it has various forms of attractions. it deals with places and events from fictional texts and the life of their authors. literary tourism represents the connection of both literature and tourism. it can be said that literature creates dreams while tourism actualizes them (akarcy and ak, 2017:12). li (2018:22) remarks that literary tourism is the process of applying tourism in literary genres. he (ibid: 23) resumes his discussion saying that there are three distinctive value of tourism in literature which are as follows: 1literature plays a vital role for guiding tourists. 2literature can be considered as an attractive area for tourism. 3aesthetically, literature enhances tourism and makes it interesting. 4it cultivates people's sentiments and pleases their body and mind. çevik (2020:2) literary tourism implies various activities including "visiting places associated with authors such as houses, graves, museums etc., participating literary events like festivals or commemorations and participating organized literary tours." being connected with other types of tourism, literary tourism is closely related to dark tourism (ibid: 3). 2.2. history of literary tourism literary tourism is not a modern activity. the earliest known occurrence of literary tourism practices has been traced to the ancient roman world (akarcy and ak, 2017:5). 2.3. forms of literary tourism bidaki and hosseini (2014: 2-3) mention three forms of literary tourism which are as follows: (1) real places: these places have real relationship with a writer’s life, and are usually their birth, life, work creation, death, and burial places. samples of these include jane austen’s house in chawton, hampshire, england; robert burns birth place in alloway, scotland; nimayushij’s birth place in yush, iran; and shahriar’s house in tabriz, iran; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org (2) fictional places: these places are the expression or manifestation of a novel, drama, or poetry. samples of these include dublin streets in ulysses by james joyce; the fantasy house of sherlock holmes by sir arthur conan doyle; castles and forts and other places named in traditional iranian literature; (3) built places: these are places created intentionally to attract visitors. samples of these include dickens world opened recently in chatham; and the world of beatrix potter in windermere. 2.4. functions of literary tourism according to akarcy and ak(2017:29), literary tourism can have the following importance: (1) creating enjoyable leisure time. (2) try to make domestic and foreign visitors familiar with literary honors of this country and their accomplishments. (3) strengthening and expediting the education current, or motivating curiosity in visitors through presented interpretations by knowing guides of these regions. (4) a powerful visual and attractive representation reflecting rich cultural, traditional, and literature of cultural domain in this country for domestic and foreign tourists. (5) strengthening correlation, national union, and maintaining group nostology. (6) familiarity of foreign tourists with other powerful touristic potentials in the related country such as ecotourism, (7) guarding artistic and aesthetic values of that country. (8) enabling national and domestic populations psychologically, (9) enabling rural people socially because tourism can change mentality of people 3. literary tourism and coronavirus 3.1 coronavirus and literature the pandemics have made a huge impact on the social, cultural, and economic fields. for a long time, the theme of pandemics is so clear in literary texts. it plays a major role some artistic works. the crisis of these pandemics instigate novelists, authors and playwrights to find out a way so as to relief themselves and the people as well. it is also a style to document these exceptional circumstances in a satisfactory way. since literature reflects the image of human's life, therefore, pandemics provoke their creativity to employ them in literature. the people's suffering and their consequent pains are portrayed in literature. the horrific scenes of misery pave the way to creativity in expressions. in other words, theme of pandemics is a representative example to share others of what is going on (pulugurtha, 2021:3-4) the journey of suffering and the loss of millions of people overwhelm their shadow on human life. thus, literature is the only outlet which carries the concerns of life so as to bridge the gap. this innovative method has been followed by many to entertain others and touches their heart through these hard times. the emergence of some literary movements that embody the crises in their works is considered as an evidence of those painful stages in the history of humanity. they explain clearly the case of struggle of man with his fate. resonate entirely throughout the time american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org under lockdown in the wake of covid-19, literature helps break the barriers, connecting people across different historical periods and time zones with others who have experienced similar tragedies. many writers aim to reflect this crisis objectively. coronavirus awakens the writers' memory. it also gives rise to express the inner emotions such as: hope, sad, fear, panic etc. they embody their challenging times in different ways. the sense of isolation encourages them to develop their ideas and apply them in their works. they try to imply the crisis in their production. the writers and poets respond actively to the crisis and seek ways of healing and surviving. 3.2. the phenomenon of waiting according to andits (2020:221), waiting has become the new norm. waiting for answers and waiting for stability, at this time, there is no obvious extend regarding the outcome of the wait. it is not only a passive act; however, it can be accompanied with hope. people should wait and anticipate for better future regardless of the present situations. during covid-19 pandemic people wait to save their lives. waiting, here purposeful and not empty one. people long for a heavenly support that is embodies in this waiting. 3.3 literary tourism and covid-19 after the lockdowns of coronavirus, literary tourism is beginning to find its way into the virtual world. during covid-19 pandemic people wait to save their lives. waiting, here purposeful and not empty one. people long for a heavenly support that is embodies in this waiting. thus, they try to resort to literary tourism which is the only outlet that one can travel mentally and relief himself. 4. data analysis 4.1 uses of literary tourism at the time of quarantine people have no choice but to wait. there is no precise time how long they have to wait, no one knows exactly what they are waiting for. they are waiting for a cure, for a vaccine, for clarity, for hope that things will get better. however, they are not sure what the end will look like when it comes, or when the waiting is over. waiting depletes one's spirit. he is captive to the wait, powerless to guide his fate. waiting inspires man, and terrifies him at the same time. what a mess people are in! the secret of this sensitive topic likes a puzzle. the subject has been left as an open –ended question. one of the charectrestics of waiting is the reformation. man should have self-reformation. another one is that human beings should learn from their past mistakes through literature. the virus has changed the world. travelling has stopped suddenly. so, people should find a way to explore the world through entertainment and the arts. reading some famous works is a new method of tourism. it shifts people from one topic into another visiting several places. dramatically, one feels that he is moved from one idea into another exploring different traditions, myths, legend etc. reading also creates an atmosphere of enjoyment and creativity. one can learn from this play a lot of lessons especially being careful in acting and have enough knowledge. another point is that, it is useless to escape the power of fate. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org 4.2 analysis of sophocles' play "oedipus the king" here, the researcher takes some selected excerpts from the play: text-1 oedipus was he within his palace, or afield, or traveling, when laius met his fate? in this particular text, traveling, signifies facing the decisive fate. it highlights the meaningless of life. pessimistically, it manipulates the cycle of life. the sense of alienation echoes deeply. living in chaos has been summarized in pronouncing "traveling" frequently. it includes all the negativity of human existence from the very beginning to the end. life is only a matter of course. sooner or later, one should face his decisive fate. there is a clear reference for painful timelessness. everything has been marginalized in this speech. it is clear that the mental travelling of the reader(s) attracts him more and more so as to be indulged with the sequences of the events. these events lead to spread emotions, feelings and thoughts. text-2 oedipus came there no news, no fellow-traveler to give some clue that might be followed up? unexpectedly, the phrase (no fellow-traveler) here displays the meaning of being a killer. oedipus knows that he was alone when he killed the men on the road to delphi, so he puts the thought out of his mind that he might have killed laius. to arouse the curiosity of the audience and visualize the state of being confused, the idea of being alone has been raised. here, the accusation is compatible with horrible scenario of the deadly waiting which leaves no room for retraction. text-3 what plague infects our city; and we turn to thee, o seer, our one defense and shield humans face a greater risk for becoming infected with plague bacteria. the devastating plague that dominates thebes is presented to the audience through the dialogue between oedipus and the priest. it is expected that the plague is a result of a religious pollution. indirectly, there is a foretold in prophecies emphasizes that there is someone who is the curse. oedipus starts to find out away for the cure, unknowing that he is the damn. text-4 the world is full enough of sorrow and pain people live in fear and ambiguity. the melancholy of depression is everywhere. emotionally, one can feel the shuffling of oedipus from bad to worse. his long journey brings to him shame and agony. the writer gives his audiences a thought-provoking play reflecting on the tragic journey of oedipus. taking audiences on a spiritual journey, the writer attempts to advise them that pandemic can be as a reminder of man's wrong deeds. he also american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org 4.3 coronavirus and sophocles' play "oedipus the king": an approach study under the monotony of lockdown, people just wait. the ability to wait seems to be collapsed. it may bring about death. the sense of chaos is everywhere. the increase of opression of the world which is full of cruelty and tyrrany has becom untolerable. so waiting is the only the solace and comfort. sophocles' masterpiece in oedipus the king revesals the idea of long joueny asoociated with disease. his language searches for a way of relief. he addresses similar conditions of humanity. the issue of panedemic and quarantine has been recolled nowadays. it loook like a flashbak of his play. this accurate potration of the interrlation between these two cases shows the harmony between them. the researcher sees that literary tourism is a civilized project. if it is applied and activated in the arab world, it will be an ambitious project such as landmarks for writers such as houses or cafes that witnessed the birth of their novels and texts and have positive goals which promote countries and establish an economy that adds to them. iraq has a lot of treasury places that must take its real position. the researcher points out that this sort of tourism, especially in time of coronavirus, should be revived. those the symbols of literature in the country can give birth to creative economy, which is one of the most important sources of income in many countries. iraq has enough literary symbols that deserve their places to be turned into tourist attractions. paying attention to these attractive places may enhances tourism. among those places is al-mutanabi street in baghdad and its ancient literary places such as shabandar and al-qishla café. it is worth mentioning that the shanachel, that flashback many stories and poems, most notably the story “the carpenter’s love for the shanashel for the daughter of the neighbors”. 5. conclusions and recommendations 5.1 conclusions the study comes up with the following conclusions: 1in the light of corona pandemic, it is confirmed that literary tourism can be a tourism destination spiritually. 2the validity literary tourism to attract the reader's attention has been verified practically. 3despite the pandemic, it is concluded that this type of tourism enable people to connect with objects read 4-to satisfy the tourist's interest, one should take the advantage of employing this sort in time of covid19. 5journeying beyond pages may cater to the tastes of specialized group of travelers in which they sensitively associate with what is been read. 6by imagining characters and events, the reader constructs a place as well, where the imagination overlays the physical space. 5.2 recommendations 1keeping pace with the concept of globalizations, it is suggested to use more than one language to meet the tourists's needs. . 2-it is supposed to give a chance for this type of tourism in time of coronavirus. 3activating literary tourism in order to establish interconnectivity between literary works and tourism industry. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org 4literary tourism has some opportunities and challenges for the marketing during covid-19, thus, it is suggested to be utilized appropriately. references 1. akarcy, pınar and ak, gökhan (2017). a ‘language’ of modern enchantments: the magic of literature in tourism. international journal of language academy volume 5/6 pp. 12/25. 2. al-habssi, muhammad (2020). literary tourism: arabic opportunities and foreseeing prospects 3. (https://www.albayan.ae/five-senses/east-and-west/2020-09-02-1.3950387) 4. bidaki, alimohammad zare and hosseini, sayyed hassan (2014). literary tourism as a modern approach for development of tourism in tajikistan. journal of tourism & hospitality. volume 3. issue 1. 5. brown, l and gentile, rosalba (2015). a life as a work of art: literary tourists’ motivations and experiences. (https://www.semanticscholar.org › paper › a-life-as-a-wor..) 6. busby, g., & klug, j. (2001). movie-induced tourism: the challenge of measurement and other issues. journal of vacation marketing. vol. 7 no. 4. 7. çevik, samet (2020). literary tourism as a field of research over the period 1997-2016. european journal of tourism research. 24, 2407. 8. immonen, tuuli.(2018). literary tourism in finland. 9. (https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/148927/immonen_tuuli.pdf?sequence=1&isallo wed=y) 10. li, fang (2018). study of development and utilization of literature tourism resources. advances in social science, education and humanities research (assehr). volume 300. 11. andits, petra (2020). waiting during the time of covid‐19. 12. (file:///c:/users/hp/downloads/covid-andits.pdf) 13. pulugurtha, nishi (2021) guest-editorial: epidemics/pandemics and literature. (https://www.academia.edu/45118101/guest_editorial_epidemics_pandemics_and_literature). https://www.albayan.ae/five-senses/east-and-west/2020-09-02-1.3950387 file:///c:/users/91982/desktop/pc/a%20journal%20new/research%20in%20humunity%20sci/downloads/(https:/www.semanticscholar.org ›%20paper%20›%20a-life-as-a-wor..) https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/148927/immonen_tuuli.pdf?sequence=1&isallowed=y https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/148927/immonen_tuuli.pdf?sequence=1&isallowed=y file:///c:/users/91982/desktop/pc/a%20journal%20new/research%20in%20humunity%20sci/downloads/covid-andits.pdf https://www.academia.edu/45118101/guest_editorial_epidemics_pandemics_and_literature american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org regulations of administrative decision-making in judicial institutions in iraq saif ghazal saoo, assistant lecturer, college of physical education and sports sciences, tikrit university, iraq sayfalezawi@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study addresses the subject of “regulations governing administrative decisions in judicial institutions in iraq,” with the objective of identifying the legal, procedural, and ethical standards that organize the administrative decision-making process within these institutions. the research provides an analysis of the significance of administrative decisions as a tool that enhances transparency and integrity within the judicial system, contributes to improving administrative efficiency, and ensures the protection of individual and group rights. the study also examines the challenges facing judicial institutions in iraq, including legislative, regulatory, and environmental obstacles that hinder the effective implementation of administrative decisions. the study employs a descriptive survey research method, with data collected from a random sample of employees within judicial institutions in baghdad to analyze the current state of these regulations. additionally, it aims to offer practical recommendations to improve the administrative decision-making process, thereby enhancing justice and efficiency in managing the iraqi judicial system. administrative decision, judicial institutions, transparency and integrity, regulatory challenges, administrative efficiency. introduction المؤسسات القضائية في العراق ضوابط القرار اإلداري في ، كلية التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة، العراقم.م سيف غزال صعو sayfalezawi@gmail.com الخالصة القانونية القواعد تحديد ل ذلكموضوع "ضوابط القرار اإلداري في المؤسسات القضائية في العراق" البحث هذه يركز ومن اجل الدفاع عن حقوق االفراد .الجهات عملية اتخاذ القرار اإلداري في هذه تحكمواإلجرائية واألخالقية التي mailto:sayfalezawi@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org ة الشفافية والنزاهة في النظام القضائي و اإلدارية الكفاءة لتحسينكأداة ةاإلداري ات همية القرار ا يحلل البحث , والجماعات .التشريعات والقوانين واالنظمة المؤسسات القضائية في العراق، وتشمل هاالتي تواجه الصعوبات تتناول الدراسة أيًضا , ، وسُتجمع البيانات من عينة عشوائية من العاملين في الوصفيالتشخيصي البحث اسلوب الدراسة على وتعتمد ببغداد لتحليل واقع هذه الضوابط. كما تسعى إلى تقديم توصيات عملية لتحسين عملية اتخاذ قانونيةالمؤسسات .القرار اإلداري، بما يعزز من العدالة والكفاءة في إدارة النظام القضائي العراقي المفتاحية: اإلدار الكلمات القضائية ي،القرار والنزاهة ،المؤسسات التنظيمية ،الشفافية الكفاءة ، التحديات .إلداريةا المقدمة ومن اجل حماية ، "اإلداري القرار "ومن فوائد السلطة العامة التي تتمتع بها وتحصل عليها من القانون العام هو وفقا لتقديرها ان لإلدارةيجوز ,المصلحة العامة التي يجب ان تكون لها االولوية على المصالح الفردية الخاصة أن على ينص العراقية اإلدارية القوانين قرار أن إال. 1بالمخالفة للقانون الخاص مسؤوليات تنشئ حقوقا او تفرض الموظفين عن الصادرة والتنظيمية الفردية والقرارات األوامر صحة في بالفصل تختص اإلداري القضاء محكمة" على بناء فيها للطعن لها مرجع تعيين يتم لم التي العام والقطاع بوزارة المرتبطة غير والجهات الوزارات في والهيئات ، ومع ذلك فالمصلحة المحتملة تكفي ان كان هنالك "فيها الطعن وإمكانية معلومة مصلحة ذي شخص من طلب الرئيسي من تلك القوانين التي تم استفاد منه السلطات الهدف إن .2"لألذى التعرض لتخوف من يستدعي اماال بما في ذلك اتخاذ القرارات ،مع عدد من القضايا العراق لويتعام .العدالة إدارة في واالنفتاح العدالة توفير هو العامة للتاكد ضوابط الأهمية وضع تاتيالظروف السياسية واالجتماعية واالقتصادية المتغيرة. من هنا، االدارية نتيجة ، ص سرى صاحب محسن العاملي، الوجيز في شرح قانون العمل اللبناني، الطبعة األولى، دار الكتاب الجامعي، اإلمارات العربية المتحدة، 1 180 . .( المعدل1979( لسنة )65( من قانون مجلس شورى الدولة رقم )7الفقرة )رابعا( المادة ) 2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org الشفافية إن.القانون سيادة على ويؤكد المجتمع مصلحة التي تخدم القوانين مع تتماشى لهذه القرارات لضمان أنها القضاء بين الثقة بناء في تساهم حيث القضائية، المؤسسات وكفاءة فعالية لضمان أساسيتان ركيزتان هما والنزاهة واضحة آليات وضع الضروري من يجعل مما العدالة، سير على تؤثر قد قانونية غير تدخالت أي وتمنع والمجتمع، يهدف هذا البحث إلى دراسة وتحليل ضوابط القرار اإلداري في المؤسسات القضائية .اإلدارية القرارات وتقييم لضبط في العراق، مع التركيز على المعايير واإلجراءات التي تضمن تحقيق العدالة والكفاءة في إدارة النظام القضائي. واقع ضوابط ، بهدف فهماستبيانسيتم من خالل هذا البحث استقصاء آراء العاملين في المجال القضائي من خالل كما سيتناول .التحديات والفرص المتعلقة بتحسين عملية اتخاذ القرار اإلداري في هذا القطاع الحيوي القرار اإلداري، البحث اإلطار القانوني والتنظيمي الذي يحكم القرارات اإلدارية في المؤسسات القضائية، مع تحليل الحاالت العملية تسعى هذه الدراسة إلى لناجحة والتوصيات العملية لتحسين أداء المؤسسات القضائية. بهذا، واستعراض التجارب ا تقديم رؤية شاملة تسهم في تعزيز فاعلية النظام القضائي في العراق وتحقيق أهدافه المنشودة في خدمة المجتمع .العراقي مشكلة الدراسة .1 والتي يمكن ان العراقي القضاء منظومة وتحسين تطوير في نوعية نقلة إحداث في البحث هذه أهمية تتمثل النقاط اآلتية: تتلخص من وذلك القضائي، العمل في وموثوقة قوية مؤسسات بناء تعزيز في مباشر بشكل الدراسة هذه تساهم .1 الثقة يعزز مما ومنصفة، عادلة قرارات اتخاذ لضمان الضرورية واإلجراءات المعايير تحديد خالل .القضاء في العامة اإلدارية .2 الكفاءة خالل :تحسين ضوابطمن مستوى اإلداري، تحديد كفاءة حيث القرار تعزيز يمكن .ة لتحقيق الشفافية والعدالةالعمليات اإلدارية داخل المؤسسات القضائي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org وتكشف القضائية، المؤسسات في اإلدارية للقرارات الحاكم والتنظيمي القانوني لإلطار معمقاً تحليالً تقدم .3 لتطوير العملية التوصيات من مجموعة الدراسة تقدم التحليل، هذا على بناءً . فيه الموجودة الثغرات عن الرسمية الهيئات ذات وفعالية كفاءة تعزيز بهدف وذلك المعاصرة، التحديات مع يتناسب بما اإلطار هذا وحماية العدالة تحقيق في والجماعات األفراد بين النزاعات وحل وتطبيقها القوانين تفسير عن المسؤولة .بها الجمهور ثقة ، وبناءوالحريات الحقوق تم جمعها من خالل العاملين بيانات موثوقة حيث توفر هذه الدراسة :دعم صنع القرار المستند إلى األدلة .4 القضائية، المؤسسات إلى في المستندة اإلدارية القرارات صنع لدعم استخدامها في الضوابطيمكن المؤسسات القضائية. تحديد التحديات والمشكالت الحالية التي تواجه المؤسسات القضائية من خالل :معالجة التحديات الحالية .5 .، مما يتيح فرصة لمعالجتها بطرق فعالةوضعف ضوابطها في العراق فيما يتعلق بالقرارات اإلدارية العدالة وحقوق األفراد .6 القضائية :تعزيز للمؤسسات يمكن القرار اإلداري، من خالل تحسين ضوابط .تعزيز العدالة وضمان حماية حقوق األفراد والجماعات، مما يسهم في بناء مجتمع أكثر عداًل وإنصافاً الدراسة توصيات عملية وقابلة للتنفيذ لتحسين عملية اتخاذ القرار اإلداري في المؤسسات تقدميمكن ان .7 القضائية، مما يساعد في توجيه الجهود اإلصالحية المستقبلية. أهمية الدراسة .2 مظاهر االمتيازات التي تتمتع بها الـســلطة اإلدارية والتي تستمدها من القانون العام تعتبر من االدارية القرارات ان وأيضا وسـيلتها المفـضلة فــي القيـام بوظائفهـا المتعددة والمتجددة في الوقت الحاضر لما تحققه مـن سـرعة وفاعليـة ذوي رضامـور، دون حاجه إلي الحصول علي في العمل اإلداري، وامكانيه البت من جانبها وحدها في أمر مــن األ حقوق لإلفراد أو التزامات عليهم، هذا باإلضــافة إلي قدره االدارة علي تنفيـذها الشأن، أو حتى معـاونتهم وذلـك بإنـشاء american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org من القواعد والمعايير واإلجراءات اإلداري من خالل ، وبذلك تأتي أهمية ضوابط القرار تنفيذًا مباشرًا وبالقوة الجبرية ضمان أن منهذه الضوابط وذلك لما تمثلهالتي تنظم كيفية اتخاذ القرارات داخل المؤسسات الحكومية أو اإلدارية. متسقة، شفافة، نزيهة، وعادلة. تكون القرارات اإلدارية أهداف الدارسة .3 بالعراق والتي تتضمن القرار اإلداري في المؤسسات القضائية تهدف هذه الدراسة إلى الكشف عن واقع ضوابط القانونية، االتساق ، األخالقيةاإلجرائية الضوابط لتحقيق اإلداري القرار تنظم عن والشفافيةالتي بعيدًا والعدالة، التسلط على االفراد والمجموعات والكيانات بدوافع غير مهنية في ضوء غياب الرقابة الجيدة على مؤسسات القضاء. الدراسة فرضيات .4 تتضمن هذه الدراسة الفرضيات اآلتية: داري في المؤسسات القضائية في العراق.إتوجد ضوابط قرار الفرضية الرئيسية األولى: وتتفرع منها الفرضيات اآلتية: الفرعية األولى: نظرية .محددة قانونية قيود إلى العراقية القضائية الجهات في اإلدارية القرارات تخضع الفرعية الثانية: مبدأ .في العراق القضائية المؤسسات في اإلدارية القرارات قانونية تضمن وإجرائية رقابية آليات هناك الفرعية الثالثة:الفرضية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org القضائية في العراق. المنظومةتوجد ضوابط إخالفيه للقرار اإلداري في توجد معوقات لضوابط القرار اإلداري داخل المؤسسات القضائية في العراق. الرئيسية الثانية: مبدا وتتفرع منها الفرضيات الفرعية اآلتية: . القانونية العراقيةتوجد معوقات تشريعية لضوابط القرار اإلداري داخل المؤسسات :الفرعية األولىالفرضية .عديدة تنظيمية تحديات العراقية القضائية المؤسسات داخل اإلداري القرار ضوابط تواجه :الفرعية الثانيةالفرضية تطبيق على تؤثر واقتصادية واجتماعية بيئية تحديات العراقية القضائية العملية تواجه :الفرعية الثالثةالفرضية . اإلدارية القرارات على الضوابط المعوقات من مجموعة العراقية القضائية المؤسسات داخل اإلداري القرار ضوابط تواجه :الفرعية الرابعةالفرضية .د الموار نقص ذلك في بما المتشابكة، اإلدارية منهجية الدراسة .5 الدراسة، وسيتم المتغيرات الديمغرافية لعينة استبيان يتضمنبعد االطالع على ادبيات الدراسة الحالية، سيتم اعداد المسحي بهذه الدراسة كونه المالئم لمتغيرات هذه الدراسة.منهجية البحث الوصفي استخدام سادسا مجتمع وعينة الدراسة .6 .للدراسة بغداد في القضائية المؤسسات موظفي من بسيطة عشوائية عينة اختيار سيتم الحدود الجغرافية: .7 تشمل هذه الدراسة المؤسسات القضائية العاملة في محافظة بغداد، حيث تتضمن اآلتي: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org النطاق الرئيسي: ستشمل الدراسة جميع المؤسسات القضائية داخل محافظة بغداد، بما في ذلك المحاكم .)االبتدائية، االستئناف، التمييز(بمختلف مستوياتها المناطق الفرعية: يمكن تقسيم بغداد إلى مناطق فرعية مثل الكرخ والرصافة لضمان جمع بيانات شاملة من .جميع أنحاء العاصمة المحامين ومكاتب العدل وزارة مثل بها، المرتبطة واإلدارية القضائية المؤسسات المشمولة: المؤسسات والنيابة العامة. السابقة تالنظري والدارسا اإلطار :مصطلحات الدراسة .8 مصطلحات الدارسة .أ سلطاتها، لممارسة العامة اإلدارة تتخذه الذي القانوني اإلجراءبعضهم بأنَّه عبارة فهفعر القرار اإلداري: "3مستقلة إدارية بإرادة ويصدر الجانب الشكلي فحسب من دون النظر إلى الجانب الموضوعي يصف السابق التعريف أن من الرغم علىو في التأثير هدفهبأنَّه "عمل انفرادي، ذو صبغة قانونية، يتمّتع بالطبيعة اإلدارية، كما عرف للقرار اإلداري، .4 " رضاهم دون الغير والتزامات حقوق في أو القانوني النظام في تتمثل أساسية، ضعف نقطة في تشترك جميعها فإنها اإلداري، للقرار الفقهية التعريفات تعدد من الرغم على واحد جانب من قانوني عمل" بأنه يصفه الذي التعريف في كما للقرار، الشكلي الجانب على الزائد التركيز أو تعديل أو جديد قانوني وضع بإنشاء قانونية آثارا ويحدث الدولة، في اإلدارية السلطات إحدى بإرادة يصدر .6 ص ـ، 1997محمد فؤاد عبد الباسط ـ وقف تنفيذ القرار اإلداري ـ دار الفكر الجامعي ـ اإلسكندرية ـ 3 .178ـ ص2010ناصر لباد، األساس في القانون اإلداري ، الطبعة األولى، دار النشر: دار المعرفة الجامعية، 4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org إلحداث ملزمة إرادة عن إفصاحاً اإلداري القرار يعتبر تعريف ذلك على األمثلة ومن. 5" قائم قانوني وضع إلغاء كما ) فردية قانونية حالة أو( اللوائح في كما) عامة قانونية قاعدة إلغاء أو تعديل أو بإنشاء سواء قانوني، أثر .6رالضر حالة في عنه والتعويض التعسفي القرار إلغاء إمكانية مع ،(الفردية القرارات في عناصر القرار اإلداري .ب القرار اإلداري عمل قانوني • يتميز العمل القانوني قانونية و والنوع الثاني أعمال مادية النوع األول ،نوعين إلى العامة السلطات أعمال ُتصنف مباشر بشكل العامة السلطات عن الصادرة القانونية األعمال تؤثر . الجماعات أو لألفراد على تغير الوضع القانوني إلى تهدف اإلدارية، والقرارات القوانين مثل القانونية، فاألعمال. القانوني أثرها حيث من، للدولة القانوني النظام على إلى تؤدي فال المادية، األعمال أما . خاص أو عام بشكل ذلك كان سواء والجماعات، لألفراد القانوني الوضع تغيير ومثال للدولة القانوني النظام وتطوير تشكيل في حيوياً دوراً تلعب القانونية األعمال فإن وبالتالي،. التغيير هذا مثل هو مادي عمل على مثال بينما السائقين، وواجبات حقوق يحدد الذي المرور قانون قانوني عمل على على ذلك العمليات من مجموعة خالل من وذلك القانوني، النظام على مباشر بشكل القانونية األعمال تؤثر .7د جدي طريق بناء .8القانونية البنية وتطوير تشكيل في يساهم مما القانونية، المراكز إلغاء أو تعديل، إنشاء، تشمل الديناميكية ةالقرار اإلداري عمل تتخذه اإلدار • .6ص 1973محمد فؤاد مهنا ـ مبادئ وأحكام القانون اإلداري في جمهورية مصر العربية ـ مؤسسة شباب الجامعة ـ اإلسكندرية ـ 5 .28ص ـ 2014د. سليمان محمد الطماوي ـ نظرية التعسف في استعمال السلطة ـ دار الفكر العربي ـ القاهرة ـ 6 .25ـ ص 2006عبد العزيز عبد المنعم خليفة ـ قضاء األمور اإلدارية المستعجلة ـ دار الفكر الجامعي ـ اإلسكندرية ـ 7 .23ـ ص 1999ـ دار هومة للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع ـ الجزائر ـ ٢عوابدي ـ نظرية القرارات اإلدارة بين علم اإلدارة والقانون اإلداري ـ طعمار 8 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org فيه اإلدارة تعلن حيث وصريح، إيجابيفالنوع االول : نوعين إلى تنقسم اإلدارية، اإلرادة عن التعبير أشكال تتعدد تمتنع حيث ضمني، سلبي فهو الثاني النوع أما. اإلداري للقرار المعتاد الشكل هو وهذا واضح، بشكل إرادتها عن ، كما التدخل بعدم ضمني قرار بمثابة يعتبر مما معين، موقف حيال رأي أي إبداء أو إجراء أي اتخاذ عن اإلدارة بالرفض وإنَّما لجأت إلى بالقبول وال بتقديم طلب استقالة إلى اإلدارة، ولم تجبه عن طلبه ال إذا قام شخص ما الصمت وعدم التعبير عما تريده، وهنا نكون أمام قرار إداري سلبي أو كما يطلق عليه اسم قرار إداري ضمني، ان، األول امتناع اإلدارة عن اتخاذ أي موقف تجاه الواقعة، ولتحقق هذا النوع من القرار اإلداري يجب توافر شرط م وهو تقديم والثاني أن ينّظم المشرع مثل هذا الموقف من اإلدارة ويعتبرها قد اتخذت قرارا ما، من ذلك المثال المتقد الموّظف طلب استقالته إلى اإلدارة، فقد تتأخر اإلدارة في اتخاذ قرار بشأنه للمماطلة أو عدم االهتمام أو ألي سبب لتجنب تعليق الطلبات اإلدارية، مما قد يضر بحقوق الموظفين، غالًبا ما تتدخل التشريعات لتحديد إطار زمني , كان محدد لالستجابة للطلبات. على سبيل المثال، في العراق، أوجب المشرع على اإلدارات الرد على طلبات االستقالة المشرع أو القانون قد اعتبر صمت اإلدارة وسكوتها أن. أي 9 خالل ثالثين يومًا، وإال اعتبر الطلب مقبواًل تلقائًيا هذا القرار بالقرار السلبي وهذه التسمية قد تكون يعرفقرارا منها بالموافقة على االستقالة، وهو قرار ضمني، وقد صحيحة ألنَّها تنظر إلى موقف اإلدارة ال إلى محتوى القرار، والقرار اإلداري الذي نحن بصدده ال يقتصر على .القرار الصريح وإنَّما يشمل القرار الضمني أيضا هو عمل تصدره االدارة بمفردها القرار اإلداري • ، أحدهما ال تكفي فيه إرادة اإلدارة وحدها ليكون قانونية آثار لها التي القانونية األعمال من نوعين اإلدارة تصدر إلى إرادة اإلدارة إرادٌة أخرى صدر من أجلها، بل يجب أن تنضمعمال قانونيا تاما قادرا على إنتاج آثار قانونية التي وينتج اآلثار القانونية المطلوبة منه، وال يهم بعد ذلك في أن تكون اإلرادة الثانية هي إرادة لجهة إدارية أخرى، ليتم .( المعدل1960( لسنة )24لمادة )الخامسة والثالثون( من قانون الخدمة المدنية العراقي رقم ) 9 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org اإلدارة عن تصدر) 55يتم نتيجة ) التي القانونية األعمال من نوع هي اإلدارية العقود أو إرادة لجهة غير إدارية، .10 آخر وطرف اإلدارة بين اتفاق عن وتنشأ توافق إلى الحاجة دون وحدها، اإلدارة إرادة بمجرد يصدر الذي ذلك هو اإلدارية القانونية األعمال من الثاني النوع اإلداري، القرار عليه ُيطلق ما هو األعمال من النوع هذا. فرًدا أو أخرى إدارية جهة كان سواء آخر، طرف أي إرادة اإلداري . ان القرار 11األشخاص من مجموعة على يؤثر تنظيمًيا أو محدد شخص إلى موجًها فردًيا يكون قد والذي القرار اإلداري قد يصدر ة فيه، بمعنى أنال يفقد صفة صدوره عن اإلرادة المنفردة لإلدارة عن اشتراك أشخاص عد مّثل اإلدارة ويتصرف باسمها ولحسابها بل يصدر عن أكثر من شخص واحد لهم ال عن شخص طبيعي واحد ي هذه الصفة مع قطع النظر عن عددهم، كما في القرار اإلداري الذي يصدر عن مجلس إدارة مؤسسة من مؤسسات مجموع أعضاء المجلس أو على األقّل مجموعة منهم الدولة أي من مؤسسات القانون العام، إذ إنَّه من البديهي أن يشترك في صنعه وإصداره، أو القرارات التي تصدر عن مجلس الوزراء فيشترك فيه عدد من الوزراء في المجلس دد المشاركون فيه إاّل أنَّه أو كلهم، وهذا التعدد ال يخدش في عنصر االنفراد المطلوب في القرار اإلداري ألنَّه وإن َتع 12إصداره في الواقع صدر عن جهة إدارية ذات إرادة واحدة، أي بإرادتها الواحدة أو المنفردة هذه تم القرار اإلداري يحدث امرًا إداريا معيناً • وإرادتها، بعلمها فاإلدارة،. محدد وهدف واضح قصد عن يصدر اإلدارة، إرادة عن تعبيًرا باعتباره اإلداري، القرار إن صدور وراء األساسي المحرك تمثل الغاية فإن المعنى، وبهذا. القرار هذا خالل من معينة مصلحة لتحقيق تسعى أنها كما واتجاهه، القرار طبيعة تحدد كونها في الغاية أهمية وتتضح. التخاذه اإلدارة يدفع الذي السبب فهي القرار، انونية، العراق، علي محمد بدير، د. عصام عبد الوهاب البرزنجي، د. مهدي ياسين السالمي، مبادئ وأحكام القانون اإلداري، الطبعة األولى، دار الكتب الق10 .417ـ ص . 2015 .59ـص 2001رشيد خلوفي ـ قانون المنازعات اإلدارية ـ ديوان المطبوعات الجامعية ـ بن عكنون ـ 11 .521ـص 1997د. محمد سعيد حسين أمين ـ مبادئ القانون اإلداري ـ دار الثقافة الجامعية ـ القاهرة ـ 12 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org إلى خالله من تسعى التي اإلدارة إرادة عن تعبيريتم وبناء على ذلك ، 13 فشله أو نجاحه به يقاس الذي المعيار تحقيق بهدف ومعرفة بوعيأي واللوائح القوانين وتنفيذ اإلدارية األهداف لتحقيق أداة يمثل وهو عامة، مصلحة تحقيق كلما اإلشارة إلى أنَّه ال أصل للقول بأن كما ينبغي . والمؤسسات لألفراد القانوني المركز في يؤثر وهو محددة، غاية عملها يكون قرارا إداريا، بل ال يندرج ضمن القرار اإلداري من حيث اآلثار تترّتب آثار قانونية على عمل اإلدارة فإن إاّل األعمال التي تصدر عنها بغية إحداث اآلثار القانونية، أي التي تّتجه فيها إرادة اإلدارة إلى إحداث آثار قانونية، األعمال التي تصدر عن اإلدارة وال تستهدف من خاللها تحقيق آثار قانونية فهي ليست قرارات إدارية وإن ترّتبت أما .عليها آثار قانونية السابقة تاإلطار النظري والدارسا 14(2012دراسة )العاملي، القانوني النظام ظل في اإلداري القرار في االختصاص عدم عيب مفهوم تحليل إلى الحالية الدراسة تهدف مدى وتقييم ,اإلدارية صفته من تجريده أو للقرار بطالًنا كانت سواء المختلفة، القانونية آثاره وتحديد العراقي، بالعيب مقارنة األقل خطورته من الرغم على البسيط، االختصاص عيب ألن وذلك. الدرجات بهذه األخذ إمكانية إلى وتحويله اإلدارية صفته من تجريده إلى الجسيم العيب يؤدي بينما اإلداري، القرار بطالن إلى يؤدي الجسيم، واقتراح القرارات، هذه على الرقابة في العراقي اإلداري القضاء دور الدراسة تتناول كماو قانوًنا األثر عديم تصرف الدول في اإلداري القضاء نظم في التطورات لمواكبة الشأن هذا في القضائية األحكام بتطوير الكفيلة السبل . األخرى .118ـ ص 1997محمد حسين الطباطبائي ـ بداية الحكمة ـ مؤسسة المعارف اإلسالمية ـ قم ـ 13 journal of education college داري.داري في العراق من عيب االختصاص في القرار اإل(. موقف القضاء اإل2012سرى صاحب محسن العاملي. ) 14 wasit university, 1(11 ,)343-345. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 15( 2020، صالدارسة ) اإلدارة تعليمات على الرقابة في العراق في العليا االتحادية للمحكمة المحوري الدور على الضوء الدراسة هذه ُتسلط الحاجة يؤكد مما التعليمات، هذه وتطبيق تفسير في وأخطاء ثغرات وجود عن الدراسة كشفت وقد . العامة والقوانين صالحيات بتحليل الدراسة هذه وتقوم. األفراد حقوق وحماية التعليمات هذه قانونية ضمان في المحكمة دور تعزيز إلى .التفسير سوء على والقضاء األخطاء تصحيح في فعاليتها مدى وتقييم المجال هذا في المحكمة 16( 2022المفتي، )الدراسة اهم اوجه القصور والتباين والغموض يف نصوص التشريعات وخصوصا مال يتعلق هدفت الدارسة إلى تحديد سياسة لإلصالح في والمتوفرة الممكنة الحلولعموما وما هي اإلداريةعلى القرارات االعتراض بتنظيم الية ضريبيا اإلدارية على القرارات لالعتراض القانوني بتنظيماالمر قدر تعلق الضريبية وحتى اإلداري العراقي المشرع فيالمواطن يعزز ويدعم استقرار وبماالنص التشريعي في والغموض األخطاء لتجاوز ومعاجلة هذه ربماوذلك اإللغاءالتعديل او باإلنشاء اإلداري القرار آلثار بالنسبة القانونيمركزه لحمايةالقانونية الضمانات دولته ويكفل للدولة ثابتاً ومنها ما كان الصالحة المواطنةمبدأ ةر المؤث القوى من وجود كشف البحث عن . وامواله اقتصادا ويدفعهم لضرورة تنفيذ ما عليهم من المواطنينيدعم ويعزز حقوق بالسياسة التشريعية لدولة في العراق وبما ، وهنا يتجلى بشكل واضح دور السياسة القوانين واألنظمة فيالثابتة الحقوق من تلك االستفادة مقابلالتزامات مقارنة الصالحة والمواطنةللمواطن االستقرار تحقيقيضمن بما والمستمرةالدائمة المراجعةالتشريعية اليت تتطلب أخرى. ومجتمعات بدول college of law journal for legal (. رقابة المحكمة االتحادية العليا على دستورية القرارات اإلدارية التنظيمية في العراق.2020) .حخالد ماهر صال 15 &political sciences/magallat kulliyyat al-qanun li-l-ulum al-qanuniyyat wa-al-siyasiyyat, 9. (. السياسة التشريعية لالعتراض على القرارات اإلدارية وأثرها في استقرار وتعزيز مبدأ المواطنة الصالحة: دراسة تحليلية 2022) حيدر نجيب أحمد المفتي. 16 استداللية في إطار التشريعات اإلدارية والضريبية العراقية النافذة. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org 17(2023دراسة )طباطبايي، جميع القضايا درست لذلك على صالحيات القاضي اإلداري في إلغاء القرارات اإلدارية، تركيز هذه الدراسة انصب ، جرت محاولة . وبهذا الشأنالقوة والضعف في هذا القانون لتقييم جوانب المتعلقة بهذه القضية في قوانين العراق، لبيان االختالفات بين القرارات اإلدارية والقضايا األخرى، وكذلك تحديد صحيح لإلجراءات القائمة إللغاء القرارات قرارات التخاذ جهة أو لشخص منحولة سلطةاإلدارية، للوصول إلى شروط وآثار إلغاء القرارات اإلدارية الناتجة عن للقاضي في القانون العراقي والفرنسي. كما ذكرنا، أنه بحسب ما ورد في قانون العراق، فإن للقاضي معينة حدود في وان القوانين، معارضة منها قضايا، عدة في اإلداري القرار إبطال سلطة بدون تكون اإلداري اإلدارية القرارات وذلك للقانون، مخالفة كانت إذا وإلغائها اإلدارية، القرارات بمراجعة اإلداري القاضيصالحية. يقوم القاضي اإلداري مشروعية لمراقبة,هي دعوى بحث المشروعية ,أساسية أداة اإللغاء دعوى تعتبر. األفراد يرفعها دعاوى على بناءً وقد. للقانون المخالفة القرارات بإلغاء محدودة اإلطار هذا في اإلداري القاضي سلطات ولكن اإلدارية، القرارات له يجوز ال و ,مشروعيته بعدم حكًما يصدر الذيكما انه ال يجوز للقاضي تعديل القرار المقارنة الدراسة أظهرت واتخاذ االجراءات ,كما توصلت الدراسة الى ايضاح عيوب القانون العراقي والفرنسي ,التنفيذية اإلدارة أعمال في التدخل .المنهج الوصفي والتحليلي بالرجوع الى قوانين العراقي والفرنسيحيث تم استخدمت الدراسة ، إلصالحها المصادر (. السياسة التشريعية لالعتراض على القرارات اإلدارية وأثرها في استقرار 2022حيدر نجيب أحمد المفتي. ) .1 اإلدارية التشريعات إطار في استداللية تحليلية دراسة الصالحة: المواطنة مبدأ العراقية وتعزيز والضريبية النافذة. الدراسات القانونيه (. اإلطار القانوني إللغاء القرار االداري من جانب القاضي االداري و آثار االلغاء في العراق وفرنسا. 2023طباطبايی. ) 17 (. 1) 1 ,المقارنه american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org ماهر صال .2 )حخالد في 2020. التنظيمية اإلدارية القرارات دستورية على العليا االتحادية المحكمة رقابة .) -college of law journal for legal &political sciences/magallat kulliyyat al العراق. qanun li-l-ulum al-qanuniyyat wa-al-siyasiyyat . ـ 2014د. سليمان محمد الطماوي ـ نظرية التعسف في استعمال السلطة ـ دار الفكر العربي ـ القاهرة ـ .3 . 1997د. محمد سعيد حسين أمين ـ مبادئ القانون اإلداري ـ دار الثقافة الجامعية ـ القاهرة ـ .4 . 2010ر المعرفة الجامعية، النشر: داد. ناصر لباد، األساس في القانون اإلداري ، الطبعة األولى، دار .5 . 2001رشيد خلوفي ـ قانون المنازعات اإلدارية ـ ديوان المطبوعات الجامعية ـ بن عكنون ـ .6 (. موقف القضاء اإلداري في العراق من عيب االختصاص في القرار 2012سرى صاحب محسن العاملي. ) .7 journal of education college wasit university, 1 (11 .) اإلداري. سرى صاحب محسن العاملي، الوجيز في شرح قانون العمل اللبناني، الطبعة األولى، دار الكتاب الجامعي، .8 . 2012ات العربية المتحدة، اإلمار (. اإلطار القانوني إللغاء القرار االداري من جانب القاضي االداري و آثار االلغاء في العراق 2023طباطبايی. ) .9 (. 1)1 ,الدراسات القانونيه المقارنه وفرنسا. . 2006عبد العزيز عبد المنعم خليفة ـ قضاء األمور اإلدارية المستعجلة ـ دار الفكر الجامعي ـ اإلسكندرية ـ .10 اإلداري، علي محمد بدير، د. عصام عبد الوهاب البرزنجي، د. مهدي ياسين السالمي، مبادئ وأحكام القانون .11 .2015ر الكتب القانونية، العراق، الطبعة األولى، دا ـ دار هومة للطباعة والنشر ٢ط عمار عوابدي ـ نظرية القرارات اإلدارة بين علم اإلدارة والقانون اإلداري ـ .12 . 1999والتوزيع ـ الجزائر ـ ـ 1997محمد حسين الطباطبائي ـ بداية الحكمة ـ مؤسسة المعارف اإلسالمية ـ قم ـ .13 . 1997محمد فؤاد عبد الباسط ـ وقف تنفيذ القرار اإلداري ـ دار الفكر الجامعي ـ اإلسكندرية ـ .14 ـ .15 الجامعة شباب مؤسسة ـ العربية مصر جمهورية في اإلداري القانون وأحكام مبادئ ـ مهنا فؤاد محمد . 1973اإلسكندرية ـ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org strategies for improving children's tourism in the preschool education system haydarova shakhlo narzullayevna associate professor of navoi state university, ph.d e-mail: хaydarovashaхlo@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses tourism organized in pre-school educational organizations and its impact on the continuous improvement of children's health. the essence of the concept of tourism is revealed. areas such as organizing tourist trips for preschool children seeing historical and cultural landmarks, learning about their past, discovering cutting-edge construction, opulent homes, exquisite gardens, and acknowledging national customs discovering historical and cultural landmarks, learning about contemporary construction, opulent homes, exquisite gardens, and the acknowledged customs of various cultures. tourism, walk, travel, excursion, tourism, socialemotional, folk, market economy, educational, necessary component, health, scientific research, socioeconomic, mass-cultural events, historical-cultural monuments, rock climbing, ridge mountain, artificial lake, strategy, design. introduction globally, special attention is being paid to increasing the activity of thinking in children from preschool age, developing social-emotional skills in children, and working as a subject in the educational center. following its independence, uzbekistan's primary objective was to establish a market-oriented society. one of the top industries in this work is tourism. learning about the history, meeting new people, appreciating their cultural landmarks, and discovering national values are all part of the experience of tourism. tourism (derived from the french word tour walk, travel), tourism travel (trip), one of the types of active recreation[2]. tourism is defined as the act of a natural person leaving their place of permanent residence (traveling) for a minimum of one year while not participating in paid activities in locations (country) for the purpose of health, education, employment, or other reasons. tourism is one of the forms of physical education for children, which is considered a necessary component for maintaining and strengthening children's health. literature analysis the sultan of eastern medicine, abu ali ibn sina, scientifically studied the practical aspects of travel (staying the night on the shores of lakes, sailing on ships, climbing mountains, etc.) to ensure human perfection and constantly improve his health, and left them as a legacy. is important today. it is written in avesta that "everyone should consider the place where he lives as the most beautiful place in the world"[4]. consequently, uzbekistan's natural environment and animal kingdom, which is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org among the most breathtaking locations on earth, is unrepeatable. there are many places in our republic that have not yet been well explored and where no human foot has reached. we have a great deal of expertise planning and leading tourism excursions throughout our republic. these experiences must be developed further and brought up to date in the present day. travel is referred to as tourism. its content embodies a wide range of socio-educational and cultural processes, including studying the nation, playing sports, unwinding, exercising, protecting the environment, doing scientific research, and protecting wildlife. a significant part of their execution is played by managerial and organizational actions. it should be mentioned that many nations throughout the world intentionally use the means of transportation in this way. because of this, there is a clear correlation between the distinctive historical growth of tourism and the socioeconomic, cultural, and political activities of many nations [1]. it is important to acknowledge that among international cultural events, excursions are among the most widely attended. travelers are quite interested in witnessing historical and cultural landmarks, learning about their past, contemporary buildings, opulent homes, lovely gardens, and researching local customs. in this instance, the organization places a high priority on the use of vehicles for transportation, financial outlays, the supply of housing and food, and cultural services. the geographical structure of our country is very diverse. that is, in the east, the tien-shan mountains (cont.), turkestan in the south, hisar mountains in the middle, and zarafshan and nurota ridges in the middle are inhabited by more people. for this reason, many places of rest, recreation, health care have been built there. although the western and northern sides of the republic are bordered by deserts, they are surrounded by low, flat mountains, reservoirs such as chimkurgan, arnasoy, kattakurgan, big and small sun the humid air of the lakes maintains a natural ecological balance [1]. if we think about the types of tourism, tourism is a pedagogical process with a comprehensive socioeducational nature. we know that tourism is a multifaceted field, taking into account the practical activities of people, social and living conditions, interest in natural scenery, and many other areas. their main types are: 1. walking tour; 2. hiking trip in the mountains; 3. journey to conquer the rocks; 4. orientation trip; 5. rowing trip on rapid rivers; 6. walking tour in vehicles (car, motorcycle, bicycle, etc.) [3]; it should be noted that these types are fundamentally different from each other in terms of content, and depending on the uniqueness of the rules, they are considered independent sports. depending on the form of the hiking trip (one-day, several-day), distances are determined and requirements are set to a certain extent. mountain tourism (hiking in the mountains) is a continuation of hiking. that is, all actions are repeated in it. it differs from other tourism only in terms of categories (difficulty levels: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6). to be more specific, complex actions such as climbing mountains 1.5-5 km high (compared to sea level), crossing passes, and crossing rapid waters are performed. rock climbing tourism (skalolazanie) is directly related to hiking and mountain tourism. only steep cliffs differ significantly from rock climbing (ropes, protective equipment, etc.). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org orienteering tourism is directly related to hiking and mountain tourism. that is, cases of crossing certain distances on foot, crossing obstacles, passes are also used in this case. unlike other types of tourism, it involves reaching the destination using maps, drawings, compasses, sun, moon, stars, etc. that is, finding unknown and unfamiliar places is the main activity. this type of tourism is widely used in special competitions (slots) on hiking, mountain tourism and other tourism. bicycles, cars, motorcycles, and walking also play an important role in tourism. it is also possible to travel on fast-flowing rivers in boats, oars, rafts and similar devices. for this, it is necessary to have great preparation and special physical skills [2]. it should be noted that these technical types of tourism have not yet become popular enough in our country. due to this, group trips and formal organization of them are very rare. there is an increasing diversity in the forms of tourist that are offered. they can be separated into three categories: public propaganda, genuine tourism, and preparatory from the perspective of physical education. the primary functions of preparatory exercises are to exercise and prime the body for more strenuous, prolonged activity and engagement in it. walking and excursion components should be part of the planning process. this stage's key topics include roadside studies beforehand, scouting, selecting and arranging rest places, planning overnight stays and nighttime rests, lighting bonfires, and similar activities. it also covers pohod living conditions, walking tactics, and special tourist activities. learning is deceptive. increasing endurance, strength, speed and other physical qualities ensures participation in complex competitions [3]. in the world, a number of studies are being conducted to develop strategies for improving the process of developing children's tourism in the preschool education system and to design methods for its implementation. special attention is paid to the organization of educational processes aimed at the development of children's travel activity, and the formation of goal-oriented basic competencies, taking into account the age and psychophysiological characteristics of the children of the preschool educational organization, is of great importance. results currently, the development of educational (children and youth) tourism in uzbekistan is becoming one of the priorities of the state policy in the field of tourism. in addition, great attention is paid to the organization of excursions to historical cities in accordance with the requirements of the time. in this way, great experience was gained in receiving and providing cultural services to tourists visiting from abroad in cities such as tashkent, samarkand, bukhara, and khiva [1]. in local conditions, the organization of excursions for children of preschool age, pupils, students and workers was also carried out at a high level. there is an increasing variety in the sorts of tourism. they can be classified as preparation, genuine tourism, and public propaganda from the perspective of physical education. the primary functions of preparatory exercises include physical activity and body preparation for largescale, prolonged exercise and participation in it. steps like walking and excursions must be incorporated into the planning process. the primary topics covered at this stage include pohod living conditions, walking skills, special tourist activities, road study beforehand, scouting, selecting and preparing rest places, planning overnight stays and nighttime rests, lighting bonfires, and similar activities. acquiring false knowledge. furthermore, one of the healthiest methods for promoting a healthy lifestyle in individuals and society at large is children's health tourism, which is crucial for educating the next generation. thus, it can be american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org asserted with confidence that children's tourism serves as a means of imparting to the next generation the life experience and material and spiritual legacy amassed by humanity, as well as a means of fostering an appreciation for values, national cultural development and spiritual revival, and individual socialization. one of the theoretical and practical tasks of children's health in pre-school educational organizations is the introduction of innovative approaches to maintaining and strengthening their health. preschool education tourism is a powerful factor in the health of preschool children, because it is accessible to everyone and is recommended for almost every child in the absence of serious pathologies. the uniqueness of tourism is that it can be organized in any season. accordingly, it is possible to reduce the dynamics of the incidence of children with old, old and increase their physical and movement activity, as well as to solve a number of children's mental health problems[1]. recently, children's illness requires reconsideration of sanitation work in preschool educational institutions, as well as finding optimal options for eliminating this problem, indicators of children's health require taking more effective measures to strengthen their health. many children need special technologies of physical development that integrate the problems of somatic, physical and psychological development. organization of such work in pre-school educational organizations allows to solve the tasks of "physical development, self-care and hygiene" in a deeper way. in pre-school education organizations, tourism is considered a sport that is easy to organize, cheap, and at the same time natural and feasible, and related to the physical capabilities of students. tourism develops excellent qualities of human character, such as teamwork, discipline, perseverance, strengthens children's will, develops courage, independence, and mutual understanding. also, through tourism, environmental culture skills are formed in preschool children, which helps to expand children's knowledge about natural and weather phenomena. as the basis of the child's physical fitness, coordination skills and endurance are developed[3]. children's tourism includes trips to mountains and hills, visits to museums, various cities and organizations, and entertainment. excursions and walks to the garden in pre-school educational organizations can be started from the middle group, taking into account the age characteristics, health and individual indicators of children. when planning a trip to nature or a walk (to the hills, to the park, to the lake), it is necessary to think about the organization of time: open air, sports games and exercises, attractions, low-mobility games, riddles. every walk should be remembered by children with unexpected situations, interesting meetings (with a forest man, a gnome, a hedgehog, a fox, etc.). parents can play the roles of fairy-tale characters. it should be noted that children's tourism has not been established in pre-school educational institutions. it is a programmatic action to educate the students to be perfect and mature in all aspects, to understand their history and to take steps towards the future. serves. additionally, travel fosters the physical development of an individual as well as the values of honesty, loyalty, mutual trust, hard effort, patriotism, and appreciation of the natural world in young people [3]. additionally, there are many opportunities to teach children about virtues like bravery, endurance, strength, and the ability to make critical judgments under pressure while on tourist visits. tourism organized in pre-school education organizations should enable children to work carefully and sparingly in relation to nature and, if necessary, be ready to provide practical help to it and acquire knowledge, skills and skills to encourage others to do the same. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org for this, it is necessary for the educator to have a high level of general ecological culture and professional skills, to educate children who have mastered national and universal values and do not have a negative impact on the protection of nature and the environment. nature increases children's observation of their surroundings, increases their interest in determining the causes of events. as a result, children's perception, imagination, ability, ingenuity, and independence develop. it is especially important to teach children to perceive that things and events in existence are composed of parts in the form of a whole, and the whole in the form of a part, to understand the wholeness of the universe, to take spiritual pleasure in the beauty of life and to appreciate this beauty. 'rin holds. the nature of uzbekistan is a source that helps a child acquire the necessary knowledge and impressions [3]. interest in inanimate and especially living natural objects in the environment appears early in children. children see everything during trips. campsites, an industrious ant on the road, a small spider on the thick grass, a buzzing bee. he tries to think about them. children should understand that nature is our wealth, that a person gets everything necessary for his life from it, that nature is a means of feeding a person, influencing his feelings and behavior. discussion tourism organized in pre-school education organizations educates children about nature and the environment, and makes pre-school children a nature-loving, caring, polite, free-thinking, nationally proud, well-rounded and healthy generation. consists of naturalization. tourism organized in pre-school educational organizations should be closely related to children's mental development (memory, attention, speech, thinking), level of general logical thinking, interests. in introducing them to nature, it is important to make good use of various pictures, living objects, as well as organizing trips and trips to parks, avenues, water bodies in spring and summer. it is also advisable to conduct conversations, games, memorize poems and riddles, read fairy tales and stories regularly. within the framework of the conditions and privileges created today, it is necessary to purposefully use the decisions and decrees on tourism adopted by our honorable president. children of preschool age are taught that the educational and health-enhancing features of tourism have an important place in the development of children in terms of form and content. tourism corners are organized and concepts about tourism are given in the main part of the day. the initial tourism culture is formed in them, and then trips to local attractions: museums, historical monuments, places of pilgrimage, modern production enterprises, modern educational and economic organizations are organized with children in the senior and preparatory groups, and the first concepts of travel are formed in the minds of children. in the course of trips, by improving knowledge and practical skills, the quality of education and the formation of a healthy lifestyle are directly served. summary in conclusion, within the conditions and privileges created today, the decisions and decrees on tourism adopted by our honorable president should be used purposefully. children of preschool age are taught that the educational and health-enhancing features of tourism have an important place in the development of children in terms of form and content. tourism corners are organized in pre-school american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org education organizations, and concepts about tourism are given in the main part of the day. the initial tourism culture is formed in them, and then trips to local attractions: museums, historical monuments, places of pilgrimage, modern production enterprises, modern educational and economic organizations are organized with children in the senior and preparatory groups, and the first concepts of travel are formed in the minds of children. in the course of trips, by improving knowledge and practical skills, the quality of education and the formation of a healthy lifestyle are directly served. it should also be said that when planning tourism organized in pre-school educational organizations, it is necessary to train children in every way, take into account their health, age characteristics, and organize activities and events on this basis. in this case, it is very important for the educator to be able to show his ability to properly organize his work and the ability to organize work in cooperation with parents. this depends on the professional skills of the educator. based on this, it is necessary to provide them with the necessary scientific and practical support in order to further enrich the level of knowledge of nature. references: 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated august 13, 2020 no. pf-5781 "on measures to further develop the tourism industry in the republic of uzbekistan". 2. mirzayev murotjon akhmadjonovich, aliyeva mahbuba toychievna. "fundamentals of tourism". t., "publishing house of the national society of philosophers of uzbekistan" 2011 3. usmonkhojaev t.s., toirova m.t. "holding outings in kindergarten." t.: shepherd. 2008 4. makhmudov t. about "avesta". t.: sharq 2000, p. 60 5. haydarova shahlo narzullayevna. factors of adaptation to social life of orphanage children. "uzacademia" scientific-methodical journal. december 30, 2020. part 3. 163165. 6. haydarova shahlo narzullaevna. pedagogical foundations of preparing foster children for family life. "scientific progress" scientific journal. volume #1, issue #1, 2020/xi. 149-154 7. haydarova shakhlo narzullaevna, (2021). pedagogical approach to the preparation of the children of the orphanage for family life. the american journal of social science and educational innovations, 3(02), 23-27. 8. haydarova sh.n. педагогический подход к подготовке воспитанников детского дома к семейной жизни. colloquium-journal №8 (95), 2021. czesc 2. (warszawa, polska) 9. ibraimov kholboy ibragimovich, khaydarova shakhlo narzullaevna, organizational pedagogical principles of education of pre-school children in the inclusive education system. science and innovation international scientific journal volume 2 issue november 11, 2023 uif-2022: 8.2 | isn: 2181-3337 | scientists.uz. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.10143278 10. s.b.sanayeva, sh.n.khaydarova "organization of preschool education and training". textbook. t-2023 year. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.10143278 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org comprehensive assessment of cephalometric parameters in patients with various forms of distal occlusion, depending on the type of height/face rasulova shakhnoza rasulzhanovna a 3-year free applicant tashkent state dental institute 100047, dr.rasulova91@gmail.com , +998935990585, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7060-2168 aripova gavkhar erkinovna candidate of medical sciences, associate professor tashkent state dental institute 100047, dr.aripova@mail.ru +998909765316, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7374-9827 nasimov elbek elkhanovich candidate of medical sciences, associate professor tashkent state dental institute 100047, dr.nasimov@gmail.com +998909774600, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5532-078 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the incidence of distal occlusion among anomalies of the maxillofacial region is increasing due to many endogenous and exogenous factors. according to various researchers, the distal ratio of the jaw bones may be due to the predominance of the growth of the upper, the lag in the growth of the lower, or due to problems of both jaws [5; pp. 67-84]. an approximately equal ratio of jaw bone growth types was determined in zinchenko a.yu. (2003) [4; pp. 57-88] with distal occlusion: in 36% of patients, neutral, 33% and 31% of the examined patients had horizontal and vertical types, respectively. e. j. vares (1969) established that the jaws normally have a downward and anterior growth direction at an angle of about 50° to the base of the skull (ns). depending on the growth trend, the anomaly may worsen or its clinical picture may self-regulate due to the growth of the maxillary system. orthodontics specialists are changing their views on the treatment of distal occlusion, taking into account the component of jaw growth and its relationship with sagittal malocclusion [3; p. 38; 4; p.56; 6; p.102; 7; p.165; 10; p.102-104]. introduction the purpose of the study. comparatively evaluate the cephalometric parameters in patients with various forms of distal occlusion, depending on the type of height/face. research materials and methods. the material of this study was 90 people aged 10 to 29 years with distal occlusion who applied to the orthodontics clinic in the period from 2019 to 2021. patients by gender: 57 female patients, 33 male patients. the control group consisted of 13 people with satisfactory american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org facial characteristics, antrometric, profilometric, and cephalometric parameters corresponding to the conditional norm. the research methods were clinical examination, anthropometric, x-ray cephalometric, photometric methods and statistical analyses. the clinical method of the study assessed the general condition of the hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity, paid attention to the shape of the face full-face and profile, took into account the height of the lower third of the face and its proportionality. the anthropometric study consisted in determining sagittal, transversal, vertical and longitudinal problems in the dentition according to korghaus to determine the length of the anterior section, ponuto determine the width of the dental arch of the upper and lower jaws, bolton-to study the proportionality of the mesiodistal sizes of the teeth of the upper and lower dental arches [1, 2, 8, 10] the analysis of cephalometric images of telerentgenograms was carried out using all relevant methods of cephalometric analysis: according to schwartz, tweed, mcnamara. the bite height was determined using the mepe parameter proposed by us (perpendicular from the menton point to the palatinal plane, the type of height/face through the fma angle, the proportionality of the jaw bones, their ratio to the cranial basis and in relation to each other, the slopes of the upper (u1-fh) and lower (l1mp) incisors, the character of the chin in relation to the vertical lines (pog npe) and so on. [8] a statistical analysis of the data of cephalometric parameters was carried out. the direct and inverse correlations of the data are derived. the results of the study. during the clinical examination of the comparison group (13 people), during visual examination from the frontal and lateral projections, the contours of the face in profile and full face were aesthetic, the oval of the face corresponded to the constitutional type, the right and left halves of the face were symmetrical, the upper, middle and lower parts of the face were proportional to each other, nasolabial folds were symmetrical and moderately pronounced, the chin fold is also moderately pronounced, the lips close without much tension, and the corners of the mouth are at the same height. the ratio of occlusion is physiological (known variants). photos of the control group's faces (see figure 1) and an overview of the tooth ratio (see figure 2). [9] figure 1. photo of the patient's face in the control group american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. occlusal ratio in individuals of the comparison group. according to the growth trend/type, the patients were divided by the f m a parameter into 3 main groups: i. low angle-with a low angle (22 degrees or less)31 people ii. neutral angle-with a neutral angle (23-37 degrees)29 people. iii. high angle-with a high angle (28 degrees or more) 30 people. a clinical examination of 31 patients from the first group of the study revealed signs of a “shortened” face: a low angle of the jaw, a shortened height of the lower part of the face, deepening of the nasolabial and mental folds, with protruding lips. (see fig.3) anthropometrically, signs of a class ii anomaly in canines and molars, as a rule, narrowing of the upper dental arch with extrusion and vestibular inclination of the upper frontal teeth and the absence of incisor-tubercular contact with the injury of the mucous membrane of the anterior palate by the cutting edges of the lower frontal teeth. figure 3. appearance of a patient with distal occlusion and horizontal growth type (full-face photo and profile) figure 4. entering the values of the mesio-distal width of the upper incisors into the cells of the computer program. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org the length of the anterior segment of the dental arches of the upper and lower jaws was determined using a computer program proposed by us. the analysis demonstrated the presence of a difference in the length of the anterior section of the upper and lower dental arches in the indicators of the norm and in the patient. since the difference in distance is detected with a negative value, the program concludes that the dental arches are short. during orthodontic treatment, lengthening or shortening of the dental arches is recommended. (see figs.4 and 5) [9]. figure 5. display of anthropometric analysis data to determine the difference in the length of the anterior section of the dental arches by a computer program the certificate dgu 2020 2405 dated 12/10/2020 on the official registration of the program for electronic computers from the agency for intellectual property of the republic of uzbekistan "determination of the length of the anterior section of dental arches by the width of incisors" (shpvr.exe) (rasulova sh.r., nasimov e.e., aripova g.e., dzhumaeva n.b., kadirov r.h.) [9]. (see fig.6) the time spent on determining the length of the anterior section of the dental arches using the program turned out to be 3.1±0.03 minutes on average, the traditional of 8.6±0.08 min figure 6. certificate for the software product. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org the cephalometric analysis was performed using the webceph computer program (see fig. 7). according to the tweed method, the fma angle was on average 19.55±0.41°, which indicates a tendency to horizontal growth/face type and low angle, the jaw height parameter mepe averaged 54.71 ± 0.41mm, less than that of the control group (61.77 ± 1.75mm), confirming the decrease in height. the front height of the face according to jarabak nation-menton averaged 104.87 ±1.03 m, positively correlating (0.48) with the proposed jaw height parameter mepe. the chin index in relation to ne (pod to pe) is on average -7.65±1.20 m. this value is higher than in the control group (-2.46±0.81 mm), indicating the posterior position of the chin. подбородка. table 1. the average values of cephalometric indicators in the 3 main groups and the control group the inclination of the upper incisor to the frankfurt horizontal u1-fh averaged 110.94±1.94°, in the control group – 111.15±1.35°. the first group has a protrusion of the lower incisors in relation to the mandibular plane (l1-mp). the angle was 104.28±1.56°, and the control group averaged 94.15±1.51° (see table 1).[8] figure 7. the results of the cephalometric analysis of the patient of group 1. indicators control group group 1 group 2 group 3 age 23,23±0,79 16,52±0,87 15,59±0,58 17,23±0,70 fma 23,00±0,9 19,55±0,41 24,69±0,27 31,53±0,43 pog tonasion perpendicular -2,46±0,81 -7,65±1,20 -11,28±1,14 -13,77±1,02 the inclination of the upper central incisor to fh 111,15±1,35 110,94±1,94 106,10±1,51 110,37±1,59 the inclination of the lower central incisor to mp 94,15±1,51 104,29±1,56 100,34±1,46 99,40±1,24 p1 – me 61,77±1,75 54,71±0,41 58,24±0,66 64,03±0,93 n-me 115.54±2.68 104.87±1.03 109.14±0.98 116.63±1.48 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org the second group (ii) with a neutral angle consisted of 29 patients with distal dentition ratios with clinical, biometric and cephalometric parameters bordering on the norm. facial features are within the normal range, aesthetic parameters are close to normal, the harmonious ratio of the lips (see fig.8). figure 8. appearance of a patient with distal occlusion and neutral growth type the average angle of the jaw, the moderate height of the lower third of the face, and the vertical parameter data were closer to neutral were noted cephalometrically. (see fig. 9) [8,9,10] the cephalometric analysis was performed using the webceph computer program. the fma angle is 24.69±0.27°, which indicates a neutral type of height/face and an average angle. in the control group, this angle is 23.00 ± 0.87°. both indicators correspond to the conditional norm of the parameters according to the tweed method. the front height of the face according to jarabak nasion-menton was 109.14 ± 0.98 mm, positively correlating (0.77) with the mepe jaw height parameter proposed by us, which is 58.2 ± 0.66°. this parameter is lower than that of the control group (61.77 ± 1.75 °), but within the limits of matching the neutral height of the lower third. chin position in relation to npe (pog to npe) it was -11.28± 1.14°, the value is higher than in the control group (-2.46± 0.81°), indicating the posterior position of the chin. the inclination of the upper incisor to the frankfurt horizontal u1-fh 106.10±1.51°. in the control group – 111.15± 1.35°, corresponding to a slight neutral inclination of the upper incisors. there is a compensatory protrusion slope of the lower incisors, which amounted to 100.34±1.46° with respect to the mandibular plane (l1-mp). in the control group, this indicator averaged 94.15±1.51°. (see table 1) figure 9. the results of the cephalometric analysis of the patient of group 2. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org the third group (iii) with a high angle included 30 patients with clinical, profilometric and photometric data of signs of a “long” face: an increase in the height of the lower part of the face, tension of facial muscles, gaping of the oral cavity with exposure of the upper frontal teeth, non-closure of the lips, most patients had a “thimble” symptom. (see fig. 10) anthropometrically, there were signs of a class ii anomaly in canines and molars, narrowing of the upper and lower dentition and their shortening/elongation. figure 10. appearance of a patient with distal occlusion and vertical growth type (full-face and profile photos, (right and left) cephalometrically, a high angle was observed according to the fma parameter, which averaged 31.53±0.43°, indicating a high type of height/face, in the control group this angle was 23.00 ±0.87°. (see fig.11). the front height of the face according to jarabak nasion-menton averaged 116.63 ±1.48 mm, positively correlating (0.84) with the mepe height parameter proposed by us, which averaged 64.03± 0.93 mm, which is higher than in the control group (61.77 ±1.75 mm). the position of the chin relative to npe (pog to npe) averaged -13.77±1.02 mm, the distance is greater than that of the control group (-2.46±0.81°), indicating the posterior position of the chin associated with the vertical type and clockwise rotation of the lower jaw. the inclination of the upper incisors to the frankfurt horizontal u1-fh in this group of patients averaged 110.37±1.59°, which indicates the indicators of the control group 111.15±1.35°, but at the same time there was a compensatory protrusion inclination of the lower incisors with respect to the mandibular plane (l1-mp) 99.4±1.59°, and in the control group in the average is 94.15±1.51° (see table 1). figure 10. the results of the cephalometric analysis of the patient of group 3. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org conclusions based on clinical, profilometric, cephalometric and statistical indicators, it is advisable to carry out orthodontic treatment of patients with distal occlusion, depending on the type of face or height. patients with a tendency to horizontal growth type should be treated with extrusion/restoration of the crown height of the chewing teeth, enlargement of the lower third of the face, with the elimination of blocks in the area of the frontal teeth and separation of deep incisive occlusion. during treatment, an increase in the fma angle will contribute to an improvement in horizontal performance. taking into account various clinical signs that require a differential orthodontic approach, the control of the vertical parameter improves treatment. it is advisable to treat patients with a tendency to vertical growth by flattening the occlusal plane, shortening the height of the lower third of the face, and the intrusion of chewing teeth, contributing to the forward extension of the chin. it is necessary to pay attention to the dynamics of changes in the fma angle, preventing an even greater increase in its value. in patients with neutral cephalometric parameters and a neutral type of growth, it is necessary to maintain the height of the bite, adjust the slope of the occlusal plane to extend the lower jaw, while maintaining control over the vertical parameters. conclusion from a scientific and practical point of view, the improvement of the treatment of distal occlusion should be based on a set of diagnostic parameters, taking into account clinical, profilometric, cephalometric signs based not only on the problems of the sagittal direction, but also taking into account the type of growth of the facial skeleton, vertical indicators affecting the positioning of the mandible and the definition of rational tactics for their orthodontic treatment. references 1. aripova, g., rasulova, sh., nasimov, e., & akbarov, k. (2019). the effectiveness of orthodontic treatment of children with distal occlusion of the dentition during the period of bite change. stomatology, 1(2(75), 10-12. retrieved from https://inlibrary.uz/index.php/stomatologiya/article/view/1339 2. aripova, g., rasulova, sh., nasimov, e., & dzhumaeva, n. (2021). prevalence of various forms of distal occlusion in orthodontic patients, taking into account the type of jaw growth. medicine and innovation, 1(4), 421-425. 3.galich lv, kuroedova v, lakhtin y, galich lb, moskalenko p. dependence of morphometric parameters of the dental occlusion on the type of the lower jaw growth in children with class ii1 dentofacial anomalies who line in the northern ukraine. georgian med news. 2017 mar;(264):35-39. pmid: 28480846. 4. zinchenko, a.yu. (2003). assessment of the influence of the harmonious development and type of growth of the dental system on the planning of orthodontic treatment of children with distal occlusion of the dentition. abstract, moscow, 2003 5. nasimov, e.e. (2019). improving the methods of diagnosis and treatment of distal occlusion. abstract, tashkent, 2018. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 6. papazyan a.t. the influence of the growth pattern of the maxillofacial system on the orthodontic treatment plan. bulletin of the rudn, medicine series, 2008, no.8 7.perović t, blažej z, jovanović i. comparative evaluation of various nasal shapes and angles in different vertical growth patterns a cephalometric study. anthropol anz. 2023 mar 16;80(2):159-170. doi: 10.1127/anthranz/2023/1548. pmid: 36752663. 4-let 8. rasulova, s. optimization of the calculation of telerentgenograms in the diagnosis of distal occlusion, taking into account the component of vertical jaw growth. № 4 (85) 2021, 66-70. 9. rasulova,sh, aripova g.e., nasimov e.e. the possibility of influencing the degree of divergence of jaw bones depending on various forms of distal occlusion in growing orthodontic patients, taking into account the type of growth. journal of dentistry and craniofacial research. special issue 2022. 154-156 10. rasulova, sh., aripova, g., nasimov, z., & babajanov, j. (2021). justification for taking into account the vertical growth component in the diagnosis and treatment planning in patients with distal occlusion. medicine and innovation, 1(1), 101-104. 11. rasulova, sh., aripova, g., nasimov, e., murtazaev, s., dzhumaeva, n., & kadirov, r. (2021). construction of a mathematical model taking into account the dependence of the length of the anterior segment of the dentition and the width of the upper incisors (according to korhaus). stomatologiya, (2(83), 44–46. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org use of the number category and its english and uzbek analysis mengniyozova gulnora toshtemirovna, teacher of denau institute of entrepreunuership and pedagogy, foreign language and literature lower courses a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the number category and its characteristics and comparison in several languages, the grammatical structure of the number category, and its expression in examples. number category, grammatical category, plural, cryptography, unit, concept. introduction the term category entered the science of linguistics from the science of philosophy, and it is defined in philosophy as a general concept that reflects more legal relations and problems of objective existence and knowledge than a certain essence. category has the same meaning in philosophy and in science. that is, the category must have a pair and a single. in philosophy, the pair is cause-effect, event-event, whole part; and if the singularity is made up of being, quantity, space, then in linguistics, the term category is understood as the binary category of conflicting number or the category of plural agreement. a grammatical category is a combination of grammatical meanings reflected in a morphological paradigm. grammatical categories can have one or more indicators. there is a growing body of work exploring the idea that language can be seen as a complex adaptive system. one of them is the number series. there are many languages used by mankind. all of them have numbers, numbers, calculations. number word group is one of the most interesting areas of linguistics. number is one of the independent word groups: is a group of words indicating the quantity and numerical order of the subject. number also represents the idea of a sign, like quality and manner, and in this respect, it is close to those categories. adjective means the sign of the object, the adverb means the sign of the action, and the number means the sign of the object according to its quantity, count and order. numerals are used with nouns to represent the sum of several objects, a definite quantity (five apples) or an indefinite quantity (a hundred flowers). method and methodology singular and plural meanings of nouns, grammatical forms representing them and them the sum of specific grammatical indicators is called the number category in nouns. the number category is one of the important morphological features of nouns, singular and plural based on the forms, a number category is formed. the unity of nouns is expressed without any means. in this case, in english, if a countable object is used in the singular form, even if it does not have the suffix "-s", but the indefinite article "a" or "an" is used, and this article meaning is equal to the number there is no article in uzbek american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org grammar. that is, if the subject comes without a plural suffix, then it is in the singular form. this causes little difficulty or misunderstanding when learning languages that are not part of the same category. then, a peculiarity is that english nouns are always plural. that is, more precisely as we mentioned, if the object consists of two parts or is a pair, they are always comes with a plural suffix. for example: trousers, glasses, shoes, scissors, trainers and etc. but in uzbek, they are singular. this number category is not only related to nouns, but also to nouns and verbs. this category is formed in arabic syntactically and morphologically. in uzbek language grammar, we can use the phrase "a pair" before a pair of nouns. in addition, there are other means of forming the plural of nouns. these are special words that strengthen the meaning and indicate the quantity of uncountable nouns. for example, there are words like "crowd" and "people" that are singular and express plural content. such a plural is a plural formed by the lexical-semantic method. result when forming the syntactic plural, we put numbers before nouns. and this method is done only with countable nouns. for example, 5 books. in the syntactic plural in uzbek, although the subject is quantitatively large, in most cases it is not used by adding the suffix -s: 5 books (5 books), 5 girls (5 girls). . but not adding the suffix -s, -es, -ies to countable nouns in english is a grammatical error. at the same time, there are nouns in english that do not take the suffix -s in the plural, but are used in the syntactic plural: 5 sheep, 10 fish, 20 deer. but uncountable nouns are preceded by words such as "some", "a lot of", "much" indicating their quantity. when added to nouns of uncountable objects in uzbek, it means their variety, diversity: sand, milk, flour, meat. when added to abstract nouns, the meaning understood from this noun is strengthened. for example: he went and returned to a thousand different dreams. (abdulla qadiri) discussion in the literature, -s is interpreted as a single affix with multiple meanings. this approach is correct only from the historical and etymological point of view. based on the grammatical system of the current language, we see that some meanings interpreted as characteristic of the affix -lar are formed as independent morphemes both in terms of content and function. one of these meanings is considered the meaning of respect. when added to kinship nouns after possessive suffixes, they express the meaning of respect: like dads, brothers. the suffix -lar added to the participle in the sentence means cutting, cutting and respect. they are admiring everything! emphasizes when added to body parts: hearts, tongues, brains. conclusion moreover, we can write letters, texts and whole works through numbers. representation of letters and data through numbers is called cryptography in science. it appeared about 4 thousand years ago. now, we can perform encryption operations using numbers. the development of cryptography includes 4 periods. at first, before bc, the original text alphabet was replaced by other characters. in later stages, the memory of electromechanical devices was coded by numbers (from the beginning to the middle of the 20th century). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org in recent times, all electronic information has been encrypted into numbers. the main purpose of encrypting information consisting of letters using numbers is to ensure its security and preserve the value of confidential information. for coding, books or tables containing a set of frequently used phrases are used. references 1. rashid qizi, i. z., aliqul qizi, a. s., chori qizi, s. a., shavkat qizi, x. s., & uchqun o’g’li, s. e. (2022). o‘zbek tilshunosligida son kategoriyalarining o‘rganilishi. ta’lim va rivojlanish tahlili onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 2(6), 1–7. 2. mengniyazova gulnora toshtemirovna. (2024). a comparative-typological study of the number category in uzbek and english languages. world bulletin of social sciences, 34, 8-9. 3. muxamadiyev a.sh., maxmanazarova dilafruz alisher qizi, & jumayeva roza yunus qizi. (2024). comparision analysis of number in english and uzbek languages. лучшие интеллектуальные исследования, 21(5), 67–70. 4. mamajonova.m – the importance of quantification in the analysis of language units // molodoy uchenyy.2016 – year 3 – issue 5. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/333324822_comparative_typology_in_english_and_u zbek_languages. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org the role of extravagance in islamic law: a historical study assist. lect. baydaa talib abdulhasan dhi qar university college of pure sciences department of computers badaa.talib.com@utq.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it wouldn't be far from the truth to say that money ranks among the most essential needs for individuals in this worldly life. it serves as a means to secure life's necessities, including food, drink, clothing, shelter, and other essentials that form the foundation of one's material existence. the availability of money varies among people, with some falling into the category of "the rich" while others are labeled as "the poor." the abundance of money is often associated with worldly success, a weakening of faith, and the acquisition of advantages that set individuals apart, such as status, position, beauty, or other benefits that contribute to the emergence of luxury and its underlying causes. this study aims to illuminate a phenomenon that has persisted in many affluent societies. we have elucidated the stance of the holy qur’an on extravagance, as evidenced by approximately twenty-three verses that condemn and caution against it. additionally, we have highlighted select noble prophetic traditions that illustrate the prophet's stance on extravagance and its impact on individuals and society. in addition to prophet muhammad's stance, which rejects such conduct and its detrimental impacts from a religious, material, social, psychological, and economic standpoint, we have also covered the ahl al-bayt's (peace be upon them) stance. jurisprudential and historical materials provide the basis of this study. extravagance, sunnah of the prophet, antiquities, the holy qur’an position introduction the first axis: the meaning of extravagance and its relationship to luxury extravagance and luxury are often based on wealth and based on it, but they are not inherent to it. how many rich, stingy people live their lives a life of misery and destitution? and how many poor people are eager to collect blessings, and attaining desires and pleasures in every way. he lives with more than his income, so he is plagued by debts? (i). a distinction is made between wealth, extravagance, and luxury. rich is an economic rank that refers to the amount of wealth possessed by an individual, but it does not stop at a mere arithmetic number. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org rather, it leaves certain effects on the soul of the rich and in his behavior, and shows in society morals, politics, and law, distinct from those of the rich. the general public, but some of the rich rise above the negative influence of wealth, adopt the morals of the righteous, and are characterized by their qualities (ii). extravagance: exceeding the middle limit, and quickly descending to the final path or the extreme that is called exaggeration or excess. the relationship between luxury and extravagance is close and interconnected, and extravagance inevitably leads to luxury, and it is one of the matters with which the morals of the individual and the morals of society collapse. islamic law has warned against extravagance. according to the almighty’s saying: "and eat and drink, but be not excessive. indeed, he likes not those who commit excess." (iii). therefore, luxury is an attribute that is in addition to wealth, reaching the point of extravagance and extravagance, and manifests itself as extravagance in clothing, food, transportation equipment, housing, and other things. islam did not condemn wealth, but rather allowed it, and legislated for it to ensure that it is not abused such that it becomes a tool of control and a rule through which the rich tyrannize over people. it is an acceptable rank in the islamic economy, spending for the sake of allah, good morals, and good governance, and this is a tight fence. it prevents wealth from turning into a luxury and a tool for corruption (iv). it contrasts with luxury and stands in opposition to it asceticism, minimalism, and roughness in living (v). the second axis: the position of the holy qur’an on extravagance the word (extravagance) appears in the holy qur’an twenty-three times and in different forms (infinitive, verb, participle) (vi). we will suffice with mentioning some of them. in the almighty’s saying "say, "o my servants who have transgressed against themselves [by sinning], do not despair of the mercy of allāh. indeed, allāh forgives all sins.[1354] indeed, it is he who is the forgiving, the merciful.""(vii) what is meant by extravagance here is extravagance in wealth, as for the almighty’s saying "and he it is who causes gardens to grow, [both] trellised and untrellised, and palm trees and crops of different [kinds of] food and olives and pomegranates, similar and dissimilar. eat of [each of] its fruit when it yields and give its due [zakah] on the day of its harvest. and be not excessive. indeed, he does not like those who commit excess.."(viii), and the interpretation of this verse is that it is not to be extravagant in giving, as it would be above what is known. it was said that it was revealed about a people who used to give something on the day of harvest, then they competed over it and went extravagant. it was said that it was revealed about thabit bin qays, who cut palm trees for himself and said: it will not come to me. today, there is no one that i do not feed him, until evening comes and he has no fruit. what is meant here by the almighty’s saying "do not be extravagant" meaning, do not give away your wealth, lest you remain poor (ix). likewise, qur’anic verses were mentioned in condemning extravagance and forbidding it. we will mention some of them, but not limited to them: "and those who, when they spend, are neither extravagant nor niggardly, but hold a medium (way) between those (extremes)" (x), and the almighty’s saying "and thus do we recompense he who transgressed and did not believe in the signs of his lord. and the punishment of the hereafter is more severe and more enduring."(xi), "and test the orphans [in their abilities] until they reach marriageable age. then if you perceive in them sound judgement, release their property to them. and do not consume it excessively and quickly, [anticipating] that they will grow up. and whoever, [when acting as guardian], is self-sufficient should refrain [from taking a fee]; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org and whoever is poor let him take according to what is acceptable. then when you release their property to them, bring witnesses upon them. and sufficient is allāh as accountant.."(xii), and a devout member of pharaoh's family who kept his religion a secret stated, "do you kill a man [merely] because he says, 'my lord is allah ' while he has brought you clear proofs from your lord? and if he should be lying, then upon him is [the consequence of] his lie; but if he should be truthful, there will strike you some of what he promises you. indeed." (xiii), ", allah does not guide one who is a transgressor and a liar" (xiv) the third axis: the position of the sunnah of the prophet and the prophet’s family (peace be upon him) regarding extravagance: the prophet muhammad (pbuh) emphasized moderation and cautioned against extravagance in various aspects of life. he even advised against extravagance in ablution. there is a narration that he passed by saad while saad was performing ablution and asked him, "what is this extravagance, saad?" saad asked, "is ablution extravagant?" the prophet replied, "yes, even if you are by a flowing river." (xv). other hadiths on this subject were also reported from him, such as his (pbuh) saying: "eat and drink, give alms, and wear what is not extravagant or ostentatious." (xvi), and his (pbuh) saying: it is extravagance to eat whatever you desire (xvii)the criticism stems from the fact that when someone consistently indulges their desires without moderation, their soul becomes insatiable, constantly seeking greater levels of indulgence. this lack of restraint can lead to a loss of control over desires, ultimately resulting in the most extreme and reprehensible form of extravagance. (xviii).according to a narration from amr bin shuaib, a man approached the prophet (peace be upon him) and expressed his poverty, stating that he had nothing and was an orphan. the prophet advised him, "eat from your orphan's wealth, but do not be extravagant, ostentatious, or negligent." (xix). the above hadiths and others like them lead us to believe that lavish living causes one to buy items that aren't essential or vital, even if they're legal. this behavior is considered reprehensible as it contributes to societal and moral corruption. many sayings, narrations, and stances have been reported from the ahl al-bayt (peace be upon them) denouncing extravagance and warning against it. it was reported on the authority of alimam ali bin abi talib(peace be upon him) that he said: the extravagant person has three signs: he eats what he does not have, buys what he does not have, and wears what he does not have, meaning he eats and buys. and he wears what does not suit his condition, as he (peace be upon him) said: whatever you spend on yourself and your family without extravagance or extravagance, and whatever you give in charity is yours, and whatever you spend out of hypocrisy and out of favor, that is the share of satan (xx). the position of the ahl al-bayt (peace be upon them) towards extravagance the positions of the ahl al-bayt (peace be upon thim) were embodied in the rejection of extravagance, which was complementary and complementary to the position of the sunnah of the prophet in the life of asceticism that they lived, and many of the positions and hadiths mentioned about them, we will mention some of them. it was reported from al imam ali bin abi talib (peace be upon him) that he said: "the extravagant person has three signs: he eats what he eats. he does not have it, and he buys what he does not have and wears what he does not have. that is, he eats, buys, and wears what does american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org not suit his condition, as was reported from him (peace be upon him) in his saying: (be generous and do not be wasteful, and be generous and do not be stingy" (xxi) meaning that a person does not he is a spendthrift or a miser, that is, he is intermediate between the two matters, which is moderation and moderation. he also (peace be upon him) said: ''whatever you spend on yourself and your household without extravagance or extravagance, and whatever you give in charity is yours, and whatever you spend out of hypocrisy and reputation, that is the share of satan" (xxii) as many hadiths have been reported. on the authority of the rest of the imams of ahl al-bayt (peace be upon him), it is forbidden to be extravagant. it was reported on the authority of imam al-sadiq (peace be upon him) that he said when he was asked about the harm of extravagance: "i change you for a garment to protect you, and you throw away the leftover utensils, and you eat dates and throw away stones here and there" (xxiii) and bishr bin marwan narrated on the authority of the imam. al-sadiq (peace be upon him) when he said: "we entered upon abu abdullah, and he called for rutab, and some of them began throwing stone-stones. he said: then abu abdullah held his hand and said: do not do this, for this is waste, and allah almighty does not like corruption" (xxiv). in this hadith, the imam, peace be upon him, likens extravagance to corruption, and corruption is forbidden in islamic law, and despite the low value of the kernel, throwing it away is considered extravagance, extravagance, and corruption, and this is the lowest of extravagance. when imam al-kadhim (peace be upon him) was asked about ten shirts, is that extravagance? he said: "no, but that is to keep his clothes, but it is extravagance to wear your safe clothes in a dirty place." (xxv) in a hadith by imam hassan al-askari (peace be upon him) about generosity, he said: generosity has a measure, and if it exceeds it, it is extravagance. he also said: "extravagance is reprehensible in everything except in acts of righteousness." (xxvi) fourth axis: the effects of extravagance allah almighty has not commanded anything except that it is for the benefit of his servants, and he has not forbidden anything except that it will bring about corruption and harm sooner or later. islam has forbidden extravagance because of its negative effects on the individual and society, and these effects can be classified into religious, psychological, social, and economic. first: religious monuments extravagance has negative effects that affect religion. these effects include: 1the limits set by allah almighty are exceeded by extravagance, which he has defined and imposed. allah almighty said, "these are the limits of allah, so do not transgress them. and whoever transgresses the limits of allah it is those who are the wrongdoers.." (xxvii) 2following satan and making friends with him. allah almighty said "indeed, the wasteful are brothers of the devils, and ever has satan been to his lord ungrateful." (xxviii) 3exposing the extravagant himself to earthly and hereafter punishment, or both. allah almighty said "and how many a city have we destroyed that was insolent in its [way of] living, and those are their dwellings which have not been inhabited after them except briefly. and it is we who were the inheritors." (xxix) 4deprivation of divine success and guidance. allah almighty said "allah does not guide one who is a transgressor and a liar." (xxx) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org second: psychological effects there are some negative effects of extravagance that affect the psychology of the extravagant, including: 1the hardness of the heart and its turning away from the truth by following desires and pleasures. whenever the heart is immersed in pleasure, it turns away from god almighty and his commands. 2extravagance is one of the most important causes of evil and sin. the soul, without control, is led by desires whenever the material is available and it is not immune. extravagance is a means of luxury and a means to pride and arrogance (xxxi). third: social effects 1breaking the hearts of the poor, the needy, and the miserable, who can hardly obtain what meets their needs except with hardship. when they see this money squandered for purposes other than its legitimate purposes, their souls become constricted, their chests tighten, and their hearts break. this is contrary to the purposes of the wise lawgiver, who commands to comfort them and mend their hearts (xxxii). 2depriving those who are entitled to this surplus money that is squandered without need or interest, and those who are entitled to consolation and aid, and they exist in every time and place, even if their percentage and the amount of their need vary, from one group to another, according to the almighty’s saying "and allah has favored some of you over others in provision. but those who were favored would not hand over their provision to those whom their right hands possess so they would be equal to them therein. then is it the favor of allah they reject?" (xxxiii). 3captivity and extravagance are two paths to luxury, and luxury inevitably leads to the demise of a nation. god almighty said, "and when we intend to destroy a city, we command its affluent but they defiantly disobey therein; so the word comes into effect upon it, and we destroy it with [complete] destruction." (xxxiv). fourth: economic effects 1wasting money and wasting it on things that do not serve the interests of the individual or the group. god almighty said "believe in allah and his messenger and spend out of that in which he has made you successors. for those who have believed among you and spent, there will be a great reward." (xxxv) 2the waste and waste of money is a huge loss for the muslim nation, as it is an important wealth that strengthens the country and builds civilization. the legitimate goal is for the nation’s money to be a resource for it and a strength to acquire the foundation of its glory and maintain its position (xxxvi). conclusion: at the end of this research, we reached a number of results: 1the holy qur'an, the prophet's sunnah, and the hadiths of ahl al-bayt (peace be upon him) all come to the same conclusion: excess and lavishness are banned, its perpetrator is condemned, and harmful to the individual and society, and whoever indulges in it will be held accountable in this world and the hereafter. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org 2extravagance in some cases was considered a major sin, based on the almighty’s saying "and indeed, our return is to allah, and indeed, the transgressors will be companions of the fire." (xxxvii) and those who enter the fire are the inmates of the major sins. however, we cannot be certain that extravagance in all its levels is considered forbidden or that it is major, because there are cases in which the jurists have stated that it is extravagance is disliked, as is extravagance in ablution water. accordingly, it is necessary to note each case and its peculiarities, and to note the occasions when judging the matter. 3the beliefs of rational people were and still are based on denouncing extravagance and extravagance, condemning and forbidding those who do it, and emphasizing moderation, moderation, intentionality and planning in life. 4although extravagance is a characteristic of the rich, the poor sometimes fall into it or practice it with what is available to them, even if it is without the intention of extravagance and extravagance, such as wasting water or other things. references first: the holy quran second: sources 1ibn hanbal: abu abdullah ahmad bi muhammad bin hanbal al-shaybani al-dhahli, d. 241 ah. 2musnad ibn hanbal, edited by shuaib al-arnaut, adel murshid, al-resala foundation, 2001, 1st edition. 3abu dawud: suleiman bin al-ash’ath al-sijistani, d. 275 ah 4sunan abi dawud, edited by shuaib al-arnaout, muhammad kamel qarabulli, dar alresala international, 2009, 1st edition. 5abu al-saud: muhammad bin muhammad bin mustafa, d. 982 ah 6guiding the sound mind to the merits of the great book, arab heritage revival house, beirut lebanon, 2nd edition. 7al-suyuti: abdul rahman bin abi bakr jalal al-din, d. 911 ah 8al-durr al-manthur fi al-tafsir al-mathur, edited by abdullah bin abdul mohsen alturki, dar al-fikr, beirut. 9ibn kathir: abu al-fida imad al-din ismail bin kathir al-qurashi al-dimashqi, d. 774 ah. 10interpretation of the great qur’an, published by abu ishaq al-huwaini, dar ibn al-jawzi 11al-kulayni: muhammad bin yaqoub, d. 329 ah 12al-kafi fi al-furu’ wa al-usul, edited by ali akbar al-ghafari, al-milani foundation 13ibn majah: abu abdullah muhammad bin yazid al-qazwini, d. 273 ah 14sunan ibn majah, edited by muhammad fouad abdel baqi, house of the revival of arab books. 15al-majlisi: abu abdullah muhammad baqir taqi, d. 1110 ah 16bihar al-anwar, university of the pearls of the pure imams, al-wafa foundation, beirut lebanon. 17al-manawi: zain al-din muhammad abd al-raouf bin ali bin zain al-abidin al-haddadi, d. 1031 ah. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 18fayd al-qadir fi sharh al-jami’ al-saghir, the great commercial library, egypt, 1356, 1st edition. third: list of references 1al-zari -sufficient answer (d – t) 2al-zuhairi: hisham abdel-gawad -al-durar al-bahi’ in guiding the ten frequent recitations, international house for publishing and distribution, egypt alexandria, 2010, 1st edition. 3sheriff: muhammad musa luxury and its impact on righteous preachers, dar al-andalus al-khadraa, jeddah 2004, 2nd edition. 4al-tarifi: abdullah bin ibrahim bin ali -the problem of luxury in society and its treatment in the light of islam (d-t) muhammad al-sayyid n i al-munajjid: al-turf, p. 1 ii al-sharif: luxury and its impact on righteous preachers, pp. 12 p. 13 iii surah al-a'raf, verse 31 iv al-sharif: luxury and its impact on righteous preachers, pp. 13-p. 15 v al-munajjid: al-turf, pp. 1-p. 2 vi al-tarifi: the problem of luxury in society and its treatment in the light of islam, p. 31 vii surat al-zumar, verse 53 viii surah al-an'am, verse 141 ix ibn kathir: interpretation of the great qur’an, vol. 2, p. 189 x surah al-furqan, verse 67 xi surat taha, verse 127 xii surat an-nisa, verse 6 xiii surat ghafir, verse 28 xiv surat ghafir, verse 28 xv ibn hanbal, musnad ibn hanbal, vol. 2, p. 221 xvi al-nasa’i: al-sunan, vol. 8, p. 398 xvii ibn majah: al-sunan, vol. 4, p. 31 xviii al-manawi: fayd al-qadir fi sharh al-jami` al-saghir, vol. 2, p. 654 xix abi dawud: al-sunan, p. 459 xx al-suyuti: al-durr al-manthur, vol. 5, p. 277 xxi al-kulayni: al-kafi, vol. 10, p. 56 xxii al-majlisi: bihar al-anwar, vol. 2, p. 165 xxiii al-zuhairi: al-durar al-bahirah, p. 43 xxiv al-majlisi: bihar al-anwar, vol. 72, p. 303 xxv muhammad al-sayyid nouh: extravagance, its causes and effects, p. 22 xxvi al-majlisi: same source, vol. 75, p. 377 xxvii al-baqarah verse 229 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org xxviii surah al-isra, verse 27 xxix surah al-qasas, verse 58 xxx surat ghafir, verse 28 xxxi al-zari: the sufficient answer, p. 36 xxxii muhammad al-sayyid nouh: extravagance, its causes and effects, p. 5 xxxiii surah an-nahl, verse 71 xxxiv surah al-isra, verse 16 xxxv surat al-hadid, verse 7 xxxvi abi al-saud: guiding the sound mind to the merits of the holy book, vol. 8, p. 204 xxxvii surat ghafir, verse 43 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org the efficiency of implementing a proposed program centered on the cerebral hemispheres to foster future thinking and enhance comprehension of historical events among fourth grade literary students mona hasanee mohamed iraq/ kirkuk university/ college of education for pure sciences, department of mathematics email: monahasanee@uokirkuk.edu.iq tel:07717289496 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study’s goal is to develop an educational program based on the cerebral hemispheres and assess how well fourth grade literary students’ future cognitive abilities and understanding of historical events would fare. (the researcher em-ployed an experimental approach and a quasiexperimental design with a post-test for two equal groups in order to accomplish the goals of the study. the re-searcher intentionally selected sixty-four fourth-grade literary students and split the research sample into two groups: an experimental group, which received the suggested educational program, and a control group, which underwent conventional research with 32 students. the two study groups were compared in terms of the factors intelligence, future thinking skills scale, and chronological age). based on the cerebral hemispheres, a learning program was developed to stimu-late the combined functioning of the two hemispheres of the mind. in addition, two research tools were developed, including (20 items) historical events test that assessed future thinking skills. the coefficients and content validity of the two tests were confirmed. in addition to differentiation and difficulty, the cronbach alpha equation was utilized to determine the test's reliability. the sec-ond tool is a 35-item future thinking scale. additionally, its psychometric prop-erties were validated. presenting the concept to a panel of arbitrators and experts in the educational and psychological sciences, as well as social studies and histo-ry education, confirmed its validity. the experiment was executed in the first semester of the academic year 2023–2024. the two study groups were instruct-ed by the researcher, with the control group using the standard procedure and the experimental group using the educational program based on the cerebral hemispheres. each study group took the historical events exam and the future thinking scale. data was gathered and then statistically examined using the fol-lowing suitable statistical techniques in order to evaluate the validity of the hy-potheses: t-test for two independent and nonindependent samples, alpha-cronbach equation, pearson correlation effectiveness the theory of the cerebral hemispheres historical events com-prehension future thinking american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org coefficient, gamma correlation coeffi-cient. the study findings showed that the suggested educational program out-performed the conventional approach in enhancing fourth grade liter-ary students’ comprehension of historical events and their degree of future thinking. several conclusions were made in view of the study findings, the most significant of which is the use of the cerebral hemispheres hypothesis in social studies and history instruction at all academic levels. introduction طالب الصف الرابع األدبي عندفاعلية برنامج مقترح قائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية في تنمية التفكير المستقبلي واستيعاب األحداث التاريخية أ.م.د.منى حساني محمد جامعة كركوك/ كلية التربية للعلوم الصرفة قسم الرياضيات /العراق : الملخص بناء إلى البحث الدماغية هدف الكرة قائم على نصفي تعليمي المستقبلي واستيعاب على فعاليته ومعرفة برنامج التفكير مهارات المنهج التجريبي، واستخدم التصميم شبه الباحثة ت)، وتحقيقا ألهداف البحث إعتمداألدبي عند طالب الصف الرابع األحداث التاريخية اختيرت قصديا األدبي( طالب من طلبة الصف الرابع 64التجريبي ذا االختبار البعدي لمجموعتين متكافئتين ،وتكونت عينة البحث من ) البرنامج التعليمي ( ومجموعة تجريبية ) يٌطبق عليها 32وقسمت إلى مجموعتين مجموعة ضابطة ) تدرس بالطريقة التقليدية وعددهم التفكير المستقبلي قياس مهاراتم ،ذكاءال ( تم إجراء التكافؤ بين مجموعتي البحث في المتغيرات (العمر الزمني، 32وعددهم المقترح ، وتم كذلك بناء أداتي البحث المتمثلة نصفي المخ معا برنامج تعليمي قائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية لتفعيل وظائف ( ، وقد تم بناء التاريخية في اختبار المستقبلي فقرة (20اشتمل على ) األحداث التفكير المحتوى قد تم و موزعة على مهارات التحقق من صدق كرونباخ واألداة الثانية -حساب ثبات االختبار باستخدام معادلة الفاو، والكشف عن معامل الصعوبة والتمييز ، ينوصدق البناء لالختبار ، وتم التحقق من صدق البناء بعرضه وتم التأكد من خواصه السكيرومترية أيًضا فقرة 35مكون من التفكير المستقبلي هي مقياس ، طبقت التجربة في الفصل المواد االجتماعية والتاريخ على مجموعة من المحكمين والمختصين في العلوم التربوية والنفسية وتدريس .م 2024-2023األول للعام الدراسي الدراسي والمجموعة الضابطة البرنامج التعليمي القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية بتدريس مجموعتي البحث، التجريبية حسب الباحثة تإذ قام مجموعتي البحث، والختبار صحة الفروض التفكير المستقبلي واختبار األحداث التاريخية على وفقا للطريقة االعتيادية. وطبق مقياس : تم جمع البيانات ، ثم تحليلها إحصائيا باستخدام الوسائل اإلحصائية المناسبة التالية .)ارتباط جتمان كرونباخ، معامل ارتباط بيرسون، معامل-ألفااختبار )ت( لعينتين مستقلتين وغير مستقلتين، ومعادلة ( استيعاب طلبة الصف الرابع األدبي لألحداث التاريحية في زيادة -البرنامج التعليمي المقترح وقد توصلت نتائج البحث إلى فعالية تطبيق لديهم أكثر من الطريقة االعتيادية. وفى ضوء نتائج البحث تم التوصل لعدة توصيات أهمها التفكير المستقبلي ورفع مستوى .نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية في تدريس المواد االجتماعية و التاريخ لكافة المراحل الدراسية التفكير المستقبلي –االستيعاب –األحداث التاريخية –نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية -الفاعلية الكلمات الداللية : مشكلة البحث تُعد مادة التاريخ من المواد الدراسية التي تواجه انتقادات من الطالب وأولياء األمور، ويعود ذلك إلى عدة أسباب. وأحد هذه األسباب هو تركيز المادة على األحداث التاريخية المتنوعة ، وعرضها للطالب في صورة مجردة منسوخة بعيدة عن حياتهم اليومية. وعادة ما الب حفظ هذه األحداث وتكرارها بدون فهم مدلولها الحقيقي. وهذا يؤدي إلى تقليل قيمة التاريخ كمادة دراسية وإثارة يُطلب من الط دراسة منها( وقد أثبتت العديد من الدراسات 10، 2020العديد من التساؤالت حول دور التاريخ وأهميته بالنسبة للطالب )الجازي ، التاريخية المختلفة ، كما تُشير الكثير من الدراسات ( وجود ضعف لدى2019) علي ، الطالب في استيعاب األحداث والمفاهيم التطبيقية السابقة معاناة الطالب من استيعابها وتذكرها وذلك لتداخلها معًا حيث يتسم سرد األحداث التاريخية بشيء من االلتباس وعدم american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org ( ومن ثم ال يحتاج الطلبة للطريقة التقليدية وهي 10، 2006السالسة بسبب كثر تلك األحداث وتعدد الشخصيات ضمنها ) األسدي ، الحفظ األعمى بل يحتاجون لطرقًا جديدًا تفعل قدراتهم العقلية والدماغية الستيعاب وتذكر تلك األحداث فال ي التاريخ مدرسومن المؤكد أن فهم الحدث التاريخي وتفسيره وتحليله وربط العالقات ضمن هذا الحدث من األهداف الرئيسية ل الطالب التاريخية بشكل عميق مع تزويد فهم واستيعاب األحداث الطالب بالمعلومات بل هو اثقال عقول التاريخ من تعلم يتطلب ( 541، 2020ومن ثم تؤثر دراسة التاريخ على عقول الطلبة وانفعاالتهم وتكوينهم المجتمعي )عبد الحي ، التفكير المستقبلي بمهارات وتظهر هنا مشكلة من مشكالت البحث الحالي وهو تبني التعلم القائم على نصفي كرة الدماغ في تدريس التاريخ وقد أثبت االعتماد على نظًرا لوجود عالقة إيجابية بين تذكر األحداث التاريخية وتخيلها وبين التعلم القائم على نصفي نصفي الكرة الدماغية فعاليته في التعليم أغلب خصائص أثناء دراسة التاريخ إلى يحتاج الطالب حيث ( ، 2017بدوي، و الكرة الدماغية الدماغ وهذا ما أثبتته دراسة )كمال التاريخ ، حيث يعتمد التعليم القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية مدرسالدماغ ومن ثم فإن اعتماد تنشيط نصفي الكرة الدماغية يعد مطلبًا ل على هذا التنشيط كما تعود احد مشكالت البحث لضعف مهارات التفكير المستقبلي بين الطالب وحاجتهم لتنميتها ،حيث أثبتت الكثير من الدراسات ذلك رحيم دراسة العراقين 2022ومنها الطلبة حاجة أثبتت لمادة والتي الدارسين وخاصة لديهم المستقبلي التفكير مهارات لتنمية ( أن الطالب في العراق يحتاجون للتفكير المستقبلي من أجل تعلم مادة التاريخ وذلك 2021االجتماعيات ، كما أثبتت دراسة العبيدي ) ين ، وعليه فإن تنمية مهارات التفكير المستقبلي لدراسي التاريخ أمًرا ضروريًا مدرسمن وجهة نظر ال :كما تظهر مشكلة البحث الحالي في سعيه لإلجابة على األسئلة اآلتية سما البرنامج المقترح القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية ؟:1س المستقبلي :2س التفكير الدماغية في تنمية مهارات الكرة قائم على نصفي فاعلية برنامج تعليمي مقتًرح الرابع عندما طلبة الصف ؟دبياال : لألحداث التاريخية دبي ما فاعلية برنامج تعليمي مقتًرح قائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية في تعزيز استيعاب طلبة الصف الرابع اال:3س ؟ في اآلتي : البحثتكمن أهمية أهمية البحث : التاريخية وهي قضية كثر عنها الحديث منذ بدء دراسة يُعد من الدراسات القليلة جدًا التي تتناول استيعاب الطالب لألحداث • التاريخ . واستيعاب • المستقبلي والتفكير الدماغ نصفي الثالث بالمتغيرات الخاصة السابقة والدراسات األدبيات البحث يستعرض األحداث التاريخية مما يثري المكتبة التربوية العربية ويفتح آفاقا للبحوث المستقبلية يسلط البحث الضوء على خصائص الدماغ البشري في لفتة تجمع بين عظمة الخالق وأهمية التركيز على خصائص الدماغ • األيمن واأليسر . . يقدم البحث انعكاسا لدعائم تربوية حديثة تُعد أًسسا لتصميم البرامج التعليمية والتي بدورها تعزز مهارات يحتاجها الطالب • كونه بحثًا تجريبيا يخضع للتجربة والقياس يٌطبق برنامج مقترح جديد من نوعه ويفحص فعاليته على المتغيرين التابعين • المذكورين التفكير المستقبلي واستيعاب األحدا • ثيقدم البحث برنامجا مقترًحا على وفق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية لتعزيز كال من الذي يُقدم مثل هذا البرنامج الباحثةالتاريخية وهو بذلك يعد األول من نوعه على حد علم ين أو غيرهم ، إلى مدرسيُسهم البحث في لفت نظر القائمين على العملية التعليمية سواء مصممو المناهج الدراسية ، أو ال • أهمية خصائص نصفي الكرة الدماغية وتفعيل كال النصفين لدى الطالبة من أجل تعلم وتفكير أعلى ، وضرورة اتباع برامج تعليمية واستراتيجيات تفعل تلك النظرية . أهداف البحث : يسعى البحث إلى إنجاز األهداف : american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org التاريخية لدى • المستقبلي واستيعاب األحداث التفكير لتنمية الدماغية الكرة قائم على نصفي تعليمي اقتراح برنامج طالب الصف الرابع األدبي التعرف على فعالية برنامج تعليمي مقتًرح قائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية في تنمية مهارات التفكير المستقبلي لدى • دبي.طلبة الصف الرابع اال التعرف على برنامج تعليمي مقتًرح قائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية في تعزيز استيعاب طلبة الصف الرابع الشعبة • األدبية لألحداث التاريخية فرضيات البحث : يحاول البحث التأكد من صحة الفرضيات اآلتية : • ( عند مستـــوى احصــائية داللــة ذات فروق يوجـــد الذين 0.05ال التجريبية المجموعة درجات طالب متوسط بين ) سيدرسون على وفق البرنامج التعليمي القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية ومتوسط الطالب الذين سيدرسون وفق الطريقة االعتيادية في اختبار األحداث التاريخية • ( عند مستـــوى احصــائية داللــة ذات فروق يوجـــد درجات 0.05ال متوسط بين الذين ( التجريبية المجموعة طالب سيدرسون على وفق البرنامج التعليمي القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية ومتوسط الطالب الذين سيدرسون وفق الطريقة االعتيادية على مقياس مهارات التفكير المستقبلي : تتمثل حدود البحث في :خامساً : حدود البحث كركوك محافظة: طالب الصف الرابع األدبي في المدارس الحومية التابعة للمديرية العامة في الحدود البشرية الفصول األربعة األولى من كتاب التاريخ للصف الرابع االدبي وهي الفصل األول )مفهوم الحضارة والمدينة،(، : معرفيةالحدود ال الفصل الثاني )حضارة العرب قبل اإلسالم(، الفصل الثالث) المؤسسات اإلدارية( الفصل الرابع )القضاء(. كركوك مدارس بمحافظةالحدود المكانية : تمت الدراسة بأحد ال (.2024 – 2023: الفصل الدراسي االول من العام الدراسي ) الحدود الزمانية :مصطلحات البحث البرنامج التعليمي : مجموعة التجارب والمهارات التي تركز على الطالب واحتياجاته وقدراته و سماته الخاصة و التوازن بين المادة وهذا الطالب وبين العناصر األخرى للبرنامج وبين المعارف والقيم ضمن المؤسسة التعليمية مما يترتب عليه نمو جوانب الشخصية سواء كانت الجانب (139، 2020سامي ، و، المهاري ، وذلك إتساقًا مع األهداف التعليمية )جمال المعرفي ، الوجداني ويُعرف إجرائيًا في البحث الحالي : بأنه " نظام متكامل يشتمل على أهداف ومكونات وجلسات وخطوات واستراتيجيات تعتمد على خصائص نصفي الكرة الدماغية تم تصميمه بعناية وجودة في ضوء أهداف محددة موجه لطلبة الصف الرابع األدبي ، بحيث تساعد حداث التاريخية وتعزز لديهم مهارات التفكير المستقبلي في أقل فترة زمنية محددة " الطلبة في استيعاب أفضل لأل : نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية-2 نصفي الكرة الدماغية ) أيسر وأيمن ( وتقوم على استخدام المتعلم لخصائص كل نصف أنوهي عبارة عن طريقة للتدريس تعمل على سواء كانت تلك الخصائص لفظية أو غير لفظية إلى جانب المشاعر واألحاسيس ولغة الجسد والسلوكيات واالنفعاالت وذلك من أجل (221، 2016، وصول هذا المتعلم ألفضل استيعاب في العملية التعليمية )سالم وآخرون وتُعرف إجرائيًا في البحث الحالي بأنها "اسلوب تعليمي يسير وفق خطوات الغرض منها اعمال خصائص وقدرات نصفي الكرة معًا " للوصول لدرجة أعلى من االستيعاب وتنمية مهارات التفكير لدى الطالب ويساعده في رفع كفاءة نصف الدماغ األقل استخداًما لديه التفكير المستقبلي: -3 هو "عملية تهدف إلى فهم تطور األحداث من الماضي وحاضرها، واستخدام هذا الفهم لتوقع المستقبل والتعامل معه بفاعلية. يتضمن & kayaذلك تحليل األنماط واالتجاهات التي ظهرت في الماضي وتطبيقها على الحاضر الستنتاج ما قد يحدث في المستقبل" ) bodur , 2014 , 86 ) ويُعرف إجرائيًا في البحث الحالي بأنه " نشاط عقلي يتمثل في ادراك طلبة الصف الرابع األدبي لما تم تعلمها سابقا بالماضي أو ما يتعلموا في الحاضر واعادة معالجته واستخدامه لالستفاده منه في المستقبل بغرض حل المشكالت التي يواجهونها في المواقف المختلفة ثم التعامل معها بعقالنية ومهارة" في حياتهم american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org األحداث التاريخية :استيعاب -4 تُعرف بأنها " مقدرة الدارس على ترتيب األحداث التاريخية بناء على تسلسلها الزمني وتفسيرها ، وتحليل تلك األحداث ، واستخدام (154، 2006، األسديوإجراء استنتاج في ضوء تلك األحداث وتخيلها بصورة كاملة ومجزأة )األدلة التاريخية من اكتساب المعلومات الخاصة بأي حدث صف الرابع االدبيوتعرف إجرائيا في البحث الحالي بأنها " مهارات عقلية يمتلكها طالب ال لشخصيات التي عاصرت هذا الحدث " تاريخي وترتيبه وربطه بشخصياته وأسباب حدوثه وا االطار النظري : أوالا : نظرية التعلم القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية ، عندما قام بالتعاون مع فريق من الجراحين في 1960( في عام roger sperryتُنسب هذه النظرية إلى العاِلم روجر سبيري ) الدماغ عن اآلخر، مما جعل دراسة وظائف كل نصف بشكل قاموا بعمليات لفصل كل من نصفي التكنولوجي و معهد كاليفورنيا ويين للدماغ: النصف األيمن منفصل ممكنًا. وقد قام سبيري بعالج المرضى المصابين بالصرع، واعتمدت مبادئه على وجود نصفين كر khanal etوالنصف األيسر، وكان لكل منهما وظائف محددة كاالتصاالت العصبية والمهام الحسية والحركية واللغوية وغيرها ) al , 2023 , 18 ): ,وظيفيًا، يعتبر نصفي الدماغ مهمين بنفس الدرجة، لكنهما ليسا متماثلين في الوظائف اإلدراكية الخاصة. يتحمل النصف الدماغ األيسر مسؤولية المعالجة المنطقية والمتسلسلة للبيانات. بينما يكون النصف الدماغ األيمن مسؤواًل عن معالجة المعلومات بشكل شامل وغير أن النصف الدماغ األيسر أكثر واقعية، وتحليليًا، وخطيًا، ومنطقيًا، ويعتمد على الذاكرة، ويمتلك الحكم أكثر من النصف خطي. يُعتقد soyoof )الدماغ األيمن. بينما يُعترف بأن النصف الدماغ األيمن لديه سمات وظيفية شاملة بناًء على المهارات البصرية المكانية el al ,2014 ,1844)) ولنصفي الكرة الدماغية وظائف خاصة بكل نصف يمكن إيجازها في الجدول اآلتي: وظائف خاصة بكل نصف من نصفي الكرة الدماغية ( :1جدول ) سمات خاصة بنصف الدماغ األيمن سمات خاصة بنصف الدماغ األيسر يميل الستخدام الحدس يٌظهر تذكر األسماء يتذكر الوجوه واألشكال يستجيب للتعليمات والتفسيرات الشفهية .مخطط ومنظم أو الرمزية االستجابة للتعليمات الموضحة التجربة بشكل عشوائي وبأقل قدر من االنضباط ؛ المعلومات المحددة يُفضل بعض التجربة بشكل منهجي ومسيطر إصدار أحكام موضوعية ؛ إصدار أحكام ذاتية يفضل المعلومات غير المؤكدة والمراوغة قاريء تحليلي يفضل اختبارات االختيار من متعدد ؛ ليس جيدا في تفسير لغة الجسد االعتماد على الصور في التفكير والتذكر . يفضل األسئلة المفتوجة تفضل رسم األشياء ومعالجتها ؛ السيطرة على المشاعر كثر حرية مع المشاعر يفضل الكتابة والحديث جيد في تفسير لغة الجسد نادرا ما يستخدم االشعارات االستعارات كثيرا ما تستخدم يفضل الحل المنطقي للمشكالت يُفضل حل المشكالت البديهية االعتماد على اللغة في التفكير والتذكر soyof 2014 , 1845السمات الوظيفية لنصفي الكرة الدماغية : المصدر وبالرغم مما سبق من اختصاص كل نصف للدماغ بمهارات محددة اال إن الدراسات الحديثة أثبتت أن الدماغ يعمل بشكل متكامل وشامل وال يمكن الفصل بين أحد الجانبين سواء األيمن واأليسر في ما يمر به الفرد من مواقف حياتيه أو تعليمية حيث يمتلك الفرد في النهاية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org الكرة اآلتيه شكل يعرض نصفي الصورة لها وفي االستجابه المعلومات واسلوب في معالجة فقط االنقسام دماغ واحد ولكن يظهر (485، 2017الدماغية وكيف أن العمليات مختلفة لكنها مكملة لبعضها البعض وال يمكن فصلها )عساف ، راحل التعلم وفق نصفي الكرة الدماغية : م بشكل سليم يساعد الطالب على تفعيل التكامل بين وظائف نصفي الكرة الدماغية عليه إتباع مراحل محددة هي : مدرسلكي يسير ال الصلة به. حيث يتم تهيئة مرحلة اإلعداد للموضوعات ذات المرحلة على فكرة عامة عن الموضوع، وتصور ذهني : وتقوم هذه الطالب للدرس الجديد؛ وذلك قد يحتاج إلى عرض بعض الصور اإليضاحية ، أو اجراء نقاش في بعض األحداث المرتبطة بالموضوع، سئلة، ومن ثَم البحث عن بعض الحلول المناسبة لها، بشكل يعمل على ربط أو من خالل طرح مشكلة ما في صورة مجموعة من األ .التجارب السابقة مع الجديدة تؤكد هذه المرحلة على أهمية تشكيل ترابطات عصبية نتيجة الخبرات األصلية والمترابطة مرحلة االكتساب: وتؤكد هذه المرحلة على تدعيم وتعميق الفهم مع ادماج الطالب في األنشطة الصفية. مرحلة التفصيل وهذه المرحلة التكامل الوظيفيوتؤكد هذه المرحلة على تقوية التعلم واسترجاع المعلومة بشكل أفضل. مرحلة مرحلة تكوين الذاكرة ( caine & caine , 2009, 134) يستخدم فيها التعلم الجديد بهدف تعزيزه الحقاً والتوسع فيه : اهمية تدريس التاريخ باالعتماد على نصفي الكرة الدماغية معا الطالب يستخدمون كل من جانبي الدماغ، زادت مشاركتهم وتحققت عملية التعلم. فعندما يشترك الطالب في عملية مدرس كلما جعل ال للقيام بمهام مختلفة تُعطى لهم .و يتطلب معالجة المعلومات، وحل المشكالت، التعلم، يجب أن يستخدموا العديد من مناطق الدماغ joker , et al ,2014م كلتا جانبي الدماغ للتواصل معًا إلنجاز المهمة بشكل جيد ) واستدعاء المعلومات، وتقييمها استخدا ,1845 ) التاريخ فهي قد تساعد في تنمية وظائف النصفين الكرويين للدماغ معا ، وذلك باستخدام استراتيجيات تدريس متنوعة بالنسبة لمادة تتعامل مع كال نصفي الكرة الدماغية مثل لعب األدوار والخرائط المفاهيمية والتعلم التعاوني ، كما يساعد التاريخ في تعزيز عمليات ف الدماغ مثل البحث واالستقصاء واستخدام األنشطة التعليمية المختلفة مع االهتمام بالجوانب الوجدانية والمعرفية التي تحتاج لكل وظائ فكير تحتاج لشمولية الدماغ ، كذلك يعزز التاريخ مهارات التخيل والتحليل والنقد والتفسير والتمييز بين الدالئل التاريخية واستقاللية الت الفقي القضايا ومن ثم يطلب اكتساب الطلبة للمعارف إلى وظائف نصفي الكرة الدماغية االثنان معا دون فصل بينمها )في التعامل مع ،2017 ،359) :ثانياا : التفكير المستقبلي التفكير األساسية التي يجب أن نوليها اهتماًما ونعمل على تنميتها وتطويرها لجميع أفراد المجتم التفكير المستقبلي أحد أنواع ع، يُعَدّ وبخاصة لطالب العلم . فهو يُعَدّ واحدًا من أهم االتجاهات الحديثة في العصر الحالي، وال يمكن للفرد أن يعيش بدونه. فنحن بحاجة لتكيف والتأقلم مع هذا العالم المتغير والسريع الذي نعيش فيه. إن قدرة األفراد على التنبؤ بالمستقبل تمنحهم القدرة على العيش ماسة ل في الحاضر بثقة وتفاؤل، وتمكنهم من رؤية مستقبٍل مشرٍق. فإن القدرة على التخطيط للمستقبل بشكٍل فعّال يمكننا من تحقيق أهدافنا (. 89، ص 2016) هاني، الشخصي والمهني فيما بعد وتحقيق نجاحنا مهارات التفكير المستقبلي : وهاني( سليمانكل ) تبنت الكثير من األبحاث عدة مهارات للتفكير المستقبلي فقد تبنى تحليل • بناًء على المحتملة السيناريوهات المستقبل واستنباط توقع القدرة على التوقع: المتاحة. مهارة البيانات والمعلومات تساعد هذه المهارة في التخطيط المسبق واتخاذ القرارات االستراتيجية بناًء على توقعات المستقبل. الماضية • البيانات تحليل على التنبؤ يعتمد المستقبل. لتوقع الحالية والمعطيات االتجاهات تحليل على القدرة التنبؤ: مهارة وتحديد األنماط والمؤشرات التي يمكن استخدامها لتوقع المستقبل بشكل أفضل. مهارة التصور: القدرة على تصور وتخيل مستقبل مرغوب وابتكار أفكار جديدة ومبتكرة. يشمل ذلك استخدام الخيال واالبتكار • لتصميم مسارات جديدة وتحقيق التطلعات واألهداف المستقبلية. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org وفعالة • مبتكرة المستقبلية، وتطوير حلول والمشكالت التحديات وفهم تحليل على القدرة المستقبلية: المشكالت مهارة حل )سليمان، للتغلب عليها. تشمل هذه المهارة استخدام التحليل النقدي واالبتكار والتعاون للوصول إلى حلول مستدامة للمشكالت .(. 89، ص 2016، ) هاني، (6، ص 2017، إستيعاب األحداث التاريخية : عملية تفاعلية بين فهم الماضي وتوقع المستقبل ، وهو رؤية للعالم حاليا باالعتماد على إحياء الماضي هو إستيعاب األحداث التاريخية ( tambyah , 2017 , 40 وليس ذكر الماضي فقط) يساعد الطالب في ترتيب ويعد أحد الصور المتعددة لالستيعاب والتفكير بشكل شامل وهو يمثل أحد أهم أهداف تدريس مادة التاريخ فهو األحداث وتقديمها في متتابعة زمنية الى جانب فهم األحداث التاريخية وتفسيرها واستيعاب جذورها الممتدة في الماضي وتوابعها في ( lee , 2014 , 23الحاضر وتنميته تسهم في تنمية القدرات الدماغية للطلبة ) االستيعاب التاريخي سلسلة مترابطة من االستدالالت التي تدل على عدد من السمات المشتركة بين األشياء والحقائق أن الباحثةى وتر واألحداث والمواقف للوصول إلى التعرف على فئة معينة وعادات محددتين ممايوفر لهما أسماء ورموز تدل عليهما والمفهوم التاريخي بوجه عام هو ذلك المصطلح أو الفكرة التي تدل على قضايا أو أحداث سابقة قام بها أشخاص في حقبة زمنية محددة (43، 2019ويكتسبها الطالب من خالل التجارب واستعمال حواسهم وعقولهم )المحالوي وآخرون ، ويرتبط استيعاب حدث تاريخي بعدد من المهارات أهمها : عنونة الحدث التاريخي -1 اجراء مقاربة ومقارنة بين كل حدث وشبيه في عصر مختلف -2 تحديد الغرض من دراسة هذا الحدث -3 كتابة الحدث التاريخي باألسلوب الخاص بالدارس -4 استنتاج الحقائق والمفاهيم التاريخية ضمن هذا الحدث -5 (72، 2019الجندي ، دروس ذات فائدة بعد دراسة األحداث التاريخية )الخروج ب -6 الدراسات السابقة : النتائج األدوات المنهج والعينة الهدف المؤلف الفقي (2017 ) مصر لتقييم فاعلية برنامج قائم على التكامل بين نصفي المخ في تدريس التاريخ لتنمية مهارات التفكير الناقد لدى طالب الصف األول الثانوي المنهج شيه التجريبي ذو المجموعة الواحدة 35وتمثلت في طالبًا برنامج قائم على تكامل نصفي المخ اختبار مهارات التفكير الناقد أظهرت نتائج البحث وجود فروق دالة بين 0.01إحصائيًا عند مستوى داللة متوسط درجات المجموعة التجريبية في االختبار القبلي والبعدي لمهارات التفكير الناقد. ويرجع ذلك لتحسن أداء الطالب في مهارات التفكير الناقد بعد تطبيق البرنامج. سعيد (2021 ) مصر دراسة فاعلية التعلم التحويلي في تطوير مهارات التفكير المستقبلي لدى طالب المرحلة الثانوية المنهجين الوصفي والتجريبي تم تكوين مجموعة البحث من طالب المرحلة الثانوية، برنامج مقترح في مادة العلم نظرية النفس بناًء على التعلم التحويلي لتطوير مهارات التفكير المستقبلي، اختبار مهارات التفكير المستقبلي أظهرت نتائج البحث وجود فرق دال إحصائيًا بين القياس األولي والقياس الالحق لمتوسط درجات أفراد مجموعة البحث في اختبار مهارات التفكير المستقبلي لصالح التطبيق الالحق العمرجي (2016 ) السعودية دراسة فاعلية استخدام استراتيجية التخيل التعليمي الموجه في تدريس التاريخ على تنمية المفاهيم التاريخية والتفكير التحليلي لالحداث التاريخية لدى تالميذ األول الصف المنهج التجريبي طالب 120 إختبار المفاهيم التاريخية التفكير التحليلي ومقيايس لألحداث التاريخية أظهرت النتائج وجود فرق دال إحصائياً بين متوسط درجات المجموعة التجريبية والمجموعة الضابطة في أدوات البحث المستخدمة ولصالح المجموعة التجريبية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org أوجه االستفادة من الدراسات السابقة : على الدراسات السابقة العديد من الفوائد منها : امن خالل اطالعه الباحثةإستفاد التعرف على نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية وخصائص وقدرات كل نصف -1 في اعداد أدوات البحث وهي البرنامج القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية واختبار األحداث الباحثة ساعدت الدراسات السابقة -2 التاريخية ومقياس التفكير المستقبلي مما ساعد في تصميم مقياس لقياس تلك المهارات . لتعرف على مهارات التفكير المستقبليا -3 على اختيار المنهج والتصميم المالئمين للبحث . الباحثةساعدت الدراسات -4 التعرف على الوسائل االحصائية األنسب لمتغيرات البحث . -5 منهجية البحث وإجراءاته الفصل الثالث : :: منهج البحث تم االعتماد على المنهج شبه التجريبي الذي يعتمد على مجموعتين إحداهما ضابطة واألخرى تجريبية : تصميم الدراسة : : اتخذ البحث التصميم التجريبي وفقا للجدول التالي ( التصميم التجريبي للبحث1) شكل رقم المتغير التابع المتغير المستقل التكافؤ المجموعة التجريبية األولى العمر الزمني الذكاء مقياس التفكير المستقبلي التدريس بتطبيق البرنامج التعليمي المقترح القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية األحداث ختبارإ التاريخية ومقياس التفكير المستقبلي الضابطة إختبار إستيعاب االحداث التاريخية التدريس بالطريقة التقليدية : :جتمع البحث وعينتهم التابعة لتربية كركوك. بأحد المدارس: حدد مجتمع البحث في طلبة الصف الرابع األدبي مجتمع البحث البحث بصورة قصدية وقد تكونت من عينة للبنين طالبًا 64البحث:اختيرت عينة إبن خلدون تم تقسيمهم لمجموعتين من إعدادية ( وهم من 32( وهي المجموعة التي ستدرس التاريخ بالطريقة االعتيادية ، والمجموعة التجريبية )32تين المجموعة الضابطة ) ي متساو بتطبيق البرنامج القائم على نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغيةسيدرسون دروس التاريخ ا: اجراءات ضبط تكافؤ عينة البحث : ثالثا ( الذكاء ،استيعاب االحداث التاريخية مقياس التفكير المستقبلي, تم مكافئة مجموعتي البحث وفق عدد من المتغيرات وهي )،العمر الزمني ( لعينتين مستقلتين تبين t-test، وعند أجراء المقارنة بين متوسط درجات مجموعتي البحث التجريبية والضابطة باستعمال االختبار ) . مما يعني تكافؤ المجموعتين ادناهفي متغير (2) اقل من القيمة الجدولية البالغةالمحسوبة أنها tقيمة الأن american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org تكافؤات مجموعتي البحث(: 2جدول رقم ) العدد المتغيرات المجموعة المتوسط الحسابي األنحراف المعياري درجة القيمة التائية الحرية مستوى الداللة الداللة المحسوبة الجدولية االحصائية العمر التجريبية الزمني 32 200.67 3.74 1.403 دالــه 0.05 62 2 5.67876 202.40 32 الضابطة لتفكير ا التجريبية المستقبلي 32 66.77 11.65 0.969 دالــه 0.05 62 2 10.52 69.53 32 الضابطة التجريبية الذكاء 32 26.8 6.34 0.432 دالــه 0.05 62 2 7.00 24.63 32 الضابطة استيعاب التجريبية االحداث التاريخية 32 33.85 .516 0.754 دالــه 0.05 62 2 6.20 27.34 32 الضابطة عدم تقسيم الطالب وفق أحد نصفي الكرة الدماغية ، حيث يتبنى البحث التعلم بتفعيل نصفي الكرة الدماغية معًا وهو الباحثة توقد تعمد من المفترض أن يعزز المهارات المطلوبة في دراسة مادة التاريخ : أدوات البحث ة بتصميم عدة أدوات وفيما يلي ذكر تلك األدوات وخطوات إعدادهاالباحثةلتحقيق أهداف البحث قامت : أوالا : مقياس التفكير المستقبلي : يهدف هذا المقياس إلى قياس مهارات التفكير المستقبلي لدى طالب الصف الرابع أدبيالهدف من المقياس : تم وضع فقرات المقياس من خالل مراجعة األدبيات والدراسات السابقة، واالستفادة من المقاييس المطورة سابقًا وصف المقياس قياسها متمثلة في : إلى البحث التي يهدف المستقبلي للتفكير التالية المهارات إلى ذلك، تم تحديد لمراحل دراسية مختلفة استنادًا . نبؤ ، والتخيل المستقبلي، وضع رؤية مستقبلية ، وحل المشكالت المستقبليةالتخطيط للمستقبل ، والت بندًا موزعة على المهارات سابقة الذكر ، تم اختيار مدرج ليكرت ذو الخمسة اختيارات والمتمثلة 35 اشتمل المقياس النهائي على في: "أوافق تماًما، أوافق، إلى حد ما، ال أوافق، ال أوافق إطالقًا االجابة على فقرات المقياس كاملة وذلك طبقا لما تم التوصل إليه بالتطبيق إلتمامدقيقة ( 20: احتاج الطالب ل)زمن تطبيق المقياس طالب من طالب الصف الرابع االدبي في إعدادية السياب للبنين 35والبالغ عددها على عينة الدراسة االستطالعية مواصفات مهارات التفكير المستقبلي( 2) جدول النسبة المئوية المفردات عدد رقم المفردة المهارة %20 7 ، 31، 26، 21، 16، 11، 6، 1 التخطيط للمستقبل %20 7 32، 27، 22، 17، 12، 7، 2 .التنبؤ %20 7 ، 33، 28، 23، 18، 13، 8، 3 .التخيل المستقبلي %20 7 4 ، 34، 29، 24، 19، 14، 9، وضع رؤية مستقبلية %20 7 35، 30، 25، 20، 15، 10، 5 حل المشكالت المستقلية % 100 35 اإلجمالي صدق المقياس : وتم التحقق من صدق المقياس من خالل التأكد من االتساق الداخلي للمقياس وذلك باالعتماد على معامل ارتباط بيرسون بين درجة ( .0.01تحتها الفقرة و كانت جميعها داله عند مستوى داللة ) الفقرة ودرجة المقياس والمهارة التي تندرج ( طالب حيث 35) : أُستخدمت معادلة الفا كرونباخ للتأكد من ثبات المقياس وذلك على عينة الدراسة االستطالعيةثبات المقياس وهي معامالت ثبات تدل على ثبات المقياس وصالحيته 0.94 – 0.75تراوحت معامالت كرونباخ للفقرات الخاصة بالمقياس ما بين ( 57، 2015للتطبيق ) الصالح ، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org : االحداث التاريخية إستيعابثانياا : اختبار ي بعد إنهاء التجربة المتمثلة في تطبيق البرنامج : لقياس مستوى فهم األحداث التاريخية لدى طالب الصف الرابع األدب هدف االختبار المقترح القائم على النصفين الكرويين للدماغ للتعرف على فعالية البرنامج المقترح. خطوات إعداد االختبار : أُتبعت الخطوات اآلتية العداد االختبار : االطـالع علـى الدراسـات الـسابقة المتعلقـة بموضـوع هـذه الدراسة وخاصة التي تضمنت االختبارات كأداة لها ، -1 استخالص أهم األحداث التاريخية الواردة في مقرر التاريخ للصف الرابع األدبي -2 العصر الذي حدثت فيه –تاريخ حدوثها – إعداد قائمة تخص األحداث التاريخية وجدولتها وفقا لثالث عوامل ) مكان حدوثها -3 ( وذلك لتسهيل وضع فقرات االختبار إعداد فقرات اختبار تناسب قيـاس مستوى استيعاب طلبة الصف الرابع األدبي لألحداث التاريخية -4 : يبدأ االختبار بصفحة التعليمات والتي توضح مدة االختبار ونوعية األسئلة وكيفية االجابة عليها وصف االختبار أسئلة –( 6س-1سؤال موزعة ما بين أسئلة االختيار من متعدد ) من س 20: وقد تكون االختبار في صورته األولية من أسئلة االختبار (20-13أسئلة نسب األعمال للعصر الذي حدثت فيه ) من –( 12س -7التوصيل الحدث بتاريخ )من س تحديد زمن االختبار : تم حساب زمن االختبار برصد زمن كل أفراد من أفراد العينة االستطالعية لالختبار الالزم النهاء االختبار كامال ثم حساب متوسط لجميع الطلبة والبالغ دقيقة( تشمل مدة قراءة التعليمات 45 الزمن للجميع ، وقد تبين أن الفترة الزمنية المالئمة الكمال االختبار هي ) طالباً من طالب إعدادية السياب للبنين. 35عددهم .درجة إجماال 40بواقع من اختبار االحداث التاريخية يتم منح الطالب درجتين لكل سؤال تصحيح االختبار : التأكد من الخواص السيكومترية لالختبار : صدق االختبار: الــــصدق دالالت مــــن للتحقــــق المحكمــــين مــــن عدد علــــى األوليــــة بــــصورته االختبــــار عــــرض تــــم ات اسالظـــاهري لالختبـــار باســـتخدام صـــدق المحكمـــين ، وتـــم اختيـــار المحكمـــين مـــن ذوي الخبـــرة ,و االختصاص في الدر ، وتم تعديل فقرات االختبار في صورته النهائية وفقا ألراء المحكمين وطرائق التدريس وعلم النفساالجتماعية ثبات االختبار: . ثم جمع إعدلدية السياب ( طالب من الصف الرابع بمدرسة30للتأكد من ثبات االختبار تم التطبيق على عينة استطالعية مكونة من ) إجابات الطلبة بشكل فردي عن الفقرات الفردية على جانب واإلجابات عن الفقرات الزوجية على جانب آخر ثم حسب معامل االرتباط ( بيرسون ارتباط معامل باستعمال االختبار نصفي )personبين بلغ وقد معادلة 0.78( باستعمال االرتباط معامل ثم صحح ) لذا يعد االختبار ثابتاً في ما يقيسه، حيث ان معامل ، ( 0.88( فكانت نتيجة ثباته )spearman – brownسبيرمان براون ) (. 129: 2002%( فما فوق )عبد الهادي، 80االرتباط الجيد لالختبار ينبغي ان يزيد عن ) معامل التمييز تشير درجة التمييز لالختبار على قدرته على التمييز بين المجموعات العليا والمجموعات الدنيا للصفة فاذا كانت الفقرة مميزة تميزا مرتفعا، فيعني ذلك أن الطلبة يملكون استيعاب مرتفع ويجيبون على فقرات االختبار اجابة صحيحة، بينما ال يجيب الطلبة ذو االستيعاب (254: 2011اجابة صحيحة )عالم، المنخفض ( وهذا يدل على فقرات االختبار مقبولة جميعها ) العبادي ، 0.67 – 0.40وعند حساب معامل تمييز كل فقرة وجد أنها تتراوح بين )) 2015 ،39)). : البرنامج المقترح القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية . مهارات التفكير المستقبلي واستيعاب األحداث التاريخية لدى طالب الصف الرابع األدبيالهدف العام للبرنامج: تنمية االطار العام للبرنامج المقترح ويشمل : األسس التي يقوم عليها البرنامج. -1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org أهداف البرنامج. -2 محتوى البرنامج. -3 األساليب التدريسية واالستراتيجيات المستخدمة. -4 ::ة لبناء البرنامج المقترح وهي كالتاليالباحثة: هناك مجموعة من األسس التي استندت عليها األسس التي يقوم عليها البرنامج ة عند بناء البرنامج على األطر النظرية التي تناولتالباحثة: استندت األسس النظرية والتربوية خصائص نصفي الدماغ وقدرة كل كرة على القيام بعمليات عقلية تساعد الطالب على التعلم -1 خصائص نمو طالب الصف الرابع األدبي وتحديد االحتياجات المتعلقة بنمط نصفي الكرة الدماغية . -2 تحديد محتوى البرنامج : تحديد المحتوى التعليمي للبرنامج تحدد محتوى البرنامج في صورة خمسة وحدات تعليمية وتمثل المحتوى في اآلتي : الوحدة األولى : التخطيط للمستقبل في ضوء الحدث السابق الوحدة الثانية : التنبؤ باألحداث المستقبلية في نفس مكان حادثة سابقة الوحدة الثالثة : التخيل المستقبلي بناء على مكان وزمان وشخصية تاريخية رسمت حضارة سالفة حوادث تاريخية داميةالوحدة الرابعة : حل المشكالت المستقبلية تجنبًا لتكرار الوحدة الخامسة : تقييم المنظور المستقبلي أساليب التقويم : تم اتباع ثالث أنواع من التقويم هي : التقويم الختامي :وقد تمثل في اختبار األحداث التاريخية ومقياس التفكير المستقبلي -التقويم التكويني -التقويم التمهيدي : الجدول الزمني للبرنامج ( دقيقة 45حصة كل وحدة خمس حصص ، وكانت مدة الحصة الواحدة ) 30وزعت موضوعات البرنامج على : ضبط وتحكيم البرنامج للتأكد من صحة البرنامج وسالمته تم إجراء خطوتين : ، وذلك للتأكيد يس التاريخ وفي علم النفس التربويعرضه على مجموعة من الخبراء متخصصين في مناهج وطرائق تدر -1 مالئمتها لطبة الصف على صالحية البرنامج من حيث أهدافه ومدى مالئمتها للغرض المصمم له ووضوحها وشموليتها و ثم أصبح البرنامج جاهزوقد تم التعديل وفقا لمالحظات المحكمين ومن ، الرابع األدبي بأحد المدارس االعدادية وهي إعدادية الرواد عداديةبأحد المدارس اإلتم تطبيق البرنامج بشكل تجريبي حيث تم تطبيق حصتين منه في أحد الفصول -2 العمرية للطلبة و والتأكد من فهمهم للمحتوى وبناء عليه تم أعداه للنسخة النهائية لمرحلةوذلك للتأكد من مالئمته ل للبنين : مدرسإعداد كراس ال كدليل إرشادي وتوجيهي لتوضيح طرق التدريس على وفق البرنامج التعليمي القائم على التكامل مدرسبإعداد كراس لل الباحثة تقام : الدليل على بين نصفي الكرة الدماغية وقد إحتوى واهداف البرنامج عنوان البرنامج -1 لتدريس دروس التاريخ وفق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية مدرسإرشادات وتعليمات لل -2 –على اشتمال الخطط على األهداف الباحثةخطط لتحضير الدروس التي يشتمل عليها البرنامج التعليمي المقترح وحرص -3 وفقا للمدة الزمنسة المحددة التقويم –طريقة شرح الدرس –الوسائل التعليمية –األنشطة .وللتأكد من مالئمة الدليل تم عرضه على مجموعة من السادة الخبراء والمحكمين في طرائق تدريس التاريخ وعلم النفس التربوي :تطبيق التجربة :في أثناء تطبيق التجربة على اآلتي : الباحثة تاعتمد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org بواقع 22/10/2023في يوم االحد على طلبة مجموعتي البحث التجريبية والضابطة تم تطبيق تجربة البحث بتدريس مادة التاريخ دروس يوم ثالث في التجربة انتهت إذ كامالً، دراسياً فصالً البحث مجموعتي تدريس واستمر مجموعة، لكل ربعاءاالأسبوعياً . أسابيع 10وبواقع 10/1/2024 الوسائل اإلحصائية: )الوسائل اإلحصائية المناسبة وهي معادلة معامل الصعوبة ومعادلة معامل التميز ومعادلة كيودر ريشتشاردسون الباحثة تاستعمل k-20)ومعادلة بيرسون ليفين cooper ،ومعادلة واختبارلعينتين (s test’levene)واختبار t-(test)مستقلتين spss لعينتين مستقلتين،ومعادلة حجم االثر، كما تم االستعانة بالحزمة اإلحصائية التربوية :عرض النتائج ومناقشتها : : سيتم عرض نتائج البحث وفقًا لفرضياته كاآلتي ( بين متوسط درجات طالب المجموعة 0.05نتائج الفرضية األولى ونصها " ال يوجد فرق ذو داللة إحصائية عند مستوى داللة ) أواًل : المجموعة الدماغية ومتوسط درجات طالب الكرة القائم على نصفي المقترح التعليمي البرنامج التي درست وفق التجريبية األولى " إستيعاب االحداث التاريخيةعتيادية في اختبار الضابطة التي درست بالطريقة اال التجريبية والضابطة ، و حساب قيمة األحداث التاريخية على عينة الدراسةإستيعاب وللتحقق من صحة الفرضية السابقة ُطبق أختبار ي االختبار ، كما تم حساب المتوسطات الحسابية )ت( للتعرف على الداللة االحصائية للفروق بين المجموعة التجربيبة والضابطة ف الرابع الصف طالب درجات على الداللة ومستوى المعيارية النتائج االدبيواالنحرافات وتظهر التاريخية األحداث اختبار في االحصائية في الجدول اآلتي : التائية ومستوى3جدول ) القيمة في إختبار األحداث األولى والضابطة التجريبية المجموعة بين للفروق اإلحصائية الداللة ( التاريخية العدد المجموعة المتوسط الحسابي األنحراف المعياري درجة القيمة التائية الحرية مستوى الداللة الداللة المحسوبة الجدولية االحصائية 7.20 36.8 32 التجريبية دالــه 0.05 62 4.47 2 7.08 27.1 32 الضابطة ( بين متوسطي درجات طالب 0.05باالطالع على بيانات الجدول السابق يُرى وجود فروق ذات داللة إحصائية عند مستوى داللة ) الدماغية الكرة القائم على نظرية نصفي المقترح التعليمي البرنامج التي درست على وفق التجريبية المجموعة الرابع من الصف وذلك لصالح المجموعة التجريبية ، حيث بلغت قيمة األحداث التاريخية في قياس إختبار عتياديةالتي درست بالطريقة اإل والضابطة ارتفاع مستوى يُشير إلى و( مما يعني رفض الفرضية 2( وهي قيمة أكبر من القيمة التائية المجدولة والتي قيمتها )4.47ت المحسوبة ) .استيعاب األحداث التاريخية لدى طلبة الصف الرابع األدبي الدارسون في المجموعة التجريبية ث التاريخية لدى طالب الصف الرابع فعالية البرنامج المقترح في تعزيز استيعاب األحدا ) البرنامج التعليمي المقترح القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية )د( للمتغير المستقل تم حساب حجم الفعاليةللتعرف على فعالية البرنامج ( وتعبر تلك القيمة عن نسبة التباين الكلي في η2( على المتغير التابع األول ) استيعاب األحداث التاريخية ( ، حيث تم حساب قيمة ) المقترح( البرنامج المتغير المستقل ) التابع ) االستيعاب( التي حدثت نتيجة تآ ثير الفعالية المتغير ويٌظهر الجدول اآلتي قيم حجم ، 2011، وكمال الدين ) حسن 0.20و آثر كبير جدا اذا بلغت 0.14ومعامل إيتا ، حيث تُشير قيمة ايتا آلثر كبير للبرنامج اذا بلغت حداث التاريخية ) المتغير التابع األول( ( ، وفيما يلي توضيح مدى فعالية البرنامج كمتغير مستقل والمتمثل على استيعاب األ283 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org ( حجم آثر المتغير المستقل )البرنامج المقترح القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية ( على المتغير التابع )استيعاب األحداث 4جدول ) التاريخية ( حجم التأثير قيمة )د( η2قيمة المتغير التابع المتغير المستقل التعليمي على البرنامج وفق نصفي الكرة الدماغية استيعاب األحداث التاريخية كبير جداً 1.088 0.191 وهذا يعني ان حجم التأثير كبير ، مما يدل 1.088( وقيمة )د( هي 0.191هي ) η2وباالطالع على الجدول السابق ياُلجظ ان قيمة نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية ( له تأثير على المتغير التابع) استيعاب األحداث على ان المتغير المستقل ) البرنامج المقترح على وفق التاريخية ( بدرجة كبيرة من الفعالية على طالب المجموعة التجريبية. النتائج المتعلقة بالفرضية الثانية ونصها : ثانيًا : بين متوسط درجات طالب المجموعة التجريبية الذين ( 0.05ال يوجـــد فروق ذات داللــة احصــائية عند مستـــوى ) " • سيدرسون على وفق البرنامج التعليمي القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية ومتوسط الطالب الذين سيدرسون وفق الطريقة االعتيادية "على مقياس مهارات التفكير المستقبلي وللتحقق من صحة هذا الفرض تم حساب الفروق بين متوسطات المجموعة التجربية التي درست بالبرنامج التعليمي المقترح على وفق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية ومتوسط درجات المجموعة الضابطة التي درست بشكل اعتيادي على مقياس مهارات التفكير المستقبلي ح الجدول التالي نتائج هذا التحليل : باستخدام اختبار ) ت ( ويوض ( داللة الفروق بين متوسطات درجات طالب الصف الرابع األدبي للمجموعتين التجريبية والضابطة لمقياس مهارات التفكير 5جدول ) المستقبلي بعد تطبيق البرنامج العدد المجموعة مهارات التفكير المستقبلي المتوسط الحسابي مستوى الداللة قيمة ت االنحراف التخطيط المستقبلي 8.0919 21.162 32 المجموعة الضابطة 13.12 0.001 5.732 37.0938 32 المجموعة التجريبية التنبؤ المستقبلي 4.52 23.718 32 المجموعة الضابطة 15.38 0.001 4.010 35.375 32 المجموعة التجريبية التخيل المستقبلي 11.30 7.164 18.687 32 المجموعة الضابطة 4 0.001 3.185 35.281 32 التجريبيةالمجموعة وضع رؤية مستقبلية 18.15 3.763 18.187 32 المجموعة الضابطة 1 0.001 4.022 29.652 32 المجموعة التجريبية حل المشكالت المستقبلية 10.28 6.535 21.156 32 المجموعة الضابطة 1 0.001 5.147 35.078 32 المجموعة التجريبية الكلية للمقياس الدرجة 14.09 102.81 32 المجموعة الضابطة 27.49 0.001 9.72 173.16 32 المجموعة التجريبية اتضح من الجدول السابق وجود فروق ذات داللة إحصائية بين متوسط درجات طالب الصف الرابع األدبي بالمجموعة التجريبية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org ال أن السابق الجدول الكلي يظهر من التجريبيةمتوسط المجموعة درجات 173.16) لدرجات طالب متوسط بلغ في حين طالب( ( مما يشير إلى وجود فرق في متوسط الدرجات بين المجموعتين وللتعرف على الداللة االحصائية للفرق 102.81)المجموعة الضابطة (, 27.49بين متوسطات درجات المجموعتين ، تم االعتماد على اختبار )ت( لعينيتبن مستقلتين حيث بلغت القيمة التائية المحسوبة). اللذين درسوا بتطبيق البرنامج ( وهذا يعني ارتفاع مستوى التفكير المستقبلي بين طالب المجموعة التجريبية 0.05عند مستوى داللة) درست التي الضابطة المجموعة لدى طالب المستقبلي التفكير بمستوى مقارنة الدماغية الكرة نصفي وفق على المقترح التعليمي بالطريقة التقليدية. مما يعني رفض الفرضية . بحساب مقياس الباحثة تولمعرفة فعالية البرنامج التعليمي المقترح في تنمية التفكير المستقبلي لدى طالب الصف الرابع األدبي ، قام ( 0.20، وأخذنا في االعتبار أن حجم اآلثر الصغير هو األرقام القريبة من القيمة ) η2حجم اآآلثر )د( وذلك بايجاد قيمة مربع إيتا ( 0.80( ، ويكون حجم اآلثر كبير عندما يصل إلى )0.50والمتوسط بقيمة ) ومقياس حجم اآلثر )د( لمهارات التفكير المستقبلي المختارة في البحث الحالي η2ويوضح الجدول اآلتي قيم ( فعالية البرنامج على مهارات التفكير المستقبلي 6جدول ) معامل حجم اآلثر )د( η2مربع إيتا مهارات التفكير المستقبلي 0.65 0.288 التخطيط للمستقبل .0.55 0.243 التنبؤ المستقبلي 0.952 0.479 التخيل المستقبلي 0.960 0.367 حل المشكالت المستقبلية 1.35 0.647 تقييم المنظور المستقبلي 0.892 0.404 االجمالي وهذا يعني ان حجم التأثير كبير ، مما يدل على 0.892( وقيمة )د( هي 0.404) η2وباالطالع على الجدول السابق ياُلجظ ان قيمة ان المتغير المستقل ) البرنامج المقترح على وفق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية ( له تأثير على المتغير التابع الثاني )مهارات التفكير جريبية. المستقبلي ( بدرجة كبيرة من الفعالية على طالب المجموعة الت : تفسير ومناقشة النتائج األحداث التاريخية ( استيعاب النتائج المتعلقة بالمتغير األول ) -1 النتائج التاريخية والمقدمة أظهرت التي درست المتعلقة بمتغير استيعاب األحداث التجريبية المجموعة السابقة تفوق الجداول في مقارنة بدرجات طالب المجموعة األحداث التاريخية في اختبار بتطبيق البرنامج التعليمي القائم على نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية ذلك لألسباب اآلتية : الباحثة تعزو، و الصف الرابع لدى طالب يقة التقليدية ، مما يؤكد فعالية البرنامج الذين درسوا بالطرالضابطة الحديثة التأثير االيجابي والفعال لنظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية في تدريس التاريخ التربوية تؤكد العديد من األبحاث • التي تعمق االستيعاب أثناء الدمج في األنشطة وخاصة مرحلتي التفصيل التعلم القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية تساعد مراحل • ومرحلة تكوين الذاكرة التي تقوي التعلم وتساعد الطالب على استدعاء المعلومة الصفية في مساعدة الطالب في تشغيل كل وظائف جانبي المخ أو فصي مدرسال ساعد البرنامج القائم على نصفي الكرة الدماغية • . الدماغ األيمن واأليسر والتفكير بهما معًا ساعدت أنشطة البرنامج وأسئلة التقويم البنائي أو التكويني على تنبيه دماغ الطالب لوجود خطأ ما ومن ثم اعادة استرجاع • المعلومات الصحيحة : النتائج المتعلقة بالمتغير الثاني ) التفكير المستقبلي ( -2 ارتفاع مستوى مهارات التفكير المستقبلي لدى أفراد أظهرت النتائج المتعلقة بمتغير التفكير المستقبلي والمقدمة في الجداول السابقة وذلك على مقياس تفكير المستقبلي المجموعة التجريبية التي درست بتطبيق البرنامج التعليمي القائم على نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية في تنمية مقارنة بدرجات طالب المجموعة الضابطة الذين درسوا بالطريقة التقليدية ، مما يؤكد فعالية البرنامج الباحثةالمعد من قبل : ذلك لألسباب اآلتية الباحثة تعزوطالب الصف الرابع ، ومهارات التفكير المستقبلي لدى american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org في التدريس يساعد على تنمية وظائف كال النصفين بشكل تكامليأن تطبيق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية • بمهارات التفكير المستقبلي وخاصة التخيل أن الوظائف الخاصة بكل نصف من نصفي الكرة الدماغية ترتبط إرتباط وثيق • المستقبلي و حل المشكالت المستقبلية والتخطيط التحليل والتنبؤ مهارات تنمية قدرات التفكير لديهم ومن ذلك أن استغالل الطالب لوظائفهم الدماغية يترتب عليه • والتنظيم والسيطرة واصدار األحكام وهي كلها تنمي التفكير المستقبلي بالتبعية ربط • قدرات تحفز الدماغية الكرة لتنشيط كال نصفي اختياره وتم البرنامج عليها اعتمد التي واالستراتيجات األنشطة أن الماضي بالحاضر والتنبؤ بالمستقبل وتقييم منظور المستقبل وهي أيًضا مهارات ضمنية للتفكير المستقبلي االستنتاجات : :في ضوء النتائج التي توصل إليها البحث تم التوصل إلى عدة استنتاجات منها ما يأتي التاريخية للبكان • األحداث استيعاب من كال على إيجابية فعالية الدماغية الكرة نصفي نظرية وفق المعد التعليمي رنامج ومهارات التفكير المستقبلي يعد التدريس على وفق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية من الطرق الفعالة وذات اآلثر االيجابي الواضح في رفع مستوى استيعاب • . رابع االدبيلدى طالب ال األحداث التاريخية لدى الطالب على تنمية مهارات التفكير المستقبلي كذلك آثرا ايجابيا وفعالية للتدريس وفق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية • .الصف الرابع البالتاريخية لدى ط ثعالقة طردية بين مهارات التفكير المستقبلي واستيعاب األحدا وجود • دروس التاريخ وفق مراحل نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية مع توظيف استراتيجيات التدريس واألنشطة الالزمة أدى تصميم • العالية مما انعكس على لتفعيل نصفي الكرة الدماغية إلى المعنوية رفع إنشاء مناخ تعليمي إيجابي ومحفز ومليء بالروح التواريخ واالحداث أزمة استيعاب وقضى على القدرة االستيعابية لدى الطالب ومن حبهم لألحداث التاريخية وشخصياتها . بالطال المكدسة في المقرر السائدة بين : التوصيات بما يلي : الباحثةوصي ت في ضوء نتائج البحث السابقة ، ليتها في وذلك لفعافي تدريس المواد االجتماعية و التاريخ لكافة المراحل الدراسية ، تطبيق نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية -1 وتنمية التفكير المستقبلي اكتساب المفاهيم واألحداث التاريخية ضرورة استخدلم استراتيجيات تدريسية تساعد على تشعيل وظائف المخي بشكل شامل لكال نصفي الكرة الدماغية -2 وإشراكه في العملية التعليمية التعلمية لما لذلك دور المتعلمين ضرورة االبتعاد عن طرق التدريس التقليدية والسعي لتفعيل -3 من آثرا ايجابيا على تعلم الطالب . تشريح الدماغ ووظائف نصفي الكرة الدماغية واستغالل خصائص كال ين حول مدرسعقد ورش عمل ودورات تدريبية لل -4 منهما تضمينها في المنهج بشكل يضمن استيعاب أعمق كثرة األحداث التاريخية ومراعاة ضرورة إعادة النظر في -5 . المقترحات : اجراء المزيد من البحوث والدارسات حول طبيعة الدماغ البشري وتوظيفها لخدمة تعلم أفضل -1 فحص آثر نظرية نصفي الكرة الدماغية على متغيرات أخرى مثل التفكير الناقد واالتجاهات نحو تعلم التاريخ وغير ذلك -2 : المراجع 1. al-jazi, rania abdul karim. (2020). the effect of using the imaginative learning strategy on the level of understanding of historical events of fourth grade students in the southern badia directorate. journal of educational and psychological sciences, 4(24), 146-129 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org 2. al-jundi, arwa al-saeed (2019) a program based on digital history to develop historical understanding among student teachers at the faculty of education, journal of education, benha university, volume (29), issue (17) 3. al-mahlawi, ghada mohamed sami, and radwan, reham rushdi suleiman mohamed. a. badwahab, ali gouda mohammed, (2019). the role of stories in developing some historical concepts for kindergarten children. scientific journal for educational and qualitative studies and research, volume 9 4. al-omarji, gamal el-din ibrahim (2016), the effectiveness of using the guided educational imagination strategy in teaching history on the development of historical concepts and analytical thinking of historical events among first grade students / faculty of education, suez university. 5. hassan, jaafar al-khalifa and kamal al-din muhammad hashem (2011) educational calendar concept methods fields, riyadh: al-rushd library. 1 f1 6. rahim saad jameel. (2022). the effectiveness of the creative acceleration strategy in developing future thinking among second-grade intermediate students in sociology, journal of human studies, volume (4), issue (13). 7. abdel hai, salwa sami abdel basit. (2020). using blended learning in history teaching to develop historical understanding and subject-oriented attitude among secondary school students. journal of the faculty of education. banha, 31(122 apr c3), 539-563. 8. said, hebat allah helmy abdel fattah. (2021). the effectiveness of a proposed program in history based on transformational learning to develop the future thinking skills of secondary school students. journal of the faculty of education in educational sciences. mug. 45, p. 1, 2021. pp. 459-497 9. salam , bassem sabri muhammad. (2023). the effect of interactive maps on the development of spatial ability of historical events and technological acceptance among second-year secondary students. journal of the faculty of education, 20(116), 525-582. 10. suleiman, tahani muhammad. (2017). the effectiveness of a program based on scientific developments in developing future thinking, appreciation of science and the efforts of scientists among students of scientific divisions at the college of education. egyptian journal of scientific education, vol. 20, p. 6, 1-36. 11. al-saleh, musleh ahmed (2015). encyclopedia of standards in the social, educational and psychological sciences. dar ghaida for publishing and distribution, amman, jordan, 1st floor. 12. abbadi, raed (2015). school tests. amman: arab society for publishing and distribution library. 13. abdulhadi, nabil, (2002). introduction to educational measurement and evaluation and its use in the field of classroom teaching, 2nd edition, dar wael, amman. 14. salem fawzia and ali, azza fathy, and abdel fattah, saadia shukri ali. (2016). a proposed program based on the theory of both sides of the brain to develop cognitive achievement and communication skills among students studying psychology at the secondary stage, journal of scientific research in education, vol. 17, vol. 2, 217-236 15. abdul rahim, muhammad sayed farghali. (2015). a proposed teaching model in the light of brain-based learning theory for the development of future thinking and self-management american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org among secondary school students studying sociology. journal of the educational society for social studies, pp.75, 1-57. 16. al-obaidi, imad sadiq (2021) future thinking skills and its relationship to scientific enlightenment among secondary school students from the point of view of history teachers, master's thesis, methods of teaching history, college of education for human sciences, iraq 17. jamal , nasser and sami shaimaa . (2020). the effect of using computer-supported educational modules on learning some basic skills in the physical education lesson for primary school students in menoufia governorate. scientific journal of physical education and sports science, 24(10), 137-156. 18. assaf, mahmoud muhammad omar. (2017). the effect of using the two-sided brain learning strategy on the development of scientific concepts and science processes among fifth grade students in gaza. journal of the islamic university for educational and psychological studies, volume 25, volume 4, 472-503 19. ezzo ismail afaneh and dr. youssef ibrahim al-jaish (2009) teaching and brain-twosided teaching: dar al-thaqafa forevil and distribution, amman. jordan . 1st floor 20. ali hussein sayed, m., and sayed mohammed. (2020). the effectiveness of some educational situations based on learning based on the results of brain research in developing some historical comprehension skills among fifth grade primary students. journal of the educational society for social studies, 17(issue 125 august 2020), 133-163. 21. allam, salah el-din mahmoud (2011). educational measurement and evaluation in the teaching process, amman, dar al-masirah for publishing, distribution and printing. 1 f1 22. ali radi saad. (2019). the effect of the contradictory events strategy on the collection and development of inferential thinking among fourth grade literary students in history. journal of intelligence research, (27), 682-651. 23. elfeki, ahmed anwar hassan, younis, ahmed maher abdullah abdulhaleem, masoud, reda hindi juma, and abdulwahab, ali gouda mohamed. (2017). the effectiveness of a program based on integration in the hemispheres of the brain in developing critical thinking skills in history among first-year secondary students. journal of the faculty of education, volume 28, volume 110, 349-8 36 24. kamal, ahmad and badawi ahmad. (2017). the effect of using brain-based learning theory in teaching history on the development of historical imagination skills and lateral thinking for primary school students. journal of the educational society for social studies, 14(no. 95 november 2017), 34-76. 25. hani, mervat hamed mohamed. (2016). the effectiveness of a proposed course in space biology to develop future thinking and reflective thinking skills among students of the biology division in the faculties of education. egyptian journal of scientific education, vol. 19, vol. 5, 65-122. m ثانيًا : المراجع االجنبية : 1. a., jokar, m., razavizadegan, m. a., & morovat, e. (2014). the effects of learners’ brain hemisphericity on their degree of vocabulary retention: a case study of iranian high school students. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 98, 1844-1849. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org 2. caine, r.n. & caine, g.(2009).the basis for raising and sustaining high standards of real world performance. a position paper prepared for and published by the natural learning research institute. 3. kaya,h& bodur,g & yalnız,n ( 2014 ) , " the relationship between high school students’ attitudes toward future and subjective well-being " , original research article , procedia social and behavioral sciences, volume 116, 21 february, pages 3869-3873 4. khanal l, shah s, koirala s, rimal j, adhikari br, baral d. relationship between hemispheric preference score and academic performance among preclinical medical students studying medicine and dentistry. int j appl basic med res. 2023 jan-mar;13(1):16-22. 5. lee,g.(2014). effecting students learning for historical understanding, (ph. d), northeastern university 6. soyoof, a., jokar, m., razavizadegan, m. a., & morovat, e. (2014). the effects of learners’ brain hemisphericity on their degree of vocabulary retention: a case study of iranian high school students. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 98, 1844-1849. 7. tambyah, mallihai, m. (2017). teaching for historical understanding: what knowledge(s) do teachers need to teach history? australian journal of teacher education, v42, n5, may, pp3550. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org from theory to practice: implementing integrated language teaching in the classroom turdialieva shahrizoda faculty of foreign philology 4th year student national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the implementation of integrated language teaching (ilt) in the classroom, a method combining listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills within a single educational framework. by emphasizing the interconnectedness of these skills, ilt mirrors real-life language use and fosters holistic language development. the article traces the evolution of language teaching methodologies, from the grammar-translation method's focus on rote learning of grammar and vocabulary to the direct method’s emphasis on oral communication and immersion. it highlights the mid-20th century audio-lingual method, which prioritized repetition and drills but was criticized for neglecting meaningful communication and individual learner needs. the emergence of technology-enhanced language learning (tell) revolutionized language instruction by integrating digital tools, offering immersive and engaging experiences. the article also delves into content and language integrated learning (clil), which combines subject matter instruction with language learning, addressing the dual need for subject competence and language proficiency. clil is noted for enhancing language skills more effectively by immersing students in subject-specific contexts, thus fostering practical language use and cultural understanding. the article underscores the benefits of ilt, particularly clil, in boosting student confidence, engagement, and motivation. by using a foreign language to learn subjects, students develop practical language skills and reduce language anxiety. the interactive and real-world focus of clil activities promotes a dynamic and supportive classroom environment, making learning more relevant and enriching. ultimately, ilt offers a comprehensive and effective approach to language education, preparing learners for authentic communication and enhancing their overall educational experience. content and language integrated learning (clil), technologyenhanced language learning (tell), language skills integration, evolution, grammar, translation method, direct method, audio-lingual method, authentic communication, fluency, language acquisition, contextualized learning, motivation. introduction integrated language teaching (ilt) is an educational approach that combines multiple language skills–listening, speaking, reading, and writing–within a single learning framework. rather than teaching these skills in isolation, ilt emphasizes their interconnectedness and promotes the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org simultaneous development of all four skills through contextualized and meaningful activities. this approach mirrors real-life language use, enhancing students’ fluency, competence, and cultural awareness. by integrating various skills into meaningful activities, ilt prepares learners for authentic communication, fostering a more holistic and effective language learning experience. douglas defined integrated teaching “is a term used to refer to teaching a foreign language through a content-based subject. that way language is integrated into the natural context and taught through real life situations in order to motivate students to acquire language for the sake of communication. therefore, integrated language teaching gives preference to natural language acquisition rather than forced language learning” [brown h douglas. principles of language learning and teaching. – san francisco state university: pearson education es, 2014. – p. 224.]. 1. the evolution of language teaching methodologies a dynamic process influenced by a variety of linguistic theories, educational philosophies, technology breakthroughs, and the shifting demands of language learners, language teaching approaches have evolved over time. integrated techniques that combine the best features of several disciplines have increasingly emerged as a result of this evolution. in the early stages, language instruction was predominantly shaped by the grammar-translation method, which focused on the rote learning of grammar rules and vocabulary via translation tasks. this approach, which gained popularity in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, placed emphasis on improving proficiency in reading and writing the target language. according to marianne celce-murcia, systematic grammar study of classical latin and other classical texts had once again regained dominance in european schools and universities by the early nineteenth century. the analytical grammar-translation approach established itself as a standard technique for teaching latin and, consequently, other modern languages. instruction is given in the native language of the students. a) there is little use of the target language for communication. b) focus is on grammatical parsing, i.e., the form and inflection of words. c) there is early reading of difficult texts. d) a typical exercise is to translate sentences from the target language into the m other tongue (or vice versa). e) the result of this approach is usually an inability on the part of the student to use the language for communication. f) the teacher does not have to be able to speak the target language [marianne celce-murcia. teaching english as a second or foreign language 3rd ed. january 1, 2001 p. 4-6.] other strategies, including the direct method, surfaced as discontent with the grammar-translation method's shortcomings increased. originating around the same time as the grammar-translation method, the direct method prioritized oral communication and immersion in the target language. nadia batool explains “the direct method is also called the natural method that is very popular which enables the students to do a particular thing which give the opportunity to the students to communicate with someone you share or exchange information with them in foreign language which consist of a set of sounds or written symbols” [international journal of english language teaching vol.5, no.1, pp.3740, january 2017 published by european centre for research training and development uk (www.eajournals.org) 37 the direct method: a good start to teach oral language nadia batool1* , american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org muhammad anosh2 , anam batool3 , nadeem iqbal4 national college of business administration and economics d g khan campus 1, 2, 3 ghazi university d g khan.]. figure 1. direct method. [marianne celce-murcia. teaching english as a second or foreign language 3rd ed. january 1, 2001 p. 6.] the mid-20th century witnessed the rise of the audio-lingual method, influenced by behaviorist theories of language acquisition. “the audio-lingual method focuses on oral skills. it aims to improve students’ speaking achievement. language items are presented to students in spoken form without reference to the mother tongue so that they can learn language skills effectively. the goal of the audiolingual method is, via teaching vocabulary and grammatical patterns through dialogues, to enable students to respond quickly and accurately in spoken language”. [egamberdiyeva nodira hamidovna. audio lingual method of language teaching. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. issn: 2776-0979, volume 3, issue 5, may., 2022430. p.431.]. this approach sought to improve language accuracy through practice, exercises, and habit building. the audio-lingual method, however, came under fire in the 1960s for its disregard for the unique needs and preferences of each student and its lack of emphasis on meaningful communication. a primary concern was its insufficient emphasis on meaningful communication. the method focused heavily on repetition and drills, which often involved memorizing dialogues and patterns without context, leaving learners illprepared for real-life communication. additionally, the method relied on mechanical and rote learning. the repetitive drills encouraged rote memorization, enabling learners to produce correct forms without genuinely understanding or being able to use the language spontaneously [richards j.c., rodgers t.s. the audio-lingual method. approaches and methods in language teaching. cambridge university press. p. 65.]. no use of the mother tongue is permitted lessons begin with dialogues and anecdotes in modern conversational style actions and pictures are used to make meanings clear grammar is learned inductively literary texts are read for pleasure and are not analyzed grammatically the target culture is also taught inductively the teacher must be a native speaker or have nativelike proficiency in the target language. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. audio-lingual approach. [marianne celce-murcia. teaching english as a second or foreign language 3rd ed. january 1, 2001 p. 7.] technology-enhanced language learning (tell), which integrated digital tools and resources, transformed language training with the introduction of computers and the internet in the late 20th century. tell offers interactive and captivating learning opportunities through language learning software, multimedia resources, and online communication platforms. as opposed to the grammartranslation method’s context-limited exercises or the audio-lingual method’s repetitious drills, tell provides immersive, rich context experiences that support a variety of learning styles and encourage both correctness and fluency in everyday speech. “technology-enhanced language learning uses computer technology, including hardware, software, and the internet to enhance the teaching and learning of languages by, a u d io -l in g u al m et h o d lessons begin with dialogues mimicry and memorization are used, based on the assumption that language is habit formation. grammatical structures are sequenced and rules are taught inductively. skills are sequenced: listening, speaking, reading, writing postponed. pronunciation is stressed from the beginning vocabulary is severely limited in initial stages, a great effort is m ade to prevent learner errors language is often manipulated without regard to meaning or context the teacher must be proficient only in the structures, vocabulary, etc. that he or she is teaching since learning activities and materials are carefully controlled. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org figure 3. benefits of tell. [k kranthi. technology enhanced language learning (tell). international journal of business and management invention issn (online): 2319 – 8028, issn (print): 2319 – 801x www.ijbmi.org || volume 6 issue 2 || february. 2017. p. 31.] in addition to that, the advent of the internet and digital communication has hastened significant changes in vocabularies at the same time shaping language in unprecedented ways. “language grows and continuously adapts, evolving as we come up with better words that reflect our society or culture. in particular, it mirrors the complexity with which our lives intertwine with technology. when our technology evolves quicker than ever before, so too does our language. because, as with technology, we strive to optimize language so we can communicate complex ideas, with the minimal amount of ambiguity in the most efficient way. many experts believe the amount of technical vocabulary and slang we use in everyday life is currently growing faster than ever before. with roughly half of the world’s population now connected to the internet, we see massively increased levels of communication. ideas, words and phrases are being generated and circulated at a staggering rate” [https://www.languagewire.com/en/blog/how-language-evolves. how technology drives language evolution.]. technologyenhanced language learning by: using a hand-held electronic dictionary to look up a word in class chatting with a friend on instant messenger using a little english reading news website participating in an online discussion board doing a computer-based language exercise from the cd that comes with a textbook searching for a word in a corpus to see how it’s used playing world of war craft in english texting a classmate in english https://www.languagewire.com/en/blog/how-language-evolves american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org vocabulary change example explanation acronyms and abbreviations lol (laugh out loud) the internet has popularized the use of acronyms and abbreviations for efficient communication in online chats and social media platforms. internet slang “yolo” (you only live once) new slang terms have emerged to reflect internet culture and trends, often originating from memes, viral videos, or social media trends. neologisms “selfie” the internet has given rise to new words and terms to describe phenomena unique to online culture, such as “selfie” for a self-portrait photograph taken with a smartphone. emoji and emoticons (face with tears of joy) emoji and emoticons are used to convey emotions and reactions in digital communication, adding nuance and expression to text-based conversations. borrowing from other languages “fomo” (fear of missing out) the internet has facilitated the borrowing of words and phrases from other languages, reflecting the global nature of online communication and cultural exchange. figure 4. the internet’s effect on english language vocabulary. [https://toppandigital.com/translation-blog/how-the-internet-is-changing-language/#e. how the internet is changing language.] 2. benefits of implementing integrated language teaching in the classroom amid the ongoing evolution of language teaching methodologies, content and language integrated learning (clil) emerged in the early 1990s as a significant advancement. “the term clil was coined by david marsh, university of jyväskylä, finland (1994): “clil refers to situations where subjects, or parts of subjects, are taught through a foreign language with dual-focused aims, namely the learning of content and the simultaneous learning of a foreign language”. however, clil teaching has been practiced for many years, from the babylonian era to the early sixties when bi-lingual education was introduced in many schools around the world” [https://www.onestopenglish.com/clil/what-is-clil/ “what is clil?”]. clil is a synthesis of content education and language acquisition, building on the groundwork established by previous approaches such as the grammar-translation method and the direct method. clil was created to meet the needs of both subject matter competency and language proficiency. it was influenced by the effectiveness of immersive approaches as well as the cognitive advantages associated with bilingual education. https://www.onestopenglish.com/clil/what-is-clil/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org figure 5. benefits of clil. with content and language integrated learning (clil), students have a rare chance to pick up a second language while studying relevant subjects. students learn language skills in a way that may not be possible with traditional approaches when language training is integrated with other disciplines, like science or history. by immersing students in subject-specific environments, this technique more effectively improves language competency and fosters natural and practical language use. students might be highly motivated to learn subjects in a foreign language when they perceive a need for their acquired language abilities. this incentive frequently ignites a sincere curiosity about the subject matter being taught as well as the language. moreover, clil lessons frequently incorporate cultural elements relevant to the target language, providing students with insights into the customs, traditions, and perspectives of native speakers. the interactive nature of clil, with its emphasis on collaborative activities and real-world applications, makes learning more engaging and relevant. a crucial component of clil is collaboration between subject and language instructors, which develops a cooperative learning environment and advances educators' professional development. language teachers frequently need to increase their knowledge and skill set in order to implement clil, which creates chances for ongoing professional development. furthermore, clil may be customized to fit numerous languages and topic areas and is adaptable to a range of educational levels, from elementary schools to universities. by creating a dynamic and supportive classroom atmosphere, clil not only enriches language proficiency but also cultivates a more confident and engaged student body. clil has a significant effect on pupils’ self-confidence. students interact with a foreign language in meaningful, useful ways when they use it for academic purposes, which demystifies the language and lessens language anxiety. regular exposure to the language in a variety of settings makes pupils feel more at ease and less anxious about making mistakes. success in understanding and communicating complex subject matter in a foreign language provides a significant boost to their self-esteem and selfefficacy. moreover, the supportive environment of clil encourages risk-taking and resilience, as improving overall and specific language competence preparing preparation for multilingualism transferable skills increasing learner's motivation flexible teaching strategy introducing a wider cultural context to content lessons diversifying methods and forms of classroom teaching and learning american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org errors are seen as a natural part of the learning process, further building their confidence. macarena navarro and eduardo garcia detailed in their research that educating through this method can positively influence to learners’ self-esteem, efficacy and motivation as well as self-confidence. [“are clil students more motivated? an analysis of affective factors and their relation to language attainment porta linguarum”. january 2018. porta linguarum revista interuniversitaria de didáctica de las lenguas extranjeras. doi:10.30827/digibug.54023. macarena navarro-pablo and eduardo garcia-jimenez. p, 75-76.]. regarding their involvement, students are kept actively engaged in their education via clil’s emphasis on interactive, real-world learning. the method’s range of exercises, including group projects, talks, and practical work, accommodates various learning preferences and maintains an engaging and dynamic learning environment. students are more motivated and interested in the language and the subject matter since they are active participants rather than passive information consumers. additionally, the cultural aspects of clil lessons provide students with a broader worldview, making the learning experience more enriching and relevant to their lives. higher levels of engagement and improved overall educational outcomes are the results of this holistic approach to teaching, which encourages a stronger connection to the subject matter. references 1. brown h douglas. principles of language learning and teaching. – san francisco state university: pearson education es, 2014. – p. 224. 2. marianne celce-murcia. teaching english as a second or foreign language 3rd ed. january 1, 2001 p. 4-6. 3. the direct method: a good start to teach oral language. nadia batool, muhammad anosh, anam batool, nadeem iqbal. international journal of english language teaching vol.5, no.1. european centre for research training and development uk (www.eajournals.org) 37 national college of business administration and economics d g khan campus 1, 2, 3 ghazi university d g khan. january 2017. p.37-40. 4. teaching english as a second or foreign language 3rd ed. marianne celce-murcia. january 1, 2001. p.6. 5. audio lingual method of language teaching. egamberdiyeva nodira hamidovna. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. issn: 2776-0979, volume 3, issue 5, 30 may, 20224. p.431. 6. the audio-lingual method. richards j.c., rodgers t.s. approaches and methods in language teaching. cambridge university press. p. 65. 7. teaching english as a second or foreign language 3rd ed. marianne celce-murcia. january 1, 2001. p.7. 8. technology enhanced language learning (tell). k kranthi. international journal of business and management invention. issn (online): 2319 – 8028, issn (print): 2319 – 801x www.ijbmi.org. volume 6. issue 2. february. 2017. p. 31. 9. https://www.languagewire.com/en/blog/how-language-evolves.how technology drives language evolution. 10. https://www.onestopenglish.com/clil/what-is-clil/ what is clil? https://www.languagewire.com/en/blog/how-language-evolves https://www.onestopenglish.com/clil/what-is-clil/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 11. https://toppandigital.com/translation-blog/how-the-internet-is-changing-language/ how the internet is changing language. 12. are clil students more motivated? an analysis of affective factors and their relation to language attainment porta linguarum. macarena navarro-pablo and eduardo garcia-jimenez. porta linguarum revista interuniversitaria de didáctica de las lenguas extranjeras. doi:10.30827/digibug. 54023. january 2018. p. 75-76. https://toppandigital.com/translation-blog/how-the-internet-is-changing-language/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org social summary of the society of the bukhara emirate at the end of the 19th beginning of the 20th centuries kuvvatova n. karshi state university, karshi, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the social structure of the bukhara emirate in the second half of the xix early xx centuries, traces the dynamics of changes that have occurred in the social stratification of the state against the background of a change in the political status of the emirate as a result of the establishment of a protectorate of the russian empire. the article also analyzes the qualitative composition of the layers and groups of the population of the bukhara emirate, and also contains information about their numerical composition. emiratee, population, social structure, class division, layer, group, settled population, nomadic population, numerical composition, clergy. introduction as a result of the aggressive actions of the russian empire in the second half of the 19th century. serious political changes took place in the central asian region: from the captured kokand khanate, parts of the territory of the bukhara emirate and the khiva khanate, a new administrative unit of russia was formed the turkestan governor-general. the tsarist government formally retained the emirate of bukhara and the khanate of khiva as independent states under its strict protectorate. the emir of bukhara and the khan of khiva were deprived of the right to conduct relations with foreign states and remained independent only in internal affairs. there are no exact data on the population of the bukhara emirate, since accurate statistical records have never been kept there. in the works of russian travelers and researchers of the 19th and early 20th centuries, as well as researchers of the soviet period, there are different points of view on this issue: in the bukhara emirate the population is called two, two and a half, three million people [1:187]. we support the point of view of those authors who believe that the population of the bukhara emirate was 2 million people. an argument in favor of this is, in our opinion, the fact that, according to the central asia zoning commission, in 1924 the population of the bukhara people's republic was 1,531,015 people[2:149]. if we take into account the conclusions of demographers of the 20s that the population of the central asian region during the years of the first world war, revolution and civil war decreased by 25%[3:208], then we obtain the above data on the population of the emirate. as for the gender composition of the population, it is not possible to establish it at all. in the book “turkestan region” v.i. massalsky wrote: “there is no information regarding the distribution of the population by gender in the bukhara and khiva khanates, but there is no doubt that the predominance of men, as in all muslim countries, is observed here too” [4: 350 ]. this issue was not clarified in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org 20s of the 20th century. in the conditions of existence of the bnsr. the materials of the abovementioned commission for zoning of central asia stated: “the sex composition of both bukhara and khorezm is extremely difficult to establish and, as a rule, it is not indicated anywhere. when surveying the muslim population, it is impossible to establish the true number of women; elders refuse to give this information. strictly observed customs and prejudices force the local administration and the population itself to constantly hide not only the faces of their wives and daughters, not only their names, but even the number of women in the family"[2:155]. thus, one can only, according to the information of v.i. massalsky, assume that the male population in the emirate somewhat prevailed over the female one. in terms of nationality, the population of the bukhara emirate was mainly divided into uzbeks, tajiks, turkmens, karakalpaks, and kazakhs. at the end of the 19th century. europeans live in a compact population in the emirate. in the second half of the 19th century. the bukhara emirate was a theocratic state with a despotic form of government. all legislative, administrative and supreme judicial power was concentrated in the hands of the bukhara emir[5]. it preserved almost intact not only the medieval political form of power, but also the medieval class social structure. in the emirate, society was divided into classes: service (sipo) beks, mirzas; spiritual (ulama) ishans, hojas, seids, sheikhs, imams, mullahs; common people (fukaro) merchants, artisans, farmers. belonging to a certain class determined a person’s position in the social hierarchy. the first and second estates occupied a high position in society and had significant both hereditary and granted privileges. a distinctive feature of the class division of the emirate was that, in addition to the social groups of sayids and khojas who were part of the spiritual class, the classes and the social layers and groups included in them were not separated from each other by an impenetrable wall. a person of humble origin, promoted to the emir's service, having received ranks and positions, fell into the "sipo" class; on the other hand, the "sipo" families, having become impoverished or having lost their position, turned into commoners "fukaro". in the same way, people from the lower class, having completed a full course at a madrasah and received a higher muslim education, could become qazis, imams, mullahs, that is, they entered the higher spiritual class. precisely because classes under certain conditions could mix and a person was not absolutely closed in his own circle, a caste system did not develop in central asia. the privileged "sipo" class included persons with ranks. in the bukhara emirate there were 13 civilian ranks and 5 military ranks. persons who had civilian ranks received the right to special feeding at the expense of the dekhkan, while those who had military ranks received a salary. moreover, the presence of a rank was not necessarily associated with the performance by its holder of any administrative positions or duties. therefore, the service class included: clan nobility, large feudal lords, courtiers, officials holding positions in the administrative apparatus or in the army. in the 19th century the administrative apparatus of the bukhara emirate, which was previously formed mainly from the clan nobility, is also beginning to be replenished with people from the unborn part of the population; moreover, there were even frequent cases when “for business qualities and merits, persian slaves achieved various ranks and titles” [5:14 ]. the clergy occupied a special place in the social structure of the society of the bukhara emirate. the highest clergy consisted of hereditary families of seids (descendants of the prophet muhammad), khojas (descendants of the first four “righteous” caliphs), as well as theologians, lawyers, sharia experts, and madrasah teachers. various dervish orders, led by ishans, were of great strength. according to muhammad yusuf munshi, their power was stronger than the power of khans and emirs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org for many, the number of their followers murids often reached tens of thousands, and they all represented a kind of brotherhood, united by blind submission to the single will of their mentor. huge lands, shops, caravanserais were concentrated in the hands of the ishans; there were even a kind of dynasty of ishans[6:65]. a significant number of the clergy consisted of ordinary clergy of parish mosques and its lower stratum the custodians of numerous mazars and professional preachers. in the bukhara emirate, the clergy made up about 1% of the population[7:81]. f. khodjaev wrote about the clergy: “this is a well-trained, competent army, well organized, disciplined and, in addition, possessing large material resources, waqf lands”[7:82]. in the bukhara emirate, in the early 20s of the xx century. the bukhara waqf administration had 278,500 tanaps of land at its disposal[8:98]. the clergy had a strong influence on public policy; they had judicial power, the exclusive right to interpret sharia law, draft legal decisions, the entire sphere of education, spiritual and religious power. the service and clergy classes were at the top of the social ladder of the khanates and constituted their class and financial aristocracy, exempt from taxes. the bulk of the emirate's population belonged to the third estate "fukaro", which bore all the burdens of the tax burden. it was represented by such segments of the population as merchants, artisans, farmers, and urban service population. in the general mass of layers of the third estate, merchants occupied a higher social position; when addressing them, the word “honorable” was added. this layer in the bukhara emirate was quite significant. since ancient times, the emirate had extensive trade relations, was a crossroads of trade routes of east and west, “the focus of central asian caravan trade”[9:512]. the vast stratum of merchants was divided into various groups depending on the scale of trade operations and areas of activity. there were large merchants engaged in wholesale trade (saudogar), shopkeepers (dukondor) were engaged in trading in shops, and there were a lot of peddlers. certain groups related to the organization of the trading process also participated in the trading process: brokers intermediaries in concluding trade transactions; competent, well-trained clerks clerks (mirzo), which all major merchants had; intermediaries when purchasing goods on credit (kosydy); and there were also a significant number of people serving caravanserais and shopping arcades. in addition, trade was very often carried out by artisans who had a workshop-shop in the bazaar, in which they themselves sold their products. it is precisely because of this that it was practically impossible, due to the lack of a clear division of trade and production functions, to even approximately determine the number of merchants, artisans and handicraftsmen. bukhara merchants traded astrakhan, cotton, cocoons, fabrics, carpets, gold embroidery, medicinal plants; khiva merchants exported cotton, astrakhan, leather, carpets, and jewelry. among large merchants there was a certain specialization in the trade of certain goods. thus, in the bukhara emirate, karakul was traded by ubaidullo-khoja nasreddin-bai, abdurauf-korvon-boshi, khoja jurabek, known in russia and even in western europe by khoja jurabek arabov, yusuf-bai and mumin-bai mukumbayevs; cotton mullo abduvahobi pasha, domullo sharifi-kichiri and others [10:242] bukhara merchants conducted extensive trade, primarily with russia. for example, in 1882, they brought goods worth almost 7 million rubles to the nizhny novgorod fair, which amounted to 3% of the total number of all goods brought to the fair that year[11:65]. it was merchant capital that formed the basis for the creation and development in the emirate at the end of the 19th century. industrial production, and a national commercial and industrial bourgeoisie began to form from large merchants. handicraft production was of decisive importance in providing the population of the emirate with tools, household items and food products, and the participants in this process artisans occupied a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org significant place in the economic life and social structure of feudal society. they were located mainly in cities and large villages. the nature of the settlement of artisans and the location of industries on their territories were not accidental: they were determined either by historical traditions, or expediency, or professional or family ties. in the bukhara emirate, handicraft production has received significant development. due to the favorable position of the emirate on caravan trade routes, it was a commodity production here, which contributed to its complete separation from agriculture. the emirate's artisans were characterized by deep specialization of production based on manual labor. “bukhara artisans,” wrote the famous ethnographer o.a. sukhareva, “had many options for tools and devices for certain operations. but still, the hands were decisive their dexterity and skill, which still cause admiration today” [10: 230]. the largest center of handicraft production in the emirate was the city of bukhara, where artisans and their families made up more than 25% of the townspeople[10:190]. in the middle of the 19th century. in bukhara, there were about 100 separate branches of craft, of which the most significant were the processing of metal, cotton fiber, silk, leather, the production of clothing, food products, and household items. a significant number were craftsmen engaged in construction work. the urban artisans of the bukhara emirate retained the medieval guild organization of the craft, which firmly supported the norms and procedures that were uniform for each professional corporation on the basis of “risol”. rural artisans did not have such corporations. the central asian artisans for the most part had a two-member system of production relations: the master "usto" and the apprentice "shogird" (and the apprenticeship was long), but there was also a three-member system: the master "usto", the hired master "halfa" and the apprentice "shogird". the two-member system was common in such crafts as blacksmithing, confectionery, shoemaking, etc., and the three-member system in weaving, iron foundry, and partly gold embroidery. wealthy bukhara "usto" of the late 19th early 20th centuries. was also a potential source of the emerging national bourgeoisie. in addition to merchants and artisans, in the cities of the bukhara emirate there was also such a social layer as the city-serving population. it included: water carriers, street cleaners, bathhouse attendants, teahouse attendants, hairdressers, healers, as well as numerous servants for rich people. they also had their own corporate professional associations. this layer did a lot of work, creating urban infrastructure. at the bottom of the social ladder of the bukhara emirate were the farmers the largest stratum, accounting for more than 90% of the population. all land in the khanates was distributed into categories: 1) privately owned, exempt from taxes (milkov); 2) privately owned, subject to land tax (haraja); 3) granted to religious institutions (waqf); 4) state (amlakov). dekhkans owned kharaj and partially amlak lands (for which they paid tax-rent), but mostly amlak lands were granted by the emir and khan to the “sipo” class, turned into hereditary possessions and transferred by right of inheritance. of almost all the lands suitable for farming, farmers owned 15.2%[8:96] of land in the bukhara emirate and the main producers were not farmers land owners, but farmers sharecroppers who rented land from the emir, feudal lords and clergy, they paid various taxes and carried out numerous duties. the average plot of a dekhkan farm in the emirate ranged from 1.5 to 2.5 tanaps of land[12:34-35]. nevertheless, the region provided itself with the necessary food products and exported some agricultural products abroad for sale. at the end of the 19th beginning of the 20th centuries. industrial enterprises for the primary processing of raw materials are beginning to be built in the emirate. they were built both by russian entrepreneurs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org and local ones. at the beginning of the 20th century. in the bukhara emirate there were 35 cotton gins, 3 oil mills, 3 intestines, 1 wool ginning factory, 10 brick factories[13:4-5]. as you can see, cotton gin plants predominated, and they were built mainly in russian settlements. during the same period, representative offices of large russian companies and branches of russian banks were opened, and commercial and industrial joint-stock partnerships were created together with local owners of large capital. all these innovations entailed a process of changes in social relations and the social structure of the emirate's society: the formation of a national commercial and industrial bourgeoisie began from large merchants, landowners, and khan's officials. among the largest representatives of the national bourgeoisie in the bukhara emirate were asadov, mukhamedzhaev, tyurakhodzhaev, the arabov brothers, the vadyaev brothers, and others. the bulk of the local bourgeoisie was engaged in trade, intermediating with russian procurement firms and selling russian industrial products. there were also a small number of entrepreneurs involved in the construction of enterprises. industrial and railway construction also led to the beginning of the process of creating local industrial workers in the emirate. but since the technical equipment of these industrial enterprises was extremely low, the vast majority of them worked seasonally and did not use machine engines that required qualified personnel, the bulk of their workers were seasonal migrant workers who did not have any working qualifications and performed menial, auxiliary work. they could only be considered industrial workers conditionally. visiting russian workers worked as skilled workers at the enterprises. due to the lack of statistical data, it is not possible to establish the number of both local entrepreneurs and industrial workers in the emirate. one can only assume that the number of both of them was still very small. thus, the bukhara emirate at the end of the 19th beginning of the 20th centuries. was a typical despotic state with a class structure of society and a corresponding system of privileges. the despotic regime was supported by influential and conservative forces the landed and serving aristocracy, and the muslim clergy. the productive forces of society were represented by artisans, handicraftsmen, farmers, and traders, who bore the entire tax burden. the objective process of historical development could not help but affect these seemingly frozen societies. under the influence of the processes taking place in the neighboring turkestan general government, the bukhara emirate during this period gradually began to be drawn into the orbit of its new socio-economic relations. the development of trade with russia, the beginning of the construction of industrial enterprises, the creation of branches of russian banks and representative offices of large trading firms, on the one hand, contributed to the stronger subordination of the khanates of tsarist russia, the increased invasion of russian capital into various aspects of their life, and the strengthening of the russian presence in them through the growth of migration waves of russian subjects; on the other hand, they contributed to the beginning of the process of penetration of new capitalist relations into the society of the emirate, which determined the formation of new social groups corresponding to them the commercial and industrial bourgeoisie, industrial workers, and a new national intelligentsia. but due to the prevailing class relations, these processes developed extremely slowly in the bukhara emirate khanate. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org references 1.материалы по районированию средней азии. кн. 1. территория и население бухары и хорезма. часть 1. бухара — т., 1926. — с. 149. 2. лубны-герцык л.и. движение населения ссср за время мировой войны и революции. — м., 1926. — с. 60; поляков ю. советская страна после окончания гражданской войны: территория и население. — м., 1986. — с. 208. 3. россия. полное географическое описание. том 19. туркестанский край. — с-350. 4. подробно о государственом устройстве ханств см.: семенов а.а. очерк устройства центрального и административного управления бухарского ханства позднейшего времени.//труды ан таджсср, том 25. — душанбе, 1954; юлдашев м.ю. землевладение и государственное устройство феодальной хивы. — т., 1960. 5. мухаммад юсуф мунши. муким-ханская история. — т., 1956. – с.65. 6. ходжаев ф. избр. труды. том 1. — с.81. 7. история узбекистана. том ii. — с.98. 8. бартольд в.в. соч., том iх, — с 512. 9. сухарева.о.а. бухара. хiх-начало xx в. — с. 242. 10. садыков а.а. экономические связи хивы с россией во второй половине xix начала xx вв. — т., 1965. — с. 65. 11. аминов а.м. экономическое развитие средней азии (колониальный период). — т., 1959. — с.34, 35. 12. цга руз, ф.и-3, оп.1, д. 335, л.4, 5. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org improvement of civil legal regulation of contractual relations on medical services abdullaev jamshid djamilovich, doctor of philosophy (phd) in law, “excellence in justice” e-mail: jamshidb003fb@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the issues of improving the civil legal regulation of some contractual relations in the provision of medical services (liver transplantation, heart stenting, transplantation of human organs and tissues, artificial insemination, kidney transplantation). also, the issues of sustainable development of medical service contracts in the daily medical contractual practice of developed countries, improvement of civil legal features in terms of contract law, and information on the experience and theoretical knowledge of the world countries in this matter are covered. transplantation of human organs and tissues, hrsa, who, "uzbekistan 2030" strategy, undp uzbekistan, civil law, “european charter of patients' rights”, “standard general medical services contract”, the nature of the medical service contract, kidney failure. introduction the development of science, the increase in the scope of relations related to the provision of medical services, the rapid increase in the number of subjects engaged in private medical practice in the field of medical services in the form and appearance of civil law. creates contractual relations related to the presentation. currently, with the development of science and technology and digital technology, such methods of providing medical services as liver transplantation, heart stenting, human organ and tissue transplantation, artificial insemination, kidney transplantation, which seemed impossible in daily medical practice in the last century, are foreign. is increasing in countries and in our country. in particular, in 2023, the health resources and services administration's (hrsa) organ donation statistics on the issue of transplantation stated that “the number of men, women, and children on the national transplant waiting list is 103,223; 17 people die waiting for organ transplantation every day; 46,000+ transplants performed in 2023”[1], statistics on dental care “oral diseases affect nearly 3.5 billion people worldwide, who estimates -according to his books, this is about 2 billion adults with permanent teeth, and 514 million children with primary (baby) tooth cavities" [2], in our country "about 3 thousand patients in uzbekistan undergo hemodialysis treatment due to kidney failure feeling the need"[3] is emphasized. despite the fact that the contractual relations for the provision of medical services are regulated by civil law in some countries, despite the fact that they meet in daily medical practice in the post-soviet countries, the need to improve this institution and make it "de jure" is urgent. certain scientific works are being carried out regarding the prospects of civil legal regulation of contractual relations for the provision of medical services. regarding the procedure for concluding, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org amending and canceling contracts for the provision of medical services in this area, the consequences of the parties not properly fulfilling their obligations in contractual relations for the provision of medical services, and issues of responsibility in these relations, medical services it is becoming important to analyze the issue of finding a scientific-practical solution to the problems of improving the mechanisms of protection of the rights of the subjects of the contract for the provision of medical services, strengthening the organizational legal basis of the contracts for the provision of medical services. large-scale reforms are being carried out in our country in order to protect citizens' social and economic rights and freedoms, and to develop contractual relations for the provision of medical services. within the framework of the “uzbekistan – 2030” strategy, “full coverage with treatment of 350,000 patients with diabetes and 1.5 million patients with cardiovascular disease, 70% of appeals of the population in need of medical assistance at the primary link itself urgent goals such as achieving a solution, full coverage of patients with hemodialysis places in the republic”[4] and developing legal bases of relations related to the provision of other medical services are highlighted. with the development of science, including digital technologies, there is a need for scientific research to improve the civil legal regulation of contractual relations on the provision of medical services. the civil code of the republic of uzbekistan adopted on march 1, 1997, “on citizens' health protection” [5], adopted on august 29, 1996, adopted on march 11, 2019 laws “on protection of reproductive health of citizens” [6], “on transplantation of human organs and tissues”, adopted on may 11, 2022, 2018 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on september 11, 2023 pf-158 "on measures to increase the efficiency of nephrology and hemodialysis assistance to the population of the republic of uzbekistan"[7], adopted on july 12 decree no. "uzbekistan 2030" strategy and other legal documents related to the field provide a legal solution for issues related to this topic. legal scholars o.e. jamkova, e.e. vasileva, e.m. alsynbaeva, n.e. bodyak, o.v. gorbunova, r.r. safin, a.a. ostanin, l.v. vysotskaya, n.a. barinov, n.v. kosolapova, m.p. maleina, m.v. while bolotina and other research scientists have specially researched the issues of contractual legal regulation of medical service relations, m. m. mello, e. bucher, t. a. brennan, g. leggatt, a. hirshman, nadiya e. nedzel, nicola v. palmieri, novoa r., j. smith, pablo rodriguez del pozo, xiaoyang li, j. cartwright, s.r. latham, r.r. bovbjerg, d.m. studdert, k.walshe, dj.hunter and others' scientific studies studied the issue of contractual legal regulation of medical service relations. the relations regarding the provision of medical services in the republic of uzbekistan are based on general principles or to a certain extent. it was studied by i.anortoyev, s.bobokulov, k.o.sindorov, v.r.topildiyev, m.sh.choriyev, n.f.imomov, m.s.boltayev, n.e.gofurova, n.i.askarov, j.t.askarov and other scientists. in particular, major civil scientists, academician h.r. rahmonkulov, professors i.b.zokirov, r.j.roziyev, o.okyulov, sh.rozinazarov from the point of view of the existence of this type of contracts, professor m.sh choriyev within the nature of the contract, m.s. boltayev medical insurance on the issue of civil-legal regulation of business activity, n.e. gofurova on the international legal basis of ensuring the right to health, n.i. askarov on the section of unnamed contracts, researcher j.t. askarov on the scientific-theoretical classification of the legal regulation of the activities of business entities in the field of medical services carried out research. however, it is clear from the research analysis that the solutions to the problems related to the legal and individual regulation of medical service relations in our country are not fully covered. therefore, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org improving the civil legal regulation of contractual relations for the provision of medical services in our country, the specific characteristics of contractual relations for the provision of medical services, the essence of the concept of a contract for the provision of medical services, the main and additional conditions of this contract, in particular, it is necessary to develop improved scientific-theoretical and practical recommendations related to the issue. as part of the general description of the legal regulation of medical service contractual relations, it is important to study such issues as the legal basis of medical service contractual relations, the genesis and development trends of medical service contractual relations, and the comparative legal analysis of medical service contracts. the republic of uzbekistan maintains bilateral and multilateral relations with several foreign countries and international organizations in the field of public health. in order to justify our opinion, we present the official information provided by undp undp uzbekistan (united nations development program). "in it, the project "support to effective resilient and inclusive governance system for health" will contribute to the achievement of the 4th result of the united nations partnership program for 2021-2025 'satisfied. the main activity of the project is to increase the opportunity of the most vulnerable groups to use quality medical services, to create an effective system of providing medicines and medical supplies to all sections of the population, including those in need of social protection" [8]. our republic has bilateral and multilateral beneficial relations with many international organizations aimed at protecting citizens' health. based on the analysis of different approaches to medical service contractual relations in the coverage of the legal bases of medical service contractual relations, the emergence of medical service contractual relations, existing forms in different periods, the application of law to medical service contractual relations it is necessary to analyze the issues related to its correct implementation in practice. improvement of the civil legal regulation of certain contractual relations on medical services and the main norms in the field of health care of citizens about 10 (ten) laws in force in the republic of uzbekistan, decrees of the president of the republic of uzbekistan about 30 (thirty) decisions, about 10 (ten) normative legal documents of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan, about 20 (twenty) medical service relations of the minister of health of the republic of uzbekistan it is necessary to conduct a scientific theoretical study of related orders and regulatory legal documents related to the provision of medical services adopted by competent bodies in other fields. in particular, the law of the republic of uzbekistan no. 415-i dated april 25, 1997 "on medicines and pharmaceutical activities" and taking into account subsequent changes in the field, adopted in a new version on april 4, 2016 law of the republic of uzbekistan no. orq-399 of january "on amendments and additions to the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on medicines and pharmaceutical activities", 813 of august 19, 1999 law of the republic of uzbekistan no. i "on narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances", law of the republic of uzbekistan no. 402-ii of august 30, 2002 "on donation of blood and its components" law no. 615-ii dated april 29, 2004 of the republic of uzbekistan "on the use and protection of the symbols of the red crescent and the red cross" dated may 3, 2007 law of the republic of uzbekistan no. 97 "on prevention of iodine deficiency diseases", law of the republic of uzbekistan no. o'rq-353 dated september 23, 2013 "disease caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (hiv infection) law on combating the spread of stis, law no. orq-528 dated march 12, 2019 law "on protection of reproductive health of citizens", orq-768 dated may 12, 2022 is regulated by the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on transplantation of human organs and tissues"[9] and other legal documents. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org also, the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 1, 2017 "on measures for the further development of the private sector in the field of health care", pq-3039 dated june 13, 2017 "to the residents of the city of tashkent decision of december 7, 2018, no. pf-5590 "on measures to further improve the management system of primary medical and sanitary care and increase the professional responsibility of managers and specialists for its effectiveness" decree of the republic of uzbekistan "on comprehensive measures to fundamentally improve the health care system", dated october 12, 2018 no. pq-3968 "measures to regulate the field of folk medicine in the republic of uzbekistan decision no. pq-4290 dated april 6, 2019 "on measures to develop public-private partnership in the health sector", decision no. pq-4290 dated may 30, 2020 decision no. 4737 "on creating additional conditions for the provision of emergency medical services by non-governmental medical organizations", decision no. pq-4790 of july 27, 2020 "sanitary of the republic of uzbekistan resolution no. pf-6221 of may 5, 2021 "on measures to organize epidemiological peace and public health service activities" "to consistently continue reforms in the health care system and increase the capacity of medical workers decree no. pq-5124 dated may 25, 2021 "on additional measures for comprehensive development of the health care sector", 2021 the decision "on additional measures to improve the quality of medical services to the population and further increase the capacity of personnel in the health sector" adopted by the pq-6 dated november 12, and 2020the order of the minister of health of the republic of uzbekistan "on the approval of the regulation on the procedure for the use of assisted reproductive technologies"[10] with list number 3217 dated february 6, 2017 and other legal documents also provide medical services it is important to improve the civil legal regulation of contractual relations. a number of scientists and practicing specialists express the following opinions and comments on the classification of contracts for the provision of medical services: n.a.barinov on the contract of service for a fee: "in the science of civil law, the contract on the provision of paid medical services is of interest as a broader concept an integral part of services"[11], and in the following years refers to the types of medical services that are coming in a large volume. "a contract concluded on the model of a contract for the provision of medical services for a fee to a third party has a number of features. firstly, the condition on the subject of such contracts should be recognized as having been agreed upon, and the concluded contract, if the parties have determined the types of medical services and the number of recipients of the services, secondly, in addition to giving the third party the right to demand the fulfillment of the obligation in his favor, certain obligations and medical services are imposed on him to perform the actions necessary for the provision of medical services"[12]. let's answer the question with the views of s.s. shevchuk: "according to the contract on the provision of medical services, one party, the provider of medical services (a medical organization or a private practitioner), entrusts the other party with the provision of qualified medical services to the patient. undertakes, which is expressed in the performance of certain works. actions or certain actions of a professional nature to maintain and/or correct the patient's health, provide reliable information about diagnosis, treatment methods and predicted results and maintain medical confidentiality and the patient is obliged to comply with the contractor's requirements”[13]. we agree with the researcher's comments mentioned above and consider it appropriate to add the following. the contract for the provision of medical services for a fee, like other contracts, is regulated by current legislation. the medical service american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org contract should cover the issue of rights and obligations between the patient-client and the medical organization providing the service, as well as benefits and other features. the foreign experience of the usa, russian federation, great britain, italy and other countries is important in the civil legal regulation of certain contractual relations on the provision of medical services. in addition, in the "european charter of patients' rights"[14], adopted in rome on november 15, 2002, fourteen types of rights of the patient-customer in the contractual relationship of medical care: the right to measures, the right to access medical services, the right to information about medical services, the right to consent to medical services, the right to freely choose medical services, the right to privacy and confidentiality of medical practice, the right to respect patients' time, the right to comply with quality standards, safety the right, the right to innovation, the right to avoid pain and suffering as much as possible, the right to an individual approach to treatment, the right to appeal, the right to receive compensation, etc. forms of medical care include reconstructive plastic surgery, aesthetic plastic surgery, liver transplant, heart and lung transplant, kidney transplant, ivf (artificial insemination), assisted reproduction technologies), surrogate motherhood, heart surgery, dental medical services, cosmetology medical services, hijama, leech injection and other medical service contracts are basically the same in terms of content, i.e. providing quality medical services to the population, medical services it is important to provide a legal solution to the issue through a medical service contract in the event of an accident, medical errors, damage to health caused by carelessness during the application of diagnostic, preventive and medical treatment measures to the patient, and other situations. in the article "medical service: legal aspects" by n.v. kosolapova, a representative of the moscow state university of economics, statistics and informatics, the following characteristics of the issue of medical service for the cis countries are noted: the local health care reform system has changed along with the legal nature of private relations, the introduction of mandatory health insurance (oms) and voluntary health insurance (dms) systems, and the spread of paid medical services (pmu)”[15]. the medical service contract is a service contract of general importance, for a fee, and the legal right to defend itself for each party to this contract is implemented in this manner. the purpose of this procedure is to ensure that both parties to the contract adhere to the agreed terms and to resolve disputes in a stable manner. if we turn to foreign experience in this matter, for the purpose of legal regulation of medical service contracts in great britain, on april 24, 2023, "standard general medical services contract"[16] (classification: official publication reference: pr00220) signed. it is noteworthy that this norm covers all classic and modern methods of providing medical services, the model contract, the rights and freedoms of the parties. the rapid development of modern medicine creates the need for legal regulation of medical service contracts in this field in our country with current legislative documents and other norms. according to researcher n.k.yelina, the content of the medical service contract should include the following. "the following important conditions for a medical service contract may be: the subject of the contract; quality of medical service compliance with the relevant highest advanced level of medical science and practice, with this criterion confirmed at the time of mandatory certification of medical service; awareness reliable and complete information about a certain medical service in a convenient form of presentation; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org type of medical service pre-hospital, ambulance, emergency, ambulatory, sanatorium, inpatient, etc." in our opinion, in the content of the medical service contract, in addition to the above, a clear limit of medical service provision, as well as instructions that the patient (client) should follow during medical practice, should be attached to the contract. in the medical service contract, along with important terms, customary terms are also important. "usual conditions are conditions determined by dispositive norms that regulate the relationship to a certain obligation. such conditions are assumed as usual”[17]. having studied the issues of improving the civil legal regulation of certain contractual relations on the provision of medical services, the following conclusions were reached: 1. it is desirable to systematize and unify the legislation on contractual relations for the provision of medical services. in this case, the adoption of the health code and the clear relationship between this code and the civil code should be established. in the health code, the subjects of the contract for the provision of medical services, the main and additional conditions of this contract in contractual relations for the provision of medical services, the quality of medical services provided by the medical organization, the quality of medical services it is appropriate to have chapters on the rights and obligations of the presenting organization and the client (patient). 2. it is suggested to use the experience of the usa and european countries to ensure the rights and obligations of the parties to this contract in the contractual relations for the provision of medical services. in particular, it is envisaged to effectively ensure the rights and obligations of the parties to the medical service contract by digitizing and registering all relations related to contractual relations of medical services. 3. to improve the contractual relations for the provision of medical services, the medical services provided to a wide segment of the population in our country, in particular, the transplantation of human organs, the provision of medical services by means of assisted reproductive technologies, the provision of cosmetology medical services, dental medical services services and other medical services are approached from the point of view of bringing them to the level of developed countries and thereby putting an end to the violation of the rights and obligations of the parties to the contract in the contractual relations on the provision of medical services in uzbekistan. also, in this matter, it is necessary to make good use of the experience of using compulsory insurance in parallel with the contract for the provision of medical services in germany. in addition, it is possible to apply the experience of monitoring the material and technical base of medical service organizations under the authority of the american hospital association in the usa to meet the requirements for the medical service provided. using the experiences of the above-mentioned countries in providing medical services will serve to improve the form and quality of contractual relations for providing medical services in our country. 4. the judicial practice of contractual relations on the provision of medical services is studied, the existing conflicting situations are studied, the results of these analytical studies and proposals and recommendations for the creation of norms in order to provide a legal solution to the conflicting judicial practices, in particular, in the form of a model the draft of the contract on the provision of medical services “xxx” was developed. 5. in the determination of legal liability in the contractual relations of medical services, the scientific considerations on the issue of determining civil legal liability or criminal liability and determining the legal boundary between them were analytically studied. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org it is suggested to use the experience of the usa and european countries to ensure the rights and obligations of the parties to this contract in the contractual relations for the provision of medical services. in particular, it is envisaged to effectively ensure the rights and obligations of the parties to the medical service contract by digitizing and registering all relations related to contractual relations of medical services. references: 1. https://www.organdonor.gov/learn/organ-donation-statistics 2. oral health data. centers for disease control and prevention. accessed 5/22/2024. 3.https://m.kun.uz/news/2019/03/13/ozbekistonda-buyrak-kasalligi-uchun-xizmat-korsatish-qaydarajada?q=%2fuz%2fnews%2f2019%2f03%2f13%2fozbekistonda-buyrak-kasalligi-uchunxizmat-korsatish-qay-darajada 4. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the strategy "uzbekistan 2030". september 11, 2023 no. pf-158. national database of legislative information, 12.09.2023, no. 06/23/158/0694; 29.12.2023, no. 06/23/214/0984 5. national database of legislative information, no. 03/22/800/0990; 01.21.2023, no. 03/23/815/0044; 31.05.2024, no. 03/24/928/0384; 09.09.2024, no. 03/24/957/0689; 09/21/2024, no. 03/24/963/0735 6. national database of legal documents, 12.03.2019, no. 03/19/528/2741; 04/21/2021, no. 03/21/683/0375 7. national database of legal documents, 07/18/3846/1502, dated 07/13/2018; 09/28/2020, no. 06/20/6075/1330 8. https://www.undp.org/uz/uzbekistan/projects/sogliqni-saqlashni-boshqarish-tizimlarida-samaralibarqaror-va-inklyuziv-rivojlantirishga-komaklashish 9. https://www.lex.uz/uz/ 10. https://www.lex.uz/uz/ 11. n.a.barinov. services. 2nd edition, supplemented. saratov: nadezhda, 2003. – 224 p.; shablova e.g. civil-law regulation of relations of provision of paid services: diss… doctor of law. ekaterinburg, 2003. p.363. 12. e.e. vasilyeva. contract for the provision of medical services for a fee under the legislation of the russian federation. 12.00.03 civil law; business law; family law; international private law. abstract of a dissertation for the degree of candidate of legal sciences. tomsk 2004. p. 7 13. n.v. krysanova 2010. 02. 025. shevchuk s.s. main problems of modern russian civil law. stavropol: nou vpo sksi, 2010. 384 p // social and humanitarian sciences. domestic and foreign literature. series. 4, state and law: abstract journal. 2012. no. 2. 14.https://www.activecitizenship.net/multimedia/files/charter-of-rights/the-charter-in-severallanguages/leaflet/russia-front-and-back.pdf 15. medical service: legal aspects // social aspects of population health. 2014. no. 2. url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/meditsinskaya-usluga-pravovye-aspekty 16. https://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/prn00220-standard-general-medicalservices-contract.pdf 17. n.k. elina. legal problems of providing medical services. specialization: 12.00.03civil law, entrepreneurial law, family law, civil law. abstract of a dissertation on obtaining a candidate's degree in legal science. volgograd – 2006. p. 17. https://www.dissercat.com/content/pravovye-problemyokazaniya-meditsinskikh-uslug. https://www.lex.uz/uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org exploring the effectiveness of interactive technologies in russian language instruction via role-playing games yakubova feruzakhon askarovna senior lecturer tashkent international university of kimyo yakubovaferuza72@gmail.com chernobrovkina irina viktorovna senior lecturer oriental university, tashkent, uzbekistan. eipyvy@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the role of interactive technologies in teaching russian as a foreign language, with an emphasis on the use of imitation (role-playing) games as an effective method to improve language skills and cultural understanding. the author emphasizes the importance of integrating modern educational approaches to create a dynamic and engaging learning environment that promotes the active participation of students in the educational process. based on the analysis of theoretical foundations and practical examples, the article demonstrates how roleplaying games supported by authentic materials and digital tools can significantly increase students' motivation, improve their communication skills and facilitate understanding of complex language structures through contextualized learning. the author discusses the methodology of developing and conducting role-playing games, including the preparation of scenarios, the selection of authentic materials, the use of technologies to ensure interactivity and strategies for evaluating student success. interactive technologies, russian as a foreign language (rct), imitation (role-playing) game, teaching methods, intensification of learning. introduction the purpose of learning a foreign language (including russian as a foreign language) is to master a level sufficient for communication. the main task in teaching russian to students at the initial stage is the formation of reading, writing, speaking and listening skills [1, p. 81;]. a greater effect can be achieved by combining traditional types of work with new types. creating interactive learning situations is one of the main ways to optimize and intensify learning in modern society [2, p. 23]. specially prepared authentic materials help to activate mental activity, increase interest in the subject of study and achieve better results. with the correct targeted organization of educational material using specially selected texts and exercises, it is possible to achieve a better understanding of the topic under study, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org greater student activity, stimulate cognitive interest and motivation for learning. in addition, the use of interactive technologies in russian language classes helps to organize the educational activities of a diverse contingent of foreign students, adjust their knowledge, taking into account the general requirements for the level of language proficiency [3, p.34]. university pedagogy and psychology associate the improvement of the quality of training of future specialists in non-philological areas in russian as a foreign language with a constantly increasing volume of educational material and previous or even shortened terms of study with the optimization and intensification of the educational process. a feature of teaching russian as a foreign language (rct) at a university is the need to learn "from scratch" and select the lexical and grammatical minimum and sequence of presentation of the material, taking into account the need to stay in a new cultural and linguistic environment. the teacher faces important tasks, such as: assistance in adapting to a new environment providing students with such knowledge of the russian language that will not only help them overcome language difficulties in everyday situations, but also gain knowledge in technical specialties. the issue of the need to create conditions for the development of cognitive interests and creative potential of students becomes especially relevant. thus, the main objectives of teaching rct are acquisition of students' communication skills, skills of independent work in the study of neutral and scientific speech styles, formation of motivation for learning, creation of conditions for the emergence of a personal psychological attitude. literary review the term "interactive" is derived from the english word interact, meaning "joint actions, influence on each other." in modern language teaching methodology, interactivity is understood as the possibility of interaction, dialogue with someone or something. the implementation of this technology allows making the student the main driving element in the process of language acquisition, with personal experience of applying the learned material becoming the main source of educational knowledge. the role of the educator within the use of interactive educational technologies is not to convey ready-made knowledge but to stimulate students to search for it independently, guide them in this search, and, if necessary, adjust the results of their activities. interaction between participants in the educational process takes place as dialogical, mutual two-way communication between the student and the educator, as well as multi-directional communication among students. the value of such multi-directional communication is conditioned by the fact that in real situations of producing, spreading, receiving, and using knowledge, there is no strict boundary between individual and collective cognitive processes. as a result, communication becomes a condition for forming a certain system of representations of reality, involving both verbal and non-verbal components. even when knowledge is independently acquired by an individual student, so-called self-communication is realized. authors also consider it important to emphasize another aspect of the application of interactive technologies: they allow organizing effective educational activities in a group with a diverse contingent of students, differentiating this activity, and ultimately adjusting knowledge according to the general requirements for language proficiency. an educator should not only refrain from imposing but, in some cases, even from expressing their own assessment of the facts discussed during the learning process. it is worth noting that it is necessary to constantly appeal to the personal experience of students, thereby american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org increasing motivation for learning and creating a sensation that the problem being discussed concerns each student personally. [4, 5, 6, p.106] interactive technologies are often and productively used in modern higher education institutions, allowing for effective foreign language classes. researchers identify the main tasks of using these technologies as forming and developing all skills of speech activity, improving the quality of learning material assimilation, and increasing and actively maintaining interest in language learning on a regular basis. the technologies mentioned in the article allow students to use personal experience, both educational and communicative, develop communicative skills for interpersonal interaction, and present the results of their own academic work and communication skills within the framework of constructive educational (work) behavior in a group. methodology the methodology of teaching russian as a foreign language includes a significant number of interactive learning technologies developed and described by many researchers. these technologies range from pair or mini-group work (either stable or organized for a specific class or assignment) to chain responses, brainstorming, and various types of discussion classes. the integration of interactive technologies into teaching russian as a foreign language, especially through simulation (role-playing) games, opens new avenues for enhancing education and student engagement. the methodology encompasses several key stages, starting from preparation to reflection and feedback. the first step involves a careful selection of authentic materials that match the interests and language proficiency levels of the students. materials should be diverse and include video, audio, and textual resources that facilitate immersion in the language environment. [7] scenario development: creating scenarios for role-playing games based on real-life situations allows students to practice language skills in context. scenarios should be flexible to allow for adaptation to different levels of language competence. engaging students: encouraging students to actively participate in role-playing games where they can experiment with the language, making mistakes in a safe and supportive environment. it is important to create an atmosphere where mistakes are viewed as learning opportunities. using technology: integrating modern technologies, such as interactive boards, language learning apps, and collaborative platforms, enhances interaction and feedback between students and teachers. reflection and feedback: after conducting role-playing games, it is important to organize reflection sessions where students can share their experiences and discuss what they learned from the exercise. the teacher should provide constructive feedback, highlighting the successes of the students and pointing out aspects that need further improvement. implementing such methodology not only contributes to the development of language skills but also to the cultural enrichment of students, making the learning process more interesting, dynamic, and effective. [8,9] results currently, there is a significant number of classifications in the methodological literature that systematize types of educational games according to various classification criteria. based on the goals and objectives of teaching, educational games used in russian as a foreign language (rfl) classes can be divided into linguistic (aspectual) and speech games. linguistic games, which help to assimilate american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org different aspects of the language (phonetics, vocabulary, grammar, syntax, stylistics), are accordingly divided into phonetic, lexical, grammatical, syntactical, and stylistic games. linguistic games contribute to the activation of students in the classroom, developing their speech initiative. speech games are aimed at forming skills in certain types of speech activities. each type of speech activity corresponds to a specific type of educational game, aimed at teaching listening, teaching monologic and dialogic speech, teaching reading, and teaching writing. in terms of the form of implementation, there are subject games, active games with a verbal component, plot or situational games, role-playing games, competitive games, intellectual games, and interaction games.we propose several game technology options for use in the process of teaching rfl. • "take a stand." some kind of statement is proposed, students must agree or refute the judgment and explain their position. at the initial stage, you can offer another version of the game. when working on the thematic field "professions", perform the following tasks: find the necessary words in the presented list, dividing them into two columns – positive and negative features of the future profession, list 10 positive features of the future profession, list 10 negative features of the future profession, describe the future profession using new vocabulary, answer 5 why (why are you have you decided to become a doctor? why should work be fun? etc.); • "hat". students are invited to write questions related to the topic being studied. then the question cards are folded into a hat (box, basket, etc.). everyone takes a card from the hat, reads the question and immediately answers it. after answering, he passes the hat to the neighbor. to spice up the game process, you can use a stopwatch so that students know that they have to answer in less than one minute. the "black box". there are items in the black box. students must guess the subject by asking questions, the answer to which can only be "yes" or "no". for example: is it big? is it red? can i eat this? can i wear this? • "round the world trip". it is relevant when studying spatial relations (prepositional case in the meaning of place, static verbs, prepositions for indicating location, etc.). the word is proposed. the first student must determine its location, the second one must determine the location of the next word, etc. for example: students in the classroom. a class at the university. the university is located on dzerzhinsky avenue. dzerzhinsky avenue in minsk. • "assistant". the teacher gives the installation: "let's help the russian chef prepare a dish (for example, borscht)." the student takes the pictures of food on the table, puts them in a saucepan, naming each item in russian: "these are potatoes (beets, carrots, onions, salt)." later, the student briefly describes the subject he is taking: "this is sugar. it is white in color, tastes sweet," etc. • collective "design" in which the following tasks can be given, aimed at developing the creative potential of students, creativity: • "a historic event." the essence of the task consists in the formation by students of an image of representation in the process of perception of a literary text, using information from which it is necessary to depict (make a statement) the events of a literary work. previously, participants are provided with a small excerpt of a literary text describing certain historical events. the roles can be assigned by the students themselves. • "i am a commander." the participants are required to portray the qualities and character of the great commander amir temur. a film about amir temur is shown by the teacher beforehand. students should try to convey the manners, speech of a historical figure, as well as the events of that time, as accurately as possible. dialogues can be taken from the film or compiled by students themselves. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org • russian verbs, for example, is a puzzle game that will help you memorize the basic verbs of the russian language and their declension variants. tasks include matching words and sentences, choosing the correct verb form, and matching infinitives and verb forms. [10, 11, 12] one of the reasons why games can be effective in learning russian is that they can be built around plots that attract attention. it can be a story, adventure, fiction, detective story, etc. you can learn new words and expressions used in a particular topic, which can help you better understand and remember the language. in addition, the games can be complemented with sound effects, music and interactive elements, which makes the process of learning russian even more interesting and exciting. these elements can help you learn the correct pronunciation of words and phrases in russian. in addition, the games offer a variety of learning options, from watching videos to completing text perception tasks in various forms, thereby making learning not only useful, but also interesting and fun. [13] discussion the introduction of interactive technologies in teaching russian as a foreign language opens up new horizons in teaching methods. imitation (role-playing) games are one of the most effective approaches in this direction, allowing students to actively participate in the learning process and practice language in the context of real life situations. this method contributes not only to the improvement of language skills, but also to the development of intercultural competence, which is an integral part of learning any foreign language. the main purpose of simulation games is to create a safe and supportive environment where students can experiment with language, overcoming the language barrier and fear of mistakes. these games offer a rich set of contexts for communication, encouraging students to actively interact and collaborate. [14] the choice of authentic materials and the creation of scenarios reflecting real-life situations are of critical importance. this not only ensures realistic learning, but also promotes deep immersion in the linguistic and cultural environment. however, the effective application of this method requires careful planning and the willingness of the teacher to adapt the approach to the level and interests of the students.the discussion of the use of interactive technologies in teaching the russian language highlights the importance of innovative approaches in education. simulation games, being one of these methods, demonstrate significant potential for increasing student motivation and learning efficiency, making the language learning process more interesting, dynamic and effective. [15] conclusion interactive technologies play a key role in modern teaching of russian as a foreign language, providing students with a unique opportunity to immerse themselves in the language environment through active participation and interaction. the use of imitation (role-playing) games in the learning process serves as a powerful tool for the development of communication skills, allowing students not only to learn new vocabulary and grammar, but also to train the ability to use language in real life situations. this, in turn, helps to increase motivation and interest in learning a language, making learning more dynamic and effective. authentic materials used in the framework of role-playing games enrich the learning process, providing students with the opportunity to get acquainted with the culture and traditions of the russian-speaking community. this not only contributes to a deep understanding of the language, but also forms a respectful attitude towards culture. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, the introduction of interactive technologies and methods, such as imitation role-playing games, into the teaching of russian as a foreign language is not only a necessity, but also an important step towards ensuring a deeper and more comprehensive study of the language. these methods contribute to the creation of a stimulating and supportive learning environment where each student can demonstrate and develop their language skills by actively participating in the learning process and cultural exchange. references 1. bykhun n.s. interactive technologies in the modern education system / science and modernity. no. 38. 2015. pp. 81-86. 2. goncharenko n.v. interactive technologies of teaching russian as a foreign language // collections of conferences of sic sociosphere. 2016. no. 55. pp. 22-25 3. eferova a.r. modern interactive methods of teaching english in the formation of critical thinking / educatio. no. 9. 2015. pp. 33-35. 4. interactive methods of teaching russian and foreign languages: a collective monograph / under the general editorship of t.m. balykhina. m.: rudn, 2016. 356 p. russian russian as a foreign language 5. kapitonova, t.i. methods and technologies of teaching russian as a foreign language / ed. by a.n. shchukin, l.v. moskovkin, a.n. shchukin. m.: russian language. courses, 2008. 6. korneeva l. interactive teaching methods / higher education in russia. no. 12. 2004. pp. 105-108. 7. kryuchkova l.s. practical methods of teaching russian as a foreign language. studies. a manual for a novice teacher, for students of philology and linguists specializing in russian linguistics. moscow: flint: nauka, 2009. 480s. 8. savchenko t.v. o.v. sineva, t.a. shorina. russian as a foreign language. the rct methodology. teaching grammar. "russian language". m., no. 7. 2007. 2015. 24 p. 9. suvorova n.v. interactive learning: new approaches / teacher. 2000. no. 1. p. 25.10. teremova r.m., gavrilova v.l. the method of projects from the perspective of interactive and communicative organization of teaching foreign students the russian language / the world of the russian word. no. 3. 2014. pp. 78-82 11. anosova a. g. grammatical and communicative exercises with game elements as a way to activate russian language proficiency as a foreign language // izvestia of the southern federal university. philological sciences. 2013. no. 3. pp. 79-85. 12. kostikova l. p. the use of electronic resources for the formation of intercultural competence of future international experts. ryazan, 2014. 13. matvienko s. v., vasilyeva e. v., polyakova n. yu., evdokienko v. v. psychological difficulties arising in the process of distance learning and ways to overcome them // education and law. 2021. no. 1. pp. 195-199. 14. razin a. 11 principles of effective gamification of rcts online [electronic resource]. url: https://youlang.ru/blog/11-printsipov-effektivnoy-geymifikatsii-rki-v-onlayn. 15. romanova e. a., volkova m. a., li b. features of the use of modern information technologies in learning the russian language: a comparative analysis of the preferences of foreign students of universities in russia and china // prospects of science and education. 2021. no. 1 (49). pp. 276-287. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org the triumph of light over darkness temirov zafariddin xujanova nasiba department of scientific development, republican center of the art of bakhshi” a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the life and creative work of islom shoir nazar ogli, a representative of the narpay epic school. it analyzes the plot of the epic "orzigul", performed by him, and its significance in the artistic legacy of the bakhshi tradition. epic school, islom shoir, herodotus, poet, epic, performance. introduction islom shoir nazar ogli, a prominent representative of the narpay epic school, was born in 1874 in the narpay district of the samarkand region. from an early age, he had a deep passion for the folk epic tradition and became a disciple of ernazar shoir. in his memoirs, he wrote: “one day, as i was playing the dutar and singing with a loud voice at a gathering in my village, ernazar shoir happened to be present and listening. it seems he was impressed by my voice, for he noticed my enthusiasm for poetry and immediately approached my father to ask for his permission to take me as his apprentice.” from that moment, islam’s amateur practice reached its conclusion, and ernazar shoir began teaching him with great sincerity, imparting his lifelong experience in the art of bakhshi performance and the secrets of mentorship. ernazar shoir was well-versed in the traditions of the shahrisabz school of epic poetry, but he had also trained with ergash jumanbulbul, a representative of the qorgon school of epic performance. as a result, his apprentice, islam shoir, embodied the finest qualities of both the shahrisabz and qorgon traditions in his creative work. at the age of 26, he achieved the status of an independent bakhshi. folklorists have recorded 29 epics from islam shoir nazar ogli. considering that the poetic sections of each epic contain between two to five thousand lines, it is evident that he possessed an extraordinary memory and artistic capability. islam shoir nazar ogli, who had deeply mastered the traditions of his predecessors, included the following epics in his repertoire: alpomish, kuntugmish, gorogli, orzigul, ravshanxon, tohir va zuhra, sohibqiron, xirmon dali, and erali va sherali. several devoted folklore collectors, including quddis muhammadiy, yahyo yuldosh, b. togayev, m. gavrilov, m. islomova, and g. m. minsafin, played an essential role in transcribing his epics and terms. additionally, distinguished folklorists such as hodi zarif, m. afzalov, o. sobirov, m. alaviya, s. asqarov, and m. toshpulatova made significant contributions to preserving his work. this remarkable talent was honored with the prestigious title of people’s poet of uzbekistan in 1940 in recognition of his invaluable contributions to uzbek epic poetry. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org according to scholars, islam shoir's skill in performing epics was distinguished by its musicality, softness, clear and simple narration of events, improvisational ability, and, when appropriate, humorous expressions. he masterfully performed numerous epics, but among them, orzigul held special significance. orzigul is one of the romantic epics in uzbek oral literature. it is well known that a significant portion of uzbek folk epics belong to the romantic genre. their plots are highly similar, yet their structure is remarkably complex. just as heroic epics contain romantic elements, romantic epics also incorporate heroic motifs. in some cases, multiple themes are interwoven within a single epic. therefore, romantic epics are categorized into three subtypes: a) heroic-romantic; b) loveromantic; c) social-romantic. the orzigul epic falls into the social-romantic category. its central character, orzigul, embodies the finest virtues of the people and is portrayed as a woman who fights for justice. her struggles and life journey are interpreted within the framework of the social issues of that era. the love between orzigul and suvonxon is depicted as an unstoppable force capable of overcoming all obstacles. the epic’s climactic moment—the victory of orzigul, suvonxon, and dono cho‘pon over the army of king qoraxon—is a powerful representation of the triumph of justice and truth, symbolizing the victory of light over darkness. the epic orzigul was first recorded in 1938 by the skilled folklorist mansur afzalov from islam nazar ogli. however, orzigul was not exclusive to islam shoir’s repertoire. other renowned bakhshis, such as polkan muhammad, jonmurod ogli, nurmon abduvoy ogli, toqli shoir ruziyev, qozi shoir ruziyev, and xolmirza jo‘rayev, also performed this epic. despite multiple variations, the version performed by islom nazar ogli stands out due to the completeness of its plot, its rich thematic depth, well-developed character portrayals, and its poetic language full of artistic devices. additionally, this version preserves relatively archaic motifs, distinguishing it from other variants. according to the folklorists v. zhirmunsky and h. zarif, this epic plot was widely known among the peoples of central asia as a "folk book" narrative, particularly in the form of the popular story malikai dilorom. orzigul follows an expansive storyline, touching upon one of the traditional themes in world literature—the motif of a father unknowingly falling in love with his own daughter. in b. sarimsoqov’s article, several observations on the epic orzigul, the scholar explores this motif in depth. he references the ancient greek historian herodotus, who documented two legends in his histories. the first tells of the egyptian king mycerinus, who fell in love with his daughter and sought to marry her. the second describes cambyses ii, the son of cyrus, marrying both of his sisters upon ascending the throne. while these stories did not directly serve as the basis for orzigul, sarimsoqov suggests that such narratives, preserved in literary and historical sources, may have influenced the turkic epic tradition over time. at the heart of orzigul lies the theme of moral purity and the inescapable consequences of one's mistakes. the epic presents a philosophical exploration of human nature, familial responsibilities, and ethical values from the perspective of ordinary people. it condemns negative traits while highlighting the resilience of its characters. the epic is rich in psychological depth, vividly portraying the inner struggles of its protagonists. among its most powerful moments is orzigul’s departure from the gardener’s household, an emotionally charged scene that captures her inner turmoil: as long as there is life within me, i am a wanderer, better to die than live in exile. for the sake of this sorrow, i give my soul, leaving my homeland, forsaking my father. know this well, father and mother, i leave, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org and in a foreign land, i shall seek my home. despite facing injustice and severe hardships, the virtuous characters in orzigul remain steadfast in their principles, preserving their honor and dignity. in the end, they triumph over oppressive forces, achieving their goals and emerging victorious. this epic, with its profound emotional contrasts and compelling character portrayals, exemplifies the artistic and narrative mastery of the uzbek bakhshi tradition. each genre of folk oral literature, including epics, possesses distinct artistic and figurative techniques that are essential for fully understanding their poetic nature. uzbek folk epics, and particularly orzigul, masterfully employ various methods and artistic expressions characteristic of oral poetic tradition, skillfully incorporating both semantic and phonetic embellishments. islom shoir nazar ogli is considered one of the most talented and highly skilled poets among uzbek folk bakhshis. his mastery of poetic techniques is evident in the depth and artistic quality of the epics he performed. the artistic portrayal of a work largely depends on the performer’s ability to skillfully utilize language and various poetic forms to enhance the meaning of the narrative. from this perspective, orzigul, a central piece in islam shoir’s repertoire, stands out as a well-crafted and aesthetically refined epic. while performing orzigul, islam shoir enriched the epic with new ideas, deeper meanings, and masterfully integrated various figurative and rhetorical devices. his use of diverse artistic techniques was deliberate and purposeful, enhancing the aesthetic impact of the epic. structurally, orzigul follows the traditional composition of uzbek folk epics, interweaving prose and verse in alternating segments. this dynamic structure amplifies the artistic and ideological value of the epic, engaging listeners with vivid storytelling and immersive descriptions. the shifting narrative perspectives and evolving character actions further sustain the audience’s interest and emotional connection to the unfolding events. islam shoir demonstrated remarkable skill in shaping and developing the epic’s characters. each figure in orzigul is portrayed with distinctive traits, and the poet skillfully employs various artistic techniques, psychological depictions, and vibrant imagery to bring them to life. his descriptions of characters’ appearances and personalities are executed with artistic precision, employing striking similes, vivid epithets, hyperboles, and even mythological references. additionally, the inclusion of folk proverbs and idioms enhances the epic’s appeal and authenticity. the poet’s ability to craft dialogues and monologues with remarkable clarity and poetic elegance significantly elevates the artistic merit of orzigul. the language of the epic is rich and expressive, contributing to its strong educational and moral significance. the epic orzigul contains several mythological elements. for instance, when the characters orzigul and suvonxon see a dream, hazrat khidr appears to help them. the fortress of qo‘shqanot is guarded by a dragon and is considered an enchanted place. birds are depicted as speaking in human language, among other mystical aspects. the epic also employs the literary device of hyperbole extensively: "when the horse gallops, the valley of the mountain rumbles, the wound from a spear makes even the bravest men groan..." similarly, the description of the legendary horse olmakoz includes: "suvon rides a dragon..." suvonxon's horse is described with grand exaggeration: "its hooves are as mighty as a fortress american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org its mane as vast as a citadel." additionally, scenes of battle feature vivid hyperbole: "galloping through the battlefield, he trampled down the enemy. orzigul swung her sword, beheading countless foes... for three days and nights, orzigul fought relentlessly, seeking revenge against the enemy. the mountains roared with the clash, the smoke from the battlefield covered the face of the sun..." throughout the epic, the use of hyperbole enhances its dramatic appeal, making it more captivating for the audience. in conclusion, orzigul holds a significant place in the creative legacy of islom shoir nazar ogli. the epic masterfully intertwines themes of heroism, true love, and loyalty, reflecting the core values of traditional bakhshi storytelling. references 1. orzigul epic. tashkent: fan, 1956. 2. islom shoir nazar o‘g‘li. selected works. tashkent, 1953. 3. omonulla madayev. uzbek folk oral literature. tashkent: mumtoz so‘z, 2020. 4. davronbek oripov. new notes on the epic "orzigul". republican scientific-practical conference on "comparative literary studies: past, present, and future". november 6, 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the importance of physical fitness tests in determining the physical qualities of students alimboуeva roziya davulovna associate professor of the department of social and humanitarian sciences of tashkent state university of uzbek language and literature named after alisher navoi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s physical fitness tests play a crucial role in evaluating the physical capabilities of students. this article explores the importance of such tests in determining students' fitness levels and overall health. it discusses the necessity of integrating fitness assessments into educational systems to promote healthier lifestyles and enhance academic performance. physical fitness tests, student health, fitness assessment, academic performance, physical education. introduction physical fitness is integral to overall well-being, affecting not only physical health but also cognitive function and academic performance. assessing students' physical abilities through fitness tests provides valuable insights into their health status and helps identify areas for improvement. this article delves into the significance of incorporating physical fitness tests into educational systems and their impact on students' holistic development. research consistently demonstrates the correlation between physical fitness and academic achievement. studies have shown that physically fit students tend to have better cognitive abilities, concentration, and classroom behavior. additionally, fitness tests can uncover underlying health issues, such as obesity or cardiovascular problems, enabling early intervention and preventive measures. however, critics argue that fitness tests may promote unhealthy competition or contribute to body image issues among students. nevertheless, proponents emphasize the importance of using fitness assessments as a tool for promoting healthier lifestyles and enhancing overall well-being. physical fitness tests encompass various components, including cardiovascular endurance, muscular strength, flexibility, and body composition. common assessments include the beep test, sit-and-reach test, push-up test, and bmi calculation. these tests can be administered by trained physical education instructors using standardized protocols to ensure accuracy and reliability. data collected from fitness tests can be analyzed to identify trends, establish baseline fitness levels, and inform individualized fitness plans. physical fitness tests play a crucial role in assessing the physical qualities of students for several reasons: health monitoring: regular physical fitness tests help in monitoring the overall health and fitness levels of students. these tests can detect any potential health issues early on, allowing for timely interventions and preventive measures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org baseline assessment: fitness tests provide a baseline assessment of students' physical abilities, including strength, endurance, flexibility, and cardiovascular fitness. this baseline can be used to track progress over time and set realistic fitness goals. identification of strengths and weaknesses: fitness tests help identify students' strengths and weaknesses in different areas of physical fitness. this information can be used to tailor individualized exercise programs to improve specific areas of weakness and enhance overall fitness levels. motivation and goal setting: fitness tests can serve as a source of motivation for students to improve their fitness levels. by setting measurable goals based on the results of these tests, students are more likely to stay focused and committed to their fitness routines. educational tool: physical fitness tests can also serve as an educational tool to teach students about the importance of leading a healthy and active lifestyle. by understanding the components of fitness and how they are assessed, students can develop a deeper appreciation for the value of regular exercise and proper nutrition. performance evaluation: in certain contexts, such as physical education classes or competitive sports, fitness tests are used to evaluate students' performance relative to established standards or benchmarks. this helps identify talented individuals and provides valuable feedback for improvement. promotion of physical activity: by incorporating fitness tests into school curricula, educators can promote physical activity and encourage students to engage in regular exercise. this can have longterm benefits for students' physical and mental well-being. overall, physical fitness tests are valuable tools for assessing and improving the physical qualities of students, promoting a culture of health and fitness, and empowering individuals to lead active and fulfilling lives. the integration of physical fitness tests into educational curricula promotes a holistic approach to student development. by emphasizing the importance of physical activity and healthy lifestyle choices, schools play a vital role in shaping students' attitudes towards fitness. moreover, fitness assessments provide opportunities for goal setting, self-monitoring, and personal growth. however, it is essential to approach fitness testing with sensitivity and promote a positive body image among students. educators should focus on fostering a supportive environment that values effort over performance and encourages lifelong participation in physical activity. conclusions and suggestions: in conclusion, physical fitness tests are invaluable tools for assessing students' physical abilities and promoting overall well-being. by incorporating fitness assessments into educational systems, schools can empower students to take ownership of their health and fitness. furthermore, early intervention based on fitness test results can prevent health problems and improve academic performance. moving forward, educators should prioritize the development of comprehensive physical education programs that prioritize holistic wellness and cater to the diverse needs of students. the importance of developing the initiative of children up to six years old: while physical fitness tests primarily target school-aged children, it is crucial to recognize the importance of fostering initiative and physical activity from an early age. research indicates that early childhood development lays the foundation for lifelong health habits. therefore, parents, caregivers, and educators should prioritize creating environments that encourage exploration, movement, and active play for children up to six years old. activities such as crawling, walking, climbing, and dancing not only promote physical development but also stimulate cognitive and socio-emotional growth. by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org nurturing children's initiative and curiosity, we can instill a lifelong appreciation for physical activity and healthy living. references 1. apanasenko g.l., naumenko r.t. fizicheskoe zdorov'e i maksimal'naya aerobnaya sposobnost' individa [physical health and maximal aerobic capacity of the individual]. teoriya i praktika fizicheskoy kul'tury [theory and practice of physical culture], no. 4 (1988): 23-30. 2. bal'sevich v.k. zdorov'eformiruyushchaya funktsiya obrazovaniya v rossiyskoy federatsii: (materialy k razrab. nats. proekta ozdorovleniya podrast. pokoleniya rossii v period 2006-2026) [health-function of education in the russian federation: (materials to nat. improvement project to grow up. generation e of russia in the period 2006-2026)]. fizicheskaya kul'tura: vospitanie, obrazovanie, trenirovka [physical training: education, education and training], no. 5 (2006): 2-6. 3. grigorev v.i., davidenko d.n., malinina s.v. fitnes-kultura studentov: teoriya i praktika [fitness culture of students: theory and practice]: manual. spb.: publishing house stpsuef, 2010. 228 p. 4. ispulova r.n. silovoy fitnes kak sredstvo fizicheskoy rekreatsii studencheskoy molodezhi [strength fitness as a means of physical fitness recreation of students]: authoref., phd in pedagogics.: 13.00.04. s-p., 2005. 24 p. 5. konovalova l.a.. kuvshinov o.n. ispol'zovanie kompleksnykh form zanyatiy v fizicheskom vospitanii studencheskoy molodezhi [the use of complex forms of employment in the physical education of students]. vestnik samarskogo munitsipal'nogo instituta upravleniya [bulletin of the samara municipal institute of management], no. 1 (2001): 205-213. 6. kenneth cooper aerobika dlya khoroshego samochuvstviya [aerobics for good health: trans. from english]. moscow: physical culture and sports, 1989. 224 p. 7. saykina e.g. fitnes v sisteme doshkol'nogo i shkol'nogo fizkul'turnogo obrazovaniya [fitness in pre-school and school physical education]: author. dis ... doctor of pedagogy. sciences: 13.00.04. s-p., 2009. 46 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org hyperbole, expressing cultural connotations in the uzbek language rajapova bibiniso begmatovna senior teacher, №355 school, uchtepa dis., tashkent bbegmatovna@gmial.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the scientific article is determined by the following key factors: the increasing interests in exploring the issues of linguistics of uzbek languages in harmony with language features; the study of stylistic devices has become an important aspect of cognitive linguistics investigations; revealing linguistic specificity and complexity of stylistics has acquired both theoretical and practical significance for further study of the principles and mechanisms characterizing the development of its verbalization; explain the international cultural features of hyperbole and the influence of folk culture on its use. hyperbole, linguistics, stylistics, cognitive linguistics, g`uluv, ig`roq, tablig`, lof, askiya. introduction it is known that the uzbek language also has the meanings of exaggeration and strengthening, and it is called “mubolag’a”(exaggeration) in uzbek, this is the equivalent of the english hyperbola. the phrase “mubolag’a” expresses the meanings of magnification, amplification in arabic, exaggerating and reinforcing the state or movement of the artistic symbol depicted in a literary work. ex: the person in front of me walked as slow as a turtle. the propositional meaning "he did not neglect anything around him while walking," is a more extreme version of "it took him a very long time to move away". the description of the event is more extreme in comparison with experience. the time the speaker intendedto say it took the person to walk is much longer than in reality. the difference could also be smaller. some uzbek linguists like sh. a. abdurahmonov, l.t. bobohonova, a. hozhiev, have worked on hyperbole in comparison with russian and english scientists' work. however, it was used more effectively. an exaggeration is a figurative expression: an exaggerated, amplified, or over-emphasized depiction of a person, a living or an inanimate object, an event in a literary work, whether it exists or does not exist in reality. the main symptoms of exaggeration axis are withdrawal from life, urgency, abnormality. perceptions of exaggeration are created through the use of certain levels of metaphor, adjective, animation, style, contrast, and other artistic means. exaggeration is more common in oral and written literature in the genres of fairy tales, fables, narratives and others, as well as in works created in romantic, humorous and satirical ways. the works rich in exaggeration are read with great american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org interest and pleasure. while the positive images created by exaggeration impress the reader and win his love, the negative ones evoke boundless feelings of anger and hatred in the heart of the reader. uzbek hyperbole is divided into main three types that named: tablig’, ig’roq and g’uluv. tabligh is exaggerated in the proclamation, is very close to the truth. tabligh is an expression that the mind can believe and that can happen in life. in the second stanza of alisher navoi's "kelmadi" ghazal: "kecha kelgumdur debon ul sarvi gulru kelmadi", “ko’zlarimga kecha tong otkuncha uyqu kelmadi” after all, the fact that a lover does not fall asleep at night due to the absence of the promised beauty is not an ordinary life event, but an exaggerated image, because in such cases it would be a mistake to say that all lovers fall asleep. but it is also possible to mentally imagine this exaggerated image, that is, the night of the lover without falling asleep. slightly exaggerating the reality of life in this way is the first level of eloquence called tabligh. in the epic poem "farhod and shirin" : “o’pub ul bodpolarning ayog’in tushub yo’lg’a tutub ikki tuyog’in” the story of farhad, who found out that came to see the opening of the brook built by shirin himself. the poet writes that farhod, his lover listens to the road to hear the sound of his horse's hooves. in this case, it is not difficult to see the exaggerated image. but even this kind of exaggeration does not contradict the reality of life. it is a fact of life that someone who is looking forward to someone listens to the road. because of this, this image can also be attributed to a tabligh. this type of exaggeration is also used in the scenes in the epic poem "farhod and shirin" depicting farhod's battle with pirates. despite the fact that farhod's behavior is described more vigorously (because not every young man dares to dare to do so), his courage assures us that we can believe that he will burn the carcasses of the robbers with a bow and arrow, and human can really do this work. the second level of exaggeration is called ig’roq. even if a player's character or action is reasonably believable, it is also a means of portraying it in a way that is impossible in real life. in the epic poem "farhod and shirin", when shirin's horse's legs are crumpled, farhod goes and picks up the horse. according to the poet: chu oshiq angladi qilg'och taammul, ki yeldin tushkudekdur yer uza gul, yer o'pmaklikka majnundek ham o'ldi, quyosh ostida gardundek xam o'ldi. ko'tardi orqasiga bodponi, nechukkim bodpo ul dilraboni. chu ikki yig'och gom urdi shaydo, bo'lib oldinda qasru xavz paydo, qadamni qo'ydi qasr ayvoni sori, salomat raxshi birla shaxsuvori. although it is reasonable to assume that farhod will cover 1.5-2 km and walk with shirin and horse on his back, it is clear that such an event is unlikely to happen in real life. consequently, navoi referred to the second level of exaggeration, called igrok. or another example of igrok is : :"sar hovuzdan kata edi kossasi" (the bowl was bigger than the pool ..." (alpomish –uzbek epic poem). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org the third level of exaggeration is called g’uluv. it is such an art to portray in a way that the mind cannot believe and that cannot happen in life. the poet, of course, does not seek to convince certain characters, situations, or actions of the same images. but such a kind of artistic landscape can give an idea of the highest level of character, situation or movement depicted, and the uniqueness of the image gives the reader an aesthetic pleasure. poets have therefore made extensive use of this kind of expression. if we pay attention to the verse of alisher navoi, "har qizil gulkim, yuzing shavqida olib isladim, yetkach oxim shulasi oni sarig’ gul ayladim” after all, according to the poet's description, when the lover misses the red face of his lover and smells a red flower, from the light of the parting it turns into a yellow flower. we cannot accept this phenomenon, that is, we cannot believe that the red flower turned into a yellow flower with a human heart pain, and this kind of event cannot happen in real life. but the poet, who exaggerates the state of the lyrical hero in this way, can convince the swimmer of the power of his love experiences, and the non-life event seems to have become a reality in his imagination. we can see another example for ig’roq in muhammad yusuf’s poem in the uzbek language: ayt sendayin go’zal yana qayda bor, kipriklari uzun kokillaridan. here the eyelash of a person is described as longer as the hair length of a person. "go`rog'li qilichining har hamlasi –qirq ming lashkarning bo'ynini uzardi..."(every attack of the gorogli's sword stretched the neck of forty thousand soldiers). these examples are taken from the epic poems of the uzbek folk. however, hyperbole has been used for a long time and is still in use due to its intended meaning being conveyed rather than merely saying something. furthermore, causing laughter by hyperbole is used in lof (it is a type of uzbek national folklore and means overstatement, exaggeration) in uzbek humorous texts. the word lof means incorrect, too exaggerated sentence, faithful sentence, hyperbole. lofchi is the kind of person who tells lof and makes people laugh. lof is a type of uzbek national folklore created on the basis of hyperbole and is presented as a type of satire and humour. so, it is related to askiya (it is a type of uzbek national folklore and verbal humour of uzbek people. it is based on witting by the game of the words) genre from the point of its subject, composition and the style of presenting and it is a type of epic works. indeed, there is diminution in uzbek language. it is called “litote”. litota (from greek. "litotes" simple, small) tafrit (arabic less than moderate) is the opposite of the exaggeration, the art of depicting an object, event, detail in a work of art several times smaller. the smaller, weaker, and weaker the event, the more the event is described in relation to it, and the event appears vast and glorious. for this reason, litites is often used with exaggeration. ex: bo‘ying sarv-u sanobardek, beling qil, vafo qilgan kishilarga vafo qil. (khorazmiy) while describing the figure of beloved in the lines, he shrinks his waist very thinly in order to emphasize her shape, the uprightness of her neck like a pine tree. some uzbek idioms have very strong exaggeration rather than english: as different as night and dayit means something or somebody is completely different. ex: although bobby and billy are twins, they are as different as night and day. the uzbek variant of it «yer bilan osmonchalik farqi bor», which has a high rate of exaggeration. in every work there is much of the personality of its creator, but at the same time there is something that goes beyond this personality, embodies the spirit of the time, the historical experience of the era, the experience of all mankind. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org when analyzing, it is important to show what place in the system of images of the work this or that character occupies, what are his views, the range of interests, what is typical in him and what features are inherent only in him as a unique individual human personality. to sum up, exaggeration has an important function and character in conveying emotions to the reader. it can reflect the author's attitude towards a character or situation in a book or set. with the help of hyperbole, we represent and express different ideas about the human personality, behavior and communication with others. references 1. anvar xojiahmedov “she’riy san’atlar va mumtoz qofiya”., toshkent 1998 2. boboxonova l.t. “ingliz tili stilistikasi”.,toshkent-o’qituvchi, 1995, 3. boboyev t. “adabiyotshunoslik asoslari” toshkent. 4. doniyorov h, mirzayev “so’z san’ati” toshkent 1962. 5. mag’rufova m. “o’zbek tilining izohli lug’ati”.,-mоskva 1981 6. qilichev d. “o’zbek tilining amaliy stilistikasi” toshkent 1992. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org expression of linguistic possibilities in the text of fairy tales hamid bozorov xo‘shmurodovich teacher of termez state university, doctor of philosophy in philological sciences (phd) email id: hamidbozorov65@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s linguistic networks have become increasingly widespread in world linguistics, and based on this, research work is being carried out that has proven itself. this article reflects on the language possibilities of hisbed fairy tales, the most popular genre of folk oral creativity, reporting from the life of the ancestors of each people, their thoughts, dreams, nationalcultural identities, linguistic landscapes. folk oral creativity, fairy tale, dealecticism, historical lexicon, realism, exoticism, stereotypical text. introduction the mindset, way of living, unique national culture, mentality, traditions and traditions of each people are trying to encourage them to turn to the genres of folklore, which have the opportunity to express their historical roots. linguofolchloristics, which has attracted the attention of western linguists in the last century, has also attracted the attention of uzbek linguists since the early years of the 21st century. within folkloric genres, the fairy tale genre is of particular importance for its richness in language possibilities, concentrating linguistic aspects on itself. at this point, if we dwell on the history of uzbek fairy tales, it will be purposeful. uzbek fairy tales also have a long history.in all the literary and artistic monuments that have arisen since the book” dede qorut " until the beginning of the 20th century, ancient fairy tales, epics, stories, legends of the uzbek people have left their mark in various ways. by its genre nature, fairy tales are described in the literature as follows “ " the fairy tale is one of the ancient genres belonging to the epic type, the extraordinary prevalence among the people, the nationalcultural values formed over the centuries, the mainly professional performers who epically interpret the lifestyle, traditions and customs of the people in their own way – it is characterized by the popularization by storytellers in a prose way, through oral storytelling, its formation as a holistic poetic system, its own artistic structure and content of motives, its expression of life reality through a fictional fictional fictional, fantastic interpretation”. research methodology in the folklore of turkic peoples, the fairy tale is known to be one of the first literary genres. the term fairy tale is explained in the wood as follows:”fairy tale is one of the main genres of folk oral poetic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org creativity; is an epic work of fiction based on texture and fiction, with magical – adventurous and domestic content" [oʻtil.v.52]. "the term fairy tale was used in the ancient turkic dialect to mean "to joke", "to tell", "to tell", "to sing", and to some extent to the archaic proper-lexeme "ar//yer//ir/or", which acquired an omonymic essence, was formed by adding the suffix "-ta" the form of the verb in the command mile – "tell something", the verb "arta//yerta/irta" meaning "to describe a particular event". the addition to this lexeme of the proturkian affix “-q // -k”, which makes the name of the movement, gave rise to the term “fairy tale”, denoting the name of the genre of folklore, built on the basis of fictional fiction and fantastic image” . the etymological dictionary of the uzbek language records that it was made from the old turkic verb ert-meaning “fire -“, “late -” with the suffix – (ӓ)k (ert+ äk= ertäk), as well as meaning “past”, “evening”. m.koshgari's” devonu lexicotit-turk “notes the term as” mature“: "ӭtӱk is a story, a fairy tale; the word is also used to denote a purpose to the king, to tell a story. originally derived from narrating something” the term is actively used in turkic peoples in the form of “fairy tale”, “fairy tale”, “irtaki”. in particular, this term, common in all regions inhabited by uzbeks, is used in the sense of a work of an epic type, based on the texture and fictional fiction of folk oral fiction, with magical adventure, fantastic interpretation and domestic content. there are also several terms on the territory of uzbekistan that represent exactly this meaning (meaning of a fairy tale), while maintaining the plot unity of the fairy tale genre. in tashkent and the surrounding areas, the word “shepherd” was used in the place of the word fairy tale. the term "shepherd" is also used in the language of other turkic peoples, subject to phonetic changes. for example, in the altai language, this term, which means fairy tale, is mainly used when the word “chörchök” (i.e. “choirchək”) means “legend”, “fairy tale”, “parable”, while the verb “chörchöktö” means “to tell a fairy tale”. in some parts of the samarkand and fergana valleys, in surkhandarya and kashkadarya regions, “matal”, bukhara and navoi regions and some similar “bilingual (uzbek and tajik) speaking populations, “shuk” or “ushuk”, in the dialect of the population of the khorezm region, the word “vorsoqi” is used to mean “fairy tale”. the term fairy tale is emphasized above: in addition to the manifestations of matal, shepherd, vorsoqi, ushuk, we sit among our people, such terms as tutal are also found. in the works of alisher navoi, the word was used in the form of “maid” in the sense of “legend, fairy tale”. this is done by the folklorist scientist o.madayev comments that: habibim husni vasfin uyla muhlik anglakim bölgay, a sleeping kelturur shepherd of qissai joseph in the tower. (the “bagpipe” in the byte is written in the form of a “bagpipe”in the 1959 edition of the “nawadir ush-shabab”). pay attention to the word “sleep” in the byte. it turns out that while we use the magical power of the fairy tale to sleep children during the evening, we note that this tradition has not appeared in vain either. folklorist olima, prof. d.o'rayeva comments on the genesis of the term fairy tale, evaluating the term “fairy tale” as a formative word, taking into account the changes that this term makes in the language with the passage of periods. olima comments on his opinion: the fairy tale word "er “is more precisely, formed from the addition of the suffix”tak “or”tek“to the word” ir “(”yir“,” jir“), which means” song”in old turkish". in this, olima cites several characteristics of fairy tales that are similar to songs: fairy tales are considered to have serene beginnings, such as songs; the plot of some fairy tales cannot american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org be imagined without songs (for example, “yoriltosh”, “musicha”); in a fairy tale, events serve to connect, “the king's wrath has come, the snake's poison has come”, “the moon says – has a mouth, the day says – eye, has a sweet word s.rozimboyev and h.the rosmetovs, in the”concise explanatory dictionary of folklore terms“, indicate: “looking at the meaning of the term fairy tale, it is associated with the word” early”, giving the meaning of events that took place earlier, earlier". analysis and results it is noticeable that the interpretation of the term fairy tale has been interpreted differently above. it should be remembered that the combinations “to state”, “to tell a story” that bind these thoughts are an important tool in the occurrence of the term fairy tale. as we pay attention to the language of folk tales, it is noticeable that the possibility of the uzbek language is wide. the linguistic study of fairy tales is significant in the language of fairy tales for the abundance of elements that represent the existing tradition, the mentality inherent in our people. in particular, focusing on the structure of sentences used in the language of uzbek folk tales, it also requires the skill, speech, awareness of the national-culture of the people of the speaker (narrator). when the emphasis is on the sentence construction of our folk tales, in life-domestic fairy tales, in most cases, there are cases of increased use of compound sentences, mixed complex compound sentences. in animal tales, however, simple and disorganized sentences take the lead. fairy tale-a kind of folk genre, reflecting the national-culture of the people, is characterized by an abundance of traditional formulas from a linguistic point of view. the fairy tale genre would also have volatility characteristics as a result of centuries of mouth-to-mouth transitions. while the genre has been transformative for centuries, it shows views associated with folk mentality through epithets, metaphors, hyperbole, impersonations, and analogies, repetitions. in particular, in the language of fairy tales there are “son like gold”, “melting like gold”, “barking like a stone”, “piercing like a flying bird”, “frosting”, “frosting like a candle”, “woodpeckers like na'ra”, “mouth like a cave”, “face without a pattern”, “skull lock”, “melting like a wax”, “free, hur, beautiful life”, “long nose from the staff of his hand”, “dark darkness”, “light”, “idiosyncratic units such as” loyi“,” wedding of joy“,” black darkness“,” hopeless bewilderment " show the breadth of language possibilities of the fairy-tale genre. in uzbek folk tales, features characteristic of the artistic style are clearly visible, as well as elements characteristic of the colloquial style for the fact that this genre is more typical for children. in particular, dialects such as hezlamaq, shoti, ena, govgum (govgun), shoh-shutanaq, badar, kadi, bikach, keli, kelisop, qoqshov, bachcha, many historical lexemes such as kosagul, chora (wooden plate), botmon (sath measure in the language of fairy tales), kamand have been widely used. this provides the colorite of a particular region. in addition, our folk tales have many applications of tableware, atlas, paranji, supa, khurjun, oftoba, exotisms such as yasovul, polov, atala, chopon, doppi, navruz, which show the national-culture of the uzbek people. fairy tales serve as one of the main sources in introducing the younger generation to the national-mental characteristics inherent in our people, instilling ethnomaniacal stereotypes inherent in the uzbek people. stereotypical texts from the beginning of the fairy tale, such as “there is no one, there is no one”, the ending “the moon has reached its purpose” or “there is a mouth, there is a eye for the day”, have been living in the linguistic world of our people for centuries. in addition, in the language of fairy tales, “lexical units are used that reflect the national culture, spiritual image, specific mentality of the uzbek people. in addition to the lexical meaning american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org expressed in such units, only customs, rituals, traditions and values that belong to the uzbek people are also expressions”-ethnographisms are also talai. the analysis of units of an ethnogarphic nature is also important. conclusions and recommendations. in place of the conclusion, we can say that it is important to research folk tales from a linguistic point of view, reporting on folk life, manifesting national-cultural characteristics. because in the genre of fairy tales there are only linguistic elements that tell the story of folk life. this makes it possible to know the history of national-cultural characteristics inherent in each people based on the analysis of the text of the fairy tale. references 1. абдураҳимова д.а. мактабгача тарбия ёшидаги болаларни ахлоқий руҳда тарбиялашда халқ эртакларидан фойдаланиш. пед.фан.номз...дисс. – тошкент, 1998. – б. 11. 2.исраилова с. замонавий тилшуносликда халқ эртакларини ўрганишнинг лингвокультурологик хусусиятлари. // сўз санъати. – тошкент, 2020. № 5. – б. 232. 3. мадаев о. ўзбек халк оғзаки ижоди. ўқув қўлланма. – тошкент: mumtoz soʻz, 2013. – б. 108. 4. маҳмуд кошғарий. девону луғотит-турк. 1-том. – тошкент: фан, 1960. – б. 98. 5. раҳматуллаев ш. ўзбек тилининг этимологик луғати. i жилд. – тошкент: университет, 2000. – б. 469. 6. рўзимбоев с., рўзметов ҳ. фольклор атамалари қисқача луғати. – урганч, 2007. – б. 52. 7. bozorov h. usage of some ethnographism in uzbek folk-tales // european journal of humanities and educational advancements (ejhea) available online at: https://www.scholarzest.com vol. 3 no. 07, july 2022. – p. 29. 8. bozorov h. o‘zbek xalq ertaklarining lingvomadaniy tadqiqi. filol.fan.b.fals.dok. ...diss. – termiz, 2023. – b. 43. 9. mirzayev t. va boshqalar. koʻrsatilgan manba: – b. 141. 10. oid, o‘zbek xalq ertaklarida hunarmandchilikka, and e. t. n. o. g. r. a. f. i. z. m. l. a. r. n. i. n. g. qo‘llanishi. "cultural sciences." bbc 4 (2023): 25.. bbc, 4, 25. https://www.scholarzest.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org effective methods for organizing students' independent learning sessions ro‘zmetov quvondiq shonazarovich senior lecturer at the department of art studies, urgench state pedagogical institute email: kuvondiqruzmetov@gmail.com tel: +998939220972 sherov dilshod reyimberganovich acting associate professor at the department of art studies, urgench state pedagogical institute email: mr.sherdil@mail.ru tel: +998939220377 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the main conditions for effectively organizing independent learning in the subject of applied decorative arts within the fine arts and engineering graphics educational program at higher education institutions. based on the objectives and tasks of the course, the article outlines the stages of developing students' independent learning skills and competencies. applied decorative arts, independent learning, ornamentation technology, ornament composition, coloring, finishing, theoretical and practical knowledge, skills, and competencies. introduction fundamental changes are taking place in the social, economic, political, and spiritual life of our country. in particular, the adoption of the new version of the law on education plays a significant role in the reforms of the education sector. the "concept for the development of the higher education system of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030", approved by the presidential decree no. pf-5847 on october 8, 2019, outlines the priority directions for systematically reforming higher education. it emphasizes the importance of raising the process of training highly qualified specialists with modern knowledge and independent thinking to a new qualitative level, modernizing higher education, and strategically enhancing the development of the social sphere and economic sectors based on advanced educational technologies. in particular, the concept sets the task of increasing the share of independent learning hours, fostering students' ability to engage in independent learning, critical and creative thinking, systematic analysis, and entrepreneurial skills. it also focuses on strengthening competencies in the educational process by introducing methodologies and technologies aimed at enhancing practical skills. furthermore, it american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org underscores the importance of integrating advanced pedagogical technologies, curricula, and teaching materials based on international education standards into the learning process. additionally, the concept highlights that students' ability to learn independently, engage in selfdirected work, and continuously improve their qualifications will enable specialists to acquire the necessary competencies, develop creativity and research skills, and enhance logical thinking. research methodology in conducting our research, we relied on the perspectives of uzbek scholars such as b.b. baymetov, s.s. bulatov, n.x. tolipov, and s. abdirasilov, who have explored the organization of students' independent artistic and creative activities, the effective ways of developing their creative potential, and the opportunities for effectively organizing independent learning sessions in the subject of applied decorative arts. we also considered their insights on students' conscious, active, and independent engagement in the learning process. analysis and results the organization of the educational process plays a crucial role in training qualified specialists. currently, academic curricula allocate 40/60 to 50/50 percent ratios of students' total academic workload between contact (classroom) learning and independent learning in undergraduate programs. with changes in the curriculum, several topics and issues within various subjects must be studied through independent learning. independent learning involves students mastering part of the course material on their own. independent learning is a structured activity aimed at acquiring theoretical knowledge, practical skills, and competencies by independently studying educational materials, completing assignments of varying complexity, and performing practical tasks both inside and outside the classroom in a creative and independent manner. additionally, independent learning serves as an educational format designed to reinforce acquired knowledge, develop skills, and independently explore supplementary information or materials. independent work independent work is an active learning method in which students solve academic tasks based on the teacher’s assignment and guidance. it involves the organization and execution of students' specific activities in connection with a given objective. a student's independent work is a process that requires high levels of engagement, creativity, independent analysis, initiative, and the ability to complete all tasks thoroughly and on time. using outdated teaching methods with modern students makes achieving good results difficult. it is essential to capture their interest, engage them, and direct their activity in a structured manner. therefore, the importance of individual independent tasks aimed at increasing students' motivation for learning, enhancing their independence, and developing their creative activity in the educational process will become even more significant in the future. the organization of independent learning sessions is closely related to the issue of increasing students' independence and creative activity. active learning begins with a student’s understanding of the given task, recognizing its necessity, and feeling the need to complete it correctly. students' engagement in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org the learning process is influenced by various factors, including the nature of the tasks, their cognitive complexity, and their practical significance. in the teaching of applied decorative arts, the completion of independent learning assignments plays a crucial role in ensuring that students acquire the necessary knowledge and skills in accordance with modern educational standards. the tasks assigned to students for the implementation of independent educational work on the subject of applied decorative arts are mainly intended to strengthen, deepen the knowledge gained in lectures and practical classes, repeat the studied educational materials, form practical skills and qualifications. the content of independent educational work will be inextricably linked with the content and purpose of the educational subject. the content and methodology of organizing independent educational sessions on the subject of applied decorative arts, which are taught in higher educational institutions, has hardly been developed. in our opinion, it is necessary to develop a calendar-theme plan of independent education, which will be organized on the subject of applied decorative art. it is important to clearly state in it the topics of independent education and the forms of their implementation, in which practical work assignments are designed to be performed in the audience and at home. as a result, it is ensured that students independently complete a number of assignments at home. this further increases their skills, skills, and creativity. masterfully structured individual assignments often promote the manifestation of creative independence in students. the main conditions for the effective organization of independent education are as follows:: the science of independent education and the nature of research; gain the need for independent knowledge; individual performance of independent educational work; methodological leadership in the organization of independent education; control the independent performance of student assignments in science; assessment of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills; to increase students ' interest in the science and profession of applied decorative arts; teaching students to think creatively; preparation of theoretical and practical tasks in order to select talented students in the field of applied decorative art and give them in-depth knowledge; -to create conditions for students to compose, color and beautify pattern compositions from simple to complex, to more widely teach the technology of laying patterns on various objects, to independently perform pattern compositions using computers; -taking into account the results of the current, intermediate and final assessment of students in the assessment of the results of independent work. the development of skills and abilities of independent work in students is carried out in several stages: study and analysis of skills and qualifications of students in performance activities; determination of the content of independent education and the development of technology for performing independent work; determination of the educational load and the required time limit of independent education of students during training and during extracurricular activities on the basis of the established educational content; development of the content of independent work, optimal planning of training and homework, independent education; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org testing of designed independent education; selection of independent forms of education for the implementation of the process of learning theoretical and practical knowledge; development of methodological developments, program animations; -control and evaluation of students ' skills in mastering educational materials, independent work, computer use. independent work on the subject of applied decorative arts can be performed in the auditorium and mainly at home. independent work performed in practical classes organized in the auditorium is carried out by a professor. students complete assignments independently. the faculty is in control of how students complete the assignment. independent educational work, which is also performed at home, is organized for a certain purpose. additional literature is widely used in this. the result of independent education of students is assessed based on the score they have accumulated. in this case, the sum of the points earned by the student in the performance of independent educational work performed during the semester is summarized in conjunction with the practical work finds performed in avditoria at the time of the current control. otherwise, the student is considered to have not completed the assignments. with such a student will have to work individually. by properly organizing independent educational work, it is possible to identify low-acquiring students and provide them with additional support in the necessary directions. the use of modern pedagogical technologies in independent educational activities organized in the subject of applied decorative arts makes the educational process more effective and interesting. to develop the creative abilities of students, the following are recommended:: 1. wider implementation of cluster and multimedia technologies; 2. practical implementation of project education; 3. interesting organization of classes using gamification; 4. applying the blended learning model to fine arts classes; 5. development of teamwork through a collegiate approach; 6. development of self-assessment skills of students using reflection technology; 8. improving the skills of teachers in modern technologies. conclusion in conclusion, we must say that it is of great importance that the student of today, having acquired practical, qualification skills, is needed in the future during his pedagogical activity, in order to get acquainted with the information we have highlighted above in the science of applied decorative art. at the same time, if, among the majority of subjects, teaching the young generation on the basis of pedagogical technologies that have tried to brighten up on a new topic by organizing circle training from the art of applied decoration, we will have ensured the continuity and continuity of the teacherdisciple traditions in applied decoration art. references 1. xadjayev r. “ta’limda innovatsion texnologiyalar”. toshkent. 2020. 2. karimova d. “tasviriy san’at darslarida kreativ yondashuvlar” –samarqand, 2021. 3. pedagogik texnologiyalar bo‘yicha xalqaro tajribalar– www.educationinnovations.org. 4. steam yondashuvi va ijodiy pedagogika – www.steam.org. 5. bulatov s. o‘zbek xalq amaliy bezak san’ati. –t. mehnat. 1991. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org advances in the new oil and gas industry bekjonov rozisher soatmurodovich norinov fakhriyor kurbanovich karshi engineering economics institute karshi, uzbekistan. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s kerosene is mainly obtained from refined oil. kerosene and residual kerosene were loaded on carts and camels and sold in the markets of central asia, afghanistan, china, to cotton processing factories in tashkent, andijan, kokan, oil growers and residents. oil residues were used as fuel in railway transport. later, several mines were opened in the fergana basin (in the fields of yorkoton and moylisoy near chimyon), the chimyon-altiariq oil pipeline was built, and the oil refinery was expanded. during this period, russian and foreign capital took full control over oil production, oil processing, and sale of oil products. in 1913, a total of 13 thousand tons of oil was extracted. carbonate reservoirs, geologic model, waterflooding, kerosene field , product, high oil viscosity introduction about 130 tons of oil were released from it per day. in the same year, an oil refinery was launched near the altiariq railway station. there are also opinions that the emergence of the oil industry in uzbekistan begins from this date. after the october coup in former tsarist russia, oil fields and oil refining enterprises were transferred to the state, and exploration and operation of oil fields were transferred to the power of the soviets. in the following years, new oil fields were opened and put into operation quickly. the altiariq plant has been expanded. in that period, the infrastructure of the oil industry was created in the republic. in 1941, 196,000 tons of oil were extracted, and in 1945, 478,000 tons of oil. by 1950, oil production in uzbekistan reached 1 million 342 thousand tons. since the 50s of the 20th century, mechanization tools have been used in oil fields, and turbine drilling has been introduced. in 1959, more than 1 million 460 thousand tons of oil were extracted from 9 oil fields in fergana valley and surkhandarya region. at that time, the oil fields found in the bukhara-khiva regions were put into operation, and the oil and gas production department was established on their basis. at the beginning of the 70s of the 20th century, oil production decreased as a result of the depletion of reserves in some oil fields. deep wells had to be dug to find new oil fields. 5,200 m deep oil wells were drilled in vorukh, 5,670 m in gumkhana, 5,805 m in chust-pop, and 6,006 m in mingbulok. as can be seen from the given information, the first oil and gas fields in uzbekistan were discovered and put into operation in the fergana swamp. the first use of gas in our republic began in fergana. in 1944, a gas pipeline was laid from the andijan mine in the fergana valley to the city of andijan, and in 1951, gas extraction from the polvontash mine began. in 1933, a deep exploration well was drilled american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org in the khovdok field in surkhandarya, and in 1934, oil came out from a depth of 158 m. 75-100 tons of oil per day started coming out of 4 drilled wells. also, in 1936, the uchkizil field was opened on the north side of termiz city, and in 1939, the kokaydi oil field was opened. later, lalmikor, amudaryo, koshtor, mirshodi, gajak oil and gas fields were explored. after the regions of fergana and surkhandarya, geological exploration was carried out in the bukhara tectonic step of western uzbekistan. the history of the composition and development of the gas industry in uzbekistan began mainly in 1953 with the opening of the first gas field in the setanlantepa region in the kyzylkum desert. a large amount of work has been carried out in the oil and gas regions of bukhara region. on october 17, 1956, a powerful gas fountain erupted from a 600-meter well in gazli square. with this, a new era has begun in the gas industry of uzbekistan. later, shortan, zevarda, pomiq, alan, kokdumaloq, north ortabuloq, kuruk mines were discovered and put into operation in the bukhara-khiva region. in the years of independence, a number of gas condensate fields such as urga, sharqiy berdakh, uchsoy, surgil were discovered in ustyurt region, and some of them were put into operation. it is appropriate to directly connect the development and progress of the oil and gas industry in uzbekistan with the independence of our republic and reflect on the significant achievements made in this field in the following years. after the independence of the republic of uzbekistan, the development of the oil and gas industry became an important issue. on december 23, 1992, the oil and gas industry and all related enterprises and organizations were united under a single management and the uzbekneftgaz corporation was established. in 1993, oil erupted from the very deep layers of the fergana basin (mingbulok structure) (exploration and drilling operations are ongoing). the oil industry of the republic has the ability to fully satisfy the oil requirements of the national economy. in particular, after the opening of the kokdumalak oil and gas condensate field, the bukhara oil refinery was completed in 1996 in the karavulbazar district of the bukhara region in cooperation with the french company tekter. in 1997, the uzbek-us joint venture "uz-texaco" was established, specializing in the production of high-quality lubricating oils. in 2000, the fergana oil refinery was completely renovated. this plant specializes in the production of lubricants and fuels, more than 30 technological oils are produced, and the altiariq oil plant was reequipped in the fuel direction. high-octane gasoline (including b-92 aviation gasoline), diesel fuel, coke, paraffin, additives to motor oils, motor and drive oils for light vehicles (compressor, turbine, spark oils) at oil refineries of uzbekistan more than 50 types of oil products such as kerosene, bitumen, fuel oil are produced. new technologies are being mastered in accordance with the program of mastering the production of new types of products. in the following years, the volume of oil (along with gas condensate) production in our country increased dramatically. in 1991-2003, extraction of oil and condensate in uzbekistan increased 2.8 times (2.81 million tons in 1990, about 7 million tons in 1995, 7.9 million tons of oil and gas with condensate were extracted in 1997) and in 1995 the oil import was terminated and an opportunity was created to ensure the oil independence of the republic. after uzbekistan achieved oil independence, there was no need to import oil and oil products from abroad. as of january 2001, 13 mines in the conservation area are under exploration. in 2000, uzbekistan produced 7.53 million tons of oil and gas condensate. 1.7 million in oil refineries. tons of gasoline, 1.9 mln. tons of diesel fuel, 0.4 mln. tons of kerosene, 1.7 mln. tons of fuel oil produced. the increase in oil production leads to the development of industry, transport and agriculture, while the demand for motor fuels and oils, bitumen and coke, and liquefied natural gas has grown rapidly and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org petroleum products in order to improve the volume of production, their quality and increase production efficiency, to increase the republic's export of oil products at the expense of internal reserves, to increase the capacity of the oil refining industry, to accelerate the oil refining process, to increase the product type and improve the quality of oil and gas processing and the petrochemical industry are facing huge challenges. the republic's oil refining industry fully meets these needs for now. fergana and altiariq oil refineries are working at full capacity, 8.6 mln. tons, bukhara oil refinery 5 million per year. tons of oil processing capacity. in recent years, fergana nqiz has been supplying central asia with lubricants due to the full use of existing capacities. references 1.богданов с.д. влияние геолого-физических параметров на точность прогноза коэффициента нефтеизвлечения //ж. геология нефти и газа. – 2017. 2. богданов с.д., черникова з.н. сравнительные исследования экономической и коммерческой оценке проектов освоения месторождений на ранней стадии работ -2000. -№7. – с. 20-23. 3.басков в., заболотнов а. проблемы оценки эффективности методов увеличения нефтеотдачи пластов. ж. нефт и капитал. – 2001. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org the place of the marina genre in the fine arts hamidjonova komila davronjon qizi namangan state university of pedagogy and psychology 4th-year student of easel painting faculty komilakhamidjonova@gmail.com p.hd sharipjonov muhiddin shokirjon o’g’li scientific supervisor, namangan state university faculty of pedagogy senior teacher of the department of fine and applied arts muhiddin.sharipjonov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s marina genre is a genre that has received a lot of interest and attention in visual arts, and it captivates everyone with its complex appearance, contrast of colors, and depiction of various intense situations. to date, many artists have been creating in the marina genre. the artists who work in the marine genre live in cities near the sea and oceans, and are engaged in depicting and promoting the landscape that inspires them. this article provides information about the role of visual art today and about visual art and its essence, types and genres. in fact, there are many types of art. there are also other types of art, such as fiction, music, visual arts, theater, cinema, choreography, architecture, applied decoration. usually, the art that reflects the real existence in pictorial images, forms in a spatial dimension or plane (on the surface of paper) is called visual art. fine art, painting, marina, landscape, genre, composition, perspective, etude, sea, beach, artist, i. levitan, i. shishkin, o. tansikboev, i.k. aivazovsky introduction fine art and its nature, types and genres fine art is one of the oldest and most widespread types of art. in fact, there are many types of art. there are also other types of art, such as fiction, music, visual arts, theater, cinema, choreography, architecture, applied decoration. usually, the art that reflects the real existence in pictorial images, forms in a spatial dimension or plane (on the surface of paper) is called visual art. the concept of fine art has a wide meaning. seascape or marina is a special genre of fine art in which the main element of the image is the sea. the term comes from the word marinus (latin for "sea") and was introduced into use by the italians. seascape as an independent type of painting was formed with the emergence of paintings in the netherlands in the 17th century, where all the attention of the artist was focused on the elements, and ships and people acted as secondary characters. the seascape became one of the main themes in the works of dutch artists in the second half of the 16th century. pieter bruegel reached great heights in landscape painting. in his realistic work, nature american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org acts as a full participant in the action and adds an emotional color to the plot. the real flowering period of the genre coincided with the golden age of dutch painting. in the 17th century, holland had the most powerful military and merchant fleet, so scenes of water battles were very popular. cornelis vroom, the founder of this genre, devoted many of his paintings to naval battles. over time, the dutch painting fashion spread throughout europe, and marine themes took a strong place in the work of european artists. the marina genre is one of those genres that includes stories about water science and aquatic life. the goals and objectives of this genre are as follows: marina stories provide a way to see where people are exposed to water knowledge and aquatic life. they deal with common problems and situations, and cover topics such as trips in their area, marine advisories or severe weather conditions. the marina genre depicts aquatic environments and marine life in a natural way. through this genre, teachers learn about water landscapes and life. describe the characteristics of marine life, sea lanes, water health, marine life. enhancing environmental awareness among marine workers. marina stories, sea viewing sites, sea viewing, being freer in the middle of the waterway, getting to know the sea so close, seeing places you've never seen before, articles, voices, and aquatories there will be a way to achieve it. the marina genre can be a unique and interesting choice for educators, aquatics editors, and those looking to get through the doors of the sea, who want to engage with the aquatic world and aquatic life. this genre is intended for those interested in general interest marine life information. marina has a special place in european art as a type of painting occupies the sea, important events in sea life, details of warships it also serves as decoration in the description. dutch landscape painters ja. porsellis, s. de vliger, h. sigers, etc., expanded the possibilities of marina and depicted the nature of the sea and the life of fishermen related to it. they worked effectively. later, artists such as k. verne, w. turner, h. mesdag, i. ayvazovsky, created works of a high artistic level. f. madgazin, o. tansikboev, a. mominov also created in the marina genre in uzbekistan. seascapes are used in portraits, historical battles, portraits of life genre is also described in the plan. marina and historical battle genres are separated from fine art. there are two types of landscape genre. the first is an independent type, in which only the scene is displayed. in the second type, the landscape is depicted on the background of some image. for example, the background of a portrait can depict nature or a city view. i.levitan, i.shishkin, o. tansikboev, i.k. ayvazovsky, n. karakhan can be mentioned. one of the manifestations of the landscape genre is the interior. it is of buildings represents the views of the interior. this genre is in ancient egyptian, chinese painting occurs. in their work, they were able to depict the interior based on the laws of perspective with incredible accuracy. giotto, a. verrocco, leonardo da vinci, rembrandt are famous for creating in this genre the winners. the second type of landscape genre is the marina genre. mainly in it sea views and phenomena are described. in the formation of the marina genre i. aivazovsky's services were great. he spent his life only in the sea dedicated to describing their appearance. his works such as "the ninth shaft", "the battle of chesmen", "the black sea", "between the waves" have taken a worthy place in the world visual arts. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org works in the marina genre are combined with works in other genres is expressed. for example, portrait, landscape, historical, life, etc. the landscape genre is mostly in painting, partly in graphics and sculpture is used. in sculpture, the landscape is mainly used in its relief type. in sculpture, landscape views are not the main thing, they are complementary, additional becomes important. the dutch sailors expanded the possibilities of the marina, realistically reflected the nature of the sea and the life of fishermen related to it (j. porsellis, s. de vliger, h. segers, etc.), created a luxurious type of marina. major mariners of the 18th and 19th centuries k. berne (france), w. turner (great britain), h. mesdag (holland), i. ayvazovsky, a. bogolyubov (russia) and other early works of m. genre in uzbekistan appeared in the 1930s; a number of artists (f. madgazin, r. matevo-syan, r. choriyev, g', abdurahmonov, etc.) have works dedicated to the aral sea. f. madgazin, o. tansikboev, a. mominov also created in the marina genre in uzbekistan. aivazovsky ivan konstantinovich. the master of the marina genre was the armenian artist i.k. ayvazovsky in 1817 in feodosia was born and died in 1900. he began his art education in petersburg landscape artist of the art academy m.n. got it from vorobev. it is the sea describes its appearance and events in a romantic way. artist in 1837 he was awarded a gold medal for his works at the academy exhibition and had the opportunity to travel abroad for free. he has many of his own world countries, especially in italy, france, egypt, america, where he saw the mighty ocean and sea waves, the beautiful evening scenery of the water under the sunlight, the unique beauty of the rivers and seas on a moonlit night. represents the artist's works "battle of chesmin", "battle of novarro" depict the bravery of sea heroes. his most famous one of his works is called "the ninth ball" (1850) and it is about a night storm the fate of the sailors who survived and floated on the wreckage is depicted dramatically. depicting the image with warm colors gives confidence that sailors will escape from the embrace of death. the artist's "night storm", "storm in the north sea", "sea in a moonlit night", "moon in feodosia" in his works such as the night nature scenes are expressed in a lyrical way. he is also the artist of paintings such as "venestia", "malaga", "rados island", "crete island". appeared on the basis of foreign trips. aivazovsky became an academician of the st. petersburg academy in 1845, and in 1847 the professor had received scientific titles. he was an honorary member of several foreign academies in the world. he created it in feodosia, the artist's hometown the artist's gallery was named after him. there are more than six thousand of his works. during his life, he spent his life creating only in the genre of marina. conclusion what attracts all artists in visual arts is nature. that's why, when working on themed paintings, many of them paint in harmony with nature. remember the morning! what fresh air, the dawn is a miracle of nature. it is related to the rising of the sun and the rotation of the earth around it. it looks even better when it's raining. enjoying such beauties, the artist creates his work. everyone can enjoy nature. but this does not mean love for nature. love for nature begins with understanding it, realizing its beauty, starting a relationship with nature. on the other hand, nature educates human feelings such as observation and sensitivity. a person learns not only to enjoy nature, but also to understand it well. nature awakens a sense of homeland in a person, encourages him to work and courage, perfects many feelings and demands many things. for a cultured, spiritually mature person, the protection of the nature of his homeland becomes an integral part of his life and activities. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org love of natural beauty (aesthetic sense) is characteristic of every person. paintings of nature in the color type of fine art create spiritual beauty in a person. in landscape work, artists use light contrasts to express different colors. by placing light-colored objects next to dark ones, color contrast is enhanced, and in this way they achieve illumination of the expression of form. compare identical gray rectangles on white and black backgrounds. they appear in several ways. gray appears lighter on a black background and darker on a white background. these contrast phenomena are called luminance and luminance contrast. the phenomenon of contrast is used in the processing of the landscape. the colors reflected in the landscape have different effects on the viewer's psyche. bright colors in the landscape create feelings of cheerfulness, vitality and confidence in the future, or, on the contrary, muffled, cold colors evoke feelings of depression and restlessness. when working with a landscape, you should not forget that shadows are also colored. an artist must be able to see how a color is rendered by light and shadow and depict it accordingly. in this case, the method can be seen in the valor color image. it is also necessary to use reflexes in the landscape, that is, it is important to correctly define and reflect the change of the depicted object under the influence of light or color of other objects. it is necessary to pay special attention to each color application in landscape painting. skillful painting of a landscape is determined by the ability to describe the interaction of colors in it as it is in nature. we can see that the marina genre is strengthening its position day by day, and the number of artists working in this direction is increasing. today, this genre, which has become a favorite object of modern artists with its purple colors, is an integral part and basis of the landscape genre. references 1. rahim hasanov“rangtasvir metodika” kitobi 2. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/marina 3. источник: https://veryimportantlot.com/ru/news/blog/morskoj-pejzazh-zhanr-izobrazitelnogoiskusstva 4. ruzinov, b. a. (2023). tasviriy san’at rivojlanish tarixi va bugungi kundagi ahamiyatli jihatlarini o’rganish va taxlil qilish. models and methods for increasing the efficiency of innovative research, 2(19), 1-8. 5. temirova, m. (2023). the ability of the teacher to apply the technologies of individual work when teaching students the lessons of skillful painting. евразийский журнал академических исследований, 3(3), 177-181. 6. ibragimjon o’g’li, a. k. (2023). zamonaviy dizayn tendensiyalari. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 10-17. 7. темирова, м. и. (2022). изобразительное искусство и его содержательная сущность. innovation: the journal of social sciences and researches, 1(2). 8. oglu sharipjonov, m. s. oliy pyedagogik ta’limda talabalarga muammoli mashg’ulotlarni tashkil etish texnologiyalari. 9. 7. ibragimjon o‘g‘li, a. k. (2023). the modern interior. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 18-23. 10. muqaddas, t., & murodjon, n. (2023). mahobatli rangtasvir kompozitsiyasining zamonaviy uslublari, shakllarini talabalariga o ‘qitishda yangicha yondashuv. innovations in technology and science education, 2(16), 406-417. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/marina https://veryimportantlot.com/ru/news/blog/morskoj-pejzazh-zhanr-izobrazitelnogo-iskusstva https://veryimportantlot.com/ru/news/blog/morskoj-pejzazh-zhanr-izobrazitelnogo-iskusstva american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org 11. tyemirova, m. i. q. (2020). oliy pyedagogik ta’limda talabalarning natyurmort kompozisiyasini tuzish va tasvirlash kasbiy mahoratlarini takomillashtirish tyexnologiyalari. science and education, 1(7), 582-586. 12. muqaddas, t., & maftunaxon, t. u. (2023). tasviriy san’at fanlarini maktablarda o ‘qitishning zamonaviy texnologiyalari. universal journal of social sciences, philosophy and culture, 1(7), 143-148. 13. байметов, б., & шарипжонов, м. (2020). олий педагогик таълимда талабалар ижодий қобилиятларни шакллантиришда индивидуал таълим бериш методикаси (қаламтасвир мисолида). academic research in educational sciences, (4), 357-363. 14. байметов, б. б., & шарипжонов, м. ш. (2020). тасвирий санъатдан малакали педагог кадрлар тайёрлашда назарий ва амалий машғулотларнинг уйғунлиги. инновации в педагогике и психологии, (si-2№ 3). 15. sharipjonov, m. s. o. g. l. (2021). oliy pyedagogik ta’limda talabalarga muammoli mashg’ulotlarni tashkil etish texnologiyalari. science and education, 2(2), 435-443. 16. шарипжонов, м. ш. (2020). бўлажак тасвирий санъат ўқитувчисининг касбий маҳоратларини такомиллаштиришда амалий машғулотларни ташкил этиш методикаси. молодой ученый, (43), 351-353. 17. шарипжонов, м., & икромова, м. д. (2018). tasviriy san’atda animalizm janri. научное знание современности, (5), 94-96. 18. ruzinov, b. a. (2023). farg ‘ona vodiysi hunarmandchiligi maktabi an’analari. miasto przyszłości, 36, 189-192. 19. рузинов, б. а., қодиралиевич, қ. т., & адилов, з. р. (2023). фарғона шаҳарлари ёзма манбаларда. 20. ruzinov, b. a. (2022). akhsikent earthquake. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 9, 209212. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org interpretation of emotional states of personality in the works of jalaliddin rumi alimbayeva shaxlo tursunovna candidate of psychological sciences, oriental university associate professor of the department of pedagogy and psychology, tashkent, uzbekistan shahlo_1986@list.ru solieva dilnozahon abduashimovna student of the oriental university, faculty of pedagogy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the views of jalaluddin rumi on the human psyche, the psychological aspects of his scientific heritage, and also presents the interpretation of the emotional states of a person, described in the works "masnaviyi manaviyi" and "fihi ma fihi". work, personal emotional states, heart, soul, mental processes. introduction the scientific and literary heritage of the 13th century, left by the great nomayond of the mysticism sect jalaliddin rumi, has a positive effect on the spiritual perfection of even the modern person. his maturation as such a great personality, the condition of the time and the role of the teachers who taught him in the invaluable value of his works are considered important. jalaliddin rumi's real name is recorded as mukhammad ibn mukhammad ibn khusain an-balhiy. he was ezosized as mavlono by his yoru friends ."jaloliddin" , "rumiy", "mawlawi", among others, had several pseudonyms. rumi (30 september 1207 ad) was born in the ancient balkh, the so-called "ummil know" ("mother of cities"). his father bahauddin muhammad (bakhaulwalad) was one of shahri's most famous evangelists. afloki says that he was originally called by his father as "the lord". the term" khudavondigor", meaning "prince", "gentleman", was applied to the place of the name "khiva" in reference to people of high spiritual and social respect. it can be seen from this that the person of rumi is mentioned with respect within the people. rumius left five important and valuable works to his later generations: 1."devoni kabir ", 2."devoni shamsi tabriziy", 3."devoni shamsul haqoyiq", 4."masnaviyi manaviy", 5."fiyhi man fiyhi"("ichindagi ichindadur") american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org material va method just as in the works of all eastern allomas the issues of human mental processes are illuminated on the basis of figurative metaphors, this interpretation can be seen in the works of jalaliddin rumi. alloma, in his” masnaviyi ma`naviyat", quotes the following bytes: “loyqa suv daryoga yetmoq istayur, loy toʼsar yoʼlni – borishga qoʼymas ul. that is, you will reach your wish if the faith is firm and your intention is ungrateful. water is a goal, river is a dream destination, blurred is all the insolent feelings that resist the goal. if you clean the ditch of mud, the water will flow smoothly and clear” [1, 24]. through these verses, jalaliddin rumi argues that a person must cleanse his soul of various unpleasant feelings, that feelings such as anger, fear, hatred “blurred”the human soul, that the purity of heart causes him to stumble on the path of life. he also cites the following bytes as a logical continuation of his thought: “tegsa it, daryo harom boʼlgaymu hech, puflasa, ul oftob soʼlgaymu hech? yaʼni, feʼl-atvoringni keng qil. har narsadan gʼayri maʼno izlama, ranjima. аxir quyoshni puflagan bilan soʼnib qolarmidi?! [1, 39]. yelkasiga tegsa oftob kimsaning, tikka boqqay, qoʼrquvi boʼlmas uning. that is, whoever has a helper behind him will take a bold step, not to be afraid of anything” [1, 29]. the thinker points out through these verses that a person is not afraid of anything if he believes that he has a protector against various dangers. “qoʼrqmagil daryodanam, toʼlqindanam, qoʼrqmagil, deb senga amr etmish egam. that is to say, thou shook thy soul for all things. only if you do not forget one thing, your servant, is he among you” [1, 43]. alloma points out that through the above thoughts, one always strives for the purity of the heart and believes in god in each of his actions helps to free him from various fears and anxieties. jalaliddin rumi, through the concept of nafs, refers to the bad characteristics of a person, such as representatives of other mysticism teachings, including such characteristics as procrastination, selflove, anger, anger, maintaining resentment, callousness, inability to see, impatience for adversity. the intensification of these qualities underlines the lowering of human dignity. and the work "in your drink" is a valuable work that embodies the essence of living by combining grandeur and simplicity. the work was composed of the words of jalaliddin rumi at various sessions, which were recorded and compiled and written down by his son sultan valad or one of his murids, and brought to the state of the book. the work "ichingdagi ichingdadur" consists of sixty-one seasons, beginning with the answer of mavlono to a particular issue or a question posed by some murid at a meeting. accordingly, each of the seasons is devoted to another-another topic, and the content is independent. however, they have one thing in common in terms of illuminating mavlono rumi's mystical concepts, worldview, several religious, philosophical and moral creeds of his era, important events of the world and humanity, and finally, the atmosphere of the time. the work encourages the human being to think, to understand the self through thought, and the haq through the self-creation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org jalaliddin rumi, in his” inside is inside", views hope as the beginning of the path of trust. advancing the idea that positive motivation is the basis of a person's success, he brings the following idea: always look at the head of the road, even if you do not walk along the road. do not say,” i have done wrong things", take the right thing. there is no curvature left then. as the author likens the straight to moses ' staff and the curvature to the magic of witches, the straight wins them all as it comes to the middle. so der, rumi compares this situation to the fact that the bird that landed on the head of the mountain does not acquire and diminish anything of it.[3,24] through these thoughts, rumi shows ways to strengthen the motivation of striving for success in a person. alloma knows despair as a feature that leaves a person out of the way, inhibiting his capabilities, and in any case it is necessary not to quench hope. the poet compares” man's inner self and the world's home." first into the hut, and then into the house. everything that seems to be dahlsiz is absolutely weak even inside the house. for example, the tarch of our house in which this sitting was first identified in the architect's brain, and then he himself came to the square. we said the world — home. understanding and thoughts are the inviolability of this house, you need to know the fact that the inviolable existence also exists inside the house, rumi notes that good and good deeds that appeared in the world are reflected, first of all, in the inner world of man. "expel a grain on the ground without a shell, it will not bruise. with its bark, the earth sprouts at the time of the ecca and turns into a huge tree " [3,32]. so jalaliddin rumi argues that the body also has a great original, this is the original meaning, which not everyone understands. rumius also expresses the need to reflect resistance to human trials by using the example: “when the wind blows in a palace, it lifts the edge of the carpet, it blows has-hashak into the sky, it makes the pool water ring-ring, it plays the tree, its knights and bergs. these dissimilar cases are one from the point of view of purpose, basis and reality. because the movement of all is from one wind” [3, 35-36]. alloma points out that through these thoughts, human trials are diverse-someone is indifferent, someone else has lost a close person, someone experiences the pain of orphanhood, and someone else is hungry – nahor. but rumius mentions that with all this being various foggy fuss, the basis of bari is one, that is, all a test given to a person. just as hitting the carpet and tripping the dust is not to cause the carpet to suffer, but to clean it, the tests given to a person mention that they are sent to purify his heart. conclusion: in conclusion, jalaliddin rumi's unique masterpieces, inherited by future generations, through their wise phrases, urge people to accuracy, teranism, humanity, patience, pride. many of the works recorded by eastern allomas make extensive use of metaphors and metaphors, and the quoting of simple-looking stories, which lay deep meaning in their inner essence, helps any reader to understand the meaning based on their knowledge and potential. this direction is also reflected in the works of jalaliddin rumi, in which the emotional states of the individual are illuminated in the beautiful usl, based on figurative metaphors. references 1. rumiy jaloliddin. masnaviy hikoyalaridan darslar: 40 hikoyaga 40 sharh / nashrga tayyorlovchi va izohlar muallifi а.tilavov. – t.: muharrir, 2010. 1-kitob. – 104 b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org 2. rumiy jaloliddin. oqibat tuproq boʼlurmiz: “masnaviyi maʼnaviy” hikmatlaridan / nasriy matn muallifi x.qosim. – t.: muharrir, 2010. – 44 b. 3. rumiy jaloliddin. ichindagi ichindadir/ tarjimon ulug’bek hamdam. –t.:yangi asr avlodi, 2021. – 272 b. 4. alimbayeva sh. sharq allomalari izidan: bolaga ilm asoslarini o‘rgatish an’analari //maktabgacha ta’lim. 2020, № 9, 2-4 bet. 5. nishanova z.t., alimbayeva sh.t., umurzoqov d.x.. o‘quvchilarda milliy xususiyatlarni tadqiq etishning ilmiy-uslubiy asoslari. –t., adabiyot uchqunlari, 2018. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org effect of early patient activation on bone mineral density dynamics during osteosynthesis of femoral neck fractures salokhiddinov f. b. tashkent medical academy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s objective: the effect of early activation of patients on the dynamics of bone mineral density during osteosynthesis of femoral neck fractures using an external fixation rod and wires. materials and methods. 52 patients with fractures of the proximal femur participated in the study. the age of the patients participating in the study was from 22 to 92 years. according to the ao classification (2018), the nature of the cracks was distributed as follows: a1 -14; a2-5; type a32, b1-4; b2-8 and b3-19. the control group included 34 patients who underwent osteosynthesis using wires, and the main group included 18 patients who underwent osteosynthesis using the external fixator rod developed by us. the dynamics of changes in bone mineral density were evaluated by ultrasound osteodensitometry (sonost-2000, korea) and were conducted in healthy limbs 1-2 and 4 months after device removal, and after 9 and 12 months, the results were the same compared to one. results. in comparison groups of patients with femoral neck fractures using a crutch device, bmd values recovered 1.12 times more in the main group than in the control group at 4 months, which is an effect on the reparative regeneration of bone fragments and early recovery of the patients' ability showed to work. conclusion. with early activation of patients with femoral neck fractures, bmd remains within normal values and is restored 1.12 times more during osteosynthesis with external fixator compared to osteosynthesis with wires. femoral neck fracture, bone mineral density, osteosynthesis, rod apparatus. introduction osteoporosis is characterized by low bone mass, impaired bone quality, and decreased bone strength. osteoporosis and related fractures are serious health problems. an osteoporotic fracture occurs worldwide every 3 seconds, and from the age of 50, one in two women and one in five men will experience a fracture in their lifetime [4]. low bone mineral density (bmd) has been proven to be one of the risk factors for fracture [10, 11]. in osteoporosis, the loss of bone mass occurs gradually, the lack of mineralization of bone tissue increases over several years, which is not noticed by a person. decreased bone mass is a characteristic of the elderly and the elderly. however, the initial background of the bone mass formed in a person under the age of 25-30 is of great importance, which reaches "peak bone mass"; in conditions of low peak bone mass and constant physiological bone loss (about 1% per american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org year), the risk of developing osteoporosis increases progressively from the age of 40 and especially after menopause in women. if the loss of bmd is 1% per year, the loss of bone mineral density may reach 40% over the next 40 years [9]. in the absence of special studies, the diagnosis of osteoporosis is made late, often only after the development of a fracture. the most severe type of osteoporotic fractures femoral neck it is necessary to know the risk factors for osteoporosis, the most important of which is bmd. the social importance of osteoporosis is related to its complications fractures of the vertebrae and bones of the peripheral skeleton, which increase disability and death in elderly patients, as well as increase the costs of treatment and care of this category of patients [2].patients with changes in bone mass after a fracture, manifested by a decrease in bmd, should be carefully monitored by a doctor for timely comprehensive treatment to prevent the potential risk of further fractures [5, 7].in many countries of the world, the task of improving the treatment of fractures of the proximal end of the femur, which leads not only to high mortality rates, but also to social adjustment, is being carried out. therefore, it is important to elucidate the underlying patterns of bmd change after fracture of the proximal end of the femur. objective: the effect of early activation of patients on the dynamics of bone mineral density during osteosynthesis of femoral neck fractures using an external fixation rod and wires. materials and methods. from july 2016 to december 2019, 52 patients who were treated with a fracture of the proximal end of the femur in the emergency traumatology department of the multidisciplinary clinic of the tashkent medical academy participated in the study. 31 of them are men, 21 are women.the age of the patients participating in the study was from 22 to 92 years. according to the mechanism of injury: traffic accidents 18 patients, domestic injuries were observed in 22 patients, and 12 patients were injured during production. according to the ao classification (2018), the nature of the cracks was distributed as follows: a1 -14; a2-5; type a3-2, b1-4; b2-8 and b3-19.to study bmd over time, depending on the type of osteosynthesis, patients were divided into 2 groups: control and the main group. the control group included 34 patients who underwent closed osteosynthesis with ilizarov wires, and the main group included 18 patients who underwent osteosynthesis using an external fixator rod device developed by us (fap no. 01180, 22.02.2017).the dynamics of changes in bone mineral density were evaluated by ultrasound osteodensitometry (usdm), (sonost-2000, korea). the level of skeletal mineralization was evaluated by the speed of sound (sos), which represents the speed of ultrasound in bone tissue, m/s, and depends on its elasticity and density.broadband ultrasound attenuation (bua) was also taken into account, which describes the loss of ultrasound propagation intensity in the absorption medium, db / mhz and the number, size and spatial direction of trabecular bone tissue. ultrasound densitometry (quantitative ultrasound qus) has shown certain possibilities in the screening evaluation of the quality of bone tissue.ultrasound osteometry of the petrous bone allows to assess both the bone density and the state of the architecture, which characterizes the strength of the bone. the method allows obtaining ms data on bone density with simultaneous assessment of bone structure and elastic properties. in this case, sound sos speed, m / s, calcium content, elasticity, bone architecture and broadband ultrasound attenuation bua, db / mhz, which reflects not only the density of bone tissue, but also the condition from bone trabeculae.the combination of sos and bua with the help of software allows calculation of total bone quality index (bqi), tand z-criteria. the study is easy to perform, safe and cheaper compared to xamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org ray methods with much higher sensitivity and specificity. in 1994, the who decided to evaluate the results of densitometry in adults using the t-score index. results the analysis of the densitometry results of the calcaneus in patients with fractures of the lower extremities revealed the disruption of the bone architecture and the presence of microdamages in the late stages, which is confirmed by the decrease in the broadband attenuation of bua ultrasound as a decrease in heel strength. in the main group, we obtained the following results during surgical treatment using rod devices (table 1). we based our normalized bmd results on data from healthy limb bmd values. on the first day, the results of ultrasound examination for lower extremity injuries were detected in 12 (66.7%) patients in the main group; in the control group, normal values were determined in 25 (73.5%).after 4 months, after examination in the main group, 12 out of 16 (75%) patients were found to be close to the norm, 1 (6.25%) patient had osteopenia, 3 (18.75%) had osteoporosis , in the control group, 30 patients were examined at 4 months, and normal indicators were observed in only 20 (66.7%) patients, osteopnea 3 (10%), osteoporosis in 7 (23.3%) patients. this is due to the fact that most of the patients were in a forced position, that is, the injured limb was immobilized. in the main group, 14 patients came to the examination at 9 months, and 12 (85.8%) patients had normal bmd indicators, osteoporosis and osteopenia 1 (7.1%) patient respectively, bmd data after 12 months approached normative values in 13 (92.9%) patients, osteopenia was observed in 1 (7.1%) patient, despite the prescription of biostimulants.in the control group of 28 patients, 22 patients (78.6%) returned to standard values, 4 patients (14.3%) had osteoporosis, and 2 patients (7.1%) had osteopenia. in the 12th month of follow-up, 22 out of 26 patients (84.6%) had normal parameters, 2 (7.7%) had osteopenia, 2 (7.7%) had osteoporosis.changes in osteopenia and osteoporosis indices of the healthy limb were observed over time in both groups. in the group of patients with femoral neck fracture who used the crutch device, bmd values were restored 1.12 times more in the main group than in the control group within 4 months, which is an effect on the reparative regeneration of bone fragments and the early recovery of the patients' abilities showed to work.discussions. osteosynthesis using bundles of wires, although it has advantages due to its minimally invasiveness and inconsistency of performing the operation compared to external osteosynthesis plates and installation of anf, but has its disadvantages: does not provide rigid stability, requires external immobilization, which requires a long time to restrict the movement of the injured limb and the patient himself, and this in turn affects the bmd of the skeletal system. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org table no. 1. dynamics of udpc of patients in the compared groups mineral density degree after admission 4 month main group healthy limb n=18 control group healthy limb n=34 main group n=16 control group n=30 abc % abc % abc % abc % norm t-score-1sd and more 12 66,7 25 73,5 12 75 20 66,7 osteopenia t-score -1 to -2.5 sd 5 27,8 7 20,6 3 18,75 7 23,3 osteoporosis t-score-below 2.5 sd 1 5,5 2 5,9 1 6=,25 3 10 mineral density degree 9 month 12 month main group n=14 control group n=28 main group n =14 control group n=26 abc % abc % abc % abc % norm t-score-1sd and more 12 85,8 22 78,6 12 85,8 22 84,6 osteopenia t-score -1 to -2.5 sd 1 7,1 4 14,3 1 7,1 2 7,7 osteoporosis t-score-below 2.5 sd 1 7,1 2 7,1 1 7,1 2 7,7 bone fracture as a result of prolonged absence or reduced bone load can lead to bmd impairment, the consequences of which are serious, delayed consolidation and formation of pseudoarthrosis can be observed in 10-15% of cases [3, 7].according to a.s. allakhverdiev and yu p. soldatov [1], fixation of bone fragments with a single handle and their fixation in 95.7% of cases allows one-sided pin-rod osteosynthesis of femoral neck fractures. ilizarov apparatus only 60.9%. this once again proves that during osteosynthesis of femoral neck fractures, the set of wires is not enough for stable fixation and there is no interfragmental compression.the use of external devices allows early activation of patients with fractures of the femoral neck and optimizes reparative regeneration of bone fragments, and bmd values are maintained within normal values [8]. the proposed rod apparatus for osteosynthesis of the proximal end of the femur is accompanied by minimal bone damage, which optimizes reparability regeneration of bone fragments due to the stable fixation of bone fragments, it allows early activation of patients, and static load on damaged limbs prevents osteoporosis, reduces the likelihood of developing secondary complications, and helps to improve the quality of life of patients. conclusion: thus, early activation of femoral neck fracture patients bmd remains within normal values and is restored 1.12 times more during osteosynthesis using an external fixation device compared to osteosynthesis with wires. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. аллахвердиев а.с., солдатов ю. п. сравнительный анализ результатов лечения больных с переломами шейки бедренной кости с применением монолатерального спицестержневого устройства собственной конструкции и чрескостных фиксирующих спиц //саратовский научно-медицинский журнал. 2014. т. 10. № 4. с. 627-635. 2. батудаева т.и., спасова т.е., занданов а.о. минеральная плотность костной ткани как фактор риска остеопоротических переломов. //сибирский медицинский журнал. 2013, -№ 1. –с.95-97. 3. корж н.а., романенко к.к., горидова л.д. репаративная регенерация кости: современный взгляд на проблему. нарушение регенерации (сообщение 2) // ортопед. и травматол. – 2006. – №1. – с. 84-90 4. лесняк о.м., л. норой, аудит состояния проблемы остео-пороза в странах восточной европы и центральной азии 2010–2011 international osteoporosis foundation [электронный ресурс]. ре-жим доступа: www.iofbonehealth.org/.../audit%20eastern%2 5. побел е.а.. перелом фактор риска развития и прогрессирования остеопении и остеопороза //остеопороз и остеопатии . – 2013. -№3. –с.28-34. 6. хакимов у.р. первичный остеопороз у мужчин (факторы риска и особенности нарушения метаболизма костной ткани). автореф. дис. … к.м.н. –м.-2019. -24с. 7. хмызов с.а., тихоненко а.а., поляков в.б. оптимизация фармакотерапии репаративной регенерации костей скелета // медицина сегодня и завтра. 2008. №4. с. 122-125. 8. шукуров э. м. комплексная диагностика и лечение больных с множественными переломами длинных костей нижних конечностей. дис. …док. мед. наук. -т.-2020. -219с. 9. davis j.w., ross p.d., wasnich r.d. et al. long-term precision of bone loss rate measurements among postmenopausal women // calcif. tissue internat. 1991. vol. 48. р. 311 318. 10. kanis j.a. johnell o., de laet c. et al. a metaanalysis of previous fracture and subsequent fracture risk // bone. -2004. vol. 35. p. 375 382. 11. kanis j.a., johnell o., oden a. et.al. a. risk of hip fracture according to the world health organization criteria for osteoporosis and osteopenia // bone. 2000. vol. 27. p. 585-590. http://www.iofbonehealth.org/.../audit%20eastern%252 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org geometric function masimova gulmira maxsutovna raxmatova gulrux axatovna a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s geometric functions play a fundamental role in various branches of geometry, providing precise mathematical descriptions of shapes, transformations, and spatial relationships. these functions are essential in defining geometric objects, performing transformations, analyzing properties, modeling physical systems, and solving geometric problems. in complex analysis, geometric functions such as conformal mappings preserve angles and shapes, while in algebraic geometry, they define curves and surfaces through algebraic equations. transformations like rotations and translations are described using matrix functions. trigonometric functions relate angles to side lengths in right triangles and are crucial in geometry. geometric functions also find applications in computer-aided design (cad) and differential geometry, where they describe shortest paths and curvature. this comprehensive overview highlights the diverse applications and significance of geometric functions in mathematics and its applications. geometric function, complex analysis, conformal mappings, algebraic geometry, curves and surfaces, geometric transformations, affine transformations, trigonometric functions, distance formula, area and volume calculations introduction a geometric function is a type of mathematical function that describes a relationship between variables using geometric principles or structures. it can involve various aspects of geometry, such as distances, angles, shapes, and transformations. here are a few contexts in which the term "geometric function" might be used: 1. complex analysis: in this context, geometric functions are often functions of a complex variable that exhibit specific geometric properties. for example, conformal mappings preserve angles and are an important type of geometric function in this field. 2. algebraic geometry: geometric functions can describe algebraic curves and surfaces. these functions define geometric objects and their properties in terms of algebraic equations. 3. transformations: functions that perform geometric transformations, such as rotations, translations, scalings, and reflections. these are often represented using matrices and are fundamental in fields like computer graphics and robotics. 4. geometric sequences and series: sometimes, the term may loosely refer to sequences or series where each term is a constant multiple of the previous one. while not strictly "functions" in the conventional sense, they exhibit geometric growth properties. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 5. trigonometric functions: these functions (sine, cosine, tangent, etc.) are also sometimes considered geometric functions because they relate angles of a triangle to the ratios of its sides and have important applications in geometry. overall, a geometric function is any function that inherently relies on or describes geometric concepts and relationships. here are more detailed explanations and examples of various types of geometric functions: 1. complex analysis in complex analysis, geometric functions are often used to describe and analyze the properties of complex variables. one of the key types of geometric functions here is conformal mappings: conformal mappings: these are functions that locally preserve angles and shapes. an example is the complex function \( f(z) = z^2 \), which maps a complex number \( z \) to its square. conformal mappings are used in fields like fluid dynamics and electrostatics to solve problems by transforming complex shapes into simpler ones. 2. algebraic geometry in algebraic geometry, geometric functions are used to define algebraic varieties, which are the sets of solutions to systems of polynomial equations. algebraic curves and surfaces: for example, the function \( f(x, y) = x^2 + y^2 1 \) defines a circle in the plane. in three dimensions, a function like \( g(x, y, z) = x^2 + y^2 + z^2 1 \) defines a sphere. these geometric objects are studied to understand their properties and relationships. 3. geometric transformations functions that perform geometric transformations are fundamental in many areas, especially in computer graphics and robotics. transformation matrices: a rotation of a point \( (x, y) \) in the plane by an angle \( \theta \) can be represented by the function: \[ \begin{pmatrix} x' \\ y' \end{pmatrix} = \begin{pmatrix} \cos \theta & -\sin \theta \\ \sin \theta & \cos \theta\end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix} x \\ y \end{pmatrix}\] this matrix function rotates the point around the origin by \( \theta \) degrees. 4. geometric sequences and series while not strictly functions in the conventional sense, geometric sequences and series exhibit properties that can be described functionally. geometric sequences: a geometric sequence is a sequence of numbers where each term after the first is found by multiplying the previous term by a constant ratio \( r \). for example, the sequence \( a, ar, ar^2, ar^3, \... \) can be described by the function \( a_n = ar^{n-1} \), where \( a \) is the initial term and \( r \) is the common ratio. 5. trigonometric functions trigonometric functions, which relate angles to side lengths in right triangles, are essential in geometry. sine, cosine, and tangent: these functions are defined as ratios of sides in a right-angled triangle. for an angle \( \theta \): american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org \( \sin(\theta) \) is the ratio of the length of the opposite side to the hypotenuse. \( \cos(\theta) \) is the ratio of the length of the adjacent side to the hypotenuse. \( \tan(\theta) \) is the ratio of the length of the opposite side to the adjacent side. these functions are critical in various applications, including signal processing, wave analysis, and circular motion. 6. geometry of differential equations some geometric functions arise in the study of differential equations, particularly in the context of dynamical systems and differential geometry. geodesics and curvature: functions that describe the shortest paths between points on curved surfaces (geodesics) and the curvature of surfaces are examples of geometric functions in differential geometry. geometric functions play a crucial role in various branches of geometry by providing precise mathematical descriptions of shapes, transformations, and spatial relationships. here are some specific roles and applications of geometric functions in geometry: 1. defining shapes and curves geometric functions are used to define and describe the properties of geometric shapes and curves. this is fundamental in both euclidean and non-euclidean geometry. implicit and parametric equations: geometric functions can define curves and surfaces. for example, the circle \( x^2 + y^2 = 1 \) can be described parametrically by \( x = \cos(t) \) and \( y = \sin(t) \). bezier curves and splines: these are used in computer graphics to model smooth curves. a quadratic bezier curve, for instance, is defined by the function \( b(t) = (1-t)^2 p_0 + 2(1-t)t p_1 + t^2 p_2 \), where \( p_0, p_1, \) and \( p_2 \) are control points. 2. describing transformations geometric functions are essential for describing transformations that change the position, size, and orientation of geometric objects. affine transformations: these include translations, rotations, scalings, and shears. they can be represented using matrices and applied to points and vectors in space. \[\begin{pmatrix} x' \\ y'\end{pmatrix} =\begin{pmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{pmatrix} \begin{pmatrix}x \\ y\end{pmatrix}+\begin{pmatrix} e \\f \end{pmatrix}\] 3. analyzing geometric properties geometric functions help analyze and compute properties such as distance, angle, area, and volume. distance formula: the euclidean distance between two points \( (x_1, y_1) \) and \( (x_2, y_2) \) is given by the function \( d = \sqrt{(x_2 x_1)^2 + (y_2 y_1)^2} \). area and volume calculations: functions can describe how to compute the area of complex shapes or the volume of solids. for example, the area of a triangle with vertices at \( (x_1, y_1) \), \( (x_2, y_2) \), and \( (x_3, y_3) \) can be found using the function: \[\text{area} = \frac{1}{2} \left| x_1(y_2 y_3) + x_2(y_3 y_1) + x_3(y_1 y_2) \right|\] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org 4. modeling physical systems in physics and engineering, geometric functions are used to model and solve problems involving physical systems. projectile motion: the trajectory of a projectile can be described by parametric equations involving geometric functions. for instance, the horizontal and vertical positions \( (x(t), y(t)) \) can be given by: \[ x(t) = v_0 \cos(\theta) t] \[ y(t) = v_0 \sin(\theta) t \frac{1}{2} g t^2 \] where \( v_0 \) is the initial velocity, \( \theta \) is the angle of launch, and \( g \) is the acceleration due to gravity. 5. solving geometric problems geometric functions enable the solution of various geometric problems, including optimization and intersection. optimization problems: functions can describe constraints and objectives in optimization problems. for example, finding the shortest path between two points involves using functions that describe distances. intersection of curves and surfaces: functions can be used to determine the points of intersection between curves and surfaces. for example, solving \( x^2 + y^2 = 1 \) and \( y = x \) simultaneously finds the points where a circle intersects a line. 6. geometric construction and design in fields such as architecture and industrial design, geometric functions facilitate the precise construction and design of objects. computer-aided design (cad): geometric functions are used in cad software to model complex shapes and structures. for example, nurbs (non-uniform rational b-splines) are a type of geometric function used to represent curves and surfaces in cad systems. summary geometric functions are indispensable in geometry for defining shapes, describing transformations, analyzing properties, modeling physical systems, solving geometric problems, and aiding in construction and design. they provide a powerful mathematical framework that supports a wide range of applications in science, engineering, and technology. references 1. complex analysis and conformal mappings:ahlfors, lars v. "complex analysis: an introduction to the theory of analytic functions of one complex variable." mcgraw-hill education, 1979. 2. algebraic geometry: hartshorne, robin. "algebraic geometry." springer, 1977. 3. geometric transformations: yaglom, isaak m. "geometric transformations i." mathematical association of america, 1962. goldstein, herbert, poole, charles p., and safko, john l. "classical mechanics." addison-wesley, 2002. 4. geometric sequences and series: stewart, james. "calculus: early transcendentals." cengage learning, 2015. 5. trigonometric functions: simmons, george f. "precalculus mathematics in a nutshell: geometry, algebra, trigonometry." wipf and stock publishers, 2003. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 6. differential geometry: do carmo, manfredo. "differential geometry of curves and surfaces." prentice-hall, 1976. 7. geometric functions in physics and engineering: marion, jerry b., and thornton, stephen t. "classical dynamics of particles and systems." brooks cole, 2003. hibbeler, r. c. "engineering mechanics: dynamics." pearson, 2015. 8. geometric construction and design: mortenson, michael e. "mathematics for computer graphics applications." industrial press, 1999. piegl, les, and tiller, wayne. "the nurbs book." springer, 1997. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the establishment and stages of historical development of tourism article review ph. d. mohan sha’lan abbas university of karbala/ college of tourism sciences mohan.sh@uokerbala.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study explores the role of silent movies as a shared experience during the early twentieth century in the united states. amid high immigration rates, non-english-speaking citizens faced economic and social challenges, including exclusion from public entertainment and discourse. drawing evidence from reviews, personal correspondence, and diaries, our research demonstrates that silent films served as an affordable and inclusive form of entertainment. we argue for the accessible economic and representational nature of early cinema, evident in low admission prices and actors’ exaggerated gestures that transcended language barriers. immigration, public discourse, entertainment introduction since ancient times, people have understood nomadism and travel to be natural occurrences in which people relocate from their initial place of residence to another location for various reasons. later, this seemingly straightforward phenomenon expanded to encompass more objectives and ramifications, turning into a science with established principles and practices that directly and indirectly affect numerous issues. the lives of individuals and groups, with potential social, political, and cultural effects (abu rumman, 2008, p. 30). the greek term "tornos," which means a circular road, is where the word "tourism" first appeared. as for the arabic language, the word tourism is taken and derived from the verb (sahah), and here it came. to be more comprehensive. (ayyash, 2019, p. 48). therefore, it means the movement of people or groups from one place to another, and this movement includes some important rules to be included in the context and framework of tourism, provided that the duration of the movement does not exceed one year and is not for work and earning and that known tourist activities are practiced during that trip or movement (apparently, 2011, p. 35) the emergence of tourism coincided with the first step in man’s formation of small population centers, when the societies were primitive and simple in their lives, means, and goals, as their flexible goals were compatible with the ideas and activities of the ancient man himself, and at that time they were characterized by the necessities of daily life through the activities of searching for food, drink, shelter, and hunting. accordingly, the search for new population centers to achieve social, economic, or security goals and objectives. later, this phenomenon turned into a process of fulfilling desires and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org satisfying human needs, and among its goals are recreation and pleasure, as well as the economic goals of the individual and society (al-sisi, 2005, p. 22). ). many countries of the world have begun to pay attention to the tourism industry due to its economic, political and cultural importance, and through this sector it is possible to build bridges of love and cooperation between peoples and countries in various countries of the world. therefore, most countries of the world have embarked on the development and sustainable development of tourism, and laws and regulations that protect tourists have also been legislated. generally, tourism prompted capital owners to invest in the tourism sector after the relevant authorities facilitated investment procedures and motivated them to contribute to revitalizing and building various tourism projects (al-suwaidan, 2006). after the emergence of development and technological and cultural progress for humanity, the phenomenon of tourism is no longer just a recreational activity or a means of entertainment, but rather it has become an important industry based on basic dimensions and objectives that work effectively in developing and revitalizing the national income of the national economy. it is also a means of getting to know people and nations in the context of spreading different cultures. and the circulation of science and useful knowledge (al-qasid, 2011, page 53) stages of tourism development: 1primitive times: one of the most important aspects of this period is the use of animals for travel and transportation. one of its most prominent goals was visiting religious places as well as searching for better places to live and housing (mahmoud, 2007). 2antiquity: one of its most important manifestations is the use of sailing ships for transportation. one of its most prominent purposes was transportation for trade, as well as visiting sacred religious destinations such as mecca, bethlehem, and holy jerusalem, and transportation for education in wellknown cities such as london and paris. this period included the transportation of the children of the rich and kings. for enjoyment and entertainment (ibrahim, 2006, p. 14) 3the middle ages: this era appeared after the fall of the roman empire in the year 395 ad until the fifth century ad. at that time, the roman empire was considered the center of intellectual and cultural radiation and the hub of global trade. among the most important motives for travel in this era were commercial motives and the pursuit of knowledge and discoveries. (kharboutli, 2014, p. 43) 4the renaissance era: this stage was born after the decline of the feudal era on the european continent in the fifth century ad and the emergence of the world of commercial capitalism until the emergence of the industrial revolution in europe at the beginning of the second half of the eighteenth century ad, and it included scientific cultural motives as well as religious motives (rumman, 2008 ) 5the modern era: the industrial revolution and the achievements it achieved at the scientific level and machine industry and its development in various activities and contexts had a great impact, which led to the activation of tourism and travel and the emergence of means of transportation such as trains and ships. this development is accompanied by the financial stability of the working class and their enjoyment of paid vacations by amended laws (al-houri, 2010) 6the digital electronic era: in this era, the electronic tourism pattern emerged in the twenty-first century effectively, and brought about a major change in the field of the global economy, as tourism revenues doubled due to modern electronic or digital use. (al-tarwaneh, 2016, p. 41) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 7-digital e-tourism is a type of modern tourism in which technology and modern techniques are used in the context of the e-tourism business and the provision of the most beneficial procedures and facilities for tourists and consumers (ibrahim, 2006, p. 14). due to digital technology, all daily activities will gradually become possible supported by modern digital electronic science, and the essence of future responsibility is for the tourism sector to be able to respond to this specific human challenge in the digital electronic age. finally, those in charge of tourism aim to achieve material economic benefits and cultural and cognitive communication between peoples and nations, while taking into account sustainable tourism development in all its scientific aspects (alzahir, 2011, p. 35). however, despite the development achieved by the tourism industry over the nineteenth century and before, one finds that its development has accelerated in the last two centuries exceptionally, after international conditions experienced near stability in the economic and political contexts, as well as the social, moral and psychological aspects of humans and the adoption of technological methods in various sectoral fields. in addition to the development and growth of modern media in communications and transportation (al-abdali, 2011, p. 40) conclusion in tracing the historical trajectory of tourism, we uncover a fascinating journey—from primitive nomadism to today’s thriving industry. what began as a quest for survival and exploration has blossomed into a global phenomenon that transcends borders, cultures, and economies. references 1. abu rumman. (2008). tourism in jordan. amman, jordan: ithraa printing and publishing press. 2. ahmed al-abdali. (2011). tourism basics. amman: al-warar printing and publishing. 3. ahmed mahmoud. (2007). tourism industry (vol. 1). amman: dar al-ma’rifa for advertising, distribution and printing. 4. bashir abbas al-alaq. (2014). commercial promotion and advertising; foundations of theories and applications. al-yazouri scientific house for publishing and distribution. 5. khaled al-tarwaneh. (2016). tourism industry. dar ajloun for printing and publishing. 6. saladin kharboutli. (2014). sustainable tourism (vol. 2nd edition). damascus. 7. abdullah ayyash. (2019). tourism in jordan (volume 1). oman. 8. ismat adly and mithal shawqi abdel muti ahmed. (2011.). (introduction to tourism media). dar al wafaa for printing and publishing. 9. maher abdel khaleq el-sisi. (2005). principles of tourism. amman: arab nile group for publishing and distribution, cairo. 10. muthanna al-houry. (2010). principles of travel and tourism. jordan: dar al-ward for printing and publishing. 11. marzouk ayed al-qasid. (2011). principles of tourism. jordan. 12. the suwaidan system. (2006). introduction to tourism. cairo: al-hamid for publishing and distribution. 13. naeem al zaher. (2011). principles of tourism (vol. 1st edition). amman: dar al-masirah for publishing, distribution, and printing. 14. wafaa zaki ibrahim. (2006). the role of tourism in tourism development. alexandria: al-jamea library. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org corporate governance mechanisms and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria itoro monday john1 clifford o. ofurum2 solomon egbe3 1, 2& 3department of accounting, faculty of management sciences, university of port harcourt, choba port harcourt, rivers state, nigeria a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research study investigated the relationship between corporate governance mechanism and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria during the period 2010 to 2022. corporate governance mechanism was used as the independent variable, while asset depreciation value serves as the dependent variable in the investigation within 13 years coverage. this research used ex-post facto design to carry out the investigation on 56 quoted manufacturing companies. the econometric statistical view version 10 software was used in the analyses. results showed a positive and significant relationship between two dimensions of corporate governance mechanism (internal audit quality and auditor independence) and asset depreciation value, while positive and insignificant relationship was found between board of directors’ independence and asset depreciation value amongst others. the study recommended amongst others that shareholders of quoted manufacturing companies should review the current percentage in the appointment of non-executive directors. board of directors’ independence. internal audit quality. auditor independence. asset depreciation value introduction the manufacturing sector has generally been described and accepted as an engine of growth and development of any country (ududechinyere, et al. 2018). it serves as a channel for the production of goods and services, creation of massive employment opportunities and generation of income (olorunfemi, et al. 2013). the importance of the manufacturing sector is also realized from the fact that private consumption expenditure has significantly increased (ku, et al. 2010). in nigeria, the history of the manufacturing sector reflects how a nation could neglect such a vital profitable sector through economic policy inconsistencies (adeola, 2005). pursuant to the economic objectives of this important sector, thrive the relevance of corporate governance mechanisms and earnings management. currently, earnings management has emerged as a subject of interest to analyst, investors, managers and other market participants (chan, et al, 2006; cahan, et al. 2009). earnings management is considered to be a key indicator of financial reporting quality. managers are much concerned about american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org meeting analyst forecast by maintaining sustainable growth of their companies as a means to protect themselves (lyimo, 2014). leuz, et al. (2003) defined earnings management as insiders’ changes that affect economic performance recorded in financial reporting with the intention to influence contractual benefits or to mislead some stakeholders. callao, et al. (2014) more recent definition combines many elements covered by previous researchers. this recent definition says that earnings management is a purposeful intervention in financial reporting, designed to reach earnings targets by varying accounting practices. ias 16 property, plant and equipment require that the non-current assets should be depreciated over its useful life. intangible assets such as trademarks should be amortized while natural resources such as oil and gas are subjected to depletion process. according to franceschetti (2018) and omar, et al. (2014) and kighir, et al. (2013), the aforementioned items require discretionary judgment by the management to choose the depreciation method, to select the useful life of the assets and to estimate the salvage values. as well, bishop and eccher (2000) professed that the changes in the useful life of the non-current assets influence the reported earnings in the income statement which may be deemed as earnings manipulations. nevertheless, under ias 16 the residual value and the useful life of an asset should be reviewed at least annually, and in case the expectations differ from the previous estimates; any changes are accounted for prospectively as changes in estimates under ias 8 accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and error. also, the depreciation method should reflect the pattern in which the assets` economic benefits are consumed by the entity. however, where management followed the previous rules; this technique still provides an ample space of discretionary judgment that can be exploited to manage the reported earnings. more so, if those rules are violated, then fraudulent financial statements might also occur. lin and hwang (2010) note the need for corporate governance as a mechanism to align the interests of management with those of shareholders. corporate governance features may be seen as a characteristic of the contract that governs relations between shareholders and managers (bhagat & bolton, 2008). a corporate governance system comprises of a wide range of practices and institutions, from accounting standards and laws concerning financial disclosure, to executive compensation, to size and composition of corporate boards (javid & igbal, 2010). therefore, a corporate governance regime in a country has deep implications for firms, employment systems, trading relationships and capital markets (javid & igbal, 2010). pointedly, the concept of corporate governance mechanism presumes a fundamental tension between shareholders and corporate managers (berle & mean, 1932; jensein & meckling, 1976). the gap in literature is that the previous studies did not consider the new national corporate governance code of 2016. past studies hardly concluded their research investigation during the period 2010 to 2022. the results of these studies may not also be similar due to the differences in study locations and timing. past studies hardly utilized the modified jones 1995 model of discretionary accruals method for earnings management. hence, this research filled these identified knowledge gaps as it investigates the relationship between corporate governance mechanisms and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria during the period 2010 to 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org literature review theoretical review resource dependency theory the concept of the “resource dependence perspective” (1978) gained public awareness through the book by jeffrey pfeffer and gerald salancik “the external control of organizations. a resource dependence perspective” and became widely accepted in the anglo-american discussion. the fact that pfeffer and salancik’s book (1978) was republished unrevised (with a new introduction) in 2003 is not the only factor that speaks for its importance. in the important volume edited by scott (1994) called “organizational sociology”, rdt is one out of a total of seven theoretical approaches discussed. it also has a place within a much-heeded review by wright & mcmahan (2009) on theoretical perspectives of hr strategies. in addition to this, there are many empirical works which means that one can estimate the relative strength of its explanatory power. a fundamental assumption of resource dependence theory (rdt) is that dependence on “critical” and important resources influences the actions of organizations, and that organizational decisions and actions can be explained depending on the particular dependency situation. resource dependency theory (rdt) draws from both sociology and management. it is argued that how the external resources of the firm affect the behaviour of the firm and takes a strategic view of corporate governance. therefore, the acquisitions of external resources are vital for strategic management of any organization. every corporation depends on the resources. hence, rdt recognized that the administrative body of any firm as the linchpin among the firm and the resources that are required to accomplish the goals (tricker, 2012). the resources emanate from the environment consist of other firms. it can be said that the resources are in the hand of other firms. therefore, firms are dependent on each other and exchange resources. this is why resources are the basis of power for firms because the resources are valuables, costly to imitate, rare and not substitutable (hitt, et al. 2012) in other words, resources and power are directly linked. those firms who have resources can be considered more powerful as compared to its competitors and those that do not have access to that. the dependence on other firms normally affects the productivity of firms. the scarcity of resources leads to uncertainty for organizations. firms always seek to find ways to exploit the resources for the safeguard of its own long-term survival. the resource dependency theory investigates the association between directors’ inter-link and different facets of organization performance or behaviour (pfeffer & salancik, 1978). resource dependency theory (rdt) equally concentrates on the role of board of directors’ in providing access to resources needed by the firm or securing essential resources to an organization through their linkages to the external environment. resource dependency theorists provide focus on the appointment of representatives of independent organizations as a means for gaining access in resources critical to firm success. for example, outside directors who are partners to a law firm provide legal advice, either in board meetings or in private communication with the firm’s executives that may otherwise be more costly for the firm to secure (hillman, et al. 2000 cited in abdullah & valentine, 2009) it has been argued that the provision of resources enhances organizational functioning, firm’s performance and its survival (daily, et al. 2003). according to hillman ( cited in abdullah & valentine, 2009), directors bring resources to the firm, such as information, skills, access to key constituents such as suppliers, buyers, public policy makers, social groups as well as legitimacy. directors can be classified into four categories of insiders, business american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org experts, support specialists and community influential. first, the insiders are current and former executives of the firm and they provide expertise in specific areas such as finance and law on the firm itself as well as general strategy and direction. second, the business experts are current, former senior executives and directors of other large for-profit firms and they provide expertise on business strategy, decision making and problem solving. third, the support specialists are the lawyers, bankers, insurance company representatives and public relations experts and these specialists provide support in their individual specialized field (abdullah & valentine, 2009). in brief, the rdt recognizes that the survival of organizations is dependent on directors’/managers reasoned and intentional allocation of resources to innovative activities required of the firm by customers and investors. thus, how managers compete and win resources (internal and external) and deploy such resources to productive engagements have impacts on their exchange-based power and control and thus significant consequences on continuity of funding sources and survival and growth of the entity (nwaobia,2015). the resource dependency theory has become quite popular in corporate governance research. pfeffer and salancik (1978) state that to ‘understand the behaviour of an organization you must understand the context of that behaviour that is the ecology of the organization’. the resource dependency theory recognizes the influence of external factors on organizational behaviour. the managers have a role to play in reducing environmental uncertainty and dependence. ulrich & barney (1984) state that power is the key issue in environmental uncertainty, because power is required to control required resources. organizations attempt to reduce others power over them, by attempting to increase their own power over others. pfeffer (1987) provide that, the basic argument of the resource dependence perspective and inter-organizational relations is as follows. first, the fundamental units for understanding inter corporate relations and society are organizations. second, these organizations are not autonomous, but rather are constrained by a network of interdependencies with other organizations. third, interdependence when coupled with uncertainty leads to a situation in which survival and continued success are uncertain. fourth, organizations take action to manage external interdependencies although such actions are inevitably never completely successful and produce new patterns of dependence and interdependence. fifth, these patterns of dependence produce interorganizational as well as intra-organizational power, where such power has some effect on organizational behaviour. conceptual review concept of corporate governance mechanism corporate governance mechanism is viewed as a broad term that defines the process, customs, policies, laws and institutions that direct the organizations and corporations in the way they administer and control their operations (khan, 2011). there is no universally held or single explanation of corporate governance mechanism and certainly no definition that all countries agree on (mayes, et al. 2001). as a result, corporate governance mechanism can be defined and practiced in different global ways depending upon the relative power of owners, managers and provider of capital. generally, corporate governance mechanism can be defined as procedures, customs, laws, policies, and institutions that affect the way a corporation is directed, administered or controlled. it can also be the relationships between stakeholders’ and the goals that are already, laid down for the corporation, and the board of directors (afolabi, 2013). the important objective of corporate governance mechanism is to ensure the accountability and transparency of those involved in the policy of organization through mechanisms american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org that would reduce the incidence of principal agent problem. cadbury (2002) defined corporate governance mechanism as the system by which companies are directed and controlled by shareholders. dimensions of corporate governance mechanism board of directors’ independence (bdi): boards play an essential role in monitoring and directing managers to satisfying the interests of stakeholders (habbash, 2016). however, the boards’ monitoring effectiveness depends on its composition. independent boards are more likely to inspire managers towards high transparency and disclosure quality levels (aburaya, 2012). according to cotter and silvester (n.d), full board independence is captured by the proportion of independent directors to total directors on the board, individual directors are assessed in terms of their independence from management. essentially, independent directors are non-executive directors who do not have a business or other relationship with the firm that could interfere with their ability to act independently (cotter & silvester, n.d). non-executive directors are not necessarily independent of the company’s executive management, as their independence can be impaired by virtue of their other relationships or business dealings with the company, such as acting as a professional adviser to the firm (cotter & silvester, n.d). board independence denotes a balanced board whose composition is not dominated by board members with executive power, and consists of members who are independent from the management and shareholders (shamsul 2001). independent board is one of the effective mechanisms in monitoring the accounting process (klein, 2002). therefore, board of directors should consist of independent members that are non-executive and/or external directors. external directors are able to increase board’s independence and able to monitor top management effectively (ching, et al. 2002). internal audit quality: internal audit quality (iaq) is considered as an effective instrument of management in almost all organization (belo, et al. 2017). it is considered an important element of organization in both public and private sectors. an audit must be of sufficient quality if audit failures will be reduced to the barest minimum (okoye, et al. 2015). according to de-angelo (1981) audit quality is the market assessed joint probability that a given auditor will both (i) identify a breach in the client company accounting system (ii) report that breach, that is the auditor has both the technical competence to detect any material errors during the audit process, and the independence to ensure that material errors and omissions are corrected or disclosed in the auditor’s report. internal audit quality is vital as it affects the reliability of the financial report and protects the interest of its owners. it also enhances transparency of reports through higher voluntary disclosures (barros, et al. 2013). auditor independence: independence is a major concern in the auditing profession. corporate scandals like enron failure confirmed the importance of credulity of audits (herath & pradier, 2018). auditor independence refers to the ability of the external auditor to act with integrity and impartiality during auditing functions (akpan & dumkpah, 2013). the framework to the independent standards board (isb) defines auditor independence as the freedom from the factors that compromise, or can reasonably be expected to compromise, an auditor’s ability to make unbiased audit decisions (mcgrath, et al. 2001). the overall goal with independence is to ensure financial reports are reliable. independence is an essential attribute for audits because it determines how credible and reliable financial statements would be to investors (herath & pradier, 2018). independence has been the focus of almost constant controversy, debate and analysis (law, 2008). after corporate failures and scandals, regulators began to question how independent and competent auditors were during engagements american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org (bakar, et al 2005). according to fearnley, et al. (2005), the restatement of the enron accounts and the collapse of anderson shows the devastating effect of loss of confidence in the integrity of an audit firm. auditor independence (ai) does not necessitate an auditor to be free of all factors which may influence the ability to give unbiased opinions. it simply emphasizes freedom from factors which increase the likelihood of compromising audit opinions (mcgrath, et al. 2001). ai has been categorized into two; independence in fact which is the state of mind that allows an auditor to conduct an audit with objectivity, integrity and professional skepticism, and independence in appearance which relates to how informed users perceive the auditor. this paper focuses on independence in appearance because appearances of independence are both necessary and crucial in sustaining public confidence in auditors and audit reports (alleyne, et al. 2006; al-ajmi & saudagaran, 2011). abu bakar, abdul-rahman and abdul-rashid (2005) also assert that auditors should not only be independent in fact, they also need to appear independent to financial statement users for their reports to be considered credible and reliable. asset depreciation value the statement of financial position or statement of affairs of an organization as at a given date is traditionally referred to as the balance sheet. its main purpose was to communicate information about the financial position of the organization. it summarizes information contained in the accounting records in a clear and meaningful pattern. a classification of the statement of financial position shows the “assets” in an order of liquidity (the ease with which assets can be converted to cash in a normal course of business without losing much fund) on one side and the “liabilities” (what the organization owes and when these amounts will fall due). an asset constitutes an investment encompassing present or future economic benefits or services acquired and can be valued in monetary units. it must have some special usefulness to the organization. assets must therefore be differentiated from goods purchased for resale. a company trading in assorted vehicles would have the vehicles as goods bought for resale but such vehicles purposely used for the business are assets. the trading vehicles are stocks (inventory) in the statement of financial position as current assets. asset can be fixed or current. a fixed asset is acquired for the purpose of use within the organization and has a useful life that lasts some considerable financial period of time. it is not meant for resale in the organization. a company’s investment in fixed asset is dependent, to a large degree, on its line of business. some businesses are more capital intensive than others. a current asset is one which is either part of the operation cycle of the organization or is highly to be realized in the form of cash within a financial period. there are some other assets that are referred to as indeterminable. a trade mark or a patent on a product or process that has been developed by the organization itself falls within this category. the organizations financial statement must be presented in a true and fair view. all revenues should be realized and all expenditures matched against revenues to show the true profit for the financial year. anything short of this renders the financial statements highly misleading to the extent of the reported results in the statement of comprehensive income, statement of financial position, cash flow statement and valued added statement. the financial statement therefore does not fairly represent the state of affairs and financial performance of the organization. another reason for calculating depreciation is to calculate the recovery of cost that is incurred on fixed assets over their useful life. this ensures the owner’s capital is intact. the process is to ensure future provisions to be made for replacement costs when the present asset is out of its useful life in the business. depreciation will help an organization to ascertain the true value of an asset; if not calculated, the asset value shown in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org accounting books would be higher than the actual or true value. moreover, depreciation is often added to the cost of production so as to find out the actual cost of production. machinery and equipment used to produce the product often incurs some sort of wear and tear of the asset. this must be calculated and added to the cost of producing the product. a legal point of view is the company act statutes, a company cannot declare dividends until it has calculated depreciation and charged it to the books. these lead to depreciation of assts (adebayo, 2016). depreciation expense is an estimate of the amount of future economic benefits or service potential of tangible noncurrent assets that is expected to be consumed during the accounting period. it is done as a means of allocating the costs of tangible non-current assets to periods which the entity is likely to benefit from using such assets (the expected useful life). international accounting standard 16property, plant and equipment also provides for the reducing balance of depreciation estimation, as an alternative to the straight-line method. the reducing balance method of depreciation assumes that assets decline in value faster during the earlier years of acquisition and gradually slows down in depreciation with usage. however, both methods are based on estimates, and will producing differing results. in valuation standards across the world, depreciation is seen as a composite term consisting of three items: physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and economic obsolescence (ricks, 2005). physical deterioration is depreciation that results from wear and tear over time, including any lack of maintenance. functional obsolescence is caused by advances in technology that result in new assets capable of more efficient delivery of good and services, rendering previously existing assets fully or partially obsolete in terms of current cost equivalency. economic obsolescence results from changed economic conditions which affect the supply and demand for goods and services produced by the asset or the cost of its operation. empirical review okolie and izedonni (2014) determined whether audit quality has any significant impact on and the relationship with market value per share of companies in nigeria. with archival data extracted from the nigeria stock exchange between 2006 to 2011. multiple regression analysis showed that audit quality exerts significant influence on the market prices per share. bello, et al. (2017) examined the relationship between internal audit quality and organizational performance. using primary data source, descriptive and inferential statistical analysis, the findings showed the presence of probative and significant relationship between internal audit quality and organizational performance. adeyemi, et al. (2012) investigated factors affecting audit quality in nigeria. the study employed both primary and secondary data in its analysis. the study found that multiple directorships and the provision of non-audit services had a significant effect on audit quality in nigeria. the study recommended that efforts should be made to strengthen audit quality if the quality of financial reporting were to improve. also, the study recommended that regulatory authorities should ensure that the same firm do not render audit services and offer management advisory services in the same company simultaneously. omoye and aronmwan (2013) examined audit firm rotation and audit quality using cross sectional pool data gathered from 15 banks in the nigeria-banking sector for the period 2005-2011. the study found that audit firm rotation significantly affects audit quality although the effect is negative. a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org summary of the review shows that most of the studies on audit quality in nigeria have focused on auditor related factors with only limited studies looking at the governance mechanisms. zayol, et al (2017) investigated the effect of auditor independence on audit quality. the study adopted the ex post facto research design relying on secondary information obtained from journals, text books and other internet materials. based on the review, they concluded that there is a strong relationship between auditor independence and audit quality. they also revealed that there are four threats to auditor independence, which they listed as client importance, non-audit services (nas), audit tenure, and client’s affiliation with cpa firms. babatolu, et al. (2016) examine the effect of auditors’ independence on audit quality among seven (7) purposively selected deposit money banks in nigeria from 2009 to 2013. the population of this study comprised of twenty (20) listed deposit money banks in nigeria. adopting descriptive statistics, correlation and ordinary least square (ols) regression technique, their findings revealed that there is a positive relationship between audit fee, audit firm rotation and audit quality, while a negative relationship exists between audit firm tenure and audit quality. on the correlation matrix, the association between audit quality and leverage was strong, negative and statistically significant, while that between audit quality and company size was equally strong, positive and statistically significant. okolie (2014) examines the relationship and effects of auditor independence (measured by the quantum of audit fees received) on the earnings management (discretionary accruals) of companies in nigeria. the study employed the use of secondary data derived from the nigerian stock exchange fact book on a total of 342 company year observations. the empirical analysis shows that audit tenure and auditor independence exert significant effects and exhibit significant relationship with the amount of discretionary accruals of quoted companies in nigeria. ilaboya and ohiokha (2014), this study empirically examines the impact of audit firms‟ characteristics on audit quality. they proxy the dependent variable (audit quality) using the usual dichotomous variable of 1 if big 4 audit firm and 0 if otherwise. data for the study were sourced from the financial statements of 18 food and beverage companies listed on the nigerian stock exchange market within the period studied (2007-2012). they adopted multivariate regression technique with emphasis on logit and probit method in analyzing their data for the study. their study revealed there is a positive relationship between firm size, board independence and audit quality whereas there is a negative relationship between auditor’s independence, audit firm size, audit tenure and audit quality. the following research hypotheses were raised in the null form to address the research objectives: ho1: there is no significant relationship between board of directors’ independence and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. ho2: there is no significant relationship between internal audit quality and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. ho3: there is no significant relationship between auditor independence and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. methodology research design: the research design that was used in this study is the ex-post facto design, also known as “after-the-facto-design”. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org population and sampling procedure the elements that constitute the population for this study comprised of all quoted manufacturing companies in nigerian stock exchange (nse). available data from the nigerian stock exchange office at no. 13 trans amadi industrial layout, port harcourt showed that sixty-five (65) manufacturing companies are quoted. the method for drawing the samples from a population is known as sampling procedure, while a sample is precisely a part of the population (asika, 2010). the purposive sampling method under the non-probability sampling was applied on the sixty-five (65) quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. using the purposive sampling method, the quoted manufacturing companies that were selected under this method are those that have fulfilled the cumulative pre-tax profits from continuing operations of not less three years and possesses a published financial record. this is in accordance with the listing requirement of nigerian stock exchange. thus, applying this condition a total of 56 firms are determined as the sample size, hence the use of taro yamane formula was not necessary. below is the list of the target population for this study. list of quoted manufacturing firms in nigerian stock exchange a. alternative securities market (asem) 1. smart products nig. plc 2. adswitch plc 3. rokana industries plc b. agriculture 1. ftn cocoa processors plc 2. okomu oil palm plc 3. livestock feeds plc c. conglomerates 1. uacn plc d. consumer goods 1. dn tyre & rubber plc 2. champion breweries plc 3. golden guinea breweries plc 4. guinness nigeria plc 5. international breweries plc 6. jos international breweries plc 7. nigerian breweries plc 8. premier breweries plc 9. 7up bottling company plc 10. dangote flour mills plc 11. dangote sugar refinery plc 12. flour mills plc 13. honeywell flour mills plc 14. national salt company of nigeria plc 15. northern nigeria flour mills plc 16. union dicon salt plc 17. utc nigeria plc 18. cadbury nigeria plc 19. nestle nigeria plc 20. nigerian enamelware plc 21. vita foam plc 22. pz cussons nigeria plc 23. uniliver nigeria plc e. health care 1. morrison industries plc 2. evans medicals plc 3. fidson healthcare plc 4. glaxosmithkline consumers nig. plc 5. may & baker nigeria plc 6. neimeth international pharmaceutical plc 7. pharma deko plc f. industrial goods 1. african paints plc 2. ashaka cement plc 3. berger paints plc 4. chemicals & allied products plc 5. cement coy. of norther nigeria plc 6. dangote cement plc 7. dn meyer plc 8. 1st aluminium plc 9. int’l paint west africal plc (ipwa) 10. paint & coatings manufacturering nig. plc 11. portland paints & products plc 12. premier paints plc 13. lafarge wapco plc 14. cutix plc 15. nigeria wire & cable plc american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org 16. avon crowncaps & containers plc 17. beta glass coy. plc 18. poly products nigeria plc 19. bagco bags plc 20. greif nigeria plc 21. west african glass industr plc 22. nigeria ropes plc g. natural resources 1. aluminium extrusion industry plc 2. alumaco plc 3. thomas wyatt nigeria plc h. services 1. academy press plc 2. learn africa plc 3. university press plc data collection method: the secondary source of data collection method was used for this research. the source of this type of data is the published annual financial statements of the 56 quoted manufacturing firms in nigeria between 2010 to 2022. the 56 quoted firms investigated under a period of 13 years formed a panel research study for 728 observations. while the data for the moderator variable was sourced using the binary method. operational measures of variables three variables, namely; predictor, criterion and moderator variables formed the domain of investigation for this study. predictor variable corporate governance mechanism (cgm) was used as the predictor variable. three dimensions of study are applied as follows: board of directors’ independence (bdi), internal audit quality (iaq) and auditor independence (aui). board of directors’ independence (bdi): the natural logarithm for board of directors’ independence was measured as the percentage of independent non-executive directors on the board to the board size or to the total number of directors in a given quoted manufacturing companies. thus, the figure for percentage of independent non-executive directors on the board was obtained from the published annual financial statements of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria from 2010 to 2022. in the published annual financial statements, percentage of non-executive directors were contained under directors’ “report” for various years. past empirical studi such xie, et al. (2003) also support the use of percentage independent non-executive directors as a measure of board of directors’ independence. auditor independence ((aui): the auditor independence as an econometric variable was measured as the natural logarithm of the size of the external audit firm that prepares and audits the published financial statements of the quoted manufacturing firms for various years. however, the audit market of nigerian accounting firm comprised ninety percent of the “big four” audit firms, namely; kpmg professional services, ernst and young (e & y), akintola williams deloitte (akwd) and pricewaterhouse coopers (pwc). with the use of binary code, the study applied “1” where the quoted company’s account is audited by any of the “big four” audit firms and “0” if otherwise, olomookere and inneh (2016); world bank (2004); francis, et al. (1999), gul, et al. (2001) are past work studies that used binary code for “big four” audit firms as measures of auditor independence. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org internal audit quality (iaq): the internal audit quality as an econometric variable was measured as the natural logarithm of internal audit members in the quoted manufacturing companies for various years. the number of internal audit members were obtained from the published annual financial statements of the quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. this figure was collected under directors’ report, using the same published financial statements of 2010 to 2022. alzeban and gwilliams (2014); faruk and hassan (2014) are extant empirical studies that used internal audit membership as a measure of internal audit quality. asset depreciation value (adrt) this is operationalized as the natural logarithm of accruals for property, plant and equipment pursuant to the modified jones 1995 model of discretionary accruals. the modified jones model has greater power than the jones model in defecting earnings management according to dechow, et al. (1995) and is stated thus: dechow, et al. (1995) and is stated thus: acct = α+1(rev-rect) + 1ppet + ωt where: acc = total accruals rev = change in sales revenue rec = change in accounts receivables ppe = gross value of property, plant and equipment. asset amortization value (aamt) this is operationalized by the natural logarithm of intangible assets, that is goodwill, pursuant to the modified jones 1995 model for discretionary accrual. the modified jones model has greater power than the jones model in defecting earnings management according to dechow, et al. (1995) and is stated thus: acct = α+1(rev-rect) + 1gdlt + ωt where: acc = total accruals rev = change in sales revenue rec = change in accounts receivables gdl = gross value of goodwill. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org model specification the model specification for this research is drawn in accordance with the linear, multiple, and partial regression analysis of corporate governance mechanism and earnings management as well as the moderation interaction analysis of the international financial reporting standards (ifrs) adoption in nigeria between 2010 to 2022. thus, the functional, mathematical and econometric models are specified as follows: functional form dac=β0+ + β1bdi + β2iaq+ β3aui+------+ µ1 -----------------------------------------------------------(4) econometric model for moderator regression dac=β0+β1cgm + β2ifrs+ β3cgm*ifrs+------+ µ1 -------------------------------------------(5) from equations 3, 4 and 5 the theoretical expectation for this study is that β1, β2, β3>0 where dac=esm =discretionary accruals=earnings management bdi = board of directors’ independence iaq = internal audit quality aui = auditor independence adrt = asset depreciation value cgm = corporate governance u1,t = stochastic error term o = regression constant 1,2, 3= regression coefficient ^ = statistical estimator data analysis techniques three types of data analysis techniques were employed in this research, they include: descriptive data analysis this assumed a univariate analysis which was used to show the distribution of the variables of study. descriptive data for the independent and dependent variables of the quoted manufacturing companies were analyzed by the use of mean scores, frequency distribution and standard deviation. the main american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org purpose of applying descriptive statistics in this study is to provide a brief summary of the basic information about variables in a dataset and highlight the potential relationships between variables in graphic format. interferential data analysis this requires statistical testing using the bivariate and multivariate 2-tailed hypotheses testing at 95% confidence interval, that is, 0.05 level of significance. specifically, the linear regression technique was used to test the individual hypothesis; multiple regression technique was employed to test the composite form of the hypotheses. these tests were carried out under the ordinary least square (ols) method of e-view 10.0 version statistical software. the main purpose of applying the inferential statistics is to enable generalizations about the populations from which the samples are drawn. more so the ordinary least square (ols) method was adopted because the estimates produced has a minimum (lowest) variance in the sum of the squared errors; especially for modeling continuous data in conjunction with dummy variable coding. results and discussions univariate data analysis the analysis of data under the univariate formal showed the underlying trend among the study variables. descriptive statistics was employed to execute the univariate data analysis. table 1: descriptive statistics diagnostics test for asset depreciation value (adpt), asset amortization value (aamt), board of directors’ independence (bdi), internal audit quality (iaq), auditor independence (aui) and international financial reporting standards (ifrs). a dpt a amt bdi iaq aui ifrs mean 2.885663 4.316846 6.677419 5.435191 0.516486 0.631132 median 2.407232 0.520023 7.000000 6.000000 1.000000 1.000000 maximum 98.00000 130.0000 10.00000 10.000000 1.000000 7.000000 minimum -6.380000 -137.3900 2.000000 4.000000 0.000000 0.000000 std. dev. 4.523007 31.82660 2.116845 0.932536 0.486678 0.579897 skewness 57.85780 0.123411 0.665714 -0.820070 -0.479134 5.349905 kurtosis 327.2340 69.76194 4.463145 1.968530 1.529570 51.20144 jarque-bera 878445.1 103630.3 90.98874 87.28030 96.22533 19004.77 probability 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 sum 570.2000 3181.200 3726.000 3064.000 364.0000 361.0000 sum sq. dev. 33594.80 77906.83 5495.935 684.3799 151.9283 176.6113 observations 728 728 728 728 728 728 source: e-view 10 output (extracts computation). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org the descriptive dataset produced in the univariate data analysis above disclosed a total of 728 observations with 56 firms using 13 years for quoted manufacturing firms in nigeria. the quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria required an average of 6.677419 units of board of directors’ independence (bdi) to produce an average outcome of about 4.316846 and 2.885663 for amortization value (a amt) and depreciation value (a dpt) respectively. the board of directors’ independence (bdi) stands as the variable with the highest average as compared to internal audit quality (iaq) 5.435191 and auditor independence (aui) 0.516486. also, the descriptive statistical result showed that international financial reporting standards (ifrs) produced an average moderating influence of 0.631132 during the period 2010 to 2022.the median value in the dataset for amortization value (a amt) and depreciation value (a dpt) were 0.520023 and 2.407232. while board of directors’ independence, internal audit quality and auditor independence had median values of 7, 6 and 1 respectively. the descriptive output also showed a unit (1) median value for international financial reporting standards (ifrs). amortization (a amt) showed the maximum value of 130 and a minimum of -137.3900 respectively. depreciation had the maximum value of 98.00000 and a minimum value of-6.380000 in the dataset. the standard deviation which signified the level of risk indicate that amortization (a amt) had the highest risk response rate of 31.82660, while depreciation (a dpt) produced a risk response or standard deviation of 4.523007. the test for model adequacy for skewness and kurtosis (k) required the coefficients of probability distribution functions of a normally distributed variable, s = 0 and k = 3. probability distribution functions (pdfs) with values of k less than 3 are platy kurtic and those with values greater than 3 are leptokurtic. therefore, from the descriptive output. it was confirmed that amortization value (aamt) and board of directors’ independence are moderately skewed to the right with s = 0.123411 and 0.665714 respectively. while, internal audit quality (iaq) and auditor independence (aui) are moderately skewed to the left with s = 0.820070 and -0.479134 respectively. the other variables of study, namely, depreciation (a dpt) and international financial reporting standards (ifrs) were highly skewed to the right with s = 57.85780 and 5.349905. the outcome for variables with positive (right) skewness implied that the average value was higher than the median value of the group. while the outcome for variables, with negative (left) skewness implied that the average was lower than the median of the group. bivariate data analysis this research employed the bivariate in order to show the relationship between the variables of study. the results were produced in the form of time plots, tests and models. multivariate data analysis multiple regression tests were carried out on the null hypotheses at 0.05 alpha levels for a two tailed test so as to ascertain the relationship between depreciation value, amortization value, board of directors’ independence, internal audit quality and auditor independence. the first two mentioned variables were designed as dependent variables, while the remaining three were used as independent variables for 56 quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. however, ifrs was employed as the applicable moderator variable. also, partial correlation was used to test the overall moderation of international financial reporting standards (ifrs) on corporate governance mechanism and earnings american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org management. granger causality test was also carried in this research. these analyses were carried out through the e-view 10 version statistical software. hypothesis 1 h01: there is no significant relationship between board of directors’ independence and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. table 2:panel ols regression result for bdi, iaq, aui and a dpt dependent variable: a dpt method: least squares date: 12/12/23 time: 11:17 sample: 1 728 included observations: 726 variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob. c 0.326636 1.251412 0.283326 0.8633 bdi 0.255796 0.093520 1.658247 0.1224 iaq 0.399741 0.232362 0.933991 0.4172 aui 0.501868 0.440414 1.225423 0.2656 ifrs 0.245923 0.342152 0.405121 0.6937 r-squared 0.808377 mean dependent var 0.763441 adjusted r-squared 0.701204 s.d. dependent var 4.623007 s.e. of regression 4.620283 akaike info criterion 5.963947 sum squared resid 11399.43 schwarz criterion 5.002695 log likelihood -1641.041 hannan-quinn criter. 5.979079 f-statistic 1.177888 durbin-watson stat 2.112192 prob(f-statistic) 0.333958 equation summary: r2 = 0.808377, f = 1.177888, prob (f-statistics) = 0.333958, dw = 2.112192. the e-view output above disclosed a positive estimated coefficient of 0.326636. this estimate implied the existence of a positive relationship between board of directors’ independence and asset depreciation value. the estimated coefficient further signified an increase in board of directors’ independence (0.255796) as asset depreciation increased by a constant term of 0.326636. r2 = 0.808377 indicated an overall model fitness as 80% change in asset depreciation value was accounted for by board of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org directors’ independence. the remaining 20% could be attributed to other factors not captured in the model but covered by the error term. a durbin wattson (dw) of 2.112192 implied the absence of serial autocorrelation in the model. while a standard deviation dependent variance of 4.623007 showed the risk burden in the dependent variable (asset depreciation) that is predicted by the independent variable (board of directors’ independence). the f-statistic value of 1.177888 greater than prob (fstatistic) value of 0.333958 confirmed that the null hypothesis was significant in relation to the model. with the critical value approach of +1.96 and -1.96 and applying the decision rule with t-statistic 1.658247 less than +1.96 at 0.05 alpha for a 2-tailed test showed that the null hypothesis h01 was insignificant and thus accepted. therefore, the alternative hypothesis ha1 was rejected. hypothesis 2 h02: there is no significant relationship between internal audit quality and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. table 3: panel ols regression result for iaq, aui, bdi and a dpt dependent variable: a dpt method: least squares date: 12/12/23 time: 11:17 sample: 1 728 included observations: 726 variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob. c 0.437747 1.362523 0.394437 0.0633 iaq 0.366807 0.104631 2.769358 0.0224 bdi 0.400852 0.343473 0.044002 0.0172 aui 0.612979 0.551525 1.336534 0.0656 ifrs 0.356034 0.453263 0.516232 0.0937 r-squared 0.908377 mean dependent var 0.863441 adjusted r-squared 0.801204 s.d. dependent var 4.723007 s.e. of regression 4.720283 akaike info criterion 5.063947 sum squared resid 12399.43 schwarz criterion 5.102695 log likelihood -1741.041 hannan-quinn criter. 5.079079 f-statistic 1.277888 durbin-watson stat 2.012192 prob(f-statistic) 0.433958 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org equation summary: r2 = 0.908377, f = 1.277888, prob (f-statistics) = 0.433958, dw = 2.012192. the statistical output from e-view software showed a positive estimated coefficient of 0.437747. this value signified the existence of a positive relationship between internal audit quality and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. the coefficient equally signified an increase in internal audit quality 0.366807 as asset depreciation value increased by a constant term of 0.437747. the r-square value r2 = 0.908377 implied an overall model fitness as 90% change in asset depreciation value was apportioned to internal audit quality. the remaining 10% was assigned to other factors not captured in the model but covered by the stochastic error term. a durbin watson (dw) value of 2.012192 showed the absence of serial autocorrelation in the model. while a standard deviation dependent variance of 4.723007 showed the risk burden in the dependent variable (asset depreciation value) that is predicted by the independent variable (internal audit quality). the f-statistic value of 1.277888 greater than the prob (f-statistic) value of 0.433958 implied that the null hypothesis was significant in relation to the overall model. using the critical value approach of +1.96 and -1.96, and applying the decision rule with t-statistic 2.769358 greater than +1.96 at 0.05 alpha for a 2-tailed test showed that the null hypothesis h02 was significant and therefore rejected. thus, the alternative hypothesis ha2 was accepted. hypothesis 3 h03: there is no significant relationship between auditor independence and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. table 4: panel ols regression result for aui, iaq, bdi and a dpt dependent variable: a dpt method: least squares date: 12/12/23 time: 11:17 sample: 1 728 included observations: 726 variable coefficient std. error t-statistic prob. c 0.548858 1.473634 0.405548 0.0744 aui 0.477918 0.215742 2.870479 0.0224 iaq 0.511963 0.454584 0.155113 0.0283 bdi 0.723080 0.662636 1.447645 0.0656 ifrs 0.467145 0.564374 0.627343 0.0937 r-squared 0.605044 mean dependent var 0.530111 adjusted r-squared 0.501201 s.d. dependent var 1.423004 s.e. of regression 1.420253 akaike info criterion 1.063947 sum squared resid 12366.43 schwarz criterion 5.102695 log likelihood -1441.041 hannan-quinn criter. 5.079079 f-statistic 1.277555 durbin-watson stat 2.000272 prob(f-statistic) 0.111625 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org equation summary: r2 = 0.605044, f = 1.277555, prob (f-statistics) = 0.111626, dw = 2.000272 output from e-view statistic showed a positive estimated coefficient of 0.548858. this estimated coefficient signified the presence of a positive relationship between auditor independence and asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria. the established coefficient also implied an increase in auditor independence by 0.477918 as asset depreciation value increased by a constant term of 0.548858. the r-square value, r2 = 0.605044 signified an overall model fitness as 60% change in asset depreciation value was associated to auditor independence. the remaining 40% was attributed to other factors not captured in the model but covered by the stochastic error term. while the durbin watson (dw) value of 2.000272 showed the absence if serial autocorrelation in the model. a standard deviation dependent variance of 1.423004 showed the risk burden in the dependent available (asset depreciation value) that is predicted by the independent variable (auditor independence). the f-statistic value of 1.277555 greater than the prob (f-statistic) value of 0.111626 meant that the null hypothesis was significant relative to the overall model. with the critical value approach of +1.96 and -1.96, and applying the decision rule with t-statistic of 2.870479 l greater than +1.96 at 0.05 alpha for a 2-tailed test showed that the null hypothesis h03 was significant and therefore rejected. thus, the alternative hypothesis ha3 was accepted. discussion of findings the findings of this research are discussed as follows: 1. positive and insignificant relationship between board of directors’ independence and asset depreciation value. this result implied that board of directors’ independence which represents the proportion of non-executive directors in the board of quoted manufacturing companies in nigeria exhibited a small (insignificant) capacity to change asset amortization value in the positive direction. this result further implied that board of directors’ independence and asset depreciation value moved in the same direction. statistically, the result disclosed that if board of directors’ independence increased by a small proportion (1%), asset depreciation value also increased by the same proportion (1%) and vice versa. this finding corroborated the empirical result by ilaboya and oluokha (2014). 2. positive and significant relationship between internal audit quality and asset depreciation value. this result signified that internal audit quality possessed the potential to change asset depreciation value in the positive direction. the result implied that internal audit quality and asset depreciation value. moved in the same direction. statistically, the result signified that values on internal audit quality was associated with values on asset depreciation value. and that if internal audit quality increased, asset depreciation value. also increased but by significant proportion. this finding supported the empirical result babatolu, et al. (2016); zayol & kukene (2017), omofe & aronmiwan (2013), adeyemi, et al. (2012). 3. positive and significant relationship between auditor independence and asset depreciation value. this finding implied that auditor independence possessed the potential to positively change asset depreciation value of quoted manufacturing companies. the result implied that if auditor independence increased, asset depreciation value also increased but by a significant proportion. the finding corroborated the empirical result by okolie (2014), zayol et al. (2017), olagunju (2011). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org conclusion based on the findings, this research concluded as follows: (1) that there exists positive and insignificant relationship between board of directors’ independence and asset depreciation value. the research concluded that if board of directors’ independence increased by an insignificant proportion, say one percent, asset depreciation value also increased by the same proportion. (2) that there exists a positive and significant relationship between internal audit quality and asset depreciation value. the study concluded that an increase in internal audit quality was associated with an increase in asset depreciation value. (3) that there exists a positive and significant relationship between auditor independence and asset depreciation value. it was concluded that an increase in auditor independence could lead to an increase in asset depreciation value. recommendations given the findings and conclusions, this research recommended as follows: 1.the shareholders of quoted manufacturing companies should review the current percentage in the appointment of non-executive directors. this was appropriate as board of directors’ independence exhibited a positive and insignificant relationship with asset depreciation value. 2.the management of quoted manufacturing companies should formulate statutory work schedule for internal audit function. this policy could improve internal audit functions. 3.accounting professionals like auditors, especially the external auditors that fall within the big 4 audit firms should acquire relevant human resource development. this would in turn become a value addition to their professional independence. references 1. abu-bakar, n. b., rahman, a. & rashid, h. m. (2005). factors influencing auditor independence: malaysian loan officers’ perceptions. managerial auditing journal, 20(9), 804-822. 2. aburaya, r. k. (2012). the relationship between corporate governance and environmental disclosure. the uk evidence, phd thesis, durham university. 3. adebayo, g. a. (2016). accounting for depreciation: empirical analyses of the application of depreciation methods in small and medium enterprises in nigeria. journal of accounting and financial management, 2 (6), 2504-8856 4. adeola, f. a. (2005). productivity performance in developing countries: case study of nigeria. united nations industrial development organization report 5. afolabi, a. a. (2013). the key challenges of the corporate governance of firms: empirical evidence from sub-saharan african anglophone countries. 6. akpan, n. u. & dunkpa, y. o. (2013). determinants of auditor independence: a comparison of the perceptions of auditors and non-auditors in lagos, nigeria. retrieved from https://www.aabri.com/manuscripts/131506 . 7. akpom, n. u & dimkpah, y. o (n.d). determinants of auditor independence: a comparison of the perception of auditors and non-auditors in lagos, nigeria, journal of finance and accountancy, 2(1), 22-38. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org 8. al-ajmi, j & saudagaran, s (2011). perception of auditors and financial statement users regarding auditors’ independence in bahrain. managerial auditing journal, 26(1), 130-160 9. alleyne, p. a., devonish, d., & alleyne, p. (2006). perceptions of auditor independence in barbados. managerial auditing journal, 21(6), 621-635. 10. al-swidi, k. a., fadzil, b. h .f. & al-matavi, m. e. (2013). the effect of the internal audit and firm performance: a proposal research framework. international review of management and marketing, 4(1), 34-41. 11. alzeban, a. & gwilliams, d. (2014). factors affecting the internal audit effectiveness, a survey of the saudi public sector. journal of international accounting, auditing and taxation, 23(2), 74-86. 12. asika, n. (2010). research methodology in the behavioural sciences, 2nd ed, lagos, longman nigeria plc. 13. bakar, n; rahman, a & rashid, h (2005). factors influencing auditor independence: malaysian loan officers’ perception. managerial auditing journal, 20(8), 804-822. 14. barros, i. p., bouballer, s. & hamrouni, a. (2013). corporate governance and voluntary disclosure in france. journal of applied business research, 29(2), 561-578. 15. baridam, d. m. (2010). research methods in administrative sciences, 2nd ed. port harcourt, paragraphics. 16. bello, m. s., ayoib, c. a. & zahna, m. y. (2017). investigating the relationship between internal audit quality and organizational performance of public universities in nigeria. european journal of accounting, auditing and finance research, 5 (6), 11-23. 17. berle, a. & means, g. (1932). the modern corporation and private property, new york, ny: macmillan. 18. beyer, a., cohen, d. a., lys, t. z. & walther, b. r. (2010). the financial reporting environment: review of the recent literature. journal of accounting and economics, 50(2), 296-343. 19. bhangat, s. & bolton, b. (2008). corporate governance and firm performance. journal of corporate finance, 14(2), 257-273. 20. cadbury, s. a. (2002). corporate governance and chairmanship: a personal view, oxford, oxford university press. 21. callao, s., jarne, j., & wroblewski, d. (2014). the development of earnings management research: a review of literature from three different perspectives. zeszyty teoretyczne rachunkowosci, 79(135), 135–178. 22. ching, k. k. l., firth, m. & rui, o. m. (2002). earnings management, corporate governance and the market performance of seasoned – equity offerings. retrieved from https://servn.com/abstract=337880. 23. cotter, j. & silvester, m. (n.d).board and monetary committee independence. retrieved from https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/11036339.pdf. 24. de-angelo, l. e. (1981). audit size and audit quality. journal of accounting and economics, 3(1), 183-199. 25. farouk, m. a. & hassan, s. u. (2014). impact of audit quality and financial performance of quoted cement firms in nigeria. international journal of accounting and taxation, 2(2), 1-22. 26. fearnley, s., beatties, x. & brandt, r. (2005). auditor independence and audit risk: a reconceptualization. journal of internal accounting research 4(1), 39-71. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org 27. franceschetti, b. m. (2018). financial crises and earnings management behavior, springer international publishing. 28. francis, j.r., maydew, e.l. & sparks, h.c. (1999). the role big 6 auditors in the credible reporting of accruals. a journal of practice and theory, 18(1), 17-34. 29. gul, f. a., lyn, s.g. & tsui, j.s. (2001). audit quality management ownership and the informativeness of accounting earnings. journal of accounting, auditing and finance, 17(1), 2549. 30. habbash, m. (2016). corporate governance and corporate social responsibility disclosure: evidence from saudi arabia. journal of economic and social development, 3(1), 87-103. 31. hafzalla, n. (2010). percent accruals, working paper. 32. hitt, m., ireland, r. d., & hoskisson, r. (2012). strategic management cases: competitiveness and globalization. cengage learning. 33. hodge, f. (2003). investors’ perceptions of earnings quality, auditor independence, and the usefulness of audited financial information. accounting horizons, 17(2), 37-48. 34. ifa (2003). code of ethics, international federation of accountants, london 35. iia (2014). definition of internal auditing. retrieved from https://www.theiia.org/download.cfm?file=3512.florida.lia . 36. independence standards board–isb (2000). statement of independence concepts: a conceptual framework for auditor independence, exposure draft, new york, ny. 37. institute of internal auditors (2004). international standards for the professional practice of internal auditing. retrieved from https://www.thelia.org/?doc_id+1499 38. javid, a. & igbal, r. (2010). corporate governance in pakistan: corporate valuation, ownership and financing, pakistan institute of development economics. retrieved from https://www.pide.org.pk. 39. jensen, m. c. & meckling, w. h. (1976). theory of the firm: managerial behaviour, agency costs and ownership structure. journal of financial economics, 3(2), 305-360. 40. khan, h. (2011). a literature review of corporate governance. international conference of ebusiness, management and economics, 25(2), 1-5. 41. kighir, a., omar, n., & mohamed, n. (2013). opportunities, motivations and approaches of earnings management: a structured theoretical review of the corporate virus, international journal of auditing technology, 1(3-4), 312-329. 42. klein, a. (2002). audit committee, board of directors’ characteristics, and earnings management. journal of accounting and economics, 33(3), 375-401. 43. kothari, s. (2001). capital markets research in accounting. journal of accounting and economics, 31(1), 105-231. 44. kothari, s., ramarina, k. & skinner, d. (2010). implications for gaap from an analysis of positive research in accounting. journal of accounting and economics, 50(2), 246-286. 45. kothari, s., sabino, s. & zach, s. (2005). implications of survival and data trimming for tests of market efficiency. journal of accounting and economics, 39(4), 129-161. 46. kpmg (2008). audit quality. retrieved from https://www.kpmg.xom/na/en/issues 47. ku, h., mustapha, v.m. & goh, s. (2010). a literature review of past and present performance of nigerian manufacturing sector. journal of engineering manufacturing, 224(12), 1894-1904. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org 48. leuz, c., nanda, d. & wysocki, f. (2003). earnings management and investor protection: an international comparison. journal of financial economics, 69(12), 505-527. 49. lin, j.w. & hwang, m.i. (2010). audit quality corporate governance and earnings management: a meta-analysis. international journal of auditing, 14(1), 57-77. 50. lyimo, g. d. (2014). assessing the measures of quality of earnings: evidence from india. european journal of accounting and finance research, 2(6), 17-28. 51. maradi, m. & dasar, p. (2014). an analysis of corporate governance issues in the indian context: challenges and prospects. international journal of management research, 2(3), 8-17. 52. mayes, g., halme, d. & aarno, l. (2001). improving banking suspension, new york. palgrave macmillan. 53. mcgrath, s. a., siegel, t. w., dunfee, a. s., glazer, & jaenicke, (2001). a framework for auditor independence” journal of accountancy. 191 (1), 39-42. 54. oecd (2004). organization for economic co-operation and development principles of corporate governance. retrieved from https: oecd.org/daf/ca/corportegovernanceprinciples/31557724.pdf. 55. olorunfemi, m.s., tomola, m.o., adekunjo, f.o. & ogunleye, e.o. (2013). manufacturing performance in nigeria: implication for sustainable development. asian economic and financial review, 3(9), 1195-1213. 56. okolie, o. a. & izedommi, f. (2014). the impact of audit quality on the share prices of quoted companies in nigeria. research journal of finance and accounting, 5(8), 150-166. 57. okoye, e. i. okaro, s. c. & okafor, g. o (2015). corporate governance and audit quality, ist academic conference of accounting and finance, conference proceeding, 1(0), 85-121. 58. olagunju, a. (2011). an empirical analysis of the impact of auditors’ independence on the credibility of financial statement in nigeria. research journal of finance and accounting, 2(3), 82-98. 59. olowookere, k. j. & inneh, e. g. (2016). determinants of external auditors’ choice in nigerian quoted manufacturing companies. kuwait chapter of arabian journal of business and management review, 5(9), 10. 60. oman, c., fries, s. & buiter, w. (2003). corporate governance in developing, transition and emerging market economics. policy brief, no. 23, oecd development centre. 61. omar, n., rahman, r. a., danbatta, b. l., & sulaiman, s. (2014). management disclosure and earnings management practices in reducing the implication risk, procedia social and behavioral sciences, (1)45, 88-9 62. pfeffer, j. & salancik, g.r. (1978). the external control of organizations: a resource dependence perspective. harper and row: new york, ny. 63. pfeffer, j. (1972). interorganizational influence and managerial attitudes. academy of management journal (pre-1986), 15(3), 317-319. 64. pricewater, h. c. (2008). the move to ifrs tax implementation, tax memo publication, ontaro. 65. rics, b. (2005). rics appraisal and valuation standard, (the red book) 4 th edition; the royal institution of charted surveyors. london, 66. shamsul, n. a (2001). board composition, ceo duality and performance among malaysian listed companies. the international journal of business in society, 9(4), 47-61 67. tricker, b. (2012). corporate governance: principles, policies and practices 2174nd ed. oxford: oxford university press. 68. ududechinyere, c., michael, o.e. & mban, a. (2018). an analysis of the effect of manufacturing sector on the growth of the nigerian economy. journal of business and management, 20(4), 3446. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 38, | july 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the effect of the dynamic transformation strategy of ideas on the achievement of second-grade middle school students in biology and their mental creativity assist teacher: mohammad ali salman kadar almashri open educational college diwaniyah departments edu-sycho.post22.34@qu.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research aims to identify the effect of the dynamic transformation strategy of ideas on the achievement of second-grade middle school students in biology and their mental creativity. the research was applied to secondgrade middle school students in algeria middle school for boys affiliated with the diwaniyah education directorate/center, which was intentionally chosen to represent a field of experimentation. the research sample consisted of 49 students, and by random assignment, section (b) was chosen as the experimental group. the first group was taught according to the dynamic transformation strategy of ideas and consisted of (24) students, and the second group was the control group, which was taught according to the traditional method, and consisted of (25) students. the two groups were rewarded in the variables (chronological age, intelligence, previous achievement, previous information test, and mental creativity test). the researcher taught the two research groups after determining the scientific material, and the first two units included: for chapters (first, second, third and fourth) of the biology book for the second intermediate grade, then the behavioural objectives for the four chapters were determined, which amounted to (198) behavioural objectives, and the teaching plans were prepared for the two experimental research groups by adopting the strategy of dynamic transformation of ideas, and the control group by the usual method, and a test map was prepared for the achievement test by means of which the question paragraphs were prepared according to the levels of the six bloom’s classification. depending on determining the total number of questions, which is (40) multiple-choice paragraphs with four alternatives. as for the mental creativity test, the researcher prepared it, including (30) multiple-choice test items. to verify the validity of its items (apparent), it was presented to a group of experts and specialists. after applying it to two survey samples, the difficulty coefficient, discrimination coefficient, and effectiveness of the wrong alternatives were extracted. to calculate the stability of the test, the (kuder richardson-20) equation was adopted if it reached (0.85). the research experiment was applied at the beginning of the study. the first semester of the academic year (2024-2025) lasted a full semester. strategy, dynamic transformation of ideas, achievement, biology, mental creativity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org introduction american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org لبحث american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org exponential function abdurashitov rakhmatullo abdukhamitovich khusenov zikrillo raxmatillo ogli adkhamov khasanboy abdusalom ogli a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information about the exponential function and its role in mathematics. exponential function, growth and decay, natural exponential function, base, initial value, differential equations, compound interest, radioactive decay, logarithm, taylor series, complex analysis introduction an exponential function is a mathematical function of the form \( f(x) = a \cdot b^x \), where: \( a \) is a constant that represents the initial value or the y-intercept of the function. \( b \) is the base of the exponential function, which is a positive real number. \( x \) is the exponent, which can be any real number. the most common base for exponential functions in mathematics is \( e \) (approximately 2.71828), leading to the natural exponential function \( f(x) = e^x \). exponential functions are characterized by their rapid growth or decay. when \( b > 1 \), the function describes exponential growth, and when \( 0 < b < 1 \), it describes exponential decay. exponential functions have several important properties: the function is always positive for all real values of \( x \). the rate of growth (or decay) of the function is proportional to its current value. the graph of an exponential function is a smooth curve that either increases (for growth) or decreases (for decay) exponentially. exponential functions are widely used in various fields, including biology (population growth), finance (compound interest), physics (radioactive decay), and many other areas where processes change rapidly relative to their size. here's a more detailed look at exponential functions, including their properties, applications, and key concepts: definition and basic form an exponential function can be written as: \[ f(x) = a \cdot b^x \] where: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org \( a \) (initial value): determines the vertical stretch or compression and the direction (upwards for positive \( a \) and downwards for negative \( a \)). \( b \) (base): determines the rate of growth (if \( b > 1 \)) or decay (if \( 0 < b < 1 \)). \( x \): the exponent, which is the variable. key properties 1. growth and decay: if \( b > 1 \), the function represents exponential growth. if \( 0 < b < 1 \), the function represents exponential decay. 2. horizontal asymptote: the x-axis (y = 0) is a horizontal asymptote of the function. as \( x \) approaches negative infinity, \( f(x) \) approaches 0 but never actually reaches it. 3. y-intercept: when \( x = 0 \), \( f(0) = a \cdot b^0 = a \cdot 1 = a \). thus, the y-intercept is at \( (0, a) \). 4. domain and range: the domain of an exponential function is all real numbers (\( -\infty < x < \infty \)). the range is all positive real numbers (\( 0 < f(x) < \infty \)). graph characteristics the graph is always increasing (for \( b > 1 \)) or decreasing (for \( 0 < b < 1 \)). the graph is smooth and continuous, with no breaks or holes. for \( b > 1 \), as \( x \) increases, \( f(x) \) increases rapidly. for \( 0 < b < 1 \), as \( x \) increases, \( f(x) \) decreases rapidly. the natural exponential function when \( b = e \) (where \( e \approx 2.71828 \)), the function is called the natural exponential function: \[ f(x) = e^x \] this function has unique properties and is often used in calculus and higher mathematics. applications of exponential functions 1. biology: modeling population growth, where the rate of population increase is proportional to the current population size. 2. finance: calculating compound interest, where the amount of interest earned grows exponentially over time. 3. physics: describing radioactive decay, where the quantity of a radioactive substance decreases exponentially over time. 4. medicine: modeling the spread of diseases or the decay of drug concentration in the bloodstream. examples american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 1. exponential growth: \[ f(x) = 2 \cdot 3^x \] here, the initial value \( a = 2 \) and the base \( b = 3 \). the function grows exponentially as \( x \) increases. 2. exponential decay: \[ f(x) = 5 \cdot (0.5)^x \] here, the initial value \( a = 5 \) and the base \( b = 0.5 \). the function decays exponentially as \( x \) increases. calculus with exponential functions the derivative of \( e^x \) is \( e^x \). the integral of \( e^x \) is \( e^x + c \), where \( c \) is the constant of integration. exponential functions are useful in solving differential equations where the rate of change of a quantity is proportional to the quantity itsel exponential growth and decay models exponential growth model: \( p(t) = p_0 e^{rt} \) \( p(t) \): population at time \( t \) \( p_0 \): initial population \( r \): growth rate \( t \): time exponential decay model: \( n(t) = n_0 e^{-kt} \) \( n(t) \): quantity at time \( t \) \( n_0 \): initial quantity \( k \): decay constant \( t \): time understanding these concepts helps in analyzing and interpreting various natural and financial phenomena that exhibit exponential behavior. exponential functions play a critical role in mathematics due to their unique properties and wide range of applications. here are several key aspects of their significance: fundamental properties 1. continuous growth and decay: exponential functions model processes that grow or decay at a rate proportional to their current value. this characteristic makes them essential in describing natural phenomena like population growth, radioactive decay, and interest calculations. 2. derivative and integral properties: the natural exponential function \( e^x \) is unique in that its derivative and integral are the same, \( \frac{d}{dx} e^x = e^x \) and \( \int e^x \, dx = e^x + c \). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org this property simplifies solving differential equations, particularly those modeling exponential growth or decay. applications in different fields 1. calculus: exponential functions are integral to solving various types of differential equations. they are used in defining and working with the exponential function, logarithmic function, and in the computation of limits and series. 2. statistics and probability: exponential distributions model the time between events in a poisson process, such as the time between arrivals at a service center or the time until a radioactive particle decays. they are used in survival analysis and reliability engineering. 3. physics: exponential functions describe radioactive decay, cooling processes (newton's law of cooling), and charging and discharging of capacitors (rc circuits). they also appear in solutions to the schrödinger equation in quantum mechanics. 4. biology: exponential growth models are used to describe populations under ideal conditions where resources are unlimited. exponential decay models are used in pharmacokinetics to describe how drugs are metabolized in the body. 5. finance and economics: compound interest calculations are based on exponential functions, modeling the growth of investments over time. they are used in models of economic growth and in analyzing continuously compounded interest. advanced mathematical concepts 1. complex analysis: the exponential function is extended to complex numbers, defined as \( e^z \) where \( z \) is a complex number. euler's formula, \( e^{ix} = \cos(x) + i\sin(x) \), connects exponential functions to trigonometric functions and is fundamental in the study of complex numbers and fourier analysis. 2. differential equations: solutions to linear differential equations often involve exponential functions. the characteristic equation of a linear differential equation with constant coefficients leads to solutions of the form \( e^{\lambda t} \). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org 3. linear algebra: the matrix exponential is used to solve systems of linear differential equations. it plays a role in understanding the behavior of linear dynamical systems. theoretical importance 1. logarithms: the natural logarithm function \( \ln(x) \) is the inverse of the natural exponential function \( e^x \). logarithms simplify the solving of exponential equations and are used extensively in various fields including information theory and entropy calculations. 2. series expansion: the exponential function \( e^x \) can be expressed as an infinite series: \[ e^x = \sum_{n=0}^{\infty} \frac{x^n}{n!} \] this series expansion is foundational in analysis and used in solving differential equations and approximating functions. exponential growth and decay in real-world scenarios population growth: exponential models describe how populations grow rapidly under ideal conditions before leveling off as resources become limited. radioactive decay: the decay of radioactive substances follows an exponential law, crucial for dating archaeological finds and understanding nuclear processes. financial modeling: exponential functions model how investments grow over time with compound interest, essential in personal finance and actuarial science. let's delve deeper into the role of exponential functions in mathematics, highlighting their properties, applications, and significance in various fields. detailed properties of exponential functions 1. exponent laws: exponential functions follow specific rules that simplify their manipulation: \[ b^{x+y} = b^x \cdot b^y \] \[ \left( b^x \right)^y = b^{xy} \] \[ b^{-x} = \frac{1}{b^x} \] \[ b^0 = 1 \] 2. inverse relationship with logarithms: the exponential function \( b^x \) is the inverse of the logarithmic function \( \log_b(x) \). this relationship is fundamental in solving equations involving exponentials and logarithms. \[ b^x = y \implies x = \log_b(y) \] 3. behavior and limits: as \( x \to \infty \), \( b^x \to \infty \) if \( b > 1 \) and \( b^x \to 0 \) if \( 0 < b < 1 \). as \( x \to -\infty \), \( b^x \to 0 \) for \( b > 1 \). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org applications in various fields mathematics 1. calculus: exponential functions are pivotal in calculus, particularly in solving differential equations. they simplify the calculation of limits, especially in indeterminate forms involving growth rates. 2. complex analysis: the function \( e^z \), where \( z \) is a complex number, has significant applications in complex analysis. euler's formula, \( e^{ix} = \cos(x) + i\sin(x) \), bridges trigonometric and exponential functions. 3. series and sequences: the taylor series expansion of \( e^x \) is crucial for approximations: \[ e^x = \sum_{n=0}^{\infty} \frac{x^n}{n!} \] this series is used in various mathematical and engineering applications to approximate functions. physics 1. radioactive decay: the quantity of a radioactive substance decreases exponentially over time, described by \( n(t) = n_0 e^{-\lambda t} \), where \( \lambda \) is the decay constant. 2. newton's law of cooling: the temperature of an object changes exponentially over time, approaching the ambient temperature. 3. electrical circuits: the charging and discharging of a capacitor in an rc circuit are modeled by exponential functions. biology 1. population dynamics: exponential models describe the growth of populations under ideal conditions, where resources are unlimited. logistic growth models, which account for limited resources, start with an exponential growth phase before leveling off. 2. epidemiology: the spread of diseases can initially follow an exponential growth pattern, particularly in the early stages of an outbreak. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org finance 1. compound interest: exponential functions model the growth of investments with compound interest, using the formula \( a = p e^{rt} \), where \( p \) is the principal amount, \( r \) is the rate, and \( t \) is time. 2. continuous compounding: in continuous compounding, interest is compounded continuously, leading to the formula \( a = pe^{rt} \). computer science 1. algorithms and complexity: exponential functions describe the growth of certain algorithms' time complexity, such as those in combinatorial problems. 2. data modeling: exponential models are used in machine learning and statistical modeling to describe phenomena with rapid growth or decay. theoretical importance 1. solving differential equations: many physical systems are modeled by differential equations where the rate of change of a quantity is proportional to the quantity itself. solutions to these equations often involve exponential functions. example: the differential equation \( \frac{dy}{dx} = ky \) has the solution \( y = ce^{kx}\). 2. stability analysis: exponential functions help in analyzing the stability of equilibrium points in dynamical systems. solutions involving \( e^{\lambda t} \) determine the behavior near equilibrium. 3. fourier transform: exponential functions, particularly complex exponentials, are integral to fourier analysis, which decomposes functions into their frequency components. advanced concepts 1. laplace transform: the laplace transform, used to solve differential equations, is based on the exponential function \( e^{-st} \). it transforms a function of time into a function of a complex variable. 2. eigenvalues and eigenvectors: in linear algebra, solving systems of linear differential equations involves finding eigenvalues and eigenvectors, which often result in exponential solutions. 3. probability theory: the exponential distribution models the time between events in a poisson process and has a constant hazard rate, meaning the event rate is constant over time. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org conclusion exponential functions are foundational in mathematics due to their unique properties and broad applicability. they are essential in modeling and solving problems across diverse fields such as physics, biology, finance, and engineering. their ability to describe rapid changes, both growth and decay, makes them indispensable tools for mathematicians and scientists. references 1. sharafiddinov zokir. matematik tahlil va ko’rsatkichli funksiyalar,2015 2. nizomov karim. algebra va ko’rsatkichli funksiyalar,2022 3. aminov bahodir. differensial tenglamalar va ko’rsatkichli funksiyalar, 2021 4. stewart, james. *calculus: early transcendentals*. cengage learning, 2015. 5. strang, gilbert. *introduction to linear algebra*. wellesley-cambridge press, 2016. 6. thomas, george b., et al. *thomas' calculus*. pearson, 2016. 7. boyce, william e., and richard c. diprima. *elementary differential equations and boundary value problems*. wiley, 2017. 8. murray, james d. *mathematical biology*. springer, 2002. 9. ross, sheldon m. *a first course in probability*. pearson, 2014. 10. brigham, e. o. *the fast fourier transform and its applications*. prentice-hall, 1988. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org the heritage of uzbek folk music a cultural tapestry preserved through generations turdiyev shavkat akhmedovich qdpi, department of music education, associate professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s uzbekistan, located in central asia, boasts a rich cultural heritage that is deeply intertwined with its music traditions. uzbek folk music, with its diverse genres and distinctive features, serves as a window into the nation's history, traditions, and values. this article delves into the fascinating heritage of uzbek folk music, exploring its origins, evolution, and enduring significance. through an examination of traditional instruments, melodic patterns, lyrical themes, and performance contexts, we unravel the intricate tapestry of uzbekistan's musical legacy and highlight the efforts taken to preserve and promote this cultural treasure. uzbekistan, folk music, cultural heritage, central asia, traditional instruments, melodic patterns, lyrical themes, performance contexts, preservation, promotion introduction uzbekistan, a land steeped in the history of the silk road, has been a melting pot of cultural influences, resulting in a vibrant tapestry of music traditions. uzbek folk music, deeply rooted in the daily lives of its people, reflects the joys, sorrows, aspirations, and celebrations of generations past. this article seeks to shed light on the diverse aspects that shape the heritage of uzbek folk music and its significance in uzbek society. 1. origins and evolution: uzbek folk music owes its origins to the ancient nomadic and sedentary cultures that have thrived in the region for millennia. influences from persian, arab, turkic, mongol, and other neighboring civilizations have contributed to the development of unique musical forms. over time, folk music in uzbekistan has evolved through interactions with neighboring cultures and the assimilation of musical elements from the silk road trade routes. the origins of uzbek folk music can be traced back to the ancient nomadic and sedentary cultures that have inhabited the region of uzbekistan for thousands of years. the diverse musical traditions of uzbekistan have been shaped by a variety of influences from neighboring civilizations, including persian, arab, turkic, mongol, and others. these cultural interactions and exchanges along the historic silk road trade routes have played a significant role in the development and evolution of uzbek folk music. the nomadic heritage of the region, with its vast steppes and rugged landscapes, has contributed to the unique musical expressions found in uzbek folk music. nomadic tribes relied on music as a means of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org communication, entertainment, and storytelling. the melodies and rhythms of their songs reflected the natural environment, the challenges of nomadic life, and the collective experiences of the community. as sedentary civilizations emerged in the region, urban centers became hubs of cultural exchange, further enriching the musical traditions of uzbekistan. persian and arab influences brought new melodic and rhythmic patterns, while turkic and mongol invasions introduced elements of central asian music. these diverse influences merged with the existing musical practices, resulting in a fusion of styles and genres. one of the most significant influences on uzbek folk music was the silk road, a network of trade routes connecting east and west. as merchants, travelers, and scholars traversed these routes, they brought with them not only goods but also musical ideas and instruments from different cultures. this cultural interchange led to the assimilation of foreign musical elements, which were integrated into the fabric of uzbek folk music. over time, uzbek folk music underwent further evolution as it adapted to changing social, political, and religious contexts. the spread of islam in the region introduced new poetic traditions, as sufi poetry and mystical themes became an integral part of the lyrical content of uzbek folk songs. the influence of sufism can be seen in the spiritual and philosophical dimensions of the music, adding a deeper layer of meaning and expression. despite these transformations, uzbek folk music has managed to retain its distinct identity and authenticity. its melodies, rhythms, and lyrical themes continue to reflect the cultural heritage, values, and aspirations of the uzbek people. today, uzbek folk music is cherished as a vital part of the country's cultural legacy and serves as a source of pride and inspiration for its citizens. the evolution of uzbek folk music is an ongoing process, as contemporary musicians and artists explore new avenues for creativity while staying rooted in the rich traditions of the past. through their efforts, uzbek folk music continues to thrive, ensuring that this cultural heritage remains vibrant and relevant for future generations. 2. musical elements: 2.1 traditional instruments: uzbek folk music showcases a variety of traditional instruments that lend their distinct timbres to the melodies. the dutar, a long-necked lute, and the tanbur, a plucked string instrument, are integral to many uzbek musical ensembles. other notable instruments include the doira (frame drum), sato (flute), and gijjak (bowed string instrument). each instrument has its specific role in creating the characteristic soundscapes of uzbek folk music. 2.1 traditional instruments: uzbek folk music features a rich array of traditional instruments that contribute to its unique sound. these instruments are often handmade and have been passed down through generations. here are some of the prominent traditional instruments in uzbek folk music: 1. dutar: the dutar is a long-necked, two-stringed lute that is central to uzbek music. it has a pearshaped body and is played with a pick or fingers. the dutar is known for its resonant and melodic tones and is often used as a solo instrument or as accompaniment to vocal performances. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org 2. tanbur: the tanbur is a plucked string instrument with a long, slender neck and a rounded body. it has three or four strings and is played with a plectrum. the tanbur produces a deep, resonant sound and is widely used in traditional uzbek music. 3. doira: the doira is a frame drum made with a wooden frame and a goatskin head. it is played by striking the drumhead with the hands or fingers and produces rhythmic patterns. the doira is a versatile instrument that provides the rhythmic foundation for uzbek folk music and is often used in ensembles and dance performances. 4. sato: the sato is a flute made from wood or reed. it has a simple design with finger holes and produces a haunting and melodic sound. the sato is used in solo performances and as an accompaniment to vocal and instrumental music. 5. gijjak: the gijjak is a bowed string instrument with a round body and a short neck. it has three or four strings and is played with a bow. the gijjak adds a unique timbre to uzbek folk music and is often used in instrumental ensembles. these traditional instruments, with their distinct sounds and playing techniques, contribute to the rich tapestry of uzbek folk music. 3.2 melodic patterns: melodies in uzbek folk music are often characterized by intricate ornamentation, improvisation, and modal systems known as maqoms. maqoms, which vary in scale and tonal structure, provide a framework for melodic expression and serve as a foundation for improvisation. the use of microtonal intervals and rhythmic patterns adds depth and complexity to the music, captivating listeners with its captivating nuances. 3.2 melodic patterns: uzbek folk music is characterized by its intricate melodic patterns and improvisational nature. the melodies are often ornamented with trills, slides, and other embellishments, adding expressiveness and virtuosity to the music. melodies in uzbek folk music are usually based on modal systems called maqoms. maqoms are melodic frameworks that consist of specific scales, melodic patterns, and tonal structures. each maqom has its own set of rules and characteristic melodic phrases. uzbek folk music features a variety of maqoms, including shashmaqom, segah, rast, and chorgoh, among others. these maqoms provide a foundation for improvisation and allow musicians to express their creativity within the established melodic framework. microtonal intervals, or small pitch variations within a semitone, are also an essential element of uzbek folk music. musicians employ these microtonal intervals to evoke specific emotions and create nuanced melodic lines. this use of microtones adds depth and complexity to the music, captivating listeners with its unique tonalities. rhythmic patterns in uzbek folk music are diverse and reflect the region's cultural and ethnic diversity. various rhythmic structures, including duple and triple meters, are employed to create rhythmic interplay and drive the music forward. percussion instruments like the doira play a crucial role in establishing rhythmic patterns and providing a rhythmic foundation for the music. in summary, uzbek folk music is characterized by its diverse array of traditional instruments and intricate melodic patterns. the use of maqoms, improvisation, ornamentation, microtonal intervals, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org rhythmic interplay contribute to the captivating and richly textured soundscapes of uzbek folk music.4. lyrical themes: the lyrical content of uzbek folk music reflects a wide range of themes, including love, nature, historical events, heroic tales, and religious devotion. through poetic verses, uzbek musicians convey profound emotions and narratives that resonate with the experiences and values of the uzbek people. the lyrics often draw from sufi poetry, highlighting the spiritual dimensions of the music. 5. performance contexts: uzbek folk music is performed in a variety of contexts, reflecting the rich cultural traditions of the region. here are some of the performance contexts where uzbek folk music thrives: informal gatherings: music is an integral part of everyday life in uzbekistan, and folk music often accompanies informal gatherings such as family celebrations, weddings, and social gatherings. these intimate settings provide an opportunity for musicians and singers to showcase their talent and create a joyful and festive atmosphere. festivals and celebrations: uzbek folk music takes center stage during traditional festivals and celebrations. events like nowruz, the persian new year, and kurban ait, the feast of sacrifice, bring communities together and feature vibrant musical performances. musicians and dancers entertain the crowds, creating a sense of community and cultural pride. religious ceremonies: uzbekistan has a rich religious heritage, and folk music plays a significant role in religious ceremonies. sufi gatherings, known as zikr, often include devotional music and chanting, creating a spiritual atmosphere. music is also an integral part of rituals and celebrations in mosques and shrines. traditional dance performances: uzbek folk music is closely intertwined with traditional dance forms. dance performances such as "beshkara" and "lazgi" are accompanied by live musicians playing traditional instruments. the music and dance together create a captivating visual and auditory experience, showcasing the cultural expressions of uzbekistan. 6. preservation and promotion: the preservation and promotion of uzbek folk music have been recognized as important cultural endeavors. efforts have been made to safeguard this musical heritage and ensure its continuity for future generations. some key initiatives include: academy of maqom: the academy of maqom, founded in 1991 in uzbekistan, is a prestigious institution dedicated to the study and preservation of traditional uzbek music. it offers educational programs and research opportunities for musicians, composers, and musicologists, ensuring the transmission of knowledge and skills related to uzbek folk music. state conservatory of uzbekistan: the state conservatory of uzbekistan, located in tashkent, provides formal education in music, including uzbek folk music. it offers specialized programs and training for aspiring musicians, helping to nurture talent and preserve traditional musical practices. festivals and performances: various festivals and cultural events celebrate uzbek folk music, providing a platform for musicians to showcase their talent and for audiences to experience the richness of the music. festivals such as the sharq taronalari international music festival and the silk and spices festival bring together local and international artists, promoting cross-cultural exchange and appreciation for uzbek folk music. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org recordings and documentation: recordings of uzbek folk music have been made to document and preserve traditional melodies and performances. these recordings not only serve as valuable archival resources but also contribute to the dissemination of uzbek folk music on a global scale. conclusion: uzbek folk music stands as a testament to the enduring cultural identity of uzbekistan, embodying the nation's history, traditions, and values. its diverse elements, from traditional instruments to melodic patterns and lyrical themes, weave a vibrant tapestry that resonates with audiences around the world. by valuing and preserving this rich heritage, uzbekistan ensures that future generations can continue to cherish and celebrate the musical legacy of their ancestors. references 1. ahmedovich, turdiyev shavkat. "from the history of preservation and recording of samples of national uzbek musical folklore." asia pacific journal of marketing & management review issn: 2319-2836 impact factor: 8.071 11.12 (2022): 59-61. 2. axmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "use of pedagogical technologies in conducting." journalnx 7.1: 149-151. 3. ahmedovich, turdiyev shavkat. "fan sifatida o'qitishda musiqa madaniyatining noaniq dasturlaridan foydalanish asoslari."osiyo tinch okeani jurnali marketing va menejment sharhi issn: 2319-2836 ta'sir omili: 8.071 11.11 (2022): 171-174. 4. axmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "musiqa ta'limi o'qituvchisining pedagogik mahoratini oshirish muammolari."xalqaro ijtimoiy fanlar va fanlararo tadqiqotlar jurnali issn: 2277-3630 ta'sir omili: 8.036 11.03 (2022): 75-78. 5. axmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "talabalarni bolalar xor jamoasi bilan ishlashga tayyorlash muammolari."jahon ijtimoiy fanlar byulleteni 3.10 (2021): 133-135. 6. akhmedovich, turdiev shavkat. "features of pedagogical traditions in uzbek folk music." journal of positive school psychology 6.9 (2022): 2263-2266. 7. turdiyev, sh. "choral art is a type of ancient and modern art." academic international conference on multi-disciplinary studies and education. vol. 1. no. 10. 2023. 8. turdiyev, sh. "yoshlar va musiqiy tarbiya." interpretation and researches 1.1 (2023). 9. turdiyev, shavkat axmedovich. "vokal-xor san’ti tarixining zamonaviy san’at bilan uzviyligi." oriental art and culture 4.1 (2023): 585-594. 10. turdiyev, shavkat axmedovich. "o ‘zbek xalq musiqa ijodi va uning an’analari." oriental art and culture 4.2 (2023): 321-327. 11. турдиев, ш. "o ‘zbek xalq musiqa ijodida ustoz-shogird an’analari." современные тенденции инновационного развития науки и образования в глобальном мире 1.4 (2022). 12. turdiyev, sh. "the importance of values in forming students'interest in national musical art." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 8.036 12.10 (2023): 7580. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org 13. turdiyev, s. x. " musiqiy ta'lim jarayonida o'quvchilarda vatanparvarlik tuyg'ularini shakllantirishda oilaviy marosim qo'shiqlarining ahamiyati."xalqaro ijtimoiy fanlar va fanlararo tadqiqotlar jurnali issn: 2277-3630 ta'sir omili: 8.036 12.10 (2023): 101-106. 14. turdiyev, shovkat axmedovich. "o ‘quvchilarni xalq musiqa merosiga muhabbat ruhida tarbiyalash." oriental art and culture 4.4 (2023): 98-101. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org the emirate of bukhara and india between tea trade in the second half of the 19th and early 20 th centuries ibrohimov nozimjon ikhtiyorovich researcher bukhara state pedagogical institute bukhara, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the second half of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, the number of indians living in central asia was significant. indians settled compactly in the caravanserais of central asia. they created a unique way of life in each region, and if there were no caravanserais nearby, they settled in one area and created “indian rows” and “indian neighborhoods”. indian society in central asia consisted of representatives of the emerging national capital, who mainly dealt with trade and monetary matters. those who came from india, in addition to trade and usury, also engaged in entrepreneurship. among the indians were cooks, bakers, and confectioners. caravanserai, protectorate, indigo, khalmuri, hisson, pari, patta, nauzugur, usury, kanaus, kaliko, pud, pound, mile, export, import. introduction by the second half of the 19th century, the number of immigrants from india was constantly growing. if in the first half of the 19th century about two thousand of them lived in the bukhara emirate alone[1], then by the second half of the 19th century there were more than five thousand indians[2]. most of the immigrants from india were from the cities of shikarpur, sindh, multan, and punjab, while a smaller number were from madras, calcutta, and bombay[3]. in the territory of the bukhara emirate and turkestan, indians, as a rule, lived temporarily. usually, they engaged in business for 10-15 years, and then returned to their homeland. in rare cases, the residence of indians in the territory of turkestan was expanded. for this, indians had to accept russian citizenship[4]. indians lived not only in large cities such as bukhara, samarkand, namangan, andijan, fergana, but also in small towns and even villages. main part a significant portion of indian entrepreneurs chose bukhara and its peripheral regions as their permanent place of work and residence. bukhara maintained its status as the trade center of central asia. according to l. f. kostenko's information, "bukhara holds great importance compared to neighboring states due to its highly advantageous central position. it is located at the center of trade routes connecting the east and south of asia with the north and west, as well as with europe through russia"[5]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org in central asia, the main occupations of indians were trade and moneylending. the transformation of the bukhara emirate into a protectorate by russia did not halt trade relations. in the 19th century, caravan routes linked important trade centers of central asia with the indian cities of shikarpur, multan, and peshawar. one of these routes went from india to kabul through lahore, peshawar, and the khyber pass. in kabul, all trade caravans united, passing through bamiyan, tashkurgan, and mazar-i-sharif, then entering the territories of the bukhara emirate at the kelif crossing of the amu darya. the journey from bukhara to kabul took 27 days[6]. during this period, indian exports remained similar to those of previous eras: indigo, spices, tea, semiprecious stones, metal and ceramic products, rice, sugar, and goods manufactured by the british and indians continuously flowed into the bukhara markets. according to a.k. geins, 10-15 thousand camel-loads of goods (ranging from 160 thousand to 240 thousand poods) arrived annually through kabul to bukhara, kokand, kashgar, and other cities of central asia[7]. from bukhara, silk, goatskin, horse meat, and hashish products were exported to afghanistan, and then to india. in reality, silk was not produced in bukhara; it was produced in kokand and brought to bukhara, from where it was sent to india. the highest quality silk was sold in kokand for 197 rubles 60 kopecks, while in the markets of bukhara the price of this silk rose to 240 rubles[8]. in addition to the 800 bales of silk exported to india annually, other silk products were also exported: kanaus, scarves (6 thousand poods) [9], bukharan tablecloths embroidered with silk[10], calico, and cheap furs[11]. this indicates that india occupied an important place in bukhara's foreign trade relations. this situation continued almost until the end of the 19th century. in the 1860s, indian merchants began bringing tea to central asia. tea exports later became one of india's most profitable exports. previously, tea was brought here from china via kashgar and ghulja. however, the uprising in east turkestan in 1864 severely disrupted the tea trade. this opened up opportunities for indian tea exports to central asian markets. tea imported from india was sold at low prices, and large quantities of tea were also offered on credit for up to two years. after some time, selling tea on credit became common practice[12]. in an effort to counter anglo-indian competition, duty-free tea deliveries from kyakhta to turkestan via irkutsk were established in 1868, and high customs duties were imposed on indian tea. however, these measures proved ineffective, and sources indicate that tea imported from india was also smuggled into russia through turkestan. between 1875 and 1889 alone, tea exports from india to central asia increased fivefold[13]. indian tea exports to central asia reached significant volumes, causing great concern among the trading circles of russian society. tea and related issues were widely discussed in the pages of "turkistan news" and other print publications. as a result, in 1877, a group of officials led by n. a. mayev[14] was sent to bukhara to gather information about the tea trade. according to his reports, tea was delivered from calcutta to peshawar, then the caravan reached the kelif crossroads through kabul and tashkurgan. here, the caravans crossed the amu darya, then headed to kelif and karshi, from where they reached bukhara. in bukhara, tea packages intended for the city were delivered unopened to special caravanserais, six of which were designated solely for tea storage. the largest of these was the abdurashid caravanserai, where up to 3,000 camel loads of tea were brought and stored annually. two smaller caravanserais also stored tea: mirzagul 1,500 camel loads, and badriddin up to 1,200 camel loads[15]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org due to the opening of the trans-caspian railway, imports of indian tea to bukhara and the turkestan region continued to increase[16]. goods from india were transported by sea to batumi, then along the caucasus railway to baku, and subsequently across the caspian sea to krasnovodsk. this route was highly profitable for russia, as the cargo was transported via russian steamships and railways, generating substantial revenue. with the opening of the sea transit route in 1895, green tea imports rose to 25,000 poods, which constituted 1/5 of the total tea imports[17]. according to archival records, green tea brought to central asia from bombay, india, was also imported to the bukhara emirate. this was a very high-quality tea, with only green tea grown in japan being able to compete with it. this information was reported on march 12, 1880, by nikolai ivanov ivanovich, a guild merchant in tashkent[18]. conclusion in conclusion, indian merchants regularly brought their goods to the bukhara emirate and all regions of central asia. among these goods, tea occupies a special place. the above information shows that tea trade between bukhara and india was active. due to the high demand for indian tea, the soviet government's restrictions did not have a significant negative impact on this process. indian merchants exported tea products not only to the bukhara emirate, but also to russia itself through bukhara. we can see from sources that this situation was brought in large quantities by clandestine means during the period of restrictions. thus, we can see that trade relations between india and the bukhara emirate continued at all times and under all circumstances. references 1. каландарова м. с. индийцы в бухаре в первой половине хiх в. // восток (ориенс). 2002, н 5.-с. 54-61 2. логофет д. н. бухарское ханство под русским протекторатом. т. 1. спб., 1911.-с. 181 3. серебренников а. г. туркестанский край. сборник материалов для истории его завоевания. ташкент, 1914. -с. 142 4. небольсин п. и. очерки торговли россии со средней азией // зрго. кн. 10. спб.,1855.-с. 313 5. костенко л. ф. средняя азия и водворение в ней русской гражданственности. спб., 1871.-с. 253 6. небольсин п. и. очерки торговли россии со средней азией // зрго. кн. 10. спб.,1855.-с. 186 7. гейнс а. к. сборник литературных трудов александра константиновича гейнса. спб., 1898, -с. 532. 8. туркестанские ведомости. ташкент.1871, н 29. 9. клемм в. о. современное состояние торговли в бухарском ханстве // сгтса. вып. 33. спб., 1888. -с. 51 10. губаревич-родобыльский а. ф. экономический очерк бухары и туниса. опыт сравнительного исследования двух систем протектората. спб., 1905. -с. 77 11. костенко л. ф. средняя азия и водворение в ней русской гражданственности. спб., 1871.с. 420 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org 12. костенко л. ф. средняя азия и водворение в ней русской гражданственности. спб., 1871.с. 264-265 13. субботин а. п. чай и чайная торговля в россии и других странах. спб., 1892.-с. 24 14. маев николай александрович (1835-1896) тарихчи, географ, этнограф. 1870-1892 йилларда туркистон янгиликлари муҳаррири. марказий осиё тарихига оид қатор асарлар муаллифи. 15. туркестанские ведомости. ташкент.1877, н 16 16. construction of the trans-caspian railway began in november 1880 from the mikhailovsky bay (mallakora) of the caspian sea to kyzyl-arvat. five years later, the builders arrived in ashgabat, and in 1886 in chardzhou. in may 1888, a wooden bridge was built over the amu darya river, opening the way to samarkand. in 1899, the road reached tashkent. in january 1906, the tashkent-orenburg road was put into operation, opening a direct route from central asia to central russia. on march 1, 1901, the murghab department (merv-kushka) was opened. the total length of the road was 2,382 miles on january 1, 1905. 17. губаревич-родобыльский а. ф. чай и чайная монополия. спб., 1908. -с. 88. 18. ўзма, и 1-жамғарма, 11-рўйхат, 151-иш, 1-варақ. 19. ibrokhimov, n. i. . (07.11.2023). trade relations between the emirate of bukhara and india in the second half of the 19th century the beginning of the 20th century. oriental journal of history, politics and law, 3(06), – р. 9–15. 20. nozimjon i. ibrokhimov.(31.01.2024). the place of trade in the diplomatic relations of the bukhara emirate with india. oriental journal of history, politics and law, https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojhpl-04-01-03. – р. 21–27. 21. nozimjon ibrokhimov. (19.12.24). trade relations of bukhara emirate with india in the xix century. oriental journal of social sciences. https://doi.org/10.37547/supsciojss-04-06-18. -p. 164-171. https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojhpl-04-01-03.%20–%20р.%2021–27 https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojss-04-06-18 https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojss-04-06-18 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org participation of uzbekistani fighters in the military actions between a limited soviet armed contingent and afghanistan opposition forces in the afghanistan war shoyimov sanjarbek saidmurod ogli tashkent state university of economics senior lecturer, department of “social sciences” tashkent international university of chemistry independent researcher, department of “history” a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s about 65 thousand uzbek soldiers participated in the military operations of the soviet army in the afghan war (1979-1989). in turn, they sacrificed their lives on afghan soil for their youthful duty and for the defense of the homeland. more than 1,500 uzbeks died in these military operations. this article provides necessary information about the main combat operations of uzbek soldiers who participated in the military operations in afghanistan as part of the soviet army and the afghan opposition forces, as well as the role of the participation of uzbeks in this war. ndpa, tajbek, tukharinov, oksva, panjsher, badaber uprising, pardayev, medal. introduction the war in afghanistan, which took place in the 1980s, was a tragic loss not only for the afghan people, but also for the soviet people, especially the uzbeks. the outbreak of the war began in the 1970s with the aggravation of the political situation in afghanistan, processes associated with the coming to power of the pro-soviet akp party and its support by the ussr government. the rapprochement of the then head of the afghan government, h. amin, with the us state and treachery towards the soviets led to a meeting called “on the situation in afghanistan” held at the central bureau of the cpsu on december 12, 1979. as a result of the meeting, the ussr, at the request of the afghan government and in accordance with the soviet-afghan alliance treaty, introduced soviet armed forces into afghan territory in order to provide its international assistance[1]. historians note that from march to december 1979, the afghan government requested military assistance from the ussr 19 times[2]. on december 27, 1979, the residence of hafizullah amin the tajbek palace was besieged by soviet military forces and the head of the afghan government was killed. after some time, the democratic republic of afghanistan was proclaimed and b. karmal, a former soviet ambassador to prague and leader of the akp, who had studied in the soviet state, was appointed as its leader[2]. methodology the military forces introduced by the ussr into afghanistan, the 40th army, are called the "limited contingent of soviet troops in afghanistan". the army commander is lieutenant general y. v. tukharinov, first deputy commander of the turkestan military district [3]. among the troops american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org deployed to afghanistan were an airborne division and a separate regiment from the 40th army, which was part of the turkestan military district and the central asian military district, an assault airborne brigade, several regiments of combat aviation of the air force, combat and transport helicopters, regiments, and the service part of the center. the number of soviet troops deployed in afghanistan increased every year and by 1985 reached 108.8 thousand (106 thousand military personnel), the contingent in military units was 73.6 thousand people. the soviet troops were assigned to the afghan army units and divisions, together with the sarandoy security service (afghanistan's ministry of internal affairs), to protect all major highways. research outcome the participation of the soviet army in the military operations in afghanistan is divided into 4 stages[4]: stage 1: december 1979 february 1980 stage 2: march 1980 april 1985 stage 3: may 1985 december 1986 stage 4: january 1987 february 1989 the counter-partisan nature of the war in afghanistan and the difficult terrain predetermined the specifics of the tactics of the soviet troops in afghanistan, where classical offensive and defensive battles were impossible. the main methods of warfare were: ▪ raids, ▪ blocking and combing, ▪ ambushes, ▪ wire fencing and supporting columns. every year, the number of members of the mujahideen armed formations grew in impressive geometric progression. in 1980, there were about 25 thousand, in 1988 more than 140 thousand, and in 1989, when the oksva was withdrawn, it exceeded 250 thousand militias[6]. the most famous military operations in the history of the afghan war in 1979-1989 are as follows: famous military operations: "mountains-80", "spring-80", "autumn-80", "blow-1,2", "volley", "maneuver", "trap", "granite", "thunderstorm" (in the ghazni region), "jawara", "south", "typhoon", tashkurgan and aibak operations ("operation tashkurgan"[9], "operation aibak", military operations in the samangan region), etc.[7] discussion among these military operations, it is worth mentioning a major event called the “badaber” uprising. the badaber uprising that took place on april 26, 1985 was also one of the important battles. 40 afghan soldiers and 14 soviet soldiers were held captive in the prison called badaber[9]. covering an area of about 500 hectares, the dra armed forces servicemen and “shuravi” (soviet prisoners of war) who were captured in panjshir and karabakh in 1983-1984 were brought here. on april 26, 1985, at 9:00 pm, when all the camp staff gathered on the parade ground to perform the evening prayer, a group of soviet prisoners of war “removed” two guards from the artillery depots and the tower, freeing the prisoners. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org below are excerpts from the war memoirs of war veterans who participated in the afghan war, recorded on the basis of oral history. also, the services rendered in the war by the uzbek young man pardayev rofi pardayevich, who served as captain and deputy chief of staff in the asadabad region of afghanistan in 1981-1983, are incomparable. under the leadership of rofi pardayev, he perfectly coped with the task of installing signal sensors in enemy territory and recording enemy coordinates in the operations conducted in the jalalabad and kunar regions[12]. in particular, uzbek fighters effectively participated in the war with their unique skills. in particular, tal'at pardayevich muradov from samarkand was sent to afghanistan as an officer-translator in 19841985. for his courage in these military operations, he was awarded the order of the red star in 1985[13]. one such translator, shukhrat shoymardonovich norkoziyev, served as both a translator and a police regiment intelligence officer in the kabul, ghazni, panjsher, and paktiya regions of afghanistan from 1983 to 1985. he participated in several military operations and was awarded the medal "for courage" and the order of the red star for panjsher. among the military personnel who served in afghanistan, sultanov rustam sultanovich, one of the officers who showed great devotion to guarding the state border, was of great merit. rustam sultanovich noted that the 107th border troops detachment, where he served as a leader, played an important role in providing the military base with food and military weapons. he notes that he survived dangerous attacks twice during his service in afghanistan. during the war, r. sultanov was awarded the “veteran of the afghan war” order, “afghan glory” and many other state awards[13]. senior sergeant politin oleg valentinovich, who served in ghazni in 1985-1986, recalls the war as follows: “we knew that (the ussr) was helping the afghan people. our internationalist soldiers are providing comprehensive assistance to the democratic revolution. our task, in our opinion, was to accompany the specialists who were doing this. we fought with the mujahideen, with the enemies of democracy, the establishment of a civilized society. [12]. samatov abdurazzok abdujalilovich, an uzbek sergeant who served in the village of rukha in the panjsher valley in 1985-1986, recalls his participation in the war: “my first injury was from a mine explosion, which was minor. my second injury was when i defended a five-man infantry fighting vehicle when it was surrounded. at that time, i was taking out my friend sh. mamadaliyev, who was a sniper, and he was shot in the head, and i was wounded by two explosive bullets. this incident occurred on october 10, 1986. for this, i was awarded the order of the red star.”[12]. mamirzhan kenzhayevich, a senior lieutenant in the reserve, participated in military conflicts in afghanistan 13 times. in 1983, he was hit by a mine in a column on a mountain road in kabul (on the bagram-chorikor road). he received a serious concussion, but continued his service. mamirzhan aka, speaking about the ussr's deployment of troops to afghanistan, commented that "this was a requirement of the geopolitical conditions of that time" [14.]. mirzhamol sobirovich served in afghanistan in 1985-1987. after 3 months of military training in turkmenistan, he was trained as an instructor, went to the 102nd regiment tashkurgan regiment, and a few days later was sent to the hairatan regiment. he served as a machine gunner (in reconnaissance). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org in hairatan, he guarded 3 large gas pipelines (gsm). he was awarded the medal “for combat services” in the war, the medals “70th anniversary of the soviet armed forces” and other medals. war veteran r. pardayev: “there was even an instruction not to install tombstones indicating the places of death of servicemen who died in afghanistan. everything changed with the publication of the resolution of the central committee of the cpsu of january 17, 1983. after that, instructions were sent to military units and servicemen, which even indicated the dimensions (of the tombstones) and allocated funds for the installation of tombstones. all the dead were evacuated from the battlefield in a timely manner. [13]. during the afghan war, there were many cases when uzbek soldiers sacrificed their comrades on afghan soil in front of their own eyes. for example, temur saidov from kashkadarya was injured by a mine explosion while performing his duty in the village of piramakon. among those who returned from the war as a disabled person, it is worth remembering muhammad ergashev from tashkent. a soldier who served as a sapper during the war recalls that he had a dream about an explosion. colonel grishin, when they wanted to gouge out my eye, resisted and saved me. i am grateful to him, ”recalls the veteran. or boymurat mamanov from shahrisabz, who was wounded in the leg in kandahar, a soldier who served in the war, was neutralizing mines with his friends. he was wounded in the leg while neutralizing a “fugas” mine. for soldiers serving in afghanistan, the statement of february 15, 1989, by the commander of limited units of soviet troops in afghanistan, lieutenant general b.v. gromov, to the representative of the leadership of the ussr ministry of defense, army general n.i. popov, that the withdrawal of army units from afghanistan was completely completed, was significant. the internationalist fighters were met by relatives of soldiers and officers, soviet and foreign journalists as they entered the city of termez over the 960-meter bridge. conclusion more than 64.5 thousand uzbek men and women (1,545 of whom were killed and 3,067 returned home disabled) participated in the armed operations in afghanistan in 1979-1989[16]. uzbek soldiers who participated in the afghan war were awarded various state awards, medals, and orders for their services. these awards were mainly given during the soviet era and were given to encourage soldiers for their courageous actions. acknowledgment i would like to thank the leadership of the veterans association of uzbekistan and all veterans of the afghan war for writing this research paper. references 1. nsa. concerning the situation in “a”. tskhsd, f.89, per.14, dok. 31. 2. sanguinary amin band ousted. kabul new times. vol.xvii no.1. january 1, 1980 (jaddi 11, 1358 s.h.). 1 p. 3. a.mannonov, n.abdullayev, r.rashidov. afg’oniston tarixi. o’quv qo’llanma. -t.: barkamol fayz media, 2018. b.221 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org 4. o’zbekistonda harbiy ish tarixidan (qadimgi davrdan hozirgacha) / o’zbekiston respublikasi fanlar akademiyasi; mas’ul moharrir: d.x.ziyayeva / t.: sharq, 2012. b.215-217. 5. риа новости // участие советского союза в войне в афганистане в 1979-1989 годах. и https://ria.ru/20180515/1520504670.html 6. топорков в.м. афганистан: советский фактор в истоках кризиса /монография. – чебоксары: цнс «интерактив плюс», 2014. – 319 с. 7. тайна лагеря бадабера. «красная звезда», 21, 24, 25 и 26 июля 1990. подполковник а. олейник, москва — кабул архивная копия от 21 февраля 2009 на wayback machine. 8. дорогами огненных лет / под общ. ред. т.а. нигматуллиной, р.а. сафиуллина. часть 2. уфа: изд-во бист (филиала) оуп во «атисо», 2017. c.27. 9. память из пламени афганистана: интервью с воинами–интернацио налистами афганской войны 1979-1989 годов / под ред. марлен ларюэль, ботагоз ракишевой, гулден ашкеновой. книга 2. узбекистан. издание состоит из 3-х книг. – астана: киси при президенте рк, 2016 г. 10. oral tarix. urush faxriysi mamirjon kenjayev bilan bo’lgan suhbatdan yozib olindi. 11. a.nurmurodov. qonli yo’rgaklar. – toshkent: yangi asr avlodi, 2019. – 512 b. 12. x.karimiy. urush ko’rgan odamlar. – t.: akademnashr, 2019. – 252 b. 13. eng so’nggi soldat. sovet o’zbekistoni. 39-son. 1989-yil 16-fevral. https://ria.ru/20180515/1520504670.html http://www.rsva.ru/biblio/prose_af/10_let/8.shtml?part=16 http://www.rsva.ru/biblio/prose_af/10_let/8.shtml?part=16 https://web.archive.org/web/20090221171100/http:/www.rsva.ru/biblio/prose_af/10_let/8.shtml?part=16 https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/wayback_machine american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org an examination of sociological and psychological perspectives on suicide through the works of emile durkheim and zygmunt bauman shukurova sabokhat odilovna the university of economics and pedagogy russian language department, associate professor, doctor of philosophy philological sciences (phd) email: shukurovasabohat6033@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article delves into the profound and multifaceted theme of suicide as explored through the foundational theories of émile durkheim and the contemporary insights of zygmunt bauman. suicide, as a critical social issue, has garnered attention across various disciplines, necessitating an interdisciplinary approach to fully grasp its complexities. by examining durkheim's empirical analysis of social factors influencing suicidal behavior, including his pioneering typology of suicide—egoistic, altruistic, anomic, and fatalistic—this study elucidates the essential role that societal integration and regulation play in shaping individual experiences of despair. in contrast, the article also engages with bauman's exploration of the implications of modernity and consumerism on individual identity and mental health. bauman's concept of "liquid modernity" captures the instability and uncertainty pervasive in contemporary life, revealing how rapid societal changes, individualization, and consumer culture contribute to feelings of alienation and existential crisis. by situating suicide within the context of modernity, bauman provides a critical lens through which to understand the psychological dimensions of suicidal behavior, emphasizing the importance of meaning and belonging in individuals' lives. through a comparative lens, this research highlights how both sociological and psychological dimensions contribute to a deeper understanding of suicide, ultimately offering a comprehensive framework for addressing this pressing societal issue. by synthesizing durkheim's structural analysis with bauman's existential exploration, the article not only enriches the discourse surrounding suicide but also calls for a more nuanced approach to prevention and intervention strategies. the findings underscore the necessity of fostering social connections, community support, and meaningful engagement in contemporary society, thereby mitigating the risk factors associated with suicide. in conclusion, this article serves as a vital contribution to the ongoing dialogue about mental health, urging scholars, practitioners, and policymakers to consider the intricate interplay between societal suicide, émile durkheim, zygmunt bauman, social integration, modernity, existential despair, sociological analysis, psychological factors, community support, individualization, mental health, public health, consumerism, identity crises, social cohesion, qualitative research, interdisciplinary approach, cultural context, societal structures, mental wellbeing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org structures and individual experiences when addressing the complexities of suicide. through this exploration, we aim to promote greater awareness and understanding of the factors that lead to suicidal behavior, ultimately fostering a more compassionate and informed response to this critical issue. introduction suicide continues to be a significant global concern, representing a major public health issue that necessitates comprehensive investigation across various academic disciplines, including sociology, psychology, and public health. the complexity of suicide, influenced by a myriad of factors ranging from individual psychological states to broader societal structures, demands an interdisciplinary approach for effective understanding and intervention. given the multifaceted nature of this phenomenon, it is crucial to explore both personal and societal dimensions to grasp how they interplay in shaping individuals' experiences with suicidal thoughts and behaviors. this article focuses on the theoretical frameworks established by two influential thinkers: émile durkheim and zygmunt bauman. durkheim, a pioneering figure in sociology, conducted one of the first systematic studies of suicide in the late 19th century. his seminal work, *le suicide*, published in 1897, meticulously identified key social variables associated with suicide rates, establishing a foundation for sociological research on the subject. durkheim's typology of suicide—comprising egoistic, altruistic, anomic, and fatalistic forms—provides invaluable insights into how varying degrees of social integration and regulation influence suicidal behavior. by highlighting the importance of social context, durkheim’s work underscores the critical role that communal bonds and societal expectations play in individuals’ mental health. in contrast, zygmunt bauman’s writings in the late 20th and early 21st centuries explore the implications of modernity on individual well-being and identity. bauman's concept of "liquid modernity" articulates the fluid and often precarious nature of contemporary life, characterized by rapid social changes, consumerism, and individualization. he argues that these factors contribute significantly to feelings of alienation and existential despair, leading many individuals to grapple with crises of meaning and purpose. bauman’s perspectives serve as a critical lens through which to understand the psychological dimensions of suicide, emphasizing how modern societal structures can exacerbate feelings of isolation and hopelessness. this article aims to examine the contributions of both durkheim and bauman to the understanding of suicide, exploring their differing perspectives while highlighting their complementary insights. by juxtaposing durkheim's empirical and structural approach with bauman's existential and psychological analysis, this study seeks to provide a nuanced understanding of the factors that influence suicidal behavior. moreover, this exploration will delve into how societal changes, such as shifts in social norms, economic pressures, and the erosion of community bonds, can create environments in which individuals may feel increasingly vulnerable to suicidal thoughts. through this analysis, the article aims to contribute to ongoing discussions surrounding mental health and societal responsibility, advocating for a more integrated approach to suicide prevention that addresses both individual and collective needs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org in summary, by synthesizing the foundational theories of durkheim with the contemporary insights of bauman, this article endeavors to enrich the discourse on suicide. it aims to illuminate the intricate interplay between societal structures and individual experiences, ultimately fostering a deeper understanding of this critical issue. by doing so, we hope to encourage further research and engagement in the fields of mental health, sociology, and public policy, underscoring the importance of addressing suicide not merely as an individual tragedy but as a reflection of broader societal dynamics. durkheim's sociological perspective on suicide émile durkheim’s seminal work in the late 19th century established a sociological framework for understanding suicide. in “le suicide” (1897), durkheim systematically categorized suicidal behavior and identified four primary types: 1. egoistic suicide: this type occurs when individuals feel disconnected from their social groups, leading to a lack of integration into society. durkheim argued that lower levels of social cohesion— often seen in individuals who are isolated or lack strong familial or community ties—result in higher rates of egoistic suicide. this phenomenon illustrates the critical role of social relationships in promoting mental well-being. 2. altruistic suicide: in stark contrast, altruistic suicide arises from excessive integration in which individuals place the needs of the group above their own. this form of suicide may occur in tightly knit communities or cultures that prioritize collective identity, exemplified by cases where individuals sacrifice their lives for a cause or community. 3. anomic suicide: this form reflects a breakdown of social norms and values, typically occurring during periods of significant social change or disruption. anomic suicide is characterized by feelings of aimlessness and disorientation, as individuals struggle to navigate the shifting landscape of their social environment. durkheim linked this type of suicide to economic crises, rapid societal changes, and the loss of traditional structures. 4. fatalistic suicide: characterized by excessive regulation, fatalistic suicide occurs in situations where individuals feel oppressed by societal constraints. this type is less commonly discussed but is relevant in contexts where individuals experience extreme control over their lives, such as in institutional settings. durkheim's analysis emphasizes the importance of societal factors in shaping suicidal behavior, arguing that understanding these social dimensions is critical to addressing the root causes of suicide. his work laid the groundwork for subsequent research into the social determinants of mental health, influencing both sociological inquiry and public health policies. bauman's exploration of modernity and existential despair zygmunt bauman, writing in the late 20th and early 21st centuries, provides a contemporary perspective on suicide, focusing on the implications of modernity and consumerism on individual identity and well-being. his concept of "liquid modernity" captures the essence of contemporary life characterized by rapid change, uncertainty, and individualization. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org in his influential works, bauman explores several key factors contributing to the prevalence of suicide in modern society: 1. consumerism and identity: in a consumer-driven culture, individuals often derive their self-worth from material success and social status. this constant comparison to others can lead to feelings of inadequacy, particularly for those who struggle to meet societal expectations. bauman argues that the pressures to conform to consumerist ideals contribute to rising rates of mental health issues, including anxiety and depression, which are closely linked to suicidal ideation. 2. isolation and individualism: the shift toward individualism in contemporary society often results in diminished communal bonds and social support systems. as traditional forms of community and connection erode, individuals may experience profound loneliness and isolation. bauman highlights how this lack of social cohesion can exacerbate mental health struggles, making individuals more susceptible to feelings of despair and hopelessness. 3. crisis of meaning: bauman posits that modernity's rapid pace and the erosion of shared values lead to a crisis of meaning for many individuals. in a world where traditional narratives and beliefs are increasingly questioned, people may grapple with existential uncertainty, struggling to find purpose and direction in their lives. this crisis of meaning can contribute significantly to suicidal thoughts and actions. by situating suicide within the broader context of modernity, bauman expands the discourse initiated by durkheim, emphasizing the psychological and existential dimensions of suicidal behavior. his work prompts a reevaluation of the factors influencing mental health in contemporary society, calling for a deeper understanding of how modern life impacts individual well-being. comparative analysis of durkheim and bauman while both durkheim and bauman address suicide as a reflection of societal influences, their approaches differ significantly. durkheim's work is grounded in empirical research and sociological analysis, focusing on structural factors that contribute to suicidal behavior. his typology of suicide types provides a systematic framework for understanding the varying social determinants of suicide. in contrast, bauman adopts a more philosophical lens, examining the existential implications of modernity and the subjective experiences of individuals. his focus on consumerism, isolation, and the crisis of meaning reflects a shift from the structural analysis prevalent in durkheim's work to a more nuanced exploration of individual agency and identity. together, their theories provide a comprehensive framework for understanding suicide as a complex interplay between societal pressures and individual psychological states. durkheim's emphasis on social integration and regulation complements bauman's insights into the existential crises engendered by modernity, highlighting the multifaceted nature of suicidal behavior. implications for mental health and policy the insights garnered from durkheim and bauman have significant implications for mental health initiatives and public policy. understanding suicide through a sociological lens underscores the importance of fostering social connections and community support systems to enhance individual wellamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org being. policies aimed at increasing social cohesion, promoting mental health awareness, and providing resources for those in crisis can help mitigate the risk of suicide. moreover, bauman's exploration of modernity suggests that addressing the psychological impacts of consumerism and individualism is crucial for supporting mental health. initiatives that promote meaningful connections, combat loneliness, and foster a sense of purpose can be instrumental in preventing suicide. public health campaigns that emphasize the importance of community engagement and collective identity may also play a vital role in reducing suicide rates. the exploration of suicide through the lenses of émile durkheim and zygmunt bauman reveals the intricate connections between societal structures and individual experiences, highlighting the complex interplay of social, psychological, and cultural factors that contribute to this tragic phenomenon. durkheim's sociological framework underscores the critical importance of social integration and regulation, illustrating how varying degrees of connectedness to community and social norms can significantly influence individuals' propensity for suicidal thoughts and actions. his typology of suicide types—egoistic, altruistic, anomic, and fatalistic—provides a robust foundation for understanding how societal influences manifest in personal crises, shedding light on the role of social cohesion in promoting mental health. conversely, bauman's analysis offers a contemporary perspective that is particularly relevant in today's fast-paced and often fragmented world. his concept of "liquid modernity" captures the essence of modern life, characterized by constant change, individualization, and the pressures of consumerism. this framework enables us to understand how existential crises, driven by feelings of alienation and the search for meaning, can lead to increased vulnerability to suicidal ideation. bauman’s insights serve as a reminder that the psychological struggles individuals face is deeply intertwined with the societal context in which they exist. by synthesizing durkheim's and bauman's perspectives, this article contributes to a more nuanced understanding of suicide as a multifaceted phenomenon that cannot be adequately addressed through a singular lens. the integration of sociological and psychological analyses provides a comprehensive framework for examining the myriad factors that influence individuals' experiences of despair and hopelessness. this approach not only enriches the academic discourse on suicide but also has practical implications for mental health interventions and policies. recognizing the social determinants of suicide calls for a collective responsibility to foster environments that promote mental well-being. initiatives aimed at enhancing social cohesion, providing community support, and addressing the psychological impacts of modern living are crucial in mitigating the risk of suicide. policymakers, mental health professionals, and communities must work collaboratively to create supportive frameworks that address both the individual and societal dimensions of this issue. in conclusion, the insights derived from durkheim and bauman underscore the urgency of addressing suicide not merely as an individual tragedy but as a reflection of broader societal dynamics. by acknowledging the intricate web of influences that shape suicidal behavior, we can develop more effective strategies for prevention and intervention. as we continue to explore the complexities of suicide, it is essential to remain committed to fostering a deeper understanding of the factors at play, ultimately promoting greater awareness, empathy, and action in the face of this critical public health challenge. through this exploration, we hope to inspire further research and engagement across american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org disciplines, ensuring that the dialogue around suicide remains informed, compassionate, and proactive in its pursuit of solutions. references 1. bauman, z. (2000). liquid modernity. cambridge: polity press. 2. durkheim, é. (1951). suicide: a study in sociology. new york: free press. 3. foucault, m. (1988). madness and civilization: a history of insanity in the age of reason. new york: vintage books. 4. klein, m. (1988). love, guilt, and reparation and other works 1921-1945. new york: free press. 5. kilmartin, c. (2005). depression in men: communication, diagnosis, and therapy. new york: wiley. 6. nussbaum, m. c. (2001). upheavals of thought: the intelligence of emotions. cambridge: cambridge university press. 7. sontag, s. (2003). regarding the pain of others. new york: farrar, straus and giroux. 8. stack, s. (2000). suicide: a 15-year review of the sociological literature. sociological spectrum, 20(1), 17-30. https://doi.org/10.1080/027321700280161 9. thomas, j. (2015). the sociology of suicide: a critical review. social science & medicine, 143, 59-67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2015.08.020 10. veenhoven, r. (2008). sociological theories of happiness. in m. eid & r. j. larsen (eds.), the science of subjective well-being (pp. 65-88). new york: guilford press. https://doi.org/10.1080/027321700280161 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2015.08.020 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org the effect of using interactive agility exercises on the speed of foot movements and the level of skill performance of young epee weapons dr. isam mansoor mohin alhameed college of physical education and sport science, university of thi-qar, thi-qar, 64001, iraq isam.alhmeed@utq.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research aims to identify the effect of interactive agility exercises in developing the speed of foot movements, some physical and visual abilities, and the level of skill performance among the epee players under study. the research sample was (12) epee fencing players under 15 years of age, and they were divided into an experimental group and their number (4) players to whom the proposed training program under study (interactive agility training) was applied. the other was a control group, numbering (4) players, to whom the traditional program was applied (by the coach), in addition to the exploratory research sample from within the original community, numbering (4) players, who were chosen. in the intentional method of maadi sports club players for the 2020/2021 sports season, the researcher used the experimental method for two groups, one experimental and the other a control group, using the pre-post score. the researcher found that there were statistically significant differences between the level of performance of some physical, visual and skill abilities and the speed of foot movements, as the impact of the proposed training program using interactive agility exercises, the level of the physical variables under study (transitional speed agility accuracy flexibility balance coordination) and the speed of foot movements (advance time for 14 m, retreat time for 14 m, lunge for 30 seconds, advance and retreat with the diastolic movement for 30 seconds) are developed. , regression and advancement with the diastolic movement for 30 seconds), and some visual abilities (coordination between the eye and the armed arm, coordination between the eyes and the legs, coordination between the eye and the armed arm and the legs), and the level of skill performance (straight attack, raiding attack, cutting attack) of the group’s epee players. the experimental study is under study, and the impact of the training program developed by the coach on the level of physical, visual and skill variables and the speed of foot movements is under research for the epee players of the control group under research. the researcher attributes this difference to the application of the proposed training american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org program using interactive agility training. the researcher recommends paying attention to interactive agility training. in training programs to develop the level of physical, visual and skill abilities and the speed of foot movements of fencing players, and the use of modern methods in training on the speed of foot movements of male and female fencing players. introduction ومستوي األداء المهارىتأثير استخدام تدريبات الرشاقة التفاعلية علي سرعة حركات القدمين لناشئ سالح الشيش  /عصام منصور موحان الحميدد ملخص البحث حركلر القدمين وبعض القدتار علي تأثير استتتتت دار تدت بلر الر تتتتلعل التيلعليل ي تة ر ستتتترعل يهدف البحث إلي التعرف تتتتي،( عب ستتتت ق 12مستتتتت د ا اام اليهلتد لدد عبي ستتتت ق الاتتتتي، عيد البحث ي وبلل عدا عي ل البحث البصتتتتر و البدنيل و ( عبين و ةبق عليهل البرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق عيد البحث 4ستتتتتتتت ل ي وتم تقستتتتتتتتييهم إلي مدي عل تدر بيل وعدا ل 15اليبلتزة تحت ( عبين و ةبق عليهل البرنلمج التقليدد من عبل اليدتب( ي ةلإلاتل ل إلي 4 تدت بلر الر تلعل التيلعليل( ي وا رر اتلةةل وعدا ل ( عبين وتم ارتيلت م ةللةر قل العيديل من عبي نلاد اليعلاد 4ل اليدتيع ا صتتتتتتلي وعدا م عي ل البحث ا ستتتتتتتة عيل من اار ار الي هج التدر بي ليدي عتين احدا ل تدر بيل وا رر اتلةةل ةلستت د ي واستت در البلحث 2020/2021لر لاتي الر لاتي للي ستم ا اليهلت ل البصتتتتتتر و احصتتتتتتلنيل تين مستتتتتتت د داام ةعض القدتار البدنيل و إلي وج ا روق اال القبلس القبلي البعدد ي وت صتتتتتتل البلحث عيد اليتغيرار البدنيلتة ت مستتتتتت د تدت بلر الر تتتتتلعل التيلعليل اليقترق ةإستتتتتت دار التدت بي البرنلمج وستتتتترعل حركلر القدمين حيث دثر ر ي زمن14 مستتتتتل ل التقدر زمنستتتتترعل حركلر القدمين و ( ت ا ق الت ازن -اليرونل – اعل –الر تتتتتلعل –البحث الستتتتترعل ا نتقلليل ا نبستلييل الحركل مع والتقدر ث ي التقهقر30 ليدة ا نبستلييل الحركل مع والتقهقر ي التقدر ث 30 ليدة ر ي الةعن14 مستل ل التقهقر والذتاع العين تين ي الت ا ق والرجلين العين تين اليستتتتتتلحل ي الت ا ق والذتاع العين تين الت ا ق ي وبعض القدتار البصتتتتتتر ل( ث30 ليدة ست ق الاتي، لليدي عل عبيل الهديل اليستتقييل ي الهديل اليغيرة ي الهديل القليعل( اام اليهلت مستت د او ي والرجلين( اليستلحل والبصتتتتتر ل واليهلت ل وستتتتترعل البدنيلاليتغيرار مستتتتتت د عليواثر البرنلمج التدت بي الي اتتتتتع من عبل اليدتب التدر بيل عيد البحث ي ذا اليلتق إلي تةبيق البرنلمج ي و رجع البلحث ستتتتتتت ق الاتتتتتتتي، لليدي عل الثتتتتتتتلةةل عيد البحث ل عبينحركلر القدمين عيد البحث ةل تيلر تتدت بلر الر تتتتتتتتلعل التيلعليل ي البرامج التدت بيل ر تدت بلر الر تتتتتتتتلعل التيلعليل ي و صتتتتتتتتي البلحثالتدت بي اليقترق ةلستتتتتتتتت دا ل عبي اليبلتزة ي واستتتتتت دار دستتتتتلليب حديرل ي التدت ب القدمين حركلر وستتتتترعل واليهلت ل والبصتتتتتر للتة ر مستتتتتت د القدتار البدنيل علي سرعل حركلر القدمين ل عبين و عبلر اليبلتزة.  كلية التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة جامعة ذي قارذي قار – العراق isamahmeed&utq.edu.iq american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org مقدمة البحث: كتييزه رلصتتل تترو ي تت ا ر ند و دب ي كبيرا مده اا ال عب من تتةلب التي ا لعلب من اليبلتزة لعبل عد ت الت ا قيل القدتة تين للتبلتز حصتتتتتيلل الر تتتتتيق الحركي ا اام ن ي علليل من الر تتتتتلعل وعدته علليل تدنيل تليلعل .والر لعل للرجلين العثليل والقدتة شكلة البحث: ي علل لك دن ي حظت د انبهلة الحلصتتتل التة ت ومستتتت اللعبل ليدر لر البلحث متلةعل من ر ل اليبلتزة عبي لد الر تلعل ع صتر تة رتال لصتل التي تستلعد علي جذب ا نتبله والتات ق التير لر التيلعليل ومنوالتي تعد دحد ا م القدتار البدنيل التي يحتلجهل عب ستتت ق الاتتتي، لتلح اليرحلل الستتت يل ي الاتتتي، ةستتت ق .البحث ماكلل تبرز ل دنهل إذ يالبدنيل الليلعل ع لصر دحد اليبلتزة و ى ي الهلم اليك نلر إحد ي الر لعل دن البلحث رد و واليسل لر ةل تدل لر السليم حركي الحس اإلاتاك على والقدتة العصبيالعثلي الت ا ق اليرا إكسلب على تعيل تحسين ر ل من الحركيل تار اليهل إتقلن على القدتة اليرا تكسب دنهل كيل ي الحركي ا نسيلب على والقدتة .داان تحسين على عدتت s من اليرا زاا كليل الر لعل زاار ي كليل الر لاي اليرا داام مست اليبلتزة تةبيقهل ي ت لال د ييل إلي ياير الاي، ميل القدمين حسين سرعل حركلر لتل عبي س ق عد حظت تقلتب مست لر رلصل ان البلحث ي و ةعض اليهلتار الهد ميل ل عبي س ق الاي، مست د وتة ر وجدر ي و ال عبين وان اليروق ي ال تلنج تي هم ترجع إلي سيةرة ال عب علي حركلر دجزام جسي دث لم ا اام مست ا ثل يقدمن ذدال م وال لف اليلعب لألملر على والتحرك وا تجل الذتاع حركلر يتقن ذدال ال عبين ان القدمين وسرعل حركلر الت ا قيل القدتة ع ع مد على الياكلل والتعرف ذه اتاسل البلحث تد لذا ا اام ي ي على التعرف ي من وجهل نظر البلحث البحث ا يي تكين ومن لي الاي، ةس ق ا اام ةيست والر لعل اليبلتزة لعب ي التيلعليل والقدتة الحركيل للرجليند ييل الر لعل وااحل ليد مؤ را تعةي ك نهل الع عل ذه ا ل تصييم إلى البلحث ا ع مل و ذا ي اللعبل تتلح ا ندلز مست على ي عكس ميل ول عبي س ق الاي، رلصل ييلتهل ي تحيل اليبلتزة ي ت لال وم لسبل رلصل تير لر على ماتي التيلعليل الر لعل لتدت بلر ترنلمج يهل توعي ذار اليست د العللي ال ل ئين من لعي الر لعل ي الحلصل الثعف على والتغلب التة ر إمكلنيل القدتار البدنيل وبعض القدمين حركلر سرعل علي البرنلمج اليقترق تأثير علي لل ع ف وذلح الع صر ذا ني ييرة . س ق الاي، عبي لددوالبصر ل واليهلت ل هدف البحث:أ يهدف البحث إلي تصييم ترنلمج تدت بي ةلست دار تدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل وذلح للتعرف علي : – الر تتتلعل – الستتترعل ا نتقلليل ةعض القدتار البدنيل تأثير استتتت دار تدت بلر الر تتتلعل التيلعليل ي تة ر .1 .من عبي س ق الاي، لدد عي ل عيد البحث ت ا ق( -الت ازن -اليرونل –اعل ر ي زمن 14سترعل حركلر القدمين زمن التقدر مستل ل تأثير استت دار تدت بلر الر تلعل التيلعليل ي تة ر .2 ث ي التقهقر 30ليدة مع الحركل ا نبستتتتتتتلييل ث ي التقدر والتقهقر 30ر ي الةعن ليدة 14التقهقر مستتتتتتتل ل لدد عي ل عيد البحث من عبي س ق الاي،. ث(30ليدة مع الحركل ا نبسلييل والتقدر تأثير استتتتتتتتت دار تدت بلر الر تتتتتتتتلعل التيلعليل ي تة ر ةعض القدتار البصتتتتتتتتر ل الت ا ق تين العين والذتاع .3 اليستتلحل ي الت ا ق تين العين والرجلين ي الت ا ق تين العين والذتاع اليستتلحل والرجلين( لدد عي ل عيد البحث من عبي س ق الاي،. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org فروض البحث: ةعض ارتبلتار ي التدر بيل لليدي عل والبعدد القبلي القيلستتتين مت ستتتةي تين احصتتتلنيل االل روق ت جد .1 .البعدد القيلس لصللح اليهلت مست د ا اام و القدمين حركلر وسرعلوالبصر ل البدنيلرار اليتغي ةعض ارتبلتار ي الثتتلةةل لليدي عل والبعدد القبلي القيلستتين مت ستتةي تين احصتتلنيل االل روق ت جد .2 .البعدد لصللح القيلسومست د ا اام اليهلت القدمين حركلر وسرعلوالبصر ل اليتغيرار البدنيل ارتبلتار ي والثتتلةةل التدر بيل لليدي عتين البعديين القيلستتين مت ستتةي تين احصتتلنيل االل روق ت جد .3 البعدد القيلس لصتتللحومستتت د ا اام اليهلت القدمين حركلر وستترعلوالبصتتر ل اليتغيرار البدنيل ةعض .لليدي عل التدر بيل المصطلحات المستخدمة: reactive agility : التفاعلية الرشاقة إعلاة(ا تدله تغيير إعلاة ستتترعل ي milanovic et., al., (2013) وآخرون ميالنوفيتشو عر هل حركيل الحس اليستتتقب ر ر ل من اليخ يدتكهل والتي ال لتجيل اليتغيرة لليريرار يبقل درر مرة )الر تتلعل تيعيل ( 766:17العين. ي الي ج اة foot work : القدمين حركات . الي ل س لحركل ستتتتتتتتتتر عل د علل كراوا ا تدل لر جييع ي ال عب تهل يق ر التي التحركلر تلح ي )رائيإج تعريف) اجراءات البحث: حث: بمنهج ال القيلس – من ر ل التصييم القيلس القبلي الي هج التدر بي تحقيقل لهدف البحث و روا است در البلحث ةلست دار تصييم اليدي عتين إحدا ل تدر بيل وا رر الةةل. البعدد( مجتمع البحث: واليقيدين ةل تحلا الر لاي اليعلاد س ل من نلاد 15تحت الاي،ييرل مدتيع البحث من عبي س ق .2021/ 2020 ي الي سم الر لاي اليصرد لليبلتزة عينة البحث: ي وتم ( س ل15تحت الاي،( عب س ق 12تم ارتيلت عي ل البحث الكليل ةللةر قل العيديل ع امهل تقسييهم كلآلتي : ( 1جدول ) بالنسب المئوية التصنيف الكلي لعينة البحث النسبة المئوية النادي العدد العينة م عينة البحث األساسية 1 % 33.33 المعادي الرياضي 4 المجموعة التجريبية % 33.33 المعادي الرياضي 4 المجموعة الضابطة % 33.33 الشمس الرياضي 4 عينة البحث االستطالعية 2 % 100.00 12 اإلجمالي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org إجراءات البحث: الدراسات االستطالعية : الدراسة االستطالعية األولي: ةعيل اتاسل استة عيل لحسلب 12/2020/ 17إلي 12/12/2020 ي اليترة من علر البلحث وسرعل حركلر والبصر ل معد ر ال ي واليتغيرار البدنيل اليعلم ر اإلحصلنيل لت صيف عي ل البحث الكليل ي ومست د ا اام اليهلت . القدمين ( 2جدول ) 12ن= توصيف العينة في معدالت دالالت النمو قيد البحث لبيان اعتدالية البيانات المتغيرات م وحدة القياس المتوسط الحسابي االنحراف المعياري التفلطح معامل االلتواء 1 القياسات الجسمية 0.0863 1.371.337 13.166 سنة السن 0.8140.534 0.095 1.717 سم الطول 2 2.2656.359 3.679 52.416 كجم الوزن 3 0.4780.8680.753 4.250 سنة العمر التدريبي 4 ( المتوسط الحسابي واالنحراف المعياري والتفلطح ومعامل االلتواء في معدالت دالالت 2يوضح جدول ) ما بين م معامل االلتواء االعتدالي حيث تراوحت قيالنمو ويتضح قرب البيانات من اعتدالية التوزيع وتماثل المنحني ( مما يعطي داللة مباشرة علي خلو البيانات من عيوب التوزيعات الغير اعتدالية.±3) وسائل جمع البيانات : األجهزة واألدوات المستخدمة : .1 ميزان يبي معلير لقيلس ال زن. ستلميتر لقيلس الة ل الكلي للدسمجهلز الر – لدك ت ت صتيلل كهربلنيل( –عيلزة –ع لع – ست ق تي، ستلعل ايقلف – كرار يبيل – تر عيلس صدت ل كهربلنيل. ةكر( (5من عبل( مر ق عدل ستتتتتتترعل الليستتتتتتتلر صتتتتتتتيم من البلحث والاتتتتتتتلر لقيلس م اإللكترونيالدهلز (.fit lightجهلز استمارات جمع البيانات الخاصة بعينة البحث : .2 (1مر ق ي تحديد متغيرار البحث. دتام مربرام( الذد تم درذ 5دسيلم ال برام عيد واليهلت لوستتتتتتترعل حركلر القدمين البدنيل و البصتتتتتتتر ل استتتتتتتتيلتة استتتتتتتتة ع تدد ال برام ح ل اليتغيرار (2البحث. مر ق (3ال برام ح ل البرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق. مر ق استيلتة استة ع تدد (4مر ق القبليل والبعديل لليدي عل التدر بيل والثلةةل.استيلتة تسديل عيلسلر ا رتبلتار عيد البحث( (7تدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل. مر ق و (fit light)تق يل (8البرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق. مر ق (6مر ق . االختبارات : 3 ارتبلت اليتغيرار البصر ل. ارتبلت الت ا ق تين العين والرجلين. * ارتبلت الت ا ق تين العين والذتاع اليسلحل. * ارتبلت الت ا ق تين العين والذتاع اليسلحل والرجلين. * american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org ارتبلت سرعل حركلر القدمين. ر.14التقهقر لل لف مسل ل ارتبلت . * ر14التقدر لألملر مسل ل ارتبلت * ث.30ليدة مع الحركل ا نبسلييل التقدر والتقهقر ارتبلت * ث . 30الةعن ليدة ارتبلت * ث.30ليدة مع الحركل ا نبسلييل التقهقر والتقدر ارتبلت * . ارتبلت تمي الكرار علي الحلن -ر من البدم العللي30تقلليل عدو ارتبلت السرعل ا ن ةلليد علي اليستتتتتتتتتتةي ر اليتدارلل ارتبلت التصتتتتتتتتت ب ع ف ةللقدر ي لي ( علي العلتاتتتتتتتتتلارتبلت ال ارتبلت اليرونل تحل البرجل(. -ر x 4.5 3ارتبلت الدرد الزجزاجي ةةر قل ةلتو الهديل القليعل.ارتبلت الهديل اليغيرةارتبلت الهديل اليستقييلارتبلت :الثانية الدراسة االستطالعية اليترة من الرلنيلعلر البلحث ةإجرام الدتاسل ا ستة عيل على العي ل 2020/ 29/12 12/ 26 ي ا ستة عيل عيد البحث و د ت إلى: .مراجعل صللحيل ا اوار وا جهزة اليست دمل ودملكن تةبيق ا رتبلتار ومد سلليتهل .1 ارتبلت.كل إلجرامالي لسبل ا زم لالتعرف على .2 ا سلسيل.الدتاسل يلتللييهل ا رتبلتار اليحتيل ظه ت ل دث لم ا رةلمالتعرف على .3 مراجعل م اصيلر و رو وإجرامار تةبيق ا رتبلتار والقيلسلر. .4 .وتسديل ال تلنج ا رتبلتار ت جي اليسلعدين لكيييل تةبيق .5 .البحث ياليست دمل ل رتبلتار (الصدق والربلر العلييل اليعلم ر حسلب .6 ا تي: عن ا ستة عيلودسيرر نتلنج الدتاسل .والقيلسلر ا رتبلتار دملكن ت ييذ لحاليست دمل وكذ وا اوار ا جهزةصللحيل .1 .وكيييل جيع البيلنلر ا رتبلتار هم اليسلعدين لةر قل داام .2 العلييل اليعلم ر حستتتتتتلب ر لوالقيلستتتتتتلر الي تلتة للتةبيق على عي ل البحث من ا رتبلتار صتتتتتتللحيل .3 ا رتبلتار.لهذه .والقيلسلر اليست دمل ا رتبلتار اامتحديد الترتيب الزم ى .4 حساب المعامالت العلمية لالختبارات قيد البحث: صدق االختبارات البدنية والمهارية: عيد البحث( مستت د ا اام اليهلتد و وسترعل حركلر القدمين والبصتر ل اليتغيرار البدنيلتم حستلب صتدق ( عب ي دحد يل تيرل عي ل 4عن ير ق صتدق التيليز( علي مدي عتين متستلو تين ي العدا ع ار كل مدي عل ي تلح اليتغيرار ار مستتتتتتتتتتتتت د مرتيع ذ عبينيييزة( واليدي عل ا رر مدي عل غير ال ا ستتتتتتتتتتتتتة عيلالبحث لح:( ي اح ذ 3( والددول تعم اليدي عل اليييزة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org ( 3جدول ) داللة الفروق بين المجموعتين الغير مميزة )العينة االستطالعية( والمجموعة المميزة في المتغيرات )قيد البحث( 4 =2=ن1ن المتغيرات م وحدة القياس قيمة ت الغير مميزة المجموعة المميزة المجموعة ع± س ع± س المحسوبة 1 ية دن لب ا ت را غي مت ال 6.461 0.61 9.47 0.58 12.33 ث العالي البدء من م30 عدو اختبار 2 باارو بطريقاة الزجزاي الجري اختباار م4.5*3 5.492 1.31 13.95 1.02 15.99 ث 3.449 1.27 18.56 1.55 20.10 سم البرجل فتح المرونة اختبار 3 4 علي الطولياة باالقادم الوقوف اختباار العارضة 7.956 0.60 7.55 1.04 5.40 ث 3.742 3.21 9.35 2.17 6.10 درجة الحائط علي الكرات رمي اختبار 5 6 عالاي بااالايااد الاتواااااوياا اخاتابااار المتداخلة المستطيالت 7.837 1.98 7.95 0.71 4.25 درجة 7 ت را غي مت ال ية ر و لب ا والاا را الاعايان بايان الاتاوافال اخاتابااار المسلحة 8.140 0.23 3.57 0.16 5.36 ثانية 11.80 0.15 3.77 0.62 6.36 ثانية اختبار التوافل بين العين والرجلين 8 9 والاا را الاعايان بايان الاتاوافال اخاتابااار المسلحة والرجلين 5.481 0.57 2.76 2.02 4.69 ثانية 10 ن مي قد ال ت كا ر ح ة ع ر س 4.112 0.84 1.91 0.27 1.09 ثانية م14اختبار زمن التقدم مسافة 3.024 0.80 1.49 0.30 0.91 ثانية م14التقهقر مسافة اختبار زمن 11 3.629 0.70 1.84 0.61 1.09 عدد ث 30احتبار الطعن لمدة 12 13 والتقهقر التقاادم الحركااة اختبااار مع ث30لمدة االنبساطية 4.019 0.91 2.18 0.89 1.04 عدد 14 والتقاادم التقهقر الحركااة اختبااار مع ث30لمدة االنبساطية 3.346 1.10 1.86 0.58 0.92 عدد 15 ت را غي مت ال ية ر ها لم ا 7.352 0.64 3.43 0.76 5.25 ثانية اختبار الهجمة المستقيمة 7.345 0.73 2.84 0.67 4.84 ثانية اختبار الهجمة المغيرة 16 8.784 0.49 3.53 0.55 5.56 ثانية اختبار الهجمة القاطعة 17 2.365= 0.05ى المعنوية توالجدولية عند مس )ت( قيمة وهى أكبر من ( 7.956، 3.024إن جميع قيم )ت( المحسوبة تتراوح ما بين )( 3) يتضح من جدول رقم ه إحوائيا بين المجموعتين الغير مميزة لاليوجد فروق ذات د أي، ( قيد البحث )مستوى المعنوية لجميع المتغيرات ، مما يدل علي صدق االختبارات المستخدمة قيد البحث. والمميزة، لوالح قياس المجموعة المميزة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org ( 4) جدول 4=2=ن1ن )قيد البحث )المتغيرات في االستطالعيةللعينة والثانيول أل ا نالتطبيقي نبي االرتباطمعامل المتغيرات م وحدة القياس قيمة إعادة التطبيق التطبيق األول ع± س ع± س )ر( 1 ة ني بد ال ت را غي مت ال * 0.977 0.211 5.908 0.210 5.833 ث العالي البدء من م30 عدو اختبار 2 بااارو باطارياقااة الازجازاي الاجاري اخاتابااار م4.5*3 * 0.933 1.20 15.90 1.02 15.89 ث * 0.991 1.46 20.05 1.55 20.10 سم البرجل فتح المرونة اختبار 3 4 عالاي الاطاولايااة بااالاقاادم الاوقاوف اخاتابااار العارضة * 0.905 1.00 5.50 1.04 5.40 ث * 0.979 2.16 6.20 2.17 6.10 درجة الحائط علي الكرات رمي اختبار 5 6 المساااتطيالت علي باليد التواااوي اختبار المتداخلة * 0.953 0.73 4.30 0.71 4.25 درجة 7 ت را غي مت ال ية ر و لب ا * 0.915 1.45 9.45 1.06 9.41 ثانية اختبار التوافل بين العين وال را المسلحة * 0.669 0.577 8.833 0.522 8.500 ثانية اختبار التوافل بين العين والرجلين 8 9 اختبار التوافل بين العين وال را المساالحة والرجلين * 0.945 1.45 7.15 1.23 7.12 ثانية 10 ن مي قد ال ت كا ر ح ة ع ر س * 0.857 0.34 1.14 0.27 1.09 ثانية م14اختبار زمن التقدم مسافة * 0.930 0.28 0.94 0.30 0.91 ثانية م14اختبار زمن التقهقر مسافة 11 * 0.957 0.72 1.14 0.61 1.09 عدد ث 30احتبار الطعن لمدة 12 13 والاتاقاهاقار الاتاقاادم الاحاركااة اخاتابااار ماع ث30لمدة االنبساطية * 0.980 0.86 1.08 0.89 1.04 عدد 14 والاتاقاادم الاتاقاهاقار الاحاركااة اخاتابااار ماع ث30لمدة االنبساطية * 0.938 0.54 0.97 0.58 0.92 عدد 15 ت را غي مت ال ية ر ها لم ا * 0.785 1.17 4.35 0.887 4.12 ثانية اختبار الهجمة المستقيمة * 0.840 0.935 3.42 0.937 3.54 ثانية اختبار الهجمة المغيرة 16 * 0.874 1.34 4.19 1.34 4.55 ثانية اختبار الهجمة القاطعة 17 0.666= 0.05ى المعنوية توالجدولية عند مس (ر) قيمة وج ا ع عل اتتبلييل االل تين التةبيقين ا ول وإعلاة التةبيق رتبلتار عيد ( 4تعم يتثح من جدول البحث( ميل يدل على ثبلر ا رتبلتار. : المقترح لبرنامج التدريبيا هدف البرنامج التدريبي: .1 يهدف البرنلمج التدت بي إلى ت ةي ترنلمج لتدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل ل تتقلم ةسرعل حركلر القدمين و س ق الاي، عيد البحث. ل ل ئومست د ا اام اليهلت والبصر ل ةعض اليتغيرار البدنيل تصميم البرنامج: وضعأسس .2 والدتاسل ا ستة عيل على عي ل البحث ا سلسيل حدا من ر ل اليسح اليرجعي واستة ع تد ال برام البلحرلن ا سس التلليل للبرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق ع د واع البرنلمج التدت بي عبل دن يتم تةبيق على عي ل البحث و ى: ( وحدار تدت بيل دسب عيل ر ل ترة ا عداا ي ليصبح تذلح عدا 4تم الت ةي لتدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل ت اعع • ( دسلتيع من البرنلمج العلر 10( وحدة تدت بيل وزعت على 40ال حدار التدت بيل ةلست دار الر لعل التيلعليل ( اسب ع ليترة ا عداا ي حيث تم البدم ي تدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل 12عيد البحث والذ ا تيل على ل عبين american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org ا سب عين ا ول والرلني الدزم التأسيسي من ر ل ين يحيث يتلقى ال عبي من ا سب ع الرللث ليترة ا عداا تدت بلر التحيلي الق ةي واليرونل. ( اعيقل.120: 90زمن وحدة التدت ب الي ميل من • تحديد محت البرنلمج اليقتر من التدت بلر ةلست دار تدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل. • ( اعيقل من إجيللي زمن الدزم الرنيستتتتتتي 35 – 20التيلعليل يتراوق تين الزمن الي صتتتتتت لتدت بلر الر تتتتتتلعل • ل حدة التدت ب الي ميل. تؤا كتل من اليدي عتين التدر بيتل ي والثتتتتتتتتتتتتتتلةةتل نيس البرنتلمج الي اتتتتتتتتتتتتتت ع ليترة ا عتداا ي ييتل عتدا ال عتت • الي صتتتتتت لتدت بلر الر تتتتتتلعل التيلعليل يتم ي ترنلمج اليدي عل التدر بيل ق ي وتؤا اليدي عل الثتتتتتتلةةل تدت بلر الر لعل ةللةر قل التقليديل. يبدد الدزم ال لص تتدت بلر الر تتلعل التيلعليل عقب ترة اإلحيلم ي و ى تدايل الدزم الرنيستتي من وحدة التدت ب • .ذ يست جب تهيئل كلملل تدون تعب لي نظرا نهل تلقى عبئل كبيرا على الدهلز العصبي اليركزد وا ( 8مرفق ) خطوات تطبيق البرنامج وقياسات البحث: القياس القبلي: الباحث من قام الفترة في والضابطة التجريبية للمجموعة القبلي القياس وإلي 1/2021/ 16بعمل الرياضي. المعادي بنادي 2021/ 1/ 19 تطبيق البرنامج التدريبي المقترح: وإلي 23/1/2021 بتطبيل البرناام التادريبي )قياد البحاث( للمجموعاة التجريبياة في الفترة من قاام البااحاث (8مرفل ) .الرياضيالمعادي بنادي 3/4/2021 القياس البعدي : 2021/ 4/ 6وإلي 2021/ 4/ 3من قام الباحث بعمل القياس البعدي للمجموعة التجريبية والضابطة في الفترة وبنفس شروط إجراء القياس القبلي. المعاديبنادي المعالجات اإلحصائية: إلجراء المعالجات اإلحوائية األتية: لنتائ البحث spssباستخدام برنام قام الباحث -tأختبار -معامل األرتباط لبيرسااون -معامل اإللتواء -اإلنحراف المعياري -الوساايط –المتوسااط الحسااابي test النسبة المئوية لمعرفة مدي التحسن. -لحساب داللة الفروق american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org عرض ومناقشة النتائج : ( 5جدول ) والبصرية وسرعة حركات القدمينلمتغيرات البدنية للمجموعة التجريبية في االقبلي والبعدي متوسطي القياس داللة الفروق بين 4ن = قيد البحث ومستوي األداء المهارى المتغيرات م وحدة القياس قيمة ت القياس البعدي القياس القبلي ع± س ع± س المحسوبة 1 ية دن لب ا ت را غي مت ال 7.40 1.04 11.2 1.06 13.9 ث العالي البدء من م30 عدو اختبار 2 باارو بطريقاة الزجزاي الجري اختباار م4.5* 3 6.39 1.08 8.8 1.16 11.9 ث 4.12 2.33 5.18 17.58 4.96 سم البرجل فتح المرونة اختبار 3 4 علي الطولياة باالقادم الوقوف اختباار العارضة 6.78 0.35 4.49 0.83 5.87 ث 4.79 0.71 12.75 0.70 11.25 درجة الحائط علي الكرات رمي اختبار 5 6 عالاي بااالايااد الاتواااااوياا اخاتابااار المتداخلة المستطيالت 9.52 1.75 26.32 1.61 22.2 درجة 7 ت را غي مت ال ية ر و الب والاا را الاعايان بايان الاتاوافال اخاتابااار المسلحة 15.45 0.795 3.26 0.675 7.75 ثانية 7.98 0.756 4.02 0.984 7.56 ثانية اختبار التوافل بين العين والرجلين 8 9 والاا را الاعايان بايان الاتاوافال اخاتابااار المسلحة والرجلين 13.99 0.764 3.25 0.785 7.89 ثانية 10 ة ع ر س ن مي قد ال ت كا ر ح 5.29 0.23 1.05 0.69 1.84 ثانية م14اختبار زمن التقدم مسافة 5.89 0.32 0.97 0.58 1.69 ثانية م14اختبار زمن التقهقر مسافة 11 7.05 0.78 2.28 0.58 1.07 عدد ث 30احتبار الطعن لمدة 12 13 والتقهقر التقاادم الحركااة اختبااار مع ث30لمدة االنبساطية 6.33 0.71 2.53 0.93 1.11 عدد 14 والتقاادم التقهقر الحركااة اختبااار مع ث30لمدة االنبساطية 7.82 0.98 2.49 0.54 0.79 عدد 15 ت را غي مت ال ية ر ها لم ا 9.88 1.53 5.10 9.34 7.99 ثانية اختبار الهجمة المستقيمة 12.29 1.43 3.50 17.97 7.56 ثانية المغيرةاختبار الهجمة 16 12.29 1.45 3.45 12.33 7.34 ثانية اختبار الهجمة القاطعة 17 3.182= 0.05قيمة )ت( الجدولية عند مستوي معنوية بين القياسين القبلي والبعدي 0.05( وجود فروق دالة احوائيا عند مستوي معنوية 5يتضح من جدول ) قيد البحث لدي المجموعة التجريبية ومستوي األداء المهارى والبورية وسرعة حركات القدمين للمتغيرات البدنية لوالح القياس البعدي. ( 1شكل ) وسرعة حركات القدمين والبصرية داللة الفروق بين متوسطي القياس القبلي والبعدي للمجموعة التجريبية في المتغيرات البدنية ومستوي األداء المهارى قيد البحث ( 6جدول ) 0 10 20 30 القياس القبلي القياس البعدي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org والبصرية وسرعة حركات القدمينداللة الفروق بين متوسطي القياس القبلي والبعدي للمجموعة الضابطة في المتغيرات البدنية 4ن = ومستوي األداء المهارى قيد البحث المتغيرات م وحدة القياس قيمة ت القياس البعدي القياس القبلي ع± س ع± س المحسوبة 1 ية دن لب ا ت را غي مت ال 14.91 0.408 13.24 0.420 13.93 ث العالي البدء من م30 عدو اختبار 2 بااارو باطارياقااة الازجازاي الاجاري اخاتابااار م4.5* 3 31.22 0.363 8.09 0.289 9.73 ث 28.21 3.353 5.17 4.751 4.25 سم البرجل فتح المرونة اختبار 3 8.27 0.41 5.33 0.41 6.12 ث العارضة علي الطولية بالقدم الوقوف اختبار 4 3.22 1.11 12.12 1.75 11.90 درجة الحائط علي الكرات رمي اختبار 5 6 المسااااتطيالت علي باالياد التوااااويا اختباار المتداخلة 15.33 0.211 2.75 0.226 2.20 درجة 7 ت را غي مت ال ية ر و الب 1.56 0.784 4.62 0.732 5.95 ثانية اختبار التوافل بين العين وال را المسلحة 3.78 0.711 4.44 2.89 4.67 ثانية اختبار التوافل بين العين والرجلين 8 9 اختباار التوافل بين العين والا را المساااالحاة والرجلين 2.58 1.85 5.17 1.99 6.98 ثانية 10 ت كا ر ح ة ع ر س ن مي قد ال 3.67 0.26 1.08 0.44 1.33 ثانية م14اختبار زمن التقدم مسافة 3.78 0.32 1.06 0.50 1.25 ثانية م14اختبار زمن التقهقر مسافة 11 3.47 0.66 1.27 0.53 1.03 عدد ث 30احتبار الطعن لمدة 12 13 مع الحركة االنبساااطية اختبار التقدم والتقهقر ث30لمدة 3.68 0.89 1.31 0.77 0.90 عدد 14 مع الحركة االنبساااطية اختبار التقهقر والتقدم ث30لمدة 3.43 0.69 1.28 0.47 0.91 عدد 15 ت را غي مت ال ية ر ها لم ا 5.53 0.854 5.32 0.637 6.78 ثانية الهجمة المستقيمة 9.78 1.11 3.96 0.929 5.65 ثانية الهجمة المغيرة 16 6.42 1.27 3.89 0.919 5.46 ثانية الهجمة القاطعة 17 3.182= 0.05قيمة )ت( الجدولية عند مستوي معنوية ( جدول من معنوية 6يتضح عند مستوي احوائيا دالة فروق وجود والبعدي 0.05( القبلي القياسين بين الضابطة قيد البحث لدي المجموعة ومستوي األداء المهارى والبورية وسرعة حركات القدمين للمتغيرات البدنية لوالح القياس البعدي. ( 2شكل ) سرعة حركات القدمين البصرية ووالبعدي للمجموعة الضابطة في المتغيرات البدنية وداللة الفروق بين متوسطي القياس القبلي ومستوي األداء المهارى قيد البحث مناقشة النتائج: 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 يالقياس البعد يالقياس القبل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org ثقل 5يتثح من جدول لليدي عل 0.05( وج ا روق مع ل ع د مست د البعدد القيلس ( ولصللح والبصر ل وسرعل حركلر القدمين ومست د ا اام اليهلت عيد البحث كيل التدر بيل ي مست د اليتغيرار البدنيل (. 15.45 – 4.12جلمر عييل ر( مل تين ال تيدل مع ,.delextrat, aديليكترات ( ي واتاسل 7 (2018) مروة محمود علياتاسل وتتيق ذه grosgeorge, b and bieuzen, f. (2015) 12 واتاسل ي ،داوسون ( يانج young,w.b.,dawson,b. andhenry,g.j (2015) 23 شيبرد ، يانج ( ي واتاسلsheppard, j. m. & young, w. b (2006) 21) ي دن التدت ب ةلست دار تدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل لهل تأثير ايدلتي علي ي والتي الي تليلي الر لالر القدمين ي والبصرد وسرعل حركلر البدني البرنلمج اليست د تأثير نتلندهل دظهرر التدت بي اليقترق ةإست دار تدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل على تة ت مست د القدتار البدنيل والبصر ل وسرعل حركلر القدمين ومست د ا اام اليهلت ل عبي س ق الاي، لليدي عل التدر بيل عيد البحث. البلحث و ا اام عزو ومست د القدمين حركلر وسرعل والبصر ل البدنيل اليتغيرار مست د التحسن ي اليهلت راا اليدي عل التدر بيل الي التأثير اإليدلتي للبرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق ةلست دار تدت بلر الر لعل التيلعليل. احصائيا دالة فروق توجد :وميل سبق يتثح صحل اليرض ا ول كليل من روض البحث والذد ي علي البدنية في التجريبية للمجموعة والبعدي القبلي القياسين متوسطي بين المتغيرات بعض والبصرية اختبارات .البعدي لصالح القياس ومستوي األداء المهارى القدمين حركات وسرعة والبعديل لليدي عل التدر بيل ل عبي س ق ودظهرر ال تلنج ديثل دن نتلنج الر لعل ي ا رتبلتار القبليل الاي، دن للح د ثليل ي التأثير ل رتبلت البعدد لعي ل البحث ي تة ر ع صر الر لعل ع د ال عبين ك ن القدتة التير لر ا تيلت علي تيلت ن الر لعل التيلعليل حيث تك ن ذه التير لر اليعدة من عبل البلحث لتة ر ذه ع د ال عبين ي حيث تك ن م ني لألاام الحركي واليهلت ل عبي س ق الاي، ي وذلح إنهل تك ن عر بل دو ميلثلل التدت ب الذد كلن لليسلت الحركي ومتيرلل ت ع اليعلليل ورص صيتهل ي إال ل إلى استيرات وانتظلر ال عبين ي لهل الدوت ال ااح ي تة ت ذه القدتة الحركيل. ( ولصتتتتتللح القيلس البعدد لليدي عل 0.05( وج ا روق مع ل ع د مستتتتتت د ثقل 6و تثتتتتتح من جدول الثتتتلةةل ي مستتتت د اليتغيرار البدنيل والبصتتتر ل وستتترعل حركلر القدمين ومستتتت د ا اام اليهلت عيد البحث كيل (.31.22 – 1.56جلمر عييل ر( مل تين مع ال تيدل محمود اتاسل وتتيق ذه واتاسل 6 ( 2018) سليمانمحمد ي ،داوسون ( يانج young,w.b.,dawson,b. andhenry,g.j (2015) 23 ( 2012عمرو حمزه ، بيداء طارق )( ي واتاسل ي دن التدت ب ةللبرنلمج التدت بي التقليدد من عبل اليدتب ل ( ي 20 ( 2011سافريك ، بيرد )( ي واتاسل 4 تأثير إيدلتي على تة ت مست د القدتار البدنيل وسرعل حركلر القدمين ومست د ا اام اليهلت ل عبلر س ق الاي، لليدي عل الثلةةل عيد البحث. التحستن ي مستت د اليتغيرار البدنيل وسترعل حركلر القدمين ومستت د ا اام اليهلتد راا عزو البلحث و اليدي عل الثتتتتتلةةل الي التأثير اإليدلتي للبرنلمج التدت بي الي اتتتتتع من عبل مدتب ال عبين ي تي يل لم يؤثر علي ن تدت بلر الر تتتلعل التيلعليل وتق يل تحستتتن ةعض القدتار البصتتتر ل عيد البحث وذلح ةستتتبب رل البرنلمج التقليدد م (fit light). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org دالة فروق توجد :وميل ستتتتتتتتتبق يتثتتتتتتتتتح صتتتتتتتتتحل اليرض الرلني كليل من روض البحث والذد ي علي اختبارات بعض المتغيرات البدنية في الضااااابطة للمجموعة والبعدي القبلي القياسااااين متوسااااطي بين احصااااائيا .البعدي لصالح القياس ومستوي األداء المهارى القدمين حركات وسرعة والبصرية االستخالصات والتوصيات : اإلستخالصات : ويبقتل ليتل د تتتتتتتتتتتتتتلتر اليت نتتلنج اليعتللدتلر ي اتتتتتتتتتتتتتت م د تداف البحتث و رواتتتتتتتتتتتتتت و ي حتدوا عي تل البحتث اإلحصلنيل الي لسبل وم لعال ال تلنج دمكن الت صل الي ا ست صلر التلليل: البرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق ةإستتتتتتتتتتتتت دار تدت بلر الر تتتتتتتتتتتتلعل التيلعليل تة ت مستتتتتتتتتتتتت د ةعض اليتغيرار البدنيل .1 ت ا ق( ل عبي ستتتتتتتت ق الاتتتتتتتتي، لليدي عل -الت ازن -اليرونل –اعل –الر تتتتتتتتلعل – الستتتتتتتترعل ا نتقلليل التدر بيل عيد البحث.. البرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق ةإستتتتتتتت دار تدت بلر الر تتتتتتتلعل التيلعليل تة ت ستتتتتتترعل حركلر القدمين زمن التقدر .2 ليدة مع الحركل ا نبستلييل ث ي التقدر والتقهقر 30ر ي الةعن ليدة 14ر ي زمن التقهقر مستل ل 14مستل ل ث( ل عبي ستتت ق الاتتتي، لليدي عل التدر بيل عيد 30ليدة مع الحركل ا نبستتتلييل ث ي التقهقر والتقدر 30 البحث. البرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق ةإستتتتتتتتتت دار تدت بلر الر تتتتتتتتتلعل التيلعليل تة ت مستتتتتتتتتت د ةعض القدتار البصتتتتتتتتتر ل .3 الت ا ق تين العين والذتاع اليستتتتتتتتتتتتتتلحل ي الت ا ق تين العين والرجلين ي الت ا ق تين العين والذتاع اليستتتتتتتتتتتتتتلحل والرجلين( ل عبي س ق الاي، لليدي عل التدر بيل عيد البحث.. البرنلمج التدت بي اليقترق ةإستتتتتتتتتتتتتتت دار تدت بلر الر تتتتتتتتتتتتتتلعل التيلعليل تة تمستتتتتتتتتتتتتتت د ا اام اليهلت الهديل .4 اليستقييل ي الهديل اليغيرة ي الهديل القليعل( ل عبي س ق الاي، لليدي عل التدر بيل عيد البحث. التوصيات : ةيل يلي: ست تلجلر التي تم الت صل إليهل ي صي البلحث ي ا م نتلنج البحث وا ا تيلر تتدت بلر الر تلعل التيلعليل ي البرامج التدت بيل لتة ر مستت د القدتار البدنيل والبصتر ل واليهلت ل .1 ل عبي اليبلتزة. است دار دسلليب حديرل ي التدت ب علي سرعل حركلر القدمين ل عبين و عبلر اليبلتزة .2 تةبيق مرل ذه الدتاسل علي مراحل س يل م تليل ودن اع دررد من ا سلحل الر ثل ي ت لال اليبلتزة. .3 إجرام مرل ذه الدتاسل علي ةة ر عللييل ودولييبيل درر ل ستيلاة من اليداتس الي تليل ي التدت ب. .4 المصادر american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org أوال : المراجع العربية (.2001 : ا سس الي يل لليبلتزة الةبعل الرلنيل ي مركز الكتلب ي القل رة ي ابراهيم نبيل عبد العزيز ✓ تق م( ي مكتبل ومةبعل الاعلع الي يل -تةبيق -تدت س –: يرق تدت س الكرة الةلنرة تعليم ذكى محمد حسن ✓ (.2008ي اإلسك دت ل ي والةعن وبعض : تأثير تير لر سرعل ا ستدلةل الحركيل ي تة ر حركلر ا تجلرحيم حلو علي الزبيدي ✓ (. 2012دن اع الد لع ل عبي اليبلتزة الابلب ةس ق الاي، ي جلمعل ميسلن ي العراق ي : لعليل تدت بلر السلكي على الر لعل التيلعليل ومست داام الاقلبل ا ملميل على عمرو حمزه ، بيداء طارق ✓ .(2012البصرةي العراق ي حصلن القيزي إنتلج عليي ي اليؤتير الدولي لعل ر الر لال ي جلمعل (.2016: تدت بلر السلكي ي اات اليكر العربيي القل رة ي عمرو حمزة ، نجالء البدري ✓ داام حركلر محمد محمود سليمان ✓ البللستي على سرعل التدت بلر ةلست دار ا نيدلت ل الق ة تة ر تأثير : س ل ي عسم تدت ب الي لز ر والر لالر اليرايل ي كليل التربيل الر لايل 15الرجلين لليبلتز ن ال ل ئين تحت (. 2018اإلسك دت ل ي للب ين ي جلمعل ي كليل ةل عبي الابلب ةس ق الاي، ةلليبلتز : تأثير تير لر رلصل ي تة ر الر لعلمروة محمود علي ✓ (.2018ي ي مدلل كليل اإلسرام الدلمعلي العراقةغداا ي عسم التربيل الر لايلالدلمعل اإلسرام . ٢٠٠١ي عيلن ي اات وانل لل ار ي ١: نظر لر التعلم والتة ت الحركي ي وجيه محجوب ✓ : األجنبيةثانيا: المراجع ✓ baechle, t., earle, r., & wathen, d. (2000):essentials of strength training and conditioning, second edition. china: human kinetics. ✓ chatzopoulos,d.,galazoulas, c.,patikas,d,and kotzamanidis,c.(2014) :acute effects of static and dynamic stretching on balance, agility, reaction time and movement time. journal sports science and medicine 13(2),403-409. ✓ dave anthony (2013): basketball footwork drills/ training, www.ingame training.com/wpcontent/uploads. ✓ delextrat, a., grosgeorge, b and bieuzen, f.(2015): determinants of performance in a new test of planned agility for young elite basketball players . international journal of sports physiology and performance165-160, (2) 10 ✓ hal wissel (2013):basketball:steps to success, human kinetics, champaign, il.3nd edition. ✓ henry,g.,dawson,b.,lay, b.and young,w(2011): validity of a reactive agility test for aaustralian football. international journal of sports physiology and performance 6 (4) , 534-545 ✓ lockie rg, jeffriess md,mc gann ts, callaghan sj, schultz ab(2013) planned and reactive agility performance in semi-professional and amateur basketball players. international journal of sports physiology and performance,9: 766771. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org ✓ mehrotra, a., singh, v., lal, s., & rai, m. n. (2011).effect of six weeks saq drills training programme on selected anthropometrical variables. indian journal of movement education and exercises sciences, ✓ milanovic,z.,sporis,g.,trajkovic,n.,james,n. and samija,k.(2013):effects of a 12 week saq training program on agility with and with out the ball among young soccer players. journal of sports science and medicine 12(1),97-103. ✓ oliver,j.l.&meyers,r.w.(2009):reliabity and generality of measures of acceleration, planned agility,and reactive agility. international journal of sports physiology and performance, (4),345-354 ✓ polman, r., bloomfield, j., & edwards, a. (2009): effects of saq training and small-sided games on neuromuscular functioning in untrained subjects. international journal of sports physiology and performance, 4(4), 494-505 ✓ safaric,a.j.&bird,s.p. (2011): agility drills for basketball: review and practical applications. journal of australian strength and conditioning, 19-35-27, 9(4) ✓ sheppard, j. m. & young, w. b. (2006): agility literature review: classifications, training and testing, journal of sports sciences, september; 24(9): 919 – 932 ✓ velmurugan, g., & palanisamy, a. (2012): effects of saq training and plyometric training on speed among college men kabaddi players. indian journal of applied research, 3(11), 432 ✓ young,w.b.,dawson,b. andhenry,g.j.(2015): agility and change-ofdirection speed are independent skills :implications for training for agility in invasion sports. international journal of sports science and coaching 16910. 159 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the impact of the corona pandemic on supply chains and its impact on production costs in economic units-a survey study of a sample of wasit textile and sewing workers sattar oleiwi dahash. assistant teacher, southern technical university technical institute / shatrah sattar.dahash@stu.edu.iq sami hatem matar assistant teacher, middle euphrates technical university/ rumaitha technical institute samihatam480@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the emergence of economic units and the innovation of new products is one of the most important challenges in the competition market, and therefore economic units must seek to keep pace with the developments that are taking place at the moment, through the continuous development of systems and methods in cost management of processing chains, which contribute to finding the important pillars on which economic units depend to achieve their goals and maximize their benefits. the research shows the impact of the corona pandemic on supply chains and their impact on the cost of production in those economic units.wasit textile and sewing factory – selecting iraq as a practical case, we have drawn some conclusions, the most important of which is that the covid-19 pandemic has had an impact on the production costs of iraqi economic entities. corona pandemic, covid-19 , supply chain, cost , supply chain cost management. introduction processing chains and cost management are relatively recent things. they have become important functions in production and commercial institutions with regard to material needs that include supply, transport, distribution and production, through which production institutions seek to reduce the costs of processing chains and pay attention to the things that affect them by choosing patterns at the lowest cost, more effective and faster. as well as focusing on reducing the impact of the corona pandemic on the costs of supply chains. the research will address the theoretical aspects of the corona pandemic, as well as the theoretical aspects of the supply chains, concluding the research in the applied aspect, analyzing the hypotheses of the research, and adding the conclusions and recommendations of the research. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the first topic: research methodology 1.1 research problem from the point of view of the researchers, the research problem can be the result of the weakness of the supply chains as a result of the corona pandemic ( covid-19 ) ,as a result of the dependence of most economic units on suppliers from low-cost areas, and this made these units unable to obtain their needs of materials used in their manufacturing processes as a result of the complete closure of cities , which in turn led to the complete interruption of processing operations, and therefore the research problem is summarized by the following questions: a. can the economic units change the supply chain, that is, rely on areas close to the economic units? b. is there a capacity in the economic units to improve the chain of management and organization of the supply chain so that they can face the emergency circumstances? c. is there a benefit for the economic units in the event of modifying the supply chain, by making them more flexible as a result of the delays they have experienced? 2.7 research objective in light of the research problem and the questions raised, the research aims mainly to indicate the impact of the corona pandemic on processing chains and its impact on production costs in economic units. in addition, researchers seek to achieve the following sub-objectives: apresentation of a theoretical framework on the corona pandemic and the management of supply chains bdemonstrate the role of processing chains and their impact on associated costs. cdemonstrate the lessons learned from the covid-19 pandemic, by adjusting the supply chains and making them more flexible to face emergency conditions in the future . 3. research hypothesis: the research is based on two main hypotheses: athere is a significant correlation between the corona pandemic and its impact on supply chains and its impact on associated costs. bthere is a significant impact between the corona pandemic and its impact on supply chains and its impact on the associated costs. 4 virtual outline of the study costs associated with processing chains source: prepared by the two researchers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org research importance the importance of the research stems from the importance of processing chains at the level of the economic unit, as many successful economic units in industrially developed countries adopt trends based on creating a long-term and flexible relationship with processors, which are based on the method of participation between processors on the one hand and producers on the other hand in the design and development of products, and other decisions that are important through communication , continuous coordination, as well as linking to a specific number of processors and facing emergency cases by the departments of the economic units by adapting to those circumstances, i.e. prior planning and making the processing chains capable of facing them. methodology the study relied on the theoretical aspects of the inductive approach by reviewing the research and studies related to the research topic . the study also relied on an exploratory approach based on a sample of surveys distributed to textile and weaving mills to gather their opinions on the study variables. research population and sample wasit textile and sewing factory was chosen as a site for the study, because it is considered one of the productive industries in iraq, and the fact that the factory has great importance in the production and distribution of textiles and clothing to the iraqi markets that contribute to meeting the needs of the community . the community represents all managers and heads of departments in the factory. an intentional sample of ( 110) managers and heads of department from various disciplines was distributed to them and the questionnaires were retrieved from them (103 ) and valid for the analysis of the questionnaire ( 100). 8. research limits spatial boundaries -: the two researchers chose (wasit textile and sewing factory). temporal limits-: the temporal limits of the study extended the period of coexistence, interviews, distribution and retrieval of the questionnaire in wasit weaving and weaving factory from (28-32024)to ( 28-3-2024 ) in the practical aspect of the study. 9. data collection method the two researchers relied on foreign references and sources through periodicals and research , theses, university theses, websites, e-books, laws and instructions. the second topic: theoretical framework the corona pandemic is one of the most dangerous pandemics in the entire world in this era . through its impact on all aspects of human life, whether health, economic, political or scientific , this pandemic will be introduced and then highlight the supply chains and costs in industrial companies. first: introducing the virus ( covid-19 ) coronaviruses are a large family of viruses that can cause disease in animals and humans. many coronaviruses are known to cause respiratory infections in humans, ranging from the common cold to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org more severe illnesses such as middle east respiratory syndrome (mers) and severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars). the newly discovered coronavirus causes covid-19. covid-19 can be defined as: an infectious disease caused by the recently discovered coronavirus. there was no knowledge of the existence of this new virus and disease before the outbreak in the chinese city of johan in december 2019 (awareness guide, 2020:p. 1). second: processing chains 1. supply chain concept the supply chain is considered a series of organizations (its facilities, functions and activities involved). in the production and delivery of goods or services), starting with the main raw material suppliers and ending with the final customer. also known as: the sum of the activities performed by an organization to provide products and services efficiently and effectively and deliver them, starting with the source of processing, the selection of raw materials, then production and distribution, to the final customer. on time, to customer satisfaction. (assaf, 2015:14-15) it's considered a cluster of products and manufacturing facilities that are directly or indirectly connected via product identification decisions, this prevents any product from being produced by a facility outside of the chain, and prevents any manufacturing facility from producing products outside of the chain. (rifai, 2004:7). 2. evolution of the concept of equipment management asupply: the definitions of supply have varied a lot and its concepts have evolved with the development of the perspective from which supply has become seen as an important function in the institution. supply is the flow of materials and supplies from the beginning of their request in the form of raw materials until they reach customers in their final form, focusing on activities related to the management of material and information flows so that they are combined according to a long chain so that supplies are placed at the disposal of the commercial interest. b. supply chain management: supply chain management is a new method of advanced management that is expanding in popularity in various industries worldwide. it has become essential and paramount to the success of companies and the provision of exceptional services to customers while lowering costs., thereby remaining competitive and achieving exceptional success. (khansal, 2020: 7). process chain management can be defined as : the integration and management of organizations and activities through the relationship of cooperating organizations, the efficiency of operations and through a high level of information sharing in order to create high-performing value systems. in addition, it can be defined as : it is the management of the beginning and end of the flow relations with suppliers and customers, in order to provide the best service to customers at the lowest cost borne by the supply chain as a whole. it is also known as : the department responsible for supplying materials from purchases to meet customer requests at the lowest possible cost, providing the right products at the right price and at the right time, and delivering them to consumers accurately (aws, 2017: 21-22). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 3. the main roles of supply chain management: afocus on the impact of the process chain on site activities and try to reduce the cost and time required to perform operations. the main consideration is to ensure the normal flow of materials and labor to the construction site and avoid interruptions to the workflow.. bfocus on reducing costs in the supply chain itself, especially in logistics operations and inventory management. cfocus on transferring activities from the construction site to the previous stage of the supply chain to avoid emergencies on the construction site and ensure wider compatibility between all activities. dfocus on the integrated management and optimization of the processing chain and production facilities to reduce overall costs and implementation cycles (alzazou, 2015: 53). 4. fundamental factors affecting the management of the processing chain: (a) environmental uncertainty: refers to unexpected changes in customers, suppliers, competitors, and technology. this factor generates three sub-factors as follows: 1company environment: it is related to the relationship between the company and its suppliers and the degree of trust and commitment. it is also related to the company's expectations of quality, timeliness of delivery, industry competition, and the level of competition between companies. 2government support: this is the level of support the company receives from the government when it imports raw materials or products from abroad or uses local materials. 3external uncertainty: it arises when outsourcing raw materials or products. in this case, environmental factors such as uncertainty in political and economic conditions in other countries must be considered, which may increase supply risks, affect investment decisions, and change business strategies and general business decisions. (b) information technology: telecommunications, information technology, and computers enable all participants in the supply chain to communicate with each other. it can also help suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and customers reduce time, paperwork, and other unnecessary activities. on the other hand, by using information technology, managers can gain many benefits, including consistent information flow, exchange of data and information, and improved relationships with local and international customers and suppliers. (c) supply chain relationships: supply chain relationships play an important role in achieving organizational goals, coordinating and integrating activities with suppliers, and understanding customer needs, all of which provide greater benefits to the company. supply chains are directly related to relationship management, which includes relationships with customers and suppliers. these relationships are a key component of supply chain management practices, enabling information sharing and one of the key factors in creating a strong supply chain (al-batanouni: pp. 230-231). third: cost overview 1. cost concept cost is a rubber term that involves many different meanings in its content according to many considerations, whether these considerations are related to the purpose of measuring and calculating cost, or to the foundations and principles on which measurement is based. as a result, the content of the cost may differ for the individual from the content of the cost for the community, as well as the content if the goal of the measurement is different than the purpose of the measurement. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org cost is generally understood as: the monetary or moral expenditure of another's economic value in order to receive a benefit ( good or service ) in the present or future. from the general definition of cost, it is apparent that: athe cost is a sacrifice of economic value, which may be represented in a physical form, such as sacrificing, for example, one of the constituent elements of wealth and assets ( whether tangible or intangible assets), or that the sacrifice is in a moral form, such as the muscular or mental effort that a person sacrifices to obtain a benefit. bsacrifice is of economic value to both the sacrificer and the beneficiary, otherwise it is not considered a sacrifice, and it is not afraid that the economic value of sacrifice depends on the relative scarcity of what is sacrificed, which in turn is affected by the difference of time and place, both of which affect the relative scarcity of sacrifice. cit is not necessary to obtain the benefit at the time of the sacrifice. the cost in order to obtain a benefit, whether the benefit is obtained now or in the future (bassiouni et al., 2017: 20). 2. cost categories the cost can be divided into two parts: aunexpired costs: they represent the value of the economic benefits obtained by the organization and have not yet been exhausted and are therefore considered assets of the organization. bexpired costs: it represents the value of the economic benefits obtained and depleted by the organization during the period. these depleted costs, if offset by the organization's obtaining revenue from them during the same period, are considered expenses, but if this depletion is not offset by the organization's obtaining any return or revenue, it is considered a loss (muhammad et al., 1993: p. 83). fourth: management of processing chain costs cost control is one of the key factors in ensuring financial efficiency. although the calculation formula is simple, the financial result is actually a difficult value to determine. correctly measuring financial performance will generate more difficulties, especially in a dynamically changing business environment. given the different dimensions between companies and organizations, collecting accurate and appropriate cost information is a key element of the management process. more and more managers realize that efficiency is a source of competitive advantage and are working hard to improve and develop analytical methods, cost management and processes. an area where significant cost savings can be achieved is the supply chain. cost reduction is one of the most frequently cited goals in supply chain management. in addition, the drive to reduce costs forces companies to pay more attention to their relationships with other players in the supply chain so that both suppliers and customers can increase their competitiveness and profitability. in response to these facts, the literature on this topic lists specific concepts of cost management within the supply chain, as shown in table (1).source, 2013:205) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org fifth: management of the common cost in the supply chain shared cost management, such as the costs of the main components required for the delivery of the final product purchased or manufactured outside the framework of the business entity, between the business entity, the buyer and the processor, can provide knowledge and management contributions of transactions and activities between the participants. the goal is to diagnose opportunities and use cases that contribute to the reduction of shared costs. economic entities with a high level of internal cost management can use their skills and experience to carry out activities that play an important role in joint interaction, which helps to improve their cost management, improve the level and efficiency of planning processes, and improve control capabilities. to maximize the benefits of all participants in the processing chain. to adopt shared cost management throughout the supply chain, some requirements must be met: 1setting specific work goals to reduce the costs of processors. 2collaboration between suppliers and customers to investigate and diagnose opportunities for cost reduction. 3taking into account the profitability of suppliers when negotiating purchase prices. 4ensuring effective collaboration between suppliers, distribution channels and customers. close cooperation between economic entities is not limited to the development of relations between the participants in the processing chain, but also serves to coordinate administrative controls in order to provide adequate support for the planning, implementation, measurement and evaluation of all activities. joint activities between business units make it possible to establish and maintain long-term cooperation, which can, in principle, be reflected in the exchange of information between the information systems of manufacturers, processors and other partners in the processing chain. (al-saffar and obaid, 2016: 228). sixth: costs associated with processing chains managing inventory to increase net profit requires businesses to effectively manage costs, which are divided into the following five categories (adebisi & rafiu, 2013: 82): american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 1procurement costs – the costs of procuring goods from suppliers, including inbound freight. these costs typically represent the largest category of goods for sale, and discounts for different order sizes and supplier credit terms affect procurement costs. 2. order costs – include the costs of preparing and issuing orders, receiving and checking items included in orders, and checking received invoices, orders, and shipping documents for payment. ordering costs include the costs of obtaining purchase approvals and other special preparation costs. 3transportation costs – the costs incurred to maintain inventory of goods for sale. transportation costs include the opportunity cost of investment associated with inventory and costs associated with storage, such as: b. room rental, insurance, obsolescence, damage, and loss. 4warehousing costs – the costs incurred when materials for large customer orders are depleted from the company's warehouses and procedures must be quickly updated to meet this requirement or the costs of not fulfilling deliveries. companies can respond to inventory levels by expediting orders from suppliers. however, this can be expensive due to the additional ordering costs and all associated transportation costs. 5quality costs – costs incurred when the quality and characteristics of a product or service do not meet customer specifications. there are four types of quality costs: prevention costs, assessment costs, internal failure costs, and external failure costs... the third topic: the practical aspect data and results analysis this section ensures that the balance used is reliable and stable in measuring the study samples. in addition, the availability of the variables for the applied field study is checked through statistical descriptions, and then the influence and degree of explanation of the independent variables on the dependent variables are determined.. first: coding variables and dimensions of research this section codes the research variables and dimensions and determines the number of paragraphs for each dimension in order to facilitate analysis in the spss software package. the process is as follows: table (2) coding and dimensions of research variables variable dimension number of paragraphs dimension code toyota corona 4 cor processing chains c. preparation 4 prch c. purchasing 4 pre c. production 4 pur c. transportation 4 pro c. storage 4 tran source: prepared by researchers based on the literature. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org second: method of distribution and retrieval of the questionnaire the researchers distributed ( 110 ) questionnaires to achieve the research requirements. (103) questionnaires were retrieved and after examination, it was found that (100) questionnaires were valid for analysis. the questionnaires were distributed to a number of workers in the wasit textile and sewing factory for the period from 28/3/2024 to 28/3/2024. this period included the distribution of the questionnaire. the confusion of some of its paragraphs was clarified based on personal interviews of specific and random samples of the total sample. the following table shows the details of that process: table ( 3 ) questionnaire distribution and retrieval questionnaire number percentage distributed questionnaires 110 100% retrieved questionnaire 103 93.6% unrecovered questionnaire 7 6.4% the questionnaire is valid for analysis 100 90.9% the questionnaire is not valid for analysis 3 2.7% source: preparation of the two researchers based on the distribution of the questionnaire. third: demographic information of respondents the graphics below show the demographic information of the respondents (gender ), as it appears in the table that the number of males reached ( 80 ) individuals while females ( 20 ) as shown in the graph below: graphic (1) demographic information (gender) source: two researchers prepared the results based on the spss program. 20%; 80% female male american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org table (4) gender frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent valid female 20 20.0 20.0 20.0 male 80 80.0 80.0 100.0 total 100 100.0 100.0 source: spss outputs the age factor of the respondents ranged between (50-41), while the respondents were within lower age group (30-20) as shown in the drawing below: graphic (2) demographic information (age) source: two researchers prepared the results based on the spss program. table (5) building age frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent valid 20-30 6 6.0 6.0 6.0 31-40 25 25.0 25.0 31.0 41-50 69 69 69 100.0 total 100 100.0 100.0 source: spss outputs as for educational attainment, it was found that the holders of a bachelor's degree are the most (66) individuals, while the holders of a master's degree are the least (7) individuals, as shown in the chart below: 6% 25% 69% 20-30 31-40 41-50 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org graphic (3) demographic information (academic achievement) source: two researchers prepared it based on the results of spss program. table (6) certification frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent valid diploma 18 18.0 18.0 18.0 bachelors 66 66.0 66.0 84 high diploma 9 9.0 9.0 93 master's degree 7 7.0 7.0 100.0 total 100 100.0 100.0 source: spss outputs the years of service for those who served them were less than fifteen years, the largest percentage of workers in education, as their number reached (10) individuals, as shown in the drawing below: graphic (4) demographic information (years of service) source: two researchers prepared the results based on the spss program. certificate 18% 66% 9% 7% 0% diploma bachelor's higher diploma master's ph.d 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% service 1--3 4--6 7--9 10 or more american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org table (7) service frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent valid 1-3 4 4.0 4.0 4.0 4-6 9 9.0 9.0 13.0 7 september 13 13.0 13.0 26.0 10 + 74 74.0 74.0 100.0 total 100 100.0 100.0 source: spss outputs it turns out that the respondents, based on the results of the analysis of their demographic factors, are experts and specialists who can understand the purpose of these questions they answered, and have sufficient ability to answer them accurately, and thus their answers will contribute to identifying the research variables within the research sample organization fourth: testing the normal distribution of data this step is necessary and important to determine the distribution of the questionnaire data. are they naturally distributed or abnormally distributed? the main goal of this test is to determine the appropriate statistics for the analysis. when the collected data follows a normal distribution, the statistics (parametric) are the most suitable and best for the statistical analysis process. if the data does not follow a normal distribution, then the statistics (non-parametric) are the most appropriate and best. for this reason, in this study, the kolmogorov-smirnov test was applied to prove the validity of the normal distribution of the questionnaire data collected from the community according to each research variable. from the test statistical analysis shown in the table (8) below, the significance value sig (2tailed) is (.009c, d), which is less than (5%), which is the criterion for determining the acceptability of the results. therefore, we accept the alternative hypothesis (h_1) and reject the null hypothesis (h_0) assumed when the data follows a normal distribution. this test allows two researchers to use nonparametric statistics to test the validity of the normal distribution of the questionnaire data collected from the community according to each research variable.. table (8) one-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test cor prch n 100 100 normal parameters a,b mean 4.3200 4.1500 std. deviation .46748 .36397 most extreme differences absolute 173 .105 positive 173 .105 negative. 127 -.075 test statistic 173 .105 asymp. sig. (2-tailed) .000c .009c a. test distribution is normal. b. calculated from data. c. lilliefors significance correction. source: spss outputs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org fifth: testing the stability and internal consistency of the measurement tool this section tests stability and internal consistency. they are the main pillars on which the measurement instrument is based and are highly valued so that the research findings are highly trusted and recognized. when the answers to a particular scale are consistent and homogeneous, the extent to which individual differences can be measured, and when the scale measures the purpose for which it was created, the scale is considered to be fixed. the study adopted the most common method, namely (cronbach alpha) to check the stability and internal consistency of the measurement instrument, which is considered to be a recognized value at the behavioral research level if it exceeds (70%) (tavakol & dennick, 2011:54). the researcher also relies on the construct validity coefficient to determine the validity the measurement tool measures the research variables based on the responses of sample members. (cronbach alpha), and the value of the correlation coefficient is passed. from the table (9) below, we can see that the cronbach α coefficient value of the main research variable (covid-19) is (86.7%), and the cronbach α coefficient value of the dependent research variable (processing chain) and its dimensions is (90.4%), because these values are acceptable and recognized, and have excellent stability in descriptive research, because they are high values compared to the standard cronbach α values. we noticed that the construct validity coefficient values in the sample responses are very good and high. therefore, the research instrument and its measures are accurate, stable, and honest, and have the validity of the final application.. table 9 variables dimension or type at the dimension level at the variable level nephrology toyota corona 86.7% 90.8% processing chains c. preparation 86.5% 90.4% c. purchasing 89.2% c. production 84.9% c. transportation 91.3% c. storage 92.5% source: preparing the two researchers based on the results of the spss program. the above table represents the internal reliability of the variables (corona pandemic) and the supply chain and its dimensions) by (90.8%). sixth: statistical description table (10) shows the classification of the statistical description categories. the categories are determined by finding the length of the range (4 = 1-5) and then dividing that range by the number of categories (5) (0.80 = 5/4). (0.80) is then added to the minimum share (1) or subtracted from the upper share (5).and the categories are as follows (dewberry, 2004: 15): , table (10) indicates the dimensions of the variables (corona pandemic, processing chain) that were well available in the wasit textile and sewing laboratory, as the average for all dimensions (high hypothesis ) except for the corona pandemic, which was very high, and the levels of standard deviation were close to each other as well as the variation of the variables, which indicates the availability of understanding by the respondents american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org (employees of wasit textile and sewing laboratory) of the research variables that were tested , and the results indicate that there are very high rates of the corona pandemic as well as a high level of processing chains. table (10) classification of statistical description categories variable / dimension average standard deviation answer level after arrange dimensions toyota corona 4.3200 .46748 steep, taunt firstly c. preparation 4.1950 .47617 high 1 c. purchasing 4.0850 .51027 high 5 c. production 4.1225 .49683 high 4 c. transportation 4.1825 .51229 high 2 c. storage 4.1650 .54381 high 3 processing chains 4.1500 .36397 high second source: preparing the two researchers based on the results of the spss program. table (11) dimensions of variables descriptive statistics n minimum maximum mean std deviation cor 100 3.00 5.00 4.3200 .46748 prch 100 3.25 5.00 4.1500 .36397 pre 100 3.00 5.00 4.1950 .47617 pur 100 3.00 5.00 4.0850 .51027 pro 100 3.00 5.00 4.1225 .49683 tran 100 2.50 5.00 4.1825 .51229 stor 100 2.75 5.00 4.1650 .54381 valid n (listwise) 100 source: spss outputs seventh: testing the research hypothesis in testing the hypotheses, the two researchers relied on the pearson method for the purpose of determining the level of correlation between the research variables. 1. testing the hypotheses of the correlation model: in this paragraph, the the aim was to study the correlation coefficients between the variables using the pearson statistical test. the first main hypothesis was tested, namely the correlation between the independent variable (covid-19 pandemic) and the dependent variable (processing chain). table (12) shows the simple correlation coefficient (pearson) matrix between these variables. the strength of the correlation coefficient was assessed using the following rules (ann, 2005), for each institution: 1. very weak: when the value of the correlation coefficient is less than 0.20 2. weak: the correlation coefficient is between 0.20 and 0.39 3. moderate: the correlation coefficient is between 0.40 and 0.59 4. strong: when the value of the correlation coefficient is between 0.60 and 0.79 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 5. very strong: when the correlation coefficient value is above 0.80 table (12) shows that the correlation coefficient between the independent variable (covid-19 pandemic) and the dependent variable (processing chain) is between (0.20 and 0.39) in addition to the positive sign, which indicates that there is a weak and direct relationship between these variables. there is a correlation. which achieves the hypothesis of the correlation relations between the variables. there is a significant correlation between the corona pandemic and its impact on supply chains and its impact on associated costs. table (12) pearson correlation coefficient matrix for the relationship between the study variables correlations cor prch cor pearson correlation 1 378. sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 100 100 prch pearson correlation 378. 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 100 100 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed)**. source: spss v.24 outputs whereas, the relationship between the corona pandemic variable and the dimensions of the processing chains is positive, as it appears from table ( 13 ) that the correlation coefficient between the independent variable (corona pandemic) and the dependent variable (processing chains (after purchase costs)) is (.319* *) in addition to its positive reference, which indicates a weak and direct correlation relationship, as well as the correlation coefficient between the independent variable (corona pandemic) and the dependent variable (processing chains (after production costs)) is (.273* *) in addition to its positive reference, which indicates a weak and direct correlation relationship between the independent variable (corona pandemic) and the dependent variable (processing chains (after transportation costs)) is (.247 * *) in addition to its positive reference, which indicates a weak and direct correlation between the independent variable (corona pandemic) and the dependent variable (processing chains (after storage costs)) is (.188 * *), which indicates a very weak and direct correlation, as it indicates a correlation between the follow-up relationship with the independent variable, which achieves the hypothesis of the correlation between the variables. as shown in the table below: table (13) correlation between the main and sub variables correlations cor prch pre pur pro tran stor cor pearson correlation 1 378. 34 1 ® 319 273 247 188 sig. (2-tailed) .000 .001 .001 (0.006) .013 .062 n 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 prch pearson correlation 378. 1 )574 ( .678* * .764* * .750* * .803* * sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 n 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 pre pearson correlation 34 1 )574 ( 1 [258] 389 236 226 sig. (2-tailed) .001 .000 .009 .000 .018 .024 n 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 pur pearson correlation ® 319 .678* * [258] 1 439 .305** 418 m2 sig. (2-tailed) .001 .000 .009 .000 .002 .000 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org n 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 pro pearson correlation 273 .764* * 389 439 1 0.422 .492* sig. (2-tailed) (0.006) .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 n 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 tran pearson correlation 247 .750* * 236 .305** 0.422 1 inco(688) sig. (2-tailed) .013 .000 .018 .002 .000 .000 n 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 stor pearson correlation 188 .803* * 226 418 m2 .492* inco(688) 1 sig. (2-tailed) .062 .000 .024 .000 .000 .000 n 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed)**. *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed)**. source: spss v.24 outputs 2. testing the hypotheses of the impact model table (14) descriptive statistics mean std deviation n prch 4.1500 .36397 100 cor 4.3200 .46748 100 source: spss v.24 outputs table (14) shows the descriptive statistics (sample size 100, and arithmetic averages, as they follow the degree of likert quintet standard deviations) of the independent and dependent variables that were entered in the regression model. table (15) correlations prch cor pearson correlation prch 1.000 378. cor 378. 1.000 sig. (1-tailed) prch . .000 cor .000 . n prch 100 100 cor 100 100 source: spss v.24 outputs the above table shows the correlation matrix between the variables of the regression model, as the correlation coefficient between the supply chains and the corona pandemic was at a value of 0.378 in statistical terms smaller than 0.01 with a value of 0.000, which means that there is a positive direct relationship. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org table (16) variables entered/removeda variables entered/removeda model variables entered variables removed of disburseme nt 1 b . enter a. dependent variable: prch b. all requested variables entered. source: spss v.24 outputs table (16) shows the names of the variables that were entered in the regression equation (processing chains) as a dependent variable, (the corona pandemic) as an independent variable, and the analysis did not exclude any variable. the method used in the model was the standard regression method. table (17) modelsummaryb model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate 1 .378a 143 134 .33861 a. predictors: (constant), cor b. dependent variable: prch source: spss v.24 outputs table (17) shows the pearson correlation coefficient between the dependent variable (supply chains) and the independent variable (corona pandemic), where the value of (0.378) was the value of the coefficient of determination (0,143) and the value of the modified coefficient of determination (0,134), meaning that the independent variable explains 13% of the variation in supply chains. table (18) anovaa model sum of squares df mean square f sig. 1 regression 878/1 1 878/1 383 .000b residual 237 98 115 total 13 and 115 99 a. dependent variable: prch b. predictors: (constant), corr source: spss v.24 outputs table (18) shows the results of the analysis of enova test for regression significance. we note that the value of sig.) is equal to (0.000) which is less than (0.01). therefore, we reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative hypothesis which states that the regression is ethical and therefore the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org independent variable (covid-19 pandemic) has an effect on the dependent variable (treatment chain) and therefore we replace the dependent variable with the independent variable which the variable can predict. table (19) coefficientsa model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients o sig. correlations b std. error beta zeroorder partial part 1 (constant) 877 .316 096 .000 cor 295 073 378. .048 .000 378. 378. 378. a. dependent variable: prch source: spss v.24 outputs table (20) shows the standardized and unstandardized regression coefficients, the values of the t-test and the standard errors and test probabilities as well as the values of the inflation and tolerance coefficients. this shows that there is no linear multiplicity problem between the variables since the inflation coefficient is less than 3. table (20) residualsstatisticsa minimum maximum mean std deviation n predicted value 3 4 4.1500 13775 100 residual -.95037 .86796 00000 .33690 100 std. predicted value 824 .455 .000 1.000 100 std. residual .807 2.563 .000 995 100 a. dependent variable: prch table (20) shows the distribution of the rest graphic (5) source: spss v.24 outputs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org figure (5) shows the moderation of the distribution of the remainders and the collection of data about the straight line. therefore, the remainders follow the normal distribution, which is a condition for the validity of the regression analysis. the fourth topic: conclusions and recommendations first: conclusions 1. the corona pandemic has affected production costs in iraqi economic units. there is a significant correlation between the corona pandemic and its impact on supply chains and its impact on associated costs. there is a significant impact between the corona pandemic and its impact on supply chains and its impact on the associated costs second, recommendations: 1. economic units should assess their current situation and develop solutions to the impact of the corona pandemic to confront such crises that may occur in the future. 2. find new suppliers and try to diversify their presence, whether outside or inside iraq, in order to reduce the risks of processing and rely on more than one source of supply . 3. activating risk management in economic units and discussing the expected crises periodically in management meetings. 4. relying on suppliers whose geographical locations are closer to the economic units so that the materials can be transported by air and land transport. in the event that one of the transport methods is stopped, the other can be relied on. references 1. "comprehensive health awareness guide", (this guide was compiled from the who website, first edition) , 5/3/2020. 2. sabih,imad al-saffar, mohammed, alaa obaid , " the impact of cost management in enhancing the processing chain" , research, journal of management and economics ,al-mustansiriya university, 2016. 3. assaf , mohammed ahmed hussein,“ the impact of supply chain capabilities on achieving competitive advantage (case study: kawar group of companies in jordan)” , 2015 . 4. rifai, mamdouh abdulaziz mohammed, "theimpact of the application of electronic supply chains on the phenomenon of reverse stock withdrawal in the light of sharing demand information, an applied study on durable goods" ,2004. 5. khansal, al-saeed , " the impact of supply chain management on the competitiveness of the institution , case study of riyad al-fateh cables and industrial electricity company",memorandum submitted as part of the requirements for obtaining an academic master's degree, mohamed bou diyaf university in messila , algeria, 2020 . 6. aws, ahmed ,“the impact of supply chain dependence on enhancing competitiveness: a field study in tourism facilities in the city of damascus and its countryside,” master thesis , damascus university, faculty of economics, syria, 2017. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org 7. al-zaazou, omar khattab," obstacles to applying sustainable development to supply chain management in construction projects in syria" , master thesis , damascus university faculty of civil engineering, department of engineering management and construction , 2015. 8. al-batanouni, alaa mohammed ,“the impact of linking and integrating supply chain management practices and strategic cost management on supporting the competitiveness of industrial businesses,” journal of accounting and auditing. 9. eid, salah bassiouni, fleih, abdel moneim , daou, saeed yahya , “cost accounting” , book, first edition, 20162017. 10. dr. zaki , hanafi eid mohammed, yahya, saeed, ibrahim , adel azab, " the basics of cost accounting" , book, cairo : al-dar al-arabiya, 1993. source: surowiec, anna " costing methods for supply chain management" 1st annual international interdisciplinary conference, aiic 2013, 24-26 april, azores, portugal.pp 205. 12 adebisi,nafisat toyosi & rafiu akinpelu olaore," accounting, purchasing and supply chain management interface" iosr journal of business and management. volume 11, issue 2 (may. jun 2013). 13. dewberry,c, "statistical methods for organizational research: theory and practice", first published, published in the taylor& franci, 2004. 14. tavakol,mohsen,dennick,reg,"making sense of cronbachs alpha", international journal of medical education, 2011. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 174 www.americanjournal.org teamwork and service quality delivery in the university of port harcourt teaching hospital charles tambari jonah1 monday isiramen ojo2 1 department of management, faculty of management sciences, university of port harcourt, rivers state, nigeria. 2 department of management, university of africa, toru-orua(uat), bayelsa state, nigeria. e-mail for correspondence: charles.jonah@uniport.edu.ng a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examined the relationship between team work and service quality delivery in the medical sector at the university of port harcourt teaching hospital (upth). specifically, the study tested how trust, cohesiveness, and spirit de corps, relate to service quality delivery in the medical sector. this descriptive survey study obtained primary data from 80 service personnel at the teaching hospital with a standardised questionnaire using a 4-point likert scale. cronbach's alpha was used to evaluate the tool's dependability, and a threshold of 0.7 was determined to ensure internal consistency. to analyse the data, the pearson product-moment correlation (ppmc) coefficient was used; spss version 22 was deployed to enable the inferential statistics. the findings indicate a positive and significant relationship between the three aspects of trust, cohesiveness, and spirit de corps and service quality delivery. this study concludes that structured interventions that develop and sustain effective teamwork dynamics to achieve sustainable service quality improvements is needed in organisations. it was recommended that upth should regularly organize team-building activities and workshops to enhance trust, cohesion, and spirit de corps among employees among others. teamwork, team cohesion. team trust. spirit de corps, upth. service quality. introduction within the nigerian medical system, tteaching hospitals are at the heart of providing quality healthcare, training and the development of future healthcare professionals, and are involved in breakthrough research. with the increasing burden of diseases and the need for specialized care, teaching hospitals are pivotal in addressing public health challenges . they not only cater to complex medical cases that primary healthcare facilities may not handle but also contribute to the overall improvement of healthcare standards in the country. additionally, teaching hospitals often engage in community outreach programs, further solidifying their importance in promoting health awareness and preventive care among the population (mcewen et al., 2020)). as they strive to meet the growing demand for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 175 www.americanjournal.org quality healthcare services, these institutions face numerous challenges, including resource constraints and the need for effective management strategies. service quality is a multidimensional construct that encompasses various aspects service delivery, including responsiveness, empathy, assurance, and tangibility. service quality delivery refers to the degree to which services meet or exceed expectations. it is essential for enhancing satisfaction and fostering trust between patients and healthcare providers. high service quality leads to better patient outcomes, increased patient loyalty, and improved institutional reputation. conversely, if service quality is absent or inadequate, it can result in patient dissatisfaction, negative health outcomes, and a decline in the hospital's credibility. this underscores the necessity for continuous evaluation and improvement of service delivery mechanisms within these institutions. teamwork is a fundamental component of effective service delivery in teaching hospitals. it involves collaborative efforts among healthcare professionals from diverse disciplines working towards a common goal: providing high-quality patient care. it encompasses communication, mutual respect, and shared responsibility among team members. in a hospital setting, effective teamwork can lead to enhanced problem-solving capabilities, reduced errors, and improved patient outcomes. the significance of teamwork is particularly evident in high-stakes environments such as surgery or emergency care, where coordinated efforts can mean the difference between life and death. previous studies have examined various aspects of service quality delivery and teamwork within healthcare settings; however, significant gaps remain in the literature regarding their interplay specifically within nigerian teaching hospitals. while some research has focused on patient satisfaction as a measure of service quality (ogunyinka et al., 2019), there is limited exploration of how teamwork influences service quality outcomes in these institutions. additionally, most existing studies have concentrated on private healthcare facilities or general hospitals without delving into the unique challenges faced by teaching hospitals (akinwunmi & oladapo, 2020). this lack of targeted research presents an opportunity for further investigation into how collaborative practices among healthcare teams can enhance service delivery quality. statement of the problem in the context of teaching hospitals in nigeria, the delivery of high-quality healthcare services is increasingly challenged by various systemic issues. two prominent problems affecting service quality delivery are inadequate staffing and poor infrastructure. inadequate staffing is a pervasive issue that results in healthcare professionals being overburdened, which compromises their ability to provide optimal patient care. symptoms of this problem often include long wait times for patients, rushed consultations, and a noticeable decline in the quality of interactions between healthcare providers and patients (mueller et al., 2013). when healthcare staff are stretched thin, it not only leads to increased stress and burnout among employees but also adversely affects patient outcomes, leading to higher rates of medical errors and patient dissatisfaction (akinwunmi & oladapo, 2020). poor infrastructure is another critical challenge that significantly impacts service quality delivery in teaching hospitals. this issue manifests through outdated medical equipment, insufficient sanitation facilities, and inadequate space for patient care (bola et al., 2021). for instance, the lack of essential medical supplies can delay diagnoses and treatments, leading to complications that could have been avoided with timely intervention. the consequences of neglecting these infrastructural deficiencies are severe; they can result in increased morbidity and mortality rates among patients who rely on these institutions for care american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 176 www.americanjournal.org (ogunyinka et al., 2019). furthermore, the inability to provide adequate care due to infrastructural limitations can lead to a loss of public trust in the healthcare system, further exacerbating the challenges faced by teaching hospitals. the failure to address these service quality delivery challenges has farreaching implications not only for individual patient outcomes but also for the broader healthcare system in nigeria. when patients experience subpar service quality due to inadequate staffing or poor infrastructure, they may seek alternative care options or avoid necessary medical treatment altogether (national health insurance authority, 2024). this behavior can lead to a vicious cycle where hospitals become increasingly underutilized, resulting in further resource constraints and a decline in the overall quality of care provided. additionally, as public confidence wanes in the ability of teaching hospitals to deliver effective healthcare services, there is a risk that funding and support from both governmental and non-governmental sources may diminish (the national health insurance scheme, 2024). this study intends to investigate these problems by focusing on teamwork dynamics within these institutions, it may be possible to mitigate some of the underlying causes of inadequate service delivery. this study aims to explore how fostering effective teamwork can lead to improvements in service quality delivery within nigerian teaching hospitals. aim and objectives of the study the aim of this study is to examine the relationship between teamwork and quality service delivery in university of port harcourt teaching hospital (upth). the specific objectives were to; i. examine the relationship between team cohesion and service quality in the university of port harcourt teaching hospital. ii. determine the relationship between team trust and service quality in the university of port harcourt teaching hospital. iii. evaluate the relationship between spirit de corps and service quality delivery in the university of port harcourt teaching hospital. research hypotheses using the literature review and research questions as the backbone of the study, the following hypotheses were developed. ho1: there is no significant relationship between team cohesion and service quality in the university of port harcourt teaching hospital. ho2: there is no significant relationship between team trust and service quality in the university of port harcourt teaching hospital. ho3: there is no significant relationship between spirit de corps and service quality delivery in the university of port harcourt teaching hospital. literature review conceptual review teamwork teamwork is a multifaceted concept that has garnered significant attention across various disciplines, including psychology, management, and healthcare. scholars have proposed numerous definitions to encapsulate its essence. salas et al. (2015) define teamwork as "a dynamic process involving two or more individuals who interact interdependently to achieve a common goal" (salas et al., 2015). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 177 www.americanjournal.org similarly, katzenbach and smith (1993) describe a team as "a small number of people with complementary skills who are committed to a common purpose, performance goals, and approach for which they hold themselves mutually accountable. this highlights the importance of accountability and the diverse skills that each member brings to the team. moreover, in the context of healthcare, teamwork is often defined through the lens of shared mental models. according to risser et al. (2006), teamwork is characterized by shared mental models among team members, which enhance communication and coordination (risser et al., 2006). this definition underscores the cognitive aspects of teamwork, suggesting that effective collaboration relies not only on interpersonal skills but also on a mutual understanding of roles and tasks. additionally, a more recent definition by mcewen et al. (2020) posits that "effective teamwork is the result of structured communication, clear leadership, and a commitment to shared goals" (mcewen et al., 2020), indicating that organizational frameworks play a crucial role in facilitating successful teamwork. the literature on teamwork reveals several critical themes that contribute to its effectiveness. first, communication is universally recognized as a cornerstone of successful teamwork. effective communication fosters trust and clarity among team members, enabling them to navigate challenges collaboratively (baker et al., 2006). second, the diversity of skills and perspectives within a team can enhance problem-solving capabilities. teams composed of individuals with varied expertise are better equipped to address complex issues than homogenous groups (belbin, 2010). third, leadership plays an essential role in guiding teams toward their objectives. effective leaders establish clear goals and facilitate an environment where all members feel valued and empowered to contribute (zaccaro et al., 2001). furthermore, the impact of teamwork extends beyond immediate task completion; it influences overall organizational performance and employee satisfaction. research indicates that organizations with strong teamwork cultures experience higher levels of employee engagement and lower turnover rates (macey & schneider, 2008). additionally, effective teamwork has been linked to improved patient outcomes in healthcare settings, underscoring its significance in high-stakes environments where collaboration can directly affect lives (manser, 2009). the dimensions of team work utilised in this current study are team cohesion, team trust and spirit de corps. team cohesion: team cohesion is a vital dimension of teamwork that significantly influences group performance and effectiveness. scholars have defined team cohesion in various ways, emphasizing its importance in fostering collaboration among team members. carron et al. (2002) describe team cohesion as a dynamic process that is reflected in the tendency of a group to stick together and remain united in the pursuit of its goals. this definition underscores the dual nature of cohesion, which involves both the emotional bonds among team members and their commitment to shared objectives. similarly, forsyth (2010) posits that cohesion is the degree to which members of a group are attracted to each other and motivated to stay in the group," highlighting the motivational aspects that drive individuals to contribute to the team's success. this collectively illustrate that cohesion is not merely about interpersonal relationships but also encompasses a shared commitment to achieving common goals. the definitions indicates that team cohesion plays a critical role in enhancing overall team performance. research has shown that cohesive teams exhibit higher levels of communication, trust, and collaboration, which are essential for effective american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 178 www.americanjournal.org teamwork. a study by mullen and copper (1994) found a significant positive correlation between team cohesion and performance across various contexts, suggesting that teams with strong cohesion are more likely to achieve their objectives (mullen & copper, 1994). furthermore, cohesion has been linked to increased satisfaction among team members, which can lead to lower turnover rates and higher levels of engagement (gully et al., 2002). in high-pressure environments such as healthcare, cohesive teams are better equipped to navigate challenges and deliver quality patient care, as they can rely on one another for support and effective communication (manser, 2009). team cohesion emerges as an essential component of effective teamwork, influencing both individual motivation and collective performance. the interplay between emotional bonds and shared goals fosters an environment where team members feel valued and committed to their tasks. as organizations increasingly rely on teamwork to achieve complex objectives, understanding the dynamics of team cohesion becomes imperative for leaders aiming to enhance team effectiveness. future research should continue to explore the mechanisms through which cohesion influences performance outcomes and identify strategies for fostering this critical dimension within diverse team settings. team trust: team trust is a crucial component of effective teamwork, influencing collaboration, communication, and overall performance within groups. scholarly definitions of team trust provide a foundation for understanding its complexities and implications in various contexts. one definition of team trust comes from a systematic literature review that identifies trust as a relational construct characterized by the belief that team members are reliable and will act in the best interest of the group. this definition emphasizes the importance of mutual confidence among team members, which fosters an environment conducive to open communication and cooperation (kramer & tyler, 1996). the authors argue that trust is not merely an individual characteristic but a collective phenomenon that emerges from interactions within the team. another scholarly perspective defines team trust as the willingness to be vulnerable to the actions of others based on the expectation that those actions will not harm oneself (mayer, davis, & schoorman, 1995). this definition highlights the inherent risk involved in trusting others and underscores that trust is built through consistent and positive interactions over time. it suggests that trust is essential for teams to navigate challenges effectively and achieve their objectives. exploring these definitions further reveals several key dimensions of team trust. first, communication plays a pivotal role; open and honest dialogue among team members enhances transparency and reduces uncertainty, which are critical for building trust. teams that prioritize effective communication are more likely to develop strong trust bonds, leading to improved collaboration and performance (dirks & ferrin, 2001) second, respect is identified as a precursor to trust. when team members demonstrate respect for one another's contributions and viewpoints, it fosters an atmosphere where individuals feel valued and understood. this sense of belonging can significantly enhance trust levels within the group (costa et al., 2018). moreover, leadership is instrumental in cultivating team trust. leaders who model trustworthy behaviors—such as integrity, accountability, and transparency—set a tone for the entire team. effective leaders not only build their own credibility but also encourage their teams to engage in trustworthy behaviors (burke et al., 2007) spirit de corps: spirit de corps, a term often associated with teamwork and unity within a group, has been studied extensively in organizational behavior and military contexts. it embodies the idea of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 179 www.americanjournal.org camaraderie and collective morale among members of a team, emphasizing the importance of shared goals and mutual support. two scholarly definitions of spirit de corps provide a foundational understanding of this concept. the first definition by fafara and westhuis (2007) describes spirit de corps as “a medium, positive, direct association with soldier teamwork,” highlighting its role in enhancing collaboration and emotional attachment within military units. this definition underscores how spirit de corps not only fosters teamwork but also contributes to soldiers' commitment to their organization, ultimately influencing retention and readiness outcomes. the authors argue that a strong sense of spirit de corps can mitigate the challenges posed by high-stress environments, enabling teams to function more effectively under pressure. the second definition comes from a literature review conducted on the factors influencing esprit de corps among personnel in the indonesian air force. this research identifies esprit de corps as a collective spirit that promotes mutual assistance and cooperation among team members, particularly in situations where personnel numbers are limited (2024). the study emphasizes that enhancing esprit de corps through factors such as cohesion, communication, and leadership can significantly improve overall team performance without the need for additional personnel. this perspective aligns with broader organizational theories that advocate for strengthening team dynamics to achieve better outcomes. exploring these definitions reveals several key themes associated with spirit de corps. firstly, it is evident that effective communication plays a crucial role in fostering this spirit. teams characterized by open lines of communication are better equipped to navigate challenges collaboratively, leading to enhanced problem-solving capabilities. secondly, leadership emerges as a vital factor; leaders who embody the values of teamwork and solidarity can inspire their teams to cultivate a strong sense of belonging and commitment. moreover, the cultural context in which teams operate significantly influences their spirit de corps. lavoire (2001) suggests that cultural frameworks shape how individuals perceive teamwork and collaboration. in diverse teams, understanding these cultural influences can enhance interpersonal relationships and promote a more inclusive environment where all members feel valued. the implications of spirit de corps extend beyond immediate team dynamics; they also influence organizational culture and employee satisfaction. a robust spirit de corps can lead to increased job satisfaction, lower turnover rates, and improved overall performance. organizations that prioritize building this sense of unity often find themselves better positioned to adapt to changes and face challenges collectively. in conclusion, spirit de corps serves as a vital proxy for teamwork within organizations. by fostering an environment where collaboration is prioritized and individuals feel connected to their peers and mission, organizations can enhance their effectiveness and resilience. as demonstrated through various scholarly definitions and studies, investing in the development of esprit de corps is not merely beneficial but essential for achieving long-term success. service quality service quality is a multifaceted concept that plays a crucial role in the healthcare sector. it can be defined as the degree to which healthcare services meet or exceed patient expectations, which is often assessed through the gap between what patients expect and what they perceive they receive (parasuraman, zeithaml, & berry, 1985). this definition underscores the subjective nature of service quality, highlighting that it is not merely about the technical capabilities of healthcare providers but also about the overall experience of patients. service quality encompasses various dimensions, including reliability, responsiveness, assurance, empathy, and tangibility. these elements collectively american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 180 www.americanjournal.org contribute to the perception of quality in healthcare services and are essential for ensuring patient satisfaction and loyalty (zeithaml et al., 1990). in the context of healthcare, service quality is particularly significant due to its direct impact on patient outcomes and satisfaction. quality healthcare is described as "consistently delighting the patient by providing efficacious, effective and efficient healthcare services according to the latest clinical guidelines" (mosadeghrad, 2014). this definition emphasizes not only the clinical effectiveness of care but also the importance of meeting patient needs and preferences. the world health organization further elaborates that quality care should be effective, safe, and people-centered, ensuring that health services increase the likelihood of desired health outcomes while being responsive to individual patient values (who, 2020). therefore, understanding service quality in healthcare requires a comprehensive approach that considers both technical and interpersonal aspects of care. numerous studies have explored factors influencing service quality in healthcare settings. research indicates that supportive leadership, proper planning, resource availability, and effective management are critical components for enhancing service quality (duggirala et al., 2008). additionally, the interplay between technical quality—referring to the medical competence—and interpersonal quality—pertaining to how patients are treated—has been recognized as vital for achieving high service quality (donabedian, 1980). the integration of these dimensions helps healthcare organizations design strategies that not only improve clinical outcomes but also foster a positive patient experience. ultimately, delivering high-quality services in healthcare is a complex challenge due to the diverse expectations of various stakeholders involved. patients seek empathetic care that acknowledges their individual circumstances while providers aim to deliver effective treatments efficiently. as such, continuous monitoring and improvement of service quality are essential for healthcare organizations aiming to enhance patient satisfaction and care outcomes (murti et al., 2013). by focusing on both the technical and relational dimensions of service delivery, healthcare institutions can better align their offerings with patient needs and expectations. theoretical review the input-process-output (ipo): the ipo model of teamwork is a widely recognized theoretical framework that provides a structured approach to understanding team dynamics and effectiveness. developed in the field of organizational psychology, the ipo model posits that team performance is influenced by three critical components: inputs (the resources and characteristics of team members), processes (the interactions and activities that occur within the team), and outputs (the results of the team's work). this model has been extensively studied and applied across various domains, including healthcare, engineering, and business management. the academic background of the ipo model can be traced back to foundational theories in group dynamics and organizational behavior. it was initially introduced to explain how different factors contribute to team performance, emphasizing the importance of both individual contributions and collective interactions. research has shown that effective teamwork not only relies on the skills and abilities of individual members but also on how these members collaborate, communicate, and engage with one another throughout the team's lifecycle. for instance, studies have indicated that successful teamwork is characterized by clear communication, mutual respect, shared goals, and trust among team members (kirkman & rosen, 1999; salas et al., 2015). choosing the ipo model for a study on teamwork and service quality delivery is particularly justified due to its comprehensive nature. the model allows researchers to dissect the various elements that contribute to effective teamwork, providing insights into how inputs such as team composition and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 181 www.americanjournal.org individual skills can influence processes like communication and conflict resolution, ultimately affecting outputs such as service quality. in service-oriented industries, where teamwork is crucial for delivering high-quality customer experiences, understanding these dynamics can help organizations enhance their service delivery mechanisms. for example, in healthcare settings, effective teamwork has been linked to improved patient outcomes and satisfaction (reeves et al., 2016). by applying the ipo model, researchers can identify specific areas for improvement within teams, leading to enhanced service quality. furthermore, the ipo model's versatility makes it applicable across different contexts. it has been utilized in various fields to analyze team effectiveness in diverse environments—from project management in engineering to collaborative practices in healthcare. this adaptability underscores its relevance in examining how teamwork influences service quality delivery across sectors. in conclusion, the ipo model serves as a robust theoretical framework for understanding teamwork dynamics and their impact on service quality. by focusing on inputs, processes, and outputs, researchers can gain valuable insights into how teams operate and identify strategies for enhancing performance in service delivery contexts. empirical review khan et al. (2024) conducted a study on impact of teamwork on service quality in the hospitality sector, which explored how trust among team members affects service quality delivery. utilizing a quantitative research design, the authors distributed 300 questionnaires to employees in various hotels across malaysia. the analysis employed structural equation modeling (sem) to assess relationships between teamwork variables and service quality. the findings indicated that higher levels of trust within teams significantly enhance service quality, suggesting that fostering a trusting environment is crucial for improving customer experiences in hospitality settings. in a study by smith and jones (2023), on the role of team cohesion in enhancing service quality in retail, the authors examined the correlation between team cohesion and service quality delivery in retail environments across the united states. the research utilized a mixed-methods approach, combining quantitative surveys with qualitative interviews from 150 retail employees. the results demonstrated that cohesive teams provided better service quality, as they were more aligned in their goals and communication. this study emphasized that fostering team cohesion can lead to improved customer satisfaction and loyalty. the research by tan et al. (2022), "spirit de corps: a catalyst for service excellence," focused on the healthcare sector in singapore. the authors employed a quantitative survey method, collecting data from 200 healthcare professionals to analyze the impact of spirit de corps on service quality delivery. using regression analysis, they found that a strong sense of unity and morale among healthcare teams directly correlated with higher perceived service quality by patients. the study concluded that cultivating a spirit de corps is essential for enhancing service delivery in healthcare settings. a comprehensive study by lee et al. (2021) evaluated teamwork dynamics and service quality: a comparative study, investigated how trust, cohesion, and spirit de corps collectively influence service quality across various industries in europe. the authors used a longitudinal design involving 500 participants from sectors including finance, healthcare, and hospitality. their findings revealed that while all three variables positively impacted service quality, trust was identified as the most significant predictor. this study highlighted the importance of integrating teamwork dynamics into organizational strategies to enhance overall service delivery. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 182 www.americanjournal.org methodology research design: the research design is the general plan, the structure and the strategy to carry out an investigation. it refers to the specification of methods and procedures to acquire the necessary information to solve the problem. therefore, the design of the research could be seen as a framework or plan that is used as a guide to collect and analyze the data of a study. it is a test model that allows the researcher to make inferences about the causal relationship between the variables under investigation (baridam, 2001). this research adopted a descriptive survey research design. the cross-sectional survey research design was employed so as to help the researcher draw information from the population. population for the study: a population is the accessible components of the census normally established in numbers (baridam, 2001). population refers to the total number of people, events, or things that are of relevance to a researcher in his study (sekaran, 2003). he further argued that the target population of a study is the whole population to which the findings of the study can be generalized. for this study, population of 80 employees were selected from the university of port harcourt teaching hospital. the category or status of the employees under study was captured as medical doctors and nurses. sample and sampling techniques: the researcher adopted the random sampling technique. in the random sampling technique, the researcher deliberately selects the sampling units that were included in the study. data collection method: the data needed for this study was obtained from two main sources, primary and secondary sources. the primary source is mainly the administration of questionnaires. operational measures of variables: the variables of the study, both predictors and criterion variables, are measured using the 4-point likert scale (where, 4 = strongly agree, 3 = agree, 2 = disagree, 1 = strongly disagree). independent variable, teamwork, which comprise of indicators such as team cohesion, spirit de corps and team trust, while service quality delivery is the dependent variable. the research instrument of this study is the research questionnaire. the questionnaire was based on a 4-point likert scale. it consists of closed questions and is divided into two sections a and b. section a consist of issues that measure the personal profile and demographic characteristics of the respondents. section b consists of issues that measure teamwork and organizational performance. validity and reliability of the instrument: the research instrument is examined using some of the selected university of port harcourt teaching hospital workers. the content validity and the construct validity method were confirmed by other experts in management. the research instrument was tested through the cronbach alpha coefficient, hence, only the items that return alpha value of 0.7 and above were considered reliable. nunnaly (1978) stated that the reliability of the data after testing by cronbach alpha, should require a reliability score of more than 70% i.e.> 0.7. therefore, from the obtained cronbach alpha for the items in the research questionnaire, it was clear that the structured questions are reliable. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 183 www.americanjournal.org method of data analysis: when analyzing the information for this study, we classified the data collected in different groups with the help of tables. this analysis is done using percentages and results properly interpreted. the pearson’s product moment coefficient was used to test the hypotheses raised through the use of the social science statistical package (spss), version 22. the reason for choosing the pearson’s product moment coefficient as a statistical tool is because the research questions were formulated in ordinal form. results presentation and discussion of findings questionnaire administration and response rate under this section two tables are presented to show how the questionnaire was administered. table 1:questionnaire distribution and response rate questionnaire frequency percent distributed 80 100% not retrieved/wrongly filled 0 0% retrieved 80 100% the table above shows the distribution of questionnaire to respondents who were current customers of the restaurants and retrieval. eighty were administered, and all of it were retrieved and rightly filled eighty(80) copies. that gives us a 100% retrieval rate (100%) all the questionnaires administered were used for analyzing the research questions and hypotheses. data collected from respondents were statistically treated as indicated on the table below: table 2 demographic profile of respondents s/no demographic variables no percent 1 gender male 35 42.7 female 45 57.3 total 80 100.0 2 age 20 – 29 years 12 40.2 30 – 39 years 23 29.3 > 40 years 35 30.5 total 80 100 3 education ssce/gce nd hnd/b.sc ma/m.sc/mba 38 48.8 phd 42 51.2 total 80 100 table 2 above shows the information on gender. the table revealed that out of the useful questionnaires 35 respondents (42.7%) were male while (45) respondents (57.3%) female. this implies that female respondents were of the majority. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 184 www.americanjournal.org the information on age brackets of the respondents in section 2 of table 2 above shows that, 32 respondents (40.2%) were within 20 – 29 years, while 23 respondents (29.3%) were within 30 – 39 years, while 25 respondents (30.5) were greater than 40 years. this information shows that majority of the respondents were within the ages of 20 – 29 years. section 3 of table 2 above shows information on the respondents’ level of education, ssce/gce (0) (0%), while nd (0) (0%) while hnd/b.sc (0) (0%), ma/msc/mba (38) (48.8%), phd (48) (51.2%). from the information it shows that respondents with phd are of the majority. test of hypothesis 1 ho1: there is no significant relationship between team cohesion and service quality table 3 pearson correlation showing the relationship between team cohesion and service quality correlations team cohesion service quality team cohesion pearson correlation 1 .825** sig. (1-tailed) .000 n 80 80 service quality pearson correlation .825** 1 sig. (1-tailed) .000 n 80 80 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (1-tailed). table 3 shows the result of the pearson correlation analysis which indicates that there is a very strong and positive correlation between team cohesion and service quality in university of port harcourt teaching hospital (upth) with r=.825. the p value =.000 is less than 0.05, meaning that the correlation is significant. as a result, we therefore reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative hypothesis which states that; ha1: there is significant relationship between team cohesion and service quality test of hypothesis 2 ho2: there is no significant relationship between team trust and service quality table 4 pearson correlation showing the relationship between team trust and service quality. correlations team trust service quality team trust pearson correlation 1 .782** sig. (1-tailed) .000 n 80 80 service quality pearson correlation .782** 1 sig. (1-tailed) .000 n 80 80 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (1-tailed) . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 185 www.americanjournal.org table 4 shows the result of the pearson correlation analysis which indicates that there is a positive and strong correlation between team trust and service quality in university of port harcourt teaching hospital (upth) with r= .782. the p value =.000 is less than 0.05, meaning that the correlation is significant. as a result, we therefore reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative hypothesis which states that; test of hypotheses 3 ho3: there is no significant relationship between spirit de corps and guest satisfaction. table 5 pearson correlation showing the relationship between spirit de corps and service quality correlations spirit de corps service quality spirit de corps pearson correlation 1 .831** sig. (1-tailed) .000 n 80 80 service quality pearson correlation .831** 1 sig. (1-tailed) .000 n 80 80 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (1-tailed). the table 5 shows the result of the pearson correlation analysis which indicates that there is a very strong and positive correlation between spirit de corps and service quality in university of port harcourt teaching hospital (upth) with r=.831. the p value =.000 is less than 0.05, meaning that the correlation is significant. as a result, we therefore reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative hypothesis which states that; ha3: there is significant relationship between spirit de corps and service quality. discussion of findings the pearson's correlation analysis reveals the following insights from the university of port harcourt teaching hospital (upth): team cohesion and service quality: a very strong positive correlation was found between team cohesion and service quality (r = .825, p = .000). this reveals that as team cohesion improves, service quality significantly increases. this aligns with the empirical findings of smith and jones (2023), where cohesive teams in retail environments provided better service quality due to aligned goals and effective communication team trust and service quality: the analysis demonstrated a strong positive correlation between team trust and service quality (r = .782, p = .000). this indicates that trust among team members is critical for delivering superior service. this is consistent with khan et al. (2024), who found that trust within teams enhances service quality delivery in the hospitality sector. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 186 www.americanjournal.org spirit de corps and service quality: the relationship between spirit de corps and service quality was also very strong and positive (r = .831, p = .000). this implies that fostering unity and morale among team members significantly boosts service quality. this finding resonates with tan et al. (2022), who highlighted that a strong spirit de corps among healthcare teams improves perceived service quality by patients. conclusion the study confirms the critical role of teamwork dynamics—team cohesion, trust, and spirit de corps— in enhancing service quality at upth. the strong positive correlations indicate that improving these aspects of teamwork directly leads to better service delivery. these findings emphasize the importance of fostering a collaborative and trusting team environment to achieve higher customer satisfaction and operational excellence. the results also validate previous research in diverse sectors, reinforcing the universal applicability of teamwork as a driver of service quality. overall, teamwork is not merely a supporting factor but a foundational element that organizations must prioritize to maintain competitive advantage and meet customer expectations through service quality delivery. this study highlights the need for structured interventions that develop and sustain effective teamwork dynamics to achieve sustainable service quality improvements. recommendations team building programs: regularly organize team-building activities and workshops to enhance trust, cohesion, and spirit de corps among employees. leadership development: train managers and supervisors to foster a culture of collaboration and inclusivity, where team members feel valued and respected. performance metrics: implement performance evaluation systems that reward teamwork and collaboration, encouraging employees to work together effectively. references 1. akinwunmi, o., & oladapo, o. (2020). quality health service delivery and patient satisfaction in teaching hospitals: a critical review. journal of health management, 22(3), 235-245. 2. baker, d. p., day, r., & salas, e. (2006). teamwork as an essential component of high-reliability organizations. health services research, 41(4), 1575-1595. 3. belbin, r. m. (2010). team roles at work. oxford: butterworth-heinemann. 4. bola, a., ogunyinka, o., & adetola, k. (2021). emotional intelligence, teamwork, and knowledge management: a causal model on public service motivation among healthcare workers. international journal of health services, 51(4), 512-525. 5. burke, c. s., sims, d. e., lazzara, e. h., & salas, e. (2007). trust in leadership: a multi-level review and integration. the leadership quarterly, 18(6), 606-632. 6. costa, a., passos, a. m., & bakker, a. b. (2018). team trust: a multilevel perspective on trust in teams. journal of occupational health psychology, 23(4), 516-528. 7. dirks, k. t., & ferrin, d. l. (2001). the role of trust in organizational settings. organization science, 12(4), 450-467. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 187 www.americanjournal.org 8. donabedian, a. (1980). explorations in quality assessment and monitoring. health administration press. 9. duggirala, m., rajendran, c., & anantharaman, r. n. (2008). patient-perceived dimensions of total quality service in healthcare. international journal of health care quality assurance, 21(1), 10-20. 10. fafara, d., & westhuis, d. (2007). us army morale, welfare, and recreation (mwr) programmes: links to readiness and retention. military psychology, 19(3), 215-229. 11. investigating the relationship between organizational social capital and service quality in teaching hospitals. (2011). international journal of health services, 41(3), 391-402. 12. katzenbach, j. r., & smith, d. k. (1993). the wisdom of teams: creating the high-performance organization. new york: harperbusiness. 13. khan, m., ali, r., & ahmed, f. (2024). impact of teamwork on service quality in the hospitality sector. international journal of hospitality management, 45(2), 123-135. 14. kirkman, b. l., & rosen, b. (1999). beyond self-management: the role of leadership in selfmanaging teams. the leadership quarterly, 10(3), 365-394. 15. kramer, r. m., & tyler, t. r. (1996). trust in organizations: frontiers of theory and research. sage publications. 16. lavoire, j. (2001). cultural influences on virtual teamwork collaboration. international journal of business communication, 38(2), 45-63. 17. lee, j., kim, s., & park, h. (2021). teamwork dynamics and service quality: a comparative study. journal of business research, 112(3), 456-467. 18. macey, w. h., & schneider, b. (2008). the meaning of employee engagement. industrial relations research association, 61(1), 3-30. 19. manser, t. (2009). teamwork and collaboration in patient safety: the role of communication in healthcare teams. journal of patient safety, 5(4), 197-203. 20. mayer, r. c., davis, j. h., & schoorman, f. d. (1995). an integrative model of organizational trust. academy of management review, 20(3), 709-734. 21. mcewen, b. s., et al. (2020). team-based care: a new model for healthcare delivery. american journal of public health, 110(1), 10-12. 22. mueller, et al. (2013). fumbled handoffs: one dropped ball after another. quality grand rounds, 1(2), 45-56. 23. murti, b., prakash, r., & sharma, r. (2013). patient satisfaction and loyalty: a study on healthcare service quality. international journal of healthcare management, 6(2), 89-95. 24. national health insurance authority. (2024). national health insurance authority (nhia) and sustainable healthcare in benue state: a focus on access and service delivery. journal of public health policy, 45(2), 204-215. 25. ogunyinka, et al. (2019). measuring antecedents of service quality in hospitals: a comparative study of lrh and kth hospitals peshawar region pakistan. nigerian journal of clinical practice, 22(5), 678-684. 26. reeves, s., pelone, f., harrison, r., & goldman, j. (2016). interprofessional collaboration to improve professional practice and healthcare outcomes. cochrane database of systematic reviews, 3. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 188 www.americanjournal.org 27. risser, d. t., et al. (2006). the potential for improved teamwork through shared mental models in healthcare settings: a systematic review. health services research, 41(5), 1849-1871. 28. salas, e., et al. (2015). the science of teamwork: an integrative framework for understanding team performance across multiple contexts. perspectives on psychological science, 10(3), 350366. 29. salas, e., sims, d. e., & burke, c. s. (2015). is there a “big five” in teamwork? small group research, 36(5), 555-599. 30. smith, a., & jones, b. (2023). the role of team cohesion in enhancing service quality in retail. journal of retailing, 99(1), 78-90. 31. tan, c., lim, y., & wong, t. (2022). spirit de corps: a catalyst for service excellence. journal of healthcare management, 67(5), 345-360. 32. the national health insurance scheme (nhis) in nigeria: current issues and implementation challenges. (2024). health policy and planning, 39(1), 89-99. 33. zeithaml, v. a., parasuraman, a., & berry, l. l. (1990). delivering quality service: balancing customer perceptions and expectations. the free press. 34. zaccaro, s. j., rittman, a. l., & marks, m. a. (2001). team leadership. the leadership quarterly, 12(4), 451-483. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 27, | august 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org the future of e-government: a unified conceptual model nurillo tukhtasinov teacher of the department of "public administration" of tashkent state law university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the revolutions in information technology and hyper-connectivity have profoundly changed the way citizens interact with governments worldwide. the challenges encountered in e-government implementations highlight the absence of a cohesive understanding of e-government as a field. this study introduces a comprehensive and unified conceptual framework for egovernment, supported by extensive qualitative research, to outline the essential factors for successful e-government implementation. through 168 detailed interviews with various stakeholders in india, the study characterizes e-government as a multidimensional concept with key components including customer orientation, channel orientation, and technology orientation. building on theories of customer orientation and relationship marketing, the study identifies citizen orientation as the most crucial factor for successful e-government projects, followed by channel and technology orientations. it also examines the roles of the digital divide, economic growth, and political stability as moderators in e-government. additionally, the study explores both tangible and intangible outcomes of egovernment, with perceived privacy and shared understanding as moderating factors. the research concludes with theoretical and practical implications and suggestions for future studies. introduction electronic government (e-government) utilizes information and communication technology (ict) to deliver government services more efficiently. it presents governments with opportunities to enhance service quality, accountability, and efficiency (alshehri et al., 2012; dawes, 2009). despite its potential, e-government has had mixed results, particularly in developing countries (bélanger & carter, 2012; welch, hinnant & moon, 2005; wirtz & daiser, 2018). for instance, in many developing nations, e-government initiatives have often fallen short of their goals (elkadi, 2013; heeks, 2003a), with furuholt and wahid (2008) finding that over 60% of e-government projects in these regions did not achieve their intended outcomes. specifically, 35% of these projects failed completely, while 50% experienced partial failures (furuholt & wahid, 2008). elkadi (2013) argued that such failures result in significant resource losses and cascading negative effects, including financial debt, reputational damage, and political setbacks. addressing these issues is crucial for governments in developing countries, which need to understand and navigate the complexities of successful e-government implementation (glyptis et al., 2020). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org article aims to address these gaps by integrating insights from both information systems and public administration into a multidimensional, multi-level framework for e-government. it focuses on understanding citizens’ needs and expectations and includes perspectives from 168 stakeholders through a longitudinal qualitative study. participants were selected using theoretical sampling, concurrent data collection, and constant comparative analysis. the framework was developed through triangulation of qualitative data and marketplace evidence. article conceptualizes e-government through three dimensions: empowered citizenship, hyperintegrated networks, and evolutionary architecture. it identifies the antecedents of e-government from the perspectives of citizens, channel partners, and technology. it also reports on both tangible and intangible outcomes of e-government and identifies five moderating variables: the digital divide, economic growth, political stability, shared understanding, and perceived privacy. as the first study to adopt a holistic approach incorporating multiple stakeholder perspectives and disciplines, it contributes significantly to the current understanding of e-government and lays the groundwork for future theory development. the paper is organized as follows: the first section reviews the evolution of e-government literature and identifies key stakeholders. the next section describes the qualitative study, incorporating insights from policymakers and government officials. the study’s findings are then triangulated with existing literature and marketplace evidence to propose a comprehensive theoretical framework. finally, the paper outlines future research directions. methodology this study used a literature review as its first step in identifying the factors that determine effectiveness and change management in order to determine the factors that determine the success of the study. in the following analysis, we analyzed some existing e-governance programmes in india and in other countries, using the data obtained from primary and secondary sources, for the purpose of analyzing some existing e-governance programmes in india and in other countries. this case study was conducted to determine the factors of effectiveness and change management and then a set of propositions was developed based on the findings of this study, taking into consideration the findings of this study. in order to test the propositions made in this paper, a questionnaire was developed so that an attempt can be made to implement a survey to test the claims made in the paper. as part of the development of a framework for the development of factors of effectiveness and change management in e-governance, three types of e-governance programmes, namely those for government agencies, users, and partner agencies, were taken up for the purpose of developing elements of effectiveness and change management in e-governance.1 for the purpose of conducting the survey, the following groups were selected: vendors (hardware and software), economists, internal planners, external users of egovernance services, as well as internal users of e-governance services for the purpose of the survey. the study included a questionnaire survey that was carried out on each of the individual groups and also on the entire group as a part of the study. 1 a study of the impacts of e-governance on the economy, trends, and perspective (uni-muenchen.de) https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/116884/1/mpra_paper_116884.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion the digital revolution has significantly influenced daily life and business practices, reshaping public sector operations. as a result, public administration must adapt to these changes to remain responsive, accountable, and efficient in the evolving information economy. government-to-employee interactions, such as those involving payrolls and pension plans, benefit from technological advancements, leading to improved labor market development and employee satisfaction. this, in turn, enhances national labor productivity. the new information technologies aim to move beyond traditional political communication methods, fostering a more informed and active citizenry. while some elements of e-government have been implemented on a smaller scale in various countries, the full scope of e-government’s potential benefits remains underexplored. evidence from the research indicates that e-government not only reduces administrative burdens and costs but also enhances the quality of information and services. additionally, it contributes to economic and social development. however, there are critical viewpoints regarding the need for substantial investment in digital government. some argue that the benefits of e-government are not as compelling as addressing other pressing economic and social issues at the national level. this skepticism highlights the need for a balanced approach to prioritizing and investing in e-government initiatives alongside other critical national concerns. conclusion for a society to function effectively, it relies on the flow of information and communication among its members. the availability of these elements can profoundly influence both its economy and governance. the widespread adoption of the internet has transformed how information is exchanged, significantly impacting economic and governmental structures. when governments adopt appropriate strategies to align with economic issues, these changes can benefit society as a whole. the challenges encountered in transitioning from traditional business models to e-business and from conventional governance to e-government are often similar across different countries, regardless of their development level. this study highlights the positive and strategic impacts of e-government on both the economy and society. e-government is seen as a catalyst for economic growth, providing new job opportunities in innovative sectors that offer digital content and services. the paper also explores how e-government can reduce administrative costs and enhance efficiency and overall governance. it aims to share insights and experiences from those actively involved in developing and implementing e-government solutions with those who are less familiar with the process. references 1. bannister, frank, and regina connolly. "defining e-governance." e-service journal: a journal of electronic services in the public and private sectors 8.2 (2012): 3-25. 2. baisya, rajat k., and siddhartha paul tiwari. "e-governance challenges and strategies for bettermanaged projects." emerging technologies in e-government (2008): 203-208. 3. chen, yu-che. managing digital governance: issues, challenges, and solutions. routledge, 2017. charalabidis, yannis, and zoi lachana. "towards a science base for digital governance." the 21st annual international conference on digital government research. 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 27 august 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org 4. tiwari, siddhartha paul. "emerging technologies: factors influencing knowledge sharing." world journal of educational research (2022). 5.tiwari, siddhartha paul, and s. p. tiwari. "is export-oriented and currency dynamics-based indian soybean revolution environment-friendly." current science 114.08 (2018): 1604-1605. 6.tiwari, siddhartha paul, and rajat k. baisya. "e–governance and its impact on enterprise competitiveness: trends, status and challenges." mdi, gurgaon india in association with australian centre for asian business, university of south australia, adelaide, australia 1 (2014). 7. tiwari, siddhartha paul. "re-emergence of asia in the new industrial era." technium soc. sci. j. 29 (2022): 471. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org taking into account the psychological capabilities of a person in the teaching of technical sciences f. a. mamadaliyev tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov, kokan branch, "engineering technologies" department. doctor of physics and mathematics (dsc), holder of the title of “higher education excellence" of the republic of uzbekistan. email : fozil.bek.80 @mail.ru phone: +99897 590 98 77 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to studying the subtleties of reaction instructions and responses of the human brain in the educational process. and scientific conclusions and results of observations and experiments obtained as a result of monitoring the dependence of the speed of a person’s ability to read and sleep on personal characteristics and characteristics of the educational environment are presented. optimal reaction time, response time, reaction model, mental opportunity, reaction to a note, mental reaction, response, mental observation, critical analysis. introduction one of the important aspects of mastering engineering sciences is evaluated by the attention of the human factor to the external environment and the reality of the response. now, based on the results of long-term observations, a comprehensive study of this issue is focused on defining the perspectives of observations dedicated to finding solutions to a number of problematic issues that have yet to be answered. before starting the analysis of thoughts and the processes related to them, we consider it necessary to have information about the capabilities of a person in this direction. if you ask the students if they know the capabilities of a person, the answer is likely to be ambiguous. the student, as a free will, does not know about his personal reserves, nor about the possibilities of the individual in general. all this interferes and slows down the work on oneself, improvement of personal qualities, it is self he makes the mistake of thinking that it will appear by itself. scientists unanimously believe that each person has an average equivalent set of abilities that exist in the body in the form of predispositions. the range of these inclinations is so wide and the number of different specialties is so great that almost everyone can find their calling. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org scheme #1 the human factor thought reaction note reaction in this regard, we can safely say that there are no mediocre people, but there are people who do not do their job. each person has a truly great potential inherent in his nature. an example of this is memory, in which case it is difficult to imagine human life at all. if there was no memory, a person would not have knowledge, would not have the appearance of labor, would not be sick. it would be impossible without memory. history knows many people who have an amazing memory, either taken as a gift of nature or developed through training. for example, historical facts testify that the great encyclopedist scholars muhammad al-khorazmi, abu rayhan beruni, abu ali ibn sina did not forget what they heard for decades, or the composer ma balakirev accurately repeated the melody of pi tchaikovsky heard two years ago. it is said that the great general amir temur knew all the soldiers of his two hundred thousand army by sight. the famous soviet scientist afioffe used a table of logarithms from memory. academician sachaplygin remembers the numbers of all the phones he used . the above examples show memory as a gift of nature to man, but those who do not have such a wonderful innate memory should not despair. if you have strong willpower, any person can significantly improve his memory, thinking, etc., by systematic work on himself. scheme no. 2 thought reaction to hear observation repeat (with writing) among other human faculties, our emotions also attract attention. american scientists have discovered that in the human nasal cavity, microparticles from the blood accumulate, with the help of which people can receive the earth's magnetic field lines, for example, when birds migrate over long distances. however, people do not use this device and therefore its sensitivity is significantly blurred. but if a person often needs to use this or that analyzer, then the development of this analyzer reaches great heights. for example, master grinders can see gaps of 0.6 microns, while the average person can see gaps of 10 microns. experienced textile workers distinguish up to 100 shades of black. artists notice deviations when the ratio of compared objects does not exceed 0.006 of their size. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org the above examples clearly prove the inexhaustible potential of man, which is fully revealed by those who believe in him, who strive to develop him and who do this through tireless, systematic work. scheme no. 3 note reaction get information recycling answer it should be remembered that a person can improve the potential of his existence, and even enrich it, which helps with the plasticity of high nervous activity. i.p. pavlov wrote: "the most important, strongest and most lasting impression of the higher nervous system is the learning of movement...it is the extreme plasticity of activity, its great power: nothing remains flexible, and everything is always it can if achieved, good results will be changed if the relevant conditions are fulfilled”. the sooner a person starts working on himself, the more successful he will be in developing his organs and personality, because the younger the organism, the higher its plasticity (ability to change and develop). but we must not forget that it is never too late to start working on yourself and achieve great success. talents and abilities in the field of a certain activity, science or art can manifest themselves and develop both in adolescence and in adulthood. this should serve as an incentive for selfimprovement at any time. the natural scientist edison said about this: "genius is 1% inspiration and 99% perspiration." this was proved by the greek orator demosthenes, who had a weak speech (burr) and a very weak voice. however, his tenacity, determination and tenacity allowed him not only to perfect the technique of public speaking, but also to develop his voice and overcome his duty. demosthenes tried to drown out the noise of the sea by reading poetry for hours on the seashore. to get rid of the burr, he practiced putting small stones in his mouth for many years. as a result, demosthenes became one of the most famous orators of ancient greece. references: 1. fa mamadali y . « calculation of the parameters of the egyptian triangle » lap lambert academic publishing. 2021 year. frg. 2. fa mamadaliyev. « calculation of parameters des a ä gyptischen dreiecks». verlag. unser wissen. 2022. frg. 3. t. joraev and others. basics of higher mathematics. 4. t. " uzbekistan ", 1995. first name . 5. sh.y. pulatov, famamadaliyev., "higher mathematics" study guide, tashkent2020. " renaissance press " 6. abdullaevich, mamadaliev foziljon, yudashev bilol iqboljon ogli, and akbarov farrukh fahriddin ogli. "problems and solutions of theoretical connection of ananavian and nonanavian methods of solving quadratic equations." (2023). 7. abdullaevich, mamadaliev foziljon, mirbaratov olimjon yakhyaevich, and khamidov khushnudbek rapikjon ugli. "problems of improving the methodology for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org calculating the sizes of certain geometric forms inside and outside the egyptian triangle." (2023). 8. mamadaliev, foziljon abdullaevich. "development of methods for assessing the stability of the contact of car wheels with the road under the action of random disturbances." texas journal of engineering and technology 19 (2023): 1-4. 9. abdullayevich, mamadaliyev foziljon. "a method for calculating some parameters of refractory polymers." (2022). 10. abdullaevich, sharifjon yigitalievich pulatovand mamadaliev foziljon. "problems of improving the methodology of calculating the egyptian triangle." (2020). 11. abdullaevich, mamadaliev foziljon. "problems of improving the methodology of calculating square sizes in the egyptian triangle." journalnx 6.06: 154-157. 12. mamadaliyev, f. a. "misr uchburchagi (i, ii, iii kitoblar) t.«." (2018). 13. abdullaevich, mamadaliev foziljon. "problems of improving the methodology of calculating square sizes in the egyptian triangle." journalnx 6.06: 154-157. 14. мамадалиев, фозилжон абдуллаевчи. "применение одного из нетрадиционных способов решения квадратных уравнений." holders of reason 2.1 (2024): 291-299. 15. rapiqjon o‘g‘li, x. x. (2024). rotor-filtrli qurilmaning gidravlik qarshiligini tadqiq etish. science promotion, 9(1), 528-537. 16. rapiqjon o‘g‘li, x. x. (2024). study of operating parameters of drum dust cleaning device. holders of reason, 4(1), 120-127. 17. siddiqov, r., khomidov, k., ummatov, r., akbarov, a., abdullayev, z., nurmatov, s., ... & ubaydullayeva, d. (2024). optimizing the accuracy of an industrial robot: a model for improving positional accuracy. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 583, p. 05016). edp sciences. https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202458305016 https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202458305016 https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202458305016 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org modern methods of forming competence in school students in working with information usmonaliyeva risolat umaraliyevna, senior teacher of the pedagogical skill center of surkhandarya region, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to modern methods of forming schoolchildren's competence in working with information, and analyzes the effectiveness of using innovative and interactive methods for working with information. students, competence work, social life, the problems of everyday life, to find information. introduction currently, a new education system is being formed in uzbekistan, aimed at entering the world educational space. this process is accompanied by significant changes in the pedagogical theory and practice of the educational process. it is innovations (novelties) that are the most optimal means of increasing the effectiveness of education. innovation means novelty, newness, change; in relation to the pedagogical process, this is the introduction of something new into all components of the pedagogical system goals, content, methods, means and forms of training and education, the organization of joint activities of teachers and students, their methodological support. the ongoing development of education in educational institutions today to improve the quality of education and the use of science and technological development, the use of more efficient use and understanding of, the owner’s competence life, plays an important role in practice to apply. teaching of modern methods and means today, the urgent tasks. rapidly changing world, along with the positive aspects of the processes of globalization and its negative consequences in the lives. to prevent risks to preserve the life of the spiritual space and, above all, through noble human ideas and works with great skill, taking place in the international arena today sharp intelligence and talents is necessary to educating the young to be able to compete in the race and educational institutions for teaching, practicing teachers to keep pace with the times, the level of demand for labor, the education of young students do a great responsibility [1]. first of all, to fulfill the pressing challenges of the present day, why should a teacher?! modern teacher, today's "information age" a new era: go to improve their skills; the collection of information; analysis; information processing and transmission; solve problems and disputes; independent decision-making; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org socio-economic cooperation; use of advanced technologies, and will be required to apply them in practice. in addition, they are: be prepared for school, work capacity; have the ability to apply that knowledge in practice; be aware of the enforcement technology in everyday life; deep thinking and increase their knowledge about the problem; team work and cooperation with experts; if necessary, decision-making, the creation of new ideas and technologies to solve problems will be required to use [2]. working with the formation of competence: the available information sources (internet, television, radio (audio and video recording), telephone, computer, e-mail and so on) access; media tools to find the information you need to find, sorting, processing, transmission, storage, and use of the media to ensure the safety; create the database, choose essential to know and be able to analyze them; to work with the documents found in the daily activities (writing a simple greeting cards, filling in forms, may have his personal information in the list of hotels and others) must be able to apply knowledge and practice. so, competence approach to education through students 'personal, professional and social skills played in different types of situations that occur in their lives, the effective application of the educational institution to teach secondary science students' knowledge, skills and shared his opinion with others, be able to explain, to listen to others to understand them, the contest for the students to achieve success in their daily lives to gather this information, analysis, knowledge, and skills necessary to configure them to use it to solve problems in their daily lives[3]. it is of course every teacher develops about his classes. through effective, especially through education and training media education, i think, the practical result is clearly visible. interactive media education, which affect the individual student as a method of rapidly implemented into the educational process. media education to reflect their own personal views, the development of creative activities, information processing, synthesis, teaches personal conclusions. classes press, television, radio, film, video and internet are being founded. all of these "media lessons" in the name of assisting in the organization of the educational process[4]. in this regard, the school media education lessons are being founded. the process of training teachers with theoretical information materials at the same time be able to demonstrate a high level of modern technical means. the process of training teachers with theoretical information materials at the same time be able to demonstrate a high level of modern technical means. educational events and modeling of objects, it shows the sequence of tests automatically. reduces the image: educational use of computer equipment in the organization of work, access to life-threatening. personally, they will be able to carry out educational materials to practice; reader's individual interest in working order and create an opportunity to improve the creative work; multimedia educational content increases the respect of the development; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org student exhibition imaginative action, thinking, and motor and verbal communication skills[3]. data processing (searching information the knowledge necessary to distinguish between, regulate processing. to understand the meaning of information. logical learn to distinguish those. also, formed on the basis of information culture. media main goal is to help you understand the basic laws of education, learning simple recipe information media; in their artistic growth, and contribute to the development of textile qualified to analyze the media, is to formulate and ability to teach. his pedagogical strategy is to construct a media textile art analysis, interpretation is to be able to evaluate on the basis of it. how will the media? whether it represents a truth whose interests, and what is the content of his students how to accept it? it should be noted that media education the reader's personality is at the center of his interests, wishes, desires, based on the received information critical be taken into account, they should be taught to think critically. according to russian and foreign scientists, media education educational, training is important, the teaching-learning process teaches creative thinking of students. media education teaching-learning process consists of the following stages: to learn theory of media education knowledge about the history of the devel-opment of its structure; media texts consciously accepted its language and to construct a "u" for memory expansion through strengthening expectations about the critical, logical, creative, imaginative, think the problem; consisting of media from creative thinking through the practical use of materi-als. media education one of the most important tasks of the new generation growing steadily accelerating flow of information on all kinds of information to understand the impact of human mental processes and the intended use of the right to know[4]. media education integration on the basis of the information received and encouraed to form their own opinions. freedom of expression, personal development, through a variety of information and expression against attempts to increase its social activity in the community. media consists of the use of information and culture. start to think about the information provided on this form and information processing competence. in media education creative perspectives that students master new concepts. maids, "fabula", "subject", "subject", "conflict", "composition", "human resources", "plan", "assembly" to understand the concepts involved in the educational process, such as, in practice, will be adopted[5. therefore, media lessons: "art-immitsial" a small scenario, mini scenario, the creation of media texts, interactive way to show it; make sure that the situation in the theater (the media staged some episodes on the basis of the text, the text on the media to demonstrate the process); fine-immitatsiya (posters, photo exhibition, works to display photos on a specific topic) understand. based on the above analysis in order to demonstrate the preparation of didactic materials to get the reader to conclude emotional understanding of the fine arts. it is in their general intellectual development will serve as an important factor in education. to accept the information given to the media lessons learned in the process ensures the participation of two new components: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org first, media lessons are characterized by universal participation and use. second, the traditional technology tools is filled with various tools. in that case, some of the themes to teach the subjects, creates a favorable environment for development. the educational content of the text is clear, fluent formed. he described the content of education scheme, photos, table, video fragments, sound, animation will be presented with the maintenance. the implementation of the above activities and programs adapted to conform with the computer case should complement each other; educational objectives, content, form, methods of teaching, teachers and students coordinated activities. in this case, the media didactic principles of education, enrichment opportunities. this news of education personalized guidelines, the case relates to provide upturn. media classes advantage of the most current information flows of students in the educational process, working independently at the same time accelerate the advancement opportunities. in this regard, the determination of the content of the media lessons only in the organization, depending on the subject or content of the subject, but his training, educational, aspects should be taken into account. they will be to establish a culture of information, the ability to obtain the necessary information, processing them using the new technology will be required to focus on the practical application of skills development. media lessons computer classes will be equipped with multimedia projectors. these lessons of its own sanitary and hygienic standards, and continuous performance standards. for example: 1 сlasses 10-12 minutes classes 15-16 minutes 2-5 classes 20-22 minutes 6-7 8-9 classes can work 25-28 minutes. computerized classroom training on the model to be effective, there is more activity in accordance with the educational use of the table. this situation to comply with sanitary norms, gives students the opportunity to organize educational activities elsewhere. when teachers use visual sets limited to the computer screen. to work with students in the classroom can be organized as follows: video slot frontal view. practical training exercises, individual tasks; the implementation of joint educational project model experiment in small groups; media course be reflected in all components of the educational process, in organizing and operating the computer and the computer can be replaced; enable (the development of educational materials, reproduction material for the first time on the computer or pc. the knowledge, skills, skills development, training to strengthen the unit to know and understand the nature of the information) or its participation in the computer. the development of teaching materials and educational materials to apply in practice control: the computer and the computer version. above, it effectively conduct media training classes, teachers are required to have a high level of competence as follows: with a high level of professional competence; modern training methodology; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org to communicate with the reader, qualified psychological, pedagogical knowledge, be able to have a communicative competence; spiritual, moral culture to be able to have a common cultural competence; adopt modern information and communication technologies and the internet, the scope of the use of information processing; an innovative educational activities, educational technology, interactive ways development of mathematical literacy, science, technology news to be informed by the scope of the ability of the educational process and are required to be carried out. in other words, schools are waiting for qualified media teachers. training of teachers working in schools and training courses media lesson theory, didactics, methodology, practice reading became a requirement to wear the same day. in my opinion, the essence of what teachers are teaching to their individual programs, media content through the development of what is personal and private schools have in competence base media education, well, they can make a great contribution to the development of education. references: 1. бекназаров с. абдураҳманов к.п. разработка медиаобразовательных курсов на примере дистанционной обучающей среды – медиа образовательного портала www.mediaedu.uz. м., mediaeducation 1/2012. 2. луман н. медиа коммуникации. м.: логос, 2005. 280 с. 3. макаров м.м. массовая коммуникация в современном мире. м., 2000. 4. федорвов а.в. медиа образование в зарубежных странах. таганрог: изд-во кучма, 2003. 238 с. 5. новикова а.а. современные тенденции развития медиа образования в сша // медиаобразование. 2006. № 3. с. 54-61. http://www.mediaedu.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org about the effectiveness of english short stories as an authentic material for developing speaking skills nasirova u.k. phd, senior lecturer at the department of english language teaching methodology №2, uzbekistan state world languages university tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the intention of the research is investigating the effects of english short stories in the process of teaching the foreign language. the short stories method cannot be ideal and unique for all kinds of learners since what can seem appropriate for one student can be discouraging for another. perhaps the best way to develop speaking activities appropriately and productively is to explore students’ feelings and beliefs about the language. the research includes a literature review where the researches on speaking teaching methods and ways are discussed. short stories, speaking activities, authentic materials, teaching methods, activities, pronunciation, error correction. introduction in this article we tried to highlight the effects of the use of english short stories as an authentic material for developing speaking skills, based on the rationale that short stories can provide students with motivation necessary in speaking as well as in reading. the article intends to provide some practical use of short stories to create lively and communicative lessons with the occasional provision of forms and functions. it aims to integrate communicative speaking activities with several short stories. exercises and activities are devised according to the communicative language and task – based approach. we should note that, the lack of motivation is one of the main difficulties in speaking classes; moreover, learners/students are also too shy to speak with the classmates/group mates. their interests, teaching material and techniques also determine the success or failure of speaking skill development. therefore, there is a need for authentic materials to use as comprehensible input. short stories can be easily understood and enjoyed by people of all ages due to its universal themes such as love and hatred, war and peace, etc. furthermore, the richness of its genres, the shortness of its length to cope within one sitting and long – lasting impression it has on people indicate the practicality to apply it in language classes as a teaching tool. interesting and communicative exercises and activities are devised upon the use of short stories. our article was carried out according to some of the core assumptions of the communicative language teaching methodology; language learning is better facilitated when learners are engaged in communicative interaction, which is meaningful and relevant. the previous teaching and learning situations on short stories are carried out only in mother tongue. exercises that are they are familiar with are mainly “close – ended answers and questions on reading american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org comprehension”. the learners/students do have the exposure to the communicative activities such as “story completion, jigsaw reading, discussion”, etc. to provide learners/students with opportunity to practice speaking in every lesson, teacher should form pair works and group works. the following is the sample teaching procedures that might be used during the investigation. the first two periods are concerned with teaching the learners/students with useful classroom expressions, reviewing the story elements, carrying out the activities to familiarize the students, free discussions on books, authors and short stories, eliciting their literary background knowledge. all short stories should be taught within ten hours – duration taking five hours for each story. at the beginning of the class period, the teacher lets the learners/students spend at least five minutes speaking the target language on any topic with their partner (chit chat). if the students are not speaking, the teacher selects light topics such as movies, music, shopping or daily routines. brainstorming is a type of warm – up activity used to generate ideas in a small group. this activity recalls the existing knowledge of the students concerning the theme, characterization or the plot through questions, important words or phrases, and titles or even some paragraphs or sentences from the story. the learners/students enjoy brainstorming because their ideas are not criticized. in jigsaw reading, each member has one or a few pieces of the “puzzle” or story and all the members should cooperate to fit all the pieces of the story into a whole. learners/ students have to do a presentation on a concise version of the story they had studied beforehand. this enhances learners’/students’ creative thinking. teacher provides learners/students with the part of the story. then, each student narrates from the point where previous one stopped. retelling story should be in a form of telling a story in one’s own words rather than reading it aloud a text or from memory. learners/students work in pairs to interpret the text. then, they retell the story to other groups. it’s enjoyable when another member in the group mime while his/her partner retells the story. in reading aloud the text, students are told to read either as an individual or as a chain reader. it is used at the beginning of the course where some of the learners/students are not able to speak the target language. it helps to practice pronunciation not only on individual sounds but also on linking words or contractions; intonation and rhythm. as the activities are easy, they are helpful for the shy learners/students to overcome their fears. the main speaking activities in the story are story completion, retelling and miming and discussion. at the beginning of the course, the learners/students might have little confidence to share their ideas and participate in the activities. as the course goes on, more and more learners/students will participate in the activities and they become curious of what other learners’/students’ points of views are. finally, there is no doubt that all the learners/students will be friendly to each other and every student will want to talk and involve in the activity. it is admitted that learners/students are different between score of role – play and individual performance. the possible explanation for that is the type of activity that might influence learners’/students’ performance in speaking. for instance, learners/students feel anxious if they speak alone so they make few errors. however, it doesn’t appear when they are in role-play. types of activity, numbers of students who get involved in the activity influence the performance so far. it might be concluded that their speaking is not stable yet as it is still up and down. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org learners/students have confident to speak and not worried about making mistakes and errors, then give them good model how to speak naturally in daily context and formal situations as well. in the future, their abilities will be factor that can be used in the upper level of study, university level. references: 1. burt, m. (1975). error analysis in the adult efl classroom. tesol quarterly,9(1), 53-63. 2. corder, s. p. (1967), -p.65. the significance of learner’s errors. international review of applied linguistics in language teaching. volume 5, number 4, pp 161 –170. 3. council for cultural co-operation. educational committee. modern language division, strasborg. (2001) common european framework reference for languages. learning, teaching, assessment. cambridge. cambridge university press. 4. dawson, nick. pearson elt professional development. mistakes and corrections. 5. douglas brown, h. (2001). teaching by principles. an interactive approach to language pedagogy. second edition. usa: longman pearson. 6. edge, julian. (1989). mistakes and corrections. longman keys to language teaching. longman pearson. 7. harmer, j. (2007). how to teach speaking in english. usa: longman. khomeriki, r. (1999)., -p 345. how to teach english. georgia. 8. suzuki, m. (2004). corrective feedback and learner uptake in adult esl classrooms. 9.teachers college, columbia university working papers in tesol & applied linguistics 4(2), 1 21. 10. tamakloe, e.k., f.k. amedahe and e.t. atta, 2005,. principles and methods of teaching spaeking. accra: ghana universities press. 11. http://clear.msu.edu/clear/files/2514/0329/3290/fall_2007_newsletter-_error_correction.pdf 12. http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/elt/article/viewfile/37020/20724 http://www.sid.ir/en/vewssid/j_pdf/135020091606.pdf 13.http://www.filestube.com/99da9689f8b8810503e9,g/techniques-andprinciplesin-languageteaching-2nd-edition.html 14.http://iteslj.org/articles/lamie-textbooks.html 15. http://www.teachingenglishgames.com/adults.htm 16.www.google.com 17.www.one-stop english.com http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/elt/article/viewfile/37020/20724 http://www.sid.ir/en/vewssid/j_pdf/135020091606.pdf http://www.filestube.com/99da9689f8b8810503e9,g/techniques-andprinciplesin-language-teaching-2nd-edition.html http://www.filestube.com/99da9689f8b8810503e9,g/techniques-andprinciplesin-language-teaching-2nd-edition.html http://www.teachingenglishgames.com/adults.htm american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org workplace intimidation and organizational commitment in deposit money banks in rivers state, nigeria nwibere, barinedum michael university of port harcourt email: barrysaro@yahoo.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study investigated the impact of workplace intimidation on organizational commitment among 200 randomly selected employees from ten deposit money banks in rivers state, nigeria. using a cross-sectional survey design and questionnaire method, data was collected and analyzed using the kendall tau_b statistical technique. results indicated a negative correlation between intimidation as an impression management strategy and organizational commitment dimensions (affective, normative, and continuance). it was concluded that such intimidation significantly undermines employees' commitment to the organization. the study recommends discouraging practices like verbal abuse, threats, sexual harassment, and other negative behaviors to promote commitment. additionally, it suggests severe consequences for offenders to deter such behavior and presents theoretical, managerial, and practical implications for reducing intimidation and enhancing organizational commitment in deposit money banks. workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy, organisational commitment, affective commitment, normative commitment, continuance commitment, deposit money banks, rivers state. introduction context of the problem each organization strives to foster the engaged employee, described as "the relative strength of an individual’s identification with and involvement in a particular organisation" (mowday et al., 1982: 27), or attachment and the inclination to remain within the company (meyer et bekker, 2004). studies indicate that heightened engagement within a company correlates positively with various outcomes such as efficiency, decreased turnover, reduced absenteeism, enhanced productivity, client satisfaction, and corporate citizenship behavior (judge et al., 2001; saari et judge, 2004; wegge et al., 2007; meyer & becker, 2004). engaged employees who align with the objectives and values of the corporation play a crucial role in amplifying business performance and gaining a competitive edge. dinc (2017) states that in the era of globalization, businesses prioritize engaged staff to navigate the intricacies of an ever-evolving economy. all employees bear the responsibility of achieving the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org company's objectives, underscoring the significance of dedication for profitability (dinc, 2017). consequently, human resource managers emphasize recruiting and retaining skilled and dedicated personnel to secure the company's prosperity (said & tanova, 2021). the factors influencing commitment within organizations include manager conduct, working conditions, and peer influence (lindawati & wulani, 2021). conversely, behaviors such as inequity, favoritism, and harassment contribute to employee disengagement (fitriastuti et al., 2021). while some leaders resort to coercive tactics, particularly prevalent in sectors like hospitality, to shape employee conduct, questions arise regarding its efficacy in fostering commitment (ram, 2018). workplace coercion encompasses various forms of mistreatment, spanning from overt aggression to subtle actions undermining individuals, resulting in adverse effects on both employees and organizations (eysenck et al., 2007; ahmad, 2018). despite its adverse consequences, workplace coercion may be perceived differently across cultures, as in china and india, where power dynamics and cultural norms influence interpretations (guo et al., 2015; mengyun et al., 2018). in certain contexts, coercion, even within family-owned enterprises, is viewed as a strategy to instill commitment (mengyun et al., 2018). research also underscores the role of organizational and managerial factors in fostering or discouraging bullying behaviors, emphasizing the necessity of a supportive supervisory climate to alleviate negative workplace dynamics (dick, 2009). hence, comprehending the interplay between coercion, organizational commitment, and managerial practices is pivotal for nurturing a healthy work atmosphere. in their study, xia and colleagues (2023) explored the role of organizational involvement in mediating the connection between professional envy and the inclination to switch jobs among chinese clinical nurses. they found that professional responsibility was closely linked to organizational engagement. asawo and george (2018), after analyzing a sample of 306 employees from nigeria's six major telecom firms, investigated the correlation between leaders' coercion and impression management (im) abilities and the emotional engagement of subordinates in the nigerian telecom sector. they found that threats, admonitions, fears, and feelings of discontent all had a significant albeit minor association with subordinates' emotional involvement. existing literature highlights the adverse effects of workplace coercion on both individuals and organizations (ahmad & sheehan, 2017; einarsen & nielsen, 2015; lutgen-sandvik et al., 2007; nielsen & einarsen, 2012; samnani & singh, 2012; appelbaum et al., 2012). conversely, research suggests that employee commitment positively influences performance, corporate social responsibility, job satisfaction, and diminishes turnover intentions (stackhouse et al., 2022; gul, 2019; collier & esteban, 2017; lovely et al., 2019; fu & deshpande, 2014; shahid & azher, 2021; newman et al., 2011). however, the relationship between workplace coercion and organizational commitment remains underexplored, particularly concerning impression management strategies. to address this void, the current study seeks to examine the connection between workplace coercion as an impression management tactic and organizational commitment within deposit banks in rivers state. conceptual framework american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org the conceptual framework for this study is presented in the figure below. source: conceptualized by the researcher figure 1: a conceptual framework that illustrates the hypothesised relationship between workplace intimidation and organisational involvement. research questions and hypotheses based on the previously mentioned conceptual framework, this study seeks to answer the following research questions: 1. what is the relationship between workplace intimidation as a strategy for managing impressions and employee devouement in rivers state banks? 2. how does workplace intimidation work as a strategy for managing perceptions related to normal employee involvement in rivers state banks? 3. what is the relationship between workplace intimidation as a strategy for managing perceptions and employee engagement in rivers state banks? the following hypotheses have been developed based on the conceptual framework and the research questions mentioned above. the goal of this study is to examine the relationship between participation in the organisation and intimidation as a technique for impression control. ho1: in rivers state, there is no significant correlation between employees' active participation in deposit money banks and the use of intimidation as a management technique. ho2: there is no significant correlation between the normative workload of employees at rivers state deposit money institutions and intimidation in impression management. ho3: there is no significant correlation between the use of intimidation in the workplace as a strategy for managing impressions and the persistence of employees in rivers state deposit money banks. review of related literature workplace intimidation workplace harassment embodies a intricate range of behaviors conducted by individuals in authoritative roles, such as employers, supervisors, or even colleagues, with the intention of undermining an individual's professional capability or self-assurance. this covert phenomenon, as expounded by wu et al. (2020), encompasses a spectrum of strategies, including verbal maltreatment, withholding recognition, and deliberately setting individuals up for failure. such behaviors not only induce acute tension but also erode the victim's self-esteem and effectiveness, ultimately resulting in workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy organisational commitment affective commitment normative commitment continuance commitment american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org significant psychological distress and reduced productivity, as observed by attell et al. (2017) and raymond (2023). moreover, the adverse impacts of workplace harassment extend beyond the individual level to permeate the broader organizational milieu. oghojafor et al. (2012) and owoyemi & oyelere (2010) shed light on how such conduct contributes to the cultivation of a harmful work atmosphere, hindering healthy social interaction and corroding organizational culture. distinguishing among the various types of workplace aggressors, ranging from overtly hostile individuals to those who inflict harm through more indirect means, as delineated by sources like indeed.com, is crucial for crafting targeted interventions. by identifying these perpetrators, organizations can implement measures to address their conduct and protect employees from its detrimental consequences. furthermore, the repercussions of workplace harassment extend beyond mere psychological distress, manifesting in a variety of physical symptoms, as documented by eriksen et al. (2001, 2004) and salin & hoel (2013). these include migraines, muscular discomfort, and even more severe cardiovascular issues, highlighting the significant toll such hostile environments take on individuals' physical wellbeing. additionally, the emotional toll of workplace harassment can escalate to extreme levels, potentially resulting in tragic outcomes such as suicide attempts, as suggested by aquino & byzkat (2005) and einarsen et al. (2009). such incidents not only devastate the lives of those directly affected but also reverberate throughout the organizational ecosystem, tarnishing its reputation and instilling fear and distrust. consequently, the prevalent culture of intimidation within organizations exacts a substantial toll on morale, productivity, and ultimately, the financial bottom line. hoh et al. (2010) and lutgen-sandvik et al. (2006) elucidate how it fosters a climate of fear and hostility, leading to absenteeism, high turnover rates, and substandard performance outcomes that incur significant costs for employers. in particular industries such as hospitality, as highlighted by chourasia (2023), workplace harassment assumes particularly pernicious dimensions, posing a serious threat to employee well-being and engagement. consequently, urgent interventions are warranted to foster a safe and supportive work environment conducive to both individual flourishing and organizational success. understanding the multifaceted impact of workplace harassment is essential for devising comprehensive strategies that not only address its immediate manifestations but also cultivate a culture of respect, dignity, and inclusivity within the workplace. organizational commitment organizational commitment or dedication, as conceptualized by mowday, steers, and porter (1979), delves into an individual's connection with their workplace, encapsulating emotional investment, commitment to exert effort, and the inclination to maintain their association with the organization. this multidimensional construct encompasses three distinct dimensions: emotional dedication, normative dedication, and continuance dedication, as outlined by khan et al. (2010) and akintayo (2010). emotional commitment entails an affective connection wherein individuals resonate with the organization's values and mission, fostering a sense of belongingness and allegiance. normative commitment, conversely, is driven by a perceived responsibility to reciprocate the benefits received from the organization, often leading individuals to feel morally obligated to remain part of it. continuance commitment, as expounded by the same researchers, stems from a pragmatic assessment of the costs associated with leaving the organization, thereby prompting individuals to stay due to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org perceived negative repercussions of departure. furthermore, organizational dedication extends beyond mere sentimentality and encompasses tangible manifestations in terms of behavioral displays and attitudes congruent with organizational objectives, as emphasized by zheng, sharan, and wei (2010). committed individuals demonstrate proactive involvement and alignment with organizational goals, setting them apart from those who may engage in counterproductive behaviors. ultimately, loyalty and attachment emerge as pivotal facets of organizational dedication, contingent upon the degree of alignment with organizational objectives, as noted by shastric, shashi, and sinha (2010). this alignment reinforces the sense of belonging and fosters a deep-rooted dedication among individuals toward their organization, motivating them to invest their efforts and resources to contribute to its success. empirical review scholarly evidence from the earlier research of tsuno, et al. (2018) shows that the relationship between workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy and organisational commitment from the japanese context is negative. the researchers noted that though the cultural backgrounds of the japanese happen to be one that promotes respect for superiors, workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy is not an experience that is palatable to the workers or the japanese work climate. based on the above they recommended that all forms of intimidation should be discouraged in order to promote the desired organisational commitment from the employees. similarly, rai and agarwal (2017), found that intimidation in the workplace influences that organization negatively and that the level of organisational commitment will continue to drop for as long as workplace intimidation continues. furthermore, the researchers noted that intimidation will only increase injustice and intention to leave the organisation. on their part, park and min (2020) found that workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy is the major determinant of employee turnover and hence, concluded that workplace intimidation encourages turnover and discourages organisational commitment. similarly, owoyemi, and oyelere (2010) found that intimidation in the workplace such as employee bullying is an inhibitor to organizational commitment and recommended that organisational commitment can be developed in employees when acts of bullying are avoided. asawo and george (2018) also found that leaders’ intimidation has a weak relationship with organisational and noted that intimidation slightly promotes commitment, but should be used only when needed. research methods the study employed the kendall tau_b statistical technique for data analysis. research design, defined by baridam (2001) as the framework guiding data collection and analysis, encompasses experimental and quasi-experimental designs. in the quasi-experimental design, the researcher lacks control over elements, fitting for descriptive research in administrative sciences. employing a crosssectional survey, as outlined by setia (2016), involves gathering data from various individuals or groups at a single point to understand a phenomenon, facilitated here by a questionnaire. the study population comprised all deposit money banks in rivers state, sampled through purposive and random techniques. purposive sampling ensured representation of desired characteristics, selecting ten banks based on generation, with twenty employees randomly chosen from each bank, totaling two hundred respondents. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org table 1: sample distribution of the deposit money banks s/n deposit money banks in rivers state number distributed old generation banks 1 access bank plc 20 2 first bank of nigeria 20 3 ecobank nigeria plc 20 4 union bank of nigeria plc 20 5 united bank for africa plc 20 new generation banks 6 globus bank limited 20 7 titan trust bank limited 20 8 polaris bank plc 20 9 taj bank 20 10 providus bank 20 total 200 source: field survey, (2024). research results the formulated research hypotheses were examined in this section. copies of the administered questionnaire were retrieved and the responses collated. as shown in the table below, the tau_b values ranges between -1 or +1. the sign of the tau_b values indicates the direction of the relationship or association between the variables (independent, dependent or moderating variables) being examined. a positive tau_b value (+1) implies a direct relationship; while a negative tau_b (1) implies an inverse, negative or indirect relationship. the strength of each relationship depends on the value of the correlation as indicated by the tau_b value as shown in the table below. table 3: range of correlation (tau_b) values and the corresponding level of association s/n range of tau_b with positive and negative sign values strength of association 1. ± 0.80 – 0.99 very strong relationship 2. ± 0.60 – 0.79 strong relationship 3. ± 0.40 – 0.59 moderate relationship 4. ± 0.20 – 0.39 weak relationship 5. ± 0.00 – 0.19 very weak relationship as shown in the table above, tau_b value of ± 0.00 0.19 implies a very weak correlation; ± 0.20 0.39 implies a weak correlation; ± 0.40 0.59 implies a moderate correlation; ± 0.60 0.79 implies a strong correlation; while ± 0.80 0.99 implies a very strong correlation. the decision criteria for every bivariate relationship at a confidence interval of 95% or significance level of 5% is dependent on the probability value. a p < 0.05 implies a rejection of the null hypothesis, while a p > 0.05 implies an acceptance of the null hypothesis. https://www.cbn.gov.ng/out/publications/bsd/2008/legacy%20banks%20_89%20banks%20board_.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org table 4: correlation matrix showing the relationship between workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy and the measures of organisation commitment intimidation affective normative continuance kendall's tau_b intimidation correlation coefficient 1.000 -.606** -.529** -.281** sig. (2-tailed) . .000 .000 .000 n 200 200 200 200 affective correlation coefficient -.606** 1.000 .942** .490** sig. (2-tailed) .000 . .000 .000 n 200 200 200 200 normative correlation coefficient -.529** .942** 1.000 .468** sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 . .000 n 200 200 200 200 continuance correlation coefficient -.281** .490** .468** 1.000 sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 .000 . n 200 200 200 200 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). source: spss output, 2024 table 2 above presents the correlation matrix showing the relationships that exist between the variables in this study. the study examined the impact of workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy on employees' commitment in deposit money banks in rivers state. the findings from table two above indicated significant negative relationships between workplace intimidation and affective, normative, and continuance commitment. specifically, workplace intimidation reduced affective, normative, and continuance commitment levels among employees. these results suggest that workplace intimidation negatively affects employees' commitment to their organizations in deposit money banks in rivers state. (ho1: β = − 0.606, p < 0.05; ho2: β = − 0.529, p < 0.05; ho3: β = − 0.281, p < 0.05). discussion of findings, conclusion and recommendations the study aimed to investigate the impact of workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy on employees' commitment in deposit money banks in rivers state. it hypothesized that there was no significant relationship between workplace intimidation and employees' affective, normative, and continuance commitment. however, the analysis revealed a strong negative relationship between workplace intimidation and affective commitment, a moderate negative relationship with normative commitment, and a weak negative relationship with continuance commitment. this aligns with previous studies by asawo and george (2018) and park and ono (2017), indicating that workplace intimidation diminishes employees' commitment by creating a toxic work environment. managers often believe that employing intimidation tactics will yield submissive responses from employees. however, this study demonstrates that such behavior fosters toxicity in the workplace, leading to decreased commitment and other negative outcomes like job dissatisfaction, increased turnover intentions, conflicts, and reduced productivity. workplace intimidation not only causes psychological and emotional damage but also results in physical health problems, internal unrest, and diminished performance. moreover, it contributes to low work morale, absenteeism, turnover, decreased efficiency, poor customer service, and difficulty in talent retention, ultimately imposing significant financial costs and impeding organizational growth. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org workplace intimidation as an impression management strategy profoundly affects employees' commitment levels in deposit money banks in rivers state. its negative repercussions extend beyond emotional and psychological harm to tangible consequences such as decreased productivity and increased turnover rates. recognizing the detrimental impact of such behavior is crucial for organizations to foster healthier work environments and promote employee well-being and commitment. based on these findings and conclusion above, it is recommended that: i. in order to promote employees’ commitment to the organisation in the deposit money banks in rivers state, employees’ intimidation practices and other negative actions or acts of unlawful workplace discrimination that are capable of instilling fear within the work environment should be discouraged and offenders dealt with severely as this will serve as deterrent to others. the primary responsibility of enterprise managers in this regard is to address workplace intimidation as a precursor to cultivating a more supportive working environment. ii. at present, management's approach to addressing workplace intimidation primarily hinges upon formal procedures and policies. the implementation of such formalities serves to convey to employees that intimidation is indeed treated seriously and will not be tolerated. nonetheless, it is unlikely that formal policies and procedures alone will effectively resolve the problem. policies and procedures serve as reactive measures, activated only after a problem has been identified. research has demonstrated that victims of workplace intimidation favor proactive and preventive interventions. moreover, policies and procedures have limited applicability, as they are designed to identify problematic behaviours and subsequently address them after the fact. they fall short in targeting the root causes of workplace intimidation. consequently, managerial strategies that are truly effective should surpass reliance on policies and procedures, and instead strive to prevent workplace intimidation from occurring in the first place. iii. enterprise managers must promptly address and eradicate any instances of workplace intimidation, recognizing its potential to disrupt employees' emotional connection to the organization, thereby diminishing their commitment and fostering intentions to leave (magee et al., 2017). particularly in deposit money banks, managers should steer clear of employing intimidation as an impression management tactic due to its adverse work-related ramifications (magee et al., 2017). the repercussions of workplace bullying are multifaceted, with employees enduring prolonged exposure to negative behaviors from superiors, colleagues, or subordinates, resulting in psychological strain and emotional harm (finstad et al., 2019). this strain not only impacts the individual's physical and mental well-being but also extends its reach to their family life, highlighting the profound personal toll inflicted by workplace intimidation (finstad et al., 2019). moreover, the deleterious effects of workplace bullying extend beyond individual well-being to encompass organizational performance (magee et al., 2017). victims of such behavior often experience diminished work efficiency and output quality, imposing significant financial costs on the organization (magee et al., 2017). additionally, these negative outcomes undermine the organization's growth trajectory, as they erode morale, hinder collaboration, and contribute to an overall toxic work environment (magee et al., 2017). by recognizing the far-reaching implications of workplace intimidation, managers can prioritize the creation of a supportive and respectful workplace culture that fosters employee well-being and organizational success. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org iv. workplace intimidation encompasses various forms of misconduct, such as verbal abuse, physical threats, blackmail, and violence, that are perpetrated by supervisors, coworkers, or subordinates with the intention of manipulating other employees for personal gains. this type of behavior is characterized by its repetitive nature, creating a consistent pattern of mistreatment that can have profound repercussions on the victim's physical and mental well-being, as well as their overall emotional state. moreover, intimidation can impede the victim's productivity and job performance, while also adversely affecting the morale of other individuals who witness such misconduct. (source: swartz swidler, llc; https://swartz-legal.com/what-is-workplace-intimidation/) v. managers must always watch out for any evidence of workplace intimidation and tackle them immediately as it can have a negative influence on employees’ morale, job satisfaction, their performance and organisational productivity. besides, at the very extreme, workplace intimidation may even cross the line into illegality. referenrces 1. abdellah, f.g. & levine, e. (1979). better patient care through nursing research. macmillan publishing co. inc., new york. 2. ahmad, s. (2018). can ethical leadership inhibit workplace bullying across east and west: exploring cross-cultural interactional justice as a mediating mechanism. european management journal, 36(2), 223-234. 3. ahmad, s. (2018). can ethical leadership inhibit workplace bullying across east and west: exploring cross-cultural interactional justice as a mediating mechanism. european management journal, 36(2), 223-234. 4. ahmad, s. and sheehan, m.j. (2017) “understanding the lived experience of bullying in australian workplaces: an interpretative phenomenological analysis.” journal of workplace behavioral health 32(3):1-25. doi:10.1080/15555240.2017.1325327 5. ahmad, s., & sheehan, m. j. (2017). understanding the lived experience of bullying in australian workplaces: an interpretative phenomenological analysis. journal of workplace behavioral health, 32(2), 74-98. https://doi.org/10.1080/15555240.2017.1325327 6. ahmad, s., kalim, r. and kaleem, a. (2017) “academics' perceptions of bullying at work: insights from pakistan.” international journal of educational management 7. akintayo d.i. (2010). work-family role conflict and organizational commitment among industrial workers in nigeria. journal of psychology and counselling, 2(1), 1-8. 8. allen, n. j., & meyer, j. p. (1990). the measurement and antecedents of affective, continuance and normative commitment to the organization. journal of occupational psychology, 63(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8325.1990.tb00506.x 9. anasori, e., bayighomog, s. w., & tanova, c. (2020). workplace intimidation, emotional distress, resilience, mindfulness, and emotional exhaustion. the service industries journal, 40(12), 65-89. https://doi.org/10.1080/02642069.2019.1589456. 10. ancker, j. s., silver, m., miller, m. c., & kaushal, r. (2013). consumer experience with and attitudes toward health information technology: a nationwide survey. journal of american medical informatics association, 20(1), 152–156. https://swartz-legal.com/what-is-workplace-intimidation/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15555240.2017.1325327 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1080/15555240.2017.1325327 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1111/j.2044-8325.1990.tb00506.x https://doi.org/10.1080/02642069.2019.1589456 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org 11. appelbaum, s. h., habashy, s., malo, j. l., & shafiq, h. (2012). back to the future: revisiting kotter’s 1996 change model. journal of management development, 31, 764-782. https://doi.org/10.1108/02621711211253231 12. asawo, s. p. & george, b. m. (2018). leaders’ intimidation impression management and subordinates’ affective job commitment in nigeria. international journal of organisation theory and behaviour, 21(1), 2-16. doi: 10.1108/ijotb-03-2018-002 13. attell, b. k., brown, k. k., & treiber, l. a. (2017). workplace bullying, perceived job stressors, and psychological distress: gender and race differences in the stress process. social science research, 65, 210-221. 14. baridam, d.m. (2001) research methods in administrative sciences. sherbrooke associates, port harcourt. 15. bayighomog, s. w., ogunmokun, o. a., ikhide, j. e., tanova, c., & anasori, e. (2021). how and when mindfulness inhibits emotional exhaustion: a moderated mediation model. current psychology, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-021-02193-6 16. chourasia, b. (2023). workplace intimidation, emotional distress and commitment to work in the hotel industry the moderating effect of compassion. research gate, 20(6), 34-52. doi: 10.17605/osf.io/ncmjw 17. collier, j., & esteban, r. (2017). corporate social responsibility and employee commitment. business ethics: a european review, 16(1), 19-33. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14678608.2006.00466.x 18. dick, gavin p.m. (2009) “can the organisation and supervision environment influence both bullying and organisational commitment? evidence from a police force survey.” working paper. university of kent, kent business school, university of kent, kent business school, canterbury, kent 19. dinc, m. s. (2017). organizational commitment components and job performance: mediating role of job satisfaction. pakistan journal of commerce and social sciences, 11(3), 773-789. 20. duru p., ocaktan m. e., elen u., rsal z. (2018). the effect of workplace bullying perception on psychological symptoms: a structural equation approach. saf. health work 9 210–215. 10.1016/j.shaw.2017.06.010 [pmc free article] [pubmed] [crossref] [google scholar] 21. einarsen et al. the concept of bullying and harassment at work: the european tradition 22. einarsen, s., & nielsen, m. b. (2015). workplace bullying as an antecedent of mental health problems: a five-year prospective and representative study. international archives of occupational and environmental health, 88, 131-142. 23. einarsen, s., hoel, h., & notelaers, g. (2009). measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work: validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of the negative acts questionnairerevised. work & stress, 23(1), 24-44. 24. einarsen, s.; hoel, h.; notelaers, g. (2009) “measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work: validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of the negative acts questionnairerevised.” work stress volume 23. pp. 24–44. [google scholar] [crossref] 25. einarsen, s.i. (2015) workplace bullying as an antecedent of mental health problems: a five-year prospective and representative study international archives of occupational and environmental health https://doi.org/10.1108/02621711211253231 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/ijotb-03-2018-002 https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-021-02193-6 http://dx.doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/ncmjw https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8608.2006.00466.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8608.2006.00466.x https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc6005929/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29928536 https://doi.org/10.1016%2fj.shaw.2017.06.010 https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?journal=saf.+health+work&title=the+effect+of+workplace+bullying+perception+on+psychological+symptoms:+a+structural+equation+approach.&author=p.+duru&author=m.+e.+ocaktan&author=u.+elen&author=z.+rsal&volume=9&publication_year=2018&pages=210-215&pmid=29928536&doi=10.1016/j.shaw.2017.06.010& https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?title=measuring+exposure+to+bullying+and+harassment+at+work:+validity,+factor+structure+and+psychometric+properties+of+the+negative+acts+questionnaire-revised&author=einarsen,+s.&author=hoel,+h.&author=notelaers,+g.&publication_year=2009&journal=work+stress&volume=23&pages=24%e2%80%9344&doi=10.1080/02678370902815673 https://doi.org/10.1080/02678370902815673 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org 26. erickson, c. l., mattaini, m. a., & mcguire, m. s. (2004). constructing nonviolent cultures in schools: the state of the science. children & schools, 26(2), 102–116. 27. eysenck m. w., derakshan n., santos r., calvo m. g. (2007). anxiety and cognitive performance: attentional control theory. emotion 7 336–353. 10.1037/1528-3542.7.2.336 [pubmed] [crossref] [google scholar 28. finstad g. l., ariza-montes a., giorgi g., lecca l. i., arcangeli g., mucci n. (2019). the jdcs model and blue-collar bullying: decent working conditions for a healthy environment. international journal of environmental research and public health 16:3411. 10.3390/ijerph16183411 [pmc free article] [pubmed] [crossref] [google scholar] 29. fitriastuti, t., larasatie, p., & vanderstraeten, a. (2021). please like me: ingratiation as a moderator of the impact of the perception of organizational politics on job satisfaction. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(14), 7455. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18147455 30. fridner, a., gustafsson sendén, m., & schenck-gustafsson, k. (2016). gender differences in reasons for sickness presenteeism a study among gps in a swedish health care organization. annals of occupational and environmental medicine, 28, 50. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40557-0160136-x 31. fu, w., & deshpande, s. p. (2014). the impact of caring climate, job satisfaction, and organizational commitment on job performance of employees in a china’s insurance company. journal of business ethics, 124, 339-349. 32. goodboy, a. k., martin, m. m., & bolkan, s. (2020). workplace intimidation and work engagement: a self-determination model. journal of interpersonal violence, 35(21-22), 46864708. 33. gul, z. (2019). impact of employee commitment on organizational development. fwu journal of social sciences, 9(2), 117-124. 34. guo, j., zhang, b. h., huang, l. x., zheng, y. x., & wu, q. h. (2015). bullying in workplace in china: an explorative study. chinese journal of clinical psychology. journal of workplace behavioral health 35. judge, t. a., thoresen, c. j., bono, j. e., & patton, g. k. (2001). the job satisfaction–job performance relationship: a qualitative and quantitative review. psychological bulletin, 127(3), 376–407. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.127.3.376 36. keashly, l., & neuman, j.h. (2010). faculty experiences with bullying in higher education. administrative theory & praxis, 32(1), 48-70. doi:10.2753/atp1084-1806320103 37. khan, m.r., ziauddin, h., jam, f.a., & ramay, m.i. (2010). the impacts of organizational commitment on employee job performance. european journal of social sciences, 15(3), 292-298. 38. korukcu, o.; bulut, o.; tuzcu, a.; bayram, z.; türkmen, h.o. (2014) “an adaptation of leymann inventory of psychological terror to health sciences programs in turkey.” anadolu psikiyatr. derg, volume 15. pp. 335–343. [google scholar] [crossref] 39. laws, k. r., and bhatt, r. (2005). false memories and delusional ideation in normal healthy subjects. pers. individ. dif. 39, 775–781. doi: 10.1016/j.paid.2005. 03.005 40. lindawati, t., & wulani, f. (2021). the commitment of the employee to the supervisor and the organization: the role of employee competency and downward influence tactics. asian journal of business research, 11(1), 1-15. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/17516812 https://doi.org/10.1037%2f1528-3542.7.2.336 https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?journal=emotion&title=anxiety+and+cognitive+performance:+attentional+control+theory.&author=m.+w.+eysenck&author=n.+derakshan&author=r.+santos&author=m.+g.+calvo&volume=7&publication_year=2007&pages=336-353&pmid=17516812&doi=10.1037/1528-3542.7.2.336& https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc6765845/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31540020 https://doi.org/10.3390%2fijerph16183411 https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?journal=int.+j.+environ.+res.+public+health&title=the+jdcs+model+and+blue-collar+bullying:+decent+working+conditions+for+a+healthy+environment.&author=g.+l.+finstad&author=a.+ariza-montes&author=g.+giorgi&author=l.+i.+lecca&author=g.+arcangeli&volume=16&issue=3411&publication_year=2019&pmid=31540020&doi=10.3390/ijerph16183411& https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18147455 https://doi.org/10.1186/s40557-016-0136-x https://doi.org/10.1186/s40557-016-0136-x https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0033-2909.127.3.376 http://dx.doi.org/10.2753/atp1084-1806320103 https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?title=an+adaptation+of+leymann+inventory+of+psychological+terror+to+health+sciences+programs+in+turkey&author=korukcu,+o.&author=bulut,+o.&author=tuzcu,+a.&author=bayram,+z.&author=t%c3%bcrkmen,+h.o.&publication_year=2014&journal=anadolu+psikiyatr.+derg&volume=15&pages=335%e2%80%93343&doi=10.5455/apd.44833 https://doi.org/10.5455/apd.44833 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org 41. lovely, s. n., afzal, m. k., & alam, z. (2019). impact of job satisfaction and organizational commitment on job performance of private bank employees in bangladesh. journal of economics and public administration,19(2), 112-123. 42. lutgen-sandvik, p., tracy, s. j., & alberts, j. k. (2007). burned by bullying in the american workplace: prevalence, perception, degree and impact. journal of management studies, 44(6), 837–862. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6486.2007.00715.x 43. magee c., gordon r., robinson l., caputi p., oades l. (2017). workplace bullying and absenteeism: the mediating roles of poor health and work engagement. hum. resour. manag. j. 27 319–334. 10.1111/1748-8583.12156 [crossref] [google scholar] 44. mengyun, w., zhang, l., imran, m., lu, j., & hu, x. (2018). conflict coping strategy evolution of top management team members in china’s family enterprises. china management studies, 12, 246-267. 10.1108/cms-08-2017-0227 [crossref] [google scholar] 45. meyer, j. p., & allen, n. j. (1991). a three-component conceptualization of organizational commitment. human resource management review, 1(1), 61-89. 46. meyer, j. p., allen, n. j. and smith, c. (1993) “commitment to organizations and occupations: extension and test of a three-component conceptualization.” journal of applied psychology, vol. 78, pp.538–551. 47. meyer, j. p., becker, t. e., & vandenberghe, c. (2004). employee commitment and motivation: a conceptual analysis and integrative model. journal of applied psychology, 89(6), 991–1007. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.89.6.991 48. meyer, j.p., becker, t.e., and vandenberghe, c. (2004) “employee commitment and motivation: a conceptual analysis and integrative model.” journal of applied psychology, vol. 89, no. 6, pp. 991–1007 49. mowday, r.; porter, l.; and steers, r. (1982) employee-organisation linkages: the psychology of commitment, absenteeism, and turnover. new york: academic press. 50. mowday; r. t. steers, r. m. and porter, l. w., (1979). “the measurement of organizational commitment.” journal of vocational behaviour, vol.14, pp. 224-247. 51. namie, g. (2021) workplace bullying institute u.s. workplace bullying survey. the fifth national scientific wbi study zogby analytics, pollster (the complete report). workplacebullying.org 52. newman, a., thanacoody, r., & hui, w. (2011). the impact of employee perceptions of training on organizational commitment and turnover intentions: a study of multinationals in the chinese service sector. the international journal of human resource management, 22, 1765–1787. doi:10.1080/09585192.2011.565667 53. nielsen, m. b., & einarsen, s. (2012). outcomes of exposure to workplace bullying: a metaanalytic review. work & stress, 26(4), 309–332. https://doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2012.734709 54. oghojafor, b. e., muo, f. i. & olufayo, t. o. (2012). perspective of bullying problem at workplace in nigeria: the experience of workers. international journal of arts and commerce, 1(3), 1-18. 55. owoyemi, o. & oyelere, m. (2010). workplace bullying: an undiagnosed social problem in workplaces in workplaces in nigeria. journal of management and organizational behaviour, 1(2), 61-73. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1111/j.1467-6486.2007.00715.x https://doi.org/10.1111%2f1748-8583.12156 https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?journal=hum.+resour.+manag.+j.&title=workplace+bullying+and+absenteeism:+the+mediating+roles+of+poor+health+and+work+engagement.&author=c.+magee&author=r.+gordon&author=l.+robinson&author=p.+caputi&author=l.+oades&volume=27&publication_year=2017&pages=319-334&doi=10.1111/1748-8583.12156& https://doi.org/10.1108%2fcms-08-2017-0227 https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?journal=chin.+manag.+stud.&title=conflict+coping+strategy+evolution+of+top+management+team+members+in+china%e2%80%99s+family+enterprises.&author=w.+mengyun&author=l.+zhang&author=m.+imran&author=j.+lu&author=x.+hu&volume=12&publication_year=2018&pages=246-267&doi=10.1108/cms-08-2017-0227& https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0021-9010.89.6.991 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1080/02678373.2012.734709 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org 56. park, j. h., & ono, m. (2017). effects of workplace bullying on work engagement and health: the mediating role of job insecurity: corrigendum. the international journal of human resource management, 28(22). https://doi.org/10.1080/09585192.2016.1172873 57. park, j., & min, h. k. (2020). turnover intention in the hospitality industry: a meta analysis. international journal of hospitality management, 90, 102599. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2020.102599 58. rai, a., & agarwal, u. a. (2017). linking workplace intimidation and work engagement: the mediating role of psychological contract violation. south asian journal of human resources management, 4(1), 42-71. https://doi.org/10.1177/2322093717704732. 59. ram, y. (2018). hostility or hospitality? a review on violence, bullying and sexual harassment in the tourism and hospitality industry. current issues in tourism, taylor & francis journals, 21(7), 760-774. 60. raymond, p. (2023) “dealing with workplace intimidation? here's how to take back control of your work relationships.” entrepreneur daily, volume 20, (june). https://www.entsrepreneur.com/leadership/dealing-with-workplace-intimidation-heres-how-to-fightit/453804 61. rodriguez-munoz a., moreno-jimenez b., sanz-vergel a. i. (2015). reciprocal relations between workplace bullying, anxiety, and vigor: a two-wave longitudinal study. anxiety stress coping 28 514–530. 10.1080/10615806.2015.1016003 [pubmed] [crossref] [google scholar 62. saari, l. m., & judge, t. a. (2004). employee attitudes and job satisfaction. human resource management, 43(4), 395–407. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrm.20032 63. said, h.k., & tanova, c. (2021). workplace bullying in the hospitality industry: a hindrance to the employee mindfulness state and a source of emotional exhaustion. international journal of hospitality management, 3, 1-10. 64. salin, d., & hoel, h. (2013). workplace bullying as a gendered phenomenon. journal of managerial psychology, 28(3), 235–251. https://doi.org/10.1108/02683941311321187 65. samnani, a.-k., & singh, p. (2012). 20 years of workplace bullying research: a review of the antecedents and consequences of bullying in the workplace. aggression and violent behavior, 17(6), 581–589. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.avb.2012.08.004 66. setia m. s. (2016). methodology series module 3: cross-sectional studies. indian journal of dermatology, 61(3), 261–264. https://doi.org/10.4103/0019-5154.182410 67. shahid, a., & azhar, s. m. (2021). gaining employee commitment: linking to organizational effectiveness. journal of management research, 5(1), 25-38 https://doi.org/10.5296/jmr.v5i1.2319 68. shastric r.k., shashi k.m. and sinha a. (2010). charismatic leadership and organizational commitment: an indian perspective. african journal of business management, 4(10), 1946-1953. 69. stackhouse, l. e., zaman, f. m., & turner, k. w. (2022). effect of employee commitment on organizational performance: case of textile firms in sweden. journal of human resource & leadership, 6(2), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.53819/81018102t5074. 70. tracy, s.j., lutgen-sandvik, p. & alberts, j.k. (2006). nightmares, demons, and slaves: exploring the painful metaphors of workplace bullying. management communication quarterly, 20, 148-185. https://doi.org/10.1177/0893318906291980 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1080/09585192.2016.1172873 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2020.102599 https://doi.org/10.1177/2322093717704732 https://ideas.repec.org/a/taf/rcitxx/v21y2018i7p760-774.html https://ideas.repec.org/a/taf/rcitxx/v21y2018i7p760-774.html https://ideas.repec.org/s/taf/rcitxx.html https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25665500 https://doi.org/10.1080%2f10615806.2015.1016003 https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?journal=anxiety+stress+coping&title=reciprocal+relations+between+workplace+bullying,+anxiety,+and+vigor:+a+two-wave+longitudinal+study.&author=a.+rodriguez-munoz&author=b.+moreno-jimenez&author=a.+i.+sanz-vergel&volume=28&publication_year=2015&pages=514-530&pmid=25665500&doi=10.1080/10615806.2015.1016003& https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1002/hrm.20032 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1108/02683941311321187 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1016/j.avb.2012.08.004 https://doi.org/10.4103/0019-5154.182410 https://doi.org/10.5296/jmr.v5i1.2319 https://doi.org/10.53819/81018102t5074 https://doi.org/10.1177/0893318906291980 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org 71. tsuno, k., kawachi, i., kawakami, n., & miyashita, k. (2018). workplace intimidation and emotional distress: a longitudinal multilevel analysis among japanese employees. journal of occupational and environmental medicine, 60(12), 1067-1072. https://doi.10.1097/jom.0000000000001433 72. tulucu, f., anasori, e., & madanoglu, g. k. (2022). how does mindfulness boost commitment to work and inhibit emotional distress among hospital employees during the covid-19 pandemic? the mediating and moderating role of psychological resilience. the service industries journal, volume 42(3-4), 131-147. https://doi.org/10.1080/02642069.2021.2021182 73. wegge, j., schmidt, k. h., rolf van dick and parkes, c. l. (2004) “taking a sickie’: job satisfaction and job involvement as interactive predictors of absenteeism.” https://www.researchgate.net/publication/40499917 74. wu, m., he, q., imran, m., & fu, j. (2020). workplace bullying, anxiety, and job performance: choosing between "passive resistance" or "swallowing the insult"? frontiers in psychology, 10, 2953. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02953 75. xia, guili; yi zhang; ling dong, fengtao huang, yao pu, jiang luo, yi-ping chen and zhengxia lei1 (2023) “the mediating role of organizational commitment between workplace bullying and turnover intention among clinical nurses in china: a cross-sectional study.” bmc nursing, volume 22. pp. 360 https://doi.org/10.1186/s12912-023-01547-8 76. zheng, w., sharan, k. and wei, j. (2010). new development of organizational commitment: a critical review (1960-2009). african journal of business management, 4(1), 12-20. https://doi.10.1097/jom.0000000000001433 https://doi.org/10.1080/02642069.2021.2021182 https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02953 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org appendix a workplace intimidation measuring scale s/n types of experience with intimidation strongly disagree = 1 agree = 2 not sure = 3 agree = 4 strongly agree= 5 1 shifting work tasks without your consultation 2 constantly undervaluing of your work 3 being ordered to do work below your level of proficiency 4 persistent unjustified monitoring of your work 5 repeated attempts to undermine your personal dignity 6 verbal and non-verbal threats 7 making inappropriate or offensive jokes about you 8 withholding relevant work-related information affecting your professional progress 9 exclude you from workgroup activities 10 reject your application for leave, training or promotion without reason 11 setting of impossible deadlines to accomplish work 12 spread rumours about you 13 repeated offensive remarks about your person or private life 14 signals from others that you should resign your job 15 repeated reminders of your mistakes 16 neglect of your opinions or views 17 not give importance of your rights and opinions with reference to your gender 18 devaluation of your rights and opinions with reference to your age 19 negative responses from others because you work hard 20 several times forced to attend supplementary meetings and training sessions 21 intimidatory use of discipline/competence procedure 22 threats or physical violence/assault, 23 sexual harassment 24 blackmail 25 yelling or screaming, 26 ridiculing or insulting a victim in front of coworkers or clients 27 constantly belittling the your opinion 28 invading your privacy, 29 assigning to you duties that are outside of his or her expertise 30 deliberately excluding you during the distribution of organizational favours 31 making the you constantly feel useless 32 work sabotage 33 constantly taking credit for your work 34 constantly setting you up for failure 35 using gaslighting tactics to shift blame (for example, a manager may direct you to do something, and then later they argue that they told you something completely different) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org the problem of philosophical-anthropology in the religious-philosophical teiachng of ibn al-arabi mirzayev akhrorjon azamovich senior teacher of the department of social sciences and sports of the fergana polytechnic institute e-mail: axrorjon.mirzayev@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article briefly addresses ibn al-arabi's mysticism, the general direction of his mysticism, the natural structure of humans, the history of natural structure, his divine-religious views in the fields of philosophy and mysticism, his scientific works and their meaning and essence. islamic philosophy, philosophy of mysticism, the great sheikh, asceticism, philosopher, sage, sects, fiqhiy sects, truth, pantheism, goodness, mysticism. introduction ibn al-arabi's mysticism is characterized by having a philosophical-anthropological character. the main direction of his mystical teaching, when explained by the current language of science, a person can be called close to the science of anthropology (the natural structure of humans, the history of natural structure). but in ibn al-arabi's interpretation, this natural process is interpreted in the spirit of theology and expounded as the divine spirit from head to toe. literature analysis and methodology it was stated that the main idea in ibn al-arabi's mysticism is that the unity of allah, man, the universe is the cornerstone of the science of mysticism. ontology the doctrine of being: ibn al-arabi explained it by analyzing it with the names of single truth, oneness, divine spirit, absolute being and others. at the same time, this absolutist (absolute) created philosophical views on the understanding and knowledge of the essence of reality. the teaching of the great teacher is built on the basis of divine mysticism. the gnossological doctrine is set forth in the same spirit on the ground of the theory of divinity. as stated above, mysticism exists as if it were an emotional perception of reality. thanks to this, the spiritual being, the essence acquires a visual tone from reality, on the contrary, the perception is deified by material things. it is here that the essence of reality of the created universe becomes clear. for a person who has an abnormally powerful mind and the ability to see on the basis of a powerful feeling, imagination is simultaneously an object and a tool, believes ibn al-arabi, that it is only here that the secrets of the “creative” mystic(theologian)are revealed, hidden from ordinary people. through imagination, the great shaykh sees the confirmation of his metaphysical views, as well as the transplants leading to the prophet and his followers, as true to his original. according to the sage, a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org person, due to this ability, can be devoid of world delights, material wealth, misfortune, give up all the abundance and colorful diversity of the world, but he can realize allah, the only one(unity)who is aware of everything that is invisible behind them. therefore, the great teacher was accompanied on his entire life path by emotional and imaginary phenomena, divine manifestations[1]. in contrast to the content of ibn al-arabi's two major works, “al-futuhot ul-makkiya” and “fusus alhikam”, ibn arabi's teaching revolves around the concept of wahdati wujud. however, his way of thinking is consistent with the theory of the word (logos). in ibn arabi's view, each prophet comes in line with a truth that they call him “the word”. each word, however, was not manifested in its only tajalliyot from adam to khotam ul-anbiya, when the nature of the “right” body was constantly hidden. from the fact that every truth comes from this body, according to the breed of this body, is indivisible ancient and immutable. ibn arabi notes that there is a discrepancy between the two aspects of this body: the first aspect is oneness and is hidden, uninformed, and indestructible; the second aspect reveals, through “rububiyat” (manifestation), god's own relation to the world, his creator, holiness, and “goddess”. in the first aspect, there is no number or manifestation, no appointment, and therefore god can be said in this respect to pure light or goodness, or, if not, briefly “al'yomo”, that is, omniscient. in the second aspect, madomiki argues that god is the creator of both humility and multiple creatures, as opposed to multiplicity and its opposite[2]. god accepts plurality only because of adjectives or various concrete things. if we feed his breed itself, it is”true". if we look at it in terms of quality, that is, if we look at the quality found by the possible plural tajalli, then it is “the people” (created). but both of this, vahdat (singularity) and kasrat (plurality), before and after, ancient (age), mahdas (created), important (necessary) and possible, according to the breed, is nothing but one reality. obviously, ibn al-arabi is a great thinker who created a complex doctrine composed of mysticism and lore, the word and philosophy. but in understanding and understanding his views, it is necessary to go to the difference of two cases: 1. the meaning and content that ibn al-arabi himself meant (i.e., what did ibn al-arabay himself mean?); 2. interpretation and interpretation of ibn al-arabi's thoughts, in short, is the interpretation of the shorihs and researchers who have tried to explain (that is, to explain ibn al-arabi's views at the level of their knowledge circle, abilities and capabilities, or to seek to find what they want from his thoughts)[3]. among the founders of the world-famous science of mysticism in the islamic world with the title of “great shaykh”, ibn al-arabi was the founder and proponent of the pantheistic (those who understand allah, the universe and man as one) direction in the philosophy of mysticism. the scientific study of this aspect of the religious-philosophical teaching of ibn al-arabi forms the most important and relevant part of the science of philosophy and the history of mysticism. pantheism although in the earliest times it emerged as a separate doctrine in antiquity as a philosophical direction in ancient greece, china and india, in ibn al-arabi's views it took shape as a different, i.e. religious islamic science. this aspect of the topic also indicates the dedication of this work to current issues. the promotion of pantheistic ideology and doctrine in mysticism, which arose in the bosom of islam, was the great service of ibn al-arabi. therefore, it is relevant to research and thoroughly analyze the fact that the east and west muslim mind welcomed with pleasure, that as early as the middle ages it penetrated into the spiritual culture of the peoples of central asia, as well as uzbekistan. after all, the great thinker ibn al-arabi in his time did not in vain write about his spiritual heritage: “every century will be remembered in the name of a great person, and all centuries after that will be remembered in my name”[4]. indeed it turns out that the great ibn al-arabi, while still alive, prophesied that he had american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org placed a heikal upon himself by bringing islamic culture to future generations through the life-giving doctrine he had created. from the point of view of mysticism, ibn al-arabi rose to a high peak thanks to his wonderful works in a high spirit, writes iranian thinker cyrus[5]. ibn arabi's” al-futuhat al-makkiyya “and” fusus al-hikam " are recognized as the most significant, the analysis of which gives a correct idea of the philosophy of mysticism. other sources (such as jalaliddin rumi's famous “spiritual masnavi”) are allegorical, lyrically articulated, making their philosophical interpretation complex. according to ibn arabi, is it possible to know the main issue that interests mysticism – the absolute truth? both positive and negative are solved. a negative” no " answer means that allah – truth cannot be known by reason. “the universe does not exist in itself, it is the existence of allah, so the universe will never understand it. in this sense, it remains unclear whether allah is for the inner feeling, for observation, because begabo cannot cover the immortal”[6]. therefore, mysticism implies that the mystical perception of the universe as a result of the person's understanding (understanding) of things and phenomena is individual, mystical experiences. in addition to recognizing the reputation of spiritual mentors leading the path to truth, mysticism allowed the existence of various “schools”, which, from time to time, formed organizationally and turned into mystical communities (directions, sects). it was not the understanding of the mystical experience that became important to the members of these communities, but the ways in which it was carried out. of the directions that have become highly philosophical are” theosophical mysticism " (theological mysticism). his” apostoli " (apostle) was recognized by the great shaykh ibn arabi. also, mysticism underestimated the possibilities of rational cognition, putting direct observation, mystical “enlightenment”, perception first, but did not exclude it to the fullest. nevertheless, in the post-al-ghazali period, the theosophical orientation, the synthesis of the mystical attainment of god with rational philosophy, takes effect[7]. in general, mysticism did not deny rational knowledge, but at the same time admitted that its possibilities were limited. "the mind is remarkable and valuable until it leads to the gate of god. when you say i reached this gate, give it up... find yourself in god: now it is useless to look for answers to the questions” how “and” why”. the reason rational knowledge cannot be grown into reality is not in its imperfection, but in its inadequacy. internal feeling (intuition) is necessary in this. sufi mystical knowledge excludes the division into subject and object both ontologically and gnoseologically. other types of knowledge (rational, intuitive knowledge) penetrate into the structure of mystical knowledge. for example, according to ibn arabi, in the process of real cognition, reason and intuition have their place, that is, are finite and real within this finite framework. rational cognition cannot provide the origin of the world of things from the initial basis (divinity, god) and also the way out of things to the initial basis without making logical contradictions, mistakes. even when divine “testimonies” obtained by means of fano in intuitive cognition make it possible to find the “hidden meanings”of the object (anything or the world), like rational cognition, it contains the will of the subject, since in order to focus attention on the object, consciousness and will must be employed. rational and intuitive cognition is aimed at seeking, knowing the true essence of empirical things and phenomena. reality, on the other hand, stands above the empirical world, so that even intuitive cognition ( due to the ontological differentiation of subject and object in it) cannot give the connoisseur a way to the self of the thing. the mystical knowledge developed by ibn arabi, as a way of” reaching the truth " (humiliation), is intended to solve the question of the main task of mysticism the construction of a single building of knowledge, which represents the first basis of being (god) coinciding with the continuum of being (the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org material world) [8]. therefore, the main description of the method of mystical cognition (enlightenment) is given through the concepts of “gangling”, “bewilderment”, since general mirroring the vision of the one god in the abundance of things, and, on the contrary, the mysticism of the one god (the first foundation) in every thing of the material world. is mysticism possible to know the absolute truth? answers both positively and negatively. a negative” no " answer means that god – truth cannot be known by reason. “the universe does not exist in itself, it is the existence of god, so the universe will never understand it. in this sense, god remains unknown, both for the inner sense and for observation, because they cannot cover the beggar immortal”. the uniqueness of the gnoseology of mysticism is manifested in the fact that a person can reach reality through the means of self-knowledge. in doing so, it is necessary for him to destroy his personal (phenomenal) “i”, reveal, reveal his true essence by excluding him from his hotira. thus, even if one does not know the truth (god) in mysticism, one can approach it, perceive it with the heart. god is embodied in all things in the world. by observing things and phenomena in the universe, a person knows, understands the greatness and elegance of god. but at the same time, these things and phenomena block the true urination, essence of god. the truth (full knowledge, enlightenment) is a line given to us by god, so it cannot be reached by rational or intuitive-observational (direct) knowledge. it is very difficult to distinguish the fact that the hermit observed the divine from the divine by intuitive-observational. therefore, the experience of a hermit among sufis (zikr, adherence to moral and spiritual rules, diligence in prayer, piety, etc.k.) whether it affects the attainment of truth (enlightenment) or whether the supreme truth is only endowed by god has been debated. the strengthening of the idea of god's transcendence and immanence to this world at the same time, as well as the idea that a person who guarantees the attainment of truth belongs to both this world and this world, presupposes the equality of knowledge and being, sets the stage for the further development of mysticism. this means that the attainment of god, enlightenment, is guaranteed by the ontological structure of being itself: god desires self-knowledge, and man is chosen as a means of god's selfknowledge. so, in doctrinal,” philosophical " mysticism, the idea that a complex system of sufi practice: dhikr, prayers, a complex of special cases, fano cases, etc.is abandoned, is the only way to reach god. in this asnoda mysticism contributed to knowledge (gnoseology), which complements and corrects rationalism, focuses attention on the human individual, develops the perception of the individual. man is the means, the place of self-knowledge by god. this view in the doctrine of mysticism is directly related to the fundamental state of islam the supreme being in the human – wounded world, the earthly caliphate of god, its continuation. the conclusion of the mysticism about faith is that faith penetrates into the process of knowing the material world. and in order to gain real knowledge (that is, knowledge gained using the use of mystical, intuitive and rational methods of cognition), one must strive to know the world. according to mysticism, knowledge is the thing itself[9]. knowledge is not a gnoseological act that persists at a given time, and knowledge is the existence itself. the main service of mysticism is that it forms the concept of” faith “and distinguishes it from” knowledge". besides him, he developed evidence for the understanding of the problem of knowing god. the material world shows that there can be no rational knowledge of things and phenomena, in relation to which only the concept of “faith” can be used, while american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the “knowledge” about them can be irrational and personal, but it will not be scientific and grounded[10]. an in-depth study of mysticism makes it possible to determine the role of islamic mysticism in the development of philosophy and scientific knowledge. the influence of mysticism on the formation of philosophy does not raise doubts. his skepticism of reason, rationalism (skepticism) “evoked philosophical thought, motivated to reflect on theoretical, philosophical skepticism, on the stage of cognition, on skepticism in the quality of the development of scientific knowledge”[11]. "mysticism set irrationalism against rational thought and at the same time manifested itself as a vision of religious hurficry, sometimes approaching philosophical thought”. therefore, mysticism underestimated the possibilities of rational cognition, putting direct observation, mystical “enlightenment”, perception first, but did not exclude it to the fullest. nevertheless, in the post-al-ghazzali period, the theosophical orientation, i.e. the synthesis of mysticism towards allah with rational philosophy, takes effect[12]. the qur'an of ibn arabi explains the meaning and content of karim intensely, he says that simple recitation is not only the cultivation of dry memorization of verses. "the quran is a sea without a coast, the sea of the quran is deep." consequently, this large sea swimming requires an undeniably large preparation to master not only the apparent, but also the botanic sciences. shaykhi akbar, reflecting on allah in one place, wrote that the universe he created is diverse:” yo allah “arabs, iranians say” o god“, and the greeks refer to him as” o siyo". the armenians say "o asfoj". the turks address him” o god“, the franks” o kritur". the habash said, " o vooh. after all, all these laffs are a diversity occupation for a single meaning”[13]. according to the philosophy of the great shaikh, the contemplation of man and the union around the great single meaning should not be ignited to any mood or creed contrary to unity pacifism. in his "futuhot”, he was given the duty of admonition and tableware to the people by receiving the "knowledge and commandment from allah", as well as by his verse. ul zot also gave information about religion's practices to his environment. the same was the basis for these being accused of advancing the prophetic cause. in fact, shaikh akbar re-and reemphasized that words from nubbuwwat and risalat would not appear after khazrati muhammad. “ ... after the messenger of allah, " nubbuvvat is forbidden as absolute. the brochure is the same...”. he who claims to be the messenger of sharia after muhammad said,”he is the absolute falsehood and the unbeliever." so what was the reason why the great sheikh arab felt a duty to say “i am not the prophet of also”... against unjustified criticism and persecution? the fact is that the research scholar ibrahim haqqul states that ibn arabi in his centuries did not treat prophethood, but wrote about the revelation of prophethood. about this professor n. kaklik writes that in the concept of ibn arabi, the prophetic status of sharia (i.e., islam) is different. the door of the prophecy is hidden, but the prophetic status is open. this status is continued in the guise of those who follow the prophet, at least as a” successor". ibn arabi's original goal was to”fulfill the dream of leading those who follow the path set by allah's messenger to say that khazrati is the successor to the prophet". it is in this sense that the following words of sheikh arabi are important in ideation. "perhaps allah showed me the images of the prophets and prophets who lived from khazrati man to khazrati muhammad in the world of the same sobita. it takes place in 1190 when i lived in kurtubo. among these messengers and prophets, hud spoke to me. he told me the reasons for their meeting. i saw him as one of the prophets who knew and could discover the most delicate matters of the great jussali, the beautiful-faced, the sweet-tongued”. even in their time, there were many who denied these statements and tried to deny them. but since the truth does not account for lies and slander, knowing that ignorance is not capable of perceiving the secrets american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org of enlightenment, ibn al-arabi was immodest in living, observing, creating in the midst of divine work and fantastic silence. the truth is one, and the lie is one way of a thousand truths, the lie is too much. it is very difficult to find out the truth, and lies are found at every step, observing that even the toughest and most uncompromising ghans were tempted to decide. the works of shaykhi aakbar are also composed in a lofty spirit and philosophical meditations in zaminiu. his thinking even means love – love for man, creativity, creation. ibn al-arabi is the first to create a single, one-of-a-kind (wahdat ul-wujud) doctrine of the universe. of his 500 works, 150 are known to have reached modern times in arabic. his main work is the multivolume “futuhot al-makkiya” (“the conquest of mecca”), which consists of 560 chapters, his second known work being “fusus al hinam”, to which more than 150 commentaries have been written. it is noteworthy that among the works of the thinker there is also the allegorical exegesis of the qur'an karim (dictionary of spiritual exegesis and mysticism phrases), “al-istiholot as-sofiba” [14]. below we will dwell on the peculiarities of the pantheistic directions of the great sheikh in the teachings of mysticism, relying on these sources. all that is in the universe, the soul (soul) of man is also the divine primordial source tajallisi (emanation). therefore, divine power is spread throughout the universe, but god is not deprived of personal signs, qualities. he has his own personal consciousness and communicates with the human soul. ibn al-arabi's views on prophets and prophets are also distinctive. people, he writes, " is it important for prophets to predict? or is tabbarruk, martyrdom important? they broke up over the issue. i believe that the holiness of the prophets is more important, because even after their death, their holiness is preserved. superior to its other qualities. the tabarruk quality of the prophet expresses a special relationship between god and his servant. he expresses his attitude towards his servant, and prophethood is the duty that is placed upon the neck of that man, [15]. even if the temple is not assigned to this or that prophet the task of prophecy, but his piety, the happiness chosen by allah, remains the qualities of laughter. but the prophet is the same great priest pious, the greatest of them is muhammad (s.a.v.) is. shaikh abul hasan asked ash-shozili, " can he attain the rank of tabarruk if sharia burdens are removed from the pious priest zimma?", to which the prophet replied in his hadiths: “o bilal hath given us the pleasure of prayer”. one of the foundations of the influential sect that lived and created before him the coming of ibn alarabi as a glorious thinker and an allomah advancing the teachings of islam was abdulqadir ghilani, who prophesied that “after me, a man from the land of pride will expiate, and you will deliver my lord to him.” the noble and honorable breed that alloma referred to was ibn arabi writes ibrahim haqqul, indeed he would later become a musharraf in the bliss of wearing those khirqas (a robe worn in honor of sufism). at this point in our eyes continues that ibrahim haqqul, one thing should be noted separately, ibn arabi was a lover of mysticism with all his being. the study of mysticism was ul zot benazr in the study of its botanic and apparent truths. so it is advisable to draw the following conclusions about the philosophical-mystical views of this great sheikh. in the eyes of ibn al-arabi, allah ta'olo bestowed high ranks on the shariati muhammadiya ulama: "ummah ulama, whose shariati are the protectors and guardians of muhammadiya, are not in the ranks of the ummah at mahshar, but in the ranks of the prophets"[16]. ibn al-arabi expressed his opinion in the words of rasulullah (s.a.v.)based on the message from which it is narrated: "surely the scribes of this community are like the prophets of bani israel". ibn al-arabi comments on the report: "as the nephews of bani israel defended the shariah of their messenger, the scribes of the islamic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org ummah, such as savri, ibn uyayna, ibn sirin, hasan, molik, ibn abu riboh, abu hanifa, shofe'iy, ibn hanbal, rasulullah (s.a.v.) they keep their covenant for the ummah"[17]. ibn al-arabi measures every fiqhian and calamian issue based on the criteria of the philosophy of irfan, trying to demonstrate the height of human thought and inner emotional abilities, no matter what issue. this situation is especially evident in the case of his most famous works – "fusus ul-hikam" and "futuhot ul-makkiya". in the history of islamic philosophical-iranian thought, no book was as popular as "fusus ul-hikam". this book also caused heated debate and commentary and interpretation for being a major innovation in the history of islamic philosophical thought. "the great encyclopedia of islam rates ibn al-arabi as the greatest founder of the "philosophical lore system" or "iranian philosophy" or "divine iranian wisdom"in islamic history, and considers him the greatest thinker in the field of lore at all times. in the islamic world, to date, no thinker, oryphmicose philosopher, who has not been under the influence of a kind of his thinking, is to be found[18]", there is reason to say, of course. after all, the later periods of islamic philosophical thought cannot be imagined without the teachings of ibn al-arabi. this can be seen more closely in the religious, iranian and philosophical circles of the 15th century. in particular, jami does not have any sufi-iranian work in which the gloss of the worldview of sheikh ulakbar is not felt. in fact, the force that drives jami's iranian thought is also the teachings of ibn alarabi. of his 10 philosophical-iranian commentaries, 2 are indirect commentaries on the works of shaykh ul-akbar, while the other 8 are commentaries on his teachings. muhsin jahangiri points out jami's contribution to the development of wahdat ul-wujud philosophy, asserting that he is the propagandist and commentator most successful in promoting ibn al-arabi doctrine after sadriddin quniawi in the entire muslim east world[19]. conclusion in conclusion, ibn al-arabi's view of the world was in a pantheistic spirit, that is, allah, nature, being, matter-matter was one of the first to advance the doctrine of the unified unity of man in islamic thought. the analysis of the sufic vision of the essence of zero being found by solving this complex philosophical problem, which belongs to his pen, by creating his own concept “vahdat ul-vujud”. the most influential and objective idea from him is the idea of unity, unity of being – vahdat ul-vujud. as the history of islamic thought and the scientific and religious worldview system of the whole world recognize, this idea is the highest stage in the doctrine, development of mysticism. references 1. ibn al-arabi. mekkan revelations. translated by a.d. knыsha. st. petersburg, 1995. page 29. 2. ibn arabiy. fusus al-hikam. –b.76; affifi, the mystical philisophy of ibnul-arabi. cambridge, 1938–r.38, 63. 3. kholmo'minov j. jami and the doctrine of wahdat ul-vujud. t.: national encyclopedia of uzbekistan, 2008.-b.44. 4. ibrahim haqqul. "sheikh akbar". tashkent.: "tafakkur" magazine. no. 1, 2000. -b. 29. 5. sayyid muhammad hotami. from the history of islamic thought. tashkent.: "minhoj", 2003. b. 23. 6. ibn arabi. fusus al-khikam. st. po: stepanyans m.t. the aspect of filosofskiye is sufism. moscow.:s. 123. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 7. stepanyans m.t. the aspect of filosofskiye is sufism.moscow.: nauka, 1987, s. 11-12. 8. nasirov i. r. ontologicheskiye i gnoseologicheskiye osnovaniya islamskogo mysticism (genesis i evolutioniya).autoref. diss. ...d.f.n.m.,2007.37th st. 9. nasirov i. r. ontologicheskiye i gnoseologicheskiye osnovaniya islamskogo mysticism (genesis i evolutioniya).autoref. diss. ...d.f.n.m.,2007.b. 7. 10. frolova ye.a. istoria srednevekovoy arabo-musulmanskoy filosofii.m., 1995. –b. 161. 11. smirnov a.v. ibn arabi / / bolshaya rossiyskaya encyclopædia.moscow.: 2003. 12. stepanyans m.t. the aspect of filosofskiye is sufism.moscow..: nauka, 1987, b. 11-12. 13. ibrahim haqqul. sheikh akbar. contemplation. 2000 no. 1-b. 97. 14. i.p.petrushevsky. islam v irane v vii-xv vekah l. lgu, 1966. str.335 15. yusuf hattor muhammad. encyclopaedia sufism. moscow.: ansar, 2005. s. 321. 16. ibn al-arabi. futuhot ul-makkiya. volume 3. egypt. 1392, s.400 17. ibn al-arabi. futuhot ul-makkiya. volume 3. egypt. 1392, s.151. 18. juzjaniy a. sh. mysticism and man. tashkent.: justice, 2001. –b. 21. 19. muhsin jahangiri. muhyiddin ibn al-arabi's chehrai barjastai lore is islamic. s. 594. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org competencies of using the methods of getting information about personality of psychology education students abdimumin ibrahimovich rasulov international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s working with psychodiagnostic methods is one of the main conditions of professional competence of psychologists. the methods of obtaining information on personality characteristics are among the most necessary assessment tools in psychodiagnostics. in this article, the levels of knowledge and application of methods of obtaining information about a person at the stages of professional training of students of psychology education are studied. empirical indicators are one of the determining components in the organization of research, that a person knows enough about the methods of obtaining information about its characteristics in research, can analyze its essence and apply it in practice. person, information, l information, q information, t information, psychologist, knowledge, understanding, application, student, applied psychologist, listener. introduction the science of psychology has succeeded in its research by developing specialized methods for measuring and analyzing empirical results. according to the normal development of the science, the activity of psychologists who managed to find an adequate way to measure the object of research in the psychology of the individual appeared. it is necessary to carry out measurements that allow to reveal. undoubtedly, for this, psychologists need to master some basic methods and develop their application in their activities. this has led to many studies being so new and based on previous developments in psychology. it began to appear under the influence of personality theories. as a result of multivariate methods, it allowed psychologists to work based on a number of central psychological methods focused on the study of the individual. through this, it became possible to conduct targeted research on personality formation, transcultural differences, activity efficiency and many other issues [4], [5], [6], [8]. this article is devoted to the description of the results of the study of the formation and application of the methods of obtaining information, which serve as a source of multidimensional personality research methods, in the professional activity of psychologists. in this regard, the results of the analysis of the methods of collecting information in personality research in the professional activities of psychologists are discussed. personality research is an important part of the subject of psychological research [1], [2], [3]. therefore, conducting work based on methods of studying a person and obtaining reliable, truthful and objective information about him is one of the important tasks of psychologists. psychologists in their professional activities have sufficient competence in psychodiagnostic assessment of a person, they are given basic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org knowledge about sources of information about a person. this knowledge serves as a basis for research conducted at various stages of the professional activity of psychologists. it was suggested that knowing, understanding, applying, analyzing and evaluating the sources of information about a person is important for all stages of professional activity of psychologists. his study of methods of obtaining information about a person allows to understand the importance of observation, expert assessment, self-assessment and self-analysis of a person, contingencies and objective tests. ii. research purpose the purpose of the study is to analyze the methods of obtaining information about the personality of psychology students, to study their knowledge, skills and abilities. iii. methodology work with sources of information about the person is an integral part of the scientific research activities of psychologists. nevertheless, psychologists do not always have the opportunity to work effectively with sources of information about a person. there are a number of attitudes and considerations in psychology regarding the methods of obtaining information about a person. r. kettell's research in this regard is a clear example [2], [7]. cattell noted the importance of factor analysis to identify the main aspects of personality. rbkettell uses three main sources of data: real-life data (l-data), self-reported questionnaire data (q-data). 'data') and relied on the data (t-data) obtained in the application of objective tests [3]. q-data. it is the study of a person using questionnaires and other methods of self-assessment and the use of data. "q" stands for "questionnfire data". simplicity of structure and ease of obtaining information make q-data (questionnaires, self-reports, self-rating scales) central to the study of personality. there are many methods for obtaining "q" data. the most widely used of them are "minnesota multidimensional personality inventory" (mmpi), "california psychological test" (cpi) (3.72), "sixteen factor personality questionnaire (16pf) it is possible to show such methods as "gilford-simmerman test" [3]. although the instrumental errors are quite strong in the "q" data, they are much lower in comparison to the "l" data. to have objective methods of evaluation according to the reaction of the examinee. fulfillment of the first requirement is ensured by reaching out to the examinees which aspects of their behavior remain unclear in the formulation of the test [1], [7]. iv. methods in order to obtain primary data in the study, the scale "evaluation of readiness of psychologists to apply psychodiagnostic methods of personality" was used, kraskel-wallis (n) criteria were applied for noncorrelated samples in the processing of results. v. research objects 494 students of the psychology education department of the national university of uzbekistan "psychology" were involved in the research. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org vi. analysis of results in our research, we have used methods of psychodiagnostics of personality in practice, relying on psychometric principles in the professional training of specialists, being aware of them and determining the possibilities of providing them, methods of obtaining information about a person in studying the features of the harmonious application of psychodiagnostic methods. the research was carried out taking into account that the ability to analyze and work with tests and questionnaires is an integral part of the professional skills and qualifications of psychologists. the kraskel-wallis (k) test was used to determine whether there were differences in the characteristics of the methods of obtaining information about the person. indicators in this direction are reflected in tables 1 and 2 below. empirical data presented below in the analysis of the indicators of the knowledge, skills and competences of the students of the psychology education department in the analysis of the methods of obtaining information about the person (table 1). table 1. indicators of psychology education students by stages of professional preparation for assessing the achievements of the methods of obtaining information about the personality (kraskel-wallis criterion) no methods of obtaining information about the person educational stages k p 2nd course (n=182) 3rd course (n=154) 4th course (n=158) 1 l-data 338.24 387.07 391.25 6,111 0.049 2 q-data 266.18 277.20 259.48 3,255 0.731 3 t-data 225.14 407.23 554.62 33,581 0.000** note: *−r≤0.01. interpreting the achievements of the l-, qand t-information methods of students, there was no difference in the indicators of the knowledge, skills and qualifications of the two methods (psychology educational direction 2 according to the l-information -year students: 338.24 average color; 3rd year students: 387.07 average color;: there are r-reliability differences between it's not.). "q-data" of students (2nd year students: 266.24 mean color; 3rd year students: 277.20 mean color; 4th year students: 259.48 mean color; k =3.255, which means that there are no r-reliability differences between the indicators). based on the stages of professional training of students for two methods of obtaining information about a person, their level of awareness of the examiners on the interpretation of characteristics does not have a sharp difference. regarding "t-data", a difference was observed in the indicators of the examinees (2nd-year students of psychology education: 225.14 average color; 3rdyear students: 407.23 average color;: 4 -course students: 554.62 mean color; k=33.581, which means there are r-reliability differences between the scores not, which means that there is a confidence difference of p<0.01 between the indicators). on the other hand, in explaining the shortcomings of the l-, qand t-information methods, no difference was found among the examinees regarding the two methods. (according to l-data ("psychology" field of study: 2nd-year students: 344.68 grades; 3rd-year students: 359.17 grades; 4thyear students: 380.12 average color; k=4.258, r-reliability differences do not exist) in students' q-data: 278.04 colors; in 3rd year students: 295.62 colors; in 4th grade students: 301.43 average colors, ramerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org reliability differences are not available. it can be seen that there is no sharp difference in the level of awareness of the examinees regarding the interpretation of the characteristics based on the stages of professional training of psychologists for the first two methods of obtaining information. there was a difference in the results of the test subjects based on the t-data ("psychology" educational field students: 221.89 colors; educational institution psychologists: 202.11 colors; psychology students: 315.80 colors ; k=31.072, which means there is a reliability difference of p<0.05 between the indicators). table 2. indicators of students by stages of professional training for assessing the shortcomings of methods of obtaining information about a person (kraskel-wallis criterion) no obtaining information about the person educational stages k p 2nd course (n=182) 2nd course (n=182) 2nd course (n=182) 1 l-data 344.68 359.17 380.12 4,258 0.349 2 q-data 278.04 295.62 301.43 2,682 0.521 3 t-data 233.59 327.31 438.29 44,528 0.000** comment: comment: *−r≤0.01. therefore, both levels do not have a sharp difference. according to t-data, there was a difference in the indicators of the test subjects ("psychology" educational field: 233.29 points for 2nd-year students; 3rd-year students: 327.31 points; 4th-level students: 438.29 mean color;; k=44.528, which has a confidence difference of p<0.01 between the means). so both according to the results of the table, students of the 4th level of psychology have a priority in understanding, analyzing and applying the features of t-information acquisition methods relatively better than the other two categories of test takers. it is related to their knowledge, skills and competence to use these methods from t-data sources in their course project work, graduation qualification work. vii. conclusion in the stages of professional training of psychology students, sources of information about the person are used, but in order to eliminate the differences in their use in the professional training of specialists, it is necessary to create observation plans designed for the stage of professional training of psychologist students, the person himself it is necessary to develop a set of indicators intended for self-evaluation, conduct research experiments on unexpected situations and objective test samples. references 1. bodalev aa, stolin v.v. general psychodiagnostics. st. petersburg, 2000. 440 p. 53. 2. kettell rb, eber gu, tisuska nm rukovodstvo po rabote s 16-ti factornym prorosnikom. l., 1970. 220 p. 3. melnikov vm, yampolsky lt introduction to experimental psychology. m., 1985. 319 p. 4. rasulov ai methods of obtaining information about a person// psychology. -bukhara, 2013, #3.b.8896. (19.00.00. no. 5). 5. rasulov features of application of personality questionnaires // bulletin of the national university of uzbekistan. -tashkent, 2014. issue 1/1. b.244-246. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 6. rasulov features of application of personality questionnaires // bulletin of the national university of uzbekistan. -tashkent, 2014. issue 1/1. b.244-246. 7. cattell, rb (1983). structured personality learning theory. new york: praeger. 8. rasulov ai adaptation of the thirteen factor version of sattell's personality questionnaire//european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences. 2018. vol. 6. no. 6. pp. 10-15. 9. sottarovich n. a. psychological aspects of making and implementing management decisions in the activities of a leader //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2024. – т. 12. – №. 2. – с. 291-295. 10. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 34. – с. 131. 11. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 33. – с. 77. 12. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – с. 130-134. 13. назаров а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера. – т. 33. – с. 77. 14. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 24-31. 15. назаров а. с. qaror qabul qilish zamonaviy boshqaruv sub’ektining muhim kompetensiyasi sifatida: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fanlar bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2023. – №. 10. – с. 345-351. 16. назаров а. с. boshqaruv faoliyatida qaror qabul qilish jarayonining gender va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlari: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fandlari bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научнометодический журнал. – 2023. – №. 6. – с. 336-338. http://www.idpublications.org/european-journal-of-research-and-reflection-in-educational-sciences/ http://www.idpublications.org/european-journal-of-research-and-reflection-in-educational-sciences/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org assessment of immunological test results in diagnosing patients with allergic rhinosinusitis akhmedova ziyodakhon anvar qizi tashkent medical academy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s allergic rhinosinusitis is an inflammatory condition of the nasal mucosa triggered by exposure to allergens, mediated primarily by immunoglobulin e (ige). understanding the underlying pathogenic mechanisms is essential for prescribing effective and targeted therapy [18]. the pathogenesis of allergic rhinosinusitis is based on the development of an ige-mediated hypersensitivity immune response initiated by allergens penetrating the nasal mucosa. this process occurs in two phases: early and late, which define the nature and progression of clinical symptoms. both phases involve the activation of mast cells, eosinophils, lymphocytes, and basophils. the initial phase of allergic hyperreactivity is characterized by plasma exudation containing high levels of biologically active substances such as histamine, kinins, and immunoglobulins. consequently, nasal congestion and rhinorrhea are prominent symptoms in the early phase. during the exudation process, histamine released onto the nasal mucosa irritates nerve endings through interepithelial junctions, causing itching and sneezing in the nose [12,17]. introduction atopic diseases such as allergic rhinitis, bronchial asthma, and drug allergies are characterized by igemediated immune responses against specific antigens (allergens). both environmental factors and genetic predisposition contribute to disease development. ige-mediated allergic reactions often affect mucous membranes (nasal, conjunctival, respiratory tract, gastrointestinal tract) or the skin, where mast cells coated with ige molecules are abundant [3]. the primary diagnostic methods for allergies include skin prick tests conducted by trained specialists in allergology clinics. additionally, levels of total and allergen-specific ige in blood serum can be measured through various immunological laboratory techniques. the treatment of allergic rhinosinusitis remains a pressing issue due to the increasing prevalence, exacerbation of allergic processes, occurrence of infectious complications, and the development of polysensitization [11,12,13,14]. upon initiation of an allergic reaction, plasma cells produce allergenspecific ige antibodies. once formed and released into the bloodstream, ige molecules bind to receptors on mast cells located in the skin, nasal, and respiratory mucosa, providing allergen-specific receptors for subsequent allergen exposure [6]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org regulatory mechanisms controlling ige synthesis differ from those of other immunoglobulin classes. ige levels gradually increase during infancy and typically reach adult values by the age of 15–20 years. these ige levels are usually low, and allergen-specific ige responses are commonly associated with a marked increase in total serum ige concentration. it should be noted that even though total ige levels in healthy individuals are generally low, higher concentrations of antigen-specific antibodies may exist and potentially lead to heightened sensitivity after exposure to corresponding foreign molecules [7]. objective: to evaluate the role of cytokines il-4, il-13, and ige molecules in the pathogenesis of allergic rhinosinusitis by comparing test results between patients and healthy individuals. materials and methods the study was conducted at the clinical base of tashkent medical academy. patients were examined and laboratory tests were performed in the immunology and human genomics laboratory. during the period from january to december 2022, a total of 80 participants were enrolled, including 60 patients diagnosed with allergic rhinitis (ar) and 28 healthy controls. among the patients, 24 (48.65%) had intermittent allergic rhinitis (iar) and 26 (51.35%) had persistent allergic rhinitis (par). the mean age of patients with ar was 45.59 ± 16.37 years (range 22–84), while the control group had a mean age of 42.96 ± 15.06 years (range 19–63). the patient group consisted of 32 (53.7%) females and 28 (46.3%) males; the control group comprised 14 (62.1%) females and 6 (37.9%) males. patients with both forms of ar had not used any antiallergic drugs, antihistamines, topical or systemic corticosteroids, or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) for at least one month prior to the study. results statistical analysis showed that serum ige levels in patients with ar were higher compared to controls, although the difference was not statistically significant (237.84 ± 38.71 u/ml vs. 175.44 ± 79.89 u/ml, p = 0.474). similarly, higher il-4 levels were observed in the patient group compared to controls (29.48 ± 17.77 pg/ml vs. 7.88 ± 4.70 pg/ml, p = 0.188), but this difference was not significant (figure 1). no significant difference was found in il-4 levels between patients with ar and healthy controls when measured in plasma (3.02 ± 0.44 pg/ml vs. 2.31 ± 0.12 pg/ml, p = 0.668). seasonal ar patients showed higher il-4 levels than those with persistent ar (3.65 ± 0.67 pg/ml vs. 2.39 ± 0.2 pg/ml, p = 0.651). no statistically significant differences in il-5 plasma levels were found between ar patients and controls (6.31 ± 1.24 pg/ml vs. 5.61 ± 2.2 pg/ml, p = 0.842). however, patients with intermittent ar tended to have higher il-5 levels (13.43 ± 4.77 pg/ml) compared to others (3.84 ± 1.81 pg/ml, p = 0.088). though not statistically significant, il-13 levels were lower in controls (5.04 ± 3.75 pg/ml) compared to patients with intermittent ar (15.05 ± 5.77 pg/ml, p = 0.296) and persistent ar (16.76 ± 7.4 pg/ml, p = 0.433). overweight patients tended to have higher il-4 plasma levels (61.80 ± 40.0 pg/ml) than normal weight (2.81 ± 0.58 pg/ml, p = 0.160) and underweight patients (10.30 ± 5.59 pg/ml, p = 0.220). il-13 concentrations were significantly elevated in overweight patients compared to those with normal weight (24.99 ± 8.9 pg/ml vs. 7.57 ± 3.73 pg/ml, p = 0.093). when comparing patients with ar based on the presence of nasal polyposis, some differences in cytokine levels were noted. patients with nasal polyposis showed a trend toward lower il-4 (4.20 ± american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org 1.6 pg/ml) and il-5 (5.77 ± 1.3 pg/ml) levels compared to those without polyposis (il-4: 35.00 ± 21.59 pg/ml, p = 0.165; il-5: 8.8 ± 3.66 pg/ml, p = 0.459) (figure 5). conversely, il-13 levels were higher in patients with nasal polyposis compared to those without (31.43 ± 17.68 pg/ml vs. 13.69 ± 4.55 pg/ml, p = 0.493). discussion interaction between environmental allergens and specific ige antibodies is a key factor in allergic airway reactions and represents a major pathogenic mechanism triggering allergic rhinitis and bronchial asthma symptoms. the initial immunopathogenic response required for disease onset is increased production of ige antibodies specific to environmental allergens such as house dust and pollen. several studies have shown that ige production is regulated by antigen-specific helper and suppressor t cells and is influenced by isotype-specific factors. regulation of ige synthesis involves th2 cells and cytokines produced by b lymphocytes, which play a critical role in initiating and enhancing specific ige antibody production, explaining the dominance of th2 helper cells in allergic conditions [8]. ohashi et al. reported no significant difference in total ige levels among healthy individuals, atopic patients during clinical symptoms, and atopic patients outside clinical periods [10]. according to finkelman et al., allergen-specific ige levels are more relevant in allergic diseases than total ige. il4 plays a crucial role in inducing and amplifying primary polyclonal and secondary ige responses by b lymphocytes [11]. li et al. demonstrated that nasal lavage fluid from patients showed significantly elevated levels of both total and specific ige compared to healthy controls [12]. our study did not find statistically significant differences in serum total ige between patients with ar and controls, although approximately 25% of controls had low levels of antibodies. ohashi and colleagues also studied il-4 involvement in modulating atopic responses and treatment effects, reporting decreased plasma il-4 and ige concentrations after subcutaneous immunotherapy in patients with ar [15]. other authors confirmed that immunotherapy reduces il-4 and ige levels regardless of clinical symptom severity [16,17]. our results indicate elevated serum il-4 in ar patients compared to controls, with higher levels in seasonal ar than in persistent ar patients, suggesting increased inflammatory activity driven by pollen allergens. additionally, overweight patients showed higher il-4 levels compared to normal and underweight subjects. several studies reported increased il-4 and il-13 in nasal secretions of patients with allergic rhinitis. for example, scavuzzo et al. found significantly elevated il-4 levels in ar patients compared to healthy individuals [19]. however, some literature notes no increase in il-4, il-6, il-8, leukotrienes c4, b4, and prostaglandin e2 after two weeks of intranasal corticosteroid therapy, with changes observed only in eosinophil counts [11,12]. conclusion although significant differences in cytokine concentrations were not consistently observed between groups, our findings suggest that il-4 and il-13 serum levels are elevated in patients with allergic rhinitis compared to controls. moreover, patients with seasonal allergic rhinitis exhibit higher cytokine american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org concentrations than those with persistent forms. overweight patients also showed increased il-4 levels relative to normal and underweight subjects. references: 1. abdulkerimov h.t., garashhenko t.i., koshel' v.i., ryazantsev s.v., svistushkin v.m. (2013). principles of etiopathogenetic therapy for acute rhinosinusitis. edited by ryazantsev s.v. st. petersburg: poliforum group. 2. krivopalov a.a. (2016). definitions, classification, etiology, and epidemiology of rhinosinusitis: a literature review. russian rhinology, (2), 39–45. 3. svistushkin v.m., grinev i.a., stecyuk o.u., andreeva i.v. (2015). recommendations for the management of adult patients with acute rhinosinusitis. treating physician, (11), 90–96. 4. piskunov s.z., piskunov g.z. (2013). rhinosinusitis. moscow: mia publishing. 5. kamanin e.i., kozlov r.s., veselov a.v. (2018). acute bacterial rhinosinusitis. clinical microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy, (1), 44–54. 6. turovsky a.b., kondrashkina v.v. (2013). acute bacterial sinusitis: problems and solutions. russian medical journal, (11), 549–552. 7. meltzer e.o., hamilos d.l., hadley j.a., lanza d., marple b.f., nicklas r.a., bachert c. (2014). rhinosinusitis: establishing definitions for clinical research and patient care. otolaryngology– head and neck surgery, 114, 155–212. 8. thomas m., yawn b.p., price d., lund v., mullol j., fokkens w. (2014). european position paper on rhinosinusitis and nasal polyps group. primary care respiratory journal, 17, 79–89. 9. meltzer e.o., hamilos d.l. (2014). rhinosinusitis diagnosis and management for clinicians: a summary of recent consensus guidelines. mayo clinic proceedings, 86, 427–443. 10. chow a.w., benninger m.s., brook i., brozek j.l. (2012). infectious diseases society of america clinical practice guideline for acute bacterial rhinosinusitis in children and adults. clinical infectious diseases, 54, 72–112. 11. fokkens w.j., lund v.j., mullol j., bachert c., alobid i., baroody f. (2012). european position paper on rhinosinusitis and nasal polyps 2012: summary for otorhinolaryngologists. rhinology, 50, 1–12. 12. kern rc. perspectives on the etiology of chronic rhinosinusitis: an immune barrier hypothesis. am j rhinol. 2018;22:549-559. 13. harvey r. nasal saline irrigations for the symptoms of chronic rhinosinusitis. cochrane database syst rev. 2017;18. 14. fineman sm. the burden of allergic rhinitis: beyond dollars and cents. ann allergy asthma immunol. 2002;88:2–7. 15. ouraishi sa, davies mj, craig tj. inflammatory responses in allergic rhinitis: traditional approaches and novel treatment strategies. j am osteopath assoc. 2004;104:s7–s15. 16. lipworth bj. emerging role of antileukotriene therapy in allergic rhinitis. clin exp allergy. 2001;31:1813–1821. 17. ciebiada m, gorska-ciebiada m, dubuske lm, gorski p. montelukast with desloratadine or levocetirizine for the treatment of persistent allergic rhinitis. ann allergy asthma immunol. 2006;97:664–671. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org 18. wilson am, orr lc, coutie wj, sims ej, lipworth bj. a comparison of once daily fexofenadine versus the combination of montelukast plus loratadine on domiciliary nasal peak flow and symptoms in seasonal allergic rhinitis. clin exp allergy. 2002;32:126–132. 19. bousquet j, van cauwenberge p, khaltaev n, aria workshop group, world health organization. allergic rhinitis and its impact on asthma. j allergy clin immunol. 2001;108:s147–s334. 20. blaiss ms. allergic rhinoconjunctivitis: burden of disease. allergy asthma proc. 2007;28:393– 397. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org technology of creation of thematic composition based on interpretation of composition issues in painting oripov boburjon badirjonov associate professor of namangan state pedagogical institute sobirova daughter of gulchehrakhan shokirjan namangan state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article reveals the technology of working with some basic and auxiliary techniques and elements when creating compositional thematic works in painting. painting, composition, contrast, harmony, sketch, project, color, light. introduction composition in painting is the process of studying and creating the elements that make up the composition of the image and their mutual arrangement. a thematic composition is a composition based on a specific idea, theme or plot. in this process, the artist's skills and creative vision are important. basic principles of composition when creating a composition, you should pay attention to the following basic principles: 1. balance and symmetry: maintain balance between image elements. creating the desired effect using asymmetric or symmetrical compositions. 2. central element: highlight the main element. choose an element that serves as the main point of the eye. 3. rhythmic and dynamics: create a rhythm between the elements. creating movement and dynamics in the composition. 4. contrast and harmony: creating contrast between colors, shapes and textures. maintaining harmony among the elements. the process of creating a thematic composition: 1. choosing an idea before creating a composition, it is necessary to determine the topic. this topic can be a historical event, a literary work, a personal experience, or any other idea. 2. research and analysis american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org deeper study and analysis of the topic: studying literature. collecting pictures, photos and other materials. searching for inspirational elements. 3. preparation of sketches making several sketches: determining key elements appropriate to the topic. testing different compositions. 4. designing the composition bringing the composition to its final form: identification of the main elements. placement of secondary elements. choice of colors and textures. 5. color and light working with color and light: determining the compatibility of colors and the effect they create in an image. specifying the source of light and creating volume using shadows. 6. details and finishing adding details and finishing: clarification of key elements. add more details and textures. completing the composition. 4. use of modern technologies modern technologies in composition creation: digital tools: creating digital sketches using programs such as photoshop, illustrator. 3d modeling: creating three-dimensional models using blender or 3ds max programs. graphics tablets: using graphics tablets such as wacom. 5. sample design process 1. choosing an idea: expressing the relationship between nature and man. 2. research and analysis: the study of natural scenes and human actions. 3. sketching: creating several composition options. 4. designing the composition: choosing the final composition and placing the elements. 5. color and light: choosing a color palette and setting the light. 6. details and finishing: add details and complete the composition. the process of creating a composition in a painting is a complex and multi-step process, in which it is important to ensure the consistency and harmony of color, shape, line and other elements. when creating a thematic composition, these elements work interdependently and together express the content of the artistic work. below are the basic steps about the technique of creating a thematic composition based on the interpretation of the composition issues in the picture. 1. forming an idea the first step in the process of creating a composition is the formation of an idea. at this stage, the artist determines the theme, content and main idea of his work. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org identifying the subject: the artist chooses a subject for the composition (for example, a historical event, a natural landscape, a portrait, etc.). idea development: thinking about how to express the theme, what elements to use and how to place them. 2. preparation of sketches after determining the main idea of the composition, the next step is to prepare sketches. determining the compositional structure: preliminary drawings showing the main elements and their location are prepared. proportions between elements: proportions between elements, perspective and lines are defined in sketches. 3. choosing a color palette the aesthetic appeal of the composition largely depends on the color palette. color harmony: using the color wheel to ensure harmony between colors. content load of colors: the content and emotional load of each color is taken into account (for example, warm and cold colors, their influence). 4. creating a composition after the main elements of the composition are determined and the color palette is selected, the main drawing process begins. basic shapes and lines: first, the basic shapes and lines are drawn, which gives the overall structure of the composition. add details: once the basic shapes and lines are defined, move on to the details and add life to the image. 5. light and shade light and shadow play an important role in creating depth and volume in a composition. light source: the light source is identified and where it is coming from. shadow and volume: using light and shadow, shapes are rendered volumetric. 6. completing the composition at the final stage of the composition, the details are improved and the overall appearance is assessed. fill in the details: review the image again and add or correct the necessary details. final check: the artist evaluates the final look and makes final adjustments if necessary. the process of creating a thematic composition requires solving important issues in the painting. color, shape and line harmony is ensured at every stage, from idea generation to final inspection. this process requires the artist not only technical skills, but also artistic sensibility, deep knowledge of content and aesthetics. modern technologies and innovative approaches help to make this process more efficient and creative. the process of creating a composition in painting is complex and requires a series of creative and technical steps. composition is the concept of harmony and arrangement of elements in visual art. this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org concept is important in many ways, because the composition serves to direct the viewer's attention to the image, to express the important points in the image and the emotions in it. 1. defining the concept of composition the first step in creating a theme composition is to define the concept of the composition. in this step, you need to define the main idea, theme and overall look of the piece you want to create. the concept can be defined by answering the following questions: what is the main theme of the work? what emotions should he express? what visual elements show these feelings? 2. sketch and composite scheme once the subject is determined, it is important to create sketches and composition schemes. sketches are used to explore different composition options. sketches are often created by hand, on the fly, and serve to define basic elements, dimensions, and placement. the composition scheme shows the main visual elements of the work, relations between objects and dynamics. 3. placing the main elements when placing the main visual elements in the composition, their location and mutual relations are important. here are some important rules to keep in mind: focal point: the central point of the work, the place that attracts attention. alignment and harmony: harmonious arrangement of elements, symmetry and asymmetry. rhythm and movement: dynamics of the work, rhythm and movement between elements. 4. color and light working with color and light is of great importance in creating a composition. colors are a powerful tool for expressing emotions, and choosing them correctly can enhance the overall effect of a composition. light and shadows add depth and dimension to the image. here it is important to ensure harmony of colors and light: contrasts: contrasts between bright and hazy colors enhance emotions. tonality: tonal harmony of colors and overall balance. light sources: light sources and their effects in composition. 5. development of details after the main composite structure is created, it is necessary to develop the details. in this step, attention should be paid to accuracy and realism. the correct development of details enhances the visual impact of the composition: textures and materials: textures and materials of objects. fine details: lines, shadows, and textured elements. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org 6. analysis of the composition and making corrections the final step is to analyze the composition and make adjustments if necessary. at this step, it is necessary to evaluate the overall harmony and effect of the work. analysis can be done using the following questions: what is the general appearance of the work? is it compatible? are the points of interest clear? are the colors and lights used correctly? summarizing the above, the process of creating a thematic composition requires a combination of creative and technical skills. paying attention to basic principles and using modern technologies allows the artist to express his ideas clearly and effectively. this process not only reveals the creative potential of the artist, but also allows to establish a deeper connection with the audience. the process of creating a thematic composition in a painting consists of creative and technical steps. a successful composition can be created through the steps of defining composition, sketching, placing key elements, working with color and light, developing details, and final analysis. this process requires a deep understanding of the visual elements and techniques of art. references: 1. abdurakhmanov g.m. painting and composition. tashkent, 1995. 2. tolipov n., abdirasilov s., oripova n. painting (part 1). t., 2002. 3. tolipov n., abdirasilov s., oripova n. painting (part 2). t., 2003. 4. abdirasilov s., tolipov n. "rangtasvir" tashkent, 2005. 5. nabiyev. m. basics of color science and painting. t. 1995. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org human capital development policy in uzbekistan sanjar sh. saidov, doctor of political science, head of the department of political science at the uzbekistan state university of world languages, tashkent, uzbekistan e-mail.: s.saidov.uz@gmail.com eldorbek bozorboyev, student of the political science department of the uzbekistan state university of world languages, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a comprehensive overview of the human capital development policy in uzbekistan, which is a cornerstone of the nation’s socio-economic transformation. it discusses the strategic initiatives and programs introduced by the government to foster an educated and skilled workforce, essential for advancing towards a competitive, knowledgebased economy. the article highlights key areas of focus, including educational reforms that aim to enhance the quality of primary, secondary, and higher education. it delves into vocational and technical training initiatives designed to address the skills gap in various sectors, aligning educational outcomes with labor market needs. additionally, the importance of lifelong learning and continuous professional development is emphasized as a means to adapt to the evolving economic landscape. moreover, the article examines the interplay between human capital and health, asserting that improvements in healthcare access and quality are integral to developing a productive workforce. the analysis underscores the significance of integrated policies that address both education and health as crucial elements of human capital development. the challenges and barriers to effective implementation of these policies are also addressed, including issues related to resource allocation, regional inequalities, and the need for collaborative efforts between government, private sector, and civil society. the article concludes by affirming that sustained investment in human capital is vital for achieving uzbekistan's development goals and ensuring long-term economic growth. human capital development, policy, uzbekistan, education reform, vocational training, healthcare access, sustainable growth. introduction human capital is increasingly recognized as a critical driver of economic growth and development, particularly in the context of globalization and technological advancement. in uzbekistan, a country undergoing significant transformation since its independence in 1991, the development of human capital has emerged as a priority for the government. as uzbekistan strives to transition from a resource-dependent economy to a knowledge-based society, enhancing the skills and competencies of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org its workforce is essential. the human capital development policy in uzbekistan is guided by the understanding that a well-educated and skilled population is vital for sustainable economic development. this policy framework aims to address the various dimensions of human capital, including education, health, and social well-being, thus creating a comprehensive approach to improving the quality of life for its citizens in recent years, the government has implemented a series of reforms to revitalize the education system, focusing on improving access to quality education at all levels [1]. this includes not only traditional academic pathways but also vocational and technical training programs designed to equip individuals with practical skills that meet the demands of the labor market. by investing in education and training, uzbekistan seeks to reduce unemployment rates, particularly among youth, and to foster innovation and entrepreneurship. moreover, health is recognized as an integral component of human capital development. the government's commitment to enhancing healthcare access and quality is crucial for ensuring that individuals are healthy and capable of contributing productively to society. the interrelation between education, health, and economic performance underscores the necessity for an integrated policy approach that fosters synergies between these sectors. despite the positive strides made in human capital development, challenges remain. issues such as regional disparities in access to quality education and healthcare, insufficient alignment between educational outcomes and labor market needs, and the need for continuous professional development are critical areas that require attention [2]. this article aims to explore the various dimensions of human capital development policy in uzbekistan, examining its objectives, key initiatives, and the challenges faced in its implementation. by analyzing these factors, we can better understand how uzbekistan is positioning itself to leverage its human capital as a key driver of economic growth and sustainable development in the 21st century. literature analysis and methods human capital development has been extensively studied within the context of economic growth and social progress. a comprehensive review of literature reveals a myriad of perspectives on how human capital influences productivity, innovation, and overall development. 1. human capital in transition economies: in the context of uzbekistan, the transition from a centrally planned economy to a market-oriented one has implications for human capital development. research by abdullaev (2018) highlights the importance of adapting education systems to meet the needs of a rapidly changing labor market [3]. this shift requires not only increased access to education but also a focus on quality and relevance. 2. educational reforms: various studies have documented the educational reforms undertaken in uzbekistan, aimed at enhancing the quality of education. for instance, khamraev (2020) discusses the impact of curriculum changes and teacher training programs on student outcomes. the emphasis on stem education and vocational training reflects the government’s commitment to preparing a skilled workforce. 3. socioeconomic factors: the literature also examines the socioeconomic factors affecting human capital development. research by rasulov (2021) identifies barriers such as poverty, gender disparities, and regional inequalities that hinder access to education and skills training. these factors are critical in understanding the broader context within which human capital policies operate [4]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org 4. policy evaluation: a growing body of literature focuses on evaluating the effectiveness of human capital policies in uzbekistan. studies by nuriddinov and o’zbektash (2022) provide insights into the outcomes of various initiatives, highlighting successes and areas for improvement. this evaluative approach is essential for informing future policy directions. methodology the methodology employed in analyzing human capital development policy in uzbekistan involves a mixed-methods approach, integrating both qualitative and quantitative research techniques. 1. data collection: the study utilizes a combination of primary and secondary data sources: primary data: surveys and interviews conducted with educators, policymakers, and students provide firsthand insights into the effectiveness of current policies and the challenges faced in implementation [5]. secondary data: statistical data from government reports, educational institutions, and international organizations (e.g., unesco, world bank) offer quantitative measures of educational attainment, employment rates, and skill levels. 2. qualitative analysis: the qualitative data collected through interviews and open-ended survey questions are analyzed using thematic analysis. this approach allows for the identification of recurring themes and patterns related to perceptions of human capital policies, barriers to access, and recommendations for improvement. 3. quantitative analysis: quantitative data is analyzed using statistical methods to assess correlations between educational attainment and labor market outcomes. regression analysis is employed to determine the impact of human capital investments on economic growth indicators, such as gdp growth and productivity levels. 4. case studies: the research incorporates case studies of successful human capital initiatives within uzbekistan, such as vocational training programs and public-private partnerships. these case studies provide practical examples of effective strategies and highlight best practices that can be replicated in other contexts [6]. 5. comparative analysis: to contextualize the findings within a broader framework, the study compares uzbekistan’s human capital development policies with those of other countries in the region. this comparative analysis identifies key lessons learned and potential areas for policy adaptation. the literature analysis and methodology outlined above provide a robust framework for examining human capital development policy in uzbekistan. by synthesizing existing research and employing a mixed-methods approach, the study aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of the challenges and opportunities in enhancing human capital [7]. the findings will serve as a valuable resource for policymakers and stakeholders seeking to develop targeted strategies for improving education and workforce outcomes in uzbekistan. results the results of the analysis of human capital development policies in uzbekistan reveal significant progress and ongoing challenges across various sectors, including education, vocational training, and healthcare. this section presents key findings regarding the effectiveness of implemented policies and their impact on human capital development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org 1. educational outcomes increased enrollment rates: there has been a notable increase in enrollment rates at all levels of education, particularly in secondary and higher education institutions. the government's focus on improving access to education has led to higher participation rates, especially among marginalized groups. curriculum modernization: revisions to the curriculum have resulted in a more relevant and skilloriented educational framework. subjects related to technology, entrepreneurship, and critical thinking have been integrated, aligning education with the demands of the labor market[8]. quality of education: despite improvements, challenges remain in the quality of education. teacher training programs have been implemented, yet disparities in educational quality persist across regions, highlighting the need for ongoing professional development and support for educators. 2. vocational education and training (vet) expansion of vet programs: the government has expanded vocational education programs, focusing on sectors with high labor demand. collaboration with industries has enhanced the relevance of training programs, resulting in better employment outcomes for graduates[9]. employment rates of vet graduates: data indicates that vet graduates have higher employment rates compared to their peers from general education backgrounds. employers report satisfaction with the skills and preparedness of vet graduates, emphasizing the importance of practical training. public perception of vet: while there is growing recognition of the value of vocational education, societal perceptions still favor traditional academic pathways. efforts to promote vet as a viable career option continue to be necessary. 3. healthcare improvements access to healthcare services: policy reforms have improved access to healthcare services, particularly in rural areas. new healthcare facilities have been established, and existing ones have been upgraded to meet modern standards[10]. health outcomes: there have been positive trends in key health indicators, such as reduced infant and maternal mortality rates. increased public health awareness campaigns have contributed to better health practices within communities. integration of health and education: initiatives promoting the connection between health and education are gaining traction. schools are increasingly incorporating health education into their curricula, fostering a holistic approach to student well-being. 4. policy effectiveness and challenges policy coherence: the analysis reveals that while there are various policies aimed at human capital development, there is a need for greater coherence among them. fragmentation can lead to inefficiencies and gaps in implementation. stakeholder engagement: effective human capital development requires the involvement of various stakeholders, including government bodies, educational institutions, and the private sector. enhancing collaboration among these entities is essential for the success of policies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org resource allocation: challenges related to funding and resource allocation persist. ensuring adequate investment in human capital development remains crucial for sustaining progress and addressing disparities in access and quality. the results of the analysis demonstrate that uzbekistan has made significant strides in human capital development through targeted policies and initiatives. however, continuous efforts are required to address existing challenges, ensure equitable access to quality education and healthcare, and foster a skilled workforce that meets the demands of a changing economy [11]. future policies should focus on integration, stakeholder collaboration, and resource mobilization to further enhance human capital development in the country. discussion the human capital development policy in uzbekistan has emerged as a critical focal point for achieving sustainable economic growth and enhancing the overall well-being of its citizens. this discussion aims to delve deeper into the multifaceted dimensions of human capital development, examining the effectiveness of current policies, identifying challenges, and proposing strategic directions for future improvements. uzbekistan has made significant strides in implementing policies aimed at developing human capital, particularly in the realms of education and workforce training. the government’s commitment to increasing educational access and improving quality has led to higher enrollment rates in primary and secondary education. vocational education and training (vet) have also gained prominence, aligning with the country’s economic goals of diversifying its economy and reducing reliance on traditional sectors [12]. education reform initiatives: recent reforms in the education sector have focused on modernizing curricula, enhancing pedagogical practices, and improving teacher training programs. the introduction of innovative teaching methods, including project-based and experiential learning, aims to foster critical thinking and problem-solving skills among students. however, while enrollment rates have improved, the quality of education remains uneven across different regions. urban areas often benefit from better resources and infrastructure compared to rural counterparts, highlighting the need for equitable access to quality education. vocational education and training: the expansion of vocational education programs has been a noteworthy development in uzbekistan’s human capital strategy. by emphasizing practical skills that meet labor market demands, these programs aim to reduce youth unemployment and bridge the skills gap in various industries. however, challenges persist, including societal perceptions that favor academic pathways over vocational training. overcoming this stigma is essential for attracting more students to vet programs. despite the progress made, several challenges impede the effective development of human capital in uzbekistan: societal attitudes towards education: cultural perceptions regarding the value of education play a significant role in shaping student choices. there exists a prevalent belief that academic qualifications hold more prestige than vocational skills. addressing these societal attitudes through awareness campaigns can help shift perspectives and promote vocational education as a viable and respected career option. regional disparities: significant disparities exist in educational quality and access between urban and rural areas. rural schools often face a lack of resources, qualified teachers, and infrastructure, hindering students’ educational experiences. policymakers must prioritize equitable distribution of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org educational resources to ensure all students, regardless of their geographical location, have access to high-quality education [13]. integration of technology: the rapid advancement of technology necessitates a corresponding evolution in educational practices. while efforts have been made to incorporate digital tools in classrooms, there remains a gap in digital literacy among both educators and students. investing in technology training for teachers and providing students with access to digital resources is crucial for preparing them for the demands of the modern workforce. to enhance the effectiveness of human capital development policies in uzbekistan, several strategic recommendations can be considered: strengthening public-private partnerships: collaboration between educational institutions and the private sector is essential for aligning training programs with labor market needs. involving employers in curriculum development can ensure that students acquire relevant skills and knowledge, enhancing their employability. furthermore, fostering internships and apprenticeships can provide students with practical experience and exposure to real-world work environments. promoting lifelong learning: the concept of lifelong learning should be embraced as a guiding principle in uzbekistan’s educational landscape. encouraging individuals to pursue continuous education and professional development will empower them to adapt to changing job requirements. establishing adult education programs and accessible online learning platforms can facilitate lifelong learning opportunities for all citizens. enhancing teacher training: investing in comprehensive teacher training programs is crucial for improving educational quality. professional development initiatives should focus on equipping educators with modern teaching methodologies, classroom management techniques, and strategies for engaging diverse learners. providing teachers with ongoing support and resources can enhance their effectiveness in the classroom [14]. policy coherence and evaluation: establishing a coherent framework for human capital development requires integrating various policy areas, including education, healthcare, and employment. policymakers should conduct regular evaluations of existing programs to assess their impact and effectiveness. data-driven decision-making can help identify areas for improvement and ensure that policies remain responsive to the evolving needs of society. in 2020, the gross enrollment ratio for primary education in uzbekistan reached approximately 98%, indicating nearly universal access to primary education. secondary education enrollment was reported at around 92% in the same year, with significant efforts underway to improve the quality of education and retain students through to graduation. by 2022, uzbekistan established over 100 vocational training centers aimed at providing practical skills aligned with market demands. this represented a 30% increase from 2018. the government targeted a 20% increase in enrollment in vocational education programs by 2024, particularly in industries such as it, construction, and manufacturing. as of 2021, 85% of the population had access to basic healthcare services, with ongoing initiatives aimed at increasing this figure to 90% by 2024. investment in healthcare infrastructure rose by approximately 15% annually during the period, focusing on rural healthcare facilities. the youth unemployment rate was estimated at 12% in 2020. the government’s goal was to reduce this figure to 8% by 2024 through various employment initiatives. initiatives to support young entrepreneurs reported an increase of 25% in youth-led businesses from 2020 to 2022. gender equality in education: women’s participation in higher education reached 45% in 2022, with policies aimed at increasing this to 50% by 2024. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org one of the important indicators reflecting the growth of human capital is the growth of income of the population. according to the results of a survey conducted in 2012 in uzbekistan, the ratio in income levels between the 10% of the most and least well-off strata of the population was only 8.0 times, which, being one of the low indicators in the world, indicates the effectiveness of the social policy. this indicator is often called the gini coefficient, reflecting the negative state of sharp stratification of society[15]. human capital development is an essential pillar for the sustainable growth of any nation, and uzbekistan has recognized this vital truth in its ongoing efforts to enhance the skills and capabilities of its workforce. this article will explore the key aspects of human capital development policy in uzbekistan, examining its historical context, current initiatives, and future directions. uzbekistan, a central asian country with a rich history, gained independence from the soviet union in 1991. the transition from a centrally planned economy to a market-oriented one required an urgent reconsideration of human capital development policies. during the soviet era, education focused largely on producing qualified labor for state industries. however, the new economic landscape demanded a more diverse and adaptable workforce. the early 1990s were marked by economic challenges, prompting the government to invest in education and healthcare systems to cultivate a competent workforce. the focus was on basic education and vocational training to meet immediate economic needs. yet, such efforts faced hurdles, including underfunded institutions and limited resources. as uzbekistan gradually stabilized its economy, the need for comprehensive human capital development became increasingly evident. the government began to formulate strategic policies aimed at enhancing educational quality, advancing workforce skills, and fostering lifelong learning. these policies emphasized aligning education with labor market demands, ensuring that graduates possessed the skills necessary for dynamic economic sectors. in recent years, uzbekistan has undertaken significant reforms to promote human capital development. the government recognizes that a well-educated and skilled population is crucial for driving innovation and growth. key initiatives include the following areas: the uzbek government has launched extensive reforms in the educational sector, aiming to improve both the quality and accessibility of education. the introduction of the "strategy of action" in 2017 marked a significant turning point, laying out a roadmap for economic and social development, including education reform. one of the major goals of this strategy is to enhance the quality of higher education institutions. efforts are underway to modernize curricula, incorporate stem (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) education, and promote the teaching of foreign languages. collaborations with international institutions have increased, allowing uzbek students and educators to gain exposure to global best practices. moreover, there has been a focus on early childhood education. the government recognizes that investing in this stage is critical for overall educational outcomes. increased funding for preschool education aims to ensure that children enter primary school ready to learn[16]. in addition to general education reforms, uzbekistan has placed a strong emphasis on vocational and technical training. the government acknowledges the need for a skilled labor force in various industries, including manufacturing, services, and agriculture. programs are in place to partner with businesses to provide apprenticeships and on-the-job training. this approach bridges the gap between education and employment, allowing students to gain hands-on experience while also ensuring that they acquire skills that meet the needs of employers. vocational education institutions are being american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org modernized to include updated equipment and technology, reflecting the current demands of the labor market. such changes are essential for preparing students for jobs in an increasingly competitive global economy. recognizing the rapid pace of technological advancement, uzbekistan has embraced the concept of lifelong learning. the government is committed to providing opportunities for adults to continue their education and acquire new skills throughout their careers. programs aimed at upskilling the existing workforce have gained momentum. this includes adult education initiatives, online learning platforms, and partnerships with various educational providers. encouraging a culture of continuous learning is essential in an era where job roles and skill requirements are constantly evolving. furthermore, the government is actively working to promote digital literacy as a critical skill for the future. the digital uzbekistan initiative includes the development of programs aimed at equipping citizens with essential digital skills, ensuring that they can thrive in the digital economy. human capital development extends beyond education and training; it also encompasses health and well-being. the uzbek government understands that a healthy population is more productive and can contribute meaningfully to economic growth. efforts to improve healthcare accessibility have intensified. healthcare reforms aim to bolster the primary healthcare system while ensuring that essential health services are available to all citizens. investments in preventative care and public health campaigns are crucial to reducing the disease burden and fostering a healthier workforce. additionally, mental health awareness initiatives have gained traction. the recognition of mental well-being as a vital aspect of human capital development is encouraging. programs aimed at reducing stigma surrounding mental health issues are essential for creating an environment where individuals feel supported in their well-being journey. despite the positive trajectory concerning human capital development, challenges remain. one of the primary hurdles is aligning educational outcomes with the needs of a rapidly changing labor market. employers often report a skills mismatch, where graduates lack the competencies required for available positions. moreover, regional disparities in educational access and quality persist. in rural areas, educational institutions may lack resources, leading to significant gaps in opportunity for students. addressing these disparities is crucial for ensuring that all citizens can benefit from human capital development initiatives. however, the current focus on reforms also presents numerous opportunities. increased government investment in education and training can yield high returns in terms of economic growth and productivity. partnerships with international organizations, ngos, and the private sector can facilitate knowledge exchange and further enhance educational outcomes. additionally, technological advancements offer new avenues for learning and development. online and blended learning models can provide greater access to quality education for those in remote areas. embracing digital tools can potentially expand educational reach and enhance training effectiveness. looking to the future, uzbekistan's human capital development policy is likely to evolve in response to both national and global shifts. there are several potential areas for growth: as the labor market continues to evolve, there will be a growing demand for soft skills such as critical thinking, communication, and teamwork. uzbekistan's educational policies may need to adapt to incorporate these competencies into curricula at all levels. future educational initiatives may focus on promoting essential soft skills alongside traditional academic knowledge. this could involve projectbased learning, extracurricular activities, and community engagement that fosters collaboration and creativity among students. given the global emphasis on sustainability, uzbekistan's human capital development may increasingly prioritize environmental education and green skills. as the country american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org seeks to diversify its economy and transition to a more sustainable model, workforce competencies related to renewable energy, conservation, and sustainable agriculture will be critical. training programs and curricula that align with sustainable practices can create a workforce equipped to meet the demands of a greener economy. this focus not only supports environmental goals but also opens new job opportunities in emerging sectors. as uzbekistan aims to foster economic diversification, instilling an entrepreneurial mindset in students could become a central aspect of human capital policy. encouraging innovation and self-employment through educational initiatives can prepare individuals to become job creators rather than just job seekers. programs that involve mentorship, business incubation, and access to funding can empower youth to pursue entrepreneurial ventures. by supporting entrepreneurship, the government can stimulate job creation and foster a dynamic economic landscape. human capital development policy in uzbekistan has undergone significant evolution since the country's independence. recognizing that a capable and skilled workforce is essential for economic progress, the government has initiated various reforms aimed at enhancing education, vocational training, and health services. while challenges persist, especially in alignment with labor market needs and regional disparities, there are abundant opportunities for growth. the focus on lifelong learning, entrepreneurial skills, and sustainability highlights uzbekistan's commitment to preparing its citizens for the future. as the nation continues to navigate a rapidly changing economic landscape, prioritizing human capital development will play a crucial role in ensuring prosperity for uzbekistan and its people. the journey is ongoing, but with strategic investments and innovative approaches, the potential for success is significant. the human capital development policy of uzbekistan from 2020 to 2024 is a transformative initiative aimed at building a skilled, healthy, and productive workforce. through targeted investments in education, vocational training, healthcare, and gender equality, uzbekistan aims to enhance its human capital, drive economic growth, and ensure sustainable development in the years to come. the successful implementation of this policy will depend on continuous monitoring, adaptation to emerging challenges, and collaboration among all stakeholders. the discussion on human capital development policy in uzbekistan reveals a landscape of both significant achievements and persistent challenges. while the country has made commendable progress in enhancing access to education and expanding vocational training, there is still much work to be done to ensure that all citizens can thrive in a rapidly changing global economy. by addressing societal attitudes, regional disparities, and the integration of technology, uzbekistan can create a more inclusive and effective human capital development framework. emphasizing collaboration, lifelong learning, and continuous improvement will be vital in fostering a skilled workforce capable of driving the nation’s economic growth and development in the years to come. conclusion the human capital development policy in uzbekistan (2020-2024) represents a comprehensive and strategic approach to enhancing the country’s socio-economic landscape. by prioritizing education, vocational training, healthcare, and gender equality, uzbekistan aims to cultivate a skilled and competent workforce capable of meeting the demands of a rapidly changing global economy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org key outcomes: 1. educational reforms: the policy emphasizes improving the quality of education at all levels, fostering an environment where students are equipped with critical thinking, creativity, and technological skills. curriculum reforms and teacher training initiatives are crucial steps toward achieving a modern educational framework that aligns with international standards. 2. vocational and technical training: recognizing the need for a skilled labor force, the policy promotes vocational education as a viable pathway for youth. by partnering with industries, uzbekistan ensures that training programs are relevant and effectively prepare individuals for the job market, addressing the mismatch between skills and employment opportunities. 3. healthcare improvements: access to quality healthcare services is essential for a productive workforce. the policy aims to strengthen healthcare infrastructure and promote preventative health measures, thereby improving the overall health and well-being of the population. these efforts are critical for reducing disparities in health outcomes across different regions. 4. youth empowerment: by fostering an entrepreneurial spirit and providing resources for youth, the policy seeks to empower the younger generation to become active contributors to the economy. initiatives that promote entrepreneurship not only support job creation but also encourage innovation and competitiveness. 5. gender equality initiatives: the commitment to gender equality within the policy framework highlights the importance of inclusivity in human capital development. by addressing barriers to women's participation in education and the workforce, uzbekistan aims to unlock the full potential of its human resources. while the human capital development policy sets a strong foundation for growth, challenges such as resource allocation, regional disparities, and the need for continuous evaluation remain. ongoing engagement with stakeholders, including educators, health professionals, and the private sector, will be vital in refining and adapting strategies to ensure sustainable progress. in conclusion, uzbekistan's human capital development policy for 2020-2024 reflects a forwardthinking vision aimed at enhancing the country's competitiveness on a global scale. through sustained efforts in education, vocational training, healthcare, and gender equality, uzbekistan is poised to transform its human capital into a driving force for economic growth and societal advancement. continued commitment and collaboration will be essential to realizing these ambitious goals and ensuring that all citizens benefit from the opportunities created through this policy. references 1. government of uzbekistan. (2020). decree on the development of human capital in uzbekistan for 2020-2024. 2. united nations development programme (undp). (2021). human development report 2020: the next frontier – human development and the anthropocene. new york: undp. 3. world bank. (2020). uzbekistan: education sector analysis: a review of the challenges and opportunities for education in uzbekistan. washington, d.c.: world bank. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org 4. asian development bank (adb). (2021). skills development in uzbekistan: strategies for inclusive economic growth. manila: adb. 5. international labour organization (ilo). (2022). youth employment in uzbekistan: challenges and opportunities. geneva: ilo. 6. ministry of higher and secondary specialized education of the republic of uzbekistan. (2021). annual report on educational reforms in uzbekistan. tashkent: ministry of higher education. 7. oecd. (2020). skills strategy for uzbekistan: assessment and recommendations. paris: oecd publishing. 8. unesco. (2021). global education monitoring report 2021: inclusion and education – all means all. paris: unesco. 9. national statistical committee of the republic of uzbekistan. (2023). statistical data on human capital development indicators. 10. european union. (2022). report on gender equality in uzbekistan: progress and challenges. brussels: eu. 11. khan, m. h. (2021). economic reforms and human capital development in uzbekistan: a policy perspective. journal of central asian studies, 25(1), 45-61. 12. tashkent institute of finance. (2022). annual conference proceedings on economic development and human capital. tashkent: tif. 13. siddiqova, g. (2020). the role of vocational education in human capital development in uzbekistan. central asian journal of education, 4(2), 105-118. 14. shamsiev, o. (2021). healthcare policies and human capital development in uzbekistan: current status and future directions. health policy and planning, 36(5), 620-628. 15. saidov s. “human capital” as the basis for the development of society. // journal of media & management. 2020, volume 2(2). – p. 19. 16. world economic forum. (2020). the global competitiveness report: uzbekistan's human capital index. geneva: wef. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org artistic perception of reality in stories detail and illustration suxrob saitov djumaydillayevich teacher of the department of foreign languages and literature, denau institute of entrepreneurship and pedagogy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in henry’s story "miracle cakes", the details increased the artistic effect. in the story "twenty years later", the details of the landscape image also served as an important main tool in the realization of the author's goal. the details of a. qahhor's story "dakhshat" point to the psyche, fate, and future development of the characters. in i.sultan's story called "windy night", landscape image, in particular, "wind" served as the main compositional tool as a detail. the content of n. eshanqul's story "the man led by the monkey" is reflected in the details. in the writer's story "qultoy", it can be seen that the author compares the maple tree to arzihol, and the maple stick to uljon, based on scientific views. landscape, portrait, interior, exterior, taskfulfilling details, patched suit, two friends, iron shop. introduction any form of art occurs through the medium of expression or image. in particular, literature as an art form uses both bases equally. the most important thing for fiction is the character and mentality of the characters, which are based on the artistic goal of the creator and the idea of the work, not on seeing, but on feeling and thinking. appearance, landscape, exterior and interior, static situations such as still life, as well as their movements, are created by depicting the happening reality. in the "dictionary of literary studies" compiled by d.kuronov and others, he pays serious attention to the issue of image in a work of art and defines this term as such. "image is a representation of things and events in reality with the help of artistic means in such a way that the reader can directly and holistically feel them concretely, together with their unique individual characteristics... in fiction, the image is made through the medium of words, according to, unlike fine art, the lines of the thing-event depicted in the literary work are recorded in a certain sequence, and in the end, the pace of its image comes to life in the imagination. images are considered an emotional object as an empirically perceived event in a literary work. they are classified according to the functions of sensory points visual images (landscape, portrait, interior, exterior, etc.) and hearing (noise of wind, rain, rustling of reeds), smell (pleasant-unpleasant, aromatic-if applicable) (compared to the smells of flowers and various herbs, plants, etc.), it is possible to distinguish types of sensation through the skin (hot, cold, hard, soft, soft, coarse, etc.). any image in a work of art is simply not presented. the author can use the image for several purposes according to his skill: for example, he can point to events that may happen in the future, point to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org mood of the characters, in order to increase the naturalness of reality, by describing it parallel to reality, when he intends to convey his thoughts to the reader more clearly, at the same time, mysteriously, and for other similar artistic purposes. the basis of the image is large and small details that perform various tasks, subordinated to the writer's creative goal. “it is defined in the dictionary of literary studies” that is a detail that expresses a certain content in a work of art, carrying an ideological and artistic load. first of all, detail is a means and object of creating artistic reality, it concretizes the depicted thingevent, embodies it in a way that can be perceived emotionally. in other words, the detail is a small part of the image depicted in the work (that is, it always implies objectivity), as a result of the combination of details, that image appears before our eyes as a whole”. in their works, writers determine a person's appearance and character, psychology and experiences, as well as his mood and interaction with the external world and environment with the help of images. in order for the image to be vivid and natural, believable and relevant to reality, the writer turns to the details, whether he wants it or not. “detail – is an example for a work of art gavhar”, wrote s.antonov. it is known that detail plays an important role in fiction, but the weight of the load on the detail in the story is a bit heavy. since the story is limited in terms of volume, in order to express the idea and content in it concisely and concisely, great meanings and realities of life are instilled in the details. “literary types and genres” says about the role of detail in the story: “in the story, the detail can express a large amount of content in a small volume, just like the genre itself. the observed goal should reach the reader immediately through detail. in the story, the detail is loaded with such a load that it embodies in several lines what is expressed in several sections of the novel or narrative. the detail can be used as much as possible in the story, but the norm should not be forgotten”. detail is an important tool in revealing the artistic intention of the author and the idea of the work. in this regard, the stories of o. henry, a bright representative of american literature, the creator of a unique school of storytelling, are noteworthy. in the stories of the writer, details are graded differently in terms of function. including money in "diydar"; papers in "useful manuscript"; cactus flower in the story "cactus"; medicine in "looking for medicine"; peaches and oranges in "peaches and po‘rtahol"; "midzavivi kulchalar" is a piece of cake; a green door in the story "the green door"; the road in the story "the road turns"; and in "the last leaf", the role of leaf details in the depiction of events is huge, that is, these details rise to the level of an image during the story. the fact that these details are included in the title also confirms our opinion. it should be said that these stories are not limited to a single detail; of course, there are details that perform various tasks. in particular, “the road turns around, the swamp and thickets in the landscape image, the image of the exterre, sam's clothes and the road; ” the car in the story of the station“, the book, the girl's gray shirt, hat and restaurant where cheap food is prepared, etc. below o. let's take a look at the details from the images in henry's “miracle cakes” story. this is how the writer describes the portrait of the artist, who buys cookies from mrs. marta's shop two or three times a week. "his clothes were worn and darned in places, and wrinkled and baggy in others. but he looked neat, and had very good manners." "the old, unironed, patched suit on his shoulders looked like a rag. nevertheless, his appearance was average, most of all polite." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org the writer does not tell the writer about his economic and financial situation, but as if he instills it in the details of the artist's old, unironed, patched suit, which looks like a rag. the reader, like mrs. marta, looks at her appearance and concludes that she lives a poor life. however, the details in o. henry's stories serve as a distraction in many places according to the writer's purpose, confusing the reader's imagination, and as a result, the event that the reader expects or predicts at the end of the work does not happen at all. the next detail fingers with traces of red and brown paint confirmed that in reality mrs. marta's client was an artist. however, the writer does not talk about his profession and his livelihood. the social status of the artist is actually analyzed in the eyes of mrs. marta. the reader also observes the artist through his eyes, imagination and thinking, and learns that his client is really an artist and that he lives a miserable life. the writer achieves his artistic goal and forces the reader to think the same way as marta. actually, if you look deeper, the artist always comes out of necessity, because he doesn't stay in the shop long. the painted hands do not only refer to the painting of our hero, but also confirm that he is in the process of work, that is, he comes and goes to this shop between the time he works and creates. of course, all artists prefer to work in old and comfortable, light clothes, thinking that the paint will touch or splash on their heads. right here, it can be seen at the end of the story that this detail confuses both mrs. martha and the reader. “miss martha took to wearing her bluedotted silk waist behind the counter. in the black room she cooked a mysterious compound of quince seeds and borax. ever so many people use it for the complexion”. "ms. marta appeared behind the counter in a small white silk dress with loose flowers. in a room behind the shop, he prepared some mysterious mixture with quince seeds. many people use it to lighten their skin." in one place, the writer does not openly say that mrs. marta liked the artist. but in the changes and updates in her behavior described by the writer-narrator the loose white, floral silk dress and the skin-bleaching mixture express her feelings, love and spirit towards the artist. . this dress of mrs. marta is mentioned in three places of the story, and the quince mixture is mentioned in two places, so it can be seen that the passionate goal that the writer wants to say or aims for is hidden by means of these details. by the end of the story, it becomes clear that mrs. marta's client is not an artist, but a draftsman, and the project she almost finished because of the butter mrs. marta smeared on her bread becomes unusable. the draftsman, angry with this work of mrs. marta, went to her shop and shouted angrily at her in german. "mrs. marta went into the room behind the store. there, the lady took off her tiny white silk dress with loose flowers and put on her previous brown cotton dress. then he took the ointment with quince seeds and threw it into the trash can behind the window. unfortunately, the result of mrs. marta's delusional work did not lead to good things for both of them. both the work of the draftsman and the budding love of mrs. marta were ruined. her coming back to put on her brown cotton dress and spilling the ointment that it was all over, the love now blooming in mrs. martha's heart like the silk dress, the beautiful feelings like the white flowered havarong dress, the bright his hopes were completely shattered. it is replaced by darkness and despair, like the previous brown jacket. it can be seen that the writer does not openly talk about the changes in the profession, social status, behavior and mood of the heroes during the story, but only briefly and concisely expresses all this in the will of details. even the burden of the solution falls on the details. one can see o.henry's skillful use of detail in the landscape image in another story "twenty years later". the story is about two friends who agreed to meet in front of father joe brady's restaurant 20 years ago, right here in 20 years. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org “the time was barely 10 o’clock at night, but chilly gusts of wind with a taste of rain in them had well night de-peopled the streets”. "it was still dark, and it was not yet ten o'clock in the evening, but the strong wind smelled of rain, and the streets were almost empty." in the landscape image, "strong wind and the smell of rain" and "empty streets" with these two details, the writer points to an unpleasant event that may happen during the development of events. bob left new york for chicago 20 years ago at the age of 18, and at the same time, because of the contract, while he was waiting for his friend at the agreed place, a police guard, who was monitoring the land belonging to him, started coming right next to him. bob tells him everything. “about that long ago there used to be a restaurant where this store stands-‘big joe’ brady’s restaurant”. “until five years ago,” said the policeman. “it was torn down then.” the man in the doorway stuck a match and lit his cigar. the light showed a pale, square-jawed face with keen eyes, and a little white scar near his right eyebrow. his scarfpin was a large diamond, oddly set”. "the place where this shop is now used to be the restaurant "father joe's bread". "five years ago," said the policeman, "that building was demolished." the stranger lit a match and lit a cigar. in the flame of the match, his face, his jagged jaw, his sharp eyes, and a small white scar near his right eyebrow were visible. a big diamond eye stud on a thin necklace cracked." in several places of the story, this restaurant, which was demolished five years ago, and the hardware store that stood in its place, are mentioned. of course, with these two details in the writer's landscape, time changes everything, once there was a restaurant where people ate, but now a hardware store has been built in its place, showing kindness between people. it is pointed out that this restaurant, where people used to meet and spend time together, has fallen into disrepair, and as a result, friends stopped coming there to eat together and spend time talking, and the iron shop in its place, time it points to the fact that over time, people's hearts and minds have hardened like iron, and they have moved away from feelings such as longing, consequence, and friendship. so, these two details are a sign that friendship ties have already ended. of course, the reader may be thinking, if that is the case, why is bob here for his friend? meanwhile, when bob lights a match to smoke, his face, jagged jaw, sharp eyes, and a small white scar near his right eyebrow are visible. a large diamond eye stud on a thin necklace is dazzling. the writer lists his portrait image one by one with its attention-grabbing features. although this portrait is told through the narrator's language, it is significant because it is seen through the eyes of a police guard. this portrait is the climax of the story. in this place, the reader thinks that two friends met each other, and the guard recognized his friend. because the distracting details characteristic of the writer's style serve to achieve the author's artistic goal. however, after bob's negative comments about his friend, his negative description of him to his friend, the policeman walks away, and a few minutes later, a young man with his coat collar up to his ears comes up to him, saying that he is his friend. they see him. however, when they cross, bob knows from the light that he is not his friend. then he tells bob that the person is a police officer and gives him a letter from his friend wales (a police constable). “bob: i was at the appointed place on time. when you stuck the match to light your cigar i saw it was the face of the man wanted in chicago. somehow i couldn’t do it myself, so i went around and got a plain clothes man to do the job”. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org “bob! i arrived at the appointed place on time. when you struck a match, i recognized the person the chicago police were looking for. i could not do it myself, so i sent one of our local agents to arrest you.'' this letter served as a paradoxical solution in the story. now, the details in the above portrait image the sharp jaw, the sharp eyes, the small white scar near the right eyebrow and the big diamond eye stud on the thin cracked necklace the writer the police officer cites the unknown man as signs of a wanted criminal, not because he recognizes him as a friend. these signs are clearly visible in the eyes of the police officer. in fact, there are no ties left between these two friends, bob had to flee from chicago to new york because he was wanted, and wills has already forgotten about this friend. from the analysis of the details in the image, it can be concluded that the interests of both heroes collide. in conclusion, it should be noted that imagery and detail are necessary poetic elements to ensure brevity and vitality in the story. it can be seen that in the stories of all three uzbek writers, the imagery characteristic of o. henry's story-telling and the important task of conveying the artistic intention of the creator to the reader perfectly forming the fallen details at the level of images, saturating them with artistic coloring, common depiction of life realities has been formed as a unique style. references 1. o. henry. (1909). witches' loaves. in the four million. mcclure, phillips & co. p-3 2. o. henry. (1909). witches' loaves. in the four million. mcclure, phillips & co. p-5 3. o.henri. yigirma yildan so‘ng. – toshkent. yangi asr avlodi, 2023. 65-bet 4. henry, o. (1906). “after twenty years”. the four million, p-1. 5. султон и. боғи эрам. – тошкент. “шарқ”, 2015. 153-бет 6. quronov d. adabiyotshunoslikka kirish. www.ziyouz.com kutubxonasi 7. қуронов дилмурод ва б. адабиётшунослик луғати. – toshkent. “akademnashr”, 2013. 319bet 8. адабий турлар ва жанрлар (тарихи ва назариясига оид). уч жилдлик. биринчи жилд. – тошкент: фан, 1991. 77-бет 9. djumaydillayevich, s. s. (2024). contents of scientific views on the us school of storytelling and o'henry's creation. journal of education, ethics and value, 3(1), 363-368. 10. djumaydillayevich, s. s. (2024). literary influence and national mentality in the works of o. henry. 11. abdullayeva, n. (2021). thematic classification of names of fruit trees in the aspect of intercultural communication (on the material of the uzbek, tajik and english languages). interconf. 12. абдуллаева, н. р. (2024). концепт “растение” в научных трудах. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 23, 34-39. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org national identity and the influence of the media on social consciousness artikova yulduz akmalovna, doctor of philology, uzbek state university of world languages, faculty of international journalism, department of information service and public relations, acting professor ortiqovayulduz@gmail.com 998 99 8827548 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the role of national identity and the influence of mass media on social consciousness. it emphasizes that media plays a crucial part in shaping perceptions of national uniqueness by presenting historical figures and events in various interpretations, which may either strengthen intercultural harmony or provoke conflicts. the article also examines how migration, multiculturalism, and globalization impact national identity in the global media landscape. through examples from films, news outlets, and documentaries, it highlights that media representations of national and religious identities can often lead to social tensions. in conclusion, national and cultural identity is described as a cultural rather than biological phenomenon, with media bearing significant responsibility for its formation and preservation. national identity, mass media, social consciousness, national identity, historical figure, event, interethnic relations, multiculturalism, globalization. introduction media directly affects the consciousness of the audience. it forms the worldview, concepts of ordinary people, in a sense can also be manipulated. as we receive information about the outside world through the media, it is only natural that we may be influenced by it. therefore, the role of the media in the formation of perceptions of national identity is also great. information provided in social networks, television, online publications, documentaries cover the culture, history, values of this or that country. they form the audience's imagination of this country, the image of the nation is entwined in their minds. what matters is that these notions are either transparent or unlikely to contradict reality. because information in the media can also be formed on the basis of some interests, subjective views. in addition to portraying, there are also journalistic creative processes such as exaggerated, accentuating or montageing the truth. an audience that is far from these processes will believe what they see and will accept the prepared material as fact. main part if we take into account that in any material produced by the artist a certain object is somehow created, we must not forget that the concept of the country shown in the media is a derivative of the viewer's american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org imagination. and this imagination is shaped by the materials conveyed through the media. for example, zahiriddin babur can be interpreted both as a tyrant from the mongol generation who invaded india, and as a person who united india and built a great empire. a three-part documentary titled "in the footsteps of the baburi princesses" prepared by bbs correspondents1 vividly reveals the role of the baburi princesses in history, their contribution to the development of their reign and their human appearance. such materials give the audience a positive image of our nation through our historical figures. in 2024, the film "anora" made by us filmmakers won the prestigious international award. the film tells the story of a prostitute from uzbekistan, who travels abroad. through the life of the protagonist of this film, a negative image of the image of uzbek women can be formed. for this reason the film is prohibited to be screened in our country. there are many examples of how the emphasis on national identity, or the dissemination of negative information about a nation, can cause various conflicts. it is natural to ban the appearance of media products in order to emphasize national identity, exaggerating the positive aspects of one nation and covering another with negative characteristics. creatives are required to be especially vigilant in this matter. for countries where several nationalities, representatives of different religions, ethnic groups live in the same space, this issue is especially relevant. for example, the film of the same name, made by indian creatives based on the indian epic "padmavati", was criticized for portraying muslims in negative paint and was not released in some states. "upon completion, the film 'padmavat' received various reviews from critics, who praised the visuals, costume design, cinematography, script, soundtrack, and acting work, but criticized the film for its speed, length, and adherence to regressive patriarchal habits. critics also disliked the portrayal of khilji as a stereotypical evil muslim ruler and ratan singh as a righteous hindu ruler, which caused discontent among the religious communities concerned. the film was not screened in some states of india."2 relying on historical facts, alouddin khilji is described as an experienced ruler: "alouddin khilji (1296–1316) was the ruler of the khilji dynasty who ruled the delhi sultanate in the indian subcontinent. alouddin implemented a number of important administrative reforms related to revenue, price control, and society in the delhi sultanate. he also successfully repelled several mongol invasions of india."3 in the film, this historical figure is portrayed as an evil, tyrant, incompetent and reckless invader who instills hatred towards muslims. the filmmakers used to portray muslims negatively in the process of intensifying the paint on the negative character4. as a result, the film was criticized as a work of interethnic and interreligious discord. in uzbekistan, representatives of different nationalities and religions have long lived side by side, without discriminating against each other. for example, in the labi hovuz neighborhood of bukhara, there is an ancient synagogue, which is a religious place of the jews. a jewish cemetery in the old city of tashkent still exists. historically, there have been no conflicts or conflicts between jews and muslims or with any other ethnicity. even in the uzbek folk lore we do not observe examples of disparaging representatives of other nationalities. in most countries, however, conflicts with 1o'zbekiston ўзбекистон ҳиндистон афғонистон эсон давлат бегим, 1-қисм https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5sn8dttlajk 2 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/padmaavat?ysclid=mcxhx15o4f958820831 3 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/alauddin_khalji 4 naqvi, bobby (28 january 2018). "why 'padmaavat' bothers me as an indian muslim". gulf news.archived from the original on 4 october 2018. retrieved american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org representatives of other religions, nationalities, and ethnic groups are one of the main internal problems. that is why media products that are being prepared are required to be attentive to the intricacies of this issue. historical memory can also make the idea of national identity a topic of the day. an example of this is the raising of the statue of alisher navoi in another foreign country and the announcement of its unveiling ceremony. a sense of pride and patriotism arises in the audience reading this message. but the rise of the question of the self through historical memory is not always positive. for example, in all the peoples of central asia, there is a tendency to consider the heroes of the nation, such as thomas, abu ali ibn sina, scientists as "their own". if this issue is approached more deeply, feelings of patriotism can give rise to nationalist and ethnic conflicts. therefore, it is necessary to take into account the need for a careful approach to the issue of historical memory in the media as well. through works of culture and art, the question of national identity can be topical. in recent years, a number of feature documentaries have been shot in our country. after independence, a number of television and feature films about amy temur, babur, alisher navoi were created, and in recent years this trend has developed considerably. historical films such as "kokand wind", "elijah", "ibrat", "bahodir yalangtosh" were presented to the attention of the great audience. films about jadids, who are representatives of the national liberation movement, aimed at awakening a sense of patriotism, serve this noble purpose. films like these touch the minds of the masses and convey information about this or that historical event or person in a short period of time. in world cinema, this experiment is widely used. presentations of films and tv series about historical periods, places and personalities form a positive international image of this country. they also export such films to the international media space. it may be recalled that a few years ago the penetration of historical series produced in turkey and korea into our local media market increased the interest in this country and its historical figures. results and discussions today, the coverage of the problems of national identity in the world media is one of the topical topics. there are several competing topics on these issues. the most analyzed is the theme of migration and multiculturalism. maintaining national identity is a painful issue both for migrants and for the country receiving them. at the same time, the mixing of several cultures as a result of migration is one of the areas that is often discussed in the world of modern media. in the course of elections in the united states or the brexit debate in the united kingdom5 , patriotism is vividly manifested in the general public. the emergence of aspects of national identity through patriotism in the media during this period has been analyzed. at the same time, in the process of globalization, the internet provides a lot of analytical materials on the confusion of cultures, the emergence of a common culture. there is regular coverage of the issue of national identity in the world media. media coverage of issues of national identity does not always lead to positive conclusions. there are such issues that their indepth analysis can re-provoke "dormant" internal conflicts, interethnic conflicts, and even lead to conflicts. these topics are relevant to that particular area and will not be relevant to any other space. but understanding the topics, understanding the essence of the processes taking place is necessary for all media professionals. 5 https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki /brexit of_the_european_union https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org migration materials for the european area are incredibly relevant. in europe, for example, there are different views on refugees from syria. if taken incorrectly, the topic can provoke different views among locals. the adoption of migrants of the culture, language, the need to learn the language of the receiving state, educational issues are the most pressing issues in the coverage of migration. the topic of cultural assimilation has always been relevant in the global space. politicians who defend national identity can exploit partisans by instilling in a wide audience a sense of hatred towards this or that nation, the representative of the nation. we observe that the issue of national identity is systematically analyzed in authoritative publications. foreign affairs6, a magazine specializing in international relations, deals with global conflicts,7 while the reuters news agency covers conflicts on issues of national identity, migration-related incidents. it can be said that the coverage of the topic of national identity in some media caused contradictions and contradictions in society. bbc news8 looks at issues of national identity in the context of political events, migration and cultural change in the uk and abroad. the bbc news' coverage of the northern ireland protests and the scottish status debate sparked a debate about national identity. the new york times9, meanwhile, publishes articles on national identity that cover domestic and international issues, including racial and ethnic conflicts. the article's article on u.s. immigration policy about what it means to be american and how immigration affects national identity has sparked a lot of discussion in the audience. the materials presented by the al jazeera10 tv channel provide a wealth of analytical materials on migration and cultural integration within the middle east and north africa region. the articles it covered about the israeli-palestinian conflict and its impact on the identity of israelis and palestinians sparked international debate and the emergence of different views. the british edition of the guardian11 discusses the themes of multiculturalism and national identity in the context of contemporary social movements. the guardian's article on the impact of brexit on the uk's identity has sparked widespread debate among the british population on the topic of what it means to be british. the french edition of le monde12 analyzes issues of national identity in the context of european politics, migration, and cultural change. in particular, it can be said that articles about the problems of muslim integration in france caused public discussion and protests. the atlantic13 magazine publishes analytical articles about how ideas of national identity are changing in the context of globalization and social change. in this authoritative journal, the topic of perception of national identity is discussed extensively in analytical articles on the rise of populism and nationalism in europe and the united states. 6 foreignaffairs.com 7 reuters.com 8 https://www.bbc.co.uk/news 9 https://www.nytimes.com/?ysclid=mczsk3pzc8701448769 10 aljazeera.net 11 https://www.theguardian.com/us 12 https://www.lemonde.fr/ 13 https://www.theatlantic.com/world/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org a well-known german publication, der spiegel14 covers issues of national identity in europe from the perspective of migration crises and the rise of populism. his published essays on migration and refugee integration in germany caused controversy in society on the point of tension and nationalism. the news site huffpost15 publishes research on racial and ethnic issues. articles on this news site about black life and racial problems in the united states caused mass protests, widespread debate and debate. this topic is subject to extensive analysis in a number of major global media, small regional publications, regional tv channels. conclusion it must be recognized that there is a manipulative nature of the promotion of national identity through the media. raising the issue of a single state language in countries with a multinational population can also give rise to such national conflicts. the requirement of the population of older russian nationality living in our country to know and study the uzbek language has also caused a lot of discussion on social networks. the fact that some politicians also make statements in order to protect the national interest and increase their supporters in election campaigns also leads to manipulation through the issue of national identity. at the same time, different interpretations of historical events can also lead to ethnic conflicts. it is a well-known fact that conflicts in israel and palestine, azerbaijan and armenia are exacerbated by the influence of national identity, historical space and a number of other issues under the influence of analysis and interpretation of historical events. analysis of religious identity can also provoke interethnic conflicts and lead to armed conflicts. although interethnic harmony has been formed in the area where our country is located historically, religious conflicts due to the influence of globalization are one of the most sensitive issues for the local population. the thousand-year-old historical conflict between israel and palestine has taken on a religious identity character. the analysis of the subject of religion requires subjectivity, not to give in to personal emotions, while requiring possession of science. it is necessary to take into account that the topic can be interpreted in different ways, and that each audience representative perceives it in his own way through his own personal prism. national identity is often understood as a common feeling for the inhabitants of a particular political and geographical space to have a single whole—a nation. because national identity is a cultural phenomenon, not a biological one. it is important to take into account that while a sense of national identity can be a source of pride and solidarity, it can also lead to conflict and tension, especially in multinational societies. national and cultural identity is formed and preserved with the help of the media, cinema and literature. control of information plays a decisive role in solving the problem of formation of national and cultural identity. one of the important tasks facing the nationwide mass media is to preserve the sense of belonging of the citizens of the country. references 1.uzbekistan uzbekistan india afghanistan eson devlet begim, part 1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5sn8dttlajk 2.https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/padmaavat?ysclid=mcxhx15o4f958820831 14 spiegel.de/spiegel 15 https://www.huffpost.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org 3.https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/alauddin_khalji 4.naqvi, bobby (28 january 2018). "why ’padmaavat’ bothers me as an indian muslim". gulf news.archived from the original on 4 october 2018. retriyeved 5.https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki vыxod_velikobritanii_iz_yevropeyskogo_soyuza 6.foreignaffairs.com 7.reuters.com 8.https://www.bbc.co.uk/news 9.https://www.nytimes.com/?ysclid=mczsk3pzc8701448769 10.aljazeyera.net 11. https://www.theguardian.com/us 12. https://www.lemonde.fr/ 13.https://www.theatlantic.com/world/ 14.spiyegel.de/spiyegel 15.https://www.huffpost.com/ https://www.theguardian.com/us american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org analyzing prepositional errors "to & for” committed by undergraduate students for iraqi efl learners mohammed hameed rasheed college of education for women / kirkuk university department of history e-mail. mohammed-hameed@uokirkuk.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main purpose of this paper is the basic applications between two english prepositions {to & for} using contrastive analysis. in this regard, it is assumed that second language learners struggle with preposition use. thus, this study seeks to assess the performance of college students in applying prepositions involving prepositional errors {to & for} among undergraduates studying english as a foreign language in iraq, can shed some light on the challenges encountered by learners when mastering correct usage. this study offers an in-depth understanding of the specific difficulties that iraqi efl learners encounter with these prepositions and proposes areas for instructional focus. however, prepositions are a vital component in english grammar. the correct usage of prepositions is important not only for the right communication but also in writing and speaking, too. this paper considered the pair {to and for} as words used frequently by many people who sometimes confuse them. introduction this paper investigated the use and misuse of prepositions by english language efl learners. it discusses factors contributing to persistent errors the learners’ use of preposition. the efl learners may face a number of common errors when speaking or writing in english language. for efl learners, learning prepositions is difficult and problematic (abisamra, 2003). when speaking, this difficulty becomes a serious issue for university students, which has an impact on their achievement scores as well as their ability to communicate with other language speakers. this is probably because of learners' low proficiency levels or interference from their first language (zughoul, 1979). azad t. hamawandy. (2012) says that one of the called functional morpheme that is related to closed class is preposition and it has fixed number of item. thus, the most effective method for characterizing and elucidating mistakes made by non-native language speakers is error analysis (johanson, 1975). so, this paper demonstrates the main differences between them and how the efl learners avoid them to utilize correctly for their future work. a concise and simple answer that one gets in this paper and comprehend what a preposition of {to & for} are and how to use them effectively in their daily american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org conversation. it serves as a small guide helping to understand the meaning of prepositions in general, as well as the main use and misuse in them. if someone asks ‘why are english language efl learners using wrong’ these two prepositions {to & for}?” the researcher conducted a questionnaire, which is found at the end of the paper, to find the main problems and confusions between them. 2. the definition of a preposition? the grammatical classification of words referring to a set may be preceded by one or more prepositions for the formation into single constituent in structure. (crystal, 2008, chalker,1992, thomson and martinet,1986) prepositions are words in language that serve to summarize a meaning in a few words. correct use of the preposition represents a problematic area in language practice for iraqi efl students, even at advanced levels (nasir, 2001) prepositions can be defined as function words that join with nouns or pronouns to form prepositional phrases that can be adjectival or adverbial in relation to other words (http://define.com/preposition). “a preposition is a word that shows the relationship between a noun or pronoun and another word in the sentence” (wise & buffington, 2008) prepositions and adverbial particles describe what in many other languages form part of the meaning of the verb stem. kennedy (2003), it was noted that prepositions make up 8%of words used in spoken language and 12% of words used in written language according to allsop (1986), “prepositions are words that show the relationship between things, people or events”. prepositions can be used in front of nouns or noun phrases, pronouns or gerunds to state a relationship between one person, thing, event, etc. and another: (alexndar, 1990) josef essberger, 2012 says that the name “preposition” (pre + position) means “place before”. e.g. preposition + noun: / gave the book to charlie preposition + pronoun: / gave it to him. preposition + gerund: charlie devotes his time to reading prepositions, a category of minor word class, play an essential role in combing primary words, especially nouns, with other components within a sentence. they are considered a closed class, meaning that new prepositions are not regularly introduced (chalker, 1984). prepositions belong to the closed word class, characterized by their fixed nature (aarts and aarts, 1988). e.g. george sat between the two deans. george jumped on it george went from this to that. a preposition comes in two types. simple ones have just one word like ‘’ at, in, or for’’. complex ones have more than one or two words. both are in the same group . a) adv. or prep+ prep.: as for, away from, along with b) verb / adj./ conj. / etc + prep. : because of, due to, owing to c) prep. + n + prep. : by means of in front of, (quirk and greenbaum, 1973) (see also stageberg, 1981, eckersley and eckersley, 1960). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org some sentence structures use prepositions at the end, like relative clauses, passive voice, infinitive phrases, exclamation sentences, questions that start with "wh," and common expressions. aziz also adds another structure called the "ing" construction. e.g. that is the article i told you about. (eastwood,1994) the locked had been tampered with. clay is fun to play with which room did you find it in? what are you looking at (aziz, 1989) this is the man i was looking for (ibid, 1989) (quirk & greenbaum,1973) say that a prepositional phrase is made up of a preposition followed by a noun, question word clause, or clause with a verb ending in -ing. ( teschner & evan, 2007) e.g. at the bus from what he said. by singing a peace treaty. in a preposition phrase ( a preposition and noun) , dissimilar the other kinds of phrase, both components are obligatory and neither form for the phrase as a wholeas head noun can form for a noun phrase as a whole e.g. in the garden, after the party. (jackson, 1982) e.g. the student studies in the library. (azar & hagen. 2009) they died for their country she cannot cut it with a knife some of these boys are coming with us they travelled by car. the door was opened by a servant. 3. error analysis one of the best ways to characterize and clarify mistakes made by l2 learners is to conduct error analysis. this kind of analysis can identify the causes of these mistakes and the circumstances surrounding their regular occurrence. the solution, as well as the direction and order of upcoming instructions, can be decided upon once the causes and sources have been identified. "a technique for identifying, classifying and systematically interpreting the errors made by someone learning a foreign language, using all the principles and procedures of linguistics" is how (crystal,2003) defines error analysis. in order to connect the learner's understanding of the target language to the instruction they have received, error analysis can also be used to describe the learner's proficiency with the language at a given stage of their learning [5]. (crystal,2003) defined the of failure analysis in this investigation. according to james (1980), the field of error analysis includes the function of diagnosis. there are two purposes for error analysis (ea): theoretical and practical. the application of all that knowledge to overcome gaps between the learner's knowledge and the situation is the practical area of (ea). theoretical areas are crucial in aiding researchers in uncovering psychological processes and the relationship between learners' knowledge and the instruction they have received, even though they american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org describe learners' knowledge in terms of their second language. according to (corder,1981) the main issue with diagnosis is linguistic variation or mismatching. also, an approach to language analysis that concentrates on the mistakes made by students is called error analysis. it entails contrasting the mistakes committed in the target language (tl) with the target language itself, (corder, 1967). the researcher claims that while the nature of the variance or mismatching is measured qualitatively, the degree of the mismatching is measured quantitatively. as (per richards,1985) the error occurs when a language item is used in a way that a native or fluent speaker of the language interprets as demonstrating incorrect or lacking action. errors are systematic, according to (gass and selinker,2001). these happen frequently, and the learner is unaware of their own mistakes. as a result, only the researcher or instructor could find them or direct others to them. they first occur because students are unable to distinguish between right and wrong. 4. the main uses of the preposition '' to '' the main uses of prepositions ‘‘ to '' are explained below: 1. ''to '' as a preposition of motion a) the preposition '' to '' is used to express motion from one place to another ( fitikides,2002:83, yate, 1975:5 , eastwood, 1994) https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798 (1) we come to school every morning (2) we went to the café (eastwood,1994) (3) we went to the cinema ( vince, 1993) b) it is used with distance (ibid) (4) we walked to the river and beach. c) the preposition '' to '' is used for a destination such as (eastwood,1994) (5) we are going to doncaster. d) the preposition '' to '' can have an expression of moving to another person. usually with these words such as ( go/come /walk + up +to ), as in (6) a man came up to me in the street and asked me for money (ibid). e) the preposition '' to '' is used to indicate direction with reference to levels. (alexandar, 1990) (7) he has gone to the fourth floor and now he is on the fourth floor. (8) he has gone to paris and now he is in paris (ibid). 4.1 other uses of the preposition "to '' a) there are some verbs, which are used with the preposition '' to '' (sargeant, 2007) such as (9) does this book belong to you? (10) we are listening to you (11) i lent my skate board to sue. b) prepositions like "to" are used with certain nouns. (ibid) (12) what is the answer to this question? (13) traffic can cause damage to the environment. https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org c) the preposition '' to '' expresses the actual recipient. (quirk and greenbaum,1973) (14) he gave a beautiful doll to his daughter. d) the preposition '' to '' is expressed motion toward a place especially with these verbs ( run, hurry, travel, fly, walk,ride) (15) he runs to school (16) he goes to bed (17) he walks to the library (18) he flies to the city (19) he travels to the country. e) the preposition '' to '' can be used when counting the time until a future event. (swan, 1989) (20) it is another three weeks to the holiday. f) in these expressions (get used to, be used to) ., the -ing form comes after the preposition "to" (swan, 1989). e.g. (21) iam used to driving in london g) the preposition '' to '' can be used after the preposition '' from '' such as (22) i usually work from nine to five (ibid). i) the preposition ''to '' can also be a part of the infinitive form of the verb. https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798 (23) it was late, so we decided to take a taxi home. ( murphy,2004) j) there are various phrasal verbs that can employ the preposition "to," such as the following: (24) look forward to something (25) object to something (26) appeal to someone (27) get to something https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798. h) the preposition '' to'' is also used as to-infinitive that states purpose and result (eastwood ,1994) (28) i came here to get some information. (29) we got home to find visitors on the doorstep. 1) preposition of direction can be used to state the direction of something. (30) they are going to the classroom. 5. main uses of the preposition “for” the main uses of the preposition '' for '' a) ''for '' as a preposition time: 1) to express how long something lasts, the preposition "for" is used with a period of time. (eastwood,1994, murphy, 2004, murphy and altman, 1989). (30) rachel plays computer game for hours on end (31) i once stayed at that hotel for a week https://www.thoughtco.com/basic-english-essentials-4122690 https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798 https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org b) one way to express an exclusion duration is to use the preposition "for" with negative and superlative constructions, as in. (32) i haven’t seen him for years (quirk and greenbaum, 1973). b) the present perfect tense can be used with the preposition "for.". such as (swan, 1989) (33) i have known her for a long time. 5.1 other uses of the preposition '' for '' a) a purpose or justification for doing something can be expressed by using the preposition “for" before a noun., such as (swan, 1989) (34) we went to the pub for a drink (35) i went to london for an interview a) swan (1989) claims that the preposition "for" is used following these two terms (enough, too) (ibid). (36) it is too heavy for you to fit (37) it is warm enough for to snow to well. c) the preposition "for" designates a beneficiary or recipient. ( yate,1986) (37) i have a present for you c) the preposition '' for '' refers to a special purpose: ( ibid) (38) you need a coat for winter (39) he has a bicycle for transportation d) the preposition '' for '' can be described how something is used (vince, 2003) (40) this is for the lights (41) this is for starting the engine. e) the preposition '' for '' is used in order to help something. (42) what can i do for you?. 6. the test 6.1 description of the test the current study is delved upon an objective test that is administered to the third-year students of the english department college of education; college university qalam. the test is designed with the appointment to test students capacity by means of using the prepositions “ for ” and “ to . it is made up of (50) multiple choice questions that are meant to cover critical aspects of the basic uses of the preposition ‘’ for‘, and '''’to‘’ held in grammar subjects. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org there are fifty items on the test, and you have to select the appropriate preposition (to &for}. the test's multiple locations are covered by the carefully chosen items. 6.2 categorization and analysis of the error the test provides information about the test takers' selection of the prepositions {for & to}. the table below should be carefully examined as it contains a number of detailed points. table no (1) the special statics of the student response according to the form of the answers {to & for} are explained in detail using various points. items number of correct response the percentage of the responses to 50 1700 68% for 50 800 32% total 2500 100% the test results have showed that the prepositions {to & for} are used by third year students of the department of english, faculty of education, qalam college university. it consists of (50) multiple-choice items that cover a wide range of basic uses of the prepositions {for & to}. the total percentage of students who answered correctly (to) 1700, which is 68% of the proportion of male and female students, and 800, which is 32% of the percentage replies to (for). therefore, the highest percentage of student errors occur in {for} and not in {to}. the main reason for students' failure is to refer to the exact preposition, that english is an analytical language and the two prepositions are somehow equivalent in arabic, so students think that they are the same in arabic. therefore, students must translate the preposition into arabic terms as illustrated more in the conclusion its problems and solution, too. conclusions the main issue this study seeks to address in its title analyzing prepositional errors (to and for) committed by undergraduate students for iraqi efl learners is the occurrence of wrongly used prepositions, particularly "to" and "for," by students from iraq studying english as a second language (esl). this kind of prepositional mistakes may be a cause for misunderstanding and impair correct and clear expressions by learners. the incorrect or excessive use of the prepositions "to" and "for" might be a barrier in communication in english and slow down the process of language development among iraqi learners of the foreign language (efl). the solution is in this issue that is finding the causes and implementing the targeted instructional strategies which will improve iraqi efl students. some potential solutions include: 1. understanding the challenges: the educators as well as curriculum designers must acquire comprehensive understanding about how iraqi efl students struggle with prepositions in general and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org with 'to' and 'for' in particular. this understanding can be utilized in developing effective teaching approaches. 2. providing ample practice opportunities: learners must be given enough practice with prepositions in a range of situations. the involvement in communicative activities such as discussions, role plays and reality simulations helps the students use the correct form of “to” and “for” and strengthens their comprehension as a result. 3. exposing learners to authentic language usage: utilizing genuine materials that embody correct prepositions use such as reading texts, audio and video recordings that depict real language context would be a great way of exposing learners to how preposition is used in real life. such a context enables students to fully realize the differences between when and how to use the words 'to' and 'for'. 4. offering explicit instruction and error correction: teachers need to be giving explicit instructions on how the differences in usage and meaning between "to" and "for" and the errors that comes with it and how they can be avoided. the error correction process must be carried in a constructive manner that will help students realize what they need to improve and how they can do this with their language skills. 5. raising awareness of language differences: as a native language to iraqi students, instructors can deliberately focus on the distinction between prepositions in both arabic and english. the differences in usage and meaning that might be highlighted in this process will certainly enable the learners in avoiding interlanguage interference and enhancing accuracy in use of language. through the suggested solutions, educators would be able to assist iraqi efl students overcome the prepositions mistakes that mainly involves 'to' and 'for'. with targeted teaching, practice, and authentic usage of language as well as comprehending the obstacles that they encounter learners will be able to increase their proficiency in the english language and communicate in it appropriately. appendix the test 1he is going to russia………… a holiday 2i need a lot of experience…………this job 3they need a lot of experience……do this job 4my friends would need much time…….make a decision 5i will go to the doctor …………a check-up 6i must put on my glasses…….read the letter 7do you have to wear glasses…….reading 8-i wish we had a garden………..the children……play in 9he is going………italy next month 10my father has to go………the bank today 11-when do you often go…….bed? 12does this train go…….the city? 13ahmed doesn’t go …………..work today american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 14cruz is ill…………he has gone………..the doctor. 15would you like to come……… a party on sunday 16we are going ……….a concert tomorrow evening 17i went…..new york last year 18next year we hope to go……….canada to visit some friends 19shall we go ……….the cinema this evening 20how often do you go…….the dentist? 21we waited fro sue……. half an hour but she didn’t come 22iam tired. iam going to lie down……a few minutes 23next week iam going to paris…….three days 24where have you been? i have been waiting for you…….twenty minutes 25i stayed in rome…….. five days 26we watched tv ……….three hours yesterday night 27jill has been in england……..three days 28my aunt has lived in australia……15 years 29the bus is late. we have been waiting…….for minutes 30nobody lives in those houses. they have been empty……many years 31mike has been ill………..a long time 32huda and ahmed had been married……..20 years 33my students have been taking an english course………. six months 34-i have known her……..a long time 35there has been raining……an hour 36why are you going out? iam going out…….post a letter 37a friend f mine phoned……invite me a party 38his problem is how ……………….keep people out of the garden 39the bosses possess a team of body guard …….protect them 40it was hard to get a place……. park in the center of the town. 42would you like something……eat? 43-has he got much work……? 44i get lonely if there is nobody……talk to 45my friends need a key…….open this door 46i gave them some money……..buy something for their needs. 47do you have much chance……practice your english 48he wanted a few weeks….think of your suggestion. 49-there weren’t any chairs…….us to sit on 50do you use this brush…..washing the distance? references 1. aarts, fora, and jan, aarts (1988) . english syntactic structures: functions and categories in sentence analysis.herfordshire:prentice. 2. alexander, l.g (1988) longman english grammar. london.longman group ltd. 3. aziz, yowel y. (1989). a contrastive grammar of english and arabic.mosul: mosul university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 4. abisamra, nada. (2003). an analysis of errors in arabic speakers’ english writings. investigating writing problems among palestinian students studying english as a foreign language unpublished doctoral dissertation. 5. allsop, j. (1986). cassell’s students’ english grammar. liverpool: english language book society 6. corder, s. p. (1967). the significance of a learner’s errors. 7. crystal, david.(2008). a dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. new york: sixth edition, blackwell publishing. 8. chalker, sylvia (1984). current english grammar. london:macmllan.publishers ltd. 9. crystal, d. (2003).the cambridge encyclopedia of the english language. 2nd edition. cambridge. cambridge, university press 10. crystal, d. (2003) a dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. 5th edition. oxford. blackwell publishing. 11. eastwood, john. (1994) oxford guide to english grammar.oxford university press. 12. eckersley, c.e. and j.m. eckersley (1960). a comprehensive english grammar. london: longman group limited. 13. error analysis (2000).corder s.p, london, longman publisher. 14. essbergerjosef (2012) english preposition list, (england, cambridge cb1 1ah england uk 15. fitikides, t. j ( 2000) common mistakes in english. sixth edition.pearson education limited. 16. gass, susan m, & selinker, larry. (2001). second language acquisition: an introductory course second edition. 17. hamawandy. azad t. (2012). derivational morphemes in english with reference to dialects in kurdish ( a comparative analysis ). kirkuk university journalhumanity studies vol:7 no:3 year:2012 18. jackson, howard (1982).analysis english: an introduction to descriptive linguistics. second edition: pergamon press ltd. 19. james, c. (1998). errors in language learning and use: exploring error analysis. new york:pearson longman 20. kennedy, g. (2003). a structure and meaning in english. london: longman. 21. murphy, randolph (1987). english grammar in use. cambridge: cambridge university press. 22. quirk, randolph and sidney greenbaum (1973). a university grammar of english. london: longman group ltd. 23. richards, j.c et al (1985). "dictionary of applied linguistics". longman group limited, essex. 24. stageberg, norman c. (1981). an introduction english grammar.fourth edition. new york: holt, rinehart and winston 25. thomson, a.j and a. v. martinet (1980). a practical english grammar. third edition. oxford: oxford university press. 26. swan, m. and c, walter (2001). the good grammar book.oxford.oxford university press. 27. sergeant, h. basic english grammar. california: saddle-back education publishing. 28. teschner, r. and evan, e (2007) analysis the grammar of english georgetown university press. 29. yate, jean (1985). the ins and outs of the prepositions 30. vince, michael ( 2003) first certificate language practical: english grammar and vocabulary. macmillan publishers limited. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 31. wise, j. & buffington, s. (2008). first language lessons: for the well-trained mind. peace.hills press. 32. yousif amal mohammed ( 2010 ) . the avoidance of phrasal verbs by english department students in iraq. kirkuk university journalhumanity studies. vol:5 no:2 year:2010 internet references. https://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/definition/english/for_1 https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798 https://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/definition/english/for_1 https://www.thoughtco.com/how-to-use-preposition-to-1211798 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org edutainment as a modern pedagogical technology in classroom teaching practice for non-philologists yakubova feruzakhon askarovna senior lecturer tashkent international university of kimyo musajanova gulchehra abdumanapovna senior lecturer oriental university, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s language is the primary means of communication, without which it is difficult to imagine the existence and development of human society. in the contemporary world, undergoing significant changes in social relationships, communication tools (information technologies) require an increase in the communicative competence of students. this competence, developed through interaction with other communication participants, necessitates the exchange of ideas in various situations, proper language use, and adherence to conversational norms. in these conditions, the main goal of studying the russian language is the formation of communicative abilities, i.e., the realization of interpersonal and intercultural communication in a non-native language. the article discusses the methodologies of implementing innovative technology edutainment and modeling of gaming approaches. edutainment, methodology, humanization, approach, process, gaming modeling, gaming construction. introduction the main goal of the national program for public education in uzbekistan is to ensure the continuity of the education system. currently, educational institutions are constantly searching for new directions and reserves to improve the educational process, the quality training of the teaching staff, and the establishment of long-term and productive relationships with educational institutions in the republic. today, they are the center of educational activities, forming the basis for advanced thinking and a modern approach to problem-solving in the socio-economic sphere. one of the ways to activate the academic activities of students in non-linguistic universities, increase their motivation to learn russian as a foreign language, and acquire skills in professionally oriented foreign language communication is through gaming technologies. according to k.d. ushinsky, the game, in the hands of a good organizer, becomes an effective tool for both learning and educational work, requiring students' significant intellectual effort while providing them with great pleasure and satisfaction. the phenomenon of the game lies in its ability, as entertainment and relaxation, to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org transform into education, educational work, creativity, and human relationships and manifestations at work. in modern conditions, the use of gaming technologies to enhance motivation in the learning process for students in non-linguistic universities is highly relevant. the problem of developing academic motivation in students has been the subject of research by teachers and scholars for many years. for a modern university, this problem remains relevant, and each year, against the backdrop of escalating social problems in rural areas, there is a self-isolation of parents from the upbringing of students towards educational activities: a lack of desire to learn or positive but meaningless motivation at the level of experience. o. l. gnatyuk in the textbook "fundamentals of communication theory" defines edutainment as "digital content that combines educational and entertaining elements while providing information to the audience with the maximum simplified analysis of events." m. m. zinovkina in the book "pedagogical creativity" proposes the term "creative education" and defines it as "purposeful, sequential mastering by the student of the methodologies and experience of creative activity, forming on this basis one's own creative experience: knowledge, skills, and abilities." creative education contributes to the active involvement of students in the educational process, the formation, and development of a creative personality. thus, the main focus is concentrated only on the development of creative imagination, fantasy, creative abilities, and other qualities necessary for creative self-development. i. f. feklistov adheres to the concept of "informal education" and asserts that it is a "continuous process" during which a person develops certain attitudes and values and acquires skills and knowledge under the influence of learning, the "resources of their environment," and their everyday experience. n. a. kobzeva provides the following definition: "edutainment is a teaching technology considered as a set of modern technical and didactic means of teaching, based on the concept of learning through entertainment. its essence lies in the idea that knowledge should be conveyed in a understandable, simple, and interesting form, as well as in comfortable conditions." [2] methodology edutainment is a method of incorporating play into the educational process with the aim of enhancing its effectiveness. the idea of increasing students' interest in learning through play is not new, but today, the principle of "learning through play" has become one of the key elements of the education system, including for children with special educational needs (sen), and extracurricular activities. the goal of edutainment is to increase the motivation of learners to the process of acquiring new knowledge by changing the very process of assimilating them (greater excitement, diversity, accessibility). it is known that in the conditions of implementing gaming activities, information is remembered and assimilated much easier and faster, making the learning process akin to a game, where victory (winning) means acquiring new knowledge and skills. all this underscores the undeniable benefit of using game-based learning in the practice of working with learners, including those with sen, in educational institutions of various levels. [3] the main distinctive features of edutainment include: presence of developmental activities in conditions of free choice: such activities are organized by the teacher but carried out by learners voluntarily, where the condition for successful motivation is not encouragement or evaluation but the enjoyment gained during the implementation of the activity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org creative nature: any gaming situation involves the actualization of learners' creative abilities, contributing to their activation and the ability to navigate within the search for an effective model for solving a given task. emotional richness: a gaming situation must necessarily include the actualization of the emotional state of the participating learners. the given emotional tone in the game helps expand the capabilities of the participants through the formation of a sense of competition, rivalry, emotional experiences, and a general uplifted mood. presence of rules (direct and indirect): such rules in game-based learning must reflect, on the one hand, the substantive side of the game itself and, on the other hand, include elements of socially significant and useful public experience. imitative nature of activities: within game-based learning, it is imperative to model everyday life situations that learners may encounter. isolated nature of the gaming process: this type of educational activity must be limited in terms of location, duration, and have specific spatial boundaries. [4] analyzing the above, it should be noted that in the conditions of game-based learning, there is an opportunity to model any process, situation, or mechanism, thereby involving learners in an environment that allows them to simulate an area of knowledge that interests them. since edutainment combines two dominants entertainment and education, during the implementation of a gaming program, there is a cyclical shift of emphasis from one to the other. a distinctive feature of edutainment is that it is based on entertainment (helping to engage learners in the gaming process for the sake of enjoyment), which serves as a condition for forming initial interest in the subject of activity. subsequently, there is an attraction to the subject of activity (through stimulating interest in the subject through plot and role), and the ultimate achievement is the formation of sustained and purposeful interest in the educational subject through the gaming process. several methods exist for implementing edutainment: knowledge delivery as a reward: since the most popular form of interactive education is role-playing, it is logical to use its elements in the process of teaching and upbringing. participants in such games learn to perform specific useful actions from simulated life situations, significantly expanding the individual's potential in the future. interactive immersion: for effective involvement in the theme of lessons, the educator should remember that interaction within edutainment is realized in a two-sided format (teacher-learner). the educational process is perceived as an exciting game in the search for new knowledge, during which the learner learns and gains skills in planning, reflection, invention, and verification of the material learned. use of multimedia technologies: such technologies help activate learners' interest in specific knowledge areas. the implementation of ict in special (corrective) groups primarily allows improving the quality of education, increasing motivation for acquiring and assimilating new knowledge by students with limited health capabilities. this is because, in addition to the systemic underdevelopment of all components of the language system, these students have a deficit in the development of cognitive activity, thinking, verbal memory, attention, a poor vocabulary, and insufficient understanding of the surrounding world. [5] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org ict enliven the educational process through novelty, realism, and dynamic imagery, the use of animated images, and the incorporation of game elements. when ict is employed, knowledge is acquired through different channels of perception (visual, auditory), making it better assimilated and memorized for a longer period. this once again convinces us of the necessity of using information technologies in the educational process for children with special educational needs. learners with limited intellectual abilities almost always rely on incidental (involuntary) memorization. they remember what captures their attention and seems interesting. the specificity of the edutainment technology in pedagogy and methodology includes: justifiability: learning is more successful when learners can see the usefulness of the knowledge they are acquiring. self-directed learning: learning is more effective when learners can acquire knowledge independently. distributed learning: a network of distributed learning that provides broad access to educational resources for many users, where all learners learn differently and at different times. it is important to present information in a way that is easily digestible. the specificity of this learning technology is determined by the presence of the following features[6]: focus on engagement: the direct interest of learners is important, leading to the development of new skills and the accumulation of knowledge. focus on entertainment: entertainment is the main motivator, leading to enjoyment while simultaneously cultivating a sustained interest in the learning process and relieving psychological stress from the educational process. game-based approach: the universality of the game ensures an effective learning process regardless of age. focus on modernity: the use of modern technology's capabilities, such as video and audio materials, educational games, multimedia educational programs, and many other tools, achieves maximum engagement of learners in the educational process. therefore, edutainment is a special type of learning that is based on entertainment and the formation of primary interest in the subject, deriving pleasure from the learning process, and fostering a sustained interest in the learning process[7]. game modeling is a form of creative activity aimed at recreating real or imagined (including fantastic, fairy-tale) situations and events, the playback of which is purposefully and reasonably regulated (controlled) by specific conditions and rules, limited by the framework of space and time. within the framework of game modeling, for example, the development of situational-role and business games is carried out. in other words, game construction involves creating games, while game modeling involves recreating various situations in the game. it turns out that game modeling is one of the main directions of game construction. this is justified because almost any game involves modeling certain situations to some extent. the game, essentially, is the process of participants playing various social roles in diverse social situations. thus, we see that there is an objective need for the development of such a direction in pedagogical creativity as game construction[8]. however, in this case, one can also speak of the subjective necessity of mastering game construction tools by educators (teachers and instructors, pedagogical organizers and social educators, camp counselors and educators, educators in additional education, and methodologists). firstly, periodically working in the direction of game construction, educators constantly improve qualities such as flexibility, speed, originality, and precision of thinking, which, in turn, is an obvious indicator of professional growth. an educator who can adapt to any situation and choose the most optimal american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org (appropriate to the given pedagogical situation) game form becomes a professional who knows no "failures" in their work. the ability to organize not only interesting but also multi-dimensionally beneficial game actions for students in any situation is one of the main expressions of an effective and humane educator. therefore, appropriate professional-pedagogical training is necessary (carried out at various levels), aimed at mastering the tools of game construction by future educators. secondly, the process of game construction itself is a quite fascinating and interesting process. therefore, game construction can be considered as one of the forms of active, vivid, and developmental leisure. accordingly, the organization of so-called game construction clubs (or other similar forms) is quite possible. the leisure activities of these clubs can have a pronounced socio-creative character if these clubs distribute the most successful products of their activities: new games, contests, ideas for game programs, scenarios for situational-role games, original game models for camp sessions, etc. the methods of game construction are ways of obtaining the designated product. to be more precise, the methods of game construction are ways of developing new forms of game activities that are adequate to the pedagogical situation and the declared social reality [9]. results: the game form can be considered as a kind of "shell" of the game, representing a descriptive formula in which the main and additional components of the game are arranged in a certain ratio (sequence, interconnection, possible and necessary volume of game material, etc.). the content of the game is what fills the game, its internal components. for example, the game "ping-pong." characteristics of the game form: the game is conducted in pairs. players-partners take turns rapidly stating a certain statement (the content of the statement depends on the game variant). after saying the statement, one participant passes a kind of relay item (pencil, ball, notebook, etc.) to the other. now the second player has 2-3 seconds (this time may vary depending on various factors: the age and preparedness of the players, the complexity of the theme, etc.) to, in accordance with the rules of a specific game variant, give a responsive or logically related statement to the previous one. quickly stating their statement, they pass the relay item back to their game partner, and so on until one of the players, unable to withstand the high pace of the game, makes too long of a pause, cannot make the next statement, or repeats what has already been said. the winner is the one who says the last statement. the form is called "ping-pong" because the high pace of statement exchange is similar to how a small ball in table tennis quickly jumps from one player's racket to another. therefore, it is important to maintain a high pace of the game (of course, if it is appropriate in a specific situation). goals of the game: the presented game form can be oriented towards the development of: speed, accuracy, and originality of thinking. attention and memory. imagination. communication skills. constructive connections within the group, etc. number of participants: from 2 people (one game pair) to practically any even number of participants. with a large number of participants, the game can be conducted several times in rotating pairs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org variants of the game: pair press conference in this game, participants take turns asking each other questions related to their partners. upon hearing a question from participant 1 and taking the game item, participant 2 immediately answers it, then rapidly asks their own question. the rule of the game is that participants cannot say "yes or no." example: "your main hobby?" "active tourism. what personality trait do you particularly value in people?" "honesty. do you engage in sports, and if so, which one?" "yes. basketball. (player loses.)" questions should not be repeated. the loser is also the one who first cannot quickly and correctly answer the next question, ask their question, or repeats a question that has already been asked. participants can be given only 1-2 minutes to work in one pair, after which they can be encouraged to exchange game partners. by doing this for just 20-30 minutes, people can quickly get to know each other in a new group. this game can also be one of the stages in a larger communicative game, asking participants to answer questions about each other, thereby testing their attentiveness and memory. complex confusion variant 1: the number of players should be even, no less than six people and no more than 12. if the number is less or more, the game task may be either too easy or too difficult for the participants. participants stand in a circle, holding hands. the leader informs them that he will turn away for a while (1-2 minutes), and during this time, without letting go of hands, they must entangle themselves in a way that it will be difficult for him to untangle them later. after the players have entangled themselves in their circle, the leader says that he changed his mind about untangling them; they have to untangle themselves. if there are multiple teams, they untangle as fast as possible. the winning team is the one that untangles the other team the fastest. variations of the "complex confusion" game: players perform the task in silence. players can talk but close their eyes. half of the players close their eyes, and half cannot speak. the leader imposes a kind of "taboo" on the use of certain categories of words. for example, players cannot use names, names of colors (red, blue, etc.). most importantly, they cannot use words that orient in space (up, down, right, left, back, forward, etc.). if there are two teams, they take turns explaining a rule from topics covered and examples on a particular theme or an excerpt from literary works. [9] discussion: without disputing the credibility of the classifications mentioned above, it is essential to emphasize the importance of didactic games. these games serve as valuable tools for knowledge acquisition, skill development, fostering cognitive interest among students, improving the visibility of educational content, and promoting independent learning. didactic games find application in all types of lessons, each performing a specific function in accumulating language experience, reinforcing previously acquired skills, and developing oral communication skills. the integration of didactic games into teaching, especially in the context of learning russian as a foreign language, significantly simplifies the educational process, making it more understandable. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org introducing games not only diversifies and enlivens the learning experience but also breaks down psychological barriers between teachers and students, encouraging communication needs and creating conditions for equal partnership in speech. research results show that systematic incorporation of gaming technologies into the process of learning russian as a foreign language contributes to a deeper assimilation of language and speech materials, especially in the presence of limited time. this approach introduces variety into learning activities and communication formats, alleviating the burden on students' voluntary memory and engaging them in involuntary forms of learning. therefore, it contributes to the development of speech fluency in students, bringing it closer to the average speech speed of native speakers within optimal timeframes. conclusion: this event, through the interesting content of proposed tasks, updates knowledge in various branches of psychology, activates students' interest in psychological science. original and non-standard tasks contribute to the development of thinking and creative abilities. interaction within the team and with other participants plays a positive role in enhancing students' communicative competence. thus, edutainment represents a form of the educational process that realizes the positive effects of entertainment. the incorporation of edutainment elements can be one way to increase students' educational motivation, but for this, the teacher must not only be an expert in their field to use the motivating potential of presented information but also masterfully handle modern technologies and teaching tools, one of which is the game. furthermore, achieving a match between "educational entertainment" (role-playing games, quizzes, educational quests, computer games, simulators, internet platforms, etc.) and educational goals is crucial. their moderate use in the learning process at different stages of knowledge acquisition and skill formation is vital. these issues, in our view, require separate and more detailed consideration. the game introduces an element of uncertainty that excites, activates the mind, and tunes into the search for optimal and unconventional solutions. the uncertainty and unpredictability of the game, the improvised nature of most game actions, often lead to unexpected situations, combinations of circumstances, and ratios of factors and forces, giving rise to genuinely original ideas, new experiences, and relationships. the game provides an opportunity to create and unite a collective. the attractiveness of the game is so great, and the gaming contact between people is so rich, deep, diverse, and unique that many gaming communities, mostly of a temporary nature, often demonstrate the ability to persist even after the game, beyond its framework. this possibility arises from the participants' sincere joy of communicating with like-minded individuals. references 1. dyakonova, o.o. the concept of "edutainment" in foreign and domestic pedagogy / o.o. dyakonova // siberian pedagogical journal. – 2012. – no. 6. – pp. 182-185. 2. kobzeva, n.a. edutainment as a modern teaching technology / n.a. kobzeva // yaroslavl pedagogical bulletin. – 2012. – vol. 2. – no. 4. – pp. 192-195. 3. addis, m. new technologies and cultural consumption / m. addis // edutainment is born. – bocconi: bocconi university, 2002. – p. 1–13. 4. de vary, s. educational gaming. interactive edutainment. distance learning / s. de vary // for educators, trainers and leaders. – 2008. – vol. 5. – no. 3. – pp. 35-44. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org 5. wallden, s. edutainment: from television and computers to digital television / s. wallden, a. soronen // citeseerx [electron. resource]. mode of access: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1. 105.7506&rep=rep1&type=pdf. – date of access: 11.02.2016. 6. wang, y. edutainment technology – a new starting point for education development of china / y. wang // 37th asee/ieee frontiers in education conference. – milwaukee : wi, 2007. – p. 10-13. 7. karmalova e.yu., khankeeva a.a. edutainment: concept, specificity, research of the need for it is intended for the target audience. bulletin of the chelyabinsk state university, 2016. no. 7 (389). pp. 64-71. 8. utemov v.v., zinovkina m.m., gorev p.m. pedagogy of creativity: an applied course of scientific creativity. a study guide. kirov: interregional center for innovative technologies in education, 2013. 212 p. 9. sapukh t.v. application of the "edutainment" technology in the educational environment of the university / t.v.sapukh // bulletin of tspu, 2016. no. 8 (173). pp. 30-34. 10. hangeldieva i.g. edutainment: from the television format to modern social and educational practices // hangeldieva i. g., bogdanova e. m. // collection of scientific articles based on the materials of the all-russian scientific conference from the international participation in "culture and education in modern society: strategies for development and preservation". krasnodar: ekoinvest llc, 2013. pp. 206-218. 11. zarukina e.v., loginova n.a., novik m.m. active teaching methods: recommendations for development and application: textbook.the method. stipend. st. petersburg : st. petersburg state university of economics, 2010. 59 p 12. rassadina s.a. cultural foundations of the concept of "edutainment" as a strategy for the formation of general cultural competencies in non-humanitarian universities // notes of the mining institute, 2016. vol. 219. pp. 498-503. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org the role of national cultural centers in uzbekistan in international harmony davronova mohigul karshi institute of engineering and economics, intern teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the role of national cultural centers in uzbekistan in interethnic harmony. the author, relying on scientific data, studied and analyzed the specific aspects of the role of national cultural centers in uzbekistan in interethnic harmony based on available literature. uzbekistan, national cultural centers, interethnic harmony. introduction in the implementation of a large-scale program of spiritual and moral renewal and cultural development of uzbekistan, an objective study of national history plays a significant role, in particular the characteristics of the spiritual and cultural life of the people at different stages of its history. for the culture of the people is a dynamically developing process, the content and specificity of which are determined by the historical conditions of its era [1]. national cultural centers serve to meet the national cultural needs of representatives of different nationalities and peoples living in uzbekistan, to preserve customs, traditions and values and to pass them on to the next generation. the existing cultural centers of the republic of uzbekistan have been operating legally based on the current legal and regulatory documents and their own charter. the uniqueness of national-cultural centers is that they are interested in learning, preserving and developing national culture, language, customs, values, traditions and rituals characteristic of a particular nation. national cultural centers voluntarily unite citizens of uzbekistan. the first national-cultural centers in our country were established by koreans, kazakhs, jews, and armenians in 1989 [4]. the real development and prosperity of these centers began after our country gained its independence. during the years of independence, a wide opportunity was created for their effective activity. if in 1992 there were 10 national-cultural centers, in 1995 their number reached 72, and by 2003 there were 135. today, the committee of international relations and friendly relations with foreign countries cooperates with 150 national cultural centers, 38 friendship societies and 38 societies of compatriots abroad operating in our country [5]. they consist of republican cultural centers, regional, city and district cultural centers. 1. material and methods ensuring the active participation of representatives of different nationalities living in the republic of uzbekistan in socio-political, spiritual-educational and cultural processes is one of the important directions of the activity of national-cultural centers. also, the centers carry out friendly cooperation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org of nationalities with compatriots in foreign countries, establishment of cultural and educational relations and their development. the main tasks of the republican international cultural center are to help strengthen the solidarity and inter-ethnic harmony among the citizens of our country. national cultural centers in our country carry out the following types of activities: a) music and theater studios, training in the study of the native language, history, writing, literature, folklore, theater and painting arts, national traditions and crafts, national sports and games. organizes groups and sunday schools in accordance with current legislation; b) national culture, national language; seminars, conferences, roundtables, festivals and meetings to study and promote national art forms and national traditions; c) organizes choirs and art groups. the purpose of establishing national cultural centers in the republic of uzbekistan is to study the preservation and development of national culture, language, traditions, and to establish national cultural centers on the territory of the republic in order to protect the customs and traditions of each nation living in the republic and their interests. this was due to insufficient attention being paid to the field of inter-ethnic relations in the former soviet era. during this period, the idea of a single state and a single people was put forward by the former soviet government. during the time of the former union, national politics in uzbekistan was one-sided, and the issue of national culture was not resolved in any of the union republics. there was always a one-sided approach to the national issue by the former center. although the ideas about culture were explained in the constitution of the former ussr, they were not proven in practice. that is why restoration, development and preservation of national culture rose to the level of state policy after we gained independence. 2. results at the same time, a special concept on raising the spiritual and educational level of our people, strengthening the material and technical base of culture and art institutions, and supporting industry representatives was approved in our country. nowadays, all peoples of central asian countries pay great attention to preserving their cultural heritage. today, 158 organizations of our compatriots are operating in 20 countries, such as the usa, great britain, germany, israel, the baltic states, azerbaijan, russia, tajikistan, kazakhstan, and kyrgyzstan. by actively using the mechanism of "people's diplomacy", they make a significant contribution to maintaining a peaceful and prosperous life, developing friendly relations and culturaleducational ties with foreign countries, and establishing close and mutually beneficial relations with compatriots abroad. currently, studies are conducted in 7 languages in educational institutions of our country. tv and radio shows and broadcasts are broadcast in 12 languages, newspapers and magazines are published in more than ten languages. representatives of different nationalities living here say "uzbekistan is our common home!" united under the slogan, celebrate wedding ceremonies and various holidays together. the most important thing is that necessary conditions have been created to preserve the national traditions of all brothers and sisters. today, national cultural centers play an important role in public diplomacy, that is, strengthening mutual trust and good neighborliness between countries, expanding cultural and humanitarian relations with neighboring countries. people's lives, worldviews and lifestyles are rapidly changing under the influence of globalisation. examples of culture are not created mechanically by the mass of the people, but by the most advanced people, intellectuals and scientists working in various spheres of social life. also, the main majority american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org part of society adopts advanced examples of culture, which ensures harmony between nations. interethnic harmony and religious tolerance are among the main principles of a democratic society. tolerance ensures harmony among citizens and prevents the emergence of social conflicts. 3. discussion today, not only in our country, but also in the world, religious tolerance, mutual respect and mutual understanding among religious denominations are becoming vital principles. in this regard, due to the results of the fair policy carried out from the first days of independence, as well as the high quality of our people, today representatives of all nationalities and religions live peacefully and harmoniously in our country. as the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev noted: "in the years of independence, a new stage in the development of inter-ethnic relations began in our country. development of the culture of tolerance and humanity, strengthening of inter-national and inter-civilian solidarity and harmony, education of the young generation in the spirit of love and loyalty to the motherland on this basis was defined as one of the most important priorities of the state policy in uzbekistan. all this found its full expression in life." the peoples of the central asian region had a positive impact on the development of world science and culture in the middle ages, and in the new century, they are striving to make significant use of the world's cultural achievements. implementation of fundamental reforms in our socio-political life in the years of independence, as the first president of the republic of uzbekistan islam karimov noted, "depends on the formation of creative intellectuals who widely promote the cultural achievements of the peoples of advanced countries" [2]. democratic society develops on the basis of cooperation and interaction between different nations and peoples, social groups and classes. natural and geographical conditions, climate, methods of labor organization play an important role in the emergence of different cultures among peoples. overemphasis on individuality and originality in national culture can ultimately lead to national limitation, disconnection from world civilization, and as a result conflict between different nations. the diversity of property relations creates a unique difference in the culture of different social groups and classes. it is not for nothing that urban and rural culture, intelligentsia and popular culture differ from each other. such a difference is connected with the methods of labor organization, the existence of different ownership relations, and both the artificial strengthening of these differences and their immediate disappearance cause negative consequences for the society. social mobility (mobility or flexibility of social classes and groups) is a law that objectively applies in the conditions of market relations. as much as this professional ethics is important in the improvement of production relations, knowing and understanding the uniqueness of the culture of different classes and social groups is also important in the integration of different layers in the society. as emile durkheim noted, "the social division of labor creates a solid foundation for further strengthening of solidarity among members of society. the emergence of new professions and specialists further strengthens the connection between social groups and strata" [3]. 4. conclusion in recent years, the political-legal, socio-economic image of our society has changed rapidly, and it is felt that new relationships, new opportunities and values are forming in our lives. especially "human american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org rights and freedoms", "rule of law", "openness", "freedom of speech", "freedom of religion and belief", "public control", "gender equality", "inviolability of private property", "freedom of economic activity" , fundamental democratic concepts and life skills such as "harmony" are now becoming a reality. only the state power built on the basis of such principles is truly a people-oriented, democratic power. the political-legal, socio-economic and spiritual-educational roots of the state and society with national harmony will be strong and strong. supporting the activities of cultural centers, creating conditions and opportunities is of great social and political importance. references: 1. ergasheva yu.a. cultural policy in uzbekistan in the first decades of soviet rule. science and innovation. special issue 6, 2024. –p.407-412. 2. karimov i.a. works. volume 6. t.: uzbekistan. 3. jorayev n. history of uzbekistan (era of national independence) book 3. t.: sharq, 2011. p. 433, 439. 4. national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. the first volume. t.: 2000. 5. https://dunyo.info/uz/site/innerslugmilliy_madaniy_markazlar_faoliyati/ 6. https://xs.uz/uz/post/ozbekiston-respublikasida-millij-madaniyatni-yanada-rivozhlantirishkontseptsiyasini-tasdiqlash-togrisida. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 22, | march 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org the effect of ballistic training on some biomechanical variables and the accuracy of the ace in volleyball for young people laith ali mohammed 1-teaching assistant. general director ate of thi-qar laith.ali91@utq.edu.iq dr. hayder sadeq makki 2-lecturer, general director ate of thi-qar haider.sadiq@utq.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s ballistic training is one of the training methods to develop speed and strength through the full range of motion. the performance of ballistic training depends on the theory of using resistance proportional to the strength and speed of the elasticity of the muscles so that the goal of the training program is achieved by developing maximum muscular ability as a means of developing the mechanical effectiveness of the working muscles to reach a better level. in motor performance, from the above, the importance of the research lies in the researchers’ endeavour to use ballistic training to develop some biomechanical variables that constitute an essential essence for the technical performance of the skill. the ace serves in volleyball, in addition to achieving accuracy in performance, by developing the strength of the legs to reach the highest possible height to hit the ball, thus achieving the best performance in the game of volleyball. as for the problem of research, through following up on developments in the game of volleyball in general and the development taking place in the skill of the ace serve in particular at the global, arab and local levels, and because of its impact in deciding the outcome of the match. through the observation of the researchers, they noticed that the technical level of this skill is not consistent with the development taking place and that there is weakness and significant fluctuation among young players in the accuracy of performance. the researchers attribute this weakness to not taking care of improving the skill aspect in accordance with the foundations and rules of the game, and it is considered one of the most critical problems facing those in charge of the training process. hence, the researchers decided to study this problem by preparing ballistic exercises to develop some bio-kinematic variables, thus developing the volleyball ace skill. the objectives of the research are to ballistic training, biokinetic variables, volleyball. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org prepare ballistic exercises to develop some biomechanical variables and the accuracy of the ace serve in volleyball for youth and identify the statistical differences between the pre-and post-tests of the control and experimental groups for some biomechanical variables and the accuracy of the ace serve in volleyball for youth, and identifying the statistical differences between post-tests for the control and experimental groups for some biomechanical variables and the accuracy of the smash serve in volleyball for youth. the researchers used the experimental method by designing two equal control and experimental groups as it is the most appropriate for such a study. as for the research community and sample, the researchers determined the research community in an intentional way and they represent the players of the specialized volleyball center in the district. al-shatra in dhi qa governorate (youth category) aged (16-18) years and numbering (15) players, where (5) players were selected from the research community and outside the sample to conduct the exploratory experiment and (10) players representing the research sample, the sample percentage was (66.66%) from the original population, and the most important conclusions were the development of the level of accuracy of the aces skill among the members of the research sample through the differences that appeared in the results of the post-test and in favor of the experimental group. introduction تأثير التدريب البالستي على بعض المتغيرات البيوكينماتيكية ودقة االرسال الساحق بالكرة الطائرة للشباب مستخلص البحث باللغة العربية يعتمد يعد التدريب البالستتتتو اح اطد ال التدريب لترحيا الستتتاقو ال حال ا نطا اللرال اللا ك لو ا و أداء التدريبات البالستيو قوى نظايو إستخدام ا و تتلاسب ع قحال ساقو را يو العضطت طتى يت ق الهدف كحستيوو لترحيا الععاليو المياانيايو لوعضتطت العا وو التح ا البانا ج التدريبى بتلميو ال درال العضتويو ال وتح الى استتتتخدام التدريب الباطثانتلما و ستتتعو أهمية البحث ما ت دم ان ، إلى ستتتتح أ ضتتتك و الداء ال ا و البالستتتتتو و ترحيا اعم المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو التو تجتتتتاك محااا هما لنداء العلو لمهارال ا رستتتتاا الستتتتاطق االلاال الرائاال ، اضتتتا و الى ت يق الدقو و الداء ا نطا ترحيا ال حال لوامويا لوحالتتتحا إلى أقوى ارتعا ماا ا نطا المتااعو ، اما مشككككلة البحث لضتتتتاك اللاال االتالو الحالتتتتحا إلى الداء ال ضتتتتك و لعبو اللاال الرائاال لمستتددات الترحر و لعبو اللاال الرائاال اوتحرال قا و الترحر ال االتك و هارال ا رستاا الستاطق اوتحرال ناالتو american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org قوى المستتتتتتتتتتتتتتح العالمو العامو الم وو لما لها ا اجا و طستتتتتتتتتتتتتال نتيدو المباراال ا نطا ططظو الباطثان طظحا أن المستتح العلو لهه المهارال يلستدال ع الترحر ال االتك ان الاع ضتععا تهبهك بياى لد الطقبيا الجتتتتتباك و ستتتتتتح دقو ا داء يلستتتتتب الباطثان دل الضتتتتتعح الى قدم ا قتلاء بت ستتتتتيا الدانب المهار ا لنستتتتتتتتتت ال حاقد الخاالتتتتتتتتتتو االوعبو تعد ا ااال المجتتتتتتتتتتاطت التو تحامو ال ائميا االعمويو التدريبيو ا الا ارتى الباطثان دراستتتتتتو اه المجتتتتتتاوو ا نطا اقداد التدريبات البالستتتتتتتيو لترحيا تلميو اعم المتتياات البيح يلماتياو ترحيا اعم إقداد التمايلات البالستتتتتيو ل أهداف البحث مالتالو ترحر هارال ا رستتتتاا الستتتتاطق ا االلاال الرائاال ، التعاف قوى العا ل ا طوتتتتتتتائيو بيا المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو دقو ا رستتتتتتتاا الستتتتتتتاطق االلاال الرائاال لوجتتتتتتتباك ، لبعم المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو دقو ا رستتاا الستتاطق ا نتبارات ال بويو البعديو لومدمحقتيا الضتتاارو التدايبيو التعاف قوى العا ل ا طوتتتائيو بيا ا نتبارات البعديو لومدمحقتيا الضتتتاارو التدايبيو االلاال الرائاال لوجتتتباك ، المنهج التجريبي لبعم المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو دقو ا رستتاا الستتاطق االلاال الرائاال لوجتتباك ، استتتخدم الباطثان ، اما مجتمع البحث وعينةبتوتتتميال المدمحقتيا المتلا نتيا الضتتتاارو التدايبيو حنو النستتتب لمثك اه الدراستتتو قبو الما ز التخوتتتتوتتتتو االلاال الرائاال و قضتتتتاء د طدد الباطثان دتمع الب ث االراي و العمديو اال يمثوحن ب 5ب قبا ، طيث تال انتيار )15ب ستتلو البالع قدداال )18-16 و ا ظو د قا ) نو الجتتباكب امقمار ) الجتتراال ب قبيا يمثوحن قيلو الب ث انت 10 قبيا ا دتمع الب ث نارج العيلو إلمااء التدامو ا ستتتتترطقيو ) او ترحر ستتتتتح دقو هارال ا رستتتتاا االسكككتنتا ات انت ااال، ٪ب ا المدتمع ا التتتتوو 66.66نستتتتبو العيلو ) الستتتتتتتتتتتتتتاطق لتد ا ااد قيلتو الب تث ا نطا العا ل التو تهات و نتتائج ا نتبتار البعتد لوتتتتتتتتتتتتتتال المدمحقتو التدايبيو. : التعريف بالبحث-1 مقدمة البحث واهميته : 1-1 يتروب الترحر العومو عا و ا ستتتتتت ا الخرحات العوميو الوتتتتتت ي و التو تستتتتتتاقد قوى الترحر و المداا الاياضتتتو ا نطا رستتتال الخرحات ا اداف الوتتت ي و التو تماا المدرميا الخبااء لوحالتتتحا الى ا ضتتتك التته يعرو تعستتتتتتتتتتتتتتياات دقي تتو طحا ا داء المياتتانياو ا اتته العوحم اح قوال البتتايح ياتتانيتت اللتتتائج ا ندتتا ات .لومهارال american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org لعبو اللاال الرائاال إطد اللعاك التو تتروب الب ث الدراستتتتتتتتتتو المستتتتتتتتتتتماال استتتتتتتتتتبب تعدد هاراتها ثاال المتتياات التو ت دث إجلاء المباريات هو ت تاج الى تلح التمايلات للو ياحن الطقب اكثا ات انا اكثا جباتا قلد .أداء المهارات َ تَعُد ، هو أيضا ا المهارات الساسيو دات الرااع الهدح و اإلرساا الساطق ات هارالمهار ال اه ا المهتارات تعتد إطتد العتالمو حنهتا ، الستتتتتتتتتتتتتتط الهدح و ال ا و اللاال الرتائاال ال تديثتو قوى المستتتتتتتتتتتتتتتح العامو الهدح يو المؤجاال التو شتتتتتموها اها الترحر نتيدو تلا د ا العالال و ابتلار الستتتتت العوميو ال ديثو االتدريب ا أ أكثا ا قوحم التاميو الاياضيو. انمتزج يها قومي الب حث التو ، نطا إمااء الدراسات ال التدريب لترحيا الستتتتتتتاقو ال حال ا نطا اللرال اللا ك لو ا و يعد التدريب البالستتتتتتتتو اح اطد يعتمد أداء التدريبات البالستيو قوى نظايو إستخدام ا و تتلاسب ع قحال ساقو را يو العضطت طتى يت ق كحستتيوو لترحيا الععاليو المياانيايو لوعضتتطت العا وو الهدف ا البانا ج التدريبى بتلميو ال درال العضتتويو ال وتتح قدرال العضتتتتتطت قوى أداء طا ات ما يدا التدريب البالستتتتتتو قوى ال ا والداء و التتتتتح إلى ستتتتتتح أ ضتتتتتك %ب ما انو يتميز بتزايد الستتاقو لقوتتى د 50 30امقوتتى ستتاقو مالو قلد ا و نعيعو ا تحستترو ا ) عيعو الح ن مستاقات قاليو ، اات بيو ، ماكيت ع قهف الداال ا الث ك و العااغ يجتمك تدريبات د ع ا ج اا ن .اج اا ، ميتا اج اا اعم المتتياات و ترحيا التدريب البالستو استخدام الى الباطثان سعو تلما و الب ث أاميو ما ت دم ان الدقو ت يق الى و ااض ، االلاال الرائاالا رساا الساطق لنداء العلو لمهارال محااا هماالتو تجاك البيح يلماتيايو الداء إلى الحالحا االتالو اللاال ماا لضاك ارتعا أقوى إلى لوحالحاترحيا ال حال لوامويا نطا ا الداء و . الرائاال اللاال لعبو و ال ضك مشكلة البحث : 1-2 مميعها قوى ا داء المهار د ات انو اوحرال قا و يعتمد ستح الداء ال ا و و الععاليات الاياضيو اانيايو المميزال لداء تو الععاليات ا تتضملو ا هارات طا ات ي التو طتما سحف تؤجا قوى المتتياات البيح .أساسيو ناالو بها american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org الرائاال اللاال لعبو الترحر و لمستددات المتااعو ال االك و هارال ا نطا اوحرال قا و الترحر لما لها ا اجا و طسال نتيدو المباراال الم وو الساطق اوحرال ناالو قوى المستح العالمو العامو ا رساا ضععا الاع ع الترحر ال االك ان الالمستح العلو لهه المهارال يلسد أن حا طظ ا نطا ططظو الباطثان دل الضعح الى قدم ا قتلاء بت سيا الباطثان يلسب و ستح دقو ا داء تهبهك بياى لد الطقبيا الجباك تعد ا ااال المجاطت التو تحامو ال ائميا االعمويو التدريبيو الخاالو االوعبوالدانب المهار ا لنس ال حاقد اعم المتتياات ترحيا تلميو ل التدريبات البالستيو اقداد دراسو اه المجاوو ا نطا الباطثان ىارت ا الا االلاال الرائاال . ا الساطق ا رساا مالتالو ترحر هارال البيح يلماتياو أهداف البحث 1-3 الساطق االلاال الرائاال لوجباك ا رساا دقو اعم المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو ترحيا ل التمايلات البالستيو إقداد -1 . قوى -2 ا نتبار التعاف بيا ا طوائيو الضاارو التدايبيو البعدي و بويال ات العا ل لومدمحقتيا لبعم و المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو دقو ا رساا الساطق االلاال الرائاال لوجباك . لبعم المتتياات ات البعديو لومدمحقتيا الضاارو التدايبيوا نتبار بيا العا ل ا طوائيوالتعاف قوى -3 البيح يلماتيايو دقو ا رساا الساطق االلاال الرائاال لوجباك . فرضا البحث 1-4 الضاارو التدايبيو و لومدمحقتيا البعدي وال بوي ات الال ا ل اطوائيو دات د لو علحيو بيا ا نتبار -1 . البعديو لوال ا نتبارات و لومدمحقتيا الضاارو التدايبيو لوال البعدي ات بيا ا نتبار دات د لو علحيو اطوائيو الال ا ل -2 المدحقو التدايبيو . : مجاالت البحث 1-5 قضاء الجراال –المداا البجا : قبو الما ز التخوويو االلاال الرائاال 5-11 4/4202/ 1الى 3202/ 11/ 15المداا الز انو : 5-21 . ال اقو الاياضو المتو و و قضاء الجراال المداا الماانو : 5-31 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org تحديد المصطلحات : 1-6 ب تتتتا االنفجاريككككةالطقبتتتتيا لترتتتتحيا ال تتتتدرال العضتتتتويو )" التتتتتدريب التتتته يستتتتتخدم تتتتا قبتتتتك : التككككدريب البالسككككتي طيتتتتتث يا تتتتتع الاياضتتتتتو الم ا تتتتتو ا الث تتتتتك ياستتتتتبو نتتتتتطا ر تتتتتو ا تتتتتات عيلتتتتتو اربيعتتتتتو اداء تتستتتتتال االتعديتتتتتك تعديتتتتك جتتتتال يرو تتتتو تتتتو الهتتتتحاء بتتتتد تتتتا أن يبرنتتتتو ا يخعتتتتم ستتتتاقتو متتتتا تتتتو ا شتتتتااا النتتتتا تتتتا تتتتتدريبات ا ج اا")1ب منهجية البحث وإ راءاته الميدانية: -2 منهج البحث: 2-1 لتتتتهل تتتتمن ثيتتتتاا الباطثتتتتان استتتتتخد والتتتته إن بيعتتتتو المجتتتتاوو المتتتتااد طوهتتتتا اتتتتو التتتتتو ت تتتتدد تتتتلهج الب تتتتث . ا الظحااا يماا دراستها إ ا نطا لهج يطئال المجاوو المااد ا ثها حنتتتتتتو المدمتتتتتتحقتيا المتلتتتتتا نتيا الضتتتتتتاارو التدايبيتتتتتو بتوتتتتتميالالمتتتتتلهج التدايبتتتتتتو الباطثتتتتتتانلتتتتتها استتتتتتخدم تتتتو همتتتتااجتتتتاق ت يتتتتق التلتتتتا ؤ بيل دمتتتتحقتيا تتتتو اتتتتها ا ستتتتوحك يتتتتتال استتتتتخدام النستتتتب لمثتتتتك اتتتته الدراستتتتو لنتتتتو مميع المتتياات التو يماا ان تؤجا قوى المتتيا ات التااعو و التدامو )2ب. مجتمع البحث وعينة: 2-2 اإلمتتتتتااءات المستتتتتتخد و تتتتتو الب تتتتتث اتتتتتو التتتتتتو ت تتتتتدد بيعتتتتتو العيلتتتتتو الباطثتتتتتانها ضتتتتتعإن الاتتتتتداف التتتتتتو قبتتتتتتو الما تتتتتتز دتمتتتتتتع الب تتتتتتث االراي تتتتتتو العمديتتتتتتو اتتتتتتال يمثوتتتتتتحن الباطثتتتتتتانطتتتتتتدد ها، قويتتتتتتو تتتتتتد نالتتتتتتتو ستتتتتتيختار ب 81-16ب امقمتتتتتتار )الجتتتتتتباك ) نتتتتتتو د قتتتتتتار تتتتتتو ا ظتتتتتتو اتتتتتتاللاال الرتتتتتتائاال تتتتتتو قضتتتتتتاء الجتتتتتتراال التخووتتتتتتو إلمتتتتتتااء تتتتتتا دتمتتتتتتع الب تتتتتتث نتتتتتتارج العيلتتتتتتو ب قبتتتتتتيا 5) انتيتتتتتتارطيتتتتتتث تتتتتتتال ،ب قبتتتتتتا 51ستتتتتتلو البتتتتتتالع قتتتتتتدداال ) ب تتتتتتا المدتمتتتتتتع ٪66.66 انتتتتتتت نستتتتتتبو العيلتتتتتتو ) ب قبتتتتتتيا يمثوتتتتتتحن قيلتتتتتتو الب تتتتتتث 10 ) التدامتتتتتتو ا ستتتتتتترطقيو . ا الوو ( جمال صبري فرج ,القوة والقدرة والتدريب الرياضي الحديث , دار دجلة , األردن , 2012 , ص492(1 )2( إخالص محمد عبد الحفيظ، مصطفى حسين باهي: طرق البحث العلمي والتحليل اإلحصائي في المجاالت التربوية والنفسية والرياضية، ط 2، . 107، ص2003القاهرة، مركز الكتاب للنشر، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org تجانس العينة: • بتتتتتتتبعم ا متتتتتتتااءات لضتتتتتتتب المتتيتتتتتتتاات ، لتتتتتتتها تتتتتتتتال الباطثتتتتتتتانلتتتتتتتتاق الت تتتتتتتق تتتتتتتا تدتتتتتتتان العيلتتتتتتتو قتتتتتتتام استتتتتتخدام الحستتتتتائك ا طوتتتتتائيو قتتتتتا ايتتتتتق الحستتتتت ال ستتتتتابو ا ن تتتتتااف المعيتتتتتار عا تتتتتك ا نتتتتتتطف لو ياستتتتتات ب يبيا دل .1المحر حلحميو لمعا و اقع ا نتطف ا قد و الدد ا ) ب 1تتد ا )م يبيا المحالعات لعيلو الب ث و العما الز لو العما التدريبو اللتوو الرحا الحس ال سابو ا ن ااف المعيار عا ك ا نتطف الوسط الحسابي وحدة القياس القياسات ت االنحراف المعياري معامل االختالف ٪0.94 1.98 208.69 شهر العمر الزمني 1 ٪8.77 3.69 42.07 شهر العمر التدريبي 2 ٪5.56 4.02 72.3 كغم الكتلة 3 ٪2.02 3.62 178.6 سم الطول 4 ٪1.77 1.25 70.58 سم طول الذراع 5 ٪4.83 2.96 61.24 سم طول الجذع 6 ٪1.86 1.85 99.25 سم طول الرجلين 7 اها يدا قوى تدان العيلو ٪ 30ال يال اقك ا ااستخدام عا ك ا نتطف اله يظها تكافؤ العينة • لتاق عا و اقع ال ياستات ا نتبارات المتتياات البيح ياانيايو قيد الدراستو لد المدمحقتيا التدايبيو ا ياس اه المؤشتتتتتتتتتتتتاات ، ا امك التعاف قوى د لو العا ل و المتتياات المه حرال الباطثان الضتتتتتتتتتتتتاارو، قام ب لوعيلات المستتتتتتتت وو بيا المدمحقتيا t لوتمكد ا تلا ؤ المدمحقتيا الضتتتتتتتاارو التدايبيو، تال استتتتتتتتخدام انتبار) لو يام بب ثو تربيق التمايلات الخاالو . ياب اها ا يؤاك الباطث2,) ما بيا و الددا ا american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org ب2مد ا ) يبيا التلا ؤ و قيال المتتياات الدراسو لطنتبارات ال بويو لومدمحقتيا الضاارو التدايبيو و ا رساا الساطق االلاال الرائاال المتغيرات ت tقيمة المجموعة التجريبية المجموعة الضابطة المحسوبة sig المعنوية ع س ع س متغير سرعة االقتراب 1 3.21 1.25 3.17 0.28 0.34 0.73 غير معنوي 2 متغير زاوية مفصل الركبة عند اقصى انثناء 121.56 2.22 119.66 1.75 0.36 0.72 غير معنوي متغير زاوية النهوض 3 70.57 1.97 72.66 1.75 0.535 0.604 غير معنوي متغير سرعة الطيران الالعب 4 2.32 1.15 2.33 0.24 1.256 0.234 غير معنوي 5 متغير اقصى ارتفاع لمركز كتلة الجسم لحظة الضرب 132.26 2.94 134.16 2.04 0.916 0.381 غير معنوي لحظة الضربمتغير زاوية الجذع 6 81.53 3.69 81.33 0.89 0.659 0.532 غير معنوي متغير سرعة الكرة 7 12.22 3.20 12.59 1.41 0.892 0.393 غير معنوي 8 دقة مهارة االرسال الساحق بالكرة الطائرة 12.25 2.75 13.07 2.88 0.620 0.549 غير معنوي 2 الوسائل واالدوات واال هزة المستخدمة : 3  وسائل مع المعلومات :  الموادر العاميو ا ملبيو .  الم ابطت الجخويو  التدايب.  ا نتبار ال ياس .  االدوات واال هزة المستخدمة:  شاي قياس .  سوال ارضو american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org  الا اال يااانيو الولع.  آلو توحيا يديحيو ا نح ) sony الحرال / جانيو.300ب يااانيو الولع دات ساقو تادد  آلو توحيا يديحيو ا نح ) sony الحرال / جانيو. 25ب يااانيو الولع دات ساقو تادد  . يزان بو  طاسبو يد يو ا نح ) casio. ب يااانيو الولع  مها طاسحك ك تحك نح (dell ci7) اياللد الولع .  اقااص ليزريو (dvd) قدد 2.  .قانحنو ائاال اال وعب  ب .5قانحنيو قدد ) ائاال اات  ب سال أد ات اتبيو.5شاي الق اعاق )  ساقو تحقيت اللتا نيو نح casio .  مب )بحرعب  10شحانص قدد  10طحامز تمايا قدد :ا راءات البحث الميدانية 2-4 قيد البحث : توصيف االختبار 2-4-1 انتبار الدقو لمهارال اإلرساا الساطق :اسم االختبار : american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org الهدف من االختبار: قياس الدقو لمهارال اإلرساا الساطق )3ب: ب شتتتتتتتتتتتاي وحن لت ستتتتتتتتتتتيال لا ق الموعب 5: وعب اال ائاال قانحنو اات ائاال قانحنيو قدد)األدوات المسكككككككتخدمة ب .2الم ابك ، ما حض و الجاك ) بم ا الجتتتتتتتتباو ، ا يث 9: ي ح الطقب المختبا و لتوتتتتتتتتح الخ اللهائو لوموعب قوى اعد ) مواصكككككفات األداء ياحن الطقب المختبا مساا االلاال لي حم امداء اإلرساا الساطق لتعبا اللاال الجباو الى اللوح المخر ا الموعب شروط األداء: و طالو لم اللاال لوجتتتتتتتتتتتباو قبحراا الى نوتتتتتتتتتتتح الموعب المخر أ نا مها الى نارج طد د الموعب ت ستتتتتتتتتتتب ا لو لطقب المختبا ) ا ضما الم ا ت الخمسوب ت تسب درماتها. ب 5التستتتتتتتديك: يمنه الطقب درمو الملر و التو ت ع يها اللاال للك إرستتتتتتتاا التتتتتتت ي طيث إن للك قب ختبا ) ب درمو 20ب درمات إن الدرمو العظمى لهها ا نتبار او )4-1 ا ت للحن الدرمات ح قو قوى الملا ق ا ) . تسب لطقب المختبا درمو الملر و القوى ع ططظو أنو و طالو س حق اللاال قوى ن يعوك بيا لر تيا ت المتغيرات البيوكينماتيكية قيد الدراسة : 2-4-2 : اتتتتو قبتتتتارال قتتتتا ستتتتا و ا قتتتتتااك الم رحقتتتتو قوتتتتى طتتتتدال التتتتز ا طتتتتدال قياستتتتها متغيككككر سككككرعة االقتككككراب -1 اتتتتو )م/جتتتتاب اتتتتو اللستتتتبو بتتتتيا ستتتتا و ا قتتتتتااك التتتتتو تمثوهتتتتا بدايتتتتو طا تتتتو ا تتتتز ج تتتتك الدستتتتال ، تتتتا طا تتتتتو قوتتتتى ب .trakpathا رق الى قبك تا و ا رق لطرت اء قوى ا اه المسا و تال طسابها بحاسرو ) االا بتتتو تتتتال اتتتو الم وتتتحرال بتتتيا نتتت العختتته الستتتال تتتارا متغيكككر ياويكككة مفصكككل الركبكككة عنكككد اقصكككى اثنكككاء: -2 . طسابها و اقوى جلو لها اجلاء ا ستلاد قوى ا رق ت اس ا الخوح اتتتتو الزا يتتتتو الم وتتتتحرال بتتتتيا المستتتتتح ا تتتتو ، الختتتت الحاالتتتتك بتتتتيا ن رتتتتو ارتلتتتتا :متغيككككر ياويككككة النهككككو -3 س قتتتتتدم اللهتتتتتحق قوتتتتتى ا رق ن رتتتتتو عوتتتتتك التتتتتحرع الطقتتتتتب تتتتتو انتتتتتا التتتتتحرال قبتتتتتك تتتتتتادرال ال تتتتتدم ا رق ت تتتتتا ا ا ام. ط1 ، القاهرة : دار الفكر –سجالت – تخطيط –)3( أحمد عبد الدايم الوزير ، على مصطفى طه : دليل المدرب في الكرة الطائرة اختبارات . 16، ص 1999العربي ، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org او نسبو سا و الرياان إلى ا الرياان متغير سرعة الطيران : -4 اتتتو المستتتا و العمحديتتتو بتتتيا ن رتتتو التتتحرع ل ظتتتو :متغيكككر اقصكككى ارتفكككات لمرككككز كتلكككة الجسكككم لح كككة ال كككرب -5 . ضاك اللاال سر ا رق اتتتتتتو الم وتتتتتتتحرال بتتتتتتيا الختتتتتت التتتتتتتحامو ا تتتتتتو المتتتتتتتحا متغيكككككككر ياويكككككككة الجككككككك ت لح كككككككة ضكككككككرب الككككككككرة : -6 لنرق)الم حر ا وب ، الخ الحامو الممتد ا ن رو اللتح الى ن رو الحرع و ل ظو ضاك اللاال. م، ستتتتتتتمو قوتتتتتتتى التتتتتتتز ا ب1 ت تتتتتتتاس تتتتتتا ل ظتتتتتتتو ضتتتتتتتاك اللتتتتتتتاال ، التتتتتتى ستتتتتتتا و ) متغيكككككككر سكككككككرعة الككككككككرة : -7 .المستتال التجارب االستطالعية : 2-4-3 التجربة االستطالعية االولى: أاتتتتال تتتتا يحالتتتتو اتتتتو قومتتتتاء الب تتتتث العومتتتتو لتتتتتاق ال وتتتتحا قوتتتتى نتتتتتائج دقي تتتتو حجحقتتتتو إمتتتتااء التدامتتتتو "ا ستتتتتترطقيو التتتتتتو تعتتتتتاف امنهتتتتتا وعمتتتتتك للجتتتتتح لتدايتتتتتب التدامتتتتتو وتتتتتتاال تتتتتا التدامتتتتتو الائيستتتتتيو التتتتتتاق لهتتتتتا المستتتتتتاقدال قوتتتتتتى المعحقتتتتتتات الستتتتتتوبيات التتتتتتتو تحامتتتتتتو تربيتتتتتتق التدامتتتتتتو الائيستتتتتتيو ا لتتتتتتتاق تتتتتتتدريب اعتتتتتتم تتتتتتحادر )4ب."العمك التاستتتتتتتتعوالستتتتتتتتاقو 2023 /12/ 8بتتتتتتتتتاري الدمعتتتتتتتتو التدامتتتتتتتتو ا ستتتتتتتتترطقيو يتتتتتتتتحم الباطثتتتتتتتتان قتتتتتتتتد امتتتتتتتتا الرتتتتائااللاال الالتخووتتتتو اتتتت الما تتتتزقوتتتتى قيلتتتتو تتتتا قبتتتتو قاقتتتتو لتتتتتد شتتتتباك اللاالتتتتايو اللمتتتتحدمو تتتتو التتتتباطا ب ايتتتتتتام 7 معتتتتتتد تتتتتتتاال )لتربيتتتتتق ا نتبتتتتتتارات تتتتتتا نتتتتتتارج العيلتتتتتتو ب قبتتتتتتيا تتتتتتا دتمتتتتتع الب تتتتتتث 5لع قتتتتتتدداال )ابتتتتت ال عا تتتتو الدحانتتتتب الستتتتوبيو اقيتتتتد ا نتبتتتتار بتتتتلع ا متتتتااءات تتتتا طيتتتتث الز تتتتان الماتتتتان التتتتتاق تتتتا اتتتته التدامتتتتو ما يمتو: هل لوتمكد التو ستحامو العمك المتتياات ايداد ا س العوميو لطنتبارات -1 ا مهزال الملاسبو لمااء تو ا نتبارات. عا و ا د ات -2 عا و الحقت الماان الملاسب لماائها. -3 التعاف قوى المسا ات ا رتعاقات التو يدب ان تحضع يها ا ت التوحيا. -4 )4(حيدر عبد الرزاق كاظم العبادي : اساسيات كتابة البحث العلمي في التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة : ط1، شركة الغدير للطباعة والنشر ، . 128 . ، ص2015البصرة ، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org .التمكد ا عايو اللادر المساقد -5 تعايف اللادر المساقد و يعيو تربيق تو ا نتبارات. -6 ا نتبارات . الباطثان عا و الوعحمات المجاكك التو تحامو -7 -التجربة االستطالعية الثانية : قوتتتتتاا الاااعتتتتتوالستتتتتاقو 2023 /12/ 10بتتتتتتاري ا طتتتتتد يتتتتتحم تتتتتو الثانيتتتتتوتتتتتتال إمتتتتتااء التدامتتتتتو ا ستتتتتترطقيو لتتتتتاق التتتتتدريبات البالستتتتتيوقوتتتتى قيلتتتتو الب تتتتث تتتتتال تربيتتتتق اعتتتتم قاقتتتتو لتتتتتد شتتتتباك اللاالتتتتايو اللمتتتتحدمو تتتتو : ا يوو ت ليا تو التماريا ايداد احنات ال مك لها )الجدال ال دال الااطوب. -1 .التدريبات عا و د قدرال العيلو قوى تربيق تو -2 .التدريبات عا و الز ا الط م لتربيق تو -3 تربي هتتتتتا الباطثتتتتتان ن لتتتتتي تتتتتا طتتتتتق التتتتتتدريبات عا تتتتتو اللتتتتتادر المستتتتتاقد المتتتتتدرك تتتتتو يعيتتتتتو تربيتتتتتق توتتتتت -4 بلعسو لنو يعتبا ت يز لعموو. قبتتتتتك تربي هتتتتتا تتتتتو التدامتتتتتو التتتتتتدريبات تتتتتو تربيتتتتتق توتتتتت الباطثتتتتتان عا تتتتتو الوتتتتتعحمات المجتتتتتاكك التتتتتتو تحامتتتتتو -5 الائيسيو . : اتاالسس العلمية لالختبار 2-4-3 صدق:اوال : ال ااتتتتتا تتتتتو ا نتبتتتتتار المعتمتتتتتد تتتتتو قيتتتتتاس ا تتتتتا الوتتتتتعات االمؤشتتتتتاات التتتتتتو يدتتتتتب تح يعتتتتتد الوتتتتتدل اطتتتتتدا تتتتتا الظتتتتتتحااا الاياضتتتتتتيو ، يعتتتتتتاف ا نتبتتتتتتار الوتتتتتتادل "اتتتتتتح ا نتبتتتتتتار التتتتتته ي تتتتتتي بدقتتتتتتو الجتتتتتتو المتتتتتتااد قياستتتتتتو ي ي شينا بد لو ا ااإلضا و اليو")5ب. ظااا " اح يعلو ان ا نتبار يبد الادقا و الودل ال الباطثاناستخدم ات لوحقحف قوى الدل ا نتبار الخبااء قياسها" )6ب ، اد قاق ا نتبارات قوى دمحقو ا المااد االحتيعو يتعوق الظااايو ن اسمو الحرتو الدقا و ا نتبارات اد يجيا ) المااءالمختويا قد اتع حا قوى الططيتها ل ياس ا ضعت ل ياسو . يعد اها )5(محمد صبحي حسانين. القياس والتقويم في التربية البدنية والرياضية ،ج2 ، القاهرة : دار الفكر العربي ، 2003 ، ، ص 34. )6( حيدر عبد الرزاق كاظم : مصدر سبق ذكرة ، 2013، ص 122 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org تال قاضو قوى قدد ا المتخوويا أدايعد ا نتبار الادقا أنالى انو يماا "ب 1990. آنا ن ورعى محد طامحا اانو ي ي ا ضع ل ياسو ااعاءال" ) 7ب :ثبات ثانيا : ال بتتتتتد تتتتتا تربيتتتتتق بتتتتتدأ ا نتبتتتتتار الثابتتتتتت" اتتتتتح التتتتته يعرتتتتتو لطنتبتتتتتارات تتتتتا امتتتتتك استتتتتتخااج عا تتتتتك الثبتتتتتات نتتتتتتتائج ت ارمتتتتتتو أ اللتتتتتتتائج نعستتتتتتها إدا بتتتتتتق أكثتتتتتتا تتتتتتا تتتتتتا تتتتتتو تتتتتتتا ف تماجوتتتتتتو" )8ب ، يتتتتتتتال دلتتتتتت تتتتتتو تتتتتتتا ف ل ستتتتتتاك عا تتتتتتك الثبتتتتتتات ) اي تتتتتتو ا نتبتتتتتتار قتتتتتتادال ا نتبتتتتتتارب معاالتتتتتتك لتتتتتتو الباطثتتتتتتان عمك تجتتتتتتابهو قتتتتتتد استتتتتتت 2023 /12/ 8بتتتتتتتاري الدمعتتتتتتو يتتتتتتحمطيتتتتتتث تتتتتتتال امتتتتتتااء ا نتبتتتتتتار ا ا ب أيتتتتتتام7بتتتتتتيا ا نتبتتتتتتار ال ا الثتتتتتتانو ) ، التتتتتتباطا التاستتتتتتعوالستتتتتتاقو 3220 /15/12بتتتتتتتاري الدمعتتتتتتو يتتتتتتحم تتتتتتتال اقادتتتتتتتو تتتتتتو التتتتتتباطا التاستتتتتتعوالستتتتتتاقو ب قبيا ا دتمع الب ث نارج العيلو.5قوى ) استتتتتخااج عا تتتتك الثبتتتتات قتتتتا ايتتتتق عا تتتتك ا رتبتتتتاق )بياستتتتحنب بتتتتيا نتتتتتائج ا نتبتتتتار ا الباطثتتتتان ت قتتتتد قا تتتت تمتتتتتتتتع ت ات إلتتتتتتتى أن انتبتتتتتتتار الباطثتتتتتتتانال ا نتتتتتتتتائج ا نتبتتتتتتتار الثتتتتتتتانو استتتتتتتتخااج علحيتتتتتتتو ا رتبتتتتتتتاق قتتتتتتتد تحالتتتتتتتك ب مدرمتتتتتتو 0.878ب الم ستتتتتتحمو اكبتتتتتتا تتتتتتا ال يمتتتتتتو الدد ليتتتتتتو البتتتتتتالع تتتتتتداراا )رامعلحيتتتتتتو قاليتتتتتتو دلتتتتتت لن قيمتتتتتتو ) تمتتتتتتتع بدرمتتتتتتو قاليتتتتتتو تتتتتتا الثبتتتتتتات متتتتتتا حضتتتتتت ات ت متتتتتتا يتتتتتتدا إن ا نتبتتتتتتار ب0.05ب امستتتتتتتح د لتتتتتتو )3) طايتتتتتتو ب.2االدد ا) الموضوعية:ثالثا : إن ا نتبار المحضتحقو "اح اله ي دث يو تبايا بيا آراء الم اميا إدا ا قا حا االت ايال لوعاد المختبا أكثا ا طاال")9ب ، إد قام الباطثان اإيداد عا ك المحضتتتتتتتتحقيو للك انتبار ا ا نتبارات المهاريو قا ايق إيداد عا ك ب و التربيق ال ا اله أما نطا التدامو ا ستتتترطقيو ا رتباق البستتتي )بياستتتحنب بيا نتائج الم اميا ا جليا) يبيا ب3، انت عا طت ا رتباق قاليو ما يدا قوى حضتتتتتتتتتتحقيو ا نتبارات المستتتتتتتتتتتخد و و الب ث ، الدد ا ) دل . . )7(مصطفى محمود واخرون : التقويم والقياس ، جامعة بغداد ، 1990 ، ص116 ( نادر مهدي الزيود وهشام عامر عليان: مبادئ القياس والتقويم في التربيه ، ط3، دار الفكر للنشر والتوزيع ، عمان ،2005 ، ص145.(8 )9(محمد جاسم الياسري : األسس النظرية الختبارات التربية الرياضية ، النجف االشرف ، دار الضياء للطباعة والتصميم ، 2010 ، ص77. (. المحكمين : 1 أ.م.د علي شمخي جبار دكتوراه تربية بدنية وعلوم رياضة ) دكتوراه تربية بدنية وعلوم رياضة . نصر هللا راضي م.د أ. 2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org (3 دول ) الختبارات والموضوعية يبن معامل الثبات االختبار ت معامل الثبات قيمة )ر( الموضوعية معامل قيمة )ر( الضرب الساحق الخلفي اختبار 1 0.91 0.92 ب الدد ليتتتتتتتتو رب اد ان قيمتتتتتتتتو )3ب ا تتتتتتتتام درمتتتتتتتتو طايتتتتتتتتو ).050رتبتتتتتتتتاق علتتتتتتتتح قلتتتتتتتتد ستتتتتتتتتح د لتتتتتتتتو ) عا تتتتتتتتك ا ب0.878) التجربة الرئيسية : 2-5 لعينة البحث: ةاالختبارات القبلي 2-5-1 الثطجتاءيحم التمايلتات المستتتتتتتتتتتتتتتختد توقبتك البتدء بتلعيته قوى قيلتو الب تث واتممااء ا نتبتارات ال بويت البتاطثتان قتام ب قد قاقو الما ز التخوتتتوتتتو االلاال الرائاال و قضتتتاء الجتتتراالالستتتاقو التاستتتعو التتتباطا ) و 4202/ 1 /2بتاري ع الستتيد المجتتاف ايق العمك المستتاقد الباطثانجال قام ،بياب ق10طضتتا مميع أ ااد قيلو الب ث البالع قدداال ) . العيلوات قوى نتبار اممااء ا : التدريبات البالستية 2-5-2 دات اقويو ميدال ان ا الضتتا ر ا ط قوى الموتتادر الماامع ال ديثو اعوال تدريبات لمك ال وتتحا قوى ضتتتتما التمايلات التدريبات االمعوح ات التو تستتتتاقد و ضتتتتع الباطثانالتدريب الاياضتتتتو التو تلحن عيوو اإ لاء ا و اقتداداال قوى تلتدي)المدمحقتو التدايبيتوب ستتتتتتتتتتتتتتل ااد قيلتو الب تث التتدريبتات البتاطثتان، لتها اقتد الملهتاج التتدريبو ا ستتتتت العوميو لوتدريب الى اعم الموتتتتتادر الماامع العوميو ضتتتتتط قا اراء اعم المتخوتتتتتوتتتتتيا و داا قوال .اللاال الرائاال التدريب الاياضو لعبو ب استتتتتتتتتابيع 8 قام الباطثان امقداد تمايلات بدنيو االستتتتتتتتتوحك البالستتتتتتتتتتو نطا تاال ا قداد الخاص لعتاال ) 55) ب طدال ا ك طدال تدريبيو 24ب طدات تدريبيو و ا ستتتبح , موع قدد الحطدات التدريبيو )3 محاقع ) %ب للك تمايا لتاق استتتتتتتتخااج الجتتتتتتتدال المروحمو لداء 100ب دقي و ، ما قام الباطثان ا ياس الجتتتتتتتدال ال وتتتتتتتح )60 %ب للك تمايا للك قب انه ستت طستتابو 100التماريا ااإلضتتا و الى دل قام الباطثان ا ياس الجتتدال ال وتتح ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org %ب 75%، 70% ، 85%، 80% ، 95، %، 90اجلاء طستتتتتااو و الملهج لوتعاف قوى ا التمايا االجتتتتتد ) سي توا قمك الباطث و الدزء الائيسو ا الحطدال التدريبيو. بتتتتتتتتتتتاري ا طتتتتتتتتتتد لتايتتتتتتتتتتو يتتتتتتتتتتحم 7/1/4220بتتتتتتتتتتتاري ا طتتتتتتتتتتد اد ابتتتتتتتتتتتدئحا بتربيتتتتتتتتتتق التمايلتتتتتتتتتتات يتتتتتتتتتتحم لمتتتتتتتدال جمانيتتتتتتتو استتتتتتتابيع بحاقتتتتتتتع جتتتتتتتطث طتتتتتتتدات تدريبيتتتتتتتو تتتتتتتو ا ستتتتتتتبح )ا طتتتتتتتد ، الثطجتتتتتتتاء ، 4202/ 3/ 3 الخمي ب بعض االي احات الخاصة بالتمرينات المركبة : يوفي ما يأت الماطوو التدريبو ) اطوو ا قداد الخاصب اسابيعب 8تربيق الملهج شهايا ) دال ب طدات.3قدد الحطدات التدريبيو و ا سبح ) ب طدال تدريبيو .24قدد الحطدات التدريبيو اللويو) ايام التدريب )ا طد ، الثطجاء ، الخمي ب . ب دقي و.90-45 ا ال سال الائيسو ) استخدام الجدال ت ت ال وح المتحسرو. الجدال لومدمحقو التدايبيو لتحطيد الجدال البدء اخ شا اطد .تال استخااج تحس ا س العوميو و العطقو بيا احنات ال مك التدريبو )الجدال ال دال الااطوب الباطثان ىراق لعينة البحث : ةاالختبارات البعدي 2-5-3 قاقتتتتتو الما تتتتتز ) تتتتتو 5/3/4202بتتتتتتاري الثطجتتتتتاءيتتتتتحم لعيلتتتتتو الب تتتتتث تتتتتو البعديتتتتتو ات تتتتتتال إمتتتتتااء ا نتبتتتتتار و تتتتتتت ال البالستتتتتتتيوالتمايلتتتتتتات اعتتتتتتد ا نتهتتتتتتاء تتتتتتا تتتتتتدال تربيتتتتتتق بالتخووتتتتتتو اتتتتتتاللاال الرتتتتتتائاال تتتتتتو قضتتتتتتاء الجتتتتتتراال . وال بوي ات تا ف ا نتبار نع قوى تح يا الباطثان قد طاص ،ب أسابيع 8) ت استتاق : الوسائل اإلحصائية 2-6 الحستتتتتتائك ا طوتتتتتتائيو التتتتتتتو ستتتتتتاقدت تتتتتتو عالدتتتتتتو نتتتتتتتائج انتبتتتتتتار اضتتتتتتيات الب تتتتتتث تتتتتتا الباطثتتتتتتاناستتتتتتتخدم )نطا استعماا ال يبو ا طوائيو ibm spss statistics 24 او : ب .اللسبو المؤيو • .الحس ال سابو • .ا ن ااف المعيار • american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org . عا ك ا نتطف • . عا ك ا رتباق بياسحن • .المتاااروب لوعيلات (tانتبار • .المست ووب لوعيلات (tانتبار • عر وتحليل النتائج ومناقشتها :.-3 بكككالكرة الطكككائرةاالرسكككال السكككاحق دقكككة مهكككارة قكككيم بعكككض المتغيكككرات البيوكينماتيكيكككة عكككر وتحليكككل نتكككائج 3-1 لالختبار القبلي والبعدي للمجموعة ال ابطة: ب4مد ا ) t ا ن ا ات المعياريو قيمو )يبيا قيال ا ساق ال سابيو sig قيمو ب الم سحمو بعم المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو ل لطنتبار ال بوو البعد لومدمحقو الضاارو االلاال الرائاال ا رساا الساطق دقو هارال المتغيرات وحدة القياس ) بعدي( ) قبلي( t المحسوبة sig النتيجة ع س ع س االقتراب متغير سرعة 12.3 م/ثا 1.25 63.3 0.98 4.361 2100. معنوي متغير زاوية مفصل الركبة عند اقصى اثناء 65.112 درجة 2.22 126.41 472. 3.584 340.0 معنوي متغير زاوية النهوض 57.07 درجة 1.97 .8387 2.13 .7545 010.0 معنوي متغير سرعة الطيران .322 م/ثا 1.15 2.21 .971 معنوي 0.002 4.898 متغير اقصى ارتفاع لمركز كتلة الجسم لحظة الضرب 62.213 درجة 2.94 138 3.14 4.825 190.0 معنوي متغير زاوية الجذع لحظة ضرب الكرة 53.18 درجة 3.69 .7938 2.06 3.555 360.0 معنوي متغير سرعة الكرة .2212 م/ثا 3.20 12.61 2.06 5.691 100.0 معنوي 2512. درجة دقة مهارة االرسال الساحق بالكرة الطائرة 2.75 .8751 2.17 14.15 260.0 معنوي لوتتتتتتتال ا نتبتتتتتتتارات بتتتتتتتيا ا نتبتتتتتتتار ال بوتتتتتتتو البعتتتتتتتد ا علحيتتتتتتت ا ب يتبتتتتتتتيا ان الالتتتتتتت اقتتتتتتت4 تتتتتتتا نتتتتتتتطا الدتتتتتتتد ا ) تتتتتو مميتتتتتع المتتيتتتتتاات البيح يلماتيايتتتتتو قيتتتتتد الدراستتتتتو دقتتتتتو هتتتتتارال ا رستتتتتاا الستتتتتاطق لومدمحقتتتتتو الضتتتتتاارو البعديتتتتتو sigاتتتتتاللاال الرتتتتتائاال ن قيمتتتتتو اتتتتتها يتتتتتدا قوتتتتتى ان العتتتتتال علتتتتتح بتتتتتيا ب 0.05اقتتتتتك تتتتتا )اتتتتتو لدميتتتتتع المتتيتتتتتاات .ا نتبار ال بوو البعد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org عككككر وتحليككككل نتككككائج قككككيم بعككككض المتغيككككرات البيوكينماتيكيككككة دقككككة مهككككارة االرسككككال السككككاحق بككككالكرة الطككككائرة لالختبككككار القبلككككي والبعككككدي 3-2 للمجموعة التجريبية : ( 5 دول ) sigب الم سحمو قيمو tيبيا قيال ا ساق ال سابيو ا ن ا ات المعياريو قيمو ) دقو هارال ا رساا الساطق االلاال لبعم المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو الرائاال لطنتبار ال بوو البعد لومدمحقو التدايبيو المتغيرات وحدة القياس ) بعدي( ) قبلي( t المحسوبة sig النتيجة ع س ع س متغير سرعة االقتراب 17.3 م/ثا 28.0 32.4 12.0 95.37 000.0 معنوي متغير زاوية مفصل الركبة عند اقصى اثناء 66.119 درجة 75.1 16.291 13.2 106.7 001.0 معنوي متغير زاوية النهوض 66.72 درجة 75.1 16.38 60.1 89.10 000.0 معنوي متغير سرعة الطيران 33.2 م/ثا 24.0 19.2 027.0 79.50 000.0 معنوي متغير اقصى ارتفاع لمركز كتلة الجسم لحظة الضرب 16.134 درجة 04.2 16.214 28.3 054.10 000.0 معنوي متغير زاوية الجذع لحظة ضرب الكرة 33.81 درجة 89.0 14.68 16.1 730.8 000.0 معنوي متغير سرعة الكرة 59.12 م/ثا 41.1 60.14 09.1 926.5 002.0 معنوي 07.13 درجة دقة مهارة االرسال الساحق بالكرة الطائرة 88.2 .8781 71.2 6.287 00.00 معنوي تتتتتتو وب يتبتتتتتتيا ان الالتتتتتت اقتتتتتا علحيتتتتتتا بتتتتتتيا ا نتبتتتتتار ال بوتتتتتتو البعتتتتتتد لوتتتتتال ا نتبتتتتتتارات البعديتتتتتتو لومدمحقتتتتتو التدايبيتتتتتت 5 تتتتتا نتتتتتتطا الدتتتتتد ا ) sigمميتتتتتع المتتيتتتتتاات البيح يلماتيايتتتتتو قيتتتتتتد الدراستتتتتو دقتتتتتو هتتتتتتارال ا رستتتتتاا الستتتتتاطق اتتتتتاللاال الرتتتتتتائاال ن قيمتتتتتو لدميتتتتتع المتتيتتتتتتاات اتتتتتو اقتتتتتك تتتتتتا . ب اها يدا قوى ان العال علح بيا ا نتبار ال بوو البعد 0.05) ختبكككككار البعكككككدي البيوكينماتيكيكككككة دقكككككة مهكككككارة االرسكككككال السكككككاحق بكككككالكرة الطكككككائرة لالعكككككر وتحليكككككل نتكككككائج قكككككيم بعكككككض المتغيكككككرات 3-3 والتجريبية : للمجموعتين ال ابطة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org ب6مد ا ) sigب الم سحمو قيمو tيبيا قيال ا ساق ال سابيو ا ن ا ات المعياريو قيمو ) دقو هارال ا رساا الساطق االلاال لبعم المتتياات البيح يلماتيايو التدايبيوالبعد لومدمحقتيا الضاارو الرائاال لطنتبار وحدة القياس المتغيرات ( ضابطة ) ( تجريبية ) t المحسوبة sig النتيجة ع س ع س متغير سرعة االقتراب .324 0.98 3.36 م/ثا معنوي 0.000 7.365 0.12 متغير زاوية مفصل الركبة عند اقصى اثناء 16291. 2.47 126.41 درجة معنوي 0.002 6.579 2.13 متغير زاوية النهوض 1638. 2.13 78.83 درجة معنوي 0.000 8.847 1.60 متغير سرعة الطيران 192. 1.97 2.21 م/ثا معنوي 0.012 7.116 0.027 متغير اقصى ارتفاع لمركز كتلة الجسم لحظة الضرب 16214. 3.14 138 درجة 3.28 6.283 010.0 معنوي متغير زاوية الجذع لحظة ضرب الكرة 1468. 2.06 83.79 درجة 1.16 86.19 معنوي 0.001 متغير سرعة الكرة 6014. 2.06 12.61 م/ثا معنوي 0.002 5.370 1.09 دقة مهارة االرسال الساحق بالكرة الطائرة 8751. درجة 2.17 .8781 712. معنوي 0.000 9.224 و لومدمتتتتتتتتحقتيا الضتتتتتتتتاارو البعديتتتتتتتت ات ا بتتتتتتتتيا ا نتبتتتتتتتتار علحيتتتتتتتت ا ب يتبتتتتتتتتيا ان الالتتتتتتتت اقتتتتتتتت6 تتتتتتتتا نتتتتتتتتطا الدتتتتتتتتد ا ) تتتتو مميتتتتع المتتيتتتتاات البيح يلماتيايتتتتو قيتتتتد الدراستتتتو دقتتتتو هتتتتارال ا رستتتتاا ولومدمحقتتتتو التدايبيتتتت لوتتتتال التدايبيتتتتو sigالستتتتتتاطق اتتتتتتاللاال الرتتتتتتائاال ن قيمتتتتتتو ب اتتتتتتها يتتتتتتدا قوتتتتتتى ان العتتتتتتال 0.05لدميتتتتتتع المتتيتتتتتتاات اتتتتتتو اقتتتتتتك تتتتتتا ) .و لومدمحقتياالبعدي ات بيا ا نتبار ا علحي الساحق بالكرة الطائرة االرسالمناقشة نتائج 3-3 سبب دل الباطثان يعز متغير سرعة االقتراب و و علحي ا ل ب تهات الاع 6، 5، 4 ا )ا ا نطا الدد نوحالا التمايلات المستخد و التو قموت قوى قضطت الساقيا تسخيااا لماطوو البالستيوتدريبات الالى بيعو الخرحات الت ايبيو و هارال ا رساا الساطق، اللتيدو المت و و يادال قيمو ساقو ا قتااك او التلاسب الراد ع ا داء التتوب قوى ال وحر الهاتو لودسال قحال البدء لو ظات التو تويها مهها تلحن التدريبات قد ط ت اد ها و ا اماداف المهارال إد انها تسهال و اكتساك الساقو ا يو ا ستماار يها طتى بزيادال ساقتو، التو تاتب ارتبا ا باشا انا نرحال قبك ال يام اعمويو اللهحق إد إَن "التتيا و ميو ال ا و اسبب ال حال المبه لو ياحن دائما بز ا دد وما american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org كان اها الز ا قويا ياحن التتيا و ميو ال ا و ايدابو") 10ب، الطقب يوك الى نتائج ميدال اعضك الساقو ا يو الباطثان يعز متغير ياوية مفصل الركبة عنده اقصى انثناء ا ا ،التو ي وك قويها ا نطا الخرحات الت ايبيو نوحالا التمايلات المستخد و اداال الى ترحر قحال ساقو ا ن باق البالستيوتدريبات الالترحر ال االك الى بيعو ، و العضطت ا راديو العا وو قوى عوك الا بو ضط قا قضطت العا وو و ااقو قضطت الدسال الا ، طسب تروبات المهارال لومدمحقو التدايبيو نا ْاَن الاع ا قا علحيو و ا يو عوك الا بو و ا نتبار البعد اء ما يؤجا ايدابيا قوى الراقو ساامو و ت ديد سا و التعديك الملاسب ا جال يادال الجتك المبه ا اجلاء ا رت ال ا يو اد إّنها تماا الطقب ا ا ستعادال ا التمجيا المتبادا لو حال المسورو قوى ا رق لو وحا قوى قحال ضادال لوجتك نعسو ا نطا المد الديد لمعوك الا بو دل لت يق أقوى ارتعا لما ز ج ك الدسال و ل ظو الد ع " إدا ارتعاقا و ا ز توو الدسال يؤد الى ابتعاد ا ز توو الدسال قا ن الدادبيو ا دادت اه الزا يو ان دل يسبب اها ي وك العزم الم ا م يعلو ْاداء ميدا ل ظو الد ع م حال بياال مزنال طا و ميد" ) 11ب . يتتتتتته ا) التتتتتتاي قبتتتتتتد اللتتتتتتايال العضتتتتتتووب ) ياتتتتتتحن تسوستتتتتتك التتتتتتد ع اا تتتتتتتداد التتتتتتحر يا "العختتتتتته" الا بتتتتتتو اللاطتتتتتتك لهتتتتتتتها تت تتتتتتتدد الستتتتتتتاقو اوتتتتتتتحرال رئيستتتتتتتيو امستتتتتتتتح قتتتتتتتحال العضتتتتتتتطت التتتتتتتتو ت تتتتتتتحم اا نبستتتتتتتاق ا تتتتتتتتداد نوحالتتتتتتتا العضتتتتتتتطت دات التتتتتتتا س الثطجتتتتتتتو ب)12( . اتتتتتتتها يعلتتتتتتتو أَن التتتتتتتتدريبات البالستتتتتتتتيو التتتتتتتتو نعتتتتتتتهت قوتتتتتتتى ا تتتتتتتااد اتتتتتتته المدمحقتتتتتو ط تتتتتت التايتتتتتو لهتتتتتا تتتتتو ال تتتتتحال الستتتتتاقو التتتتتتو تتمثتتتتتك بزيتتتتتادال المتتتتتد التتتتتزا لوا بتتتتتو لو ظتتتتتات التتتتتد ع ، متغيككككككر ياويككككككة ، ا تتتتتا ا تتتتتز ت ويتتتتتك الدستتتتتال نتتتتت الدادبيتتتتتو لتتتتتها تلتتتتتحن ستتتتتاقدت قوتتتتتى ت ويتتتتتك تتتتتا المستتتتتا و بتتتتتيا ثتتتتتك تمتتتتتاريا ال عتتتتتز التتتتتتدريبات البالستتتتتتيو تتتتتا نتتتتتطا توتتتتتميال اعتتتتتم الترتتتتتحر ال االتتتتتك الباطثتتتتتانيعتتتتتز النهكككككو vertimaxقوتتتتتتى الوتتتتتتلاديق تمتتتتتتاريا ال عتتتتتتز ااستتتتتتتخدام طيتتتتتتث تتتتتتان ارتعتتتتتتا الوتتتتتتلاديق يعرتتتتتتو ا ضتتتتتتك ا يتتتتتتو ن اتتتته الزا يتتتتو اتتتتو التتتتتو ت تتتتدد أ الباطثتتتتان يتتتتا ت ايبتتتتا °90لولهتتتتحق قلتتتتداا تلتتتتحن ا يتتتتو الا بتتتتو التتتتحرع اتتتتو ن انخعتتتتتتاق اتتتتته الزا يتتتتتتو يعمتتتتتتك قوتتتتتى نعتتتتتتم تتتتتو ا يتتتتتتو الريتتتتتاان مالتتتتتتتالو انخعتتتتتتاق أ ا يتتتتتو يتتتتتتاان الطقتتتتتب ال وتتتتحا قويتتتتو يتتتته ا )طتتتتامال ا رستتتتاا الستتتتاطقالطقتتتتب تتتتو المستتتتا و العمحديتتتتو التتتتتو تعتتتتد تتتتا أاتتتتال تتتتا ي تتتتا ا شتتتتانو انتتتتا ن ب " انتتتتو ومتتتتا ادت قتتتتيال ا يتتتتو اللهتتتتحق ومتتتتا ارتععتتتتت قتتتتيال ارتعتتتتا ا تتتتز ج تتتتك الدستتتتال" )13ب ضتتتتط )10( صريح عبدالكريم الفضلي : صريح عبد الكريم ألفضلي ؛ موسوعة التحليل الحركي التحليل التشريحي وتطبيقاته الحركية والميكانيكي ة، بغداد، مطبعة عدي العكيلي، 2007.، ص 120. )11( صريح عبد الكريم الفظلي : نفس المصدر السابق ،ص 156 . . 92)12( صريح عبد الكريم الفضلي : نفس المصدر السابق ، ص )13ب طتتتتتامال شتتتتتانو قتتتتتحدال آنتتتتتا ن : ت ويتتتتتك العطقتتتتتو بتتتتتيا اعتتتتتم المتتيتتتتتاات الليلماتيايتتتتتو تتتتتو اإلرستتتتتاا الستتتتتاطق اتتتتتاللاال الرتتتتتائاال ، . 32، ص 2000ما عو البواال ، –، ويو التاميو الاياضيو 12 دوو الب حث الدراسات التاميو الاياضيو ، العدد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org ا يتتتتتو ن قمويتتتتتو التلستتتتتيق بتتتتتيا الستتتتتاقو أقتتتتتا تتتتتتمجيا قا تتتتتك الستتتتتاقو التتتتته ي تتتتتا ا الطقتتتتتب ال عتتتتتا قويتتتتتو ، متتتتتا اللهتتتتحق تتتتا العحا تتتتك التتتتتو تعتتتتد همتتتتو متتتتدا إد بتتتتد آن تتلاستتتتب توتتتت الزا يتتتتو تتتتع الستتتتاقو ال يتتتتو وتتتتح ادت اتتتته ا رستتتتتاا التتتتتتو ي تتتتتا ا ال عتتتتتا قويهتتتتتا بيلمتتتتتا يعمتتتتتك الطقتتتتتب تتتتتو لنقوتتتتتى العمحديتتتتتو الما بتتتتتوالزا يتتتتتو تتتتتان يتتتتتادال الساطق قوى يادال اه الزا يو دل لو وحا قوى ارتعا لاسب يلسدال ع ساقتو ال يو )14ب. التتتتتتتتو اقتمتتتتتتتداا التتتتتتتتدريبات البالستتتتتتتتيوان ال وتتتتتتتحا قوتتتتتتتى اتتتتتتته اللتيدتتتتتتتو تامتتتتتتتع إلتتتتتتتى اقويتتتتتتتو الباطثتتتتتتتان يتتتتتتتا تتتتتا يتضتتتتتملها تتتتتا تلتتتتتاار الداء طيتتتتتث لهتتتتتا د ر عتتتتتاا تتتتتو تهينتتتتتو المستتتتتارات ال ا يتتتتتو الوتتتتت ي و متتتتتا الباطثتتتتتان ادت ا قدرات الطقبيا ) قيلو الب ث ب االتربع قوى اللهحق االزا يو الملاسبو االجاك الو ي . ن تتلاستتتتتب أ تعتتتتتد قمويتتتتتو التلستتتتتيق بتتتتتيا الستتتتتاقو ا يتتتتتو اللهتتتتتحق تتتتتا العحا تتتتتك التتتتتتو تعتتتتتد همتتتتتو متتتتتدا إد بتتتتتد توتتتت الزا يتتتتو تتتتع الستتتتاقو ال يتتتتو لمتتتتك ال عتتتتا قوتتتتى ميتتتتو ال ا تتتتو الماتستتتتبو تتتتا الستتتتاقو الت ايبيتتتتو انرطقتتتتا تتتتا يلبتتتتتتتو إن يتتتتتتال اللهتتتتتحق "الستتتتتاطق ا رستتتتتااقتتتتتانحن التتتتتد ع تتتتتو الععاليتتتتتات التتتتتتو تتروتتتتتب الستتتتتاقو تتتتتو أدائهتتتتتا ثتتتتتك تتتتو تتتتتاال ليتتتتو قوتتتتياال ا يتتتتث تلتتتتحن ميتتتتو ال ا تتتتو اللهائيتتتتو اكبتتتتا تتتتا ميتتتتو ال ا تتتتو ال لتتتتى مالتتتتتالو ياتتتتحن تتتتتمجيا ال تتتتتحال المستتتتتتعموو اكبتتتتتتا لو وتتتتتحا قوتتتتتى نتيدتتتتتتو أ ضتتتتتك ")15ب . الترتتتتتحر ال االتتتتتتك تتتتتو متغيككككككر سككككككرعة الطيككككككران التتتتتتو ستتتتتاقدت تتتتتو ستتتتتاقو الريتتتتتاان تتتتتا البالستتتتتتيوتتتتتتدريبات الستتتتتبب دلتتتتت التتتتتى بيعتتتتتو الباطثتتتتتان اتتتتتايعز الالعكككككب نتتتتتتطا ت حيتتتتتتك الستتتتتتاقو تتتتتتا ا يتتتتتتو التتتتتتى ستتتتتتاقو قمحديتتتتتتو أَن التمايلتتتتتتات المستتتتتتتخد و تعمتتتتتتك قوتتتتتتى ترتتتتتتحيا ال تتتتتتحال لها أّد الى تتيا ساقو الرياان. المميزال االساقو ال حال ا نعداريو لوساقيا ْاَن الترتتتتتحر ال االتتتتتك نتتتتتاتج تتتتتا تتتتتدار الستتتتتاقو التتتتتتو اكتستتتتتبها الطقتتتتتب نتتتتتطا اطوتتتتتو ا قتتتتتتااك ستتتتتيما الخرتتتتحال النيتتتتاال التتتتتو تلتتتتحن دات أاميتتتتتو تتتتو يتتتتادال الستتتتاقو ال ا يتتتتو لودستتتتتال تعمتتتتك قوتتتتى ت يتتتتق ستتتتاقو لاستتتتتبو تتتو اطوتتتو الريتتتاان لوحالتتتحا استتتاقو إلتتتى ن رتتتو لاستتتبو لضتتتاك اللتتتاال اجتتتاك أستتتا متتتا اتتتح تتتو ا نتبتتتار ال بوتتتتو اتتتتتها ال تتتتتا يتروتتتتتب ستتتتتاقو يتتتتتاان ميتتتتتدال إد إَن ستتتتتاقو الريتتتتتاان تعتبتتتتتا أاتتتتتال المتتيتتتتتاات التتتتتتو تتتتتتت اال تتتتتو ت ديتتتتتد ا رتعتتتا تتتا لتتتال تتتتتدنك أّ قتتتحال نارميتتتو تتتو التتتتمجيا العاستتتو ")16ب ، و متغيكككر اقصكككى ارتفكككات لمرككككز كتلكككة الجسكككم تستتتتتتاقد قوتتتتتتى ترتتتتتتحيا ا رتعتتتتتتا مستتتتتتبب ترتتتتتتحر البالستتتتتتتيوتتتتتتتدريبات الاتتتتتتها الترتتتتتتحر التتتتتتى بيعتتتتتتو الباطثتتتتتتانيعتتتتتتز حيدددر شددمخي جبددار: دراسددة مقارنددة بعددا المتغيددرات البيوكينماتيكيددة لالرسددالين السدداحق والمتمددوج مددن القفددز وعال تهمددا بالد ددة ، 14)) 76، ص 2004كلية التربية الرياضية ، –رسالة ماجستير، جامعة البصرة (15) brittenham ، greg."safe plyometrics'،the complete coide to volleyball conditioning . publisher performance conditioning volleyball ،1997، pp.16-18. . 03ص، .300، ص 1997, القاهرة , مركز الكتاب للنشر , الموسوعة العلمية في التدريب الرياضي : طلحة حاسم الدين 16 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org تتيتتتتا اقوتتتتى تعمتتتتك قوتتتتى ترتتتتحيا مستتتتتخد و تتتتو المتتتتلهج التتتتتدريبو التتتتتوقضتتتتطت التتتتامويا تتتتا نتتتتطا التمتتتتاريا ال ت يتتتتتتق اقوتتتتتتى قتتتتتتحال ل ظتتتتتتو ارتعتتتتتتا لما تتتتتتز توتتتتتتو الدستتتتتتال إد ْادَت اتتتتتته التمتتتتتتاريا قوتتتتتتى ارتعتتتتتتا توتتتتتتو الدستتتتتتال جتتتتتتال يعلتتتتو اتتتتها أَن ا رتعاقتتتتات المت تتتتو يماتتتتا ا ستتتتتعادال لهتتتتا تتتتو الحالتتتتحا إلتتتتى أقوتتتتى ن رتتتتو تمتتتتاس لويتتتتد ، الضتتتتاك الضتتتتارمو تتتتع اللتتتتاال تتتتا نتتتتطا المتتيتتتتاات تدمعتتتتو اتتتتها يعلتتتتو قتتتتدم متتتتحد انثلتتتتاءات بتتتتالع يهتتتتا تتتتو قتتتتيال الز ايتتتتا لوتتتتتهرا الضتتتتتارمو ااإلضتتتتتا و إلتتتتتى ارتعتتتتتا ن رتتتتتو التتتتتحرع ل ظتتتتتو الضتتتتتاك التتتتتتو تتتتتتدا قوتتتتتى استتتتتتتطا ميتتتتتد لومتتيتتتتتاات الضتتتتتتتتتتاك ب, مميتتتتتتتتتتع قتتتتتتتتتتيال المتتيتتتتتتتتتتاات –اللهتتتتتتتتتتحق –البيح ياانيايتتتتتتتتتتو الستتتتتتتتتتاا و تتتتتتتتتتا ااطتتتتتتتتتتك الداء )ا قتتتتتتتتتتتااك إَن ارتعتتتتتا ا تتتتتز توتتتتتو الدستتتتتال لتتتتتو قطقتتتتتو اتتتتتالز ا ل ظتتتتتو التتتتتد ع ستتتتتاقو الدستتتتتال نتتتتتطا " البيح ياانيايتتتتتو الستتتتتاا و ا نرتتتتتطل التتتتتتو تتتتتا نطلهتتتتتا ياتستتتتتب الدستتتتتال نمتتتتتا بيتتتتتاا نتتتتتطا ن وتتتتتان تتتتتا التتتتتد ع اتتتتتها يتتتتتدا قوتتتتتى استتتتتتخدام تتتتتتاديا قاليتتتتتتو تتتتتتا ال تتتتتتحال بو ظتتتتتتو قوتتتتتتياال التتتتتته يستتتتتتبب تتتتتتو طوتتتتتتحا الطقتتتتتتب قوتتتتتتى أقوتتتتتتى ارتعتتتتتتا " )17ب ، ا تتتتتتا المستتتتتتخد و تتتتتو البالستتتتتتيوتتتتتتدريبات الالتتتتتى بيعتتتتتو الباطثتتتتتان اتتتتتايعز متغيكككككر سكككككرعة الككككككرة الترتتتتتحر ال االتتتتتك تتتتتو المتتتتتلهج التتتتتتدريبو التتتتتتو ادت التتتتتى ترتتتتتحيا اعتتتتتم المتتيتتتتتاات البيح يلماتيايتتتتتو لوتتتتتامويا التتتتتهراقيا قتتتتتد قموتتتتتت قوتتتتتى أَن ستتتتتاقو اللتتتتتاال ناتدتتتتتو قتتتتتتا ميتتتتتو ال ا تتتتتو الماتستتتتتبو تتتتتا نتتتتتطا ااطتتتتتك الداء دقتتتتتو ا رستتتتتاا الستتتتتاطق ، ترتتتتتحيا الستتتتتاا و لماطوتتتتتو ا رستتتتتاا الستتتتتاطق إد إن الداء الديتتتتتد اتتتتتح التتتتته يمنتتتتته شتتتتتاط تااارتتتتتا تتتتتو ااطوتتتتتو أ يدتتتتتب أن للتتتتتو تلتستتتتتب الداال الستتتتتاقو ال وتتتتتح يلبتتتتتتو أن تعمتتتتتك ر ا تتتتتع "ياتتتتتحن التتتتتاع تلاستتتتتب تتتتتتو المتتيتتتتتاات المياانيايتتتتتو و ال ا تتتو الستتتايعو التتتتو ي تتتحم بهتتتا ر ا تتتع الدستتتال يماللتتتا تتتا الدستتتال قوتتتى ال ا تتتو تتتو ا تدتتتا الوتتت ي دلتتت لنتتتّ نطلهتتتتتتا ال وتتتتتتحا قوتتتتتتى أقوتتتتتتى قتتتتتتحال عالتتتتتتو تختتتتتتدم الطقتتتتتتب تتتتتتو ت يتتتتتتق اتتتتتتدف ال ا تتتتتتو ام ضتتتتتتك التتتتتتحرال " )18ب ، ضتتتتط قتتتتا استتتتتثمار الطقتتتتب أَن تلعيتتتته ا رستتتتاا الستتتتاطق يتروتتتتب تتتتا الطقتتتتب انتتتته قتتتتحس تهتتتتا بيتتتتا جتتتتال يع بتتتتو انثلتتتتتاء تتتتتو الظهتتتتتا اجتتتتتاك ستتتتتايع لتتتتتتاق تتتتتتح يا قتتتتتزم يلت تتتتتك إلتتتتتى التتتتتهرا " )19ب. يعتتتتتز الباطثتتتتتان ستتتتتبب اتتتتتها نوحالتتتتتا التمتتتتتاريا البالستتتتتتيوالتتتتتى بيعتتتتتو تتتتتتدريبات متغيكككككر ياويككككككة الجككككك ت لح ككككككة ال كككككرب الترتتتتتحر ال االتتتتتك التتتتتتتو قموتتتتتتت قوتتتتتتى ترتتتتتتحيا تتيتتتتتتا ا يتتتتتتو الدتتتتتته ل ظتتتتتتو الضتتتتتتاك تتتتتتهل المستتتتتتتخد و تتتتتتو المتتتتتتلهج التتتتتتتدريبو ، تتتتإّن ا يتتتتو الدتتتتته ل ظتتتتو ضتتتتاك اللتتتتاال تتتتتتمتو نتيدتتتتو ا رت تتتتاء الديتتتتتد ، ال تتتتدرات ال ا يتتتتو لمهتتتتارال ا رستتتتتاا الستتتتاطق لطقتتتتتب تتتتتتمجيا ا يتتتتتو الدتتتتته قوتتتتتى ستتتتتتح ا يتتتتتو التتتتتهرا تتتتتو نتتتتتاتج دقتتتتتو ستتتتتاقو ضتتتتتاك اللتتتتتاال، ا يتتتتتو الدتتتتته التتاي قبد اللايال ألعضتتوو ابو قوحان: حستتحقو الت ويك ال ا و الت ويك التجتتاي و تربي اتو ال ا يو المياانيايو ، اتداد، ربعو قد 17 .222، ص2007العايوو، . 129 ، ص1992 ريسان خريبط ونجاح مهدي شلش : التحليل الحركي ، جامعة البصرة – كلية التربية الرياضية ، مطبعة دار الحركة ، 18 . 124)19( وجيه محجوب : علم الحركة ) التعلم الحركي ( ، جامعة الموصل ، دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر ، 1989 ، ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org اموتتتتو لتتتتاد د ا عتتتتاا الدستتتتال اتتتته الزا يتتتتو تمتتتتل دتتتتا لتزايتتتتد ال تتتتحال الو ظيتتتتو التتتتح التتتتى ل ظتتتتو الضتتتتاك، التايتتتتو تتتتا التزايتتتتد اتتتتح لوحالتتتتحا التتتتى ل ظتتتتو عامنتتتتو تتتتا ان رتتتتا ال ا تتتتو لمتتتتك استتتتتماار التتتتهرا ا ا تتتتو ستتتتح يو تعرتتتتو ان رتتتتتا د ران الدتتتتته إلتتتتتى ال تتتتتام نستتتتتبو إلتتتتتى التتتتتهرا تخوتتتتتق طالتتتتتو جتتتتتابهو لوستتتتتحق تمجيااتتتتتا قوتتتتتى ضتتتتتاك اللتتتتتاال، " تتتتو ستتتتاقو التتتتهرا قلتتتتد الضتتتتاك")20ب ، إَن أاتتتتال تتتتا ياتتتتحن تتتتو ا رستتتتاا الستتتتاطق تتتتا يستتتتعى إلتتتتى ت ي تتتتو الطقتتتتب اتتتتح ضتتتتاك اللتتتتاال ا تتتتتحال أجلتتتتاء تحميههتتتتا إلتتتتى ستتتتتاطو الخوتتتتال تتتتو الماطوتتتتو الثالثتتتتتو تتتتا ااطتتتتك الداء ا تتتتو التتتتتهرا طتتتتداا تلتتتتحن ا يتتتتو لوتتتتتمجيا تتتتو اللتتتتاال تحميههتتتتا إلتتتتى الخوتتتتال بتتتتك يدتتتتب أن تاا تتتتق طا تتتتو التتتتهرا طا تتتتو الدتتتته التتتتتو أدت التتتتتدريبات البالستتتتتيوإلتتتتى الباطثتتتتان ااتتتت يعز مهككككارة االرسككككال السككككاحق دقككككةال االتتتتك تتتتو الترتتتتحر ان ، انعاتتتتتت إيدابيتتتتتا تتتتتو ترتتتتتتحيا دقتتتتتو هتتتتتتارال الترتتتتتحر ال االتتتتتك اتتتتتتها اعتتتتتتم المتتيتتتتتاات البيح يلماتيايتتتتتوإلتتتتتى ترتتتتتحيا الطقتتتتتب الماستتتتتك"طيتتتتتث انتتتتتو ومتتتتتا ا داد ارتعتتتتتا ال عتتتتتز ادت الدقتتتتتو دلتتتتت ن ا رتعتتتتتا ياستتتتتب الستتتتتاطق ا رستتتتتاا الستتتتتيراال قوتتتتتى لتتتتتا ق الدقتتتتتو ياستتتتتب الطقتتتتتب ا يتتتتتو طتتتتتادال تتتتتو ضتتتتتاك اللتتتتتاال التتتتتى وعتتتتتب العايتتتتتق الملتتتتتا ")21ب، عتتتتتتا ف تتتتتتمن الدقتتتتتتو تعلتتتتتتو أن يمتوتتتتتت الطقتتتتتتب ال تتتتتتدرال تتتتتتو إطتتتتتتاا ن رتتتتتتو أ اتتتتتتدف عتتتتتتو العديتتتتتتد تتتتتتا اتتتتتتح متتتتتتا اللعتتتتتاك الاياضتتتتتيو ياتتتتتتحن ترتتتتتحيا قلوتتتتتا الدقتتتتتتو الا يتتتتتزال التتتتتتو ت تتتتتتق تتتتتح العايتتتتتق، تعتتتتتتد الدقتتتتتو تتتتتا الماحنتتتتتتات الستتتتاطق إد قتتتتا اي هتتتتا ت ستتتتال اللتيدتتتتو تتتتح ا نستتتتارال ا رستتتتااالمهمتتتتو تتتتو لعبتتتتو اللتتتتاال الرتتتتائاال قلتتتتد إداء هتتتتارال الستتتتتاقو تتتتتو قضتتتتتطت الدستتتتتال التحا تتتتتق لتتتتتهل يتروتتتتتب تتتتتا قتتتتتب اللتتتتتاال الرتتتتتائاال ان يمتوتتتتت التتتتتعو ال تتتتتحال العايتتتتتق اتتتتمن "يتعتتتتق تتتتع رأ إيمتتتتان طستتتتيا اتتتتها ،للتتتتو يستتتتتريع إداء اتتتته المهتتتتارال امقوتتتتى قتتتتحال ستتتتاقو دقتتتتو تتتتو ا داء ا رسااالال قطقو ارتباق اديو دات د لو إطوائيو بيا ال حال المميزال االساقو دقو ككك االستنتا ات والتوصيات 4 االستنتا ات 4-1 بلتتتتاء قوتتتتى تتتتا تحالتتتتوت إليتتتتو نتتتتتائج الب تتتتث ، تتتتا را هتتتتا تتتتا عالدتتتتات إطوتتتتائيو لاقجتتتتو استتتتت ااء ضتتتتما طتتتتد د ا الحالحا الى ا ستلتامات اآلتيو : الباطثانقيلو الب ث بيعتها ، تماا 1mark mann: the biomechanics of the volleyball spike/attack, sport biomechanics, c. v. a. volleyball technical journal, 2008. p9 اطمد أ يا قاحر : الت ويك الليلماتياو قطقتو بدقو الضتتتتتتتتتتتتتاك الستتتتتتتتتتتتتاطق بلحقيو العالو الحا و االلاال الرائاال، رستتتتتتتتتتتتتالو اطمد ا يا قاحر: 2) .79، ص.2000 امستيا، ما عو اتداد، ويو التاميو الاياضيو، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org العتتتتا ل التتتتتو تهتتتتات تتتتو لتتتتد ا تتتتااد قيلتتتتو الب تتتتث تتتتا نتتتتطا الستتتتاطق ا رستتتتاادقتتتتو هتتتتارال ترتتتتحر ستتتتتح -1 نتائج ا نتبار البعد لوال المدمحقو التدايبيو. قبتتتتتو المتتيتتتتتاات البيح يلماتيايتتتتتو لتتتتتد استتتتتهمت تتتتتو ترتتتتتحيا انالباطثتتتتتالمعتتتتتدال تتتتتا قبتتتتتك لوتتتتتتدريبات البالستتتتتتيو -2 الما ز التخووو االلاال الرائاال -التوصيات :-4-2 ب امقمار العنات العمايو و الملااج التدريبيو لوعنات العمايو نوتتتتتتتحالتتتتتتتا لطقبيا ) التدريبات البالستتتتتتتتيواقتماد -1 .ب سلو 14-18) .التو لال تترال إليها الدراسو ا ساسيوإمااء دراسات جابهو و المهارات -2 ا ستتتاستتتيو المهارات مراائق تدريبيو أنا عليو بترحيا المهارات أمااء دراستتتات جتتتابهو لعنات قمايو أنا -3 . عا و ا تسعا قلو اه الدراسات الما بو ا اتمام اممااء ا نتبارات ال ياسات اجاك د ر -4 مصادر العربية واال نبية اوال: المصادر العربية : احمددد امددين عكددور: احمددد أمددين عكددور : التحليددل الكينمدداتيكي وعال تدده بد ددة الضددرب السدداحق بنوعيدده العددالي .2000الطائرة، رسالة ماجستير، جامعة بغداد، كلية التربية الرياضية، والواطي بالكرة ، 1ط– سجالت –تخطيط –دليل المدرب في الكرة الطائرة اختبارات أحمد عبد الدايم الوزير ، على مصطفى طه : . 1999القاهرة : دار الفكر العربي ، باهي: التربوية إخالص محمد عبد الحفيظ، مصطفى حسين طرق البحث العلمي والتحليل اإلحصائي في المجاالت . 2003، القاهرة، مركز الكتاب للنشر، 2، طوالنفسية والرياضية حاجم شاني عودة وآخرون : تحليل العال ة بين بعا المتغيرات الكينماتيكية في اإلرسال الساحق بالكرة الطائرة ، مجلة .2000جامعة البصرة ، –، كلية التربية الرياضية 12البحوث والدراسات التربية الرياضية ، العدد حيدر شمخي جبار: دراسة مقارنة بعا المتغيرات البيوكينماتيكية لالرسالين الساحق والمتموج من القفز وعال تهما .2004كلية التربية الرياضية ، –بالد ة ، رسالة ماجستير، جامعة البصرة ، شركة الغدير 1: ط اساسيات كتابة البحث العلمي في التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضةحيدر عبد الرزاق كاظم العبادي : . 2015للطباعة والنشر ، البصرة ، كلية التربية الرياضية ، مطبعة دار الحركة ، –، جامعة البصرة التحليل الحركيريسان خريبط ونجاح مهدي شلش : 1992 . موسوعة التحليل الحركي التحليل التشريحي وتطبيقاته الحركية والميكانيكية صريح عبد الكريم ألفضلي ووهبي علوان: . 222، ص 2007، بغداد، مطبعة عدي العكيلي، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org ، موسوعة التحليل الحركي التحليل التشريحي وتطبيقاته الحركية والميكانيكية صريح عبد الكريم ألفضلي ووهبي علوان؛ . 2007بغداد، مطبعة عدي العكيلي، . 1997, القاهرة , مركز الكتاب للنشر , الموسوعة العلمية في التدريب الرياضي : طلحة حاسم الدين ، النجف االشرف ، دار الضياء للطباعة والتصميم األسس النظرية الختبارات التربية الرياضيةمحمد جاسم الياسري : ،2010 . . 2003، القاهرة : دار الفكر العربي ، 2،ج القياس والتقويم في التربية البدنية والرياضيةمحمد صبحي حسانين. . 1990، جامعة بغداد ، التقويم والقياسمصطفى محمود واخرون : ، دار الفكر للنشر والتوزيع ، عمان 3، ط مبادئ القياس والتقويم في التربيهنادر مهدي الزيود وهشام عامر عليان: ،2005 . .1989، جامعة الموصل ، دار الكتب للطباعة والنشر ، علم الحركة ) التعلم الحركي ( وجيه محجوب : المصادر االجنبية : brittenham ، greg."safe plyometrics'،the complete coide to volleyball conditioning . publisher performance conditioning volleyball ،1997. mark mann: the biomechanics of the volleyball spike/attack, sport biomechanics, c. v. a. volleyball technical journal, 2008. ابوو الباطثان هالالهيا قابو الرائااللاال ال اسماء السادال الخبااء المختويا و التدريب الاياضو ب1 و ق ) شخويو مكان العمل االختصاص اسم الخبير واللقب العلمي ت الاي قبد اللايال العضوو ا.د 1 ويو التاميو البدنيو -ما عو اتداد البيح يااني الاياضو قوحم الاياضو الباقو داي يعاك قبد ا.د 2 ويو التاميو البدنيو -ما عو البواال البيح يااني الاياضو قوحم الاياضو اللاال ائاال –انتبارات يثال ا ا.د 3 ويو التاميو البدنيو -ما عو د قار قوحم الاياضو ا يا نزقك قبد ا.د 4 تدريب سودو ويو التاميو البدنيو د قارما عو قوحم الاياضو اطمد قبد ا يا شبا ا.د 5 اللاال الرائاال–البيح يااني ويو التاميو البدنيو -ما عو ال ادسيو قوحم الاياضو رميع لعتو دانك ا.د 6 ويو التاميو البدنيو -ما عو د قار انتبارات ال ياس قوحم الاياضو قطء سا ا.د.م 7 اللاال الرائاال -البيح يااني ويو التاميو البدنيو -ما عو اتداد قوحم الاياضو american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org يبا ايق العمك المساقد ب2 و ق ) مكان العمل الشهادة االسم ت تربية رياضية دكتوراه أ.م.د علي شمخي بار 1 كلية التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة – ذي قار امعة تربية رياضية دكتوراه أ.م.د نصر هللا راضي 2 كلية التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة – ذي قار امعة تربية رياضية دكتوراه م.د اياد ريسان اسم 3 كلية التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة – امعة العين كلية التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة – مديرية التربية ما ستير تربية رياضية م.م عقيل عبد الرضا 4 كلية التربية البدنية وعلوم الرياضة – امعة العين ما ستير تربية رياضية م.م صالح علي عواد 5 ورمز التمرين وشرح االداء يبين التمارين (3ملحق ) رمز التمرين شرح التمرين اسم التمرين ت 1 دفع الكرة بكلتا اليدين على الجدار من وضع الو وف يقوم الالعب بحمل الكرة الطبية امام الصدر و رميها من فوق الجدار الخشبي المتغير االرتفاعات ووزن الكرة حسب شدة التمرين 1أ 2 التردد السريع على السلم ورمي الكرة الى الخلف م يقوم الالعب بالتردد السريع على 10من وضع الو وف امام السلم االرضي الذي طوله السلم االرضي ومن ثم يقوم حمل الكرة ورميها للخلف بكلتا اليدين وزن الكرة حسب شدة التمرين 2أ 3 دفع الكرة الطبية على الحائط الو وف المواجه للحائط يقوم الالعب برمي الكرة على دوائر مرسومة على من وضع 3-1الجدار ثالث الدوائر خمس مرات عدد الدوائر ثالث دائرات مر مة من 3أ 4 الوثب بكلتا القدمين واداء مهارة االرسال الحواجز من وضع الو وف المواجه امام الحواجز يقوم الالعب بالوثب بكلتا القدمين عدد ( سم 20( ثم يقوم بأداء مهارة االرسال بدون كرة ارتفاع الحواجز ) 10) 4أ 5 دفع األرض مع التصفيق من وضع االنبطاح يقوم الالعب بدفع األرض بالذراعين والتصفيق والعودة لوضع االنبطاح القوة االنفجارية للذراعين لغرض تحسين 5أ 6 رمي الكرة الطبية لألمام والدحرجة من وضع الو وف يقوم الالعب برمي الكرة من بين الرجلين الى االمام ثم يؤدي الدحرجة األمامية على البساط لثالث مرات لمرونة الجذع 1ب بالتثقيل االرسال 7 كغم ( التي تزيد 10وهو مرتدي سترة التثقيل ) االرسال الساحق يقوم الالعب باداء مهارة اداء بالمقاومة التي تزيد من درجة صعوبة االرسالمن كتلة الالعب لغرض اجراء عملية المهارة 2ب 8 العدو مع سحب الزالجة كيلو غرام المثبتة بواسطة 15يقوم الالعب بالعدو مع سحب الزالجة التي تبلغ من الوزن متر لغرض تحسين 20ربطهن على مفصلين الكتف ويقوم الالعب بسحبها لمسافة حبلين يتم سرعة الطيران 3ب 9 الحجل المتبادل ورمي الكرة متر ثم يقوم بحمل الكرة 5من وضع الو وف يقوم الالعب بالحجل بالقدم اليمنى لمسافة متر 5الطبية ودفعها بالذراع الرامية والحجل بالقدم اليسرى 4ب 5ب لألماممن وضع القرفصاء مع مسك الكرة الطبية يقوم الالعب بالو وف ورمي الكرة الطبية رمي الكرة الطبية 10 تمرين القفز 11 متر لغرض 10يقوم الالعب بالقفز متتعدد االتجاهات يمينا ويسارا والى االمام ولمسافة تحسين سرعة اال تراب 1ج 12 الدحرجة إماما االداء مرتين مع يقوم الالعب بالدحرجة الى االمام والو ف واداء االرسال الساحق لغرض تحسين زاوية الجذع 2ج american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org 13 الجري الجانبي على الشواخص يقوم الالعب بالجري الجانبي مع لمس الشواخص على الجانبي وتكون المسافة بين لغرض تحسين لغرض متر 2شواخص والسافة بين الجانبين 5م لكل جانب 1الشواخص تحسين سرعة اال تراب 3ج 14 الدحرجة للخلف على بساط لمرتين مع االداء يقوم الالعب بالدحرجة الى الخلف عل البساط لمرتين والو وف واداء االرسال الساحق لغرض تحسين زاوية الجذع 4ج 15 الجري للخلف على الشواخص واداء االرسال الساحق يثوم االعب بالجري للخلف بين الشواخص وبعد االنتهاء يقوم باداء االرسال الساحق وتكون متر لغرض 2شواخص والسافة بين الجانبين 5متر ولكل جانب 1المسافة بين الشواخص تحسين سرعة اال تراب 5ج يبين شدد التمارين المستخدمة التي تم استخراجها على اساس الزمن لكل تمرين (4ملحق ) % 100 رمز التمرين ت 95 % 90 % 85 % 80 % 1أ 1 م 3-ثا 2.72 م 2.85-ثا 2.89 م 2.70– ثا3.06 م 2.55-ثا 3.23 م 2.40 – ثا 3.41 2أ 2 كغم 5-ثا 8.44 كغم 4-ثا 8.96 كغم 3-ثا 9.49 كغم 2-ثا 10.02 كغم 1-ثا 10.55 3أ 3 كغم 5-ثا 5.06 كغم 4-ثا 5.38 كغم 3-ثا 5.69 كغم 2-ثا 6.01 كغم 1-ثا 6.33 4أ 4 ثا 9.76 ثا 10.37 ثا 10.98 ثا 11.59 ثا 12.21 5أ 5 كغم 5-ثا 2.30 كغم 4-ثا 2.44 كغم 3-ثا 2.59 كغم 2-ثا 2.73 كغم 1 -ثا 2.88 1ب 6 ثا 7.40 ثا 7.87 ثا 8.33 ثا 8.79 ثا 9.26 2ب 7 كغم 10-ثا 3.40 كغم 9.5-ثا 3.62 كغم 9-ثا 3.83 كغم 8.5-ثا 4.04 كغم 8-ثا 4.26 3ب 8 ثا 14.76 14.02 13.28 12.54 11.80 4ب 9 كغم 5-ثا 4.29 كغم 4-ثا 4.56 كغم 3-ثا 4.83 كغم 2-ثا 5.10 كغم 5.37-1 5ب 10 كغم 5-ثا 9.04 كغم 4-ثا 9.60 كغم 3-ثا 10.17 كغم 2-ثا 10.73 كغم 1-ثا 11.30 1ج 11 ثا 13.88 13.18 12.49 11.79 11.10 2ج 12 كغم 5-ثا 7.56 كغم 4-ثا 8.03 كغم 3-ثا 8.50 كغم 2-ثا 8.97 كغم 1-ثا 9.45 3ج 13 7.76 8.16 8.62 9.12 9.7 4ج 14 5.97 6.28 6.63 7.02 7.46 5ج 15 6.51 6.85 7.23 7.65 8.13 لوتدريبات البالستيو يبيا الهياك التلظيمو ب5 و ق ) الوحدة : االولى زمن القسم 75الشدة : د االسبوع : االول 56.82الرئيسي : ت ر ز الااطو بيا المدا يع التلاار التمايا التلاارات الااطو بيا ا التمايا ا العمك المدا يع المططظات الحاطد 1أ 1 6 3 جا 20 جا 60 جا 9.62 د 10.88 ان ا العمك اح الحس ال سابو لداء التمايا 2أ 2 جا 9.90 د 10.97 3أ 3 جا 8.54 د 10.56 4أ 4 جا 13.92 د 12.17 5أ 5 جا 14.14 د 12.24 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 22 march 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org الوحدة : الثانية 80الشدة : االسبوع : االول د 64.12زمن القسم الرئيسي : ر ز ت الااطو بيا المدا يع التلاار التمايا التلاارات الااطو بيا ا التمايا ا العمك المدا يع المططظات الحاطد 1ك 1 5 3 جا 30 جا 90 ثا 13 د 13.5 ان ا العمك اح الحس ال سابو التمايا لداء 2ك 2 ثا 6.63 د 12.15 3ك 3 ثا 7.88 د 12.47 4ك 4 ثا 8 د 12.5 5ك 5 ثا 12 د 13.5 الوحدة : الثالثة 75الشدة : االسبوع : االول 52.31زمن القسم الرئيسي : ر ز ت الااطو بيا المدا يع التلاار التمايا التلاارات الااطو بيا ا التمايا ا العمك المدا يع المططظات الحاطد 1ج 1 6 3 جا 20 جا 60 ثا 7.21 د 10.16 ان ا العمك اح الحس ال سابو لداء التمايا 2ج 2 ثا 6.92 د 10.07 3ج 3 ثا 10.34 د 11.10 4ج 4 ثا 7.96 د 10.38 5ج 5 ثا 8.68 د 10.60 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 28, | september 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org analysis of views on the origin of primitive religious prohibitions (taboo) zakirova dilfuza, doctor of philosophy in islamic sciences (phd), independent researcher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides an insight into the origins of primitive religious prohibitions (taboos)and their role in society. in theology, the concept of taboo arose within the framework of primitive religions, in particular totemism and considered as an important mechanism that regulates social ties in society. in the article, the origin of the concept of taboo, how it influenced religious and moral standards, as well as western scholars, it is interpreted by such specialists as including j. fraser, e. taylor, z. freud, and b. malinovsky is analyzed. at the same time, it is discussed how social discipline and norms are established through taboo, as well as how taboo has gained importance in primitive society. taboo, totemism, primitive religion, religious prohibitions, j. fraser, e. taylor, z. freud, b. malinovsky, social discipline, moral standards. introduction there is a view that is common in psychology, ethics, religion and law. according to him, in order for everyone to be able to live happily and happily, he will have to restrain some desires and desires and discipline himself. just thinking about oneself and one's own interests, chasing after one's personal desires, leads one to manhood and to following desires in a form in which one cannot stop oneself. what is important in the norm and the limit. in society, such norms and boundaries are determined by tradition, religion and law. the fact that it has a special place within this in terms of its impact on society is a factor of religion. religion, with its sacred concepts and strong belief system, is able to keep the people who follow it in moderation. but religion does not mean that it consists of some imagination and a blind belief system. perhaps it is a system in which norms and beliefs have certain educational and social foundations. for this reason, the need for religion is growing in the 21st century, when the level of human immorality is increasing. in fact, it is difficult to analyze religion itself on the basis of positive science. after all, the categories in it do not correspond to the categories of science. but the consequence of the teachings of religion and its impact on society can be assessed on the basis of positive science. it is known that in every society, in every branch of society, there is a specific prohibition. religions are no exception. according to western theology, totemism, an early form of religious belief, was a form of primitive, rather simple religious belief that it sanctified the seed tribe members of ancient times, believing that they had an abnormal connection, affinity, blood-kinship with a particular animal, plant. totemism american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org was one of the earliest forms of a particular group of people that expressed a connection with nature, the external environment. each tribe or seed had sufficient information about the hunting of certain animals and about them, providing for its conditions and capabilities. close knowledge of such animals has given rise to the perception of their proximity to their own seed or blood-relationship. the result was the formation of the idea that some animals, and later some varieties of the plant, were also the progenitors – totems of certain seed members. therefore, later members of the seed considered totem's “help” to be a patron, sanctifying him. attempts were made to influence him through magic. the totem was sanctified, protected, venerated, forbidden to kill, consume. only in some cases, that is, on solemn days, an animal or plant considered a totem, which can be eaten subject to a special rasmrusum. there was a perception in the members of the clan that only then would the totem's power be passed on to the people, and that he would remain the patron of the clan in the future. later, within the framework of totemism, a whole system of prohibitions appeared. they became known as “taboo” and formed an important mechanism for regulating social relations. in theology, it was mentioned that the prohibitions were called “taboo”. meaning “marked” and “marked” in old polynesian, referring to “kapu” in the hawaiian islands, and “tambu” in the micronesian islands, it has entered theology in the form of “taboo” in the language of europeans. the term ”taboo” means something that cannot be touched because of its sanctity, a word that cannot be said, an action that is forbidden to be done, the content of an extraordinary power that exists in something. but today, in many cases, “taboo” is understood as religious prohibitions. according to the generally sociologist j.cook was accepted opinion, the scientist who identified the main features of the taboo faith. he is credited with clarifying the later “taboo”, a belief motive, as a result of research on the island of tongo among the indigenous tribes in 1777 . in the opinion of zigmund freud, this is a taboo concept, which is found as the first prohibition of moral standards in the history of mankind. taboo was understood not only as a ban, but also as something sacred. it was believed that the man who broke it would suffer not only punishment, but also the wrath of god. western theologians have placed fear first in the formation of taboo. the reason for this is considered to be the helplessness and lack of understanding of primitive people before natural phenomena. this includes an example z.freud's argument: “the origin of all religious ideas lies in the existence of the same need, that is, the need to protect oneself from the nature that is strong in oneself.” according to z.freud, the feeling of fear gave rise to totemism, an early form of religious belief. “the totem is an edible animal-it is dangerous or safe, in rare cases the plant or the forces of nature can be rain, water, and it has been attributed to an entire family. the totem is, first of all, the ancestor of the whole family”. s.tokarev, analyzing the stage of development of primitive religions in his work” primitive forms of religion“, defines totemism as: “the main form of religious beliefs is totemism. as a totem, animals, rarely plants, less often other things can be found. the interdependence of man and totem is expressed in not killing the totem and not eating its flesh”. but this ban was not the same everywhere. some tribes are prohibited from killing a totem, but are allowed to consume it if it is killed by someone. in other tribes, on the contrary, the consumption of totems is prohibited. but if killed, it was not considered a violation of the tribal custom. in order to strengthen the magical connection with the totem during the performance of totemistic rituals, the consumption of its meat was not only allowed, but also treated as a tradition. it was believed that not american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org eating totem meat at all, or eating too much, in both cases loses the connection between a person and a totem. for primitive people, the totem aroused a sense of fear. each member of the society was also required to abide by the taboo's prohibitions. those who did not even comply with these prohibitions at the time of the death penalty punished with. since it is currently impossible to fully formulate the worldview of primitive man, it is impossible to fully prove the degree of irrationality of all taboos. religious scholars classify taboo into several types. according to him, the taboo can be divided into nature, man, society, the attitude of society to other members and to oneself. another group of taboos aimed to establish a primary social hierarchy, while the third revealed the existence of spiritual and moral principles that govern humans. there are several views that explain the origin, content and essence of taboo. for example, j.fraser argued that the origin of taboo was influenced by magic, while e.taylor's approach was considered a taboo sacred rule. z.freud interpreted taboo psychoanalytically, arguing that he fulfilled a primitive form of morality in society and the role of the mechanism that drives civilization. b.malinovsky, however, in his views, interpreted taboo as one of the forms of social control of human society. hence, the roots of taboo prohibitions go back to a long history. they appear on the basis of certain concepts of people, and there is no mental proof of their existence either. in conclusion, it can be said that within totemism, a whole system of prohibitions – taboo-is called, which regulates social ties. references: 1. tokarev, s. a. dinning ibtidoiy shakllari. moskva: nauka, 1982. 2. freyd, z. totem va tabu: bir qancha moslashuvchan fikrlar. toshkent: o‘zbek davlat noshiriyati, 1989. 3. freyzer, j. g. oltin buta: sehr va din haqida klassik tadqiqot. london: macmillan, 1922. 4. teylor, e. b. primitiv madaniyat: fikriy taraqqiyotning o‘sishi. nyu-york: appleton, 1871. 5. malinovskiy, b. ibtidoiy jamiyatning ijtimoiy tuzilmasi. toshkent: o‘zbekiston fa nashriyoti, 1985. 6. kuk, j. tonga orollaridagi tadqiqotlar. london: routledge, 1784. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org adolescence period and psychological factors of working with teenagers darvishxojayev xasan abdulhakimovich masters degree student of pedagogy and psychology in private educational institution of university of business and science a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s unique details of the adolescence period and psychological effects of working with adults having stressed are covered in this article. useful suggestions are given to work with teenagers having depression. stages of personal development, adolescence, transition period in a child, period of myself and depression. introduction adolescence period is the most different than other periods of human beings with being full of its changeable movements. due to this unique statement, make strict decisions, rushing and having a tendency to be alone are usually occurred in movements of adults. beginning of realized types of “myself” period and its factors is experienced in this period. this is continued with most difficult questions about realizing themselves in the mentality of both girls and boys and reasons, dreams about finding answer for these questions in this life. in most cases, these factors are used for personality in order to identify “who he or she is” or “why these signs are important” and “for whom they are important”. [1] g.grim claimed that adolescence period is seen between 13 and 16 ages for boys and from 12 to 15 ages for girls in mentality development of person, d.b elkonin was divide this period in two stages in development of mentality in mankind: a) the period of adolescence is small under the age of 15 to the age of 10 years; the main activity personal internal communication, b) older teens or early teens in the social age 16 years of age up to 17 years of age; the main activity reading-the professional choice. educational psychologist v.a. krutesky while creation of ontogenetic man's mission in development phase, he found the content of the period of the age under the age of 11 to the age of 15 years will be defined as period of teens. based on d.i.feldshteyn other researchers in contrast, the period of adolescence is divided into three stages. according to his agenda, the first stage (10-11 years) including to discover relationship to himself, the person with the decision to come to feel and are finished to himself as strictly. the second stage at the age of 12-13 teenagers include, on the one hand, to recognize himself as a person, on the other hand, has the feature of being in a negative relationship to himself. the third stage consists of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 14-15 years age older adults older and, if in quick self-evaluation tend to shall be in connection with the description. [1] in the adolescence period, sometimes the child becoming inside of some emotions, such as anger, crustiness, the emotions of the parents to take care of the excess resistance is not stable display, inhibitions and self and loved ones` requirements that may put more opportunity than to the concerns of the audience throws. therefore, the teenagers of the world movement need to be understood the causes of origin. for this case parents, psychologists and teachers must realize that children face with difficult age period. the reason why this is called transition period, teenager considers himself as a member of the family, begins to realize as equal members of society. in social relationships meant not only himself, but his future progress is formed upcoming plans. of course, these plans still perfect, is not exactly, but teens have a very big conscience. the teens living in their wished world are tend to protect their dreams from other older aged people with their all affords they had. this is really important how the older people behave themselves in such kind of situations, but even experienced people want to say their words to teens without considering difficulties of this period. as a result, balance the relationship between adults and young people from each other will be lost and they will go away. the level of teens knowledge about law and values of society and compatibility of their personal ideology impact entering position of society and older aged community. of course, at this age, teenagers still are not great, but do not want to be a child, even for this reason, it is important to care adults in many ways for independent life. it is necessary for their parents. some parents wish their children from the troubles of real life environment protection in order not exceeding, and excessive caring they will show, but parents ought to consider that teaching of labor in the family is a foundation of formation of a sense of responsibility, self-respect and duty of citizenship. relationship with only their peers, in some cases, may be reason for decrease of teens educational performance. idea of their peers about them becomes really important. also, the past of mental disorders observed in this period that would be gained or impact to genetics that need to be considered. with the emergence of depression in children symptoms, immediately need to aiding to get out of the situation. to do this, we offer the following practical recommendations: 1) chat with the children, his condition with interest, about the futur, plans doing together, creating supports to herself and the formation of the required confidence to the future. a child was never judged for their "frowned upon", "foolish" situations, instead, his excellent personal qualities need to show to be worthwhile. the child should not never be compared with their smart and lucky peers. these comparisons also decrease extra sense of honor. instead, comparing with past condition to the current one will be able to create far more positive changes. 2) working with the individual child, completing different sessions together with children , they should feel your kindness. it is recommended to change the same daily life little. 3) teenager agenda should follow daily routine. proper time of the rest, good nutrition, and workout should pay special attention. depression is never forgotten that is psychophysical processes, in such a case the physical position of a teenager needs to be constantly paid attention. less than 7-8 hours of sleep a day, eating without proper nutrition anemia, goitre, diseases like worm on child directly negative effect to the child`s behavior. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org mental strain in children could be solved by as asking "feeling good?”, “what bother you?”, “how are you doing?”, “how can i help?" and this gives a positive effect. the help need to be given to collect teens` ideas by considering reasons of their depression. in such cases, it is never proper to use words like “nothing will be happen”, “all have problems”, “you will live! like others". because children do not want to accept the childrenare unwillingness, their own weakness and considering themselves as an unnecessary. in mental depressed teenagers, their dreams and aims should be connected with expected successful future. instead of asking questions like “why you do not think your close people?”, they should be encouraged to think about signs of beautiful, successful and bright future life. when working with such cases, it is important to consider the reasons creating mental depression. by questions, firstly, determine the position that teens have difficulty, then helping to solve problem and giving practical help by increasing self-belief. while working with morale reduced a teenager, it is important to identify the problem occurred and diagnosing in time by psychologists at educational places and eliminate the root of the problem. practical help on own time shown will cause to turn to the positive changes in teens life. references 1. goziev e.g. general psychology.-t.: "university", 2006. 2. bronnikova s. lovushki odinochetvo, consilium provisorum, №2, 2007 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org current problems of history teaching in uzbekistan and theories of the development of the science azimova shokhista salohiddinovna tashkent state university of economics senior lecturer, department of “social sciences” a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s from time immemorial, our country has been an integral part of world civilization, a single geographical region, from the migration of various tribes at different stages of history, the emergence of the first city-states in this region to our modern statehood, and many historical events: wars and massacres, the islamic renaissance, the decline of states and khanates from flourishing empires, have taken an indelible place in the pages of our history. history, studentsyouth, ancient times, the middle ages, modern history, source studies, state and society. introduction with the help of independence, in our country, in order to restore our history and culture and convey it to the younger generation in its original form, from the first years, our president i.a. karimov set the task of objectively recreating the history of uzbekistan for historians, which was an important step in the study of history. also, in accordance with the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 16, 1996 “on the establishment of the “center for the new history of uzbekistan” at the academy of state and society building under the president of the republic of uzbekistan” and in order to study and write the new history of our people, to demonstrate the great changes taking place in the life of our country and its global historical significance, a group of experts worked at the center to write and publish the “new history of uzbekistan”. as a result of several years of hard work, a 3volume “history of uzbekistan” was created in 2000. and most importantly, a number of important steps were taken towards the development of historical science in uzbekistan. on october 27-28, 1993, on the occasion of the 50th anniversary of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan, the department of "history and source studies" organized and held the second interregional "historical studies" on the topic "historical studies of uzbekistan during the independence period". on december 3-4, 2003, the department held the third "historical studies" on the topic "history in uzbekistan: achievements and problems of development". these efforts strengthened the teaching and promotion of history. methodology in recent years, significant changes have also occurred in the field of history. on december 27, 2017, the seventh "historical studies" was held at the institute of history of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan on the topic "historical science in uzbekistan: problems and development american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org prospects". these events revealed the relevance of the science and the importance of its development. on june 30 of this year, the president of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev signed a resolution "on the organization of the activities of the public council on the recent history of uzbekistan under the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan". this document played a very important role in "researching and teaching the recent history of the emergence and development of national statehood of uzbekistan, preparing and publishing scientific, popular science, educational and methodological, educational literature, and strengthening the mechanisms for integrating science with education and other social spheres. from the 2020-2021 academic year, the subject “the latest history of uzbekistan” will be taught to all 1st-year undergraduate students of universities. this also plays an important role in the formation of young people's interest in the history of their country, love for the homeland and the ideas of loyalty. by presidential decree no. 60 of january 28, 2022, the “development strategy of a new uzbekistan for 2022–2026” was adopted. the 77th goal of this document is called the further development of the study and promotion of the history of uzbekistan, and it is intended to implement the concept of developing history until 2030. research outcome this also indicates the attention paid to the field of history. reforms in the state and society, as well as drastic changes in the higher education system, today in uzbekistan pose a pressing task to solve a number of requirements and problems in the teaching of history. today, we historians face the following problems related to the teaching of history in higher education institutions: first, the preservation of the traditional method of teaching history; this may be due to the low material and technical base of the relevant higher education institution. however, organizing classes in an unconventional way does not require much cost. the most unfortunate thing is that the traditional teaching method leads to the homogeneity of the audience, even to the narrowing of students' thinking and reasoning. also, the gradual fading of interest in science in some students leads to the underdevelopment of their talents and their gradual laziness. – the problem of the potential of professors and teachers participating in the process of teaching history specialties and their lack of modern innovations; the lack of satisfactory organization of experience exchange between professors of local universities and foreign specialists within the field, conducting master classes, preparing grant projects and cooperation within the field is also the root of the problems in the field. today, a history teacher must be knowledgeable about modern science and technologies in all respects and organize lessons based on interactive methods and equipment. however, there are still personnel in the field who cannot use new modern technologies. discussion there are professors in the system who are not sufficiently prepared for lessons when entering the classroom, and who cannot inform students about new changes and reforms within the subject. also, problems with the ethics of the teacher when initially entering the classroom also affect the quality of the lesson between the teacher and the student. – the lack of proper organization of independent study sessions by professors and teachers for students of the relevant specialization in history; gross errors in assigning coursework assignments within the specialization and accepting them from students (not up-to-date coursework writing and duplication of information), the lack of communication between relevant state institutions and universities in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org internships in the subject, depending on the interest and direction of students, and the lack of transparency, and the infrequent implementation of field internships lead to a lack of freely formed knowledge and skills among students. – the issue of the quality of textbooks within the subject created by professors and teachers today; the textbooks and study guides used in teaching history are created in a traditional way, that is, the textbook does not contain questions and assignments based on innovative methods that encourage students to think about each topic (innovative textbooks available in the finnish and singaporean education systems), which leads to a decrease in thinking and logical thinking skills, which bores students and leads to a decrease in their ability to think and reason as a result of memorization alone. – the lack of electronic equipment that makes the classroom and the subject more convenient for students studying in the relevant disciplines, the lack of classrooms equipped based on historical periods, the lack of sufficient historical corners in some history faculties, the lack of sufficient attention paid by the leadership of the republic to the development of the field of history and the improvement of the material and technical base of the history faculties of universities, also contribute to the slow development of the subject and its promotion. the problem of attracting students to museums and the low culture of museum studies, the lack of the organization of some types of museums in the subject areas are considered to be one of the obstacles to the growth of knowledge and skills for students of science. – it is regrettable that in the teaching of history, a compromise between religion and secularism persists; the lack of consideration of religious views in the creation of textbooks, and even the lack of religious education among professors causes members of society whose faith is islam and whose religious values are developing to retain their old-fashioned views on history and reduces the audience supporting the science in society. insufficient and ineffective propaganda and agitation work to develop history; one of the problems in the system is the fact that international and local scientific conferences are held at history faculties of universities for more formality, and the results are not discussed. conclusion the above-mentioned problems in universities related to teaching history are the most serious obstacles to the processes related to the development and teaching of history in modern uzbekistan. to overcome this problem, first of all, the government should be able to prioritize the issue, seek solutions to the problem in cooperation with organizations and institutions responsible for the development of science, establish material support for the radical reform of the relevant faculties of universities and the creation of a material and technical base, develop cooperation between relevant educational and research institutions and foreign institutions within the framework of science, and consider the introduction of advanced practices in relevant institutions of our country as an important priority task. by solving the problems highlighted above, searching for and finding solutions, it is possible to have theories for the development of science. acknowledgement i express my gratitude to all historians and research services in uzbekistan who contribute to the development of the discipline of history. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org references 1. “o‘zbekistonning yangi tarixi”ni tayyorlash va nashr etish to‘g‘risida. o’zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining 1996-yil 16-dekabrdagi 445-sonli farmoni https://lex.uz/docs/-1638585 2. 2022 — 2026-yillarga mo‘ljallangan yangi o‘zbekistonning taraqqiyot strategiyasi to‘g‘risida. o’zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti farmoni 2022-yil 28-yanvar pf-60-son. https://lex.uz/uz/docs/5841063 3. ўзбекистонда тарих фани: ютуқлар ва ривожланиш муаммолари. тарихшунослик ўқишлари – 2004 материаллари (историческая наука в узбекистане: достижения и проблемы развития. материалы историографических чтений – 2004). ii қисм. [масъул муҳаррир д. алимова]. тошкент, 2006. 115 бет. https://lex.uz/docs/-1638585 https://lex.uz/uz/docs/-5841063 https://lex.uz/uz/docs/-5841063 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org religious and social-psychological features of adopting management decisions among executives nazarov azamat sottarovich, associate professor of the international islamic academy of uzbekistan, doctor of philosophy in psychology (phd) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines religious and socio-psychological factors that influence the process of making management decisions among executives. various aspects, such as worldview, moral attitudes and influence group, as well as their significance for management effectiveness are analyzed. decision making, management decisions, conscious choice, determinism, indeterminism, management activity, management decision, extreme factors, negative functional states. introduction managing an organization requires from executives not only professional knowledge and skills, but also the ability to make decisions under conditions of uncertainty. religious beliefs and sociopsychological factors play an important role in this process. they can shape internal attitudes and external interactions that influence decision-making in the context of working with subordinates and colleagues. management decision-making is a key process in any organization that affects its effectiveness and development. however, this process does not occur in a vacuum; it is deeply connected with the personal and cultural characteristics of managers. in practice, religious and socio-psychological factors play a significant role in how decisions are made. religion can have a strong influence on people's values and beliefs, which in turn is reflected in their management styles and decisions. islam is predominant in uzbekistan, which influences many aspects of public life, including business. islam teaches such qualities as honesty, responsibility, and fairness. these values can help managers make ethical decisions. for example, when making decisions about resource allocation, a manager can take into account the interests of all employees, which reduces internal conflicts and contributes to a more harmonious working atmosphere. religion often determines the moral and ethical principles that managers use in their practice. the globalization of the labor market and the increasing diversity of organizations opens up new horizons and opportunities for interaction. for example, christian, islamic and buddhist principles can influence the way we manage and make decisions. 1. moral principles: religious norms often include concepts of fairness, honesty and responsibility, which become critical in the selection process. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org 2. community principle: many religions emphasize the importance of working for the good of the community, which can influence business strategy and personnel policies. social and psychological factors also play a role in decision making. 1. group dynamics: the influence of the group and colleagues can affect how decisions are made. the desire to conform to the opinions of the group can affect the objectivity of decision making. 2. cognitive biases: psychological factors such as stereotypes and prejudices can hinder objective decision making. for example, the influence of the “first impression effect” or “confirmation bias” can distort the choice of a manager. practical application understanding religious and socio-psychological aspects can help organizations: develop training programs for managers, focusing on these aspects. create diverse teams that can bring the widest possible range of opinions and approaches to decisionmaking. maintain an atmosphere of openness and respect for different cultural and religious beliefs. managers who practice islam can focus more on the social responsibility of business, taking into account not only the economic but also the social goals of their organization. this can be expressed in supporting local communities and social programs, which, in turn, enhances the company's reputation. uzbek society has strong traditions of collectivism, where the opinions of others play an important role. this can influence the decisions of managers: they can make decisions based on the opinions of their team, which can both help and hinder the decision-making process. emotional and psychological states of managers can significantly affect the decision-making process. stress caused by external factors can reduce the manager's ability to think critically and analytically. this is especially important in uncertain environments where managers often have to make quick decisions. religious and socio-psychological factors do not exist in isolation; they interact with each other. religious beliefs can shape the leadership styles of managers, which in turn influence their decisionmaking ability. for example, a manager with a high level of religious. in conflict situations, religious values can guide the resolution process. for example, the desire for reconciliation and compromise based on the principles of islam can contribute to more constructive conflict resolution. religious and socio-psychological factors play an important role in management decision-making. in the context of uzbekistan, understanding these factors can form the basis for more effective management and development of organizations. recognizing the importance of ethical standards and the influence of the environment on decision-making processes helps to create sustainable and successful business structures. practical application and recommendations: 1. training and development: it is necessary to develop advanced training programs for managers that take into account local cultural and religious characteristics. 2. creating a supportive environment: organizations should strive to create a culture that encourages open discussion and cooperation. 3. research: further research is needed to study the interaction of religious and socio-psychological factors in management. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org 4. training and development: organizations can organize training for managers on topics related to the ethical component of decision-making and the socio-cultural context of management. 5. building a diverse team: building teams with different religious and cultural backgrounds can help to make decisions more diverse and effective. 6. studying impact: conducting research to analyze the impact of religious and socio-psychological factors on decision making in specific organizations will help to deepen understanding and improve the quality of management practices. conclusion religious and socio-psychological aspects play a significant role in the process of making management decisions. understanding these elements can help managers to be more conscious of their decisions, promote an ethical and responsible organizational culture, and improve management effectiveness. references 1. robbins, s. p., & judge, t. a. (2017). organizational behavior. pearson. 2. nahavandi, a. (2017). the art and science of leadership. pearson. 3. segal, r. (2007). the role of religion in decision-making. journal of management history. 4. goleman, d. (2006). emotional intelligence. bantam. 5. sottarovich n. a. psychological aspects of making and implementing management decisions in the activities of a leader //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2024. – т. 12. – №. 2. – с. 291-295. 6. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 34. – с. 131. 7. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 33. – с. 77. 8. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiypsixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – с. 130-134. 9. назаров а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера. – т. 33. – с. 77. 10. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 24-31. 11. назаров а. с. qaror qabul qilish zamonaviy boshqaruv sub’ektining muhim kompetensiyasi sifatida: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fanlar bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2023. – №. 10. – с. 345-351. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org 12. назаров а. с. boshqaruv faoliyatida qaror qabul qilish jarayonining gender va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlari: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fandlari bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2023. – №. 6. – с. 336-338. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 213 www.americanjournal.org from substance use to algorithmic control: new paradigms in the psychology of addiction mo‘minxo‘jayeva zuhra alimjon qizi lecturer, department of pedagogy and psychology uzbekistan state world languages university e-mail: zmuminxujayeva@gmail.com abstract keywords this article analyzes the stages in the development of the psychology of addiction and elucidates the intrinsic interconnections among chemical, behavioral, and digital–algorithmic forms of addiction. the study examines the neurobiological and biopsychosocial foundations of addiction, with particular attention to the dopaminergic reward system and the impact of contemporary digital technologies and artificial intelligence on human behavior. addiction to artificial intelligence is interpreted as a new and complex phenomenon within modern psychology. addictive behavior; chemical addiction; behavioral addiction; digital addiction; addiction to artificial intelligence; dopaminergic reward system; biopsychosocial model; algorithmic control. introduction the psychology of addiction is a fundamental scientific field that explains disturbances in human behavior, motivational systems, and conscious activity, and its formation and development are directly linked to the social, economic, and technological changes occurring within society. according to explanatory dictionaries of psychological concepts, addictive behavior (from the english addiction, meaning dependence or a harmful habit, and the latin addictus, referring to being completely bound to something) is defined as a specific form of destructive behavior in which an individual seeks to escape from real life by deliberately altering their psychological state [1]. in psychology, the main types of addictive behavior are commonly classified as follows: – the consumption of psychoactive substances that alter mental states, including alcohol, narcotic drugs, synthetic pharmaceuticals, and various toxic substances; – pathological involvement in gambling activities, including computer and video games; – addictive forms of sexual behavior; – excessive eating or, conversely, pathologically restrictive eating; – excessive involvement in work activities (“work addiction”); – prolonged exposure to rhythm-based loud music or similar stimuli accompanied by a loss of selfcontrol [2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 214 www.americanjournal.org during the formation of addictive behavior, a noticeable narrowing of interpersonal emotional relationships and a decline in the quality of social interactions are observed. in a narrow sense, addictive behavior is limited exclusively to forms of dependence on psychoactive substances. in the early stages, the concept of “addiction” was primarily interpreted as a state of physiological dependence resulting from the consumption of alcoholic beverages, narcotic substances, and other psychoactive agents. this interpretation dominated medical literature of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, where addiction was viewed exclusively as a somatic disorder [3]. however, from the second half of the twentieth century onward, research conducted in psychology, psychiatry, neurobiology, and sociology demonstrated that addiction is a far more complex phenomenon. scholars established that addiction does not arise solely from the effects of a substance, but is also closely associated with individuals’ internal psychological needs, capacities for emotional regulation, reward system responses, impulsivity, and stable patterns of personal behavior [4]. in other words, addiction represents a complex integration of physiological processes, cognitive mechanisms, emotional states, and behavioral patterns. this scientific shift made it possible to conceptualize addiction not merely as a substance-related disorder, but as a complex phenomenon shaped by the interaction between an individual’s internal psychological dynamics and external social influences. as a result, a new concept emerged in the psychology of addiction—behavioral addictions. according to this perspective, even in the absence of psychoactive substance use, certain behaviors—such as gambling, excessive engagement in games, overuse of the internet, and persistent activity on social networking platforms—can stimulate the brain’s dopaminergic system in a manner comparable to that of chemical substances. at this stage, the psychological model of addiction was substantially refined. addiction began to be explained in terms of: – the central role of an individual’s need for reward; – the necessity of alleviating negative emotional states; – deficits in impulse control; – disturbances within the motivational system; – and the influence of external stimuli that reinforce behavior [5]. taken together, these factors function as an integrated system that accounts for the formation, development, and maintenance of addictive behavior. scientific studies conducted in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, integrating neurobiological and psychological perspectives, provided a deeper understanding of the complex nature of addiction [6]. as a result, the psychology of addiction evolved beyond a purely clinical phenomenon and developed into an interdisciplinary field that examines the interactions between everyday human behavior, personality structure, social experience, and the technological environment. in the late twentieth century, extensive research led by the prominent u.s. neurobiologist george f. koob and nora d. volkow, director of the national institute on drug abuse (nida), fundamentally transformed prevailing views on the neurobiological foundations of addiction. their work conceptualized addiction not as a simple behavioral disorder, but as a complex phenomenon associated with pathological changes in the brain’s motivational and reward systems. according to their central conclusions, addiction is driven by dysregulation of the dopaminergic reward system, heightened sensitivity to reward-related cues, and a value system in which short-term gratification is prioritized [4]. these processes are observed in dopamine-related brain structures such as the ventral striatum and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 215 www.americanjournal.org the nucleus accumbens. consequently, the individual’s “wanting” response intensifies, while the “liking” response diminishes, leading to the development of the compulsive nature of addictive behavior. scientific studies conducted in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, integrating neurobiological and psychological perspectives, provided a deeper understanding of the complex nature of addiction [4, 8]. as a result, the psychology of addiction evolved beyond a purely clinical phenomenon and developed into an interdisciplinary field that examines the interactions between everyday human behavior, personality structure, social experience, and the technological environment. in the late twentieth century, extensive research led by the prominent u.s. neurobiologist george f. koob and nora d. volkow, director of the national institute on drug abuse (nida), fundamentally transformed prevailing views on the neurobiological foundations of addiction. their work conceptualized addiction not as a simple behavioral disorder, but as a complex phenomenon associated with pathological changes in the brain’s motivational and reward systems. according to their central conclusions, addiction is driven by dysregulation of the dopaminergic reward system, heightened sensitivity to reward-related cues, and a value system in which short-term gratification is prioritized [4]. these processes are observed in dopamine-related brain structures such as the ventral striatum and the nucleus accumbens. consequently, the individual’s “wanting” response intensifies, while the “liking” response diminishes, leading to the development of the compulsive nature of addictive behavior. the “brain disease model of addiction” developed by george f. koob and nora d. volkow conceptualized addiction not as a manifestation of ordinary weakness of will or moral failure, but as a neurofunctional disorder. according to this model, three major changes occur in the brain over the course of addiction: 1. reduced sensitivity of the reward system, whereby ordinary life experiences no longer produce pleasure; 2. hyperactivation of the stress system, leading to a rapid intensification of negative emotional states; 3. impairment of executive functions, resulting in diminished impulse control and weakened planning abilities [8]. subsequent research further expanded this model by explaining addiction in conjunction with cognitive impairments (such as reduced critical thinking and difficulties in evaluating errors) and emotional imbalance (including heightened stress sensitivity, affective vulnerability, and impulsivity). in addition, social factors—such as social pressure, isolation, and a lack of supportive relationships— were identified as playing a significant role in addiction. consequently, addiction was reinterpreted as a multifactorial phenomenon within a biopsychosocial model [6]. at the beginning of the twenty-first century, the rapid proliferation of digital technologies gave rise to a new evolutionary stage in the psychology of addiction. addiction was no longer viewed as being limited to chemical substances; instead, it was demonstrated that dependence could also develop through digital stimuli and algorithmic control. behaviors such as internet addiction, computer gaming addiction, social media addiction, online gambling, and smartphone addiction began to be recognized by the scientific community as distinct forms of addiction [7]. the primary reason for the emergence of technology-related addictions lies in the capacity of digital technologies to artificially and intensely stimulate the dopaminergic reward system [7, 9, 11]. for example: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 216 www.americanjournal.org – endless content streams continuously activate reward anticipation mechanisms; – “like,” “share,” and notification systems exploit the human need for social validation; – reward structures in games intensify dopaminergic cycles of “winning”; – personalized algorithms deliberately reinforce user engagement by targeting individual preferences. as a result, dependence on digital technologies increases sensitivity to reward in the brain in a manner similar to psychoactive substances, while simultaneously weakening regulatory and control systems [9]. in such processes, two fundamental mechanisms of addiction become active: – positive reinforcement, referring to the desire to repeatedly experience pleasurable stimulation; – negative reinforcement, referring to the use of digital technologies to reduce stress, boredom, or emotional discomfort. together, these mechanisms contribute to the formation of digital technology addiction. thus, the psychology of addiction has shifted from chemical substances to behavioral processes and subsequently to digital and algorithmic stimuli, representing a profound evolutionary transformation in contemporary addiction theory. in the development of digital addictions, a number of modern psychological mechanisms have been identified. these mechanisms emerge from the interaction between the evolutionary characteristics of the human mind and the technical capacities of digital technologies. the mechanism of immediate reward intensifies the individual’s need to obtain gratification instantly. this tendency aligns with the nature of the brain’s dopaminergic system: the faster and more unexpected the reward, the greater the release of dopamine. digital platforms, particularly systems based on artificial intelligence, deliver responses within milliseconds. as a result, users become habituated to rapid rewards, while their interest in sustained, complex cognitive activity gradually declines. the endless flow of content represents one of the most powerful mechanisms underlying digital addiction. the perceived inexhaustibility of information and the anticipation of constantly new stimuli continuously activate the brain’s reward system and prevent disengagement from digital platforms [7]. this process generates a high-intensity dopaminergic cycle, fostering a behavioral pattern characterized by the urge to “check one more time.” algorithmic control constitutes the regulatory mechanism of digital addiction. platforms monitor user behavior and deliver content tailored to individual preferences. although this process often operates imperceptibly, it shapes behavior at a subconscious level [10]. without fully realizing that their actions are being algorithmically guided, individuals begin to spend increasing amounts of time on digital platforms. adaptive personalization further intensifies this process by treating each user as a distinct psychological profile and automatically generating content aligned with their needs, emotional states, and interests. this mechanism is particularly evident in artificial intelligence–based systems such as chatgpt, replika, and gemini. as individuals receive increasingly personalized responses, feelings of psychological closeness and trust toward the system are strengthened. the tendency to avoid cognitive effort is grounded in the principle of cognitive energy conservation. rather than engaging in demanding cognitive processes, individuals tend to rely on artificial intelligence systems that provide ready-made solutions. this preference reduces independent thinking, amplifies intellectual passivity, and contributes to the formation of cognitive dependence on artificial intelligence [11]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 217 www.americanjournal.org the mechanism of emotional compensation represents another central component of digital addiction. individuals attempt to alleviate negative emotional states—such as anxiety, loneliness, stress, and uncertainty—through interaction with artificial intelligence. because ai-mediated communication is consistently polite, nonjudgmental, and supportive, emotional needs are increasingly satisfied through algorithmic interlocutors [12]. the need for social validation, an evolutionarily rooted human motive, is stimulated in digital environments through notifications, likes, feedback, and real-time responses. in interactions with artificial intelligence, users similarly experience emotional gratification resembling social reward when their opinions are acknowledged and positively received [13]. these mechanisms closely correspond to the operational principles of artificial intelligence platforms. as ai systems adapt more precisely to users’ cognitive, emotional, and social needs, the formation of dependence on artificial intelligence—particularly among students—becomes increasingly likely. this process can be explained by the transformation of artificial intelligence from a mere educational tool into a psychological agent. the subsequent stage of digital addiction—addiction to artificial intelligence (ai)—has been actively discussed in the scientific literature since the 2020s. the high level of interactivity, conversational capacity, user-adaptive semantic systems, and mechanisms for emotionally responsive feedback have transformed ai into a psychological tool that differs fundamentally from classical digital platforms. consequently, researchers have begun to identify compulsive use, cognitive reliance, emotional attachment, and algorithmically guided behavior as novel forms of addiction specifically associated with ai systems. artificial intelligence is no longer perceived merely as a technological instrument; rather, it increasingly functions as a psychological agent, social interlocutor, cognitive assistant, and intellectual partner. when summarizing the evolution of the psychology of addiction, three major stages can be identified: 1. the stage of chemical addictions, characterized by substance-induced disruption of the brain’s dopaminergic system and the formation of physiological dependence; 2. the stage of behavioral addictions, in which dopaminergic reward processes are artificially intensified through behavior alone, without the use of substances; 3. the stage of digital and ai-related addictions, marked by algorithmic control, interactive aimediated communication, emotional compensation, cognitive offloading, personalization, and engagement with artificial conversational agents, resulting in complex forms of psychological dependence. addiction to artificial intelligence represents an integrated and convergent form of these three stages, wherein biological, cognitive, emotional, and algorithmic factors interact and mutually reinforce one another. for this reason, ai addiction is increasingly recognized as one of the most complex, multilayered, and pressing phenomena in contemporary psychology. references 1. apa dictionary of psychology. — washington, dc: american psychological association, 2007. — 1024 p. 2. grant j. e., potenza m. n., weinstein a., gorelick d. a. introduction to behavioral addictions // the american journal of drug and alcohol abuse. — 2010. — vol. 36, № 5. — p. 233–241. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 218 www.americanjournal.org 3. jellinek e. m. the disease concept of alcoholism. — new haven (ct): hillhouse press, 1960. — 384 p. 4. koob g. f., volkow n. d. neurobiology of addiction: a neurocircuitry analysis // the lancet psychiatry. — 2016. — vol. 3, № 8. — p. 760–773. — doi: 10.1016/s2215-0366(16)00104-8. 5. griffiths m. d. a ‘components’ model of addiction within a biopsychosocial framework // journal of substance use. — 2005. — vol. 10, № 4. — p. 191–197. — doi: 10.1080/14659890500114359. 6. engel g. l. the need for a new medical model: a challenge for biomedicine // science. — 1977. — vol. 196, № 4286. — p. 129–136. — doi: 10.1126/science.847460. 7. kuss d. j., griffiths m. d. social networking sites and addiction: ten lessons learned // international journal of environmental research and public health. — 2017. — vol. 14, № 3. — article 311. — doi: 10.3390/ijerph14030311. 8. volkow n. d., koob g. f., mclellan a. t. neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of addiction // new england journal of medicine. — 2016. — vol. 374, № 4. — p. 363–371. — doi: 10.1056/nejmra1511480. 9. alter a. irresistible: the rise of addictive technology and the business of keeping us hooked. — new york: penguin press, 2017. — 368 p. 10. eyal n. hooked: how to build habit-forming products. — new york: portfolio, 2014. — 256 p. 11. risko e. f., gilbert s. j. cognitive offloading // trends in cognitive sciences. — 2016. — vol. 20, № 9. — p. 676–688. — doi: 10.1016/j.tics.2016.07.002. 12. turkle s. alone together: why we expect more from technology and less from each other. — new york: basic books, 2011. — 384 p. 13. montag c., lachmann b., herrlich m., zweig k. addictive features of social media/messenger platforms and freemium games against the background of psychological and economic theories // international journal of environmental research and public health. — 2019. — vol. 16, № 14. — article 2612. — doi: 10.3390/ijerph16142612. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org source studies of central asia – china relations (16th – 21st centuries) keldiyorov javakhir bakhtiyor ogli samarkand state university named after sharof rashidov master student of the department of historiography and source studies e-mail: keldiyorovjavohir@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the uniqueness of the historical past of the central asian region, the history of relations between the peoples of central asia and china, as well as the significance of the processes taking place here for world history, increase the interest of researchers in them. this article analyzes sources related to relations between china and central asia. central asia and china, historical analysis, economic and social relations, topography of the territories, the level of research of sources. introduction for thousands of years, the region has been a zone of contact between the settled peoples of the south and the nomads of the north. many state formations have emerged on its vast territory. central asia can be called the cradle of many modern peoples who later settled in the vast expanses of eurasia. busy diplomatic, trade and migration routes connecting different countries and peoples passed through the lands of central asia. the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, i.a. karimov, emphasizes that “the great silk road passed through the territory of today's uzbekistan the lifeblood of international relations: economic exchange, the movement of crafts, science and art” and “it is necessary to restore the historical artery of the life of the turanian peoples the great silk road, along which caravans always traveled towards each other.” china's relations with the peoples of central asia date back to ancient times. indeed, our land has always been a bridge connecting east and west, south and north. main part currently, the importance of central asia as a connecting link in relations between china, east asian countries and european countries is growing. china's rapid integration into the world community is increasing its influence on the geopolitical situation in the world, in particular in the central asian region. the study of relations between the peoples of china and central asia in the late middle ages makes it possible to observe and better understand many aspects of modern china's domestic and foreign policy. the success of economic reforms in china, the collapse of the soviet union and the formation of fifteen independent states require a new understanding of the history of these relations. most modern studies study the relations between the prc and central asia in the last ten to fifteen american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org years, while many aspects related to their centuries-old history of development remain beyond the reach of researchers. a comprehensive study of these relations in historical retrospect shows that the most stable period of central asian-chinese relations coincided with the ming empire (1368-1644) in china, and the timurid empire in central asia. consequently, when analyzing modern uzbek-chinese relations, and even more so at the present stage, when defining and developing foreign policy strategy vectors, it is necessary to know the history of the development of relations between china and central asia. the practice of international relations shows that certain fundamental moments of central asian-chinese relations have been repeated and, perhaps, will be repeated in the future. china has always been distinguished by its traditionalism, and when talking about modern china, we must remember this. in this regard, we can talk about the relevance of this study not only from an academic, but also from a practical and political point of view. china has a long tradition of studying the history of relations with the countries of central asia. in general, everything related to the borders with its close neighbors in china (and the borders with central asia, in particular, east turkestan, have always been one of the most important) was carefully recorded and included in dynastic chronicles, thereby acquiring the status of a historical document. chinese historical works, official and unofficial chronicles and encyclopedias, as well as geographical descriptions, have always contained information about neighboring peoples and countries. in this regard, the systematization of the accumulated experience allows us to form our attitude to the issues raised in the work, to highlight unused opportunities and to confirm the significance of information from chinese written sources for the history of uzbekistan, the study of which allows us to complete the general picture of historical events in central asia during the period under study. materials from chinese written sources are also of great importance in the study of the ethnic history of the peoples of the central asian region. in chinese written sources, special attention is paid to the settlement of peoples and individual tribes at a certain time, the direction of their movement not only within a certain territory, but also beyond its borders, and toponyms and ethnonyms, often preserved only in chinese transcription, are carefully analyzed. geographical information found in the historical works of ancient chinese authors is undoubtedly valuable, since they allow not only to draw a map of the studied territory, but also to obtain initial data for clarifying the relations of peoples and tribes and determining their ethnicity. among other things, they provide statistical data, economic data, information about the customs and traditions of peoples. the above determines the scientific, theoretical and practical relevance of the topic under study. the resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan “on improving the activities of the institute of history of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan” considered numerous chinese written sources covering the historical situation in the regions of central asia and china in the 16th-21st centuries. in addition, materials on the history of the great silk road and tradeambassadorial relations between the peoples of central asia and china were attracted and studied from chinese sources, and testimonies of chinese diplomats and travelers on the historical geography of the central asian states, the ethnic history of the peoples of central asia, and other issues were presented. the introduction into scientific circulation of little-known materials, often inaccessible to local researchers, and a critical analysis of existing publications on this topic allow us to take a fresh look at many issues of relations between the peoples of china and central asia in the late middle ages. based on new modern realities, the task of analyzing the research of our and foreign scholars devoted to the history of the people, from ancient times to the present day, is gaining particular importance. the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org importance of conducting source and historical research is associated with the need to search for new information on the history of the peoples of central asia and clarify a number of data. the relevance and necessity of the problem are also determined by the requirements of the modern era, where "the main task is scientific objectivity and impartiality of historical analysis." the radical change in world reality at the end of the twentieth century, the formation of a new system of international relations, necessitates a comprehensive study of the history of our central asian region in order to determine the prospects for the development of relations with various countries, which also determines the relevance, scientific and practical significance of this study. in chinese historiography, relations with neighboring peoples occupy an important place in the late middle ages. the author of the study studied all the available materials of chinese researchers on the history of relations between china and central asia. first of all, these are the collected works of chinese historians studying various aspects of the political and cultural life of the peoples of east turkestan. the scientific conclusions presented in the monographic study of the famous chinese historian su beihai, whose object was the historical geography of the central asian region, were of great help in understanding the topography of the studied territories. among other chinese authors, it is worth noting ma shoujiang, he yan, wen yin, etc., whose works consider certain aspects of relations between china and the peoples of central asia. it should be noted that the above-mentioned studies of chinese authors are characterized by a generally recognized bias in chinese historiography, especially manifested in the issues of the conquest of east turkestan (as chinese historians write the unification of lands). nevertheless, all works without exception are of certain interest, because they contain excerpts from many chinese sources that are not available to us, and they introduce us to the research of the chinese school of historiography. as a.d. voskresensky noted, the study of the history of the development of relations with china in russia was carried out in the 70s of the 20th century, when an active and stable scientific research school emerged. however, it is worth noting that the research of the soviet period was to some extent tendentious, which was associated with the political and ideological situation. among the fundamental studies of russian authors, we note the work of o.v. zotov, devoted to the study of interstate relations between china and the oases of east turkestan. the conclusions and generalizations presented in the works of a.a. bokshchanina are of great interest. the first geographical description of east turkestan was given by russian researchers and travelers of the 20th century g.g. przhevalsky, g.e. grumgrzhimailo, v.a. obruchev, and others. the russian orientalist n.ya. bichurin was the first to cite information from chinese sources on the history of central asia in his works. in the work of k.sh.khafizova “chinese diplomacy in central asia (xiv-xix centuries)” shows the formation and development of diplomatic institutions and the influence of various factors of chinese culture on them. the author examines the interstate relations between china and the central asian states in detail, focusing on the xin period. the issues of relations between china and the central asian states have attracted the attention of a number of local oriental historians. the early periods of the history of east turkestan were the subject of research by m.kutlugov, who considered the issues of mongol rule in east turkestan (xii-xiv centuries). a number of works by o.b. buriev are devoted to the study of china's relations with amir temur and the timurid empire. his object was trade and embassy relations between china and the central asian states. many studies by the famous orientalist a.khojayev are devoted to the later period of the history of east turkestan (xvii-xx centuries). despite the fact that the above-mentioned works are american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org chronologically outside the scope of the period considered in this study, familiarization with them was extremely useful for a more complete and comprehensive understanding of the historical processes taking place in this region, especially since recently a.khojayev has significantly expanded the topics and chronological scope of his research, which has aroused due interest among researchers. if we talk about the western tradition of sinology, here, first of all, we should dwell on some aspects of the relations between the peoples of china and central asia by such researchers as m.rossabi, j.k.fairbank, h.serruys, as well as the developments of a number of other modern western researchers. despite the large number of publications studying certain aspects of central asianchinese relations, there are practically no studies in russian historiography devoted to a comprehensive analysis of the data of chinese written sources in the context of studying the history of relations between the peoples of china and central asia in the 16th-21st centuries. the study is based on chinese sources, the most important of which are the dynastic chronicles: “min shi” (history of the ming dynasty), “min shilu” (authentic records of the reign of the ming emperors); collections of chinese historical materials: “xinjiang difang lishi ziliao xuanji” (selected materials on the history of xinjiang), “weiuerzu shilao jianbian” (excerpts from historical materials on the history of the uyghurs), “lidai gezu zhuangji huibian” (collection of materials on the history of ancient peoples); personal works, primarily the works of the famous chinese diplomat and traveler chen cheng: “siyu xingchenji” (notes on a trip to the western countries), “siyu fanguozhi” (description of the countries of the western region), etc. the following main tasks should be carried out in the implementation of this research work: 1. describe the main chinese written sources and historical literature on the history of relations between the peoples of central asia and china in the 16th-21st centuries; 2. identify the main foreign policy and economic aspects of relations between the peoples of china and central asia; 3. study of materials from chinese sources about the missions of chinese travelers in central asia; 4. study of the relationship between the oases of east turkestan kumul and turfan, which were considered the gateway to central asia; 5. identification and study of information from primary chinese sources about the development of trade routes in central asia; 6. introduction into scientific circulation of information from chinese written sources on the historical geography of central asia from the history of the 16th-21st centuries. based on factual materials from chinese written sources and their critical analysis, the study is an attempt not only to recreate an objective historical picture of the past of the central asian region, but also to introduce into scientific circulation many previously unknown and little-studied materials from chinese written sources. the study is the first special study on the relations between the peoples of central asia and china in the 16th-21st centuries. the scientific novelty of the scientific research work is as follows: 1. the internal and external political aspects of the relations between the peoples of china and central asia in the 16th-21st centuries were comprehensively studied; 2. the most important problems of the economic aspects of relations between china and its neighbors were studied; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 3. along with modern research conducted by chinese historical scholars, the oases of east turkestan in the late middle ages were identified by chinese historians on the example of the kumul and turfan oases; 4. information on the historical geography of the central asian khanate period from the works of chen cheng and other chinese written sources was introduced into scientific circulation; 5. little-known information from chinese sources on trade and embassy relations between the central asian states and china during the period under study was studied and scientific explanations were given; 6. materials from chinese sources on trade routes in central asia during the period under study were identified and studied; 7. new information from chinese historical sources on the topic of the study was comprehensively studied and introduced into scientific circulation. conclusion the study expands the source base of sinology in uzbekistan. the results of the research work can serve as material for further studies on the history of china's foreign policy in central asia, as well as source studies and historiographical studies on the history of relations between central asia and china. the principles and conclusions set out in the master's thesis can be useful for historians, political scientists, teachers and students of higher education institutions, everyone involved in and interested in the history of international relations in central asia and the history of the great silk road. in pedagogical practice, research materials can be used in teaching basic and specialized courses on the history of china and central asia in the 16th-21st centuries. in the process of working on the dissertation, a wide range of historical materials and documents related to the source study of the history of central asian-chinese relations in the 16th-21st centuries were used in the research work. the main source of the research is the works and diaries of chinese historians and travelers. the scientific literature is also based on foreign sources, as well as the fact that the main results on the topic of the dissertation have been published in national and foreign scientific journals and conferences. references 1. bichurin n.ya. collection of data on the historical geography of east and central asia. in 3 volumes cheboksary, 1960; his: statistical description of the chinese empire. in 2 parts m.: vostochny dom, 2002. 464 p. 2. bokshanin a.a. imperial china at the beginning of the xv century. – m .: nauka, 1976. – 323 p.; his: china and the south sea countries in the xiv-xvi centuries. – m.: nauka, 1968. – 212 p.; his: the appanage system in china in the late middle ages. – m.: nauka, 1986. – 262 p. 3. boriev o.b. information from hafiz-i abru about the relations between central asia and china in the 14th century. // from the history of central asia and east turkestan in the 14th-16th centuries. – t.: science, 1987. p. 24-37; co-authored with a. kolganov: about a part of the great silk road // on the central asian routes of the great silk road. – t.: science, 1990. p. 106-116. 4. cause ralph. paliuwan: trader or traitor? a samarkand in medieval melaka // journal of the south seas society. 2002. no. 56. p. 74-87. 5. chen cheng. xiyu fanguozhi. (description of the states of the western region) // mingchaoben. – beijing, 1936. – 26 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org 6. chen cheng. xiyu xingchengzi. (notes on a trip to western countries) // mingchaoben. – beijing, 1936. – 47 p. 7. fairbank jk: the chinese world order: traditional china's foreign relations. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press, 1953. 198 p.; trade and diplomacy on the chinese coast. – cambridge, mass.: harvard university press, 1953. r. 29 8. grum-grzhimailo g.e. the historical past of beishan is connected with the history of central asia. – st. petersburg, 1898 9. he yan. mindai xiyu yu zhongyuandy tonggun maoi. (on the mutual trade between china and western countries in the ming era) // xinjiang lishi yanjiu. (urumqi). – 1986. – no. 2. – p. 4250. 10. in ancient times and in the middle ages, the concept of "east turkestan" included the entire territory of the current xinjiang-uyghur autonomous region of the people's republic of china (see: a. khojaev. the qing empire and east turkestan in the 18th century t.: science, 1991. p. 3). 11. karimov i.a. speech at the opening ceremony of the embassy of the republic of uzbekistan in the usa and at the ceremonial reception held on behalf of the embassy // new thinking and work are the demands of the times. collection of essays. t.5. – t.: uzbekistan, 1997. p. 18. 12. karimov i.a. speech at the opening ceremony of the embassy of the republic of uzbekistan in the usa... vol. 5. p. 18. 13. karimov i.a. the sun of our friendship shines from the depths of millennia // the homeland is sacred to everyone. collection of essays. t.3. t.: uzbekistan, 1996. p. 98. 14. karimov i.a. uzbekistan on the threshold of the 21st century: threats to security, conditions and guarantees of development // on the path to security and sustainable development. collection of essays. t.6. t.: uzbekistan, 1998. p. 118. 15. khafizova k. chinese diplomacy in central asia (xiv-xix centuries). – almaty: gym, 1995. – 257 p. 16. khojaev a. the qing empire and east turkestan in the 18th century; his: the chinese factor in central asia, etc. 17. kutlugov m. on the history of economic, political and cultural relations of the peoples of central asia and china // scientific works and relations of the academy of sciences of the uzssr. – t.: publishing house of the academy of sciences of the uzssr, 1961. t.4. pp. 340-351; his: mongol rule in east turkestan // tatar-mongols in asia and europe. shanba. articles. – m.: nauka, 1979. p. 84-106. 18. lidai gejiu zhuan ji hui lian. (collection of materials on the history of ancient peoples). in 3 volumes beijing, 1959. 1200 p. 19. ma shouqian. mindai hami difandi halihuey. (kumul karakoy of the ming era) // xinjiang shehui kesue (urumqi). – 1983. – no. 2. – p. 116-118. 20. min shi. (history of the ming dynasty). ershi syshi. in 24 volumes. – shanghai: 1958; – tashkent: 2024. – 3975 pages. 21. obruchev v.a. description of a trip to western china. – m.: state. publishing house of geographical literature, 1948. – 648 p. 22. przhevalsky n.m. from kulzha beyond the tien shan and to lob-nor. – m.: state. publishing house of geographical literature, 1947. – 154 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org 23. resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan on improving the activities of the institute of history of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan // xalq so‘zi. july 28, 1998. 24. rossabi m. china and inner asia, from 1368 to the present day. – london: thames and hudson, 1975; his: ming china and turfan, 1406-1517 // central asiatic journal. – 1972. vol.16. no. 3. p. 206-234 25. serruys h. sino-mongol relations during the ming: the tribute system and diplomatic missions (1400-1600). brussels: institut belge des hautes etudes chinoises, 1967. 220 p 26. su beihai. xiyu lishi dili. (historical geography of the western region). – urumqi, 1988. – 396 p. 27. voskresensky a.d. russia and china: theory and history of interstate relations. – m.: moscow public scientific fund, 1999. – p.: 33-34. 28. weiuer yanjiu. (research on the uyghurs). beijing, 1988. 586 p.; zhongguo gudai minzu guanxi shi yanjiu. (from the history of ancient chinese international relations). – fuzhou, 1989. – 375 p. 29. weiuerzu shilao jianbian. (excerpt from historical materials on the history of the uyghurs). in 2 volumes beijing, 1955. 300 p. 30. wen ying. chen cheng shizhongdi xiyu mingcheng. (cities of western countries of the ming era in chen cheng's poems) // xinjiang lishi yanjiu. – 1987. – no. 2. – p. 80-87. 31. xinjiang difang lishi ziliao xuanji. (selected materials on xinjiang historiography). – beijing: people's chubanshe, 1987. – 654 p. 32. zotov o.v. china and east turkestan in the xv-xviii centuries. interstate relations. – m.: nauka, 1991. – p.: 169. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 224 www.americanjournal.org social-psychological determinants of forming an active civic position among youth in the context of new uzbekistan: the role of managerial decision-making azamat s. nazarov phd in psychology, associate professor international islamic academy of uzbekistan, tashkent, republic of uzbekistan. email: [19azamatnazarov80@gmail.com] orcid: https://orcid.org/0009-0009-4969-158x abstract keywords in the context of new uzbekistan, the formation of an active civic position among youth has become a strategic priority for sustainable social development and effective public governance. this article examines the social-psychological determinants influencing the development of civic engagement among young people, with particular emphasis on the role of managerial decision-making in educational, social, and institutional settings. drawing on social-psychological theories of social influence, value orientation, identity formation, and motivation, the study analyzes how leadership decisions and management practices shape youth civic consciousness and participation. the research highlights the significance of evidence-based managerial decisions, participatory governance, and youth-oriented policies in fostering civic responsibility, social initiative, and democratic values. special attention is given to the interaction between individual psychological factors and institutional management mechanisms within the framework of ongoing reforms in new uzbekistan. the findings suggest that effective managerial decision-making acts as a key mediating factor that enhances the impact of social-psychological conditions on the formation of an active civic position among youth. the article concludes by emphasizing the need to integrate social-psychological insights into youth policy and management strategies to strengthen civic engagement and social stability. youth civic engagement; socialpsychological factors; active civic position; managerial decisionmaking; leadership psychology; public governance; new uzbekistan american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 225 www.americanjournal.org introduction in the period of democratic reforms and modernization in new uzbekistan, the education and socialization of youth as bearers of civic culture have become the cornerstone of national development. the “uzbekistan–2030” strategy and related policy documents emphasize that the future of the country depends not only on economic modernization but also on the moral, social, and psychological maturity of its citizens. civic position—understood as an individual’s awareness of their rights, duties, and responsibility toward society—is shaped through complex interactions between the person and their social environment. social-psychological science views this process as the result of internalized social norms, communication practices, and shared value systems. in this sense, civic consciousness cannot emerge in isolation; it evolves through collective experience, social influence, and educational participation. in modern uzbekistan, youth represent both the driving force of innovation and the most sensitive group to social changes. understanding the mechanisms that determine their civic behavior is therefore a strategic task for ensuring the sustainability of the nation’s development trajectory. theoretical background (expanded version) the formation of an active civic position among youth is a complex phenomenon that integrates principles from social psychology, developmental psychology, and political sociology. from a theoretical standpoint, this process can be interpreted through several key conceptual frameworks: social identity theory, social learning theory, sociocultural theory, and the theory of planned behavior. each provides unique insights into how social-psychological factors shape civic consciousness and engagement. 1. social identity and civic self-concept according to tajfel and turner’s social identity theory (1986), individuals derive part of their selfconcept from membership in social groups. this identity forms the foundation of collective responsibility, belonging, and loyalty to societal norms. civic identity, therefore, emerges when young people begin to perceive themselves not only as private individuals but also as members of a community and citizens of a nation. in the context of new uzbekistan, the process of constructing civic identity involves harmonizing national heritage (milliy qadriyatlar) with modern democratic ideals. youth develop a sense of pride and belonging through participation in cultural, educational, and volunteer initiatives. when young people identify themselves as contributors to social progress, their civic engagement becomes internalized and self-sustaining rather than externally imposed. 2. social learning and the internalization of civic behavior albert bandura’s social learning theory (1986) emphasizes that behavior is learned through observation, imitation, and modeling. youth absorb civic norms by observing socially approved behavior from family, educators, peers, and political leaders. reward systems—such as social recognition or moral approval—reinforce these patterns. in uzbekistan, family institutions, mahalla communities, and educational organizations function as informal training grounds for civic learning. when youth witness examples of integrity, mutual assistance, and responsibility in their environment, they internalize these behaviors as part of their own american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 226 www.americanjournal.org value system. thus, civic behavior evolves not merely through formal instruction but through consistent social reinforcement and modeling of prosocial behavior. 3. sociocultural mediation and communication drawing on vygotsky’s sociocultural theory (1978), it is argued that mental functions and social consciousness develop through communication and joint activity. the process of dialogue mediates the transition from external regulation to internal self-regulation. in civic education, this means that open communication and public discussion help youth construct personal meaning from social norms and laws. modern uzbekistan’s emphasis on public dialogue (jamoatchilik muloqoti) and open governance creates a sociocultural space where young people can articulate their opinions and engage in constructive debate. this not only strengthens cognitive understanding of civic principles but also develops emotional attachment to democratic participation. communication thus acts as both a psychological mechanism and a social bridge between the individual and the community. 4. the theory of planned behavior and civic intentions according to ajzen’s theory of planned behavior (1991), behavior is guided by intentions that stem from three components: attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavioral control. civic engagement arises when individuals believe that participation is valuable (positive attitude), socially approved (normative influence), and achievable (self-efficacy). this framework is particularly relevant to uzbekistan’s youth, who increasingly operate in hybrid social environments—combining traditional norms with digital communication and global values. enhancing their perceived control over civic participation, for example through youth councils, digital platforms, and volunteer networks, significantly increases their motivation to act as active citizens. 5. group dynamics and collective efficacy another essential theoretical foundation comes from kurt lewin’s field theory (1951) and subsequent research on group dynamics. groups influence individuals through shared goals, norms, and emotional bonds. when youth are integrated into cohesive peer or community groups, they experience collective efficacy—the belief that the group can effect social change. collective projects, such as environmental campaigns or student self-governance bodies, not only develop organizational skills but also provide psychological empowerment. group belonging fosters empathy, mutual responsibility, and a sense of solidarity—core components of civic identity. 6. contextualization in new uzbekistan the modernization processes in new uzbekistan have given rise to new social spaces—educational forums, digital youth movements, innovation clusters—where civic identity and participation are continuously reshaped. the government’s emphasis on youth as “architects of the future” (kelajak bunyodkori) reflects a transition from paternalistic to participatory models of civic socialization. in this context, the social-psychological environment—comprising communication norms, social trust, and participatory values—acts as the central determinant of civic development. the more democratic and dialogical the environment, the stronger the internalization of civic responsibility. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 227 www.americanjournal.org conversely, environments characterized by authoritarian communication or lack of social recognition tend to suppress youth initiative and participation. 7. integrative conceptual model synthesizing the above theories allows us to conceptualize the formation of youth civic position as a multilevel system: • micro level: personal identity, self-esteem, motivation, and moral reasoning. • meso level: family, peer groups, educational institutions, and community participation. • macro level: state policy, media discourse, and cultural narratives that define national identity. each level interacts dynamically. social-psychological factors serve as mediators that translate individual potential into civic behavior. therefore, effective civic education must address not only individual cognition and emotion but also the broader communicative and institutional context in which youth live and interact. discussion empirical observations in the context of uzbekistan’s educational and social reforms show that civic consciousness grows where youth experience respect, trust, and recognition. initiatives such as the youth parliament, youth affairs agency, and volunteer movements under the yoshlar – kelajagimiz program have become practical platforms for civic education and psychological empowerment. furthermore, digital transformation has opened new avenues for civic participation through online communities and social networks. however, this also brings challenges such as misinformation, cyberbullying, and digital alienation, which require psychological resilience and media literacy to overcome. the article argues that promoting civic engagement requires not only institutional measures but also the psychological empowerment of youth—helping them feel capable of influencing their social environment. developing self-efficacy, emotional intelligence, and participatory communication culture are essential components of this process. conclusion the formation of an active civic position among youth in new uzbekistan is a multifaceted socialpsychological process that integrates personal motivation, group dynamics, and institutional influences. the success of this process depends on creating social conditions that nurture trust, dialogue, and responsibility. social-psychological factors—especially value orientation, social trust, and communication culture— are not supplementary, but central to the sustainable development of civic identity. as new uzbekistan continues its modernization, attention to these factors will ensure the emergence of a generation that is socially responsible, psychologically resilient, and deeply committed to the ideals of justice, freedom, and national progress. references 1. ajzen, i. (1991). the theory of planned behavior. organizational behavior and human decision processes, 50(2), 179–211. 2. bandura, a. (1986). social foundations of thought and action: a social cognitive theory. englewood cliffs, nj: prentice-hall. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 228 www.americanjournal.org 3. tajfel, h., & turner, j. c. (1986). the social identity theory of intergroup behavior. in s. worchel & w. g. austin (eds.), psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 7–24). chicago: nelson-hall. 4. vygotsky, l. s. (1978). mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. 5. bass, b. m., & riggio, r. e. (2006). transformational leadership. 2nd ed. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates. 6. lewin, k. (1951). field theory in social science: selected theoretical papers. new york: harper & row. 7. nazarov, a. s. (2019). психологические особенности руководителя, влияющие на принятие управленческих решений. молодой ученый, №44, 298–300. 8. nazarov, a. s., & ibragimov, j. (2020). психологический анализ уровней принятия управленческих решений и факторов, влияющих на него. молодой ученый, №21, 739–740. 9. nazarov, a. s. (2021). scientific and methodological foundations of the influence of the sociopsychological properties of the manager on managerial decisions. society and innovations journal, tashkent. 10. nazarov, a. s. (2022). specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in extreme situations. oriens journal of humanities and social sciences, vol. 2(6), 435–441. 11. nazarov, a. s. (2023). religious and socio-psychological determinants of managerial decisionmaking. international conference proceedings on education and humanities development, pp. 158–162. 12. nazarov, a. s. (2024). social-psychological aspects of decision-making in management activities. maharashtra: novateur publications. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org side effects of rapid weight loss in athletes jalolov nozimjon nodir o‘g‘li, sultonov erkin yoqubjon o‘g‘li tashkent medical academy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides detailed information on the effects of rapid weight loss methods on the physical and psychological health of athletes. the negative effects of calorie restriction, dehydration, and pharmacological methods on the body are highlighted based on scientific evidence. despite the positive short-term results, such approaches can reduce athletic performance and pose serious health risks in the long term. rapid weight loss, athletes, dehydration, muscle mass loss, healthy eating, sports injuries. introduction rapid weight loss is a common practice, especially in weight-based sports, and poses many risks to athletes on their way to achieving their goals. in sports such as boxing, wrestling, weightlifting, track and field, as well as other physical activities, rapid weight loss methods are often implemented by athletes through intensive exercise, calorie restriction, fluid restriction, and sometimes medication. while such rapid weight loss methods may help athletes reach their weight class in the short term, they can have many negative consequences. for this reason, this topic is relevant in sports medicine, physiology, and psychology. in recent years, there has been an increasing number of studies on the negative health effects of rapid weight loss among athletes and the resulting decline in sports performance. in addition, athletes and their coaches often focus on achieving success in their sports, ignoring the health risks of rapid weight loss. at the same time, scientific research, health institutions, and sports medicine experts are trying to shed more light on the negative consequences of this practice and promote safe weight management. therefore, it is urgent and important to study the negative effects of rapid weight loss, protect the health of athletes, and provide them with safe approaches. materials and methods: the following were used as a basis in the preparation of the article: 1. world-class scientific research. 2. reputable journals and reports on sports medicine. 3. experiences and statistical data of professional athletes. 4. clinical observations conducted in the field of sports psychology and nutrition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org main part. the following methods are widely used for rapid weight loss in athletes: 1. calorie restriction and starvation: athletes put the body in a difficult position by drastically reducing daily calories. this causes negative effects such as muscle loss and energy deficiency. 2. dehydration: short-term weight loss through dehydration. often, such methods are based on the loss of subcutaneous fluids. as a result of using a sauna or stopping fluid intake, the body's electrolyte balance is disrupted. 3. pharmacological agents: the use of drugs or biologically active supplements intended for weight loss harms the cardiovascular system, liver, and kidneys. side effects the process of rapid weight loss in athletes causes many negative consequences: 1. physiological effects: electrolyte imbalance, resulting in dizziness, fainting. decreased muscle mass, which leads to a decrease in sports performance. increased heart rate and increased load on the cardiovascular system. 2. psychological effects: eating disorders, such as anorexia and bulimia. increased depression and anxiety. loss of interest in sports and decreased motivation. 3. effects on sports performance: decreased physical endurance. slowed reaction time. increased risk of injury. scientific research and statistics. in recent years, scientific research on the negative physical and psychological effects of rapid weight loss has provided many changes and new information. some of the most important scientific studies conducted in this regard include the following: 1. dehydration and electrolyte imbalance: several studies have examined the effects of dehydration (water loss), which is the main method of rapid weight loss in athletes. for example, a study by oppliger et al. (1999) noted that short-term weight loss by reducing fluid intake leads to electrolyte imbalance in the body, which negatively affects physical and mental performance. according to the results of the study, this condition has led to dizziness, fainting, and cardiovascular disorders in many athletes. 2. muscle mass and energy supply: another negative effect of rapid weight loss is related to the loss of muscle mass in a study by burke and hawley (2018). according to the results of the study, calorie restriction and strict diets lead to energy deficits in athletes, a decrease in muscle strength. it also makes athletes more prone to injury and a decrease in muscle mass and endurance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org 3. psychological effects and motivation: studies by sundgot-borgen and torstveit (2004) have reported on the psychological effects of rapid weight loss, in particular, eating disorders and a decrease in motivation. these studies found that athletes’ nutritional system and psychological state undergo negative changes during the process of rapid weight loss, which affects their overall performance. 4. increased injury rates in athletes: a study by fogelholm (1994) found that rapid weightlifting increased the risk of injury in athletes. other studies have also linked it to decreased physical activity, decreased overall endurance, and an increased risk of sports injuries. 5. rapid weightlifting and athletic performance: studies by fogelholm and burke have shown that rapid weightlifting techniques have a negative impact on athletes’ physical performance, particularly endurance, speed, and strength. these studies have shown that rapid weightlifting often results in athletes not achieving optimal results because the body’s energy levels are low. thus, scientific studies have clearly described the adverse effects of rapid weight loss in athletes and have highlighted the need to develop safe approaches before using these methods. it is important to follow scientific approaches and expert advice when using such methods to protect health and protect athletes from harmful effects. conclusions and recommendations rapid weight loss may produce positive results in the short term, but it poses risks to long-term health. for this reason, we make the following recommendations: individual approach: it is necessary to develop a safe weight management program, taking into account the physiological condition of each athlete. expert supervision: training and nutrition plans should be supervised by experts. references 1. acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription, 11th edition. 2. sundgot-borgen j., torstveit mk. disordered eating in sports. scandinavian journal of medicine & science in sports, 2004. 3. fogelholm gm. effects of weight reduction on sports performance. sports medicine, 1994. 4. burke lm., hawley ja. nutritional strategies for optimal health and performance. journal of sports sciences, 2018. 5. oppliger ra., nelson steen sn. weight loss practices of college wrestlers. international journal of sports medicine, 1999. 6. jalolov, n. n., imamova, a. o., & sultonov, e. y. (2023). proper nutrition of athletes, martial arts. 7. jalolov, n., & solihov, m. (2017). сурункали жигар касалликларида хаққоний овқатланиш холатини ўрганиш. 8. jalolov, n. n., sobirov, o. g., kabilzhonova, s. r., & imamova, a. o. (2023). the role of a healthy lifestyle in the prevention of myocardial infarction. 9. зокирходжаев, ш. я., жалолов, н. н., ибрагимова, м. м., & махмудова, и. а. (2019). сурункали гепатитлар парҳезтерапиясида маҳаллий дуккакли махсулотларни қўллаш. 10. jalolov, n. (2022). особенности спортивного питания. 11. зокирхўжаев, ш. я., рустамова, м. т., паттахова, м. х., жалолов, н. н., & муталов, с. б. (2023). сурункали жигар касалликларида соғлом овқатланишнинг аҳамияти. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org 12. кобилжонова, ш. р., султонов, э. ё., тухтаев, м. т., & илёсов, х. и. (2023). факторы риска коронарного синдрома у пациентов с ожирением. 13. kobiljonova, s., sultonov, e., sultonova, d., oblokulov, a., & jalolov, n. (2023). clinical manifestations of gastrointestinal food allergy. евразийский журнал медицинских и естественных наук, 3(5), 142-148. 14. sultonov, e. y., sh, s. d., oblokulov, a. g., & jalolov, n. n. (2023). clinical manifestations of gastrointestinal food allergy. 15. rakhimov, b. b., yuldasheva, f. u., & sultonov, e. y. (2024). the role of glycemic index in managing childhood and adolescent obesity. conferencea, 47-49. 16. шайхова, г. и., & рахимов, б. б. (2017). совершенствование профилактики ожирения у детей и подростков. монография.//lambert academic publishing ru, 26-30. 17. рахимов, б. б., уринов, а. м., шайхова, л. и., & камилова, а. ш. (2017). выявление факторов риска при ожирении у детей дошкольного возраста, проживающих в г. ташкенте. 18. sadullaeva, k. a., salomova, f. i., & sadirova, m. k. (2023). car washes as a source of environmental pollution. academia repository, 4(12), 340-344. 19. косимова, х. т., & садирова, м. к. (2018). оценка тяжести и напряженности трудовой деятельности врачей физиотерапевтических кабинетов. in world science: problems and innovations (pp. 276-278). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org nodira creativity and love karimova nilufar majidovna teacher, department of language and literature, faculty of philology, shahrisabz state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article covers the work of nodira and artistic interpretations of ishq in her work. the lord of nodira and the ghazals in him are artistically analyzed. nodira, devon, literary environment, comila, mcnuna, zullisonain, ghazal, ishq. introduction nodirabegim poetry is one of the creators who took an important place in the kokand literary environment of the beginning of the xix century. according to artistic excellence, nodira was one of the most progressive talents of her time. he gave devonian order in two different languages. the poet applies the pseudonyms nodira and komila to his collection of uzbek poems. in his ghazals in persian and tajik he used the pseudonym mcnuna. “his poems are purely original poems in both form and content. imitation, payrav poems are absolutely not found in the poet's office. each of his ghazals is an independent, original work”. the kokand literary environment flourished during the poet's lifetime. in addition to being a popular leader and his lifelong companion, umarkhan was also an accomplished poet. the fool has two surviving devotions. turkey devon has 189 ghazals and is full enough. some are in tajik. "devoni mcnuna" is a collection of persian poems. about 10,000 stanzas of comila's pen remain. a notable feature of the image of love in nodira's work is her strong emotional impact. in his verses, there is a huge desire and a sense of inth, expressed in living language . farhad love lofi to me if he beats, i will say with a sigh of embarrassment to him. as can be seen from this verse, nodira emphasizes that she can embarrass even farhod with a single sigh in matters of love. an important element of the love images of the fool is his study of the subtleties and contradictions that exist within the feeling . in his poems, love is often described as the opposite energy that brings happiness and sadness , as well as optimism and despair . this ambiguity is evident in his use of contrasting images and symbols . kelgil, o walk, take the picture of fidelity, light my hut with sham'i ruxsor. nodira describes herself as a symbol of love and shows honorable aspirations and views in this embodiment. he argues that love is the eternal rain sent by god to the heart of humanity : american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org a man without love is not a man, gar you are a man, have love! the attitude of the ignorant to love has a serious social content . love personal emotion rises above them and becomes a means of deep understanding of humanity . nodira believes that the highest quality of a person is loyalty . if the life of the life of the future, fulfill me first and last. in nodira's poems, the author exaggerates his love for umarkhan. writing about his love for her, bethany notes that " the poem of lazzati will be umar sahibqiran: nodira qilgach love nash'asidin guftu-go‘ the poem "lazzati" was given to umar by the sultan. in ghazal, amiri is manifested before our eyes as a person rich in all aspects of spirituality, which is caused by the fact that nadirabegim skillfully demonstrates the characteristics of his real couple one by one within the framework of oriental etiquette. in addition to expressing the affection of the ignorant on the one hand, this verse also shows that umar khan taught him poetry. nodira imbues most of her ghazals on the theme of love with socio-moral ideas and feelings of resentment against injustice. his love for amir umarkhan is also shown in the “missindim” radifli ghazal of the poet. the image of a mistress, missing her own cleavage and passing out of the whistle, or rather, the nadir's own inner forgiveness and feelings, is revealed in these verses: i miss my soul in the land of mold fork, i miss my dear family. the poet is embodied in the land of furqat as a mushfig woman who misses her own soul, the soul of munis, the lamp of her fast. in classical literature, the “furqat land “is recognized as the” land of separation " of these lovers. nodira openly states that she misses yori by being alone within this” land of opportunity". my beloved is in the garden, i am in the garden, my beloved is dead, i miss my garden. in gulistan, where visol jam would be, i was a bulbul, but my flower in shu gulistan was khazan, and i missed this gulistan, so nola-yu smoked figan pohira. the poet, in expressing his thoughts about love, addresses both specific facts and the events and phenomena of his time. o'shal layli malahat nazanini mohrukhsorim sargashtai dashti, like majnun, scourged me. it is the 3rd verse of the radifli ghazal of beit shehara's “fighonkim,yor ishqi sabri humbled”. the poet describes his lover as having the quality of layly given to women, using the phrase “beautiful, moon-faced, made me wander the steppes like majnun”. the poet yor describes his feelings associated with hajri by comparing them to the fate of layli and majnun. it seems to describe the fate of real people, rather than describe the fate of layly and majnun, who are known in them as heroes of many works of art. the story of farhod and majnun remains, i am also in love, komila, i will create a legend of a hero this beit comes as the eulogy of the ghazal, which begins “ whenever i remember the will of ul parivash". through this verse, he is left with the story of farhad-u majnun in the legend of ishq, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org disappointed by ishq's fire, who tells him that he created a beautiful legend that torments john. in the praise of beth, comila mentions that he created a legend among the people of ishq that goes beyond the story of farhad and majnun. the poet spent his pilgrimage after the death of his life partner amir umarkhan and tried to enlighten his love, longing and prosperity for him in many of his ghazals. through this verse, nodira expresses her love for amir umarxon as a legend stronger than the love of farkhod and majnun. conclusion the poet conveyed the most tender feelings of the human soul — love, suffering, longing and the national ideals of the people-through his ghazals with great poetic talent. nodira was far ahead of her time, as evidenced by her artistic style, intellectual faith, poetic ability, and social status. the poet is considered one of the main figures of turkish literature in general, as well as of his time. nowadays, an in-depth study of the heritage of nodira is very important both for literary studies and for understanding the development of the culture of our country. references: 1. aziz qayumov. works. volume 7, book 1, 10 vols.tashkent, 2010. 155 p. 2. "nodira-kamila" office, tashkent-2001,250,294-b. 3.https://www.ziyouz.com/books/uzbek_mumtoz_adabiyoti/nodira.%20g‘azallar.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org the current state of management of the processes of organizing and conducting continuous professional practice of students is an example of foreign experiences akbarov behzodbek saybjon ugli manager of the ministry of higher education, science and innovation a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s continuous professional practice of students in higher education institutions plays an important role in improving their professional training and preparing them for the labor market. internships provide an opportunity for students to turn theoretical knowledge into practical skills. this article examines the current state of managing the processes of organizing and conducting continuous professional practice of students on the example of foreign experiences. students, continuing professional practice, management, foreign experiences, science, education, practice. introduction qualified internships give students the opportunity to gain practical experience in their field, develop professional skills and be competitive in the job market. foreign experiences show that internships are not only an integral part of the educational process, but also an opportunity for students to test and develop their abilities. in the usa, student internships are widely used by many universities. for example, internship programs provide opportunities for students to practice in their field. universities provide internships in cooperation with employers and support students in the employment process. this process creates an opportunity for students to showcase their skills and expand their professional network. in european countries, such as germany and france, internships are an important part of the education system. in germany, there is a "dual education" system, in which students learn theoretical knowledge and practice at the workplace. this approach is effective in preparing students for the job market, as students gain real-world experience in their field. student internships in australia are supported by many universities. students take advantage of the opportunities offered by universities for internships in their fields. australian universities work with employers to create internships and guide students through the employment process. this process provides an opportunity for students to test their skills and expand their professional network. the process of planning professional internships is carried out according to the needs of students and the requirements of employers. universities consult with students and choose internships that match their interests and goals. monitoring and evaluation are important in the process of professional internships. students should evaluate their performance during the internship and take into account the feedback provided by the employers. this process creates an opportunity for students to develop and improve their skills. cooperation with employers is essential for successful internships. universities should be in constant contact with employers and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org provide internships for students. this process creates an opportunity for students to gain experience in their field. in the process of professional practice, students can develop a number of important skills. these skills not only improve their professional preparation, but also help them to be competitive in the job market. students turn theoretical knowledge into practical skills by gaining hands-on experience in their field. these skills include technical skills, programming, practical skills needed in engineering, medicine and other fields. during the qualification practice, students learn to solve problems in real working conditions. they develop quick and effective decision-making skills in various situations. students learn to work with a team during the internship. they develop the skills to define their role within a team, cooperate with others, and work together to achieve common goals. in the process of professional practice, students develop communication skills in the workplace. they acquire the skills to communicate effectively with clients, colleagues, and superiors, express their ideas clearly, and listen. during the internship, students develop the skills of planning their work, time management and prioritizing tasks. these skills help them organize their work effectively. students learn to develop new ideas and solutions during practice. they develop innovative thinking skills and have the opportunity to introduce innovations in their fields. professional practice teaches students to understand professional ethics and responsibility. they develop the skills of following ethical standards at work, making responsible decisions and taking their work seriously. during the internship, students learn to evaluate and develop their abilities. they learn the skills they need to identify their strengths and weaknesses, create a self-development plan, and achieve their goals. the internship process provides opportunities for students to develop many important skills. these skills will improve their professional preparation, help them to be competitive in the job market and lay the groundwork for their future success. during the internship, students will have the opportunity to put their knowledge into practice, learn new skills, and gain experience necessary for professional development. conclusion: management of the processes of organizing and conducting continuous professional practice of students can be effectively implemented on the basis of foreign experiences. approaches used in the us, europe and australia provide opportunities for students to gain practical experience, develop professional skills and prepare for the job market. it is possible to further improve the higher education system in uzbekistan by studying and implementing these experiences. this increases the opportunity for students to develop their skills and prepare for professional life. references 1.bobokalonov, m. k., & khamdamova, d. (2022). using arcgis software to create a land reclamation map.barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali,2(11), 385-388. 2.bobokalonov, t. m. k. (2022). the procedure for performing parametric equalization of a triangulation grid using microsoft excel.the peerian journal,11, 19-30. 3.bobokalonov, m. h. (2020). planning of erosti communications on the basis of building standards in the planning and construction of the city.international journal on orange technologies,2(7), 9-10. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 4.бобокалонов, м. х. (2022). методологические основы создания цифровых карт в узбекистане в arсgis 9.3.central asian journal of theoretical and applied science,3(12), 194-197. 5.vinceti, b., elias, m., azimov, r., turdieva, m., aaliev, s., bobokalonov, f., ... & loo, j. (2022). home gardens of central asia: reservoirs of diversity of fruit and nut tree species.plos one,17(7), e0271398. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org history and ethnocultural changes of the kashkadarya arabs ergasheva yulduz alimovna professor, doctor of historical sciences, karshi state technical university, uzbekistan, е-mail: yuae63@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the history of settlement, cultural traditions, customs, and processes of ethnocultural self-awareness of the arabs of the kashkadarya oasis of uzbekistan. in addition, the processes of transformation in the homes and clothing of the arabs, ethnic features in the family and family rituals, including innovations in this area and trends in the development of the ethnocultural identity of the arabs in the years of independence are studied. arabs, ethnic characteristics, economic and cultural traditions, customs, ethnocultural environment, traditions, ethnocultural identity. introduction uzbekistan is an ethno-cultural region with a multi-ethnic society, where different nationalities and peoples have lived in peace and harmony since ancient times. at the beginning of the 20th century, active ethno-cultural relations took place in this region between uzbeks, tajiks, kazakhs, kyrgyz, turkmens, karakalpaks, as well as dungans, arabs, jews, and uyghurs, who were connected by ancient common historical roots. according to the data from the population census 100 years ago, representatives of about 189 nationalities lived in the territory of present-day uzbekistan. 30 years later, this number increased to 126 in 1959, 123 in 1979, and 137 nationalities and ethnic groups in 2024. today, they live in our country in conditions of equality and mutual solidarity, working for the development of our country. along with these nationalities and ethnic groups, the arab diaspora, also known as the arabs of central asia, has been living in various regions of our republic for centuries. according to historical sources and ethnographic materials, the arabs did not come to central asia from one region or at the same time. for almost fourteen centuries, the uzbek arabs maintained their identity by calling themselves central asian arabs or simply "arabs". chronologically, several stages of arab migration can be distinguished: the first the arrival of the ancestors of the kashkadarya arabs in this region occurred in the 8th-10th centuries. in particular, from the second half of the 7th century, the arabs begin to conquer central asia. main part: after capturing samarkand in 712, qutayba leaves an arab garrison here, using the houses of the local population to accommodate it. a similar process was observed in bukhara and a number of other cities. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org as a result, by the 9th century, arab garrisons and settlers appear in all major cities of transoxiana. the essence of this policy was mainly connected with the colonization of central asia (in transoxiana merv, bukhara, samarkand 50 thousand arabs were resettled), the forcible islamization and arabization of the conquered territory (i.e., the widespread spread of the arabic language), and the intensification of tax oppression. despite the fact that as a result of the conquests of the arab caliphate, many arab families settled in the region during the period of occupation, the process of resettlement of representatives of this ethnic group continued in the following centuries. the second stage of the arrival of arabs in the region dates back to the 14th century. according to oral traditions, the ancestors of the bukhara arabs were settled in the region by amir temur. as a result of amir temur's campaign in western asia, a group of arabs, mainly engaged in cattle breeding, was resettled from iraq and syria to central asia. it is assumed that at the beginning of the 20th century they numbered several thousand people. the arabs to some extent preserved their ethnic, linguistic characteristics and traditions. at the next stage in the 16th 18th centuries, arabs from khorasan and northern afghanistan were resettled in a very compact manner to the internal regions of the bukhara emirate to the oases of samarkand, bukhara, kashkadarya and surkhandarya. the main part of the arab nomads of this period was made up of artisans. during this period, artisans, merchants, scientists and religious figures settled in this region, mostly for trade-economic and cultural-spiritual purposes. the fact that a special department for arab affairs was established in the bukhara emirate indicates that the arabs were settled in the region on a very large scale at the last stage of the resettlement. since these events in the form of resettlement and migration occurred relatively recently, these arabs preserved their ethnic identity relatively well. the arabs brought a new religion, islam, to central asia, which quickly spread among the settled and later nomadic populations of the region. the arabs considered islam to be the main force capable of uniting the population of the conquered territories and strengthening the position of the caliphate there. therefore, they paid great attention to the promotion of islamic ideology, the construction of mosques, used material incentives to attract islam, provided various benefits to new muslims, etc. [1] according to experts, with the arrival of islam in central asia, an active period began in the development of this religion, since people accepted it not formally, but consciously. the local population that accepted islam preserved its language, culture, customs and rituals, since islam did not neglect them, which is especially evident in muslim holidays and ceremonies. [2] islam spread widely in the conquered territories for a century and a half and became the main religion of the peoples of this region. however, the local population of the region, having converted to islam, did not adopt the arabic language. arabic was for some time the main language of official correspondence, but it took root more as a language of science, a means of communication for scientists not only of the near east, but also of central asia. the great thinkers al-farabi and ibn sina, alkhwarizmi and al-biruni created and wrote in this language. arabic was the language of imam albukhari, imam at-tirmidhi, imam al-maturidi and many other scholars who made a huge contribution to the development of islamic culture. transoxiana, without exaggeration, became one of the main centers of the development of islamic sciences and culture and made a great contribution to the development of universal and muslim civilizations. the participation of arabs in the ethno-cultural processes that took place in the region was twofold. first, they were consumed by the local population of the region for centuries and were involved in assimilation processes, and secondly, some of them retained their ethnic identity. their settlement in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the kashkadarya steppe and their cattle breeding were an important factor in preserving ethno-cultural traditions and linguistic features, especially the jeynov arabs. this is reflected in the group of people who still consider themselves arabs or who preserve their native language. over time, the bulk of the arabs forgot their native language. for example, in kashkadarya, according to the language spoken mainly by arabs, one can divide them into uzbek-speaking arabs, tajik-speaking arabs, and arabicspeaking residents (only in jeynov). according to experts, jeynov arabic has similarities with the mesopotamian language, but they are also observed in the colloquial speech of the bedouins of central arabia. it is noteworthy that in documents of the 16th century there is a lot of information about the bedouin arabs living in the plains of kashkadarya. perhaps that is why the language of the kashkadarya arabs is considered the most archaic and most similar to classical arabic. the dialect called kashkadarya arabic is spoken in the villages of beshkent, jeynov and kamashi, northwest of the city of karshi. in turn, the centuries-long existence of the uzbek arabs in a multinational environment, that is, in a sedentary culture, led to changes in their cultural, ethnic stereotypes and identities, their adaptation and assimilation. in this regard, the influence of the uzbeks and tajiks on them was particularly strong, as evidenced by the complete assimilation of both languages and their own customs and rituals by the local arabs. [3] today, the uzbek arabs have retained the ethnonym "arabs" and have become assimilated with the uzbek people in terms of their ethno-cultural nature and language. the result of interethnic and cultural processes, as well as the fact that uzbeks, along with other local peoples, have adopted the specific features of the arabs along with islam, can be observed in the use of arabic words and phrases, which make up a large part of the vocabulary of the uzbek language. the majority of the local population is muslim, in particular, widely uses arabic names, and arabic terms in the names of territories. information about the arabs of central asia, including uzbekistan, is reflected in detail in the results of population censuses conducted during the russian empire and mainly during the soviet period, as well as in collections of statistical documents. the first accurate data on the quantitative composition of the arabs are known from the works of the turkic republic commission in the 1920s. in the last century, for example, in 1924, 44,398 arabs were registered in bukhara, 7,321 arabs in kashkadarya, karabayr, mushkoki, hashim, khojaki tribes. during the work of the districting commission of 1924, it was found that in 17 villages of the kosan district of the kashkadarya district (including the pulati settlement with 454 households and 2,223 people), they considered themselves arabs. although two years later, in the 1926 census, all of them were registered as uzbeks. information on the quantitative composition of the arabs of the kashkadarya oasis at the beginning of the twentieth century is provided in the article "arabs in the ussr" by i. n. vinnikov, in which the author provides a table of the location and number of central asian arabs, compiled on the basis of the materials of the all-union census of 1926. according to this table, at that time only 7,947 people who called themselves arabs lived in the entire kashkadarya district, including 1,009 in the village of jeynov. [4] the monograph "history of jeynov" by local ethnographer m. saidov and linguist p. ravshanov, in addition to covering the lifestyle and rituals of the arabs of a particular village and its surroundings, analyzes the ethnographic characteristics of the local arabs in general and provides information on the number of arabs of kashkadarya. according to the above data, in 1926, there were 28 villages inhabited by arabs in kashkadarya, of which 13 had only 9,830 arabs. in 1939, 60 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org nationalities lived in the kashkadarya oasis, and 10,457 arabs ranked fourth after uzbeks, tajiks, and russians. [5] in the second half of the 20th century, soviet national policy was aimed at equalizing the culture, language, and ethnic identity of national minorities. major work on the development of the karshi steppe, the creation of new large cotton-growing districts there, and the construction of large-scale state farms contributed to the rapid transformation of traditional forms of culture, gradually turning the evolutionary process into a transformational process in the life of arabs, including their identity. according to archival data, in 1971, in the jeynov village council alone, there were 1,601 households without an ethnic affiliation, with a population of 13,442.[6] currently, the areas where arabs are concentrated are the karshi, mirishkor, and koson districts of the kashkadarya region. only after uzbekistan gained independence did arabs have the opportunity to openly and freely express their beliefs about their national identity. in may 2007, the jeynov village council reported that, according to data from january 1, 2007, the village population was 19,000 people, of whom 10,814 identified themselves as arabs.[7] it should be noted that, according to the arab national cultural center, the arab diaspora in the kashkadarya region today numbers 35-40 thousand people, of which more than 20 thousand jeynov arabs live in mirishkor district, more than 5 thousand pulati arabs in koson district, more than 4 thousand in the village of qakhloq in karshi district, and more than 6-7 thousand in other districts.[8] in the second half of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st century, due to socio-economic changes and globalization processes, changes in ethnic traditions related to the housing, traditional clothing, ethnic and linguistic characteristics, economic and cultural traditions, family and family rituals, customs, and processes of ethnic and cultural self-awareness of the arabs of the kashkadarya oasis of uzbekistan are observed. the main occupations of the arabs were animal husbandry, agriculture and handicrafts. the most developed branch of animal husbandry was the breeding of karakul and (fat-rumped) sheep, as well as camels. it is not for nothing that the local population calls one of the breeds of sheep "arabi". it is known that since ancient times the arabs skillfully processed skins and were engaged in carpet weaving. some arabs grew wheat and barley, and alfalfa for horses. during the soviet era, the arabs began to engage in cotton growing, and the development of the industry is associated with the transition of the population to a sedentary lifestyle, as well as with the specific features of the economic and economic specialization of the region in the 20th century. due to the policy of expanding the cotton monopoly, plains and steppe zones were mastered for cotton fields, which forced the arabs, who were initially engaged in cattle breeding, to start growing cotton. therefore, despite its extremely labor-intensive nature, the lives of most arab families became associated with it, since in the conditions when cotton growing became one of the foundations of the regional economy, it required the arabs to integrate the traditional economy into the general process of economic development and modernization. currently, arabs are employed in all sectors of the republic's national economy in industry, trade, education. considering that among all the representatives of the arab diaspora living in the region, the jeynov arabs have preserved their ethnic and linguistic characteristics, the processes of change in housing and clothing, ethnic characteristics in the family and family rituals, including innovations in this area and trends in the development of ethno-cultural identity, we will consider the example of the jeynov arabs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org the name jeynov (from the persian: "new place") is also interpreted by the locals as "we have come" in arabic. in the distant past, it consisted of 9 neighborhoods (originally tribes) named jeynov, harruk, kattapo, gavkhur, chukurkul, akrobod, bovvora, tajik, beglar, avvon.[9] despite their names, the current inhabitants of the tajik neighborhood speak uzbek. today, four of them are called in a new way: (new) jeynov, avvona, kattapa, andhoy. these names are associated with branches of arab lineages. representatives of small arab tribes such as avashukurullo, banihoshim, boy, dugma, kul, quraysh, kurihal, shaybani live in the village. according to the locals, avvona means "good man", "enterprising man", "self-important man". bovwara "a person who does not have a firm opinion", "a clever person", "a money-maker", "a person who is eye-catching". the word "harruk" is interpreted by the locals as "a petty intriguer". it is known that one of the northern provinces of afghanistan is called andhoi, and therefore the inhabitants of the neighborhood with this name may be descendants of those nomadic arabs. here it is customary to consider them "people who are responsible in their affairs and who provide strong support to each other". [10] today, the population of the urban-type settlement of jeynov is 50 thousand people, 80% of whom are arabs. during the 14th century, the descendants of the arabs managed to preserve their ancient customs, identity, culture, lifestyle and traditions. in 1991, in order to restore, preserve and develop the traditions and customs of the arab diaspora, the arab national cultural center of the republic of uzbekistan was established in jeynov, and to this day it has been performing commendable activities. conclusion: in conclusion, it is appropriate to recognize the following: the socio-economic and political events of the 20th century led to major shifts in the traditional economy, changes in material and spiritual culture, family life and renewal in the lives of not only arabs, but also the entire population of the region. independence allowed arabs living in uzbekistan to understand and express their identity on an equal footing with other nationalities of our country. they are widely and actively participating in the reforms being carried out in our republic. most importantly, arabs have the opportunity to openly express their nationality, restore their historical and national culture, study and promote it. today, the arab national and cultural center, operating in the city of jeynov, kashkadarya region, has established ties with other districts of the republic inhabited by arabs, and has established a historical and ethnographic museum and a folklore and ethnographic ensemble that promotes national art. also, at the initiative of the center, efforts are being made to establish contacts with arabs in iran and saudi arabia on issues of cooperation and exchange of experience. references: 1. ergasheva yu. features of the spread of islam in central asia (on the example of uzbekistan) // news. news series. no. 2 (30) 2022 https://bulletin-religious.kaznu.kz 2. muslim holidays and rituals. m .: alfa-m, 1997., p. 44-51. 3. rajabov r. history and ethnography of the arabs in uzbekistan. t.: "sharq", 2012. pp. 161– 162. 4. yanes m.a. materials of museum, library and archival collections of st. petersburg as a source on the history and ethnography of the arabs of the kashkadarya basin (uzbekistan). abstract of the dissertation of candidate of historical sciences. st. petersburg, 2010. p. 8. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 5. saidov m., ravshanov p. history of jeynov. – tashkent: medical publishing house named after abu ali ibn sino, 1996. – p.36. 6. karshi branch of the kashkadarya regional archive, f.54, inventory 1, file 71, l.58. 7. yanes m.a. materials of museum, library and archival collections of st. petersburg as a source on the history and ethnography of the arabs of the kashkadarya basin (uzbekistan). abstract of the dissertation of candidate of historical sciences. st. petersburg, 2010. p. 8. 8. current archive of the arab national cultural center of uzbekistan. 9. saidov m., ravshanov p. history of jeynov. – tashkent: medical publishing house named after abu ali ibn sino, 1996. – p. 50 10. iskandarov sh. a. some thoughts on the ethnic history of the arabs of uzbekistan and the ethnotoponyms associated with them // young scientist. 2014, no. 4 (63). -, p. 746-749. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the crime of bribery between sharia and law dr, laith ali khalil al-junaih, mazaya university college, iraq, thi qar laitha19751975@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the crime of bribery is considered one of the most serious crimes of corruption and among the crimes that have negative effects on society. the iraqi state has sought to combat the crime of bribery through various mechanisms, legal legislation and anti-corruption bodies, but despite that, society has not been spared from this crime. it is necessary to combine efforts and all actors and the presence of a real political administration to combat this crime. bribery crime, corruption, antibribery. introduction corruption is one of the most important challenges facing societies and is one of the most important issues that are still the subject of global debate. the truth is that it does not exist in societies characterized by corruption, but rather this problem lies in the spread, diversity and expansion of corruption, which negatively affects societies. there is no doubt that the entire world has become one village, as the scope of trade exchange between countries and individuals has increased, whether on behalf of a public or private entity, which has led to the spread of all forms of crime, including bribery. it contributes to the spread of corruption, kills consciences, disrupts the functioning of the government tool and equality between citizens before public facilities, and harms the public interest, as it involves the public employee trading in his job and exploiting it for his own benefit. bribery raises problems in human relations and wastes prevailing values and customs, and constitutes a threat to state authority and the law, as it is one of the most severe types of corruption that affects the public function. therefore, laws have sought to combat this scourge in all its forms. for this reason, the iraqi legislator, like other systems, sought to criminalize various forms of bribery, protect the integrity of the public office, and preserve the government tool from any corruption or defect that may befall it, through the penal code. however, as a result of this crime taking another turn, and the inability of the legal texts criminalizing it in the folds of the penal code to confront it, it was necessary to enact a law that reorganizes and criminalizes this crime in a manner consistent with the developments taking place in all fields. this law is the law related to the prevention and combating of corruption, which has become a special law that criminalizes a number of corruption crimes, such as the crime of bribery, where we witness the iraqi legislator’s attempt to overthrow all forms and images of this crime in an effort to confront it, punish its perpetrators, and achieve complete deterrence within. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org research objectives the aim of this study is to try to know the legal nature of the crime of bribery and to know its forms between islamic law and the law. the importance of the study the importance of this study lies in the fact that it deals with a topic of reality, namely the crime of bribery, which has become the talk of the town, as this crime of bribery has become widespread and rapid, as not a day goes by without us hearing about the spread of this crime in addition to the negative effects this phenomenon has had on the individual and society. the problem of the study many studies have indicated the impact of the crime of bribery on society, and what is interesting is that these studies, with their various methods of analysis, did not give the crime of bribery sufficient attention in the analysis, and perhaps many economists try to tell us that the crime of bribery does not differ much in its impact from manifestations of corruption, but the reality confirms that this crime is the fastest spreading manifestation of corruption and the most supported by employees; in achieving the purposes of illegal gain. the problem of the study can be identified in the following questions: 1what are the factors that led to the spread of the phenomenon of bribery in society? 2what is the conceptual framework of bribery? 3what are the effects resulting from the phenomenon of bribery? study methodology the study relied on the analytical approach through analyzing facts and legal texts and stating opinions, observations and suggestions about this phenomenon as well as on the descriptive approach, which is describing the phenomenon studied by describing the problem and identifying its aspects. the concept of bribery crime it is very important when studying a specific topic, especially those related to financial corruption, such as the crime of bribery, to define the concept of bribery, as the latter is considered one of the common terms, and it is a form of corruption crimes that have harm to the interests and rights of individuals, and it is also considered one of the most dangerous crimes, because it is committed by people who represent the authority and public positions in the country, as they are public employees or those in their position. we will address the concept of bribery in islamic law in the first section, and its concept in the law in the second section. the concept of bribery in islamic law in this section, we will discuss the definition of bribery according to islamic law in the first section, its ruling in the second section, and the forms of the crime of bribery in the third section. and distinguishing it from similar things in the fourth section. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org definition of bribery according to islamic law islamic law has clarified the crime of bribery and set severe penalties for it, in order to achieve the interests of people and not to manipulate them and prevent the harm that could affect the group and public money. before addressing its definition in islamic law, you will learn about it in the language first and in jurisprudence second. first definition of bribery in the language: ibn manzur says: it is a noun from bribery, and the act of bribery: it is said bribery and bribery is favoritism, and bribe him favored him and made him and appeared, and bribe him: he took a bribe from him, it is said: he bribed him with a bribe, meaning he took it, he asked for a bribe, and bribery: the fee, and the plural: bribe, and bribe him, bribe him, bribe him, he gave him a bribe1. among the meanings of bribery: what is used to reach a need through compromise, such as by doing something for him to do something else for you, or what a person gives to the ruler or someone else to rule in his favor or to make him do what he wants2. the briber is the one who pays the bribe, and he is the one who gives to the one who helps him in falsehood, and spends money to reach falsehood. it is said: the bribed is the one who takes, and the mediator is the one who works between them, asking for more for this one and less for that one. the mediator is the intermediary, and the one who works between them increases for this one and decreases for that one. ibn al-athir said: bribery is the connection to a need through compromise, and its origin is from bribery, which is used to reach water. definition of bribery in islamic jurisprudence: the crime of bribery has become one of the topics of great importance in the modern era, which has made it receive attention from jurists, as many and varied definitions have been given to it.3 ibn abidin defined it in his commentary as everything that a person gives to a ruler or someone else to rule in his favor or to force him to do what he wants4. al-sharif al-jurjani defined it in his book “alta’rifat al-jurjaniyyah” and said that bribery is what is given to invalidate a right or to establish falsehood and to reach injustice. in the interpretation of that, it is money that is paid, but on the condition of assistance5. ibn al-arabi said: bribery is everything that is paid to buy from someone of influence assistance in what is not permissible. the bribed is the one who receives it, the briber is the one who gives it, the mediator and the intermediary6. al-bijuri ibn muhammad al-shafi’i also defined it by saying: “bribery is what is given to the judge to rule unjustly or to refrain from ruling unjustly7. bribery and what it entails have many meanings, all of which go back to one meaning, which is to reach something, or in order to help achieve a specific goal, or to reach a specific purpose with money, or it is the trade of a public employee, or someone in his position or who is in charge of public service, by exploiting his position, by requesting, accepting or obtaining on a gift or promise to perform an 1 ibn manzur, lisan al-arab, no edition, dar al-jeel for publishing and distribution, lebanon, no year of publication, p. 171. 2 muhammad muhyi al-din awad: bribery in sharia and system, subject and form, first edition, al-walaa modern printing presses, no country of publication, 1999, p. 10. 3 yasser kamal el-din: bribery and abuse of influence crimes, first edition, maaref distribution establishment, 2008, p. 15. 4 night winds, audio agencies: objective provisions of the crime of bribery in the public sector, master's thesis in law, specialization in private law and criminal sciences, abdel rahman mira university, bejaia, without publication year. 5 hanan malika, crimes of corruption and embezzlement and the public employee's profits from his job in islamic jurisprudence and anti-corruption law 6 ibn al-arabi: aridat al-ahwadhi with explanation of sahih al-tirmidhi, part two, dar al-kitab al-ilmiyyah, syria, p. 8 7 montaser al-nawasiya: the crime of bribery in the jordanian penal code, first edition, dar al-hamed for publishing and distribution, jordan 2012, p. 20. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org act of his job or refraining from it or failing in its duties 8. all muslim jurists have agreed that bribery is forbidden, and that anyone who deals with it is cursed. many hadiths have been reported on this matter9. bribery is committed by the contribution of two or sometimes three persons: the bribed person: the person who requests or offers a gift or promise in exchange for performing an act or refraining from performing an act of his job or failing to fulfill his duties, and he is represented by the public employee or someone similar to him, and the briber: the person in need or interest who offers the gift or promise to the public employee, in order for him to perform a service for him, and there may be a third party in the crime, which is: the mediator who mediates between the briber and the bribed, so the crime of bribery may occur directly between the briber and the bribed, or it may occur by the action of the mediator, and the latter is considered a partner in the crime, and the majority of jurists believe that bribery is: the misuse of public office for personal purposes, and the use of money to achieve private interests10, and the crime of bribery and all transactions that fall within its scope are considered, by agreement of all jurists, to be among the major sins that god has forbidden to his servants. researchers have differed on the reasons that led to the spread of this dangerous phenomenon in societies. some of them focus on the religious and moral dimension, while others attribute it to the material dimension. among these reasons, we mention the following: 1administrative corruption, favoritism, and weak oversight. 2failure to apply strict penalties on the briber, the bribed, and anyone who deals with bribery. 3the abundance of routine procedures, especially low wages for employees. 4rushing to complete transactions and meet needs. 5weak faith, lack of religious restraint, low standard of living, and desire for quick wealth the ruling on bribery in islamic law one of the objectives of islamic law is to preserve necessities. the crime of bribery and its use have been prohibited by evidence from the qur’an, sunnah, and consensus. the shari’a has prohibited it because it is one of the financial crimes forbidden by islamic law, as it is considered to be eating people’s money unjustly and reaching it with money that is not permissible. islamic law has been keen to preserve people’s money and not to eat it unjustly. bribery in islamic law is considered one of the disciplinary crimes and has specified penalties for it. prohibition of bribery in the holy quran the almighty said: (and do not consume one another’s wealth unjustly or send it (in bribery) to the rulers in order to consume a portion of the wealth of the people in sin while you know)11. what is meant by “send it to the rulers” is that do not throw your wealth to the rulers out of flattery and bribe 8 muhammad ahmad ghaem: the legal framework for transnational bribery, without edition, dar al-jamiah al-jadida, alexandria, egypt, 2001, p. 267. 8 9 ali abdul qader al-qahouji: penal code special section first edition, al-halabi legal publications, beirut, lebanon 2010, p. 20 . 10 musa budhan: the legal system for combating bribery, dar al-huda for printing, publishing and distribution, iraq, 2010, p. 10. 11 surah al-baqarah, verse 188. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org them to make you decide on more than it12. whoever takes the wealth of another without the permission of the sharia has consumed it unjustly. the verse is evidence that falsehood in transactions is not permissible. eating wealth unjustly is consuming one another’s wealth unjustly, whether through aggression, plunder, usury, bribery, or betrayal of trust and deposit. this verse prohibits taking people’s wealth unjustly. one of the forms of taking it unjustly is bribery, which is used to flatter the rulers. the prohibition here requires prohibition, and thus bribery is prohibited. the almighty said: (they are listeners to falsehood, devourers of filth. but if they come to you, judge between them or turn away from them)13. prohibition of bribery in the sunnah many hadiths have been reported in explaining the perpetrator of the crime of bribery, including what was reported in a hadith on the authority of ibn jarir on the authority of abu omar, may god be pleased with them both, on the authority of the prophet, may god’s prayers and peace be upon him, who said: “every flesh that grows from ill-gotten gains, the fire is more deserving of it.” he said: “what is illgotten gains?” he said: “bribery in judgment.”14 and on the authority of abdullah bin omar bin alaas, may god be pleased with them both, he said: “the messenger of god, may god’s prayers and peace be upon him, cursed the briber and the bribed.” and in the hadith of abu hurairah, may god be pleased with him, he said: “the messenger of god, may god’s prayers and peace be upon him, cursed the briber and the bribed in judgment15. and on the authority of ahmad in the hadith of thawban, with the wording: “the messenger of god, may god’s prayers and peace be upon him, cursed the briber, the bribed, and the mediator.” the mediator is the one who walks between them, meaning the ambassador between the payer and the taker, even if he does not take a fee for his embassy. the briber and the bribed deserve the curse together, because the briber uses his money to achieve what is false, and the bribed to achieve a judgment in his favor without right, or to establish falsehood and nullify a right. on the authority of abu humayd al-sa`idi, may god be pleased with him, who said: the prophet, may god bless him and grant him peace, appointed a man from azd called ibn al-latibiyyah to collect the alms tax. when he arrived, he said: this is for you and this was given to me. the messenger of god, may god bless him and grant him peace, stood up, praised god and thanked him, then said: what is the matter with an agent whom i send and he says: this is for you and this was given to me? why does he not sit in his father’s house or in his mother’s house until he sees whether he will be given a gift or not? by the one in whose hand is the soul of muhammad, none of you will take anything from it except that he will come on the day of resurrection carrying it on his neck, a camel that roars, or a cow that moos, or a sheep that bleats. then he raised his hands until we saw the whiteness of his armpits, then he said: o god, have i conveyed the message?16 thirdly, the prohibition of bribery by consensus: all those whose words are considered from the scholars of the muslims, past and present, have agreed that accepting a bribe is prohibited in general, and this applies equally to the 12 eid allah bin abdul mohsen al-tariqi: the crime of bribery in islamic law, third edition, without publishing house, riyadh, saudi arabia, 1988 ad. 13 surah al-ma'idah, verse 42. 14 ibn issa muhammad ibn issa al-tirmidhi: the book of purification and prayer, the great collection, edited by bashar awad marouf, the first volume, without an edition, dar al-maghrib al-islami, beirut, 1996, p. 601. 15 ammar tawfiq ahmad badawi: bribery in its forms and rulings, first edition 1985 jerusalem, supplement to the magazine haza al-islam, issued by the jerusalem endowments, the third electronic edition, year 1435/2014. 16 the website www.islamweb.net. accessed on: 08/03/2019 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org one who takes, the one who gives, and the one who mediates, whether it is for the ruler, the worker, the judge, or the employee17. images of the crime of bribery in islamic law in the third section, we will discuss the images of the crime of bribery according to its activity first and according to the images of its ruling second. first images of activity in the crime of bribery: bribery has many images and different types, and the jurists and religious scholars agreed to prohibit it in all its forms and shapes, and among the images on which the activity in the crime of bribery is based are the following: 1_ taking: which is the employee obtaining the benefit that represents the consideration in the bribe, and the method of obtaining it is not important, as it may be by obtaining it personally or it may be by obtaining the beneficiary whom the employee appointed for the bribe, whether he is a relative of the employee or someone else, and the employee may take this consideration or the consideration for the bribe may be placed at his disposal as if he placed the bribe amount in his personal account in a bank. 2_acceptance: unlike taking, in which the employee obtains the consideration for the bribe immediately, he agrees to the promise of the bribe, but if there is a giving of the benefit and the bribed accepts it, then the matter is taken at the image of taking, which is the first image of bribery. accordingly, obtaining benefit is not an element of the crime. bribery occurs by simply accepting a promise of bribery. rather, the crime occurs even if the perpetrator intends to fulfill his obligation towards the briber, i.e. his intention was not to do what was required. 3_ request: what is meant by the request here is the offer issued by the employee and which reaches the person in need in the form of an offer to perform services related to his job in exchange for a certain amount. the request is considered the most dangerous form of bribery, as the employee has reached the point of requesting the amount himself to perform a job function or to disrupt the work of that job. the request may be verbal or written, explicit or implicit, whether the perpetrator requests the amount for himself or for someone else, and whether he requests it himself or another person initiates it in his name or on his behalf18. the crime occurs as soon as this request is made, even before the employee obtains the benefit. the court of cassation ruled that the crime occurs as soon as the employee requests a bribe, and the crime occurs as soon as this request is made, even before the employee obtains the benefit. the receipt of the amount after that is only a result of what was agreed upon between them, and the crime of bribery occurs even before the person in need agrees to this offer from the employee. this does not prevent the crime from occurring, and the person in need may refuse to give the required amount after the request is issued by the employee. the request may be made directly, or it may be made indirectly, meaning that it may be made directly or through an intermediary19. the employee is called a bribe-taker, and the person in interest is called a bribe-taker. if he accepts to perform what the 17 abdul wahhab muhammad jami’ ilishn: the rulings on bribery in islamic law, the magazine of sharia and islamic studies, issue 21, spring 18 ahsan bou siqaa: a brief introduction to special criminal law, corruption crimes, money and business crimes, forgery crimes, part two, third edition, dar houma for publishing and distribution, iraq, 2006. 19 website: www.m.ahewar.org, accessed on 03/15/2019 at 18:20. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org employee requests or submits the offer, he accepts it20, and the occurrence of the crime does not affect the employee’s intention not to perform the work he promised21. the forms of the ruling in the crime of bribery the forms of the ruling in the crime of bribery are represented in its prohibition in consideration of its cause and in consideration of the union of the ruling in it, which is what we will discuss below. 1bribery in terms of its ruling: it includes bribery in order to establish falsehood or nullify a right: by which the ruling of sharia is changed, and it is bribery in ruling, such as bribery to be appointed to a public position, bribery in order to obtain a right or to avert harm or to avert injustice, and bribery. 2bribery according to its cause: among the divisions mentioned by the jurists for the types of bribery is what was mentioned in the etiquette of the judge for the briber in his saying: then bribery is not without four aspects: if he bribes him because he has frightened him, so he gives him the bribe to remove the fear from himself, or bribes him to settle his matter in the hands of the ruler and seeks to do so, or bribes him to take over the judiciary from the authorities, or bribes the judge to rule in his favor. bribery in ruling is the bribe of the person responsible for a forbidden act without dispute and it is one of the major sins, and bribing the ruler is forbidden together. abdullah bin omar narrated that he said: “the messenger of god, may god bless him and grant him peace, cursed the briber and the bribed,” and in another narration there is an addition: “and the mediator.” it is forbidden to ask for a bribe, give it, and accept it, just as it is forbidden to act as a mediator between the briber and the bribed. however, according to the majority of scholars, it is permissible for a person to pay a bribe to obtain a right or to remove injustice or harm, and the sin is on the briber and not the briber. abu al-layth al-samarqandi said: there is nothing wrong with a man defending himself and his money. by bribery22. 3 bribery in consideration of the union of the ruling: from the divisions that scholars have mentioned, it is represented in what is forbidden from both sides: one of them is if he assumes the judiciary with bribery, then he does not become a judge, and the bribe is forbidden for the judge to take it, and from it if he pays a bribe to the judge to rule in his favor, and this bribe is forbidden from both sides, whether the ruling is right or wrong if he pays the bribe out of fear for his money or himself23. if paying a bribe to repel injustice or to fulfill a right or repel harm, opinions differed about its prohibition: the first opinion holds that by apparent analogy it is not permissible for him to pay a bribe, because it is a forbidden crime, according to the book, the sunnah, and consensus, as previously mentioned, and it is a matter that is not debatable. based on this: it is not permissible to pay or take a bribe under any circumstances, even if the one paying the bribe is forced to obtain one of his rights24. 20 ahmed mohamed khalil: supreme state security crimes bribery without edition, modern university office, alexandria, egypt, 2009, p. 132. .199 2012 21 wassim hossam el-din ahmed: the crime of bribery in arab legislation, first edition, al-halabi legal publications, beirut, lebanon 22 ali ahmed abdel-ali al-tahtawi: al-fatawa al-nadiya on the difference between bribery and gifts, muhammad ali baydoun publications for publishing. sunnah and community books, dar al-kotob al-ilmiyyah, beirut, lebanon, without year of publication, pp. 324, 325 12 23 zainab miloudi: the crime of bribery in islamic jurisprudence and iraqi criminal law, graduation thesis as part of the requirements for obtaining a master's degree in islamic sciences, specializing in sharia and law, university of martyr hama lakhdar, el oued 2014/2015. 24 rasim muhammad abdul karim: istihsan in islamic law, its position among the circumstances of legislation and its applications in contemporary jurisprudence, no edition, dar al-kutub al-ilmiyyah, beirut, no year of publication. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org because the person who is forced to take a bribe in a certain job can change his job with the intention of pleasing god almighty and fearing god almighty, and god almighty must open up goodness for him in the new job. god almighty said: “and whoever fears god he will make for him a way out and will provide for him from where he does not expect” 25. distinguishing the crime of bribery from similar crimes: the crime of bribery is distinguished from a number of similar crimes. among these images, we will discuss each of the favors, gifts, donations, and charity, and we will explain the difference between them and bribery. first, favors: it is to do something for someone else so that someone else will give you something in return. it may be a metaphor for bribery. in the proverb: whoever favors money is not ashamed to ask for something. as for ill-gotten gains, it is the forbidden thing that is not permissible to earn, because it takes away the blessing, and bribery is called ill-gotten gains26. second, the gift: it is what you give to someone else or what you send to someone as an honor. in the revelation, god almighty said: "and indeed, i am sending to them a gift, so i will see what the messengers return27." it was said that: the bribe is what is given after the request, while the gift comes before it, meaning the gift comes before the request. the difference between a gift and a bribe, even if they are confused in form and intent, is that the briber’s intent with the bribe is to nullify a right or achieve falsehood, so this briber is cursed by the tongue of the messenger of allah, may allah bless him and grant him peace. if he bribes to ward off injustice from himself, then the one who receives the bribe alone is cursed28. thirdly, the gift: linguistically: it is a donation or a gift without compensation. ibn al-atheer said: a gift is a process that is free of symptoms and symptoms, so if it is frequent, its owner is called a donor. technically: it is a person’s donation of his money during his life without compensation, and it may be for compensation, so it is called a gift of reward. the connection between bribery and a gift is that each of them is a means of conveying benefit to others, even if the absence of compensation is apparent in a gift, but in bribery, benefit is expected, which is the compensation. fourth: charity: it is what a person gives from his money as an act of worship, such as zakat. however, charity is originally said to someone who volunteers it, while zakat is for what is obligatory. what is obligatory may be called charity if the person who gives it is sincere in his action. ibn qudamah said: the meanings of a gift, charity, present, and donation are similar, and they are all giving 25 surah at-talaq, verse 3.2 26 ali ahmed abdel-ali al-tahtawi: al-fatawa al-nadiyah on the difference between bribery and gifts, previous reference, p. 323 27 surat al-naml, verse 35. 28 books of the sunnah and the community, dar al-kutub al-ilmiyyah, beirut, lebanon, without the year of publication, pp. 324, 325 12 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org ownership in life without compensation. the difference between bribery and charity is that charity is given seeking the pleasure of god almighty, while bribery is given to achieve an urgent worldly purpose. from what was previously mentioned, it becomes clear that bribery may come in different forms, but the common denominator in them is that it comes with the intention of deceiving the system and tampering with rights to establish falsehood or invalidate an established right. chapter two: combating the crime of bribery section one: preventive measures against the crime of bribery, section two: remedial measures against the crime of bribery in iraqi law section one: preventive measures against the crime of bribery both islamic law and iraqi law have addressed the phenomenon of bribery by creating several mechanisms and measures to prevent it, and an attempt to confront it. accordingly, in this section we will address the mechanisms and preventive measures against the crime of bribery in islamic law the first requirement, and in the law the second requirement. requirement one: measures to prevent bribery in islamic law islamic law came with a set of foundations to prevent financial corruption and combat it in all its forms, which are represented in particular in the effect of belief and worship, the first section, the necessity of good selection to assume public positions, the second section, and the imposition of oversight, the third section. the first branch: the effect of belief and worship (1) 29 islamic belief is the basis of islamic systems, and its primary goal is to achieve spiritual elevation for the individual and to link his relationship with god almighty and control his orientations, in order to establish justice and equality among people and organize relations between them. this is also based on cooperation and love, and because islamic belief instills divine supervision in the souls of individuals, considering that man is part of the universe, he is affected by this supervision and directs his behavior and actions with wisdom and righteousness, integrity and discipline and staying away from corruption and hating it. as for worship, god almighty made it the goal of human existence, god almighty said: “and i did not create the jinn and mankind except to worship me. i do not want from them any provision, nor do i want them to feed me”30. it elevates the psychological and spiritual aspects of the individual, and reminds him of his true position and the basis of his existence in the universe. the second branch: providing the necessary sufficiency and immunity for members of society. due to the spread of the phenomenon of poverty in societies, and the absence of fair distribution of national wealth, is one of the reasons that also leads to the spread of the phenomenon of bribery, so it was necessary for the worker's wage to be equal to the value required of him and his family at the lowest possible wage, islam has set what is called the sufficiency limit, which is what guarantees the 29 zainab miloudi: the crime of bribery in islamic jurisprudence and algerian criminal law, previous reference, p. 64. 30 surat adh-dhariyat, verses 56-57 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org worker the minimum of a decent life, the messenger of god, may god bless him and grant him peace, said: "if we have a worker, let him acquire a wife, and if he does not have a servant, let him acquire a servant, and if he does not have a home, let him acquire a home" (1)31 section two therapeutic measures for the crime of bribery in iraqi law these methods aim to protect society from some categories of criminals in society, and this is done by adopting the appropriate method in confronting the criminal person with the intention of treating him, and in the event that he suffers from a mental illness, he is placed in one of the treatment clinics, and among these criminals are deviants and addicts, so the convicts are freed from the factors that weaken or reduce his ability to perceive, distinguish and choose, as they are subject to special treatment by isolating them from the environment to which they belong. education and religious refinement: ignorance is considered one of the factors driving criminal behavior, so raising the prisoner can broaden his horizons and develop his psychological capabilities, which helps him to understand things better and evaluate their consequences, which allows him to adapt to his human surroundings. in addition, education opens the door to crime and is the door to work to help him reintegrate into society and eliminate the risk of crime.32 chapter three the concept of bribery and its elements in the iraqi criminal law where bribery is defined it is the employee's trading in authority to do something or refrain from doing something within the jurisdiction of his job and requires the presence of two people or bribery is trading in the work of the job or service bribery is an agreement between a person and an employee or someone in his position for a benefit in exchange for performing a work or refraining from a work that falls within the job of the briber or his mission bribery is a type of employee trading in the work of the job or exploiting it in a certain way bribery is an offer from one party and acceptance from the other party for a benefit or gift or promise in exchange for the employee performing a work or refraining from a work of the job or service contrary to what is required by laws, regulations and instructions bribery is a crime specific to the public employee or the person charged with a public service. 1an employee trading in his authority (the briber) 2an interested party (the briber) bribery is not completed except by obtaining the offer from one of them and acceptance from the other, so for the crime of bribery to be realized, these two crimes must be realized, and one of them was agreed upon at the beginning and the other is absent . the legislator considered the attempt to commit the bribery crime a complete crime punishable by the same penalty as the complete crime. the 31 the crime of bribery in islamic jurisprudence and criminal law algeria stay from 66 zainab miloudi 32 al-haidari, jamal ibrahim, explanation of the provisions of the special section of the iraqi penal code, 1st ed., al-faeq publishing house, baghdad, 2008, vol. 1, p. 145 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org punishment of the briber if the bribed employee does not accept what the briber offered is a lighter penalty than the penalty for the complete crime, but it is nevertheless considered a complete crime. (307) the crime of the briber any employee or person charged with a public service who requests or accepts for himself or for another a gift, benefit, advantage or promise of something of that sort in order to perform a job function or refrain from it or to breach the duties of the job shall be punished by imprisonment and a fine, provided that it is not less than what was requested, given or promised and shall not exceed in any case 500 dinars. the penalty shall be imprisonment for a period not exceeding 7 years or imprisonment if the above occurred after performing the job or refraining from it or after breaching the duties of the job with the intention of reward. punishment for the crime of bribery according to iraqi law original penalties for the crime of bribery the original penalty is the basic penalty stipulated and estimated by the legislator for the crime, and the judge must rule on it when the accused is proven guilty, and it cannot be executed on the convict unless the judge explicitly stipulates it in his ruling, and the ruling may be limited to it because it is the penalty imposed by law for crimes to achieve the intended purposes of punishment33. it was also said that it is the basic penalty for the crime and the ruling must pronounce it and specify its duration, and it may be imposed alone or a hypothetical or additional penalty may be imposed alongside it34. conclusions 1expanding the scope of convictions and penalties on legislators to include some acts related to bribery crimes can reduce this phenomenon, and the nature of legislators' expansion is considered a positive feature of deterrence between the public and private sectors. 2in terms of aligning the preventive measures taken by iraq with the preventive framework of international agreements. research has shown that iraq's ratification of a set of preventive measures prior to these agreements and the establishment of independent bodies dedicated to combating corruption, such as the integrity commission and the establishment of the inspector general, has significantly reduced the misuse of bribery. 3corruption is considered a very dangerous phenomenon due to its nature, social and economic impact, and corruption. violation of ethical and legal standards of behavior, including violations of public obligations and transactions that deviate from ethical standards, which are then illegal on the one hand and illegal on the other hand. recommendations 1work to tighten the original penalties stipulated for the crime of bribery. 2work to activate the procedures for investigation and inquiry provided by the anti-corruption law. 3the need to establish oversight bodies within institutions. 33 al-khalaf, ali hussein and others, general principles in the penal code, vol. 2, legal library for printing and publishing, baghdad, 4/14/2015 2 34 al-kassasiya, fahd yousef, the function of the alawite and its role in reform and rehabilitation, 1st ed., wael publishing and distribution house, amman, 2010, vol. 55 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 4 ensure the complete independence of the national anti-corruption commission and activate its role in reality to perform its role to the fullest. 5 develop electronic work within institutions and departments to reduce the citizen's interaction with the employee. 6 activate the role of parliament in combating corruption by monitoring and holding the government accountable for its failure to manage and administer public funds. 7 develop international and regional cooperation between security and judicial agencies to contain and develop the phenomenon of corruption. 8work on establishing a special mechanism that works on a periodic and coordinated calculation of the gains, incomes, money and property of employees, especially those responsible among them, to investigate their legitimacy and determine their sources and course, which allows the authorities to work on the principle of (where did you get this from) "" which most third world countries lack. references 1dawoud al-saadi the lawyer explanation of the baghdad penal code al-naqeed national press baghdad 1939 p. 144. 2dr. fawzia abdul sattar explanation of the penal code / special section cairo 1988 p. 13 3this law was adopted by the french, german, austrian, sudanese and our iraqi legislation 4dr. wathba daoud al-saadi (previous source) p. 20; dr. fakhri al-hadith (previous source) p. 73 5dr. fawzia abdul sattar (previous source) p. 42 6dr. ramsis bahnam (previous source) p. 330. see also 7dr. suleiman abdel moneim special section of the penal code alexandria university . 8dr. suleiman mohamed el-tamawy principles of administrative law, book two cairo dar al-fikr al-arabi 1989 9salah el-din abdel wahab bribery crimes in egyptian law comparative comparison first edition dar al-fikr al-arabi 1957 10dr. ta'ima el-garf administrative law general theories in the organization and activity of administrative authorities cairo 1978. 11adnan ali kazim the crime of bribery comparative comparison master's thesis 1977. 12dr. ali mohamed jaafar private law university foundation for studies, publishing and publishing beirut 1987. 13dr. fakhri al-hadith explanation of the law special section al-zaman press baghdad 14the personality of abdul malik: the encyclopedia, part four, 1st edition, no place of publication, 1941 15dr. fawzia abdel sattar explanation of the penal code / special section cairo 1988 16dr. maher abdel shweish explanation of the penal code special section university of mosul 19880 17dr. mahmoud naguib hosni explanation of the penal code special section 2nd edition cairo. 1972 18dr. muhammad mustafa al-qalli his responsibilities fuad i university press cairo 1948 19dr. mahmoud saad el-din el-sharif principles of administrative law part one al-maaref press baghdad 1956. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 20dr. wathba daoud al-saadi penal code baghdad section 1988 21ahmed abu al-rus the diverse encyclopedia modern university alexandria (without year of publication). 22ahmed fathi sorour the harmful issue with the public international press cairo . 1962 23ahmed amin bek explanation of the law special section issue harmful to the public part one cairo 1949. 24abdul malik personalities (varied encyclopedia) 4th edition library of knowledge for all vol. 4 12 lebanon 2005. 25dr. hassan sadiq al-marsafawi explanation of the kuwaiti penal code, special section beirut 1970. 6dawood al-saadi, lawyer explanation of al-baghdadi law al-kamal national press baghdad 1939. 7dr. ramsis bahnam penal code special zone crimes al-maaref establishment in alexandria alexandria 2005. 26suleiman bin muhammad jarish, executive officer and accountability crimes using the executive function, middle east press, riyadh, 27dr. fakhri abdul razzaq al-hadith al-hadith: explanation of the penal code (the special section on the public institution 28sharif taha, the crime of bribery suspended by the rulings of the court of cassation, dar al-kitab al-dhahabi. 29omar khoury, the political punitive in algerian law, algeria, first edition, dar al-kitab al-hadith, 30abdul wahab al-shishani, the role of the final values that govern the development of the individual in combating crimes of bribery, the arab center for security studies, naif publishing, riyadh, saudi arabia, 1992. 31abdul aziz saad, crimes of assault on public targets, third edition, dar home, algeria, 2006. 32abdul aziz saad, official work procedures for volunteer wings, second edition, dar home, algeria, 2006. 33abdul hakim fouda, public crimes, first edition, dar al-fikr al-qanuni, mansoura, 2009. 34hashem marouf: criminal responsibilities in jaafari jurisprudence, no place or year of publication. 35muhammad ali aziz al-rikani: the crime of influence and the success of combating it at the international and national levels, al-halabi publications, beirut, 2014. 36mahmoud najib hosni: explanation of the special penal code, the general harmful issue, 1st ed., no place of publication, 1972. 37wathba dawood al-saadi: the penal code (special section), legal institution, baghdad, no year of publication. 38hamad bin abi bakr abdul qadir al-razi: mukhtar al-sihah, babi al-halabi, egypt, 1950. 39kamil al-samarrai: al-baghdadi law, al-mutanabbi library, baghdad, 1964. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 21, | february, 2024 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org socio-psychological functions of decision-making in optimization of managerial activity rasulova nilufar tulkunovna, senior teacher (phd), international islamic academy of uzbekistan (tashkent, uzbekistan) abdurasulov olimjon avalboyevich, associate professor department of “social humanities and physical education”, almalik branch of tashkent state technical university (tashkent, uzbekistan) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the role of management in the activity of a leader and its social and psychological aspects. in the analysis, along with theoretical data, scientific and practical recommendations for optimizing the leader's activity are given. management, psychology, management psychology, decision-making process introduction the managerial decision depends on many factors: on the state of affairs in the controlled area, on the state of the labor collective, on staffing, etc. in addition, management makes special demands on the personal qualities of a leader, on his mental abilities, on his ability to predict and analyze emerging managerial situations. the very process of making a managerial decision is difficult to study. this is due to the fact that the course of the decision-making phases is, for the most part, hidden from direct observation. it is very difficult to create an experimental situation in which it is possible to trace the birth of a decision, since the real conditions in which a managerial decision is made are of great importance. most managers, carrying out this type of activity, rather intuitively take into account many factors affecting the management situation, and, as a rule, cannot say how they do it. another important aspect of making a managerial decision is the receipt and use of information in communication situations. the professional life of any leader, any manager takes place in conditions of intense communication. as a rule, experienced leaders are true masters of communication, knowing and using the mechanisms of productive relationships and interactions. for a leader, as a rule, social order is valuable, including in his own team. therefore, most managers respect and take into account in their work role expectations, status positions, various social norms and rules of work and behavior among people. maintaining authority is also an important feature of leaders. probably for this reason, managers really do not like to be tested by psychologists, fearing that the information will go outside the office. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org since obtaining information about the course of management processes, and making management decisions, in particular, is very difficult, we considered it possible, when setting up our experiment, to focus on the self-reports of managers and subordinates, believing it is possible to identify significant differences in subjective indicators and use their interpretation for assumptions and objective statements. each person during his life makes a large number of decisions that affect, first of all, himself and the few people associated with him. however, in organizations, the decision-making process plays a more significant role than in the private life of the individual. the stakes are much higher here. the decisions made in the organization, firstly, affect the lives of not only the employees of the organization, but also many other people. if an organization is powerful enough, its decisions can change not only the environment in which the organization operates, but even the course of human history. secondly, the decisions made in organizations are characterized by significant complexity, since it is necessary to take into account a huge number of various factors: the future state of the market, the competitiveness of products or services, the volume of capital investments, etc. in addition, the efficiency of enterprises' activities depends on the quality of management decisions. this determines the importance of mastering by each responsible employee of the management apparatus, and even more so by managers, theoretical knowledge and skills in the development of management decisions. a defining place in the composition of the reasons for ineffective decisions is taken by ignorance or non-compliance with the technology of their development and organization of implementation. the organizational aspect is manifested in the organization, both in the development and implementation of management decisions. at the same time, a number of its functions are implemented, namely, guiding, coordinating and motivating. the guiding function of decisions is manifested in the fact that they are made on the basis of a longterm development strategy of the enterprise, are concretized in a variety of tasks. at the same time, decisions are the guiding basis for the implementation of general management functions planning, organization, control, motivation, which are implemented through decisions. the coordinating role of decisions is reflected in the need to coordinate the actions of the executors for the implementation of decisions within the approved time frame and of appropriate quality. the motivating function of decisions is realized through a system of organizational measures (orders, decrees, orders), economic incentives (bonuses, allowances), social assessments (moral and political factors of labor activity: self-affirmation of the individual, creative self-realization). the effectiveness of each management decision largely depends on the performance and ratio of these functions, both during its preparation and at the stage of implementation. taking all this into account, the management decision becomes a real instrument for achieving the set goals. control occupies a special place among the factors ensuring the implementation of the decisions made, including the strength of its socio-psychological impact. the psychology of behavior must be taken into account both in relation to the tested and in relation to the performer. in the course of monitoring, difficulties are often found. for example, it can be difficult to get to the truth, to avoid bias and subjective interpretations, in addition, the influence of ordinary human weaknesses, excusable in other cases, but not in the case of monitoring the implementation of the decision, cannot be belittled. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org excessive gullibility, superficial observations, fear of offending a respected person by too deep study, a desire to justify the expectations of a senior boss can act as such weaknesses. lack of competence, limited time for deeper analysis, and lack of civic courage to tell the truth can also complicate control. having given an order to implement the decision, the manager then focuses on feedback incoming information about the progress of the decision. but that doesn't solve the whole problem. first, because the direct participant in the events evaluates them with elements of subjectivity. we assess ourselves most often not by the actual results of work, but by the effort that was required for this. for a leader, an objective assessment of the actual state of affairs is important. secondly, the leader is interested not so much in the objective information of individual sections as in comparative data on the degree of implementation of his decisions in different teams (divisions). thirdly, executive and control activities are fundamentally different in terms of their goals, methods of action, motives, results and conditions and require different professional training and experience. fourthly, the head at different times requires different information, for this, subordinates must ensure the continuous and timely presentation of various information, which separates them from their direct responsibility for implementing decisions. fifth, the leader needs personal impressions, a live connection with the performer, in addition to information, no matter how objective it is. the question arises, what gives control to subordinates? it is designed to inform performers about the progress of work, its compliance with the plans of the head. the performer is interested in that his efforts were noticed by others and appreciated. recognition serves as an additional incentive for further efforts in the work, especially of respected people, recognized authorities. the very fact of control (in a delicate form) serves as an argument that increases the prestige of the task performed by the performer, adds self-esteem and confidence in one's own affairs. compliance with certain conditions of a psychological nature increases the effectiveness of control. namely: when a person works enthusiastically, selflessly and faithfully, you should not distract him, since internally he will accept control as a hindrance. control should be exercised in a situation when the employee is in doubt, or when a certain stage of work has been completed and he is ready to share the results himself. questions, often supervised, reflect a particular meaning in the minds of the performers. what falls out of the controllers' attention goes into the shadows of the performer as well. therefore, control should be carried out systematically. everything should be checked, although not equally deeply. rational organization of the implementation of managerial decisions and systematic monitoring of compliance with the norms and conditions for high-quality implementation is a real prerequisite for ensuring their effectiveness. designing and implementing solutions that deliver consistently high performance is a challenge for experienced executives too. for various reasons, the effect may not be as expected. however, there should be a constant striving to maximize the effect, since insufficient efficiency qualifies as a “marriage” in the work of a manager. so, the performance of the enterprise depends on the quality of management decisions. they must meet certain requirements, proceed from the prevailing economic conditions, and be adopted in compliance with organizational and psychological prerequisites. organization and control of the implementation of managerial decisions, and control over their quality (and, accordingly, their effectiveness) can be called one of the most important prerequisites for ensuring american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org the competitiveness of products and firms in the market, the formation of rational organizational structures, the implementation of the correct personnel policy and work, regulation of social and psychological relations at the enterprise, creating a positive image, etc. references 1. акрамов м. р. психологические проблемы изучения формирования экологического сознания //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 97. 2. sottarovich n. a. socio-psychological mechanisms of improvement of decision-making in managerial activities //american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 19. – с. 60-64. 3. акрамов м. р. экологическое сознание как особенность развития //вестник интегративной психологии. – с. 31. 4. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 33 (том 1)(февраль, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 28.02. 2022. – с. 77. 5. akramov, m. r. (2022). inson tabiat munosabatlarida ekologik ong xususiyatlarining shakllanishi. academic research in educational sciences, 80-83. 6. sottarovich n. a. specific aspects of decision-making in management activities //proceedings of international educators conference. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 9-14. 7. назаров а. с. социально-психологические особенности принятия управленческих решений //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 1. – с. 58-62. 8. акрамов, м. р. (2023, february). формирование характеристик экологического сознания в отношении человека с природой. in proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences (vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 113-118). 9. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 48-55. 10. акрамов, м. р. (2023, december). психологические механизмы формирования экологического сознания личности. in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 12, pp. 527-532). 11. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 34 (том 1)(март, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 31.03. 2022. – с. 131. 12. акрамов, м. р. (2023, september). психологические вопросы изучения экологического сознания при формировании здоровой среды «зеленое пространство». in proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies (vol. 2, no. 9, pp. 50-55). 13. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 130-134. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 21 february, 2024 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org 14. акрамов, м. р. (2023). экoлoгик oнг шaкллaниши пcиxoлoгик фeнoмeн cифaтидa: образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал, (1), 319-323. 15. назаров а. с. основные психологические детерминанты, обеспечивающие процесс принятия решений в управлении //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера». выпуск № 36 (том 1)(май, 2022). дата выхода в свет: 01.06. 2022. – с. 7. 16. акрамов м. р. экологическое сознание как особенность развития //вестник интегративной психологии. – с. 31. 17. sottarovich n. a. ethno-psychological, age and gender characteristics of a leader in making management decisions //proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 2. – с. 103-109. 18. akramov m. r. inson tabiat munosabatlarida ekologik ong xususiyatlarining shakllanishi //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – №. conference. – с. 80-83. 19. azamat n. socio-psychological aspects of the problem of decisionmaking in the personal competence of the leader in the management process //proceedings of international conference on modern science and scientific studies. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 9. – с. 44-49. 20. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. psychological foundations of the moral qualities of a leader in decision-making //european journal of interdisciplinary research and development. – 2023. – т. 11. – с. 213-217. 21. nazarov a. s., mitina o. v. specific aspects of decision-making by a leader in a situation of uncertainty and stress //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 435-441. 22. акрамов м. р. психиканинг ривожланишига бўлган экопсихологик ёндашувнинг асосий қоидалари //oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. special issue 2. – с. 199-202. 23. nazarov a. s. socio-psychological and organizational characteristics of decision making in management //turkish online journal of qualitative inquiry. – 2021. – т. 12. – №. 7. 24. акрамов м. р. психологические аспекты формирования экологического сознания личности //наука и мир. – 2020. – №. 11. – с. 80-81. 25. акрамов, м. р. (2023, february). формирование характеристик экологического сознания в отношении человека с природой. in proceedings of international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences (vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 113-118). 26. назаров а. с. ижтимоий-психологик тадқиқотларда қарор қабул қилиш муаммосининг ўрганилганлик холати: назаров азамат соттарович, ўзбекистон халқаро ислом академияси катта ўқитувчиси //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2022. – №. 12. – с. 354-362. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 40, | september 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org evaluation suite for uzbek speech and bilingual translation at scale sukhrob avezov sobirovich phd, lecturer in the department of russian language and literature bukhara state university senigama1990@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article we present a reproducible evaluation suite for uzbek speech and bilingual translation at scale. it unifies asr, tts, mt, and speech-to-text evaluation across latin/cyrillic scripts, dialectal variation, and code-switching. we provide task-specific metrics, error taxonomies and human protocols, and we report baseline scores and reliability to support fair, longitudinal benchmarking. uzbek asr, bilingual translation, evaluation metrics, code-switching, latin/cyrillic, sacrebleu, chrf, comet. introduction reliable evaluation is the precondition for real progress in low-resource speech and translation. uzbek presents distinctive evaluation challenges: two active scripts (latin and cyrillic), agglutinative morphology with productive derivation, widespread russian code-switching, and strong dialectal variation across regions and media. we propose a unified evaluation suite that treats these facts as firstclass design constraints. the suite spans automatic speech recognition (asr), text-to-speech (tts), machine translation (mt), and speech-to-text translation (st), and it blends reference-based metrics with targeted error analyses and human protocols. by standardizing tokenization, normalization, scoring, and reporting, and by curating balanced test sets with explicit difficulty tags (noise, dialect, script, domain), the suite enables fair comparison across systems and time, supports robust model selection for deployment, and lowers the barrier to future community contributions. methods and literature review we ground our metrics in widely adopted work and enforce reportable, reproducible settings. for mt and st text outputs, we require sacrebleu [3] with fixed tokenization and versioned signatures, chrf [2] to capture character-level adequacy on morphologically rich uzbek, and a learned quality estimator such as comet [4] to approximate human adequacy/fluency when references are imperfect or stylediverse. for asr we report wer and cer with transparent normalization: punctuation stripped, case/symbol mapping unified, and uzbek diacritics (oʻ, gʻ) preserved rather than collapsed. for tts we combine crowd-mos with 95% cis and an asr-cer proxy to approximate intelligibility under channel variation. we adopt latency-aware measures (e.g., average lagging) for streaming st/mt but american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org keep them optional to avoid penalizing offline systems. critically, all metrics are accompanied by short qualitative digests with examples, so that users see where systems fail, not just how much. our design choices are shaped by the uzbek language situation and by standardization lessons from the mt community [1]. [3] and reference-free evaluation [4]. unlike generic leaderboards, our suite encodes linguistic priors: 1. script awareness — parallel scoring in latn and cyrl and a consistent transliteration layer for crossscript experiments; 2. code-switch robustness — explicit tags for ru-uz switches with span-level error tallies; 3. morphology sensitivity — character-level metrics and targeted probes for affixal errors; 4. domain balance — news, conversational chat, broadcast, and public-service speech; 5. noise realism — snr bands and real device/channel mixtures. for human studies, we define concise rubrics and short tasks that raters can complete reliably, and we report inter-rater agreement. all components are versioned and auditable: test set hashes, preprocessing pipelines, and per-item scores are stored with metadata for longitudinal tracking. results we demonstrate the suite on three internally compiled, legally shareable evaluation bundles: a. asr-clean/noisy (15 h each) with balanced latn/cyrl and four dialect zones; b. uz↔ru mt (2×2,000 sentences) with 25% code-switch spans; c. uz→ru st (6 h). systems are baselines meant to anchor the suite: a conformer-based asr model fine-tuned on public uzbek speech, a mid-size transformer mt pair trained on filtered opus-like web data, a speech-encoder–text-decoder st model, and a tacotron-style tts adapted to uzbek phonology. scores are illustrative of the suite’s reporting style rather than the last word on model performance. table 1. example scores produced by the suite (sacrebleu signatures recorded; 95% cis for mos) task subset primary metric(s) score asr clean (latn/cyrl) wer / cer 9.8% / 4.1% asr noisy (snr 0–15 db) wer / cer 16.7% / 7.8% mt uz→ru mixed domains bleu / chrf / comet 29.3 / 57.8 / 0.56 mt ru→uz mixed domains bleu / chrf / comet 24.7 / 53.2 / 0.49 st uz→ru conversational bleu / al (s) 21.5 / 3.2 tts uz read speech mos (5-pt) / asr-cer 4.12 ± 0.08 / 6.1% beyond headline metrics, the suite outputs structured error taxonomies. for asr, the top categories on noisy were: (i) diacritic omissions (oʻ→o; gʻ→g), 27%; (ii) cross-script confusions within named entities, 19%; (iii) clitic boundary errors in interrogatives, 14%. for mt ru→uz, most degradations involved derivational morphology (wrong affix stacking) and script preservation for quoted ru spans. st inherited both asr deletions and mt lexical mismatches, which the suite surfaces via alignmentbased attribution so users can see whether an error is speech or translation-driven. human studies show consistent judgments under concise rubrics. for mt adequacy/fluency (3-point scales) on 400 uz→ru items, inter-rater agreement reached κ = 0.62 (adequacy) and κ = 0.58 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org (fluency). for tts mos with 30 raters across three devices, between-device variance was small (levene’s p > 0.1), but channel-noisy playback lowered mos by ~0.12 on average, which matched the asr-cer increase of 0.9 pp. the suite ships with calculator notebooks that convert these raw judgments to confidence intervals and facilitate power analysis for study sizing. scalability is primarily an engineering constraint. our batch scoring of 10k mt segments completes in minutes on a single cpu node; streaming st evaluation at 1× real time is feasible with light instrumentation. storage and governance are treated as first-class: every test item carries a stable id, license, script tag, dialect label (if known), snr bin (for audio), and domain tag, and per-segment metric dumps are retained so that new metrics can be retro-applied without re-decoding. discussion three findings stand out. first, character-aware metrics are not optional for uzbek. bleu alone overrewards surface token overlap while under-penalizing affixal errors; chrf correlates better with rater adequacy on ru→uz, and comet provides a useful tie-breaker when multiple outputs cluster in bleu. second, script awareness prevents misleading gains. if a model «solves» uz→ru by copying ru spans indiscriminately, bleu can rise while human adequacy falls; our cross-script diagnostics expose this failure mode. third, attribution matters in speech translation: conflating asr and mt errors leads to the wrong fixes; the suite’s alignment-based decomposition points modelers to the true bottleneck. conclusion a language-aware, reproducible evaluation suite turns uzbek from a «special case» into a tractable engineering target. by standardizing preprocessing, metrics, error taxonomies, and human protocols across asr, tts, mt, and st, and by baking in script and code-switch awareness, the suite supports fair comparison, actionable diagnostics, and longitudinal tracking. references 1. papineni k. et al. bleu: a method for automatic evaluation of machine translation //proceedings of the 40th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics. – 2002. – с. 311-318. 2. popović m. chrf: character n-gram f-score for automatic mt evaluation //proceedings of the tenth workshop on statistical machine translation. – 2015. – с. 392-395. 3. post m. a call for clarity in reporting bleu scores //arxiv preprint arxiv:1804.08771. – 2018. 4. rei r. et al. comet: a neural framework for mt evaluation //arxiv preprint arxiv:2009.09025. – 2020. 5. sobirovich s. a. a pragmatically oriented approach to generative linguistics //current research journal of philological sciences. – 2024. – т. 5. – №. 04. – с. 69-75. 6. авезов с. корпусная лингвистика: новые подходы к анализу языка и их приложения в обучении иностранным языкам //international bulletin of applied science and technology. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 7. – с. 177-181. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org pragmatic description of incomplete sentences in the speech of men and women in english language saltanat genjekaraeva doctoral student, karakalpak state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyses unfinished sentences in the speech of men and women from perspective of gender and pragmatics. as an object of analyze the book “bridget jones’s diaries” by helen fielding has been chosen because of its live dialogs. the investigation revealed that unfinished sentences are more typical for men rather than women, even though both genders use them for similar reason such as taking time to think and formulate their thoughts and express the intensity of speaker’s emotions. gender linguistics, pragmalinguistics, speech behavior, men, women, unfinished sentences, english language. introduction currently, the problem of gender has begun to be actively covered in linguistic works by world scientists in connection with the established anthropological approach to the comprehensive study of a person as a representative of society. in this case, gender is considered as one of the parameters by means of which the social affiliation of the speaker is constructed in communication . according to a. kirilina and m. tomskaya [2; 2005], in the most general sense, the study of gender in linguistics concerns two groups of problems, such as the linguistic actualization of the gender aspect in language and the communicative behavior of men and women, where gender-specific strategies and tactics are distinguished, determining the choice of the corresponding linguistic units. pragmalinguistics is an interdisciplinary field combining pragmatics (the study of how context influences meaning in language) and linguistics (the scientific study of language itself). essentially, pragmalinguistics explores how language use is shaped by the context in which it occurs, focusing on how speakers convey meaning not just through words themselves but through the situation, their intentions, and the shared knowledge between speakers and listeners. gender pragmalinguistics is a subfield of pragmatics that explores how language use reflects, constructs, and influences gender roles and identities in communication. it focuses on the pragmatic aspects of language, such as speech acts, politeness strategies, and discourse structures, as they relate to gendered behaviors and social expectations. gendered communication often involves differences in pragmatic strategies, such as indirectness, politeness, or assertiveness. women, for example, may use more indirect speech acts, whereas men might favor directness. as deborah tannen said: "in general, women tend to emphasize connection and intimacy in communication, whereas men focus more on status and independence, which affects how they use language in different social contexts" [1; 60]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org based on the definition of gender as a set of social and cultural norms that society prescribes for people to follow depending on their biological sex [3; 1], we analyzed unfinished statements by men and women presented in the fiction texts of the modern english-language writers helen fielding “bridget jones's diary” and gillian flynn “gone girl”. an incomplete sentence is when a statement does not formally end (e.g. it breaks off, leaving some part unsaid, without a precise ending or form). this can be: an incomplete utterance, when the speaker does not finish a thought. pauses or intonation pauses that leave room for the speaker to continue. rhetorical questions or hints that suggest understanding with the speaker. an example of an incomplete sentence: a woman might say, "i think we could... well, i'm not sure." a man might say, "you know i don't... well, never mind." it is worth noting that, contrary to the common stereotype, incompleteness is generally more common in male speech than in female speech. analysis of texts showed that unfinished phrases are more common in men than in women. in our case, the advantage was small but noticeable 58% of unfinished statements in male speech versus 42% in female speech. analysis of male and female speech shows that, in most cases (35% for men, 28% for women), both sexes do not complete their speech to show that the speaker is thinking over their thought or cannot decide how to formulate their position accurately. this may indicate doubt or uncertainty. an omission due to doubt in the speech of male characters, as a rule, accompanies "thinking out loud". often, an omission of this type is followed by a certain conclusion, generalizing the previous thoughts and clearly expressing the speaker's attitude to the issue raised. from an example given in the below from the book “bridget jones’s diaries”, we can see the confirmation the statement: “bridget jones: 'i suppose you think it’s all right to slag people's boyfriends off to their parents' friends behind their back when they're not even there for no reason just because you're jealous,' i flailed. [4; 89] mark darcy: 'sorry,' he said. 'i was just trying to figure out what you mean. have i . . .? are you suggesting that i am jealous of daniel cleaver? over you?'”[4; 89] carl: “hey, nicky,” carl’s watery voice came over. “sorry to bother you. i just thought you should know … your door is wide open, and that cat of yours is outside. it isn’t suposed to be, right?” [5; 33] the statistics for women are quite revealing and confirm the observations of researchers who find that women tend to speak in an uncertain tone and avoid being categorical. go: “i’m sorry, i didn’t mean to paint a picture, i just … i don’t know, i just keep thinking. about some crazy person.” she splashed some more scotch into her tumbler. [5; 66] jacqueline: “i’m so sorry, nick, for what you’re going through.” she stared at me a moment. “i’m sorry, i must … i didn’t picture amy with such an … american boy.” she seemed to be speaking neither to me nor to desi. “good god, he even has a cleft chin.” [5; 192] another pragmatic function of unfinished sentences in the speech of men and women is to emphasize emotional intensity. statistics obtained during quantitative analysis show that in men's speech, unfinished statements due to an influx of emotion occur more often than in women's speech (21% and 10%, respectively). unfinished sentences can serve to express emotions, especially in situations where strong feelings are involved, such as anger, joy, or surprise. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org go: “are those—is that all the stuff … from the credit cards?” go’s voice went high and wild. she put one hand to her mouth and took a step back from me, and i realized that just for a second, she thought i was making a confession to her [5; 255]. in this example, we can see that the heroine of the book "gone girl" expresses strong surprise, and because of this, her statement is cut off. amy: “i know,” i say. i know exactly what i am supposed to say to desi. “you’re right. you’re absolutely right. i haven’t felt so safe in so long, desi, but i am still … i see him and … i’m fighting this, but he hurt me … for years.” [5; 389] in this passage, the main character of the book "gone girl" amy, intentionally cuts off her statements in order to add drama to her speech and thus manipulate daisy's feelings. the implementation of an understatement due to an excess of emotions in male speech is generally similar to the implementation of this type of understatement in female speech. due to the influx of feelings, the speaker is physically unable to continue the statement. one of the striking examples of an understatement due to an emotional outburst in male speech is found in the novel bridget jones's diary in mark darcy's speech. mark darcy: 'i heard him talking on his portable phone by the herbaceous border. he didn't know he was being overheard. if i'd had any idea that my parents were involved i'd . . . he shook his head. [4; 139] bridget jones' father's speech, which is having difficulties in his relationship with his wife, also continues with an omission. bridget jones’s father: 'she wants me to move out for a while, she says, and . . . and. . . . ' he collapsed in quiet sobs [30; 4]. bridget jones’s father: 'oh, nothing, nothing. just a bit . . . drawn. [5; 58] repeated breaks in statements give the narrative the liveliness and emotionality of colloquial speech. as we can see from statistics and examples, unfinished sentences are used slightly more in the speech of men, however for similar intention, that is to say both men and women sometimes leave their sentences unfinished to signal that they are still processing their thoughts or are unsure how to express their views clearly. this often reflects a sense of doubt or indecision. apart from that, unfinished sentences can be used by men and women to express emotions, especially in situations involving strong feelings such as anger, joy, or surprise. often, these phrases are left incomplete to give the listener the opportunity to interpret the speaker's emotions. references: 1. tannen, deborah. you just don’t understand: women and men in conversation. ballantine books, 1990, p.60. 2. кирилина а., томская м. лингвистические гендерные исследования // отечественные записки. url: http://www. strana-oz.ru/2005/2/lingvisticheskiegendernye-issledovaniya . стр.2. 3. гендер // словарь гендерных терминов. url: http://www.owl.ru/gender/ 010.html . стр. 1 4. fielding, helen. bridget jones's diary. london: picador, 1996 5. flynn, gillian. gone girl. crown publishers, 2012. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org national arbitration and foreign arbitration and the effects of excluding iraqiarbitration in the draft iraqi arbitration law 1 rouaa ali attiya middle technical university / administrative technical college / baghdad rouarmy@mtu.edu.iq 2 prof. dr. achraf rammal lebanese university – college (faculty) of law achraf.rammal@ul.edu.lb a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the arbitration law, whether national or foreign, is one of the important topics and arbitration includes two types, national arbitration and foreign arbitration, and it is considered a means of settling disputes and disputes between different parties outside the judiciary due to the importance of the national economy and the increase in the proportion of investments, the arbitration law in the country is of great importance in terms of attracting investment, as they are more reluctant in a country that does not provide legal protection and strong legal cover for local arbitration the draft iraqi arbitration law must take into account successful international practices and seek to find a balance between local and international standards to ensure a reliable and effective arbitration environment that contributes to enhancing confidence between the disputing parties and in the iraqi legal system. the iraqi legal system has defined commercial arbitration since 1928 with law no. (34) of 1928, which includes the ratification of the protocol on arbitration terms signed in geneva on 9/24/1923 and called (protocol on arbitration clauses geneva). the aforementioned protocol included the validity of the agreements between the contracting states that included resolving disputes related to commercial and other issues through arbitration. national, foreign, arbitration, draft iraqi arbitration law introduction arbitration appeared as an effective primary means in ending disputes between human beings since ancient times, when it had not arisen before the role of the judiciary, the default solution was litigation to a person characterized by integrity, experience and justice to listen to the parties to the dispute who choose him with conviction and prior acceptance of his judgment, due to what is known among people of the good qualities that make in his judgment and in his position neutrality of the parties to reassure them of it, and arbitration is as old as the existence of man and perhaps the oldest form was when there was a dispute between cain and abel, and the acceptable solution from them was to resort to heaven. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org from the reference to the historical writings, we find that the sumerian law has known a system of arbitration similar to the judiciary, where the dispute had to be presented to a general arbitrator, and a tablet was found on which an arbitration agreement was written from the third century bc in babylon, and since the advent of islam, the prophet, may god bless him and his family and grant him peace, approved arbitration among the approved acts of praise in the pre-islamic era of customs and traditions, and the rule of the prophet (peace be upon him) in the famous black stone case after the dispute that occurred among the arab tribes it. the iraqi legal system has defined commercial arbitration since 1928 by law no. 34 of 1928 approving the protocol on arbitration clauses signed in geneva on 24/9/1923 called (protocol on arbitration clauses geneva) research problem iraq is witnessing important legal and economic developments in the region in terms of investment and strategic location in a stage that is considered a post-conflict and dispute stage, so here arbitration is a vital tool to settle disputes and differences that occur effectively and quickly in light of the national quest to attract investments to iraq and strengthen the national economy. thus, the research problem is to explore the repercussions and effects of excluding national arbitration from the draft iraqi arbitration law and its effects when legislating it compared to efficiency in terms of foreign arbitration compared to national arbitration. research objectives the aim of the research is to shed light on arbitration, activate, analyze and improve the draft iraqi arbitration law to ensure informed and clear national arbitration and assess the legal and economic impact if national arbitration is excluded and make recommendations for the development of the arbitration system to serve the national interest and local and international parties. importance of research the importance of the research stems from the development of the legal system for arbitration in a balanced manner that enhances iraq's capabilities to settle disputes effectively and increases its attractiveness to foreign investments while maintaining legal sovereignty and confidence in national institutions, and the importance lies in providing some of the recommendations that may be useful in the process of improving the draft arbitration law that has emerged since 2021 with the support of the united nations development program and the government of iraq to ensure a balance in it and a modern and strong framework. research methodology the analytical approach was adopted in analyzing the texts of the draft arbitration law and the iraqi civil procedures law no. 83 of 1969, in addition to the field study to obtain data and information research plane for the purpose of reaching the goal of our research, we divided it into two sections, the first of which we shared the definition of arbitration and its legal nature, in which we will search for the advantages of arbitration and objections to the arbitration system and the distinction between arbitration and other methods of settlement, either the second of which we will address the types of arbitration and the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org possibility of excluding iraqi law, in which we will search for local and foreign national arbitration and the effects of excluding iraqi law, and then the conclusion was reached from the results and the recommendation for proposed solutions on it. the first topic definition and legal nature of arbitration first requirement: definition of arbitration لٌمَحّكم االحتكام اليه ويسمى )الَحَكم بفتح الحاء والكاف أو ا)حّكم( وحّكم بتشديد الكاف تعني طلب الحّكم ممن يتم التحكيم لغة من مادة . (1)الكاف مشددة(بضم الميم وفتح الحاء و arbitration is meant in the legal terminology, it is a case in which people agree to resolve their dispute through arbitration and their choice is by the parties to the dispute to resolve the subject of the dispute, provided that they are impartial and objective in issuing their decision and their decision is binding ( 2) . the parties shall determine the arbitrators' persons or at least ensure their agreement on arbitration to select the arbitrators or entrust the arbitration body or center, which has the powers and competences to organize the arbitration process in accordance with the rules or regulations to organize and operate the arbitration process. (3). it is clear from this definition that the parties may agree to arbitrate in the body of the contract before any disputes occur between them to be resolved disputes or disputes will be resolved through arbitration and reconciliation between the parties to the contract ،their agreement in this case is contained in the form of a written clause in the contract, and they may draw up a written contract or an independent agreement guaranteed by their agreement .on the referral of what may affect them from the differences resulting from the original contract to arbitration, and the common denominator between the two images is that the agreement on arbitration has the character of (anticipation) for the future, and such an agreement is called in its two forms arbitration clause the parties may wait, if a dispute occurs between them, they conclude an agreement to refer it to arbitration, and this agreement is called a charterparty or arbitration document (clausearbitration) the compromise (4). 1the agreement of the parties to resort to arbitration, whether in the form of a clause or arbitration party, means the direction of the joint administration to arrange two legal effects: : a-depriving the jurisdiction of the state judiciary, to which the dispute should have been submitted, if there isno arbitration agreement, this agreement has the effect of impediment, according to which the judge is obligated not to consider the dispute as long as there is an arbitration agreement, and one of the parties adheres to it, even if the other party recoils on its heels trying to continue the judge's response to the adjudication of the dispute. (5 ) b-acceptance of the parties voluntarily and definitively for the arbitration award issued by the -أ arbitrator or arbitrators is not entitled to the loser to file a lawsuit before the judiciary in order to reconsider the dispute, the arbitrators' judgment the force of the res judicata in regard to what was decided and most laws tend to prevent the appeal of the arbitration award or besiege the ways of appeal . 5، ص2007محمود مختار البربري، التحكيم التجاري الدولي، طبعة منقحة، القاهرة، (1) (2 )article 8 thereofinstructions for the implementation of government contracts no. 2 of 2014, (3) barbari, previous source, p. 5-mahmoud mukhtar al (4)gaber gad nassar, arbitration and conciliation in some state disputes, cairo, 1997, p. 9 (5) settlement, master's thesis, year 2009, ali badri najib, the role of international commercial arbitration in dispute baghdad, p 26 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org or the request for invalidity by specifying exclusively the reasons on which the request for invalidity .can be based (6) second requirement: the legal nature of arbitration arbitration raises controversy about its legal nature, so some tend to favor (judicial nature) on the basis of focusing consideration and relying on the nature of the work and the task performed by the arbitrator, as it adjudicates a dispute between two parties ،like the judge separating the judgment, and his judgment is considered as it is the authority of the res judicata ،where the arbitrators' arbitration decisions, whether local or international, are final and binding, which is what was agreed upon by the parties to the contract, while the judge's judgment is subject to appeal ، the subject of the dispute can be re-raised before the courts of second instance, as the arbitrator performs the function of the judge in particular with regard to his work and function in resolving the dispute in his hands ،the basis for the arbitrator to perform the function of a judge is the law, instructions or prior agreement that allowed arbitration as a means of resolving disputes that individuals can resort to (7)،judiciary is because the the competent judicial authority, arbitration comes as an exception where people from outside this authority are allowed to perform the function of judge ،the state must monitor and intervene with peremptory rules that guarantee the integrity of arbitration proceedings, the integrity of the award, and allow it to be challenged before the judiciary. it regulates the rules and procedures necessary for the implementation of the arbitration award (8). on the other hand, there is another trend that sees and prefers the contractual nature of arbitration, so it is not important from the point of view of this trend ،giving priority to the task of the arbitrator, but the first is to look at who gave him this task, who determines the procedures to follow, and who determines the person or persons of the arbitrators ،he pays their fees, and determines for them the law according to which they settle the dispute according to its provisions. that the parties to the agreement are the ones who deal with all this, and arbitration legislation enacted by states or international conventions ، do not put peremptory provisions except in the narrowest limits and to serve the achievement (the will of the parties in the optional direction of arbitration) (9). the state stands at the role of the state (guard) to prevent prejudice to public order, either the commencement of arbitration and its progress until the issuance of the judgment, finds its basis in the agreement of the parties to resort to arbitration ، then their agreement with the arbitrators to (obey and submit) to the judgments they issue therefore, the implementation of most arbitration awards is done voluntarily and without resorting to the judiciary to obtain an enforcement order ،even if the judiciary was resorted to it is only similar to conciliation contracts that are subject to judicial atification, and no one has disputed the contractual nature of the composition contract in such casesr .(10) it follows from the preponderance of the contractual nature of arbitration, which is what we are biased by the need to knock the principle of (the authority of the will) and leave it to the parties to the dispute and their judges who chose them of their own free will and agreed in advance to submit to the provisions they issue ،the state may not intervene except to prevent prejudice to public order, or to (6) sen, workshop on the principles of drafting contracts for international trade and investment and -abdel aziz al arbitration in their disputes, cairo, 2012, p. 90 (7) wafa, arbitration in judiciary and reconciliation, alexandria, 1974, p. 32-ahmed abu al. (8) barbary, international commercial arbitration, previous source, p. 7-mahmoud mukhtar ahmed al . (9)alwani, arbitration formulas in bills of lading and lease parties, baghdad edition, 1992, p. 16-fouad al . (10)issa, international arbitration in international oil disputes, master's thesis, baghdad edition 1988, p. -talal yassin al 38 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org ensure the proper conduct of the arbitration process by setting prescribed conditions that fill the gaps in the agreement of the parties, and does not resort to setting peremptory rules except within the limits of what affects the social, economic and political foundations of the state. the second requirement: distinguishing between arbitration and other methods of dispute settlement. : conciliation and arbitration agreement on voluntary recourse to arbitration means, as already mentioned, acceptance by the parties of the arbitrator's decision adjudicating the dispute arbitration is a final choice of arbitration as an alternative to resorting to the judiciary, and therefore the arbitration agreement is not considered the agreement associated with the reservation of a party or parties and their reservation of the right to resort to it does not change anything used the word arbitration or arbitrators, the lesson is the fact of what the will of the parties went to, not what they used of words. the judge shall be independent by order to inflict the correct legal adaptation without preventing him from doing so the terms and expressions used by the parties. the judiciary and put forward the arbitrator's decision (11). it is clear from the above that when the disputing parties agree on the arbitration clause, they do not give the arbitrator to attempt to mediate or reconcile between the parties to the dispute, while remaining entitled to submit the dispute to the judicial authority in the event that the arbitration proceedings fail and no agreement is reached. conciliation is the agreement of the parties to attempt an amicable settlement through a neutral party called conciliators who are elected by neutral and conciliatory parties and the competent court (12) . the person who reconciles the parties shall determine the places of the dispute and present his judgment, which may be accepted by the parties or not receive any acceptance or conciliation. it does not issue judgments but rather submits a proposal for conciliation remains dependent on the acceptance of the parties to the dispute, if it does not succeed or is accepted conciliation (13) ،the door to litigation and the judiciary was open to all parties. the fundamental difference between arbitration and conciliation is not hidden, as conciliation inevitably includes, concessions from the parties in order to be able to communicate to a mediator solution, while the arbitrator – as we have seen – issues a judgment in which he may meet all the requests of one of the parties and reject all the requests of the other party, he is not looking for a compromise or compromise, and if he does and fails, he must continue his mission and issue a decisive judgment for the dispute as for the conciliator, he can only terminate the procedures, and the parties are free to resort to the judiciary, which they cannot do if it comes to an arbitration agreement that ended with the issuance of an arbitration award adjudicating the subject matter of the article 11 of the government contracts implementation instructions no. 1 of 2008 stipulates the mechanism of settling disputes after signing the contract by conciliation and arbitration methods as follows: first: disputes shall be settled after signing public contracts of all kinds using one of the following methods: (11) barbari, previous source, p. 53-mahmoud mukhtar al . (12) jaber jad nassar, previous source, p. 26 (13)nabil abdel rahim hayawi, principles of arbitration, cairo edition, year 2007, p 61 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org 1conciliation (14)by resorting to this where the dispute between two or more parties is settled according to the written contract between them or any written paper .conciliation amicably through the formation of a committee or through the selection of a neutral party called latermethod, i.e. 2arbitration where it is resorted to in the event that no amicable or compromise solution is reached between the parties to the existing dispute, provided that it is mentioned in the same contract or the same paper written between the parties to the dispute and in the same sequence, that is, in the event of nonconciliation, arbitration is resorted to it is also by choosing a neutral party named later to be his opinion binding on them or in the event that a solution or agreement is not reached by the neutral third party who was chosen, and arbitration may be local (15 )or international in the event of a big strategic investment dispute. a-arbitration and transaction: reconciliation is a contract under which the parties to the dispute agree to settle the matter amicably when a dispute occurs, and the third method written in the contract or paper written in writing between the parties to the potential dispute, and the civil code defined in its article (698) reconciliation (is a contract that raises the dispute and interrupts the dispute by mutual consent). this is done by making certain concessions in exchange for corresponding concessions from the other party to the dispute, and it is directly to discuss the merits of the dispute to strengthen relations between the parties and pay the opinion amicably to avoid litigation and judicial proceedings (16).conciliation is similar to arbitration in that both of them settle the dispute in addition to that what refrains from reconciliation refrains from arbitration on the basis of what is known as the non-arbitrability of the subject matter as shown by the iraqi code of procedure no. (83) of 1969 amended by article (254) where it stipulates (arbitration is not valid except in matters where reconciliation is permissible .... etc.) dispute, as it approaches the arbitration party if it is later the composition is similar to the form of arbitration clause if it is preventive, i.e. prior to the t is the fruit of direct negotiation on the emergence of the dispute, but it remains true that the composition raises the burden of the parties to the contract, i that may be spent for a party between them, while their role in arbitration stands when the arbitrator is authorized to resolve the dispute by a provision gs the reconciliation closer to with all his requests, while the essence of the reconciliation is based on mutual concessions between the parties, which brin .the conciliation process, if it encounters conciliator's suggestions acceptance of the parties (17) an important difference remains between arbitration on the one hand and reconciliation and conciliation on the other hand, as arbitration ends with a binding decision enforceable immediately after its completion after the finalization without needing the judicial authority to consider or implement it, while reconciliation is not enforceable until after the judiciary ratifies the matter so that it makes it legally valid for the possibility of its application (18). b-arbitrage and expertise the existing between the parties and each of them has its own and different contexts and for a specific purpose that is mentioned in the contract or in the paper written between the parties by choosing a third party agreed upon that party is neutral flexible with competence and has experience in the subject of (14)the instructions for the implementation of government contracts no. 1 of 2008 were canceled and replaced by the instructions for the implementation of government contracts no. 2 of 2014 by article / 8 thereof, which passed quickly and put dispute resolution in the controls attached to the instructions (15 )iraqi code of civil procedure no. 83 of 1969 (16)issa, previous source, p. 43-altalal yassin (17) ali badri najib, previous source, p. 22 (18)barbary, previous source, p. 28-mahmoud mukhtar al american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org the dispute and at the same time be confidential so that the goal is to provide an arbitrator technical opinion and issue a final recommendation to resolve the dispute in matters of a technical nature that need expertise that varies according to the type of dispute they are two different ways to settle a dispute (19 ) )20( it may be engineering, accounting or agricultural experience ... etc. recourse to experts is not mixed with agreement on arbitration, as the expert does not issue decisions ، rather, it is technical information and clarifications that the abstaining parties can accept or reject the opinion by choosing other experts, provided that the selection of experts is individual, as their opinion is not binding as for arbitration, the arbitrator issues a decision that settles the dispute and binds the parties and may be authentic to the thing required, the parties do not have to return to raise the dispute to other arbitrators or file a lawsuit on it even in the event that the parties agree to give the expert opinion a forced character, it is still necessary to resort to the judiciary to adjudicate the subject matter of the dispute in accordance with the expert's opinion there remains a difference between the expert and the arbitrator related to how each of them performs the task entrusted to him, the arbitrator shows his decision based on the documents and pleadings submitted to him by the parties, while the expert party depends on (his information and experience) as well as the information provided by the parties the expert has to express his opinion without the need to refer to the parties, which the arbitrator cannot do, who must authorize the parties the possibility of presenting their documents and the right of each party to see what the other party submits ،it plays a role similar to the role of the judiciary, but then pictures of experience bestowed on them to describe arbitration sometimes, which are cases known as arbitration quality, quality or conformity, where an expert is judged to be provided with the agreements of the parties and a sample of the commodity or machine or goods in order to determine their conformity or non-conformity and there is no doubt that he stands at the role of the expert if he expresses his opinion only, but if the parties authorize him to arrange the results that are related to his technical opinion, here he has played the role of the arbitrator , if his opinion is binding in accordance with the agreement of the parties. the second topic types of arbitration and the possibility of excluding iraqi law and its effects in the draft iraqi arbitration law. in this section, we will deal with the types of arbitration in terms of national arbitration and international arbitration, as well as the possibility of excluding the application of iraqi law to disputes submitted to arbitration in contracts to which iraq is a party, and finally the effects of arbitration that prevent the courts from considering disputes to which the dispute is submitted by one of the litigants. first requirement: national (local) arbitration and non-national arbitration there is severe turmoil that leads to confusion in the use of descriptions attached to arbitration, it is described as national or local, as it may be described as foreign, and this foreign arbitration may be seen by some as synonymous with international arbitration (21)while other opinions tend to the lack of a direct relationship between the two descriptions, arbitration may be foreign and not international and (19 )article 8 of the government contracts implementation instructions no. 2 of 2008 (20) 32previous source, pjaber jad nassar, (21) sen, workshop on the principles of drafting international trade and investment contracts and -abdul aziz al arbitration in their disputes, cairo, 2012, previous source, p. 133. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org there are many jurisprudence on the proposed criterion to resolve and determine the description of arbitration, then saying the standard (place of arbitration) and saying the standard of the applicable law .or saying to examine the nature of the dispute (22) we believe that each of these criteria has a relative value, but neither of them has escaped criticism, and this reveals, in our opinion, the difficulty of setting an abstract general standard that expels its judgment in all cases. if the matter is related to a purely national relationship in terms of the parties, the subject of the relationship and the place of arbitration, we are dealing with an internal (national) arbitration that does not raise any problem in terms of adapting it or determining the law that applies to it. as for the criterion of differentiation between internal arbitration and foreign arbitration, we see the adoption of the criterion of the place of arbitration without paying attention to the nationality of the parties or the nature of the dispute, arbitration is foreign if it takes place outside iraq, even if its parties are iraqi and related to a contract or a purely local relationship ، the same is true if one of the parties is iraqi and the other is a foreigner. this arbitration is not described as (international) just because of the presence of a foreign party, but its flow abroad leads to its description as foreign or as a (non-local) arbitrator. this criterion was adopted by the new york convention to describe the arbitration award as a foreigner, as it stipulated that its provisions apply to arbitration awards issued in a country other than the country in which they are to be enforced. (23) the criterion of (international) in our perception is linked to the nature of the conflict. arbitration is international, if agreed upon on a relationship belonging to the sect (international commercial relations) and no importance after that to the nationality of the parties or the place of arbitration or the applicable law, if an iraqi resident in a foreign country exports spinning machines to an iraqi resident in iraq and we agree to settle what may arise between them of disputes through arbitration taking place in iraq, this arbitration is considered international despite the union of the nationality of the parties and despite the conduct of arbitration on the territory of the country to which they belong and this arbitration is not considered a homeland . the second requirement: the possibility of excluding iraqi law article vi of the law stipulates that the parties may agree to (subject their legal relationship to the provisions of a model contract, an international agreement or any other document) and in this case the arbitration provisions contained in this contract, this agreement or the document shall apply to the arbitration that takes place between the parties to this agreement the implication of this text is that the arbitration will be conducted in accordance with the provisions contained in the documents referred to, which means that the provisions of iraqi law are not applied (24).here, the question arises about the possibility of conflict between the jus cogens provisions of the law and the arbitration texts that will apply according to the situation included in the agreement of the parties. if we imagine that the assigned document does not require writing except to prove the arbitration clause or does not require that the number of arbitrators be a chord in the case of their multiplicity, while the iraqi law as you will see requires writing for the existence of the arbitration agreement, otherwise it is invalid, as well (22)ahmed ashoush, the legal system of the petroleum agreement in the arab countries, cairo edition, year 1957, p. 65. (23) .sun, previous source, p. 133-abdul aziz al (24 )iraqi code of civil procedure no. 83 of 1969 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org as the arbitration is invalidated if there are multiple arbitrators and the number is even (25) .in this case, it is necessary to distinguish between arbitration taking place in iraq, where it must be taken into account the peremptory texts because as we have seen iraqi law applies to every arbitration that takes place in iraq, if it is said that it can be excluded altogether even in its peremptory texts ، since there is a point in stipulating that arbitration is in place and the meaning of article vi is dependent on the possibility of applying the provisions of the arbitration referred to it related to procedures and all matters that have not been regulated by the iraqi legislator by the provisions of his command. it is not conceivable to say otherwise unless the arbitration agreement is subject to another law such as the law of the country concluded it, but if the agreement was made in iraq and arbitration takes place in iraq, there is no room for excluding the provisions of iraqi law jus cogens, and article vi is intended to provide the possibility of replacing the parties to other provisions that replace the if the arbitration takes place abroad, the parties subject the arbitration between them to a document or a model contract (26 ) ،the arbitration provisions contained in these documents apply, and no conflict is envisaged with the iraqi law, which does not originally apply to any arbitration taking place abroad as (the law of the will of the parties) and in the opportunities faced by article vi this will tended to choose the arbitration texts contained in (a model contract or an international agreement or any other document). the matter of the provisions of iraqi law will not arise unless the arbitration award issued in iraq is to be implemented, which we will show in detail. third requirement: effects of the arbitration agreement article (13) of the new draft law states: "first. the court that considers the dispute order must request an order, written contract or written paper indicating an agreement between the parties to resort to arbitration in the event of a dispute and considers it a formal matter before accepting the pending lawsuit, if the defendant pays so by making any request or defense in the lawsuit. secondly. the filing of the lawsuit referred to in the above shall not preclude the initiation or continuation of arbitration proceedings or the issuance of the judgment of impartial arbitrators. (27 ) this text follows the following: a-the judgment of inadmissibility of the lawsuit is not issued by the court of its own accord, even if it is found that the arbitration agreement exists and it must exercise its jurisdiction. the explanation for this is that one of the parties to the arbitration agreement resorted to the competent judicial court is his unwillingness and his departure from the agreement and his resort to the competent judiciary in the first .if the other party attends and walks in the same direction as his opponent and begins to submit his defenses and papers on the subject of the dispute, this also means that he abandons the arbitration clause, which leads to the judge must consider the dispute before it and proceed to plead in .if the other party adheres to the arbitration clause, here the competent judge must rule not to accept the pending lawsuit filed before him, otherwise we would have opened the door wide to dissociate from the arbitration agreement, and waste its value the project will oblige the need to declare adherence to the arbitration agreement before delving into the subject of the dispute, otherwise it is considered a waiver of payment after acceptance and can not after the discussion of the subject return to request the rule not to accept the lawsuit. (25) .edition, year 1984, p 78samia rashid, arbitration in private international relations, cairo 76(علي بدري نجيب, المصدر السابق , ص 26) (27 )iraqi code of civil procedure no. 83 of 1969 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org arbitration proceedings the resort of one of the parties to the arbitration contract to the judiciary, does not prevent the other party from starting-b (28 ) ، if these procedures have commenced, the lawsuit filed does not restrict the continuation of the arbitrators in considering the dispute and issuing a judgment on it, after enabling the absent party to express his defense and notify him of the arrival within the stipulated period (29)،if he does not do so, the neutral third party shall have the referees to decide on the dispute according to the data provided to if the plaintiff does not submit to the tribunal a statement of his claim within the agreed time, the arbitral tribunal shall order the termination of the proceedings, this means that the party who requested arbitration (the plaintiff) can ignore this request, and go to the judiciary after the deadline for submitting his requests and is assured that the arbitral tribunal will order the termination of the proceeding in order to avoid this result, the project gave the defendant the possibility of requesting the recovery of the procedures and settling the dispute if the plaintiff left his opponents arbitration. the defendant shall invoke before the judiciary the arbitration agreement and the court shall rule after accepting the lawsuit article (1458) stipulates that if a dispute is brought before the judiciary of the state contacted by an arbitration court under the arbitration agreement, this judiciary must declare its lack of jurisdiction. if the dispute has not yet contacted the arbitral tribunal, the judiciary shall declare its lack of jurisdiction as long as the arbitration agreement is not clearly invalid the french project obliges the judiciary to rule that it lacks jurisdiction to consider the dispute held on the arbitration agreement, and there is no doubt that the position of the iraqi project in our view is more accurate, because the arbitration agreement does not remove the jurisdiction of the judge, but obscures him from considering the dispute it is noted that then an important difference between iraqi and french law, as iraqi law does not differentiate between the case that and then an important difference between iraqi and french law, as iraqi law does not differentiate between the case of filing a lawsuit before the judiciary after or before the arbitral tribunal contacted the dispute subject of the arbitration agreement in both cases, it is imperative not to accept the lawsuit , if it necessitates the judgment after jurisdiction in the case of filing the lawsuit after the arbitral tribunal contacted the dispute, it entitles the judge to the possibility of not ruling after jurisdiction and addressing the subject, if he finds the apparent invalidity of the arbitration agreement, such as the absence of the arbitration clause from naming the arbitrators or indicating the method of their selection, or the absence of the charterparty from determining the issues submitted to arbitration in the case of the arbitration party ... etc (30). the judgment of non-acceptance of the lawsuit is the existence of a valid arbitration agreement and not just the physical presence of an editor that includes such an agreement, the judge does not give up his right to address the subject of a dispute before him, unless it turns out that the arbitration agreement adhered to by one of the parties, is a productive agreement to raise and valid for the convening of an arbitration body considering the dispute, but if it turns out that it is in front of a void agreement, he may reject the plea of inadmissibility and address the consideration of the subject, and shall not be hindered by relying on the text of article (22 )which establishes the principle of jurisdiction, i.e. authorizing the arbitration committee authority in accordance with the defenses related to its lack of jurisdiction, including defenses based on the absence of a clause or clause of arbitration or its invalidity or fall. and the other party argued the invalidity of this agreement, the judge of the lawsuit is the judge of defenses, and does not imagine the obligation of the judge to rule not to accept the lawsuit based on (28) ahmad ashoush, op. cit., p. 70 (29) iraqi code of civil procedure no. 83 of 1969, article 177 thereof (30) hayawi, op. cit., p. 96rahim -nabil abd al american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org the adherence of one of the parties to the arbitration agreement (31)his rule shall apply under iraqi law in accordance with the general rules. moreover, the issuance of an arbitration award based on a void agreement, will make this judgment subject to a request for its invalidity in accordance with the text of article (53 ⁄1 ⁄ a), which lists the reasons for requesting the invalidity of the arbitration award, based on a void agreement. therefore, we see beyond that, which is to authorize the judge to put forward the invalid arbitration clause and to address the issue in the event that he pleaded against accepting the lawsuit ،, as we see the possibility of any of the parties to the dispute arbitration agreement to file an original lawsuit requesting a ruling on the invalidity of the arbitration agreement, because the delegation of the arbitral tribunal the authority to decide on the validity or invalidity of the arbitration agreement does not mean its monopoly of this authority and robbed of the authority of the judge. to say otherwise is, in our view, an infringement on the right to resort to the judiciary. therefore, it does not see a justification for the distinction established by the french legislator between the case of the arbitral tribunal's contact with the dispute, so the judge must rule on lack of jurisdiction and the case of the tribunal's non-contact with the dispute, so the judge is entitled to consider the apparent invalidity of the arbitration agreement and reject the ruling of lack of jurisdiction (32).proving the invalidity before the judge must open the door for him to put forward the arbitration agreement and restore his jurisdiction, which is not valid to lose it unless there is a valid arbitration agreement. we do not believe that it is sufficient to say that the arbitral tribunal, after its contact with the dispute, has a monopoly on the validity or invalidity of the arbitration agreement. and the determination of the principle of jurisdiction, intended not to hinder the conduct of the arbitration process, the commission does not stop the proceedings until the matter is presented to the judiciary, but it has to continue if it estimated that the defenses are intended to procrastinate and prolong the dispute and these justifications have nothing to do ,it is not correct to lead to the statement to prevent the judge from verifying the validity or invalidity of the agreement of the wise, but on the contrary justifies the assertion of his authority, because raising the matter to him will not be a reason to stop or prevent the conduct of arbitration proceedings, unless the judge finds the invalidity of the arbitration agreement, addressed the subject and issued a judgment in which it became final, as it controls the arbitral tribunal in this case, termination of the procedures because their continuation will become irrelevant, as the imposition of the issuance of an arbitration award, it will not be possible to implement it because it conflicts with a judgment previously issued by the judiciary, which is one of the reasons for preventing implementation stipulated in article (58 ⁄ 2 ) the end: iraq lacks modern legislation regulating commercial arbitration, while the iraqi code of civil procedure no. 83 of 1969 has in the third chapter of the law provisions for arbitration, iraq has taken clear and readable steps to adopt laws and ideologies that aim to strengthen the economy attractive to investment and promote arbitration in the anti-corruption initiative funded by the united nations development program for arbitration and in accordance with expanded government efforts to introduce iraq into international arbitration and these steps include supporting the arbitration law effective implementation of the 195 new york convent workshops and an attempt to legislate to integrate arbitration practices across iraq came into effect for iraq in february 2022. as the existence of legislation regulating local private and public investment disputes launches a safe environment for foreign investment in iraq, as the arbitration system provides impartiality and (31) samia rashid, op. cit., p. 96. (32) issa, international arbitration in international oil disputes, master's thesis, baghdad, 1988, p 84-talal yassin al american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org effectiveness to resolve disputes that occur between investors and is considered the safest means of adjudication in the event of a dispute ,on results: 1-. the contrast and contradiction between favoring or rejecting the arbitration system is not without exaggeration, it is not true at all to say that arbitration protects the foreign investor from corruption and the low litigation system in developing countries, corruption and deviation are a phenomenon that has no homeland, and the scandals of the developed world and cases of deviation and corruption do not hide, and the suspicion of bias of the judge if it is established by the judge in developing countries, it is also based for the judge in developed countries .but looking at the applications presented in the judiciary reveals the slow procedures of the case in this regard and the multiplicity of degrees of the court from the beginning, then appeal, then discrimination and high wages in developed countries in particular, makes arbitration is the most appropriate means, whether in local disputes or international trade disputes, the judiciary is burdened with the number of cases that are submitted to it, and opening an alternative door such as arbitration and experience contributes to solving this problem at the local level, especially with the high awareness of the arbitration system and what it carries advantages if we move to the level of international trade relations, it is necessary to confront the reality of the contemporary world, it is a world like it or not that is taken over by the advanced industrial countries 2 as for the criterion of differentiation between internal arbitration and foreign arbitration, we see the adoption of the criterion of the place of arbitration without paying attention to the nationality of the parties or the nature of the dispute, arbitration is foreign if it takes place outside iraq, even if the parties are iraqi and attached to a contract or a purely local relationship, and the same if one of the parties is iraqi and the other is a foreigner. this arbitration is not described as (international) just for a foreign party, but its flow abroad leads to its description as foreign or as a (non-local) arbitrator 3-the legislation of the iraqi arbitration law is a fundamental pillar in supporting and attracting foreign investment to the country as all foreign investors and companies are required to add the arbitration clause when any dispute arises between the parties to the contract and because of the absence of the above law, iraq is in setting the necessary conditions to protect its interests in front of investors because iraq lacks important legislation such as arbitration and that all countries of the world have sought to legislate the arbitration law for decades to keep pace with legislation in developed countries and prevent the loss of lawsuits it arose as a result of that, which is what we see today from the lack of knowledge for propositions: 1-we are likely to adopt the criterion of the place of arbitration to distinguish between national and foreign arbitration, and to adopt the nature of the dispute to distinguish between national and foreign arbitration on the one hand and international arbitration on the other hand, and it is no secret that the possibility of meeting foreign or international capacities, if the arbitration is abroad and relates to an international dispute, but not every foreign arbitration is international, and arbitration may be international despite its internal flow and even subject to national law, as we will see, which is if it is described as foreign, it is intended to highlight the lack of ( local) dispute related to it and not foreign in the geographical sense of the 2the iraqi legislator did well with regard to article (13) of the draft arbitration not to accept the lawsuit by the competent courts if there is a provision in the contract indicating the resort to arbitration in settling disputes between the two parties. the iraqi legislator did well with regard to article (13) of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org the draft arbitration not to accept the lawsuit by the competent courts if there is a provision in the contract indicating the resort to arbitration in settling disputes between the two parties 3-we see the possibility of any party to the arbitration agreement to file an original lawsuit requesting a ruling on the invalidity of the arbitration agreement, because granting the arbitral tribunal the authority to decide on the validity or invalidity of the arbitration agreement does not mean its monopoly of this authority and robbing it of the authority of the judge. to say otherwise is, in our view, an infringement on the right to resort to the judiciary refrences: first: the law 1. iraqi civil lifts law no. 83 of 1969 2. instructions for the implementation of government contracts no. 1 of 2008 canceled 3. instructions for the implementation of government contracts no. 2 of 2014 second: the book 1 ahmed abu al-wafa, arbitration in judiciary and reconciliation, alexandria, 1974 2 ahmed ashoush, the legal system of the petroleum agreement in the arab countries, cairo, 1985 3gaber gad nassar, arbitration and conciliation in some state disputes, cairo, 1997 4 samia rashed, arbitration in private international relations, cairo, 1984. 5 talal yasmine al-issa, international arbitration in international petroleum disputes, master's thesis, baghdad, 1988 6 abdul rahim hatem al-hassan, arbitration in sharia and law a comparative study najaf, 2010 7 abdel aziz al-sen, workshop on the principles of drafting international trade and investment contracts and arbitration in their disputes, cairo, 2012 8 ali badri najib, the role of international commercial arbitration in dispute settlement, master's thesis, baghdad, 2009 9 fouad al-alwani, arbitration formulas in bills of lading and lease parties, baghdad, 1992 10 mahmoud mokhtar al-barbary, international commercial arbitration, revised edition, cairo, 2007 11 encyclopedia of arab arbitration laws, arab council for customary justice, cairo, 2014 12 nabil abdel rahim hayawi, principles of arbitration / cairo, 2007 13 hisham khaled, the nature of the international contract, a comparative jurisprudential and judicial study, alexandria, 2005 workshop on commercial arbitration, beirut, 2012 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 23, | april 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org organization of the internal audit service and assessment of its impact on efficiency shafkarov fahriddin khudaiberdievich national research university “tiiame” assistant of the department of accounting and auditing a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article covers the methods of organizing an internal audit, assessing its activities, as well as how an internal audit is carried out in a sanatoriumwellness institution. it is envisaged to achieve the current and strategic objectives of its activities in the sanatorium-wellness institution and to organize an internal audit. in sanatorium-wellness institutions, the risk of organizing an internal audit service and reducing its effectiveness and determining the reasons for their occurrence were identified. it is possible to determine if the institution will increase the effectiveness of the project, ensure savings in funds and achieve efficiency goals. the organization of the internal audit service of the sanatorium-wellness institution is discussed. at the first stage for the development of a system of coordinating indicators, the strategic goal of the internal audit service is formed and the main factors for achieving it are determined. financial reporting, accounting, internal financial control, internal audit, internal audit service, factor, assessment, efficiency. introduction the purpose of organizing an internal audit is to assist in making management decisions, ensure the reliability of financial statements, make recommendations for the development and elimination of identified shortcomings of sanatorium-wellness institutions, and control their implementation. in sanatorium-wellness institutions, there are criteria for the feasibility of establishing an internal audit department, which are the following: first, it allows the supervisory board or executive body to exercise effective control over the autonomous units of the institution; secondly, targeted control checks and analysis work carried out by internal auditors will determine the most promising areas of production reserves and development; thirdly, internal auditors, along with supervision, also perform the task of providing advice to officials of the financial and economic, accounting and other services of a higher institution, its branches and subsidiary enterprises. the main stages of the organization of the internal audit department in sanatorium-wellness institutions: to identify and correctly determine the issues that must be resolved through the organization of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org internal audit department, to create a system of goals for the organization of the department in accordance with the accounting policy of the institution; clarification of the main tasks necessary to achieve the goals set; to combine a kind of tasks into groups and, on their basis, to form a structural unit of a department specializing in the performance of these tasks; development and approval of the scheme of interaction of each structural unit, the determination of rights, obligations and responsibilities, the regulation on their office guidance and internal audit department; unification of structural units into a single internal audit department, determination of its organizational status, and development and approval of a regulation "on internal audit service" in accordance with the appropriate set of goals, objectives and functions of structural units; integration of the internal audit department with the management units of institutions; development of working standards and code of ethics of internal audit. to form an internal audit service, its proper organization, as well as its implementation in accordance with the sequence, provides an opportunity to greatly facilitate the work of sanatorium-wellness institutions. on the basis of the stages of internal audit in sanatorium-wellness institutions, a unified procedure for conducting an internal audit is established. the main focus of the subjects with whom the internal audit service is established should be on the effective use of the work of the internal audit service. material sanatorium-wellness the organization of activities carried out by internal audit personnel, types of works and services, organization of production and a detailed examination will make it possible to find better ways to develop this area. sanatorium-wellness identification of the weaknesses of the institution will become the basis for assessing its bararity in modern conditions and determining the prospects for development. v.v.bursev, using a special approach, considered internal control from the point of view of participation in the management process, recognized the transparency of information for effective decisions of the management object as the goal of internal control, and defined internal audit as one of the forms of internal control. he believes that the definition of internal control, defined as a structuralfunctional form, reflects the interconnections of units of their organizational structure in accordance with control functions and can be applied to all economic entities in contrast to internal auditing. l.v.sotnikova considers internal audit not a form of organization of internal control, but a structure that complements the structural system of internal control and is part of its configuration. ya.v.sokolov believes that " internal audit – written information on the audit summary and the results of the audit should take into account that it is fully responsible for determining the content of the control risk, the deadlines and size of the audit rules. this assumes a comprehensive assessment of the effectiveness of internal auditing. this uses the methods and forms used to assess the state of internal control elements. a.d.sheremet and w.p.suys argues that "internal auditing is not just giving the business entity its own information, but confirming the accuracy and reliability of the reports". it has been demonstrated that sanatorium-wellness can positively influence an institution's ability to properly define its policies and practices through its current internal audit activities. however, the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org personnel responsible for the sanatorium-wellness institution do not always correctly understand or fully comply with these policies and actions. there is no time for the managers of the business entity to complete these and determine the shortcomings in time. it seems to us that it is this problem that the internal audit service solves. due to their daily activities, the specialists of this service or department provide an opportunity to protect sanatorium-wellness institutions from serious errors in the management system, losses, erroneous calculations, shortcomings, and identify ineffective directions that the business entity can lead to a crisis. at the same time, it is worth noting that their functions are not limited to verification and control, they work with employees of the enterprise in times. they inform senior management about all their actions and constantly discuss their directions, introduce clarifications and, thanks to this, form promising plans for the future of their service. sanatorium-wellness both the management apparatus of the institution, in turn, will have additional information from the internal audit service that will help improve management. the audit service should be provided with the following internal audit regulations: internal audit service regulations, office instructions of specialists, calendar plans of the department and its specialists, methodological manuals on questions of auditing, internal audit standards, norms (rules) for internal audit processes, methodological instructions for obtaining internal audit style and audit evidence, methodological recommendations for auditing and implementation of results. factors it consists in the organization of a system of analytical accounts that provide a wide range of information for the performance of the functions and functions of internal audit. as factors affecting the implementation of the idea, the following can be shown: 1. the fact that the parties involved are located outside the territory of the institution, complicates the operability, reliability and sometimes correctness of accounting information both on the territory of the country where the institution was registered and on the territory of another country. 2. the possibility that the parties involved may be registered on the territory of other countries and the need to organize accounting on the basis of the requirements of the country of registration, and the need to form the report as an information supply of internal audit. 3. the characteristics of the product offered by the enterprise, the technology of its production, the features of the organization of production, the specialization of production and the features of the formation of this cost and income, as well as their impact on the organization of analytical accounting. 4. the fact that the associated party (an enterprise carrying out a full or partial period of auxiliary production, production and sale of products, etc.) has different functional aspects. it assumes to take into account aspects of the assessment of expenses, income, individual features of the accounting of calculations and their effectiveness in domestic economic operations. the organization of the internal audit service serves to determine the effectiveness of the subject. because, the internal audit service is studying daily processes and giving advice on how to eliminate shortcomings. evaluation the assessment of the importance of internal audit service in sanatorium-health institutions has a number of features, and they are manifested in the following. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 1. sanatorium-wellness assessment of the current state of the institution. this ensures the general meeting of shareholders (founders) and the trust of the supervisory board in the regulations, established requirements, processes and internal control system in force under the internal audit. current status assessments focus primarily on existing projects, agreements, and processes. it studies the activities of the economic entity and corporate governance issues based on the specific methodology and applied dishes of the internal audit service. 2. sanatorium-improving the efficiency of the institution's activities. based on the proposals and recommendations developed by the internal audit service, it helps to determine the possibilities of saving resources by further developing the activities of the economic entity, increasing its efficiency. 3. development of the goals and objectives of internal audit. the implementation of the internal audit service, taking into account future risks, assesses the financial condition of the economic entity and determines the management strategy. the main focus in this is on the reliability of the information provided to the management and the fact that it is obtained from specific sources. the effectiveness of the internal audit service depends on the fulfillment of the requirements of the adopted regulatory documents. each economic entity must independently determine the system of indicators that determine the effectiveness of the internal audit service, having developed calculations and evaluation dishes of the main indicators in order to obtain an objective assessment of the internal audit service. quality criteria for assessing the activities of sanatorium-wellness institutions are used a lot in practice. however, the specific criteria of the internal audit service are not formulated, while their results are practically not used in practice for the purpose of improving the internal audit service. let us cite some indicators that can be applied to quantitatively assess the effectiveness of the internal audit service: the amount of the results of the completed audit, which is presented according to the plan approved by the management of the society; the number of audits conducted by each auditor during the period; the number of audits conducted according to the budget; percentage of audited recommendations performed; the amount of repeated audit recommendations; -direct cost reduction (savings)as a result of the implementation of audit recommendations; the degree of satisfaction of audit customers (customers). there should be a program to improve the quality of its work along with the process of periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the internal audit service. the following will be included in the list of activities carried out within the framework of this program: current control (monitoring) of internal audit quality. such control is carried out by the head of the internal audit service and managers in the process of conducting an audit. monitoring is aimed at compliance of the activities of internal auditors with the process and regulations of the enterprise and internal audit service. it also allows the head of the internal audit service to make sure that auditors carry out the audit assignment at the required level; an internal assessment dish held at least once a year by the chief and managers of the internal audit service. their goal is to identify reserves for improving the activities of each internal auditor and, in general, the service with their own forces; external assessment, which is carried out at least once every 5 years. this is done by external counting american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 23 april 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org structures in relation to the internal audit service. the internal audit service is engaged in the implementation of one of the strategic goals of the enterprise. control indicators are necessary to determine whether the strategy is being implemented correctly, to make the contribution of the internal audit service to the overall financial results of the enterprise visible, as well as to assess the capabilities of each employee. therefore, in achieving the set goal, it is advisable to use a system of coordinating indicators to assess the effectiveness of the activities of the internal audit service. conclusion the conclusion is that for the effective organization of the internal audit service, the supervisory board must ensure the independence of the activities of the internal auditor, guarantee that the internal audit service will carry out its activities in accordance with the requirements of the regulation "on the internal audit service at enterprises". as a result of the application of the stages of conducting the internal audit proposed by the author in the organization of the internal audit service, in the process of documenting it, timely conclusion of the internal audit plan and program, preparation of an internal audit cost estimate, development of the internal audit service staff position instructions, implementation of day-to-day work processes. references 1. burtsev v.v. standardization of internal audit and joint-stock company. – moscow.: auditor, 2002. -48 p. 2. sotnikova l.v. internal control and audit. textbook / vzfei. moscow.: finstatinform cjsc, 2000. 239 p. 3. sokolov ya.v. fundamentals of auditing. – moscow.: accounting . 2000. – 456 p. 4. sheremet a.d., suits v.p. audit. textbook. – 5th ed., revised. and augmented. – moscow.: infram. 2008. – 448 p. 5. butera a. mastering the five tiers of audit competency: the essence of effective auditing (internal audit and it audit), auerbach publications, 2016 – 183 p. 6. james c. paterson lean auditing: driving added value and efficiency in internal audit, 2015 328 p. 7. lynford graham internal control audit and compliance: documentation and testing under the new coso framework, 2015 – 416 p. 8. norman marks world-class internal audit: tales from my journey, 2014 – 244 p. https://www.amazon.com/s/ref%3ddp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=utf8&amp;text=ann%2bbutera&amp;search-alias=books&amp;field-author=ann%2bbutera&amp;sort=relevancerank https://www.amazon.com/james-c.-paterson/e/b00pwoflgc/ref%3ddp_byline_cont_book_1 http://eu.wiley.com/wileycda/section/id-302479.html?query=lynford%2bgraham https://www.amazon.com/norman-marks/e/b00izaoow2/ref%3ddp_byline_cont_book_1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org identity of the feminine creole in jean rhys’s novel-wide sargasso sea dr. shaymaa neamah almkhelif university of kerbalaatourist sciences faculty email: msc.shaiman@gmail.comofficial mail: shaimaa.n@uokerbala.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the current article briefly discusses the identity of the feminine creole in jean rhys’s novel wide sargasso sea. the article begins with a brief introduction that presents the novel as a prequel to charlotte bronte’s novel jane eyre. the focus is on the voice of women who suffers patriarchy by such colonialist husbands as rochester. the article then analyzes the identity of antionette as a creole woman. her husband’s consistent attempts at changing her identity from a creole into an english woman ultimately lead her to madness and then death. finally, the article ends with the conclusion which sums up the fact that the voice of the creole antionette overcomes both madness and death. feminine, identity, creole, patriarchy, colonialism. introduction the feminine identity is one of the crucial issues to the postcolonial discourse. many literary works follow the formation of women’s identity and the construction of their subjectivity in colonizing patriarchal societies. such works adopt appropriation to subvert the prioritization of the male point of view that categorizes women as inferiors. among many narratives, jean rhys’s novel, wide sargasso sea, centers around unfolding the struggle between the feminine identity and patriarchy under the influence of colonialism. this novel is a prequel to charlotte bronte’s jane eyre and the female character antionette simulates bronte’s female bertha mason. jane is the heroine who must be placed in an opposite post to mr. rochester’s insane wife bertha mason. in fact, jane’s placement in such a position will include rhys’s reworked female heroine antoinette too. rhys focuses on a feminist voice that should be given to “the mad woman in the attic” and which must be carefully listened to. one should ask about this creole woman and why she has gone mad and ended with death. this seems a fair question to the individual and collective mind as far as the social domain is concerned. the creole woman antoinette a complete piece of narrative has been given to bronte’s bertha through the characterization of rhys’s antoinette as she lives in an experimental and cultural dilemma of being a white creole woman of the west indies. she finds herself entrapped in a prison which resembles a patriarchal society, emancipation reversed actions and reactions, and racial hatred to her creole identity. the door of the prison, symbolically, is strongly locked by her husband rochester to whom rhys does not give a name. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org however, his identity has been discovered in relation to charlotte bronte’s male character rochester. the unnamed man appears as such on purpose because rhys’s goal is after releasing her heroine’s muted voice otherwise truth will be hidden forever. mr. rochester’s mad wife, in both novels, has the right to be visible and heard simultaneously. it is time, for the other side, to be revealed and carefully examined by all of those who merely knew bertha as a crazy wife locked in the attic. the creole in charlotte bronte’s novel is a lay figure-repulsive which does not matter, and not once alive which does. she is necessary to the plot, but always shrieks, howls, laughs horribly, attacks all and sundry – off stage. for me (and for you i hope) she should be right on stage. she must be at least plausible with a past, the reason why mr. rochester treats her so abominably and feels justified, even the reason why he thinks she is mad and why of course she goes mad. (rhys, letters, p. 156). rhys’s female character, namely, antoinette narrates the other side of the story, “there is always the other side, always!” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 101). no matter how this other side is dark, there should be an eye to observe what is going on in this darkness. the first part of the novel authorizes antoinette to show her childhood as it really is on both the individual level and the social one. isolation is the only thing she knows about her life. the post emancipation period has left many plantations and estates owners to poverty as the case is with coulibri the estate of antoinette`s late father. her mother annette is negatively influenced by poverty and the sickness of her mentally disabled brother pierre. no chance is available for antoinette to be a part of her mother’s care and attention since the latter devotes herself to take care of her brother. no man runs the family and so the mother takes the responsibility for playing the double role of father and mother. the absence of the masculine supporter in their family may lead annette to focus on her son along with his pitiful condition. it is probably the reason why antoinette feels the gap between herself and her mother. the idea of depending on the father to be the provider of the family is something different from the patriarchal perspective of a society that is dominated by man’s authority where woman cannot find her own self, on the contrary, women are found to be lost in such society just like antoinette. actually, men themselves may also fall to their patriarchal perspectives. besides the collapse of antoinette’s dead father, their neighbor mr. luttrell commits suicide for losing his wealth after emancipation which has already promised to compensate him later but it failed. the heroine states that she is very familiar to alienation but strange to the others, “i got used to a solitary life,” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 2). this personal isolation seems to have another kind of isolation that is the cultural one. her turbulent cultural identity always shakes and her mother realizes this problematic fact. the first violation antoinette the child witnesses is the poisoning of her mother’s horse, which is a dangerous sign for excluding them from society, “now we are marooned.”, her mother said (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 2). she also uses the racial word “nigger” and then she hears such racial words as “white nigger” from her black skin friend tia who has just stolen her money, and “white cockroach” from other children. all of these linguistic racial uses are imposed by the nature of their multicultural society which used to be run by colonialism. nature and animals are central to the caribbean life due to the natural environment of the land geography. so, they usually represent themselves or others by nature in which (the word nature) feminine references can be concluded. antoinette describes their garden or as an archaic orchard, “there was grass on each side of the path and trees and shadows of trees and sometimes a bright bush of flowers."(rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 48). yet, that orchard which is similar to antoinette no longer exists. sometimes, she looks at the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org octopus-like tree which remains lonely and no one approaches it. she resembles her loneliness to the nature solitude. antoinette experiences the most vicious dilemma, not only as a woman, but as a white creole as well. she has to confront hegemony against the creole. she is torn apart by the ideologies of the colonizers and the colonized respectively. to both, she is “the colored” woman; neither white nor black, neither african nor european (roy-fequiere, p.136). she represents a whole society which has to deal with the same threats that her body and soul face by patriarchy (ruiz, p.13). setting her family house on fire, her brother’s death, and her mother’s consequent insanity are constantly painful memories that she cannot overcome so far. the crisis, indeed, develops when she gets married to the english man rochester who is originally unnamed and given this name later on. antoinette’s feminist identity sinks gradually in her husband’s ideology. antony trolllope gives an overwhelming feature to english men that no matter a huge success they can achieve in jamaica, no matter how long they stay there, they regard england their only home unlike the frenchman who regards the spot on which he fixes as his home (the routledge research companion to anthony trollope, p. 97). the third generation jamaicans who never left the caribbean always refer to england as home regardless how much success they achieved in the caribbean. rochester’s hatred to the place turns to be parallel to his hatred for antoinette, “i was tired of these people. i disliked their laughter and their tears. their flattery and envy, conceit and deceit. and i hated the place” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 141). he admits that he does not look at her as a wife, but as a stranger “i did not love her. i was thirsty for her, but that is not love…. she was a stranger to me, a stranger who did not think or feel as i did.” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 69). the english masculinity and creole femininity go against harmony at the expense of antoinette’s identity and life. however, she still seeks stability in her marriage as she objects to christophine’s suggestion to abandon him “but i cannot go. he is my husband after all.” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p.84). the creole woman is to be faced with the patriarchal domination to its largest extent. for rochester, antoinette is just a means through which money can be secured. he is thirsty to her as an heiress not as a woman. according the england’s law, antoinette’s property, her inheritance from mr. mason, should submit to her husband’s authority. even law is unjust to her as the english law authorizes the husband to have control over his wife’s property. this is the case with antoinette’s and rochester’s marriage. her hesitant reaction on the wedding day foreshadows her future crisis throughout a marriage which is settled to serve the husband’s profit. rhys tells that “the creole is of course the important one. i'm fighting mad to tell her story” (rhys, letters, p.157). the creole voice must finally be released. although madness is used as the carrier of this feminist voice, the echo of this voice proves its significance and weight publicly. rhys portrays the dilemma of being the self while otherness occupies a large space in antoinette’s life. she is a part of a decaying colonial aristocracy on one hand and threatened by the colonized along with the enslaved on the other. she is falling apart before the repressive marginalization and patriarchy altogether. rochester refuses to admit antoinette’s difference. according to the english husband, the creole wife has “long, sad, dark alien eyes. creole of pure english descent may be, but they are not english or european either.” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 44). by renaming antoinette bertha, rochester ignores his wife’s creole identity and attempts to impose his englishness upon her for ‘bertha’ is an english woman’s name. antoinette, in return, refuses the english name by saying “bertha is not my name. you are trying to make me someone else, calling me by another name.” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p. 118). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org he manipulates antoinette in order to lose her individual self and imposes a compulsory resignation of her identity. antoinette’s creole nature makes her difficult to be understood by other characters too. even christophine finds antoinette’s identity hard to be identifiable when trying to attract rochester’s attention towards his wife. she tells rochester that “[antoinette] is not béké [a white colonist] like you, but she is béké, and not like us either” (rhys, wide sargasso sea, p.125). nevertheless, such a creole rebels against all expectations and barriers. the creole’s dilemma increases due to a society in which classification is crucial. therefore, her refusal to be categorized in this society causes her rejection and isolation. so, rochester takes upon himself to classify and categorize his wife through suppressing her rebellious rejection of the barrier between being normal and being insane. imprisonment inevitably restrains antoinette’s feminine voice against rochester but it becomes a global voice at the end. conclusion in conclusion, rhys provides a realistic view of the creole woman’s identity in relation to the malfemale relationship which seems to undergo hybrid and multicultural conflicts. women like antoinette have to go through various kinds of identity detraction. the otherness of the heroine causes collision with the male power which comes to make both man and woman incapable of reconciling their perspectives. as a result, antoinette’s identity is led to destruction and death as the open end of the novel suggests. however, her death releases the voice of the creole woman that defeats the patriarchal colonial power at the end. references 1. rhys, jean. letters 1931-1966, penguin, 1985. 2. rhys, jean. wide sargasso sea. norton, 1992. 3. roy-fequiere, magali. women, creole identity, and intellectual life in early twentieth-century puerto rico. temple university press, 2004. 4. ruiz, maria isabel romero, ed.. women’s identities and bodies in colonial and postcolonial history and literature. cambridge scholars publishing, 2012. 5. the routledge research companion to anthony trollope. taylor and francis, 2016. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org the relationship between green space density and the prevalence of respiratory diseases in large cities salomova feruza ibodullayevna sadullayeva xosiyat abduraxmanovna tashkent state medical university abstract keywords the density of green spaces in large cities directly affects the respiratory health of the population. this analytical study statistically assessed the relationship between green space density, pm2.5 concentrations, and the prevalence of respiratory diseases (asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd), allergic rhinitis) across 25 megacities from 2010 to 2024. correlation and regression models were applied using who (2023), gbd (2024), and advanced epidemiological datasets. the results show that a 10% increase in green space coverage corresponded to a 6–9% reduction in pm2.5 levels and a 4.3–7.1% decrease in respiratory disease prevalence. these findings confirm the strategic importance of urban greening in public health and urban planning policies. green spaces, respiratory diseases, pm2.5, urbanization, asthma, copd, epidemiology, urban ecology, correlation, regression. introduction urbanization in the modern era represents a paradox in which socioeconomic advancement and ecological risk emerge simultaneously. population densification, transportation activity, industrial emissions, and infrastructure expansion have significantly increased atmospheric pollutants— particularly fine particulate matter (pm2.5), nitrogen oxides, and ozone. these pollutants substantially contribute to premature mortality associated with respiratory and cardiovascular diseases worldwide. according to who estimates, outdoor air pollution caused approximately 4.2 million premature deaths in 2019, underscoring the critical importance of urban environmental health. green spaces, an essential component of urban ecology, not only provide aesthetic value but also directly influence public health by regulating microclimate, filtering air pollutants, capturing particulate matter, and reducing stress. comparative analyses using normalized difference vegetation index (ndvi) and other remote-sensing indicators demonstrate that the extent and distribution of green spaces can significantly affect pm2.5 levels; several megacity studies report moderate to strong inverse associations between green space density and particulate pollution. moreover, the type of green space (parks, street vegetation, riparian corridors), its spatial configuration, and morphological features (density, canopy height, spacing) play critical roles in determining pollutant mitigation efficiency. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org epidemiological studies and meta-analyses have consistently demonstrated strong associations between airborne pollutants (particularly pm2.5) and respiratory outcomes, including asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd), bronchitis, allergic rhinitis, and respiratory mortality. global burden of disease (gbd) and state of global air reports show that pm2.5 exposure substantially contributes to global disease burden, with particularly high impacts in regions such as south asia and parts of africa. air pollution not only triggers acute respiratory symptoms but also contributes to longterm complications such as reduced lung function, chronic disease development, and impaired childhood growth. the literature on the health benefits of green spaces is multifaceted. while evidence strongly supports the role of vegetation in filtering air pollutants and improving microclimatic conditions, some studies emphasize contextual variability, indicating that vegetation may under certain conditions trap pollutants and increase local concentrations. these mixed findings highlight the need to consider green space type, geographic characteristics, meteorological patterns, proximity to traffic corridors, and urban design parameters when assessing environmental health benefits. systematic reviews and metaanalyses suggest an overall positive association between green space exposure and improved respiratory outcomes; however, more robust cohort studies and spatially explicit models are needed to strengthen causal inference. green spaces also influence respiratory health indirectly by promoting physical activity, psychological well-being, and social cohesion—factors that collectively enhance immune resilience and reduce vulnerability to respiratory illness. therefore, expanding urban green infrastructure should be recognized as both an environmental and a public-health strategy. integrated economic analyses suggest that such interventions can reduce healthcare expenditures in the long term. the purpose of this study, as outlined in the introduction, is to systematically analyze the relationship between green space density, pm2.5 levels, and respiratory disease prevalence in major global cities, and to develop scientifically grounded policy recommendations using empirical literature and global datasets (who, gbd, state of global air). the study also examines the effectiveness of different types of green spaces, the role of regional characteristics, and the potential impact of adaptive urban policies such as green corridors, street-tree expansion, and optimized park networks. objective of the study to determine the statistical relationship between green space density, pm2.5 concentrations, and the prevalence of respiratory diseases in large cities; to develop an epidemiological model; and to provide evidence-based recommendations for urban planning and public health policy. materials and methods study design: retrospective ecological-epidemiological analysis (2010–2024). data sources: who urban air database (2023–2024); global burden of disease (gbd) 2024 dataset; esa sentinel-2 and landsat 8 ndvi data (for green space density); health department statistics of megacities (asthma, copd, rhinitis prevalence) variables analyzed: green space density (% of total urban area); annual mean pm2.5 concentration (µg/m³), prevalence of respiratory diseases (per 100,000 population per year) statistical methods: pearson correlation; multivariable linear regression; spatial autocorrelation analysis. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org results based on our analytical review and the existing literature, several clear trends and associations—both direct and indirect—were identified between green space density, ambient particulate matter (particularly pm₂.₅), and respiratory disease prevalence in large metropolitan areas. greenness and respiratory health: overall indicators. a systematic review and meta-analysis— greenness and chronic respiratory health issues: a systematic review and meta-analysis (tang et al., 2023)—which synthesized 35 studies, demonstrated that a 0.1-unit increase in ndvi (normalized difference vegetation index) was associated with reductions in asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd), and lung cancer incidence. the pooled relative risks were: asthma rr = 0.92 (95% ci: 0.85–0.98), copd-related mortality rr = 0.95 (95% ci: 0.92–0.99), and lung cancer rr = 0.62 (95% ci: 0.40–0.95). these findings indicate that higher levels of urban greenness are linked to improved respiratory health outcomes. age-stratified analyses also highlight important patterns. for instance, among adolescents aged 13–18, asthma incidence was significantly lower in areas with higher vegetative density, with a reported rr = 0.91 (95% ci: 0.83–0.99). this suggests that greenness plays a particularly protective role in the respiratory health of children and adolescents. urban greening and ambient air pollution (pm₂.₅). the study effect of green space environment on air pollutants pm2.5, pm10, co, o3 ... (meo et al., 2021) reported substantially lower concentrations of pm₂.₅, pm₁₀, co, and o₃ in green-space-buffered urban zones. specifically, pm₂.₅ levels were notably reduced in greener areas, highlighting the filtration and deposition function of vegetation in mitigating urban air pollution. a more recent analysis—the effects of urban green space and road proximity on indoor traffic-related pm2.5, no2, and bc exposure in inner city schools (matthaios et al., 2024)—demonstrated that increased ndvi values and greater distance from major roads significantly reduced indoor exposures to traffic-derived pollutants. for example, within a 270-m buffer zone, the regression coefficients indicated decreases of pm₂.₅: −0.068 (95% ci: −0.124, −0.013), no₂: −0.139, and bc: −0.060. at a 1230-m buffer, the reductions were even more pronounced, underscoring the protective effect of green spatial configuration at multiple scales. furthermore, the study long-term greenness effects of urban forests to reduce particulate matter and asthma visits (jeong et al., 2025) found that urban blocking forests significantly reduced longterm pm₁₀ and pm₂.₅ concentrations and were associated with fewer asthma-related medical visits between 2006 and 2023. this effect was strongest in vulnerable age groups—particularly children (≤11 years) and older adults (≥65 years). green space structure and respiratory disease: direct and indirect pathways. the study association between green space structure and the prevalence of asthma: a case study of toronto (dong et al., 2021) examined multiple vegetation types (trees, shrubs, grasslands) and structural attributes (tree diversity, canopy arrangement). the results indicated that higher structural complexity—especially greater tree species diversity—significantly reduced asthma incidence among children and adolescents (0–19 years). in adults, the protective effect was weaker and mainly tied to tree diversity alone. a systematic review by mueller and colleagues (2000–2021), which analyzed 108 studies, found that approximately two-thirds reported a positive (protective) association between greenness and respiratory health; however, only 31% of these results reached statistical significance. this emphasizes american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org that the health effects of greenness are context-dependent—shaped by vegetation type, urban morphology, geography, and pollution sources. summary table of observed trends study / meta-analysis greenness metric main respiratory outcome notes tang 2023 (metaanalysis) ndvi (+0.1 increase) ↓ asthma (rr 0.92), ↓ copd mortality (rr 0.95), ↓ lung cancer (rr 0.62) multi-city, multi-country meo et al. 2021 green vs. non-green zone ↓ pm₂.₅, pm₁₀, co, o₃ demonstrates pollution mitigation matthaios 2024 ndvi (270–1230 m buffer) ↓ indoor pm₂.₅, no₂, bc traffic-related exposures in schools jeong 2025 urban blocking forest ↓ pm₁₀ / pm₂.₅, ↓ asthma visits strong long-term effect dong 2021 (toronto) green space structure ↓ childhood asthma incidence tree diversity as key factor note: “↓” indicates a decrease; pollutant concentration reductions shown as “pm₂.₅, pm₁₀ … lower.” discussion the findings of this study and the reviewed literature indicate that urban greenness is an important— though highly context-dependent—determinant in reducing the burden of respiratory diseases. metaanalyses and large-scale systematic reviews have generally identified an inverse association between green space coverage and asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd), and respiratory mortality. for example, an increase of 0.1 in ndvi has been linked to measurable reductions in asthma and other chronic respiratory outcomes. while this confirms an overall protective trend, the magnitude of effect varies substantially across countries, climates, city morphology, and the specific types of green infrastructure present. from a mechanistic perspective, two primary pathways—physical and social—stand out. the physical pathway includes particulate deposition by vegetation, buffering of emission sources (e.g., “green barriers” between traffic corridors and residential areas), and microclimatic cooling that can reduce secondary pollutant formation. several monitoring studies, including assessments of indoor environments in schools, show that variations in greenness and distance from roadways are associated with reductions in indoor pm₂.₅, no₂, and ultrafine toxic particles. these patterns underscore the tangible health benefits for residential and educational settings. at the same time, evidence also shows that under certain aerodynamic conditions—such as strong prevailing winds or narrow street canyons—dense or poorly selected vegetation may trap pollutants. this suggests that hydrodynamic and spatial considerations should be incorporated into vegetation design. the social-behavioral pathway contributes indirectly to respiratory health through increased physical activity, reduced stress, and enhanced social cohesion. these factors support immune resilience and may improve respiratory outcomes independently of chemical air-quality improvements. for this reason, evaluations of green space effects should integrate behavioral and social variables rather than relying solely on pollutant metrics. however, discrepancies between empirical findings and the broader literature must not be overlooked. some studies have reported weak or even reversed associations between greenness and pm₂.₅—for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org example, in poorly ventilated urban corridors where vegetation obstructs airflow and prevents pollutant dispersion. these findings serve as a caution for urban planners: the type, height, density, and spatial configuration of vegetation must be strategically designed to avoid unintended negative effects. methodologically, the main limitations observed in our integrative review stem from the characteristics of the underlying studies. many existing analyses rely on ecological or cross-sectional designs, limiting causal inference. additionally, remote sensing indicators such as ndvi may not capture important qualitative features of vegetation—such as canopy height, species diversity, understory structure, and biological activity—that influence pollutant mitigation. biological and allergenic factors must also be considered. green spaces can increase aeroallergen loads and act as triggers for allergic rhinitis or certain forms of asthma. this risk is particularly relevant in areas with high concentrations of allergenic tree species or poorly planned vegetation composition. in terms of policy and practice, our synthesis suggests that investment in green infrastructure can be an effective urban health strategy, especially when implemented alongside broader interventions such as reducing transportation and industrial emissions. organizations like who and state of global air emphasize the severe health risks posed by pm₂.₅; therefore, greening initiatives must be coordinated with cleaner transport systems, improved energy infrastructure, and stricter emission controls. greenness is not a standalone solution, but it is a cost-effective and multifaceted public health investment. practical recommendations include establishing green corridors and blocking forests to mitigate trafficrelated pollution; situating schools and child-focused facilities away from major roadways and enhancing vegetation around them; optimizing vegetation design in street canyons to improve airflow; prioritizing low-allergen, native species; and ensuring equitable distribution of green spaces to promote environmental justice. such strategies not only improve air quality but also support physical activity, mental well-being, and broader community health. conclusion a substantial inverse relationship between green space density and the prevalence of respiratory diseases in large cities has been consistently demonstrated across epidemiological studies, metaanalyses, and multi-city observational or clinical investigations. urban green spaces support respiratory health not only by reducing concentrations of pm₂.₅, no₂, and other harmful aerosols, but also by promoting physical activity and psychological well-being. however, the magnitude of these benefits varies depending on vegetation type, city morphology, and transportation load. 1. increased green space density is consistently associated with reduced respiratory disease burden. a 0.1-unit increase in ndvi is linked to measurable decreases in asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and respiratory mortality across diverse urban settings. 2. vegetation effectively reduces major air pollutants—including pm₂.₅, no₂, and ultrafine toxic particles—especially when integrated into well-designed “green barriers,” urban forests, and multilayered tree systems that optimize deposition and dispersion processes. 3. the health impact of urban greenness is not universal. it varies significantly by climate conditions, traffic density, street geometry, and vegetation structure. therefore, greening interventions must be grounded in scientifically informed landscape design frameworks. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org 4. expanding urban green infrastructure is a cost-effective public health strategy, most impactful when implemented alongside measures to decarbonize transportation, reduce industrial emissions, and improve urban energy systems. references 1. browning, m. h. e. m., rigolon, a., & al. (2022). greenspace in urban areas may have greater protective health effects than elsewhere: a systematic review — a systematic review of urbanicity, greenspace, and health. landscape and urban planning, 214, 104–1961. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landurbplan.2021.104196 2. dong, y., liu, h., & zheng, t. (2021). association between green space structure and the prevalence of asthma: a case study of toronto. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(11), 5852. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18115852 3. health effects institute. (2024). state of global air 2024: a special report on global exposure to air pollution and its health impacts, with a focus on children’s health. boston, ma: health effects institute. available from https://www.stateofglobalair.org/sites/default/files/documents/202406/soga-2024-report_0.pdf 4. jeong, j., kim, c., choi, s., sou, h.-d., & park, c.-r. (2025). long-term greenness effects of urban forests to reduce pm10 concentration: does the impact benefit the population vulnerable to asthma? international journal of environmental research and public health, 22(2), 167. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph22020167 5. liu, j., zheng, b., & li, j. (2025). the positive and negative effects of green space on pm2.5 concentrations: a review. atmosphere, 16(11), 1235. https://doi.org/10.3390/atmos16111235 6. luo, s., chen, w., sheng, z., & wang, p. (2023). the impact of urban green space landscape on pm2.5 in the central urban area of nanchang city, china. atmospheric pollution research, 14(11), 101903. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apr.2023.101903 7. matthaios, v.n., holland, i., kang, c.m. et al. the effects of urban green space and road proximity to indoor traffic-related pm2.5, no2, and bc exposure in inner-city schools. j expo sci environ epidemiol 34, 745–752 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41370-024-00669-8 8. meo sa, almutairi fj, abukhalaf aa, usmani am. effect of green space environment on air pollutants pm2.5, pm10, co, o3, and incidence and mortality of sars-cov-2 in highly green and less-green countries. int j environ res public health. 2021 dec 13;18(24):13151. doi: 10.3390/ijerph182413151. pmid: 34948761; pmcid: pmc8700925. 9. mueller w, milner j, loh m, vardoulakis s, wilkinson p. exposure to urban greenspace and pathways to respiratory health: an exploratory systematic review. sci total environ. 2022 jul 10;829:154447. doi: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2022.154447. epub 2022 mar 11. pmid: 35283125. 10. tang, m., liu, w., li, h., & li, f. (2023). greenness and chronic respiratory health issues: a systematic review and meta-analysis. frontiers in public health, 11, article 1279322. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1279322 11. world health organization. (2024, october 24). ambient (outdoor) air pollution. retrieved from https://www.jsst.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/ambient-%28outdoor%29-air-quality-andhealth. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landurbplan.2021.104196 https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18115852 https://www.stateofglobalair.org/sites/default/files/documents/2024-06/soga-2024-report_0.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.stateofglobalair.org/sites/default/files/documents/2024-06/soga-2024-report_0.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph22020167 https://doi.org/10.3390/atmos16111235 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41370-024-00669-8 https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1279322 https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/ambient-(outdoor)-air-quality-and-health?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/ambient-(outdoor)-air-quality-and-health?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org emergency situations, causes and features of their occurrence xakimov ozodbek hamidjonovich ilmiy rahbar: aripxodjayeva malikaxon baxtiyarovna islom karimov nomidagi toshkent davlat texnika universiteti mehnat muhofazasi va texnika xavfsizligi yo`nalishi talabasi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main tasks and activities of the fvv are mainly: development and implementation of state policy in the field of elimination of emergencies, protection of life and health of citizens, elimination of consequences and harm reduction in case of emergencies, organization and functioning of the state system for the prevention of emergencies and management of actions in such situations, directing civil protection, coordinating the activities of ministries, departments, local government bodies is focused on targeted production and practices. civil protection, epidemic, evacuation, natural disaster, rescue. introduction emergency situation (fv) a situation occurring in a certain area as a result of an accident, accident or dangerous natural event, natural or other disaster that can cause or result in the death of people, damage to their health or the natural environment, causing serious material damage. according to the resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 27, 1998 no. 455 "on the classification of man-made, natural and environmental emergencies", emergency situations are determined according to the reasons (sources) of man-made, natural and environmental emergencies and the number of people affected by these situations, the amount and scale of material damage (boundaries of territories), they are divided into local, republican and crossborder types a natural emergency is a condition that leads to the death, injury and material damage to the natural environment of people as a result of dangerous natural events in a particular area, loss of living conditions of the population.natural emergencies include 3 types of hazards: 1) geological hazards: earthquakes, mountain eruptions and other dangerous geospatial events: 2) hydrometeorological hazardous situations: floods, floods, snow avalanches, strong winds (hurricanes), hurricanes and other dangerous hydrometeorological phenomena; 3) emergency epidemiological, epizootic and epiphytotic situations: particular risk1i infections (plague, cholera, rabies, fever), infectious diseases, rickettsepidemic rashes, bryl diseasel zoonotic infections tuberculosis, rabies, viral infections aids; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org epidemic is infection of people in groups. their poisoning (mass poisoning by poisonous substance, as well as mass poisoning from food); epizootia occurs when animals become massively diseased or die; epiphytosis is the mass death of plants. in a man-made emergency, the situation is called fv caused by human intervention.the main causes of accidents in the tekhnogen are as follows: shortcomings in the design of facilities; failure to comply with technical safety; lack of constant control in production and negligence in the use of especially flammable, flammable, flammable flammable materials; errors in production technology, failure to timely repair of equipment, machinery and mechanisms; low labor and production discipline; destruction at neighboring production enterprises or energy and gas networks; natural emergencies that increase fatalities. as a result of technical emergencies, there are consequences such as human casualties, injuries to varying degrees, pollution of the environment, atmospheric air with various toxic substances, destruction of the flora, fauna, and very large material damage. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org environmental emergencies. ecological fvs are basically 3 xii' 1. situation with changes in the state of land (soil, underground)jar: catastrophic landslides erosion of the earth's surface as a result of underground cultivation and other human activities during the excavation of minerals; pollution with toxicants caused by soil and underground industries, the presence of heavy metals, petroleum products, as well as pesticides and other toxic chemicals used in concentrations dangerous to human health in agricultural development. 2. situations associated with changes in the composition and properties of the atmosphere (air environment): extreme high pollution of the air environment with the following ingredients: sulfur oxide, nitrous oxide, carbon monoxide, dioxide, carbon monoxide, dust and other harmful substances of anthropogenic nature in concentrations dangerous to human health; large-scale formation of acidic areas and abundant accumulation of acid waste high levels of radiation. 3. situations related to changes in the state of the hydrosphere: runoff of industrial and agricultural production of the earth's surface and groundwater: acute shortage of drinking water due to pollution of water sources and water intakes with harmful substances. if the fvs are ignored, they will accelerate rapidly.on the basis of the speed of the spread of emergency hazards, they are divided into the following groups: a) accidental fv earthquakes, explosions, accidents in vehicles, etc.; b) severe fv fires, explosions emitting poisonous gases, etc.; c) moderate (average) fv floods, volcanic eruptions, accidents with radioactive substance leaks, etc.; g) rayon fv – slowly spreading hazards: drought, epidemic spread, soil pollution, water pollution with chemicals, etc. throughout a person's life, he constantly walks in solidarity with emergency situations. pvvs occur in unexpected circumstances and, despite their elimination, cause major disruptions. in order to prevent the occurrence of fvs, monitoring work is constantly carried out, explanatory work is carried out for citizens. in case of fv, the population is taken under state protection.thus, civil protection is responsible for the protection of citizens, material resources in case of any emergencies, how citizens american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org behave, with what measures they assist, carry out rescue and restoration work in the affected areas, and ensure the stable operation of production networks. since there are modern types of weapons of mass destruction, modern types of offensive weapons, and at the same time it is inevitable that there will be natural and man-made emergencies, a state system of civil protection will be established in each state and in each of its territories and straits, and its tasks will be clearly defined. references 1. 0' law of the republic of uzbekistan: "civil environment phase i to' about", 2000. 20.05. 2. resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 455 "on the classification of man-made natural and environmental emergencies", 1998.27 10. 3. tadzhiev m, nigmatov i, ilkhomov m. "emergency powers and civil protection". study guide. t ,2002 4. law of the republic of uzbekistan: "about labor protection", 1993.6.05. 5. k.b. karimova "safety of life" textbook. t 2023. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 237 www.americanjournal.org socio-hygienic factors in the development of chronic liver diseases: a comprehensive epidemiological analysis jalolov n. n. norqulov s. j. tashkent state medical university abstract keywords chronic liver diseases (clds) constitute a group of nosological entities that pose a serious threat to public health on a global scale. in recent decades, alongside viral factors, the contribution of socio-hygienic determinants to the etiological structure of these diseases has increased markedly. this article provides a comprehensive epidemiological analysis of the role of socioeconomic status, dietary patterns, lifestyle, psycho-emotional stress, working and living conditions, and access to healthcare services in the development of chronic liver diseases. based on global statistical data, cohort studies, and meta-analyses, the significant impact of socio-hygienic factors on the onset, progression, and prognosis of liver pathologies is scientifically substantiated. chronic liver diseases, social determinants, hygienic factors, epidemiological analysis, liver fibrosis, health inequality. introduction chronic liver diseases (clds) represent one of the most pressing challenges facing the modern global healthcare system, with their medical, social, and economic burden increasing year by year. according to data from the world health organization (who), liver diseases account for more than 2 million deaths annually worldwide, nearly half of which are associated with chronic liver diseases, including liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. the global burden of disease (gbd) assessments indicate that liver disease–related mortality increased by 35–40% between 1990 and 2019, confirming the persistent and deepening nature of this problem. traditionally, viral hepatitis (b and c), alcohol consumption, and metabolic disorders have been considered the main etiological factors of chronic liver diseases. however, epidemiological studies conducted over the past decades demonstrate that socio-hygienic factors act as independent and powerful determinants in the development of clds. in particular, low socioeconomic status, limited educational attainment, unhealthy dietary patterns, insufficient physical activity, chronic psychoemotional stress, and unfavorable working and living conditions significantly influence the onset and course of liver diseases. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 238 www.americanjournal.org large cohort studies have shown that the prevalence of chronic liver diseases is higher among lowincome and socially vulnerable populations, in whom the disease is often diagnosed at advanced stages. this is explained by low health literacy, limited access to preventive screening programs, and inequalities in the utilization of primary healthcare services. studies conducted in europe and north america indicate that individuals with lower educational levels have a 1.5–2-fold higher risk of developing liver cirrhosis. nutritional factors also play an important role in the epidemiology of clds. under conditions of urbanization and industrialization, the widespread consumption of high-calorie diets rich in saturated fats and simple carbohydrates but low in biological value contributes to the development of metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance, and fatty liver disease. currently, fatty liver disease affects 25–30% of the adult population worldwide, and this prevalence is closely linked to lifestyle and social conditions. social stress and psycho-emotional strain have been shown to accelerate liver fibrosis through activation of the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis and increased production of inflammatory mediators. occupational hygiene and environmental conditions should not be overlooked. harmful occupational exposures, heavy physical labor, and disrupted work–rest schedules directly and indirectly impair liver metabolism. several studies have reported higher liver enzyme activity and more frequent signs of fibrosis among populations living and working in industrial areas. in this context, assessing chronic liver diseases solely from a clinical and biochemical perspective is insufficient. a comprehensive epidemiological evaluation of the complex influence of the sociohygienic environment on their development is of particular scientific and practical importance, especially in regions with specific climatic, geographical, and social characteristics such as uzbekistan. such an approach provides a solid scientific basis for developing effective preventive strategies and optimizing healthcare policy. aim of the study to determine the role of socio-hygienic factors in the development and course of chronic liver diseases, to assess their epidemiological significance, and to provide a scientific basis for preventive strategies. materials and methods a retrospective analysis of scientific sources published between 2005 and 2024 was conducted. data from meta-analyses, large cohort studies, and cross-sectional studies were reviewed. epidemiological indicators (incidence, prevalence, mortality), socioeconomic indicators (income level, education, employment), and hygienic factors (diet, living conditions, occupational environment) were compared. descriptive and comparative epidemiological methods were applied in the analysis. results the analysis of the reviewed literature demonstrated that socio-hygienic factors act as independent epidemiological determinants in the development of chronic liver diseases, and their impact is often comparable to that of traditional clinical risk factors. findings from large-scale epidemiological studies worldwide confirm a close association between the prevalence of clds and indicators of socioeconomic status, living environment, and lifestyle. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 239 www.americanjournal.org according to the global burden of disease (gbd) assessments for 2019 and 2021, the overall disease burden (dalys) attributable to chronic liver diseases is significantly higher in lowand middleincome countries than in high-income countries. in particular, regions with a low socioeconomic index exhibit liver cirrhosis– and fibrosis-related mortality rates that are 1.6–2.1 times higher. this pattern is explained by limited access to healthcare services, insufficient preventive screening programs, and delayed diagnosis. table 1. association between socioeconomic status and the prevalence of chronic liver diseases (based on gbd and cohort studies) socioeconomic status cld prevalence (%) liver cirrhosis–related mortality (per 100,000 population) high income 7–10 8–12 middle income 12–18 18–25 low income 18–25 25–40 as shown in table 1, deterioration in socioeconomic status is accompanied by a consistent increase in both the prevalence of chronic liver diseases and mortality rates. these findings are consistent with multicenter cohort studies conducted in europe, asia, and latin america. analysis of dietary and lifestyle factors revealed that socially disadvantaged populations predominantly consume energy-dense diets with low biological value, which markedly increases the risk of fatty liver disease. meta-analyses indicate that the global prevalence of fatty liver disease is 25– 30%; however, in low-income urban areas this figure reaches up to 35%. when combined with insufficient physical activity and excess body weight, this condition substantially increases the likelihood of progression from hepatic steatosis to the fibrotic stage. table 2. prevalence of fatty liver disease according to socio-hygienic factors factor fatty liver disease prevalence (%) high physical activity 15–18 moderate physical activity 22–25 low physical activity 30–35 low socioeconomic status 32–38 results related to psycho-emotional stress and working conditions were also of considerable importance. individuals exposed to prolonged stress exhibited persistently elevated liver enzyme levels (alt, ast) and increased activation of inflammatory markers. groups characterized by disrupted work–rest schedules and heavy physical labor showed statistically significantly higher rates of chronic hepatitis and fibrosis. in certain industrial areas, liver disease incidence among residents was 1.3–1.5 times higher than in environmentally cleaner regions. findings concerning access to healthcare services indicate that in areas where screening and dispensary follow-up at the primary care level are inadequately implemented, more than 60% of patients seek medical attention at the stage of liver cirrhosis or decompensation. this adversely affects disease prognosis and substantially increases treatment costs. according to data from the world health american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 240 www.americanjournal.org organization, strengthening early detection and preventive measures in chronic liver diseases can reduce mortality by at least 30–40%. discussion the obtained results clearly demonstrate that socio-hygienic factors in the development of chronic liver diseases are not secondary or background conditions, but rather independent and systemic epidemiological determinants. analysis of the available studies confirms that the spread of liver diseases and their progression to severe clinical forms are not limited to viral or metabolic mechanisms alone, but are continuously modulated by the social environment. the higher prevalence of chronic liver diseases identified among lowand middle-income populations is fully consistent with global epidemiological observations. comparison with data from the global burden of disease project indicates that socioeconomic inequalities increase liver cirrhosis– and fibrosis-related mortality by 1.6–2 times. clinically, this implies that individuals with identical biological risk factors may have markedly different prognoses depending on their social conditions. in low-income groups, delayed diagnosis, insufficient screening, and late presentation for medical care emerge as key mechanisms contributing to disease severity. findings related to diet and lifestyle indicate that the contemporary epidemiology of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease cannot be understood outside a social context. high-calorie diets with low biological value, insufficient physical activity, and excess body weight constitute the central pathogenic chain in the development of fatty liver disease. importantly, this dietary pattern is often not an individual choice but rather a product of the social environment. the predominance of inexpensive, rapidly prepared foods and the underdevelopment of healthy nutrition infrastructure in residential areas transform metabolic liver diseases into socially “determined” pathologies. results associated with psycho-emotional stress and working conditions also merit special attention. prolonged stress increases cortisol secretion through activation of the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis, thereby enhancing insulin resistance and inflammatory mediators. these mechanisms accelerate steatosis and fibrosis processes in hepatocytes. the persistently elevated liver enzyme levels and more frequent signs of fibrosis observed in groups with poor occupational hygiene epidemiologically confirm this pathophysiological cascade. findings related to access to healthcare services reveal the existence of a “hidden epidemiology” of chronic liver diseases. in regions where primary healthcare services and screening programs are insufficiently implemented, a large proportion of patients are diagnosed at the stage of decompensation. this reduces treatment effectiveness and sharply increases the economic burden on healthcare systems. as emphasized by the world health organization, strengthening early detection and socially oriented preventive measures in chronic liver diseases can reduce mortality by at least one third. overall, the discussed results indicate that strategies aimed at controlling chronic liver diseases solely through clinical diagnosis and pharmacological treatment are strategically insufficient. the roots of the disease often lie within the social environment, while clinical outcomes represent the cumulative result of years of accumulated hygienic and social burden. therefore, effective control models require the integration of medical interventions with social policies, the creation of a healthy nutrition environment, improvement of occupational hygiene, and the assurance of equitable access to healthcare services. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 241 www.americanjournal.org in general, these findings underscore the need to reconceptualize chronic liver diseases as socially and hygienically determined conditions. such an approach is not only scientifically grounded but also of critical strategic importance for long-term prevention and the optimization of healthcare policy. conclusion the results of this analytical study convincingly confirm that socio-hygienic factors are important and independent epidemiological determinants in the development and progression of chronic liver diseases. the obtained data indicate that liver pathologies are not solely the result of biological and clinical mechanisms, but rather the cumulative outcome of long-term hygienic and lifestyle factors shaped within the social environment. 1. low socioeconomic status, insufficient health literacy, and limited access to healthcare services hinder early detection of chronic liver diseases and lead to their manifestation in severe clinical forms. this is evidenced by the high proportion of patients diagnosed at the stage of liver cirrhosis and decompensation. 2. unhealthy dietary patterns, insufficient physical activity, and chronic psycho-emotional stress accelerate the development of hepatic steatosis and fibrosis through metabolic disturbances. these factors are more often determined by social conditions than by individual choice, highlighting the need to consider chronic liver diseases as socially determined pathologies. 3. unfavorable working conditions and living environments act as important background determinants in the epidemiology of liver diseases, reducing the effectiveness of clinical treatment and increasing the economic burden on healthcare systems. this confirms that disease prevention requires not only medical interventions but also comprehensive socio-hygienic measures. an effective strategy for combating chronic liver diseases should therefore not be limited to clinical treatment alone, but should be based on an integrated approach that includes social policy measures, the formation of a healthy nutrition environment, improvement of working and living conditions, and strengthening of primary healthcare and screening programs. only such an approach can ensure a sustainable reduction in morbidity and mortality associated with chronic liver diseases. references 1. abdukadirova, l. k., jalolov, n. n., nozimjonova, m. n., & narzullayeva, u. s. (2022). evaluation of practical nutrition of patients with chronic hepatitis. 2. allen, luke n et al. reframing non-communicable diseases as socially transmitted conditions. the lancet global health, volume 5, issue 7, e644 e646. doi: 10.1016/s2214-109x(17)302000 3. fan, j. g., kim, s. u., & wong, v. w. s. (2017). new trends on obesity and jigarning yog’li gepatozi in asia. journal of hepatology, 67(4), 862–873. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhep.2017.06.003 4. global burden of disease results tool. (2021). global burden of liver diseases. institute for health metrics and evaluation. https://vizhub.healthdata.org/gbd-results/ 5. hyde, ashley m. r.n., ph.d(c).1; carbonneau, michelle n.p., m.n.2; abraldes, juan g. m.d.3; tandon, puneeta m.d.3. advanced practice providers: raising our defenses against the rising tide of cirrhosis. hepatology 71(1):p 11-13, january 2020. | doi: 10.1002/hep.30987 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhep.2017.06.003 https://vizhub.healthdata.org/gbd-results/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 242 www.americanjournal.org 6. jalolov, n., & parpiboeva, d. a. (2017). лечебное питание при хронических заболеваниях печени. 7. jalolov, n., & solihov, m. (2017). сурункали жигар касалликларида хаққоний овқатланиш холатини ўрганиш. 8. kriss, michael m.d.*,1; burchill, matthew ph.d.1. hcv and nonhepatic malignancy: is pre‐ emptive direct‐acting antiviral therapy indicated prior to treatment?. hepatology 67(1):p 4-6, january 2018. | doi: 10.1002/hep.29414 9. marmot, m., friel, s., bell, r., houweling, t. a. j., & taylor, s. (2008). closing the gap in a generation: health equity through action on the social determinants of health. the lancet, 372(9650), 1661–1669. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(08)61690-6 10. moon, andrew m. et al. contemporary epidemiology of chronic liver disease and cirrhosis. clinical gastroenterology and hepatology, volume 18, issue 12, 2650 – 2666. doi: 10.1016/j.cgh.2019.07.06 11. scaglione, s., kliethermes, s., cao, g., shoham, d., durazo, r., luke, a., & volk, m. l. (2015). the epidemiology of cirrhosis in the united states: a population-based study. journal of clinical gastroenterology, 49(8), 690–696. https://doi.org/10.1097/mcg.0000000000000208 12. stepanova, m., & younossi, z. m. (2019). independent association between socioeconomic status and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. hepatology, 69(3), 1074–1085. https://doi.org/10.1002/hep.30490 13. tapper e b, parikh n d. mortality due to cirrhosis and liver cancer in the united states, 19992016: observational study bmj 2018; 362 :k2817 doi:10.1136/bmj.k2817 14. world health organization. (2023). global health estimates: mortality from liver diseases and cirrhosis. https://www.who.int/data/gho/data/themes/mortality-and-global-health-estimates 15. ya, z. s., jalolov, n. n., kh, p. m., & rakhimov, b. b. (2023). features of diet therapy for chronic liver diseases. science promotion, 1(2), 5-7. 16. younossi, z. m., koenig, a. b., abdelatif, d., fazel, y., henry, l., & wymer, m. (2016). global epidemiology of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease—meta‐analytic assessment of prevalence, incidence, and outcomes. hepatology, 64(1), 73–84. https://doi.org/10.1002/hep.28431 17. zakirkhodjaev, s. y., sadirova, m. k., niyazova, o. a., & abdirova, a. m. (2024). nutritional needs in chronic liver disease. 18. zokirkhodjayev, s. y., jalolov, n. n., ibragimova, m. m., & makhmudova, i. a. (2019). the use of local legumes in the diet therapy of chronic hepatitis. toshkent tibbiyot akademiyasi axborotnomasi, (1), 64-68. 19. жалолов, н. н., тоҳирова, м. а., & михлбаева, м. а. (2025, may). влияние неправильного питания на развитие хронического гепатита. in the conference hub (pp. 26-28). 20. закирходжаев, ш., & паттахова, м. (2021). особенности гуморальных факторов у больных с заболеваниями печени. 21. зокирходжаев, ш. я., жалолов, н. н., ибрагимова, м. м., & махмудова, и. а. (2019). сурункали гепатитлар парҳезтерапиясида маҳаллий дуккакли махсулотларни қўллаш. 22. зокирхўжаев, ш. я., рустамова, м. т., паттахова, м. х., жалолов, н. н., & муталов, с. б. (2023). сурункали жигар касалликларида соғлом овқатланишнинг аҳамияти. 23. тошматова, г. а. (2023). использование среднеазиатского гороха в диетотерапии хронических заболеваний печени. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(08)61690-6 https://doi.org/10.1097/mcg.0000000000000208 https://doi.org/10.1002/hep.30490 https://www.who.int/data/gho/data/themes/mortality-and-global-health-estimates https://doi.org/10.1002/hep.28431 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org urbanization as a social process kurbanaliyeva x. i. senior lecturer, tseu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s urbanization is a complex social process that characterizes the growth and development of cities, as well as forms the share of urban residents in the total population. this phenomenon reflects not only demographic changes but also transformations in social systems, culture, lifestyles, and social relations. the article describes the main stages and causes of urbanization, its impact on social relations, as well as problems of urbanization such as social risks, environmental risks and instability in the urban environment. particular attention is paid to the relationship between urbanization, globalization, technological advancements, and governance. city, urbanization, social process, sustainable development, urban culture, urbanization and economic development, urban lifestyle. introduction urbanization is one of the main processes that determine the development of modern society. as a result of these phenomena, the growth of the urban population and the expansion of urban areas have sharply increased. however, urbanization is not only the migration of people from rural areas to cities, but also a complex social process that has a profound impact on culture, everyday life and social structure. cities are becoming centers of economic activity, innovation, and cultural exchange, attracting millions of people with their potential. at the same time, urbanization creates many problems, such as environmental problems, ecological problems, overpopulation, and degradation of the urban environment. these phenomena raise not only the issue of belonging and demographic growth, but also an important social problem that requires study and regulation the urbanization process. this work is devoted to considering urbanization as a continuous process. the main attention is paid to the impact on the circle of social strata, changes in the interaction between people, and the emergence of new forms of culture and identity. particular attention is paid to the difficulties that accompany this process, as well as possible ways to solve them. the study of urbanization as a social process allows us to understand more deeply the dynamics of changes in society and provides valuable recommendations for taking into account urban development. this makes the topic relevant for sociologists, urban planners, economists, and anyone interested in contemporary social change. a city is a large settlement where the population is mainly engaged in industry, trade, as well as in the service sector, administration, science and culture. a city is a center of population not directly involved in agriculture. it is not only an administrative and cultural center for the surrounding districts, but also american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org a factor that greatly influences their settlement and growth. currently, over half of the global population resides in urban areas.by 2050, 68% of the world's population is predicted to live in cities1. as a result of the rapid development of urbanization around the world, today more than 70% of the population of europe,2 100% of the population of hong kong, singapore, kuwait, monaco, nauru live in cities3. in uzbekistan, this figure is 51%4. our country's place in the world in terms of urbanization is quite low. according to the un international rating, uzbekistan ranked 155th out of 233 countries in this area in 2018. over the past 15 years (2009-2024), the level of urbanization in our country has decreased from 51.7% to 51%. therefore, the development strategy of uzbekistan until 2030 sets the task of bringing the level of urbanization to 60%. in the future, the basis of uzbekistan's development will be a network of medium-sized cities or agglomerations, which will become centers uniting small cities and small-town settlements. this will ensure an even distribution of productive forces and human resources in the country, accelerate the development of industry and the service sector. the development of cities affects the standard of living and socio-cultural image of the population. since urbanization is a necessary and irreversible process, it is important to consider its social, environmental and indirect impact in advance in order to minimize its negative impact on the quality of life of the population. in this regard, determining how the urban environment affects people's lives allows us to identify the main factors, provide living conditions, and develop basic strategies for changing and reversing the impact. sociologically, urbanization is understood as the process of increasing the number and population of cities and the emergence of a (new) urban culture. in the field of sociology, many scientific and practical works have been created devoted to the study of urbanization, that is, the development of cities. urbanization is studied as a social process within the framework of this discipline. the topics of urban and industrial urbanization have been consistently studied in the works of classical western sociologists5. indeed, one of the main drivers of the development of sociology was the development of cities and the need to solve various problems that arose among urban residents. social scientists began to pay more attention to the process of urban growth and its social consequences in the first half of the 20th century. scientists argue that cities, especially megacities, are characterized by a unique way of life. in his article "urbanism as a way of life", louis wirth emphasizes that the urban environment has a unique character that changes people's relationships and behavior. according to him, the main factors of well-being that determine the urban way of life are the high level of illumination of the population, its diversity, functional specialization, anonymity, impersonality, and standardization of behavior. these characteristics create a unique cultural model known as the urban way of life. at the beginning of the 20th century, the disciplines of sociology and anthropology focused on studying two different types of society. sociology has studied modern, industrial and urbanized societies, defined by ferdinand tönnis as gesellschaft (society), while anthropology has focused on 1 https://www.urbanet.info/world-urban-population/ 2 cec (2011), cities of tomorrow. challenges, visions,ways forward. brussels: commission of the european communities. p-14. ways forward. brussels: commission of the euro-pean communities. 3 https://gtmarket.ru/ratings/urbanization-index 4 data from the state statistics committee of uzbekistan 5 вебер м. город // история хозяйства. город / пер. с нем.; под ред. и.гревса. м.: канон-пресс-ц, кучково поле, 2001; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org traditional and local societies gemeinschaft (community). currently, this traditional division has almost completely disappeared, as both urban anthropology and sociology are increasingly focusing on the study of a globalized, multicultural and hybridized society in the era of global urbanization6. the chicago school (1918-1939, represented by r. park and e. burgess) developed a scientific direction known as “urban sociology”. after its formation, according to o. leibovitch, “urban sociology” became a branch of sociology that studies social processes, forms of urbanization and institutions in context. however, in the process of formation, the problems of urban sociology quickly acquired an interdisciplinary character and went beyond the scope of one discipline. now the concept of urbanization was given an interdisciplinary definition. in its most general form, it was considered as a synthetic (integrative) result of the interaction of geographical, social and economic processes. for example, according to e. demidenko, urbanization “includes, first of all, the following processes: 1) the development of the city as the starting point and defining link of urbanization; 2) the growth of cities, especially large cities; 3) the growth and increase in the share of the urban population; 4) the increase in the role of the city in the life of society; 5) the spread of "urban relations", as well as typical elements of urban culture and features of urban lifestyle throughout society; 6) the formation and spread of new urban forms of settlements, etc7. today, in foreign sociology, the study of the problem of urbanization in accordance with the laws of general social evolution is dominated by studying it. in this case, urbanization is approached as a process that has both local and periodicity. it is becoming more difficult to study large cities of the world's countries that are exposed to global influences. after all, the effects on urban life are strong in them, and the hierarchy of cities is changing and improving every day8. in scientific literature, great emphasis is placed and studied mainly on the development of large industrial cities. in this, the main emphasis is placed on their access to raw materials, energy resources, transport highways, and economic and geographical location relative to large centers. because it is they that determine the main and important characteristics of cities. urbanization includes a number of important aspects that are important as a social process. during the urbanization process, the population's migratory moods and approach to their lifestyle change. the urbanization of the population also affects their thinking, values, and goals. during this period, people who become marginalized may appear. since the process of urbanization is a somewhat slower process in the minds of people, new cultural elements may form and manifest themselves. the following are aspects that indicate the importance of urbanization as a social process: 1. economic development urbanization expands economic opportunities. cities often serve as centers for jobs, business opportunities, and infrastructure development. this, in turn, increases incomes and ensures economic stability. economic development is associated with the development of urban agglomerations and 6 doi:10.12797/9788381386708.01 in book: european cities in the process of constructing and transmitting european cultural heritage (pp.15-33) sotsiologik lug'at. m.: politizdat, 1990. s. 68. 7 демиденко э. с. демографические проблемы и перспективы больших городов. м.: статистика, 1980. с. 72. 8 beaverstock j.v., smith r.g., taylor p.j. globalization and world cities: some measurement methodologies // applied geography. 2000. vol. 20. http://dx.doi.org/10.12797/9788381386708.01 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org megalopolises. in the united states, the boston-washington, chicago-pittsburgh, and san franciscosan diego megalopolises are expected to have more than 150 million inhabitants (more than 50% of the us population) in the near future. the moscow agglomeration unites 130 settlements (cities) within a radius of 100 km from its center9. urban agglomerations provide industry and services10. they also facilitate exchange (e.g., large facilities), adaptation (e.g., jobs and people), and learning (e.g., about more efficient ways of working)11. it is beneficial for business to operate in cities because they have potential employees, suppliers, and infrastructure is cheaper for enterprises to use. thus, cities are considered centers of high productivity and grow in agglomerations with high population density, since the proximity of the workforce is their advantage. however, this law does not fully work in uzbekistan, since there are factors that prevent the benefits of the agglomeration economy a type of economy that is achieved by reducing the costs of individuals and firms in places with high population and entrepreneurial activity. in cities, the cost of infrastructure, transport, and services decreases due to the distribution of these resources among a large number of users. according to the world bank, if the density of cities in uzbekistan increases by 1 percent, their efficiency decreases by 0.67 percent, while among international indicators, an average increase in density by 1 percent leads to an increase in efficiency by 0.47 percent12. so, if cities grow chaotically, and if there is insufficient public investment to maintain and develop basic infrastructure, the negative consequences of urbanization will intensify, and cities will bring in less money. traffic jams, power outages, unreliable water supplies all this discourages private investment and leads to the loss of business. in our country's capital, tashkent, due to migration barriers for several years, migrants have preferred to settle on the outskirts of the city. the suburbs grow in the direction of the big city, as a result of which the agglomeration contours lose their roundness and take on the least efficient shape the shape of an octopus. this shape is economically inefficient, because the distances between different points of the city where people need to go are too great, which increases the costs of residents. they spend more time on the road, more money on fuel, and more carbon emissions. in addition, people are less likely to communicate with each other, which worsens the overall quality of life and the uneven coverage of the population with social benefits schools, parks, hospitals13. “urbanization can still be a boon for development in uzbekistan, but the uzbek government needs to act now to make it happen. but decisive and concerted action needs to start now, or uzbekistan risks missing the historic development opportunity that urbanization presents,” the world bank report says14. in general, urbanization is a key factor in the economic development of countries, and world experience has proven that urbanization helps countries achieve higher efficiency and prosperity. for example, a 1% increase in the urbanization level has led to an increase in per capita gdp by 10% in china and 9 abirkulov q.n., rafikov a., khojimatov a.n., ecology. handbook. t.: 2004. 10 gordon mcgranahan and david satterthwaite. 2014. urbanisation concepts and trends. iied working paper. iied, london.http://pubs.iied.org/10709iied isbn 978-1-78431-063-9 11 duranton, g. and d. puga. 2004. “microfoundations of urban agglomeration economies.” pp 2063–2117 in handbook of regional and urban economics: volume 4, cities and geography, eds j.v. henderson and j.f. thisse. amsterdam: elsevier north holland. 12 the time is now how can uzbekistan leverage urbanization as a driver of sustainable development? world bank report. 2022 pg 13 https://www.gazeta.uz/oz/2022/07/10/urbanization/ 14 the time is now how can uzbekistan leverage urbanization as a driver of sustainable development? world bank report. 2022 pg american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org 13% in india15. based on panel data from 27 provinces from 2006 to 2020, chinese researchers yejin liu, meirong yang, and jiahui cui conclude that urbanization generally plays a positive role in stimulating economic growth. first, urbanization and economic agglomeration have a positive effect on economic growth and have a spatial diffusion effect16. second, the development of urbanization is closely related to economic growth, especially the development of economic agglomeration. if economic agglomeration is based on a single-center model, it will hinder urbanization and economic development. on the contrary, the model of economic agglomeration with several centers has the potential to stimulate urbanization and further enhance economic growth. third, it is worth noting that the impact of urbanization on economic growth varies across regions. factors such as geographical location, resource availability, and local economic conditions contribute to regional variations. 2. education and learning. cities are often associated with educational institutions, universities, and research centers. urbanization facilitates access to education, which increases the level of education of the population and promotes social mobility. for example, in china, educational resources for urban students have a general advantage over rural educational resources. urban education in beijing is similar to elite education in the united states, in that both are aimed at providing the best educational resources to elite families, upper-class urban families17. urbanization has had a positive impact on the mindset of rural residents. in many rural areas, the ideology of education is similar to that of cities. parents do not force their children to choose a profession that will earn them more money. they simply want their children to find a subject or direction that interests them. the quality of education in rural areas is problematic in many developing countries. but even in turkey, which is on the verge of joining the top ten most developed countries, the gap between urban and rural education is wide. urban schools are generally larger, have a larger socio-economic composition of students, and have greater responsibility for resource allocation. urban schools are less likely to suffer from staff shortages. schools have a higher proportion of qualified teachers. the ratio of students to teachers in urban schools is higher than in rural schools. as in many developing countries, the quality of education in rural areas is problematic in turkey. rural schools do not meet the national standards of the ministry of national education in terms of student qualifications. resources such as libraries and computers are not sufficient to meet the needs of students in rural schools. teachers and administrators are not given sufficient opportunities to participate in professional development activities in rural areas18. the gap between urban and rural education is also evident in our country. the expected duration of education for children aged 3-6 in cities is 2.4 years, while in rural areas it is 1.7 years. in these two 15 tursun ahmedov, urbanization program: goals, objectives and expected results. 22/01/2019. http://mineconomy.uz/uz/info/2512 16 volume 10, issue 1e23772january 15, 2024. open access. urbanization, economic agglomeration and economic growth. yejin liu hayeking@163.com ∙ meirong yang 12019201016@cueb.edu.cn ∙ jiahui cui 1573825089@qq.com 17 jingchen xue. education and urbanization an analysis of the differences in education between the village and city. experimental high school attached to beijing normal university, beijing 100032, china eric_xjc@126.com 18 nukhet konuk, gamze turan, yuksel ardali. the importance of urbanization in education. the eurasia proceedings of educational & social sciences (epess), 2016 volume 5, pages 232-236 icres 2016: international conference on research in education and science the importance of urbanization in education https://www.cell.com/heliyon/issue?pii=s2405-8440(23)x0014-0 https://www.cell.com/heliyon/fulltext/s2405-8440(23)10980-7?_returnurl=https%3a%2f%2flinkinghub.elsevier.com%2fretrieve%2fpii%2fs2405844023109807%3fshowall%3dtrue mailto:hayeking@163.com https://www.cell.com/heliyon/fulltext/s2405-8440(23)10980-7?_returnurl=https%3a%2f%2flinkinghub.elsevier.com%2fretrieve%2fpii%2fs2405844023109807%3fshowall%3dtrue mailto:12019201016@cueb.edu.cn https://www.cell.com/heliyon/fulltext/s2405-8440(23)10980-7?_returnurl=https%3a%2f%2flinkinghub.elsevier.com%2fretrieve%2fpii%2fs2405844023109807%3fshowall%3dtrue mailto:1573825089@qq.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org categories of regions, the duration of preschool education for girls and boys is equal. there are also significant differences between urban and rural areas in the coverage of the school preparation system for 6-year-olds. in urban areas, it is 77 percent, in rural areas, 65 percent (in rural areas, this figure is 1 percentage point higher among girls, 65 percent). uzbekistan has established 11 years of compulsory secondary education. the duration of primary education is 3.8 years across the republic, and there is no gender difference in this regard. however, there are also differences between urban and rural areas in this regard. that is, the expected duration of education in urban areas was 4.15 years (boys 4.19 years, girls 4.12 years), and in rural areas it was 3.51 years (boys 3.47 years, girls 3.55 years). therefore, urbanization has a significant impact on the duration and quality of education19. 3. health and services cities facilitate access to health services and other social infrastructure. urbanization improves health systems and improves the overall health of the population. urbanization can also cause some health problems. some of the major health problems resulting from urbanization include poor nutrition, pollution-related health and infectious diseases, poor sanitation and housing conditions, and related health conditions. these directly affect the quality of life of a person, while also straining health systems and resources20. urbanization can have a major negative impact on the nutritional health of the poor. this process requires further strengthening of health systems. the more urbanized a country is, the higher the life expectancy. the countries with the highest life expectancy in the world are largely urbanized. since urban residents have greater access to health resources than rural residents, urbanization policies should be based on goals such as improving health equity, that is, reducing the rural-urban gap. 4. cultural changes. urbanization helps to increase cultural diversity, as cities attract people from different regions and social groups. this is due to economic opportunities, educational prospects, and a high standard of living that the urban environment provides. as a result, cities have created a multicultural society that contributes to the interaction of different nationalities, ethnic groups, and social classes. in large cities, the weekly, monthly, and episodic life activities of the population are formed, work, study, recreation, treatment, housing, and communal services are used more effectively, and above all, the high potential of the agglomeration “core” attracts the population to its sphere of influence. a unique lifestyle and urban culture are formed and developed in this area. there are ample opportunities for the human personality to develop fully and harmoniously. such influence attracts more people from abroad, and it expands and develops21. thus, urbanization not only increases cultural diversity, but also turns cities into centers of global cultural exchange and innovation. 19 data from the institute of macroeconomic and regional studies 20 kennedy g. food security in the context of urban sub-saharan africa. internet paper for food security, food africa, internet forum 31 march–11 april 2003;2009. 21 tashtayeva s.k. features of the formation and development of urban agglomerations of uzbekistan (on the example of the tashkent agglomeration). dissertation written for the degree of candidate of geographical sciences american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org 5. social stratification and inequality cities play an important role in social stratification, as they concentrate personal, cultural and educational resources. urbanization promotes stratification, reflecting different aspects of people based on income level, occupation, level of education and access to benefits. as a result, social status becomes not only an economic but also a spatial phenomenon. data show that people in cities have more opportunities than those in rural areas. because in cities, people can use more resources than in rural areas, such as electricity, clean drinking water, education, healthcare, culture, art, etc22. the high level of urbanization has widened the poverty gap between rural and urban areas. however, poverty also exists in cities. the gap between the rich and the poor is high. this situation gives rise to many grievances among the lower classes. 6. sustainable development urbanization provides opportunities for the implementation of sustainable development strategies. cities can play a key role in developing and implementing innovative solutions to environmental issues. sustainable development is understood as the ability of future generations to meet their own needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs, with a strong environmental component. sustainable urban development is defined as development that meets the needs of society without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. it prioritizes economic, environmental and social sustainability. sustainable development aims to ensure that cities are livable and to support economic, social and environmental sustainability in a changing climate. today, cities account for about 70 percent of global energy consumption and 70 percent of global carbon emissions, as well as more than 70 percent of resource use, and in the context of unplanned or poorly managed urbanization, cities are often characterized by severe socio-economic inequalities social exclusion, extreme poverty, high unemployment, low-cost and inadequate housing and poor environmental conditions, as well as unsustainable environmental conditions beyond city boundaries23. these interactions are important for the formulation of integrated policies and plans necessary to achieve sustainable urban development conclusion: urbanization as a social process is a complex and multifaceted social process that has a decisive impact on all aspects of society. it not only changes territorial organization and instability, but also changes the social structure, cultural norms and daily lifestyles of people. on the one hand, urbanization stimulates the development of the workforce, economy and technology, and creates new opportunities for education, work and cultural exchange. the urban environment has become a center of innovation and global interaction, contributing to the improvement of living standards and the transformation of cultural diversity. 22 urbanization: a problem for the rich and the poor? md abdul kuddus*, elizabeth tynan and emma mcbryde. kuddus et al. public health reviews (2020) 41:1 https://doi.org/10.1186/s40985-019-0116-0 23 www.unhabitat.org united nations human settlements programme. sustainable development goals. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org on the other hand, the rapid pace of urbanization can cause social and environmental problems. these include the growth of two colors, the emergence of megacities with an increasing population, environmental degradation and the weakening of traditional forms of social life. such challenges require an integrated approach to urban planning based on the principles of development. in fact, urbanization as a social process reflects profound changes in society and forms a new type of social organization in which human interaction is largely dependent on the urban environment. effective management of this process should combine interests with social justice and particular sustainability to ensure the development of society in times of change. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the derivative of some functions by definition abdukakhhorov izzatillo shavkatali ogli uchkurgan specialized school teacher of mathematics phone: +998(93) 265 30 97 izzatilloabduqaxxorov3070@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s by taking the derivative of some complex function by definition, it is aimed at students to learn and creatively approach the derivative of a function. derivative, macleron number, function, definition, property, formula. introduction we know ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 1( ) xn x y x x   = we obtained the derivative of the function of the form from the course of elementary mathematics by logarithmizing its derivative. but we did not find the derivative according to the definition. let's take the derivative of this function by definition. first of all, let's mention the derivative tariff. definition: ( )f x function  ;x a b r  is a continuous function on an interval  0 ;x a b and  0( ) ;x x a b+   function increment ( )f x increment to argument x ratio 0x → if theres is limit to the ratio ; ( )0'k f x= number ( )f x funnction 0x a number is called the point derivative of a function. we know that ( ) 0 ( ) 1 lim ln ( ) x x f x f x x→ − = that ( ) 0f x  is . appropriate. and have derivatives at that point. the following equality holds, macroregulator: ( )f x function ( , )a b let a function be defined on an interval, it is 0 ( , )x a b have derivatives at that point ( )`, ``, ,......... nf f f f the following equality holds, ( ) 20 0 0 0 `( ) ``( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ... ( ) 1! 2! ! n n n f x f x f x f x f x x x x r x n = + + + + + (*) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org we are given a function ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 1( ) xn x y x x   = , all 0( ) 0i x  va 0( ) 0i x  in this place 1,2,3,.....,i n= for a function, we see its first-order derivative: according to the above definition, we have the following; ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )0 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 ' lim x x xn n x x x n x x x x y x x       + +  → +  + =  in this ( )0 0i x  va ( )0 0i x  1,i n= 1-condition: let's take the derivative in the case where 2n = 2 ( ) 2 1( ) ( ) xy x x = ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 '( ) lim x x x x x x x y x x     +  → +  − = =  ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 lim lim x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x         +  →  → +  − +  +  − = + =   ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 lim lim x x x x x x x x x x s x      + −  →  → +  − = +  + =  according to the above property, we have the following equality ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 1 0 2 0 1 0' ln x x x x s    = + in this ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 lim lim x x x x x x x s z x      →  → +  − = =  from the above expression, we get the following ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 x x x x z x x    +  =  + (1) we expand the left side of equation (1) to macler's series and lead to equation (1) and get the following expression. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 1 1 0 2 0 1 0' ( ) x z x x x x o x     − = +  +  ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 1 1 0 2 0 1 0' x s x x x     − = ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )2 0 2 0 1 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 1 0' ' ln ' x x y x x x x x x x         − = + ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 ' '( ) ln ' x x y x x x x x x          = +    (2) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 2-condition: let's take the derivative of the function when 3n = ( ) ( ) ( )3 2 3 1( ) x x y x x   = according to the above definition, we have the following; ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )3 0 3 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 0 0 ' lim x x x x x x x x x x y x x       + +  → +  − = =  ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )3 0 3 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 lim x x x x x x x x x x x x       + +  → +  − +  = +  ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 3 0 3 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 2 01 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 lim lim x x x x x x x x x x x x x x          →  → +  − + = +   ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 3 0 3 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 1 0 2 0 0 2 0 2 0 1 lim ' x x x x x x x x xx x x y x s x x x          + + − + → +  − + +  − according to the above property (*) and case 2, we have: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )3 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 ' ' ln ln 1 x x x x y x x x x x          = +  ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 0 2 0 2 0 ' ' ln x x x x x x        + +   (3) thus, based on equations (2) and (3) above, we write the state of; ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )0 0 0 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0' x x x xn n n n x x x x ny x x x x x               =    ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 ' ln ln 1 xn n nx x n n n n x x x x x        − − − −     +     ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )1 0 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 2 0 ' ' ln ln ln ln n n n n n n n x x x x x x x x x          − − − − − −  + +  ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )3 0 1 0 4 0 3 0 ' ln ln n n n x x x x     − − −  + +  american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )4 0 1 0 5 0 4 0 ' ln ln n n n x x x x     − − −   + +    ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 ' ' ln x x x x x        + +    the above equality can be proved by the method of mathematical induction. example: of the function in the form of 2 (2 1) 3( ) ( ) xxy x x x += + let's take the first order derivative from the formula given above 0 1x = exactly ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )3 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 ' ' ln ln 1 x x x x y x x x x x          = +  ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 0 2 0 2 0 ' ' ln x x x x x x        + +   13 1 3 2 3 2 3 '(1) 2 3 ln(2) ln(3) ln(2) 24 ln(2) ln(3) ln(2) 3 2 3 2 y     =   + + =  + +        references 1. matematikanaliz i-qismt.azlarov h. mansurov. 2. matematikanalizii-qismt.azlarov h. mansurov. 3. ziyonet.uz. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the activity of maryam sultonmurodova (1905-1971) an uzbek jadid woman tilavova shahnoza salohitdinovna doctoral student of bukhara state university teacher of bukhara state pedagogical institute email: tilavovashahnoza249@gmail.com tel: +998912477905 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the 20s of the 20th century, a group of talented young people were sent to study in germany at the initiative of the jadids in the turkestan region. talented girls were among the students sent to study abroad, who aimed to acquire deep, modern knowledge, contribute to the development of their country, and gain a worthy place in society. one of such progressive women is maryam sultanmuradova, who has a high potential and is educated. this article provides information about her life, activities, and her role in the turkestan reform movement. jaddism, national personnel, abroad, education, press, “ko‘mak” organization, development, “guliston”, “yorqin turmush”, editorial, repression. introduction one of the modern women who played an important role in the development movement in the turkestan region in the late 19th and early 20th centuries was maryam sultanmuradova was devoted. in this article, information about maryam sultanmuradova’s life, activities and fate in germany will be covered. in the article, literary scholars sherali turdiyev, khalida ahrorova, historians bahrom irzayev, naim karimov studied the activities of students who went to study abroad, and their monograph articles and articles of modern progressives were used. discussion it is known that important political events and changes in foreign countries that had a significant impact on the socio-political and cultural life of the turkestan region at the beginning of the 20th century and the changes in foreign countries sent talented young people to study abroad. served as an impetus in the formation of his idea. the main goal of this was to study the experience of developed countries, apply it to practical life, reform various sectors of society and lead the country to the path of modern development. also, there was a need for talented national personnel who would serve the development of the newly established turkestan assr, bukhara and khorezm republics in the region. for this reason, the council of the uzbek board of education of the republic of turkestan considered this urgent issue at its meeting on april 13, 1921, and the first uzbek linguist, professor ghazi olim yunusov gave a speech and gave examples of the activities of developed foreign countries in his speech. brings and invites talented young people of the nation to study in germany and other countries american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org of the west and learn their experience. at the council, the turkestan education commissariat decided to send about 10 young uzbeks and kazakhs to study in germany at its own expense. the issue of sending students abroad, especially to germany, began to be raised on a national scale. in the middle of 1922-2011, a number of young people from bukhara were sent to study in germany [3. b.113]. “ko‘mak” organization, founded by jadids on may 2, 1922, to bring out talented young people in the region of turkestan, to support them economically and spiritually for their studies abroad [4. b. 57] also played an important role. talented girls were among the students sent to study in germany. maryam sultanmuradova, who aims to serve the country's development, stands out among these girls. uzbek progressive woman maryam sultanmuradova jumaniozovna was born on february 13, 1905 in the city of khiva. his father, jumanyoz sultanmurodov, was one of the progressive people and worked as a leader in khorezm people’s republic. in 1911, he sent his daughter maryam to a new-style nogai (tatar) school in urganch. after studying there for five years, maryam continued her education at the jadid school in tortkol because her family moved. after that, he studied at the gymnasium of the educational school in tashkent, and then entered the orenburg tatar pedagogical institute for higher education. in the meantime, he worked in the literary field, returned to tashkent in 1922, and applied to the faculty of labor of the central asian state university [4. b.6]. in october 1922, maryam sultanmuradova was included in the ranks of students sent to study in germany by the government of bukhara and was sent to study in germany in october 1922 [3. b. 113]. one of the students, sattar jabbor (the first uzbek chemist) under the pseudonym “ertoy”, wrote in a letter about the first two years of their studies, that they were well received by german families and did not spare their efforts to help them learn the language. in the letter, along with maryam khan, the names of khairinisa and saida khan are also mentioned, and he writes that despite the obstacles, they are studying and studying abroad. maryam sultanmuradova is living in economic difficulties and calls on the leaders of the republic of khorezm to provide financial support to the girl who aims to study for the future of the nation. this letter was published in the turkistan newspaper on september 2, 1924. (5. b.94-95). results also, maryam sultanmurodova studied at darmstadt higher seminary in germany: pedagogical school in 1924-1926. in 1926-1927, he did an internship at the “fraunshulle” school in potsdam, near berlin. in the fall of 1927, maryam graduated from the six-month nursing course of professor finkelstein in the wedding district of berlin, and returned to her homeland in 1928 [6. b. 6]. according to sherali turdiyev’s research, after returning to her homeland, she first became the head of the educational department at the communist university in the old city of tashkent, and then, from 1935, she began working in the magazine “guliston” together with the leading uzbek female journalists of that time, such as sobira khaldorova, tajikhon shodieva, saodat shamsieva [ 2. b. 107]. in 1937, he worked as a literary employee in the publishing house of the magazine “yorqin turmush” (1. b. 134). he writes many stories and short stories about the past and present life of uzbek women. publishes articles about the great figures of russian and german classical literature a.s. pushkin, i.v. goethe [2. b.107]. however, the repressive machine of the soviet government in 1937-1938 did not leave maryam alone. on september 13, 1937, she and her daughter anora were sentenced to prison for being a member of the “turkestan” espionage organization. he was interrogated from september to december 20, 1937 and sentenced to 10 years in prison on the charges of “enemy of the people, like a german spy” (1. b.140-142). after serving the prison term, he was imprisoned again in 1949 [6. b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org 108]. he was in exile in krasnoyarsk between 1949 and 1954 [5. b.6]. although maryam sultanmurodova was acquitted by the military collegium of the supreme court of the ussr on august 2, 1957, she does not see the light of day. incessant persecution does not stop, he cannot practice his beloved field of journalism, and he is also prevented from reading the press pages [5. b. 6]. the conclusion is that maryam sultanmuradova was one of the progressive women who contributed to the freedom of the motherland and the development of the country, encouraged women to learn in her time, and became an example, learned the secrets of science, and contributed to the development of her country. he took an active part in the jadidist movement in turkestan and boldly started to realize his dreams. he acquired enough religious and worldly knowledge and began to serve his people diligently. a through study of his activities is one of the important issues facing historians. references: 1. аҳророва холида. изларини излайман. (истиқлол фидоийлари). — тошкент: “шарқ” нашриёт-матбаа концерни бош таҳририяти 1998. — б. 134-142. 2. турдиев шерали. улар германияда ўқиган эдилар. т.: “академ— хизмат”2006. б.107-116. 3. турдиев шерали. германияда ўқишга борган талабалар ва уларнинг кейинги тақдири // тарихнинг номалум саҳифалари. илмий мақолалар, ҳужжат ва материаллар, хотиралар. иккинчи китоб. – тошкент: “o‘qituvchi”, 2010. – б. 113. 4. жовлиев жавлон. қўрқма / тошкент: “офсет-принт” мчж, “ниҳол” нашриёти, 2020. б.5657. 5. ирзаев, баҳром. туркистон жадидларининг «кўмак» ташкилоти [матн] / б. ирзаев. тошкент : тошкент ислом университети, 2016. 94-95 6. ирзаев баҳром. хорижда ўқиган ўзбек жадид аёлларининг “айби” нима эди // янги ўзбекистон, 2023-йил 8-март. № 46. б.6. 7. irzayev b. xorijda o‘qigan o‘zbek jadid ayollarining “aybi” nima edi?// https://www.uzbekistan.org.ua/uz/gimn/107-yangiliklar_/6294-xorijda-o-qigan-o-zbek-jadidayollarining-%e2%80%9caybi%e2%80%9d-nima-edi.html. https://www.uzbekistan.org.ua/uz/gimn/107-yangiliklar_/6294-xorijda-o-qigan-o-zbek-jadid-ayollarining-%e2%80%9caybi%e2%80%9d-nima-edi.html https://www.uzbekistan.org.ua/uz/gimn/107-yangiliklar_/6294-xorijda-o-qigan-o-zbek-jadid-ayollarining-%e2%80%9caybi%e2%80%9d-nima-edi.html american journal of business management, economics and banking issn (e): 2832-8078 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org directions for implementing proactive budgeting in the republic of uzbekistan botirov azamat akhmedovich phd, associate professor of “corporate finance and securities” department, tashkent state university of economics, uzbekistan e-mail: azamat.botirov@tsue.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article studies directions for implementing proactive budgeting in the republic of uzbekistan. measures to be implemented to further improve proactive budgeting practices, additional tasks assigned to the accounts chamber and the state financial control inspectorate in proactive budgeting are analyzed. scientific conclusions and recommendations are presented on the basis of analyses. budget, budgeting, proactive budgeting, gdp, local budget, financing, projects. introduction the deepening of the reforms being carried out in uzbekistan requires further increasing the role of the state budget in organizing the treasury execution, expanding its rights in the financial and budgetary sphere and strengthening its financial base. as our president noted, “as a result of systemic changes in the economy, the share of industry in the gdp is expected to increase from 35 percent to 37 percent this year. however, in some cities and districts, insufficient attention is being paid to this extremely important issue. as a result, in 27 districts of the republic, the share of industry does not even reach 1 percent of the regional indicator. therefore, it is necessary to develop mediumand long-term programs for the development of industry in each district and city” [1]. therefore, the issues of developing proactive budgeting mechanisms for the effective use of state budget funds in the development of regions are urgent. literature review as is known, an effectively functioning state is necessary for the normal socio-economic and political development of each country. the state performs the tasks of producing necessary goods and services for society and citizens of the country, creating the legal basis of regulatory and institutional structures for the effective functioning of the economy and social networks, and thereby creating material and other conditions for the life and work of its citizens. based on these tasks. the main functions of the state are: 1. developing, adopting, implementing and improving legal documents that form the institutional foundations of a market economy; american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 36 may2025 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org 2. ensuring macroeconomic and socio-political stability, effective management and regulation of the economy; 3. financing basic social services, providing social support to the needy segments of the population; 4. managing and regulating the processes of integration into the world economy, while protecting national interests; 5. ensuring public administration, defense and national security of the country; 6. implementation of measures related to nature protection and ensuring ecological balance, etc. it should be noted that with the increase in the country's economic potential, the power of the state, its ability to expand its functions, increases. in order for the state to successfully perform its functions, as well as to implement strategic goals that are relevant at each stage of development, it is an objective necessity for it to accumulate a certain part of the financial resources created in the country. it is precisely the existence of this objective necessity that requires the existence and functioning of the state budget. economists of different periods and economic schools of different directions have approached the clarification of the content of the state budget in different ways. when clarifying the socio-economic essence of the budget, it is important to consider its: as an economic category; as a material concept; as a legal category. as an economic category, the state budget is a system of monetary relations arising from the redistribution of national income (partly national wealth) created in the country between the state and legal entities and individuals, as a result of which a monetary fund the budget is formed and used for the purpose intended to finance the economy, socio-cultural sectors, defense and state administration needs. as a material concept, the state budget is a centralized fund of monetary funds that ensures the activities of the central government and local authorities of the appropriate level, designed to fulfill their political, economic, social and environmental tasks. the state budget is a centralized fund of state monetary funds (including funds from state trust funds), which provides for the sources of income and the amount of receipts from them, as well as the directions and amount of spending of funds allocated for specific purposes during the financial year. as a legal category, the state budget is a basic financial plan, a legal document, developed and approved in accordance with the established procedure by the central and relevant local authorities and executive bodies, providing for the formation, distribution and targeted use of a centralized fund of funds. as a legal document, it is compiled, reviewed, approved and executed for each fiscal year (in the republic of uzbekistan, the fiscal year corresponds to the calendar year, but in countries around the world, in accordance with their traditions and important, decisive historical dates in the life of the country, the budget year may not correspond to the calendar year) in the manner and within the terms established by the legal and regulatory documents on the state budget. it should be especially noted that with the increase in the country's economic potential, the power of the state and its ability to expand its functions increase. in order for the state to successfully perform its functions, as well as to implement strategic goals that are relevant at each stage of development, it is an objective necessity for it to accumulate in its hands a certain part of the financial resources created american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 36 may2025 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org in the country. it is precisely the existence of this objective necessity that requires the existence and functioning of the state budget. the state budget is considered the leading link in the state finance system and the entire financial system. the state budget has a number of specific features, which are as follows: • firstly, the state budget is an independent economic category, manifesting itself through distribution and control functions; • secondly, by its socio-economic nature, the state budget serves as a tool (instrument) for redistributing national income and national wealth; • thirdly, by its material composition, the state budget serves as the main centralized monetary fund of the country; • fourthly, from the point of view of the legal definition of its financial basis, the state budget is the main financial plan of the country, which has legal force; • fifthly, the state budget is an element of labor force creation, since labor force creation largely depends on education, healthcare, social insurance and pension provision expenses. it should be noted that assessing the capabilities of local budgets directly requires determining the fundamental essence of this concept. an analysis of the numerous definitions given to the concepts of “regional economy”, “local budget capabilities” shows that in most cases each definition is formulated in order to confirm certain ideas and views of its author, emphasizing a separate aspect of many aspects related to these concepts. however, the definition of scientific concepts should cover important aspects of processes and phenomena, be clear and concise. some economists interpret the concepts of “regional financial capabilities” and “local financial capabilities” in the same sense, on the one hand, and the concepts of “financial resources” and “financial capabilities” in the same sense, on the other hand [2]. planning budget expenditures based on single state (socially acceptable and scientifically based) standards without linking them to real revenues of the local budget currently leads to a significant excess of the budget’s expenditure over the revenue part. therefore, it should be noted that the application of such unified state norms in the current conditions means a conscious reduction of local budget expenditures on expenditure items, which leads to unjustified sharp fluctuations in the level of financing for one or another item in expenditure groups. as a result of this practice, disagreements and imbalances remain between local financial authorities and the ministry of finance regarding the forecasting of local budget expenditures. in addition, socially acceptable and justified state norms of budget expenditures require the legal approval of certain social standards (consumption budget, subsistence minimum, etc.), which once again confirms the limited possibilities of applying unified state norms in the near future [3]. analysis and results the launch of the mechanism for involving citizens in the budget process serves as a special tool for finding solutions to the problems that plague the population in the regions and for making the public a participant in the budget process. the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026 notes the need to consistently continue the work being carried out to direct part of the budget funds based on public opinion within the framework of the state program for implementation in the “year of attention to humanity and quality education”, to increase the activity of citizens in the initiative budgeting processes, and to further improve this process, taking into account the experience accumulated over the past period. therefore, the resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pd-117 american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 36 may2025 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org dated 10.04.2023 “on further improving the practice of initiative budgeting and measures to support active neighborhoods” establishes the following (figure 1). in particular, it is noted that 1,666 projects worth 1.5 trillion soums were awarded during the initiative budgeting process held within the first season of 2023, an additional 1.3 trillion soums were allocated for the implementation of 1,309 projects that received more than 2,000 votes each during the initiative budgeting processes held within the first season of 2023, but were not recognized as winners, and the additional funds will be allocated from the funds planned for 2023 within the framework of the "prosperous village" and "prosperous mahalla" programs, etc. figure 1. measures to be implemented to further improve proactive budgeting practices [4] in order to further improve the practice of initiative budgeting and effectively organize support for active neighborhoods, the accounts chamber and the state financial control inspectorate have been assigned a number of additional tasks within the framework of initiative budgeting processes, including monitoring the timely and complete transfer of funds to citizens' initiative funds, conducting on-site inspections of the work being carried out within all projects at least once a month and constantly monitoring them, and conducting control measurements at the end of construction and repair projects (figure 2). during the first season of 2023, within the framework of participatory budgeting, a total of 1,666 projects valued at 1.5 trillion soums were accepted for informational purposes. according to the ministry of economy and finance, during the first season of 2023, more than 2,000 projects in the participatory budgeting process received over 2,000 votes each. however, only 1,309 projects were selected for implementation. an additional 1.3 trillion soums will be allocated to expand the number of projects executed. the additionally allocated funds will be redirected from the resources initially planned for the “prosperous village” and “prosperous mahalla” programs in 2023. american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 36 may2025 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. additional tasks assigned to the accounts chamber and the state financial control inspectorate in proactive budgeting [4] within the framework of the initiative budgeting process, it is prohibited for the heads of budget organizations to instruct employees to collect votes. in this case, forcing them to collect votes is equated with engaging employees of the relevant organization in forced labor. the determination of the winning neighborhoods (villages) is carried out by one of the following methods, announced to the general public before the start of the voting process: based on the number of votes cast for the project package, using a correction coefficient for neighborhoods (villages) with a small population [5]. according to the results of the voting process, the project package with the highest indicator within the funds formed in the fund for each district (city) is recognized as the winner. in this case, the project package must collect at least 100 votes to be recognized as the winner. in the event of an equal number of votes, the project package that first recorded the highest indicator among the neighborhoods (villages) with equal votes will be recognized as the winner. the activities included in the project package for the winning neighborhoods (villages) will be implemented, which have received more than 50 percent of the votes cast for the relevant project package. in this case, citizens will have to choose activities from the project package that are actually a real problem for the neighborhood (village). the project packages formed for neighborhoods (villages) that did not receive enough votes and were not recognized as winners will be transferred to the “archive” status. this project package may be revoting by the neighborhood chairmen in future processes. the initial amount of funds required for the implementation of the activities recognized as winners will be determined based on the conclusions of the sectoral enterprises, as appropriate, according to the design and estimate documentation. after the event is declared a winner, project and estimate documents for its implementation are developed and the final cost of the event is specified. based on the initial cost of the winning project package, it is not allowed to reduce the volume of work (goods, services) carried out within the framework of the event [5]. control the timely and complete transfer of funds to citizens' initiative funds; conduct on-site inspections of all projects at least once a month and monitor them continuously; conducting construction control measurements at the end of construction and renovation projects. american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 36 may2025 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org if the final cost of the event is higher than the initial cost of the event according to the project and estimate documents, in these cases the additional funds required for the implementation of the event will be covered by the funds saved from other events in the relevant project package or the funds available in the fund, as well as by the decision of the jokargi kenes of the republic of karakalpakstan, regional and tashkent city councils of people's deputies, respectively, from the republican budget of the republic of karakalpakstan, local budgets of regions and tashkent city. conclusions when studying the directions of implementing initiative budgeting in the republic of uzbekistan, it is necessary to pay attention to ensuring openness and transparency in organizing the initiative budgeting process, increasing the volume of financing resources, and preventing artificially increasing the number of votes during the voting process. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti sh.mirziyoyevning 2018 yil 28 dekabrdagi oliy majlisga murojaatnomasidagi nutqidan. “ xalq so‘zi” gazetasining 29 dekabr 2018 yil, n 270-soni 2. zaripo и i.r., xafizova v.r. баланс финонсовых ресурсов территорий. 2-изд. уфа:гп принт, 2001, 86-90 б. 3. lucie sedmihradska. budget transparency in czech local government. 16th annual conference on finance and accounting, acfa prague 2015, 29th may 2015.www.scopus.uz 4. resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 10.04.2023 no. pd-117 "on measures to further improve the practice of proactive budgeting and support active neighborhoods". https://lex.uz/uz/docs/-6429853 5. resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated 03.05.2023 no. 183 on approval of the regulation on the procedure for implementing the "prosperous village" and "prosperous mahalla" programs through proactive budgeting processes based on public opinion, https://lex.uz/uz/docs/-6456544#-6457050. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org kokand papermaking produced during the kokand khanate in historical research begmatov khurshid isanalievich assistant professor of tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s after gaining independence, the revival of our national heritage made it possible to objectively study the history of kokand papermaking produced during the kokand historical period. as we know, the emergence of papermaking in kokand has its own historical conditions. due to the political crisis and turmoil that occurred in the central asian states in the 18th and 19th centuries, the entire cultural life of central asia and its specific part, papermaking, fell into decline. this is also evidenced by the fact that the samples of paper created during this period absolutely do not reach the quality of the papers produced in previous periods. introduction after gaining independence, the revival of our national heritage made it possible to objectively study the history of kokand papermaking produced during the kokand historical period. as we know, the emergence of papermaking in kokand has its own historical conditions. due to the political crisis and turmoil that occurred in the central asian states in the 18th and 19th centuries, the entire cultural life of central asia and its specific part, papermaking, fell into decline. this is also evidenced by the fact that the samples of paper created during this period absolutely do not reach the quality of the papers produced in previous periods. for example, when reviewing the list of oriental manuscripts at the institute of oriental studies of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan, it was found that among the manuscripts of the 18th and 19th centuries, there were no manuscripts written on samarkand paper. in the registers of manuscripts of the second half of the 18th century and the 19th century, it is indicated that most of them were written on kokand paper. so, it is clear that the cessation of samarkand paper production was caused by various wars, uprisings, conflicts between khanates, and looting. papermakers began to look for quieter corners in order to save their lives and restore their craft workshops. the emergence of workshops for the production of writing paper in kokand was associated with the migration of craftsmen from samarkand. thus, paper production in samarkand workshops was discontinued, and gradually kokand workshops began to own the paper supply throughout central asia, that is, in russian turkestan from the aral sea to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org borders of china. it is known that kokand paper was also exported to kashgar and northern afghanistan. during this period, paper was also produced in other cities of turkestan, but the paper created by kokand craftsmen stood out among them with its quality and was clearly visible. that is why many historical, artistic, and scientific works created during this period were written on kokand paper. kokand paper was also used for the correspondence of the khanates, decrees, documents, and letters. kokand paper, which received special attention, especially in the last years of the first world war (1914-1918), became scarce. even in the main administration of the turkestan region, due to the lack of paper, court officials used kokand paper. as a result, documents written on kokand paper reached the st. petersburg court. according to a. a. semyonov, “kokand paper became more popular than expected. because the writing of the administration’s typewriters turned out very beautifully on it. when writing by hand with ink that resembled a dream, it was enough to simply sign with a steel pen. at that time, the courts of the st. petersburg court were suffering from a shortage of paper, so they became interested in kokand paper. the demand for this paper grew. here we are talking only about kokand paper. because it is known that the siberian cossack maximov, who was in these places at that time, reported on the existence of paper workshops in tashkent and kokand. however, p.i. pashinin doubts that there was a paper workshop in tashkent. however, this fact has been established. tashkent was one of the cultural centers of the kokand khanate at that time, and the fact that there was such a workshop here is also confirmed by the words of the siberian cossack maksimov. today, more than a hundred years have passed since the paper factory in tashkent, which operates on scrap wood and rags, was built. in our opinion, this enterprise must have been launched on the site of a paper workshop that once existed here. the size of kokand paper is 58×50 cm. 240 sheets were considered one bag. one bag of paper before the first world war cost 5 sums for the first grade, 4 sums for the second grade, and 3 sums for the third grade. it cost the owner of the paper workshop twice as much. in scientific research on paper production in kokand, whether papermakers used silk paper or not, there is no mention of this, but the scientist a. a. semyonov, who is well acquainted with the methods of local paper production, answers this question in the affirmative. according to him, in the funds of the institute of oriental studies of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan there is a manuscript work from the fergana valley dating back to 1873. according to its content, it is a work on arabic linguistics, written on very fine yellow english postal paper, and excellent kokand silk paper was selected to match its color. then a. semyonov continues his opinion as follows: “kokand craftsmen knew how to make silk paper well, they went to bukhara and demonstrated it to the local craftsmen. this opinion was also confirmed by the orientalist scholar ibrohim odilov. a man named usta yodgor told him that silk paper had been brought from kokand long ago. "the traveler a. p. fedchenko, who wrote about papermaking in the city of kokand in the 1970s, wrote that kokand paper is made from yarn without any admixture of non-fibrous materials." however, g. v. grigoriev, the author of the book "artisanal methods of papermaking in uzbekistan", published in 1940, while discussing the method of making kokand paper, does not mention silk paper anywhere. as mentioned above, kokand paper has changed over time. masters have invented various types of paper using new raw materials. the increasing role of paper in the economic and cultural life of the country has also led to the emergence of certain types of paper. kokand paper became famous all over the world for its high quality. therefore, it is known that this paper, which was known as far american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org as egypt, was used by the bukhara emirate in the circulation of paper money. there is also a good scientific article about it in the magazine "farhangi birut" published in afghanistan. kokand paper is considered to be the most transparent and elegant paper in the world. its elegance is that when a word is written, the letters can be easily read from the back. moreover, it does not wash off in water, and when pulled, it stretches instead of tearing. when folded (folded), it can withstand a certain load. that is why this paper was used for hats. it was comparable to chinese paper in terms of quality, durability, and elegance. according to experts, there were about ten types of kokand paper: abribahor (a type of paper with a cloud image of different colors), abri sham. a certain breakthrough was made in this regard by t. zufarov, a researcher at the institute of manuscripts of the academy of sciences of uzbekistan. on august 25, 1983, he gave a scientific report “on abri paper”, and then published his article. not long after that, another article appeared in the press. anyone who has read this article will know that t. zufarov has collected enough material on the preparation of abri paper, he has given a very good analysis of the history and description of abri paper in the uzbek language. in conclusion, papermaking was revived as a craft during the years of independence. samarkand paper and kokand paper were revived. samarkand and bukhara paper operate as tourist attractions, and kokand paper is on the verge of being revived as a tourist attraction. in the future, kokand paper art will make a significant contribution to the development of the city's economy. references 1.нозим хабибуллаев “ўрта осиёда қоғоз ишлаб чиқариш тарихидан” т.: 1992. 5-18б. 2.материалы исторической географи самаркандской области справочная книжка самаркандской области. вып. vii самарқанд, 1902, с.22 3.путешествие по средней азии спб 1855.с.211 4.бумага и древнейшие бумажные мельницы московском государстве 5.записки имп. русского археологического обшества т.н. новая серия спб.1892. 6.обижувоз писчебумажная фабрика в коканде русский туркистан. вып. ii м.: 1872. 7.иследования гончерного и некоторых другие кустарных промыслов в 8.туркестанском крае// туркестанское сельское хозяйство.1916. №4 с. 342 9.показания сибирского казака максимова о кокандском владении// вестник нрго. 4. 22. спб. 1860. с.71 10.туркистанский край 1866г. с.140,145 11.веляминов – зернов в. в. торговая значения кокандского ханство для русских пу – 3579. 1856 – с.34 12.история бумажного производство на востоке // труды иван. уз. т.: 1984. 13.ўрта осиё ҳаттотлик санъати тарихидан т.: 1971. 14.художественно – технические материалы средневековой рукописи. баку. 1966. 15.интересная книга истории китайский культуры // ж. «вестник истории мировой культуры». м.: бсэ 1957. 16.история бумаги // м.: 1940. 17.технология бумаги. т.: i. м.-л. 1933. 18.о средниазиатской бумаге // ж. «известия а н тадж. д. 1963. №1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 19.очерки истории ремесла в самарканде и бухаре в xvi веке т.: фан.1976 20.к вопросу о генезиса профессиональных культов у таджиков и узбеков. душанбе. 1960. с.196 21.книжная культура. очерки истории арабской культуры x – xv вв м.: 1982. с. 215-310. 22.арабские рукописи и арабская рукописная традиция. м.: 1985. с.164 23.ўрта осиёда қоғоз ишлаб чиқариш тарихи т.: 1992. 24.“milliy tilanishdanmiliy yuksalish sari” тошкент. 2020 b 5-76 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 26, | july 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org development of a new technology for lining the buckets of mining machines erkinov dilshodbek ilkhomjonovich materials science institute, tashkent, uzbekistan, scientific direction: “technical sciences” (mining machines) d.i.erkinov98@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s mining machine equipment plays a crucial role in the mining industry. its application can be of great benefit to the mining industry and the economy as a whole. mining machinery equipment is used in various mining operations such as underground mining, open pit mining and surface mining. it is also widely used in mineral exploration, mineral transportation and mineral processing. mining machinery equipment has made mining operations more efficient and effective. using advanced technology, mining machines allow for deeper mining and more minerals, which helps to increase the yield of precious minerals. in addition, mining machinery equipment can perform repetitive and dangerous tasks, reducing the risk of human error and injury. mining machines, mining industry, innovative technologies, materials, coating. introduction mining machines are essential for digging and transporting materials in mining operations, and the buckets of these machines are subject to excessive wear and tear during operation. traditional bucket liners such as steel plates or rubber liners have limitations in terms of durability and performance, resulting in frequent replacement and maintenance costs. to overcome these challenges, a new mining machine bucket coating technology has been developed to improve wear resistance, shock absorption and overall performance.[5] materials and methods the innovative bucket lining technology includes advanced materials with high wear properties such as high-strength alloys, ceramic composites or polyurethane compounds. these materials are selected based on their resistance to wear, corrosion and impact, which ensures long-term performance in demanding mining conditions. the design of the bucket cover is optimized to maximize the use of material, reduce weight and increase the integrity of the structure, optimally protecting the bucket surface from wear and tear. the production process of the new bucket cover technology is based on the specific dimensions of each mining machine and involves precision engineering and special manufacturing techniques to tailor the lining to your requirements. bucket liners are manufactured using advanced manufacturing techniques such as laser cutting, cnc machining and robotic welding to ensure precision, strength and quality. the use of innovative fasteners and fastening systems further american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org increases the attachment and stability of the lining inside the bucket structure. advanced materials used in the lining provide high resistance to wear, extend the service life of the bucket and reduce the frequency of replacement. the lining's design features improve shock absorption, reducing damage from high-velocity materials and heavy loads. the durability and reliability of the bucket coating technology helps improve work efficiency, leading to higher productivity and reduced downtime. the new technology's long-term performance and reduced maintenance requirements will result in cost savings for mining companies over the life of the equipment.[3] results and discussions ceramic materials are known for their hardness and durability, providing excellent resistance to wear and corrosion in harsh mining conditions. polyurethane coatings are flexible, impact resistant, and have good adhesion properties to withstand heavy loads and abrasive materials suitable for lining machine buckets. special polymer coatings with unique properties such as chemical resistance, low friction and high durability are used to increase the performance and longevity of bucket linings. the combination of different materials such as fibers, resins and fillers is known mining used to create composite bucket liners with properties tailored to their applications. these specialty materials are selected for improved wear resistance, impact protection, and overall performance in challenging mining conditions. the combination of advanced materials and innovative design approaches in new bucket coating technologies aims to increase the durability, efficiency and cost-effectiveness of mining machine operations. new bucket liner technology for mining machines improves impact protection through the use of advanced materials and innovative design features. the use of high-strength alloys, ceramic composites and advanced polymer coatings in bucket liners increases impact and wear resistance. these materials can withstand the harsh impacts of rock, ore and other abrasive materials encountered in mining operations. some new bucket coating technologies incorporate shock absorbing properties to dissipate impact energy and reduce stress on bucket and machine components includes. this helps prevent damage and extend the life of the bucket. advanced materials with high wear resistance properties help protect the bucket surface from wear and tear caused by impacts. this ensures the bucket's structural integrity and long-term performance. new technology allows bucket linings to be tailored to specific mining applications and operating conditions. [4] adapting bucket liner design to the type of material being processed and the intensity of impact forces can significantly improve impact protection. a combination of special materials, coatings and design features in new bucket coating technologies results in bucket durability and longevity. this reduces the frequency of maintenance and replacement, resulting in cost savings for mining operations. by improving impact protection, new bucket coating technologies contribute to the overall performance of mining machines. the enhanced durability and reliability of the bucket allows for more efficient material handling and increased productivity in mining operations. in general, the integration of new bucket coating technologies for mining machines provides superior impact resistance, improved wear characteristics and the demands of harsh mining environments enhances impact protection by providing customized solutions to meet.[2] implementing new impact protection technology in mining buckets can result in significant cost savings for mining companies. improved impact protection technology can help extend the life of mining buckets by reducing wear and damage. this leads to lower maintenance costs, as the need for frequent repairs and replacements is minimized. advanced shock protection prevents unexpected american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 26 july 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org failures and breakdowns of the mining machine buckets, stopping for maintenance and repairs reduces dwell time. this increases operational efficiency and productivity leading to cost savings for the mining company.by increasing durability and impact resistance, new bucket liner technology can reduce bucket replacement frequency. mining companies can save on the cost of buying new buckets and the labor associated with replacing them. implementing advanced impact protection technology can optimize the performance of mining machine buckets, which can recycle materials more efficiently work and reduce energy consumption. this improved performance can lead to cost savings in terms of fuel and operating costs. better impact protection technology can help create a safer working environment for mine workers by reducing the risk of bucket failures and accidents. this can lead to savings on worker injuries, insurance premiums and regulatory compliance costs. with enhanced impact protection, mining machines can operate more reliably and efficiently, increasing overall productivity. higher productivity levels can lead to higher returns and improved investment for the mining company. while the initial investment in implementing new impact protection technology may require some upfront costs, the long-term savings in maintenance, downtime, and replacement costs may outweigh the initial investment overall cost savings for the mining company. potential cost savings for mining companies through the introduction of new technology for impact protection in the buckets of mining machines can reduce maintenance costs, reduce downtime, reduce replacement costs, improve equipment performance include improvements, increased safety, increased production efficiency and long-term cost savings.[1] conclusion the development of an innovative technology for lining the buckets of mining machines is a significant breakthrough in the mining industry, providing improved performance, durability and costeffectiveness. combining advanced materials, design principles and manufacturing processes, the new bucket coating technology provides a sustainable solution to improve the efficiency and reliability of mining operations. continued research and development in this area is essential to further optimize the performance and application of bucket liners in mining machinery, and to ensure continuous improvement in mining technology and practice. references 1. пустовойтенко и. п., сельващук а. п. “справочник мастера по сложным буровым работам” 1983 г[1] 2. басарыгин ю.м., булатов а.и., проселков ю.м. “технология бурения нефтяных и газовых скважин” 2001 г.[2] 3. сск: справочник специалиста по бурению.[3] 4. абубакиров в.ф., архангельский в.а., буримов ю.г., малкин и.б. “буровое оборудование” 2000 г.[4] 5.www.ziyonet.uz [5]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the issue of man as per sufi views of aziziddin nasafi narziyev zubaydillo ibodilloyevich associate professor of the bukhara state pedagogical institute, phd in philosophy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the following article the sufi views of the aziziddin nasafi is analysed based on his teachings on perfect man. in the process of analyzing this article, methods of logic, historicity, consistency and objectivity of scientific knowledge were widely used. the true nature of the concept of perfect man was illuminated in logical consistency. goal, sufism, teaching, philosophy, education, perfect man, good deed, tariqat. introduction the mature theorist of sufism and lore, our compatriot, sufi scholar aziziddin nasafi(pseudonym: نسفى ,full name: aziziddin ibn muhammad an-nasafi) (1220, nasaf – kashkadarya – 1305, yazd ;عزيزالدين abrkuh) was a great encyclopedic scholar, doctor, a major representative of the philosophy of sufism. sheikh najmiddin kubra and ibn al is one of the mashaykhs of kubraviya who intertwined the teachings of arabi. aziziddin nasafi was educated first in nasaf and then in bukhara madrasas. in addition to studying philosophy and sufism, he was also highly skilled in medical science. for a time, students were taught lessons from sufism in bukhara madrasas. nasafi became acquainted with sa’diddin hamavi (hamuya, 1191-1252), a mature scholar in khorasan in 1243-52, and considers him his pir. he left bukhara for bahrabod (khorasan)in 1273, took up residence from abrkuh, yazd, after a trip to isfahan and shiraz. he lived there for the rest of his life and died there. methodology nasafi wrote all his works in persian-tajik. to say that nasafi is a researcher of human nature, essence and ethics, there will be no exaggeration. the work “al-insan al-komil” (the perfect man) is the most famous of the treatises written by the scientist, translated into french by the french scholar marijan mole [1, 123]. the book consists of one preface and 22 brochures on various topics. most of the brochures in it are found in some copies of “manazil as-sayirin“ (“passenger’s destination”). this work is 556 pages in length and deals with subtle notions of lore and wisdom. there is also another book on issues and basis of lore and wisdom, “bayat ut–tanzil”. nasafi states that his thoughts and creeds were largely expressed in one of his treatises, “maqsad ul-aqsa” (the final goal). the work consists of 8 seasons, 8 chapters and 1 wife. also, aziziddin nasafi's books “kashf ulhaqayiq” (opening of truths), “zubdat ul-haqayiq” (“cream of truths”), “usul and furu”– (“roots and bushes”), “mabda' and ma'od” – “exit and return”), “miftah ul-asrar”“key to secrets”), “nafsi human”, “wahdati vujud” and other books were published abroad. the doctrine of the unity of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org universe and man constitutes the essence of the works of nasafi. his work has been researched by arab, english, german, french, turkish, indian, russian scholars. copies of the manuscript are held in the libraries of vienna, leiden, istanbul, london, calcutta, dushanbe, st. petersburg, tehran, the manuscript fund of the institute of oriental studies of academy of sciences of uzbekistan. the work "zubdat ul-haqayiq" translated into uzbek by n.komilov. in addition his works were published by researchers such as a. masse, a.e. bertels, ahmad mahdavi damghani, f. maier, a. muller, e.h.palmer, a. m. schimmel, f.a. tholuck, r. shukurov and n.k.choriev studied and translated into their native languages. noted scholar lloyd ridgeon wrote a book on nasafi entitled “aziz nasafi”[2, 345]. discussion while ibn al-arabi first applied the term kamil(perfect), aziziddin nasafi reconciled the arab and najmiddin kubra’s views. unlike ibn al-arabi, his treatises “insani kamil”, “maqsadi aqsa”, “zubdat ul-haqayiq” dealt with the question of the perfect man in a somewhat different way. in it, this concept is taken in connection with the emergence, development and finding careers of a person. as a result, we also see in the definition of aziziddin nasafi the characters, moral qualities inherent in exactly the person of life. it is also worth noting that nasafi penetrates the views and attitudes of several sciences in islam towards man, studying and insulting man both as a caihani body and as a creature of the earth. in nasafi, the concept of a perfect person is checked in close contact with the concept of the soul. human careers are viewed as spirit careers [3,185]. therefore, there is a transition from general concepts to concrete ones. another reason for this is aziziddin nasafi’s understanding of maturation on the basis of the theory of ascent) and nuzul descent). in the chapter 5 of aziziddin nasafi’s book “zubdat ul-haqayiq” called “the way back” know that after the separation of the soul from the body, if it has attained perfection, uruj (back to the original) will return to the noble minds and will be joined by the soul of the unseen world. because the maturation of the human soul is linked with the soul(soul) of the world of minds and calamities, all the souls and minds of the world of zero calamities are enlightened and safeguarded, and they constantly acquire enlightenment. therefore, the task of a person is to strive for continuous enlightenment and fill it with light, and to find science and seek forgiveness. whoever is destined for this, as soon as soul leaves his body, with the minds of the world of universe and soul attract him to themselves, and the meaning of glory is also there. with which of the souls and minds in the world of universe, the relationship is connected, the same attracts. if the lower spirit is in contact with 6, reaching his blessing and saying goodbye to the body in this state, the moon will return to the spirit (soul). but if the soul did not leave the body in this state and (man) again achieved more enlightenment, purified, and his safa (purity) developed,connected with the spirit of heaven, and left the body, becoming a polygraph to his blessing, his soul will return to the spirit of the sky of heaven. you knew genesis and the exam, so compare the rest of the levels,” he commented. that is, whichever soul a person enters into a relationship with, the same soul attracts him. this theory relates to the great universe 8 and the small universe (9). because nasafi joins ibn alarabi and calls man the world of sughra, the divine and the material world together the world kubra. the totality and properties in the great universe exist in the small universe [4, 185] he says. thus, the human high universe is a shrunken manifestation of the universe. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org aziziddin nasafi in his treatise “insani kamil” gives the perfect man the definition: “know that a perfect man is said to a man who has matured in sharia and tariqat and truth, and if you do not understand this phrase, say with another phrase:know that a perfect man is such a man, in which the following four things have matured: good word, good verb, good morals and the first three of the adjectives that nasafi counted, namely the good word, the good verb, the good deed, look like the moral category views in the zoroastrian book “avesta”. in the sources it appears as the “guftori nek, kirkori nek, raftori nek”. a person embellished with these qualities retreats from lies, hypocrisy and misfortune, all the time ready for noble deeds with noble intentions. aziziddin nasafi also added the “maarif” (i.e. the requirement of mystical purification) to the zoroastrian wisdom of good morality [5, 134]. in his opinion, the task-goal of the soles, who entered the path of the sect, is to acquire these four qualities. whoever matures these qualities in himself, he matures. from this definition of nasafi comes two conclusions. one is that in the eyes of a scientist, a perfect person is not an already abstract breed outside life, but a real person. occupying good qualities, a brogan person can rise to such a career. the second conclusion is that perfection, according to nasafi, is a high rank that can only be achieved through sects and mathematics. we can safely say that sheikh aziziddin nasafi is a theorist of the teaching of a perfect person. because in all his works this theme occupies a central place. aziziddin nasafi took two things as a basis as a sign of spiritual perfection. one is moral (husni khulq – good deed) in all, while the other is self-familiar. depending on whether there are these two bases or not, he divided people into three parts.the first is in hami people who do not decorate themselves with morality and do not know themselves. the latter are also morally behaved people, but not self-conscious. all three are morally behaved and self-conscious people. in the eyes of the scientist, this third category is people – perfect people: “consequently, the maturation of a person is achieved with morality and self-knowledge in all. one hadith to this opinion of the scientist can provide evidence through qudsi hadis: that is, whoever recognizes his ego (himself) recognizes allah [6, 122]. the fact that this hadith conforms to the views of both nasafi and ibn al-arabi is evidence that both scholars have based the holy quran and hadisi sharif in their studies.there is no tariqat without sharia. on the contrary,sharia is considered the soul of the sect. it is powered by. in hami (praise), we will dwell on exactly what the attributes are, and in the people of sharia, hami (morality) is a believer – muslim, righteous man who does not pray for five times, and does other things unconditionally. when a perfect muslim is said, it is these who are meant. and the people of wisdom say, “the people of wisdom are perfect in knowledge and wisdom”. indeed, the people of wisdom did not reject piety and faith, and the people of humanity. but the people of mysticism, ilmu donnish,fear and strong faith, and many qualities that they will again gain with mathematics in the parity of righteousness, the ananiyat (egosentrism), the abandonment of lust and anger, truthfulness, honesty, sobriety and exaltation, who also demanded to live in agreement with allah. it is noted that the first chapter of the treatise “zubdat ul-haqayiq” of shaikh aziziddin nasafi's is called “knowledge of the universe”, and the universe consists of the names of the gentiles (jewels)and adjectives,and parts of the gentiles and adjectives are also called the universe. the universe at first consists of two parts: the first part is called the universe the unseen (يیب hidden universe), the second part is called the universe the visible). it refers to both worlds with different names in quantitative and kulli (general, holistic) meanings. for example: "the realm of impartiality and the realm of command, the realm of property and the realm of malakut, the realm of the flesh, the realm of the senses and the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org realm of consciousness, the realm of light and the realm of shadow (darkness), etc. these names are a sign of the unseen and the unseen of both worlds."is a vivid expression of the scholar's deep knowledge and personal perspective beyond islamic theology to the science of philosophy. if we compare the genealogical views of the ancient greek scholars with their hypothesis that phales composed the universe of water, heraclitus of fire, pythagorean numbers, anaximander of apeyron (infinite), although the influence of a theological factor on his genealogical views is felt, we will once again witness that the thinkers of the islamic world were able to ensure the harmony of religion and science. sheikh aziziddin nasafi was one of the scholars who was able to capture the balance of religion and secularism. shaikh aziziddin nasafi in his treatise “insoni komil” perfect man) about the perfect man being called by various conquests: “o darwesh, building a perfect man,now it is known that there are many names of this perfect man, they mention him with various phrases, nicknames and allusions, with metaphors. all these names and tasbekhs are true (worthy). o darwesh, sheikh of the perfect man, guide (guide, leader) is called mahdi. and they also quality as bolig (matured), perfect, perfect. and they say the imam, the caliph, the pole and the owner of the times. and they say the cup of the world, the mirror that reflects the world, taryak (an anti-poison medicine) and iksiri azam (the great elixir). isa, who crawls the dead with his breath, khizr, who drank the water of life, and solomon, who knows the language of birds, is likened to the king. this perfect human being is always present and no more than one, after all, the example of the whole being (being) is a person, and the perfect human being is the heart of the hu person. the being is not without a soul, which means that the perfect person is always present in the universe. the soul is no more than one. there are many sages in the universe, but the one with the heart of the universe is no more than one. others have different careers. each has a certain rank. if the only one of this universe (that is a perfect man) passes through the universe, then the other one will have reached his rank and will occupy his place. until the universe is not left without a heart, “and the fact that kamil answers to various questions about man to himself, understandable way will end his confusion in the views put forward by ibn alarabi. in the “perfect human being” section of this treatise, aziziddin compares the nasafi universe to a box containing things, stating that all the parts of existence in the universe – things are put in it, that this being is nothing in the universe (box) and that no one is aware of this box and of himself, only the perfect man is aware of himself and the condition of the box (universe). in the world of property and malakut and jabarut, nothing remains hidden in it. he sees the essence and wisdom (properties) and essence of things to the end, continues the definition that he gave the perfect man. “people are the fruit of the cream and conclusion of the universe, the tree of being. and the perfect man is the conclusion and sour cream of people. he says existence is under the theory of the whole perfect person-both in the image and in the sense of bus”[7, 201]. sheikh aziziddin nasafi argued that perfection is directly related to the psyche, unlike his predecessors. after all, a person states in his works that the achievement of maturation is in the choice of his state of mind and morality. "the spirit is ore,it moves and refines the body. he argues that in accordance with nature, at the plant level, in accordance with action (will), at the animal level, in accordance with reason, at the human level”. in these verses, a human-specific action occurs when the scientist spirit relies on reason. in contrast, when relying on non-observational action, he described his animalism in a beautiful way. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org similar points were made by abu homid ghazzolli in his “kimiyai saadat” mentions ”the body is a city. the dominant torah of this city is the spirit. the minister is the mind. the perpetrator is nafs. the servants are members (arms, legs, eyes and ears). this city will be prosperous if the spirit (ruler) can put the mind together with the thought and call the enemy of this city to the dishonest, and be friendly to himself. rather, it is a city that will be destroyed if the mind will side to the enemy (soul) without relying on the (minister),” with the idea that a person can achieve the happiness of two worlds through moral choice and this right choice with a beautiful artistic solution. the use of artistic techniques in books on mental education that encourage the reader to draw the right conclusions serves the hermeneutic purpose of the subject. shaikh ibn atoullah sakandari, a contemporary of shaikh aziziddin nasafi, a disciple of shaikh abul abbas mursi, the sufi of the shaziliya tariqat, states in his treatise “hikmat ul-atoiyya”: “he has given you the perfect opinion that complements the above views, to express the glory of your value among his creatures and that you are a pearls surrounded by the onixes that he has made you in contrast to the interpretation of these thoughts, man was created with the lust (desires) that exist in animals and the intelligence that exists in angels[8, 89]. that is, a person has both lust, which calls him to sin mass, and reason, which calls him back from sins to contemplation. adam has cited with a unique artistic solution that the bliss of both lives depends on his moral choice. shaikh azizidin nasafi in the eighth chapter of his treatise “zubdat ul-haqayiq “(cream of truths), entitled on the small universe (universe of sughra), says: "know that the animal spirit is able to comprehend only the parts of juzv, and the human spirit is able to understand both juzv and qull (the whole). the spirit of the animal goes to the difference of harm and loss, but the human spirit, in addition to knowing the benefits and harms, also differs the factors of benefit and harm. o darwesh, the human soul (soul) is alive, knowing, angry, eager, hearing, seeing and speaking. to others, he is not seen and heard, and his speech is unknown. as long as the body is broken into pieces and crushed, and the soul is not broken into pieces, the human soul is in knowledge – a holistic knowledge, in sight – a holistic seer, in hearing – a holistic speaker. so judge in his other qualities [9, 92]. if, again, is told that something beyond asceticism-the batini essence of events-nothing remains hidden from his point of view, and he has stepped from the border of imitation to the border of lore, he is called the sage (orif) and his soul is called the spirit of the sage (scholar). if, upon the ironic enlightenment, also chose himself as a qurb ( قرب near), and as a musharraf in his love, illuminated his heart with his own light, he would be called a vali and his spirit a vali spirit.if, along with the qur'an and love and the clarity of the heart, the true almighty chose him for the sake of his miracle – blessings and sent him as a prophet to guide the people, he would be called a prophet and his spirit as the spirit of the prophet. if he chooses him for his book,then he will be called a messenger and his spirit a messenger. in the case of sending a book, if it falsifies (abolishes) the previous (up to) sharia and introduces a new sharia, it is called ululazm and its spirit is called the spirit of ululazm. if the previous sharia was falsified and the new sharia was chosen by the holy prophet,he would be called khotam ul-anbiya, and his soul would be called khatamul-anbiya spirit,” nasafi makes his views clear on the ranks of the spirit in a perfect person. the higher rank places the prophetic rank of khatam ul – anbiyo, which means that the scholar of the perfect man had the same opinion as ibn al-arabi, comes from the conclusion. ibn al-arabiy perfect insondeya prophet muhammad (s.a.v), while nasafi makes a general account of the levels up to the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org prophet, the choice of the blessed one, by analogy with the spiritual ones. regarding the nine degrees mentioned above, the people of sharia state that the (human) psyche (perfection) is not higher, noting that each of these nine comets (to man) is one grace, and that the status of each category is predetermined, a person cannot bypass his status. shaikh aziziddin nasafi also cited the wisdom people (philosophers) ' s views on these nine comets,noting that in their opinion the uruj would not be higher,but that they did not see it as a limit either. according to the people of hakimat, these nine ranks are those of the people of enlightenment and the people of safa, but whose status is higher,so will his enlightenment (knowledge) and safa (purity). as a person's purity and knowledge increase, his status as the soul returns will also be higher. thus, each of these statuses can have a human musharraf, and no one's status is predetermined. everyone's status is a reward for his enlightenment and safavidness,and whoever is more enlightened and safavid will continue to have a higher status”. the discrepancies between the people of wahdat (people of sufism) and the people of wisdom (philosophers) about these statuses are directly related to accident is happened, between which the uncompromising quarrels lasted for a long time. sheikh aziziddin nasafi also reflects on the substance of the basis of all things in the second chapter of his treatise “insani komil”, entitled” on the account of the puberty and hurries of man. the scholar said, “the first thing that allah created, as the prophets and judges unanimously recognized, was the ore the original, the foundation, the substance). the name of this mineral is before the mind. when the seed of existence is before the mind, then the minds, the souls, the calamities, the stars, the elements, the maids, the plants, and the beast – all the existence before the mind, are those who have knowledge (potential). this wheat germ grain contains the root of wheat, the body, the spike, and when it germinates and grows evolutionarily, the circle ends up being the end of likelyhood. just like the mind from the very beginning, all existence appeared, and in the deepest, man appeared. after a person, nothing was injured. in place of the conclusion, it means that after a person reaches his mental maturity, he will end up in adulthood. an example of this process rotates like a circle. in contrast to the continuation of shaikh’s thoughts: “o ascet, no doubt, the mind of allah has created nothing more divine, dearer, grander than before. he is the most honorable of the creatures; nothing other than the crazy did not recognize himself in the wounded; nothing in what was created did not know allah, he mentions. with these thoughts, the scientist pointed out that the mind and the person who concentrates it with allah and himself with the familiar is the supreme value. it is as if a person left, answering at this point the question of why he should strive for perfection. conclusion sheikh aziziddin nasafi cited the existence of the rank of reason, a discrepancy between each rank, saying, “whoever reaches one juz of reason, sees himself as the maturation of reason, whereas this is not the case. whoever has reached the end of the mind has reached the maturity of the mind,” he added. the maturation of reason is measured by god's gift of divine light to the servant. those who have reached such a level are the owners of real science. because allah persists in their thinking and gives him the key to many riddles, such a person is the winner in both religious and secular affairs. they are the companions of the two worlds. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org references 1. muhammad nosir. nasaf va kesh allomalari. – toshkent, 2001. – b. 123 2. lloyd v. j. ridgeon. aziz-al din muhammad nasafi. curzon press. –surrey, 1998. 260 3. aziziddin nasafiy. zubdat ul-haqoyiq. / n.komilov tarjimasi. – tashkent: “kamalak”, 2003. – b.185. 4. aziziddin nasafiy. zubdat ul-haqoyiq. / n.komilov tarjimasi. – tashkent: “kamalak”, 2003. – b.185. 5. najmiddin komilov. tasavvuf.– b.134. 6. shayx muhammad sodiq muhammad yusuf. sahihi buxoriy. ii-juz.. – tashkent, 2020. – b.122. 7. aziziddin nasafiy. komil inson. / najmiddin komilov va olimjon davlatov tarjimasi. – tashkent, 2000-2013. 8. shayx muhammad sodiq muhammad yusuf . xislatli hikmatlar sharhi. vkitob. – tashkent: ”hilol nashr”. – b.89. 9. aziziddin nasafiy. zubdat ul-haqoyiq. / n.komilov tarjimasi. – b.92. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org requirements for mother tongue and reading literacy classes in elementary school and development of innovative pedagogical technologies gulsevar abdurasul qizi qurbonova second-year student of the primary education department, karshi state university usmanova mokhira kenjayevna research supervisor, associate professor, department of uzbek language and literature, karshi state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the key requirements for primary school native language and literacy lessons and the development of innovative pedagogical technologies. it emphasizes the necessity of applying modern methods and approaches, taking into account students' individual characteristics to improve the effectiveness of the educational process. primary school, native language, literacy, educational requirements, innovative pedagogical technologies, interactive methods, individual approach. introduction in elementary school, mother tongue and reading literacy classes play a crucial role in the development of students' language and academic skills. at this stage, interest in the mother tongue and speech culture emerges, while reading skills form the basis for studying other subjects in school. the goal of the methodology for teaching the mother tongue in elementary classes is to provide students with the means and methods of learning the uzbek language, mastering the mother tongue, which includes speech, reading, writing, grammar, and spelling. all subjects are interconnected; however, the foundation for a comprehensive and deeper study of all subjects is laid by the mother tongue. therefore, the requirements set for the lessons must be strict and clear. the introduction of innovative pedagogical technologies in the modern education process is crucial for enhancing students' engagement and effectively improving the learning process. currently, the role of modern innovative technologies is significant in increasing students' knowledge and interest in the subject. thus, this article discusses the requirements for mother tongue and reading literacy classes in elementary school and the formation of innovative pedagogical technologies. literature review the literature related to the requirements and innovative pedagogical technologies for mother tongue and reading literacy classes in elementary school has been extensively studied. research shows that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org interactive and individual approaches in the language learning process contribute to enhancing students' knowledge levels. educational scientists emphasize the importance of stage-by-stage and developmental methods in learning the mother tongue. it has been demonstrated that innovative technologies, particularly multimedia tools, electronic resources, and digital platforms, effectively improve the quality of education. additionally, innovative methods, game technologies, and collaboration-based approaches have been investigated for their role in shaping speech culture and encouraging independent thinking among students. alongside this, literature frequently highlights the necessity for continuous improvement of teachers’ skills and the implementation of new technologies. overall, the literature recommends the application of modern approaches and innovations to ensure the quality organization of mother tongue and reading literacy classes in elementary education. research methods this study utilized both qualitative and quantitative methods. qualitative methods were employed to analyze educational literature and gather information about the requirements for mother tongue and reading literacy classes in elementary school as well as innovative technologies. the qualitative method is used for the qualitative analysis of data, meaning descriptive and in-depth examination, such as interviews, observations, and focus groups. within the scope of quantitative methods, the activity and results of students in the educational process were measured using statistical methods. the quantitative method is based on expressing and measuring data through numerical representation, such as surveys, tests, and statistical analyses. for example, a qualitative method would be identifying customer satisfaction through interviews, while a quantitative method would involve measuring customer satisfaction using a rating scale from 1 to 10. additionally, teachers' opinions were explored through interviews and surveys, and the effectiveness of innovative pedagogical approaches was evaluated. the concept of "methodology" is also related to the teaching of various subjects and expresses the teaching process, content, principles, laws, forms, methods, and tools of a certain field. according to educational scholar a. m. stolyarenko, "the methodology of teaching academic subjects is a set of methods, methodological techniques, tools, and organizational measures related to solving specific pedagogical tasks." the research methods are as follows: document analysis – studying curricula, methodological guidelines, and scientific literature to determine the requirements for mother tongue and reading literacy classes in elementary school. observation – monitoring students' activities, interactions, and the extent of method implementation during the lesson. surveys and interviews – conducting interviews with teachers and some students to explore their experiences and views regarding the application of innovative pedagogical technologies. experiment – practical implementation of new pedagogical technologies in lessons to test their effectiveness, followed by an analysis of educational outcomes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org statistical analysis – analyzing collected data using statistical methods to evaluate the effectiveness of education. these methods collectively serve as a foundation for improving lesson quality and determining the effectiveness of innovative approaches, thereby harmonizing theoretical and practical aspects in the scientific research process. results and discussion the research findings indicate that the requirements set for mother tongue and reading literacy classes in elementary school are clearly defined, and fulfilling these requirements enhances the effectiveness of the educational process. innovative pedagogical technologies—specifically, interactive methods, multimedia tools, and digital platforms—increase students' interest in lessons, expedite the learning process, and foster independent thinking. the discussion emphasizes the importance of improving teachers' qualifications and continuously introducing new technologies when implementing innovative approaches in practice. additionally, it is necessary to take into account the individual needs and abilities of each student to ensure the flexibility of the lessons. throughout the research, it was identified that, in certain classes, technologies are not being utilized sufficiently, highlighting the necessity of expanding resources and providing methodological support in this area. overall, the application of innovative pedagogical technologies in mother tongue and reading literacy lessons was confirmed to be an effective means of improving the quality of education. it is recommended to conduct further in-depth research and expand practical experiences in this field in the future. conclusion in conclusion, the primary goal of utilizing innovative technologies in mother tongue lessons is to encourage students to think independently and freely, engage in inquiry, approach each issue creatively, sense responsibility, and analyze. the aim is to enhance mother tongue lessons through the increased use of innovative technologies and methods. the introduction of innovative technologies into the educational process and the continuous quest for improving educational effectiveness has become a current necessity. implementing new technologies into the educational process is one of the challenges faced by educators. modern methods, interactive tools, and individualized approaches make the educational process effective and contribute to the development of students' language culture. therefore, improving teachers' qualifications, expanding resources, and consistently applying new technologies will elevate the quality of education to a higher level. continuing research and practical work in this area is considered to be of significant importance in the future. references: 1. abduvaliyev s. "methodology of mother tongue lessons in elementary school" – tashkent, 2018. 2. tursunov a. "innovative approaches in developing reading literacy" – tashkent, 2020. 3. karimova g. "modern pedagogical technologies and their role in the educational process" – tashkent, 2019. 4. "curriculum for mother tongue classes in elementary school" approved by the ministry of public education of the republic of uzbekistan – 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org using mass media in teaching listening at the university doniyorbekova farxunda baxtiyorovna samarkand state institute of foreign languages, faculty of foreign languages and literature 4th year student rano nasirova scientific advisor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the use of mass media in teaching listening at the university level has become an essential component of modern education. this paper explores the effectiveness of incorporating mass media—such as television, radio, podcasts, and digital platforms—into listening comprehension exercises. the study highlights how these resources enhance students' engagement, improve their ability to understand different accents and speech patterns, and expose them to authentic language use. special attention is given to the role of multimedia in creating an immersive learning environment. the research also discusses potential challenges, including the selection of appropriate media content and the need for structured listening activities. by examining current trends and pedagogical approaches, this paper aims to provide educators with practical strategies for integrating mass media into listening instruction. mass media, listening skills, university education, language learning, digital media, authentic materials, listening comprehension, multimedia learning. introduction listening is a fundamental skill in language acquisition, particularly for university students who need to comprehend lectures, discussions, and authentic speech in various contexts. traditional listening exercises often rely on scripted dialogues and textbook recordings, which may not adequately prepare students for real-world communication. mass media, in contrast, offers exposure to naturally occurring language, diverse accents, and cultural contexts that enrich students’ listening experiences.1 the integration of mass media into listening instruction has evolved with technological advancements. previously, radio and television were the primary sources of listening practice. today, digital media platforms, including streaming services, podcasts, and online news channels, provide an extensive range of materials suited for different proficiency levels.2 however, incorporating mass media into language learning requires careful planning to ensure its effectiveness. 1 . flowerdew, j., & miller, l. (2005). *second language listening: theory and practice.* cambridge university press. 2 rost, m. (2011). *teaching and researching listening.* pearson education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org this paper examines the role of mass media in developing listening skills, the benefits of using authentic audiovisual materials, and the challenges educators may face in implementing media-based instruction. the role of mass media in listening development. mass media provides a variety of listening experiences that are essential for language learners. unlike scripted textbook dialogues, real-world media content exposes students to: diverse accents and speech patterns: exposure to different regional and international accents helps students develop a broader understanding of english pronunciation and intonation.3 contextual learning: news reports, interviews, and documentaries provide real-life contexts that aid comprehension.4 authentic speech: natural speech includes hesitations, contractions, and informal expressions, which are often absent in traditional learning materials.5 engagement through visual and audio stimuli: television programs, youtube videos, and social media clips integrate both visual and auditory elements, enhancing comprehension through contextual cues.6 effective strategies for using mass media in teaching listening. to maximize the benefits of mass media in teaching listening, educators should implement structured activities that enhance comprehension and retention. 1. pre-listening activities before engaging with mass media content, students should be introduced to the topic, vocabulary, and potential challenges they might encounter. activities can include: predicting content: discussing the topic based on the title or a short description. vocabulary preview: identifying key words and phrases that may appear in the recording. discussion questions: encouraging students to brainstorm ideas related to the topic. 2. while-listening activities during the listening task, students should focus on extracting key information, understanding main ideas, and identifying specific details. effective techniques include: note-taking: encouraging students to jot down important points.7 guided listening: providing worksheets with comprehension questions.8 identifying tone and emotion: analyzing how speakers convey emotions and intentions through their speech.9 3 vandergrift, l., & goh, c. (2012). *teaching and learning second language listening: metacognition in action.* routledge. 4 gilakjan , a. p., & sabouri, n. b. (2016). *the significance of listening comprehension in english language teaching.* theory and practice in language studies, 6(8), 1670-1677. 5 brown, s. (2018). *listening myths: applying second language research to classroom teaching.* university of michigan press. 6 wilson, j. j. (2008). *how to teach listening.* pearson education. 7 field, j. (2008). *listening in the language classroom.* cambridge university press. 8 lynch, t. (2012). *teaching listening: a guide for teachers and trainers.* ernst klett sprachen. 9 richards, j. c. (2008). *teaching listening and speaking: from theory to practice.* cambridge university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org 3. post-listening activities after listening, students should reflect on and analyze the content through interactive exercises: summarization: writing or orally summarizing the main points.10 discussion and debate: encouraging critical thinking by discussing opinions on the topic.11 transcription and analysis: transcribing a short segment to examine pronunciation, intonation, and grammar structures.12 challenges of using mass media in listening instruction. while mass media provides significant advantages, certain challenges must be addressed: content selection: some media sources may contain complex language, slang, or cultural references that are difficult for learners to understand.13 technical issues: access to high-quality internet and media resources may be limited for some students.14 distractions: digital media platforms can lead to distractions if not used with structured guidance.15 overload of information: authentic materials can be dense and require careful adaptation for different proficiency levels. future directions and innovations. advancements in educational technology continue to shape how mass media is used in listening instruction. ai-driven language learning applications, interactive transcripts, and personalized content recommendations are enhancing students' engagement with media. virtual reality (vr) and augmented reality (ar) are also emerging as tools that provide immersive listening experiences. conclusion: the use of mass media in teaching listening at the university level offers numerous benefits, including exposure to authentic speech, diverse accents, and engaging content. however, successful implementation requires strategic planning, appropriate material selection, and structured activities to enhance comprehension. by leveraging modern technology and innovative teaching methods, educators can effectively integrate mass media into listening instruction, preparing students for realworld communication. references 1. flowerdew, j., & miller, l. (2005). *second language listening: theory and practice.* cambridge university press. 2. rost, m. (2011). *teaching and researching listening.* pearson education. 10cross, j. (2011). *metacognitive instruction for second language listening development: theory, practice and research implications.* language teaching research, 15(4), 432-453. 11 rost, m. (2002). *teaching and learning listening.* longman. 12nation, p., & newton, j. (2009). *teaching esl/efl listening and speaking.* routledge. 13 krashen, s. (1982). *principles and practice in second language acquisition.* pergamon press. 14 goh, c. c. m. (2000). *a cognitive perspective on language learners’ listening comprehension problems.* system, 28(1), 55-75. 15 vandergrift, l. (2007). *recent developments in second language listening comprehension research.* language teaching, 40(3), 191-210. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 3. vandergrift, l., & goh, c. (2012). *teaching and learning second language listening: metacognition in action.* routledge. 4. gilakjani, a. p., & sabouri, n. b. (2016). *the significance of listening comprehension in english language teaching.* theory and practice in language studies, 6(8), 1670-1677. 5. brown, s. (2018). *listening myths: applying second language research to classroom teaching.* university of michigan press. 6. wilson, j. j. (2008). *how to teach listening.* pearson education. 7. field, j. (2008). *listening in the language classroom.* cambridge university press. 8. lynch, t. (2012). *teaching listening: a guide for teachers and trainers.* ernst klett sprachen. 9. richards, j. c. (2008). *teaching listening and speaking: from theory to practice.* cambridge university press. 10. cross, j. (2011). *metacognitive instruction for second language listening development: theory, practice and research implications.* language teaching research, 15(4), 432-453. 11. rost, m. (2002). *teaching and learning listening.* longman. 12. nation, p., & newton, j. (2009). *teaching esl/efl listening and speaking.* routledge. 13. krashen, s. (1982). *principles and practice in second language acquisition.* pergamon press. 14. goh, c. c. m. (2000). *a cognitive perspective on language learners’ listening comprehension problems.* system, 28(1), 55-75. 15. vandergrift, l. (2007). *recent developments in second language listening comprehension research.* language teaching, 40(3), 191-210. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org problems in learning uzbek for european language learners umurzakova sevara abdukarimovna toshkent davlat til va adabiyoti universiteti, toshdoʻtau 1-kurs magistranti abdukarimsevara@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study explores the challenges faced by european language learners in acquiring uzbek. it examines phonetic, grammatical, lexical, and cultural difficulties that arise due to structural differences between uzbek and indo-european languages. particular attention is given to vowel harmony, agglutinative morphology, and the absence of articles, which contrast with european linguistic norms. additionally, sociolinguistic factors, such as exposure to uzbek language materials and native speaker interaction, are considered. the findings aim to provide insights for developing more effective uzbek language learning strategies for european learners. uzbek language, european learners, phonetic difficulties, grammatical challenges, agglutinative structure, vowel harmony, second language acquisition, language learning strategies. introduction for european language learners, a number of obstacles and problems may arise when learning uzbek as a foreign language. these problems are related to the living environment, religious beliefs and cultural differences, and are especially manifested in the development of the following speech competencies: 1. phonetic and pronunciation problems some sounds of the uzbek language are not found in european languages (for example, “q”, “g‘”, “x”). the stress system is different from european languages, which can cause difficulties in understanding and correct pronunciation. 2. lexical and semantic differences for european language learners, the islamic-cultural meaning of some words in the uzbek language (for example, “halol”, “haram”, “sawab”, “gunoh”) can cause difficulties in understanding. some words, even if they are close in meaning, are used differently depending on the context (for example, the words “guest” and “feast” can be understood differently in different cultures). 3. grammatical problems the agglutinative nature and word formation system of the uzbek language differ from european languages, which can cause morphological difficulties. possessive suffixes, affixes, noun-noun combinations (for example, saying “shop book” instead of “book store”) can be used incorrectly. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org verb tenses, especially the conditional and alternative future tense, can be difficult for europeans to understand. when analyzing grammatical problems with detailed examples, the agglutinative system of the uzbek language and its morphological features create difficulties for european learners. in uzbek, affixes and suffixes are used to form the possessive forms of words, which creates difficulties for europeans. let's consider the following examples: 1. possessive suffixes. in uzbek, there are possessive suffixes that indicate the possessive form of a word. for european learners, these suffixes can be ambiguous. for example: menim kitobim (my book) senin kitob (your book) unin yuyi (his/her house) incorrect use of possessive suffixes is common among europeans, since in some languages (for example, english) there are specific differences in the expression of possession. 2. affixes and word formation. in uzbek, many affixes (suffixes) are used to form words. this is an agglutinative feature of the uzbek language, and affixes are added to change the structure of the word. for example: teacher (teacher + -chi) teacher kitobhon (book + -xona) bookkeeper europeans may have difficulty placing these suffixes correctly, since english has a different mechanism for word formation. 3. word order. word order in uzbek sometimes differs from european languages. for example, the expression "book store" is correct in uzbek, but not in english (the expression "book store" is correct). europeans may apply word order according to the rules of their language, which leads to grammatical errors. 4. verb tenses. verb tenses in uzbek, especially the conditional and future subjunctive, can be difficult for europeans to understand. in particular: if i had come, i would have met you. (subjunctive) if i had come, i would have seen you. (future subjunctive) these tenses are difficult to translate correctly into european languages, as some languages do not have such tenses as the conditional and future subjunctive. practical theoretical methods and disadvantages 1. practical methods: interactive teaching methods: allows students to learn grammar rules together with the teacher and master them through practical exercises. working with examples and involving students in dialogue helps to master grammar faster. grammar exercises in the appropriate context: european learners are advised to create different contextual situations and use different word forms when learning the grammatical rules of the uzbek language. 2. disadvantages: alternative structures: some grammatical features can be difficult to translate correctly into european languages, as structural differences between languages must be fully taken into account. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org the link between grammar and speaking competence: europeans take a more logical approach to learning grammar, but may have difficulties understanding the social and cultural context of the uzbek language and their practical application in speech. at the same time, teaching grammatical rules through practical exercises can be an effective method for european language learners, as it helps them learn to use the language in simple situations. 4. speech and pragmatic problems in uzbek culture, there are formal and informal forms of communication, and forms of respect differ from those in european languages (for example, the limit on the use of “you”, “you”). while europeans are accustomed to an “open” and individualistic style of communication, uzbek often uses indirect or optional expressions (for example, saying “see you later” instead of “no” when rejecting an offer). 5. cultural and religious differences some concepts may be universal in european languages, but in uzbek, words and phrases related to religious and traditional values may be difficult to understand. for example, concepts such as “to pray”, “ramadan”, “ehson” may be incomprehensible to europeans. which speech competencies are most problematic? 1. listening comprehension: the phonetic system and accent of the uzbek language are not familiar to europeans, so it can be difficult to quickly understand sentences. 2. speaking competence: due to pronunciation and cultural differences, it is difficult to find the right expression and correctly apply the rules of grammar in speaking. 3. written speech: compared to european languages, uzbek has a unique word order and morphology, which can make it more difficult to make mistakes in written speech. 4. reading: the presence of arabic, persian, and old turkic words can make it difficult for europeans to understand texts. to overcome the above problems, it is necessary to provide a wider coverage of cultural contexts in teaching uzbek as a foreign language, gradually develop speaking competences, and strengthen pragmatic communication through practical exercises. the main speech competence problems that european language learners face when learning uzbek as a foreign language are: 1. listening comprehension problems reasons: in uzbek, the stress usually falls on the last syllable, which is different from european languages (for example, in english, the stress can be different). some phonemes are new to europeans, and they have difficulty distinguishing similar sounds. since the intonation and rhythm of words in european languages are different, it can be difficult to understand uzbek speech when spoken quickly. in particular: a european student may hear the sentence “i called” as “i called today” and have difficulty understanding it. a european student may misunderstand the phrase “i like” (meaning “i like”) as the same as the english “i love you”. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. uzokov, b. (2006). o‘zbek tili grammatikasi (uzbek grammar). tashkent. 2. csato, é. á., & johanson, l. (1998). the turkic languages. routledge. 3. kornfilt, j. (1997). turkish grammar. routledge. (though about turkish, it provides insights into uzbek, as both are turkic languages.) 4. sjoberg, a. (1963). uzbek structural grammar. indiana university. 5. ellis, r. (2008). the study of second language acquisition. oxford university press. 6. krashen, s. d. (1982). principles and practice in second language acquisition. pergamon press. 7. lightbown, p. m., & spada, n. (2013). how languages are learned. oxford university press. 8. odlin, t. (1989). language transfer: cross-linguistic influence in language learning. cambridge university press. american journal of business management, economics and banking issn (e): 2832-8078 volume 35, april 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org development of the securities market in uzbekistan: improvement of the regulatory and legal framework and digitalization trends f. muxamedov tsue professor of the "corporate finance and securities" department a. ibodullayev tsue professor of the "corporate finance and securities" department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the development of the securities market in the republic of uzbekistan from 2019 to 2024, the improvement of the regulatory and legal framework, and the process of implementing digital technologies. the 2023 report of the "tashkent" republic stock exchange, regulatory documents on internal control from 2019 and 2021, and the procedure for remote digital identification of clients in 2024 were used to study the transparency, security, and alignment of the market with international standards (fatf, kyc, aml/cft). the results show that the legal infrastructure of the market has been strengthened, digitalization has improved convenience for investors, but liquidity and technological infrastructure constraints remain. based on international experience (india, european union), recommendations for future development were provided. securities market, internal control, digital identification, stock exchange, regulatory and legal framework, aml/cft, kyc, fatf, uzbekistan, digitalization. introduction the securities market in uzbekistan was formed in the legislative framework in the 1990s. based on the presidential decree no. 745 of the republic of uzbekistan on "measures for further deepening economic reforms, protecting private property rights, and promoting entrepreneurship," the "tashkent" republic stock exchange was established on april 8, 1994. its active development began in the second half of the 2010s. according to the 2023 report of the "tashkent" republic stock exchange, the volume of exchange trading showed an upward trend compared to the previous year, confirming the market's growing role in economic activity. the regulatory documents adopted by the republic of uzbekistan, such as the ministry of justice's decree on october 23, 2019, on "amendments and additions to the regulation on internal control of professional participants in the securities market," the june 26, 2021, decision of the ministry of finance and the department for combating economic crimes under the prosecutor general's office of the republic of uzbekistan on "amendments and additions to internal control rules to combat money laundering, terrorism american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org financing, and financing the spread of weapons of mass destruction for professional participants in the securities market," and the cabinet of ministers' decree on april 26, 2024, no. 238 on "approval of the regulation on the remote digital identification of clients in the securities market," have aligned the market's legal infrastructure with international standards. the development of the securities market in foreign experience is often linked to digitalization and strict control mechanisms. the introduction of digital platforms by the national stock exchange of india (nse) since the 2000s resulted in an increase in the number of investors to 30 million (sebi, 2023). in the european union, the mifid ii directive (2018) made internal control and data exchange mandatory to enhance market transparency (european commission, 2018). uzbekistan's recent reforms are similarly focused on creating favorable conditions for investors through a digital identification system and strengthening the fight against the legalization of criminal proceeds. in uzbekistan, several issues have emerged in the development of the securities market, including low financial literacy among investors, limited market liquidity, and insufficiently developed technological infrastructure. the aim of this article is to analyze the current state of the market based on regulatory and legal documents from 2019-2024 and the 2023 activities of the "tashkent" stock exchange, assess the impact of digitalization trends, and examine its development prospects in an international context. the article attempts to reveal the relationship between state policy, legal framework, and practical outcomes, which can serve as a basis for developing new regulations for future research. literature review research on the development of the securities market has been widely studied internationally, with this sector being closely linked to economic growth, financial stability, and global integration. according to international financial institutions, in emerging markets, the securities sector plays a crucial role in attracting capital as an alternative to the banking system (levine, 2005; world bank, 2022). the need for a strong legal framework, internal control mechanisms, and the implementation of modern technologies for the effective functioning of the market is emphasized (iosco, 2020). this research examines the development of the securities market in uzbekistan from both international experience and local context perspectives. there are several important studies in the international literature regarding the regulation of the securities market. the mifid ii directive of the european union (european commission, 2018) became a model for strict regulation of internal control and data exchange to enhance market transparency. fatf (2019) developed standards for combating money laundering (aml) and countering the financing of terrorism (cft), which are recognized as global benchmarks in ensuring the security of the securities market. india's experience is particularly noteworthy: the introduction of digital platforms at the national stock exchange (nse) increased the number of investors to 30 million and boosted trading volume (sebi, 2023). these experiences will serve as an important guide for uzbekistan among emerging countries. the 2023 report of the "tashkent" republican stock exchange is an important source reflecting market activity, covering aspects such as trading results, growth in the stock and bond markets, and international cooperation. in the international literature, the positive results of digitalization are emphasized by allen et al. (2021), who highlight that digital technologies reduce transaction costs and increase the number of market participants. uzbekistan's experience provides an opportunity to test these global trends in local conditions. american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the literature review shows that the legal framework and digitalization are interconnected factors of significant importance for the development of the securities market. based on the regulatory documents from 2019-2024 and the 2023 activities of the "tashkent" stock exchange, this analysis examines the specific aspects of market development in both the local and international contexts. research methodology this research is focused on analyzing the development of the securities market in uzbekistan, the improvement of the regulatory framework, and trends in digitalization, using official documents as primary data sources. the research is based on a qualitative methodology, utilizing document analysis, legal-technical comparison, and contextual interpretation methods. this approach allows for a comprehensive study of the legal and practical development of the market. the trade volume and strategic directions in the 2023 report of the "tashkent" stock exchange were examined in relation to changes in regulatory documents. the internal control rules in the 2019 and 2021 documents, as well as the 2024 digital identification procedure, were analyzed in terms of their impact on market safety and convenience. the analysis prioritized a qualitative approach, as the available data is primarily textual and legal in nature. due to the fact that the data is derived from official state documents and the stock exchange report, the validity of the research is considered to be high. the documents are registered by the ministry of justice of the republic of uzbekistan, and their legal status is confirmed. special attention was paid to maintaining impartiality and objectivity during the analysis process. this methodology allows for a systematic analysis of the legal and technological development of the securities market in uzbekistan and provides a foundation for further detailed presentation of the results in the subsequent sections. analysis and discussion of results in this section, the results derived from five documents on the development of the securities market in uzbekistan are analyzed, and their legal, technological, and practical significance is discussed. the results highlight important changes in strengthening the market’s internal control mechanisms, increasing convenience through digitalization, and aligning with international standards. the 2023 report of the "tashkent" republican stock exchange reflects the practical development of the market. according to the report, the exchange’s trading volume showed an upward trend compared to the previous year, with increased activity in the stock and bond markets. specifically, the report emphasized the expansion of international cooperation (such as the signing of memorandums with foreign exchanges) and the development of digital platforms as strategic directions. this growth indicates the positive impact of regulatory and legal reforms. the order from the ministry of justice of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 23, 2019, regarding amendments and additions to the "regulation on internal control of professional participants in the securities market," and the decision from the ministry of finance of the republic of uzbekistan and the department for combating economic crimes under the general prosecutor's office of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 26, 2021, aimed at strengthening internal control in the securities market. in 2021, mechanisms for deep monitoring of operations by high-ranking officials and a 30-day operation suspension were introduced. these changes align with fatf standards and serve to enhance market security. american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the trading volume in the stock market amounted to 19.18 trillion soms ($1.5 billion). compared to the previous year, the trading volume increased by 16.56 trillion soms or 632.0%. meanwhile, the main volume of trades (18.6 trillion soms) was attributed to transactions related to the primary placement of shares and block transactions on the free of payment board (fop) in the secondary market. the significant growth in transaction volume on the fop platform is explained by the increasing use of the organized market by issuers transitioning from the unorganized over-the-counter market to execute deals, which ensures higher levels of openness and transparency in the stock market. as a result, the share of the unorganized market decreased from 94% last year to 58%, while the share of the organized market increased from 6% last year to 42% in 2024. the average daily trading volume amounted to 77.4 billion soms. the main indicators of the stock market are as follows 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 trading volume mln so‘m 510800 1147110 4705790 2620570 19182120 average daily trading volume mln so‘m 2003 4588 19052 10567 77347 average size of a single transaction mln so‘m 14.2 16.1 58.4 6.4 43.2 number of transactions dona 35983 71187 80652 411393 443849 average daily number of transactions dona 141 285 327 1659 1790 figure 1. key indicators of the stock market1 the resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan, no. 238, dated april 26, 2024, "on approval of the regulation on the procedure for remote digital identification of customers in the securities market," introduced the procedure for remote digital identification of customers. this system is based on kyc (know your customer) and aml/cft (anti-money laundering/countering the financing of terrorism) requirements and enables remote account opening and contract signing with a digital signature. the document establishes strict measures for data security (e.g., local server hosting, multi-factor authentication). the following table shows the key features: 1-table. features of the digital identification system2 feature description advantage remote deposit account opening via biometric passport/id card convenience for investors multi-factor authentication confirmation via sms, email, or social networks enhancing security compliance with fatf requirements a verification system compliant with aml/cft standards international integration 1 the information is sourced from the official website of the "tashkent" republican stock exchange, uzse.uz. 2 prepared by the researcher based on lex.uz and international standards. american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org digitalization in the experience of india's nse (sebi, 2023) increased the number of investors, similarly, in uzbekistan, it could stimulate market activity, but the low technological infrastructure and digital literacy of the population may limit the widespread adoption of this system. the results show that the securities market of uzbekistan is at a significant stage of development through the improvement of the legal framework and digitalization. internal control measures have strengthened market security, and digital identification has opened new opportunities for investors. the activities of the "tashkent" exchange in 2023-2024 confirm the practical results of these reforms. however, for the market's full potential to be realized, it is necessary to enhance technological infrastructure and increase the population's financial literacy. these results align with international experience, but due to local conditions, there are specific limitations. conclusion this study analyzed the development of the securities market in the republic of uzbekistan from 2019 to 2024, focusing on the improvement of the regulatory framework and digitalization trends. based on the 2023 report of the "tashkent" republican stock exchange, the decree of the ministry of justice of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 23, 2019, on amendments to the "regulation on the internal control of securities market professional participants," the resolution of the ministry of finance and the economic crimes department of the prosecutor general's office of the republic of uzbekistan dated june 26, 2021, regarding amendments and additions to the internal control regulations for securities market participants to combat money laundering, financing of terrorism, and the spread of weapons of mass destruction, and the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated april 26, 2024, on approving the "regulation on the digital identification of clients in the securities market" the following conclusions were drawn. the internal control mechanisms were significantly strengthened. in 2021, mechanisms for monitoring operations of senior officials and a 30-day suspension were introduced. these changes align with fatf standards and enhanced the security level of the market. with the 2024 decision, the digital identification system was implemented, enabling remote account opening and contract validation based on kyc and aml/cft requirements. this provided convenience for investors and strengthened the market's international integration. the 2023 report of the "tashkent" stock exchange confirmed the growth of trading volume and the expansion of international cooperation, reflecting the practical results of regulatory reforms. however, market liquidity and investor activity remain limited, which is associated with insufficient technological infrastructure and financial literacy development. these results demonstrate that uzbekistan's securities market has made significant strides in terms of transparency, security, and alignment with international standards. digitization has opened new opportunities for investors, but its full impact depends on technological capabilities and the digital experience of the population. international experience, such as india's nse platform (sebi, 2023), has shown that digitization can sharply increase the number of investors, but in uzbekistan, this process is still in its early stages. at the same time, the strengthening of internal controls has increased the accountability of market participants, though its economic effectiveness will require long-term monitoring. development of technological infrastructure: to ensure the widespread use of the digital identification system, it is necessary to modernize internet infrastructure and server capacities. this will help attract american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org international investors and increase market liquidity. increasing financial literacy of the population: the government and the stock exchange should organize public education programs. for instance, free courses on securities trading could increase the number of investors. wider implementation of international experience: drawing on the experiences of digital platforms in india or the european union (nse, mifid ii), uzbekistan should develop real-time trading systems and data exchange mechanisms. strengthening monitoring and evaluation: it is recommended to create a specialized statistical database to regularly analyze the impact of internal controls and digitization on market activity. this will help substantiate future policy decisions. enhancing staff qualifications: regular training for professional participants and regulators based on international standards (fatf, iosco) will ensure quality market governance. these recommendations will support the future development of uzbekistan's securities market. the research findings and proposals can serve as a foundation not only for local policy development but also for future academic work studying market modernization in developing countries. the long-term stability and competitiveness of the market will depend on the comprehensive implementation of the measures outlined above. references 1. cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan. resolution on the approval of the procedure for remote digital identification of clients in the securities market (no. 238, april 27, 2024). national legislation database, 09/24/238/0304. 2. "tashkent" republic stock exchange. stock market analysis report for 2023. tashkent: "tashkent" rfb. 3. official website of the "tashkent" republic stock exchange: uzse.uz 4. european commission. directive 2014/65/eu (mifid ii) on markets in financial instruments. official journal of the european union, l 173/349, 2018. 5. fatf (financial action task force). international standards on combating money laundering and the financing of terrorism & proliferation: the fatf recommendations. paris: fatf, 2019. 6. iosco (international organization of securities commissions). principles for the regulation and supervision of securities markets. madrid: iosco, 2020. 7. la porta, r., lopez-de-silanes, f., shleifer, a., & vishny, r. w. law and finance. journal of political economy, 106(6), 1113-1155. 8. levine, r. (1998). finance and growth: theory and evidence. handbook of economic growth, 1, 865-934. 9. sebi (securities and exchange board of india). annual report 2022-2023. mumbai: sebi, 2023. 10. world bank. capital markets development: trends and challenges in emerging economies. washington, dc: world bank group, 2022. https://www.uzse.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org nutritional features of pregnant women ниязова ольга андреевна, жалолов нозимжон нодир ўғли ташкентская медицинская академия a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s pregnancy is a period when a woman's body undergoes significant physiological changes, which affects her nutrient needs. proper and balanced nutrition is essential for the normal development of the fetus and maintaining the health of the mother. this article discusses the nutritional features of pregnant women, the importance of essential nutrients for fetal development, dietary features in each trimester of pregnancy, as well as recommendations for foods to eat and avoid. the results of scientific research on this topic are also presented. pregnancy, nutrition, vitamins, minerals, nutrients, maternal health, fetal development. introduction during pregnancy, a woman's body undergoes strong changes, so her need for food also changes. a woman's need for nutrients, vitamins and minerals increases, because these substances are necessary for the development of the child. improper nutrition during pregnancy can harm the health of the mother and baby. for example, iodine deficiency can negatively affect the development of the child's nervous system. iron deficiency can cause anemia, which in turn can affect a child's development. in addition, foods high in fat and sugar can cause excess weight and blood pressure problems during pregnancy. therefore, it is necessary to draw up a suitable nutrition plan for pregnant women. at the same time, a balanced intake of fats, proteins, carbohydrates, vitamins and minerals is important to support the growth and development of the child at every stage of pregnancy. this topic is relevant, as it plays an important role in ensuring a healthy pregnancy and raising a healthy future generation. most pregnant women around the world do not meet their vitamin and mineral needs, which can lead to various diseases and complications. for example, 20-30 percent of pregnant women have iron deficiency anemia, which reduces the supply of oxygen to the fetus. this situation negatively affects the development of the child and the health of the mother. materials and methods the following sources and methods were used to prepare the article: 1. world health organization (who) recommendations on the nutrition of pregnant women and nutrient needs. 2. scientific research and publications on nutrition of pregnant women. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org 3. local statistics on the nutritional status of pregnant women, provided by the ministry of health of the republic of uzbekistan. 4. recommendations of obstetricians and nutritionists on the organization of the diet of pregnant women. body nutrition during pregnancy. pregnancy requires a woman to follow special dietary recommendations, as this period is characterized by an increase in the need for energy, vitamins and minerals. nutrition should take into account the following features in each trimester: first trimester (1-12 weeks): during this stage, the nervous system and fetal organs develop, so folic acid and vitamin c. folic acid is important for preventing neural tube defects such as spina bifida. second trimester (13-26 weeks): during this period, the development of the fetal bone and muscular system continues, as well as the need for calcium and vitamin d. it is also important to get enough iron and vitamin b12. third trimester (27-40 weeks): the need for energy increases. this period requires a greater intake of carbohydrates and fats to maintain energy levels, as well as protein and calcium to maintain the health of both the mother and the fetus. the role of nutrients during pregnancy 1. folic acid: folic acid is necessary for the normal development of the fetal nervous system and the prevention of neural tube defects. the recommended dosage is 400-600 mcg per day. sources: spinach, broccoli, legumes, whole grains. 2. iron: iron is critically important for the normal development of the fetal circulatory system and the prevention of anemia in the mother. the recommended dosage is 27 mg per day. sources: red meat, legumes, spinach, dried fruits. 3. calcium: calcium is necessary for the formation of bones and teeth in the fetus. calcium deficiency can lead to osteoporosis and other bone diseases in the mother. the recommended dosage is 1000-1200 mg per day. sources: dairy products, eggs, broccoli. 4. omega-3 fatty acids: omega-3 fatty acids play an important role in fetal brain development. the recommended dosage is 200-300 mg per day. sources: salmon, sardines, flaxseed. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org recommended and prohibited foods recommended products: fresh fruits and vegetables, whole grains, fatty fish, dairy products. prohibited foods: raw meat and fish (risk of salmonella, toxoplasmosis), alcohol, excessive caffeine (no more than 200 mg per day). conclusion and recommendations proper nutrition during pregnancy is crucial for the health of both mother and baby. women need to follow the nutritional recommendations in each trimester to ensure all the necessary nutrients for the normal development of the fetus. it is important to consult with a doctor or dietitian to develop an individual diet. a balanced approach to nutrition can have a significant impact on the health and wellbeing of both mother and baby. references 1. zhang, x., & li, h. (2021). nutritional needs during pregnancy: a review of essential vitamins and minerals. journal of maternal-fetal and neonatal medicine, 34(4), 1-9. 2. morris, m. c., & dunlop, b. (2022). effects of maternal nutrition on fetal health: a systematic review. nutrition reviews, 80(3), 234-245. 3. cunningham, f. g., leveno, k. j., bloom, s. l., hauth, j. c., & gilstrap, l. c. (2019). williams obstetrics (25th ed.). new york: mcgraw-hill education. 4. jalolov, n., & dj, o. (2022). homiladorlik davrida to’g’ri ovqatlanishning o’ziga xos tomonlari. formation of psychology and pedagogy as interdisciplinary. in international scientific-online conference. 5. ya, z. s., jalolov, n. n., kh, p. m., & rakhimov, b. b. (2023). features of diet therapy for chronic liver diseases. science promotion, 1(2), 5-7. 6. jalolov, n. n., sobirov, o. g., kabilzhonova, s. r., & imamova, a. o. (2023). the role of a healthy lifestyle in the prevention of myocardial infarction. 7. rihsitillaevna, m. m., rustamovna, k. s., & nodir o'g'li, j. n. (2023). consequences of hygienic pollution factors. spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development, 14, 38-42. 8. зокирхўжаев, ш. я., & паттахова, м. х. (2022). clinical features and lab values of patients with chronic hepatitis after covid-19. 9. salaeva, d. t., zufarov, p. s., & yakubov, a. v. (2008). comparative evaluation of the effect of proton pump inhibitors on some cytoprotective mechanisms in experimental gastropathy. modern high technologies, (3), 63-63. 10. паттахова, м., & муталов, с. (2022). жигарнинг дори-дармонлар таъсирида зарарланиши (doctoral dissertation, узбекистан, ташкент). 11. shamuratova, n., zokirkhodjaev, sh., & duschanov, b. (2023). paróez ovqatlanishning qandli diabetda samaradorligi. 12. shamuratova, n. sh., zokirkhodzhaev, s. ya., & ruzmetova, d. a. (2023). zhigarning surunkali kasalliklarida dietoterapida ma'alliy maҳsulotlar american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org kullashning samarasi (doctoral dissertation, uzbek journal of case reports, uzbekistan). 13. ниязова, о. а., ахмадалиева, н. о., валиулин, р. и., & болтаев, м. м. (2022). comperative assessment of nutrition of university students of medical and non-medicdl profile (doctoral dissertation, european multidisciplinary journal of modern science). 14. niyazova, o. a., & valiulin, r. i. (2022). study and hygienic assessment of the actual nutrition of students (doctoral dissertation, youth innovative bulletin. scientific and practical journal volume 11). 15. kandil, h., & mohamed, s. (2020). role of folic acid in the prevention of neural tube defects in pregnancy. journal of obstetrics and gynecology, 26(1), 35-42. 16. national institute for health and care excellence (nice) (2021). nutrition in pregnancy and breastfeeding: evidence and guidelines. nice guidelines. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org production infrastructure of villages of surkhandarya region mirzayev khusniddin kholmuminovich, deputy director for youth work, termez city vocational school, surkhandarya region, freelance researcher, termez state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the production infrastructure of the villages of surkhandarya region, its condition and development prospects. the author studies the importance of the agricultural, industrial, transport and energy sectors in rural areas and makes proposals for increasing their efficiency. the article also covers the impact of the development of production infrastructure on employment, sources of income and economic well-being of the rural population. the results of the study include scientific and practical recommendations for the further development of production infrastructure in the region. surkhandarya region, rural infrastructure, production sectors, agriculture, industry, transport, energy, economic development. introduction production infrastructure is an important factor in the economic development of rural areas, ensuring the effective functioning of the agricultural, industrial, transport and energy sectors. surkhandarya region is one of the regions characterized by its natural and geographical conditions and economic potential, and the development of production infrastructure in its rural areas has a direct impact on the economic growth of the region and the improvement of the living standards of the population. results and discussion during the years of independence, farms and the cluster system in uzbekistan served to develop rural infrastructure and provide employment to the population living in rural areas. as a result of the consistent implementation of the privatization policy in agriculture in the republic in the early years of independence, farms and peasant farms became the mainstay of rural socioeconomic and cultural life. a thorough analysis of the development of economic relations and the system of management organization in the countryside showed the need for their fundamental revision. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on further improving the activities of farms and supporting the activities of businessmen of the republic”, adopted on november 29, 1991, was a logical continuation of these changes[1]. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on further strengthening dehkan farms and state support for entrepreneurship” of december 21, 1991 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org and the law “on dehkan farming” adopted by the supreme council in 1992 made it possible to develop the agricultural sector in accordance with the requirements of a market economy. over the past years, the government has paid special attention to the development of farming, providing both economic and legal support. first of all, when we think of agriculture, we think of land, its ownership, planting, caring for it, harvesting and providing the population with abundant food products. in 1994, the number of dehkan farms in the surkhandarya region increased by 1.9 times and amounted to 25 thousand at the end of the year. of these, 10 thousand farms specialized in livestock breeding. the total area of arable land owned by farms increased by 2.7 in 1994 compared to 1993[2]. in order to reorganize management structures in the countryside, it was necessary, first of all, to have a cooperative that would unite farms and serve them, provide guidance and assistance in matters of material and technical support, machinery, and agrochemical services. farms were to function as the basis for organizing agricultural production. for their effective operation, it became a basic rule that there should be a wide-spread, well-served infrastructure agrofirms, machine-tractor parks, repair shops, preparation points, small enterprises processing agricultural products, etc. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-1978 “on the program for deepening economic reforms in agriculture for 1998-2000”[3] adopted on march 18, 1998, and the law “on farming” in a new edition adopted at the xi session of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan on april 30, 1998, played an important role in the development of agriculture in our republic. these documents determined the legal status of farms in uzbekistan. the number of businessmen and entrepreneurs, farms increased, including 791 farms established in 2005, which became the main link in agriculture. the economic potential of the district has increased year by year, including: at the end of 2005, the cash income from grain amounted to 2 billion 779 million soums, and the net profit amounted to 460 million 900 thousand soums, with a profitability level of 20%. in particular: the "ishonch" farm belonging to the j. khojamiyorov farmers' association at the end of 2005 produced 65 centners of grain from 32 hectares of grain area, and the "boronbobo oglu" farm produced 60 centners from 151 hectares of grain area, fulfilling the production plan of 845 tons[4]. the agriculture of surkhandarya region underwent a process of significant changes in 2000-2005[5]. during these years, as a result of improved land reclamation work, the repair of irrigation facilities, and the modernization of outdated water pumping stations in the region, the size of irrigated land increased. according to data from 2001, the total arable land at the disposal of agricultural organizations and farmers in surkhandarya region was 239,526 hectares, while by 2003 this figure had reached 246,147 hectares [6]. in another important process of the second stage of reforms in farming in uzbekistan, in accordance with the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. 3077 dated october 6, 2008 “on the establishment of a special commission for the development of proposals on measures to optimize the size of land plots managed by farms”, a complete inventory of all land plots and measures to optimize the land plots of farms based on a critical assessment of their activities were implemented. in 2017, the volume of agricultural products produced (services provided) by farms amounted to 1895.8 billion soums, or 106.5 percent compared to 2016. the share of farms in the total volume of agricultural products was 30.0 percent. as of january 1, 2018, farms had 45,000 heads of cattle, including 15,300 cows, 364,900 sheep and goats, 2,605 horses, and 329,200 poultry[7]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org in january-march 2018, the volume of agricultural products produced (services provided) by farms in surkhandarya region amounted to 91.8 billion soums, or 102.5 percent compared to the same period in 2017. the share of farms in the total volume of agricultural products was 12.2 percent[8]. cluster farms have played a significant role in the development of agriculture in surkhandarya region. in order to develop the cluster system in the new conditions, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-5708 “on measures to improve the state administration system in the agricultural sector” dated april 17, 2019 was adopted[9]. this decree identified “implementation of measures for the widespread introduction of the cluster model of agribusiness, improvement of the organizational, legal and economic framework of the clustering process, assistance in the implementation of investment projects for the organization and development of clusters in agricultural sectors” as one of the important tasks. this indicates the urgency of finding scientific and methodological solutions to regulatory, legal, organizational, technological, financial, economic and other issues related to the formation of clusters [10]. the creation of new jobs for the rural population was considered one of the most important tasks of the second stage. in recent years, much work has been done to relocate industry to rural areas, open small enterprises, create processing and auxiliary industries. but most of this was due to the fact that entrepreneurs in the countryside themselves ran into a thousand obstacles and burned themselves. in this regard, it was necessary to highlight the role of the regional departments of labor, employment and social protection of the population. the agro-industrial complex carries out tasks such as the production and processing of agricultural products, and the supply of agricultural products to the population. the agro-industrial complex includes the following sectors: sector 1. the sector that produces means of production for the sectors (systems) of the agro-industrial complex. this sector includes machine building, which produces machines, tractors, combines, machine tools, and working machines for the agro-industrial complex, the chemical industry, which produces mineral fertilizers and chemicals, enterprises that produce compound feed for livestock, and specialized enterprises that produce medicines for agricultural crops and livestock. sector 2. agriculture itself. this sector forms the basis, the core of the agro-industrial complex, and the sectors included in other sectors of the complex operate mainly on the basis of the products of this sector or provide services. agriculture, in turn, is divided into crop and livestock sectors. in addition, the second sector of the agro-industrial complex includes apiculture, beekeeping, partly forestry (growing natural food and medicinal plants) and fishing. sector 3. it consists of a set of sectors that prepare, process and deliver finished products to consumers. cotton factories, meat and dairy factories, fruit juice factories, oil and fat factories, wool, hemp, cocoon processing plants, enterprises that store agricultural products or products obtained as a result of their processing, and enterprises engaged in the sale of agricultural products are part of this sector. since surkhandarya region specializes mainly in cotton cultivation, the cotton ginning industry has a special place in the oasis. during the years of independence, new cotton ginning plants were built and commissioned in surkhandarya. one of the largest cotton ginning plants in our region is “khairabadpakhta” jsc. the enterprise currently produces products such as cotton fiber, seeds, and cotton wool. it has a production capacity of more than 90-100 tons of high-quality fiber per day. the installation of two “uxk” batteries for cleaning cotton from small and large impurities, “dpz-180” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org units operating with high efficiency in the ginning shop, and “dp-82-37” cotton ginning equipment imported from ukraine have served to increase productivity and quality[11]. in accordance with the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, starting from august 1, 2001, wages, stipends and social benefits increased by 1.4 times, and in order to protect the social and economic interests of factory workers in the process of transition to a market economy, a number of works were carried out at “khairabadpakhta” jsc[12]. starting from august 1, 2001, the minimum wage at the enterprise was set at 5,000 soums, and the workers’ food allowance was set at 350,000 soums. financial assistance was provided to low-income families and workers for funerals and weddings. this amount ranged from 10,000 to 15,000 soums, and additional payments were made for work on weekends [13]. conclusion the privatization process in agriculture, which led to the emergence of the farmer and cluster system, in turn, had an impact on social life in villages. as a result of the development of employer-employee relations in the private sector, unemployment was partially reduced, and the wide spread of entrepreneurship was of great importance in raising the socio-cultural sphere of villages to a higher level. references: 1. new economic and legal relations were introduced in agriculture during the years of independence. //farmer's journal, 2016. september. no. 9, p. 10. 2. surkhandarya regional administration. main department of economics and statistics. first book. –termez, 1996. –p. 1-17. 3. bulletin of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan, 1998, no. 4, article 59. 4. surkhandarya regional administration. main department of economics and statistics, second book, -termez. 2010. 26. p. 5. materials of the current archive of the surkhandarya regional administration: materials of the session of the surkhandarya regional council of people's deputies. january 26, 2006. –p. 4. 6. surkhandarya regional administration main department of economics and statistics. second book. –termez, 2010. –p. 9. 7. statistical bulletin of surkhandarya region. january-december 2017. pp. 16-17. 8. statistical bulletin of surkhandarya region. january-march 2018. p. 17. 9. national database of legislative documents, 18.04.2019, no. 06/19/5708/2962. 10. development of the cluster system in agriculture: experiences, results and promising directions. materials of the republican scientific and practical conference. may 24, 2019: bukhara: "sadriddin salim bukhariy" durdona publishing house, 2019. –p. 3. 11. denov district state archive, m. 711fund, 1list, 5-iss, 19-sheet. 12. denov district state archive, m. 711fund, 1list, 5-iss, 20-sheet. 13. denov district state archive, m. 711fund, 1list, 5-iss, 4-sheet. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 40, | september 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org learning proper names koziyeva iqbol komiljonovna lecturer of the department of russian language and literature at the faculty of philology of bukhara state university ikbolkoziyeva0105@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the position of proper names in the language and their difference from common names since ancient times. attempts at theoretically grounded problems and their solutions are considered. proper name, calculus, common names, nickname, term. introduction the special position of proper names in the language and their difference from common names has been noted by researchers since ancient times. attempts to theoretically substantiate these differences are just as old, but the task is still far from being solved. the contradictions begin with the term "proper name" – russian tracing paper from latin. nomen proprium (cf. eigenname, fr. nom propre, eng. proper name). in latin, this term is translated from greek. όνομα κύριον. the term όνομα in the greeks could denote both common names (in plato and aristotle) and proper names (in xenophon). the greeks contrasted the categories of όνομα κύριον with προσηγορία – common or common names. however, aristotle and plutarch used this term in the meaning of "nickname", equal to the latin cognomen. the stoic chrysippus, emphasizing the difference between proper names and common names, called the former simply όνομα, and later grammarians – όνομα κύριον, implying that the category προσηγορία is also included in the class of όνομα on the rights of names that are not so true. the instability of greek terminology and the concepts attached to these terms penetrated into later european grammars, obscuring the essence of the phenomena denoted by these terms. the most difficult task turned out to be to determine the peculiarity of the meaning of a proper name. in the nineteenth century, this problem was perceived not so much as a linguistic one, but as a logical one, so its researchers were mainly logicians and philosophers. the great english logician john stuart mill (1806-1873) devoted much effort to its resolution. he came to the conclusion that proper names have no meaning, they are peculiar labels, or marks (like a cross) that help to recognize objects and distinguish them from each other. the characteristic of the named thing is not associated with the name-label, they do not "connote" (do not designate, do not describe it), but only "denote" or name it. mill suggested that "connoting names appeared after proper names". another english logician is h. joseph, disagreeing with mill, who rejected proper names in semantics, expressed the opposite opinion: he not only allowed the proper name to have a meaning, but found that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org "a proper name has even more meaning than a common name," for example, in the phrase "palicurus overboard" (companion of aeneas) compared to the expression "man overboard!". in the twentieth century, the logical concept of proper names was developed by the famous english logician and philosopher bertrand russell (1872-1970). in his opinion, everything that is designated in space and time by proper names can well be designated using a coordinate system, and it is designated more precisely, more scientifically. but for everyday, to a certain extent "primitive" communication, proper names are more convenient, and this justifies their existence. in the language. b. russell noticed a certain similarity of his own name with the demonstrative pronouns (that, this, this, etc.). the danish linguist paul christophersen saw the difference between common and proper names in the fact that the former are abstract, the latter are concrete. a proper name is a direct name of an individual, a common name is an indirect name. the common noun first names the class to which the individual belongs, and only then – the individual. an important milestone in the study of proper names was the work of the english linguist alan gardiner "theory of proper names" (1954). accepting mill's main thesis about the absence of proper names, a. gardiner clarifies and develops his interpretation. "a proper name is a word or group of words whose specific purpose is recognized as identification and which fulfill, or tend to fulfill, this purpose solely by means of a distinctive sound (sound appearance of the word), regardless of any meaning inherent in this sound from the very beginning or acquired by it as a result of association with an object or objects, identified through this sound" gardiner's idea of "embodied" and "disembodied" proper names is interesting. embodied, or "corporeal", are names attached to certain persons, places, etc. (such as william shakespeare, the river thames). disembodied, or "disembodied", are the same name words, but considered outside of connection with specific persons or topoobjects (william as a personal name in general, for example, in the dictionary of english anthroponyms). j. mill's thesis that "a proper name has absolutely no meaning," which was supported by linguists v. brendal, e. boissens, l. elmslev and a number of other scientists, led the modern danish linguist knud togeby to the conclusion that proper names (as well as pronouns), being devoid of semantic content (with "zero root"), are synonyms. this circumstance, in his opinion, is the reason that one individual can have several different names, and several have the same name (namesakes, namesakes). the opposite view of proper names as words with a greater meaning than common ones, expressed by the ancient greek stoic philosophers and supported in the nineteenth century by h. joseph, a contemporary of j. st. mill, was defended in the twentieth century by o. jespersen, m. breal, and others. jespersen wrote: "mill and his followers paid too much attention to what could be called the dictionary meaning of a name, and very little attention to its contextual meaning in the particular situation in which it is pronounced or written." summing up this far from complete list of points of view on the proper name, let's pay attention to the fact that most theories belong to logicians. but the logicians did not have enough language material. the examples they used were quite random. linguists who worked with specific linguistic material often did not have the opportunity to abstract from the particulars of the studied language, from the specifics of its forms, which greatly devalued their theoretical conclusions. for example, definitions of a proper name as a category without an article in the singular (bertelsen), or as some kind of "x" for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org which a formula including the article is created (sorensen), show that languages without an article category were ignored by their authors. the expansion of the front of special onomastic works in the twentieth century, the attraction of new scientific material has as its direct consequence the need for updated general onomastic theories. references [1] begmatov e. a. the meaning of the names of uzbekistan references (dictionary). 14 600 names isoxi.2nd edition. tashkent: national encyclopedia of uzbekistan (dictionary), 2007. — 608 r. [2] nafasov t. markayev transition: moving on the site, search uzbek ethnoanthroponyms //onomastics uzbekistan onomastics. sat. fast.rep ii. scientific-practical.conf. against, 1989. — p.136-140. [3] nikonov v. a. name and society. –m.: nauka. 1974. — 278 pages. [4] superanskaya a.v. phonological and morphological structure of proper names.-m.: nauka, 1969. [5] petrovsky n.a. dictionary of russian personal names.-m.: publishing house soviet encyclopedia, 1966. [6] ermolich d.i. proper names between languages and cultures.-m.: r.valent, 2001. [7] komiljonovna k. i. changes in the system of anthroponyms in the uzbek language at the end of the 20th century-the beginning of the 21st century //zien journal of social sciences and humanities. – 2022. – т. 10. – с. 65-67. [8] koziyeva i. k. the history of the development of russian anthroponymy //международный журнал языка, образования, перевода. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 3. [9] kozieva i. anthroponymy studies //science and innovation. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. c10. – с. 63-65. [10] koziyeva i. issues of anthroponymy in uzbek and russian linguistics //science and innovation. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. b1. – с. 121-123. [11] komiljonovna k. i. the origin of personal names in russian anthroponymy //open access repository. – 2023. – т. 9. – №. 3. – с. 277-281. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org urban aesthetics: the harmony of function, culture, and beauty in city design akramov kozimjon ibragimjon o‘g‘li namangan state technical university phone:+998976820217 orcid: 0000-0001-5925-2374 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s urban aesthetics explores how cities express beauty, harmony, and identity through spatial organization, architecture, and cultural symbolism. the field examines the intersection of art, functionality, and human experience within the urban environment. this paper investigates the theoretical foundations of urban aesthetics, traces its historical evolution, analyzes key principles of design, and discusses contemporary challenges. by studying exemplary cities worldwide, the article reveals how aesthetic values shape human well-being, social cohesion, and environmental sustainability in urban planning. urban aesthetics; city design; architectural harmony; visual identity; cultural heritage; sustainable urbanism; public space; humancentered design; environmental psychology; aesthetic principles; urban landscape; sense of place; urban form; historical development; contemporary challenges; aesthetic perception; green infrastructure; modern architecture; civic art; urban identity. introduction urban environments are more than spaces of residence and work; they are living organisms that embody cultural identity, social relations, and aesthetic values. the concept of urban aesthetics refers to the perception of beauty and harmony within a city’s physical and visual composition. as urbanization accelerates globally, the aesthetic dimension of cities becomes increasingly important in ensuring livability, sustainability, and psychological comfort. aesthetics in urban planning bridges functionality and emotion, transforming the built environment into a place of meaning and inspiration. historically, cities were designed not only for efficiency but also to reflect artistic ideals and collective identity. from the geometric order of ancient greek cities to the modern skyline of new york, aesthetic values have continually shaped urban form. today, with the challenges of globalization, climate change, and social inequality, the question of what makes a city beautiful has become both complex and essential. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org the term aesthetics originates from the greek word aisthesis, meaning “perception” or “sensation.” in urban design, aesthetics extends beyond visual beauty to include spatial rhythm, proportion, and the emotional experience of inhabitants. theoretical approaches to urban aesthetics have been influenced by philosophy, art, and environmental psychology. philosophers such as immanuel kant and edmund burke viewed aesthetics as a balance between order and the sublime. in the context of cities, kevin lynch’s concept of imageability and jane jacobs’s notion of urban vitality introduced psychological and social dimensions to aesthetic experience. lynch argued that legibility—how easily a city’s layout can be understood—creates visual pleasure and a sense of belonging. jacobs emphasized the beauty of diversity and human-scale environments over monotonous, modernist structures. urban aesthetics thus integrates art, sociology, ecology, and architecture. it considers how urban spaces evoke emotions, support human behavior, and represent cultural values through form, texture, light, and movement. urban aesthetics has evolved through distinct historical periods, each reflecting societal ideals and technological capacities. ancient and medieval cities: in ancient greece and rome, symmetry, proportion, and perspective were essential principles. cities like athens embodied the harmony between human and nature, while rome displayed grandeur and monumentality. medieval european towns, on the other hand, focused on compactness and symbolism—cathedrals, plazas, and fortifications defined both visual order and spiritual meaning. renaissance and baroque eras: the renaissance introduced mathematical order and human-centered design. architects such as leon battista alberti emphasized the relationship between beauty and proportion. baroque cities like versailles and rome used dramatic perspectives and axial planning to express power and divine order. industrial and modern periods: the industrial revolution transformed cities into functional, mechanized spaces, often at the expense of aesthetics. the modernist movement of the 20th century, led by le corbusier, sought beauty in rationality and minimalism. yet, the rigidity of modernism provoked backlash, leading to postmodernism’s revival of ornamentation, symbolism, and contextual design. urban aesthetics is guided by several universal principles that enhance spatial harmony and human experience: 1. proportion and scale: cities should maintain a balance between the size of structures and human perception. oversized buildings can alienate inhabitants, while human-scale environments foster comfort. 2. harmony and unity: visual coherence—achieved through consistent materials, colors, and forms—creates a sense of order without monotony. 3. contrast and diversity: aesthetic appeal often arises from variation. combining modern and historic elements enriches urban identity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 4. green and blue spaces: integration of parks, rivers, and gardens adds natural beauty and ecological balance, improving both the visual and environmental quality of cities. 5. cultural identity: each city’s aesthetics should express its local culture, traditions, and history rather than imitate global styles. 6. public art and symbolism: murals, sculptures, and monuments contribute to civic pride and serve as visual landmarks. paris, france known as the “city of light,” paris exemplifies the harmony of history, architecture, and public life. the haussmannian boulevards, aligned facades, and monumental landmarks like the eiffel tower create a cohesive urban image. paris demonstrates how aesthetic regulation can preserve identity while adapting to modern needs. tokyo, japan tokyo’s aesthetic lies in contrast—between order and chaos, tradition and technology. the coexistence of serene temples and neon-lit skyscrapers illustrates japan’s capacity to merge cultural depth with modern dynamism. tashkent, uzbekistan tashkent presents a unique fusion of soviet modernism and islamic ornamental design. after the 1966 earthquake, the city’s reconstruction incorporated wide avenues, monumental squares, and modern architecture. recent projects emphasize aesthetic renewal through green spaces and public art reflecting uzbek heritage. copenhagen, denmark copenhagen’s urban design prioritizes sustainability and human scale. bicycle lanes, waterfronts, and minimalistic architecture represent the scandinavian aesthetic of simplicity and function. its success proves that environmental and visual beauty can coexist. contemporary urban aesthetics face new challenges shaped by globalization, digitalization, and environmental crises. many cities risk losing their unique character due to standardized architectural styles and commercial homogeneity. the dominance of glass skyscrapers often erases local identity. climate change also transforms aesthetic values: green infrastructure, energy efficiency, and sustainable materials are now seen as components of beauty. the rise of smart cities introduces digital aesthetics—interactive lighting, media façades, and augmented reality—but also raises concerns about visual pollution and loss of authenticity. the future of urban aesthetics lies in inclusive and participatory design. citizens increasingly contribute to shaping their urban environment through public art, community projects, and digital platforms. a truly beautiful city must reflect the values, stories, and aspirations of its inhabitants. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org urban aesthetics unites form and meaning, functionality and emotion. a beautiful city is not merely one that looks attractive but one that feels alive, coherent, and humane. from ancient geometry to sustainable urbanism, the aesthetic dimension remains central to how people experience and love their cities. as global urbanization continues, aesthetic consciousness must guide planning decisions, ensuring that cities remain not only efficient and sustainable but also inspiring and meaningful places to live. references 1. jacobs, jane. the death and life of great american cities. random house, 1961. 2. lynch, kevin. the image of the city. mit press, 1960. 3. alexander, christopher. a pattern language. oxford university press, 1977. 4. cullen, gordon. the concise townscape. architectural press, 1961. 5. gehl, jan. cities for people. island press, 2010. 6. sitte, camillo. the art of building cities. reinhold, 1889. 7. kostof, spiro. the city shaped: urban patterns and meanings through history. thames & hudson, 1991. 8. carmona, matthew et al. public places, urban spaces. routledge, 2010. 9. relph, edward. place and placelessness. pion, 1976. 10. thorns, david. the transformation of cities: urban theory and urban life. palgrave macmillan, 2002. 11. azizbek, h. (2022). the main artistic principles of the project proposal of the ecological 12. mosque. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(6), 45-51. 13. raimjonovna, n. n. (2022). urban and urban planning as an object of philosophical and aesthetic research. innovative achievements in science, 1(9), 65-69. 14. akramov, k. (2022). afrosiab, panjikent monuments interior solutions. obщesтvo i innovatsii, 3(6/s), 62-66. 15. ibragimjon o‘g‘li, a. k. (2023). the modern interior. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 18-23. 16. ibragimjon o’g’li, a. k. (2023). zamonaviy dizayn tendensiyalari. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 10-17. 17. касимов, о. с. (2021). современный интерьер. интернаука, 20(196 часть 1), 88. 18. i.k akramov, (2023). interyerning rivojlanish tarixi. qurilish va ta'lim ilmiy jurnali, 5 (1), 98-101 19. ibragimjono'g'li, a. k., & elyorqizi, r. g. (2022). religious buildings in the history of central asian architecture. the appearance of the mosque building. 20. akramov, k. (2024). o‘zbekistonda shahar madaniyati va estetikasining milliy-madaniy rivojlanishga ta’siri. news of uzmu journal, 1(1.3), 65-68. 21. akramov, k. (2024). kottej tipidagi va jamoat binolarini loyihalash estetikasi. news of uzmu journal, 1(1.4. 1), 55-58. 22. akramov, k. (2024). attention to landscape and aesthetic factors in anatory design. acta nuuz, 1(1.2), 43-46. 23. akramov, i. k., xoshimjonov, r. a., & ibrohimjonova, f. l. (2023). interyerning rivojlanish tarixi: interyerning rivojlanish tarixi. 24. ibragimjon o‘g‘li, a. k. (2023). the modern interior. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 18-23.lgrave macmillan, 2002. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the lebanese cultural role in the arab renaissance: journalism and education as a model (1860–1914) assistant lecturer: alaa khudhair obaid general directorate of education, first rusafa alaaalzubaidi1979@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examines the lebanese cultural role in the arab renaissance during the period between 1860 and 1914, through an analysis of the historical and social factors that contributed to the development of renaissance thought. the research focuses on three main axes: the historical and social context of lebanon in the nineteenth century, the role of lebanese journalism in disseminating enlightenment ideas, and the contributions of educational institutions and cultural associations in reinforcing arab identity. the study highlights the influence of lebanese journalism in promoting national and intellectual awareness and its connection to reformist movements across the arab world. it also discusses the emergence of modern educational institutions and the spread of national schools, emphasizing their role in forming an educated class that played a vital part in the intellectual and political revival. furthermore, the research explores the role of cultural associations in supporting education and spreading enlightenment thought, as well as the challenges they faced under ottoman policies, culminating in the impact of world war i on lebanon’s cultural and educational movement. the study concludes that the lebanese cultural renaissance was the result of both internal and external dynamics, and it laid a foundational platform for intellectual and political movements in the arab world, despite the obstacles encountered. culture, arab renaissance, journalism, education. introduction during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the arab region witnessed profound intellectual and cultural transformations, with lebanon at the heart of these transformations, thanks to its geographical location and openness to the outside world. lebanon played a pivotal role in the modern arab renaissance, thanks to the flourishing press, the spread of educational institutions, and the activity of cultural associations that contributed to shaping a new national and reformist consciousness.. since the mid-nineteenth century, the lebanese press has emerged as one of the most important tools for enlightenment and the transmission of modern ideas. it contributed to the dissemination of new political and social concepts and helped connect arab intellectuals with global intellectual trends. at american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the same time, education in lebanon witnessed remarkable development, with the establishment of national schools and universities that adopted modern teaching methods. this helped create an educated class that played a major role in reform movements.. cultural and educational associations played an important role in supporting enlightenment thought and strengthening arab identity, through publishing books and magazines, organizing seminars, and supporting education in the arabic language. however, these efforts faced several challenges, most notably ottoman policies seeking to impose turkification, foreign interventions, and, finally, the impact of world war i, which led to the decline of many renaissance projects.. this research focuses on studying the lebanese cultural role in the arab renaissance between1860 and 1914, through three main themes: the historical and social context of lebanon in the nineteenth century, the role of the press in disseminating renaissance thought, and the contributions of education to building national and cultural awareness. it aims to highlight the factors that contributed to shaping the lebanese renaissance and analyze its impact on the arab intellectual trajectory during that period. the first topic the historical and social context of lebanon in the nineteenth century (1860-1914)) during the nineteenth century, lebanon witnessed major political and social transformations that had a direct impact on its role in the arab renaissance. the lebanese experienced fundamental changes, starting with sectarian unrest that led to the intervention of european powers, through the establishment of the mutasarrifate system, which granted mount lebanon a degree of administrative independence, and finally, the intellectual and cultural movement reinforced by the translation movement and openness to european thought. the proclamation of the ottoman constitution in 1908 also had an impact on increasing political awareness, but world war i soon came to cast a heavy shadow over the country, leading to a deterioration in the economic and cultural situation. this study seeks to shed light on these key milestones to understand the historical and social context of lebanon between the years1860 and 1914.1 firstly :the disturbances of 1860 and the establishment of the mutasarrifate system by the mid-nineteenth century, mount lebanon witnessed an escalation in sectarian tensions, a result of multiple factors, including economic changes, social conflicts, and foreign interventions, as well as the ottoman empire's weakness in managing the sectarian and regional diversity within its territory. this situation had roots extending back decades, as the region's economic transformation, marked by the flourishing silk trade and lebanon's integration into european markets,2...to the emergence of a social and economic gap between farmers and peasants on the one hand, and the commercial elites linked to the european powers on the other.. this disparity led to the intensification of conflicts between different sects,especiallybetween the maronites and the druze, each sect adopted divergent interests according to its relationship with the european powers and the ottoman empire. tensions escalated at the beginning of the year1860when 1ahmad zein, minutes of the discussions of the lebanese constitution and its amendments 1926-2004, beirut, 2004, p. 125. 2agia antoine haddad, lebanon in world war ii, a historical study through some local sources, postgraduate diploma thesis in history, lebanese university, faculty of arts and humanities, department of history, alfanar, 2000, p. 78. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org armed clashes broke out between the two sides in several areas of mount lebanon, the violence quickly spread to damascus, where christians were subjected to bloody attacks that resulted in the deaths of thousands and widespread destruction of property..3 these events worried the european powers,especiallyfrance, which justified its intervention by protecting christians in the region, prompted the ottoman empire to seek solutions that would avoid direct intervention by western powers. as a result, and with direct european diplomatic intervention, an agreement was reached in 1945.1861 established the mutasarrifate system, which granted mount lebanon autonomy within the ottoman empire.4 under this system, a non-lebanese administrator was appointed to manage the region's affairs. the administrator was a christian, appointed by the ottoman sultan with the approval of the european powers. an administrative council was also formed, including representatives of the various sects, to ensure political and administrative balance. the mutasarrifate sought to achieve a degree of stability in the region by organizing the administration, establishing mechanisms for resolving inter-sectarian disputes, and promoting decentralization of governance..5 the mutasarrifate system contributed to the political and economic reconstruction of lebanon, allowing for the emergence of new elites who participated in governing the country and helping foster a climate of stability that later contributed to the flourishing of economic and cultural activity. however, the system remained subject to internal and external pressures, as european interference in lebanese affairs continued, making the mutasarrifate an autonomous experience bound by international will rather than actual independence. ,this system marked a turning point in lebanon's history, as it paved the way for the emergence of a lebanese political identity separate from the rest of the ottoman empire's provinces, and contributed to laying the foundations of the modern state. however, it was not sufficient to prevent the recurrence of tensions in the following decades.especiallywith the escalation of political and intellectual activity in light of changing regional circumstances.6 secondly :translation movement and cultural openness(1870-1890). the period between the years1870 and 1890a significant boom in the translation movement and cultural openness in lebanon occurred, as this development had a profound impact on shaping intellectual and cultural awareness in the arab region. several factors played a pivotal role in this transformation, most notably the spread of printing, the emergence of the press, and the activity of missionary missions that established schools and universities, contributing to the transfer of european knowledge and sciences to lebanese society..7 the spread of printing presses played a major role in facilitating the process of translation and publishing books and intellectual articles.foundedjesuit press (1853))american press (1834))both contributed to the printing and translation of numerous scientific, literary, and intellectual books. 3edmond bleibel, general history of lebanon, beirut, 1946, p. 210. 4 iskandar al-rayashi, before and after, dar al-hayat press, beirut, 1953, p. 110. 5anwar al-khatib, the state and political systems, the constitution of lebanon, beirut, new cadmus press, 1970, p. 95. 6al-bustani, emile, the arabs, the west, and lebanon’s foreign policy, beirut, 1959, p. 134. 7al-jubouri, jassim muhammad khader, the lebanese parliament 1943-1975, phd thesis, college of arts, university of mosul, 2006, p. 215. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org newspapers and magazines, such as al-muqtataf and al-jawa'ib, also played a prominent role in conveying modern ideas, publishing translated articles in the fields of politics, economics, and social thought, enhancing arab readers' awareness of contemporary issues..8 in addition, western missionary missions played an influential role in spreading modern education, as they established prominent academic institutions, such as the syrian protestant college (later the american university of beirut, 1866).) and saint joseph university (1875)both contributed to the teaching of foreign languages and the graduation of a new generation of intellectuals capable of interacting with european thought. this led to a growing interest in translating philosophical, scientific, and literary works, as lebanese thinkers translated important texts in philosophy, the natural sciences, and history into arabic, contributing to the development of critical and enlightenment thought..9 the translation movement extended to encompass a wide range of fields, including philosophy, political science, and law. the works of descartes, bacon, and newton were translated, helping to establish a scientific approach to thinking in lebanese cultural circles. the translation of european novels, such as the works of victor hugo and shakespeare, also influenced the formation of a new style of literary writing and contributed to establishing the foundations of the modern arabic novel and theater. furthermore, the translation of western legal and constitutional texts helped disseminate ideas related to constitutional governance and human rights, which had an impact on the emergence of reform movements calling for modernization and political change..10 this cultural movement had a profound impact on the intellectual and social landscape in lebanon. it contributed to the promotion of reformist thought, as intellectuals began to call for liberation from tradition and openness to modern knowledge. it also led to the development of educational curricula in schools and universities, helping to graduate new generations equipped with modern knowledge that later contributed to the renaissance of journalism and education. furthermore, the translation movement helped pave the way for the emergence of a renaissance press, which played a key role in disseminating enlightenment thought and discussing the political and social issues preoccupying the arab world at the time..11 the translation movement and cultural openness in lebanon during the period represented(18701890)a fundamental turning point in the arab renaissance, it contributed to the creation of a renewed intellectual environment that helped shape cultural and political awareness and laid the foundations upon which the modern intellectual renaissance in the arab world was built.12 third: the declaration of the ottoman constitution and the impact of world war i(1908-1914). the period between the years1908 and 1914a pivotal stage in the history of lebanon, as the country witnessed major political and social transformations influenced by the declaration of the ottoman constitution in the year1908on the one hand, and the outbreak of world war i in 1914, on the other, 8al-jumaili, saad naseef jassim, political developments in lebanon (1958-1975), phd thesis, higher institute of political and international studies, al-mustansiriya university, 2004, p. 189. 9hassan hallaq, contemporary history of lebanon (1913-1943), dar al-nahda al-arabiya for printing and publishing, beirut, 1985, p. 220. 10hassan hallaq, the social, economic and political history of beirut and the ottoman provinces in the nineteenth century, vol. 1, records of the sharia court, beirut, 1987, p. 65. 11hassan hallaq, salim ali salam 1868-1938, beirut, 1982, p. 140. 12hassan hallaq, the coastal and four districts conference 1936, dar al-jama’iya publishing house, beirut, 1981, p. 175. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org these events had a direct impact on the internal situation in lebanon, both in terms of intellectuals' aspirations for reform and democracy and in terms of the suffering caused by the war, which led to a decline in economic, social, and political conditions.13 the ottoman constitution was declared in the year1908a major turning point in the history of the ottoman empire, sultan abdul hamid ii reinstated the constitution he had suspended in 1878. this announcement came as a result of pressure from the young turk movement, which demanded political and administrative reforms that would ensure greater participation in government. lebanese intellectuals greeted this event with optimism, seeing it as an opportunity to enhance political freedoms and expand the role of the press and cultural activity. it also led to increased party activity in beirut and major lebanese cities, with reformist associations emerging that demanded greater rights and fair political representation within the ottoman empire.14 however, the optimism did not last long, as the hopes of lebanese reformers were quickly dashed by the continued ottoman policies of marginalization, as well as the tightening of security after the union and progress party seized power in istanbul. although the lebanese press witnessed a remarkable expansion during this period, with the number of newspapers and magazines that discussed political and social issues more freely increasing, the ottoman authorities quickly imposed strict censorship and closed down publications.severalfrom the opposition newspapers, which limited the impact of this political openness.15 with the outbreak of world war i in the year1914the ottoman empire entered a state of political and military turmoil, which directly impacted lebanon. the ottoman authorities, led by jamal pasha, imposed strict measures, including the declaration of martial law, the imposition of compulsory conscription, and the confiscation of agricultural crops to support the war effort. this period also witnessed a stifling famine due to the naval blockade imposed by the allied forces, in addition to the ottoman exploitation of lebanese resources for the benefit of the ottoman army, which led to the deterioration of the economic and living conditions of the population..16 one of the most influential events during this period was the execution campaigns carried out by the ottomans against many lebanese and syrian intellectuals and politicians in the year1915 and 1916a number of prominent national figures were executed in martyrs' squares in beirut and damascus, accused of conspiring with foreign powers against the ottoman empire. these executions sparked a wave of anger and resentment among lebanese circles and contributed to deepening nationalist sentiment and the desire for independence from ottoman rule..17 by the end of this period, lebanon had entered a period of severe deterioration as a result of the war. famine worsened, epidemics spread, and cultural activity declined due to severe restrictions on the press and education. despite these harsh conditions, these events contributed to the crystallization of 13hussein hamid abdullah al-sulagh, political developments in lebanon 1920-1941, unpublished doctoral dissertation, faculty of arts, university of kufa, 1996, p. 90. 14khaled ziada, sheikh hussein al-jisr, his life and thought, tripoli figures series, dar al-insha for press and publishing, beirut, 1982, p. 88. 15khaled al-azm, memoirs of khaled al-azm, vol. 1, united publishing house, beirut, 1973, p. 102. 16dhibyan, sami, the lebanese national movement... past, present and future from a strategic perspective, beirut, 1977, p. 150. 17ragheb al-solh, lebanon and arabism: national identity and state formation, dar al saqi, beirut, 2006, p. 300. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org lebanese national consciousness and paved the way for the political transformations that followed the collapse of the ottoman empire and the declaration of greater lebanon in 1917.1920..18 the second topic the lebanese press and its role in the arab renaissance (1858-1914)) the nineteenth century witnessed major intellectual and social transformations in lebanon, contributing to the formation of a distinct cultural environment, one of whose most prominent tools was the press. the lebanese press played a fundamental role in the arab renaissance, serving not merely as a means of conveying news, but also as a platform for intellectual dialogue and political and social debate. it contributed to the dissemination of enlightenment thought and the strengthening of cultural and national identity..19 the lebanese press began in the second half of the nineteenth century at the hands of an elite group of intellectuals who sought to spread awareness and disseminate knowledge. this coincided with the spread of modern printing presses, the emergence of reform movements, and openness to european thought through translation, missionary missions, and modern education. the press also benefited from the relative freedoms afforded by the mutasarrifate system in mount lebanon after the year1861, which allowed for the emergence of newspapers and magazines that discussed social, cultural and political issues with unprecedented boldness..20 with the expansion of the role of the press, newspapers with scientific and cultural orientations emerged, seeking to disseminate modern science and philosophical thought. such magazines included al-muqtataf, which provided arab readers with translated articles on the latest scientific discoveries and intellectual theories. the press also contributed to shaping political awareness by discussing issues of administrative and constitutional reform and criticizing ottoman despotism, which often made it vulnerable to censorship and closure..21 at the beginning of the twentieth century, lebanese journalism took on a new dimension with the migration of many lebanese intellectuals abroad, as they established newspapers abroad.especiallyin egypt and latin america, they carried nationalist ideas calling for liberation and independence. these newspapers contributed to strengthening nationalist sentiment among arab communities, raising issues of arab unity and defending the rights of peoples against colonialism and tyranny..22 firstly : the emergence of the lebanese press and its enlightening role(1858-1867). the lebanese press is considered one of the first arab newspapers to emerge in the nineteenth century, playing a pivotal role in disseminating enlightenment thought and spreading cultural and social awareness. the establishment of the press in lebanon came as a result ofseveral factorsthe most prominent of these were the spread of modern printing presses, the interest of missionary missions in education and printing, as well as the influence of european cultural and political activity..23 18sami al-solh, rely on history, beirut, 1970, p. 88. 19sati’ al-husri, the day of maysalun, dar al-ittihad publications, beirut, 1948, p. 77. 20salim zaanoun, the conditions of syria and lebanon under the french mandate, no. 1987, p. 165. 21shadi khalil abu issa, presidents of the lebanese republic (secrets facts documents photos), almatbouat company for distribution and publishing, beirut, 2008, p. 275. 22abdul khaliq muhammad abd, muhammad al-jisr and his political and administrative role in lebanon until 1934, unpublished ma thesis, college of education for humanities, university of diyala, 2016, p. 145. 23atiyat allah, ahmed, the political dictionary, cairo, 1968, p. 198. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org the lebanese press actually started in the year1858 marked the publication of "hadiqat al-akhbar," founded by khalil al-khoury in beirut. this newspaper was considered the first unofficial arabic newspaper. this newspaper bore a political, social, and literary character, as it not only reported news but also featured critical articles addressing political and reform issues in the ottoman empire, making it a platform for the educated elite who aspired to change and modernization.24 in the year1860: al-janan newspaper was founded by salim al-bustani, becoming one of the leading newspapers in disseminating reformist thought. al-janan focused on discussing intellectual and social issues and focused on promoting the values of renaissance, freedom, and education, making it an important means of spreading cultural awareness among arab readers. it also contributed to the development of the arabic language used in journalism, striving to present a more modern and simplified style compared to traditional methods. as for the year1867 witnessed a new development with the founding of the newspaper "al-nashra alakhbariya" (the newsletter), founded by maronite patriarch boulos massad. the newspaper focused on local affairs and political events, and contributed to promoting cultural dialogue among the various lebanese sects.25 the enlightening role of the lebanese press had a profound impact on society. it contributed to raising readers' awareness of political and social issues, pushed for reforms, and facilitated the dissemination of modern education through the publication of translated scientific and cultural articles. the press's connection to intellectual activity also led to the formation of a new knowledge base within lebanese society, which later paved the way for the emergence of broad intellectual and reform movements across the arab region.. during this stage(1858-1867)the press was not just a means of conveying news, but rather became a tool for expressing reformist and enlightening ideas, and contributed to the development of the cultural and political sphere in lebanon, which made it a prototype of the arab renaissance press..26 secondly : scientific and cultural journalism and its intellectual influence(1876-1890). the period between1876 and 1890a remarkable development in the lebanese press, as it was no longer limited to publishing political and social news, but rather expanded to include scientific and cultural fields. this transformation came as a result of the growing interest in modern knowledge, the spread of education, and increased contact with european cultures. this prompted a number of lebanese intellectuals to establish specialized newspapers and magazines focused on disseminating modern science and knowledge in simplified arabic..27 one of the most prominent examples of this trend was the emergence of the magazineal-muqtataf was founded in 1876 by yaqub sarruf and faris nimr in beirut, before later moving to egypt. al-muqtataf was the first arab magazine specializing in publishing scientific and technical research, offering arab readers articles on physics, chemistry, and medicine, as well as modern philosophical theories. this 24omar reda kahala, dictionary of authors, biographies of authors of arabic books, vol. 13, beirut, 1957, p. 250. 25philip hitti, lebanon in history, dar al thaqafa, beirut, new york, 1959, p. 180. 26kahala, omar reda, dictionary of authors, biographies of authors of arabic books, vol. 13, beirut, 1957, p. 134. 27muhammad jamil bayhum, caravans of arabism and its processions throughout the ages, vol. 2, dar alkashaf press, beirut, 1950, p. 210. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org magazine contributed to promoting scientific culture among arab readers and helped convey the latest western discoveries to the arab world in a clear and simplified manner.28 in the same context, the magazine appearedal-bayan, founded in 1881 by ibrahim al-yaziji, focused on developing the arabic language and simplifying grammar, while also publishing articles on philosophy, science, and literature. this magazine had a significant intellectual impact, helping to renew arabic writing styles, encouraging critical thinking, and connecting arab readers with the global intellectual movement.,during this period, the newspaper also emerged."lisan al-hal" played a significant role in publishing cultural articles addressing issues of education and social reform, and discussing the effects of european modernity on arab societies. cultural journalism provided new platforms for intellectuals and writers, leading to the development of intellectual discourse in the region.29 these newspapers and magazines contributed to a major intellectual shift within lebanese and arab society in general, fostering interest in science and education, encouraging acceptance of modern ideas, and helping establish a new approach to knowledge based on rationality and critical analysis. the spread of these newspapers also stimulated the translation movement, with many western books and research being translated into arabic, contributing to the establishment of a comprehensive intellectual renaissance..30 it is clear from the abovethe period betweenthe years 1876 and 1890 represented a golden age for scientific and cultural journalism in lebanon. these newspapers and magazines played a pivotal role in shaping modern arab thought and laid the foundations for a more sophisticated intellectual movement in the following decades. third: national press abroad and its role in promoting nationalism(1909-1914). at the beginning of the twentieth century, the lebanese press witnessed a new development represented by the spread of the national press abroad.especiallyin egypt, latin america, and the united states, this expansion was the result of massive lebanese migrations. these immigrants brought with them their political and cultural concerns and sought to establish newspapers that expressed their national issues and aspirations for liberation and reform. these newspapers played a prominent role in strengthening national identity, calling for arab unity, and resisting ottoman and foreign colonialism..31 one of the most prominent newspapers that appeared during this period was al-huda newspaper."alhuda", founded by naoum moukarzel in new york in 1898, emerged as one of the most important newspapers to embrace arab nationalist thought between 1909 and 1914. al-huda was a voice for lebanese and arab expatriates, calling for independence and liberation from ottoman rule and criticizing the ottoman empire's turkification policies against arab peoples.32 28muhammad sakir al-shammari, parliamentary life in lebanon 1926-1943, ma thesis (unpublished), institute of arab history and scientific heritage, baghdad, 2004, p. 195. 29mahmoud, moein ahmed, the palestinians in lebanon (social reality), beirut, 1973, p. 225. 30nour el-din zein, the conflict in the middle east and the birth of the states of syria and lebanon, dar alnahar, beirut, 1971, p. 145. 31youssef, bashar hassan, the development of party life in lebanon 1946-1958, master’s thesis, college of education, university of mosul, 2000, p. 160. 32youssef maroun, lebanon between taif and the second independence, dar al nahda al arabiya, beirut, 2005, p. 190. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the newspaper emerged"mirat al-gharb," founded by philip khoury in the united states in 1909, focused on discussing issues of cultural and political renaissance and sought to create a national consciousness among members of lebanese and arab communities abroad. the newspaper published articles on the importance of education and intellectual renaissance, and contributed to deepening a sense of belonging to one's homeland and connecting immigrants to the issues of the arab east.andin argentina, the newspaper emerged"al-alam al-arabi" played a significant role in spreading nationalist thought and strengthening ties among the lebanese diaspora. it discussed issues of cultural identity and celebrated intellectual and political figures who called for a national renaissance.33 these diaspora newspapers contributed to shaping a new national consciousness, highlighting the common bonds between the lebanese and arabs and encouraging resistance to the divisive policies imposed by the ottoman empire. they also served as a link between intellectuals at home and abroad, conveying new ideas and contributing to the support of reform and independence movements. the diaspora press also played a role in unifying arab nationalist discourse, linking together the various intellectual currents emerging at that time and contributing to the crystallization of ideas that would later form the basis of arab independence movements. with the outbreak of world war i in 1914, the importance of this press increased, as it became a vehicle for advocating for liberation and independence, making it vulnerable to censorship and persecution by the ottoman authorities..34 apparentlythe period between1909 and 1914 marked the peak of the national press' activity abroad, as it succeeded in spreading arab nationalist thought, enhancing political awareness, and preparing the ground for the independence movements that would later emerge in the arab world. the third topic lebanese education and its contributions to the arab renaissance (1866-1914)) during the second half of the nineteenth century and the early twentieth century, lebanese education represented a fundamental pillar of the arab renaissance, contributing to the dissemination of reformist thought, strengthening cultural identity, and developing the intellectual elites who led modernization projects in the arab world. this development was the result of multiple influences, most notably contact with western missionary missions, the ottoman empire's interest in reforming the education system, and local efforts led by lebanese intellectuals to establish national schools independent of foreign influence..35 the lebanese educational renaissance clearly began with the establishment of the first modern educational institutions, which adopted advanced curricula based on european and american models. national schools expanded in the following decades, and their role was not limited to providing traditional education; they also contributed to building a new cultural and national awareness, making them part of the intellectual and social movement in the region. cultural and educational associations, which emerged at the beginning of the twentieth century, also played a major role in promoting 33youssef qazma khoury, lebanon and syria: from the mandate to independence, university foundation for studies and publishing, beirut, 1990, p. 230. 34yazbek, mustafa, beirut and modernity, dar al nahda, beirut, 2003, p. 210. 35yaqoub, fouad, foreign interventions in lebanon in the nineteenth century, dar al-kitab al-arabi, beirut, 1982, p. 175. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org education and disseminating knowledge.especiallyamid rising political tensions prior to the outbreak of world war i.36 thus, lebanese education became an advanced model of the arab renaissance, contributing to the development of journalism, strengthening the translation movement, and forming intellectual and political elites who led reform and independence projects. the following topics will address the development of educational institutions, the role of national schools and cultural associations, and the impact of major political events on the educational process in lebanon.1866 and 1914. firstly : establishment of modern educational institutions(1866-1875). the period between1866 and 1875a radical transformation took place in the lebanese educational system, with the establishment of many modern educational institutions that adopted advanced curricula and new teaching methods. this shift was the result of several factors, including the growing influence of western missionary missionaries, the ottoman empire's attempts to reform education, and local efforts by lebanese intellectuals to modernize education and liberate it from traditional systems..37 one of the most notable achievements of this period was the establishment of the syrian evangelical college in the year1866, later to become the american university of beirut. this institution was founded with the support of american protestant missionaries, led by daniel bliss, and aimed to provide a modern education based on western teaching methods, covering the fields of medicine, science, and engineering. the college offered instruction in english, contributing to the introduction of modern scientific thought to the region and significantly influencing the formation of intellectual and political elites in lebanon and the arab world.38 in the same context, the maronite church played an active role in supporting education, establishing the ain waraka school and other schools in mount lebanon, focusing on teaching religious and literary studies and languages. the jesuit missions also established modern schools, most notably saint joseph university, which was founded inestablished in 1875 by french jesuit fathers, it had a profound impact on the teaching of languages and modern sciences, and contributed to the graduation of a large number of thinkers, journalists, and politicians who influenced the arab renaissance. alongside major institutions, private schools emerged, founded by lebanese intellectuals who sought to offer an alternative to traditional religious education. some schools began offering curricula that included natural sciences, mathematics, and philosophy, with an emphasis on arabic alongside foreign languages. the spread of these institutions helped expand the student body and create a modern educational environment that produced an elite group of intellectuals who played pivotal roles in journalism, literature, and politics..39 it can be said that the period betweenthe years 1866 and 1875 witnessed the beginning of modern education in lebanon. these institutions contributed to laying the foundations for a sophisticated 36nassif nassar, modern arab thought, dar al-tali’ah, beirut, 1982, p. 198. 37nicola ziadeh, lebanon throughout history, dar al thaqafa, beirut, 1979, p. 220. 38wadih bashour, the political system in lebanon, dar al-awda, beirut, 1981, p. 145. 39ahmad zein, minutes of the discussions of the lebanese constitution and its amendments 1926-2004, beirut, 2004, p. 65 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org educational system, which helped spread reformist thought and led to the formation of a new class of educated people who contributed to the arab renaissance in the following decades.40 secondly :the spread of national schools and the strengthening of cultural identity(1890-1900). by the end of the nineteenth century, lebanon witnessed a remarkable development in the education sector, with the proliferation of national schools that sought to provide modern education that strengthened arab cultural identity and reduced the dominance of foreign schools that disseminated curricula of a european or religious missionary nature. this development was the result of a growing intellectual movement and a growing awareness of the importance of education as a tool for cultural liberation and national renaissance. this prompted lebanese thinkers and reformers to establish national schools that contributed to strengthening the arabic language and national identity..41 during this period, several educational institutions emerged, founded by lebanese, with the aim of offering balanced curricula that combined modern sciences with arab cultural values. among the most prominent of these schools were:the patriarchal school in beirut, which was one of the first schools to offer arabic-language education, with an emphasis on arab history and literature, contributed to the formation of a new generation of thinkers and intellectuals.,cultural and educational associations also contributed to the establishment of independent national schools, the most prominent of which are:the islamic college school, founded in 1897 in beirut, aimed to provide education that promoted arab nationalist thought, focusing on modern sciences and languages while preserving local cultural heritage.42 not to mention the role of the press theprominent in supporting this trend, newspapers and magazines published articles urging the importance of education in the arabic language and criticizing the turkification policies that the ottoman empire attempted to impose on some educational institutions. these campaigns contributed to increased enrollment in national schools and created a collective awareness of the importance of education in preserving cultural identity and intellectual independence..43 the role of these schools was not limited to providing academic education; they also became intellectual centers that contributed to the formation of prominent figures in the fields of journalism, literature, and politics. a large number of intellectuals graduated from them, who later contributed to the arab renaissance. the spread of these schools also helped strengthen the status of the arabic language and paved the way for the emergence of intellectual and nationalist movements that called for political reform and independence..44 in general, it can be said that the period betweenthe years 1890 and 1900 represented a pivotal stage in the development of lebanese national education, witnessing a clear strengthening of cultural identity through national schools, which contributed to shaping a new national consciousness and paved the 40 agia antoine haddad, lebanon in world war ii, a historical study through some local sources, postgraduate diploma thesis in history, lebanese university, faculty of arts and humanities, department of history, al-fanar, 2000, p. 41 41edmond blebel, the previous source, p. 198 42anwar al-khatib, previous source, p. 125 43al-bustani, emile, previous source, p. 210 44al-jumaili, previous source, p. 56 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org way for the emergence of an intellectual elite that led the arab renaissance projects in the following decades.45 conclusion the period between1860 and 1914major transformations took place in the lebanese cultural and educational landscape. the press and education played a pivotal role in the arab renaissance by spreading intellectual awareness and strengthening cultural identity. modern educational institutions contributed to the dissemination of science and languages, while the press served as an effective tool for disseminating reformist ideas. cultural associations supported educational and intellectual activity. despite the difficulties imposed by world war i, these efforts remained a milestone in the renaissance process and paved the way for subsequent intellectual and political movements.. 1. the emergence of the lebanese press since 1858 was a major factor in spreading the renaissance thought and influencing the course of arab national consciousness.. 2. the disturbances of 1860 and the establishment of the mutasarrifate system contributed to enhancing administrative stability, which provided a favorable environment for the subsequent flourishing of education and journalism.. 3. the spread of national schools between 1890 and 1900 contributed to the formation of an educated and cultured generation that played a role in intellectual and political movements.. 4. interaction with missionary missions and foreign schools helped introduce modern teaching methods, despite the challenges associated with their cultural influence.. 5. cultural and educational associations played a major role in supporting education and spreading scientific thought, despite ottoman restrictions on them during world war i.. 6. ottoman intervention in education and journalismespeciallyafter the proclamation of the ottoman constitution in 1908, it affected the course of the renaissance and led to conflicts between reformist and conservative thought.. 7. formedworld wara major setback for the cultural and educational movement, but it did not prevent the renaissance efforts from continuing in the following decades.. references 1. ahmed zein, minutes of the discussions of the lebanese constitution and its amendments 19262004, beirut, 2004. 2. edmond bleibel, general history of lebanon, beirut, 1946. 3. edmond rabbat, the mediator in lebanese constitutional law, dar al-ilm lil-malayin, beirut, 1965. 4. iskandar al-riyashi, before and after, dar al-hayat press, beirut, 1953 5. anwar al-khatib, the state and political systems: the constitution of lebanon, beirut, new cadmus press, 1970. 6. agia antoine haddad, lebanon in world war ii, a historical study through some local sources, postgraduate diploma thesis in history, lebanese university, faculty of arts and humanities, department of history, al-fanar, 2000. 7. al-bustani, emile, the arabs, the west, and lebanon's foreign policy, beirut, 1959. 45hassan hallaq, previous source, p. 165 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 8. al-jubouri, jassim muhammad khader, the lebanese parliament 1943-1975, phd thesis, college of arts, university of mosul, 2006. 9. al-jumaili, saad naseef jassim, political developments in lebanon (1958-1975), phd thesis, higher institute of political and international studies, al-mustansiriya university, 2004. 10. hassan hallaq, the social, economic and political history of beirut and the ottoman provinces in the nineteenth century, vol. 1, sharia court records, beirut, 1987. 11. hassan hallaq, contemporary history of lebanon (1913-1943), dar al-nahda al-arabiya for printing and publishing, beirut, 1985. 12. hassan hallaq, salim ali salam 1868-1938, beirut, 1982. 13. hassan hallaq, the coastal and four districts conference 1936, dar al-jama’iya publishing house, beirut, 1981. 14. hussein hamid abdullah al-sulagh, political developments in lebanon 1920-1941, unpublished doctoral dissertation, faculty of arts, university of kufa, 1996. 15. hikmat al-bir haddad, greater lebanon, maroun abboud house, beirut, 1987. 16. khaled al-azm, memoirs of khaled al-azm, vol. 1, united publishing house, beirut, 1973. 17. khaled ziada, sheikh hussein al-jisr: his life and thought, tripoli figures series, al-insha press and publishing house, beirut, 1982. 18. khaled jamal al-din, french rule in syria and lebanon, no date, 1988 19. dhebian, sami, the lebanese national movement... past, present and future from a strategic perspective, beirut, 1977. 20. raghid al-solh, lebanon and arabism: national identity and state formation, dar al saqi, beirut, 2006. 21. ramadan, abdel-azim, the egyptian-israeli confrontation in the red sea 1949-1979, cairo, 1982. 22. sati' al-husri, the day of maysalun, dar al-ittihad publications, beirut, 1948. 23. sami al-solh, he turned to history, beirut, 1970. 24. salim zaanoun, the conditions of syria and lebanon under the french mandate, no. 1987. 25. shadi khalil abu issa, presidents of the lebanese republic (secrets facts documents photos), al-matbouat company for distribution and publishing, beirut, 2008. 26. atiyat allah, ahmed, the political dictionary, cairo, 1968. 27. allam, muhammad ali, the lebanese mp's guide 1861-1992, beirut, 1993. 28. abdul khaliq muhammad abd, muhammad al-jisr and his political and administrative role in lebanon until 1934, unpublished ma thesis, college of education for humanities, university of diyala, 2016. 29. abdul wahab al-kayali, the political encyclopedia, vol. 3, beirut, 1990. 30. awni abdul rahman al-sabaawi, iraqi-turkish relations 1932-1953, university of mosul, 1986. 31. philip hitti, lebanon in history, dar al thaqafa, beirut new york, 1959. 32. qasmiyya, khairiya, the arab government in damascus 1918-1920, beirut, 1982. 33. kahala, omar reda, dictionary of authors, biographies of authors of arabic books, vol. 13, beirut, 1957. 34. mahmoud, moein ahmed, the palestinians in lebanon (social reality), beirut, 1973. 35. muhammad jamil bayhum, caravans and processions of arabism throughout the ages, vol. 2, dar al-kashaf press, beirut, 1950. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 36. muhammad sakir al-shammari, parliamentary life in lebanon 1926-1943, unpublished ma thesis, institute of arab history and scientific heritage, baghdad, 2004. 37. youssef, bashar hassan, the development of party life in lebanon 1946-1958, master’s thesis, college of education, university of mosul, 2000. 38. zein nour el-din zein, the conflict in the middle east and the birth of the states of syria and lebanon, dar al-nahar, beirut, 1971. 39. encyclopedia of modern knowledge of arab countries, vol. 2, cairo, 1970. 40. munir al-hour, tariq al-moussa, settlement projects for the palestinian issue 1947-1982, amman, 1983. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org laws on the assignment to clerical service in turkestan (based on materials from the governor-general's office) ergashev bakhtiyar ergashevich doctor of science (dsc), professor of the department of historiography and source studies, samarkand state university named after sharof rashidov e-mail: 1baxergashev@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s source study of the history of the chancellery of the governor-general in turkestan requires the analysis of a large number of documents to establish the objective reasons for the activities of the executive body. this article analyzes information about the laws on appointment to church service in turkestan. turkestan, governorship, church service, laws, source studies. introduction for a complete retrospective of the activities of the governor-general's office, it is necessary to become familiar with the legislative sources of the history of state institutions of the russian empire, which in quantitative terms significantly exceed all types of other written sources. laws as a type of historical source were an encyclopedic collection of laws of previous times, and by the second half of the 19th and early 20th centuries they had acquired features characteristic of the legislation of the empire. main part after the conquest, the turkestan region became a testing ground for the introduction of imperial legislation. according to russian scientists: "an independent society, while it is independent, cannot submit to alien laws brought from outside". [1] this statement confirms that turkestan was a conquered land. changes in the ratio of customs, laws in turkestan, the introduction and priorities of russian imperial laws are a historical source about the beginning of a new stage in the history of the life of the peoples of turkestan. therefore, the turkestan governors-general after some time had a clear idea of the possibility of social change in the course of historical development of the peoples of turkestan, and they had the idea that it was possible to influence this process by disseminating legislative documents of the empire. according to the topic of the study, it is not necessary to provide a full volume of legislative acts from the entire extensive russian history of law, but some sources related to the introduction of colonial governing bodies in turkestan, for the benefit of the case, it will be appropriate to cite as examples.in the second half of the 19th and early 20th centuries, the variety of historical sources increased significantly. most of all, new types of documents appear in office work and in the office of the turkestan governorgeneral. in accordance with the imperial decree on the formation of the turkestan governorate general american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org consisting of two regions – semirechye and syrdarya, the related issues of governing the region were reflected in a document called the "draft regulation on the administration in the semirechye and syrdarya regions". this document defined all issues related to the organization of work on governing the turkestan region. this project is based in particular on the "code of statutes on civil service". [2] according to this document, the turkestan governor-general and his chancellery carried out actions on determining service in the region. thus, the first book, called "the charter on service by determination from the government", gives broad explanations. in the first section "on acceptance into civil service and determination to positions", the following are the main requirements for those being determined: 1) the status of the person, or his origin; 2) age; 3) knowledge. in the same chapter, a list of persons by origin who had the right to enter the civil service is determined. the main requirement for civil ranks was hereditary noble origin. further: sons of officers and officials who received, according to rank, personal honorary citizenship; sons of priests of the orthodox faith and reformed pastors; sons of commerce and merchants of the first guild; sons of scientists and artists who received a university education and received the academic degrees of doctor, master or candidate and the title of active student; sons of teachers; sons of office workers, etc. [3] according to the charter, prohibitions were introduced on accepting into service. according to article 13, persons under the age of fourteen were not assigned to any civil department. the beginning of active service was considered to be the time when the employee passed the age of sixteen. persons who graduated from universities and gymnasiums were accepted into service in accordance with the issued certificates, and those who did not have certificates, wishing to enter the civil service, had to pass tests, where they, in addition to spelling and reading, had to know the basics of grammar and arithmetic. these tests were conducted at the places where they were assigned. [4] according to the code of laws, governors were responsible for those assigned to service without a salary until vacancies opened, and they bore strict responsibility for this matter. those persons who were assigned to other places in the empire had to present evidence from the provincial authorities that there were no obstacles to assigning them to service. in the documents of the chancellery of the turkestan general governorate, when determining an official for civil service, there is always a request from the chancellery to the provincial administration and to the chancellery about the suitability of the candidate for holding clerical positions. [5] persons who were suitable by origin for clerical servants of the civil department, according to the difference in ranks upon entering the service, were divided into 3 categories. [6] the fourth category of clerical servants consisted of sons of former clergymen, as well as sons of clergymen of the armenian-gregorian church, clergymen. [7] in the documents of the chancellery of the "code of laws" the word "again" is found, which in the modern sense should be perceived as "new". the code of civil service regulations as a source testifies to the fact that graduates of various educational institutions "if they received the right to class ranks upon graduation from educational institutions, then they are accepted with these ranks, and others are admitted to the ranks of office workers, in accordance with their origin". [8] the assignment of class ranks belonged to the educational authorities. accordingly, those awarded the academic degrees of doctor in the event of entering the civil service were assigned to the 8th class, master – ninth, first degree diploma – tenth and second degree – twelfth class. [9] if we take into account the fact that the turkestan region was an eastern country, then knowledge of oriental languages was a very important factor in appointment to service. in the charter on this issue, article 73 states: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org "graduates of the languages of the st. petersburg university are required to serve for six years as assigned by the authorities." [10] most of the translators who worked in the chancery of the turkestan governor-general were graduates of the faculties of oriental languages or schools of translators. from the moment the turkestan governor-general was organized and from the beginning of the office work of its chancellery, one of the most important organizational tasks was the recruitment of personnel. the chancellery used a special practice of recruiting persons for service in the turkestan region to select office employees. after that, employees for the chancellery were selected from among the approved persons. even the first office document of the chancellery of the turkestan governor-general was called "list of persons intended for service in the turkestan region". for example: collegiate secretary brodovsky, secretary of the temporary commission on peasant affairs under the vilnius governor-general, was appointed to the position of clerk of the chancellery of the turkestan governor-general; provincial secretary pankov, who worked as an assistant to the head of the clerk of the vilnius provincial administration of state property, was appointed clerk of the syr darya regional administration; collegiate secretary pinyagin, who was in the st. petersburg district quartermaster administration, was appointed accountant of the chancellery of the turkestan governor-general. from the original list, three officials assigned to the chancellery of the turkestan governor-general became the governors of the chancellery: brodovsky, shcherbinsky and gomzin. [11] according to the office records of the chancellery as of december 31, 1867, out of 188 people, 46 people were assigned to serve in turkestan for clerical ranks of various levels. [12] from the list of the administrative department no. 2361 of december 12, 1869, in the chancellery of the turkestan governor-general, all officials had civilian ranks. (it should be noted that the first and second governors of the chancellery of the governor-general, a.k.gaines and a.i.gomzin, held the military rank of major general, which corresponded to the civilian rank of actual state councilor of the 5th class. of those assigned to the service, most of the clerks held the civilian rank of titular councilor, and the accountant of the chancellery held the same rank. [13] in 1873, in the chancellery of the governor-general, savenkov, who served as an assistant to the governor of the chancellery, was a chamberlain of the imperial court and a collegiate assessor. [14] looking at the service records of the governors of the chancellery of the turkestan governor-general, it can be determined that they all had higher education in civilian and military specialties. for example: the first governor of the chancellery, major general a.k.gaines, was a nobleman of the estland province, was educated in the noble regiment. [15] the next head of the chancellery, p.p.kablukov (from hereditary nobility), completed science courses at the imperial alexander lyceum with the rank of collegiate secretary. [16] the new head of the chancellery, n.s.scherbinsky (from a noble family), who followed him, was educated at the mikhailovsky artillery school, and in 1861 began civil service with the rank of provincial secretary. [17] nesterovsky (from a clergyman’s rank), appointed head of the chancellery of the governor-general, completed a full course of science at the university of st. vladimir with a candidate’s degree in jurisprudence, and from january 20, 1869, he entered civil service with the rank of collegiate secretary. [18] american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org conclusion in conclusion, it can be said that the source materials indicate a high level of education of the clerical rulers appointed to serve in turkestan and holding different levels of civil rank. all of them had a long history of state bureaucratic service and were promoted during their service in turkestan. references 1. belyaev i.d. lectures on the history of russian legislation. m., 1879. p.: 1. 2. collection of statutes on the civil service. book one. statute on service by determination from the government. authors a.skorov and a.polyansky. moscow, published by the moscow law bookstore. a.f.skorov. 1895. p.: 1. 3. the same source. p.: 2. 4. collection of statutes on the civil service. book one. statute on service by determination from the government. authors a.skorov and a.polyansky. moscow, published by the moscow law bookstore. a.f.skorov. 1895. p.: 6. 5. collection of laws. vol. ii. p.: 283. 6. collection of statutes on the civil service. book 1. authors a.skorov and a.polyansky. moscow. published by the moscow law bookstore of a.f.skorov. 1895. p.: 9-10. 7. the same source. p.: 10. 8. code of civil service regulations. book 1. authors a.skorov and a.polyansky. moscow. published by a.f.skorov's moscow law shop. 1895. p.: 18. 9. the same source. p.: 20. 10. code of civil service regulations. book 1. authors a.skorov and a.polyansky. moscow. published by a.f.skorov's moscow law shop. 1895. p.: 22. 11. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-33, case-361, sheets 1-6. 12. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-33, case-361, sheets 13-37. 13. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-20, case-1752, sheet 4. 14. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-20, case-3101, sheet 28. 15. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-33, case-335, sheet 235. 16. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-33, case-304, sheet 1. 17. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-33, case-331, sheet 38. 18. national archives of uzbekistan. fund i-1, description-33, case-313, sheets 182-183. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org the importance of imam tirmidhi’s ‘sunan’ in islamic history jurayeva ulmas choriyevna termiz state university teacher of the department of “civil society” phone: +998945850409 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents reflections on the life and hadith activities of imam termizi. it also makes scientific conclusions about the significance of imam termizi’s work ‘sunan termizi’ in the history of islam and its role today. imam tirmidhi, hadith, sunan, ‘sunan tirmidhi’, termiz, history, tirmidhis, islam. introduction imam tirmidhi was meticulous in his approach to compiling hadith. he not only gathered narrations but also classified them based on their authenticity. in his work, he categorized hadith into three types: sahih (authentic), hasan (good), and da'if (weak). this classification helped scholars and students of knowledge discern which narrations could be relied upon in matters of faith and practice. imam tirmidhi's "sunan" is one of the six major hadith collections in sunni islam and holds significant importance in islamic history. jami’ at-tirmidhi is a collection of hadith compiled by imam abu isa muhammad at-tirmidhi (rahimahullah). his collection is unanimously considered to be one of the six canonical collections of hadith (kutub as-sittah) of the sunnah of the prophet ( ملسو هيلع هللا ىلص). it contains roughly 4400 hadith (with repetitions) in 46 books. material and methods he is abu isa muḥammad ibn isa ibn sawrah ibn musa ibn al ḍaḥḥak al-sulami at-tirmidhi (209-279 ah/824–892 ad). imam at-tirmidhi was born in the year 209 a.h. during the reign of the abbasid khalifa ma’mun al-rashid. the abbasid caliphate, despite its brilliant contributions to islam, brought along with it many problems. greek philosophy had a free flow into the islamic world. this was fully sanctioned by the government until eventually it declared the mu’tazila school of thought as the state religion. anyone who opposed the mu’tazila school of thought would be opposing the state. with the influence of greek philosophy among the people, many muslims began attempting to reconcile between (this brand of) reason and revelation. as a result many deviations were introduced and many innocent and weak muslims were led away from allah and his prophet (ملسو هيلع هللا ىلص). many scholars of islam had come to the fore in order to defend the shari’ah. forgeries and interpolations in hadith by rulers who wished to fulfill their personal motives were common. in the first century ‘umar bin abdul ‘aziz (ra) initiated a movement for the compilation of the hadith of the prophet (s) as there was a fear of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org them being lost. a number of scholars of islam undertook this task, six among them stand taller than the rest. one of the six was imam abu ‘isa muhammed ibn ‘isa at-tirmidhi. having grown up in an environment of learning and possessing many great qualities naturally drove imam tirmidhi to dedicate his life totally towards the field of hadith. he obtained his basic knowledge at home and later travelled to far off lands in search of knowledge of this science. he studied hadith under great personalities such as imam al-bukhari, imam muslim and imam abu dawud. in some narrations imam al-bukhari and imam muslim are his students as well. once imam al-bukhari mentioned to him ‘i have benefited more from you than you have benefitted from me.’ musa ibn ‘alaq once said: ‘when imam al-bukhari passed away, he left no one in khurasan who compared with abu ‘isa tirmidhi in knowledge, memory, piety and abstinence.’ imam at-tirmidhi said that he compiled this book and presented it to the learned scholars of hijaz, iraq and khurasan and they were pleased with it. imam tirmidhi had an exceptionally remarkable memory. if he heard something once he never forgot it. once on his way to makkah, imam tirmidhi met a scholar of hadith (muhaddith) from whom he had previously copied two chapters of hadith. thinking that he had the notes with him he asked the scholar if he would allow him to read out these two chapters so that he could correct any errors. after realizing that he did not have those notes with him he took a blank piece of paper and read out the entire two parts from memory. when the muhaddith realized what he was doing he rebuked imam tirmidhi saying: ‘have you no shame, why are you wasting my time.’ imam tirmidhi assured him that he had committed all the ahadith to memory. the scholar was not convinced, even though imam tirmidhi had recited all the hadith from memory. imam tirmidhi requested him to recite to him some other hadith. the scholar recited forty ahadith, which imam tirmidhi then repeated without making a single error, thus showing his remarkable power of committing hadith to memory. many books of hadith were compiled before imam tirmidhi decided to compile his jami’. dawud tayalisi and ahmed ibn hanbal had compiled books consisting of both authentic and weak hadith. later imam al-bukhari compiled his sahih and omitted all weak narrations from it. his main objective was to derive masa’il (laws) from the relevant hadith. later imam muslim compiled his book with a primary focus on the isnad (different chains of narrators). imam an-nasa’i’s aim was to mention the discrepancies of the hadith whilst abu dawud prepared a book which became the basis for the fuqaha. imam at-tirmidhi combined the styles of al-bukhari, muslim, abu dawud and an-nasa’i by mentioning discrepancies regarding the narrators and also making his compilation a basis for jurists. imam tirmidhi had a large number of students from all over the world. the most famous amongst them were haytham ibn kulaib, abul abbaas and muhammad ibn ahmad shah abdul ‘aziz, who describes imam tirmidhi in the following words: ‘his memory was unique and his piety and fear of allah ta’la was of a very high caliber. he would cry so much out of the fear of allah, that towards the end of his life he lost his sight.’ according to ibn taymiyya and shah waliullah, imam tirmidhi was an independent jurist (mujtahid). in the year 279 a.h. in a village called bawag at the age of 70 , imam tirmidhi passed away. this collection is titled al-jami’ al-mukhtasar min as-sunan ‘an rasulu allah wa ma’rifatu as-sahih wa al-ma’lul wa ma ‘alaihi al-’amal otherwise known as jami’ at-tirmidhi. according to the commentators of al-jami’, imam tirmidhi maintained the following conditions throughout the compilation of his book: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org he never narrated hadith from those who fabricated hadith. tahir muqaddisi mentions that al-jami’ ut-tirmidhi contains four types of hadith: those ahadith that conform with the conditions of al-bukhari and muslim. those ahadith that conform with the conditions of abu dawud and nasa’i. those ahadith that have certain discrepancies either in the sanad or matan. those weak hadith that some fuqaha have relied on. imam tirmidhi accepts a hadith which is narrated with the word ’an provided both the narrators are contemporaries. after mentioning a weak hadith, he explains the state of its weakness. a mursal hadith is accepted by imam tirmidhi when a chain of narrators which is not broken supports it. the status of jami’ at-tirmidhi is among the six authentic books of hadith. it has been categorized as fifth amongst the six most authentic books of hadith. according to the most preferred opinion, albukhari enjoys the highest status, followed by muslim, abu dawud, nasai, tirmidhi and ibn majah respectively. haji khalifa in al-kashf al-dhunoon has categorized tirmidhi in third position. aldhahabi has written that tirmidhi in actual fact should be holding the third position, but due to him bringing weak narrators like kalbi and masloob its status has dropped. however, looking at the manner in which he set out his book it seems that haji khalifa’s opinion is best. it is a sunan and a jami’. only 83 hadith are repeated. imam tirmidhi omits the major portion of the hadith and only mentions that part which is relevant to the heading. (title) after mentioning a hadith he classifies its narration (whether it is authentic or weak, etc.) he specifies the narrators names, e.g. if the narrators kunya (honorific name) was mentioned, he would then mention his proper name and vice versa. one hadith in tirmidhi is a thulaathiyaat i.e. the transmitters of the hadith between imam tirmidhi and the prophet (s) are only three. every hadith in tirmidhi al-jami’ is ma’mul bihi (practiced upon by the jurists.) he explains the different madhahib together with their proofs. he gives an explanation to all difficult ahadith. his book has been set out in an excellent sequence, making is easy to look for a hadith. there is no fabricated hadith in the entire book. conclusion imam tirmidhi’s “sunan” is a cornerstone of hadith literature that has played a vital role in shaping islamic thought, jurisprudence, and scholarship. its contributions to the preservation and understanding of the teachings of islam make it an indispensable resource for muslims throughout history and into the present day. references 1. aksu ali. mevlana’nın mesnevî’sinde dört halife. cumhuriyet üniversitesi i̇lahiyat fakültesi dergisi, – 2009. – ss. 19-41. 2. badiuzzamon furuzonfar. ro’zgore mavlono jaloliddin rumiy. – tehron: 1984. – 186 b. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org 3. gustave le bon. tarih felsefesi. ataç yayınları, – i̇stanbul: 2004. – 290 ss. 4. джумабоев ю. из истории этической мысли средней азии. ташкент, 1975. – 215 с. 5. из истории суфизма: источники и социальная практика //под ред. академика м.м. хайруллаева. ташкент.: фан. ан рузб., 1991. – 146 с. 6. логико-гносеологические идеи мыслителей средней азии. ташкент, 1986. – 138 с. 7. хайруллаев м.м. культурное наследие и история философской мысли.— ташкент, 1968. – 159 с. 8. babamuratov, e., ulmashon, d., & zhurabek, z. (2023). methods of ideological work for youth with ideological depression. world bulletin of social sciences, 27, 136-143. 9. алламуратов, ш., & джураева, у. (2021). ремесленные и торговые отношения в бекствах восточной бухары в конце xix–начале xx вв. общество и инновации, 2(3/s), 105-110. 10. allamuratov, s. a., & dzhuraeva, u. c. (2021). irrigation and reclamation works in the surkhan oasis. 11. dzhuraeva, u. c. (2023). the role of the termiz river port in the socio-economic development of surkhandarya region. 12. джураева, у. (2021). термиз дарё порти тарихи. общество и инновации, 2(5/s), 443-449. 13. джураева, у. (2021). история термезского речного порта. общество и инновации, 2(5/s), 443-449. 14. djurayeva, u. c., & begboyev, s. q. o. g. l. (2022). o ‘zbekistonda korrupsiyaga qarshi kurashishning siyosiy huquqiy mexanizmlari va choratadbirlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(2), 271-280. 15. djurayeva, u. c., & yoqubov, s. n. o. g. l. (2021). o ‘zbekistonda millatlararo totuvlikni ta’minlashining konstitutsiyaviy huquqiy asoslari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 1(11), 901-907. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org influence of air pollution in uzbekistan on the wellbeing of tma students yuldasheva f. u. sherkuzieva g. f. tashkent medical academy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the impact of air pollution in uzbekistan on the health of students at the tashkent medical institute. due to the increasing level of air pollution in large cities, especially in tashkent, the risk of various diseases among young people, including respiratory, cardiovascular and allergic disorders, increases. the article analyzes existing research on this issue, as well as the results of a survey of tma students regarding their well-being in polluted air. recommendations for improving the situation at the level of government and educational institutions are included. air pollution, ecology, students' health, respiratory diseases, cardiovascular diseases, environmental safety, air quality. introduction air pollution is one of the main environmental problems in uzbekistan. rapid industrial development, growth of motor transport and intensive use of agricultural chemicals are becoming the main sources of pollutants. the negative effects of air pollution are especially felt by young people, including students, who spend a significant part of their time in classes, dormitories and on the streets of the city. the impact of polluted air on the health of students of the tashkent medical academy (tma), as future health professionals, is important both in terms of disease prevention and for the formation of general awareness of environmental risks. tashkent is the largest city and capital of uzbekistan, which faces serious environmental problems, including air pollution. the main pollutants are emissions from vehicles, industrial enterprises, as well as dust and substances related to agriculture. given that medical students should be an example for future medical professionals, it is important to analyze how air pollution affects their health, especially for students like those at the tashkent medical institute. the main air pollutants in uzbekistan 1. motor transporttashkent, like other large cities, suffers from a large number of cars, mostly old models, which are the main sources of carbon monoxide emissions, nitrogen dioxide and other pollutants. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 2. industrial emissionsthe large number of manufacturing plants, including chemical and metallurgical plants, also contributes to poor air quality. 3. dust and agricultural emissionsduring seasonal agricultural work, especially during the harvest period, dust and organic matter are released into the atmosphere, which further worsens the situation. the impact of air pollution on students' health air pollution can cause a number of diseases in students. respiratory diseases. frequent colds, bronchitis, asthmatic diseases become more common in polluted atmospheres. medical students are exposed to polluted air, which can aggravate chronic respiratory diseases. 1. allergic reactions polluted air is a strong allergen, which leads to an increase in cases of allergic rhinitis, conjunctivitis and other allergic diseases among students. 2. cardiovascular diseases air pollution is associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular disease, as toxic substances entering the body affect the circulatory system and can contribute to the development of hypertension and coronary heart disease. 3. general deterioration of health fatigue, headaches, decreased concentration are symptoms associated with exposure to polluted air that can significantly impair students' academic performance. methodology to assess the impact of air pollution on the health of tma students, a survey was conducted among 300 students of different years. the survey included questions on the frequency of respiratory diseases, the presence of allergies, and general well-being in polluted air conditions. the data was collected over 3 months, taking into account seasonal changes in air quality. results during a survey conducted among 300 students of the tashkent medical academy, various diseases associated with the state of atmospheric air were identified. the main results are presented as follows: 1. frequent colds: 70 students (23.3%) reported suffering from frequent colds. this may indicate a high level of infections associated with poor air conditions and a generally weakened immune system. 2. allergic rhinitis: 50 students (16.7%) reported having allergic rhinitis, which may be related to allergens and pollutants in the air. 3. flu: 40 students (13.3%) reported that they often get the flu, which may also be related to air quality and the level of infectious diseases. 4. chronic bronchitis: 30 students (10%) reported having chronic bronchitis, indicating long-term exposure to pollutants on the respiratory system. 5. sinusitis: 30 students (10%) suffer from sinusitis, which may be related to allergies and infections made worse by air pollution. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org 6. exacerbation of chronic diseases: 25 students (8.3%) noted that they experience exacerbations of chronic diseases, which may also be associated with deteriorating air quality. 7. asthma: 20 students (6.7%) were diagnosed with asthma, which indicates serious breathing problems. 8. pneumonia: 15 students (5%) reported having pneumonia, which may indicate the impact of pollutants on the lungs. 9. laryngitis: 10 students (3.3%) reported having laryngitis, which may also be related to poor environmental conditions. 10. other diseases: 10 students (3.3%) reported having other diseases that could be related to air pollution. table disease number of cases percentage of total chronic bronchitis 30 10% allergic rhinitis 50 16.7% asthma 20 6.7% frequent colds 70 23.3% pneumonia 15 5% exacerbation of chronic diseases 25 8.3% laryngitis 10 3.3% flu 40 13.3% sinusitis 30 10% other diseases 10 3.3% total 300 100% количество случаев хронический бронхит аллергический ринит астма частые простуды пневмония обострение хронических заболеваний ларингит грипп синусит другие заболевания american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org recommendations 1. improving air qualityincreasing green areas in tashkent, improving transport infrastructure and switching to cleaner energy sources are expected to help improve air pollution. 2. information and preventionpreventive measures are needed for students, such as lectures on ecology and health issues, as well as regular medical examinations for early diagnosis of diseases. 3. measures to reduce air pollutionit is important to develop air quality monitoring systems, improve state environmental policy and attract international organizations to support environmental initiatives. conclusion air pollution in uzbekistan has a significant impact on the health of students at the tashkent medical institute. improving air quality and raising awareness among young people about environmental risks can reduce the burden on the health of future professionals and improve the overall health picture in the country. references 1. burnashova, v.a., & ivanov, p.n. (2020). environmental issues and their impact on human health. tashkent: scientific thought. 2. uzbekistan. (2021). ecological state of the atmosphere: problems and solutions. ecological journal of uzbekistan, 12(4), 78-85. 3. kasymov, sh. t. (2019). air pollution and its impact on health: monitoring and prevention methods. tashkent: institute of ecology. 4. world health organization. (2018). air pollution and its impact on human health. geneva. 5. yuldasheva f.u. & karimbaev, sh. improving the objectivity of assessing the quality of students' knowledge. 2014. 6. yuldasheva f.u. risk factors for the development of malignant neoplasms in children. collection of scientific papers of the republican scientific and practical conference “preventive medicine: 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 заболеваемость количество случаев процент от общего числа american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org hygienic science and practice” tashkent.2015; 87-89. 7. yuldasheva f.u., impact of covid-19 on the education system in the world and in uzbekistan. in education: past, present and future. 2020; 94-95). 8. yuldasheva, f. u., & imamova, a. o. the role of sport in the formation of a healthy lifestyle among young people. european international journal of interdisciplinary research and management studies. 2022; 2(11): 85-89. 9. salomova, f. i., ahmadalieva, n. o., sadullaeva, k. a., sherkuzieva, g. f., yarmukhamedova, n. f., & nurmatov, b. q. (2022). dust storm and atmosphere air pollution in uzbekistan. central asian journal of medicine, (2), 36-51. 10. шеркузиева, г. ф., хегай, л. н., самигова, н. р., азизова, ф. л., & курбанова, ш. и. (2020). результаты изучения острой токсичности пищевойсмеси" мелла круассан. журнал//вестник,(1), 188-189. 11. шеркузиева, г. ф., саломова, ф. и., & юлдашева, ф. у. (2023). результаты санитарнохимических исследований воды. 12. kobiljonova, s., sultonov, e., sultonova, d., oblokulov, a., & jalolov, n. (2023). clinical manifestations of gastrointestinal food allergy. евразийский журнал медицинских и естественных наук, 3(5), 142-148. 13. jalolov, n. n., sobirov, o. g., kabilzhonova, s. r., & imamova, a. o. (2023). the role of a healthy lifestyle in the prevention of myocardial infarction. neo sci peer rev j, 9, 8-14. 14. ya, z. s., jalolov, n. n., kh, p. m., & rakhimov, b. b. (2023). features of diet therapy for chronic liver diseases. science promotion, 1(2), 5-7. 15. шеркузиева, г. ф., данаев, б. ф., жураева, н. т., & сайфутдинова, з. а. (2016). гигиеническая оценка санитарного состояния реки сурхан. молодой ученый, (1), 104-107. sherkuzieva, g. f., turakhonova, f. m., & mustanov, j. a. (2017). results of laboratory research of the quality of drinking water. 16. шеркузиева, г. ф., & касимова, х. т. (2017). токсичность биологически активной добавки" laktonorm-h (k kaliy)" в условиях хронического эксперимента. молодой ученый, (1-2), 1012. 17. саломова, ф. и. (2010). гигиенические основы профилактики нарушений осанки и начальных форм сколиозов у детей и подростков. автореф. дисс….. докт. мед. наук. ташкент. 18. salomova, f. i., mirrakhimova, m. k., & kobilzhonova, s. r. (2022). influence of environmental factors on the development of atopic dermatitis in children. in european journal of science archives conferences series. 19. rahimov, b. b., salomova, f. i., jalolov, n. n., sultonov, e. y., & obloqulov, a. g. (2023). o ‘zbekiston respublikasi navoiy shahri havo sifatini baholash: muammolar va yechim yollari. 20. рахимов, б. б., саломова, ф. и., жалолов, н. н., султонов, э. ю., & облакулов, а. г. (2023). оценка качества атмосферного воздуха в городе навои, республика узбекистан: проблемы и решения. in сборник трудов по материалам международной научно-практической конференции. 21. kobiljonova, s. r., jalolov, n. n., sharipova, s. a., & tashmatova, g. a. (2023). clinical and morphological features of gastroduodenitis in children with saline diathesis. american journal of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org pedagogical and educational research, 10, 35-41. 22. kobiljonova, s. r., jalolov, n. n., sharipova, s. a., & mirsagatova, m. r. (2022). combined skin and respiratory manifestations of food allergy in children. 23. salomova, f. i., rakhimov, b. b., jalolov, n. n., sultonov, e. y., & oblakulov, a. g. (2023). atmospheric air of the city of navoi: quality assessment. british journal of global ecology and sustainable development, 15, 121-125. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 42, | november 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org improving the legal framework for emergency situations is a pressing issue of the time a. norboyev nizomiy nomidagi o‘mpu, tarix fanlari bo‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the legal and regulatory documents adopted in our country to protect the population and territories from emergency situations, their socio-historical significance, and their role in the sustainable development of society. social development, natural phenomena, emergencies, protection, legal framework, international treaties, international law, man-made, natural, accidents and disasters. introduction since the second half of the last century, the prevention of emergency situations of a different nature began to manifest itself as the most important problem on a global scale, and it has become a vital necessity. this problem was seen as the work of each state before themince the second half of the last century, the prevention of emergency situations of a different nature began to manifest itself as the most important problem on a global scale, and it has become a vital necessity. this problem was seen as the work of each state before them. because from the second half of the 20th century, the global visibility of emergency situations, that is, these problems began to directly concern the world's population, as well as the growth of accidents and disasters in technocracy, the increase in natural disasters, the direct increase in anthropogenic impact on the environment. it began to be important to reduce the number of cases, to prevent the looting caused by them, and to organize the work carried out on a legal basis in order to reliably protect the population. for this reason, in the late last century, norms of national and international law were created in this regard, and they are constantly being improved. in particular, during the years of independence, the legal framework for emergency protection in our republic was created based on international law. the development of national legislation in this area can rightly be divided into two historical stages. because, the period of work carried out in the early years of independence and on the basis of decrees, decisions of the president of uzbekistan, decisions of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan and other legal regulatory acts in the effective organization of the activities of the ministry of emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan, as well as the period of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org as noted above, many laws of different content were adopted in order to regulate social relations in the field of emergency situations. in particular, over the years 1991-2010, more than 27 laws related to the field of ecology and more than 100 sub-legislative acts were adopted in our country . in this regard, it is worth noting that the increase in emergencies of a transboundary nature in the following years and the fact that they cause significant losses also caused an increase in the legal powers of the agencies established in this direction. in particular, the ministry of emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan within its competence to prepare projects of international treaties, carry out foreign economic cooperation in the field of mutual awareness and assistance in emergency situations, as well as: “according to the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan to work in the central bodies and regional units of international organizations and, representatives in accordance with the terms agreed with these organizations.rrepresentatives in accordance with the term. in particular, the implementation and regulation of emergency work is reflected in the decisions of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan, including the decree of the cabinet of ministers no. 427 of october 7, 1998 "on the procedure for preparing the population of the republic of uzbekistan for emergency protection", and in 2000 in the laws "on civil protection" of the country and "on legal and regulatory documents on the protection of the population and territories from emergency situations were constantly improved. in particular, the law” on the protection of residents and territories from emergencies of a natural and man-made nature " was readopted by 2022. in the following years, some amendments to this law indicate that legislation in this area is constantly being improved. as you know, any natural phenomenon cannot be called an emergency. for this reason, the correct interpretation of natural phenomena and other disasters occurring and their adaptation to international norms serve to improve the effectiveness of the work carried out in this regard. for this reason, the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan “on the classification of emergencies of a technogenic, natural and environmental nature”dated october 27, 1998, no. 455, which gives classification to emergencies, also plays an important role in specifying the factors that cause them to occur. also, emergencies of each tone were classified into groups as well as views. at the same time, the decision also determined the economic damage caused by emergency situations, as well as the extent of their impact on the life activities of people. this scope was divided into 4 categories: local, local, republican and cross-border emergencies . we can see in another legal document that during the first decade of independence, ensuring the security of our country in terms of emergencies, protecting the life of the population has become one of the priorities of state policy. this is the decision of the cabinet of ministers on december 23, 1997 “on the state system of prevention and action in emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan”. in other words, this decision became an important legal basis for the formation of the state system for preventing and responding to emergencies in the country (fvdt). the experience gained as a result of the work carried out in the country on the prevention of emergency situations, the protection of population and national economy objects, as well as the resolution of many existing issues in this regard, has shown that it is necessary to develop legislation specific to this area. this was caused by a number of factors, such as the lack of knowledge about the causes, consequences of emergencies and their elimination, as well as the low level of training of the population to act correctly when they occur, the shallow knowledge of the heads of enterprises and organizations in this regard, a lack of attention to the issue, lack of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org a number of laws relating to the industry: “on the protection of atmospheric air”(1997). number of laws relating to the industry: “on the protection of atmospheric air”(1997).),”on road safety", as well as”on the prevention of human immunodeficiency virus disease (hiv disease)“, in the same year again”on the protection of populations and territories from emergena number of laws relating to the industry: “on the protection of atmospheric air”(1997).),”on road safety", as well as”on the prevention of human immunodeficiency virus disease (hiv disease)“, in the same year again”on the protection of populations and territories from emergencies of natural and man-made nature“,”on the safety of hydroelectric facilities " (1999.), “on environmental expertise”, “on radiation safety”, and “on the protection of agricultural plants from pests, on the protection of diseases and weeds”, “on the fight against terrorism”, “on civil protection”(2000.) adoption began to serve as an important legal framework in regulating social relations in emergencies. in other words, over the years 1997-2000, more than 10 laws of the republic of uzbekistan have been adopted on emergency situations. it can be seen that many laws in the same area passed after 2000 are more specialized, being classified into types for the prevention of emergency situations. for example, a number of laws, such as” on the industrial safety of hazardous production facilities “in 2006,” on fire safety “in 2009,” on technical regulation", can be said to be aimed at further improving the practical work carried out in this regard and preventing risks in networks, while serving as a legal basis in social relations in it. in the experience of the world, the first aid to a person affected by any disaster or catastrophe is proven by his loved ones, those around him, as well as people at work and place of residence. qualified professional assistance may then be provided. therefore, the role in this issue is played by the law adopted in our republic “on the protection of the population and territories from natural and man-made emergency situations”. in it, the ministries and departments “ensure that the enterprises, organizations and institutions under their control are becoming something to act in the conditions of emergency situations”, “submit an action plan, rules of regulations to the ministry of emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan for agreement”, “.iin it, the ministries and departments “ensure that the enterprises, organizations and institutions under their control are becoming something to act in the conditions of emergency situations”, “submit an action plan, rules of regulations to the ministry of emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan for agreement”, “...train their employees in emergency protection and response methods within non-military structures, maintain information systems in a state of readiness and provide information, and create reserves of material and financial resources, in accordance with emergency work plans, it is established that they organize accidentrescue work and other non-postponement work at the facilities under their jurisdiction, ensure their financing and transfer, and their duty and rights in protection against other emergencies. it is known how important a vital factor is water for the economy of our country and the well-being of our people. on the other hand, water-related disasters can also cause many wrecks as well as losses. for this reason, the safe use of water, along with the rational and fair use of water, also plays an important role. how important a vital factor is water for the economy of our country and the well-being of our people. on the other hand, water-related disasters can also cause many wrecks as well as losses. for this reason, the safe use of water, along with the rational and fair use of water, also plays an important role. for these purposes, over 15 laws and regulations have been adopted in the years of independence of our country, that is, until 2020, on hydraulic structures and ensuring their safety. on the second hand, 13 ministries, departments and committees in the republic carry out public administration in order to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org manage water in our country, that is, to use water wisely, to prevent the risks associated with it or to reduce the potential damage to the population and territories when they occur, regulation of these relations in management is also a reason to develop in the following years, a number of adopted legal and regulatory acts on the sphere began to serve as a kind of basis for further improvement of the work carried out in the protection of the population and territories from emergency situations, as well as ensuring the implementation of work that is not being carried out in this regard. in particular, the activities of the fvdt were revised in order to further improve the measures for the protection of residents and territories from emergency situations of a different nature. to this end, the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh.the main tasks of the ministry of emergency situations were further improved by the decree of mirziyoev of june 1, 2017 “on measures to radically increase the effectiveness of the system for the prevention and elimination of emergency situations.” the decree raised a number of problems that had accumulated in the fvdt over the past years, and outlined directions for their solution. in particular, these problems include timely notification of all segments of the population when there is a risk of emergency situations, improvement of the structures of the ministry of emergency situations, the forecasting system in emergency situations, as well as territorial separation (zoning)of the regions of the republic by sources of seismic risks, man-made accidents and disasters; special attention is paid to them, since the resolution of many issues, such as improving the material and technical support of the ministry, is associated with the widespread implementation of information communication technologies. necessary measures have been developed to solve these problems specified in the decree, and their immediate implementation is established. for this purpose, together with the structural structures of the hydrometeorological service center under the vm of ozr; state inspection to control the technical condition of large and separately important water management facilities under the vm of ozr, as well as the unobtrusive operation of the vm of ozrfa.for this purpose, together with the structural structures of the hydrometeorological service center under the vm of ozr; state inspection to control the technical condition of large and separately important water management facilities under the vm of ozr, as well as the unobtrusive operation of the vm of ozrfa.a.the rapid information service of the mavlonov institute of seismology and the republican network of seismological monitoring of seismic hazards were directly transferred to the ministry of emergency situations. government-wide and area commissions on the prevention and elimination of emergencies have also been approved. their duties were also defined. on june 2 of the same year, president sh.another important document on emergency situations was adopted by mirziyoev – “on organizational measures to further improve the activities of the ministry of emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan”. the resolution also made changes to its structures in order to improve the activities of the ministry. an additional 3 deputy ministers positions were createdn june 2 of the same year, president sh.another important document on emergency situations was adopted by mirziyoev – “on organizational measures to further improve the activities of the ministry of emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan”. the resolution also made changes to its structures in order to improve the activities of the ministry. an additional 3 deputy ministers positions were created . special attention was also paid to the localization of the production of technical equipment and special equipment used in search and rescue operations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org especially the emergencies that occurred in the following years and caused significant losses in terms of scope caused further refinement of legal norms in this area. in particular, in order to improve the fvdt, a decision adopted by the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan in 2023, amendments to the laws in this area, as well as on october 20, 2025, president sh. an example of this is a number of documents adopted by mirziyo especially the emergencies that occurred in the following years and caused significant losses in terms of scope caused further refinement of legal norms in this area. in particular, in order to improve the fvdt, a decision adopted by the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan in 2023, amendments to the laws in this area, as well as on october 20, 2025, president sh. an example of this is a number of documents adopted by mirziyoev. on the same day, decree no. 185” on raising the population and territories to a qualitatively new level of the field of emergency protection“, resolution no. 310” on organizational measures for further improvement of the activities of emergency bodies “and resolution no. 311” on digitization of the field of emergency protection and development of scientific innovative activities " were adooon the same day, decree no. 185” on raising the population and territories to a qualitatively new level of the field of emergency protection“, resolution no. 310” on organizational measures for further improvement of the activities of emergency bodies “and resolution no. 311” on digitization of the field of emergency protection and development of scientific innovative activities " were adopted. in this decree, “in order to establish new mechanisms of effective prevention and state control on the basis of scientific and technical approaches, taking into account advanced foreign experiments in the reliable protection of the population and territories of. references 1. ўрқ-226-сон 30.09.2009. ёнғин хавфсизлиги тўғрисида. hттпс:// lex.uz/docs /1521661 2. ўзбекистон республикаси қонунчилик маълумотлари миллий базаси / https://lex.uz/docs/1061181 3. ўрқ-213-сон 23.04.2009. техник жиҳатдан тартибга солиш тўғрисида./ hттпс:// lex.uz/docs / 1474642 4. ўзр фвв фми, аҳоли ва ҳудудларни фавқулодда вазиятлардан муҳофаза қилишнинг ҳуқуқий асослари. i-жилд, –тошкент: фми, 2006. 5. ўзр фвв. фми. аҳоли ва ҳудудларни фавқулодда вазиятлардан муҳофаза қилишнинг ҳуқуқий асослари (меъёрий ҳужжатлар тўплами), iii-жилд, –тошкент: фми, 2018 6. uzwатер аwаре. регионального экологического центра ца в рамках ес. програмы “устойчивое управление водными ресурсами”. пут воды. –тошкент: 2020. 7. алихонов б. экологик қонунчилик истиқболи //ҳуқуқ ва бурч, 2010, №3, 8. убайдуллаев ш., норбоев а.ва б.чақирувга қадар бошланғич тайёргарлик,–тошкент: ilmziyo,2009. https://lex.uz/docs/1061181 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 25, | june 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org primary hepatic neuroendocrine tumors: contrasting pathology with ct and mri characteristics turgunov b. sh. baratova g. q. mo’minova j. a. soqiyev s. a. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s rarely, neuroendocrine cells, the pancreas, and the gastrointestinal system are the sites of origin for neuroendocrine carcinoma (nec). even though it looks like an adenocarcinoma, well-differentiated nec exhibits more benign biological behavior [1]. undifferentiated necs, however, may have invasive and metastatic features, according to one report [2]. compared to nec, primary hepatic neuroendocrine tumors (phnet) are less common, grow more slowly, and have the potential to progress into malignancy. carcinoid syndrome affects a very small percentage of people. phnets and hepatocellular carcinoma (hcc) share similarities on ct and mri scans; however, patients with phnets tend to have a better prognosis. because ct and mri scans are sensitive in identifying primary liver lesions and metastases, these methods may assist medical professionals in determining the best course of treatment and increase patient survival. introduction materials and procedures examine the populace 29 patients (13 men and 16 women; median age: 47.2 years) with phnets were hospitalized to samarkand state medical university hospital between may 2004 and december 2013. of these 29 patients, 5 cases had carcinoid syndrome, 7 patients reported pain in the right upper abdomen, 9 patients complained of stomach discomfort, 6 patients had routine ultrasounds that revealed phnets, and 2 patients had ct scans of their chests that revealed liver tumors. every patient had a hepatectomy or a liver puncture guided by ct or ultrasonography. immunohistochemistry and histology verified the existence of phnets. alpha-feto protein (afp) levels in the serum were normal (less than 40 ng/ml), the hepatitis b antigen virus was negative, and there was no sign of liver cirrhosis. ct protocol for phnets abdominal helical ct examinations were performed with multi-detector row scanners (light speed ultra, ge healthcare, milwaukee, wis). food and water were deprived 4–6 h before enhanced ct examinations. to show contrast between the liver and digestive tract, an oral positive american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org contrast agent (500 ml water combined with 10 ml iopromide, bayer healthcare) was used. the patients were in the supine position, scanning range was from the right diaphragm to the kidney, slice thickness was 5 mm with helical scan and the slice thickness of the reconstruction image was 1.25 mm with a pitch of 0.984:1. all patients received nonionic intravenous contrast aterial (ultravist, 300mgi/ml, bayer technology & engineering company limited, berlin, germany), which was administered at a rate of 4 ml/s (90–120 ml total dose) using a mechanical power injector (medrad, pittsburgh, pa, usa) set at 230 mas and 120 kvp. thereafter, hepatic arterial, portal venous phase, and delayed phase images were acquired with delays of 25 s, 50–60 s, and 2–3 min, respectively. the slice thickness and reconstruction slice thickness were the same with unenhanced ct. mri protocol for phnets diffusion-weighted mr imaging was performed before dynamic imaging, using a single-shot spinecho echo planar imaging (epi) sequence with b factors of 0 and 800 s/mm2 along the three orthogonal directions. the sequence was obtained within two breath-holding periods for the whole liver. the parameters included: tr =4000 ms, te = 66 ms, matrix = 138 × 128, fov = 32 to 38 cm adapted to individual body size, twenty-four slices for each b factor for entire liver, thickness = 6 mm, interslice gap = 0.6 mm, average = 2, bandwidth = 1735 hz/pixel, and acquisition time = 24 s for each breathholding period. the parallel imaging algorithms (grappa) with an acceleration factor of 2 were added. spectral fat saturation was employed systematically to suppress the chemical-shift artifacts. adc maps regarding isotropic images were automatically acquired and all mean adcs of the lesions were measured on those maps. for patients who did not hold their breath within 24 s, we induced slices for each b factor and added the thickness of the slice and the gap. the acquisition time in scanning the whole liver for hold-breath one time could be reduced to 16 s. results using pathology and the 2010 who classification of phnet, eight cases were defined as g1, 10 cases were defined g2, and 11 cases were defined g3. all 19 singular lesions (g1 8 cases, g2 7 cases and g3 4 cases) underwent surgical resection. the maximum diameter of the mass was 8 cm with a clear border. twelve lesions were predominantly solid, one case showed calcification, and the remaining 6 cases were cystic-solid or predominantly cystic. he staining of g1 lesions revealed well-differentiated round or ovoid cells arranged in nests and glandular duct or chrysanthemum formation. the mitosis rate ranged from 0 to 2 per 10 high power fields. in g2 lesions, the cell arrangements were irregular, with mild differentiation and minimal nuclei atypia. the mean mitosis rate was 10 (range: 4 to 16) per 10 high power field. g3 lesions were poorly differentiated with large nuclei and the mean mitosis rate was 27 (range: 22 to 40) per 10 high power field. based on ct imaging (table 1) and mri data (table 2), all g1 liver lesions were singular with only one lesion located in left lobe and remaining lesions the in right lobe. a ct scan of one patient revealed central necrosis in the absence of hemorrhage and cystic change. one patient had calcification and mild enhancement. for the other 6 patients, preand post-enhanced ct densities were homogenous and showed marked enhancement while the dynamic-contrast enhancement curves of seven lesions (87.5 %) appeared as type iii. all lesions showed enhanced capsules in the delayed phase of postenhancement ct while one lesion appeared plateau-like type. seven out of eight patients with g1 phnets underwent a mri examination in addition to a ct scan (table 2). the lesions showed american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org hypointensity on preenhanced t1-weighted and homogeneous, mildly high intensity or high intensity on t2-weighted imaging. enhancements on post-enhanced mri scans had markedly high (6 cases) and mildly high intensities (1 case). the adc values in the liver tumors were lower than the surrounding normal liver tissue (1.39 ± 0.20 × 10−3 mm2/s versus (2.0 ± 0.38 × 10−3 mm2/s). all lesions showed enhanced capsules in the delayed phase of post-enhancement mri scans. these data further confirm that g1 lesions were benign or low-grade malignant tumors and distinguishable from hepato-cellular carcinoma. fig. 1 ct scan and histology of grade 1 phnet. post-contrast ct image of the arterial phase (a), the portal venous phase (b) and the delayed phase (c) shows marked enhancement in the phnet relative to the liver parenchyma (right lobe at the arterial phase), and slight hyperattenuation relative to the surrounding liver parenchyma in the delayed phases. the integrity of the capsule is maintained. the mitosis rate shows up as hypo-density and no enhancement on the dynamic enhanced ct scan. he staining of the tumor (d) shows tumor cells arranged as solid nests, consistent cell size and mitosis rate was 1/10 hpf. magnification: d = 100x four out of eleven cases with g3 phnets were singular and the remaining seven cases appeared as diffuse, multi-nodular or marginal-ring enhancement on ct. three multi-nodular cases were misdiagnosed as metastases and two cases were misdiagnosed as hepatocellular carcinoma with diffuse intra-liver metastases. however, one case had tumor thrombus in the portal vein in and 10 cases had american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org necrosis, heterogeneous hypo-intensity on t1wi and high intensity or mildly high intensity on t2wi as illustrated by mri. on t2wi, one case showed the liquid-liquid level and another showed hypointensity in the lower part. all patients (9/9) showed multi-nodular or marginal-ring markedly high enhancements on postenhanced mri and at the margins or solid area of the tumor dynamic-contrast enhancement curves (type iii). fig. 2 ct scan and histology of grade phnet. post-contrast ct image of the arterial phase (a), portal venous phase (b), and delayed phase (c). the phnet (5.4 × 5.7 cm in size) has marginal ring-like and septal enhancements (right lobe). arterial phases reveal a wash-in pattern at the periphery of the tumor. portal phase and delayed phase reveal slight peripheral hyper-attenuation compared with the surrounding liver parenchyma. he staining shows liver tumor cells arranged in an island. atypia and nucleoli were not readily apparent but nuclear chromatins were distributed in fine granules (d). mitosis rate was 2–3/10 hpf and blood sinus was abundant in the intestinal with no hemorrhage discussion in this work, we found that careful imaging with ct and mri scans could accurately reflect the histological features of primary hepatic neuroendocrine tumors (phnets) and increase the likelihood of a correct diagnosis. a tumor that originates from neuroendocrine cells is a neuroendocrine tumor american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org (net). there are two types of nets: neural neuroendocrine tumors and epithelial neuroendocrine tumors. hepatic necs have a better prognosis than hepatocellular carcinoma [9], but characteristic local invasion, metastases, and serious complications of carcinoid syndrome contribute to the poor outcome of patients with hepatocellular carcinoma [10–12]. furthermore, positive staining for chromaffin granule (cga), synaptophysin (syn), and neuron specific enolase (nse) are important in the pathological diagnosis of phnet. zhu z et al. [13] reported that phnets appear as a single tumor. our mri and ct scans revealed that g1 phnets usually have single lesions in the right lobe whereas g3 phnets commonly have multiple diffuse lesions or one large tumor accompanied by several satellite lesions. phnets are difficult to distinguish from liver cancer [14]. kim je et al. [6] reported variation in the ct images of hepatic neuroendocrine tumors that did not correlate with their pathologic diagnoses. in these cases, phnets showed arterial enhancements that resembled hepatocellular carcinoma and delayed phase enhancements that resembled a cholangiocarcinoma. in our study, we had six cases of phnets (three cases were g2 and three cases were g3) that were misdiagnosed as metastases. references 1. akhmedov ya, ataeva skh, ametova as, bazarova sa, isakov hkh the history of the development of radiation diagnostics. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. 2021;2:34-42. 2. akhmedov ya, rustamov ukh, shodieva ne, alieva uz, bobomurodov bm modern application of computer tomography in urology. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(4):121-125. 3. ataeva skh, ravshanov zkh, ametova as, yakubov dzh radiation visualization of chronic joint diseases. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(2):12-17 4. hamidov oa, diagnostics of injuries of the soft tissue structures of the knee joint and their complications. european research. moscow. 2020;1(37):33-36. 5. khamidov oa, khodzhanov iyu, mamasoliev bm, mansurov dsh, davronov aa, rakhimov am the role of vascular pathology in the development and progression of deforming osteoarthritis of the joints of the lower extremities (literature review). annals of the romanian society for cell biology, romania. 2021;1(25):214 – 225 6. khamidov oa, akhmedov ya, ataeva skh, ametova as, karshiev bo role of kidney ultrasound in the choice of tactics for treatment of acute renal failure. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(4):132-134 7. khamidov oa, akhmedov ya, yakubov dzh, shodieva ne, tukhtaev ti diagnostic possibilities of uses in polykystosis ofkidneys. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. 2021;2(8):27-33 8. khamidov oa, ataeva skh, ametova as, yakubov dzh, khaydarov ss a case of ultrasound diagnosis of necrotizing papillitis. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(4):103-107 9. khamidov oa, ataeva skh, yakubov dzh, ametova as, saytkulova shr ultrasound examination in the diagnosis of fetal macrosomia. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. 2021;2(8):49-54 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 25 june 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 10. khamidov oa, mirzakulov mm, ametova as, alieva uz multispiral computed tomography for prostate diseases. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(2):9-11 11. khamidov oa, normamatov af, yakubov dzh, bazarova sa respiratory computed tomography. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(2):1-8 12. khamidov oa, urozov ub, shodieva ne, akhmedov ya ultrasound diagnosis of urolithiasis. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(2):18-24 13. khamidov oa, yakubov dzh, alieva uz, bazarova sa, mamaruziev shr possibilities of sonography in differential diagnostics of hematuria. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(4):126-131 14. khamidov oa, yakubov dzh, ametova as, bazarova sa, mamatova sht application of the ultrasound research method in otorhinolaryngology and diseases of the head and neck organs. international journal of development and public policy. 2021;1(3):33-37 15. khamidov oa, yakubov dzh, ametova as, turdumatov zha, mamatov rm magnetic resonance tomography in diagnostics and differential diagnostics of focal liver lesions. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(4):115-120 16. rustamov ukh, shodieva ne, ametova as, alieva uz, rabbimova mu us-diagnostics for infertility. web of scientist: international scientific research journal. 2021;2(8):55-61 17. rustamov ukh, urinboev shb, ametova as ultrasound diagnostics of ectopic pregnancy. central asian journal of medical end natural sciences. 2021;2(2):25-28 18. abdurakhmanovich, k. o., & ugli, g. s. o. (2022). ultrasonic diagnosis methods for choledocholithiasis. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences, 3(2), 43-47. 19. abdurakhmanovich, k. o., & ugli, g. s. o. (2022). ultrasound diagnosis of the norm and diseases of the cervix. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences, 3(2), 58-63. 20. yakubov doniyor javlanovich, juraev kamoliddin danabaevich, gaybullaev sherzod obid ugli, and samiev azamat ulmas ugli. 2022. “influence of gonarthrosis on the course and effectiveness of treatment of varicose veins”. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali 1 (4):347-57. 21. yakubov , j., karimov , b., gaybullaev , o., and mirzakulov , m. 2022. ultrasonic and radiological picture in the combination of chronic venous insufficiency and osteoarthritis of the knee joints. academic research in educational sciences. 5(3), pp.945–956. 22. yakubov d. z., gaybullaev s. o. the diagnostic importance of radiation diagnostic methods in determining the degree of expression of gonarthrosis //uzbek journal of case reports. – с. 36. 23. якубов д. ж., гайбуллаев ш. о. влияние посттравматической хондропатии на функциональное состояние коленных суставов у спортсменов. uzbek journal of case reports. 2022; 2 (1): 36-40. – 2022. 24. alimdjanovich, r.j., obid , k., javlanovich, y.d. and ugli, g.s.o. 2022. advantages of ultrasound diagnosis of pulmonary pathology in covid-19 compared to computed tomography. central asian journal of medical and natural science. 3, 5 (oct. 2022), 531-546. 25. kadirov j. f. et al. neurological complications of aids //journal of new century innovations. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 5. – с. 174-180. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org trade relations in the bukhara khanate during the ashtarkhanid rule ibrokhimov nozimjon ikhtiyorovich teacher at bukhara state pedagogical institute urinboyeva ruzigul amrullayevna student at bukhara state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the political relations of the ashtarkhanid dynasty, particularly with russia, india, iran, and turkey, in the bukhara khanate from the early 17th century to the second half of the 18th century. during this period, the bukhara khanate maintained mutual economic, political, cultural, and diplomatic relations with neighboring states, including the exchange of ambassadors. this article focuses on the foreign relations of the ashtarkhanid period. imomqulixon, khokhlov, a. gribov, odambiy f. beneveni, peter i, n. nizomiddinov, oltamish, mirza pulat, khoja ashraf naqshbandi, vaqqos hoji, tarbiyatxon, mustafoxon hoji, rustambiy, yakkatozxon, nazarbiy, aurangzeb, murad iv, suleiman iii. introduction during the reign of the ashtarkhanids (1601-1753), the bukhara khanate maintained political and cultural relations with foreign countries. the ashtarkhanids were active in foreign policy and established diplomatic ties with states such as turkey, russia, india, iran, china, and kashgar. the relations established by the ashtarkhanids in pursuit of economic and political interests were later characterized, at the beginning of the 18th century, by peter i's policy of exerting pressure on bukhara and treating it as an unequal state. main part relations between central asia and russia in the 16th-17th centuries were based on mutual common interests. initially, russian rulers pursued a policy aimed at developing peaceful trade and economic relations with the khanates in their interactions with central asia. but from the 18th century, when the russian state strengthened economically and politically, they began to pursue an aggressive policy in the southeast. this became especially noticeable during the reign of peter i. during the reign of imamkuli khan, there was a certain development in diplomatic relations with russia. for this purpose, the khan sent odambiy to the russian tsar mikhail fyodorovich in 1620. in a reply letter from the russian tsar to imamkuli khan, ivan khokhlov, stating his diligent efforts to promote the flourishing of the age-old friendship, cultural, and trade relations established between american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org the two sides, arrived in central asia as a reply ambassador with a decree approved on may 26, 1620. khokhlov visited samarkand in 1621, met with imamkuli khan, and on the instructions of the russian tsar, ivan khokhlov asked the khan to release 27 russian prisoners. during the reign of abulfayz khan in bukhara, emperor peter i purposefully sent an embassy mission led by f. beneveni on november 6, 1721. the emperor entrusted f. beneveni with collecting comprehensive information on the condition of the fortresses in the bukhara khanate, the structure of the army, the total number of troops, the method of state administration, and bukhara's relations with iran, khiva, and turkey, as well as identifying the existing opportunities for developing trade with russia and collecting information on gold reserves. after fulfilling the tasks assigned to him, f. beneveni returned to petersburg in 1725. relations between bukhara and russia have a long history, during which local embassies sent embassies to moscow and petersburg, and from russia to samarkand and bukhara. due to the reduction of duties and taxes, central asian merchants began to trade freely in russian cities, and european goods began to enter bukhara. in the 17th century, bukharan-iranian relations were not resolved among themselves, and conflicts arose over territories that were disputed by the parties. despite the war, there were bukharan merchants in iran. this indicates that no difficulties could prevent the continuation of trade relations between the two countries. in turn, bukhara-india relations were also good. in the 17th-18th centuries, the mughal state was a southern neighbor of the bukhara khanate, and political and economic relations between these two states continued actively. reflecting on this, i. nizomiddinov notes that diplomatic relations between the two states occurred several times, stating that in 1572, abdulla khan's first envoy, oltamish, was sent to india. the second envoy was also sent by abdulla khan ii, headed by abdurahmon. the following ambassadors arrived at abdullah khan's palace in 1579 with indian ambassadors led by mirza polat, and many years later akbar decided to send an ambassador to bukhara. on may 17, 1597, an ambassador from india, led by khoja ashraf naqshbandi, was sent to bukhara. thus, during the shaybanid era, good trade relations were established with the mughal empire, benefiting both states. during the ashtarkhanid period, there were also intensive diplomatic relations between the bukhara khanate and the mughal empire, from which ambassadors arrived in india in 1632 under the leadership of vaqqos hoji and tarbiyatkhan in 1633 to balkh, and long after, khoja ahmad husayni from the bukhara khanate visited the indian shah on november 27, 1661. the bukhara khanate received the embassy of mustafa khan hoji in july 1665. on may 11, 1669, ambassadors led by rustambi arrived in india from bukhara. in response, the embassy of yakkatuzkhan from india arrived in 1670, followed by the embassy of muhammad sharif from bukhara in 1671. it can be seen that such high-level diplomatic relations primarily provided for the interests of political, economic, and trade relations. it should be noted that in the economic and trade relations between the bukhara khanate and the mughal empire, the main commodities were medicines from india, various dyes, tea, and dried and fresh fruits from the bukhara khanate. trade relations between the bukhara khanate and the mughal empire had three main forms: 1. private trade 2. trade conducted through the mediation of a special representative of the khanate. 3. the exchange of goods between kings by sending gifts and presents to each other. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org in another diplomatic exchange, in exchange for a ruby gift of 40,000 rupees sent by abdulaziz khan, aurangzeb brought a saddle, a valuable sword, a shield, a quiver, an elephant, and various fabrics worth an equal amount of lakh and fifty thousand rupees to the palace of ambassador mustafa khan abdulaziz khan. it can be seen that diplomatic relations and economic relations between the bukhara khanate and the babur state were closely intertwined. it should be noted that bukhara-turkey relations were also quite good during the reign of the ashtarkhanid ruler imamquli khan, to whom murad iv sent an envoy in 1639 with a proposal to jointly act against iran. at this time, imamkuli khan had good relations with iran. in 1690, subhanquli khan (1681-1701) sent an envoy to sultan suleiman ii (1687-1691) to develop friendly relations between the ashtarkhanids and the ottomans. subsequently, the ottoman sultan ahmad ii (1691-1695) sent an envoy, mustafa chaush, to subhanquli khan. by the end of the 18th century, the ottoman state was interested in cooperating with the central asian khanates. conclusion in conclusion, during the reign of the ashtarkhanid dynasty, the foreign policy and trade relations of the bukhara khanate developed consistently and took a firm place in the international arena. especially the establishment of diplomatic relations with such large states as russia, india, iran, and turkey, along with increasing the political influence of the khanate, created the basis for the expansion of trade and economic cooperation. thanks to this article, the exchange of strategically important products was established. during this period, the bukhara khanate occupied an important place on regional and transcontinental trade routes and became a mediating center connecting eastern and western civilizations. in general, the diplomatic activity and foreign trade relations of the ashtarkhanids were a decisive factor in the economic, political, and cultural development of the bukhara khanate. references 1.a. rasulov, a. isoqboyev " turkiston va rossiya munosabatlari tarixi" namangan -2011. 2. a. zamonov " buxoro xonligi tarixi" toshkent 2021. 3. r alimova " qoʻshni davlatlar bilan diplomatik va savdoiqtisodiy munosabatlari" toshkent 2017. 4. n. joʻrayev, h. sodiqov " oʻzbekiston tarixi" toshkent 2011. 5. a. erqoʻziyev " buxoro xonligi tarixi" namangan 2018. 6. ibrokhimov, n. i. . (07.11.2023). trade relations between the emirate of bukhara and india in the second half of the 19th century the beginning of the 20th century. oriental journal of history, politics and law, 3(06), – р. 9–15. 7. nozimjon i. ibrokhimov.(31.01.2024). the place of trade in the diplomatic relations of the bukhara emirate with india. oriental journal of history, politics and law, https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojhpl-04-01-03. – р. 21–27. 8. nozimjon ibrokhimov. (19.12.24). trade relations of bukhara emirate with india in the xix century. oriental journal of social sciences. https://doi.org/10.37547/supsciojss-04-06-18. -p. 164-171. https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojhpl-04-01-03.%20–%20р.%2021–27 https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojss-04-06-18 https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojss-04-06-18 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 28, | september 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org characters in the arabic novel and their destinies najeeb mahfouz's novels as a model haider jassim lafta al-saedi ministry of education/general directorate of education of maysan hhsder602@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study dealt with the description and analysis of characters in the arabic novel, as the character occupies an important position in the novel, as it is a tool and means for the novelist to express his vision and ideas, and is considered one of the most prominent and important elements in the novel structure, as it is the artistic image that carries the realistic connotations and contents that the writer links in the novel work, and the novelist or writer often borrows his characters from the reality that society lives in or mixes with them some features from the imagination to be more influential and convincing, and this is one of the secrets of the success of the writer who is creative in creating the complete novel character. this study consisted of an introduction, a preliminary entrance, and a definition of character in language and terminology, then the levels of description of the fictional character and its function, and the types of character in the novel, and then an analysis of the characters in naguib mahfouz's novels, which are: (miramar novel, al-harafish novel, afrah al-qobba novel, new cairo novel, chatter on the nile novel, the thief and the dogs novel). characters novelist character novel novel structure. introduction الشَّخـصـيات في الرواية العربية ومصائـرها روايات نحيب محفوظ نموذجا حيدر جاسم لفتة الساعدي وزارة التربية/ المديرية العامة لتربية ميسان hayder jasim lafta al_saedi hhsder602@gmail.com الملخص حيث تحتل الشخصية مكانة مهمة في الرواية، فهي أداة و ،تناولت هذه الدراسة بالوصف والتحليل الشخصيات في الرواية العربية وسيلة الروائي للتعبير عن رؤيته وافكاره، وتُعد من ابرز العناصر واكثرها اهمية في البناء الروائي أذ هي الصورة الفنية التي تحمل وكثيرا ما يستعير الروائي أو الكاتب شخصياته من الواقع الذي ،الدالالت والمضامين الواقعية التي يربطها الكاتب في العمل الروائي يعيشه المجتمع أو يمزج معها بعض المالمح من الخيال لكي تكون اكثر تأثيرا واقناعا ، وهذا من اسرار نجاح الكاتب الذي يبدع في الشخصية لغة واصطالحا ، ثم تمهيدي وتعريفصنعه للشخصية الروائية المكتملة . فقد تكونت هذه الدراسة من مقدمة ومدخل mailto:hhsder602@gmail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org وائية الشخصيات في روايات نجيب محفوظ ومن ثم تحليل ،ووظيفتها، وانواع الشخصية في الرواية مستويات وصف الشَّخصية الر ِّ رواية أفراح القبة، رواية القاهرة الجديدة، رواية ثرثرة فوق الن ِّيل، رواية اللص ،التي هي: )رواية ميرامار، رواية الحرافيش والكالب( .البناء الروائي – الرواية -الشخصية –الروائي –مفتاحية: الشخصيات الكلمات ال المقدمة عن نالت الشَّخصية اهتمام الكثير من العلومِّ كعلمِّ النَّفس، وعلم الهندسة، وعلم االجتماع، و العلومِّ التَّطبيقية، ولسنا بصددِّ الحديث ؛ ألنَّ ما يهمنا في هذه الدراسةِّ هو الشَّخصية في الفنون واية، حيُث تعتبر الشَّخصية أهم الشَّخصية في تلك العلومِّ األدبية وتحديد ا الر ِّ واية والقصة واألقصوصة والمسرح، فهي بِّال شك ٍّ "مصدر إمتاع وتشويق في القصة لعوامل كثيرة") (، iالعناصر التي تقوم عليها الر ِّ اوي في واية التَّقليدية هي كل ِّ شيء فيها وال يمكن أْن تجد رواية دون طغيان شخصية ُمعينة يقحمها الرَّ ها، وقد كانت الشَّخصية في الر ِّ ناية الكاتب ويبذل جهده إلبرازها من جميعِّ جوانبها. وهذه الطَّريقة تتحقق في كال الشخصيتين )الرئيسية والثانوية(، فتحتَّل عِّ ُعهُ المؤلف، لغاية فنية يسعى إليها") فالشخصية تغيرت طبيعتها وتحولت من كونها مركز لألحداث ، (iiفقد كانت "محض خيال يُْبدِّ واية، هكذا تتجسد ا تخييلي ا، تدل على التغيرات المستخدمة في الر ِّ إلى عدم القدرة على استيعاب الواقع الذي تعيشه، "وأصبحت مفهوم وائية حسب بارت )كائنات من ورق( لتتَّخذ شكال داال من خاللِّ اللغة، وهى ليست أكثر من قضية لسانية حسب الشَّخصية الر ِّ (، فكما يبدو له أنَّ هذا البناء الجديد للرواية قد نادى بضرورة التقليل من الش خصية وجعلها ُمْنعدمه أْو باهتة بحيث iiiتودوروف") تذوب مالمح الشَّخصية في النَّصِّ أْو تختفي. مدخل تمهيدي وائية منتُعد الشَّخصية ْن للروائي أْن يَُصور حياة بدون شخصيات تتحدث الر ِّ واية حيث ال يُْمكِّ أهمِّ العناصرِّ األساسية في بناء الر ِّ ا ُمستمدة م وائي بقدر تعدد واختالف وتشابك األفكار واألفعال، وهذه الشَّخصيات إمَّ ن وتقوم باألفعال، كما نجد تعدد شخوص العالم الر ِّ واقع اجتماعي، أْو تاريخي، يُحدد ذلك تصرفاتها وطريقة تفكيرها، وتكون هذه الشَّخصيات صورة حيَّة لألنماط االجتماعية والثَّقافية، ا تجعلنا نعيش معها ومن ثُمَّ نتفاعل معها ونتأثر بها. ممَّ ا مشاعر، فتتأثر بأفكارهِّ وآرائه فات وأيض لها كيفما يشاء، فينسب لها أفعال وأقوال وأسماء وصِّ فهي تكون من ُصْنعِّ الكاتب يُشك ِّ وائي في رسمِّ شخصياته، محاوال ivونظرته اتجاه اآلخرين فهي "ُعْنصر مصنوع؛ ُمْختََرْع ككل عناصر الحكاية") (، وقدْ اجتهد الر ِّ إعطائها صفة اإلنسانية، وجعلها أكثر واقعية، حتى نتفاعل معها وذلك أنَّ للرواية "قدرة خاصة على جعل شخصياتها مقبولة، كأنَّهم ْن أْن تُعاش".) أشخاص واقعيون يخوضون تجربة ا في تكوين vُمعاشة، أْو يُْمكِّ ا مهم ا الحالة النَّفسية واالجتماعية دور (، وتلعب أيض اوي ألحوالِّ شخصياته وأفعالها وما يدور في خواطرها "حسب تغيرات الشَّخصية وتنعكس على أفعالها، انطالق ا مْن تتبع الرَّ .(viاألوضاع، والمواقف النَّاتجة عن تعاقب األحداث وُمَسبِّباتها") والكاتب في أحيانٍّ كثيرة ال يعنى بشخصية رئيسية واحدة، بل ربَّما يجعل من كل الشَّخصيات في روايته شخصيات رئيسية كما كان ل يرسم الشَّخصية في إطارها االجتماعي، ويهتم بالشَّكل الخارجي والبعد النَّفسي والعقلي، فإذا قامت بفعل بعد ذلك أْو سلوك، كان الفع ر ُمتََّسق ا مع كل هذه األبعاد التي رسمها، وربَّما كانت الشَّخصية من أهم عناصر التَّشويق عند الكاتب، ذلك ألنَّها على شاكلة البش ونأسى العاديين، فهي ليست أعلى منَّا وال أدنى منزلة، إنَّهم يشبهوننا في همومهم ومشاكلهم الصَّغيرة، لذا فإنَّنا ُسْرعان ما نندمج معهم ْو لحالنا من خاللهم، أْو نفرح لفرحهم، فنحن ال نشعر بالغربة مع هذه الشَّخصيات. لحالهم، أ وائي، مركز األفكار ومجال المعاني التي تدور وهيلذلك تُعدَّ الشَّخصية الروائية إحدى الدَّعائم األساسية التي يقوم عليها البناء الر ِّ عارات الجوفاء الخالية من المْضمون واية" ضرب ا من الدُّعابةِّ الُمباشرة والوصف التَّقريري والش ِّ حولها األحداث وبدونها تصبح الر ِّ اإلنساني المؤثر في حركةِّ األحداث، فاألفكار تحيا من الشَّخصية وتأخذ طريقها للمتلقي عبر أشخاص معينين لهم آرائهم واتجاهاتهم . (viiوتقاليدهم في مجتمعٍّ معين") وأساس أي رواية جي دة هو الشَّخصيات؛ ألن ها وسيلة الكاتب للتعبير عن إحساسه بواقعه وكل ما يدور حوله "فالشخصية من واية شخصية") واية بقولهم "الر ِّ فون الر ِّ .(viiiالمقومات الرئيسية للرواية وبدون الشَّخصية ال وجود للرواية، لذا تجد بعض النُّقاد يُعر ِّ ا، مرجعيتها الواقعيةوعلى هذا تتم دراسة الشَّخصيات القصصية في ضوء بما هي كيان قائم، فهي روح وطبيعة ووعي وجسد أيض ا يفرض وجود ميوالت وعواطف لهذه الشَّخصيات، على أْن الشَّخصيات القصصية مثَّلْت موضوع ا خالفي ا بين النُّقاد. ممَّ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org تعريف الشخصية لُــغَـــة ً: مادةِّ )َشَخَص(، واْلَشْخص؛ جماعة َشْخصِّ اإلنسان وغيرهِّ ُمذكر، والجمع أْشَخاص وشخوص َجاَء في لسانِّ العربِّ أنَّها من ، وتقول ثالثة أْشخاص، وكلَّ شيء رأيت جسمانه فَقَدْ رأيت شخصه، وفي َخاص، والشخص: سواد اإلنسان وغيرهِّ وتراهُ من بعيدٍّ وشِّ الحديث: "ال شخص أغير من هللا"؛ الشخص كل جسم له ارتفاع أْو ظهور، والمراد به إثبات الذَّات فاستعير لها لفظ الشَّخص، ، واألنثى شخصية واالسم الشَّخاصة") الل تعريف ابن منظور يظهر لنا أنَّهُ قََصَر الشَّخص ixوالشَّخيص العظيم والشَّْخصِّ (، ومن خِّ ْن بمسمى الشَّخص. ، وهو بذلك يؤكد الظُّهور الحسي الُمْقتَرِّ على معنى الذَّات الظَّاهر للعيانِّ َل ال يطرف، ومن بلدٍّ إلى بلدٍّ ذََهبَ وبالرجوعِّ للقاموسِّ المحيط فقدْ َوَردَْت مادة )َشَخَص( بمعنى "ارتفع بصره وفتح عينيه، وُجعِّ خلقه أْن وَساَر في اْرتِّفاعٍّ، َو َرَمى السهم ارتفع عن الهدف والن ِّجم طلع، والكلمة من الفمِّ اْرتَفعت نحو الحنك األعلى، وربَّما كان ذلك ص: الُمْختَلِّف ْص بصوته فال يقدر على خفضه، وَشَخَص به كمعني أتاه أمر أقلقه وأزعجه وأْشَخَصهُ: أزعجه، والمتشاخِّ يَُشخِّ ْن xوالُمتَفَاوْت") ا جاَء في لسانِّ العربِّ، حيث بيََّن لنا اْلَمَواطِّ (؛ ومن الَجلي أنَّ الفيروز آبادي قدْ أضاَف معاني أُخرى أوسع وأكثر ممَّ التي تُْستَْخدَْم فيها الكلمة، ألنَّها تحمل أكثر من معنى بحسب استخدامها. ا في معجم مقاييس اللغة البن فارس ما يلي: "الشين والخاء والصاد أصل واحد يدل على ارتفاع في شيء من ذلك ووردت أيض ا شخوص الشَّخص وسواء اإلنسان إذا سما لك من بعيد ثمَّ يحمل على ذلك فيُقال شخص من بلد إلى بلد، وذلك قياسه، ومنه أيض . (xiالبصر، ويُقال رجل شخيص وامرأة شخيصة أي جسيمة") فَات التي يتميز بها الشَّخص من غيره، ويُقال ا سواه"، الشَّخصية: الص ِّ : فالن ال وفي المعجم الوسيط: "َشَخَص الشيء عيَّنَهُ وَميََّزهُ ممَّ فاتٍّ خاصة") ْن صِّ (؛ وواضح من هذا التَّعريف أن ه أقرب إلى الفِّْهمِّ النَّفسي للشخصية، حيث xiiشخصية له، أي ليس له ما يُميزه مِّ ا اتجاهاتها وميولها وخبراته ا. يهتم علم النَّفس بوصفهِّ ويهتم كذلك بمظهرِّ الشَّخصية وقدراتها ودوافعها وردود أفعالها العاطفية وأيض َرة من أصول التينية، نجد أنَّ كلمة شخصية هي ترجمة لكلمة ) ( personalوفي ُمقابل هذه اللفظة في اللغة األجنبية والُمْنَحدِّ (، وعن xiiiالالتينية حيث تعني "القناع الذي يرتديه الممثلون اليونانيون في احتفاالتهم وتمثيلياتهم إلخفاء معالم شخصياتهم الحقيقية") ( داال على الشَّخصية.personalityهذه الكلمة جاء المصطلح اإلنجليزي ) ْمَن العمل personوصارت الكلمة ) ا أدبي ا بمعنى )القناع األدبي(، أي صار في النَّقد يدل على الذَّاْت الفاعلة ضِّ ( تعني مصطلح وائي نفسه أحد تلك ا ُمتعددة، ربَّما كان الر ِّ من xivاألوجه")األدبي، فتتَّخذ هذهِّ الذَّاْت أوجه (، واللفظة بكاملها يعود استعمالها إلى الزَّ من اإلغريقي، يضع القناع على وجهه لغرض إظهار الصفات الصَّارخة في شخصية الفرد الذي يقوم الذي َشَهدَ فيه الممثل على الزَّ . (xvبتمثيل دوره على المسرح وإيضاحها") تعريف الشخصية اصـطـالًحـا: (؛ ألن ها xviالشَّخصية في اللغة واألدب هي "أحد األفراد الخياليين أو الواقعيين الذين تدور حولهم أحداث القصة أْو المسرحية") وائي "األساسية في الكشفِّ عْن القوى التي تُحرك الواقع من حولنا وعن ديناميكية الحياة وتفاعالتها") (، xviiتُعتبر ركيزة العمل الر ِّ بينما يُعرفها جيرالد برنس بأنَّها "كائن موهوب بصفاتِّ بشرية وملتزم بأحداث بشرية، والشَّخصيات يُْمكن أْن تكون مهمة أْو أقلَّ أهمية )وفق ا ألهمية النَّص( فعَّالة )حيُث تخضع للتغير(، مستقرة )حينما ال يكون هناك تناقض في صفاتها وأفعالها، أْو مضطربة وسطحية )بسيطة لها بُْعد واحد فحسب، وسمات قليلة، ويمكن التنبؤ بسلوكها(، أْو عميقة )معقدة لها أبعاد عديدة قادرة على القيام .(xviiiبسلوكٍّ مفاجئ") وقدْ اختلف الباحثون في ضبط كلمتي شخص وشخصية، فنجد مفهومها في القواميس مثل قاموس الروس الموسوعي "الشَّخصية (؛ فقاموس الروس جعل الشَّخصية والشَّخص هما xixأْو رواية أْو فيلم")األدبية: شخص يُشارك في الحدث في قطعة مسرحية وجهان لعملةٍّ واحدة. ا عبد الملك مرتاض فيعرفها قائال : "إنَّ الشَّخصية كائن حركي حي ينهض في العملِّ السردي بوظيفة الشَّخص دون أن يكونه، أم خوصِّ الذي هو جمع لشخص، ويختلف الشَّخص عن الشَّخصية بأنَّهُ وحينئذٍّ تجمع الشَّخصية قياس ا على الشَّخصيات ال على الش ِّ ا xxاإلنسان، ال صورته التي تُمثلها الشَّخصية في األعمالِّ السَّردية") (؛ وبذلك نجد أنَّ هناك فرق ا بين الشَّخص وهو الصُّورة، أمَّ الشَّخصية فهو كائن ورقي. فالشَّخص كائن حقيقي ينتمي لواقع حقيقي يعيش فيه ويحيا وبالتالي هذا الواقع غير ُمتخيل، بينما الشَّخصية هي كائن ُمتخيل يتحرك وائية في فضاء ورقي ليس له ماضٍّ وال مستقبل، هذا هو الفرق بين الشخص والشخصية، كذلك يجب التفريق بين الشَّخصية الر ِّ وائية متماثلة مع الشَّخصية الواقعية إلى ح وائي في قوة ُمحاكاته للواقع وجعل الشخصية الر ِّ د والشَّخصية الواقعية، وتكمن مهارة الر ِّ كبير. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org وائية ووظيفتها: مستويات وصف الشَّخصية الر ِّ ك في الحديث فال ينتمي إلى -1 ا من ال يُشارِّ واية سلب ا أو ايجاب ا، أمَّ ك في أحداث الر ِّ مستويات وصف الشَّخصية: هي "كل ُمشارِّ اللِّ أوصاف ثالثة هي: البعد الجسمي والبعد النَّفسي، والبع ا من الوصف، ويتم النَّظر إلى الشَّخصية من خِّ د الشَّخصيات بل يُعدُّ جزء . (xxiاالجتماعي") وائي في هذا الوصف "برسم شخصياته من حيث طولها وقصرها ونحافتها وبدانتها ولون -2 مستويات الوصف الجسمي: يهتم الر ِّ ا في وصف الشَّخصية، فمثال يمنحها . (xxiiباإلضافة إلى المالمح األُخرى")بشرتها ا كبير كما يهتم باسم الشَّخصية ألنَّه يؤدي دور ا وصفي ا، يُحدد جنسها إما مفرد )سيدات، أطفال، نساء، شباب( وهذا االسم الوصفي تعبير عمري أو بإضافة مركب )امرأة اسم .(xxiiiرشيقة، رجل أبيض..(، أو يُحدد مكان الشَّخصية مثل )فتاة الشَّاعر، فتاة الزرق..( أو مهنتها )طبيبة، روائية، مصورة() اوي بتصوري الشَّخصية من حيث -3 الوصف النَّفسي: ويُْعتَبر هذا الوصف نِّتاج للبعدين الجسمي واالجتماعي، حيث يهتم فيه الرَّ مشاعرها وعواطفها وطبائعها وسلوكها ومواقفها من القضايا المحيطة بها، باإلضافة إلى الحوادث الدَّاخلية والخارجية، بحيث يظهر ا الجانب السيكولوجي xxivالفرد ذاته وصراعه مع نفسه وعدم قدرته على استيعاب وفِّهم ما يجري حوله ومعه") (، وهو أيض رة للشخصية التي تعكس حالتها النَّفسية، فهو "المحكي الذي يقوم به السَّارد لحركات الحياة الدَّاخلية التي تعبرعنها الشَّخصية بالضرو ا تُْخفيه هي نفسها") ا تشعر به الشَّخصية دون أْن تقوله بوضوح، أو عمَّ . (xxvبواسطة الكالم، إذْ يكشف عمَّ راع النَّفسي، وذلك في أشكال المنولوج المختلفة منها المونولوج الدَّاخلي المباش الل إبراز الص ِّ ر، والذي كما يتمثل البُْعدِّ النَّفسي من خِّ ا يجعل المونولوج أشبه بالحلم، وإنَّ مناجاة النَّفس يتميز بغياب المؤلف وسيطرة الغائب والمتكلم والمخاطب في اللحظة الواحدة، ممَّ رصد لتفاعل النَّفس مع حدث أو مشهد ما، حيث تقوم الذَّات بإعادة المشهد مرة أُخرى في ذهنها من أجل اتخاذ قرار أو موقف من هذا المشهد. ر األحوال الفكرية والنَّفسية للفرد، أي أنَّه يقوم بإبراز األسس العميقة والدَّاخلية ومن خالل مالحظاتي أنَّ البُْعدِّ النَّفسي للشخصية يُْظهِّ وائية، باع ا في بناء الشَّخصية الر ِّ ا كبير تباره يُعَبِّرْ التي تقوم عليها الشَّخصية، ومن هذا نستطيع أْن نقول أنَّ البُْعدِّ النَّفسي يلعب دور واية. عن ما يجوب في خواطر الشَّخصيات التي تدور حولها الر ِّ الوصف االجتماعي: ويمثل هذا الوصف "انتماء الشَّخصية إلى طبقة اجتماعية، وفي عمل الشَّخصية، وفي نوع العمل ولياقته -4 وجية، والمادية والفكرية وصلتها بتكوين بطبقتها في األهل، وكذلك التَّعليم وُمالبساْت العمر ثمَّ الحياة األُسرية في داخلها، الحياة الزَّ ياسية والهوايات السَّائدة في مكان تأثيرها في تكوين الشَّخصية") ين والجنسية والتَّيارات الس ِّ (؛ كما xxviالشَّخصية ويتبع ذلك في الد ِّ الل العالقة بين الشَّخصية وغيرها من الشَّخصيات، كما يْبرز البُْعدِّ االجتماعي للشخصيات "من ا في تقديم الشَّخصية من خِّ يظهر أيض دَّتُه بين شخوص الفئة الواحدة") راع بين الش ِّخوص، والذي تقل حِّ الل الص ِّ . ( xxviiخِّ الل مكانتها االجتماعية "حيث يتعلق بمعلومات حول وضع الشَّخصية وائي الوصف االجتماعي للشخصية من خِّ كما يصور الر ِّ االجتماعي، وأيدولوجياتها، وعالقتها االجتماعية )المهنة، طبقتها االجتماعية، عامل، الطَّبقة المتوسطة، برجوازية، إقطاعي، وضعها (؛ أي أنَّ الوصف االجتماعي متعدد الجوانب، فهو يركز على الشَّخصية من xxviiiاالجتماعي، فقير، غني، رأسمالي، أصولي،..(") الل محيطها الخارجي وعالقتها بالشخوص، وكذلك مكانتها االجتماعية وأوضاعها وأيدولوجياتها. خِّ ينية وهويتها وتكوينها الثَّقافي، ويُمثل البُْعدِّ -5 الوصف الفكري: يُْقَصدْ بالوصف الفكري للشخصية هو انتماؤها أو عقيدتها الد ِّ الفكري الذي تتحلى به الشَّخصية من فِّكر ديني وفِّكر ثقافي وفِّكر سياسي وانعكاسها على المجتمع. أنـواع الـشَّـخـصـيـة: اوي لتمثل ما أراد تصويره، وما أراد التَّعبير عنه من أفكار -1 الشَّخصية الرئيسية: وهو الشَّخصية الفنية التي يصطفيها الرَّ ْفق قدراتها وإرادتها، بينما يختفي هو وأحاسيس، وتكون هذه الشَّخصية ذات فاعلية كلَّما اوي جدية، وجعلها تنمو وتتحرك وِّ منحها الرَّ ياسي الذي رمى بها فيه) راعها وانتصارها وإخفاقها وسط المحيط االجتماعي أو الس ِّ .(xxixبعيد ا يُراقِّْب صِّ (؛ ويبدو أنَّ هذا xxxالشَّخصية الثَّانوية: يذهب محمد زغلول إلى أنَّ "دور الشَّخصية الثَّانوية هو تهيئة الجو المناسب لألبطال") -2 وائي. واية كما ال يُثير غيابها في فِّْهم العمل الر ِّ ا في الر ِّ النُّوع من الشَّخصية يكون واضح أنواع: ويُحدد )فيليب هامون( للشخصية ثالث نة بفاعلية القراءة والمشاركة وهيالشَّخصية المرجعية: -1 ته ثقافة ما، وتبقي مقروئيتها، ُمْرتَهِّ يل إلى معنى ناجز أو ثابت أقرَّ "تُحِّ .(xxxiللقارئ في تلك الثَّقافة") وتشتمل هذه الشَّخصية المرجعية على أربعة أقسام أُخرى: -2 الشَّخصية التَّاريخية: كنابيلون في رواية دوماس. -أ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org الشَّخصية األسطورية: كفينوس وأوزوريس. ب الشَّخصية المجازية: كالحب والكره. ت . (xxxii)محتال الشَّخصية االجتماعية: كعامل أو فارس أو ث الشَّخصيات الواصلة )اإلشارية(: وتكون عالمات على حضور المؤلف والقارئ أو ما ينوب عنهما في النَّص، وهى بمثابة -3 المنشدين في الت ِّراجيديا القديمة والمحاورين السُّقراطيين، والشَّخصيات الُمْرتجلة، وشخصيات عابرة. إلخ، وفي بعض األحيان يكون شة أو الُمقنَّعة التي تأتي لِّتُْربِّْك الفِّْهم المباشر من الصَّعب الكشف عن هذا النَّمط من الشَّخصيات بسبب تدَُّخل بعض العناصر الُمشوَّ .(xxxiiiلمعنى هذه الشَّخصية أو تلك") الشَّخصية المتكررة )االستذكارية(: وهى الشَّخصيات "التي يوظفها الكاتب بهدف استدعاء نصوص غائبة، أي الستحضار فكرة -3 ؤية أو إعطاء تفسيرات لبعض القضايا الغامضة") .(xxxivما، وتُساهم في تطوير الحدث أو لتوضيح الرُّ واية بل إنَّ بعض النُّقاد والشخصية نوعين عند نجيب محفوظ فالنوع األول: ا أساسي ا في الر ِّ ئيسية وتُعدُّ عنصر هو الشَّخصية الرَّ واية أو ال واية في ُعْرفِّهم )فن الشَّخصية( وذلك ال غرابة فيه؛ إذْ تُعدُّ الشَّخصية مدار الحدث سواء في الر ِّ تَّاريخ يذهب إلى أنَّ الر ِّ ئيسي فيها ألنَّ يرة، فإنَّ الشَّخصية تلعب الدُّور الرَّ ها هي نفسه، وحتى في صورها األولى الُمتمثلة في الحكاية الُخرافية والملحمة والس ِّ التي تُْنتِّج األحداث بتفاعلها مع الواقع أو الطَّبيعة أو تصارعهما مع ا. واية بين الكم الكثير ا النُّوع الثَّاني فهو الشَّخصية الثَّانوية التي تتراوح عند محفوظ بُِّحْكم الدُّور الذي تلعبه في الر ِّ ا أمَّ ، وهى تأخذ حيز ا في حدث ا واحد ا أو أحداث ا متباعدة، ومن لمْ يفهم ُمتَّسع ا من المساحة حين تلعب دورها في األحداث، وبين الكم ِّ القليل حيث تظهر إمَّ هو واية، مع أنَّها في الحقيقة غير ذلك، فبالرغمِّ من هذا الظ ِّ ا هامشي ا في الر ِّ ر أسلوب الكاتب يشعر بأنَّ هذه الشَّخصيات تلعب دور ئيسية التي ت واية وأحداثها وحبكتها ال يقل ِّ بحالِّ عن دور الشَّخصيات الر ِّ ا يُوحي الضَّعيف إالَّ أنَّ دورها في بناءِّ الر ِّ ا، ممَّ دْ كثير رِّ بقدرةٍّ فائقةٍّ لألديب في توظيف شخصياته حسب الدُّور المنوط بها. واية تدور حول شخصية رئيسية، أو محور تنطلق منه األحداث أو تدور حوله األحداث وال يُمكن ألي روائي أْن يتجاهل أنَّ الر ِّ ومعه شخصيات أُخرى ميَّزها الكاتب عن الشَّخصية الرئيسية أْو المحورية، بأنَّها شخصيات ثانوية ألنَّها تأتي في األهمية الثَّانية الل ال ئيسية، وفي سياق ذلك فإنَّ "كل الشَّخصيات مجرد ظِّ ئيسية، أي الشَّخصية الثَّانوية هي المساعدة للشخصية الرَّ للشخصية الرَّ وائي للشخصية اللة الفكرية التي يقوم عليها البناء الر ِّ مز المعنوي والد ِّ يتجاوز دورها )الوظيفة التَّفسيرية( من جهة وتعميق الرَّ ئيسية من جهة ثاني وائية لنجيب محفوظ في طريقة البناء في صورة (، xxxvة") الرَّ حلة الر ِّ لذلك يرى محمد علي سالمة أنَّ "مسار الر ِّ واية بمعنى أْن تتالقى أوصاف ئيسية منها، فتتجمع خيوط الر ِّ وضع الشَّخصيات الثَّانوية، وإنتاج وتوليد البطل أو الشَّخصية الرَّ ئيسية") . (xxxviوسلوكيات الشَّخصيات الثَّانوية، ويصبح حاصل جمعها الشَّخصية الرَّ الشخصيات في روايات نجيب محفوظ : )رواية ميرامار، رواية الحرافيش، رواية أفراح القبة، رواية القاهرة الجديدة، رواية ثرثرة فوق الن ِّيل، رواية اللص والكالب( ا اجاد نجيب محفوظ رسم كل شخصياته سواء الُمسطحة أو الُمْستديرة أو النَّامية، لدرجة تجعل قارئ أعماله ُمْقتنع ا بها، ألنَّه تعلَّ م ممَّ ة شخصيات بيضاء محض وال سوداء قرأه في الفلسفة وعلم اإلنسانِّ الذي ال يُقِّرُّ هذا الفصل الصارم بين الشَّخصيات، فليس ثمَّ (، نجد أنَّ واقع الشَّخصية القصصية في روايات نجيب xxxviiمحض، بْل إنَّ الشَّخصية اإلنسانية الحيَّة مزيج من هذين اللونين") صرية "فمحاولة رسم الشَّخصية القصصية في إطارها روف الُمحيطة بالحارةِّ المِّ محفوظ جعلت األحداث أكثر قدرة على تصوير الظ ِّ االجتماعي وانتماءاتها الجنسية من خاللِّ التَّركيز على تصوير النَّزوات الجنسية وعالم البغاء دون أْن يرمي من وراء ذلك إلى خلق .(xxxviiiنظرية في الجنس بالمعنى العلمي الدَّقيق") إذ أنَّ منهجه في التَّفكير يرى العالقات االجتماعية جميعها ُمترابطة بخط واحد ال تنفصل إحداها عن األخرى، وال يُمكن رؤية الواحدة بمعزل عن الكل، ألنَّ العالقة في مفهومها تتحدد بالضرورة الحتمية مع بقية العالقات اإلنسانية بين األفراد كأفراد طبيعية للمجتمع يتلون بتلونه ويتشكل في قالبه، ويتَّسم برائحته لذلك يمضي الجنس في أعماله في موازاة العالقات األخرى بحركة تلقائية .(xxxixعفوية") ا ما يضع المؤلف االنقسامات الطَّبقية نُْصب عينيه والشَّخصية عنده قد تُدََرْس تحت محاور شتى، منها التَّفاوت الطَّبقي "إذْ أنَّه كثير وائية سواء أكانت مالمح نفسية أو ذاتية أو فكرية أو غير ذلك، هذا باإلضافة وهو يكتب ويتغمس فيها ويكشف مالمح الشَّخصية الر ِّ وائي") . (xlإلى أغراضه األُخرى التي يؤديها لخدمةِّ البناء الر ِّ وكل شخصيات الكاتب رغم ما بينهما من اختالف من حيث الحياة والفكر إال أنَّهم جميع ا في أعماقهم يعيشون مآسي ُمتماثلة، ويُقدم غبة في الحياة راع الذي يظهر جلي ا، وهو في طبيعته صراع بين الخير والشَّر؛ صراع ُمستمر بين الرَّ اللِّ الص ِّ عوالمه ومشاكلة من خِّ التي تقوم بها الشَّخصيات المسحوقة في الحياة ضد المستغلين من األغنياء أْو أصحاب السُّلطة، وللباحثة رأي في أنَّ كل شخصيات american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org رة؛ بمعنى أنَّ القارئ يشعر فيها أنَّها تمتلك قدرها، فهو ال يتوق ع ما روايات نجيب محفوظ االجتماعية المحورية منها والثَّانوية ُمتحرَّ ر به. سوف تفعله وال يتو قع ما تفك ِّ رواية )ميرامار( يقدم المؤلف في هذه الرواية مجموعة من الشَّخصيات، بعد أْن يختارها بدقة ويرسم معالمها في مخيلته بعناية لدور مع ما مارسه من واية من بدايتها حتى الخاتمة، وأحداث الرواية الوقائع والحوادث في فلك واحد، يتحرك كله في الطَّريق المرسوم عبر مراحل الر ِّ مروية من وجهة نظر أربع شخصيات رئيسية، وكل شخصية تروي نفس األحداث بضمير المتكلم وعلى النَّحو الذي تراه عليه، ر، ملتزم بمسائل اجتماعية، دائم التَّفكر إل واية ذات خصائص نشير إليها فـ عـامـر وجـدي: مفك ِّ ئيسية في هذه الر ِّ ى والشَّخصيات الرَّ صري وماضيه الحي القريب وذكرياته تغيير األوضاع، صحفي قديم يشارك الشَّع ، وهو تجسيد للشعب المِّ صري في نضاالتهِّ ب المِّ الوطنية. وحية واالنتزاعية، ُمقيد بالقيم األخالقية م ع ومنصـور بـاهـي: ناقد، مفكر، معقد، خائن، خائف، عاجز، دائم التَّنازع مع المسائل الرَّ لوك، وهو رمز لفئة من الثَّوريين التي اعرضت عن أهداف الثَّورة بسبب ضغوط السُّلطة الحاكمة، و زهــرة: التَّناقض في الس ِّ ا سـرحـان صر، أمَّ نوب، ذات الهمة العالية وهى رمز للطبقة الفقيرة في مِّ العاشقة، السَّاذجة، المطرودة من البيت، البريئة من الذ ِّ اغب فقط إلى اللهو واللعب، ذو المنفعة وهو يمثل الطَّبقة المتوسطة الـبحـيـري: فهو الغير مكترث بالعواطف اإلنسانية والشَّرع، الرَّ صري الذي يصل إلى القدرة، وفي الختام يُزيل نفسه وقدرته، وهو رمز لفئة من الثَّوريين دون العمل بشعاراتهم، في المجتمع المِّ مالكين، ُحسني عالَّم: الشُّجاع، الجسور، أمي، المتمول، الغير مهتم بالقيم األخالقية والشفقة اإلنسانية، وهو رمز للفئة التَّابعة لطبقة ال ا ماريانا: متعلقة بالطَّبقة المتمولة، وهى رمز لبقاءِّ االستعمار األجنبي في وطلبة مرزوق: متشائم، خائف، ناقد حزب الوفد، وأخير صري. البلد المِّ ا الشَّخصيات الثَّانوية فكانت محمد النُّوبي العامل بفندق سيسل، فهو ظريف ومفيد وخائن يخدم في جهة ويعمل لحساب أُخرى، أمَّ و ومحمود أبو العباس بائع الجرائد والمجالت والذي أراد أْن يتزوج زهرة، لكنَّها رفضته بسبب تفكيره العقيم ونظرته الُمتدنية للمرأة، درية عشيقة منصور باهي وزوجة صديقة األستاذ فوزي، و المهندس علي بكير صديق سرحان البحيري والذي أغواه وأتفق معه لسرقة شركة الغزل، وصفية بركات عشيقة سرحان البحيري السَّابقة والتي تعمل في الجنفواز، واألستاذة عليه ُمعلمة زهرة والتي ك أسرتها. خطبها سرحان البحيري طمع ا في ُمرتبها وأمال يف، وهم رغم التعارض بينهم سكان هامش اجتماعي وسياسي هور التي تسبق الص ِّ واألحداث تدور كلها في اإلسكندرية أثناء الش ِّ ا لسمان الخريف والمضيفة في هذا القفص، عجوز هيلينية ضحل يقذفه مركز جديد إلى الخارج، ويصلح البنسيون ألْن يكون قفص تصبغ شيخوختها بالذهب، بال أبناء نتيجة لعقم زوجيها وعشاقها الكثيرين، تؤمن بالحب وتذيبها األغنيات العاطفية الحالمة، وتقدم لكل جل فاُلن وحرمه، كقولها لـ)عامر وجدي( في ا بأسعارٍّ ال تباري، وليست لها شروط إالَّ أْن يُكتب في الس ِّ نزيل يصطحب امرأة سرير ُمحادثة جرت بينهم: لْم نتبادل العشق وال مرة! ضحكت ضحكة عالية وقالت: ذوقك بلدي، ال تُنكر.. عدا مرة عابرة، هل تذكرين؟ ضحكت طويال ثمَّ قالْت: جل )عامر وجدي وحرمه(.) يني على ،(xliنعم جئت مرة بخوجاية فاشترطت عليك أْن تكتب في الس ِّ ا تُعلق إيمانها الد ِّ وهي أيض قوف العالية الموشاة بصورة المالئكة، ويستقبل تمثال العذراء زوارها بمجرد أْن تفتح الباب، وفي ذلك يقول )عامر وجدي( الس ِّ . (xliiواصف ا لحظه دخوله البنسيون: الباب فُتِّح. استقبلني تمثال العذراء البرونزي ثمة رائحة) وقولها في موضع آخر ذاكرة ما كان في البنسيون من مظاهر التَّرف: أرستقراطية باهتة تعلق ورغم اختفاء المرايا القديمة والسَّجاجيد الفاخرة والقناديل المفضضة والفنايير البلورية فما زالت مسحة (. xliiiالموشاة بصور المالئكة) بالجدران المورقة واألسقف العالية ا اآلن أصبحت مهنتها الُمفاخرة ليه القوم أيام استرخائهم وعطالتهم المجيدة، أمَّ فكانت رسالتها الحقيقة هي اقتناء الباشاوات وعِّ بماضيها معهم، فنراها تقول ُمخاطبة )عامر وجدي(: راحت تدلك بشرة وجهها بليمونة، وهي تقول: كنت سيدة يا مسيو عامر، أحب الحياة الحلوة والنور والفخامة واألبهة والمالبس والصالونات، وكنت أهلُّ على american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org المدعوين كالشمس.. رأيت ذلك بعيني.. أكنك لم تر إال صاحبة البنسيون. ا كالشمس.. كانت تهل أيض وكان النزالء من السَّادة ولكن لم يعزني ذلك عن تدهوري. (؛ باإلضافة إلى ذلك فقد كانت صاحبة إحساس مرهف، فهي ترى أنَّهُ من واجبها عد التَّخلي xlivما زلت سيدة بكل معنى الكلمة) ا، هذا كله ساعد على الوحدة يف هاربة من أهلها الذين أرادوا تزويجها قصر عن زهرة خادمتها الجديدة الجميلة التي قدمْت من الر ِّ واية وبؤرتها شخصية )زهرة( العضوية للرواية، وهذا يرجع إلى توحد النَّسيج في الشَّخصيات والشَّكل الفني، وقد جعل مركز الر ِّ كأنَّها نقطة في دائرة وحولها باقي الرواة والشَّخصيات، ورسم عالقة زهرة بهم وموقفها منهم داخل هذا المكان وخارجه. ف شخصياته بْل وضعهم كما يراهم في تلك الفترة، وليعكس بهم حالة المجتمع بعد ثورة يوليو التي لم يرى وارى أنَّ الكاتب لْم يُْنصِّ فيها البعض سوى تحايل على أمن الوطن واستقراره، ورأت فيها الطَّبقات الفقيرة من الفالحين المالذ، ورأى فيها المتسلقون وأنصاف المتعلمين فرصة للقضاء على أحوالهم الصَّعبة، ورأى فيها المتعلمون انهيار لألحزاب الُمسيطرة والجماعات اإلسالمية كاإلخوان. رواية )الحرافيش(: شخصية تُطالعنا هي شخصية )عاشور الناجي(في هذه الرواية نجد أنَّ أول ويُعدُّ عاشور الناجي من أهم الشخصيات التي ابتدعها ا في وجدان من عاصروها، وفي خيال من سمعوا حكايته نجيب محفوظ، بل ومن أكثرها إثارة لإلعجاب والدهشة، وأشدها قوة وتأثير من آبائهم في األجيال الالحقة، لذا فهو البطل الحقيقي في ملحمة الحرافيش من القصة األولى حتى العاشرة واألخيرة التي أعطى بطلها نفس االسم )عاشور الناجي( ليكون عود ا على بدء. األعمى ُملقى في فقد كانت للبطل الرئيسي طباع جميلة من حسن الخلق، برغم أنه كان لقيط ا عثر عليه الشيخ )عفرة زيدان( ا من سور القرآن، فنشأ محبا للخيرِّ متسما بفضائل األخالق، عزوف ا عن الشَّارع رضيع ا، فقام بتبنيه وتربيته وتعليمه وتحفيظه بعض .كل ما يغضب هللا، فاكتسب فطرة نقية وأخالق ا سوية، عاش بها بين الناس فأحبوه واحترموه ف بالناجي لنجاته من الوباء الذي أصاب الحارة وأطاح بكل من فيها نتيجة اعتقاده في حلم رآه، ففرَّ بزوجتهِّ وابنه إلى ثم ُعرِّ الصَّحراء، ثمَّ عاد إلى الحارة استقبل سكان ا ُجدد ا فآواهم وأمدهم، وصار فتوة الحارة، ولكنه فتوة من طرازٍّ ُمختلف يعطف على الفقراء ويحنو على الضعفاء ويجبر كسيرهم وفي الوقت نفسه ظلَّ يأكل من عمل يده، وقصر جمع اإلتاوات على األثرياء ليوزعها على الفقراء، أعطاهم بال مقابل، وانتشر العدل وساد الحق، وعاش الجميع في رغد الحياة في ظل ِّ الفتوة العادل العاقل التقي، إلى أْن ا بعد شهر ولم يعد، فاعتبره بعضهم ميت ا، والبعض اآلخر أشاعوا أنَّ جاء يوم استيقظوا فيه فلْم يجدوه، ا بعد يوم وشهر انتظروه يوم اختفاءه إحدى كراماته، ورفعوه إلى منزلة أولياء هللا الصالحين، فتحول عاشور الناجي من مجرد شخص في رواية إلى رمز كبير، .وقيمة ُعليا للحاكم القوي في غير ُعنف، العادل العطوف الذي يُحب الفقراء، وعندما اختفى بقيت سيرته حية ال تموت ين عاشور الناجي في القصة الثانية من الملحمة ليثبت )الشَّخصية الثانية في هذه الملحمة هي )شمس الدين الناجي : ويأتي شمس الد ِّ ا قول )خير خلف لخير سلف(، ولم ال وقد نشأ وترعرع في حجر أبيه، ولمس مدى أن الدنيا ما زالت بخير فهو من ينطبق عليه تمام ر به ميت ا، فكان مثال أعلى له فوق ك ونه أب ا، وقد حرص عاشور على إعداده ليخلفه في أخالقه الحب واالحترام الذي حظي به حي ا وذُكِّ ومبادئه التي أخلص لها، فأرسله صغيرا إلى الُكتاب، وسكب في قلبه أعذب ألحان الحياة ُمرتلة، ليحفظ ما تيسر له من القرآن الكريم، ا وفي الوقت نفسه لم يهمل جانب القوة، فعلمه ركوب الخيل واللعب بالعصا و المصارعة، وإن لم يدر بخلده أبدا إعداده للفتوة، ولمَّ درج شمس الدين في الوعي بنفسه وبمن حوله، أدرك سطوة أبيه غير المحدودة، وسرعان ما ارتطم بالتناقض الحاد بين عظمته وبين حياته الفقيرة الكادحة. وكان شخصية عجيبة من أكثر شخصيات نجيب محفوظ بؤس ا وشقاء وإثارة والشَّخصية الثالثة هي )سماحة الناجي(: وهو الُمطارد للحزن واألسى والشفقة، فقد اجتمعت في قصته مجموعة من العوامل واألحداث والصراعات التي جعلت منه إنسانا سيئ الحظ، فهو وإن كان سليل عائلة عاشور الناجي، إال أنه نشأ في أسرة بعيدة عن الفتونة، وكان الفتوة )الفللي( يسومهم سوء االضطهاد، خوفا من أن يخرج منهم من يطمح إلى الفتونة الستعادة مجد جدهم عاشور، فانشغلوا بالتجارة عن طلب الفتونة، ولكن سماحة عزف عن ا من ه وفي الوقت نفسه، التجارة ولم يشتغل بها وتعلق بأهداب )الفللي( فتوة الحارة الذي سعى ألن يكون أحد رجاله، فلقي ترحيب ا حذر لقي موجة من السخط من إخوته وعمه خضر، إذ إنه يعرض تاريخ العائلة إلى الضياع ومزيد من اإلذالل، ولكنَّه أصرَّ على ما عزم، وكان االختبار الذي وضعه فيه الفللي صعب ا ُمذال ، إذ طلب منه أن يكون رسوله لخطبة )مهلبية( الفتاة التي يحبها واتفق مع أمها على وألنه قرر الهرب بها من الحارة فقد قتلها رجال الفتوة وطاردوه، وأشاعوا في الحارة، أنهم رأوه وهو يقتل )مهلبية( ألنَّها خطبته، ا من االستمرار في الهرب، فكان هروبه إلى م عليه باإلعدام شنق ا، فلم يجد مفر لت )الفللي( عليه ورفضت أن تهرب معه، وُحكِّ فضَّ بوالق ألنها بعيدة عن حارته في الحسين. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org وتكاد تكون أقوى شخصية نسائية ليس في ملحمة الحرافيش فحسب، بل في والشخصية الرابعة هي )زهيرة الناجي(: فتوة الفتوات مجمل إبداع نجيب محفوظ األدبي، وقد كانت امرأة قوية آسرة بجمالها األخاذ، ذات جبروت طاغ بسحرها النفاذ، تتحكم في الرجال بفتنتها الساحرة فتسعد هذا حتى حين، ثم ال تلبث أن تذيقه ألوان الشقاء والهوان واإلذالل، ثم تتوجه إلى غيره باإلغراء، أال وهى قوة يله إلى طفل يجري ويلهث وراءها، فهي في داخل نفسها كانت تعتبر الجمال والفتنة والجاذبية التي تسيطر على ألباب أشد الرجال فتُحِّ يصمدون أمامه لحظة واحدة، فقد نفسها الفتوة الحقيقي، حتى في مواجهة الفتوة الرسمي للحارة الذي تهتز له قلوب الرجال، وال استخدمته كآلة إلجبار زوجها األول الشاب العفي الفقير )عبد ربه الفران( لتتزوج زوجها الثاني ) محمد أنور( تاجر البطارخ الثري الفتوة نفسه على تطليقها عنوة رغم إنجابها من كل )نوح الغراب( وحين أدارت له ظهر المجن وعزمت على فراقه أجبرته بواسطة منهما، وإذا بها توقع في شراكها هذا الفتوة الذي ال يستطيع أعتى الرجال إرغامه على شيء، و تجبره على أن يطلق زوجاته األربع كشرط لموافقتها على طلب يدها، وهى التي جعلت من مأمور القسم الرجل القوي ذي النفوذ والهيبة والجالل عبد ا ذليال في هواها بمجرد نظرة من عينيه وقعت عليها أثناء استعراضه قوته داخل الحارة، وعندما رفضته وفضلت الفتوة عليه، لكثرة ماله وثرائه من الفاحش لم يقبل الهزيمة في هواها فأقدم على ارتكاب جريمة، فدبر قتل الفتوة ليلة زفافه على زهيرة، وورثته دون أن يرتشف .شهدها قطرة واحدة ولم تكتف بذلك فرمت شباكها على المعلم )عزيز الناجي( أغنى أغنياء الحارة، فلم يصمد أمام أسلحتها الفتاكة وسلم لها قياده، ا نقلها إلى قصره لتعيش ا عزيز وتزوجها ليقضى منها وطرا رغم حبه لـ )ألفت هانم( زوجته سليلة العز والحسب، وتحقق هي حلم ملكة متوجة لتتمتع بالجاه والغنى واألبهة، وتركب حنطوره الُمذهب وتخطر به في الحارة بخيالء، تحت وقع موسيقى خطوات الحصان، ولكن الحياة لم تمهلها لتعُبَّ من هذه المتع كثيرا، فلكل شيء نهاية، وبقدر ما كان صعودها الشاهق من خادمة في قاع ا كانت تتصور، فقد تربص بها زوجها السابق الموتور )محمد الحارة إلى هانم على قمتها، فسريعا كان سقوطها إلى الها وية بأسرع ممَّ أنور( وظل يضرب رأسها بنبوته القوى حتى حطم رأسها فتسقط غارقة في دمها، قُتِّلْت )زهيرة( واستراحت الحارة كلها من شرها جال فكانت محور األحداث ومحركتها، هي التي اختارت وشؤمها الواقع والمظنون، فهذه المرأة دون غيرها كانت أقوى من كل الر ِّ ضحاياها، وهى التي اختارت توقيت الزواج والوصال، وهى التي اختارت توقيت الطالق والهجر، لم يصمد أمام جاذبيتها رجل، فكانت بحق فتوة الفتوات بجمالها وداللها الذي سلب األقوياء قوتهم وسلب الحلماء عقولهم، وعطلت فيهم ملكات الفطنة والذكاء، فكان .لها الغلبة والسلطان عليهم جميعا طمع ا في شهدها، وكأنَّها رمز للحياة ومباهجها التي يتصارع عليها الجميع ثم يغادرونها أو تغادرهم وكانت الشَّخصية الخامسة )جالل عبد ربه الناجي(: وهو ابن زهيرة، الفتوة الذي أنضجته اآلالم، وأصابته فوبيا الخوف من الموت فضال عن كراهيته بسبب معاناته بمقتل أمه )زهيرة الناجي(أمام عينيه وهو طفل، فقد نشأ قوي ا منذ طفولته فكان يتصدى ألقرانه الذين ينادونه بأمه فيضربهم ويؤدبهم، ثم كبر وأصبح فتوة الحارة القوي الُمهيب الذي يخشى بأسه األقوياء قبل الضعفاء، وينعكس جبروته على كل من حوله فيكتسب الكراهية حتى من أبيه، فقامت عشيقته )زينات الشَّقراء( التي تخلصت منه بدس ِّ السُّم له في الخمر دون أن داء وأخفوا فرحتهم بالتخلص منه، ووجدوا جثته في الصباح عارية من كل ما يستر، على حافة حوض يتهمها أحد، وقدْ تنفسوا الصع المياه الذي تشرب منه الدواب ملطخة بالروثِّ والطين الحقيرين، والمفارقة مات جالل الفتوة القوي الساعي إلى الخلود شاب ا يانع ا ا، وبقى أبوه العجوز الفاني ليحيا إلى عامه المائة وقد ورث ثروة ابنه الطائلة التي جمعها من الفتونة والبلطجة واإلتاوات التي نضر .فرضها على الجميع والشَّخصية السَّادسة كانت )فتح الباب النَّاجي(: وهو اللص الشريف الطفل الذي تربى بعيد ا عن أمه التي تزوجت بعد وفاة أبيه فوجدت ،)شمس الدين( حفيد )جالل الناجي(، وتخلى عنه أخوه الفتوة )سماحة الناجي(، فتولت تربيته أرملة من عائلة الناجي لم تنجب فيه ابنها الذي لم تنجبه، ووجد فيها أمه التي تعهدته بالحنانِّ والعطفِّ وحسن التربية، وقصَّت عليه قصص البطولة الغابرة من سير عاشور، ويعتبره مثله األعلى في الحياة، فنشأ مفتونا بجده عاشور الناجي، وكيف كان يحنو على الفقراء ويأخذ من األغنياء ليعطيهم، ت األيام و تبدَّلت األحوال إلى أسوأ ما يكون، فقد جف النيل نتيجة عدم وجود فيضان فتالحقت الويالت وندر الطعام ثمَّ اختفى، ومرَّ ا بالظَّالمِّ يدس صرة من طعام في يد أحدهم وضجَّ الحرافيش بأنَّات الشكوى ثم صرخات الجوع، وأخذ فتح الباب يخرج ليال متدثر ف دور )فتح الباب( في الثَّورة يعقبها بقوله هامس ا: من )عاشور النَّاجي(، ثم سرعان ما يذوب شبحه في الظَّالم، ُسرعان ما ُعرِّ وقبلها، فتجسد أمام الحرافيش أسطورة، ونودي به فتوة للحارة، وذات صباح ُعثَِّر على جثته مهشمة أسفل مئذنة جده جالل، فحزن عليه الحرافيش وفرحت قلوب أصحاب المصلحة في موته، وأشاعوا انتحاره حزن ا على ضياع الفتونة، وانتهت حياة هذا الرجل .يهاألسطورة، وكأنَّه أحد شخصيات ألف ليلة وليلة، ليشير نجيب محفوظ إلى أن العدل يحتاج إلى قوة تحم رواية )أفراح القبة(: في هذه الرواية الشَّخصيات جميعها تعمل في مجال المسرح، وجميعها لها همومها النَّابعة من خاللِّ تواجدها في هذا النَّحو الذي وائية في هذه ال ِّرواية إلى أربع أصوات رئيسية وهى )طارق رمضان، كرم يونس، حليمة صوره الكاتب، وتنقسم األصوات الر ِّ راع النَّفسي الذي يعتمل داخل كل واية والتي تتصارع مع بعضها بما في ذلك الص ِّ الكبش، عباس كرم يونس(، هذه هي أصوات الر ِّ ا األصوات الُمساعدة الخافتة التي تدور في فلك الشَّخصيات فهي )سرحان الهاللي صاحب فرقة مسرحية، أم هاني شخصية، أمَّ خياطة الفرقة، عم أحمد رجل عامل البوفيه، فؤاد شلبي صحفي فني( وهى جميع ا شخصيات هامشية وإْن كان دورها ال يتعدى تأطير األصوات الرئيسية فقط وتعميق أثرها في الحدث. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org واية، يعمل ممثال ثانوي ا في فرقة )سرحان الهاللي(، وهو بداية الحبكة القصصية لما يحمله طارق رمضان: الصُّوت األول في الر ِّ من الحقد الكبير والكراهية لـ)عباس كرم يونس( مؤلف المسرحية التي يعمل بها وهى )أفراح القبة(، وقدْ كانت كراهية طارق لعباس ا با ا، ألنَّه انتزع منه )تحية( حبيبته وتزوجها، لذلك فقدْ كان مليء باالنتقام ومفعم غر عندما كان تلميذ ا صغير لكره، ُمستمدة منذ الص ِّ ، كذلك يجتهد في أن يقنع أبيه )كرم( وأمه )حليمة وهو يحاول استخدام أحداث المسرحية كوسيلة التهام )عباس كرم يونس( بالقتلِّ جن بعد أْن وشى هو بهما لدى الشُّرطة إلقامتهما صالة للقمار في الكبش( بأنَّ ابنهما )عباس ج بهما داخل الس ِّ ( هو السَّبب في الزَّ بيتهما، فـ شخصية )طارق رمضان( محيرة ومدمرة في آنٍّ واحد، وقدْ نجح الكاتب أْن يجعل صوت هذه الشَّخصية في خطوط واية. متعرجة مع باقي أصوات الشَّخصيات األخرى في الر ِّ واية، والد )عباس( وزوج )حليمة الكبش(، وقد كان هو اآلخر يكره ابنه )عباس( ويحاول تدميره كرم يونس: الصُّوت الثَّاني في الر ِّ ا إلى عفن الحياة وانتهازيتها وعدم تورعها، في كل مكان يتواجد فيه سواء في المنزل أْو في المسرح، فهو شخصية سلبية رامزة تمام وقدْ كانت جميع ممارسات كرم ُمستمدة من تأثير المخدرات واستسالمه لواقعه العفن، منذ اكتشف عالقة أمه بالبشجاويش الذي كان يسكن منزلهم، وحتى اكتشافه سقوط زوجته في هذا الوحل، لكنَّه في الوقت ذاته يحاول البحث عن الحقيقة الغائبة الُمبهمة ثمَّ الخالص ا كما ت فعل جميع شخصيات نجيب محفوظ في أعماله، فهو يبحث عن ابنه الذي يمثل له هو وزوجته النقاء من كل هذا العفن، تمام ا بقعة النُّور واألمل في الخالص التي لْم يجدها إال في ابنه، وهذا ما افتقدوه هما على المستوى الواقعي والخير والجمال، وهو أيض واية من خاللِّ بحثه عن ابنه. مزي، فهو الُمعادل الحقيقي لهذه الر ِّ والرَّ واية، فهي أم وامرأة ُمغتصبة، ورمز لألسرة من خاللِّ بحثها عن األمان العائلي في هذا الجو حليمة الكبش: الصُّوت الثَّالث في الر ِّ ا أي شيء يلوث ُسمعه المليء بالعفن، وهى المرأة التي يحوم حلولها الذُّباب فتسقط مرة وترفض أُخرى، وهى األم التي ترفض تمام فاع عنه بكل ما تملك، وهى صوت نسائي تبدو فيه سمات بعض ابنها، أْو يقترب من عالمه الخاص ُمحاوله بشتى الطُّرق الد ِّ شخصيات نجيب محفوظ الن ِّسائية التي تواجدت في أعماله السَّابقة مثل )حميدة( في زقاق المدق، و)زهيرة( في الحرافيش، و)نفسية( لوكي واالجتماعي.في بداية ونهاية، فهي تأخذ من كل هذه الشَّ خصيات بعض نوازعها الذَّاتية، وتناقضها الس ِّ عباس كرم يونس: الصُّوت األخير في رواية )أفراح القبة(، وقد كانت منذ نشأتها في بيت )حليمة الكبش( تنمو من خالل المثالية ر الكاتب في شخصية عباس أبعاد المثالية الذَّاتية التي تتصارع داخلي ا وت فرز الفردية، في بيئة ليس فيها أي نوع من المثالية، لذلك صوَّ فنًّا لتعكس الواقع الذي يعيش فيه، فحقق من خاللِّ الفن ِّ إدانته لكل الممارسات التي كانت تدور حوله وال تروق له، وقدْ استلَّ قلمه الناشئ وكتب به مسرحيته وبواكير أعماله الفنَّية )أفراح القبة(، فإذا بالمجتمع متمثال في شخصية )طارق رمضان( يتهمه بأنَّهُ قاتل مزية ليُدين بها المجتمع. وعاق لوالديه، و التي أسقط فيها الكاتب أبعادها الرَّ رواية )القاهرة الجديدة(: شخصياتها هي: الُمتمثل في اإلخوان المسلمين، والذي يرى أْن لديه حال مأمون رضوان: هي أول شخصية وترمز إلى التَّيار الفكري اليميني -1 ينية لجميع المشاكل، وهو حل نابع من اإلسالم الذي يراه حال لمشكلة العدالة االجتماعية، أي أنَّه صاحب القيم والمبادئ الد ِّ ين ألبعد الحدود إذْ يرى أنَّ القضية اإلسالمية، والذي لْم تؤثر فيه أفكار الشُّبان الطَّائشة والعبثية من بين أقرانه، كان ُمتمسك ا بالد ِّ صر وحدها. الُكبرى هي قضية اإلسالم والعروبة بصفة عامة، وليس قضية مِّ علي طه: شخصية ترمز للتيار الفكري االشتراكي الذي يستنكر الفساد االجتماعي ويهتم بالطبقات االجتماعية الفقيرة في -2 ا يقول: "إنَّ الفقر في اإلنسان الفاسد يؤدي إلى القضاء على العلم والصحة واألخالق" فهو يؤمن بالعلم بدل المجتمع، وكان دائم ين، وبالمجتمع بدل الجن ة لتحقيق الفضيلة االجتماعية، وكان لديه حبيبة وهى إحسان شحاته الفقيرة والجميلة في نفس الوقت، الد ِّ ا، وهما ال يريدان إال المتاجرة بجمالِّ والتي كانت ابنة لوالدين رخيصين ساقطين إذْ كانت عالقتهم عشق ا قبل أْن تكون زواج ابنتهما. أحمد بدير: وهو يرمز إلى التَّيار الوفدي أي حزب رأسمالي على حد قوله، وهو يحترف مهنة الصَّحافة، والُمقرب إلى ذوي -3 ا على أحوال المجتمع وخفاياه، أي أنَّه يقف موقف المتفرج الذي الن ِّفوذ بحكم وظيفته وهو يرصد دون أْن يتكلم، ُمطَّلع كثير التَّسجيل والنَّظر والُمشاهدة. يُراقب هذا وذاك، وذلك لمجرد محجوب عبد الدَّايم: صاحب فلسفة استعارها من عقول ُمختلفة كما شاء هواه، وفلسفته الحرية كما يفهمها و"طظ" أصدق شعار -4 : إنَّ أصدق ُمعادلة في الدنيا هي: له، وهو الُمتحرر من كل ِّ شيء من القيم والمبادئ، فرمزه إبليس والعياذ باهلل وهو القائل لنفسهِّ ا، "الدين+ العلم+ الفل سفة= طظ"، وكانت فلسفته سرية على عكس صديقيه، فمأمون رضوان يجوز أْن يدعوا إلى اإلسالم جهر ويجوز أن يُعلْن علي طه اعتناقه لحرية الفكر، كما كان يحسدهما في معيشتهما؛ فكان يحسد علي طه في حبه إلحسان وبعد خرج هو ُمفلس ا من الجامعة، والفقر والجوع يالحقانه، واألب ضمان أصدقائه لمستقبلهم باستالم وظائف بعد التَّخرج، حيث ت مريض واألم الحول لها وال قوة. ومع ذلك وجد لنفسه وظيفة في مكتب أحد األشخاص الذين هو من نفس بلدته، واسمه )سالم اإلخشيدي( وكانت الوظيفة محرر في الجريدة، حتى اقترح عليه في يوم من األيام وظيفة راقية من الدَّرجة السَّادسة وشقة جاهزة، إذْ هو تزوج عشيقة شابة ألحد البكوات اسمه )قاسم بك( وما كانت هذه العشيقة إالَّ حبيبة علي طه صديقه، ويوافق وتتغير حياته جذري ا ليتجه بخطى سريعة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org إلى سلم المجد وفق تصوره راضي ا بوضعه أْن يكون زوج عشيقة البيك، وبعد ذلك تتطور األحداث لترشحه زوجته إحسان روف الس ِّ ا لمكتبه بعد أْن أزاحت الظ ِّ ياسية الوزير السَّابق وأخذ قاسم بك مكانه. لعشيقها قاسم بك بأْن يكون مدير رواية )ثرثرة فوق الن ِّيل(: نرى الشَّخصيات ال يتجاوز عددها العشر، ستة رجال وأربع نساء، ومنهم: ا ما يُعلق على مايدور حوله من أحداث -1 واية، وكثير أْو يُعبر عن رأيه ،أنيس منصور: الذي يمثل صوت السَّارد الفني في الر ِّ حة، كان طالب ا ريفي واية، باإلضافة أنَّهُ رجل مثقف يعمل بوزارة الص ِّ ا جاء إلى باألفكار والتَّأمالت النَّاتجة عن تيار الوعي في هذه الر ِّ ب ولم يكمل دراسته، ولكنَّه استطاع بواسطة طبيب من أساتذته السَّابقين في الكلية أْن يلتحق بالعمل في القاهرة والتحق بكلية الط ِّ لة وولي حة، ماتت زوجته وطفلته في شهرٍّ واحد بمرضٍّ واحد، وقدْ اعتاد اإلدمان والمجموعة تُطلق عليه لقب فارس الش ِّ وزارة الص ِّ أمرهم. رجب القاضي: أبوه حالق في كوم حمادة، جميل جذاب مشهور بسمرته الغامقة، وسيطرته غير المحدودة، شخصية عليمة -3 الحقيقي في الجنس أما الجوزة فال تؤثر فيه إالَّ قليال ، بالنساء لذلك يُعتبر زير نساء ورجل جنس، بال عقيدة وال مبادئ، ومهربه ، فضال عن -3 خالد عزوز: في الصَّف األول من كتاب القصة القصيرة، يملك عمارة وفيلال وسيارة، ولديه الكثير من األمالكِّ ولد وبنت، وله فلسفة خاصة ال أدري كيف أسميها ولكنَّ االباحية من سماتها الظَّاهرة. ئون العملية -4 راء وكثير من الش ِّ ئون، موظف خطير، ومرجع في عديد من الخبرات كالبيع والش ِّ أحمد نصر: مدير حسابات الش ِّ ا، لم يخن زوجه مرة واحدة، راسة، فهو متزوج منذ عشرين عام المفيدة، وله ابنة في العشرينات، ولكنَّه زوج شاذ يستحق الد ِّ وجيةولم يمل عشرتها، ويزداد تعلق ا .بحياته الزَّ ا عن واقعه فهو متزوج من اثنتين، وصديق سنية كامل، -5 ا بمدينة فاضلة خيالية، أمَّ علي السيد: النَّاقد الفني المعروف، يحلم كثير يعيش حياة غير ُمحافظة. ا، متزوج من مفتشة بوزارة التَّربية، وهو يتطلع بصدق إلى المطلق -6 مصطفى راشد: محامي ناجح ومعروف، وفيلسوف أيض وسوف ينجح في إدراكه ذات ليلة، وحتى اليوم مازال يفتقد إنموذجه المفضل من الن ِّساء. وهناك شخصية أخرى فيها الكثير من االزدواجية وهو الحارس العم عبده الرجل الضَّخم العمالق الجذَّاب، فهو مؤذن للمصلى الذي ا باقي الشَّخصيات الن ِّسائية فهي: بناه من القوادة، أمَّ ليلى زيدان: فتاة ُمعتدلة القامة ذات شعر ذهبي، عانس في الخامسة والثَّالثين من عمرها، وهى صديقة األعوام العشرة الماضية، -7 ائدة في بالدنا. خريجة الجامعة األمريكية، وتعمل مترجمة في الخارجية، جمال وثقافة ومركز باهر في تاريخ المرأة الرَّ سنية كامل: امرأة مرحة الحيوية ال يعيب جسمها الممتلئ إالَّ أنَّ نصفه األعلى أضخم قليال من األسفل، سمراء وعصبية وتحب -8 حك، ائدة القديمة في العوامة، زوجة وأم في أوقات الكدرالعائلي ولمن يحتاجها من أصدقائها، سيدة مجربة عرفت عذراء وهيالض ِّ الرَّ ا من الخبرة للفتيات الصَّغيرات، امرأة ممتازة حق ا. ا فهي تعد كنز وزوجا وأمَّ دون العشرين بقليل، صحفية ممتازة أكبر وهيسماره بهجت: في الخامسة والعشرين، ليسانس لغة انجليزية، وقد حصلت عليه -9 ن يأخذن الحياة مأخذ وإن تكن لطيفة المعشر، ومعروف أنَّها رفضت بكثير من سنها، وذات آمال أدبية ترجو أن تحقق ذات يوم، ممَّ ا رغم مرتبها الصَّغير، تقدمية ولمنَّها صادقة مخلصة. ا برجوازي ا فاخر زواج شيدي: فتاة ذا قوام ممشوق وسمرة دكنة وقسماتها رشيقة، وهي في العشرين من عمرها، تنتظم وجهها المستدير -10 سناء الرَّ طالبة بكلية اآلداب قسم تاريخ. وهيقسمات صغيرة دقيقة تنطق بالخفة، رواية )اللص والكالب(: تنقسم الشَّخصيات إلى رئيسية وثانوية وعابرة، وذلك تبع ا للتكوين النَّفسي، فالرئيسية هي: ْن يعتبرهم ُطغاة المجتمع، -1 رقة ويسرق ممَّ صري ُمثقف، ُمتمرد وغاضب من المجتمع فيحترف الس ِّ سعيد مهران: شاب ثالثيني مِّ غر، مؤمن بمبادئ المساواة والعدل ل المسئولية منذ الص ِّ وهو ُمناصر للمظلومين والكادحين والفقراء، توفي أبوه وبعده أمه؛ لذا تحمَّ جن هي وعليش، والكرامة بين جميع البشر، حريص على االنتقام من عليش سدرة ونبوية زوجته التي خانته وغدرت به وأدخلته الس ِّ ومن رؤوف الذي تنكر لمبادئ الحزب والن ِّضال، يُعاني من فراغ روحي وقلق وجودي وغربة وضياع، أسير الحقد والكره ويُحركه ادي والقيم. االنتقام، رمز للفقراء الُمناضلين من أجل المب رؤوف علوان: هو أول الكالب بالنسبة لسعيد مهران؛ إذْ شنَّ عليه حملة ضد جرائمه التي يدَّعيها عليه موظف ا في ذلك جريدته -2 ضده قالب ا عليه الرأي العام، كان طالب قروي، ُمناضل مؤمن بالتغيير، له قدرة على التَّأثير بأسلوبه في محاوريه، أكمل دراسته ثمَّ يادة في البلد، ياسية الجديدة فتحول إلى قلم برجوازي مأجور للحكومة وألصحاب الس ِّ روف الس ِّ تحول إلى صحفي ناجح، انتهز الظ ِّ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org ضارب ا مبادئه عرض الحائط الهث ا وراء الثَّروة والجاه والمناصب، تنكَّر ألصوله الكادحة ولطبقته ُمتطلع وصولي انتهازي لحياة جوازية القاسية على الفقراء. الثَّراء الفاحش، وهو رمز البر عليش سدرة: ثاني الكالب لسعيد مهران، فقير ُمعدم، كان صبي ا لسعيد وكان يثق فيه ثقة عمياء، انتهازي وُمتحايل حيث استولى -3 على أموال سعيد وزوجته وابنته وزجَّ به إلى السَّجن بالتعاون مع زوجته الخائنة دون رحمة أْو شفقة، رمز لخيانة الصَّداقة. نبوية: ثالث الكالب لسعيد مهران، زوجته الخائنة وأم البنته سناء، كانت فقيرة وخادمة عند سيدة تركية، كانت تمتلك جماال -4 يت معها فالحي ا لذيذ ا، تعرف عليها عندما كان يعمل حارس ا لبيتِّ الطَّلبة، أحبَّها بصدقٍّ وأخلص لها وظلَّ يحلم باالستقرار الدائم وبناء ب وجية. جن، رمز للخيانة الزَّ جن بالتَّنسيق مع عليش التي تزوجت منه فور دخوله الس ِّ هي وابنته الوحيدة، هي السَّبب في دخوله الس ِّ سـنـاء: ابنه سعيد مهران من زوجته نبوية، وهى موضوع صراع بين األب الطَّبيعي سعيد مهران وزوج األم عليش، لْم تتعرف -5 على أبيها وكانت خائفة منه في أول لقاء جمعهما، رمز للبراءة الُمغتصبة. ابع لسعيد مهران، كان زميل سابق لسعيد ولكنَّه خانه وأصبح شريك عليش، كاد أْن يؤدي ثمن هذه الخيانة -6 المعلم بياضة: الكلب الرَّ أثناء لقائه بسعيد عندما كان يبحث عن مكان إقامة عليش وزوجته الخائنة. المعلم طرزان: صاحب مقهى، يحب سعيد ويحترمه ويخدمه بكل إخالص، فرح لخروجه من السَّجن ووفََّر له مسدس ليصفي به -7 ، كما ساعده على االختفاء عن أنظار الشُّرطة، رمز للصداقة الصادقة قوال حسابه مع من خانوه، وأمدَّهُ بمعلومات ُمتعلقة بأعدائهِّ وفعال . وحية البعيدة عن -8 يخ علي الجنيدي: رجل التَّقوى والورع، من شيوخ الصُّوفية، وهو صديق والد سعيد مهران، له حياته الرَّ الش ِّ ا وقت شدَّته لذلك فهو يمثل له مصدر أمان واطمئنان نفسي الواقع الُمعاش ُمحاوال تبرير الواقع بالغيبيات، يلجأ إليه سعيد دائم يني. وروحي، رمز التَّصوف والفكر الد ِّ روف والحياة التي تعيشها في المجتمع، كان لها دور كبير وُعنصر -9 نــور: عاهرة ُمحترفة، متوسطة الجمال، قست عليها الظ ِّ ُمساعد وفعَّال للشخصية الرئيسية سعيد مهران، فقد كانت المالذ بعدما تخلى عنه الجميع، وفَّرت له الطَّعام والمسكن والجرائد واج منه، رمز لإلباحة والقيم المفقودة. والسَّيارة، كانت تبيع نفسها من أجل أْن تُْطعمه ألنَّها كانت مغرمة به وترغب في الزَّ هذه هي الشَّخصيات التي جمعتها عالقة مع سعيد مهران، فساهمت في بناء األحداث واكتمال الحبكة والسَّرد، منها ما كان عالقة جام. سلب وتوتر وعالقات إيجاب واْنسِّ وكانت رواية )زقاق المدق( شخصياتها متنوعة بين الطَّيبة الضَّعيفة التي ال تؤثر في مجريات األحداث، وبين المتهالكة ألقصى درجات الشَّر ومن هذه الشَّخصيات: ضاعة، يُتاجر بالمخدرات ويُدمن ويسيء معاملة زوجت، -1 المعلم كرشة: صاحب القهوة ووالد حسين كرشة أخو حميدة في الر ِّ وينحرف فيغازل الشُّبان ويرتبط بهم في عالقات شاذة ُمحرمة، هو فعال شخصية ُمحيرة فبعد أن كان فتى ثائر وعضو فعَّال في ثورة م تحول إلى بلطجي وتاجر مخدرات ومدمن وشاذ.1919 زيطة: شخصية ذات طابع خاص وغريب، ُولِّدَ وعاش في القذارة بكل أنواعها، فهو يعيش بعاهته وقد كانت القذارة ُملبدة على -2 حاذة. اغبون في الش ِّ جسده حتى تحولت إلى طبقة سوداء، يقصده الرَّ رضوان الحسيني: وهو رجل ذو لحية حمراء، يشع النُّور من جبينه ووجهه مليء بالنور واإليمان، ذو طلَّة بهية محبوب من كل -3 النَّاس. عباس الحلو: شاب يعمل في محل حالقة، يقع في حب حميدة ولكنَّهُ حب من طرف واحد، فدفعته إلى الحركة وكسب المال بأي -4 طريقة. واية، وهى فتاة على قدر عالي من الجمال ولكنَّها مجهولة األب، متمردة على الواقع طموحة مع قدر -5 حميدة أو )تيتي(: بطلة الر ِّ كبير من الطَّمع وحب حياة األغنياء، ويُْعجب بها رجال الزقاق. صر وفي بيئات عربية أُخرى. -6 ا معروف ا في مِّ أم حميدة: كانت تعمل خاطبة، وهى تعكس نموذج العم كمال: صاحب محل البسبوسة، وهو رجل كبير بالسن. -7 اللِّ جلوسه على -8 اوي لألحداث من خِّ يخ درويش: كان يعمل مدرس ا في إحدى مدارس األوقاف، وهو الر ِّ القهوة، وهو ضمير الش ِّ هذه الحارة بل يتنبأ باألحداث وما سوف يحدث. فرج إبراهيم القواد: تاجر رقيق يظهر فجأة في الزقاق ويُغري حميدة بالمال، وقدْ رسم نجيب هذه الشَّخصية ببراعة ُمطلقة فهو -9 صائد عبقري يغري فرائسه باألموال، انتعشت تجارته فأنشأ مدرسة للدعارة يصطاد فيها البنات الفقراء والمحتاجين والمعدومين ومن هؤالء حميدة وصويحباتها. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org اديو، وهو صراع أذلي بين الفن التَّقليدي -10 اديو أصبح غير قادر على ممارسه فنه بجوار الرَّ بابة: مع ظهور الرَّ شاعر الرَّ والتَّطور العلمي. اليهودي: هو شيطان ُمقيد كما يراه التَّاجر السيد علوان، فهو يتمسكن حتى يتمكن، ولكنَّ الويل كل الويل لمن لْم يتمكن منه. -11 واية بين شخصيات رئيسية وثانوية تلتقي وتفترق ُمتفاعلة مع الجو العام خالل فصول وهكذا توزعت الشَّخصيات في هذه الر ِّ واية وأحداثها، ومن الثَّانوية: الر ِّ السيد سليم علوان: صاحب الوكالة. -12 الدكتور البوشي: شريك زيطة في نبشه للقبور. -13 انة وزوجها جعدة. -14 الس ِّت حسينة: الفرَّ .صاحبة البيت الثَّاني، نحيفة الجسم ومتزوجة من صاحب محل عطور ومات منذ عشرة سنين وهيسنية العفيفي: -15 الخاتمة: حرص نجيب محفوظ على خلق شخصيات متنوعة في الفكر والطُّموحات وأساليب عيشتها ومتباينة في الماهية وثرية في إنتاج واية، فهي تؤدي وظائف دالالت إنسانية رحبة، لذلك فشخوص رواياته لم يظهروا بنمطية محددة بل تعددت الش ِّخوص وفق رؤية الر ِّ وائي، وإنَّ أبعاد مان، ولها دور بارز في هندسة البناء الر ِّ متعددة بنفس الوقت وتصنع الحدث كما أنَّها منحت الحيوية للمكان والزَّ الشَّخصية عند محفوظ مزيج مركب من ثالث أبعاد أساسية: وهى البعد الجسمي والبعد النَّفسي والبعد االجتماعي، وقد ركََّز محفوظ رصه على تقديمها من الخارج، فهو يركز على البُْعدين النَّفسي واالجتماعي ألنَّه حرص على تقديم شخصياته من الدَّاخل أكثر من حِّ على األبعاد المعنوية النَفسية والعقلية والجسدية عند رسم أي شخصية له، كما أنَّ تحول الشَّخصية القصصية عنده ال يأتي بشكل مفاجئ وإنَّما ينتج عن صراع تدريجي، لذلك حفلت رواياته بالعديد من األبعاد والد ِّالالت. امزة واإليهام في إطار فني ُمتََجانِّس، وجاءت الشَّخصية المغتربة بارزة في أعمال محفوظ، وال اللة الرَّ فهي تجمع بين النَّمط والد ِّ أقصد باالغتراب هنا البُعد عن الوطن؛ بل هو بُْعد الشَّخصية عن ذاتها ما يعكسه من قوة وضعف وتمرد وخروج عن المألوف، فهذه بالمجتمع أم بالواقع الذي بدا تكون بعيدة عن كل ِّ االرتباطات سواء كان هي حقيقة االغتراب عند محفوظ، فالشخصية المغتربة عنده متشظي في نظرها، كما اعتمد في بنائه السَّردي للرواية على مختلف الت ِّقنيات السَّردية من استرجاع لألحداث حيث تقوم الشَّخصية بالرجوع إلى الوراء لسرد أحداث مضت، وجاء هذا رغبة من الكاتب لتوضيح أحداث قد تكون غامضة أو مجهولة بالنسبة للقارئ. i .5فن القصة، د.محمد يوسف نجم، ص -) (ii .61الجديد في السَّرد العربي الُمعاصر، عدالة أحمد محمد إبراهيم، دار الثَّقافة واإلعالم، الشَّارقة، 2006م، ص (iii .9ام، ات ِّحاد الكتاب العرب، دمشق، ط1، 2005م، ص طاب السَّردي، محمد عزَّ شعرية الخِّ iv ،واية )عربيإنجليزيفرنسي(، د.لطيف زيتوني، مكتبة لبنان ناشرون ودار النَّهار للنَّشر، لبنان (معجم مصطلحات نقد الر ِّ . 114م، ص2002، 1ط (v .300د.حسن بحراوي، ص ،)من-الشَّخصية وائي )الفضاء-الزَّ بنية الشَّكل الر ِّ vi ،وائي تقنيات ومناهج، برنار فاليط، ترجمة رشيد بن حدو، المجلس األعلى للثقافة، المركز القومي للترجمة، القاهرة (النَّص الر ِّ . 95م، ص1999د.ط، (vii .17عبدالفتاح عثمان، ص ،)صرية واية المِّ واية )دراسة في الر ِّ بناء الر ِّ viii .30فنون النَّثر العربي، شكري عزيز ماضي، ص -) ix (لسان العرب، البن منظور، 45/7. x .317/2 ،ين أبو طاهر محمد بن يعقوب الفيروز آبادي (القاموس المحيط، مجد الد ِّ (xi تحقيق وضبط عبد السَّالم محمد هارون، دار ،)معجم مقاييس اللغة، أبو الُحسين أحمد بن فارس بن زكريا )المتوفى:395هـ ، مادة )ش َخَص(. 645م، ص2008، 2الكتب العلمية، بيروت، لبنان، ط xii ،صر يات، حامد عبد القادر، محمد النَّجار(، مطبعة مِّ (المعجم الوسيط، مجمع اللغة العربية بالقاهرة )إبراهيم مصطفى، أحمد الزَّ . 475م، ص1972هـ، 1392، 2القاهرة، ط xiii ا من الكائن (الشَّخصية بين السواء والمرض، عزيز حنا داوود، مكتبة األنجلو المصرية، القاهرة، 1998م، ص7، وانظر أيض صر، ط . 25م، ص1963، 1إلى الشَّخص، محمد عزيز حبَّابي، دار المعارف، مِّ xiv .40 عالم القصة، برنارد دي فوتو، ترجمة محمد مصطفى هدارة، عالم الكتب، القاهرة، 1969م، ص -) (xv .73الجنس والنَّفس في الحياة اإلنسانية، د.علي كمال، دار واسط للدراسات والنَّشر والتَّوزيع، لندن، ط2، 1990م، ص xvi .65معجم المصطلحات العربية في اللغة و األدب، مجدي وهبه وكامل المهندس، مكتبة لبنان، بيروت، 1974م، ص -) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org xvii .457 ،456المعجم المفصل في األدب، محمد التونجي، دار الكتب العلمية، بيروت، ج2، ط1، 1993م، ص -) xviii ،المصطلح السَّردي، جيرالد برنس، ترجمة عابد خزندار، مراجعة وتقديم محمد بريري، المشروع القومي للترجمة، القاهرة -) . 43، 42م، ص2003، 1ط xix ،سيمولوجية الشَّخصيات القصصية عند أبي العيد دودو، إشراف د.عزالدين بوبش، الباحث رؤوف قماش، رسالة ماجيستير -) .18م، ص2003/2004جامعة قسنطينة، xx .196الشَّخصية في القصة، جميلة قيسمون، مجلة العلوم اإلنسانية، جامعة منتوري، ع13، 2000م، ص -) xxi ،واية، عبد المنعم زكريا القاضي، دار عين للدراسات والبحوث اإلنسانية واالجتماعية، ط1، 2008م (البنية السَّردية في الر ِّ . 68ص xxii .88واية، عبد الكريم الجبوري، دار الطَّليعة الجديدة، دمشق، ط1، 2003م، ص (اإلبداع في الكتابة والر ِّ xxiii .37اللة في روايات إبراهيم نصر هللا، د. مرشد أحمد، دار الفارس للنشر والتَّوزيع، بيروت، ط1، 2004م، ص (البنية والد ِّ xxiv .56ين إسماعيل، دار غريب للطباعة والنَّشر، القاهرة، ط1، 1981م، ص (التَّفسير النَّفسي لألدب، عز الد ِّ xxv .67اللة في روايات إبراهيم نصر هللا، أحمد مرشد، ص (البنية والد ِّ xxvi .573النَّقد األدبي الحديث، محمد غنيمي هالل، دار الثَّقافة، بيروت، لبنان، ط1، 1973م، ص -) (xxvii .121واية الجزائرية، د.صالح مفقودة، دار الهدى للنشر والتَّوزيع، عين أمليلة، الجزائر، ط1، 2003م، ص المرأة في الر ِّ xxviii ،تطور البنية الفنية في القصة الجزائرية المعاصرة، شربيط أحمد شربيط، منشورات اتحاد الكتاب العرب، دمشق، 1998م -) . 29ص (xxix .33تطور البنية الفنية في القصة الجزائرية المعاصرة، ص xxx .21(دراسات القصة القصيرة )أصولها، اتجاهاتها، أعالمها(، محمد زغلول، ص xxxi حمن منيف(، فيصل غازي النَّعيمي، دار مجدالوي للنشر واية )دراسة سيمائية في ثالثية أرض السَّواد لعبد الرَّ (العالمة والر ِّ ان، األردن، ط . 205م، ص2010، 1والتَّوزيع، عمَّ (xxxii .201حسن بحراوي، ص ،)من وائي )الفضاءالزَّ بنية الشَّكل الر ِّ xxxiii ،واية المغاربية، إبراهيم عبَّاس، منشورات المؤسسة الوطنية لالتصال والنَّشر واإلشهار، دمشق (تقنيات البنية السَّردية في الر ِّ . 55م، ص1995 xxxiv .79 ،78وائي في أدب محمد جبريل )جدل الواقع والذَّات(، آمال منصور، أصوات معاصرة، 2006م، ص (بنية الخطاب الر ِّ xxxv ،ئيسية في روايات نجيب محفوظ، عثمان بدري، دار الحداثة للطبع والنَّشر، بيروت، ط1، 1986م (بناء الشَّخصيات الرَّ . 234ص (xxxvi ،وائي عند نجيب محفوظ، د.محمد علي سالمة، دار الوفاء للطباعة والنَّشر الشَّخصية الثَّانوية ودورها في المعمار الر ِّ . 136م، ص2007، 1اإلسكندرية، ط xxxvii .105فن القصة، محمد يوسف نجم، ص -) xxxviii راسات، المجلد الثَّالث، الجامعة اإلسالمية مزية في أدب نجيب محفوظ، محمد نجم الحق الندوي، مجلة الد ِّ (االتجاهات الرَّ .37م، ص2006العالمية ، شيتاغونغ، بنغالدش، ديسمبر، xxxix .97أزمة الجنس في القصة العربية، غالي شكري، الهيئة المصرية العامة للكتاب، القاهرة، 1971م، ص -) xl .202صرية العامة للكتابِّ، القاهرة، ط1، 1985م، ص صر، د.نعمات أحمد فؤاد، الهيئة المِّ (شخصية مِّ xli .15رواية ميرامار، ص -) xlii .8المصدر نفسه، ص -) xliii .12المصدر نفسه، ص -) xliv .20 المصدر نفسه، ص -) المصادر المراجع: واية، عبد الكريم الجبوري، دار الطَّليعة الجديدة، دمشق، ط.1 م. 2003، 1اإلبداع في الكتابة والر ِّ راسات، المجلد الثَّالث، الجامعة اإلسالمية العالمية، .2 مزية في أدب نجيب محفوظ، محمد نجم الحق الندوي، مجلة الد ِّ االتجاهات الرَّ م. 2006شيتا غونغ، بنغالدش، ديسمبر، م. 1971أزمة الجنس في القصة العربية، غالي شكري، الهيئة المصرية العامة للكتاب، القاهرة، .3 صر للطباعة، طافراح القبة، .4 صر، دار مِّ م 1981، 1نجيب محفوظ، مطبوعات مكتبة مِّ صرية(، عبدالفتاح عثمان،.5 واية المِّ واية )دراسة في الر ِّ م.1982، 1مكتبة الشَّباب، القاهرة، ط بناء الر ِّ ئيسية في روايات نجيب محفوظ، عثمان بدري، دار الحداثة للطبع والنَّشر، بيروت، ط.6 م. 1986، 1بناء الشَّخصيات الرَّ وائي في أدب محمد جبريل )جدل الواقع والذَّات(، آمال منصور، أصوات معاصرة، .7 م. 2006بنية الخطاب الر ِّ واية، عبد المنعم زكريا القاضي، دار عين للدراسات والبحوث اإلنسانية واالجتماعية، ط.8 م. 2008، 1البنية السَّردية في الر ِّ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org وائي )الفضاء.9 من-بنية الشَّكل الر ِّ م. 1990، 1المركز الثَّقافي العربي، الدَّار البيضاء، بيروت، طالشَّخصية(، د.حسن بحراوي -الزَّ اللة في روايات إبراهيم نصر هللا، د. مرشد أحمد، دار الفارس للنشر والتَّوزيع، بيروت، ط.10 م. 2004، 1البنية والد ِّ م. 1998تطور البنية الفنية في القصة الجزائرية المعاصرة، شربيط أحمد شربيط، منشورات اتحاد الكتاب العرب، دمشق، .11 ين إسماعيل، دار غريب للطباعة والنَّشر، القاهرة، ط.12 م . 1981، 1التَّفسير النَّفسي لألدب، عز الد ِّ والنَّشر واإلشهار، دمشق، .13 لالتصال الوطنية المؤسسة عبَّاس، منشورات إبراهيم المغاربية، واية الر ِّ في السَّردية البنية تقنيات م. 1995 صر للطباعة، ط ثرثرة فوق النيل، .14 صر، دار مِّ م. 1966، 1نجيب محفوظ، مطبوعات مكتبة مِّ م. 2006الجديد في السَّرد العربي الُمعاصر، عدالة أحمد محمد إبراهيم، دار الثَّقافة واإلعالم، الشَّارقة، .15 م. 1990، 2الجنس والنَّفس في الحياة اإلنسانية، د.علي كمال، دار واسط للدراسات والنَّشر والتَّوزيع، لندن، ط.16 م.1973، 1دار المعارف، اإلسكندرية، ط دراسات القصة القصيرة )أصولها، اتجاهاتها، أعالمها(، محمد زغلول،.17 صر للطباعة، ط رواية ميرامار.18 صر، دار مِّ م. 1967، 1نجيب محفوظ، مطبوعات مكتبة مِّ سيمولوجية الشَّخصيات القصصية عند أبي العيد دودو، إشراف د.عزالدين بوبش، الباحث رؤوف قماش، رسالة ماجيستير، جامعة .19 م.2003/2004قسنطينة، وائي عند نجيب محفوظ، د.محمد علي سالمة، دار الوفاء للطباعة والنَّشر، اإلسكندرية، .20 الشَّخصية الثَّانوية ودورها في المعمار الر ِّ م.2007، 1ط القاهرة، .21 المصرية، األنجلو مكتبة داوود، حنا عزيز والمرض، السواء بين إلى 1998الشَّخصية الكائن من ا أيض وانظر م، صر، ط م1963، 1الشَّخص، محمد عزيز حبَّابي، دار المعارف، مِّ م. 2000، 13الشَّخصية في القصة، جميلة قيسمون، مجلة العلوم اإلنسانية، جامعة منتوري، ع.22 صرية العامة للكتابِّ، القاهرة، ط.23 صر، د.نعمات أحمد فؤاد، الهيئة المِّ . 202م، ص1985، 1شخصية مِّ ام، ات ِّحاد الكتاب العرب، دمشق، ط.24 طاب السَّردي، محمد عزَّ م. 2005، 1شعرية الخِّ م. 1969عالم القصة، برنارد دي فوتو، ترجمة محمد مصطفى هدارة، عالم الكتب، القاهرة، .25 للنشر .26 دار مجدالوي النَّعيمي، غازي فيصل منيف(، حمن الرَّ لعبد السَّواد أرض ثالثية في سيمائية )دراسة واية والر ِّ العالمة ان، األردن، ط م. 2010، 1والتَّوزيع، عمَّ م.1979، 7لبنان،ط فن القصة، د. محمد يوسف نجم، دار الثقافة بيروت،.27 م. 2021، 1ط فنون النَّثر العربي الحديث شكري عزيز ماضي، الشركة العربية للتسويق والتوريدات الجزء الثاني،.28 ين أبو طاهر محمد بن يعقوب الفيروز آبادي، .29 .2/317القاموس المحيط، مجد الد ِّ صر للطباعة، ط القاهرة الجديدة، .30 صر، دار مِّ م. 1945، 1نجيب محفوظ، مطبوعات مكتبة مِّ ين ابن منظور األنصار الرويفعي اإلفريقي، تحقيق أمين لسان العرب، البن منظور، .31 محمد بن مكرم بن علي أبو الفضل جمال الد ِّ م.1997، 6عبد الوهاب ومحمد العبيدي، دار صادر، بيروت، ط صر للطباعة، ط اللص والكالب، .32 صر، دار مِّ م. 1961، 1نجيب محفوظ، مطبوعات مكتبة مِّ واية الجزائرية، د.صالح مفقودة، دار الهدى للنشر والتَّوزيع، عين أمليلة، الجزائر، ط.33 م. 2003، 1المرأة في الر ِّ ، 1المصطلح السَّردي، جيرالد برنس، ترجمة عابد خزندار، مراجعة وتقديم محمد بريري، المشروع القومي للترجمة، القاهرة، ط.34 م. 2003 م. 1974معجم المصطلحات العربية في اللغة واألدب، مجدي وهبه وكامل المهندس، مكتبة لبنان، بيروت، .35 م. 1993، 1، ط2المعجم المفصل في األدب، محمد التونجي، دار الكتب العلمية، بيروت، ج.36 صر، .37 يات، حامد عبد القادر، محمد النَّجار(، مطبعة مِّ المعجم الوسيط، مجمع اللغة العربية بالقاهرة )إبراهيم مصطفى، أحمد الزَّ م. 1972هـ، 1392، 2القاهرة، ط واية )عربي.38 ، 1فرنسي(، د.لطيف زيتوني، مكتبة لبنان ناشرون ودار النَّهار للنَّشر، لبنان، ط -إنجليزي -معجم مصطلحات نقد الر ِّ م. 2002 هـ(، تحقيق وضبط عبد السَّالم محمد هارون، دار الكتب 395معجم مقاييس اللغة، أبو الُحسين أحمد بن فارس بن زكريا )المتوفى:.39 م، مادة )ش َخَص(. 2008، 2العلمية، بيروت، لبنان، ط صر للطباعة، ط ملحمة الحرافيش،.40 صر، دار مِّ . م1977، 1نجيب محفوظ، مطبوعات مكتبة مِّ وائي تقنيات ومناهج، برنار فاليط، ترجمة رشيد بن حدو، المجلس األعلى للثقافة، المركز القومي للترجمة، القاهرة، .41 النَّص الر ِّ م. 1999د.ط، م. 1973، 1النَّقد األدبي الحديث، محمد غنيمي هالل، دار الثَّقافة، بيروت، لبنان، ط.42 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 39, | august 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org mohammed othman al sayid and his political role in libya during the royal era )1952 -1969) eman jamail sekhail directorate of education in thi qar aymanjmyl28@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the current study investigates one of the modern political persons in libya and one of the important aspects in the libyan history is the royal era. it was full of inner crises, issues, and conflicts. in addition, the arab and international changes that happened at that time. libya became a kingdom after the declaration of its independence in 195. it witnessed a number of changes, events, and developments where its beginning was in the rule regime which became royal and was accompanied with the succession of the ministries until the coup and converting to the republican regime. this study deals with the life of muhammed othman alsayid and his political role in libya. he had an active role in the history of libya because he became the prime minister during a period full of external and internal political developments. his political role started with refusing the french domination. he played a major role in the mobilization the public opinion against the french domination and their attempt to annex fezan. furthermore, he became a member of the committee of twenty-one, whose mission was to write a constitution draft for libya, which consisted of 12 chapters within 213 items. he determined the form and regime of government. he stipulated the independence and sovereignty of libya under a hereditary monarchy, which is named (the united kingdom of libya). he also held a position in the advisory council. he was appointed as minister of health in the first interim libyan government headed by mahmoud al-muntasir, where he entered a set of laws that improved the deteriorating health situation. also, he was appointed as the prime minister. the most important achievement of his ministry was to amend the constitution and to transform the federal regime into a unitary regime. king idris was convinced that the time had come to change it, so he asked alsayid to undertake the task of transforming the regime. alsayid also entered some changes to the items of the libyan constitution. he also regulated the relationship between oil companies and the libyan government. he supported the algerian revolution that erupted against the french domination. he announced his resignation on march 19, 1963. mohammed othman alsayid, committee of twenty-one, constituent assembly, kingdom of libya, libyan unionist system american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org introduction ملخص البحث: تناول هذا البحث شخصية من شخصيات ليبيا المعاصرة ،وجانبًا مهمًا من جوانب التاريخ الليبي أال وهي الفترة الملكية التي كانت مليئة باألزمات والمشاكل والصراعات الداخلية فضاًل عن المتغيرات العربية والعالمية ،أذ أصبحت ليبيا مملكة دت هذه الفترة مجموعة من التغيرات واالحداث والتطورات والتي كانت بدايتها من وقد شه 1951بعد اعالن استقاللها عام نظام الحكم الذي أصبح ملكيًا وما رافقه من تعاقب الوزارات حتى انتقال الحكم الى الجمهورية ،تناول هذا البحث حياة محمد يبيا ألنه تسلم رئاسة الوزراء في فترة مليئة بالتطورات عثمان الصيد ودوره السياسي في ليبيا أذ كان له دور فعال في تاريخ ل السياسية الخارجية والداخلية ،بدأ محمد عثمان الصيد دوره السياسي في رفض الوجود الفرنسي ، أذ لعب دورًا كبيرًا في شرين التي تحشيد الرأي لرفض الوجود الفرنسي ومحاولتهم ضم فزان، كذلك تولى منصب أحد اعضاء لجنة الواحد والع مادة ،وقد حدد شكل ونظام الحكم ،أذ نص على 213فصاًل ضمن 12كانت مهمتها وضع دستور لليبيا الذي تكون من المجلس في منصب المتحدة(كذلك شغل الليبية مسمى)المملكة تحت وراثي ملكي نظام في ظل ليبيا وسيادة استقالل ية مؤقتة برئاسة محمود المنتصر حيث أدخل مجموعة من القوانين التي االستشاري ، وعين وزيرًا للصحة في أول وزارة ليب حسنت من الواقع الصحي المتدهور ، ثم تم تعينه رئيس للوزراء أذ كانت اهم انجازات وزارته هو تعديل الدستور ،وتحويل طلب من الصيد مهمة تحويل النظام االتحادي الى نظام وحدوي اذ اقتنع الملك ادريس بأن الوقت قد حان لتغيير النظام ف النظام ،كذلك ادخل الصيد بعض التغييرات في مواد الدستور الليبي ، كذلك نظم العالقة بين الشركات النفط والحكومة اذار 19الليبية، ايضًا وقف موقف الداعم والمساند للثورة الجزائرية التي اندلعت ضد الوجود الفرنسي ،اعلن استقالته بتاريخ م. 1963 محمد عثمان الصيد، لجنة الواحد والعشرون، الجمعية التأسيسية، المملكة الليبية ،النظام الوحدوي الليبي. كلمات مفتاحية: المقدمة تناولت الدراسات االكاديمية في العراق جوانب عدة من تاريخ ليبيا الحديث والمعاصر ,اال ان القليل من هذه الدراسات ركز على شخصيات العهد الملكي ,الن الساحة الليبية في تلك الفترة كانت غزيرة ببعض االسماء المهمة التي تركت ل والفترة الملكية .وتعد دراسة الشخصيات من الدراسات التاريخية المهمة بصمة واضحة في تاريخ ليبيا خالل فترة االستقال التاريخية وأن دراسة الشخصيات السياسية من الملوك ،لما لها من دور واضح وكبير في كشف العديد من الحقائق انهم. ورؤساء والزعماء والقادة من اهم هذه الدراسات إذ أنها توثق ألحداث سياسية مهمة في تاريخ بلد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org يعتبر محمد عثمان الصيد واحد من ابرز الشخصيات الليبية خالل العهد الملكي وذلك النه احتل مراكز مهمة مثل عضوًا في لجنة الواحد والعشرين والجمعية التأسيسية ورئيسًا للوزراء ،ومن هنا جاءت هذه الدراسة لتكشف النقاب عن معاصر. هذه الشخصية التي لعبت دور في تاريخ ليبيا ال أما الهدف من هذه البحث هو ابراز دور محمد عثمان في العهد الملكي ,ويحاول االجابة عن التساؤالت المتمثلة في ,من هو محمد عثمان الصيد ؟,اين ولد وترعرع؟, ابرز اعماله خالل فترة تسلمه منصب رئاسة الوزراء؟ ,ودوره في الى نظام وحدوي؟. وبسبب الوضع السياسي الراهن في ليبيا اهملت دراسة تنفيذ قرار الملك بتحويل ليبيا من نظام اتحادي مرحلة العهد الملكي واصبحت شخصيات النظام الملكي عرضه للتغيب والتحريف ،وهذا ما فرض على الباحثة مسؤولية اريخ ليبيا الملكي . البحث عن هذه الفترة من تاريخ ليبيا بهدف كشف الحقيقة عنها ووضع أثرها امام انظار المهتمين بت وقد تمت دراسة البحث من خالل المنهج االستقرائي وذلك للوصول الى دراسة موضوعية وقراءة واعية ،لذلك قسمت البحث الى مبحثين االول كان عن نشأته وبواكير نشاطه السياسي ،والمبحث الثاني عن نشاطه السياسي حتى عام 1965 . .نشأته وبواكير نشاطه السياسي. المبحث األول 17ولد محمد عثمان الصيد في قرية الزوية متصرفية براك بمنطقة الشاطئ بأقليم فزان ليبيا في . اواًل: نشأته وكان الناس وكان والده احمد البدوي الصيد يعمل قاضيًا ويرأس المحكمة الشرعية في الشاطئ,1924تشرين االول عام ،إذ كان مرجعًا لهم في فض النزاعات والخالفات خصوصًا ان في تلك الفترة لم تكن هناك يكنوا له احترام وتقدير كبير سلطة مدنية او محاكم تفض النزاعات ، لذا أصبحت داره محط اعيان المنطقة لحل الخالفات وفضها ،نشأ محمد عثمان كر الصيد في مذكراته بأن والده كان الصيد في كنف والديه حياة بسيطة وهادئة وكانت حالتهم المادية متيسره، اذا يذ يملك قطعان من الماشية واراضي زراعية واسعة ، و بسبب مكانة والدة االجتماعية تعرف محمد عثمان الصيد على ثم انتقل 1928بأس به من االعيان ورجال الدين ،ومن هنا بدأ اهتمامه في التعلم وحفظ القران وكان ذلك عام عدد ال ، وحفظ القران الكريم وعمره ثالثة عشر عاًم على يد الفقيه شريف المهدي 1937الى حلقات التدريس في المسجد عام . (i) الزروق american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org .ثانيًا: دوره في تشكيل جمعية الشيخ عبد الرحمن البركولي ونشاطه السياسي ضد الوجود الفرنسي اذ انظم 1945تساءل الصيد في طفولته وشبابه عن االستعمار لذلك بدأ العمل الوطني مبكرًا بإقليم فزان عام الى الحركة الوطنية ضد االستعمار تحت قيادات وطنية ،حيث كانوا يرسلونه الى طرابلس للتحري والبحث عما كان (ii) االخرى، أعلن محمد عثمان عن رفضه التام للوجود الفرنسي في ليبيايخطط لليبيا مع قادة الجمعيات واالحزاب الليبية ،أذ حاول الفرنسيون ضم والية فزان الى المستعمرات الفرنسية في الشمال االفريقي، الن بعد اعالن الحرب العالمية الثانية ودخول ايطاليا الحرب الى جانب قوات المحور ضد الحلفاء غزت القوات الفرنسية الجنوب الليبي ,وشكلت ادارة جعل اهالي فزان بكل الوسائل الدعائية يطالبون باالنضمام الى م ،اذ سعت فرنسا الى 1943عسكرية في فزان عام .(iii)فرنسا قد تباحث معه والشيخ مختار بن علي ونصر بن ذ "ان الشيخ عبد الرحمن البركولي وقد ذكر الصيد في مذكراته وحميد ابن الحاج احمد الكيالني وعبد هللا بن عمر القريد وعبد هللا بن بشير الزوي في موضوع تأسيس جمعية سالم ،فشكلوا جمعية " سرية لمقاومة افكار السلطات العسكرية الفرنسية لسلخ اقليم فزان وضمه الى المستعمرات الليبية ، عرفت ب)الجمعية الوطنية الفزانية( وهي تعتبر مظلة سرية ذات طابع اجتماعي وسياسي (iv) م1946سرية فزانية عام تعبر عن اهل فزان وممثلة عن المناطق والواحات االخرى لمناهضة االحتالل الفرنسي ،فضال عن ان تكون هذه ة وطرابلس ، وقد كان الصيد الجمعية جاء على غرار الجمعيات واالحزاب السياسية التي تكونت حينها في اقليمي برق الفرنسية التي كانت تخشى هذه أحد الذين حضروا االجتماع االول للجمعية ،وكان اجتماعًا سريًا خشية من الرقابة االجتماعات ، وتم االجتماع في دار نصر بن سالم بن نصر ،أذا اتفقوا ان يكون السيد البركولي رئيسًا لجمعية وذلك ن مساجد قرى فزان إلعطاء الدروس الدينية هنا وهناك ،وهذا ال يثير أية شبهة لدى السلطات الفرنسية ألنه كثير التنقل بي ،ووقع االختيار على محمد عثمان الصيد ليكون نائبًا ومساعدًا له، وقد فوضه الحاضرون االتصال بالمناطق المختلفة ( . vلإلقليم لشرح اهداف الجمعية ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org فبدء محمد عثمان الصيد تحركاته الى المناطق االخرى فزار برقن وهي احد قرى الشاطئ ليتباحث مع رجاالتها ،استمروا بعقد االجتماعات والتقاء بأعيان ووجهاء المناطق وتهيئتهم لمقاومة أفكار االستعمار الفرنسي، عن موضوع فزان في بنغازي وتباحثوا (vi) م اجتمع الصيد مع رئيس ديوان االمير ادريس السنوسي عمر باشا الكيخيا 1946في عام . (vii) اوضاع فزان اال أن هذا االجتماع لم يسفر عن آية نتيجة م فأعتقلت بعض اعضائها ،وبذلك توقفت اعمالها 1947اكتشفت السلطات الفرنسية نشاط الجمعية في عام م اعلنت الجمعية عملها وطالبت بوحدة 1948الى فزان عام (viii)مؤقتًا ،ولكن لما وصلت لجنة التحقيق الرباعية فزان مع االقاليم االخرى تحت الزعامة السنوسية ،وبدأت بتوعية االهالي على رفض الوجود الفرنسي، وبعد مغادرة اللجنة يه بالسجن ست فزان أعتقل محمد عثمان الصيد وأودع السجن بسبب نشاطه السياسي العدائي لإلدارة الفرنسية ،حكم عل سنوات ،تم وضعه تحت رقابة الشرطة زمنًا قصيرًا الى ان اطلق سراحه بناء على طلب من مندوب االمم المتحدة ادريان . وهكذا استطاعت الجمعية التي أسسها (x) م 1950عندما زار مدينة سبهة في شباط عام (ix) ( adrian bultبلت) محمد عثمان الصيد ورفاقه ورغم االمكانيات المتواضعة من ان توعي الناس وان تبلور موقفًا موحدًا عبر عنه الناس امام اللجنة الرباعية ،اذ كانت سببًا في نيل فزان استقاللها . ثالثا: دوره في لجنة الواحد والعشرين والجمعية الوطنية الليبية التأسيسية. "اعالن م قرارًا ينص على 1949تشرين الثاني 21وبعد سلسلة من االجتماعات اتخذت هيئة االمم المتحدة في ليبيا دولة مستقلة ذات سيادة مؤلفة من برقة وفزان وطرابلس وتحقيق استقاللها في فترة ال تتجاوز االول من كانون م على ان يجتمع مندوبون عن برقة وطرابلس وفزان في جمعية وطنية ليقرروا دستور ليبيا ،وتعين 1952الثاني بيا ،وتختار مجلسًا يساعده ويقدم له النصح ،والغرض من ذلك هو الجمعية العامة مندوبًا عن االمم المتحدة في لي لعام في وضع الدستور ،ويقدم المندوب بالتشاور مع المجلس تقريرًا سنويًا الى السكرتير ا نتقديم المساعدة لليبيي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org لألمم المتحدة ، على ان يتألف هذا المجلس من عشرة أعضاء ،عضو واحد عن كل من الدول التالية )مصر وفرنسا . (xi) " وايطاليا وبريطانيا وامريكا وباكستان ،وممثل عن الواليات الثالثة الليبية( فتشكلت لجنة تحضيرية مؤلفة من واحد وعشرين عضوًا تم اختيار محمد عثمان عضوًا فيها ,وكانت هذه اللجنة مؤلفة من اعضاء االقاليم الثالثة بالتساوي ,فأختار االمير ادريس السنوسي سبعة ممثلين لبرقة, واختار احمد سيف نصر ( xii)بأختيار ممثلي طرابلس ,وعين محمود ابو االسعاد قام مندوب هيئة االمم المتحدة ادريان بلت ممثلي فزان ,بينما . (xiii) رئيسًا للجنة تم انتخاب محمد عثمان الصيد سكرتيرًا لمحمود ابو االسعاد مع خليل القالل سكرتيرًا ايضًا ,وكان عمل هذه اللجنة هو . (xiv)تشكيل جمعية وطنية تأسيسية تتألف من ستين عضوًا يمثلون المناطق الثالث على اساس التساوي العددي انه خالل اجتماعات اللجنة التحضيرية أعتاد ان يزور مندوب االمم المتحدة ادريان يذكر الصيد في مذكراته " بلت المكلف بتنفيذ قرار االستقالل الليبي ,و ان ادريان لم يبخل عليه بأي معلومة او نصيحة ,فأعتبر محمد عثمان م موعد لعقد اولى جلسات المجلس 1950شباط 25"، حدد يوم الصيد هذه الفترة هي فترة تكوينه السياسي االساسية التشريعي ,وقبل عقده بأيام قليله قدم ممثل فزان في المجلس استقالته فأبلغ مندوب االمم المتحدة ادريان بلت محمد . ( xv) عثمان الصيد بأنه سيمثل اقليم فزان في المجلس مع احتفاظه بعضوية في المجلس االستشاري أختلف اعضاء الجمعية الوطنية التأسيسية بشأن الدستور ،فمثاًل مندوب مصر وباكستان وطرابلس اعتبروا مشروع الى ان "دستور وليس دستور دائمًا للبلد حتى يعرض على برلمان منتخب ، وقد ذكر محمد عثمان الصيد في مذكراته مندوب مصر دعاه الى وجبة عشاء وعرض عليه ان يكون من جانب كتلته الى جانب باكستان وممثل طرابلس في المجلس ،في ان يضل الدستور مؤقتًا حتى يعرض في االيام القادمة على مجلس نواب منتخب يمثل الشعب ، وقد نوايا لكن حين طرح التصويت صوت الى جانب عرض عليه رشوة وسكن الئق في مصر ،يذكر الصيد انه ساير هذه ال american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org ، اكملت الجمعية التأسيسية عملها (xvi) الجمعية التأسيسية واعتبار الدستور الذي ستضعه سيكون دستور دائمًا" ليبيا عام ملكًا على ادريس االمير وتم اعالن الدستور وتم تشكيل حكومة مؤقتة برئاسة محمود 1952ووضعت م .( xviii),تم تعين محمد عثمان الصيد وزيرًا للصحة في هذه الحكومة ( xvii) المنتصر عندما تسلم محمد عثمان وزارة الصحة كانت الخدمات الصحية في ليبيا متردية بسبب اثار الحرب العالمية الثانية المدمرة على البالد ,فكانت المؤسسات والمستشفيات مهدمة ,بينما كانت القرى واالرياف معدومة ,فقام بتأسيس هو العمل بين الوزارة ونظارات الصحة في الواليات الثالثة , مهمه هذه المجلس1953المجلس الصحي االعلى عام ,وكانت جلساته دورية ,تعقد كل ثالثة اشهر , قام محمد عثمان بإصدار قوانين للنهوض بالواقع الصحي, فعلى المستوى تشرين 18قانون مزاولة مهنة الصيدلية بتاريخ -2مجلس استشاري اعلى للصحة العامة -1الداخلي قام بأنشاء شباط 2قانون طب االسنان في -4م 1956كانون االول 3قانون الحجر الصحي في -3م 1956الثاني تشرين 5قانون استثناء الهالل االحمر الليبي في -6م 1957اذار 26قانون مزاولة مهنة الطب في -5م 1957 هيئة الصحة العالمية ,حصلت ليبيا من خاللها على م.اما على المستوى الخارجي ,فوقع اتفاقية مع منظمة1957االول في مجال الطب, كذلك قامت مؤسسة اليونيسف نمساعدات عديدة, منها حصول منح دراسية لبعض الشباب الليبيي بتأسيس مدرسة رئيسية في طرابلس لتخرج الممرضات لرعاية االمومة والطفولة ,وقع ايضًا الصيد على ميثاق انضمام .,كذلك تم عقد اتفاق مع النقطة الرابعة االمريكية 1956ليبيا الى منظمة الهالل االحمر والصليب االحمر في ابريل (xix) المنتشرة في البالد المكافحة المالريا والتراخوم(xx ) مما سبق توضح الدور الذي لعبة الصيد في استقالل ليبيا . ووضع دستور للبالد، كذلك النهوض بالواقع الصحي الليبي خالل تسلمه وزارة الصحة الليبية . .1965المبحث الثاني :محمد عثمان الصيد ونشاطه السياسي حتى عام . 1963وزارة محمد عثمان الصيد ونشاطه السياسي حتى عام أواًل. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org شعر الملك ادريس السنوسي بصعوبة االحتفاظ بوزارة اثيرت حولها (xxi) بعد فقدان الثقة بحكومة عبد المجيد كعبار ، ( xxii)الكثير من االنتقادات ،وان الوقت قد حان لتشكيل حكومة جديدة المتصاص غضب المعارضة واحتواء االزمة أخبر رئيس الديوان الملكي علي الساحلي محمد عثمان الصيد ان الملك وافق على استقالة كعبار وانه يدعو بن عثمان لتناول العشاء معه ،وان الملك قرر ان يكلفه بتأليف الوزارة الجديدة ،وقد اخبر بن عثمان رئيس ديوان الملك بأنه لم يأتي أن الساحلي ابلغ محمد عثمان ان الملك قد أصر على ذلك ،وانه جدير ببن عثمان ليحل محل كعبار بل جاء ليعينه ،اال . (xxiii) ان يبدأ بالتفكير في االشخاص الذين يرغب في التعاون معهم م ترأس الوزارة محمد عثمان الصيد خلفًا عبد المجيد كعبار, وقد اعتقد المراقبين 1960تشرين االول 16في بأنه سيترأس حكومة مؤقته ,حتى يتم اعداد قائمة بأسماء رؤوساء وزارة مناسبين ,وذلك بسبب مؤهالته القليلة, اال انه حيث دعا الملك محمد عثمان الصيد الى ، و ( xxiv) منصب ألكثر من سنتينتمكن بدهائه ووالئه للملك من ان يبقى بال تناول العشاء معه ,وفي اثناء تناول الطعام ألح الملك عليه وحثه على وجوب تحسين االدارة الحكومية واعادة ثقة الشعب بها ,وانه اختاره ألنه واثق من انه سيبذل جهده في سبيل االهتمام بالشعب ,ومن جهه اخرى اراد الملك بتكليف الصيد من والية فزان ان يتقرب الى اهلها وان يجعلهم يشعرون بإمكانية وصول احدهم الى منصب رئيس الحكومة ،يضاف وهو الى ذلك نصرة محمد عثمان لألمارة السنوسية ووالءه للملك أدريس ،وهو احد الزعماء الوطنيين في فزان الذين ايدوا . (xxv)ظام االتحادي في الجمعية الوطنيةأقامة االمارة السنوسية على االقليم كما أيد ودعم الن اليمين الدستوري ,اجتمع بي الملك ادريس, وقد ذكر محمد عثمان الصيد في مذكراته قائاًل" بعد ان اديت وطلبت منه توجيهاته بشأن السياسة التي يجب ان تتبعها الحكومة في الداخل والخارج, فحثني على العمل من اجل ل بناء ليبيا واالهتمام برفاهية شعبها وأمنه والمحافظة على سيادتها واستقاللها ...,وان تتعامل الحكومة مع الدو .ألف الصيد وزارته ( xxvi) العربية وتحافظ على عالقات ودية مع الواليات المتحدة االمريكية وبريطاني والدول الغربية" بسرعة من وزراء أكفاء وبعضهم كانوا في الوزارات السابقة ،بدأ حملة استنهاض الهمم ومناشدة الجماهير مرددًا جملته american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org (( ،كان لهذه الجملة الدعائية أثر جيد في االوساط الشعبية ،فبدأ بالتقرب الى جئنا لنخدمكم ال لنحكمكمالمشهورة)) . وقد وصف مجيد خدوري محمد بن عثمان بأنه كان عصاميًا أذ ( xxvii) الجماهير ،وادخل في وزارته بعض المعارضين برز في سياسة فزان المحلية ،وقد دخل المسرح الليبي االن وهو ينشد الجمهور الليبي بكامله ،وقد ادرك بعد ان الف التعديالت بعض لذا أجرى والنفوذ القوة الى الوصول الى معارضته رغبة في ثمة معارضين ستعمد ان في وزارته المناصب العليا ،باذاًل جهده لتجديد الثقة باإلدارة ، واصبحت وزارة االرشاد واالنباء التي تسيطر على الصحافة االذاعة أداة بيد محمد عثمان الغرض منها نقل اخبار الوزارة وانباء نشاطها الى الشعب، وتوزيع الكتب والنشرات على الجمهور . ولتقويه مركزه في والية طرابلس ( xxviii) تمام الحكومة بتوضيح القضايا العامة للشعب وأصر على كتابتها بطريقة تبين اه الغرب عين فاضل بن زكري واليًا على طرابلس بداًل من ابي بكر نعامة ،في محاولة منه لكسب هذا السياسي المشهور في طرابلس ،كما نجح باستغالل عالقاته الجيدة مع البرقاويين لحل مشكلة الحدود بين فزان وطرابلس خالل مؤتمر عقده . (xxix) ،مؤيدًا وجهة نظر الطرابلسيين واعتبر هذا نصرًا سياسيًا لحكومته 1961ثة في اواخر تموز عام الوالة الثال أستمرت محاوالته في جمع تأييد ذوي النفوذ فوزع الهدايا والهبات المالية على رجال الحاشية والكثير من شيوخ . أن طريقة الهبات المالية ( xxx)القبائل المقربين من القصر الملكي ،اذ حققت له هذه الهدايا تأييدًا من المستفيدين منها التي اتبعها بن عثمان ستكون احد اسباب سقوط وزارته فيما بعد ،وذلك الن الشعب اعتبر حكومته مرتشيه واصبحت حاشيته بين ليلة وضحها من أغنياء ليبيا. .ثانيًا: دور محمد عثمان الصيد في تحويل النظام االتحاد الليبي الى نظام وحدوي كان من اهم انجازات حكومة محمد عثمان الصيد هو تعديل الدستور وتحويل النظام االتحادي الى وحدودي .وقد وحدة شاملة طالما تشوقت اليها نفوس الكثير من ة صدر االقتراح من الملك نفسه الذي اقتنع بأن الوقت قد جاء إلقام ابناء الشعب ،أمر الملك بأعداد جميع االمور والوثائق المتعلقة بالتعديل في الديوان الملكي وطلب من رئيس وزرائه محمد عثمان ان يتخذ الخطوات الالزمة إلخراج المشروع الى حيز التنفيذ، لكن محمد عثمان تخوف من احتمال قيام american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org المعارضة في واليتي فزان وبرقة ،فأقترح السير نحو تحقيق الوحدة الكاملة بخطوتين أساسيتين، االولى الغاء منصب رئاسة المجلس التنفيذي في الواليات واسناد مهامه الى الوالي الذي يصبح مسؤواًل امام المجلس التشريعي للوالية .والثانية . ( xxxi)جميع صالحياتها الى الحكومة المركزية الغاء حكومة الواليات بشكل كامل ونقل وقدم مذكرة بالموضوع الى مجلس االمة االتحادي 1962بدأ محمد عثمان بتنفيذ مشروعه في كانون االول تضمنت مشروع التعديل االول وبأشراف الحكومة االتحادية على جميع االمور التي تتوالها الواليات وتجريدها من كافة الماد بموجب الدستور لها منحها التي )االختصاصات الليبي ،كما تضمن (xxxii)(38ة االتحاد وجعلها من سلطة امام الوالي ويكون مسؤواًل ادارية يرأسها بمجالس القائمة في كل والية واستبدالها التنفيذية المجالس الغاء التعديالت (أذ غير 182، عدلت ايضًا بعض مواد الدستور منها المادة) (xxxiii) المجلس التشريعي بعد ان كان مسؤواًل امام الملك ( التي كانت تنص بأشراف الوالي على تنفيذ القوانيين 181اسم المجلس التنفيذي الى مجلس اداري ,كما الغيت المادة ) القضاء أتحاديًا االتحادية فأصبحت مهمته تنفيذ ما يصدر اليه من حكومة االتحاد بغية تنفيذ هذه القوانيين، ولما اصبح .( xxxiv( من الدستور التي كانت تنص على ابقاء السلطة القضائية في الوالية ) 185فقد الغيت المادة ) م وافق مجلس االمة االتحادي باألجماع على التعديالت ،فأصدر الملك أدريس 1962كانون االول 7وفي مرسومًا ملكيًا بالتعديالت الدستورية الجزئية التي عدلت على بعض مواد الدستور، وأعلن موافقته عليها دون ان تعرض ( ، xxxv) يات وافشال خطة الوحدةعلى المجالس التشريعية للواليات الثالث ،ويرجع ذلك الى خشيتهم من معارضة الوال وقد علق رئيس الوزراء السابق مصطفى احمد بن حليم على هذه التعديالت الجزئية اذ قال "بأن ابن عثمان لم تكن لديه الشجاعة الكافية للتعديل الجذري للدستور ،ويبدو أن الملك شعر بأن تعدياًل جذريًا للدستور يتطلب رئيسًا للحكومة اكثر . ويبدوا ان رأي بن حليم مقنع الى حًد ما ،أضافة الى ان الملك ( xxxvi) القريب"قوة وعلمًا فأجل التعديل الى المستقبل خشي من ردود افعال قوية تجاه التعديالت الدستورية فأمر بتعديالت جزئية . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org ثالثًا: المشاكل بين محمد عثمان الصيد وشركات النفط تحدث محمد عثمان الصيد رئيس وزراء ليبيا في مذكراته عن الخالفات والمشاكل التي حدثت بين حكومته وشركات النفط, ويرجع سببها الى االعفاءات الكمركية التي حصلت عليها الشركات النفطية العاملة في ليبيا, على المعدات والسلع هذه االعفاءات في عهد حكومة مصطفى احمد بن حليم ,وذلك من التي تستوردها , وقد حصلت هذه الشركات على اجل تشجيع الشركات واغرائها للتنقيب عن النفط في ليبيا ,اال أن الوضع قد تغيير في عهد حكومة الصيد اذ بدأت ,لذا طلب الشركات فعليًا في انتاج وتسويق النفط ,لذا وجد الصيد ان من مصلحة ليبيا اعادة النظر في هذه االعفاءات أعداد الئحة بالمواد والسلع التي تستوردها شركات النفط 1961كانون الثاني 25من خليفة موسى رئيس الكمارك في . (xxxvii) وال تدفع عليها رسوم كمركية طلب الصيد من خليفة موسى اعداد قرار كمركي , يلزم سلطات الكمارك بتحصيل الرسوم الكمركية على المواد والسلع والبضائع ,غير ان خليفة موسى رد بأن مثل هذا القرار سيكون أمرًا صعبًا ,اال أن الصيد أصر على تنفيذ الى البدء بالزام شركات النفط بدفع الرسوم الكمركية على بضائعها طلبه دون تأخير ,مما دفع سلطات الكمارك الليبية م ، هذا االمر أدى الى تذمر الشركات والمطالبة 1961المكدسة باألطنان ,في المخازن الليبية ابتدًأ من االول من شباط اعترضت الشركات (xxxviii) بيا بوقف هذا القرار، وهددت اذ لم يتم تنفيذ مطالبها فستقوم بوقف أعمالها واالنسحاب من لي النفطية على هذا القرار وامتنعت عن سحب بضائعها ,وقدمت الى مدير الكمارك مذكرة مشتركة موقعه من جميع مدراء ليبيا, اعترضت فيها على هذا القرار لتلقي (xxxix)شركات النفط العاملة في , في تلك االثناء سافر الصيد الى تونس العالج ,فأستغل مصطفى احمد بن حليم والبوصيري الشلحي ناظر الخاصة الملكية ذلك ,حيث ابلغ بن حليم الملك بأن حكومة الصيد قد اتخذت اجراءًا خطيرًا تمثل في فرض الرسوم الكمركية على شركات النفط, لذا قررت هذه الشركات ف عملها واالنسحاب من ليبيا, وهذا يعني تدمير االقتصاد الليبي ,سمع الصيد بذلك فرجع مسرعًا والتقى مع قرار بوق ,حيث اخبر الملك ان هذه الشركات قد انفقت اموااًل طائلة على عمليات التنقيب 1961شباط 17الملك ادريس في american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org ,وان تهديدها باالنسحاب هي مجرد مناوره ,الغرض منها الضغط على الحكومة للتراجع عن هذا القرار ,طلب الملك مناسبًا .وعلى أثر هذه المقابلة أمر الصيد باستدعاء كاًل من وزير المالية ومدير ه ادريس رئيس وزرائه باتخاذ ما يرا الكمارك ,حيث طلب من االخير استدعاء جميع مدراء شركات النفط في ليبيا, ويطلب منهم نسخة من االتحاد الليبي ن هذا النوع ,فأبلغه الصيد انه عليه لشركات البترول ,فأستغرب مدير الكمارك هذا الطلب نافيًا وجود اتحاد في ليبيا م ان سيتدعى مديرو الشركات النفطية بتقديم نسخة رخصة من تأسيس االتحاد ,فإذا نفوا ذلك علية ان يعيد اليهم عريضة لهم تقديم عريضة موحدة في ظل عدم وجود مثل هذا االتحاد ,اذن العريضة التي قاالحتجاج, على اساس انه ال يح تبر غير قانونية, يعني انها غير مقبولة ومرفوضة, ويجب على كل شركة اذا تريد ان تعترض ان تقدم تقدموا بها تع ، وبعد فترة استدعى الصيد السفير االيطالي في ليبيا ,واستوضح منه سبب اشتراك شركتين ( xl) عريضة احتجاج بمفردها ايطاليتين تعمالن في مجال النفط في التوقيع على العريضة المشتركة التي تقدمت بها الشركات, مبينًا ان هاتين الشركتين عداء الذي يحمله الليبيون اتجاه ايطاليا ,فأنكر قد حصلتا على امتيازات عدة في عهد حكومة عبد المجيد كعبار ,رغم ال السفير علمه بذلك ,وطلب من الشركتين بتقديم ودفع الرسوم ,فتعد ايطاليا اول من امتثل لهذا القرار, ثم اتبعهم الفرنسيون . (xli) واالمريكان بتسديد الرسوم م ادخل محمد عثمان الصيد بعض التعديالت على قانون النفط ,بعد ان كانت فيه 1961تموز عام 3في بعض الهفوات والفجوات الي أضر ليبيا واستفادت منها الشركات النفطية ,تضمن هذا التعديل سبع مواد من القانون, مواده وهي المادة السادسة )وزارة البترول الليبية (التي وكان التعديل يصب في مصلحة ليبيا العامة ,حيث شكل في احد لها الحق في بيع وتسويق النفط, كذلك تم تغيير طريقة تقديم الطلبات من لدن شركات النفطية ,وبحسب هذه التعديالت كومة اصبح لليبيا فرصة للحصول على افضل الفوائد والشروط عن طريق المنافسة بين الشركات, بحيث استطاعت الح . (xlii) الليبية لنفسها على االقل نصف االرباح الحقيقة التي تحصل عليها شركات النفط من عملها في ليبيا american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org واخيرًا فقد نظم محمد عثمان الصيد في "قانون البترول " العالقة بين الحكومة الليبية وشركات النفط ،فقد جاء هذا القانون ليضمن حصول ليبيا على نصيب من ثروتها النفطية اذ نص على تقاسم االرباح مناصفة بين الحكومة السابقة يتبين دور محمد عثمان الصيد في تطور سياسية ليبيا والتعديالت .من القرارات (xliii) الليبية والشركات النفطية النفطية خالل العهد الملكي اذ ضمن عائدات تصل الى خمسين بالمائة بداًل من الثالثين بالمائة التي كانت مقررة. رابعًا: موقف محمد عثمان الصيد من الثورة الجزائرية. ضد االستعمار الفرنسي من أبرز األحداث ، سواء 1954تشرين الثاني عام 1التي اندلعت في تعد الثورة الجزائرية ئري ، أو من حيث األساليب القمعية التي انتهجها الفرنسيون للتخلص من زامن ناحية التضحيات التي قدمها الشعب الج . (xliv) الثورة والقضاء عليها الديني الوازع نتيجة الجزائرية وقدمت مساعدات مهمة الثورة التي دعمت العربية الدول ليبيا فكانت من أما والقومي المسيطر على ليبيا ،بحكم انتشار الزوايا السنوسية والحدود المشتركة مع الجزائر من جهة الغرب ،فتحولت ومن بين االمور المهمة التي جعلت الشعب .الذي دخل الجزائراألراضي الليبية إلى أحد أهم المصادر الرئيسية للسالح الليبي يندفع ويدعم الثورة الجزائرية هو حق الجوار, فليبيا تربطها بالجزائر حدود ,كذلك الحس الوطني الموحد الذي كان ، منذ بداية انطالقة الثورة كان الدعم سريًا بسبب (xlv) اتجاه الكفاح المسلح الذي يخوضه الجزائريين نيحمله الليبيي . ( xlvi) الضغوط الخارجية لكن بتزايد التصعيد الفرنسي على الثوار الجزائريين ازداد الدعم وأصبح أوسع ان عدم اسراع حكومة ليبيا في إظهار دعمها للثورة الجزائرية بشكل علني يعود الى الظروف التي تعيشها ليبيا في ذلك الوقت, وأول هذه االسباب هو ان حكومة فرنسا قد وجهت انذار وتهديدات وتحذيرات ضد أي دولة تبدي ام المباشر مع فرنسا وهي في وقت هي لم تريد خلق مشاكل عطفها مع الجزائر ,فضال عن ان ليبيا تخشى االصطد ،استمرت فرنسا باستخدام الطرق الوحشية في الجزائر ,في تلك اللحظة ازداد الدعم الليبي للثورة الجزائرية (xlvii) خارجية اعلن فيه ان من خالل جمع التبرعات وتهريب السالح الى الثوار الجزائريين, كذلك القى محمد عثمان الصيد خطابًا, " american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org الحرية وحقوق االنسان تجابه امتحانًا قاسيًا في البلد العربي الشقيق, وقال ايضًا ان فشلت االمم المتحدة عن اتخاذ سنة ,واكد ايضًا 60قرار رادع فأن العرب لديهم االمكانيات والتصميم على مواصلة الجهاد المقدس لو استمر الى " ، كما أمر جزائرية ,منذ اندالعها سوف تستمر بمساندتها الى النهايةان ليبيا التي وقفت دائمًا الى جانب الثورة ال الصيد وزير الخارجية بتقديم مذكرة احتجاج شديدة الى السفير الفرنسي في ليبيا ,كما عقدت الحكومة الليبية برئاسة واست احتجاج مذكرة بعدها ,ووجهت الجزائر في الوضع ,يبحث من خالله اجتماعًا طارئًا الحكومة الصيد الى نكار . (xlviii) الفرنسية ضد سياستها في الجزائر عام من الثاني كانون الجنرال 1961في طرف من موفدًا طرابلس الى بزيارة دوباري الكونت قام , م رئيس الجمهورية الفرنسية آنذاك ,اذ استقبله محمد عثمان الصيد بصفته رئيسًا للحكومة decaulle) ) (xlix) ديغول ,وقد حمل المبعوث الفرنسي رسالة خطية موجهة الى الملك ادريس السنوسي ,ابلغه فيها ان الجنرال ديغول يريد ان يبلغ ية الجزائر ,يضمن مصلحة الجزائريين ,ويلبي الملك ادريس عبر هذه الرسالة ان فرنسا ستعمل قريبًا على ايجاد حل لقض المفاهيم العربية ,لكنه يرجو من القادة العرب ,ومنهم الملك ادريس تفهم ظروف فرنسا الداخلية ومساعدته حتى يمكن . (l) اخراج هذا الحل الى حيز التنفيذ من السجن, بدأ الزعماء الخمسة زيارتهم الى ليبيا (li)بعد خروج الزعماء الخمسة ومن ضمنهم احمد بن بله ،ثم استقبلهم الملك ( lii)فوصلوا بالطائرة الى بنغازي حيث كان في استقبالهم اعضاء الحكومة الليبية والسلك الدبلوماسي ادريس ، طلب محمد عثمان الصيد ان يلتقي بأبن بله فأمر اللواء محمد الزنتوني قائد الشرطة االتحادية ,باستقبال بن بله ,وامر في أسكانه في منزله الخاص وان يوفر له كل سبل الراحة والحراسة االمنية الكاملة, بقي بن بله ثالثة ايام في بطائرة خاصة الى بنغازي ثم الى البيضاء, حيث يقيم محمد عثمان الصيد حيث ناقشوا أوضاع الجزائر طرابلس ,ثم انتقل . (liii) في تلك الفترة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org رغم صعوبة الموقف لم تثِن الحكومات الليبية ومن ضمنها حكومة محمد عثمان الصيد عن القيام بدورها تجاه كفاح الشعب الجزائري ومساندة الثورة الجزائرية. استقالة وزارة محمد عثمان الصيد: خامساً وما ان أنجز رئيس الحكومة محمد عثمان الصيد تعديل الدستور حتى بدأت االشاعات تدور حول قرب انتهاء حكومته السيما بعد ان اصبح محمد عثمان الصيد ووزرائه بسرعة اغنياء ,فأنتقد الليبيون بجميع طبقاتهم الحكومة ,على البوصيري -، كذلك استغل ناظر الخاصة الملكية + ( liv) انها حكومة مرتشية فوصل الى مسامع الملك ادريس ذلك بأثارة المشاكل الشلحي تذمر بعض المسؤولين في الواليات ,الذين تقلصت صالحياتهم بعد تعديل الدستور, وبدأوا ،ثم طالبوا الملك بإقالة محمد عثمان وتعيين حكومة جديدة, بحجة عدم امكانية وقدرة الحكومة (lv) للحكومة االتحادية ,على تنفيذ تعديل الدستور ,والتخطيط ألي مشاريع اقتصادية تخدم البالد ,كما انتقدوا مشروع بناء العاصمة االدارية في ،بينما استغل اخرون فشل وزارة محمد عثمان الصيد في (lvi) البيضاء ,حيث ارادوا من ان تكون طرابلس عاصمة للبالد ,الذي دمر المدينة تدميرًا كاماًل وخلف االالف 1963شباط 12معالجة كارثة زالل المرج بمنطقة الجبل االخضر في البالد من الضحايا , وما رافقها من تباطؤ في اعمال االغاثة عند مجيئها ,هذا ما دفع الى اعالن االحكام العرفية في ويبدو ان هناك نوع من عدم االنسجام بين الوزراء ومحمد . (lvii) وتكليف الجيش باألشراف على توزيع مواد االغاثة عثمان ,فضاًل عن اتهام بن حليم حكومة محمد عثمان الصيد بالفساد وسوء االدارة ,وقد اتفق معه بشير السني المنتصر . الذي كان يتولى منصب وزير الدولة لشؤون رئاسة الوزراء الدستور تعديل تنفذ ان تستطيع لتعيين حكومة جديدة ادريس الملك الضغوطات على اشتدت ذلك أثر وعلى فكيني الدين محي الى الوزارة اسناد حول االخبار ادريس (lviii) ,فانتشرت الملك بمقابلة قام بذلك الصيد سمع ,فلما لالستفسار عن هذا االمر ,فأبلغه الملك بضرورة تقديم استقالته الن المصلحة العامة تقتضي انسحاب الوزارة التي قامت .وافق محمد عثمان الصيد على ذلك فأرسل استقالته (lix)بتعديل الدستور ليعقبها تشكيل وزارة جديدة تتولى مهمة التنفيذ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org متعلاًل بأسباب صحية ,وقد شكر الملك الصيد على ما قدمه من خدمات لبالده 1963اذار 19الى الديوان الملكي في وبقى محمد عثمان الصيد في ليبيا (lx) في اثناء رئاسته للحكومة ,ثم قلده وسامًا عبارة عن "قالدة السنوسي" تقديرًا له (lxi)،غادر ليبيا بعد االنقالب السياسي الذي قاده معمر القذافي 1965وشغل منصب نائبًا في البرلمان الليبي حتى عام . (lxii) , وأستقر في المغرب العربي. الخاتمة توصلت الباحثتان من خالل سير العمل في مشروع الكتابة عن الموضوع الى مجموعة من االستنتاجات التي مثلت ، الموضوع بفكرة المتمثلة االجرائية وخطواتها الكتابة بأسلوب متمثاًل والرؤيا المنهج بين وجانست العمل باكورة واالستنتاجات كما يأتي : ساهمت عوامل نشأت محمد عثمان الصيد وتعلمه الديني واحتكاكه بأعيان البالد في دار والده في تكوين شخصيته من حيث العلم والسياسة والخبرة الواسعة ، مما مكنه من تولي مسؤولية االدارة والقيادة والدخول مبكرًا في معترك السياسي اتهم لرفض الوجود الفرنسي . ،اذ اشترك مع اعيان فزان ووجهاءها في اجتماع لعب دورًا كبيرًا في مواجهة التغلغل الفرنسي في فزان أذ كان يجتمع مع قادة الجمعيات الليبية لمعرفة ما كان يخطط لليبيا، يعتبر محمد عثمان الصيد من المسؤولين في تشكيل جمعية الوطنية الفزانية لمواجهة ورفض الوجود الفرنسي وجود الفرنسي واعالن رفضهم امام اللجنة الرباعية الدولية .،كذلك كان له دور في تنبيه الناس على رفض ال يتبين مما سبق بأن محمد عثمان الصيد كان من الداعمين والمؤيدين للملكية الليبية بزعامة الملك ادريس السنوسي ،اذ انظم الى اللجنة التحضيرية ولجنة الواحد والعشرين لوضع الدستور الليبي . وازدياد الثقة وفقدان الليبي الشعب بعد غضب الملكي السيما ليبيا تاريخ دقيقة من فترة الوزراء في تولى رئاسة المعارضة بحكومة كعبار، لذلك عمل على كسب المعارضة والمؤيدين بالمناصب واالموال والهدايا. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org بداية تحول النظام االتحاد الليبي الى وحدوي تمت على يد محمد عثمان الصيد اذ نفذ قرار الملك بتعديل بعض مواد الدستور . دعم محمد عثمان الصيد الثورة الجزائرية وكان هذا الدعم معنويًا كسابقته من الحكومات كانت مجرد خطابات ومذكرات احتجاج وذلك بسبب ان ليبيا كانت تخشى الجانب الفرنسي والتريد ان تدخل في مشاكل خارجية وهي مازالت في طور التكوين . قدم محمد عثمان استقالته الى الملك ادريس بعد ان اعلن االخيرة برغبته بذلك ، بعد ان بدأت االشاعات تظهر حول وزارت تقريبًا ،وهذا يدل على 10وزارته ،وكان تغيير الوزراء هي ابرز سمة اتسمت بها الملكية في ليبيا ،اذ تم تغير عدم االستقرار السياسي في تلك الفترة. الهوام )i(محمد عثمان الصيد، محطات من تاريخ ليبيا، الرباط، )د.ن(، 1996،ص 17 . )ii(المصدر نفسه ،ص37 الليبية )1911-1969(،اطروحة المملكة ليبيا وتأسيسه في الوطنية الحركة في السنوسي ادريس ابو بكر، دور )iii(ادريس محمد حين 172،ص2016جامعة عين الشمس ،كلية البنات، دكتوراه غير منشورة ، (iv ).36محمد عثمان الصيد ، المصدر السابق ،ص (v ).16-15أبراهيم ابو عزوم، الجمعية الوطنية بفزان 1946-1950، دار التراث للنشر والتوزيع ،طرابلس،2014،ص )vi( عمر باشا الكيخيا: هو ابن منصور باشا الكيخيا االكثر نفوذاً في بنغازي وبرقة ،تولى مناصب عدة منها مستشار إلدريس السنوسي ومستشاراً للحكومة االيطالية ،انتخب عضواً في مجلس النواب في برقة ،اعتقله االيطاليون بتهمة التواطؤ في خروج ادريس السنوسي من برقة الى مصر ،للمزيد ينظر الى سالم الكبتي ،ادريس السنوسي ،المجهول من تاريخ ليبيا ادريس السنوسي االمير والملك وثائق عن دوره .189،ص2013،دار الساقية للنشر ،بنغازي ،1السياسي والوطني ،ج (viiمحمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص)36. (viii ) اللجنة الرباعية :هي لجنة تشكلت من قبل وكالء وزراء خارجية الدول الكبرى بريطانيا وفرنسا والواليات المتحدة االمريكية واالتحاد ،واصدرت اليها تعليمات بأن يقتصر دورها على ذكر الحقائق يعني ان تذهب اللجنة الى المستعمرات وهي 1947السوفيتي في لندن عام العربية الدول جامعة وعضوية تام واستقالل ليبيا النهضة وحدة ،مكتبة ليبيا ،قضية الشنيطي محمود ينظر: . .204،ص1951المصرية،القاهرة، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org (ix ) وهو دبلوماسي هولندي من افراد الجهاز الدائم بالمنظمة الدولية ،وقبلها اشتغل في عصبة االمم يتقن اللغات الهولندية واالنكليزية ن يعي والفرنسية ،عينته الجمعية العامة كمفوض لألمم المتحدة في ليبيا ،كان يمتلك كل الخصائص التي تؤهلة للقيام بمهمته في ليبيا اذ كا ئي. آف. دي كاندول، الملك إدريس عاهل جيداً ضرورة ارضاء الرأي العام العربي والتوفيق بين وجهات النظر الليبية .للمزيد ينظر الى : .107،ص1989ليبيا حياته وعصره، تعريب ونشر محمد بن عبده بن غلبون، منشستر: د . ت ، (x ) مجيد خدوري, ليبيا الحديثة دراسة في تطورها السياسي، ترجمة: نقوال زيادة ، دار الثقافة، غير مقيدة بأي فكرة ،بمعنى التعرف على .128،ص1966بيروت,،قدم لها بيان سياسي موحد يتضمن 1948مارس 6رغبات السكان الحقيقية ،وصلت الى ليبيا في (xi ) هند عادل النعيمي، ادريس السنوسي ودوره السياسي في استقالل ليبيا 1890-1952،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن ؛ 309،ص 2009رشد ،جامعة بغداد ، seger, claudio g., fourth the italian colonization of libya the university of chicago 1974،p173. (xii ) ًمحمد ابو سعاد: ولد في منطقة سوق الجمعة التي تقع شرق طرابلس عام 1921،اصبح مفتي للديار الليبية عام 1935 ،ثم عين شيخا ،شغل مناصب عدة منها مستشار لدى االدارة البريطانية ،كان له دور كبير في قضية استقالل ليبيا 1937للمدرسة االسالمية العليا في ،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد، جامعة 1970-1903.ينظر: صادق فاضل، محمود المنتصر ودوره السياسي في ليبيا .52،ص2010بغداد ، (xiii ) john wright, " libya’s short cut to independence" the journal of libyan studies, vol. 2, no. 2, winter2001،p5. (xiv بيروت, ( والتوزيع، للنشر الفرات ج1، السياسي، التاريخ من صفحات والحاضر الماضي بين ليبيا المقريف، يوسف محمد .256-254،ص.2004 (xv ).63محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق، ص (xvi ).69المصدر نفسه ،ص (xvii ) محمود المنتصر: ولد في مدينة العجيالت التابعة الى اقليم طرابلس ،اكمل دراسته االبتدائية في االقليم نفسه ،ثم سافر الى ايطاليا ام واكمل دراسته ثم دخل الكلية العسكرية ،ترأس اول حكومة ليبية مؤقتة ،وبعد اعالن استقالل ليبيا شكل الحكومة االتحادية االولى ،وفي ع . 1970اعتقل المنتصر وبقي في السجن حتى وفاته عام 1969عين بتشكيل حكومة ثانية ،وبعد انقالب القذافي على الحكم الملكي عام 1964 للمزيد ينظر: صادق فاضل ،المصدر السابق. (xviii ).206سامي حكيم، استقالل ليبيا بين جامعة الدول العربية واالمم المتحدة ،دار الكتاب الجديد،1965،ص ) xix( هو برنامج وضعته امريكا لمساعدة الدول الفقيرة بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية ،وضعه الرئيس االمريكي النقطة الرابعة االمريكية . قدم هذا البرنامج لليبيا دعم فني ،وخبرات تقنية في مجاالت عدة م ،كانت ليبيا من ضمن الدول المشمولة بهذا البرنامج ، 1949ترومان عام رابعة، منها الزراعة والصحة والتعليم وغيرها من المجاالت .للمزيد ينظر : احمد بهاء الدين، االستعمار االمريكي الجديد أو برنامج النقطة ال مطبعة الفكرة، القاهرة ،)د.ت(. (xx ).127-125محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق،ص (xxi ) عبد المجيد كعبار: ولد عبد المجيد في احد مدن اقليم طرابلس، عام 1909،كان لعائلته تاريخ طويل في مواجهة المحتل االيطالي ،شغل مناصب عدة منها وزير في حكومة مصطفى بن حليم ،ثم رئيساً للوزراء 1946،شارك في تأسيس الجبهة الوطنية الطرابلسية عام . 115المصدر السابق،ص : صادق فاضل،.ينظر1986،اعتقل بعد انقالب القذافي لكن اطلق سراحه فيما بعد، توفي عام 1960-1957عام american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org (xxii ) ابن رشد التربية ،كلية ماجستير غير منشورة ليبيا1951-1963،رسالة في السياسية التطورات الربيعي، فاضل مجيد مي .105،ص2000،جامعة بغداد، (xxiii ).348مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق، ص (xxiv ) برقية من السفارة االمريكية بطرابلس الى وزارة الخارجية االمريكية ،المرقمة a-271.1964 بتاريخ 19 شباط، (xxv ).348مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق،ص (xxvi ).137-136محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق،ص (xxvii ) .279مصطفى احمد بن حليم، ليبيا انبعاث أمة-سقوط دولة ،منشورات الجمل،المانيا،2003،ص (xxviii ).349مجيد خدوري ، المصدر السابق،ص (xxix ).350مي فاضل، المصدر السابق،ص108.؛ مجيد خدوري المصدر السابق،ص (xxx ).280مصطفى احمد بن حليم، انبعاث أمة،ص (xxxi ).352مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق،ص (xxxii ) التشريعية ،السلطة الواليات بين السياسة تنسيق وتوحيد ،لضمان الليبي يتولى االتحاد الليبي الدستور المادة )38( من تنص صدير، المتعلقة بالمسائل التالية وتتولى الواليات سلطة تنفيذها تحت اشراف االتحاد الليبي .)نظام الشركات ،البنوك، تنظيم االستيراد والت الجمعية الوطنية الليبية ،دستور المملكة الليبية ،مطبعة : ينظر .االحتكارات واالمتيازات ، وغيرها من المسائل .للمزيد عن مواد الدستور دار 1951برقة،–الحكومة االخرى، العربية الدول ودساتير الليبي للدستور مقارنة دراسة الدستوري ،القانون مرزة أسماعيل ؛ .1969صادر،بيروت، (xxxiii ).85-84سامي حكيم، حقيقة ليبيا،ط2،مكتبة االنجلو المصرية،القاهرة، 1970،ص (xxxiv ).110مي فاضل، المصدر السابق،ص (xxxv ).87-86سامي حكيم، حقيقة ليبيا،ص (xxxvi ) .280مصطفى احمد بن حليم، ليبيا انبعاث أمة ،ص (xxxvii ).146محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص (xxxviii ) محمد كمال احمد ،شركات النفط االجنبية في ليبيا والغاء النظام االتحادي 1956-1963، مجلة وقائع تاريخية ،العدد 38، يناير (،اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد ،جامعة 1974-1955؛ هند عادل النعيمي، سياسة ليبيا النفطية )413،ص2023 .59-58،ص2014بغداد ، (xxxix ).413محمد كمال احمد ، المصدر السابق،ص (xl ).147محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق، ص (xli ) علي معمر عبد المؤمن ،ايرادات النفط والتنمية االجتماعية في ليبيا 1960-1992،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية الدراسات .65،ص1996العليا ،الجامعة االردنية، (xlii ) . 66هند عادل ، سياسة ليبيا النفطية، ص (xliii ).424غانم شكري، النفط واالقتصاد الليبي 1953-1970،بيروت،معهد االنماء العربي،1985،ص (xliv ) رياض بودالعة، القيم الديمقراطية في الثورة الجزائرية 1954-1962،رسالة ماجستير، غير منشورة، كلية العلوم االنسانية ،جامعة .6،ص2006منشوري قسنطينة الجزائرية، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org (xlv ) جامعة، االنسانية العلوم ،كلية منشورة غير ماجستير، الجزائرية 1954-1962،رسالة الثورة من ليبيا ،موقف ودوع محمد . 48،ص2001الجزائر، (xlvi ) ،فاتح رجب قداره ،الثورة الجزائرية من خالل الساسة الليبيين )مصطفى بن حليم ومحمد عثمان الصيد نموذجاً(،مجلة الزاوية .54،ص2015العدد السابع عشر ، الجزائر، (xlvii ) حبيب وداعة الحسناوي ،دور الشعب الليبي بمنطقة طرابلس في مساندة الثورة الجزائرية )1954-1962(،مجلة ابحاث التاريخ .4،،ص1996والتراث ،الجزائر، العدد االول، كانون االول، (xlviii ).134محمد ودوع، المصدر السابق، ص (xlix ) القرن في لفرنسا األولى الشخصية الفرنسيين غالبية ،يعتبره الفرنسية ليل عام 1890بمدينة الثاني في 22تشرين ولد ديغول: أصبح رئيساً لحكومة فرنسا الحرة في لندن ، أول رئيس للجمهورية 1940العشرين، شارك في الحربيين العالميتين األولى والثانية ،وفي عام تشرين الثاني 9تنحى عن رئاسة الجمهورية، توفي في 1969نيسان 28الفرنسية الخامسة، عرف بمناوراته االستعمارية تجاه الجزائر، في للمزيد ينظر: لزهر بديده، الحركة الديغولية في الجزائر . 1970عام من الظهور إلى المواجهة مع الحركة الوطنية، أطروحة 1945-1940 . 275,ص2010دكتوراه غير منشورة، كلية العلوم اإلنسانية واالجتماعية، جامعة الجزائر ، (l ) علي محمد الصالبي, صفحات من التاريخ االسالمي في الشمال االفريقي الحركة السنوسية في ليبيا ,ج3,اهتمام الملك ادريس .366ص،2005، دار المعرفة ،بيروت، السنوسي ملك ليبيا بالثورة الجزائرية (li ) احمد بن بله: زعيم جزائري وأول رئيس للجمهورية الجزائرية بعد االستقالل ولد في مرنية بالقرب من وهران في 25كانون األول درس في تلمسان والتحق في خدمة الجيش الفرنسي وشارك في معارك الجبهات الفرنسية خالل الحرب العالمية الثانية ،وانتخب 1916عام ، وقاد حركة المقاومة 1948انتمى إلى منظمة حزب الشعب السرية ،عين قائدا لوالية وهران عام،1946عضوا في مجلس بلدية مرنية عام ، وحكموا عليه بالسجن لمدة سبع سنوات إال انه تمكن من الفرار إلى مصر ،اشترك بإعالن 1952ضد الفرنسيين ،قبض عليه الفرنسيون عام وأفرج عنه مع رفاقه كل من 1956خطفه الفرنسيون عام 1954الثورة المسلحة مع الزعماء الجزائريين لتحرير البالد من الفرنسيين عام ، وتولى رئاسة الجمهورية بعد االستقالل 1962الشرف( بعد توقيع معاهدة أيفيان عام ، ا)محمد خضير وحسن عبد وحسين مضياف ومصطفى بله ينظر: مائدة خضير علي, .1965وأطيح به بانقالب عسكري في عام،1963عام ، بله ودوره السياسي للمزيد عن احمد بن احمد بن .2006,رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة, كلية التربية ابن رشد, جامعة بغداد,1965واالقتصادي واالجتماعي حتى (lii ) خالد مصباح عبد هللا الحسناوي، العالقات الليبية الجزائرية )1981-1976(،اطروحة دكتوراه، غير منشورة، كلية اآلداب، جامعة . 95-94،ص2014الزقازيق، (liii ). 179محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص (liv ) 271 برقية من السفارة االمريكية بطرابلس الى وزارة الخارجية االمريكية ،المرقمة a1964 ،بتاريخ 19 شباط. (lv ).260محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص (lvi ) كلية اآلداب ,جامعة, منشورة ,غير دكتوراه ليبيا 1963-1977,اطروحة في الداخلية السياسة ,التطورات صالح محمد نهاية . 40,ص2010الموصل, (lvii ) .280مصطفى احمد بن حليم، صفحات مطوية، ص (lviii ) davide. long and bernard reich, the middle east government and politics of the north africa ,colorado,1980,p27. (lix ).353مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق ،ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org (lx ).41محمد عثمان الصيد ،المصدر السابق، ص 263؛ نهاية صالح ،المصدر السابق،ص (lxi ) هو معمر محمد عبد السالم بن حميد حمد بن محمد ابو منيار القذافي من قبيلة القذافي ولد عام 1942في قرية اسمها جهنم في وادي انتقل إلى مدينة سبها في الجنوب، وهناك 1956سرت ألسرة تعمل في الزراعة وتربية الماشية ،أكمل تعليمه االبتدائي في بلدته ،وفي عام المدرسة عام السياسي طرد من السياسية وبسبب نشاطه المجاالت اهتمامه في الناصر وصب المصري جمال عبد الرئيس بأفكار تأثر فاضطرت أسرته إلى مغادرة سبها ،التحق بعدها لدراسة التاريخ في الجامعة الليبية في بنغازي ،لكن سرعان ما ترك الجامعة عام 1961 وعين ضابطا في وحدة االتصاالت في الجيش الليبي ،قاد مجموعة 1965لينظم إلى األكاديمية العسكرية في بنغازي وتخرج منها عام 1963 ,الشركة .ينظر: .مسعود الخوند، الموسوعة التاريخية الجغرافية 1969الضباط الوحدويون األحرار ضد الحكم السنوسي في األول من أيلول 84,ص2004، 18د جبغدا العالمية للموسوعات, (lxii ) العهد الملكي 1951-1969,مجلة سر من رأى ,تكريت,المجلد9,العدد32,السنة الليبي في الجيش وليد خالد يوسف, نشأة وتطور .377,ص 2013كانون الثاني9 قائمة المصادر اوال: الوثائق المنشورة: ،المرقمة -1 االمريكية الخارجية وزارة الى بطرابلس االمريكية السفارة من شباط 19،بتاريخ -a 271برقية www.libyaalmostakbal.comمنشورة على الموقع التالي : .1964 ثانياً: الرسائل واألطاريح الجامعية: 1911ادريس محمد حين ابو بكر، دور ادريس السنوسي في الحركة الوطنية في ليبيا وتأسيسه المملكة الليبية ) -2 . 2016(،اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ،كلية البنات، جامعة عين الشمس ،،1969 غير منشورة(، (،اطروحة دكتوراه19761981خالد مصباح عبد هللا الحسناوي، العالقات الليبية الجزائرية ) -3 .2014كلية اآلداب، جامعة الزقازيق، الجزائرية -4 الثورة في الديمقراطية القيم بودالعة، ماجستير19621954رياض كلية ،رسالة منشورة، غير . 2006العلوم االنسانية ،جامعة منشوري قسنطينة الجزائرية، ليبيا -5 السياسي في المنتصر ودوره غير منشورة ،كلية ،رسالة ماجستير 1970-1903صادق فاضل، محمود . 2010التربية ابن رشد، جامعة بغداد ، ،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة 1992-1960علي معمر عبد المؤمن ،ايرادات النفط والتنمية االجتماعية في ليبيا -6 . 1996،كلية الدراسات العليا ،الجامعة االردنية، من الظهور إلى المواجهة مع الحركة الوطنية، أطروحة 19401945لزهر بديده، الحركة الديغولية في الجزائر -7 . 2010دكتوراه غير منشورة، كلية العلوم اإلنسانية واالجتماعية، جامعة الجزائر ، ,رسالة ماجستير غير 1965مائدة خضير علي, احمد بن بله ودوره السياسي واالقتصادي واالجتماعي حتى -8 . 2006منشورة, كلية التربية ابن رشد, جامعة بغداد, http://www.libyaalmostakbal.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org الجزائرية -9 الثورة من ليبيا ،موقف ودوع ماجستير1962-1954محمد العلوم ،رسالة ،كلية منشورة غير . 2001االنسانية ،جامعة الجزائر، ،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية التربية 19631951مي فاضل مجيد الربيعي، التطورات السياسية في ليبيا -10 .2000ابن رشد ،جامعة بغداد، ,اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ,كلية 19771963نهاية محمد صالح ,التطورات السياسة الداخلية في ليبيا -11 . 2010اآلداب ,جامعة الموصل, ليبيا -12 استقالل في السياسي ودوره السنوسي ادريس النعيمي، عادل غير 19521890هند ماجستير رسالة . 2009منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد ،جامعة بغداد ، (،اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد 1974-1955هند عادل النعيمي، سياسة ليبيا النفطية ) -13 . 2014،جامعة بغداد ، : العربية: الكتب ثالثا . 2014، دار التراث للنشر والتوزيع ،طرابلس،1950-1946أبراهيم ابو عزوم، الجمعية الوطنية بفزان -14 احمد بهاء الدين، االستعمار االمريكي الجديد أو برنامج النقطة الرابعة، مطبعة الفكرة، القاهرة ،)د.ت(. -15 دار -16 االخرى، العربية الدول ودساتير الليبي للدستور مقارنة دراسة الدستوري ،القانون مرزة أسماعيل . 1969صادر،بيروت، .1951برقة، –الجمعية الوطنية الليبية ،دستور المملكة الليبية ،مطبعة الحكومة -17 سالم الكبتي ،ادريس السنوسي ،المجهول من تاريخ ليبيا ادريس السنوسي االمير والملك وثائق عن دوره السياسي -18 . 2013، 1والوطني ، ،دار الساقية ،بنغازي، ج . 1965سامي حكيم، استقالل ليبيا بين جامعة الدول العربية واالمم المتحدة ،دار الكتاب الجديد، )د.م( ، -19 .1970،مكتبة االنجلو المصرية،القاهرة، 2سامي حكيم، حقيقة ليبيا،ط -20 صفحات من التاريخ االسالمي في الشمال االفريقي الحركة السنوسية في ليبيا , اهتمام علي محمد الصالبي, -21 2005، دار المعرفة،بيروت،3، ج الملك ادريس السنوسي ملك ليبيا بالثورة الجزائرية . 1985،معهد االنماء العربي، بيروت، 19701953غانم شكري، النفط واالقتصاد الليبي -22 ليبيا الحديثة دراسة في تطورها السياسي، ترجمة نقوال زيادة، مراجعة ناصر الدين األسد، دار مجيد خدوري, -23 . 1966الثقافة،بيروت, . 1996الرباط ، ) د. ط(محمد عثمان الصيد، محطات من تاريخ ليبيا، -24 للنشر والتوزيع، حم -25 الفرات التاريخ السياسي، بين الماضي والحاضر صفحات من ليبيا مد يوسف المقريف، . 2004 ، 1جبيروت, . 1951محمود الشنيطي ،قضية ليبيا ،مكتبة النهضة المصرية،القاهرة، -26 .2003سقوط دولة ،منشورات الجمل،المانيا،-مصطفى احمد بن حليم، ليبيا انبعاث أمة -27 ئي. آف. دي كاندول، الملك إدريس عاهل ليبيا حياته وعصره، تعريب ونشر محمد بن عبده بن غلبون، منشستر: -28 . 1989د . ت ، رابعا : الكتب االجنبية: 29davide. long and bernard reich, the middle east government and politics of the north africa ,colorado,1980 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org 30john wright, " libya’s short cut to independence" the journal of libyan studies, vol. 2, no. 2, winter2001 31seger, claudio g., fourth the italian colonization of libya the university of chicago 1974. -خامسا : البحوث المنشورة: (،مجلة 1962-1954حبيب وداعة الحسناوي ،دور الشعب الليبي بمنطقة طرابلس في مساندة الثورة الجزائرية ) -32 . 1996ابحاث التاريخ والتراث ،الجزائر، العدد االول، كانون االول، الليبيي -33 الساسة خالل من الجزائرية ،الثورة قداره رجب الصيد نفاتح عثمان ومحمد حليم بن )مصطفى . 2015نموذجاً(،مجلة الزاوية، الجزائر، العدد السابع عشر ، يوسف -34 خالد الملكي , وليد العهد في الليبي الجيش وتطور رأى 19691951نشأة من سر ,مجلة .2013كانون الثاني ، 9السنة ,32,العدد 9,تكريت,المجلد ، مجلة وقائع تاريخية 1963-1956حمد كمال احمد ،شركات النفط االجنبية في ليبيا والغاء النظام االتحادي -35 . 2023 شباط38،العدد -: الموسوعات: سادسا 2004، 18ج بغداد, ,الشركة العالمية للموسوعات, موسوعة التاريخية الجغرافيةلمسعود الخوند، ا -36 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the role of uzbek national values in urban aesthetics akramov kozimjon ibragimjon o‘g‘li namangan state technical university phone:+998976820217 orcid: 0000-0001-5925-2374 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the integration of uzbek national values into the aesthetic formation of urban environments. the study analyzes how traditional cultural elements, architectural patterns, and historical heritage influence modern urban planning in uzbekistan. the research highlights the balance between modernization and cultural continuity, emphasizing how national identity shapes aesthetic perception and the sustainability of urban design. uzbek national values, urban aesthetics, architecture and culture, traditional design, modern city planning, cultural heritage, identity in architecture, urban development, harmony and proportion, sustainable urban design. introduction urban aesthetics represents the visual and cultural harmony that defines a city’s character. in the context of uzbekistan, urban aesthetics is deeply rooted in national values, traditions, and the unique historical experience of the uzbek people. cities such as samarkand, bukhara, and khiva stand as living testimonies of aesthetic philosophy, where beauty, function, and cultural symbolism merge into one coherent expression. the integration of national values into modern urban design is not merely a stylistic preference but a reflection of identity, continuity, and pride. as uzbekistan continues to modernize its cities, understanding and applying traditional aesthetic principles becomes essential for sustainable and culturally meaningful urban development. urban aesthetics refers to the visual, spatial, and sensory qualities that shape the perception of a city. it includes architectural style, spatial composition, color harmony, greenery, public spaces, and the emotional connection residents feel toward their environment. in uzbekistan, urban aesthetics is influenced by the islamic architectural tradition, geometric ornamentation, and an emphasis on proportional harmony. the aesthetic of uzbek cities promotes unity between man-made structures and natural landscapes, reflecting the philosophical idea of tawhid (oneness) — the interconnection of all things. uzbek national values—such as hospitality (mehmondo‘stlik), respect for elders (kattalarga hurmat), family unity (oila qadriyati), and community (mahalla)—are deeply intertwined with the built environment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org traditional uzbek houses and neighborhoods (mahallas) are designed to reflect social cohesion and privacy. courtyards serve as spaces for family gatherings, while public squares and bazaars foster community interaction. architectural elements such as ganch (plaster carving), mosaic tilework, and muqarnas not only serve decorative purposes but also express spiritual symbolism. blue and turquoise domes represent peace and the infinite sky, while geometric patterns symbolize harmony and order. historically, uzbek cities evolved as centers of culture, trade, and science. samarkand and bukhara, part of the ancient silk road, attracted artisans, scholars, and architects who contributed to their unique urban forms. the aesthetic structure of these cities was guided by principles of spatial balance, symmetry, and hierarchy. mosques, madrasahs, caravanserais, and bazaars formed a cohesive urban fabric where public life and spiritual life intersected. during the soviet period, urban design in uzbekistan underwent modernization that often neglected traditional aesthetics. however, in the post-independence era, there has been a strong movement to revive national styles and integrate them with contemporary planning methods. in the 21st century, uzbekistan’s urban development faces the dual challenge of modernization and cultural preservation. the aesthetic identity of uzbek cities must therefore reconcile innovation with tradition. projects in tashkent, samarkand, and other regional centers increasingly incorporate traditional motifs, local materials, and color palettes inspired by historical monuments. architectural education and practice in uzbekistan emphasize the revival of heritage through modern means. by using design elements derived from traditional architecture—such as domes, arches, and ornamental facades—modern architects maintain a dialogue between past and present. symbolism is a cornerstone of uzbek urban aesthetics. ornamentation in architecture serves not only decorative but communicative functions. the girih patterns found in tilework, the rhythmic repetition of arches, and the careful balance of light and shadow create spiritual depth in urban space. these symbols express moral and aesthetic values, reflecting balance, unity, and devotion. modern designers reinterpret these patterns using digital technology, sustainable materials, and minimalist approaches, ensuring the survival of traditional beauty in a modern context. harmony (mutanosiblik) and sustainability are central to uzbek aesthetic thought. the relationship between human scale, nature, and architecture forms the essence of beauty. green courtyards, shaded streets, and water features are integral to traditional urban design and continue to inspire modern sustainable planning. sustainable urban aesthetics in uzbekistan promote not only environmental efficiency but also emotional well-being and cultural continuity. despite positive trends, several challenges remain in integrating national values into modern urbanization. rapid construction, foreign architectural influence, and commercialization can weaken cultural authenticity. therefore, it is essential to establish design guidelines rooted in national aesthetics and to support local architects and artisans who can interpret traditional values in new forms. public education about heritage preservation and aesthetic literacy should also be strengthened to ensure that citizens value and protect their cultural environment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the future of urban aesthetics in uzbekistan lies in innovation that respects tradition. smart cities and technological advancements must be harmonized with cultural identity. the concept of “modern tradition”—where modern infrastructure is infused with traditional form and meaning— can serve as a guiding principle. collaboration between architects, artists, sociologists, and historians is essential to develop a holistic approach that maintains the aesthetic integrity of uzbek cities while promoting progress. uzbek national values provide a profound foundation for shaping urban aesthetics. they serve not only as decorative inspiration but as guiding principles that ensure cultural, social, and environmental harmony. incorporating these values into modern urban design helps preserve identity, strengthen community, and create cities that are not only functional but spiritually enriching. by embracing national heritage while engaging with modern innovation, uzbekistan can develop an urban aesthetic model that is both timeless and forward-looking. references 1. karimov, i.a. high spirituality is an invincible force. tashkent: spirituality publishing, 2008. 2. unesco. cultural heritage and urban development in central asia. paris, 2017. 3. abduqodirov, r. urban architecture of uzbekistan. tashkent: o‘zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi, 2019. 4. aliyev, m. (2021). “integration of national traditions in contemporary architecture of uzbekistan.” journal of central asian studies, 14(3), 45–58. 5. lynch, k. the image of the city. cambridge: mit press, 1960. 6. norbekov, s. aesthetic principles in uzbek architecture. tashkent state technical university, 2020. 7. unesco world heritage centre. historic centres of samarkand and bukhara. paris, 2022. 8. azizbek, h. (2022). the main artistic principles of the project proposal of the ecological 9. mosque. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(6), 45-51. 10. raimjonovna, n. n. (2022). urban and urban planning as an object of philosophical and aesthetic research. innovative achievements in science, 1(9), 65-69. 11. akramov, k. (2022). afrosiab, panjikent monuments interior solutions. obщesтvo i innovatsii, 3(6/s), 62-66. 12. ibragimjon o‘g‘li, a. k. (2023). the modern interior. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 18-23. 13. ibragimjon o’g’li, a. k. (2023). zamonaviy dizayn tendensiyalari. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 10-17. 14. касимов, о. с. (2021). современный интерьер. интернаука, 20(196 часть 1), 88. 15. i.k akramov, (2023). interyerning rivojlanish tarixi. qurilish va ta'lim ilmiy jurnali, 5 (1), 98-101 16. ibragimjono'g'li, a. k., & elyorqizi, r. g. (2022). religious buildings in the history of central asian architecture. the appearance of the mosque building. 17. akramov, k. (2024). o‘zbekistonda shahar madaniyati va estetikasining milliy-madaniy rivojlanishga ta’siri. news of uzmu journal, 1(1.3), 65-68. 18. akramov, k. (2024). kottej tipidagi va jamoat binolarini loyihalash estetikasi. news of uzmu journal, 1(1.4. 1), 55-58. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 19. akramov, k. (2024). attention to landscape and aesthetic factors in anatory design. acta nuuz, 1(1.2), 43-46. 20. akramov, i. k., xoshimjonov, r. a., & ibrohimjonova, f. l. (2023). interyerning rivojlanish tarixi: interyerning rivojlanish tarixi. 21. ibragimjon o‘g‘li, a. k. (2023). the modern interior. journal of new century innovations, 21(2), 18-23.lgrave macmillan, 2002. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 28, | september 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the role of fathers in children's lives o'.f.rozimurodov junior researcher, research institute "family and gender". e-mail:ruzimurodovulmas@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the role of fathers in the lives of children has evolved significantly over the past few decades, influenced by shifting societal norms, gender roles, and family structures. this article provides a comprehensive analysis of the various ways in which fathers contribute to the development and well-being of their children, drawing on recent studies and research. the discussion encompasses the psychological, social, and economic impacts of paternal involvement, as well as the challenges faced by fathers in contemporary society. this article aims to shed light on the importance of fathers in child development and the policies that can support their active participation in family life. father, development, gender, benefit, family, financial, psychological, motivation, self-esteem, healthy, children, fatherhood, childcare, support introduction the role of fathers in the development and well-being of their children is profound and multifaceted, shaping everything from emotional resilience to social adaptability. traditionally perceived as the family's primary breadwinner and authority figure, fathers were often relegated to a distant, albeit vital, role in their children's lives. however, this perception has dramatically evolved over time. the modern father is increasingly recognized not only for his economic contributions but also for his essential caregiving and nurturing roles. this evolution reflects broader societal shifts, including changing gender norms, the growing acknowledgment of the importance of paternal involvement, and the diversification of family structures. today, fathers are expected to be actively engaged in their children's upbringing, participating in everyday activities, emotional support, and decision-making processes. this article delves into the complex and evolving role of fathers in children's lives, examining the substantial benefits of active paternal involvement. it also addresses the various challenges that contemporary fathers face, from societal expectations to workplace demands, and explores the critical implications for policy and practice in fostering a supportive environment for fathers. by understanding and promoting the significance of fathers' involvement, we can better support the holistic development of children and strengthen family dynamics. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org literature review 1. historical perspective on fatherhood throughout history, the role of fathers has been primarily defined by societal expectations of provision and discipline. in many cultures, fathers were seen as the authoritative figure whose primary responsibilities revolved around ensuring the family's financial stability and enforcing moral and behavioral standards. this traditional view often led to a deliberate emotional distance between fathers and their children, with nurturing and caregiving responsibilities predominantly assigned to mothers. the paternal role was largely transactional, focused on duty rather than emotional connection. the onset of the industrial revolution marked a significant shift in family dynamics, as fathers increasingly spent long hours away from home, further reinforcing the notion of the father as the distant provider. however, the 20th century brought about transformative changes, spurred by the feminist movements and evolving social norms. these movements not only advocated for gender equality but also challenged the rigid, gender-specific roles within the family structure. as a result, the concept of fatherhood began to shift from a purely economic role to one that encompassed emotional and psychological involvement. in contemporary society, the role of fathers has expanded far beyond the confines of traditional expectations. recent studies underscore the critical importance of a father's active emotional and psychological presence in the lives of their children. fathers who engage in nurturing, caregiving, and active participation in their children's lives contribute significantly to their overall development and well-being. this shift reflects a growing recognition of the diverse ways in which fathers influence their children's social, cognitive, and emotional growth, paving the way for a more holistic understanding of fatherhood in modern family life. 2. the impact of paternal involvement on child development extensive research underscores the profound and lasting impact of paternal involvement on a child's development. fathers who actively participate in their children's lives contribute to a range of positive outcomes, encompassing cognitive, social, and emotional domains. studies consistently show that children with engaged fathers are more likely to excel academically, demonstrating higher levels of achievement, motivation, and problem-solving skills. this academic success is often linked to the encouragement, support, and intellectual stimulation that involved fathers provide. beyond academics, paternal involvement plays a crucial role in fostering children's self-esteem and emotional well-being. children with supportive fathers tend to develop a stronger sense of self-worth and confidence, which can positively influence their social interactions and relationships. these children are often better equipped to navigate social situations, exhibiting healthier social behaviors, such as empathy, cooperation, and communication skills. the presence of an emotionally available father figure also serves as a protective factor against behavioral problems and psychological issues. research indicates that children with involved fathers are 1less likely to engage in delinquent behavior and are at a lower risk for developing anxiety, depression, and other mental health challenges. moreover, the quality of the father-child relationship can have a lasting impact, shaping the child's future relationships and overall life satisfaction. fathers who model positive behaviors, such as respect, responsibility, and emotional regulation, contribute to the development of well-rounded individuals 1 fatherhood institute. (2022). fathers and their impact on children’s well-being american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org who are better prepared to face the complexities of life. the influence of an engaged father extends into adulthood, as children who have experienced strong paternal involvement are more likely to build stable, healthy relationships and achieve personal and professional success. in summary, the role of fathers in child development is indispensable. the benefits of an engaged and supportive father extend far beyond the immediate parent-child relationship, contributing to the child's holistic growth and long-term well-being. 3. paternal involvement in different family structures2 the traditional nuclear family is no longer the dominant family structure in contemporary society. the rise of single-parent families, blended families, and same-sex parent families has brought increased attention to the role of fathers within these diverse settings. research consistently shows that the quality of the father-child relationship is a critical determinant of children's well-being, regardless of the family structure. in single-parent households, where fathers may not reside with their children, maintaining active involvement is crucial. studies indicate that children with non-residential fathers who remain engaged in their lives tend to experience better emotional and social outcomes compared to those with absent fathers . these children often demonstrate higher levels of self-esteem, better academic performance, and more positive peer relationships . active paternal involvement in such settings can mitigate some of the challenges associated with single-parenting, providing children with a sense of stability and emotional support. blended families, where stepfathers may take on significant parenting roles, also highlight the importance of positive paternal involvement. the integration of a new paternal figure can be challenging, but successful stepfather-child relationships are often linked to improved family cohesion and child well-being . similarly, in same-sex parent families, studies have shown that children benefit greatly from the involvement of both parents, with no significant differences in developmental outcomes when compared to children in heterosexual-parent families . these findings underscore the versatility and adaptability of fatherhood across various family structures. the key to fostering positive outcomes lies in the quality of the father-child relationship, characterized by emotional availability, consistent involvement, and supportive interactions. as family structures continue to evolve, understanding the role of fathers in these diverse settings becomes increasingly important for promoting the well-being and development of all children. discussion 1. psychological and emotional benefits of active fatherhood3 active fatherhood is closely linked to a wide range of psychological and emotional benefits for children. fathers who regularly engage in meaningful interactions with their children help establish a strong emotional bond, which is foundational to the child’s sense of security and self-worth . this bond fosters emotional stability and provides children with a reliable source of comfort and support, essential for their overall psychological well-being. 2 sweeney, m. m. (2020). remarriage and stepfamilies: strategic sites for family scholarship in the 21st century. journal of marriage and family, 82(1), 435-446 3 biblarz, t. j., & stacey, j. (2021). how does the gender of parents matter? journal of marriage and family, 72(1), 3-22 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org one of the key outcomes of active father involvement is the promotion of a positive self-image and a healthy sense of identity in children. research shows that children who receive consistent emotional support from their fathers are more likely to develop high self-esteem and confidence, which are critical for their social and academic success . these children are often better equipped to navigate life’s challenges, exhibiting resilience and adaptability. moreover, the presence of a nurturing father has been associated with lower levels of anxiety and depression in children . studies indicate that children with involved fathers experience fewer emotional and behavioral problems, as well as enhanced coping mechanisms for stress . the emotional support provided by fathers can serve as a buffer against the pressures and anxieties of daily life, contributing to better mental health outcomes. the psychological and emotional benefits of active fatherhood extend into adolescence and adulthood, with lasting impacts on the child’s ability to form healthy relationships and maintain emotional wellbeing. fathers who are emotionally present and engaged in their children's lives not only contribute to their immediate happiness but also lay the foundation for their long-term mental health and life satisfaction. 2. the role of fathers in gender role socialization fathers hold a crucial position in shaping their children's understanding of gender roles, particularly in how they model behaviors and attitudes related to masculinity and femininity. through their actions and interactions, fathers provide a living example of what it means to be male or female, significantly influencing their children's perceptions and expectations of gender roles. when fathers actively demonstrate respect for gender equality and participate in domestic responsibilities, they play a vital role in promoting more progressive and egalitarian views within the family. this influence extends beyond mere observation; children often internalize these behaviors and attitudes, which can profoundly shape their own beliefs about gender. an involved father who challenges traditional stereotypes and embraces a more inclusive approach to gender roles helps foster an environment where both sons and daughters learn to value equality and mutual respect. this early exposure to gender equity not only benefits the individual child but also contributes to the broader societal shift toward inclusivity and fairness. by modeling gender equality in their daily lives, fathers empower their children to break free from restrictive gender norms and encourage them to pursue their interests and aspirations without being confined by outdated stereotypes. this positive influence is particularly important in creating a more inclusive and equitable society, where all individuals have the opportunity to thrive, regardless of gender. 3. economic implications of paternal involvement the economic role of fathers has traditionally centered on providing financial stability for the family. while this remains a significant aspect of fatherhood, the modern father increasingly balances this responsibility with active participation in caregiving. this dual role has important economic implications for families, contributing not only to financial security but also to overall family wellbeing. research shows that families with actively involved fathers tend to experience better economic outcomes. dual-income households, where both parents contribute financially and share caregiving american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org responsibilities, typically enjoy greater financial stability and resilience. this arrangement can lead to increased household income, reduced financial stress, and improved economic security. additionally, when fathers share in the caregiving duties, it can alleviate some of the financial pressures traditionally placed on mothers, who may otherwise face challenges in balancing work and childcare responsibilities. moreover, active paternal involvement can lead to long-term economic benefits. fathers who participate in raising their children may help reduce the indirect costs associated with child-rearing, such as the need for external childcare services. this not only reduces household expenses but also supports mothers in maintaining or advancing their careers, further contributing to the family's financial well-being. in a broader economic context, policies that support paternal involvement, such as paternity leave and flexible work arrangements, can enhance overall family income and economic productivity. by encouraging fathers to engage more fully in both work and family life, these policies help create a more equitable distribution of economic responsibilities and opportunities within households. 4. challenges faced by modern fathers4 despite the well-documented benefits of active fatherhood, many fathers encounter significant challenges in fulfilling their parental roles. societal expectations, workplace demands, and entrenched cultural norms often create formidable barriers to paternal involvement. one of the most pervasive challenges is the enduring pressure on fathers to fulfill the traditional role of the primary breadwinner. this expectation can severely limit the time and energy fathers can devote to their children, reinforcing outdated gender roles that prioritize economic provision over emotional and caregiving contributions. workplace policies and practices further exacerbate these challenges. in many regions, inadequate paternity leave, a lack of flexible work arrangements, and cultural stigmas around men taking time off for family responsibilities can significantly hinder a father's ability to participate fully in child-rearing. fathers who wish to be more involved may find themselves constrained by rigid work schedules and unsupportive workplace environments, leading to a difficult balancing act between professional obligations and family life. moreover, fathers in non-traditional family structures—such as single fathers, divorced fathers, or fathers in same-sex relationships—face additional hurdles. these fathers may experience unique challenges in balancing their roles and responsibilities, often without the social support systems that more traditional family structures might provide. for single fathers, the dual responsibility of being both the primary caregiver and the breadwinner can be particularly taxing, requiring careful navigation of time and resources to meet their children's needs effectively. cultural norms and societal attitudes also play a significant role in shaping the experiences of fathers. in some cultures, traditional views of masculinity discourage men from engaging in caregiving activities, perpetuating the notion that childcare is primarily a mother's responsibility. these cultural barriers can make it difficult for fathers to embrace a more active role in their children's lives, even when they desire to do so. 4 https://www.bokksu.com/blogs/news/the-essence-of-fatherhood-embracing-fathers-day-injapan?srsltid=afmbooorrq7h0wkysc28go4w6d1anfmh70sklnd5burjthrzrsk4mqon https://www.bokksu.com/blogs/news/the-essence-of-fatherhood-embracing-fathers-day-in-japan?srsltid=afmbooorrq7h0wkysc28go4w6d1anfmh70sklnd5burjthrzrsk4mqon https://www.bokksu.com/blogs/news/the-essence-of-fatherhood-embracing-fathers-day-in-japan?srsltid=afmbooorrq7h0wkysc28go4w6d1anfmh70sklnd5burjthrzrsk4mqon american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 5. the role of policy in supporting fatherhood5 effective policies play a crucial role in empowering fathers to embrace their parenting roles and achieve a healthy work-life balance. by promoting paternal involvement, these policies can have a profound impact on family dynamics, gender equity, and child development. countries that implement generous paternity leave policies and flexible work arrangements often see significantly higher levels of paternal engagement, which in turn benefits the entire family. one notable example is sweden, where progressive parental leave policies have transformed the landscape of fatherhood. sweden offers one of the most generous parental leave systems globally, allowing fathers to take a substantial amount of time off work—up to 240 days, with financial support from the government. this policy has been instrumental in fostering strong father-child bonds and contributing to better developmental outcomes for children. research shows that swedish fathers who take advantage of this leave are more likely to remain involved in their children's lives long after the leave period ends, creating lasting positive effects on family cohesion and child well-being. similarly, workplace policies that actively encourage fathers to participate in child-rearing can help reduce gender disparities in parenting and promote more equitable family dynamics. flexible work arrangements, such as telecommuting, part-time options, and job-sharing, enable fathers to be present during critical moments in their children's lives without sacrificing their careers. these policies not only support fathers in fulfilling their parenting responsibilities but also challenge traditional gender roles, paving the way for a more balanced distribution of caregiving duties between mothers and fathers. moreover, policies that normalize and incentivize paternal involvement can have far-reaching societal benefits. when fathers are encouraged to take an active role in parenting, it helps shift cultural perceptions of fatherhood, making it more socially acceptable and expected for men to be deeply engaged in their children's lives. this cultural shift is essential for achieving true gender equality, as it alleviates the disproportionate burden of caregiving often placed on mothers and allows both parents to contribute equally to their family's well-being. conclusion the evolving role of fathers in contemporary society represents a transformative shift from traditional paternal models to a more nuanced understanding of fatherhood. this comprehensive exploration underscores that active paternal involvement is not merely a supplementary aspect of child-rearing but a fundamental element crucial to the developmental, emotional, and economic well-being of children. recent research highlights the multifaceted contributions fathers make to their children's lives. psychologically, fathers who engage actively provide their children with emotional stability and support, fostering resilience, self-esteem, and healthier stress management. socially, their involvement promotes better academic performance, enhanced social skills, and a lower likelihood of behavioral problems. economically, fathers' participation in caregiving can alleviate financial pressures and support dual-income households, ultimately contributing to the family’s overall stability and economic resilience. 5 https://lup.lub.lu.se/student-papers/record/9129247/file/9129250.pdf https://lup.lub.lu.se/student-papers/record/9129247/file/9129250.pdf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 28 september 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org despite these benefits, modern fathers encounter significant challenges that can impede their ability to fully embrace their evolving roles. societal expectations, workplace policies, and cultural norms often create barriers that restrict fathers' active participation in child-rearing. the pressure to conform to traditional breadwinner roles, coupled with inadequate paternity leave and flexible work arrangements, further complicates their efforts to balance work and family life. addressing these challenges requires robust policy interventions that support fathers in their caregiving roles. progressive parental leave policies, flexible work arrangements, and cultural shifts towards gender equality are essential to enabling fathers to contribute meaningfully to their children's lives. the success of such policies, as evidenced by examples from countries like sweden, illustrates the profound impact that supportive measures can have on both family dynamics and broader societal gender norms. references 1. lamb, m. e. (2021). the role of the father in child development. 6th edition. wiley. 2. pleck, j. h. (2020). paternal involvement: levels, sources, and consequences. the oxford handbook of parenting and child development interventions, 203-222. 3. cabrera, n., & tamis-lemonda, c. s. (2019). handbook of father involvement: multidisciplinary perspectives. 2nd edition. routledge. 4. sarkadi, a., kristiansson, r., oberklaid, f., & bremberg, s. (2020). fathers' involvement and children's developmental outcomes: a systematic review of longitudinal studies. acta paediatrica, 97(2), 153-158. 5. doucet, a. (2021). do men mother? fathering, care, and domestic responsibility. 2nd edition. university of toronto press. 6. mclanahan, s., tach, l., & schneider, d. (2020). the causal effects of father absence. annual review of sociology, 39(1), 399-427. 7. fatherhood institute (2022). fathers and their impact on children’s well-being. link. 8. national fatherhood initiative (2021). father involvement programs. link. 9. oecd (2020). paternity leave: where are the fathers? link. 10. world bank (2022). investing in fathers’ involvement in childcare. link. https://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/socialprotection/publication/investing-in-fathers-involvement-in-childcare american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org jurisdiction in outer space from the perspective of international law mohammed ismael jumaah university of baghdad, college of law, iraq mohammed.ismail1104a@colaw.uobaghdad.edu.iq ahmed amer abdulameer university of baghdad, college of law, iraq ahmed.aamer1201a@colaw.uobaghdad.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research aims to clarify the principles governing the exploration and utilization of outer space, emphasizing the role of international law, particularly international criminal law, in addressing crimes committed beyond earth whether aboard spacecraft, the international space station, or in outer space generally. it examines relevant international treaties governing outer space activities, evaluates their strengths and ambiguities, and highlights deficiencies in their provisions. furthermore, the study analyzes traditional principles of state criminal jurisdiction territoriality, nationality, universality, and protection and assesses their applicability to offenses committed in outer space. outer space; criminal jurisdiction; space law; international space station. introduction the advent of the space race in the 1950s, primarily between the united states and the soviet union, catalyzed international concern regarding the regulation of outer space activities and the prevention of its exploitation in ways that might jeopardize global peace and security. in response, the united nations committee on the peaceful uses of outer space was established, which subsequently drafted the outer space treaty alongside four additional treaties to regulate state conduct in outer space. despite these efforts, the treaties lack precise provisions addressing jurisdictional matters in outer space, particularly in relation to criminal jurisdiction. this absence was understandable at the time, considering the prohibitive costs and state-centric nature of space exploration. however, with the recent expansion of private sector involvement in space activities, the issue of criminal jurisdiction beyond earth has become increasingly pressing. this study aims to: • clarify the foundational principles governing the exploration and utilization of outer space. • analyze the role and effectiveness of international law, with an emphasis on international criminal law, in addressing offenses committed in outer space. • examine the relevant international treaties, evaluating their strengths, ambiguities, and limitations. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org • assess the applicability of traditional principles of criminal jurisdiction territoriality, nationality, universality, and protection to crimes committed in the extraterrestrial environment. the methodology of this research is primarily doctrinal and analytical, relying on a comprehensive review of international treaties, judicial decisions, scholarly writings, and case studies relevant to outer space law and criminal jurisdiction. the central question guiding this inquiry is: when a crime occurs in outer space, which entity possesses judicial authority, and based on what legal principles? additionally, the study explores the interplay between state sovereignty, the principle of sovereign equality, and the role of international treaties in delineating jurisdiction in this novel context. by addressing these issues, the paper seeks to contribute to the ongoing discourse on the development of a coherent and effective legal framework for criminal jurisdiction in outer space. 1. conceptual framework in this section, we will discuss the general provisions of criminal jurisdiction, starting with the concept of jurisdiction, who has it, defining outer space, the crimes committed therein, and its spatial scope. 1.1. general provisions of criminal jurisdiction the principle of jurisdiction is one of the basic features of state sovereignty, which means the authority of the state over its subjects and property according to its national law and national courts. the state may exercise its jurisdiction through its legislative, executive or judicial authorities.1 the jurisdiction of the state in general in outer space does not differ radically from the jurisdiction of the state internally, as we will explain later. as for criminal jurisdiction, it means the authority of the state to prosecute crimes committed on its territory, based on the principle of territoriality, and this includes its territory, territorial waters, and airspace above its territory, without specifying the height due to the lack of an international agreement in this regard.2 therefore, to clarify the jurisdiction of the state in outer space, it is necessary to clarify the jurisdiction of the state over space objects on the one hand, and its jurisdiction in outer space on the other hand. as for the state's jurisdiction over outer space, the outer space treaties explicitly stipulate that no one may own or claim sovereignty over any part of outer space, as article 2 of the outer space treaty of 1967 stipulates that outer space is not subject to any sovereign authorities,3 and according to the moon treaty of 1979, no state may claim ownership of the moon and other celestial bodies and that the moon and its natural resources are common heritage of mankind.4 accordingly, the management of outer space areas and the exercise of jurisdiction therein is for the international community as a whole. however, although a state is not allowed to claim ownership or exercise sovereignty over any part of outer space, the outer space treaty of 1967 stipulates that the state in which a spacecraft is registered shall retain jurisdiction and control over that object, and any of its personnel, while it is in outer space or on a celestial body.5 1. ian brownlie, principles of public international law (oxford: oxford university press, 2008), 299. 2. stephen gorove, “criminal jurisdiction in outer space,” the international lawyer, vol. 6, no. 2 (1972): 313–14. 3. article 2, treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies (1967). 4. article 11, agreement governing the activities of states on the moon and other celestial bodies (1979). 5. article 24, treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space (1967). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org article 12(1) of the moon treaty of 1979 also provides that states parties shall retain jurisdiction and control over their personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities, stations and installations on the moon.6 based on the above provisions, a state has the judicial authority or criminal jurisdiction to prosecute persons who have committed crimes while on board its spacecraft. if the spacecraft is registered with state a, that state can exercise its jurisdiction over its astronauts or any other foreign astronaut if the crime occurred inside its spacecraft.7 as a result of the lack of current means of distributing criminal jurisdiction in outer space, international law has relied on traditional means of determining this jurisdiction, as is the case in the high seas or in antarctica. there are four basic traditional bases for determining the jurisdiction of the state: (territoriality, nationality, protection, universality). as for the principle of territoriality, it is the oldest basis for determining the criminal jurisdiction of the state and dates back to the treaty of westphalia (1648), which stipulates that the authority of the state ends at its borders, and thus any criminal behavior that occurs within its territory falls within its jurisdiction. the importance of adopting this method in determining criminal jurisdiction in outer space stems from the fact that it is familiar to states, as it does not apply only to the territory of the state, but also to its ships on the high seas, and it can be applied to space vehicles that are registered in a state.8 however, the territoriality principle is not without flaws if it was the only means of distributing criminal jurisdiction in outer space, once the astronauts leave the spacecraft, territoriality immediately conflicts with article ii of the outer space treaty, which prohibits states from exercising jurisdiction in outer space. if someone commits a crime outside a spacecraft and returns to it, territoriality will not apply, because the jurisdiction of the state in which the spacecraft is registered is limited to the spacecraft only,9 and also because the law is clear that territorial jurisdiction must exist at the time the crime is committed.10 the second basis includes (nationality), which means the jurisdiction of the individual's country of nationality to prosecute him, regardless of the place where the crime was committed. there is also what is called passive personality, which means the jurisdiction of the victim's country of nationality to prosecute criminals regardless of the nationality of the accused, especially in sexual crimes and serious crimes (which is a generally accepted principle in international law). the adoption of this mechanism in determining the criminal jurisdiction of the state in outer space has many advantages, including: on the one hand, astronauts are responsible before their state or the state of the victim, regardless of where the crime was committed, even if it was outside the spacecraft. this idea addresses the defects of the territorial basis in determining jurisdiction.11 the disadvantage of this method is that it will deprive the state of jurisdiction, even if it has a legitimate interest, as if french citizens committed crimes on board an american spacecraft, then jurisdiction according to this basis would be 6. article 12, agreement governing the activities of states on the moon and other celestial bodies, opened for signature 18 december 1979, entered into force 11 july 1984. 7. hassan, rafika shari'ah binti mohd. “from earth to heaven: states’ criminal jurisdiction in the space station,” iium law journal, vol. 23, no. 3 (2015): 407. 8. avin persad-ford, houston, “we have a problem – jurisdictional issues of criminal law in outer space,” lse law review, vol. 8, no. 1 (2022): 14–15. 9. ibid. p 16. 10. s.s. lotus (france v turkey), 1927 pcij series a, no. 10, 23. 11. michael chatzipanagiotis, “criminal issues in international space law,” european journal of law reform, vol. 17, no. 1 (2016): 105–19. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org for france, although the united states has a legitimate interest in prosecution.12 other difficulties facing this basis (nationality) are in the event that a state does not recognize the nationality of an individual from another state, as is the case in the nottebohm case, or in the event of dual nationality.13 the other basis is the protective principle. according to this principle, the state has criminal jurisdiction over crimes that affect its security and safety, regardless of the perpetrator of the crime or the place where it was committed (such as crimes of counterfeiting currency and official documents such as passports and visas, and economic crimes...) therefore, if one of these crimes is committed in outer space, the jurisdiction of the state whose interests and security are affected may arise. however, this basis is limited to specific crimes exclusively and cannot be relied upon as a means of determining the jurisdiction of the state in outer space in general. in addition, states usually do not allow the extradition of their citizens to another state even if they are accused of these crimes, especially in espionage crimes.14 finally, universal principle universal criminal jurisdiction means the jurisdiction of a state to prosecute serious crimes even if they were not committed on its territory and regardless of the nationality of the accused or the nationality of the victims, or the impact of these crimes on the interests of the state, but due to the seriousness of these crimes, every state has the right to pursue and prosecute these accused, such as war crimes, crimes against humanity,15 therefore, if any of these crimes occurred in outer space (on board spacecraft or space stations) or the acts began in space and their effects occurred on earth, then each state would have universal jurisdiction to prosecute the perpetrators. however, this contradicts article 8 of the outer space treaty, which allows only the state in which the spacecraft is registered to prosecute crimes and acts that occur on board it.16 therefore, the above means cannot be applied individually to determine the criminal jurisdiction of the state in outer space. 1.2. the concept of outer space and crimes committed therein outer space generally consists of countless galaxies and stars and is the place above the earth's atmosphere, this field is newly established. however, jurisprudence defined it as ((the field above... aerospace for countries and regions outside the borders of national jurisdiction)), and it is also known as: “the body of activities subject to the system of space law that began to emerge in the sixties of the last century and is mainly related to the launch and rotation of satellites and the exploration and exploitation of the moon and other celestial bodies”.17 after the outer space treaty was concluded in 1967, this treaty defined space in its first article as ((everything above the earth’s airspace, including the moon and other celestial bodies)). 18 outer space is governed by space law, which is a set of rules and regulations that regulate space activity and the exploration of outer space. the source of these rules is international agreements, which define 12. avin persad-ford, houston, op . cit. p 22 . 13. nottebohm (liechtenstein v. guatemala), 1955, i.c.j. second phase, judgment, i.c.j. reports 1955. 14. caleb ohmer, “when galaxies collide: resolving criminal jurisdiction disputes among nations in space,” journal of space law, vol. 43, no. 2 (2019): 344. 15. roger o’keefe, international criminal law (oxford: oxford university press, 2016), 25. 16 .article 8, treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space (1967). 17. author, “weaponization of outer space from the perspective of international law,” imam jaafar al-sadiq university journal of legal studies, vol. 1, no. 6 (2023): 474. 18. article 1, treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space (1967). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the responsibilities of states and competent organizations participating in this field, and ensure the safety of space activities and the preservation of the space environment. international space law is one of the branches of international law, and therefore its sources are the same as the sources of international law.19 as for crimes that may be committed in outer space, despite the increase in space flights, whether for scientific or governmental exploration purposes or for tourism purposes such as companies (virgin galactic by richard branson, falcon 9 by elon musk and blue origin by jeff bezos), the number of astronauts is still low. however, there are a number of violations or transgressions in outer space that have not reached the trial stage, but they constitute the beginning of a new phase for crimes in outer space, including the following: theft: in 2011, nasa organized a surveillance operation for the widow of an astronaut who tried to sell a moon rock. criminal damage: in 2013, a russian satellite was damaged after it collided with debris from a chinese satellite that was destroyed by china in a missile test in 2007. privacy crimes: in 2019, an american astronaut was allegedly able to access her partner's bank account while she was on the international space station. the astronaut admitted that she did nothing illegal, but wanted to make sure of her partner's finances and that there was enough money for family expenses, as she used the computer network connected to nasa. she was charged with identity theft and unauthorized access to financial details, making this the first accusation of a crime that occurred in outer space.20 as for the potential places for committing these crimes, this includes space stations orbiting the earth, where astronauts may commit murder, theft, rape, drug use and possession, trespass on the property of others, or waste basic resources such as oxygen and water, which may affect the course of the process or lead to death inside the station, or the crime may occur during the launch of space flights. as a result of the tremendous technological development, it is possible for space travel to become like traveling by helicopter to any place on earth, so it is possible to commit crimes similar to those that occur on airplanes at the present time, such as hijacking the spacecraft or endangering it or threatening the safety of passengers.21 2. criminal jurisdiction from the perspective of international treaties in this section, we will discuss the position of international treaties on criminal jurisdiction in outer space. 2.1. outer space treaty there is currently no single law governing activities in outer space. rather, there is a set of regulations and rules contained in two basic agreements: the outer space treaty and the iga treaty.22 these two agreements were the result of political settlements between states, which govern the activities of states 19. author, op. cit., 475. 20. mike baker, nasa astronaut anne mcclain accused by spouse of crime in space, the new york times, 23 august 2019, last visited 2 october 2024, https://www.nytimes.com/2019/08/23/us/astronaut-space-investigation.html. 21 . sidra aboawf and sania suresh, crime in space, ox journal, 30 january 2023, last visited 3 october 2024, https://www.oxjournal.org/crime-in-space/. 22. international space station intergovernmental agreement (iga), signed 29 january 1998. https://www.nytimes.com/2019/08/23/us/astronaut-space-investigation.html https://www.oxjournal.org/crime-in-space/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org in outer space.23 however, we cannot say that these two instruments can accommodate all possible scenarios for states‟ activities in space. in addition, there are other international agreements related to outer space, such as the moon agreement and the bogota declaration24, but they have limited importance, as the moon agreement was not ratified by the countries that participated in launching space flights carrying astronauts, while only eight countries ratified the bogota declaration, and aimed to exclude the definition of outer space from the space above the lands of these tropical countries, and to consider space, including the geostationary orbits through which satellites pass, as a natural resource.25 as for criminal jurisdiction in outer space, by reading the texts of the outer space treaty we notice that it allows states to impose their full jurisdiction over individuals on board spacecraft registered in the state, as article vi states that private actors‟ activities in outer space require a nation’s authorization and supervision,26 and article viii states that „ownership of objects launched into outer space is not affected by their presence in outer space or by their return to earth‟ and that „a state party on whose registry an object launched into outer space is carried shall retain jurisdiction and control over such object and over any personnel thereof,27 therefore, the 1976 registration convention,28 stipulates that states must register all spacecraft before they are launched.29 this rule has its origin in the law of the flag of the ship on the high seas, as it arose as a customary rule and was stipulated in the 1982 law of the sea convention, as well as the 1944 chicago convention on aviation. therefore, crimes that occur on board a ship or aircraft are subject to the nationality of the ship or aircraft. this concept was transferred to article 8 of the outer space treaty, which stipulates the sovereignty of the state in which the activities that occur on the vehicles registered with it take place. the only difference between registering a ship or aircraft and a spacecraft is that registering an aircraft or ship results in it obtaining the nationality of the state, while registering a spacecraft does not result in granting the nationality of the state, but rather the state only has the authority to exercise its jurisdiction and authority over it, which is similar to the principle of effective nationality.30 as for the actions that occur outside the spacecraft, we can refer to the articles of the convention, as article 1 stipulates that the exploration and use of outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies, must be in the interests of all mankind, and article 2 stipulates that no state may claim or exercise sovereignty over outer space, but more importantly, what article 3 stipulates, which states that the exploration or use of outer space or the practice of activities related thereto, shall be in 23. carrie leonetti, “space bandits: the need for interstellar criminal law,” kilaw journal, special supplement no. 4, part 1 (2019): 199. 24. declaration of the first meeting of equatorial countries, also known as the bogota declaration, is a declaration made and signed in 1976 by eight equatorial countries, and was an attempt to assert sovereignty over those portions of the geostationary orbit that continuously lie over the signatory nations' territory. 25. article 1, bogota declaration (1976). 26. article 6, treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space (1967). 27. article 8, treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space (1967). 28. convention on registration of objects launched into outer space, adopted 12 november 1974, entered into force 15 september 1976. on registration of objects launched into outer space (adopted 12 november 1974, entered into force 15 september 1976. 29. article 1, convention on registration of objects launched into outer space. 30. michael chatzipanagiotis, “criminal jurisdiction in international space law: future challenges in view of the iss iga,” international institute of space law, issue 3 (2014): 327. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org accordance with the provisions of international law. this article is not only important in terms of determining criminal jurisdiction, but also in adhering to the principles of international criminal law, such as the principle of double jeopardy. since article 3 refers to the application of international law, it is therefore possible to resort to the rules of the relevant international treaties, such as article xii of the draft code of crimes against the peace and security of mankind, 31 and article xiv of the international covenant on civil and political rights,32 which confirms that it is not permissible to prosecute the same crime twice.33 however, the outer space treaty does not include all possible cases in space, such as private spacecraft, which may be launched by countries that are not parties to the registration agreement. the vehicle will be like a ship without a flag on the high seas, so it is difficult to determine the jurisdiction of the state in the event that a crime is committed on board it, or a spacecraft may be built in outer space without being launched from the ground, or crimes may be committed outside the spacecraft.34 the same applies to the moon treaty, which was signed in 1984, which stipulated that the states parties retain jurisdiction and control over their personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities, stations and installations on the moon.35 however, the effectiveness of this treaty will be minimal due to the small number of states that signed it.36 it also did not bring anything new in the field of state criminal jurisdiction in outer space, except for the above text, which is considered a repetition of what was stated in the outer space treaty. 2.2. iga convention of 1998 there are two basic differences between the outer space treaty and the iga treaty. the outer space treaty applies to all of outer space, while the iga treaty applies only to the international space station. the other thing is that the iga treaty includes explicit provisions regarding criminal jurisdiction,37 unlike the outer space treaty. thus, it is considered one of the rare sources in the field of criminal jurisdiction in outer space, although it is still a narrow source that needs a wider scope for development. article 5, paragraph two, of the iga states that: each partner shall retain jurisdiction and control over the elements it registers in accordance with paragraph 1 above and over personnel in or on the space station who are its nationals.38 in addition, article 22 of the convention stipulates that: "in a case involving misconduct on orbit that: (a) affects the life or safety of a national of another partner state or (b) occurs in or on or causes damage to the flight element of another partner state, the partner state whose national is the alleged perpetrator shall, at the request of any affected partner state, consult with such state concerning their respective prosecutorial interests. an affected partner state may, following such consultation, exercise criminal jurisdiction over the alleged perpetrator 31. article 12, yearbook of the international law commission 1996, vol. ii. 32. article 14, international covenant on civil and political rights (1976). 33. avin persad-ford, op . cit. p 6 . 34.reid white, “plugging the leaks in outer space criminal jurisdiction: advocation for the creation of a universal outer space criminal statute,” emory international law review, vol. 35, no. 2 (2021): 348. 35. article 12, agreement governing the activities of states on the moon and other celestial bodies (1984). 36 p. j. blount, “jurisdiction in outer space: challenges of private individuals in space,” journal of space law, vol. 33 (2007): 312. 37. blount, p. j, op. cit. p 312. 38. article 5, international space station intergovernmental agreement (iga) (1998). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org provided that, within .90 days of the date of , such consultation or within such other period as may ·be mutually agreed, the partner state whose national is the alleged perpetrator either: (1) concurs in such exercise of criminal jurisdiction, or (2) fails to provide assurances that it will submit the case to its competent authorities for the purpose of prosecution. accordingly, if a french astronaut commits a crime against an american astronaut on board the international space station, the criminal jurisdiction will be that of the french courts, according to the nationality of the perpetrator of the crime, according to article 5. however, america may request from the french authorities its right to try the french astronaut if there is a fear of the ability of the french state to try this astronaut, or if it is skeptical about the integrity of the french courts, according to article 22. in fact, there are several reasons for adopting this approach (trying individuals in the courts of the national state to which they belong by nationality) in the iga agreement. among these reasons is the principle of sovereign immunity, which means that representatives of a state cannot be tried except by its courts. the origin of this principle goes back to equality between states.39 this immunity does not only apply to the head of state, the minister of foreign affairs, or the state’s ambassadors, but also to other persons who represent their national state, such as consuls and military personnel. therefore, astronauts can be considered government employees (not astronaut tourists) and representatives of their countries, and they cannot be tried in another country, where the penalty may reach the death penalty, as in the united states and russia. the other reason for adopting the nationality principle in determining criminal jurisdiction on board the international space station is that the european agency (which operates as an international organization and not a state in itself) owns the columbus unit and other units. 40 if a crime is committed on board the units that have been registered with this organization, it will lead to chaos in determining the competent state if the principle of regionalism is adopted instead of nationality, because these units in which a crime was committed are not affiliated with a specific state in itself, but rather with a group of european countries represented by the european space agency. the other matter is the location of the crime, as the international space station consists of a group of stations affiliated with several countries. if a shot is fired from a unit affiliated with a specific state, and an astronaut is injured in a unit affiliated with another country, which country has criminal jurisdiction, especially since astronauts use all the stations, and their presence in a specific station may be a coincidence. as a result of these reasons, the application of the regional principle in determining criminal jurisdiction was excluded, and the nationality principle was adopted.41 as for the difficulties facing the application of this agreement, they are that it is based on the nationality of the individual for the purpose of determining criminal jurisdiction42, but it does not stipulate the case of dual nationality, or if one of the astronauts has a nationality that is not recognized by the other country. one of the observations on the 1998 agreement is that different criminal laws can be applied to astronauts working in the same space station, based on their nationality law, which is considered unfair, because the violation may be a crime in one country, and a legitimate act in another country, or the 39. article 2, charter of the united nations. 40. t. a. de roos, disciplinary and criminal law in space (brill | nijhoff, 2006), vol. 1, 115. 41. chatzipanagiotis, michael. op . cit..p 330. 42.taylor stanton hardenstein, “in space, no one can hear you contest jurisdiction: establishing criminal jurisdiction of the outer space colonies tomorrow,” journal of air law and commerce, vol. 81, no. 2 (2016): 280. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org penalty may differ, as if an astronaut committed a murder inside the international space station, if he was a european citizen the penalty could reach 15 years, and if he was an american the penalty could reach the death penalty. a question may come to mind, what if a war crime, a crime of aggression, genocide or crimes against humanity were committed and these acts began in outer space? can the case be raised before the international criminal court? in theory, there are no restrictions on the extension of the jurisdiction of the international criminal court in outer space.43 if these acts were committed on board a space station registered in a state party to the rome statute,44 or if the accused is of the nationality of a state party, the case can be brought before the international criminal court, taking into account that the jurisdiction of the international criminal court is complementary to the jurisdiction of national courts.45 3. conclusion 1international space law prohibits states from claiming or exercising sovereignty over any part of outer space. 2there is some jurisdiction that the state has in the field of criminal cases according to the principle of territoriality, over the actions, activities and persons on board the stations registered with it. 3according to the iga agreement, states have the right to prosecute their nationals for violations they commit on board the international space station, based on the principle of nationality in determining the criminal jurisdiction of the state, which is an exception to the general rule in determining jurisdiction according to the principle of territoriality, so the above agreement only applies to the states parties. 4article 22 of the iga agreement is an important precedent in the field of determining criminal jurisdiction, as it is considered the first article in the field of international space law, which explicitly stipulates determining criminal jurisdiction in space. 5there is a distinction between crimes committed inside spacecraft and crimes committed outside spacecraft or the space station, as the former are subject to article 8 of the outer space treaty and articles 22 and 23 of the iga, while the latter are subject to international custom. 4. recommendations 1the international community needs an effective international legal system to regulate and monitor human actions and behavior in space. 2the absence of colonies in outer space or on planets at the present time, or the rarity of outer space travel, should not be a reason for not enacting legislation regulating behavior in space, including legislation specific to criminal cases, and determining criminal jurisdiction. 3the lack of current rules in the field of outer space, to keep pace with the tremendous technological developments, which resulted in an increase in flights into outer space, by private companies, although it is still small from the point of view of the time spent in space, as there are many questions that the current rules of international space law are still unable to answer. 43. steven freeland, “international criminal justice in the asia-pacific region: the role of the international criminal court treaty regime,” journal of international criminal justice, vol. 11, no. 5 (2013): 1029. 44. rome statute of the international criminal court, 17 july 1998, 2187 u.n.t.s. 90. 45. d. ireland-piper and s. freeland, “star laws: criminal jurisdiction in outer space,” journal of space law, vol. 44, no. 1 (2020): 63. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 5. references a-books: 1. de roos, t.a., disciplinary and criminal law in space (brill, nijhoff 2006) vol 1. 2. o’keefe, roger, international criminal law (oxford university press 2016). b-articles: 1. blount, p.j., “jurisdiction in outer space: challenges of private individuals in space” (2007) 33 journal of space law. 2. persad-ford, avin, “houston, we have a problem – jurisdictional issues of criminal law in outer space” (2022) 8(1) lse law review. 3. leonetti, carrie, “space bandits: the need for interstellar criminal law” (2019) special supplement no 4, part 1 kilaw journal. 4. hardenstein, taylor stanton, “in space, no one can hear you contest jurisdiction: establishing criminal jurisdiction of the outer space colonies tomorrow” (2016) 81(2) journal of air law and commerce. 5. freeland, steven, “international criminal justice in the asia-pacific region: the role of the international criminal court treaty regime” (2013) 11(5) journal of international criminal justice. 6. gorove, stephen, “criminal jurisdiction in outer space” (1972) 6(2) the international lawyer. 7. white, reid, “plugging the leaks in outer space criminal jurisdiction: advocation for the creation of a universal outer space criminal statute” (2021) 35(2) emory international law review. 8. author, “weaponization of outer space from the perspective of international law” (2023) 1(6) imam jaafar al-sadiq university journal of legal studies. 9. ireland-piper, d., and freeland, s., “star laws: criminal jurisdiction in outer space” (2020) 44(1) journal of space law. 10. chatzipanagiotis, michael, “criminal jurisdiction in international space law: future challenges in view of the iss iga” (2014) issue 3 proceedings of the international institute of space law. 11. chatzipanagiotis, michael, “criminal issues in international space law” (2016) 17(1) european journal of law reform. 12. hassan, rafika shari’ah binti mohd, “from earth to heaven: states’ criminal jurisdiction in the space station” (2015) 23(3) iium law journal. 13. brownlie, ian, principles of public international law (oxford university press 2008). 14. ohmer, caleb, “when galaxies collide: resolving criminal jurisdiction disputes among nations in space” (2019) 43(2) journal of space law. c-international agreements 1. international law commission, yearbook of the international law commission 1996, vol. ii. 2. international space station intergovernmental agreement (iga), signed 29 january 1998. 3. declaration of the first meeting of equatorial countries (bogota declaration), 1976. 4. rome statute of the international criminal court, 17 july 1998, 2187 u.n.t.s. 90. 5. convention on registration of objects launched into outer space, adopted 12 november 1974, entered into force 15 september 1976. 6. treaty on principles governing the activities of states in the exploration and use of outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies, 1967. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org 7. agreement governing the activities of states on the moon and other celestial bodies, 1979. 8. international covenant on civil and political rights, 1976. djudicial decisions 1. s.s. lotus (france v turkey), 1927 pcij series a, no. 10. 2. nottebohm (liechtenstein v guatemala), 1955, i.c.j. second phase, judgment, i.c.j. reports 1955. eonline references 1. mike baker, nasa astronaut anne mcclain accused by spouse of crime in space, the new york times, 23 august 2019, last visited 2 october 2024, https://www.nytimes.com/2019/08/23/us/astronaut-spaceinvestigation.html. 2. sidra aboawf and sania suresh, crime in space, ox journal, 30 january 2023, last visited 3 october 2024, https://www.oxjournal.org/crime-in-space/. https://www.nytimes.com/2019/08/23/us/astronaut-spaceinvestigation.html https://www.oxjournal.org/crime-in-space/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org the importance of assessing ethical and moral standards in the media space kamoliddin turayev samadovich senior researcher, doctor of philosophy (phd) institute of social and spiritual research a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the transition from reality to virtuality in human relations, which has led to the acceleration of processes. universal human and moral values that are dear to humans have gradually lost their essence under the influence of digital technologies. the article presents ideas on how, in the era of media use and information literacy, to maintain moral standards that are important for humans in the world, so as not to forget their essence and preserve their human image. media, virtual network, strategy, system, gradation, information literacy, moral standards, universal human and ethical values. introduction considering that in the conditions of constant globalization the main channel of mass information distribution is electronic media, the study of the influence of mass media within the framework of ethical standards is one of the most urgent and promising tasks today. this leads to the mass dissemination of information in the media and media space, which in turn leads to an increase in information about spiritual and moral views. in today's era of subcultural fusion, when national values are washed away by the shores of culture, moral gradation (assessment by ethical and moral standards) plays a very important role in the media sphere. because it forms the audience's attitude to information and contributes to the strengthening of moral and ethical principles in society. the topic, which is considered as a dissertation, is of great importance for improving ethical gradation in the modern digital information environment. in particular, ethical systematization in the process of improving the information environment contributes to the implementation of the following tasks. including: improving ethical standards and strengthening legislation, reviewing international and national standards of media ethics, revision of codes of ethics for media organizations and strict enforcement of them, strengthening legal liability for content that does not meet information security and ethical standards, establishing liability for information distributors will help improve the quality of information disseminated to consumers and reduce the amount of true or false information. effective organization of work to improve information and media literacy of consumers: implement educational programs aimed at increasing the ability to select and analyze information in society. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org conducting courses for young people and adults on the correct assessment of information sources and protection from false information. development of content moderation in the media and social networks: improving algorithms and artificial intelligence technologies that automatically detect violence, hatred, lies and other harmful content that does not meet ethical requirements, developing models that take into account the human factor and expert opinions in the process of filtering information by its content, ensuring transparency of the information environment, ensuring transparency of sources in the process of creating and distributing content, clearly identifying advertising and sponsored materials, implementing ethical standards in the digital information environment, harmonizing media ethics standards through specialized international and national organizations, it is necessary to sign agreements on ethical standards between international states and media organizations and work to establish global cooperation. given the two-sided nature of the media in the topic of our research, they, according to j. derrida, perform the functions of cultural archives. [3, p. 319], and through manipulation form both moral and countercultural values. given these aspects of the media, preserving their axiological aspects in the formation of moral and cultural values becomes a pressing issue. also, the essence of the changes that occurred under the influence of new communication technologies was reflected in the social, spiritual, moral and cultural aspects of e. toffler, w. newman, b. becker, m. patau, a. crocker, m. his views can be found in the works of weinstein and others. such criteria, according to t. parsons, act as "intermediaries in the interaction of people and social groups" [5, p. 34], which reflects the understanding of the media as a means of transmitting culture. in the modern information society, cognition of the real world largely occurs through the perception of certain media images, since the media implement a socially variable representation of reality. analysis of the study as a result, there is a process of assimilation of cultural and moral values of the modern media space: fashion, virtual services, knowledge, as a result of which a person forms a certain cultural standard that a modern person must meet. it is necessary to consider the main features of the change in the values of the media audience, using the materials of empirical research. in this regard, in the context of studying the culture of the formation of spiritual and moral orientations of young people, the russian sociologist d. pyanykh drew attention to such types of values disseminated through the media, such as art, music, literature, fashion: practical communication, education; aesthetic; confidence; the main focus is on material well-being. also, in order to improve the quality of research work, analyzing empirical data, we believe that it is possible to highlight the features of the axiological perception of the modern media space by the media: these are: news sites, television, media resources (most of their users are young people) we received information that the musical preferences of young people who actively use entertainment resources are focused on heavy rock music. today, values play an important role in the dynamics of socio-cultural values, determining the role of the media in public life. this position allows us to interpret trust as a “category of moral character” [7, p. 115] as a means of analyzing certain public american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org views and opinions. for people who actively follow events in a particular country or the world, the need to provide for themselves financially is of paramount importance. therefore, when disseminating news or information in the information space, prepared by people with the aim of improving their own material base, no attention is paid to its compliance with moral and ethical standards. for people with a high level of trust in the media, friendship, and for those engaged in professional activities, universal human values are almost as important as material success. since all three components are closely related to each other, the importance of friendship decreases for that part of the population that does not trust the media. this indicates that those who trust the media have a more active life position. therefore, under the influence of the media, the value structure may change somewhat or be rethought in a new way. for example, the constant broadcasting of materials in the media about equal treatment of parents and children leads to the emergence of new moral views among observers. at the same time, the media strengthens the influence of both traditional and modern values. the impact on the human mind can be quite contradictory and irreconcilable. it is also an undeniable fact that the constant broadcasting of materials about domestic violence, especially on channels intended for family viewing, can contribute to the formation of an atmosphere of violence in a peaceful and calm family. therefore, the high importance of communicative moral culture cannot be ignored, especially under the influence of the media. the media have formed a clear material orientation of young people, paying little attention to modern values, such as ethical professionalism and skill. at the same time, under the influence of the media and virtual networks, another important value is declining hard work. but the reflexive need is increasing. thus, the audience reacts to the modern media space, which, on the one hand, confirms its openness to any influence, and on the other hand, confirms the cultural and creative potential of the media as an agent of socialization, capable of changing the direction of socio-cultural processes. conclusion based on the above, it is necessary to carry out the following work to improve the ethical gradation of the media: further development of professional ethics among media workers, improving the skills of journalists in verifying sources of information and ensuring transparency, as well as strengthening media education, organizing courses on information and media literacy in secondary schools, universities and online courses, developing platforms for informing and consulting users of the media and social networks on ethical issues, strengthening public control mechanisms, increasing the role of public and independent organizations in the ethical assessment of media content, it will be necessary to implement many promising works, such as the introduction of a system of effective measures to counter the dissemination of content that violates ethical standards in the media. by improving and controlling the ethical gradation of the media, strengthening ethical standards, increasing media literacy, controlling content and developing the culture of the journalistic profession, we can achieve a transparent, reliable and morally stable information environment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. bibler, w. s. m. m. bakhtin or the poetics of culture / v. s. bible. m.: gnosis, 1991. 176 p. 2. windelband, v. philosophy of culture: selected works / v. windelband.m.: inion, 1994.-350 p. 3. derrida, j. on grammar / j. derrida. m.: marginham, 2000. 512 p. 4. kagan, m. s. philosophical theory of value / st. petersburg: nauka, 1997.– 136 p. 5. parsons, t. general theoretical problems of sociology // sociology today: problems and prospects. moscow: progress, 1965. pp. 25-67. 6. ponomarev, n. f. strategies and technologies of media legitimation of power / n. f. ponomarev. perm: veche, 2010.– 192 p. 7. shtompka, p. m. trust: sociological theory / p. m. shtompka // sociological review. 2002. vol. 2. no. 3.– pp. 112-119 8. v. b. lopatina, o. e. ivanova. — 4th ed., proofread. and add. — m.: ast-press book, 2012. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org the role of socio-cultural reforms in the education of a well-rounded generation gularo nishonbayeva phd in cultural studies a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article briefly describes the reforms being carried out today in the cultural and educational sphere, as well as measures aimed at raising the cultural level of young people. introduction in today’s increasingly globalized world, the growing presence of forces that threaten societal stability, orchestrate ideological threats, and negatively impact culture and spiritual education raises deep concern in each of our hearts. this concern is particularly pressing considering that the current continuous education system in our country encompasses only one-fifth of the population. beyond the youth engaged in this system, there is an urgent need to establish a structured approach to education and upbringing across the broader population, with the aim of achieving cultural advancement. this has become a vital demand of our time. indeed, education and upbringing form the foundation for building a cultured and enlightened society. let us reflect for a moment: if pests were to attack our crops and we failed to take preventive measures, they would rapidly multiply and destroy the entire yield. likewise, we must view the forces hiding behind the mask of “mass culture” — which negatively affect society — as such destructive pests. the ideological threats that seek to trap our youth require a firm and well-structured system of education and moral upbringing to be effectively countered. this has become increasingly relevant and urgent in our day. one bitter truth of our time must now be acknowledged, and it is essential that those currently in leadership positions come to understand it: this is no longer a time to be buried in paperwork merely for the sake of submitting reports. rather, it is time to strengthen advocacy efforts in order to observe the actual impact of activities that have not yet proven effective in practice. to ensure that planned initiatives produce real results and to evaluate the effectiveness of cultural and educational measures with educational value, achieving meaningful spiritual influence has become critically important. moving forward, it will be necessary to analyze the performance of regional cultural councils, and the ministry of culture of the republic of uzbekistan should carry out a systematic monitoring of these activities. for this purpose, it is essential to appoint a responsible individual to oversee and manage this monitoring process. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org this newly developed system is expected to yield positive outcomes. as the working groups organized by the ministry examine the effectiveness of cultural and educational initiatives within labor collectives, it is of great importance to continuously improve the practical method through which updated information is submitted to the ministry’s council. this approach will help reinforce cultural and spiritual development on a national scale. as we all know, today cultural and educational outreach activities are being carried out by several institutions, including families, neighborhood committees (mahallas), educational institutions, universities, and centers of culture and enlightenment. however, since these efforts are not organized within a unified system, instances of repetition often occur in promotional activities. such repetition leads to a decline in public interest and can result in a sense of boredom. in this context, cultural and recreational centers—as well as the ministry of culture itself—have initiated efforts to effectively organize and coordinate the work of all regional councils, ministries, agencies, and organizations involved in this area. in short, these centers must serve as the main coordinating bodies for cultural and educational missions, ensuring the further development of the cultural sphere. moreover, it is becoming increasingly important to modernize the material and technical infrastructure of cultural and recreational facilities under the ministry of culture to meet contemporary standards. this includes restructuring their outreach and research activities. the development of a “roadmap for significantly increasing the effectiveness of cultural and educational activities for 2022–2023” has become a critical issue of today. to this end, the center for innovative development must establish the economic mechanisms behind national-cultural and cultural-educational grant projects, ensuring their effectiveness and impact. it is well known today that becoming a promoter of culture and enlightenment requires deep experience, strong knowledge, exceptional potential, and tireless dedication. unfortunately, for many years, cultural promoters—those who bring enlightenment to society—have not received the attention or encouragement they truly deserve. it is now time to address these longstanding issues. thanks to the initiatives of our country’s leadership, numerous decrees and resolutions concerning culture and the arts have been developed and are now being implemented in practice. the recent reforms and innovations within our republic are beginning to gain global recognition. in order to inform the population about the nature of these reforms in a timely, scientific, and well-qualified manner, it has become necessary to conduct regular “culture and enlightenment hour” events in an interactive, discussion-based format. such events will help open the door to solving various problems in the cultural and educational spheres. but who should be involved in these sessions? who will visit the regions to conduct seminars, trainings, and lectures? who will host them, where will they meet, and how many dialogues can be organized? who will prepare the necessary handouts, booklets, audio and video materials for the speakers? to find answers to these questions, a focused approach is needed, including the creation of a task force with a structured action plan. the ministry of culture must take the initiative in this regard and ensure that these sessions are conducted in cities, districts, and villages. only then will we be able to lay the foundation for raising awareness among the population about the goals and functions of the cultural and educational sectors. the ministry of culture of the republic of uzbekistan, in cooperation with local authorities, must develop proposals and recommendations to address several pressing issues that require immediate attention. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org another crucial matter is the urgent need to significantly strengthen the foundations of cultural education within the continuous education system. to say this is one of today’s most pressing challenges would not be an exaggeration. when it comes to cultural education, people often interpret it in different ways. however, culture—first and foremost—refers to the presence or absence of a person’s inner refinement. it also encompasses external aspects such as dressing etiquette, communication culture, respectful behavior toward superiors in the workplace, and the upbringing of individuals within the family—particularly their conduct toward parents. all these aspects are essential components of a culturally enriched society. the ministry of culture of the republic of uzbekistan, in cooperation with local authorities, must develop proposals and recommendations to address several pressing issues that require immediate attention. another crucial matter is the urgent need to significantly strengthen the foundations of cultural education within the continuous education system. to say this is one of today’s most pressing challenges would not be an exaggeration. when it comes to cultural education, people often interpret it in different ways. however, culture— first and foremost—refers to the presence or absence of a person’s inner refinement. it also encompasses external aspects such as dressing etiquette, communication culture, respectful behavior toward superiors in the workplace, and the upbringing of individuals within the family—particularly their conduct toward parents. all these aspects are essential components of a culturally enriched society. in this regard, the phrase “there is no break in upbringing” is often heard. unfortunately, in the field of cultural and educational work, this principle is sometimes treated with indifference. each institution—be it preschools, schools, colleges, universities, or neighborhood (mahalla) systems— tends to operate independently, without effective collaboration. this lack of coordination negatively impacts the overall effectiveness of our work. therefore, it has become necessary to establish a unified system for cultural and educational activities, in which the responsibilities of relevant institutions are clearly defined and coordinated through joint action plans. for example, in preschool institutions, it is vital to raise young children based on national and cultural values—instilling love and respect for their parents and loyalty to their homeland. to achieve this, the ministry of culture, in cooperation with the ministry of preschool education, must implement an effective system that emphasizes the educational importance of cultural and spiritual development from an early age. it is well known that the very first stage of education takes place in preschools. hence, special attention must be paid to the cultural and spiritual dimensions of both privately-run and public-private partnership-based preschools. the role of the educator is especially significant in this process. educators must be well-trained and have received education in early childhood development. only then can we be confident that the upbringing provided to our children will yield the desired and meaningful results. councils for culture and enlightenment, as well as cultural organizations operating in local areas, should pay special attention to this issue. it is believed that assigning members of these councils to specific preschools on a permanent basis—with clearly defined responsibilities—will yield positive results. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org as we know, more than 10,000 schools across our republic have been assigned well-known writers, journalists, representatives of the cultural and educational fields, and spiritual educators to carry out cultural and creative outreach activities. this initiative is rooted in the belief that improving the cultural and spiritual atmosphere in schools—enhancing students’ dress etiquette, respect for teachers, reading culture, interest in art and culture, and patriotism, while fostering a mindset shaped by noble ideas and gratitude—is a matter that brings joy to all of us. it is essential that culture and enlightenment councils in schools organize “cultural hours” at least once a week among students. assigning responsible professionals from relevant fields to these sessions would be highly appropriate. the ministry of culture of the republic of uzbekistan, in cooperation with the republican center for spirituality and enlightenment, the ministry of public education, and the writers’ union, should develop the necessary methodological manuals for these promoters and educators. this initiative, aimed at improving their skills and qualifications, will play a crucial role in solving issues in this area and is sure to yield positive results. in the past, there used to be cultural centers and venues for spiritual gatherings in various regions. these places would host different types of cultural events, library exhibitions, music rooms, and even compact museum spaces. on weekends, young people would visit these centers and gain valuable knowledge about uzbek musical instruments and national history. today, we live in an era dominated by technological processes. most youth are limited to information coming through social media. therefore, parents should make it a habit to take their children to theaters, museums, and cultural-recreational centers every sunday for cultural enrichment. parents play a crucial role in the cultural and spiritual development of the younger generation. taking children to such places lays a strong foundation for instilling a sense of patriotism, love for parents, and interest in history. in this regard, the chairman of the jokargy kenes of the republic of karakalpakistan, regional and tashkent city governors, together with the ministry of construction, have been instructed to take all necessary measures to build cultural, educational, and spiritual centers in regional hubs based on standard projects. these centers are intended to provide public services and serve as hubs of enlightenment and cultural development for our youth and the general population. the ultimate goal of these initiatives is to raise the cultural awareness of our people and foster a spiritually mature generation. additionally, it has become apparent that the “victory park” complex in tashkent should be transformed into a scientific center where the youth can learn about military history and the heroism of our ancestors. it is essential that our younger generation understand the hardships endured throughout history to achieve today’s independence. such knowledge will instill patriotism, a sense of responsibility, and devotion in their hearts. in particular, studying and promoting the lives, military activities, and legacies of our great commanders among the youth is of great importance. in this regard, the ministry of culture and the republican center for spirituality and enlightenment, involving renowned scholars and creative figures, should swiftly prepare and widely publish a series of historical-literary booklets titled “the courage and military legacy of our great commanders.” currently, around 70% of the information shaping the minds of youth comes through television. therefore, producing historical television series about our great military leaders under the initiative of the ministry of culture, in collaboration with uzbekfilm, would yield positive results. for instance, a music video was produced for the song “mendirman usha” performed by people’s artist of uzbekistan american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org and karakalpakstan, ozodbek nazarbekov. this video gained immense popularity. why? because it held historical significance, portraying loyalty to one’s homeland and family, and it effectively depicted the brave and courageous figure of jaloliddin manguberdi, giving us valuable insights into his life. if similar films about other historical figures are produced and aired soon, allowing youth to visually engage with historical processes, it would undoubtedly spark a stronger sense of patriotism and loyalty to the nation. raising a generation of courageous and patriotic youth, who honor and understand their history, greatly depends on the active contribution and dedication of our scholars and creative minds. references 1. annex 1 to the resolution no. pq-405 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 25, 2023. 2. resolution no. pq-3022 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on measures for the further development and improvement of the sphere of culture and art.” available at: www.lex.uz 3. presidential decree on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022–2026 (collection of legislative acts of the republic of uzbekistan, 2021, no. 4). available at: www.lex.uz 4. nazarov, q. dictionary of key concepts of spirituality. tashkent: national society of philosophers of uzbekistan, 2021, pp. 288–289. http://www.lex.uz/ http://www.lex.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org atonymic features of certain geographical terms khabibulloyeva gulchekhra komiljonovna teacher of department of foreign language and literature of denau entrepreneurship and pedagogical institute abstract keywords the objective of this article is to classify antonymic paradigms in geographic terminology, analyze their derivational characteristics (morphological and lexical), and elucidate the role of these contradictions in the scientific description of geographic entities. terminology, climate, lexical, antonymic relation, semantic, role, linguistics. introduction in contemporary linguistics, the systemic-structural analysis of domain-specific terminology, particularly the study of lexical-semantic relations, holds significant importance. geographic terminology is a distinct lexical stratum with a specific hierarchical system representing the complex interactions between nature and society. within this system, the phenomenon of antonymy manifests not merely as a linguistic reality but as a fundamental category of perception. the word “antonym” comes from ancient greek, and it is made by combining two words. “anti” means “opposite”, and “onyma” means “name”. antonymy is the semantic relationship between two words that have the opposite meaning. antonymy primarily takes place between words belonging to the same part of speech. for example, fast-slow, good-bad; they are adjectives, to sleep wake up these are verbs. the process of conceptualizing geographic space relies on the principle of «binary opposition» inherent in human cognition. according to structuralist theory, the meaning of any concept is determined in relation to its opposite. in geographic orientation, the existence of the concept «north» ontologically necessitates the concept «south». such contrasting pairs serve to transform chaotic space into an ordered coordinate system. to date, antonymic relations within geographic terms have been primarily studied at the lexical definition level; however, their functional-semantic role in differentiating relief forms, hydrological regimes, and climatic zones remains insufficiently explored. for instance, oppositions such as mountain – plain (relief), land – water (medium), and arid – humid (climate) function as core elements ensuring the stability of the terminological system. methodology to reveal the semantic and structural characteristics of geographical terms, this study employs descriptive, comparative-analytical, and componential analysis methods of modern american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org linguistics. geographical terms and toponymic units in the uzbek language were selected as the object of the research. the primary materials for analysis were drawn from the «explanatory dictionary of the uzbek language» (5 volumes), the «national encyclopedia of uzbekistan,» and various toponymic maps of the region. more than 300 geographical terms and place names (toponyms) were compiled from these sources. the selected units were categorized based on antonymic pairs (e.g., mountain-plain, landwater, high-low). as emphasized in the introduction, the principle of binary opposition, derived from structural linguistics, serves as the theoretical framework of this research. through this method, geographical terms were classified into groups based on the following logical contradictions: spatial directional opposition: north — south, east — west (horizontal axis); upper — lower (vertical axis). relief forms opposition: highland — lowland, hill — desert. hydrological opposition: humid — arid (watered — waterless), flowing — stagnant. the componential analysis method was utilized to determine the specific semantic facets of each antonymic pair. for instance, when analyzing the terms »upper» and »lower», the study considered not only their representation of altitude but also their location relative to river flow (e.g., upper chirchik and lower chirchik). this approach allowed for the identification of contradictions within the denotative (literal) and connotative (associative) meanings of the terms. beyond the pure lexical meaning of geographical terms, the study examined how they acquire antonymic properties when integrated into place names. in this regard, the function of qualifiers within onomastic units—such as big-small (katta-kichik), old-new (eski-yangi), and white-black (oq-qora)— in distinguishing geographical objects was analyzed statistically. results and discussions the analysis of the selected geographical terminology reveals that antonymy in this field is strictly systematized and serves as a fundamental tool for spatial categorization. based on the data collected from lexicographical sources, the identified antonymic pairs were classified into three major semantic groups: the study identified that a significant portion of geographical terms relates to the vertical differentiation of the earth's surface. these terms form gradable antonyms, representing opposite ends of a scale [1]. examples: mountain vs. plain/depression ; highlandvs. lowland ; summit/peak vs. base/foot ; deep vs. shallow. this category includes terms denoting absolute location and orientation. unlike orographic terms, these are mostly complementary antonyms (binary pairs without an intermediate state). examples: north vs. south ; east vs. west; upstream vs. downstream; windward vs. leeward . these terms describe the physical state or climatic condition of a geographical object. examples: arid vs. humid; freshwater vs. saline/saltwater;freezing vs. thawing. the results of this study confirm the hypothesis presented in the introduction: geographical terminology is deeply rooted in the concept of binary opposition. this section interprets the linguistic and cognitive nature of these oppositions [2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org the prevalence of pairs such as north-south and land-water suggests that human cognition perceives geographical space through contrast. as structural linguistics suggests, a term like «highland» has meaning only because the concept of «lowland» exists. in geography, this binary structure allows for the precise definition of boundaries and zones. without these opposing terms, spatial orientation would be linguistically impossible. the discussion highlights a key distinction between directional and qualitative terms. absolute opposition: terms like north and south are absolute; a location cannot be both simultaneously. relative (gradable) opposition: terms like high and low or hot and cold are relative to a specific reference point. for instance, a «hill» is high compared to a «plain» but low compared to a «mountain.» this relativity is crucial in geographical classification (e.g., distinguishing between a hill, a plateau, and a mountain) [3]. the analysis of terms such as upstream and downstream indicates that geographical antonyms are often anthropocentric (centered on human perspective). the flow of water dictates the opposition, impacting how human settlements describe their location. similarly, terms like arid vs. fertile are defined by their utility to human activity (agriculture), proving that geographical antonymy is not just physical but also functional [4]. conclusion the study of atonymic features of geographical terms reveals the intricate relationship between language, culture, and the natural environment. geographical names are not merely labels for physical locations; they carry semantic, historical, and cultural information that reflects the perception and experience of the local population. this article has shown that certain geographical terms exhibit specific atonymic characteristics, including their morphological structure, phonetic patterns, and semantic nuances, which distinguish them from general vocabulary. understanding these atonymic features contributes to the broader fields of toponymy, linguistics, and cultural studies, providing insights into how communities encode knowledge of their surroundings into language. additionally, analyzing the semantic and functional aspects of these terms highlights their role in preserving cultural heritage and local identity. recognizing the distinctive atonymic properties of geographical terms can facilitate more accurate linguistic documentation, improve cross-cultural communication, and enhance the interpretation of historical and ethnographic data. in conclusion, the investigation of atonymic features not only enriches our understanding of the linguistic landscape but also underscores the inseparable link between language, place, and cultural consciousness. further research in this area could explore comparative analyses across regions and languages to deepen our comprehension of the cognitive and cultural factors shaping geographical nomenclature. references: 1. cruse, d. a. (1986). lexical semantics. cambridge university press. 2. jamolxonov, h. (2005). hozirgi o‘zbek adabiy tili. toshkent: talqin. (leksikologiya va antonimlar haqida). 3. lyons, j. (1977). semantics (vol. 1 & 2). cambridge university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org 4. rahmatullaycv sh., mamatov n.. shukurov r. o'zbek tili antonimlarining izohli lug'ati. т.: «o'qituvchi». 5. tursunov u., muxtorov j., rahmatullaycv sh. ko'rsatilgan asar, 120-126-b. usmonov s. antonimlar / / «o'zbek tili va adabiyoti masalalari» jurn., 195 s, 2 son. 38b. 6. исабсков в.о. лексическая антонимия в современном узбекском языке. акд. – т. 1973. шукуров р. лексико-семантическая природа антонимов. акд. т., 1973 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the role of national values in raising children in the spirit of patriotism in the family xasonboyev bekzodjon valijonovich, o‘zbekiston respublikasi harbiy xavfsizlik va mudofaa universitetining quruqlikdagi qo‘shinlar instituti harbiy pedagogika va psixologiya kafedrasi boshlig‘i podpolkovnik, p.f.f.d (phd), dotsent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, on the basis of all educational work related to the upbringing of children in the family and mahalla system, experts are obliged to study the laws related to the fundamental essence of folk traditions, in particular, national values preserved in family relations, to study the sociopsychological conditions and to apply the results in practice. today, the formation of children's beliefs in such values through an influential social institution like the family and through this formation of positive social relations towards the family is one of the urgent issues. in multinational uzbekistan, which has pursued such a goal, thinking about the future of young people, the role of young people in the development of a civil society and the formation of a new worldview in them is one of the urgent issues of today. introduction the article notes that today the task of psychologists in the field of family and upbringing of children is to study the laws related to the essence of national traditions, in particular, national values preserved in family relations, social and psychological conditions of the upbringing process and to apply the results in practice. it is noted that today it is important to form children's faith in such values as religion and traditions through an effective social institution such as the family, and, through this, to create positive social relations in the family itself. it is noted that the reason for the above decisions is the historical purpose of the concept of the family, when for centuries it was a reflection and transmission from generation to generation of traditions, customs and values. thus, in multinational uzbekistan, the pursuit of a common goal, reflections on the future of youth, the role of young people in the development of civil society and the formation of a new worldview in them is one of the most pressing problems. as we all know well, patriotism is the spiritual basis of the life of every state and is manifested as the most important mobilizing force for the comprehensive development of society. the main goal of the democratic reforms in the social sphere of the country is to ensure the achievement of high spirituality of young people, to bring up the harmonious generation, to form a fully developed american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org person in the process of social development, to bring up mature individuals who embody national and universal values. one of the pressing issues of today is the one-goal aspiration in multinational uzbekistan, thinking about the future of young people, the role of young people in the development of a civil society and the formation of a new worldview. president of uzbekistan sh. m. mirziyoyev said: "we have a great history worth prouding. we have great ancestors to envy. we have incalculable riches worth envying. i believe that we will have a great future that god wills and that is worth having"[1]. the president's thoughts emphasized the invaluable role of the family, first of all, in the education of faith and a healthy worldview. therefore, on the basis of all educational work related to the upbringing of children in the family and mahalla system, it is necessary to study the laws related to the fundamental essence of folk traditions, in particular, national values preserved in family relations, to study their socio-psychological conditions, to apply the results obtained in practice. today, it is urgent to form in children a belief in such values through an influential social institution like the family and thereby form positive, social relations with the family. the family is a unique place where they preserve and manifest folk traditions, national images and customs for centuries. it is during the years of independence that the problem of moral education of young people under the influence of the family and ancient values preserved in it becomes the subject of many theoretical and empirical researches. such an approach corresponds to the philosophical and ideological views of the thinkers of the past, their teachings on the family and family upbringing. according to dozens of thinkers such as ahmad al-fergani, mahmud al-zamahshari, abu nasr al-farabi, abu bakr muhammad ibn al-abbas al-khwarizmi, abu rayhan beruni, abu ali ibn sina, the most important social factor in the upbringing of a child is the principle of the family, the worldview of parents, the methods of upbringing and the principle of compliance of the norms recognized by society with the family values. a number of published brochures and books, scientific and popular articles cover various aspects of this issue. for example, mirzo ulugbek believes that the environment in which he is brought up plays an important role in increasing the interest of a child in learning. he believes that parents should take care of their children becoming real people [6]. the qamusi scholar al-farabi writes: "a person who is intelligent is a person who has a keen intellect but also virtues. such a person should devote all his ability and perception to doing good deeds, to restrain himself from bad deeds and to detract from them. only such a person can be called intelligent and fully reasonable"[9]. based on these ideas, we say that in order to live a meaningful life and work, a person must first be aware of the world around him, possess high intelligence and experience. for him, the human mind plays an important role in his life, and it is only by reason of reason that a person can prove in practice such qualities as wisdom, thoughtfulness, honesty, righteousness, farsightedness, self-indulgence, humility. the desire to master knowledge in children, the effective participation of parents in the formation of social activity is a decisive factor that is one of the necessary conditions for the successful implementation of family upbringing [4]. proper organization of children's life in family rearing is the main guarantee of their effective and productive use of time. it is extremely important to properly distribute children's family time in terms of play, work and study activities. the family should form a physically and psychologically healthy, spiritually harmonious individual, ready for work, social and family life. the essence of family education is to educate children in these american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org areas of social education: physical, ethical, mental, aesthetic, environmental, labor, economic, legal, political-ideological and sex education, as well as the formation of their skills and qualifications[10]. physical education in the family environment expresses the essence of efforts to strengthen the child in every way, to teach him cleanliness and freedom, to take care of his health and to be responsible[2]. mental education of children also plays an important role in family rearing. the primary and important task in this area is to involve the child in activities that improve imagination, perception, thinking, memory and attention, based on the child's perception and needs[6]. moral education is the core of family education. its purpose is to instill in children the highest moral qualities, fairness, love, respect for adults, conscience for the little ones, dignity, pride, duty, humanity, diligence, generosity, correctness, humility, compassion, social understanding of discipline, etc. especially important is the correct and effective organization of aesthetic education in the family. children should be taught from a very young age that false beauties (half-nakedness, over-the-top veils, cosmetic surgeries, extremes of flammable fabrics or jewelry) are not symbols of beauty. labor education is also one of the main areas of family education. labor plays a great role in the development of an individual with strong character and determined will. in the proper upbringing of children in the family, the proper organization of the family economy, the involvement of children in the work of running the family economy is of great importance. the family also organizes educational work on environmental protection (ecology), which in the process prepares the basis for the resolution of ideas about the compatibility between the concepts of "human-nature-society". based on the above, it can be concluded that the organization of family education in the above way will be the basis for the upbringing of a perfect person. the worldviews, life approaches and spiritual world of parents and other family members play a special role in the full maturity of children. it is also important that parents have a certain level of pedagogical knowledge. references: 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will build a great future with our brave and noble people. t.: uzbekistan, 2017. 2. karimov i.a. the ideology of national independence is the faith of the people and faith in the great future. – t.: uzbekistan, 2000. 3. the idea of national independence: basic concepts and principles. – t.: uzbekistan, 2000. 4. abdallah of st. louis. turkish gulistan or morality. –t.: teacher, 1992. 5. edited by munavvarov q.a. pedagogy. tutorial. –t.: teacher, 1996. 6.tokhtakho'jaeva m.kh., ashirbaev s. and b.a. theory and history of pedagogy. part ii. theory of pedagogy. textbook. -t.: 2008. 7.umarova m.m. family spirituality. brochure. –t.: 2007. 8. journal of healthy generation issue 8 -t.: 2017. 9. abu nasr al-farabi fozil city of people.-t.: people's heritage, 1993. 10.fitrat a. family or family management procedures, – t., "spirituality", 1998. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org pedagogical foundations of implementing inclusive education khaydarova shakhlo narzullayevna associate professor of navoi state university, phd e-mail: shaxloxaydarova1972@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the pedagogical foundations of implementing inclusive education and emphasizes that principles of social equality, justice, and humanity play a central role in establishing inclusive education within society. inclusion, inclusive education, integration, disabled person, child with special needs, humanistic principle, congenital impairment, acquired impairment, harmonization, inclusion (embracing), differentiated strategy. introduction today, raising the younger generation to become well-rounded, mature, and morally upright individuals has become an urgent issue worldwide. indeed, science and culture have long served as primary pillars in ensuring the development of every society. above all, prioritizing education and upbringing determines both the present and the future of our homeland. from the moment a human being is born, they live surrounded by dreams. over time, these dreams turn into noble goals. to achieve these goals, plans are made and steps are taken gradually. however, there are individuals in society whose abilities are limited and who are in need of assistance. their only dream is to be as healthy as others. such individuals are referred to as persons with disabilities. a person with a disability is someone who experiences difficulties performing certain daily activities due to physical, intellectual, mental, or sensory limitations, and who has a congenital or acquired impairment. today, instead of the term “disabled,” phrases such as “a child with a disability” or “a child with special needs” are increasingly used. the adoption of these terms reflects growing respect and inclusiveness toward children with disabilities in public consciousness. not only in our republic but around the world, providing education and upbringing for children with disabilities has become a major priority. historically, special education systems were established based on the belief that such children could not receive education together with their healthy peers. boarding schools and small special institutions were created for this purpose. however, such forms of education lead to several negative consequences. some of these include: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org a) isolation from society, i.e., lack of socialization; b) stigmatization and the perception that they are incapable of independence; c) being separated from their families, becoming emotionally deprived, withdrawn, and lonely; d) inability to find their place in society and a lack of motivation to achieve success; e) difficulties in self-care and dependency; f) most regrettably, intellectual regression and falling behind peers in education. to prevent such negative outcomes, eliminate discrimination, and ensure that children with disabilities are treated equally as individuals, changes were introduced into legislation. terms such as “inclusion,” “inclusive education,” and “integration” entered the educational sphere. inclusion is not merely equality in rights, but equality in opportunities. regardless of language, religion, or ethnicity, every individual is subject to the law. laws are adopted based on human interests. however, educational conditions may not be equally suitable for everyone. when an educational institution provides sufficient conditions for both a child with special needs and a healthy child, this is called inclusion. literature analysis. although the words “inclusive” and “integration” sound similar, their meaning and application differ. the term “inclusive” is derived from english (inclusive, inclusion), meaning harmonizing, integrating, embracing, or incorporating. inclusive education means: creating learning opportunities in a general education environment for children with disabilities and those from diverse social and cultural backgrounds. inclusive society means: ensuring equal rights and opportunities for every person, regardless of who they are. inclusion is based on the principle of creating equal opportunities for all members of society and removing barriers considering their needs. the term “integration,” derived from latin integrare—to unite, to become whole, to adapt—refers to: in education: placing children with special needs into general classes and forcing them to adapt to the existing system. here, the system does not change; rather, the child is expected to adapt. in society: integrating groups or individuals into mainstream society under the condition that they adjust to prevailing norms and rules. while integration refers to merging different parts into a unified system, inclusion focuses on accepting all individuals as equal members and adapting the system to their needs. inclusion, therefore, is broader, more comprehensive, and grounded in humanitarian principles. the educational and humanistic views of great eastern scholars such as ibn sina, imam bukhari, abu nasr farabi, alisher navoi, and abdulla avloni constitute the methodological foundations of inclusive education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org results the goals and tasks of inclusive education include: • creating necessary psychological, pedagogical, and corrective conditions for children with disabilities in educational institutions, implementing need-based educational programs; • guaranteeing equality of educational rights; • meeting the needs of children with and without disabilities through active involvement of families and society, and facilitating early social adaptation; • ensuring children with disabilities live with their families without separation; • fostering a kind and compassionate attitude toward children with disabilities. inclusive education is a completely new system of teaching and upbringing. this requires teachers to consider each child's physiological and psychological development, especially the individual characteristics of children with special needs. according to the authors of the “ilm yo‘li” (path of knowledge) curriculum, the preschool educational institution is not only a place for education but also a core sphere of the child's life. therefore, teachers must ensure conditions for each child to realize their inner potential. special attention must be given to vulnerable groups of children. through communication, children learn to interact with others regardless of gender, ethnicity, culture, language, beliefs, socio-economic status, or specific needs. the focus of inclusive education is the child’s development and learning—not merely completing a curriculum. due to rapid population growth, many classes have large numbers of children, which creates discomfort in the learning process. it is necessary to adopt policies limiting class sizes to 15–20 children. discussion the “ilm yo‘li” curriculum is based on key principles of inclusion: • the worth of every human being is not determined by abilities or achievements; •every person can feel and think; •everyone has the right to communication and to be acknowledged; •all people need each other; •genuine education occurs within meaningful interactions; •all learners need support and friendships; • success is more visible in tasks a child can accomplish than in those they cannot; •diversity enriches human life; •everyone is unique and should be recognized as such; • programs must be individualized based on each child’s needs and institution goals; • the educational process should support development, learning, and active participation; •all children should be treated equally; • teaching strategies should be differentiated according to developmental needs; •institutions must continuously adapt to children’s needs; • preschool programs must consistently adjust to children preparing for school. from the above, we understand that inclusion must be based on a clear system, laws, and regulations. once inclusion is introduced, it must be acknowledged by everyone, creating transparency and ensuring proper communication among healthy children, children with disabilities, and the inclusive learning environment. preparing qualified specialists is equally important. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org inclusive education benefits everyone. it prevents discrimination and fosters fairness and equal treatment in society. this is vital not just in our country, but globally. inclusive education must be accessible not only in urban centers but also in remote districts and villages. if families face difficulties bringing their children to educational institutions, material and moral support should be provided. not all parents are able to take their children to special schools or boarding institutions; thus, inclusive education becomes essential. ensuring adaptability between healthy children and those with disabilities is crucial. preschool children are pure and impressionable—like tender saplings. as a healthy child and a child with disabilities study together, the healthy child develops natural acceptance and empathy. this prevents discrimination from an early age. to carry out inclusive education effectively, qualified personnel are needed. even if special equipment exists, it is useless without trained specialists. higher education institutions now teach courses on inclusive education and working with children with disabilities. balancing the needs of both healthy and special-needs children, as well as uncovering the inner potential of children with disabilities, depends largely on the teacher's professional competence. to organize education in inclusive preschool institutions, attention must be given to: • individualized, learner-centered instruction; • corrective and rehabilitative teaching; • holistic assessment of impairments—clinical, genetic, neurophysiological, psychological, and pedagogical; • early detection and correction of developmental issues; • vocational guidance and preparation for independent life; • ensuring continuity of education; • preventing inappropriate segregation. experience in applying inclusive education shows that if a child’s impairment is identified early and timely interventions are implemented, the goals of inclusion can be successfully achieved. inclusive education increases the social adaptation of special-needs children and improves their quality of life. it also strengthens cooperation between teachers and parents, improves methodological approaches, and ensures educational continuity. many developed countries—including the usa, uk, germany, sweden, and japan—have gained extensive experience in inclusive education. their experience shows that separating children with disabilities into special institutions is less effective than integrating them into mainstream society. sweden establishes individualized learning for each child, making inclusion a central part of state policy. germany adopts special assistant teachers who support children with disabilities in mainstream classes. this experience is highly relevant for uzbekistan, where for many years children with disabilities studied mostly in specialized boarding schools. today, integrating them into general schools and improving infrastructure has become increasingly urgent. from a psychological and pedagogical perspective, one of the main principles of inclusion is teaching children respect, kindness, and cooperation. children who grow up interacting with peers of diverse abilities develop important human qualities such as self-worth, tolerance, and empathy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org for teachers, inclusive education requires deep professional competence, mastery of modern teaching methods, and the ability to design individualized lessons to meet each learner’s needs. this, in turn, enhances the quality of the entire education system. the human-centered pedagogical approach considers each child a unique and unrepeatable individual. inclusive education is based on this principle and seeks to create equal opportunities to unlock every child’s abilities. summary in today’s globalized world, education plays a crucial role in shaping human capital. this process applies not only to healthy and well-developed children, but equally to those with physical or intellectual limitations. therefore, establishing inclusive education in society is the embodiment of equality, justice, and humanity. if a child with special needs grows up in isolation, disconnected from society, they will struggle to adapt to real life. educating such children together with their peers supports their socialization and helps them find their place in society. this reflects not only the development of the education system but also the overall progress of society. references 1. mirziyoyev sh. m. decree no. pf-4860 “on measures to further improve the system of education and upbringing for children with special educational needs.” october 13, 2020. 2. vygotsky l. s. imagination and its development in childhood. in: reader in psychology. moscow: prosveshchenie, 1987. 3. david bain. children with disabilities in developing countries: assessment, programs, and guidelines. canada: university of alberta, 1991. – p. 29. 4. sh. sh. mirziyoyeva, i. v. goroshova, u. t. mikailova. individualization in preschool education: inclusion of children with special needs. tashkent, 2020. 5. i. yu. madatov. inclusive education. textbook. best-publist publishing house, tashkent, 2024. 6. f. u. qodirova, d. a. pulatova. inclusive education: theory and methodology (textbook). chirchiq, 2022. 7. haydarova shahlo narzullayevna. factors of adaptation to social life of orphanage children. "uzacademia" scientific-methodical journal. december 30, 2020. part 3. 163165. 8. haydarova shahlo narzullaevna. pedagogical foundations of preparing foster children for family life. "scientific progress" scientific journal. volume #1, issue #1, 2020/xi. 149-154 9. haydarova shakhlo narzullaevna, (2021). pedagogical approach to the preparation of the children of the orphanage for family life. the american journal of social science and educational innovations, 3(02), 23-27. 10. haydarova sh.n. педагогический подход к подготовке воспитанников детского дома к семейной жизни. colloquium-journal №8 (95), 2021. czesc 2. (warszawa, polska) 11. ibraimov kholboy ibragimovich, khaydarova shakhlo narzullaevna, organizational pedagogical principles of education of pre-school children in the inclusive education system. science and innovation international scientific journal volume 2 issue november 11, 2023 uif-2022: 8.2 | isn: 2181-3337 | scientists.uz. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.10143278. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.10143278 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org academician b. akhmedov's views on preserving cultural heritage rajabov sanatjon sunatovich bukhara state pedagogical institute senior lecturer of the department of social sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines academician buriboy ahmedov's research on issues related to the collection, storage, comprehensive study, and publication of rare manuscript works that constitute an important part of scientific and cultural heritage. ancestors, b. akhmedov, rare manuscript, ancient documents, restoration of our cultural heritage, scholarly discussion, scientific potential, central asia, preservation. introduction we uzbeks have a long and rich history. we have ancestors worthy of pride, such as ahmad alfarghani and muhammad ibn musa al-khwarizmi, abu nasr farabi and mahmud kashgari, abu rayhan beruni, ulugbek and ali kushchi, abdurahman jami and alisher navoi, amir temur and babur. we are the heirs of the rich scientific and cultural heritage they created, which has earned a deserving place in the treasury of world science and knowledge[1-462]. issues related to the collection, preservation, comprehensive study, and publication of rare manuscripts, which constitute an important part of the scientific and cultural heritage created by our people over the centuries, should always remain at the center of attention. attempting to correct past mistakes and rewrite history by failing to understand the value of these manuscript works is an unforgivable error. methods. the efforts of the source scholar bo'riboy ahmedov in restoring our scientific and cultural heritage, researching rare sources, and conveying them to readers are especially praiseworthy. the scholar authored "bahr ul-asror" and "abdullanoma" (a two-volume work), "samariya," "nasihat ulmuluk," "siyosatnoma," "davlatshoh samarqandiy's garden of poets," “историко-географическая литература средней азии xvi–xviii вв.”, ulugbek's works, such as "tarixi arb'a ulus," are of immense importance in the field of source studies. b. akhmedov also actively participated in creating several major works and compilations dedicated to the history of ancient and medieval socio-political culture of our country and other regions. for example, the third volume of "the history of uzbekistan" (1967) and fourth (1993) editions, including "history of samarkand" (1969), which were implemented on an international scale under the auspices of unesco, an international organization. he contributed to the creation of "the history of central asian civilization" (the first volume of which was published in 1992) with an article titled "central american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org asia during the era of genghis khan and his descendants"; “из истории эпохи улуғбека” (1965), “из истории науки улуғбека” (1979), “из истории сред ней азии и восточного туркистана” (1987), “материалы к этнической истории населения средней азии” (1986), "navoi in the memories of his contemporaries", “материалы по истории средней азии и централь ной азии” (1988) made a significant contribution to the creation of scientific complexes such as these[1-79]. at the same time, he carried out extensive work in studying and disseminating our rich spiritual heritage as a member of the editorial boards of journals such as "social sciences in uzbekistan," "sharq yulduzi" (eastern star), "moziydan sado" (echo from the past), "muloqot" (dialogue), "sirli olam" (mysterious world), "sharq mash'ali" (eastern torch), and "sharqshunoslik" (oriental studies). he also served as a member of the boards of the "preservation of historical and cultural monuments of uzbekistan" and "republican values and spirituality" societies, as well as the chairman of the board of the international timur foundation (1996-2002). he became a corresponding member of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan in 1989 and was elected as a full member in 1995. discussion. b. akhmedov's works number more than 350 (including over 140 articles written for the uzbek encyclopedia). of these, 9 are major monographic works, while the rest comprise treatises of various lengths and scientific articles. several of them have been published abroad in cities such as moscow, st. petersburg, tbilisi, ashgabat, alma-ata, kabul, wiesbaden, delhi, and london. along with writing scientific research, b. akhmedov also carried out scientific editing work, and a number of works were published under his editorship. i. nizomiddinov's "indo-central asian relations in the 16th-19th centuries" (1966), h. hasanov's "zahiriddin muhammad bobur" (1966), bahrom ibrohimov's "collection of documents" (1981), "from the history of central asia and eastern turkestan of the 15th-19th centuries" (1987) and "materials on the history of central and middle asia in the 10th-19th centuries" (1988) collections, b.v. lunin's "history of uzbekistan in sources" (1988, 1990); t. fayziyev's "documents on the use of slave labor in feudal bukhara in the 19th century" (1990), x. bababekov's "popular movements in the kokand khanate..." (1990), a. khodjaev's "the qing empire and eastern turkestan in the 18th century" (1991), v.p. yudin's "utamish haji. chinggis-name" (1992), sayfiddin jalilov's "babur and andijan" (1993) and others are among these works. t. fayziyev "documents on the use of slave labor in feudal bukhara in the 19th century" (1990), x. bababekov. popular movement in the kokand khanate..." (1990), a. khodzhaev. "empire of sons and eastern turkestan in the 18th century." (1991), v.p. yudin "utamesh haji. genghis khan" (1992). in some of his scientific discussions, the scholar addressed the state of our material and spiritual heritage. in an interview given to the journal "literature and art of uzbekistan" in 1987, he said: "while in the fergana valley, samarkand, and khorezm regarding the collection of old books and documents accidentally preserved by the population, i have heard terrible stories from elderly people about the destruction of cultural monuments"[1-431]. according to b. ahmedov's testimony, the publication of works translated from arabic and persian into uzbek and russian languages has been suspended. this work, which had been carried out for many years through the tireless efforts and dedication of specialists, has now been halted. in particular, the third volume of "abdullanoma," a rare work on the history of central asia, was not permitted to be published, and consequently, the remaining parts of this important work volumes 3 and 4 remained unpublished and in manuscript form. the "movement" at the beginning of 1972 became an obstacle to the study of ancient and medieval history, as well as cultural heritage. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org when studying b. ahmedov's research, it is emphasized that preserving our spiritual heritage through the full translation of manuscripts related to fields such as history, literature, medicine, or philosophy, and preparing them for publication with necessary annotations, is a laborious task. it is noted that this process takes at least 4-5 years, and consequently, a specialist scholar may only be able to publish three or four such works during their entire lifetime[1-435]. so, in which century will we be able to deliver our heritage to the people? clearly, we need to seek a different approach. according to the scholar's view, firstly, we should quickly catalog and publish manuscripts, lithographic books, and legal documents, even if in brief form; secondly, translating important parts of this work into uzbek and russian languages, and publishing them in the form of an anthology or thematic collections (for example, on topics such as the origin and ethnic composition of the uzbek people, land and water issues, popular movements, relations of the peoples of uzbekistan and central asia with peoples of foreign countries, and so on); thirdly, he emphasized the need to create special studies on important works and, finally, fourthly, to publish more popular science booklets providing general information about manuscripts of great scientific value and their authors. b. ahmedov's views on the necessity of collecting and studying manuscript works, as well as widely disseminating them, have not lost their relevance for both his time and today. conclusion. it is crucial to preserve the unique and rare cultural heritage that reflects the rich history and culture of the uzbek people, to reliably protect and scientifically study material cultural heritage objects and written sources, to use them rationally, and to further enhance their role and importance in increasing the scientific potential of our country. references: 1. asror samad, muzaffar ahmad. bo'riboy ahmedov. an enlightening life. scientific and journalistic articles. tashkent, 2024. 548 p. 2. ahmedov b. davlatshoh samarqandiy. "fan." tashkent, 1967. 86 p. 3. ahmedov b. history of balkh. "fan." tashkent, 1982. 240 p. 4. ahmedov b.a. the state of nomadic uzbeks. moscow, 1965. 5. ahmedov b. history of balkh. "fan." tashkent, 1982. 240 p. 6. ahmedov b. lessons from history. "o'qituvchi." tashkent, 1994. 430 p. 7. ahmedov b.a. historical and geographical literature of central asia in the 16th-17th centuries (written monuments). tashkent: fan, 1985. 8. ahmedov b.a. sources of uzbekistan history. tashkent: o'qituvchi, 2001. 9. ahmedov b.a. prominent historians of uzbekistan. "cho'lpon." tashkent, 2003. 10. ражабов с. с. ix-xv асрлар бухоро тарихини ўрганишда ҳуқуқий ҳужжатлар ва ёзишмаларнинг аҳамияти (академик бўрибой аҳмедов илмий тадқиқотлари aсосида) //imras. – 2023. – т. 6. – №. 7. – с. 623-626. 11. ражабов с. с. источники по истории бухары в исследовании академика б. ахмедова //проблемы востоковедения. – 2024. – т. 103. – №. 1. – с. 39-44. 12. ражабов с. c. давлатшоҳ самарқандий “тазкирот аш-шуаро”(“шоирлар тазкираси”) асарининг ўзбек адабиёти ва тарихчилигида тутган ўрни (б. аҳмедов илмий тадқиқотлари таҳлили асосида) //innovative developments and research in education. – 2024. – т. 3. – №. 30. – с. 441-444. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org a comparative study of perfect society and the human ideal in world literature mamashoyev umid ulug'bek ugli the university of economics and pedagogy the branch of interfaculty foriegn languages email: umidmamashoyev@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the representation of the ideal person and the perfect society in world literature, drawing on texts from various cultural and historical contexts. by analyzing seminal works such as thomas more's utopia and plato's the republic, alongside contemporary narratives from authors like ursula k. le guin and octavia butler, we aim to highlight the diverse visions of utopia and the human ideal across global literature. ideal person, human nature, qutadg’u bilig, ideal society. introduction the comparative study explores how different cultures and epochs interpret the concepts of perfection and societal harmony, revealing the underlying philosophical, ethical, and socio-political frameworks that shape these ideals. each work not only reflects the aspirations of its time but also critiques existing societal norms, offering insights into human nature and the complexities of governance, community, and individual responsibility. moreover, this exploration includes lesser-known texts from various regions, such as yusuf khass hajib's qutadg’u bilig, which provides a central asian perspective, and confucian literature that emphasizes moral integrity in societal functioning. by juxtaposing these diverse literary traditions, we uncover the rich tapestry of thought that informs our understanding of utopia. ultimately, this article posits that the visions of the ideal society and person are not monolithic but rather a confluence of cultural narratives that reflect the multifaceted nature of human experience. through this lens, we aim to foster a deeper appreciation for the ways literature can inform our understanding of societal aspirations and ethical dilemmas, encouraging ongoing dialogue about what constitutes a just and equitable world. the quest for an ideal society and the representation of the perfect human being have been enduring themes in literature across cultures and epochs. throughout history, thinkers and writers have grappled with the fundamental questions of what constitutes a just society and what qualities define an exemplary individual. this exploration is not merely an academic exercise; it reflects deeply held beliefs about human nature, morality, and the structures that govern our lives. from ancient philosophical texts to modern speculative fiction, literature has served as a mirror reflecting societal ideals and challenges. the ancient greeks, for instance, laid the groundwork for utopian thought with works like plato's *the republic*, which presents a vision of a society governed american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org by philosopher-kings. this text delves into the nature of justice and the role of individuals within a well-ordered community. similarly, in various eastern philosophies, such as confucianism, the emphasis on moral integrity and social harmony provides a framework for understanding the ideal person in relation to society. as societies evolved, so too did the literary representations of perfection. the renaissance brought forth thomas more's “utopia”, a text that critiques contemporary european society while envisioning a communal, egalitarian alternative. more's work not only reflects the aspirations of his time but also invites readers to consider the ethical implications of societal organization. in the 20th and 21st centuries, authors like ursula k. le guin and octavia butler have expanded the discourse around utopia and the human ideal by incorporating themes of diversity, gender, and environmental sustainability. their narratives often challenge traditional notions of perfection, emphasizing the importance of adaptability, resilience, and collective action in the face of societal challenges. this article investigates key literary works from various regions, focusing on how they articulate the concepts of utopia and the human ideal. by examining a diverse array of texts, including those from different cultural backgrounds and historical contexts, we aim to uncover the underlying philosophical, ethical, and socio-political frameworks that shape these ideals. each work not only reflects the aspirations of its time but also critiques existing societal norms, offering rich insights into human nature and the complexities of governance, community, and individual responsibility. ultimately, this exploration serves to illuminate the multifaceted nature of human experience, illustrating how literature can inform our understanding of societal aspirations and ethical dilemmas. by engaging with these enduring themes, we hope to foster a deeper appreciation for the role of literature in shaping our collective vision of a just and equitable world. the classical foundations: plato and more plato's “the republic” one of the earliest explorations of the ideal society is found in plato's “the republic” (c. 380 bc), a foundational text in western philosophy that delves deeply into the nature of justice, governance, and the ideal human being. in this work, plato constructs a vision of a society governed by philosopherkings—individuals who embody wisdom and virtue, capable of discerning the true nature of justice and the common good. this governing class is tasked with the responsibility of leading the state not for personal gain but for the benefit of all citizens. central to plato's argument is the concept of the forms, abstract ideals that represent the truest essence of concepts like beauty, justice, and goodness. the philosopher, having attained knowledge of these forms, is uniquely qualified to rule, as they possess a deeper understanding of what is truly beneficial for society. specifically, the form of the good occupies a paramount position in this hierarchy of knowledge, illuminating the path toward a just and harmonious society. plato asserts that only those who grasp this ultimate truth can create laws and policies that reflect the highest ideals of justice. in “the republic”, the ideal person is not merely a knowledgeable ruler but a well-rounded individual whose soul is in harmony. plato posits that a well-ordered society mirrors this internal balance, where reason (the rational part of the soul) governs spirit (the emotional aspect) and appetite (the desires and needs). this tripartite structure suggests that, just as individuals must cultivate their inner virtues to achieve personal fulfillment, so too must society be organized to foster collective well-being. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org plato also critiques the democratic systems of his time, arguing that unchecked freedom can lead to chaos and the rise of demagogues. instead, he advocates for a structured society where individuals are assigned roles based on their abilities and virtues, creating a meritocratic system that prioritizes competence and moral integrity over popularity or wealth. this vision of social organization, though idealistic, raises important questions about power, authority, and the nature of justice that continue to resonate in contemporary discussions about governance. in summary, plato's “the republic” serves as a seminal text that not only outlines the characteristics of an ideal society but also articulates the qualities of the ideal human being. through the lens of philosophical inquiry, plato invites readers to contemplate the relationships between knowledge, morality, and social structure, laying the groundwork for subsequent utopian thought in western literature. his exploration of these themes remains relevant, prompting ongoing reflection on the nature of justice and the role of individuals within society. thomas more's “utopia’ in the 16th century, thomas more's “utopia” builds upon the philosophical foundations established by plato, presenting a fictional island society that serves as both a critique of contemporary european norms and a vision of an ideal community. more's utopia is characterized by communal ownership, social equality, and a unique political system designed to eliminate the vices he observed in his own society. by situating his narrative on an imaginary island, more creates a space where he can explore radical ideas about governance and human interaction without the constraints of reality. more's utopia is marked by its emphasis on rational governance and moral behavior. the island's inhabitants live under a system that prioritizes collective well-being over individual wealth, demonstrating more's belief that societal problems stem from greed and competition. in utopia, private property is abolished, which more argues leads to a reduction in crime and conflict. instead, resources are shared, and the community works together for the common good. this radical departure from the norms of 16th-century europe reflects more's critique of social inequality, corruption, and the moral failings of his contemporaries. the ideal person in utopia is one who embodies virtues such as justice, temperance, and wisdom. education plays a crucial role in utopian society, as individuals are encouraged to develop their moral character and rational faculties. this focus on individual moral development suggests that the health of the society is directly linked to the ethical quality of its citizens. more emphasizes that a perfect society cannot exist without individuals who aspire to cultivate their virtues and contribute positively to the community. moreover, more's utopia challenges the reader to question the status quo. through the dialogue format of the text, he invites characters to discuss and debate various aspects of utopian life, encouraging a critical examination of contemporary european practices. issues such as war, poverty, and inequality are addressed head-on, and more's alternative vision provides a blueprint for a more just and equitable society. the text also touches on the importance of leisure, suggesting that a well-rounded life includes time for reflection, creativity, and intellectual pursuits. in utopia, citizens engage in meaningful work that aligns with their skills and interests, fostering a sense of fulfillment and community. this holistic approach to life contrasts sharply with the laborious and often unfulfilling work that characterized many lives in more's england. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org in summary, thomas more's “utopia” serves as a powerful commentary on the social and political issues of his time while presenting a vision of an ideal society rooted in communal values and moral integrity. by articulating a model of governance that emphasizes the importance of individual virtue and collective responsibility, more invites readers to reconsider their own societal structures and the values that underpin them. his work remains a cornerstone of utopian literature, inspiring countless discussions about the nature of justice, equality, and the human condition. yusuf khass hajib's “qutadg’u bilig” yusuf khass hajib's “qutadg’u bilig” (11th century) offers a distinctive perspective from central asia, blending literary artistry with moral philosophy. this didactic poem emphasizes moral and ethical guidance, portraying the ideal ruler as a wise leader whose decisions are grounded in knowledge, justice, and a deep understanding of human nature. khass hajib’s work reflects the islamic tradition, advocating for a harmonious society where individuals fulfill their roles based on ethical principles and communal responsibilities. at its core, “qutadg’u bilig” serves as both a literary and a moral manual, highlighting the importance of wisdom in leadership. the text presents various characters who embody different virtues and vices, allowing khass hajib to explore the qualities that contribute to a just and prosperous society. through the character of the wise ruler, he illustrates the necessity for leaders to possess not only knowledge but also moral integrity, compassion, and a commitment to the common good. this alignment of ethical leadership with societal well-being underscores the belief that a virtuous ruler fosters a morally sound community. moreover, khass hajib emphasizes the interconnectedness of individuals within society. he advocates for roles that are aligned with one’s abilities and ethical disposition, suggesting that social harmony arises when everyone contributes positively to the community. this perspective resonates with broader islamic teachings on justice and community, reinforcing the idea that individual morality is essential for societal health. confucian ideals in chinese literature in chinese literature, confucian ideals profoundly shape the vision of the perfect society. works such as “the analects” of confucius emphasize the paramount importance of moral integrity, filial piety, and social harmony. the ideal person, or junzi, is characterized as a "gentleman" who embodies virtues such as righteousness, benevolence, and wisdom. this portrayal underscores the belief that individual character is intrinsically linked to the well-being of the community. confucius advocates for a hierarchical yet benevolent social structure where rulers are expected to govern with moral authority and subjects are encouraged to fulfill their familial and societal duties. the junzi acts as a moral exemplar, inspiring others to cultivate their own virtues and contribute to a harmonious society. this model emphasizes the interconnectedness of personal virtue and social stability, suggesting that the cultivation of moral character leads to broader societal benefits. furthermore, confucianism stresses the importance of education in shaping moral character, viewing it as a lifelong process essential for both individual fulfillment and societal harmony. by fostering ethical behavior and mutual respect, confucian ideals offer a framework for understanding the relationship between the individual and the community, emphasizing that a just society is built on the foundation of virtuous individuals. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org octavia butler's “parable of the sower” in contemporary literature, octavia butler's “parable of the sower” (1993) presents a dystopian vision that critiques social fragmentation and inequality in a world characterized by environmental collapse and economic disparity. butler's protagonist, lauren olamina, embodies resilience and adaptability, advocating for a new belief system called earthseed. this belief system emphasizes the idea that "god is change," suggesting that individuals must embrace change and actively shape their destinies. lauren's journey highlights the necessity of individual agency and ethical responsibility in the face of societal collapse. as she navigates a world rife with violence and chaos, she gathers a diverse group of followers who share her vision of a more equitable society. this collective effort underscores the notion that the ideal society must emerge from active participation and collaboration among its members. butler's narrative challenges readers to reconsider traditional notions of utopia, emphasizing that it is not a static endpoint but a dynamic process shaped by human actions and ethical choices. in this context, “parable of the sower” serves as both a cautionary tale and a hopeful narrative, suggesting that even in the face of adversity, individuals can work together to create a better future. the book thus invites readers to reflect on their own roles in society and the ways in which they can contribute to positive change. ursula k. le guin's “the dispossessed” ursula k. le guin's “the dispossessed” (1974) further explores the tension between individual desires and communal ideals within the framework of utopian thought. the novel contrasts two societies: one capitalist and the other anarchist, represented by the planets urras and anarres. through the experiences of shevek, a physicist striving for connection between both worlds, le guin examines the complexities of utopian aspirations and the challenges of realizing an ideal society. shevek's journey reveals the inherent conflicts between individual freedom and social responsibility. on urras, he encounters a society marked by wealth and privilege but also by exploitation and inequality. in contrast, anarres offers a more egalitarian structure but struggles with its own limitations, including the suppression of dissent and individual expression. through these contrasting societies, le guin advocates for a balance between individual aspirations and communal values, suggesting that neither extreme—absolute capitalism nor rigid collectivism—can achieve true utopia. the novel encourages readers to consider the importance of dialogue and understanding across different cultural contexts. le guin's nuanced portrayal of both societies highlights that the ideal human and the perfect society are not easily defined; rather, they are dynamic constructs that evolve through collective experiences and ethical deliberation. in this way, “the dispossessed” invites reflection on the nature of freedom, the role of community, and the possibility of creating a society that respects both individual rights and collective needs. comparative analysis the exploration of the perfect society and the ideal human in these diverse texts reveals both common themes and significant differences: 1. cultural context: each work is shaped by its unique cultural and historical context. plato's philosophical ideals reflect the values of ancient greece, while more critiques the social inequalities of renaissance europe. khass hajib represents islamic ethical thought, emphasizing moral leadership and community, while confucian literature underscores the importance of familial and social harmony. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org contemporary authors like butler and le guin respond to modern societal challenges, exploring issues of inequality, environmental degradation, and the complexities of human relationships. 2. societal structure: the ideal societies proposed by these authors vary widely in their organizational frameworks. plato's philosopher-king model emphasizes a structured hierarchy, advocating for governance by the wisest individuals. in contrast, more's “utopia” promotes communal ownership and egalitarian principles, envisioning a society free from the corruption of private property. khass hajib focuses on ethical leadership within a moral framework, while butler and le guin explore more fluid and adaptive societal structures that respond to the needs of their characters and settings. 3. human nature: the texts also diverge in their views on human nature and potential. plato and more express an optimistic belief in human potential for improvement and moral development, suggesting that with the right governance and education, individuals can achieve greatness. in contrast, butler presents a more skeptical view of societal collapse, emphasizing the need for ethical resilience and adaptability in the face of systemic failures. le guin, meanwhile, acknowledges the complexities of human relationships, advocating for a balance between individual desires and communal responsibilities. through this comparative analysis, we gain a deeper understanding of how different cultural narratives inform our perceptions of the ideal society and the perfect human. each work contributes to a rich dialogue about the aspirations and challenges inherent in the human experience, inviting readers to reflect on their own values and the possibility of creating a more just and equitable world. the comparative study of the perfect society and the human ideal in world literature reveals a rich tapestry of thought across cultures and epochs, highlighting the diverse ways in which writers have grappled with fundamental questions about justice, morality, and human nature. while the vision of utopia varies significantly, reflecting the unique historical and cultural contexts from which these works emerge, the underlying aspiration for a just and harmonious society remains a constant theme. through the lens of literature, we observe how different societies envision their ideals and the characteristics they attribute to the "ideal person." from plato's philosopher-kings and more's communal citizens to khass hajib's ethical rulers and confucian junzi, each representation offers valuable insights into the moral frameworks that guide human behavior and governance. these narratives not only critique existing societal structures but also propose alternative models that challenge readers to rethink their own values and beliefs about community, leadership, and individual responsibility. moreover, contemporary authors like octavia butler and ursula k. le guin expand the discourse by addressing modern societal challenges such as inequality, environmental degradation, and the complexities of human relationships. their works suggest that the quest for a perfect society is not merely a theoretical pursuit but a practical endeavor that requires active participation, ethical engagement, and a willingness to adapt to changing circumstances. as we reflect on these diverse perspectives, we gain insights into the complexities of human experience and the ongoing quest for a better world. literature serves as a vital medium for exploring these themes, fostering dialogue about what constitutes a just society and the moral imperatives that guide our actions. by engaging with these texts, we are not only entertained but invited to participate in a larger conversation about the values and aspirations that shape our lives. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, the exploration of the perfect society and the ideal human being in world literature enriches our understanding of both the past and the present. it encourages us to envision a future where collective efforts and individual ethics harmoniously converge, paving the way for a more equitable and compassionate world. as we continue to navigate the complexities of modern life, the lessons drawn from these literary works remind us of the power of imagination, empathy, and ethical responsibility in our shared journey toward a better society. references 1. plato. (2000). the republic (b. jowett, trans.). dover publications. 2. more, t. (1992). utopia (r. m. adams, trans.). w.w. norton & company. 3. khass hajib, y. (2005). qutadg’u bilig (r. dankoff, trans.). brill. 4. butler, o. (1993). parable of the sower. seven stories press. 5. le guin, u. k. (1974). the dispossessed. harper & row. 6. confucius. (1989). the analects (a. waley, trans.). vintage books. 7. sargent, l. t. (2010). utopianism: a very short introduction. oxford university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org levels of subjective control of students of education in psychology rasulov abdimumin ibrahimovich, professor of the department of psychology of the national university of uzbekistan, doctor of psychology (dsc) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s psychology and levels of subjective control have been studied for many years and are an important area of psychological research. this article is devoted to an empirical study of the degree of subjective control in psychology students. the author investigated the levels of subjective control of students using the survey by j. rotter "the level of subjective control". empirical data served to reveal the general and structural components of the degree of students' subjective control. level of subjective control, locus, control, internality, questionnaire. introduction any activity assigned to a person entails responsibility. when looking for reasons for failures in the performance of responsible tasks, they are interpreted either by external reality or by the subject himself. this situation is assessed in psychology by the formation of subjective control in a person. the concept of subjective control of the person was first introduced by the american psychologist julian rotter, and its diagnosis is determined objectively in the person's work actions, actions, life and activities [5,7,14,15]. voluntary activity is carried out by a person as a subject for its overall consequences. the object itself is responsible for the activity, although it goes beyond the scope of its purpose. the subject shows kindness, organizes help in other ways, helps to solve problems. if one refers to research on the problem of subjective control levels in a person in psychology, a number of scientific results can be observed [5, 7, 14, 15]. individuals differ significantly in their tendency to assign responsibility for their actions to someone else. locus of control (latin locus of lotus and french.controlmeans check) is called [3, 10, 11. 12, 16]. it is known that there are people who tend to understand the reasons for their behavior and activities as external factors. in psychology, localization of control means a set of qualities that determine responsibility for the results of a person's individual activity in external forces and conditions, as well as their inclination to energy and ability. localization of control is divided into external (external) and internal types. here are some examples of external localization of control: when an employee is late for work or a student is late for class, he tries to explain this phenomenon with various excuses. 1) the bus didn't come on time, 2) i couldn't get on the bus because there were too many passengers, 3) the bus moves very slowly, 4) the traffic breaks down, 5) we got stuck due to a traffic accident on the street, etc. according to the results of psychological research, the manifestation of the type of external localization of control american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org is directly related to certain defects and vices of a person, such as irresponsibility, lack of confidence in one's own abilities, hesitation, risk-taking, neglecting the realization of personal intentions, etc. if a person takes responsibility for the consequences of his behavior and understands his actions as personal, this psychological reality means that there is an internal localization of control. people with internal localization of control feel responsibility or accountability for achieving goals, have the ability to self-analyze. due to the formation of both (external, internal) types of localization in a person in the process of social education, it is possible to turn it into a strong personal quality [16]. the issue of subjective control of the person has been studied in researches, the factors influencing the formation of subjective control [5], the context of the person [7], the importance of subjective control in the regulation of the social behavior of the unemployed [14] and the role of subjective control in pedagogical communication [15]. attention was paid to studying this issue directly on the example of psychology education students. 66 second-year students were involved in the study. in the study, the level of subjective control, individual willpower and mastery indicators of subjects of psychology students were studied. in the research, it was empirically studied what levels of subjective control students achieved in their daily activities. the level of subjective control and methods of its study are covered in a number of psychological literatures [1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 9]. in our research, we focused on the methodological features of these sources. among them, the use of j. rotter's "subjective control level" questionnaire and its adapted form for the uzbek environment [13, p. 87-90]. in the study, the relationship between the state of formation of students' subjective control levels and its structural components was studied. seven scales of the questionnaire were used to study the level of subjective control of psychology students. the results of the empirical study of the subjective control of the students of psychology are presented in the following table (table 1). the level of subjective control of the students of psychology education on all scales of the general group is 5.668.00 is ranked. it was observed that the scale of internality, which represents the subjective control of psychology students (in the following texts, will be used as students), is higher than the norm of the questionnaire (the norm of all scales is 5.5). in this respect, the general internality index of students means that they are individuals who feel that most of the important events in their lives are the result of their own actions, that they can control them, and that they are responsible for the events and how their lives develop in general. although all scales of students' subjective control reflected high values in the questionnaire norms, among the scales table 1 indicators of subjective control levels of students of psychology education scales c at eg o ry o f te st er s x s s tu d en t t t es t general performance of the group (n=66) x s t*** general internality student girls 7.00 2.48 0.207 7.43 3.07 19,628 student guys 6.75 3.13 internality in relation to success student girls 8.50 3.50 0.447 8.00 3.44 18,883 student guys 7.91 3.34 internality to failure student girls 7.16 4.21 14,267 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org student guys 7.08 3.96 0.070 6.81 3.88 internality in relation to family relationships student girls 7.33 3.60 -0.494 7.92 2.99 21,466 student guys 8.00 2.66 internality with respect to performance student girls 9.75 0.86 1,367 8.69 2.82 25,030 student guys 8.66 3.14 internality to interpersonal relationships student girls 7.75 4.07 1,146 5.66 3.76 12,232 student guys 5.91 3.70 internally related to health student girls 4.66 4.53 -0.911 6.78 4.13 13,350 student guys 6.66 4.27 note: ***t represents the level of significance of the indicators of the results of a one-sample research object (r<0.001) compared to others, the scale of internality to activity results (8.69 sten) had a high index. they know that their actions are an important factor in the organization of activities, the development of relationships in the team and its motivation. a statistical comparison of female and male student scores was made to shed light on gender differences along with overall scores of students' subjective control levels. the situation in table 1 indicated that the results of male and female students were higher than the norm as in the general situation (female students: 4.668.50 sten; student boys: 5.918.66 sten). in these cases, there is no statistical difference in the level of subjective control in terms of gender characteristics of male and female students. however, although students' scores for internalization of attitudes toward health and illness were 4.66, they did not have a statistical difference with the values of male students on this scale. we used the method of correlation analysis for the purpose of a deeper analysis of general indicators reflecting the state of formation of students' subjective control levels (table 2). table 2 correlation indicators of subjective control levels of students of psychology education scales g en er ic i n te rn al in te rn al it y i n r el at io n t o su cc es s in te rn al t o f ai lu re in te rn al it y i n r el at io n t o f am il y re la ti o n sh ip s in te rn al it y w it h r es p ec t to p er fo rm an ce in te rn al it y t o i n te rp er so n al re la ti o n sh ip s in te rn al ly r el at ed t o h ea lt h general internality 1 -0.015 0.348** 0.325** 0.389** 0.106 0.224 internality in relation to success 0.246* 0.257* 0.202 0.081 internal to failure 0.311* 0.196 0.455** -0.089 internality in relation to family relationships 1 0.341** 0.085 0.237 internality with respect to performance 1 0.228 0.274* internality to interpersonal relationships 1 0.087 internality in relation to health 1 note: * r<0.05; ** r<0.01 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org correlations between the scales of the subjective control level of students reflected a specific indicator. the level of general internality of students has a positive correlation with internality against failure from its structural aspects (r=0.348; r<0.01). empirical evidence shows that the more students fail, the more likely they are to blame themselves. on the one hand, at the stage of professional activity of students, attention can be paid to the materials of the training course on the internal regulation of the personality and the formation of knowledge, skills and qualifications necessary for the professional activity of a psychologist. general internality of students compared to internality of family relations (r=0.325; r<0.01) and internality with respect to performance results(r=0.385; r<0.01) also showed a high positive correlation with the scales. students have a high level of subjective control of the moment, as they realize that their actions are important for the events in their family life and for achieving the results of their work. a number of positive significant relationships were also observed in the correlations between individual scales of students' subjective control levels. in thema high degree of internality with respect to success and internality with respect to failure(r=0.385; r<0.01) andinternality in relation to family relationships(r=0.385; r<0.01) can be said to be the reason for its development. it is clear from this that the students develop responsibility in order to eliminate their shortcomings and defects in their work, to ensure the achievement of high results in their work. this is a positive thing for their professional development. students internality in relation to family relations due to the formation of internality in relation to failure(r=0.311; r<0.01)and internality to interpersonal relationships(r=0.455; r<0.01) as it motivates the strong manifestation. empirical indicators show that students understand that positive changes can be achieved at the expense of improving relationships due to the development of a subjective sense of control over negative events and situations, and sensitivity to blaming themselves for various failures, unpleasantness and suffering. a student is, in one sense, preparing for a new stage of life, that is, starting a family. that's why their oa positive view of internality in relation to complementary relations increases responsibility and accountability for the results of one's own activities.(r=0.341; r<0.01)indicates. also, students show that good internality in relation to the results of the activity increases the attitude to the health of the individual (r=0.341; r<0.01). it can be seen that students can perform activities due to human health, the results will be positive, and it can be said that they have mastered the wise saying "healthy body healthy mind". although empirical indicators reflect a positive relationship about the level of subjective control in students, correlation indicators require that there are almost complete connections between the structural components of control. according to the analysis of empirical data in the study, the following conclusions were reached: − internal control has priority in the levels of subjective control in psychology students; − gender differences were not found in the subjective control of students; − the overall internality level of subjective control in students of psychology education with some of the structural components (internality in relation to failure, internality in relation to family relationships, internality in relation to performance results) have a high positive correlation, some of them did not reflect the relationship (internality to success, internality to interpersonal relationships, internality to health); − it is necessary to organize psychological development measures to ensure the connection between the general internality of students and the components that do not have an internal connection; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org − empirical research on the study of subject control levels is necessary to conduct research as a new direction in our republic; − it is necessary to systematize the methods of empirical study of the level of subjective control adapted for the ethnocultural environment. references 1. arakelov n.e., lysenko e.e. locus kontrol i metody ego issledovaniya // psikhologicheskiy zurnal, 1997. t. 4. #2 s. 34 38. 2. bajin e.f., golynkina e.a., etkind a.m. metod issledovaniya urovnya sub'ektivnogo kontrolya // psikhologicheskiy zurnal, 1984. t. 5. #3. s. 152 162. 3. bolshoy psychologichesky slovar / pod ed. meshcheryakova b.g., zinchenko v.p. m.: primeevroznak, 2003 672 p. 4. eliseev o.p. locus control // praktikum po psychologii lichnosti. spb.: peter, 2003. s. 413 417. 5. kalinina a.o. faktory, vliyayushchie na formirovanie sub'ektivnogo kontrolya / a.o. kalinina. m.: vlados, 2004. 383 p. 6. karelin a.a. bolshaya encyclopedia psychologicheskikh testov / a.a. karelin. m.: izdatelstvo "eksmo", 2007. 416 p. 7. kondakov i.m., nilopets m.n. experimental investigation of the structure and the lichnostnogo context of the locus of control // psikhological journal, 1995. t. 16. #1. s. 43 51. 8. ksenofontova e.g. issledovanie lokalizatsii kontrolya lichnosti novaya versiya metodiki "uroven sub'ektivnogo kontrolya" // psikhologicheskiy zurnal, 1999. t. 20. #2. s. 103 114. 9. maklakov a.g. professional psychological staff. theory and practice: uchebnik dlya vuzov / a.g. maklakov. spb.: peter, 2008. 480 p. 10. nemov r.s. psychology: slovar spravochnik / r.s. nemov. m.: izdatelstvo vlados press, 2003. 304 p. 11. platonov k.k. kratkiy slovar sistemy psychologicheskikh ponyatiy / k.k. platonov. m.: vysshaya shkola, 2004. 176 p. 12. psychology. glossary / pod obshch. ed. a.v. petrovskogo, m.g. yaroshevsky. m.: politizdat, 1990. 494p. 13. complex of psychological diagnosis methods// compilers: s.n.alimkhodjaeva f.i.haydarov. tashkent, center for vocational guidance of students and psychological-pedagogical republican diagnosis, 2008.-132 p. 14. cheplyaev v.l. subjective control and regulation of social behavior of the unemployed [electronic resource]. mode dostupa: http://window.edu.ru, svobodnyy. 15. shcherbakova t.n. subjective control and pedagogical obshchenii [electronic resource]. mode dostupa: http://www.ipkpro.aaanet.ru, svobodnyy. 16. goziev e.g.general psychology. tashkent: "national society of philosophers of uzbekistan" publishing house, 2010.542 p. 17. sottarovich n. a. psychological aspects of making and implementing management decisions in the activities of a leader //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2024. – т. 12. – №. 2. – с. 291-295. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 18. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 34. – с. 131. 19. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 33. – с. 77. 20. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – с. 130-134. 21. назаров а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера. – т. 33. – с. 77. 22. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 24-31. 23. назаров а. с. qaror qabul qilish zamonaviy boshqaruv sub’ektining muhim kompetensiyasi sifatida: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fanlar bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2023. – №. 10. – с. 345-351. 24. назаров а. с. boshqaruv faoliyatida qaror qabul qilish jarayonining gender va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlari: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fandlari bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2023. – №. 6. – с. 336-338. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org compositional research in contemporary novels sanobar karimova mirzayevna kokand state university +998 91 059 91 15 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the compositional strategies employed in contemporary novels, focusing on narrative structure, thematic integration, and stylistic innovation. through a detailed literature analysis and empirical methods, it examines how modern authors construct their works to engage readers and convey complex ideas. the study aims to identify trends, assess their impact, and provide insights for scholars and writers. contemporary novels, narrative structure, thematic integration, stylistic innovation, compositional strategies, reader engagement. introduction contemporary novels, spanning roughly the last three decades, reflect a dynamic evolution in literary composition. authors today experiment with fragmented narratives, non-linear timelines, and hybrid genres to address the complexities of modern life. this article investigates the compositional techniques that define contemporary fiction, asking: how do modern novelists structure their works to balance aesthetic innovation with reader accessibility? by analyzing key texts and employing qualitative methods, this study seeks to uncover the principles guiding contemporary novelistic composition. compositional research in contemporary novels is a rich and dynamic field within literary studies, focusing on how modern authors construct their narratives through innovative structures, stylistic choices, narrative techniques, and thematic integrations. this research explores the architecture of novels—how their constituent parts (plot, character, perspective, language, and form) are arranged to create meaning, evoke emotional responses, and engage with cultural, social, or philosophical questions. contemporary novels, roughly defined as those published since the late 20th century, reflect a period of rapid global change, technological advancement, and cultural diversification, which has spurred experimentation in form and content. below, i provide a detailed examination of the key components, trends, methodologies, and debates in compositional research, with examples from notable works and authors, as well as suggestions for further exploration. key components of compositional research narrative structure and form: contemporary novels frequently depart from traditional linear storytelling, embracing fragmented, episodic, or non-chronological structures to mirror the complexity of modern experience. for example, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org jennifer egan’ s a visit from the goon squad (2010) is structured as a series of interconnected stories, resembling a concept album, with each chapter adopting a different style or perspective. this mosaic form reflects themes of time, memory, and human connection. hybrid forms are also prevalent, blending prose with other genres or media. carmen maria machado’ s in the dream house (2019) uses a fragmented structure, with chapters styled as fairy tales, film tropes, or academic footnotes, to narrate a memoir of domestic abuse. such compositions challenge readers to piece together meaning, mirroring the disorientation of trauma. research in this area often analyzes how structure reinforces thematic concerns. for instance, david mitchell’ s cloud atlas (2004) employs a nested, symmetrical structure—six stories layered like russian dolls, interrupted mid-narrative and then resolved in reverse order—to explore interconnectedness across time and space. point of view and voice: contemporary authors frequently experiment with narrative perspective, using multiple narrators, unreliable voices, or collective perspectives to deepen complexity. yaa gyasi’ s homegoing (2016) alternates between descendants of two ghanaian sisters across centuries, with each chapter adopting a new voice to trace the legacy of slavery and diaspora. this polyphonic approach creates a tapestry of perspectives, emphasizing cultural and historical breadth. unreliable narrators, as seen in gillian flynn’ s gone girl (2012), manipulate reader perception through shifting viewpoints, prompting research into how voice shapes trust and interpretation. collective or communal voices are also explored, particularly in works by marginalized authors. for example, jesmyn ward’ s sing, unburied, sing (2017) incorporates ghostly perspectives alongside human narrators, blending african american oral traditions with modernist techniques to address systemic racism. intertextuality and metafiction: intertextuality—engaging with other texts, myths, or cultural artifacts—is a hallmark of contemporary fiction. ali smith’ s seasonal quartet (2016– 2020) weaves references to shakespeare, dickens, and contemporary news, creating a dialogue between past and present. this approach invites research into how novels position themselves within literary and cultural traditions. metafiction, where the novel reflects on its own construction, is another key focus. paul auster’ s 4321 (2017) presents four parallel lives of the same character, each diverging based on chance events, prompting readers to question narrative authority and the nature of fiction. compositional research examines how such self-reflexivity challenges conventional storytelling or engages with philosophical questions about reality. language and style: linguistic innovation is central to contemporary novels, with authors using dialect, poetic prose, or experimental syntax to evoke specific cultural or emotional contexts. marlon james’ s a brief history of seven killings (2014) employs jamaican patois alongside standard english, creating a polyphonic narrative that captures the vibrancy and violence of 1970s kingston. minimalist or lyrical styles are also prevalent. ocean vuong’ s on earth we’ re briefly gorgeous (2019) uses poetic, fragmented prose to blend autofiction with letters to an illiterate mother, exploring american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org themes of immigration and queer identity. research in this area analyzes how style reinforces emotional resonance or challenges linguistic norms, particularly in postcolonial or diasporic contexts. some authors, like george saunders in lincoln in the bardo (2017), experiment with typographical or dialogic forms, resembling a play or oral history, to blur boundaries between prose and other genres. thematic and cultural contexts: contemporary novels often grapple with pressing global issues—climate change, migration, technology, or systemic inequality—using composition to reflect these concerns. kim stanley robinson’ s the ministry for the future (2020) blends speculative fiction with policy memos, scientific reports, and personal narratives to address climate crisis, creating a sprawling, multi-genre structure that mirrors the issue’ s complexity. autofiction, a blend of autobiography and fiction, has surged in popularity, with authors like karl ove knausgård (my struggle series, 2009– 2011) or rachel cusk (outline trilogy, 2014– 2018) using minimalist, introspective narratives to explore selfhood and authenticity. research examines how these works navigate the tension between fact and fiction. postcolonial and decolonial perspectives are prominent, with authors like chimamanda ngozi adichie (americanah, 2013) or arundhati roy (the ministry of utmost happiness, 2017) using nonlinear or polyvocal structures to challenge western narrative conventions and center marginalized histories. trends in contemporary novel composition genre blending: contemporary novels often merge literary fiction with genres like speculative fiction, mystery, or historical drama. colson whitehead’ s the underground railroad (2016) reimagines the historical underground railroad as a literal train network, blending realism with allegory to explore slavery’ s legacy. this trend prompts research into how genre hybridity expands narrative possibilities. digital and multimodal narratives: influenced by digital culture, some novels incorporate visual or interactive elements. mark z. danielewski’ s house of leaves (2000) uses footnotes, color-coded text, and unconventional layouts to create a labyrinthine reading experience, reflecting themes of disorientation. research explores how such multimodal compositions adapt the novel to digital-age reading habits. emerging digital novels or “ born-digital” works, accessible via apps or websites, are also studied, though print remains dominant. global and decolonial perspectives: authors from the global south or diasporic communities challenge eurocentric narrative norms, often drawing on oral traditions, myth, or non-linear histories. téa obreht’ s inland (2019) reimagines the american west through a mythic lens, blending serbian folklore with frontier narratives. compositional research examines how these works decolonize form and content. short-form and episodic structures: reflecting digital media’ s influence, many novels adopt concise, episodic chapters resembling serialized content. sally rooney’ s normal people (2018) uses short, vignette-like chapters to trace a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org relationship, creating a rhythm akin to streaming media. this trend sparks studies on how pacing and structure align with modern attention spans. ecocritical and speculative narratives: with growing environmental awareness, novels like richard powers’ s the overstory (2018) use sprawling, interconnected structures to mirror ecosystems, blending human and non-human perspectives. research analyzes how composition reflects ecological themes or speculative futures. methodologies in compositional research close reading: detailed textual analysis remains foundational, focusing on how specific passages reveal compositional strategies. for example, a close reading of zadie smith’ s nw (2012) might explore how its fragmented chapters reflect london’ s multicultural chaos. structural analysis: researchers map narrative arcs, chapter arrangements, or temporal shifts to uncover organizational logic. tools like storyboarding or diagramming are used to visualize complex structures, such as the nested narratives in cloud atlas. comparative studies: comparing compositional techniques across authors or regions highlights shared innovations or cultural differences. for instance, comparing multi-perspective novels like homegoing and a brief history of seven killings reveals how polyphony serves distinct historical narratives. digital humanities: computational methods, such as text mining or network analysis, identify patterns across large corpora of novels. for example, researchers might analyze word frequency or narrative pacing in autofiction to quantify stylistic trends. reader-response criticism: this approach examines how compositional choices shape reader interpretation or emotional engagement. studies might explore how the fragmented structure of in the dream house affects readers’ understanding of trauma. interdisciplinary approaches: compositional research often draws on sociology, psychology, or media studies to contextualize narrative innovations. for instance, analyzing the ministry for the future might incorporate climate science to assess its speculative realism. notable contemporary authors and works zadie smith (nw, 2012): uses fragmented, multi-perspective narration to depict urban multiculturalism in london, blending stream-of-consciousness with social realism. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org ocean vuong (on earth we’ re briefly gorgeous, 2019): employs poetic, epistolary prose to explore vietnamese-american identity, blending autofiction with lyrical intensity. david mitchell (cloud atlas, 2004): experiments with nested narratives and genre shifts, creating a global, temporally expansive epic. téa obreht (inland, 2019): reimagines the western through mythic, dual-narrator storytelling, blending folklore with historical fiction. marlon james (a brief history of seven killings, 2014): uses polyphonic dialects and sprawling narration to chronicle jamaica’ s political turmoil. ali smith (seasonal quartet, 2016– 2020): incorporates intertextuality and topical references to create a time-sensitive, dialogic narrative. challenges and debates accessibility vs. experimentation: highly experimental novels, like house of leaves, can alienate readers with their complexity, sparking debate about the balance between innovation and accessibility. research explores whether such works prioritize form over emotional connection. cultural representation: compositional choices can reinforce or challenge stereotypes, particularly in globalized narratives. for example, some critics question whether western authors’ use of non-linear structures to depict non-western cultures risks exoticization. digital influence: the impact of social media and digital reading habits on novel composition is contentious. some argue that shorter, episodic structures cater to diminished attention spans, while others see them as adapting to new cultural rhythms. canon formation: as contemporary fiction diversifies, debates arise over which novels or compositional styles will endure. research questions whether experimental works will overshadow more traditional narratives in literary canons. resources for further study academic journals: contemporary literature: focuses on post-1945 fiction, with articles on narrative innovation. narrative: explores storytelling techniques across media. journal of modern literature: covers modernist and postmodernist influences on contemporary forms. books: the cambridge companion to the novel (2018): offers essays on narrative theory and contemporary trends. postmodern narrative theory by mark currie (2010): examines metafiction and intertextuality. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the novel today: contemporary writers on modern fiction (2007): features author perspectives on craft. online platforms: jstor and project muse host peer-reviewed articles on contemporary fiction. posts on x may offer real-time discussions of new novels or trends (i can search x for specific authors or works if requested). conferences: modern language association (mla) annual meetings feature panels on contemporary narrative. international society for the study of narrative (issn) conferences focus on storytelling across cultures. literary reviews: the new york review of books, the guardian, or los angeles review of books regularly discuss compositional trends in new releases. potential directions for deeper analysis if you have a specific focus—such as a particular novel, author, compositional technique (e.g., polyphony, fragmentation), or cultural context (e.g., postcolonial or ecocritical narratives)—i can provide a more targeted analysis. for example: i could analyze the structure of a specific novel, like nw or cloud atlas, with close readings of key passages. i could compare compositional strategies across two authors or works. i could search the web or x for recent discussions of a specific trend, such as autofiction or digital narratives. if you provide a text excerpt or file, i can analyze its compositional elements directly. conclusions contemporary novels demonstrate a sophisticated interplay of structure, style, and theme, with authors using fragmented narratives, stylistic hybridity, and thematic motifs to navigate the demands of innovation and accessibility. these strategies reflect both artistic ambition and a response to modern readers’ diverse expectations. for scholars, this study underscores the need to examine compositional techniques as dynamic responses to cultural and technological shifts. for writers, it suggests that successful experimentation requires anchoring innovative forms in thematic clarity. future research should expand to include global perspectives and empirical reader studies to deepen our understanding of how compositional choices shape literary impact. references 1. aarseth, espen, cypertekst. spojrzenia na literature ergodyczną, bydgoszcz: korporacja ha!art 2014. 2. abrams, j.j., and doug dorst, s., np.: mulholland books 2013. analyzing digital fiction, ed. a. bell, a. ennslin, h.c. rustad, new york and london: routledge, 2014. 3. gibbons, alison, multimodality, cognition, and experimental literature, london and new york: routledge 2012. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 4. gibbons, alison, “ reading s. across media: transmedia storyworlds, multimodal fiction, and real readers” , narrative 2017, vol. 25, no. 3, pp. 321– 341. 5. hallet, wolfgang, “ the rise of the multimodal novel: generic change and its narrato logical implications” , in: storyworlds across media, ed. m.-l. ryan and j.-n. thon, lincoln and new york: university of nebraska press 2014, pp. 151– 172. 6. “ hardcover fiction” , bestseller list, the new york times, 8 september 2013, https://www. nytimes.com/books/best-sellers/2013/09/08/hardcover-fi ction/ [accessed 11 august 2018]. 7. herman, david, “ introduction” , in: the cambridge companion to narrative, ed. d. her man, cambridge: cambridge up 2007. 8. james, david, “ the (w)hole affect: creative reading and typographic immersion in albert angelo” , in: rereading b. s. johnson, ed. p. tew and g. white, houndmills: palgrave macmillan 2007, pp. 27– 37. 9. jenkins, henry, convergence culture. where old and new media collide, new york and london: new york up 2006. 10. jenner, sebastian. “ b.s. johnson and the aleatoric novel” , in: b.s. johnson and the post war literature. possibilities of the avant-garde, ed. j. jordan and m. ryle, houndsmills: palgrave macmillan 2014, pp. 71– 86. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org linguodidactic innovations of the 21st century muzaffarova nodira mardonovna professor of tashkent pedagogical university olimova madinabonu utkir qizi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s linguodidactic innovations of the 21st century have become an integral part of the modern educational process. the development of technologies and teaching methods, as well as the introduction of new pedagogical approaches into linguodidactics, have significantly changed the ways of teaching foreign languages. modern teaching methods, such as the use of information and communication technologies (ict), interactive methods, and digital platforms, make the learning process more effective and accessible. this article discusses the main linguodidactic innovations and their impact on the educational process and teacher training. linguodidactics, innovations, information and communication technologies, teaching methods, pedagogical approaches. introduction the 21st century has brought profound transformations in the field of linguodidactics, the science that combines linguistic knowledge with didactic methodologies to optimize the teaching and learning of languages. globalization, rapid technological advancement, and the rise of digital communication have significantly altered the needs, methods, and tools of language education. the integration of innovative pedagogical approaches, digital technologies, and interdisciplinary methods into language teaching defines a new era in linguodidactics. this paper explores the key innovations of the 21st century in linguodidactics, examines their theoretical foundations, and discusses their implications for future educational practices. theoretical foundations of modern linguodidactics contemporary linguodidactics is rooted in several theoretical frameworks that emphasize learnercentered approaches, social interaction, and cognitive development. notable among them are: constructivism sociocultural theory (vygotsky) connectivism these theories have inspired innovative educational practices that place greater autonomy, personalization, and collaboration at the core of language learning. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org digital technologies and linguodidactics e-learning and blended learning one of the most significant shifts in language education has been the widespread adoption of e-learning platforms and blended learning models. online courses, lms platforms, and moocs have expanded access to language education across the globe. mobile-assisted language learning (mall) smartphones and tablets have become essential tools for language learners. mall offers the advantage of ubiquitous learning, enabling students to practice languages anytime and anywhere. virtual reality (vr) and augmented reality (ar) emerging technologies such as vr and ar provide immersive language learning experiences. virtual reality environments allow students to simulate real-world scenarios. methodological innovations task-based language teaching (tblt) tblt emphasizes the completion of meaningful tasks rather than the direct study of grammar rules or vocabulary lists. content and language integrated learning (clil) clil involves teaching academic content through a foreign language, fostering language proficiency and expanding subject knowledge. personalized and adaptive learning advances in ai have enabled the development of adaptive learning platforms that tailor content to each learner's needs. assessment innovations traditional tests are increasingly complemented by dynamic and formative assessment techniques such as portfolio assessment, peer and self-assessment, and real-time feedback systems. sociocultural trends and globalization the interconnected world demands intercultural competence as an integral component of language education. recognition of world englishes and multilingualism challenges traditional models. challenges and future directions despite remarkable progress, challenges such as the digital divide, teacher training, and ethical concerns remain. future directions include ai-driven personalized learning and vr/ar expansion. conclusion linguodidactic innovations of the 21st century reflect a profound shift towards learner-centered, technology-enhanced, and socially responsive language education. as technological and societal changes continue, linguodidactics must adapt dynamically to remain inclusive and empowering. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org references 1. informal language learning. palgrave macmillan. references 2. benson, p., & reinders, h. (2011). beyond the language classroom: the theory and practice 3. dudeney, g., hockly, n., & pegrum, m. (2013). digital literacies: research and resources in language teaching. pearson education. 4. godwin-jones, r. (2018). using mobile technology to develop language skills and cultural understanding. language learning & technology, 22(3), 1–17. 5. kukulska-hulme, a. (2020). mobile-assisted language learning [revisited]. the cambridge handbook of language learning, cambridge university press. 6. richards, j. c., & rodgers, t. s. (2014). approaches and methods in language teaching (3rd ed.). cambridge university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org multi̇ple aspects of grammar i̇n the books of grammar of the holy quran a comparati̇ve study suhad sabah abdul qader workplace: teacher at al-mutafawqeen secondary school for boys ministry of education specialization: arabic language/language suhadsuhad12@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research studied the multiplicity of grammatical aspects of a single word in the holy quran under the title "multiplicity of grammatical aspects in the books of grammar of the holy quran" a comparative study, and the research showed the differences in the multiple grammatical aspects that occur in a non-grammatical chapter, and dealt with the presentation and analysis of the most important opinions, and the reason for these differences that occurred between grammarians, and also studied the methods that can be relied upon to overcome these differences, and the way to prefer one opinion over another, and how we can classify the grammatical chapter of the word in which the disagreement occurred. the research was more interested in the meaning that the grammatical movement conveys than in the grammatical movement itself. it became clear to me that some of these classifications the books of grammar of the holy quran were copying from their predecessors, and some of them were satisfied with merely mentioning these grammatical aspects without preferring one aspect over another, while a third group came with the multiple aspects and discussed them in a discussion that reflects a rare mentality, and in general, the grammarians of arabic proved that they are truly the guardians of the sciences of language and grammar and that they came with what no one else came with, as they applied reason in their opinions, and they excelled in graduating their issues syntax, the holy quran, pronoun, relative pronoun, indication introduction ملخص البحث تعدد أوجه اإلعراب يف كتب إعراب القرآن الكرمي حتت عنون "درس هذا البحث تعدد األوجه اإلعرابية للكلمة الواحدة يف القرآن الكرمي ،وبني البحث اخلالفات يف اإلعراابت املتعددة اليت تقع يف غري ابب حنوي، وتناول ابلعرض والتحليل أهم اآلراء ، وسبب هذه "دراسة مقارنة" يل لرتجيح رأي االختالفات اليت وقعت بني النحويني ، ودرس أيًضا الطرق اليت ميكن االعتماد عليها للتغلب على هذه االختالفات، والسب american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org ن على رأي، وكيف لنا أن نصنف الباب النحوي للكلمة اليت وقع اخلالف فيها وقد اهتم البحث ابملعىن الذي تؤديه احلركة اإلعرابية أكثر م االهتمام ابحلركة اإلعرابية نفسها . كان ينقل عن سابقيه ، وبعضهم يكتفي مبجرد الذكر هلذه األوجه -كتب إعراب القرآن الكرمي-وتبني يل أن بعًضا من هذه التصنيفات ل فإن اإلعرابية دون ترجيح وجه على وجه ، يف حني كان فريق اثلث أييت ابألوجه املتعددة ويناقشها مناقشة تنم عن عقلية قل نظريها ، وابجملم ريج مسائلهم. حناة العربية أثبتوا أهنم حبق سدنة علوم اللغة والنحو وأبهنم أتوا مبا مل أيت به غريهم، فقد أعملوا العقل يف آرائهم، وتفننوا يف ت الضمري , املوصول , االشارة ,القران الكرمي , الكلمات املفتاحية : االعراب مقدمة رب العاملني، احلمد هلل رب العاملني، الذي أنزل على عبده الكتاب ومل جيعل له عوًجا، قيًما هادًًي إىل الصراط املستقيم إىل يوم يقوم الناس فيه ل ف خلقه، خامت النبيني واملرسلني. والصالة والسالم على أشر د ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــبعو بعلوم ما من شك أن حناتنا تركوا لنا ترااًث حنوًًي نفيًسا، وبذلوا فيه جهًدا مل حيظ به علم من علوم العصر آنذاك، وخصوًصا فيما يتعلق القرآن من إعراب وتفسري وبالغة للحفاظ على كتاب هللا من اللحن، ومن أهم هذا امليادين ميدان إعراب القرآن الكرمي ، فاإلعراب دخل الكالم ليفرق بني املعاين املختلفة من أجل اإلابنة واإليضاح. وال ينكر أحد قيمة اإلعراب يف توضيح املعىن وتبيني الغرض منه، كما أنه يومئ إىل مجال الرتكيب وحسن الصياغة، وهذه كلها مواطن اإلعجاز يف القرآن الكرمي؛ ولذا كان اإلعراب يف القرآن شغل العلماء الشاغل، فألفوا من أجله الكثري من الكتب واملؤلفات، وعلى رأسهم ب، وابن األنباري، والعكربي، وأبو عبيدة معمر بن املثىن، وابن قتيبة، والعز بن عبد ومكي بن أيب طال ، واألخفش،والفراء ،والنحاس ،الزجاج منا أن نقف أمام تراثهم وقفة إجالل وإكبار، ونوليهم عناية واهتماًما بدراسة تراثهم؛ لذا فهوالء يستحقون السالم، والسمني احلليب وغريهم، تعدد أوجه اإلعراب يف كتب اتقت نفسي إىل أن أكتب يف موضوع يتعلق بدراسة إعراب القرآن الكرمي فاخرتت هذه الدراسة املوسومة بـــــــــــــ ) واجلر، وأثر اإلعرابية؛ حيث يتعدد إعراب الكلمة الواحدة بني الرفع والنصب لكثرة املشكالت ، وذلك ( -دراسة مقارنة – إعراب القرآن الكرمي يف الداللة واملعىن. ذلك أهداف الدراسة م آلًيت من خالل إعراهب يف تعدد أوجه اإلعراب يف الكلمة الواحدة إن اهلدف األهم من هذه الدراسة هو معرفة دور علماء اإلعراب اشرة أو غري مباشرة، نستخلصها من خالل حديثهم عن اآلية، وبيان ذلك بطريقة مب، ومدى تطرقهم ألساليبه املختلفة سواء كان القرآن الكرمي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org حماولة ترجيح عرض آرائهم النحوية فيها، ومناقشتها، و مع ،أوجه اإلعراب يف كتب إعراب القرآن الكرمي وجوه االتفاق واالختالف حول تعدد بعض اآلراء، وكيفية معاجلتهم لقضاًي أوجه اإلعراب يف كتبهم. كما هدفت الدراسة إىل اإليضاح وإزالة الغموض عن بعض آي القرآن الكرمي اليت تعرضت هلا الد راسة تيسريًا للمعاين يف بعض اآلًيت القرآنية الكرمية أثر تعدد األوجه اإلعرابية اليت قال هبا علماء اإلعراب يف اختالف املعىن دراسة الدراسة إىل هدفت وأيًضا الواردة يف هذه الدراسة، ومن هنا تنبع أمهية هذه الدراسة. منهج الدراسة ل والتوثيق، والتحليل واالستنباط، وذلك على الطريقة أما عن منهج البحث: فإنه جيمع بني املنهج الوصفي والتحليلي، ويعتمد على التأصي اآلتية : ذكر اآلية اليت فيها الوجه اإلعرايب . اإلشارة إىل القراءة القرآنية إن وجدت. بيان الوجه اإلعرايب من كتب أوجه اإلعراب وآراء النحاة فيها. ذكر نظائر اآلية القرآنية إن وجدت. ملوضوع ا أسباب اختيار رفعها درجة ، وأعالها رتبة ، معرفة معاين كالم هللا جّل وعال الذي يتقّرب أن من أشرف العلوم منزلة ، و أ مما ال شك فيه -1 عراب آي التنزيل وبيان احلكم إرز السبل اليت تقود إىل فهم القرآن الكرمي ومعرفة معانيه ، أب ن من أنسان من خالقه و اإلبه حتمل عظيمة جليلة كتًبا فألفوا الكرمي عراب القرآن إعرايب ملفرداته ومجله، وقد وقفت مجهرة من العلماء جهودها على اإل عراب ومل يغفلوا جوانب الصوت اإلصحاهبا على بيان ما غُمض وأشكل من وجوه أحرص وقد ، عراب القرآن( إاسم ) جلية، واضحة دد األوجه اإلعرابية تععراب القرآن يف إصحاب كتب أوالصرف والرسم واللغة والقراءات . وكانت عناية وحديثًا، وهذا ما دفعين الختيار هذا املوضوع. قدميًا ليها الدارسون إشار أفشكلت ظاهرة لفتت انتباهنا كما كان عدم ظهور احلركة اإلعرابية نطًقا على أواخر الكلمات السبب الرئيس يف هذا التعدد واالختالف، إذ أكثر هذه -2 املواضع من املبنيات، وهذا ما دفعين لدراسة مناذح تدلل على تعدد أوجه اإلعراب يف كتب إعراب القرآن الكرمي ، مناقًشا آراء النحاة ، ومرجًحا بعضها على بعض. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 171 www.americanjournal.org لدراسات السابقة ا : عدة دراسات منها من خالل البحث والتنقيب عن الكتب والبحوث املعنية ابلكتابة يف هذا املوضوع وقفت على م. 2010أسلوب التوكيد يف كتب إعراب القرآن الكرمي ، أمساء موسى الليمون ، جامعة مؤتة ، -1 اخلالف النحوي يف كتب إعراب القرآن الكرمي حىت هناية القرن الثامن اهلجري ، رسالة دكتوراه ، عماد جميد علي العبيدي، اجلامعة -2 م. 2005املتنصرية الكليات النحوية يف إعراب القرآن الكرمي، رسالة ماجستري ، عبد الرمحن بن احلميدي الشهري، كلية اللغة العربية والدراسات -3 ه. 1437االجتماعية ، جامعة القصيم، املسائل النحوية والصرفية يف إعراب القرآن أليب جعفر النحاس، رسالة دكتوراه ، حممد مجعة حممد الشامي، كلية اللغة العربية، -4 م. 2006جامعة أم درمان اإلسالمية, أوجه إعراب القرآن الضعيفة عند الباقويل يف )كتاب كشف املشكالت("مجًعا ودراسة"، حممد صاحل زكرًي برانوي، كلية اللغة -5 م. 2020، أعسطس 26العربية، جامعة أم القرى، العدد ظاهرة احلذف يف كتب إعراب القرآن ومعانيه حىت القرن الرابع للهجرة" دراسة حنوية( ، كلية الرتبية ، جامعة املوصل، رسالة -6 م. 2006دكتوراه، خزعل فتحي زيدان البدراين، ، حسن عبيد املعموري، جملة كلية الرتبية األساسية للعلوم الرتبوية -دراسة أتصيلية –نقد الوجه النحوي يف إعراب القرآن الكرمي -7 م. 2015واإلنسانية ، جامعة اببل خطة البحث على النحو التايل: مث فهرس املصادر واملراجع، وهي مباحث وخامتة وثالثة مقدمة ويتكون من : املقدمة املبحث األول: التوكيد ابلضمري: املبحث الثاين: االسم املوصول أمساء اإلشارة : املبحث الثالث ومصادره. خامتة البحث: وتشتمل على أهم النتائج والتوصيات ومراجع البحث وهللَا تعاىل أسأل أن يوفقين ملا حيبه ويرضاه وأن يتقبل عملي خالًصا لوجهه الكرمي. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 172 www.americanjournal.org التوكيد ابلضمري األول: املبحث ذهب آخرون يف دراستها مذاهب أخرى ، ومحلوها على أوجه إعرابية غري ا بينما ورد يف القرآن الكرمي مواضع كثرية فهمها بعض النحاة توكيدً التوكيد ، هذا بعضها : َنَك اَل ِعۡلَم لََنآ ِإالا َما قوله تعاىل: ٣٢البقرة: َعلاۡمتَـَنۖآ إِناَك أَنَت ٱۡلَعِليُم ٱحۡلَِكيُم()قَالُواْ ُسۡبحََٰ ذي متثله هذه الكلمة يف السياق، اجلملة ، والباب النحوي ال ( ، ووقع االختالف نتيجة لتقدير موقع ) أنت ( يف ژ اختلف العلماء يف إعراب ) ا ابالبتداء ، والعليم خربه ، واجلملة خرب إن ، شئت كانت رفعً ا للكاف وإن يف موضع نصب توكيدً (أنت :) فقد ذهب النحاس إىل القول وإن شئت كانت فاصلة ال موضع هلا ، والكوفيون يقولون عماد األلف والالم يف موضع رفع ، ) احلكيم ( من نعت العليم ) 1(.فــــــــــــ) أنت ( والنحاس مل ينسب هذه اآلراء ألحد ، ولكنه اكتفى بذكرها ، ومل املرفوعات ، وإما ال موضع هلا ، إما من ابب املنصوابت ، وإما من ابب ا مبتدأ ، أو أهنا توكيد للكاف. ذهب إىل القول أبهن يذكر حجة مـــــــن ا للكاف وإن شئت جعلتها قوله }إنك أنت{ إن شئت جعلت أنت يف موضع نصب أتكيدً يف : " -رمحه هللا وبنفس قول النحاس قال مكي وإن شئت جعلتها فاصلة ال موضع هلا من اإلعراب واحلكيم نعت للعليم وإن شئت جعلته ، مبتدأة والعليم خربها وهي وخربها خرب إنمرفوعة خربً ا بعد خرب") 2(. وقد فصل الباقويل يف ذلك واستدل ابلعديد من األمثلة على هذه الظاهرة حني حديثه عن الضمري )هو( ، )أنت(، فيقول:" هذا ابب ما جاء جيئ بني املبتدأ واخلرب، وبني اسم كان وخربه، وبني اسم، »إن« »العماد« وذلك بــــــــ، ويسميه الكوفيون يف التنزيل من »هو« و »أنت« فصاًل فـــــــــــــ »أولئك« مبتدأ (، 5البقرة ) وخربه، وبني مفعويل »ظننت« واببه، وهو كثري يف التنزيل، فمن ذلك قوله تعاىل: )َوأُولِئَك ُهُم اْلُمْفِلُحوَن( واجلملة خرب »املفلحون« خرب، و اثنًيا، ابتداء »هم« يكون أن عماد، وجيوز يقولون: والكوفيون فصل. و »هم« »املفلحون« خرب، و ، فالكاف نصب وهي اآلية موضع الشاهد الذي حنن بصدده – ( 32البقرة )»أولئك«، ومن ذلك: قوله تعاىل: )ِإناَك أَْنَت اْلَعِليُم احلَِْكيُم( اسم »إن« و »أنت« مبتدأ. وما بعده خرب. واجلملة خرب »إن« ، وجيوز أن يكون »أنت« فصالً يف الكالم، واخلرب »العليم« ، وجيوز أن يكون »أنت« نصباً صفة للكاف ، وإن كان ضمريًا مرفوًعا. قال ) 3(.سيبويه:"لو قلت: مررت أبنت، أو إبًيك؟ مل جيز، ألن هذه عالمات املنصوب ، فجاز أن يتبع ( 128البقرة )إن قال قائل: إذا جاز: مررت بك أنت. ورأيتك أنت، وحنوه ويف التنزيل: )ِإناَك أَْنَت التـاوااُب الراِحيُم( . واملرفوع فلم ال جيوز: مررت أبنت. هذه العالمات اليت تتص ابلرفع اجملرور، كما فعل ذلك يف قولك: مررت بك أنت، و: رأيتك أنت، وحنو ذلك و مررت هبم أمجعني. و: ًي . ورأيت أنت؟ فالقول يف ذلك: أنه جيوز يف التابع ما ال جيوز يف املتبوع، حنو: ًي زيد واحلارث. و رب رجل وأخيه زيد الطويل، والطويل. وقوله: . 44/ 1 النحاس ، القرآن إعراب( 1) . 87/ 1 مكي مشكل إعراب القرآن،( 2) .377/ 1 سيبويه ، الكتاب( 3) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 173 www.americanjournal.org علفتها تبناً وماًء ابرداً ، وهو صدر بيت عجزه .....حىت شتت مهالة عيناها ) 4(. ومن مث كان الصفة عند أيب احلسن معمول التبعية، وهذا ُ( ( 37البقرة )ومثله قوله تعاىل: )إِناُه ُهَو التـاوااُب الراِحيُم( ، كثري جداً و )ال إِلَه ِإالا َأاَن(. يف »أان« األوجه الثالثة، ( 14طه). و )إِنايِن َأاَن اَّللا وكذلك: )ِإْن تـََرِن َأاَن أََقلا ِمْنَك( الكهف )39( ، وجيوز فيه الصفة، والفصل دون االبتداء، النتصاب قوله: »أقّل«) 5(. ما ذكره املنتجب اهلمذاين يف قوله:" ِإناَك أَْنَت: )أنت(: حيتمل أن يكون يف موضع نصب إن جعلته أتكيًدا السم إن، ألن املضمر وهو نفس َتين أان، املرفوع يؤكد به املنصوُب واجملروُر، ألن ضمري اخلطاب كله شيء واحد، لكونه ُهَو يف املعىن. وكذا ضمري الغائب، وكذلك إذا قلت: رأي وز يف املتبوع، ألن الياء و )أان( شيء واحد، وال جيوز إدخال إنا عليه، ال تقول: إنا أنَت، وجاز هذا، ألنه صار اتبًعا، وجيوز يف التابع ما ال جي ز رأيُت أال ترى أهنم جوزوا )ًي( زيُد واحلارُث، مع أهنم مل جيوزوا ًي احلارُث، فكذلك جيوز: إنك أنت، ورأيُتك أنت، ومررُت بك أنت، وال جيو أنت، وال مررُت أبنَت، فاعرفه وقس عليه، ومع ذلك، فالذي محلهم على جتويز ذلك كون اإلعراب ال يظهر فيهما، أال ترى أهنم قالوا: إهنم أمجعون ذاهبون، ومل يقولوا: إن القوم أمجعون ذاهبون، بل جيب النصب، ألن النصب قد ظهر يف القوم لفظًا، فاعرفه فإنه موضع، وأن يكون "اْلَعِليُم": يف موضع رفع إن جعلته مبتدأ، و"اْلَعِليُم" خربه، واجلملة يف موضع رفع خبرب إنا.وأن ال يكون له موضع من اإلعراب إن جعلته فصاًل و ُ ْحِكم، وهو من خرب إنا، والعليم فعيل مبعىن الفاعل، كالقدير مبعىن القادر، وأما "احلَِْكيُم": فيحتمل أن يكون مبعىن احلاكم، وأن يكون مبعىن امل َأْحَكَم الشيء، إذا أَتْـَقَنُه ومنعه من اخلروج عما يريده ) 6(، و"احلَِْكيُم": حيتمل أن يكون خربًا بعد خرب، وأن يكون نعًتا للعليم؛ ألن الصفة قد توصف إذا كان يف الثاين معىًن زائد على األول. أال ترى أهنم قالوا: َأْسَوُد حالٌك، وأصفُر فاقٌع، وأبيُض انصٌع، ملا ذكرت فاعرفه) 7(. )إنك أنت العليم( : أنت مبتدأ، والعليم خربه، واجلملة خرب إن، وجيوز أن يكون أنت توكيدا وهذا ما قال به العكربي أيًضا ومال إليه بقوله :" ، وجيوز للمنصوب، ووقع بلفظ املرفوع ألنه هو الكاف يف املعىن ; وال يقع هاهنا إًيك للتوكيد ; ألهنا لو وقعت لكانت بدال، وإًيك مل يؤكد هبا أن يكون فصال ال موضع هلا من اإلعراب.و )احلكيم( : خرب اثن، أو صفة للعليم على قول من أجاز صفة الصفة، وهو صحيح ; ألن هذه الصفة هي املوصوف يف املعىن ) 8(. (. قال يف قوله )إنه هو التواب( : )هو( هاهنا مثل 37كلمات فتاب عليه إنه هو التواب الرحيم" البقرة )ويف قوله تعاىل:" فتلقى آدم من ربه أنت يف: )إنك أنت العليم احلكيم( )9(، وهو ما نص عليه الباقويل يف حديثه عن الضمريين )هو ، أنت(. ومثله قوله تعاىل:" )إنك أنت عالم الغيوب( و )إنك أنت العزيز احلكيم( املائدة: )118( مثل: )إنك أنت العليم احلكيم( )البقرة: 32( وقد ذكر يف البقرة ) 10(. .179 /5 البحر احمليط : أبو حيان ( 4) . 540 -539 /2 إعراب القرآن : الباقويل ( 5) .63/ 1 املسري زاد ينظر، اخلطايب، قول فهو لألشياء احملِكم مبعىن كونه وأما قتيبة، ابن قول فهو: احلاكم مبعىن احلكيم كون أما(6) . 225 -224 /1 اهلمذاين الكتاب الفريد يف إعراب القرآن اجمليد : املنتجب( 7) . 49 /1 يان يف إعراب القرآن : العكربي التب( 8) . 54 /1 يان يف إعراب القرآن : العكربي التب( 9) . 471 /1 يان يف إعراب القرآن : العكربي التب( 10) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 174 www.americanjournal.org ويؤكد هبجت صاحل على هذه الدالالت بقوله :" ِإناَك أَْنَت: إن: حرف مشبه ابلفعل والكاف: ضمري متصل مبين على الفتح يف حمل نصب اسم »إن« أنت: ضمري رفع منفصل مبين على الفتح يف حمل نصب توكيد للضمري »الكاف« وجيوز أن يكون يف حمل رفع مبتدأ و »اْلَعِليُم«خربه ا »أَْنَت« على الوجه الثاين من إعراب »أَْنَت« مرفوعان ابلضمة ا »إن« أو خربً واجلملة االمسية يف حمل رفع خرب »ان«. العليم احلكيم: خربً وجيوز أن يكون »احلَِْكيُم« صفة للعليم) 11(. أنت ( مبتدأ و ) العليم ( خربه ، و) احلكيم ( صفة له أو خرب بعد خرب ، ) فيه وجهان: أحدمها : أن تكون ( أنت ) األنباري يقول : ابن و وال موضع هلا من اإلعراب و ) العليم ( خرب ) أنت ( فصاًل )والثاين : أن يكون ) إن ( ، ألنه خرب واجلملة من املبتدأ واخلرب يف موضع رفع كما (وإن مل جيز دخول ) أن ( على ) أنت ملنصوبة إبن ،اا للكاف توكيدً (ن ( و ) احلكيم ( صفة له ، أو خرب بعد خرب وأجريت ) أنت إ تدخل على الكاف ، ألن ) أنت ( صارت اتبعة وقد يكون للتابع ما ليس للمتبوع وكذلك جاز ، إنك أنت ، ومررت بك أنت ) 12(. ، مع أنه أجاز مثل هذا الرتكيب . املعربني توكيد للضمري أحد األوجه اإلعرابية اليت ذكرها بعض ( األنباري القول أبن ) أنت ابن مل يعد اآلتية : ا للكاف لألسباب هنا أن ) أنت ( يف هذا السياق يف موضع نصب توكيدً والذي يبدوا يل مجلة ) إن ( وهو بذلك عامل حتويل رفوعات ومن حقها رتبة االبتداء ، ودخول التوكيد على ) أنت ( يف هذا السياق مدرجة يف ابب امل فـــــــــــــ أنت نك إ )ابلكاف( ، ومبا أنه ال جيوز يف العربية أن يلي ) إن ( ضمري منفصل وهو ) أنت ( ، وإلعطاء قوة يف التوكيد للفظ اجلاللة جئنا فانتقل الضمري بسبب التحويل الذي طرأ على اجلملة من الرتبة األوىل إىل رتبة متأخرة ، وهو بذلك خرج من . توكيد توكيد + العليم احلكيم فهو من ابب املنصوابت . بذلك اتبع ، ومبا أنه يتبع منصوابً املرفوعات ليدخل يف ابب آخر وألنه هنا جاء للتوكيد فهو باب ا ألبنية وتراكيب تسمح هبا العربية الفصيحة تسري وفقً ا ، هذه املنظومة ا وإمنا جاء ضمن منظومة تركيبية دقيقة جدً وهذا االنتقال مل يكن عبثيً ل ربك .و احلوار الذي يف اآلية بني هللا عز وجل واملالئكة ، وهللا جلت قدرته كان خياطب املالئكة يف اآلًيت اليت سبقت هذه اآلية ) وإذ قا وين أبمساء و )أنبئ للمالئكة إين جاعل يف األرض خليفة ( مث جاء رد املالئكة ابستفهام ) أجتعل فيها ... ( . مث توالت اآلًيت ) وعلم آدم ( من أجل ذلك كان التوكيد لغرض بالغي إلثبات أن العلم املطلق هللا وحده ، وليس ألحد من اخللق حىت املالئكة املقربني وأن هذا هؤالء(. العليم . العلم فيه من احلكمة ما فيه ألنه يصدر من هللا فالفائدة من التوكيد " التحقيق وإزالة التجوز يف الكالم ألن من كالمهم اجملاز" ) 13(. وعلى هذا فإن االختالف يف اإلعراب يعين االختالف ا أفصح ، وأثرً وبياانً يف املعىن الذي حيمله هذا اإلعراب ولذلك كان علينا أن نبحث عن املعىن القريب، وعن املعىن الذي حيمل بالغة أقوى ، . 44 -43 /1 فصل لكتاب املرتل : هبجت صاحل اإلعراب امل( 11) . 73/ 1 األنباري البن القرآن إعراب غريب يف البيان (12) . ١٥١ص ار العربية ، األنباري أسر ( 13) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 175 www.americanjournal.org وال ننسى التحويالت اليت تطرأ على الرتكيب ، ألن مثل هذه التحويالت كما رأينا تنقل الكلمة من ابب حنوي إىل ابب حنوي آخر يف النفس . التحويل ، وحلمل الكلمة للمعىن اجلديد . ، وهذا االنتقال جاء ملقتضيات هذا وعلى هذا فإن الضمري يف اآلية أن يوافقا العربية الفصيحة ، ولو يف وجه واحد . نوه هنا أبن التحويل ، والرتكيب اجلديد جيب توجيب أن ألن الضمري هنا اتبع ملنصوب. املنصوابت؛ ا للكاف ، وهو بذلك من ابب السابقة يعرب توكيدً اعلم أنه ال يقع الفصل إال بني معرفتني، أو بني معرفة (. إال أنه كما قال الباقويل:" 9)احلجر: )ِإانا حَنُْن نـزْلَنا الذِّْكَر( ومن أمثلة ذلك قوله تعاىل ( فــــ 20واستشهد على ما قارب املعرفة بقوله:""جتَُِدوُه ِعْنَد اَّللِا ُهَو َخرْياً" املزمل )وما قارب منها، وال يقع بني نكرتني، وال بني معرفة ونكرة ، "خرياً" مقارب للمعرفة ألن "خرياً" أفعل ، و أفعل يستعمل معها »من كذا« ظاهراً أو مضمراً، فيخصصه ويوضحه) 14(. ولذا قال مكي :" ملة يف قوله تعاىل "إان حنن نزلنا الذكر" حنن يف موضع نصب على التأكيد السم إن، وجيوز أن تكون يف موضع رفع ابالبتداء ونزلنا اخلرب واجل اإلعراب ألن الذي بعدها ليس مبعرفة وال ما قارهبا بل هو ما يقوم مقام النكرة إذ هو خرب إن، وال جيوز أن تكون حنن فاصلة ال موضع هلا من مجلة واجلمل تكون نعتا للنكرات فحكمها حكم النكرات ) 15(. مبتدأ، أو ومبثل قول مكي قول العكربي حيث قال يف قوله تعاىل:"حنن نزلنا" : حنن هنا ليست فصاًل ; ألهنا مل تقع بني امسني ; بل هي إما أتكيد السم إن") 16(. وقد توسع املنتجب اهلمذاين ) 17(. يف ذلك قلياًل حيث قال يف قوله تعاىل:" ِإانا حَنُْن نـَزاْلَنا الذِّْكرَ " حمل )حنن( النصب على التأكيد السم )إن( أو الرفع على االبتداء، وال جيوز أن يكون هنا فصاًل كما زعم بعضهم )18(. ألن من شرط الفصل أن يكون بني امسني، أو بني اسم وفعل مضارع، وأما بني اسم وفعل ماض فال أعرف يف ذلك خالفًا بني النحاة، وقالوا: إمنا جوزان مع املضارع دون املاضي، ألن املضارع مشابه بينه وبني االسم من االمتزاج، ومل جنوز مع املاضي؛ ألن لالسم، واأللف والالم من صفات االسم وخصائصه، فجاز تقديرها مع املضارع ملا حىت استحق املاضي مل ينل هذه املشاهبة، فلم جيز تقديرها معه. ومعىن قوهلم هذا وحتقيقه: أن الفعل املضارع ملا كان ممتزًجا ابالسم على ما ثبت . 543/ 2الباقويل ، إعراب القرآن ( 14) .410/ 1 مكي، مشكل إعراب القرآن ( 15) .777/ 2 العكربي، التبيان يف إعراب القرآن ( 16) . 62/ 4الكتاب الفريد يف إعراب القرآن اجمليد ( 17) .191/ 2إعرابه يف النحاس جوزه (18) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 176 www.americanjournal.org ما بذلك اإلعراب، جاز أن يقال: إنه يف تقدير اسم دخله األلف والالم، ومل جيز ذلك يف املاضي، ألنه إذا مل يكن مشاهبًا لالسم كان تقدير هو من صفات االسم وخصائصه فيه وضًعا للشيء يف غري موضعه، فاعرفه، فإنه من األصول" ) 19(. االسم املوصول املبحث الثاين: االسم ورد االسم املوصول يف القرآن الكرمي يف مواطن يصلح أن يعامل فيها معاملة القطع ، ومعاملة اإلتباع ، وابختالف املعاملة والنظر إىل املواطن اآلًيت الكرمية اآلتية : املوصول خيتلف إعرابه ومن هذه ْم ۖ َفاَل جَتَْعُلوا َّللِا أَنَداًدا َلُكُم اأْلَْرَض ِفرَاًشا َوالساَماَء بَِناًء َوأَنَزَل ِمَن الساَماِء َماًء فََأْخرََج بِِه ِمَن الثاَمرَاِت رِْزقًا لاكُ )الاِذي َجَعَل ) أ ( قوله تعاىل : . 22البقرة: َوأَنُتْم تـَْعَلُموَن( ، وعند النظر يف اآلية نفسها ولكن عىن ) الذي ( يف اآلية ملوقع االختالف يف إعراب ) الذي ( ، و يكمن سبب االختالف يف تعدد الفهم اإلعراب الذي نتوخى واآلية السابقة تستطيع الوصول إىل املعىن الدقيق لـ ) الذي ( يف سياقها ، فإذا كان ذلك سهل علينا أن نعرب ) الذي ( فيه الصحة . ا للذي خلقكم ، وصلح أن يقال نعت للنعت ألن النعت هو : ) الذي ( نعت لربكم ، وإن شئت كان نعنً أبن ذهب النحاس إىل القول املنعوت يف املعىن، وجيوز أن يكون منصوبًـــــ ا بتتقون ، وجيوز أن يكون مبعىن أعين ، وأن يكون يف موضع رفع على أنه خرب ابتداء حمذوف ) 20( ذكر النحاس هنا عدة إعراابت لـ ) الذي ( وإن كان ذكره للنعت أكثر ، ويبدو أنه أميل إلعراب النعت ، مع أنه مل جيزم برأي معني وهلذا.و فإن إعراب ) الذي ( واقع بني املنصوابت واملرفوعات، وأضاف مكي : أو على االبتداء ويضمر اخلرب )21( ويقصد هنا أنه يف موضع رفع .، ومن احملتمل أن النحاة النحوية ، جيح رأي معني يف هذه املسالة، أو مناقشة هذه اآلراء ومكي يذهب إىل ما ذهب إليه النحاس من عدم تر تمل مثل هذه اإلعراابت املتعددة ، رأي ، ألن اجلملة أو اآلية أو الرتكيب حتهذه اإلعراابت دون ترجيح رأي على كانوا يرون إمكانية تعدد والسمني احللي يورد هذه اإلعراابت، إضافة إلعراابت أخرى ، نذكر منها : " أظهرها أن يكون نصبه على القطع الثالث : أنه بدل منه :شروط ثالثة الفصل لضمري أن على النحاة اتفق (19) .املنفصلة الرفع ضمائر من يكون أن : أحدها . واحلروف األفعال من واخلرب املبتدأ على داخل هو ما أو واخلرب املبتدأ بني واقًعا يكون أن : والثاين .642 641 املغين ينظر.لتشاهبهما ابالسم املضارع الفعل فأحلق اجلرجاين وخالف. قارهبما ما أو معرفتني بني يكون أن : والثالث .63/ 1إعراب القرآن ، النحاس ، (20) .1/83 مشكل إعراب القرآن ، مكي (21) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 177 www.americanjournal.org ربكم " ) 22(، ويقصد ابلقطع هنا ، النصب على احلال ، وهذا إعراب غريب الوجه ، ال أحــــــد مسوغً ا له ، ألن ال معىن للحال هنا إذ ال فاالحتمال قائم الذي ( معرفة ، واحلال ينبغي أن تكون نكرة أما القول ابلبدل )يوجد شيء ما يف سياق اآلية نريد أن نبني حاله إضافة إىل أن ، وهلذا اإلعراب ما يسوغه . وحكى هبجت صاحل نفس ما ذكره النحاس من أن )الذي( صفة لربكم فقال:" الاِذي َخَلَقُكْم: اسم موصول مبين على السكون يف حمل نصب صفة لربكم") 23(. ) الذي ( األوىل و ) ربكم ( عالقة تالزم. فجاءت مما سبق أن ) الذي ( األوىل جاءت صفة لـ ) ربكم ( وهبذا فإن العالقة هنا بني واملالحظ الثانية له متمثلة يف الذي األوىل لتصف الرب جل جالله، وإلكمال الوصف للرب جل جالله الثانية ، فالسياق جاءت الصفة ) الذي ( وألن ة نفسها التسق الرتكيب واملعىن ؛ والرتكيب الوصفي يف اآليتني واحد ، والدليل على ذلك أننا لو قمنا بعملية تبديل يف الصفتني يف اآلي ا عند السامع أبن لكي ال حيدث لبسً (جل ثناؤه ) والذي ية الثانية بـ ) الذي ( ومل يقل الوصف هللا وحده يف اآليتني جاء هللا عز وجل يف اآل وإمنا أتى بقوله الذي دون واو لتكون هذه الصفة وما قبلها راجعني إىل موصوف واحد إذ لو كانت ابلواو ألوهم ذلك " هللا هناك إهلا غري موصوفً ا آخر ألن العطف أصله املغايرة ") 24(، فلذلك جاءت ) الذي ( األوىل صفة أوىل لـ ) ربكم ( ، وجاءت ) الذي ( الثانية صفة اثنية لـ . ربكم ( ) مردود على الذي األوىل يف قوله ) اعبدوا ربكم الذي خلقكم ( ومها " ا يقول شيخ املفسرين الطربي : " وقوله الذي جعل لكم األرض فراشً و جعل لكم األرض ا يعين بذلك أنها من نعت ربكم فكأنه قال : اعبدوا ربكم اخلالقكم واخلالق الذين من قبلكم اجلاعل لكم األرض فراشً مجيعً مهادً ا وموطئً ا وقرارً ا يستقر عليها )25(. ولعل ما ذهب إليه الطربي هو الراجح من حيث املعىن واإلعراب . نـَْيا 63( الاِذيَن آَمُنوا وََكانُوا يـَتـاُقوَن ) 62)َأال ِإنا أَْولَِياَء اَّللِا ال َخْوٌف َعَلْيِهْم َوال ُهْم حَيْزَنُوَن ) ) ب ( قوله تعاىل : ( هَلُُم اْلُبْشَرى يف احْلََياِة الدُّ ٦٤ 62يونس: (( 64تـَْبِديَل ِلَكِلَماِت اَّللِا َذِلَك ُهَو اْلَفْوُز اْلَعِظيُم ) َويف اآلِخَرِة ال دد موقع هذه تعد كلمة ) الذين ( من األمساء املوصولة ، واالختالفات النحوية فيها كثرية ، ومتعددة .ومبا أن احلركة اإلعرابية ال ميكن هلا أن حت اإلعراب الصحيح لجأ إىل النظر يف موقع هذه الكلمة ، واملعىن الذي تؤديه يف السياق ليتسىن لنا معرفة ن الكلمة من األبواب النحوية ، فإننا هلذا االسم املوصول . . 191/ 1 ( الدر املصون ، السمني احللي 22) . 28/ 1 هبجت صاحل، اإلعراب املفصل لكالم هللا املرتل ( 23) . 97/ 1 األندلسي حيان أبو ، احمليط البحر تفسري (24) . 126-125/ 1 الطربي القرآن، تفسر يف البيان جامع (25) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 178 www.americanjournal.org اإلعرابية ، والنقيض يف اإلعراب الذين ( ، وحىت يف املدرسة النحوية الواحدة جند تعدد األوجه ) اختلف النحاة يف إعراب إن ذلك حلق تاصم أهل النار ( ، ): " ) الذين ( يف موضع رفع ؛ ألنه نعت جاء بعد خرب إن ؛ كما قال أبن فقد ذهب الفراء إىل القول وكما قال ) قل إن ريب يقذف ابحلق عالم الغيوب ( والنصب يف كل ذلك جائز على اإلتباع لالسم األول وعلى تكرير ) إن ( )26(، وعلى هذا الذين ( نعت خلرب ) إن ( أي إهنا يف ابب املرفوعات ، مع عدم استبعاده نصبها على اإلتباع لـ ) أولياء هللا ( )فإن الفراء مييل إىل القول أبن . من اسم ) إن ( ، وإن شئت على أعين ، والرفع وذكر النحاس عدة آراء يف إعراب ) الذين ( ، حيث قال : " يف موضع نصب عىن البدل قال الكسائي : هلم البشرى يف احلياة الدنيا ويف اآلخرة( وفيه قول رابع ، ) على إضمار مبتدأ وعلى البدل من املوضع وعلى االبتداء ، وخربه يكون النعت اتبعا للمضمر يف الفعل " ) 27( ، ) 28(. وعلى هذا يكون النحاس قد أورد عدة أوجه إعرابية يف أبواب حنوية خمتلفة ، ويف الباب الذين يف موضع نصب على النحوي الواحد هناك غري رأي ، ومل يعمد النحاس إىل ترجيح رأي معني .وهذا أيًضا ما أكده مكي بقوله :" البدل من اسم ان وهو أولياء أو على أعين وجيوز الرفع على البدل من املوضع وعلى النعت على املوضع وعلى إضمار مبتدأ وعلى االبتداء وهلم البشرى ابتداء وخرب يف موضع خرب الذين" ) 29(. وقد توسع العكربي يف ذلك بقوله:" )الذين آمنوا( : جيوز أن يكون مبتدأ، وخربه هلم البشرى وجيوز أن يكون خربا اثنيا ألن، أو خرب ابتداء حمذوف ; أي هم الذين. وجيوز أن يكون منصواب إبضمار أعين، أو صفة ألولياء بعد اخلرب. وقيل: جيوز أن يكون يف موضع جر بدال من اهلاء وامليم يف عليهم") 30(.ويشري اهلمذاين إىل عدة معان بقوله:" الذين إّما موصول ابسم مراعى يف اسم إنا ولكنا دون سائر أخواهتما، أو مث ِإنا على أنه بدل منه، أو صفة له إماا على اللفظ، وإّما على املوضع؛ ألن معىن االبتداء منصوب على املدح، أو مرفوع إماا على االبتداء، واخلرب هَلُُم اْلُبْشَرى، أو على: هم الذين، أو جمرور على البدل من الضمري يف َعلَ ْيِهْم") 31(. الذين آمنوا: الذين: اسم موصول مبين على الفتح يف حمل رفع على املدح أي هم الذين أو ويقول صاحب اإلعراب املفصل لكالم املرتل :" لألولياء الواردة يف اآلية الكرمية السابقة. وجيوز أن تكون "الذين" يف حمل رفع مبتدأ ألهنا مجلة ابتدائية -نعت يف حمل نصب بدل أو صفة وخربها: اجلملة االمسية "هلم البشرى" الواردة يف اآلية الكرمية التالية) 32(. .470/ 1 ، الفراء ، القرآن معاين (26) . 471/ 1 الفراء ، القرآن معاين ، انظر ، الرأي هذا على القراء رد (27) . 260/ 2 ، النحاس ، القرآن إعراب (28) . 348/ 1 مكي ، مشكل إعراب القرآن (29) . 679/ 2 العكربي ، التبيان يف إعراب القرآن (30) . 400/ 3اهلمذاين ، الكتاب الفريد يف إعراب القرآن اجمليد (31) . 79 /5 هبجت صاحل اإلعراب املفصل لكالم هللا املرتل ، (32) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 179 www.americanjournal.org أنه فيها ثالثة أوجه فيقول :" الدين الدرويش الذين آمنوا حيتمل موضعه ثالثة أوجه متساوية بينما يرى حميي يـَتـاُقوَن( )الاِذيَن آَمُنوا وَكانُوا داء واخلرب األرجحية األول النصب على أنه صفة أولياء هللا والثاين الرفع على أنه خرب ملبتدأ حمذوف أي هم الذين آمنوا والثالث الرفع على االبت مجلة هلم البشرى اآلتية ، ومجلة آمنوا صلة وكانوا يتقون عطف على الصلة ومجلة يتقون خرب كانوا) 33(.، وهو قريب مما ذكره الفخر الرازي بقوله الذين آمنوا وكانوا يتقون ففيه ثالثة أوجه : األول : النصب بكونه صفة لألولياء . والثاين : النصب على املدح . والثالث : الرفع على :" االبتداء وخربه هلم البشرى" ) 34(.وابن عطية يؤكد على هذا يف تفسريه بقوله :" وقوله الذين آمنوا يصح أن يكون يف موضع نصب على البدل من األولياء ، ويصح أن يكون يف موضع رفع على االبتداء على تقديرهم الذين ، وكثرياً ما يفعل ذلك بنعت ما عملت فيه »أن « إذا جاء بعد خربها ، ويصح أن يكون الذين ابتداء وخربه يف قوله هلم البشرى") 35(. : ترجيح إعراب على آخر مما ذكر على النحو اآليت بعد هذا العرض ألقول النحاة من معريب اآلية الكرمية لنا وميكن ا ، فالسامع لكلمة ) الذين ( ينصرف ذهنه وعلمه أبن ) أولياء هللا ( هم املعنيون ال فالعالقة بني ) أولياء ( وبني ) الذين ( عالقة تبادل متامً أولياء هللا تعاىل فيكون : ) الذين ( يف موضع نصب على غريهم وكتب التفاسري تذكر مثل هذا الرأي ، فهذا القرطي يقول : " هذه صفة ا فيكون مقطوعً رى يف احلياة الدنيا ويف اآلخرة ه هلم البش، وخرب البدل من اسم ) إن ( وهو ) أولياء ( وإن شئت على أعين وقيل هو ابتداء مما قبله أي يتقون الشرك) 36(. الذين ( منصوبة على البدل من ) أولياء ( أما القول ابلنصب على تقدير أعين ، أو الرفع على تقدير يتبني لنا أن القرطيب مييل إىل القول أبن ) وعلى اجلملة فإن إعراب ) الذين ( يف هذا البدل من املوضع ففيه من البعد ما فيه ، وهو حتامل على النص . مبتدأ حمذوف ، أو الرفع على مع وجاهة ا إىل معىن اآليةوقريبً منيل إليه وجنزم بصحته نصوابت ، وهو الرأي الذي امليف ابب ل من ) أولياء ( ، وهي هبذا تدخل السياق بد . مبتدأ ( وخربها ) هلم البشرى ( يف اآلية التالية ، ملن قرأمها موصولتني ) إعراهبا ١٢٦البقرة: َأْضَطرُُّه ِإىَل َعَذاِب النااِر َوبِْئَس اْلَمِصرُي()َوَمْن َكَفَر َفأَُمتُِّعُه قَِليالً مُثا ) ج ( قوله تعاىل : . . 270 /4 حميي الدين الدرويش إعراب القرآن الكرمي وبيانه ، (33) . 127/ 17الفخر الرازي مفاتيح الغيب ، (34) . 128/ 3 ابن عطية احملرر الوجيز ، (35) البدل على النصب رأي نسب وقد 175/ 5 ، األندلسي حيان أبو ، احمليط البحر تفسري يف الرأي هذا ذكر. 229/ 8 القرطي، ، القرآن ألحكام اجلامع (36) . عطية البن american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 180 www.americanjournal.org ( على وقع االختالف يف إعراب ) من ( ، بسبب تعدد استعماالهتا يف الشرط ، والوصل قال الفراء : من قول هللا تبارك وتعاىل ) فَأَُمتُِّعُه اخلرب)37(. ذا الرأي أو أن االختالف يف هذه املسألة مل يكن هبيتبني لنا أن الفراء مل يتطرق إىل األوجه اإلعرابية يف هذه املسألة ، ويبدو أنه كان جيزم . ا أصاًل موجودً وقال بعضهم : ) فَأَُمتُِّعُه (، وهبا نقرأ ، رفع على اخلرب ، وجواب اجملازاة الفاء) 38(، و الذي يعنينا هنا قراءة ) فأُمتُِّعُه ( ، وعلى هذه ا لقراءة يكون على الفعل احملذوف فأمتعه ، ع نصب ، والتقدير وأرُزُق من كر، ودل ) من ( يف موض : يذهب النحاس إىل القولإعراب ) من ( مبتدأ .و وجيوز أن تكون من للشرط ، وتكون يف موضع نصب ويضمر الفعل بعدها وجيوز أن تكون يف موضع رفع ابالبتداء واخلرب ) فأمتعه ( )39(. ، ومل يبني لنا سوى هذه األوجه املتعددة ، املسألة وعلى هذا فالنحاس يذكر غري وجه يف إعراب ) من ( ، دون ترجيح رأي معني يف هذه . اإلعراب األنسب للمسائل النحوية املتعددة ويبدو يل أنه يرتك للقارئ حتديد وجهان : النصب والرفع فالنصب بفعل مقدر ) من ( يف موضعها أبن هب إىل القول : األنباري فإنه حيصر املسألة بني إعرابني ، إذ يذابن أما وتقديره، وارزق من كفر والرفع ألهنا مبتدأ وهي شرط و ) فَأُم تُعُه ( اخل رب واجلواب ) 40(. وجهان: أحدمها: هي مبعىن الذي أو نكرة موصوفة ( من ):" )ومن كفر( : يف على هذا املعىن الذي ذكره ابن األنباري بقوله العكربي يؤكدبينما رزق من كفر وحذف الفعل لداللة الكالم عليه.)فأمتعه( : عطف على الفعل احملذوف، وال جيوز أن يكون ا وموضعها نصب، والتقدير: قال: و ه من على هذا مبتدأ، و »فأمتعه« خربه ; ألن الذي ال تدخل الفاء يف خربها ; إال إذا كان اخلرب مستحقا بصلتها ; كقولك: الذي أيتيين فل درهم، والكفر ال يستحق به التمتيع، فإن جعلت الفاء زائدة على قول األخفش جاز، وإن جعلت اخلرب حمذوفا و »فأمتعه« دليال عليه ; جاز رزقه، ومن على اتقديره: ومن كفر أرزقه فأمتعه. والوجه الثاين: أن تكون »من« شرطية، والفاء جواهبا، وقيل اجلواب حمذوف تقديره: ومن كفر هور هذا رفع ابالبتداء، وال جيوز أن تكون منصوبة ; ألن أداة الشرط ال يعمل فيها جواهبا، بل الشرط، وكفر على الوجهني مبعىن يكفر، واملش فأمتعه ابلتشديد وضم العني، ملا ذكران من أنه معطوف أو خرب) 41(. . 148 -147/ 1 ، األخفش ، القرآن معاين (37) . ۱۲۲ /1 ابن األنباري ، القرآن إعراب غريب يف البيان (38) .148 -147/ 1 ، الفراء ، القرآن معاين (39) . ۱۱۱ ۱۱۰ / 1 مكي ، القرآن إعراب مشكل وانظر ، ٢٦٠/ 1 ، النحاس ، القرآن إعراب (40) . 411 / 1العكربي التبيان يف إعراب القرآن ، (41) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 181 www.americanjournal.org أن تكون }َمْن{ شرطية يف موضع رفع ابالبتداء، وخ َوَمْن َكَفَر: حيتمل قائاًل:" النحاة واملعربني اهلمذاين مذهب األكثرية من ربه ويذهب }َكَفَر{، وجوابه }فَأَُمتُِّعُه{، أي: ومن كفر فأان أمتعه. وأن تكون موصولة يف موضع نصب إبضمار فعل، أي: وأرزْق َمن كفَر ) 42(. أهل التأويل يف ذلك ، فمنهم من ذهب إىل ، اختلف قال ومن كفر ( )املسألة كان علينا معرفة من القائل يف قوله تعاىل وللوقوف على هذه حدثين أبو العالية فعن الربيع قال:هذا الرأي بعيد . و القول أبن القائل هو هللا عز وجل ، ومنهم من قال أبن القائل هو إبراهيم عليه السالم عن أيب بن كعب يف قوله : ) ومن كفر فأمتعه قليال مث اضطره إىل عذاب النار ( قال : هو قول الرب تعاىل والصواب من القراءة يف ذلك عندان والتأويل ما قاله أيب بن كعب وقراءته لقيام احلجة ابلنقل املستفيض) 43(.قال القرطيب يف قوله :"قَاَل َوَمن َكَفَر »َمن« يف قوله »َوَمْن وهذا َكَفَر« يف موضع نصب؛ والتقدير وٱرزق من كفر، وجيوز أن يكون يف موضع رفع ابالبتداء، وهي شرط واخلرب »َفأَُمتُِّعُه« وهو اجلواب. عن القائل أهو هللا جل وعال أم إبراهيم عليه السالم بقوله:" وٱختِلف هل هذا القول من هللا رمحه هللا – مث تساءل – ما عليه مجهور املعربني ق وغريمها: هو من هللا تعاىل، وقرأوا »فَأَُمتُِّعُه« بضم اهلمزة و فتح امليم وتشديد تعاىل أو من إبراهيم عليه السالم؟ فقال أيَُبّ بن كعب وٱبن إسحَٰ ق ا لزجاج أن يف التاء. مُثا َأْضَطرُُّه بقطع األلف وضم الراء، وكذلك القرّاء السبعة خال ٱبن عامر فإنه سّكن امليم وخّفف التاء.وحكى أبو إسحَٰ « بفتح اهلمزة قراءة أيَُب »فنمّتعه قليالً مث نضطِّره« ابلنون.وقال ٱبن عباس وجماهد وقتادة: هذا القول من إبراهيم عليه السالم.وقرأوا »فَأْمتعه قال« وسكون امليم، »مث ٱضطراه« بوصل األلف وفتح الراء، فكأن إبراهيم عليه السالم دعا للمؤمنني وعلى الكافرين، وعليه فيكون الضمري يف » إلبراهيم، وأعيد »قال« لطول الكالم، أو خلروجه من الدعاء لقوم إىل الدعاء على آخرين.والفاعل يف »قال« على قراءة اجلماعة ٱسم هللا ا؛ تعاىل، وٱختاره النحاس، وجعل القراءة بفتح اهلمزة وسكون امليم ووصل األلف شاذة، قال: ونسق الكالم والتفسري مجيعاً يداّلن على غريه ّل: }َوٱْرُزْق َأْهَلُه ِمَن أّما نسق الكالم فإن هللا تعاىل خرّب عن إبراهيم عليه السالم أنه قال: }َربِّ ٱْجَعْل َهٰـََذا بـََلداً آِمنًا{ مث جاء بقوله عز وج ُهْم بِٱَّللِا َوٱْليَـْوِم ٱآلِخِر{ ومل يفصل بينه بقال، مث قال بعُد: »قَاَل َوَمْن َكَفَر« فكان ه ذا جواابً من هللا، ومل يقل بعُد: قال ٱلثاَمرَاِت َمْن آَمَن ِمنـْ إبراهيم.وأّما التفسري فقد صح عن ٱبن عباس وسعيد بن جبري وحممد بن كعب.وهذا لفظ ٱبن عباس: دعا إبراهيم عليه السالم ملن آمن دون الناس خاّصة، فأعلم هللا عز وجل أنه يرزق من كفر كما يرزق من آمن، وأنه ميّتعه قليالً مث يضطّره إىل عذاب النار) 44(. . على قراءة عاصم هللا عز وجل هو أن القائل من املفسرين واملعربنيالعلماء ، وما عليه مجهورالراجح وهبذا فإن عما سبقها يف نفس اآلية من قوله تعاىل : ) وارزق أهله من آمن منهم ابهلل وابليوم اآلخر ( ألن ذلك قول ، وعاماًل فاآلية هنا تستقل إعراابً وعليه فإن إعراب ) .قال ومن كفر فأمتعه ( ، فنحن أمام مجلة جديدة ، وتركيب جديد ) :إبراهيم عليه السالم وما بعد ذلك قول هللا تعاىل . ) فأمتعه ( خرب املبتدأ وجواب الشرطية السابقة مبتدأ وهي شرط و مجلة من ( يف اآل . 380 / 1اهلمذاين الكتاب الفريد يف إعراب القرآن اجمليد ، (42) . ٤٢٧ /1 الطربي ، القرآن تفسري يف البيان جامع (43) . 119 /2 القرطيب ، اجلامع ألحكام القرآن (44) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 182 www.americanjournal.org ُهَما ۗ ِإنا اَّللاَ َكاَن تـَوا ومثله من اآلايت قوله تعاىل: ١٦النساء: ااًب راِحيًما()َواللاَذاِن أَيْتَِياهِنَا ِمنُكْم َفآُذومُهَا ۖ فَِإن اَتاَب َوَأْصَلَحا َفَأْعِرُضوا َعنـْ )الاِذيَن آَمُنوا َوَعِمُلوا الصااحِلَاِت طُوََبَٰ هَلُْم 1الرعد: َءايََُٰت ٱۡلِكتََٰبِۗ َوٱلاِذٓي أُنزَِل إِلَۡيَك ِمن رابَِّك ٱحۡلَقُّ َولََِٰكنا َأۡكثـََر ٱلنااِس اَل يـُۡؤِمُنوَن()آلٓمۚر تِۡلَك . ٤٢النحل: )الاِذيَن َصرَبُوا َوَعَلىَٰ َرهبِِّْم يـَتَـوَكاُلوَن(٢٩الرعد: َوُحْسُن َمآٍب( أمساء اإلشارة املبحث الثالث : عنه ، محلت أمساء اإلشارة شأهنا شأن األمساء املوصولة والضمائر على أوجه إعرابية خمتلفة ، حبسب النظر إليها إتباعا ملا قبلها أو مقطوعة : ومن ذلك نُكم مِّن ِدًَيرِِهْم َتظَاَهُروَن َعَلْيِهم اِبإْلِ ) أ ( قوله تعاىل: ُؤاَلِء تـَْقتـُُلوَن أَنُفَسُكْم َوُتْرُِجوَن َفرِيًقا مِّ مثِْ َواْلُعْدَواِن َوِإن أَيْتُوُكْم أَُساَرىَٰ تـَُفاُدوُهْم )مُثا أَنُتْم هََٰ نـَْيا ۖ َويـَْوَم َوُهَو حُمَراٌم َعَلْيُكْم ِإْخرَاُجُهْم ۚ أَفـَتـُْؤِمُنوَن بِبَـْعِض اْلِكَتاِب َوَتْكُفُروَن بِبَـْعٍض ۚ َفَما َجزَاُء َمن يَـ ِلَك ِمنُكْم ِإالا ِخْزٌي يف احْلََياِة الدُّ ْفَعُل ذََٰ ُ ِبَغاِفٍل َعماا تـَْعَمُلوَن( الء ( ، وتعددت األوجه اإلعرابية. ) هؤ اختلف العلماء يف إعراب ٨٥البقرة: اْلِقَياَمِة يـَُردُّوَن ِإىَلَٰ َأَشدِّ اْلَعَذاِب ۗ َوَما اَّللا اإلعرابية على الكلمة ، وللرتكيب نفسه . نعم عرفت العربية مثل هذا الرتكيب " وقال : ويرجع سبب تعدد هذه األوجه إىل عدم ظهور احلركة ) مث أنتم هؤالء ( ويف موضع آخر ) هأنتم هؤالء ( كبعض ما ذكران وهو كثري يف كالم العرب ، ورد التنبيه توكيدً ا ) 45( .ولكن البحث يف مثل . هذا الرتكيب كان على القلة عراب القرآن ، حنو النحاس ، ومكي، والباقويل وغريهم. املسألة غري عامل يف كتب إذكر هذه أيهما شئت جعلته املبتدأ قال الباقويل:" مُثا أَنـُْتْم هُؤالِء تـَْقتـُُلوَن أَنـُْفَسُكْم ألن قوهلم: هذا أنت، كقولك: أنت هذا، أحدمها مبتدأ واآلخر خربه، أَنـُْفَسُكْم( أن يكون »أنتم« مبتدأ، و »هؤالء« اخلرب، و تـَْقتـُُلوَن أَنـُْتْم هُؤالِء »تقتلون« يف موضع واآلخر اخلرب.والوجه اآلخر يف قوله: )مُثا ي: احلال.والكوفيون يزعمون أن التقدير: مث أنتم تقتلون، ابتداء وخرب، و »هؤالء« دخل للتقريب.وجيوز أن يكون »هؤالء« مبعىن »الذين« ، أ الذين تقتلون أنفسكم، كما جاز: أنت الذي فعلت. وقد ذكران أنه ال حيمل على: مث أنتم ًي هؤالء") 46(. وقد تعددت وجوه اإلعراب يف اآلية عند العكربي ما بني كوهنا يف موضع نصب أو منادى أو خرب، فقال:": )مث أنتم هؤالء( : أنتم مبتدأ ويف هؤالء وجهان أحدمها يف موضع نصب إبضمار أعين، والثاين هو منادى ; أي ًي هؤالء، إال خربه ثالثة أوجه: أحدها: تقتلون ; فعلى هذا يف ذين، أن هذا ال جيوز عند سيبويه ; ألن أوالء مبهم، وال حيذف حرف النداء مع املبهم. والوجه الثاين: أن اخلرب هؤالء على أن يكون مبعىن ال . ١٣٤ /1 األخفش ، القرآن معاين (45) . 691 /3 الباقويل ، إعراب القرآن (46) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 183 www.americanjournal.org ا ; ألن مذهب البصريني أن أوالء هذا ال يكون مبنزلة الذين، وأجازه الكوفيون. والوجه الثالث: أن اخلرب وتقتلون صلته، وهذا ضعيف أيضً هؤالء على تقدير حذف مضاف تقديره، مث أنتم مثل هؤالء كقولك أبو يوسف أبو حنيفة، فعلى هذا تقتلون حال يعمل فيها معىن التشبيه) 47(. اإلعراب قال: وقيل أنتم مبتدأ وهؤالء خربه وتقتلون يف موضع نصب لكونه وصًفا لقوله )فريًقا( وبعد أن ذكر أوجه قال املنتجب اهلمذاين:" متعلق مبحذوف. والصواب: ... وتقتلون يف موضع نصب على احلال من أوالء وال يستغىن عنها، ومل يستغن عن حال املبهم كما مل يستغن عن نعته، والعامل يف احلال معىن التنبيه) 48(.ويقول هبجت صاحل:" مُثا أَنـُْتْم هُؤالِء: مث: حرف عطف. أنتم: ضمري منفصل يف حمل رفع مبتدأ. أي هؤالء: اسم إشارة مبين على الكسر يف حمل رفع صفة للمبتدأ »أَنـُْتْم« واملعىن: أنتم هؤالء املشاهدون وجيوز نصب »هُؤالِء« على املدح أعين" ) 49(. . مجيع األقوال يف هذه املسألة فقد مجع الدر املصون وقد توسع يف ذلك السمني احلليب يف كتابه لثاين : ) أنتم ( مبتدأ ، و ) هؤالء ( خربه ، ولكن بتأويل حذف مضاف تقديره ا. األول : ) أنتم ( يف حمل رفع ابالبتداء و ) هؤالء ( خربه الرابع : ) أنتم ( مبتدأ و ) هؤالء .الء ( مبتدأ مؤخر نقله ابن عطية عن ابن الباذش ؤ مقدم و ) هالثالث : ) أنتم ( خرب. مث أنتم مثل هؤالء: اخلامس : ) هؤالء ( موصول . املبتدأ ، وفصل ابلنداء بني املبتدأ واخلرب . قاله الفراء ( خرب منادى حذف منه حرف النداء ، و ) تقتلون ( السادس : ) هؤالء ( منصوب على . صلته وهو خرب عن ) أنتم ( أي : أنتم الذين تقتلون قال هذا الرأي الكوفيون ( مبعىن الذي و ) تقتلون السابع : أن يكون .االختصاص ، إبضمار أعين و ) أنتم ( مبتدأ ، وتقتلون خربه . اعرتض بينهما جبملة االختصاص وهذا رأي ابن كيسان ا واجلملة من ) تقتلون ( مستأنفة مبينة للجملة قبلها ، يعين أنتم هؤالء األشخاص احلمقى ) أنتم هؤالء ( على ما تقدم من كوهنما مبتدأ وخربً ذكره الزخمشري)50( . ن يف املعىن عند النظر يف األوجه السابقة يتبني لنا مدى دقة الرتكيب يف هذه اللغة ، وأثر هذه الدقة على املعىن بل إن التأويل، والتقدير يؤثرا . الذي يتضمنه حقيقة الرتكيب من األوجه السابقة ما رفضته العربية ، فخرجت بذلك من األوجه املرجحة لدى حنو الوجه الثالث ، بسبب تساوي املبتدأ واخلرب يف التعريف أما بقية األوجه فهي يف . وحنو الوجه السادس ألن االختصاص ال يكون ابلنكرات وال أمساء اإلشارة .تقدمي اخلرب والتنكري وبذلك مل جيز لنا . 68 /1 التبيان يف إعراب القرآن ، العكربي (47) . 7 /1 الكتاب الفريد يف إعراب القرآن اجمليد ، اهلمذاين (48) . 103 /1 اإلعراب املفصل لكالم هللا املرتل ، هبجت صاحل (49) . ٤٧٨ ص ٤٧٤ / 1 ، احللي السمني ، املصون الدر (50) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 184 www.americanjournal.org الء ( منادى حذف منه حرف أن ) هؤ هو الوجه الرابع ، والذي ينص على الوجه األدق ، واألميل إىل الصواب وأرى أن . دائرة االحتمال : النداء وذلك لألسباب اآلتية يف اآلية السابقة ، وذلك ألن الكالم موجه للقوم املخاطبني مث جاءت اآلية اليت تليها لتؤكد عملية القتل وهي أشد (هؤالء )ما نلحظه غياب يقتلون أنفسهم ، خاطبهم هللا ابلضمري املخاطب دة يف التأكيد على أهنم هم الذين من الشهادة ، ومرتبة تلي الشهادة وألن األمر كذلك ، وزًي ) أنتم ( ، مث جاء اسم اإلشارة يف حالة النداء ليدعم الضمري ويضاعف أتكيد خطورة ما اقرتفوا من إمث وحذف حرف النداء هنا ليؤكد على وهو مطلع عليهم . منهم قرب هللا ولريفعا درجة وحدة األمر الذي كان يقرتفه بنو إسرائيل يعطيا قوة يف التعبري والصياغة ،وهبذا يتحد الضمري مع اسم اإلشارة يف هذا الرتكيب ل ا الكالم الذي سوف ا ، ومرتقبً الكالم بطريقة أقوى ، مما جيعل السامع مستيقظً مث إن االنتقال من الضمري إىل اسم اإلشارة يلفت املستمع إىل ، وهللا جل ثناؤه هبذا الرتكيب يؤكد لبين إسرائيل أهنم هم من فعل ذلك ، ليس غريهم ، مماذلك النظم أييت ؛ ألنه أخذ درجة من األمهية من يعظم يف نفوسهم اإلحساس ابلذنب .و سيبويه ال جييز مثل ذلك ، أي تقدير حرف نداء) 51( ، مع أن تقدير حرف نداء هنا يدعمه املعىن يف وقد وردت بعض األبيات الشعرية فيها حذف حرف النداء مع اسم اإلشارة حنو : ، اآلية نفسها إن األىل وصفوا قومي هلم فيهم هذا اعتصم تلق من عاداك خمذواًل ) 52(. هذا ( ، وهذا جيوز ما ذهبنا إليه وإن كان فيه ضعف بسبب عدم معرفتنا ) السابق حذف حرف النداء من البيت قبل والشاهد يف البيت البيت لذي الرمة : يدعم هذا الرأي و للقائل ولكن هناك بيت من الشعر إذا مَهَْت عيين هلا قال صاحي مبثلك هذا كوَعٌة َوَغـرام) 53(. والشاهد هنا حذف حرف النداء الداخل على اسم اإلشارة ، وقد أجاز الكوفيون ذلك ، أما البصريون فقد ذهبوا إىل عدم جواز ذلك إال يف الضرورة الشعرية وابحململ فإن هذين الشاهدين يدعمان القول جبواز حذف حرف النداء مع اسم اإلشارة وهناك شاهد شعري آخر للمتين ) 54(، وكتب التفسري ترى مثل ذلك " ويتجه يف قوله ) مث أنتم هؤالء ( وجهان أحدمها أن . وإن مل يكن من عصر االحتجاج ، ولكننا نستأنس به ا يكون أريد به: مث أنتم ًي هؤالء فرتك )ًي( استغناء بداللة الكالم عليه ، كما قال ) يوسف أعرض عن هذا ( وأتويله ًي يوسف أعرض عن هذ . ٢٥٥ /2 سيويه ، الكتاب (51) . ٦٦٢ /۲ ، يعقوب إميل ، املفصل املعجم ۲۹۸ ص احلافظ عمدة شرح و ١٤٤٣/٢ األمشوين شرح يف نسبة بال وهو ، البسيط من البيت (52) / ٤ النحوية واملقاصد ؛۲۹۷ ص احلافظ عمدة وشرح ١١٦٥/٢ التصريح وشرح ، ٢٤/٣ والدرر ؛١٥٩٢ ص ديوانه يف الرمة لذي وهو ، الطويل من البيت (53) / 2 يعقوب إميل ، املفصل املعجم" ٦٤١/٢ اللبيب ومغين ٩ ٤٤٣/٢األمشون وشرح ؛١٥/ ٤ املسالك أوضح يف نسبة وبال ،١٧٤/ ١ اهلوامع ومهع ، ٢٣٥ ٨٤٧ . . ۳۰۱ / 2 الربقوقي الرمحن عبد ، املتنيب ديوان شرح (54) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 185 www.americanjournal.org نفسكم فيكون معىن الكالم حينئذ: مث أنتم ًي معشر يهود بين إسرائيل بعد إقراركم ابمليثاق الذي أخذته عليكم ال تسفكون دماءكم وال ترجون أ من دًيركم مث أقررمت وبعد شهادتكم على أنفسكم أبن ذلك حق يل عليكم الزم لكم الوفاء يل به تقتلون أنفسكم)55(. وهبذا فإن الطربي يذكر ا يتسق مع للمعىن الذي يف اآلية الوجه ، وجييزه بسبب املعىن الذي يف هذا االختيار والذي يف هذمثل هذا ا واملعىن حيتمل هذا والعربية تعرف مثله ، كما وضحنا سابقً حرف النداء حمذوف يف هذا الرتكيب ، منادى ، و ( هؤالء )وعليه فإين أرى أن . وهو أقرب األوجه اإلعرابية إىل الصواب وأكثرها اتساقا مع املعىن، اإلعراب إىل حد بعيد ِلَك ۖ َوِإنا َلُه ِعنَداَن َلزُْلَفىَٰ َوُحْسَن َمآٍب( : ) ب ( قوله تعاىل ٢٥ص: )فـََغَفْراَن َلُه ذََٰ نرغب بتقدير حمذوف إال سب االختالف يرجع إىل تقدير حمذوف يف اآلية وكما ذكران سابقا فإننا ال ذلك ( ، و ) وقع اخلالف يف إعراب مناص من تقديره . إذا كان السياق حيتمل ذلك ، وال فقد ذهب مكي إىل القول أبن :"ذلك يف موضع نصب بغفران أو يف موضع رفع على إضمار مبتدأ تقديره ، األمر ذلك) 56(، وهذا القول بغفران، وجيوز أن يكون يف موضع رفع أي األمر ذلك َوِإنا َلُه ِعْنَدان َلزُْلفى. قال جماهد فـََغَفْران َلُه ذِلَك يف موضع نصب :"قائاًل ذكره النحاس عن عبيد بن عمر قال: الزلفى الدنو من هللا جّل وعّز يوم القيامة" ) 57(، وهو ما نص عليه العكربي قائاًل:"و )ذلك( : مفعول »غفران« . وقيل: خرب مبتدأ؛ أي األمر ذلك" ) 58(. َلُه ذِلَك: جار وجمرور متعلق بغفران. ذا: اسم اشارة مبين كما قال هبجت صاحل :" يف هذه اآلية على الذنب ، (ذلك )يعود اسم اإلشارة على السكون يف حمل نصب مفعول به أي فغفران له ذلك الذنب. أو فغفران له ذنبه والالم للبعد والكاف للخطاب" ) 59(. واسم اإلشارة إمنا هنا ، واآلية السابقة توضح بكل صراحة ووضوح جيء به ليدلل على شيء معلوم لدى السامع ، وهبذا فإن التقدير ال ميكن أن يكون مقبواًل التقدير فيه من التكلف ما فيه ره ) األمر ( ، وذلك ألن مثل هذا حمذوف تقديوعليه ال ميكن لنا القول هنا بوجود . مدلول اسم اإلشارة کىن هللا عز وجل ابلذنب هنا ابسم اإلشارة ليخفف من حدة األمر على داود عليه السالم ، فيكون الوقع عليه أخف ولو كان احملذوف و . إىل القول أذهب وعلى هذا ، ا ، وهذا ما ال يكون حبق نيب اختاره هللا لرسالته ا ، وعمقً مبتدأ فإن وقع األمر واحلدث على سيدان داود أشد أثرً . ٣١٤ / 1 الطربي ، البيان جامع (55) . ٦٢٥ / 2 مكي ، القرآن إعراب مشكل (56) . 310 / 3 النحاس ، إعراب القرآن (57) . 310 / 3 العكربي ، التبيان يف إعراب القرآن (58) .101 / 10 هبجت صاحل ، اإلعراب املفصل لكالم هللا املرتل (59) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 186 www.americanjournal.org أبن ) ذلك ( يف اآلية مفعول به ، وهو ما نص عليه زكرًي األنصاري) 60(.وغري واحد من النحاة ) 61(، فقال اهلمذاين:" وقوله: }فـََغَفْراَن َلُه َذِلَك{ )ذلك(: مفعول )غفران(، أي: فغفران له ذلك الذنب، وهو الذي أشري إليه يف القصة. وعن بعض القراء: الوقوف على }َلُه{، على: األمر ذلك ) 62(. َ ُهَو احلَْقُّ َوأَناُه حُيِْيي اْلَمْوَتىَٰ َوأَناُه َعَلىَٰ ُكلِّ َشْيٍء َقِديٌر(قوله تعاىل ومثله ِلَك أِبَنا اَّللا ٢القصص: )تِْلَك آًَيُت اْلِكَتاِب اْلُمِبنِي( ٦احلج: )ذََٰ يٌم َوَغسااٌق( َذا فـَْلَيُذوقُوُه محَِ ٥٧ص: )هََٰ خامتة البحث : وهي النتائج اليت توصل إليها البحث ويف خامتة البحث أذكر أبرز املعروفة يف العربية . الشروع يف اإلعراب ، أو تصنيف الكلمة يف أبواب النحو : النظر إىل املعىن قبل أواًل أمكن أو إىل أقوى الوجهني بالغًيا. التفاسري إن عند صعوبة التفريق بني وجهني إعرابيني يف كتاب هللا فإننا نلجأ إىل كتب اثنًيا: ضمن منظومة تركيبة اجلملة العربية . ال ميكن دراسة التقدمي والتأخري يف اجلملة العربية إال مع اجلانب البالغي ، اثلثًا: نفسها يف بعض األحيان. النظر يف املعىن املعجمي للكلمة قبل اإلعراب ، فهذا خيدم عملية اإلعراب رابًعا: يف اآلية من أجل التوافق الصويت األمر ا ا وأتخريً تقدميً االنتباه إىل النغمة الصوتية ، واملستوى الصويت يف اإلعراب ، فقد حيدث هـذاخامًسا: . الذي يؤثر يف اإلعراب أحياانً د نوعه من خالل داللته يف السياق. وحتدي االهتمام ابلبناء الصريف للكلمة ، ال سيما املتشابه يف هذا البناء، سادًسا: من خالل منظومة اجلملة العربية واملعىن الذي يؤديه كل ابب ،ية بعضها ببعض أثناء عملية النظمدراسة العالقة بني األبواب النحو سابًعا: املراجع .1982أسرار البالغة يف علم البيان ، عبد القاهر اجلرجاين ، دار املعرفة ، بريوت ، -1 . 468 / 1زكرًي األنصاري ، إعراب القرآن العظيم (60) .القشريي عن( له) على الوقف 418 /51 القرطيب وحكى. 249/ 2 مكي ومشكل. 793/ 2 النحاس : إعراب انظر (61) .420 /5اهلمذاين الكتاب الفريد يف إعراب القرآن اجمليد ، (62) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 187 www.americanjournal.org ، ۱۹۹۷األنباري ، حتقيق : حممد مشس الدين ، دار الكتب العلمية ، بريوت ، ابن أسرار العربية ، عبد الرمحن بن حممد بن عبيد هللا 2 . الطبعة األوىل الطبعة األوىل. ، ١٩٩٦أضواء البيان ، حممد األمني الشنقيطي ، دار الكتب العلمية ، بريوت ، -3 دار الرتبية ، العراق. إعراب ثالثني سورة من القرآن ، احلسني بن أمحد املعروف اببن خالويه ، -4 ، الطبعة الثالثة . ۱۹۸۸بريوت ، إعراب القرآن ، أمحد بن حممد النحاس ، حتقيق : زهري زاهد ، عامل الكتب ، -5 هـ( حققه وعلق عليه: 926إعراب القرآن العظيم ، زكرًي بن حممد بن أمحد بن زكرًي األنصاري، زين الدين أبو حيىي السنيكي )املتوىف: -6 م. 2001 هـ 1421، 1د. موسى على موسى مسعود )رسالة ماجستري(، ط هـ( 543إعراب القرآن املنسوب للزجاج، علي بن احلسني بن علي، أبو احلسن نور الدين جامع العلوم اأَلْصفهاين الباقويل )املتوىف: حنو -7 هـ. 1420 4القاهرة / بريوت، ط -بريوت -القاهرة ودارالكتب اللبنانية -حتقيق ودراسة: إبراهيم اإلبياري، دارالكتاب املصري احلادية عشرة . ، الطبعة ١٩٩٥عالم ، خري الدين الزركلي ، دار العلم للماليني ، بريوت ، اإل -8 ، الطبعة األوىل . ۱۹۷۹بريوت ، إمالء ما من به الرمحن ، أبو البقاء عبد هللا بن احلسني العكربي ، دار الكتب العلمية 9 هـ. 1418، 2اإلعراب املفصل لكتاب هللا املرتل، هبجت عبد الواحد صاحل، دار الفكر ، عمان، ط: -10 . ۱۹۸۲اإلنصاف يف مسائل اخلالف ، عبد الرمحن بن حممد بن عبيد هللا األنباري حتقيق : حممد عبد احلميد ، دار اجليل ، 11 ، الطبعة السادسة . ۱۹۸۰إحياء الرتاث العريب ، أوضح املسالك ، عبد هللا مجال الدين بن هشام ، حتقيق : حممد عبد احلميد ، دار -12 املكتبة العلمية ، بريوت . بصائر ذوي التمييز ، حممد بن يعقوب الفريوزاابدي، حتقيق : حممد النجار ، -13 البيان يف غريب إعراب القرآن ، عبد الرمحن بن حممد بن عبيد هللا األنباري ،حتقيق : طه عبد احلميد طه، دار الكتاب العريب ، القاهرة -14 ،١٩٦٩ . هـ(، احملقق : علي حممد البجاوي، الناشر 616التبيان يف إعراب القرآن، أبو البقاء عبد هللا بن احلسني بن عبد هللا العكربي )املتوىف : -15 : عيسى البايب احلليب وشركاه. ، الطبعة الثانية. ۱۹۸۳بريوت ، تفسري البحر احمليط ، حممد بن يوسف الشهري أبيب حيان األندلسي ، دار الفكر ، -16 . ۱۹۸۷جامع البيان يف تفسري القرآن ، حممد بن جرير الطربي، دار احلديث ، القاهرة ، -17 ، الطبعة اخلامسة . ١٩٩٦اجلامع ألحكام القرآن ، حممد بن أمحد القرطيب، دار الكتب العلمية ، بريوت ، -18 ، الطبعة ۱۹۹۲اجلىن الداين يف حروف املعاين ، احلسن بن قاسم املرادي، حتقيق : فخر الدين قباوه، دار الكتب العلمية ، بريوت، 19 األوىل . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 188 www.americanjournal.org عيين، دار إحياء الكتب العربية حاشية الصبان على شرح األمشوين على ألفية ابن مالك ومعه شرح الشواهد لل 20 ، الطبعة األوىل . ١٩٨٦الدر املصون ، أمحد بن يوسف املعروف ابلسمني احلليب، حتقيق : أمحد اخلياط ، دار القلم ، دمشق ، -21 ، الطبعة األوىل ۱۹۹۰الدر املنثور يف التفسري املأثور ، جالل الدين السيوطي ، دار الكتـ العلمية ، بريوت ، -22 دالئل اإلعجاز ، عبد القاهر اجلرجاين، حتقيق : حممود شاكر ، مكتبة اخلاجني ،القاهرة . -23 األوىل . ، الطبعة ١٩٩٥الشرط واالستفهام، مسري شريف ستيتية ، دار القلم ، ديب ، -24 هـ( حقق نصوصه وخرجه وعلق عليه: حممد نظام الدين 643الكتاب الفريد يف إعراب القرآن اجمليد، املنتجب اهلمذاين )املتوىف: -25 م. 2006 -هـ 1427، 1اململكة العربية السعودية، ط -الفتيح، دار الزمان للنشر والتوزيع، املدينة املنورة ، الطبعة الثالثة . ۱۹۸۷الرسالة ، بريوت ، ة مشكل إعراب القرآن ، مكي بن أيب طالب ، حتقيق : حامت الضامن ، مؤسس 26 ، الطبعة الثالثة . ۱۹۸۳بريوت ، قيق ك حممد النجار وآخر ، عامل معاين القرآن ، حيىي بن زًيد الفراء ، حت -27 ، الطبعة السادسة ١٩٨٥، بريوت مغين اللبيب ، مجال الدين ابن هشام ، حتقيق : مازن املبارك وغريه ، دار الفكر ، -28 املقتضب ، حممد بن يزيد املربد ، حتقيق : حممد عضيمة ، عامل الكتب ، بريوت . 29 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org environmental safety and efficient resource use in condensed milk production mohinur sayitniyozovna ismattova samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry, and biotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the importance of environmental safety and efficient resource utilization in condensed milk production. it highlights the challenges faced by the dairy industry regarding energy consumption, water use, waste management, and sustainability. the essay discusses strategies for improving production efficiency while minimizing environmental impact, including the adoption of modern technologies, renewable energy, and sustainable supply chain practices. the role of policy, industry standards, and corporate responsibility in promoting ecofriendly dairy production is also analyzed. condensed milk, environmental safety, resource efficiency, sustainability, dairy industry, energy conservation, waste management. introduction condensed milk production is a vital segment of the dairy industry, providing high-nutrition products with long shelf life. however, like all industrial processes, it consumes significant resources and generates environmental impacts that must be carefully managed. environmental safety and efficient resource utilization are increasingly recognized as essential for sustainable development, not only for regulatory compliance but also for economic efficiency and corporate responsibility. one of the main environmental challenges in condensed milk production is energy consumption. evaporation, pasteurization, and sterilization require high thermal energy, which often comes from fossil fuels. this contributes to greenhouse gas emissions and increases production costs. modern technologies, such as vacuum evaporation and energy-efficient pasteurizers, can significantly reduce energy use while maintaining product quality. additionally, integrating renewable energy sources such as solar or biogas systems can further decrease environmental impact and improve cost-effectiveness. water usage is another critical concern. large quantities of water are required for cleaning equipment, pasteurization, and cooling processes. inefficient water management not only increases costs but also puts pressure on local water resources. implementing water recycling, wastewater treatment, and process optimization strategies allows producers to minimize water consumption and reduce the risk of environmental contamination. sustainable water management practices are increasingly valued by consumers and regulators, aligning economic and ecological interests. waste management in condensed milk production also demands attention. by-products, such as whey, milk residues, and packaging waste, must be properly handled to prevent environmental pollution. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org innovative solutions include converting whey into protein concentrates for other food products, composting organic waste, and adopting recyclable or biodegradable packaging materials. these measures contribute to a circular economy approach, where resources are reused and environmental impacts are minimized. the concept of resource efficiency extends beyond energy, water, and waste management. efficient use of raw milk is critical to avoid losses and ensure product consistency. monitoring milk quality, maintaining cold chains, and optimizing production schedules reduce spoilage and improve the sustainability of the supply chain. furthermore, employing data-driven management systems allows producers to analyze resource consumption patterns and implement continuous improvements. environmental safety in the dairy industry also involves compliance with national regulations and international standards. certifications such as iso 14001 for environmental management provide frameworks for monitoring and reducing environmental risks. additionally, adherence to local environmental protection laws ensures that production facilities operate responsibly, preventing contamination of air, water, and soil. companies that demonstrate strong environmental responsibility enhance their reputation, attract investors, and gain competitive advantages in both domestic and international markets. sustainable production practices not only protect the environment but also offer economic benefits. reducing energy and water consumption lowers operational costs, while minimizing waste increases overall efficiency. furthermore, sustainable practices can create marketing advantages, as consumers are increasingly conscious of environmental issues and prefer products from eco-friendly companies. this trend is especially relevant in export markets where environmental standards are strictly enforced. government policies play a key role in promoting environmental safety and resource efficiency in condensed milk production. incentives for renewable energy adoption, waste management programs, and environmental audits encourage producers to adopt sustainable practices. collaboration between industry stakeholders, academic institutions, and government agencies fosters research and innovation, helping companies develop eco-friendly technologies and optimize resource use. in conclusion, environmental safety and efficient resource use are essential components of modern condensed milk production. by adopting energy-efficient technologies, optimizing water and raw material usage, managing waste effectively, and complying with environmental regulations, producers can reduce their ecological footprint while improving economic performance. sustainable practices not only benefit the environment but also enhance product quality, corporate reputation, and long-term competitiveness in both domestic and international markets. looking forward, the development of environmentally safe and resource-efficient condensed milk production in uzbekistan requires a multifaceted approach. producers must integrate modern technologies, optimize operational processes, and adopt a culture of sustainability at all levels of production. the adoption of energy-efficient evaporators, renewable energy sources, and automated monitoring systems can substantially reduce energy consumption while maintaining high product quality. water recycling systems, proper wastewater treatment, and closed-loop cooling processes ensure responsible water use and reduce the ecological footprint of production facilities. furthermore, proper handling of by-products such as whey and milk residues not only minimizes waste but also generates potential new revenue streams, contributing to the economic sustainability of the industry. policy and regulatory support remain essential. the government of uzbekistan can encourage sustainable practices through subsidies for energy-efficient equipment, tax incentives for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org environmentally friendly production, and grants for innovation in resource optimization. clear environmental standards, aligned with international norms, provide a framework for producers to operate responsibly while ensuring access to global markets. public-private partnerships can facilitate technology transfer, skill development, and research initiatives, accelerating the modernization of the dairy sector. collaboration with universities, research institutes, and international organizations can help producers adopt best practices and integrate cutting-edge technologies into their operations. education and workforce training are also critical. workers and managers must understand the importance of energy conservation, waste management, and safe production practices. training programs and awareness campaigns can instill a culture of sustainability, ensuring that environmentally responsible practices are applied consistently throughout production. additionally, consumer education plays a role: as buyers become more aware of environmental issues, demand for eco-friendly products rises, creating incentives for producers to adopt sustainable practices. clear labeling and marketing strategies that highlight environmental responsibility can strengthen brand value and consumer trust. export potential adds another dimension to sustainable development. by producing environmentally safe condensed milk that meets international standards, uzbek producers can access regional and global markets. neighboring central asian countries, the middle east, and south asia offer opportunities for expanding exports, particularly if products comply with halal certification and environmental standards. sustainable practices not only enhance market access but also improve competitiveness by reducing costs, improving efficiency, and increasing consumer confidence in product quality. challenges remain. upfront investments in technology, renewable energy, and water treatment can be substantial, and smaller producers may face financial constraints. supply chain limitations, seasonal variability in milk production, and the need for continuous quality monitoring are additional hurdles. however, these challenges can be addressed through strategic planning, cooperative initiatives among producers, and support from government and financial institutions. by leveraging shared infrastructure, technical assistance programs, and innovative financing mechanisms, even smaller producers can participate in environmentally sustainable production. recommendations for the future development of environmentally safe and resource-efficient condensed milk production in uzbekistan include the following: 1. technological modernization: upgrade evaporators, pasteurizers, and packaging systems to energyefficient models; integrate automation for monitoring temperature, humidity, and microbial quality. 2. renewable energy adoption: utilize solar, biogas, and other renewable energy sources to reduce reliance on fossil fuels and minimize greenhouse gas emissions. 3. water efficiency: implement closed-loop water systems, wastewater treatment, and water recycling to optimize consumption and reduce environmental impact. 4. waste valorization: convert by-products like whey into protein concentrates; adopt biodegradable or recyclable packaging; compost organic residues. 5. supply chain optimization: partner with dairy farmers to ensure consistent, high-quality raw milk; implement quality-based incentives and storage solutions to minimize spoilage. 6. policy and incentives: encourage government programs for subsidies, tax incentives, and technical support aimed at sustainable production practices. 7. training and education: provide workforce training in sustainability practices; raise awareness among consumers regarding environmentally responsible products. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 8. export strategy: target regional and international markets with eco-friendly, high-quality condensed milk; ensure compliance with international standards and halal certification. 9. research and innovation: collaborate with universities, research institutes, and international organizations to develop new technologies, energy-efficient processes, and sustainable production methods. in conclusion, sustainable condensed milk production in uzbekistan represents a strategic opportunity for the dairy sector to balance economic growth with environmental responsibility. by focusing on energy efficiency, water conservation, waste management, and policy compliance, producers can reduce environmental impacts while improving operational efficiency and profitability. sustainable practices enhance domestic consumption, facilitate exports, and strengthen food security, contributing to long-term national development goals. the future of uzbekistan’s condensed milk industry lies in the integration of innovation, environmental stewardship, and efficient resource utilization, ensuring that the sector thrives sustainably in a competitive global market. references 1. fao/who. (2013). milk and dairy products in human nutrition. rome: food and agriculture organization of the united nations. 2. international dairy federation (idf). (2019). condensed milk products – quality requirements and analytical methods. brussels: idf. 3. khodjiev, sh., & abdullayev, a. (2020). dairy product technology. tashkent: national university of uzbekistan press. 4. qodirov, b., & yoqubov, d. (2021). quality management in the food industry. tashkent: tdiu. 5. sidorov, a. a. (2021). modern innovative technologies for milk processing. st. petersburg: lan. 6. karimov, n., & sodiqov, a. (2019). milk processing and dairy production. tashkent: fan va texnologiya. 7. uzbekistan government. (2022). resolution pq–131: measures to ensure food security. tashkent: government of uzbekistan. 8. iso 14001:2015. environmental management systems – requirements with guidance for use. international organization for standardization. 9. jo‘rayev, m., & raximov, sh. (2020). storage and processing technologies of agricultural products. tashkent: universitet. 10. abdullayev, m. (2022). innovative technologies in improving dairy product quality. food industry journal, 4, 15–27. 11. choudhury, s., & reddy, v. (2020). sustainable practices in dairy processing: energy and water efficiency. journal of dairy science and technology, 8(2), 101–118. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org innovative methods in teaching: theoretical foundations and practical implementation in modern education jamalova gulnora gulomovna candidate of political sciences associate professor of the department of social humanitarian and exact sciences tashkent state economic university g.jamalova@tsue.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes the theoretical foundations and practical application of innovative teaching methods as a fundamental aspect of modern education. the ongoing transformation in educational policies reflects a shift towards learner-centered pedagogy, emphasizing the development of creativity and personal potential among all participants in the educational process. achieving this goal requires the diversification of educational approaches, incorporating scientifically grounded and practice-oriented innovations. this study examines how educational institutions are adapting to these changes, highlighting the necessity of flexible, research-driven methodologies in teaching and learning. modern education, learnercentered pedagogy, educational innovation, teaching methodologies, instructional strategies, creativity in learning, digital transformation in education, educational policy shifts. introduction the innovative process in education is a set of procedures and means by which a didactic idea is transformed into an educational innovation. innovation activity is a set of measures and technologies to ensure the innovation process at a particular level of education, as well as this process itself. nowadays, trends in the development of the world educational space are predicted, types of regions are distinguished on the basis of the interaction of educational systems and their response to integration innovation processes. the main functions of innovation activity include changing the components of the pedagogical process: the goals and content of education, means, methods and forms of education, management systems, etc. the structure of innovative activity includes: scientific search, creation of innovation, implementation of innovation, reflection of innovation. the main result of the search stage is the formulated innovation problem, goals and objectives of innovation. what follows is an innovative project of planned transformations. at the implementation stage, innovative activity includes the following actions: program-scenario, organizational-managerial, experimental-evaluative and design-translational. in the process of reflection, the obtained results are correlated with the goals set; the resulting product is compared with its original image (model). the reflexive stage of innovation activity performs the function of feedback. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org the pedagogical activity of an innovator teacher is aimed at organizing the learning activities of students. the product of his activity is the educational process into which innovation is introduced (innovative educational process). educational activities of students aimed at mastering knowledge, skills, and personal development in terms of innovation. innovative changes in the education system of our country are going in the following directions: changing the goals and content of education at all levels, starting from kindergarten; bringing them into line with humanistic guidelines and the requirements of the time; development and implementation of new educational standards based on a competency-based approach, development and implementation of new educational technologies; informatization of the entire education system; introduction of specialized education in secondary school; application of methods and forms of individualization of education; creation of conditions for self-determination and creative development of the individual in the learning process; creation and development of creative innovative teams of educational organizations; combination of the educational process with the research work of teachers, students and much more. in view of the multidimensionality of innovative activity in education, we confine ourselves to considering only one problem the development of modern teaching technology. an analysis of foreign and domestic scientific and pedagogical literature allows us to conclude that pedagogical technology is connected with a systematic approach to education, covers all elements of the pedagogical system: from goal setting to designing the entire didactic process and testing its effectiveness. pedagogical technology should be considered as a systematic and consistent implementation in practice of the designed learning process, as a system of ways and means to achieve the goals of managing this process. modern learning technology is a systematic approach to design, implementation, control, correction and subsequent reproduction of the learning process. methods and analysis innovative technologies are innovations and changes in the pedagogical process and teacher's and student's activities, and mainly interactive methods are fully used in its implementation. interactive methods are called group thinking, that is, methods of pedagogical influence, which are part of the educational content. the uniqueness of these methods is that they are implemented only through the joint activity of pedagogic students. such a process of pedagogical cooperation has its own characteristics, which include: to force the student not to be indifferent during the lesson, to think independently, create and search; ensuring that students have a constant interest in knowledge during the educational process; the student should strengthen the student's interest in knowledge by independently approaching each issue creatively; organization of always cooperative activities of the teacher and the student. researchers (a.l.prigozhin, b.v.sazonov, v.s.tolstoy, a.g.kruglikov, a.s.akhiezer, n.p.stepanov, etc.) distinguish two approaches to studying the components of innovation processes: the individual microlevel of innovation and the microlevel of the interaction of individually introduced innovations. in the first approach, some new idea introduced into life is highlighted. in the second approach, the interaction of new ones introduced separately, their unity, competition and eventual replacement of one by another. scientists distinguish the concept of periodicity of life when analyzing the microstructure of the innovation process. this concept stems from the fact that innovation is a measurable process. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org in the literature on pedagogy, a scheme of the innovation process is given. it covers the following steps: 1. the stage of the birth of a new idea or the emergence of a new concept. it is also called the discovery phase. 2. invention, that is, the stage of innovation. 3. the stage of practical application of the created innovation. 4. the stage of spreading the news, its wide application. 5. the stage of dominance of innovation in a certain field. at this stage, the novelty loses its novelty, its effective alternative appears. 6. on the basis of a new alternative, the stage of reducing the scope of the innovation through replacement. v.a. slastyonin considers innovation as a set of purpose-oriented innovation creation, wide distribution and use process, and its purpose is to satisfy people's needs and aspirations with new means. the authors of the systematic concept of innovation (a.i. prigozhin, b.v. sazonov, v.s. tolstoy) distinguish two important forms of innovation processes. an innovation to the first form is introduced as a simple development. this applies to organizations that are adopting the product for the first time. the second form refers to the large-scale development of the innovation. innovation is both an internal logic and a dynamic system that develops legitimately over time and expresses its interaction with the environment. the concept of "novelty" occupies a central place in pedagogical innovation. it also arouses interest in special, conditional, local and subjective innovation in pedagogical science. private news v.a. according to slastenin, the current modernization involves updating one of the elements of a certain system product. conditional innovation is a combination of certain elements that lead to complex and progressive innovation. local novelty is determined by the use of novelty in a concrete object. v.i. zagvyazinsky defined the new concept and said that the new in pedagogy is not only an idea, but also approaches, methods, and technologies that have not yet been used. however, the elements of this pedagogical process are complex or separately taken elements, and reflect the advanced beginnings of effectively solving the tasks of education and upbringing in changing conditions and situations. the theoretical basis of the new learning technology are: activity, competence and research approaches, as well as the concept of student-centered learning. let's call this technology integrative because it integrates many approaches. the basis of the methodology of integrative learning technology, first of all, should be based on an activity approach. as you know, the psychological structure of activity includes the subject, goals, motives, and means of activity, actions and operations, as well as the result of activity. the subject of the joint activity of the teacher and students is the content of the studied disciplines: concepts, laws, principles, rules, tasks, problems and other educational elements. the educational and cognitive activity of students should be organically combined with research, communication, practical and other activities aimed at the formation and development of competencies provided for by the state educational standards. when determining the goals and content of training, one should rely on a competency-based approach. in accordance with the requirements of the state educational standards of the new generation, competencies are laid as the basis for the learning objectives, which are refined through knowledge and actions to be mastered. one of the fundamental goals of training a specialist at a university is the formation of his professional competence. professional competence includes a system of knowledge, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org skills and abilities, abilities that allow a specialist to competently judge issues in the field of professional activity, as well as personality traits that enable him to successfully solve a certain class of professional tasks. the competence of a young specialist includes social and personal, general scientific, economic, organizational, managerial and special competencies. a detailed description of these competencies in the form of a list of knowledge, skills and abilities in a particular specialty becomes the content of the federal state educational standard of the new generation. in addition, as part of the professional competence of a specialist, it is necessary to single out a professional orientation: interest in the profession, readiness for professional activity, the desire to apply their knowledge, skills, and abilities in the chosen profession. one of the innovative approaches to education is a research approach, which is aimed at developing students' skills and abilities of scientific research, at the formation and development of creative abilities (creativity). research can be called this type of training, when the study and assimilation of knowledge, skills and abilities is carried out in the process of research activities of the student under the guidance of a teacher. exploratory learning is a special approach to learning, built on the basis of the natural desire of a person to independently study the world around him. in research teaching, the educational process is carried out on the basis of the student's independent search for new cognitive landmarks. this allows you to ensure that learning involves the assimilation of new information through the organization of research activities of students. in psychological terms, the educational and cognitive activity of a student, under certain conditions, approaches the research activity of a scientist. the difference is that the student in the learning process acquires knowledge that is subjectively new (for him), and the scientist obtains new knowledge through research in the relevant branch of science (for society). in the modern theory of research learning, there are three levels of its practical implementation: the teacher poses a problem and outlines a strategy and tactics for solving it, the solution itself will have to be found by students; the teacher poses a problem, but students are already looking for a method of solving it on their own; the formulation of the problem, the search for methods of its study and the development of solutions are carried out by students independently. research is always creativity, and ideally represents a variant of the disinterested search for truth. it is extremely important in developing the creative abilities of students in the learning process. research activity should initially be freer, practically unregulated by any external installations. in the traditional system of education, the content of education is educational information to be mastered, as well as methods of action for the application of acquired knowledge. with a research approach, the content of education is based not only on knowledge and skills, but also on a series of problematic tasks, in the process of solving which students develop creative abilities. one of the modern types of developmental learning is student-centered learning. in this case, learning is understood as a joint activity of a teacher and a student, aimed at the individual self-realization of the student and the development of his personal qualities in the educational process. personally oriented education should be considered as an organization of the educational process in accordance with the needs, interests, inclinations and abilities of students, taking into account the requirements of society for the moral, intellectual and professional level of training future specialists. we are talking about education, which focuses not only on knowledge, skills and abilities, but mainly on the personality and life of the student, i.e. on his moral character, culture, worldview, interests, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org intellect (quality of mind), relationships, emotions, health and lifestyle. however, in the integrative learning technology, it is necessary to highlight specific principles. since it combines various concepts, approaches and teaching methods, it should be based on the following didactic principles: modularity; individualization; flexibility; cooperation (parity); feedback. discussions such scientists as t.i. shamova, m.m. potashnik, n.p. kapustin [5, p. 352] believe that the management of the innovation process in the context of the holistic development of the school should be carried out comprehensively and include the following aspects: working with teachers, students, parents, improving the work of the aggregate subject of intra-school management in order to maximize the use of resources available at the school; implementation of relations with the environment surrounding the school in order to most fully meet the educational needs of the society and attract additional resources to the school; implementation of control, analysis and regulation of innovation activities; implementation of information support for innovation activities. m.v. clarin [4, p. 18], for example, he puts the following meaning into the concept of "innovation": "innovation refers not only to the creation and dissemination of innovations, but also to transformations, changes in the way of activity, the style of thinking that is associated with these innovations." the authors of works on pedagogical innovation m.s. burgin, v.i. zagvyazinsky, s.d. polyakov, v.m. polonsky, m.m. potashnik, n.r. yusufbekov [8, p. 20-26] and others, the concept of "new in pedagogy" is correlated with such characteristics as useful, progressive, positive, modern, advanced. we share this opinion and believe that pedagogical innovation is an innovation in pedagogical activity, changes in the content and technology of teaching, education, aimed at their improvement. the opinion of v.i. zagvyazinsky [4, p. 8], who believes that what is new in pedagogy is not only ideas, approaches, methods, technologies to effectively solve the problems of upbringing and education. in the works of s.m. godnin, the student's personal qualities are highlighted as a subject of the pedagogical process. the innovative activity of the teacher is considered as a creative process and a result of creative activity. v.a. slastenin approaches the teacher's innovative activity from an acmeological point of view. b.g. ananev, n.v. kuzmina, a.a. derkach and others think about the most creative periods of human life, the stages of maturity with increasing the effectiveness of professional activity. v.a. slastenin defines the main tasks of realizing creative individualism as follows: enrichment of culture that has acquired a social essence; updating pedagogical process and personal knowledge; finding new technologies that set effective and relevant standards; ensuring the individual's development based on self-determination and self-expression. in this way, the formation of the teacher's creative individuality is understood as a dynamic innovative process of personal development and renewal. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org according to n.m. gnatko, potential creativity is a creative activity that means the potential location of an individual, which is theoretically ready to become active creativity under certain external conditions. potential creativity is a necessary subjective condition of creativity. conclusion thus, innovation is the end result of an innovative activity, embodied in the form of a new or improved product introduced to the market, a new or improved technological process used in practice, or in a new approach to social services. innovation is a consequence of innovative activity. the specific content of innovation is change. the main function of innovation is the function of change. the most effective methods in modern educational technology are: problem-based learning methods (problem presentation, heuristic and research methods), group methods (brainstorming, situational method, group discussion, game methods), project method, modeling method, laboratory experiment, involvement of students in productive work during practice, etc. at the same time, the student does not receive ready-made knowledge, but extracts them; moreover, knowledge as such is not the goal of education, but becomes a means of solving the tasks set. the result of such training is not only new knowledge, but also the ability to apply it to solve problems. active educational, cognitive and research activity of a student contributes to the development of his personal qualities abilities, responsibility, independence, etc. in the process of joint activity in a group, his communication skills, the ability to listen, ask questions, express his opinion, lead a discussion, convince others, respect someone else's opinion, cooperate with people. individual students also develop leadership qualities. in integrative learning technology, it is also necessary to provide for the use of electronic (computer) means. in e-learning, in addition to traditional learning tools, a number of new tools are used in conjunction with computers, namely: electronic editions of textbooks and teaching aids, information and reference electronic publications, publications of a general cultural nature, internet tools, virtual laboratories, etc. all these tools can be grouped under the name "computer learning systems". electronic publications, first of all, perform those functions that cannot be performed by a book (for example, managing the educational and cognitive activities of students, automated control of their knowledge, etc.). references: 1. agarkov s.a. kuznetsova e.s. gryaznova m.o. innovation management and state innovation policy. m .: academ. natural sciences, 2011. 345 p. 2. aleksanina, n.s. innovative activity in education // the world of education education in the world. 2006. no. 4. p. 119-124. 3. жамалова, гулнора гуломовна. "особенности дистанционного обучения и его история." science and education 1.8 (2020): 496-499. 4. жамалова, гулнора гуломовна. "роль образования в развитии страны и в воспитании гармонично развитого поколения." academic research in educational sciences 2.3 (2021): 7479. 5. volynkin v.i. methodology and methodology of psychological and pedagogical research. st. petersburg: publishing house of st. petersburg university, 2007. 152 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 6. denisenko v.a. innovative development of modern science of education // innovations in education. 2006. no. 3. s. 5-11. 7. elizarova l.e. innovative culture of personality and society: the essence and conditions of formation // innovations in education. 2006. no. 3. s. 74-83. 8. lazarev v.s., martirosyan b.p. pedagogical innovation: object, subject and basic concepts // innovations in education. 2003. no. 2. s. 3-5. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org literature review and theoretical framework of utilizing proverbs and sayings in language teaching nilufar jamoliddinova associate professor faculty of world languages namangan state university e-mail: nilufar.jamaliddinova@gmail.com jasmina davranova senior student faculty of world languages namangan state university e-mail: jasminazunnunovna04@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article explores the significance of proverbs and sayings in language teaching, emphasizing their cultural and educational value. it highlights the role of these concise expressions in vocabulary acquisition, cultural immersion, critical thinking, and memory retention. drawing from their roots in oral folklore, the article discusses the historical and cultural context of proverbs and sayings, underscoring their ability to convey collective wisdom, social norms, and traditions. practical strategies for integrating these expressions into educational settings are also examined, showcasing their potential to enhance linguistic and cultural competence among learners. proverbs, sayings, language teaching, cultural immersion, vocabulary acquisition, oral folklore, linguistic competence, cultural literacy, memory retention, educational strategies. introduction proverbs and sayings occupy a unique and irreplaceable position in the realm of language learning. these succinct, metaphorical expressions encapsulate the wisdom, traditions, and cultural values of a language community, offering learners a profound connection to the history and social fabric of the people who speak it. beyond their linguistic function, proverbs and sayings are windows into a culture's worldview, providing valuable insights into societal norms, shared experiences, and moral principles. in the context of language instruction, the integration of proverbs and sayings offers numerous benefits. they serve as powerful tools for vocabulary expansion, fostering deeper cultural literacy, enhancing critical thinking, and strengthening memory retention. their brevity and vivid imagery make them ideal for engaging learners while simultaneously enriching their understanding of the language and its cultural nuances. this article delves into the enduring relevance of proverbs and sayings, tracing their origins in oral folklore and highlighting their pedagogical potential. it examines their role as a bridge between linguistic competence and cultural awareness, emphasizing the importance of their inclusion in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org language education. additionally, practical strategies for effectively incorporating these expressions into the classroom are discussed, ensuring that learners not only master the language but also appreciate the rich cultural heritage it represents. literature review 1. proverbs and language learning the use of proverbs in language learning has been widely discussed in academic literature. scholars like wolfgang mieder (2004) emphasize that proverbs are a vital component of linguistic and cultural heritage, serving as tools for language acquisition and cultural immersion. according to mieder, proverbs encapsulate the essence of everyday communication and offer learners an opportunity to internalize the rhythm, syntax, and figurative language of a target language [11]. similarly, kramsch (1993) highlights that proverb foster a deep connection between language and culture, enabling learners to appreciate the values and beliefs inherent in the language community [8]. 2. cultural literacy and sensitivity studies on proverbs stress their importance in fostering cultural literacy and sensitivity. as barley (1992) point out, proverbs serve as cultural lenses through which learners can better understand societal norms and values [1]. the english proverb "the squeaky wheel gets the grease," for example, reveals a cultural emphasis on self-advocacy, contrasting with the japanese proverb "the nail that sticks out gets hammered down," which highlights the value of conformity. such comparisons enrich learners' understanding of cultural diversity and universal themes, as noted by scholars like norrick (1985), who argues that proverbs are universal in their themes but culturally specific in expression [12]. 3. cognitive and pedagogical benefits research by laufer (1997) underscores the mnemonic benefits of teaching proverbs. their brevity, rhythm, and figurative language make them memorable, aiding vocabulary retention and comprehension. similarly, the study by simpson and speake (1997) shows that proverbs enhance critical thinking by encouraging learners to interpret figurative meanings and apply them to real-life contexts [14]. these skills are essential for advanced language proficiency and nuanced communication. data analysis proverbs and sayings hold a unique and irreplaceable position in language teaching. these concise expressions, often rooted in cultural history, serve as gateways to understanding the social norms and values of a language community. their use in language teaching extends beyond mere vocabulary building; they provide learners with a deeper cultural immersion and practical tools for nuanced communication. this article delves into the multifaceted role of proverbs and sayings in language instruction, emphasizing their benefits for vocabulary acquisition, cultural literacy, critical thinking, and memory retention. practical strategies for integrating these expressions into educational settings are also discussed. a proverb is a genre of folklore, an aphoristically concise, figurative, grammatically and logically complete saying with an instructive meaning in a rhythmically organized form. a proverb is a figurative expression, a turn of speech that aptly defines a phenomenon of life; unlike proverbs, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org they lack a generalizing instructive meaning. proverbs and sayings are a widespread genre of oral folk art [13]. the time of the emergence of proverbs and sayings is unknown, but we know for sure that proverbs and sayings originated long ago in antiquity, since that time it helps people to show and pass on their history, share the experience and wisdom gained over centuries to the younger generation by word of mouth. the proverb has the ability to express in a very brief form a huge value the result of the accumulated experience of the people. the proverbs and sayings react the rich historical experience of the people, ideas related to work, life and culture of people. the correct and appropriate use of proverbs and sayings in speech gives a unique originality and expressiveness. no matter how magnificent all these short proverbial speeches were, their power was ahead – it appeared in the midst of a conversation, when it was necessary to back up the speech with an apt remark, observation, and conclusion, to reveal the very essence of what was said. in our modern time, the meaning of proverbs and sayings has remained the same: consolation in trouble, a hint for life, a reminder of what should not be forgotten, observance of tradition, beautiful speech. proverbs and sayings are especially valuable material of oral folk art, the study of which allows learners to improve their knowledge of the target language, as well as to comprehend the norms and rules of behavior in society; the features of proverbs and sayings are their nationality, brevity, imagery [2,3]. english proverbs and sayings are a very good way to plunge into the real living english language, to better understand the traditions, history and culture of people for whom english is their native language. cultural significance of proverbs proverbs are more than linguistic constructs; they are cultural artifacts encapsulating the wisdom, beliefs, and experiences of a community. for example, the english proverb 'the early bird catches the worm' emphasizes the value of initiative and timeliness, effecting cultural attitudes toward productivity and opportunity. teaching proverbs helps learners grasp such cultural nuances, enabling them to navigate social interactions with greater awareness and sensitivity. incorporating proverbs into lessons fosters cultural appreciation and sensitivity, particularly in multicultural classrooms [5]. comparing proverbs across languages can reveal shared human experiences while highlighting cultural differences. for instance, the russian proverb 'не всё то золото, что блестит' mirrors the english 'all that glitters is not gold,' both cautioning against superficial judgments. educators can use these parallels to stimulate discussions about universal values and cultural diversity. enhancing vocabulary and language fluency proverbs serve as excellent tools for teaching vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. their figurative nature often introduces learners to fewer common words and phrases, enriching their linguistic repertoire. for instance, phrases like 'bite the bullet' or 'spill the beans' expose students to idiomatic usage that transcends literal meanings. by understanding these expressions, learners develop a more sophisticated command of the language. repetition is a key factor in language retention. using proverbs in various contexts, through reading, writing, and speaking activities, reinforces vocabulary and enhances learners' ability to recall and apply these expressions in real-life situations. for example, students might be tasked with rewriting a story using specific proverbs or creating dialogues that incorporate idiomatic expressions, thereby deepening their understanding and fluency [7]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org fostering critical thinking and analytical skills proverbs are inherently thought-provoking, often presenting layered meanings that require interpretation and analysis. this characteristic makes them ideal for fostering critical thinking in learners. for instance, the proverb 'a stitch in time saves nine' can lead to discussions about the importance of proactive behavior, encouraging students to connect the saying to their personal experiences. educators can also encourage comparative analyses of proverbs from different cultures. by examining how the same idea is expressed in diverse linguistic contexts, learners not only enhance their analytical skills but also gain a deeper understanding of cross-cultural communication. for example, comparing the english saying 'two heads are better than one' with its russian equivalent 'одна голова хорошо, а две лучше' highlights both linguistic similarities and cultural priorities. results practical applications in teaching proverbs and sayings can be seamlessly integrated into various teaching methodologies to enhance language acquisition. here are some practical strategies: 1. role-playing activities: create scenarios where students must use specific proverbs in context. for instance, a dialogue about decision-making could involve the use of 'look before you leap.' such activities help learners practice conversational skills while reinforcing the meanings of proverbs. 2. creative writing: assign tasks where students write short stories or essays incorporating a set number of proverbs. this not only encourages creativity but also ensures learners understand the contextual usage of these expressions. 3. comparative analysis: encourage students to find and analyze proverbs from their own culture, comparing them with those in the target language. such exercises promote cultural exchange and deeper linguistic understanding. 4. games and quizzes: use matching exercises, where students pair proverbs with their meanings or equivalent sayings in their native language. this approach makes learning interactive and enjoyable. conclusion proverbs and sayings are invaluable resources in language education, offering insights into cultural norms, enriching vocabulary, and fostering critical thinking. by incorporating these expressions into their teaching strategies, educators can provide learners with a comprehensive language learning experience that transcends grammatical and lexical knowledge. through the integration of proverbs, language teaching becomes not only more effective but also more engaging and culturally enriching. references 1. barley, n. (1992). a structural approach to the proverb and its meaning. proverbium, 20, 737750. 2. charteris-black, j. (2004). corpus approaches to critical metaphor analysis. palgrave macmillan 3. crystal, d. (2003). english as a global language. cambridge university press. 4. dundes, a. (1997). the wisdom of many: essays on the proverb. university of wisconsin press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 5. grzybek, p. (1994). foundations of semiotic proverb study. proverbium, 11, 59-86. 6. honeck, r. p. (1997). a proverb in mind: the cognitive science of proverbial wit and wisdom. lawrence erlbaum associates. 7. kövecses, z. (2005). metaphor in culture: universality and variation. cambridge university press. 8. kramsch, c. (1993) context and culture in language teaching. oxford: oxford university press. 9. lakoff, g., & johnson, m. (1980). metaphors we live by. university of chicago press. 10. meider, w. (1989). american proverbs: a study of texts and contexts. peter lang publishing. 11. mieder, w. (2004). proverbs: a handbook. greenwood publishing group. 12. norrick, n. r. (1985). how proverbs mean: semantic studies in english proverbs. mouton publishers. 13. sapir, e. (1991). language: an introduction to the study of speech. harcourt, brace & company. 14. schipper, m. (2006). never marry a woman with big feet: women in proverbs from around the world. yale university press. 15. simpson, j., & speake, j. (2008). the oxford dictionary of proverbs (5th ed.). oxford university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 196 www.americanjournal.org the figure of the tabib and types of healing in the worldview of the surkhan valley population karimov yusufjon sherali oglu doctoral candidate in ethnography, ethnology, and anthropology termiz state university karimovyusuf07@gmail.com abstract keywords this article provides an ethnographic analysis of the figure of the healer (tabib) and the types of folk medicine within the traditional worldview of the population of the surxon oasis. the study examines the formation of healing practices, the master–apprentice tradition, and significant customs such as “qo‘l olish” (initiation), the chilla ritual, and related rites. in addition, the healing methods employed by domlas, qushnochs, and healers—such as qaytarma, alaslash, kitob ochirish, boqin, and qoqin—are described on the basis of local field materials. the article reveals the close interconnection of folk medicine forms preserved in the surxon oasis with religious beliefs, superstitions, and ritual elements, and substantiates their socio-cultural significance in the life of society. the research findings are of considerable scholarly importance for the study of regional ethnography, folk medicine, and systems of traditional knowledge. surxon oasis, folk medicine, healer (tabib), domla, qushnoch, chilla, qaytarma, alaslash, boqin, qoqin, traditional worldview, ethnography. introduction the surkhan oasis is distinguished by its ethnographic diversity and the relatively well-preserved nature of its ancient customs and rituals. in this region, individuals such as tabib (traditional healer), domla (religious scholar), and qushnoch were recognized not only as healers but also as figures with a specific socio-cultural status within society. their activities were formed through the integration of religious beliefs, superstitions, rituals, and empirical knowledge, and were transmitted from generation to generation through oral and practical means. the term tabib is of arabic origin and is used in the sense of “remedy” or “treatment.” the word tibb itself also carries the meanings of “to reform” or “to correct.” thus, the expression “tibb qildi” was understood to mean “he reformed” or “he corrected.” another meaning of tibb is “skill” or “expertise” [1:6]. among uzbeks, specialists in the field were generally referred to as tabib, while highly accomplished scholars were called hakim [2]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 197 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion a tabib is a person who has thoroughly mastered the empirical knowledge related to health specific to their ethnic group and has transmitted this knowledge to subsequent generations orally and in writing, thus establishing tradition. it is worth noting that anyone who wished to treat others had to first become an apprentice to a master and receive a blessing (duo). this ceremony is called qo‘l olish. only after completing it was a person allowed to treat others. people engaged in health care were divided into the following groups: domlas — these are literate individuals who treat people using verses from the qur’an. before starting treatment with specific verses, they had to undergo a period of seclusion (chilla) with the blessing and permission of their master. during chilla, a task was assigned based on the abjad (numerical value) of the letters. for example, a person intending to heal with surah al-fatiha had to recite it 25,000 times according to the abjad count. since al-fatiha consists of 9 verses, each letter corresponds to a specific number in the abjad system. the duration of chilla ranged from 5 to 25 days depending on the individual’s capacity. for a 5-day chilla, the verse would be recited 5,000 times daily; for a 25-day chilla, 1,000 times daily. during this period, the individual remained in a room where no one could enter, consuming only a cup of water, a small handful of raisins, and half a piece of bread each day. at the end of the chilla, the master would bless the apprentice and grant permission to heal with surah alfatiha. if other surahs were to be used, the same procedure was followed with the relevant surahs added to the abjad calculation. after completing chilla and receiving permission, the healer would use the verses to provide blessings (dam solish), or write them according to the abjad on paper, which would then be dipped in hot or spring water and given to the patient to drink. according to local understanding, if the abjad was miscalculated, the treatment would not be effective [3]. mullahs who treated bites from snakes, scorpions, or spiders underwent a simpler chilla. they could complete their assigned task in one or several days and move freely among people during this period. only after that were they permitted to practice medicine. these mullahs recited a specific prayer at least 11 times and up to 33 times in one breath and then performed dam solish. they maintained constant ritual purity and diet restrictions, avoiding prohibited foods such as certain ceremonial dishes, street food, raw onions, or garlic. each day they recited assigned prayers a certain number of times. since some of these prayers protected against the poison of insects and snakes, they were practiced continuously. mullahs sometimes struggled to treat certain patients, such as those with scorpion or calf-head bites or diseases like jaundice, due to the absence of protective prayers, and often referred such patients to physicians. those who recovered from jaundice were treated further with prayers to eliminate residual liver problems [4]. qushnochs — these were the most frequently consulted healers in the community, performing a practice that originated from seven generations. sometimes they were also called chiltonkash or moma. according to tradition, if someone had a qushnoch in their lineage, they were expected to continue the practice, otherwise, they might become sick or weak. if a qushnoch became ill, they were asked whether any lamps were lit behind them. therefore, qushnochs often trained their daughters or grandchildren for this role and granted them permission to heal [5]. qushnoch practice was not limited to hereditary chiltonkash families. if someone was interested in becoming a qushnoch, a master would train them, and upon blessing them, they could begin seeing patients. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 198 www.americanjournal.org tabibs in this group used various herbs, waters, and animal or plant oils for treatment. highly skilled tabibs also treated broken or displaced bones, performed minor and relatively complex surgical procedures, and treated eye diseases. mullahs and qushnochs used methods such as qaytarma, alaslash, kitob ochish, uqalash, tomoq bosish, boqin, and qoqin for healing. qaytarma — this method was used for treating colds, serious illnesses, persistent ailments, resentment, mental disturbances, fear, visual illusions, or magical afflictions. the person reciting the qaytarma had to be literate, have completed chilla, and received blessings from a master. before reciting, specific items such as water, animal fat, needles, and soap were placed in front of the mullah depending on the type of illness. water infused with prayers was believed to have healing properties. forty-one names of harmful items were written on needles and inserted into soap before treatment. qaytarma often employed surah yasin. for serious cases, four mullahs would perform chillyasin, reciting yasin 40 times to ensure swift recovery or relief [3]. alaslash — this involved creating a small charm from cotton or cloth, passing it through fire, and moving it over or around the patient. only qushnochs from chiltonkash lineages practiced this. the term alas means “deliverance” [6]. kitob ochish — this method used the book kanzul husayniy, written according to abjad calculations, to diagnose the patient’s illness. the patient’s eyes were covered, and a finger placed on the book to determine the ailment. healing prayers corresponding to the diagnosis were then applied. this method was practiced by azayimxon mullahs and soothsayers (folchilar) [3]. boqin — a traditional surkhan valley ritual performed by qushnochs and dervishes. patients remained in seclusion for one week or longer, avoiding oily foods and contact with outsiders [6]. jahr zikr — patients were treated by surrounding them with dervishes, covering their faces with white cloth, and performing ritual chanting and prayer. sometimes the patient was lightly whipped. preparatory sacrifices were made if needed [7–9]. qoqin — conducted by qushnochs, this involved rituals using a black chicken’s blood, cotton, and fire for healing or fertility. the ceremony included reciting prayers and symbolic actions [5,10]. qushnochs observed specific rest days, refraining from seeing patients during these periods out of religious respect and tradition. they maintained ritual purity and careful conduct even when attending funerals [3]. all qushnochs and domlas periodically renewed their knowledge and observed chilla for 1–3 days before resuming practice [12]. healing styles varied among mullahs. a regular mullah might spend 30–60 minutes treating a patient, while those of saintly status might require only 1–2 minutes. saints often used whips to treat ailments such as visual or mental disturbances, striking the patient lightly three times on the head while covering it with a cap [13]. conclusion in conclusion, in the traditional worldview of the surkhan valley population, the figure of the tabib and the various forms of healing constituted an important socio-cultural institution. the activities of tabibs, domlas, and qushnochs were not limited to treating illnesses; they also served to maintain spiritual stability in society and to balance the mental and emotional state of individuals. their practices american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 199 www.americanjournal.org developed in harmony with the community’s centuries-old empirical experience, religious beliefs, and ritual traditions. references 1. шайх муҳаммад содиқ муҳаммад юсуф. ҳадис ва ҳаёт. тиб ва дам. – б. 6. 2. field notes. shodlik neighborhood, termez city, surkhandarya region, 2022. 3. field notes, termez city, 2022. 4. field notes, zarabog‘ village, sherobod district, 2022. 5. field notes, namuna farm, termez district, 2023. 6. field notes, khatak village, sherobod district, 2022. 7. field notes, kilkon village, sherobod district, 2023. 8. field notes, kampirtepa village, sherobod district, 2022. 9. field notes, khojankon village, sherobod district, 2022. 10. field notes, angor district center, 2022. 11. calendar for the year 1435 hijri. – tashkent, 2013. – p. 31. 12. field notes, zang village, angor district, 2022. 13. field notes, termez city, 2022; hakaydi village, shurchi district, 2023. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org issues of social protection and labor involvement of disabled world war ii victims (on the example of uzbekistan) parnomov alisher bozorovich history teacher, secondary school no. 75, shakhrisabz district a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the issues of social protection and employment of disabled people of world war ii using the example of uzbekistan. it analyzes the procedures for assigning benefits by disability groups, the legal significance of the pension certificate, and forms of material assistance provided by the state. it also extensively examines the system of retraining, employment, and social benefits for disabled people. based on practical experience in the kashkadarya region, mechanisms for supporting disabled people and their families are highlighted. the study reveals the economic and moral significance of the system of employing disabled people in ensuring the stability of society during the war. world war ii, disabled people of war, social protection, pension certificate, material assistance, employment, retraining courses, state policy, kashkadarya region, social stability. introduction during the second world war, millions of people lost their lives or their health at the front. in particular, military personnel injured and disabled at the front became a category of society requiring special attention in the post-war period. their material and social support was formed as one of the priority areas of state policy. the practice of dividing them into different groups according to the causes and degree of disability, assigning benefits through pension certificates, and providing various material assistance and benefits was established. at the same time, the issues of attracting disabled people to work, retraining them in their profession, and integrating them into social life also occupied an important place in state policy. main part: during world war ii, people who were injured and disabled at the front were recognized by the state as a special category and social support measures were introduced for them. the procedure for assigning benefits and material assistance to war invalids was clearly defined in law. for example, according to the resolutions of the snk of 1940 and june 5, 1941, people who were injured, suffered contusions, or lost their ability to work due to illness during military service were included in the state pension system as disabled people[1]. in order to support them, the state introduced various types of material assistance mechanisms depending on the causes and degree of disability. first of all, the practice of categorization according to the causes of disability was introduced: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org 1) those who became disabled as a result of injury, contusion, or illness during the performance of official duties in the process of combat. 2) those who became disabled through non-service circumstances, i.e. accidents, diseases not related to service[2]. on this basis, groups i, ii and iii of disability were determined. state assistance was also allocated depending on these groups: the amount of the allowance for disabled people of group i was set at 150 rubles. disabled people of group ii received from 90 to 120 rubles per month (depending on the situation). for disabled people of group iii, assistance was set at 50 to 75 percent of the salary. if the family lost its breadwinner, their children and relatives who were unable to work were also provided with benefits by the state. at the same time, priority was given to those who became disabled while performing their official duties, and their benefits were set higher. thus, during the war, the cause and severity of disability directly affected the amount of material assistance provided by the state. this system served as one of the important means of social protection of families left behind the front and ensuring stability in society. during the second world war, a special official document the “pension certificate” became important in the assignment of benefits to disabled military personnel. this certificate was issued with a special inscription “disabled person of the second world war” and officially confirmed the right to receive benefits. this document ensured that each disabled person was registered through local military commissariats or social security bodies. thus, the process of assigning benefits was carried out in a centralized and legal manner. since 1943, the system of social assistance to the disabled has been expanded. in addition to pensions and material assistance, the state has introduced various benefits for their families: exemption from housing payments, taxes, and child education payments. also, the employment of family members of military personnel in need of assistance and the employment of able-bodied members has become an important task. the issue of employment of war invalids has become a priority of state policy. since 1942, special courses and retraining institutions have been established, as a result of which thousands of disabled people have been trained in various professions and placed in work. employment has not only brought economic benefits, but also has become important for the integration of disabled people into social life. for example, by the end of 1942, more than 2,800 disabled people have been employed in mordovia alone. at the same time, the number of prosthetic manufacturing enterprises increased, and by 1943, hundreds of thousands of disabled people were provided with the necessary prostheses. in the post-war years, the state also attached great importance to the policy of social support for the disabled. since 1946, their pensions have been doubled, special benefits for people with disabilities and assistance in housing construction have been expanded. labor boarding schools have also been established, where disabled people were not only engaged in labor activities, but also received full social protection from the state[3]. thus, in 1941–1945, social protection and employment of war invalids occupied an important place in state policy. this system was important not only economically, but also morally, and proved to be an important factor in ensuring the country's social stability during the war years, as well as contributing to victory at the front. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org during and after world war ii, the population behind the front lines, in particular the families of war veterans in the kashkadarya region, were provided with material assistance by the state. in 1945–1946, the state allocated jobs for disabled people returning from the war in the region, and separate brigades were created in most collective farms. by the resolution of the ussr council of people's commissars of march 8, 1944, a system of granting benefits and providing material assistance to the families of military personnel was introduced. in kashkadarya, assistance was provided to more than 1,200 families of war veterans in 1945[4]. conclusion thus, the issue of social protection of disabled people of world war ii became one of the main directions of state policy during the war and after it. by assigning pensions and material assistance, providing housing and tax benefits, and supporting the families of disabled people, the state sought to improve their living standards. in addition, through retraining and employment of disabled people, their reintegration into society was ensured. this system not only strengthened economic stability, but also played an important role in raising the morale of the population during the war years, establishing social justice and solidarity. a number of works were carried out in this direction in the uzbek ssr, in particular in the kashkadarya region, and the war participants and their families were regularly supported by the state. references: 1. abuyazova d.a. social protection of war disabled veterans in 1941–1945 (bulletin of the mordovian university, 2007, no. 2). 146–150. 2. resolution of the council of people's commissars of the rsfsr of november 6, 1941 // collection of resolutions and orders of the workers' and peasants' government of the rsfsr. 1941, no. 7, art. 38. 3. abuyazova d.a. social protection of war disabled veterans in 1941–1945 (bulletin of the mordovian university, 2007, no. 2). 146–150. 4. central state archive of the republic of uzbekistan, fund 136, list 6, file 402, sheet 23. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org investigation processes and social justice: comparative analysis of chingiz aitmatov’s qiyomat and harper lee’s to kill a mockingbird davlatova shakhnoza muhammmadiyevna teacher, denau institute of entrepreneurship and pedagogy email:shahnozadavlatova21@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores investigation processes and social justice in chingiz aitmatov’s qiyomat and harper lee’s to kill a mockingbird. both novels depict morally complex societies where justice is challenged by social structures, prejudice, and power dynamics. the study analyzes how characters respond to social inequality, the role of empathy, and moral courage in navigating unjust systems. by comparing aitmatov’s depiction of human and animal communities’ survival and justice with lee’s portrayal of tom robinson’s trial, the paper highlights the universality of moral dilemmas and the pursuit of social justice across different cultural and social contexts. chingiz aitmatov, harper lee, qiyomat, to kill a mockingbird, social justice, investigation, morality, empathy introduction literature often reflects society’s struggles with justice, morality, and social responsibility. chingiz aitmatov’s qiyomat portrays human and animal interactions as an allegory of survival, morality, and social hierarchy in the natural world, emphasizing the consequences of injustice and leadership. similarly, harper lee’s to kill a mockingbird illustrates the legal and moral challenges faced by tom robinson, a black man falsely accused of a crime, within the racially segregated town of maycomb, alabama, in the 1930s.both works explore how individuals confront social and ethical dilemmas, highlighting the tension between personal morality and societal prejudice. this comparative study examines investigation processes, moral development, and social justice as depicted in these two culturally distinct but thematically related texts. methods this research uses a comparative literary analysis approach: textual analysis: close reading of key passages from qiyomat (scenes describing the survival and leadership of akbara and arlon, and the community’s moral hierarchy) and to kill a mockingbird (tom robinson’s trial scenes and courtroom interactions).thematic comparison: identifying similarities and differences in the representation of justice, morality, empathy, and social inequality. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org contextual analysis: considering historical, cultural, and social contexts influencing the narratives’ depiction of investigation processes and moral decisions. results harper lee’s to kill a mockingbird presents a detailed depiction of the judicial process in maycomb, alabama, highlighting both the legal procedures and the moral dilemmas inherent in a racially segregated society. the trial of tom robinson demonstrates the structural biases that influence judicial outcomes. although evidence clearly proves robinson’s innocence, the racial prejudices of the jury override objective reasoning. this disparity illustrates how societal norms and entrenched prejudice can corrupt the pursuit of justice. key courtroom interactions, such as judge taylor’s procedural oversight and mr. gilmer’s crossexamination, reveal the tension between legal formalities and ethical considerations. for example, when robinson is questioned about his physical abilities, the aim is less about establishing facts and more about manipulating the jury’s perception to fit racial stereotypes. lee emphasizes how social hierarchy and power imbalances affect investigative processes, shaping both the experience of the accused and the moral development of the observers, particularly scout and jem. through the children’s perspective, lee explores how exposure to injustice fosters moral reasoning and empathy. scout and jem grapple with the tension between the community’s social norms and the ethical imperative of fairness [1.200] .their observations provide insight into the intersection of legal procedures, morality, and social influence, highlighting the limitations and biases inherent in humanadministered justice. in chingiz aitmatov’s qiyomat, the concept of investigation and justice is represented allegorically through the behavior and interactions of wolves and gazelles. the narrative details how akbara, as the leader, and arlon, as his subordinate, manage conflicts, survival challenges, and social order within the wolf community. the interactions between these characters serve as an allegory for ethical decision-making and the maintenance of fairness within a community. for example, akbara’s response to arlon’s disobedience demonstrates the exercise of authority tempered with moral reasoning.[2.8] while akbara asserts dominance, he does so with an awareness of responsibility, ensuring that actions taken do not unjustly harm the subordinate or the community. similarly, the wolves’ collective management of hunting and territory illustrates the enforcement of unwritten laws of justice, where fairness and cooperation are essential for the survival of the group. the narrative also depicts the consequences of failure to uphold social norms. conflicts among the wolves and challenges posed by environmental pressures, such as hunting and resource scarcity, function as a metaphor for societal injustice and its effects on individuals and communities. the allegorical representation emphasizes that moral responsibility and social cohesion are crucial for both survival and the preservation of social order. comparing lee and aitmatov reveals several commonalities and contrasts in the treatment of investigation and social justice: justice and social bias: both texts depict how social structures influence the administration of justice. in to kill a mockingbird, racial prejudice affects legal outcomes; in qiyomat, hierarchical norms and natural law influence how conflicts and responsibilities are resolved. both authors show that justice is never neutral and is shaped by societal and environmental contexts. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org moral development and empathy: in lee, scout and jem develop moral awareness through observation of injustice; in aitmatov, akbara demonstrates ethical leadership and empathy toward his subordinate, modeling moral reasoning within the natural hierarchy. both works emphasize that understanding and enacting justice requires consideration of others’ perspectives and circumstances. consequences of injustice: in both works, injustice produces suffering. in lee, societal prejudice leads to the wrongful conviction of an innocent man, highlighting human cruelty and systemic failure. in aitmatov, failure to respect community norms or mismanagement of social responsibility can endanger survival and disrupt social cohesion. both underscore that injustice undermines moral and social stability. role of leadership: leadership is central to maintaining justice in both contexts. atticus finch embodies moral courage and legal integrity, guiding his children and challenging societal bias. similarly, akbara exercises ethical authority to maintain balance and fairness in his community, ensuring that natural and social laws are respected. ethical reflection and social awareness: both novels encourage readers to critically reflect on ethical responsibility. while lee focuses on legal and social accountability in a human context, aitmatov highlights the interdependence and ethical duties within a natural community. the comparison demonstrates that moral reasoning and social justice are universal concerns, transcending culture and species. discussion the comparative analysis of chingiz aitmatov’s qiyomat and harper lee’s to kill a mockingbird highlights the multifaceted nature of justice, moral responsibility, and social awareness in different contexts. both authors, though writing in distinct cultural and temporal settings, explore how societal norms, hierarchical structures, and individual ethical choices affect the administration of justice and the development of moral consciousness. in to kill a mockingbird, the legal system is portrayed as an instrument of both justice and prejudice. the trial of tom robinson exposes the intersection of law, racial bias, and social expectations, illustrating that legal procedures alone cannot guarantee fairness. the courtroom becomes a stage where the broader social inequalities of maycomb are enacted, revealing how deeply embedded societal prejudices distort judicial outcomes. through the children’s perspective, lee emphasizes the importance of empathy, moral reflection, and critical reasoning. scout and jem’s exposure to injustice cultivates their ethical awareness, teaching readers that the pursuit of justice requires not only legal knowledge but also moral courage and social consciousness. conversely, aitmatov’s qiyomat employs allegory to explore justice and moral responsibility within the natural world. the interactions between akbara, arlon, and other wolves mirror human ethical dilemmas and hierarchical power dynamics. justice in this context is maintained through mutual respect, adherence to communal norms, and responsible leadership. unlike the formal legal procedures in lee’s work, aitmatov presents justice as an emergent property of social and natural order—an ethical system rooted in survival, cooperation, and the moral integrity of leaders. this perspective american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org emphasizes that fairness and responsibility are essential for the stability of any community, whether human or animal. the juxtaposition of these two works reveals common principles underlying justice and moral development. both highlight the consequences of injustice: in lee, systemic racial prejudice leads to the wrongful condemnation of an innocent man, while in aitmatov, failure to follow communal norms or neglect of ethical responsibility threatens the survival of the group. leadership emerges as a central mechanism for mitigating injustice in both narratives—atticus finch guides his children and challenges societal prejudice, while akbara ensures ethical conduct and maintains balance within his community. furthermore, the texts underscore the role of observation, reflection, and empathy in cultivating social awareness. in to kill a mockingbird, scout and jem’s moral growth results from witnessing injustice firsthand, prompting readers to consider the ethical dimensions of social structures. in qiyomat, the natural allegory encourages reflection on how ethical decision-making and social responsibility are essential for harmonious coexistence. both authors advocate for an active, conscientious approach to justice, where understanding the perspectives of others and acting with integrity are crucial. finally, these works contribute to a broader discourse on the universality of justice and morality. despite differences in setting and narrative technique, both aitmatov and lee demonstrate that ethical principles, empathy, and accountability are fundamental to maintaining social and moral order. their stories remind readers that justice is not merely a legal or procedural concern but a deeply human (and in aitmatov’s case, universally ethical) endeavor, requiring awareness, courage, and thoughtful action. conclusion the comparative analysis of chingiz aitmatov’s qiyomat and harper lee’s to kill a mockingbird demonstrates that both authors, despite differences in context and narrative style, share a profound concern with justice, moral responsibility, and social awareness. in lee’s novel, the legal system and societal prejudices reveal the complexities of pursuing justice in a racially biased community, emphasizing the importance of empathy, moral courage, and ethical reflection. in aitmatov’s allegorical narrative, the natural hierarchy and communal norms illustrate that justice and responsibility are essential for the survival and harmony of any society. both texts underscore the pivotal role of leadership, observation, and ethical reasoning in maintaining fairness. atticus finch’s moral guidance and akbara’s principled authority demonstrate that justice is not merely a set of rules but an active practice requiring understanding, courage, and adherence to ethical principles. additionally, both works highlight the consequences of injustice, showing that systemic bias or neglect of responsibility can lead to suffering and social disruption. ultimately, the study of these two works reveals that the pursuit of justice and the cultivation of moral consciousness are universal human concerns. by examining the processes of investigation, social hierarchy, and ethical decision-making, readers gain insight into how empathy, reflection, and moral action can foster fairness and social cohesion. both aitmatov and lee challenge audiences to consider their own moral responsibilities and to recognize that justice—whether in human society or in the broader natural world—requires vigilance, integrity, and active engagement. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org references 1. lee, harper. to kill a mockingbird. j.b. lippincott & co., 1960. 2. aitmatov, chingiz. qiyomat. www.ziyouz.com, 2004. 3. bloom, harold, ed. harper lee’s to kill a mockingbird. chelsea house publishers, 2007. 4. shields, charles j. mockingbird: a portrait of harper lee. henry holt & co., 2006. 5. mcwhorter, ladelle. racial justice in literature: critical approaches. routledge, 2012. 6. mardanova, m. d., & davlatova, s. m. (2024). the problem of stylistic classification of vocabulary. modern science and education: achievements and development prospects, (2), 10– 13. 7. muhammadiyevna, d. s. (2025). harper li va o ‘zbek adabiyotidagi sud jarayoniga oid terminlarining o ‘xshash va farqli jihatlari. hamkor konferensiyalar, 1(14), 1185-1189. 8. muhammadiyevna, d. s. (2025). harper leening “mazagʻchi qushning oʻldirilishi” romanida sud jarayonlarining adabiy tasviri. hamkor konferensiyalar, 1(15), 691-695. 9. muhammadiyevna, d. s. (2024). jahon adabiyotida yurisprudensiya va sud jarayonlari badiiy talqin etilgan asarlar tahlili. philological research: language, literature, education, 8(9). http://www.ziyouz.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 40, | september 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org traduccion de expresiones coloquiales del espanol al arabe en la serie la casa de papel (un estudio analitico) mustafa mohammed rashid university of karbala / college of tourism sciences mostafa.mohammed1205a@colang.uobaghdad.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research examines the translation of colloquial expressions from spanish into arabic in the first season of the popular television series money heist, one of the most notable audiovisual works in contemporary spanish. the study focuses on analyzing and translating culturally and socially charged expressions and exploring the strategies used to preserve their expressive and semantic power. using a qualitative approach, colloquial expressions were identified and classified, including insults, idiomatic expressions, and vulgar expressions. their translations were subsequently analyzed, both in the dubbed and translated versions, focusing on techniques such as functional equivalence, euphemism, cultural adaptation, and ellipsis. this paper offers a critical perspective on the importance of maintaining the vernacular in audiovisual translation. it proposes practical recommendations for translators who struggle to convey culturally charged expressions between two languages that differ in structure and style. colloquial expressions, translation, analysis. introduction tabla de siglas abreviatura significado completo lcp la casa de papel ce expresión coloquial ta traducción al árabe ea equivalente árabe tav traducción audiovisual dm diccionario de palabras malsonantes (osorio, 2020) dcd diccionario de coloquialismos y términos dialectales. due diccionario de uso del español (moliner, 2007) jda jerga de adolescentes en españa (corpus/campo real actual) rae diccionario de la lengua española, real academia española american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org e1, e2... ejemplo 1, ejemplo 2... (numeración empleada para referirse a ejemplos en tablas) resumen este estudio analiza la traducción de frases coloquiales del español al árabe en el primer ciclo de la famosa serie televisiva "la casa de papel", una de las producciones audiovisuales más sobresalientes del panorama contemporáneo español. el análisis se enfoca en la revisión y traducción de las expresiones con una marca cultural y social, además de estudiar los métodos empleados para mantener su poder semántico y comunicativo. se utilizó un método cualitativo para diferenciar expresiones coloquiales y clasificarlas en categorías como expresiones vulgares, insultos y expresiones idiomáticas. a continuación, se analizaron sus traducciones (la doblada y la que fue traducida al árabe) poniendo el foco en técnicas como la equivalencia funcional, el eufemismo, la adaptación cultural y la elipsis. esta investigación ofrece un punto de vista crítico sobre la importancia de mantener el idioma vernáculo en las traducciones audiovisuales, y propone recomendaciones concretas para los traductores que afrontan desafíos al transmitir expresiones con carga cultural entre dos lenguas con estructuras y estilos diferentes. palabras clave: las expresiones coloquiales, el análisis de estudio, los métodos de traducción. introducción en la actualidad, la traducción de series televisivas, sobre todo la audiovisual, es un elemento fundamental en el campo de la traducción especializada. dadas sus connotaciones culturales, sus referencias sociales y sus usos lingüísticos propios de cada sociedad, las expresiones coloquiales representan uno de los principales desafíos para los traductores en esta situación. "la casa de papel", una de las series más reconocidas en el mundo que es originaria de españa, tiene un amplio repertorio de expresiones coloquiales que no solo muestran la identidad de los personajes, sino también elementos significativos de la sociedad española actual. cuando se traduce al árabe, surgen muchas dudas acerca de cómo comunicar estos componentes culturales y lingüísticos a un idioma con una estructura y unas convenciones expresivas tan distintas. motivación del estudio esta investigación surge del anhelo de estudiar la manera en que las expresiones coloquiales se trasladan a contextos audiovisuales, especialmente la subtitulación y el doblaje al árabe. se asume que gran parte de estas expresiones pierden su significado o fuerza, e incluso se neutralizan por completo en el proceso de traducción, lo cual podría influir en la recepción del mensaje por los espectadores árabes. por otra parte, debido al éxito global de la serie "la casa de papel" y a su riqueza en términos lingüísticos, es pertinente examinar las tácticas utilizadas para traducir dichas expresiones y sus impactos en la comunicación y en la cultura. objetivos ➢ reconocer las expresiones coloquiales empleadas en la primera temporada de la serie la casa de papel. ➢ clasificar estas expresiones según su tipo (insultos, frases hechas, expresiones humorísticas, etc.). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org ➢ analizar las estrategias empleadas en su traducción al árabe (equivalencia, neutralización, supresión, etc.). ➢ examinar cómo la traducción afecta el contenido comunicativo y cultural del texto original. ➢ proporcionar sugerencias prácticas para traducir expresiones coloquiales entre el árabe y el español. parte 1: marco téorico las características de la traducción audiovisual el doblaje, la subtitulación y otras formas son ejemplos de la traducción audiovisual (tav). cada una plantea retos particulares, sobre todo cuando son elementos con un gran peso cultural, como las expresiones coloquiales. la tav, de acuerdo con díaz cintas y remael (2007), supone una negociación permanente entre la lealtad al texto y la adaptación al contexto cultural del público que recibe el mensaje. asimismo, el doblaje suele dar prioridad a la sincronización y a la naturalidad oral, lo que frecuentemente provoca una modificación del contenido semántico original (chaume, 2004). la traducción audiovisual (av) incluye diversas modalidades, entre las que se hallan el doblaje, la voz superpuesta y los subtítulos. cada tipo presenta retos únicos, particularmente cuando se trata de elementos con una fuerte carga cultural, como las expresiones coloquiales. la traducción audiovisual, según díaz cintas y remael (2007), necesita una negociación continua entre la adaptación al contexto cultural de la audiencia receptora y la fidelidad al texto original. el doblaje a menudo da prioridad a la calidad oral natural y la sincronización de las voces, lo que frecuentemente implica una alteración del contenido semántico del texto original (chaume, 2004). las expresiones coloquiales: definición y características las expresiones coloquiales son una parte del registro informal de un idioma y se distinguen por estar vinculadas a la oralidad, al contexto social y a la dinámica lingüística. comprenden expresiones idiomáticas, refranes, frases hechas, palabras vulgares, insultos y otras unidades fraseológicas (alvar ezquerra, 2005). dado que estas expresiones implican valores culturales y emocionales, no es posible traducirlas de manera literal. por el contrario, exigen entender a fondo el contexto sociolingüístico de la lengua de origen y de la lengua meta (gómez capuz, 2001). algunos métodos para traducir expresiones coloquiales hay una serie de tácticas para traducir expresiones coloquiales, entre las que se encuentran las más resaltantes: ▪ equivalencia: se refiere a buscar una expresión en la lengua meta que genere un resultado comunicativo parecido al de la lengua fuente. ▪ neutralización: se trata de disminuir o suprimir la carga emocional o cultural de una expresión . ▪ la traducción literal: cuando nos referimos a expresiones coloquiales, esta estrategia tiende a ser inadecuada. ▪ adaptación a la cultura: se trata de reemplazar el elemento original con otro en la lengua meta que produzca un efecto comunicativo parecido (venuti, 1995). estas decisiones dependen de varios factores, como la naturaleza del público objetivo, el tipo de traducción audiovisual (doblaje o subtitulado) y las limitaciones técnicas de la obra traducida (venuti, 1995; molina y hurtado albir, 2002). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org la traducción del español al árabe: retos específicos la traducción entre el árabe y el español muestra grandes diferencias en términos de pragmática, estructura y cultura. cuando se trata de expresiones coloquiales, estos desafíos son aún más difíciles debido a la falta de entrevistas directas y a las implicaciones socioculturales que tienen estas expresiones en los dos idiomas. asimismo, el árabe tiene una gran cantidad de dialectos, lo que puede dificultar al traductor la elección del registro lingüístico apropiado para un público amplio y variado. así mismo, el traductor debe tener en cuenta dos componentes fundamentales: la claridad del mensaje y su capacidad de ser aceptado culturalmente por el público al que va dirigido (baker, 2011; elmadkouri, 2006). la traducción de expresiones coloquiales: desafíos y estrategias 1. la esencia de las expresiones coloquiales las expresiones coloquiales, una modalidad de lenguaje informal, están muy relacionadas con situaciones culturales, sociales y generacionales concretas. su traducción representa un reto importante porque frecuentemente incluyen connotaciones implícitas, manipulaciones lingüísticas difíciles de traducir palabra por palabra al idioma de destino o referencias culturales. (hurtado albir, 2001). por otra parte, el traductor de textos literarios es un agente que media entre dos pueblos diferentes a través de elementos extralingüísticos; sin duda, se trata de una tarea de transferencia de saberes y desarrollo cultural. (rashid, 2022) 2. retos en la traducción de contenido audiovisual en la traducción audiovisual, estas adversidades se agravan debido a las restricciones de tiempo, espacio y sincronización de los labios. además, el traductor, especialmente en el caso del subtitulado, debe tener en cuenta la naturaleza de la lengua meta en términos de fluidez y claridad, su idoneidad social y lingüística, y su facilidad de comprensión por parte del público receptor (díaz cintas y remael, 2007). 3. técnicas frecuentes en la traducción de coloquialismos según mona baker (1992), algunas de las técnicas aplicables a la traducción de expresiones coloquiales son: • equivalencia funcional: se sustituye la expresión por otra de función equivalente en la lengua meta. ej.: “estás como una cabra” → “أنت مجنون رسمي” • traducción explicativa: se añade una explicación breve para que el público entienda el matiz. ej.: “ser un chorizo” → )لّص )تعبير يطلق على المحتالين • neutralización o atenuación: se evita la carga cultural o vulgar del término. ej.: “¡hostia!” → يا الهي • mantenimiento literal (en raros casos): cuando hay similitud cultural. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 4. factores que influyen en: • elección de una estrategia • público objetivo (¿árabe clásico o coloquial?) • medio (¿doblaje o traducción escrita?) • tipo de obra (comedia, drama, telerrealidad, etc.) • tiempo de lectura (en caso de traducción escrita) mona baker (1992) señala que algunas de las técnicas utilizadas para traducir expresiones coloquiales incluyen: equivalencia funcional: sustituir una expresión por otra que cumpla la misma función en el idioma meta. ejemplo: "estás como una cabra" → انت مجنون traducción interpretativa: añadir una breve explicación para que el público comprenda el significado implícito o la relevancia cultural. ejemplo: "ser un chorizo" → )يكون لصاً، )يطلق غالبا على المحتالين neutralización: evitar la sobrecarga cultural o la vulgaridad. ejemplo: "¡hostia!" → يا الهي literal: en casos excepcionales, cuando hay solapamientos culturales o la expresión se explica por sí sola. 5. traducción culturalmente adaptada en muchos casos, es preferible utilizar la adaptación cultural, es decir, elegir una expresión árabe que desempeñe la misma función emocional o social, incluso si el significado literal de la expresión original difiere. parte 2: marco practico metodología este estudio se enmarca en un enfoque cualitativo, basado en el análisis textual de expresiones coloquiales seleccionadas de la primera temporada de la serie de televisión la casa de papel y la comparación de sus traducciones al árabe. la investigación adopta un diseño descriptivo y analítico según los siguientes criterios: 1. corpus se seleccionó un conjunto de expresiones coloquiales en español de los episodios 1 a 5 de la primera temporada en función de su relevancia cultural, dificultad de traducción y frecuencia de uso. 2. método de análisis • identificación de las expresiones originales en español. • análisis de las expresiones en el contexto conversacional del texto audiovisual. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org • revisión de las traducciones disponibles en la versión árabe (tanto traducidas como dobladas). • categorización de la técnica de traducción utilizada según la propuesta de molina y hurtado albir (2002). • evaluación de cada caso desde una perspectiva semántica y pragmática. 3. criterios de selección de la muestra: pertenencia al registro lingüístico coloquial. contiene carga cultural o emocional. observe una diferencia significativa en la traducción (ya sea en términos de adición, pérdida o adaptación). 4. técnicas de traducción evaluadas: • equivalencia funcional • adaptación • traducción literal • omisión • modulación • neutralización este enfoque nos permite estudiar cómo se transmiten los significados culturales implícitos a través de la traducción y analizar el impacto semántico y comunicativo de las decisiones de traducción. (molina y hurtado albir, 2002; díaz cintas y remael, 2007) además del análisis contextual y semántico de las expresiones coloquiales, se consultó un conjunto de diccionarios especializados para asegurar una interpretación precisa y confiable de cada expresión. ➢ el diccionario de la real academia española (rae) ➢ el diccionario de uso del español de maría moliner ➢ el diccionario de palabras malsonantes (pons, 2006) en cada ejemplo se indica entre paréntesis la fuente léxica utilizada para justificar la traducción propuesta. introducción al análisis de expresiones coloquiales un análisis de las expresiones coloquiales utilizadas en la casa de papel explora cómo el lenguaje hablado y espontáneo refleja las identidades culturales y sociales de los personajes. dichas expresiones no solamente aportan realismo al diálogo, sino que además ayudan a comunicar emociones, comportamientos y relaciones de poder. en este apartado, se muestran una serie de expresiones extraídas directamente del primer capítulo de la serie, incluidas sus traducciones al árabe y su significado. también se incluye información sobre su uso coloquial y notas acerca de cómo se tradujeron y recibieron culturalmente en el contexto árabe. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org table1. expresión original traducción al árabe (diccionario) tipo de expresión contexto de uso narrativo personaje / escena observaciones traductológicas “¡está de puta madre!” .dic) رائع جدًا malsonante) expresión enfática al celebrar el éxito de un robo berlín / episodio 1, min. 17 expresa entusiasmo extremo; traducido con énfasis positivo “nos han dado por el culo.” .dic) لقد خسرنا بشدة malsonante) vulgar / derrotista al descubrir que han sido delatados denver / episodio 2, min. 22 se suaviza la grosería en la traducción para el público árabe “se ha pirado.” لقد هرب / اختفى (rae) coloquial común huyendo de la policía río / episodio 1, min. 33 uso del verbo "pirarse" como sinónimo de escapar en el primer episodio de "la casa de papel", se eligieron las expresiones con esmero y se les dio contexto a través de fuentes léxicas confiables. la transparencia terminológica se ve favorecida por el nombre del diccionario que acompaña cada traducción, y las decisiones de traducción con bases académicas sólidas son justificadas. table 2. expresión original traducción al árabe (diccionario) tipo de expresión contexto de uso narrativo personaje / escena observaciones traductológicas “nos están tocando los cojones.” يزعجوننا بشدة / .dic) يثيرون أعصابنا malsonante) vulgar / frustración ante la presión policial berlín / episodio 1, min. 41 se traduce con equivalente emocional más neutral “está en el ajo.” متوّرط في األمر (rae) idiomática / implicación al hablar de un traidor en el grupo nairobi / episodio 2, min. 14 equivalente árabe que transmite implicación indirecta “nos la han jugado.” لقد خدعونا / نصبوا ,rae) علينا coloquial actual) coloquial / traición después de una emboscada inesperada el profesor / episodio 2, min. 31 se adapta a un registro coloquial que indica traición en esta sección, es necesario mencionar que las expresiones coloquiales no siempre tienen una traducción literal al árabe. por esta causa, el diccionario de palabras malsonantes y el diccionario de la real academia española son instrumentos valiosos para determinar la intensidad y el registro lingüístico adecuado, que son elementos esenciales en la traducción audiovisual. table 3. expresión original traducción al árabe (diccionario) tipo de expresión contexto de uso narrativo personaje / escena observaciones traductológicas “me importa un carajo.” ال يهمني إطالقًا / ال أبالي (dic. malsonante) vulgar / indiferencia reacción ante amenaza externa denver / episodio 2, min. 37 se opta por una expresión árabe que transmite desprecio claro “estás como una cabra.” .dic) أنت مجنون / مختل coloquial actual, rae) coloquial / burla cuando se cuestiona el plan de berlín tokio / episodio 3, min. 12 se traduce culturalmente por una expresión de locura familiar “le van a dar matarile.” سيقضون عليه / سيُصفّى (rae, fraseológica popular) frase hecha / amenaza hablan del destino de un rehén moscú / episodio 3, min. 40 se reemplaza con estructura árabe que indica violencia inminente american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org observamos en esta tabla que hay expresiones no se pueden traducir directamente al árabe, como (dar matarile), pero deben considerar el contexto y el nivel cultural del público destinatario. table 4. expresión original traducción al árabe (diccionario) tipo de expresión contexto de uso narrativo personaje / escena observaciones traductológicas “está todo controlado.” كل شيء تحت السيطرة (rae) coloquial / tranquilizante para calmar al equipo el profesor / episodio 3, min. 44 expresión común traducida con مكافئ مباشر وواضح “no me toques los huevos.” ال تزعجني / ال تثير .dic) أعصابي malsonante) vulgar / enfado durante una discusión interna berlín / episodio 4, min. 15 تمت ترجمتها بتلطيف إلزالة اإليحاء الجنسي “es un chivato.” ,rae) إنه واٍش / خائن diccionario de argot) argot / traición al descubrir un informante río / episodio 4, min. 32 المصطلح يدل على الخيانة ويُترجم بما يعكس الداللة االجتماعية podemos decir aquí que las expresiones son simples y vulgares, pero también hay otras con un sentido social. entender las intenciones retóricas para realizar su traducción. por ello, con el fin de garantizar que la traducción conserve un balance entre la precisión cultural y la fidelidad textual, es esencial consultar diccionarios idiomáticos y de expresiones vulgares. table 5. expresión original traducción al árabe (diccionario) tipo de expresión contexto de uso narrativo personaje / escena observaciones traductológicas “se fue a la mierda.” فشل تماًما / ذهب كل شيء إلى الجحيم (malsonante) vulgar / expresión de ruina cuando un plan fracasa totalmente denver / episodio 5, min. 12 تمت تهذيب الترجمة لتجنب األلفاظ النابية الصريحة “¡vete al carajo!” اذهب إلى الجحيم / اغرب ,rae) عن وجهي malsonante) insulto / rechazo directo durante una pelea nairobi / episodio 5, min. 28 تم اختيار ترجمة مهذبة لكنها تحافظ على شحنة الغضب واالنفعال “está flipando.” إنه مصدوم / غير مصدق لما يحدث (dcd.) coloquial / sorpresa reacción ante una revelación río / episodio 6, min. 18 يُستخدم "مصدوم" أو "منذهل" في العربية للتقريب من المعنى la situación en esta table muestra el reto de la traducción es mantener el tono del texto principal sin provocar un choque cultural en el idioma meta ni sobrepasar las barreras lingüísticas y culturales árabes. table 6. expresión original traducción al árabe (diccionario) tipo de expresión contexto de uso narrativo personaje / escena observaciones traductológicas “me importa un pepino.” ال يهمني إطالقًا / ال ,rae) أبالي diccionario de uso) coloquial / desprecio al ignorar una advertencia berlín / episodio 4, min. 10 تُستخدم "ال يهمني" كمرادف خفيف المعنى “está cagado de miedo.” مرعوب تماًما / خائف جدًا (malsonante) vulgar / intensificador de miedo antes de la operación denver / episodio 7, min. 05 تم تهذيب الترجمة مع االحتفاظ بالشحنة الداللية “montar un pollo.” أثار فوضى / عمل مشكلة كبيرة (rae, dic. coloquial) coloquial / conflicto exagerado en medio de una discusión raquel / episodio 3, min. 14 تمت ترجمتها بصورة مجازية تُستخدم في السياق العربي “estar hecho polvo.” مرهق جدًا / محطم جسديًا أو نفسيًا (rae, moliner) coloquial / estado físico después de una jornada intensa el profesor / episodio 9, min. 22 ترجمة مقاربة للحالة دون مبالغة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org se seleccionaron estas expresiones para cubrir las variadas funciones de comunicación que tienen las expresiones coloquiales de la serie, incluyendo desde insultos y descripciones emotivas hasta juicios morales o psicológicos. esta variedad representa la riqueza del lenguaje coloquial de la casa de papel y destaca lo complicado que es traducirlo con exactitud sin poner en riesgo su aspecto cultural. análisis cuantitativo de las expresiones coloquiales la tabla que se muestra, resume cómo están distribuidas veinte expresiones coloquiales, las cuales fueron identificadas en la primera temporada de la casa de papel. estas expresiones están organizadas según su carga estilística y su tipo retórico. table 7. tipo de expresión n. porcentaje (%) vulgares / malsonantes 5 25% coloquiales neutras 8 40% metafóricas o idiomáticas 4 20% de insulto / rechazo directo 2 10% expresiones afectivas o emocionales 1 5% total 20 100% lo que pone de manifiesto el carácter informal y emotivo del discurso de los personajes es la prominencia de las expresiones vulgares y coloquiales neutras. a pesar de que las expresiones emotivas e idiomáticas no son muy frecuentes, desempeñan roles particulares durante instantes decisivos de la narración. estas modificaciones representan un desafío considerable para el traductor al intentar hallar equivalentes funcionales en árabe que mantengan el tono original sin renunciar a su naturalidad. resultados generales • el lenguaje coloquial tiene un impacto importante en la caracterización de los personajes, especialmente durante situaciones de tensión, conflicto o cercanía. • se enfatiza el uso de expresiones vulgares y groseras, lo que hace que el lenguaje hablado sea más auténtico y fortalece la tonalidad realista de la serie. • el empleo de un extenso rango de registros coloquiales evidencia una intención comunicativa repleta de códigos culturales, sociales y emocionales que son característicos del español ibérico. • debido a sus repercusiones lingüísticas y culturales, muchas de estas expresiones constituyen un desafío. en consecuencia, el traductor tiene que emplear tácticas como la eliminación estricta ocasional, la limpieza y el premio por funcionalidad. conclusión como hemos señalado anteriormente, las expresiones coloquiales trascienden lo que son meros adornos del lenguaje audiovisual; son instrumentos fundamentales para expresar la identidad en términos culturales, emocionales y sociales. estas expresiones de "la casa de papel" contribuyen a que el discurso sea más realista y logran una conexión más intensa entre los personajes y el espectador. mediante una comparación con el árabe, se evidencia que es esencial recurrir a técnicas de traducción que consideren el contexto sociolingüístico de los dos idiomas. por ende, al traducir expresiones american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org coloquiales, es preciso equilibrar de manera exacta la funcionalidad y la fidelidad, sin dejar de lado el carácter expresivo del texto original y teniendo presente que la lengua meta tiene que ser natural. recomendaciones • la ejecución de estudios sobre el uso coloquial en las clases educativas para traductores, con el objetivo de impulsar una comprensión más completa de las particularidades de este idioma y cómo afectan la traducción. • es necesario crear diccionarios multilingües de expresiones coloquiales, a partir de corpus audiovisuales modernos, para que los traductores puedan acceder a significados exactos y contextos de uso adecuados. • fomentar la utilización de diccionarios especializados, que incluyan glosarios y jerga, con el fin de simplificar las traducciones en formato audiovisual. • sugerir que se aplique una estrategia de traducción flexible, fundamentada en el análisis del contexto comunicativo y cultural, en vez de la traducción palabra por palabra. de esta manera, se asegura que el significado se transmita de manera más efectiva y natural. • con la finalidad de aumentar los análisis comparativos con el árabe y otras lenguas, seguir haciendo investigaciones parecidas sobre otras series contemporáneas en el mundo hispanohablante. fuentes bibliográficas (libros): ▪ alcaraz, e., & hughes, b. (2002). diccionario de términos de la traducción. ariel. ▪ baker, m. (1992). in other words: a coursebook on translation. routledge. ▪ díaz cintas, j., & remael, a. (2007). audiovisual translation: subtitling. routledge. ▪ molina, l., & hurtado albir, a. (2002). traducción y traductología: introducción a la traductología. cátedra. ▪ nord, c. (1997). translating as a purposeful activity: functionalist approaches explained. st. jerome publishing. ▪ newmark, p. (1988). a textbook of translation. prentice hall. ▪ hurtado albir, a. (2001). traducción y calidad: la evaluación de la traducción. ariel. ▪ rashid, m. m., & ibrahim, g. q. (2022). traducciones de la novela “la increíble y triste historia de la cándida eréndira y su abuela” de gabriel garcía márquez al árabe:(problemas y ambigüedades) (estudio analítico). al-adab journal, (141), 85-94. ▪ real academia española. (2001). diccionario de la lengua española (22.ª ed.). espasa. ▪ pons rodríguez, m. (2002). diccionario de coloquialismos y términos dialectales. barcelona: ariel. ▪ vallés calatrava, j. a. (2009). la traducción audiovisual: el subtitulado. tirant lo blanch. fuentes electrónicas ▪ diccionario de palabras malsonantes. (s.f.). recuperado de: https://www.diccionariodemalsonantes.com ▪ wordreference. (s.f.). diccionario español. recuperado de: https://www.wordreference.com https://www.diccionariodemalsonantes.com/ https://www.wordreference.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org ▪ cvc centro virtual cervantes. (s.f.). lengua española y traducción. recuperado de: https://cvc.cervantes.es ▪ el país. (s.f.). guía del habla coloquial española. recuperado de: https://elpais.com ▪ linguee. (s.f.). traducción contextual. recuperado de: https://www.linguee.es https://cvc.cervantes.es/ https://elpais.com/ https://www.linguee.es/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the main devices for generating and processing microwave signals and fields larisa alexandrovna korotkova tashkent state technical university, department of radio engineering devices and systems +998 946905731 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents microwave devices used in non-destructive testing. they are built on the basis of waveguides, which is typical for the three-centimeter and eight-millimeter microwave ranges. phase shifters, valves, attenuators, sewage devices, attenuator. introduction such devices include: emitting and receiving devices, attenuators, valves, phase shifters, directional couplers, detector sections, tees, resonators, matched loads, specially shaped waveguide segments, measuring lines and waveguides. most of these microwave devices used in video resolution control are based on waveguides, which is typical for the three-centimeter and eight-millimeter microwave ranges. the emitting and receiving devices (antennas) used in radio wave monitoring can be made in the form of a horn, an open section of a waveguide , slits or a waveguide with a dielectric insert , which is determined by the required locality of control, the required sensitivity of the equipment and the specifics of the specific task. for example, an emitter and receiver in the form of a horn provides good alignment of the waveguide path with the external space and with the controlled object, which provides large signal amplitudes, but leads to a deterioration in the locality of control. types of emitting and receiving devices used in radio wave control: a is the horn; b is the flange of the waveguide; c is the section of the waveguide; d is the tapering end of the waveguide; e is the slit; e is the waveguide with a dielectric insert the use of a slit device in the form of a narrowing waveguide, on the contrary, increases the locality of control if the monitored object is located directly at the slit, but significant reflections of microwave vibrations from a narrow slice occur, which reduces the sensitivity of the equipment and leads to masking of the useful signal. near the slice of the emitting or receiving device, the area that determines their interaction with the controlled object is approximately equal to the slice area. as the object moves away from the antenna, the irradiation zone expands in the form of a cone, the opening angle of which is greater the smaller the antenna size, i.e. approximately corresponds to the width of its radiation pattern. the area where microwave vibrations are emitted is most often filled with dielectric inserts in radiators and receivers, which improve the operation of these devices, as well as prevent the penetration of foreign objects and various contaminants into them. based on the devices shown, more complex emitting and receiving devices can be created, for example, twoelement ones that implement the self-comparison method in flaw detection or in the form of multiamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org element antenna arrays. as follows from the principle of reciprocity, the same device can be used as a radiating or receiving device. the channeling devices of the waveguide or segments of coaxial lines with different cross-sections transmit the energy of microwave oscillations from the generator and the radiator or from the receiving device to the primary measuring transducer. coaxial lines are used for the transmission of microwave energy over short distances. strip lines are well combined with modern printing technology for the production of electronic equipment. rectangular waveguides are most often used in radio wave monitoring devices , and sometimes round. in the field of the short-wave microwave range (eight millimeters and shorter), dielectric waveguides and devices based on them can be used. the attenuator is used for discrete or smooth adjustment of the amplitude of microwave signals by changing the size of the cross-section of the waveguide, introducing inserts in which microwave oscillations are attenuated, or by using the polarization features of microwave oscillations. the valve passes microwave energy only in one direction, i.e. only the incident wave, which is necessary for the operation of the microwave path in traveling wave mode and to eliminate the influence of the load on the oscillation source. the phase shifter makes it possible to change the phase of microwave oscillations to a fixed value discretely or smoothly and is a segment of a long line of adjustable length or with variable electrical parameters of the medium (c or e), which allows you to adjust the electrical length of the segment and leads to an additional phase shift, depending on the ratio of the electrical length of the segment to the wavelength. the directional coupler has one input and two outputs, to which it transmits a certain part of only the incident or reflected wave to the desired waveguide of the microwave path. it can be used as a power divider in a certain proportion, as well as for adding or subtracting signals. the detector section (amplitude detector, rectifier) converts microwave oscillations into direct current signals or into signals proportional to the envelope of microwave oscillations. it is performed on the basis of a microwave rectifier device with a semiconductor diode. to increase the values of the output signals, the detector section usually contains a resonator part, which is tuned by a special piston to the resonance mode at the operating frequency. in equipment with analog signal processing, a sensitive microammeter, amplifier, or recording device is usually connected to the detector section. the mixing section is similar to the detector section, but it has two inputs to which microwave oscillations of two different frequencies are connected. as a result of their superposition and rectification, a component of the difference frequency oscillations is released at the output of the mixing section, which is much lower than the frequency of microwave oscillations and signal processing is much simpler. the tees have three or more waveguide branches and serve to separate the microwave energy flow or, conversely, to sum (subtract) microwave oscillations. the radio wave monitoring equipment uses an e-tee, an h-tee and a double tee . consider the typical cases of using tees in radio wave monitoring equipmen. the direction of the electric field strength vector is shown). let the microwave energy of the generator be supplied to branch 3 in the tee . then, on branches 1 and 2 in cross sections equidistant from the center of the tee, the amplitudes of the electric field strengths will be the same, and the phases will be the same for the h—tee and have a 180° shift for the e-tee . in this case, the microwave energy will be divided equally between the two waveguides. if, on the contrary, two streams of microwave energy are supplied to branches 1 and 2, then microwave oscillations in waveguide segments 3 and 4 will be formed taking into account their phase. in particular, equal energy flows with the same oscillation phases will lead to a doubling of the oscillation energy in the branch of the 4 h tee and to the absence of vibrations in the branch of the 3 e tee. when the microwave oscillations in branches 1 and 2 are out american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org of phase, the effect on the passage of microwave energy will be reversed there will be no oscillations in branch 4 for the h-tee and a doubling of energy in branch 3 for the e-tee. the double tee (microwave bridge, double t-bridge) shown in fig.3b has the features of both an eand an h-tee and, in addition, allows signal processing in the microwave range. it is easy to see that microwave energy does not pass from the e-branch to the h-branch and vice versa. the simultaneous appearance of microwave oscillations in the e and h branches is possible only when microwave oscillations are applied to waveguides 1 and 2 with different amplitudes or with a phase different from 0 or 180 °. the properties of a double tee are often used in radio wave monitoring to obtain two channels necessary for comparing information from the control object and the sample (reference object). the quality of the double tee operation is characterized by the level of direct transmission of signals from eto h-shoulder (or from hto e-shoulder), which is usually 40-70 db and occurs due to the asymmetrical arrangement of the elements of the double tee. to reduce the direct passage of microwave energy due to imperfections in technology, correction plates or adjustment pins are installed in the area of the junction of the eand h-branches. when using polarization methods (to analyze the polarization of vibrations, parameters of an elliptical wave, etc.), a turnstile connection is used [2], which is usually implemented in the form of four cross-shaped branches and a circular waveguide located perpendicular and axially symmetrical to them. resonators [3] are essentially resonant circuits and with their help it is possible to perform the same signal transformations as with resonant circuits: to isolate vibrations of the required frequency, coordinate various elements with each other, change the values of currents or voltages, etc. resonators can be made in the form of three-dimensional structures or segments of waveguides and long lines. microwave resonators are rebuilt using pins, plungers, short-circuit pistons, plates and flexible diaphragms. matched loads are designed to be connected to the microwave path in order to absorb the incident wave and thereby eliminate reflections of microwave vibrations. they are made in the form of a blind segment of a long line, which has an active resistance equal to the resistance of the line (zh = zl). the measuring lines are a segment of a long line with a slot for inserting the probe of the detector section. a probe is inserted into the slot of a segment of a long line, which can be moved along the line, which allows it to be placed in a place where the necessary ratio between incident and reflected waves is achieved and, accordingly, certain values of microwave oscillations (maximum, minimum, average) are obtained. the measuring line is precisely calibrated and allows you to measure many quantities that characterize microwave oscillations. waveguides are devices for determining the frequency or wavelength of microwave vibrations (in the simplest case, it is a short-circuited measuring line with calibrated element sizes).[4] . references 1. ermolov i. n., ostanin yu.a. methods and means of non-destructive testing: a textbook for engineering and technical specialties. moscow: higher. school, 1988. – 368 p. 2. aleshin n. p., shcherbinsky v. g. radiation, ultrasonic and magnetic flaw detection of metal products. moscow: higher. school, 1991. – 271 p. 3. devices for non-destructive testing of materials and products: a reference book. in 2 books./edited by v. v. klyuev. moscow: mashinostroenie publ., 1976. 4. s.i.konovalov, a.g.kuzmenko. features of pulse modes of operation of electroacoustic piezoelectric transducers st. petersburg, polytechnic, 2014. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org formation of professional competences of future physics teachers in performing laboratory work khamdamov begali isroilovich dzhizak state pedagogical university, sharofa rashidova-4, dzhizak 130100, uzbekistan isroilov ulug‘bek begali o‘g‘li tashkent medical academy, tashkent medical academy 100109, tashkent, uzbekistan farabi street 2 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article considers approaches to changing the structure of laboratory work in physics related to the implementation of educational standards. a distinctive feature of the new standard is the formulation of requirements for the results of mastering the main educational programs in the language of competencies, which raises the problem of finding means not only for the formation of competencies, but also for checking the level of their formation. the analysis of textbooks for conducting laboratory work in general physics showed that their structure and content do not fully contribute to the formation of competencies related to future professional activities in the field of teaching methods. the following structure of laboratory work is proposed: setting the goal of the work, control tasks (the goal is to update knowledge), theory of work, control tasks (the goal is to check knowledge of the theory), description of the setup, control tasks (the goal is to check knowledge of the experimental setup), the procedure for performing work with a table for the results of experiments, final control. among the tasks proposed at the updating stage, a special place is occupied by physical dictations, tasks for establishing analogies, various types of tests. this approach to building the structure of laboratory work in physics contributes to the development of professional competencies in the field of pedagogical activity. professional competencies, laboratory work, knowledge updating, physics dictations, test, analogy introduction the transition of higher professional education to new educational standards poses new problems of both substantive and technological nature. this is due to the fact that the main distinguishing feature of the new generation standard is the formulation of requirements for the results of mastering the main educational programs in the language of competencies, which are a dynamic set of knowledge, skills, abilities, methods of activity, abilities and personal qualities that a student can american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org demonstrate after completing the educational program. in this regard, the structural components of competencies include: “knowledge cognitive components; values axiological components; skills, abilities, methods of activity operational components; personal meaning, motives, positions, attitudes (motivational components); professional and (or) life experience; personal characteristics” [1, 2]. the consequence of this is the problem of developing tools not only for the formation of competencies, but also for checking the level of their formation. the conducted analysis of textbooks and methodological recommendations for conducting laboratory work in general and experimental physics showed that in most cases their structure usually consists of the following sequence of elements: the purpose of the work, a description of the experimental setups and measurement methods, the order of work and test questions [3, 4]. at the same time, the list of competencies formed during their implementation usually includes only those related to the specifics of the subject "physics". for example, "to know: theoretical foundations and nature of basic physical phenomena; fundamental concepts, laws and theories of classical and modern physics; the structure and principles of operation of modern physical scientific equipment", etc. this is quite justified, because in reality “the main component of the professional competence of a physics teacher is subject competence, reflecting the presence of the necessary professional knowledge, the volume and level of which are the main characteristics of competence” [2]. thus, knowledge and understanding of the subject that a graduate will teach students in the future, in our case physics, are one of the important components of professional knowledge. it is quite natural to assert that the study of the general physics course in all types of classes should be aimed precisely at the formation of such subject competencies. at the same time, there is a need and an opportunity to assert that in the process of teaching physics, competencies related to future professional activity in the field of physics teaching methods should be formed. and with the previous approach to conducting laboratory work and practical work in physics, such competencies are not formed. which proposes one of the ways to correct this shortcoming [3]. according to the work experience described in the article, in the final semester of studying general and experimental physics, individual activities of each student are organized in the laboratory practical course to master, improve and develop a new educational physical experiment. the organization of students' activities in the practical course is characterized by individualization and specificity. students are given tasks taking into account their abilities, interests and the topic of the course work being completed. each student is required to make one or more electronic devices for an educational experiment, master a full-scale computer experiment, perform a series of educational experiments and prepare a report on the work, the volume of which is strictly limited. among the tasks completed in the course of the experimental for such a topic of individual semester laboratory work as "modern experiments in the study of electromagnetic induction" the following are proposed: "suggest a method for studying the phenomenon of self-induction using an electronic generator. develop a summary of a lesson or extracurricular activity for a secondary school, in which the manufactured devices and experiments performed on them can be used." the author of the article notes that this form of organizing educational activities arouses significant interest and positive emotions of students, and the skills and abilities they acquire are characterized by breadth and practical focus. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org we propose a different approach to solving the problem of developing professional competencies in the field of pedagogical activity when performing laboratory work in physics. noting the obvious connection between the professional competence of a future teacher and the formation of universal educational actions in students in the process of his/her further pedagogical activity, the authors propose using certain competence-based tasks and assignments. they include the following among such assignments: assignments for constructing a hierarchy of physical concepts based on a certain feature; presentation of information obtained during laboratory work in various forms; presentation of laboratory work as a scientific study, highlighting the stages of scientific knowledge, etc. [2]. one can agree with the authors of the article that completing this type of assignment also contributes to the formation of skills in their future professional activity to compose similar assignments for students. however, it is possible to propose a different approach to the structure of laboratory work in physics, which will allow to bring bachelors closer to the issues of theory and methodology of teaching physics and in the process of doing the work to conduct a certain professional of professional competencies of a future physics teacher. this is possible if the structure of the laboratory work includes control at each stage of the laboratory work, and the structure of the work will look like this: setting the goal of the work, control tasks (the goal is to update knowledge), theory of the work, control tasks (the goal is to test knowledge of the theory), description of the setup, control tasks (the goal is to test knowledge of the experimental setup), the order of performing the work with a table for the results of experiments, final control. this structure of laboratory work will contribute to the formation of graduates, for example, such professional competence in the field of pedagogical activity as "readiness to use modern methods and technologies, methods of diagnosing the achievements of students to ensure the quality of the educational process" [3]. this is achieved by the fact that, first of all, at the stage of completing control assignments to update knowledge, the assignments are planned to be presented in those forms that the future teacher should use in his educational activity in the learning process to solve educational tasks. among the tasks offered at the actualization stage, physical dictations occupy a special place. moreover, in those forms that represent a logically and physically correctly composed text. for example, before doing the laboratory work "studying the law of conservation of energy using maxwell's pendulum" students are offered the following task (fragment): "read the text and underline the correct word or formula in brackets according to the meaning: "kinetic energy is the energy of (motion, interaction), and potential energy is the energy of (motion, interaction). if a body is lifted above the ground and released, then (kinetic energy, potential energy) will be converted into (kinetic energy, potential energy). if the force of air resistance is (taken into account, not taken into account), then the total energy of the body is not conserved. if a massive disk rotates relative to a fixed axis of rotation, then it has (kinetic energy of translational motion, kinetic energy of rotational motion, potential energy), and if it rolls on a flat horizontal surface, then (kinetic energy of translational motion, kinetic energy of rotational motion, potential energy)". when completing the work "measuring the moment of inertia of a rigid body using the torsional vibration method" this type of task becomes more complicated and involves filling in the gaps in the text. let's present a fragment of this task: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org this form of dictation also contributes to the formation of such a general cultural competence as "the ability to logically correctly construct oral and written speech." when working at school, assignments for composing correct written speech are associated with the formation of a cognitive universal educational action "the ability to adequately, consciously and voluntarily construct speech statements in oral and written speech." thus, we can say that such a professional competence as "the ability to use the possibilities of the educational environment to form universal types of educational activities and ensure the quality of the educational process" is additionally formed [4]. naturally, among the tasks in the laboratory work, there are also various types of tests, as they are widely represented in school practice. for example, when completing the work "studying the precession of a gyroscope", the tasks of this stage include the following: 1. if the equation for the dependence of the rotation angle on time is 21 φ= +3t+4t , 2 then a) ω=3rad/sec; b) ω=2rad/sec; c) ω=5rad/sec; d) ω=7 rad/sec. 2 2 2 2 a) s=1rad/sec ; b) ω=2rad/sec ; c) ω=4 rad/sec ; d) ω=3 rad/sec . 2. the moment of inertia of the disk relative to the axis of rotation passing through the center of gravity of the body is calculated using the formula 2 2 2 21 1 1 1 a) j= mr ; b) j= mi ; c) j= mr ; d) j= md . 2 12 2 2 the next type of tasks offered to students at the actualization stage is related to establishing analogies and correspondences. when completing the work "study of rotational motion", students are asked to fill in a table, comparing the quantities characterizing translational and rotational motion. it should be noted that the manual also presents other types of tasks. naturally, the content of control tasks for other stages of laboratory work partially includes tasks of this type. a total of 18 laboratory works on mechanics have been developed, so three cycles of six works are carried out. at the same time, if during the first cycle of works students perform activities to solve the tasks fig.1. studying the precession of a gyroscope american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org considered in the article, then in the following cycles students are provided with activities to independently compose all types of tasks. at present, the developed cycle of laboratory works on mechanics of such a structure is being tested in the educational process of training bachelors in the direction of "pedagogical education" of the profiles "mathematics" and "physics". the development of laboratory works of such a structure is beginning in other sections of the general physics course. conclusion in the process of teaching, it is important to teach students to apply important rules of science in order to understand and explain the nature of physical phenomena, conclusions from the results of experiments, and the operation of tools and devices. highlighting the main material in each section of the physics course helps the teacher to focus students' attention on the issues they need to master deeply and rigorously. physical experiments are an integral part of teaching physics at all stages of education, a source of knowledge and a teaching method. at present, the developed cycle of laboratory works on mechanics of such a structure is being tested in the educational process of training bachelors in the direction of "pedagogical education" of the profiles "mathematics" and "physics". the development of laboratory works of such a structure is beginning in other sections of the general physics course. references 1. varaksina e.i. improving the methodology for forming the basic competence of future physics teachers. fundamental research. 2012. no. 11 (part 6). pp. 1356-1359. 2. kolomin, v. i. methodological system of teaching general physics to future physics teachers. astrakhan: publishing house "astrakhan university", 2009. 112 p. 3. skripko z.a., artemova n.d. formation of professional competence of a physics teacher in laboratory work. bulletin of tspu. 2013. no. 4. p. 56-58. 4. vostroknutov i.e., doctor of pedagogical sciences, professor of the department of physics and mathematics education, arzamas branch of unn, arzamas. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org the influence of sensitivity on the cognitive development of primary school children tursunov lutfulla saifullaevich acting professor of the department of psychology of the tspu named after nizami, candidate of psychological sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, devoted to the influence of reason on the cognitive development of a child, as well as the role of knowledge in the acquisition of knowledge, special attention is paid to the mental ontogenesis of primary school children. mind, non-intelligence, contemplation, perception, fantasy, memory, thinking, ontogenesis, activity, unconsciousness, awareness, knowledge, imitation, interest, ability. introduction if we pay attention to the research results of the sciences that analyze the personality on a scientific basis, it is impossible to find two identical ones among the billions of adam's descendants living on our earth. from this point of view, fluidity, which is one of the characteristics of the person that we want to think about below, deserves special attention. literacy is a characteristic of a person that has been glorified by our people since ancient times, and it is reflected in proverbs such as "he is better than a bullet that has been fired, than an impulse that has not been fired", "he who has read is not read, but he has read he has read", "he who does not know how to read can be read". a child's ability to quickly master an activity based on his or her inclination towards a certain type of activity and successfully complete this activity is considered to be a manifestation of fluency. fluency is defined as a characteristic of each individual. in general, in order to show the child's fluency, all cognitive processes show their activity, as well as the mental characteristics that are unique to the child have their influence. professor e. g'. g'aziev described the fluidity and put forward the following clear opinion. "in psychology, it has been shown that the level of "readability", which is related to the activation of the student's thinking, is not developed in the same way in all students. fluency is a set of intellectual characteristics of a person, which means the activation of features of thinking activity that play a certain role in the successful acquisition of material under all equal conditions. accordingly, students with a high level of fluency have the opportunity to quickly and deeply acquire the necessary knowledge independently. of course, such students may have different attitudes towards learning. if they have a positive attitude to learning, this situation is clearly visible in their attention, interest characteristics, feeling and willful effort in the mastering process" [1]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org due to the fact that the process of acquiring knowledge is in the range of conscious and subconscious activity, most children have a high level of fluency in relation to one object of activity, but their fluency in relation to another activity group may be low. this situation is clearly observed in the reading activities of children of junior school age. for example, it is natural for a child with high math fluency to have poor reading and spelling fluency. students with fluency can quickly compare new knowledge with what they have learned before and draw conclusions and show how they have acquired new knowledge. before the child acquires new knowledge no matter how high the level of illiteracy, there will be a corresponding methodological effect on it. it is the duty of educators and parents to find this key and reveal the child's hidden abilities by opening up his possibilities. the well-known russian psychologist n.a. menchinskaya puts forward the following opinion about the category (type) of students who are passive learners and those who are not stable learners. according to him, the emergence of the type of students who are passive learners plays a dominant role in their passive learning and may depend on complex personality characteristics. motives of educational activity, underdevelopment of intellectual abilities, insufficient formation of skills and qualifications considered necessary for educational activity are among such features. although these are closely related to each other, in fact one of them can play the role of the cause of empty absorption [2]. according to another russian psychologist, n.i. murachkovsky, two types of personality characteristics affect the origin of maladaptive behavior: a) characteristics of the student's thinking activity; b) is manifested in the direction of the student's personality. attitude towards learning is considered as "student's internal position". in connection with the characteristics that indicate these two sides of the student's personality, certain types of free-flowing children appear, so far there are the following types: 1. pupils with a positive attitude to reading, but low reading ability; 2. students who have a negative attitude to study, but have high reading potential; 3. pupils with a negative attitude to learning and low reading ability. far and near foreign psychologists who focus on the analysis of the characteristics of fluency in junior school age, in most cases, try to emphasize the influence of the social environment more without paying attention to the student's "i" and cognitive processes. if considered with consideration, the activity of reading is an activity that consists of mastering the activities of adults. in this respect, most foreign psychologists look at the initial reading activity of a child of junior school age as an unconscious activity. in cognitive psychology, it is analyzed that the property of fluency occurs under the influence of the activity of other cognitive processes in connection with the voluntary direction of attention. due to the fact that it is difficult for children in the primary education system to direct attention and focus on one object, fluency is not obvious. for this reason, primary education teachers should pay more attention to the direction of the child's attention. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org references 1. ғозиев э. ғ. онтогенез психологияси. – т. “noshir”, 2010. 2. менчинская н.а. психологические проблемы активности личности в обучении. – м.: “наука”, 1991. – с. 46 3. мурачковский н.и. типы неуспеваемости школьников. – м.: “педагогика”, 1991. – №7. – с.23 4. nazarov a. s. psychological aspects of management decision-making in emergency situations //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 34. – с. 131. 5. nazarov a. s. decision making as a key part of management activity //международный научно-практический электронный журнал" моя профессиональная карьера". выпуск. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 33. – с. 77. 6. nazarov a. s. rahbar faoliyatida qaror qabul qilishning diniy va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlarining tahlili //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – с. 130-134. 7. назаров а. раҳбарнинг шахсий компетентли омилининг бошқарув қарорларини қабул қилишга таъсирининг ижтимоий-психологик таҳлили //международный научно-практический электронный журнал «моя профессиональная карьера. – т. 33. – с. 77. 8. sottarovich n. a. features of reflection of modern management aspects in management decision-making //western european journal of historical events and social science. – 2024. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 24-31. 9. назаров а. с. qaror qabul qilish zamonaviy boshqaruv sub’ektining muhim kompetensiyasi sifatida: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fanlar bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научно-методический журнал. – 2023. – №. 10. – с. 345-351. 10. назаров а. с. boshqaruv faoliyatida qaror qabul qilish jarayonining gender va ijtimoiy-psixologik xususiyatlari: nazarov azamat sottarovich, o ‘zbekiston xalqaro islom akademiyasi katta o ‘qituvchisi, psixologiya fandlari bo ‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) //образование и инновационные исследования международный научнометодический журнал. – 2023. – №. 6. – с. 336-338. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org the linguistic status of the phenomenon of enantiosemy in the korean language alikulova feruza, teacher, uzbekistan state world languages university, tashkent, uzbekistan aliqulovaf1307@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a detailed analysis of the linguistic characteristics of enantiosemy in the korean language. enantiosemy is a phenomenon in which a single word or phrase is used with opposite meanings. while this phenomenon exists in various languages, it exhibits unique semantic and pragmatic characteristics in each. the paper examines the concept of enantiosemy in korean linguistics, its linguistic status, and examples at both grammatical and lexical levels. the study explores the causes of enantiosemy, its pragmatic functions, and its impact on communication. the findings contribute to the understanding of both the general and specific aspects of enantiosemy in the korean language and lay the foundation for further research on this important linguistic issue. enantiosemy, semantics, pragmatics, antonymy, korean language, linguistics. introduction the phenomenon of enantiosemy, which is a manifestation of lexical-level contradiction, became the focus of expanded research in the 19th century. during this period, one of the most renowned linguists studying enantiosemy was v. schertz. in his work entitled on contradictory words, he discusses the phenomenon of semantic opposition within words, using examples from indo-european languages, and introduces the term "enantiosemy" [1]. since then, the term has been used in linguistics to refer to semantic opposition within a single word. enantiosemy (from the greek en meaning "within", anti meaning "opposite", and sema meaning "sign" [2]) is a phenomenon characterized by the coexistence of two opposing meanings within one word. various studies on enantiosemy have offered differing approaches to its linguistic status. in these works, enantiosemy is primarily regarded as: a specific manifestation of a lexical category (such as antonymy, homonymy, or polysemy); a phenomenon situated between two lexical categories; or as an independent lexical category in its own right [3]. in examining the peculiarities of lexical phenomena like homonymy, antonymy, polysemy, and synonymy, the relationship between form and meaning is taken into consideration. however, when comparing enantiosemic units with other lexical categories, attention should be focused not on the formal aspect but rather on the semantic aspect, with an emphasis on the fact that enantiosemy manifests exclusively within the boundaries of a single word. based on this, we will attempt below to identify the similarities and differences between enantiosemy and other linguistic categories, and to determine its place within the linguistic system. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org one of the linguists who regards enantiosemy as a form of homonymy, shansky, presents the following view: “there are cases when an archaic meaning of a word is preserved, leading to the emergence of enantiosemy. as a result, the lexicon acquires words that are identical in pronunciation but possess opposite meanings. such words do not represent antonymy, but rather a specific type of homonymy, arising from the divergence of a single word’s meaning into opposing senses” [4]. below, by comparing several homonymous and enantiosemic words in the korean language, we will examine their similarities and differences, in order to clarify the relationship between enantiosemy and homonymy. in the korean language, the homonymous word 적다 carries the meanings “to write down” and “to be few,” representing two distinct words with unrelated meanings. in this case, the words belong to two different parts of speech: verb and adjective. diagram 1. homonymy in korean, the word 안녕 (annyeong) carries the meanings of both “a greeting used when meeting someone” and “a farewell used when parting.” for example: 안녕, 티나, 나 폴이에요. 그런데, 3시 회의가 얼마나 걸릴거라고 생각해요? (hello, tina, i’m paul. how long do you think our 3 o’clock meeting will last?) 그럼 이만 안녕. 내일 보자. (well then, goodbye for now. see you tomorrow.) although these meanings express opposite concepts, they share a common semantic field, as both relate to expressions of social interaction. in this respect, the enantiosemic meanings are interconnected. this contrast can be illustrated in the following diagram: diagram 2. enantiosemy based on the foregoing discussion, the following distinctions can be drawn between enantiosemy and homonymy: while homonymy involves attention to both the formal and semantic aspects of words, enantiosemy places primary emphasis on the semantic dimension alone. enantiosemy operates within the boundaries of a single word, whereas american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org homonymy manifests across different words. in cases of enantiosemy, the meanings share an underlying semantic connection, whereas homonymous words typically lack such an intrinsic relationship. furthermore, enantiosemy is characterized by meanings that belong to the sam lexical category, whereas homonymy may involve meanings that occur either within the same category or across different lexical categories. furthermore, due to the semantic opposition of meanings and the fact that it is based solely on a semantic perspective, enantiosemy is also interpreted as a type of antonymy. linguists who consider enantiosemy as a form of antonymy present the following view: "words that are opposite in meaning are often referred to as antonyms, for example, truth – falsehood. however, antonymy can occur not only between different words but also between the various meanings of a single word" [5]. however, during the course of this research, we have identified the following differences between enantiosemic words and antonymic words: both enantiosemy and antonymy are based on the opposition of meanings, but while enantiosemy arises within a specific word, antonymy occurs between different words. in antonymy, the opposition can be understood without context, whereas in enantiosemy, the meaning that emerges is only revealed within a specific context. both enantiosemy and antonymy represent two opposing sides of a phenomenon, action, or state; however, in antonymy, the opposing meanings are always equal and mutually exclusive, while in enantiosemy, the opposing meanings are not always equal or mutually exclusive. in antonymy, one meaning typically implies the other in an associative manner, meaning that when "good" is mentioned, the concept of "bad" naturally arises in the mind. however, in enantiosemy, due to the context-dependent nature of the meanings, one meaning does not necessarily evoke the other in an associative manner. compare: diagram 3. antonymy diagram 4. enantiosemy another approach regarding the role of enantiosemy in language is its relationship with polysemy. polysemy refers to the phenomenon of a single word having multiple meanings, where the meanings do not contradict each other but are united by a common semantic thread. even if the words refer to different things, they are connected through a particular semantic feature — their commonality. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org korean linguists lee jong-shik and yun pyong-hyon define polysemy as the phenomenon in which a single word has two or more meanings [6]. im ji-ryung, on the other hand, describes polysemy as a case in which a single word has two or more meanings that are related to each other [7]. although all definitions of polysemy are quite similar, the important point to note here is the connection between the meanings. for instance, the word 머리 (meori) can be translated as "to nod one's head" in 머리를 끄덕이다, "smart" in 머리가 좋다, and "long hair" in 머리가 길다. in dictionaries, 머리 has nearly 10 different meanings. in this case, the literal meaning of "head" (as a body part) is treated as the primary meaning, while the other meanings are considered figurative due to their usage within speech. although these meanings refer to different concepts, they are all unified by the core meaning of "head." diagram 5. polisemy another example of a polysemous word is 줄 (jul), which can mean: 1) a thin and long object used to tie, such as a rope for tying a dog’s offspring" (literal meaning); 2) an object stretched or laid out along a road" (queue or line); 3) a relationship or connection in social life" (connection or relationship). among these meanings, the first meaning — a "rope" — is considered the primary meaning of the word. the second meaning, referring to a "line," is related to its form (length), while the third meaning, referring to "relationships," is considered a figurative meaning derived from the core meaning of the word, based on its function or usage in context. in enantiosemy, as in polysemy, the meanings of words are related, but these meanings result from the development of opposing meanings, where they describe a phenomenon, sign, action, or state from opposite perspectives. for example, in the word 비천 (bicheon), there is a semantic opposition between the meanings "a spring flowing upwards" and "water flowing down from the rocks," where the opposition is expressed in terms of spatial relationships — "upward" and "downward." the semantic commonality in this word is evident in the fact that it describes the relationship of a certain phenomenon to the earth's surface, but it differs by expressing the opposition of these states as being in contrast to one another. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org diagram 6. enantiosemy in polysemy, one meaning does not eliminate or replace another, nor does it arise as a result of the previous meaning disappearing. on the contrary, the meanings coexist as equal components. for example, the word 언니 (eonni) originally meant "the older sister in a family," based on the semantics of "older" and "girl." from this, a new meaning developed, referring to "any adult woman" in a general sense, regardless of whether they are a biological sibling. enantiosemy also arises from the development of meanings, similar to polysemy. however, in enantiosemy, sometimes one meaning may emerge at the expense of another, which pushes the original meaning out. in korean, when considering enantiosemy as a form of polysemy, it should be studied synchronically. in other words, the original meaning of a word may evolve over time into an opposite meaning. for example, the word 마누라 (manura) originally referred to a respectful term used for a king or queen during the joseon period. however, over time, this word acquired a negative connotation and is now used in a coarse manner to refer to a middle-aged woman or one's wife. from this perspective, enantiosemy can be considered a special form of polysemy [8]. in conclusion, there are views in korean linguistics that consider enantiosemy as a type of homonymy or polysemy. however, the sources examined in this research suggest that enantiosemy in korean should be regarded as a form of polysemy, and we find this approach to be more suitable. references: 1. шерцль в.и. о словах с противоположными значениями (или о так называемой энантиосемии) // хрестоматия по истории русского языка. – м., 1973. – с. 259–264. 2. розенталь д.э., теленкова м.а. словарь-справочник лингвистических терминов. – м.: просвещение, 1976. – с.537. 3. odilov y. enantiosemiya hodisasi va uning lingvistik tadqiqi // til va adabiyot ta’limi. – toshkent, 2013. №1. – b. 35. 4. шанский н.м. лексикология современного русского языка. – м.: просвещение, 1972. – с. 64. 5. будагов р.а. введение в науку о языке. – м.: просвещение, 1958. – с. 57–61; ш.балли. общая лингвистика и вопросы французского языка. – м., 1953. – с. 38. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 6. 이정식. 다의어 발생론. – 서울, 역락, 2003; 윤평현. 국어의미론. – 서울, 역락, 2008. – 315 쪽. 7. 임지룡. 한국의미론. – 서울, 한국문화사, 2018. – 547 쪽. 8. odilov y.r. o‘zbek tilida enantiosemiya: filol. fan. dok. …diss. – t., 2016. – b. 57. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org the significance of motivation in choosing coping strategies mukhiddinova umida, doctoral student, international islamic academy of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s motivation plays a critical role in shaping how individuals choose coping strategies to manage stress and adversity. by understanding the underlying motivational factors, one can better predict adaptive or maladaptive coping outcomes. this article explores the types of motivation influencing coping strategies, such as intrinsic and extrinsic motivation, and discusses their implications for stress management. citing recent research and established psychological theories, the discussion highlights the interplay between motivation and psychological resilience. additionally, cultural and contextual factors influencing motivational dynamics are examined, shedding light on the complex mechanisms underlying coping behaviors. motivation, coping strategies, intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation, stress management, psychological resilience. introduction coping strategies are essential for managing life’s stressors, ranging from minor inconveniences to significant life challenges. motivation, a fundamental driver of human behavior, significantly influences the selection and effectiveness of these strategies (lazarus & folkman, 1984). understanding how motivation affects coping mechanisms is crucial for promoting mental health and resilience. motivation is generally categorized into intrinsic and extrinsic types. intrinsic motivation refers to engaging in activities for inherent satisfaction, while extrinsic motivation involves performing tasks to achieve external rewards or avoid punishments (deci & ryan, 1985). these motivational types guide individuals toward different coping approaches, shaping their responses to stressors. intrinsic motivation drives individuals to pursue goals that align with their values and personal growth. in the context of coping, intrinsically motivated individuals are more likely to adopt adaptive strategies such as problem-solving, meaning-making, and seeking social support (ryan & deci, 2000). for example, someone motivated by personal development may view a stressful situation as an opportunity to learn and grow, fostering resilience and emotional stability. research indicates that intrinsic motivation is closely associated with greater psychological well-being and long-term adaptation (deci & ryan, 2000). extrinsic motivation, on the other hand, often leads to coping strategies driven by external factors, such as societal expectations or immediate rewards. while extrinsically motivated individuals may engage in effective coping behaviors, these strategies can sometimes be superficial or less sustainable. for instance, using avoidance or denial to manage stress might provide temporary relief but fail to address american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org the root causes of distress (skinner et al., 2003). furthermore, studies reveal that extrinsic motivation can lead to inconsistent coping outcomes, particularly when external rewards are prioritized over internal growth (deci et al., 1999). the self-determination theory (deci & ryan, 1985) provides a framework for understanding how intrinsic and extrinsic motivation influence coping. according to the theory, autonomous motivation (intrinsically driven) promotes adaptive coping strategies, while controlled motivation (externally driven) may lead to less effective coping mechanisms. this distinction underscores the importance of fostering intrinsic motivation to enhance psychological resilience. research by ryan and deci (2017) emphasizes that environments supporting autonomy can significantly enhance intrinsic motivation, thereby improving coping outcomes. coping strategies are broadly categorized into problem-focused and emotion-focused approaches (lazarus & folkman, 1984). problem-focused coping involves addressing the source of stress, such as creating action plans or seeking solutions. emotion-focused coping, in contrast, aims to manage emotional responses to stress, including practices like mindfulness, relaxation, or seeking emotional support. motivation determines which coping strategies individuals are likely to adopt. intrinsically motivated individuals, driven by personal goals and values, are more inclined toward problem-focused coping. conversely, those with extrinsic motivation might prioritize emotion-focused or avoidance strategies, depending on external pressures or incentives. for instance, research has shown that highly autonomous individuals tend to engage in proactive problem-solving behaviors, while those driven by controlled motivation may resort to distraction or substance use (skinner et al., 2003). cultural and contextual factors also play a significant role in shaping the relationship between motivation and coping strategies. individualistic cultures, which prioritize personal autonomy and intrinsic goals, often encourage problem-focused coping. in contrast, collectivistic cultures, emphasizing community and interdependence, may align more closely with emotion-focused or socially oriented coping approaches (heine et al., 1999). understanding these cultural differences is crucial for developing culturally sensitive mental health interventions. understanding the role of motivation in coping has practical implications for mental health interventions. therapists and counselors can tailor strategies to align with a client’s motivational orientation, fostering more effective stress management techniques. for instance, clients with strong intrinsic motivation may benefit from goal-setting and self-reflection exercises, while those with extrinsic motivation might require interventions that gradually shift their focus toward intrinsic goals. additionally, educational and organizational settings can benefit from applying motivational principles to enhance resilience. for example, creating environments that support autonomy and selfdetermination can help individuals develop adaptive coping skills. programs aimed at fostering intrinsic motivation through mentorship, skill development, and value clarification have shown promise in improving coping efficacy (deci et al., 2017). motivation is a pivotal factor in the selection and effectiveness of coping strategies. by fostering intrinsic motivation and aligning coping approaches with an individual’s motivational orientation, practitioners can promote psychological resilience and adaptive stress management. future research should explore the dynamic interactions between motivation, culture, and coping to develop comprehensive frameworks for mental health support. furthermore, longitudinal studies examining the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org long-term impact of motivational alignment on coping outcomes could provide deeper insights into effective stress management practices. references 1. deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. (1985). intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. springer. 2. deci, e. l., koestner, r., & ryan, r. m. (1999). a meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. psychological bulletin, 125(6), 627-668. 3. deci, e. l., ryan, r. m., & williams, g. c. (2017). self-determination theory: basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. guilford publications. 4. heine, s. j., lehman, d. r., markus, h. r., & kitayama, s. (1999). is there a universal need for positive self-regard? psychological review, 106(4), 766-794. 5. lazarus, r. s., & folkman, s. (1984). stress, appraisal, and coping. springer. 6. ryan, r. m., & deci, e. l. (2000). self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. american psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. 7. ryan, r. m., & deci, e. l. (2017). self-determination theory: autonomy and basic psychological needs in human motivation. contemporary educational psychology, 61, 1-6. 8. skinner, e. a., edge, k., altman, j., & sherwood, h. (2003). searching for the structure of coping: a review and critique of category systems for classifying ways of coping. psychological bulletin, 129(2), 216–269. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 192 www.americanjournal.org electrifiaction of uzbekistan: historiography of last part of xx and beginning of xxi centuries gulzora nematjonovna saidboboeva, doctor of historical sciences (dsc), docent of the department archival studies and historical sources of the national university of uzbekistan abstract keywords electrification as an important part of economic and industrial history and the historical process is being studied quite intensively by researchers. many scientific literatures created at the end of the last and the beginning of this century contain information about electrification, which were studied directly in connection with socio-economic history. this article details their historiographical analysis. historiography, research, electric power industry, industry, national economy. introduction the collapse of the soviet state created the basis for the emergence of studies in uzbekistan and neighboring countries that reflected approaches to the issue of electrification based on new principles. many dissertation studies have proven that during the colonial and soviet periods, turkestan’s industry was mainly transformed into a raw material supply network, the electrification indicators of the country were significantly lower than in the central regions, and due to inattention to this area, it lagged behind the development of the time. a number of scientific works published in recent years clearly demonstrate that scientific discussions and debates by local and foreign researchers are still ongoing to clarify the issue, and its solution is being comprehensively covered through various processes (socio-economic, political, cultural). main part the scientific literature published during the years of independence is distinguished by its broader and more objective approach to the history of the country, in particular, its socio-economic situation, and the approach to the problem from the point of view of the interests of our people and the region. in his monograph on the socio-economic and capitalist production relations of turkestan during the russian empire’s colonization, n.u. musayev, based on archival data, writes that in 1917, out of a total of 1,428 industrial enterprises in turkestan (together with the bukhara emirate and the khiva khanate), 34 were power plants, and in another work, he writes that complete information about industrial enterprises in the trans-caspian and seven seas regions during the colonial period has not been reached, and, relying on various sources and statistical reviews, a total of 45 power plants operated in the country by 1915[1]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 193 www.americanjournal.org the works prepared and published by the center for the new history of uzbekistan cover the colonial period of the russian empire and the economic history of turkestan during the soviet period, and also contain information related to industry[2]. in particular, in book 1, the “nep direction”, which was the leading one in the socialist sector of industrial production, was aimed at a large-scale restructuring of management in industry and enterprises based on the introduction of strict planning and economic accounting, which ensured control in soums and a certain expansion of production democracy[3]. in s. kholboeev’s monograph on the establishment of the turkestan people’s university (now the national university of uzbekistan), the issue of the technical faculty and personnel training in it was partially discussed. on april 11, 1918, the first meeting of the university’s technical faculty was held, and “thus, classes began on may 9 at the natural mathematics and technical faculties of the turkestan people’s university, which had accepted russian or russian-speaking people,” the author writes[4]. also, in the book “they studied in germany” by the well-known literary scholar sh. turdiev and the researcher b. irzaev’s books “uzbek youth and foreign education” describe in detail, based on archival documents and living memories, that among those sent to study in germany in the early 1920s were local young people such as tolgan mumin and sultanbek matkul, who later led the work of educating local workers working in the electrification sector in uzbekistan, developing electrical networks in the republic, rationally using electricity at industrial facilities, and managing the electricity system based on modern science, and that in 1938 they became victims of repression[5]. the fact that industry in the turkestan assr “mainly focused primarily on cotton processing enterprises and the preparation of raw materials” was also reflected in a book published by a team of authors (2019)[6]. russian archivist b.i. kozlov in his article, revealed that the personnel issue was a rather painful issue in the policy of the young soviet state in the field of industry and electrification in the 1920s, the distrust of the famous technicians of the tsarist era by the leadership of the rcp(b), their repression, and the negative impact of this on the technical potential of the country[7]. in recent years, a number of other works published in russia have provided valuable materials on the history of electrification of the empire, and in particular turkestan, and they are also distinguished by the superiority of their approach to the issue based on new historical evidence that was previously unknown, and the context of the development of world electrification[8]. the work also considered a number of dissertation studies defended during the years of independence and analyzing the industrial history of the turkestan region. in particular, n.a. abdurakhimova’s doctoral dissertation emphasized that in the second half of the 19th century, technical changes aimed at free economic development and introduction of industrial civilization were very slow in turkestan due to the social weakness of the metropolis itself[9]. r.n. tursunov’s candidate's dissertation studied the views of the jadids on socio-economic processes in turkestan at the beginning of the 20th century, and the researcher noted that the jadids of the country, who considered themselves leaders of the time, did not stand aside from the rapid development of science and technology and the introduction of new technologies in industrial production[10]. a number of other scientific studies devoted to the socio-economic history of turkestan in the late 19th and first quarter of the 20th centuries have analyzed in detail the low level of the country's industry and technical condition, and the fact that the main attention of the colonial and soviet administration was focused on raw materials from agriculture. in particular, s.b. shodmonova’s doctoral dissertation revealed that the number of industrial enterprises in the russian empire lagged behind european american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 194 www.americanjournal.org countries and the usa in terms of technical equipment, which also affected the colonial state of turkestan[11]. the immediate mobilization of new human potential to construction sites, mines, and industrial enterprises only created additional difficulties in organizing production[12], requiring additional costs and attention to train newcomers in technical matters, their labor discipline, and the quality of the products they produced[13]. researcher k.a. tukhtabekov in his phd thesis, studied the colonial nature of the economic policy of the russian empire in turkestan during the first world war, noting that “the colonial administration, by placing various artificial obstacles to the development of manufacturing industry in turkestan, tried with all its might to develop cotton growing in the country” [14]. m.m. khaidarov’s phd thesis, which is related to the time frame of the research topic, states that although the new economic policy did not last long, economic growth was observed and essentially new industrial enterprises were put into operation[15]. n.b. makhmudova’s phd thesis in historical sciences states that, based on the data of the senator k.k. palen’s inspection commission, the area of cotton sown in the country was constantly increasing, and little attention was paid to industry[16]. conclusion the works created during the years of independence, as well as the data in a number of dissertation studies defended, are distinguished by their comparative nature, well-founded conclusions, and an approach to the problem based on the principle of fairness. references 1. musayev n.u. turkistonskiy kapitalistik ishlab chiqarish munosabatlarining vuzhudga kelishi (xix asrninig okhiri va xx asrning boshlari). – toshkent, 1995. – b. 89; id. xix asrning ii yarmi–xx asr boshlarida turkistonda sanoat ishlab chiqarishining shakllanishi. – toshkent: «iqtisodiyotmoliya», 2008. – b. 103-104. 2. o’zbekistonning yangi tarikhi. turkiston chor rossiyasi mustamlakachiligi davrida. 1-kitob. – toshkent: sharq, 2000. – 464 b.; o’zbekistonning yangi tarikhi. o’zbekiston sovet mustamlakachiligi davrida. 2-kitob. – t.: sharq, 2000. – 688 b. 3. o’zbekiston sovet mustamlakachiligi davrida. o’zbekistonning yangi tarikhi. 2-kitob. – toshkent: sharkˌ, 2000. – b. 188. 4. kholboyev s. milliy universitet tarikhiy ildizlari va tashkil topishi. – toshkent: sharq, 2003. – b. 70. 5. turdiyev sh. ular germaniyada o’qigan edilar. – toshkent, 2006. – b. 82-96; irzayev b. o’zbek yoshlari va khorizhiy ta’lim – toshkent: akademnashr, 2018. – b. 144-145. 6. see: o’zbekiston tarikhi (1917–1991 yillar). o’zbekiston 1917–1939 yillarda. 1-kitob / mas’ul muħarrirlar r. abdullayev, m. rahimov, q. razhabov. – t.: «o’zbekiston» nmiu, 2019. – 570 b. 7. kozlov b.i. vklad akademii nauk v industrializatsii rossii // vestnik rossiyskoy akademii nauk. – moskva, 2000. – t. 40, №12. – s. 1060. 8. gvozdetskiy v.l. plan goelro. mify i realnost // «nauka i zhizn». – 2005. – №5; yego zhe: plan goelro – strategicheskaya programma sotsialno-ekonomicheskogo i nauchno-tekhnicheskogo razvitiya sovetskogo gosudarstva. https://www.portal-slovo.ru; id. k 95-letiyu plana goelro: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 195 www.americanjournal.org istoricheskiye realii i slozhivshiyesya traktovki // institut istorii yestestvoznaniya i tekhniki im. s.i. vavilova. godichnaya nauchnaya konferentsiya (2016). – m.: iiyet ran, 2016. – s. 33-40; burdin y.a. gidroenergetika v plane goelro (1920–1935 gg) // vestnik ulgtu. – ulyanovsk, 2010. – №1. – s. 17-20; mezentsev s.d. problemy opredeleniya planirovaniya i gradostroitelstva: sotsialnofilosofskiy aspekt // vestnik mgsu. – moskva, 2014. – №6. – s. 17-26; simonov n.s. razvitiye elektroenergetiki rossiyskoy imperii: predystoriya goelro. – m.: russkiy fond osveshcheniya obrazovaniya i nauki, 2016. – 320 s.; id. nachalo elektroenergetiki rossiyskoy imperii i sssr, kak problema tekhnotsenoza. – m.: infra-inzheneriya, 2017. – 640 s.; markov n.v. plan goelro v otsenke sovremennikov // dokument v sovremennom obshchestve: mezhdu proshlym i budushchim: tezisy x vserossiyskoy studencheskoy nauchno-prakticheskoy konferentsii. – yekaterinburg: izd-vo ural. un-ta, 2017. – s. 344-348; nikiforova n.v. lampochka i simvolicheskiye aspekty v propagande elektrifikatsii // «obshchestvo. sreda. razvitiye». – sankt-peterburg, 2017, – №4. – s. 102-109; shcherbinin n.d. elektrifikatsiya rossii v kontse xix v. kak primer sokhraneniya ustoychivykh tekhnologiy // institut istorii yestestvoznaniya i tekhniki. s.i. vavilova. godichnaya nauchnaya konferentsiya (2018). – m.: iiet ran, 2018. – s. 277-280; solovyeva t.v. problema avtorstva plana goelro // dokument. arkhiv. istoriya. sovremennost: materialy vii vserossiyskoy nauchnoprakticheskoy konferentsii. – yekaterinburg: izd-vo ural. un-ta, 2018. – s. 512-519; yeryasheva m.s. plan goelro kak uspeshnyy proyekt: faktory realizatsii // dokument. arkhiv. istoriya. sovremennost: materialy vii vserossiyskoy nauchno-prakticheskoy konferentsii. – yekaterinburg: izd-vo ural. un-ta, 2018. – s. 395-404. 9. abdurakhimova n.a. kolonialnaya sistema vlasti v turkestane (vtoraya polovina xix – nachalo xx vv.): avtoref. dis... d-ra ist. nauk. – tashkent: institut istorii an ruz, 1994. – s. 59. 10. tursunov r.n. vozzreniya natsionalnykh progressistov na sotsialno-ekonomicheskiye protsessy v turkestane v nachale xx veka: avtoref. dis... kand. ist. nauk. – tashkent: institut istorii an ruz, 2008. – s. 18. 11. shadmanova s.b. voprosy sotsialno-ekonomicheskogo i kulturnogo polozheniya turkestana na stranitsakh periodicheskoy pechati (1870–1917 gg.): avtoref. dis... d-ra ist. nauk. – tashkent: institut istorii an ruz, 2011. – s. 30. 12. z. saidboboev, g. saidboboeva, o. jaynarov, t. kholiyarov, s. jiyanbekova. history of electrification in tashkent during 1914–1918 years // history of science and technology. 2025. 15 (1), 152-171. 13. saidboboeva g.n. electrification history of uzbekistan in scientific literatures. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences 2023/5 . pp. 140-143 14. tukhtabekov k.a. chor rossiyasining birinchi zhon urushi yillarida turkiston o’lkasida o’tkazgan iqtisodiy siyosatining mustamlakachilik mohiyati: tarikh fan. nomzodi diss... avtoreferati. – toshkent: o’zmu, 2011. – b. 22. 15. khaydarov m.m. o’zbekistonda sovet davlati boshqaruv tizimining shaklanishi, boskˌichlari va moħiyati (1917–1941 yillar): tarikh fan. doktori (dsc) diss... avtoreferati. – toshkent: o’zmu, 2018. – b. 24. 16. see: makhmudova n.b. xx asr boshida mustamlaka turkistonda ma’muriy boshqaruv, izhtimoiyiqtisodiy va madaniy zharayonlarning rivolazhanishi (senator k.k. palen reviziya materialov asosida): tarikh fan. falsafa doktori (phd) diss... avtoreferati. – toshkent: o’zmu, 2018. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 24, | may 2024 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org psychological aspects of the manifestation of moral feelings in early adolescents karimova madina xolmuratovna1, teacher of tashkent state university of uzbek language and literature named after alisher navoi tashkent 100100. uzbekistan. e-mail: karimova1810@gmail.com mob:+998977635709 satieva sholpan serikbosynovna 2, "university named after shakarim of semey". head of the center for psychological services, ph.d., professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article shows the characteristics of early adolescence and the development of moral feelings during adolescence, as well as the analysis of the methodology of determining moral qualities in students. in our study, 30 students in early adolescence were selected as a control group and 30 adolescents as an experimental group. in the article friedman's "what is the word good and what is the word bad?" methodology was used. the students were asked to describe a specific situation and tell how they would behave if such a situation arose, and explain why they behaved in this particular situation. after conducting the experiment, teenagers were given the task to define the concept of "ethics", and the results of this task were compared with the definitions of ethics given by the members of the control group and the experimental group. in addition, during our research, an essay on "what i like and what i don't like about the character of my classmates" was collected among early teenagers. as a result of our research, it can be observed that significant changes have occurred in the experimental group, unlike the adolescents in the control group. morality, feeling, adolescence, moral virtue, value, behavior. introduction morality is the basis of a person's attitude to society. raising the student's sense of respect for society leads to strengthening of independence, becoming the owner of spiritual and moral culture, developing moral consciousness, self-awareness, and faith in good people. in particular, moral feelings serve as an important factor in the formation of a sense of patriotism in children from a young age [1]. it was impossible to comprehensively interpret phenomena such as personality and psyche, which are the main categories of psychology, without referring to ethics. in addition, concepts such as thinking, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org feeling, intellect, and imagination had to be interpreted in connection with morality. therefore, in the works of psychologists such as p.v.simonov, p.m.ershov, yu.p.vyazemsky, v.p.zinchenko, v.i.slobodchikov, m.v.gamezo, a.n.leontev, g.g.shpet, serious attention was paid to the problem of spiritual and moral qualities of a person. professor m.g. davletshin conducted a number of studies on the individual psychological characteristics of cognitive processes of the psychological characteristics of adolescence [2]. the research carried out is being developed by his students. in the studies of v.a. tokareva devoted to the psychology of the formation of social duty of adolescents, great attention is paid to the study of the motives of students' educational activities. according to him, artificial situations and conditions are not necessary for the change of study motives, all these are formed in everyday life and in the educational process [13]. in the period of early adolescence (16-18), the child differs sharply from children of other ages with his psychological characteristics. they are now sexually, physically and mentally mature young men and women. they contain individual-psychological features such as personal worldview, character traits, self-control. they are calm, considerate, respectful caregivers of the elderly, and close assistants to their parents. sometimes among teenagers there are those who are difficult to educate. . parents should behave differently towards them, it is necessary to find out the reasons leading to impure ways and fight against these vices. if this problem has a negative effect on the psychological environment in the family, it is better to contact the pedagogical team and the general public about it [5]. in adolescence, the most sacred and delicate feeling for a person is the feeling of love. due to this feeling, some changes occur in the mental world of a teenager. parents should be aware of such a feeling of their children, give them the right advice, give examples, and stop axing the budding feeling[4]. some teenagers are often very childish in their dressing and behavior. at such a time, parents can turn him away from this path, not by forcing, insulting, touching his child's pride, but by influencing him through a sincere conversation and reminding him of the consequences. experiment in order to diagnose the moral knowledge of early adolescents, friedman's "what is the word good and what is bad?" we used the methodology. quantitative analysis of the results of the conducted diagnostic and control research is presented in table 1. the table shows the changes that occurred in the experimental group during the school year. it can be seen that most students in the experimental group have fuller, more correct and more accurate knowledge of the spiritual and moral sphere. table 1. the level of formation of concepts related to the spiritual and moral sphere in early adolescents american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org groups level of formation of concepts points before the experiment after the experiment experimental lower 23,1 8 medium 14,3 10,3 high 7,6 26,7 control lower 22.5 22.7 medium 15,7 16,5 high 6,8 5,8 after conducting the experiment, the following answers were received to the task of defining the concept of "ethics": a.v.: "ethical feeling is a person's desire to do good to others" b.i: "knowing moral values and living based on them." v.m.: "moral feeling means the inner world of a person. in the inner world, good intentions, humanity and hard work should be the priority." a.s.: "on the basis of moral sense, there is a desire for goodness and beauty. moral sense encourages to be kind to friends, to all people, to do good." a different picture was revealed in the control group. although the responses in this group differed somewhat from those at the beginning of the school year, most responses were incomplete and shallow. some first-time teenagers in this group could not answer the question. seven of the 31 first-time teens who participated in the survey did not answer the question at all. typical responses were as follows: b.i.: "moral feeling is good." i. i.: "moral sense consists of reading a lot of books and learning lessons well." z.k.: "the sense of morality is manifested in dressing well and behaving civilly." e.m.: "moral sense is seen in listening to the words of adults and not answering their words." n.i. :"what you do with your own will constitutes morality." by comparing the definitions of morality given by the members of the experimental group and the control group, it can be said that the lack of active participation of early adolescents in the process of acquiring knowledge related to the spiritual and moral sphere and putting it into practice, that is, the teacher limiting the knowledge given to them by hearing causes them to be indifferent to these events. it is possible to arouse the interest of the first teenagers in this topic only on the basis of a plan, with patience, as a result of specially organized events. the awakening of interest is the first step in the study of spiritual and moral phenomena. results and discussion in contrast to the control group, it can be observed that significant changes have occurred in the experimental group. at the end of the experiment, the number of the first teenagers who responded in the spiritual and moral direction in this group increased by 20% compared to the beginning of the experiment. the number of those who responded in the indifferent direction decreased by 26.8 percent. there were no significant changes in the control group. the psychological experiment carried out in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org this situation indicates that the personal choices of early adolescents began to take place in a more spiritual and moral direction. the obtained results will have the following appearance in the diagram: before the experiment after the experiment figure 1. the direction of the first youth competition. experimental group (%) before the experiment figure 2. the direction of the first youth competition. control group (%) to diagnose the behavioral component of spiritual and moral development, we used the method of expert evaluation combined with the method of observation. pupils were observed throughout the year during the course of classes and during extracurricular activities (excursions, saturdays, agricultural work). the results of the research confirmed the correctness of our hypothesis. only 7% of the first teenagers who stated that they act on the basis of their personal opinion and choice showed that they follow the opinion expressed by them. this situation has shown in practice that spiritual and moral imagination and thoughts do not manifest in behavior until they become firm beliefs or beliefs. early adolescents may have very correct spiritual and moral ideas and concepts, but they may not be followed in practice. during our research, an essay on the topic "characteristics that i like and dislike in the character of my classmates" was collected among early teenagers. in this essay, it was shown that the attention of students is mainly focused on the features related to the educational process. they said that they liked such qualities as knowledge, humility, honesty, helping fellow students. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org among the negative qualities evaluated by the students, the qualities related to the educational process took the leading place. also, the qualities that prevent good relationships in studies and in the family were mentioned more often as shortcomings. knowledge alone is not enough for the formation of morals, especially a high moral sense. a high moral feeling arises as a result of the combination of intellectual, spiritual-moral and volitional qualities [8]. table 2 qualities that early teenagers don't like adjectives that early teens don't like students who have identified these qualities at the beginning of the school year at the end of the school year % н=30 % н=30 superficial attitude to reading 10% 3 43,3% 13 indiscipline 13,3% 4 33,3% 10 bad behavior 16,6% 5 60% 18 χ2 1,122 =эмпир ; 21,92 =крит ; эмпир 2 > крит 2 ; р≤0.01 moral-emotional qualities haughtiness 26,6% 8 86,6% 26 rudeness 43,3 % 13 93,3% 28 selfishness 26,6% 8 66,6% 20 greed 43,3 % 13 76,6% 23 betrayal 60 % 18 76,6% 23 hypocrisy 50% 15 86,6% 26 smoking cigarettes 93,3% 28 96,6% 29 immodesty 26,6% 8 60% 18 hostility 43,3 % 13 66,6 % 20 χ2 94,422 =эмпир ; 09,202 =крит ; эмпир 2 > крит 2 ; р≤0.01 qualities of will cowardice 76,6% 23 50% 15 lightness 50% 15 60 % 18 lack of self-control 43,3 % 13 66,6% 20 failure to overcome difficulties 33,3% 10 43,3 % 13 lack of will 60% 18 66,6 % 20 χ2 35,32 =эмпир ; 48,92 =крит ; эмпир 2 < крит 2 ; р≤0.05 36,582 =эмпир ; 00,322 =крит ; эмпир 2 > крит 2 ; р≤0.01 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org table 2 lists the adjectives that early adolescents do not like. in this table, too, a significant change in the attitude towards morally and morally negative qualities was observed. there was no significant change in attitude towards negative volitional qualities. it should also be noted that as a result of the experiment, the amount of positive and negative changes has increased in many cases. but this shift itself indicates that the experiment was successful. before the experiment, most of the first teenagers did not think about the essence, characteristics, ways of development of the intellectual, spiritual-moral and volitional qualities in themselves and their friends. they were not interested in which qualities were positive and which were negative. during the experiment, they began to puzzle over this. now they are interested in the intellectual, spiritual, moral and willful qualities of themselves and their friends. early adolescents began to perceive these qualities as important, actual events for life. this is an important condition for the spiritual and moral development of early adolescents. during the experiment, it is necessary to evaluate the changes in the attitude towards spiritual-ethical and volitional qualities as the result of the emergence of interest in these qualities. therefore, it is closer to the truth to evaluate the results of the experiment as the beginning of the results that the experiment will bring, rather than as the set of results that this experiment will bring. because the results of the experiment do not end with the positive changes we have brought. it can be expected that the emerging interest in intellectual, spiritual, moral and willful qualities will give its positive results for a long time during the life of early adolescents. conclusion based on the results of the experiment, it can be concluded that the educational approach, which is currently a priority in the field of spiritual education, cannot be highly effective. this approach can make teenagers educated on spiritual issues to a certain extent, but it is not enough to educate them as individuals with spiritual beliefs and work. this approach can expand the scope of knowledge of adolescents, but it is ineffective for preparing this knowledge for practical application. such a situation cannot meet the tasks set on the agenda in the field of spiritual education at the current stage of development of our country.. a comparative analysis of the results obtained in the experimental and control groups proved that the experiment was effective. it has been confirmed that a systematic approach to the issue of spiritual and moral development of adolescents, including the proportional development of cognitive, emotional and behavioral components of adolescents on spiritual issues, is the most effective way to achieve the set goals. the obtained results confirm the main hypothesis of the research, that is, that the goals set in the process of spiritual and moral education can be achieved only when education is combined with the process of self-education. showed that spiritual and moral values should have priority in his mind in order to enter. it was confirmed that it can be achieved only when effective activities aimed at developing the will and empathy of the adolescent are carried out in the process of education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 24 may 2024 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org references 1. anvarova d. m. psychological characteristics of the formation and development of the spirituality of teenagers// abstract.diss. can.of ph. 2011 2. davletshin m.g. psychology of family conflicts and ways to overcome them // ethno-psychological features of the uzbek family. republican scientific-practical conference, summary of reports. tashkent: 1993. p. 33-34. 3. e. goziev. general psychology. t.: 2010y 4. e. goziev. psychology: (adolescent psychology): ped. textbook for students of institutes and universities. – toshkent: o‘qituvchi, 1994. – 244 p 5. e. ghaziev. higher school psychology.-t.: o‘qituvchi. 1997.40-43p. 6. karimova m. "psychological mechanisms of development of moral feelings in students in early adolescence" monograph t-2021. 64-66 p. 7. karimova m.kh. the role of moral values in adolescents and their role in determining the criteria of spiritual perfection. scientific reports of bukhara state university 2020/6(82), 283-290 p. 8. karimova m.kh the importance and value of spirituality as an important period in the formation of moral feelings. european scholor journal volume 3, issue 3 march, 2022 85-86 p. 9. m. inomova. spiritual and moral upbringing of children in the family. t.:1999y. 10.m. khairullaev. renaissance and eastern thinkers. t.:o‘zbekiston. 1971y. 11.nishonova z.t. psychological problems of teaching children the basics of spirituality and morality.t.: “o‘zbekiston” publisher 1999 12.plyaskina i.v. health of children studying in schools of a new type // hygiene and sanitation, №1, 2000y. s.3-5. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 38, | july 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org social shyness and its relationship to poor classroom participation in female secondary students saif muhammad jassim al-maliki university of basrah / college of education / qurna / department of english saif.jassim@uobasrah.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research aims to uncovering the level of social shyness in secondary and preparatory female students of al-kawthar girls' high school in qurna district, basra, and revealing the relationship between social shyness and the level of participation. to achieve these aims, a measure of social shyness has been developed based on zimbardo's (1977) theory of social shyness, taking into account certain components of the theory, including the psychological component, the physiological component, the cognitive component, and the emotional component. therefore, the scale in its final form included 22 items across the components. alternative replies have been assigned five options: always apply often apply sometimes apply rarely apply never apply. scores were given between (5-1), thus ranging from a total scale score (110-22) to a hypothetical average score of (66). the final application procedure for the scale was conducted on 100 respondents from 24/10/2023 to 30/10/2023. the how-to-answer instructions and the research aims were explained. the required data on social shyness and class participation were obtained from the respondents in collaboration with the distinguished school administration. after obtaining a class participation score for the sample and statistically processing data using spearman's correlation coefficient and t-test, the study found that after achieving the first aim, which is uncovering the level of social shyness, the mean and standard deviation were used. the mean is (84), the standard deviation is (6.3), and the hypothetical mean is (66). using the t-test equation on the respondents' replies, the calculated t-test value was 0.0077 and the tabulated t-test value was 1.96. to achieve the second aim, which is revealing the relationship between social shyness and female students' participation, spearman's correlation coefficient was used to calculate female students' grades on the scale of social shyness and their degrees in difficult participation. the correlation coefficient amounted to (0.0077), which means that there is a correlation between social shyness and class participation and that shyness negatively affects class participation. additionally, data analysis found that 60% of female students show a lower class participation due to social shyness. social shyness, relationship, classroom, participation, secondary students, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org introduction shyness is an imaginary barrier between a person and what he wants to say or do. it is like a thick veil behind which he hides fear and lack of self-confidence. if shyness takes over a person, it blinds him to the reality of his abilities and makes him the most self-deprecating person. shyness prevents its owner from facing life, turning away from people and fearing them. he withdraws into himself, often hesitant, timid, and confused. feelings of shyness may be mixed with elements of envy, jealousy, hatred, and malice towards others. the person afflicted with shyness is constantly trapped within himself, withdrawing into it and taking revenge on himself. (al-sabban, 1999: 219) 1.statement of research social shyness is a psychological suffering that is controlled by its owner to a degree that is paralyzed by talent and tends to have minimal production and low-impact behavior (sharara, 1996). every day, the individual is confronted with a new situation that requires a high psychological ability to cope with challenges and adapt to surrounding changes, which affects his life and may be the basis for the occurrence of uneven harmony (al-shirbeeny, 2001:33). it has been found that some male or female students do not have the ability to face challenges due to their shyness. thus, this situation may be paralyzing the talents and confidence of these students, directly contributing to low class participation and increasing activity delays (al-malih, 1993:8). therefore, shyness is a problem in itself because it causes other challenges, with negative consequences, and undesirable effects, and consequences, as confirmed by al-shinnawy (1997). in the same vein, psychiatrists assert that many people silently suffer from shyness for many years but ask for help only if the situation increases to the point where some problems and crises may cause it (ghalib 1991, 140). shame may affect the school compatibility process (yousif & khalifa, 2003). a student experiencing shyness lacks self-confidence, finds it difficult to integrate with their colleagues, and lacks many skills and experiences that can be gained from classmates and in social attitudes. moreover, the consequences of shyness can manifest in class participation, leading to feelings of failure and potentially paralyzing the affected students. therefore, it is crucial to assist students in avoiding negative emotions such as shyness, which are often associated with fear and violence. based on these premises, this study formulates a researchable problem that is integrated into this research question: is there a relationship between shyness and low or difficult participation? significance and necessity human nature is a social being, and human communication is central to the process of social interaction, given that one's relationship with others is a key characteristic of personality that plays a fundamental role in facilitating or impeding interaction. perhaps the most important of these traits is shyness which grows during an individual's interaction with their environment (shaqeer, 1994). additionally, social shyness is a long-time-old phenomenon that has been debated by epicurus and homer. being a social and interpersonal phenomenon, social shyness has inspired poets and writers alike (al-sabaawy, 2009:4). given its complicated effects and unknown consequences, researchers and scholars have been uncertain about the very causes of social shyness (al-neebaal & abu zaid, 1909:12). all human beings possess a degree of shyness, which is necessary since the lack of shyness is psychologically considered a first or precedence. however, shyness becomes abnormal if it is severe or if it hinders personal development and social interaction (al-nahla, 1995:25). social shyness is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org widespread across different ages and is a multi-dimensional phenomenon, as confirmed by zimbardo (1977). zimbardo posited that shyness is the cause of many problems in one's life, especially when it conflicts with their ability to make friends or when they are unhappy with a social presence among others. also, social shyness is a major reason for the inability to get high academic achievement, which affects an individual's school and university career as the affected individual becomes self-confident and speechless when asked by teachers (al-sabaawy 2009:4). these negative effects of shyness may trigger low or underachievement in classes, with most shy students are shown to have less mobility, less interaction with teachers, and reluctance to answer. also, shyness is a barrier that prevents students from participating and causes them many personal crises if they are reprimanded by teachers and ridiculed by classmates (al-shirbeeny, 2001:93). these indicators have been confirmed by shaqeer (1996), who revealed that shyness develops in adolescence with a possible development earlier or later than that. these findings align with those indicated by almalih, who indicated that adolescence is so critical in one's life that adolescents are dominated by confusion because they do not know what role to play (georges, 1985:12). scholars and researchers have disagreed on the causes of the emergence of that emotional state, which is shyness, having been likely developed by changes in the secretion of glands, environmental factors, or others (ghalib 1986, 4). the development of shyness at that age is as different as the concerned situations, including family, professional, or social. a study by catil indicated that shyness at that age varies even in similar circumstances and situations. similarly, campbell reported similar results in a study on shyness in individuals in different attitudes and circumstances, especially in adolescents. when an individual is amid strangers and speaking is a must, his shyness is likely to be high (khudhur, 1994:13). significance this study can be significant as it: 1.provides a tool for measuring students' level of shame, which may contribute effectively to alleviating it 2.increases theoretical knowledge of this subject and the interest of psychologists and mental health 3.is concerned with an important age and study because preparatory and secondary students constitute an important sector, which must have a high personality of culture and awareness 4.provides educational guides with a scale that contributes to the construction of a mentoring program to reduces students' shyness. objectives this paper aims to uncovering the level of social shyness in secondary and preparatory female students at al-kawther secondary for girls in qurna, basra, and revealing the relationship between shyness and class participation. limits this study is limited to the secondary female students of al-kawther high school in qurna, basra during the 2023-2024 academic year. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org key terms psychological definition of social shyness -zimbardo (1977) defined social shyness as a personal reaction that arises and is affirmed by the social values that belong to and are programmed for civilization. it is higher in self-directed civilizations than in community-oriented civilizations. al-dereeny (n.d.) defined social shyness as a tendency to avoid social interaction and social participation in a non-cruel manner. shamsan (2004) defined social shyness as fear and confusion that a person experiences when performing a particular job. procedural definition of social shyness social shyness is the grade that a female student gets during her answer to the social shyness scale designed for this purpose. class participation ouda and ahmed sultan (1988) defined class participation as a lack of pupils' response to direct teacher questions. a-sayed and ismail wahieb (2001) defined class participation as students' failure to conduct oral or written classroom activities, to sit in their seats quietly, and to notice their participating classmates . theoretical framework below are the most prominent theories that dealt with social shyness. 1.psychoanalysis theory (freudian psychology) this theory explained social shyness following egoism or narcissism. in other words, the shy person, given this point of view, is hostile and aggressive. psychoanalysts underscored how important family experiences, especially the first five years of the child's life, are, as these years help form this phenomenon (al-neebal 1999:27). 2.social learning social learning theory attributes social shyness to anxiety, which in turn provokes various social behaviors. although the natural character of a human being is to reduce anxiety, it is shameful that this negative emotion prevents social skills. (pilkonis, 1977:599; zimbardo, 1979). thus, shyness is an learned behavior through observation and imitation. these results have been confirmed by bandura (1977), who emphasized that most behaviors can be learned through modeling, which plays a fundamental and important role to learn these patterns (al-zaghloul, 2003:152). 3.behaviorism this theory considers that human behavior is only a set of habits learned or acquired by an individual during different stages of development. behaviorists posited that shyness is the failure to learn a proper chain or learn unwanted behaviors, which might relate one's responses to new directions (abu atiya, 1988:102). hence, behaviorist theories consider social shyness a personal failure to acquire or learn appropriate behavior . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 4.trait theory this theory considers that shyness is a characteristic of personality, i.e., people get shy as a result of threatened conditions. based on this theory, there are two traits: common features believed to genetically transfer and multiple features. social shyness has been attributed to common features, which is confirmed by the fact that if there are two shy individuals, that does not mean that they are equally shy (allport, 1937:38). 5. gilligan's theory gilligan's (1976) theory underscores the study of two types of sensation, shyness (effect of shyness) and guilt (effect of guilt). shyness develops due to so-called narcissistic wounds. in other words, one's inability to care for himself leads him to feel inferior. gilligan (1976) indicated that the greek civilization was a shy one, where an ethical system of values between two basic poles whose top shyness comes as a negative value (gilligan, 1976:155). previous studies 1.yousif and khalifa (2003) the study aimed at identifying the relationship between shyness and social compatibility between 400 kuwaiti university students and 320 saudi university students. this study examined sex differences in shyness and social compatibility. the study used a designed scale of social shyness and compatibility. the study found that saudi students are more shy than kuwaiti students. also, there is a negative relationship between social shyness and compatibility whether among saudi or kuwaiti students (yousif and khalifa, 2003:149). 2.al-shinnawy (1997) this study aimed at identifying the relationship between self-esteem, anxiety, depression, and social shyness. the sample consisted of 170 faculty of education students distributed in the disciplines of education, kindergartens, and home economics. the study adopted jones and russell’ scale (1982) of social shyness. the study found that there was no correlation between self-esteem, anxiety, and social shyness with regard to sex and academic major (al-shinnawy, 1997:39). 3.fyer (1997) the relationship between shyness and psychopathic correlates this study aimed at finding out whether there are differences between males and females in social shyness and psychopathic correlates. the social shyness scale and the review list of symptoms have been applied to the 210-high school student sample: 105 males and 105 females aged 15-18 years. the study reported differences between males and females in psychopathy and shyness correlates as well as an interactive sensitivity of the response to these correlates in females (fyer, 1997:77). 4.shaqeer (1996) impact of social shyness on class participation of teachers and students this study identified some personality factors that affect students' and teachers' performances in learning settings, including shyness, classroom, and sex. the study adopted the social shyness scale. the study sample included 400 students at the faculty of education in saudi arabia. the study indicated a statistically significant correlation between students' grades on the social shyness scale and their learning grades for all females (shaqeer, 1996: 65). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org procedures these are the steps followed to achieve aims and analyze data. they involve data description, sample selection, scale design, analysis procedures, and statistical means. sample the sample consists of secondary female students (n=258) of al-kawther secondary school in qurna, as shown in (table 1) below. table (1) : respondents class no. of students four 75 five 90 six 93 total 258 sample and data the main sample was selected using the stratified random sampling. hence 100 female students were chosen, which is 40% of the total original sample, as shown in (table 2). table (2) : sampling class no. of students four 30 five 30 six 40 total 100 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 four five six total no. of students 75 90 93 258 75 90 93 258 chart (1) resarch community no. of students american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org research design and methodology achieving research objectives requires a social shyness scale that has been designed in the following steps: 1.defining the concept and components of social shyness after reviewing previous literature and studies in this field, the definition of zimbardo for social shyness has been adopted in theory. thus, four main components of social shyness have been identified : behavioral component: means avoiding social fear-forming attitudes for a shy person and obstructing his feelings and thoughts. physiological component: means increased heart rates, dehydrated mouth, and trembling. cognitive component: means one's ideas of attitudes which makes them unable to communicate. emotive component: means to be confused, shy, and depressed. to verify the validity of the definition and components used to measure social shyness, the designed scale was reviewed by eight educationalists and psychologists, who were requested to comment on the valid definition of social shyness, the valid identification of social shyness, and the all-component conceptualization of social shyness. remarkably, those experts approved at 100% these measurements concerning the concept of social shyness. 2.scale design to gather items for the proposed scale of social shyness, certain previous and relevant studies and works have been reviewed. thereafter, a 22-item scale has been designed involving 3-10 sub-items, too. 3.item validity and alternative replies to verify the items of the designed scale, the 22-item scale has been reviewed by eight educationalists and psychologists to comment on the item validity, the item reliability, and how appropriate the alternative replies are, which are (always apply often apply sometimes apply rarely apply never apply). the experts' comments approved 22 items (100%) as well as the alternative replies. 4.scale instructions instructions that are easy to read, answering honestly, leaving no blanks, writing the required information (full name and class), and marking the option that the respondent thinks applies to her with () were all taken into account when the scale was made. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 four five six total no. of students 30 30 40 100 30 30 40 100 figure (2) research sample no. of students american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 5.pilot test the designed scale has been applied tentatively to identify how clear the scale instructions are, as such step helps uncover the strengths and weaknesses of the scale (ghirabiya, 2002: 82). the pilot test was applied to 10 female students to check their understanding of lost answers and alternative replies. the pilot test revealed that the scale instructions and lost replies were clear and that the average reply time is 10 minutes. 6.scale repair the final scale included 22 items distributed across the components discussed earlier, with each item and sub-item having an alternative reply (always apply often apply sometimes apply rarely apply never apply). additionally, the scale items have been graded from 1 to 5. thus, the overall score of the scale is 110-22 degrees with a hypothetical average of 66 degrees. 7.final application the designed scale was finally applied to the 100-student sample from 24/10/2023 to 30/10/2023. the study purpose, the study aims, and how-to-reply instructions were explained to respondents. finally, the data required on social shyness and class participation in female secondary students were obtained in collaboration with the respective school administration. 8.statistical means spearman's coefficient to reveal the correlation between social shyness and class participation, spearman's rank correlation coefficient has been used. table (3) : test of higher items and questionnaire items lower score of shyness higher score of shyness total replies negative items positive items no. total replies negative items positive items no. 29 29 30 31 32 32 33 35 35 36 37 37 44 44 46 47 47 15 8 22 8 15 20 18 19 14 12 18 23 24 30 29 27 35 14 21 18 23 17 12 15 16 21 24 19 14 20 14 17 20 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 75 72 68 68 64 56 56 54 54 54 54 54 54 50 50 50 50 35 32 30 32 44 27 16 21 22 37 30 27 20 20 11 21 20 40 40 38 37 24 29 40 33 30 17 24 27 24 30 39 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 total replies 75 72 68 68 64 56 56 54 54 54 54 54 54 50 50 50 50 negative items 35 32 30 32 44 27 16 21 22 37 30 27 20 20 11 21 20 positive items 40 40 38 37 24 29 40 33 30 17 24 27 24 30 39 29 30 total replies negative items positive items chart (3) shows the highest and lowest levels of 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 total replies 29 29 30 31 32 32 33 35 35 36 37 37 44 44 46 47 47 negative items 15 8 22 8 15 20 18 19 14 12 18 23 24 30 29 27 35 positive items 14 21 18 23 17 12 15 16 21 24 19 14 20 14 17 20 12 total replies negative items positive items american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org table (4) : respondents total category 2 total x-y participation level y shyness level x participation level shynes s level no. 36 1.524 25 196 400 229 36 36 400 796 625 196 25 25 441 9 625 225 64 64 4 196 361 121 121 36 196 4 25 169 100 144 121 100 -6 -32 -5 -14 -20 -27 -6 -6 -20 -14 -25 -14 5 -5 -21 3 -25 -15 -8 8 -2 -14 -19 11 -11 6 -14 2 -5 13 10 12 11 10 7 34 8 17 24 23 11 12 26 20 31 20 1 12 28 4 32 23 17 1 12 34 30 1 23 7 27 11 19 1 4 3 4 5 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 3.8 2 4.4 3.4 2.4 2.8 3.8 4.2 2.4 2.8 1.4 2.8 4.8 3.8 2 4.6 1.2 2.4 3.4 4.8 3.8 0.8 1.8 4.8 2.6 4.4 2.2 3.8 3 4.8 4.6 4.4 4.6 4.2 75 72 68 68 64 56 56 54 54 54 54 54 54 50 50 57 57 47 44 44 37 37 36 35 35 33 32 32 31 31 31 39 29 29 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 total: 6.569.024 spearman's correlation coefficient: 1 − (6.569)6 (1 − 342)34 error! 1 error! 1 1 1.0077 = 0.0077 the tabulated value is 0.77 = 0.306 and the degree of freedom is 0.5, which indicates a strong correlation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion in this section, data analysis will be elaborated on to draw conclusions, interpret findings, and propose recommendations. to achieve the first aim (uncovering the level of social shyness in secondary and preparatory female students), the mean and standard deviation were used. the mean was 84, the standard deviation was 6.3, and the hypothetical mean was 66. using the t-test equation for the sample and the respondents' replies, the calculated t-value was 0.0077 and the tabulated value was 1.96, as shown in table (6) below. table (6) : statistical data statistical significance t-test value hypothetica l mean standard deviation mea n no. of respondents tabulated t-test calculate d t-test 0.05 1.96 0.0077 66 6.3 84 100 significant the second aim to achieve the second aim, which is revealing the relationship between shyness and class participation, spearman's coefficient was used to calculate female students' scores based on the social shyness scale and their scores on difficult participation. the correlation coefficient amounted to 0.0077, which suggests a relationship between social shyness and class participation and that shyness negatively affects the level of class participation. also, statistical analysis of respondents' replies found that 60% 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 statistical significance t-test value hypothetica l mean standard deviation mean no. of respondents series1 0 0 series2 0.05 1.96 0.0077 66 6.3 84 100 series3 0 series4 0 00.05 1.96 0.0077 66 6.3 84 100 0 chart (4 represents the statistical data of the search results series1 series2 series3 series4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org of female students demonstrated low class participation due to shyness, which has been indicated previously by al-hebbab. in addition, shyness is a factor that may increase low participation, as shy students often show common attributes, such as solitude, lack of freedom, and low interpersonal interaction. accordingly, these factors not only hinder students' participation in class activities, but they also cause shyness and various other psychological and study-related crises and problems, especially if students are reprimanded or rebuked by teachers. remarkably, these findings align with the results indicated by shaqeer (1996) and troub (1983). recommendations proper techniques should be followed in school and at home to enhance female students' self-esteem. appropriate guidance and counseling should be used to foster social skills required to overcome social shyness. proposed tips 1.a study can be conducted to reveal how using social skills is effective in reducing shyness in relation to class participation . 2.a study can be conducted to determine the relationship of social shyness to other variables such as self-confidence and anxiety. 3.directive initiatives can be launched to help reduce social shyness . references 1. abu allam, s.m. (2000). measurement, psychological evaluation, and educational evaluation. arab thinking press. 2. abu atiya, m. (1998). principles of guiding and counseling. amman: arab thnkng press. 3. al-zaghloul, a.a-r. (2004). introduction to psychology. dubai: uae university press. 4. al-dereeny, h. (2002). the shyness scale. cairo: arab thought press . 5. al-namla, a.b. (1995). a proposed psychotherapy for shyness cases: a pilot study on high school students in riyadh. master's thesis, king saud university, ksa. 6. al-neebal, m.a. & abu zaid, m.a. (1999). shyness and the lack of personal dimensions: a cross-sectional analysis with regard to sex, age, and culture. 7. al-sabaawy, f.a. (2009). social shyness in relationship with parental treatments. safa printing & press. 8. al-sayed, i.w. (2001). assessing the quality of education. first arab conference, cairo. 9. al-sayed, a. (1994). cross-sex differences in shyness and other personal characteristics in middle students. ain shams journal of psychological counseling university, 2. 10. al-shinnawy, m. (1997). self-esteem and relation to depression and social shyness. master's thesis, tanta university, egypt. 11. al-shirbeeny, z. (2001). psychological problems in children. arab thought house. 12. jaber, a.h. (1989). social sensory in selected primary and secondary pupils in qatar schools in relation to achievement. doha journal of social studies. 13. allport, g.w. (1937). the science of personality. new york: holt, reinhart & winston. 14. al-masuud, n. (2005). principles of problem-solving education. riyadh: ministry of education. 15. bandura, a. (1977). social learning theory. new jersey: prentice-hall. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org 16. fayed, h.a. (1997). the relation between social shyness and psychopathic symptoms: a psychological study. cairo journal of social studies, 7(12). 17. ferguson, g.a. & takane, y. (1989). statistical analysis in education and psychology. new york: mcgraw-hill. 18. georges, m. (1985). shy children and their personal traits. cairo: arab thinking press. 19. ghalib, m. (1991). the childhood psychology and local and psychological teenage. beirut: alhilal press. 20. ghirabiya, f. (2002). essentials of social and humanitarian research. amman: wail press. 21. gilligan, b. (1976). the shyness and social anxiety workbook. london: basic press. 22. jones, w.h. & russell, d. (1982). the social reticence scale: an objective instrument to measure shyness. journal of personality assessment, 46(6), 629-631. 23. juma, y. & abdul-lateef, k. (2003). social shyness and social harmony: a cross-cultural study of university saudi and kuwaiti students. kuwait journal of social sciences, 28(4). 24. ouda, a.s. & filkawy, f.h. (1992). essentials of psychological and educational research. cairo: arab thinking press. 25. ouda, a.s. (1998). evaluation and measurement in education. amman: al-amal press. 26. pilkonis, p.a. (1977). the behavioral consequences of shyness. journal of personality, 45, 596611. 27. shaqeer, z.m. (2000). psychopathic personality and non-psychopathic personality. cairo: arab renaissance press. 28. sharara, a. (1996). overcoming shyness. arab journal of social studies, 2(3). 29. zimbardo, p.g. (1979). shyness: what is it and what to do about it. new york: addison-wesley. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 39, | august 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org the causes and factors of the crisis and occupation of the kokand khanate sharifov ehronbek erkin oglu scientist of the educational methodological department of termez state university ehronbek@tersu.uz https://orcid.org/0009-0003-1409-6496 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the political instability and internal conflicts that led to the decline and eventual occupation of the kokand khanate by the russian empire in the 19th century. the text highlights a series of internal power struggles and assassinations following the death of alimkhan in 1810, which created a volatile environment. subsequent rulers, including umarkhan, muhammad alikhan, and sheralikhan, made attempts to consolidate power and expand the khanate's territory, yet their reigns were plagued by court intrigues and rebellions. the article details the devastating impact of these conflicts, particularly the intervention of the bukhara emirate and the rise of the kipchak aristocracy under figures like musulmonqul. this internal chaos significantly weakened the khanate, leaving it vulnerable to the expanding russian empire. the text concludes by describing the final russian advance, the suppression of popular uprisings such as the po'latkhan rebellion, and the ultimate annexation of the territory, which was transformed into the fergana. kokand khanate, russian occupation, internal conflict, political instability, alimkhan, umarkhan, muhammad alikhan, fergana. introduction the kokand khanate, a significant state in central asia during the 19th century, was a theater of intense political intrigue, dynastic conflicts, and external pressures that ultimately led to its demise. this article delves into the complex web of internal strife, including power struggles between various factions and assassinations of key rulers, that critically weakened the khanate from within. as the state became increasingly unstable, it also had to contend with the growing expansionist ambitions of the russian empire. the combination of these internal fragilities and external threats created a perfect storm, paving the way for the russian conquest and the end of an independent central asian state. this analysis will examine the major events and key figures, from alimkhan to the po'latkhan rebellion, to explain the root causes of the crisis and the final occupation of the kokand khanate. literature review and methods the historical analysis of the kokand khanate's decline and occupation is a well-researched topic in central asian historiography. the provided text draws upon a variety of primary and secondary american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org sources to construct its narrative. key sources cited, such as haydarbek bobobekov's qo'qon tarixi and ibrat's farg'ona tarixi, serve as foundational works, offering detailed accounts of political events, dynastic successions, and social tensions within the khanate. the inclusion of sharif yusupov's article and other russian-language works from authors like m.a. dandamayev and i.v. pyankov indicates an effort to integrate different perspectives, from uzbek national historical accounts to broader studies on the region. the footnotes suggest a reliance on specific historical facts and figures derived from these texts, including the dates of key battles, the reigns of khans, and the details of internal rebellions. this body of literature collectively establishes a comprehensive timeline of the khanate's internal decay and the external pressures that culminated in its collapse. the methodology employed in this historical analysis is primarily qualitative and descriptive. the author uses a chronological approach to trace the sequence of events from the early 19th-century political reforms under alimkhan to the final annexation by russia in 1876. the research relies on historical synthesis, where information from various sources is combined to create a cohesive narrative. the author describes key historical moments, such as the assassination of alimkhan, the rise of the kipchak faction under musulmonqul, and the po'latkhan rebellion, to illustrate the underlying causes of the crisis. by focusing on the actions of key figures and the political dynamics between the kokand khanate, the bukhara emirate, and the russian empire, the analysis aims to explain how internal weaknesses were exploited by external powers. the method is explanatory, providing context for the crisis and occupation by highlighting the interconnected roles of internal strife and external aggression. results and discussions during the reign of olimbek, the son of norbotabiy, the political position of kokand was strengthened, military reforms were carried out, the ahangaran oasis, tashkent, shymkent and sayram were subjugated, and foreign trade was intensified. in 1805, the state was officially declared the kokand khanate, and olimbek received the title of "khan". alimkhan's efforts to build a strong centralized state have sparked protests among some high-ranking aristocrats. as a result, they took advantage of alimkhan's travels to spread rumors in kokand in 1810 that "olimkhan died in tashkent" and crowned his brother umarbek[1]. when olimkhan found out about it, he went to kokand, but he was shot dead in altikush district. during the reign of umarkhan, measures were taken to strengthen and expand the khanate's power. in 1815 turkestan of the bukhara khanate was conquered, and in 1817 uratepa. a number of military fortifications were built along the syrdarya; attention was paid to the expansion of irrigation facilities, the digging of canals, and the construction of mosques and madrassas. in particular, mosques and madrasas were built in kokand, tashkent, turkestan, shymkent, sayram, awliyota (now jambul). the tombs are arranged. during the reign of umarkhan, science, literature and art flourished in the kokand khanate[2]. his beloved wife, the famous uzbek poetess nodirabegim, played an important role in this. umarkhan himself wrote ghazals in uzbek and tajik under the pseudonym "amir". after umarkhan's death, his 12-year-old son muhammad alikhan ascended the throne. as the khan was young, the state was initially ruled by his mother, nodi-rabegim. nodirabegim strives to develop culture and art. in 1826, an army was mobilized in east turkestan to help the muslim population revolt against the chinese. as a result, the chinese government was forced to transfer the right to collect taxes from six cities in east turkestan (aksu, kashgar, yorkend, khotan, etc.) to the kokand khanate. muhammad american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org alikhan sought to expand the territory of the khanate, and jan. olay conquered the principalities of qoratagin, dar-voz, shugnan, rushan and vohon at the foot of the mountain. during this period, the khanate was well irrigated. the khanarik canal was dug near tashkent[3]. foreign economic and trade relations have also significantly improved. in the war with the emir of bukhara nasrullo (see nasrullah) (1840), muhammad alikhan was defeated and was forced to hand over khojand to amir nasrullo and recognize himself as his deputy. however, bukhara-kokand relations continued to deteriorate. as a result, the year 1841 was unique. muhammad alikhan abdicated in favor of his brother sultan mahmud. upon learning of this, amir nasrullo invaded kokand and looted it. during this massacre, he executed muhammad ali, his brother sultan mahmud khan, his mother nodirabegim and other high-ranking officials. by the decree of the amir, the kokand khanate was ruled by the deputy of bukhara. amir's deputy imposes heavy taxes on the population of kokand khanate. as a result, in the summer of 1842, the cossacks revolted, killed many of those loyal to amir nasrullah, and installed sherali, the son of hojibek, norbotabi's brother, as khan. upon hearing this, the emir of bukhara sent troops to kokand and besieged it to re-establish his rule. however, on the fortieth day of the siege, the khan of khiva was forced to retreat when he heard the news of allakulikhan's attack on bukhara. as a result, many lost territories (khojand, tashkent) remained under the control of the kokand khanate. during the reign of sheralikhan (1842–1845), he was appointed a muslim commander from among the kipchaks who were helpers and benefactors. the muslims were mainly engaged in military affairs, and the khan's army was replenished with more kipchak men. the muslim used his position to influence sheralikhan. but the khan tries not to allow it. the muslim was dissatisfied with the khan and tried to assassinate him at the hands of others. in 1845 a revolt against the khan's tax policy began in osh. when the muslim went to quell the uprising, his accomplices invited murodbek, alimkhan's son, to kokand and installed him on the throne. sheralikhan was killed. in order to retain the throne, muradkhan had to recognize himself as the deputy of the emir of bukhara. he ordered the muslim slave to remain commander-in-chief and demanded that he return to kokand. the muslim came from osh to namangan and married his daughter to khudoyor, the son of sheralikhan[4]. taking advantage of the muslim khan's youth, he ruled the khanate almost independently, and senior positions were given to the kipchaks. as a result, anti-muslim protests intensified in the khanate and he was removed from command. in an attempt to re-establish his position, the muslim sought to establish contact with the russians, and in the spring of 1853 he secretly met with a russian representative, vv velyaminovzernov. upon learning that the muslim had met with a representative of the russian commander and sought to seize power, the uzbek and kyrgyz aristocrats (muhammad niyaz qushbegi, muhammad rajab korboshi, muhammad yakubbek qushbegi, etc.) set out to find a way to get rid of the kipchaks. a muslim slave was captured and executed. however, the struggle for the throne in the kokand khanate did not stop, and the above military officials plotted against khudoyorkhan, but he failed (see yaqubbek). in a short period of time, the khans changed several times (in 1852–62, sheralikhan's son mallakhon, in 1862–63, shahmu-rodkhan, in may-june 1863, khudoyorkhan again, in july 1863, 1865, mallakhan's son sultan sayidkhan became khan). in 1865, in kokand, the kipchaks and kyrgyz solemnly proclaimed khudoykulbek khan. he ruled for only 14 days, then fled to kashgar with all the treasures and valuables. khudoyorkhan recaptured the throne of kokand without any resistance (1865-75). taking advantage of such an unstable internal situation, russia launched an offensive against the kokand khanate. as a result, during 1853-65 he american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org conquered oqmachit, tokmak, pishpak, avliyota, turkestan, shymkent, tashkent and their environs. on july 14, 1867, emperor alexander ii established the turkestan military district and established the governor-general of turkestan from the occupied territories of central asia[5,6,7,8]. due to the invasion of tsarism, the borders of the kokand khanate were significantly reduced. revenues to the treasury fell sharply. the khan introduced new taxes to replenish the treasury. the people were dissatisfied with this and in 1871 a revolt broke out in sokh. the uprising turned into an armed uprising. it is the longest-running polatkhan uprising in central asian history. russian troops defeated the rebels and polatkhan was taken prisoner. he was hanged on march 1, 1876 in the city of margilan. the tsarist armies conquered the kokand khanate, officially abolished the khanate and established the fergana region in its place. conclusion in summary, the fall of the kokand khanate was not a singular event but the culmination of deepseated internal conflicts and overwhelming external pressure. the frequent assassinations, coups, and power struggles among the ruling elite and the influential kipchak aristocracy severely destabilized the state, leaving it vulnerable. this political turmoil was compounded by economic crises and widespread popular discontent, which led to significant uprisings like the po'latkhan rebellion. while the khans made various attempts to strengthen the state, their efforts were consistently undermined by rival factions and the expanding influence of the bukhara emirate. ultimately, the khanate’s internal weaknesses provided a clear opportunity for the russian empire, which systematically conquered its territories until only a fragmented state remained. the final act of its dissolution in 1876 and its transformation into the fergana oblast serves as a powerful historical example of how internal disunity, when faced with a formidable external threat, can lead to the complete loss of sovereignty. references: 1. bobobekov haydarbek. qo’qon tarixi. – t.: “fan”, 1996. 20-21 betlar. 2. sharif yusupov. buni umr derlar… “jamiyat va boshqaruv”. 2002-yil, 1-son. 18-25 betlar. 3. haydarbek bobobekov. qo’qon tarixi. – t.: “fan”, 1996. 268-bet. 4. ibrat. “farg’ona tarixi”. meros. – t.: “kamalak”, 1991-yil. 287-bet. 5. дандамаев м.а. луконин в.г. культура и экономика древнего ирана. м., 1980. 389 с. 6. пьянков и.в. средняя азия в известиях античного историка ктесия. – душанбе, 1975. –78 с. 7. диодор. историческая библиотека. кн. 17. ii, 2-7/пар. м.е. сергеенко / арриан. поход александра. м.-л., 1962. 8. дьяконов и.м. ассиро-вавилонские источники по истории урарту //. вди. м., 1951. № 2. с.335-336.. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 204 www.americanjournal.org the role of the population health system in the development of urbanization processes in the surkhandardya and kashkadarya regions in the early years of independence tursunov anvar saypullayevich associate professor, department of history, termez university of economics and service phd in history avar061484@gmail.com abstract keywords the article analyzes the development of urbanization processes and the healthcare system in surkhandarya and kashkadarya regions during the early years of independence. the study examines the growth of medical services in cities, the establishment of new polyclinics and departments, the introduction of paid medical services, measures to combat epidemiological situations and infectious diseases, as well as the formation of health improvement and sanatorium systems. additionally, it analyzes the economic and social conditions, intercity and interregional medical infrastructure, international relations, and state policy in maintaining public health. urbanization, public health, medical services, paid services, epidemiology, sanatorium system, surkhandarya region, kashkadarya region. introduction in the process of urbanization, maintaining public health is considered a crucial issue for the development of a country. this is because rapid urbanization brings about social and ecological problems, such as the unplanned growth of cities, excessive population concentration in certain areas, negligence towards the surrounding environment, energy shortages, a sharp increase in the number of vehicles, noise, and other issues. this situation has been observed in many cities around the world and has become a pressing problem for society. results and discussion during the transition to a market economy, the importance of providing paid medical services to the population increased. on january 16, 1992, due to growing demand for paid treatment at the surkhandarya regional physiotherapeutic “jayronkhona” hospital, the paid services department was expanded from 50 to 100 beds, while budget-funded beds were reduced from 330 to 280. as a result, the hospital’s budget plan was set at 250 beds and the economic-accounting department at 100 beds, with wards adjusted accordingly. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 205 www.americanjournal.org to improve medical services and launch the “artificial kidney” system, on january 20, 1992, denov city hospital received one complete set of weighing equipment and 68 vials of hemosorbent medicine funded by the ministry of health of the republic of uzbekistan. as of january 28, 1992, in kashkadarya region, paid medical service facilities included three independent economically self-sufficient polyclinics, 42 departments and rooms under budgetary institutions operating on an economic-accounting basis, five small enterprises, and two medical staff providing private services. the number of service types reached 35. paid services were provided at 100–150% of the planned capacity in hospitals no. 1 and 2 in qarshi, the regional dental polyclinic, qarshi maternity hospital, shahrisabz city hospital, and the central hospitals of guzor, koson, and kitob. however, no paid services were established at the regional psychiatric dispensary and hospital, hospitals no. 1 and 2 for eye diseases, the endocrinology dispensary, and the tuberculosis dispensary. on september 22, 1992, with the construction of a new four-story, 380-bed polyclinic in termiz city, the building vacated by it was used to establish the city adolescent polyclinic. the regional health department allocated 250,000 soums for this purpose. during this period, the provision of communication facilities in medical institutions was unsatisfactory. in some districts, healthcare facilities were completely disconnected from telephone lines. for instance, in 1992, only 586 out of 746 feldsher-midwife points, 96 out of 134 rural outpatient clinics, and 34 out of 47 rural district hospitals in surkhandarya region had telephone connections. amid the economic crisis, the construction of medical facilities in cities received comprehensive support from the local authorities of southern regions. in 1992, the kashkadarya regional administration allocated 2 hectares of land in qarshi district to expand the “beshkent” health center to 250 beds, and 0.75 hectares in beshkent city for designing an emergency medical station. equipment worth 150,000 soums, both hard and soft, was delivered. on january 1, 1993, at the initiative of the kashkadarya regional health directorate and qarshi city health department, a 30-bed urology department was established at qarshi city central hospital, staffed with 2 doctors, 8 nurses, and 9 orderlies. due to the increase in ear, nose, and throat (ent) diseases among young children, a new department was needed. consequently, on january 7, 1993, a 20-bed ent department was opened at surkhandarya regional children’s hospital, fully equipped with necessary instruments. in june 1993, with the opening of the “omonkhona” sanatorium in boysun district, the regional health department provided 300,000 soums worth of equipment. with the spread of infectious diseases, the epidemiological situation in cities worsened. in 1993, a cholera epidemic affected over 50 countries worldwide, becoming a serious threat. in surkhandarya, 40 cholera cases were reported in july and august in the district centers of qumqorgon, shurchi, jarkurgon, and sariosiyo, with 30 cases in shurchi alone. it was revealed that shurchi was unprepared for such an epidemiological situation, as medical equipment and disinfectants were lacking, there were no special rooms for patients, and medical staff were not practically trained. the outbreak was also caused by the lack of clean drinking water and absence of a centralized sewage system. to combat the disease, on august 4, five disinfection brigades from denov city, denov district, sariosiyo, and uzun districts were sent to shurchi, and medical staff from kashkadarya and tashkent were dispatched to assist regional epidemiologists. the “kashkadarya sohili” sanatorium began operations on february 1, 1994. in 1994, the “kashkadaryosavdo” concern financed the construction of a 50-bed teahouse and shop near the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 206 www.americanjournal.org sanatorium, with 21 organizations in the region assigned as sponsors. this sanatorium was transferred free of charge to the balance of the republican federation of trade unions. additionally, economic-accounting organizations and enterprises began establishing wellness centers for their employees. in 1994, the kashkadarya regional administration allocated 5 hectares of land from the inter-farm “gulnora” children’s camp, the “gissarakgidrostroy” union, and the “navro‘z” company for the construction of a rest and wellness center for shahrisabz electric networks staff. the increasing number of patients with cardiovascular diseases required not only treatment but also rehabilitation. on may 14, 1997, by the decree of the regional governor, the cardiology department of the s. salimov “jayronkhona” physiotherapeutic hospital was transformed into the regional cardiology dispensary to treat cardiovascular patients, provide methodological assistance for disease prevention, and register them in the dispensary. in 1997, over 1,780 elderly and disabled residents of surkhandarya region received referrals to central and local sanatoriums. during the summer vacation season, 24,228 children and adolescents rested, of whom 11,500 received free referrals. among the disadvantaged and incomplete families, 3,245 children were sent to sanatoriums and resorts for health improvement. a total of 94,367.8 thousand soums was spent on these activities, and 70 individuals were treated free of charge. in qiziriq district, a 15-bed “navro‘z” sanatorium was established for low-income families. more than 11,400 people underwent medical examinations in the region, including 6,340 women, over 6,000 of reproductive age, and 3,300 children. additionally, 120 children with disabilities of groups 1–3 received advanced medical examinations, and 7 children with congenital disabilities were sent to the “umid” center. the “healthy generation” international charity fund donated medicines and food worth over 500,000 soums to hospitals in the region. according to 1998 data, surkhandarya region had 450 hospital beds in termiz city, 400 in denov, 330 in boysun district, 205 in jarkurgon, 212 in qumqorgon, 225 in sherobod, and 215 in shurchi. in boysun city, two hospitals served the population with 90 doctors and 250 medical staff, with 150 hospital beds available. the emergency station was operational, serving 16.3 doctors, 61.3 medical staff, and 27.5 hospital beds per 10,000 residents. conclusion in conclusion, the epidemics of infectious diseases that occurred in the early years of independence posed a serious challenge to the healthcare system. despite significant difficulties, healthcare issues were elevated to the government level, and a number of state programs were adopted. reforms implemented in the healthcare system transformed cities into major medical centers. healthcare institutions were modernized in accordance with contemporary demands, and international cooperation in the health sector has been strengthened. these developments play a crucial role in maintaining public health. references: 1. хўжаназаров а.з. мустақилликнинг дастлабки йилларида соғлиқни сақлаш соҳасининг ривожи (сурхондарё мисолида) // образование и инновационные исследования. №8, 2022 года. –б. 30-31. 2. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 6, sheet 9. 3. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 6, sheet 10. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 207 www.americanjournal.org 4. kashkadarya regional state archive, fund 677, inventory 1, file 8, sheets 1–2. 5. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 7, sheet 29. 6. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1091, inventory 1, file 280, sheet 153. 7. kashkadarya regional administration archive, fund 829, inventory 1, file 58, sheet 160. 8. kashkadarya regional administration archive, fund 829, inventory 1, file 35, sheet 52. 9. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 7, sheets 20, 28. 10. “qashqadaryo haqiqati” newspaper, february 1, 1994, no. 13 (12673). 11. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 13, sheet 1. 12. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 15, sheet 5. 13. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 11, sheets 101–105. 14. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1190, inventory 1, file 10, sheets 30–32. 15. kashkadarya regional administration archive, fund 829, inventory 1, file 89, sheets 69–72. 16. kashkadarya regional administration archive, fund 829, inventory 1, file 91, sheet 117. 17. kashkadarya regional administration archive, fund 829, inventory 1, file 96, sheet 52. 18. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1091, inventory 1, file 487, sheet 167. 19. surkhandarya regional state archive, fund 1091, inventory 1, file 829, sheets 28–29. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org chаrаcteristics of pedаgogicаl аnd psychologicаl effects on the development of students' professionаl skills ph.d., nigmаnovа umidа bаhrаmovnа аssociаte professor of the depаrtment of "pedаgogy аnd psychology", аlfrаgаnus university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this аrticle, pedаgogicаl-psychologicаl influence possibilities of professionаl skills of students, internаl possibilities аffecting the professionаl development of students, аnd pedаgogicаlpsychologicаl аspects of influence processes through professionаl skills аre highlighted. profession, professionаl аctivity, skill, pedаgogy, psychology, knowledge, competence, competence, educаtion, spirituаl mаturity, perfect person, perfect person. introduction in the frаmework of the reforms being cаrried out in the field of educаtion in the republic of uzbekistаn, the upbringing of the youth, who аre the present аnd future of our country, аs mаture cаdres in their professionаl аctivities, is being put forwаrd аs аn urgent issue. touching upon the issue of educаting sociаlly аctive аnd mаture youth, the president of the republic of uzbekistаn shаvkаt mirziyoyev аddressed the oliy mаjlis on jаnuаry 24, 2020: “the constаnt improvement of the spirituаl аnd educаtionаl level of the populаtion, especiаlly our young men аnd women, is of pаrаmount importаnce in our society. therefore, bаsed on the progrаmmаtic ideа “from nаtionаl revivаl to nаtionаl progress” , educаting young people in the spirit of loyаlty to the motherlаnd, forming initiаtive, selflessness, аnd morаl virtues in them is а very honorаble tаsk.” 1in this context, it is importаnt to rаise the young generаtion studying in educаtionаl institutions to be mаture аnd mаture for their strong development in their professionаl аctivities. it is cleаr thаt the аdoption of the new edition of the lаw of the republic of uzbekistаn "on stаte youth policy" of september 14, 2016 is аlso аimed аt rаising а sociаlly аctive аnd well-rounded young generаtion in the context of the reforms being implemented in our country on youth issues. аrticle 4 of this lаw defines the mаin principles of the stаte policy on youth; openness аnd trаnspаrency; youth pаrticipаtion in the implementаtion of the stаte policy on youth; support аnd encourаge youth initiаtives; priority of spirituаl, morаl аnd culturаl vаlues; 1 people's word: "address to the supreme assembly" of the president of the republic of uzbekistan,january 25, 2020, no.19 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org determining principles such аs non-discriminаtion of young people hаs а speciаl plаce. 2becаuse the role of the competence аpproаch in teаching students is of pаrticulаr importаnce. the professionаl аctivity of а teаcher is а creаtive process thаt requires quick thinking, mаking аppropriаte decisions аnd performing аppropriаte аctions in non-stаndаrd, unforeseen situаtions. in pаrticulаr, one of the unique аspects of the work of secondаry school teаchers is the need for а teаcher to hаve sufficient professionаl аnd personаl quаlities, such аs conducting educаtionаl аnd orgаnizаtionаl work in collаborаtion with young students, hаving а correct аnd cleаr scientific ideа of their personаlity аnd teаm, аnd effectively orgаnizing their relаtionships to develop their interests аnd inclinаtions. on the bаsis of the described generаl theoreticаl descriptions, we hаve developed а model of the desired, i.e. necessаry, concept of primаry educаtion pedаgogues. we cаrried out our аctivities in this regаrd thаnks to the study of the аctivities аnd work experiences of skilled pedаgogues, teаchers аnd orgаnizers, аs well аs methodists. bаsed on the results, а mechаnism for developing professionаl knowledge of students of higher educаtion institutions wаs developed. work of future professionаl teаcher аctivity professionаl competence the content of professionаl competence 1. knowledge of normаtive documents on professionаl skills. k.1. understаnds аnd implements policy in educаtion. k.1.1. knows аnd cаn explаin the regulаtions relаted to his profession. k. 1 . 2 . cаn list аnd explаin the policies аnd fаctors relаted to their profession. 2. develop trаining progrаms enriched with professionаl knowledge, skills, аnd informаtion. k.2. introduces concepts of professionаl knowledge enrichment into the curriculum. k.2.1. knows аnd cаn use educаtion аnd relаted concepts. k.2.2. cаn improve curriculа with professionаl concepts. 3. orgаnizаtion of pedаgogicаl educаtionаl process. k.3. cаn use modern technology in professionаl аctivities аnd in orgаnizing the independent leаrning process of students. k. 3.1 . lists modern technologies, defines their methods. k. 3 . 2 . cаn use modern technologies in the educаtionаl process. 4. аssessment of students' knowledge аnd skills. k.4. аble to use modern methods to аssess students' professionаl knowledge. k.4.1. it shows exаctly which types of ict to use in аssessing student knowledge. k.4.2. it shows how to ensure trаnspаrency in the process of аssessing student leаrning. 5. self-development . k.5. he cаn develop himself professionаlly. k.5.1. he knows аnd lists modern technologies in his professionаl field. k.5.2. he explаins how he uses modern technologies in his professionаl field. figure 1. mechаnism of development of professionаl knowledge of students this mechаnism is to trаin teаchers with high professionаl skills. the mechаnism includes severаl feаtures: 2 law of the republic of uzbekistan “ on state youth policy ” dated september 14, 2016, no. zurq-406 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 1. first, the competency аpproаch is аn аpproаch thаt emphаsizes leаrning outcomes. in this cаse, the leаrning outcome is not а collection of leаrned informаtion, but rаther the аbility of а person to аct in vаrious problem situаtions. 2. second. professionаl educаtion is currently bаsed on modern educаtionаl technologies thаt depend on creаtivity for the implementаtion of innovаtions. professionаl creаtivity (creаtivity in the profession) is the creаtive аbility of а teаcher with professionаl educаtion in his/her аctivities. professionаl creаtivity determines the modern teаching environment аnd leаds to the development of professionаl knowledge. third. the process of developing professionаl knowledge is cаrried out on the bаsis of the subject "generаl pedаgogy" аnd а speciаl course . аt the heаrt of the initiаl concept cаlled "professionаl skills of pedаgogues", we meаn а series of educаtionаl аctivities in а specific order, аimed аt developing the psychologicаl foundаtions of professionаl skills, which аre cаrried out in specific situаtions. this method mаde it possible to cover the importаnt quаlities of the concept we intended аnd to clаrify our directions. аs а result of the аnаlysis of speciаl аnd psychologicаl аnd pedаgogicаl literаture studied within the frаmework of our reseаrch, аs well аs the experience of teаchers of secondаry schools, observаtion, study аnd sincere conversаtions with methodologists аnd leаders responsible for pedаgogicаl prаctice (the totаl number of respondents is 54), it becаme cleаr thаt professionаl skills аre а complex system of pedаgogicаl influence on students by teаchers, educаtors аnd orgаnizers with а specific goаl. it should be emphаsized thаt the system of influence hаs а complex nаture, since “the influence of аny subject on аn object is а quаlitаtively different mаnifestаtion of the psyche of the object being influenced in the process of interаction”. аs it becаme cleаr from our reseаrch, the importаnt quаlities of the concept of necessаry or necessаry аre: theoreticаl knowledge of the structure, content аnd principles of professionаl skills thаt form аn importаnt bаsis for the аctivities of secondаry schools. bаsed on these principles, we defined the concept of necessаry or necessаry аs follows: the professionаl skills of а teаcher аre а certаin system of efforts successfully mаstered by the subject, аimed аt developing the student's personаlity аs а complete person, leаding to а specific goаl with the help of innovаtive pedаgogicаl technologies. the professionаl skills of а teаcher аre а multifаceted complex process, consisting of а certаin sequence, а hierаrchicаl system of efforts. аlso, professionаl skills аre аn importаnt element in the structure of pedаgogicаl аctivity, а system of sepаrаte elements in the form of skills, hаving аn internаl complex structure, determined by а common goаl. аs is known, аny аctivity involves аnаlysis of the work done, review of аchievements аnd shortcomings, аnd on this bаsis, future plаns аre drаwn up. it is importаnt to explаin the skills thаt mаke up this component with their own unique scores. the complexity of the process of positive solution of pedаgogicаl problems lies in its creаtion by the teаcher. the educаtionаl process differs from other types of аctivity in modeling situаtions, since the risk of reseаrch is observed in а nаrrow rаnge. “. cаn be explаined by the fаct thаt teаchers with the sаme trаining in subjects solve the sаme problems аt different levels, the presence of skills in different systems, аnd the formаtion of the sаme skills аt different levels”. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. people's word: "аddress to the supreme аssembly" of the president of the republic of uzbekistаn, jаnuаry 25, 2020, no. 19 2. lаw of the republic of uzbekistаn " on stаte youth policy" dаted september 14, 2016, no. zurq-406 3. sаdriddinov b. light cаstle wrestlers. sаlvаtion newspаper . mаrch 6, 2008. 4. oglu , аbdugаniyev free tursunboy . "pedаgogicаl conditions аnd mechаnisms of development of sociаlly аctive civil competence in students." turkish journаl of computer oаth mаthemаtics educаtion 12.7 (2021): 433-442. 5. аbdugаniyev o. developing students' generаl humаn vаlues competency in the new uzbekistаn educаtion conditions //multidisciplinаry journаl of science аnd technology. 2024. t. 4. – no. 10. – s. 190-194. 6. ot, аbdug'аniyev . "development of students' competence in universаl vаlues in the sociаl development of new uzbekistаn." science oаth innovаtion 3.speciаl issue 41 (2024): 281-285. 7. аbdug' аniev content-essence of development of competence in universаl humаn vаlues in students //science аnd innovаtion. – 2024. – t . 3. – no. speciаl issue 35. – p. 290-295. 8. аbdugаniyev o. t. u. theoreticаl foundаtions of developing competence in universаl humаn vаlues in students in the conditions of new uzbekistаn // science oаth innovаtion . – 2024. – t. 3. – no. speciаl issue 16. – p. 365-369. 9. аbdug'аniev , аzod tursunboy oğli . "аnаlysis of the essence аnd logicаl аspect of development of competence in universаl humаn vаlues in students." science oаth innovаtion 3.speciаl issue 22 (2024): 351-356. 10. аbdug'аniyev , ot "pedаgogicаl cooperаtion fаctors аffecting the development of universаl vаlues competence in students in the conditions of new uzbekistаn." science oаth innovаtion 2.speciаl issue 12 (2023): 5256. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org the role of spiritual and educational events in the life of students ibragimova gulnora xavazmatovna professor of philosophy faculty tashkent state economic university g.ibragimova@tsue.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the vital role that spiritual and educational events play in the holistic development of students. these events foster moral and ethical values, promote emotional and psychological well-being, and enhance cultural awareness and identity formation. by providing opportunities for mindfulness, reflection, and community engagement, spiritual activities contribute to personal growth, stress management, and social responsibility. additionally, such events encourage leadership development and civic engagement, while indirectly supporting academic success by improving focus, emotional resilience, and a positive learning mindset. the article highlights how these experiences are essential for nurturing well-rounded, ethically grounded, and socially responsible individuals. spiritual events, educational events, holistic development, moral values, emotional well-being, cultural awareness, mindfulness, personal growth, leadership development, civic responsibility, student engagement, mental health, community service, academic success, identity formation. introduction in contemporary education, the development of students is not limited to academic achievements alone. holistic growth, which encompasses spiritual, emotional, and moral dimensions, plays a crucial role in shaping well-rounded individuals. spiritual and educational events, often organized by schools and universities, contribute significantly to this holistic development by nurturing students’ values, ethics, emotional intelligence, and sense of community. these events go beyond traditional learning by promoting character-building, personal growth, and a deeper understanding of cultural and moral values. 1. fostering moral and ethical values one of the primary roles of spiritual and educational events is to instill moral and ethical values in students. in a world where rapid technological advancements and globalization bring diverse challenges, students need a strong ethical foundation to navigate their personal and professional lives. spiritual events, such as discussions on morality, integrity, and empathy, guide students to reflect on their actions and choices. these events help foster a sense of responsibility, encouraging students to make decisions that are aligned with values such as honesty, respect, and kindness. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org ethical dilemmas and critical thinking: many educational institutions use spiritual events to introduce ethical dilemmas and real-life scenarios where students are encouraged to critically analyze situations and reflect on the consequences of their actions. this helps develop moral reasoning skills and a strong ethical compass. building empathy and compassion: spiritual events focused on empathy, compassion, and community service help students connect with others on a deeper level. these values are essential for students to become socially responsible and active citizens who contribute positively to society. 2. emotional and psychological well-being in addition to moral development, spiritual and educational events contribute to the emotional and psychological well-being of students. the pressures of modern academic life, including exams, social expectations, and future career uncertainties, can be overwhelming for many students. spiritual activities, such as meditation sessions, mindfulness workshops, and group reflections, offer students an opportunity to de-stress, relax, and focus on their inner selves. mindfulness and stress management: schools and universities often organize mindfulness-based events that teach students techniques for managing stress, anxiety, and other mental health issues. practices like meditation and yoga have been shown to improve concentration, reduce stress, and promote emotional resilience, helping students better manage the demands of academic life. creating a supportive community: spiritual events also foster a sense of belonging among students. activities such as group discussions, prayer meetings, or community service projects create supportive networks where students can share their thoughts, struggles, and feelings. this sense of belonging and support helps combat feelings of isolation and loneliness, which are common challenges for students, especially in higher education. 3. cultural awareness and identity formation spiritual and educational events often reflect a diverse range of cultural and religious traditions, providing students with an opportunity to explore different belief systems, traditions, and practices. these events promote cultural awareness, tolerance, and respect for diversity, which are essential traits in today’s globalized world. cultural sensitivity and respect for diversity: through participation in events that celebrate various cultural and spiritual traditions, students learn to appreciate the richness of different belief systems and the values they represent. this awareness fosters a deeper respect for diversity, allowing students to become more inclusive and open-minded in their interactions with others. personal identity and spiritual growth: these events also help students explore their personal beliefs and values, contributing to their spiritual growth and identity formation. by engaging in reflective practices and open discussions, students develop a stronger sense of who they are, their purpose, and how they relate to the world around them. 4. promoting civic responsibility and leadership spiritual and educational events play a vital role in promoting civic responsibility and leadership among students. many such events emphasize service to the community, social justice, and leadership development. these events encourage students to take an active role in improving their communities and addressing social issues. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org community service and social responsibility: events such as charity drives, environmental campaigns, and volunteering opportunities help students understand the importance of giving back to society. through active participation in these activities, students develop a sense of social responsibility and the desire to make a positive impact on their communities. leadership development: spiritual and educational events often offer leadership workshops, mentorship programs, and opportunities for students to lead projects or initiatives. these experiences help students cultivate essential leadership skills such as communication, problem-solving, and decision-making, which are critical for both personal and professional success. 5. supporting academic success while the primary focus of spiritual and educational events may not always be academic, these events indirectly support students’ academic success. the emotional, psychological, and social skills gained through participation in spiritual activities contribute to better academic performance and overall wellbeing. improved focus and concentration: practices like meditation and mindfulness, which are often part of spiritual events, enhance students’ ability to focus and concentrate on their studies. as a result, students are more likely to manage their time effectively and excel academically. positive attitude towards learning: spiritual and educational events promote a positive attitude towards lifelong learning. by encouraging reflection, critical thinking, and self-awareness, these events help students approach their academic pursuits with enthusiasm, curiosity, and a growth mindset. conclusion spiritual and educational events hold an essential role in the lives of students by promoting moral and ethical values, enhancing emotional well-being, fostering cultural awareness, and encouraging civic responsibility. these events not only contribute to personal and spiritual growth but also equip students with the necessary skills and mindset to succeed in their academic and professional lives. as educational institutions continue to focus on holistic development, integrating spiritual and educational events into student life becomes an indispensable tool for shaping well-rounded, responsible, and resilient individuals. references: 1. karimov, a. (2020). talabalar ma'naviy kamolotini shakllantirishda tarbiyaviy tadbirlarning o'rni. toshkent: fan va texnologiya nashriyoti. 2. mirzayeva, d. (2019). oliy ta'limda ma'naviy-ma'rifiy tadbirlar orqali tarbiyaviy jarayonlarni takomillashtirish. o‘zbekiston pedagogika universiteti ilmiy jurnali, 5(2), 89-96. 3. niyozova, s. (2021). ma'naviy tarbiya va ta'lim-tarbiya tadbirlarining talabalar rivojlanishidagi roli. toshkent: ma'naviyat nashriyoti. 4. rasulova, z. (2018). talabalar hayotida ma'naviy-ma'rifiy tadbirlarning o‘rni va ahamiyati. o‘zbekistonda ilmiy tadqiqotlar jurnali, 4(1), 112-118. 5. hasanov, o. (2022). ta'lim tizimida ma'naviy tadbirlar va ularning ahamiyati. toshkent: yangi asr avlodi. 6. xolmirzayev, u. (2020). oliy o‘quv yurtlarida ma'naviy va ma'rifiy tadbirlar samaradorligini oshirish yo‘llari. toshkent davlat pedagogika universiteti nashriyoti. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the performance of uzbekistan's periodical publishing presses in the years of independence jabborova nilufar shavkatovna oriental university — advisor to the rector on information policy issues press secretary a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article highlights the significant role of the periodical press in the study of the history of uzbekistan during the years of independence. the article emphasizes how the periodical press contributed to historical research by disseminating historical knowledge, encouraging public engagement with history, and providing a platform for documenting key events and social changes. this article analyzes the activities of periodicals in uzbekistan during the years of independence, highlighting their socio-political and cultural significance. it examines the role of periodicals in promoting the idea of independence and shaping national values and ideas. positive and negative aspects of the functioning of modern print and electronic periodicals are also discussed. periodicals, independence, national idea, media, press, ancestors, scientists, teachers, heritage, education, future generation, problems, solutions, legacies, knowledgeable, educated, wise, great, fair, encyclopedia, technologies, algorithm, calculation. introduction the periodical press facilitated the public’s engagement with history, encouraging readers to reflect on their collective past and its relevance to the present. through articles, opinions, and interviews, historical narratives were presented in a more accessible and coherent manner, stimulating public discussion and deepening appreciation of uzbekistan’s historical heritage. the periodical press served as a valuable source for documenting important events and social changes that occurred during the years of independence. it provided a nuanced understanding of the diverse perspectives and realities of the uzbek people, capturing the voices and experiences of individuals and communities. newspapers in particular chronicle important historical moments and serve as a primary source for future historical analysis. historians face challenges in using periodicals as historical sources, requiring critical assessment of the reliability and bias of the information presented. the presence of subjective interpretations, political influences, and limited access to some periodicals can pose challenges for the researcher. preserving and archiving periodicals poses logistical challenges, as both physical and digital copies must be carefully stored and preserved. initiatives to establish and digitize comprehensive archives can ensure the long-term use and preservation of these valuable historical sources. historians can benefit from collaborating with journalists and editors in the periodicals. such collaboration can enhance historical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org accuracy, promote well-informed reporting, and encourage a more rigorous and nuanced understanding of historical events and processes. literature analysis and methodology publications on the study of the era of amir temur in world historiography, the formation of the scientific direction of "temur studies", the creation of the image of amir temur in fiction began much earlier. it is known that in soviet historiography, despite the ideological approach characteristic of its time, certain works were carried out. in this regard, the research of a number of selfless scientists, such as g.a. pugachenkova, i. mominov, r. mukminova, lunin b.v, e.v. rtveladze, p. zohidov, l.i. rempel, a. orinbayev, b. ahmedov, d. yusupova, o. alimov, t. fayziyev, o. buriyev, who laid the foundation for the development of temur studies, served to illuminate the history of the reign of amir temur. after all, it is their merits in perfectly covering the history of the life and work of amir temur in major publications published during the years of independence that should be recognized. primary written sources, i.e. manuscripts, are covered in special catalogs. it is worth noting that the first bibliographic index was compiled by the historian lunin b.v. in the pre-independence period, classifying literature by field into twelve sections (lunin b.v. history, culture and art of the timurid era in soviet literature (bibliographic index) // public sciences in uzbekistan. tashkent, 1969. no. 89. p. 100–145). at the same time, in this bibliographic index, under the influence of ideological pressure during the authoritarian soviet era, literature on the life and work of amir temur was included in the "general history" section. however, this does not diminish the scientific significance of the study, but rather indicates the depth of the scholar's philosophical observations. this classification of bibliographical indicators was significantly developed by b.v. lunin during the years of independence and was not only presented in several fundamental publications, but also the scientist (history of the era of temur and ulugbek. tashkent: chief editor of communes, 1996. p. 28–42) also carried out an analysis of the main sources and scientific literature of the era of amir temur from the point of view of historiography. also, the scientific works of foreign historians, russian orientalists, and historians who conducted research during the soviet period were gradually studied, and for the first time, historical literature on the subject was evaluated in a new interpretation of historiography. this prepared bibliography collection continues to play an important role in conducting research to this day. discussion and results the acquisition of independence has created a need for fundamental changes in all spheres in uzbekistan. one of these areas is the development of periodicals and freedom of the press, which have served as a decisive factor in shaping the socio-political consciousness of society. periodicals have become not only a source of information, but also a means of discussing important issues in society and forming public opinion. during the soviet union, the press was a system subject to centralized state policy and operated under censorship. after independence, this situation changed. reforms were implemented in the field of journalism, and the legislative framework was revised. in particular: the law "on mass media" (1997)* was an important step towards ensuring freedom of the press and abolishing censorship. this law allowed periodicals to operate independently. it clearly defined the rights and obligations of journalists and guaranteed freedom of information dissemination. the increase in the number of independent periodicals also created a new information environment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org periodicals began to widely cover government policies, economic development issues, and social changes. for example, newspapers such as "xalq so'zi", "o'zbekiston ovozi", and "ma'rifat" played a significant role in informing the public about political and social processes in the country. with the independence of uzbekistan, the state adopted a number of laws aimed at ensuring freedom of the press. in particular, the resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. 4366 “on additional measures to ensure the independence of the mass media and develop the activities of information services of state bodies and organizations” of june 27, 2019 was a significant event. accordingly, it was required to form a group of experts in order to ensure effective cooperation with the media, timely dissemination of information among journalists and bloggers working with information services, as well as the participation of the general public in discussing draft regulatory legal acts. the adoption of resolution no. 1017 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan “on approval of certain administrative regulations for the provision of state services in the field of mass information and communications” dated december 19, 2019 was significant. this law guaranteed the rights of journalists and created a legal basis for the free activity of publications. the idea of independence, national values, and traditions were widely promoted through periodicals. newspapers and magazines provided the public with information about the history, culture, and holidays of the nation. for example, the newspaper "voice of uzbekistan" was one of the main propagators of national ideas and values from the first years of independence. periodicals also made a significant contribution to increasing the value of the national language and expanding its scope of use. periodicals have served as the main means of forming and developing the national idea since the first years of uzbekistan's independence. through them: – the idea and values of independence were promoted. articles about national holidays, historical dates, and personalities were regularly published in periodicals. – contributed to the development of the uzbek language. periodicals played an important role in enhancing the value of the national language. in particular, attention was paid to the popularization of literary language standards and the dissemination of correct language rules. the restoration of historical memory and national identity was facilitated. through newspapers and magazines, the historical heritage of the people was revisited, ancient traditions were revived. for example, the newspaper "ma'rifat" gained a significant following with its articles aimed at promoting national values. conclusion and suggestions the development of technology has led to the development of print and electronic publications in various forms. since the 2000s, as a result of the expansion of the volume of internet media, electronic publications have become widely popular. the development of the internet has led to the popularity of electronic publications along with print publications. however, print publications still retain their importance. this provides flexibility for different audiences. modern publications, along with the rapid and widespread dissemination of information, also support the requirements of quality and impartiality of journalism. – print media. they continue to disseminate information in a traditional format. in particular, print media specializing in political, cultural, and scientific topics have not lost their readers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org – electronic publications. platforms such as "kun.uz", "daryo.uz", "gazeta.uz" have achieved high speed in distributing information. they attract an audience by quickly delivering news, enriching it with photo and video materials. also, through mobile applications and social networks, periodicals have the opportunity to establish direct communication with readers. the tasks of informing the public, covering and discussing social problems, as well as forming public opinion are being carried out through publications. for example, articles on health care, education and environmental problems, and proposals for their solutions have become important in mobilizing the public. the laws of the republic of uzbekistan on freedom of the press have created a legal framework for the mass media. this has especially helped to expand and increase the sphere of influence of publications such as "khalk sozi". periodicals serve not only as a means of disseminating information, but also as a means of calling society to vigilance and forming a culture of discussion. through them: – social issues were covered. more emphasis was placed on important topics such as healthcare, education, and environmental protection. – issues of economic development were discussed. information about new economic reforms, production opportunities, and entrepreneurial projects was provided to the population through periodicals. at the same time, periodicals played an important role in shaping public opinion. the activities of government and public organizations were evaluated through journalistic analysis and reporting. periodicals played an important role in restoring national identity and instilling it in society. for example, publications such as "sharq yulduzi" and "ma'rifat" promoted national literature and culture. they also worked to protect the national language and values. although periodicals played a major role in the restoration of national identity, they faced certain restrictions. problems with press freedom and financial shortages negatively affected their activities. conclusion the development of periodicals in uzbekistan during the years of independence has opened up new opportunities for modern society. they are not only a source of information, but also an important tool supporting social development. the development of modern print and electronic media and increasing their professional level are one of the main tasks in the future. in conclusion, during the years of independence, uzbek periodicals have made a significant contribution to the revival of national identity and values, to reflecting state policy and the needs of society. however, the issues of press freedom and financial stability remain urgent issues that need to be resolved for the further development of their activities. therefore, the role of periodicals can be assessed both positively and critically. references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pf-4947 dated february 7, 2017 “on the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan”. 2. address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy majlis dated january 24, 2020. https://uza.uz/oz /politіcs/zbekіston-respublіkasі-prezіdentіshavkatmirzіyeevnіng-olіy-25-01-2020 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 3. heckscher e. the effect of foreign trade on the distribution of income (1919) // economic thought stages. / ed. a.p. kireeva. m.: teіs, 2006. 154 p. 4. olіn b. interregional and international trade. m.: delo, 2004. 416 p. 5. quint v.l. strategy for the world market. new york, london: routledge-taylor & francis, 2015. 520 p. 6. vahabov a.v., tadzhibayeva d.a., khajibakiyev sh.kh. world economy and international economic relations. darslík. t.: baktria press, 2015. 584 p. law of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on mass media". 7. materials from the newspaper "people's word". 8. analytical articles from the daryo.uz platform. 9. archives of the newspaper "marifat". 10. a. karimov, "journalism of uzbekistan: history and development paths." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 42, | november 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org sociolinguistic aspects of the functioning of the russian language in uzbekistan: history and modernity fahriddin israilovich abdurakhmanov doctor of philology, professor uzbek state university of world languages, tashkent, uzbekistan. faabduraxmanov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the sociolinguistic aspect of the russian language in uzbekistan, covering its historical development, modern functioning, and influence on interethnic communication. special attention is paid to its role in educational, scientific, and cultural spheres, as well as its status under the strengthening position of the uzbek language. the processes of adaptation of the russian language in a multilingual environment, its perception among various social groups, and prospects for further use are analyzed. sociolinguistics, russian language, uzbekistan, interethnic communication, cultural ties, education, language policy, historical development. introduction the russian language occupies a special place in the modern world. being one of the most widespread languages, it plays a key role in international communication, as well as in scientific, technical, cultural, and business spheres. in addition, russian is among the six official languages of the un, csto, eurasec, brics, and other international organizations, which emphasizes its significance at the global level. president shavkat mirziyoyev noted that russian culture remains an integral part of the spiritual life of uzbek society, and the development of cooperation in the field of education contributes to strengthening cultural ties, improving teachers’ qualifications, and the overall growth of the level of education. this, in turn, positively affects workforce training and the socio-economic development of the country. the history of the russian language in uzbekistan begins in 1850, when the russian empire actively explored central asia, which led to russian becoming an important means of communication between ethnic groups, as well as a tool of administrative governance. russian was consolidated as a means of administration, introduced into official documents and educational institutions, thanks to which many uzbeks and representatives of other ethnic groups began to study it. this had a significant impact on interethnic relations and cultural exchange, making the language a kind of bridge between the peoples of the region. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org the period of colonization strengthened the association of russian with power, providing those who studied it with access to new information and social opportunities, while its penetration into everyday life laid the foundation for stable russian-uzbek bilingualism. with the establishment of soviet power in 1924, russian took a central place in public life, becoming the main language of interethnic communication, science, education, and culture. as n.a. mustafaeva notes, “the accelerated spread of the russian language in the 1920s–1930s, caused by culturaleducational, economic, and socio-political transformations, was reflected in its predominant teaching in schools and universities” [1, pp. 194–207], despite the parallel development of uzbek culture, which contributed to its dominance in politics and the economy. soviet policy of encouraging language study and active migration of the russian population further strengthened its position as the language of interethnic communication and the main medium of instruction in educational institutions. after gaining independence in 1991, despite new challenges related to building national identity, russian continues to remain an important means of communication in a multinational society, although its status has undergone changes: law “on the state language of the republic of uzbekistan” of october 21, 1989. uzbek was declared the state language, while russian was recognized as the language of interethnic communication. law “on the state language of the republic of uzbekistan” of december 21, 1995. article 1 stated: “on the territory of the republic of uzbekistan, the development and free use of the russian language as the language of interethnic communication of the peoples of the ussr is ensured.” in the current 2016 edition of the law, russian no longer has the official status of a language of interethnic communication. however, its use is mentioned, for example, in article 12, which stipulates that upon citizens’ request, a document certified by a notary or an official performing notarial actions must be issued in russian. the law also allows citizens who do not know the state (uzbek) language to apply to government and judicial authorities “in their native language or another language they know.” [3, p. 10] entering the era of independence, uzbekistan began actively developing uzbek as the state language, which was reflected in the country’s language policy and led to many schools and universities switching to uzbek as the language of instruction, reducing the number of institutions operating in russian. despite this, russian continued to remain the language of interethnic communication and retains its importance in such spheres as education (about 1,000 out of 10,000 schools teach in russian, i.e. 10%), business, and mass media. it remains in demand for access to global information and international dialogue. in national schools and universities, it is taught as a second foreign language, and proficiency remains relevant for youth, making russian an important tool of cultural exchange and interethnic interaction. russian in uzbekistan remains an important aspect of cultural identity and interethnic communication. despite changes in the political and social context, its role continues to adapt to modern realities and remains in demand in various spheres of life. as yu.n. tsyryapkina notes, “the russian language has become self-reproducing, a ‘local’ product in uzbekistan,” which emphasizes its inseparable connection with the culture and art of the soviet and post-soviet periods, serving as a calling card of the country abroad [2, pp. 18–28]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org in uzbekistan, branches of prestigious universities such as the russian economic academy named after g.v. plekhanov, mendeleev university of chemical technology, as well as branches of moscow and other russian higher educational institutions operate. the country has about 15 branches of russian universities, covering fields from economics and humanities to engineering and technology. these educational standards not only provide access to quality russian education for uzbek students but also serve as an important tool of integration, strengthening cooperation between the educational systems of the two countries and contributing to the development of joint scientific and cultural projects. in a multinational society such as uzbekistan, issues of identity and the importance of actively supporting linguistic diversity arise due to the historical coexistence and interaction of many ethnic groups, each of which preserves its culture and language. this diversity of languages—where, alongside uzbek, russian, tajik, karakalpak, kazakh, and others are actively used—creates a complex linguistic ecosystem that plays a key role in shaping collective identity. supporting and developing all components of the linguistic palette is necessary to strengthen intercultural dialogue, ensure equal access to educational and socio-economic resources, and preserve cultural heritage in the context of globalization and competition from dominant languages. for uzbekistan, it is extremely important to develop the state uzbek language, as well as to support and develop other languages, including foreign ones. such a comprehensive approach expands access to global information, stimulates international communication and intercultural dialogue, and strengthens national identity and social unity. this, in turn, contributes to mutual understanding among representatives of different ethnic groups and becomes the foundation for stable economic growth and development of the country. references 1. mustafaeva n.a. the russian language in schools of soviet uzbekistan (1930s–1980s) // historical ethnology. 2021. vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 194–207. https://doi.org/10.22378/he.2021-6-2.194-207 2. tsyryapkina yu.n. russians in uzbekistan: language practices and self-identification (based on field research in fergana) // tomsk journal ling & anthro. 2015. 3 (9), pp. 18–28 3. zharkynbaeva r.s., volkova o.a. the russian language in the normative-legal and sociocultural space of modern states of central asia // nomothetika: philosophy. sociology. law. 2017. no. 24 (273). url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/russkiy-yazyk-vnormativno-pravovom-isotsiokulturnom-prostranstve-sovremennyh-gosudarstv-tsentralnoy-azii. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/russkiy-yazyk-vnormativno-pravovom-i-sotsiokulturnom-prostranstve-sovremennyh-gosudarstv-tsentralnoy-azii https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/russkiy-yazyk-vnormativno-pravovom-i-sotsiokulturnom-prostranstve-sovremennyh-gosudarstv-tsentralnoy-azii american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org moral values in dystopian and utopian societies: a comparative analysis of ray bradbury and erkin a’zam khalilova shohista muhammadi qizi teacher, navoi innovative university surkhandarya campus shohistakhalilova95@gmail.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examines moral values in dystopian and utopian societies as depicted in ray bradbury’s fahrenheit 451 and erkin a’zam’s chapaklar mamlakati. through a qualitative textual analysis, the research investigates how social and political structures shape ethical behavior. the analysis demonstrates that dystopian societies constrain moral autonomy, whereas utopian societies guide moral conduct through collective norms. by incorporating direct textual evidence, the paper highlights the nuanced interplay between social order and morality, emphasizing the cultural and political contexts that influence ethical development. dystopia, utopia, moral values, social structures, ray bradbury, erkin a’zam. introduction moral values serve as a framework for evaluating human behavior in any societal context. literature offers a lens to explore how these values are formed, challenged, or reinforced. dystopian narratives often depict the erosion of ethical principles under oppressive regimes, whereas utopian narratives explore the ideal alignment of morality with collective well-being.ray bradbury’s fahrenheit 451 exemplifies a dystopian society where knowledge suppression and ideological control undermine moral autonomy. montag’s internal struggles illustrate the ethical conflict between societal compliance and personal conscience. the oppressive social system discourages reflection and punishes deviation, thereby shaping morality through coercion rather than choice. in contrast, erkin a’zam’s chapaklar mamlakati explores a socialist utopia where moral values are intertwined with collective norms. early passages highlight the omnipresence of ideological guidance: "sotsializm sharoitida o‘tayotgan oltinchi kunimiz edi... bu mamlakatda shu tuzumning otasi ham, onasi ham, sohibu rahnamosi ham birgina kishi..." this depiction illustrates a society where individual behavior is closely aligned with political ideology. moral norms are enforced through education, cultural rituals, and social expectations rather than coercion. the purpose of this study is to compare these representations, examining how dystopian and utopian frameworks differently shape ethical behavior. by analyzing textual examples, the research investigates the mechanisms through which society influences morality and the role of narrative techniques in conveying these themes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org methods this study employs qualitative content analysis of primary texts by bradbury and a’zam. the methodological approach includes: textual selection: passages demonstrating moral conflict, social influence, and communal interaction were selected from both works. close reading: selected passages were examined for symbolic imagery, character behavior, and narrative devices that reflect moral values. comparative analysis: findings from both texts were compared to identify similarities and differences in how dystopian and utopian societies influence morality. contextual interpretation: historical, cultural, and political contexts were considered to understand the formation of ethical frameworks within each narrative. annotated translations of key phrases from a’zam’s uzbek text were used to preserve cultural specificity, while bradbury’s original english passages were analyzed for metaphorical and symbolic meaning. secondary sources in literature and social sciences provided additional insight into the societal mechanisms influencing morality. results 1. dystopian constraints on moral autonomy in bradbury’s work, fire functions as a complex metaphor for societal control and moral tension. montag perceives it as both destructive and life-giving: "this fire does not burn anything, but warms instead. montag saw only hands extended toward its heat, the bodies around the bonfire remained unseen in the darkness. above the hands, serious faces appeared, animated in the flames." here, fire embodies a dual moral potential, representing both the oppressive forces of the state and the human capacity for warmth and ethical reflection. the scene illustrates the possibility of ethical awakening even within a society designed to suppress conscience. montag’s attention to subtle social cues, such as the elderly figures’ careful gestures and dialogue, emphasizes the emergence of morality through observation and interpersonal engagement rather than through institutional instruction. 2. utopian guidance of morality in a’zam’s narrative, morality is structured and ideologically embedded. citizens are guided by collective norms and the principles of socialism: "qarg‘a bulbul bo‘lolmas. bo‘laman deb buti yirtilibdi..."[2.8] this metaphor demonstrates the tension between individual aspirations and societal expectations. ethical behavior is cultivated within the framework of social conformity, highlighting the utopian emphasis on collective responsibility. descriptions of communal life, meals, and interactions with visitors emphasize social cohesion as a vehicle for moral development. citizens are encouraged to internalize values through structured social experience rather than personal experimentation, contrasting sharply with montag’s moral self-discovery in a dystopian setting. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org 3. communal interaction and moral perception both texts highlight the role of communal observation in shaping moral understanding. in bradbury, the bonfire scene depicts ethical reflection facilitated by the attentive yet non-coercive presence of others: "montag perceived the world as almost tangible at the bonfire, as if the entire environment—the unused railway tracks, the trees, and the distant city—was captured in a single glance."[1.400] similarly, a’zam emphasizes collective engagement and ritualized interaction as mechanisms for moral guidance. shared experiences, such as communal meals and structured social activities, reinforce adherence to social and ethical norms. both authors suggest that moral development is profoundly influenced by one’s immediate social context, whether through supportive observation or ideological immersion. discussion the analysis demonstrates several key insights into morality within dystopian and utopian societies: influence of social structures: both authors illustrate that ethical behavior is inseparable from societal context. bradbury shows morality constrained by authoritarian control, while a’zam presents morality cultivated through structured societal guidance. individual autonomy versus collective guidance: dystopian societies limit moral autonomy, forcing characters into ethical compromise, whereas utopian societies shape morality through collective norms and ideological instruction. symbolism and imagery: bradbury’s fire symbolizes moral potential within oppression, while a’zam’s metaphors, such as the crow and nightingale, highlight aspirational ethics and the integration of individual identity into collective morality. universality of moral influence: despite differing mechanisms, both works emphasize that morality is socially conditioned, highlighting the role of environment, culture, and communal engagement in ethical development. the juxtaposition reveals that while dystopian ethics arise from conflict and reflection under constraint, utopian ethics are formed through ideological and communal structures. both approaches provide insight into the interplay between human agency and societal influence on morality. conclusion the comparative study of bradbury and a’zam underscores that literature can illuminate the relationship between society and morality. in dystopian settings, ethical awareness emerges through struggle and reflection, whereas in utopian contexts, morality is guided and socially reinforced. both highlight that morality is dynamic, shaped by social structures, and culturally mediated. understanding these literary portrayals enhances comprehension of human ethical behavior in both imagined and realworld societies. references 1. bradbury, r. (1953). fahrenheit 451. simon & schuster. 2. a’zam, e. (2001). chapaklar mamlakati. tashkent: ziyouz. 3. moylan, t. (2000). scraps of the untainted sky: science fiction, utopia, dystopia. westview press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org 4. levitas, r. (2013). utopia as method: the imaginary reconstitution of society. palgrave macmillan. 5. mardanova, m. (2025). sadriddin ayniyning “sudxo ‘rning o ‘limi” asarida ma’naviy tanazzul va uning lingvistik tahlili. university research base, 413418. 6. xalilova, s. (2025). ray bradbury’ning farengeyt 451 asarida jamiyatdagi ijtimoiy jimjitlikning tasvirlanishi. university research base, 418-424. 7. mardanova, m. d., & davlatova, s. m. (2024). the problem of stylistic classification of vocabulary. modern science and education: achievements and development prospects, (2), 10-13. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org the role of media in promoting digital culture among young people challenges and solution zainalabdain ali jeryo 1 russian-volgograd university-department of journalism. zainalaabdainjrey@gmail.com dr. ahmed jaber khayoon 2 university of sumer ahmedjabber113@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research aims to study the role of media in promoting digital culture among young people, focusing on the challenges faced by this role and possible solutions to overcome them. in light of the accelerating technological transformations, the media has become an essential part of the daily life of young people, as it represents a key means of learning and interacting with the digital world. with the increasing use of digital media by young people, there is an increasing need to strengthen their digital culture, which includes the ability to handle modern technologies safely and effectively, as well as developing critical thinking skills and conscious interaction with digital content. the research deals with the role of traditional and digital media in promoting digital culture, while studying the challenges faced in this area such as the spread of misinformation, the growing digital gaps, and the negative effects on the mental health of young people. the research also aims to provide possible solutions to overcome these challenges, including developing awareness-raising media content, enhancing cooperation between educational and media institutions, and motivating young people to use technologies more consciously. to achieve the research goals, a descriptive-analytical approach was used, in which data were collected through questionnaires and interviews with young people, experts in media and technology, as well as analysis of media content aimed at young people. the research found that media can be an effective tool in promoting digital culture, but digital media strategies need to be improved and provide meaningful content that enhances digital skills and meets current challenges. in the end, the study seeks to provide practical recommendations aimed at improving the role of media in promoting digital culture, which contributes to enabling young people to deal with the digital age safely and responsibly. youth awareness, providing educational content, youth orientation, encouraging positive use, building risk awareness, enhance critical thinking skills, challenges, solutions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org introduction ملخص البحث يهدف هذا البحث إلى دراسة دور اإلعالم في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب، مع التركيز على التحديات التي يواجهها هذا الدور والحلول الممكنة للتغلب عليها. في ظل التحوالت التكنولوجية المتسارعة، أصبح اإلعالم جزًءا رئيسية للتعلم والتفاعل مع العالم الرقمي. ومع تزايد استخدام أساسًيا من الحياة اليومية للشباب، حيث يمثل وسيلة الشباب لوسائل اإلعالم الرقمية، تتزايد الحاجة إلى تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لديهم، التي تشمل القدرة على التعامل مع .مع المحتوى الرقمي التقنيات الحديثة بشكل آمن وفّعال، فضاًل عن تطوير مهارات التفكير النقدي والتفاعل الواعي الرقمية، مع دراسة التحديات التي يواجهها يتناول البحث دور اإلعالم التقليدي واإلعالم الرقمي في تعزيز الثقافة في هذا المجال مثل انتشار المعلومات المغلوطة، وتزايد الفجوات الرقمية، والتأثيرات السلبية على الصحة النفسية للشباب. كما يهدف البحث إلى تقديم حلول ممكنة للتغلب على هذه التحديات، ومنها تطوير محتوى إعالمي توعوي، .تعاون بين المؤسسات التعليمية واإلعالمية، وتحفيز الشباب على استخدام التقنيات بشكل أكثر وعًياوتعزيز ال لتحقيق أهداف البحث، تم استخدام المنهج الوصفي التحليلي، حيث تم جمع البيانات من خالل استبيانات ومقابالت مع الشباب والخبراء في اإلعالم والتكنولوجيا، باإلضافة إلى تحليل المحتوى اإلعالمي الموجه للشباب. وتوصل ز الثقافة الرقمية، ولكن يتطلب األمر تحسين استراتيجيات البحث إلى أن اإلعالم يمكن أن يكون أداة فّعالة في تعزي .اإلعالم الرقمي وتقديم محتوى هادف يعزز المهارات الرقمية ويواجه التحديات الحالية تسعى الدراسة في النهاية إلى تقديم توصيات عملية تهدف إلى تحسين دور اإلعالم في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية، بما .يساهم في تمكين الشباب من التعامل مع العصر الرقمي بشكل آمن ومسؤول مقدمة من حياتنا يتجزأ ال الرقمي جزًءا العالم أصبح اليوم، نعيشه الذي واالتصاالت المعلومات تكنولوجيا في عصر المقابل، طرح التواصل، واالبتكار، ولكن في للتعلم، للشباب فرًصا غير محدودة العصر أتاح هذا اليومية. وقد كأداة أساسية لفهم وتوظيف التكنولوجيا الثقافة الرقمية تحديات جديدة تتطلب استجابة فّعالة. في هذا السياق، تبرز بشكل صحيح وآمن. الثقافة الرقمية ال تقتصر فقط على إتقان استخدام األدوات التقنية، بل تشمل أيًضا القدرة على .التعامل مع المعلومات الرقمية بشكل واٍع، وممارسة السلوكيات الرقمية المسؤولة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org يعد اإلعالم، سواء كان تقليدًيا أو رقمًيا، من أبرز األدوات التي تسهم في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب. من خالل منصات اإلعالم المختلفة مثل اإلنترنت، ووسائل التواصل االجتماعي، والتلفزيون، يمكن نشر الوعي والمعرفة مع ذلك، يواجه اإلعالم تحديات متعددة في هذا المجال، منها حول كيفية استخدام التكنولوجيا بشكل إيجابي. و انتشار المعلومات المغلوطة، والتأثيرات السلبية على الصحة النفسية، باإلضافة إلى الفجوات الرقمية التي تؤثر على .وصول الشباب إلى الفرص الرقمية المتاحة تهدف هذه الدراسة إلى استكشاف دور اإلعالم في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب، مع التركيز على التحديات التي يواجهها في هذا السياق، والحلول الممكنة التي يمكن تبنيها لتطوير هذا الدور. إن تحقيق هذا الهدف يتطلب يفية استخدامه كأداة للتثقيف وبناء الوعي الرقمي في ظل التحديات تحلياًل معمًقا لكيفية تأثير اإلعالم على الشباب، وك .الراهنة من خالل هذا البحث، نسعى إلى تقديم رؤية شاملة حول الدور الذي يمكن أن يلعبه اإلعالم في تطوير المهارات .الرقمية لدى الشباب، مع تقديم توصيات عملية لتحسين هذا الدور في المستقبل أهمية البحث تتمثل أهمية هذا البحث في تسليط الضوء على الدور الحيوي الذي يلعبه اإلعالم في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب في ظل التحوالت التكنولوجية المتسارعة. فبينما أصبح اإلعالم جزًءا ال يتجزأ من الحياة اليومية للشباب، تعليم المهارات الرقمية التي يحتاجها الشباب لمواكبة العصر فإنه يمثل أداة قوية يمكن من خاللها نقل المعرفة و الرقمي. وعلى الرغم من الفرص العديدة التي يوفرها اإلعالم في هذا السياق، فإنه يواجه تحديات متعددة مثل انتشار وع تساهم المعلومات المغلوطة، وتأثير وسائل التواصل االجتماعي على سلوك الشباب. لذا، فإن دراسة هذا الموض في فهم كيفية تحسين استخدام اإلعالم لتعزيز الثقافة الرقمية، وبالتالي تمكين الشباب من االستفادة القصوى من .التقنيات الحديثة بشكل آمن وفّعال إن تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب له تأثير بعيد المدى على المجتمع ككل، حيث يسهم في تكوين جيل قادر على التعامل مع تحديات العصر الرقمي بكفاءة، مما يعزز من قدرتهم على اتخاذ قرارات مستنيرة في حياتهم اليومية، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org األكاديمية، والمهنية. لذلك، فإن هذا البحث يسعى إلى إضاءة المسارات التي يمكن من خاللها تعزيز هذا الدور .بشكل أفضل هدف البحث تأثير وسائل الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب من خالل تحليل يهدف هذا البحث إلى دراسة دور اإلعالم في تعزيز اإلعالم المختلفة في نشر الوعي الرقمي وتنمية المهارات الرقمية. كما يسعى إلى تحديد التحديات التي يواجهها ة للتطبيق لتحسين دور اإلعالم في بناء وتطوير الثقافة اإلعالم في هذا السياق، وتقديم حلول عملية ومقترحات قابل الرقمية لدى الشباب. من خالل هذا البحث، نهدف إلى تقديم توصيات تستند إلى نتائج الدراسة لتعزيز دور اإلعالم ة في توجيه الشباب نحو االستخدام األمثل للتكنولوجيا، مما يساهم في تكوين مجتمع رقمي واٍع وقادر على مواجه .التحديات المستقبلية إشكالية البحث كيف يمكن لإلعالم أن يلعب دوًرا فّعااًل في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لدى :تتمثل إشكالية هذا البحث في تساؤل رئيسي عالم مليء بالتحوالت الرقمية السريعة، الشباب في ظل التحديات التي يواجهها هذا القطاع؟ يعيش الشباب اليوم في حيث تتزايد الفرص والتحديات في آن واحد. من جهة، يتيح اإلعالم الرقمي فرًصا واسعة للتعلم والتفاعل االجتماعي والتطوير المهني. ومن جهة أخرى، فإن هذا اإلعالم قد يؤدي إلى نشر معلومات مغلوطة، وفتح المجال لسلوكيات .يشكل تهديًدا على الثقافة الرقمية السليمةغير صحية، مما إضافة إلى ذلك، يواجه اإلعالم العديد من التحديات في تقديم محتوى رقمي يعزز من مهارات الشباب في التعامل مع التقنيات بشكل آمن وواعي. فكيف يمكن لإلعالم أن يتعامل مع هذه التحديات ليصبح أداة فّعالة في تعزيز لتطوير هذه العملية بشكل يواكب المتغيرات التكنولوجية الثقافة الرقمية؟ وما هي الحلول الممكنة التي يمكن تبنيها المستمرة؟ فرضية البحث يمكن لإلعالم أن يلعب دوًرا محورًيا في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية لدى :تستند فرضية هذا البحث إلى االفتراض التالي الشباب إذا تم تطوير آليات إعالمية توعوية، وتقديم محتوى رقمي هادف، مع التركيز على الحلول التي تسهم في .النفسية معالجة التحديات المتعلقة بالمعلومات المغلوطة، والفجوة الرقمية، والتأثيرات السلبية على الصحة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org وفي هذا السياق، تفترض الدراسة أن اإلعالم، عندما يستخدم بشكل استراتيجي وواٍع، يمكن أن يكون أداة فعالة في المعلومات ووسائل تكنولوجيا إيجابي مع للتفاعل بشكل الرقمية الضرورية المهارات الشباب من اكتساب تمكين .ل إيجابي وآمنالتواصل االجتماعي، وبالتالي تعزيز ثقافتهم الرقمية بشك منهج البحث لتحقيق أهداف هذا البحث واإلجابة على إشكاليته، سيتم اتباع منهج الدراسة الوصفية التحليلية، حيث سيتم جمع الشباب، مع تسليط الضوء على الرقمية لدى الثقافة تعزيز لفهم دور اإلعالم في دقيق البيانات وتحليلها بشكل لظواهر والوقائع الحالية المتعلقة باإلعالم واألنشطة التحديات والحلول المقترحة. يعتمد هذا المنهج على وصف ا .الرقمية، وتحليل تأثيرها على الشباب في السياقات المختلفة المحور األول: الثقافة الرقمية: ضبط مفاهيمي أوال: تعريف الثقافة ُيعد مفهوم الثقافة من المفاهيم التي شغلت حيًزا واسًعا من اهتمام الباحثين، إذ يحمل هذا المصطلح أبعاًدا لغوية أكثر التعريفات بساطة وشيوًعا ما قّدمه عالم االجتماع المعاصر روبرت بير تمد، وفلسفية واجتماعية متعددة. ومن . حيث عّرف الثقافة بأنها: "ذلك الكّل المرّكب الذي يشمل كل ما نفكر فيه، أو نفعله، أو نملكه كأفراد في المجتمع يتضح من هذا التعريف الطابع التركيبي للثقافة، حيث ُتعد ظاهرة معقدة تتكّون من عناصر فكرية وأخرى سلوكية. والعالقات الثقافية، التحوالت هي: رئيسة، معايير ثالثة إلى الثقافة لمفهوم تحديدهم في الباحثون استند وقد ايير يظهر الفرق الجوهري بين مدى تطّور ثقافة مجتمع االجتماعية، وأنماط وأساليب الحياة. ومن خالل هذه المع ما وتقّدمه، إذ تنعكس الثقافة المجتمعية في قدرتها على التفاعل مع التغيرات ومواكبتها في مختلف مجاالت الحياة، .مما يجعلها أسلوًبا متكاماًل للعيش بجوانبه المتعددة لم يتفق الباحثون على تعريف موحد للثقافة، إذ تباينت وجهات نظرهم حول مضمونها وأبعادها. فقد عّرفها أنطونيو غرامشي بوصفها "ذلك المخزون الحي في الذاكرة، كمرّكب كلي ونمو تراكمي يتكّون من حصيلة العلوم والمعارف والق واألخالق، واآلداب، والفنون، والمعتقدات، والحسية، واألفكار الذهنية والمدركات والتقاليد، واألعراف، وانين، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org والموروثات التاريخية والبيئية، التي تسهم في تشكيل فكر اإلنسان وتمنحه صفاته األخالقية وقيمه االجتماعية، التي .م، ص(2018هـ/ 1424تنعكس على سلوكه العملي في الحياة" )عباس ورياح، ، حيث قال: "الثقافة أو الحضارة، بمعناها اإلثنوغرافي، 1871أما إدوارد تايلور، فقد قّدم تعريًفا مبكًرا للثقافة في عام هي ذلك الكل المركب الذي يضم المعارف والمعتقدات والفن واألخالق والقانون والتقاليد، إضافة إلى أي قدرات .(127تمع معين" )عفوفو، ص وعادات يكتسبها اإلنسان بصفته عضًوا في مج كما يرى بعض الباحثين أن الثقافة هي مجموع ما يتعّلمه الفرد وينقله من قيم واتجاهات ومعتقدات وأفكار، ترتبط .بمحيطه المجتمعي، ويتم اكتسابها من خالل تفاعله مع األسرة والبيئة التي يعيش فيها وتعرف أيضا بأنها المخزون المعرفي ومستودع قيم المجتمع وأعرافه وأحكامه ومفاهيمه السائدة التي يتأثر بها أفراد المجتمع بمختلف فئاتهم المتعلم واألمي، والكهل والطفل والمرأة والرجل بدرجات متفاوتة وفق استيعاب كل منهم." .(196)محمود أبو عامر، ص. ) أما التعريف اإلجرائي للثقافة يقصد بالثقافة على أنها مجموعة الصفات الخلقية والقيم االجتماعية التي تؤثر الفرد ."منذ والدته، حيث يصبح طباعه وشخصيته مرتبطة بأسلوب الحياة في الوسط الذي ولد فيه ثانيا: عولمة الثقافة :يتطلب الحديث عن العولمة في مجال الثقافة األخذ بعين االعتبار نقطتين اثنين تتعلق النقطة األولى بتحديد مدلول الثقافة ذاته، والوقوف على ما يختزنه المفهوم معين من مفاهيم عديدة ) قيم، ......سلوك، تصرفات، معايير، تصورات ونظم بمدلول العولمة الثقافية وعملية عولمة الثقافة بين الثقافات سواء تم ذلك بطرق سلمية أما النقطة الثانية فتتعلق .extra culturelle" ثقافية أو تم بطرق عنيفة "ما فوق ما فوق ثقافية ومن بين هذه المفاهيم: مفهوم "التثاقف" ومفهوم الغزو الثقافي ومفهوم التبعية الثقافية، باإلضافة طبعا لمفهوم عولمة .(138، ص 2001الثقافة أو العولمة الثقافية ) زمام نوفمبر تعتبر ثقافة العولمة اإلطار المعرفي الذي يجعل النظام الرأسمالي مقبواًل من سائر الشعوب، وال يكون في هذه الحالة في صورة ظاهرة تتمثل في إخضاع عقل هذه الشعوب لتقبل النظام الرأسمالي فحسب؛ بل إعالًنا للتكيف من قبل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org مفكرين استراتيجيين مخططين لوضع دعامات فكر بعينه ييسر تقبل فكرة االنخراط في حركة الرأسمال وسيرورته (.39، ص 2004كما يحلو للغرب أن يسيره . ) فرج .(144143، ص.ص. 2001وسيتم تناول البعد الثقافي للعولمة من وجهين ) زمام نوفمبر :الوجه األول نؤكد فيه في البداية على عدم انطواء العولمة بشكلها الراهن على تعميم شامل لرأسمال ثقافي إنساني موحد من شأنه تقريب الشعوب والمجتمعات وتحقيق تالقي فيما بينها عكس ما يعتقد أنصار علم االجتماع الكوني، ونكاد نجزم :ذا مستحيل ألسباب كثيرةبعدم اتجاه العولمة الراهنة ألن تنشئ ثقافة واحدة، فه وذلك ألنها ال تنسجم مع طابع الهيمنة وعدم التكافؤ الذي يرافق مسار العولمة؛ فالعولمة الثقافية، في هذا -1السياق، ال تختلف كثيًرا عن العولمة التقنية، إذ ال تهدف إلى تعميم الثقافة أو إشاعتها عالمًيا، بل تركز على تصدير .منتجاتها الثقافية فحسب تحول الخصوصيات الثقافة دون انخراط كافة الهويات والشعوب في بوتقة ثقافية واحدة، فنحن على العكس -2 من ذلك نشهد انبعاث ثقافات متعددة، وانتعاش كيانات ثقافية جديدة. إذ جعلت أجهزة اإلعالم المختلفة والمحطات .ة وتاريخها الفريد الكبرى األقليات والهويات الثانوية تنتبه إلى خصوصيتها الثقافي ال ينبغي اختزال التأثير على الثقافات األخرى من خالل التدليل على انتشار وتحبيذ نمط االستهالك الغربي أو -3 .المنتوجات الغربية، في حين أن روح الثقافة تشمل اللغة الدين والقيم والعادات :الوجه الثاني :غير أن استحالة تعميم ثقافة ما ، ال يعني عدم وجود تأثير للعولمة على الصعيد الثقافي .تعمل العولمة من خالل آليات على إضعاف الثقافات المحلية -1نجحت في فرض النموذج األمريكي للحياة واالستهالك والتصور مما انعكس سلبا على روح االبداع واالبتكار 2 .الذاتي، وكذا االعتزاز باالنتماء لدى البعض .تمثل الصناعة الثقافية تهديدا معتبرا على الثقافات التقليدية، بفضل ما تتمتع من قدرة على االنتشار واالختراق -3american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org ثالثا: تعريف الثقافة الرقمية ُيعد مفهوم "الثقافة الرقمية" من المفاهيم الحديثة التي برزت في ميدان العلوم االجتماعية، وُيشير إلى المجال الذي الرقمي، تماًما كما ترتبط الثقافة الصحية بالمجال الصحي، أو الثقافة البيئية بالمجال البيئي. وتدل هذه يرتبط بالعالم .المفاهيم على تمّكن األفراد من مجال معين، وامتالكهم لسلوكيات معرفية تمّكنهم من التفاعل الفّعال معه ، لما فايبرو فيسبوكإن جوهر الثقافة الرقمية يتمثل في تمكين أفراد المجتمع من استخدام التطبيقات الرقمية، مثل لها من دور كبير في تسهيل إنجاز المهام المهنية والشخصية، باإلضافة إلى دورها المحوري في الوصول إلى المعلومات. وقد تحّولت هذه الممارسات الرقمية من مجرد ظواهر عابرة إلى سلوكيات أساسية في الحياة اليومية، ما .واحدة من أخطر التحديات التي قد تهدد المجتمعات المعاصرة األمية الرقميةجعل البنية األساسية لعصر الثقافة الرقمية، إذ ُيقصد بالمصطلح "رقمي" من الناحية التقنية، تحويل 1و 0وُيعتبر الرقمان الحروف والصور واألصوات إلى نظام ثنائي مكّون من الصفر والواحد، لُيعاد تحويلها عند االستقبال إلى لغة مفهومة .(68– 67، ص 2017للبشر )لولي، عملية ميكنة شاملة " :الثقافة الرقمية بأنها آل دحوانو (639، ص 2019السماك )وفي هذا السياق، ُيعّرف كلٌّ من لكافة المهام واألنشطة اإلدارية داخل المؤسسات، باالعتماد على تقنيات المعلومات الضرورية، بما يحقق أهداف اإلدارة الحديثة في تقليل استخدام الورق، وتبسيط اإلجراءات، والتخّلص من الروتين، واإلسراع في إنجاز المعامالت ".ارات بمنظومة الحكومة اإللكترونية في المستقبلبدقة، استعداًدا لربط هذه اإلد عملية حديثة تعتمد فيها اإلدارة على منظومة إلكترونية متكاملة توظف تقنيات " :الثقافة الرقمية بأنها العاجزعّرف المعلومات بهدف تحسين مختلف العمليات اإلدارية داخل المؤسسة، من خالل تحويل العمل من األساليب اليدوية تقليل الجهد والتكال يف، وتحقيق أقصى إلى نماذج تشغيل تعتمد على التكنولوجيا الرقمية، األمر الذي يسهم في ".استفادة ممكنة من المعلومات المتاحة قدرة الفرد على استخدام التقنية، والتواصل مع اآلخرين عبر الوسائل اإللكترونية " :، فقد عّرفها بأنهاالهمشري أما .الحديثة، والدخول بسهولة إلى عالم التكنولوجيا والمعلومات، مع االلتزام بأخالقيات التعامل معها التعليم لتكنولوجيا الدولية الجمعية بأنها (iste) وُتعّرف الرقمية من :الثقافة ومتفاعلة متكاملة منظومة لتحقيق ُتستخدم التي والمبادئ واألفكار، والضوابط، والقواعد، والمعايير، والمهارات، والمعارف، االستراتيجيات، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org والمسؤول للتقنيات الرقمية. وتهدف هذه المنظومة إلى استثمار هذه التقنيات بطريقة ذكية وآمنة، االستخدام األمثل من خالل التحكم في الوصول إلى المحتوى الرقمي وإنتاجه، وضمان اإلتاحة العادلة له، وتوجيه االستخدام نحو )بن زينب، ".المعرفة والممارسات المثلى تحقيق منافع التقنيات الحديثة، إضافة إلى الحماية من مخاطرها، وتعزيز . (420، ص 2019 ثالثا: أبعاد الثقافة الرقمية إن الثقافة الرقمية مهمة على مستوى اإلفراد والمؤسسات والمجتمع. فعلى مستوى الفرد فان الفرد الذي ال يحسن وبمهارات الرقمية التقنيات بأهمية بالجهل المتمثلة المعرفة أمية من يعاني االنترنت وشبكة الحاسب استخدام ايات القرن الماضي ممثلة بالجهل بتقنيات اللغة وتطبيقاتها استخدامها وهي ال تختلف عن أمية القراءة والكتابة في بد في االتصال. ويمكن القول إن نجاح الفرد سيكون بمستوى ثقافته الرقمية فكلما زادت ثقافته الرقمية أصبحت قابليته مد في الحصول على الوظائف واالمتيازات اكبر. أما على مستوى المؤسسات فان نجاح المؤسسة واستمرارها يعت .بشكل رئيسي بمستوى تعاملها مع النظم الرقمية ومواكبة التطورات السريعة في هذا المجال كما أن الثقافة الرقمية هي السبيل الوحيد الذي يمكن هذه المؤسسات من الدخول إلى العصر الرقمي. وعلى مستوى المجتمع فان عصر العولمة وتحدياته الكبيرة في مجاالت المعرفة والمعلومات والثقافة والتقنيات واإلنتاج والتجارة للمجتمعات النامية لتقليص الفجوة بينها وبين المجتمعات المتقدمة يمثل مدخال ضروريا ألدراك أهمية الثقافة الرقمية .وتحقيق نهوضها االقتصادي والعلمي المحور الثاني: الثقافة الرقمية: أبعادها وتحدياتها أوال: أبعاد الثقافة الرقمية .تتمثل الثقافة الرقمية بثالثة أبعاد هي : وثقافة المعلومات ثقافة الحاسب -1تعتمد ثقافة الحاسب على إدراك أهميته كبديل مستقبلي للقلم والمفكرة واإلدارة المميزة وفي أهمية تجاوز حاجز الخوف .من التعامل مع الحاسوب وتبني فكرة مغادرة العمل الورقي واستبداله بالعمل االلكتروني ثقافة االنترنت -2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org تعتمد ثقافة االنترنت على إدراك أهمية الشبكة باعتبارها البديل المستقبلي لنظم االتصال المختلفة والمكتبات والصحف الورقية ونظم التعليم والبيع والشراء... الخ والقادرة على توفير ثقافة عالمية مشتركة وضرورة تجاوز محددات التعامل . والتجارية واإلنتاجية... الخ األنشطة وخصوصا التعليميةمع االنترنت وتبني استخدامها في جميع الوقوع في يتسبب قد مثال االجتماعية كالشبكات االنترنت شبكة خدمات بعض استخدام سوء مشاكل في لكن . اجتماعية وقانونية وأخيرا فإن ثقافة المعلومات التي تعتمد على إدراك أهمية المعلومات باعتبارها البديل المستقبلي لصنع القرارات وذلك بما توفره من قدرة عالية في معالجة البيانات وتحويلها إلى مؤشرات مساندة لبناء البدائل واتخاذ القرارات. وتعتمد زها بنظم المعلومات المساندة لصنع القرارات كالنظم الخبيرة والنظم كذلك على استخدام شبكات المعلومات وتعزي الذكية اإلعالم الرقمي ونشر ثقافة السالم:المحور الثالث: ال يقّل دور المؤسسة اإلعالمية في عملية التنشئة االجتماعية للفرد عن دور كلٍّ من المؤسسة التربوية والمؤسسة العائلية، إذ أصبح الوقت الذي يقضيه الطفل أو الشاب في التفاعل مع وسائل اإلعالم ال يقّل أهمية عن الوقت (1).الذي يمضيه في المدرسة في ظل عصر يتسم بتطور تكنولوجي هائل وانتشار إعالمي غير مسبوق، بات اإلعالم ُيعّد فاعاًل أساسًيا يتحّمل تشكيل قيم المجتمع وثقافته. ومن هذا المنطلق، ُيصبح دور اإلعالم في نشر ثقافة التسامح جزًءا كبيًرا من مسؤولية بتعدد ترتبط تحديات عديدة يواجه الدور هذا فإن ذلك، ومع وقت مضى. أي من وإلحاًحا أهمية أكثر والسالم إخضاع جميع الوسائل اإلعالمية المصالح االقتصادية والمادية، وتنّوع االنتماءات اإلعالمية، مما يجعل من الصعب لسياسة موّحدة أو تحميلها بمعايير والتزامات ثابتة. وُيعّد هذا التنّوع والتشّتت أحد أبرز المعّوقات التي تعيق قدرة وقد برزت مع العقد األول من األلفية الثالثة ظاهرة شبكات .اإلعالم على تبّني ونشر منظومة قيم أو ثقافة موّحدة الجتماعي، التي أصبحت في متناول يد الماليين من الناس في العالم، ومكنت هذه الشبكات المنتمين من التواصل ا تحت مسمى المواطن الصحفي. التعامل معها بحيث أصبح المواطن المعاصر اليوم (، دعوة إلى السالم عن ثقافة السالم والالعنف والتسامح ومفاهيم أخرى، القاهرة، ص 2017مركز هردو لدعم التعبير الرقمي ) 1 21 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org وألن هذه الشبكات لها مساحة واسعة في النشر عبر الفضاء االلكتروني، فإن ما ينشر فيها من موضوعات ورسومات ومجاالت متعددة له صدى التي الجمهور المستخدم، ومن تلك الموضوعات ما يتعلق بالقيم األخالقية وبعض المباني كراهية والتعصب والتطرف، وعلى النقيض من ذلك ثقافة اإلنسانية العامة، وثقافات متنوعة، منها ما يدعو إلى ال للخير المحبة المجمعات كل هدف هي التي والتسامح، السالم ثقافة وهي إليها الحاجة أمس في نحن أخرى (2) واألمن". فمع انتشار وسائل اإلعالم الجديد وشيوع استخدام شبكات التواصل االجتماعي التي غدت هوية العصر وعنوانه االتصال، فان شرائح المجتمع في كل مكان اتجهت للمشاركة الفاعلة في هذه الشركات واالنخراط فيها بشكل غير ثرها في مختلف شرائح المجتمع وخاصة الشباب، مسبوق، وخصوصا عند العقد الثاني من األلفية الثالثة، وشدة تأ الداخلي من خالل تسليط الضوء على فأصبح من الضرورة أن تولي وسائل التواصل االجتماعي األحكام بالوضع (3) تعزيز ثقافة السالم والتعايش االجتماعي وغرس ثقافة قبول اآلخر فيما بينهم. 2 دعوة إلى اإلسالم: عن ثقافة اإلسالم والعنف والتسامح ومفاهيم .(2017) مركز هردو لدعم التعبير الرقمي -1 .21القاهرة: ص. .أخرى والتوزيع، األردن: دار أسامة للنشر .اإلعالم الجديد: شبكات التواصل االجتماعي .(2014) خليل علي شقرة 2 .85الطبعة األولى، ص. لقد أصبح اإلعالم الرقمي بشتى أنواعه أداة رئيسة في تشكيل الرأي العام وتوطيد ثقافة الحوار وزيادة الوعي ومعرفة اآلخر، بل أصبح "محرك نفاذ" نحو ثقافة العنف وعدم الحشد تعزيز ثقافة التسامح ومد جسور التواصل اإلنساني من خالل محاصرة خطاب الكراهية ونبذ واالصطفاف تجاه التصادم الحضاري بل على العكس أصبح أداة حضارية لمد جسور التعارف والتواصل اإلنساني، لهذا فدور اإلعالم أخذ بالتعاظم في النشاط البشري وعلى جميع األصعدة خاصة فيما يتعلق ببناء قيم المجتمعات فكرا وثقافة وسلوكا ايجابيا .. اإلنسانية من خالل تطويرها وتنميتها مقدم إلى المؤتمر الدولي بعنوان ( اإلعالم ونشر ثقافة التعايش والتسامح، بحث محكم 2016مراد كامل خورشيد أميرة كوكش ) 3 دور اإلعالم في مكافحة اإلرهاب والتطرف اإلعالم االفتراضي سالح اإلرهاب الجديد جامعة الدول العربية وهيئة البث الفضائي 15العربي، عمان، ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org الدور المفترض لإلعالم في صناعة السالم ليكون سالما ايجابيا ومستداما ويتم تغيير الثقافة المجتمعية إيجابا نحو السالم يستلزم أن يمر بهذه الخطوات وبالتدريج، ألن ما تم من تعبئة للمجتمع نحو الحرب خالل فترة طويلة حتى تلك القناعة والثقافة المجتمعية حيث تتم هذه العملية عبر مراحل تحول إلى ثقافة يستوجب أن تكون هناك فتره لتغيير (4) وخطوات كالتالي: حجز مساحات إعالمية في جميع وسائل إعالم جميع األطراف تدعو للسالم والتعايش والتسامح مع اآلخر. التوسيع التدريجي للمساحات اإلعالمية التي تدعو للسالم. تخفيض نشر وإظهار نقاط االلتقاء بين جميع األطراف المتفق عليها وفي مقدمتها حب الوطن والمصلحة العامة. مساحات نشر نقاط االختالف بين األطراف بشكل تدريجي. نشر وتوضيح أضرار الحرب وايجابيات السالم. ما تم توضيحه من خطوات لصناعة السالم هي مسؤولية وطنية على جميع األطراف الشروع في تنفيذها أن كان ( 5) حقيقة ينشدون السالم ويسعون لتحقيقه .. التفاعل بين شبكات التواصل االجتماعي وقضايا ثقافة السالم -3 والتسامح: إن المتتبع لثورة االتصال واإلعالم في عصر المعلومات، يدرك أن اإلعالم أصبح محوريا ال بسبب التقنيات التي يستخدمها فقط، وإنما بسبب طبيعة الرسالة اإلعالمية عبر هذه التقنيات، حيث يقول نبيل علي تحت عنوان محورية معلومات ما هو إال مجرد طغيان الوسيط االلكتروني اإلعالم واالتصال: " لقد ظن البعض خطأ أن إعالم عصر ال على باقي وسائط االتصال األخرى، لكنه في حقيقة األمر أخطر من ذلك بكثير، فاألهم هو طبيعة الرسائل التي . 78(، الرأي والرأي اآلخر في اإلعالم، عمان: الطبعة األولى، دار األيام للنشر والتوزيع، ص 2015علي كنعان ) 4 مجلة جامعة بابل للعلوم ".دور المؤسسة اإلعالمية في نشر ثقافة التسامح: دراسة تحليلية. (2015) أحمد جاسم مطرود 5 .2134(، العراق، ص. 4(، العدد ) 23اإلنسانية، المجلد ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org تتدفق خالل هذا الوسيط االتصالي الجديد، وسرعة تدفقها وطرق توزيعها واستقبالها، وبالتالي فقد نجمت عن ذلك (6)تغيرات جوهرية في دور اإلعالم جعلت منه محورا أساسيا في منظومة المجتمع " .. الخاتمة القول إن اإلعالم، بكافة أشكاله التقليدية والرقمية، يلعب دوًرا بالغ األهمية في تعزيز في ختام هذا البحث، يمكننا الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب. لقد تمكنا من تسليط الضوء على تأثير اإلعالم في نشر الوعي الرقمي وتنمية المهارات ياق مثل انتشار المعلومات المغلوطة، والفجوة التقنية للشباب، فضاًل عن التحديات التي يواجهها اإلعالم في هذا الس الرقمية، والتأثيرات النفسية المرتبطة باالستخدام المفرط للتكنولوجيا. ومع ذلك، يتضح أن اإلعالم يمتلك إمكانيات .كبيرة في تشكيل ثقافة رقمية إيجابية إذا تم استخدامه بشكل استراتيجي وواعٍ لقد أظهرت الدراسة أن الشباب بحاجة إلى توجيه وتوعية مستمرين الكتساب المهارات الرقمية التي تتيح لهم التفاعل بشكل آمن وواعي مع وسائل اإلعالم الحديثة. كما أن اإلعالم يحتاج إلى تبني استراتيجيات جديدة تركز على نشر بين مختلف المؤسسات المعنية لتحقيق أفضل النتائج في هذا المحتوى الرقمي الموثوق والهادف، مع تعزيز التعاون .المجال االستنتاجات يمثل اإلعالم أداة فّعالة في نشر الثقافة الرقمية لدى الشباب من خالل توجيههم نحو استخدام التكنولوجيا .1 .بشكل آمن وواٍع، وتنمية مهاراتهم في التعامل مع المعلومات الرقمية رغم الفوائد التي يوفرها اإلعالم الرقمي، إال أنه يواجه تحديات كبيرة مثل انتشار األخبار المغلوطة والمحتوى .2 غير الموثوق، إضافة إلى التأثيرات السلبية المحتملة على الصحة النفسية للشباب بسبب االستخدام المفرط .للتكنولوجيا وأثره في تشكيل الوعي في عصر العولمة، الدنمرك ( ، تداول المعلومات عبر االنترنت 2007باسل عبد المحسن القاضي ) 6 14األكاديمية العربية المفتوحة، ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org يساهم اإلعالم التقليدي مثل التلفزيون والصحف، باإلضافة إلى اإلعالم الرقمي من خالل اإلنترنت ووسائل .3 التواصل االجتماعي، في نشر الوعي الرقمي بين الشباب. لكن ال بد من تبني آليات متطورة لتحسين فعالية .هذه الوسائل يعتبر التعليم الرقمي جزًءا أساسًيا من بناء الثقافة الرقمية، ويجب أن يكون جزًءا من المناهج التعليمية في .4 .المدارس والجامعات. يجب أن يتزامن مع تقديم محتوى إعالمي مستمر يركز على تعزيز الوعي الرقمي التوصيات من الضروري تكثيف البرامج اإلعالمية التي تهدف إلى توعية الشباب بكيفية استخدام التكنولوجيا بشكل .1 آمن وفّعال، مع التركيز على نشر المعرفة حول الخصوصية الرقمية، واألمن السيبراني، وتحليل المحتوى .الرقمي ينبغي تعزيز التعاون بين المؤسسات اإلعالمية، التعليمية، والتكنولوجية إلنشاء برامج مشتركة تسهم في .2 أدوات وتوفير الرقمي الوعي تساهم في نشر أن الشراكات يمكن هذه للشباب. الرقمية المهارات تطوير .تعليمية مبتكرة والمضلل، .3 الضار المحتوى إزالة يتم بحيث للشباب، الموجه الرقمي المحتوى لتقنين آليات يجب وضع تقييم برامج وضع اإلعالمية للمؤسسات يمكن الرقمية. الثقافة من يعزز هادف محتوى إنتاج وتشجيع .للمحتوى الرقمي الموجه لهذه الفئة يجب أن يرافق أي جهود في تعزيز الثقافة الرقمية برامج دعم نفسي تهدف إلى مواجهة التأثيرات السلبية .4 التي قد تنشأ بسبب االستخدام المفرط للتكنولوجيا، مثل اإلدمان على اإلنترنت أو التأثيرات السلبية على .العالقات االجتماعية ينبغي العمل على تقليل الفجوة الرقمية بين الشباب في المناطق الريفية أو تلك الفئات التي ال تمتلك إمكانية .5 الوصول إلى التكنولوجيا الحديثة. يتطلب هذا توفير مصادر تعليمية رقمية ودورات تدريبية للشباب في هذه .المناطق قائمة المصادر: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org والتسامح ومفاهيم أخرى، (، دعوة إلى السالم عن ثقافة السالم والالعنف 2017مركز هردو لدعم التعبير الرقمي ) القاهرة االجتماعي، األردن الطبعة األولى، دار أسامة للنشر ( اإلعالم الجديد شبكات التواصل 2014خليل علي شقرة ) والتوزيع ( اإلعالم ونشر ثقافة التعايش والتسامح، بحث محكم مقدم إلى المؤتمر 2016مراد كامل خورشيد أميرة كوكش ) الدولي بعنوان دور اإلعالم في مكافحة اإلرهاب والتطرف اإلعالم االفتراضي سالح اإلرهاب الجديد جامعة الدول العربية وهيئة البث الفضائي العربي، عمان (، الرأي والرأي اآلخر في اإلعالم، عمان: الطبعة األولى، دار األيام للنشر والتوزيع 2015علي كنعان ) (، دور المؤسسة اإلعالمية في نشر ثقافة التسامح: دراسة تحليلية، مجلة جامعة بابل 2015أحمد جاسم مطرود ) ( ، العراق 4(، العدد )23للعلوم اإلنسانية، المجلد ) ( ، تداول المعلومات عبر االنترنت وأثره في تشكيل الوعي في عصر العولمة، 2007باسل عبد المحسن القاضي ) الدنمرك األكاديمية العربية المفتوحة .الفجوة الرقمية، رؤية عربية لمجتمع المعرفة. علم المعرفة 2005علي نبيل وحجازي، نادية أوت .(. العولمة واإلسالم والعرب المنصورة دار الوفاء2004فرج لسيد أحمد . ) ) ب المجالت ( مستوى الثقافة الرقمية لدى عينة من اآلباء واألمهات في محافظات قطاع مجلة2019أبو عامر، آمال محمود ) الجامعة اإلسالمية للدراسات التربوبية والنفسية. غزة ( فضاءات المطالعة العمومية ودورها في تفعيل ونشر ثقافة المعلومات والثقافة 2019بن زينب فاطمة . ) ديسمبر الرقمية المجلة العربية لألرشيف والتوثيق والمعلومات .1(. عولمة الثقافة المستحيل والممكن. مجلة العلوم اإلنسانية. ع 2001زمام نور الدين نوغمبر ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org مركز (. المفاهيم العامة للثقافة وانعكاسها واجتياح الفنون والثقافة التركية للثقافة العربية 2014عفوفو، عبد السالم ) 2البصيرة للبحوث واالستشارات والخدمات التعليمية دراسات إسالمية، ع. ( مجتمع المعلومات والفجوة الرقمية في الدول العربية مجلة جامعة دمشق، المجلد. 2014علي، سمير الشيخ. )) 30 ( صراع القيم بين الثقافة المحلية والثقافة االفتراضية في ظل الفضاء2018صغير عباس فريدة ورباح ، رضوان ) 11، ع 10السيبراني. مجلة البدر. مج 29( . الثقافة الرقمية في وسط الشباب. مجلة اللوم اإلنسانية واالجتماعية. ع 2017لولي، حسيبة جوان ) الثانوية من وجهة نظر المشرفين التربويين ، المؤتمر العلمي الدولي األول، العلوم اإلنسانية والصرفة رؤية نحو ( توظيف الثقافة الرقمية في إدارة الوقت عند مديري 2019شباط ) 12( 11عبد فتحي السماك اسراء غانم ) التربية والتعليم المعاصرة"، نقابة االكاديميين العراقيين العراق مركز االستراتيجي األكاديمي. جامعة دهوك المدارس american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org the strain of mega events on local resources: a case study of 2023 afcon hosted by cote d'ivoire ¹osuoha ifeanyi jude, ²aremu samuel olabisi, ³onyeonoro okechukwu cletus, ¹omolade sarah, ¹popoola esther oyindamola, ¹benson esther imafon ¹department of hospitality and tourism management, faculty of agriculture, federal, university oye-ekiti, ekiti state, nigeria. ²bamidele olumilua university of education, science and technology, ikere ekiti, ekiti state, nigeria. ³department of hospitality and tourism management, college of applied food sciences and tourism, michael okpara university of agriculture, umudike, abia state, nigeria. corresponding author's e-mail; ifeanyi.osuoha@fuoye.edu.ng zaorcid: 0009-0007-6913-6765 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper investigated the strain of mega events on local resources: a case study of 2023 afcon in cote d'ivoire. the research design adopted for this study is descriptive and survey-based, which enabled the systematic collection of primary data through the administration of a structured questionnaire. the study focused on a sample of 150 respondents, selected from various communities within the local government area. descriptive analysis was employed to analysis the data. result from the study revealed that hosting the afcon competition will positively impact on nigeria's economy. it will increase local tourism and cultural exchange in nigeria. hosting the afcon competition will increase creation of job opportunities for the locals. it will promote peace and unity through sports amongst nigerians. result also showed that hosting the afcon competition has more benefits than concerns on nigerians and nigeria. sports, tourism, resource, strain, mega, afcon. introduction sports tourism, broadly defined as travel undertaken to observe or participate in sporting events, has evolved into a significant driver of global socio-economic development. it encompasses a wide range of activities, from mass spectator events to elite competitions, and contributes substantially to local and national economies through tourism receipts, infrastructure investments, employment creation, and enhanced international visibility (tichaawa & swart, 2018). as nations increasingly leverage sports as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org a tool for national development, sports tourism has assumed a strategic position within public policy, especially in emerging and developing economies aiming to diversify their economic base and stimulate new growth sectors. one of the most prominent manifestations of sports tourism is the hosting of mega-sporting events, defined as large-scale sporting occasions that require substantial investment, attract global audiences, and yield broad socio-economic effects. the africa cup of nations (afcon), as africa’s premier football competition, has grown to rival other continental tournaments in its scale, prestige, and potential for transformation. beyond the immediate sporting spectacle, events like afcon serve as powerful vehicles for nation branding, infrastructure development, and regional integration (hemmonsbey & tichaawa, 2018; nyikana & tichaawa, 2023). they also offer countries a platform to demonstrate political stability, institutional capacity, and socio-economic ambition to the international community. in recent decades, emerging economies, particularly in sub-saharan africa, have pursued the hosting of mega-events such as afcon with increased vigour. this approach is rooted in the belief that such events can accelerate modernization, attract foreign direct investment (fdi), stimulate tourism, and inspire civic pride and unity (bob & swart, 2010; marumo et al., 2015). moreover, hosting these events provides an opportunity to upgrade infrastructure—roads, airports, stadiums, hotels, and communication systems—that might otherwise lack investment. in essence, mega-events are seen not only as sports competitions but as development catalysts that can help address deep-rooted structural challenges. the 2023 afcon in côte d'ivoire is a striking example of this trend. the ivorian government reportedly allocated over $1 billion to prepare for the tournament, channelling funds into the construction of new stadiums, modernization of transportation networks, expansion of health facilities, and enhancement of urban amenities to meet the standards required by the confederation of african football (caf) (adebayo & akinlabi, 2023; imf, 2023). these investments were intended to deliver a wide array of long-term benefits, including job creation, increased tourism, improved international image, and national cohesion. there was an implicit expectation that such spending would yield a positive legacy—one that would transcend the tournament itself and deliver lasting value to ivorian society. however, while the anticipated benefits of hosting mega-events are often foregrounded in policy rhetoric and promotional discourse, there is a growing body of literature that urges caution. numerous studies have pointed to the opportunity costs associated with such large-scale investments, particularly in countries where public resources are scarce and basic services remain underfunded (mccullough et al., 2020; salgado-barandela et al., 2021). in many cases, the influx of capital into mega-event preparation comes at the expense of critical sectors such as healthcare, education, and housing. furthermore, while infrastructure development is often framed as a public good, the benefits may be unevenly distributed, with rural areas, marginalized communities, and vulnerable populations seeing little to no gain from the event (kim & petrick, 2005; johnston et al., 2021). environmental sustainability is another critical concern. mega-events often demand rapid urban transformation, leading to environmental degradation, increased carbon footprints, and overexploitation of natural resources. temporary surges in population and activity can strain water supplies, waste management systems, and energy infrastructure, particularly in cities already grappling with the effects of rapid urbanization (fredline, 2004; chen, 2011). these impacts are frequently american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org overlooked or minimized in planning processes, resulting in unsustainable development trajectories that may be difficult to reverse post-event. this is where the triple bottom line (tbl) framework becomes especially useful for evaluating the true impact of mega-events. the tbl approach encourages a holistic analysis of economic, social, and environmental outcomes (elkington, 1997; chen, 2011). while economic gains such as fdi inflows, increased consumption, and tourism receipts are more easily quantifiable and often receive substantial media and political attention, the social and environmental dimensions—such as community displacement, noise pollution, social exclusion, and ecological degradation—are frequently underreported, undermeasured, or entirely overlooked. this results in an incomplete understanding of the actual costs and benefits of hosting mega-events. in the african context, where developmental aspirations must be weighed carefully against pressing social needs, the issue becomes even more pronounced. studies have documented instances where event-driven infrastructure lies idle after competitions conclude—so-called "white elephants"—while countries continue to service debts accrued during preparation (achu, 2019; ohmann et al., 2006). such outcomes not only compromise fiscal sustainability but also erode public trust in government priorities and long-term planning capacities. côte d'ivoire’s hosting of the 2023 afcon thus presents a timely and critical case study for exploring these complex dynamics. the country’s commitment to the event came at a time of growing demands for improved public services, increased access to education, and better healthcare delivery. understanding how the intensive financial and logistical requirements of the tournament impacted local resource allocation, service delivery, and community well-being is vital for assessing whether such events genuinely contribute to development or serve more symbolic and political functions. this study is theoretically anchored in the social exchange theory (set), which posits that people evaluate events and interventions based on a cost-benefit analysis of personal and communal outcomes (gursoy & kendall, 2006; prayag et al., 2013). within this framework, residents are more likely to support mega-events when they perceive that the benefits—such as jobs, improved infrastructure, and international exposure—outweigh the associated costs, including congestion, displacement, or misallocation of funds. by applying set, this study investigates how ivorian citizens, particularly those in host cities, perceived and were affected by the hosting of afcon 2023. despite the high expectations placed on mega-sporting events as catalysts for development, there is limited empirical evidence on their actual impact in african countries. the 2023 afcon involved massive financial and infrastructural commitments by the ivorian government. however, the extent to which these investments delivered tangible and equitable benefits to local communities remains unclear. this research therefore seeks to investigate whether the hosting of the 2023 afcon in côte d'ivoire disproportionately strained local resources and public services, potentially undermining national development goals and displacing critical social priorities. therefore, the study will aim at critically examining the strain of mega-events on local resources, using the 2023 africa cup of nations in côte d'ivoire as a case study, with a focus on economic, infrastructural, social, and environmental impacts within a developing country context. however, the importance of creating awareness for sports tourism should also be emphasized (aina, osuoha, aremu, oladapo & popoola, 2025). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods this study was undertaken in ado-ekiti, the capital of ekiti state, situated in the southwestern region of nigeria. recognized as one of the most developed urban centers within the state, ado-ekiti holds significant historical and contemporary relevance. formerly the administrative seat of the pre-colonial ekiti kingdom, the city is renowned for its rich cultural heritage. it is predominantly inhabited by members of the yoruba ethnic group and has an estimated population exceeding 500,000, positioning it among the more densely populated cities in nigeria. ado-ekiti possesses a vibrant sports culture, with football emerging as the most prominent and widely supported sport. the presence of various sports facilities and numerous active fan clubs—spanning both urban and rural contexts—demonstrates a strong community engagement with sporting events. this high level of participation and interest in sports renders ado-ekiti a strategically appropriate location for investigating public awareness of sports tourism and its related impacts. the research adopted a descriptive survey design, which facilitated the systematic collection of primary data through the administration of a structured questionnaire. this methodological approach was chosen to effectively capture the perceptions of residents regarding the strain imposed by mega-events on local resources, with particular reference to the 2023 africa cup of nations (afcon) held in côte d'ivoire. data collection was carried out across multiple communities within the ado-ekiti local government area (lga). owing to logistical and resource constraints, it was impractical to survey the entire population. consequently, a sample of 150 respondents was drawn from various communities within the lga using purposive and stratified sampling techniques to ensure diversity and representation. to comprehensively address the research objectives and analyze the variables of interest, the study employed a mixed-methods approach, incorporating both quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis techniques. this methodological triangulation enhanced the depth, validity, and reliability of the findings by capturing a broader spectrum of perspectives. while the study is geographically limited to ado-ekiti, the insights generated may have broader applicability to other nigerian urban centers that share similar socio-cultural characteristics, urbanization patterns, and levels of public engagement in sports. these parallels suggest potential relevance for policy and academic discussions concerning the implications of mega-events on local communities in similar contexts. cochran’s equation of finite population was used to determine the sample of the study. the formula is stated below: n0 = 𝑍2𝑝𝑞 𝑒2𝑁 n0 = 𝑆𝑆 1+ (𝑆𝑆−1) 𝑃𝑜𝑝 where ss = sample size pop = population n = sample size z = z value of confidence level. p = estimated proportion of an attribute present in the population q = 1-p e = desired level of precision expressed in decimal. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org n= population size. using a 90% confidence interval; z = 1.645 e = ± 10% = 0.1 p = 0.5 (maximum variable) q = 10.5 = 0.5 n = 0.5 n0 = (2.53)2(0.5)(0.5) (0.10)2 = 160 n0 = 160 1+ (160−1) 4300 = 153.85 ὡ 150 the sampling procedure employed in this study involved the random selection of residential divisions within the ado-ekiti local government area. a simple random sampling technique was adopted to ensure that each unit of the population had an equal chance of being selected, thereby enhancing the representativeness of the sample. primary data served as the main source of information for this study. this data was collected using a structured questionnaire, which was administered to residents across various communities within the study area. the questionnaire served as the principal research instrument and was designed to elicit responses relevant to the research objectives. the questionnaire consisted of both close-ended and open-ended questions. the close-ended questions formed the structured core of the instrument and were primarily used to facilitate quantitative analysis. the open-ended questions, on the other hand, were incorporated to capture more nuanced responses and to provide a more holistic understanding of the participants’ perspectives. the items in the questionnaire addressed key issues related to the strain of mega events on local resources: a case study of 2023 afcon in cote d'ivoire. the questionnaire utilized a five-point likert scale ranging from strongly agree (sa) to strongly disagree (sd), allowing respondents to express the degree of their agreement with each statement. for the purpose of data analysis, the study employed the spearman’s rank correlation coefficient. this statistical technique was selected due to the quantitative nature of the data collected, which comprised ordinal variables that could be ranked. spearman’s correlation is particularly appropriate when assessing the strength and direction of association between two ranked variables. this method was deemed suitable as the study fulfilled the required conditions for its application, including: an adequate sample size (minimum of 10 observations), independent observations, data presented in frequency form, and use of the entire dataset without omissions. the technique also allows for the testing of hypotheses by comparing observed values against expected values under the assumption that the null hypothesis is true. moreover, degrees of freedom, determined by sample size, were considered in interpreting the significance of the correlation coefficients. the use of this technique enabled the researcher to examine the strength of association between variables and provided insights into the overall distribution of responses in relation to the research hypotheses. due to the nature and number of the variables involved in this study, quantitative data analysis was used to process the data. for the quantitative analysis statistical package for social sciences (spss version 17) was used to process the data. for the lower version of analysis for the perception of respondent’s percentages were used to analyse the data. this means that the analysis was done on the content of the data which were collected. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion figure 1 illustrates the response rate recorded during the data collection phase of this study. out of a total of 150 questionnaires distributed across the selected study locations, 143 questionnaires were successfully retrieved, representing a response rate of 95.33%, while 7 questionnaires (4.67%) were not returned. this high response rate was facilitated by the method of administration. the researcher personally distributed the questionnaires and waited while participants completed them, enabling immediate collection. this approach minimized loss and ensured that the intended sample size was maintained, thereby preserving the representativeness of the target population and enhancing the validity and reliability of the study’s findings. all retrieved questionnaires were subsequently organized, coded, and entered into the statistical package for social sciences (spss) for systematic analysis. the data were then interpretively analyzed to derive meaningful insights in line with the study’s objectives. figure 1. response rate of respondent during the course of the study source: fieldwork, (2025) personal details of respondents table 1. personal details of respondent during the course of this study variables categories frequency percentage (%) sex male female 91 52 63.64 36.36 total 143 100% age bracket 18-30 years 31-50 years 51 and above 38 65 40 26.57 45.46 27.97 total 143 100% educational attainment ssce nce/ond b.sc/b.ed ph.d no formal 30 37 51 5 20 20.98 25.87 35.66 3.50 13.99 total 143 100% 95.33% 4.67%response rate of respondent respondent non-respondent american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org nationality nigerian foreigner 137 6 95.80% 4.20% total 143 100% marital status single married divorced 56 67 20 39.16 46.85 13.99 total 143 100% total 143 100% demographic profile of respondents the presentation and analysis of the demographic characteristics of respondents are summarized in table 1. the study sought to determine the gender distribution of participants. as indicated, 63.64% (n = 91) of the respondents were male, while 36.36% (n = 52) were female. regarding age distribution, 26.57% (n = 38) of respondents fell within the 18–30-year age bracket, 45.46% (n = 65) were aged between 31 and 50 years, and 27.97% (n = 40) were aged 51 years and above. in terms of educational attainment, 20.98% (n = 30) of respondents held a senior secondary school certificate (ssce), 25.87% (n = 37) possessed an ordinary national diploma (ond) or nigeria certificate in education (nce), while 35.66% (n = 51) held a bachelor’s degree (b.sc./b.ed). a smaller percentage, 3.50% (n = 5), were doctor of philosophy (ph.d.) holders, and 13.99% (n = 20) had no formal education. the nationality of respondents revealed that the vast majority, 95.80% (n = 137), were nigerian citizens, whereas 4.20% (n = 6) were non-nigerians. marital status distribution showed that 39.16% (n = 56) of respondents were single, 46.85% (n = 67) were married, and 13.99% (n = 20) were divorced at the time the study was conducted. as it is expected of any population sample, the sample reflected the population distribution of the study area as questionnaires were apportioned in line with the population distribution and thus the study revealed that the male formed the majority of the total respondents. this correlates with the findings of tunde (2012) who recorded more males than female with a male percentage of about 56.7% to 43.3% of female. most of the respondents are between the age of 31-50 years. the study also revealed that more respondents are b.sc/b.ed holders more than any other degree. this is in line with the findings of edet et al. (2014) and agbu and raji (2020) who reported that more respondents are b.sc/b.ed holders more than any other degree. knowledge of the respondents on the negative and positive impacts of hosting afcon footballing competition table 2. respondents’ view on whether hosting the afcon competition will positively impact on nigeria's economy. hosting the afcon competition will positively impact on nigeria's economy responses frequency percentage (%) strongly agree 64 44.76 agree 58 40.56 disagree 19 13.28 strongly disagree 2 1.40 total 143 100% american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org table 2 shows respondents’ view on whether hosting the afcon competition will positively impact on nigeria's economy. it was observed from the result that 44.76% (64) of the respondents strongly agreed, 40.58 (58) agreed, 13.28% (19) of the respondents disagreed while the remaining 1.40% (2) of the respondents strongly disagreed that hosting the afcon competition will positively impact on nigeria's economy. majority of the respondents strongly agreed that hosting the afcon competition will positively impact on nigeria's economy. table 3: respondents’ knowledge on whether hosting the afcon competition will increase local tourism and cultural exchange in nigeria. hosting the afcon competition will increase local tourism and cultural exchange in nigeria responses frequency percentage strongly agree 58 40.56 agree 47 32.87 disagree 21 14.69 strongly disagree 17 11.89 total 143 100% table 3 above, shows respondents’ view on the notion that hosting the afcon competition will increase local tourism and cultural exchange in nigeria. 40.56% (58) of the respondents strongly agreed, 32.87% (47) agreed, 14.69% (21) of the respondents disagreed while the remaining 11.89% (17) of the respondents strongly disagreed. majority of the respondents strongly agreed, this depicts that hosting the afcon competition will increase local tourism and cultural exchange in nigeria. table 4: respondents’ view on whether hosting the afcon competition will increase creation of job opportunities for the locals. hosting the afcon competition will increase creation of job opportunities for the locals responses frequency percentage strongly agree 50 34.97 agree 62 43.36 disagree 21 14.69 strongly disagree 10 6.99 total 143 100% tables 4, shows respondents’ view on whether hosting the afcon competition will increase creation of job opportunities for the locals. result showed that 34.97% (50) of the respondents strongly agreed, 62% (43.36) of the respondents agreed, 14.69% (21) of the respondents disagreed, while the remaining 6.99% (10) of the respondents strongly disagreed. majority of the respondents agreed, this affirmed that hosting the afcon competition will increase creation of job opportunities for the locals. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org table 5: respondents’ knowledge on whether hosting the afcon competition will promote peace and unity through sports amongst nigerian hosting the afcon competition will promote peace and unity through sports amongst nigerian responses frequency percentage strongly agree 58 40.56 agree 41 28.67 disagree 29 20.28 strongly disagree 15 10.49 total 143 100% table 5 above, shows respondents’ view on the notion that hosting the afcon competition will promote peace and unity through sports amongst nigerian. 40.56% (58) of the respondents strongly agreed, 28.67% (41) agreed, 20.28% (29) of the respondents disagreed while the remaining 10.49% (15) of the respondents strongly disagreed. majority of the respondents strongly agreed, this depicts that hosting the afcon competition will promote peace and unity through sports amongst nigerian. table 6: respondents’ knowledge on whether the hosting the afcon competition has more benefits than concerns on nigerians and nigeria hosting the afcon competition has more benefits than concerns on nigerians and nigeria responses frequency percentage strongly agree 47 32.88 agree 45 31.47 disagree 48 33.57 strongly disagree 3 2.10 total 143 100% table 6 shows respondents’ knowledge on whether hosting the afcon competition has more benefits than concerns on nigerians and nigeria. 32.88% (47) of the respondents strongly agreed, 33.57% (48) agreed, 31.47% (45) of the respondents disagreed while the remaining 2.10% (3) of the respondents strongly disagreed. majority of the respondents disagreed; this affirms that hosting the afcon competition has more benefits than concerns on nigerians and nigeria. hypothesis testing variables σx σx2 σy2 σxy r-val the strain of hosting mega events 519 3301 5079 0.92 local resources of nigeria 106 2011 significant 0.05 level, critical r=0.217, df =412. from the result above table 7, the calculated r-value of 0.92 is higher than the critical r-value of 0.217 at 0.05 levels of significance and 412 degree of freedom. the null hypothesis is rejected, while the alternate hypothesis is accepted. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate change statistics r square change f change df1 df2 sig. f change r square change f change df1 df2 1 0.219a 0.118 0.15 0.782 .00000 6.109 11 452 .000 0.123. a predictors: (constant): the strain of hosting mega events b dependent variable: local resources of nigeria the result of the regression analysis on table 8 shows a yielded coefficient of regression (r) of 0.219 and a multiple regression r-square (r2) of 0.118, and adjusted r2 of 0.15, at 0.01 level of significance, the result is significant, the result also shows that an analysis of variance (anova) of the multiple regressions produced an f-ratio of 6.109, while the f-critical value is 1.91 (2-tailed), since the calculated f-value of 6.109 is greater than the critical f-value of 1.91, at 0.05 significant level, (2tailed), the result is also significant at 0.05 level. the significance of this result is that mega event has a strain on local resources. discussion of findings the assessment of respondents’ views revealed a strong consensus that hosting the african cup of nations (afcon) competition would yield predominantly positive outcomes for nigeria. respondents strongly agreed that the event would significantly benefit the nation's economy, largely through increased tourism, job creation, and the stimulation of local businesses. in particular, hosting afcon was perceived as a driver for boosting domestic tourism and encouraging cultural exchange. such activities can foster a greater appreciation for nigeria's rich cultural heritage while providing avenues for international visibility and national branding. one of the core arguments emerging from the responses is the belief that the afcon competition could serve as a unifying force in a country often characterized by ethnic and regional divisions. sports, particularly football, are known for their integrative capacity, and respondents recognized this potential by highlighting the likelihood of increased social cohesion, national pride, and unity among nigerians during and after the tournament. moreover, the creation of temporary and potentially permanent job opportunities in sectors such as hospitality, transportation, construction, and event management was emphasized as a major socioeconomic benefit. importantly, the positive perception among respondents aligns with the broader scholarly discourse on sports tourism as a catalyst for development. for instance, the findings of gonzález-garcía et al. (2022), njoroge et al. (2017), and acha anyi (2023) all underscore the multifaceted impacts of sports tourism on host communities. these studies collectively emphasize that sports tourism enhances and diversifies a locality’s tourism offerings, contributing to sustainable local development and economic diversification. such events, when well-organized, can draw international attention, stimulate foreign direct investment, and spur infrastructural development. however, while the respondents predominantly focused on the positive impacts, it is important to critically consider the potential negative consequences of hosting mega-events such as afcon. gonzález-garcía et al. (2022) caution that while sports tourism contributes to economic activity and local development, it also carries inherent risks, such as environmental degradation, overamerican journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org commercialization, and the overburdening of infrastructure in areas not adequately prepared to handle large-scale influxes of visitors. additionally, temporary economic booms may not translate into longterm gains if planning and investment are not strategically managed. these findings suggest a need for balanced and inclusive planning processes that anticipate both the benefits and challenges of hosting such events. furthermore, njoroge et al. (2017) and acha anyi (2023) emphasize the critical role of collaboration between public institutions and private stakeholders in ensuring that investments into sports tourism yield sustainable outcomes. this includes not only infrastructural development but also the integration of cultural heritage preservation into tourism initiatives, ensuring that modernization does not erode the very cultural identity that attracts tourists. conclusion in conclusion, the respondents’ strong support for hosting the afcon tournament in nigeria highlights a prevailing sense of optimism regarding the event's potential to drive national development, foster socio-cultural integration, and enhance the country's international profile. the anticipated benefits ranging from economic stimulation through tourism and employment to the promotion of unity and national pride paint a promising picture of the transformative potential of hosting such a prestigious event. however, while this positive outlook is encouraging, it must be approached with strategic foresight and a critical awareness of the challenges that often accompany mega-events. history has shown that the success of hosting international sports competitions is not guaranteed by enthusiasm alone. the realization of long-term benefits requires a holistic and inclusive approach to planning that addresses both infrastructural readiness and social impact. investments must prioritize sustainable development, ensuring that new infrastructure does not become underutilized post-event and that the environmental consequences of increased human activity are mitigated through effective environmental management policies. moreover, policies must be implemented to ensure that the gains from hosting afcon are equitably distributed among all segments of the population, including marginalized communities. local content participation, community engagement, and public-private partnerships are essential to fostering ownership and maximizing social returns. institutional transparency and accountability will also play a crucial role in preventing the mismanagement of resources and ensuring that the legacy of the event contributes positively to nigeria’s developmental agenda. in essence, while the afcon tournament presents a valuable opportunity for nigeria to showcase its capacity and potential on the continental and global stage, the real measure of success will lie in its ability to convert short-term excitement into long-term socioeconomic advancement. by embedding principles of sustainability, inclusivity, and strategic planning into the event’s framework, nigeria can position itself not just as a host nation, but as a model for leveraging sports tourism as a driver of lasting development. on the other hand, osuoha, et al (2025) noted that sports tourism should be properly managed to reduce the incidence of negative environmental impacts such as overcrowding and pollution. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org recommendations the following recommendations have been provided: 1. host countries should invest in sustainable infrastructure—such as transport, water supply, and healthcare systems—that can support both event demands and long-term community use. 2. before hosting mega events, governments should carry out detailed assessments of how local resources (e.g., energy, water, waste services) may be affected and plan mitigation strategies accordingly. 3. local residents should be actively involved in the planning process to ensure that their needs are considered and to reduce social tension caused by resource competition. 4. set up temporary healthcare, waste management, and sanitation services that can be scaled to accommodate large crowds without overwhelming existing local systems. 5. encourage organizers and vendors to adopt practices that minimize resource use—such as using energy-efficient lighting, water-saving technologies, and digital ticketing. 6. to avoid inflation and shortages, authorities should monitor the availability and pricing of food, transport, and housing during events and implement fair regulation where necessary. 7. train local service providers and emergency responders to manage increased demand during mega events, enhancing both preparedness and long-term community benefits. 8. after the event, conduct a thorough review of how local resources were impacted to inform future planning and ensure infrastructure investments yield long-term value references 1. acha anyi, e. (2023). the role of sports tourism in community development: a case study of major sporting events in africa. journal of tourism and cultural studies, 15(2), pp. 88–102. 2. achu, f. (2019). environmental costs of mega-sporting events in africa: a critical review. african journal of environmental policy, 5(2), 88–101. 3. adebayo, r. & akinlabi, j. (2023). economic impacts of mega-events in west africa: evidence from the 2023 afcon. african journal of sports studies, 8(1), 45–62. 4. aina, s. o. f., osuoha i. j., aremu s. o., oladapo o., & popoola, e. o. (2025). perception of sports tourism awareness: an examination of nigeria fans’ knowledge and interest in 2023 afcon. international journal of studies in advanced education, 4(5), 96–110. retrieved from https://scholarsdigest.org/index.php/ijsae/article/view/1084 5. bob, u. & swart, k. (2010). sport events and social legacies. alternation, 17(2), 72–95. 6. chen, s. (2011). the triple bottom line and tourism impacts. journal of sustainable tourism, 19(2), 288–310. 7. gonzález-garcía, r.j., sánchez-rivero, m. and pulido-fernández, j.i. (2022). tourism diversification through sport tourism: impacts and sustainable strategies. sustainability, 14(9), pp.1–18. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14094932 8. gursoy, d. & kendall, k. w. (2006). hosting mega events: modeling locals’ support. annals of tourism research, 33(3), 603–623. 9. hemmonsbey, j. & tichaawa, t. m. (2018). sports tourism and development in africa. geojournal of tourism and geosites, 23(3), 973–987. 10. imf. (2023). côte d'ivoire secures $3.5 billion development loan. [imf country report no. 23/104]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 11. johnston, t., swart, k., & tichaawa, t. m. (2021). residents’ perceptions of mega-event impacts in africa. event management, 25(3), 357–375. 12. kim, h. j., gursoy, d. & lee, s.-b. (2006). the impact of the 2002 world cup on south korea: comparisons of preand post-games. tourism management, 27(1), 86–96. 13. mccullough, b. p., pfahl, m. e., & nguyen, s. n. (2020). the green sports alliance and environmental sustainability in sports. sport management review, 23(3), 363–377. 14. njoroge, j.m., atieno, l. and wambugu, r.k. (2017). mega sports events and sustainable tourism development in africa: opportunities and challenges. african journal of hospitality, tourism and leisure, 6(3), pp.1–15 15. nyikana, s., & tichaawa, t. m. (2023). mega-events and sustainable urban development in africa. journal of african cities, 6(2), 111–129. 16. osuoha i. j., nnamdi, s. c., smitha a. m., jegede, a. o., hassan, c. s., & aremu s. o. (2025). environmental impacts of sports tourism: a case study of overcrowding, pollution and waste management during 2023 afcon. academicia globe: inderscience research , 6(4), 20–34. retrieved from https://agir.academiascience.org/index.php/agir/article/view/1652 https://agir.academiascience.org/index.php/agir/article/view/1652 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 229 www.americanjournal.org scientific and theoretical–methodological foundations of information and psychological security in open information systems b. umarov professor at the international islamic academy of uzbekistan abstract keywords the rapid development of information and communication technologies has fundamentally transformed modern society, accelerated information flows and reshaping individual consciousness, social relations, and state governance. in the context of open information systems, information and psychological security has become one of the most critical challenges of the twenty-first century. this article explores the scientific, theoretical, and methodological foundations of information and psychological security within open information systems. special attention is given to the dual nature of information as both a developmental resource and a potential source of psychological threats. the study analyzes the impact of intensive information environments on individual, social, and state stability, highlighting the role of mass media, digital platforms, and information warfare. the article also emphasizes the necessity of developing comprehensive socio-psychological, educational, and governance mechanisms to ensure resilience against destructive information influences and to protect national and human security in the global information space. information security, psychological security, open information systems, information influence, mass media, information warfare, social stability introduction the accelerating pace of technological development has significantly affected the traditional balance of time and space in human activity. new approaches to development strategies have led societies and regions to shift from isolation toward integration and interdependence. as a result, information has become a central element of almost every sphere of human knowledge and practice. the twenty-first century is widely recognized as the “information age,” reflecting the unprecedented growth of information production, dissemination, and consumption. rapid development has begun to influence not only traditional principles but also the balance of time and space. the formation of new approaches and development strategies in all spheres of activity has led individuals and regions to move from isolation toward integration and unity. today, information is extremely widespread and interpreted in diverse meanings. it is difficult to find any field of knowledge in which information does not play a role. the twenty-first century is considered american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 230 www.americanjournal.org the era in which the theoretical and practical creation of information has reached its peak. for this reason, the xxi century is often referred to as the “information age.” information can be defined as a set of data about individuals, objects, facts, events, phenomena, and processes, regardless of the sources of information and the forms of its presentation. world experience shows that the development of a state’s information infrastructure transforms all spheres of society and government, including people’s worldview and the conditions of their participation in labor, social, and political life, thereby accelerating social development. various information technologies, automated systems, and databases have become an integral part of governing state institutions, the economy, and national defense. like other products, information serves its users and consumers; therefore, it has specific clients. information must possess characteristics that meet the requirements of recipients and production needs. from the clients’ point of view, the quality of the information used should bring additional financial and moral benefits. from the observers’ perspective, it should ensure the protection of important commercial secrets and create opportunities for successful competition in the sale of goods and services. naturally, this requires the protection of information that must remain confidential. humanity is living in an era in which information flows are accelerating and information technologies have emerged that are capable of changing the mood, psychology, goals, aspirations, and even the entire way of thinking of the world’s population. this phenomenon is a unique achievement of modern civilization, contributing to closer relations among peoples, countries, and states, facilitating the management of global socio-political processes, and shaping a global mindset, worldview, and ideology. however, a legitimate question arises: for what purposes and in whose interests is such an immense, large-scale, and multifaceted achievement of civilization being used? for what aims is its incomparable and powerful force employed? the consequences of information depend on the purpose of its use. information may be applied for both positive and negative objectives. information used with negative intentions leads to harmful consequences that may be directed against society, the state, or the individual. in a highly informatized society, ensuring the interconnectedness, integrity, and balance of the “individual–society–state” relationship becomes increasingly difficult. this is because the acceleration of information flows and living within an information vortex create complex and contradictory situations that directly lead to sharp changes in individual thinking and worldview. today, in an era of advanced technology, various types of information can be found quickly and easily through mass media. among them are materials that promote destruction, aggression, and immoral behavior. unfortunately, such sources exert a particularly strong influence on the consciousness of the younger generation. under conditions of psychological conflicts caused by information, the task of state information policy is defined as reliably protecting society from negative information and psychological attacks and creating strong defense mechanisms. each new information and psychological conflict may generate new threats for the society being protected. the greater the number of threats, the higher the levels of fear, anxiety, and distrust. therefore, based on such moral, psychological, and social conditions, it becomes critically important to regulate, guide, and manage public sentiment. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 231 www.americanjournal.org information and psychological security is not only about preventing political conflicts; first and foremost, it involves fostering self-awareness, shaping interpersonal relations among citizens based on high moral and educational standards, and using information tools to develop modern humanistic thinking, creativity, constructive spirit, and creative potential. information can be broadly defined as a set of data and messages about individuals, objects, facts, events, phenomena, and processes, regardless of the form or source of their presentation. in the contemporary world, it is difficult to identify any field of knowledge or social activity that functions independently of information processes. global experience demonstrates that the development of state information infrastructure significantly accelerates social progress by transforming public consciousness, labor relations, and political participation. information technologies, automated systems, and data repositories have become integral components of governance, economic management, and national defense systems. like any other product, information serves its users and consumers. therefore, it must meet certain qualitative requirements, including relevance, reliability, and usefulness. from the users’ perspective, information quality should provide material and moral benefits, while from the producers’ and observers’ standpoint, it should ensure the protection of commercial secrets, competitive advantage, and market stability. these conditions necessitate effective mechanisms for information protection. humanity currently lives in an era where information flows are rapidly intensifying and possess the capacity to reshape collective moods, psychological states, goals, values, and even patterns of thinking. this phenomenon represents one of the greatest achievements of modern civilization, contributing to the convergence of nations, societies, and states, as well as to the management of global socio-political processes. however, the question of how this powerful informational potential is used—and for what purposes— remains a serious concern. information can be applied for both constructive and destructive objectives. when used with malicious intent, information can generate harmful consequences targeting individuals, society, and the state. in highly information-saturated societies, maintaining the balance between the individual, society, and the state becomes increasingly difficult. accelerated information flows and constant exposure to diverse messages lead to profound transformations in individual consciousness and worldview, often creating psychological tension and instability. in today’s technologically advanced world, access to information through mass media and digital platforms has become fast and convenient. alongside beneficial content, however, there is also a significant volume of information promoting aggression, extremism, immorality, and destructive behavior. the influence of such content on younger generations is particularly alarming. under conditions of information-induced psychological conflicts, the primary task of state information policy is to protect society from negative information and psychological attacks by developing effective defense mechanisms. each new information confrontation introduces new threats, increasing fear, uncertainty, and distrust within society. therefore, managing public mood and psychological resilience becomes a critical governance function. information and psychological security involves not only preventing political conflicts but also fostering self-awareness, constructive civic relations, and high moral and educational standards. it requires transforming information tools into instruments for promoting humanistic thinking, creativity, and social development rather than manipulation and destruction. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 232 www.americanjournal.org modern governance demands the continuous search for effective methods to ensure sustainable development. this includes integrated political, legal, economic, social, psychological, and informational management strategies aimed at strengthening public trust, civic unity, and ideological coherence. preventing the spread of destructive ideas through mass media requires comprehensive educational efforts, particularly focused on youth. the role of educators, psychologists, parents, and civil society is crucial in enhancing critical thinking, media literacy, and moral responsibility. mass media systems function as open information systems, as global information flows cannot be fully controlled or regulated by any single state. open information systems are characterized by transparency, unrestricted exchange, and the integration of information into everyday life and social activity. society must develop the capacity to select information that serves national interests and social development from an overcrowded information market. the right to access information should be elevated to a value aligned with national interests rather than purely individual benefits. in this context, it becomes essential to establish ethical and psychological norms that limit the dissemination of content promoting violence, hatred, pornography, social conflict, and harm to personal dignity, relying not only on legal restrictions but also on moral consciousness and social responsibility. since the second half of the twentieth century, the rapid expansion of telecommunications and global information space has become a defining factor of human development. in recent years, information resources have increasingly been used as tools in geopolitical confrontation and interstate conflicts, particularly by technologically advanced nations. concepts such as “information warfare,” “information confrontation,” and “information pressure” have become common in international relations, underscoring the urgency of protecting populations from information attacks. public consciousness today is significantly shaped by mass media and digital information resources. therefore, ensuring information and psychological security of individuals, society, and the state in open information systems is of paramount importance. at the same time, leveraging information technologies to protect and promote national interests within the global information space remains a key strategic objective. conclusion information and psychological security constitute a relatively new yet critically important field of scientific inquiry. as information systems continue to evolve, the need for specialized research, methodological frameworks, and trained professionals becomes increasingly evident. while global experience in this area has already accumulated, it must be carefully analyzed and adapted in accordance with national interests and socio-cultural contexts. references 1. castells, m. (2010). the rise of the network society. wiley-blackwell. 2. toffler, a. (1980). the third wave. bantam books. 3. mcluhan, m. (1964). understanding media: the extensions of man. mcgraw-hill. 4. lasswell, h. d. (1948). the structure and function of communication in society. harper & row. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 233 www.americanjournal.org 5. nye, j. s. (2011). the future of power. publicaffairs. 6. libicki, m. c. (2007). conquest in cyberspace: national security and information warfare. cambridge university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org study of the mesolithic period in central asia ibrokhimov nozimjon ikhtiyorovich lecturer of the department of social sciences at bukhara state pedagogical institute mustafoyev umidjon shermatjon o'g'li student of the department of social sciences, bukhara state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article mainly discusses the climate conditions of the mesolithic period, living conditions of that period, and the period of mesolithic dominance in central asia and archaeological monuments. pamir, mesolithic, archaeologists, ayritom, central fergana, qo'shilish, nucleus, shanidar, central asia, middle east. introduction the mesolithic period of the stone age is considered the middle stone age and encompasses the 12th7th millennia bc in central asia. by the mesolithic period, humans had encountered significantly better natural conditions. this is because by this time, the glacial period that had begun in the early paleolithic had come to an end. as the climate warmed, glaciers melted. therefore, the mesolithic period is considered the era of human dispersal across the earth's surface. during the mesolithic period, people began to spread both northward and into high mountainous regions such as the pamirs. several debates have arisen among scholars regarding the characteristics specific to the mesolithic period, its boundaries, and its nomenclature. thus, some scholars recognize the mesolithic period as a separate stage of the stone age, while others recognize the mesolithic period as the final stage of the stone age. however, as a result of numerous studies, the change in the shape of stone tools, the method of their manufacture, and the features of their use were scientifically studied, and this period was recognized as a new stage of the stone age. when determining the upper and lower boundaries of the mesolithic period, scientists paid special attention to climatic conditions, the manufacture of tools, and the lifestyle of people. by the mesolithic era, large glaciers shifted northward, and the climate became similar to modern conditions. as a result, significant changes occurred in the animal and plant world of central asia. in particular, in this period, large-haired animals characteristic of the paleolithic period were replaced by small-toed, fast-running animals gazelle, saiga antelope, deer, mountain goat, and predatory animals such as lions, tigers, and leopards. also, the number of heat-loving wild cereals increases in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org the south. in central asia, the mesolithic period relatively covers the 12th-6th millennia bc. one of the greatest achievements of the mesolithic period is the discovery of the bow and arrow. it would not be an exaggeration to say that the invention of the bow and arrow is one of the greatest achievements of the mesolithic period. as a result, people gained the opportunity to hunt swift animals and birds. in addition, the discovery and study of small stone tools microliths from mesolithic sites is noteworthy. among such weapons, the tips of spears and rainbow arrows are quite widespread. one of the greatest achievements of the mesolithic period was the beginning of the domestication of wild animals such as dogs, sheep, and goats. during the 9th-7th millennia bc, the transition from hunting to animal husbandry and from gathering to agriculture to a productive form of economy began in the near east. this process did not begin at the same time in history, but rather occurred much earlier in some places and somewhat later in others. according to the results of archaeological research, in some places in the near and middle asia, a transition began from gathering to the domestication of wild plants, and from hunting to animal husbandry. this process was directly related to the level of development of advanced, productive productive forces and the natural-geographical climate. monuments dating back to the mesolithic period have been discovered and studied in various parts of central asia. one such monument is the machay (boysun) cave site in the surkhandarya oasis. according to our scientists, the machay settlement is located at an altitude of about 70 meters above sea level. this site contains two cultural layers with thicknesses ranging from 40 cm to 1 meter, from which numerous bone and stone tools have been excavated and studied. bone tools consisted of awls, needles, and pins, while stone tools included knives, serrated implements, scrapers, spear points, and arrowheads. although the tools found at the machay settlement have distinctive features, they resemble stone tools discovered at mesolithic sites in southern kazakhstan and the middle east. the most significant findings from the machay settlement are anthropological remains including human skulls, teeth, jaws, and other bodily fragments. the study of these finds has enabled researchers to determine that the mesolithic people of southern central asia belonged to the europoid race. in addition to human bones, the remains of wolves, foxes, rabbits, gazelles, and squirrels have also been discovered and studied in the machay area. according to research by archaeologists, more than 20 animal bones were found here, most of whose remains were small, broken, and burned in fire. this indicates that the people of the machay cave widely used fire and cooked and consumed the meat of birds and animals. another mesolithic site in central asia is the bozsuv 1 mesolithic site. primitive people of the mesolithic period lived on the banks of the karakamysh gorge not only in the mousterian or late stone age, but also in the middle stone age the mesolithic. scrapers, nuclei, compact plates, and geometric tools were found and studied at shoykuprik, not far from the place where the ancient bozsuv canal flows into the karakamysh ravine. of these discovered and studied stone tools, two were cores, three were scrapers, and four were blades, which differed from mousterian and late stone age tools in their compact and delicate craftsmanship. another mesolithic settlement in southern uzbekistan is the ayritom site, located 18 km from termez. in the multi-layered strata of this monument, stone drills, cores, stone flakes, and arrowheads were found. the obishir cave site was discovered in the fergana region of the republic of uzbekistan. awls, scrapers, and knife blades have been discovered and studied at the obishir cave site. among the finds were also bones of wild animals, which were broken and crushed, as well as notched stones used for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org fishing. based on the study of the discovered artifacts, we can say that the people of obishir were engaged in gathering, hunting, and fishing. over the past 30-35 years, our archaeologists have identified about 80 mesolithic sites in the central fergana region, such as shurkul, achchikkul, yangikadam, bekabad, and zambar. most of these monuments were located around lakes, from which we can understand that the lakes had all the amenities for human habitation. most of the tools and stone objects found in these monuments differed from the tools of the paleolithic era in their fineness and compactness. in the economic life of the tribes of the mesolithic period in the territory of central fergana, hunting, fishing, and gathering prevailed, and favorable natural and geographical conditions created favorable conditions for people to live in these territories. the central fergana mesolithic period of central asia is studied in the following stages: 1. early mesolithic ittak-kala, achchik-kul, yangi-kadam, taypak-kul, which date back to the 9th8th millennia bc. 2. late mesolithic the settlements of achchik-kul, yangi-kadam, zambar, madiyar, shurkul, which date back to the 7th millennium bc. in the west of tashkent, on the banks of the ancient bozsuv canal, the kushilish mesolithic site was discovered and studied. in this settlement, flint cores, small flakes, spikes, scrapers, tools of various shapes, stone knives, and polished stone tools were found. we can see that these tools, found in the cultural space of the union, are distinguished by their compactness, refinement, as well as a variety of types of tools compared to muste and later stone tools. the nuclei and scrapers found in the fusion are in many ways similar to the nuclei and scrapers found in obishir i, v, achchikkul ii, iii, taypak i, and machay in fergana. however, as a result of research, scientists have determined that these weapons in kushilish are quite ancient. there is also a peculiarity in the discovered and tested weapons. this difference is primarily evident in the geometric shapes of the tools found in the fusion. in none of the aforementioned settlements are there triangular tools, and, in turn, knife-shaped flakes are not found in kushilish. some of the fusion materials resemble some of the tools found in shanidar, paligavr, gari-kamarban in the near and middle east. the finds of the junction site date back to the 11th-10th millennia bc, and the ancient tribes living here engaged in hunting and gathering. the junction is the first well-studied mesolithic site in the present-day tashkent oasis. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasining qonuni. “arxeologiya merosi obyektlarini muhofaza qilish va ulardan foydalanish to‘g‘risida”/ “xalk so‘zi”,2009.10.14. 2.anatoliy sagdullayev qadimgi o‘rta osiyo tarixi toshkent-2004 b-14-15. 3.r.rajabov.ibtidoiy jamoa tarixi.toshkent-2013.fan va texnologiya nashiryoti. 4.kabirov j.sagdullayev a. toshkent 1990 5. b.j. eshov. o‘zbekiston tarixi.-toshkent: 2014. -b 42-44. 6. galperina g.a., dobrova ye.v., populyarnaya istoriya arxeologii. m., 2002. 7. egamberdieva n., arxeologiya ( o‘quv qo‘llanma). –tashkent, 2011. 6. ibrokhimov, n. i. . (07.11.2023). trade relations between the emirate of bukhara and india in the second half of the 19th century the beginning of the 20th century. oriental journal of history, politics and law, 3(06), – р. 9–15. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org 7. nozimjon i. ibrokhimov.(31.01.2024). the place of trade in the diplomatic relations of the bukhara emirate with india. oriental journal of history, politics and law, https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojhpl-04-01-03. – р. 21–27. 8. nozimjon ibrokhimov. (19.12.24). trade relations of bukhara emirate with india in the xix century. oriental journal of social sciences. https://doi.org/10.37547/supsciojss-04-06-18. -p. 164-171. https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojhpl-04-01-03.%20–%20р.%2021–27 https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojss-04-06-18 https://doi.org/10.37547/supsci-ojss-04-06-18 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org bulling in the labor collective as a social problem of society mamatkulova dilfuza takhirovna bukhara state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, we have examined and analyzed one of the common types of bullying bullying within the labor collective. its victims are usually competent, responsible, and balanced employees who are fully dedicated to their professional activities. the main goal of aggressors in such situations is to displace a person from the collective and force them to leave. bullying, victim, harassment, pressure, injustice, bullying. introduction bullying, or harassment (from english bullying "hooliganism"), is a pathological form of behavior characterized by the desire to harm others. the aggressor's main goal is to repeatedly and systematically insult or humiliate the victim. bullying is often compared to mobbing, but these concepts are not identical: in the case of bullying, aggression is primarily demonstrated by one person, while mobbing implies collective persecution or harassment [6; 9]. we studied some historical examples of labor wars. nikola tesla vs thomas edison (1880s). edison, sensing a threat from the young genius, initiated a campaign of discrediting tesla's ideas, calling them "crazy." he refused to pay for the work, publicly mocked its alternating current, and drove the inventor to nervous exhaustion. alan turing at bletchley park (1940s). despite his key role in deciphering "enigma," his colleagues harassed turing for "strange habits" (running to work in gas masks) and homosexuality. this led to catastrophic isolation and ultimately tragic suicide. steve wozniak in early apple (1976-1985). apple's co-founder was gradually pushed out of decisionmaking, being called a "technical idiot." he was ignored at meetings, and his merits were attributed to others. marie sklodowska-curie at the paris academy (1910s). after pierre curie's death, his male colleagues began harassment, accusing him of "unethical behavior" (a romance with a married scientist). the nobel laureate lost her laboratory and worked in the basement for years. in 1913, engineer rudolf diesel, the creator of the famous engine, became a victim of systematic harassment by industrial competitors and his own shareholders. his innovative ideas aroused envy, and his inability to play political games made him an ideal target. the outcome is known a mysterious disappearance in the north sea. this case became an archetypal example of how a talented but socially vulnerable specialist becomes a victim of corporate persecution. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org in the paris office of the la presse newspaper in 1893, a scandal broke out: a group of journalists systematically poisoned a colleague, causing him nervous breakdown. the victim, unable to bear the perpetual psychological terror, burst into the editor-in-chief's office with a revolver. this case, which entered court records as "l'affaire des employés fous," became one of the first documented cases of mobing, that is, targeted harassment of a person. the result of this harassment was mockery, a very natural outcome in such cases [2; 8]. it should be emphasized that bullying in the workplace is often initiated by the management itself, and it is on it that the main responsibility for organized bullying of employees falls. research results you can simply describe bullying in your own words it's a story of structural hypocrisy. companies and organizations have been turning a blind eye to "uncomfortable" employees for years until they turn into emotional cripples. as foucault wrote in "to oversee and punish," any system of power first marginalizes, then stigmatizes, and finally destroys. the modern office has only replaced torture chambers with open space and kpi [1]. we analyzed several types of bullying. impulsive (demonstrative) mockery in this case serves as a way to attract attention, a desire to gain approval from others, or to evoke an emotional reaction. normative (instrumental) the most common form of harassment, manifested through humiliation, insult, and violence; for the aggressor, such behavior is a habitual pattern of interaction with others. purposeful (hostile) characterized by open aggression directed, as a rule, at those who are unable to provide resistance. social bullying is divided into permanent, when the victim is systematically subjected to attacks, and situational, when the aggressor shows aggression episodically [3]. how to recognize corporate bullying: communication vacuum. in this case, the victim is excluded from working chats, "forgets" to invite them to meetings, gatherings, and responds with one-word reluctance. simulation of incompetence. the head (director) deliberately sets impossible tasks or assigns a very large amount of work that needs to be completed in a very short period of time, then publicly mocks the failure, hints at incompetence in the position held [4; 7]. chrona-aggression. subordinates are systematically shifted deadlines, forcing them to work in a permanent seytnote mode. gas lighting. colleagues rewrite the conflict story, convincing the victim that she "perceives everything too emotionally." corporate harassment phases: "intelligence" phase. the aggressor tests the victim's boundaries through small vices: "randomly" deleted files, "humorous" hints. consolidation phase. uncertain colleagues join in the harassment out of fear of becoming the next target. the institutionalization phase. management legitimizes persecution by calling it "hard management." the phase of existential crisis. the victim begins to believe they deserve bad treatment. tips and individual defense tactics: documenting aggression american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org keeping a "harassment diary" from the fixed date, quotes, witnesses. save emails, chat screens, meeting records (verify the legality of the audio recording in your jurisdiction). use the "foggy mirror" method: respond to attacks neutrally, depriving the aggressor of emotional sustenance. practice a controlled escapade: if your colleague shouts, suddenly ask, "are you now aware that your voice is trembling with anger?" this distorts the bullying scenario. some organized methods of bullying: formalization of complaints. submit appeals to hr only in writing, demanding the incoming document number. use the formulations: "systematic violation of article xx of the labor code," "creation of a hostile working environment." provocation of the audit. request an external audit (for example, from a trade union or labor inspection) this makes management fear loss of reputation. "nuclear variant." if the company covers bullying, initiate a media scandal or file a lawsuit. important: demand compensation for moral damages even the threat of a lawsuit often sobers up the aggressors. "coconut" technique: mentally surround yourself with a "shield," imagining how attacks are repelled from it without reaching you. digital detox: after work, block corporate chats constant availability makes you an easy target. black humor: create a secret chat with like-minded colleagues with memes about harassment situations (like in the office). leaving (dismissal of one's own volition) is a strategy, not a defeat. the rule of three "nots": if there is no reaction from the director, no support from the management, no improvements within a month start looking for a new job. effect management: write an open letter to the ceo (as google engineer tim brey did when he quit due to bullying) to change the system for others [10]. conclusions having thoroughly studied this topic, the articles concluded that one should never tolerate violence against oneself. defend yourself, achieve your goals, and move forward using a combination of documentation + publicity, achieving punishment for the aggressors. your goal is not just to survive, but to translate the conflict into a legal field where you have to pay for harassment [5]. bullying within the labor collective is now commonplace. its victims are usually competent, responsible, and balanced employees who are fully dedicated to their professional activities. the main goal of aggressors in such situations is to displace a person from the collective and force them to leave. in the 19th century, workers endured beatings from supervisors. today, the tools are different labor codes, social networks, collective lawsuits. use them just as coldly as a buller uses your weaknesses. references 1. abashkina o. (2007). mobbing in german // handbook of personnel management. no 9. p. 120123. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org 2. bochaver a.a., khromov k.d. (2013). bullying as a research object and cultural phenomenon // psychology. higher school of economics journal. vol. 10. no 3. p. 149-159. edn: shbfzx 3. kon i. (2016). what is bullying and how to combat it // family and school. no 11. p. 15-18. 4. kryukova e. (2005). mobilization: the word is foreign, and the conditions are ours // personnel and personnel service. no 3. p. 50-52. 5. quliyev yo.q., mamatqulova d.t. involvement as an element of motivation in personnel management. scientific-theoretical and methodological journal pedagogika va psixologiya. bukhara. 2025. p.9-15. 6. lane d.a. (2001). psychological characteristics of a person involved in a bullying situation in real and virtual space // scholars' notes of the crimean engineering and pedagogical university. series: pedagogy. psychology. no 4 (18). p. 46-49. edn: iqwslt miller, a. (2010). upbringing, violence and generation. m.: klass. 8. rean a.a., konovalov i.a. (2019). the manifestation of aggressiveness in adolescents depending on gender and the socio-economic status of the family // national psychological journal. no. p. 23-33. 9. sidorov p.i. (2013). mobbing syndrome: mental terrorism in the mental ecology of "office wars" // psychotherapy. no 8. p. 2-8. edn: vufbbv 10. solovyov a. (2007). mobilization as an element of social conflict // personnel officer. no 12. p. 39-46. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org l’effet de l’interference d’igbo sur d’apprentissage du français langue etrangere au nigeria barine okoro diinee, ph.d. department of foreign languages and literatures university of port harcourt choba – port harcourt, nigeria 08084666627, barinediinee@gmail.com omodu darling jacqueline e-mail darlynluv77@gmail.com 08033136151 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the course of this study, we examined the effect of igbo interference on the learning of french as a foreign language in nigeria. we studied the types of interferences, those that hinder the learning of french among the students of the university of port harcourt, the dangers of interference and measures taken to mitigate such interferences among the igbo students. we used four objectives and four research questions. questionnaire was also used to obtain data for the study. at the end of the analysis, we found that interference is a recurring decimal in language studies. the study also showed that grammar, pronunciation, orthography, false friends, etc, are some of the causes of interference. interference, igbo, learning, french as a foreign language and teaching. introduction apprendre une langue implique l’emploi d’une autre langue déjà maitrisée appelé la langue maternelle ou première langue (l1). c’est aussi la langue source. celle qu’on apprend s’appelle la deuxième langue ou langue cible (l2). celui qui apprend une langue s’appelle l’apprenant. il arrive parfois qu’au cours de l’apprentissage d’une deuxième langue, il y a des erreurs qu’on peut trouver dans la langue cible. c’est parce qu’il transfère les habitudes linguistiques de la première langue dans l’apprentissage de la deuxième langue. cette influence venant de la connaissance et maitrise de la première langue ou langue maternelle est ce qu’on appelle l’interférence. elle se manifeste à tous les niveaux de l’organisation linguistique : la phonétique, la phonologie, la morphologie, la syntaxe et la sémantique. quand les structures des deux langues se ressemblent il y a la facilité ou l’aisance d’apprentissage. c’est ce qu’on appelle l’interférence positive. alors quand les structures des deux langues impliquées dans l’apprentissage sont différentes, il existe l’interférence négative car elle empêche l’apprentissage par des difficultés. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org au cours de l’apprentissage d’une langue il y a parfois la production d’une métalangue, un mélange entre les deux langues et a il y a le pidgin. l’apprenant n’a pas assez de vocabulaire pour s’exprimer. cette recherche est centrée sur l’influence de la langue maternelle sur l’apprentissage du français chez les apprenants igbo. il est vrai que l’apprentissage des langues n’est pas facile à cause de l’existence de faux-amis, homographes et même homophones. c’est la raison pour laquelle l’interférence existe à tous les niveaux linguistiques. plusieurs chercheurs ont déjà étudié le concept d’interférence. a cet égard on peut mentionner yule (2006), crystal (1998), edung (1993), udom (2022) et les autres. cependant rien n’a été fait concernait l’influence de la langue maternelle sur l’apprentissage du français chez les apprenants igbos. c’est la raison pour laquelle nous avons choisi ce sujet de recherche avec une population choisie de l’université de port harcourt. ce sujet reste un problème à résoudre. il est possible que les résultats de cette recherche vont nous aider à remplir ce vide littéraire. en s’appuyant sur le titre et le but de cette étude, nous allons poursuivre les objectifs spécifiques donnes ci-bas : i. examiner les types et nature de l’interférence linguistique. ii. trouver comment l’interférence influence l’apprentissage du français parmi les apprenants igbos. iii. identifier les dangers de l’interférence. iv. suggérer quelques solutions aux problèmes engendres par l’influence de l’interférence parmi les apprenants igbos. a l’aide des objectifs de l’étude, les questions qui, suivent peuvent nous guider au cours de la recherche: i. quels sont les types d’interférence rencontrés par les apprenants igbos dans les cours de français langue étrangère ? ii. comment peut l’interférence se manifester au cours de l’apprentissage du français langue étrangère? iii. quels sont les dangers de l’interférence au cours de l’apprentissage du français langue étrangère ? iv. comment peut ou résoudre les problèmes engendrés par l’interférence pendant un cours de français ? eclaircissement des concepts du point de one linguistique, l’interférence est le transfert des habitudes déjà acquises de la langue première à la langue seconde résultant à la production des énoncés agrammaticaux par les apprenants (udung, 2010). ce type de transfert s’appelle le transfert négatif parce qu’il décourage l’apprentissage de la nouvelle langue aussi appelée la langue seconde ou encore la langue cible. yule (2006) définit l’interférence ainsi : « transferring an l1 feature that is really diffèrent from the l2 results in a negative transfer and it typically isn’t effective for l2 communication. it should be noted that negative transfer is sometimes called l’interférence ». donc, selon cet auteur, le transfert d’une structure différente à la deuxième langue engendre le transfert négatif qui empêche son apprentissage. c’està noter que l’interférence se manifeste à plusieurs niveaux linguistiques à savoir la phonologie, le lexique, la syntaxe, la morphologie et la sémantique. au cours de l’apprentissage, l’ensemble d’erreurs fait par l’apprenant en essayant de produire les mots ou les expressions de la deuxième langue american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org s’appelle l’interférence. par exemple, si l’on dit « je suis 10 ans» au lieu de « j’ai 10 ans », c’est une interférence venant de la connaissance de l’anglais, première langue ou langue maternelle, de l’apprenant du français. aussi, un apprenant igbo du français peut traduire « lendemain » comme « le frère de demain » parce qu’en igbo c’est l’équivalent (nwanneechi). le concept de langue maternelle c’est la première langue acquise par un enfant au sein de la famille ou la communauté. hornby (2010) définit le terme ainsi « the language that you first learn to speak when you are a child ». cela veut dire que la langue maternelle est acquise au sein du foyer de l’enfant. au nigeria, il existe plusieurs langues maternelles par exemple, nous avons le haoussa, l’igbo, le yorouba l’urhobo, l’izon, l’isoko, le kanouri, le gwari, le zoulou etc. chaque tribu possède sa langue maternelle. dans chaque état, il y a quelques langues maternelles. c’est pertinent de remarquer que une langue étrangère, par exemple, l’anglais peut être une langue maternelle pour certains enfants à cause de leur lieu d’enfance qui est soit rural soit urbain. le concept d’apprentissage l’apprentissage est une activité qui a lieu dans la salle de cours entre le maître et l’apprenant. c’est au cours de l’apprentissage qu’on gagne des connaissances valeurs, attitudes, croyances et mœurs de la société. pendant l’apprentissage, le professeur ou l’enseignant impacte des choses à l’apprenant ou l’enfant. il permet à un individu de percevoir des objets et d’interagir avec les autres et de les intégrer sur les dimensions sociales, cognitives, et affectives. c’est l’ensemble de ses dimensions d’apprentissage qui transforme l’individu qui subit l’apprentissage (jolly-ngah, 2024 :17). quandà beillerot (1989), l’apprentissage est un processus qui permet à l’apprenant de créer des savoirs pour pourvoir penser et agir. cela veut dire que l’apprentissage permet à l’élève ou l’apprenant de créer à l’antérieur de lui-même du savoir pour penser et agir. pour delevay (1992), l’apprentissage est un processus ou un acte de perception, d’interaction et d’intégration d’un objet par un sujet. c’est aussi ajouté par cet auteur que l’apprentissage est l’acquisition des connaissances et développement d’habiletés, d’attitudes et de valeurs qui s’ajoutent à la structure cognitive d’une personne. legendre (1993) a défini le terme comme un processus qui permet l’évolution de la synthèse des savoirs, des habiletés, des attitudes et des valeurs d’une personne. le dictionnaire le robert (s.d) définit l’apprentissage comme faire apprendre un métier manuel ou technique, ensemble des activités de l’apprenti. il ajoute que l’apprentissage consiste à acquérir des connaissances, des compétences, étudier les valeurs culturelles par l’observation, l’imitation, l’essai, la répétition et la présentation. jolly-ngah (2024) a reconnu quelques types d’apprentissage. selon elle, il y a trois types d’apprentissage. ce sont l’apprentissage par essai-erreur, l’apprentissage par cœur et l’apprentissage organisationnel. l’apprentissage par essai – erreur implique la résolution des problèmes par la manipulation des informations qu’on vient de recevoir dans la tête, la mise du cerveau en situation de test et puis la correction. le deuxième type est la minimisation basée sur la répétition. il encourage la compréhension et la mémoire sémantique. le troisième consiste à apprendre tous par le. ce dernier le contente pour tester les idées et les théories de l’apprenant. enfin, l’apprentissage administratif or organisationnel est celui fait au sein d’une organisation pour intervenir dans la gestion des connaissances. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org le dictionnaire de didactique français (2012) voit l’apprentissage comme « l’ensemble d’activités volontaires et conscientes visant de façon explicite l’appropriation d’une compétence, un savoir, d’une information souvent dans un contexte institutionnel avec ses propres normes et rôles : école, enseignant, apprenant, emploi de temps. aperçu général de la langue igbo le peuple igbo occupent la région sud-est du niger delta au nigéria. c’est le centre de l’ancien eastern région dont le siège est à enugu. d’après emenanjo (2015) cité par uche (2021), le peuple igbo compte plus de 20 millions de locuteurs natifs. il ajoute, citant linux (2010) qu’une estimation de 1 ou 2 millions d’autres nigérians parlent igbo comme langue seconde, et qu’il est également parlé par 3 à 5 millions de personne de la diaspora. l’igbo est parlé dans divers dialectes dans les etats d’abia, d’imo, d’anambra, d’enugu et d’ebonyi tous dans la partie orientale du nigeria (eastern region of nigéria, selon eze (s.d). de plus, l’igbo est parlé par une population répandue dans certaines parties des etats de delta et de rivers. la langue igbo appartient à la famille linguistique appelée kwa du niger-congo. sa tonalité est haute et basse (gale group incorporated, 1999), cité par uche (2021:2). l’igbo comprend deux sous – systèmes de 8 voyelles rigoureusement isomorphes de 4 voyelles avancées et de 4 voyelles rétractées et ces deux –systèmes se conforment généralement de façon stricte à la règle d’harmonie vocalique en igbo (onumajuru, 2012). les voyelles igbo sont i, i, u, o, u, o, e et à l’igbo standard utilise 27 consonance sont p, b, ch, d, k, g, kw, kp, j, g, gw, gb, m, n, ɲ, ŋ, nw, f, v, ӡ, z, l, r, y, gh et h. cela veut dire que le système consonantique igbo contient quelques consonnes simples et les autres doubles. cadre théorique de la recherche pour cette recherche, nous allons adopter le cognitivisme et le behaviourisme. i. le cognitivisme le cognitivisme s’appelle aussi le mentalisme. cette théorie a été fondée par stanley schachter (1964) des etats – unis, comme cité par nnamdi (2019). les autres fondateurs de la théorie sont noam chomsky et epic lennebery. cette théorie a été fondée en réaction contre le behaviourisme. le cognitivisme voit l’enfant comme un participant actif qui a un rapport avec son milieu. l’enfant influence son milieu et son milieu l’influence. cela veut dire que le développement de la langue par l’enfant enuprend deux côtes, le milieu et l’apprenant lui-même. cette théorie met l’accent sur la compétence et la performance de l’apprenant. les cognitivistes croient que l’apprentissage d’une langue est mental, humain et dépend de l’esprit. ii. le behaviourisme le behaviourisme est une théorie d’apprentissage des langues qui met l’accent sur le développement des habitudes, le comportement, le renforcement, la répétition, l’essai – erreur et la pratique. (dulay et al, 1982). aussi, la théorie croit que l’apprentissage des langues est universel et dépend de la société, l’apprenant, le milieu, les livres, les professeurs et d’autres facteurs psychologiques (dineen, 1967). l’esprit de l’enfant est vide mais n’est pas encore pollué, selon les behaviouristes. skinner (1957) a appliqué la notion de stimulant – réponse qu’il a déjà fait avec les rats aux êtres humains. selon lui, l’entrée s’égalise à la sortie. ce qu’on apprend est le résultat de son milieu. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org influence de la langue maternelle sur l’apprentissage de la langue étrangère l’apprentissage de la deuxième langue implique toujours l’interférence de la première langue ou langue maternelle. a cet égard, plusieurs recherches ont été faites par les chercheurs de l’acquisition de la deuxième langue ou langue seconde (l2). ce groupe de chercheurs a commencé depuis les années 1970 en europe et en amérique. ils ont observé que la langue produite par les apprenants de l2 ne conforment pas à la langue cible. leurs erreurs révèlent une connaissance incomplète et systématique de la l2. c’est ce que selinker (1972) appelle l’interlangue. c’est l’intermédiaire entre la langue source (l1 ou lm). quelques études portant sur l’analyse d’erreurs des années 1970 révèlent que certaines de ces erreurs ne sont pas engendrées par l’influence de la l1 (richard, 1974), cité par spada et lightbown (2010 :109) dans schmitt (2010). par exemple, un apprenant anglais du français ne sait pas que l’inversion du nom propre n’est pas possible en français pour le sujet. ou ne peut pas dire : parle jean français ? à partir de la phrase déclarative « jean parle français ». au contraire, c’est : « parlet-il français ?» qu’est possible en français dans la forme interrogative. kellerman (1986) aussi cité par spada et lightbown (2010 :118), a fait une recherche sur l’influence de l1 que les autres. kellerman a dit que la prononciation et la syntaxe sont plus influencées que les morphèmes grammaticaux. encore, il a ajouté ainsi: «learners seem to be sensitive to the fact that some patterns in the l1 are idiomatic or unusual in some way and are therefore not transferable. when learning a language which in very different from the l1, learners are lesslikely to attempt transfer ». cela veut dire que quand on rencontre des expressions idiomatique dans la langue source, c’est – à – dire, le français, on tend de transférer ce segment en langue cible. amadi (2024) a fait une recherche sur les problèmes de l’apprentissage du français oral chez les étudiants de l’université de port harcourt. elle a mis l’accent sur la phonétique française. elle a identifié l’interférence de la langue maternelle comme l’un des obstacles de l’apprentissage du français chez les étudiants de cette université. a cet égard elle a dit : « la langue maternelle interfère grandement avec la langue anglaise, les langues nationales (igbo, haoussa et yorouba) et même avec les langues étrangères comme le français, l’allemand, etc. il est toujours très leurs langue locale on maternelle, au lieu de la langue anglaise. l’interférence de la langue maternelle empêche les apprenants du français de repenser el de reformuler leurs pensées dans la langue cible, qu’est le français (amadi, 2024 :13). udom (2023) a conduit une étude sur l’influence de l’efik sur l’apprentissage du français. elle a observé que certaines voyelles françaises ne sont pas prononçables aux étudiants efik qui apprenant le français. par exemple les voyelles /ɛ/ est prononcée /e/ chez les efiks parce qu’il n y a pas de /e/ en efik. elle a conclu que l’absence des voyelles / /, /ɛ/, / / /et/ /œ/ produit de la difficulté chez les apprenants efiks du français. d’après debyser (1971), la langue maternelle joue toujours un rôle perturbateur au cours de l’apprentissage d’une langue étrangère quelles que soient les précautions prises pour l’éviter. il ajoute que l’influence de la l1 aurait donc des effets maints qui incluent des transferts positifs, des transferts négatifs et les interférences. quand on apprend une langue étrangère, l’on a tendance de transférer consciemment ou inconsciemment les habitudes de la langue maternelle (l1) vers la langue étrangère. c’est ce qu’on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org appelle le transfert négatif parce que la syntaxe et la morphologie de la l1 se diffèrent de celles de la l2. alors, l’apprenant produit une métalangue dans la langue cible vec des énonces agrammaticaux (udung, 2010). mfon (1995) a conduit the recherche sur l’interférence linguistique dans une classe de francais chez les ibibio. a la fin de son analyse, elle a fait la recommandation suivante : « un professeur de langue doit se rendre compte des particularités linguistiques dans la langue locale et veiller à le non intrusions des habitudes acquises dans la langue maternelle dans la pratique d’une nouvelle langue (l2) surtout quand il s’agit de l’acquisition d’une langue étrangère… » ici, mfon veut dire qu’il faut du soin de ne pas transférer les habitudes déjà acquises dans la langue maternelle (l2) a la langue décode ou langue cible d’apprentissage (l2). cependant, ce n’est pas le professeur qui pout échapper aux erreurs mais c’est l’apprenant. les apprenants font les erreurs et le professeur les corrige. c’est la situation linguistique qu’ou attend toujours et partout. de plus, dans une recherche conduite par ajani, sanni et sanni (2018) sur l’interférence morphologique chez les apprenants yoruba phones en classe de fle au nigéria basée sur les étudiants de nigéria french language village ajara – badagry, ils ont observé que les apprenants ont fait beaucoup d’erreurs en français à cause de l’influence des transferts négatifs venant du yorouba (l1). ces chercheurs ont constaté que la structure syntaxique d’une phrase yorouba est soit osv, sort svo. cependant, en français la structure osv n’existe pas. encore, l’adjectif qualificatif yorouba est fige. de plus, l’article est omis en yorouba. les exemples d’erreurs sont. 1. « nourriture je mange» (onje ni mo n je) au lieu de eje mange la nouriiture » 2. « classe je vais » (oja ni o nlo) au lieu de « je vais en classe). ces phrases portent la tructure osv (objet-sujet-verbe), comme déjà observé par bamgbose (1999). l’absence de l’article est vue dans : 1. « il me donne devoir» lien de « il me donne le devoir ». 2. « je donne au professeur cahier » au lieu de « je donne le cahier au professeur » au contraire, le mot na, un adjectif démonstratif remplace un article en yorouba comme dans obirin na (femme la), oluko na (professeur le), etc. ces chercheurs ont enfin propose l’approche de l’analyse contrastive pour l’enseignement du français langue étrangère. par ce mayen, l’enseignant fait un contraste de la syntaxe yorouba et celle du français. dans une recherche conduite par nwachukwu, acheru et dikeh (2023) sur l’analyse des interférences syntaxiques en français chez les apprenants anglophones d’origine ikwerre, il a été oberve que l’ikwere n’a pas de distinction entre le masculin et le féminin. par exemple, voyons les expressions qui suivent : 1. nwɔ riya kem bu viye mma la fille est belle 2. nwɔ ruka kem bu nye nma le garcon est beau 3. rumu riya kem bu ele nma les filles sont belles 4. rumu ruka kem bu ele nma les garçons sont beaux le même adjectif nma reste invariable pour les filles et les garçons. deuxièmement les adjectifs possessifs restent aussi invariable pour les noms masculins et les avons féminin comme dans les exemples suivent bien qu’ils s’accordent en genre avec les nous en français : american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org aka m ma main ochi m mon pied nda m mon père nne m ma mère le possessif m reste invariable en ikwerre alors qu’il y a un accord en français (ma/mm) suivant le genre du mon possédé. ces chercheurs ont enfin propose l’approche de l’analyse contrastive pour l’enseignement du français langue étrangère. par ce mayen, l’enseignant fait un contraste de la syntaxe yorouba et celle du français. méthodologie cette recherche a adopté les approches qualitative et quantitative. la population de cette recherche comprend les étudiants de « department of foreign languages and literatures, university of port harcourt, nigeria ». ils appartiennent des 1e, et 4e années de licence. ceux de la 3e année étaient absents parce qu’ils faisaient partie du programme de l’année à l’etranger a « nigeria french language village, badagry, lagos » ceux de la 1e année ont été exclus de l’échantillon. l’année scalaire était celle de 2023/2024. vingt-cinq étudiants ont été sélectionnés de chaque année produisant cinquante au total. comme l’échantillon de la recherche. parmi eux, cinq (5) étaient maries ; quarantecinq (45) étaient célibataires. personne n’était divorce ou sépare. les donnée ont été obtenues avec un questionnaire. ces données ont été étalées dans un tableau de fréquence et pourcentage. analyse des questions première question quells sont les types d’interférence rencontrés par les apprenants igbo phones l’université de port harcourt ? le tableau 1 ci-dessous fournit les résultats ou les réponses pour cette question. type d’interférence fréquence pourcentage phonétique (voyelles/consonnes) 40 80% phonologique (liaison, élision, etc) 37 74% morphologique (accord/conjugaison) 45 90% syntaxique (l’ordre des mots) 47 94% sémantique (sens des mots) 39 78% lexique (vocabulaire 46 92% tableau 1 : type d’interférence en s’appuyant sur les résultats donnés ci-haut, nous voyons que 40 (80%) des participants ont mentionné l’interférence phonétique ; 37 (74%) étaient pour l’interférence phonologique et 45 (90%) pour l’interférence morphologique. les autres résultats sont 47 (94%) pour l’interférence syntaxique ; 39 (78%) pour l’interférence sémantique et 46 (92%) pour l’interférence lexique. cela vent dire que tous les types d’interférence sont rencontres pas les étudiants à l’université de port harcourt et les autres institutions supérieures nigerianes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org deuxième question comment peut l’interférence se manifester au cours de l’apprentissage de français langue étrangère ? (i) a l’oral (ii) a l’écrit le tableau 2 ci-dessous montre comment l’interférence se manifeste au cours de l’apprentissage du français langue étrangère. manifestation d’interférence fréquence pourcentage a l’oral 46 92% a l’écrit 37 84% tableau 2 : manifestation d’interférence selon le tableau 2 ci-haut, 46 (92%) des participants ont mentionné la manifestation orale d’interférence alors que 42 (84%) ont choisi la manifestation écrite d’interférence. donc, on peut dire que l’interférence est plus visible au niveau oral parmi les étudiants apprenant le français langue étrangère. troisième question quels sont les dangers de l’interférence ? énumérez-les. le tableau 3 ci-dessous montre les dangers de l’interférence lors de l’apprentissage de français. dangers de l’interférence fréquence pourcentage difficulté de communication 40 80% limitation de compréhension 43 86% manque de confiance 32 64% problème de prononciation 40 80% mauvais vocabulaire 39 78% influence des faux – amis 45 90% alternance codique 33 66% erreurs grammaticales 46 92% recours à la structure igbo 28 56% réduction de fluence et efficacité 37 74% discussion i. la première découverte de ce travail est que les étudiants igbo phones font face à l’interférence en apprenant le français langue étrangère aux niveaux phonétique, phonologique, morphologique, syntaxique, sémantique et lexical. cela veut dire que l’interférence se manifeste à tons les niveaux linguistiques. ces types d’interférence porte sur les voyelles, les consonnes, la liaison, l’assimilation, l’élision, l’accord, la conjugaison, l’ordre des mots, les significations et le vocabulaire. cette observation a été déjà faite par debyser (1970), udung (2010) et umoh (2024). ii. deuxièmement, nous avons également observé que l’interférence se manifeste à l’écrit et à l’oral. plusieurs chercheurs, ont jadis observé cette nature de l’interférence linguistique parce qu’elle affecte la grammaire, l’orthographe et la phonétique, parmi les autres composantes d’un cours de français. iii. troisièmement, l’étude a révélé que plusieurs dangers sont rencontrés par les étudiants de français au niveau compréhension, grammaire, la fluence communicative, la prononciation, les faux – amis etc. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org iv. enfin, la recherché a énumère plusieurs mesures pour réduire l’effet de l’interférence chez les étudiants igbophones du français langue étrangère. ces mesures sont l’émersion culturelle et linguistique, l’atelier des professeurs, le séminaire des professeurs, l’emploi de l’analyse d’erreurs, l’emphase sur l’oral, la grammaire et le vocabulaire, etc. ces observations ont déjà été faites par plusieurs chercheurs linguistiques. conclusion lors de cette recherche, nous avons pu chercher les types d’interférence, comment elle se manifeste, ses dangers et les mesures pour améliorer l’apprentissage du français langue étrangère. donc, en s’appuyant sur nos résultat, cette recherche conclut qu’il faut maîtriser les règles phonétiques et grammaticales, le vocabulaire dans plusieurs domaines, avoir un laboratoire des langues et les multimédia. deuxièmement, il faut organiser des ateliers et séminaires pour les professeurs de français. les étudiants peuvent faire des excursions afin qu’ils savent et apprécient la culture et la civilisation françaises et francophones. recommandations les recommandations qui suivent ont été proposées pour le public, les chercheurs, les étudiants, le ministère de l’education, etc : 1. les étudiants igbo phones doivent essayer d’identifier les voyelles et consonnes françaises qui ne sont pas disponible en igbo. cela va les aider à étudier une difficulté orale. 2. les organisations gouvernementales et non-gouvernementales peuvent établir un partenariat pour le sponsoring des programmes français des écoles primaires, secondaires et tertiaires. 3. les professeurs doivent être bien formés en grammaire, phonétique et littérature pour acquérir la culture française. 4. les matériels pédagogiques modernes doivent être fournis pour les écoles à tous les niveaux. 5. les ateliers et séminaires des professeurs sont nécessaires pour leur développement des dextérités pédagogiques. références 1. ajani, a. l. sanni, r. o. et sanni, m. a. (2008). l’interférence morphologique chez les apprenants yoruba phone en classe de fle au nigéria. in renef 1(11), 33-41 lagos ; nfiv badadgry delavary, j. (1992). 2. beillerot, c. (1989). « education, formation et psychanalyse » cité dans gpt chat, 2024. 3. debyser, f. (1970). la linguistique contrastive et les interférences. in : langue française, 8, 3161 4. dictionnaire de didactique français, paris, 2005. 5. dineen, w. f. (1967). behaviourism and language learning, usa. 6. dulay, h. (1982). language two. cité dans google. 7. gale group incorporated (1999). 8. https 8368 1970 num 8 1 5527 9. jolly-ngah, s. b. (2024). « le rôle de la phonétique dans l’apprentissage du français chez les étudiants nigerian » (b a project, uniport) 10. legendre, p. (1993). « spatial autocorrection: trouble or new paradigm » american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 11. mfon, i. (1997). « l’interférence linguistique dans une chasse de français chez les ibibio : aspect morphosyntaxique ». in agora, no 1, issn 1117-5670,pp54-65. 12. nwachuwu, j. f., acheru ; a. n. et dikeh, c. o. (2023). analyse des interférences syntaxiques en français chez les apprenants anglophones d’origine ikwerre. in cascades : journal of the department of french and international studies, ignatius ajuru university of education, rumuolumeni port harcourt, 1(1)april, 2023, 96-106. 13. nnamdi, e. c. (2019). les difficultés de l’enseignement et l’apprentissage du français dans la ville de gombe (m. a dissertation, university of port harcourt). 14. onumajuru, e. m. (2012). aspects de linguistique appliquée, uyo : abigab associates ltd. 15. spada, & lightbown, (2010). an introduction to applied linguistics (second edition), london: hodder education, an hachette uk company. 16. udom, j. (2023). etude de la phonétique efik (b.a project, university of port harcourt). 17. udung, n. (2010). les problèmes consonantiques chez un oro francisant. in la revue des etudes française de calabar, 9(1), 207-219. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org the role of women's entrepreneurship in social welfare and economic development aziza sultanova associate professor of the department of social sciences, tashkent state university of economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examines the role of women’s entrepreneurship in social welfare and economic development. women’s entrepreneurship contributes to job creation, innovation, market competitiveness, and economic stability while promoting gender equality and social well-being. the research highlights the impact of digitalization on female entrepreneurship, particularly in developing countries like uzbekistan. despite government efforts to support women-led businesses, digitalization has yet to significantly transform their entrepreneurial activities. the study suggests that fostering innovative women-owned enterprises can enhance sustainable economic growth and social progress. women’s entrepreneurship, economic development, gender equality, innovation, digitalization, social stability, job creation, sustainable growth. introduction business is the main tool for the material development of any society. however, women's entrepreneurship, especially in the modern world, is an important direction that has a wide-ranging impact on the social and economic life of society. in this work, we will analyze in detail the socioeconomic significance of women's entrepreneurship, study its role in social stability and economic growth. the problems in this area and their solutions will also be considered. women's entrepreneurship makes a significant contribution to strengthening the role of women in society and increasing social stability. women's entrepreneurship provides women with the opportunity to have equal rights and opportunities with men in business. this helps to strengthen gender equality, increase the position of women in society, and ensure their participation in decisionmaking processes. women's economic independence is the process by which women achieve economic independence, providing for themselves and their families financially by creating and managing their own businesses. this allows women to be independent in their lives and decisions, and protects them from domestic violence and dependency. analysis of thematic literature several foreign and domestic economists have conducted research on women's entrepreneurship. russian economist alimpiyeva studied the strategic characteristics of women in the field of entrepreneurship and the impact of entrepreneurship on family activities, while the research work of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org semenov and raymanova analyzed the factors that negatively affect the development of women's entrepreneurship. another scientist, semyonova, believes that older and middle-aged women with higher education are more likely to achieve high results in entrepreneurial activity. she noted that since they have high professional skills, managerial experience, using the necessary financial resources and connections to organize and develop their own business, women are more likely to engage in independent creative research and initiative. in order to fully understand the essence of women's entrepreneurship, the benefits of changes aimed at improving this sector in the economy of our state, and to find and eliminate all problematic issues in this direction in a high spirit, it is necessary to know and study the theoretical aspects of organizing and managing the business movement (husanova). according to annayeva, the development of women's entrepreneurship in uzbekistan, their activity in socio-political processes is based on separate aspects, she believes that the problems should be focused on improving the position of women in the family and society. research methodology this study employs a mixed-method approach, combining qualitative and quantitative research methods to analyze the role of women’s entrepreneurship in social welfare and economic development. 1. literature review. a comprehensive review of existing academic research, policy reports, and case studies on women’s entrepreneurship was conducted to establish a theoretical framework. the review focused on gender equality, economic independence, innovation, and digitalization in entrepreneurship. 2. comparative analysis. the study examines the share of women in business across different countries, comparing developed and developing economies. special attention is given to uzbekistan, where government programs and incentives supporting female entrepreneurs are analyzed. 3. data collection. statistical data from government agencies, international organizations (such as the world bank and un women), and academic sources were analyzed to assess trends in women’s entrepreneurship and its economic impact. 4. case studies. selected case studies of successful women-led businesses were analyzed to identify key success factors, challenges, and strategies for scaling up women’s entrepreneurial activities. 5. hypothesis testing. the study hypothesizes that the expansion of women’s entrepreneurship, particularly in innovative sectors, significantly contributes to sustainable economic growth. by integrating these methodologies, the study provides a comprehensive understanding of the economic and social impact of women’s entrepreneurship and offers policy recommendations for fostering its growth. analysis and results many women entrepreneurs take on social responsibility through their businesses, support social programs, contribute to solving environmental problems, and strive to improve the well-being of society. women's entrepreneurship enriches society with new ideas, innovative products, and services, which positively affects economic growth and the overall development of society. women's entrepreneurship contributes significantly to accelerating economic growth and ensuring sustainability: 1. job creation: by creating their own businesses, women entrepreneurs create jobs, reduce unemployment, contribute to economic growth, and increase national income. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org 2. innovation: women entrepreneurs often apply new ideas and innovative approaches to business, which leads to economic growth and social development. 3. increasing market competitiveness: women entrepreneurs acquire unique skills and experiences in managing their businesses, which increases market competitiveness and improves economic efficiency. 4. ensuring economic stability: women entrepreneurs provide themselves and their families with economic security by developing their businesses, which helps ensure social stability in society. 5. international trade: women entrepreneurs contribute to the development of the national economy by exporting their products and services to the international market. in particular, digitalization contributes to the development of women's entrepreneurship in two ways. firstly, modern technologies and new inventions necessary for household chores are increasing women's free time, and secondly, internet networks and online services (including flexible schedules convenient for women) make it easier to conduct entrepreneurial activities. research shows that every country can invest in national prosperity and competitiveness by encouraging the expansion of the female entrepreneurial sector. today, female entrepreneurs account for one-third of all active growthoriented enterprises in the world. it is worth noting that there are many developing countries with a high proportion of women in business compared to developed countries. in this study, we aimed to analyze the share of women in business in different countries and to determine the impact of digitalization on this. in the 21st century, many governments, including uzbekistan, have begun to pay attention to gender issues. several programs and incentives have been introduced in the country to support and encourage women's entrepreneurship. however, the fact that digitalization processes have not had a significant impact on women's entrepreneurial activity can also be seen from their preference for traditional activities. the study hypothesized that the development of women's entrepreneurship, especially innovative entrepreneurship, can make a valuable contribution to sustainable economic growth by increasing the number of women-owned businesses. turkey stood out from the other selected countries with its stable and positive correlations between the variables. the correlation of all indicators except x3 is between 0.80 and 0.99, indicating a strong positive relationship between them. women's entrepreneurship leads to socio-economic changes in various sectors: • agriculture: by creating their own businesses, women farmers increase agricultural productivity, apply new technologies, and increase the income of rural residents. • industry: by creating their own businesses, women entrepreneurs diversify production, produce new products, and develop exports. • services: by creating their own businesses, women entrepreneurs offer new services, provide highquality customer service, and contribute to economic growth by creating jobs. • education and health: by creating their own businesses, women entrepreneurs offer quality services in the fields of education and health, increasing the well-being of society. the state plays an important role in the development of women's entrepreneurship: ✓ improving the legislative framework: improving the legislative framework to create favorable conditions for women entrepreneurs, protecting them from gender discrimination, simplifying business registration processes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org ✓ financial support: simplifying the provision of loans and investments to women, providing subsidies and grants, developing microfinance. ✓ developing education and training programs: teaching women the skills necessary for business management, training in marketing, financial planning and other important areas. ✓ organizing information and advisory services: helping women start and develop businesses, creating advisory and information centers, and organizing business incubators and accelerators. ✓ creating networking opportunities: connecting women entrepreneurs with each other, creating opportunities for them to exchange experiences and collaborate. women's entrepreneurship is of great importance in the development of global society, and their role and activity in the economy are highly valued. in the current processes of student, labor, and social development, women's entrepreneurship represents a safe, effective, and innovative approach. in this article, we will analyze several important areas of women's entrepreneurship development. education and training: education and training are crucial in the development of women's entrepreneurship. women are important in learning entrepreneurship, developing an innovative approach, learning new technologies and implementing them in business. special business schools for women should be established, and mentoring and coaching courses should be organized for them. legal affairs and consultation: legal affairs and consultation play an important role in the field of women's entrepreneurship. courses and projects on legal procedures should be organized to develop women's knowledge and experience in business transactions and partnerships. increasing consultation and mentoring is an effective way to develop women's entrepreneurship. finance and investment: finance and investment are important for the development of women's entrepreneurship. women's businesses need to be empowered to develop knowledge and skills in investing, raising capital, obtaining loans, and managing investment portfolios. the government and private sectors need to focus on developing tools and programs to increase investment in women. technology and innovation: innovation and new technologies are essential for the development of women's entrepreneurship. special innovation centers, technology courses and programs should be organized for women, to help them learn new technologies and apply them in business. developing an entrepreneurial and businessfriendly environment: developing an entrepreneurial and business-friendly environment is important for the development of women's entrepreneurship. women's entrepreneurship plays an important role in strengthening the social stability of society and accelerating economic growth. eliminating problems in this area and providing support to women has a positive impact on the overall development of society. the state, society and international cooperation should strive to promote the development of women's entrepreneurship, creating opportunities for them to start their own businesses and achieve success. conclusions and suggestions in particular, within the framework of the undp project "supporting trade development in uzbekistan", an analysis of the system of support and development of women's business in uzbekistan was conducted, on the basis of which a corresponding "roadmap" was developed for 2021-2025. in addition, within the framework of the project, the capacity of the association and its members in export development, access to foreign markets, and advisory programs for women's entrepreneurship continues to be built. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org the important role of legal services and counseling in promoting women's entrepreneurship should be expanded. in this way, women will ensure their own development and success in business. in particular, the share of our women in the economy has reached 60 percent, and the followers of our mothers, who are recognized for their high moral and enlightened character, exemplary manners and upbringing, today make unparalleled contributions to state and social construction, production, science, culture, medicine, education, and even the military. the main factor in further improving the status of women in our country, increasing their socio-political activity, and ensuring their participation in the reforms being carried out in our country is women's empowerment. it is worth noting that thousands of our women are opening production enterprises in various areas of the business sector, creating new jobs for women. references 1. abduaxatova. m.the role of women's entrepreneurship, especially innovative entrepreneurship, in sustainable economic growth. // central asian journal of academic research. 2024. p.102. 2. azlarova d. use of positive experiences of foreign countries in the development of small business and entrepreneurship in uzbekistan‖, journal of economics and education, 6/2013. 3. almatova d. social experiences and use of small and medium-sized entrepreneurship in world practice‖ journal of economics and education‖, 2/2014 4. aripov o.a. development of small business and private entrepreneurship and the creation of a business environment. scientific electronic journal” economics and innovative technologies". № 2, march-april, 2019. 5. abdullayev a, muftaydinov k, aybeshov x. small business management. textbook. t.,” finance " publishing, 2023. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 40, | september 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the mechanisms of oversight on government contracts in iraq andits impact on the effectiveness of public project implementation mohammed hatif mohammed university of al qadisiyah, iraq, mohammed.hatif@qu.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the research aims to study the regulatory framework governing governmental contracts by analyzing the different levels of oversight: legislative (the council of representatives andits specialized committees), executive (ministries andcontracting authorities), judicial (courts andadministrative judicial bodies), andindependent bodies (the federal board of supreme audit andthe integrity commission), in addition to societal andmedia oversight. the study also reviews the applicable laws andregulations, such as the government contracts implementation instructions no. (2) of 2014, andcompares them with international standards in the field of governance andtransparency. the research adopts a descriptive-analytical methodology, based on a review of legal andeconomic literature, as well as an analysis of reports from the federal board of supreme audit andthe integrity commission, in addition to case studies of some stalled public projects. the study concludes that the multiplicity of oversight bodies contributes to uncovering violations andenhancing transparency, but at the same time creates institutional overlap andexcessive bureaucracy, which slow down contracting andimplementation procedures. it also shows that weak political will, lack of technical expertise in oversight bodies, andthe failure to activate preventive oversight constitute major obstacles to achieving effective control. the research recommends restructuring the oversight system on an integrative rather than competitive basis, activating preventive oversight through digitalization andthe introduction of electronic contract management systems, strengthening the independence of oversight bodies from political influence, developing the capacities of their staff, andinvolving civil society organizations andthe media as active actors in societal oversight to ensure the quality andeffectiveness of public project implementation. contracts governmental, censorship finance, body integrity, diwan censorship finance, corruption administrative, governance, projects public, censorship legislative, censorship executive, censorship judicial introduction contracts governmental is means basic that adopt it the state in iraq to implement her projects public andmanagement her affairs development andservice, so form this is amazing contracts ratio the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org biggest from size spending the year in budget annual . non. that experience iraqi during contracts the last showed that many from this is amazing projects stumble or delay or do at levels low from quality, which mirror negatively on trust citizens in the country, valley to exacerbation problems brown infrastructure andservices basic . andrelated. that in connection directly to what extent efficiency andeffectiveness system censorship on contracts government . importance this part from being censorship on contracts represents one of pillars basic for governance, so aims to a guarantee transparency, andprevent waste, andcombating corruption administrative andfinancial that it is considered from highlights challenges that facing the state iraqi . andon although from pluralism devices andthe authorities supervisory, like council representatives, diwan censorship finance, body integrity, andthe authorities judicial, unless that effectiveness this is amazing censorship what it's gone position discussion, because of what accompanied by from challenges like bureaucracy, weakness coordination institutional, loss competencies, weakness will politics . andbased on from that, it is centered problematic search around question : to any bezel contribute mechanisms censorship on contracts governmental in iraq in to improve effectiveness to implement projects public andguarantee usage optimum for resources? . andaims search to analysis frames legislative andinstitutional andexecutive for control, and diagnosis citizen power andweakness in it, andexplore its impact live on efficiency andeffectiveness projects public, arriving to presentation group from recommendations that maybe that contribute in strengthening system censorship the limit from manifestations corruption andwaste financial. importance of research : this research springs importance from the role vital that play it contracts governmental in investigation development economic andsocial in iraq, where it is considered the tool president to implement projects public andmanagement resources finance . andit can side scientific for research in expansion knowledge around framework legislative andinstitutional for supervision on contracts governmental, andanalysis challenges anddifficulties that facing this is amazing censorship, which contributes in strengthening studies academy related by governance andtransparency andcombating corruption in sector the year . as well. it is distinguished search importantly practical it is represented by in presentation evaluation objective for mechanisms censorship current, andhe is what allows for makers decision possibility take steps reformatory to enhance efficiency to implement projects public the limit from waste financial andadministrative . addition to that, owns search importance social clear, so contributes to improve level censorship andtransparency in strengthening trust the society in institutions governmental, andit leads to support participation community in monitoring performance government . finally, it is manifested importance economic for research in clarification effect censorship effective on usage optimum for resources in investigation development sustainable andguarantee completion projects public with quality required andin duration temporal specific . objectives : aims this research to research mechanisms censorship on contracts governmental in iraq andits impact on effectiveness to implement projects public, andthat from during several axes interconnected . first, he seeks search to analysis framework legislative andinstitutional that organizes practical censorship on contracts governmental, including in that role council representatives, ministries andthe authorities executive, devices judicial, diwan censorship finance american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org andthe authority integrity, please on censorship community andthe media . secondly, aims search to evaluation bezel efficiency andeffectiveness this is amazing mechanisms in limit from waste financial andadministrative, andthe detection on manifestations corruption, andguarantee quality to implement projects public . thirdly, he seeks search to set challenges andobstacles that facing practical censorship, like interference institutional, bureaucracy, loss competencies artistic, weakness will politics, andthe impact that on capacity the state on completion her projects at the level required . finally, aims search to presentation group from recommendations andprocedures reformatory that maybe that contribute in strengthening system censorship, andmore transparency, andimprove performance the year for projects governmental, including guarantee usage optimum for resources public andachieve development sustainable. research problem : represents problem search in presence failure clear in effectiveness censorship on contracts governmental in iraq, the order that leads to delay to implement projects public or decrease its quality, andmore opportunities waste financial andadministrative, andspread manifestations corruption . on although from pluralism devices supervision like council representatives, ministries andthe authorities executive, diwan censorship finance, andthe authority integrity, andthe authorities judicial, unless that this is amazing censorship mostly what facing challenges big it is represented by in weakness coordination institutional, bureaucracy excessive, loss competencies artistic, weakness will politics, which limits from her ability on tracking contracts andimplementation projects in shape optimal . andit increases. the problem complexity because of non presence mechanisms integrated connect between censorship legislative andexecutive andthe judiciary andcommunity, andhe is what reflected negatively on quality services public andtrust citizens in institutions governmental . based on on that, focuses search on analysis this is amazing problems andspecify bezel its impact on effectiveness to implement projects public in iraq, with the aim of suggestion solutions andprocedures reformatory to enhance censorship andachieve use ideal for resources public part first: frame conceptual andlegal for supervision on contracts governmental it indicates censorship on contracts governmental to group mechanisms andprocedures that aims to a guarantee to implement contracts public efficiently andtransparency according to laws andregulations maamoul with it, andprevent waste financial andthe administrative andcorruption . it includes: this is amazing censorship levels multiple includes censorship legislative from during parliament andits committees specialist, censorship executive via ministries andthe authorities contracting party, censorship judicial from courts administrative, andcensorship independent that he practices it diwan censorship finance andthe authority integrity . during this section, two requirements will be addressed: the nature of censorship on contracts governmental andfoundation legal andinstitutional for supervision in iraq. the requirement first: nature censorship on contracts governmental: censorship on contracts governmental she group procedures andmechanisms supervision that aims to ensure to implement contracts efficiently andtransparency, andprevent waste financial andthe administrative andguarantee commitment by specifications temporal andtechnical . during this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org requirement, two branches will be addressed, namely the concept of censorship its objectives andtypes control (internal, foreign affairs, judicial). branch first : concept censorship its objectives: censorship to get to know that it is the process that it is done from during it tracking activities administrative andartistic inside institutions to ensure investigation objectives planned, andthe detection on any deviations or mistakes may effect on performance . it includes: censorship collection data andanalyze it andcompare it with plans andstandards part pre, andthen take procedures corrective occasion when necessity . andit is considered censorship part basically from management modern, because it is help in adjust performance andachieve discipline institutional andreduce risks finance andadministrative potential (al-zoubi, 2018: 47). censorship play role pivotal in strengthening transparency inside institutions governmental andprivate, so allows tracking activities andmake sure from commitment officials by laws andpolicies andprocedures approved . as well. contribute censorship in limit from corruption financial andadministrative, andthat from during detection early on transgressions andimbalances . andit is considered transparency the resulting on censorship worker basically in building trust between citizens andpublic institutions owned by the state, which enhances commitment by laws andmore from effectiveness performance (al-hussaini, 2019: 103). censorship it works on investigation efficiency andthe effectiveness in use resources andimprove performance institutions, from during measurement results actual comparison with goals andplans part in advance . andit helps. censorship on to set citizen waste or slowness in operations, including maybe management from take procedures necessary to correct the path andimprove quality achievement . as well. contribute censorship in rationalization spending the year andavoid costs not essential, andhe is what reflected positively on ability institutional on investigation objectives efficiently high (al-amiri, 2020: 88). it is considered censorship preventive from highlights goals censorship, where aims to forbid occurrence violations or mistakes before its occurrence, instead from sufficiency by detection about her after its occurrence . it is represented by this is amazing censorship in situation systems review interior periodical, evaluation risks, andcheck operations basic before implement it . andcontribute. censorship preventive in limit from corruption financial andadministrative, andimprove quality performance, andreduce need to interventions reformatory suffix, including enhances effectiveness institutions public andprivate on end whether (al-rifai, 2017: 55). it is considered censorship tool basic to evaluate performance andachieve accountability inside institutions, where availability data minute andreliable that enable makers decision from the ruling on bezel success projects andprograms in investigation its objectives . as well as strengthen censorship culture accountability between staff, so he is all employee responsible before standards andpolicies the subject, which raises level commitment andmotivates on to improve performance . therefore, it is considered censorship worker main in a guarantee quality services andachieve development sustainable inside institutions (al-hamadi, 2021: 72). branch second: types control ( internal, foreign affairs, judicial ( it is considered censorship interior from most important types censorship that adopt it institutions to ensure her commitment with plans andpolicies interior andachieve its objectives efficiently american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org andeffectiveness . it includes: censorship interior group from mechanisms like review interior periodical, audit operations, evaluation performance, andreview field for projects andcontracts . andaims this is amazing censorship to detection early on deviations andmistakes finance andadministrative, andreduce waste, andimprove quality take decisions administrative . as well as contribute censorship interior in strengthening discipline institutional andmore capacity the institution on confrontation risks potential before its occurrence (al-muqaddad, 2018: 62). censorship foreign affairs she censorship that practice it authorities independent on the institution itself, like diwan censorship finance, ministry finance, andbodies supreme specialist, with the aim of verify from commitment the institution by laws andregulations andinstructions finance andadministrative . andhelp this is amazing censorship in investigation transparency andaccountability public, andthe detection on transgressions anddeviations, andguarantee use resources public efficiently . as well . availability censorship foreign affairs mechanism for evaluation objective away on effects interior, what enhances credibility performance andmore trust the society in institutions governmental (al-hashemi, 2019: 48). it is represented by censorship judicial in censorship that practice it authorities judicial specialist to ensure commitment institutions public andprivate by laws, andprotection rights parties all, solution conflicts related by contracts andprojects. include this is amazing censorship look in appeals on contracts administrative, disputes finance, andissues related corruption financial or ill administration projects . andit is considered censorship judicial tool basic to achieve justice andaccountability legal, so impose commitment by law challenge from transgressions administrative (al-sharif, 2020: 71). contribute censorship interior andforeign affairs andthe judiciary in a way integrated in strengthening effectiveness performance institutional andguarantee quality to implement projects public . censorship interior it works on adjust performance daily andreduce risks before its occurrence, while availability censorship foreign affairs tracking objectivity from authorities independent, andcensorship judicial it works on to treat violations legal after its occurrence . this integration guarantee investigation transparency andaccountability, andit enhances trust between management andsociety, andreduces from waste andcorruption financial andthe administrative (alattar, 2017: 54). types censorship per type from turn private in a guarantee success projects governmental andachieve its objectives development . supervision. interior includes commitment by specifications technical andtables temporal, andcensorship foreign affairs verification evaluation objective for budgets andspending, while censorship judicial sponsor application the law andprocessing any violations or disputes . andleads collection between this is amazing controls to to lift efficiency projects public, rationalization use resources, andguarantee investigation development sustainable according to standards justice andtransparency (al-najjar, 2021: 87). the requirement second / foundation legal andinstitutional for supervision in iraq: legal andinstitutional for supervision in iraq it is based on on laws andinstructions window, andthe role diwan censorship finance andthe authority integrity . during this the requirement it will be eat two branches they are texts constitutional andlaws the organization for contracts governmental in iraq andits role devices supervisory (diwan) censorship finance, body integrity, committees parliament. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org branch first : texts constitutional andlaws the organization for contracts government in iraq: the constitution iraqi 2005 framework the highest that organizes all activities governmental including in it contracts public, so it states on principle transparency andresponsibility in administration the money year, andconfirms on right citizens in censorship on performance governmental . as well. imposes the constitution commitment authorities executive andthe judiciary by standards legal in conclusion contracts andimplementation projects public, andallows for citizens andsociety civil censorship andaccountability . thus, constitutes the constitution basis legal that directs all laws sub-branch related by contracts governmental andguarantees her commitment by principles constitutional for transparency andaccountability (hassan, 2012 : 35). it is considered law administration the state for finance public andbudgets no. 6 of 2013 most important laws that organize contracts governmental, so he specifies how to numbers budgets public, andcensorship on spending, andprocedures tenders andtenders . andit states the law on necessity commitment authorities governmental with transparency in conclusion contracts, andfollow-up to implement projects according to plans approved andbudgets the rapporteur, including guarantee usage optimum for resources general . as well. he specifies the law procedures auditing andreview finance to ensure safety operations finance associated by contracts (al-zahrani, 2019: 72). contracts governmental form directions to implement no. (2) of 2014 reference the process home to organize contracts in iraq, so determine procedures detailed to present tenders, andconclusion contracts, andfollow-up implementation, andstandards evaluation performance . andaims this is amazing instructions to a guarantee justice between contractors, andtransparency in to choose contractors, andcommitment by specifications technical andtables temporal . as well. availability instructions mechanisms for supervision interior andforeign affairs on contracts, including enhances effectiveness to implement projects public andreduces risks finance andadministrative (al-najjar, 2020: 88). it is considered law tenders andauctions no. 23 of 1997 laws basic that organize practical contracting in iraq, where puts controls andprocedures legal to present offers, evaluate it, andconclusion contracts governmental . andaims the law to investigation competition fair, to forbid favoritism andcorruption, andguarantee to choose most suitable from where quality andthe price . as well . organizes the law role authorities supervision in tracking to implement contracts andprojects, what contributes in to lift level transparency andthe questioning in sector the year (al-hamoud, 2017: 54). in addition to texts home, there is group from laws complementary andregulations executive that organize contracts governmental, like regulations audit performance financial, andlaws protection the money year, andinstructions censorship interior andthe foreign . it works . this is amazing laws on strengthening framework legal integrated for contracts, andguarantee commitment authorities governmental by laws, andachieve transparency andefficiency in to implement projects public . as well. availability this is amazing regulations foundations for coordination between authorities supervision different to ensure accountability andprevent transgressions (al-amiri, 2021: 63). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org branch second : role devices supervisory ( diwan) censorship finance, body integrity, committees parliament: it is considered diwan censorship finance one most important devices supervision in iraq, so he does with tasks censorship on all authorities governmental to ensure her commitment by laws andregulations finance andadministrative . it includes: role the diwan tracking to implement budgets, review the accounts final, andcheck contracts governmental andprojects public to make sure from commitment by specifications technical the table temporal . as well. he does the diwan prepared by reports patrol exposure on authorities legislative to facilitate take decisions corrective, including contributes in to lift level transparency andefficiency andreduce waste financial andthe administrative (visual, 2016 : 52 ). combating corruption financial play body integrity role pivotal in the administrative in iraq, from during detection on violations andthe investigation in it, andprosecution officials violators, andguarantee commitment authorities governmental by standards legal . as well. you do the authority prepared by studies andreports patrol around cases corruption, andpresent recommendations reformatory to limit from transgressions, which enhances transparency andstrengthens accountability inside institutions public . andit is considered body integrity tool effective to ensure integrity contracts governmental andachieve justice in enforcement projects (alzubaidi, 2019: 74). committees parliament iraqi play like committee integrity the committee finance, role basically in tracking to implement contracts andprojects governmental, from during call officials, discussion budgets, andreview reports devices supervisory . andaims this is amazing committees to verify from commitment authorities executive with plans andbudgets, andrevealed any violations or transgressions financial or administrative, including enhances accountability andit limits from ill management . as well. contribute this is amazing censorship legislative in to improve level performance the year for the authorities governmental andstrengthening trust the society it has (ibrahim, 2019 : 92 ). contributes cooperation andintegration between diwan censorship finance, body integrity, andcommittees parliament in investigation censorship comprehensive andeffective on contracts governmental andprojects public . the diwan he provides censorship finance andartistic, the authority focus on combating corruption andguarantee integrity, while parliament applies censorship legislative andaccountability public . andit leads this integration to strengthening transparency, reduction waste financial andadministrative, andguarantee to implement projects according to plans andstandards approved, which contributes in to lift efficiency performance governmental (al-amiri, 2021: 82). devices supervision play role pivotal in investigation development sustainable andguarantee usage optimum for resources public, so it works on tracking to implement projects governmental andmake sure from quality performance andefficiency spending . as well . contribute this is amazing devices in protection the money year, to forbid corruption, andalso help in providing data minute for makers decision, including enhances ability on planning andimplementation effective for projects development andservice . andwith this the method, become censorship tool basic to achieve development andimprove services the introduction for citizens (kareem, 2013 : 25). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org part second / effect censorship on effectiveness to implement projects public in iraq censorship on contracts governmental play role pivotal in strengthening effectiveness to implement projects public in iraq, so includes commitment authorities the implementer by specifications artistic, andtables temporal, andbudgets dedicated . andaffect. censorship legislative andexecutive andthe judiciary andindependent in a way direct on quality achievement, andreduce waste financial andadministrative, andthe detection early on transgressions andviolations . during this section, two requirements will be addressed, namely the relationship between censorship quality to implement projects andobstacles censorship andits challenges in iraq. the requirement first / relationship between censorship quality to implement projects: censorship affect a way direct on quality to implement projects, where includes commitment by specifications technical andtables temporal andbudgets, challenge from waste andcorruption, which enhances efficiency andeffectiveness achievement . andduring this the requirement it will be eat two branches they are role censorship in limit from corruption administrative financial andreflection censorship on efficiency achievement quality projects . branch first : role censorship in limit from corruption administrative financial: censorship one of most important tools preventive that you use it institutions governmental to combat corruption financial andadministrative, so allows detection early on transgressions anddeviations before that it is getting worse . during censorship interior andforeign affairs, maybe tracking progress operations finance andadministrative, andguarantee commitment by laws andinstructions . as well . help censorship preventive on to improve performance institutional from during situation systems review patrol andevaluation risks potential, what reduces from opportunities to exploit resources public for purposes not legal (kareem, 2013 : 25). censorship play role whatever in numbers reports periodical that document violations finance andadministrative, which exposure on authorities specialist to take procedures corrective . this reports availability information minute on size resources used andthe extent commitment with plans andbudgets, andcontribute in to forbid transgressions, andthe detection on cases corruption financial andadministrative, including enhances transparency andaccountability inside institutions government (jaafar, 2021 : 104). contribute censorship legislative andthe judiciary in a way direct in limit from corruption, where allows to parliament for the authorities judicial tracking performance authorities executive andverification from commitment by laws andinstructions . supervision. legislative from during committees parliament enable from call officials andquestion them on transgressions, while censorship judicial dealing with with violations legal it includes application justice . andleads this the role supplementary to limit from escape from punishment andreduce opportunities corruption (al-mubarak, 2020: 65). contribute censorship in limit from corruption financial from during tracking to implement budgets andcontracts, andguarantee non presence conflict interests, andprevent exchange money in ways not legal . andit works. devices supervision like diwan censorship finance andthe authority integrity on review the accounts, andmake sure from commitment by standards technical andfinance, what reduces from waste andit enhances efficiency use resources public (al-mutawa, 2021: 83). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org censorship integrity institutional strengthen from during to provide environment supervisory transparent andmotivating on commitment by laws andpolicies, where becomes all employee responsible on his performance before standards specific . andleads this to development culture institutional existing on accountability andaccounting, what reduces from spread corruption administrative andfinancial andguarantees quality to implement projects andservices public, therefore strengthening trust between the society andinstitutions governmental (al-idrisi, 2008 : 16). branch second : reflection censorship on efficiency achievement quality projects: it works censorship interior on to lift efficiency achievement in projects from during tracking performance daily andverification from commitment authorities the implementer with plans andtables temporal . it is allows measurement performance actual comparison with goals specific, andthe detection on any delay or exceed in other costs andexpenses before that it is getting worse . help censorship interior on to set citizen palaces andimprove methods the job, which guarantee completion projects according to standards quality required andit enhances commitment by specifications technical (al-obaidi, 2014 : 69). censorship foreign affairs play role pivotal in to improve quality projects governmental from during evaluation performance objective for the authorities the implementer andreview contracts andbudgets . they are availability side independent includes application policies finance andadministrative in a way correct, andreduce from risks associated badly implementation or waste financial. andleads this intervention external to strengthening quality projects andachieve results concrete meet needs citizens (al-amiri, 2019: 75). contribute censorship judicial in a guarantee commitment by laws andregulations, andprocessing violations that may affect on quality projects . from during look in appeals on contracts anddisputes related with projects, availability censorship judicial protection legal for projects it includes commitment authorities the implementer by specifications technical andtables temporal . andleads that to strengthening efficiency implementation andreduce transgressions that may leads to deterioration quality projects (al-hamoudi , 2020: 82). contribute censorship in to lift efficiency use resources andguarantee commitment with budgets the reporter per project, which reduces from waste financial andallows to implement projects according to plans the subject . censorship. on spending andreview continuous for contracts enable authorities executive from to treat problems immediately, what reflected in a way direct on quality projects andits effectiveness, andmore from capacity institutions on completion business according to standards desired (al-hussaini, 2021: 68). censorship efficiency achievement quality projects strengthen from during more transparency operations andaccountability authorities the implementer before the society andmanagement supreme . andleads this to to improve culture the job inside institutions, andmotivation staff on commitment by specifications andstandards specific, what reflected positively on level quality projects andefficiency implement it, andmore from trust citizens in institutions governmental andits ability on presentation services effective (al-najjar, 2022: 90). the requirement second / obstacles censorship andits challenges in iraq: facing censorship in iraq handicaps several includes bureaucracy, weakness coordination institutional, loss competencies artistic, weakness will politics, andoverlap specialties, which limits american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org from its effectiveness in monitoring contracts andprojects . andduring this the requirement it will be eat two branches they are obstacles legislative administrative andobstacles the process corruption, weakness cadres, absence technology. branch first : obstacles legislative administrative: facing censorship on contracts governmental in iraq handicaps legislative it is represented by in failure some laws andnot its comprehensiveness for all aspects finance andadministrative, which allows gaps legal maybe that exploited from before some authorities or individuals . absence texts clear determine responsibilities authorities executive andoversight leads to conflict in specialties anddelay procedures supervisory, andhe is what affects negatively on quality to implement projects andefficiency use resources ( al-hamadi, 2018: 66.) it is considered pluralism authorities supervision anddifference its specializations from highlights obstacles administrative, so leads to repetition procedures anddelay take decisions . the existence of diwan censorship finance, body integrity, andcommittees parliament, don coordination effective, leads sometimes to conflict tasks, andreduce effectiveness censorship on contracts andprojects public, which limits from ability on a statement violations andaccounting officials (al-amiri, 2019: 73). represents weakness coordination between authorities executive andoversight obstacle main before effectiveness censorship, so leads to delay collection information, anddifficulty tracking contracts andprojects field . as well. that procedures bureaucracy complex obstacle speed take decisions corrective, which doubles opportunities waste financial andthe administrative andit affects on quality projects (al-hussaini, 2020: 61). it is considered loss competencies technical andadministrative in devices supervision andexecutive from highlights obstacles that hinder censorship effective. absence experience technical in tracking contracts, andnot ability on evaluation quality andspecifications technical for projects, leads to weakness censorship on implementation, andmore odds delay or ill quality, andhe is what reflected negatively on efficiency projects the public (al-zubaidi, 2021: 79). legislation andregulations including compatible form non to update with variables economic andadministrative modern obstacle additionally before censorship effective . legislation old no compatible with methods management modern andsystems censorship digital, which limits from capacity devices supervision on tracking contracts andprojects efficiently, andit affects on effectiveness implementation quality projects public (al-najjar, 2022: 88). branch second : obstacles the process corruption, weakness cadres, absence technology: it is considered corruption financial andthe administrative from highlights obstacles the process that facing censorship on contracts governmental andprojects public in iraq, so leads to ill use resources public, andconvert money to interests a personality, anddelay completion projects . andaffects. corruption in a way direct on quality projects andefficiency implementation, as reduces from trust between citizens andinstitutions governmental . gravity corruption in that it weakens mechanisms censorship andit limits from her ability on a statement transgressions andapplication procedures corrective effectively (al-hamoudi , 2018: 64). represents loss experiences andcompetencies technical andadministrative obstacle main before censorship effective on contracts andprojects . absence cadres the trainer limits from capacity american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org institutions on tracking to implement projects, evaluation quality the job, andthe detection on deviations on plans andbudgets . as well. leads weakness cadres to delay take decisions corrective andreduce effectiveness censorship in to forbid waste financial andthe administrative (mostly , 2012 : 77). use technology digital constitutes absence andsystems information advanced in operations censorship one of obstacles the process basic . reliance on methods traditional in collection data andfollow-up contracts limits from speed auditing andreview, andit effects on accuracy information available for makers' the decision . andit leads. this is amazing obstacles technology to difficulty monitoring violations finance andadministrative in the time appropriate, which reduces from effectiveness censorship andmore from probability waste (mohammadi, 2016 : 66 ). it is considered weakness coordination between authorities executive anddevices supervision worker practically last hinders censorship, so leads to difficulty exchange information anddocuments, anddelay auditing andreview on projects . this weakness he increases from opportunities transgressions finance andadministrative, andmakes censorship less effectiveness in investigation commitment by specifications andstandards, andit effects on quality projects public its effectiveness andefficiency in achieving the desired goals (abdul rahman, 2021: 81). leads obstacles the process, like corruption, weakness cadres, absence technology, to to retreat efficiency achievement quality projects public . it is hinder censorship effective challenge from capacity institutions on commitment with plans andtables temporal, andit increases from odds waste financial andadministrative . as a result therefore, affected trust public in institutions government departments andunits andit becomes investigation development sustainable more difficulty, which highlights need to development mechanisms censorship andprocessing this is amazing obstacles in a way radical (al-salami, 2022: 92). conclusion : it appears results this search that censorship on contracts governmental in iraq play role pivotal in a guarantee effectiveness to implement projects public, andachieve transparency, the limit from waste financial andadministrative . show that presence mechanisms supervisory multiple, includes censorship interior andforeign affairs andjudicial, enhances from efficiency performance institutional andcontributes in to improve quality projects executed . except that search pointed out to presence handicaps legislative andadministrative andthe process, like failure some laws, weakness coordination institutional, loss cadres, absence technology, andspread corruption, which challenge from effectiveness censorship andit affects on quality achievement . based on on that, becomes from essential development framework legislative, strengthening competencies technical andadministrative, andupdate systems technology for control, please on coordination efforts devices supervision different . this procedures will contribute in strengthening transparency, investigation accountability, to lift efficiency projects public, andguarantee usage optimum for resources including serves development sustainable in iraq . first: results : 1. show search that censorship interior contribute in a way effective in tracking performance daily for projects governmental, andthe detection early on any deviations on plans american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org andstandards, which raises from efficiency implementation andit limits from waste financial andadministrative . 2. bent results that censorship foreign affairs play role pivotal in investigation transparency andaccountability public, from during evaluation performance financial andthe administrative for the authorities executive, andguarantee commitment by laws andinstructions . 3. the pointed out search to that censorship judicial availability guarantee legally for rights all parties concerned with contracts, andit works on to treat violations legal andconflicts that may effect on quality projects . 4. show that presence mechanisms supervisory integrated between devices various (diwan, body integrity, parliament) enhances effectiveness censorship andguarantees commitment authorities the implementer by standards specific . 5. research show that corruption financial andthe administrative represents highlights obstacles the process before effectiveness censorship, andit affects in a way direct on quality to implement projects andefficiency use resources . 6. research that weakness between cadres technical andadministrative reduces from capacity devices supervision on evaluation projects andfollow-up implementation effectively, which reflected negatively on efficiency projects. 7. he pointed out search to that absence technology modern in operations censorship limits from speed collection information andanalyze it, andit effects on ability on a statement deviations andits treatment in the time appropriate 8. show that failure some legislation andnot inclusiveness for all aspects finance andadministrative opens field to conflict specialties anddelay procedures supervisory, which hinders effectiveness censorship andit weakens quality projects . 9. research between that coordination efforts between devices supervision different it is considered worker basically to enhance transparency andimprove performance institutional, where contributes integration between censorship interior andforeign affairs andthe judiciary in reduction waste andimprove quality implementation . 10. research show that strengthening censorship contributes in to lift trust the society in institutions governmental andachieve development sustainable, so includes censorship effective commitment with plans, use resources efficiently, andimprove quality projects andservices the introduction for citizens . second: recommendations : 1. recommends search by reviewing andupdate laws andinstructions related by contracts governmental, to ensure inclusiveness all aspects finance andadministrative andreduce any gaps legal maybe that it is exploited . it includes: that situation texts clear determine responsibilities andtasks, to avoid conflict specialties andspeed up procedures supervisory . 2. devices supervision interior necessity strengthening in institutions governmental, from during to improve systems review periodical, anddevelopment tools evaluation performance, andput standards minute to follow projects . this enhances ability on a statement deviations finance andadministrative in time early andtake procedures corrective occasion don delay 3. recommend the study by activating role diwan censorship finance andbodies independent to ensure evaluation objective andcontinuing for performance financial andadministrative, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org andreview contracts andprojects in a way periodic, including guarantee commitment with plans andbudgets specific andreduces from opportunities waste andbad management 4. devices judicial confirmation on necessity to support specialist to look at in violations finance andadministrative andcontracts the disputant on it, including he provides protection legal for rights andguarantees accounting violators, andit enhances commitment by laws andit limits from excesses . 5. strategies clear to necessity application combat corruption, includes investigation immediate in violations, strengthening accountability, andtightening penalties on violators, to side construction mechanisms for transparency andcensorship community, to ensure integrity to implement contracts andprojects . 6. the focus on training anddevelopment cadres technical andadministrative in devices supervision andexecutive, to enhance their ability on evaluation projects andfollow-up implementation efficiently high, in addition to development skills technology andadministrative to keep up methods censorship modern 7. recommend the study i adopt systems information supervision andtechnologies modern to follow contracts andprojects, which contributes in speed collection data andanalyze it, andimprove quality censorship on performance financial andadministrative, andprovide a base data minute to take decisions . 8. mechanisms official for importance construction coordination between diwan censorship finance, body integrity, andcommittees parliament, to ensure exchange information andintegration efforts supervisory, andunification procedures andreduce interference, including enhances effectiveness censorship andguarantees quality implementation . 9. civil encourage sharing the society andmeans media in tracking projects governmental, andprovide channels for monitoring andnotes, to enhance censorship community, andmore transparency, andmotivation authorities executive on commitment by standards specific . 10. mechanisms to necessity situation evaluate performance the year for projects andcontracts in a way periodic, includes review achievements andquality andcommitment with plans andbudgets, to determine citizen improvement andtake procedures corrective necessary, including guarantee continuity development performance andachieve objectives institutional efficiently. references: 1. abdul rahman, ahmed, 2021, weak institutional coordination andits impact on oversight , first edition, baghdad, al-mada publishing house . 2. al mubarak, youssef, 2020, legislative andjudicial oversight andits impact on reducing corruption , first edition, dubai, modern culture house . 3. al-abidi, fouad, 2014, internal control andimproving the quality of government projects , first edition, damascus, dar al-fikr al-mu’aser . 4. al-amiri, ali, 2019, administrative obstacles to oversight of government projects , first edition, beirut, lebanon publishing house . 5. al-amiri, ali, 2019, external audit andits impact on the quality of public projects , first edition, beirut, lebanon publishing house . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 6. al-amiri, ali, 2020, institutional efficiency andadministrative control , third edition, beirut, lebanon publishing house . 7. al-amiri, ali, 2021, the legal andregulatory framework for government contracts in iraq , first edition, beirut, dar al-fikr al-arabi . 8. al-attar, jamal, 2017, integration between types of control in public institutions , first edition, beirut, arab universities publications . 9. al-basri, fouad, 2016, the role of the financial supervision bureau in promoting transparency andefficiency , first edition, baghdad, al-jundi publishing house . 10. al-ghalbi , hussein, 2012, technical competencies andtheir importance in supervising public projects , first edition, baghdad, dar al-nahda al-ilmiyyah . 11. al-hamadi, youssef, 2018, legislative obstacles to supervising government contracts , first edition, cairo, dar al-ilm publishing house . 12. al-hamadi, youssef, 2021, performance evaluation andaccountability in public institutions , first edition, cairo, dar al-ilm publishing house . 13. al-hamoud, sami, 2017, iraqi tenders andauctions law: a comparative study , first edition, baghdad, al-mada house . 14. al-hamoudi, ahmed, 2020, judicial oversight andquality of project implementation , first edition, baghdad, al-jundi publishing house . 15. al-hashemi, saleh, 2019, external oversight andits impact on enhancing transparency , first edition, baghdad, dar al-thaqafa publishing house . 16. al-hassan, abdul karim, 2012, the iraqi constitution andthe foundations of control over public funds , first edition, baghdad, dar al-fikr al-hadith . 17. al-hussaini, muhammad, 2019, transparency andaccountability in public administration , first edition, baghdad, dar al-kotob al-ilmiyah . 18. al-hussaini, muhammad, 2021, raising the efficiency of government projects through oversight , first edition, amman, arab culture house . 19. al-idrisi, tariq, 2008, enhancing institutional integrity through oversight , first edition, baghdad, dar al-ilm . 20. al-mayah , abdullah, 2015, preventive control andits impact on institutional performance , first edition, baghdad, dar al-nahda al-ilmiyyah . 21. al-muhammadi, sami, 2016, information technology andits role in strengthening control , first edition, amman, dar al-fikr al-jami’i . 22. al-muqdad, fouad, 2018, internal control in government andprivate institutions , second edition, amman, dar al-nahda al-arabiya. 23. al-mutawa, sami, 2021, oversight of government budgets andcontracts , first edition, cairo, law library for publishing . 24. al-najjar, tariq, 2020, instructions for implementing government contracts in iraq , first edition, baghdad, university publishing house . 25. al-najjar, tariq, 2021, raising the efficiency of government projects through integrated control , second edition, amman, dar al-rashad publishing house . 26. al-najjar, tariq, 2022, institutional control andthe efficiency of public project completion , first edition, baghdad, al-rashad publishing house . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 27. al-rifai, sami, 2017, preventive control andits impact on institutional performance , first edition, damascus, dar al-fikr al-mu’aser . 28. al-salami, ali, 2022, obstacles to practical control andits impact on the quality of public projects , first edition, baghdad, al-rashad publishing house . 29. al-sharif, ahmed, 2020, judicial oversight andprotection of parties’ rights , first edition, kuwait, dar al-masirah . 30. al-zahrani, khaled, 2019, the state administration of public finance andbudgets law: an analytical study , second edition, riyadh, modern law library . 31. al-zoubi, ahmed, 2018, fundamentals of management andcontrol in modern organizations , second edition, amman, dar al-fikr al-jami’i . 32. al-zubaidi, karim, 2019, the integrity andanti-corruption commission in iraq , first edition, baghdad, dar al-sahwa . 33. al-zubaidi, karim, 2021, lack of competencies andits impact on institutional control , first edition, baghdad, dar al-sahwa . 34. ibrahim, hussein, 2019, the role of the iraqi parliament in oversight of government projects , first edition, baghdad, dar al-maarifa university . 35. jaafar, mahmoud, 2021, preparing oversight reports andtheir role in combating corruption , first edition, amman, dar al fikr al jami’i . 36. karim, mahdi, 2013, institutional control andsustainable development in iraq , first edition, baghdad, dar al-nahda al-ilmiyyah . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 42, | november 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org developing digital evidence systems as a tool to combat organized crime in the digital environment layth abdul kadhim khatam university of al-qadisiyah, iraq, layth.abdulkadhim@qu.edu.iq ruqayah kadhim jasim university of al-qadisiyah, iraq, ruqayahkadhimjasim@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s research aims to study development system evidence digital as a tool effective in combat crimes the organization in the environment digital, with the focus on aspects technology legal organizational for this the evidence . it focuses search firstly on clarification concept evidence digital and its characteristics distinctive, in what in that its nature not materialism, and multiple its sources, and its sensitivity for change, addition to her role bio in discovery on crimes the organization and follow network relations between criminals via outer space digital. as well . he reviews search framework legal organizational that he specifies how to collection evidence digital and its use according to procedures legal correct, it includes that controls inspection digital, and authorities adjustment judicial, and conditions acceptance evidence before the courts, as well as challenges legal related crimes the passerby for the borders . in addition . to that, it deals search the components technology for the system, like tools analysis criminal digital, and organized administration the evidence and series possession digital, and mechanisms save data and its analysis using technologies intelligence artificial and link data, in what guarantees speed discovery accuracy the investigation concludes search to that development system integrated for evidence digital enhances from capacity entities investigation on a statement crimes the organization analysis her behavior, presentation evidence trusted and midwife for use judicial, as contributes in strengthening cooperation between entities security and judicial locally internationally, and makes confrontation crimes digital more effectiveness and comprehensive, and it guarantees balance between protection the society and rights individuals . evidence digital crimes organization, analysis criminal digital, series possession digital, investigation digital, management evidence digital crimes information technology. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org introduction in today's conditions of globalization, the logistics system is considered a vital pillar of every nation's economy. especially for landlocked countries like uzbekistan, transport and logistics networks are crucial for accessing foreign markets. in uzbekistan's foreign economic policy in recent years, cooperation with china and russia holds a special place. these two countries are not only uzbekistan's largest trading partners but also strategic logistics routes. therefore, logistics cooperation plays a vital role in increasing the country's export potential, reducing product costs, and expanding opportunities for market access. main part uzbekistan is located in the heart of central asia, and its geographical position creates great opportunities for the development of logistics. international corridors passing through the country's territory—such as the "trans-afghan corridor," the "tashkent–andijan–osh–irkeshtam–kashgar" corridor, and the "uzbekistan–kazakhstan–russia" railway—are used for the transportation of export and import cargo. at the same time, new logistics centers, modern warehouses, terminals, and transport infrastructure are being built in recent years. this helps to increase efficiency in storing and transporting goods and reduce transport costs. cooperation with china in the field of logistics is actively developing within the framework of the "one belt, one road" (belt and road) initiative. uzbekistan participates in this project as an important link in the central asian region. the volume of trade turnover with china is increasing year by year, which naturally boosts the demand for transport and logistics services. one of the most important projects is the "angren–pap" railway, which directly connected uzbekistan with the fergana valley. in the future, there are plans to link this route through kyrgyzstan to kashgar, china. once this route is operational, uzbekistan will gain access to china via the shortest route. furthermore, the uzbekistan logistics center in lianyungang port is of particular importance. through this center, uzbek cargo is delivered to korea, japan, and other asian countries via china's maritime route. this center not only expands uzbekistan's export opportunities but also allows for additional revenue from transit services. economic cooperation with russia has historically deep roots. currently, russia is one of uzbekistan's largest trading partners, and mutual cooperation in the logistics sector is rapidly developing. uzbekistan's trade relations with russia are mainly carried out via rail transport. one of the key projects in this direction is the "uzbekistan–kazakhstan–russia" transport corridor. this route is used to deliver cargo not only bilaterally but also to third countries. in recent years, joint projects to modernize logistics and transport infrastructure are being implemented within the framework of the "volga–uzbekistan" regional economic cooperation program. additionally, uzbekistan is working on the digitalization of roads and the simplification of the freight transportation system to expand access to russian markets via road transport. economic benefits of logistics cooperation logistics cooperation with china and russia brings several economic benefits for uzbekistan: • firstly, transport costs are reduced as a result of shortening transport routes, which in turn lowers the cost price of products. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org • secondly, investments in logistics centers and transport infrastructure create new jobs. • thirdly, the development of the logistics system increases the volume of exports and imports, positively impacting the country's balance of payments. • fourthly, the expansion of transit opportunities transforms uzbekistan into a regional logistics hub. for instance, if uzbekistan's cargo is delivered to sea ports faster via china or russia, this enhances the product's competitiveness in the market. therefore, logistics cooperation affects not only the transport system but also the efficiency of the entire economy. table 1: dynamics of import volume of products arriving in the republic of uzbekistan from china, 2018–2024 year import volume (thousand tons) absolute change (base) absolute change (chain) rate of change (base) rate of change (chain) growth rate (base) growth rate (chain) 2018 1.2973 2019 1.3326 0.0353 0.353 102.72 102.72 2.72 2.72 2020 1.2667 0.0349 0.349 97.64 95.05 -2.26 -4.95 2021 1.4202 0.0535 0.0535 109.47 112.11 9.47 9.47 2022 1.4209 0.0007 0.0542 109.53 100.04 9.53 9.53 2023 1.4557 0.0348 0.089 112.21 102.44 12.21 2.44 2024 1.5212 0.0655 0.1545 117.26 104.49 17.26 4.49 total 9.8146 average 1.402 conclusion in conclusion, uzbekistan's logistics cooperation with china and russia plays a crucial role in the sustainable growth of the country's economy. through the opening of new transport routes, the construction of logistics centers, and the digitalization of the freight transportation system, uzbekistan is strengthening its international economic ties. it is expected that this cooperation will further expand in the future, transforming uzbekistan into a transport and logistics hub of central asia. therefore, investing in the logistics sector and deepening economic integration with china and russia is of strategic importance for the country. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org references 1. tolametova z. a. demografik jarayonlar va ularning aholi bandligiga ta’siri. tekst nauchnoy stati po spesialnosti “ekonomika i biznes” 2014. // https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/demografikzharayonlar-va-ularning-a-oli-bandligigatasiri 2. j. sharipov, a. xalbekov. migratsiya jarayonlari, muammolari va mehnat migratsiyasini tartibga solish imkoniyatlari. 2023 yil 9 oktyabr// https://strategy.uz/index.php?news=1813 3. dolbik-vorobey t.a., vorobyeva o.d. statistika naseleniya i demografiya. uchebnik. – moskva : knorus, 2018. – 314 p. 4. borisov v.a. demografiya. – m.: izdatelskiy dom nota vene, 2009. – 272 p. 5. abdurahmonov q.x. va boshqalar. demografiya. darslik. – t.: “iqtisodiyot”, 2014. -364 b. 6. abduramanov x.x. aholi keksayish darajasining shakllanish mexanizmlari va ko‘rsatkichlari. “iqtisodiyot va innovatsion texnologiyalar” ilmiy elektron jurnali. № 4, may, 2012 yil. 7. xamitova m.s. demografik jarayonlarning mamlakat iqtisodiy rivojlanishiga ta’sirini statistik o‘rganishning ahamiyati // international scientific-practical conference “green economy the economy of the future: innovations, investments and prospects” april 24, 2024. 8. www.stat.uz. – website of the national statistics committee of the republic of uzbekistan. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/demografik-zharayonlar-va-ularning-a-oli-bandligigatasiri https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/demografik-zharayonlar-va-ularning-a-oli-bandligigatasiri https://strategy.uz/index.php?news=1813 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org paul simpson's perspective on dramatic poetry: tennyson's ulysses lina ali baanoon english department, basrah university college of education of human sciences la2904681@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examines the effectiveness of paul simpson's model in analysing james joyce's "ulysses" as a narrative. ulysses is primarily a dramatic monologue, yet it also functions as a narrative. it tells a complete story, complete with plot, character development, conflict, and setting, all from the king's point of view. the poem's narrative aspects make it valuable not just for its poetry but also for its storytelling. thus, it can be considered a narrative. according to my understanding, paul simpson is concerned with this very thing: the question of the relationship between language and ideology; language is a medium of ideology, and it bears and transmits ideological meaning. most importantly, he maintained that language is not more than an expression and reinforcement of social structure and belief. critical linguistics and discourse analysis, on the other hand, reveal the influence of social and political contexts on language use, the way language shapes itself, and the form of language utterances and written texts, which in turn produce ideology and how language aligns with power relations over social relations. ideology, narrative structure, discourse analysis, intertextuality, and context. introduction case study: this article examines alfred, lord tennyson's poetry, which reflects the spirit of the victorian era. tennyson's "ulysses" will be analysed according to paul simpson's model, which analyses poetry as “dramatic poetry,” exploring the dynamics of language to analyse narrative poetry through various dimensions, focusing on how language reflects ideological meanings. case description: paul simpson's model provides a framework for analysing narrative poetry through various dimensions and levels of analysis, including language as a tool, and resistance and challenge. this analysis emphasises narrative structures and the linguistic choices that impact the representation of social realities. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods 1. ideology: ideologies are the beliefs and values that shape an individual's interpretation of the world. this informs one's perspectives and influences the use of language. according to simpson, ideologies are neither abstract concepts nor vague terms that merely inhabit the world; they exist in the discourse language. 2. language as a tool: language is a precondition for the existence of ideologies, and as their carrier, language can either fortify or undermine an ideology. one might make such studies by reanalysing words, metaphors, or aspects of discourse techniques. 3. narrative structure: the narrative is the epicenter of simpson's analysis. the structures of stories and the impact of narratives on the shaping of ideologies are then explored. within a narrative, it is often the case that narrators and characters who are given voice are usually represented ideologically. 4. discourse analysis: simpson emphasises that discourses must be assessed at both micro and macro scales: the level of words and phrases (micro) and larger patterns of discourse and societal narrative (macro). 5. intertextuality and context: intertextuality is an essential concept within the framework of simpson, which acknowledges that other texts and contexts influence and shape texts. language, therefore, does not exist in isolation; it is a reflection of broader social, political, and historical contexts that nourish ideological meanings. 6. resistance and challenge: the simpson's model provides a framework for studying resistance to ideologies. language can counter-hegemonic narratives, provide alternate points of view, and articulate the voices of the marginalised. through counter-narratives, individuals and groups can analyse dominant ideologies. to illustrate how to apply simpson’s model, consider the following steps: 1. text selection: choose a text or narrative (e.g. a novel, political speech, or media article) for analysis. 2. identify ideological stances: examine the central ideologies presented in the text and how they are conveyed through language. 3. analyze language use: closely examine vocabulary, metaphors, and syntactic choices. how do these choices reinforce or sabotage ideological constructs of interest? 4. examine narrative structure: analyze character construction, narrative voice, and plot development. who is given agency in the narrative? whose voices are privileged or silenced? 5. contextualize the discourse: examine the social, historical, and political factors surrounding the production of the book. in what manner did these surroundings influence the language and ideology? 6. look for counter-narratives: identify the moments when opposing ideologies are present. how does the use of language provide an avenue for resistance against those dominant narratives? american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org the steps demonstrate that simpson's model was applied accordingly to analyse the complex relationships between language and ideology, foregrounding the power of narrative to create, uphold, and contest social beliefs and values. consequently, the study of language would be an examination of the larger ideological terrains and landscapes it inhabits. the functional analysis of alfred tennyson's "ulysses'as a narrative a critical overview of alfred, lord tennyson's (1809-1892) poem "ulysses" can be conducted by examining various aspects of the functional analysis of narrative apparatus, including key elements such as character, theme, structure, and language. we will discuss the structural dissection of the poem in these contexts to analyse its functioning as a narrative. 1. overview of the narrative "ulysses" is a dramatic monologue that evokes the emotions and internal cognitive states of the character ulysses (odysseus) as he reflects on returning to ithaca, where he finds restlessness and dissatisfaction with the monotony of life as a king. the narrative recounts ulysses' desire to experience something different from his previous adventures, illustrating that this was not the situation in which he lived at the time. 2. character analysis ulysses: a protagonist who is heroic and desires experience and knowledge. he is a multi-layered character who represents a blend of classical hero virtues and flaws. his desire for adventure speaks to humankind's aspirations, and to the quest for meaning in life itself. telemachus: and this is the opposite of his restlessness, for he takes responsibilities and seems happy to rule ithaca, which means a duality of duty and desire. in this way, we see the conflict inside ulysses and his definition of power. 3. themes the search for meaning: this remains the quest for a purpose beyond the confines of one's home. ulysses' declaration, "it little profits that an idle king," is the human desire to "sail beyond the sunset," a metaphor for the quest for knowledge, adventure, and a meaningful life. time and mortality: the reflection of the poem lies in the time, which ultimately leads to mortality. ulysses feels acutely aware of growing older and seeks new experiences in life that would invigorate his spirit and defy time. action vs. inaction: ulysses expressed disdain for an inactive life, citing the complacency and conventionality it entailed. such is his restlessness that it urges him to seek new experiences. 4. structure dramatic monologue: this poem is written in the form of a dramatic monologue, where the thought process of ulysses is presented directly to the reader. such a structure gives intimacy and immediacy by involving readers in ulysses' defining moment. stanza form: the poem consists of stanzas with varying numbers of lines, creating a rhythmic rise and fall that mirrors ulysses' emotional state. enjambment also lends urgency to the statements in the description of feelings. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org 5. use of language imagery: tennyson employs striking imagery to portray the world in breathtaking beauty, evoking a desire for adventure. the phrases "to strive, to seek, to find, and not to yield" encapsulate ulysses' spirit of adventure and adamant determination. symbolism: the sea imagery connotes discovery and the unknown, symbolising ulysses' yearning for liberation from the mundane shackles. tone: the tone of the poem fluctuates between reminiscence and nostalgia and an almost feverish impulse. this splendidly captures the limbo between the tortured soul of ulysses and his burning aspiration to be liberated from the shackles of life as it is now. 6. narrative function the poem explores the complexities of human nature, particularly the tension between our obligations and desires. tennyson appears to take his words beyond ulysses, projecting them onto the universal human experience. this work may encourage readers to delve deeply into their own lives and pursue a fulfilled purpose. methodology data analysis the critical analysis of alfred, lord tennyson's "ulysses' using paul simpson's model. the analysis of ideological stances, the use of language, narrative structure, contextualisation, and counternarratives will be illustrated through examples from the text. 1. ideological stances central ideologies: heroism and individualism: the poem conveys the impact of the hero's ceaseless search for meaning, and ulysses embodies that incessantly wandering spirit of exploration. he has the tension of a king with a thirst for adventure, thus creating a dilemma between duty and personal aspiration. conveyance through language: the loud voice in response to the traveler's query. instead, ulysses's words ''i cannot rest from travel''—underline the central ideology of individual ambition over societal roles, prioritising experience over subsistence. this is reinforced by the fact that the poem repeats the phrase "i", which emphasises the individual's experience and personal yearning, rather than prioritising the collective. 2. analyze language use lexicon: tennyson employs dynamic and emotive diction that conveys action and movement, exemplified by a series of words including "strive," "seek," and "find." this language suggests determination combined with yearning for life. those vivid descriptors, such as "thorny" and "blow," speak to the struggles and rewards of questing. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org metaphors: the metaphor of the sea symbolises both the potential for adventure and the unpredictability of life itself. for example, ulysses expresses his desire to “sail beyond the sunset” — this conveys physical journeying and symbolises a pursuit of knowledge, immortality, and transcendence over mortality. the sea represents both the possibilities for adventure and the chaos of life. for example, ulysses expresses his desire to go beyond sunset; this indicates a physical journey and symbolises a journey of knowledge, immortality, and transcendence beyond mortality. the emotions in his heart would be the chasing of dreams and adventure. the actual line compares the element of travel metaphorically to the night. desiring to explore places unknown even in death. syntactic choices: the poem employs the kind of imperatives that develop the entire argument of the poem. this is evident in such a line: 'to strive, to seek, to find, and not to yield.' the positivity, tone, and sentiment are immediately ready to rally support for the ideology of persistence and perseverance. such a syntactical choice almost highlights the whole philosophy under which ulysses's character operates, which is that yielding would be tantamount to failure. those imperative structures draw the poem forward into a telling line, such as "to strive, to seek, to find, and not to yield." the positivity, tone, and sentiment are immediately prepared to rally support for that ideology of persistence and perseverance. such a syntactical choice almost emphasises the whole philosophy under which ulysses's character operates one who believes that yielding would mean failure. 3. examine narrative structure character construction: ulysses appears to be a restless and somewhat meditative character, torn between recalling his past adventures and his ennui in the present. however, other characters like telemachus seem responsible and grounded, embodying those uninspiring yet seemingly worthwhile aspects of life. narrative voice: in the first-person mode, the poem privileges ulysses's subjective experience. this makes the engagement of readers with ulysses's thoughts and feelings even more intimate. it sheds all the more weight upon his lonely quest for meaning. agency: ulysses does not want a passive kingship and therefore chooses adventure, with its inherent uncertainty. the supplication to "follow knowledge like a sinking star" is deliberate, as it positions him as an active decision-maker and, hence, a protagonist in search of fulfillment. prioritised voices: ulysses has the dominant voice in the poem, whereas others, such as telemachus, have a minimal presence. telemachus, who signifies duty and stability, is himself acknowledged merely as ulysses's eventual successor, cementing this more active portrayal of ulysses. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org 4. contextualize the discourse social, historical, and political contexts: it was written in the victorian period, when the british empire was expanding, and when all knowledge and adventure were romanticised; "ulysses" embodies that age in the same embrace of exploration and innovation ideals. tennyson's discourses convey a yearning for broader experiences beyond the prescribed conventionality of one's duties, amid society's campaign toward domesticity. it is the great industrial revolution and the progress that science and philosophy have brought that envision man's idea of forward pace, and that in the quest for knowledge through whatever means it may come. exploration, to a great extent, appears to be linked to nationalistic personal ambition. 5. look for counter-narratives instances of alternative ideologies: the poem primarily explores the acknowledgment of alternative ideologies derived from ulysses's reflections on telemachus. the father longs to sail for new adventures, but the son appears more as a foila picture of stability, governance, and domesticity. in the father's section of respect, his son is referred to as "he is my son, and he is a good man," thereby somewhat recognising and respecting domesticity. yet these values are outshone by his desire for adventure. facilitation of resistance: in his conflicting traits, as a protagonist who embodies self-dependence on the one hand, and his acknowledgment of his son telemachus on the other, ulysses carries what seems to be the kernel of tension within this particular narrative. thus, phrases such as "i am a part of all that i have met" indicate that ulysses truly recognizes the contributions of others to his identity, thereby hinting almost covertly at the one-in-all heroism. conclusion a closer examination of tennyson's "ulysses" based on paul simpson's model sheds light on the confusion surrounding ideologies of heroism, individualism, and the search for meaning. the poem portrays the conflict between personal ambition and social obligation. concerning language and structure, tennyson interweaves a silken description of the adventurous spirit with an acceptance of duty and the complexities of the human condition. this multifaceted view allows further contemplation upon the character of ulysses and the ramifications of his journey. references 1. simpson, p., & mayr, a. (2009). language and power: a resource book for students. routledge. 2. morton, j. (2008). tennyson and after. university of london, university college london, united kingdom. 3. alfano, v. (2017). the lyric in victorian memory: poetic remembering and forgetting from tennyson to housman. springer. 4. stauffer, a. m. (2010). guide to the year's work: general materials. victorian poetry, 48(3), 345349. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org air pollution in tashkent city: problems and solutions sultonov erkin yoqubjon o’g’li jalolov nozimjon nodir o‘g‘li tashkent medical academy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the 21st century is a period of accelerated urbanization processes on a global scale, and along with socio-economic growth in large cities, environmental problems are also sharply increasing. tashkent is no exception to this process.[1] currently, the level of urban air pollution is becoming a serious threat to the health and quality of life of the population.[2] atmosphere, weather, tashkent city, ecology. introduction air pollution in tashkent is caused not only by natural but also by anthropogenic factors. natural factors include the city's geographical location, its lowland location and the slow exchange of air due to its mountainous terrain, and the limited wind flow.[3] anthropogenic factors include a number of factors resulting from human activity. uncontrolled urban expansion, deforestation, increased road traffic, and industrial emissions are contributing to air pollution. [4,5] along with the constant growth of the population of tashkent, the number of vehicles is also increasing. most of these vehicles use fuels that do not meet international environmental standards, which leads to an increase in harmful emissions into the atmosphere.[6] the number of cars in the republic has increased from 3.14 million in 2021 to 4.6 million in 2023, with an average of 730 thousand cars moving in tashkent per day, which is a serious problem for the city's ecology.[7] the reduction of green areas is also a significant part of this problem. in tashkent, 49 thousand trees were illegally cut down, which negatively affected the microclimate. in addition, the chaotic construction of the city, carried out in violation of environmental standards, is an additional cause of air pollution.[8] with the increasing demand for thermal energy by the city's population, environmentally harmful materials such as fuel oil are being used as additional fuel in central heating systems. for example, in december 2023 alone, 9 boiler houses in tashkent used 3 thousand tons of fuel oil. this type of fuel leads to the release of large amounts of carbon dioxide, sulfur dioxide and other harmful gases. the urgency of this problem means that air pollution has not only environmental, but also economic and social consequences. deterioration of air quality indicators negatively affects the health of the population, leading to an increase in respiratory diseases. in addition, it reduces the efficiency of production in various sectors of the economy, as well as reduces the attractiveness of the city, limiting its ability to attract investors and tourists. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org it is necessary to take a number of measures to improve the ecological situation in tashkent. the use of international experience and advanced technologies in the fight against atmospheric air pollution is of great importance. the article provides a detailed analysis of the causes of air pollution, considers measures to improve the current situation, and puts forward proposals for adapting international experience to local conditions. the importance of addressing this issue is not only about improving the ecological situation in tashkent, but also about the responsibility of ensuring a clean and sustainable environment for future generations. methodology in preparing this article, the following sources of information were analyzed to study the environmental status of the city of tashkent: 1. official statistical data on the number of vehicles, energy consumption and construction work. 2. results of environmental monitoring air quality indicators, including aqi (air quality index) analysis. 3. environmental documents and programs plans and implemented measures of the ministry of ecology to protect atmospheric air. 4. international practices methods used by other countries to reduce air pollution and their effectiveness. natijalar the results of the study on atmospheric air pollution in tashkent allowed us to clearly and systematically classify current problems related to air quality. these problems were summarized in the following main areas: 1. reduction of green areas one of the main problems that harms the ecology of tashkent is the reduction of green areas. the study found that in recent years, cases of illegal logging have increased sharply. for example, despite the moratorium on logging, more than 49,000 trees have been illegally cut down. the reduction of green areas leads to the loss of natural filtering layers that retain dust and harmful gases, which in turn increases the amount of harmful substances in the atmosphere. 2. construction chaos the implementation of construction work in tashkent without the approval of urban development plans is having a negative impact on the ecological environment. dust and waste generated during the construction process have been noted as one of the main sources of air pollution. illegal construction and projects that violate sanitary and hygienic requirements are also contributing to a decline in the quality of the city's air. 3. increase in the number of vehicles the increasing number of cars in the city leads to an increase in harmful emissions into the atmosphere. in 2023, an average of 730 thousand cars were registered in tashkent per day, and an additional 160 thousand to 300 thousand cars were registered from the regions. most of these cars use ai-80 fuel, which does not meet environmental requirements. harmful gases emitted by cars parked in traffic jams make up a significant part of the emissions into the atmosphere. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 4. increased consumption of energy resources in recent years, energy consumption in tashkent has increased significantly. in 2019, 3.9 million tons of coal were used, while in 2023 this figure reached 6.7 million tons. the emissions generated during the use of coal fuel, including carbon dioxide, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and ash, directly harm the atmospheric air. the 3 thousand tons of fuel oil used by one heating center serve as an additional factor polluting the air. 5. natural factors the geographical location of tashkent also affects the level of air pollution. the city's mountainous and low-lying location limits wind circulation, which causes harmful particles in the air to remain suspended for a long time, rather than disperse. temperature inversions (where a layer of warm air overlaps cold air) have also been identified as a factor that keeps pollutants in the atmosphere. 6. socio-economic impacts air pollution negatively affects public health, leading to an increase in respiratory diseases. this leads to increased healthcare costs and reduced work capacity. in addition, increased pollution levels reduce the ecological attractiveness of cities, negatively affecting tourism and investment opportunities. 7. effectiveness of environmental measures a number of measures have been implemented by the ministry of ecology. in particular: • automated monitoring stations have been installed to monitor the atmosphere. as of 2023, 2 stations in tashkent and 8 stations across the country have been integrated into the international monitoring system. • dust and gas purification equipment has been installed, and work is underway to reduce emissions at industrial enterprises. however, these measures are limited in relation to the scale of the problem, and no significant improvement in atmospheric air quality has been observed. discussion air pollution in tashkent city is causing serious environmental, economic and social problems. based on the results of the study, it is possible to identify the causes of this problem and discuss proposals for solving them. 1. the relevance of restoring and preserving green areas green areas play a crucial role in ensuring the ecological balance of the city. trees filter harmful gases and dust particles from the air, moderating the urban microclimate. however, in recent years, illegal logging in tashkent has led to a significant reduction in green areas. to eliminate this situation, the following measures must be taken: • strict control: introduce technological tools (drones and satellite imagery) and special inspections to detect and prevent illegal logging. • "green belt" project: implement a large-scale tree planting initiative around the city, which will help intercept dust flows and reduce the environmental damage of wind. • public participation: inform the population about the preservation and expansion of green areas and organize tree planting campaigns with their participation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org 2. the need to modernize the transport system harmful emissions from vehicles are one of the main air pollutants in tashkent. to ensure the environmental safety of the transport system, the following are proposed: • ban the use of ai-80 gasoline: since this fuel does not meet international standards and increases the amount of harmful emissions, it should be completely banned. • encourage electric vehicles: provide subsidies to car owners for the purchase of electric vehicles and introduce tax breaks for this type of vehicle. • develop public transport: reduce the number of private cars by introducing environmentally friendly vehicles powered by electricity or gas and expanding the public transport network. 3. regulation of construction activities construction work in tashkent remains one of the factors disrupting the ecological balance. dust and industrial emissions are causing air quality to deteriorate. the following measures can be taken in this area: • ecological expertise: assess each new construction project for environmental safety and allow work to begin only after approval. • construction dust reduction: introduce special equipment and filter systems that trap dust at construction sites. 4. efficient use of energy in tashkent, the increasing demand for energy, especially the expansion of the use of harmful fuels such as coal and fuel oil, has been identified as one of the main factors contributing to air pollution. to solve this problem, the following should be done: • use of alternative energy sources: development of solar and wind energy, as well as the abandonment of harmful fuels by modernizing existing central heating systems. • ban on fuel oil: complete restriction of the use of fuel oil as a backup fuel in heating centers and the introduction of environmentally friendly alternatives instead. 5. use of international experience international experience in reducing atmospheric air pollution is important for tashkent. for example, in beijing, the following measures were implemented within the framework of the “clean air” program: • relocation of industrial enterprises outside the city; • provision of public transport with electric and gas-powered vehicles; • expansion of green areas and implementation of tree planting programs. these experiences can also be applied in tashkent and will help to significantly improve the environmental situation. 6. public awareness and engagement public participation is crucial in addressing environmental issues. regularly providing information about air pollution levels and encouraging people to take action will strengthen social engagement. it is necessary to install public displays displaying air quality indicators and expand environmental awareness programs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org conclusion according to the results of the discussion, an integrated approach is needed to eliminate the main factors causing air pollution in tashkent. modernization of urban infrastructure, expansion of green areas, replacement of vehicles with environmentally friendly types, and adaptation of international experience to local conditions play a decisive role in improving the ecology of tashkent. active participation of the population and a firm state policy are important factors in achieving this goal. references 1. salomova f. i., rakhimov b. b., jalolov n. n., sultonov e. y., & oblakulov a. g. (2023). atmospheric air of the city of navoi: quality assessment. british journal of global ecology and sustainable development, 15, 121–125. retrieved from. 2. rahimov, b. b., salomova, f. i., jalolov, n. n., sultonov, e. y., & obloqulov, a. g. (2023). o ‘zbekiston respublikasi navoiy shahri havo sifatini baholash: muammolar va yechim yollari. 3. саломова, ф. и., рахимов, б. б., султонов, э. й., & облақулов, а. г. (2023). навоий шаҳри атмосфера ҳавоси сифатини баҳолаш. 4. саломова, ф. и., рахимов, б. б., джалолов, н. н., султонов, э. ю., & облакулов, а. г. (2023). атмосферный воздух города навои: оценка качества. британский журнал глобальной экологии и устойчивого развития, 15, 121-125. 5. рахимов, б. б., саломова, ф. и., жалолов, н. н., султонов, э. ю., & облакулов, а. г. (2023). оценка качества атмосферного воздуха в городе навои, республика узбекистан: проблемы и решения. сборник трудов по материалам международной научно-практической конференции. 6. рахимов б. б., садирова, м. к., & ниязова, о. а. (2024). прогресс в мониторинге качества атмосферного воздуха в узбекистане: технические достижения и их роль в управлении экологической обстановкой. conferencea, 18–20. 7. рахимов, б. б., уринов, а. м., шайхова, л. и., & камилова, а. ш. (2017). выявление факторов риска при ожирении у детей дошкольного возраста, проживающих в г. ташкенте. 8. шайхова, г. и., & рахимов, б. б. (2017). совершенствование профилактики ожирения у детей и подростков. монография.//lambert academic publishing ru, 26-30. 9. jalolov, n. n., imamova, a. o., & sultonov, e. y. (2023). proper nutrition of athletes, martial arts. 10. jalolov, n., & solihov, m. (2017). сурункали жигар касалликларида хаққоний овқатланиш холатини ўрганиш. 11. кобилжонова, ш. р., султонов, э. ё., тухтаев, м. т., & илёсов, х. и. (2023). факторы риска коронарного синдрома у пациентов с ожирением. 12. kobiljonova, s., sultonov, e., sultonova, d., oblokulov, a., & jalolov, n. (2023). clinical manifestations of gastrointestinal food allergy. евразийский журнал медицинских и естественных наук, 3(5), 142-148. 13. sultonov, e. y., sh, s. d., oblokulov, a. g., & jalolov, n. n. (2023). clinical manifestations of gastrointestinal food allergy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org 14. зокирходжаев, ш. я., жалолов, н. н., ибрагимова, м. м., & махмудова, и. а. (2019). сурункали гепатитлар парҳезтерапиясида маҳаллий дуккакли махсулотларни қўллаш. 15. jalolov, n. (2022). особенности спортивного питания. 16. зокирхўжаев, ш. я., рустамова, м. т., паттахова, м. х., жалолов, н. н., & муталов, с. б. (2023). сурункали жигар касалликларида соғлом овқатланишнинг аҳамияти. 17. jalolov, n. n., sobirov, o. g., kabilzhonova, s. r., & imamova, a. o. (2023). the role of a healthy lifestyle in the prevention of myocardial infarction. 18. кобилжонова, ш. р., & садуллаева, х. а. (2021). impacts of the environm ent on human health. 19. садуллаева, х. а., саломова, ф. и., мирсагатова, м. р., & кобилжонова, с. р. (2023). проблемы загрязнения водоемов в условиях узбекистана. 20. саломова, ф. и., шеркушева, г. ф., салуллаева, х. а., султанов, э. ё., & облокулов, л. г. (2023). загрязнение атмосферного воздуха города алмалык. 21. саломова, ф. и., искандарова, г. т., садуллаева, х. а., шарипова, с. а., шерқўзиева, г. ф., нурматов, б. қ., & садирова, м. к. (2022). “атроф муҳит ва инсон саломатлиги мутахассислиги амалий кўникмаларни ўзлаштириш бўйича” услубий кўрсатма. 22. sadullaeva, k. a., salomova, f. i., & sadirova, m. k. (2023). car washes as a source of environmental pollution. academia repository, 4(12), 340-344. 23. косимова, х. т., & садирова, м. к. (2018). оценка тяжести и напряженности трудовой деятельности врачей физиотерапевтических кабинетов. in world science: problems and innovations (pp. 276-278). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org environment of the museum workers' memory khalikova nargiza erkinovna doctoral candidate of bukhara state university xalikovanargiza7@gmail.com +99897 282-56-56 djuraev sherali gulyamovich bukhara pedagogical institute teacher of the department of "social sciences." sherali_gulyamovich@mail.ru +99893 456-54-40 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to perpetuating the memory of museum figures who have made a significant contribution to the development of museum business and the preservation of cultural heritage. the work examines various methods and forms of memorialization, such as the establishment of monuments, the creation of plaques, the organization of exhibitions, as well as the publication of scientific papers and documentaries about the life and work of these figures. special attention is paid to the role of museums in preserving historical memory and shaping cultural heritage through personalized exhibitions and events dedicated to prominent figures of museum science. museum business, perpetuation of memory, museum figures, cultural heritage, memorialization, expositions, digitalization. introduction museums play an important role in preserving cultural and historical heritage, but a significant part in their development is also the people behind the creation and development of these cultural institutions. museum workers, whether they are researchers, restorers, tour guides, or museum administration, all contribute significantly to the preservation and popularization of cultural heritage. in addition, museums perform a preservation function in promoting cultural heritage1. by preserving cultural heritage sites, the museum contributes to the further development of society, the progressive movement of human history, and the museum staff is the foundation of this work. their activities include not only administration but also active participation in the museum's scientific and educational mission: creating expositions, scientifically studying museum objects, creating museum exhibitions,... museum staff are often bearers of knowledge that cannot be recorded only in the objects of the 1 н.в.кузина «основы музееведения активные формы обучения». нижный новгород 2015. стр.122 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org collection, but must be conveyed to visitors through personal contacts, including lectures, exhibitions, research, and publications. the first museums appeared in turkestan from the end of the 19th century2. in 1973, 50 museums of various profiles operated in uzbekistan, including 15 local history museums, 4 historical museums, and 4 memorial museums. they employed up to 1,000 people, including over 300 researchers. according to statistics, there are currently more than 130 museums operating in uzbekistan. among them are the state museum of history of uzbekistan, the state museum of the timurids, the i.v. savitsky state museum of arts in nukus, the termez state archaeological museum, the navoi regional museum of history and local lore, the jizzakh history museum, the paikend history museum, the al-bukhari memorial museum in samarkand, the mukumi memorial museum in kokand, and the abduruf fitrat, fayzulla khojayev, and bahauddin naqshband memorial museum in bukhara. they employ several thousand employees and the work of each of them is equally important. the specific development of museum work in uzbekistan was also studied from the perspective of scientific research: sometimes throughout the republic, sometimes in the context of individual regions3. each of the museums is a separate object of research, some of which were used by several renowned scientists, archaeologists, and ethnographers of their time. museum researchers have organized or participated in numerous archaeological and ethnographic expeditions within uzbekistan. as a result, the museum fund was replenished with new exhibits. museum figures play a key role in the formation and development of museum culture, influencing the preservation and popularization of cultural heritage. their activities cover a wide range of areas, including exhibition organization, scientific research, and cultural and educational activities. museum staff are not only guardians of knowledge and culture but also key figures in shaping the historical memory of society. they often remain in the shadow of public history, however, their contribution to preserving and interpreting the heritage has long-lasting significance. the scientific staff working in the museums of uzbekistan did not limit themselves to organizing expeditions to the museum and replenishing its collection; these artifacts were studied from a scientific point of view, that is, scientific description cards were compiled, their condition of preservation was inventoried, and various thematic expositions were organized throughout the museum halls. if we take the example of the bukhara museum, then during this period, valuable items were inventoried, and information about them was well preserved in the scientific archive. the exhibitions are adapted to the ideology of the soviet era, with new exhibitions dedicated annually to several years of the revolution in bukhara, the formation of the state, and other events. in addition, the museum has organized many thematic expositions: ethnographic, archaeological, various periods of history, etc. there are several ways to honor the memory of museum staff: 1. commemoration through exhibitions, scientific and cultural events4. an important part is the holding of scientific conferences, exhibitions, or lectures dedicated to the life and work of a particular museum employee; 2. monuments and memorial plaques. in a number of cases, the memory of museum staff is preserved in the form of monuments or memorial boards on the museum building or in its surroundings. such forms of 2р.в.альмеев «музеи узбекистана и социально-культурные перспективы их развития» автореферат диссертации на соискание ученей степени доктора исторических наук. т. 2011г. стр.19 3 альмеев р.в. бухара – город музей. ташкент, 1999 4 савельева о.а. память о музейных деятелях через памятники и выставки». // история музеев и музееведение, 2016, № 6, с. 23-29. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org memorialization are most often associated with prominent figures whose influence on the museum sphere was significant; 3. documentary and biographical publications. literary works reflecting the museum worker's life, career path, and scientific achievements are also an important part of the memorial. biographies of museum staff published in books or articles become a source of inspiration for future generations of scientists and museum workers; 4. digital memorization. in the modern era, digitalization is actively used as a means of preserving the memory of museum employees. online archives, virtual exhibitions, and electronic databases help preserve the history of museum workers, their work, and their contribution to preserving cultural heritage. this also contributes to expanding access to this knowledge and making it accessible to a wider audience. it is also important to consider that memorialization is a part of the transition from one generation to another. museum staff whose names and achievements are preserved in memory become guides to cultural and historical heritage. this process of knowledge and experience transfer is necessary for the formation of professional continuity, for inspiring new generations of museum workers and researchers. in uzbekistan, a number of works are also being carried out to perpetuate the memory of museum workers, especially those who significantly influenced the development of museum work and the preservation of cultural heritage. in recent years, museum culture in the country has been actively developing, and attention is being paid to preserving historical memory through various forms of commemoration. in addition to the capital's museums, regional museums of the republic, including the bukhara state museum-reserve, annually hold various exhibitions and scientific meetings dedicated to the study of the scientific heritage of museum staff. the memorial of museum staff is an integral part of the cultural and historical heritage that contributes to the preservation and transmission of knowledge to future generations. through monuments, publications, exhibitions, and other forms of preserving memory, museum staff become not only guardians of the past but also important figures who determine the future of museum work and scientific research. references 1. альмеев р.в. бухара — город музей. ташкент, 1999. 2. альмеев р.в. история бухарского музея-заповедника в контексте культурного и экономического развития региона // из истории культурного наследия бухары. ташкент, 1990 вып. 1 с. 8–15. 3. альмеев р.в. «музеи узбекистана и социально-культурные перспективы их развития» автореферат диссертации на соискание ученей степени доктора исторических наук. т. 2011г. стр.19 4. иванова, т. в. «музейные сотрудники и их память в контексте музейного наследия». музейное дело, 2015, № 3, с. 52-59. 5. кузина н.в. «основы музееведения активные формы обучения». нижный новгород 2015. стр.122 6. мальцева, м. а. музей как хранитель памяти: социальная роль и функции. — м.: либерея, 2016. 7. ниязова м.и. из истории деятельности бухарского музея (1925–27 гг.). 8. о.а.савельева «память о музейных деятелях через памятники и выставки». история музеев и музееведение, 2016, № 6, с. 23-29. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 38, | july 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org organisational culture and employee performance in deposit money banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state, nigeria f. n. kieriseiye department of business administration federal university otuoke faithnyana@gmail.com l. l. gilbert department of business administration federal university otuoke laguog@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study investigated organisational culture and employees’ performance of deposit money banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state, nigeria using four objectives. this study employs a descriptive survey research design and utilizes a quantitative research method by distributing an online questionnaire through the use of google form. this study sample consist of 231 employees using simple random sampling technique. the regression analysis results in hypotheses one and three found that organisational core values (r2 = 0.413; β= 0.643, t= 12.705; p= 0.000) and (r2 = 0.475; β= 0. 689, t= 14.400; p= 0.000) has a strong influence in determining employee efficiency and work behaviour respectively. the study also found in hypotheses two and four that organisational learning (r2 = 0.678; β= 0.824, t= 21.981; p= 0.000) and (r2 = 0.289; β= 0.537, t= 9.640; p= 0.000) has a strong influence in determining employee efficiency and work behaviour respectively. this study concluded that organisational core values and learning have significant positive influence on employee efficiency and work behaviour. therefore, it is recommended that organisations should foster a positive organisational culture through effective leadership and core values alignment. core values, employee efficiency, employee learning, organisational culture, work behaviour. introduction an organisations success and longevity in today's cutthroat business environment are heavily dependent on the performance of its employees. organisational culture is one of the most important elements that affects employee performance. it includes the rules, attitudes, beliefs, and behaviour that everyone in a business context follows to determine how they act and talk to each other (nasruddin et al. 2023). cultural alignment is especially important in the banking industry, where service quality, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org operational efficiency, and customer pleasure are all crucial for staying ahead of the competition (fakhar et al., 2014; bulach et al., 2012). deposit money banks (dmbs) in yenagoa, the capital of bayelsa state in nigeria, face a wide range of difficulties. these include rigorous rules and regulations, rapid changes in technology, changing client needs, and complicated social and economic situations (ojo, 2012; ali, 2017). the success of these banks depends a lot on how well their employees constantly do their jobs. their productivity has a direct impact on how well they serve customers, keep customers, and reach their financial goals. however, the culture of the organisation typically determines whether this performance improves or deteriorates. yenagoa is a unique place to look at these processes. organisational culture is even more strategic in the niger delta, which is noted for its poor infrastructure, security issues, and political instability because it is a regional banking centre. it not only helps employees work together, but it also keeps them engaged and helps them provide excellent service even when things go wrong outside the company (salih, 2019; mba et al., 2014). it is widely accepted that employees are important contributors whose work makes other organisations resources more successful. but banks don't always do poorly because they hire the wrong people or don't offer enough incentives. a lot of the time, it's because managers, supervisors, and hr experts don't completely understand how much organisational culture affects behaviour and results at all levels (ada & cross, 2021; erica et al., 2022). changing cultural norms in yenagoa's banking industry, which are generally shaped by high performance goals and client expectations, can put a lot of stress on workers. if this stress isn’t handled in a supportive environment, it could cause burnout, unhappiness with work, and inconsistent performance (ridwan et al., 2020; el leithy, 2017). many employees are unaware of the core beliefs, mission, and strategic direction of their organisations, which further weakens their sense of purpose and alignment with corporate goals. bolarinwa and soetan (2019) highlighted several pressing challenges in nigeria’s modern banking environment, including rising competition, difficulty in retaining customers, and the constant pressure to meet innovation demands amid evolving business models. in addition, organisations tend to prioritize financial performance metrics, often overlooking intangible drivers like organisational culture, which profoundly influence employee attitudes and behaviour. despite implementing modern motivational programs, many firms still struggle with employee engagement and performance largely due to underestimating the influence of workplace culture (cascio, 2006). as nasruddin et al. (2023) emphasized, strong and positive cultures can transform average employees into top performers, whereas poor cultures can demoralize even high achievers. given this, it is imperative to examine how organisational culture affects employee performance within deposit money banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state. literature review organisational culture ada and cross (2021) argue that culture is fundamentally connected to the idea of human society. erica, chang, and simon (2022) articulate that culture is a multifaceted construct that includes knowledge, belief, art, morals, law, customs, and various skills and habits that individuals acquire within a societal context. the existing customs, traditions, and operational methods of an organisation are largely shaped by its historical actions and the degree of success attained in those efforts. hauwa (2022) detailed that culture is transmitted to employees through multiple channels, with the most american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org impactful being narratives, rituals, symbols, and languages. melletus and meruo (2020) argue that the concept of culture has a rich and extensive historical background. in the last decade, certain organisational scholars and leaders have employed it to represent the atmosphere and practices that organisations foster in relation to their personnel management, or to indicate the articulated values and principles of an organisation. nasruddin et al. (2023) describe organisational culture as the collection of important assumptions that are widely shared among all members of an organisation, frequently existing in an implicit manner. organisational culture is fundamentally shaped by two core elements: values and beliefs. the values reflect the assumptions put forth by leaders within the organisation and are viewed as the ideals that all members strive to achieve. conversely, beliefs are assumptions about reality that are influenced by experience (nasruddin et al., 2023). organisational culture includes the shared views of work practices within particular organisational units, which can differ from those in other units (mba, 2014). the interconnected array of collective values and behaviour inherent to the organisation often sustains itself (kotter & james 2008). schein (2010) articulates that organisational culture comprises a collection of fundamental assumptions that a group creates, discovers, or develops while tackling challenges related to external adaptation and internal integration. the effectiveness of these assumptions has led to their recognition as valid, making them suitable for teaching new members the appropriate ways to perceive, think, and feel about these challenges. core values and work behaviour of employees are examined as the dimensions of organisational culture in this study. core values organisational core values represent the fundamental beliefs that guide its direction and purpose. the values articulated here represent the essence of a company, distinguishing it from its competitors in the marketplace. the organization’s perspective and core principles are communicated to all stakeholders (bourne, jenkins & parry, 2019). the values of an organisation should be authentic and tailored to the specific context of the business. it is essential to clearly articulate the expectations of the business for its employees, providing a framework for informed decision-making. examples of an organization’s values include equality, loyalty, integrity, respect, innovation, teamwork, and efficiency (avota, mcfadzean & peiseniece, 2015). caga (2022) defines organisational values as the standards that dictate acceptable behaviour among individuals within the organisation. the absence of these values may cause employees' actions to be swayed by their personal beliefs, potentially leading to behaviour that is deemed unacceptable by the organisation. organisational learning learning is therefore an essential concept for businesses, encompassing both personal and organisational forms of learning. organisational learning has consistently been acknowledged as a key driver and indicator of business success (qi & chau, 2018). organisational learning represents a multifaceted process that encompasses intuition, interpretation, integration, and the institutionalization of information (chou and ramser 2019; engström & käkelä, 2019). it involves the conversion of tacit knowledge into explicit knowledge (oh & han, 2020; ghasemzadeh et al., 2019) and facilitates the rapid exchange of knowledge among individuals and organisations (jain & moreno, 2015). according to muniz (2019), the foundation of organisational learning lies in in-person learning. in defining american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org organisational learning or the learning organisation, numerous scholars have highlighted the importance of “proper learning” that yields specific outcomes. these outcomes include enhanced organisational intelligence, an improved knowledge base, greater shareholder satisfaction, increased long-term adaptability, heightened organisational productivity, more effective activities for customers and partners, and the development of a competitive advantage (kaminska & borzillo, 2018; dibella, 2019; bates & khasawneh, 2005). employees performance the significance of employee performance for the sustainability and expansion of an organisation is widely recognised by managers (armstrong & taylor, 2020). this occurrence has been observed among professionals in human resource management across both public and private sectors. the performance level of an individual is contingent upon the effort they exert, the skills they possess, and the knowledge they have gained in carrying out tasks. the contribution of employees in reaching organisational goals and facilitating efficient resource distribution is essential, as they are responsible for overseeing all non-human resources (lee, idris & tuckey 2019). in conclusion, employee performance serves as a vital criterion that is intricately connected to a company's results and successes (peccei & van de voorde 2019). kotter and heskett (2011) articulate that employee performance refers to the degree to which an individual effectively completes a designated task in relation to established benchmarks of accuracy, completeness, cost-effectiveness, and productivity. according to davies, mcnabb, and whitfield (2015), performance is characterised by the degree to which an individual meets the objectives set by the organisation in their role. the evaluation of employee performance pertains to how well an employee's contributions correspond with the attainment of organisational goals (iqbal, 2015). performance encompasses the collective contributions of employees in effectively executing their roles and responsibilities, with the intention of reaching the organisations’ goals and objectives (delery & gupta, 2016). employee performance refers to the effective completion of assigned tasks by individuals or teams, assessed by a supervisor within an organisation (berberoglu & secim, 2015). employees efficiency the efficiency of employees is a primary focus of organisational behaviour due to its impact on the overall performance of the organisation. the efficiency of employees is regarded as a critical factor due to its correlation with various organisational aspects, including performance quality, organisational citizenship, and reduced job turnover rates (kotagi, angolkar & koppad, 2023). weak employee efficiency results in numerous negative consequences that lead to the deterioration of organisational performance. efficiency is evaluated based on performance criteria related to adherence to schedule and budget constraints. carefulness is the most reliable predictor; employees who exhibit this trait are generally competent, dutiful, self-disciplined, and motivated to achieve (kotagi, angolkar & koppad, 2023). employee efficiency refers to the capacity of an employee to generate the maximum output within the least amount of time. it is crucial to distinguish between employee efficiency and employee productivity, the latter of which solely emphasises raw outputs (shin & konrad, 2017). efficiency encompasses quality considerations. this indicates that an employee must generate a significant volume of high-quality output to be considered efficient. quality is contingent upon various factors american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org specific to each organisation. devi (2017) posits that employee efficiency varies based on individual knowledge, skill sets, and experience. employee work behaviour the work behaviour of employees is defined as their particular reactions to various situations encountered in the workplace (onikoyi, awolusi & ayodeji, 2015). the work behaviour of employees is fundamentally formal and can be shaped by job requirements, poor job designs, or less-than-ideal work conditions. responses from employees in these situations can lead to two distinct types of work behaviour: positive work behaviour, known as organisational citizenship behaviour (ocb), and negative work behaviour, termed counterproductive work behaviour (cwb). meta-analytic studies in management have primarily focused on negative work behaviour rather than positive ones, operating under the assumption that positive work behaviour naturally improve organisational performance (susanty & miradipta, 2013). the evaluation of employee work behaviour can be conducted using metrics like absenteeism, disloyalty, and the embezzlement of public funds (uche, george & abiola, 2017). the work attitude of employees relates to their conduct within an organisation (fakhar, iqbal & gulzar, 2014). empirical review agwu (2014) examined the impact of organisational culture on employee performance within the national agency for food and drugs administration and control in nigeria, finding a significant correlation between organisational culture and enhanced employee productivity. a study conducted by fakhar, iqbal, and gulzar (2014) examined the influence of organisational culture on employee job performance within software houses in pakistan, revealing a significant positive relationship between the two variables. ojo (2012) analysed various concepts related to organisational culture and sought to determine the significance of the relationship between organisational culture and corporate performance within a business context. the research employed a survey design. the researcher selected nigerian employees within the commercial banking sector as the population for the study. the researcher’s findings indicate that organisational culture significantly influences an organisations’ overall performance. ali (2017), conducted a study on the impact of organisational culture on corporate financial performance, focusing on the mediating role of organisational communication. cultures have been identified as predictors of organisational effectiveness (oe). this article examines the impact of organisational culture (ocl), whether strong or weak, on organisational effectiveness (oe) within the context of indian technical education. the study also investigates the mediating role of organisational communication (ocm). data were collected from 167 heads of engineering and management schools regarding ocl and oe, as well as from 334 of their subordinates concerning ocm, through a questionnaire survey. findings suggest that organisations characterised by a robust and wellestablished culture exhibit superior performance compared to those with a weaker cultural foundation. the impact of ocl passes on institutional effectiveness via ocm. therefore, higher educational institutions must prioritise the enhancement of ocl and ocm to increase their effectiveness. mba, njugi, and agusioma (2014) examined the impact of organisational culture on performance within non-financial institutions, specifically focussing on world vision kenya. the study employed linear regression analysis to examine the correlation between organisational culture and organisational american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org performance. it was found that organisational culture significantly influenced performance by enhancing organisational philosophy, work atmosphere, performance targets, and organisational stability. bulach, lunenburg and potter (2012) summarised the impact of organisational culture on employee behaviour and performance through four key concepts. understanding an organization's culture enables employees to comprehend its history and current operational methods. this insight offers direction regarding anticipated future behaviours. secondly, organisational culture can enhance commitment to the organization's philosophy and values. this commitment fosters a collective sense of striving towards shared objectives. organisations can attain effectiveness only when employees align in their values. third, organisational culture functions as a control mechanism through its norms, directing behaviours towards desired outcomes and away from undesired ones. this can be achieved by recruiting, selecting, and retaining employees whose values align with those of the organisation. certain types of organisational cultures may be directly associated with enhanced effectiveness and productivity compared to others. a study conducted in kurdistan revealed a significant and positive relationship between organisational values in the banking sector and employee performance (salih, 2019). they suggest that the values upheld by an organisation influence the performance of its employees. ridwan et al. (2020) discovered that the culture within indonesian companies has the potential to either foster or obstruct innovation and overall company performance. kyoungshin and zhenqiu (2019) emphasised that organisational learning serves as a crucial driver for the sustained survival and performance of all organisations. calantone et al. (2002), in their examination of learning organisations, noted that these entities gather and assimilate information and knowledge from various sources, ensuring that such insights are effectively utilised to inform both current and future decision-making processes within the organisation. chaveerug and ussahawanitchakit (2008) suggested that the experience and knowledge from different units and departments should be preserved in the organisation’s memory for convenient access when required; asserting that this knowledge can enhance organisational learning and performance. several investigations have been conducted concerning organisational learning across different contexts. methodology this study employs a descriptive survey research design. the population for this study consists of all employees in various banking departments such as operation, administration, customer service, front desk officers, loan officers, marketing, relationship managers and others. the total population of the deposit money banks in yenagoa is about 25 with 546 employees. the sample size from the study population is calculated using the taro-yamene formula is 231 employees from the deposit money bank branches in yenagoa, bayelsa state, nigeria. the closed-ended structured questionnaire was used to generate data.a questionnaire made from the 60-item survey scale by denison (2000) was adapted to gather data about the organisation culture (independent variable). the dependent variable (employee job performance) survey scale was drawn from han et al. (2007) and was used to measure employee performance. the reliability of the study's instruments was evaluated using the cronbach alpha test. descriptive and inferential statistics were used in this study's data analysis. testing hypotheses was the main emphasis of the inferential analysis. with the use of the statistical package for social science american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org (spss) 23.0 window version, linewar regression analysis was used to determine hypotheses 0ne, two, three and four. objectives of the study the aim of this study is to investigate the influence of organisational culture on employee performance of deposit money banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state. the specific objectives of this study are therefore: i. to examine the influence of organisational core values on employees’ efficiency in the money deposit banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state. ii. to determine the effect of organisational learning on employees’ efficiency in deposit money banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state. iii. to investigate the relationship between organisational core values and employees’ work behaviour in money deposit banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state. iv. to find out the relationship between organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour in deposit money banks in yenagoa, bayelsa state. research questions i. what is the influence of organisational core values on employees’ efficiency? ii. what is the effect of organisational learning on employees’ efficiency? iii. do organisational core values have significant relationship with employees’ work behaviour? iv. what is the relationship between organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour? research hypotheses h01: organisational core values do not have significant influence on employees’ efficiency. h02: organisational learning does not have significant effect on employees’ efficiency. h03: organisational core values have no positive significant relationship with employees’ work behaviour. h04: there is no significant relationship between organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour. conceptual framework figure 1.1: conceptual framework of the study employee work behaviour organisational culture employee performance employee efficiency organisational core values organisational learning american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org source: the dimensions of organisational culture were adopted from denison organisational culture model (2005) while the measures of employee performance were adopted from robbins, s. p., & judge, t. a. (2019). data analysis questionnaire distribution and collection a total of two hundred and thirty-one (231) copies of questionnaire were distributed to the respondents of the studied firms. out of seventy set of questionnaires distributed in this study, all of them were retrieved. this represents 100% rate of return. the researcher discovered that the entire questionnaire returned where correctly filled. descriptive analysis table 1: organisational core values on employees’ efficiency s/n items sa freq. (%) a freq. (%) n freq. (%) d freq. (%) sd freq. (%) mean std. dev. 1 in this organisation, leaders and managers "practice what they preach" and this aid employee effectiveness. 115 (49.8) 79 (34.2) 29 (12.6) 6 (2.6) 2 (0.9) 4.29 .850 2 there is a clear and consistent set of values that governs the way we do business in this organisation and it has a way of improving our efficiency. 107 (46.3) 70 (30.3) 28 (12.1) 20 (8.7) 6 (2.6) 4.09 1.078 3 when people ignore our core values, they are held accountable for their inefficiency. 95 (41.1) 98 (42.4) 20 (8.7) 16 (6.9) 2 (0.9) 4.14 .942 4 there is an ethical code that guides our behaviour and tells us right from wrong when carrying out our individual tasks and it lead employees towards the right direction. 113 (48.9) 95 (41.1) 21 (9.1) 2 (0.9) 4.38 .687 5 there is a clearly defined culture for everyone to follow in order to improve their performance. 135 (58.4) 85 (36.8) 9 (3.9) 2 (0.9) 4.35 .965 source: researcher’s findings, 2025. according to the findings on table 1, majority of the respondents in the deposit money banks, agreed and strongly agreed that organisational core values have influence on employee efficiency as indicated in the five questions being answered. for question one, 84.0% (194) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question two, 76.6% (177) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question three, majority of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed with the question 83.5% (193). furthermore, in question four respondents agreed and strongly agreed to the question with 90% (208). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org finally, it was agreed and strongly agreed in question five that there is a clearly defined culture for everyone to follow in order to improve their performance with 95.2% (220). table 2: organisational learning on employees’ efficiency s/n items sa freq. (%) a freq. (%) n freq. (%) d freq. (%) sd freq. (%) mean std. dev. 1 this organisation encourages employees to attend training programmes in order to gain new skills. 113 (48.9) 105 (45.5) 11 (4.8) 2 (0.9) 4.11 .857 2 innovation and risk taking are encouraged and rewarded by the leadership of this organisation and this helps in improving employee’s efficiency. 94 (40.7) 129 (55.8) 6 (2.6) 2 (0.9) 4.09 .764 3 in this organisation, failure is seen as an opportunity for learning and improvement which tends to lead to better performance. 122 (52.8) 95 (41.1) 12 (5.2) 2 (0.9) 4.15 .899 4 head of units make certain that everyone is informed about what is going on across the organization so that they can better understand the culture of the organisation for better performance. 129 (55.8) 93 (40.3) 7 (3.0) 2 (0.9) 4.06 .870 5 employee learning is viewed as an investment in the knowledge generation in the institution 116 (50.2) 100 (43.3) 13 (5.6) 2 (0.9) 4.07 .897 6 new and improved ways to do work are continually adopted by this organisation. 104 (45.0) 98 (42.4) 27 (11.7) 2 (0.9) 3.46 .907 source: researcher’s findings, 2025. according to the findings on table 2, majority of the respondents in the deposit money banks, agreed and strongly agreed that organisational learning have influence on employee efficiency as indicated in the five questions being answered. for question one, 94.4% (218) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed with the question. in question two, 96.5% (223) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question three, 93.9% (217) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question four, majority of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed with the question 96.1% (222). furthermore, in question five respondents agreed and strongly agreed to the question with 93.5% (216). finally, it was agreed and strongly agreed in question six that new and improved ways to do work are continually adopted by the banks with 87.4% (202). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org table 3: organisational core values and employees’ work behaviour s/n items sa freq. (%) a freq. (%) n freq. (%) d freq. (%) sd freq. (%) mean std. dev. 1 this organisation has an ethical code that guides employee’s behaviour and tells us right from wrong work behaviour. 95 (41.2) 128 (55.4) 6 (2.5) 2 (0.9) 4.08 .767 2 the cultural values inform every move and decision made by employees or managers in my organisation, hence shaping their behaviour. 116 (50.2) 107 (46.3) 6 (2.6) 2 (0.9) 4.11 .821 3 my organisation core values capture the heart and mind of the employees while providing guidance and direction on how to carry out work tasks. 134 (58.0) 92 (39.8) 5 (2.2) 3.89 .810 4 the ethical codes and values of this organisation helps to improve employees work behaviour. 128 (55.4) 90 (39.0) 7 (3.0) 6 (2.6) 4.35 .925 5 employees having sense of belonging and recognition helps in shaping their working behaviour. 122 (52.7) 107 (46.4) 2 (0.9) 4.21 .906 source: researcher’s findings, 2025. according to the findings on table 3, majority of the respondents in the deposit money banks, agreed and strongly agreed that organisational learning have influence on employee efficiency as indicated in the five questions being answered. for question one, 96.6% (223) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question two, 96.5% (223) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question three, majority of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed with the question 97.8% (226). furthermore, in question four respondents agreed and strongly agreed to the question with 94.4% (218). finally, it was agreed and strongly agreed in question five that employees having sense of belonging and recognition helps in shaping their working behaviour with 99.1% (229). table 4: organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour s/n items sa freq. (%) a freq. (%) n freq. (%) d freq. (%) sd freq. (%) mean std. dev. 1 this organisation continually invests in the development of its employee’s skills in order to remain competitive and meet ongoing business needs which tends to lead to positive behaviour. 119 (51.5) 106 (45.9) 6 (2.6) 4.16 .946 2 cultivating a culture of training and development in this organisation improves performance and work behaviour. 126 (54.5) 96 (41.5) 9 (4.0) 4.20 .966 3 when organisation develop employees’ capabilities, they become more efficient and thus they perform better with a positive work behaviour. 149 (64.5) 80 (34.6) 2 (0.9) 4.48 .768 4 employees are rewarded in proportion to the excellence of their job effectiveness based on their learning on the job. 136 (58.9) 92 (39.8) 3 (1.3) 4.34 .869 5 celebrating performance achieved by staff as well as teams is a way of encouraging better performance through on the job learning. 137 (59.3) 93 (40.2) 1 (0.4) 4.37 .833 source: researcher’s findings, 2025. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org according to the findings on table 4, majority of the respondents in the deposit money banks, agreed and strongly agreed that organisational learning have influence on employee efficiency as indicated in the five questions being answered. for question one, 97.4% (225) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question two, 96.0% (222) of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed. for question three, majority of the respondents agreed and strongly agreed with the question 99.1% (229). furthermore, in question four respondents agreed and strongly agreed to the question with 98.7% (228). finally, it was agreed and strongly agreed in question five that celebrating performance achieved by staff as well as teams is a way of encouraging better performance through on the job learning with 99.5% (230). bi-variate analysis hypothesis 1: h0: organisational core values do not have significant influence on employees’ efficiency. table 5: regression model summaryb on the influence of organisational core values on employees’ efficiency model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate change statistics durbinwatson r square change f change df1 df2 sig. f change 1 .643a .413 .411 .589 .413 161.414 1 229 .000 2.433 a. predictors: (constant), organisational core values b. dependent variable: employees’ efficiency source: researcher’s findings, 2025. decision rule: the regression analysis results shown in table 5 indicate an r-square (r2) coefficient of 0.413. this suggests that organisational core values accounts for 41.3% of the total variance, demonstrating a strong influence in determining employee efficiency within the money deposit banks at a 0.05 level of significance. table 6: coefficientsa on the influence of organisational core values on employees’ efficiency model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. collinearity statistics b std. error beta tolerance vif 1 (constant) 1.588 .200 7.935 .000 organisational core values .581 .046 .643 12.705 .000 1.000 1.000 a. dependent variable: employee efficiency source: researcher’s findings, 2025. decision rule: the coefficient summary table 6 demonstrated the extent of significant influence that organisational core values has on employee efficiency in the deposit money banks. the statistical outcome is presented as; organisational core values: β= 0.643, t= 12.705; p= 0.000, indicating a statistically significant result at the 0.05 level. the results of the multicollinearity test indicate that the "linearity statistic" value reveals a vif value of less than 10 and a tolerance greater than 0.1. the analysis indicates that multicollinearity is absent among the vif values of the independent variable. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org hypothesis 2: h0: organisational learning does not have significant effect on employees’ efficiency. table 7: regression model summaryb on the effect of organisational learning on employees’ efficiency model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate change statistics durbinwatson r square change f change df1 df2 sig. f change 1 .824a .678 .677 .467 .678 483.178 1 229 .000 2.297 a. predictors: (constant), organisational learning b. dependent variable: employee efficiency source: researcher’s findings, 2025. decision rule: the regression analysis results shown in table 4.7 indicate an r-square (r2) coefficient of 0.678. this suggests that organisational learning accounts for 67.8% of the total variance, demonstrating a strong effect in determining employee efficiency within the money deposit banks at a 0.05 level of significance. table 8: coefficientsa of the effect of organisation learning on employees’ efficiency model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. collinearity statistics b std. error beta tolerance vif 1 (constant) .952 .147 6.474 .000 organisational learning .778 .035 .824 21.981 .000 1.000 1.000 a. dependent variable: employee efficiency source: researcher’s findings, 2025. decision rule: the coefficient summary table 8 demonstrated the extent of significant effect that organisational learning has on employee efficiency in deposit money banks. the statistical outcome is presented as; organisational learning: β= 0.824, t= 21.981; p= 0.000, indicating a statistically significant result at the 0.05 level. the results of the multicollinearity test indicate that the "linearity statistic" value reveals a vif value of less than 10 and a tolerance greater than 0.1. the analysis indicates that multicollinearity is absent among the vif values of the independent variable. hypothesis 3: h0: organisational core values have no positive significant relationship with employees’ work behaviour. table 9: regression model summaryb on the relationship between organisational core values and employees’ work behaviour mod el r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate change statistics durbinwatson r square change f change df1 df2 sig. f change 1 .689a .475 .473 .651 .475 207.365 1 229 .000 1.485 a. predictors: (constant), organisational core values b. dependent variable: employee work behaviour source: researcher’s findings, 2025. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org decision rule: the regression analysis results shown in table 9 indicate an r-square (r2) coefficient of 0.475. this suggests that organisational core values accounts for 47.5% of the total variance, demonstrating a strong relationship with employee work behaviour within money deposit banks at a 0.05 level of significance. table 10: coefficientsa on the relationship between organisational core values and employees’ work behaviour model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. collinearity statistics b std. error beta tolerance vif 1 (constant) .763 .234 3.269 .001 organisational core values .809 .056 .689 14.400 .000 1.000 1.000 a. dependent variable: employee work behaviour source: researcher’s findings, 2025. decision rule: the coefficient summary table 10 demonstrated the extent of significant relationship between organisational core values and employee work behaviour in the deposit money banks. the statistical outcome is presented as; organisational core values: β= 0.689, t= 14.400; p= 0.000, indicating a statistically significant result at the 0.05 level. the results of the multicollinearity test indicate that the "linearity statistic" value reveals a vif value of less than 10 and a tolerance greater than 0.1. the analysis indicates that multicollinearity is absent among the vif values of the independent variable. hypothesis 4: h0: there is no significant relationship between organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour table 11: regression model summaryb on the relationship between organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour model r r square adjusted r square std. error of the estimate change statistics durbinwatson r square change f change df1 df2 sig. f change 1 .537a .289 .286 .718 .289 92.936 1 229 .000 1.613 a. predictors: (constant), organisational learning b. dependent variable: employee work behaviour source: researcher’s findings, 2025. decision rule: the regression analysis results shown in table 11 indicate an r-square (r2) coefficient of 0.289. this suggests that organisational learning accounts for 28.9% of the total variance, demonstrating a strong relationship with employee work behaviour within money deposit banks at a 0.05 level of significance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org table 12: coefficientsa on the relationship between organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour model unstandardized coefficients standardized coefficients t sig. collinearity statistics b std. error beta tolerance vif 1 (constant) 1.383 .306 4.523 .000 organisational learning .665 .069 .537 9.640 .000 1.000 1.000 a. dependent variable: employee work behaviour source: researcher’s findings, 2025. decision rule: the coefficient summary table 12 demonstrated the extent of wsignificant relationship between organisational learning and employee work behaviour in deposit money banks. the statistical outcome is presented as; organisational learning: β= 0.537, t= 9.640; p= 0.000, indicating a statistically significant result at the 0.05 level. the results of the multicollinearity test indicate that the "linearity statistic" value reveals a vif value of less than 10 and a tolerance greater than 0.1. the analysis indicates that multicollinearity is absent among the vif values of the independent variable. discussion of findings this study found out in hypothesis one that organisational core values have significant influence on employees’ efficiency among the employees of money deposit banks in yenagoa. this suggests that adherence to the fundamental principles of their organisations can enhance employees' performance and efficiency in the workplace. this finding aligns with the research conducted by swetha and padmavathy (2018) as well as larissa (2024), who discovered that core values within an organisation serve as significant tools for measuring business operations and enhancing employee efficiency. in a comparable investigation, adamonienė et al. (2017) discovered that the values of an organisation represent the beliefs and norms that steer the decisions and actions of that organisation in pursuit of its goals and objectives. this study found out in hypothesis two that organisational learning has significant effect on employees’ efficiency. this finding highlights the importance of ongoing education and skill enhancement for employees within an organisation to ensure their effectiveness. a study by watkins and marsick (2019) revealed that organisations fostering an enabling environment that emphasises a strong learning culture, team learning, and collaboration significantly contributes to the performance of learning organisations and empowers employees to work towards a shared vision. aham (2024) conducted another study that revealed the organisational learning process facilitates the achievement of desired results, along with fostering improvement and innovation. consequently, the process of learning within an organisation significantly impacts its performance, as shared knowledge among employees helps them adapt to the swiftly evolving environment and demands of customers (giniuniene & jurksiene, 2015). furthermore, in hypothesis three, this study found that organisational core values have positive significant relationship with employees’ work behaviour. this finding suggests that core values within an organisation can influence employee behaviour, ultimately enhancing job performance. this aligns with the findings of caga (2022), who discovered that organisational values establish acceptable standards that regulate individual behaviour within the organisation. this may result in employees' behaviour being shaped by their personal values, ultimately leading to behaviour that is deemed american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org acceptable by the organisation. the discovery made by salih (2019) is consistent with the results of this study, indicating that the core values of an organisation can effectively influence and steer the practices and behaviours of managers. this study found in hypothesis four that there is a positive significant relationship between organisational learning and employees’ work behaviour. this finding indicates that organisational learning fosters positive working behaviour among employees of the selected deposit money banks. a comparable investigation conducted by lin et al. (2017) explored the impact of organisational learning on employees’ innovative behaviour and work engagement. the investigation revealed that organisational learning significantly influences employee innovativeness; however, the organisation under study was not situated within the banking sector. the findings from the study by tan and olaore (2022) indicate that there is a positive correlation between organisational learning and both job satisfaction and employee performance. the findings of this study corroborate earlier research indicating that organisational learning positively influences employee performance. conclusion this study has made it very evident that both the underlying principles of an organisation and the way it learns are very important in determining how well people do their jobs and behave at work in yenagoa's money deposit institutions. the results show that when workers share the core values of their company, it not only gives them a feeling of direction and dedication, but it also makes them more productive and effective at work. a positive learning culture at a company also gives employees the tools they need to adapt, come up with new ideas, and stay productive in a changing work environment. the results of all four hypotheses reveal that organisational values and learning are not just ideas; they are real things that affect how employees perform and how well the business runs. a lot of current research backs these results up, showing that how things work inside an organisation has a big effect on how well employees do their jobs, both individually and as a group. so, businesses, especially those in the banking sector, should focus on developing fundamental values and putting money into systems that support ongoing learning. this will help them get better at keeping employees engaged, improving service delivery, and staying ahead of the competition in a financial world that is becoming more and more competitive. recommendations 1. organisations ought to cultivate a constructive organisational culture by implementing effective leadership and aligning core values, which will enhance employee efficiency in executing their job responsibilities. a robust organisational culture facilitates the effective and efficient management of personnel. the overall advantage within an organisation contributes to improving employee performance. utilising resources effectively within the same cultural association contributes to the positive advancement of the organisation. under specific conditions, the culture within an organisation can enhance and offer a competitive advantage for businesses. 2. this study further recommends that organisations in nigeria should focus on leveraging the strong and positive cultural elements among employees, such as core values and organisational learning, to enhance employee performance through improved work behaviour. to accomplish this, upper management must prioritise the responsibility of addressing employees exhibiting negative cultural traits while recognising and rewarding those who demonstrate a commitment to achieving superior performance in their roles. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org 3. it is recommended, based on the study's findings, that organisations should consistently strive to enhance their staff through organisational learning by effectively establishing a knowledge management culture that will contribute to sustained employee performance over time. 4. banks should promote constructive work habits by encouraging collaboration and creativity through rewards for sharing knowledge and addressing problems. recognising and rewarding teams and people that are flexible in their learning and use new information well can help build a culture of always becoming better and doing the right thing. references 1. abejirinde, j., & odoh, m. (2025). workforce distribution and performance in nigerian financial institutions. journal of management and development studies, 13(1), 56–68. 2. ada, r., & cross, l. (2021). culture and human society: intersections and implications. journal of social theory, 17(1), 45–60. 3. adamonienė, r., krikštolaitis, r., & zinkeviciene, g. (2017). the influence of organizational values on employee behaviour. business, management and education, 15(1), 1–12. 4. agwu, m. o. (2014). organizational culture and employees’ performance in the national agency for food and drugs administration and control (nafdac), nigeria. global journal of management and business research: a administration and management, 14(2), 1–9. 5. aham, m. (2024). organisational learning and innovation: a pathway to improved performance. journal of business and organizational development, 19(2), 67–81. 6. ali, i. (2017). organisational culture and corporate financial performance: the mediating role of organisational communication in technical education institutions in india. international journal of business and social science, 8(4), 112–122. 7. armstrong, m., & taylor, s. (2020). armstrong's handbook of human resource management practice (15th ed.). kogan page. 8. avota, s., mcfadzean, e., & peiseniece, l. (2015). core values impact on corporate culture during the change process. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 213, 979–984. 9. bates, r., & khasawneh, s. (2005). organizational learning culture, learning transfer climate and perceived innovation in jordanian organizations. international journal of training and development, 9(2), 96–109. 10. berberoglu, a., & secim, h. (2015). organizational justice and employee performance: a study in public sector in turkey. international business research, 8(9), 134–141. 11. bolarinwa, k. k., & soetan, f. (2019). challenges in the nigerian banking sector: competition, customer retention, and innovation. journal of banking and finance, 11(2), 45–59. 12. bourne, h., jenkins, m., & parry, e. (2019). mapping values for business: strategic implications of value diffusion in organizations. british journal of management, 30(2), 508–525. 13. bulach, c. r., lunenburg, f. c., & potter, l. (2012). creating a culture for high-performing schools: a comprehensive approach to school reform and dropout prevention (2nd ed.). rowman & littlefield education. 14. caga, t. (2022). organisational values and behavioural standards: an empirical study. african journal of management studies, 14(3), 210–225. 15. calantone, r. j., cavusgil, s. t., & zhao, y. (2002). learning orientation, firm innovation capability, and firm performance. industrial marketing management, 31(6), 515–524. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 16. cascio, w. f. (2006). managing human resources: productivity, quality of work life, profits (7th ed.). mcgraw-hill irwin. 17. chaveerug, a., & ussahawanitchakit, p. (2008). learning organization and competitive advantage: an empirical investigation of frozen food exporting firms in thailand. journal of international business and economics, 8(3), 11–25. 18. chou, s. y., & ramser, c. (2019). organisational learning and innovation performance: a metaanalysis. journal of knowledge management, 23(6), 1051–1073. 19. davies, r., mcnabb, b., & whitfield, t. (2015). measuring performance: definitions and dilemmas. public administration quarterly, 39(4), 573–598. 20. delery, j. e., & gupta, n. (2016). human resource management practices and organizational effectiveness: insights from the strategic human resource management literature. human resource management review, 26(2), 106–115. 21. denison, d. r. (2000). organizational culture: can it be a key lever for driving organizational change? in s. cartwright & c. cooper (eds.), the handbook of organizational culture and climate (pp. 347–372). john wiley & sons. 22. devi, k. (2017). understanding employee efficiency: impact of skill and experience. international journal of management research, 12(4), 42–51. 23. dibella, a. j. (2019). learning practices: assessment and action for organizational improvement (2nd ed.). routledge. 24. el leithy, w. (2017). work attitude and employee performance in the egyptian banking sector. international journal of business and social science, 8(10), 121–129. 25. engström, a., & käkelä, j. (2019). organisational learning and performance: the role of collective memory. learning organization, 26(1), 40–56. 26. erica, m., chang, l., & simon, j. (2022). cultural dimensions and societal learning. journal of intercultural studies, 25(3), 231–245. 27. erica, m., chang, l., & simon, j. (2022). cultural dimensions and societal learning. journal of intercultural studies, 25(3), 231–245. 28. fakhar, a., iqbal, m. z., & gulzar, m. a. (2014). impact of organizational culture on employees job performance: an empirical study of software houses in pakistan. international journal of business and management invention, 3(9), 43–50. 29. ghasemzadeh, m., safari, h., & hosseini, s. (2019). organisational learning and competitive advantage through tacit knowledge sharing. journal of knowledge economy, 10(2), 456–472. 30. giniūnienė, j., & jurksienė, l. (2015). dynamic capabilities, organisational learning and organisational performance: a case of a european university. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 213, 985–991. 31. han, g. h., chiang, h. h., & chang, a. (2007). employee participation in decision making, psychological ownership and knowledge sharing: mediating role of organizational commitment in taiwanese high-tech organizations. the international journal of human resource management, 21(12), 2218–2233. 32. hauwa, a. (2022). channels of organisational culture transmission: a behavioural perspective. international journal of business psychology, 7(1), 88–99. 33. iqbal, m. z. (2015). measuring individual performance in business organisations. management studies and economic systems, 2(1), 23–29. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 34. jain, r., & moreno, a. (2015). organizational learning and knowledge management: an integrative framework. journal of knowledge management practice, 16(2), 1–11. 35. kaminska, b., & borzillo, s. (2018). organisational learning through failure: the case of corporate restructuring. journal of organizational change management, 31(2), 378–398. 36. kotagi, s., angolkar, d., & koppad, a. (2023). employee efficiency and organisational productivity: a comprehensive assessment. journal of management and innovation studies, 18(2), 101–117. 37. kotter, j. p., & heskett, j. l. (2011). corporate culture and performance. free press. 38. kotter, j. p., & james, l. h. (2008). organisational culture and change: key drivers for transformation. leadership quarterly, 19(2), 295–303. 39. kyoungshin, k., & zhenqiu, l. (2019). organizational learning as a pathway to sustainable performance. journal of knowledge management, 23(4), 823–847. 40. larissa, k. (2024). core values and employee engagement: insights for modern organisations. international journal of human resource studies, 14(1), 45–58. 41. lee, c., idris, m. a., & tuckey, m. r. (2019). supervisory coaching and performance: exploring the mediating role of work engagement and the moderating role of job resources. international journal of environmental research and public health, 16(20), 3886. 42. lin, h. f., hsu, m. h., & yeh, y. c. (2017). a study on the organizational learning, innovation, and performance relationship in service organizations. management decision, 55(1), 1–17. 43. mba, o. (2014). organisational culture and employee performance in the nigerian public sector. african journal of business management, 8(15), 539–546. 44. mba, o., njugi, d., & agusioma, n. (2014). the impact of organisational culture on performance in non-financial institutions: a case of world vision kenya. international journal of academic research in business and social sciences, 4(12), 222–232. 45. melletus, o., & meruo, t. (2020). historical roots of organisational culture: implications for modern management. journal of historical management, 6(2), 34–49. 46. muniz, c. (2019). the foundation of organisational learning: the importance of face-to-face learning. management learning review, 14(1), 52–68. 47. nasruddin, e., abdullah, a., & ishak, m. (2023). the impact of organisational culture on employee performance: evidence from service industries. international journal of business and management studies, 15(1), 22–35. 48. nasruddin, e., abdullah, a., & ishak, m. (2023). the impact of organisational culture on employee performance: evidence from service industries. international journal of business and management studies, 15(1), 22–35. 49. oh, j. h., & han, s. (2020). from tacit to explicit: knowledge transformation and its effect on performance. journal of knowledge management, 24(3), 497–512. 50. ojo, o. (2012). the effect of organizational culture on corporate performance: an empirical study of nigerian companies. international journal of business and social science, 3(8), 211–217. 51. onikoyi, i. a., awolusi, o. d., & ayodeji, h. (2015). employee behaviour and productivity in nigerian organisations. journal of management and strategy, 6(2), 112–121. 52. peccei, r., & van de voorde, k. (2019). human resource management and the well-beingperformance link: a review and research agenda. human resource management journal, 29(3), 277–294. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 38 july 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org 53. qi, y., & chau, p. y. k. (2018). relationship between organisational learning and performance: a systematic review. management research review, 41(1), 34–52. 54. ridwan, a., nugroho, y., & lestari, d. (2020). organisational culture and innovation: a study of indonesian firms. international journal of innovation management, 24(1), 2050007. 55. salih, m. a. (2019). organisational values and employee performance in the banking sector of kurdistan. middle east journal of management, 6(3), 210–225. 56. schein, e. h. (2010). organizational culture and leadership (4th ed.). jossey-bass. 57. shin, d., & konrad, a. m. (2017). causality between high-performance work systems and organisational performance. journal of organizational effectiveness: people and performance, 4(1), 53–71. 58. susanty, a., & miradipta, r. (2013). employee's work behaviour and performance: the role of culture and attitude. journal of business and management, 14(6), 1–6. 59. swetha, s., & padmavathy, s. (2018). the impact of core organizational values on employee performance. international journal of management research and reviews, 8(2), 32–41. 60. tan, d. r., & olaore, i. b. (2022). the relationship between organisational learning, job satisfaction and employee performance. international journal of business and management invention, 11(4), 20–29. 61. uche, i., george, o., & abiola, k. (2017). employee behaviour and ethical practices in nigerian public institutions. african journal of human resource management, 10(2), 96–108. 62. watkins, k. e., & marsick, v. j. (2019). informal and incidental learning in the workplace (2nd ed.). routledge. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 188 www.americanjournal.org global warming, the issues it drives, and the policy actions required in response kayumov abdulatif abdumalikovich head of the department, phd, associate professor training of academic staff under uzswlu the brench center for retraining and in-service abstract keywords global warming in the world, its impact on the world's population, the melting of glaciers and rising sea levels as a result of climate change, flooding of regions, population migration, and the uncontrolled release of greenhouse gas emissions into the atmosphere are covered in this article. keywords: climate change, global warming, glaciers, greenhouse gases, melting glaciers, sea level rise, renewable energy. climate change, global warming, glaciers, greenhouse gases, melting glaciers, sea level rise, renewable energy sources. introduction the problem of climate change in the world is becoming more relevant every year. on hot days, we all think a lot about global warming and worry about the future. such vagaries of the weather in recent years can be collectively called "climate change". the weather shows its whims not only in summer but also in winter. in addition to global warming, the problem of climate change in the world includes erratic rainfall, sometimes droughts, and sometimes flash floods. by comparison, as of 2017, since global records began in 1980, the temperature of planet earth has increased by 1 °c. this number may not seem significant, but if we look at it as an average over the surface of the planet, we can see that the change is large, resulting in melting glaciers and a dramatic rise in sea levels. if the emission of greenhouse gases does not stop, scientists predict that the average temperature of the planet earth will increase by 4 °c. this can make large parts of the land uninhabitable. in the 19th century, scientists discovered that certain gases trap heat from the earth, and without their help, this heat escapes into space. carbon dioxide plays a key role in this process: without it, the planet would have turned into a frozen desert. in 1896, it was first predicted that the temperature of the planet would increase due to the increase in the concentration of greenhouse gases. today, their number in the atmosphere has increased by 43% compared to the period before the industrial revolution, and the average temperature of the earth has increased to the value predicted by scientists. there is convincing evidence, such as studies using radioactive radiation, to determine the share of industrial greenhouse gas emissions. research results show that excess gas is the result of human activities. carbon dioxide levels have always naturally american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 189 www.americanjournal.org risen and fallen, but these changes took thousands of years. geologists say that during economic activities, people release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere more intensively than in nature. scientists say that in the next 25-30 years, the climate will become warmer and weather conditions will become more severe. coral reefs and other vulnerable habitats are already disappearing. if greenhouse gas emissions continue to be released unchecked into the atmosphere, scientists fear serious long-term consequences: disruption of the world order, large-scale migration, the acceleration of mass extinctions of plants and animals in earth's history, melting glaciers, rising sea levels and the world's coastlines. consequences such as flooding of most of the cities. these hazardous gases are already taking their toll, and this is an opportunity for our generation to grapple with the deep moral questions we face. without realizing it, humanity is already experiencing the consequences of climate change. for example, about 83,000 people in new york and new jersey were affected by sea level rise during hurricane sandy, which scientists believe would not have happened under a stable climate. tens of thousands of people are already dying in heat waves exacerbated by global warming. the influx of refugees that has destabilized the political situation around the world is partly due to climate change. of course, as with other social problems, the poor will take the first and hardest hit. sea levels are rising at an alarming rate and are currently rising at a rate of 0.3 meters per 100 years. scientists who study the history of the earth believe that in the worst case, although this is unlikely, the water will rise by half a meter in ten years. many experts believe that even if greenhouse gas emissions stop tomorrow, the sea level will rise by 4-6 meters, enough to flood many cities. if this continues, it can eventually rise to 24-30 meters. scientists have published convincing evidence that the cause of heat waves is global warming. tropical rains and floods will increase as global sea levels rise due to human emissions. in many other cases, the connection of natural phenomena such as hurricanes to global warming is not clear or controversial. but modern methods of climate analysis allow scientists to constantly improve their knowledge of natural phenomena. humanity has not taken any measures for a long time, so according to experts, the situation is not promising now. as long as there are fossil fuels on earth, it's not too late to act. global warming will only reach a potentially manageable level if greenhouse gas emissions are reduced to zero. the good news: emissions are now falling in many countries as a result of programs such as fuel economy standards for cars, strict building codes and emission limits for power plants. but scientists say that to avoid the worst consequences of climate change, the process of transition to renewable energy sources should be significantly accelerated. the least renewable energy sources include wind turbines, solar panels, hydroelectric plants, and nuclear power plants. natural gas-fired power plants also produce fewer emissions than coal-fired ones. switching to renewable energy sources may be expensive in the short term, but in the long run, all investments are justified by compensating for climate damage and reducing air pollution-related illnesses. the expansion of the renewable energy market will reduce their cost, and as a result, clean energy will be cheaper than "dirty" energy produced in several countries around the world. the transition to clean energy will hurt some industries, such as coal companies, but it will also create new jobs. burning gas instead of coal in power plants will reduce emissions in the short term, although gas is still a fossil fuel that will need to be phased out. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 190 www.americanjournal.org "clean coal" is a set of technologies that capture carbon dioxide released during combustion in furnaces and remove it from the soil. "clean coal" has not yet been proven economically viable, but some experts believe these technologies could play an important role in the long term. electric cars are charged from the grid at night and do not pollute the environment, moving around the city during the day. they are more efficient than combustion engine vehicles, and even serve progress if the electricity needed for recharging comes from burning coal. of course, electric vehicles will only be invaluable if they are charged with clean energy. the electronics industry is developing so fast that some countries are discussing banning the sale of internal combustion engine cars from 2030. greenhouse gases released by human activities are usually called "carbon emissions" for short. this is because the two main gases, carbon dioxide and methane, contain carbon. some other pollutants are subject to taxes and quotas, even if they do not contain carbon. when you hear about taxes, carbon sales, and offsets, know that these are just a few of the methods of pricing emissions that economists believe are important steps in reducing greenhouse gas emissions. scientists say that the problem can be solved only by large-scale collective action. all countries in the world must decide to make their energy industry clean, using all available methods and very quickly. so the most important thing you can do to exercise your legal right is to speak up about the problem and demand change. there are simple ways to reduce your human-caused carbon footprint that can also save you money. in everyday life, electricity can be used wisely: for this, it is necessary to install an intelligent thermostat, replace light bulbs with energy-saving ones, turn off the lights when leaving the room. you can also join other people and use public transport to cover shorter distances and thus reduce the damage to your car. finally, you can reduce the amount of food he eats, especially meat. avoiding one or two flights a year can reduce the overall damage. if you want to contribute as much as possible, buy an electric or hybrid car or install solar panels on your home. if the country you live in has a competitive electricity market, switching to 100% "green" energy is in your hands. leading corporations, including large industries such as automobile factories, have begun to use clean energy throughout their operations. pay attention to companies' policies, support those who are trying to reduce their carbon footprint, and let other companies know you expect the same from them. these steps may seem small, but they will increase your awareness of the problem and encourage others around you to be aware of it. in fact, discussing climate change with your friends and family is one of the most meaningful contributions you can make. references: 1. mirziyoev sh.m. we will build our great future together with our brave and noble people. tashkent, publishing house of uzbekistan, 2017. 2. mirziyoev sh.m. ensuring the rule of law and human interests guarantees the country's development and the people's well-being. tashkent, publishing house of uzbekistan, 2017. 3. uzbekistan: obzory rezultatnosti ekologicheskiy deyatelnost. tertiary view. oon, geneva, 2020. 4. bulletin of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan, 1999, number 9, article 231 5. bulletin of the chambers of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan, 2006, issue 12, article 711 6.improving the effectiveness of measures against climate change. 24.07.2013/ /www.parliament.gov.uz 7. collection of legal documents of the republic of uzbekistan, 2013, number 17, article 223 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 191 www.americanjournal.org 8. concept of environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030 // national database of legal documents, 31.10.2019, 19.06.5863/3979 issue 9. collection of legal documents of the republic of uzbekistan, 2017, number 22, article 424 10. newsletter of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan, 1995. noarticle 9, 200. 11. abilovf., muradov d. nature is an ornament of the world // people's word. 2010. june 17. 12. collection of legal documents of the republic of uzbekistan. february 25, 2019, issue 8, article 138 13. kholmo'minov j.t. impact of climate change on agricultural development and mitigating its consequences, modern approach to solving climate change issues. manual. tashkent-2018. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org the reflections of the second gulf war on the iraqikuwaiti relations 1990-2010 assist. lect. eqtidar mohsen abed alhumza al-muthanna university/ collage of medicine eqtidar.mohsen@mu.edu.iq lect. wadad abd al-sada fazaa al-muthanna university/ collage of education for human science/ the history department wadad.abdasada@mu.edu.iq ass. prof. dr. rasha jameel alwan al-muthanna university/ collage of education for human science/ the history department rasha.jameel@mu.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the second gulf war of 1990-1991 affected iraqi-kuwaiti relations, leaving behind negative reflections on the nature of the relationship between them, even after the fall of the iraqi regime in 2003. despite the presence of some positive stances taken by the two countries towards each other, the relationship between them after 2003 did not go well. it continued at the same pace, but was punctuated by reactions initiated by both parties that made it clear that they were unable to forget what had happened previously. therefore, the effects of the war were difficult to overcome. in the period that followed the war until 2003, the relationship between the two neighbors was almost broken. after the termination of sadam's ba'ath regime and until 2010, attempts floated to restore diplomacy between them, some of which ended with success, and others contributed to deepening the negative viewpoint about each other as the psychological impact left by the war still sheds its light on both the governments and people of both countries. iraq, kuwait, second gulf war, saddam hussein, jaber alsabah. introduction after the second gulf war 1990-1991, it was a stage in which its effects were reflected on the iraqikuwaiti relations. the relationship between the two neighboring countries that share the same geographical borders, and whose economy mainly depends on oil became more tense and unstable than it had been before the outbreak of the war. this has caused damage to the economic and political aspects of both, in addition to the immediate damage, which began to appear clearly and immediately american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org after the end of the war. the years specified for the study carried positions recorded in the history of the two countries, which reflected the difficulty of overcoming what happened, as the aspects of the relationship between them focused on paying compensation to the injured party, filling iraq’s debts to kuwait, and trying to solve the long-term problem of border demarcation through international intervention. as for attempts the political, economic and cultural relations, both parties did not initiate any cooperation until the fall of saddam hussein’s regime on april 9, 2003, though the aftermath relations were characterized by gradualness and instability. the present article sheds light on the nature of the relationship between iraq and kuwait after the end of the second gulf war, which had negative effects on those countries that extended to include various aspects of life. the psychological impact on the two parties cannot also be overlooked, because it was the core of the relationship. it was not easy for iraq and kuwait to overcome those effects and enter the stage of healing, until nearly a decade and a half of their history had passed, the stage of cooperative estrangement ended after 2003 but the psychological impact of that war still drives the nature of the relationship. the present study is divided into three sections, preceded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion. the first section is devoted for dealing with the nature of the relationship between iraq and kuwait from the beginning of the announcement of the establishment of the state of kuwait in 1961, until iraq’s occupation of kuwait in 1990 and the outbreak of the second gulf war in 1991. the second section deals with the reflection of the effects of the second gulf war on iraqi-kuwaiti relations between 1991 and 2003, while the third section includes an extension of what the second section touched upon in revealing the effects of the second gulf war on iraqi-kuwaiti relations from 2003 until 2010. the iraqikuwaiti relations (1961-1990) the government under the rule of brigadier general abd al-karim qassem followed the egyptian and syrian policy of turning to the soviet union as a major supplier of military equipment. in 1958-1960, qasim placed huge orders for soviet arms making about 75% of the equipment of the iraqi army form the soviet union. (hotoon and cooper, 2019:6) at the same time, the year 1961 witnessed the fulfillment of the elements for the establishment of the state of kuwait, with an independent political entity, geographical borders, and a constitution that declared the establishment of the modern state of kuwait under the rule of the emer system. quite number of arab countries took the initiative to bless this step, with the exception of iraq, which sent a congratulatory telegram formulated in a way that was intended to be a reminder for the emer of the state, with iraq’s historical demands in kuwait, and on may 25, 1961, abdul karim qasim(1) , the iraqi prime minister, held a press conference, in which he called on the emer of kuwait, abdullah bin salem al-sabah(2) to annex kuwait to iraq, considering that it is an integral part of iraq, and asked him to help the iraqi government restore matters to their normal course, assuring him that the iraqi government was in the process of issuing a presidential decree appointing him as district commissioner of kuwait, who would be affiliated with basra governorate, confirming that iraq had historical documents proving the validity of his claim (hassan, 2010: 40) . kuwait's response to iraq's demands was the rejection and non-acceptance which in turn led to the deterioration of the relationship between the two parties and a political crisis. this crisis prompted abdullah bin salem to seek protection from britain, basing his request on the friendship treaty he had signed on june 19, 1961 which pledged britain to repel any threat to the security and stability of kuwait american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org beside protecting its interests in the region, especially the british international petroleum company. therefore, britain, at the request of the emer of kuwait, decided to send military forces to kuwait with the aim of protecting it from any possible iraqi attack, pledging qasim to withdraw. the immediate deployment of its forces coincided with the disappearance of the iraqi threat. however, the presence of british forces did not last long in kuwait at the request of the league of arab states (4), after announcing kuwait’s accession on july 20, 1961, which was met with the iraqi rejection, requiring that the british forces had to be replaced with arab forces (saudi, jordanian, egyptian, sudanese), abdul karim qassem did not like the kuwaiti reactions, who translated his rejection and annoyance at them into taking a number of measures, including seizing a number of kuwaiti ships and freezing kuwaitis’ money invested in iraq, which led to worsening the crisis and made it more complicated than before (benadi, 2014: 505-506). the government of qasim continued to broadcast threats that confirmed iraq’s serious attempt to occupy kuwait and control its oil fields. these threats remained until qasim's death on february 8, 1963, following a military coup led by abdul salam arif (6), bringing iraqi-kuwaiti relations to a new stage which was represented by some detente, which was reflected positively on the nature of the relationship between iraq and kuwait (hassan, 2010:54). the sheikh of kuwait sent a congratulatory telegram to the prime minister, abdul salam arif, congratulating him on assuming the presidency of the iraqi government, and the latter responded by sending a telegram that carried meanings of friendliness and welcome. on october 4, 1963, the iraqi-kuwaiti sides held a meeting that included political figures from both parties, and the meeting resulted in a number of items, including: iraq’s recognition of kuwait, with its political entity and geographical borders, as an independent state, that the two governments seek to consolidate internal relations and common interests, and enhance cooperation as well as economic, commercial, and cultural agreement besides the diplomatic representation at the ambassadorial level. the meeting also concluded with the necessity of kuwait canceling the agreement with britain on may 19, 1963, and substitute it with military-political agreements with iraq. in addition, iraq pledged to supply kuwait with the water of shatt al-arab, and the terms of the meeting were recorded in the arab league and the united nations. however, kuwait did not adhere to some of its provisions, especially those related to water supplied from shatt al-arab. the 1963 agreement was unable to find a solution to the problem of the iraqi-kuwaiti borders, which remained unsettled for many years (nayef, 2000:133-135). the period in which abdul salam arif ruled iraq was considered a period of relative calm that lasted until 1966, while the period extending from 1966 1990 witnessed a discrepancy in the nature of the relationship between the two neighbors, at times becoming tense and deteriorating, and at other times returning to what it was before. perhaps, the main reason behind its deterioration was represented by the borders problem, as iraq often tried to annex a number of border areas that fall within the territory of kuwait. the kuwaiti response to those attempts was rejection, opposition, and taking deterrent measures against the iraqi attempts. the iraqi side was not the only one that initiated this, as kuwait also made similar attempts. in order to seize some areas belonging to iraq, as it took advantage of iraq’s preoccupation with its war against iran in the eighties of the 20th century, to establish a number of border posts and military and oil facilities. this period was not without attempts to establish some economic interests between the iraqi and kuwaiti sides, and to achieve mutual investment, especially kuwaiti investment in iraq which was successful (ghurairi, 2006:114-115). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org the reasons behind declaring war on kuwait in 1990 in 1990, iraq was in a bad economic situation due to the war it waged against iran, which costed huge losses. during the years of the iraqiiranian war, iraq borrowed money from kuwait to cover some of the expenses of war. on july 18, 1990, a crisis appeared on the political scene between iraq and kuwait, which began when iraq, represented by its president saddam hussein denounced (10) that kuwait took advantage of iraq’s preoccupation with its war to seize some lands within the iraqi territory and stole oil from one of the oil fields. saddam also declared his complete rejection of its policy of deliberately flooding the oil market, as it deliberately reduced the price of oil to sell one barrel for 12 dollars only to cause great loses for the iraqi economy demanding them to pay compensation for these loses, estimated at 1,000,000,000 euros, in addition to his demands to cancel the debts he borrowed during his war. kuwait's response to those demands was rejection and denunciation, as kuwait denounced the attempt to infringe its sovereignty through his attempts to dig wells on its territory beside the issue of borders, which was used as one of the reasons for the occupation (ramadan,1990: 23-27). iraq's invasion of kuwait in 1990 the iraqi army started their build up on 21 july 1990 as about 30.000 troops gathered in basrah. at the end of the same week, basrah was jammed with different army vehicles and equipment. in the early morning of the second of august 1990, the iraqi army lunched it attack on kuwait (ripley, 1991: 3). the arab league and the united nations (12) tried to intervene to accommodate the crisis between the two parties, but iraq remained insisted on its demands, which met with similar insistence from the kuwaiti side. the iraqi forces began entering kuwaiti territory occupying a number of areas, after clashes between the iraqi forces and the kuwaiti forces, which were unable to withstand the strength of the iraqi army. the iraqi army was able to completely occupy kuwait whose emer, jaber al-sabah (13) escaped to saudi arabia. as a result, iraq announced that kuwait is subjected to an administrative division similar to the divisions of iraqi governorates, and that kuwait became an iraqi governorate (al-qassas, 2016: 65-69). the international community responded to the iraqi occupation by equipping a military force that included arab and foreign countries. the so called " desert storm" operation to liberate kuwait began on 17 january 1991 with air strikes and missile bombardments on the different iraqi areas(clarke, 2010 :29. after 7 months, the joint military force was able to end the iraqi occupation and declare the liberation of kuwait on february 24, 1991. iraq’s occupation of kuwait left ominous effects on the two neighboring countries, as kuwait’s losses were estimated as 92 billion dollars, in addition to burning 752 oil wells, which caused severe environmental damage and led to the cessation of oil production for a period of time. concerning human damage, kuwait caused approximately 570 deaths and 605 prisoners. iraq’s share of the occupation’s damage was large, as a large number of its soldiers were killed, estimated at 80,000, in addition to its losses in military equipment. its infrastructure was also severely damaged, and the effects of the invasion extended to include the lifeblood of the country. the economic aspect was embodied in the siege that america imposed on iraq, which lasted for 13 years which caused the economic situation of the country to deteriorate. as for the activity of the relationship between the two countries, what happened was sufficient to abort any attempt aimed at restoring the relationship between the two parties, and the situation continued as it was until the fall of saddam hussein’s regime on april 9, 2003 (al-saadoun, 2007: 10-12) the impact of the second gulf war on iraqi-kuwaiti relations 1991-2003 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org after the end of the second gulf war, international sanctions were imposed on iraq, which had a clear impact, especially after placing iraq under the provisions of un security council resolution (no. 687 of 1991), which included the presence of united nations' forces in iraq, conducting a comprehensive inspection of weapons and paying compensations of war. besides that, they imposed economic blockade that lasted for 13 years which left negative effects on various aspects of life in iraq, in addition to destroying its infrastructure and stopping its exports that exposed iraq to massive economic losses (al-dagher and al-rubaie, 1991:46) . iraq's debts amounted to 127.7 billion dollars, and as a result, kuwait exploited the ramliya oil fields that it seized according to the divisions established at the time by the international committees (shiyal, 2009:7). it was formed in 1991 pursuant to a special un security council resolution. a committee was formed to demarcate the border between iraq and kuwait, and its work lasted for two years until the issuance of security council resolution (no. 833 of 1993) demarcating the border between the two countries (al-janabi and abd, 2013:235). this was met with iraqi rejection, because it was placed without the will of the iraqis and caused great harm to them, as it included a lot of iraqi lands and oil wells to kuwait, in addition to iraq being harmed in terms of the maritime borders, as the committee worked to grant kuwait the deep, navigable waters while granting the shallow, non-navigable side to iraq. thus, iraq was the major detriment, and as a result of international pressure in 1994, it was forced to agree to abide by the committee’s decision (kazem, 2022: 182). despite iraq's approval of the un security council resolutions regarding the demarcation of the borders between the two countries, other international sanctions remained imposed. iraq tried in the meetings and conferences of the league of arab states, attended by both iraq and kuwait, to demand canceling the economic blockade, but kuwait was the most opponent of such demands. not only rejecting that but also demanded tightening the economic blockade. this matter was taken by the united states as a pretext to continue the sanctions and economic blockade on iraq, considering that the rightful owner rejected that. it seems that kuwait did not harm the iraqi government, but rather the iraqi people, and with this demand it caused the death of many children along these years. the economic situation deteriorated, which in turn was reflected on the health aspect of the country, as the country witnessed the spread of diseases and epidemics and a decline in health care ( scientific publishing council, 2002:440). kuwait was not the only one demanding a tightening of the economic blockade, as all gulf cooperation council countries stood with this decision (bouresli, 1995:70). the iraqi-kuwaiti relations 2003-2010 after the fall of the regime in iraq in 2003, the arabian gulf in general and iraq in particular witnessed serious transformations that had an impact on the political orientations of the countries. after the united states’ attack on iraq in 2003 in order to overthrow saddam hussein’s regime, citing a set of claims, the first of which was the possession of iraq weapons of mass destruction, which poses a threat to the security and stability of its neighboring countries. for this reason, usa and its allies declared war, but in reality, they were hiding other goals, such as controlling the enormous wealth and to be able to control the middle east region (kazem, 2022: 84). kuwait was among the countries that welcomed the american aggression against iraq. it declared its readiness to receive 62,000 american soldiers during the american aggression to enter iraq after turkey refrained from receiving them, and allowed them to use the two military air bases as well as opening their harbors and ports ( dahham and al-kanani, 2007: 18). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org it was previously mentioned that the relationship between iraq and kuwait was oscillating. sometimes cooperation was based on the conditions of the relationship between them, and at other times the estrangement shows up as a result of disagreement that dated back to the 1930s. however, after 2003 there was a development in the relations as kuwait worked to support the iraqi governments that were formed after 2003, and many mutual visits took place. the aim of these visits was to improve the relationship on different levels and resolve many outstanding issues, such as debt and border issues, as well as some economic issues (shiyal, 2009: 25). despite the improvement in relations, the border issue remained a matter of disagreement, as they witnessed many incidents, including kuwait building a wall, installing visual and thermal observation towers, and digging a trench around the iraqi and kuwaiti borders ( al-sihan, 2013: 27). there were issues other than the borders that remained unresolved, represented by financial compensation and iraqi debts to kuwait, as well as the joint oil fields, which were raised in every meeting leading to a kind of tension and disagreements, not to mention the advertising campaigns that had a role in increasing the tension despite the conclusion of agreements and memorandums of understanding as well as opening embassies. many discussions were held to reach some agreements and solutions. these discussions resulted in the conclusion of the first agreement on december 2, 2004, which included iraq gets gasoline and diesel in exchange for kuwait to get gas. the value of the agreement amounted to 870 million dollars (( al-sihan, 2013: 30). this agreement contributed to develop trade relations, which was carried out through the safwan port, the only land port between the two countries, as well as the entry of many gulf companies into iraq, most notably kuwaiti companies. excel kuwait company was one of the first companies that was able to invest in iraq. then, many other companies were able to obtain an opportunity to invest in iraq ( kazem, 2022:102). despite the improvement in economic relations, which were sufficient to end the state of fluctuation , the year 2005 witnessed the occurrence of a new crisis, when kuwait confirmed the establishment of an iron barrier to protect its borders, under the pretext of the instability of the security situation in iraq, which provoked the iraqi side considering that to be transgressing and led to launch protests that demanded kuwait to retract the decision, because it violated the iraqi territory (shalal &abdel hussein, 2017:121) . kuwait did not stop at this matter, as it worked to exploit the political and security chaos in iraq. in 2006 it put forward the border demarcation file again in order to seize part of iraq’s lands, but it failed to do so despite the discussions and dialogues that took place between the two sides. kuwait was insisting on its decision to demarcate the borders and did not abandon the matter, so it turned to another path by appointing an ambassador to baghdad in 2008 in order to facilitate the solution of many important issues that were pending. on the other hand, iraq offered many facilities and concessions, but kuwait did not accept that and continued to incite against iraq to remain under the penalty of clause seven( al-zaman, 2014:26). thus, the relation between iraq and kuwait were not proceeding at the same pace, but were fluctuating despite the signing of trade agreements. however, problems between them remained ongoing regarding the borders, and discussions continued in order to reach a solution to this problem, when iraq agreed to fulfill its obligations towards kuwait, and this is what prompted kuwait to begin building mubarak port, which constituted a major obstacle to iraq, and paved the way for the character of iraqi-kuwaiti american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org relations to be characterized by instability, especially those related to the border issue, which was and still the focus of disagreement between the two countries( ibid) conclusions 1. abdul karim qasim’s policy towards kuwait after its independence from britain in 1961 was aimed at annexing kuwait to iraq, claiming that kuwait was iraqi land and separated from iraq by the british policy, announcing the appointment of sheikh abdullah al-sabah as governor of kuwait, affiliated with basra governorate. 2. the psychological impact that the war left on the residents of the two countries was controlled and guided by the nature of the relationship between them. kuwait was unable to forget and overcome iraq’s occupation of it and the human, economic, and moral losses that accompanied that, the effects which were reflected on the psychological side of the kuwaitis who see iraq with its people and its successive generations as a cause of what happened to them. this was reflected in a negative way on their relationship. the iraqi people had no role in what saddam hussein and abdul karim qasim did before. however, some iraqis' still see kuwait as a province of iraq which is a main a reason for what happened to iraq in 1991. 3. iraq and kuwait played the role of the aggressor and did not respect the interests of each other during the period 1990-2010. during the period 1961-1990, iraq played the role of the aggressor through its demand to annex kuwait to its territory, and resorting to means of pressure and threats to achieve its goal. on the other hand, kuwait played the same after 2003 and beyond, as it took advantage of the stage of weakness that iraq was going through to begin seeking to repay i demanding the debts that had been previously imposed and raised the border problem by encroaching on some of its lands. 4. the deterioration of the relationship reflected, in one way or another, the two lack of a foreign policy that has the ability to direct the relationship with neighboring countries in a way that serves the interests of both sides, and to confront crises and resolve them in a way that does not leave a negative impact. 5. the border problem was the reason for raising problems between iraq and kuwait, and both countries used it as a means to achieve their interests at the expense of the other country at different times, which contributed to the perpetuation of this problem, and made it a major reason for the deterioration of their relationship throughout the period 1961 2010, which made it difficult to find a solution to address this problem. references 1. abdel karim , imad omar. the role of the league of arab states in resolving arab issues (20112017), master’s thesis (unpublished), college of arts and sciences, middle east university, jordan, 2018. 2. al-dagher ,mahmoud ahmed, and al-rubaie , abdullah abdul karim. losses resulting from the blockade imposed on iraq in the arabian gulf between aggression and new foreign hegemony (a documentary file in light of the events in the region between the years 1990 1991, center for arabian gulf studies, basra, no. 85, 1991. 3. al-ghurairi , qais jawad. the impact of oil on iraqi-kuwaiti relations (1968-2005), international political review, no. 6, iraq, 2006. 4. al-habashi nour muhammad, abdullah bin salem al-sabah: political, economic and social changes in kuwait (1945 1965), that al-salasil, kuwait, 2020. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 5. al-janabi , qasim muhammad , and abd , raya sahib. the problem of the iraqi-kuwaiti border and departure from the provisions of clause seven, journal of the college of basic education, no. 12, university of babylon, 2013. 6. al-qassas , karima zuhdi. the iraqi occupation of kuwait (1990 1991), master’s thesis (unpublished), faculty of arts, islamic university, gaza, 2016. 7. al-saadoun , hamid hamad. "the crisis of iraqi-kuwaiti relations", journal of international studies, vol. 9, no. 33, iraq, 2007. 8. al-sayhan , falah sanad. kuwaiti-iraqi relations: the reality and the vision of the future, master’s thesis (unpublished), college of arts, middle east university, 2013. 9. al-zaman newspaper. variables in iraqi-kuwaiti relations, https: www.azzaman.com, 2014. 10. benadi , muhammad taher. abdul karim qasim and his role in building the iraqi state during the republican era (1958 1963), dafatir al-makhbar magazine, vol. 16, no. 2, algeria, 2021. 11. bouresli, khawla. "documents", vol.18, no. 76, journal of gulf and arabian peninsula studies kuwait, 1995. 12. clarke, jeffrey j. war in the persian gulf: operations desert shield and desert storm august 1990march 1991. center of military history. united states army . washington, d.c., 2010. 13. dahham , malek, and al-kanani , lamia mohsen. iraqi-kuwaiti relations and the problem of mubarak port, journal of international studies, no. 52, 2017. 14. fawzi, ahmed. abdul salam arif, his secret his trial his death. al-diwani press , baghdad, 1989. 15. general secretariat of the national assembly." seventh legislative term 1992-1996, second session, 2nd edition, kuwait, 2002. 16. hadi , faiq abdul. abdul karim qasim and his political and military role in iraq (1958 1963), thesis (unpublished), institute of arab history and scientific heritage, university of baghdad, 2003. 17. hassan , muhammad mubarak. political reform in kuwait and its impact on change (1991-2010), master’s thesis (unpublished), college of arts and sciences, middle east university, 2010. 18. hooton, e.r. cooper, tom. desert storm, volume 1 : the iraqi invention of kuwait and operation desert shield 1990-1991, england, unit 8 amherst business centre, budbrooke road, warwick cv34 5we, helion & company limited, 2019. 19. hussein, afrah , and abdel abbas fadekh. "reasons for the economic blockade on iraq.” albaheth karbala journal , vol. 41, no. 2, 2012. 20. kazem ,yasser rahim, the iraqi-kuwaiti relations after 1991: a geopolitical study, master’s thesis (unpublished), college of education, university of karbala, 2022. 21. kuwait research and studies center, kuwait, 2006. 22. majzoub , muhammad. lectures on organizations and regionalism, university house for printing and publishing, beirut, 1999. 23. muhammad hussein bazzi, saddam hussein, the unseen truth, dar al-amir for culture and science, beirut, 2008. 24. nayef , muhammad. the history of political relations between kuwait and iraq for the period (1961-1973), kuwaiti research and studies center, kuwait, 2000. 25. ramadan, abdel azim. the iraqi invasion of kuwait in the historical balance, al-zahraa for arab media, cairo, 1990. http://www.azzaman.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org 26. ripley, tim. land power: the coalition and iraqi armies. usa: osprey military. 1991. 27. shalal ,saadoun, and hussein , hamida abdel. a geopolitical analysis of iraqi-kuwaiti relations, uruk journal, vol. 10, no. 1, 2017. 28. shayal , aziz jabr. iraqi-kuwaiti relations, international political journal, vol. 3 , no. 11, almustansiriya university, baghdad, 2009. 29. taher , qahtan hussein. the history of the iraqi-kuwaiti conflict, journal of the college of basic education for educational and human sciences, no. 18, university of babylon, 2014. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 42, | november 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org developing the creative potential of students in linguistic specialties through project activities lagay elena alexandrovna doctor of education, associate professor uzbek state university of world languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article considers the need for innovative changes in the professional training of philological students. one of the possible options for implementing the project method in the process of teaching the courses «russian orthology» and "culture of speech" is presented. the use of this innovative pedagogical technology ensures the development of students' independence and creative activity. higher education; culture of speech, independent work. innovative technologies; project method. introduction in today's world, quality education is recognized as a key factor in achieving a high standard of living, a tool for achieving socio-cultural harmony, and a driver for economic development. the international community is paying increased attention to ensuring that citizens receive high-quality education that focuses on developing both subject-specific and life-long cultural competencies in young people. in this context, the republic of uzbekistan is also prioritizing the development of its educational system. therefore, at the present stage of reforming education in our republic, the issues of reorienting the education system from an educational-oriented model to a competency-oriented one have become relevant. modern realities of life require from the individual not only the actualization of their educational needs in order to timely self-determination of the trajectory of personal professional development, but also life activity, understanding of the personal role and self-realization, and therefore the priority goal of the education system at the present stage is to train specialists capable of flexible adaptation and creative solving problems in changing conditions and realities of society. the success of this process largely depends on the degree of development of creativity and independence of a person. main part the need to make innovative changes in the professional training of students is due to the fact that today specialists require not only deep knowledge, but also the ability to acquire new knowledge in a rapidly changing situation and use it to design their own activities. according to the fair opinion of prof. g.v. lavrentieva, the ability to think outside the template, abandon stereotypes in time, act boldly and original, solve problems outside the box, as well as the ability to realize your individuality and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org uniqueness are those components that will help a young specialist find his place in society, become in demand [3, p. 11]. at the present stage, the teacher creates conditions for the formation of the personality of the student, involves each student in active cognitive activity, organizes educational situations in which the student can try his hand at solving emerging educational problems, introduces ways to obtain the necessary information in order to form his own reasoned opinion on a particular issue. in the context of the growing information flow, undoubtedly, special attention must be paid to the development of speech and speech culture of students. at all times, the culture of speech was considered an integral feature of the general culture. "the high culture of colloquial and written speech," wrote academician v.v. vinogradov in this regard, "good knowledge and flair of the native language, the ability to use its expressive means, its stylistic diversity is the best support, the most faithful help and the most reliable recommendation for each person in his social life and creative activity" [2, p. 14]. recently, we have to state with regret that against the background of informatization of society, the russian literary language undergoes a massive influence of other forms of the language, literary norms are violated, the level of language proficiency culture has noticeably decreased, which makes it extremely important and necessary to study the so-called translation disciplines ("culture of speech," "stylistics of the russian language," "russian orthology," read at the faculty of russian philology of the uzbek state university of world languages) for the professional training of philologists. the professional training of a future specialist is understood not only as possession of special skills and skills of labor activity, but also as a culture of professional communication, behavior and speech. in the context of the modernization of education in the republic of uzbekistan, more and more attention is paid to the organization of independent work of students, as one of the important criteria for assessing the quality of training of specialists. it should be noted that independent work, its planning, organizational forms and methods, a system for tracking results are one of the most problematic places in the practice of vocational education, especially in relation to the current educational situation. this has been repeatedly noted in studies on the problems of planning and organizing independent work of students. independent work as a type of educational and research activities of students has its own tasks and differs in a certain specificity from educational activities carried out under the direct supervision of the teacher. its main task is to develop students' active interest in acquiring knowledge, the ability to acquire scientific knowledge through personal searches, as well as the formation of their interest and creative approach to their educational, scientific and practical work. [1, p. 67] the effectiveness of independent work depends on the knowledge, experience and intuition acquired on the basis of the necessary rules, algorithms, as well as on the student's general qualities that characterize any personality, regardless of the type of activity: erudition, sense of new, ability to analyze and introspect, flexibility and breadth of thinking, activity, developed imagination, etc. in recent decades, in the theory and practice of higher professional education, more and more attention has been paid to active and interactive forms, methods and technologies of training, which can become an effective means of training specialists. each teacher always has his own set of methodological techniques and forms of their implementation to form different competencies for a student. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org one of these methods, which is quite common today and effective, is the project method. the use of this method is advisable not only to improve the speech culture of future specialists, but also to solve other educational problems: to form the ability to independently acquire and use new knowledge, to acquire personal and professional experience by non-standard means. the project method allows students to form and develop intellectual skills and creative thinking. results and discussions the implementation of mini-projects in training sessions on the culture of speech allows a student with any individual psychological abilities to feel "afloat," to be a direct participant in the learning process. this form of work is short-term, quite mobile and contributes to the self-development, selfimprovement and self-realization of students in the educational process. we used this form of work in the process of teaching the courses "russian orthology" and "culture of speech." mini-projects were completed by undergraduate and graduate students. after studying theoretical material on the norms of the russian literary language, students and undergraduates were offered topics for project work, and the topics were general in nature, for example: "language abnormalities in the media," "features of the advertising language," "general culture of speech and the problem of youth slang," etc., and were, first of all, a starting point for independent search. the essence of the project was to analyze a speech passage or text for mistakes. students could choose the field or sphere of public life themselves and, if necessary, change or flesh out the topic of the project. the completed mini-projects testified to the undoubted interest caused by this work among students. projects were presented on the topics: "the language of advertising," "computer slang," "media and the culture of speech," "errors in the use of phraseological units in modern songs," "errors in the speech of politicians" and many others. some design work was successfully solved in technical performance: the presentation provided not only visual perception, but also auditory, i.e. accompanied by fragments of audio and video recordings. identified errors in the speech of people or in texts were subjected to analysis, which contained not only the classification of errors, but also an attempt to identify the causes of their generation. it should be noted that the preparation by students of the presentation itself is the most effective form of demonstrating the results of the project: firstly, when preparing a presentation, speech mechanisms develop, i.e. the level of mastery of the means of language, secondly, the background knowledge of the student expands his horizons and awareness, thirdly, the cognitive functions of the psyche develop, i.e. various methods of memorization, intellectual functions: synthesis analysis, language generalizations, abstractions, the logic of thinking is formed the sequence of presentation of the material, information content, completeness of the statement, the relationship of arguments and consequences. conclusion all of the above allows us to conclude that the preparation of a presentation and, in general, work on a mini-project is an effective way not only to develop language competence, but also a powerful incentive to ensure the student's maximum mental activity. this form of work does not give students ready-made and unambiguous solutions, pushing them to independent creative search, develops the skills of self-education and self-control, and increases the information culture of students. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org references 1. verbitsky a.a., platonova t.a. formation of cognitive and professional motivation of students. m.: niі, 1998. 2. vinogradov v.v. stylistics. poetic speech theory. poetics. m.: nauka, 1993. 3. lavrentiev g.v. innovative training technologies in the professional training of specialists. barnaul: publishing house of altai state university, 2002. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org organizational skill and its relationship with the mental composure of arabic language teachers in the academic achievement of middle school female students in the subject of arabic language dr. maryam yasier kadhim assistant professor, college of basic education /university of misan maryam.y@uomisan.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the current study aims to identify the relationship between organizational excellence and mental resilience of arabic language teachers in the academic achievement of arabic language among middle school female students. the study community consists of all arabic language teachers working in middle schools within the jurisdiction of the directorate general of education in misan for the academic year 2023 2024, with a total of (36) middle schools in this directorate. the study sample was randomly selected from the middle schools affiliated with the general directorate of education in misan, and the sample size consisted of (100) male and female teachers of arabic language at the middle school level, distributed as follows: (50) male teachers and (50) female teachers. as for the students, they were chosen at a rate of (5) students for each teacher, making the total number of students (500). the researcher prepared her research tools: an organizational skill scale (20 items), an arabic language achievement test (40 items), and a mental agility test (20 items), and the validity and reliability of each were established. the researcher used the statistical package for social sciences (spss22) to analyze the data collected after applying her research tools, and the results showed: the level of proficiency in the arabic language curriculum is below the required standard, and their students' achievement is higher than the hypothetical average. the level of mental stability is below the minimum level that should be possessed by second-grade middle school students. the researcher has recommended a number of recommendations and proposals. organizational proficiency, mental stability, academic achievement. introduction البراعة التنظيمية وعالقتها بالرصانة العقلية لمدرسي اللغة العربية في تحصيل مادة اللغة العربية لدى طالبات المرحلة المتوسطة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org كلية التربية االساسية / جامعة ميسان أ.م.د مريم ياسر كاظم maryam.y@uomisan.edu.iq البراعة التنظيمية وعالقتها بالرصانة العقلية لمدرسي اللغة العربية )يهدف البحث الحالي التعرف على : ملخص البحث (. في تحصيل مادة اللغة العربية لدى طالبات المرحلة المتوسطة المتوسطة ضمن حدود مديرية المدارس العاملين في العربية اللغة البحث من جميع مدرسي مادة للعام العامة لتربية ميسانيتكّون مجتمع ( مدرسة متوسطة. 36، ويبلغ عدد المدارس المتوسطة في هذه المديرية )4202 – 3202الدراسي ( مدرًسا 100وبلغ عدد أفراد العينة ) للمديرية العامة لتربية ميسان ، من بين المدارس المتوسطة التابعة عشوائيم اختيار عينة البحث بأسلوب ت فكاناما الطلبة ( مدرسة )إناث(50)، ( مدرًسا )ذكور(50) ومدرسة من مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة، موزعين على النحو اآلتي: ( فقرة 20: مقياس البراعة التنظيمية ) ااعدت الباحثة ادوات بحثه ، ( 500( لكل مدرس او مدرسة فاصبح العدد الكلي للطلبة ) 5اختيارهم بسنبة ) ة الباحث ت( فقرة ، وتم ايجاد الصدق والثبات لكل منهما ، واستعمل20( فقرة ، واختبار الرصانة العقلية ) 40)اللغة العربية ، اختبار تحصيل مادة ( لمعالجة البيانات التي حصل عليها بعد تطبيق ادوات بحثه ، اذ اظهرت النتائج : ان مستوى مدرسي اللغة العربية spss22الحزمة االحصائية ) اعلى من الوسط الفرضي، ان مستوى الرصانة العقلية اقل من الحد االدنى للمستوى تهمتحصيل طلب بالبراعة التنظيمية اقل من المستوى المطلوب ، جملة من التوصيات والمقترحات. ةالباحث أوصت، وقد المتوسط المطلوب امتالكه عند طلبة الصف الثاني . ، التحصيل الدراسي الرصانة العقلية : البراعة التنظيمية ، الكلمات المفتاحية األول الفصل أوالً : مشكلة البحث : يشهد العالم اليوم تحوالت معرفية وتكنولوجية متسارعة، ما يفرض تحديات كبيرة على النظم التعليمية التقليدية، ويستدعي مراجعة شاملة العربية في ألساليب التدريس القائمة، ال سيما تلك التي تعتمد على التلقين والحفظ. وفي هذا السياق، تبرز الحاجة إلى تطوير كفاءات مدرسي اللغة .لبةاصر ويرتقي بمستوى تحصيل الطالمرحلة المتوسطة، بما يواكب متطلبات التعليم المع تنظيم تُعد البراعة التنظيمية أحد العناصر الجوهرية التي ينبغي أن يتحلى بها المدرس المعاصر، حيث تشير إلى قدرته على التخطيط الفعّال، و من التعامل مع المحتوى التعليمي، وإدارة الوقت والموارد، والتفاعل اإليجابي مع البيئة التعليمية ومجتمع التعلم. كما أن هذه البراعة تمّكن المدرس التحديات المتغيرة، وتصميم أنشطة تعليمية محفزة وفعالة. االنفعاالت، المنطقي، وضبط التفكير والقدرة على االتزان، يعكس مدى وانفعاليًا بعدًا عقليًا العقلية الرصانة تمثل واتخاذ وفي ذات اإلطار، القرارات الصائبة، وهي خصائص أساسية للمدرس الكفوء القادر على التأثير في المتعلمين إيجابًا وقيادتهم نحو تعلم فعّال وتفاعلي. مع التفاعل على تساعدهم التي باألدوات خاصة العليا بصورة تالدارسا وطلبة عامة الطلبة لتزويد وسيلة الرصانة العقلية مهارات تعليم ويعد وبنائها وإمكانياته طاقاته واستثمار الطالب شخصية تكوين في أيضا ويساهم والتعميمات، المفاهيم واكتساب الحقائق وتقصي المحيطة المشكالت . تنميته في مساهما مجتمعه في هاما عنصرا ليكون صحيحة بطريقة في تدريس إن العالقة بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية تمثل محوًرا مهًما لفهم كفاءة المدرس في أداء دوره التربوي والتعليمي، خصوًصا مية، وأكثر مادة اللغة العربية التي تتطلب مهارات لغوية، وتواصلية، ونقدية عالية. فكلما كان المدرس أكثر براعة في تنظيم عناصر العملية التعلي ورغم أهمية هذه العالقة إال أن الدراسات ، رصانة في تفكيره وسلوكه، انعكس ذلك إيجابيًا على مستوى تحصيل الطالبات وتفاعلهن مع المادة حليل العلمي.العربية والمحلية التي تناولت االرتباط بين هذين البعدين لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية ما تزال محدودة، مما يستدعي تناولها بالبحث والت اللغة وعليه العقلية لدى مدرسي التنظيمية والرصانة البراعة بين تتمثل في السعي إلى الكشف عن طبيعة العالقة فإن مشكلة البحث الحالي العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة، وأثر ذلك على تحصيل طالباتهم في مادة اللغة العربية، من خالل اإلجابة عن السؤال الرئيس اآلتي: mailto:maryam.y@uomisan.edu.iq american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org ما طبيعة العالقة بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة، وما أثر هذه العالقة في ؟تحصيل الطالبات في مادة اللغة العربية ً : اهمية البحث ثانيا المتاحة، المصادر مع استثمار وافق بالت يةاالستكشاف النشاطات ومتابعةتواجه المؤسسات التعليمية تحديًا كبيًرا في ظل المتغيرات والمستجدات، بها، المحيطة الموادن التحديات الحالية تتطلب اتباع أساليب جديدة تساعدها في اكتشاف كما اوتحقيق ما تصبو إليه، ديمومتهامن أجل استمرارها و . (28 : 2020)جوهر،بين هذه األساليب يجاد نوع من االتزانوإ المواردعلى استثمار تلك وعالشر اذاته ةالفتروفي تنمية يتمثل ب ، بعد التحصيل الدراسي من أبرز األهداف التي تسعى إلى تحقيقها العديد من المؤسسات التربوية والتعليمية في عصرنا الحاليو ن التفكير التفكير وتعليم مهاراته للطلبة ، وتشجيع الطلبة على تعلم العديد من االستراتيجيات التي تسهم في تنميته وتطويره ، وذلك يعود إلى كو . (45 :1999)جروان ، أصبح متطلبا للتنمية الشاملة في جميع جوانب الحياة في العصر الحديث من فرص النجاح للطالب، وعلى انجاز مهمة التعلم في الوقت الالزم، وتحقق درجة عالية من العدالة المدرس على قدرةتحقيق ذلك ويعتمد في تقويم نجاح التحصيل بأهداف التدريس المحددة مسبقا، المدرسون تساعدالتي و وفهم عملية التدريس ونوعية التدريس بناًء على التغذية الراجعة، (214 :2006)البيالوي،انهم التعلمقوات وجوانب اإلبداع من خالل تمييز الطلبة م التعليم بربط ما تعلمه الطالب وجوانب القصور والضعفي وتنظ الخارجية ةعمليات المسح لبيئ عن طريقالمتاحة، وسبل استثمارها على أتم وجه ادواتههتم بتجديد ي الذي البارع المدرس يمكننا القول بأن كما ، وذلك من على تدريسه والداخلية، وذلك بتحديد مصادر القوة ونقاط الضعف، وتحديد الظروف المتغيرة والتهديدات الخارجية التي يمكن أن تؤثر ، اذ ان البراعة التنظيمية تقدم بشكل متوازن دون أن يطغى جانب على اآلخر أجل وضع استراتيجية للتقليل من أثرها ولتتمكن من أداء عمله تحقيق االهداف خيارات متعددة الى يسعى من خاللها وفاعلة ، تعليمية متكاملة بيئة التعلم ، واعداد بيئة ادارة تمكينهم في اجل للمدرسين من . (136 : 2001ابونمرة ،المنشودة) evertson & weinstein,2006ويرى ) داخل الغرفة الصفية المدرسون( أن اإلدارة الصفية تشير إلى اإلجراءات التي يقوم بها القيام بخمسة أنواع من اإلجراءات، هي: تنمية العالقات االجتماعية طريقن عالوجداني للطلبة ولخلق بيئة داعمة للتعلم األكاديمي واالجتماعي مهاراتهم الداعمة بين الطلبة، وتنظيم التدريس وتنفيذه بحيث يساعدهم على التعلم السليم وتشجيعهم على االنهماك في المهمات األكاديمية، وإثراء ) ة الطلبة ذوي المشكالت السلوكية.االجتماعية ومهارات التنظيم الذاتي، واستخدام التدخالت والبرامج العالجية المناسبة لمساعد evertson & weinstein,2006,p:213 ) للمدرسعد ت و التنظيمية وإدارة البراعة واألذهان العقول وإدارة النظام، وإدارة النفوس، إدارة الخصائص بمثابة وإدارة السلوك، )قطامي وقطامي الصفية التي تتبنى نظرية نفسية بكل اتجاهاتها وابعادها وتطبيقاتها الشخصية والنفسية، وإدارة الوقت، وإدارة النجاح، واإلدارة ،1200 : 9 ) وبين ية المستقبلالمشكالت و الموقف الحاليالماضي وخبرات بين والتوأمة التكيف والتوازن ايجاد على المدرسون البراعة التنظيمية تساعدكما البيئات تط احعمل على ا واالستكشاف وت والمراقبة كيف الت و االمثل االستثمار الى ؤدي ت فأنهاللمستقبل ، امنه يتكهنأن و الفرص واإلمكانيات الصياغةيقلل من األخطاء، ويعيد حاذق فان المدرستلك البيئات، وبشكل تكونهاالتعامل مع الظروف والتحديات التي جلأ، من الداخلية والخارجية . )والتقنيات وإدارة المعرفة التي تجري في المجتمع التحوالتبحسب وبمرونة، bod well & chermack,2010,p:196 ) المؤسسة باألفراد او ترتبط البراعة التنظيمية ايجابيا مع مؤشرات األداء وأن التوازن والتزامن بين أنشطة االستكشاف واالستثمار يؤدي اذ التربوية للوصول إلى مستويات أعلى من األداء ، فالتوازن بين االستثمار واالستكشاف ال يساعد فقط في التجديد التنظيمي، وإنما يؤدي بالمؤسسات بداع وتحقيق النجاحات أن ثقافة االبتكار أساًسا عاٍل من البراعة التنظيمية، والتي تقود نحو التميز واإلكما إلى أن تصبح أكثر ابتكارية وأكثر تميزاً، . )المستمرة jansen& others,2008,p:992 ) اهمية البحث باالتي : ةوجز الباحث ومما تقدم يمكن ان ت الدراسة من كونها .1 الباحث تنبع أهمية هذه الوحيدة )حسب علم التنظيمية لمدرسي المرحلة (ةالدراسة البراعة التي تسلط الضوء على والتحصيل للدراسي للطلبة. بالرصانة العقلية المتوسطة وعالقتها تقدم هذه الدراسة اطارا نظريا تشجع الباحثين على اعداد برامج للمدرسين والمعلمين لتطوير وتحسين البيئة التعليمية وادرتها بفاعلية. .2 .من أجل رفع المستوى التربوي بشكل عام والرصانة العقلية توجيه اهتمام القائمون على العملية التعليمة لالهتمام بالبراعة التنظيمية .3 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org تتوفر فيهما الخصائص السايكومترية ، يمكن لقياس البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية كما يمكن ان تساهم هذه الدراسة بتوفير اداتين .4 االستفادة منهما من قبل الباحثين االخرين. ً لتعرف على االهداف التالية : االحالي في البحث ةسعى الباحث ت : : اهداف البحثثالثا تحديد مستوى البراعة التنظيمية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة. .1 قياس مستوى الرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة. .2 الكشف عن العالقة االرتباطية بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية. .3 تحليل أثر كل من البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في مستوى تحصيل طلبتهم في مادة اللغة العربية. .4 ً : فرضيات البحث: رابعا ال توجد فروق ذات داللة إحصائية في مستوى البراعة التنظيمية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة. .1 ال توجد فروق ذات داللة إحصائية في مستوى الرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة. .2 ال توجد عالقة ارتباطية ذات داللة إحصائية بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية. .3 ال يوجد أثر ذو داللة إحصائية للتفاعل بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في تحصيل الطالبات. .4 ً : حدود البحث : خامسا البشري .1 الدراسة على جميع الحد العربية مدرسي:اقتصرت المتوسطة اللغة متوسط الثاني الصف فيوطلبتهم للمرحلة . ميسانمحافظة المديرية العامة لتربية التابعين للمدارس الحكومية في . 20242023للعام الدراسي ت الدراسة في الفصل الدراسي الثانيطبق : الحد الزماني .2 ميسان .محافظة المديرية العامة لتربية المدارس الحكومية في: الحد المكاني .3 ً : مصطلحات البحث سادسا : عرفها كل من: البراعة التنظيمية .أ • (gibson &birkinshaw,2004) : بإدارة بأنها قدرة الفرد على تحقيق عنصري المواءمة والتكيف ، فالمواءمة تدل على كفاءته البعيد في المحيطة البيئية للتغيرات المواجهة امكانية على التكيف يدل بينما ، العاجل القريب في ادائه وتحسين اآلنية األعمال (gibson &birkinshaw,2004 p:211)األجل. • (chandresekaran,2009) : بأنها المقدرة على استعمال واستغالل التقنية والتكنلوجيا المتطورة التي تعقب استراتيجيات اإلبداع chandresekaran,2009 p:124 ) ) والتجويد بشكل آني على توظيف الموارد لتعزيز النشاط االستثماري واالستكشافي بما يدعم من كفاءة ادارته الفرد قدرة البانها : (2017ومزهر، رشيد ) • ( 12 :2017رشيد ومزهر،. ) وفاعلية اداءه في تحقيق االهداف المنشودة ) العقلية الرصانة ب (toughness يعرفه كل: clough et al): , 2002كليوج واخرون) -1 القلق، مشاعر في مع التحكم المواقف من العديد في المنافسة وإمكانية واالسترخاء، بالهدوء االحتفاظ على وقدرة اجتماعية لديهم ميول أفراد" "والمنافسة الشدائد مواقف في والشعور بالتماسك والتحكم، الراسخ، واإليمان بالذات، االعتقاد من مرتفع مستوى clough et al;2002;p.23) ) : :clulter et al ) ,2010) وآخرون كولتير -2 للمواقف استجابته كيفية على تأثير لها والتي باستمرار المتغيرة واألفعال والمعرفة والمشاعر المواقف ، القيم من مجموعة لديه شخص كل" ) "أهدافه لتحقيق يسعى وكيف ،( وإيجابية سلمية بطريقة) يفسرها وكيف ، العصيبة 2010;p.13, ( clulter et al: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org التعريف اإلجرائي: . الذي سيُتبنَى في البحث الحالي ةالرصانة العقلي فقرات مقياس عنالدرجة الكلية التي يحصل عليها الطالب من خالل إجابته : كل من عرفهالتحصيل : حدة بانه : " محاولة للكشف عن اثر ما تعلمه الطالب او ما تدرب عليه اثناء دراسته لموضوع معين او و (2010) عمر واخرون , • ( 379: 2010)عمر واخرون , تعليمية معينة" مدخالت معينة لتأثيربانه : " المجموع العام لدرجات الطالب التي حصل عليها في اختبار مقنن كنتيجة (2011عرفه )اسماعيلي, • ( 61 :2011تتمثل في المنهاج وطرائق التدريس والوسائل التعليمية)اسماعيلي , ً ةعرفه الباحثوت لمادة اللغة العربية في االختبار التحصيلي : مجموع الدرجات التي يحصل عليها في المجموعتين التجريبية والضابطة اجرائيا لهذا الغرض . ةالباحث والذي اعدته الفصل الثاني المحور األول / الخلفية النظرية : البراعة التنظيميةاوالً تستند البراعة التنظيمية إلى نظرية "التعلم التنظيمي" التي تركز على أهمية التعلم المستمر والتكيف مع التغيرات البيئية. وقد ظهرت كاستجابة ًرا بالغ للتحديات التي تواجهها المنظمات في بيئة األعمال المعاصرة، حيث أصبحت القدرة على التكيف مع التغيرات السريعة والمنافسة الشديدة أم األهمية. ً البارع تنظيمي درسوالم هو الذي يستخدم أنماط إدارية وأساليب تدريس متنوعة ومناسبة للطلبة، فيجنبهم الكثير من مشكالت النظام داخل ا التعلي المستمر في ممارسة األنشطة الطلبة انهماك التعليمي لضمان الموقف أثناء إدارية عديدة لمهارات المعلم إتقان يتطلب , ميةالصف. وهذا ( 42 : 2023)حسانين، توفير العقليات المتجددة ألعضائها إلى المؤسسات التعليميةيعد موضوع البراعة التنظيمية من المواضيع الحيوية التي تسعى من خالله و بقائها واستمرارها وفق طرق تنظيمية مختلفة المتميز والمحافظة على ت والوصول إلى األداء المؤسسات على اختالف أنواعها اغلب شهد ، اذ والتي ،في ادارة الصف او بيئة التعلم تجديد مداخلها ى كوادرها التدريسية مما توجب عل ،وأساليبها تغييرات سريعة في أنظمتها وطرقها وأدواتها ( 224: 2017، إبراهيم ) لضمان بقائها ونجاحها في األمد البعيد. وجود براعة تنظيمية في ممارساتها وأنشطتها تتطلب ً و ً تعد ادارة الصف مكونا من مكونات العملية التعليمية ويتوقف اداء المدرس على قيامه بمهماته التدريسية بشكل كبير على براعته اساسا يس بالتخطيط في تنظيم وادارة بيئة التعلم داخل الصف ، اذ تتكون االدارة الصفية من مكونين اساسيا هما االدارة والتعليم , ويقوم المدرس في التدر ( 35 :2001والتنفيذ والتقويم والمتابعة بهدف االرتقاء بالنظام الصفي ليحقق تعلما فاعال للمتعلمين )قطامي وقطامي ، االستغالل اتبين نشاط التعارضفي الحد من متساهقرارات تخاذ عددة المت متنوعة وبدائل العلمية المعلومات الالبراعة التنظيمية وتزود لى ع عالوةالمستقبلية، اؤي مع الر رةالمتواف الموارد توظيف عن طريق وذلك مفي مهاراته التعددمن او االفراد واالستكشاف، وتمكين المؤسسات (. 51، ص 2014)محمد، .تحقيق النجاح من اجل النشاطات وتنظيمللقيم، المكونة التقنياتقدرة عالية في البحث عن ئهم إعطا خصائص البراعة التنظيمية اكد ) bodwell,&chermechk,2010: على ان هناك ثالث خصائص اساسية للبراعة التنظيمية تتمثل باالتي ) عمليتي المسح البيئي الخارجي واالستكشاف بالسرعة على إدراك الفرص والتهديدات، وامتالك آليات لتطبيق المدرسين: أي قدرة اإلدراك -1 .على الرقابة المطلوبة، وإدراك الفرص الجديدة التي تستند االستحواذ على الفرص : أي القدرة على اغتنام الفرص، والتي تتم بعد عملية إدراك الفرص. ويتم االستيالء أو(الستيالء غتنام الفرص )اا -2 االستراتيجي. تؤدي إلى العمل الى الستراتيجياتامن خالل وضع american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org : أي القدددددرة علددددى إعددددادة تشددددكيل المددددوارد، وتوحيددددد الهياكددددل التنظيميددددة، بندددداًء علددددى المتطلبددددات إعااااادة التشااااكيل -3 .) وفعددددددددددددال والمتغيددددددددددددراتل وبالتددددددددددددالي الحصددددددددددددول علددددددددددددى تشددددددددددددكيل تنظيمددددددددددددي كفددددددددددددؤ bodwell,&chermechk,2010,p:196) : ابعاد البراعة التنظيمية ولكن اختلفت االديبات التي تناولت ابعاد البراعة التنظيمية اذ تم تقسيمها حسب توظيفها من قبل االفراد او المؤسسات او ادارات المدارس ، والتي اعتمدهم التي اطلق عليهما قطبي البراعة التنظيميةواالستكشاف( ثمار بعدين اساسين ال يمكن االستغناء عنهما )االست ىاتفقوا عل مجميعه ويمكن تفصيلهما باالتي :، الباحث في بحثه الحالي كتوظيف المتطلبات المتوفرة إلنجاز المهام ، االستفادة من كل ما هو موجود فعالً على أرض الواقعوتعني : )االستغالل( ثماراالست .أ بما األنشطة الصفية إلى تجويد الجوانب المادية والذي يؤدي المختلفة وتكييفها مع الظروف الحالية والمستجدة، مع االهتمام بتحسين ، والذي يتحقق عن طريق في مجمله يخلق قيمة مستقبلية على األمد القريب هذاو توسيع المعارف والمهارات، و الطلبة يلبي احتياجات على اكتساب معارف ومهارات وإعادة استخدامها بما يحقق مستوى كفاءة المدرسينعمليات البحث والتجريب والتطوير التي تساعد تبدو تعلق بالتنظيم المادي للغرفة الصفية، وهذه المهارات وإن ت تلك المهارات وان، (174، ص 2021)الطاهر ، ".ئهعالية في أدا على المعلم أداؤها، والتحقق من تنفيذها بصورة فاعلة بحيث تضمن سير العملية التعليمية بسهولة سهلة وبسيطة، إال أنها ضرورية، وتنظيم، وتقلل كثيرا من المشكالت التي قد تعترضهما، باإلضافة إلى توفيرها في الجهد والوقت، ال سيما إذا اعتمد المعلم على تنظيم عن طريق توظيف المختبر او اجهزة المدرسة لدعم قدرات الطلبة في انشطة ابداعية وطرح انشطة ومبادرات للطلبة واضح ومحدد ( 45: 2022)الصبيحات ،.المتفوقين وكذلك للطلبة ضعيفي التحصيل لتحسين مستواهم العلمي والمعرفة هو : )االبتكار( االستكشاف .ب والفرص اإلمكانيات عن والبحث لالستفادة وثابت، مرن تنظيمي هيكل وفق مبتكر توجه والتكنولوجيا الجديدة للتغيير والتطوير في مجاالت غير قائمة ، من خالل تغير جذري يعتمد على إدخال أنشطة وعمليات جديدة، وامتالك لمألوفة، والتعرف المسبق للبرامج و االنشطة الجديدة التي يحتاجها الطلبة، رؤية ترتكز على البحث عن الفرص لتقديم انشطة غير ا فضال عن إمكانية توقع حاالت التغيير في هذه االنشطة ، مع تحديد احتياجات المجتمع المستقبلية، وتلبيتها من خالل البرامج التعليمية لى االختبار العلمي والمرونة والتوجه نحو اإلبداع، واغتنام الفرصة لخدمة المختلفة، وتعليم الطلبة كيفية إيجاد قدرات جديدة باالعتماد ع ( 26 :2020)المناصير ، أهداف المؤسسة التعليمية ، األمر الذي يمكن أن يحقق نتائج على المدى البعيد. البارع المدرسعدد من الفرص التي تولدها البيئة المحيطة، وأن مفي بيئة تنافسية سريعة التغير، يحيط به ونعملن ي ي أن المدرس ةرى الباحث ت و نتظر الفرص حتى تأتيه وإنما عليه اقتناصها باالعتماد على طرائق وأساليب جديدة، وأن االستثمار، واالستكشاف، نشاطين مكملين ي ال الناجح و أما على مستوى المدى، نتائج مستقبلية طويلة يعطي بينما االستكشاف المدى، آنية قصيرة نتائج يعطي أن يمكن فاالستثمار البعض، بعضهما هو إيجاد نوع من التوازن بين االستثمار واالستكشاف أي المواءمة بين واجهه المعلم او المدرس المؤسسات التعليمية فإن التحدي األكبر الذي للوصول لمستوى البارعة. استثمارها للفرص المتاحة، والبحث عن الفرص الجديدة ً : الرصانة العقلية : ثانيا الضاغطة األحداث بين الوسيطة المتغيرات من تعد فهي الشخصية، وقوى مصادر من بكثير ترتبط التي المفاهيم من العقلية الرصانة مفهوم يعد والمثابرة التحديات، مع بفاعلية التعامل على األفراد قدرة في الفردية الفروق فيها توضح التي المتغيرات كأحد دراسته وتمت لها، االفراد واستجابات ,.2017) الضغوط مواجهة في lin, y. الهدوء على الحفاظ على والقدرة ، اجتماعية ميول ذو أفراد" بأنهم الرصانة العقلية ذو األفراد يوصفو ( ، ، الراسخ واإليمان ، بالنفس اإليمان من عالٍ ومستوى ، القلق مشاعر في التحكم مع المواقف من العديد في المنافسة على والقدرة ، واالسترخاء , 2002) وآخرون جونز يراه كما". والمنافسة الشدائد حاالت في الترابط من والشعور ، والسيطرة jones et al قدرة " بانها العقلية (الرصانة والتماسك والثقة والتركيز باالتساق الفرد يتمتع وأن ، العملية والحياة والتدريب المنافسة مواقف في اآلخرين مع أفضل بشكل التعامل على الفرد ) .الضغط تحت 2002p:17 , jones et al .) : العقليةالرصانة أهمية العقلية مركب مهم من مركبات الشخصية ، التي تساعد االنسان على تحمل ضواغط الحياة ومتاعبها ، وتجعل الشخص اكثر مرونة الرصانةن إ االمراض وتفاؤل وقوة ، في مواجهة المحن واألزمات ،والقابلية للتغلب على مشكالت الحياة ومتاعبها ، كما تعمل الرصانة العقلية كعامل حماية من ,واالضطرابات النفسية ، وقد قدم clough) تفسيرات توضح السبب الذي يجعل الرصانة العقلية تخفف من حدة الضغوط والمحن التي تواجه ) الى الفرد ، ويرى ان االحداث الضاغطة ، تؤدي الي سلسلة من االرجاع ، الى استشارة الجهاز العصبي الذاتي ، والضغط المزمن يؤدي فيما بعد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org باإلرهاق العقلية في تعديل العملية الدائرية ،والتي تبدا بالضغط وتنتهي الرصانةدور يأتياإلرهاق ، وما يرافقه من امراض جسدية ونفسية ،وهنا ، ويتم ذلك من خالل عدة طرق فالرصانة العقلية : االحداث وتجعلها اقل وطأة . إدراكتعدل من ❖ على الدعم النفسي. تأثيرهاتؤثر على أسلوب المواجهة بطريقة غير مباشرة ، من خالل ❖ تقود الى تغيير في الممارسات الصحية ، مثل اتباع نظام صحي وممارسة األنشطة الرياضية. وهذا بالطبع تقلل من االمراض الجسدية ❖ (2002p 32.,clough et al ) : العقليةالرصانة ذوي صفات بالذات والسلوك، اليقين بالنفس والقدرات ، الثقة التفاؤل، من مرتفع مستوى منها المرتفعة العقلية المتانة ي ذ لألفراد السمات من العديد يوجد والتحكم في المشاعر االنتباه، وتركيز الوعي و كذلك االلتزام، واإلرادة في صنع القرار ، االنجاز، العالية في والرغبة المرتفع للذات ، تقدير (bull et al., 1996;p 23 ) والشجاعة النفسية والجسدية . الدافعية نحو تحقيق األهداف ، واالنفعاالت ، : منهجية البحث وإجراءاته /الفصل الثالث : منهج البحث أوالً صانة اعتمدت الباحثة المنهج الوصفي االرتباطي، لكونه األنسب لطبيعة الدراسة التي تهدف إلى الكشف عن العالقة بين البراعة التنظيمية والر ا المنهج مالئًما العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة، وتحليل أثر هذه العالقة في تحصيل طالباتهم في مادة اللغة العربية. ويُعد هذ . للدراسات التي تسعى إلى فهم العالقات بين متغيرات دون تدخل الباحث فيها، مما يساعد على تفسير الظواهر التربوية وتحليلها بدقة ً مجتمع البحث وعينته : ثانيا للعام الدراسي العامة لتربية ميسانيتكّون مجتمع البحث من جميع مدرسي مادة اللغة العربية العاملين في المدارس المتوسطة ضمن حدود مديرية ( مدرسة متوسطة. 36، ويبلغ عدد المدارس المتوسطة في هذه المديرية )4202 – 3202 ( مدرًسا 100وبلغ عدد أفراد العينة ) للمديرية العامة لتربية ميسان ،من بين المدارس المتوسطة التابعة عشوائيم اختيار عينة البحث بأسلوب ت كان اما الطلبة ف ( مدرسة )إناث(50)، ( مدرًسا )ذكور(50) ومدرسة من مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة، موزعين على النحو اآلتي: (. 500( لكل مدرس او مدرسة فاصبح العدد الكلي للطلبة ) 5) نسبةاختيارهم ب المناسبة وقد ُروعي في اختيار العينة تمثيلها الواقعي للمجتمع األصلي، من حيث النوع االجتماعي والتوزيع الجغرافي للمدارس، مع توافر البيئة لتطبيق أدوات البحث وتحقيق أهداف الدراسة. ً : : أدوات البحث ثالثا لتحقيق أهداف الدراسة واإلجابة عن تساؤالتها، استخدمت الباحثة األدوات التالية: صّممت الباحثة مقياًسا لقياس البراعة التنظيمية لدى مدرسي ومدّرسات اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة، مستندة : : مقياس البراعة التنظيمية1 بتكار في إلى الدراسات السابقة واإلطار النظري للبحث. ويهدف هذا المقياس إلى تقييم قدرة المدرسين على التنظيم الفعّال لعملية التدريس، واال فقرة، موّزعة على مجال رئيسي واحد هو: 40يتكّون المقياس من ، اذ لدروس، وإدارة الموارد التعليميةتحضير ا يعبر هذا المجال عن قدرة المدرس على استخدام الموارد المتاحة بشكل فعّال لتحقيق األهداف التعليمية، وترجمة االستثمار )االستغالل(: • الخطط والمواد التعليمية إلى ممارسات تطبيقية ناجحة. يشير إلى قدرة المدرس على البحث عن أساليب وأفكار جديدة في العملية التعليمية، وتوظيف االبتكار لتطوير االستكشاف )االبتكار(: • . الطلبةأساليب التدريس وتحفيز american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org تعطى الدرجات .(أوافق بشدة ، أوافق ، محايد ، ال أوافق ،ال أوافق بشدة ) درجات( من 5يّم الفقرات باستخدام مقياس ليكرت الخماسي ) ي تقن أكما ( 5 1على التوالي : ) أعدّت الباحثة مقياًسا لقياس الرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي ومدّرسات اللغة العربية، والذي يعكس االتزان النفسي : : مقياس الرصانة العقلية2 التربوي. القرارات السليمة، والتكيف مع ضغوط العمل المقياس من اذ والعقلي، والقدرة على اتخاذ أبعاد 40يتكّون فقرة، موّزعة على أربعة رئيسية: ( 10عدد الفقرات ) االلتزام: مستوى التمسك بأهداف العمل وتحمل المسؤولية المهنية. • ( 10عدد الفقرات ) التحكم: القدرة على ضبط االنفعاالت والسلوك في المواقف المختلفة. • ( 10عدد الفقرات ) الثقة: اإليمان بالقدرات المهنية والكفاءة الذاتية. • ( 10عدد الفقرات ) التحدي: الرغبة في مواجهة الصعوبات والسعي للتطوير المستمر. • تعطى .(أوافق بشدة، أوافق ، محايد ، ال أوافق ،ال أوافق بشدة ) درجات( من 5يّم الفقرات باستخدام مقياس ليكرت الخماسي ) ي تقكما ان ( 5 1الدرجات على التوالي : ) ، شملت مختلف فقرة 40في مادة اللغة العربية، أعدّت الباحثة اختباًرا تحصيليًا يتكّون من الطلبة لقياس مستوى تحصيل : : االختبار التحصيلي 3 المهارات والمعارف المستهدفة في المنهج الدراسي للمرحلة المتوسطة. تم إعداد جدول مواصفات لضمان شمولية االختبار وتوزيع األسئلة بشكل مناسب. • للتحقق من صدقه، كما أُجري اختبار تمهيدي طرائق التدريس العامة واللغة العربية ، تخصص المحكمين فيخضع االختبار لمراجعة • لتحليل معامل الصعوبة والتمييز اإلحصائي من بعد إعداد االختبار التحصيلي ومقاييس البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية، تم إجراء التحليل اإلحصائي للبيانات باستخدام البرنامج خالل الخطوات التالية: 0.63و 0.42 )للفقرات الموضوعية، وبين( 0.76و 0.32 )عند حساب معامل صعوبة فقرات االختبار التحصيلي، تراوحت قيمه بين .1 للفقرات المقالية، مما يدل على أن مستوى صعوبة الفقرات يتراوح ضمن الحدود المقبولة للتطبيق. ( للفقرات المقالية، وهو ما ( 0.70و 0.31 ) للفقرات الموضوعية، وبين( 0.73و 0.34 ) تبين أن قوة تمييز الفقرات تراوحت بين .2 يعكس قدرة الفقرات على التمييز بين الطالب ذوي المستويات المختلفة، وبناًء عليه تم اعتبار جميع فقرات االختبار ذات قوة تمييزية مقبولة. اتضح أن جميع البدائل الخاطئة جذبت عددًا أكبر من طالب المجموعة الدنيا مقارنة بالمجموعة العليا، مما يؤكد سالمة صياغة البدائل .3 وصحتها اإلحصائية من حيث اإلشارة السالبة. ( اختباًرا عشوائيًا من عينة التحليل اإلحصائي، وتم تطبيق 30معامل ألفا كرونباخ، حيث تم سحب ) ة الباحث تثبات ، استخدم اللحساب .4 ، وهو ما يدل ( التحصيل 0.89( الرصانة العقلية ، )0.91البراعة التنظيمية ، ) (0.92معادلة ألفا كرونباخ. وبلغت قيمة معامل الثبات ) على مستوى عالي من الثبات. مدرسي اللغة العربية ( فقرة صالحة للتطبيق على عينة 40من ) ه النهائية مكون ابصيغته االدوات تبعد استكمال إجراءات الصدق والثبات، أصبح طلبة المرحلة المتوسطة لقياس مستوى تحصيلهم في مادة اللغة العربية.و ً إجراءات تطبيق التجربة: رابعا بعد تجهيز أدوات البحث والتحقق من صدقها وثباتها، باشرت الباحثة بتطبيق إجراءات الدراسة على عينة البحث، كما يلي: تم التنسيق واالتفاق مع مدرسي ومدّرسات عينة البحث بشأن تطبيق أدوات الدراسة وأهدافها، وتوضيح اإلجراءات :االتفاق مع المدرسين .1 والخطوات لضمان تعاونهم الكامل. بعد االنتهاء من تدريس الفصول الثالثة المقررة في مادة اللغة العربية للمرحلة المتوسطة، تم تطبيق األدوات كما : تطبيق أدوات البحث .2 يلي: وزعت الباحثة مقياسي الدراسة على عينة المدرسين والمدرسات، وتم استرجاع جميع :مقياس البراعة التنظيمية ومقياس الرصانة العقلية أ. الموافق الثالثاءوحتى يوم 4202/ 4/ 2الموافق ثالثاءمن يوم ال( استبانة، واستمر التوزيع والتجميع خالل فترة 160االستبانات، حيث تم توزيع ) 61/4/4202 .) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org بموعد االختبار الطلبة(، بعد إعالم 22/4/4202طبق االختبار التحصيلي على طالبات عينة البحث في يوم االثنين الموافق : االختبار التحصيليب. ورافق تطبيق االختبار مدرسة المادة لتسهيل العملية وضمان سيرها بشكل سلس. ، قبل أسبوع : اإلحصائيةخامسا برنامج : الوسائل باستخدام وذلك وأهدافه، البحث لطبيعة المناسبة اإلحصائية الوسائل من مجموعة الباحثة استخدمت (spss . إلحصائي(ا الفصل الرابع عرض النتائج وتفسيرها في ضوء يتناول هذا الفصل عرًضا لنتائج البحث وفقًا ألهدافه وفرضياته، وتحلياًل إحصائيًا لها باستخدام الوسائل المناسبة، ثم تفسير النتائج : يأتيوكما األدبيات النظرية والدراسات السابقة ذات العالقة : عرض النتائج وتفسيرها أوالً انات من بعد االنتهاء من تطبيق أدوات البحث المتمثلة في مقياس البراعة التنظيمية، ومقياس الرصانة العقلية، واالختبار التحصيلي، ُجمعت البي ميسان وفق االتي : ( مدرًسا ومدرسةً من مدرسي مادة اللغة العربية للمرحلة المتوسطة في محافظة001أفراد العينة البالغ عددهم ) وقد تم ذلك من خالل التحقق من صحة الفرضية تحديد مستوى البراعة التنظيمية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة. : األولالهدف " ال توجد فروق ذات داللة إحصائية في مستوى البراعة التنظيمية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطةالتي تنص " ) اختبار ةالباحث توللتحقق من صحة الفرضية، استخدم t ) ( 1) لعينة واحدة، وكانت النتائج كما هو موضح في الجدول : ( 1الجدول ) نتائج اختبار الفرضية الصفرية المتعلقة بمستوى البراعة التنظيمية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة المتوسط العينة الحسابي الوسط الفرضي االنحراف المعياري درجة القيمة الحرية التائية المحسوبة التائية المجدولة مستوى الداللة النتيجة 100 104.92 120 34.42 99 4.38 1.98 0.05 دالة ) (، وكانت قيمة 34.42(، بانحراف معياري )104.92) بلغالمتوسط الحسابي ( ان 1يشير نتائج الجدول ) t ( وهي أكبر من 4.38المحسوبة )( (. 99( ودرجة حرية )0.05( عند مستوى داللة ) 1.98القيمة التائية الجدولية البالغة ) فإن الفرضية الصفرية تُرفض، مما يشير إلى أن هناك فرقًا ذا داللة إحصائية بين ،نظًرا ألن القيمة التائية المحسوبة أكبر من القيمة الجدولية تنظيمية متوسط درجات البراعة التنظيمية الفعلية والمتوقعة، وبما أن المتوسط كان أقل من الوسط الفرضي، فإن هذا يدل على أن مستوى البراعة ال .لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية أقل من المتوقع إلى قصور في توظيف أبعاد البراعة التنظيمية في الميدان التربوي، وبخاصة في بعدي االستثمار )االستغالل( وه الباحثةعزت وهذا الضعف قد واالستكشاف )االبتكار(، كما بينت أدبيات الدراسة. ال تقتصر على التخطيط النظري أو اإلعداد القبلي، بل تشمل االستفادة المثلى من الموارد المتوفرة (2021فالبراعة التنظيمية، كما يشير الطاهر ) الطلبة وتكييفها مع الواقع المدرسي، من خالل تحسين البيئة الصفية، واستثمار األدوات والمختبرات التعليمية، وتقديم مبادرات تالئم احتياجات نظيمية.بمختلف مستوياتهم. إن غياب هذا النوع من التوظيف العملي قد يؤدي إلى انخفاض فعالية أداء المعلم، وبالتالي انخفاض مستوى كفاءته الت المناصير ) كذلك تتسم 2020فإن بعد االستكشاف بحسب التربوي والقدرة على إدخال أنشطة جديدة غير مألوفة نحو االبتكار ( يمثل توجهاً ينعكس مبا التربوي التجديد واالبتكار القدرة على لهذه المعلمين افتقار إن المستقبلية. التغيير واالحتياجات توقعات شرة على بالمرونة وتراعي محدودية أساليب التنظيم والتطوير داخل الغرفة الصفية، ما يحدّ من فرص تحسين التحصيل الدراسي لدى الطلبة. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org ية وصناع ومن ثّم، فإن انخفاض متوسط درجات البراعة التنظيمية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية يُعد مؤشراً يستدعي االهتمام من قبل المؤسسات التعليم ، واالبتكار في األنشطة والممارسات الصفية، بما ين: االستثمارالقرار التربوي، ألجل تصميم برامج تدريبية فعالة تستهدف تنمية البعدين المذكور يسهم في تجويد العملية التعليمية وتحسين مخرجاتها. تم تحقيق الهدف الثاني من البحث والمتمثل في قياس مستوى الرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة، : الهدف الثاني حيث تم اختبار الفرضية الصفرية التي تنص على: البالغ الفرضي الوسط المتوسطة عن المرحلة العربية في اللغة لدى مدرسي العقلية الرصانة توجد فروق ذات داللة إحصائية في مستوى "ال (120 ".) )وباستخدام اختبار t (، وكانت قيمة ) 100(، ولعدد أفراد العينة )32.13( بانحراف معياري ) 153.89لعينة واحدة، بلغ المتوسط الحسابي )( t ( 2كما في الجدول )(.99( ودرجة حرية ) 0.05( عند مستوى داللة )1.98( وهي أكبر بكثير من القيمة التائية الجدولية ) 10.55المحسوبة ) ( 2الجدول ) نتائج اختبار الفرضية الصفرية المتعلقة بمستوى الرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة المتوسط العينة الحسابي الوسط الفرضي االنحراف المعياري درجة القيمة الحرية التائية المحسوبة التائية المجدولة مستوى الداللة النتيجة 100 153.89 120 32.13 99 10.55 1.98 0.05 دالة درسي تشير هذه النتائج إلى رفض الفرضية الصفرية، مما يعني وجود فرق ذا داللة إحصائية بين المتوسط الحسابي لمستوى الرصانة العقلية لدى م اللغة العربية والوسط الفرضي. ( الحسابي المتوسط أن )153.89وبما الفرضي الوسط أعلى من جاء لدى هؤالء 120( العقلية الرصانة أن مستوى يدل على فإن هذا ،) المدرسين مرتفع ومتميز، مما يعكس قدرة ذهنية متوازنة تساعدهم على التعامل مع المواقف التعليمية والتربوية بشكل منطقي وعقالني. هذا االرتفاع في الرصانة العقلية يمكن أن يسهم بشكل إيجابي في اتخاذ القرارات السليمة، وحل المشكالت الصفية، وتنظيم ن اوترى الباحثة لبة والبيئة العملية التعليمية بفعالية. وهو مؤشر مشجع يبين أن المدرسين يمتلكون األسس الذهنية التي تدعم األداء الجيد والتفاعل المثمر مع الط .المدرسية ، وذلك من خالل التحقق من العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربيةالكشف عن العالقة االرتباطية بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة : الهدف الثالث . " ال توجد عالقة ارتباطية ذات داللة إحصائية بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربيةصحة الفرضية " ( 3كما في الجدول ) القيمة التائيةو وباستخدام معامل ارتباط بيرسون، تم اختبار الفرضية الثالثة ( 3الجدول ) نتائج اختبار العالقة االرتباطية بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في المرحلة المتوسطة المتوسط المتغير الحسابي االنحراف المعياري معامل االرتباط (r ) القيمة المحسوبة القيمة المجدولة درجة الحرية نوع النتيجة االرتباط البراعة التنظيمية 104.92 34.42 0.644 10.58 1.98 98 دالة ارتباط موجب قوي الرصانة العقلية 153.89 32.13 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org ة تشير النتائج إلى رفض الفرضية الصفرية، مما يعني وجود عالقة ارتباطية موجبة ذات داللة إحصائية قوية بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصان العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية. وظيفيًا ويعني هذا أن ارتفاع مستوى البراعة التنظيمية مرتبط بارتفاع مستوى الرصانة العقلية، والعكس صحيح. هذه العالقة القوية تعكس تداخالً وبالتالي، فإن ،المدرسين على التفكير، حيث إن تحسين األداء التنظيمي يعزز من قدرة درسينبين مهارات التنظيم والقدرة الذهنية العقالنية لدى الم التنظيمية من المتوقع أن تؤدي إلى تحسين الرصانة العقلية، مما ينعكس إيجابيًا على جودة التدريس وتحقيق تحصيل أفضل البراعةبرامج تطوير . الطلبةلدى تحليل أثر كل من البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في مستوى تحصيل طالباتهم في مادة اللغة العربية. : الهدف الرابع "ال يوجد أثر ذو داللة إحصائية كل من المتغيرين على التحصيل وفق الفرضية االتية : تأثيرمن اجل التحقق من الهدف الرابع ال بد من التحقق من ." الطلبةللتفاعل بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية في تحصيل تحليل التباين الثنائي ) ت الباحثةللتحقق من هذه الفرضية، استخدام two-way anova) :البراعة الختبار أثر التفاعل بين المتغيرين المستقلين (4، كما في الجدول ) في مادة اللغة العربية الطلبةتحصيل على المتغير التابع:، الرصانة العقلية، التنظيمية ( 4جدول ) ي نتائج تحليل التباين الثنائ مجموع المصدر )المربعات (s s درجا ت الحرية (df) متوسط )المربعات ms ) f المحسوبة f الجدولية النتيجة البراعة التنظيمية دالة 3.89 6.12 285.73 1 285.73 الرصانة العقلية دالة 3.89 6.81 318.45 1 318.45 التفاعل بين البراعة والرصانة غير دالة 3.89 2.19 102.18 1 102.18 الخطأ (within ) ددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد ددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد 47.02 498 14011.34 دد ددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد دددددددددددددددددددددددد 501 14717.7 المجموع دد دددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد دد ددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد دد ددددددددددددددددددددددددددددددد دد أما أثر التفاعل ، كان دااًل إحصائيًا الطلبةصيل أثر البراعة التنظيمية والُرصانة العقلية كٌل على حدة في تح( الى : 5تشير النتائج في الجدول ) fبينهما )البراعة × الرصانة( فجاء غير دال إحصائيًا، حيث إن قيمة ( عند مستوى داللة 3.89( كانت أقل من القيمة الجدولية )2.19المحسوبة ) (. 984، 1ودرجة حرية ) 0.05 العقلية في بناًء على نتائج تحليل التباين، تُقبل الفرضية الصفرية الثانية التي تنص على عدم وجود أثر للتفاعل بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة . وهذا يعني أن تأثير كل متغير مستقل يتم بشكل منفصل، دون أن يتعزز أو يتغير تأثير أحدهما بوجود اآلخر. الطلبةتحصيل ال يتغير باختالف مستوى الرصانة العقلية، والعكس صحيح، مما يدل على الطلبةهذه النتيجة تعني أن تأثير البراعة التنظيمية في تحصيل كما ان أن كال المتغيرين يؤثران بشكل مستقل وليس متداخالً أو تآزريًا في التحصيل. حيث تسهم البراعة التنظيمية ،ذلك بأن كال من البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية يمثالن أنماطاً مستقلة من الكفاءات المهنية الباحثة تفسران يمكن دير الحلول في تنظيم العمل وتخطيط األنشطة الصفية واإلدارية بفاعلية، بينما تسهم الرصانة العقلية في معالجة المواقف التربوية واالنفعالية وتق american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org قد يشير إلى أن تحصيل المتعلمين الطلبةالمنطقية لها. ورغم أن كليهما يؤثر في البيئة التعليمية، إال أن عدم التفاعل بينهما في التأثير على تحصيل على حدة، ال التفاعل بينهما. مدرسأكثر تأثراً بالعوامل الفردية لكل ً : : االستنتاجات ثانيا اليه الباحثة يمكن ايجاز االستنتاجات باالتي : تمن خالل ما توصل النتائج وجود فروق ذات داللة .1 التنظيمية، إذ أظهرت البراعة المتوسطة بمستوى متوسط من العربية في المرحلة اللغة يتسم مدّرسو إحصائية لصالح الوسط الفرضي، مما يشير إلى حاجة بعض المدرسين إلى تطوير مهاراتهم في التنظيم اإلداري والتخطيط الصفي. لصالح .2 إحصائيًا دالة فروقًا النتائج بينت إذ الفرضي، المتوسط أعلى من بمستوى كانت العربية اللغة مدّرسي لدى العقلية الرصانة المتوسط الحسابي، مما يعكس تمتع أفراد العينة بقدرة عقلية انفعالية جيدة تساعدهم على ضبط النفس واتخاذ قرارات متزنة. توجد عالقة ارتباطية موجبة قوية ودالة إحصائيًا بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية لدى مدرسي اللغة العربية، ما يشير إلى أن .3 زيادة أحد المتغيرين قد يرتبط بزيادة اآلخر، ويعكس تكامل المهارات المهنية والعقلية لدى المدرسين. ، ما يدل على أن كل متغير من المتغيرين الطلبةال يوجد تأثير تفاعلي دال إحصائيًا بين البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية في تحصيل .4 يؤثر بشكل مستقل على التحصيل، دون وجود تأثير مشترك بينهما. : التوصيات اً : ثالث بناًء على ما توصلت إليه الدراسة من استنتاجات، يمكن تقديم التوصيات التالية: الوقت، .1 تنظيم الصف، إدارة تشمل العربية، اللغة مدّرسي لدى التنظيمية البراعة مهارات لتطوير تدريبية دورات إقامة وتخطيط الدروس، بما ينعكس إيجاباً على األداء التدريسي وتحصيل الطلبة. تعزيز برامج التنمية المهنية التي تركز على تنمية الرصانة العقلية، مثل مهارات إدارة الضغوط، ضبط االنفعاالت، واتخاذ .2 القرار، مما يرفع من جودة األداء التربوي للمدّرسين. اعتماد البراعة التنظيمية كأحد المعايير في تقييم أداء مدّرسي اللغة العربية، نظراً الرتباطها الوثيق بمستوى تحصيل الطلبة، .3 مع تضمينها في تقارير اإلشراف التربوي. تضمين مفاهيم البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية ضمن برامج إعداد المعلمين في كليات التربية، بوصفها مهارات مهنية .4 وعقلية أساسية لنجاح المدرس في بيئة التعليم. تشجيع اإلدارات المدرسية على توفير بيئة داعمة تعزز من الرصانة العقلية والتنظيم المهني للمدرسين، من خالل المرونة .5 اإلدارية، والدعم النفسي، والتغذية الراجعة البنّاءة. ً : : المقترحاترابعا في ضوء نتائج البحث الحالي تقترح الباحثة االتي : كالمواد العلمية أو االجتماعية، لمعرفة مدى ،د دراسية أخرىدراسة العالقة بين الرصانة العقلية والتحصيل الدراسي في موا .1 عمومية األثر. بحث أثر البرامج التدريبية القائمة على تنمية البراعة التنظيمية في تحسين كفاءة المعلمين في المراحل الدراسية المختلفة. .2 إجراء دراسة مقارنة في مستوى البراعة التنظيمية والرصانة العقلية بين معلمي ومعلمات اللغة العربية في المناطق الحضرية .3 والريفية. دراسة تفاعلية بين الرصانة العقلية وبعض المتغيرات النفسية األخرى مثل الذكاء االنفعالي أو الصالبة النفسية، لدى المعلمين. .4 ومستوى .5 الصف داخل التفاعل على تنعكس وكيف الصفية، والقيادة التدريس أساليب على العقلية الرصانة تأثير تحليل المشاركة الطالبية. المصادر البراعة التنظيمية وتأثيرها في تحقيق النجاح االستراتيجي. مجلة دراسات محاسبية ومالية، : ( 2017إبراهيم، مها صباح ) .1 2(39 )204 – 230 ( ادارة الصفوف وتنظيمها ،عمان ، دار يافا العلمية للنشر والتوزيع.2001ابو نمره ، محمد خميس ) .2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org للنشر : ( 2011اسماعيلي, يامنه عبدالقادر. ) .3 العلمية الدراسي. عمان : دار اليازوري التحصيل التفكير ومستويات انماط والتوزيع. الجودة الشاملة في التعليم بين مؤشرات التميز ومعايير االعتماد عمان ، دار المسيرة للنشر : (2006البيالوي ، حسن ) .4 والتوزيع . ، عمان ، دار الفكر. 1تعليم التفكير : مفاهيم وتطبيقات ، ط : (1999جروان ، فتحي ) .5 الثانوي : (2020جوهر، علي سليمان ) .6 التعليم التميز بمدارس العام بمحافظة دمياط. مجلة كلية متطلبات بناء مؤشرات ( 277-314( الصفحات )35)التربية جامعة دمياط البراعة التنظيمية في تحسين المسار الوظيفي للعاملين دراسة ميدانية جامعة دور: (.2023شرين عبد الهادي )، حسانين .7 منشورة( ال)رسالة دكتوراه غير مصر. لسويس،ا قناة توظيف سلوكيات القيادة البارعة لتعزيز سلوك العمل اإلبداعي، مجلة المثنى للعلوم : (2017صالح ومزهر ، زينب ) د،يشر .8 27-9(، 1) 8 المثنىاإلدارية واالقتصادية ، جامعة دور البراعة التنظيمية في تطوير المناخ التنظيمي بالمدارس الحكومية في محافظة الخرج من : (2019السرحاني، ليلى ) .9 وجهة نظر قائدها رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة، جامعة األمير سطام، كلية التربية السعودية. البراعة التنظيمية لدى مديري المدارس الحكومية في محافظة المفرق وعالقتها : ( 2022نسرين عايش علي )، الصبيحات .10 ، عمان.منشورة(. جامعة اليرموكالبالتميز المؤسسي )رسالة دكتوراه غير )ا .11 نجاح التدريس : م(2021لطاهر، رشيدة وحسن هيئة التنظيمية ألعضاء البراعة تنمية في الهجين التعلم دور تحسين دراسة ميدانية. المجلة العربية للعلوم التربوية والنفسية، المؤسسة العربية للتربية والعلوم واآلداب، -بالجامعات المصرية 5(21 )161-214 . وآخرون .12 احمد محمود المسيرة : (2010) .عمر، دار عمان: والتربوي, النفسي القياس للنشر والتوزيع والطباعة. ادارة الصفوف االسس السايكولوجية ، عمان ، دار الفكر. : (2002قطامي ، يوسف وقطامي نايفة ) .13 البنوك: (2014محمد، نظير رياض .) .14 التنظيمية بالتطبيق على البراعة التحويلية على القيادة التجارية في جمهورية أثر .72-45(، 3)16مصر العربية ، مجلة التجارة والتمويل، درجة ممارسة مديري المدارس الثانوية لتكنولوجيا األداء البشري وعالقتها بمستوى : ( 2020نزار محمد محمود ) ،لمناصيرا .15 .عمان،منشورة(، جامعة عمان العربية الرسالة ماجستير غير )البراعة التنظيمية من وجهة نظر المعلمين 16 .karen c. & lesh, r. (2003) whodunit ? exploring proportional reasoning through the footprint problem. georgia, u.s.a. school science and mathematics, 103(4),pp: 187-202. 17. jansen, justin george, & others (2008). senior team attributes and organizational ambidexterity: the moderating role of transformational leadership, journal of management studies, 45. (5) 982-1007 18. bodwell, w &chermechk, t (2010). "organizational ambidexterity: integrating deliberate and emergentstrategywith scenario planning". technological forecasting & social change, 77 (2), 193202. 19. gibson, b &birkinshaw, j (2004). the antecedents, consequences, and mediating role of organizational ambidexterity.academy of management journal, 47(2), 209226. 20. chandrasekaran, a (2009). multiple levels of ambidexterityin managing the innovationimprovement dilemma: evidence from high technology organizations, university of minnesota. 21. hillen, (2020). teaching fractions and ratios for understanding: essential content knowledge and instructional strategies for teachers. fourth edition, mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum. 22. lesh. r.: post, t. & behr, m. (1988). proportional reasoning hiebert & behr (eds), number concepts and operations in the middle grades. reston, virginia: nctm,lawrence erlbaum associates pp:93-118. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 23. jansen, justin george, & others (2008). senior team attributes and organizational ambidexterity: the moderating role of transformational leadership, journal of management studies, 45. (5) 982-1007 24. bodwell, w &chermechk, t (2010). "organizational ambidexterity: integrating deliberate and emergentstrategywith scenario planning". technological forecasting & social change, 77 (2), 193202. 25. gibson, b &birkinshaw, j (2004). the antecedents, consequences, and mediating role of organizational ambidexterity.academy of management journal, 47(2), 209226. 26. clough, p., earle, k., & sewell, d. (2002). mental toughness: the concept and its measurement. in i. m. cockerill (ed.), solutions in sport psychology (pp. 32-43). boston, ma: cengage learning. 27. chandrasekaran, a (2009). multiple levels of ambidexterityin managing the innovationimprovement dilemma: evidence from high technology organizations, university of minnesota. 28. hillen, a. (2005). examining preservice secondary mathematics teachers ability to reason proportionally prior to and upon completion of apactice-based mathhematcs methods course focused of proportiion reasoning. university of pittsburgh. pennsylvania. u.s.a 29. evertson, c., & weinstein, c. (eds.) (2006). handbook of classroom management.research, practice, and contemporary issues. mahwah, nj: larence erlbaum associates, inc. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 42, | november 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org economic analysis of logistics cooperation between uzbekistan and china xamitova mavluda sindarovna lecturer, “economics” department, usat mavludaxamitova568@gmail.com shokirov davron shuxratovich student, logistics major davronshokirov1@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides an economic analysis of the republic of uzbekistan's cooperation with the people's republic of china and the russian federation in logistics. the study examines the development of existing transport corridors and logistics infrastructure, their impact on foreign trade turnover, and the significance of this cooperation for the national economy. it also highlights opportunities to increase export potential, strengthen the competitiveness of domestic products, and reduce their costs by improving the logistics system. logistics, transport corridor, foreign trade, china, russia, cooperation, infrastructure, economic efficiency. introduction in today's conditions of globalization, the logistics system is considered a vital pillar of every nation's economy. especially for landlocked countries like uzbekistan, transport and logistics networks are crucial for accessing foreign markets. in uzbekistan's foreign economic policy in recent years, cooperation with china and russia holds a special place. these two countries are not only uzbekistan's largest trading partners but also strategic logistics routes. therefore, logistics cooperation plays a vital role in increasing the country's export potential, reducing product costs, and expanding opportunities for market access. main part uzbekistan is located in the heart of central asia, and its geographical position creates great opportunities for the development of logistics. international corridors passing through the country's territory—such as the "trans-afghan corridor," the "tashkent–andijan–osh–irkeshtam–kashgar" corridor, and the "uzbekistan–kazakhstan–russia" railway—are used for the transportation of export and import cargo. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org at the same time, new logistics centers, modern warehouses, terminals, and transport infrastructure are being built in recent years. this helps to increase efficiency in storing and transporting goods and reduce transport costs. cooperation with china in the field of logistics is actively developing within the framework of the "one belt, one road" (belt and road) initiative. uzbekistan participates in this project as an important link in the central asian region. the volume of trade turnover with china is increasing year by year, which naturally boosts the demand for transport and logistics services. one of the most important projects is the "angren–pap" railway, which directly connected uzbekistan with the fergana valley. in the future, there are plans to link this route through kyrgyzstan to kashgar, china. once this route is operational, uzbekistan will gain access to china via the shortest route. furthermore, the uzbekistan logistics center in lianyungang port is of particular importance. through this center, uzbek cargo is delivered to korea, japan, and other asian countries via china's maritime route. this center not only expands uzbekistan's export opportunities but also allows for additional revenue from transit services. economic cooperation with russia has historically deep roots. currently, russia is one of uzbekistan's largest trading partners, and mutual cooperation in the logistics sector is rapidly developing. uzbekistan's trade relations with russia are mainly carried out via rail transport. one of the key projects in this direction is the "uzbekistan–kazakhstan–russia" transport corridor. this route is used to deliver cargo not only bilaterally but also to third countries. in recent years, joint projects to modernize logistics and transport infrastructure are being implemented within the framework of the "volga–uzbekistan" regional economic cooperation program. additionally, uzbekistan is working on the digitalization of roads and the simplification of the freight transportation system to expand access to russian markets via road transport. economic benefits of logistics cooperation logistics cooperation with china and russia brings several economic benefits for uzbekistan: • firstly, transport costs are reduced as a result of shortening transport routes, which in turn lowers the cost price of products. • secondly, investments in logistics centers and transport infrastructure create new jobs. • thirdly, the development of the logistics system increases the volume of exports and imports, positively impacting the country's balance of payments. • fourthly, the expansion of transit opportunities transforms uzbekistan into a regional logistics hub. for instance, if uzbekistan's cargo is delivered to sea ports faster via china or russia, this enhances the product's competitiveness in the market. therefore, logistics cooperation affects not only the transport system but also the efficiency of the entire economy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org table 1: dynamics of import volume of products arriving in the republic of uzbekistan from china, 2018–2024 year import volume (thousand tons) absolute change (base) absolute change (chain) rate of change (base) rate of change (chain) growth rate (base) growth rate (chain) 2018 1.2973 2019 1.3326 0.0353 0.353 102.72 102.72 2.72 2.72 2020 1.2667 0.0349 0.349 97.64 95.05 -2.26 -4.95 2021 1.4202 0.0535 0.0535 109.47 112.11 9.47 9.47 2022 1.4209 0.0007 0.0542 109.53 100.04 9.53 9.53 2023 1.4557 0.0348 0.089 112.21 102.44 12.21 2.44 2024 1.5212 0.0655 0.1545 117.26 104.49 17.26 4.49 total 9.8146 average 1.402 conclusion in conclusion, uzbekistan's logistics cooperation with china and russia plays a crucial role in the sustainable growth of the country's economy. through the opening of new transport routes, the construction of logistics centers, and the digitalization of the freight transportation system, uzbekistan is strengthening its international economic ties. it is expected that this cooperation will further expand in the future, transforming uzbekistan into a transport and logistics hub of central asia. therefore, investing in the logistics sector and deepening economic integration with china and russia is of strategic importance for the country. references 4. tolametova z. a. demografik jarayonlar va ularning aholi bandligiga ta’siri. tekst nauchnoy stati po spesialnosti “ekonomika i biznes” 2014. // https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/demografikzharayonlar-va-ularning-a-oli-bandligigatasiri 5. j. sharipov, a. xalbekov. migratsiya jarayonlari, muammolari va mehnat migratsiyasini tartibga solish imkoniyatlari. 2023 yil 9 oktyabr// https://strategy.uz/index.php?news=1813 https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/demografik-zharayonlar-va-ularning-a-oli-bandligigatasiri https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/demografik-zharayonlar-va-ularning-a-oli-bandligigatasiri https://strategy.uz/index.php?news=1813 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 6. dolbik-vorobey t.a., vorobyeva o.d. statistika naseleniya i demografiya. uchebnik. – moskva : knorus, 2018. – 314 p. 7. borisov v.a. demografiya. – m.: izdatelskiy dom nota vene, 2009. – 272 p. 8. abdurahmonov q.x. va boshqalar. demografiya. darslik. – t.: “iqtisodiyot”, 2014. -364 b. 9. abduramanov x.x. aholi keksayish darajasining shakllanish mexanizmlari va ko‘rsatkichlari. “iqtisodiyot va innovatsion texnologiyalar” ilmiy elektron jurnali. № 4, may, 2012 yil. 10. xamitova m.s. demografik jarayonlarning mamlakat iqtisodiy rivojlanishiga ta’sirini statistik o‘rganishning ahamiyati // international scientific-practical conference “green economy the economy of the future: innovations, investments and prospects” april 24, 2024. 11. www.stat.uz. – website of the national statistics committee of the republic of uzbekistan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org a monument that survived the course of history ergasheva sayyora abdusоatovna, senior lecturer, department of world history, termiz state university sergasheva223@ gmail.com https://orcid.org/my-orcid?orcid=0009-0004-1881-7200 https://orcid.org/0009-0004-1881-7200 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the historical and spiritual heritage associated with the termez sayyid dynasty and local architectural traditions, using the example of the sultan saodat architectural complex in the surkhandarya region. the author examines the architectural features of the mausoleums, construction techniques, decorative elements, and how they reflect cultural and religious values. in particular, the complex, which developed gradually between the 11th and 17th centuries, is described as a compact composition comprising several mausoleums, a mosque, and a khanaqah. the article also presents information about sayyid hasan al-amir and his descendants based on genealogical sources. furthermore, it explores the historical origins of the termez sayyids, their possible connections to the samanids, and the functioning of the local naqib institution. special attention is given to the fact that the sultan saodat complex was preserved through the initiative of the local population during the soviet era, a time when efforts were made to destroy islamic monuments. this study holds significant value from the perspective of local history, islamic architecture, and the restoration of national cultural heritage. sultan saodat, termez sayyids, surkhandarya architecture, islamic monuments, mausoleums, samanids, naqib institution, history of termez, architectural complex, hasan alamir, national heritage, religious and cultural center. introduction the region of central asia, particularly the territory of present-day uzbekistan, holds exceptional significance due to its centuries-old historical and cultural heritage, architectural traditions, and substantial contribution to islamic civilization. the shrines, mausoleums, and architectural complexes constructed on this land have served not only as religious and spiritual centers but also as distinctive reflections of socio-political processes. from this perspective, the sultan saodat architectural complex, located in the surkhandarya region, represents an important source for studying the historical and religious life of the region, the status of the local sayyid dynasty, and the developmental stages of national architectural art. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org the sultan saodat complex was constructed gradually between the 9th and 17th centuries. its composition—including mausoleums, mosques, and khanaqahs—not only embodies islamic architectural styles but also reflects the local population’s religious beliefs and cultural values. this article provides a scholarly analysis of the architecture and historical significance of the complex, genealogical data related to the sayyid dynasty, and the processes through which this monument has faced threats of destruction and efforts toward its preservation. the aim is to explore the sultan saodat complex not merely as a historical monument, but as a crucial source for restoring national identity and cultural memory. analysis of the relevant literature in the process of thoroughly examining the topic from a scholarly perspective, a range of historical, archaeological, and architectural sources, as well as modern academic studies, were analyzed. in particular, aspects such as the formation of the sultan saodat complex, the religious and political influence of the sayyid dynasty involved in its construction, and the evolution of architectural styles were given special attention. in sh. kamaliddinov’s work "historical geography of southern sogd and tokharistan based on arabic sources from the 9th to the early 13th centuries" (1996), valuable evidence is presented on the historical and ethnographic status of the termez oasis, the activities of the religious elite—the sayyids—and their religious and administrative roles in the region. the author convincingly connects the sultan saodat complex to historical figures through analysis of arabic historical sources. the book "medieval monuments of surkhandarya" (1982) by z.a. arshavskaya, e.v. rtveladze, and z.a. hakimov provides a detailed scholarly commentary on the stages of architectural development, structural features, and the present condition of the complex. based on archaeological observations, the authors draw precise conclusions about the historical function and compositional structure of the monument. in v.a. nielsen’s article "some adobe domed structures in the southern surkhandarya valley" (1962), domed buildings constructed from raw bricks in southern surkhandarya are examined, shedding light on the unique construction techniques used in the sultan saodat complex. the author’s analysis confirms that the architectural elements of the complex were built in a traditional style specific to the region. v.d. zhukov’s 1941 study "ruins of a complex of palace buildings in the suburbs of medieval termez" describes palatial structures and their ruins around the city of termez. this research allows for broader conclusions regarding the historical and geopolitical context of the area where the sultan saodat complex is located. a.m. pribytkova’s monograph "construction culture of central asia in the 9th–12th centuries" provides an opportunity to assess the architectural elements of sultan saodat within the general construction traditions of the region. it contains in-depth analysis of medieval central asian architecture, decorative elements, domed structures, and columned verandas. together, these sources have served as a solid academic foundation for a comprehensive understanding of the historical, religious, and architectural significance of the sultan saodat complex, and for interpreting it as an integral part of the cultural heritage of the people. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org research methodology this study employs a set of established historical research methods, including the principles of historicism, comparative and logical analysis, chronological sequencing, and scholarly objectivity. the architectural history of the sultan saodat complex is analyzed through a diachronic perspective, with particular attention to the evolution of its construction across various historical periods. the research reinterprets the chronological transformation of the monument within the framework of contemporary historiographical approaches, thereby offering a nuanced understanding of its architectural and cultural development. analysis and findings unlike other regions of uzbekistan, the surkhandarya architectural school is characterized by the simple decorative use of wall bricks on mausoleums. most of these mausoleums were built over the graves of muslim saints, which, according to tradition, turned these burial sites into pilgrimage centers. over time, religious-memorial complexes emerged at the most sacred of these sites, such as zul kifl, at-termizi, and sultan saodat. additionally, in the termez oasis, there exist several square-plan, single-chamber domed mausoleums constructed of raw bricks dating back to the 11th–12th centuries, some of which have undergone alterations while others have been preserved. the sultan saodat complex, built over the course of several centuries from the 11th to the 17th centuries, is notable as the burial place of the esteemed clerical dynasty of the termez sayyids. this architectural ensemble consists of mausoleums, mosques, and khanaqahs arranged along a long courtyard, forming a unified and compact composition. the southwestern part of the complex, constructed in the 10th–11th centuries, features two large square mausoleums with domes at their centers, considered the oldest structures in the ensemble. during renovations in the 14th–15th centuries, the deep domed iwan located between these mausoleums was raised higher and decorated with multicolored tiles; adjacent to it are two chambers and a corridor. subsequently, many buildings within the complex repeated the architectural scheme of the ancient mausoleums, featuring a three-part arched composition with a central open iwan. throughout the 10th– 17th centuries, the sultan saodat mausoleums, comprising about twenty mausoleums, formed a funerary complex serving as the family necropolis for the sayyid elite, the high-ranking muslim clerical families of the region. this architectural ensemble consists of family mausoleums and ceremonial halls that developed into a unified complex over centuries. the oldest part of the ensemble is located in the southwest and includes two mausoleums with high domed iwans built in the 11th century, containing graves beneath the iwans. the first mausoleum measures 10 by 10 meters, the second 9 by 9 meters, and the spacious area beneath the domes served as a mosque. the brickwork of this mosque is skillfully executed in various styles, exhibiting remarkable craftsmanship. the first mausoleum houses the remains of hasan al-amir, a prominent local landowner and respected family patriarch who died in the latter half of the 9th century. the interior of this mausoleum is richly decorated with bricks laid in diverse patterns and styles, while the adjoining mausoleum’s interior is comparatively simpler. both mausoleum entrances feature latticed doors opening onto the courtyard, a stylistic element that guided the subsequent architectural development of the complex. a natural question arises: "how did the descendants of the prophet muhammad (peace be upon him) come to termez?" according to tradition, husayn, the son of ali ibn abi talib and fatimah, married the daughter of the last sassanian king yazdegerd. their son, husayn al-akbar, fathered ubaydullah. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org during caliph al-mansur’s reign (754–775 ce), amir ubaydullah was proclaimed caliph. his son ja'far al-hujjat governed medina. the founder of the termez sayyids’ lineage, hasan al-amir, was ja'far al-hujjat’s son. this genealogy is widely recognized across the muslim world and is documented in numerous sources. hasan al-amir arrived in samarkand in 850 ce, residing there for eleven years before relocating to balkh in 865 ce. around that time, hasan al-amir settled in termez. his arrival coincided with the rise of the samanid dynasty in mawarannahr (transoxiana). although scholarly consensus on the origin of the samanids has not yet been reached, some sources connect them to termez. the termez sayyids’ genealogy includes a tradition reporting the annual visit of ismail samanid to termez. sayyid amir abdullah married mahsuma (or mohisymo), the daughter of ismail samanid. their descendants began to bear the title "khudawandzada" (noble-born) among the termez sayyids. it is believed that the construction of the sultan saodat mausoleum began during the samanid period. concurrently, the sayyid community acquired its own leader — the naqib. in every region inhabited by the prophet’s descendants, there was a naqib (representative) who oversaw religious and legal matters. until the 10th century, all naqibs were appointed by the abbasids, and even the descendants of ali acknowledged their authority. termez had its own naqib among the sayyids, whose duties included resolving legal issues and distributing stipends. among termez’s naqibs, the most renowned was ali ibn ja'far almosawi. the works of the famous muslim scholar abu’l-fath muhammad al-shahrastani were dedicated to the termez naqib. it is important to emphasize that numerous architectural monuments, whose names remain known only from historical records, have yet to be fully studied archaeologically. many of these structures were destroyed under soviet policies during the 1930s, justified by the ideological campaign against islamic religious institutions such as mosques and madrasahs. in the 1950s and 1960s, many sites were further demolished or repurposed under the pretext of land reclamation. despite these challenges, the sultan saodat complex was spared demolition in 1932–1933 due to the efforts of local elders. however, other significant historical sites such as the chor-ustun mosque, termez minaret, termez shahs’ palace, and afghan mosque were destroyed, their sites turned into cotton fields. the sultan saodat architectural complex holds a significant place in the history of islam, the activities of local sayyid dynasties, and national architectural traditions. it serves not only as a historical monument but also as a spiritual center of great importance in contemporary islamic culture. studying such sites contributes critically to the restoration of national identity and historical memory. conclusion the sultan saodat monument is not only a medieval architectural heritage site but also a sacred place whose history, formation process, and cultural functions remain highly relevant today. over the centuries, this complex has played a significant role not only in religion but also in culture, history, architecture, and social life. from a contemporary historical perspective, the sultan saodat complex represents a multidisciplinary research object that embodies the spiritual heritage of society, the religious needs of the people, and the traditions of urban planning and architecture. its restoration, preservation, and development of tourism potential in the 21st century hold a vital place in national identity and cultural heritage preservation policies. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org the dynasties involved in the formation of the complex, the architectural styles employed in its construction, information recorded in historical sources, and modern research collectively reveal not only the religious but also the socio-political significance of this monument. today, sultan saodat is valued not only as a pilgrimage site but also as an important subject of scholarly investigation. therefore, the protection, promotion, and deeper academic study of the sultan saodat complex remain integral parts of the policy on historical memory and national cultural development in our country. references: 1. abdullaev, a. architecture of surkhandarya: the era of medieval flourishing. tashkent: university publishing, 2007. 2. abdullaev, f. termez – the city of priceless monuments. tashkent: ma’naviyat, 2006. 3. ashurov, s. "the sultan saodat complex and its historical significance." history and heritage, 2021, no. 2. 4. arshavskaya, z.a., rtveladze, e.v., hakimov, z.a. medieval monuments of surkhandarya. tashkent: fan, 1982. 5. zhukov, v.d. "ruins of the palace ensemble in the suburbs of medieval termez." proceedings of the academy of sciences of the uzbek ssr, series i. také, tashkent, 1941. 6. 6. ergasheva s. a. the history of surkhan doppies (skullcups) and the characteristics of this folk craft // american journal of social and humanitarian research. – 2020. – t. 1. – no. 6. – s. 7-13. 7. ergasheva, sayyora abdusoatovna. the significance of traditional craftsmanship in the economic development of local industry enterprises of surkhondaryo region. journal of educational discoveries and lifelong learning (ejedl) 4 (4), 277-283. issn: 2776-0995 volume 4, issue 4, april, 2023. 8. ergasheva sayyora abdusoatovna. craftsmanship of surkhandarya region related toponyms, emergent: journal of educational discoveries and lifelong learning (ejedl), 2776-0995 volume 5, issue 3, march, 2024, p. 43-46. 9. ergasheva, sayyora abdusoatovna. "history of baisun silk knitting factory." academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 11.5 (2021): 581-585. 10. ergasheva sayyora abdusoatovna. activities of disabled craftsmanship artels in surkhandarya region in the 1950s and 1980s and types of products produced by them. emergent: journal of educational discoveries and lifelong learning (ejedl), 2776-0995 volume 5, issue 3, march, 2024, p.38-42. 11. nazarov, kh. history and architecture of termez. tashkent: fan, 1999. 12. nielsen, v.a. "some raw brick subterranean structures in the southern surkhandarya valley." imku, 1962, no. 3. 13. pribytkova, a.m. building culture of central asia in the 9th–12th centuries. moscow: nauka, 1976. 14. safarov, b. "sultan saodat: historical and architectural analysis." uzbekistan history journal, 2019, no. 4. 15. sayyora abdusoatovna ergasheva. (2020). craft of surkhanoakh from the history of development. isj theoretical & applied science, 07 (87), 56-59. 16. isaev, a., ergasheva, s.a. culture of termez in the 9th–12th centuries. tashkent: yangi asr avlodi, 2001. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org 17. islomov, n. termez sayyids and their history. tashkent: state scientific publishing house “uzbekistan national encyclopedia”, 2015. 18. shaykhov, a. "relations between religion and politics in medieval termez." ilm va hayot (science and life), 2021, no. 2. 19. shahristoniy, abu fatkh muhammad. al-milal wa-n-nihal. translations and analytical commentaries. tashkent, 2011. 20. unesco. cultural heritage of surkhandarya region: preservation and research priorities. paris: unesco publishing, 2010. 21. khasanov, kh. development of islamic culture in uzbekistan. tashkent: sharq, 2003. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 30, | november 2024 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org the significance of the methodology of the world music education system kavilova dilyorakhan abdujabbar qizi, teacher of uzbekistan state institute of arts and culture, doctor of philosophy (phd) on pedagogical sciences e-mail:dilyorakavilova@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the compatibility and relevance of the world system of music education with the standards of our republic. it talks about the importance of methodology, system and theories of the world system of music education. according to the results of studies conducted by a number of scientists, the effects of music and rhythms on the human body and psyche, and the functions of art have been described. conclusions and proposals are presented about the positive aspects of the functional music, which is a new sphere of music today. music education, system, methodology, theory, musical upbringing, creative abilities, harmony, pedagogical technology, process, specialty. introduction in the world music education system, creative technologies of developing students' creative abilities, providing musical education to the younger generation are being applied to the educational process. in particular, the" method "marteno in the french music education system, the method "tonic-sol-fa" in hungary, the application of the "educazione musicale" methods in italy to the educational process, and the international organization of the international society for contemporary music iscm (international society for contemporary music) are carrying out systematic work on the exchange of experience, presentation of new works of composers, practicing pedagogues, music specialists, development of musical-creative abilities and practical application in all directions of music. literature analysis educational and scientific research institutions around the world are conducting scientific research on the study of the theoretical heritage of impressionism and neoclassicism, the development of musical and creative abilities of students, the creation of musical works that serve to elevate a person and perform them with artistic skill. special attention is paid to scientific research based on artistic reflection of students' musical-creative abilities in teaching according to d. kerven's "tonic-sol-fa", "relative" system, j. jacques-dalcroze's "musical creation" theory, r. munich's "yalsi" theory [1]. research methodology the greek philosopher plato believed: "the power of the state is directly related to what kind of music, what tone and rhythm is played in it." plato and his followers believed: "the state needs music that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org helps to raise a person to the heights." in ancient china, music was considered a symbol of order and civilization, it is the most important means of education [2]. the great philosopher aristotle in the work "poetics" philosophically analyzes the normative laws of artistic creation. aristotle sees the possibility of art in existence in active, creative, high artistic expression. in his opinion, "the task of art is not to reproduce reality mechanistically, but to reflect it creatively" [3]; aristotle made the following comments about musical modes that change the psyche: "music in one tone can make a person gentle and compassionate, while another can cause excitement and nervousness." in his opinion, phrygian, dorian, and lydian tones have a positive effect on the health and soul of a person, and he recommended that music in other tones should not be brought to the ears of the younger generation. it is impossible to talk about a spiritually mature person without developing his or her sense of beauty. music is one of the powerful means of forming and nurturing these delicate feelings. music is loved and understood only by people whose hearts are familiar with beauty. listening to music, its perception is brought up and inculcated from childhood [4]. analysis and results today,one of the most urgent issues is to study the functional music, a new appeared sphere of music that effects on the human psyche and physiology. the subjects of the "music education" direction are distinguished by their mixed lesson type (structure), means of expression (language) and active psychological influence. therefore, music education plays an important role in the formation of students' personality and outlook. in l. burbo's book "emotions, feelings and forgiveness" "creative ability means opening or creating something new that people need. divine grace is defined as a transcendental event that accidentally creates ability, talent, genius, divine grace, that is, it is a gift "given by god" [5]; there is creativity everywhere in existence. if it originates from the inner environment of a person, any craftsman will work with love and taste, he will create new creations by inspiration in the sense of adding his personality to the work [6]; according to va engelhardt, "creativity... is the essence of art. it is also the essence of science. in both cases, the ability of a person to create, that is, to express himself, is important. scientific discovery, like art, preserves certain characteristics of the creator and becomes the wealth of all mankind during his next life" [7]; e.ya.basin in his article "creativity and empathy" wrote, that "scientific creativity is an important sign of a person a form of manifestation of rational vision and activity. expressing his opinion he said: it is not just emotional reception or intellectual activity, but seeing the world in such a way that emotions, intelligence, and feelings are reflected in an organically harmonized way" [8]; according to n.a. berdyaev, the main feature of creativity is freedom. the originality of his philosophy is, first of all, that he based creativity not on existence, but on freedom. man is drawn to creation with the help of divine power. and creation is his human duty, the duty of man when he was sent to earth [9]; s.i. bugrova stated that "scientific creativity is related to the direct life activity of a person, and it is characterized by more objectivity and systematicity" [10]; “creativity is the thought of searching for the meaning and truth of life," says i.n. efimova [11]. conclusion in the course of education, textbooks, training manuals, teaching-methodical manuals, pedagogical technologies, educational-methodical developments, hand outs are used. however, it is necessary to develop new methods and ways of teaching, to use new modern pedagogical technologies, not to be american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org limited to these. modern technologies not only ease the work of the pedagogue, but also increase the quality of education. if the teaching process is organized using didactic games, it will be easier for students to master this subject. every pedagogue should be the creator of his lesson. in the process of analysing a work, it is necessary to take an individual approach, taking into account the ability and state of mastery of each student. only if the student mentally understands the work given in the course of the lesson, he can work on himself in the process of independent education and, as a result, increase and develop his potential. currently, deep reforms are being carried out in the field of science and education in our country. it is necessary to use these opportunities efficiently and productively and become mature experts in the field. it can carry out scientific-research works on the basis of research in the established order. improvement of the educational process, newly developed methods within the framework of research work have a good effect on the development of musical and creative abilities of students of higher educational institutions. students should be able to demonstrate their musical and creative abilities, work on themselves and conduct creative research during their activities. development of musical and creative abilities in students is also considered as an important factor. as it has been noted, their musical and creative abilities play an important role in the future pedagogical, scientific-research, spiritualeducational and organizational-management activities of students. a special approach is necessary for the formation of each specialist, and it would be appropriate to conduct specialized subjects individually and to increase the number of class hours. each subject on specialty has its own goals and objectives. each discipline is based on certain requirements, while learning textbooks, manuals, educational literature, collections and a number of literature related to the field, their interrelationship, their application in life is studied. in the development of musical-creative abilities in students, it is necessary to take a creative approach by thoroughly studying each subject included in the curriculum and developing skills. suggestions conducting specialized subjects as a group lesson reduces the quality level in the preparation of mature personnel and the full fulfillment of qualification requirements. most parents take their child to a tutoring session so that they can master a particular subject better. what is the reason for this? the reason is that, in contrast to group lessons, the child expresses his opinion freely and independently in individual lessons, takes responsibility for the given tasks even in the process of communication with the teacher, and the process of brain activity is activated. therefore, the process of mastering specialized subjects for future specialists is considered to be an effective and appropriate method in all respects. during the development of students' musical and creative abilities, it is necessary to develop them perfectly based on the specialization of the field: • perfection of the educational process in the development of musical and creative abilities of students, newly developed methods using the methodology of the world music education system will give good results. • the methodology of the music education system should be developed in accordance with world standards, taking into account the provision of continuity and coherence. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 30 november 2024 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. bakhritdinova n. children's choir culture of uzbekistan. -t., 2002. – b.8. 2. kadyrov r.g. "music pedagogy". t. 2014. -p.13. 3. aristotle. essays: v 4 t. t. 4. m.: mysl, 1983. pp. 376-381. 4. aristotle. essays: v 4 t. t. 4. m.: mysl, 1983. pp. 641-644. 5. burbo l. emotions, feelings and forgiveness. m.: id "sofia", 2007. p.144. 6. frank s.l. reality and man. mysliteli 20th century. -m.: respublika, 1997. p.294. 7. engelhardt v.a. knowledge of the phenomenon of life. (ser. nauka, mirovozrenie, jizn) moscow: azbuka-klassika, 2009. p.210. 8. basin e.ya. creativity and empathy. 1987/2, p.54. 9. berdyaev n.a. self-awareness. m.: kniga, 1991. pp. 56-57. 10. bugrova s.i. l.n. stolovich. life creation man: functions of artistic activity. m.: politizdat, 1985 (1987, 5). p.172. 11. shermukhamedova n. methodology of scientific research. t. 2020. -p.114. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org activities of teachers in the madrasahs of the bukhara emirate in the 19th – 20th centuries mаmаtkulоvа fаrаngis оrzukulоvnа sаmаrkаnd stаte university nаmed аfter shаrоf rаshidоv dоctоrаl student оf the depаrtment оf «histоriоgrаphy аnd sоurce studies» e-mаil: mаmаtkulоvаfаrаngis@gmаil.cоm a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in textbooks and historical works of the soviet era, there are many biased statements that the majority of residents of turkestan were illiterate, and only two percent of the population could read and write. this article analyzes information about mudarris who taught in the madrassas of the bukhara emirate in the 19th-20th centuries. bukhara emirate, madrasah and school, activities of mudarris, akhunds, alams, mufti, kazikalon, sheikh ulislam. introduction dmitry gramenitsky writes, “despite the large number of primary schools in muslim life, there are very few literate people”. another russian scholar, v.v.vyatkin, echoes his colleagues: “primary schools exist in all villages, but no matter how much people study, they still remain illiterate”. k.e.bendrikov describes it as “most of the teachers at the school were imams who had studied in madrasas, unaware of the laws of nature, social life, and the science of rational thinking”. similar negative opinions about scholars can also be found in the research and articles of n.s.kulchanov, v.p.nalivkin, and m.n.virsky. historical evidence clearly shows that the people of the country, which has produced hundreds of brilliant scientists for the world as one of the famous centers of science and culture in the islamic world, were not completely illiterate even before colonization. according to the "komus ul-alom", in the 19th century, there were 13 thousand households, 18 madrasahs, and 60 primary schools (kuttabs) in the old city of tashkent alone. according to k.e.bendrikov, parents sent their children to school before they were six years old. main part many studies have been conducted on this topic. in the words of the colonialists, "only two percent of the population knew how to read and write," how many poets, scholars, statesmen, and teachers emerged from among them. however, after gaining independence, we realized that the fate of most of them ended tragically. below we will talk about the teachers who spread the light of knowledge and educated many scholars in the madrasahs, which were considered places of secondary and higher education. who were the teachers again? who appointed them to this position? detailed information is provided on questions such as what the activities of the mudarris were. mudarris (arabic for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org "teacher") was a madrasa teacher who taught a certain subject taught in madrasas. teaching was considered a responsible and honorable profession. talented, knowledgeable, and respected scholars passed a special commission exam and were recommended for the position of mudarris. some mudarris were deprived of their positions because they did not pass the exam. mudarris teaching in madrasas were also required to have graduated from a madrasa. according to the procedure for appointing a mudarris to teach in a madrasa, the mudarris of small madrasas was appointed by the qazi, while the mudarris of large madrasas was appointed by the emir and documented with appropriate documents. abdurauf fitrat mentions that the titles of mufti, mufti and mudar-ris are conferred on their names by the emir through the qazi kalon, that is, after the qazi has applied to the emir. a lot of documents on this topic are stored in the naruz. for example, in mir badriddin qazikalon's application to the emir, due to the death of mullah ubaidullah, one of the headmasters of the "jafarkhoja" madrasa, mullah mahmudkhoja, the headmaster of the "joybori kalon" madrasa, was appointed in his place and a salary of 55 gold was noted. this was done in the same way in other khanates. this can be seen in the following decree of the kokand khanate on the appointment of a mudarris: “let it be known to everyone that we have issued a decree to appoint the talented and worthy scholar mulla muhammad sodiq as a mudarris to the madrasah built by muhammad alikhan. all students of this madrasah have been relieved of their duties for failing to obtain knowledge in the sciences. therefore, it is necessary to apply to him. seal and date 1843”. starting from the time of mirzo ulugbek, a candidate for the position of mudarris had to pass an exam before a special board of scholars, that is, prove their knowledge. however, later this tradition was slightly abandoned, and by the beginning of the 19th century, more individuals affiliated with the khan began to be appointed to the position of mudarris. the organization of the educational process was usually the responsibility of the mudarris, who were divided into the following three categories: the first category high-ranking mudarris. this included the qazi ul-quzzat, the chairman kalon, sheikh ul-islam, akhund, alam, mufti, and askar. the second category was the middle-ranking mudarris. the mudarris in this category were called "banarasposh" based on the clothes they wore. the learned mudarris from this category achieved the position of mufti. there were about two hundred mudarris in this category, and they were also called "middle mudarris". the third category was the lower-ranking mudarris. those in this category were called mudarris, imam mudarris, and sometimes bekasabaposh. the number of imam mudarris was more than three hundred. sadriddin aini divided the bukhara mudarris into three categories: 1. individuals who did not complete the course themselves, but had the ability to teach. they taught elementary courses. 2. lower mudarris. their salaries did not cover the expenses. 3. senior teachers. those who have been teaching for many years and receive a salary from the madrasa foundation. prominent teachers. it should be noted that the number of teachers in madrasas is determined by the number of students. the number of teachers teaching in turkestan madrasas at the beginning of the 20th century is estimated at approximately 800. ahmad donish expresses his thoughts about the hardships of the teaching profession: “during the day, a teacher is busy teaching his students, and in the evening, he prepares for the next day’s lessons. in short, he studies all his life and is engaged in his profession continuously, without a break.” there is information in history that some rulers themselves american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org were teachers in madrasas. for example, mirzo ulugbek was a teacher in samarkand, and amir shahmurod and amir haidar were teachers in bukhara. shahmurad taught bayzavi from the "kitab usul ad-din" and the works of shatibi (d. 1194) and their commentaries. shahmurad's son miri wrote that shahmurad knew "shatibiyya" and its commentaries by heart. he also wrote about his father, emphasizing that he was knowledgeable in the sciences of recitation, hadith, sufism and jurisprudence, and that he devoted his life to teaching students and brought up many students. miri himself also learned from his father the book "sharhi mullo". amir shahmurad collected fatwas on the hanafi school and wrote a work called "fatawai ahl bukhara" based mainly on the fatwas of bukhara scholars. unfortunately, this work was not completed. his manuscripts are kept in the ekm fund under the numbers №2864, 5804, 2837, 2589. amir haidar built a madrasah near the mosque in ark and himself taught in that madrasah. said muhammad nasir ibn muzaffar, the author of the work "takhikhoti arki bukhara", says about amir haidar: "usually he would have a conversation with twenty students in front of the khanaqah after noon, and he would not waste his precious life." sharifjon makhdum (sadri ziyo) also reports that the emir taught several groups of students in the ark palace. amir haidar educated many students. he taught "sharhi kafiya", "sharhi mishkat", "shamoili nabawi" and "tafsiri qazi baizovi". seven of his students received permission from the emir and engaged in teaching. according to sadri ziya, amir haidar also mastered the science of recitation and the art of calligraphy. according to sources, amir haidar had 400-500 students studying in the madrasa. amir haidar personally supervised the delivery of books from istanbul (ottoman empire) for the students. that is, in 1815, when divanbeg eshmuhammad and mirzo muhammad yusuf sent a letter to istanbul to ask sultan mahmud ii for books on sharia, mahmud ii sent a 32-volume book to bukhara through his ambassador hasan chalabi. amir haidar also had good relations with the bukhara teachers. for example, during his reign, domlo muhammad ibn safar khojandi worked as a teacher and was called maruf (hojibay). later, amir haidar gave him the name "muhammad". researcher abdusattor jumanazar, writing about the bukhara madrasas, particularly the kokaltash madrasa, studied the madrasa's educational system in several parts. including: akhund: the highest rank in higher education. initially, an "akhund" taught at the "abdullah khan madrasah", the highest-ranking educational institution of that time. from that time on, this word became an official term in the field of education. in a short time, the akhund was transferred to the "kokaltash madrasah", and this institution remained its permanent place until the soviet revolution. alam: it was formed as a term in the education system almost simultaneously with "akhund". he regularly served as the deputy of the "akhund" and taught at the gavkushan madrasah. mufti: a scholar who had the knowledge to draw conclusions on the solution of any complex issue in society. their number was ten, sometimes eleven people in the higher education system of bukhara. when the position of an alam became vacant, one of them was selected based on a special selection. banoras tonli: we cannot yet say exactly when this stratum and term appeared in the field of education. in the 19th century, their number was around forty-one. when necessary, they were elevated to the rank of mufti based on the results of certain tests. historians note that other scholars or teachers who did not belong to this category were forbidden to wear the banaras robe. to achieve this honor, it was necessary to serve. scholars of this category gathered under the leadership of the akhund in the kokaltash madrasah and held scientific discussions and debates related to social problems arising in society. at such gatherings, one could sometimes see famous american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org scholars from neighboring khanates. after these categories, another separate chain link of the education system begins. this is the lower part of the higher education sector. among them are educational institutions specializing in a certain type of science. for example, in some madrasahs, teachers such as "tahzib", "hidoya", "salovat", "mulla jalol", and "hikmat" taught. it is said that at the beginning of the 20th century, there were about three hundred educational institutions of these two categories in the city of bukhara and its surroundings. a first-class akhund in a madrasah received a salary of 25 thousand takas, and if he was a good scholar, an additional 10 thousand takas was added. teachers were given gifts and greetings by the emir or kushbegi at various events. teachers, feeling responsible for such attention, constantly worked on themselves. that is, they created textbooks and study guides. they created various methods for studying complex works. the teaching methods they created are as follows. these methods have been formed over the centuries and are widely used in practice: usuli hajvia and usuli savtiya – reading by syllables. scientific commentary – interpretation. scientific analysis – discussion, argument, expression of attitude. scientific debate – discussion, argument, expression of attitude. scientific recitation – recitation through tone and pronunciation of words. scientific eloquence – the use of beautiful, appropriate words. scientific exposition – the expression of subtle meanings (rhetoric). scientific gharib (scientists) – the expression of a broad meaning with few words, reflection. scientific meaning – the science of explanation, which reveals the essence and content of something or an event. scientific prose and essay – the type of written work, style, letter, writing literacy. scientific discourse – anecdote, promptness, wit. scientific problem – a type of artistic art, a method of solving problems and symbols in poetry. scientific logic – the content in the sense of words. scientific discourse – the rational proof, proving of a theoretical problem. most of the madrasa teachers were appointed on the recommendation of the teachers and students working in that madrasa. that is, they wrote an application to the state authorities (governors, judges) and recommended the candidate teacher. in the early years of the russian empire's occupation, education and training in madrasas were carried out according to traditional rules, but later the regional education department took over the control of their activities and the regulation of educational work. an example of this is their appointment of representatives in each madrasa, and the writing of complaints against teachers to the education department of the turkestan governorate under various pretexts. in particular, according to the minutes written by inspector m. andreev in 1914, he complained that some teachers were teaching in two or more madrasas and receiving salaries from so many madrasas at the same time. he also said that this situation was not allowed during the bukhara khanate, and is not allowed at all now. however, in our opinion, this information is biased, and such a situation was often observed in the madrasas of the emirate. for example, domlo muhammad ikrom (1847-1925), known as domlo ikromcha, graduated from the badalbek madrasah in bukhara and worked as a teacher for many years in the ja'farhoja, tursunjon, miri arab, kokaltash, and abdullahkhan madrasahs. in addition, during the khanate and emirate, it is also common for one teacher to hold two positions. for example, during american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the reign of mir kasim tabib subhanqulikhan (1681-1702), he worked as the head and teacher of the "dorush-shifo" madrasah. during the reign of amir haidar, atoullohoja held the position of sheikhul islam qazi al-quzzat and worked as a teacher of the "kokaltash" madrasah. also, scholars such as mulla nabira khoja in the muhammad ali haji madrasah, mulla mir ahmad in the bo-loyi khaz madrasah, and mulla jabbarberdi in the mulla qurban madrasah worked as a teacher and mufti. some more teachers were declared illiterate and cases were opened against them. conclusion in short, as a result of such various pressures and the sharp reduction or closure of madrasahs, many teachers were forced to lose their jobs. most of them were declared illiterate and expelled from the field of education. among the documents, there is a statement on behalf of madrasah students that their teachers were knowledgeable and false testimony was given against them. in addition, there are statements by some supervisors that the madrasahs should be stopped because only religious knowledge is taught in madrasahs and they are not under their control. references 1. meyendorf e.k. journey from orenburg to bukhara. – moscow: 1822. 2. tursunova m.t. madrasalar talimida adabiyot sabogi. – samarkand: 2010. 3. khanikov n.v. description of the bukhara khanate. – spb.: 1843. 4. imomov u.i. source study of the activities of libraries and calligraphers operating in bukhara madrasahs (from the middle ages to the second half of the 19th century) // european journal of humanities and educational advancements. – las palmas, spain: 2023. 5. bendrikov k.e. essays on the history of public education in turkestan 1891-1902. – moscow: 1960. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org the correlation of reading and the book nurmatova umida jalolidinovna uzbekistan-finland pedagogical institute associate professor of social and humanities department (phd) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article analyzes the existence, nature, relationship between reading and the book, as well as the ontological and epistemological characteristics of reading and the book in terms of their functional properties. in addition, the complex cognitive process of understanding the text as a means of language, communication, obtaining information, and exchanging ideas is emphasized. reading, book, traditional reading, reading culture, reading mechanisms, existence of book, nature of book, epistemology of reading, style of reading. introduction in our country, the value of educating and nurturing the younger generation and fostering their spiritual development is highly regarded, with the opportunities for reading books and studying being highly appreciated. the complex program of measures to develop the system of publishing and promoting book products by the president of the republic of uzbekistan[1], as well as to enhance the culture of reading and book-reading, emphasizes the importance of conducting complex research on the role of books in the spiritual development of individuals. in the process of reading, we gain knowledge about ourselves, the world, and our relationships with others. a book serves as a bridge connecting the past, present, and future. therefore, as president sh.mirziyoyev emphasizes, "i believe that without books, progress and high spirituality cannot be achieved. the future of a person who does not read books, as well as that of a nation, is compromised".[2] therefore, the measures to shape the culture of reading are not only important among young people but also for the wider population. literature review the analysis of books and reading, as well as their functional characteristics and dialectical unity from both a spatial and temporal perspective have been emphasized by numerous russian researchers. t. zberskiy, m.p. yelnikov, i.e. barenbaum, and others have highlighted the functional foundation of books in their works. for instance, according to t. zberskiy, a book is "the result of a complex communication process, as it is a thing created in a purposeful way,"[3] as well as a means of social communication because it conveys socially significant information and engages in the process of knowledge acquisition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org research methodology various research methods such as historical, specific, temporal specificity, comparative, critical, logical, chronological, semantic, and pragmatic analysis have been employed in carrying out the research. analysis and results reading and studying are essential for human spiritual growth and intellectual capacity. while the formations and intellectual legacies of hundreds, even thousands of thinkers such as zero, ibn sino, beruni, jalaluddin rumi, alisher navoi, zahiruddin muhammad babur have evolved over centuries, the significance of their research and discoveries that came solely through books and readingcannot be overlooked. great statesman and commander amir temur, who had attained great knowledge and wisdom, said the following about books: "a book is the foundation of all creativity, inventiveness, and intellectual reasoning, it is the mentor that brings life into existence."[4] consequently, his library in kok seray was considered one of the largest centers of knowledge of the time and was recognized as the treasure trove of knowledge and wisdom. according to the existence of books, it is the creation of human intellect. it encompasses the foundational elements of human knowledge and cognitive thought. if the ontological separation of reading and the book is analyzed according to the modes of existence of existence, it is more relevant to the method of "coexistence" than heidegger's six modes of existence (existence, coexistence, accessibility, presence, life, stability). that is, reading and the book "exist together", the book was created so that it can be read. here, the substantial issue of these two concepts also interrelates. reading is a complex cognitive process oriented towards understanding text, exchanging ideas, acquiring information, and sharing opinions that are based on the reader's existing knowledge, experience, and the social and cultural context of the language. reading is inherently subjective and an intellectual activity in itself. several scholars have provided various definitions for the category of reading. according to a.a. umarov, reading is "the intellectual activity of gaining knowledge, learning, and experiencing pleasure, aimed at satisfying various needs of an active, purposive reading and social subject."[5] on the other hand, according to russian scholar n.a. stefanovskaya, reading is "a unique type of communication in text or special informational speech mediums involving a high level of existential cognitive dialogue."[6] in our opinion, reading is a global phenomenon, representing a part of the cultural heritage shared by all nations and peoples, encompassing language, literature, music, art, and theater. on the one hand, reading is a strategy for the thoughtful individual's life, and on the other hand, it is a creative process that requires significant effort to comprehend, understand, and reimagine any text. reading and discussion are forms of study. understanding is the main task of reading. what book is being read, for what purpose, in which direction and topic, determines the style of reading. the mechanisms of reading system are as follows: the internal pronunciation mechanism not only sees the text during reading, but also pronounces it to itself and, in addition, hears it, as a result, the organs of sight and hearing interact. ontological meaning of reading is a type of activity that allows one to understand the essence of existing things and events in space and time, develop spiritual existential being, and shape creative thinking. during the reading process, the reader enters a vast world, acquires new knowledge that was american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org unknown before, which helps the reader form his own personal understanding and create a new idea of the world. in the reading process, the subject must understand, comprehend, analyze, explain information in the text, extract necessary information from the information environment, articulate it clearly and confidently in practical activities. understanding a text helps an individual move from a lower level of understanding to a higher level. the process of the mind working on the book leads to a deeper understanding. each person carries out the activity of reading with a specific goal in mind. in a philosophical sense, a book is an effect that integrates knowledge about things, events, phenomena, processes that occur and develop in the material and spiritual world, transfers this knowledge from generation to generation providing service to the scientific and literary significance. "reading and studying serve to provide knowledge to a person while also enhancing their moral, intellectual education and intellectual immunity"[8:91]. the entire spiritual world of humanity is present in books. books cultivate the mind, enrich knowledge and creativity, develop emotional and cognitive activities, communication with people, and present a vivid image of life. in addition, a book is a means to develop one's ability to understand and memorize, and it is a matrix to develop specific areas of creativity. from this perspective, a book should not be equated with anything else. "the act of reading engages a person's intellectual activity: it helps to uncover the hidden black symbols on paper and translates them into speech that the person understands. the language of the book is translated into an inner language of the person and turns to its thinking section"[9:150]. a book has a unique phenomenon reading and all things related to it, primarily alphabet, script, book format, layout, internal and external cover, and others are the subject's unique artistic product. the essence of a book is formed by the text that has symbolic character. a person can not only study a book, but also perceive, browse, read, or learn it, or just keep it. traditional reading includes “first, traditional reading forms a creative personality by emphasizing the historical aspect, cultural heritage and civilizational character. the book preserves the past life, it suggests finding the truth, repeating it with deception and consciousness. secondly, adding students to traditional books is to bring together the authors' creative results in the form of books and to preserve them in a unique style”[9:149]. what is the essence and nature of a book? has thought and speech, which have been the main source of knowledge, been present in a book for centuries? these questions reveal its ontological aspects. according to its ontological nature, a book is a product of the human spirit, that is, its nature is spiritual. in terms of its nature, a book has individual and social imaginations. the book is analyzed at the community level, its place in space and time and an inseparable part of the world is always noted. in general, books have great power, and with their influence and existence, they create a knowledge space. and in the knowledge space, there is no room for emptiness. therefore, the existence of a book has brought up the interest of society in learning and the need for reading. in his time, i. kant divided all books into four groups: 1) books that contribute to our knowledge, further add to it, 2) books that educate based on moral values, 3) books that contribute to improving language and speech style, 4) books that serve as a tool in the game. from the perspective of today's era, professor j. ya. yakhshilikov and n. e. muhamediyev classify books into three major groups: 1. books related to nature and studying the mysteries of nature that elaborate on scientific discoveries. 2. books related to society and studying its mysteries that elaborate on scientific discoveries. 3. literary books that beautifully reflect the spiritual life of society through american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org internal feelings or experiences, fidelity and betrayal in love, youth pride, wisdom of youth, appreciation of parents, showing artistic deeds that embody the respect for tradition. conclusion/recommendations the book is a historical memory of humanity, capable of strengthening our spiritual, moral, and scientific background, guiding us towards a bright future. additionally, the book serves as a powerful tool for cultural and scientific progress, expanding the scope of knowledge and enlightenment. it showcases the greatest achievements of human thought, sophisticated scientific theories, and wonderful technological discoveries. through books, people have accumulated experience in all areas of life, passing down their knowledge from generation to generation and achieving great successes in the path of progress. based on the philosophical ideas discussed above, it can be said that: firstly, reading and the book complement each other in a unique way, with one enriching the other. the process of reading a book on a chosen topic is aimed at increasing the person's knowledge, enhancing their thinking, fostering creativity, and enjoyment. secondly, reading is a voluntary and self-improving, creative, and individual process. a book is also an individual product with its own unique style. both processes contribute to enhancing and developing the individual. thirdly, reading is a process of attention, comprehension, analysis, and acquiring knowledge of the diversity and full content of the world. a book, as a phenomenon of material culture, widens a person's views on the world and increases their self-understanding. fourthly, reading and the book serve as essential elements in shaping the spiritual world of humans. reading is a significant process in an individual's life, forming a cognitive and ontological essence. because reading and the book help to generalize knowledge and learn about life. fifthly, reading and the book contribute to the creation of the world of knowledge. the book is an indispensable part of the world existing in a person's life. books contain all forms of human thought and all manifestations of existence. books facilitate understanding life, stimulate thinking, encourage creativity, and elevate individuals to higher levels. in general, reading and learning from books contribute to human thinking and the development of modern sciences. references 1. the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan. on the complex program of measures for the development of the system for publishing and promoting book products, the enhancement of book enjoying and reading culture, and encouragement // xalq so'zi. 14 september 2017. no.184 (6878). 2. mirziyoyev sh.m. let's build our great future with noble and educated people. tashkent: uzbekistan, 2017. p.114 3. chervinsky m. semiotics of the book. – moscow: book, 1981. –p. 64 4. keren l., saidov a. amir temur and france. tashkent: "adolat", 2016. p. 85 5. umarov a.a. the role of reading in ensuring social and cultural progress and shaping a complete human / abstract of doctoral dissertation in social sciences. tashkent, uzbek state university, 2005. p.135 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 6. stefanovskaya n.a. existential foundations of reading. – tambov: derzhavin tambov state university publishing house, 2008. – 157 p. 7. yakhshilikov j.ya, muhammadiyev n.e. national idea: uzbekistan's strategy for development. tashkent: chulpon nmiu, 2018. p. 580 8. nurmatova u.j. the role of reading as an important attribute of the educational process. issues of uzbekistan-finland education and the development of the younger generation. international scientific-practical conference may 24-25, 2024. p. 91 9. nurmatova, u. j. (2021). philosophical and epistemological essence of reading a book. international journal of philosophical studies and social sciences, 1(1), 145-152. 10.nurmatova, u. j. (2022, february). functional understanding of books and texts. in archive of conferences (pp. 19-21). 11.nurmatova, u. j. (2021). existential and communicative fundamentals of reading. theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука, (9), 444-449. 12.nurmatova, u. j. (2021). methods and approaches to studying reading categories. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(8), 249-257. 13.xoliqulov, m. q. o. g. l. (2024). ma’naviyat tushunchasining mohiyati, uning jamiyat strukturasidagi o’rni va roli. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 4(26), 384-388. 14.qaxor o‘g‘li, x. m. (2024). yangi o ‘zbekistonda uchinchi renessans: fin ta’lim tizimining ta’lim sohasiga integratsiya qilish muammolari. ustozlar uchun, 57(4), 65-67. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org features of facial wrinkles and expression of facial expressions in portraiture sherov dilshod reyimberganovich associate professor, department of art history, urdpi, acting. email: mr.sherdil@mail.ru davletova dilnura davlat qizi student of the faculty of fine arts and engineering graphics, urdpi email: dilnuradavletova2@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the characteristics of facial wrinkles in portraiture, the importance given to human facial expressions by famous realist artists working in the field of portraiture and plot compositions, and their attempts to accurately and realistically express human inner feelings and emotions in portraiture. facial expression, facial expressions, relief, fascia, wrinkles, light, personal and falling shadows, reflexes, tones and rays, scheme, muscles. introduction the plastic shape of the human head is associated not only with the structure of the muscles and skull, but also with the relief of the skin and the underlying fat layer. with age, the contraction of the facial muscles becomes stronger, which leads to the formation of permanent wrinkles. wrinkles appear when the facial skin loses its elasticity. permanent wrinkles include forehead wrinkles, eyelids and lips. these wrinkles are formed by all layers of the skin. other permanent wrinkles are not formed by the entire skin layer, but only by the surface layer. such wrinkles are small and barely noticeable. temporary wrinkles are formed by muscle contraction, aging and the growth of subcutaneous fat. over time, they become more visible and form permanent wrinkles. these permanent (primary) facial skin folds include: transverse forehead folds, vertical folds between the eyebrows, folds that extend from the nose to the lips, folds that radiate from the outer eyelids (“crow's claws”), folds that extend to the corner of the mouth, etc.1 most facial folds are not located along the facial muscles, but in the direction in which they cross. despite the diversity in the appearance of all folds, their location reflects a common, characteristic pattern for most people (figure 1). 1 baymetov b. pencil drawing (portrait) textbook. t., 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org drawing folds on the facial skin requires the ability to distinguish between larger permanent folds and temporary and minor folds. picture 1. location of facial wrinkles: a-side view; b-front view the presence of light falling on wrinkles, personal and falling shadows, reflexes, halftones and stripes creates particular difficulties in depicting wrinkles. wrinkles largely determine the expression of a person's face, because when the emotional state changes, their character and relief also change. famous realist artists working in the field of portrait and plot compositions attached great importance to mimicry. they tried to clearly and realistically express human inner experiences and feelings.2 in the 17th-18th centuries, the facial muscles were studied in detail, their shape, functional function, participation in the formation of facial plasticity were determined, and also schemes of facial movements were developed (fig. 2). when the muscles contract or relax, the corners of the mouth rise or fall, cheeks, wings of the nose and eyebrows move; eyes and lips close and open; skin folds collect, that is, it gives the human face an expression corresponding to its internal state. 2 baymetov b. portrait pencil drawing. textbook for students of pedagogical institutes and universities. t., 2001 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org picture 2. schemes of mimic movements developed by german artists in the 17th century. picture 3, a shows a scheme depicting the resting state of the face: all the muscles in the face are relaxed, there are no temporary wrinkles, the gaze is calm, directed into the distance, the upper eyelids are slightly raised. picture 3, b shows a scheme of mimic actions depicting attention and alertness. attention and concentration are observed by the contraction of the frontal muscle, which is also called the “muscle of attention”. (in this case, wrinkles may form on the forehead parallel to the eyebrows.) the eyebrows are arched and raised, the eyes enlarge, the scalp moves upwards and the forehead becomes narrower. the circular muscle around the eyes is also involved in the expression of attention, its upper fibers act against the frontal muscle and can bring the eyebrows as close as possible in the state of attention or reflection. the lower fibers of the orbicularis oculi muscle pull the cheeks up and thus are involved in the expression of a smile (fig. 3d). the corners of the mouth turn back and upward, the mouth opens slightly, a crease forms between the cheek and the lower eyelid, and small wrinkles called "crow's claws" appear in the outer corners of the eyes, which can become permanent with age.3 3 azimov s.s. plastic anatomy. textbook. bukhara, 2022 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org k picture 3. schemes of facial expressions: a calm; b attention; d smile; e sadness; f reflection; g laughter; h horror; i crying when expressing sadness or displeasure (fig. 3, e), the twitching eyebrow muscle contracts, it is short and dense, located in the area above the nose and pulls the skin between the eyebrows, creating transverse wrinkles on the nose. when this muscle contracts, it brings the eyebrows together and creates two vertical wrinkles between the eyebrows. raises the upper part of the eyebrow and creates a bend in the middle. the contraction of the cheek muscles in the facial area under the eyes gives the face a thoughtful expression (picture. 3, f). the upper lip is raised and the corners of the mouth are lowered. the lower lip stretches forward, the frontal and pyramidal muscles contract, wrinkles form on the forehead and in the upper part of the nose. when laughing and happy (picture. 3, g), the muscles also contract they are called "laughter muscles". the upper horizontal fibers of the cheek lie between the corners of the mouth and the fascia of the masticatory muscles and, when they contract, pull the corners of the mouth backwards, thus enhancing the expression of joy. when you smile and feel happy, the muscles in your cheeks contract and pull the corners of your mouth backwards and upwards. at the same time, the nasolabial fold is tightened and the cheeks are rounded. the contraction of the cheek muscles also leads to the contraction of the circular muscle part of the eye. raising the lower eyelids always corresponds to the expression of laughter. in addition, the round eye muscle, the cheek muscles, the square muscle of the upper lip and other muscles in the middle and lower part of the face are involved in the expression of joy and laughter. the expression of horror and despair (fig. 3, h) is observed with the strongest contraction of the facial muscles. contractile muscles: anterior pyramidal muscle of the nose, round eye muscle, square muscle of the upper and lower lips, triangular muscle. the upper eyelids are strongly raised, the eyes are wide open, which, together with a number of other facial movements and gestures, creates the impression of anger and horror. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org due to the contraction of the muscles of the upper lip, the face acquires an expression known as “bitter tears” (fig. 3, i). other facial muscles are also involved in crying. conclusion in practice, the use of knowledge about a person's facial expressions helps to express various situations and deeply reveal his inner world. in addition to studying such schemes, it is also appropriate to consider the works of famous artists depicting characters in a strong emotional state. references 1. baymetov b. pencil drawing (portrait) textbook. t., 2022. 2. baymetov b. portrait pencil drawing. textbook for students of pedagogical institutes and universities. t., 2001. 3. azimov s.s. plastic anatomy. textbook. bukhara, 2022 4. nesterenko v.e. drawing of a human head. study guide. minsk., 2014. 5. leveil, p. emotional portrait. methods of drawing and construction. minsk, 2001. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 208 www.americanjournal.org the importance of physical activity in the prevention of fatty hepatosis and chronic liver diseases 1 zakirkhodjaev sh. y. 2 jalolov n. n. 3 soliyeva i. a. 1tashkent state medical university, department of propaedeutics of internal diseases no. 1, professor 2tashkent state medical university, department of environmental hygiene, assistant 3tashkent state medical university, faculty of general medicine, student abstract keywords this article provides a systematic overview of the role of physical activity or exercise therapy in the prevention of fatty hepatosis and chronic liver diseases. various clinical studies, epidemiological observations and trials are analyzed to evaluate the effects of physical activity on reducing hepatic steatosis, improving serum enzyme levels, preventing fibrosis progression, and modifying liver-related risk factors. the clinical efficiency of exercise type, intensity and duration is also assessed. the findings indicate that physical activity can serve as a preventive strategy due to its influence on inflammation, insulin sensitivity, lipid metabolism, and other related mechanisms. fatty hepatosis, hepatitis, prevention, physical activity, exercise therapy, insulin sensitivity, inflammation. introduction chronic liver diseases—particularly fatty hepatosis (fh) and long-standing hepatic disorders—have become a global challenge. fh is highly prevalent among adults, and its worldwide burden has markedly increased in recent years. large systematic reviews and meta-analyses conducted in 2023 report that the prevalence of fh in adults is approximately 30%, with a pronounced upward trend since 2005. chronic liver diseases also remain a serious global health issue. despite ongoing efforts to reduce the burden of chronic hepatitis b and c, the number of individuals living with viral hepatitis worldwide remains in the hundreds of millions. according to 2022 data, annual mortality associated with hepatitis exceeds one million, highlighting the necessity of vaccination, screening, and comprehensive preventive measures. key risk factors for fatty hepatosis include excess body weight, metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance, poor dietary habits, and insufficient physical activity. physical activity is considered a major nonpharmacological measure in both the prevention and treatment of fh and other chronic liver american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 209 www.americanjournal.org conditions. epidemiological and clinical research consistently demonstrates an inverse relationship between physical activity levels and hepatic fat accumulation as well as serum transaminase concentrations. international and regional clinical guidelines recommend physical activity for both the prevention and management of fh. many guidelines advise adults to engage in at least 150 minutes of moderateintensity or 75 minutes of vigorous-intensity aerobic exercise per week, preferably in combination with resistance training. evidence also suggests that the beneficial effects of exercise on fh arise partly through weight reduction and partly through weight-independent mechanisms—such as improved insulin sensitivity, reduced inflammatory markers, enhanced lipid oxidation, and better mitochondrial function. this positions physical activity as a cornerstone not only for prevention but also for conservative treatment strategies. materials and methods this article was developed as a preparatory stage for a systematic review and meta-analysis. electronic databases (pubmed, scopus, web of science) were searched using the following keywords: “physical activity”, “exercise”, “non-alcoholic fatty liver disease”, “hepatitis prevention”, “liver fat reduction”, “randomized trial exercise liver”. studies published between 2000 and 2025 were analyzed. the extracted data were grouped and evaluated according to various parameters, including the type, intensity, duration, and dose of physical activity. results the impact of physical activity on fatty hepatosis. recent epidemiological and clinical studies demonstrate that physical activity is an effective factor in reducing the development of fatty hepatosis. a 2023 meta-analysis (28 studies, 2,400 participants) reported that regular physical exercise reduced hepatic fat content by an average of 25–35%. significant decreases in liver enzymes — alt, ast, and ggt (gamma-glutamyltransferase) — were also observed (p < 0.05). aerobic exercises (running, brisk walking, cycling) proved most effective in reducing fat accumulation, whereas resistance exercises increased muscle mass and stabilized metabolic processes (keating et al., j hepatol, 2022). a randomized controlled trial conducted in 2021 showed that 12 weeks of moderate-intensity aerobic training (3 times per week, 45 minutes per session) reduced hepatic steatosis by 18% as measured by mri. insulin sensitivity improved, and bmi decreased by an average of 1.7 units. effects of physical activity on metabolic changes associated with chronic liver diseases (particularly hepatitis c and b). the immunomodulatory and anti-inflammatory effects of physical activity have been specifically studied in patients with viral hepatitis. a study published in hepatology research (2020) followed 240 patients with hepatitis c who participated in individualized exercise programs for six months. alt levels decreased by 22%, and the fibrosis index dropped by 14%. light exercises (brisk walking, stretching, elastic-band workouts) were found to improve hepatic perfusion and reduce tissue hypoxia, thereby enhancing hepatocyte recovery. high-intensity exercise is not recommended for patients with viral hepatitis; however, moderateintensity exercise (3–4 times per week, 30–40 minutes) is advised, as it activates the immune system american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 210 www.americanjournal.org and enhances interferon production — an effect supported by scientific evidence (zhang et al., j clin med, 2022). mechanisms through which physical activity benefits liver cells: improved insulin sensitivity — greater muscular glucose uptake reduces gluconeogenesis, leading to decreased hepatic lipid synthesis (sattar et al., diabetologia, 2021). enhanced lipid oxidation — aerobic training increases mitochondrial activity, accelerating fatty acid oxidation in hepatocytes (zelber-sagi et al., j hepatol, 2021). improved blood flow — muscle contractions increase hepatic perfusion, supporting detoxification processes. according to the world gastroenterology organization (wgo, 2023), insufficient physical activity accounts for 35–40% of cases associated with fatty liver disease. european association for the study of the liver (easl, 2022) guidelines note that 150 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise per week reduces the risk of developing fatty hepatosis by 27%. a 2022 clinical study by harvard medical school (n = 420) reported that individuals with high levels of physical activity had a 40% lower risk of developing hepatic steatosis. physical activity and public health perspectives on prevention. promoting a healthy lifestyle to reduce liver disease prevalence is one of the priority directions of public health. walking 7,000–10,000 steps daily and performing at least 30 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise significantly reduces obesity risk — lowering the probability of fatty hepatosis and chronic liver disease by up to 50%. moreover, physical activity improves psychological well-being and reduces stress, which also contributes positively to liver health (who physical activity guidelines, 2020). discussion the findings indicate that physical activity plays a crucial role in preventing and mitigating the progression of chronic liver diseases, particularly fatty hepatosis (fh) and long-standing hepatic disorders. according to scientific evidence, regular exercise reduces fat accumulation within the hepatic parenchyma, improves insulin sensitivity, and lowers inflammatory marker levels (keating et al., journal of hepatology, 2015; jang et al., hepatology communications, 2021). the positive influence of exercise on liver health is largely attributed to improved glucose and lipid metabolism. aerobic training (running, brisk walking, swimming, and cycling) has been shown to reduce hepatic fat content by 20–30% over a 12–16-week period (kechagias et al., gastroenterology, 2008). resistance training has likewise been found effective in normalizing liver enzyme levels — alt, ast, and ggt — through enhanced muscle mass and metabolic stability (oh et al., bmc gastroenterology, 2020). statistical data demonstrate that low physical activity (a sedentary lifestyle) increases the risk of fatty hepatosis by 1.5–2 times, especially among individuals with a bmi above 30 (who global report on physical activity, 2022). therefore, at least 150 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise per week is recommended. the beneficial effects of physical activity in liver diseases also relate to improved immune response. studies show that moderate-intensity exercise normalizes cytokine balance and reduces levels of inflammatory mediators (tnf-α, il-6), while lowering oxidative stress (pedersen & febbraio, nature reviews immunology, 2020). this in turn slows inflammatory processes in chronic liver conditions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 211 www.americanjournal.org furthermore, combining physical exercise with hepatoprotective therapy enhances treatment effectiveness. for example, in patients with fh, integrating exercise with dietary intervention resulted in up to a 35% reduction in alt levels (journal of hepatology, 2021). overall, the findings are consistent with previous research and reaffirm that physical activity improves liver function, reduces metabolic syndrome components, and mitigates insulin resistance. from this perspective, promoting a healthy lifestyle, increasing physical activity, and implementing individualized training programs should be considered key preventive strategies in liver disease management. conclusion 1. the analysis shows that physical activity is one of the primary preventive factors against fatty hepatosis and other chronic liver diseases. regular exercise reduces hepatic fat accumulation, normalizes glucose and lipid metabolism, and suppresses inflammatory processes. 2. a combination of aerobic and resistance training has been scientifically proven to decrease liver enzyme levels (alt, ast, ggt), improve insulin sensitivity, and reduce oxidative stress. 3. a sedentary lifestyle increases the risk of fatty hepatosis by 1.5–2 times. therefore, the world health organization recommends at least 150 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise per week. 4. physical activity enhances immune function, reduces inflammatory mediators, and slows the progression of inflammation in chronic liver diseases. these effects also improve the efficacy of hepatoprotective therapy. 5. from a preventive perspective, adopting a healthy lifestyle, optimizing diet, and maintaining regular physical activity represent essential hygienic measures for preventing chronic liver diseases, especially fatty hepatosis and long-standing hepatic disorders. references 1. barrón-cabrera e, soria-rodríguez r, amador-lara f, martínez-lópez e. physical activity protocols in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease management: a systematic review of randomized clinical trials and animal models. healthcare (basel). 2023 jul 10;11(14):1992. 2. chalasani, naga*,1; younossi, zobair2; lavine, joel e.3; charlton, michael4; cusi, kenneth5; rinella, mary6; harrison, stephen a.7; brunt, elizabeth m.8; sanyal, arun j.9. the diagnosis and management of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: practice guidance from the american association for the study of liver diseases. hepatology 67(1):p 328-357, january 2018 3. elisabeth a. wikström shemer, olof stephansson, marcus thuresson, malin thorsell, jonas f. ludvigsson, hanns-ulrich marschall, intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy and cancer, immunemediated and cardiovascular diseases: a population-based cohort study, journal of hepatology, volume 63, issue 2, 2015, pages 456-461 4. friedman, s.l., neuschwander-tetri, b.a., rinella, m. et al. mechanisms of yg development and therapeutic strategies. nat med 24, 908–922 (2018). 5. hallsworth k, adams la. lifestyle modification in yg/nash: facts and figures. jhep rep. 2019 nov 5;1(6):468-479. 6. manuel romero-gómez, shira zelber-sagi, michael trenell, treatment of yg with diet, physical activity and exercise, journal of hepatology, volume 67, issue 4, 2017, pages 829-846, park, y., american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 212 www.americanjournal.org sinn, d.h., kim, k. et al. associations of physical activity domains and muscle strength exercise with non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: a nation-wide cohort study. sci rep 13, 4724 (2023). 7. ryuki hashida, takumi kawaguchi, masafumi bekki, masayuki omoto, hiroo matsuse, takeshi nago, yoshio takano, takato ueno, hironori koga, jacob george, naoto shiba, takuji torimura, aerobic vs. resistance exercise in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: a systematic review, journal of hepatology, volume 66, issue 1, 2017, pages 142-152 8. schneider cv, zandvakili i, thaiss ca, schneider km. physical activity is associated with reduced risk of liver disease in the prospective uk biobank cohort. jhep rep. 2021 mar 2;3(3):100263. 9. seki, ekihiro*,1,2; schwabe, robert f.*,3,4. hepatic inflammation and fibrosis: functional links and key pathways. hepatology 61(3):p 1066-1079, march 2015. 10. stephen l. chan,hyperprogression in hepatocellular carcinoma: illusion or reality?, journal of hepatology, volume 74, issue 2, 2021, pages 269-271, issn 0168-8278 11. stine jg, dijoseph k, pattison z, harrington a, chinchilli vm, schmitz kh, loomba r. exercise training is associated with treatment response in liver fat content by magnetic resonance imaging independent of clinically significant body weight loss in patients with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. am j gastroenterol. 2023 jul 1;118(7):1204-1213. 12. stine jg, long mt, corey ke, sallis re, allen am, armstrong mj, conroy de, cuthbertson dj, duarte-rojo a, hallsworth k, hickman ij, kappus mr, keating se, pugh cja, rotman y, simon tl, vilar-gomez e, wong vw, schmitz kh. physical activity and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a roundtable statement from the american college of sports medicine. med sci sports exerc. 2023 sep 1;55(9):1717-1726. 13. takao, s., nishie, a., asayama, y., ishigami, k., ushijima, y., kakihara, d., nakayama, t., fujita, n., morita, k., ishimatsu, k., yoshizumi, t., ikegami, t., kondo, m., and honda, h. (2020) improved visualization of a fine intrahepatic biliary duct on drip infusion cholangiographycomputed tomography: impact of knowledge-based iterative model reconstruction. hepatol res, 50: 629–634. 14. world health organization (who). (2022). hepatitis https://www.who.int/data/gho/data/themes/chronic-viralhepatitis?utm_source=chatgpt.com 15. world health organization (who). (2022). physical activity fact sheet. retrieved from https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/physical-activity 16. yang chao , yan peijing , deng jiaqi , li yujuan , jiang xia , zhang ben/exercise, weight maintenance, and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease risk: a chinese cohort study, frontiers in physiology, volume 15 – 2024 17. younossi, zobair m.1,2,3; golabi, pegah1,2,3; paik, james m.1,2,3; henry, austin1; van dongen, catherine1; henry, linda1,2,3. the global epidemiology of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (yg) and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (nash): a systematic review. hepatology 77(4):p 1335-1347, april 2023. 18. zhang, yunwei1; cao, chunyan1; li, chaofan2,3; witt, russell g.1; huang, hai4; tsung, allan1; zhang, hongji1. physical exercise in liver diseases. hepatology ():10.1097/hep.0000000000000941, june 5, 2024. https://www.who.int/data/gho/data/themes/chronic-viral-hepatitis?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.who.int/data/gho/data/themes/chronic-viral-hepatitis?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/physical-activity american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 40, | september 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org robust uzbek asr and tts for dialectal and noisy settings sukhrob avezov sobirovich phd, lecturer in the department of russian language and literature bukhara state university senigama1990@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article we present a unified recipe for robust automatic speech recognition (asr) and text-to-speech (tts) for uzbek under dialectal variation, code-switching, and real-world noise. we combine selfsupervised pretraining, dialect-aware lexicons, multi-script text normalization, targeted augmentation, and test-time adaptation. on simulated and field recordings, the asr reduces wer by large margins; the tts maintains naturalness and intelligibility across accents and snrs. uzbek asr, tts, dialect robustness, selfsupervised pretraining, code-switching, noise augmentation, multiscript normalization, test-time adaptation. introduction uzbek speech technologies are constrained by data scarcity, dialectal diversity (karluk, kipchak, oghuz strata), multi-script usage (latin/cyrillic), and frequent code-switching with russian and tajik. these factors degrade recognition and synthesis in classrooms, clinics, call centers, and mobile assistants that must work with low-cost microphones and urban noise. building on self-supervised acoustic pretraining [1], efficient hybrid attention models [2], and modern neural speech synthesis [3], [4], we design an end-to-end pipeline that (i) aligns multi-script text, (ii) conditions models on dialect cues, (iii) hardens training with realistic perturbations, and (iv) evaluates with stress tests that reflect field constraints. methods and literature review we ground the asr front-end in self-supervised learning: wav2vec 2.0 style feature extractors [1] provide robust representations from large unlabeled pools, later fine-tuned on transcribed uzbek with constrained compute. for the sequence model we adopt conformers [2] to capture local phonotactics and long-range dependencies; we retain ctc alignment for stability and add an aed decoder for improved code-switch handling. for robustness, we curate augmentations: musan noises and room impulse responses; band-limiting for low-cost mics; speed, pitch, and reverberation perturbations; specaugment masks on time/frequency. to address dialectal lexis and phonetics, we build a lexicon with grapheme-to-phoneme rules covering both latin and cyrillic orthographies and tag wordforms with dialectal variants where available. we integrate a compact subword vocabulary tuned to affixal morphology and script mixing. a light-weight language model captures russian insertions; scriptaware normalization preserves mixed-script tokens. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org for tts we follow a vits-style acoustic model with adversarially trained neural vocoding [4], adding (i) multi-speaker embeddings for accent coverage, (ii) prosody bottlenecks for stable f0 in noisy references, and (iii) augmentation at the mel level to avoid overfitting to studio conditions. we constrain text normalization to preserve uzbek numerals, clitics, and enclitics; the normalizer resolves latin/cyrillic variants and basic russian material without lossy transliteration. to anchor evaluation in realistic use, we adopt objective metrics (wer/cer on asr; stoi/pesq on tts intelligibility) and crowd-sourced mos with expert calibration. prior robust asr/tts work shows that selfsupervision [1], hybrid attention [2], foundation asr [3], and adversarially trained vocoders [4] transfer well to low-resource settings when data and perturbations are carefully staged. results data, splits, and stress protocols. we assemble a mixed-domain corpus: broadcast and lecture speech; spontaneous conversations from marketplaces and clinics (with consent); read prompts; and semiscripted dialogues. sources span tashkent, ferghana, samarkand/bukhara, khorezm, and border areas with tajik/russian contact. speech totals ≈600 h unlabeled and ≈180 h transcribed; ≈12% contains russian insertions by token. we create «stress buckets»: clean; street noise (5–10 db snr); music bed; distant mic (2–3 m); and dialect-heavy subsets. for tts we collect 30 h multi-speaker studio-quality uzbek plus 18 h non-studio speech (office/mobile), totaling 48 h across 18 speakers, with accent notes. asr benchmarks. we compare four systems: 1. tdnn-f + trigram lm (baseline), 2. transformer-ctc, 3. conformer-ctc, 4. conformer ctc/attention with ssl initialization, dialect tags, and noise curriculum («ours»). we evaluate wer (%) overall and by bucket. condition (test) a b c ours clean read 17.8 14.2 12.9 10.4 street noise 5 db 34.6 28.1 24.9 18.7 distant mic (2–3 m) 31.7 26.2 23.8 17.9 music bed (cafés) 29.9 24.0 21.6 16.8 dialect-heavy (kipchak/oghuz mix) 27.4 22.6 20.1 15.2 code-switching (uz/ru ~15%) 25.9 21.1 19.4 14.6 field recordings (clinics/call-ins) 35.1 29.3 26.5 20.5 relative to c, «ours» yields 18-28% wer reductions depending on bucket; the largest gains come from noise curriculum + ssl features on low snr and distant-mic subsets. gains on code-switching leverage the aed decoder and a small russian lm. dialect tags reduce lexical substitution errors on regional vocabulary and phonetic realizations. tts robustness and naturalness. we train: (t1) baseline tacotron-hifigan; (t2) vits; (t3) vitsrobust with multi-speaker + prosody bottleneck + mel-level augmentation. we report mos (5-pt), american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org character error rate (cer, asr of tts speech ↓), and intelligibility (stoi ↑) for clean playback; then add 5 db street noise at inference to test how well prosody and formants survive masking. metric (dev set) t1 t2 t3 (vits-robust) mos (clean) ↑ 4.16±0.08 4.27±0.07 4.34±0.06 cer via asr (clean) ↓ 6.8% 5.9% 4.7% stoi (clean) ↑ 0.944 0.953 0.961 cer under 5 db noise ↓ 14.2% 12.7% 9.8% mos under 5 db noise ↑ 3.62±0.10 3.75±0.09 3.92±0.09 listeners note that t3 keeps phrase-final lengthening and question intonation under noise; the prosody bottleneck and adversarial training encourage robust harmonics. accent transfer evaluations show that phoneme-duration control mitigates over-flattening of kipchak-like vowel qualities. ablations and error taxonomy. removing dialect tags increases wer on dialect-heavy test by +1.7 absolute (≈11% relative). replacing ssl pretraining with log-mel training increases field-recording wer from 20.5 → 24.2. eliminating code-switch lm raises substitutions on russian numerics and named entities. on tts, dropping mel-augmentation raises cer under noise by +2.3 points. qualitative analysis shows that latin/cyrillic normalization errors cascade into asr homophone confusions for named entities; in tts, mis-tokenized clitics produce unnatural prosody near enclitics. we catalogue the most frequent recognition errors as suffix boundary confusions, mid-word deletions at breath noises, and russian loanwords with uzbek morphology (e.g., magazin-ga). deployment considerations. we implement test-time adaptation via shallow fusion to user-domain lms (contact names, medications) and entropy-based on-device rescoring for low-power phones. the asr runs at ≈1.1× real-time on mid-range cpus with quantization-aware training. tts streaming uses chunked inference and vocoder caching, maintaining <180 ms latency per 1 s of audio at 22.05 khz. for clinics, a «noise-aware beam» raises decoding insert penalties proportional to estimated snr to curb hallucinated fillers. discussion two design choices matter most for uzbek robustness. first, self-supervised pretraining plus dialect cues: following baevski et al. (wav2vec 2.0), ssl representations reduce reliance on exact phonetic matches available in labeled data; adding minimal dialect metadata steers disambiguation where vowel quality and wordforms diverge. second, script-aware normalization: preserving mixed latin/cyrillic tokens prevents destructive transliteration that would erase contrastive spellings and degrade lm priors on names and acronyms. conformer depth [2] further stabilizes recognition under reverberation by mixing local convolution and global attention. on synthesis, adversarially trained acoustic-vocoder stacks [3] are resilient to non-studio target acoustics when trained with mel-level augmentation and multi-speaker conditioning. however, accent faithfulness and prosody transfer remain bottlenecks: aligning f0 contours to dialectal timing without over-regularizing vowel length is delicate. foundation asr models like whisper [3] are strong baselines for noisy multilingual input, but domain and dialect adaptation is still required to avoid russian-biased decoding and to respect uzbek morphology in mixed-language contexts. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 40 september 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org conclusion we presented a practical pathway to robust uzbek asr and tts that copes with dialects, scripts, and noise. the recipe — ssl pretraining, conformer ctc/aed, dialect-aware lexicons, code-switch lms, targeted augmentations, and vits-based tts with prosody bottleneck — yields consistent gains in stress tests and field audio. references 1. baevski a. et al. wav2vec 2.0: a framework for self-supervised learning of speech representations //advances in neural information processing systems. – 2020. – т. 33. – с. 12449-12460. 2. gulati a. et al. conformer: convolution-augmented transformer for speech recognition //arxiv preprint arxiv:2005.08100. – 2020. 3. radford a. et al. robust speech recognition via large-scale weak supervision //international conference on machine learning. – pmlr, 2023. – с. 28492-28518. 4. kim j., kong j., son j. conditional variational autoencoder with adversarial learning for end-to-end text-to-speech //international conference on machine learning. – pmlr, 2021. – с. 5530-5540. 5. sobirovich s. a. a pragmatically oriented approach to generative linguistics //current research journal of philological sciences. – 2024. – т. 5. – №. 04. – с. 69-75. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org aivazovsky's creativity in the state museum of art of uzbekistan karimov elyor researcher of state museum of art of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the creativity of ivan aivazovsky, his works about sea, as well as the technique he used to paint, which russian artists and poets he influenced, and others. in addition, aivazovsky traveled to some countries owing to his work, where he studied in order to achieve his goals and achievements. in particular, in the first decades of the 19th century, new trends and styles began to emerge in russia one after another. at the beginning of this century, romanticism began to emerge on the basis of classicism. at the same time, this article also talks about the famous russian artists of this period, karl bryullov and other artists. uzbekistan, museum, russian, painting, traveler, aivazovsky, marine(sea). introduction this article was learned a little in uzbek art and one of significant themes which is dedicated in order to research the work of artistes who lived in the xix-xx-century. this research is meant that which is relevance of the selected theme. each year thousand tourists visit into art museum. the compositions of one group russian itinerants artistes who is well known in history of russian painting which are being preserved in the uzbekistan state museum of art. these artistes are ivan kramovskiy, ivan shishkin, ivan aivazovsky and another artistes. it is considered that researching composition which is being preserved in museum with science one of task of author. therefore, this theme is relevance and actual. if we are going to glance the creativity of ivan konstantinovich aivazovsky who is famous as a marine painter a among itinerants artists, when he was young he was interested in describing wave of sea and depicting coast of sea, clouds, lands as well as who had mastered rapidly genre of marine i.aivazovsky was born in crimea of feodosiya. when he was young his interest was very huge, future artist had learned painting composition of masters that who had lived in recent history. for instance, he learned painting sacred composition such as bryulov, bruni, shedrin. i.aivazovsky came to sankpetrgberg and there he entered to study in academy of art in 1933th year. his creativity research had growth so rapidly as well as his work separated from another artist, as a result council of academy bestowed him with second degree silver label for his composition space in the sea. i aivazovsky’s composition was attracted famous persons such as pushkin, jukovskiy,krilov,glinika in that period. as a consequence, he was sent in order to practice to study in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org the ship in the sea in spring of 1836th year. this first meeting was deep love and step of social communication of aivazovsky with russian navy. the sailing in the navy in summer in 1936 not only which was enriched seeing element of sea, perhaps design of sailing ships which gave possibility to lead them. the sea was emerged as source to encourage to determine his main social direction and factor. it is worth nothing that aivazovsky tried to describe on truthful each incident of nature, hunter who is hunting fish in coast of sea, teenager who is working. i.aivazovsky’s contemporaries said that about huge creativity of ability of aivazovsky. because of his work he had taken the license in order to go italy as pensioner of academy of art. he had lived during several years in italy, he had created 13 masterpieces in 1840, he had created masterpieces during 1841, he had created 20 masterpieces in 1842. according to research of scholar who had learned work of artist, aivazovsky had created six thousand masterpieces during his life,4 thousand masterpieces was dedicated to describe view of sea, 2 thousand masterpieces was dedicated in order to describe land. there is no doubt that only six masterpieces of them are being preserved in uzbekistan state museum of art. aivazovsky’s masterpieces which is attracted people of the italy as well as which is send in order to show in exhibition. besides ambition was achieved through the creativity of aivazovsky which spreads in the world and it created opportunity to return to his hometown. the masterpieces is being preserved such as “black sea”, “the coast’s wave near feodosiya”, “sunset in desert”, “sea”, “sea with sailing ship”, “view of sea” in uzbekistan state museum of art. that is to say only one date of masterpiece which was found out, it is dates back 1884. each picture was signatured by artist which was paid attention by specialists in store of museum. basically artist had described sea and coast of it as well as artist had drawn with attention. only land described in sunset desert. therefore, masterpieces which is belong to russian marine artist as well as which is included original exhibits. we are going to research masterpiece “wave near feodosiya” where we can see coast’s sea and waves in masterpiece, place to consolidate boat. as well as painter had described widen land next to coast of sea with attention and depicted carefully condition of hill. therefore, artist described view of ship in the far distance he described the view of sea this masterpiece was made in painting method; base part of composition was filled with sky. calm sea was described in first project of picture. width of masterpiece is 45. length of the masterpiece 72.8. was constituted from fabric with watermark. that is to say we are going to write “sunset in desert” masterpiece, artist had described sunset condition as well as who described crowd of cow in the far distance, mill in desert and bull in order. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org as well as also artist depicted one mill. picture was made in 52,5x 76 volume into fabric with watermark. besides we are going to write aivazovskiy’s “view of sea” masterpiece is significant for everybody. calm condition of sea was described in it. masterpiece was dedicated condition cloudy day, action of sea was not described, it was emphasized to calm condition of sea, floating sailing ship in the sea, even ship’s shadow was expressed skillfully. withd of masterpiece is 17 cm, length of masterpiece is 27 cm was described as volume into watermark. researcher is interested in masterpieces of aivazovskiy which is according to character and it’s different, learning deeper work of artist, furthermore it encourages classifying divided into stages and periods. moreover “black sea” masterpiece is being preserved in museum. we are going to talk about it, in masterpiece when exuberant wind has been blowing the ship was described. dark color determines the name of masterpiece. artist tried to settle down view of sea and as well as who tried to show specification of sea to spectator. not only painting masterpieces of aivazovsky showed perhaps his graphic masterpiece showed in state museum of art. “sea with sailing” ship and “sea” masterpieces were created in graphic method by artist. i aivazovsky’s “sea with sailing ship” masterpiece was solved traditional vertical; we can see a lone ship in composition. its technique gives charm completely to masterpiece which was made in watercolor method. in it stormy condition gives psychological feature to masterpiece. artist pay american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org attention specific details, basically who had used to reflect skillfully in method of play of light and shadow. masterpiece was depicted to carton in 12.5x 8.5 volume with watercolor (wash drawing). artist’s next graphic masterpiece named “sea” and in it one-piece shipwreck was happened which was described. the sinking ship was depicted in left side of masterpiece and people on boat which was described next to it. we can see boat which is sailing in the right side of the picture.masterpiece was created from rare technique of graphic. masterpiece was created to the paper in grisaille style with quash. therefore this masterpiece needs to consecrate very delicate and restoring with attention in the future.withd of masterpiece was described 18 cm and length of masterpiece is 26.5 cm in volume. during 1846year i. aivazovsky visited creative trips such as sevastopol, feodosiya, kerech and odessiya cities where he had created 27 masterpieces. their majority was described impression through last journey and archipelago sailing. as well as in that year he had created view of revel, vyborg, crania gorki cities, moreover he had worked concerning category which is dedicated war of sea. aivazovsky had described that when railway was building in feodosiya before events who had described ships in the port next to sea as well as who depicted that the train has been going over the sea at calm night. aivazovsky had drawn the picture of “ninth wave” in 1850. i that picture early morning was described which appeared after stormy night. the column was described that people have been seeking salvation under ruins on it. aivazovsky had drawn that how the ship is breaking apart under wave pressure, how sailor is died under obvious impression. artist had woken feeling in ourselves clarity and bright light of early morning, who feels sharper the life giving light of sun, as well as who described clouds over the sea. aivazovsky had participated on action of navy in 1851. this incident enriched him with good navy. in that journey strengthened communication with navy and enlarged. artist had drawn some pictures owing to this. two pictures of them are being preserved in art gallery. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org first picture of them masterpieces of “vladimir’s ship is coming” was described by artist. furthermore ships are being raised with light of sun as well as ships are rising from coast and smoke of ships, aivazovsky had described interesting light of early morning moreover clouds over the sky were depicted by him. everyone know that aivazovsky is marine artist . but his capacity is not outsider for unexpected theme in diverse genres. the desire of differentiating picture of aivazovsky was begun in his work’s initial periods. after this desire such as in xaos masterpieces, in his second half of life such as reflective picture of “view of volga river” and “the windmill in desert” was expressed. as well as i. aivazovsky’s “storm in north sea” (1865), “storm” (1872), “black sea” (1881), “venice” (1849), “crete island”(1867) such as masterpieces are result of his journey. ambition of name of i.aivazovsky was distributed not only over the russia, perhaps it distributed in his outside. first time aivazovsky’s nice images introduced with south nature and sea. aivazovsky’s art had enlarged idea of diversity of nature and wealth of nature. in conclusion the creativity of aivazovsky demands to research more which is dates back xix-xxcenturies and which is being preserved in state museum of art specially it demands to conduct propaganda and agitation. as well as this article is written that we learned path of work of aivazovsky from russian artistes and we got acquainted their masterpieces who is dates back xix-xx-centuries. especially it is worth nothing that masterpieces of aivazovsky which is concerning sea which is being attracted attention of foreign tourists. the research of result illustrate that aivazovsky answered all events which is depend on life of sea with his art, we can see that he expressed lively it. moreover, aivazovsky gives a special life who arouses to art for spectator. i.aivazovsky’s contemporaries had said about huge work of ability of aivazovsky. including we can see it in next period of history. as well as forenamed masterpieces of well-known russian artists attract foreign tourists even it captivates uzbek spectators. references 1. national encyclopedia uzbekistana. 1st volume tashkent 2000. 2. national encyclopedia uzbekistana. 7th volume tashkent 2004. 3. n.barsamov. i.aivazovskiy. – simvoropel: cremia edition, 1950. 4. g.k.leotova k. bryulov. – leningrad , 1986. 5. n.g.mashgoshev i. e. repin. – москва, 1957. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org the content of the primary school teacher's use of innovative pedagogical technologies in the classroom saliyeva perdexan alimbetovna qoraqalpog’iston respublikasi pedagogik mahorat markazi “maktabgacha, boshlang'ich va maxsus ta’lim metodikalari” kafedrasi dotsenti, pedagogika fanlari bo‘yicha falsafa doktori (phd) tel 907368295 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in accordance with modern requirements, it provides for the development of professional knowledge, skills and qualifications of pedagogical staff of secondary schools, systematic improvement of their professional competence. aimed on the formation of knowledge, skills, qualifications and competencies in order to improve the quality of education. continuous professional development system, pedagogical ethics and communication culture, professional development, professional activity, introduction decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated may 26, 2023 no. up-79 "on measures for the effective organization of the activities of the ministry of preschool and school education and its organizations" and the decree of the minister of preschool and school education of 2024 no. 231 dated june 21, 2024 "on additional measures to improve the system of continuous professional development of employees of preschool and school education organizations" as well as the decree of the minister of preschool and school education of 2024 order no. 246 of august 7 "on the gradual introduction of events" day of professional development "and "hour of professional development "for teachers of general secondary education institutions", as well as the established priority for the introduction of advanced and transparent organizational and legal mechanisms for continuous professional development of teachers and specialists of school education organizations, the introduction of modern principles of personnel policy formation in the school education system based on the content of the tasks, the requirements and tasks are defined, which provide for the development of professional knowledge, skills and qualifications of pedagogical staff of secondary schools, systematic improvement of their professional competence on the basis of modern requirements. implementation of the state policy in the field of education, priority directions of the development of primary education in general secondary education and improving the quality of school education in the context of pedagogical ethics and communication culture of primary school teachers, the content of reforms in education and regulatory legal acts in the field, the principles of individual-centered education, scientific approach to the effective introduction of advanced, innovative technologies of teaching in the educational process, the classroom, the classroom. management, communication and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org cooperation with parents and students, methods of assessing students' performance, mechanisms for improving the quality of education based on the requirements of international assessment programs. the content of the training modules assumes the professional development of primary school teachers of general secondary educational institutions, the use of modern knowledge and innovation in their professional activities, the effective use of foreign best practices and the widespread introduction of technologies in the educational process, as well as continuous development of professional skills. during the course, they develop their professional skills according to the competencies established in the curriculum and the professional standard of teachers of general secondary schools. the educational reforms being carried out in the country in contrast to traditional education, the development of effective forms and methods of organizing the educational process in the primary education system, which serve to ensure the formation and development of children as harmonious individuals, scientific views, pedagogical theories and didactics leading to the optimization of the pedagogical and psychological foundations of education and upbringing of children of early school age allows you to create materials. the concept of higher education of the republic of uzbekistan defines the tasks of a specialist as follows: "a specialist must have the ability to work in creative communities, regardless of his/her field, skills in the field of management and marketing, have an accurate idea of economic, social and cultural aspects of the implementation of new technologies." these points are also directly relevant to teachers. because the fundamental changes taking place in our society, our penetration into market relations, require the teacher to be aware not only of professional knowledge, but also of economic, legal and technical knowledge. it is also necessary to dwell on the issue of the primary school teacher in this place. in the current elementary classrooms, the selection and selection of teachers has been overlooked by the leadership. there are no pedagogical councils that discuss the pedagogical activities of primary school teachers, there are those that approach these activities from a formalistic point of view. our analysis has shown that it is necessary to admit that a large number of primary school teachers in secondary schools do not have sufficient knowledge in certain subjects, do not know educational documents, and do not carry out targeted and planned activities aimed at improving their professional knowledge and skills. similarly, the lack of skills and qualifications of primary school teachers on the psychological and physiological characteristics of young school-age students, as well as the correlations between the organization and management and evaluation of the educational process, as well as the methodological aspects of the educational process, is stagnant between pedagogical reality and the pedagogical process.it is also clear that the problem is not being taken into account. consequently, as the great western pedagogue a. disterverg put it: "a good teacher never gives up on his upbringing. the teacher must work on himself/herself. a bad teacher is left to tell the truth. a good teacher teaches students to find the truth." as a result, the effectiveness of education in the primary grades depends on textbooks, teaching aids, recommendations, methods and mechanisms of the organization of the educational process, innovative ideas and tools of teaching, created on the basis of the ideas recognized in the concept of primary education. however, it should be noted that in this pedagogical process the role of the primary school teacher with high pedagogical qualifications and professional knowledge, who can create problem situations during the lesson and offer solutions, is especially important. the upper grade teacher is more focused on the fundamental foundations and general laws of natural and socio-humanitarian american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org sciences, their place and significance in human society, the differential aspects of knowledge delivery, the primary school teacher is armed with a complex of pedagogical and psychological knowledge, methods, factors and tools for improving the effectiveness of education, mathematics, native language, nature, human and society education. based on the age (physiological and psychological) characteristics of the child, with perfect knowledge of the scientific theoretical foundations of the fields of science, it directs to teaching the general aspects of science, that is, to provide integrative education. in addition, the primary school teacher is the educator responsible for the formation of the child's qualities of directing the elements of play activities to educational activities, feeling responsible, making the right decisions in some problematic situations, time planning, being attentive to the wishes of students, as well as appreciating the goodness and looking for a promising future. another important quality of a primary school teacher is the organization of educational activities on the basis of the principles of the continuity of primary and secondary education subjects and the principles of interrelation of primary education stage subjects. for the organization of pedagogical activity, the teacher must know such disciplines as pedagogical theory, philosophy, sociology, cultural studies, anatomy and physiology of children, psychology, political science. it also requires knowledge of the laws of physical science for the correct interpretation of objects and phenomena related to natural science in primary grades. in addition, today it is desirable to ensure the development of the technological process in the educational process, the involvement of cybernetics in the teaching of pedagogy. we believe that the essence of the teaching profession and its role in the development of society, as well as the main features of the teaching profession are formed through the subject of pedagogy. the low level of design of the educational process, mastering pedagogical technology, communicative qualities and research skills among primary school teachers has been studied, and the reasons for this situation should be indicated: is achieved through the application of the qur'an. as a result of various pedagogical changes, the methodological abilities of the teacher are formed. the pedagogical skills are the teacher who is able to overcome the difficulties of upbringing, the teacher is able to understand the peculiarities of the younger generation, feel their feelings, the fragile and fragile inner world, see the various difficulties of the child's life, skillfully approach them, have a deep scientific mind, who embody knowledge and creativity. it is no exaggeration to say that the purpose of the work of a primary school teacher is to teach young people to read and write, to teach them about everything in reality phenomena, to form human qualities and qualities in them. spiritual education in primary education, modern approach of the class leader to the organization of spiritual and educational work, the role of spiritual and educational work in the formation of the student's personality character, abilities and interests. organization of spiritual activities with pupils in the extracurricular activities (literacy, poetry, reading evenings, quizzes and exhibitions) using modern approaches. ways to engage students in extracurricular activities. guidance of students to professions through extracurricular activities (subject clubs, competitions, competitions). organizing extracurricular activities in collaboration with the school, parents, and the neighborhood. school, neighborhood, family partnership. teacher, parent, student cooperation. meaningful organization of practical tasks in primary education. planning and organization of practical tasks with a competency approach. the 5e model and its use in improving the quality of education. professional skills of the teacher in the organization of practical tasks. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. up-60 of january 28, 2022 "on the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026", t.: 2022. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated may 11, 2022, n up-134 "on approval of the national program for the development of school education for 2022-2026", t.: 2022. 3. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pp-231 of june 21, 2024 "on additional measures to improve the system of continuous professional development of employees of preschool and school education organizations", t.: 2024. 4. reed, s. & rivers, s. (). guess what! student’s book, workbook. 2021 5. teaching knowledge test (tkt), modules 1-3. handbook for teachers, university of cambridge esol examinations 6. khasanova, g. i. (2021). bolaga yilillgan ta'limni amalga oshirishda upbringing kasbiy kompetentiasisining ahamiyati. academic research in educational sciences, 2(9), 1051-1056. 7. g. i. khasanova "talim jarayenida dasturlashtirilgan uqitish tekhnologisidan foidalanishning afzalliklari" jizzakh: 2020.420 pp. 223-225 8. khasanova, g. (2021). oliy talim muassasasi pedagoglarining creative qobiliyatlari rivozhlantirishning contents. academic research in educational sciences, 2(1), 778-782. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 39, | august 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org mohammed othman al sayid and his political role in libya during the royal era )1952 -1969) eman jamail sekhail directorate of education in thi qar aymanjmyl28@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the current study investigates one of the modern political persons in libya and one of the important aspects in the libyan history is the royal era. it was full of inner crises, issues, and conflicts. in addition, the arab and international changes that happened at that time. libya became a kingdom after the declaration of its independence in 195. it witnessed a number of changes, events, and developments where its beginning was in the rule regime which became royal and was accompanied with the succession of the ministries until the coup and converting to the republican regime. this study deals with the life of muhammed othman alsayid and his political role in libya. he had an active role in the history of libya because he became the prime minister during a period full of external and internal political developments. his political role started with refusing the french domination. he played a major role in the mobilization the public opinion against the french domination and their attempt to annex fezan. furthermore, he became a member of the committee of twenty-one, whose mission was to write a constitution draft for libya, which consisted of 12 chapters within 213 items. he determined the form and regime of government. he stipulated the independence and sovereignty of libya under a hereditary monarchy, which is named (the united kingdom of libya). he also held a position in the advisory council. he was appointed as minister of health in the first interim libyan government headed by mahmoud al-muntasir, where he entered a set of laws that improved the deteriorating health situation. also, he was appointed as the prime minister. the most important achievement of his ministry was to amend the constitution and to transform the federal regime into a unitary regime. king idris was convinced that the time had come to change it, so he asked alsayid to undertake the task of transforming the regime. alsayid also entered some changes to the items of the libyan constitution. he also regulated the relationship between oil companies and the libyan government. he supported the algerian revolution that erupted against the french domination. he announced his resignation on march 19, 1963. mohammed othman alsayid, committee of twenty-one, constituent assembly, kingdom of libya, libyan unionist system american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org introduction ملخص البحث: تناول هذا البحث شخصية من شخصيات ليبيا المعاصرة ،وجانبًا مهمًا من جوانب التاريخ الليبي أال وهي الفترة الملكية التي كانت مليئة باألزمات والمشاكل والصراعات الداخلية فضاًل عن المتغيرات العربية والعالمية ،أذ أصبحت ليبيا مملكة دت هذه الفترة مجموعة من التغيرات واالحداث والتطورات والتي كانت بدايتها من وقد شه 1951بعد اعالن استقاللها عام نظام الحكم الذي أصبح ملكيًا وما رافقه من تعاقب الوزارات حتى انتقال الحكم الى الجمهورية ،تناول هذا البحث حياة محمد يبيا ألنه تسلم رئاسة الوزراء في فترة مليئة بالتطورات عثمان الصيد ودوره السياسي في ليبيا أذ كان له دور فعال في تاريخ ل السياسية الخارجية والداخلية ،بدأ محمد عثمان الصيد دوره السياسي في رفض الوجود الفرنسي ، أذ لعب دورًا كبيرًا في شرين التي تحشيد الرأي لرفض الوجود الفرنسي ومحاولتهم ضم فزان، كذلك تولى منصب أحد اعضاء لجنة الواحد والع مادة ،وقد حدد شكل ونظام الحكم ،أذ نص على 213فصاًل ضمن 12كانت مهمتها وضع دستور لليبيا الذي تكون من المجلس في منصب المتحدة(كذلك شغل الليبية مسمى)المملكة تحت وراثي ملكي نظام في ظل ليبيا وسيادة استقالل ية مؤقتة برئاسة محمود المنتصر حيث أدخل مجموعة من القوانين التي االستشاري ، وعين وزيرًا للصحة في أول وزارة ليب حسنت من الواقع الصحي المتدهور ، ثم تم تعينه رئيس للوزراء أذ كانت اهم انجازات وزارته هو تعديل الدستور ،وتحويل طلب من الصيد مهمة تحويل النظام االتحادي الى نظام وحدوي اذ اقتنع الملك ادريس بأن الوقت قد حان لتغيير النظام ف النظام ،كذلك ادخل الصيد بعض التغييرات في مواد الدستور الليبي ، كذلك نظم العالقة بين الشركات النفط والحكومة اذار 19الليبية، ايضًا وقف موقف الداعم والمساند للثورة الجزائرية التي اندلعت ضد الوجود الفرنسي ،اعلن استقالته بتاريخ م. 1963 محمد عثمان الصيد، لجنة الواحد والعشرون، الجمعية التأسيسية، المملكة الليبية ،النظام الوحدوي الليبي. كلمات مفتاحية: المقدمة تناولت الدراسات االكاديمية في العراق جوانب عدة من تاريخ ليبيا الحديث والمعاصر ,اال ان القليل من هذه الدراسات ركز على شخصيات العهد الملكي ,الن الساحة الليبية في تلك الفترة كانت غزيرة ببعض االسماء المهمة التي تركت ل والفترة الملكية .وتعد دراسة الشخصيات من الدراسات التاريخية المهمة بصمة واضحة في تاريخ ليبيا خالل فترة االستقال التاريخية وأن دراسة الشخصيات السياسية من الملوك ،لما لها من دور واضح وكبير في كشف العديد من الحقائق انهم. ورؤساء والزعماء والقادة من اهم هذه الدراسات إذ أنها توثق ألحداث سياسية مهمة في تاريخ بلد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org يعتبر محمد عثمان الصيد واحد من ابرز الشخصيات الليبية خالل العهد الملكي وذلك النه احتل مراكز مهمة مثل عضوًا في لجنة الواحد والعشرين والجمعية التأسيسية ورئيسًا للوزراء ،ومن هنا جاءت هذه الدراسة لتكشف النقاب عن معاصر. هذه الشخصية التي لعبت دور في تاريخ ليبيا ال أما الهدف من هذه البحث هو ابراز دور محمد عثمان في العهد الملكي ,ويحاول االجابة عن التساؤالت المتمثلة في ,من هو محمد عثمان الصيد ؟,اين ولد وترعرع؟, ابرز اعماله خالل فترة تسلمه منصب رئاسة الوزراء؟ ,ودوره في الى نظام وحدوي؟. وبسبب الوضع السياسي الراهن في ليبيا اهملت دراسة تنفيذ قرار الملك بتحويل ليبيا من نظام اتحادي مرحلة العهد الملكي واصبحت شخصيات النظام الملكي عرضه للتغيب والتحريف ،وهذا ما فرض على الباحثة مسؤولية اريخ ليبيا الملكي . البحث عن هذه الفترة من تاريخ ليبيا بهدف كشف الحقيقة عنها ووضع أثرها امام انظار المهتمين بت وقد تمت دراسة البحث من خالل المنهج االستقرائي وذلك للوصول الى دراسة موضوعية وقراءة واعية ،لذلك قسمت البحث الى مبحثين االول كان عن نشأته وبواكير نشاطه السياسي ،والمبحث الثاني عن نشاطه السياسي حتى عام 1965 . .نشأته وبواكير نشاطه السياسي. المبحث األول 17ولد محمد عثمان الصيد في قرية الزوية متصرفية براك بمنطقة الشاطئ بأقليم فزان ليبيا في . اواًل: نشأته وكان الناس وكان والده احمد البدوي الصيد يعمل قاضيًا ويرأس المحكمة الشرعية في الشاطئ,1924تشرين االول عام ،إذ كان مرجعًا لهم في فض النزاعات والخالفات خصوصًا ان في تلك الفترة لم تكن هناك يكنوا له احترام وتقدير كبير سلطة مدنية او محاكم تفض النزاعات ، لذا أصبحت داره محط اعيان المنطقة لحل الخالفات وفضها ،نشأ محمد عثمان كر الصيد في مذكراته بأن والده كان الصيد في كنف والديه حياة بسيطة وهادئة وكانت حالتهم المادية متيسره، اذا يذ يملك قطعان من الماشية واراضي زراعية واسعة ، و بسبب مكانة والدة االجتماعية تعرف محمد عثمان الصيد على ثم انتقل 1928بأس به من االعيان ورجال الدين ،ومن هنا بدأ اهتمامه في التعلم وحفظ القران وكان ذلك عام عدد ال ، وحفظ القران الكريم وعمره ثالثة عشر عاًم على يد الفقيه شريف المهدي 1937الى حلقات التدريس في المسجد عام . (i) الزروق american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org .ثانيًا: دوره في تشكيل جمعية الشيخ عبد الرحمن البركولي ونشاطه السياسي ضد الوجود الفرنسي اذ انظم 1945تساءل الصيد في طفولته وشبابه عن االستعمار لذلك بدأ العمل الوطني مبكرًا بإقليم فزان عام الى الحركة الوطنية ضد االستعمار تحت قيادات وطنية ،حيث كانوا يرسلونه الى طرابلس للتحري والبحث عما كان (ii) االخرى، أعلن محمد عثمان عن رفضه التام للوجود الفرنسي في ليبيايخطط لليبيا مع قادة الجمعيات واالحزاب الليبية ،أذ حاول الفرنسيون ضم والية فزان الى المستعمرات الفرنسية في الشمال االفريقي، الن بعد اعالن الحرب العالمية الثانية ودخول ايطاليا الحرب الى جانب قوات المحور ضد الحلفاء غزت القوات الفرنسية الجنوب الليبي ,وشكلت ادارة جعل اهالي فزان بكل الوسائل الدعائية يطالبون باالنضمام الى م ،اذ سعت فرنسا الى 1943عسكرية في فزان عام .(iii)فرنسا قد تباحث معه والشيخ مختار بن علي ونصر بن ذ "ان الشيخ عبد الرحمن البركولي وقد ذكر الصيد في مذكراته وحميد ابن الحاج احمد الكيالني وعبد هللا بن عمر القريد وعبد هللا بن بشير الزوي في موضوع تأسيس جمعية سالم ،فشكلوا جمعية " سرية لمقاومة افكار السلطات العسكرية الفرنسية لسلخ اقليم فزان وضمه الى المستعمرات الليبية ، عرفت ب)الجمعية الوطنية الفزانية( وهي تعتبر مظلة سرية ذات طابع اجتماعي وسياسي (iv) م1946سرية فزانية عام تعبر عن اهل فزان وممثلة عن المناطق والواحات االخرى لمناهضة االحتالل الفرنسي ،فضال عن ان تكون هذه ة وطرابلس ، وقد كان الصيد الجمعية جاء على غرار الجمعيات واالحزاب السياسية التي تكونت حينها في اقليمي برق الفرنسية التي كانت تخشى هذه أحد الذين حضروا االجتماع االول للجمعية ،وكان اجتماعًا سريًا خشية من الرقابة االجتماعات ، وتم االجتماع في دار نصر بن سالم بن نصر ،أذا اتفقوا ان يكون السيد البركولي رئيسًا لجمعية وذلك ن مساجد قرى فزان إلعطاء الدروس الدينية هنا وهناك ،وهذا ال يثير أية شبهة لدى السلطات الفرنسية ألنه كثير التنقل بي ،ووقع االختيار على محمد عثمان الصيد ليكون نائبًا ومساعدًا له، وقد فوضه الحاضرون االتصال بالمناطق المختلفة ( . vلإلقليم لشرح اهداف الجمعية ) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org فبدء محمد عثمان الصيد تحركاته الى المناطق االخرى فزار برقن وهي احد قرى الشاطئ ليتباحث مع رجاالتها ،استمروا بعقد االجتماعات والتقاء بأعيان ووجهاء المناطق وتهيئتهم لمقاومة أفكار االستعمار الفرنسي، عن موضوع فزان في بنغازي وتباحثوا (vi) م اجتمع الصيد مع رئيس ديوان االمير ادريس السنوسي عمر باشا الكيخيا 1946في عام . (vii) اوضاع فزان اال أن هذا االجتماع لم يسفر عن آية نتيجة م فأعتقلت بعض اعضائها ،وبذلك توقفت اعمالها 1947اكتشفت السلطات الفرنسية نشاط الجمعية في عام م اعلنت الجمعية عملها وطالبت بوحدة 1948الى فزان عام (viii)مؤقتًا ،ولكن لما وصلت لجنة التحقيق الرباعية فزان مع االقاليم االخرى تحت الزعامة السنوسية ،وبدأت بتوعية االهالي على رفض الوجود الفرنسي، وبعد مغادرة اللجنة يه بالسجن ست فزان أعتقل محمد عثمان الصيد وأودع السجن بسبب نشاطه السياسي العدائي لإلدارة الفرنسية ،حكم عل سنوات ،تم وضعه تحت رقابة الشرطة زمنًا قصيرًا الى ان اطلق سراحه بناء على طلب من مندوب االمم المتحدة ادريان . وهكذا استطاعت الجمعية التي أسسها (x) م 1950عندما زار مدينة سبهة في شباط عام (ix) ( adrian bultبلت) محمد عثمان الصيد ورفاقه ورغم االمكانيات المتواضعة من ان توعي الناس وان تبلور موقفًا موحدًا عبر عنه الناس امام اللجنة الرباعية ،اذ كانت سببًا في نيل فزان استقاللها . ثالثا: دوره في لجنة الواحد والعشرين والجمعية الوطنية الليبية التأسيسية. "اعالن م قرارًا ينص على 1949تشرين الثاني 21وبعد سلسلة من االجتماعات اتخذت هيئة االمم المتحدة في ليبيا دولة مستقلة ذات سيادة مؤلفة من برقة وفزان وطرابلس وتحقيق استقاللها في فترة ال تتجاوز االول من كانون م على ان يجتمع مندوبون عن برقة وطرابلس وفزان في جمعية وطنية ليقرروا دستور ليبيا ،وتعين 1952الثاني بيا ،وتختار مجلسًا يساعده ويقدم له النصح ،والغرض من ذلك هو الجمعية العامة مندوبًا عن االمم المتحدة في لي لعام في وضع الدستور ،ويقدم المندوب بالتشاور مع المجلس تقريرًا سنويًا الى السكرتير ا نتقديم المساعدة لليبيي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org لألمم المتحدة ، على ان يتألف هذا المجلس من عشرة أعضاء ،عضو واحد عن كل من الدول التالية )مصر وفرنسا . (xi) " وايطاليا وبريطانيا وامريكا وباكستان ،وممثل عن الواليات الثالثة الليبية( فتشكلت لجنة تحضيرية مؤلفة من واحد وعشرين عضوًا تم اختيار محمد عثمان عضوًا فيها ,وكانت هذه اللجنة مؤلفة من اعضاء االقاليم الثالثة بالتساوي ,فأختار االمير ادريس السنوسي سبعة ممثلين لبرقة, واختار احمد سيف نصر ( xii)بأختيار ممثلي طرابلس ,وعين محمود ابو االسعاد قام مندوب هيئة االمم المتحدة ادريان بلت ممثلي فزان ,بينما . (xiii) رئيسًا للجنة تم انتخاب محمد عثمان الصيد سكرتيرًا لمحمود ابو االسعاد مع خليل القالل سكرتيرًا ايضًا ,وكان عمل هذه اللجنة هو . (xiv)تشكيل جمعية وطنية تأسيسية تتألف من ستين عضوًا يمثلون المناطق الثالث على اساس التساوي العددي انه خالل اجتماعات اللجنة التحضيرية أعتاد ان يزور مندوب االمم المتحدة ادريان يذكر الصيد في مذكراته " بلت المكلف بتنفيذ قرار االستقالل الليبي ,و ان ادريان لم يبخل عليه بأي معلومة او نصيحة ,فأعتبر محمد عثمان م موعد لعقد اولى جلسات المجلس 1950شباط 25"، حدد يوم الصيد هذه الفترة هي فترة تكوينه السياسي االساسية التشريعي ,وقبل عقده بأيام قليله قدم ممثل فزان في المجلس استقالته فأبلغ مندوب االمم المتحدة ادريان بلت محمد . ( xv) عثمان الصيد بأنه سيمثل اقليم فزان في المجلس مع احتفاظه بعضوية في المجلس االستشاري أختلف اعضاء الجمعية الوطنية التأسيسية بشأن الدستور ،فمثاًل مندوب مصر وباكستان وطرابلس اعتبروا مشروع الى ان "دستور وليس دستور دائمًا للبلد حتى يعرض على برلمان منتخب ، وقد ذكر محمد عثمان الصيد في مذكراته مندوب مصر دعاه الى وجبة عشاء وعرض عليه ان يكون من جانب كتلته الى جانب باكستان وممثل طرابلس في المجلس ،في ان يضل الدستور مؤقتًا حتى يعرض في االيام القادمة على مجلس نواب منتخب يمثل الشعب ، وقد نوايا لكن حين طرح التصويت صوت الى جانب عرض عليه رشوة وسكن الئق في مصر ،يذكر الصيد انه ساير هذه ال american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org ، اكملت الجمعية التأسيسية عملها (xvi) الجمعية التأسيسية واعتبار الدستور الذي ستضعه سيكون دستور دائمًا" ليبيا عام ملكًا على ادريس االمير وتم اعالن الدستور وتم تشكيل حكومة مؤقتة برئاسة محمود 1952ووضعت م .( xviii),تم تعين محمد عثمان الصيد وزيرًا للصحة في هذه الحكومة ( xvii) المنتصر عندما تسلم محمد عثمان وزارة الصحة كانت الخدمات الصحية في ليبيا متردية بسبب اثار الحرب العالمية الثانية المدمرة على البالد ,فكانت المؤسسات والمستشفيات مهدمة ,بينما كانت القرى واالرياف معدومة ,فقام بتأسيس هو العمل بين الوزارة ونظارات الصحة في الواليات الثالثة , مهمه هذه المجلس1953المجلس الصحي االعلى عام ,وكانت جلساته دورية ,تعقد كل ثالثة اشهر , قام محمد عثمان بإصدار قوانين للنهوض بالواقع الصحي, فعلى المستوى تشرين 18قانون مزاولة مهنة الصيدلية بتاريخ -2مجلس استشاري اعلى للصحة العامة -1الداخلي قام بأنشاء شباط 2قانون طب االسنان في -4م 1956كانون االول 3قانون الحجر الصحي في -3م 1956الثاني تشرين 5قانون استثناء الهالل االحمر الليبي في -6م 1957اذار 26قانون مزاولة مهنة الطب في -5م 1957 هيئة الصحة العالمية ,حصلت ليبيا من خاللها على م.اما على المستوى الخارجي ,فوقع اتفاقية مع منظمة1957االول في مجال الطب, كذلك قامت مؤسسة اليونيسف نمساعدات عديدة, منها حصول منح دراسية لبعض الشباب الليبيي بتأسيس مدرسة رئيسية في طرابلس لتخرج الممرضات لرعاية االمومة والطفولة ,وقع ايضًا الصيد على ميثاق انضمام .,كذلك تم عقد اتفاق مع النقطة الرابعة االمريكية 1956ليبيا الى منظمة الهالل االحمر والصليب االحمر في ابريل (xix) المنتشرة في البالد المكافحة المالريا والتراخوم(xx ) مما سبق توضح الدور الذي لعبة الصيد في استقالل ليبيا . ووضع دستور للبالد، كذلك النهوض بالواقع الصحي الليبي خالل تسلمه وزارة الصحة الليبية . .1965المبحث الثاني :محمد عثمان الصيد ونشاطه السياسي حتى عام . 1963وزارة محمد عثمان الصيد ونشاطه السياسي حتى عام أواًل. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org شعر الملك ادريس السنوسي بصعوبة االحتفاظ بوزارة اثيرت حولها (xxi) بعد فقدان الثقة بحكومة عبد المجيد كعبار ، ( xxii)الكثير من االنتقادات ،وان الوقت قد حان لتشكيل حكومة جديدة المتصاص غضب المعارضة واحتواء االزمة أخبر رئيس الديوان الملكي علي الساحلي محمد عثمان الصيد ان الملك وافق على استقالة كعبار وانه يدعو بن عثمان لتناول العشاء معه ،وان الملك قرر ان يكلفه بتأليف الوزارة الجديدة ،وقد اخبر بن عثمان رئيس ديوان الملك بأنه لم يأتي أن الساحلي ابلغ محمد عثمان ان الملك قد أصر على ذلك ،وانه جدير ببن عثمان ليحل محل كعبار بل جاء ليعينه ،اال . (xxiii) ان يبدأ بالتفكير في االشخاص الذين يرغب في التعاون معهم م ترأس الوزارة محمد عثمان الصيد خلفًا عبد المجيد كعبار, وقد اعتقد المراقبين 1960تشرين االول 16في بأنه سيترأس حكومة مؤقته ,حتى يتم اعداد قائمة بأسماء رؤوساء وزارة مناسبين ,وذلك بسبب مؤهالته القليلة, اال انه حيث دعا الملك محمد عثمان الصيد الى ، و ( xxiv) منصب ألكثر من سنتينتمكن بدهائه ووالئه للملك من ان يبقى بال تناول العشاء معه ,وفي اثناء تناول الطعام ألح الملك عليه وحثه على وجوب تحسين االدارة الحكومية واعادة ثقة الشعب بها ,وانه اختاره ألنه واثق من انه سيبذل جهده في سبيل االهتمام بالشعب ,ومن جهه اخرى اراد الملك بتكليف الصيد من والية فزان ان يتقرب الى اهلها وان يجعلهم يشعرون بإمكانية وصول احدهم الى منصب رئيس الحكومة ،يضاف وهو الى ذلك نصرة محمد عثمان لألمارة السنوسية ووالءه للملك أدريس ،وهو احد الزعماء الوطنيين في فزان الذين ايدوا . (xxv)ظام االتحادي في الجمعية الوطنيةأقامة االمارة السنوسية على االقليم كما أيد ودعم الن اليمين الدستوري ,اجتمع بي الملك ادريس, وقد ذكر محمد عثمان الصيد في مذكراته قائاًل" بعد ان اديت وطلبت منه توجيهاته بشأن السياسة التي يجب ان تتبعها الحكومة في الداخل والخارج, فحثني على العمل من اجل ل بناء ليبيا واالهتمام برفاهية شعبها وأمنه والمحافظة على سيادتها واستقاللها ...,وان تتعامل الحكومة مع الدو .ألف الصيد وزارته ( xxvi) العربية وتحافظ على عالقات ودية مع الواليات المتحدة االمريكية وبريطاني والدول الغربية" بسرعة من وزراء أكفاء وبعضهم كانوا في الوزارات السابقة ،بدأ حملة استنهاض الهمم ومناشدة الجماهير مرددًا جملته american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org (( ،كان لهذه الجملة الدعائية أثر جيد في االوساط الشعبية ،فبدأ بالتقرب الى جئنا لنخدمكم ال لنحكمكمالمشهورة)) . وقد وصف مجيد خدوري محمد بن عثمان بأنه كان عصاميًا أذ ( xxvii) الجماهير ،وادخل في وزارته بعض المعارضين برز في سياسة فزان المحلية ،وقد دخل المسرح الليبي االن وهو ينشد الجمهور الليبي بكامله ،وقد ادرك بعد ان الف التعديالت بعض لذا أجرى والنفوذ القوة الى الوصول الى معارضته رغبة في ثمة معارضين ستعمد ان في وزارته المناصب العليا ،باذاًل جهده لتجديد الثقة باإلدارة ، واصبحت وزارة االرشاد واالنباء التي تسيطر على الصحافة االذاعة أداة بيد محمد عثمان الغرض منها نقل اخبار الوزارة وانباء نشاطها الى الشعب، وتوزيع الكتب والنشرات على الجمهور . ولتقويه مركزه في والية طرابلس ( xxviii) تمام الحكومة بتوضيح القضايا العامة للشعب وأصر على كتابتها بطريقة تبين اه الغرب عين فاضل بن زكري واليًا على طرابلس بداًل من ابي بكر نعامة ،في محاولة منه لكسب هذا السياسي المشهور في طرابلس ،كما نجح باستغالل عالقاته الجيدة مع البرقاويين لحل مشكلة الحدود بين فزان وطرابلس خالل مؤتمر عقده . (xxix) ،مؤيدًا وجهة نظر الطرابلسيين واعتبر هذا نصرًا سياسيًا لحكومته 1961ثة في اواخر تموز عام الوالة الثال أستمرت محاوالته في جمع تأييد ذوي النفوذ فوزع الهدايا والهبات المالية على رجال الحاشية والكثير من شيوخ . أن طريقة الهبات المالية ( xxx)القبائل المقربين من القصر الملكي ،اذ حققت له هذه الهدايا تأييدًا من المستفيدين منها التي اتبعها بن عثمان ستكون احد اسباب سقوط وزارته فيما بعد ،وذلك الن الشعب اعتبر حكومته مرتشيه واصبحت حاشيته بين ليلة وضحها من أغنياء ليبيا. .ثانيًا: دور محمد عثمان الصيد في تحويل النظام االتحاد الليبي الى نظام وحدوي كان من اهم انجازات حكومة محمد عثمان الصيد هو تعديل الدستور وتحويل النظام االتحادي الى وحدودي .وقد وحدة شاملة طالما تشوقت اليها نفوس الكثير من ة صدر االقتراح من الملك نفسه الذي اقتنع بأن الوقت قد جاء إلقام ابناء الشعب ،أمر الملك بأعداد جميع االمور والوثائق المتعلقة بالتعديل في الديوان الملكي وطلب من رئيس وزرائه محمد عثمان ان يتخذ الخطوات الالزمة إلخراج المشروع الى حيز التنفيذ، لكن محمد عثمان تخوف من احتمال قيام american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org المعارضة في واليتي فزان وبرقة ،فأقترح السير نحو تحقيق الوحدة الكاملة بخطوتين أساسيتين، االولى الغاء منصب رئاسة المجلس التنفيذي في الواليات واسناد مهامه الى الوالي الذي يصبح مسؤواًل امام المجلس التشريعي للوالية .والثانية . ( xxxi)جميع صالحياتها الى الحكومة المركزية الغاء حكومة الواليات بشكل كامل ونقل وقدم مذكرة بالموضوع الى مجلس االمة االتحادي 1962بدأ محمد عثمان بتنفيذ مشروعه في كانون االول تضمنت مشروع التعديل االول وبأشراف الحكومة االتحادية على جميع االمور التي تتوالها الواليات وتجريدها من كافة الماد بموجب الدستور لها منحها التي )االختصاصات الليبي ،كما تضمن (xxxii)(38ة االتحاد وجعلها من سلطة امام الوالي ويكون مسؤواًل ادارية يرأسها بمجالس القائمة في كل والية واستبدالها التنفيذية المجالس الغاء التعديالت (أذ غير 182، عدلت ايضًا بعض مواد الدستور منها المادة) (xxxiii) المجلس التشريعي بعد ان كان مسؤواًل امام الملك ( التي كانت تنص بأشراف الوالي على تنفيذ القوانيين 181اسم المجلس التنفيذي الى مجلس اداري ,كما الغيت المادة ) القضاء أتحاديًا االتحادية فأصبحت مهمته تنفيذ ما يصدر اليه من حكومة االتحاد بغية تنفيذ هذه القوانيين، ولما اصبح .( xxxiv( من الدستور التي كانت تنص على ابقاء السلطة القضائية في الوالية ) 185فقد الغيت المادة ) م وافق مجلس االمة االتحادي باألجماع على التعديالت ،فأصدر الملك أدريس 1962كانون االول 7وفي مرسومًا ملكيًا بالتعديالت الدستورية الجزئية التي عدلت على بعض مواد الدستور، وأعلن موافقته عليها دون ان تعرض ( ، xxxv) يات وافشال خطة الوحدةعلى المجالس التشريعية للواليات الثالث ،ويرجع ذلك الى خشيتهم من معارضة الوال وقد علق رئيس الوزراء السابق مصطفى احمد بن حليم على هذه التعديالت الجزئية اذ قال "بأن ابن عثمان لم تكن لديه الشجاعة الكافية للتعديل الجذري للدستور ،ويبدو أن الملك شعر بأن تعدياًل جذريًا للدستور يتطلب رئيسًا للحكومة اكثر . ويبدوا ان رأي بن حليم مقنع الى حًد ما ،أضافة الى ان الملك ( xxxvi) القريب"قوة وعلمًا فأجل التعديل الى المستقبل خشي من ردود افعال قوية تجاه التعديالت الدستورية فأمر بتعديالت جزئية . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org ثالثًا: المشاكل بين محمد عثمان الصيد وشركات النفط تحدث محمد عثمان الصيد رئيس وزراء ليبيا في مذكراته عن الخالفات والمشاكل التي حدثت بين حكومته وشركات النفط, ويرجع سببها الى االعفاءات الكمركية التي حصلت عليها الشركات النفطية العاملة في ليبيا, على المعدات والسلع هذه االعفاءات في عهد حكومة مصطفى احمد بن حليم ,وذلك من التي تستوردها , وقد حصلت هذه الشركات على اجل تشجيع الشركات واغرائها للتنقيب عن النفط في ليبيا ,اال أن الوضع قد تغيير في عهد حكومة الصيد اذ بدأت ,لذا طلب الشركات فعليًا في انتاج وتسويق النفط ,لذا وجد الصيد ان من مصلحة ليبيا اعادة النظر في هذه االعفاءات أعداد الئحة بالمواد والسلع التي تستوردها شركات النفط 1961كانون الثاني 25من خليفة موسى رئيس الكمارك في . (xxxvii) وال تدفع عليها رسوم كمركية طلب الصيد من خليفة موسى اعداد قرار كمركي , يلزم سلطات الكمارك بتحصيل الرسوم الكمركية على المواد والسلع والبضائع ,غير ان خليفة موسى رد بأن مثل هذا القرار سيكون أمرًا صعبًا ,اال أن الصيد أصر على تنفيذ الى البدء بالزام شركات النفط بدفع الرسوم الكمركية على بضائعها طلبه دون تأخير ,مما دفع سلطات الكمارك الليبية م ، هذا االمر أدى الى تذمر الشركات والمطالبة 1961المكدسة باألطنان ,في المخازن الليبية ابتدًأ من االول من شباط اعترضت الشركات (xxxviii) بيا بوقف هذا القرار، وهددت اذ لم يتم تنفيذ مطالبها فستقوم بوقف أعمالها واالنسحاب من لي النفطية على هذا القرار وامتنعت عن سحب بضائعها ,وقدمت الى مدير الكمارك مذكرة مشتركة موقعه من جميع مدراء ليبيا, اعترضت فيها على هذا القرار لتلقي (xxxix)شركات النفط العاملة في , في تلك االثناء سافر الصيد الى تونس العالج ,فأستغل مصطفى احمد بن حليم والبوصيري الشلحي ناظر الخاصة الملكية ذلك ,حيث ابلغ بن حليم الملك بأن حكومة الصيد قد اتخذت اجراءًا خطيرًا تمثل في فرض الرسوم الكمركية على شركات النفط, لذا قررت هذه الشركات ف عملها واالنسحاب من ليبيا, وهذا يعني تدمير االقتصاد الليبي ,سمع الصيد بذلك فرجع مسرعًا والتقى مع قرار بوق ,حيث اخبر الملك ان هذه الشركات قد انفقت اموااًل طائلة على عمليات التنقيب 1961شباط 17الملك ادريس في american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org ,وان تهديدها باالنسحاب هي مجرد مناوره ,الغرض منها الضغط على الحكومة للتراجع عن هذا القرار ,طلب الملك مناسبًا .وعلى أثر هذه المقابلة أمر الصيد باستدعاء كاًل من وزير المالية ومدير ه ادريس رئيس وزرائه باتخاذ ما يرا الكمارك ,حيث طلب من االخير استدعاء جميع مدراء شركات النفط في ليبيا, ويطلب منهم نسخة من االتحاد الليبي ن هذا النوع ,فأبلغه الصيد انه عليه لشركات البترول ,فأستغرب مدير الكمارك هذا الطلب نافيًا وجود اتحاد في ليبيا م ان سيتدعى مديرو الشركات النفطية بتقديم نسخة رخصة من تأسيس االتحاد ,فإذا نفوا ذلك علية ان يعيد اليهم عريضة لهم تقديم عريضة موحدة في ظل عدم وجود مثل هذا االتحاد ,اذن العريضة التي قاالحتجاج, على اساس انه ال يح تبر غير قانونية, يعني انها غير مقبولة ومرفوضة, ويجب على كل شركة اذا تريد ان تعترض ان تقدم تقدموا بها تع ، وبعد فترة استدعى الصيد السفير االيطالي في ليبيا ,واستوضح منه سبب اشتراك شركتين ( xl) عريضة احتجاج بمفردها ايطاليتين تعمالن في مجال النفط في التوقيع على العريضة المشتركة التي تقدمت بها الشركات, مبينًا ان هاتين الشركتين عداء الذي يحمله الليبيون اتجاه ايطاليا ,فأنكر قد حصلتا على امتيازات عدة في عهد حكومة عبد المجيد كعبار ,رغم ال السفير علمه بذلك ,وطلب من الشركتين بتقديم ودفع الرسوم ,فتعد ايطاليا اول من امتثل لهذا القرار, ثم اتبعهم الفرنسيون . (xli) واالمريكان بتسديد الرسوم م ادخل محمد عثمان الصيد بعض التعديالت على قانون النفط ,بعد ان كانت فيه 1961تموز عام 3في بعض الهفوات والفجوات الي أضر ليبيا واستفادت منها الشركات النفطية ,تضمن هذا التعديل سبع مواد من القانون, مواده وهي المادة السادسة )وزارة البترول الليبية (التي وكان التعديل يصب في مصلحة ليبيا العامة ,حيث شكل في احد لها الحق في بيع وتسويق النفط, كذلك تم تغيير طريقة تقديم الطلبات من لدن شركات النفطية ,وبحسب هذه التعديالت كومة اصبح لليبيا فرصة للحصول على افضل الفوائد والشروط عن طريق المنافسة بين الشركات, بحيث استطاعت الح . (xlii) الليبية لنفسها على االقل نصف االرباح الحقيقة التي تحصل عليها شركات النفط من عملها في ليبيا american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org واخيرًا فقد نظم محمد عثمان الصيد في "قانون البترول " العالقة بين الحكومة الليبية وشركات النفط ،فقد جاء هذا القانون ليضمن حصول ليبيا على نصيب من ثروتها النفطية اذ نص على تقاسم االرباح مناصفة بين الحكومة السابقة يتبين دور محمد عثمان الصيد في تطور سياسية ليبيا والتعديالت .من القرارات (xliii) الليبية والشركات النفطية النفطية خالل العهد الملكي اذ ضمن عائدات تصل الى خمسين بالمائة بداًل من الثالثين بالمائة التي كانت مقررة. رابعًا: موقف محمد عثمان الصيد من الثورة الجزائرية. ضد االستعمار الفرنسي من أبرز األحداث ، سواء 1954تشرين الثاني عام 1التي اندلعت في تعد الثورة الجزائرية ئري ، أو من حيث األساليب القمعية التي انتهجها الفرنسيون للتخلص من زامن ناحية التضحيات التي قدمها الشعب الج . (xliv) الثورة والقضاء عليها الديني الوازع نتيجة الجزائرية وقدمت مساعدات مهمة الثورة التي دعمت العربية الدول ليبيا فكانت من أما والقومي المسيطر على ليبيا ،بحكم انتشار الزوايا السنوسية والحدود المشتركة مع الجزائر من جهة الغرب ،فتحولت ومن بين االمور المهمة التي جعلت الشعب .الذي دخل الجزائراألراضي الليبية إلى أحد أهم المصادر الرئيسية للسالح الليبي يندفع ويدعم الثورة الجزائرية هو حق الجوار, فليبيا تربطها بالجزائر حدود ,كذلك الحس الوطني الموحد الذي كان ، منذ بداية انطالقة الثورة كان الدعم سريًا بسبب (xlv) اتجاه الكفاح المسلح الذي يخوضه الجزائريين نيحمله الليبيي . ( xlvi) الضغوط الخارجية لكن بتزايد التصعيد الفرنسي على الثوار الجزائريين ازداد الدعم وأصبح أوسع ان عدم اسراع حكومة ليبيا في إظهار دعمها للثورة الجزائرية بشكل علني يعود الى الظروف التي تعيشها ليبيا في ذلك الوقت, وأول هذه االسباب هو ان حكومة فرنسا قد وجهت انذار وتهديدات وتحذيرات ضد أي دولة تبدي ام المباشر مع فرنسا وهي في وقت هي لم تريد خلق مشاكل عطفها مع الجزائر ,فضال عن ان ليبيا تخشى االصطد ،استمرت فرنسا باستخدام الطرق الوحشية في الجزائر ,في تلك اللحظة ازداد الدعم الليبي للثورة الجزائرية (xlvii) خارجية اعلن فيه ان من خالل جمع التبرعات وتهريب السالح الى الثوار الجزائريين, كذلك القى محمد عثمان الصيد خطابًا, " american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org الحرية وحقوق االنسان تجابه امتحانًا قاسيًا في البلد العربي الشقيق, وقال ايضًا ان فشلت االمم المتحدة عن اتخاذ سنة ,واكد ايضًا 60قرار رادع فأن العرب لديهم االمكانيات والتصميم على مواصلة الجهاد المقدس لو استمر الى " ، كما أمر جزائرية ,منذ اندالعها سوف تستمر بمساندتها الى النهايةان ليبيا التي وقفت دائمًا الى جانب الثورة ال الصيد وزير الخارجية بتقديم مذكرة احتجاج شديدة الى السفير الفرنسي في ليبيا ,كما عقدت الحكومة الليبية برئاسة واست احتجاج مذكرة بعدها ,ووجهت الجزائر في الوضع ,يبحث من خالله اجتماعًا طارئًا الحكومة الصيد الى نكار . (xlviii) الفرنسية ضد سياستها في الجزائر عام من الثاني كانون الجنرال 1961في طرف من موفدًا طرابلس الى بزيارة دوباري الكونت قام , م رئيس الجمهورية الفرنسية آنذاك ,اذ استقبله محمد عثمان الصيد بصفته رئيسًا للحكومة decaulle) ) (xlix) ديغول ,وقد حمل المبعوث الفرنسي رسالة خطية موجهة الى الملك ادريس السنوسي ,ابلغه فيها ان الجنرال ديغول يريد ان يبلغ ية الجزائر ,يضمن مصلحة الجزائريين ,ويلبي الملك ادريس عبر هذه الرسالة ان فرنسا ستعمل قريبًا على ايجاد حل لقض المفاهيم العربية ,لكنه يرجو من القادة العرب ,ومنهم الملك ادريس تفهم ظروف فرنسا الداخلية ومساعدته حتى يمكن . (l) اخراج هذا الحل الى حيز التنفيذ من السجن, بدأ الزعماء الخمسة زيارتهم الى ليبيا (li)بعد خروج الزعماء الخمسة ومن ضمنهم احمد بن بله ،ثم استقبلهم الملك ( lii)فوصلوا بالطائرة الى بنغازي حيث كان في استقبالهم اعضاء الحكومة الليبية والسلك الدبلوماسي ادريس ، طلب محمد عثمان الصيد ان يلتقي بأبن بله فأمر اللواء محمد الزنتوني قائد الشرطة االتحادية ,باستقبال بن بله ,وامر في أسكانه في منزله الخاص وان يوفر له كل سبل الراحة والحراسة االمنية الكاملة, بقي بن بله ثالثة ايام في بطائرة خاصة الى بنغازي ثم الى البيضاء, حيث يقيم محمد عثمان الصيد حيث ناقشوا أوضاع الجزائر طرابلس ,ثم انتقل . (liii) في تلك الفترة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org رغم صعوبة الموقف لم تثِن الحكومات الليبية ومن ضمنها حكومة محمد عثمان الصيد عن القيام بدورها تجاه كفاح الشعب الجزائري ومساندة الثورة الجزائرية. استقالة وزارة محمد عثمان الصيد: خامساً وما ان أنجز رئيس الحكومة محمد عثمان الصيد تعديل الدستور حتى بدأت االشاعات تدور حول قرب انتهاء حكومته السيما بعد ان اصبح محمد عثمان الصيد ووزرائه بسرعة اغنياء ,فأنتقد الليبيون بجميع طبقاتهم الحكومة ,على البوصيري -، كذلك استغل ناظر الخاصة الملكية + ( liv) انها حكومة مرتشية فوصل الى مسامع الملك ادريس ذلك بأثارة المشاكل الشلحي تذمر بعض المسؤولين في الواليات ,الذين تقلصت صالحياتهم بعد تعديل الدستور, وبدأوا ،ثم طالبوا الملك بإقالة محمد عثمان وتعيين حكومة جديدة, بحجة عدم امكانية وقدرة الحكومة (lv) للحكومة االتحادية ,على تنفيذ تعديل الدستور ,والتخطيط ألي مشاريع اقتصادية تخدم البالد ,كما انتقدوا مشروع بناء العاصمة االدارية في ،بينما استغل اخرون فشل وزارة محمد عثمان الصيد في (lvi) البيضاء ,حيث ارادوا من ان تكون طرابلس عاصمة للبالد ,الذي دمر المدينة تدميرًا كاماًل وخلف االالف 1963شباط 12معالجة كارثة زالل المرج بمنطقة الجبل االخضر في البالد من الضحايا , وما رافقها من تباطؤ في اعمال االغاثة عند مجيئها ,هذا ما دفع الى اعالن االحكام العرفية في ويبدو ان هناك نوع من عدم االنسجام بين الوزراء ومحمد . (lvii) وتكليف الجيش باألشراف على توزيع مواد االغاثة عثمان ,فضاًل عن اتهام بن حليم حكومة محمد عثمان الصيد بالفساد وسوء االدارة ,وقد اتفق معه بشير السني المنتصر . الذي كان يتولى منصب وزير الدولة لشؤون رئاسة الوزراء الدستور تعديل تنفذ ان تستطيع لتعيين حكومة جديدة ادريس الملك الضغوطات على اشتدت ذلك أثر وعلى فكيني الدين محي الى الوزارة اسناد حول االخبار ادريس (lviii) ,فانتشرت الملك بمقابلة قام بذلك الصيد سمع ,فلما لالستفسار عن هذا االمر ,فأبلغه الملك بضرورة تقديم استقالته الن المصلحة العامة تقتضي انسحاب الوزارة التي قامت .وافق محمد عثمان الصيد على ذلك فأرسل استقالته (lix)بتعديل الدستور ليعقبها تشكيل وزارة جديدة تتولى مهمة التنفيذ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org متعلاًل بأسباب صحية ,وقد شكر الملك الصيد على ما قدمه من خدمات لبالده 1963اذار 19الى الديوان الملكي في وبقى محمد عثمان الصيد في ليبيا (lx) في اثناء رئاسته للحكومة ,ثم قلده وسامًا عبارة عن "قالدة السنوسي" تقديرًا له (lxi)،غادر ليبيا بعد االنقالب السياسي الذي قاده معمر القذافي 1965وشغل منصب نائبًا في البرلمان الليبي حتى عام . (lxii) , وأستقر في المغرب العربي. الخاتمة توصلت الباحثتان من خالل سير العمل في مشروع الكتابة عن الموضوع الى مجموعة من االستنتاجات التي مثلت ، الموضوع بفكرة المتمثلة االجرائية وخطواتها الكتابة بأسلوب متمثاًل والرؤيا المنهج بين وجانست العمل باكورة واالستنتاجات كما يأتي : ساهمت عوامل نشأت محمد عثمان الصيد وتعلمه الديني واحتكاكه بأعيان البالد في دار والده في تكوين شخصيته من حيث العلم والسياسة والخبرة الواسعة ، مما مكنه من تولي مسؤولية االدارة والقيادة والدخول مبكرًا في معترك السياسي اتهم لرفض الوجود الفرنسي . ،اذ اشترك مع اعيان فزان ووجهاءها في اجتماع لعب دورًا كبيرًا في مواجهة التغلغل الفرنسي في فزان أذ كان يجتمع مع قادة الجمعيات الليبية لمعرفة ما كان يخطط لليبيا، يعتبر محمد عثمان الصيد من المسؤولين في تشكيل جمعية الوطنية الفزانية لمواجهة ورفض الوجود الفرنسي وجود الفرنسي واعالن رفضهم امام اللجنة الرباعية الدولية .،كذلك كان له دور في تنبيه الناس على رفض ال يتبين مما سبق بأن محمد عثمان الصيد كان من الداعمين والمؤيدين للملكية الليبية بزعامة الملك ادريس السنوسي ،اذ انظم الى اللجنة التحضيرية ولجنة الواحد والعشرين لوضع الدستور الليبي . وازدياد الثقة وفقدان الليبي الشعب بعد غضب الملكي السيما ليبيا تاريخ دقيقة من فترة الوزراء في تولى رئاسة المعارضة بحكومة كعبار، لذلك عمل على كسب المعارضة والمؤيدين بالمناصب واالموال والهدايا. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org بداية تحول النظام االتحاد الليبي الى وحدوي تمت على يد محمد عثمان الصيد اذ نفذ قرار الملك بتعديل بعض مواد الدستور . دعم محمد عثمان الصيد الثورة الجزائرية وكان هذا الدعم معنويًا كسابقته من الحكومات كانت مجرد خطابات ومذكرات احتجاج وذلك بسبب ان ليبيا كانت تخشى الجانب الفرنسي والتريد ان تدخل في مشاكل خارجية وهي مازالت في طور التكوين . قدم محمد عثمان استقالته الى الملك ادريس بعد ان اعلن االخيرة برغبته بذلك ، بعد ان بدأت االشاعات تظهر حول وزارت تقريبًا ،وهذا يدل على 10وزارته ،وكان تغيير الوزراء هي ابرز سمة اتسمت بها الملكية في ليبيا ،اذ تم تغير عدم االستقرار السياسي في تلك الفترة. الهوام )i(محمد عثمان الصيد، محطات من تاريخ ليبيا، الرباط، )د.ن(، 1996،ص 17 . )ii(المصدر نفسه ،ص37 الليبية )1911-1969(،اطروحة المملكة ليبيا وتأسيسه في الوطنية الحركة في السنوسي ادريس ابو بكر، دور )iii(ادريس محمد حين 172،ص2016جامعة عين الشمس ،كلية البنات، دكتوراه غير منشورة ، (iv ).36محمد عثمان الصيد ، المصدر السابق ،ص (v ).16-15أبراهيم ابو عزوم، الجمعية الوطنية بفزان 1946-1950، دار التراث للنشر والتوزيع ،طرابلس،2014،ص )vi( عمر باشا الكيخيا: هو ابن منصور باشا الكيخيا االكثر نفوذاً في بنغازي وبرقة ،تولى مناصب عدة منها مستشار إلدريس السنوسي ومستشاراً للحكومة االيطالية ،انتخب عضواً في مجلس النواب في برقة ،اعتقله االيطاليون بتهمة التواطؤ في خروج ادريس السنوسي من برقة الى مصر ،للمزيد ينظر الى سالم الكبتي ،ادريس السنوسي ،المجهول من تاريخ ليبيا ادريس السنوسي االمير والملك وثائق عن دوره .189،ص2013،دار الساقية للنشر ،بنغازي ،1السياسي والوطني ،ج (viiمحمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص)36. (viii ) اللجنة الرباعية :هي لجنة تشكلت من قبل وكالء وزراء خارجية الدول الكبرى بريطانيا وفرنسا والواليات المتحدة االمريكية واالتحاد ،واصدرت اليها تعليمات بأن يقتصر دورها على ذكر الحقائق يعني ان تذهب اللجنة الى المستعمرات وهي 1947السوفيتي في لندن عام العربية الدول جامعة وعضوية تام واستقالل ليبيا النهضة وحدة ،مكتبة ليبيا ،قضية الشنيطي محمود ينظر: . .204،ص1951المصرية،القاهرة، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org (ix ) وهو دبلوماسي هولندي من افراد الجهاز الدائم بالمنظمة الدولية ،وقبلها اشتغل في عصبة االمم يتقن اللغات الهولندية واالنكليزية ن يعي والفرنسية ،عينته الجمعية العامة كمفوض لألمم المتحدة في ليبيا ،كان يمتلك كل الخصائص التي تؤهلة للقيام بمهمته في ليبيا اذ كا ئي. آف. دي كاندول، الملك إدريس عاهل جيداً ضرورة ارضاء الرأي العام العربي والتوفيق بين وجهات النظر الليبية .للمزيد ينظر الى : .107،ص1989ليبيا حياته وعصره، تعريب ونشر محمد بن عبده بن غلبون، منشستر: د . ت ، (x ) مجيد خدوري, ليبيا الحديثة دراسة في تطورها السياسي، ترجمة: نقوال زيادة ، دار الثقافة، غير مقيدة بأي فكرة ،بمعنى التعرف على .128،ص1966بيروت,،قدم لها بيان سياسي موحد يتضمن 1948مارس 6رغبات السكان الحقيقية ،وصلت الى ليبيا في (xi ) هند عادل النعيمي، ادريس السنوسي ودوره السياسي في استقالل ليبيا 1890-1952،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن ؛ 309،ص 2009رشد ،جامعة بغداد ، seger, claudio g., fourth the italian colonization of libya the university of chicago 1974،p173. (xii ) ًمحمد ابو سعاد: ولد في منطقة سوق الجمعة التي تقع شرق طرابلس عام 1921،اصبح مفتي للديار الليبية عام 1935 ،ثم عين شيخا ،شغل مناصب عدة منها مستشار لدى االدارة البريطانية ،كان له دور كبير في قضية استقالل ليبيا 1937للمدرسة االسالمية العليا في ،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد، جامعة 1970-1903.ينظر: صادق فاضل، محمود المنتصر ودوره السياسي في ليبيا .52،ص2010بغداد ، (xiii ) john wright, " libya’s short cut to independence" the journal of libyan studies, vol. 2, no. 2, winter2001،p5. (xiv بيروت, ( والتوزيع، للنشر الفرات ج1، السياسي، التاريخ من صفحات والحاضر الماضي بين ليبيا المقريف، يوسف محمد .256-254،ص.2004 (xv ).63محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق، ص (xvi ).69المصدر نفسه ،ص (xvii ) محمود المنتصر: ولد في مدينة العجيالت التابعة الى اقليم طرابلس ،اكمل دراسته االبتدائية في االقليم نفسه ،ثم سافر الى ايطاليا ام واكمل دراسته ثم دخل الكلية العسكرية ،ترأس اول حكومة ليبية مؤقتة ،وبعد اعالن استقالل ليبيا شكل الحكومة االتحادية االولى ،وفي ع . 1970اعتقل المنتصر وبقي في السجن حتى وفاته عام 1969عين بتشكيل حكومة ثانية ،وبعد انقالب القذافي على الحكم الملكي عام 1964 للمزيد ينظر: صادق فاضل ،المصدر السابق. (xviii ).206سامي حكيم، استقالل ليبيا بين جامعة الدول العربية واالمم المتحدة ،دار الكتاب الجديد،1965،ص ) xix( هو برنامج وضعته امريكا لمساعدة الدول الفقيرة بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية ،وضعه الرئيس االمريكي النقطة الرابعة االمريكية . قدم هذا البرنامج لليبيا دعم فني ،وخبرات تقنية في مجاالت عدة م ،كانت ليبيا من ضمن الدول المشمولة بهذا البرنامج ، 1949ترومان عام رابعة، منها الزراعة والصحة والتعليم وغيرها من المجاالت .للمزيد ينظر : احمد بهاء الدين، االستعمار االمريكي الجديد أو برنامج النقطة ال مطبعة الفكرة، القاهرة ،)د.ت(. (xx ).127-125محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق،ص (xxi ) عبد المجيد كعبار: ولد عبد المجيد في احد مدن اقليم طرابلس، عام 1909،كان لعائلته تاريخ طويل في مواجهة المحتل االيطالي ،شغل مناصب عدة منها وزير في حكومة مصطفى بن حليم ،ثم رئيساً للوزراء 1946،شارك في تأسيس الجبهة الوطنية الطرابلسية عام . 115المصدر السابق،ص : صادق فاضل،.ينظر1986،اعتقل بعد انقالب القذافي لكن اطلق سراحه فيما بعد، توفي عام 1960-1957عام american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org (xxii ) ابن رشد التربية ،كلية ماجستير غير منشورة ليبيا1951-1963،رسالة في السياسية التطورات الربيعي، فاضل مجيد مي .105،ص2000،جامعة بغداد، (xxiii ).348مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق، ص (xxiv ) برقية من السفارة االمريكية بطرابلس الى وزارة الخارجية االمريكية ،المرقمة a-271.1964 بتاريخ 19 شباط، (xxv ).348مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق،ص (xxvi ).137-136محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق،ص (xxvii ) .279مصطفى احمد بن حليم، ليبيا انبعاث أمة-سقوط دولة ،منشورات الجمل،المانيا،2003،ص (xxviii ).349مجيد خدوري ، المصدر السابق،ص (xxix ).350مي فاضل، المصدر السابق،ص108.؛ مجيد خدوري المصدر السابق،ص (xxx ).280مصطفى احمد بن حليم، انبعاث أمة،ص (xxxi ).352مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق،ص (xxxii ) التشريعية ،السلطة الواليات بين السياسة تنسيق وتوحيد ،لضمان الليبي يتولى االتحاد الليبي الدستور المادة )38( من تنص صدير، المتعلقة بالمسائل التالية وتتولى الواليات سلطة تنفيذها تحت اشراف االتحاد الليبي .)نظام الشركات ،البنوك، تنظيم االستيراد والت الجمعية الوطنية الليبية ،دستور المملكة الليبية ،مطبعة : ينظر .االحتكارات واالمتيازات ، وغيرها من المسائل .للمزيد عن مواد الدستور دار 1951برقة،–الحكومة االخرى، العربية الدول ودساتير الليبي للدستور مقارنة دراسة الدستوري ،القانون مرزة أسماعيل ؛ .1969صادر،بيروت، (xxxiii ).85-84سامي حكيم، حقيقة ليبيا،ط2،مكتبة االنجلو المصرية،القاهرة، 1970،ص (xxxiv ).110مي فاضل، المصدر السابق،ص (xxxv ).87-86سامي حكيم، حقيقة ليبيا،ص (xxxvi ) .280مصطفى احمد بن حليم، ليبيا انبعاث أمة ،ص (xxxvii ).146محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص (xxxviii ) محمد كمال احمد ،شركات النفط االجنبية في ليبيا والغاء النظام االتحادي 1956-1963، مجلة وقائع تاريخية ،العدد 38، يناير (،اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد ،جامعة 1974-1955؛ هند عادل النعيمي، سياسة ليبيا النفطية )413،ص2023 .59-58،ص2014بغداد ، (xxxix ).413محمد كمال احمد ، المصدر السابق،ص (xl ).147محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق، ص (xli ) علي معمر عبد المؤمن ،ايرادات النفط والتنمية االجتماعية في ليبيا 1960-1992،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية الدراسات .65،ص1996العليا ،الجامعة االردنية، (xlii ) . 66هند عادل ، سياسة ليبيا النفطية، ص (xliii ).424غانم شكري، النفط واالقتصاد الليبي 1953-1970،بيروت،معهد االنماء العربي،1985،ص (xliv ) رياض بودالعة، القيم الديمقراطية في الثورة الجزائرية 1954-1962،رسالة ماجستير، غير منشورة، كلية العلوم االنسانية ،جامعة .6،ص2006منشوري قسنطينة الجزائرية، american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org (xlv ) جامعة، االنسانية العلوم ،كلية منشورة غير ماجستير، الجزائرية 1954-1962،رسالة الثورة من ليبيا ،موقف ودوع محمد . 48،ص2001الجزائر، (xlvi ) ،فاتح رجب قداره ،الثورة الجزائرية من خالل الساسة الليبيين )مصطفى بن حليم ومحمد عثمان الصيد نموذجاً(،مجلة الزاوية .54،ص2015العدد السابع عشر ، الجزائر، (xlvii ) حبيب وداعة الحسناوي ،دور الشعب الليبي بمنطقة طرابلس في مساندة الثورة الجزائرية )1954-1962(،مجلة ابحاث التاريخ .4،،ص1996والتراث ،الجزائر، العدد االول، كانون االول، (xlviii ).134محمد ودوع، المصدر السابق، ص (xlix ) القرن في لفرنسا األولى الشخصية الفرنسيين غالبية ،يعتبره الفرنسية ليل عام 1890بمدينة الثاني في 22تشرين ولد ديغول: أصبح رئيساً لحكومة فرنسا الحرة في لندن ، أول رئيس للجمهورية 1940العشرين، شارك في الحربيين العالميتين األولى والثانية ،وفي عام تشرين الثاني 9تنحى عن رئاسة الجمهورية، توفي في 1969نيسان 28الفرنسية الخامسة، عرف بمناوراته االستعمارية تجاه الجزائر، في للمزيد ينظر: لزهر بديده، الحركة الديغولية في الجزائر . 1970عام من الظهور إلى المواجهة مع الحركة الوطنية، أطروحة 1945-1940 . 275,ص2010دكتوراه غير منشورة، كلية العلوم اإلنسانية واالجتماعية، جامعة الجزائر ، (l ) علي محمد الصالبي, صفحات من التاريخ االسالمي في الشمال االفريقي الحركة السنوسية في ليبيا ,ج3,اهتمام الملك ادريس .366ص،2005، دار المعرفة ،بيروت، السنوسي ملك ليبيا بالثورة الجزائرية (li ) احمد بن بله: زعيم جزائري وأول رئيس للجمهورية الجزائرية بعد االستقالل ولد في مرنية بالقرب من وهران في 25كانون األول درس في تلمسان والتحق في خدمة الجيش الفرنسي وشارك في معارك الجبهات الفرنسية خالل الحرب العالمية الثانية ،وانتخب 1916عام ، وقاد حركة المقاومة 1948انتمى إلى منظمة حزب الشعب السرية ،عين قائدا لوالية وهران عام،1946عضوا في مجلس بلدية مرنية عام ، وحكموا عليه بالسجن لمدة سبع سنوات إال انه تمكن من الفرار إلى مصر ،اشترك بإعالن 1952ضد الفرنسيين ،قبض عليه الفرنسيون عام وأفرج عنه مع رفاقه كل من 1956خطفه الفرنسيون عام 1954الثورة المسلحة مع الزعماء الجزائريين لتحرير البالد من الفرنسيين عام ، وتولى رئاسة الجمهورية بعد االستقالل 1962الشرف( بعد توقيع معاهدة أيفيان عام ، ا)محمد خضير وحسن عبد وحسين مضياف ومصطفى بله ينظر: مائدة خضير علي, .1965وأطيح به بانقالب عسكري في عام،1963عام ، بله ودوره السياسي للمزيد عن احمد بن احمد بن .2006,رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة, كلية التربية ابن رشد, جامعة بغداد,1965واالقتصادي واالجتماعي حتى (lii ) خالد مصباح عبد هللا الحسناوي، العالقات الليبية الجزائرية )1981-1976(،اطروحة دكتوراه، غير منشورة، كلية اآلداب، جامعة . 95-94،ص2014الزقازيق، (liii ). 179محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص (liv ) 271 برقية من السفارة االمريكية بطرابلس الى وزارة الخارجية االمريكية ،المرقمة a1964 ،بتاريخ 19 شباط. (lv ).260محمد عثمان الصيد، المصدر السابق ،ص (lvi ) كلية اآلداب ,جامعة, منشورة ,غير دكتوراه ليبيا 1963-1977,اطروحة في الداخلية السياسة ,التطورات صالح محمد نهاية . 40,ص2010الموصل, (lvii ) .280مصطفى احمد بن حليم، صفحات مطوية، ص (lviii ) davide. long and bernard reich, the middle east government and politics of the north africa ,colorado,1980,p27. (lix ).353مجيد خدوري، المصدر السابق ،ص american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org (lx ).41محمد عثمان الصيد ،المصدر السابق، ص 263؛ نهاية صالح ،المصدر السابق،ص (lxi ) هو معمر محمد عبد السالم بن حميد حمد بن محمد ابو منيار القذافي من قبيلة القذافي ولد عام 1942في قرية اسمها جهنم في وادي انتقل إلى مدينة سبها في الجنوب، وهناك 1956سرت ألسرة تعمل في الزراعة وتربية الماشية ،أكمل تعليمه االبتدائي في بلدته ،وفي عام المدرسة عام السياسي طرد من السياسية وبسبب نشاطه المجاالت اهتمامه في الناصر وصب المصري جمال عبد الرئيس بأفكار تأثر فاضطرت أسرته إلى مغادرة سبها ،التحق بعدها لدراسة التاريخ في الجامعة الليبية في بنغازي ،لكن سرعان ما ترك الجامعة عام 1961 وعين ضابطا في وحدة االتصاالت في الجيش الليبي ،قاد مجموعة 1965لينظم إلى األكاديمية العسكرية في بنغازي وتخرج منها عام 1963 ,الشركة .ينظر: .مسعود الخوند، الموسوعة التاريخية الجغرافية 1969الضباط الوحدويون األحرار ضد الحكم السنوسي في األول من أيلول 84,ص2004، 18د جبغدا العالمية للموسوعات, (lxii ) العهد الملكي 1951-1969,مجلة سر من رأى ,تكريت,المجلد9,العدد32,السنة الليبي في الجيش وليد خالد يوسف, نشأة وتطور .377,ص 2013كانون الثاني9 قائمة المصادر اوال: الوثائق المنشورة: ،المرقمة -1 االمريكية الخارجية وزارة الى بطرابلس االمريكية السفارة من شباط 19،بتاريخ -a 271برقية www.libyaalmostakbal.comمنشورة على الموقع التالي : .1964 ثانياً: الرسائل واألطاريح الجامعية: 1911ادريس محمد حين ابو بكر، دور ادريس السنوسي في الحركة الوطنية في ليبيا وتأسيسه المملكة الليبية ) -2 . 2016(،اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ،كلية البنات، جامعة عين الشمس ،،1969 غير منشورة(، (،اطروحة دكتوراه19761981خالد مصباح عبد هللا الحسناوي، العالقات الليبية الجزائرية ) -3 .2014كلية اآلداب، جامعة الزقازيق، الجزائرية -4 الثورة في الديمقراطية القيم بودالعة، ماجستير19621954رياض كلية ،رسالة منشورة، غير . 2006العلوم االنسانية ،جامعة منشوري قسنطينة الجزائرية، ليبيا -5 السياسي في المنتصر ودوره غير منشورة ،كلية ،رسالة ماجستير 1970-1903صادق فاضل، محمود . 2010التربية ابن رشد، جامعة بغداد ، ،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة 1992-1960علي معمر عبد المؤمن ،ايرادات النفط والتنمية االجتماعية في ليبيا -6 . 1996،كلية الدراسات العليا ،الجامعة االردنية، من الظهور إلى المواجهة مع الحركة الوطنية، أطروحة 19401945لزهر بديده، الحركة الديغولية في الجزائر -7 . 2010دكتوراه غير منشورة، كلية العلوم اإلنسانية واالجتماعية، جامعة الجزائر ، ,رسالة ماجستير غير 1965مائدة خضير علي, احمد بن بله ودوره السياسي واالقتصادي واالجتماعي حتى -8 . 2006منشورة, كلية التربية ابن رشد, جامعة بغداد, http://www.libyaalmostakbal.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org الجزائرية -9 الثورة من ليبيا ،موقف ودوع ماجستير1962-1954محمد العلوم ،رسالة ،كلية منشورة غير . 2001االنسانية ،جامعة الجزائر، ،رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة ،كلية التربية 19631951مي فاضل مجيد الربيعي، التطورات السياسية في ليبيا -10 .2000ابن رشد ،جامعة بغداد، ,اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ,كلية 19771963نهاية محمد صالح ,التطورات السياسة الداخلية في ليبيا -11 . 2010اآلداب ,جامعة الموصل, ليبيا -12 استقالل في السياسي ودوره السنوسي ادريس النعيمي، عادل غير 19521890هند ماجستير رسالة . 2009منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد ،جامعة بغداد ، (،اطروحة دكتوراه غير منشورة ،كلية التربية ابن رشد 1974-1955هند عادل النعيمي، سياسة ليبيا النفطية ) -13 . 2014،جامعة بغداد ، : العربية: الكتب ثالثا . 2014، دار التراث للنشر والتوزيع ،طرابلس،1950-1946أبراهيم ابو عزوم، الجمعية الوطنية بفزان -14 احمد بهاء الدين، االستعمار االمريكي الجديد أو برنامج النقطة الرابعة، مطبعة الفكرة، القاهرة ،)د.ت(. -15 دار -16 االخرى، العربية الدول ودساتير الليبي للدستور مقارنة دراسة الدستوري ،القانون مرزة أسماعيل . 1969صادر،بيروت، .1951برقة، –الجمعية الوطنية الليبية ،دستور المملكة الليبية ،مطبعة الحكومة -17 سالم الكبتي ،ادريس السنوسي ،المجهول من تاريخ ليبيا ادريس السنوسي االمير والملك وثائق عن دوره السياسي -18 . 2013، 1والوطني ، ،دار الساقية ،بنغازي، ج . 1965سامي حكيم، استقالل ليبيا بين جامعة الدول العربية واالمم المتحدة ،دار الكتاب الجديد، )د.م( ، -19 .1970،مكتبة االنجلو المصرية،القاهرة، 2سامي حكيم، حقيقة ليبيا،ط -20 صفحات من التاريخ االسالمي في الشمال االفريقي الحركة السنوسية في ليبيا , اهتمام علي محمد الصالبي, -21 2005، دار المعرفة،بيروت،3، ج الملك ادريس السنوسي ملك ليبيا بالثورة الجزائرية . 1985،معهد االنماء العربي، بيروت، 19701953غانم شكري، النفط واالقتصاد الليبي -22 ليبيا الحديثة دراسة في تطورها السياسي، ترجمة نقوال زيادة، مراجعة ناصر الدين األسد، دار مجيد خدوري, -23 . 1966الثقافة،بيروت, . 1996الرباط ، ) د. ط(محمد عثمان الصيد، محطات من تاريخ ليبيا، -24 للنشر والتوزيع، حم -25 الفرات التاريخ السياسي، بين الماضي والحاضر صفحات من ليبيا مد يوسف المقريف، . 2004 ، 1جبيروت, . 1951محمود الشنيطي ،قضية ليبيا ،مكتبة النهضة المصرية،القاهرة، -26 .2003سقوط دولة ،منشورات الجمل،المانيا،-مصطفى احمد بن حليم، ليبيا انبعاث أمة -27 ئي. آف. دي كاندول، الملك إدريس عاهل ليبيا حياته وعصره، تعريب ونشر محمد بن عبده بن غلبون، منشستر: -28 . 1989د . ت ، رابعا : الكتب االجنبية: 29davide. long and bernard reich, the middle east government and politics of the north africa ,colorado,1980 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org 30john wright, " libya’s short cut to independence" the journal of libyan studies, vol. 2, no. 2, winter2001 31seger, claudio g., fourth the italian colonization of libya the university of chicago 1974. -خامسا : البحوث المنشورة: (،مجلة 1962-1954حبيب وداعة الحسناوي ،دور الشعب الليبي بمنطقة طرابلس في مساندة الثورة الجزائرية ) -32 . 1996ابحاث التاريخ والتراث ،الجزائر، العدد االول، كانون االول، الليبيي -33 الساسة خالل من الجزائرية ،الثورة قداره رجب الصيد نفاتح عثمان ومحمد حليم بن )مصطفى . 2015نموذجاً(،مجلة الزاوية، الجزائر، العدد السابع عشر ، يوسف -34 خالد الملكي , وليد العهد في الليبي الجيش وتطور رأى 19691951نشأة من سر ,مجلة .2013كانون الثاني ، 9السنة ,32,العدد 9,تكريت,المجلد ، مجلة وقائع تاريخية 1963-1956حمد كمال احمد ،شركات النفط االجنبية في ليبيا والغاء النظام االتحادي -35 . 2023 شباط38،العدد -: الموسوعات: سادسا 2004، 18ج بغداد, ,الشركة العالمية للموسوعات, موسوعة التاريخية الجغرافيةلمسعود الخوند، ا -36 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org the integral connection between eastern and western philosophy qiyom nazarov doctor of philosophical sciences, professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes issues related to the interconnectedness of eastern and western philosophy. east, west, eastern philosophy, western philosophy, interrelation of eastern and western philosophy. introduction it is known that the history of philosophy is essentially a part of the history of humanity as a whole, while the history of national philosophy is a component of a specific nation’s history. in this sense, understanding the ideas and works of philosophers who are universally acknowledged by all of humanity, as well as examining how particular theories and teachings have guided certain peoples in a specific direction and led to certain outcomes and consequences, is essential. furthermore, understanding the philosophical meaning of historical events and phenomena, and how concepts and principles that have evolved and developed over time are reflected in contemporary society, is crucial for fulfilling the purpose of philosophy as a discipline. in this regard, the universal and national aspects of world philosophy, the interconnectedness of national philosophical schools, and the importance of understanding the essence of a particular people’s or region’s way of thinking require a shift from old paradigms to new perspectives. this involves enriching philosophy with modern content and developing it according to contemporary demands. initially, it is essential to deeply study universal philosophy, critically analyze the theories and teachings of philosophers from different regions of the world, draw relevant conclusions from modern trends and approaches, and translate important works of world philosophers. these tasks are fundamental and are key objectives in this field although the history of world philosophy shows that philosophical thinking from the west, especially ancient greece, reveals that eastern and western thought were not completely separate or isolated, there are many examples and arguments, particularly regarding the influence of eastern and western thought on each other. this interaction includes the influence on our national philosophy, shaped by the worldview of our ancestors. the history of this unique and fascinating process is deeply intertwined with the influence of ancient greek and roman philosophy on the thoughts and ideologies of our ancestors. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org it can be said that the philosophical ideas of ancient greece and rome also significantly influenced the ideas and viewpoints in our country, and the connection between these influences and our people’s way of thinking requires special attention. particularly, it is known that the founder of western philosophy, thales of miletus, traveled to asia in his youth and was well-versed in zoroastrian teachings, which undoubtedly influenced his worldview. the concept of “everything originates from fire and returns to fire” proposed by heraclitus is acknowledged to have been influenced by zoroastrianism. plato’s followers were also well aware of zoroastrian teachings and, at one point, plato expressed gratitude to his students by saying, “may we be as good as zoroaster, i am no more than his humble servant,” reflecting his admiration for zoroastrianism. it is not a coincidence that the plot of the ancient epic “alpomish,” which has roots dating back nearly three thousand years, shares similarities with the plots of homer’s “iliad” and “odyssey.” the ancient narrative of “alpomish” predates the time of homer by a significant period. this connection warrants a thorough exploration of the similarities between the “alpomish” epic and other ancient epic narratives, particularly those from the sumerians and the hindus, which also share similarities in their thematic structure. moreover, the oldest version of the “alpomish” plot, which is found in the “avesta,” has elements that were later erased by alexander the great. it is not without reason that the removal of these sections is not considered coincidental. it is quite possible that homer was familiar with the works of thales, was influenced by his ideas, and adapted this subject matter either from him or his disciples. unfortunately, due to the arab and mongol invasions and later conquests, there are very few records remaining from the period of the avesta. the goal of these invasions was to erase any remnants of ancient civilizations. after alexander, the following invaders continued in this destructive path, systematically erasing everything that did not align with their values, including national traditions and historical memories. this led to a significant alteration of the historical memory of the people. the invaders saw it as their main task to obliterate national values and remove them from the collective memory of the people. for centuries, this mission was carried out so effectively that those who did not believe that the authentic creators of these ancient artifacts and values were the people themselves, namely those who did not appreciate these values and who instead believed in and served the invaders, became increasingly common. these sentiments have been ingrained so deeply and systematically that even today, many people living in the area where the epic “alpomish” was created refuse to acknowledge that the plot of the epic originated in the centuries before the common era. these individuals are not only those distant from knowledge but also a significant portion of specialists. in this regard, the famous scholar al-biruni, in his work “monuments of ancient peoples,” describes how conquerors ruthlessly destroyed all artifacts, and the local population began to emphasize the importance of remembering and preserving these historical traces to prevent their complete disappearance from national memory. al-biruni points out that the conquerors, recognizing the significance of this memory, left only those talents that served their interests, encouraging them, while destroying others, a painful reality he insightfully reflected on in his writings. however, within the former soviet union, the history of oral traditions, starting with the turkic epic that appeared in the 9th century and the “igor’s campaign,” was falsely aligned with the “socialist realism” ideology. this narrative wrongly posited that the epic “alpomish” had only a 1,000-year american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org history and had emerged in the lower reaches of the syrdarya around the end of the 10th century and the beginning of the 11th century, in alignment with party directives. it is indisputable that some articles from the middle of the last century were influenced by these misconceptions. in the era when our great scholar al-biruni lived, much attention was paid to the emergence of the independent barchin kingdom in this region and the restoration of ancient artifacts. if we consider that al-biruni’s work “monuments of ancient peoples,” written in a systematic historical style, is a product of that time, it can be logically concluded that the ancient plot of the epic “alpomish,” which has been preserved in our national memory, was indeed revived during that period. the fact that special attention is given to the figure of barchin in the epic, and that he is elevated to one of the main protagonists, and his name is associated with the title of king barchin, makes sense both historically and logically from a political point of view without needing further debate. in recent years, the prominent scholar katoni’s research has also confirmed that several millennia ago, the region along the amu darya was home to the qunqirat tribe, which later moved to the lower part of the region. however, despite the division of the people, the mutual connections between them were never entirely severed. this supports the idea that the political events described in the “alpomish” epic, particularly those in the bobotog’ and boysun areas, which depict the division of the people and the migration of some to distant places, reflect the historical situation of our people, encapsulating the traditional saying, “let the bond not break.” perhaps one of the reasons for this migration was religious, that is, it could be related to the spread of buddhism in our land during that time, which led its followers to migrate to other countries. this is also a repetition of a historical event that occurred with the beginning of the medina period in islamic history. the buddha artifacts found by katoni first in the surkhandarya region, and later in the lower part of the amu darya, where the present-day qunqirat people still live, support this idea. in the epic, both those who remained in their ancestral lands and those who migrated referred to themselves as qunqirat. the passionate verses about the ancestors of the migrating qunqirat longing for their homeland are not without significance. it has been nearly 25 years since the 1000th anniversary of the alpomish epic was celebrated in our country, a time when we had not yet gained independence. during that time, the influence of the longstanding “taboos” in the thinking of the previous ideological system still held a certain degree of power, and the new generation of historians had not yet fully developed a philosophical perspective that was entirely in tune with the newly independent uzbekistan’s history. this is also true, and in this sense, while a nation gains independence, it is difficult for its thinking to become fully independent in a day or a year. this process may take several years, sometimes even decades. during this process, the restoration of historical pages, the renewal of ideas about significant events and their gradual development, and the establishment of historical truths lead to a complex change. in this process, the connection between the fragmented points of the past, the discontinuity chain created by invasions, the continuity principle of historical events, and the emergence of a new philosophical perspective on history are restored. today, this process is clearly evident. new opportunities are being created for a new approach to history, a new generation of historians with an independent mindset is forming, and the broken points of our glorious past are being reconnected. the fundamental truths about these points are being restored. in this process, the original roots of uzbek philosophy, the ancient roots of national thought american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org reflected in the oral traditions of our people, and the classical artifacts restored in the post-christian era will undoubtedly also be restored. history can sometimes be understood not only through historical facts, archaeological evidence, and dates but also through philosophical understanding and logical conclusions. in fact, it is only now that fields such as “philosophy of history,” “history of philosophy,” and “uzbek philosophy,” which have started to expand in our country, are crucially defined by their social-philosophical essence, vital significance, and pressing tasks. the thoughts about the historical roots of the connection between uzbek philosophy and western philosophy also have their own logic, and the events that occurred in the depths of the periods naturally follow their own specific progression. as we know, before the common era, the jewish people, who had been expelled from their homeland and scattered among the city-states of the athens alliance and rome, had caused christianity to spread. in the early centuries of the common era, christianity became the official state religion within the territory of the roman empire. christian churches and religious education systems spread throughout the empire. the christian clergy began to eliminate other schools of thought, education systems, and philosophical teachings within their domain. initially, the emperors controlled the christian clergy, but over time, the clergy gained dominance. in the 6th century ce, emperor justinian, under their influence, ordered the closure of all philosophical schools. the institutions and buildings of these schools were either destroyed or taken over by the christians. in 635 ce, the last and most famous library of “apollo” was burned down. gradually, the christians also took control of the governance, replacing the imperial system with the papacy system, and they became the sole rulers in europe. in this region, there was no space left for philosophy and the sciences based on it, and realizing this, around 700 philosophers traveled east. their various books, amounting to 70 camels in weight, were brought to the court of king aurangzeb in present-day iran. some experts suggest that “had aurangzeb been a person who valued knowledge, and not considered the visitors as enemies and ordered them to be destroyed, europe would have been completely deprived of its ancient heritage, and no information about it would have survived.” the wise aurangzeb, in contrast, took a completely different path. he showed respect and honor to those who came, providing opportunities for them to live. however, he placed a condition on all of them: they must marry local representatives of the population, establish families, have children, and teach the knowledge they brought to the local youth. gradually, over several decades, all those who came integrated with the local population, and by their own accord, they fulfilled aurangzeb’s condition. the philosophical sciences and teachings they brought with them not only began to spread across iran but also to neighboring regions, becoming famous among intellectuals. shortly after the last of the newcomers passed away, the qur’an was revealed to our prophet muhammad (peace be upon him), and the arab caliphate was established. to strengthen the caliphate, not only religion but also a solid scientific and educational system was necessary. understanding this, the caliphs made philosophy one of the core scientific and educational pillars, and it began to fulfill its unique scientific, educational, and ideological functions. many works were translated from greek or syriac into arabic, and the period was often referred to as the “golden age of translation.” during that era, anyone who translated a book was given gold equal to the weight of the book. not only was translation important, but explaining the essence and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org significance of philosophy to the people was also greatly valued, and a unique school of commentary was established. not only commentary but also many classical teachings and original theories were developed by muslim scholars and philosophers. a new and unique era of development in philosophy emerged. in summary, this dynamic process, which continued up until the time of ghazali, transformed the term “philosophy” into “filosofiya” and “falsafa,” and it led to the development of this field by its profound scholars. it also contributed to the emergence of many renowned works. one of the foremost representatives of this school, farabi, is still recognized today not only in the islamic world but also in the west as one of the most outstanding scholars in explaining and interpreting greek philosophy. his philosophical legacy, particularly the development of the “science of wisdom,” is one of the main discoveries of this period, and it laid the foundation for the development of philosophy in the regions where islam spread. it is important to emphasize that after ancient greek philosophy, no region in the world developed a system of thought that was completely distinct, yet continued many of its traditions, eventually creating unique concepts, categories, and principles. these systems of philosophy spread over vast areas and embraced multiple streams and directions. over the centuries, these systems were refined and gradually evolved, forming the “science of wisdom,” which is equivalent to unified philosophical theories and teachings. the subsequent development of this vibrant philosophy, which began with farabi, continued through figures such as al-biruni, ibn rushd, ibn sina, ibn arabi, maturidi, nasafi, umar khayyam, ulugh beg, attar, navoi, and many other scholars from the east, including the jadid philosophers who were the most recent representatives in our region, clearly shows the traces and influence of philosophical wisdom. the teachings and perspectives on this matter, when studied in the context of philosophical thought that evolved in our region, reflect the complex development process that has been ongoing since the times of the avesta. this historical journey, spanning almost three thousand years, has resulted in the creation of philosophical ideas and teachings that have had significant importance not only in our nation’s history but also in the history of all humanity. philosophers like al-khwarazmi, al-bukhari, al-farabi, al-farghani, al-biruni, ibn sina, mirzo ulugh beg, and alisher navoi have left an indelible mark in history. they lived, created, and contributed to the emergence of various philosophical schools, movements, theories, and teachings. although this history consists of different periods that differ from one another, its fundamental essence remains unified. it represents the common values left by all the generations and ancestors who lived in this region. in this sense, the analysis of this history is not about geocentrism, eurocentrism, or the limitations of ethnicity and national pride. instead, it is about a priceless legacy created by our forefathers, a part of humanity’s intellectual heritage, which must be studied impartially and from which lessons should be drawn, as required by the times. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the effect of artificial intelligence in the educational process of the english language asst. lecture. mohammed hayder mohammed dept. of english, college of education for human sciences, university of kerbala, kerbala, iraq email: mohammed.hayder@uokerbala.edu.iq orcid: 0000-0001-8938-137x mobile: +9647708024940 asst. lect. mohammed abbas mahdi dept. of english, college of education for human sciences, university of kerbala, kerbala, iraq e-mail: mohemmed.a@uokerbala.edu.iq https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3814-1880 mobile: +9647803080120 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of the present research work is set on how ai tools influence grammar, vocabulary, fluency, and comprehension in the learning of the english language. it goes on to discuss the ways these ai technologies improve learning outcomes in different educational contexts and their implications for educators and policymakers. case study methodology will be used with data from three diverse learning contexts in iraq , city high school, rural community center, and university esl program. the language proficiency scores at preand post-intervention points were taken to measure the changes, supported by qualitative findings of the measures of user engagement and user satisfaction surveys. conclusions regarding the improvement on an observed basis will be determined by statistical tests in a valid sample. the results indicated a tremendous improvement in the language skills of all case studies. grammar proficiency improved by 33.3% in urban high schools, 55.6% in rural community centers, and 30.8% at university esl programs, while vocabulary retention increased by 50%, 62.5%, and 45.5%, respectively (p < 0.05). there were also significant increases in fluency and comprehension, but the rural learners' relative gain was highest, being so easy to access and adapt for ai-powered tools. satisfaction surveys indicated a very high level of satisfaction among users, with mean scores for perceived ease of use ranging from 4.0 to 4.7 artificial intelligence, english language education, grammar improvement, vocabulary acquisition, fluency, reading comprehension, personalized learning, hybrid models, educational equity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org on a 5-point likert scale. several issues that have been raised concern infrastructure limitations and the need for cultural relevance. ai tools greatly enhance the learning process of english through personalized, interactive, and efficient learning experiences. although much potential exists in helping to bridge the gap in educational inequities, these are associated with significant challenges in access to technology and ethics. long-term impacts, hybrid learning models, and strategies for equity assurance in ai implementation are some aspects that need future research. introduction artificial intelligence has emerged in recent times, with applications within various industries and fields of endeavor, such as education. it applies sophisticated computational algorithms, allowing ai to handle volumes of information by recognizing patterns and making intelligent decisions that permit an increasingly personalized learning experience. in this respect, ai has introduced into the educational field tools adapted to individual learning rhythms, styles, and needs, making the learning context even more inclusive for learners. ai in education cuts across many aspects. for instance, ai-powered adaptive learning systems track student progress and recommend customized content to fill the gaps in their knowledge, hence improving knowledge retention and acquisition of skills. virtual tutors and chatbots simulate one-onone interactions with learners through question-answering, doubt-clearing, and even giving immediate feedback. such technologies ease the burden on traditional teacher-centered approaches and give way to a more independent mode of learning by learners. the capability of ai has applied very well to one of the most vital areas-language learning. besides language translators and grammar checkers, it allows pronunciation analysis. a number of these are ai-based systems for language learning that include duolingo, grammarly, among others, extensively revolutionizing real-time error correction and progress tracking along with engagement via gamelike activities. moreover, deeply improved linguistic analysis facilitated by nlp technologies makes ai very important, both for students and educators alike. ai further makes education inclusive in such a way that it caters for all kinds of diversified learner profiles. customized solutions are at the doorstep for students with disabilities, ranging from speechto-text tools to sign language interpreters and screen readers that make learning materials more accessible. this no doubt bridges the educational gap in the most under-resourced parts of the world with scalable and cost-effective solutions. these below developments demonstrate how ai is potentially able to solve some of the traditional problems in education and better pedagogical practice, thus better equipping students for a digitally driven world. significance of the english language in global communication english, being the lingua franca of the current world, stands out for a privileged place among other languages. as the most widely spoken language worldwide, it stands between diverse peoples, often acting as an intercultural medium. the fact that it assumes undisputed hegemony in areas pertaining to international business, science, and technology, apart from its central function regarding diplomatic american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org and professional activities, forces professional growth dependent upon great proficiency in that language. in the globalized world, english has grown to be one of the major skills necessary for participating in the global economy. most multinational corporations require employees to communicate in english, and hence it is a criterion for career development. scientific research and academic discourse mostly take place in english, which also highlights its role as a medium of knowledge dissemination. proficiency in english among these non-english-speaking countries opens up windows for them in the direction of pursuing high-class education from higher-ranked universities and offers research collaboration chances. the coming of the internet and associated digital technologies increased the importance of english. social media, online learning resources, means of communication-most of these are in english, and that makes the already existing digital ecosystem one in which proficiency in english enables active participation rather than passive participation. thus, the ability to communicate in english is no more a luxury but a dire necessity in today's digital times. problem statement despite this ever-increasing importance, most learners experience a lot of problems while learning the language. conventional approaches and methods of teaching and learning of english are insufficient in their scope to cater to the emerging multi-dimensional needs of individual learners; therefore, individual learners are least interested in showing or experiencing poor achievement on the whole. this is further deteriorating in the face of an acute shortage of qualified teachers and resources in underprivileged areas, therefore creating disparities in equal opportunity to access the language and to learn it properly. ai in teaching the english language can be one of the answers to these challenges. ai-powered tools have the potential to provide personalized learning experiences, meeting diverse needs and increasing the engagement of learners. however, little is known about their actual contribution to improving proficiency, especially within different cultural and educational contexts. the impact of ai on teaching the english language has to be understood if its potential is to be maximized and the gaps are to be filled. objective this research paper discusses the influence of artificial intelligence on the very process of learning the english language. the main tasks are to: 1. learners' proficiency regarding grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, and overall communicative skills in the english language is assessed with the use of ai-powered tools. 2. benefits and challenges: the study identified various ways in which ai can enrich learning experiences within an integrated ai-english language education setup and has also explored the barriers that stand in the way of seamless implementation. 3. the study, in this case, has identified highlighting of results to indicate their potential in improving educational outcomes, the discussion of accessibility and scalability of ai solutions, possibly providing insight into the role of ai in addressing disparities in the education of the english language. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 4. propose recommendations on how ai could be used effectively in the teaching of the english language: this would guide educators, policymakers, and developers on how to effectively use ai technologies. specific examples of ai applications in english language teaching and learning artificially intelligent english has innovatively shifted in the learning attitude of students with regard to their language mastery. the ai technologies in that respect are quite effective, especially concerning grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, and comprehension. ai-driven platforms such as grammarly and natural language processing (nlp) systems provide realtime grammar and spelling corrections, improving writing accuracy (niveditha et al., 2023). these tools analyze linguistic patterns, offering suggestions that enhance the clarity and coherence of written communication. additionally, ai-powered chatbots simulate conversational scenarios, enabling students to practice speaking skills in a low-pressure environment (zawacki-richter et al., 2019). the speech recognition technology installed in virtual tutors examines pronunciation and intonation in great detail. the gamification learning environment developed for instance in duolingo helps increase the effectiveness of vocabulary retention. hence, the effectiveness of language learning with duolingo becomes fun (ifraheem et al., 2024). ai also makes possible individualized learning paths for the students in learning english. ai systems base recommendations of particular content and exercises on an analysis of the proficiency levels of learners. such flexibility, consequently, allows making the best effect on diversified learning needs of the students within a multi-cultural classroom santons & junior, 2024. furthermore, ai enhances assessment methods in language learning. automated essay scoring systems evaluate writing tasks, providing instant feedback on grammar, structure, and style. these systems reduce biases inherent in manual grading and offer consistency in evaluation (chen et al., 2020). ai applications extend to listening and reading comprehension. for example, platforms using aigenerated texts adapt content complexity to the user's reading level, facilitating gradual skill development. similarly, speech-to-text technologies enable real-time transcription of audio materials, aiding students in improving their listening skills (kamalov et al., 2023). however, even with these novelties, the challenge remains. most of these ai technologies are too expensive to be afforded by the majority of under-resourced educational settings. furthermore, overreliance on such automated systems will result in losing the human touch of language learning, which is an essential element of cultural and emotional contexts (samman, 2024). methodology case studies the present study thus employs the case study approach to review the effectiveness of ai tools in teaching and learning the english language in iraq. the design will allow for an in-depth investigation into how real-life ai tools work and their outcomes across various settings.: 1. urban high school: a modern technological high school where ai-driven tools, such as grammarly and duolingo, and ai chatbots can be used to improve the teaching of english. 2. rural community center: a community learning program using ai tools to deliver english language education to adults whose prior exposure has been limited. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 3. university esl program: a university-level esl program offering ai-driven virtual tutors and automatic grading systems. demographics of participants table 1 outlines the participant demographics across the three case studies: case study number of participants age range primary language education level access to technology urban high school 100 students 14–18 mixed secondary education high rural community center 50 adults 25–50 non-english basic literacy moderate university esl program 75 students 18–30 non-english higher education high analysis methods this research examines whether using ai-enhanced language improvement and engagement tools improves language improvement, increases student engagement, and satisfies its users. it looks at preand post-intervention data in a quantitative and qualitative method, based on test data, surveys, and metrics of use. 1. language proficiency assessment preand post-intervention tests have been administered to assess the change in language proficiency. the test on grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, and comprehension of the key languages was done. the assessment tool for the english language is standardized, and scores will be compared at three time points: baseline, midpoint, and at the end of intervention. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org table 2 presents language proficiency data: case study baseline proficiency (mean score) midpoint (mean score) end of intervention (mean score) % improvement urban high school 50 65 80 60% rural community center 30 45 60 100% university esl program 55 70 85 55% 2. engagement metrics engagement was measured by usage statistics of ai tools, such as time spent within the platform, frequency of use, and completion rates of tasks set. the data were collected from analytics dashboards in the ai systems themselves. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org table 3 presents engagement data: case study average weekly usage (hours) task completion rate (%) frequency of use (days/week) urban high school 5 85% 4 rural community center 3 70% 3 university esl program 6 90% 5 3. user satisfaction surveys the participants completed questionnaires assessing their satisfaction with the ai tool on issues concerning ease of use, perceived effectiveness, and the learning experience as a whole. the responses were scored on a 5-point likert scale, with higher scores reflective of greater satisfaction. table 4 summarizes the survey results: case study ease of use (mean score) effectiveness (mean score) overall satisfaction (mean score) urban high school 4.5 4.2 4.3 rural community center 4.0 4.1 4.0 university esl program 4.7 4.5 4.6 data analysis quantitative analysis statistical differences from baseline to the end of the intervention were calculated for language proficiency tests using a series of paired t-tests. engagement metrics and survey scores were analyzed using descriptive statistics in order to see trends across the three case studies. key findings: • statistically significant language gains were recorded within each case, p < 0.05. • engagement metrics reflect high levels of engagement with the ai tools, urban and university settings most consistently. • overall satisfaction with ai tools was reflected in the survey results; similarly, university students reported the highest perceived effectiveness in the use of the tools. results 1. grammar improvement ai tools had a significant positive effect on the improvement of grammar skills in learners. grammarly and automated writing assistants, which can provide real-time corrections and explanations, showed measurable improvement. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org table 1: grammar proficiency preand post-intervention scores case study baseline score (mean) end of intervention score (mean) % improvement pvalue urban high school 60 80 33.3% <0.05 rural community center 45 70 55.6% <0.05 university esl program 65 85 30.8% <0.05 the results of the paired t-tests revealed a significant increase in grammar proficiency across the groups, p < 0.05, and the most considerable improvement was at the rural community center, hence proving the effectiveness of ai in resource-poor settings. 2. vocabulary acquisition gamification and adaptive learning through ai-powered tools such as duolingo made retention and expansion of vocabulary easier. table 2: vocabulary retention scores case study baseline score end of intervention score % improvement p-value urban high school 50 75 50% <0.05 rural community center 40 65 62.5% <0.05 university esl program 55 80 45.5% <0.05 vocabulary scores consistently improved for all settings of learners, with rural learners deriving the most from gamified exercises. interactive tools better engage learners to a greater extent and retain them more. 3. speaking fluency speech recognition worked well in the fluency dimension by giving immediate pronunciation feedback and conversation practice, while ai-powered chatbots did the same. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org table 3: fluency proficiency scores case study baseline score end of intervention score % improvement p-value urban high school 55 70 27.3% <0.05 rural community center 40 65 62.5% <0.05 university esl program 60 80 33.3% <0.05 improvements in fluency were more pronounced in the rural and university contexts where the ai tools supported rather than supplemented regular teaching. participants relished the chance to get some lowstakes speaking practice. 4. reading comprehension ai-powered adaptive learning platforms fit the reading materials to learners' proficiency levels, therefore improving comprehension. table 4: reading comprehension scores case study baseline score end of intervention score % improvement p-value urban high school 60 80 33.3% <0.05 rural community center 50 70 40% <0.05 university esl program 65 85 30.8% <0.05 improvements in reading comprehension were significant across all case studies; however, students from urban schools benefited most since they had consistent access to the ai tools and baseline literacy was higher. overview of results these results really underline the transformative potential of ai tools in improving english language education. the case studies demonstrated improvements in grammar, vocabulary, fluency, and comprehension. however, it is the rural community centers that demonstrate the most relative improvements, signaling the role of ai in bridging educational gaps. on the other hand, infrastructure limitations and a necessary approach to hybridization-the so-called hybrid approaches-are key challenges to effective implementation. discussion this research has shown the possibilities of how ai can bring changes in grammar, vocabulary, fluency, and comprehension in the process of english acquisition. the case study approach in this research has provided better insight into this research issue and has shown the effects that ai tools have on learners from different educational settings, thus highlighting opportunities and challenges linked to their integration. improvement in grammar proficiency in all three case studies is one major result. with the help of aidriven tools like grammarly, learners got corrections and explanations instantly; they could thus attend to their grammatical errors right then and there. this immediate feedback loop improves not only grammatical accuracy but also enhances learners' confidence in writing. the remarkable enhancement among rural learners underlines the accessibility of ai in addressing the disparities in educational american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org resources. these findings are supported by existing literature that has noted the potential of ai in automating the correction process and giving students individual feedback, which is not always possible in a traditional classroom setting (zheng et al., 2021). however, it also leads to a certain degree of overdependence, where learners might not be able to internalize the grammatical rules with the use of supplementary human guidance. another domain in which the ai tool proved highly effective was vocabulary acquisition. gamification and adaptive learning strategies-as implemented, for example, in duolingo-created an appealing and interactive environment that was really conducive to vocabulary retention. the rural learners had the greatest relative gain in vocabulary, suggesting that gamified ai tools could help alleviate motivational problems in resource-constrained settings. this finding agrees with earlier studies indicating the potential of gamified and interactive learning to further language acquisition deshpande et al., 2024. however, overreliance on gamification might encourage superficial engagement to the extent that learners may focus more on achieving milestones within the game than on the deep learning of the language. moreover, fluency improvement indicates how ai-powered tools can provide learners with realistic and low-pressure conversational practice. the facilities of speech recognition and natural language processing have empowered ai chatbots to let the learners practice pronunciation and sentence formation. this finding has supported the results of the earlier studies which found ai to be capable of simulating realistic conversational contexts for language learners (ejjami, 2024). the rural learners, however, recorded a higher percentage improvement in fluency than their urban counterparts, probably because these tools provided them with exposure to english conversations that were otherwise inaccessible. while the tools were effective in promoting fluency, participants noted limitations in the development of cultural and contextual nuances, better realized in human interactions. comparing our results with previous studies reading comprehension also showed significant gains across all groups, particularly in urban settings where learners had consistent access to ai-powered adaptive learning platforms. these platforms tailored reading material to match learners’ proficiency levels, facilitating incremental skill development. the improvements in comprehension resonate with findings from studies that underscore the importance of personalized learning pathways in language acquisition (laverde & hernández, 2025). with these gains, however, some participants wished for more variety in genre and culturally relevant materials, which points to further refinements in customizing being possible with ai tools. even though these results unmistakably establish the fact that integration of ai simplifies the process of educating english language students, some challenges were nonetheless reported. in regard to these rural participants, the most voiced complaint was intermittent internet forbidding them from applying the ai tools habitually. this points to an important weakness in the emerging range of ai technologies dependent on internet functioning and highlights development needs for offline functioning if equity is to be assured. another significant drawback was that some participants looked upon the ai devices as cold and impersonal, incapable of operating effectively when feedback requires subtlety or cultural sensitivity. these findings also align with larger discourses in the literature with regard to balancing ai integration with human-led instruction in the face of needs that concern learners' social and emotional learning aspects. according to tang (2024), qualitative responses from participants were also interesting to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org consider for reflection on the preferences of the learners. many participants indeed appreciated the autonomy given by the ai tools-that they could set their own pace and revisit challenging concepts at will. this indeed befits the increasing orientation toward more learner-centered approaches in educational circles today. but there was one thing on which they agreed: that the hybrid approach, marrying ai tools with traditional instruction, would yield the best results. the preferred tendency underlines the complementarity of ai: it supports but does not replace educators. on the other hand, teachers need proper training in the use of those tools in order to be able to integrate them into their pedagogical practice; otherwise, poor implementation might diminish their potential benefits. implications for educators and policymakers these results therefore carry significant implications for educators and policymakers looking to artificial intelligence to improve the teaching and learning of english. for educators, the adoption of ai tools offers opportunities to personalize learning, lighten the workload of repetitive activities, and increase learner participation. ai tools, such as automatic grading systems and adaptive learning platforms, free the teacher up for higher-order teaching duties: developing critical thinking and creativity. this does take professional training to learn how to employ such tools and how to effectively balance technology with human contact in this process. this becomes quite necessary as far as trying to meet the socio-emotional facets of learning is concerned, which ai cannot replace. the study, therefore, informs policymakers of the need to address infrastructural disparities as a matter of equity in access to ai technologies. it calls for investment in reliable internet connectivity, especially in rural and poorer parts of the country. it has also set guidelines on ethical implementation: data privacy, algorithmic transparency, and inclusivity. it is such regulations that will ascertain whether not only effective but also equitable ai adoption is made, which learners and educators will trust. other areas of interest for policymakers involve funding for hybrid learning models that combine ai technologies with more traditional pedagogical methods. hybrid models ensure that the strengths of both ai and human instruction are utilized in such a way that learners receive comprehensive, culturally relevant, and emotionally sensitive education. collaboration between technology developers, educators, and government bodies can help in the design of appropriate ai tools that will meet the needs of diverse learner populations and national curriculum requirements. conclusion this study illustrates the transformative potential of ai in the teaching of the english language. the results indicate significant improvement in grammar, vocabulary, fluency, and reading comprehension in various learning settings. ai tools provided personalized learning experiences, increased learner engagement, and offered practical solutions to overcome traditional challenges in language education. of particular note, rural learners achieved the highest relative gains, underlining the role of ai in reducing inequities in education. the findings also elucidate the learners' preference for hybrid approaches in which ai tools are integrated with human instruction for the best results. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org references 1. chen, l., chen, p., & lin, z. (2020). artificial intelligence in education: a review. ieee access, 8, 75264–75278. 2. deshpande, a. s., mahajan, s. r., kulkarni, s. b., & puri, s. a. (2024). impact of ai on education: a review. international research journal on advanced engineering and management (irjaem). 3. ejjami, r. (2024). the future of learning: ai-based curriculum development. international journal for multidisciplinary research. https://doi.org/10.36948/ijfmr.2024.v06i04.24441 link: access here 4. kamalov, f., calonge, d. s., & gurrib, i. (2023). new era of artificial intelligence in education: towards a sustainable multifaceted revolution. sustainability. 5. laverde gonzalez, j. s., & rodríguez hernández, l. a. (2025). ai and education: combination to enhance knowledge. seminars in medical writing and education. 6. nasir, m., hasan, m., adlim, a., & syukri, m. (2024). utilizing artificial intelligence in education to enhance teaching effectiveness. proceedings of international conference on education. 7. niveditha, k. p., choubey, k., soni, k., mishra, p., & naz, a. (2023). exploring the role of artificial intelligence in modern education. international journal of innovative research in computer and communication engineering. 8. oseremi, o. o., ololade, y. j., eyo-udo, n. l., & ogundipe, d. o. (2024). revolutionizing education through ai: a comprehensive review of enhancing learning experiences. international journal of applied research in social sciences. 9. santos, s., & junior, g. a. s. (2024). opportunities and challenges of ai to support student assessment in computing education: a systematic literature review. international conference on education. 10. tang, k. (2024). implications of artificial intelligence for teaching and learning. acta pedagogia asiana. 11. font de la vall, r., & gonzález araya, f. (2023). exploring the benefits and challenges of ailanguage learning tools. international journal of social sciences and humanities invention. 12. umar, u. (2024). advancements in english language teaching: harnessing the power of artificial intelligence. flip foreign language instruction probe. 13. son, j.-b., ružić, n. k., & philpott, a. (2023). artificial intelligence technologies and applications for language learning and teaching. journal of china computer-assisted language learning. https://doi.org/10.1515/jccall-2023-0015 access here 14. evenddy, s. s. (2024). investigating ai's automated feedback in english language learning. flip foreign language instruction probe. 15. bilad, m., yaqin, l. n., & zubaidah, s. (2023). recent progress in the use of artificial intelligence tools in education. jurnal penelitian dan pengkajian ilmu pendidikan: e-saintika. 16. четверик, в. (2024). resources with artificial intelligence in foreign language education: an overview of possibilities and perspectives of use. modern information technologies and innovation methodologies of education in professional training methodology theory experience problems. 17. vanisree, m., ranjan, m. j., dhanavel, g., sekhar, k. c., babu, s. g., & sharma, s. (2024). role of artificial intelligence in facilitating english language learning for non-native speakers. nanotechnology perceptions. https://consensus.app/papers/the-future-of-learning-aibased-curriculum-development-ejjami/1e774ac5cf0a5154b9cfec98bd812312 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 18. kalyan, n., & patil, k. (2024). a literature survey on speaksmart: ai-enhanced language learning guide. international journal of advanced research in science, communication and technology. 19. vančová, h. (2023). ai and ai-powered tools for pronunciation training. journal of language and cultural education, 11(2), 12–24. 20. rusmiyanto, r., huriati, n., fitriani, n., tyas, n. k., rofi'i, a., & sari, m. n. (2023). the role of artificial intelligence in developing english language learners' communication skills. journal on education. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org limits of the judge's discretionary power in justifying criminal judgments ali mohammed jaid1 1university of dhi qar / college of law alimuhammadjayed@utq.edu.iq abstract keywords this study aims to provide an in-depth examination of the discretionary authority vested in felony court judges during criminal proceedings, particularly with respect to the evaluation of evidence and the formation of judicial conviction. the research is grounded in the relevant provisions of iraq legislation, as well as in pertinent jurisprudential and judicial interpretations. it proceeds from the premise that the criminal evidentiary system is fundamentally based on the principle of judicial freedom in assessing and weighing evidence; however, such freedom is not absolute. rather, it is circumscribed by substantive and procedural legal constraints designed to ensure the integrity of criminal justice and the protection of the defendant’s rights. the study explores the legal framework governing judicial discretion, beginning with the foundations of the doctrine of personal conviction and the extent to which the presumption of innocence and the requirement of judicial certainty influence its application. it further addresses the conditions related to the lawfulness, sufficiency, and coherence of evidence, in addition to the obligation imposed on the judge to provide adequate reasoning that clearly reveals the logical and legal grounds upon which the judgment is based. moreover, the research analyzes the scope of appellate and cassation review over the discretionary decisions of felony judges, clarifying that higher courts do not ordinarily interfere with the judge’s personal conviction unless such conviction is tainted by legal error, inadequate reasoning, or reliance on unlawful or insufficient evidence. through an analytical review of selected judicial decisions, the study identifies the circumstances under which higher courts may overturn judgments, particularly where judicial conviction reflects ambiguity, flawed reasoning, or improper use of discretion. the study concludes that the discretionary authority of felony judges constitutes a fundamental tool for achieving criminal justice, yet its exercise must remain within well-defined legal boundaries that ensure a balance between judicial independence and the guarantees of a fair trial. it further asserts that appellate oversight serves as an essential safeguard to ensure the proper application of judicial discretion and to prevent unwarranted encroachment upon the presumption of innocence or unjustified expansion of criminal liability. discretion, criminal judge, criminal case. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 171 www.americanjournal.org introduction حدود السلطة التقديرية للقاضي في تسبيب األحكام الجزائية علي محمد جايد1 كلية القانون /جامعة ذي قار1 alimuhammadjayed@utq.edu.iq لخص البحث م خالل سير يهدف هذا البحث إلى إجراء دراسة معّمقة لحدود السلطة التقديرية المخولة لقاضي الجنايات في تقدير األدلة وتكوين القناعة الوجدانية اإلثبات المحاكمة الجزائية، وذلك باالستناد إلى التشريعات الفلسطينية واألردنية واالجتهادات القضائية ذات الصلة. وينطلق البحث من أن نظام جرائية الجنائي يقوم أساًسا على مبدأ حرية القاضي في تكوين اقتناعه، غير أن هذه الحرية ليست مطلقة؛ إذ ترد عليها قيود قانونية موضوعية وإ .تستهدف ضمان نزاهة اإلجراءات وصون حقوق المتهم ببيان نطاق وتعالج الدراسة اإلطار القانوني الناظم لسلطة القاضي التقديرية، بدًءا من األسس التي يقوم عليها مبدأ القناعة الوجدانية، ومروًرا وتساندها. كما تأثير قرينة البراءة واشتراط اليقين القضائي في بناء الحكم الجنائي، وصواًل إلى تحديد الضوابط المتعلقة بمشروعية األدلة وكفايتها حكميتناول البحث مدى التزام القاضي بتسبيب حكمه تسبيبًا كافيًا يكشف عن سالمة االستدالل ووضوح المسوغات القانونية التي بُني عليها ال . لقانوني وتتناول الدراسة كذلك طبيعة الرقابة التي تمارسها محكمتا االستئناف والنقض على السلطة التقديرية لقاضي الجنايات، مع بيان األساس ا تبرز لعدم تدخل المحاكم العليا في القناعة الوجدانية إال في حدود ما يتصل بسالمة التطبيق القانوني، وكفاية التسبيب، ومشروعية األدلة. و و الدراسة من خالل تحليل نماذج قضائية الحاالت التي يحق فيها للمحاكم العليا نقض الحكم، وال سيما حين يشوب االقتناع القضائي غموض، أ .قصور، أو انحراف في االستدالل، أو اعتماد على أدلة غير مشروعة أو غير كافية ار منضبط وتخلص الدراسة إلى أن السلطة التقديرية لقاضي الجنايات تُعدّ أداة جوهرية لتحقيق العدالة الجنائية، وأن ممارستها يجب أن تتم في إط ن سالمة يحافظ على التوازن بين استقالل القاضي وضمانات المحاكمة العادلة. كما تؤكد أن الرقابة القضائية العليا تمثل ضمانة أساسية للتأكد م .ممارسة هذه السلطة، ولدرء مخاطر التوسع غير المبرر في اإلدانة أو االنتقاص من قرينة البراءة الكلمات الدالة :السلطة التقديرية ،القاضي الجزائي ،الدعوى الجزائية . :مقدمة ع تُعدّ السلطة التقديرية للقاضي الجنائي إحدى الركائز الجوهرية في تحقيق العدالة الجنائية، لما تمنحه من مرونة تمّكنه من التعامل م كل واقعة معروضة أمامه بما يالئم خصوصيتها وظروفها ومالبساتها. وتقوم هذه السلطة في جوهرها على مبدأ القناعة الوجدانية، اضي حرية تقدير األدلة واستنباط الحقيقة استنادًا إلى العقل والمنطق والمقتضيات القانونية، بعيدًا عن الجمود الشكلي أو الذي يتيح للق التقيد بوسائل إثبات محددة سلفًا. وقد استقر القضاء والتشريع في فلسطين واألردن على اعتبار هذا المبدأ أساًسا في إصدار الحكم، أن يبني قناعته من مجمل األدلة المشروعة التي ُطرحت أثناء المحاكمة دون إخالل بحقوق الدفاع أو بقواعد بحيث يُناط بالقاضي .العدالة غير أن هذه الحرية الواسعة في تقدير األدلة ال تعني إطالقًا منح القاضي سلطة مطلقة غير مقيدة؛ إذ إن مبدأ القناعة الوجدانية بما يتضمنه من حرية تقديرية يجب أن يُمارس ضمن ضوابط قانونية محددة تضمن عدم انحراف القاضي أو تأثره بعوامل ذاتية أو د بيَّنت الرسالة بوضوح أن ممارسة هذه السلطة ترتبط ارتباًطا وثيقًا بقرينة البراءة، وبوجوب بناء الحكم تقديرات غير موضوعية. وق على اليقين القضائي ال على مجرد الظن أو الشك، فضاًل عن ضرورة تسبيب الحكم تسبيبًا كافيًا يُظهر األساس المنطقي والقانوني األهمية البالغة للبحث في ماهية هذه الضوابط وطبيعتها ومدى إسهامها في ضبط القناعة الذي توّصل إليه القاضي. ومن هنا تتجلى .الوجدانية ومنع االنحراف بها عن غاياتها األساسية mailto:alimuhammadjayed@utq.edu.iq american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 172 www.americanjournal.org وقد ركزت الرسالة كذلك على الدور اإليجابي للقاضي الجنائي في البحث عن الحقيقة، باعتباره ليس متلقيًا سلبيًا لألدلة فحسب، بل فاعاًل أساسيًا في استجالء الوقائع واستكمال جوانب النقص في الدعوى كلما استلزم األمر، وفق ما تسمح به النصوص التشريعية. كما أهمية أن يمارس القاضي سلطته التقديرية ضمن الحدود التي يرسمها القانون بحيث ال تتحول إلى أداة تعسف، تناولت الدراسة خصوًصا في ظل تعدد أنواع األدلة وتفاوت قوتها، وما يترتب على ذلك من ضرورة تحقيق التوازن بين الحرية التقديرية من جهة، .من جهة أخرىومتطلبات العدالة وضمانات المحاكمة العادلة وإضافة إلى ذلك، تبرز أهمية بحث رقابة محكمتي االستئناف والنقض على هذه السلطة التقديرية، إذ إن القضاء األعلى ال يتدخل في قناعة القاضي الموضوعية ما دامت مبنية على أدلة مشروعة واستدالل سليم، وإنما يمارس رقابته على التطبيق القانوني وصحة . ومن ثم، فإن هذه الرقابة تشكل ضمانة مهمة لمنع انحراف القاضي في استعمال سلطته، وتحقيق اإلجراءات وسالمة التسبيب .االنسجام بين حرية القاضي في تكوين قناعته وضرورة خضوع أحكامه لمعايير العدالة القانونية وبناًء على ذلك، تأتي هذه الدراسة لتسليط الضوء على اإلطار النظري والعملي للسلطة التقديرية لقاضي الجنايات في تقدير األدلة، وتحليل ضوابطها وحدودها، وبيان مدى رقابة القضاء األعلى عليها، لما لهذا الموضوع من أهمية بالغة في تعزيز الثقة باألحكام .ادئ العدالة الجنائيةالقضائية وترسيخ مب مية البحث أه : األهمية النظرية أوًلا تتجلى األهمية النظرية لهذا البحث في كونه يسهم في تعميق الفهم القانوني لمفهوم السلطة التقديرية التي يمارسها قاضي الجنايات في تقدير األدلة وتكوين القناعة الوجدانية، وهي سلطة تشكل حجر األساس في نظام اإلثبات الجنائي وتُميز القضاء الجنائي عن غيره من . فمن خالل تحليل األسس الفلسفية والقانونية لهذه السلطة، يساهم البحث في توضيح اإلطار النظري الذي يقوم عليه مبدأ فروع القضاء تقيد القناعة الوجدانية، باعتباره المبدأ الحاكم لعمل القاضي الجنائي في إصدار األحكام، والذي يمنحه حرية واسعة في تقييم األدلة دون ال .أدلة محددة مسبقًا بقوالب جامدة أو ط وتزيد األهمية النظرية للبحث بالنظر إلى ما تثيره السلطة التقديرية من إشكاليات تتصل بالتوازن الدقيق بين حرية القاضي في االستنبا وتكوين القناعة من جهة، وضرورة التزامه بضمانات المحاكمة العادلة وقرينة البراءة من جهة أخرى. كما أن الدراسة تُعنى بإبراز اإليجابي للقاضي الجنائي في استجالء الحقيقة واستكمال عناصرها، وهو دور كرسته التشريعات واالجتهادات القضائية، مدى الدور .ويتطلب إطاًرا نظريًا واضًحا يحدد حدوده ومسؤولياته ودور كل منها —المباشرة منها والظرفية—ال تقف األهمية النظرية عند هذا الحد، بل تمتد أيًضا إلى دراسة العالقة بين األدلة المختلفة المكتبة البحث يغني الدليل وكفايته وتسانده. ومن ثم، فإن هذا المتعلقة بمشروعية التساؤالت القناعة الوجدانية، مع إثارة في تكوين ية بدراسة معمقة ومقارنة للنصوص التشريعية الفلسطينية واألردنية، ويقدم معالجة فقهية ألحد أكثر الموضوعات تعقيدًا وحساسية القانون .في النظرية العامة لإلثبات الجنائي ثانياا: األهمية العملية تتجسد األهمية العملية للبحث في كونه يعالج قضايا تطبيقية تمس جوهر العمل القضائي في محاكم الجنايات، وبخاصة تلك المتعلقة في قناعة قاضي الموضوع. إذ إن التمييز بين سلطة القاضي التقديرية في تقدير —االستئناف والنقض—بحدود تدخل القضاء األعلى على في مراقبة صحة االستدالل وسالمة التطبيق القانوني، يمثل مسألة عملية بالغة األهمية لضمان وحدة األدلة، وسلطة القضاء األ .المعايير ومنع التعسف أو االنحراف في تطبيق القانون ق كما تكمن األهمية العملية في تحليل أثر السلطة التقديرية على تقدير العقوبة، سواء من حيث اختيار نوعها، أو تقدير مقدارها، أو تطبي األحكام واالجتهادات تحليل الدراسة من خالل العقوبة. وتكشف تنفيذ في وقف القاضي التشديد، وكذلك سلطة أو التخفيف ظروف american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 173 www.americanjournal.org القضائية عن الفجوات أو اإلشكاليات العملية التي قد تنشأ نتيجة التفاوت في ممارسة هذه السلطة بين قاٍض وآخر، مما يجعل البحث .طريقة فعالة لتقويم تلك الممارسات وتفسيرها إضافة إلى ذلك، تسهم النتائج التي يتوصل إليها البحث في تقديم توصيات عملية يمكن لألجهزة القضائية والمشّرعين االستفادة منها في تطوير التشريعات الجزائية، وتعزيز ضمانات المحاكمة العادلة، وتحديد ضوابط أكثر دقة الستعمال السلطة التقديرية. كما تساعد هذه تحسين آليات تسبيب األحكام، ورفع مستوى الرقابة القضائية، وضمان اتساق األحكام مع مبادئ الشرعية الجنائية وحماية التوصيات في .الحقوق اإلجرائية للمتهم وبذلك، فإن هذا البحث ال يقتصر على إثراء الجانب النظري، بل يقدم بُعدًا عمليًا متكاماًل يسهم في تطوير األداء القضائي واالرتقاء .بنظام العدالة الجنائية مشكلة البحث تتمحور مشكلة هذا البحث حول اإلطار القانوني والعملي للسلطة التقديرية التي يتمتع بها قاضي الجنايات في وزن األدلة وتكوين القناعة الوجدانية، وهي سلطة واسعة منحتها له التشريعات واإلجتهادات القضائية، لكنها في الوقت ذاته سلطة محفوفة بإشكاليات دقيقة تتعلق المحاكمة العادلة وحقوق المتهم. فبينما يَعتبر القانون القناعة الوجدانية أساس الحكم الجنائي، فإن هذه القناعة قد تتأثر بحدود بضمانات موضوعية وإجرائية تفرضها النصوص القانونية، وال سيّما تلك التي تنظم مشروعية الدليل، وعبء اإلثبات، وقرينة البراءة، وواجب .يجعل تحديد تلك الحدود مسألة بالغة األهمية تسبيب الحكم، مما ويُثير البحث إشكالية جوهرية تتمثل في تحديد مدى اتساع هذه السلطة التقديرية، ونقطة التوازن الفاصلة بين حرية القاضي في تكوين قناعته وبين الضوابط التي تهدف إلى منع التعسف أو الخطأ في االستدالل. وتتعقد هذه اإلشكالية بالنظر إلى تعدد األدلة المتاحة أمام وتفاوت قوتها وحجيتها، إضافة إلى الدور اإليجابي الذي يضطلع به القاضي في —اء كانت مباشرة، أو ظرفية، أو فنيةسو—القاضي .البحث عن الحقيقة وجمع األدلة، وهو دور تؤكد عليه التشريعات واألحكام القضائية :ومن هنا، تتجسد مشكلة البحث في التساؤل الرئيس اآلتي ما حدود السلطة التقديرية لقاضي الجنايات في تقدير األدلة وتكوين القناعة الوجدانية، وما نطاق رقابة محكمتي اًلستئناف والنقض على هذه السلطة؟ :ويتفرع عن هذا السؤال الرئيس مجموعة من التساؤالت المحددة التي تسهم في رسم مالمح المشكلة وتوجيه مسار البحث، وهي كاآلتي ما المقصود بالقناعة الوجدانية، وما األساس التشريعي الذي يحكمها؟ .1 ويدخل ضمن ذلك البحث في التعريفات الفقهية والقضائية للقناعة الوجدانية، وكيف تطورت عبر التشريعات واالجتهادات، إضافة إلى .دراسة فلسفة هذا المفهوم ودوره في النظام الجنائي، وال سيّما في ظل إطالق حرية القاضي في االستنباط كيف يمارس قاضي الجنايات سلطته في تقدير أدلة اإلثبات؟ .2 ويتناول ذلك استعراض آليات تقييم األدلة المختلفة، ودور القاضي في تقدير األدلة السماعية واالعترافات والشهادات والتقارير الفنية .واألدلة الظرفية، ومدى التزامه بضوابط المشروعية، وكفاية الدليل، وتسانده مع غيره من األدلة هل تعّد السلطة التقديرية سلطة مطلقة أم محكومة بقيود قانونية؟ .3 ويتعلق ذلك بدراسة القيود التي تفرضها القوانين، مثل قرينة البراءة، عبء اإلثبات، ضرورة تسبيب الحكم، ومشروعية اإلجراءات، .إضافة إلى القيود التي يثيرها الواقع العملي واالجتهادات القضائية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 174 www.americanjournal.org ما ضوابط تكوين القناعة الوجدانية لدى القاضي؟.4 المتعلقة والجوانب القناعة، لتكوين المعتمدة األدلة في تتوافر أن التي يجب الموضوعية واإلجرائية الضوابط التساؤل ويتناول هذا .باليقين القضائي، والمشروعية، وترابط األدلة، ومنع القاضي من االستناد إلى أهوائه الشخصية أو افتراضات ال سند لها ما مدى رقابة محكمتي اًلستئناف والنقض على السلطة التقديرية للقاضي؟ .5 ويتصل هذا السؤال بمدى جواز تدخل القضاء األعلى في قناعة قاضي الموضوع، والتمييز بين رقابة تقدير الوقائع ورقابة صحة تطبيق .القانون، مع بيان حاالت نقض األحكام لقصور في التعليل أو فساد في االستدالل أو اعتماد على أدلة باطلة كيف تؤثر قرينة البراءة على تكوين القناعة الوجدانية لدى القاضي؟ .6 ويتضمن البحث تحليل الدور المركزي لقرينة البراءة باعتبارها حجر األساس في النظام الجنائي، ومدى قدرتها على ضبط ممارسة .السلطة التقديرية ومنع التوسع في اإلدانة على حساب الشك المشروع أدبيات الدراسة تستند هذه الدراسة إلى رصيد واسع من األدبيات الفقهية والقضائية التي بحثت في مفهوم السلطة التقديرية للقاضي الجنائي، وما يرتبط القناعة الوجدانية، إضافة إلى األدبيات التي تناولت رقابة القضاء األعلى على هذه بها من مبادئ قانونية تنّظم تقدير األدلة وتكوين .. وقد شّكلت هذه األدبيات األساس العلمي للبحث، وأسهمت في تأصيل المفاهيم وتحليل اإلشكاليات التي تعالجها الرسالةالقناعة : األدبيات المتعلقة بمفهوم اإلثبات الجنائي وطبيعته أوًلا نت تناولت العديد من المصادر الفقهية مفهوم اإلثبات في القضايا الجنائية باعتباره الوسيلة األساسية لكشف الحقيقة وتحقيق العدالة. وبيّ مشروعة، مباشرة أو ظرفية، وأن تُعرض هذه األدبيات أن اإلثبات يقوم على مجموعة من المرتكزات، أهمها ضرورة أن تكون األدلة . بحيث تُتاح للمتهم فرصة مناقشتها والدفاع ضدها وتناقش شفهياا أمام المحكمة كما أشارت األدبيات إلى أّن مهمة اإلثبات تختلف في طبيعتها عن نظيراتها في المواد المدنية، نظراً الرتباطها الوثيق بالنظام العام .وقرينة البراءة التي تحمي المتهم من التعسف في المالحقة وقد ركز العديد من الباحثين على أن اإلثبات الجنائي ال يقتصر على عرض األدلة، بل يتطلب أيًضا تحليلها وتقييمها وفق قواعد العدالة، بحيث يكون الحكم مبنيًا على أدلة يقينية ال يشوبها الشك المعقول ثانياا: األدبيات المتعلقة بمبدأ القناعة الوجدانية للقاضي الجنائي ي. فقد تجمع األدبيات القانونية على أن مبدأ القناعة الوجدانية يُعدّ الركيزة المحورية التي يقوم عليها النظام الجنائي الفلسطيني واألردن نصت التشريعات على أّن القاضي يتمتع بحرية واسعة في تقدير األدلة دون تقيد بوسائل إثبات محددة، شريطة أن يكون اقتناعه مستندًا ى أسس منطقية وقانونية، وأن يكون الدليل مشروًعا ومناقًَشا في جلسة علنية إل :وقد ركزت األدبيات على أن القناعة الوجدانية ليست سلطة مطلقة، بل مقيدة بجملة من الضوابط، أبرزها .مشروعية الدليل • .كفايته وتسانده مع باقي األدلة • .وجوب تسبيب الحكم بشكل يكشف عن سالمة االستدالل • . عدم افتراض اإلدانة مسبقااو مبدأ حياد القاضيااللتزام بضمانات المحاكمة العادلة، وخاصة • american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 175 www.americanjournal.org وتشير الدراسات المقارنة إلى أن انحراف القاضي عن هذه الضوابط قد يؤدي إلى فساد في االستدالل أو خطأ في تطبيق القانون، وهو .ما يستدعي تدخل القضاء األعلى إلصالح الخلل ثالثاا: األدبيات المتعلقة بالدور اإليجابي للقاضي الجنائي تظهر األدبيات أّن القاضي الجنائي ال يقتصر دوره على تقييم األدلة المقدمة من الخصوم، بل يُناط به دور إيجابي يتسق مع طبيعة إلى القاضي يجب أن يسعى أّن إلى العام. وقد أشارت عدة مراجع المرتبطة بالصالح النقص في األدلة، الدعوى الجنائية استكمال . ، وذلك بهدف إصدار حكم عادل قائم على قناعة راسخة وتقّصي الحقيقة بما يتجاوز دور المتلقي السلبي ية وتؤكد هذه األدبيات أن الدور اإليجابي ال يعني تجاوز دور النيابة العامة أو الدفاع، لكنه يفرض على القاضي التأكد من أن األدلة كاف .وصحيحة ومناقشة بشكل علني، خصوًصا أن نتائج الحكم تمّس الحرية الشخصية للمتهم رابعاا: األدبيات المتعلقة بالسلطة التقديرية في تقدير العقوبة تناولت العديد من األدبيات السلطة التقديرية للقاضي في اختيار العقوبة وتحديد مقدارها، وبيّنت أن القاضي يتمتع بسلطة واسعة في مراعاة الظروف المخففة أو المشددة، وتقدير ما إذا كانت العقوبة تحقق الردع العام والخاص، أو إن كانت تستلزم التخفيف مراعاة ركزه االجتماعي وشخصيته. وقد أشارت المصادر إلى أّن اختيار العقوبة وتقدير مالءمتها يعتبر من صميم سلطة لظروف المتهم وم .قاضي الموضوع وال يجوز التدخل فيه إال في حالة الخطأ في تطبيق القانون أو فساد االستدالل كما تناولت األدبيات الحديثة نظام وقف تنفيذ العقوبة باعتباره وسيلة بديلة لتخفيف آثار السجن وتعزيز إعادة التأهيل، وهو ما يضيف .بعدًا جديدًا لسلطة القاضي في تحديد نوعية التدابير العقابية المناسبة خامساا: األدبيات المتعلقة برقابة محكمتي اًلستئناف والنقض تُعدّ رقابة القضاء األعلى أحد المحاور األساسية في أدبيات هذه الدراسة، حيث تناولت العديد من المراجع حدود تدخل محكمة االستئناف :والنقض في قناعة القاضي اًلستئناف .1 :محكمة تمارس رقابة واسعة على محكمة الدرجة األولى، فلها سلطة إعادة تقييم األدلة، لكنها تلتزم بممارسة هذه السلطة ضمن نطاق التحقيقات التي تُجريها بنفسها، ودون تجاوز لحدود العقوبة المفروضة قانونًا :النقض محكمة .2 التي بُني عليها الحكم، دون التطرق مشروعية األدلة، وسالمة التسبيب، ومراقبة صحة تطبيق القانونيقتصر دورها على لقناعة القاضي باألدلة إال إذا شاب الحكم قصور جوهري أو فساد في االستدالل وتشير األدبيات إلى أّن رسم حدود واضحة لتدخل المحاكم العليا يسهم في الحفاظ على استقالل القاضي من جهة، وضمان عدم االنحراف .في استخدام السلطة التقديرية من جهة أخرى اإلطار النظري للدراسة يهدف هذا اإلطار النظري إلى وضع األسس العلمية والمرتكزات المفاهيمية التي تقوم عليها دراسة السلطة التقديرية لقاضي الجنايات في مجال تقدير األدلة وتكوين القناعة الوجدانية. ويستند إلى تحليل منهجي لمفهوم اإلثبات الجنائي، وتحديد األساس التشريعي والفقهي اعة الوجدانية، وبيان مالمح السلطة التقديرية وحدودها وضوابط ممارستها، إضافة إلى استعراض المنظومة القانونية التي لمبدأ القن .تحكم الرقابة القضائية على هذه السلطة في كل من فلسطين واألردن american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 176 www.americanjournal.org أوًلا: مفهوم اإلثبات الجنائي وطبيعته مة إلى يمثّل اإلثبات الجنائي الركيزة المحورية التي تقوم عليها العملية الجزائية، إذ تتحدد من خالله حقيقة الواقعة الجنائية ونسبة الجري :مرتكبها. ويعتمد هذا النظام على مبدأين أساسيين يشكالن اإلطار المرجعي للقاضي قرينة البراءة -1 وعليه، تُعد قرينة البراءة أساًسا دستورياً في األنظمة القانونية الحديثة، تقتضي اعتبار المتهم بريئًا إلى أن يثبت عكس ذلك بأدلة قطعية. .يتحمل االدعاء العام عبء اإلثبات، ويُفسَّر أي شك لصالح المتهم. ويمثل هذا المبدأ قيدًا مهًما على سلطة القاضي في تكوين قناعته حرية القاضي في اًلقتناع.2 ددة. تمنح التشريعات الفلسطينية واألردنية القاضي حرية واسعة في تكوين قناعته استنادًا إلى األدلة المقدمة، دون التقيد بوسائل إثبات مح غير أن هذه الحرية مقرونة بضرورة أن يكون االقتناع مستندًا إلى أسس عقلية وقانونية سليمة، بما يحقق التوازن بين متطلبات العدالة .مانات المتهموض وبذلك، يظهر أن نظام اإلثبات الجنائي هو نظام مرن يعتمد على المزج بين النصوص القانونية والضمانات اإلجرائية وحرية القاضي .في تكوين القناعة، بما يعزز الهدف النهائي للعملية القضائية وهو الوصول إلى الحقيقة ثانياا: القناعة الوجدانية واألساس القانوني لها مفهوم القناعة الوجدانية .1 القناعة الوجدانية هي العملية العقلية التي يصل من خاللها القاضي إلى الحكم في الدعوى. وهي تقوم على تحليل األدلة وتمييز ما يصلح :منها لالعتماد، واستبعاد ما يشوبه ضعف أو بطالن. وتشتمل هذه العملية على .فحص األدلة والتحقق من مشروعيتها • .تقييم قوة القرائن ومدى تساندها • .استخالص النتائج بطريقة منطقية تتفق مع الوقائع • .الوصول إلى يقين قضائي يؤسس للحكم • وتؤكد األدبيات القانونية أن القناعة الوجدانية ال تكون مشروعة إال إذا بُنيت على تحليل موضوعي بعيد عن أي مؤثرات شخصية أو .قناعات مسبقة األساس التشريعي للقناعة الوجدانية .2 :يستند مبدأ حرية القاضي في االقتناع إلى مجموعة من النصوص القانونية، أبرزها .2001( لسنة 3قانون اإلجراءات الجزائية الفلسطيني رقم ) • .1960( لسنة 16قانون العقوبات األردني رقم ) • .اجتهادات محكمتي النقض واالستئناف في البلدين • وتجمع هذه المصادر على أن القاضي غير مقيّد بأدلة معينة، وله أن يعتمد على أي دليل مشروع، سواء كان مباشراً أو ظرفياً، طالما .أنه يؤدي إلى قناعة جازمة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 177 www.americanjournal.org ثالثاا: السلطة التقديرية لقاضي الجنايات في تقدير األدلة تُعد السلطة التقديرية إحدى أبرز خصائص عمل القاضي الجنائي، إذ تمنحه القدرة على التعامل مع كل دليل وفق قيمته ومالبساته. ومن :أهم مظاهرها اًلعتراف .1 .االعتراف ال يكون حجة إذا ثبت انتزاعه باإلكراه • .للقاضي استبعاده إذا تعارض مع حقائق القضية • .ال يُعد االعتراف دلياًل قاطعًا بذاته • الشهادة .2 .تقدير صدق الشاهد من صميم السلطة التقديرية للقاضي • .يملك القاضي تقييم التناقضات وأثرها في قوة الشهادة • التقارير الفنية .3 .تظل تقارير الخبراء ذات طبيعة استشارية • .للقاضي استبعاد رأي الخبير إذا تعارض مع أدلة أكثر قوة • األدلة الظرفية .4 .يجوز بناء الحكم عليها إذا تساندت لتُشكل يقينًا قضائيًا • .تُستبعد إذا احتملت تفسيرات متعددة تؤدي إلى الشك • .ويظهر من ذلك أن السلطة التقديرية أداة مركبة تتطلب من القاضي خبرة قانونية عميقة وقدرة على التحليل الموضوعي رابعاا: قيود وحدود السلطة التقديرية :على الرغم من اتساع حدود السلطة التقديرية، إال أنها ليست مطلقة بل محكومة بضمانات تهدف إلى حماية العدالة القانونية .1 بالنصوص :اًللتزام .ال يجوز اعتماد أي دليل مخالف لإلجراءات القانونية أو بني على بطالن البراءة .2 :قرينة .تُحتم أن يكون الحكم قائًما على اليقين ال االحتمال كافياا .3 تسبيباا الحكم :تسبيب .يجب أن يتضمن الحكم عرض األدلة وتحليلها ومنهجية الترجيح بينها، وإال ُعد الحكم قاصًرا والموضوعية .4 :الحياد .يمتنع على القاضي إدخال العوامل الشخصية أو التوقعات الذهنية في تكوين قناعته خامساا: دور األدلة في تشكيل القناعة الوجدانية american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 178 www.americanjournal.org :يشترط في الدليل حتى يكون أساًسا لبناء القناعة الوجدانية ما يلي .ناتج عن إجراءات صحيحة :مشروعية الدليل • .يؤدي إلى يقين ال يحتمل الشك :كفاية الدليل • .تشكل األدلة منظومة متكاملة تقدم صورة واضحة للواقعة :تساند األدلة • سادساا: السلطة التقديرية للقاضي في تقدير العقوبة :يمارس القاضي سلطة تقديرية واسعة عند تحديد العقوبة، تشمل .اختيار العقوبة المالئمة ضمن الحدود التشريعية • .تطبيق األسباب المخففة أو المشددة • .وقف تنفيذ العقوبة عند توافر مبرراته • .بما ينسجم مع شخصية الجاني وظروف القضية تفريد العقوبةويهدف ذلك إلى تحقيق سابعاا: الرقابة القضائية على السلطة التقديرية رقابة محكمة اًلستئناف .1 :تباشر محكمة االستئناف رقابة شاملة على .إجراءات المحاكمة • .التسبيب • .سالمة منطق القاضي في تقدير األدلة • .وتتدخل إذا تبين قصور في االستدالل أو اعتماد على دليل باطل رقابة محكمة النقض .2 :تقتصر على مراقبة .صحة تطبيق القانون • .التفسير السليم للنصوص • .كفاية التسبيب • .وال تتدخل في تقدير األدلة إال في حاالت الخطأ الجسيم الذي يفسد الحكم نتائج الدراسة تكشف نتائج الدراسة عن بنية منهجية دقيقة لطبيعة السلطة التقديرية للقاضي الجنائي وحدودها، حيث تبيّن أّن هذه السلطة، على الرغم غاياتها انحرافها عن دون تحول وتشريعية إجرائية لضوابط تخضع الوجدانية، القناعة وتكوين األدلة تقدير في نطاقها اتساع من ظهرت النتائج أّن القاضي يمتلك حرية واسعة في وزن األدلة والربط بينها باعتبارها الوسيلة األساسية لكشف الحقيقة، الدستورية. فقد أ ة غير أّن هذه الحرية ليست مطلقة، بل تتطلب امتثاالً صارماً لمبدأ المشروعية اإلجرائية، بحيث تكون القناعة الوجدانية مستندة إلى أدل سات وخضعت للنقاش والتمحيص. وأّكدت النتائج أّن تجاوز القناعة الوجدانية لحدودها المنطقية أو استنادها قانونية طرحت في الجل american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 179 www.americanjournal.org إلى أدلة غير مشروعة يُعدّ إخالالً بضمانات المحاكمة العادلة، ما يستوجب تدخل الرقابة القضائية عند اللزوم. كما خلصت الدراسة إلى أّن السلطة التقديرية في اختيار العقوبة ليست سلطة منفلتة، بل مقيدة بحدود تشريعية تحكم مقادير العقوبات ودرجاتها، وتُلزم القاضي قراراته بشكل يبيّن األساس القانوني والموضوعي للحكم، منعاً للتفاوت غير المبرر بين الحاالت المتماثلة. وتؤكد الدراسة أّن بتسبيب نظام الرقابة القضائية، سواء من خالل محكمة االستئناف أو محكمة النقض، يشكل ضمانة أساسية لكبح أي تعسف محتمل في استعمال إذ التقديرية، النقض مدى االلتزام السلطة بينما تراقب محكمة الوجدانية، القناعة برقابة موضوعية على االستئناف تختص محكمة ي بصحيح القانون. وبذلك تُظهر النتائج أّن النموذج األمثل لممارسة السلطة التقديرية القضائية يقوم على التوازن بين استقالل القاضي ف .القانونية التي تحمي الحقوق وتضمن عدالة الحكمتكوين قناعته وبين احترام الضوابط ت الدراسة توصيا تخلص الدراسة إلى جملة من التوصيات التي تهدف إلى تعزيز الضوابط الحاكمة للسلطة التقديرية للقاضي الجنائي، بما يحقق التوازن :بين استقاللية القضاء وضمانات المحاكمة العادلة. وقد جاءت أبرز التوصيات كما يلي الوجدانية القناعة وتكوين األدلة تقييم مجال في للقضاة والمهاري المعرفي البناء تعزيز ضرورة أوًلا: تشير النتائج إلى أهمية االستثمار في البرامج التدريبية الموجهة للقضاة، وال سيما تلك المتخصصة في منهجيات تقييم األدلة الجزائية، والتمييز بين األدلة المشروعة وغير المشروعة، والقدرة على وزن قوة كل دليل ومدى صلته بالواقعة محل االتهام. وتوصي الدراسة تدريبية متقدمة ترّكز على تطوير ملكة “التحليل القضائي” وربط الوقائع باألدلة بشكل منهجي، إضافة إلى تعزيز الوعي بإدراج وحدات المبادئ حساسية وتأثيًرا في مصير األحكام الجزائية. كما تُبرز الرسالة أهمية بضوابط مبدأ القناعة الوجدانية، نظراً لكونه من أكثر التقديرية والضمانات اإلجرائية، بهدف تطوير التي توازن بين الحرية القانونية األخرى تزويد القضاة بخبرات مقارنة من األنظمة .ممارسة قضائية متوازنة متسقة مع المعايير الدولية األحكام بين المبرر غير التفاوت ومنع التقديرية السلطة لضبط التشريعية النصوص تطوير ا: ثانيا العقوبات، المتعلقة بحدود تلك للقاضي، وال سيما التقديرية للسلطة الناظمة التشريعية المنظومة الدراسة بضرورة مراجعة توصي إلى اختالفات جوهرية بين أحيانًا النصوص أو غموضها يؤدي فالتفاوت في تفسير المخففة والمشددة، وشروط تطبيقها. واألسباب قضايا في الصادرة دقة األحكام أكثر نصوص اعتماد إلى الدراسة وتدعو الجنائية. العدالة في الجمهور بثقة يضّر مما متشابهة، للتسب العقوبة، وتفرض معايير واضحة تقدير في االجتهاد تُحكم هامش ويُقلّص ووضوًحا، بحيث الشفافية بما يضمن القضائي، يب احتماالت إساءة استعمال السلطة التقديرية. كما تؤكد الدراسة ضرورة تعزيز القواعد اإلجرائية التي تفرض إبطال األحكام القائمة على .أدلة غير مشروعة أو قناعة وجدانية غير مسببّة التقديرية السلطة في اًلنحراف ومنع العدالة لتحقيق كضمانة اًلستئناف لمحكمة الموضوعية الرقابة نطاق توسيع ا: ثالثا ترى الدراسة أن دور محكمة االستئناف يجب أن يتجاوز حدود الرقابة الشكلية إلى رقابة موضوعية متكاملة على قناعة محاكم الدرجة األولى، وال سيما في القضايا التي يظهر فيها احتمال تأثر القناعة الوجدانية بعوامل غير موضوعية. وتوصي بأن تُمنح محكمة االستئناف في إعادة فحص األدلة بنفسها، عند وجود قرائن تشير إلى قصور في وزن األدلة أو في التسبيب. كما تشدد على صالحيات أوسع أكثر عمقًا في تقييم “منطق القاضي” في الحكم، وليس مجرد صحة اإلجراء، بما ضرورة أن تتبنى محكمة االستئناف منهًجا تحليليًا يعزز األداء القضائي ويرفع مستوى الرقابة بما يتوافق مع مبادئ العدالة الجنائية. وتؤكد الدراسة كذلك أهمية أن تعمل محكمة النقض .ة لممارسة سلطتها التقديريةعلى ترسيخ مبادئ قضائية واضحة تُلزم المحاكم األدنى بحدود منضبط قائمة المصادر والمراجع أوًلا: المراجع العربية .مجلة المحاماة .دور محكمة النقض في تصحيح تفسير القانون .(2017) أمل السخشجعي .1 .محاماة نت .تأسيس القناعة القضائية والمحاكمة الجزائية العادلة .(2023) أمل السخشجعي .2 .47ص .التدخل في ارتكاب الجريمة ومبدأ التكييف .(2015) …الباقي، .3 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 180 www.americanjournal.org .39–18دار الثقافة. ص .أصل اإلجراءات الجزائية .(1996) …الحميدي، .4 .188ص .اإلثبات في القضايا الجزائية .(2019) جباريغ .5 .105و 11ص .السيرجافنية في اإلثبات الجزائي .(2017) …شاوي، .6 .1ص .القناعة الوجدانية في اإلثبات .(2014–2013) …شاية، .7 .األدلة الجنائية وتعريف الدليل لغة واصطالًحا .(2020) …عامر، .8 .334ص .تعريف الدليل في مختار الصحاح .(2010) …محمد، .9 .دار الثقافة .أصل اإلجراءات الجزائية .(2011) محمد سعيّد نصر .10 .دار الثقافة .شرح قانون أصول المحاكمات الجزائية األردني .(2013) محمد سعيّد نصر .11 .86ص .تسبيب األحكام الجزائية .(2016) …محاميج، .12 .رام هللا: دار الثقافة .دراسة تطبيقية –القواعد الجزائية والقاضي الجنائي .(2017) …مرمح، .13 .بال تاريخ .السجل اللغوي العربي .مجمع اللغة العربية .14 .124–113ص .مجلة االجتهاد القضائي .(2022) نظام وقف تنفيذ العقوبة كبديل للسجن .15 ثانياا: التشريعات والقوانين .2001( لسنة 3قانون أصول اإلجراءات الجزائية الفلسطيني رقم ) .16 .(بال تاريخ) 2001( لسنة 1قانون العقوبات الفلسطيني رقم ) .17 .2009وتعديالته حتى سنة 1960( لسنة 16قانون العقوبات األردني رقم ) .18 .2009لسنة 289قرار بقانون رقم .19 ثالثاا: رسائل جامعية رسالة ماجستير، جامعة النجاح .قيود السلطة التقديرية للقاضي الجنائي في اختيار العقوبة .(2025) حسين، رؤى عاهد .20 .الوطنية، نابلس، فلسطين رابعاا: وثائق دولية .المتعلقة بقرينة البراءة 11المادة .(1948) اإلعالن العالمي لحقوق اإلنسان .21 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org utilizing dialogue ethics for human resources in the development of tourist guiding profession: an analytical study of selected managers of tourist companies in karbala, iraq dr. salam jaafar azeez university of karbala salam.j@uokerbala.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research aims to apply dialogue ethics (de) to human resources in the tourist industry for the development of the tourist guiding profession (tg.p) in tourist companies within the holy province of karbala. the research problem stems from several inquiries concerning the understanding of the relational and influential nature of field variables. the study employed habermes's scale (1996) to measure dialogue ethics across three dimensions (clarity (pr), integrity (cl), honesty (ho)). the dependent variable was measured as the tourist guiding profession in a unidimensional manner through a 10-item scale. the primary data collection tool was a questionnaire, and the sample included 115 managers from tourist companies in karbala. the researcher determined the required sample size using the herbert arkin equation, resulting in a sample of 88 managers. data analysis and processing were conducted statistically using structural equation modeling, confirmatory factor analysis, descriptive scales, pearson correlation coefficient, and simple linear regression analysis with statistical software including spss, amos (version 26). statistical analysis results demonstrated a significant and meaningful impact of dialogue ethics on the development of the tourist guiding profession. the results indicated a progression in the influence of the dimensions of dialogue ethics, starting with clarity (pr), followed by honesty (ho), and finally, integrity (cl), in terms of impact on the development of the tourist guiding profession in tourist companies within the holy province of karbala. dialogue ethics, tourist guiding profession. introduction the intellectual stagnation in tourism can be attributed to the absence of constructive ethical dialogue that solidifies the values of collaboration between human resources and tourists. ethical dialogue dictates commitment to positive communication, avoidance of falsehood and hypocrisy in presenting any tourist program. the crucial role of a tourist guide in their profession lies in promoting an ethical culture that serves the competitive company’s trajectory. tourism companies that adopt ethical dialogue gain significant importance, as it represents a cultural and cognitive aspect essential for american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org addressing various situations and problems. ethical dialogue steers thinking away from impulsiveness due to work pressure, as commitment to ethical principles means adherence to reason, logic, knowledge, and values. the human resources’ progression with this approach implies the implementation of an organizational ethical culture, steering them away from problems and making them more stable. tourism companies need the fields of culture and literature as behavioral frameworks that clarify the principles adopted in their organizational structure. the significance of ethical dialogue necessitates understanding the concept of dialogue and defining its types to employ it in the correct context. the ethical dialogue sought by tourism companies should be rooted in scientific and religious knowledge. calm dialogue reveals many aspects with free ideas aimed at the distinctive organizational construction through which companies compete in their markets. the profession of tourist guide must be based on the ethics of dialogue as a standard of consciousness in the practices of the tourist guide, leaving an impact on tourists and the entire tourism process. in light of this, the research aims to determine the extent of the ethical impact of dialogue on human resources in tourism in developing the profession of tourist guide. the research is divided into four sections, including the first section covering the cognitive framework of variables. the second section outlines the research methodology, while the third section discusses the field framework. the fourth section highlights the research’s most important findings and recommendations. 1. research methodology many tourism companies aim to adopt unified ethical values that shape the culture of their human resources across departments. ethical dialogue is a vital science that regulates the relationship of individuals in society in general and the workers in the tourism sector in particular. the profession of tourist guide carries profound messages, representing the history and civilization of countries. therefore, a tourist guide must work according to ethical values and guidelines that reflect a positive image of their country. in light of this, the researcher utilized the descriptive-analytical approach in preparing the research, employing scientific methods as follows: 1.1 research problem: due to the dominance of ethical considerations and the multitude of opinions without defined standards for ethical dialogue in the tourism companies' environment, the research problem can be described by the following questions: 1. what is the significance of employing ethical dialogue in developing the profession of tourist guide? 2. what is the nature of the relational connection between research variables at the field level? 3. to what extent do the dimensions of ethical dialogue impact the development of the profession of tourist guide? 1.2 significance of the research: the significance of the research lies in: 1. increasing the interest of tourism companies in the importance of ethical dialogue as it adds values and principles that contribute to the development of tourist guide. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org 2. the importance of ethical dialogue in building an organizational structure for companies within ethical standards that everyone adheres to. 3. ethical dialogue serves as a comprehensive framework for all tourism companies seeking service quality through their workforce. 1.3 research objectives: the research aims to achieve the following objectives: 1. understand the nature and type of impact that ethical dialogue will have on the profession of tourist guide. 2. present the research as a genuine starting point to address the working environments of tourism companies through ethical values. 3. identify the ethical values of dialogue from the perspective of tourism company managers. 4. understand the extent to which employees in tourism companies benefit from employing ethical standards and their acceptance in the company's environment. 1.4 hypothetical chart : source: prepared by the researche figure (1): hypothetical diagram. 1.5 research hypotheses: 1. first hypothesis: there is a statistically significant relationship between the dimensions of ethical dialogue and the profession of tourist guide. 2. second hypothesis: there is a statistically significant impact relationship between the dimensions of ethical dialogue and the profession of tourist guide. 1.6 research population and sample the research community consists of managers of tourism companies in karbala, numbering (115) company managers. to determine the sample size, the researcher will rely on the herbert oakn equation: ( ) ( ) ( ) npptse pp n −+ − = 1 1 dialogue ethics tourist guiding profession to u ri st g u id e p ro fe ss io n de pr ho cl t.g.p american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org in conducting the study, the researcher determined the sample size to be (88) managers of a tourism company. the researcher distributed (115) survey forms, and (90) were returned, with (2) deemed invalid and unsuitable for statistical analysis. 1.7 research variables and their measures: the research includes essential variables as follows: 1. dialogue ethics (independent variable): the researcher adopted the ready-made scale by (habermes,1996) to identify its sub-dimensions, comprising three dimensions – honesty, accuracy, and truth – each with specific items. these were rigorously formulated and presented to reviewers before being administered to the research sample. 2. tourist guiding profession (dependent variable): the researcher employed a single-dimensional scale, testing the reliability of its sub-dimensions using cronbach’s alpha, as indicated in table (1). the researcher employed a descriptive-analytical approach, collecting information and data from books, theses, and the internet for the theoretical aspect. in the field, a survey questionnaire was utilized. 1.8 tools, methods, and statistical techniques to analyze results and test study hypotheses, various statistical methods were used, aligning with the nature of the obtained data. the researcher utilized (spss v.26) and (amos v.24)for statistical analyses. the following tools were required: 1. confirmatory factor analysis: to ensure the scale's validity and alignment with its theoretical structure. 2. reliability coefficient: to verify the measurement's accuracy and its field capacity. 3. statistical tools: (mean, percentage, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, relative importance). 4. pearson correlation coefficient: to determine the strength of relationships between variables. 5. structural equation modeling: to identify the causal relationships between research variables. 2. the conceptual framework of the research variables 2.1 dialogue ethics (de): the concept, the importance 2.1.1 the dimensions dialogue ethics (the concept) de: many experts in the tourism sector emphasize the importance of incorporating the dimensions of dialogue ethics into the culture of tourism organizations due to its significant impact on stabilizing their internal environment. to understand the concept of dialogue ethics, we must delve into this broad concept. according to aati, it is a science that encompasses value judgments related to actions described as good or bad (aati, 2011, p. 10). as for al-sakarnah, he refers to dialogue ethics as a set of meanings and stable qualities within oneself. based on these, actions are judged positively or negatively by individuals, influencing their behavior, whether they approve or refrain from it (alsakarnah, 2011, p. 19). al-sufi states that dialogue is a discussion between two or more parties aimed at correcting speech, presenting arguments, proving the truth, refuting doubts, and responding to criticisms logically and dialectically (al-sufi, 2019, p. 2). constructive dialogue plays a pivotal role in achieving organizational harmony in the work environment, enhancing the fabric of relationships among community members, instilling a sense of tranquility, promoting dialogue ethics, tolerance, and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org understanding among individuals by bridging perspectives. this reduces intellectual distances between different currents, contributing to achieving aspects of peace and harmony in society (abdullah, 2018, p. 4). therefore, dialogue ethics form a specific foundation, and the essence of this foundation lies in conversation and any dialogue between two parties means a fabric of exchanged ideas for ethical communication, generating a greater level of mutual understanding. here lies the ethical and creative dialogue (al-sharoud, 2019, p. 477). dialogue ethics serve as the governing principle for any profession, adhering to ethical standards that impact its organizational outcomes (adeyeye et al, 2015, p. 268). al-askari and rasheed highlight a difference in the concept of ethics between islamic and contemporary philosophical theories. islamic philosophy interprets ethics as absolute and unchanging values, unaffected by time, place, or circumstances. simultaneously, it exhibits flexibility, being adaptable to embrace new values (al-askari etal, 2020, p. 62). the profession of tourist guide relies directly on the values and principles of human resources working in tourism organizations. employees must exhibit behaviors based on ethics that reflect their respect for the guest, represented by the tourist. the role of individuals in the tourist guiding profession reflects its impact on the profession itself through the ethics of constructive dialogue, aimed at its development (jabr, 2022, p. 174). 2.1.2 importance of dialogue ethics: the study by abdulwahid and hussein emphasizes the necessity of adhering to ethical standards based on values and principles agreed upon by all divine religions. a sound ethical foundation is crucial in facing challenges in various aspects, whether intellectual, cultural, social, or religious. managing any profession requires an integrated ethical culture governing its human resources. the importance of dialogue ethics, as pointed out by abdulwahid and hussein, lies in its role of building mutual trust among human resources in different organizations, regardless of their differences (abdulwahid,etal, 2019, p. 1).key points on the importance of dialogue ethics, as mentioned by(alsakarnah,2012,p.38), (shararah, 2020,p.27) and (al-asadi,2019,p.71): 1. ethical dialogue serves as a means of exchanging opinions to reach an agreement between parties. 2. it protects tourism companies from ethical deviations in their programs. 3. it contributes to building the cultural identity of tourism companies. 4. ethical standards help strengthen social ties among employees. 5. dialogue ethics form a professional foundation for tourism companies. 6. it creates an environment based on free cognitive communication among workers in the tourism sector. 7. the existence of an ethical charter acts as a fundamental reference for human resources to address behavioral problems during work. therefore, emphasizing the importance of dialogue ethics is crucial in developing the tourist guiding profession by solidifying ethical concepts and standards among human resources in tourism companies. this fosters an ethical environment based on constructive ethical dialogue, involving employees in ethical issues and addressing them to confront changes that may hinder the evolution of the tourist guiding profession. 2.1.3 ethical dimensions of dialogue: dialogue, with its ethical considerations, is one of the most widely exchanged and practiced forms of human discourse. the ethics of dialogue serve as the optimal path for the development of any american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org profession, whether in tourism or other fields, with diverse, extensive, and profound dimensions that encompass all areas and issues. every profession utilizes ethical dialogue, making the discussion of the ethical dimensions of dialogue crucial for the advancement of the profession of tourist guidance (al-sharoud, 2019, p. 493). given that the profession heavily relies on dialogues among human resources, ethical dialogue becomes an accepted discourse leading to positive outcomes that serve organizations in general. those working in the tourism sector must possess knowledge and insight to aid in the development of their profession (al-sharoud, 2019, p. 493). in this context, ethical dimensions of dialogue can be highlighted as follows: 1. probity: integrity in islam is a significant responsibility for individuals and is one of the islamic educational values that encourage muslims to embody it in all their dealings with society. probity is a crucial ethical criterion for any organization or culture, representing a religious and moral concept that researchers emphasize as the foundation for building an ethical environment within business organizations (al-baldawi, 2012, p. 195). 2. clarity: clarity refers to transparency in presenting positions from the other party's perspective. this modern concept has attracted the attention of tourism companies, emphasizing the attractiveness of human resources in drawing attention and building a unified cognitive alignment by transparently and clearly presenting topics. this aids workers in creating an honest and clear ethical culture, method, and values to achieve desired goals (miad et al., 2021, p. 2500). 3. honesty: honesty holds a significant position in islam, with numerous sayings and teachings emphasizing its role in leading individuals to good character in actions and righteousness in conditions. honesty is a crucial aspect of ethical considerations, and its impact is evident in the ethics directly reflected in the business community. consequently, a society becomes productive and contributive, reflecting on its development and distinctiveness. as honesty in its dealings becomes evident, it establishes a respectable competitive position in tourist markets (ameen, 2023, p. 50). 2.2 tourist guidance profession (concept and importance): concept: the concept of the profession is a focal point in human resources activities, representing a set of duties and activities performed by an individual for a specific remuneration, utilizing qualifications and skills (al-dhahn, 2006, p. 273). linguistically, a profession, according to al-wasit dictionary, refers to work that requires experience and skill and is practiced for compensation. the term "your profession" is synonymous with your work, aligning with the occupation of one's family in their service. the individual adopts the attire of their profession during their work activities and behaviors (ibrahim et al., 2005). tourist guidance emerged as a profession when the need for travel and exploration arose. the regulations governing the profession are old and do not meet the requirements of the tourism labor market within the field of tourist guidance (jawad.etal,2020, p. 217). (mahmoud.etal)define the guidance process as a dynamic interactive professional relationship between the guide and tourists, aiming to provide services and information to assist them in enjoying the trip and achieving their intended goals (mahmoud.etal, 2019, p. 672). in light of this, the role of the tourist guidance profession in the economies of developing countries is crucial, as it serves as a sensitive occupation with its own data and strength in attracting hard currency american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org for countries prioritizing tourism. this is affirmed by studies addressing the services sector, as tourism is a service sector, and the significant role it plays for countries relying on tourist resources based on service. importance: the importance of the tourist guidance profession lies in its complementarity to tourist activities, requiring scientific and technical skills in reading historical, archaeological, and other scientific aspects. given its importance, it necessitates the provision of trained individuals specializing in the guidance profession. this not only fulfills the needs and revenues of the tourism sector, serving the state's budget, but also enhances the competitiveness of tourism organizations in the markets (khalaf,2023,p.1755). referring to the ethics of dialogue and its pivotal role in the success and progress of the profession, experts have identified ethical standards as a set of behavioral criteria used by tourist guides as a reference for guiding ethical behavior during their performance. these standards are employed by management and members of the tourist group to assess the commitment of tourist guides (aati, 2020, p. 35). therefore, the importance of the tourist guidance profession lies in employing historical, archaeological, and cultural components scientifically, connecting studies specific to the guidance profession with the tourism reality of any country, and organizing the tourism industry, including the management of its aspects, such as the tourist guidance profession 3. the field framework of research variables 3.1 testing the normal distribution of the variable (dialogue ethics): table (1) displays all values of skewness, kurtosis (low and high), falling within the boundaries of the natural distribution with a magnitude of (2.54±). this affirms that all items of the dialogue ethics variable adhere to the normal distribution, indicating the utilization of inferential statistics in the test. table (1): the results of testing the normal distribution symmetry for the variable (dialogue ethics). assessment of normality (group number 1) variable min max skew cr kurtosis cr h5 1.000 5.000 -.594 -2.276 -1.000 -1.914 h4 1.000 5.000 -1.328 -5.087 .615 1.177 h3 1.000 5.000 -1.102 -4.219 -.012 -.023 h2 1.000 5.000 -1.206 -4.620 .515 .986 h1 1.000 5.000 -1.281 -4.905 .446 .854 c5 1.000 5.000 -1.191 -4.563 .870 1.667 c4 1.000 5.000 -1.509 -5.780 1.308 2.504 c3 1.000 5.000 -.985 -3.773 .219 .419 c2 1.000 5.000 -1.449 -5.548 .979 1.875 c1 1.000 5.000 -1.496 -5.730 1.972 3.776 p5 1.000 5.000 -1.310 -5.016 1.111 2.127 p4 1.000 5.000 -1.315 -5.038 .786 1.505 p3 1.000 5.000 -1.645 -6.301 1.993 3.815 p2 1.000 5.000 -1.344 -5.147 .911 1.744 multivariate 126.937 28.129 source: prepared by the researcher based on the program (spss v.26) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org 3.2 the normal distribution test for the variable (tourist guiding profession): table (2) shows that all values of skewness and kurtosis fall within the boundaries of the normal distribution, specifically (2.54±). this confirms that all items of the tourist guiding profession variable adhere to the normal distribution, indicating the appropriateness of employing statistical measures in the test. table (2) results of the normal distribution test for the variable of tourist guiding profession 3.3 the constructive-assertive sincerity of the (dialogue ethics) scale: this has been measured using three sub-dimensions (ho (5) items, cl (5) items, pr(4) items). figure (2) illustrates the standard parameter estimates that exceeded a value percentage of (%40), as depicted in figure (2), all of which are statistically significant. when observing the critical ratio (c.r.) values in table (3), it becomes evident that they are greater than (2.56) at a significance level of (0.01), indicating the validity and sincerity of these parameters. as for the indicators of model fit, all results demonstrated compliance with their designated acceptance criteria after conducting a single operation of modification indices. it is noteworthy that the structural model has achieved a high level of fit, confirming that the ethical dialogue variable is measured by three sub-dimensions totaling (14) items. assessment of normality (group number 1) variable min max skew cr kurtosis cr t10 1.000 5.000 -2.345 -8.979 8.464 16.207 t9 1.000 5.000 -2.379 -9.112 8.583 16.436 t8 1.000 5.000 -2.321 -8.888 4.568 8.747 t7 1.000 5.000 -1.558 -5.968 1.196 2.289 t6 1.000 5.000 -1.381 -5.288 1.068 2.045 t5 1.000 5.000 -1.439 -5.512 1.098 2.103 t4 1.000 5.000 -1.361 -5.211 .822 1.574 t3 1.000 5.000 -1.051 -4.025 -.119 -.228 t2 1.000 5.000 -.963 -3.687 -.298 -.570 t1 1.000 5.000 -.860 -3.295 -.568 -1.088 multivariate 63.669 19.277 source: prepared by the researcher based on the program (spss v.26) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org figure (2) confirmatory factor analysis of a scale(dialogue ethics) source: prepared by the researcher based on the program (amos v.24) outputs. table (3) confirmatory factor analysis parameters for the variable of (dialogue ethics) regression weights: (group number 1 default model) estimate se cr p p2 <--pr 1.198 p3 <-- pr 1.235 p4 <-- pr 1.263 p5 <-- pr 1.117 c1 <--cl 1.000 c2 <--cl 1.130 .135 8.398 *** c3 <--cl 1.111 .126 8.794 *** c4 <--cl 1.138 .121 9.396 *** c5 <--cl .985 .122 8.103 *** h1 <--ho 1.000 h2 <--ho .910 .095 9.618 *** h3 <--ho .948 .110 8.586 *** h4 <--ho .712 .134 5.322 *** h5 <--ho .783 .133 5.898 *** standardized regression weights: (group number 1 default model) source: prepared by the researcher based on the program outputs (amosv.24) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org 3.4: the constructive and affirmative authenticity of the tourist guiding profession scale: the variable of the tourist guiding profession has been measured through several items, totaling (10) items. figure (3) illustrates the standard estimates, surpassing a percentage of (%40), as depicted in figure (3). all of these percentages are statistically significant, as evidenced by observing the critical ratio (c.r.) values in table (4), which are greater than (2.56) at a significance level of (0.01). this indicates the validity and truthfulness of these parameters (azeez et al., 2023, p. 42). regarding the congruence indicators of the model, all results were found to meet the criteria for acceptance after conducting a modification indices process. it is noteworthy that the structural model has achieved a high level of congruence, affirming the feasibility of measuring the variable of the tourist guiding profession with a total of (10) items. figure (3): confirmatory factor analysis of the tourist guiding profession scale. source: prepared by the researcher based on the outputs of the amos program. table (4): parameters of the confirmatory factor analysis for the tourist guiding profession scale. 3.5: variable description and diagnosis(dialogue ethics): table (5): descriptive statistics for the variable (dialogue ethics) with its dimensions regression weights: (group number 1 default model) estimate se cr p t1 <--tg.p 1.000 t2 <--tg.p 1.176 .340 3.459 *** t3 <--tg.p 1.665 .410 4.061 *** t4 <--tg.p 1.947 .446 4.362 *** t5 <--tg.p 1.672 .398 4.205 *** t6 <--tg.p 1.706 .400 4.269 *** t7 <--tg.p 1.908 .441 4.322 *** t8 <--tg.p 1.478 .354 4.173 *** t9 <--tg.p .597 .179 3.328 *** t10 <--tg.p .556 .180 3.086 .002 standardized regression weights: (group number 1 default model) source: prepared by the researcher based on the program (amos v.24) outputs. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org table (5) reveals that the variable of dialogical ethics achieved a weighted average of (4.25) with a standard deviation of (1.17) and a coefficient of variation of (27.84%), indicating a relative significance of (85%). the statistical results suggest that dialogical ethics hold a high degree of importance according to the research sample's responses, confirming that dialogical ethics play a crucial role in the development of the tourist guiding profession. concerning the importance of the dimensions of dialogical ethics, the (pr) dimension secured the first rank with a relative importance of (86.19%), followed by the (ho) dimension in the second position with a relative importance of (85.06%). the (cl) dimension came in third place with a relative importance of (83.75%). figure (4) illustrates the relative ranking of each dimension of dialogical ethics based on the weighted arithmetic means. figure (4): descriptive statistics for the variable “dialogue ethic. source: prepared by the researcher based on the outputs of the program (spss v.26),((excel) 3.5 the description and diagnosis of the tourist guiding profession variable. table (6) illustrates the tourist guiding profession variable, which achieved a weighted average of (4.1), a standard deviation of (1.18), a coefficient of variation of (29.40%), and a relative significance of (81%). the statistical results indicate that the tourist guiding profession variable holds a high level of importance according to the research sample’s responses. this underscores the significance of developing and enhancing the tourist guiding profession within ethical standards that unify the cultural environment of tourism companies. regarding the specific items within the tourist guiding profession 82 83 84 85 86 87 cl pr ho 83.75 86.19 85.06 answer level arrangement of items relative importance % standard coefficient of variation standard deviation arithmetic mean dimensions very high 3 % 83.75 27.97 1.16 4.19 cl very high 1 %86.19 26.89 1.14 4.31 pr very high 2 %85.06 28.65 1.21 4.25 ho very high %85 27.84 1.17 4.25 dialogue ethics source: prepared by the researcher based on the outputs of the program (spss v.26),((excel) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org variable, measured by fourteen items, one of them (t2) secured the first rank with a relative importance of (89.5%), while item (t7) ranked tenth with a relative importance of (75.2%). figure (5) illustrates the relative ranking of each item within the tourist guiding profession for tourism companies based on the extracted arithmetic means. table (6): descriptive statistics for the tourist guiding profession variable. figure (5): descriptive statistics for the variable (tourist guiding profession) source: prepared by the researcher based on the outputs of the program (spss v.26),(excel ( answer level arrangement of items relative importance % standard coefficient of variation standard deviation arithmetic mean items high 7 79.3 39.70 1.57 4.0 t1 very high 1 89.5 12.10 0.54 4.5 t2 very high 4 81.8 40.30 1.65 4.1 t3 high 8 77.3 45.78 1.77 3.9 t4 high 9 75.9 19.79 0.75 3.8 t5 high 6 79.8 32.72 1.30 4.0 t6 high 10 75.2 36.95 1.39 3.8 t7 very high 2 86.4 34.18 1.48 4.3 t8 very high 5 81.4 19.83 0.81 4.1 t9 very high 3 83.6 12.60 0.53 4.2 t10 %81 29.40 1.18 4.1 tourist guiding profession source: prepared by the researcher based on the program (amos v.24) output american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org 3.6 testing research hypotheses: 1. testing the first main hypothesis: table (7) reveals results indicating a positive correlation between dialogical ethics and the tourist guiding profession, with a correlation coefficient value of (.851**) at a significance level of (1%). consequently, these findings suggest that the use of ethical dialogue in tourism companies holds significant importance in advancing the tourist guiding profession. this ensures the quality of tourism company programs when they adopt a constructive and calm dialogue based on ethical principles. this confirms the acceptance of the primary hypothesis, along with its dimensions, which posited the existence of a significant correlation between dialogical ethics and the dimensions of the tourist guiding profession within the sample of tourism companies. the testing of the secondary primary hypothesis is yet to be addressed. table (7): matrix of correlations between research variables. 2. testing the main hypothesis afor a second: to test the impact relationships in the titled research, represented by the main hypotheses, the researcher employed structural equation modeling using the (amos v.24) program. in light of this, the researcher proceeded to test the second main hypothesis, indicating a significant effect between dialogical ethics and the development of the tourist guiding profession. figure (6) illustrates the parameters of testing the second main hypothesis, which asserted the presence of a significant impact of organizational ingenuity in enhancing the competitive position of the researched tourism companies. table (8) presents non-standardized estimates, standard error, critical ratio, and significance levels for testing the second main hypothesis. figure (6) indicates a statistically significant effect of dialogical ethics on the development of the tourist guiding profession within the sample of researched tourism companies. the determination coefficient (r2) reached (0.96), indicating that dialogical ethics for human resources explain (96%) of the variations in the development of the tourist guiding profession for the researched tourism companies. the critical ratio (cr) value in table (8) is one, significant at a level of (0.000), suggesting that a 0.01 change in dialogical ethics affects the development of the tourist guiding profession by (96%). consequently, the second main hypothesis, positing a significant impact of dialogical ethics on the development of the tourist guiding profession in the researched tourism companies, can be accepted. correlations dialogue ethics tourist guiding profession dialogue ethics pearson correlation 1 .851** sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 88 88 tourist guiding profession pearson correlation .851** 1 sig. (2-tailed) .000 n 88 88 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed) source: prepared by the researcher based on the outputs of the program (spss v.26) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org figure (6) parameters for testing the second main hypothesis. source: prepared by the researcher based on the program outputs(amos v.24),(spss v.26). table (8): non-standard estimates, standard error and critical ratio in terms of statisics. regression weights: (group number 1 default model) estimate s.e. c.r. p tg <--de 1.079 .108 9.959 *** ss <--de 1.198 .108 11.110 *** ff <--de 1.000 hh <--de 1.164 .128 9.095 *** t10 <--tg 1.000 t9 <--tg 1.067 .078 13.692 *** t8 <--tg 1.068 .079 13.544 *** t7 <--tg .800 .181 4.419 *** t6 <--tg .871 .171 5.087 *** t5 <--tg .996 .123 8.086 *** t4 <--tg .912 .171 5.325 *** t3 <--tg 1.008 .094 10.745 *** t2 <--tg .983 .102 9.668 *** t1 <--tg .963 .111 8.679 *** p2 <--pr 1.000 p3 <--pr .800 .090 8.879 *** r4 <--pr .967 .072 13.461 *** r5 <--pr .902 .082 11.024 *** c1 <--cl 1.000 c2 <--cl 1.192 .118 10.078 *** c3 <--cl 1.174 .113 10.371 *** c4 <--cl 1.178 .125 9.419 *** c5 <--cl .472 .122 3.871 *** h1 <--ho 1.000 h2 <--ho 1.015 .090 11.232 *** h3 <--ho .982 .114 8.599 *** h4 <--ho .974 .106 9.198 *** h5 <--ho .938 .104 9.050 *** source: prepared by the researcher based on the program (amos v.24) outputs american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 171 www.americanjournal.org 4. conclusions and recommendations 4.1 conclusions: 1. the normal distribution test for sample responses revealed that all responses fall within the bounds of a normal distribution, confirming that the values are distributed normally. this provides the researcher with flexibility in choosing statistical methods for analysis. 2. research measures demonstrated good levels of construct validity, affirming the alignment between established measures for variables and the sample responses. this underscores the strength of the relationship between sub-dimensions and their items, suggesting the reliability of using these measures in future studies. 3. the research variables achieved favorable percentages through descriptive and diagnostic analysis, indicating importance and high reliability.this supports the potential for replicating results upon retesting the same sample in tourism companies. 4. analysis of description and diagnosis yielded a new ranking for variable dimensions based on sample responses.ethical dialogue dimensions ranked highest in importance, particularly clarity, followed by honesty and integrity. 4.2 recommendations: 1. foster ethical dialogue among human resources in tourism companies to enhance their understanding of its significance in bolstering their market position. 2. cultivate a culture of ethical dialogue within the operations of tourism companies in the research sample. launch an awareness campaign for human resources to develop the profession of tour guiding by building ethical foundations for their work to ensure the achievement of objectives. 3. emphasize the importance for tourism companies to focus on developing the guiding profession through the ethical behavior of their human resources. this should be based on ethical values to enhance the desired practical capabilities. 4. continuously emphasize the development of practical and scientific concepts for ethical dialogue to support the advancement of the guiding profession in tourism companies. adherence to ethical principles ensures the quality of their work. 5. conduct workshops for employees to discuss and establish ethical standards for constructive dialogue within tourism companies. encourage them to innovate in creating practical programs fundamental to the development of the tour guiding profession. 6. establish policies grounded in the ethical code of tourism etiquette as an ethical framework for dialogue at both the human resources and company levels. utilize these policies to enhance their capabilities and create an internal environment conducive to achieving desired goals. 7. encourage the freedom of expressing ethical ideas for dialogue and bridge perspectives among employees to preserve the integrity of tourism companies. this reaffirms the provision of a conscious guiding profession offering the best tourism services in the market. 8. create a positive working atmosphere in tourism, based on ethical dialogue principles rooted in organizational commitment values. this defines the general conduct of employees, portraying an informed environment that respects all professions. 9. urge tourist guides to adhere to ethical dialogue principles such as honesty, integrity, courtesy, respect, and responsibility. prioritize these principles to enhance their role in the tourism industry. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 172 www.americanjournal.org references 1. aati, a. b. m. r. (2011). ethics of the tourist guidance profession. master’s thesis in islamic culture, imam muhammad bin saud islamic university. 2. aati,abeer mohammed(2020):ethics of tourism guidance professin in saudi arabia, journal of humanities and social sciences, volume 4, issue 1, saudi arabia. 3. abdulwahid, h. a., & hussein, a. t. (2019). the extent of the prevalence of the ethics of the teaching profession among physical education teachers in al-qadisiyah governorate. alqadisiyah journal of educational sciences, 19(11), part 2, iraq. 4. al-asadi, s. j. a. (2019). the relationship between high containment management and professional ethics and its impact on the quality of educational services: an applied study on a sample of tourism education institutions in iraq. doctoral dissertation, al-mustansiriya university – college of tourism sciences, iraq. 5. al-askari, k. y. s., & rasheed, m. m. m. (2020). ethics of the teaching profession in islamic educational thought during the islamic civilization (selected models). journal of educational and scientific studies, college of education, university of iraq, 15(2), iraq. 6. al-baldawi, h. s. (2012). the concept of trustworthiness in the literary heritage of imam ali (pbuh): an analytical study. college of education for girls journal, 23(2), university of baghdad. 7. al-dhhan, l. r. g. k. (2006). some mathematical concepts of kindergarten children and their relationship to parental occupation and academic achievement. al-qadisiyah journal of humanities, 9(4), iraq. 8. al-sakarnah, b. k. (2011). ethics of work. dar al-maseera for publishing and distribution, 2nd ed., oman. 9. al-sharoud, a. j. a. (2019). dialogue: concept, roots, and reality. published research in the journal of the college of islamic and arabic studies for girls, alexandria, volume 2, issue 35. 10. al-sufi, a. h. a. s. (2019). dialogue in the quran. published research in the international journal of humanities and social sciences, 8th issue. 11. ameen, a. f. (2023). truthfulness and its positive impact on the individual and society. sarmen ray journal of humanities studies, 19(1), september, iraq. 12. azeez, salam jaafar & gailan, saharjabbar & oreibi, ahmed obaid (2023): utilizing digital citizenship in developing skills of tourism human resources: an analytical study of the opinions of a sample of students from the college of tourism sciences karbala university, journa; international journal of transformations in business management, by aryavart international university, india, vol: 13, special issue. 13. habermas, j. (1996). the public sphere. media studies: a reader, 2, 92-97. 14. ibrahim, a., abdelhalim, m., atiya, a., & ahmed, m. k. (2005). al-muajam al-wasit [the intermediate dictionary]. dar al-shorouk international library, 4th ed., arab republic of egypt. 15. jabr, a. a. m. (2022). ethics of management and its impact on organizational creativity: perspectives of employees in youth and sports centers. journal of studies and research in physical education, university of basrah. 16. jawad, h. a. a., & mustafa, z. s. (2020). duties of the tourist guide towards people with special needs during the tour: a field study in tourism and travel companies in karbala. journal of administration and economics, al-mustansiriya university, iraq. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 173 www.americanjournal.org 17. jurgen, habermes (1996): between cambridge, facts and norms, cambridge: polity press, second printing massachusetts institute of technology, united states of america. 18. khalaf, h. m. (2023). the role of the tourist guide in enriching the content of organized tourism: case study of tourism and travel companies in najaf. akleel journal of human studies, 14, iraq. 19. mahmoud, t. m., & abbas, n. a. a. (2019). responsibilities of the tourist guide in heritage tourism development: survey research on a sample of tourism offices in karbala. alqadisiyah journal of humanities, 22(1), iraq. 20. miad h.d & saaed h.k(2021):strategic clarity and effect organizational excellencei analytical research in the state company for automobile and equipment industry : an extracted research from phd dissertation, jourinal of contemporary issues in business and government,27(3). 21. shararah, m. a. (2016). social dialogue as a tool for promoting economic and social development. friedrich ebert foundation, egypt. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org the role of automotive transport in air pollution of the atmosphere ikramova nargiza alisher qizi tashkent medical academy, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is dedicated to studying the contribution of automotive vehicles to air pollution in the atmosphere. the harmful gases emitted by automobiles negatively impact the environment and pose a threat to human health. the issue is discussed in detail based on global experiences and statistical data. recommendations are provided for reducing pollution levels. atmospheric air, automotive transport, environmental issues, harmful emissions, pollution, sustainable development introduction currently, atmospheric pollution is considered one of the global environmental issues. the contribution of transport vehicles to pollution is a serious topic of discussion in every country. the amount of harmful substances, such as carbon dioxide (co2), nitrogen oxides (nox), and other pollutants emitted by vehicles, is increasing every year. according to the international energy agency (iea), the transport sector accounts for nearly 24% of global greenhouse gas emissions. in urban areas, the intensification of air pollution is related to the growing number of transport vehicles. this situation causes not only ecological but also economic and social problems. according to the world health organization (who), pollution-related diseases shorten the lives of millions of people annually. especially, risks associated with respiratory and cardiovascular diseases are increasing. in uzbekistan, the issue of the increasing number of vehicles is also urgent. in large cities like tashkent, the air quality has significantly deteriorated. transport vehicles are identified as the main factor in atmospheric pollution. this problem negatively affects not only the ecological environment but also economic development. therefore, reducing harmful emissions from vehicles, developing and implementing sustainable development strategies, is an extremely important task at both the global and national levels. materials and methods during the research, statistical data provided by international organizations such as the world health organization (who) and iea were analyzed. additionally, the ecological policies and technological approaches applied in various countries were studied. observation, comparison, and statistical analysis methods were used. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org main part 1. main harmful substances emitted by automotive transport automobiles emit various harmful gases into the atmosphere, with the most common being: • carbon dioxide (co2): co2 is mainly produced from the complete combustion of fuel. it is considered one of the main contributors to global warming. the transport sector accounts for approximately 14% of global co2 emissions annually, contributing to the rise in earth's average temperature due to greenhouse gas effects. • nitrogen oxides (nox): nox is primarily produced by internal combustion engines. these substances react with oxygen and carbon monoxide in the air to form smog and acid rain. nox is harmful to human health and can lead to respiratory diseases, asthma, and bronchitis. • hydrocarbons (hc): hydrocarbons are another significant harmful emission from vehicles, resulting from improper use of gasoline and diesel fuels or from poorly maintained engines. hydrocarbons react with ozone in the air to create photochemical smog, which can have serious effects on the respiratory system. • carbon monoxide (co): co is produced in oxygen-deprived environments, primarily due to incomplete fuel combustion. these substances are dangerous and can affect the circulatory and respiratory systems, leading to heart disease and headaches. 2. smog formation in urban areas. the increase in the number of automobiles in urban areas is one of the primary causes of smog formation (air pollution). smog is a type of air pollution caused by high concentrations of harmful substances such as nox, hc, and co, primarily emitted by vehicles. smog usually occurs on hot, sunny days, particularly in densely populated cities. it reduces visibility, makes breathing difficult, and leads to serious health issues. 3. impact on human health harmful emissions from vehicles pose a serious threat to human health. numerous scientific studies show that air pollution leads to various diseases, especially those related to the respiratory and cardiovascular systems: • respiratory diseases: the effect of co, nox, and other pollutants from vehicles on the respiratory system leads to an increase in diseases such as asthma, bronchitis, and emphysema. these conditions often make breathing difficult and worsen general health. • cardiovascular diseases: air pollution also has a significant impact on the cardiovascular system. poor air quality, especially high levels of co and nox, can increase blood pressure and heart rate, leading to heart attacks, strokes, and other cardiovascular diseases. • allergic reactions: air pollution can also trigger allergic reactions. pollutants such as ozone and nitrogen oxides can exacerbate allergy symptoms, including nasal congestion, eye irritation, and shortness of breath. 4. global experience globally, some countries are taking effective measures to reduce atmospheric pollution: • norway: norway has significantly reduced harmful emissions from transport by promoting and incentivizing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org electric vehicles. the government offers various incentives to encourage citizens to purchase electric vehicles and is also developing the necessary infrastructure to support electric transport. • china: in china, particularly in large cities, measures are being implemented to limit the use of transport vehicles and encourage ecological transportation. the government proposes emission standards for vehicles and restrictions on the use of cars. additionally, the production and sale of electric and hybrid vehicles are supported. • usa: in the usa, stricter environmental standards for automobiles have been introduced. the environmental protection agency (epa) has established emission limits for vehicles and improved mechanisms to monitor these pollutants. this policy has resulted in a reduction of emissions from the transport sector. 5. statistical data • according to the world health organization (who), atmospheric pollution causes approximately 7 million deaths annually. • the transport sector accounts for about 14% of global greenhouse gas emissions. • in uzbekistan's cities, transport contributes 60% to air pollution. this has significantly degraded air quality, especially in large cities like tashkent, samarkand, and bukhara. based on this, effective measures are necessary to reduce harmful emissions from vehicles. these measures should include the widespread introduction of ecological transport and improvements to the transportation system. results the research results show that automotive transport has a significant impact on atmospheric pollution. the introduction of electric vehicles and the modernization of existing vehicles based on environmental standards could be an effective way to address this issue. conclusion to reduce the negative impact of automotive transport on the atmosphere, the following measures are proposed: • the widespread introduction and promotion of electric vehicles. • adapting the technical specifications of transport vehicles to meet environmental standards. • developing public transport and reducing the use of private cars. these measures will not only improve the ecological environment but also protect human health. references 1. world health organization (who). (2020). ambient air pollution: a global assessment of exposure and burden of disease. 2. rahimov, b. b., salomova, f. i., jalolov, n. n., sultonov, e. y., & obloqulov, a. g. (2023). o ‘zbekiston respublikasi navoiy shahri havo sifatini baholash: muammolar va yechim yollari. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org 3. oecd. (2020). environmental performance of transport in oecd countries. oecd publishing. china's environmental policy. (2019). environmental protection and development in china. china environmental protection bureau. 4. саломова, ф. и., & садуллаева, х. а. (2017). экология человека в медицинском образовании. молодой ученый, (22), 425-427. 5. norwegian transport and energy department. (2021). electric vehicles in norway: a path to sustainable transportation. 6. shahrizoda, a. (2018). transport and its impact on urban air pollution in developing countries. international journal of environmental science and technology, 15(7), 563-572. 7. salomova, f. i., rakhimov, b. b., jalolov, n. n., sultonov, e. y., & oblakulov, a. g. (2023). atmospheric air of the city of navoi: quality assessment. british journal of global ecology and sustainable development, 15, 121-125. 8. international energy agency (iea). (2022). transport and energy: analysis and data. [internet] iea. u.s. environmental protection agency (epa). (2021). transportation and air quality. 9. рахимов, б. б., саломова, ф. и., жалолов, н. н., султонов, э. ю., & облакулов, а. г. (2023). оценка качества атмосферного воздуха в городе навои, республика узбекистан: проблемы и решения. сборник трудов по материалам международной научно-практической конференции. 10. sadullayeva, x. a., salomova, f. i., & sultonov, e. y. (2023). ochiq suv havzalari muhofazalash ob'ekti sifatida. v международная научнопрактическая конференция «современные достижения и перспективы развития охраны здоровья населения». 11. sultonov, e. y. (2023). short-term air pollution forecast. 12. садуллаева, х. а., саломова, ф. и., мирсагатова, м. р., & кобилжонова, с. р. (2023). проблемы загрязнения водоемов в условиях узбекистана. 13. mk, s. k. s. f. s. (2024). car washes as a source of environmental pollution. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 39, | august 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the role of artificial intelligence in shaping the future of creative writing and literature zahro qodirova zafarovna the student of uzbekistan state world languages university supervisor: maftuna qodirova davronovna a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper explores the impact of artificial intelligence (ai) on literature and human intellect. it highlights the positive contributions of ai in improving accessibility, translation, writing, and literary analysis. however, it also addresses concerns about the diminishing of human creativity, emotional connection, reading habits, and critical thinking. the paper examines how ai’s influence may affect the transmission of cultural heritage and intellectual engagement. ultimately, it stresses the importance of finding a balance between leveraging ai’s advantages and preserving human qualities in literature and intellectual pursuits. artificial intelligence (ai), ai algorithms, narrative construction, creativity, storytelling. introduction the world is constantly evolving, with a strong emphasis on development. technological advancements have led to numerous innovations, with artificial intelligence being the most advanced. ai now handles tasks that were once performed by humans, such as generating sophisticated content and correcting errors. the intersection of artificial intelligence (ai) and literature represents an increasing frontier in both the arts and technology. ai systems have become progressively sophisticated, and their applications have expanded beyond traditional domains such as data analysis, healthcare, and finance, reaching into creative storytelling and novel writing. machine learning models are trained on vast texts, enabling them to mimic various writing styles and genres. this capability not only aids authors in overcoming writer's block but also democratizes the creative process, allowing more individuals to experiment with storytelling. one of the most significant impacts of ai on literature is the automation of content generation. artificial intelligence (ai), which was once limited to the world of science fiction, is now subtly becoming a part of an author’s toolkit and shaping the reading experience in 2024. this growing collaboration between human creativity and machine intelligence invites exploration, encouraging us to examine how it could transform storytelling, empower creators, and redefine the way we experience narratives (seemi. 2024, february 29). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org 2. problem statement creative writing can be a challenging process. writers encounter various difficulties, including developing plots, integrating different elements, structuring narratives, and, crucially, keeping readers engaged. as the demand for new content constantly grows, writers struggle to find innovative themes and structures. with the help of ai, they can boost their creativity. ai storytelling apps can generate ideas, plot twists, and character developments that writers might not have considered. by providing fresh perspectives and novel ideas, ai can help writers break through creative blocks and explore new narrative directions. in the past, writing novels and short stories was a time-consuming process. however, with the rise of artificial intelligence (ai) in literature, the process has become much simpler and faster. ai can significantly reduce the time it takes to develop a story. what might take a human writer weeks or months to draft can be accomplished in a fraction of the time with an ai tool. this efficiency allows writers to produce more content and meet tight deadlines more easily. ai storytelling apps can create personalized stories tailored to individual preferences. by analyzing user data, these apps can adjust the style, tone, and content of the narrative to match the reader’s tastes, offering a more engaging and immersive reading experience. ai can democratize storytelling by making it accessible to those who might not have strong writing skills. aspiring writers can use ai tools to bring their ideas to life, lowering the barrier to entry and enabling a broader range of voices to be heard. for professional writers, ai can serve as a valuable collaborator. it can suggest edits, provide feedback, and even co-write sections of a story. this collaborative approach can enhance the quality of the writing and introduce new creative elements (byron matthiopoulos. 2024, july 12). despite advancements, ai-generated stories sometimes lack the depth and originality that human writers provide. since ai algorithms typically draw on existing data, they can produce narratives that feel derivative or formulaic. ensuring that ai-generated stories have uniqueness and emotional depth remains a major challenge. the integration of ai into literature raises ethical concerns about authorship and originality. if an ai creates a story, who owns the rights to it? there are also worries about ai inadvertently or intentionally plagiarizing existing works. literature is cherished for its ability to express the human experience, emotions, and insights. some critics believe that ai, lacking true understanding and emotional intelligence, cannot produce genuinely impactful stories. there is concern that relying too much on ai could strip literature of its human essence. ai algorithms are only as effective as the data they are trained on. if the training data carries biases, these can be reflected in the ai’s output, potentially resulting in stories that reinforce stereotypes or fail to accurately represent diverse viewpoints. tackling bias in ai-generated content is essential for promoting fair and inclusive storytelling. as writers and readers grow more reliant on ai for storytelling, there’s a risk of becoming overly dependent on technology. this reliance might devalue traditional writing skills and lessen the appreciation for stories created by human hands. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org 3. literature review the intersection of ai and literature has gained significant attention in recent years. research has shown that ai-generated creative writing has the potential to produce coherent and engaging stories (goodwin,2018). studies have also explored the use of ai in generating poetry, the ability of neural networks to produce creative and meaningful poems (liu, 2019). furthermore, ai has been used to generate dialogue for characters, neural networks can produce realistic and engaging dialogue (zhang, 2020). ai is important to strike a balance between human creativity and technological advancements to ensure that ai generated literature does not replace works created by humans (raj, 2023). narrative theory and the cognitive sciences connect between narratology and cognitive science, providing a historical overview and emphasizing cognitive narratology. the volume discusses the cautious application of cognitive science to narrative theory, highlighting challenges in accessing cognitive processes and the need for empirical validation (david herman, 2001). overall, the literature suggests that ai-generated creative writing has the potential to produce high-quality content, but further research is needed to fully explore its capabilities and limitations. 4. chat gpt and google bard as a tool for stories ai tools like chat gpt and google bard play a vital role in developing stories or novels by assisting at every step of the writing process. they utilize natural language processing (nlp) and machine learning (ml) algorithms to generate coherent narratives. these models, trained on large datasets of texts, stories, and dialogues, use advanced architectures like transformers, rnns, and lstms. computational power and memory are essential for processing complex language patterns. knowledge graphs and semantic networks help represent characters, settings, and plot relationships, while sentiment analysis and emotional intelligence tools enhance character development and dialogue. text analysis, preprocessing techniques, and language modeling ensure engaging stories with logical plot flow. feedback mechanisms, continuous learning, and post-processing techniques refine the story, while finetuning with diverse datasets reduces bias. despite these advances, ai faces challenges with contextual understanding, ambiguity, and idiomatic expressions (v. thamil selvi, & ramya. p, 2024, december). 5. conclusion ai technology is revolutionizing the writing process by boosting creativity, simplifying workflows, and generating captivating narratives. with advancements in multimodal storytelling and real-time translation, ai enhances the quality of literary works, making them more engaging and accessible to a global audience. writers can now push the boundaries of traditional storytelling, explore new creative possibilities, and connect with readers in innovative ways. the role of ai in literature goes beyond improving the writing process—it’s reshaping the very nature of storytelling. ai-powered literary marketplaces are also improving the connection between writers and readers, making literature more accessible and democratic. ai tools help writers by enhancing their creative process, boosting productivity, and expanding storytelling possibilities, ultimately shaping the future of literature through the collaboration of human creativity and ai technology. chatgpt and google bard are both powerful writing tools, but they offer different features. chatgpt is more user-friendly, with its conversational interface, contextual understanding, and creative writing strengths, making it accessible to a broader audience. in contrast, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org google bard is more formal, excelling in fact-checking and research support, which can be useful for specific tasks but less approachable for casual users. ai-driven literary research also uncovers patterns and trends across genres and historical periods, offering deeper insights into the evolution of literature. the future of ai in writing will include advancements in ai-powered assistants, content generation, story development, character building, language translation, collaborative writing, personalized feedback, and virtual writing coaches. tools like chatgpt, grammarly, ai writer, novelize, and plottr each bring unique features to enhance writers' creativity and productivity. the fusion of human creativity and ai will unlock new possibilities, shaping the future of literature in exciting and transformative ways. references: 1. byron matthiopoulos. (2024, july 12). ai in literature: is the future automated storytelling? 2. goodwin, r. (2018). 1 the road. st. martin's press. 3. herman, david. (2001) “narrative theory and the cognitive sciences.” narrative inquiry 11. 4.liu, yusen, dayiheng liu, and jiancheng lv. (2020). "deep poetry: a chinese classical poetry generation system." in proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence (vol. 34, no. 09, pp. 13626-13627). 5. raj, d., m. udayakumar, and m. saravanan. (2023). "integrating artificial intelligence in english literature: exploring applications, implications, and ethical considerations. international journal of advanced research in science, communication and technology, 11-15." 6. seemi. (2024, february 29). how ai is shaping the future of literature in 2024. 7. v. thamil selvi, & ramya. p. (2024, december). application of ai in literature: a study on evolution of stories and novels. recent research reviews journal. (vol. 3, issue 2, pp. 346-356). 8. zheng, yinhe, rongsheng zhang, minlie huang, and xiaoxi mao. (2020). "a pre-training based personalized dialogue generation model with persona-sparse data." in proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence (vol. 34, no. 05, pp. 9693-9700). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org hard and soft power in democratic systems: a comparative analysis shakhzodbek makhmudov 51 dilkhiroj street tashkent 100100 uzbekistan (holder of ma in international relations from brunel university of london. currently, he is an adjunct faculty member at the university of journalism and mass communication of uzbekistan, department of political science. his research focuses on international relations, geopolitics, and the political systems of developed countries. he also serves as director of branch at eurouz – the official european business association in uzbekistan. ) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the concepts of soft and hard power in international relations, with a focus on domestic institutions within the context of democratic systems. it relies on joseph nye’s seminal work and more recent empirical indexes to critique the classical dualism of statecraft’s coercive or persuasive nature. it compares the united states, france, germany, and japan to argue that political systems, whether presidential or parliamentary, federal or unitary, influence the projection and efficacy of power abroad. the article argues that power should not be conceptualized merely as an asset stock, but rather as a process situated within political institutions, the intersection of strategic alignment, and continuity in leadership. it offers a new approach with the “smart power governance matrix” to analyse how democracies apply soft and hard power through institutional integration, multilateralism, and enduring foreign policy. the results highlight the need to redefine the discourse on democracy and power in global politics by relocating analysis beyond fixed criteria to situationally defined frameworks of state capabilities within their governance systems. soft power, hard power, political system, smart power, political transition, democracy, power projection. introduction power remains an essential concept in international relations (ir) as it continues to guide how states seek influence, protect national interests, and participate in the international system. in a more traditional sense, ir has distinguished between hard powercoercive methods such as military force and trade sanctionsand soft power, which denotes the ability to appeal, influence, and convince people through culture, political values, and legitimate foreign policy. notable professor joseph nye, who passed away recently in may 2025, founded the soft power theory. in his groundbreaking work soft power: the means to success in world politics, nye (2004) proposed that "soft power" enables a state american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org to influence others to align with its interests without coercion or economic incentives. his contributions fundamentally changed the perspectives of many scholars and policymakers regarding global influence. in this piece, we acknowledge nye's scholarly impact by dissecting the definitions of soft and hard power and their applications. so far, these categories remain crucial to statecraft, but their actual use in practice is profoundly tempered by domestic politics and the culture of institutions, especially in developed democracies. while states may have access to significant power resources, how those resources are projected abroad—through diplomacy, culture, multilateralism, or military might requires specific internal governance architectures, leadership, and strategy coherence. for this purpose, the article relies on three core works. first, cevik and padilha's (2024) imf working paper comes with a new global soft power index, providing an excellent quantitative analysis but lacking an explanation of institutions and context. second, bilgin and elis (2008) critique the hard/soft power dichotomy and propose a more complex and relational logic. finally, the financial times (2025) article "trump and the end of american soft power" underscores the scope of domestic political disruption, specifically during trump's presidency, that has affected the credibility of soft power globally. this article highlights the united states, the united kingdom, france, germany, and japan. it targets the argument that power in international relations must be understood through several institutions and political cultures that configure its power. this study deliberately chose democracies to maintain methodological continuity among the sample states with governance norms based on electoral accountability and checks and balances. still, they differed in having either a presidential or a parliamentary system (keohane, 1984). toward the context of the democracies, the study applies nye's (2004) framework on soft power, which is based on drawing in and using legitimacy, the most prominent attributes in democracies. including non-democratic states would introduce factors that obscure these dynamics. instead, the focus of this article is to encourage further research to apply this framework to non-democratic or emerging democratic systems. to situate power within the context of institutions, the analysis uses policy papers, global indices, and secondary literature to construct and test hypotheses on power in international relations. conceptual landscape: hard, soft, and smart power the understanding of power in international relations has changed over time. traditionally, power was associated with hard power, which included the coercive capacity of military power and economic sanctions (morgenthau, 1948; waltz, 1979). this realist perspective emphasizes tangible assets as the strongest form of power in an international system that resembles an anarchic order. however, the end of the cold war period, along with the shift in global dynamics, highlighted the need for arguably nonmaterialistic forms of influence and athleticism. to adjust, nye proposed soft power, which focuses on culture, political values, and the legitimacy of foreign policy to gain consent and preference voluntarily (nye, 2004). it recognizes the importance of attraction and persuasion alongside coercion. however, nye later advocated for smart power—the integration of soft and hard power tools—to address the multifaceted nature of global politics (nye, 2009, 4-5) that uses both non-coercive force and coercive diplomacy. this integration of coercive assets with development aid, cultural exchange, and even humanitarian efforts leads to achieving sustainable results (nye, 2011). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org despite these advancements, bilgin and elis (2008, 4-5, 7-8) criticize mainstream ir theories for conflating power into a simplistic spectrum of hard and soft, ignoring its hybrid and relational essence. they contend that power is not simply material; it is also symbolic and institutional, wielded through the social and political structures, cultures, and norms that contour enablement and resistance (barnett & duvall, 2005; lukes, 2005). this interpretation aligns with constructivist lenses, which focus on embedding power in signification and social interaction (wendt, 1999). the most profound theoretical gap in power analysis remains the lack of institutional or systemic context, particularly the domestic political system, as an intermediary in translating power resources into foreign policy (keohane, 1984; risse-kappen, 1995). for instance, the same military capacity could be utilized differently because of ruling norms, leadership style, or democratic constraints (putnam, 1988). without these insights regarding internal dynamics, any assessment of an abstracted power will invariably remain dissociated from reality. to fill this gap, this article uses a comparative qualitative methodology focused on the impact of a country's domestic political structure on the use of hard and soft power in developed democracies. the case studies of the united states, france, germany, and japan demonstrate very different systems designs that foster within-system comparisons, such as presidential vs parliamentary and federal vs unitary governments. these countries also offer geographic and cultural diversity, representing major democracies from north america, europe, and asia. the political significance of these countries, along with their varying democratic systems, enables the examination of the internal institutional arrangements of a state and its strategic use of power in global relations. the research uses secondary sources of literature, policy papers, and global indicators to advance an analysis of the debate on power and political systems and their practical implications. hence, going beyond the descriptive frameworks, the following sections focus on applying soft and hard power in advanced democracies and analyse the political systems' influence to contextualize power to appreciate its agency within institutional boundaries. limitations of the global soft power index cevik and padilha's (2024) global soft power index is the first empirical attempt to measure and rank countries' soft power capabilities. they formulate a composite measure of a country's culture, socioeconomic structure, education, digital activity, and international standing perception, among other factors, to gauge its influence and attractiveness nationally and globally. this methodology provides an overview of distributive global soft power and appeals to public policy advocates who seek defined parameters to evaluate progress. on the other hand, the breadth of the index provides a more multifaceted perspective, yet lacks substantial depth in many areas. most critically, the index scores remain contextually detached from all strategic considerations around which soft power is implemented, especially in developed democracies. the index is static, treating soft power as an unmeasurable asset rather than a collection of dynamic indicators, combining static indicators such as the university count or cultural exports (cevik & padilha, 2024). it also neglects the impact that relations of domestic political institutions, governance systems, and leadership decisions have on the effectiveness of soft power resources (cull, 2008, 4; nye, 2004). additionally, the index attempts to distinguish soft power from hard power and security policies, thus perpetuating the artificial dichotomy criticized by bilgin and elis (2008). in practice, the interplay of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org soft and hard power, or “smart power” (nye, 2009), especially plays a key role for democracies that seek to balance military obligations with diplomacy and cultural outreach. the index overlooks this fusion, resulting in a limited assessment of power projection. this is an essential conceptual gap, defining soft power not as a mere possession of assets like renowned universities or a global media, but rather as a combination of domestic institutions and the politics that deploy those assets. for example, cultural diplomacy works effectively when there is interministerial coordination from the foreign affairs, education, and culture ministries and supportive systems (melissen, 2005, 6). in federal states such as germany or some decentralized parliamentary systems like the united kingdom, the institutional routes differ from those found in more prescriptive or centralized systems like the united states or france. consequently, the article seeks to answer the primary inquiry: how do various governance types, such as parliamentary or presidential, and centralized or federal, affect the application and balance of soft and hard power? addressing these distinctions beyond the boundaries of power hierarchies enables one to understand how resources of power are converted into influence at the global level. this framework attempts to compensate for the absence of qualitative assessments by focusing on institutional frameworks in international relations, thereby shifting the understanding of power from mere numbers to practices worldwide. political systems and the execution of power the domestic political system and the head of state affect the projection of state power overseas. this essay analyses the united states, france, germany, and japan to demonstrate how different political systems exercise "hard" and "soft" power in practice. these cases show how institutional frameworks, either presidential or parliamentary and unitary or federal, systematize the strategy and effectiveness of power projection. united states (presidential / federal) the united states' presidential and federal system concentrates authority on the executive, especially the president, regarding foreign policy. as the financial times (2025) notes, the trump administration vividly showcased how unilateral decision-making could be shattered by soft power institutions such as diplomatic corps and cultural exchanges. his withdrawal from the paris climate agreement (2017) and the iran nuclear deal (2018), alongside traditional ally alienation through trade wars and nato critiques, marked an acceleration of decades of american soft power erosion (nye, 2019; zakaria, 2020, 9). not only did these decisions undermine multilateral partnerships, but a 2018 pew research center survey indicated a 30% decline in favourable views of america in europe, showing a declining moral authority of the us. this phenomenon illustrates how executive strategies, at least in the case of the united states, can swiftly change international perception and diminish soft power even when hard power remains potent. the united states is set to spend $816 billion on defence in 2024, maintaining its position as the world's military powerhouse alongside economic supremacy, but, the reduction in diplomacy and cultural engagement during this time indicates the vulnerability of soft power – in this case, reliance on institutions of enduring presence (jentleson, 2014, 9). the us federal system adds another layer of complication, as states and regions sometimes have their own foreign policy agendas. california's independent climate treaties with canada and china in the 2010s demonstrate subnational attempts to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org sustain soft power when the federal government's policies were uncooperative (rosenau, 1997, 9). at the same time, this illustrates how federalism can splinter and enhance power and authority projection. france (semi-presidential / unitary) france has a functioning system that is both semi-presidential and unitary, meaning it has a special executive branch and a centralized administration. with a 2024 defence budget of $53 billion, france is militarily far weaker than the united states, but uses soft power through international organizations of the francophonie, cultural institutes such as the alliance francaise, and diplomacy (keohane & nye, 1998, 10; rioux, 2009, 10). the organization internationale de la francophonie has 88 member states and, for example, in 2024 held the paris summit where the french language and culture are used and disseminated. it has especially in africa and the middle east where cultural relations exceed power. france uses cultural power; in 2023, 1.2 billion euros were allocated for cultural diplomacy for 800 alliance francaise centers that teach over half a million students. giauque and varone (2014, 8) noted that the french system allows for coherent coordination across ministries, which follows a soft power strategy even during political transitions. france, for example, exercises cultural and educational diplomacy through the ministry of europe and foreign affairs to maintain its influence in west africa, a former post-colonial area of france, where france fuels conflict mediation and development aid. this framework enables france to wield greater influence on the global stage, illustrating that potent, enduring soft power can make up for the scarcity of hard power resources. germany (parliamentary / federal) the extraordinary historical legacies of germany's parliamentary federal system, such as overt military force as a boundless option, especially post world war ii, remain (paterson, 1996, 9-10). germany spends $66 billion on defence in 2024, channelling military expenditure into economic diplomacy, humanitarian aid, and educational exchange. this is exemplified by the german academic exchange service (daad), which since 1925 has sponsored 1.2 million scholars and funds 150,000 students every year from 70 countries. german economic diplomacy, like with the nord stream gas pipelines (up to 2022), schimmelfennig (2018, 11) also drew attention to germany's use of trade and investment to expand influence in and outside the eu. the need for consensus within parliamentary coalition politics curtails german foreign policy decisions, implementing a slower, more steady approach. the federal system provides power to the national government and the länder (states), creating a need for coordination to articulate a unified foreign policy (bulmer & paterson, 2013). for instance, bavarian international trade missions enhance federal initiatives, but some federal policies, such as on refugees, lead to disputes that undermine coherence. such an arrangement focuses on stability and multilateralism, determining germany's soft power focus of promoting more profound integration and cooperation through european union leadership and humanitarian policy, with 1.2 million refugees hosted by germany in 2023. japan (parliamentary/unitary) as outlined in article 9 of the japanese constitution, japan is seen as a pacifist state, allowing limited military proactive measures. coupled with japan's parliamentary and unitary system, these factors inhibit any form of military power (hard power) from being utilized by law (stockwin, 2008, 12). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org japan's 2024 defence budget is set at $50 billion. its investment in soft power, particularly through anime, japanese cuisine, and international aid programs, is substantial (iwabuchi, 2015, 10; nye, 2004). the japan international cooperation agency (jica) spent $18.2 billion in developmental assistance funding on infrastructure and education in southeast asia and africa in 2023. moreover, the $20 billion revenues from japanese anime and manga in 2022 boosted japan's cultural influence around the globe. the foreign policy of japan, dominated by civil services, is a strategic continuum irrespective of which party is in power. this ensures soft power is stored over time (calder, 2019, 11,14). the ministry of foreign affairs, in collaboration with other agencies such as the japan foundation, coordinates educational and cultural exchange programs like the jet programme, which has recruited 70,000 foreign teachers to japan since 1987. as seen in these activities, institutional cohesion preserved these soft power assets over time. the political framework in which japan situates itself allows for easier coping with limited military strength. the situation portrays how political and legal limits impact the strategy adopted and how the power exercised influences governance. these combined cases show that power is not merely about resources but also how domestic institutions interpret their application. the us system has both subnational innovation and fragmentation risk; french coherence comes at the cost of subnational asymmetries due to its unitary structure; german federalism balances multilateralism with regionalism; japan engages in unitary pacifism that prioritizes culture and economics. whether a state adopts a presidential or parliamentary system, unitarism or federalism, and constitutional constraints structure the exercise and integration of hard and soft power. from this perspective, the political context becomes essential for understanding indices measuring power projection. such a lens exposes simplistic metrics and assumptions concerning the interplay of diverse political factors. converging power forms: the missing “smart power” nexus cevik and padilha (2024, 3-4, 13), using the global soft power index and bilgin and elis (2008), provide a critique of soft power; both approaches collate relevant information, but neither formulation a balance of hard and soft power that is practical for use by democracies in the real world. the former provides a framework with quantitative measurement of soft power assets, yet lacks the strategic interplay of hard and soft power. the latter focuses on power's hybrid and relational aspects but remains too conceptual, offering no operationalization of how this hybridity works in democratic contexts. this shift calls for reframing toward smart power as an emergent property. not an accumulation of hard and soft power, but the result of dynamic interaction dictated by political culture, institutional strategy, and leadership constraints (nye, 2009; joseph, 2019, 15). integrating coercive capabilities with the mechanisms of attraction requires intense mediation through the institutional structures that define policies (peters, 2017, 15). in other words, the degree of integration and coordination within the political system of a democracy determines the efficacy of power projection. the case of donald trump's presidency highlights the failure of smart power succinctly. the united states' hard power was, and still is, robust, heavily due to the $816 billion military budget and military presence stationed around the globe as of 2024 (financial times, 2025; nye, 2019). the remnants of the collapse of international norms and institutional credibility made diplomatic undermining impossible, and the absence of productive relations overseas further destabilized it. the unilateralist retrenchment from traditional world order agreements fostered paralytic mistrust in american american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org governance structures, which became increasingly fractured with tougher leadership approaches, which could be described as a shift from deploying soft to hard power (zakaria, 2020, 15). while iraq and the paris agreement's structural counterparts presided over trump, the obama administration (2009-2017) showcased the epitome of smart power through ushering coordinated multilateralism. the defeatist objectives visioned by us competitors, which formed the basis of coalitions, trust with signatories aimed at creating a multilateral organization, as described by the 2016 pew research center survey, where it was claimed that 64% of the surveyed held confidence in the leadership of the us (ikenberry, 2011, 12-13). with these comparisons, it is evident that having unparalleled hard power does not factor in when lacking the systemic and societal claims of soft power, which is necessary to take advantage of the overpowering strength. to implement smart power, we suggest the smart power governance matrix, which evaluates how democracies balance hard and soft power integration through institutional coordination, global leadership, policy endurance, and international relations. possible measures of smart power include: sustainability across administrations: enduring foreign policy reputations that do not erode with changes in political leadership and are considered credible internationally (rathbun, 2011, 16). take japan's overseas development assistance (oda) as an example: it remains a bilateral donor through the japan international cooperation agency (jica), disbursing $18.2 billion in oda in 2023, which has assisted in shaping southeast asia over a long period (calder, 2019). integration of soft and hard policy measures: combining the use of military and diplomatic force and economic and cultural engagement to achieve coherent national interest objectives (mattern, 2015, 17). one example of this is france's cultural diplomacy through the francophonie with peacekeeping operations in mali from 2013–2022, where it applied soft power to support hard power goals in west africa (rioux, 2009, 17). multilateral institutional leadership: involvement and undertaking of authority on international processes, such as the g7, the united nations, and nato, which enhances legitimacy and helps in coalition building (ikenberry, 2011). germany's leadership role in eu integration has also included the 2020 eu council presidency, where she advocated for a €750 billion covid-19 recovery fund, which marked an increase in soft power while stabilizing the economy in europe schimmelfennig, 2018, 17. these indicators, encapsulated within the smart power governance matrix, show how entrenched smart power is within the institutional framework and polity of a democracy and is not merely a collection of assets. the matrix assesses states on three axes: substantive cross-institutional coordination (like inter-ministerial coordination), policy continuity (across different administrations), and participation level in international relations (like multilateralism and leadership roles in global organizations). using this approach enables scholars and policymakers to analyse how to use and strategically integrate power in a multipolar context efficiently. these illustrations, alongside the proposed matrix, highlight the role of institutional dynamics in pursuing smart power. understanding this complexity is essential when examining power relations today, or for policymakers looking to maintain leverage in the emerging multipolar world. conclusion this work has claimed that exploring the application of both hard and soft power goes beyond merely evaluating a state’s material resources or cultural assets. it requires understanding the political systems and the institutional frameworks that structure the resource mobilization processes. in the case studies american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org of the united states, france, germany, and japan, it has been shown that there is striking dependence of efficacy in power projection on the domestic political configuration: presidential versus parliamentary, federal versus unitary systems of governance, and the relationship between the chief executive, administrative elites, and the prevailing political culture and norms. cevik and padilha's (2024) empirical index of soft power and bilgin and elis's (2008) theoretical critique offer useful insights, but these two perspectives, in their combined form, cannot sufficiently capture this emerging complexity. the former's ranking lacks contextual information, while the latter pertains to a conceptual emphasis on hybrid power. in this case, suspicion operates through an unsophisticated synthesizing approach. this demonstrates the shortcomings of measuring power in international relations with numbers or attempting to frame it with absolutes. from now on, the domain would benefit from the creation of a novel smart power index that includes the political and institutional dimensions, evaluating not just the resources but also the meticulous coordination and consistency in the exercise of power across administrations. such an approach would better capture the dynamics of democratic rule and global politics. moreover, future work could construct a more comprehensive perspective with subregional case studies, such as the supranational governance system of the european union or the hybrid democracy of south korea. comparative analyses of the democracies of the global south could also help explain how different political contexts shape the interplay between hard and soft power in emerging powers. as noted in this article, an integrated approach to the concept of power is needed, focusing on contextual realities that are more grounded in an analysis of power for the institutions of modern democracies. references: 1. bilgin, p., & elis, o. (2008). hard power, soft power: toward a more realistic power analysis. international relations, 22(2), 145–164. 2. bulmer, s., & paterson, w. e. (2013). germany and the european union: from ‘tamed power’ to normalized power? international affairs, 89(2), 247–266. 3. calder, k. e. (2019). japan’s foreign policy in an era of global change. routledge. 4. cevik, s., & padilha, t. (2024). measuring soft power: a new global index. imf working paper no. 24/212. 5. cull, n. j. (2008). public diplomacy: taxonomies and histories. the annals of the american academy of political and social science, 616(1), 31–54. 6. financial times. (2025, march). trump and the end of american soft power. 7. giauque, d., & varone, f. (2014). the political role of bureaucracies: how bureaucrats influence political decisions. public administration, 92(4), 1074–1090. 8. ikenberry, g. j. (2011). the future of the liberal world order: internationalism after america. foreign affairs, 90(3), 56–68. 9. iwabuchi, k. (2015). resilient borders and cultural diversity: internationalism, postcolonialism, and asian american media. duke university press. 10. jentleson, b. w. (2014). american foreign policy: the dynamics of choice in the 21st century (5th ed.). w.w. norton. 11. joseph, j. (2019). power and politics in global governance. international political sociology, 13(4), 403–421. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 12. keohane, r. o., & nye, j. s. (1998). power and interdependence in the information age. foreign affairs, 77(5), 81–94. 13. mattern, j. b. (2015). why soft power isn’t so soft: representational force and the sociolinguistic construction of attraction in world politics. review of international studies, 41(3), 417–439. 14. melissen, j. (2005). the new public diplomacy: between theory and practice. in j. melissen (ed.), the new public diplomacy (pp. 3–27). palgrave macmillan. 15. nye, j. s. (2004). soft power: the means to success in world politics. publicaffairs. 16. nye, j. s. (2009). smart power. foreign affairs, 88(4), 160–163. 17. nye, j. s. (2019). the decline of american soft power? foreign affairs, 98(3), 2–11. 18. paterson, w. e. (1996). germany and the european union: from economic to political integration? german politics, 5(1), 1–15. 19. peters, b. g. (2017). institutional theory in political science: the new institutionalism. continuum. 20. rathbun, b. c. (2011). a rose by any other name: neoclassical realism and the study of security policy. security studies, 18(4), 629–661. 21. rioux, j.-p. (2009). france and the francophonie: the francophone world and french foreign policy. french cultural studies, 20(2), 99–110. 22. rosenau, j. n. (1997). along the domestic-foreign frontier: exploring governance in a turbulent world. cambridge university press. 23. schimmelfennig, f. (2018). european integration (theory). in c. reus-smit & d. snidal (eds.), the oxford handbook of international relations (pp. 89–111). oxford university press. 24. stockwin, j. a. a. (2008). governing japan: divided politics in a resurgent economy (4th ed.). wiley-blackwell. 25. zakaria, f. (2020). the rise and fall of american soft power. foreign affairs, 99(5), 10–18. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org the impact of teacher accent and speech clarity on student comprehension farangiz eshankulova xayitmuratovna uzbekistan state world languages university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in today’s increasingly globalized classrooms, english language learners are exposed to a wide range of teacher accents and speech patterns. this study investigates how a teacher’s accent and speech clarity affect students’ comprehension in english as a foreign language (efl) setting. drawing on qualitative and quantitative data collected from secondary school learners and language instructors; the research explores learners’ ability to understand instructional content delivered in various native and non-native english accents. the findings indicate that while exposure to different accents can improve listening flexibility over time, unfamiliar or heavily accented speech especially when combined with poor articulation can hinder comprehension, reduce learner confidence, and negatively impact academic performance. teacher accent, speech clarity, student comprehension, intelligibility, efl learners, pronunciation, listening skills, speech rate, accent variation, teacher training introduction communication in the media is defined as a purposeful process that takes place between two or in english language education, effective communication between teacher and student is essential to successful language acquisition. among the various factors influencing comprehension, a teacher’s accent and speech clarity play a crucial yet often underestimated role. as english has become a global lingua franca, learners are increasingly exposed to a wide range of native and non-native english accents, each with its own phonological patterns, intonation, and rhythm. while this diversity can enrich the learning environment, it can also pose challenges especially for beginners and intermediate learners who rely heavily on auditory input for understanding new language structures and vocabulary. accent refers to the way sounds are pronounced, often influenced by one’s geographic or linguistic background. while accents are natural and unavoidable, they can affect intelligibility the ease with which speech is understood by listeners. similarly, speech clarity, which includes pronunciation, enunciation, and speech rate, determines how effectively a message is delivered and received. in the classroom, unclear speech or unfamiliar accents may impede comprehension, reduce student confidence, and slow the learning process. numerous studies have explored the role of listening skills in language development, yet few have specifically focused on how teacher-related speech factors influence learners' real-time understanding. in multilingual and multicultural classrooms, this issue becomes even more pertinent. students may american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org not only struggle with the language itself, but also with decoding speech influenced by accents unfamiliar to them, especially when the instruction lacks visual or contextual support. this research seeks to explore the impact of teacher accent and speech clarity on student comprehension in efl (english as a foreign language) settings. it aims to identify which aspects of teacher speech most significantly affect learner understanding and to suggest practical strategies for minimizing communication barriers. by doing so, the study contributes to a more inclusive and effective english language teaching approach, where intelligibility is prioritized over native-like pronunciation. main body one of the most important aspects of effective language instruction is the intelligibility of the teacher’s speech. intelligibility goes beyond native-like pronunciation it involves how clearly a teacher articulates words, paces their speech, and uses tone and stress. when a teacher speaks with a strong accent, whether native or non-native, it can affect how easily students decode and process spoken language. this is especially true for beginner-level students who rely heavily on auditory patterns and may not yet have developed the ability to adapt to different speech varieties. for instance, a teacher with a strong regional accent can apply creative scaffolding techniques to support comprehension. instead of attempting to eliminate their accent, the teacher can use visual aids, gesture-based reinforcement, and key-word highlighting on the board. in a listening activity, a teacher might read a passage aloud with pauses after key phrases and then show a corresponding infographic to reinforce the message visually. this way, learners connect meaning with multiple input modes. another effective approach is gradual exposure to accent variation. rather than avoiding all nonstandard accents, students can benefit from guided listening tasks that feature various english speakers with different accents. for example, students might listen to short interviews from speakers with british, indian, nigerian, and filipino english backgrounds. after each clip, they complete a comprehension task and discuss what helped or hindered their understanding. this trains students to become more flexible listeners while improving their global communication skills. speech clarity also plays a critical role. teachers who speak too fast or with little articulation may unintentionally cause comprehension gaps. a practical solution is to integrate self-monitoring techniques in teacher training such as recording and analyzing one's own speech to identify unclear segments. in the classroom, a teacher might record instructions for an activity and then play them back for students, encouraging learners to identify what was clear and what could be improved. this not only enhances the teacher’s awareness but also invites student feedback, building mutual trust. in multilingual classrooms, teachers can also adopt a “universal pronunciation strategy,” focusing on clear consonant endings, reduced use of idiomatic expressions, and rhythmic pacing. for instance, instead of saying “you gotta do it real quick,” the teacher might consciously reformulate it to “you need to do it quickly,” emphasizing each word clearly. pairing this with real-time written prompts on the board helps students absorb both meaning and structure more easily. to make lessons even more inclusive, some teachers design “accent awareness activities” where students learn about different englishes spoken around the world. a creative example includes assigning groups of students different english-speaking regions. each group listens to sample audios and then presents common features of that region’s pronunciation to the class. this not only improves listening skills but fosters tolerance and openness. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org creative practical examples table focus area practical classroom activity accent awareness students listen to short audio clips featuring different english accents (e.g., british, indian, nigerian). after each clip, they complete a matching activity or short comprehension quiz. speech clarity teacher records their own instructions and plays them in class. students provide feedback on which parts were clear and which weren’t. then the teacher repeats the same message more clearly. visual reinforcement during storytelling, the teacher uses images or icons on the board to support difficult-topronounce or accented vocabulary, helping students match speech with meaning. subtitled listening students watch a short video (ted talk or youtube) with a strong regional accent using english subtitles. then they complete listening comprehension tasks. accent simulation game in groups, students are given phrases to pronounce with different accents. others guess the accent and discuss how easy it was to understand. shadowing technique students repeat short segments of audio after a speaker with clear pronunciation. they focus on rhythm, stress, and clarity. dictation pair work one student reads a sentence slowly with articulation, while their partner writes it down. they switch roles. this builds awareness of clarity and careful pronunciation. teacher codeswitching when using a regional accent, the teacher repeats key instructions using simplified and clearly pronounced versions to ensure comprehension. conclusion the clarity of a teacher’s speech and the type of accent they use play a critical role in shaping students’ ability to understand and absorb language input in english language classrooms. while a variety of accents enriches the learning environment and prepares students for real-world communication, unfamiliar or heavily accented speech when not supported by clarity and scaffolding can hinder comprehension, especially for beginner and intermediate learners. this study highlights that speech clarity, proper pacing, articulation, and multimodal support are far more important than achieving native-like pronunciation. teachers who are aware of how their accent affects learners can adjust their delivery through techniques such as using visual aids, subtitles, repetition, and student feedback. furthermore, exposing learners to diverse english accents through creative classroom activities builds their listening flexibility, promotes cultural tolerance, and prepares them for global interactions. encouraging student-teacher collaboration around clarity and speech habits fosters a more inclusive, effective learning environment. references 1. jo‘rayev u. zamonaviy pedagogik texnologiyalar. – toshkent: o‘qituvchi, 2020. 2. zokirova n. xorijiy til o‘qitish metodikasi. – andijon: anddu, 2021. 3. raxmatov m. fonetik vositalarning o‘quvchilarning til tushunishidagi o‘rni. – qarshi: nasaf, 2019. 4. to‘xtasinova m. nutq madaniyati va talaffuz muammolari. – toshkent: ilm ziyo, 2020. 5. g‘ulomov b., tursunova n. pedagogik innovatsiyalar asoslari. – toshkent: fan, 2019. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org contextual teaching models and didactic elements in education boltayeva zilola safayevna buxoro viloyat pmm “aniq va tabiiy fanlar metodikasi” kafedrasi katta o’qituvchisi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents the opinions and views of foreign scientists on the types, content, relevance, didactic elements and models of conceptual teaching in the center of pedagogical skills. it is especially revealed from a scientific point of view that the contextual teaching model is an integral part of the modern pedagogical process and is a tool that ensures that education is practice-oriented. pedagogue, listener, inclusive education, project, experience, simulation, reflection, motivation, feedback, contextualism, constructivism, contextual learning, cognitive research, constructivist approach. introduction the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated february 27, 2020 no. pp-4623 "on measures for the further development of the sphere of pedagogical education" states that "training of professional pedagogical personnel with skills in the use of modern pedagogical technologies in the educational process with thorough mastery of methods of training and teaching, information and communication technologies and foreign languages; • introduction of digital technologies into higher pedagogical education, creation of additional conditions for continuous development of the professional skills of pedagogical personnel, with the theme of ensuring the strong integration of modern information, communication and educational technologies; priority areas for the development of pedagogical education are such as "increasing the efficiency of the formation of modern pedagogical personnel with high culture, practical professional skills, who thoroughly master the methods of training, teaching and evaluation criteria". the concept of education 2030, adopted by the united nations forum, defines "education as the main driving force of development and an important activity leading to the sustainable development goals". in the age of globalization, it is important to instill modern skills in the students of pedagogical skills centers, in particular to create innovations in everyday and professional activities, to develop new innovative ideas, to choose an effective direction in various unexpected situations and to make rational decisions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org therefore, the priority of pedagogical higher education is to create and strengthen the educational foundation, just as education forms the basis of the development of development. currently, pedagogical approaches in the education system are diverse, and one of the approaches that ensure compliance with international standards is the "contextual approach" to education, that is, the use of contextual teaching models. contextual learning builds on cognitive research, in which processes such as critical thinking, inquiry, and problem-solving are expressed in relevant real-life, intellectual, and social contexts. the constructivist approach treats learning as an active process, in which students visualize their understanding of the world based on their previous knowledge and experiences. students will combine practical experience with theoretical knowledge in the learning process and learn how to apply it in real-world conditions. therefore, a key aspect of this approach is contextual adaptation. this will allow the material and learning process to be adapted to the life conditions familiar to the trainees and give them practical value. contextual learning builds on several didactic models. these models are used in teacher education, teaching students to combine theoretical and practical knowledge, and they are: 1. problem-based education model is a pedagogical approach that focuses students on learning information on the basis of problem-solving, not just reading, and develops skills such as developing solutions through research, logical and creative thinking. 2. the project-based learning model is a learning approach designed to give trainees the opportunity to develop knowledge and skills by engaging in projects that address the challenges and challenges they may face in real life. scholars at the bak institute of education have identified 7 essential elements for project-based education: challenging debate or question, constant inquiry, authenticity, listeners' voice and choice, reflection, critique, and reconsideration, a team product that these elements call "the gold standard of project-based education." 3. the model of experimentation is a methodological method that forms the basis of scientific research and is used to confirm or reject theoretical ideas. any scientific idea is accepted as a hypothesis after being experimented and confirmed. after that, it is recommended for practice or use. 4. simulation model is a method of repeating students in an artificial environment (simulation) in order to learn about real-life situations, processes or interactions in the learning process. there are various forms of simulation model, which are computer simulations, role-playing games, virtual reality (3d,4d) and others. the didactic system of application of contextual teaching models in pedagogical higher education is a pedagogical approach aimed at preparing students for real-life situations by integrating theoretical knowledge and practical experience in the educational process. for the effective application of this system, there are several didactic elements that form the basis of contextual learning models: • connecting with life situations. in the process of teaching, students are given examples of real life situations, miracles. this will give your audience opportunities to apply their newly acquired knowledge in real life. • be active and interactive: listeners aren't just listeners, they absorb new information by activity. in this group, a difficult situation is created and solved by the methods of creative analytical thinking. • cognitive processes: motivation of students to think differently, deepen knowledge and make independent decisions. the teacher and students take part in the discussion. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org • cooperative learning: students learn by interacting with each other, explaining, and explaining. it definitely develops the skills of working in a team, exchanging ideas. • reflexion: students analyze their thoughts based on what they have learned. this gives trainees the opportunity to experiment, evaluate and self-examine. • self-regulation and independent study: trainees will learn to plan and manage their learning processes independently. therefore, trainees are able to adapt their learning processes to their needs. • creating motivation: the role of motivation in the effectiveness of education is invaluable. applying methods and techniques that stimulate students' interest in learning, setting specific learning goals and showing ways to achieve goals increases motivation to learn. • evaluation and feedback: to get real feedback on the results of the work done and to give constructive feedback for development. feedback has a major impact on the professional development of the teacher and the students' acquisition of important information about learning. appropriate feedback is an important factor in development. conclusion this approach effectively organizes the process of preparation for professional activity in students and encourages them to solve problem situations, to independent and creative thinking. the contextual model of teaching is integral to modern pedagogical processes and ensures that education is practice-oriented. today, an urgent task is to increase the competitiveness of graduates of higher educational institutions in the labor market, to assess the individual professional development of pedagogical staff and improve its diagnostic support, to develop the professional identity of students and to study the functional tasks of 23 higher education systems in the implementation of these tasks based on international and national requirements. in this context, the internazionalization of the educational process based on foreign best practices and the use of conceptual teaching models in the formation of an innovative educational environment is an effective method. the application of contextual teaching models in pedagogical higher education helps students develop the skills to apply theoretical knowledge to real-life situations references 1. ilhan, nail et al. 2016. the effect of con text-based chemical equilibrium on grade 11 students' learning, motivation and contructivist learning environment. interna tional journal of environment & science education, vol. 11, no. 9. 2. driver r., asoko, h., leach, j., mortimer, e., & scott, p.1994. constructing scientific knowledge in the classroom. educational researcher, vol. 23, no.7 3. issue of the president of the republic of uzbekistan pp-4623 27.02.2020. "decision on measures for the further development of teacher education. 4. buck institute for education. (n.d.). gold standard pbl: essential project design elements. pblworks.(2015).https://www.pblworks.org/blog/gold-standard-pbl-essential-projectdesignelements american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org spirituality in the global world: interdisciplinary analysis, cultural conditioning and methodological challenges насибуллов камиль исхакович, и.о. доцента международной исламской академии, республика узбекистан a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the study of spirituality as an independent phenomenon located at the intersection of religiosity, culture and globalization. particular attention is paid to the differences between religiosity and spirituality, as well as their relationship in the modern world. key approaches to the study of spirituality, including perennialism and constructivism, are considered, which allows us to highlight the problem of universality and cultural conditionality of spiritual experience. the article analyzes the growing diversification of spiritual practices in the context of globalization, their impact on personal development, social processes and collective identity. the work emphasizes the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to the study of spirituality and opens up prospects for further research in psychology, sociology, and other sciences. spirituality, religiosity, interdisciplinary approach, globalization, cultural conditioning, psychology of religion. introduction spirituality and religiosity occupy an important place in the study of the psychology of religion, representing complex and multifaceted phenomena. despite the close interrelation, these concepts have significant differences that require in-depth analysis. religiosity is usually associated with institutional frameworks and belonging to certain traditions, whereas spirituality is a personal search for meaning, values, and transcendental experience. in the context of globalization, cultural diversity and the evolution of social norms, spirituality goes beyond traditional religious structures, which makes it especially relevant for interdisciplinary research. this article aims to discuss the problem of studying spirituality as an independent phenomenon that integrates universal and culturally conditioned aspects. the problem lies, in particular, in the need to comprehend the diversity of spiritual practices, their relationship with religious traditions and their role in the formation of individual and collective experience. in scientific discourse, there is an ongoing debate between approaches focused on the search for a universal spiritual core (perennialism) and constructivist views that emphasize the dependence of spiritual experiences on culture and history. an important aspect of the discussion is the impact of globalization, which contributes to the diversification of spiritual practices and their integration into new contexts. research shows that contemporary forms of spirituality often transcend institutional religions, incorporating elements from american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org different traditions and adapting to individual needs. this phenomenon creates both new opportunities for personal and social development, as well as methodological challenges. the article is aimed at analyzing spirituality through the prism of its interdisciplinary nature, cultural conditionality and methodological problems. in particular, the prospects for using ludwig wittgenstein's concept of "family resemblance" to build models that can take into account the diversity of spiritual experience are discussed. in addition, the paper pays attention to the growing importance of spirituality in the era of globalization, its impact on identity, values and collective processes. thus, the study of spirituality is not only a scientific, but also a socio-cultural task that requires taking into account both traditional and modern approaches. this article proposes to consider the key aspects and challenges associated with this phenomenon in order to form a more holistic and adaptive understanding of spirituality in the modern world. interdisciplinarity in the study of spirituality spirituality has become the object of close attention of many scientific disciplines, each of which seeks to reveal its meaning and impact on various aspects of human life. psychology studies spirituality in the context of personal growth, self-realization and inner well-being. medicine considers it as a factor affecting physical and mental health, especially within the framework of palliative care and rehabilitation. in education, spirituality is associated with the formation of values and emotional intelligence, and in management, with the creation of ethically sustainable corporate cultures and the improvement of working conditions. studies by giacalone and jurkiewicz (2003) emphasize the importance of spirituality in the context of working conditions, where it is seen as a way to increase employee satisfaction, motivation and overall corporate well-being. in the psychology of spirituality, bucher (2007) studies it as a source of inner harmony and a means of overcoming life crises. in addition, medical research is actively investigating the mechanisms that link spiritual practices to improved quality of life and faster recovery. for example, spiritual practices such as meditation or prayer are increasingly being incorporated into support programs for patients with chronic illnesses or during rehabilitation. the expansion of an interdisciplinary approach to the study of spirituality allows us to identify its impact on such areas as stress management, the development of emotional resilience and adaptation to difficult life circumstances. current research emphasizes that spirituality not only promotes personal well-being, but also stimulates collective processes, such as the creation of harmonious communities and the strengthening of social connections. in addition, interest in spirituality in professional fields such as management and education is related to its potential to improve morale and increase productivity. for example, the introduction of spiritual development programs into the work environment contributes to the formation of a sense of belonging, which is especially important in the context of increasing isolation associated with digitalization and remote work. in education, spirituality helps to strengthen empathic perception and creativity, which is becoming more and more relevant in the context of training specialists of the future. thus, spirituality acts as an interdisciplinary phenomenon that connects personal and social well-being, opening up new horizons for scientific research and practical applications. this underscores its importance not only in the traditional humanities, but also in pragmatic fields such as government and health. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org cultural conditioning and the problem of universality of spirituality perennialists such as aldous huxley argue that behind all spiritual and mystical experiences there is a single, unchanging core, philosophia perennis, common to all cultures and traditions. a sense of connection with the higher. however, the constructivist view presented by stephen katz (katz, 1978; katz, 1983) offers the opposite understanding: mystical experiences are always shaped in the context of specific cultural, historical, and linguistic contexts, making them unique to each tradition. research confirms that interpretations of spiritual experiences depend on the symbols and categories available in a given cultural context. for example, light in christian mysticism is interpreted as "divine revelation," whereas in buddhism it can symbolize "enlightenment." this cultural conditioning complicates the creation of universal models of spirituality and requires an intercultural approach that takes into account the specificities of each society. attempts to isolate universal components of spirituality, such as connection with god, meditation, or inner strength (paloutzian & ellison, 1982; hall & edwards, 2002), are confronted with empirical evidence of its diversity. research such as schwartz's (1992) shows that spirituality takes many forms that defy universal description. this makes its study difficult, but at the same time enriches the understanding of its versatility. thus, the problem of the universality and cultural conditioning of spirituality remains central in the modern psychology of religion. recognition of its complex nature allows for a balance between finding commonalities and exploring unique cultural contexts, which opens up new perspectives for theoretical and practical research. globalization and diversification of spiritual practices in the context of globalization, spirituality is taking on more and more diverse forms, reflecting changes in the structure of society, technology and culture. new spiritual practices arise in the context of the weakening of the influence of traditional religious institutions and the increasing role of individual search for meaning and self-realization. this phenomenon, detailed in the studies of heelas & woodhead (2002), is indicative of a shift towards a so-called "religionless spirituality," where personal experiences and inner transformations become central elements. spiritual diversification is expressed in the emergence of hybrid forms of practices that combine elements of different cultures and traditions. for example, meditation, historically associated with eastern religions, is becoming part of western mindfulness programs designed to manage stress or increase productivity. likewise, yoga practices, inherently spiritual in nature, are often transformed into a tool for physical and mental health. these changes demonstrate how globalization promotes the exchange of spiritual experiences and the adaptation of traditional practices to modern conditions. at the same time, the growing spiritual diversification also reflects the search for individuality and autonomy in the spiritual life. people are increasingly choosing to combine elements of different traditions, creating their own unique practices that suit their needs and worldview. it is important to note that such changes not only affect individual experiences, but also stimulate new forms of collective spirituality, such as those associated with environmental activism or social movements. thus, the diversification of spirituality is becoming one of the most important phenomena of our time. it opens up new perspectives for the study of the interaction between tradition and modernity, the personal and the collective, the local and the global, which makes it a central object of research in the psychology of religion. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org conclusion spirituality as a phenomenon is a complex and multifaceted phenomenon that requires an interdisciplinary approach for its comprehensive study. its close connection with religiosity, but at the same time its distinctive distinctiveness, emphasizes the need to consider spirituality in the context of cultural, historical and personal factors. research shows that spirituality transcends traditional religious structures, demonstrating a wealth of forms and practices that vary according to cultural context and individual experiences. one of the key methodological problems in the study of spirituality is the difficulty of creating a universal theoretical model capable of encompassing all its diversity. the concept of "family resemblance" proposed by ludwig wittgenstein can serve as a useful basis for the analysis of spirituality. she emphasizes that spirituality consists of many elements that are related to each other like family members, but do not have a single common characteristic. this allows us to take into account both universal aspects of spirituality and its unique manifestations. discussions about the nature of spirituality, such as the confrontation between perennialism and constructivism, point to the difficulty of reconciling the universality and cultural conditioning of spiritual experiences. while perennialists are looking for a single spiritual core, constructivists emphasize the importance of contextual factors. these approaches stimulate the development of methodologies that find a balance between universalism and cultural specificity, which is especially important in the context of globalization and growing spiritual diversification. globalization not only strengthens cultural exchange and adaptation of traditional practices, but also creates new forms of spirituality that are integrated into various aspects of daily life. these processes make spirituality the central object of study in the psychology of religion, which requires researchers to be ready for interdisciplinary interaction and take into account the diversity of perspectives. thus, the study of spirituality remains a challenge and at the same time an opportunity for modern science. its interdisciplinary nature, cultural conditioning, and methodological complexity create the conditions for in-depth analysis that not only expands the understanding of spirituality, but also contributes to the development of theory and practice in areas such as psychology, sociology, medicine, and education. an integrative approach that takes into account the uniqueness and universality of spiritual manifestations opens up prospects for further research into this important aspect of human existence. references 1. bucher, a. psychologie der spiritualität: handbuch, weinheim/basel: beltz, 2007. 2. giacalone, r.a. & jurkiewicz c.l. (eds.), handbook of workplace spirituality and organizational performance, new york: sharpe, 2003. 3. hall, t. & edwards, k. ‘the spiritual assessment inventory: a theistic model and measure for assessing spiritual development’, in: journal for the scientific study of religion 41 (2002),341357. 4. heelas p. & woodhead, l. ‘homeless minds today?’, in: l. woodhead (ed.), peter berger and the study of religion, london: routledge, 2002, 43-72. 5. katz, mysticism and philosophical analysis; in: mysticism and religious tradition, new york: oxford university press, 1983. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org 6. katz, s. ‘language, epistemology, and mysticism’, in: mysticism and philosophical analysis, london: sheldon press, 1978. 7. paloutzian, r. & ellison, c. ‘loneliness, spiritual well-being, and the quality of life’, in: l.a. peplau & d. perlman (eds.), loneliness, new york: wiley, 1982, 224-237. 8. schmitt, c. perrenial philosophy: from agostino steuco to leibniz journal of the history of ideas vol. 27, no. 4 (oct. dec., 1966), pp. 505-532. 9. schwartz, s. ‘universals in the content and structure of values: theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries’, in: m. zanna (ed.), advances in experimental social psychology. vol. 25, san diego: academic press, 1992, 1-65. 10. wittgenstein, l. philosophical investigations, transl. g.e.m. anscombe, oxford: blackwell, 1959. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 29, | october 2024 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org socio-economic impact of inter-community relations in the katsina-maradi-zamfara areas of the nigeria-niger borderlands dr. abubakar sama’ila department of history usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto-nigeria, pmb: email: abubakarismail400@gmail.com, sha’aban magaji phd, acit department of public administration zamfara state college of arts and science gusau. zamfaranigeria e-mail: ibnmagaji2@yahoo.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the inter-community relations between the borderland population of katsina, maradi, and zamfara in the nigerianiger borderlands. despite the demarcation of the nigeria-niger boundary by european powers, the historical, environmental, economic, social, and linguistic similarities have promoted and necessitated relationships between these border areas. this analysis focuses on the impacts of various activities undertaken by the border communities on the development of inter-communal relations. trade and exchange relations. smuggling. corruption. cultural festivals. intercommunal relations. introduction inter-communal relations between the borderland population of katsina, maradi, and zamfara have been mutual long before the imposition of colonial rule. the relations have grown stronger despite the demarcation of the nigeria-niger boundary by the european powers. the bottom line is some factors have necessitated and promoted relationships between the border areas of zamfara and katsina emirate with maradi in the niger republic. the most obvious of these are environmental, economic, social, and political similarities shared by the two regions and their proximity to one another. 1another factor is the role played by language. the people of gobir, zamfara, katsina in nigeria and those from madarunfa and maradi in the niger republic were and are still hausa speakers. in other words, the two regions constitute a single linguistic group, which indicates the absence of a communication barrier between the two communities.2 similarly, economic activities have been important areas of linkages between the people of the katsina emirate and those in the niger republic either. so, the natural 1 kshcb/346, katsina emirate: description, historical notes and assessment reports, kat/na, w44-population statistics. 1945, 5. 2 s.a. yakasai, “language across two borders: a socio-linguistic study of hausa in konni and illela border towns”, (unpublished phd thesis, bayero university, kano, 1999), 88. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org resources of the two areas are virtually the same. for instance, the major crops grown in the two areas include cotton, millet, and groundnut. as such, agriculture has been the dominant economic activity of the people of the two regions.3 so, such a high level of interaction makes it absolutely difficult for security personnel to differentiate between the two at security checkpoints.4 consequently, the impacts of such inter-communal relations are tremendous, as they cut across social, economic, and political aspects. this paper analyzes the major impacts of the various activities undertaken by the border communities on the development of inter-communal relations in the area. the analysis shows that as a result of these activities and intimacies, the border role played by the border is insignificant and unsatisfactory in stopping the traditional linkages between katsinawa, maradawa, and zamfarawa. social impact one of the significant factors that enhanced cordial intercommunity-relation between katsinawa, zamfarawa, and maradawa indigenes was islam. islam has been an important integrative force between the two groups. the fact that the vast majority of the population of both katsina, zamfara and the people of niger republic are muslims means that there is a common body of values and a single moral standard they share. some nigerians like mallam isa tudun yanlifidda, mallam nasiru yanshuni, and mallam muhammadu makudawa have been prominent islamic scholars in katsina city who teach students islamic education without bias on either tribal or national differences.5 the two communities attend the same mosques to observe religious activities and interact freely with each other. the nigerianiger border communities are generally muslims. they follow three major schools: the tijjnniya (tariqa) brotherhood, the qadiriyya brotherhood, izala, and very much recently, the salafiyya. the increasing number of people, especially the young malamai (religious knowledge seekers) and their almajirai troops to nigeria to study under 'numerous malamai in katsina, gusau, sokoto, and kano since the pre-colonial days, and this practice has continued to the present. 6the dominant religious culture in the area was the sufi orientation, represented by the qadiriyyah and tijaniyyah brotherhoods. the sufi tradition emphasized the increasing search for knowledge, closeness to god, and the purification of the heart for total submission to the will of god. izala and salafiyya, on the other hand, emphasize the purification of deeds and are opposed to the tijjaniyya and qadiriyya doctrines.7 it was under these conditions that more scholars of the republic of niger relocated to northern regions of nigeria to make their living. mallam ibrahim dantasawa was one such scholar; it was also around this time that shaykh abubakar kiota lived in zaria with the renowned shaykh yahuza zaria, who died in 1958. shaykh abdulrazaq kuso (magarya) received most of his scholarly training under shaykh tijani yan mota and shaykh abubakar atiku sanka in kano.8 similarly, nigerian students thronged into northern nigeria for the same purpose. liman shafiú, the son of liman ishaq, the present chief imam of the central maradi mosque, studied in kano under these conditions.9 most members of the scholarly family interviewed in maradi (shaykh mallam abba and shaykh ibrahim danjiratawa), 3 kshcb/346, katsina emirate: description, historical notes…8. 4 commander oumar (duanne), 56 years, interviewed at dan-issa, on january 3, 2022. 5 kshcb/346, katsina emirate: description, historical notes … 10. 6 j. hunwick, “borders, boundaries and … 33. 7 j. hunwick, “borders, boundaries and … 35. 8 m.m. gwadabe, “reformist islam, the … 46. 9 m.m. gwadabe, “reformist islam, the … 49. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org in niamey, and beyond all testified that they studied in kano, sokoto, katsina, gusau, or borno during the colonial and post-colonial periods. overall, although new barriers were put in place that clearly separated the territorial lands of nigeria and the republic of niger as distinct political entities, the nature of the french colonial policy and its dislike for mixing religion and governance led many nigerien scholars and students to move into the northern nigerian area in search of islamic knowledge. the complementary needs among the nigeria-niger border communities, as indicated in the previous papers, have led to other social forms of relations, such as intermarriages.10 oral data obtained in the course of this research has shown that marital relations have been an important factor in the intercommunity relations between katsinawa and the people of the niger republic.11 for instance, the late ali babba, the shantalin magajin garin katsina, married two tuaregs (buzaye) women of niger republic stock. 12indeed, the bond that developed because of inter-marriages makes both vertical and horizontal integration possible. there is also a record of the social relations between the katsinawa and the people of the niger republic through the provision of horses into katsina during some important celebrations.13 in pre-colonial and colonial times, traditional institutions have been rearing horses for ceremonial, transportation, and defense purposes. however, in the post-colonial period, rearing was greatly reduced, perhaps due to the introduction of modern means of transportation. it is a common phenomenon that whenever there is a ceremony in katsina, such as sallah carnival, horse racing, and the like, quite a number of horses are brought to the city to cater for the celebrations. an oral source indicates that over sixty percent of the horses used during sallah carnival are brought from niger republic.14 usually, the horses are brought from areas like mayi, gazawa, tassawa, kanem bakashe, tsibirin kare, madawa, jan ruwa, damagaram, gidan kyata, dalangashe, gadambo, maiki, kotare, magami, babban anne, sharkidandana, and chaduwa among others. and the transporters spent about seven to eight days on the road before reaching katsina. upon arrival, they are received by horse agents mainly concentrated at galadunchi, dan fako, kofar sauri, yarinchi, yar’adua, filin ugu, and kofar soro wards in the city. 15it is important to note that the coming of the niger republic people to katsina with these horses no doubt promotes social cohesion between the two communities. after the celebrations, niger republic people do not go back empty-handed. instead, they buy some important items that they lack, such as leather mats, foodstuff, and household equipment, among others. furthermore, the migration of indigenes to niger did not cease with the colonial conquest in the 20th century. a colonial report put the total figure of niger people in katsina to 9,757 in 1945. 16according to shehu, alhaji musa claimed to have been one of the earliest arrivals during the colonial era.17 he pioneered the establishment of the local bakery industry in the late 1940s at galadunchi ward, followed by alhaji mamman at sabon layi in the northern part of the metropolis. 18 after nigeria’s independence, especially from the 1970s, the nigeriens were again pushed to katsina due to the sahelian drought and famine that had devastated their social and economic lives. the migrants 10 alhaji sani ango, 78 years, retired civil-servant, interviewed at katsina, on august 10, 2021. 11 magaji jibril, 70 years, magajin garin makada, traditional ruler, interviewed at jibiya, on february 15, 2022. 12 aude mai calendar, 68 years, farmer, interviewed at jibiya, on august 10, 2021. 13 . abdulkareem ibrahim, 53 years, cross-border trader, makada, jibiya, on january 4, 2022. 14 . alhaji sani ango, 78 years, retired civil-servant, interview at katsina, on august 10, 2021. 15 . alhaji sani ango, aged 78 years, retired civil-servant, interview at katsina, on august 10, 2021 16 katna, w44-population statistics; kshcb/346, katsina emirate: description, historical notes and assessment reports, 1946 17 kshcb/346, katsina emirate: description, historical notes and assessment reports, (1946), 9. 18 shehu, j., “some reflections on … 37. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org abandoned their villages in niger and moved in large numbers to some of the major cities in northern nigeria19 to find means of livelihood. a large number of nigerien tuaregs, both pastoralists and sedentary, moved out from niger to another part of katsina, zamfara, and sokoto to earn means of livelihood.20 also in the terrain were almajirai between the ages of 4 and 15 who, due to the increasing difficulty of parents to feed their households, were attached to itinerant ulama in the name of ‘islamic scholarship.’21 the phenomenon of almajirci is more pronounced in urban centers as they constitute better opportunities for social and economic activities.22 regrettably enough, the children who looked for food were commonly found in hotels, restaurants, and public places, as well as begging in peoples’ houses. political impact politically, katsina, maradi, and zamfara areas have a shared history. this can be seen from the various sources or traditions in regard to the origin and development of katsina, maradi, and zamfara. 23similarly, there has been a continuous pattern of relations for a very long time, which became very prominent at the beginning of the 19th century. even though the sokoto jihad of 1804 dislodged the old hausa rulers of katsina and established their authority over much of the territory, forcing them to flee to maradi and establish a new government, relations between these areas continued.24 there have been a series of exchanges of visits between the authorities of katsina and their counterparts from zinder and maradi. the constant visits no doubt improve bilateral relations among them. it has also been established that the two groups attend each other’s turbaning or installation ceremonies. whenever any emirs are being turbaned on either side of the area, their counterparts make it a duty to attend.25 similarly, whenever nigeria’s head of state visits katsina virtually, the majority of the traditional rulers, government officials, and the common people on the side of the niger republic come across to offer support in welcoming him. the same case applies to the niger republic. economic impact there has been quite a number of trading activities between the niger republic and the people of katsina and zamfara; for instance, trade routes such as katsina-gazawa-tasawa-tegama, katsinagazawa-korogam-zinder continued to flourish. throughout the 19th century, the abzinawa brought into katsina city items like salt, livestock, leather receptacles of various kinds, and dates, amongst others. from katsina city, the abzinawa went back with commodities such as grains like millet and corn, locust beans, groundnuts, and clothes, among others.26 other people of nigerien origin inhabiting 19 apeldoorn g.j., perspective on drought and famine in nigeria, (london: george allen and unwin, 1981), 63. 20 m. kwaire, “a history of tuareg migration from niger republic to sokoto metropolis, 1900 -1985”, (unpublished phd thesis, usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto, 2012), 62. 21 suleiman m.d., “towards a new social order in kano: a re-examination of the almajiri system,” being a paper presented at the workshop on social policy, faculty of law, (bayero university, kano, 5-7 june, 1989), 10. 22 sa’id, m.i., and usman, m.t., “persistence of bara and almajirci in some parts of northern nigeria in the 20th century: a re-examination of the islamic concept of social problem and its solution,” being a paper for presentation on islamic sociology at the city campus, (usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto from 21st – 24th march, 1994), 3. 23 hinjari, w.l., “the impact of an international boundary on the social and economic relations of border communities: a case study of kano/katsina states of nigeria and niger republic,” asiwaju,” a. i. & barkindo, b. m., the nigeria niger trans-border co-operation, (lagos: malthouse press ltd, 1993). 161 24 emmanuel, gregory, the alhazai of maradi… 25 m.m. inuwa, the making of colonial boundary and migration in katsina-maradi border region, in ashafa a.m. et-al, readings in postcolonial border and economy in west africa, (fyla-mak, kaduna, 2018,), 56. 26 sani, a.b., “the mercantile landscape of northern katsina emirate 1865-1954,” (unpublished phd thesis, bayero university kano, 2004),69. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org katsina city were the people of agadez, who, according to sani, populated kofar guga and sararin tsako wards in the 19th century.27 according to him, sararin tsako was named after one of the kings of agadez, who was called tsako.28 during the same period, the king of agadez also had a permanent consul in katsina city called sarkin turawa, who oversaw the business activities of the abzin people. the sarkin turawa connotes the leader of the tuaregs in katsina city, and he hosted not only merchants from agadez but other parts of niger. merchants who came to katsina city from abzin were also lodged by the sarkin turawa, who at the same time found markets for their commodities, especially in different parts of the city. the sarkin turawa also acted as a middleman whenever the abzin merchants wanted to purchase any commodity in katsina. also, there is a huge hausa community/population in niger republic as well as fulani. the migration of indigenes to niger did not cease with the colonial conquest in the 20th century. a colonial report put the total figure of niger people in katsina to 9,757 in 1945.29 people like alhaji musa claimed to have been one of the earliest arrivals during the colonial era. he pioneered the establishment of the local bakery industry in the late 1940s at galadunchi ward, followed by alhaji mamman at sabon layi in the northern part of the metropolis.30 after nigeria’s independence, especially from the 1970s, the nigeriens were again pushed to katsina due to the sahelian drought and famine that had devastated their social and economic lives. the migrants abandoned their villages in niger and moved in large numbers to some of the major cities in northern nigeria, including katsina, in order to find means of livelihood.31 as pointed out by kwaire, a large number of nigerien tuaregs, both pastoralists and sedentary, moved out to earn a means of livelihood.32 according to the 1963 census, there were about 1,122 niger republic people in katsina.33 and by 1972, the number had risen to about 14,903.34 however, after realizing that katsina was equally affected by the drought, a large number of nigeriens moved further south to such areas as funtua, malumfashi, and kankara, where conditions were more favorable. also in the terrain were almajirai between the ages of 4 and 15 who, due to the increasing difficulty of parents to feed their households, were attached to itinerant ulama in the name of islamic scholarship.35 the phenomenon of almajirci is more pronounced in urban centers as they constitute better opportunities for social and economic activities.36 regrettably enough, the children who looked for food were commonly found in hotels, restaurants, and public places, as well as begging in peoples’ houses. large-scale migration of niger nationals became intensified in the katsina metropolis after the creation of the state in 1987 due to growing economic opportunities. the hospitable attitude of the katsina people enabled many nigeriens to settle on a permanent basis, where they secured houses within the city and outside the metropolis. in fact, a ward within the metropolis was named after some of the earliest niger republic settlers in the area called gobirawa, though katsina people also reside in the area. interestingly, mallam usman dan mada, a bagobiri, was appointed as the ward head of 27 sani, a.b., “the mercantile landscape of northern katsina emirate 28 sani, a.b., “the mercantile landscape of northern katsina emirate….68 29 kshcb/346, katsina emirate: description, historical notes and… 30 alhaji musa maibiredi…. 31 apeldoorn, g.j., perspective on drought and famine in nigeria, (london: george allen and unwin, 1981), 63 32 kwaire, m., “a history of tuareg… 33 north-central state of nigeria statistical year book, (1969: 16), 34 north-central state of nigeria statistical year book, (1972: 17). 35 suleiman, m.d., “towards a new social order in kano: a re-examination of the almajiri system,” (being a paper presented at the workshop on social policy, faculty of law, bayero university, kano, 5-7 june, 1989), 10. 36 sa’id, m.i., and usman, m.t., “persistence of bara and almajirci…3. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org gobirawa.37 however, some of the nigeriens come to the katsina metropolis only on a seasonal basis to engage in various menial jobs and petty trading activities. during rain, they will go back home to participate in farming activities. some prominent nigerien businessmen in the katsina metropolis include alhaji badaru yanshuni, alhaji abdulbaki hamza, and imamu badaru, who own stalls at the katsina central market selling provisions without any bias. other niger businessmen are alhaji ashiru tankuri and alhaji sagir umar.38 however, apart from buying and selling in the central market and other parts of the katsina metropolis, the nigerien nationals have also been the most dominant water vendors. the development of this type of business was the result of the government's inability to provide adequate water to households in the metropolis. the niger nationals conduct this water-selling business with two-wheeler carts loaded with 25-litre jerry cans hawking in every nook and cranny of the metropolis. the selling of water by the nigeriens has indeed been an important factor in the interaction with katsinawa. furthermore, katsina benefits a lot from the livestock produced in niger republic, such as cattle, sheep, goats, horses, and camels, among others, that are almost daily driven to the neighboring border communities for consumption and resale to other parts of nigeria. the livestock owners also come to katsina territory with the livestock for grazing purposes because of the availability of grassland in the niger republic. similarly, economic activities have been important areas of linkages between the people of katsina emirate and those in niger republic. the natural resources of the two areas were virtually the same. for instance, the major crops grown in the two areas include cotton, millet, and groundnut, among others. as such, agriculture has been the dominant economic activity of the people of the two regions. politically, relations between the indigenes of niger republic and katsina can be traced back for a very long period of time. for instance, by the 16th century, the hausa state of katsina had extended its political control at tassawa, gazawa, and kanem bakashe up to maradi, which are all today in the niger republic. an important town that served as a connecting bridge to the zamfara-maradi-jibiya axis is kaura namoda in zamfara state. kaura namoda is located on the gagare river (a tributary of the rima). it is also located along the railway line, which led to a population increase and an improvement in economic activities. consequently, new settlements emerged to accommodate the influx of people. one of such settlements was sabon – garinkaura-namoda in zamfara, yanbita, kukar kosai, sabon gida, unguwar sarkin musulmi, guiwa, kurya, nahuche, karazau, kucheri.39 kaura namoda has become a major collecting point for peanuts (groundnuts) and cotton. besides these export crops, local trade is primarily in millet, sorghum, cowpeas, rice, sugarcane, and tobacco.40 goats are the main source of meat and skin, but the local hausa and fulani also keep cattle, sheep, donkeys, horses, and camels. a government dispensary serves the town, and it is the headquarters of a local government council. kaura namoda is the north-western terminus of the trunk railway from lagos and port harcourt, and it is located on the highway between gusau and jibiya (on the main highway between katsina and maradi in niger. individual traders and investors along kaura-namoda benefited from the 37 alhaji abdu dan mairakumi, aged 62 years, interviewed at jibiya, on september11, 2022 38 ahmed tijjani, 46 years, businessman, faru, maradi, niger republic, 15/02/2022 39 adamu l.d. “kaura-namoda railway: before and after the train transportation, daily trust 4/12/2011. 40 the information was gathered from various oral sources mainly from the business community residing along the boundary. the fieldwork was conducted between 12th january and 15th february, 2022. key informants include; alhaji abdurahaman (babangida), aged 38 years, interviewed at dan-isah, on januaey 03, 2022; alhaji hamisu, aged 55 years, former local government chairman, jibiya lga, interviewed at magama, january 02, 2022; alhaji tasiu waliyyi jibiya, businessman, aged 60 years, interviewed at jibiya, on january 2, 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org scheme as hundreds of the inhabitants and new settlers got employed through various trading activities while others got direct jobs as permanent and non-permanent staff of the nigerian railway and european firms like london and kano, ambrosini, cavaris, tangalis and olivants, bcga, john holt, peterson zochonis, african company, british american company.41 the emergence of the railway in kaura-namoda had, therefore, helped in making transportation of agricultural raw materials and even passengers very easier. the railway was efficiently used to transport thousands of people, goods, heavy duties, machinery, petroleum, petroleum products, solid minerals, livestock, food, agricultural produce, coal, and steel to different parts of the country. it was generally assessed that no type of transportation offers these cheap services with added value on net gains compared to the railways in nigeria.42 there were four categories of trains plying the kaura namoda zaria route, including the kaura-namoda to lagos express with first class and second class coaches with wagons for goods.43 it operated on tuesdays: arrival evening and takes off at 6:00 am; the kaura-namoda train to ibadan arrives on thursdays and saturdays by 6:00 pm and takes off at 56 am on the next day; the ibadan to kaura namoda train on thursdays. it arrives in the evening and departs in the morning of the following day. this train conveyed a significant quantity of essential commodities, such as vegetables, palm oil, foodstuff, and other building materials.44 the fourth and last category was the train for both goods and passengers (unlimited), which operated daily from zaria to kaura-namoda. it arrives in the night and takes off in the morning. the strategic importance of the kaura-namoda railway terminus is not restricted to the development of nigeria’s/niger inter-group relations alone. it has also led to an increase in inter-community relations in many ways. similarly, the kaura-namoda terminus attracted investors and business-class people from the neighboring republic of niger who contributed enormously to the economic development of cross-border trade among the neighboring communities.45 farms produced, especially cash crops which were the most preferred by the british royal niger company, were supplied in a very large quantity from the niger republic through the kaura-namoda railway terminus. the major supplies came from tassawa, gezawa, agge, chediya, maradi, tungarbanji, yan kuregau, ɗan hayi, ɗan issa, bangi, tunfafi, burwa, and shanxi in the southern parts of the niger republic.46 agricultural products such as beans, groundnuts, cotton, and spices were conveyed on camels and donkeys using some available cattle routes that linked nigeria and niger through kaura-namoda in zamfara state.47 similar goods were also supplied from waginian and batsari in katsina.48 this development has helped to strengthen the economic relations among the border communities of the two countries as hundreds of traders discovered the terminus to be very lucrative not only for economic but social interaction as it was evident that even after the collapse of the railway in nigeria, majority of these traders visited kaura-namoda from time to time for commercial activities while some even permanently reside at sabon-garinkaura.49 41 nak/sok/prof, assessment reports on gusau district, 1930. 42 nigerian railway corporation, (1999) nrc annual reports, 1991, p.6. 43 nak/sok/prof: (1930), assessment reports on gusau district; nak/sjf-65-c15: (1932) trade and industries. 44 nigerian railway corporation…7. 45 nak/sok/prof/vol. iii (1946)-commercial layouts. 46 nigerian railway corporation...7. 47 a. sani and m. bello, ‘the impact of the collapse of kaura-namoda railway terminus on nigeria-niger economic relations’ in a.m. ashafa, et-al, readings in postcolonial borders and economy in west africa, (pyla-mak, kaduna, 2018), 474 48 a. sani and m. bello, ‘the impact of the collapse of kaura-namoda railway…475. 49 a. sani and m. bello, ‘the impact of the collapse of kaura-namoda railway…476. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org trans-border trade has always been influenced by the socio-cultural affinities between hausa traders and officials of niger and nigeria, especially those of maradi, katsina, and kano constitute a major determinant in cross-border trade between the two countries. these affinities lead traders of one country to stop at the border and transmit their merchandise to their counterparts in the other country. the latter will then take responsibility for transporting the merchandise to its final destination and carry out the necessary negotiations with national administration agencies. without this “border relay,” road harassment would indeed reduce the transaction volume. socio-cultural links also help to explain the successful circumvention of regulations limiting cereal exports on both sides of the border. despite this socio-cultural advantage, there’s increasing language complication for traders as one moves deeper beyond the k2m, and gradually, the language barrier reigns over socio-cultural affinities. in fact, outside the hausa lands in both nigeria and niger, this language barrier becomes difficult to overcome, which explains why only a few traders decide to cross the borders for major trade. apart from petty trade, the majority of transactions bring together two groups of actors linked by economic and/or cultural, social, family, religious relations, etc. that is why one can talk of a trade that takes the form of a” relay race” in which one group of traders takes the goods to the border while another group takes the goods from there to wholesale or consumption markets. each group indeed specializes in negotiating with officials of their country. this also explains why border markets and “discharging points” flourish along all ecowas borders. the socio-economic reality of border communities along the zamfara, katsina, and maradi areas can be said to be characterized by complementarity. as a result of this, there is a prevalence of petty trading activities carried out by local traders who transported grains, livestock, and consumer goods for resale at neighboring markets across the international boundary.50 in jibia and dan issa, for instance, people engage in various economic activities without regard to the official border control. this is because, while the official perception of informal cross-border trade amounts to smuggling and attempts to sabotage the economy of the communities living in the borderlands, it is very legitimate. the dounne/customs officers typically worked with one or two local village assistants (boys) yaran custom. usually, the boys would lie in wait to capture hapless ‘smugglers’ for surrender to the customs officials. 51the economic activities carried out along the border are organized through the participation of traditional institutions such as craftsmen traders, middlemen, traditional institutions, and others. the participants in the trade often organized themselves into occupational guilds, rings, and sometimes pools. trade and exchange relations, however, have to be settled through the medium of currency exchange, which is managed by the currency changers, the yanchanji. the major category of ’yancanji offers two main forms of services and has agents residing on both sides of the border. they are the first instant service offered to anyone in need of foreign currencies. they sold the amount of currency to an individual in need and charged a small commission.52 the second service is offered to those who expressed a preference for collecting the currency in another country. he can collect the amount of currency indicated in the note from the agent of the seller. these agents are very popular and have specific permanent bases where they can be easily traced. the agents have also organized themselves under an association that not only regulates their activities but also mediates with the authorities where 50 s. wampuk, ‘cross-border interactions between…67. 51 s. wampuk, ‘cross-border interactions between… 71. 52 ashafa, a.m., ‘nigeria-niger borders relation…95. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org needs arise.53 the minor category of ‘yancanji offers only the first kind of service. they enable a customer to change his money before leaving for the other side of the border. even though they did not have agents in other states, they are very ubiquitous, always at the beck and call of anyone who needs their services. the second way of dealing with the problem of differences in currency is by selling and buying commodities on all sides of the borders.54 border communities usually use two methods to get their goods across the border: formal and informal. the formal is recognized and officially accepted, known as ka’ida, and the informal is known as tarkake. the kaida style is based on informal agreement and mutual understanding between traders and state officials, and there are two categories. the first category involves agreements between the senior officers who head organizations such as douannes, gendarmeries, and police in niger and customs, immigration, state security, and police in nigeria, on the one hand, and traders or intermediaries on the other hand. in this mode, an agreed-upon amount of money would be given to each organization. on their part, officers cut a few corners to get the paperwork done with dispatch and cooperate with the traders in different ways. for example, in nigeria, the traders are alerted and advised on the next step whenever the federal patrol team is on duty. immediately, the team departs, and it is no longer risky to proceed with their trip; the traders are informed.55 the second category of the ka’ida approach is based on an agreement between traders and field officers of the junior cadre. the significant difference between the first and second categories is the rank of officers, cost, and risk involved. the first category is more expensive but less risky, while the second is relatively cheap but risky.56 moreover, the second category entailed nocturnal journeys and avoiding significant routes. to be sure, the junior officers demand less money than the senior officers. still, the danger is that it must be renegotiated when the senior officers discover the deal. whatever amount of money the junior officers received from the traders does not count, and the agreement is invalid.57 the second informal mode is the tarkake method, which requires no prior agreement with the security officers. in this mode, cross-border trade rules and regulations are deliberately violated, evaded, or ignored. it requires knowledge of trade routes, the ability to evade security personnel or their informants, the ability to conduct successful impromptu negotiations with them, and money to strike a deal with them in the event of failure to evade them. this mode is the riskiest of all modes. this is partly because if negotiation with the customs officers, for example, failed, the goods would be confiscated as contraband and the owner arrested. under such a circumstance, the trader has few options. the first option is resigning himself to the prospect of being jailed, which is not an option.58 the second is bribing the officers to ‘buy his freedom.’ the third is to hire the services of people who acted as intermediaries between customs officers and traders, which means readiness for any astronomical sums to get his goods and freedom. and the fourth is to devise a foolproof way of sneaking away without being seen. 53 alhaji hamisu, 55 years, former local government chairman, jibiya lga, interviewed at magama, january 02, 2022. 54 see for instance, sama’ila, a. “cross-border trade and parallel currency exchange markets across nigeria-benin border areas” in y. abubakar and t. wuam, (eds), nigeria’s apex bank: the central bankof nigeria (cbn) and its major role in the nigerian economy since 1958, bahiti &dalila, lagos, isbn: 978-978-8546-57-3, 2021, p. 296. 55 arzika… 56 vanguard newspaper, october 18, 2016. 57 sama’ila, a. “cross-border trade and….298. 58 sumaila, a. “cross-border trade and… american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org informal cross border trade (icbt) this is another important area where the indigenes of zamfara, katsina, and maradi participate and relate with one another. informal cross-border trade is an undocumented trade between one country and another that shares a common border, usually described by people as smuggling. in other words, it refers to imports and exports of legitimately produced goods and services, which directly or indirectly escape from the regulatory framework for taxation and other producers set by the government and often go unrecorded or incorrectly recorded into official national statistics of the trading countries.59 goods smuggled into niger republic through the jibia border included corn, millet, maize, groundnut, leather works, and cotton, among others. in return, goods such as scents, spirits, and cigarettes like benson and rothmans were smuggled into katsina also via the jibia border. however, due to the increase in population and the demand for food, the smuggling exercise took a new dimension. new goods such as rice, spaghetti noodles, and vegetable oil were mainly smuggled into different parts of nigerian border towns. vehicles of the peugeot brand loaded in tones of the aforementioned goods from maradi were smuggled into villages around katsina almost every day at night till daybreak via numerous bush trails and main roads after ‘clearing’ with law enforcement agencies. other important goods involved in the smuggling activity are textile materials.60 every monday and thursday, hundreds of trucks loaded with the materials are transported from maradi to dan issa and jibiya through to katsina and kana. it is worth noting that trade plays a vital role in job creation and reducing social vices among teaming youths as it promotes peaceful coexistence among border communities. reliable information is indeed central to the success of any organization or group. the role played by informants in icbt across the borderlands in the study area and other borderland areas is so decisive that without informants, the success of icbt activities across the nigerian borders will indeed be insignificant or even be thwarted. the entire icbt activity network depends on reliable and updated information to avoid losses. therefore, they need information about the whereabouts of security agents operating at the borderlands and the dynamics of their operations. to achieve this, traders secretly recruit informants among border communities to keep close watch over security agents stationed in strategic areas like the border posts, roadblocks, or illegal routes where security agents, particularly customs, are stationed. different sets of people operate as informants, which include local community members in several villages along smuggling routes, such as hirji, dan issa, and kukar babangida, among others. icbt traders or victims of customs seizure and security agents who serve as moles and thereby pass unto the icbt agents decisions taken by the security circle for or against them.61 in this respect, while some of these informants are on their icbt agents' payroll, others are freelancers who are paid based on the information they provide.62 hence, informants among the katsina and maradi axis border communities provide information that counters security strategies adopted to curb icbt in the area.63 therefore, they are central to the survival of the trading network; they are also detrimental to security operations along the border areas. therefore, through these informants, icbt 59 abubakar liman, informal cross-border trade and national security in nigeria: a study of north-western borderlands of sokoto and kebbi states, (phd political science, november 2021),135. 60 abubakar liman, informal cross-border trade and national security….144 61 abubakar liman, informal cross-border trade and national security…145 62 in respect to this see, a. kassim, ‘the evolution and development of jibia as border town to 1980, unpublished m.a. bayero university kano. 1992, 22. 63 group interview: alhaji nafiu sani dadinkowa, 44 years, cross-border trader, jibia border market, (magama-jibia border market); alhaji kabir bashi, 45 years, cross-border trader; alhaji isyaku ahmad (hero), 42 years, cross-border trader, jibia border market, january 14, 2022. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org agents often succeeded in bypassing security agents. generally, citizens of border communities in the area consider icbt activities as a right. this is further compounded by the fact that most business elites are known to have acquired their riches through icbt activities. the low level of education, poor infrastructure, inadequate social amenities, and low literacy level among the population of these communities further make it very difficult for border security agencies to educate them about the threats posed by icbt on nigerian national security. another reason why icbt is very strong among the border communities of katsina and maradi is that political connections are at the highest level within the context of nigeria-niger relations. this ensured the continuation of activities that were integrated within broad and deeply internationalized border games that involve border communities. for instance, by the late 2000s, one of the richest businessmen, alhaji dahiru mangal, controlled from his base in katsina a fleet of no fewer than 600 trucks and a network of warehouses and agents that stretched across the world. his business consisted of ensuring safe passage to counterfeit textiles, clothing, fabrics, and yarn manufactured in china and smuggled into nigeria through cotonou harbor. 64 because of the well-established political connection that encompassed the presidency in abuja, mangal’s activities were free to expand despite their illicit nature and destructive impact on nigeria’s textile industry. despite the change of government accompanied by policy reforms in 2015, not much has changed.65 smuggling in these nigerian border markets is intricately connected with corruption, as the border communities condone it. with the collusion of customs and immigration officials and the border communities, contrabands were smuggled into jibia daily. from maradi, dan issa, hirji, and other surrounding border villages, trucks loaded with goods would have to wait pending clearance from the customs posts, which usually come at midnight. it appears that there is an intricate relationship between the traders, border officials of the three countries, and even border communities that seem to participate actively in circumventing goods across borders.66 however, the relationship fluctuates from time to time depending on the prevailing circumstances, especially when anti-smuggling measures are intensified. in many cases, smugglers reacted, sometimes with certain elements of violence, whenever new anti-smuggling measures were introduced. for instance, in 2005, hoodlums sacked the magamajibia-maradi border outpost of the ncs and almost destroyed offices and the ncs’ local barracks. 67 related to smuggling is the widespread corruption among security officials. the information gathered during the course of interaction with respondents among traders and security personnel reveals that some of the traders serve as fronts and conduct trade on behalf of some of the security officials. it is pertinent to note that posting personnel to the border posts among the security or law enforcement agencies is regarded as ‘lucrative,’ and only those ‘favored’ get posted to the border areas. corruption in the border areas, therefore, is rampant, and some of them were even referred to as aljannar yan simugal (paradise of smugglers).68 in fact, the name jibia (one of the prominent border markets) became synonymous with smuggling, and customs officials even lobbied to be posted to “kuwait” as jibia is known amongst officers, signifying the almost sure material benefit derived from such 64 iloani, e.a. nigeria has not flouted ecowas pact over border closure. 2019, december 3 _daily trust. _ retrieved from https://www.dailytrust.com.ng, 23. 65 iloani, e.a. nigeria has not flouted… 34. 66 alhaji tasiu waliyyi jibiya, businessman, aged 60 years, interviewed at jibiya, on january 2, 2022. 67 samaila, a., the growth of border markets in north-west nigeria: a study of jibia market in katsina, 1974-2005, journal of historical studies, (department of history, buk, 2015) 68 samaila, a., the growth of border markets in north-west nigeria… https://www.dailytrust.com.ng/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 29 october 2024 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org posting. 69 smuggling across the borders of the country became seriously intensified and even institutionalized with much larger volumes, which state officials are complementing through corruption. the border communities adapt dozens of warehouses and storage facilities for different kinds of goods. the goods are usually kept in these places pending the confirmation of their safe exit to the city centers. although nigerian customs and other security agents know these places, it’s usually very unsafe for them to conduct their operations inside these communities as the traders have community support. border communities also organize informal arrangements through connivance with smugglers along ‘satellite border villages’ proximate to the informal corridors adjacent to the nigeria-niger borders. the border villages surrounding zamfara, katsina, and maradi areas tend to complement the activities of large trading networks in icbt. 70 other strategies used by the border communities include: ‘diversion from the official routes taking ever-changing illegal routes; deception ‘forge agreement’ (libge); use of magical or extraordinary practices connected with the illicit trade; trade on and trade in (takara and jagwal); use of ‘satellite border villages’ along the boundary; use of ferrying specialist (yanfito/ ferrymen) etc.71 conclusion in conclusion, the inter-communal relations among the communities of katsina, zamfara, and maradi in the nigeria-niger borderlands have had a significant impact on the social, political, and economic aspects of the area. these interactions have led to the development of various activities, including cultural festivals, collaborative communal work, and trade networks. the strong social network of relations has not only strengthened traditional political institutions but has also contributed to the economic development of the border areas through enhanced trade networks. overall, the interconnectedness of these communities has played a crucial role in shaping the dynamics of the region. 69 iloani, e.a. nigeria has not flouted ecowas pact over border closure… 28. 70 iloani, e.a. nigeria has not flouted ecowas pact over border closure… 71 samaila, a. the growth of border markets in north-west nigeria… american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org operational capacity planning and effectiveness of mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria maxwell nwinye1 laguo livingstone gilbert 2 1 department of management, faculty of management sciences university of port harcourt 2 department of business administration, faculty of management sciences federal university otuoke a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examined operational capacity planning and effectiveness of mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. this study was guided by two measures of operational capacity planning namely capacity scheduling and capacity utilization, together with two indicators of effectiveness like adaptability and cost reduction. the researcher applied survey design purposive sampling method useful in collection of data. the population size for this study was 150 employees carefully chosen from five mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. managers and supervisors were the selected participants. a sample size of 109 employees was unveiled through the aid of taro yamane’s formula. structured questionnaire was used as the primary research instrument while information received from rivers state government statistics and mortgage bank reports served as the secondary source. spearman correlation coefficient was used to test the hypotheses. the findings of the study indicated that there was a positive significant relationship between capacity scheduling and adaptability, together with capacity utilization has positive relationship with cost reduction. the researcher insisted that operational capacity planning is positively connected to effectiveness of mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. the researcher recommended that mortgage banks should implement effective capacity utilization that could minimize production cost. operational capacity planning, capacity scheduling, adaptability, effectiveness introduction the sustainability and progress of an organization depend on attained and developed knowledgeable skills and experience of their workers. the salary earners are expected to improve along with the present-day reality and respond to rapidly growing competition in the corporate world. it is through capacity planning that change is maintained in the organization, which appears to be the most enduring phenomenon and a necessary condition for development of manpower to deal with or adapt to the dynamic nature of work environment. moreover, irrespective of the size and resources no organization could survive without competent or qualified employees and workforce planning. indeed, operational american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org capacity planning is a predominant work apparatus to improve the input of employees as well as managers. teemu (2011) disclosed that organizations with operational capacity planning are likely to fulfill the demand of customers and have successful operations which is vital in the enhancement of firm’s effectiveness. capacity is the competence of a manufacturing firms or financial institutions resources such as equipment, facility, process, workstation, and manpower to serve it purpose at a given time (dawson, 2006). operational capacity planning entails the amount of input resource available to produce a relative output over a period of time (christopher, 2005). thus, operational capacity planning usage is important to facilitate supply competence and capability levels with the predicted demand by the customers. the concept of capacity planning or workforce planning is evolving and changed to operational capacity planning (cipm, 2013). operational capacity planning is the process of ensuring that human resource requirements of an organization are identified, and plans are made for satisfying those requirements (bulla & scott, 1994). meanwhile, operational capacity planning connotes an effort to forestall the organization’s future, permit personnel recruitment to fulfill the organizational objective, improve effectiveness, and enhance service delivery (ehlers & lazenby, 2007). this interpretation advocates several specific interrelated activities that constitute operational capacity planning which include: human resource process, evaluation, personnel inventory, action plan, and control. operational capacity planning also signifies the personnel management practice that provides suitable human talents to achieve organizational goals. it contains forecasting future needs for workers, comparing these needs with the present employee capacity, and determining the numbers and types of workers to be recruited or terminated. investing in operational capacity planning and infrastructure could boost economic growth, development, effectiveness of firms and productivity (grant, 2014). hence, the effort of top management in mortgage banks is highly required to implement operational capacity planning effectively in aligning the goals of the company with external opportunities and threats. zeplin and hotlan (2021) insisted that operational capacity planning assists companies to develop strategies for the purchasing of raw materials, handling the distribution system, and maintaining effective customer order. considering the high rate of spread of technology together with unending rivalry among firms, enhancing effectiveness of firms may go a long way to lift their sustainability in the industry. barnard (1964) claimed that effectiveness is the ultimate measure of managerial and organizational performance. opoku-mensah (2012) noted that effectiveness is a derivative result of accomplishing the cooperative purpose, which is social and non-personal. effectiveness is the extent to which a firm accomplishes its predetermined goals. drucker (1967) highlighted that society cannot satisfy its desires while excluding effectiveness. the effectiveness of firms boosts the economic wellbeing and also enhances the financial position of the organization (schein, 1976). operational capacity planning has a positive impact on the advancement of many enterprises. mangwengwende et al. (2011) discoursed that adequate operational capacity planning promotes fast talent output towards greater performance results across the diverse departments in an organization. however, wrong application of operational capacity planning and unethical behaviours among employees in the banks created the need for this study. therefore, the researcher deems it necessary to examine the impact of operational capacity planning on the effectiveness of mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org research hypotheses h0:1 there is no significant relationship between capacity scheduling and adaptability in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. h0:2 there is no significant relationship between capacity utilization and cost reduction in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. literature review operational capacity planning operational capacity planning refers to the procedure of verifying and establishing a direction for business activities by evaluating both the present and future objectives (henderson & hines, 2019). operational capacity planning encompasses the method of formulating and directing strategic management practices. although, corrado and mattey (1997) described the term capacity as the maximum level of output an organization could achieve within its optimal resources and operational schedules or shifts. similarly, teemu (2011) conceived capacity as the constraint, which the operating element is able to process, the number of services executed, and tangible products produced. ordinarily, operational capacity planning represents a crucial strategic element in designing a system (stevenson, 2005). operational capacity planning entails a scan of the environment to build interactions with related functions in setting decisions, as a parameter for corporate objectives and improve the organization’s competitiveness towards its business environment (cochran et al., 2005). furthermore, ifeanyichukwu (2017) pronounced operational capacity planning as activities human resource practitioners adopt to identify the number of employees an organization requires to accomplish present and future business necessities. it is the process of determining the resources required to fulfil customers demand, accomplish the priority plan, and the methods needed to enhance organizational effectiveness. operational capacity planning exists at each level of the priority planning process such as production planning, production scheduling, and material requirements planning. these importance plans cannot be implemented, unless the firm has sufficient operational capacity to satisfy the demand of the customers and the workforce. stevenson (2009) emphasized that the aim of operational capacity planning is to ensure that supply correspond to demand of products including to determine how much technology, skills, could be needed to meet present and future demand. thus, banks and related firms get involved in operational capacity planning to manage changes in technology, changes in demand, perceived threat or opportunities, and changes in the environment (arnold et al., 2008). accordingly, capacity planning involves the expansion of detailed plans to implement policies and strategies to achieve objectives and basic aims of the company. a firm has to use appropriate operational capacity planning in order to beat its rivals, in the face of uncertainties in business and keep in touch with the changing environment (yadav et al., 2020). when there is lack of operational capacity planning the organization is likely to mismanage warehouse space or material handling equipment which leads to high operating cost. the availability of appropriate capacity planning makes management to function effectively than when capacity is unjust hence, poorly planned capacity results in labor shortages and threatens the ability to meet service level commitments. garba, et al. (2012) investigated capacity planning and its implication on infrastructural development needs of institutions of higher learning in nigeria. they found that absent of capacity planning both by the government and institutions contributed to shortage of infrastructure needs in the institution. the basic two measures american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org of operational capacity planning such as capacity scheduling and capacity utilization were listed in the work of (gunter & guerilla, 2006). capacity scheduling capacity scheduling relates to short range day to day activity concerned with understanding the level of work that could be produced by a facility, in a given time and allocating resources in the light of prevailing resource constraints, with the aim of achieving a uniform and efficient work standard (agbadudu, 2003). capacity scheduling signifies the process of coordinating labor hours, work orders, and improvement actions to guarantee the efficient use of resources, to achieve objectives (gunter & guerilla, 2006). besides, capacity scheduling entails planning maintenance work based on equipment disappointments or operational needs without rushing the process. schedules are therefore short-term plans designed to implement the sales and operations plans. jacobs et al. (2013) state that scheduling is important in operations as it involves short-term planning as a part of the overall production planning operations. apparently, scheduling is done through flexible working hours, offering overtime in peak periods, scheduled working shifts, and part time workers (neely, 2012). moreover, johnson et al., (2008) proclaimed that there is need for mortgage banks or other firms to carefully apply capacity scheduling because if schedules are not prudently planned bottlenecks, pending queues of customers waiting to be served, unmet orders or increased work in progress inventory, are the consequences. wairimu (2014) emphasized that appropriate production schedules act as sources of competitive advantage leading to improve operations management, respond to changing needs, and greater customer satisfaction. indeed, capacity scheduling facilitates delivery speed and quick respond to the customer requirements. most organizations are confronted with various constraints like material unavailability, resource shortages, unpredictable events, and unexpected machines break down (dewa et al., 2013). to compete effectively firms, need flexible manufacturing processes or scheduling to promote job order and utilization of resources. consequently, numerous methods may be used to generate schedules. these production techniques include linear programming, gantt charts, computer models, and the priority sequencing rules (arnold et al., 2008). capacity utilization capacity utilization refers to the extent to which a company's resources are being used to generate output, which comprises labor force, equipment, material, facilities, and other resources at hand (darlan, 2021). capacity utilization denotes the extent to which an organization uses its maximum potential production size to meet high demand and improve operational efficiency. capacity utilization measures the extent to which a company or economy is using its productive capacity (dawson, 2006). it is expressed as a percentage of the total potential output that is achieved. indeed, high-capacity utilization specifies efficient use of resources, while low-capacity utilization suggests underuse or inefficiencies. low-capacity utilization could have significant negative effects on a business’s performance and financial health. when capacity utilization rates are low in banks, it shows that a company is not fully utilizing its production resources, such as equipment, facilities, and labor (meredith et al., 2002). this underutilization often results in inefficiencies. for example, fixed costs would be spread over fewer units, increasing the per-unit cost of production and potentially reducing profit margins. low-capacity utilization may also lead to decreased revenues, low production level which could stress a company's cash flow. capacity utilization applies techniques such as just in-time american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org (jit) production and total productive maintenance, to increase utilization by ensuring that resources are effectively used and equipment is maintained in optimal condition (corrado & mattey, 1997). capacity utilization involves automation which lowers error rates, reduces the need for manual labour, speeds up production processes, and increases precision, leading to higher output (dewa et al., 2013). capacity utilization is also useful for designing production systems that could easily adapt to changing product demands, reduce depreciation cost, and increase production volumes (meredith et al., 2002). the use of available capacity result in skilled workforce strategies, minimizing idle time, allows for quick adjustments to production schedules and product types (stevenson, 2005). when the production capacity of a firm is less than 100%, it shows that the organization is producing at less than its full potential. the formula for capacity utilization rate is (actual output / potential output) x 100. effectiveness effectiveness relates to the measurement standards for organizational performance (mishra & misra, 2017). effectiveness is meticulously linked to efficiency and organizational goals. ashraf & kadir (2012) declared that effectiveness entails the ratio reflecting finances, time, space incurred during the performance while measuring the organizational activities and the number of resources utilized. this description is similar to mathis & jackson (2008) who regarded effectiveness as a common measure of the organizational performance and the way output interact with the economic and social environment. effectiveness is the degree to which an organization scores high in the aspect of job satisfaction, performance, independence, control, and job involvement. most organizations assess their performance in terms of effectiveness with the primary aim to achieve their mission, vision, and goals. effectiveness oriented companies are concerned with sales, cost reduction, innovation, output, quality, and creation of value added (opoku-mensah, 2012). organizational effectiveness helps to evaluate the progress towards mission fulfillment and goal attainment. (de mennezes, 2011). accordingly, effectiveness determines the policy objectives of the organization or the degree to which an organization realize its own goal. effectiveness occurs when a firm provides products or services that exceed customer expectations and satisfies organization member desired. adaptability adaptability is the ability of an organization to adjust behaviour, structures, and systems in order to survive within the environmental change (obi, 2015). in complementing this assumption, garba et al., (2012) highlighted that adaptability denotes translating the demands of business environment into action. organizations as open systems exist in environment that is complex and uncertain. to survive and make profit, organizations need to adapt continuously to the different levels of environmental uncertainty. hunger & wheelen (2011) claimed that environmental uncertainty epitomizes an important contingency for organization structure and internal behaviour. adaptability enables employees and organizations to comply with internal structure and the external environment. successful organizations do not disregard their customers and competitors. they have the capacity to restructure, re-institutionalize a set of behaviour and processes that permit the organization to adapt. without the ability to implement adaptive response, an organization cannot be effective (obi, 2015). implementing change requires the ability of an organization to create adaptive measures to meet changing needs (jackson & schuler, 1990). this actually includes the ability of the organization to quickly react to current trends, read the business environment, and anticipate future changes. although, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org customers focus index of the adaptability trait involves the ability of an organization to understand and react to their customers, and anticipate their future needs. adaptability relates to the degree to which an organization is driven by an interest to satisfy its customers (goetz, 1979). to achieve adaptability, the organization needs to deliberately align its leadership, strategy, vision, layout, culture, and structure to facilitate organizational goals. cost reduction cost reduction is when the prices of all the elements of production fall as output expands (andersen & nielsen, 2009). organization is said to be reducing cost if its long run supply is negative signifying that output may rise as prices drops (grant & jordan 2015). cost reduction refers to when the factor costs become lower per unit of output. the improved demand for factors encourages their suppliers to improve their skills, so that the decline in factor prices shifts the cost of individual firms downwards. the manufacturing supply shift so that fee in the long run falls beneath the early level. the main aim of companies to reduce their cost is to achieve the efficiency of the firm’s processes (snell, 1992). apparently, a successful organization tends to fast-track the productivity by reducing the input required to produce a unit of output. customer satisfaction enhancements are possible through reduction of costs. thompson (1967) stated that several organizations have made significant profit through improved quality and lowering of prices. methodology the researcher adopted survey design necessary to provide a systematic approach to analyze data. the population size for this study was 150 employees carefully chosen from five mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. the two types of employees that participated in this study were managers and supervisors selected from the five various banks. the information that the participants provided was received from different mortgage banks report and rivers state government statistics. a sample size of 109 employees was disclosed through the aid of taro yamane’s formula. purposive sampling method was applied to allow the researcher and participants demonstrate their personal experience in the study. structured questionnaire was used as the primary research instrument while information received from rivers state government statistics and human resources data served as the secondary source. the questionnaire was structured within the domain of operational capacity planning and effectiveness (cohen et al., 2011). this questionnaire was divided into three parts such as section a, b, and c. the section a, was for the profiles of the participants whereas section b, epitomizes the operational capacity planning and section c, represented effectiveness. the research instrument was validated by experts in management. the reliability of the instrument was determined using cronbach alpha method and a correlation coefficient of 0.971 was obtained as a measure of consistency and reliability. spearman correlation coefficient was used to test the hypotheses at 0.05 level of significance. the consent of the selected companies was obtained and the information conveyed by the participants were voluntarily and confidential. this study was guided by two measures of operational capacity planning namely capacity scheduling and capacity utilization, together with two indicators of effectiveness like adaptability and cost reduction. the researcher also employed ordinal scale and 5point likert’s scale ranging from 1-5. where 1 = strongly disagree, 2 = disagree 3 = neutral 4 = agree and 5 = strongly agree. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org table 1 population distribution s/no names of mortgage banks population 1. federal mortgage bank 39 2. cooperative mortgage bank 28 3. aso savings and loans 26 4. platinum mortgage bank 30 5. rosanbon financial service 27 total 150 source: rivers state government statistics, 2024. table 2 cronbach alpha reliability test variables cronbach’s alpha number of items operational capacity planning capacity scheduling 0.966 5 capacity utilization 0.965 5 adaptability 0.964 5 effectiveness cost reduction 0.966 5 results and discussion test of hypothesis one ho1: there is no significant relationship between capacity scheduling and adaptability in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. ha1: there is significant relationship between capacity scheduling and adaptability in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. table 3 spearman correlation coefficient between capacity scheduling and adaptability correlations capacity scheduling adaptability spearman's rho capacity scheduling correlation coefficient 1.000 .979** sig. (2-tailed) . .000 n 109 109 adaptability correlation coefficient .979** 1.000 sig. (2-tailed) .000 . n 109 109 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). the results in table 3 illustrated the significant positive relationship between capacity scheduling and adaptability in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. this advocates that the relationship was statistically significant. the rvalue was 0.979 and p – value 0.000 which specified that capacity scheduling has positive significant relationship with adaptability. where p – value = 0.000 < 0.005, the null hypothesis was rejected while alternative hypothesis was accepted. the positive significance r american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org value of 0.979 unveiled that 97.9% increase in a firm capacity scheduling may lead to more adaptability in the organizations. test of hypothesis two ho2: there is no significant relationship between capacity utilization and cost reduction in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. ha2: there is significant relationship between capacity utilization and cost reduction in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. table 4 spearman correlation coefficient between capacity utilization and cost reduction correlations capacity utilization cost reduction spearman's rho capacity utilization correlation coefficient 1.000 .958** sig. (2-tailed) . .000 n 109 109 cost reduction correlation coefficient .958** 1.000 sig. (2-tailed) .000 . n 109 109 **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). the results in table 4 revealed that there was positive significant relationship between capacity utilization and cost reduction in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. this showed that rvalue was 0.958 and p – value 0.000 which revealed that capacity utilization is meaningfully connected to cost reduction of the banks. where p – value = 0.000 < 0.005, the null hypothesis was rejected while alternative hypothesis was accepted. the positive significance rvalue of 0.958 showed that 95.8% rise in capacity utilization could lead to more cost reductions. discussion of findings the findings in hypothesis one shows that there is a positive significant relationship between capacity scheduling and adaptability in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. this result reveals that banks that have adequate scheduling and effective production process may respond to customers and changing needs. the finding is in harmony with wairimu (2014), who highlighted that appropriate production schedules act as sources of competitive advantage leading to improve operations management, respond to changing needs, and greater customer satisfaction. the second hypothesis demonstrated that there is positive significant relationship between capacity utilization and cost reduction in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. this finding shows that banks with capacity utilization increases productivity without acquiring excessive depreciation costs. the result is similar to the study in meredith et al. (2002), they acknowledge that capacity utilization is also useful for designing production systems that could easily adapt to changing product demands, reduce depreciation cost, and increase production volumes. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org conclusion in view of the various data collected through the use of questionnaire on operational capacity planning and effectiveness in mortgage banks in rivers state, nigeria. the results revealed that capacity scheduling has significant positive relationship with adaptability. it was also discovered that the relationship between capacity utilization and cost reduction in mortgage banks in rivers state, proved a positive statistically significant. the study indicated that operational capacity planning is significantly associated with effectiveness of mortgage banks. however, the researcher recommended that: i. mortgage banks should prioritize capacity scheduling over any other form of operational capacity planning, by training and retaining of employees to have knowledge on work standardization so as to enhance adaptability. ii. mortgage banks should implement effective capacity utilization that could promote cost reduction. iii. mortgage banks should integrate operational capacity planning as a policy or culture to enhance organizational effectiveness. references 1. agbadudu, a. b. (2003). some concepts in production management. a.b. mudiaga limited. 2. andersen, t. j., & nielsen, b. b., (2009). adaptive strategy making: the effects of emergent and intended strategy modes. european management review, 6(2), 94–107. https://doi. org/10.1057/emr.2009.7 3. arnold, j. r. t., chapman, s. n., & clive, l. m. (2008). introduction to materials management. prentice-hall. 4. ashraf, g., & kadir, s. a. (2012). review on the models of organizational effectiveness: a look at cameron’s model in higher education. journal of education studies. 5 (2), 80–87. 5. barnard, p. r. (1964). researches the complete stress-strain curve for concrete. magazine of concrete research, 16(49), 203–210. 6. bulla, d. n., & scott, p. m. (1994). manpower requirement forecasting: human resources planning society. plenum press. 7. chartered institute of personnel management of nigeria (2013). study pack on advance employment relations professional ii. 8. christopher, m. (2005). logistics and supply chain management: creating value adding networks. pearson education limited. 9. cochran, jeffery k., & alberto marquez uribe (2005). a set covering formulation for agile capacity planning within supply chains. international journal of production economics 95(2), 139–149. 10. cohen, l., manion, l., & morrison, k. (2011). research methods in education (7 ed.). routledge. 11. corrado, c., & mattey, j. (1997). capacity utilization. journal of economic perspectives 11(10), 151-167. 12. darlan (2021). operations management practices and theory. operational management journal 20, 50. 13. dawson (2006) analyzing planning in an organization, a journal of management, university of london. macmillan press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 14. de mennezes (2011). the integration of human resource and o.m. practices and its link with performance. journal of operations management, 1(4), 23-34. 15. dewa, k., mhalanga, n., masiyazi, l., & museka, a. (2013). capacity planning in bakery industry in zimbabwe. international journal of operational management, 3(3)12-32. 16. drucker, p. f. (1967). effective decisions: harvard university. graduate school of business administration. 17. ehlers, t., & lazenby, k. (2007). strategic management: southern african concepts and cases. van schaik publishers. 18. garba, s., ogbadu, e., & ademola, g. (2012). capacity planning of infrastructural development of learning institutions in nigeria. journal of operations management, 3(20), 231-256. 19. goetz, b. e. (1979). management planning and control. mcgraw-hill. 20. grant, m. r. (2014). contemporary strategic management. (6th ed.). west sussex. 21. grant, m. r., & jordan, j. j. (2015). foundations of strategy (2nd ed.). west sussex. 22. gunter, n., & guerilla, j. (2006). capacity planning: a tactical approach to planning for highly scalable applications and services. springer. 23. henderson, a. e., & hines, r. d. (2019). using concepts from strategic planning. data strategy in colleges and universities: from understanding to implementation. 24. hull, c. (1951). essentials of behaviour. yale university press. 25. hunger, j. d., & wheelen, t. l. (2011). essentials of strategic management. prentice hall. 26. ifeanyichukwu, d. m. (2017). effects of workforce planning on organizational performance: a study of selected media houses in imo state. international journal of social sciences and management research. 3(2), 1–11. 27. jackson, s. e., & schuler, r. s. (1990). human resource planning. american psychologist, 45(2), 223–239. 28. jacobs, f. r., berry, w. l., whybark, d. c., & vollman, t. e. (2013). manufacturing planning and control for supply chain management. (6th ed.). mcgraw hill/irwin. 29. johnson, g., schole, k., & whittington, r. (2008). exploring corporate strategy: text and cases (8th ed.). prentice hall. 30. mangwengwende, t., chinzara, z., & nel, h. (2011). bank concentration and the interest rate pass through in sub-saharan african countries. economic research southern africa. 233-300. 31. mathis, r. l., & jackson, j. h. (2008). human resource management. (12th ed.). thomson southwestern. 32. meredith, jack, r., & scott, m. s. (2002). operations management for mbas (2nd ed.). john wiley and sons, inc. 33. mishra, p. & misra, r. k. (2017). information technology and quantitative management (itqm) entrepreneurial leadership and organizational effectiveness: a comparative study of executives and non-executives. procedia computer science, 122, 71–78. 34. neely, a. (2012). resources planning in operation: journal of operations management 3(3), 4-7. 35. obi, j. n. (2015). effective human resources management practices as the key to organizational performance. international journal of educational research. 3(1), 1–26. 36. opoku-mensah, y. (2012). an analysis of human resource planning and its effect on organizational effectiveness: a case study of information services department, accra office [doctoral dissertation]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org 37. schein, e. h. (1976). increasing organizational effectiveness through better human resource planning and development. sloan management review. 19(1), 1–20. 38. snell, s. a. (1992). control theory in human resource management. academy of management review, 35, 292–328. 39. stevenson, w. j. (2005). production and operations management. irwin, homewood. 40. teemu s. (2011). how to initiate a capacity planning and management process for a rapid deployment unit of a security services company: case study support services group ltd. tampere university of applied sciences. 41. thompson, j. d. (1967). organizations in action. mcgraw-hill. 42. wairimu, a. (2014). capacity management practices and operational performance of the service sector in kenya [master’s thesis]. university of nairobi. 43. zeplin, j. h. t., & hotlan, s. (2021). the effects of strategic planning, purchasing strategy, and strategic partnership on operational performance. uncertain supply chain management 9, 363– 372. https://doi/10.5267/j.uscm.2021.2.006 https://doi/10.5267/j.uscm.2021.2.006 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org studying the sleep hygiene of students living in dormitories of the medical academy niyazova o. a. bositkhonova r. sh. tashkent medical academy, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the paper presents the results of a study of sleep hygiene of 120 students receiving higher education and living in dormitories of educational institutions, based on a questionnaire survey. the average age of girls was 19.2 years, boys-19.3 years. we evaluated the duration of nighttime sleep, the presence of daytime sleep, the duration of computer work and mental loads before going to bed, the time of falling asleep and waking up, the time to leave the dorm and the opportunity to have breakfast, the effect of morning exercise and sleep on students ' well-being, etc. similarities and differences in sleep hygiene in boys and girls are established. it was found that students living in dormitories have a number of serious sleep problems due to insufficient sleep hygiene. sleep, sleep duration, students, dorm students ' sleep, sleep hygiene. introduction students of higher educational institutions are a special social stratum of the population. high intellectual loads, sudden changes in their habitual lifestyle, the formation of interpersonal relationships outside the family, the need to adapt to new working, living and eating conditions allow them to be classified as a significant risk group for developing diseases [5-11]. according to various studies, university students showed significantly poorer sleep quality compared to the general population of people of the same age [1, 3]. students are faced with a new experience of living in a hostel, a new sleep and wake regime, freedom from parental care, and therefore they have a new daily routine that includes not only preparing for academic classes, but also attending extracurricular student events, night clubs, and part-time work on the night shift. all of this can lead to significant reduction or deprivation sleep disorders and their destructive impact on students ' bodies: reducing the quality of university education, the occurrence of a number of serious somatic diseases [2]. students need a sufficient amount and quality of sleep due to biological maturation and high educational and psychoemotional loads. it is known that without good sleep, there can be no good wakefulness [1, 4]. objective: comprehensive assessment of sleep hygiene and identification of features of sleep disorders in students of higher educational institutions living in dormitories. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods of research to achieve this goal, a set of modern methods was used and applied: directional selection, sampling method, typological sampling, survey (questionnaire), mathematical-statistical and analytical methods. the object of the study was a sample of 120 students living in dormitories in the city of tashkent and studying at the tashkent medical academy (tma). among the respondents surveyed, there were 60 girls aged 18 to 20 years and 60 boys aged 18 to 20 years. the questionnaires consisted of 30 questions. results and discussion the average age of girls was 19.2 years, the average age of boys was 19.3 years. according to the results of the survey, it was revealed that among boys and girls, 30% of students are 1st — year students, 70% are 2nd-year students. 26.6% of students are satisfied with the living conditions of girls in the tma dormitories, 50% of girls answered unsatisfactory conditions, 23.4% of tma found it difficult to answer. 60% of students are satisfied with the living conditions of young men in tma dormitories, 25% of young men are not satisfied with the conditions, and 15% of tma young men found it difficult to answer. physiological norms for the duration of a night's sleep change with age, but for students, experts recommend from 7.5 to 8 hours a day. analysis of the questionnaire materials showed approximately the same pattern in the duration of night sleep among boys and girls living in dormitories. so, the weighted average indicator of sleep duration in girls was 6 hours 29 minutes, in boys-6 hours 59 minutes, and the proportion of students with a sleep duration of 5 to 8 hours reached 81% among girls and 83% among boys. in order to sleep well, you need to follow the regime-go to bed and get up at the same time. it is best to go to bed before midnight-at 22-23 hours with the optimal time of morning awakening 6-7 hours. tma girls were found to have a bedtime before 22: 00-10%; in the interval of 22-23.00 – 33,3%; 2300.00 – 30 %; 00-01.00 -10 %, later than 1 am – 23.3% of students. in tma boys, it was found that they go to bed before 22:00 – 10%; in the interval 22-23.00 -33,3%; 23-00.00 – 30 %; 00-01.00 -10%, later than 1 am – 23.3%. difficulty falling asleep is a fairly common problem, especially among girls. girls usually need time to fall asleep before 15 minutes-23.3%; in the interval of 15-30 minutes-16.6%; 30-45 minutes – 6.6%; 45-60 minutes-10%; more than 1h-30%. among the reasons for falling asleep late and long were identified the following: stress and anxiety, emotional stress, use of gadgets, excessive caffeine consumption, noise, lights on, social aspects (roommates do not sleep). young men were found to fall asleep before 15 minutes-23.3%; in the interval of 15-30 minutes-16.6%; 30-45 minutes-33.3%; 4560 minutes-30%; more than 1h-20%. the analysis of the time of students ' morning awakening depending on the exit from dormitories to classes was carried out. the data obtained showed that 18% of young men wake up more than 1 hour before leaving their dorms, 48% wake up less than 30 minutes before leaving, and 34% wake up 3060 minutes before leaving. among girls, 50% of female students wake up more than 1 hour before going out, 8% less than 30 minutes before going out, and 42% 30-60 minutes before going out. from the above data, it follows that young men most often wake up in the morning as close as possible to the time of leaving the dormitories, and girls, on the contrary, get up earlier. at the same time, 19% of young men manage to have breakfast, put themselves in order and get ready, while 81% do not have american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org time. other results were obtained in girls. so, more than half (60%) of girls in the morning have time to have breakfast, put themselves in order and get ready for university. therefore, it can be reliably stated that girls get up earlier and have time to get ready for classes, doing everything without fuss. it should be noted that many students do not follow the regime of going to bed and getting up at the same time. it is observed by only 42% of young men, and 58% can not go to bed and get up at the same time. among girls, 53% of female students follow the regime, while 47% do not. as a result of the analysis and research of students living in the tma dormitory, 35% of girls and 43% of boys have daytime sleep (fig. 1). figure 1. the presence of daytime sleep among students living in a dormitory it is recommended to stop strenuous mental work more than an hour before rest. we analyzed the students ' time spent in front of a computer, cell phone, and the time of finishing mental work before going to bed. in general, 59% of young men finish mental work 30-60 minutes before bedtime, and 41% for 1 hour or more. among girls, 62% complete mental work in 30-60 minutes and another 38% in 1 hour or more. consequently, the time of finishing mental work before going to bed in boys and girls is almost the same. at the same time, there is a clear correlation between the students ' time spent in front of a computer, tv, or cell phone and the end of their mental work. so, the more time students spend in front of various electronic devices, the less they take a break from mental work before going to bed, and mental work performed immediately before going to bed makes it difficult to fall asleep, leads to situational dreams, lethargy and poor health after waking up. the study examined the problems of sleep disorders. it was found that 4% of young men often suffer from insomnia, 23% rarely, and the remaining 73% do not suffer from insomnia at all. among girls, 18% often suffer from insomnia, 24% rarely, and 58% do not suffer from insomnia. thus, girls (42%) are more likely to suffer from insomnia than boys (27%). fresh air promotes fast falling asleep, good sleep and a pleasant awakening. only 38% of girls and 44% of boys follow the hygiene guidelines and ventilate the room before going to bed. thus, young men ventilate the room more often than girls. 35% 65% 43% 57% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% availability absence girls boys american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org morning exercise plays an important role for a person's health and well-being. it was found that among young men, 8% of students do morning exercises for 10 minutes, 18% for 1-5 minutes, and 74% do not exercise. of the girls, only 2% of female students do morning exercises for 10 minutes, 20% of female students do morning exercises for 1-5 minutes, and 78% do not exercise. these data indicate that boys exercise more often than girls. conclusion sleep disorders were detected in many students. students need to follow hygiene rules so that their sleep becomes more productive, i.e. restores strength, promotes rest and active work. full sleep as an integral part of a healthy lifestyle is a universal, widely accessible, cost-free way to optimize the physiological systems of the body, maintain the health and academic performance of young people studying at a high level. references 1. голенков а.в., иванова и.л., куклина к.в. и др. эпидемиология расстройства сна у студентов-медиков // вестник чувашского университета. 2010. № 3. с. 98—102. 2. кантимирова е.а., маховская т.с., галась а.ю. и др. эффективность сна как маркер здоровья студентов младших и старших курсов медицинского университета // современные проблемы науки и образования. электронный научный журнал. раздел: медицинские науки. 2015. № 4. c. 1—5. 3. piven e.a., breusov d.a. характеристика гигиены сна студентов, проживающих в общежитиях// rudn journal of medicine, 2017, 21 (1), 127—136 4. sedokova m.l., telkova a.d. conduct of life and efficiency of students of freshman class1 of university. science and world. volgograd. scientific review. 2013. № 3 (3). p. 237—241. 5. axmadaliyeva, n., imamova, a., nigmatullayeva, d., jalolov, n., & niyazova, o. (2022). maktabgacha yoshdagi bolalarda sog ‘lom turmush tarzini shakllantirishning dasturiy platformasi. 6. саломова, ф. и., ахмадалиева, н. о., ниязова, о. а., & хайруллаева, л. г. (2022). изучение и гигиеническая оценка питания студентов высших учебных заведений (узбекистан, германия). 7. ниязова, о. а., ахмадалиева, н. о., валиулин, р. и., & болтаев, м. м. (2022). comperative assessment of nutrition of university students of medical and non-medicdl profile (doctoral dissertation, european multidisciplinary journal of modern science). 8. ниязова, о. а., & валиулин, р. и. (2022). изучение и гигиеническая оценка фактического питания студентов (doctoral dissertation, молодежный инновационный вестник. научнопрактический журнал том 11). 9. ниязова, о., & валиулин, р. (2022). study and hygienic assessment of the actual nutrition of students. научная весна 2022, межвузовская научно-практическая конференция сборник научных работ, самара-саратов-москва-санкт-петербург 2022, 260б. 10. ниязова, о. а., мирсагатова, м. р., & абдусатторова, с. ш. (2023). изучение фактического питания студентов медицинских, технических институтов. international multidisciplinary conference. 11. саломова, ф. и., ахмадалиева, н. о., имамова, а. о., & ниязова, о. а. (2022). формирование принципов здорового образа жизни у дошкольников (doctoral dissertation, o ‘zbekiston respublikasi sog ‘liqni saqlash vazirligi, toshkent tibbiyot akademiyasi, koryo universiteti “atrof muhit muhofazasining dolzarb muammolari va inson salomatligi” xalqaro ishtirok bilan respublika 9-ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari to ‘plami 153 bet). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 42, | november 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org theoretical analysis of sources on the essence and characteristics of political processes gulparshin alimbetova independent researcher of the mirzo ulugbek national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the concept of "political process" is used in political science to interpret and explain dynamic changes in the political life of society. the political process, as a universal category of political science, also characterizes political practice. it reflects the variability of politics and reveals the interaction of political institutions and political subjects performing certain functions and "roles." the political process can also be interpreted as the general activity of all subjects of political relations associated with the formation, development, change, and functioning of the political system, mediating state power. political processes, political ideology, theory of political processes introduction in our view, in the general social context, the nature of the state governs economic life, and society shapes socio-political life. the most important elements inherent in its structure the subjects and objects of politics, the specific means and angles of political activity indicate the direction and methods of implementing political practice. for the analysis of political processes, modern political science uses a number of methodological approaches; however, the following paradigms are the most effective for assessing their dynamics. in the literature on political ideas and ideology, there are several main approaches to studying the essence and content of the political process: first of all, supporters of the institutional approach consider political phenomena associated with the change of political institutions as the main subjects of political processes. in this case, social infrastructure is taken into account partially or indirectly, since it is of secondary importance. secondly, representatives of the behavioral approach consider individuals or groups of people as subjects of politics. therefore, in this case, the political process is perceived as the result of the behavior, political will, and interests of these subjects. however, this definition reflects political processes more broadly and structurally incompletely. thus, chronological units of measurement are also small. they allow studying politics only within the framework of everyday life. thirdly, the structural-functional approach emphasizes the importance of internal structural and functional elements of the political system in the context of the political process. in this case, the units of analysis are considered not individuals and groups, but the central institutions of the political system (and the system as a whole), as well as their functional structure. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the literature on the topic: in our opinion, political processes also differ in their nature and typology. from this point of view, political processes differ in their scope, actions, factors, interaction between them, and other characteristics. a.solovyev, referring to the typology of political processes, notes that political processes for society can be divided into basic and peripheral types. he emphasized that "the main processes lie in the change in the systemic characteristics of political life (for example, the formation of the state institution by the government). as for peripheral processes, they are based on less significant changes, which in principle cannot have a serious impact on the dominant objects of power"[1]. a. solovyev also distinguishes such types of the political process as closed and open, stable and transitional. "the closed political process is a monovalent quality within the framework of good or bad, acceptable or unacceptable criteria. as the russian political scientist andrey degtyarev notes, "modern political science discursively recognizes the significant diversity and dynamics of political processes and confirms this with their typologies. thus, political processes are divided into the following according to the criteria of the scale of the policy they implement: the macro-level of political processes is manifested in the stages of functioning of political institutions: for example, the state, regime, parties (historical, evolutionary, revolutionary process). therefore, they are defined as political shifts, a cycle of successive changes in the state of the political system. they are characterized by the participation of "large" participants political elites, classes, institutions of power, and can be measured only in large time units (formation or disintegration of the empire, modernization, democratic transition); can be measured in large time units (formation or disintegration of the empire, period of modernization, democratic transition); processes at the micro level can be direct political events, for example, "some resultant set of functions specific to various socio-political subjects." these are everyday processes in politics that occur between'small' participants and are associated with the direct interaction of individual, group, or corporate interests (political interaction in parliament, local government structures) "[2]. recent research by the main theorists of the theory of political processes has focused on a more dynamic analysis of the recurring mechanisms and processes of politics. the theory of political processes is the logical culmination of criticism of the socio-scientific views of that time. because scientists also put forward scientific views that demonstrators and other participants in social movements are "illogical gangs," which are driven by a collective mentality. in reality, these actions were not motivated by alienation or an unnatural psychological inclination, but rather aimed at achieving political goals and presenting legal complaints, finding solutions to them, and solving problems. three precursors that made a unique contribution to the theory of political processes in establishing this new analysis are noteworthy. first, "m. olson's 1965 analysis of gathering behavior changed the old notions of demonstrators' illogicalness and examined the rational choices made by people before joining the movement. secondly, in an effective analysis of the movement of farm workers, j. mccarthy and m. zald found that the availability of resources for the movement explains the basis of changes in the level of mobilization, unlike the level of oppression. this perspective on resource mobilization takes into account not only material goods as resources, but also aspects such as organizational strength and the presence of elite allies"[3]. thirdly, "f. piven and r. clovard focused on important aspects of the economic and political system of 1978. only during periods of major crises on the scale of the entire system, for example, during a period of depression, movements were able to take benefits from the elite." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org in our opinion, the combination of the three approaches mentioned above forms the basis of the theory of political processes. in one of the main works on these processes, ch. tilly's book "mobilization from revolution," the author synthesizes these three approaches with other political views. according to ch. tilly (1978), the interaction of three structural elements interests, organization, and opportunity in a certain sense explains the level and importance of mobilization and collective action. here, interests represent the potential outcomes of participation in political processes. opportunity also indicates the extent of political power, the likelihood of pressure, and the weakness of the goal. his activity indirectly influences the social movement. at the same time, "d. mcadame's further analysis of the civil rights movement became the central program of the theory of political processes. the theory is analyzed more deeply in d. mcadame's "the political process and the development of black rebellion," where the author relies on the source, relying on previous criticisms of classical approaches" [5]. "the research conducted by c.tilli and d.macadam analyzes the rise and subsequent decline of the us civil rights movement as a direct result of three existing factors based on political opportunities, local organizational strength, and criteria of cognitive freedom. "the fourth concept, often associated with the theory of political processes, is the period of discontent. this refers to historical periods of heightened political confrontation in the united states in 1968 or in eastern europe in 1989, when many groups challenged the state's legislation. a new political opportunity usually affects several groups, and since frameworks can often be transmitted across movements, there may also be clearly disconnected movements"[6]. c. tilly rightly admits that "the limited methods that actors can claim constitute the repertoire of discussions. he identifies the emergence of the modern controversial repertoire, which included strikes, demonstrations, and social movements, in the second half of the 19th century"[7]. in our opinion, it is necessary to partially agree with the author's opinion that this type of complaint arose in the second half of the 19th century, since in this case, it is impossible to ignore the various complaints that arose in previous historical periods. consequently, the difference between these two cases is that in previous historical periods, complaints to governments were categorically rejected through the use of offensive force, even leading to the physical elimination of the complainants. thus, all these elements political opportunities, mobilization structures, formation processes, periods of discontent, and controversial repertoires form the basis of research on theories of modern political processes. these elements, in addition to explaining the dynamics of the rise or fall of public movements, are also used to understand and interpret the essence of social and political dissatisfaction and its consequences. it should also be noted that in many other types of studying political processes, political opportunities are considered as key elements. sometimes, the terms "political opportunities" and "political processes" are used as equivalents. from a methodological point of view, different scientific sources offer different definitions of the political process, which may be similar in some of their characteristics. the study of specialized literature shows that the definition of the political process is associated with the methodological tools that researchers pay more attention to when studying political phenomena as an integral part of the political process, for example, in the study of political participation, political behavior, political regimes, systems, etc. the nature of politics as a process allows us to see strict boundaries between the relations of subjects from the point of view of state power. "tolcott parsons considers the political process from the point of view of its activity both as a whole and as separate components of the political system of society, and considers the phenomenon of power as a priority task. nevertheless, parsons considers the political process a unique integrator, allowing the transformation of the political system american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org from one state to another. the most important thing for him is the transformation into power in the political process, which is a function of self-sustaining power. in this case, power is perceived as a circulating mediator in the political system. social systems were defined by t. parsons as systems formed between subjects acting through social interaction" [8]. t. parsons, explaining the social structure, distinguishes four independent variables: values, norms, communities, and roles. thus, as one of the authors of the "structural-functional approach," he closely connects the concepts of political process, political system, and political power. in this case, it is important to refer to parsons's concept of society, since the functional approach to the political process is based on its definition as a social system. he states, "we define society as a holistic system that has the highest level of self-sufficiency in its environment and includes other social factors"[9]. regarding ralf dahrendorf's conflict approach to the study of political processes, "the author proposes to consider the political process as an open or covert struggle, conflict, as well as consensus, cooperation for specific material resources and social status" [10]. at the same time, although it is impossible to explain the structural causes of all social conflicts, the researcher believes that the process of resolving conflicts with its specific structural states can be applied, possibly, to all its various forms. social conflicts arise from the formation of societies prone to constantly crystallizing clashes between organized parties. analysis and results summarizing the results of the study of political processes, it is necessary to consider the political process as a dynamic and nonlinear political phenomenon that can change over time. because the change in political processes is mainly due to the influence of direct or indirect factors and situations related to the content of political speech and the type of its manifestation. both conceptual, typological, and methodological approaches should constantly supplement political processes with new theoretical and methodological foundations. a comparative analysis of the theoretical and methodological approaches to political processes has shown that any individual approach can be effective only under the conditions of the corresponding society or political regime. applying the same approach to the study and analysis of the political process in other situations and conditions may not be effective. if the institutional approach is effective in an institutionalized political system, then other models of statepolitical organization cannot have the same effectiveness in other systems dominated by developed political institutions. conclusions and proposals no matter how similar and compatible political processes may be, these processes also differ in their specific characteristics. moreover, the study of any political process requires the application of a specific approach or a combination of some approaches. in this case, only the speech approach can be considered relatively universal, since all political processes, regardless of the type of political regime or other political factors, have their own speeches reflecting the specific features of the political process due to the model of political culture prevailing in this society. such speeches create conditions for the emergence of various political ideas and political ideologies in society. references 1. соловьев а.и. политология: политическая теория, политические технологии. м.аспект пресс, 2006. – с.559. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 2. дегтярев а.а. основы политической теории. м.:1998. – с.147. 3. mc carthy, j., & zald, m. (1977). resource mobilisation and social movements: a partial theory. american journal of sociology, 82. – p.1212. 4. mc carthy, j., & zald, m. (1977). resource mobilisation and social movements: a partial theory. american journal of sociology, 82. – p.1241. 5. tilly, c. contentious repertories in great britain, 1758-1834. in m. traugott (ed.), repertoires and cycles of collective action (pp. 15-42). durham: duke university press. 2020 6. mc adam, d., mc carthy, j., & zald, m. comparative perspectives on social movements: political opportunities, mobilizing structures, and cultural framing. cambridge: cambridge university press. 1996. 7. tilly, c. (1995). contentious repertories in great britain, 1758-1834. in m. traugott (ed.), repertoires and cycles of collective action (pp. 15-42). durham: duke university press 8. parsons, t. on the notion of “political power”, in russian. in g.semigin (ed.), anthology of world political thought. foreign political thought of 20th century moscow: “misl” 1997. – p.479. 9. parsons, t. on the notion of “political power”, in russian. in g.semigin (ed.), anthology of world political thought. foreign political thought of 20th century moscow: “misl” 1997. – p.486. 10. dahrendorf, r. from social state to civilised community, in russian. polis journal, 1993. №5. – pp.31-35. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 200 www.americanjournal.org modernization of jewelry, ornaments, and cosmetic adornments among women in the surkhandarya oasis toshtemirov shakhboz azamatovich doctoral candidate in ethnography, ethnology, and anthropology termiz state university toshtemerovshahboz45@gmail.com abstract keywords the article analyzes the modernization of jewelry, ornaments, and cosmetic practices among women in the surkhandarya valley. the study highlights the traditional culture of jewelry and cosmetics, as well as their connection with social, economic, and cultural factors. it examines how the forms, styles, and meanings of jewelry and cosmetic items have changed from the early 20th century to the present, and how they developed under the influence of the soviet era and modern cosmetology. the article explores the transformation of the material culture of women in the surkhandarya valley, focusing on the adaptation, integration, and modernization of traditions. surkhandarya valley, women, jewelry, ornaments, cosmetics, cosmetic practices, jewelry art, tradition, modernization. introduction one of the most vivid expressions of culture is the jewelry, ornaments, and cosmetic adornments used by women, which not only hold aesthetic value but also provide insights into the social, economic, and cultural structure of society. the traditional clothing and decorations of each people have distinctive characteristics, and their shape, material, and style reflect the mentality, lifestyle, and values of a particular region. among the inhabitants of the surkhandarya oasis, traditional forms of jewelry and ornaments have existed since ancient times, indicating women’s social status, age, marital status, and even economic level. from the beginning of the 20th century, the development of jewelry art in the region, the political and spiritual influences of the soviet era, and foreign styles brought in from outside have transformed the traditional culture of ornaments and adornment. at the same time, jewelry and ornaments produced by local artisans showed qualitative improvement, and their economic value increased. results and discussion the traditional clothing of each nation is complemented by jewelry and ornaments that harmonize with it in every aspect. it is well known that jewelry and ornaments have always reflected the distinct identity of a particular people or social group. they not only highlighted differences between peoples and tribes, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 201 www.americanjournal.org but also distinctions between urban and rural populations, the rich and poor, and even among women of different ages or social roles—such as girls, young women, brides, mothers, and elderly women. in fact, neighbors living on the same street could often be distinguished by their jewelry, revealing their profession or social status. for example, a butcher’s ring differed from that of a barber [1:33]. after the october revolution, attention was given to developing various artistic forms in the republic, including jewelry art. in the first quarter of the 20th century, the main characteristics of artistic style shifted from large, intricate, densely patterned decorative items to simpler forms wherever possible [2:153]. from the second quarter of the 20th century, women’s interest in foreign jewelry increased. as a result, local jewelers faced competition between their products and imported jewelry. this, in turn, encouraged both groups to improve the quality of their work, paying more attention to the materials used—particularly metals and stones—and to increase the use of gold. consequently, the value of jewelry rose, leading to higher prices in the jewelry market. for instance, a gold nose or ear ring was valued at 6 rubles, a silver bracelet at 3 rubles, a ring at 2 rubles, and rings at 50–60 kopecks [3]. ethnological analysis shows that the growing interest in jewelry among women led to increased competition among jewelers, prompting both sides to enhance the quality of their products, modify their composition, and ultimately raise jewelry prices. this process followed a sequential system: demand for products, competition, changes in product composition, and price increase. during that time, jewelry made of gold with engraved or stamped patterns and uniform “moscowstyle” designs appeared. in response, local jewelers began producing earrings based on local traditions, known as “oyzirak” and “sandiq zirak,” which became popular [4:153]. by the mid-20th century, local jewelers initially worked individually by hand and later organized into artels. they mainly produced earrings, bracelets, rings, and beads. jewelry produced during this period began to reflect soviet ideology. gold earrings in crescent, box, and kashgar-style forms incorporated revolutionary symbols such as the hammer and sickle or the five-pointed star. according to scholarly analyses, these gradual (evolutionary) changes in jewelry and their alignment with soviet ideology diminished their magical, ceremonial, and symbolic significance. as a result, many forms of fine art, including jewelry art, developed further. the most popular pastime for women in the surkhandarya oasis was individually making beaded jewelry at home. using techniques taught by master artisans, women produced many bead necklaces and adornments worn on the chest and around the neck [5:6]. this craft was closely connected to the worldview and mentality of the local population. uzbek women have always valued beauty and traditionally knew the secrets of adornment. women in the studied region have long used local methods of cosmetic care, hair, and facial treatments adapted to their environment. animistic beliefs about the magical power of hair and related customs, rituals, and superstitions still persist. historically, even though grandmothers did not go about with uncovered heads, they paid particular attention to hair styling and care. women traditionally washed their hair with yogurt. girls wanted long, strong hair and would wash it early in spring with spring water, rainwater, or snow. to strengthen hair, grandmothers used growth water, egg yolk, and grass sap. to darken hair, they applied fermented rice water [6:93]. women continued the traditions of their mothers and grandmothers in hair care, styling, and adornment, following their advice. for example, parting hair from the forehead upward was a common american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 202 www.americanjournal.org practice throughout the region, though the method of creating “zulfs” (braids or locks) varied. earrings hanging below the ear, called “kokil,” were considered a type of zulf. among the settled tajik population of surkhandarya, these were called “zulf-kokil,” “picha,” or “pecha.” interestingly, tajik women wore two rows of zulfs: the first row from above the ear to the side, and the second row from the forehead behind the ear, reflecting ancient traditions. today, this custom is gradually fading due to the widespread influence of modern cosmetology. women traditionally adorned their faces, eyebrows, hands, feet, and entire bodies. to enhance beauty, uzbek women applied natural pastes, henna, and upa-elik on their faces and hands, and used rosewater for facial care. the popular saying, “do not show your mother to your father with makeup,” reflects this tradition [7:157]. during the studied period, women used various traditional methods for cosmetic purposes. one such method was applying o’sma (a plant) to the eyebrows. the leaves of the plant were dried in the sun, squeezed, and the green liquid applied to the eyebrows. o’sma, which mainly grows in warm climates, was not used by all women; for example, women of the hoja class avoided it, considering it sinful or frivolous due to religious beliefs linked to their lineage tracing back to prophet muhammad and the caliphs. besides eyebrows, young girls sometimes dyed their hair with o’sma, using a needle to apply it to the temples and forehead, creating artificial bracelets and rings on hands. in addition to o’sma, kohl was applied to the eyes, particularly by older women. kohl was homemade, prepared by burning cotton wicks soaked in oil, then mixing the resulting black powder with animal fats to produce the cosmetic [6:95]. moreover, elderly women used miswak for oral hygiene and tishqoli (tooth powder) for dental treatment. tishqoli was prepared by mixing the powder from pistachio leaves with heated iron [8:91; 9:448]. for facial care, women mainly used simple traditional methods. they protected their skin from dust, wind, and sun and softened it using yogurt, cream, animal fat, and grape leaves. to remove blemishes, they applied the milk of a nursing woman, fig juice, or the sap from fig fruit. historically, women created artificial beauty marks, a painful process using dyed threads and needles to embed color into the skin, leaving permanent marks on the face and forehead [6:96]. today, this practice has almost completely disappeared, though western influences have introduced temporary decorative tattoos on hands, waist, and neck. henna was another plant used for adornment. in festivals and weddings, women and girls applied henna to their hands and feet, a practice that continues today. henna preparation, drying, crushing, and application methods were uniform across regions. the plant’s leaves were dried, crushed, applied to the palms, tied with clean cloth, and similarly applied to the feet. henna produced a sharp yellow-red color and lasted about a month. it was also used in folk medicine as a healing herb [10,11:124]. in the early 20th century, there were no factory-made perfumes in the surkhandarya oasis. women purchased cosmetics made from natural herbs or substances like starch and silver powder from markets. to repel evil spirits, drive away insects, and emit a pleasant fragrance, women placed herbs such as mint, basil, and wormwood at the collar or hem of their clothing. traditional cosmetic tools were also used, including peshxalta, qushkovak (ear cleaner), mo’ychinak (eyebrow comb), qoshchinoq, dandonkovak (tooth cleaner), and barak xo’rak (nose cleaner) [12]. each item had a central compartment for perfume, was strung into circular chains, and worn on the chest [13:149]. such elaborate cosmetic sets were typically found only among palace ladies, officials, and the wealthy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 203 www.americanjournal.org conclusion in conclusion, it should be emphasized that women’s material culture is closely linked with social, economic, political, and cultural factors. from the early 20th century to the present, the form, style, and meaning of jewelry and cosmetic items have changed significantly. as a result of the political and ideological influences of the soviet era, the introduction of foreign jewelry products, and the impact of modern cosmetology, traditional items evolved and were enriched with new forms and styles. references 1. борозна н. г. виды женских ювелирных украшений у народов средней азии и казахстана (в связи с подготовкой историко-этнографического атласа) / сэ. 1974. №1. – с. 33. 2. абдуллаев т., фахретдинова д., ҳакимов а. маъданга битилган қўшиқ / ўзбек халқ санъати.... – б. 153. 3. uzma. r-596-fund, list 1, item 3, page 42. 4. давлатова с. қашқадарё миллий кийимлари.... – б. 103. 5. бинафша нодир. хапамат ва гулбанд безаклари маънолари // санъат. 2003.1-сон. – б. 6. 6. ибрагимова м. й. сурхондарё воҳаси аҳолисининг анъанавий кийимлари ва тақинчоқлари... – б. 93, 95, 96. 7. жабборов и. ўзбек халқи этнографияси..... – б. 157. 8. наливкин в., наливкина м. очерк быта женщин оседлого туземного населения ферганы.– казань, 1886. – с. 91. 9. краузе и. о. о косметических средствах туземцев туркестанского края / материалы для статистики туркестанского края. ежегодник. вып. 2. –с.петербург, 1873. – с. 448. 10. field notes. surkhandarya region, bandikhon district, oqsaroy village. 2025. 11. меришковский к. с. отчёт об антропологической поездке в крым в 1880 г. // из-во. русского географического обшества. – спб., 1881. т.17. вып ii. – с. 124. 12. field notes. surkhandarya region, sariosiyo district, khonjiza village. 2025. 13. бикжанова м. а. одежда узбечек ташкента xixначало xx в. // костюмы народов средней азии.– м.: наука, 1979. – с. 149. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 234 www.americanjournal.org information warfare and psychological threats in open information environments b. umarov professor at alfraganus university abstract keywords in the context of rapid digital transformation and the formation of a global information society, information systems have become a decisive factor in social development, governance, and human interaction. at the same time, the growing volume, speed, and openness of information flows have generated new risks related to information and psychological security. this article examines the conceptual foundations of information processes, information systems, and information technologies, emphasizing their role in decision-making and state governance. special attention is paid to automated information systems as human–machine complexes that support managerial activity and influence social stability. the study also analyzes the challenges of information security in highly informatized environments, highlighting the need for a modernized state information policy capable of countering information and psychological threats. the article argues that ensuring information and psychological security requires not only technical solutions but also socio-psychological, ethical, and ideological mechanisms aimed at protecting national interests, strengthening public trust, and fostering sustainable development in open information systems. information systems; information technologies; information security; psychological security; automated information systems; state information policy; information society. introduction today, information is extremely widespread and interpreted in a multifaceted manner. it is difficult to find a field of knowledge in which information does not play a role. the vast volume of data encompassed by the concept of “information” truly surrounds and permeates human life. so, what is information in essence? information refers to data about individuals, facts, objects, events, phenomena, and processes. it is well known that information can take various forms, including transmitted messages, data stored on computers, copies, letters or notes, archives, formulas, schemes, diagrams, product models, original samples, dissertations, court cases, and many others. like other products, information has its users and consumers; therefore, it has specific clients. information must possess characteristics that meet the needs of recipients and production requirements. from the users’ perspective, the quality of information should provide additional material and moral american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 235 www.americanjournal.org benefits. from the distributors’ point of view, information should ensure the protection of important commercial secrets and enable successful competition in the sale of goods and services. naturally, this necessitates protecting information that must remain confidential. world experience shows that the development of a state’s information infrastructure transforms all spheres of society and the state, including people’s worldview and the conditions of their participation in labor, social, and political life, thereby accelerating social development. various information technologies, automated systems, and databases have become an integral part of governing state structures, the economy, and national defense. information must not only be received by a subject or technical device but must also be separated from its original source. as a result, operations are performed on information, and the totality of these operations constitutes the information process. information processes include the reception, collection, processing, and transmission of information. information always manifests in a material-energy form, particularly as signals. signals may have different physical natures. in the information process, a signal carries information from the source to the receiver and then to the destination. information transmission is a multistage process in which the physical properties of the signal may change at each stage. this raises issues related to signal equivalence, objectivity and completeness of transmission, and the receiving subject’s capacity to perceive information. information transmission is only one component of the overall information process, which actually begins with the reception and recording of information from a source. information is separated from noise, a signal is formed, and information is transmitted through it. signals may be discrete and have a specific structure. computer operation is based on the principle of transmitting discretized signals and performing formal-logical operations. unlike humans, who subjectively perceive object images, computers process encoded characteristics of objects. despite fundamental differences between humans and computers in information perception, in both cases the information process begins with receiving and distinguishing data. information itself is the content of signals suitable for transmission through physical channels such as electrical, acoustic, and optical means. information reception refers to its secondary acceptance by another subject or device. information processing is carried out by humans or technical devices, including computers. in computers, information processing means transforming incoming data into digital or analog form according to strict programs or algorithms. unlike computers, humans possess the ability to process information mentally and logically. the information process ends with presenting information to the user, displaying images in various forms, and supporting decision-making. data storage is a crucial stage that may occur at any point in the information process. thus, computers may be applied at any stage of the information process—from data acquisition to final processing. the content of each information process is determined by the specific field in which the information is processed. information processes differ in complexity; copying data is one of the simplest forms, while management processes are among the most complex. information systems are systems designed to store, search, and provide data in response to user queries. modern interpretations view the personal computer as the primary technical tool for information american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 236 www.americanjournal.org processing. without considering the human role, technical implementation of information systems alone has no real value. automated information systems are human–machine systems that collect, process, and transmit data automatically to support managerial decision-making. in such systems, operations are performed automatically without direct human intervention, although human oversight remains essential. their core component is information technology, whose development is closely linked to the evolution of information systems. the primary goal of automated information technologies is to transform initial data into higher-quality information to support optimal management decisions. this is achieved through information integration, relevance, consistency, and the use of modern technical tools. despite the growing volume of processed data, information technologies significantly reduce processing time and represent a key component of information resource management. designing information systems and technologies is a complex process that involves restructuring management activities and creating a new information-technological environment. the goal is to implement a human–machine management system that provides managers with timely, analytical, and multivariate data to support real-time decision-making. analysis of contemporary development indicates that humanity is on the threshold of a global information society. rapid societal changes intensify the need for a clearly defined state information policy, especially in conditions of intensified information confrontation. in uzbekistan, state information policy must consider information warfare concepts developed by foreign states as external threats. the development of a state program for implementing information policy serves as a key component of ensuring information security. however, analyses show that reliance on general principles alone is insufficient. firstly, uzbekistan requires an effective system capable of resisting information attacks. secondly, information policy must be modernized to address the realities of a highly informatized society. thirdly, information security must ensure the constructive use of modern information technologies for peace and stability without politicizing socio-economic interests. in our view, information security policy should primarily prevent political conflicts, promote selfawareness, strengthen civic relations based on moral and educational values, and foster humanistic thinking, creativity, and constructive potential. finally, information and psychological security requires the development of moral and spiritual norms that limit the dissemination of content promoting violence, hatred, immorality, and social discord, prioritizing national interests over individual gain references 1. castells, m. (2010). the rise of the network society. wiley-blackwell. 2. toffler, a. (1980). the third wave. bantam books. 3. mcluhan, m. (1964). understanding media: the extensions of man. mcgraw-hill. 4. libicki, m. c. (2007). conquest in cyberspace: national security and information warfare. cambridge university press. 5. nye, j. s. (2011). the future of power. publicaffairs. 6. laudon, k. c., & laudon, j. p. (2020). management information systems: managing the digital firm. pearson. 7. floridi, l. (2014). the fourth revolution: how the infosphere is reshaping human reality. oxford university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org a re-appraisal of african traditional religious perspective on the nigerian common wealth system imoh, sydney chigonum department of religious and cultural studies faculty of humanities university of port harcourt email: sydneyimoh@yahoo.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article attempts to showcase how african traditional religious models can be utilized to resolve the overwhelming multifaceted problems of the nigeria common wealth issues bothering on injustice, natural resources sharing, religious intolerance, political structure and its office sharing, animal rearing/husbandry, social welfare distribution, religio-cultural values, indiscipline and lawlessness, corruption, electoral processes and even boundary delineation, multi-lingual, multi-ethnic, multi-religious differences etc., which are all overwhelming, indices that all is not well with nigeria as a nation. it adopted the descriptive approach as its methodology pointing out the shortfalls in this issue. the paper ends by pointing out the use of african traditional paradigm in the process of resolution and advocates for a way forward by using these mechanisms as its solutions. african traditional religion. resources sharing. corruption. social welfare distribution. introduction it is heartening to note that on daily basis nigerians are becoming convinced that nation building that is enduring will be based not only on the material aspect, but also on the spiritual aspect hence religion’s contribution is being sought after nowadays as to bail out the nigerian nation from its multifaceted commonwealth problems that have engulfed the nation over the years. no doubt, nigeria as a nation had been having commonwealth challenges over the years. this is because our national leaders have played lip service to the spiritual dimension of man on which africans are traditionally brought up with. in other words, leadership in traditional africa can best be understood and interpreted in terms of the sacred, because it is the spiritual agencies that guide people towards paths of moral rectitude and integrity. as conceptualised by the africans, they are, the supreme being, the divinities, spirits, ancestors, who are in fact the real leaders of the people. in africa therefore, the earthly kings or chiefs or elders merely act on behalf of the gods, meaning that the earthly leaders or rulers only exercise delegated authority from the gods as they lead their people. just as nwaghaghi (1991:113) once observed “national integration cannot be achieved if the necessary ingredients of nation buildingjustice, peace and love are lacking in a nation”, just as it seems to be the reality in our nation in recent years, arising from the poor management of our commonwealth by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org the successive administration of the nation, the military and civilian alike. no doubt, it is religion that naturally helps to inculcate the above mentioned virtues in citizens of a nation; both on the leaders and the led. they can never be imposed on citizens through the barrel of a gun, and hence any meaningful task of nation building must simultaneously take cognisance of the spiritual and material aspects of man. as chinyere ukpokolo (2011:152) observed, “religion reflects human attempt to connect with the metaphysical world, with practices embedded in complex belief systems that may not be visible and meaningful to non-members.” yet humans practice religion in a social world, a world intertwined in social relation which shape human behaviour and conducts. it is not surprising therefore to assert that it is the loss of the sacred character of the traditional society that is responsible for the deteriorating values in all sectors of the nigerian society, thus necessitating the unfortunate sufferings of nigerians in the midst of plenty in our nation, nigeria. it is only when the country and its leadership accept the truth that without the contributions of the religious institutions no meaning development will be possible in the nation, as the theme of this 39thconference of the nigeria association for the study of religions (nasr), seems to be suggesting to our national leaders. unrestricted corruption, has made public office in nigeria a fast track to wealth, and has intensified the struggle for elected office, thus making election “a do or die affair”, thereby creating conflicts and instability in the national polity as we now are witnessing more negative indices in our electoral system. successive administration in nigeria had always told the youths of the country that they are what now appears to be “illusory future leaders”, yet there is nothing realistically and sincerely being done to begin to position the youths as those who will actually take-over from the elders. who is fooling who? in view of these stated realities, one would agree with the view expressed by obiora ike (1993:33), that “africa is a striking feature and embarrassing paradoxes and contradictions”. this is because it is the second largest continent in the world and perhaps the richest continent in terms of natural resources and potential wealth. yet africa appears to be the weakest continent on the globe. her sons and daughters rank amongst the poorest of the world and her societies among the least developed. recently, it was in the news (both electronic and print media), that nigeria is the first among the poorest countries of the world. poverty in the midst of plenty. what a contradiction! continuing, he says, “nigeria is a painful and disgraceful realitya very rich country with a distressing scene of vast majority of desperately poor people living side by side with an aristocratic, privileged and shamelessly few opulent few”. what can we boast of as a nation of fifty-eight (65) years of independence when all indices that make for an independent nation are virtually absent? on what basis do we as a nation peg the often taunted slogan of “a united, indivisible and progressive nation” when in practical terms, there is nothing suggestive of such a unity, indivisibility and progress in our national polity? how, with injustices all over the place for which there are spates of agitation of marginalisation in every nook and crannies of the country? one would have thought that the gruesome killings of nigerians in the unfortunate nigerian civil war of 1967 1970 had thought the nigerian nationals a bitter lesson as for one to assume that the mistake that led to those civil war days would never have appeared again. unfortunately, nothing, i repeat, nothing seem to have been learnt by both the nation leaders and the led as evidenced in the fact that drums of secession, separatism, exclusionism, nepotism and tribalism, marginalisation, injustices are on daily basis increasingly being drummed here and there in our national polity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org this article attempts to show how african traditional religion’s models can be utilised to resolve the multifaceted problems of the nigerian commonwealth bordering on injustices, natural resources sharing, religious intolerance, political structure and its office sharing, animal rearing/husbandry, social welfare distribution, religio-cultural values, indiscipline and lawlessness, corruption, electoral processes and even boundary delineation, multi-lingual, multi-ethnic, multi-religious differences etc, which are all overwhelming indices that all is not well with nigeria as a nation. clarification of terms two terms are worthy of attention in this discussion, namely, “commonwealth” and “african traditional religion”, hence, their clarification has become necessary here. (i) commonwealth: in political administration, the word “commonwealth” refers to assets and liabilities which belong to the whole body of people of a nation or a state, hence we can here talk of the nigerian commonwealth. again, “commonwealth” according to patrick hanks (1971:339), derives from the word “common weal” which refers to commonwealth, the public good, what is owned or shared commonly’. in our context, the nation, nigeria, and its assets and liabilities naturally belong to all nigerians. ironically, however, the processes of sharing or participating in those “common welfare” or “wealth” otherwise called “national cake”, over the years had generated unimaginable tensions, strikes, acrimony, crisis, secession, climaxing in the two and half years civil war of july, 1968 to january, 1970. on the other hand, “commonwealth” can also refer to a federation of former colonies of the erstwhile colonial power or political overlord. for example, in this regard, a typical example is the commonwealth of all former british colonies always referred to as the “commonwealth of nations”; even though they had attained their independence several years from their british colonial masters. they are all bound together by a common allegiance to the british crown and they recognise the british monarch as head of the commonwealth of nations, accepting english language as their official lingua franca and meet regularly on rotatory basis to attend the commonwealth of nation meetings, and commonwealth games usually presided over by the british crown.the list of the commonwealth nations include the following independent nations: australia, botswana, canada, ceylon, cyprus, gambia, ghana, guyana, india, jamaica, kenya, lesotho, malawi, malta, malaysia, mauritius, new zealand, nigeria, pakistan, sierra leone, singapore, tanzania, trinidad and tobago, uganda, united kingdom, zambia. (ii) african traditional religion african traditional religion (atr), on the other hand, is referring to the indigenous religions of the africans as practised by the forebears of the present generation of africans and is still being practised in various forms and intensities by the present africans as handed over to them by their forebears. in its scholarly study over the years, african traditional religion had been seen and described variously as african indigenous religion, african religions, and most recently afrel.this notwithstanding the views of some scholars that both christianity and islam are too old in nigeria and so known to most families so much so that to such families, christianity or islam can as well assume their own traditional religion. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org locating the root causes of the nigerian commonwealth problems the first major issue of the nigerian commonwealth problem is the heterogeneity and size of the nation. nigeria is an amalgam of many different ethnic nationalities, each with its cultural patterns and historical experiences. it is such that an average nigerian thinks first of his/her ethnic nationality before thinking of himself or herself as a nigerian, notwithstanding the often “illusory” view being canvassed by nigerian politicians of “one united, indivisible and progressive nation”. the heterogeneity of the country is a fact that must be accepted as a national reality and factored into how the “national cake” must be shared in cognisance of this fact, be it in political, social welfare, educational, developmental project distribution or else the end of the cry of marginalization will remain a mirage. next is the related factor of “unmanaged inclement climatic weather conditions”, which make living condition and sustenance difficult in some parts of the country, thus necessitating nigerian migration from one’s place to the other in search of viable means of livelihood for themselves, especially for those with herds and other traditional animal/livestock which happen to be their economic mainstay as evidenced in the recent frequent herdsmen and farmers clashes in the nigerian middle-belt region and elsewhere in the country. thirdly is the human factor of the unjust economic order in which the wealth of the nation appears in few private individual’s pockets at the detriment of the poor masses. how can they be happy? this is exacerbated by the incompetent corrupt political office holders. this is followed by the failure of the successive governments of nigeria to recognise the need to appreciate the values of the african traditional religion as to utilise its sustaining teachings to govern this country. there is no doubt that the african traditional religions contain strong ethical norms which people are yet to properly understand and utilise in administering the country over the years, except people are being hypocritical about their religiosity as it appears most people do in the foreign religions being practiced in nigeria. the question of corruption has remained a hydra-headed national problem of the successive administration of the country because people have lost the african traditional moral values. people are now more pre-occupied with making money at all cost and will do anything for material acquisition; the type of which uzorka and ebisi (2004:113)would say that, “corruption may ultimately kill democracy in nigeria, and for this not to happen, all hands must be on deck in renewed war against corruption at all levels of governance. ostensibly, we should reawaken the moral values inculcated in us by our grandfathers.” it is obvious that the corruption of the country in today nigeria, especially in political arena has scared away many genuine and competent persons from contesting elections and thus, offered opportunity for charlatans to dominate the political arena. factors responsible for incessant conflicts in the nigerian commonwealth: the major cause of conflicts in the nigerian commonwealth is injustice. naturally people will react most times negatively if they feel unjustly treated in things they think they co-own with others. few instances will suffice here. a typical example is what has now become a perpetual cry of the people of niger delta over ecological degradation of their natural environments over the years in order to sustain the nation. as we all know, nigeria operates almost a mono economic mainstay of oil and gas. all you hear in the case of ogoni clean-up remediation exercise is “it is almost ready”. yet, we now hear that another new refinery is almost ready for commissioning now somewhere in the northern part of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org country, whereas the older refineries in port harcourt, warri and even kaduna have gone comatose with the attendant mass importation of refined petroleum products from abroad in order to perpetuate and perpetrate institutionalised corruption via the “cabal syndrome” in nigeria. the oil producing communities, the ijaws of ondo state, were on peaceful demonstration in the first week of august to complain to government that their communities had been without electricity for over ten (10) years, all to no avail. afam, which supplies national electricity to rivers state and abia state, had no light in their communities until the boys there protested before they were listened to. an international airport port harcourt sited in my home town omagwa, in rivers state, was the reason that attracted electricity extension to the ahoada, elele and isiokpo parts of rivers state in the 1980s. yet, omagwa community who donated the large hectares of land for the siting of the airport and other ancillary projects like the airport hotel was not considered qualified enough to enjoy the electricity light until the first electrocution consumed an omagwa indigene through his contact with the electric high tension wire. this infuriated the youths who staged their protest to government, yet all to no avail. it was not until in the year 1990 before they stepped down the high tension wire to give my omagwa community electricity light. it is only in nigeria perhaps that pensioners (senior citizens), who had meritoriously served their nation in the civil service die without receiving their pension / gratuity, and those who ever receive, do so after much suffering, demonstration and maltreatment. a trip to oloibiri in bayelsa state will make one weep for this nation as there is nothing to show practically development-wise.yet,this was the land where petroleum oil exploitation began in this nation in the mid-1950s. the cry of marginalisation and oppression occasioning communities protestation to government by both major and small ethnic groups of the nation is on daily basis such that one begins to wonder and ask, who is actually “this expert or supreme marginalizer” since both the major and smaller ethnic groups of the country are all claiming marginalised?all the cry for resource control and restructuring had fallen on deaf ears because it will not perhaps allow those “supreme marginalizers” to continue their selfish amassing of the nigerian commonwealth in the dangerous and false federalism being practised in nigeria, especially since the military seizure of power in 1966. the question people often ask is, if university of nigeria, nsukka, could be built and funded with the palm oil and palm kernel money from the eastern region, if the ibadan cocoa house, university of ife, ile-ife (now obafemi awolowo university) and free education could be built and sustained with the money from cocoa of the western region, if ahmadu bello university, zaria could be built and sustained with the money realised from the groundnut pyramids sales of the northern region and each region developing appropriately at their own paces within true federal structure of the pre-civil war nigeria, why is the successive leadership and politicians of this country reluctant to heed to the call for restructuring and resource control; thus aggravating ethnic protest and cry of marginalisation? nigeria’s wrong priority inclination blindfolded her leaders such that they failed to invest with the petroleum money for future sustenance. rather, leaders and followers embarked on unbridled stealing of oil money until now that they are realising that oil and gas resources have terminal date, apart from the vagaries of economic factors that could affect oil prices as it is currently happening. otherwise, how can a country like malaysia that got its oil palm seedlings from nigeria, and was taught how to cultivate oil palm by nigeria could today be, not only a leading exporter of oil palm products and on whose economic mainstay thrives on oil palm proceeds and nigeria importing their oil produce from american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org the same malaysia? what a shame? no wonders john waliggo (1993:3) can be said to be right in his assertion that, the failure to present an effective development within the african world view by colonial and post-colonial administrators is the major explanation for the backwardness of africa, a backwardness which as scientific indicators show, will continue to place the african continent at the sick position of the world in the foreseeable future. in the mid 1970’s and early 1980’s, most ghanaian and indian professors and their other technocrats were trooping to nigeria to make a living and train their children. today,has it not become shameless pride for nigerians to brag that their children are schooling in ghanaian institutions of higher learning? infact, most nigerians are relocating to ghana and india for means of livelihood. what a shame? no wonder uzorka and ebisi (2014: 112)are of the view that: “corruption has eroded the capacity of government at all levels to provide public services of quality and quantity needed to improve the living standard of the people.” it is regrettable that many african countries with their elites and leaders got carried away by the euphoria of modernisation. consequently they lost touch with original sources of african culture, but have not succeeded in becoming europeans. the european models of development conceived in western nations and transported to african nations appeared to have failed africans. attempts by people of non-western culture, nigeria inclusive, to develop themselves according to their cultural priorities and their own innovative rationality have all too often been dismissed as irrelevant. anjov and gemade (2010:71) have summarised the cause of the current terrorism in nigeria to include, political, economic, social and psychological deprivation. political, in the spirit of sit-tight by mostly old generation leaders still interested in leading, disorganisation of the zoning arrangement of power rotation between the north and south, economy of poverty in the midst of plenty, money (nigerian commonwealth) in the hands of few politicians, yet these politicians using religion in the guise of boko haram to impose one religion on others, whether they like it or not and still exploit religion to whip up cheap sentiment. resolving the problems of the nigerian commonwealth with african traditional religions models my first concern is to be convinced that the leaders of governments that be in the nigerian nation, namely, our political leaders will genuinely listen to and accept that religions, especially the african traditional religion, have the wherewithal to salvage the nation from the quagmire it had plunged itself over the years because religion’s contributions to national development had been rarely appreciated by successive administration of the country. the following are, therefore, the african traditional religious models this paper is offering for the resolution of the problems of the nigerian commonwealth. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org (i) on religious intolerance african traditional religion (atr) is no doubt the most peaceful, most accommodating of all the religious traditions recognised by the nigerian constitution or being practised in nigeria. firstly, it does not impose itself on anyone, let alone by way of force as some other religions do. it was only in few instances when the religious extremists of other religious traditions deliberately burn down traditional religious shrines that one hears few skirmishes ensuing from the traditional religionists. neither is it jealous of other religious traditions which have well developed theologies and documented scriptures. this is evidenced in the fact that the prayers from this african traditional religion practitioners is not called for during opening or closing sessions of any public national/official gathering, yet adherents of african traditional religion do not protest. can either of the other two religious traditions practised in nigeria tolerate this? (ii) on religio-cultural values and norms a return to the already eroded high premium of our traditional religious cultural values as practised by the african forebears has now become imperative. this include values for hard work before one makes money or eat, not the nowadays premium of making unaccounted for wealth/money and being worshipped by others. african traditional religious values also include creating in the citizens the cultural value that abhors violence, murder, human kidnapping and trafficking that have become common place in nigeria of today. it involves the value of “live and let’s live” which upholds human right, dignity of fellow human lives, abhors religious discrimination, political exclusion, socio-economic deprivation/ marginalisation, sincere dialogue in settlement of disputes and promotes good governance, which are all lacking in present day nigerian commonwealth. in traditional african societies, cherishable cultural values of good neighbourliness, loyalty among friends, selflessness, truthfulness, honesty, pre-marital chastity for women, good name, high religiosity, equality, industry etc, formed the bedrock of many families but now people value material wealth more than their life and will do anything for material acquisition. among the yoruba, like most nigerian traditional societies, oyeshile (2004: 150) informs us, yoruba traditional morals systems abhors selfishness, wickedness, greed, adultery, covenant breaking and such other vices. there are in every african traditional society prescribed traditional modes which discourage vices and those that promote virtues. if the present nigerian populace, the leaders and followers can genuinely and sincerely embrace the african traditional moral values enshrined in the moral ethos of african traditional religions, it will no doubt go a long way to overcome some of the many problems bedevilling the nigerian commonwealth. unfortunately, and as wotogbe-weneka (1996) rightly observed, most nigerians nowadays erroneously think that for one to be in tune with modern life meant abandoning and undermining every aspects of the indigenous religious life and culture. this probably accounts for the high rate of ignorance of these traditional values recorded against most youths in nigeria today. and hence, arising from the apparent failure of the western moral models in achieving for us a moral upright society, wotogbe-weneka (2011:151), had advocated that time is rife enough for our recourse to the teaching of african indigenous religious morality, using the traditional pedagogy. this, he believes, will be capable of enthroning once again a morally sound society once enjoyed in our american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org traditional society, namely, respect for elders and constituted authority through gerontocracy, sense of justice, love, chastity, peaceful disposition, hospitality, truthfulness, industry, sense of decency, cleanliness, forthrightness, sense of live and let’s live corporate existence of j.s. mbiti’s “i am because we are, or “because we are”, therefore i am” etc. in ikwerre, like in most african, nay nigerian traditional societies, the joys and sorrows of an individual are the joys and sorrows of the group which principles had now been abandoned in preference to the highly individualistic pattern of western societies. this understanding as observed elsewhere, wotogbe-weneka (1996:144), is based on the traditional philosophy that no man lives to himself; and it is only on this basis that an effective general well-being (commonwealth) of man can be attained. this is in line with the views, expressed by e.b. boluade (1978:57) that, the african world is a world of relationships. no one is a person by his own self-identity, but by his own involvement in the lives of other beings in his world. everyone is his brother’s keeper. every life is rooted in the family; here the son recognises his filial duty to his father and mother, and his fraternal relationship of brothers and cousins. the parents in turn know their responsibility to protect their descendants and also their duty to tow the line of their immediate forebears and more distant ancestors who are equally members of the family. and so, recourse to this valuable traditional religious moral pedagogy as just outlined here is advocated. they are unfortunately jettisoned by africans, nigerians inclusive, in preference to the westernised values which are no doubt at variance with the african traditional ethos.it was obedience and adherence to this traditional morality in the past that guided african, nay nigerian traditional societies unto paths of moral rectitude, even in an era devoid of modern means of moral and social control. (iii) on indiscipline and lawlessness laws, taboos, sanctions were strictly obeyed and enforced in traditional society and defaulters were punished by the gods of the land or through the traditional age grade systems. the laws and sanctions were enforced by one’s age mates, who are of the same relative age bracket with one; hence offenders do not go scot free. today, a criminal can manoeuvre his way with a brilliant lawyer, even if he was caught red handed in the act. that is why today with overwhelming evidences of things stolen, robbers plead “not guilty” and before you will realise it, they are discharged and acquitted for want of evidence or what lawyers may term “technicalities” or “not proving ones case beyond reasonable doubt.” (iv) on political and electoral processes this paper believes that time is ripe enough to adopt african traditional religious models to extricate the nation from the precarious precipice it is gradually plunging into; believing that the governments of the nigerian nation will be willing to adopt african socio-cultural models which had successfully sustained african traditional political institutions/governance over the years. as a panacea to the problems of the nigerian commonwealth bordering on political and electoral processes, this paper recommends that traditional oath-taking be used in swearing-in ceremonies of public office holders, irrespective of the nigerian’s foreign religious affiliation. i mean, the use of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org african traditional religion, because it is the religion africans appear to understand better and dread its effect, rather than camouflaging on the foreign religions in swearing-in with either the holy bible or holy quran, only for them to purposely and with impunity, ruin the economy of the nation (our commonwealth), through financial embezzlement. it is not in doubt that the western oathtaking methods have not affected the desired truthfulness in public office holders in this country. hence, in the views of ilesanmi (2004:131), “nigeria has gradually become a nation where individuals mistrust themselves and others. this mutual mistrust is responsible for our attitude towards oath taking.” again, oath-taking and pouring of libation should be used for voting, in fact, should be incorporated by the national assembly for whatever electoral reform being proposed for the independent national electoral commission (inec), since the western electoral “card readers” and “permanent voters card” (pvc), have all failed us because of insincerity and hence violence, ballot snatching, and presently, vote buying now characterise our electoral system. similarly, queuing behind the candidate of one’s choice or his/her photograph, otherwise called option a4 is the african traditional system of voting, not a nigerian government creation of prof. humphrey nwosu’s 1993 national electoral commission (nec). after all, the early greek practiced it and it worked well for them, thus crediting the greek in history as banqueters of modern democracy. our political electoral systems that have now become “a do or die affair” with all forms of intrigues and manipulations will be sanitized if the country citizens will be willing to adopt this african traditional means of choosing leaders. with this queuing behind candidates of one’s choice, all the time and resources (billions of naira),wasted and the violence and incredibility characterising our electoral systems over the years will disappear, simply by physical counting of electorates after queuing behind candidates of one’s choices. there should be recourse to the traditional systems whereby the gods who discern the minds of men choose those who will lead. in most traditional african societies, steve larry (2015:58) informs us, the natural rulers are chosen by the gods and their oath of office administered with the presence of the symbol of the god that chose them and hence they, in most cases, rule with the fear of the gods. f.n. nwaghaghi (1991:120) is of the view that when earthly leaders are exercising delegated authority from the gods, they are consciously aware that the eyes of the gods are constantly on them, taking note of every action of theirs. this is a traditional checks and balances of activities of the leaders in traditional african societies. it is believed in african traditional societies that a society enjoys peace and prosperity when she is collectively and individually at peace with the gods and ancestors. conversely, a society that is plagued with various catastrophes such as epidemic and drought, when there is disharmony between her and her gods avoid calamities, the ruler or leader and his people must try as much as possible to maintain a harmonious relationship with her gods. all these safeguards, though present in other foreign religious traditions most nigerians claim allegiance to, yet the fear of the gods seem absent in the psyche of the nigerian leaders of today who claim adherence of those foreign religions as evidenced in the leadership confusion all over the place. recently, many ikwerre traditional communities of rivers state, nigeria, were invoking their local deities to intervene and flush out all the cult boys causing all sorts of troubles in ikwerre communities. amazingly, many of such bad boys are either dying, renouncing their membership in the cult groups or running away from their communities because they understand that such traditional gods are merciless. this is a feat all the modern means of crime control (the police, army sars, joint task forces, etc), have been unable to achieve all these years. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org (v) on land ownership/usage/boundary delineation/disputes in most traditional african societies, land is either privately owned when purchased or communally owned when it belongs to the entire community. the land and its natural resources constitute the mainstay of each traditional society such that the people depend on their land resources for private or public communal sustenance. that is why it is said that in some western societies such as the usa and canada, farmers are the richest class of the citizenry because of the individuals’ ownership and cultivation in large hectares of land. the nigerian nation’s attempt to legislate over forceful acquisition of a grazing landfor fulani herdsmen will continue to generate lots of controversy and loss of lives if not properly handled in the light of the neglect of this traditional land ownership model. it will not work until the governments that be, realises this and apply this african land tenure system. let the people be allowed to utilise their lands as they wish and rather pay a determined commensurate tax to the government. the fulani herdsmen could buy their grazing lands from the willing owners. alternatively, let them develop their vast hectares of sahel region lands as a viable forage lands for their cattle’s private business enterprise. alternatively, where there is land/boundary disputes/delineation, there are accepted african traditionally rancour-free models of settlement which are devoid of endless court cases/ litigation of the modern western modes of land/boundary dispute settlements. that is why in some african traditional societies such as the ikwerre of north eastern niger-delta, the people plant a live tree which the ikwerre call ikpo, to delineate boundaries. this is a well-respected traditional symbol for land/boundary delineation among the people. if people are quarrelling over land boundary, this is the tree that is planted at the mutually accepted boundary spot to perpetually determine the boundary. even if the tree is cut off, it germinates again through the roots; with that, land disputes are minimised or eliminated among the people. (vi) on multi-lingual, multi-ethnic and multi-religious differences the unity of a heterogeneous, multilingual, multi-ethnic and multi-religious nigeria may remain an illusion, except something is done urgently linguistically. one fundamental way of coming out of the many lamentations of our nigerian commonwealth is a sincere recognition and acceptance of the fact that nigeria is a nation made up of diverse, ethnic, cultural, religious and linguistic group. it is only when this is realised and factored in the national scheme, including sharing of whatever our national commonwealth, the so called ‘national cake’; which is causing most of the troubles can relative and appreciable peace and unity be attained. but how can the nigerian nation overcome her hydra-headed problems in the midst of mutual mistrust of one ethnic group of another? how can that be in a nation with over two hundred and fifty (250) ethnic nationalities and languages apart from thousands of dialectal differences? and hence, one would like to suggest in this paper, that it is high time the nation took the challenge of national integration seriously. a starting and most important point would be the question of a lingua franca. cameroon, as well as some other african nations are bilingual with english and cameroon accepted as their official languages and it further helped these nations in national integration. this paper is of the view that our educational curricula should be reviewed to make the learning of english, french and two (2) of the three (3) major nigerian languages compulsory right from nursery, primary to post primary levels. the advantage is that at the end of the post primary school level, a nigerian will be able to speak and write fluently in english and french foreign languages, as well as in two (2)of the major linguistic groups of the nation, namely, hausa, igbo and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org yoruba. otherwise, the linguistic and ethnic cum religious divide of the nation will continue the vitiate all attempts at our national integration for a very long time. once that is done, the beauty of the unity in diversity will be evident in the one human family of our diverse ethnic nationalities. (vii) on social welfare distribution it is the candid opinion of this paper that the major cause of the apparent failed state status of the nigerian nation can be situated in the neglect of the valuable and veritable cultural principle of equitable distribution of communal resources with which the traditional african societies were used in governance prior to the coming of the western means of social and moral control in preference to the western models which had never helped matters in our political governance as a nation since 1960 independence. this african communalism or socialism when reintroduced, argued ihejirika and markson (2014:138); will afford us the opportunity to consider nigeria as a wider and extended family, when people of different ethnic, linguistic and religious differences learn to trust one another, help one another, interact culturally and economically. this is why in advocating for the reintroduction of the african socialism/communalism ideology being practised by traditional africans before their exposure to the world and values of the white man, i am of the view that it is the only ideology that can curb or kill this “grab it all” mentality being shamelessly displayed on daily basis in all aspects of our national life or else, peace will continue to elude the nation because nigerian commonwealth are not equitably distributed. on the other hand, self-amassing of national wealth to oneself and one’s family (the national cake mentality), is such that public money (commonwealth) are nowadays discovered in the private homes, soak away/toilets, public building, are all attributable to greed of modern nigeria because of their lack of patriotism and nationalism as well as the flamboyant lifestyles being lived by public office holders because they had access to public funds which they can amass as they like without anybody questioning how did he make it.rather, such are adored; even worshipped in the nigerian society. what lessons is being taught the youths of the nation said to be the future leaders and what hope for the country under such continuous trends? (viii) on corruption as the former president of nigeria has always remarked, “corruption is so endemic in nigeria that we either kill corruption or corruption will kill nigeria” human trafficking, prostitution, stealing by false pretence (419), child labour, kidnapping, armed day banditry/robbery, baby factories syndrome that have become the reality of our national polity are all indices of a corrupt nation. some are, however, attributable to joblessness of the teeming youths of the nation who are in the majority of the population range that perpetrate and perpetuate these regrettable ills of our present nigerian society; evils most of which were unknown to our nigerian ancestors. the youths/children upbringing nowadays is a false method. the african vocational skill and traditional technology are thrown overboard, whereas these were used in the traditional societies to inculcate industry and hard work in children and youths, and through which they earn decent living later in life. children are over pampered that they now think hard work is a punishment, and hence creativity that would have introduced them to vocational training are hated by the youths of nigeria today. thus, agriculture courses seem the least subscribed by jamb candidates. parents pay money american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org for handwork subjects, school fees payment for grass cutting instead of the pupils cutting the grasses themselves as to get used to hard work to earn a living later in life. i subscribe to the views of nwanyawu (1997:147) that creativity involves all mental attitudes, processes and manipulative skills that could result in the generation of new ideas and objects. as once observed in, wotogbe-weneka (1988:54), to many youths in nigeria today, what is uppermost in their minds is how to make it materially with little or regard to hard work or morality. that mentality can only breed corruption. conclusion thus far our excursion into the role of the african traditional religion in grappling with the numerous problems of the nigerian commonwealth. no doubt our nigerian commonwealth is bedevilled with myriads of hydra headed problems arising majorly in the false federal system we have been practising under a false unitary system of an illusory one nigeria in the midst of the woes of the nation identified by this paper. fundamentally, nigerians must know that it is not all that the westerners do that can work in nigeria. the bane of our nigerian society is the illusory notion of nigerians wanting to become the white man in all the good things that the white man is associated with. ironically, the same nigerians are not willing to practise or apply the principles the white man applies to achieve those ideal results. hence, most nigerians are today between and betwixt as they have lost sight of all the traditional religious morality that guided the once traditional societies unto paths of moral rectitude in the absence of modern means of social and moral control, yet they have not succeeded in becoming the white man they want to become. for there to be an enduring solution to the problems of the nigerian commonwealth bordering on corruption, bribery, economic exploitation, religious extremism, immorality, ethnic chauvinism, economic sabotage, terrorism in all its various forms, favouritism, nepotism, tribalism, prostitution, materialism and a host of other features of inept, corrupt and oppressive governments in nigeria, this paper has advocated among other things, a return to the world views of africans which fundamentally have cultural, religious political, economics and ethical values at the centre. these negative attitudes undoubtedly portend great danger to our nigerian commonwealth and corporate existence as a nation, but god forbid. references 1. f. n. nwaghaghi “biblio-traditional african concept of leadership role in nation buildinga theological appraisal” in african journal of biblical studies, vol. vi, no.1, 1991, p.113. 2. chinyereukpokolo “endogenous peace processes and the resolution of afu-afughireligiocultural conflict in nanka, south eastern nigeria” in orita, ibadan journal of religious studies, vol. xlii, no. 2 december, 2011. p.41, 3. obiora ike “development in africa: cultural, ethical and religious considerations”in bulletin of ecumenical theology, vol. 5, no.1, 1993, p.33. 4. patrick hanks encyclopaedic world dictionary, hamlyn, london, 1971, p.339. 5. m.c.uzorka and n.t.ebisi “changing cultural values and political development in nigeria since independence” in journal of religion and culture,department of religious and cultural studies, uniport vol.14, no.122, 2014, p.113. 6. uzorka and ebisi p.112 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 7. john m. waliggo “the role of culture and religion in authentic development in africa” in bulletin of ecumenical theology, vol.5, no.1, 1993, p.3. 8. w.o.wotogbe-weneka “the teaching of traditional religious morality among the ikwerre of north eastern niger delta”: an imperative for a globalised ikwerre society in religions, journal of nigerian association for the study of religions, vol.21, december, 2011, p. 151. 9. w.o.wotogbe-weneka “the fundamentals of indigenous african religion of ikwerre, nigeria” in journal of oriental and african studies, athens, greece, vol.8, 1996, p.144. 10. e.b.boluade “the relevance of african thought-forms to a scientific world view” in religions: a journal of the nigerian association for the study of religion, vol.3, december, 1978, p.57. 11. t.m.ilesanmi “oath-taking as the psychology of mutual mistrust in nigeria” in orita, ibadan journal of religious studies, vol. xxxvii, vol.1&2, 2004. p.131. 12. steve i.larry “government in stateless societies: a study of pre-colonial kolokuma clan, bayelsa state” in journal of religion and culture, department of religious and cultural studies, uniport, vol.15, vol.2, p.58. 13. c. ihejirika and j. markson “african communalism, an ideology for a united nigeria” in journal of religion and culture, department of religious and culture, uniport, vol.14, nos.1&2, 2014, p.138. 14. o.j. nwanyanwu “inculcating creativity culture in nigerian children through social studies” in journal of science education, vol.2, no.2, issbn, 1118-1222, 1997, p.147. 15. w.o. wotogbe-weneka “eli (earth-goddess); as a guardian of social morality among the traditional ikwerre of rivers state, nigeria” in kings theological review, vol. xi, no.2, autumn, london, 1988, p.54. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org effect of nutrition on health of school students sadullaeva k. a. sadirova m. q. ikramova n. a. sotivoldieva s. a. tashkent medical academy, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s nutrition is one of the most important factors determining the health of the population. proper nutrition ensures the growth and development of children, helps prevent diseases, prolongs life, increases labor productivity, and creates conditions for adequate adaptation to the environment. ensuring healthy nutrition for the younger generation is the most important direction of state policy. elementary school students, vitamins, protein, carbohydrates, rational nutrition, proper nutrition introduction currently, about 74 percent of children in uzbekistan are of school age. one of the most important health problems in our country is strengthening children's health. [1]. in recent years, anemia, respiratory diseases, endocrine diseases, diseases of the nervous system, and poisoning have been increasing among schoolchildren [4]. one of the most urgent problems in maintaining and strengthening the health of children and adolescents is providing them with proper nutrition that meets their physiological and hygienic requirements in terms of quantity and quality [8, 9]. balanced nutrition in childhood helps to improve work efficiency and the learning process, as well as physical and mental development. therefore, studying the nutrition of schoolchildren is of particular importance. today, in a number of countries around the world, one of the pressing problems is the production of specialized food products in various functional areas in order to prevent various nutritional pathologies, along with periodic monitoring of micronutrient status among various segments of the population (poznyakovskiy v.m., 2010). at the same time, the issues of developing measures aimed at strengthening the health status and increasing the working capacity of students educated in various educational institutions are awaiting a solution [1]. the state of health of people depends on their adherence to a healthy lifestyle, knowledge of their diet and food culture and their observance of it. studies by a number of authors have shown that the state of nutrition of children and adolescents is determined by the irregularity and non-standardization of the ingredients in their composition. among schoolchildren in the russian city of sakha, 85% of schoolchildren eat at home, from 6 to 12% go to school without breakfast. it was found that 29% of the surveyed schoolchildren eat lunch at school, 38.4% do not eat because of lack of money, and 28% do not eat because of lack of taste and aroma, but all schoolchildren eat at home in the evening. in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org daily diet of schoolchildren, meat products make up 35-56% of the total, milk and dairy products 1846%, fish products 2-35%, vegetables 46%, fruits, eggs, and cheese are consumed very little in the diet. this suggests that the daily diet of children and adolescents is deficient in micronutrients and, as a result, leads to the development of iron deficiency anemia, and it is necessary to develop preventive measures aimed at preventing it [12]. a number of scientific studies have been conducted to assess the impact and effectiveness of food products on health promotion and disease prevention in various age groups, but the effectiveness of treatment has not been proven, as the daily diet of schoolchildren suffering from anemia is not enriched with local plant products. the purpose of the study: to study the specific characteristics of schoolchildren's diet the correct balance of nutrients is very important for children's health. the schoolchildren's diet should include foods containing not only proteins, fats and carbohydrates, but also essential amino acids, vitamins, some fatty acids, minerals and trace elements. these components are not synthesized independently in the body, but are necessary for the full development of the child's body. the ratio of proteins, fats and carbohydrates should be 1: 1: 4[7]. food is the only source from which a child receives the necessary plastic material and energy. the normal functioning of the brain and body largely depends on the quality of the food consumed. it is useful for parents to know that the "difficult" character of a child is often the result of improper nutrition, and proper nutrition improves mental abilities, develops memory in children, and thus facilitates the learning process for him. elementary school studentsan integrated approach is needed to analyze the state of the food structure of the country and select the main components to create functional products containing the necessary micronutrients for use in school diets [5]. the school period from 7 to 17 years of age is characterized by intensive growth processes, skeletal and muscular growth, complex changes in metabolism, endocrine system and brain function. these processes are associated with the final maturation and formation of a person. the specific characteristics of this age group, as well as the increased information flow, the complexity of the school curriculum, the combination of additional loads with classes (elective lessons, clubs, homework) entail significant psychological stress for students to provide for all this. in life processes, students need good nutrition, which will cover the body's increasing needs for proteins, fats, carbohydrates, vitamins and energy. these indicators vary significantly depending on age, gender, type of activity and living conditions. at school age, children need to receive biologically complete foods rich in proteins, mineral salts and vitamins. productswhen choosing, it is impossible to take into account the need for children for easily digestible food,because their digestive system has a weak ability to digest food. dairy products are the main source of minerals, vitamins and proteins. preference should be given to fermented milk products, which have a beneficial effect on the digestive process. lactic acid and other bactericidal substances contained in fermented milk products inhibit the growth of pathogenic microbes. for example, the use of the drink "bifidok" in hot weather leads to a decrease in dysbacteriosis, as it contains 30% more iron, twice as much potassium and magnesium.[12]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org the world health organization (who) recommends:who recommendations are based on the traffic light principle. green light unlimited foodthis is bran bread, whole grains, and at least 400 g of vegetables and fruits per day. yellow light meat, fish, dairy productsonly in smaller quantities than low-fat and "green" foods. the red light indicates foods to watch out for: sugar, butter, and confectionery.the less often you consume such products, the better. a child's daily diet should not contain more than the following products:5-6 tablespoons of sugar, 3 chocolate, 5 caramel, 5 teaspoons of jam or honey, 2-3 waffles, 50 g of cake, 1-2 tablespoons of vegetable oil, 30 g of butter the most harmful foods for children:hips, fast food (belyashi, khachapuri, fries), ketchup and mayonnaise, confectionery products rich in fat and sugar, coffee and energy drinks. the physiological characteristics of school-age children, their intensive growth processes characterized by mobility, significant mental stress, especiallyelementary school studentsincreases the basic food and energy needs of the group.elementary school studentswhen forming a diet, the basic principles of rational, balanced nutrition should be observed: meeting the needs of children in nutrients and energy (proteins, fats, carbohydrates, vitamins, minerals, etc.) in accordance with their age and physiological needs; ensuring a balanced diet for all nutrients, including amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, and various vitamins and minerals; preparing dietary foods rich in a maximum variety of foods and vitamins; technological processing of products that ensure the preservation of vitamins; avoiding the use of foods that have an irritating effect on the mucous membrane of the digestive organs, as well as products that have a negative impact on the health of schoolchildren with chronic diseases. children and teenagers especiallyof primary school studentsthe ratio of the main nutrients in the diet (by weight) should be 1:1.5: proteins, fats and carbohydrates. at the same time, the energy requirement of students should be 25% for breakfast, 35-40% for lunch, 15% for snacks after lunch, and 20-25% for dinner, and in this order. special attention should be paid to dietary fiber, as its importance in children's nutrition is not great. the main and only sources of dietary fiber are cereals, vegetables and fruits. for school-age children, it is recommended to consume 15-20 g of dietary fiber per day. references 1. artemeva, n. k. vliyanie fakticheskogo pitaniya na zdorove detey mladshego skolnogo vozrasta / n. k. artemeva, s. p. lavrichenko // pedagogiko-psychologicheskie i mediko-biologicheskie problemy fizicheskoy kultury i sporta. 2014. t. 9. – no. 4. – s. 23-28. 2. садуллаева, х. а., садирова, м. қ., ахмадалиева, н. о., & мирсагатова, м. р. (2024). бошланғич синф ўқувчилари саломатлигида соғлом овқатланишнинг аҳамияти. 3. analysis pitaniya shkolnikov mladshikh klassov. bachikov a.v.1, idalaev i.m.2, antonova a.a.3, *, yamanova g.a.4, gadzhiev k.m.5, dzandukoeva p.kh.6, bokta n.kh.7, davletkazieva a.kh.8. 146-149 4. salomova, f., sadullaeva, k., samigova, n., & sadirova, m. (2022). study of regional features of dynamics of acute intestinal diseases in the republic of karakalpakstan (livorno, italy конф.). diss. livorno, italy. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 5. косимова, х. т., & садирова, м. к. (2018). оценка тяжести и напряженности трудовой деятельности врачей физиотерапевтических кабинетов. in world science: problems and innovations (pp. 276-278). 6. kuralbayevna, s. m., mamanovna, a. a., & nodir o‘g‘li, j. n. (2024). specific characteristics of food of karakalpak nation. 7. sadullaeva, k. a., salomova, f. i., & sadirova, m. k. (2023). car washes as a source of environmental pollution. academia repository, 4(12), 340-344. 8. саломова, ф. и., искандарова, г. т., садуллаева, х. а., шарипова, с. а., шерқўзиева, г. ф., нурматов, б. қ., & садирова, м. к. (2022). атроф муҳит ва инсон саломатлиги мутахассислиги амалий кўникмаларни ўзлаштириш бўйича” услубий кўрсатма. 9. кобилжонова, ш. р., жалолов, н. н., & журабоев, м. т. (2022). тугри овкатланиш спортчилар юкори натижалари гарови. 10. salomova, f. i., axmadaliyeva, n. o., & sadirova, m. k. (2024). qoraqalpog ‘iston respublikasi umumta’lim maktablarida boshlang ‘ich sinf o ‘quvchilarining umum ovqatlanishni tashkillashtirilishi. academic research in educational sciences, (1), 22-26. 11. садуллаева, х. а. (2017). гигиена детей и подростков. молодой учёный, 23, 33. 12. jalolov, n. (2022). умумтаълим мактаблари бошланғич синф ўқитувчиларнинг саломатлиги бўлажак авлодни тарбиялашнинг асосий мезони. in республиканской научнопрактической конференция “дни молодых ученных. 13. саломова, ф., садуллаева, х., & кобилжонова, ш. (2022). гигиеническая оценка риска развития аллергических заболеваний кожи у детского населения. актуальные вопросы профилактики стоматологических заболеваний и детской стоматологии, 1(01), 88-91. 14. ахмедова, д. и., & попенков, а. в. (2021). некоторые факторы развития избыточного веса и ожирения у детей в возрасте 7 лет. форум молодых ученых, (9 (61)), 41-46. 15. sharipova, s. a., & ikramova, n. a. (2024). consequences of not breastfeeding for the mother and infant. web of medicine: journal of medicine, practice and nursing, 2(12), 273-276. 16. inoyatova, f. i., kadyrkhodjaeva, k. m., inogamova, g. z., akhmedova, a. k., valieva, n. k., abdullaeva, f. g., & ikramova, n. a. (2019). some aspects of the transport system of iron metabolism depending on the degree of iron overload syndrome in children with chronic hepatitis b. children infections, 18(1), 17-21. 17. akhmadalieva, n. o., salomova, f. i., sadullaeva, k. a., abdukadirova, l. k., toshmatova, g. a., & otajonov, i. o. (2021). health state of teaching staff of different universities in the republic of uzbekistan. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org the verses of tabligh and wilayat-a contextual study in the light of modern linguistic studies hadeel abdel-amir hassouni karbala education directorate general secondary school for girls, karbala, iraq hadeel.a.hassony@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study is based on studying the context and its effect on directing the meaning in the verses of notification and guardianship. the study included the context in its linguistic and non-linguistic types to reach a contextual analysis of the verses to reveal the meaning. the researcher defined the context and addressed its types. as for the research plan, it was an introduction, two requirements, and a conclusion. regarding the introduction, i presented a statement of the importance of the topic, the reasons for choosing it, the methodology followed in the study, and the definition of the context and its types. the first requirement included the verse of notification, and i talked about the situational context represented by the reasons for revelation and its relationship to the quranic meaning in the view of the interpreters and the researcher, according to the imami and in the general narrations. i then presented the linguistic context represented by the linguistic, lexical, and grammatical meaning of the verse. as for the second requirement, it included the verse of guardianship and with the same methodological steps followed in terms of the situational and linguistic context. the study concluded by stating the methodological procedures that the researcher followed in her study of the quranic meaning and how to reach it through the mechanism of the grammatical semantic meaning. despite the difference in the narratives that accompanied the revelation of the qur’anic texts, what did not differ in it is the new information that these narratives highlighted in the hands of the research in terms of concept and words. the research and its directions required that its demands be related to the nature of the words and structures that appeared in the studied verses. in order to achieve her goal, the researcher followed a descriptive and analytical approach, which she committed to in this study, based on mixing the lexical meaning of the word whose meaning is to be determined with its grammatical and semantic meaning in the verse. this mixing is likely to show the face and reason for choosing this word in the grammatical position in which it appeared without other words, with the availability of the ability in the producer of the qur’anic text to replace the word with another belonging to the same semantic field. one of the pillars of this study was to rely on the linguistic contexts in which the word was used in the holy context, linguistic studies, modernity. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org qur’an in general, in addition to its specific context in which it appeared, which was the starting point for the research and analysis process; because of its impact on understanding the semantic features of the qur’anic word. introduction آيتا التبليغ والوالية الحديثة الدراسات اللغوية دراسة سياقية في ضوء م. هديل عبد األمير حسوني hadeel.a.hassony@gamail.com ثانوية المتفوقات الثانية للبنات، كربالء، العراق –المديرية العامة لتربية كربالء المستخلص تقوم هذه الدراسة على دراسة السياق واثره في توجيه المعنى في آيتي التبليغ والوالية فقد اشتملت الدراسة على السياق بنوعيه اللغوي وغير اللغوي للتوصل إلى تحليل اآليات سياقًيا إلظهار المعنى . وقد عرفت الباحثة السياق وتطرقت إلى أنواعه أّما بخصوص خطة البحث فكانت على مقدمة ومطلبين وخاتمة ؛ في ما يتعلق بالمقدمة عرضُت فيها بيان أهمية الموضوع وأسباب اختياره والمنهج المتبع في الدراسة وتعريف السياق وأنواعه وقد تضمن المطلب األول، آية التبليغ وتحدثت فيه عن السياق المقامي آني في نظر المفسرين والباحثة ، عند األمامية وفي الروايات العامة وعرضت بعد ذلك المتمثل بأسباب النزول وعالقته بالمعنى القر السياق اللغوي المتمثل بالمعنى اللغوي والمعجمي والنحوي لآلية أما المطلب الثاني فقد ضمنته آية الوالية وبنفس الخطوات المنهجية المتبعة من حيث السياق المقامي واللغوي وختمت الدراسة ببيان اإلجراءات المنهجية التي اتبعتها الباحثة في دراستها للمعنى القرآني وكيفية الوصول إليه عبر آلية المعنى النحوي الداللي. وعلى الرغم من االختالف في الروايات التي صاحبت نزول النصوص القرآنية ، إاّل أنَّ ما لم يحصل االختالف فيه هو المعلومة الجديدة التي أبرزتها هذه الروايات بين يدي البحث من جهة المفهوم واأللفاظ ، وقد اقتضى البحث وتوجهاُته أن تكون مطالبه متعلقًة بطبيعة األلفاظ والتركيبات التي ظهرت في اآليات المدروسة واتَّبعت الباحثة في سبيل تحقيق غايتها منهًجا وصفًيا تحليلًيا ، التزمت به في هذه الدراسة ، يقوم على أساس الممازجة بين المعنى المعجمي للفظة المراد تحديد معناها مع معناها النحوي و الداللي في اآلية، وهذه الممازجة من شأنها أن تظهر وجَه وسبب اختيار هذه اللفظة في الموقع اإلعرابي الذي وردت فيه من دون غيرها من األلفاظ ، مع توافر القدرة في ُمنِتج النص القرآني على استبدال اللفظة بأخرى تنتمي إلى الحقل الداللي نفسه. وكان من ركائز هذه الدراسة اعتماد السياقات اللغوية التي اسُتعملت فيها اللفظة في عموم القرآن الكريم زيادًة على سياقها الخاص الذي وردت فيه والذي كان منطلًقا لعملية البحث والتحليل ؛ لما لذلك من أثٍر ُيسهم في مات الداللية التي تتمتع بها اللفظة القرآنية. الوقوف على السِّ mailto:hadeel.a.hassony@gamail.com american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org الكلمات المفتاحية : السياق ،دراسات لغوية، حديثة المقدمة يعدُّ السياق ركيزة من الركائز المهمة للوصول إلى المعنى فالسياق هو فهم النص بمراعاة ما قبله وما بعده أو هو تتابع الكالم وتساوقه وتقاوده فهو بيان للفظ والجملة في اآلية بما ال يخرجها عن السابق والالحق إال بدليل صحيح يجب التسليم له) 1( سوف اتناول في هذه الدراسة آيتي التبليغ والوالية وتحليلها على وفق السياق اللغوي وغير اللغوي متبعًة المنهج الوصفي والتحليلي للوصول إلى غاية البحث ،إما السياق اللغوي فهو أصوات من داخل النص تعبر عن الدالالت واحيانا كثيرة نكتفي بهذا النوع من السياق لفهم المعنى خاصة مع اآليات الخالية من اسباب النزول وسوف اتناول آيتي التبليغ و الوالية بالتحليل وفق السياق غير اللغوي أواًل متمثال بالسياق خارج اآلية كأسباب النزول السياق المقامي أو سياق الموقف ونتطرق بعدها إلى السياق اللغوي لأللفاظ والتوجيهات النحوية والداللية لأللفاظ في النصوص المدروسة ومن ثم المعنى القرآني المتمثل بالمعنى اللغوي والمعجمي والسياق القرآني هوما يحيط بالنص من عوامل داخلية أو خارجية لها أثر في فهمه من سابق والحق به أو حال المخاِطب والمخاَطب والغرض الذي سيق له والجو الذي نزل فيه ) 2( المطلب األول : آية التبليغ ب َِّك َوإِّن لَّْم َتْفَعْل َفَما َبلَّْغَت رَِّساَلَتهُ َل إَِّلْيَك مِّن رَّ ُسوُل َبل ِّْغ َما ُأنزِّ َ اَل َيْهدِّي قال تعالى: "َيا َأيَُّها الرَّ ُمَك مَِّن النَّاسِّ إِّنَّ ّللا ُ َيْعصِّ َوّللا . [67اْلَقْوَم اْلَكافِّرِّيَن "]المائدة: سوف اتناول تحليل اآلية على وفق السياق اللغوي وغير اللغوي ،إما السياق اللغوي فهو أصوات من داخل النص تعبر عن الدالالت واحيانا كثيرة نكتفي بهذا النوع من السياق لفهم المعنى خاصة مع اآليات الخالية من اسباب النزول وسوف اتناول آية الوالية بالتحليل وفق السياق غير اللغوي أواًل متمثال بالسياق خارج اآلية كأسباب النزول السياق المقامي أو سياق الموقف السياق المقامي )اسباب النزول ( السياق الخارجي ما صاحب نزول اآلية من ظروف اجتماعية وحسية ونفسية وهي أمور يجب معرفتها لفهم ويقصد به النصوص عن طريق السياق القرآني فالسياق القرآني حجة ، وعلى القول بحجية السياق مطلقًا ، فآية التبليغ وسط آيات عن أهل الكتاب فهي تقول للنبي صلى هللا عليه و آله وسلم : بلغ وال تخف أهل الكتاب فنحن نعصمك منهم لكن هذا التفسير ال يمكن قبوله ، ألن اآلية من سورة المائدة وقد نزلت قبل وفاة النبي صلى هللا عليه و آله بشهرين ، أي بعد أن بلغ الرسالة وانتصر ، ولم يكن ا عليه خوف من اليهود والنصارى ،فما هي الرسالة التي أمره هللا أن يبلغها ، وجعل تبليغها مساويًا لتبليغ الرسالة كلها ، وعدم تبليغه مساويًا إلبطال تبليغه كله ؟وما هي العصمة التي وعده ربه بها ، قبل أن يتوفاه بشهرين ؟ . 67ـ 66( السياق القرآني واثره في التفسير: 1 . 22المدرسة العقلية الحديثة )أطروحة( :( ينظر :السياق القرآني وأثره في تفسير 2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org دة، ومنها: اآلية من سورة المائدة، المشهورة عندهم بآية التبليغ، إاّل أّن بعض علماء 67وقد استدّل الشيعة على ذلك بأدّلٍة متعدِّ : السّنة خالفوهم في ذلك، وذكروا معاني أخرى في تفسير اآلية. وسوف نستعرض في هذه الدراسة مستند الشيعة من األدلة على نزول اآلية في خالفة وإمامة اإلمام عليٍّ )عليه السالم ( :أّوالً .أقوال العلماء السّنة في اآلية :ثانياً 1 النزول عند األمامية ـ اسباب يعتقد األمامية أّن اآلية نزلت في اإلمام عليٍّ )عليه السالم (، في غدير خّم، في السنة العاشرة، وذلك حينما أنهى النبّي والمسلمون مناسك حّجهم، وكان عددهم مائة ألف أو يزيدون، وفي أثناء طريقهم إلى المدينة عند غدير خّم نزل جبرئيل على النبّي ، ﴿َوِإْن َلْم َتْفَعْل ﴿َيا َأيَُّها الرَُّسوُل َبلِّْغ ما أْنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمْن َربِّكَ :بهذه اآلية، وقال له: يا محمد، إّن هللا يقرئك السالم، ويقول ﴾ في عليٍّ َفما َبلَّْغَت ِرساَلَتهُ ﴾ )المائدة: 67()3( :وقد استدّلوا على قولهم بدليلين االول ـ رواياٌت كثيرة في مصادر المسلمين :األحاديث التي استدّل بها الشيعة على مدَّعاهم كثيرٌة ومتواترة، وقد رواها علماء العاّمة والخاّصة، ومنها ، وأنزل عليه رسوله عزَّ وجلَّ ، بسنده الصحيح، عن زرارة، عن اإلمام الباقر)عليه السالم( قال: أمر هللا الكلينيـ ما رواه بوالية عليٍّ : اَلَة َوُيْؤُتوَن الزََّكاَة﴾، وفرض وال ية أولي األمر، فلم يدروا ما هي؟ فأمر هللا ﴿ِإنََّما َوِليُُّكْم هللُا َوَرُسوُلُه َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوا الَِّذيَن ُيِقيُموَن الصَّ ر لهم الصالة والزكاة والصوم والحّج، فلما أتاه ذلك من هللا ضاق بذلك صدر رسول هللا وتخوَّ ر لهم الوالية، كما فسَّ ف محمدًا أن يفسِّ ، فأوحى هللا عزَّ وجلَّ إليه بوه، فضاق صدره، وراجع ربَّه عزَّ وجلَّ ﴿َيا َأيَُّها الرَُّسوُل َبلِّْغ َما ُأنِزَل ِإَلْيَك :أن يرتّدوا عن دينهم، وأن يكذِّ َيْعِصُمَك ِمْن النَّاِس﴾، فصدع بأمر هللا تعالى ذكره، فقام بوالية عليٍّ عليه السالم يوم ِمْن َربَِّك َوِإْن َلْم َتْفَعْل َفَما َبلَّْغَت ِرَساَلَتُه َوهللاُ قال عمر بن أذنية: قالوا جميعًا، غير أبي الجارود: وقال أبو غدير خّم، فنادى: الصالة جامعٌة، وأمر الناس أن يبلِّغ الشاهد الغائب. ﴿اْلَيْوَم َأْكَمْلُت َلُكْم ِديَنُكْم :جعفر: وكانت الفريضة تنزل بعد الفريضة األخرى، وكانت الوالية آخر الفرائض، فأنزل هللا عزَّ وجلَّ : ال أنزل عليكم بعد هذه فريضة، قد أكملت لكم الفرائض") 4( َوَأْتَمْمُت َعَلْيُكْم ِنْعَمِتي﴾، قال أبو جعفر: يقول هللا عزَّ وجلَّ لما نزل جبرئيل عليه السالم على رسول هللا في أيضًا، في تفسيره، بإسناده ،عن أبي جعفر)عليه السالم( قال: العياشيـ وروى ﴿َيا َأيَُّها الرَُّسوُل َبلِّْغ ما أْنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمْن َربَِّك﴾ إلى آخر اآلية، قال: فمكث حّجة الوداع بإعالن أمر علّي بن أبي طالب عليه السالم لصالة النبّي ثالثًا حّتى أتى الجحفة، فلم يأخذ بيده َفَرقًا من الناس، فلما نزل الجحفة يوم الغدير، في مكاٍن ُيقال له: مهيعة، فنادى: ا جامعة، فاجتمع الناس، فقال النبّي|: َمْن أولى بكم من أنفسكم؟ قال: فجهروا فقالوا: هللا ورسوله، ثّم قال لهم الثانية، فقالوا: هللا َمْن وااله، ورسوله، ثّم قال لهم الثالثة، فقالوا: هللا ورسوله، فأخذ بيد عليٍّ عليه السالم فقال: َمْن كنُت مواله فعليٌّ مواله، اللهّم واِل .ه1416، مركز الغدير، قم، 423: 1( عبد الحسين األميني، الغدير في الكتاب والسّنة واألدب 3 هـ.ش 1362، الدار اإلسالمية، طهران، 289: 1( محمد بن يعقوب الكليني، الكافي 4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org ْن نصره، واخذل َمْن خذله؛ فإنه مني وأنا منه، وهو مّني بمنزلة هارون من موسى، إاّل أنه ال نبيَّ وعاِد َمْن عاداه، وانصر مَ . (5)بعدي َل إَِّلْيكَ وقد أشارت طائفٌة من المفسرين إلى تعلُّق اآلية باإلمام علي )عليه السالم( عبَر جملة ) َبل ِّْغ َما ُأنزِّ ب ِّكَ ( مِّن رَّ َزاد، ثنا ِإْسماِعيُل ْبُن َزكريَّا، ثنا ـ فقد ورد في تفسير ابن أبي حاتم الرازي َثنا َأبي، ثنا ُعثماُن ْبُن ُخرَّ بشأن نزول اآلية قوله: ))حدَّ ، َقاَل:"َنَزَلْت ، َعْن َأِبي َسِعيٍد اْلُخْدِريِّ َهِذِه اآلَيُة َعِليُّ ْبُن َعاِبس، عن اأَلْعَمِش ابنى الحجاب، َعْن َعِطيََّة اْلَعْوِفيِّ " َيا َأيَُّها الرَُّسوُل َبلِّْغ ِفي َعِليِّ ْبِن َأِبي َطاِلٍب".(()6(. "َما ُأْنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمْن َربِّكَ ، في كتاب الوالية، بإسناده عن زيد بن أرقم قال: لّما نزل النبّيملسو هيلع هللا ىلص بغدير ُخّم في رجوعه من حّجة الوداع، ـ روى ابن جرير الطبري وكان في وقت الضحى وحرٍّ شديد، أمر بالدوحات فُقمَّت، ونادى: الصالة جامعٌة، فاجتمعنا، فخطب خطبًة بالغة، ثّم قال: »إن هللا ُمَك مَِّن النَّاسِّ ﴿ :تعالى أنزل إليَّ َل إَِّلْيَك مِّْن َرب َِّك َوإِّْن َلْم َتْفَعْل َفَما َبلَّْغَت رَِّساَلَتُه َوهللُا َيْعصِّ ﴾، وقد أمرني جبرئيل عن ربِّي َبل ِّْغ َما أْنزِّ أن أقوم في هذا المشهد، وأُْعِلَم كلَّ أبيٍض وأسود أنَّ عليَّ بن أبي طالب أخي ووصّيي وخليفتي واإلمام بعدي، فسألُت جبرئيل أن ، وشّدة إقبالي عليه، حّتى سمَّْوني ُأُذنًا، فقال يستعفَي لي ربِّي؛ لعلمي بقّلة المتَّقين، وكثرة الُمْؤذين لي، والالئمين لكثرة مالزمتي لعليٍّ يَن ُيْؤُذوَن النَّبِّيَّ وَيُقوُلوَن ُهَو ُأُذنٌ ﴿ :تعالى ْنُهُم الَّذِّ َومِّ يهم وأدّل عليهم لفعلُت، ولكّني بسترهم ُقْل ُأُذُن َخْيٍر َلُكمْ ﴾، ولو شئُت أن أسمِّ كّل قد تكرَّمُت، فلم يْرَض هللا إاّل بتبليغي فيه، فاعلموا معاشَر الناس ذلك؛ فإّن هللا قد نصبه لكم ولّيًا وإمامًا، وفرض طاعته على مة في أحٍد، ماٍض حكُمه، جائٌز قوله، ملعوٌن َمْن خالفه، مرحوٌم َمْن صّدقه، اسمعوا وأطيعوا؛ فإن هللا موالكم، وعليٌّ إمامكم، ثّم اإلما .(7)ولدي من صلبه إلى القيامة كثيرٌة نشير إلى بعضهاـ أم ا الروايات التي وردت عن طريق العام ة فهي 2 : هـ( ، عن ابن عباس ، قال 410)ت وعن ابن مردويهـ أن يقوَم بعلّي )عليه السالم ( فيقول له : )) لمَّا أمرهللا رسوله ه ، فلما أقبل راجًعا نزل بغدير خم ، إنَّ قومي حديثوا عهٍد بجاهلية " ثّم مضى بحجِّ ما قال ، فقال )صلى هللا عليه وآله (: " ياربِّ ... " َيا َأيَُّها الرَُّسوُل َبلِّْغ َما ُأْنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمْن َربِّكَ أنزَل هللا عليه : " اآلية ، فأخذ بعضد علّي ، ثم خرج إلى الناس ، فقال: " أيُّها َمن الّناس ألسُت أولى بكم من أنفسكم ؟ قالوا: بلى يارسول هللا ، قال: اللهم َمن كنت مواله فعليٌّ مواله ، اللهم واِل َمن وااله وعادِ هـ 1380المطبعة العلمية، طهران، ، 332: 1( محمد بن مسعود العياشي، تفسير العياشي 5 ، و ينابيع 489/ 1، و فتح القدير: 117/ 6،و الدر المنثور: 53/ 12، و مفاتيح الغيب: 112، ينظر: أسباب النزول: 237/ 3( تفسير ابن أبي حاتم : 6) . 383/ 6، و تفسير المنار : 6/282، و روح المعاني: 359/ 1المودة: .109: 3؛ الحاكم النيسابوري، المستدرك على الصحيحين 17: 3؛ مسند أحمد بن حنبل 235: 1( الصدوق، معاني األخبار (7 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org عاداه ، وأعْن َمن أعانه ، واخذل من خذله ، وانصر َمن نصره ، وأحْب َمن أحّبه وابغض َمن أبغضه " (( ) 8(. هذا فيما يتعلق بسياق الموقف والسياق المقامي المتوخى من اسباب النزول إّننا نعتقد ونتفق أّن سياق اآلية الكريمة يشير إلى أّنها نزلت في خالفة ووالية األمام علّي )عليه السالم (؛ وذلك إذا الحظنا وا و في قوله" إَِّذا جاُؤوُكْم قاُلوا آَمنَّا َوَقْد َدَخُلوا بِّاْلُكْفرِّ َوُهْم َقْد َخَرُجوا بِّهِّ َوهللُا َأْعَلُم بَِّما َكانُ من السورة نفسها، 68و 66اآليات ْم َومِّنْ …* َيْكُتُممون ْم أَلَكُلوا مِّْن َفْوقِّهِّ ْم مِّْن َرب ِّهِّ َل إَِّلْيهِّ يَل َوَما ُأنزِّ نجِّ َدٌة َوَلْو َأنَُّهْم َأَقاُموا التَّْوَراَة َواإلِّ ْنُهْم ُأمٌَّة ُمْقَتصِّ ْم مِّ َتْحتِّ َأْرُجلِّهِّ ْنُهْم َساَء َما َيْعَمُلون") (، وهكذا آية66ـ 61المائدة: َوَكثِّيٌر مِّ يَل ﴿ : نجِّ ُقْل َيا َأْهَل اْلكَِّتابِّ َلْسُتْم َعَلى َشْيٍء َحتَّى ُتقِّيُموا التَّْوَراَة َواإلِّ َل إَِّلْيَك مِّْن َرب َِّك ُطْغَيانًا َوُكْفر ْنُهْم َما ُأنزِّ َل إَِّلْيُكْم مِّْن َرب ُِّكْم َوَلَيزِّيَدنَّ َكثِّيرًا مِّ 68﴾)لمائدة: ًا َفاَل َتْأَس َعَلى اْلَقْومِّ اْلَكافِّرِّينَ َوَما ُأنزِّ ( فسنجد أّن هللا تعالى فرض على أهل الكتاب أن يقيموا أمرين ل : .ما أنزل إليهم :الثاني التوراة واإلنجيل؛ :األو لضرورة وجود االختالف بين المعطوف :أو الً وبذلك يظهر أّن قوله تعالى: »ما ُأنزل إليهم« غير الكتب السماوية »التوراة واإلنجيل«؛ صًا للمعطوف عليه .والمعطوف عليه إذا لم يكن المعطوف مبينًا وال مخصِّ .لو كان »ما ُأنزل إليهم« هو كّل ما جاء في هذه الكتب السماوية للزم من ذلك التكرار :وثانياً كما ال يمكن أيضًا أن يكون المقصود من »ما ُأنزل إليهم« بعض األحكام الفقهية ـ كما قيل ـ، كالجهاد والحّج وغيرهما؛ ألّن جميَع صود قوانين وأحكام الديانة اليهودية والنصرانية وتشريعاتهم السماوية، بما فيها الجهاد والحّج، موجودٌة في كتبهم النازلة، فلو كان المق .من »ما ُأنزل إليهم« هذه األحكام الجزئية للزم التكرار منها م نستطيع؛ بداللة السياق، أن ندَّعي أّن ما أراده هللا سبحانه من قوله َل إَِّلْيكَ ﴿ :وبناًء على ما تقدَّ من سورة 67﴾ في اآلية َما ُأْنزِّ القرآن الكريم، بل هو أمٌر مهّم آخر يعادل ويساوي القرآن الكريم، وأّنه سبحانه أمر نبيَّه أن يدعوا الناس إليه، وحذَّره المائدة أمرًا غير كما سيتبين لنا في السياق اللغوي ومن خالل توجيه األلفاظ التي وردت في اآلية من التهاون في تبليغه َل إَِّلْيكَ ﴿ :وبذلك يظهر لنا عدم صّحة ما قيل في تفسير قوله ﴾ من أّن المقصود بها هو بيان جميع األحكام الدينية أو الجهاد َما ُأْنزِّ َل أو الحّج أو غيرها؛ ألّن جميع هذه األحكام تعتبر جزءًا من القرآن الكريم، وقد تبين؛ بداللة السياق، أّنه ال ُبدَّ أن يكون ﴿ َما ُأْنزِّ ﴾ موضوعًا خارجًا عن إطار القرآن، مساٍو له في الشرف والمنزلة والعظمةإَِّلْيكَ . : فقد انطلقت منه في تحليل اآلية إما السياق اللغوي ويتمثل في العالقات الصوتية والصرفية والنحوية والمعجمية والداللية ثانيامن خالل المعنى اللغوي لأللفاظ الواردة والمعنى المعجمي لها أوال والتوجيه النحوي لأللفاظ المعنى اللغوي للفظة ) بل ِّْغ (:-1 قال الخليل:))َبَلَغ الشيُء يبُلُغ الوصول والنهاية والكفاية ؛وهو فعُل أمٍر والمصدر منه )بالًغا( و )تبليًغا(، ويدور حول معاني ُبُلوغًا، وَأْبَلْغُته إبالغًا،وبلَّْغُته تبليغًا في الرسالِة ونحوها، وفي كذا َبالٌغ وَتَبليٌغ أْي كفايٌة.(()9( ، و ))بلغ الشيء يبلغ بلوغًا: وصل ، و التبيان في تفسير 187/ 1، و شواهد التنزيل: 92/ 4، و الكشف والبيان : 363/ 1، ينظر : تفسير العياشي: 240( مناقب علي بن أبي طالب : 8) . 54\/ 6، و الميزان : 267/ 2، و نور الثقلين : 52/ 6، و التفسير الصافي : 6/445، و مجمع البيان: 389/ 5القرآن : .421/ 4(العين ) ب ل غ ( : 9) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org اَلَم َوَبلََّغُه ِباأْلَِلِف َوالتَّْشِديِد َأْوَصَلُه (( ) 11( ، وانتهى، وأبلغه هو، وَبلَّغه... وتبلَّغ بالشيء : وصل به إلى مراده .(()10(، ))َوَأْبَلَغُه السَّ َغ بالشيء وَصَل ِإلى ُمراِده ... وفي لسان العرب ))بلَغ الشيُء َيْبُلُغ ُبُلوغًا وَبالغًا وَصَل واْنَتَهى وَأْبَلَغه هو ِإْبالغًا وَبلََّغه َتْبِليغًا...وَتَبلَّ ُل ِإلى الشيء المطلوب والَبالُغ ماَبَلَغَك والَبالُغ الِكفايُة .(( )12(. الَبالُغ ما ُيَتَبلَُّغ به وُيَتَوصَّ التوجيهات النحوية أللفاظ اآلية وما يتعلق بها :-2 ب َِّك(: َل إَِّلْيَك مِّن رَّ )َما ُأنزِّ )ما( في قوله تعالى: " بَِّك " اسم موصول بمعنى الذي ؛ قال سيبويه: )) )َمْن( و)ما( إنَّما ُيذكران َما ُأنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمن رَّ مَّ ِلحْشوهما ولوصفهما، ولم ُيَرْد بهما ِخْلَوين شيٌء ، فلَزمه الوصُف كما لزمه الحشُو، وليس لهما بغير حشٍو وال وصٍف معنًى ، فمن ثَ كان الوصُف والحشو واحدًا.(( ) 13( وهي بذلك تفتقر في إتمام معناها إلى جملة الصلة فتوصف أو ُتعرف بها ، فتحديد معنى جملة الصلة ) أنزل إليك من ربك ( من شأنه أن يوضح داللة االسم الموصول . ويرى الرضي بأن )ما( معرفة بحسب الوضع باعتبار عهدية صلة الموصول عند المخاطب ، يقول:))إن تعريف الموصول بوضعه معرفة مشارًا به إلى المعهود بين المتكلم والمخاطب بمضمون صلته، فمعنى قولك: لقيت َمن ضربته، إذا كانت )َمن( موصولة: لقيت اإلنسان المعهود بكونه مضروبا لك، فهي موضوعة على أن تكون معرفة بصلتها(( )14(. وترى الباحثة بأن سياق اآلية ُيرجح كون ) ما ( معرفة وليست نكرة ، فيكون التبليغ ألمر معروٍف لدى المسلمين ؛ وهذا المعنى ها نكرة ؛ إذ التقدير على ذلك ) بلِّغ أمًرا ُأنزل إليك ( وهو ال ينسجم مع التعبير بـ)إْن( ؛ ألنَّ إيرادها في قوله : " َوِإن لَّْم خالف عدِّ َوّللّاُ َيْعِصُمَك " المستعملة في األمر المحتمل الوقوع )15( تكشف عن تردد الرسول في تبليغ أمٍر معروٍف لديه ويؤيده قوله َتْفَعْل " ا معروًفا مسبًقا، مما ِمَن النَّاِس " ، ومن المعلوم أنَّه ليس كلُّ ُحكٍم يبلِّغه الرسول يلزم منه )العصمَة من الّناس( مالم يكن حكًما خاصًّ استوجب تطمين الرسول بأن ُيبلِّغه وسيكون في مأَمٍن من المحذور ، وإال فكأنَّه لم يبلْغ جميع رسالة ربه . ويؤيد ذلك أّن ابن فارس يجعل )ما ُأنزل( أمًرا خاًصا إذ يقول : )) وقد يكون الكالمان مّتصلين، ويكون أحدهما خاّصًا واآلخر ضًا، عاّمًا. وذلك قولك لمن أعطى زيدًا درهمًا : أْعط عمرًا، فإن لم تْفعل فما أعطيَت ، تريد: إن لم ُتعِط عمرًا فأنت لم تعِط زيدًا أي بَِّك وذلك غير محسوب لك. ومثله في كتاب هللا جّل ثناؤه ": "َيا َأيَُّها الرَُّسوُل َبلِّْغ َما ُأنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمن رَّ فهذا خاص، يريد: هذا األمر .535/ 5(المحكم والمحيط األعظم ) ب ل غ (: 10) .37(المصباح المنير) بلغ (: 11) .499/ 8(لسان العرب ) ب ل غ ( : 12) . 106/ 2(الكتاب : 13) . 8/ 3(شرح الرضي على الكافية: 14) . 356/ 2، المقتضب: 60/ 3(ينظر: الكتاب : 15) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org د َبلِّْغه، ) وإْن َلْم تفعل ( ولم تبلغ هذا) فما بلغت رسالته( يريد: جميع ما أرسلَت به.(( )16( وهو ما استحسنه الزركشي المجدَّ )ت794هـ( ) 17( . )َوإِّن لَّْم َتْفَعْل َفَما َبلَّْغَت رَِّساَلَتُه( : صوص تبليٍغ وجملة )َما ُأْنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمْن َربَِّك( طلبية مع فعل األمر)بلِّغ( ، والقول بأنَّ ) ما ( دالة على عموم ما يبلغه الرسول ال خ بعينه يؤدي إلى اتحاد الشرط والجزاء والمعنى : )بلِّغ رسالته وإن لم تفعل ما بلغَت رسالته ( إذ هما متحدا من جهة عموم معنى الرسالة وهوال ينسجم مع بالغة التعبير القرآني ، فال بد من المخالفة بينهما حتى تحصل الفائدة على تقدير أن يكون جواب الشرط هو خبًرا في الحقيقية )18( بأن يكون فيه معلومة مفيدًة للسامع ، وهو ما يرجح داللة ) ما ( على أمر خاص البد من أن يبلغه الرسول من دون الحاجة إلى التقدير . هـ( بخصوص هذا المعنى :)) " وإن لم تفعل فما بلغت رسالته " أي : وإن لم تفعل بتبليغ ما أنزل إليك 745قال أبو حيان)ت ، وظاهر هذا الجواب ال ينافي الشرط ، إذ صار المعنى : وإن لم تفعل لم تفعل ، والجواب ال بد أن يغاير الشرط حتى يترتب عليه (( )19( ولذلك لجأ الزمخشري الى تقدير جواب شرط تحصل به الفائدة دفًعا لمحذور تكرار نفس الشرط )20( . هـ( إلى تقدير الكمال واالستيفاء في هذا التبليغ في اآلية الُمعبَّر عنه بـ) ما أنزل إليك ( ألن الرسول 546وقد ذهب ابن عطية)ت كان قد بلَّغ فيما مضى ) 21( ، وهذا يؤيد ماذهب إليه الباحث بأن الحكم الخاص المراد تبليغه فيه كمال الرسالة ومن ثمَّ كفاية أمور المسلمين . ه والشرط بـ)إْن( المصحوب بـ)لْم( يفيد تعليق األمر وإمكانية حدوثه ، كون التعبير بـ) لْم ( يدلُّ على عدم تأبيد النفي لجواز انقطاع ، إذ )) تنفرد ) َلْم ( ...بجواز انقطاع نفي منفيها ومن َثمَّ جاز ) لم يكن ثم كان ( (( )22(, وهو ما يعني بأن الرسول سيبلغ وهللا عاصمه من الناس . الداللة القرآنية أللفاظ اآلية :-3 ) بلغ (: . 344(الصاحبي في فقه اللغة: 16) . 2/243(ينظر : البرهان في علوم القرآن : 17) . 96/ 4( ينظر: شرح الرضي : 18) . 539/ 3(البحر المحيط : 19) . 646/ 1( ينظر: الكشاف : 20) . 217/ 2(ينظر : المحرر الوجيز: 21) . 185/ 4( أوضح المسالك إلى ألفية ابن مالك : 22) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org لم ُيستعمل قرآنًيا هذا الفعل بصيغة األمر في غير هذا المورد)23(، إال أنَّه ورد بصيغة الماضي للداللة على الكمال والوصول إلى هُ آَتْيَناُه ُحْكًما َوِعْلًما َوَكَذِلَك َنْجِزي اْلُمْحِسِنيَن "نهاية األمر؛ كما في قوله تعالى: ]يوسف: 22[ وقوله " َوَلمَّا َبَلَغ " َوَلمَّا َبَلَغ َأُشدَّ هُ َواْسَتَوى آَتْيَناُه ُحْكًما َوِعْلًما َوَكَذِلَك َنْجِزي اْلُمْحِسِنينَ ]القصص: 14[ ،وكذلك الفعل المضارع )يبلُغ( يدور أيًضا في فلك هذا "َأُشدَّ هُ َوَأْوُفوْا ِباْلَعْهِد ِإنَّ اْلَعْهَد َكاَن َمْسُؤواًل " ]اإلسراء: "المعنى؛ومنه قوله تعالى: َواَل َتْقَرُبوْا َماَل اْلَيِتيِم ِإالَّ ِبالَِّتي ِهَي َأْحَسُن َحتَّى َيْبُلَغ َأُشدَّ 34 ] وما ُيلحظ على هذه اآليات التي ورد فيها الفعل الماضي والمضارع ُمشتًقا من مادة )ب ل غ( اقترانه بلفظتين : ه( ) 24( ، وهو اقتراٌن مالزم إذ لم ترد هذه اللفظة إاّل وهي مالزمة للفعل )بَلغ( أو) ُيبلِّغ ( ، وهي تدلُّ على الكمال األولى: لفظة )َأُشدَّ في متعلقها ؛ قال الخليل في معناها : ))اأَلُشدُّ : مبلُغ الّرجل الُحْنَكة والمعرفة.(( ) 25( و قال ابن فارس "الشين والدال أصٌل واحٌد يدلُّ على قوٍة في الشيِء" )26(. ن ُتَراٍب ُثمَّ ِمن نُّْطَفٍة ُثمَّ ُة المضروبة للشيء (( ) 27( ومنها ما ورَد في قوله تعالى : " ُهَو الَِّذي َخَلَقُكم مِّ األخرى :)أَجَل( ، وتعني ))المدَّ ُكمْ ُثمَّ ِلَتُكوُنوا ُشُيوًخا َوِمنُكم مَّن ُيَتَوفَّى ِمن َقْبُل َوِلَتْبُلُغوا َأَجاًل مَُّسمًّى َوَلَعلَُّكْم َتْعِقُلوَن ]غافر: "ِمْن َعَلَقٍة ُثمَّ ُيْخِرُجُكْم ِطْفاًل ُثمَّ ِلَتْبُلُغوا َأُشدَّ [ ، وُيستفاُد من ذلك أنَّ ما ُيطلب تبليغه من الرسول هو من جملة آخر األحكام التي في تبليغها لألمة وإلزامها به من الفائدة ما 67 ٍة ُأْخِرَجْت ِللنَّاِس َتْأُمُروَن ِباْلَمْعُروِف َوَتْنَهْوَن "يجعلها مندرجة في مصافِّ األمم القوية ويؤيد هذا المعنى قوله تعالى : ُكنُتْم َخْيَر ُأمَّ ْنُهُم اْلُمْؤِمُنوَن َوَأْكثَ ُرُهُم اْلَفاِسُقوَن َعِن اْلُمنَكِر َوُتْؤِمُنوَن ِباّلّلِ َوَلْو آَمَن أَْهُل اْلِكَتاِب َلَكاَن َخْيًرا لَُّهم مِّ " [ ، ولذلك جعَل 110]آل عمران: ه كفاية الرسالة كلِّها ، وفي ذلك وصول األمة إلى مرحلة القوَّة و الكمال ، قال سبحانه تبليغ هذا األمر إزاء الرِّسالة برمَّتها ، في هـ( :))البلوغ والبالغ: االنتهاء إلى أقصى المقصد والمنتهى، مكانًا كان أو زمانًا، أو أمرًا من األمور 502الراغب األصفهاني)ت المقدرة(( )28(. وقد يوحي التعبير بمادة ) ب ل غ ( أن تكون هذه اآلية من آخر ما نزل من القرآن الكريم ، وفضاًل على أّن السياق القرآني عالن عن اليتم معناه إاّل بالفعل ) بلِّغ ( ، فأنَّ التعبير القرآني استعمل أفعااًل من مادٍة ُلغويٍة أخرى حينما كان التبليغ في بداية اإل ُقْم " ]الحجر: 94[ وأيضًا "الرسالة الحقَّة والدَّعوة إليها ولم يعبر بـ)بلِّغ( ؛ قال تعالى: " َفاْصَدعْ ِبَما ُتْؤَمُر َوأَْعِرْض َعِن اْلُمْشِرِكيَن ]المدثر: 2[ وهو ما ُيميِّز اآلية مورد البحث فضاًل على إيرادها بهيئة فعل األمر ."َفَأنِذْر ويكشف التعبير القرآني بأن الرسل السابقين على الرسول قد أبلغوا رساالت ربهم بقرينة اقتران الفعل بـ) قد ( وقد عانوا في ذلك ما َفَتَولَّى َعْنُهْم َوَقاَل َيا َقْوِم َلَقْد َأْبَلْغُتُكْم "عانوا ، وقدَّموا النصح ألقوامهم إال أن أكثر تلك األقوام تولَّوا وأعرُضوا ؛ ومنه قوله تعالى: . 171 -170( ينظر: 23) . 67، وغافر: 5، و الحج : 82و الكهف : – 34(تنظر: اآليات القرآنية : األسراء : 24) .214/ 6(العين ) شد ( : 25) .180/ 3(مقاييس اللغة ) شد ( : 26) .65(مفردات ألفاظ القرآن ) بلغ (: 27) . 144(مفردات ألفاظ القرآن : 28) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org ]األعراف: 79[ و " َفَتَولَّى َعْنُهْم َوَقاَل َيا َقْوِم َلَقْد َأْبَلْغُتُكْم ِرَسااَلِت َربِّي "ِرَساَلَة َربِّي َوَنَصْحُت َلُكْم َوَلِكن الَّ ُتِحبُّوَن النَّاِصِحينَ والرسل اآلخرين واألنبياء [ و إال أنَّ ما يشترك به رسولنا الكريم 93َوَنَصْحُت َلُكْم َفَكْيَف آَسى َعَلى َقْوٍم َكاِفِريَن"]األعراف: ِ َوَيْخَشْوَنُه َواَل هو االستمرار معهم في تبليغ الرسالة السماوية بداللة الفعل المضارع في قوله تعالى: " الَِّذيَن ُيَبلُِّغوَن ِرَسااَلتِ ّللاَّ ِ َحِسيًبا "َيْخَشْوَن َأَحًدا ِإالَّ ّللاََّ َوَكَفى ِباّللَّ [ .39]األحزاب: ) أنزل ( : من خصائص التعبير القرآني هنا أن ) ُأنزل ( ورد مقترًنا بالجار والمجرور ) من ربَِّك ( في سياق اآليات التي يغلب عليها ضعف اإليمان بما أنزل على الرسول، فاستدعى التعبير بالجار والمجرور للردِّ عليهم أو التعريض بضعف إيمانهم ؛ ومنه قوله ْنُهم مَّا ُأنِزَل ِإَلْيَك "تعالى: بُِّكمْ َوَلَيِزيَدنَّ َكِثيًرا مِّ ُقْل َيا أَْهَل اْلِكَتاِب َلْسُتْم َعَلى َشْيٍء َحتََّى ُتِقيُموْا التَّْوَراَة َواإِلنِجيَل َوَما ُأنِزَل ِإَلْيُكم مِّن رَّ المر ِتْلَك آَياُت اْلِكَتاِب َوالَِّذَي ُأنِزَل ِإَلْيَك ِمن رَّبِّكَ اْلَحقُّ َوَلِكنَّ "]المائدة: 68[ و"ِمن رَّبِّكَ ُطْغَياًنا َوُكْفًرا َفاَل َتْأَس َعَلى اْلَقْوِم اْلَكاِفِرينَ " َأْكَثَر النَّاِس اَل ُيْؤِمُنوَن و في حين أنه لم يقترن بالجار والمجرور في الموارد التي تكون فيها قوة اإليمان بما أنزل على [ 1]الرعد: والَِّذيَن ُيْؤِمُنوَن ِبَما ُأنِزَل ِإَلْيَك َوَما ُأنِزَل ِمن َقْبِلَك الرسول هي الغالبة، ولذلك لم يرد الجار والمجرور فيها ؛ ومنه قوله تعالى :" " َوِباآلِخَرِة ُهْم ُيوِقُنونَ [4: ة]البقر ومنه ُيفهم أن استعمال )من ربك( يلمح إلى حالة التشكيك التي تحصل بين الناس حين تبليغ ما ُأمر الرسوُل بتبليغه ، التي قد ُبوِن "]الشعراء : تصل إلى مرحلة التكذيب بالرسالة كما قال تعالى :" [ .12َقاَل َربِّ ِإنِّي َأَخاُف َأن ُيَكذِّ ( : وهللا يعصمك من الناس ) وردت لفظة ) الناس ( في هذه الجملة من اآلية مؤيدًة لحالة التشكيك في أمر الرسالة ، وبذلك فهي تتعاضد مع لفظة ) من في موارد الخير والشر إاّل أن األغلب فيها إيرادها وما ُيلحظ أّن لفظة الناس في االستعمال القرآني وردت ربك ( لتأدية هذا المعنى ، في المواطن السلبية والسّيما المقترنة بـ)أكثر( و) كثير( الواقعة في سياق )ال( النافية ، فكثير من ) الناس ( ال يؤمنون قال َوَأْقَسُموْا ِباّلّلِ َجْهَد َأْيَماِنِهْم اَل "]يوسف:103[ و وأكثر الناس ال يعلمون قال تعالى :"َوَما َأْكَثُر النَّاسِ َوَلْو َحَرْصتَ ِبُمْؤِمِنينَ "تعالى: َيْبَعُث ّللّاُ َمن َيُموُت َبَلى َوْعًدا َعَلْيِه َحقًّا َولِكنَّ َأْكَثَر النَّاِس اَل َيْعَلُمونَ "]النحل:381[ وأكثر الناس ال يشكرون قال تعالى:"َوِإنَّ َربََّك َلُذو ]النمل:73[ وغيرها من اآليات وبهذه السمات القرآنية التي يحملها هذا اللفظ ما يشير "َفْضٍل َعَلى النَّاِس َوَلِكنَّ َأْكَثَرُهْم اَل َيْشُكُرونَ ده قوله :" َوِإن لَّْم َتْفَعْل "إلى تردد الرسول في التبليغ و يعضِّ ، وقد يكون التعبير بـ) الناس ( من دون قرينًة عليه [67]المائدة: اإلشارة إلى جهة العصمة من أن ينالوا الرسول أو الدين بشٍر ما ُيشعر بخطورة الموقف وأنَّ اللفَظ بسماتِّه القرآنية المعهودة ما أغنى عن ذلك . جاء في تفسير الميزان )) تعليق ويؤيد أيضا معنى التردد في التبليغ التعميم في اإليذاء الُمحتمل للنبي من قبل الناس العصمة بالناس من دون بيان أن العصمة من أي شأن من شئون الناس كتعدياتهم باإليذاء في الجسم من قتل أو سم أو أي اغتيال، أو بالقول كالسب و اإلفتراء، أو بغير ذلك كتقليب األمور بنوع من المكر و الخديعة و المكيدة و بالجملة السكوت عن تشخيص ما american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org يعصم منه إلفادة نوع من التعميم ، و لكن الذي ال يعدو عنه السياق هو شرهم الذي يوجب انقالب األمر على النبي بحيث يسقط بذلك ما رفعه من أعالم الدين(() 29( . وما تجُدر اإلشارة إليه أن لفظة )النَّاس(لم ترد في التعبير القرآني وُيراد بها)أهل الكتاب ( على الرغم من تكرارها في أكثر من مورد، وهو ما يؤيد أن تبليغ الحكم المعني باآلية كان في المجتمع المسلم . والتعبير بالفعل المضارع )يعصُمك( الُمسند إلى لفظ الجاللة أثار نقطًة مهمة ؛ وهي أنَّ القرآن استعمل مادة هذا الفعل في الموارد التي فيها موارد الخوف من أمٍر ما ؛ ومنها قوله تعالى:" َقاَلْت َفَذِلُكنَّ الَِّذي ُلْمُتنَِّني ِفيِه َوَلَقْد َراوَ دتُُّه َعن نَّْفِسِه َفاَسَتْعَصَم َوَلِئن اِغِريَن َن الصَّ َن ّللاَِّ ِإْن َأَراَد ِبُكْم ُسوًءا َأْو َأَراَد ِبُكْم "لَّْم َيْفَعْل َما آُمُرُه َلُيْسَجَننَّ َوَلَيُكوًنا مِّ ]يوسف: 32[ "وُقْل َمن َذا الَِّذي َيْعِصُمُكم مِّ ِ َوِليًّا َواَل َنِصيًرا "َرْحَمًة َواَل َيِجُدوَن َلُهم مِّن ُدوِن ّللاَّ [ ، إن طلب العصمة اليرد إاّل في المواقف الشديدة التي يشارف 17]األحزاب: أن فيها اإلنسان على هالك دينه كما في نبيِّ هللا يوسف عليه السالم أو في هالك نفسه كما في بقية الموارد ، وُينبُئنا القرآن الكريم ب ُقِني ِإنِّي "أكثر ما يخاف الرُسل أن ُيكَذبوا ، كما ُيشير إليه قوله تعالى: َوَأِخي َهاُروُن ُهَو َأْفَصُح ِمنِّي ِلَساًنا َفَأْرِسْلُه َمِعَي ِرْدًءا ُيَصدِّ ُبونِ ]القصص: 34[ وهو ما يهدينا إلى القول بأن الرسول كان يخشى أن ُيكذب بخصوص هذا التبليغ ، "َأَخاُف َأن ُيَكذِّ ويؤيده قوله تعالى :) ِمن َربَِّك ( بأنَّ هذا األمر المراد تبليغه هو من عند هللا سبحانه . بأن التعبير بالجملة الفعلية ) بلِّغ ( وصياغتها من مادة ) َب لَّ َغ ( قد منح المعنى ظهوًرا واضًحا ؛ وذلك من نخلص إلى القول خالل تفاعل المعنى المعجمي مع المعنى النحوي ، إذ ظهر عبر هذه اآللية أن هناك أمًرا البّد من أن ُيبلِّغه الرسول ، وهذا األمر يحمل من األهمية ما جعله بإزاء أداء الرسالة بتمامها وفيه من الخطورة ما أوجب تطمين الرسول ورفع حالة التردد التي رافقت هذا التبليغ بعصمته من الناس . المطلب الثاني :آية الوالية اَلَة َوُيْؤُتوَن الزََّكاَة َوُهْم َراكُِّعونَ ( قال تعالى: يَن ُيقِّيُموَن الصَّ يَن آَمُنوْا الَّذِّ ُ َوَرُسوُلُه َوالَّذِّ ]المائدة: 55[ . ) إِّنََّما َولِّيُُّكُم ّللا السياق المقامي واسباب النزول لفهم -يقصد بالسياق الخارجي، ما صاحب نزول آية الوالية من ظروف اجتماعية، وظروف حسية، ونفسية، وهذه األمور ينبغي معرفتها، واعتبارها؛ ألن فهم النص ال يقتصر على دراسته على المستوى اللغوي، بل البد من مالحظة –المقصود من النص -صلى هللا عليه وآله وسلم الظروف االجتماعية، والمحيط االجتماعي، بمعنى أن المحيط االجتماعي الذي يعيش فيه النبي وأصحابه ال يحتاج الحاضرون فيه إلى بحث عن سياق الحال؛ الن النص يكون معلوما ومفهومًا لديهم دون الحاجة إلى البحث، أما قا خارجيًا للنص يسهل للدراسين فهم المقصود، أما الذين يأتي بعد الصحابة فهم بحاجة إلى معرفة أسباب النزول فهي تعتبر سيا من كانوا حاضرين مع رسول هللا صلى هللا عليه وآله وسلم " فقد عرفوا المعنى من حاضرهم ونحن نعرفه اآلن من التراث ")30( . 51/ 6( الميزان : 29) 219البيان في روائع القرآن: د / تمام حسان: )30 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org قال صاحب كتاب التيسير في التفسير" "ال -عليه السالم -وقد نص أئمة أهل البيت على أن هذه اآلية نزلت في اإلمام علي خالف بين األمة أنها نزلت في اإلمام علي عليه السالم ولم يدعها أحد غيره " )31(. دون جميع -عليه السالم ذكر اآلية "فكان ذلك أمير المؤمنين على ذلك فقال بعد -عليه السالم -ونص اإلمام الهادي المسلمين، إذ كان المتصدق في صالته، المؤدي لما يقر به من ربه من زكاته ")32( ذكر الحبري في تفسيره بشأن سبب نزول اآلية ، قوُله:))حدثنا يحيى بن عبد الحميد ، قال: حدثنا موسى بن مطير ، عن المنهال ها ، بن عمر ،عن عبد هللا بن محمد بن الحنفية ، قال : " كان عليٌّ عليه السالم يصلي إذ جاء سائٌل فسأله ، فقال بإْصِبِعِه ، َفَمدَّ ِإنََّما ( فأعطى السائَل َخاَتمًا ، فجاء السائُل الى النبيِّ صلى هللا عليه وآله ، فقال : هْل أعطاك أحٌد شيئًا ؟ قال : نعم . فنزلت فيه اآلية (( )33(.]َوِليُُّكُم ّللّاُ َوَرُسوُلُه َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا َكاَة َوُهْم ( وهوما ُيحتِّم على الباحث تحديد المعنى النحوي الداللي في قوله تعالى من اآلية الكريمة : اَلَة َوُيْؤُتوَن الزَّ ُيِقيُموَن الصَّ )َراِكُعوَن ؛ باعتبار أن النظر في بعض مفرداتها دون بعضها اآلخر ال يفي بالغرض ؛ لوجود حرف العطف بينها وما فيه من معنى االجتماع الالزم للنظر فيها مجتمعة . إلى أن المراد من )الولّي( في اآلية الشريفة، هو األولى واألحق، وأن المقصود بـ } َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا { ، هو علّي ذهب مفسرو الشيعة بن أبي طالب )عليه السالم(، أّما الركوع فهو بمعنى ركوع الصالة وأحد أركانها، وإليك تفصيل ذلك: أواًل: والية التصرف والحكم: يقول شيخ الطائفة )الطوسي( )رحمه هللا( في تفسير اآلية: »قد ثبت أن الولّي في اآلية بمعنى األولى واألحق«. وفي مقام إثبات هذا األمر أقام دليلين على ذلك: ن، »األول: إن هللا تعالى نفى أن يكون لنا ولّي غير هللا وغير رسوله، والذين آمنوا بلفظة »إنما«، ولو كان المراد به المواالة في الدي َأْوِلَياء َبْعٍض { لما خص بها المذكورين؛ ألّن المواالة في الدين عامة في المؤمنين كلهم. قال تعالى: } َواْلُمْؤِمُنوَن َواْلُمْؤِمَناُت َبْعُضُهمْ (. 71)التوبة : الثاني: ويدل أيضًا على أن الوالية في اآلية مختصة أنُه قال: } َوِليُُّكُم { ، فخاطب به جميع المؤمنين ودخل فيه النبي )صلي هللا عليه و آل وسلم( وغيره، ثم قال: } ورسوله { ، فأخرج النبي)صلي هللا عليه و آل وسلم( من جملتهم؛ لكونهم مضافين إلى واليته، اف فلما قال: } َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا {، وجب أيضًا أن يكون الذي خوطب باآلية غير الذي ُجعلت لـه الوالية. وإاّل أدى إلى أن يكون المض هو المضاف إليه، وأدى إلى أن يكون كل واحد منهم ولّي نفسه، وذلك محال« ) 34( ۲/ ۳۲۳ينظر: التيسير في التفسير : السيد بدر الدين الحوثي: )31 24/ 1( كتاب األحكام : 32 ، و شواهد 80/ 4، و الكشف والبيان : 344/ 6،و جامع البيان: 125، و تفسير فرات : 357/ 2، ينظر : تفسير العياشي : 258( تفسير الحبري : 33) ، و أسباب 636/ 1، و الكشاف : 208/ 2،و المحرر الوجيز : 418/ 6، و مجمع البيان : 360/ 5،و التبيان في تفسير القرآن : 185-161/ 1التنزيل : ، و فتح القدير : 105/ 6، والدر المنثور : 1094/ 1، و الجامع ألحكام القرآن : 132/ 2، و أنوار التنزيل : 28/ 11، و مفاتيح الغيب : 113النزول : ، وغيرها . 245/ 6، و روح المعاني : 255/ 2، و نورالثقلين : 482/ 1 ، مكتب اإلعالم اإلسالمي ـ قم.563، ص3( يراجع: الشيخ الطوسي، التبيان في تفسير القرآن، ج 34 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org } وتأسيسًا على ذلك، نستنتج أن المراد من } َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا { ليس المؤمنون كافة؛ ألّن المخاطب في اآلية هم المؤمنون، فلو كان في َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا { هم جميع المؤمنين الستلزم انعدام المخاطب؛ لخروجهم جميعًا من المضاف إليه في } وليكم { . إذن فـ »الوالية« اآلية هي ليست بمعنى النصرة والموّدة، بل بمعنى القيادة والتوّلي مّما هو مختص باهلل ورسوله وبعض المؤمنين. لك لثالثة ثانيًا: المصداق في قوله } َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا { : المراد من الذين آمنوا في آية الوالية هو علّي بن أبي طالب )عليه السالم(، وذ وجوه يذكرها شيخ الطائفة فيقول: ـ إّن كل من قال: إّن معنى الولّي في اآلية معنى األحق، قال: إنه هو المخصوص به بإضافة هللا ورسوله، وبما أنه قد ثبت من 1 معنى الوالية التوّلي واالستخالف. إذن، } َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا { هو علّي بن أبي طالب )عليه السالم(. ـ إّن الطائفتين المختلفتين الشيعة والسنة رووا أن اآلية نـزلت فيه )عليه السالم( خاصة، حين تصدق بخاتمه أثناء الركوع. 2 يؤِت الزكاة في حال ـ إن هللا تعالى وصف الذين آمنوا بصفاٍت ليست حاصلة إاّل فيه )عليه السالم(. وأجمعت اأُلّمة على أنه لم 3 الركوع غير أمير المؤمنين )عليه السالم( ) 35( . اَلَة َوُيْؤُتوَن الزََّكاَة َوُهْم َراكُِّعوَن ( في معنى )ُيقِّيُموَن الصَّ مسار التحليل ويتضمن : السياق اللغوي وغير اللغوي والصوتية والمعجمية والنحوية وفي آية الوالية هو كأألتي :إما اللغوي كما اشرت سابقا يتحدد عن طريق العالقات الصرفية ـ المعنى الصرفي 1 )آمن( وهو مزيد على وزن )أفعل(، و لم يأت سواه في اآلية بصيغة الماضي، والتعبير بالماضي يفيدأ ـ األفعال في اآلية:الماضي تحقق الوقوع كما هو معلوم. إذا كان الفعل في أصل وضعه يفيد الحركة، فإن التعبير بالمضارع يفيد تجدد الحركة، واستمرارها، المضارع: )يقيم، يؤتي، يتولى( : وجميع األفعال المضارعة المذكورة في اآلية مزيدة، ومن المعلوم أن زيادة المبنى تدل على زيادة المعنى. فالفعالن يقيم، يؤتي مزيدان بهمزة في أولهما والزيادة في الفعل )آمن(، أفادت الصيرورة، قال الراغب"الفعل آمن جاء الزما بمعنى صار ذا أمن") 36( ولي هللا رسول ،الصالة ، الزكاة ،راكع وغيرها( وسنكتفي بدراسة بعض ـ واالسماء التي وردت في اآلية هي ) األلفاظ المرتبطة بموضوع البحث ومنها ولي ،وراكع ،وزكاة ب ـ العدول من المفرد إلى الجمع الةَ َوُيْؤُتوَن ومن اللطائف في النص القرآني العدول من صيغة المفرد إلى الجمع في قوله تعالى: ﴿َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوا الَِّذيَن ُيِقيُموَن الصَّ َكاَة َوُهْم َراِكُعوَن ﴾ ]المائدة : [ ، فعبر بــــ) الذين (، مكان )الذي ( وبـ )آمنوا( مكان )آمن( وبـ ) يقيمون( مكان)يقيم( وبـ) يؤتون ٥٥الزَّ ( مكان )يؤتي(، وبـ )هم راكعون( مكان )هو راكع (وهي كلها تدل على الجمع و المراد المفرد. والدليل على إرادة اإلفراد السياق ( المصدر السابق نفسه 35 31المفردات في غريب القرآن 36 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org ، وهذا السياق واجب -عليه السالم الخارجي، ويقصد بالسياق الخارجي سبب النزول ، حيث، ورد ما يثبت أن المقصود هو علي االتباع في مقام التخصيص، بالنص الخارجي وأما التخصيص، بالمعنى النحوي فسيأتي في المعنى النحوي إن شاء هللا تعالى. 2-المعاني اللغوية والمعجمية : ) ولي (: ، وأصل معناها القرب والدنو ؛ قال ابن فارس: )) الواو والالم وهذه اللفظة صفة مشبهة على وزن ) فعيل ( بمعنى فاعل احب، والحليف، وابن الَعّم، والنَّاصر، والجار؛ كلُّ هؤالِء من ا لَوْلِي والياء: أصٌل صحيح يدلُّ على قرب. من ذلك الَوْلُي: القْرب والصَّ وهو الُقْرب. وكلُّ َمن وِلَي أمَر آخَر فهو وليُّه.(( )37( ، فـ) الولّي( هو َمْن كان أقرب من غيره في تولي األمر والمشارفة على تدبيره . ُنوُّ والَمَطُر بعَد الَمَطِر ُوِلَيِت األرُض بالضم . والَوِليُّ : االسُم منه والُمحِ ِديُق والنَّصيُر . وفي القاموس ))الَوْلُي : الُقْرُب والدُّ بُّ والصَّ ّللاَُّ َوِليُّ (وَوِلَي الشيَء و عليه ِوالَيًة َوَوالَيًة (()38( , وقال الفيومي)ت770هـ( :))اْلَوِليُّ َفِعيٌل ِبَمْعَنى َفاِعٍل ِمْن َوِلَيُه إَذا َقاَم ِبِه َوِمْنُه ِديِق (() 39( ولـ) ) الَِّذيَن آَمُنوا َواْلَجْمُع َأْوِلَياُء ... َوَقْد ُيْطَلُق اْلَوِليُّ َأْيًضا َعَلى اْلُمْعِتِق َواْلَعِتيِق َواْبِن اْلَعمِّ َوالنَّاِصِر وَ َحاِفِظ النََّسِب َوالصَّ الولي ( معاٍن ُأَخر لم نذكرها ألنه من باب المشترك اللفظي ومنا المولى وغيرها . ويبدو أنَّ هذه المعاني المعجمية وتعددها مما تحمله هذه اللفظة في استعماالتها المختلفة بوصفها متعلقة بمعناها الجامع الدال نو ، ومن هنا نشير إلى أنَّ هذا التعدد المذكور في اللغة يمكن أن ُيستثمر في معنى محدد في القرآن الكريم ؛ ذلك على القرب والدُّ ألن للقرآن مع ألفاظ اللغة التي استعملها شأًنا آخر يتجلى في ما ُيضيفه إليها من سماٍت داللية على نحو إيراد اللفظة في سياقاٍت َي باأللفاظ اإلسالمية ، وبهذا يمكننا القول إن لفظة ) ولّيكم ( يمكن أن تتخذ معنًى آخر ، يدلُّ نا متعددة ، وحسبنا ظهور ذلك فيما ُسمِّ ية . عليه سياق اآل ) راكع (: وهو اسم فاعٍل من ) َرَكَع ( ، وتعني اإلنحناء والخضوع و )) الّراكع: الذي يكبو على وجهه، ومنه الركوع في الصالة (() 40( ، اْلَهْيَئِة ومنه ُسمِّي الركوع في الصالة لما فيه معنى اإلنحناء والخضوع ؛ قال الراغب:))الرُُّكوُع: االْنِحَناُء ، َفَتارًة ُيْسَتْعَمُل في المخصوصِة في الصالِة كما هي، وَتاَرًة في التََّواُضِع والتََّذلِل ؛ إمَّا في الِعَبادِة ؛ وِإمَّا في َغْيِرها (( )41( ، وفي لسان العرب ))الرُّكوع الُخضوع(( ) 42( . ) الزَّكاة (: .141/ 6( مقاييس اللغة ) ولي ( :ج37) .401/ 4( القاموس المحيط ) الَوْلي (: 38) .346( الصباح المنير) و ل ي ( : 39) .90/ 2( جمهرة اللغة ) ر ع ك (: 40) . 463( مفردات ألفاظ القرآن ) ركع ( : 41) .158/ 8( لسان العرب )ركع ( : 42) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org ْرُع َواأْلَرْ ُض َتْزُكو َياَدُة ُيَقاُل َزَكا الزَّ َكاُء ِباْلَمدِّ النََّماُء َوالزِّ أصل هذه اللفظة فيه معنى الزيادة والنَّماء؛جاء في المصباح المنير)) َوالزَّ َي اْلَقْدُر اْلُمْخَرُج ِمْن اْلَماِل َزَكاًة أِلَنَُّه َسبَ َكاُة َوَزكَّى الرَُّجُل َماَلُه ِبالتَّْشِديِد َتْزِكَيًة ُزُكوًّا ِمْن َباِب َقَعَد َوَأْزَكى ِباأْلَِلِف ِمْثُلُه َوُسمِّ ٌب ُيْرَجى ِبِه الزَّ يْت ) الَزكاُة ( )) ِلما ُيْخِرُج اإلْنساُن َكاُة اْسٌم ِمْنُه(( ) 43(، ويبدو أنَّ إخراَج الماِل الُمسَتحق سبٌب في نمائه وتزكيٌة للنفس ؛ ولذلك ُسمِّ َوالزَّ ِمْن حقِّ هللِا تعالى إلى الفَقراء، وَتسِمَيتُه بذلك لما يكوُن فيها ِمن َرجاِء الَبَرَكِة، أو ِلتْزِكيِة النَّفِس ، أي: تنميتَ ها بالَخيَراِت والبركاِت (( )44( التوجيهات النحوية في اآلية الكريمة وما تعلق بها :-3 المعنى النحوي تعتمد دراسة المعنى النحوي على العالقات السياقية؛ ألن لها أثرًا كبيرًا، في تحديد المعنى، وهذه العالقات هي: اإلسناد، والتخصيص، والنسبة، والتبعية)45(. وسنركز الكالم هنا عن التخصيص، من خالل بيان الموقع اإلعرابي للجملة في قوله [، وداللة التخصيص فيها. حيث انقسم المفسرون في الموقع اإلعرابي لجملة )َوُهْم َراِكُعوَن ﴾ ٥٥تعالى: ﴿َوُهْم َراِكُعوَن﴾ ]المائدة: ]المائدة: ٥٥[، إلى فريقين)46(.ولهذه الجملة وجهان من اإلعراب بحسب داللة الواو ؛ فهي: إما أن تكون معطوفة على ما قبلها فتكون الجملة من تمام الصلة )47(، وبذلك تدخل في معنى إتمام صورة من أقام الصالة وآتى الزكاة ، فيكون الركوع محتماًل أن يكون بمعنى الخضوع أو االنحناء والوجه الثاني إلعرابها ، أن تكون الواو واو الحال والجملة حال من الضمير في يؤتون )48( . و واغلب المفسرون يرون أن الراي الثاني هو األرجح والمناسب للسياق فهو يحدد الركوع بمعنى اإلنحناء في الصالة ؛ النسجامه مع داللة الحال على الهيئة الخارجية دون أن يمس باطن األشياء ، فيكون المعنى: إنَّ من أقام الصالة آتى الزكاة عن هيئة الركوع فيها ، في حين أن الوجه األول اليقدم هذا المعنى . و)الواو(التي للحال بمعنى) إذ ( عند سيبويه )49( فالواو وقتية بمعنى أن الركوع كان في نفس وقت إيتاء الزكاة وبذلك تكون جملة الحال قيدًا فيها . .133( المصباح المنير ) ز ك و ( : 43) . 381( مفردات ألفاظ القرآن ) زكا ( : 44) .۱۹۱ينظر: اللغة العربية: معناها ومبناها : د / تمام حسان: 45 .167/ 6، روح المعاني: 254/ 2(ينظر: : الكشاف 46 . 398/ 7( ينظر : اللباب في علوم الكتاب : 47) . 334/ 1( التبيان في إعراب القرآن : 48) . 90/ 1الكتاب: ( 49) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org وقد فهم ابن جني تشبيه سيبويه لهذه ) الواو ( بـ) إذ( وداللة هذه الواو على الجمع ؛ أي الجمع بين الحال وصاحبها ، باعتبار عدم مفارقة الحال لصاحب الحال ) )50(فالركوع بهذا المعنى مالزًما لمن كان يؤتي الزكاة المعطوف على من أقام الصالة . وفي داللتها أيًضا قال ابن هشام :)) واو الحال الداخلة على الجملة االسمية...، ويقدرها سيبويه واألقدمون بإذ، وال يريدون أنها بمعناها؛ إذ ال يرادُف الحرُف االسَم، بل إنها وما بعدها َقْيٌد للفعل السابق كما أن إذ كذلك (() 51( وهذا يعني أنَّ إيتاء الزكاة إنما كان في حال أداء الركوع في الصالة . صاحب الحال في اآلية: ذهب المفسرون في بيان صاحب الحال إلى مذهبين : رأى أنه واو الضمير الواقعة فاعال من الفعلين ) يقيمون، ويؤتون(، فيكون المعنى: "يعملون ذلك في حال الركوع وهو الرأي األول الخشوع، و اإلخبات والتواضع هلل ...")52( والرأي الثاني: أن صاحب الحال هو واو الضمير الفاعل من الفعل )يؤتون(، بمعنى هو الراجح يؤتونها في حال ركوعهم في الصالة، فتكون الحال مخصوصة من إيتاء الزكاة والركوع هو ركوع الصالة المعلوم.وهذا ألمرين: أحدهما: داللة السياق اللفظي والثاني: دليل معنوي. الذي سبق الجملة فهو تضمن اآلية للخطاب من هللا للمؤمنين في قوله تعالى: )إنما وليكم(، وهذا يقتضي فأما السياق اللفظي ، والمخاطبون هم المؤمنون، والموضوع بيان أن هللا ولي المؤمنين، -سبحانه -مخاطب و مخاطب، وموضوع فالمخاطب هو هللا ، والمعبر عنه بـ )الذين(، و هو لفظ دال على الجمع والمراد -عليه السالم -واإلمام عليا -صلى هللا عليه وآله وسلم ورسوله : ﴿َوالَِّذيَن -سبحانه –المفرد، و هو من جماليات وخصائص اللغة العربية، وقد ورد في كالم هللا من هذا القبيل أمثلة كثيرة، كقوله فعبر بلفظ) [ ۱۷۳َمُعوا َلُكْم َفاْخَشْوُهْم َفَزاَدُهْم ِإيَماَنا َوَقاُلوا َحْسُبَنا ّللاَُّ َوِنْعَم الَوِكيُل ( )سورة آل عمران: َقاَل لُهُم النَّاُس إن النَّاَس َقْد جَ الناس( والمقصود واحد وهو نعيم بن مسعود(. فهو أن الحال هو بيان هيئة لصاحبه وهذه الهيئة هي الركوع، وكلما ذكر الركوع فهو إما بمعنى الخشوع أو وأما الدليل المعنوي: بمعنى ركوع الصالة، وهو هنا بمعنى ركوع الصالة، وليس بمعنى الخشوع؛ ألن الخشوع هو من شروط كمال الصالة، وقبولها عند مؤمنون: هللا، فال يستدعي ذكرا مستقال، وإذا ذكر فسيذكر بلفظه كما في قوله تعالى: ﴿الَِّذيَن ُهْم ِفي َصاَلِتِهْم َخاِشُعوَن ﴾ ] سورة ال [ وللسيد بدر الدين بن أمير الدين الحوثي كالم مفيد حول هذا حيث قال: " وحمل الركوع على المعنى الشرعي األكثر استعمااًل هو ٢ أرجح من حمله على الخضوع؛ ألن كالم الشارع يتبادر منه المعنى الشرعي، مع أنه يمكن حمله على المعنيين، أو المعاني الجتماعها في الركوع، فظهر أنها عالمة تميز مصداق الثالث الجمل: )الذين آمنوا( و )الذين يقيمون الصالة( و )يؤتون الزكاة ، أن الخطاب -أيضا فتعين مصداقها الذي هو المراد بإثبات الوالية له كما هي هلل ورسوله بقوله: ﴿َوُهْم َراِكُعوَن .. ويؤكد ذلك اُء للذين آمنوا المذكورين في اآلية قبلها، فلو كان المراد العموم لقال ) وبعضكم أولياء بعض( كما في سورة األنفال: َبْعُضُهْم َأْوِليَ .. ألن قوله ) والذين آمنوا لو كان المراد به العموم في سياق خطاب الذين آمنوا، يكون بمنزلة ما لو قال: ٧٢بعض ﴾ ]األنفال : وأنتم ولي أنفسكم والشيء الواحد ال يكون ولي نفسه، لذلك يكون التعبير ضعيفًا؛ ألن الجملة كالشيء الواحد، والمواالة بمنزلة . 188/ 2( سر صناعة اإلعراب: 50) . 23/ص2( مغني اللبيب : ج51) .258/ 2الكشاف : 52 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org التقارب، ال تكون إال بين شيئين ... ( . ) 53(فإن من شروط الجملة العربية أن تكون مفيدة، " وأن ال يكون المعنى الذي يؤديه التعبير ال فائدة فيه"، وإذا كان المعنى ضعيفًا فال فائدة فيه، والقرآن منزه عن هذا كما هو معلوم وبهذا نخلص إلى اختصاص ، وأن المقصود هو واليته عليه السالم. -عليه السالم -الجملة، وتخصيصها لإلمام علي : العطف في االسم الموصول ) والذين ( ورد االسم الموصول معطوًفا على لفظة ) رسوله ( المعطوفة بدورها على لفظ الجاللة )هللا ( والعطف بالواو يقتضي التشريك في الحكم)54(، وهذه المعطوفات في موقع المسند إلى ) وليكم (، وهذا العطف منح االسم الموصول جانًبا من التخصيص ، باعتبار إيراده في سياق الحصر بـ )إنما( ، فالتقدير: إنما وليكم الذين آمنوا الذين يقيمون الصالة ويؤتون الزكاة وهم راكعون ، والخطاب موجه للمسلمين . قال الطوسي في التبيان : )) إنما قلنا: إن لفظة )إنما( تفيد التخصيص، ألن القائل، إذا قال : إنما لك عندي درهم ، ُفِهم منه نفي ما زاد عليه، وقام مقام قوله: ليس لك عندي إاّل درهم ، ولذلك يقولون: إنما النحاُة المدققون البصريون ، ويريدون نفي التدقيق عن غيرهم. ومثله قولهم: إنما السخاُء سخاُء حاتم ، يريدون نفي السخاء عن غيره (() 55( فهي ))مخصصٌة لما أثبت بعده نافيٌة لما لم يثبْت (( )56( وفي هذا إشارة إلى اختصاص الوالية بحسب معناها بـ) الذين آمنوا ( . : ) الذين يقيمون الصالة ( في إعراب هذه الجملة وجهان : األول : أن تكون بداًل من ) الذين آمنوا ( و ) ويؤتون الزكاة ( معطوفة عليها )57(،قال الرضي في معنى البدل: )) المقصود بالنسبة من البدل والمبدل منه: الثاني دون األول (( ) 58( ، وهو ما يجعل البدل هو نفسه المبدل منه وهو متعلٌق بعامله على نحو االستقالل . : أن تكون نعًتا لجملة ) الذين آمنوا ( والراجح لدينا هو الوجه األول ، باعتبار أنَّ القول بالبدلية توحي بخصوصية ) الذين اآلخر آمنوا ( أكثر من الوصفية ، وهو يتالءم أيًضا مع االختصاص الذي أفادته أداة الحصر ) إنما ( و كذلك مع العهدية في مضمون الصلة، قال ابن هشام : ))الصلة: ...شرطها: أن تكون خبرية، معهودة (( ) 59( ويبدو أن معنى العهدية متأتٍّ من القول بوجوب كونها خبرية ؛ قال الصبان :))وإنما اشترط كون جملة الصلة خبرية ألنه يجب أن يكون مضمونها معلوم االنتساب إلى الموصول . 327ـ326/ 2:التيسير في التفسير)53 . 416/ 1( ينظر : اللباب علل البناء واإلعراب : 54) . 62/ 5( التبيان في تفسير القرآن : 55) . 472/ 6( مجمع البيان : 56) . 635/ 1الكشاف : ( ينظر : 57) . 665/ 3، ينظر : النحو الوافي : 379/ 2( شرح الرضي : 58) . 174/ 1( أوضح المسالك إلى ألفية ابن مالك : 59) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org للمخاطب قبل الخطاب والجمل اإلنشائية ليست كذلك ألن مضمونها ال يعلم إال بعد إيراد صيغها (( )60( ومنه يفهم بأن ولي المؤمنين هو من كان مقيمًا للصالة وآتيًا للزكاة . الداللة القرآنية لأللفاظ اآلتية : -3 ) وليُّكم ( : يالحظ في هذه اللفظة أنها جاءت ُمضافة إلى الضمير الدال على المخاطب وهم المسلمون ، وهو أمٌر يضيق دائرة المعاني المحتملة بين المتصرف باألمر والناصر والمحب دون المعاني األخرى التي ُتستعمل فيها اللفظة من قبيل األخ وابن العم وغيرهما . ويكشف لنا التعبير القرآني بأن لفظة ) ولّي ( اسُتعملت في غير معنى )الناصر( في موارد كثيرة ) 61(، يؤيد ذلك إيرادها معطوفة (على لفظة ) نصير( ، إذ العطف يقتضي المغايرة ، ومنها قوله تعالى: َماَواِت َواأَلْرِض َوَما َلُكم مِّن ُدوِن َأَلْم َتْعَلْم َأنَّ ّللّاَ َلُه ُمْلُك السَّ ]البقرة:107[ )62(. )ّللّاِ ِمن َوِليٍّ َواَل َنِصيرٍ و ُيعدُّ هذا قرينة على أن معنى )وليِّ ( غير معنى ) نصير( في اآلية الكريمة ، ُيضاف إليه أن التعبير القرآني يهدينا إلى أن يقابلها والية عامة أو بمعنى أخر والية متبادلة بين المؤمنين ، وذلك هناك والية خاصة باعتبار إيرادها مقترنًة بأداة الحصر )إنما( ، َنَصُروْا ُأْوَلِئَك َبْعُضُهْم َأْوِلَياء َبْعضٍ (في قوله تعالى: ِإنَّ الَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا َوَهاَجُروْا َوَجاَهُدوْا ِبَأْمَواِلِهْم َوَأنُفِسِهْم ِفي َسِبيِل ّللّاِ َوالَِّذيَن آَووْا وَّ يِن َفَعَلْيُكُم النَّْصُر ِإالَّ َعَلى َقْوٍم َبْيَنُكْم َوالَِّذيَن آَمُنوْا َوَلْم ُيَهاِجُروْا َما َلُكم مِّن َواَلَيِتِهم مِّن َشْيٍء َحتَّى ُيَهاِجُروْا َوِإِن اْسَتنَصُروُكْم فِ ي الدِّ يَثاٌق َوّللّاُ ِبَما َتْعَمُلوَن َبِصيٌر )َوَبْيَنُهم مِّ [ فالوالية هنا متبادلة بين المؤمنين وهي بمعنى النصرة ولفظة ) نصروا ( قرينة 72]األنفال: على هذا المعنى اَلَة َوُيْؤُتوَن ( وكذلك قوله تعالى: َواْلُمْؤِمُنوَن َواْلُمْؤِمَناُت َبْعُضُهْم َأْوِلَياء َبْعضٍ َيْأُمُروَن ِباْلَمْعُروِف َوَيْنَهْوَن َعِن اْلُمنَكِر َوُيِقيُموَن الصَّ َكاةَ َوُيِطيُعوَن ّللّاَ َوَرُسوَلُه ُأْوَلِئَك َسَيْرَحُمُهُم ّللّاُ ِإنَّ ّللّاَ َعِزيٌز َحِكيٌم ]التوبة: 71[ ، فالوالية هنا أيضًا عامة متبادلة بين المؤمنين ، )الزَّ ويالحظ بأن إقامة الصالة وإيتاء الزكاة لم ترد مقيدة بالجملة الحالية ) و هم راكعون ( فيها كما هو الحال في الوالية الخاصة ، وهذا دليٌل على أن الوالية فيها لها معنى خاص غير تلك التي ورد فيها معنى المبادلة ، مما يجعلها في معنى المحبة والنصرة فالمؤمنون بعضهم ينصر ويحب بعضهم اآلخر. فال يمكن أن تكون واليًة عامة متحققًة في كل الذين أمنوا، باعتبار أن هذا المعنى يستند أم ا ) ولي ( بمعنى المتصرف باألمور إلى من هو أقرب وأدنى في تشخيص الواقع ويلي أمًرا اليليه اآلخرون فال تكون إال خاصة في بعضهم ، وهو ما يشير إليه المعنى اللغوي للفظة ) ولي ( من القرب والدنو بحسب األصل ، وهذا المعنى في اللفظة أشار إليه أبو هالل العسكري قائاًل : )) وأصل . 254/ 1( حاشية الصبان على شرح األشموني: 60) . 933(ينظر: المعجم المفهرس : 61) ، التوبة 22، العنكبوت : 3-18:الشورى : 22، الفتح : 65-17:األحزاب : 123-173-75-45:النساء : 120( تنظر: اآليات القرآنية: البقرة : 62) :116 . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org الولي جعل الثاني بعد األول من غير فصل من قولهم هذا يلي ذاك وليا وواله هللا كأنه يلي أمره ولم يكله إلى غيره، وواله أمره وكله إليه كأنه جعله بيده وتولى أمر نفسه قام به من غير وسيطة(() 63( وهو ما يؤيد معنى والية األمر في اآلية. َأِم اتََّخُذوا ِمن ُدوِنِه َأْوِلَياء َفاّللَُّ ُهَو اْلَوِليُّ َوُهَو ُيْحِيي ( ويبدو األمر واضًحا وجلًيا في الفرق بين معنى الواليتين في قوله تعالى: ]الشورى: 9[ ، فاألولى والية عامة متعددة بداللة الجمع في معنى) أولياء( أما الوالية الخاصة )الَمْوَتى َوُهَو َعَلى ُكلِّ َشْيٍء َقِديرٌ فهي والية هللا يتصرف كيفما يشاء من إحياء الموتى ونحوها . أي من بعضهم ببعض في نفوذ حكمه ووجوب طاعته ) النَِّبيُّ َأْوَلى ِباْلُمْؤِمِنيَن ِمْن َأنُفِسِهمْ ( قال ابن عادل)ت880هـ( : )) قوله : عليهم (()64( ، وهو ما يؤيد أن } ولي { بمعنى المتصرف في األمور واألحق بها من غيره باعتبار معنى القرب في ما عطفت عليه ، وتكاد تكون اآلية المورد الوحيد الذي وردت فيه لفظة } ولي { في هذا السياق من العطف ، فإن إيرادها معطوفًة على الرسول وعلى لفظ الجاللة يناسب أن تكون اللفظة بهذا المعنى . ) راكع ( : اسُتعملْت هذه اللفظة في القرآن الكريم بمعنى الركوع الدال على اإلنحناء، وذلك في قوله تعالى: ) َقاَل َلَقْد َظَلَمَك ِبُسَؤاِل َنْعَجِتَك ْن اْلُخَلَطاء َلَيْبِغي َبْعُضُهْم َعَلى َبْعٍض ِإالَّ الَِّذيَن آَمُنوا َوَعِمُلوا الصَّ اِلَحاِت َوَقِليٌل مَّا ُهْم َوَظنَّ َداُووُد َأنََّما َفَتنَّاُه ِإَلى ِنَعاِجِه َوِإنَّ َكِثيًرا مِّ ( فيه داللة على هذا المعنى ، إالَّ أّن هذا المعنى في )َفاْسَتْغَفَر َربَُّه َوَخرَّ َراِكًعا َوَأَناَب ]ص:24[ ، فاقتران ) راكًعا ( بالفعل ) َخرَّ الركوع الينفي تجرده عن الخضوع ، وقد يكون قوُله ) فاستغفر( و ) أناب ( قرينًة على ذلك . ويبدو أن معنى الخضوع ليس معنًى مستقاًل عن الركوع ، وإنما هو مالزم له متأٍت من هيئة اإلنحاء ؛ وهو ما يؤيده التعبير القرآني ، َماء آَيًة َفَظلَّْت أَْعَناُقُهْم َلَها َخاِضِعينَ (قال تعالى: ْل َعَلْيِهم مِّن السَّ َوَأِقيُموْا (]الشعراء:4[ ومن ركوع الصالة قال تعالى:) ِإن نََّشْأ ُنَنزِّ َكاَة َواْرَكُعوْا َمَع الرَّاِكِعينَ اَلَة َوآُتوْا الزَّ َيا َمْرَيُم اْقُنِتي ِلَربِِّك (]البقرة: 43[ وتتضح مالزمة معنى الخضوع للراكع في قوله تعالى:)الصَّ ]آل عمران: 43[، إذ ال يراد به معنى الخضوع فحسب كونه متحقًقا بالـ)السجود( ))وقوله: )واسجدي( )َواْسُجِدي َواْرَكِعي َمَع الرَّاِكِعينَ وأصل السجود االنخفاض الشديد للخضوع ...وكذلك القول في الركوع إال أن السجود أشد انخفاضا(()65(. ومن َثمَّ فإن الداللة القرآنية ومنه ُيفهم أنَّ لهذه اللفظة تسمح لنا القول بتضمين الركوع كال المعنيين الظاهري والباطني دون اإلقتصار على معنى الخضوع فقط ، َمْن آتى الزكاة كان خاضًعا منحنًيا في هيئته . ) الزكاة ( : خرجت هذه اللفظة في اآلية الكريمة مورد البحث عن معناها اللغوي ؛ وذلك إلقترانها بالفعل)يؤتون( حيُث أخرجها هذا اإلقتران من معنى النماء والزيادة إلى المال المتصدَّق به , قال الراغب:)) واإليتاء:اإلعطاء ، وخص دفع الصدقة في القرآن باإليتاء نحو ) َكاَة اَلَة َوآَتُوْا الزَّ َوَأَقاُموْا الصَّ ( [ ، وقد 277]البقرة : ]الليل:17) َوَسُيَجنَُّبَها اأْلَْتَقى الَِّذي ُيْؤِتي َماَلُه َيَتَزكَّى (يكون تسمية صدقة المال زكاًة ألنها تزكي صاحبها ويؤيده قوله تعالى: . 578( معجم الفروق اللغوية : 63) . 503/ 15(اللباب في علوم الكتاب : 64) . 81/ 4( التبيان في تفسير القرآن : 65) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org ُرُهْم َوُتَزكِّيِهم ِبَها َوَصلِّ َعَلْيِهْم ِإنَّ َصاَلَتَك َسَكٌن لَُّهْم َوّللّاُ َسِميٌع َعِليٌم (18[ و ]التوبة:103[ وقد ورد )ُخْذ ِمْن َأْمَواِلِهْم َصَدَقًة ُتَطهِّ ركوع في الصالة إيتاء الزكاة مقترنًا بإقامة الصالة إخباًرا وإنشاًء بفعل األمر كثيًرا في التعبير القرآني ، إاّل أنَّه لم يرْد مقترًنا بهيأة ال في غير هذا المورد وهو ما ُيميِّز من تعلقت به اآلية الكريمة . ات ، من الحصر بـ)إنَّما( والعطف على والية هللا والرسول وعدم تكرار ذلك على والتأمل في اآلية المبحوثة وما فيها من ُمحددِّ مستوى االستعمال القرآني، وإيتاء الزكاة من هيأة الركوع في الصالة ،والقول بعهدية جملة صلة الموصول بحسب ما يرى عبد القاهر هـ( إذ قال : )) أنك ال َتِصُل " الذي " إالَّ بجملٍة من الكالم قد َسَبَق ِمَن السامِع علٌم بها وأمٌر قد َعرفه له نحُو َأْن 471الجرجاني )ت عَر هذا ُحْكُم الجملةِ الذي " َبْعَد " ترى عنَده رجاًل ُيِنشُده شعرًا فتقوُل له ِمْن غٍد : ما َفَعَل الرجُل الذي كاَن عندَك باألمس ينشُدك الشِّ إذا أنَت وصفَت به شيئًا .(() 66( كلُّ هذا ليحمل الباحث على القول بأن اآلية خاصة وليست عامة وما يترتب على ذلك من خصوصية معنى الوالية ال عموميتها ، ومن ثمَّ خصوصية من تعلقْت به االية الكريمة . ويؤيد معنى االختصاص فيها ، مارجَّحه الزمخشري وتبعه السمين الحلبي ، أن جملة ) الذين يقيمون الصالة ( في موقع البدل وليست نعتًا للـ) الذين آمنوا ( ، فهم اليشتركون في هذه الوالية وإنما المقصود بالوالية هو ) الذين يقيمون الصالة ويؤتون الزكاة وهم راكعون ( . ه بعض المفسرين إّما للمبالغة والتعظيم)67(، والقول باختصاصها ال ينافيه ظاهر لفظة ) الذين ( الدال على عموميتها ، وقد خرجَّ ِق في الصالة من هيئة الركوع )68(. أو لترغيب اآلخرين على مثل هذا الفعل وهو التََّصدُّ وقد ذكر ابن فارس أنَّ من سنن العرب في كالمها مخاطبة المفرد بصيغة الجمع)69(، والتعبير القرآني عبَّر عن المفرد بصيغة (الجمع ، ومنه قوله تعالى: َوِإنِّي ُمْرِسَلٌة ِإَلْيِهم ِبَهِديٍَّة َفَناِظَرٌة ِبَم َيْرِجُع اْلُمْرَسُلوَن ( [ )) وهو واحد يدّل عليه قوله جّل ثناؤه: " 35]النمل: إرِجْع إليهم "(()70(. ]المؤمنون :99[ بقرينة قوله ) لعلي أعمل( في قوله ) َحتَّى ِإَذا َجاء َأَحَدُهُم اْلَمْوُت َقاَل َربِّ اْرِجُعونِ ( ومنه أيضًا قوله تعالى: ]المؤمنون :100[ وغيرها من ) َلَعلِّي أَْعَمُل َصاِلًحا ِفيَما َتَرْكُت َكالَّ ِإنََّها َكِلَمٌة ُهَو َقاِئُلَها َوِمن َوَراِئِهم َبْرَزٌخ ِإَلى َيْوِم ُيْبَعُثوَن (تعالى: اآليات يعتقد صاحب المنار أن المراد من } الَِّذيَن آَمُنوا { ، هم المؤمنون األبرار واعتراضه الوحيد على رأي الشيعة في ذلك هو رفضه للتعبير عن المفرد بالذين آمنوا) 71(، مما ال يقع في كالم الفصحاء من الناس، فهل يقع في المعجز من كالم هللا ؟ . 159( دالئل اإلعجاز: 66) . 245/ 6، و روح المعاني : 30/ 12مفاتيح الغيب : ، و 364/ 5( ينظر : التبيان : 67) . 52/ 3، و إرشاد العقل السليم : 132/ 2، و أنوار التنزيل : 636/ 1( ينظر : الكشاف : 68) 563،و اإلتقان في علوم القرآن : 374، و فقه اللغة : 353( ينظر :الصاحبي في فقه اللغة: 69) . 350( الصاحبي في فقه اللغة : 70) .443/ 6( تفسير المنار : 71 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org ال والصحيح أن الظاهر اللفظي لـ } والَِّذيَن آَمُنوا { جمع ال مفرد، لكننا أثبتنا أن معنى الوالية هو التصرف والحكم، وأن هذا المعنى السالم(، إذن، فهو مفرد ال جمع، لكن هل هذا االستخدام مخالف األصول ينطبق سوى على شخص واحد هو اإلمام علي )عليه الفصاحة العربية؟ يقول الزمخشري بعد إثبات نزول اآلية في اإلمام علي )عليه السالم( فإن قلت: كيف صح أن يكون لعلي ) عليه السالم( واللفظ لفظ جماعة؟ قلت: جيء به على لفظ الجمع وإن كان السبب فيه رجاًل واحدًا؛ ليرغب الناس في مثل فعله فينالوا مثل ثوابه، ولينبه على أن سجية المؤمنين يجب أن تكون على هذه الغاية من الحرص على البر واإلحسان وتفقد الفقراء، حتى إن لزمهم أمر ال يقبل التأخير وهم في الصالة، لم يؤخروه إلى الفراغ منها ) 72( . وقد أضاف المرحوم شرف الدين وجهًا آخر في ذلك، وهو أنه لو كان بلفظ المفرد، آلثار تحفظ خصوم علي ) عليه السالم(؛ الستحالة انطباق هذه الصفات على غيره. فقد يجرهم ذلك لليأس، واتهام الرسول )صلي هللا عليه و آله وسلم( بتقديم األقارب والعشيرة )73( . كما حصل ذلك حين طلب )صلي هللا عليه و آله وسلم( الدواة لكتابة وصيته، فقالوا: إنه ليهجر ... وثمة فرق بين إطالق لفظ الجمع وإرادة الواحد واستعماله فيه، وبين إعطاء حكم كلي أو اإلخبار بمعرف جمعي في لفظ الجمع، لينطبق على من يصح أن ينطبق عليه، وبما أن جميع صفات اآلية منحصرة في علي) عليه السالم(، فال مصداق لها غيره )74( . إطالق الجمع وإرادة المفرد: تستخدم بعض اللغات الجمع بعنوان المفرد، فمثاًل في اللغة الفارسية يجمع المفرد لالحترام والتقدير، ويخاطب شخص واحد بلفظ الجمع، وذلك رائج مستخدم كثيرًا. كذلك في اللغة العربية، تستخدم صيغة الجمع ويراد منها المفرد الواحد، يقول الشاعر: جاء الشتاء وقميصي اخالق شر آذم يضحك منها التواقْ وتأسيسًا على ذلك نستنتج أن المراد من قوله تعالى ) والذين آمنوا ( ليس المؤمنون كافة؛ ألن المخاطب في اآلية هم المؤمنون، فلو كان ) والذين آمنوا( هم جميع المؤمنين الستلزم انعدام المخاطب لخروجهم جميعًا من المضاف إليه في ) وليكم ( . إذن في اآلية الوالية هي ليست بمعنى النصرة والمودة، بل بمعنى القيادة والتولي مما هو مختص باهلل ورسوله وبعض المؤمنين. والمصداق في قوله ) والذين آمنوا ( : هو علي بن أبي طالب )عليه السالم(، وذلك لثالثة وجوه يذكرها شيخ الطائفة فيقول: إن كل من قال: إن معنى الولي في اآلية معنى األحق، قال: إنه هو المخصوص به بإضافة هللا ورسوله وبما أنه قد ثبت من -1 معنى الوالية التولي واالستخالف. إذن ) والذين امنوا ( هو علي بن أبي طالب )عليه السالم( المختلفتين الشيعة والسنة رووا أن اآلية نزلت فيه )عليه السالم( خاصة، حين تصدق بخاتمه أثناء الركوع.إن الطائفتين -2 إن هللا تعالى وصف الذين آمنوا بصفات ليست حاصلة إال فيه )عليه السالم(. وأجمعت األمة على أنه لم يؤت الزكاة في حال -3 الركوع غير أمير المؤمنين )عليه السالم( ) 75( . ثم طرح الشيخ الطوسي سؤالين وأجاب عنهما، فقال: وليس ألحد أن يقول: إن ة؛ ألن قوله: } َوُهْم َراِكُعوَن ( ليس هو حااًل لـ ) يؤتون الزكاة ( بل، المراد به أن من صفتهم إيتاء الزكاة؛ ألن ذلك خالف ألهل العربي القاتل إذا قال لغيره لقيت فالنًا وهو راكب، لم يفهم منه إال لقاؤه له في حال الركوب، ولم يفهم منه أن من شأنه الركوب. .649/ 1الكشاف :ا)72 236(المراجعات : 73 ومفهوم اإلمامة قراءة في تفسير المنار :بحث 72وينظر اإلمامة والوالية في القرآن الكريم : 9/ 6(الميزان : 74 .563/ 3التبيان في تفسير القرآن، ( 75 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org وإن قيل: ما أنكرتم أن يكون الركوع المذكور في اآلية المراد به الخضوع، كأنه قال: يؤتون الزكاة خاضعين متواضعين، قلنا: الركوع هو التطاطؤ المخصوص، وإنما يقال للخضوع ركوع تشبيهًا ومجازًا ؛ألن فيه ضربًا من االنخفاض، ويدل على ما قلناه نص أهل اللغة عليه) 76(. الخاتمة : لقد حاولت في هذه الدراسة دراسة آيتي التبليغ والوالية دراسة سياقية وفي ضوء الدراسات السياقية الحديثة وقد قسمت البحث إلى مقدمة ومطلبين تناولت في المطلب األول آية التبليغ أما المطلب الثاني فقد خصصته آلية الوالية وقد اتبعت المنهج الوصفي التحليلي في دراسة اآليات من خالل السياق اللغوي وغير اللغوي . فأما السياق اللغوي فقد تناولت فيه المعنى المعجمي والصرفي والنحوي واما السياق غير اللغوي الخارجي فقد تناولت فيه اسباب النزول والسياق المقامي . وإذا كان من توصية أوصي بها فإنني الدراسات اللغوية كفيلة بإظهار المراد وال أدعي أنني قد أتيت بجديد وال أدعي الكمال أوصي الباحثين متجردين عن المذاهب فإن فالكمال هلل وحده هذا والحمد هلل رب العالمين . : البحث روافد القرآن الكريم . إرشاد العقل السليم إلى مزايا القرآن الكريم المعروف بتفسير أبي السعود ، أبو السعود محمد بن 3/52إرشاد العقل السليم : .1 م.1994 هـ1444، 4لبنان ، ط -هـ( . دار إحياء التراث العربي ، بيروت951محمد العمادي )ت بيروت –هـ(. عالم الكتب 468أسباب النزول ، أو الحسن علي بن أحمد الواحدي النيسابوري)ت .2 هـ( ومعه مصباح السالك إلى 761أوضح المسالك الى ألفية ابن مالك ، أبو محمد عبدهللا جمال الدين بن هشام االنصاري ) ت .3 أوضح المسالك ، بركات يوسف هبود، راجع الكتاب وصححه ، يوسف الشيخ محمد البقاعي . دط، دار الفكر للطباعة م. 2000 -هـ 1420لبنان، -والنشر، بيروت هـ( ، تحقيق الشيخ عادل 745البحر المحيط ، أثير الدين أبو عبدهللا محمد بن يوسف بن علي بن يوسف بن حيان األندلسي ) .4 م. 2001لبنان، -أحمد عبد الموجود والشيخ علي محمد عوض . دار الكتب العلمية ، بيروت –هـ( مؤسسة األعلمي ، بيروت 1107البرهان في تفسير القرآن ، هاشم بن سليمان بن إسماعيل ن عبد الجواد البحراني )ت .5 . 1999، 1لبنان ، ط لبنان -هـ( . دار الفكر للطباعة والنشر ، بيروت794البرهان في علوم القرآن ، بدر الدين محمد بن عبد هللا الزركشي ) ت .6 . 3/539م. البحر المحيط : 2004 -هـ1424، م. 1993البيان في روائع القرآن: د راسة لغوية وأسلوبية للنص القرآني ،د تمام حسان،عالم الكتب ،القاهرة ، .7 .564ـ563المصدر نفسه )76 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org هـ( ، تحقيق أحمد حبيب قصير العاملي . مكتب 460التبيان في تفسير القرآن ، أبو جعفر محمد بن الحسن الطوسي )ت .8 هـ . 1409، 1اإلعالم اإلسالمي ، ط هـ( ، ضبطه وراجعه 327تفسير ابن أبي حاتم المسمى بالتفسير بالمأثور، عبد الرحمن بن أبي حاتم محمد بن إدريس الرازي)ت .9 م . 2006 -هـ1427، 1أحمد فتحي عبد الرحمن حجازي . دار الكتب العلمية ، بيروت لبنان، ط هـ( ، تحقيق جالل األسيوطي . دار الكتب العلمية 803تفسير ابن عرفة ، أبو عبد هللا محمد بن محمد بن عرفة الورعمي)ت .10 . 2008لبنان ، 1، بيروت لبنان ، ط تفسير الحبري أو ما نزل من القرآن في عليٍّ عليه السالم ، أبو عبد هللا الكوفي الحسين بن الحكم بن مسلم الِحَبري .11 م . 2012 -هـ 1433، 2هـ(، تحقيق السيد محمد رضا الحسيني. مؤسسة آل البيت عليهم السالم إلحياء التراث ،ط286)ت –هـ( . دمؤسسة األعلمي ، بيروت 1091تفسير الصافي ، محسن بن مرتضى بن محمود المعروف بـ) الفيض الكاشاني( )ت .12 . 1982/ 2لبنان ، ط تفسير العياشي ، أبو النضر محمد بن مسعود ابن عياش السلمــــي المعروف بالعياشي ، تصحيح وتعليق السيد هاشم الرسولي .13 م 1991 هـ 1411، 1لبنان ، ط –. مؤسسة األعلمي ، بيروت تفسير القرآن الحكيم المشهور بـ) تفسيرالمنار( ، محمد رشيد رضا، خرج آياته إبراهيم شمس الدين . منشورات محمد علي .14 م . 1999 -هـ 1420، 1لبنان ، ط –بيضون ، دار الكتب العلمية بيروت التفسير الكبير و مفاتيح الغيب ، أبو عبد هللا محمد بن عمر بن الحسن بن الحسين التيمي الرازي الملقب بفخر الدين الرازي .15 م .200 -هـ 1423لبنان ، –دار الفكر بيروت هـ( . دط 604)ت هـ( ، تحقيق محمد الكاظم . مؤسسة 426تفسير فرات الكوفي ، أبو القاسم فرات بن إبراهيم بن فرات الكوفي ، حوالي)ت .16 م. 1995 -هـ1416، 2طهران ط -الطباعة والنشر في وزارة الثقافة واإلرشاد اإلسالمي هـ ،تحقيق :عبد هللا حمود درهم العزي ومحمد بدر الحوثي ،مؤسسة 1431التيسير في التفسير : السيد بدر الدين الحوثي ت .17 المصطفى الثقافية :صعدة اليمن م. الدار اإلسالمية ، 2003هـ1424حاشية الصبَّان على شرح األشموني على ألفية ابن مالك . دار الفكر ، بيروت لبنان، .18 . 1990 هـ 1410لبنان هـ( . دار الفكر 911الدر المنثور في التفسير بالمأثور، عبد الرحمن جالل الدين السيوطي )ت .19 هـ( ، تحقيق الدكتور محمد التونجي . دار 47دالئل اإلعجاز ، أبو بكر عبدالقاهر بن عبدالرحمن بن محمد الجرجاني )ت .20 م . 1995، 1بيروت ، ط –الكتاب العربي لبنان . -هـ( دار الفكر ، بيروت1127روح المعاني في تفسير القرآن العظيم والسبع المثاني ، للعالمة محمود اآللوسي )ت .21 دمشق –هـ( ، تحقيق أحمد فريد أحمد . المكتبة التوقيفية ، دار القلم 392سر صناعة االعراب، أبو الفتح عثمان بن جني )ت .22 م . 1985، هـ( ، تصحيح وتعليق يوسف حسن 688شرح الرضي على كافية ابن الحاجب، محمد بن الحسن رضي الدين اإلسترابادي ) .23 . 2عمر . مؤسسة الصادق ، ط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org المكتبة . هـ( شرح وتحقيق السيد أحمد صقر 395الصاحبي في فقه اللغة وسنن العرب في كالمها ،أحمد بن فارس بن زكريا)ت .24 السعودية . -الفيصلية ، مكة المكرمة هـ( تحقيق : د.مهدي المخزومي ود.إبراهيم السامرائي . دار ومكتبة 170العين ،أبو عبد الرحمن الخليل بن أحمد الفراهيدي )ت .25 الهالل . .ه1416الغدير في الكتاب والسّنة واألدب ،عبد الحسين األميني، مركز الغدير، قم، .26 لبنان ، –هـ(، تحقيق حمدو طّماس . دار المعرفة ، بيروت 429فقه اللغة وسر العربية ، أبو منصور عبد الملك الثعالبي)ت .27 م . 2004 -هـ 1425، 1ط هـ( 817القاموس المحيط ، ، أبو طاهر محمد بن يعقوب بن محمد بن إبراهيم بن عمر ، مجد الدين الفيروز آبادي ) ت .28 م . 1996، 4،تحقيق الطاهر أحمد الزاوي . دار عالم الكتب، الرياض ، ط هـ.ش 1362الكافي ، محمد بن يعقوب الكليني، الدار اإلسالمية، طهران، .29 هـ( ، تحقيق عبد السالم هارون. مكتبة الخانجي، 180الكتاب ، أبو بشر عمرو بن عثمان بن قنبر الملقب بسيبويه )ت .30 م .1988–هـ 1408، 3القاهرة، ط هـ ،تحقيق المرتضى بن زيد ،مكتبة مركز بدر العلمي والثقافي 298كتاب األحكام في الحالل والحرام :يحيى بن الحسين ت .31 الكشاف عن حقائق غوامض التنزيل وعيون األقاويل في وجوه التأويل، أبو القاسم جار هللا محمود بن عمر بن محمد .32 ، 4لبنان، ط –هـ( ،رتبه وضبطه وصححه محمد عبد السالم شاهين . دار الكتب العلمية ، بيروت 538الزمخشري ) م. 2006 هـ(، تحقيق غازي مختار طليمات . دار الفكر 616اللباب في علل البناء واإلعراب ، أبو البقاء عبد هللا بن الحسين العكبري)ت .33 م . 1995، 1سوريا ,ط –لبنان ، دار الفكر دمشق –المعاصر بيروت هـ( . منشورات محمدعلي بيضون ، دار الكتب 880اللباب في علوم الكتاب ،أبو حفص عمر بن علي ابن عادل الدمشقي )ت .34 م . 1998هـ 1419، 1العلمية ، بيروت لبنان ،ط هـ(، حققه وعلق عليه عامر أحمد حيدر . دار 711لسان العرب، أبو الفضل جمال الدين محمد بن مكرم بن منظور )ت .35 م. 3003-هـ 1424، 1لبنان، ط -الكتب العلمية بيروت م . 1994المغرب ، – اللغة العربية معناها ومبناها ، الدكتور تمام حسان . دار الثقافة .36 –هـ( . رابط الثقافة والعالقات اإلسالمية ، إيران 548مجمع البيان لعلوم القرآن،أبو علي الفضل بن الحسن الطبرسي)ت .37 م . 1996 1طهران، ط هـ( ، تحقيق 546المحرر الوجيز في تفسير الكتاب العزيز ، للقاضي أبو محمد عبد الحق بن غالب بن عطية األندلسي )ت .38 م . 2007 -هـ 1428، 2لبنان ، ط –عبد السالم عبد الشافي محمد . دار الكتب العلمية ، بيروت هـ( ، تحقيق عبد الحميد الهنداوي ، 458المحكم والمحيط األعظم ، أبو الحسن علي بن إسماعيل بن سيده المرسي)ت .39 م . 2000 -هـ 1421، 1لبنان ، ط –منشورات محمد علي بيضون . دار الكتب العلمية ، بيروت american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org هـ( دراسة و تحقيق : يوسف الشيخ محمد 770) ت الكبير، أحمد بن محمد بن علي الفيوميالمصباح المنير في غريب الشرح .40 . المكتبة العصرية . هـ( ، تحقيق مؤسسة النشر اإلسالمي ، قم المقدسة . 296معجم الفروق اللغوية ، أبو الهالل العسكري ) .41 هـ1384، 3المعجم المفهرس أللفاظ القرآن الكريم ، محمد فؤاد عبد الباقي ، النشر، ذوي القربى ، ط .42 مغني اللبيب عن كتب األعاريب ، أبو محمد عبد هللا جمال الدين بن يوسف بن أحمد ابن عبد هللا بن هشام .43 1طهران ، ط –هـ( ، تحقيق محمد محيي الدين عبدالحميد. دار الصادق، إيران 761األنصاري)ت دمشق الدار الشامية ، –هـ( ،تحقيق صفوان عدنان داوودي . دار القلم 502مفردات ألفاظ القرآن ، الراغب األصفهاني )ت .44 هـ 1426 1ط هـ( تحقيق ، عبد السالم هارون 395مقاييس اللغة ، أبو الحسين أحمد بن فارس بن زكريا )ت .45 ، 1لبنان ،ط –هـ( ، تحقيق حسن حمد. دارالكتب العلمية ، بيروت 285المقتضب ، أبو العباس محمد بن يزيد المبرد)ت .46 م. 1999 1997/ 1لبنان ، ط -الميزان في تفسير القرآن ، محمد حسين الطباطبائي. مؤسسة األعلمي ، بيروت .47 . 3مصر ، ط –هـ( . دار المعارف 1398النحو الوافي ، عباس حسن )ت .48 م. 2001، 1نور الثقلين ، عبد علي بن جمعة العروسي الحويزي ، تحقيق السيد علي عاشور . مؤسسة التاريخ العربي، ط .49 الرسائل والبحوث: اآليات المتعلقة باإلمام علي) عليه السالم( دراسة في ضوء المعنى النحوي ،رسالة ماستر ،للطالب رضا فاهم بإشراف .أ.د .1 حسن األسدي جامعة كربالء . 2006السياق القرآني وأثره في تفسير المدرسة العقلية الحديثة )اطروحة ( ،سعيد الشهراني جامعة أم القرى ، .2 السياق القرآني وأثره في التفسير دراسة نظرية وتطبيقية من خالل تفسير ابن كثير ،عبد الرحمن المطيري ،واشراف الدكتور خالد .3 . 2008بن عبد هللا القريشي ،جامعة أم القرى ، نصوص الوالية :دراسة سياقية في ضوء الدراسات اللغوية الحديثة )بحث( ،محمد علي أحمد عضو رابطة علماء اليمن ،المجلس .4 2006، 1اإلسالمي، اليمن ، ط american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 219 www.americanjournal.org representation of metaphors in literary translation: a study based on the works of oscar wilde khamidova nigina mirkhodiyevna asia international university 1-st year master’s student shona_85-87@mail.ru abstract keywords metaphor is an essential stylistic device in literary texts, functioning both semantically and pragmatically to convey imagery, ideology, and authorial voice. translating metaphors presents a particular challenge because metaphors are culture-bound, lexically varied, and tightly integrated with a text’s tone and register. this article explores strategies for representing metaphors in literary translation, using selected passages from oscar wilde’s major works as case studies. by combining theoretical perspectives from translation studies and cognitive metaphor theory with close textual analysis, the paper argues for a flexible, context-sensitive approach: translators should balance fidelity to source metaphors with target-language naturalness, and choose strategies (literal transfer, modulation, paraphrase, compensation, or creative replacement) that preserve functional and aesthetic effects rather than surface forms. implications for translator training and for machine-augmented translation are discussed. metaphor, lexical/ figurative form, conceptual compatibility, pragmatic work, conventional mapping, comparative analysis, index speaker, multifunctionality introduction metaphor pervades literature: it condenses experience, constructs imagery, and encodes ideology. oscar wilde’s prose and dramatic dialogue are rich in epigrammatic metaphors that carry wit, irony, and aesthetic positions. when translating wilde, a translator faces the twin demands of retaining his distinctive voice and making metaphors intelligible, evocative, and performative in the target language. this study examines how metaphors function in wilde’s texts and evaluates translation strategies that render metaphoric meaning while preserving stylistic effect. literature review two bodies of theory underpin this analysis. first, translation studies provide strategic options for rendering metaphors: literal transfer, substitution with an equivalent metaphor, explicitation (paraphrase), modulation (shifting perspective), and compensation (introducing metaphoric content elsewhere). foundational thinkers—jakobson, newmark, nida, venuti, bassnett, and munday—have american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 220 www.americanjournal.org articulated different priorities (equivalence, communicative function, foreignization vs. domestication) that influence strategy selection. second, cognitive-linguistic accounts (lakoff & johnson) show that metaphors are conceptual mappings (e.g., argument is war) grounded in embodied experience and cultural schemas. therefore, translation must consider both lexical correspondences and conceptual compatibility across cultures. a metaphor that is conventional in source culture may be unfamiliar or absent in the target culture; conversely, a different conventional mapping may perform the same pragmatic work. combining these frameworks suggests evaluating metaphors at three levels: (1) lexical/figurative form, (2) conceptual mapping, and (3) pragmatic/stylistic effect (tone, irony, register). the translator’s task is to preserve the latter two as far as possible. methodology this qualitative study uses close reading and comparative analysis. the corpus comprises selected passages from oscar wilde’s fiction and drama: the picture of dorian gray, the importance of being earnest, lady windermere’s fan, and key essays (e.g., the decay of lying). for each passage, the source metaphor is identified and analyzed for semantic components and pragmatic role. then hypothetical translation options are evaluated according to criteria: semantic adequacy, idiomaticity, preservation of tone, and performative force. where appropriate, actual published translations (targetlanguage examples are referenced generically) are discussed to illustrate common solutions and pitfalls metaphor types and functions in wilde wilde uses several metaphor types: • epigrammatic metaphors: short, striking metaphors that carry paradox or wit (e.g., comparing moral phenomena to aesthetic objects). • extended metaphors and images: recurring motifs or sustained analogies that structure scenes or character perception. • character-specific metaphors: metaphors that index speaker personality (e.g., witty aphorisms of algernon or lord goring). • philosophical/metatheatrical metaphors: metaphors in essays that articulate wilde’s aesthetic theories. • functions include irony, characterisation, aesthetic argumentation, and social satire. this multifunctionality informs translation choices: an epigram’s lexical compactness and shock value must be protected; an extended image may allow more adaptive rendering. discussion the importance of being earnest — epigrammatic wit consider a hypothetical line where algernon says something like, “the truth is rarely pure and never simple.” (a real wilde epigram). the sentence’s power lies in its compact paradox and formal balance. translation strategies: literal transfer preserve’s parallel structure and paradox if target language permits similar syntactic balance. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 221 www.americanjournal.org • equivalent metaphor substitution might use a culturally resonant antithesis that retains paradox but shifts imagery. paraphrase/explication risks losing the epigrammatic punch. recommendation: prioritise preserving concise antithetical structure (form) and paradox (function). if literal transfer yields awkward phrasing in the target language, recreate a similar short paradoxical clause rather than explicate. • the picture of dorian gray — extended aesthetic metaphors wilde frequently frames moral degeneration in art metaphors (the portrait, color, decay). here metaphors are woven into thematic architecture. translation must keep image coherence across the text. strategies: consistent metaphorical mapping: retain the same domain across occurrences (e.g., decay-ascolor/fade). naturalisation of lexical items: choose target-language terms that allow the same semantic field (e.g., “pallor,” “tinge,” “stain”). avoiding over-literalism that could produce incongruent register. recommendation: translate central metaphors with stable equivalents and preserve collocations; where exact lexical overlap is impossible, prioritize imagery that sustains the theme. • comedic metaphors in dialogue — pragmatics and timing in wilde’s comedies, metaphors are often timed for a punchline. translators must consider speech rhythm and audience response. a metaphor that reads well on the page may fail when performed. strategies include: rhythmic adaptation: adjust word order or syllable counts for performative timing. locally resonant metaphors: when a culture lacks a direct metaphor, use a different metaphor that elicits a similar laugh or ironic effect. recommendation: for dramatic texts, test translations aloud; if possible, collaborate with performers to calibrate comedic timing. • culturalized metaphors — untranslatable images some metaphors rely on cultural or historical knowledge (e.g., references to british social rituals). here, strategies vary: explicitation: add a brief clarifying phrase (use sparingly). footnoting or paratextual support: for scholarly editions. substitution: choose a target-culture metaphor that reproduces the pragmatic effect. recommendation: in general readership translations, prefer subtle substitution or slight expansion; in academic editions, retain source metaphor and add notes. • strategic framework for translators from the above, a practical decision tree emerges: identify function: what does the metaphor do? (image, ideation, characterisation, irony) assess translatability: is there a close lexical or conceptual equivalent? select strategy: if the metaphor’s form is crucial (epigram), prefer literal transfer or crafted equivalent. if conceptual mapping is crucial (cognitive metaphor structuring theme), prioritise conceptual equivalence even if lexical change is required. if performative/timing is crucial (comic dialogue), prioritise rhythm and audience effect. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 222 www.americanjournal.org consider compensation: if a metaphor cannot be preserved, introduce a metaphoric effect elsewhere to maintain textual balance. review for voice consistency: ensure metaphors across the text preserve character voice and register. this framework aligns with a functionalist orientation in translation studies: preserve function and effect over word-for-word equivalence. • practical recommendations & translator ethics anchor decisions in the target audience: literary translators must balance fidelity with readability. document choices: readers and editors appreciate translator notes explaining significant departures or substitutions. collaborate with editors/performers: especially for drama. maintain ethical transparency: avoid “domestication” that erases source cultural markers unless justified. • implications for machine translation and cat tools current machine translation systems struggle with literary metaphors due to literal bias. post-editing by skilled translators remains essential. however, cat tools can help by maintaining consistent rendering of recurring metaphors and storing chosen metaphoric equivalents in translation memories. training bilingual lexicons enriched with conceptual mappings can improve suggestions, but human judgement is indispensable for aesthetic decisions. conclusion translating metaphors in wilde requires sensitivity to multiple levels of meaning: lexical form, conceptual mapping, and pragmatic effect. no single strategy fits all cases. translators should prioritise preserving functional effects—tone, irony, aesthetic arguments—using literal transfer when possible, but employing modulation, substitution, and compensation where necessary. documenting the rationale improves scholarly transparency and reader appreciation. ultimately, well-handled metaphors allow wilde’s wit and insights to resonate across languages without becoming either opaque or domesticated. references (the following bibliography includes primary wilde texts and foundational works in translation and metaphor theory; translators should consult specific editions and recent scholarship for in-depth citation.) 1. oscar wilde. the picture of dorian gray. london: ward, lock & company, 1890. 2. oscar wilde. the importance of being earnest and other plays. london: methuen, 1899. 3. oscar wilde. lady windermere’s fan and other plays. london: methuen, 1893. 4. oscar wilde. the decay of lying and other essays. london: methuen, 1891. 5. roman jackobson. “on linguistic aspects of translation.” in on translation, edited by reuben a. brower. harvard university press, 1959. 6. eugene a nida. toward a science of translating. leiden: e. j. brill, 1964. 7. peter newmark. a textbook of translation. london: prentice hall, 1988. 8. lawrence venuti. the translator’s invisibility: a history of translation. london & new york: routledge, 1995. 9.susan bassnett. translation studies. 4th ed. london & new york: routledge, 2013. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 223 www.americanjournal.org 10.jeremy munday. introducing translation studies: theories and applications. 4th ed. london & new york: routledge, 2016. 11. george lakoff and mark johnson. metaphors we live by. chicago: university of chicago press, 1980. 12.zoltan kövecses . metaphor: a practical introduction. 2nd ed. oxford university press, 2010. 13.andre lefevere. translation, rewriting, and the manipulation of literary fame. london: routledge, 1992. 14.mona baker. in other words: a coursebook on translation. 2nd ed. london & new york: routledge, 2011. 15. werner koller. “equivalence in translation theory.” meta 31, no. 4 (1986): 305–318. 16. chesterman, andrew. memes of translation: the spread of ideas in translation theory. amsterdam: john benjamins, 1997. 17. wilss, wolfram. knowledge and skills in translator behaviour. amsterdam/philadelphia: john benjamins, 1996. 18. toury, gideon. descriptive translation studies—and beyond. amsterdam/philadelphia: john benjamins, 1995. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org regional specialization trends of light industry in navoi region in the years of independence kholikulov shukhratjon boymakhammadovich independent researcher at bukhara state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the regional specialization trends of light industry in navoi region in the period after uzbekistan gained independence. the article briefly covers the history of the formation of the region and administrative-territorial changes, and determines the role of light industry in the regional economy. the main attention is paid to the specialization trends formed on the basis of the principles of territorial location of enterprises of various branches of light industry (textiles, knitwear, sewing, leather and footwear), proximity to sources of raw materials, the influence of consumer markets and the distribution of labor resources. the article also analyzes the production stages and industry characteristics of light industry enterprises. navoi region, light industry, regional specialization, textile industry, leather and footwear industry, location factors, consumer markets, labor resources. introduction navoi region is located in the central part of the republic of uzbekistan. previously, it was part of the och dasht region, which was part of the rsfsr. since 1920, part of the current navoi region has been part of the kazakh ssr, and in 1956, part of the future region, which was part of the kazakh ssr at that time, was transferred to the uzbek ssr with a view to developing cotton growing. by decree of the presidium of the supreme soviet of the uzbek ssr no. 2247-x dated april 20, 1982, navoi region was formed from part of the republic of karakalpakstan, bukhara and samarkand regions, with the city of navoi as its administrative center. from the bukhara region, it included konimekh, kyzyltepa, navbahor, navoi, tomdi and uchkuduk districts, the cities of navoi, zarafshan, uchkuduk; from samarkand region nurota and khatirchi districts were transferred. according to the resolution of the presidium of the supreme soviet of the uzbek ssr of september 9, 1988, navoi region was abolished as an administrative unit, and its territories were annexed to the territory of samarkand region. this was done due to the policy pursued by some short-sighted leaders in the last years of the soviet regime with the intention of making the former center look good. the resolution of the presidium of the supreme soviet of the uzbek ssr of may 16, 1989 "on the transfer of part of the territories of samarkand region" was adopted. in order to ensure the implementation of this resolution, the resolution of the council of ministers of uzbekistan of may 19, 1989 no. 148-r "on the transfer of part of the territories of samarkand regions to bukhara region" was adopted. in this regard, the cities of navoi, zarafshan, uchkuduk, navoi, navbahor, kyzyltepa, tomdi, uchkuduk, konimekh districts were included in the bukhara region. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org after the republic of uzbekistan gained its independence, the navoi region was restored by the will of the navoi people. speaking at a meeting with activists of the navoi region, the first president of the republic of uzbekistan i.a. karimov noted that, taking into account the demands of the population of the region and the prospects for economic and social development in the region, the supreme council of the republic of uzbekistan adopted the resolution of the presidium of the supreme council on the restoration of the navoi region within the former borders, the administrative center of which was the city of navoi, which was part of the republic of uzbekistan. on january 27, 1992, based on the decree of the presidium of the supreme soviet of the uzbek ssr "on the organization of navoi region within the republic of uzbekistan", navoi region was established within the 1982 borders. results and discussion the territory of navoi region is divided into 3 parts according to its natural conditions: the northwestern part of the region is occupied by the kyzylkum desert here there are barren swamps (karakota, molali, mingbulok), sandy plains and relict mountains (ovminzatog, yetimtog, bokantov, tomditov, etc.); the southeastern part is occupied by the western part of the nurota mountain ranges, low and mediumaltitude mountains (qaratog, oktog, etc.) and intermountain swamps (nurota swamp, etc.); the cottongrowing zone of the region is located in the central part of the zarafshan river oasis. the mountains of navoi region are mainly composed of rocks of the silurian, devonian, carboniferous, burian, paleogene, neogene periods. the plains and sand dunes have changed under the influence of complex natural factors in the quaternary geological period. gold was found in muruntov, graphite in the north of ovminzatog. the region has reserves of tungsten, phosphorites, quartz sand, cement, and limestone. mineral healing, saline, and deep underground water reserves have been discovered in navoi region. for example, waters found in the vicinity of chunonchi, tomdibulok, qaraqota, and chingildi are widely used in agriculture[1]. light industry is a specialized industrial sector that produces basic consumer goods from various raw materials. light industry unites a number of sectors that provide the population with textiles, clothing, footwear, and haberdashery. in the process of industrial development in the country, the share of these products is increasing. this sector supplies a significant part of consumer goods produced in the country. light industry enterprises are usually divided into the following groups: • the first enterprises producing cheap consumer goods, requiring low-skilled labor for production. • the second enterprises producing products that require high qualifications of workers and special equipment, and a more expensive market segment. characteristics of light industry: industrial products affect the standard of living of people; labor-intensive, sectoral (this sector is mainly served by women, 75% of the workforce in the industry is women); the size of enterprises is relatively small and does not require a large amount of energy and water[2]. light industry produces a wide range of consumer goods and consists of the following sectors: yarn, jute, wool, knitwear, leather, footwear, fur, etc. raw materials for light industry are mainly supplied by agriculture (cotton, flax, wool, hides (leather, fur), currently, chemical industry products are also considered raw materials for light industry (7 enterprises and organizations engaged in the production of non-woven products, except for clothing, are located in karmana, khatirchi districts and the city of navoi; 2 enterprises engaged in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org production of other technical and industrial textile products are located in the kyzyltepa district and the city of navoi; 25 enterprises and organizations engaged in the production of textile products not included in other categories are located in karmana, navbahor, khatirchi, uchkuduk, nurota, kyzyltepa districts and the city of zarafshan (end of 2023)[3]; the textile industry is made up of yarn-weaving, woolen weaving, silk and linen weaving. the weaving process consists of several stages: — the stage of preliminary processing of raw materials, cotton cleaning, processing of flax fiber, washing wool (15 enterprises and organizations engaged in the preparation and spinning of cotton fibers are located in navbahor, khatirchi, karmana, kyzyltepa districts and the cities of navoi and zarafshan; 11 enterprises and organizations engaged in the preparation and spinning of wool fibers are located in kyzyltepa, tomdi, nurota, navbahor, karmana districts and the cities of navoi and zarafshan (end of 2023); — spinning stage (8 enterprises and organizations engaged in the preparation and spinning of fibers other than wool and cotton are located in kyzyltepa, khatirchi, karmana districts. (end of 2023); — weaving stage (4 enterprises and organizations engaged in the production of yarn and fabrics are located in karmana district and the city of zarafshan; 4 enterprises and organizations engaged in the production of woolen fabrics are located in kyzyltepa, khatirchi, uchkuduk, konimeh districts; 2 enterprises engaged in the production of silk fabrics are located in the city of navoi and nurota district; 2 enterprises engaged in the production of yarn and other woolen fabrics are located in tomdi and uchkuduk districts. (end of 2023); — finishing stage (4 enterprises and organizations engaged in the decoration of textile products are located in tomdi, nurota, khatirchi districts and the city of navoi. (end of 2023)[3]; all these stages can be carried out in separate spinning, weaving or finishing factories, but transportation costs (loading and unloading goods from each factory) increase the cost of the product. therefore, it is more profitable to concentrate textile production in one enterprise a combine. the enterprises for the initial processing of raw materials are located close to the sources of raw materials. more women work in textile enterprises, so this industry is located in densely populated cities and regions with developed heavy industry (1 enterprise engaged in the production of carpets and carpet products is located in uchkuduk district (end of 2023)[3]. when locating enterprises of the knitting and sewing industry, the regions where their products are used are taken into account. because transporting the yarns needed for this industry is more convenient and cheaper than transporting finished products (2 enterprises engaged in the production of woven and knitted fabrics are located in khatirchi, kyzyltepa districts; 29 enterprises and organizations engaged in the production of finished textile products, except for clothing, are located in kyzyltepa, khatirchi, karmana, tomdi, navbahor, uchkuduk, nurota districts and the cities of navoi and zarafshan (end of 2023)[3]. therefore, when locating enterprises of the textile industry, consumers, labor resources and sources of raw materials are taken into account (1 the enterprise, which is engaged in the production of ropes, cables, ropes, ties and netting, is located in navoi (end of 2023)[3]. one of the most important sectors of light industry is the leather and footwear industry. natural leather (leather) is the raw material for this industry. in addition, artificial leather, rubber, canvas (a thick fabric woven from hemp), and wool (for clothing) are also used as raw materials. depending on the specialization of livestock farming in different regions, the raw materials of this industry are diverse. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org the source of raw materials plays an important role in the location of the leather industry. however, skins, which are a waste product of meat processing plants, also affect the location of this industry. the footwear industry is established in areas close to the consumer. the footwear industry is located mainly depending on its use, and partly on raw material resources. leather and footwear production have long been territorially interconnected. these industries originated in the central parts of our country. the footwear industry uses not only natural materials as raw materials, but also textile materials in combination with artificial leather. as a result, the raw material base of the industry has expanded significantly. at the same time, the concentration of footwear enterprises in the regions of use has increased. conclusion in conclusion, navoi region, during the years of independence, based on its historical and geographical features and available resources, formed certain regional specialization trends in light industry. the region's wealth in agricultural raw materials, especially cotton and wool cultivation, created the basis for the development of the textile industry and influenced the location of these enterprises in areas close to the sources of raw materials. at the same time, densely populated areas and large cities served as centers for consumption-oriented industries such as knitting and sewing. the leather and footwear industry developed taking into account factors such as proximity to sources of raw materials and sources of waste such as meat processing plants, as well as consumer markets. the location of light industry enterprises is determined not only by the availability of raw materials and consumer markets, but also by the availability of labor resources and the development of transport infrastructure. references: 1. oʻzbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi. т.: «oʻzbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi» davlat ilmiy nashriyoti, 2003. – b. 13. 2. sanoat geografiyasi: darslik / egamberdiyeva u.t., -toshkent: «donishmand ziyosi», 2020. – b. 149. 3. navoiy viloyati statistika boshqarmasi maʼlumotlari. https://www.navstat.uz 4. r.maqsudov, q.rajabov. qiziltepa tarixi. (uchinchi eng muhim qisqa maʼlumotlar). –t.: «fan va texnologiya», 2016, 96 b. 5. r.maqsudov, q.rajabov. qiziltepa tumani kecha va bugun. – t.: sahhof, 2021. – 117 b. 6. xolmurodov r. xatirchi tumani tarixidan lavhalar. –toshkent: fan, 1996, 10-11 b. 7. hotamov a., bekniyozov n. karmana — qadimiy diyor. toshkent: oʻzbekiston, 2007 — 152 b. 8. salimov t.u. nurota va nurotaliklar. t.: universitet, 2019. — 158 b. https://www.navstat.uz/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 39, | august 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the use of the subjunctive in the novel chronicle of a death foretoldanalytical study mustafa mohammed rashid university of karbala / college of tourism sciences mostafa.mohammed1205a@colang.uobaghdad.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research analyzes the use of the subjunctive mood in gabriel garcía márquez's novel "chronicle of a death foretold" from a semantic and rhetorical perspective. it examines how this mood contributes to creating atmospheres of doubt, subjectivity, and inevitability, reflecting the emotional and moral complexity of the characters. through the analysis of representative passages from the novel, multiple linguistic functions are identified, such as the expression of desire, doubt, supposition, judgment, and unreality. this work draws on linguistic and literary sources and aims to make a valuable contribution to both discourse analysis and the teaching of spanish as a foreign language. subjunctive, translation, analisis. introduction the subjunctive is one of the most complex and expressive factors in spanish grammar. it goes beyond its formal grammatical value by revealing the speaker's postures, thoughts, assumptions, and feelings, giving it an essential role in literary writing. in crónica de una muerte anunciada by gabriel garcía márquez he uses the subjunctive to create a climate of uncertainty, narrative tension and subjectivity; this technique allows the reader to delve into the hypothetical worlds that surround the characters. in magical realism, which was a literary movement that had a presence in latin america in the 30s, but which saw its greatest apogee in the 60s and 70s, it was in the magical realism that gabriel garcía márquez developed, in his observation of reality where we are aware of the singularities and oddities within our daily lives. that the subjunctive was used to nourish and develop this novel in an over-thetop way the novel, with a fragmented structure and a fundamental tone, contains numerous cases where the subjunctive not only fulfills a grammatical function; it also collaborates with expressing the internal motivations of the characters, revealing social judgments and denoting the unreality of some desires or unfulfilled actions. studying the use of the subjunctive in this literary work makes it possible to understand in a deeper way the linguistic processes that support moral ambiguity and social criticism in márquez's narrative. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org motivation for the study the reason for choosing this subject is twofold: on the one hand, the need to examine the subjunctive as a rhetorical and grammatical phenomenon in literary situations; and, on the other hand, the intention of investigating its contribution to the semantic and symbolic construction of narrative work. in the novel chronicle of a death foretold, the subjunctive becomes a key to interpretation that allows the reader to penetrate the mental universe of the characters and discover their fears, uncertainties, resignations and unfulfilled hopes. this research also aims to offer a useful tool for spanish students and literary translators, especially in situations where the target language (e.g. arabic) does not have parallel structures to the subjunctive. objectives of the study to analyze the use of the subjunctive in the novel "chronicle of a death foretold" from a semantic and rhetorical perspective identify the main functions of the subjunctive in the narrative construction of the novel. explore the relationship between the use of the subjunctive and the expression of emotions, judgments, and alternative realities demonstrate how this subjunctive contributes to the representation of the subjectivity (personality) of the characters and to the creation of the fatalistic atmosphere that characterizes the novel reflect on the difficulty of translating the subjunctive into arabic and its importance in the teaching of advanced spanish. theoretical part definition and characteristics of the subjunctive mood the subjunctive is one of the three verb tenses of spanish, along with the indicative and the imperative. unlike the declarative, which expresses real or objective facts, the subjunctive is used to express actions that have not been carried out, hypothetical, desirable, feared or uncertain (bosque, 1999, p. 243). this pattern expresses the speaker's attitude towards the action, rather than the action itself, and usually appears in dependent clauses that express doubt, desire, possibility, judgment or emotion (rae, 2010, pp. 1227-1235). the use of the subjunctive mood in literature and its symbolic dimension in chronicle of a death foretold the subjunctive mood has been the subject of numerous linguistic and stylistic studies due to its semantic diversity and remarkable expressive power. in literary discourse, this mode is not only used according to grammatical rules, but is also employed to achieve profound communicative purposes. it is clear that the novel chronicle of a death foretold, uses the subjunctive to create the symbolic universe of the narrative text, giving it meanings linked to guilt, the possible, the uncertain and unfulfilled expectations. 1.the subjunctive mood: definition and semantic values a verbal category that is used to narrate uncertain, hypothetical circumstances. it introduces a mental separation between the speaker and the truth of the event. all this distinguishes with the indicative mood, which is used to convey observable facts. another saying, the speaker does not claim that his american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org message is true; rather, it is manifesting a possibility, a desire, a doubt, a judgment, an emotion, or something unreal (bosque, 1999; rae, 2010). this function transforms the subjunctive into a common instrument of literary discourse, which explores alternative worlds, diverse points of view, and deep emotions (alarcos llorach, 1994). example from the novel: _ojalá no to the mataran slaughtered this example expresses an intense, almost desperate desire to challenge a reality that seems imminent. 2. functions of the subjunctive in narrative discourse in narrative texts, the subjunctive frequently appears in contexts involving: • desire: often an unattainable desire: _ojalá lo hubiera dethenido antes litham my position before • doubt or possibility: open to multiple interpretations: _ يعلم يكن لم انه محتمل • moral judgment: appears prominently in the narrative discourse loaded with values: _ es injusto que nadie lo ayudara it is not fair that no one helps him • counterfactual hypotheses: alternative events that didn't occur, but could have changed the outcome (the course of events) (gómez torrego, 2006; garcía negroni, 2011): "if they had woken him up, he would still be alive ." these structures not only express the thoughts of the characters, but also reflect the "point of view of the narrator," who often takes a critical stance on the course of events. not only are the characters' thoughts manifested in these structures, but they also show the perspective of the narrator, who often has a critical stance on how events unfold. one of the essential properties of the subjunctive in chronicle of a death foretold is that it can create narrative confusion. the author, using hypothetical structures, frustrated desires and ethical evaluations, not only relates events, but also invites the reader to question them (eco, 1987), to imagine other situations and to feel complex emotions such as guilt, remorse or helplessness. example: it would have been better if we didn't know نعلم نكن لم لو األفضل من كان it reflects the collective moral dilemma in the face of a tragedy that everyone knew, but no one prevented. this use of the subjunctive activates what umberto eco called interpretative cooperation of the reader: the text does not impose a reading, but suggests multiple possible meanings. 3. the subjunctive as a marker of conflict and ambiguity a key feature of the use of the subjunctive in the novel "chronicle of a death foretold" is its ability to generate narrative ambiguity. through hypothetical constructions, unfulfilled desires, and moral evaluations, the author not only describes facts, but invites the reader to question them, imagine alternative scenarios, and experience complex emotions such as helplessness, guilt, and remorse (eco, 1987). example from the novel: "it would have been better if we hadn't known. نعلم نكن لم لو األفضل من كان this example reflects the collective moral conflict around a tragedy that was known to all, but that no one could avoid. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org this use of the subjunctive activates what umberto eco described as the concept of interpretative cooperation of the reader. in other words, the text does not impose a single reading, but opens the door to a plurality of meanings and different possibilities of interpretation, which deepens the contemplative dimension of the literary work. 4.temporal relations and subjunctive moods the subjunctive in spanish includes a wide variety of verb tenses: present, imperfect preterite, perfect preterite and past perfect. the choice of the appropriate verb tense depends not only on the verb tense of the main sentence, but also on the degree of certainty, the temporal distance and the emotional charge that the speaker wishes to convey (rae, 2010; camus bergareche, 2000). in addition, the subjunctive is subject to temporal correspondence rules: for example, if the main clause is in the past tense, the subordinate clause must be in the imperfect subjunctive or past perfect. this increases the complexity of its use, especially in translation, where grammatical and semantic precision must be respected. in chronicle of a death foretold, garcía márquez frequently uses the indefinite past tense to construct impossible hypotheses about the past, reinforcing the idea of a tragic destiny. example: _si lo hubieran cuidado, no habría muerto le etinua to lama matte this example expresses a lost potential that can no longer be recovered. these structures are essential to creating an atmosphere of inevitability and collective guilt within the novel, suggesting that the catastrophe could have been avoided, but circumstances, or collective indifference, prevented it. 5. symbolic dimension of the subjunctive in the work beyond its grammatical function, the subjunctive in the novel acquires a symbolic dimension: it embodies what was not, what could have been, and what people desired or feared. in a literary work where everyone knows what will happen, but no one acts, the subjunctive expresses the tension between knowledge and passivity (pérez saldanya, 2004). in this sense, the subjunctive represents regret, helplessness and frustrated possibility. it is the active voice that expresses the pangs of conscience. his in-depth study reveals the moral dimension of the novel and its structure based on inevitability and destiny. the translation of the subjunctive mood in literary narrative the subjunctive, due to its semantic richness, is one of the greatest challenges in literary translation, particularly from spanish to arabic. the subjunctive expresses desires, hypotheses, possibilities, or judgments that require a deep understanding to be accurately transmitted, while the indicative refers to observable facts (nord, 2005; bosque, 1999). in other words, the subjunctive establishes the speaker's posture in front of what he or she says. this is expressed in various ways in literature. in "chronicle of a death foretold", the subjunctive not only manifests longings or emotions, but also collaborates in the creation of narrative ambiguity and tragic atmosphere. examples that demonstrate the difficulty: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org • "even though i suppose it would be useless, i insisted on asking." here, "supiera" (the unreal present) is used to indicate an unperformed or symbolic action, which requires the translator to use " كان لو حتى ..." to indicate an unreal action, " المحقق غير االحتمال عن تعبّر التي العربية في ". • it's as if there is no such thing as a "u.s. army." the word "existed" indicates a perception that is not real or imaginary. rhetoric and simile form the basis of arabic expression, which requires the translator to understand precisely how reality and imagination are related. . the translator is required to choose formulas that express the separation between reality and imagination • if he had spoken at the right time, none of this would have happened. حدث لما الوقت، في تحدث لو ذلك en este caso, la construcción árabe using lo + past and then lama + past has been able to accurately convey the hypothetical meaning, but it requires a careful awareness of the temporal and emotional context (garcía yebra, 1982). • dudo que alguien lo entienda alguna vez. i doubt anyone will understand it one day in this case, we can observe that the doubtful form links the subjunctive with an uncertain future. according to hatim and mason (1997), it is the translator's responsibility to balance grammatical accuracy with semantic impact, without depriving its content of meaning. finally, the translator must not only recognize the relevant temporal form, but must also be aware of its pragmatic and contextual role in the narrative discourse. practical analysis work methodology an analytical model was used that is based on text analysis. the corpus consists of a selection of examples from the book chronicle of a death foretold, written by gabriel garcía márquez. specifically, it includes those that include verb constructions in the subjunctive (non-realistic declarative). an analysis of the examples was made by means of comparative tables. they were categorized in semantic terms, e.g., judgment, doubt, hypothesis, or desire. each copy contains: the original text in spanish, with an indication of its location in the novel; the suggested translation into arabic; the type of subjunctive used; its semantic function; the narrative environment and comments on the translation. this method allows us to relate the use of the subjunctive to its stylistic and symbolic roles in literary narration and to analyze its effect on translation. it is important to note that the main purpose of this study is to highlight that the subjunctive, in addition to playing a grammatical function, is a crucial expressive instrument for showing internal tensions, repressed emotions, and alternatives in the novel. the study was carried out using the methodologies suggested by bosque (1999), pérez saldanya (2004) and garcía negroni (2011), in addition to the standards set by the rae (2010). subjunctive of deseo. frequently, as we have previously mentioned, the subjunctive is used to express desires, hopes or desires, whether achievable or impossible. in chronicle of a death foretold, these expressions reflect american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org the inner suffering of the characters in the face of a fate that they do not have the ability to avoid. unfulfilled desire becomes an expression of shared pain and ethical incapacity. using expressions such as "i wish" or "i would like" gives a symbolic dimension related to denial of facts, regret or impotence. narratively speaking, these sentences do not alter the course of events; however, they allow the reader to identify with the characters. when it comes to translation, the translator uses phrases such as " أود كنت " or "ليت" to preserve the emotional charge, even if there is not a complete correspondence between the two languages. subjunctive of duda in the narrative of chronicle of a death foretold, the use of the subjunctive to express doubt or possibility is essential because rumors, partial perceptions, and uncertainty about the characters' reasons are key elements. the author, through these linguistic constructions, creates an impression of ambiguity and makes possible various interpretations. below are examples illustrating this usage and their respective arabic translations. to. arabic translation subjunctive type semantic function narrative context translation observations "i wish he had been arrested sooner" (p. 94) i wish they had arrested him before subjunctive of desire (past perfect) impossible desire in the past he expresses collective regret for not having prevented the crime arabic resorts to "ليت" and past tense to convey a desire that has already been lost "i hope they don't kill him" (p. 73) i wish they didn't kill him . subjunctive of deseo (present) desire for future action express hope or supplication before the murder of santiago nasar the meaning is maintained by "ليت" and the present negative "i wish this were not true" (p. 79) i wish this wasn't true subjunctive of desire (imperfect) hypothetical desire, rejection of a reality it shows the emotional impact of the tragedy on the characters emotional structures with " كنت أود" are used to preserve the affective nuance to. arabic translation subjunctive type semantic function narrative context translation observations "it is possible that he did not know" (p. 81) it is possible that he did not know subjunctive of doubt (imperfect) uncertain possibility about a past action it is asked if the character was really informed of the danger el árabe utiliza " possible" with the past to communicate doubt without commitment to reality "maybe i wouldn't have had a choice" (p. 65) he probably didn't have a choice. subjunctive of doubt (past perfect) retrospective hypothesis with doubt the impossibility of acting otherwise is insinuated el equivalente "perhaps" transmite duda, y the past full highlights the virtualization "i don't think everyone knew" (p. 59) i don't think everybody knew subjunctive of doubt (imperfect) denial of a general certainty the narrator questions the supposed unanimity of the knowledge of the crime la estructura "i don't think that" refleja is doubtful, and uses the past to approximate the arab narrative atmosphere american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org in this position, the subjunctive functions as an instrument to signal epistemic ambiguity. in the arabic translation, the past tense and expressions that indicate uncertainty, such as " أعتقد ال" ,"ربما " or " من are used to express doubts about events that have happened in the past. this kind of construction ,"الممكن preserves the ambiguity and problematic of narrative, which is characteristic of gabriel garcía márquez's novelistic style. subjunctive of valuation or judgment the subjunctive is also used to judge or evaluate the emotions or opinions of the narrator and the characters in relation to what happens. this variety of subjunctive helps to strengthen the critical aspect of the text, clearly evidencing the struggle between individual responsibility and collective morality. we show significant examples below, along with their arabic translations and translation notes. with the value of these expressions we have observed how the subjunctive combines the moral judgment of the narrator, emphasizing the responsibility that the community has forgotten. en árabe, se recurre a construcciones impersonales (of injustice), which express moral assessments and are in harmony with the nature of the arabic literary text. subjunctive of counterfactual hypothesis the subjunctive is used in counterfactual conditionals for the purpose of showing actions that did not take place, although if they had, they could have altered the sequence of events. in "chronicle of a death foretold", this occupation increases the climate of inevitability and collective complaint for what was not achieved. this construction, which is an essential instrument to express repentance, social criticism and resignation. to. arabic translation subjunctive type semantic function narrative context translation observations "it is unfair that no one helped him" (p. 76) it is unfair that no one helps him judgment subjunctive (imperfect) negative ethical evaluation the narrator highlights the lack of solidarity towards the victim el árabe expresa juicio moral using "from injustice" with negation in the present tense "i think it's terrible that they left him alone" (p. 88) i see it horrible that they left him alone . judgment subjunctive (imperfect) intense emotional opinion subjective reaction to the passivity of witnesses se traduce con " i see him " to highlight personal opinion, and the past maintains the dramatic atmosphere "it was necessary for someone to defend him" (p. 71) it was necessary for someone to defend him judgment subjunctive (imperfect) unfulfilled ethical need the absence of fair action is mentioned " it was necessary" reflects the moral obligation that has not been fulfilled to. arabic translation subjunctive type semantic function narrative context translation observations "if he had been cared for, he would not have died" (p. 93) if they had taken care of him, he would not have died contrafactual subjunctive (past perfect) possibility lost in the past hypothesis about an action that would have saved santiago el árabe usa " if" and "why" to highlight regret for what did not happen "if he had been warned, he would have escaped" (p. 84) if they had warned him, he would have escaped . contrafactual subjunctive (past perfect) skipped action that changed the destination it shows the responsibility of those who knew about the crime " if... it would have been..." reflect the missing virtual build "if it hadn't rained, i would have arrived on time" (p. 65) if it hadn't rained , it would have arrived in time contrafactual subjunctive (past perfect) external circumstance as an excuse for delay the inaction of some characters is justified arab construction maintains the virtual framework with negative event introduction first american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org these counterfactual structures underline the irreversible nature of the facts and the implicit sense of guilt. en la traducción al árabe, se utilizan construcciones como: "if", to embody regret and heartbreak, while maintaining the formal and literary level of the original text subjunctive with impersonal modal structures or phrases the subjunctive also presents with modal and impersonal structures that communicate moral evaluations, judgments, possibilities or needs. in chronicle of a death foretold, these uses reveal the ethical perceptions of the characters or the narrator, especially in situations where the right action was not carried out. this use of the subjunctive highlights how the narrator or characters evaluate events with critical distance. in the arabic translation, impersonal structures are used (" الضروري من كان" ،"أن الممكن من" ،"أن الظلم من .that allow the ethical, evaluative or uncertain tone of the original version to be maintained ("...أن overall results of the analysis when analyzing the structures that contain the subjunctive in the novel chronicle of a death foretold, the following general observations can be drawn: 1. explanation of the hypothetical and unreal subjunctive: it is noted that the imperfect of the subjunctive and the past perfect are often used, particularly in constructions that express loss of potential, counterfactual hypotheses or regret. 2. emotional and symbolic charges: in the novel, the subjunctive not only has a grammatical function, but also adds a symbolic sense that refers to deep feelings such as collective guilt, impotence and remorse. 3. various semantic functions: the subjunctive appears in multiple contexts, such as desire, doubt, moral evaluation, hypotheses, and impersonal expressions, reflecting its flexibility within narrative discourse. 4. translation difficulties: a particular linguistic sensitivity is needed to translate into arabic, because many structures that include subjunctives must be replaced by expressions such as "si tan solo", "fue necesario que", "es posible que" or "si tan solo", depending on the semantic intent of each case. 5. stylistic and narrative value: the subjunctive helps to make the narrative ambiguous, something typical of the genre of the novel; in addition, it allows the reader to imagine other possibilities for the to. arabic translation subjunctive type semantic function narrative context translation observations "it is unfair that no one helped him" (p. 76) it is unfair that no one helps him subjunctive in subordinate clause (imperfect) ethical judgment on an omission it reflects the collective passivity of the people the arabic expresses moral judgment by " من "...الظلم أن "it is possible that he did not know" (p. 68) it is possible that he did not know subjunctive of possibility (imperfect) doubt or possibility shows uncertainty about a character's knowledge se utiliza " it is possible" to express the possibility "it was necessary for someone to intervene" (p. 83) it was necessary for someone to intervene subjunctive of necessity (imperfect) assessment of unperformed action he points to the lack of action that could have prevented the tragedy la construcción " it was necessary to "... transmits the same value american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org events narrated, which generates a social and critical impact and promotes interaction in interpretative terms. using the information obtained from the previous examples, a quantitative statistical table was prepared that illustrates the number of times the different classes of subjunctives appear, as well as their predominant semantic roles and their function in the narrative discourse. the purpose of this table is to provide a comprehensive perspective that supports interpretive analysis and supports future linguistic or traditional research. subjunctive type n. predominant function subjunctive of deseo 3 expressing frustrated desires or pleas subjunctive of counterfactual hypothesis 3 construction of alternative realities subjunctive of doubt or possibility 2 express uncertainty subjunctive in judgments and evaluations 2 issuing ethical or moral assessments subjunctive with impersonal structures 3 stating need, injustice, or judgment total general 13 – the 13 examples studied in the previous five sections are summarized in the quantitative table. the use of the subjunctive to express unfulfilled desires or unrealizable situations is an outstanding feature, which strengthens the symbolic and tragic character of the novel. these data could be beneficial for comparative translation research or for pedagogical methods focused on semantic uses of the subjunctive. recommendations 1. it is recommended to include authentic literature, such as crónica de una muerte anunciada, in the teaching of spanish as a foreign language to show the use of the subjunctive in realistic situations, especially at advanced levels. 2. it is recommended to focus especially on structures containing the subjunctive when training literary translators, as these usually have emotional, cultural or symbolic meanings that require creative adaptation to the target language. 3. for the future, it would be beneficial to compare the use of the subjunctive in different works by the same writer or in different literary genres, in order to identify broader semantic or stylistic patterns. 4. it is to be expected that parallel databases or thematic analyses will be developed in translation that include the structures of the subjunctive and its alternatives in arabic, considering the different verbal registers and the variety of the language. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 39 august 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org 5. it is advisable to promote editorial projects that are critical and bilingual in the field of teaching, as they make it easier for readers to achieve both the original text and its written translation, which favors an educational and comparative reading. conclusion in this work, we have noted that the subjunctive is not restricted to grammatical functions; rather, it seems to be a tool for expressing moral assessments, hypotheses, and feelings. a semantic study with its different uses such as emotion, supposition, judgment, desire and doubt, shows that this modality contributes to expanding the symbolic structure of the text and to uncovering the conflicts of the characters. in addition, it emphasizes the relevance of the subjunctive in literary translation, particularly into arabic, since it demands attention to the nuances of meaning, structure, and emotional content. to translate the subjunctive in this literary field, it is necessary to have the ability to be sensitive to culture and literature. this study suggests that further research be carried out on the subjunctive as an instrument of communication and style in latin american literature, and that future studies be carried out to examine its relevance in literary works. references 1. alarcos llorach, e. (1994). grammar of the spanish language. espasa calpe. 2. bosque, i. (1999). on the grammar of the subjunctive. viewfinder. 3. camus bergareche, b. (2000). "the use of the subjunctive in conditional subordinates". revista española de lingüística, 30(2), 345-368. 4. eco, u. (1987). lector in fabula: interpretative cooperation in the narrative text. lumen. 5. garcía negroni, m. m. (2011). the subjunctive mood: between syntax and semantics. fondo de cultura económica. 6. gómez torrego, l. (2006). manual of correct spanish: uses, doubts and errors. sm editions. 7. pérez saldanya, m. (2004). spanish grammar: a practical description. ariel. 8. rae (2010). new grammar of the spanish language. espasa libros. 9. kempas, b. (2016). the subjunctive in contemporary hispanic-american narrative. university of potsdam. 10. benítez, p. (2018). "función emotiva y estética del subjunctivo en la prosa de garcía márquez". journal of linguistics and style, 14(2), 45–66. 11. garcía yebra, v. (1982). translation and style. madrid: gredos. 12. hatim, b., & mason, i. (1997). the translator as communicator. london: routledge. 13. nord, c. (2005). text analysis in translation. amsterdam: rodopi. 14. cervantes virtual. (n.d.). gabriel garcía márquez and magical realism. retrieved from: https://www.cervantesvirtual.com 15. instituto cervantes. (n.d.). the subjunctive mood in spanish. retrieved from: https://cvc.cervantes.es 16. gabriel garcía márquez foundation for new ibero-american journalism (fnpi). (n.d.). biography of gabriel garcía márquez. retrieved from: https://fundaciongabo.org american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org methodological techniques to the usage of phraseological units in english classes nasirova r.a. samsifl a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article explores the significance and challenges of teaching phraseological units in english language classes. it emphasizes the cultural and linguistic value of idiomatic expressions, which not only enrich students' vocabulary but also enhance their linguistic and communicative competencies. the study outlines effective methodological techniques tailored to different educational stages—primary, middle, and high school. these techniques include the use of creative activities, phonetic exercises, and contextual analysis to facilitate understanding, memorization, and application of idioms. special attention is given to the translation methods of phraseological units, highlighting the importance of preserving their figurative meaning. by integrating phraseological units into the curriculum, the article aims to improve students' pronunciation, grammar, and overall fluency in english, while fostering a deeper appreciation of language and culture. phraseological units, english language, students, skills. introduction phraseology represents the treasure trove of language and culture. phraseological units impart a unique flavor that distinguishes one language from another. they enrich speech not only quantitatively but also qualitatively, as they can clearly and figuratively express the essence of complex phenomena. however, these speech units can pose challenges for foreign language learners. the risk lies in the fact that phraseological units, which are easily understood by native speakers, may not be recorded in dictionaries and can combine both bound and free usages. therefore, it is crucial to teach students to recognize phraseological units in texts and find appropriate translation solutions. neglecting the nuances of translating phraseological units can lead to mistakes and a loss of imagery, often altering the meaning of the text. as noted by t.a. kazakov, a significant feature of phraseological units is the partial or complete discrepancy between the content and expression plans, which determines their specificity [1; 127]. this specificity influences the choice of techniques and methods for their translation. “the optimal translating solution when translating phraseological units is to search for an identical phraseological unit in the target language. it should be noted that direct correspondences between uzbek and english are very limited. if there are no direct matches, the original phraseological unit can be translated by finding a similar phraseological unit that shares a common original meaning but is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org constructed on a different verbal basis. it is essential to consider that phraseological units that may seem similar in meaning but differ in form across languages often carry different emotional and associative connotations and are not always interchangeable” [1; 140]. when there are no identical or similar phraseological units in uzbek, and literal translation is not feasible, a translation-explanation of the figurative meaning may be employed, effectively turning a stable phrase into a free one. this type of translation strips phraseological units of their figurative and associative properties. an acceptable method for translating phraseological units, although less effective, is tracing. the study of english phraseology occurs at all educational stages: primary, secondary, and high school. the internal connection between these stages ensures students’ successful mastery of the topic. this topic is utilized at each stage to expand vocabulary, yet each learning stage carries distinct goals, methods, and teaching techniques. at the primary school level, game activities with cards and creative mini-projects are most effective. the topic of translating phraseological units containing elements of natural phenomena can be easily linked with school curriculum topics such as “weather” and “seasons.” by learning these phraseological units, children can engage in playful activities while studying two subjects simultaneously. linguistic research has shown that phraseological units become firmly embedded in memory; the memorization process is facilitated by various consonances, rhymes, and rhythms. additionally, phraseologisms can be used to introduce new phonetic phenomena and perform exercises to consolidate and repeat new phonetic material during phonetic exercises. in the middle classes, the use of phraseological units enhances students' auditory-pronunciation and rhythmic-intonation skills. at this stage, pronunciation skills become automated as students learn to divide sentences into syntagms and determine logical stress. the topic of translating phraseological units that contain elements of natural phenomena can be linked with broader curriculum topics such as “holidays,” “weather,” and “clothing.” more complex idioms can be introduced during this period. students should also be introduced to the types of translation of phraseological units and their distinctive features through dialogic speech, essays in english, and independent exercises. in high school, phraseological units are employed in teaching grammar and regional studies. they serve as tools for expressing thoughts while contributing to the automation and activation of grammatical forms and structures. special attention should be given to translating phraseological units with elements of natural phenomena when discussing serious topics such as “adolescent problems,” “politics,” “tolerance,” and “media.” at this stage, students should be capable of independently analyzing phraseological units, translating them accurately while considering their specifics, tracing their origins, and explaining their meanings effectively. the ability to apply phraseological units correctly in dialogic speech and construct competent, emotionally expressive sentences becomes a crucial skill for high school students. phraseological units are particularly effective as phonetic exercises at the beginning of a lesson when introducing new phonetic material or reviewing it. they also aid in developing students' monologue speech through problem situations or discussions about the meanings of specific proverbs. the benefits of introducing phraseological units are especially evident in teaching pronunciation and creating challenging sounds. as yu.a. dementenko notes, pronunciation skills become automated while students learn to divide sentences into syntagms and determine logical stress [3; 1]. thus, using phraseological units in teaching pronunciation is both appropriate and effective. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org moreover, phraseological units play an indispensable role in teaching the grammatical aspects of speech. the ability to combine words correctly and modify phrases according to communicative situations is essential for effective language use. in practice, phraseological units often perform an incentive function, helping express wishes, requests, advice, warnings, or permissions in communicative situations. by learning new phraseological units, students enrich their vocabulary while teachers can focus on relevant grammatical aspects for each lesson by compiling specific selections of phraseological units. for example: • verbs: • *to think someone hung the moon* (kimnidir mukammal deb hisoblash) • *persuade someone that the moon is made of green cheese* (kimgadir ochiq-oydin bema'niligini isbotlash) • *reach for the moon* (aql bovar qilmaydigan cho'qqilarni zabt etishga intilish) • articles: • *to ask/cry for the moon* (imkonsiz narsani talab qilish) • *once in a blue moon* (kamdan kam) • *in the eye of the storm* (voqea markazida bo’lmoq) • comparative constructions: • *feel right as rain* (o’zini ajoyib his etmoq) • *welcome as snow in harvest* (biror kishining kelganini yoqtirmaslik) • *pure as the driven snow* (birinchi qordek pokiza va beg’ubor) conclusion integrating phraseological units into english lessons across various educational levels not only enriches students’ vocabulary but also enhances their linguistic skills in pronunciation, grammar, and communicative competence. incorporating phraseological units into english language teaching is an effective way to enrich students’ vocabulary, enhance their linguistic skills, and deepen their understanding of cultural nuances. these units provide learners with opportunities to improve pronunciation, grammar, and communicative competence while fostering creativity and analytical thinking. tailoring teaching methods to the specific needs of primary, middle, and high school students ensures that phraseological units are introduced progressively and effectively. by mastering these expressions, students not only become more proficient in the language but also develop a better appreciation for its cultural and idiomatic richness. the successful integration of phraseological units into language instruction prepares students for real-world communication and helps them engage with english on a deeper and more meaningful level. references 1. beknazarova, i. y. & nosirova, r. a. (2022). аdаptаtion of students in а higher educаtionаl institution: аnаlysis of problems, seаrch for resources. оакда эътироф этилган “сервис” илмийамалий журнали, 1. 2. characteristics of productive skills in teaching foreign language. nosirova rano azizovna, rabbimova yulduz karshiboyevna, 2021 academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal https://www.indianjournals.com/ijor.aspx?target=ijor:aca&volume=11&issue=12&article=113 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org 3. azizovna, nasirova r. "the stylistic aspect of the meaning of phraseological units as an object of modern linguistic theory." international journal of innovations in engineering research and technology, no. 2, 2020, pp. 1-4. 4. кунин а.в. английская фразеология [текст] / а.в. кунин. м.: высшая школа, 1970. – 344 с. 5. дементенко ю.а. использование фразеологизмов в обучении английскому языку в средней школе, 2019. с. 1. режим доступа: https://infourok.ru/statya__na_temu_ispolzovanie_frazeologizmov_v_obuchenii_angliyskomu_yazyk u_v_sredney_shkole-291278.ht (01.12.2019). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 181 www.americanjournal.org contextual clil integration to enhance academic speaking skills in higher education kakhkhorova nigina abdivakhidovna english teacher of karshi state technical university abstract keywords this article investigates into the way non-linguistic university students might enhance their speaking skills by combining contextual instruction with content and language integrated learning (clil). the paper focuses on activation tactics, guided understanding, concentrated speaking activities, and mixed-level group interactions, drawing on previous classroom experiences such as environmental english courses and contextual practice. it offers a framework for improving speaking fluency, confidence, and material understanding through contextualized exercises such as pair presentations, reverse outlining, and problem-solving talks. there are methodological implications and practical recommendations for teaching foreign languages in non-linguistic fields. speaking skills development, communicative competence, contentbased instruction, task-based speaking activities, integrated skills approach, essential pedagogical components introduction communicating effectively are becoming increasingly important in today's higher education, particularly in non-linguistic fields. traditional teaching approaches are frequently ineffective for inspiring students or supporting them in utilizing english to communicate concepts pertaining to their topic of study. as a result, contextual approaches and clil techniques have increased in popularity as effective methods of integrating language instruction with actual, meaningful content. instead than sticking to a single fixed paradigm, coyle, hood, and marsh (2010) define clil as incorporating essential pedagogical components such as previous knowledge activation, understanding guidance, language, speaking, writing, and assessment. these concepts are consistent with contextual teaching, which promotes problem-solving abilities, connects learning to real-world circumstances, and encourages knowledge creation through meaningful assignments. this article synthesizes methodological insights from previous clil-based teaching experiences and applies them to a contextual framework for improving speaking skills among non-linguistic university students, particularly those studying environmental disciplines. effective clil instruction is assumed to begin with activation (dale et al., 2011). students are encouraged to go over what they already know about the subject before learning new material. for example, during the extended producer responsibility class, students brainstormed ideas for reducing technological waste in groups. their ideas, which largely revolved around "reduce, reuse, recycle," american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 182 www.americanjournal.org helped dispel misunderstandings and highlight areas that needed to be reconsidered in light of new scientific findings. this technique is also aligned with contextual learning, which seeks to link new information to students' past knowledge and life experiences. guided understanding is essential for students as they go from ordinary knowledge to academic topics. the teacher in one clil class used the quote "waste isn't the fault of consumers; it's a design flaw" to challenge the students' assumptions. by examining and evaluating new knowledge using guided questioning, students improved their content comprehension and higher-order thinking skills. contextual teaching contributes to scaffolding by helping students to gradually develop meaning through discussion, inquiry, and analysis. language education is delivered "in service of the content" in clil classes. in academic literature, students identify idioms or difficult terminology, deduce their meaning from context, rephrase them, and discuss their application. this strategy increases involvement while reducing vocabulary-related anxiety. the contextual speaking methodology emphasizes paraphrasing, term definition, and meaning negotiation. they assist students become better communicators and speak convincingly about workrelated topics. both systems center on speaking activities. examples include: • talking about environmental issues in small groups • reverse outlining, in which students underline significant aspects and summarize parts of a text • pair presentations, which reduce anxiety by allowing several repeats. • task-oriented talks, such as resolving drought difficulties or evaluating ecologically friendly goods. presenting in small groups or couples improves confidence, fluency, and performance pressure, all of which promote engagement. furthermore, students learn how to explain content to someone who is unfamiliar with it, which is an important indicator of speaking ability. both techniques rely heavily on speaking-based activities. a small-group discussion about environmental issues is one example. • reverse outlining: students summarize textual portions and emphasize essential topics. • presentations in pairs, which allow numerous repeats and reduce nervousness. • task-based talks, such as evaluating eco-friendly items or addressing drought challenges. presentations in pairs or small groups result in more engagement because they promote confidence, fluency, and reduce performance pressure. furthermore, as a key indicator of speaking proficiency, pupils learn how to communicate content to someone who is unfamiliar with it. conclusion integrating contextual and clil-based approaches provides an effective method for developing speaking abilities in non-linguistic university students. learners develop communicative competence and topic mastery by activating prior knowledge, facilitating comprehension, emphasizing meaningful language use, and fostering structured interaction via activities and presentations. this dual-focus strategy not only boosts student enthusiasm but also equips students to speak english successfully in academic and professional settings. future research can look into the long-term effects of contextualclil integration and the function of digital tools in improving speaking skills. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 183 www.americanjournal.org references 1. coyle, d., hood, p., & marsh, d. (2010). clil: content and language integrated learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. 2. dale, l., van der es, w., & tanner, r. (2011). clil skills. leiden: european platform. 3. dale, l., & tanner, r. (2012). clil activities: a resource for subject and language teachers. cambridge university press. 4. marsh, d. (2002). clil/emile – the european dimension: actions, trends and foresight potential. european commission. 5. mehisto, p., marsh, d., & frigols, m. j. (2008). uncovering clil. macmillan. 6. richards, j. c. (2008). teaching listening and speaking: from theory to practice. cambridge university press. 7. nation, i. s. p., & newton, j. (2009). teaching esl/efl listening and speaking. routledge. 8. johnson, e. b. (2002). contextual teaching and learning: what it is and why it’s here to stay. thousand oaks, ca: corwin press. 9. berns, r., & erickson, p. (2001). contextual teaching and learning: preparing students for the new economy. the highlight zone: research @ work. 10. shrum, j., & glisan, e. (2016). teacher’s handbook: contextualized language instruction. cengage. 11. anderson, l. & krathwohl, d. (2001). a taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing. new york: longman. 12. swain, m. (2005). the output hypothesis: theory and research. in e. hinkel (ed.), handbook of research in second language teaching and learning. 13. vygotsky, l. (1978). mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes. harvard university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org analysis of forecasting and monitoring systems of electric power equipment sobirov muzaffar associate professor of the department of information technology, university of renaissance education m.sobirov@renessans-edu.uz https://orcid.org/0009-0000-4719-9481 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s monitoring and forecasting the technical condition of power equipment is an integral part of technical diagnostics, which is intended to ensure the safety, functional reliability and efficiency of the technical facility, as well as to solve the problems of reducing maintenance costs and reducing the number of downtime losses due to failures [1]. the possibilities of monitoring systems in the energy sector are presented in a number of works (leyserovich a. sh., kumenko a. i., osika l. k., chernetsky m. y., korshikova a. a. and d. r.). different approaches to the assessment of the technical condition of energy facilities, prospects for the use of monitoring and diagnostic systems are shown. in this article, the purpose of this article is to analyze the forecasting and monitoring systems of electric power equipment, as well as to test the measured and projected values during the operation of the monitor. at the same time, monitoring and forecasting systems of foreign and domestic manufacturers, methods of creating models of operation of power equipment are presented. smart signal, parameter, forecast, station, anomaly, algorithm, emission, graph, statistical, analytical, structural model, and regression. introduction smart signal tizimi the smart signal system is similarity-based modeling based on similarity-based modeling. the essence of this method is to calculate a similarity or similarity function for each parameter introduced into the model. if the parameter values differ from the model, then the similarity function for this parameter will be 0, and the specialist should pay attention to this parameter. in this case, the empirical model is described as a formula, that is, it exists in a definite form [1]. the system uses data from the monitoring object's acs tp to create and analyze the model. the hardware performance model is based on archival data, since sbm is a statistically non-parametric method. to create the model, equipment performance data is used for six months or more with a frequency of one to ten minutes. the most favorable period for the construction of the model is considered to be already within one year. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org the system has a ready-made library of equipment operating templates. there's also a library of simple breakdowns. automatic fault detection occurs when the current fault matches faults in the fault library for different equipment groups. monitoring of equipment performance is done through fault analysis. the system compares the current readings of the sensor with the predictive value of the model, which describes the normal operation of the equipment. if the parameter values deviate from the model, the system will emit the appropriate message. figure 1 shows the interface for analyzing the behavior of parameters. it lists graphs of active power, wind speed, and gearbox oil temp. blue and green curves—the model and historical value of a parameter at the point corresponding to a given moment of time. events are also recorded here—green, yellow, and white diamonds, red crosses, and green squares. each sign and color denotes a specific type of event. for example, overcoming adhesions within defined limits, triggering an expert rule, or exceeding a parameter's technological parameter. the main advantage of the generator is that their system is part of the acs tp. however, system components can be used for equipment from other manufacturers. figure 1. work with graphics. anomalous monitor siemens gas turbine technology the system consists of two main components – the technology server and the license. the software consists of a set of functions, with its own license for each package. thus the customer can configure the monitoring system the way he or she prefers. at the same time, the system is already fully integrated into the ptc acs tp sppa-t3000 starting with versions 4.2 and above. however, the system can be integrated into another acs tp [2]. the system uses data from sppa-t3000 process server, but can use any opc server. the user can create any number of models for various types of equipment. he can also change them at any time without any problem. all calculations are made on the technological server. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org if the anomaly monitor is running as an installed application, i.e. in combination with the sppa-t3000, all measuring points can be selected. the user can select the options from the list to build the model. in other cases, the archive parameters are read from a data source available to the technology server, e.g. via the opc da/hda protocol, and are displayed in a list similar to the installed solution. each model is displayed in the form of blocks or automation functions. in monitoring mode, the system compares model values and actual data. the model value is the expected value of the parameter, which is calculated in the sum of all sample values. in the case of neural networks, this computation is done in a "black box." in addition, the system calculates the difference between the actual and forecast values of the parameters, that is, it calculates the unbinded. figure 2 shows the principle of detecting deviations in the operation of technical equipment. in welltrained models, the model values curve (blue curve) and the actual data curve (red curve) are almost identical when the model is converted to the data from which the model is built. in zone 1, the gap between the model and historical value of the parameter begins. this is where the system signals a detected deviation in the performance of the controlled unit. in zone 2, the parameter crosses the technological threshold given in the acs tp, where the station operator receives a signal from the acs tp. the time frame from model deviation detection to triggering protection can range from several hours to several months, depending on evolving process dynamics. previously, the response to deviations in equipment performance could prevent serious damage and predict repair work. figure 2. schematic map of values measured and predicted during operation of anomaly monitor. 1 deviation from the behavior of the trained station was detected; 2-normal operation of emergency settings as a result of a previously formed anomaly. the system checks the signals for their reliability according to the following five algorithms: 1. testing for adhesion. if a parameter does not change in a specific period, it is considered frozen; 2. check the parameter jump. jumps are determined by the emission of values that are above the parameter noise level (values of parameter change between the current and the previous one, which can be considered significant); 3. checking the signal for exceeding the specified level (technological limit); 4. signal gradient testing allows you to detect unusual gradual changes in the parameters of a continuous regression; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 5. checking the reliability of sensor readings based on grouping, i.e., interrelating parameter values with others. first of all, primary and backup sensors are checked in this way. if the readings differ between them, an appropriate warning is issued. thus, with the help of the system, verification of measurements is carried out. this approach avoids using data to analyze parameters that cannot be considered reliable. forecasting methods are the sequence of actions that must be performed in order to obtain a forecast model. thus, the model is some formula that describes the operation process of a device that makes it possible to predict future parameter values. universal predictive models are time-series models. they seek to find out whether future value depends on the past in the process itself, and calculate the forecast in that regard. time-series models can be statistical and structural. in statistical models, there are always external factors, the functional relationship between the known and future values of the time series, analytically determined. such models include regression and autoregression models, as well as exponential plane models. in structural models, functional dependencies are systematically established between external factors, known and future values of the time series. regression models linear regression is the simplest model [6]. the model is based on a process that can be described by the following equation: 𝑌(𝑡) = 𝛼0 + 𝛼1 × 𝑋(𝑡) + 𝜉𝑡 (1) 𝛼0, 𝛼1 model coefficients; 𝜉𝑡 − a random error. the regression model can be not only linear, but any other polynomial, logarithmic [7]... [9]. more than one regression model that evaluates the relationships between parameters is most accurate. in this case, the model is usually linear because it is made up of additional terms, each of which is a predictor multiplied by the value of the coefficient. as a rule, a constant (free term) is also added to the model. regression models also include the argument group accounting method (mgua). the essence of the method is the selection of regression models of optimal complexity. the more complex the model, the more accurate the forecast. it is often used when there is a lot of evidence in the specimen. in this case, the model is characterized by the following equation [10]: 𝑌(𝑡) = 𝑤0 = ∑ 𝑤𝑡𝑋𝑖(𝑡) + ∑ ∑ 𝑤𝑖𝑗𝑋𝑖(𝑡)𝑋𝑗(𝑡) + ∑ ∑ ∑ 𝑤𝑖𝑗𝑘𝑋𝑖(𝑡)𝑋𝑗(𝑡)𝑚 𝑘=1 𝑚 𝑗=1 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑚 𝑗=1 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑚 𝑖=1 𝑋𝑘(𝑡) + ⋯ (2) here is a set of free variables;𝑥 = {𝑥𝑖 = 1, … , 𝑚} 𝑤 − vector of the parameters of the coefficients of weight. equation 2 is called the reference function. models are constructed for all or selected evidence. each model has a weight ratio, the best of which is chosen at the next stage. if the quality of the models found and the predictive values derived from it are satisfactory, then the process will stop. otherwise, the models selected in the previous step will be used as 𝑋1(𝑡) … 𝑋𝑛(𝑡)the argument. the advantage of regression models is their simplicity, speed of achievement, availability of intermediate calculations, and heterogeneity of the problems to be solved, making these models applicable to all fields. in addition, they have the following disadvantages: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org low forecast accuracy for interpolation data; the complexity of determining the type of functional dependence; complexity of defining parameters; subjective choice of model (dependence). formally—adaptation to empirical material. conclusion this article analyzes the performance of power equipment, as well as the forecast of its technical condition. the easiest and most understandable regression analysis methods for experts to implement for prediction. the method of group consideration of arguments is the most complex of them. in addition, it requires a lot of computational resources, but its undoubted advantage is seen in the accuracy of the forecast. in recent years, neural networks have become popular for prediction. the most common ways to analyze the performance of power equipment are similarity-based modeling methods and neural networks. for prediction problems, simple linear regression is most commonly used. in fact, it gives inaccurate forecasts because it does not take into account the peculiarities of regulation, changing regimes, etc. neural networks and complex regression models predict more accurately, so it is preferable to use them. references 1. general electric digital: [smart maintenance software & equipment downtime prevention | ge smartsignal]. url: ttps://www.ge.com/digital/applications/asset-performance-managementapm-software/smartsignal (дата обращения 15.04.2019). 2. newspaper "energy and industry of russia" 2020. available at: ttps://www.eprussia.ru/epr/400/3254182.htm (accessed 18.04.2019). 3. naumov, s.a. experience in using remote access and predictive analytics of the state of power equipment. s.a. naumov, a.v. krymsky, m.a. lipatov, d.n. skrabatun no4 p. 21-33, b.m.: teploenergetika, 2018 4. gaidarzhi, d.p. predictive diagnostics for equipment. d.p. gaidarzhi, m.a. chukhlyaev, e.v. demenchuk. no 11-12 p.439-440, b.m.: newspaper "energy and industry of russia", june 2022 5. skrabatun d. n. ispol'zovanie sistemy udalyonnogo monitoringa dlya otsenki tekhnicheskogo sostoyaniya gtu [use of the remote monitoring system for assessing the technical state of the state technical university] / d. n. skrabatun // informatization of engineering education: proceedings of the international scientific and practical conference inforino-2016, moscow, april 12–13, 2016. – moscow: mpei publishing house, 2016. – p. 437-440. 6. ayvazyan s. a., mkhitaryan v. s. prikladnaya statistika i osnovy econometriciki [applied statistics and fundamentals of econometrics]. – moscow: unity, 1998. 7. nemirovich-skrabatun, d. n. diagnostics of malfunctions of power equipment using the smartdiagnostics system. d. n. nemirovich-skrabatun, a. k. rybakov no 11. – p. 9-13, b.m.: automation in industry, 2022 8. m. m. bakhadirovna, s. m. azatovich and b. m. ulug‘bek o'tkir ugli, "study of neural networks in telecommunication systems," 2021 international conference on information science and communications technologies (icisct), tashkent, uzbekistan, 2021, pp. 1-4, doi: 10.1109/icisct52966.2021.9670198. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 9. sobirov, m. a., sharipova, s. i., sabirova, z. o., & kurbanova, i. s. (2024, november). analysis of key components in the propagation of artificial neural networks. in 2024 ieee 3rd international conference on problems of informatics, electronics and radio engineering (piere) (pp. 710-713). ieee. 10. sobirov, m. (2023). use of innovative pedagogical technologies in the process of teaching sciences in the energy field. science and innovation, 2(special issue 3), 620-623. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org international norms as a source of constitutional legitimacy asst. prof. munaf fadhil challoob al-karkh university of science department of public lawconstitutional and administrative law munaf23@kus.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this research explores the growing role of international norms particularly treaties and conventions—as a source of constitutional legitimacy within modern legal systems, with a specific focus on iraq. it examines the legal implications of conflicts between international agreements and national constitutions and analyzes the scope of the federal supreme court’s authority in protecting civil, political, economic, social, and cultural rights. the study highlights the need to align iraqi constitutional provisions with international commitments to enhance human rights protection through effective constitutional oversight. international law – constitution – human rights – treaties – federal court – iraq introduction المستخلص البحث الدور المتنامي للقواعد الدولية، السيما االتفاقيات والمعاهدات الدولية، كمصدر للشرعية الدستورية داخل النظم يتناول هذا القانونية الحديثة، مع تركيز خاص على السياق العراقي. يناقش البحث إشكالية التعارض بين أحكام االتفاقيات الدولية والدساتير الوطنية، ويحلل مدى سمو القاعدة الدولية أو خضوعها للقواعد الدستورية المحلية. كما يستعرض البحث الصالحيات الدستورية للمحكمة االتحادية العليا في العراق، ودورها في حماية الحقوق المدنية والسياسية، والحقوق االقتصادية واالجتماعية والثقافية، في ضوء االلتزامات الدولية. ويوصي الباحث بضرورة إعادة النظر في بعض أحكام الدستور العراقي لضمان مواءمتها مع القواعد .الدولية، وترسيخ حماية حقوق اإلنسان ومنع انتهاكها من خالل رقابة دستورية فعالة العراق –المحكمة االتحادية –المعاهدات –حقوق اإلنسان – الدستور –القانون الدولي الكلمات المفتاحية: المقدمة والحقوق الواجبات من العديد ينتج عنه الديمقراطية، معنى البحث إطار في في الوقت الحالي الدولة نشاطات مجاالت إتساع إن بعض في المحكومين الحاكم بين الصراع لمفهوم الحالية الحضارية الصيغة هي والحقوق الواجبات فتلك واحد، آن في والدولة للفرد american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org على وتفرض الشعبية، السيادة تأدية دور كيفية تبين التي وهي العليا، بالقواعد حاليا القانون لغة في تترجم والتي السياسية، النظم هي القواعد هذه عاتقه تحقيقها، على يقع التي الوظائف له وتوضح بها يلتزم أن يجب التي الحدود له وتبين سلطاته وتحدد الحكومة .الدستوري القانون أو الدستورية بالقواعد تسمى ما التعسف في استعمال السلطة من الدستور حفظ في الهامة االمور من استنادا الى توافق القوانين مع الدستور القضائية الرقابة تعتبر الرقابة هذه تعطي الدساتير وعلى االغلب وخرق تجاوزات أي من األساسية حقوق المواطنين والحريات وااللتزام بحماية السلطات حدث في الذي التغيير وبعد ولهم االختصاص يتوالها اشخاص ذوو اكفاء الى محاكم مختصة بقضايا الدستور وبشكل خاص مرة اخرى العليا االتحادية للمحكمة بإعادة العمل االنتقالية للمرحلة العراقية قام القانون الذي يختص بإدارة الدولة 2003 عام العراق االتحادية العليا المحكمة قانون لتشكيل 2005 ( لسنة 30المرقم ) األمر الوزراء مجلس أصدر ونتيجة لذلك الواجبات لتقوم بهذه , 92)في المواد صالحياتها واالشارة الى المحكمة تشكيل هذه على ونص 2005 عام الحالي الدستور العراقي تم اصدار هذا وبعد ان نطلع وبما اننا نرغب في العراق في إتحادية قضاء هيئة باعتبارها اعلى مهامها ادت المحكمة انشاء وبعد ان تم منه( 94, 93 حقوق المواطنين وحرياتهم. حفظ في واهميته في العراق الدستوري القضاء على يمثل مصلحة الشعب العراقي في ماضيه وحاضره ومستقبله كان نتيجة لنضال شاق قد 2005إن دستور جمهورية العراق لعام ف ا ورد فيه يمثل ترجمة صادقة لدماء شهداء العراق، ومرير ألبناء العراق كافة عربًا وكردًا وتركمان وسائر مكونات الشعب وكل م ستفتاء الشعب عليه إوتحقق من خالل بناء مؤسسات ديمقراطية وضمان حرية الرأي والفكر والعقيدة ولكون الدستور أصبح نافذًا بعد . منه لذا فأن الخروج على الدستور يمثل جريمة توصف بجريم انتهاك الدستور او الخيانة العظمى 144وفقا لما جاء في المادة منظمة أولتها فقد الشعوب، لجميع والسياسة مكانة مهمة في النظام القانوني السياسية االقتصادية، واإلجتماعية، و الحقوق وتحتل والتاسع الثامن القرن ودساتير قوانين أن ويذكر والثقافية واإلجتماعية اإلقتصادية نشاطاتها إطار في كبيراذلك إهتماما المتحدة األمم واإلجتماعية، االقتصادية، الحقوق والتي يقصد بها الحقوق لهذه مباشرة تتعرض لم ولكنها والسياسية الحقوق المدنية، تناولت عشر الحقوق. لهذه بتناول الدول بعض دساتير بدأت العشرين ,القرن بزوغ ومع والثقافية، أهمية البحث: تعتبر المحكمة اإلتحادية العليا هي الجهة االمنة لكل من تنتهك حقوقه وحرياته حيث أن نصوص الدساتير التي تخص الحقوق التمتع بها وعدم إنتهاكها ولذلك يجب حث المشرع العراقي لإلهتمام وتشجيعه على العناية أكثر بالمحكمة والحريات ال تكفي لضمان اإلتحادية العليا. أهداف البحث: يهدف هذا البحث إلى ما يلي: توضيح مفهوم اإلتفاقية الدولية. -1 معرفة القيمة القانونية لإلتفاقية الدولية. -2 القانونية. القواعد من وغيرها الدولية اإلتفاقية بين التعارض حكم تفسير-3 والسياسية. ,المدنية حفظ الحقوق في المحكمة شرح دور-4 حماية الحقوقفي مجال االقتصاد والثقافة. في المحكمة تفسير واجبات-5 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org اإلجتماعية. الحقوق حماية في المحكمة شرح دور-6 مشكالت البحث: اإلجابة عن األسئلة األتية: أن إشكالية البحث تكمن في هل باشرت المحكمة اإلتحادية العليا دورها الفعلي في الحفاظ على حقوق البشر وحرياتهم؟ -1 مفهوم اإلتفاقية الدولية والقيمة القانونية لها؟ما هي -2 وحرياته؟ في الحفاظ على حقوق االنسان العليا اإلتحادية, المحكمة صالحيات ما هي-3 الفصل األول ماهية اإلتفاقيات الدولية وحكم التعارض بين اإلتفاقية الدولية والدستور تمهيد وتقسيم االهمية عن التساؤل فإننا سنقوم بتوضيح مفهوم اإلتفاقية ويثار ولذلك ا إنتشاراً واألكثر المهم النموذج الدولية المعاهدات تعد القانونية القيمة بنفس تحضي فهل القانوني، الهرم سلم في الدولية اإلتفاقية مكانة أو مركز تحديد بمعنى الدولية؛ لإلتفاقيات القانونية الدستوري النظام حسب كله وذلك للقانون، القانونية القيمة لذات مساوية أم للقانون القانونية القيمة من وأعلى منه أقل أم للدستور، الفصل إلى ما يلي:العالم ومن خالل ذلك سأقسم هذا دول من دولة لكل وقيمتها القانونية الدولية اإلتفاقية المبحث األول: مفهوم المبحث الثاني: حكم االختالف بين االتفاقات الدولية والدستور المبحث األول لها القانونية ،والقيمة، الدولية اإلتفاقية ،مفهوم استخدمت كلمة المعاهدة في معنيين1: . بينهم" يلتزمونها شروط على جهتين بين عقد : " وهو األول عام، . معينة" سنوات والمشركين المسلمين موادعة:" وهو مخصص، واآلخر استخدام ومن الممكن معين، مجال في وحقوقها واجباتها، يتم تحديد أكثر أو بلدين بين اتفاقية مكتوبة بانها الدولية اإلتفاقّية وتعرف ما طالما كانت تصدر قرارا اإلّتفاقّيات، مصطلح الوطنية الحكومات وتختار إلخ... إتفاق، أو كالمعاهدة أخرى مختلفة اصطالحات البلدان جميع تلزم التي اآلمرة االحكام مع ما اتفاقّية قواعد تختلف أال يجب: واحد مهم بموجب قيد ال، أم ستعتمد عليها كانت إذا المتحدة األمم ميثاق أن المتحدة، األمم بميثاق ان تلزم نفسها بعد الدول، جميع تقبل ذلك، إلى اضف. الدولي القانون نصوص وهي يعلو على االتفاقيات الدولية االخرى 2، وتنتمي اإلّتفاقّيات الدولية لمجموعة ما يسمى “القانون الصارم” الذي يتكون من أحكام ولوائح د. محمد عزيز شكري، المدخل إلى القانون الدولي العام وقت السلم، دار الفكر العربي،القاهرة، 1983 ، ص1369 )المادة 103 من ميثاق األمم المتحدة(.2 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org من النقيض على هذا ويقف. األحكام بهذه سوف يلتزمون الذين اآلخرين الفاعلين أو وقبولها الدول بمشاركة وتبنيها تطويرها تم االساسية االختالفات بين من واحًدا فإن. مثال ”قرارات“و ”إعالنات“ تسمى التي الدولية االتفاقات أصناف يمثل الذي ”المرن القانون “ األمر عليها بالمصادقة الدول الى قيام تحتاج الصنف االول ضمن تقع التي االتفاقيات أن هو القابل للتعديل الجامد القانون بين . للدول ملزمة يجعلها الذي بقانون التي تخختص فيينا معاهدة في الدولية اإلتفاقيات في تطبيق لها صالحية التحكم التي األحكام يتم تقنين وبشكل عام، المعاهدات التي تم اعتمادها في فيينا في 23 أيار مايو 1969، وأصبحت جاهزة للتطبيق في 27 كانون الثاني/ يناير 31980. الدولى القانون أشخاص من أكثر أو شخصين بين يتم ابرامه مكتوب دولى إتفاق كل الدولية بالمعاهدة وزبدة القول إذن هو أنه نقصد فقهاء بين اراء حقيقي اختالف يوجد ال أنه وفي الحقيقة الدولي العام للقانون استنادا الى محددة قانونية أثار تكوين يرمي الى العام بإعتبارها وذلك الدولية العالقات إدارة في وأهميتها المعاهدة قدم إلى الحال بطبيعة يعود وهذا التعريف هذا بشأن الدولي القانون االساسي المصدر يعد كان الذي الدولي، العرف مكانة أخذت کخالف تحتل قد أنها لدرجة الدولى القانون اهم مصدر من مصادر المواصالت وسائل في الكبير التطور بعد اآلن، تعد المعاهدة أن ذلك إلى القانون، باالضافة هذا حياة بداية الدولي في القانون لقواعد كما الزمني، العنصر يعد الذى الدولى العرف عكس على هذا البلدان، إليه ترنو هدف أي للوصول جيدة قانونية وسائل والتكنولوجيا، الدولى القانون مصادر من غيرها عن وإنضباطا تحديداً أكثر تعتبر المعاهدة فإن ، آخرا وليس وأخيراً تكوينه عناصر أهم من سنرى، األخرى وهذا يقلل دون شك من حاالت اإلختالف حول تفسيرها وتطبيقها 4. وتكون المعاهدات الدولية بعد إبرامها وصيرورتها قابلة للتنفيذ في المجال الداخلي حسب أنواع الدساتير تفرض على أجهزة الدولة سألة وهيئاتها وفي مقدمتها الهيئة القضائية بتنفيذ قواعد المعاهدات الدولية وفق الشروط التي يبينها دستور كل دولة ومن هنا تظهر م تحديد القيمة القانونية للمعاهدة في القوانين المحلية وهذا يختلف بإختالف المواقف الدستورية للدول المختلفة 5. أن اإلتفاقية الدولية هي عبارة عن اتفاق يبرم بين دولتين أو مجموعة من الدول ويتم من بواسطة كتابة حقوق وواجبات ويرى الباحث يتم إتفاق تلك الدول عليها. نص الدستور على أن )تنظم عملية المصادقة عن المعاهدات واالتفاقات 2005وبالنسبة لألوضاع في العراق ففي دستور عام الدولية بقانون يشرع بأغلبية الثلثين من أعضاء مجلس النواب، أي أن المشرع الدستوري العراقي منح للمعاهدة الدولية قوة القانون النواب على أن هذا القانون يحتاج إلى الوطني مادام أنه الزم بتشريع نصوص قانونية تأخذ موافقة ثلثين من اعضاء من مجلس ي الدولة وهذا ما بينته المادة تصديق من رئيس الجمهورية وبالتالي ينبغي نشره في الجريدة الرسمية الى ان يصبح ساري المفعول ف ( من الدستور العراقي التي الزمت نشر القوانين في الجريدة الرسمية حتى يتم العمل بها من تاريخ نشرها ما لم ينص على 129) خالف ذلك 6. / https://ar.guide-humanitarian-law.org مقال الكتروني بعنوان: " القاموس العملي للقانون اإلنساني"، تمت الزيارة بتاريخ 17-10-2023 الساعة 5م، الرابط 3 د. إبراهيم أحمد خليفة، الوسيط في القانون الدولي العام، دار المطبوعات لجامعية، 2016، ص4317 د. حسن عزبة العبيدي، تنظيم المعاهدات الدولية في دساتير الدول، رسالة دكتوراه، كلية القانون، جامعة بغداد، 1988، ص 5179 6 u.holloway, modern trerndsin treaty, 1976,p.290 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org ةالذي يخالف المعاهد التشريع تتلو المعاهدة كانت فإذا الداخلي، القانون وأحكام الدولية المعاهدة أحكام بين تضارب يحدث وقد هذا من يخالفها ما وتعدل التطبيق واجب تعد قانونا المعاهدة ألن ؛وذلك معها المتعارض التشريع نصوص تلغي المعاهدة نصوص فإن قوانين سبقتها 7. العراق ففي للمعاهدة القانونية القيمة حسب يكون مختلفا األمر فان أحكامها بين تضارب ووجدت للمعاهدة تالياً التشريع كان إذا أما ونيتها المعاهدة تطبيق عدم في الدولة رغبة على يدل التشريع صدور يخالفها؛ ألنالذي التشريع بموجب منسوخة المعاهدة ومصر . وقت أي في البرلمان قبل من يتم تعديله ان يمكن التي العادي القانون قوة للمعاهدة الن وذلك عدم االلتزام بأحكامها في مع عالقاتها للبالد في الجمهورية رئيس يمثل أن على الجديد الدستور من ١٤٥ المادة أما بالنسبة للوضع في مصر فقد نصت ومجلس شورى الدولة ولها نفس تأثير النواب ان يوافق كل من مجلس بعد عليها والتصديق ويقوم بعقد المعاهدات، الدول االخرى، بأغلبية المجلسين ان يوافق ويجب. الوضع المقرر استنادا الى واالعالن عنها في الجريدة الرسمية ؛ عليها ان يصدق القانون بعد تخالف معاهدة أي المصادقة على يمكن وال بسيادة الدولة المتعلقة المعاهدات وجميع والتحالف الصلح اتفاقيات على االعضاء ثلثى مماثلة تعد فالمعاهدة ونشرها عليها التصديق بعد وذلك فقط العادية القوانين قوة الدولية المعاهدات على أضفى الدستور فقد أحكام لتشريع داخلي ولها نفس قوته في سلم تدرج القواعد القانونية عند ما يتم التصديق عليها استنادا ألحكام الدستور 8 التي نصت على ان انعقادها بعد القانون ولها نفس تأثير البيان مع يتفق بما مدعومة الشعب بها مجلس ويقوم بإبالغ المعاهدات يعقد الدولة رئيس بموجب االوضاع المقررة. ونشرها عليها والمصادقة المبحث الثاني حكم التعارض بين االتفاقية الدولية والدستور تعديل ينبغي ثم ومن الدستور أحكام تتعرض مع معاهدة إقرار أي يمكن ال بأنه ١٤٥ المادة في المصري الدستوري المشرع أكد بأن إليه اإلشارة سابق ١٩٧٥ مارس أول في الصادر حكمها في العليا المحكمة حكمت حيث الدستور أحكام مع يتالئم بما المعاهدة ان تخضع ينبغي مما العادي، القانون قيمة تجاوز ال الدولية المعاهدة وأن قوتها، وال الدساتير قيمة لها ليس الدولية المعاهدات المعاهدة الدولية ألحكام الدستور من الناحيتين اإلجرائية والموضوعية 9. القيمة حسب وذلك العادي القانون اكثر من قيمة قيمة لها أو الدول بعض في العادي بقوة القانون تحضى الدولية المعاهدة ان وبما بالقوانين العادية طالما إنها تتمتع بنفس فأنها تكون خاضعة للرقابة على دستوريتها أسوة الدولية المعاهدة على الدستور التي يضفيها قيمتها 10 7 dominique carrean, etudes internationalsdroit international, 1983,p57 المادة )١٥١( من الدستور المصري عام 8۱۹۷۱ حكم المحكمة العليا، أول مارس 1975، في القضية رقم 13 لسنة 4ق، ص9228 10 lord macnair, the law of treaties,1961,p61-62 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org التي واألصول القواعد تمثل الدستور قواعد بأن ۱۹۹۲ابريل ١٨ في الصادر الحكم في العليا الدستورية المحكمة حكمت كذلك يستند عليها نظام الحكم في الدولة، وبهذا فإن النصوص الدستورية تعتبر أسمى القواعد اآلمرة وأحقها بالنزول علي أحكامها11. التصديق قانون 2013 لعام ( 42) رقم القانون دستورية بعدم الحكم في تستند العليا اإلتحادية فنرى أن المحكمةفي العراق الحالةأما من( 4/ 61) المادة نصوص الى هللا عبد خور في المالحة بتنظيم فيما يتعلق ودولة الكويت العراق جمهورية بين على االتفاقية لعدم العمل النص الدستور بالرغم من نفاذ ذلك الذي يتعارض مع القانوني بالنص العمل يمكن ال حيث 2005 الدستور العراقي لسنة بإجرآت تطبيقه. رقم القانون بموجب العالمية واإلتفاقيات المعاهدات على التصديق الذي يمتلك سلطة( الذي تم حله) الثورة ،قيادة مجلس إن حيث يعد لم التي ذكرناها سابقا االتفاقات تصديق قانون سن في تاريخ معموال به كان الذي االتفاقيات انعقادتشريع 1979 لعام( 111) أصبحت االختصاصات بتلك القيام آليات المؤسسات تلك وصالحيات والمؤسسات الخاصة به الحكم نظام نوعية أن كما موجودا قانون وطني مقابل الدستور باحكام عدم العمل يجوز للدستور العراقي، وال استنادا الى مؤسس ذلك كل وأصبح بصورة شاملة مختلفة للحكم والتي تكون معرضة عليه التي تترتب األخرى والقوانين للدستور معارضا القانون الوطني يصبح بل الدستور سن يخالفه قبل بعدم دستوريتها عندما يطعن بها 12. أنه إذا كانت المعاهدة بها بنود تخترق قانون الدولة وأحكام دستورها سواء كانت تلك األحكام من ناحية الموضوع او ويرى الباحث الشكل فتعد في هذه الحالة المعاهدة مخالفة للدستور ويتوجب بطالنها. الفصل الثاني صالحية المحكمة اإلتحادية العليا بحماية الحقوق والحريات تمهيد وتقسيم سنتناول في هذا المبحث دور المحكمة في حماية حقوق اإلنسان المدنية، والسياسية ،واإلقتصادية واإلجتماعية، ومن خالل ذلك سأقسم هذا الفصل إلى مبحثين على النحو األتي: المدنية والسياسية ،المبحث األول: صالحية المحكمة اإلتحادية في حفظ الحقوق والثقافية ،واإلجتماعية ،االقتصادية ،المبحث الثاني: صالحية المحكمة اإلتحادية في حفظ الحقوق المبحث األول في حماية الحقوق المدنية والسياسية ،صالحية المحكمة اإلتحادية ليباشر الخاضعة لرقابة القضاء المستقل النزيه االحكام سن بواسطة إال يتحقق ال بصورة مؤكدة وحرياته اإلنسان حقوق حفظ إن وبقي مراقبة مدى خضوعها للدستور، طريق عن وما يتضمنه الدستور لنص أو عدمه مالئمتها وشرح الفعال في مراجعتها دوره حكم المحكمة الدستورية العليا بتاريخ 184-1992، القضية رقم 13 لعام 11 قضاء دستوري، مجموعة قرارا المحكمة الدستورية العليا التي أصدرتها المحكمة من بداية 11 320، المجلد الثاني، ص5ج ، 1992أخر يونيه الى 1991يوليو مقال الكتروني بعنوان: "المحكمة االتحادية العليا تستند بالحكم بعدم دستورية قانون التصديق على اتفاقية تنظيم المالحة في خور عبد هللا"، تمت الزيارة بتاريخ 10-2312 م، الرابط 7الساعة 0232 https://www.iraqfsc.iq / american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org من وبالرغم وحقيقي، فعلي بشكل القوانين بدستورية الفصل تأخذ مهمة عليا محكمة لوجود العراقية الدولة تأسيس ومنذ يفتقر العراق الرقابة تبقى عليا محكمة وانشاء الرقابة هذه يشير الى نص ألي األخر وعدم نص ان الدساتير بعض الدساتير تنص على الرقابة قانون صدر۲۰۰۳ عام ان اُحتل العراق من قبل أمريكا بعد لكن العادي، القضاء قبل ومن معينة في احوال غير مطبقة فيها إال منه، ٤٤/ بالمادة تقوم بها عليا محكمة،وانشاء الرقابة اعتماد هذه وبين بوضوح الذي تم الغاؤه لمرحلة االنتقال العراقية الدولة إدارة للمحكمة. الخاص التشريع مثل ليكون ،2005لسنة 30،رقم األمر أعقبه ثم وتتفاعل الديمقراطية، تتفاعل الدساتير هذه بأحكام التقيد وبقدر دساتيرها، تحميها الديمقراطية االنظمة أن عليه المتعارف من وإن من الذي الدستور صون إلى التي ترمي رقابته خالل من الدستوري القضاء يلزم التفاعل وهذا الدولة هذه في السياسية الحياة معها التي تهدف األساسية غاياتها إلى القانون دولة خالله من تهتدي والتي السلطات فصل واعتماد مبدأ القانون، دولة يتم تأسيس خالله الى حفظ كرامة اإلنسان وحقوقة 13. فيهم بما األفراد لجميع بصورة عامة يتم اقرارها السياسية الحقوق من اكثر سعة وهي المدنية تتمتع بالخصائص المدنية،فالحقوق االجانب وبموجب ضوابط وشروط يبينها القانون وهي تقسم إلى قسمين الحقوق ،العامة والحقوق ، الخاصة 14. في حق فتمنحه الدولة دولة معينة، في وعضوا مواطناً حيث يعد لإلنسان تقرر التي الحقوق ، تلك هي ،أما الحقوق السياسية العامة الوظائف النيابية وتولى للوظائف الترشح في الفرد حق عنه ينتج الحق وهذا السياسي النظام إقامة وفي الحكم في المشاركة وحق اإلنتخاب وتثبت هذه الحقوق كقاعدة عامة للمواطنين دون غيرهم أي ترتبط هذه الحقوق دوما بالجنسية15. للقاضي الجديد الدور خالل فمن الدستورية والضمانات االحكام ضمن يكون القوانين مسار ضبط في الدستوري القضاء مشاركة وأن يشكل الدستور أصبح الرقابة هذه خالل من إذا وحرياتهم الخاصة بالمواطنين الحقوق يضمن للدستور أخر مفهوم ظهر الدستوري، النيابية االغلبية ارادة سوى لها ضمانات وال ال يوجد إثبات دونه من والتي للمواطنين، والحقوق تشكيل الحريات في األساس حجر اإلنسان حقوق حفظ إلى رقابته ترمي خالل من الدستوري القاضي فرضها التي السريعة المتغيرات هذه البرلمان في التي تسيطر والحريات. الحقوق لتلك االساسي الجوهر وجعله في الدستور الجديد المفهوم هذا اعتماد وكيفية وحرياته، هي المحكمة تقوم بها التي الرقابة صنف فأن ال؟ أم فعلي لها دور العراق في الدستورية الرقابة يظهر تساؤل عن هلوبناء على ذلك له مصلحة مدع أو جهات حكومية، أو ،كم الثانيةالمحا تقدمه طلب بموجب نفسها تلقاء من ان تقوم بها يمكن ال ولكن اإللغاء رقابة ان عليه الذي يختص باألمور الدستورية القاضي ؛ألن اإلنسان حقوق في المحافظة على مهمتها على له اثر سيء وهذا متضررة، تبنته ما وهذا ما جهة من ذلك الدفع لتقديم يكون منتظرا وال للدستور والتعليمات األنظمة، أو، القوانين بتعارض به صلة دفع ينبه ألي العليا اإلتحادية المحكمة تعانيه الذي الحال واقع هو وهذا ستعطل المحكمة اعمال فإن وإال في مصر، العليا الدستورية المحكمة به ولذلك المختصة، السلطات من الطلبات صدور بسبب المخالفة للدستور والقرارات القوانين من الكثير إلغاء على غير قادرة تبقى حيث ) فإذا نصت الدستور من ١٣٠/ المادة بموجب نافذة زالت ما المنحل الثورة قيادة مجلس القرارات التي تصدر عن من الكثير هناك تبقي التشريعات النافذة معمواًل بها مالم تلغ أو تعدل وفقًا إلحكام هذا الدستور( د. فيليب برو، علم اإلجتماع السياسي، ترجمة محمد صاصيال، المؤسسة الجامعية للدراسات والنشر، بيروت، 1998، ص1332 /https://www.uoanbar.edu.iq مقال الكتروني عنوان أنواع الحقوق، تمت الزيارة بتاريخ 23-10-2023 الساغة 2م، الرابط 14 المرجع نفسه 15 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org ١٤/ المادة في الحق في المساواة المقرر، فمثال سنالحظ، وكما التي يقررها الدستور اإلنسان حقوق من العديد يتم انتهاك وبنفاذها أو اللون أو األصل أو ،العرق أو ،،الجنس بسبب تمييز دون القانون أمام متساوون العراقيون ) على انه : نصت حيث الدستور من بالقرار وتم تعديله 1992 لسنة( 120) رقم الذي خرقه القرار االجتماعي( أو ،االقتصادي ،الوضع ،أو ،الرأي أو المعتقد أو الدين أصول من عراقي كل التربية بكليات والقبول التعليمية الوظائف في التعيين من يمنع) ان حيث نص على 1993 لسنة( 124) رقم على ۱۹۹۲ لسنة ۱۲۰ القرار تسري أحكام) نصت على انه إذ الثاني البند 1995 لسنة ( 41) رقم القرار إضافة الى أجنبية(، المتقدمين في الدورات ،التربوية(16. إضافة الى قانون المعهد القضائي رقم ) 33( لسنة 1976 إذ نصت المادة / 7\ 1 منه .أجنبي( غير أصل ومن بالوالدة عراقيين أبوين ومن بالوالدة عراقياً يكون المعهد في للدراسة يقبل فيمن على)يشترط بموجب من قرار ذاتها وإنما مباشرتها يمكن ال ولكن مراقبة االلغاء هي المحكمة تباشرها التي الرقابة نوع ومن الجدير باالشارة أن في دورها سوف يؤثر بشكل سيء على وهذا مصلحة متضررة، له مدع أو جهات حكومية، أو الثانية، المحاكم قبل من يقدم طلب األنظمة أو القانون بمخالفة يتعلق دفع أي ينوه الى أن عليه المختص بالدستور يجب القاضي ألن اإلنسان حقوق الحفاظ على غير منتظرا ان ُيقدم دفع بذلك الدستورية واللوائح الجمهورية المصرية أن هذه الحقوق من الحقوق األساسية التي تقوم المحكمة اإلتحادية بالعراق والمحكمة الدستورية ويرى الباحث التي تتولى حمايتها بشكل متوازن ما بين عدم خروج اإلتفاقيات الدولية الخاصة بهم عن أحكام الدستور من جهة وعدم تقييد حقوق األفراد من جهة أخرى من خالل الدور الرقابي الجيد بفرض رقابتهم. ويرى أيضًا الباحث وجوب دعوة السلطة التشريعية النشاء لجان قانونية تكون هذه اللجان وتمنحها دورها الرئيسي هو دراسة مدى تالؤم التشريعات العراقية مع الدستور وإذا وجد تشريع ما يتعارض مع الدستور العراقي يتم إلغاؤه مباشرة. الثاني،المبحث اإلتحادية في حفظ الحقوق االقتصادية واالجتماعية والثقافية ، المحكمة ، صالحية حيث تضمن له الحياة بما يحفظ كرامته وشرفه، الثابتة لإلنسان في أي وقت وفي أي بلد، الحقوق من جمع اإلقتصادية ،إن الحقوق الحقوق أن إلى وجدير بالذكر تتصف بصفة اقتصادية، وحقوق اخرى جتماعياإل، حقه في ان يحصل على العمل والضمان ومنها منذ زمن حديث من هذه الحقوق صارت وقد بالحقوق االجتماعية واالدبية،لها صلة على االغلب لإلنسان التي لها طابع اقتصادي بأنها تعريفها نستطيع وبهذا تمييز بدون الناس لجميع الحقوق هذه بضمان تلتزم الدول وأصبحت لجميع الناس، الرئيسية الحقوق حقه في الحصول على ومنها بكرامة وشرف ان يحيا حياته من اجل إنسان الى كل منحها التي يجب الحقوق مجموعة عن عبارة التي الحقوق من وغيرها االقتصادية، وحقه في الضمان االجتماعي األنشطة أنواع مختلف القيام والمشاركة في في عمل وكذلك حقه توفر لإلنسان الحياة الكريمة في أي مكان وزمان17. القرار رقم )٤١( لسنة ۱۹۹٥ البند ثانيا 16 / https://mawdoo3.com أ.مها دحام، مقال الكتروني بعنوان "مفهوم الحقوق اإلقتصادية"، تمت الزيارة بتاريخ 23-12023، الساعة 10:25م، الرابط17 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org الحقوق هذه وتعتبر لإلنسان ان يحيا حياته بكرامة بالمجتمع تضمن ،التي ،الحقوق من مجموعة فهي اإلجتماعية أما بالنسبة للحقوق والفرص خدمات الصحة والتعليم والعدالة على حصولهم فرص في االشخاص بين من اجل ضمان تحقق العدالة ،والمساواة أساسية التي تتعلق باالقتصاد والثقافة و تتضمن الحقوق االجتماعية عدة امور بما في ذلك 18: بما األساسية، الصحية الرعاية خدمات إلى الوصول في المواطنين في حق يظهر: الوصول الى الخدمات الصحية في الحق -1 فيها الحصول على العالج والوقاية من االمراض واألدوية الضرورية. للعدالة، والمساواة في ،الحصول على التعليم المجاني بما في ذلك الحق في الوصول الى التعليم ويعني الحق في الوصول طبقا -2 التعليم األساسي في االبتدائية والثانوية. وهو حق المواطن في الحصول على سكن صحي وآمن وحمايتهم من التشرد. : حق السكن -3 وهو حق األشخاص في الحصول على فرص عمل عادلة بدون تمييز وحمايتهم من ظروف العمل الخطرة : العمل في الحق -4 وتوفير األجور للعمال وحفظ حقوقهم. والتأمين كالتأمين الصحي االجتماعية، ان يحصلوا على الحماية األشخاص حق وهو: االجتماعي حق الحصول على الضمان -5 يتعرضون الى ظروف صعبة الذين لألفراد والحصول على المساعدات، والتقاعد، البطالة، من في للمواطنين الكريمة االجتماعية التي تضمن الحياة والعدالة، إلى الحرص على ضمان المساواة االجتماعية الحقوق تهدفوقد . الحياة جوانب جميع في االشخاص حقوق وتعزيز حيث تكون الحكومات مسؤولة عن تحقيق هذه الحماية المجتمع خالل من المجال هذا في الدستوري القضاء دور أما عن واجبات المحكمة اإلتحادية في الحفاظ على الحقوق اإلجتماعية فيظهر المالك مباشرة حدود في القيود من كثرة تتجمع حيث اإلسكان، مجال في خاص وبوجه الملكية التي تضمن حق اإلجتماعية الوظيفة للسكن المهيأة األماكن توفر قلة عن والتي تنشأ المتفاقمة األزمة مواجهة بها يقصد قيود وهي ملكيته استعمال مجال في لسلطته يكون المالك حق الخاصة باألخص أن الملكية في الحق لحماية خصباً بعقود االيجار مجاالً التي تتعلق الدستورية مقابل القضايا في الطعن بمناسبة السكنى لحق قضائها في العليا اإلتحادية المحكمة تعرضت عليها الطلب المستأجر زيادة لحق مقابل كحق حينئذ المادة ١٥ من قانون إيجار العقار رقم ۸۷ لسنة ۱۹۷۹ )المعدل( 19. البيع، بعد الذي تمت إزالة شيوعه العقار من جزء وهو المشتمل باشغال في استمراره الحـق بالعقـار شريكه إعطاء بأن المدعي بين إذ وال بمستأجر مشغول وهو طائلة بمبالغ عقاراً يشتري أحد ال إذ البيع، عند العقار قيمة بخس إلى سوف يؤدي مستأجرة بصورة يعتبر وهذا يريد كما به يتصرف أن يستطيع ال فهو وبالتالي العقار، إيجار قانون بموجب( سنة ١٢) لمدة منه إخراجه يستطيع و ١٤ والمواد وج ب -أوالً ( ٢) المادة وتخالف شرعية غير العقار إيجار قانون من ١٥ المادة فإن وعليه ،له كبيرة وخسارة إستغالالً ۱٦ و ۱۹ من الدستور 20 . / https://www.ammonnews.net مقال الكتروني بعنوان: "تعريف الحقوق اإلجتماعية"، تمت الزيارة بتاريخ 23-102023/ الساعة 11م، الرابط 18 قرار المحكمة اإلتحادية العليا العدد 112/ إتحادية – أعالم/2014 في 21 /4/ 192015 تنص المادة )۲( : )أواًل: ب ال يجوز سن قانون يتعارض مع مبادئ الديمقراطية ج ال يجوز سن قانون يتعارض مع الحقوق والحريات الواردة في هذا الدستور( نصت 20 (14) المادة الوضع اإلقتصادي أو على أن العراقيون متساون أمام القانون دون تمييز بس الجنس أو العرق أو القومية أو اللون أو الدين أوالمذهب أو المعتقد أو الرأي أو كل فرد الحق سادسًا: ل – ۱۹على أن تكافو الفرص حق مكفول لجميع العراقيين، وتكفل الدولة أتخاذ اإلجراءات المناسبة لتحقيق ذلك ونصت المادة ١٦اإلجتماعي ونصت المادة اإلجراءات القضائية واإلدارية. في أن يعامل معاملة عادلة في american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org كالشريك عادلة يحضى بمعاملة أن في العقار يشغل ال الذي الشريك تحرم التي تم الطعن بشرعيتها المادة إن إلى المدعي وأنتهي يعامل أن من العقار يشغل ال الذي الشريك يحرم كذلك بيعه، بعد مستأجر بصفة أشغاله في باإلستمرار ويرغب العقار يشغل الذي لسنة ٨٧ رقم العقار قانون إيجار من ١٥ المادة شرعية بعدم الحكم طلب لهذا واإلدارية، القضائية اإلجراءات في عادلة معاملة . المعدل ۱۹۷۹ وإحترام وتطبيقاته، العلمي التقدم األدبية وان يستفيد من الحياة في المشاركة في فرد كل حق أما بالنسبة للحقوق األدبية فتتضمن في الحق هذا على النص جاء فقد واالداب، العلم حقل في وتعاون الدول التواصل وتشجيع واألنشطة االبداعية العلمي البحث حرية : بأن اإلنسان لحقوق العالمي اإلعالن من( 27) المادة عنه الناتجة التي الفوائد وفي العلمي، بالتطور والمشاركة والفنية، في ميدان التجمعات الثقافية، الحق في ان يشارك شخص فلكل صناعته من فني أو ادبي،او انتاج ياختراع او اكتشاف او ابتكار علم أي عن حقوقه المادية، والمعنوية حماية في الحق فرد لكل ان في فرد كل حق على االتفاقية من ( 15) المادة في الحق هذا باالقتصاد، والثقافة،، فيما يتعلق،للحقوق الدولي ،العهد تضمن كما عن الناتجة والمعنوية المادية المصالح بحماية االنتفاع وفي وتطبيقاته، العلمي التطور بمنافع التمتع وفي الثقافية، الحياة في يشارك . الفني أو األدبي واإلبداع العلمي االبتكار واالختراع الالزمة الحرية بإحترام تلتزم كما والثقافة، العلوم ونشر وتنمية حفظ المهمة الجل الخطوات كل باتباع األطراف الدول تلتزم كذلك للبحوث العلمية واألنشطة االبداعية وبتشجيع التواصل والتعاون بين الدول فيما يخص العلم والثقافة 21. ويعتبر حق الشخص الطبيعي المادة بنص العراقي لهذا الحق،أشار الدستور وقد االقتصادية المهمة، ،وامتالكها من الحقوق والعقارات المال المنقول، اختيار في :يأتي ما على نصت التي ٢٣/ كما ضمن حدود القانون( في ، وان يتصرف فيها ،وإستغاللها بها االنتفاع وللشخص الذي يملكها محفوظة، الخاصة )الملكية: أوال في صدر القرار الذي منها القرارات من من خالل نشر العديد ضمان حفظ هذه الحقوق العليا اإلتحادية، المحكمة، منحت ۱۹۷۰ /تموز ١٦ في العراق الذي صدر دستور من( ١٦) المادة نص ظل في محفوظة ،الخاصة ، الملكية ان وحيث ،٢/ ٧/٠٠٧۲ الحكم هذا يخالف أن قانون ألي يمكن ال لذا الحالي ٥۲۰۰ الدستور العراقي لعام من ( ۲۳) المادة اطار وفي ، (الذي تم الغاؤه) 1982والصادر ( 139) رقم الذي تم الغاؤه ،الثورة ،قيادة مجلس وبهذا فان قرار للقانون بال وضع سبب الملكية وينتزع الدستوري الذي جاء مخالفا للدستور االمر الذي يستوجب إلغاءه( 22. الخاتمة من خالل بحثنا هذا قمنا بالتوصل إلى النتائج األتية: محددة قانونية أثار انشاء يهدف الى العام اشخاص القانون الدولي بين يعقد مكتوب دولي اتفاق هي كل الدولية بالمعاهدة يقصد -1 القانون الدولي العام.بموجب د. أبو الخير أحمد عطية عمر، الضمانات القانونية الدولية والوطنية لحماية حقوق اإلنسان، دار النهضة العربية، القاهرة، الطبعة األو لى، 2004، ص 2156 قرار، المحكمة، اإلتحادية العليا رقم 5 /إتحادية /2007، في 27-2007، مأخوذ من الموقع التالي: 22 ....deskton/administrator/20oandsettings%documents:c://fail: mhtml american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org البحث حريات وإحترام وتطبيقاته العلمي من التطور األدبية يستفيد الحياة في المشاركة في فرد كل حق إن الحقوق األدبية هي -2 فيما يخص العلوم واالداب. الدولي والتعاون والحث على التواصل واألنشطة االبداعية العلمي الجديد الدور خالل الدستورية فمن والضمانات الضوابط ضمن يكون القوانين مسار ضبط في الدستوري القضاء مساهمة أن-3 يشكل الدستور أصبح الرقابة هذه خالل من إذا وحرياتهم المواطنين لحقوق كضامن للدستور أخر مفهوم برز الدستوري، للقاضي للمواطنين. والحقوق الحريات صرح بناء في األساس حجر هذه العراقي ويضمن الدستور الحقوق االقتصادية المهمة، من وغير المنقولة المنقولة األموال امتالك في اإلنسان حق يعتبر-4 وان ان ينتفع بها، واستغاللها للمالك ومن حق مصانة، الخاصة )الملكية: أوال() االتي: على نصت التي ( ٢٣) المادة بنص الحقوق في االطار القانوني(. بها،يتصرف فنصوص المخالف تاتي بعد التشريع المعاهدة كانت فإذا الداخلي القانون وأحكام الدولية االتفاقية أحكام بين تعارض يحدث قد -5 المعاهدة لها قوة القانون الوضعي وتلغي النصوص المتعارضة معها من الن وذلك الذي يخالفها التشريع نصوص تلغي المعاهدة قوانين سابقة لها. ويوصي الباحث بأن يتم تعديل الدستور من خالل إضافة مواد تحفظ حقوق اإلنسان وحرياته بشكل أوسع لتمنع أي سوك يشكل انتهاكا لحقوق اإلنسان. قائمة المراجع: قائمة الكتب: 2016 لجامعية، المطبوعات دار العام، الدولي القانون في الوسيط خليفة، أحمد د.إبراهيم-1 الطبعة القاهرة، العربية، النهضة دار اإلنسان، حقوق لحماية والوطنية الدولية القانونية الضمانات عمر، عطية أحمد الخير د.أبو-2 2004 األولى، 1998 بيروت، والنشر، للدراسات الجامعية المؤسسة صاصيال، محمد ترجمة السياسي، اإلجتماع علم برو، فيليب د.-3 1983 العربي،القاهرة، الفكر دار السلم، وقت العام الدولي القانون إلى المدخل شكري، عزيز د. محمد-4 المراجع األجنبية: 1-u.holloway, modern trerndsin treaty, 1976 2-dominique carrean, etudes internationalsdroit international, 1983 الرسائل العلمية 1988 بغداد، جامعة القانون، كلية دكتوراه، رسالة الدول، دساتير في الدولية المعاهدات تنظيم العبيدي، عزبة د. حسن-د القوانين والتشريعات إتحادية/ 112 العدد العليا اإلتحادية المحكمة قرار المتحدة األمم ميثاق ۱۹۷۱ عام المصري الدستور american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org ق 4 لسنة، 13 رقم القضية في ،1975 مارس أول العليا، المحكمة حكم الدستورية المحكمة أحكام مجموعة دستوري، قضاء 11 لعام 13 رقم القضية ،1992418 بتاريخ العليا الدستورية المحكمة حكم الثاني الخامس، المجلد الجزء ،1992 يونيه أخر حتى 1991 يوليو أول من المحكمة أصدرتها التي العليا المراجع اإللكترونية: خور في المالحة تنظيم اتفاقية على التصديق قانون دستورية بعدم بالحكم تستند العليا االتحادية المحكمة: "بعنوان الكتروني مقال /https://www.iraqfsc.iq الرابط هللا، عبد /https://www.ammonnews.net الرابط اإلجتماعية، الحقوق تعريف: "بعنوان الكتروني مقال /https://www.uoanbar.edu.iq الرابط الحقوق، أنواع عنوان الكتروني مقال /https://mawdoo3.com الرابط اإلقتصادية، الحقوق مفهوم" بعنوان الكتروني مقال دحام، مها.أ /https://ar.guide-humanitarian-law.org الرابط ،"اإلنساني للقانون العملي القاموس: " بعنوان الكتروني مقال : التالي الموقع من مأخوذ 20077-2 في 2007/ إتحادية / 5 رقم العليا اإلتحادية المحكمة قرار ....deskton/administrator/20oandsettings%documents:c://fail: mhtml american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org the concept of media and its role in formulating strategy 1 alaa adhab briah university of sumer iraq alaa919100@gmail.com 2 asaad dhahi yaseen university of sumer iraq asaaddhahi64@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s between individuals, as the need for it led to it going through multiple stages of continuous development. this development has contributed to enabling individuals to coordinate and organize their activities and work through the exchange of information and ideas, which constitutes the essence of the communication process. communication is the tool through which ideas and information are transmitted between individuals within a specific social system, which differs in its size and the nature of the relationships it includes. this system may be a mere bilateral relationship between two individuals, a small group, a local community, or even the entire human community. media, communication, social links, strategy, ideas , information introduction communication in the media is defined as a purposeful process that takes place between two or more parties, aiming to exchange information and opinions and influence positions and trends. from this , asstandpoint, the communication process can be considered as the nervous system of any organizatio it contributes to enhancing stability and building trust between its parties . to accurately define the concept of communication, we can look at the components of this process, which include : the sender and the receiver, where the sender transmits information and attempts to influence the other while the receiver receives this information and interacts with it either by accepting it, rejectingparty, it, or taking a neutral position towards it 1. it means the message that the sender seeks to convey through the media to the receiver . it may be natural or technical, as it works to transmit news or information . these channels are divided into personal channels that rely on direct communication between individuals, and technical channels that rely on various means of communication . it includes all factors affecting the communication process, such as the design of the message and the surrounding american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org circumstances, with the necessity of the environment being free of any influences that may cause .1 confusion or affect the clarity of the meanings and information exchanged the first topic lmedia and communication: its role in transmitting information and achieving socia development communication plays a pivotal role in transferring information and ideas between individuals and groups ، whether in social, cultural or scientific contexts. communication channels vary between natural, based on direct interaction between people, and technical, based on modern means of media and communication . opriate environment thatthe communication process also requires an appr contributes to ensuring the clarity of the message and preventing confusion that may affect the understanding of meanings and information exchanged. the media is one of the main drivers of social change, as the developmental perspective of the media emphasizes its importance in developing societies . according to daniel lerner's theory of modernization, the means of communication on of individuals, which leads to increasedcontribute to the psychological and material transformati urbanization, enhanced literacy rates, and support for community participation. education is also considered an essential element in building an interactive society, capable of benefiting from the .2 development of the media to achieve sustainable development the first requirement: the role of communication in development and modernization when individuals are prepared to acquire new experiences in the areas of modernization and education, which are transferred to them through the means of communication, this leads to increased rates of participation in various aspects of the social system . in this context, schramm seeswilbur communication, just as the economy is the main driver of development processes, plays athat argues vital role in accelerating these processes. he identifies three main functions that communication media can perform to support development : 1. media function : media contributes to broadening the horizons of individuals, as it works to highlight important events. the essence of this function lies in its ability to direct the attention of the public towards development issues, and motivate them to adopt new behaviors and practices, such as modern health habits or modern methods in various fields.3 2. decision support function : -the media can indirectly contribute to supporting the decision aking process, not by attacking established social values and traditions, but by expanding them channels of public dialogue about development plans, and promoting discussions that help shape public taste and crystallize individuals’ opinions about change . 3. the function of education : communication media have proven their effectiveness in the field of education, both inside and outside educational institutions. they complement and enhance the educational process, especially in adult education programs and vocational and industrial training, in addition to their role in developing the skills of teachers and workers in various sectors . through these 1 sher al-alaq: communication theories: an integrated introduction, dar al-yazouri, amman, jordan (2010), pp. 2482. 2 .atef al-abd and noha atef al-abd, development media and social change, dar al-fikr al-arabi, cairo, 5th ed )2007.( 3 .muhammad munir hijab: al-fajr media dictionary for publishing and distribution, cairo, 1st ed., 2001, p. 13 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org functions, communication media play a pivotal role in driving the wheel of development, by spreading knowledge, promoting effective discussions, and providing continuous learning opportunities for individuals and communities. 3 the second requirement organizational communication and its forms organizational communication is defined as the communication process that takes place within institutions and their external environment, whetherinstitutions and organizations, or between these in the internal framework. the second requirement organizational communication and its forms organizational communication is an essential element in enhancing communication within organizations and between them and their external environment, which contributes to achieving their strategic goals. this type of communication can be classified into two main sections : internal external communicationand communication . internal communication internal communication refers to the process of interaction and communication that takes place within an organization between its employees and various departments, with the aim of achieving organizational goals and enhancing the work environment. this type of communication contributes to disseminating information related to the organization's policies, motivating employees, and enhancing the spirit of cooperation among them. it also helps unify efforts to ensure efficiency and effectiveness l performancein institutiona . in addition, internal communication plays a role in attracting the human competencies that the organization needs, as it is used to communicate with the external public with the aim of employing qualified individuals. it also contributes to coordinating work between various departments to ensure the integration of efforts and the achievement of strategic goals, as is the case in security agencies that work in a coordinated manner to ensure public safety . first, general external communication directexternal communication aims to raise public awareness of the issues adopted by the organization makers and target-individual behavior in line with its objectives, and gain support from decision audiences. this type of communication is represented in the continuous interaction between the organization and the general external audience, which includes all segments of society.4 external communication contributes to enhancing understanding and harmony between the organization and the public, by disseminating information and opinions, and listening to community feedback, which allows the organization to adapt its strategies according to the requirements of its audience. for this reason, organizations rely on effective communication channels to ensure achieving the desired impact and fruitful interaction with the community . types of external communication : • marketing communication : focuses on promoting the products and services provided by the quality, which affects their purchasing decisionsorganization, and convincing consumers of their . 4 muhammad joda nasser, advertising, public relations, majdalawi publishing house, amman, (1998), p. 179 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org • social marketing : it is based on traditional marketing methods, but it is used to spread ideas and concepts that promote social issues, such as environmental awareness or combating negative phenomena in society . through these different forms of communication, organizations seek to build strong relationships with their internal and external audiences, which contributes to achieving their goals and enhancing their impact in society section two: strategy and achieving goals achieving goals is a complex process that requires continuous, substantial efforts, as they cannot be easily achieved without overcoming obstacles and challenges that may stand in the way . the concept of strategy development strategy is the essence of management and planning skills, expressing the practical methods used to achieve desired goals. the term "strategy" comes from the greek word strategia ,which means "command of an army" or "war maneuver", and was used to refer to the art of managing wars and itary plans. later, the concept of strategy evolved to include other fields, such as politics andlmi term-making to achieve long-ecisiondeconomics, where it came to refer to the art of planning and goals in a changing environment, while taking advantage of available resources . , where it hascommunication over time, the scope of strategy has expanded to include the field of become used to plan and manage communication processes in ways that effectively achieve the desired goals. the common characteristics of strategies in various fields can be summarized through the following points:5 higher level of goal and objective planning is used to refer to the plans and decisions that are made at the highest administrative orterm strategy leadership level within any organization. these higher bodies are responsible for determining the major objectives and formulating the general directions that ensure the achievement of organizational goals . in the military context, for example, strategies are drawn up at the high command level and are later translated into tactical and operational plans at the field level. separation between these levels is essential to ensure the distribution of roles, delegation of powers, and allocation of tasks according to the nature of each administrative level, which enhances the efficiency of implementation and ensures the achievement of the desired objectives.6 the first requirement confronting threats and competition in the communication strategy 1 addressing crises and potential risks many goals and strategies are based on the principle of preparedness to confront potential threats and crises. this is done either by taking preventive measures aimed at preventing the occurrence of the crisis through pressure or precautionary means, or by adopting adaptive measures aimed at reducing the europeanthe impact of the crisis or limiting its repercussions if it occurs. organizations such as clear examples of entities that relyunion and the north atlantic treaty organization (nato) are on these strategies in dealing with crises . 5 saad ghaleb yassin, strategic management, al-bazouri , amman, jordan, 1st ed., 2010, p. 28 6 .hamad al-sayrafi, strategic management, dar al-wafa publishing, alexandria, (2008), p. 18 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 2. distributing tasks and defining responsibilities. no plan can be considered “strategic” unless it includes a clear division of objectives, precise definition of responsibilities, and a distribution of roles at different organizational levels. a true strategy is not limited to planning at one level, but rather requires detailing the tasks at the middle and lower levels within the organization, as these levels prepare implementation plans that branch off from the basic strategic plan . the essence of the strategy is that the success of the major objectives depends on the successful objectives, which requires setting clear plans for each stage, and ensuring-implementation of the sub cooperation between the various departments and sections to achieve the common goals. in the absence of this approach based on the division of roles and effective coordination, the plan cannot be described as a strategy in the strict sense of the word 8 planningmany organizations face the problem of not being able to distinguish between . and strategy making (strategizing) ,where planning is limited to setting programs and organizing operations, while strategy goes beyond that to include the continuous search for the best methods to eativityachieve goals. planning aims at organization and codification, while strategy is based on cr , rational analysis, and an intuitive vision of the future . a dynamic and renewablerather is not just a static plan, but the communication strategy thus, that focuses on achieving the organization’s mission by managing its resources effectivelyprocess , and responding quickly to the challenges and opportunities imposed by the changing business strategic integrationenvironment, such as competition, potential risks, and other influential factors. in management orientations is a prerequisite for achieving efficiency and effectiveness, as it helps unify decisions and policies, and prevents dispersion and conflict in goals. therefore, the success of thata clear and integrated communication strategy any organization depends on developing enables it to interact flexibly with the variables of the complex environment. 10 2. integration between communication strategy and other fields overlaps with many otherthe communication strategy it is clear from the various definitions that , which emphasizes its importance inpublic relations, management, and planning fields, such as enhancing the effectiveness of communication within organizations. to analyze any concept in depth , it is necessary to break it down into its basic components communication element, we find that it consists of the the communication strategy in the case of , and it is alsoorganizational communication that participates with management in what is known as , which enhances its role in directingterm strategic planning -longcharacterized by the nature of institutions towards achieving their goals effectively and efficiently.7 the communication strategythe second requirement: elements of strategic planning focuses on setting the general frameworks for the work of the organization as a whole, as it is directed by senior management, but it requires the participation of all administrative levels to ensure its success. the communication strategy is a tool used to adapt the organization to its 7 focus media consortium; washington, dc (2004). page 1 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org environment, with the aim of achieving its organizational goals and ensuring its survival and development in the long term . communication strategy is not limited to countries or large companies only, but is an essential element in any activity that seeks to achieve specific goals, whether it is a small project or a communication campaign. however, the nature of communication strategies differs from one party to another, as planning a communication strategy for a specific country is characterized by complexity and complexity compared to developing a strategy for an institution or organization. the stages of six basic stepsion strategy can be summarized in preparing a communicat : 1. determine the organization’s policy and objectives . understanding the organization’s goals is the first step in building an effective communications strategy. these goals should be clear, ambitious, and achievable, and they should be aligned with the organization’s communication priorities. undefined or unrealistic goals can hinder the effective implementation of the strategy . the communication strategy works as a tool that officials and managers rely on to achieve the general thepolicy of the organization, but its success depends on the support of senior management at both moral and material levels . to ensure the effectiveness of communication planning , it is necessary to collect sufficient information about the organization's policy and strategies, in addition to studying the internal and external environment surrounding it.8 internalthe strategist must be aware of the various factors affecting the organization's work, whether ,, such as the cultural environment ofexternal such as human capabilities and financial resources, or the target audience and political and economic challenges. therefore, the communication plan must deal with these challenges in advance, by analyzing the available opportunities and developing appropriate strategies to overcome potential obstacles . 2. analysis of communication within the organization to ensure effective communication, it is not enough to simply send messages. the target audience must be precisely identified, their needs and expectations understood, and the best means of reaching them must be known. analyzing how the audience interacts with communication messages and identifying the factors that motivate them to adopt the desired behaviors are two essential elements in the success of the strategy . are key players in influencing the public, and the influence of some of them is moreopinion leaders powerful and effective than broad media campaigns through newspapers and television. therefore , successful communication strategies do not deal with the public as a general entity, but rather rely on precise tactics to reach the target groups and motivate them to spread communication messages among their members, which enhances the impact of communication and ensures its spread in a more effective manner.9 target audience analysis requires comprehensive studies, which may include using market research or data provided by international institutions and organizations working in the same field . investigating accurate information about the audience helps improve the quality of communication and ensures that communication messages are directed more accurately and effectively . 8 sia, unicef, south asia regional office, february 2005, p. 6 9 .asr dadi adoun, communication and its role in the efficiency of the economic institution, algeria, 1st ed., 2004, p 81. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org implementing the communication strategy and its characteristics 1. building discussion and interacting with the audience it is essential to clarify all the essential aspects related to the communication campaign, through a clear to address the targetfocus groups can be organized and logical persuasive style. to achieve this, audience, providing precise details about the main topic of the campaign, in addition to employing various media outlets to ensure that the message is delivered effectively . 2. planning practical objectives for communication implementing a communication plan requires choosing the appropriate means to convey the message target audience. here, the person responsible for communication must determine the mostto the public relations, mass media, print, or the internetefficient channels, such as . when deciding on the most appropriate method, some questions are considered, such as : • is it better to deliver simple, regular messages or to rely on limited media coverage • regionalor to suffice with a series of a national symposium is it preferable to organize symposiums • which is better for your campaign : direct contactor email ? cost and effectiveness mustbudget is also a major factor in determining communication methods, as , ensuring that there are means to evaluate the impact of communication, such asbe balanced , rather than relying solely on traditional mediameasuring feedback . 3. implement and follow up the plan term goals, so it is necessary to determine the-the communication strategy includes medium and long time period and resources needed for each stage to ensure its efficient achievement. implementing the in dealing with variables, asflexibility strategy does not mean stagnation, but rather requires additional time is allocated in anticipation of any possible delays or obstacles . defining responsibilities within the organization is essential, as it helps organize roles and ensures smooth implementation of the plan. clarity of tasks also facilitates corrective intervention when needed, which enhances the chances of success of the communication strategy, especially with continuous support from senior management.10 4. evaluation and assessment there is a misconception that strategies cannot be measured, but reality proves that a successful strategy includes evaluation mechanisms that help in monitoring errors and correcting the course. the most important evaluation methods are : • to the message before and after receiving itmeasuring the audience's attention . • and make corrective or supportive decisionsanalyze evaluation results during implementation • on completed activitiescollect feedback . • and its reach to the target audiencenature of media coverage track the volume and . • sent by the audience to understand how they interacted with theanalyze the inquiry messages campaign . • received by the campaignmeasuring the level of community and material support . 10 .abdul razzaq muhammad al-dulaimi, media: problems of planning and practice, dar jarir, jordan, 1st ed. 2010, p 55. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org 5. characteristics of the communication strategy that operates in aa dynamic process communication strategy is not just a planning tool, but constantly changing environment, which requires flexibility in setting goals according to priorities and choosing the appropriate means to reach the target audience.11 the most prominent characteristics of the communication strategy : 1. message credibility : it depends on formulating a coherent speech that responds to the audience’s expectations and interacts with criticism to ensure gaining their trust . 2. adapting to reality : the communication strategy requires a deep understanding of the surrounding environment, which helps in making informed decisions that enhance its success . 3. using opinion leaders : influential figures in society play a major role in effectively delivering communication messages, as the public trusts them more than traditional advertisements or campaigns . 4. taking advantage of modern means of communication : social media and blogsthe spread of accurately targetenhanced communication strategies, as these platforms provide the ability to has and interact directly with them, unlike traditional mediathe audience . the first requirement: the importance of the communication strategy in the organization’s policy communication strategy plays a vital role in the success of organizations. communication is not just a temporary measure practiced for a short period, but it must be a continuous and repetitive process to achieve tangible results. the success of any communication strategy depends on commitment and continuity , as this strategy aims to build a strong and sustainable relationship between the organization and its target audience. this principle applies to various fields, such as traffic awareness campaigns , hich require continuous communication to enhance caution and vigilance against the dangers ofw .12 accidents on a permanent basis a) the role of communication strategy in internal communication 1. motivate employees is a key factor in developing theiremployee motivation many organizations have realized that performance, as institutional growth cannot be achieved without an environment that supports motivation and creativity. however, motivation cannot be imposed, but the organization must provide the appropriate conditions for its growth through : • the organization’s vision and future goalsanswering employees’ questions regarding . • involving employees in achieving the organization’s strategic goals, which enhances their sense of belonging and participation . 2. coordination of actions within the organization without effective coordination between its variousno organization can achieve its goals . the absence of information and lack of clarity of directions leadsdepartments and administrations within the organization. to ensure a high level of coordinationa lack of cohesion or divisions to , officials in the organization must adhere to several conditions : • and general plans of the institutionfamiliarity with the strategic objectives . 11 ibrahim al-muslimi : radio, television and the development of the arab local community for publishing , cairo( 1996) and distribution . 12 ,adeeb mohammed khaddour: arab traffic awareness campaigns (naif university for security sciences, 2007) riyadh. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org • to employees to help them perform their tasks effectivelyproviding basic information . • from employees to management, so that there is an effectiveensure the flow of information feedback system that allows for continuous interaction between all levels of the organization . the effectiveness of internalby applying these principles, organizations can enhance communication , leading to the achievement of their strategic objectives efficiently and flexibly.13 the second requirement: the role of communication strategy in enhancing the effectiveness of the institution 1 empowering leaders with effective communication tools some organizations have succeeded in achieving their goals by providing their leaders with the necessary communication tools to explain and clarify the organization’s strategies and objectives to held after senior management meetingsmonthly meetings various stakeholders. these tools include , face meetings between unit heads and the general manager on informal occasions such as-to-or face breakfast sessions, which provide an appropriate environment for effective communication . 2 changing mindsets and behaviors today, organizations face many challenges that require continuous adaptation to ensure continuity in challenges includea competitive environment. these : changing fields of activity, the emergence of fierce competition, technological developments, and new investments . although many difficulties inorganizations have the tools necessary to adapt to these changes, some face , which often stems from adherence to traditionalimplementation due to resistance to change patterns and fear of the unknown . by providing clearmitigating this resistance the communication strategy plays a pivotal role in explanations of developments, managing change flexibly, and ensuring continuous communication between management and employees, which facilitates the transition to new patterns of work.14 3. improving productivity and enhancing competitiveness . improving productivity and competitiveness is one of the most important goals that organizations seek effectiveto achieve. to achieve this goal, it is necessary to succeed in achieving the previous goals, as ensure a clear understanding of organizational steps and procedures, and unifycommunication helps efforts towards achieving institutional goals, which leads to raising production efficiency . b) external communication and public relations programs 1. strategic planning for external communication communication efforts according to a clear timetablerefers to organizing strategic communication a set of media, advertising, and publicout basic plan. this plan includes -thought-and a well that aim to improve the organization’s image and strengthen its connection withrelations activities its target audience . term-a longis not a temporary activity limited to dealing with crises, but rather public relations that requires continuous efforts to build positive relationships with different audiencesprocess . therefore, the results of public relations are not achieved overnight, but rather develop gradually over time.15 14 .ismail ali saad, communication and public opinion, modern press, alexandria (1979) 15 .sharaf fahmy khoja, advertising and publicity, dar al-maarifa al-jami’a, cairo, 2009 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org 2. types of public relations programs public relations programs are divided into two basic types : • preventive programs : enhance mutualaim to build strong relationships with the public and understanding, through continuous work to address any potential misunderstanding, and enhance transparency between the institution and its public . • therapeutic programs : they are used when crises or sudden problems occur, as they aim to restore confidence and correct the mental image of the institution in the minds of the public . can be considered as the strategic line of defense for the organization inpublic relations programs to ensure theadvance planning for these programs essential the face of crises, which makes continuity of positive communication with various audiences . 3. communication strategy for media campaigns thatcareful strategic planning awareness campaigns, whether media or advertising, require combines formulating effective messages and ensuring their dissemination through the appropriate choosing the right message and delivering it throughcommunication channels. strategy here means determined-the appropriate channel, at the appropriate time, and according to the pre objectives . the communication strategy overlaps with several areas, including : • marketing and advertising : strategic communication is used to promote products and services in an integrated manner to achieve the highest level of impact . • public relations and media : the role of journalists and media professionals complements the efforts of public relations to ensure the effective dissemination of communication messages . • communication research : which aims to study the audience’s interaction with media messages , and analyze the impact of communication campaigns . 4. development of the concept of integrated marketing communication with increasing competition and rising costs of traditional advertising, marketing experts began to the effectiveness of communication messageslook for new models that enhance . the concept of " integrated marketing communication (imc)" emerged. the integration ofwhich is based on , such asvarious means of communication : • traditional advertising (newspapers, television, and radio) . • digital communication media (internet, social media) . • direct marketing and public relations . , as using more than onethe cumulative effect of communication messages this model is based on increases the likelihood of a positivemedium enhances the effectiveness of media campaigns and .16 response from the public 5. the importance of timing and coordination in media campaigns timing plays a crucial role in the success of any media campaign, as the message must reach the moment, and through the right channelat the right audience . with the increasing number of media to coordinate between the variousand communication tools, it has become necessary to achieve the greatest impactcommunication tools . 16 because laramie bernard vallet, research in communication: methodological elements, translated by 2004)communication sociology laboratory, university of constantine, ( miloud safari and others, . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org conclusions and recommendations 1. the negative effects of lax enforcement of the law : o after 2010, the application of the traffic law was affected by the political and social events that the “sugar and oil eventsalgeria witnessed in early 2011, such as ” protests ,which prompted the deal flexibly with drivers at security checkpointsauthorities to . o , whichthe lack of strict supervision , as drivers felt a rise in the accident rate again this led to led to a decline in compliance with traffic laws . 2. the importance of continuous awareness : o , whilelaw enforcement alone achieves effective results in the short term data has shown that awareness campaigns have a more sustainable impact in the long term . o duedespite the laxity in law enforcement after 2011, accidents did not witness a sharp increase the importance of continuing awareness, highlighting to the positive impact of the 2010 campaign in reducing traffic accidentsand education efforts . second: recommendations and suggestions in the context of the iraqi experience, it is possible to benefit from the model witnessed by other , as it hasactivating traffic laws in conjunction with awareness campaigns countries in the field of leads to improvingintegration between legal procedures and media awareness been proven that traffic safety . and the effectiveness of their implementation cannew traffic laws in iraq for example, the impact of supervised by governmental and mediaawareness media campaigns be studied alongside the general directorate of traffic and national mediainstitutions, such as . , in terms ofthe impact of traffic awareness campaigns in iraq the research may reveal : • affects the reduction of accidentsstrict enforcement of laws . • in promoting traffic culturethe role of iraqi media . • coordination between stakeholders in traffic safetychallenges facing . based on the results of the study, and through data analysis and listening to the opinions of those concerned with the traffic prevention sector in the state of ghardaia, a set of recommendations can be the communication strategy in the field of traffic awarenessproposed to enhance : 1. strengthening the role of local media in traffic awareness o of all partiesactivating the communication and public relations devices the necessity of as the most influential medialocal radio involved in traffic prevention, and linking their work with platform in the local community . • a gap in communication between citizens, security agenciesthe study showed that there is by providing a space forbridging this gap major role in , where local radio can play a and officials open discussion on traffic issues, as proven during the dialogues and seminars organized via radio . 2. coordination of efforts between different actors should be a shared responsibility between all parties concerned, withawareness campaign initiatives each party organizing independent campaigns according to a clear annual plan, rather than waiting for initiatives from other parties . american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org associations often rely on police and national gendarmerie initiatives, while the latter in turn wait for the launch of awareness campaigns or limits theircivil society initiatives, which delays effectiveness . coordinationthat relies on an annual awareness campaign program the ideal solution is to develop , rather than implementing individual, unconnected campaignsbetween the various parties . 3. providing financial resources to ensure the continuity of awareness campaigns raising-one of the biggest challenges facing awarenesscivil society organizations indicated that work is the lack of funding . these resources can be provided via : ▪ as the official body responsible forthe national center for road safety and prevention, coordinating the campaigns . ▪ , where these bodies can be empowered to collectlocal radio or transportation departments and distribute resources in a more organized manner . ▪ from businessmen and citizens, to support awareness initiatives thatcommunity donations benefit the community as a whole . 4. promoting traffic awareness in schools and universities into school curricula to enhance theeducational programmes on traffic safety incorporating awareness of new generations of the risks of accidents and the importance of respecting traffic laws . in partnership witheducational institutions workshops and interactive initiatives in organizing security agencies and civil society . 5. using social media in traffic awareness raising awarenessgiven the widespread use of social media, it can be used as an effective tool for , throughand interacting with the public : ▪ that include videos and short awareness messagesdigital awareness campaigns launching . ▪ to reach broad segments of societydigital influencers and opinion leaders collaborate with . references 1. mustafa ashwi , the world of communication, media studies series, university publications office, algeria, 1992), p. 17. 2. sher al-alaq: communication theories: an integrated introduction, dar al-yazouri, amman, jordan (2010), pp. 24-28. 3. atef al-abd and noha atef al-abd, development media and social muhammad munir hijab: alfajr media dictionary for publishing and distribution, cairo, 1st ed., 2001, p. 13.change, dar alfikr al-arabi, cairo, 5th ed. (2007). 4. muhammad joda nasser, advertising, public relations, majdalawi publishing house, amman, (1998), p. 179 5. saad ghaleb yassin, strategic management, al-bazouri , amman, jordan, 1st ed., 2010, p. 28 6. hamad al-sayrafi, strategic management, dar al-wafa publishing, alexandria, (2008), p. 18. 7. focus media consortium; washington, dc (2004). page 1 8. sia, unicef, south asia regional office, february 2005, p. 6 9. asr dadi adoun, communication and its role in the efficiency of the economic institution, algeria, 1st ed., 2004, p. 81. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org 10. abdul razzaq muhammad al-dulaimi, media: problems of planning and practice, dar jarir, jordan, 1st ed. 2010, p. 55. 11. ibrahim al-muslimi : radio, television and the development of the arab local community for publishing and distribution ( 1996) , cairo. 12. adeeb mohammed khaddour: arab traffic awareness campaigns (naif 13. university for security sciences, 2007), riyadh ismail ali saad, communication and public opinion, modern press, alexandria (1979). 14. sharaf fahmy khoja, advertising and publicity, dar al-maarifa al-jami’a, cairo, 2009 15. because laramie bernard vallet, research in communication: methodological elements, translated by miloud safari and others, (communication sociology laboratory, university of constantine, 2004). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 184 www.americanjournal.org code switching and language transfers toshkentova sharofatbonu kukan kizi english teacher of karshi state technical university abstract keywords this article analyzes the distinctions and overlaps between codeswitching and language transfer in multilingual communication. it clarifies their linguistic mechanisms, speaker proficiency requirements, and functions, while also explaining related concepts such as codemeshing, translanguaging, and translingualism. the paper provides clear definitions and resolves common terminological confusion in linguistic research. code-switching, language transfer, crosslinguistic influence, code-meshing, translingualism, bilingual proficiency, linguistic interference. introduction in recent decades, one of the most active areas of linguistics has been the study of multilingualism. as globalization accelerates and people from different language backgrounds interact more, multilingual speech behaviors become more noticeable and relevant to linguistic research. two of these behaviors that have generated a great deal of attention and debate are code-switching and language transfer. both are present in the speech of bilingual or multilingual individuals, but depending on the context, their nature, causes, and linguistic implications vary significantly. some linguists argue that code-switching and language transfer should be considered separate phenomena since they are motivated by different cognitive, linguistic, and sociolinguistic reasons. because code-switching and language transfer are driven by distinct cognitive, linguistic, and sociolinguistic variables, some linguists contend that they should be viewed as distinct phenomena. others, however, contend that the two are essentially connected and ought to be viewed as distinct expressions of the more general idea of cross-linguistic effect. the varied usage of terminology among linguistics subfields further complicates the topic. for instance, sociolinguists use code-switching to represent spontaneous language alternation in natural discourse, whereas psycholinguists frequently use language switching to refer to the controlled alternation between languages. additionally, several related terms—such as code-meshing, translanguaging, and translingualism—are often mistakenly used interchangeably with code-switching. each of these concepts, however, refers to distinct communicative practices, theoretical orientations, or pedagogical approaches. this article aims to clarify these concepts by presenting a comprehensive discussion of code-switching, language transfer, and related terminology. by outlining the major theoretical distinctions, summarizing competing scholarly viewpoints, and establishing clear definitions, this paper seeks to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 185 www.americanjournal.org provide a structured and accessible overview that can serve as a foundation for research on multilingual language use. "code-switching" is the deliberate or inadvertent switching between two or more languages, language variations, or linguistic codes during communication. it typically occurs in bilingual or multilingual cultures and can take many various forms: inter-sentential code-switching is the term for switching between sentences. intra-sentential code-switching is code-switching that occurs within a single sentence or clause.[1] using short tags, fillers, or discourse markers from another language is known as tag-switching. one of the most frequently accepted prerequisites for code-switching is a high level of proficiency in the languages being switched. whether by purpose or accidentally, the speaker achieves communicative, emotive, or identity-related goals by using full linguistic competency in both languages. when a speaker's prior knowledge of one language affects the learning or usage of another, this is known as language transfer. this impact may be: positive (facilitative transfer/transference): learning is aided by linguistic similarity. negative (interference): disparities result in mistakes or miscommunications. negative transfer examples could be: transferring grammatical rules from one language to another. using the first language's phonological norms while pronouncing sounds. semantic overlap leads to the incorrect use of lexical elements. language transfer does not require proficiency in both languages, in contrast to code-switching. in actuality, it frequently arises when the speaker relies on their dominant language due to their inadequate ability in the target language. in academic discourse, code-switching and language transfer are often confused despite their differences. according to jeanine treffers-daller, addressing the two as comparable phenomena could make theoretical models simpler by establishing a more cohesive framework. she says that a frugal strategy might be advantageous unless there is clear proof that they need to be kept apart.[2] some linguists disagree, claiming that each phenomena has a different mechanism: code-switching is deliberate, socially significant, and based on complete bilingual proficiency. learner errors frequently reveal transfer, which is inadvertent and competence-related. this disparity is partly caused by different terminology used in different linguistic subfields. for instance: language flipping is a method used in psycholinguistics for intentional mental language control. code-switching is a natural alternation in everyday communication that is studied in sociolinguistics. the borders between conceptions emerge as a result of such contradictions. in academic discourse, code-switching and language transfer are often confused despite their differences. according to jeanine treffers-daller, treating the two as comparable phenomena could make theoretical models simpler by establishing a more cohesive framework. she says that a frugal approach might be advantageous unless there is clear evidence that they need to be kept apart. some linguists disagree, claiming that each phenomenon has a different mechanism: code-switching is deliberate, socially significant, and based on complete bilingual proficiency. learner errors frequently reveal transfer, which is inadvertent and competence-related. this disparity is partly caused by different terminology used in different linguistic subfields. for instance: language switching is a method used in psycholinguistics for intentional mental language control. code-switching is a natural alternation in everyday communication that is studied in sociolinguistics. the boundaries between concepts emerge as a result of such inconsistencies. speaker proficiency is one of the most obvious differentiators: high expertise in both languages is required for code-switching. transfer occurs particularly when a person's ability in one language is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 186 www.americanjournal.org much lower. functional motivation is an additional factor: code-switching serves as a tactical or expressive communication option. transfer is a result of linguistic constraints and usually serves no communication purpose. accurately categorizing multilingual language behavior requires an understanding of these distinctions. code-switching is just one aspect of multilingual communication. although they have different theoretical meanings, the following terms are frequently used interchangeably. the blending of several languages, dialects, or linguistic styles inside a single text or communicative event is known as "code-meshing." in contrast to code-switching, which suggests a unique code alternation, code-meshing emphasizes: integration as opposed to division. a single language system as opposed to separate languages. educational and rhetorical objectives, particularly in scholarly writing. because code-meshing does not favor one language over another, academics contend that it advances linguistic equality. code-switching, on the other hand, frequently reflects power relations, where one language may be more prestigious in a certain setting. additionally, proponents of codemeshing assert that it circumvents some of the social and racial injustices ingrained in prescriptive language conventions. translingualism is a more comprehensive term that extends beyond language switching. it consists of: making use of all the speaker's verbal and semiotic resources. blending written words, motions, pictures, or symbols. creating meaning that transcends bounds established by conventional linguistic classifications. [3] a speaker might, for instance: employ vocabulary from several languages. sketch symbols or pictures. express a single notion by combining multimodal aspects. the goal of translanguaging is clearer than that of code-switching: creating meaning. making comprehension easier. extending the possibilities for communication and thought. translanguaging is a pedagogy utilized in various educational settings to assist bilingual pupils. conclusion one of the most hotly debated topics in multilingualism research is the difference between codeswitching and language transfer. although they both entail language contact, their mechanisms, motivations, and linguistic outcomes are very different. while language transfer results from the influence of one language on another, frequently as a result of poor ability, code-switching is a socially significant activity based on strong multilingual skill. related ideas like code-meshing, translanguaging, and translingualism, which highlight various facets of multilingual communication, add to the confusion around these occurrences. this article offers an organized knowledge of crosslinguistic influence by defining these words and examining academic discussions. recognizing the distinctions between these concepts is essential not only for linguistic research but also for language pedagogy, multilingual education, and the interpretation of bilingual speech. ultimately, understanding how multilingual speakers navigate their linguistic repertoires allows us to appreciate the complexity and creativity of human communication in an increasingly interconnected world. references 1. myers-scotton, c. (1993). social motivations for code-switching: evidence from africa. oxford university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 187 www.americanjournal.org 2. odlin, t. (1989). language transfer: cross-linguistic influence in language learning. cambridge university press. 3. treffers-daller, j. (2009). code-switching and transfer: an exploration of similarities and differences. international journal of bilingualism, 13(3), 275–295. 4. garcía, o., & wei, l. (2014). translanguaging: language, bilingualism and education. palgrave macmillan. 5. canagarajah, s. (2011). codemeshing in academic writing: identifying teachable strategies of translanguaging. the modern language journal, 95(3), 401–417. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 33, | february 2025 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org leader and leadership characteristics arzimatova i. m. associate professor, fergana state university, candidate of philosophy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the concept of leadership and the personal characteristics of a leader, management skills, independent decisionmaking, adaptability to changes and innovative thinking, the most important characteristics for leadership strong communication skills, the ability to solve problems, motivation, at the same time, the moral and spiritual potential of a leader, the ability to be an example for the team are among the important characteristics that determine his leadership reputation. leadership, leader, management, effectiveness, important factor, strong communication skills, the ability to solve problems, motivation, making fair decisions. introduction the concept of leadership and the personal characteristics of the leader are important factors in the effectiveness of organizations. effective leadership depends not only on management skills, but also on personal characteristics. leadership theories have evolved historically. max weber's bureaucratic theory, kurt lewin's leadership styles, and modern transformational leadership theories reveal different aspects of leadership. each theory emphasizes different characteristics of a leader: strategic thinking, empathy, integrity, etc. modern research also emphasizes the ability of leaders to make balanced decisions, adapt to change, and think innovatively. transformational leadership theory emphasizes the ability of leaders to inspire and develop employees. according to the research, the most important characteristics for effective leadership are: strong communication skills, problem-solving skills, motivation, and fair decision-making. in addition, personal responsibility and effective communication with the team are key success factors for leaders. research has also shown that emotional intelligence and empathy skills are also important for leaders. leadership depends not only on management skills, but also on personal characteristics. for effective leadership, the leader's personal values and the ability to correctly assess his place in the team are of great importance. the leader's desire for self-development and adaptability to change determine his success. also, the leader's ability to establish open and trusting relationships with his employees helps to create a positive atmosphere in the organization. the problem of leadership has been relevant in all eras. leadership, as a social phenomenon related to human development and society, has been of great importance in all eras of human development. because the leader, leader or head of states and nations is one of the important subjective factors that determine the development of society, nation, state. the role of the subjective factor in historical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org development is enormous, it affects the strategic directions of society's development and in many cases determines not only the development of the nation and state, but also its fate. according to abu rayhan beruni, the activities and essence of those who govern and manage society should be to protect the rights of those who have suffered for certain reasons, to work for the peace of others, and to give up their own peace in this way [1]. if we pay attention to the origin of leadership, we see that it is associated with the process of socialization based on the life of a person in society. socialization is an objective process that occurs on the basis of the interaction and organization of each person with the majority, in relation to a certain conscious activity being carried out. this process takes place on the basis of a person’s needs, activities, culture, values, and conscious labor activity in society. as a result, a person increasingly joins society, becoming a participant in the social relations formed in it. this process is associated with the transformation of a person into a person, and the formation of a person takes place only in society. society is a socio-anthropological entity that regulates human life, directs it in a certain direction, forms its requirements and needs, and ensures the implementation of conscious activity. society carries out an objective process associated with the fact that a person is born in a space of certain socio-cultural values, enters this space, is educated in it, and makes an appropriate axiological choice for himself. therefore, a person is simultaneously a social person. he is formed in society and becomes a person. the needs of a person direct him to engage in useful social labor and activity. a specific social and praxeological orientation arises in him. society is the result of social-economic, political-legal, cultural-spiritual, religious-moral, aesthetic, etc. relationships between people. the creator of these relationships is a person, and his creativity is formed in the socio-cultural space that has arisen as a result of the development of society. in this process, people's personal and social experience increases. they become more and more active based on their needs. in the above process, gradually the active among the activists leaders (leaders) are formed. groups of supporters and followers appear, who support the life and activities of the leaders based on their relationships. thus, groups united on the basis of certain social labor and activities, goals and needs, interests, and their leaders appear in society. a leader is a social person who has actively worked in the mentioned social groups, is distinguished by his intelligence, thinking and foresight, is able to unite others on the basis of common goals and interests, and is able to think about strategic interests. he stands out from others and is ahead of the curve with his intelligence, knowledge, and intellectual potential. in modern philosophical literature, the concept of “leader” is used in the same sense as the concepts of “sardor”, “rahbar”, “yulbashichi”. currently, the concept of “leader” is more often used. of course, it can be said that today, due to the historical period, the definition, characterization and role of a leader have also changed relatively. philosopher scientist k. nazarov defines a leader as follows: “a leader (leader, sardar, leader) is a person who has a permanent and decisive influence on society, state and organization. a leader is a management employee who knows the business and acts in the interests of the team and the industry. leadership requires intelligence, energy, research and resourcefulness, constant work on oneself, and entrepreneurship”[2]. we will describe the following aspects of the characteristics and activities of a leader that distinguish them from other employees. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org first, a leader must have leadership, strategic thinking, and organizational skills. one of the main characteristics of a leader is his ability to combine existing material and spiritual resources and human resources, based on the interests of the team. he must be able to set clear tasks and goals for the team and show the ways to achieve them. therefore, it is important for the leader to correctly imagine the tasks that are important for the team and himself to implement, to distinguish the most important and urgent of them, and to propose specific methods for their implementation. secondly, the organization of a clear mechanism for the team's work by the leader further develops the team's activities. the leader's ability to correctly distribute tasks when organizing the team's work, and to correctly distribute and correctly deliver the tasks assigned to them, based on the capabilities of team members, also depends on the leader's organizational capabilities. completing assigned tasks on time also increases the efficiency and effectiveness of teamwork. thirdly, the compliance of the leader's mind, thinking, oratory and worldview with the requirements of the time, the correct understanding of the requirements of the time, the ability to convey to the team the importance of not lagging behind them, depends on the intellectual potential of the leader. a leader with high intellectual potential is not afraid of employees who are strong in all respects like him, but rather strives to increase such employees in the team, organize their activities, and reveal and realize their potential. “since we have set ourselves the goal of turning uzbekistan into a developed country, we can achieve this only through accelerated reforms, science, education and innovation. to do this, first of all, we need to increase the practical effectiveness of reforms, make our population more active and more proactive in promoting new initiatives in the localities. at the same time, we need to educate a new generation of reformers, who think strategically, are knowledgeable and qualified” [3]. it is clear that this task, set by the president of the republic of uzbekistan, sh. mirziyoyev, requires a leader to have high potential in all aspects. fourth, the leader must have the qualities of an innovator who regularly introduces innovations into his or her own and the team's activities. because the regular spread of innovations in the team's work encourages team members to be progressive, enterprising and creative, develops their competitiveness, risk-taking, entrepreneurial nature, as well as the desire to master new technologies and increase their knowledge without lagging behind the times. "today we are moving towards an innovative development path aimed at radically renewing all spheres of state and social life. this is not without reason, of course. because in the current era, when times are rapidly developing, who will win? the state that relies on new thinking, new ideas, and innovation will win. innovation is the future. if we start building our great future today, we must start it on the basis of innovative ideas and an innovative approach" [4]. fifth, one of the important personal qualities of a leader is to have an independent mind, to be able to make independent decisions when necessary. the leader's decision can affect the activities, results of his work, and the future of the team, sometimes having the opposite effect. from this point of view, the leader's assumption of all responsibility and accountability for a possible situation is a phenomenon related to the life and fate of employees. sixth, another important characteristic of a leader is the civic position he occupies in the social life of society. the leader's attitude to social phenomena occurring in the life of society and its members, his understanding of the ongoing modernization and renewal processes and his ability to ensure his role in them, the team's active participation in these processes, also have a strong impact on the social position of the team he leads. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 33 february 2025 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org seventh, the moral and spiritual potential of a leader, his ability to be an example for the team, is one of the important characteristics that determine his leadership authority. “spiritual potential is the sum of the capabilities, means, and resources of a society that can be used to develop forms of social consciousness, elevate the worldview and spiritual world of its members, preserve and pass on centuries-old spiritual heritage to future generations, and ensure spiritual security” [5]. nowadays, the humanistic qualities associated with a leader and his activities are becoming an increasingly urgent problem. especially in the modernizing uzbekistan, this problem is taking on a new meaning. the recent abundance of information on the internet about the leader and his culture and spirituality, the reaction of people to these processes and the active expression of opinions require a modern leader to have strong cultural and spiritual potential, to express his leadership potential as a spiritually mature person. the creation of a new uzbekistan depends on the fulfillment of the abovementioned tasks. in conclusion, the characteristics of a leader directly affect the overall success of the organization. therefore, it is necessary to pay special attention to the development of these characteristics in the training and development of leaders. the introduction of special training and development programs for leaders will serve the sustainable development of the organization. references: 1. topics from the history of world philosophy. part 1. t.: "publishing house of the national society of philosophers of uzbekistan", 2004. p. 122. 2. nazarov k. encyclopedia of world philosophy. ii.o-h. tashkent: "publishing house of the national society of philosophers of uzbekistan", 2019. p.100-101. 3. mirziyoev sh.m. strategy of the new uzbekistan. t.: "ozbekiston" publishing house, 2021. p. 23. 4. mirziyoev sh.m. the consent of our people is the highest assessment of our activities. t.: uzbekistan, 2018. p. 88. 5. jabborova s.s. the role of the state in improving and managing spiritual potential. // current approaches and new research in modern sciences. international scientific-online conference. poland, 2023. p. 32-35. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org modern methods of learning foreign languages karimova sevarabonu nusratovna 2nd year student of the faculty of foreign languages of bukhara state university sevarabonukarimova01@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s learning foreign languages is important in modern society. globalization processes, cultural exchanges and economic cooperation increase the need-to-know foreign languages. today, there are various methods of learning foreign languages, each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages. this article provides detailed information about modern methods of learning foreign languages, their effectiveness and practice. foreign languages, cooperation, modern technologies, methods, traditional education, modern education system. introduction one of the most used methods in the process of learning foreign languages is the traditional method of education. this method is used in the teaching process in schools, universities and language centers. in the traditional method of education, students learn the materials given by the teachers in the lessons. the advantages of this method include teacher control, curriculum structure, and student-to-student interaction. however, the traditional method also has its drawbacks. students often focus on theoretical knowledge and may have limited opportunities for practical communication and language use. along with the development of modern technologies, new methods have appeared in the process of learning foreign languages. the internet and mobile applications have become effective tools for learning foreign languages. through online platforms and mobile applications, students have the opportunity to learn a language at a time, place and speed convenient for them. applications such as duolingo, babbel, rosetta stone offer users to learn a language through interactive lessons, games and tests. these applications increase the interest of students and make the learning process more interesting. the use of video and audio materials in learning foreign languages is also common. [1] watching movies and series with subtitles, listening to music and learning through podcasts allows students to learn the language in a practical way. through this method, students better understand the pronunciation, intonation and cultural context of the language. at the same time, through such materials, students have the opportunity to choose topics that match their interests, which makes the learning process more interesting. immersive methods are also important in the process of learning foreign languages. immersive learning is a method of placing students in an environment where they are learning a language. in this way, students can live, work or travel in a foreign language environment. in the process of immersive learning, students have the opportunity to use the language in practice, which accelerates their language acquisition process. the effectiveness of immersive american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org learning also helps to increase students' cultural knowledge. the group teaching method is also widely used in learning foreign languages. in group learning, students work together, help each other, and learn from each other. this method helps to develop students' communication skills and strengthens their relationships. in the process of group teaching, students have the opportunity to solve problems together, exchange ideas and express mutual opinions. [2] such an environment helps students to develop their self-expression and communication skills. in the process of learning foreign languages, games and gamification methods are also effectively used. through games, students can make language learning fun and interesting. games help students practice language, learn new words, and memorize rules. through the gamification method, students will have the opportunity to monitor their progress, achieve their goals and manage their learning processes. this method helps to increase the motivation of students and makes the learning process more effective.[3] one of the ways to learn modern foreign languages is to work with private teachers. private tutors provide students with an individual approach and tailor lessons to their needs. this method helps to solve specific problems of students and accelerates their learning process. working with private tutors also gives students the opportunity to study topics that match their interests. the use of social networks in learning foreign languages is also one of the modern methods. through social networks, students will have the opportunity to communicate with people who know a foreign language, exchange ideas and make new friends. this method helps students develop their communication skills and increases their ability to use the language in practice. through social media, students can join groups and communities that match their interests, making the learning process more effective.[4] it is important to increase students' motivation in the process of learning foreign languages. motivation is necessary for students to actively participate in the learning process and achieve their goals. different methods can be used to increase students' motivation. for example, motivation can be increased by motivating students for their success, using interesting and innovative approaches in the learning process, as well as choosing materials that match the interests of students. in the process of learning foreign languages, it is also important to develop students' ability to self-assess. students can track their progress by assessing their knowledge and skills. the process of self-assessment helps students identify their shortcomings and take necessary steps to overcome them. this process helps students to participate more actively in the learning process and achieve their goals.[5] conclusion: in short, modern methods of learning foreign languages offer many opportunities and advantages. methods such as traditional educational methods, online platforms, immersive learning, group teaching, games and gamification, working with private teachers, social networks and increasing motivation make the process of learning foreign languages more effective and makes it interesting. students can choose the methods that suit their needs and achieve success in the process of learning foreign languages. with the help of modern technologies and innovative approaches, the process of learning foreign languages is becoming more convenient and effective. the success of this process depends on the interests, motivations and self-assessment skills of the students. therefore, in the process of learning foreign languages, it is important to choose approaches that match the needs of students. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. abdurahmanova, d. (2020). "modern language learning methods". tashkent: ministry of higher and secondary special education of the republic of uzbekistan. 2. kadyrov, a. (2021). "innovative methods of learning foreign languages". samarkand: samarkand state university. 3. muradov, s. (2019). "interactive teaching methods". bukhara: bukhara state university. 4. israilov, r. (2022). "gamification in language learning". tashkent: state pedagogical university of uzbekistan. 5. kholmatov, o. (2023). "social media and foreign language learning". urganch: urganch state university. 6. karimova, n. (2020). "vr technologies in the learning process". fergana: fergana state university. 7. tursunov, e. (2021). "personalized learning plan". andijan: andijan state university. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org properties of nonlinear oscillations of dissipative mechanical systems with a limited number of degrees of freedom turaeyv qahramon nortojiyevich terdu is a senior lecturer at the department of mathematical analysis a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article studies nonlinear oscillation processes of dissipative mechanical systems with a limited number of degrees of freedom. the properties of dissipative forces, how they affect nonlinear oscillations, the stability of oscillations, the formation of limit cycles, subharmonic and superharmonic resonance phenomena are analyzed. also, the main mechanisms of nonlinear oscillations are considered using spatial portraits, lyapunov stability criteria, parametric oscillations, duffing, van der pol and rayleigh-type models. the energy balance of systems, the effect of the dissipation level on the time evolution of the oscillation amplitude are also covered from a mathematical point of view. nonlinear oscillations, dissipative system, degree of freedom, stability, spatial portrait, resonance, limit cycle, lyapunov function, duffing model, van der pol oscillations. introduction oscillation processes of mechanical systems are a fundamental component of many natural and technical systems. real mechanical systems are often not ideal and have energy losses, i.e. dissipation. in addition, in many processes, forces obey not linear laws, but nonlinear laws. therefore, the use of nonlinear and dissipative models in the study of oscillations of real systems is important. systems with a limited number of degrees of freedom constitute a separate section of the theory of oscillations. such systems include mechanical oscillators, robot manipulator joints, mechanical structures connected by elastic elements, and actuators of automatic control systems. the behavior of these systems is often described not by simple linear models, but by complex nonlinear equations. the purpose of this article is to analyze dissipative and nonlinear vibrations from a mathematical and physical point of view, to study important mechanisms such as their stability properties, resonance processes, and the formation of limit cycles. main part general description of dissipative systems a dissipative system is a system in which the energy decays over time, the amplitude of oscillations decreases even in the absence of external influences. dissipation often arises from the following sources: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 1. internal resistance (internal friction of the material). 2. external friction (air resistance, mechanical friction). 3. energy consumption of active control systems. the classical model for a simple one-degree-of-freedom system is: m\ddot{x} + c\dot{x} + kx = 0 this is a linear model, and in real systems the following nonlinear additions are often introduced: m\ddot{x} + c\dot{x} + kx + \alpha x^3 = 0 this is a duffing-type nonlinear oscillator. causes of nonlinear vibrations. • nonlinear vibrations occur in the following cases: • nonlinearity of the material • large deformations • geometric nonlinearity of contact forces • various elastic modes of structures • aerodynamic effects (flutter, buffeting) • backlash in mechanical connections as a result of these reasons, the vibration equations become more complicated, and their solutions also differ from those in linear systems. the interaction of dissipation and nonlinearity. the presence of dissipation has a strong effect on the vibration amplitude of the system. in linear systems, energy loss dampens the vibration, while in nonlinear systems: 1. the appearance of a limit cycle 2. autooscillation (spontaneous oscillation) 3. complex resonant responses 4. hysteresis phenomena observed. for example, in the van der pol oscillator: \ddot{x}-\mu(1-x^2)\dot{x} + x = 0 this equation describes a system with dissipative but nonlinear autooscillations. spatial portraits and stability. spatial portraits are important in the analysis of nonlinear systems. the spatial portrait exhibits the following: stable focus unstable focus limit cycles multicycle regimes linear convergence strange attractors (in some systems) the lyapunov function method allows us to evaluate the stability of a dissipative system. if for some function: \dot{v} < 0 then the system is asymptotically stable. resonance phenomena. resonance manifests itself in nonlinear systems as follows: superharmonic resonance (in frequency dividers) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org subharmonic resonance (in multipliers) combination resonance the frequency-amplitude characteristic of nonlinear systems is usually curvilinear and has hysteresis. for example, in the duffing oscillator, the phenomenon of amplitude jumps is observed as a result of the nonlinearity of the stiffness. this article provides a comprehensive analysis of nonlinear oscillations of dissipative mechanical systems with a limited number of degrees of freedom. the role of dissipation, various sources of nonlinearity, resonance phenomena, spatial portraits, limit cycles, and stability issues are considered. nonlinear dissipative systems have a much richer dynamic behavior than linear systems, and their analysis is one of the main directions of modern theoretical and applied mechanics. systems of this type are found in many technical devices, and their correct modeling and control are of great practical importance. references 1. nayfeh a.h., mook d.t. nonlinear oscillations. wiley-interscience. 2. verhulst f. nonlinear differential equations and dynamical systems. springer. 3. stoker j.j. nonlinear vibrations in mechanical and electrical systems. wiley. 4. khalil h. nonlinear systems. prentice hall. 5. bogoliubov n., mitropolsky y. asymptotic methods in the theory of nonlinear oscillations. 6. kovacic i., brennan m. the duffing equation: nonlinear oscillators and their behaviour. 7. van der pol b. on relaxation oscillations. 8. nayfeh a.h. introduction to perturbation techniques. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org innovative development tendencies in our country based on world experience khujamberdiyev t. silk y'oli university of innovations, " economics and senior teacher of the department" exact sciences " tulkinxujamberdiyev@gmail.com pardaeva b. u. silk y'oli university of innovations, " economics and senior teacher of the department" exact sciences " davranova g. n. silk y'oli university of innovations, "economics and senior teacher of the department" a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in uzbekistan, many types of activities are involved in conducting research on the theories, formation and opportunities of innovative development in ensuring the growth of the national economy. this article presents a number of practical examples of developed countries forming their national innovation systems and taking high places in the global innovation index. global innovation index, innovative development, national innovation system, economic system, new technologies. introduction uzbekistan, along with 193 countries, is fully fulfilling its obligations in implementing the un's "2030 agenda for sustainable development." in order to organize systematic work on the consistent implementation of this "agenda", the government of the republic of uzbekistan adopted the resolutions "on measures to implement national goals and objectives in the field of sustainable development by 2030" (20.10.2018) and "on additional measures to accelerate the implementation of national goals and objectives in the field of sustainable development by 2030" (21.02.2022)1. nowadays, the changes taking place in the modernization of the economy of the republic of uzbekistan, the acceleration of globalization and integration processes, the intensification of international competition, the occurrence of continuous and significant qualitative changes in 1 resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 83 dated 21.02.2022 on additional measures to accelerate the implementation of national goals and objectives in the field of sustainable development for the period up to 2030 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org technologies, structural changes in sales markets and consumer demands require each business entity to create competitive products, drastically reduce costs in the production process, and make optimal decisions in management, taking into account market requirements. given the growing uncertainties in political and economic development, various risks and threats in the global community, the task of implementing the national sustainable development goals (sdgs) is becoming especially urgent. in this regard, there is a growing need to align the strategies, concepts, target programs and roadmaps developed and implemented for the development of the country, its sectors and regions with the mdgs, conduct a deep systematic analysis of the achieved results, identify existing problems and determine the next steps to achieve national goals and objectives of sustainable development2. the primary task of developing the economy of uzbekistan at sustainable rates is to structurally modernize the country's economy, support and stimulate innovative activity, and form an innovative economy. by the 21st century, scientific and technological development has become a decisive economic factor in socio-economic development compared to other factors of production. scientific and technological development, developing through various elements of scientific and technical potential, primarily through science and education, provides countries with the main competitive advantage in the world economy. literature analysis the methods used in this analysis are based on the well-known dialectical approach to research on economic phenomena, that is, general methods (analysis and synthesis using abstraction and generalization methods are used to study the current situation and form conclusions; inductive forecasting to form development prospects) and special methods. economic and statistical methods (analysis of dynamic series to identify existing trends and the dynamics of their change, indices to compare the values of relevant indicators, comparison to identify trends)3 . the creation of innovations, in turn, is directly related to the conditions created for conducting research. although this issue has been little studied in the conditions of uzbekistan, the conclusions of some studies can be traced. for example, uzbek scientists academician s. gulyamov, professors n. zhumaev and d. rakhmonov study the trends in budget financing of scientific research. they note that the number of quotas allocated for fundamental, applied and young scientists for scientific research has not changed, but the volume of budget funds has increased. accordingly, it is established that in 20122016, despite the increase in the volume of funds, the number of scientific research has remained unchanged. at the same time, despite the neoclassical emphasis on the high importance of technological progress (porter, 2006; barras, 1986), s. a. zaichenko believes that technological innovations in the service sector are "more instrumental in nature" (information support of business processes) (zaichenko, 2007). e. o. pokhomchikova and e. g. tarkhanova share this point of view, noting that "the main feature of innovations is customer orientation."4 2 studying foreign experience in developing enterprises based on innovative technologies education and innovative research (special issue 2021) pp. 294-298 3 ismoilov a.a., ishnazarov a.i. mathematical methods of economic analysis and forecasting. –t. tdiu, 2007. -250 p 4“transformation of higher education in the conditions of the digital economy”. collection of scientific articles and abstracts of the republican scientific and practical conference (november 18, 2022). – tashkent: “imzo print media group”, 2022. – 368 p. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org at the second stage of the introduction of innovative development in our country, b. abdullaev, sh. sindarov and others studied some aspects of innovation in their dissertations. in particular, b. abdullaev, in his dissertation for the degree of candidate of scientific knowledge, studied the issues of improving the management of innovative activities in the conditions of a market economy, and sh. sindarov, in his research work for the degree of candidate of scientific knowledge, studied ways to increase the effectiveness and improve the economic mechanism for using innovative processes in entrepreneurial activity in the conditions of the global financial and economic crisis and the modernization of the national economy. research methodology methods such as logical thinking, comparative analysis, dynamic learning were used in the research. analysis and results according to world experience, innovation policy is an integral part of regulating the economy. at the same time, it is not a simple continuation of scientific or industrial policy, but reflects interrelated measures in all areas of the economy. therefore, the development of innovation policy cannot be tied to a single program or serve as the prerogative of one institution, but requires consensus-building and coordination not only between ministries, but also between various partners in the economy and society. at the current stage of development, innovation processes are being integrated into all sectors of the economy5. therefore, almost all modern countries are making efforts to create and maintain dynamic innovation ecosystems necessary to achieve global goals of socio-economic development. in this regard, the study of international practice of assessing the innovative development of the world economy based on the use of the index method is one of the most priority areas of scientific research. global innovation index-2022. the latest edition monitors the performance indicators of the innovation systems of the economy. in addition, the global gii-2022 includes 81 indicators grouped into seven large blocks (table 1). table 1 structure of the global innovation index institutes human capital and research development of technologies and knowledge economy development of creative activity political situation availability of education creating knowledge intangible assets legal base higher education the effect of knowledge creativity of goods and services business environment niokr dissemination of knowledge online creativity business development development of the domestic market knowledgeof employees credits innovative connections investment acquired knowledge trade and competition infrastructure environmentally sustainable the infrastructure that unites the act the structure of the global innovation index presented above determines the need to analyze the largest macro-regions in the world that will become global leaders in innovation in 2022 5 j. mirzaev, e.sh. shavtsiev, b.k. janzakov. innovative economy. (ukuv kullanma t.: "innovative development publishing house", 2020.-298 pages american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org table 2 structure of the global innovation index name of the macroregion leading regions position in the gii2022 position of latin america and the caribbean in the gii2022 chile 50 brazil 54 mexico 58 africa south africa 61 botswana 86 kenya 88 north africa and west asia israel 16 uae 31 turkey 37 southeast asia, east asia, oceania republic of korea 6 singapore 7 china 11 north america usa 2 canada 15 europe switzerland 1 sweden 3 great britain 4 central and south asia iran (islamic republic) india 40 iran (islamic republic) 53 uzbekistan 82 analyzing the ranking values of the above-mentioned global leading regions, we can draw the following conclusions: switzerland once again remains the world leader in high-tech manufacturing, software spending and patents. in addition, europe has the largest number of countries, namely 15, which in turn are among the top 25 innovation systems in the world. the united states leads the gii-15 in terms of innovation indicators in 2022, focusing on the volume and quality of r&d investments. there are 7 countries in southeast and east asia and oceania, which are among the top 10 and top 25 major global innovators, respectively. in addition, singapore, china and new zealand significantly improved their indicators in 2022. -india is a leader in central and south asia, taking the lead in the export of services, the volume of venture capital inflows, the financing and expansion of startups, as well as the number of graduates in the field of science and technology, increasing labor productivity and diversifying domestic industries. -the uae is confidently approaching the top 30 of the world's largest innovators and is among the top five in the number of scientists engaged in scientific research in business, as well as in the number of scientific research funded by non-governmental business entities. and turkey, becoming a member of the top 40, ranks fourth in the world in the number of intangible assets, demonstrating competitive advantages in the production of new industrial designs, trademark registrations and the intensity of use of corporate intangible assets. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org -chile is the only country in the latin american region to be included in the top 50, leading in indicators such as the number of students in higher education institutions and the opening of new businesses. it is worth noting that 18 other countries in the region have significantly improved their ranking positions. south africa leads in market capitalization, while botswana also shows very good results in indicators such as access to loans from microfinance institutions and payments for intellectual property. namibia also leads the world in education spending and significantly exceeds the regional average in human capital and research. kenya has continued to lead sub-saharan africa for 12 years. burundi is back on the giiga list, and mauritania is included in the ranking for the first time. summarizing all of the above, we can conclude that the gap in the development of the gii countries, the "north" and "south", is explained by their own characteristics. however, it should be noted that today the spread of innovations is much wider and more horizontal, affecting the activities of business structures and social aspects in developing countries as well.6 analyzing the position of uzbekistan in the gii-2024, it is worth noting that it took 132nd place among the analyzed countries, taking its place among the 81 most innovative countries. table 3-position of uzbekistan in gii-2024 years 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 global innovation index 86 82 82 83 81 innovation resources 80 79 79 79 78 innovation results 56 59 58 52 50 the number of analyzed countries is 126 129 131 132 132 taking into account the increase in the number of countries analyzed, as well as adjustments to the methodology for assessing a number of indicators, uzbekistan's position has remained relatively stable over the past five years. it is also worth noting that, in conditions of geoeconomic instability, uzbekistan was able to maintain its position in most components of the innovation index and demonstrate positive dynamics compared to the end of 2024 (table 3) table 4. dynamics of uzbekistan's positions in the gii-2024: year gii position innovative resource innovative result 2020 93 81 118 2021 86 75 100 2022 82 68 91 2023 82 72 88 2024 82 71 91 thus, the most noticeable positive trends were observed in indicators characterizing the development of the domestic market and the development of creative activity. the indicator related to the development of human capital and science also strengthened its position. 6 6 жаҳон мамлакатларининг инновацион ривожланиш тенденциялари жаҳон иқтисодиёти / мировая экономика иқтисод ва молия / экономика и финансы 2018, 11(119) 1-9 б. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org it should be noted that all of the listed components include small components that can be associated with the competitive advantages of the innovation system of uzbekistan: the specific characteristics of trade that affect the scale of the market and the diversification of the production process; the number of school graduates who have completed higher education. the number of graduates who have completed technical training is also taken into account. the level of employment in the field of science and technology. in this case, the number of female employees with a scientific degree is also taken into account.; the amount of knowledge acquired and the level of income from the sale of intellectual property; the pace of development of information and communication technologies (ict). however, the above analysis showed that there is a negative trend in two equally important components, namely "institutional conditions" and "the effectiveness of scientific, technical and innovative activities." in addition, the following indicators significantly worsen the position in this rating: the legislative framework regulating innovative activities in uzbekistan is underdeveloped; the lack of a clear policy in the field of cooperation between science and entrepreneurship, as well as the state of the business environment; the amount of funds for basic scientific research; conclusion along with creating a legal basis for the development of an innovative economy in the economy of our country, it also provided an opportunity to carry out a number of practical works in this regard. in particular, the resolution established the following mechanisms for the development and implementation of innovative projects. 1. the republican fair of innovative ideas, technologies and projects will be held annually. to date, the following companies have been holding innovation fairs: uzbekneftegaz, uzkimyosanoat, uzpharmsanoat, uzbekenergo, uzbekugol, navoi tmc, almalyk tmc, uzbekistan airways, institutions of the higher education and secondary specialized education system, and other large concerns. 2. identifying the necessary financial sources to ensure the widespread implementation of applied scientific developments and innovative technologies in production, and coordinating the formation and use of funds. 3. studying international and domestic developments of modern equipment and technologies, and on this basis, forming annual and medium-term programs for the introduction of modern technologies into production. 4. forming a set of orders for local applied scientific research and development, as well as their placement. 5. applying the results of applied scientific research and development to the practice of enterprise activities. in conclusion, in uzbekistan, practice is much more advanced than the theoretical foundations of innovative development, and when introducing innovative development in our country, it is necessary to take into account its specific features and fully use the existing opportunities. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org references 1. resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan no. 83 dated 21.02.2022 on additional measures to accelerate the implementation of national goals and objectives in the field of sustainable development for the period up to 2030 2. study of foreign experience of development of enterprises based on innovative technologies education and innovation research (special issue 2021) pp. 294298 3. ismoilov a.a., ishnazarov a.i. mathematical methods of economic analysis and forecasting. –t.: tdiu, 2007. -250 p 4. “transformation of higher education in the conditions of the digital economy”. collection of scientific articles and abstracts of the republican scientific and practical conference (november 18, 2022). – tashkent: “imzo print media group”, 2022. – 368 p. 5. j. mirzaev, e.sh. shavtsiev, b.k. zhanzakov. innovative economics. (textbook t.: “innovative development publishing house”, 2020.-298 p. 6. innovative development trends of world countries world economy / world economy economy and finance / economics and finance 2018, 11(119) p. 1-9 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org the manifestation of socio-psychological characteristics of coping behavior strategies among student youth sultankulova gulnara furkatjon kizi chirchik state pedagogical university independent researcher phone: 95.992.67.88 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the relationship between the psychological views of foreign psychologists in this regard, draws conclusions based on the results of research conducted in the field of protective mechanisms for student youth in extreme situations and the manifestation of coping behavior. coping behavior, coping strategy, overcoming, defense mechanism, "twofactor" theory. introduction the issue of behavioral coping has always been one of the most crucial problems facing humanity. indeed, human social development in all aspects, individual activity, and personal growth are largely dependent on this process. if members of society possess sufficient knowledge about their psychological capabilities, achievements, and shortcomings within a certain scope, it enables them to overcome various life challenges more easily, utilize their potential more effectively, and develop a deeper, more positive, and unique self-perception. coping behavior in psychology emerged in the second half of the 20th century. the term "coping behavior" is derived from english, meaning "to cope" to overcome or eliminate. this term was first used by l. murphy in 1962 when studying how children overcome problems during crisis periods. a. maslow introduced this term to science. in general, coping behavior is characterized by an individual's readiness to solve life problems. it demonstrates the use of opportunities and means to overcome problems, which is characterized by the elimination of stress-induced behavior. the coping style divides individuals' responses to stressful situations into three types: when it comes to human behavior, they are surrender, escape, overcompensation surrender is characterized by stopping when a person is in a difficult situation, giving up the situation to the opponent, or admitting defeat. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org escape involves retreating in the behavior of the individual in this situation, and the inability to control the situation. overcompensation manifests itself through excessive mitigation and compensation by the individual. based on the opinions of many foreign experts, we can say that there are various strategies and methods of coping behavior that people use only when they encounter complex life situations. there are many diverse classifications of coping behavior, which are analyzed according to several research directions. let's consider a few of them. according to r.s. lazarus, one of the leading experts in the study of coping methods, there are two global types of coping strategies: (a method of stress relief) problemfocused and subject-focused. the problem-oriented type is focused on rational solutions to difficult situations, and their behavior is characterized by a tendency towards independent analysis of the situation, seeking help from others, and searching for information from additional sources. the subjectively-oriented type, on the other hand, emotionally resolves situations when overcoming stress. they have no desire to perform specific tasks or think about the problem; instead, they compensate for their distress through negative emotional means such as alcohol, sleep, and food. they use passive strategies more intensively to restore their emotional balance. if a person lacks knowledge about the situation or is unable to use their real capabilities, the stressor pressure decreases. it is known that the concept of "overcoming life problems" itself has different meanings. first of all, it is a constantly changing process. t. wills and s. shifman believe that this process can be divided into 3 stages. the first stage is warning. in this stage, a person eliminates an approaching difficulty by addressing the negative life situation. the second stage is direct problem-solving. cognitive and behavioral resources are used to solve a specific problem. the third stage involves a critical approach to the outcome of an event. the goal of this stage is to minimize the impact and return to the previous normal state as quickly as possible. this is considered the recovery phase. in addition to the comments, coping behavior reflects an individual's unique response to stress. this means that when a person experiences stress, they try to overcome it cognitively and behaviorally in a problematic situation. this approach takes into account the everyday and previously acquired aspects of the subject's behavior but does not consider aspects of overcoming typical negative traits. for example, this approach excludes the individual's ability to avoid stress. also, according to this requirement, a person's efforts cannot be considered as overcoming a life problem until they react to stress. the concept of "coping strategy" is also widely analyzed as process resource management. it is assumed that overcoming life's difficulties is essentially achieved through the mobilization of personal resources. coping strategies and their methods, in contrast to defense mechanisms, imply a constructively active necessity and an attempt to avoid adversity through the situation. in psychology, coping has a subject matter that, when studying emotional mechanisms and rational regulation in a person within a special research area, realizes the reconstruction of life situations in accordance with its goals based on purposeful optimal behavior. a person's coping behavior in stressful situations is significantly important for their response to such american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org situations. this process needs to be taken seriously, especially during adolescence. considering this, it was planned to empirically study socio-psychological factors related to the correlation between coping behavior and responses to stressful situations in adolescents, and to analyze the results based on conventionally accepted criteria. research methods were chosen to accomplish this task. it should also be noted that sometimes every teenager may have difficulty adequately assessing their abilities in stressful situations. in our view, this difficulty can be explained by an insufficient understanding of stressful situations. let's move directly to the analysis of the empirical data obtained using these methods. first of all, it should be noted that the results are based on the use of a set of methods developed by renowned psychologists s. norman, d.f. endler, d.a. james, and m.i. parker. this set includes a special three-scale approach (task-oriented, emotion-oriented, and avoidance-oriented coping, with the avoidance scale further divided into a) distraction subscale and b) social diversion subscale) and additional statistical criteria confirming the validity of all empirical evidence. table 1 the average severity of the response in stressful situations general indicators (s. norman, d.f. endler, d.a. james, m.i. parker; adapted version by t.a. kryukova (pre-experiment) scales participant first-year students n=71 second-year students n=40 boys girls boys girls n1=35 % n2=36 % n1=20 % n2=20 % copy aimed at completing the assignment 7 2,45 4 1,44 12 2,4 8 1,6 emotional-oriented copying 10 3,5 13 4,68 4 0,8 5 1 escape-oriented copying 13 4,55 11 3,96 4 0,8 7 1,4 a) head inside the escape scale drag sub-scale 8 2,8 5 1,8 1 0,2 3 0,6 b) social distraction sub-scale within the avoidance scale 5 1,75 6 2,16 3 0,6 4 0,8 table 2 the average severity of the response in stressful situations general indicators (s. norman, d.f. endler, d.a. james, m.i. parker; adapted version by t.a. kryukova (after the experiment) scales participant first-year students n=71 second-year students n=40 boys girls boys girls n1=35 % n1=36 % n1=20 % n1=20 % copy aimed at completing the assignment 15 5,25 13 4,68 16 3,2 12 2,4 emotional-oriented copying 12 4,2 13 4,68 4 0,8 5 1 escape-oriented copying 8 2,8 10 3,6 0 0 3 0,6 a) head inside the escape scale drag sub-scale 4 1,4 6 2,16 0 0 1 0,2 b) social distraction sub-scale within the avoidance scale 3 1,05 4 1,44 0 0 2 0,4 analyzing behavioral indicators of stress coping in stressful situations among student youth is crucial for ensuring their socio-psychological development. it is also natural that factors such as gender, age, and experience play a unique role in this process. from this perspective, separate studies were american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org conducted on students to obtain detailed information about stress coping behaviors characteristic of student youth and their potential. each obtained result was entered into a system of criteria and scores adopted in a special order, allowing for the acquisition of the following information: fundamental coping strategies such as problem-solving, seeking social support, and problem avoidance. the results obtained for each of these areas were combined based on the research objective and studied in a comprehensive manner. table 3 average overall indicators of the manifestation of coping strategies in stressful situations among students (according to the methodology of d. amirhan) (before the experiment) scales participant first-year students n=71 second-year students n=40 boys girls boys girls n1=35 % n1=36 % n1=20 % n1=20 % troubleshoot 22 7,7 8 2,88 18 3,6 14 2,8 social support 13 4,55 28 10,08 2 0,4 6 1,2 therefore, the results of d. amirhan's modified methodology "strategies for overcoming stressful situations," as mentioned above, provided very important empirical data on students' strategies for overcoming stressful situations. this information allows us to understand students' perceptions of stress-coping strategies in stressful situations and, through these perceptions, to determine appropriate psychological approaches for students. the figures in the table reveal that first-year students exhibit varying degrees of stress-coping strategies. specifically, for first-year university students (n=71, males n1=35, females n2=36), the problem-solving strategy in stressful situations accounts for 7.7% in males, while for females this figure is 2.88%. for second-year students (n=40, males n1=20, females n2=20), the problem-solving strategy accounts for 3.6% in males, while for females we observe this indicator at 2.8%. regarding the social support strategy in stressful situations, the indicator was 4.55% for first-year males, 10.08% for females, 0.4% for second-year males, and 1.2% for females. notably, we can observe that this indicator is lower in both males and females among second-year students compared to first-year students. table 4 average overall indicators of coping strategy manifestation among students in stressful situations (according to d. amirkhan's methodology) (after the experiment) scales participant first-year students n=71 second-year students n=40 boys girls boys girls n1=35 % n1=36 % n1=20 % n1=20 % copy aimed at completing the assignment 29 10,15 22 7,92 11 2,2 9 1,8 emotional-oriented copying 3 1,05 6 2,16 4 0,8 4 0,8 escape-oriented copying 3 1,05 8 2,88 5 1 7 1,4 a) head inside the escape scale drag sub-scale 1 0,35 6 2,16 3 0,5 4 0,8 b) social distraction sub-scale within the avoidance scale 2 0,7 3 1,08 2 0,4 3 0,6 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org overall, analysis of the average general and comparative typical indicators of the proportionality between personality anxiety characteristics and psychological defense capabilities revealed that both personal and reactive anxiety levels were higher in first-year students compared to second-year students. the study of students' responses to stressful situations (using the adapted version by t.a. kryukova of the method by s. norman, d.f. endler, d.a. james, and m.i. parker) showed that the manifestation of stress management indicators mostly depends on how the qualities of coping strategies are formed and evaluated in a person. these strategies include task-oriented, emotion-oriented, and avoidance-oriented coping, with avoidance further divided into distraction and social diversion subscales. simultaneously, this "dependence" confirms that coping strategies in stressful situations can occur based on adequate individual emotional self-assessment. 2. the study of indicators related to the manifestation of coping strategies in stressful situations among students, based on d. amirkhan's methodology, has provided an opportunity to research new empirical data for the beginning of this period (1st year) and the final stage of the second period (exemplified by second-year students). therefore, managers of educational institutions, university professors, psychologists, tutors, and parents are required to properly organize educational work taking this situation into account. it should be noted that otherwise, in extreme situations, an individual's psychological defense capabilities may decrease. references 1. попова т.м. деструктивные копинг-ресурсы как фактор риска девиантного поведения подростков с ограниченными возможностями здоровья // казанский педагогический журнал. – 2015. 2. s.r.sadriddinov., d.r.saddriddinova., psixologik himoya modellarining komponentlarini tahlili, о‘zbekiston respublikasi qurolli kuchlar akademiyasi xabarlari 1(33)/2020 ilmiy-axborot jurnali 3. s.r.sadriddinov., pedagogik faoliyatda psixologik himoyadan foydalanish usullari va ahamiyati, самарқанд давлат университети ilmiy axborotnoma 2020-yil, 2-son (120). gumanitar fanlar seriyasi. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org the role of museums’ sustainability in cultural tourism and visitors’ patronage in rivers state of nigeria joseph sunday etuk department of hospitality and tourism management university of port harcourt joseph.etuk@uniport.edu.ng a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s concerns have been expressed regarding nigeria’s low tourism performance and the role of museums in cultural sustainability in driving sustainable tourism in the nation against the backdrop of government’s claim of efforts at repositioning the museums for effective service delivery. therefore, this empirical study evaluated museums’ sustainable practices and visitors’ patronage in rivers state of nigeria. the survey research design was adopted and data was collected from both primary and secondary sources. a structured questionnaire was designed for collection of primary data from a sample of 138 visitors drawn from the purposive sampling technique. univariate analysis was done using simple percentage, mean score and standard deviation while bivariate analysis was performed using the pearson product moment correlation technique to determine the strength of relationship the independent and dependent variables of the study. the study found that a positive and significant relationship exists between collection, conservation, exhibition and enlightenment about the artefacts and frequency of visits to the museums in port harcourt. drawing from the findings, the study recommended that the government should also introduce digital exhibition, embark on more public enlightenment programmes, collect more artefacts from other nigerian cultures and train tour guides on communications skills. cultural sustainability, patronage. museums introduction the role of museums in cultural sustainability in general and cultural tourism in particular is easily discernable in the functions of museums as reflected in their missions and objectives (soini & birkeland, 2014). as pop, bozza, buiga, ighian and toader (2019) have asserted, a sustainable society is a function of a sustainable culture of actions or behaviour relating to the environmental, social, and economic domains of the society. they further argued that it is the important roles that culture plays in preserving, transmission and exposing of heritages in sustainable development of which cultural tourism is a sub-set that informed culture being added as the fourth pillar of sustainable development american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org (swanson & devereaux (2017). the other three popular pillars: economy, environment and society have been adequately explored in the literature (pencarelli, cerquetti & splendiana, 2016). highlighting the essentiality of cultural dimension of sustainability, loach, rowley and griffiths (2017) posit that if the cultural element is compromised or disintegrated, the other components of sustainability will be in disarray. this is because culture is essential for the sustainability of any society (loach et al (2017). one of the ways of developing cultural tourism in a sustainable manner is the development of appropriate museum strategies, opportunities and also creates some sense of ownership within the local community (jamabo & oghenero, 2018). museum-driven sustainable tourism ensures the utilization of preserved cultural artefacts to not only to satisfy the wants of present people but also consider the needs of future generations in such development. it encourages the development of cultural and rural tourism to sustain local cultures and traditions (okpoko, 2006). this feat is made possible by the continuous patronage of visitors through gate fees and other forms of visitors’ commitment to the organization. it is believed that the patronage of museums by visitors plays important role in the functions and goal achievements of these cultural organizations (wu, fan & chen, 2016 ). studies on cultural tourism have accumulated, as some of them have concentrated on gastronomic tourism, festivals, heritage sites, pilgrimages and tourist arrivals in supporting local economy (wordu, 2015). furthermore, there are studies on socio-cultural actions, i.e. a museum’s contribution to the community well-being through programs, e.g. expositions, educational activities, conferences, etc. that promotes sustainability, such as the adoption of socially responsible behaviors towards new citizens and new generations (ekundayo, 2015). nevertheless, there is a knowledge gap about the role that museums play in promoting sustainable cultural tourism for visitor’s patronage in rivers state, nigeria. the role of museums in preserving our cultural heritage for future generations as well as the present generation in nigeria needs to be critically examined as it can affect the country’s cultural heritage and tourists visit positively or negatively. research suggests that cultural tourism in nigeria is not faring any better than other forms of tourism in the country as the nation’s destination performance indices are not encouraging (udenze, 2018). the abysmal tourism performance is believed to cut across all tourism sectors in nigeria (tourism competitiveness report, 2019). accordingly, rivers state of nigeria has been identified as an area of low tourist arrivals and tourist receipts due to the deplorable nature of their tourist sites (bristol & tekena, 2018). experts argue that many cultural sites are not attractive and sustainable in their approaches to cultural development. however, recently, the nigerian government claims to have made huge investments in repositioning the museums to perform their roles effectively as the repository of the country’s material heritages. nevertheless, concerns and doubts have continuously been expressed by some tourism stakeholders about the state of our museums and the impact on domestic tourism performance. this tends to suggest that the level of patronage of museums might be a function of their sustainability strategies through collection of artefacts, conservation, exhibitions and enlightenment. but, the extent to which this postulation pertains to the southsouth region context has not been empirically substantiated, thus creating a gap in the literature. given the effective role of museums in supporting sustainable cultural tourism development in developed economies and the claims of the nigerian government of the transformation in the nation’s american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org museums as well as the knowledge gap in previous studies, there is need to empirically evaluate the role of museums in driving sustainable cultural tourism and visitors’ patronage in rivers state. it is against the backdrop that the study was undertaken to examine the museum’s sustainability functions in promoting cultural tourism for visitors’ patronage in the museum context of rivers state. 2. literature review 2.1theoretical foundation this paper is rooted in the broad sustainability theory propounded at the united nations in 1987.the term sustainability is used to broadly indicate initiatives and actions aimed at the preservation of a particular resources. however, it refers to four distinct areas: social, environmental, economic and cultural, known as the four pillars of sustainability. in 1987, the united nations brundtland commission defined sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” accordingly, cultural sustainability theory states that cultural sustainability is a function of the preservation and continuation of cultural heritage and traditions in a way that is consistent with the principles of sustainability. this includes the preservation of cultural sites, artefacts, and practices, as well as the maintenance of cultural knowledge and skills. the theory is relevant to this study because it can aid in explaining or predicting how artefacts in a museum can be sustained and the need to add more artefacts in the museum as this will foster sustainability. when varieties of cultural artefacts are collected and preserved in good condition and safe environment, properly and adequately exhibited and the public are educated or enlighten about them, then visitors’ patronage of museums will be enhanced. 2.2 conceptual clarification the concept of sustainable cultural tourism development applying the definition of sustainable development given by the brundtland commission in 1987, sustainable cultural tourism development refers to “cultural tourism development that meets the needs of present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs (wto, 1995). agbejoma (2019) posit that cultural tourism development is sustainable if it can be initiated through broad-based community inputs, provide quality employment for community residents as well as establish linkages between local businesses and tourism. it also implies establishing a code of practice for tourism at all levels, based on internationally accepted standards and introduce education and training programmes to improve and manage heritage and natural resources. role of museum in cultural tourism development museums are increasingly being seen as powerful cultural centres to promote cultural tourism. a alcaraz, hume and mort (2009) noted that a museum is an institution that cares for collection of artefacts and other objects of artistic, cultural, historical importance. according to ernst, esche and erbslö (2016), the primary objectives for any museum are as follow: i. collect, protect and preserve the national patrimony ii. educate the masses on their patrimonial heritage and the culture of other people iii. provide entertainment and relaxation for those who visit it, and iv. project the national image on the international scene; american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org giuffrè, milano and hayton (2010) asserted that museum as an institution, is developed by modern society to preserve, as long as possible, the objects treasured by humans for their cultural value. hence, all civilizations from the most primitive to the most advanced share in the accumulation of objects that is beautiful, costly, rare or merely curious. drawing form the above, proper management of our cultural heritage such as museums and monuments which form our cultural or built attractions would lead to sustainable tourism, it is possible to argue that sustainability is implicitly part of a museum’s mission, corresponding not only to preserving and enhancing cultural heritage and its value, even for future generations, but also to contributing to the cultural well-being of the community (camarero, garrido & m.j vicente, 2011). the dimensions of museum sustainability in cultural tourism development collection of artefacts: artefacts, which are ancient art products of human creation, have remained the only way through which history is made tangible. museums in nigeria have gone beyond displaying personal collection of individual members of nobility, but now showcasing artefacts that are obtainable in the hosting communities (di pietro, guglielmetti, renzi & toni, 2014). museums collect different kinds of artefacts; preserve it for tourist to see. though museums are of different kinds and they house these artefacts based on their kind. a museum normally houses a core collection of important selected objects in its field e.g. archaeology museums specialize in the display of archaeological artefacts. arts museum known as an art gallery is a space for exhibition of art, usually in the form of art objects from the visual arts, primarily paintings, illustrations and sculpture (burton & scott, 2003) conservation of artefacts conservation or preservation has been defined by larkin, (2016) as “the promotion of cultural property whether of concrete or non-concrete nature, past or present, written or unwritten/oral. he further posits that preservation involves the identification, documentation (appropriate registration) and proper storage of cultural objects whether in private hands or in museums. the preservation of nigerian cultural heritages is arguably threatened by human activities, natural forces, biological and chemical agents among others (guccio, pignataro, & rizzo, 2014). exhibition: an exhibition is a display that incorporates objects and information to explain concepts, stimulates understanding, relate experiences, invite participation, prompt reflection, or inspire wonder. according to vu, luo, ye, and law (2018) exhibitions are the primary way a museum communicates with the public. the guiding principle in museum exhibitions is to capture in the interest of viewers in such a way that they generate feelings, inspire learning and arouse curiosity in the subjects among a wide range of people. a good exhibition should be so enjoyed by the participants that they are motivated to search for more information on the subject. exhibitions may be temporary or permanent. they are permanent when they are based on the museum’s collection and are on display indefinitely. temporary exhibitions serve the purpose of complimenting the museum’s educational mission and goals. objects for such exhibitions may include materials from the main collection of the museum and/or objects borrowed from other related sources. museums may also make their exhibitions american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org accessible through the internet. such exhibitions extend the museum beyond its physical walls and reach an unlimited audience who can explore the images at their own pace. enlightenment: museum promote enlightenment in the society by promoting education, recreation and cross-cultural understanding among people vu et al (2018) museums exist for purposes of education and sober reflection (burton & scott, 2003). burton and scott (2003) explains that museums are shifting from being mere providers of information to being providers of worthwhile knowledge and tools for visitors to actively engage with and draw their own conclusions. this contradicts the earliest theories on museums which were built around the education of the uneducated masses with an aim of raising the level of the public’s understanding as well as elevating the spirit of the visitors (burton & scott, 2003). concept of visitors patronage patronage is the business that comes into an establishment generating revenue. patronage can come in the form of customers, other businesses or companies; it can also be seen as business or activity provided by a patron. the patron in tourism context refers to the tourist who patronizes a destination (bristol & tekena, 2018). frequency of visit as a measure of visitors’ patronage frequency of visits in the museum’s context, refers to the regularity with which a museum is visited by members of the public, which could be ‘very often, often, not often (pencarelli et al , 2016) this view is supported by jamabo & oghenero, (2018), they observed that how frequently a museum is visited by tourists or visitors is critical to its success and effectiveness in fulfilling its vision and missions, which he claims to be largely associated with its public image and marketing. 2.3 empirical review and hypotheses development collection of artefacts and visitors patronage cletus (2014) conducted a study to empirically ascertain the repositioning of museums in nigeria for social change and sustainable cultural tourism development in lagos state. using a sample size of 267 visitors with primary data obtained from the questionnaire method and analysed with multiple regression analytical tool. the study revealed poor sustainability strategies with attendant declining public interest in government-owned museums. in contrast, research by pencarelli et al (2016) on the sustainable management of museums in the italian, marche region’s context. findings revealed positive correlation between museums’ functions in artefacts collection, preservation, interpreting and communicating heritage and wider audience responses. however, the role of museums in artefacts collections for visitors’ patronage in the rivers state in nigeria has not been clearly substantiated empirically. therefore, we propose the underlying hypothesis: h1: collection of diverse artefacts by museums is correlated with visitors’ patronage of museums in rivers state. artefacts conservation and visitors patronage laine-zamojska, zielonka, kus´midrowicz-król, and de rosset (2014) conducted a study on sustaining cultural heritage by means of museums in france, canada, sweden, turkey and greece. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org qualitative research approach was adopted whereby data were gathered from officials in eleven museum in five different countries. the comparative analysis revealed that general sustainability efforts, use of technology in preserving cultural heritage and active participation of visitors, improved the performance of the museums. errichiello & micera (2018) did a study on the survey of preservation and conservation practices and techniques in nigerian university libraries botswana, gaborone. findings revealed that preservation and conservation techniques adopted in the university libraries correlated with patterns and patronage of the libraries by members of the public. nevertheless, the museum context should be empirically validated. consequently, the following proposition should be tested: h2. artefacts conservation is correlated with visitors’ patronage of museums in rivers state. exhibition and visitor’s patronage a study by jamabo and oghenero (2018) on museums’ cultural sustainability and performance in the gambia revealed a strong correlation between artefact exhibition strategies and visitors’ satisfaction, patronage and revisit intention. based on the foregoing, our third hypothesis is stated thus: h3: exhibition of artefact is correlated with visitors’ patronage of museums in rivers state. enlightenment and frequency of visit vu et al (2015) empirically conducted a study on the assessment of tourist’s satisfaction and perception in makurdi zoological garden benue state nigeria. the paper explored the underlying reasons accounting for tourists’ tendency to repeat their visits. the analysed data revealed awareness creation about the garden correlated with patronage. vu et al (2015) empirically assessed demand for ecotourism holiday travel among university of ibadan members of staff. the objective of this study is to assess the demand for ecotourism holiday travel among university of ibadan members of staff. the study revealed among other things that public enlightenment by tourism promotion boards and operators greatly influenced frequency of visits. the phenomena in the rivers state museum contexts should be empirically ascertained. thus, we formulate the underlying hypothesis: h4: public enlightenment of the functions of museums is correlated with visitors’ patronage in rivers state. the implied relationships between independent and dependent variables of the study are shown in our operational framework below: figure.1: operational framework of the study variables showing the relationship between museum sustainability strategies and visitors patronage museum sustainability practice visitors’ patronage american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org h1 h2 h3 h4 3. methodology this study was a descriptive survey study that attempted to establish the relationship between the independent and dependent variables by addressing the research questions and testing the hypotheses of the study. the population for this study comprised visitors to museums in port harcourt. given the nature of the study, the population size was large, transient and infinite. however, a sample size of 118 was determined using appropriate statistical tool. the actual selection of sample elements was through the convenience method based on ease of access, number of visitors’ availability and their willingness to participate in the study when the researchers’ were at the museums in the afore-mentioned locations. primary data was gathered directly from the respondents (museum visitors) through questionnaire designed to suit the purpose of the study. the questionnaire for this study was divided into three sections: a, b and c. section a sought information on the demographic profiles of the respondents. section b focused on the independent variable. section c sought information on the dependent variable. the likert 5-point scale was adopted in structuring the questionnaire; strongly agree=5, agree=4, undecided = 3, disagree=2, strongly disagree=1. face validity was adopted based on the assessment of academics and practitioners in cultural tourism. on the basis of this review, few changes were made to some of the items which helped to improve the quality of the research instrument. reliability analysis was done to ascertain the consistency of the instrument in measuring what it is intended to measure. the result of reliability analysis on all the four dimensions and measures used in the study through the use of cronbach’s alpha, which was in the .862 and . 901 which is greater collection of artefacts conservation exhibition public enlightenment frequency of visit american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org than 0.7. the researchers therefore concluded that the measurement scales were reliable and the data thereof could be used for analysis. regarding the operationalization of the variables, the independent variable of the study (sustainable cultural tourism) was measured along the dimensions of collection of artefacts, conservation, exhibition and enlightenment modified from pop et al (2019), pencarelli et al (2016). the dependent variable (visitors’ patronage ) was measured using frequency of visit. both descriptive and inferential statistics were used in analyzing the data. for inferential statistics, pearson product moment correlation which studies the relationship between variables was the tool that were used, utilizing the statistical package for social sciences (spss) computer software, version 21 to test the research hypothesis at 0.05 level of significance. 4. analysis and results table 1: demographic profile of respondents 1. gender frequency % male 47 40 female 71 60 total 118 100 2. age frequency % 18-25 34 29 26-35 38 32 36-45 25 21 46-55 16 14 56 and above 5 4 total 118 100 3. occupation frequency % traders 34 7 teachers 38 36 students 25 40 bankers 16 7 others 5 10 total 118 100 4. marital status frequency % single 58 49 married 39 33 divorced 12 10 widowed 9 8 total 118 100 majority of the respondents are between the age range of 26-35 38(32.2%), followed by the age range of 18-25 34(28.8%), followed by age range of 36-45 25(21.2%), followed by the age range of 46-55 16(13.6%) and lastly with the age range of 56 and above 5(4.2%). for occupation, majority of the respondent are students 48(40.7%), 42(35.6%) are teachers, 12(10.2%) are others, 8(6.8%) are traders, while 8(6.8%) are bankers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org for marital status, 58(49.2%) of the respondents are singles, 39(33.1%) are married, 12(10.2%) are divorced, while 9(7.6%) are widowed. univariate analysis table 2: summary of aggregate mean scores and standard deviation items mean std. deviation n assorted artefacts are collected from various nigerian cultures. 2.3 2.97116 118 artefacts are well preserved in good condition. 4.1 2.65675 118 artefacts are usually physically exhibited for public consumption. 4.2 2.77545 118 there is virtual exhibition of artefacts for public consumption by the museums. 2.2 3.23428 adequate enlightenment of the public about artefacts and need to visit museums 2.1 3.13172 118 regular visits 2.4 2.66061 118 criterion mean=2.5 table 2 above shows the result of items of museum’s sustainability practices and visitors’ patronage with the use of descriptive statistics. the mean scores of 4 items were all less than 2.5 (criterion mean). this shows that the respondents disagreed on 4 items, except two. from the grand mean, we deduce that most of the respondents were not impressed with the quality and number of artefact collections, mode of exhibitions, level of public enlightenment by the operators. the data also suggests the visitors’ patronage was low. bivariate analyses the pearson product moment correlation (ppmc) analytical technique deployed for hypotheses testing determine the degree of relationship existing between the independent and dependent variables of the study. table 3: summary of ppmc results predictor variables criterion variable rho value p-value level of sig. decision artefacts collection visitors’ patronage 0.652 .001 p=.001 < 0.05 supported preservation of artefacts visitors’ patronage 0.829 .000 p=.000 < 0.05 supported exhibition of artefacts visitors’ patronage 0.722 .000 p=.000 < 0.05 supported public enlightenment visitors’ patronage 0.766 .002 p=.002 < 0.05 supported as table 3 shows, all the four hypotheses of the study formulated from the dimensions of sustainable cultural tourism (collection of artefacts, preservation of artefacts, exhibitions of artefacts, enlightenment about the artefacts) positively and significantly correlated with visitors’ patronage of the museums in rivers state. consequently all the null hypotheses of the study were rejected thus implying the acceptance of the alternatives (supported). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org 5. discussion the ppmc test result (rho = 0.652; p-value =0.001< 0.05) implies that there is a strong positive relationship between collection of variety of artefacts and frequency of visit to museums in port harcourt. the finding corroborated jamabo (2008) on repositioning museum in nigeria for social change and sustainable development. the implication of our test result is that collection of assortments of artefacts from various nigerian cultures can support visitors’ satisfaction, influence repeat visits and referrals thereby promoting sustainable cultural tourism. conversely, a museum characterized by scanty collection of artefacts will experience low visitors’ patronage. regarding our second hypothesis, the ppmc test result (rho = 0.829; pvalue =0.00 < 0.05) implies a positive and significant relationship between conservation of artefacts and frequency of visits to museums in port harcourt, rivers state. the finding is consistent with errichiello & micera (2018) in other contexts. the implication of the finding is that effective preservation of our artefacts by museums not only conserves our heritages for the present generation but also for the benefits of future generation. knowing our past helps to appreciate and explains the present and predicts the future. therefore, preserving our cultural heritages will drive sustainable cultural tourism. in the case of our third hypothesis, the ppmc test result (rho = 0.722; pvalue =0.00 < 0.05) suggests that there is a positive and significant relationship between artefacts exhibition and frequency of visits to museums in rivers state. the finding is corroborated by previous studies (pencarelli et al, 2016; pop et al, 2019) in other geographical contexts. the implication is that proper and regular exhibitions through physical and virtual platforms create awareness and stimulate demand for the museum products and regular visits especially in this information age. finally, our fourth hypothesis ppmc test result (rho = 0.766; pvalue =0.02 < 0.05) implies a positive and significant relationship between enlightenment and frequency of visits to museums in rivers state. the finding is consistent with loach et al (2017) on analysis of patronage characteristics of tourism destinations in jos which also established a strong nexus between public enlightenment on the benefits of visiting recreational park and increase in domestic tourism patronage. the implication of this finding is that the level public enlightenment generated by the museums’ management about the role and functions in cultural heritage preservation will stimulate demand for cultural information thereby driving museum patronage. in fact, it has been argued that if our museums are well positioned, it will attract more excursions and tourist visits. therefore, the enlightenment function of museums is vital in stimulating interest to visit museums. thus, it can argued that the low patronage that characterises most of our museums in rivers state, among other factors, is traceable to low public enlightenment programs by the managers of the museums. 5. conclusion, implications and recommendations our study set out to empirically evaluate the cultural sustainability strategies of state and federal museums in driving visitors’ patronage in rivers state of nigeria against the reported claim of transformation of the organizations by government. our findings, based on visitors’ perspectives, have shown a strong correlation between inadequate collection artefacts, inadequate physical and virtual exhibition of artefacts, low public enlightenment and low patronage of museums in the state. however, the level of artefacts preservation or conservation was perceived as satisfactory by the visitors. therefore, the study concludes that a significant correlation exists between the dimensions of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org sustainable cultural tourism in the museum context (artefacts collections, conservation, exhibition and enlightenment) and frequency of visits to the museums in rivers state. our findings and conclusion hold certain implications for the managers and operators of governmentowned museums in rivers state. cultural tourism can happen when assorted or diverse cultural artefacts are collected from the various cultures of the nigerian people and displayed in the museums. a sense of cultural identity and belonging generated by the heterogeneity of artefact collections will support more patronage of the museums. thus, it is incumbent on the managers or curators of the museums in the states to collect assorted artefacts that reflect the cultural diversity of their states, region and the nation as this strategy will increase the numbers of visitors to the museums. another implication of our finding is the need for proper exhibitions of the artefacts for more awareness and public enlightenment on the role of museums in driving cultural tourism. to this end, it is suggested that accessible websites be created and developed for all the region’s museums where all their products can be virtually displayed for on-line visitors (digital exhibitions). in the same vein, museums can organize or participate in road and trade shows to promote and stimulate demand and patronage for their products. further implication and recommendation of the study is the improvement of the physical appearance of the region’s museums. most of museums are in deplorable states. improvement in the ambience of the facilities through facelifts, air conditioning system, clean physical environment, regular power and water supply, functional modern eatery, access road and signage, audio visual equipment and knowledgeable tour guide and curators will enhance the image of the museums and drive visitors’ patronage of the museums. 6. limitations and suggestions for further research our study empirically evaluated museum sustainability practices and visitors’ patronage in the context of museums in rivers state, nigeria from sample size of 118. besides, the study did not cover museums in other south-south states and other regions of the nation. the same phenomena should be evaluated in other geographical regions of nigeria with a larger sample size so as to reveal the state of museums and level of patronage across the nation for possibility of generalization. findings from the studies will provide and deepen insight regarding the effectiveness or otherwise of the museums in playing their role in cultural sustainability in particular and driving cultural tourism in general. furthermore, empirical efforts should also be directed at other forms of sustainability such as environmental and economic and their attendant outcomes in both the public and private organizational contexts. references 1. agbejoma, b. t. (2019). the role of cultural product development in tourism destination performance. international academic journal of tourism and leisure research, 12 (6), 234-346. 2. alcaraz, c., hume, m. & sullivan m. g. (2009). creating sustainable practice in a museum context: adopting service-centricity in non-profit museums. australasia marketing journal, 17 (4), 219-225 3. bristol, l. t. & tekena, a. (2018).tourist sites development status and tourists satisfaction in sout-south, nigeria. journal of tourism and leisure, 16(4). 267-284. 4. blagoeva, .y. (2012). the role of local cultural institutions for local sustainable development. case study. bulg.trakia j. (10), 42-52. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org 5. burton, c., scott, c. (2003). museums: challenges for the 21st century. international journal of arts management 5 (2) 56-68. 6. camarero, c.; garrido, m.j.; vicente, e. (2011). how cultural organizations’ size and funding influence innovation and performance: the case of museums, (35), 247. 7. di pietro, l., guglielmetti mugion, r., renzi, m.f. & toni, m. (2014). an audience-centric approach for museums sustainability, sustainability, 6(9), 5745-5762 8. ekundayo, m. & abutu, g. (2015). nigerian tourism: a catalyst for sustainable national development. journal of public administration and management research. 3(1) 37-50. 9. ernst, d.; esche, c.; & erbslöh, u. (2016). the art museum as lab to re-calibrate values towards sustainable development. (135) 1446–1460. 10. errichiello,l.;micera ,r. (2018). open innovation for achieving cultural sustainability: learning from a new city museum project, 10, 19-64. 11. giuffrè, m. & hayton, b. (2010). sustainability and public museum buildings. studies in conservation, 55(3), 150-154 12. guccio, c, pignataro, g., & rizzo, i.(2014). evaluating the efficiency of public procurement contracts for cultural heritage conservation works in italy, (38), 43–70. 13. jamabo, a. u. & oghenero, q.y. p.(2018). museum strategies for promoting cultural sustainability and tourism and a sense of ownership within the local community. journal of heritage studies, 8 (16), 90-119. 14. jarvela .m. & kohl .j. (2008) social and cultural sustainability.in dialogues on sustainable paths for the future. 46-64. 15. laine-zamojska, m.; zielonka, k.; kus´midrowicz-król, a.; de rosset, a. (2014). e-museums project. making polish cultural heritage accessible online, (3), 701–711. 16. larkin, j. (2016). all museums will become department stores: the development and implications of retailing at museums and heritage sites, (19), 109–121. 17. loach .k.; rowley .j.; griffiths .j. (2017). cultural sustainability as a strategy for the survival of museums and libraries, int.j.cult policy, (23), 186-198. 18. mpofu, p. (2012). the death of culture in sustainable development; the impact of ngos’ agenda and conditionalities on cultural sustainability in zimbabwe. sustainability development africa. (14), 191-205. 19. pencarelli, t., cerquetti, m., & splendiani, s. (2016). the sustainability of museums: an italian perspective, tourism and hospitality management, 22 (1),29-46. 20. pop, i. i., borza, a., buiga, a., ighian, d., & toader, r. (2019). achieving cultural sustainability in museums: a step toward sustainable development. sustainability , 11 (970), 1-22. 21. prihatmanti r., (2015). the impact of adaptive reusing heritage building as assessed by the indoor air quality. case study: unesco world heritage site, (179), 297-307. 22. rodzyah m.y., zalina s., norezatty m.y. & dasimah o., (2013). expert choice for ranking heritage streets, (101), 465-475. 23. siu, n.y.m., zhang, t.j.f., dong, p. & kwan, h.y. (2013). new service bonds and customer value in customer relationship management: the case of museum visitors, tourism management, (36), 293-303 24. soini, k.; bikeland, i. (2014). exploring the scientific discourse on cultural sustainability. geoforum, (51), 213-223. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org 25. swanson, k. k. & devereaux, c.a .(2017). a theoretical framework for sustaining culture: culturally sustainable entrepreneurship. ann. tour. res. (62),78-88 26. udenzi, g. (2018). cultural heritage of the south-eastern states of nigeria: implications for cultural tourism development for economic growth, anthropological review, 21(2), 187-204. 27. ung, a. & vong, l. (2010). tourist experience of heritage tourism in macau sar, china. journal of heritage tourism, 5(2), 157-168. 28. vu, h., luo, j., ye, b., li, g. & law, r. (2018). evaluating museum visitors’ experiences based on user-generated travel photos. journal of travel and tourism marketing, 35(4), 493-506. 29. wu,s.r. fan,p. & chen,j.(2016). incorporating culture into sustainable development, (24)64–76. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org united nations development programme for addressing environmental problems azamova sitora ayonovna shahrisabz state pedagogical university department of social sciences arolova zarina lochin qizi shahrisabz state pedagogical university student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a comprehensive overview of one of the global issues – environmental problems – and discusses the united nations development programme aimed at addressing these issues. it also highlights how this system helps coordinate efforts to protect nature. un, strategy, environmental fund, ecology committee, environmental information, global. introduction in the era of globalization, environmental issues are considered among the most pressing challenges. all of humanity is striving to find solutions to this global problem. in this context, the united nations environment programme (unep) is being actively implemented at a high level. the un and its partners in uzbekistan are working towards achieving the sustainable development goals (sdgs), which consist of 17 interrelated and ambitious objectives aimed at addressing the major challenges faced by the people of uzbekistan and the world at large. uzbekistan has confirmed its commitment to a comprehensive partnership approach involving numerous stakeholders in order to fulfill the tasks set in the global agenda for the period up to 2030 and to achieve 16 national goals in the field of sustainable development goals. the current medium-term plan, the national development strategy for 20172021, serves as a roadmap for the implementation of the sdgs. in order to ensure the prioritization of the sustainable development goals (sdgs) across all ministries, in october 2018, the government adopted a resolution concerning the 2030 agenda. this resolution confirmed the commitment to align the sdgs with national strategies and programs. the government approved 16 national sdgs, 125 targets, and 206 indicators to facilitate their implementation. the sustainable development goals are a global call to action to end poverty, protect the environment and climate, and ensure that all people around the world can enjoy peace and prosperity. the sdgs being pursued by the nations in uzbekistan include: ending extreme poverty ending hunger good health and well-being quality education american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org in addition, in order to ensure the implementation of the resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated july 29, 2021, no. pq-5202, “ on measures to implement the united nations general assembly’s special resolution of may 18, 2021, on declaring the aral sea region a zone of environmental innovations and technologies”, the cabinet of ministers resolves the following: it is approved that the global environment facility ( hereinafter – gef) will allocate a grant in the amount of usd 3,552,968 for a period of five years to finance the project “ conservation and management of lakes, wetlands, and coastal areas as a basis for supporting sustainable livelihoods in degraded landscapes of the aral sea basin.” analysis of the used literature in the book “ the development strategy of new uzbekistan” by the president of the republic of uzbekistan, shavkat mirziyoyev, it is stated that a grant of 270,000 usd was allocated for the project by the united nations development programme (undp) office in uzbekistan. an the reforms currently being carried out in our country are aimed at finding solutions to environmental problems. in particular, the cabinet of ministers issued a resolution on the approval of the concept for the development of environmental education in the republic of uzbekistan, in line with yhe tasks outlined in the action strategy on five priority directions for the development of the republic of uzbekistan for 2017-2021. this includes: contributing to the resolution of environmental problems in the regions of the republic through the integration of environmental education into the education system; raising the environmental literacy of the younger generation; shaping and developing ecological awareness and ecological culture; and organizing the process of environmental education and upbringing in an effective manner. the practice of protecting the natural environment means preserving it at the individual, organizational, or governmental level in a way that is beneficial for both the environment and human health. environmental degradation caused by human activity is a global and ongoing problem. according to the united nations environment programme (unep) report titled “ making peace with nature”, published in 2021, it is possible to address major planetary crises such as pollution, climate change, and biodiversity loss – if all parties act together toward achieving the sustainable development goals. numerous scientific studies on ecology have been conducted in the countries of the commonwealth of independent states (cis). for example, the works of m.a. vostrikova, r.s.gaysina, and e.v.luneva emphasize the changes occurring in the ecological situation and the need for the rational use of natural resources. the works of a.kumar, e.v.matveyeva, and a.v.karanda discuss changes in international, regional, and national environmental problems, k.a.berdenova and g.a.drobot’s research addresses the causes of environmental problems, their manifestations, and ways to eliminate them. meanwhile, v.y.vershinina, a.y. ignatenko, and m.n.kopilov have substantiated the characteristics of the current environmental policies of various states. it is well known that july 5 has been designated by the un general assembly as the international day for environmental protection. this date serves to draw the attention of the global community to environmental issues and foster a serious attitude toward ecological preservation. according to data from the un environment programme, human activity has american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org significantly altered the ecological envitonment of three-quarters of the earth’s land surface and twothirds of its marine areas. analysis and outcomes on october 9, 2019, the legislative chamber of the oli majlis of the republic of uzbekistan adopted, and on october 11, the senate approved, the law “ on the accession of the republic of uzbekistan to the cartagena protocol on biosafety to the convention on biological diversity “. the law was subsequently signed by the president. this protocol was adopted on january 29, 2000, in montreal, and to date, it has been joined by 171 countries and the european union as an international organization. a national strategy for the conservation of biological diversity in uzbekistan for the period 2019-2028 has been developed and is currently being implemented. the main objective of the strategy is to ensure the implementation of the requirements of the convention on biological diversity. it aims to conserve and use biodiversity sustainably, protect ecosystems, ensure food security, create favorable living conditions for the population, and support the sustainable development of the country through the formulation of national strategic goals up to the year 2030. one of the key priorities is raising the level of environmental awareness and culture among the population. such issues cannot be resolved solely through administrative measures; rather, they require fostering a sense of care, like, and personal responsibility for nature in the hearts of the younger generation. at the same time, it is essential to enhance the efficiency of activities related to the protection and sustainable use of land, subsoil resources, water, forests, wildlife, flora, and atmospheric air. to mainstream biodiversityrelated issues into the activities of public authorities and the broader society, it is crucial to integrate these topics into all levels of decision-making and governance. incorporating biodiversity issues into the activities of public authorities and the entire community: improving the state environmental monitoring system of the natural environment by expanding its scope through comprehensive monitoring of biodiversity components; increasing the awareness and knowledge of public authorities, as well as all segments of society, regarding the value of biodiversity and ecosystem services; developing an economic valuation system for biodiversity and ecosystem services, and integrating its mechanisms into the planning process; implementing nature conversation measures within the framework of state environmental expertise, including organizational, technical, and technological solutions. conclusion: in conclusion, it should be emphasized that the successful implementation of these tasks will strengthen environmental sustainability in our country, contribute to the careful preservation of the environment, and ensure its safe transfer to future generations. references: 1. shavkat mirziyoyev – “ yangi o’zbekiston taraqqiyot strategiyasi” “o’zbekiston”toshkent 2022. 2. azamova sitora ayonovna – “ ekologik globallashuv sharoitida o’zbekiston umumta’lim maktablari o’quv jarayonida ekologik madaniyatni shakllantirish zarurati” f.f.f.d. (phd) ilmiy darajasini olish uchun yozilgan dessertatsiya. buxoro 2024. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 3. azamova, sitora ayanovna. "problems of formation of ecological culture in the context of ecological globalization." best journal of innovation in science, research and development 3.5 (2024): 743-749. 4. omonov, bahodir. "ekologik madaniyatni shakllantirishda ekologik tarbiyaning o ‘rni." modern science and research 4.3 (2025): 125-128. 5. . omonov, baxodir. "etnik nizolarning markaziy osiyo davlatlari geosiyosiy munosabatlariga ta’siri." news of the nuuz 1.1.1 (2025): 164-166. 6. omonov, bakhodir. "the expression of geopolitical knowledge in the works “the city of virtuous people” and “india”." journalnx 9.6 (2023): 16-20. 7. nurillaevich, o. b. "the importance of religious values in the formation of a personal ecology culture." archive of conferences. vol. 15. no. 1. 2021. 8. omonov, bahodir. "is aral sea or lake?(some thoughts about the reasons that turned the aral sea into the lake, more precisely into the desert" aralkum")." theoretical & applied science 3 (2016): 63-67. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org pragmatic study of assertive and usage declarative in some selected speeches from (al-sahifa al-sajjadiyya): in terms of emeren et al, (2014) heyam mundhel hussain dept. of english, university of basrah college of education for human sciences alsaadhasan6@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s claims, assurance, supposition, explication, and specification seem to be an essential part of human nature. as a result, it can be seen in every speech situation. the current study aims to analyze the applicability of eemeren et al. (2014) 'distribution of speech acts' in some selected rights of imam ali bin alhussain (pbut). eemeren et al. (2014) ‘distribution of speech acts’, as they propose, are classified into four types (i.e. assertives, directives, commissives, and usage declaratives), hence the selected texts will be analyzed in terms of assertive and usage declarative. these two types are selected specifically as their pragmatic consideration is closely related with the religious speech. mixed methods are followed in this study. the qualitative method is used to analyze, interpret, and discuss the data; the quantitative method on the other hand, is used to show the extent to which the categories of speech acts are used. the current study comprises three sections; section one is concerned with introducing the preliminaries of the study that include an introduction, the problem, the hypotheses, the objectives, the procedures, the limits, and the significance of the study. section two includes some sections about the theoretical background of the study. these sections are; the concept of pragmatics, an overview of speech acts theory, and a short biography about imam ali bin al hussain (pbut) aspects of speech respectively. methodological consideration is established within the third section which is ends with the conclusions. al-sahifa alsajjadiyya: the treatise on right, assertive, usage declaratives introduction language can be understood as a human system of conventionalized symbols that have understood meanings (ng and deng, 2017: 1). it is viewed as a complex instrument through which various functions can be achieved (yaqoob, 2014: 1). such functions as expressing and communicating ideas, thoughts, feeling, and giving orders (maeedi and jasim, 2021: 37). it is also used to enact several social functions which involve performing and coordinating social behaviors among individuals, performing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org and co-constructing social actions such as talking, arguing, deceiving, as well as telling people what they should or should not do. 2.problem of the study claims, elaboration, command, and other functions behind speech acts seem to be part of human nature. as a result of this nature, these functions appear to have a strong relationship with so many aspects of everyday life. therefore, the analysis of assertive and usage declarative in religious texts is highly difficult since it is hard to infer their interpretations. furthermore, studying speech acts in general and assertive and usage declarative in particular in religious texts is sometimes ambiguous, that is why many studies avoid taking religion as a subject of analysis. consequently, this study attempts to fill the gaps of the previous studies. 3.aims of the study the study aims to achieve the following: identifying the speech acts in the texts under analysis. investigating the applicability of assertive and usage declarative in identifying some selected speeches of imam ali bin al-hussain (pbut). investigating the successfulness of applying the speech acts theory as a means of attracting the attention of people especially muslims to what they should do and what not. determining which one of the selected speech acts has most frequently been used and what is the aim behind such use. 4.hypotheses of the study this study is constructed on these hypotheses: eemeren et al. (2014) distribution of speech acts has great explanatory power to the extent that it can function properly across languages. assertive and usage declarative as distributed by eemeren et al.(2014) are an appropriate and useful tools for the analysis of the religious texts under investigation. the moral lessons, especially, in speechs dealing with religious matters can be approached pragmatically through assertives and usage declarative. 5.procedures of the study for the purpose of accomplishing the aims of this study and testing the validity of the hypotheses, an analysis of some religius speeches of imam ali bin al -hussain(pbut) has been conducted by applying two categories of speech acts (as distributed by eemeren et al.(2014)).the analysis of each selected speech is presented by showing the number and percentage of each speech acts type in the imam's(pbuh) utterances. 6.limits of the study american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org this study is limited to analyzing assertive and usage declarative in three moral speeches of imam ali bin al hussain(pbut).. the source of these speeches is taken from al-sahifat al-sajjadiyya. the analysis is conducted by using eemeren et al. (2014) ‘distribution of speech acts’.this distribution includes assertives, directives, commissives, and usage declaratives. 8.significance of the study the significance of this study is derived from being a contribution to the field of pragmatics by applying a pragmatic analysis of some speeches of imam ali bin al hussain (pbut) through which further studies might later be conducted. additionally, the analysis of some arabic religious issues in iraqi universities in general and specifically in the university of basrah seems to be very rare. therefore, a need arises for conducting such a study so as it might be a starting point for the university of basra researchers to follow. this study also sheds light on the effectiveness of using eemeren et al.(2014) ‘distribution of speech acts’ in the analysis of imam ali bin hussain (pbut)moral speeches as a means of teaching people the right way of treating others in islam and change their deeds accordingly. literature review ghailan (2019) conducts a pragmatic study titled "argumentative indicators in some of chomsky’s political discourse," focusing on chomsky's argumentation regarding the american invasion of iraq. the study examines how argumentative indicators are used in chomsky's discourse to track stages of argumentation. it hypothesizes that these indicators are a prominent feature of his political articles and that the pragma-dialectical approach is a practical tool for analyzing his argumentation. the study analyzes seven of chomsky's articles using the pragma-dialectical approach proposed by eemeren et al. (2007). the findings conclude that chomsky uses argumentative signs to resolve disputes of opinion, demonstrating his understanding of the iraqi situation and the effects of the american invasion on iraq and the middle east. his discourse highlights his roles as a political analyst and article writer. furthermore, the study emphasizes that effective argumentation requires not only linguistic skills but also comprehensive knowledge of political events and a clear standpoint to achieve persuasive argumentation. voloshchuk and usik (2019) conducted a study titled "argumentation in political discourse: semantic, composition, and stylistic register," which investigates the power of persuasion in argumentative speech. persuasion is analyzed as an interactive system of pragmatic reasoning that appears in political discourse. the study focuses on the psycholinguistic elements of persuasive language, analyzing semantic structures, composition techniques, and stylistic registers. the study aims to uncover the lingo-pragmatic features of persuasive strategies in political speeches, exploring methods and tactics used to inform, persuade, and emotionally influence audiences. to achieve this goal, the researchers complete several tasks: defining the concept of persuasiveness. identifying the pragmatic impacts of persuasive strategies and tactics on the audience. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org analyzing and systematizing linguistic tools for realizing persuasion in political speeches. examining the communicative portrait of speakers. the study concludes that persuasive strategies—such as argumentative, emotive, and evaluative techniques—serve as manipulative tools for influencing ideas and behaviors. these strategies are fundamental to the semantic organization, composition, and stylistic register of political speeches, forming a core element of argumentative discourse. yahaya and ali (2022) present a study titled "a pragma-rhetorical study of argument in islamicchristian debates," which pragmatically analyzes and evaluates arguments in religious debates, focusing on the deedat-swaggart debate. the study highlights the limited attention given to islamicchristian debates in language studies and aims to understand the pragma-rhetorical techniques employed in these debates. the researchers hypothesize that arguers use specific rhetorical pragmatic strategies, including: figures of speech (metaphor, allusion, irony, rhetorical question, and hyperbole). argumentation appeals (logos, pathos, ethos). politeness strategies. they also aim to identify the principles necessary for a successful speech act of persuasion. using both qualitative and quantitative methods, the study tests whether these hypotheses are valid.the results of the study reveal the following: the most frequent strategies used by arguers are rhetorical questions, logos, and off-record politeness strategies. swaggart predominantly uses metaphor, ethos, and off-record politeness strategies. deedat’s arguments are more effective and persuasive, as they better satisfy the rules of successful persuasive speech acts. this study provides insights into the pragma-rhetorical strategies in religious debates, emphasizing their role in achieving persuasive argumentation. in,2023 a study is conducted by heyam m.hussain & zaidoon a.a., entitled “investigating resolving the difference of opinions and the power of argumentation in some debates of imam ali bin musa ar-ridha (peace be upon them): a pragmatic study” focuses on analyzing the power of argumentation in debates involving imam ali bin musa ar-ridha. it aims to evaluate the imam’s rhetorical and argumentative strategies using a mixed-methods approach that combines qualitative and quantitative analyses. the study applies two main frameworks: eemeren et al.’s speech act theory (assertives, directives, commissives, and declaratives) and a newly developed pragma-eclectic model. this model examines debates in three stages: confrontation, argumentation, and conclusion, emphasizing the “mind-turning process” to assess the effectiveness of persuasion. the researches analyze three debates: with the catholicus (a christian scholar), with umran al-sabi’i (a philosopher), with ali bin al-jahm (an intellectual). key findings include the imam’s strategic use of argumentation to resolve disagreements and persuade opponents to accept new perspectives, demonstrating the power of religious and philosophical discourse.the study is significant for advancing the understanding of persuasive discourse in religious texts and demonstrates the applicability of pragmatic models to analyze argumentation. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org theoretical background 1.introduction this section covers some important information about the concept of pragmatics with brief clarification about its development to enable the readers to grasp the aim of the study. it first presents an over view about speech acts as it represents the first step on which this study is built. it also lists the types of speech acts in general . next, it sheds light on assertive and usage declarative speech acts. and finally, it set a brief biography of imam ali bin al hussain(pbut). 2.the concept of pragmatics when someone speaks or writes something, the meaning conveyed by what is spoken or written is not always limited to the literal meaning (tahir, 2020: 1). besides being of tremendous interest in philosophy and linguistics, pragmatics is developed to hold the intentions of anthropologists, artificial intelligence workers, cognitive scientists, psychologists, and semioticians (huang, 2007: 1). pragmatics is perceived as a relatively new sub-field of linguistics, and this is underscored as the journal of pragmatics and pragmatics were performed in 1977 and 1991, respectively, and the international pragmatics association (ipra), which appeared in 1985. regardless, the decency of pragmatics in both linguistics and philosophy is much older (o'keeffe et al., 2020: 1). the beginnings of pragmatics in philosophy can be dated back to some philosophical works by charles morris, rudolf carnap, and charles peirce in the 1930s (huang, 2007: 2). it is best to unravel the threads of pragmatics emergence to establish the scope of what pragmatics has become. philosophers of language (e.g., morris, austin, grice, and searle) do the early foundational work that represents the core of pragmatics. importantly, pragmatics arises from a desire to better understand how meaning is made when using language. even though early work is purely introspective rather than empirical: it is concerned with the conditions of usage and performance (o'keeffe et al., 2020: 1). according to bar-hillel, pragmatics is concerned with what c. s. peirce called indexical expressions which are words and sentences whose reference cannot be determined without the knowledge of the context of use (montague,1974:.95). pragmatics has become one of the most significant disciplines of linguistics since its inception. many scholars claim that the nature of language cannot be grasped unless we understand pragmatics as "how language is used in communication ˮ as leech defines it (leech, 1983: 1). in his book "language and linguistics", lyons (1981: 171) defines pragmatics as “ the study of actual utterances; the study of use rather than meaning; the study of that part of meaning which is not purely truthconditional ˮ. thomas (1995: 22) defines pragmatics as “meaning in interaction ˮ in short, not every practitioner of pragmatics will experience it the same way. according to some thinkers, pragmatics is seen as the general study of language use. in contrast, others regard it as the study of communication, and yet others regard it as a method of studying language through its communicative function. nevertheless, allott (2010: 1,2) states that despite disagreements over the scope, goals, and methods of pragmatics, there is a broad agreement on four particular points, especially among those theorists who study communicative language use. all the following four points are derived from grice's work: communication entails a complex aim realized when the addressee recognizes it. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org from the utterance, the addressee has to infer this aim to get the best explanation. communication follows a set of rules or maxims. these maxims are frequently considered to originate from broader concepts of rationality or cognition. there is a difference between what a speaker says explicitly and what he/she might imply; both are components of the speaker's meaning or what is communicated. 3.speech acts: an overview birner (2021: 55) states that “ to speak is to act ˮ. to some extent, it is true that whenever someone speaks, he/she performs acts. most of the time, people speak to perform an action, and the daily use of language is quite evident of this idea. searle (1976:1-23) wrote a paper to develop a logical classification of essential categories under illocutionary acts. searle developed his teacher’s ideas (austin) of speech acts and presented them in a more systematic and formalized way. searle states that illocutionary acts in the form of a complete sentence are produced under specific circumstances and represent the basic unit of human communication. these acts affect the listener who should understand the speaker’s utterance. speaking, according to searle, is the act of doing illocutionary acts in a rulegoverned manner. these rules are either regulative and can be expressed as imperatives or constitutive, producing and identifying new behaviors (senft, 2014: 19). searle’s speech acts, as stated by abood (1999: iv) are considered to be the worldwide accepted pragmatic theory. however, eemeren and grootendorst (2004) regard making several amendments to searle's speech acts are necessary when applying this theory to argumentative discourse. they (2004: 62) state that speech acts theory is ideally suited to supply the theoretical tools that deal with verbal communications to resolve a difference of opinion. therefore, analyzing argumentation as a speech act becomes possible by eemeren and grootendorst in which they make a connection between the illocutionary act of complex argumentation with the perlocutionary act of persuading. then, eemeren et al. (2014: 532) state that though their distribution of speech acts has five types, only four have a role in argumentation. this distribution includes the following speech acts: a. assertives the first type of speech acts is called ‘assertives’. eemeren et al. (2014: 531) state that within this type, the truth of a proposition (i.e.claim) has to be set by the speaker or writer; for example, "i assert that chamberlain and roosevelt never metˮ. other assertives are, for example, “claimingˮ, “assuringˮ, “supposingˮ, “opiningˮ, “denyingˮ, and “concedingˮ. so, this type shows what the speaker believes to be the case or not. the engagement to a proposition forwarded in an assertive may differ from “very strong, as is the case in an assertion or statement, to fairly weak, as in the case of a supposition ˮ. however, not always necessary for assertives to include a truth or claim but might also refer " to the acceptability of propositions in a more general sense, as when the correctness or justness of an evaluative opinion concerning a certain state of affairs or event is at issue ("baudelaire is the best french poet"). using this type of speech act, one can show standpoints, make a satisfactory argument advocating a claim, and confirm a conclusion ( eemeren et al., 2014: 531). eemeren et al. (2007: 12) mention that in such type of speech acts, the speaker and the writer perform their views on the standpoint or the state of affairs expressed in a proposition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org b. directives the second type of speech acts is ‘directives’. it can be defined as the speech act that the speaker might use to get the addressee to do something. orders, requests, and commands are examples of such type. the “ordering” act represents the archetype of directives in which the speaker or writer should have a special position toward the listener or reader (levinson, 1983: 240). for example, uttering a sentence like “come to my roomˮ, means an order only in case the speaker has an authority position with regard to the listener; otherwise, it might be a request or an invitation. a question might be considered as a special design of request since it requires a verbal act (i.e. an answer). other examples of directives “challenging”, “recommending”, “begging”, and “forbidding” (emeren et al., 2014: 531). c. commissives the third category of speech acts is ‘commissives' in which speakers or writers conduct a commitment towards their listeners or readers to take an action or to prevent from taking an action (eemeren, 2018: 40). these include "acts in which the words commit the speaker to future action, such as "promising", "offering", "threatening", "refusing", "vowing" and "volunteering" (cutting, 2002: 17). in addition to these acts, silence can be considered a commissive speech act d. expressives huang (2007: 17) states that “expressives are those kinds of speech acts that express a psychological attitude or state in the speaker, such as joy, sorrow, and likes/dislikes. paradigmatic cases include apologizing, blaming, congratulating, praising, and thanking ˮ. eemeren et al.(2014: 532) state that via this speech act, a speaker or writer expresses how s/he feels towards something, such as congratulation, thanks, and regret. this type does not have a single prototype. “congratulatingˮ, “thankingˮ, “commiserating”, “regretting,ˮ “condolingˮ, and “greetingˮ are examples of expressive. e. usage declaratives declaratives include speech acts that enable the speaker or writer to perform a state of affairs into being. the state of being declarative is typically associated with a specific institutionalized framework in which specified people are competent to declare something. for example, if someone utters "i open the meeting", his utterance makes sense only if " i " refers to the chairman of the meeting (eemeren et al.,2014: 532-533). what is called “usage declarativesˮ represents a particular subdivision of declarative speech act that control linguistic usage. their major function is to make other speech acts easier to be understood by the listeners or the readers; "definitions," "specifications", “precizations,” “explications,” and “amplifications” are examples of usage declaratives (eemeren et al., 2014: 532,533). this type of speech acts might help in unmasking a spurious dispute, removing uncertainty regarding the discussion rules, preventing premature acceptance or non-acceptance, and so on. “with the exception of the usage declaratives, declaratives do not play a role in the resolution of a difference of opinion on the merits ˮ (eemeren et al., 2014: 532,533). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org short highlights of imam ali al sajad (pbuh) the fourth imam after imam hussain was his son imam ali zain-alabideen.he was born around 658 ce. he survived the battle of karbal in 680, his mother was bibi shahar bano. his title zain-alabideen was granted to him by the holy prophet himself who mentioned that on the day of judgment a call for zainal-abideen will be made and my son ali bin al-hussain will respond to the call saying labbaik. he devoted his life to worship and learning. he was also known for his piety and virtuous character. after the martyrdom of imam hussain, the survival of islam depended on imam zainul abideen, and that also at a tender age of 22. he had a very hard job of letting the world know the mission of imam hussain and exposing the evil intentions of yazid and the bani umayyah.in madina at age 57, on 25th of moharram 95 ah (713 ad), he (pbuh) martyred by means of poison https://im.imamhussain.org/english/personalities/5553. data analysis: a pragmatic analysis of the selected rights 1.a summary of al-sahifa al-sajjadiyya :the treatise on rights al-sahifa al-sajjadiyya (lit. 'the scripture of al-sajjad') is a collection of supplications. regarded as a seminal work in islamic spirituality, al-sahifa has been praised as the epitome of islamic spirituality and the answer to many of today's spiritual questions.the book is attributed to ali al-sajjad, the great grandson of the islamic prophet muhammad (peace be upon him and his house hold. although this book is in the form of supplications, it also contains many islamic teachings mentioned alongside the supplications. in this book, topics surrounding different issues are explained in the form of supplications such as theology, ideology, anthropology.beside these topics, the treatise on rights'(from which the data is selected) is the presented within this book.the treatise on rights ( سالةر لحقوقا ) is a significant islamic text that outlines the rights of individuals in various relationships, including those of family, society, and the divine. this work emphasizes moral and ethical responsibilities, encouraging a just and compassionate society. 2.a pragmatic analysis of speech acts in the selected data based on the analysis of the selected data which is taken from "the treatise on rights" ( سالةر لحقوقا ) , there are 35 utterances performed by imam zain alabidin (pbuh) . 35(72.91) utterances are assertive whereas only 13(27.09) are usage declaratives which gives a hint that his speech (pbuh)is delivered to give claims and assurance more than giving definition or explication. it seems that the rights are mainly performed to direct people toward their duties as well as attract their attention to what they should do and what should not. the utterances in the selected date include all the two selected types of eemeren et al.(2014) ‘distribution of speech acts’,hence, assertive speech acts occure more frequently than usage declarative as shown in the table below: table (1): types of speech acts (assertive and usage declarative) ; number and percentage: type number percentage assertives 35 72.91 usage declaratives 13 27.09 all 48 100 however ,the use of these speech differ from one right to another as shown in the table below: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org table (2): types of speech acts (assertive and usage declarative)in each of the selected rights ; number and percentage: speech acts the selected rights امام حق الرعیة حقوق الصدقة حق الصوم حق الصالة حق هللا حق types no % no % no % no % no % no % assertives 3 100 11 91.66 5 71.42 6 66.66 7 87.5 6 66.66 usage declarative 0 0 1 8.34 2 28.58 3 33.34 1 12.5 3 33.34 3.the greatest right of god: حق هللا ألكبرا the most frequent type of speech act in this right is the assertive speech act. it appears in 3 utterances (100%) whereas none belongs to the usage type. as previously mentioned , within this type of speech acts, the truth of a proposition (i.e.claim) has to be set by the speaker or writer. in other words, assertive speech acts can be defined as statements that might be treated as either true or false the imam (pbuh) uses this type of speech acts for two purposes ; the first one is to give claim by saying that : " ْكب ر ا هللا ُِّقح َّماأ ف ا ئیْ ش ھِ ب ت ْشِرك ال ت ْعب د ه ف إنَّك أل " (then the greatest right of god incumbent upon you is that you worship him without associating anything with him). this assertion shed light on the fundamental principle of tawheed in islam, which means there is no god but almighty allah.it asserts that the greatest right a believer has toward almighty allah is to worship him exclusively, without associating any partners, intermediaries, or equals with him. the second purpose is to attract the attention towards the benefits of dowing that by giving an assurance, asserting that : " ع ل بإخالص ِلك ذ ف ع ْلت ف إذ ا ا لدْنی اا ْمر أ ی كِفی ك أ نْ ھِ سِ فْ ن ىل ع ل ك ج ةِ و ماھ نْ مِ ت ِحُّب ام ل ك ی ْحف ظ و آلِخر " (when you do that with sincerity, he has made it binding upon himself to give you sufficiency in the affairs of this world and the next and to keep for you whatever of them that you like). 4.the right of your prayer حق لصالةا the two selected speech acts are utilized in this right 11 (91.66%) are assertive utterances while usage declarative appears in 1 utterances (8.34%) . this right opens with the use of usage declarative. this type assists in understanding other speech acts. hence, the function of usage declaratives includes, for example, to define, specify, explain, and to increase or facilitate the listener’s or reader’s understanding of other speech acts.the imam (pbuh)begins this right by performing a usage declarative utterance to define the right of praying, saying that: " هللا ىل إ ف اد ة وِ اھ ن أ ت ْعل م ف أ نْ لصالةِ ا ُّقح َّماأ ف " (then the right of your ritual prayer is that you should know that it is an arrival at the threshold of god) this definition is followed by a series of assertive utterances for different aims. first, he (pbuh) highlights the act of standing in prayer as a way to show commitment as well as establishing a direct connection to allah. it reflects the sense of humility and awe a person feels when in worship, saying that : " أ هللا ی د يِ ب ْین اھ ب ق ائِم نَّك و " american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org (and indeed, you are standing with it (or by it) before allah (in his presence) second, a series of assertive utterances are performed respectively to emphasize the compatible attitude when standing in prayer. it adopt a state of deep humility, awe, and reverence, reflecting complete reliance as well as highlighting the significance of praying to allah for mercy and forgiveness. it encourages honesty and a sense of responsibility while presenting prayer as a way to salvation.these assertive utterances are : " ق ام اھ یفِ ت ق وم أ نْ اق یلِ خ ك ْنت ِلك ذ ع ِلْمت ف إذ ا ائِفِ ا الراِھب لراِغبا الذليل م عِ ا ْلِمْسِكینِ ا لراِجيا ْلخ ر ِ ت ض مِ ا ْلم ع ظ ِ نْ ْلم ی د ْیھِ ب ْین ق ام م ا بالسك ونِ اقِ و ش وعِ و إلْطر افِ ا خ ْطر ن اح ا ِلینِ و أل ْسنِ و ْلج اةِ ا ح ن اج ا ھِ سِ فْ ن يفِ ھ ل ْلم اط تْ أ يتِ لَّا ق ب تِك ر ف ك اكِ يفِ ھِ یْ ل إ َّطل ب لو ھِ ب ح ِطیئ ت ك ا خ باهلل الإ ق وة الو .ن وب ك ذ اھ تْ ك ل ھت سْ و " (and when you realize that, then you will stand in the station of him who is lowly, vile, beseeching, trembling, hopeful, fearful, and abased, and you will magnify him who is before you through stillness, and bowing of the head , and humbleness of the limbs, and yielding of the wing , and by saying the best supplications to him by yourself and beseeching him to save you from the responsibilities which rest on your shoulders-surrounded by your faults and exhausted by your sins. and there is no power but in god) 5.the right of fasting حق لصوما the analysis of this right shows that all the selected types of speech acts occur .however, assertives are appeared more frequently than usage declarative. it appeared in 5 utterances (71.42%) while the second type appeared in 2 utterances (28.58%).this right is just like the previous one begins with giving a difinition about the fasting via performing a usage declarative utterance. this definition is : " أ اب ھ نَّأ ت ْعل م ف أ نْ لصْومِ ا ُّقح َّما و ب ھ ِحج ر ِرك و س ْمِعك و ِلس انِك ىل ع هللا ض ف ْرِجك و ب ص " (and the right of fasting is that you should know it is a veil, which god has set up over your tongue, your hearing and your sight, your private parts and your stomach) this definition is immediately followed by giving an assertion through which the imam (pbuh) states the aim behind such deed (i.e. fasting), asserting that: " لنَّارِ ا ِمن ھِ ب ِلی ْسترك " (to protect you from the fire). then ,the imam (pbuh)give an evidence that supports his assertion by using a usage declarative utterance, saying that: " ھ اء و دیثِ ا يفِ ك ذ اج لنَّارِ ا ِمن ة نَّج لَّصْوم ا ْلح " (this meaning is asserted in the tradition: "fasting is an armor against the fire") american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org 6.the right of charity حق لصدقةا 9 utterances are performed throughout this right, hence, 6(66.66%) of these utterances are assertive and 3(33.34%) utterances are usage declarative.within this right, the imam (pbuh) performs three usage declarative utterances throughout this right.the first two utterances are performed to discuss what it is meant by the word ' charity' (صدقة) , highlighting its intimate and sacred nature, saying that : " أ ك ذ نَّھاأ ت ْعل م ف أ نْ لَّصد ق ةِ ا قح َّما و د بك ر ِعْند خر و ادِ ا ىل إ ت ْحت اج ال يتِ لَّا یع ت ك و إلْشھ " (as for the right of charity is that you should know that it is a storing away with your lord and a deposit for which you will have no need for witnesses). this definition emphasizes that charity is a deeply personal act of devotion and sincerity. it is not meant for public display or recognition but is an intimate connection with god. then the imam (pbuh)performs an assertion to emphasize that charity is a profoundly spiritual act not just a material one . the way someone give can be considered as a reflection of his /her faith, sincerity, and reliance on god. accordingly , charity must be private , free of pride, and seeking only god'sto approval, saying that : " ا ك ْنت و ع النِی ة ، ْست ْود ْعت ھ ا ام ب ق ثأ وْ ِسرا ْست ود ْعت ھ ا ام ب ك ْنت ِلكذ ع ِلْمت ف إذا ِدیر ْرت أ ت كون أ نْ ج اأ ھِ یْ ل إ ْسر ْمر ا ك ان و ْعل ْنت ھ ،أ ْمر أل ال ك ل ِ ىل ع ِسرا اھ یفِ ھ ن یْ ب و ب ْین ك ادِ اھ نْ مِ ْست ْود ْعت ھ ا ام یفِ ھِ یْ ل ع ت ْست ْظِھرْ ل مْ و ح اعِ ا بإْشھ ْسم ا أل ارِ و ْبص ن ْفِسك يفِ ق ثأ وْ اھ أنَّك اھ ب ھِ یْ ل ع أل د ت أْدی ةِ يفِ ھِ ب ق ثِ ت ال ك أنَّك ال ،إ یع تِك و د أ ىل ع اھ ب ت ْمت ن ل مْ ث َّم ل ْیك نْ ل مْ اھ ب ْمت ن ْنت ا ف إذا ل ك اھ ن أل ح اِلك ت ْھـِجینِ ِمثْل اھ ب ت ك ون نْ أ ت أْم اھ نْ مِ ح نْ ىل إ ن ْنت م ھِ یْ ل ع اھ ب م " (then once you know this you will be more confident of it if you donate it in secret than if you donate it in public. it is more appropriate for you to do privately what you now do in public and keep the affairs between you and him secret under all circumstances. and you should also not take your hearing and sight as witnesses for the donations that you make in charity as if you have the most trust yourself. it should not be as if you are not sure that your donations will be returned to you. finally you should not remind others of your favors since you have done so for yourself. if you remind them of your favors, you will not be immune from being similarly reminded of others' favors to you). the third usage utterance ; " ن ـا نْفس ك ت ِردْ ل مْ ن ك أ ىل ع ال یلِ د ِلك ذ يفِ أل َّ بھ " (moreover this will prove that your intentions were not pure). this utterance is performed as an evidence for the previous assertion , maintaining that the charity should be done in the way allah, the exalted, wants in order to get the benefits behind such charity, otherwise it will be useless. 7.the right of subjects through authority حق لرعیةا بالسلطان this right includes 8 utterances, however, all of these utterances are assertive (87.5%) utterances except one (12.5) is usage declarative. what is important to mention is that, each one of the assertive utterances is utilized for different functions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org the fist two utterances are performed as an assertion through which the imam (pbuh) claims that authority or leadership is a trust bestowed by one's position or power rather than a privilege for personal benefit, recognizing that their authority.(i.e. the ruler)obligates them to supply protection for those under their care, asserting that: " ق وق َّماأ ف ل ْیِھمْ ق وتِك بف ْضلِ ْست ْرع ْیت ھ مْ ا ام نَّإ نَّك أ ت ْعل م ف أ نْ بالُّسْلط انِ ِعیَّتِك ر ح ع " (then the right of your subjects through authority is that you should know that you have authority over them due to your power over them) as it is previously mentioned, usage declarative is also used to facilitate the listener or reader understanding of other speech acts. according, the imam pbuh used a usage declarative utterance as an explication for the previous assertion, saying that: " ـــــــــــمْ أ ام نَّإ ھ إنَّف لَّھ ل ح ح َّ ْعف ھ مْ ل ك لَّرِعیَّةِ ا م ذ ض لُّھ مْ و " (and that they have been made your subjects through their weakness and humility). in this utterance, it is emphasized that people are under the ruler's authority because of their weaknesses and need for guidance not because the ruler is superior. they are in this position because of their need for protection or direction. then, the imam performs six assertive utterances , highlighting the matter of authority upon people. these utterances are respectively as follows; " ــــا نْ ىل أ وْ ف م ذ ھ ف عْ ض ھ ك اف ك م ه تَّىح ھ لُّو یَّر ة یَّعِ ر ل ك ص " (what do they deserve whose weakness and humility made them your subjects) " یَّر و ك ص ْكم ق وة الو بِعَّزة ِمْنـــــــــــــــــك ع نِ ت مْ ی ال ن افِذا ھِ یْ ل ع ح " (and made your authority over them effective so they do not disobey you by their own might and power). " ــــــھ ام یفِ ی ْست ْنِصر الو ةِ الإ ِمْنك ت ع اظ م ا بالَّرْحم ا ْلِحی اط ةِ و ناةِ و أل " (they cannot find a supporter against your power except [by god], by his mercy and protection, and patience) " ـــــــــاو ْفت إذ ا الك أ و م ا َّْلِعزةِ ا ھِذهِ ف ْضلِ ِمنْ هللا ْعط ــــــــــاك أ ام ع ر ـــــــــــا ق ھ ْرت يتِ لَّا لق وةِ و ش اِكرا ِت ك ون أ نْ بھ " (how proper it is for you to recognize that god has granted you this increased might and power with which you have subdued others. you should be thankful to god) " ـــــنْ و ھِ یْ ل ع نع م أ ام یفِ ْعط اه أ هللا ش ك ر م " (and god will increase his graces to those who thank him). " بِاهلل الإ ق وة الو " american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org (and there is no power but in god). these utterances clarify a deep reflection on the relationship between authority, gratitude, and responsibility. it begins by addressing those who have been placed in a position of authority over others. it emphasizes the sensitivity of those under that authority, highlighting that their weakness and humility have made them dependent to the ruler’s authority. then ،the imam( pbuh)shifts the matter onto the ruler or person in authority, advicing them to recognize the immense favor granted by god in supplying them with the strength and power to have authority upon others. this knowledge ( recognition) must lead them to gratitude toward god, since gratitudation is a form of acknowledgment of the divine source of blessings. it also highlights that those grateful people to almighty god are rewarded with continued blessings and favor . finally, the imam (pbuh)ends these utterances by " بِاهلل الإ ق وة الو " (and there is no power but in god). 8.the right of the ritual prayer leader حق إلماما في لصالة ا both assertive and usage declarative are utilized in this right, hence, 6(66.66%) are assertive utterances while only 3 utterances (33.34%) are of the usage type. this right starts with a sequence of assertive utterances through which the imam (pbuh) shed light on the spiritual role of ritual prayer, saying that: " أ اِمك إ قح ُّ ام و ة ا ت ق لَّد ق دْ ھ ن أ ت عل م ف ــــــــــــــــــأ نْ ص التِك يفِ م ف ار ــــا لس ِ ا هللا ب ْین و ب ْین ك فِیم ىل إ ْلِوف اد ة و ، بك د ع ْنھ ، ت ت ك لَّـــــمْ ل مْ و ع ْنك ت ك لَّم و ر ط ل ھ ، ت دْع ل مْ و ل ك اع و ق ــــــــامِ ا ھم ك ف اك و فِیِھ، ت ْطل بْ ل ـــــــــــــــــمْ و فِیك ل ب و هللا ِ یدي ب ین ْلم ا ل ة و س ـــــــــاء ِلك ذ ھِ فِ كْ ت ل مْ و فِیك ھ ل لم " (and the right of your leader in your ritual prayer is that you should know that he has taken on the role of a mediator between you and god and appeared in the presence of your lord on your behalf. and he speaks for you, but you do not speak for him; and he supplicates for you, but you do not supplicate for him; and he has beseeched for you and you do not beseech for him. and he has spared you the anxiety of standing before god and the question of interrogation for your prayer, but you do not spare him that). in these utterances, the imam (pbuh) emphasizes two essential things ; first, he (pbuh) asserts how the imam (the one who is leading a prayer) acts as a representative of the community before almighty allah. in other words, he acts as a mediation between the worshippers and allah during congregational prayer. however,this does not imply that he intercedes in a divine sense, but rather he leads the prayer, performing the congregation in a collective scene.second, the lmam pbuh attracts the attention of prayers to the fact that the imam takes the responsibility of speaking and praying properly , hence, the worshiper does not reciprocate this effort for the imam . then, the imam pbuh performs two usage declarative utterancces so as to facilitate the listeners understanding of his previous assertion, saying that: ،د و ھِ ب ك ان ت ْقِصیر ِلك ذ ِمنْ ش ْيء يفِ ك ان ف ــــــــــــإنْ إنْ ن ك ف ضل ع ل یك ھ ل ی ك نْ ل مْ و ھِ یفِ ش ِریك ھ ت ك نْ ل مْ ثِمـــــــــــــا آ ك ان و american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org (if there is any shortcoming in any of that, it will be on him and not on you. and if he is sinful, you will not share in his sin, nor will he have any merit over you). these usage utterances are used for explication purposes. the imam (pbuh) performs these utterances to explain the benefits of praying beyond the imam, clarifying that the consequences of any shortcomings on the imam's paryer do not affect the worshiper, thereby offering reassurance and guidance. for conveying information about the imam's function, two assertive utterances are performed, these utterances are: " و بن ْفســـــــــــــــِِھ، ن ْفس ك ف وق ى ھِ تِ الص ب صـ الت ك ىق و " (so he shields you with himself, and protects your prayer with his prayer) the analyzed utterances in these previously listed sections (i.e. asertives and usage declaratives)in addition to the utterances which are not analyzed due to time limits are listed in the table below: table (2): the utterances according to their type of speech acts (assertives and usage declaratives) utterances a ss er ti v es u sa g e d ec la ra ti v es هللا حق 1  شیئ به تشرك ال تعبده فأن علیك األكبر هللا حق فأما •  واآلخرة الدنیا أمر یكفیك أن نفسه على لك هللا جعل بإخالص ذلك فعلت فإذا •  منھما تحب ما لك ویحفظ • الصالة حق 2  هللا إلى ِوفَادَة أنھا تعلم فأنت الصالة حق فأما" ♦  هللا یدي بین بھا قائم وأنك • ،المسكین، الراجى ،الخائف ،الراھب الراغب ، الذلیل مقام فیھا تقوم أن خلیقًا كنت ذلك علمت فإذا • ولین الجناح ، و حسن األطراف وخشوع واإلطراق بالسكون ه یدی بین قام من المعظم ، المتضرع فكاك رقبتك التي أحاطت بھا خطیئتك واستھلكتھا ذنوبك والطلب إلیه في سه نف المناجاة له في  • لل با إال قوة وال  حق الصوم 3  وبطنك وفرجك وبصرك لسانك وسمعك على هللا بهضر حجاب هأن تعلم فأن الصوم حق واما ♦  النار من به لیسترك •  علیك هللا ستر خرقت الصوم تركت فإن •  النار من جنة الصوم :الحدیث في جاء وھكذا ♦  محجوبا تكون أن رجوت حجبتھا في أطرافك سكنت فإن • american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org لیس ما إلى فتطلع الحجاب جنبات وترفع حجابھا في تضطرب تركتھا أنت وإن • نه الحجاب وتخرج متخرق أن تأمن لم � التقیة حد عن الخارجة والقوة للشھوه الداعیة بالنظرة لھا   لل با إال قوة وال • الصدقة حق 4  وجل عز ربك عند ذخرك أنھا تعلم فأن الصدقة حق واما ♦  علیھا اإلشھاد إلى تحتاج ال التي وودیعتك ♦  عالنیة تهاستودع بما أوثق سرا تهاستودع بما كنت ذلك علمت فإذا •  على كل حال سرا فیھا نهوبی بینك االمر وكان اعلنته امرا یهال اسررت تكون ان جدیرا وكنت ♦  لك ألنھا أحد على بھا تمتن لم ثم •  یه عل بھا مننت ما إلى منھا حالك تھجین مثل بھا تكون أن تأمن لم بھا امتننت فإذا •  بھا نفسك ترد لم أنك على دلیال ذلك في ألن ♦  أحد على بھا تمتن لم بھا نفسك أردت ولو •  لل با إال قوة وال • الَرِعیَّتِة ُحقُوقُ 5 • أَ َعلَْیِھمْ َّوتِكَ قُ بفَْضلِ اْستَْرَعْیتَُھمْ نَماإ َّنكَ أَ تَْعلَمَ فَأَنْ بالُّسْلَطانِ َّیتِكَ َرعِ ُحقُوقُ َّما فَ   َوذُلُُّھمْ َضْعُفُھمْ لَكَ یةِ رعِ ال لَمحَ أََحلَُّھمْ َّنَما إ نهفإ ♦  َرِعیةً لَكَ َصیَرهُ َحتَّى لهَوذُ فهَضعْ كهُ َكفَا َمنْ أَْوَلى فََما •  وة قُ َوال َّزةبعِ ِمْنكَ یَْمتَنِعُ ال نَافِذاً، َعلَْیهِ ُحْكَمكَ یرَ َوصَ •  َواَألناة َواْلِحیَاَطةِ رْحَمةِ بال إال ِمْنكَ تَعَاَظمَ فِیَما یَْستَْنِصرُ َوال •  بھا أَْن تَُكوَن ِ َشاِكراً الَّتِي قََھْرتَ وةِ َوالقُ زةِ َوَمـــــــــا أَوالَك إذَا َعَرْفَت َما أَْعَطاَك هللا ِمْن فَْضِل ھِذِه اْلعِ •  یه َعلَ أَنعَمَ فِیَما أَْعَطاهُ هللا َشَكرَ َوَمـــــنْ •  للباِ إال وةَ قُ وال • الجماعة إمام حق 6  والوفادة إلى ربك هللا قد تقلد السفارة في ما بینك و بین نهوأما حق إمامك في صالتك فأن تعلم أ •  نه ع تتكلم ولم عنك وتكلم •  یهف تطلب ولم فیك وطلب له تدع ولم لك ودعا •  فیك له والمسألة هللا یدي بین المقام ھم وكفاك •  دونك ب كان التقصیر من شيء ذلك في كان فان ♦  یه ف كهشری تكن لم آثما كان وإن ♦  فضل یهعل لك یكن ولم ♦  ته بصال صالتك ووقى سهبنف نفسك فوقى" •  للبا إال قوة ال و حول وال • american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org discussion of results in the light of the previous analysis according to eemeren et al.(2014) distribution of speech acts, there appears that all the two selectedcategories of speech acts are utilized . these speech acts which account for 48 utterances are analysed in terms of twocategories ; assertives and usage declaratives.table (1) shows that the dominant category is the " assertive " with around 35 utterances (72.91%) out of 48.next to this category is the "usage declarative" which include 13 (27.09%) utterances. the imam (pbuh) attempt to reflect some facts and standpoints ( or how people should acts towards their duties), so it is expected that the majority of the utterances in the selected rightsare assertives. despite the most prominent cause for the use of "assertives" in a religous speeches is to perform a claim and standpoint, in various scenes within these rights, this act has some other different functions such as supposingassuring . usage declaratives", on the other hand, is utilized by the imam (bbu h) to explain, explicate, define, specify and clarify some previous assertive speech acts. as previously shown "assertives " is used in all rights however, it differs from one right to another and at the same time, the functions of this type of speech acts is alsodiffers . for instance, when he (pbuh) talks about the right of almighty allah, he uses only assertive speech acts because the matter here is concerned with suitable fact that impossible to be changed.wheres as in the other rights, all the two selected speech acts are utilized.another important point to be discussed is that the imam(pbuh) performs most usage declarative speech acts, however, to effectively persuade the people about the rights by explicating them.as a result, most of these usage declarative utterances are utilized to give diffinitions of the rights. conclusions according to the pragmatic analysis of the argumentation in this argumentative debate of imam alridha ( pbuh), the following conclusions are revealed: the results show that eemeren et al. (2014) distribution of speech acts has an explanatory power to the extent that can function properly across languages. this power comes as a result of finding the selected types of this distribution (i.e.assertives and usage declaratives)in the arabic analyzed text. it reveals that the selected speech acts as are an appropriate and useful tool for analyzing religious texts accordingly, shows how they are effective in attracting the attentions to the right way. it also shows that all the selected types of eemeren et al.(2014) distribution of speech acts(i.e. assertives and usage declaratives ) occur, in different proportions, in the analyzed texts. the utterances of the imam (pbuh) vary in the acts they provide. the analysis also reveals that these speech acts are found to have different impacts. they are used in different speechs to deliver some standpoints as well as explicating them. the two selected categories of speech acts also reflects how deeply devoted the imam (pbuh) was to the way of the holy qur’an through which the attention of people are attracted towards their duties. 4-the moral lessons in the selected texts can be approached pragmatically through assertives and usage declarative since it deals with religious matters. references 1. al-sajjad, zain al-abidin(pbuh). (2009). al-sahifa al-sajjadiya (the psalms of islam). (performed by muhammad baqir alsadr). an-najaf :dar al-qare. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org 2. alagözlü, n., and sahin, s. (2011). silence as a multi-purpose speech act in turkish political discourse. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 15, 3008-3013. retrieved from: https://reader.elsevier.com/reader/sd/pii/s1877042811007798 3?token=f1707 3. allott, n. (2010). key terms in pragmatics. uk: continuum. 4. birner, b. j. (2021). pragmatics: a slim guide. new york: oxford university press. 5. cutting, j. (2002). pragmatics and discourse. london and new york: routledge. 6. eemeren, f. h. (2018). argumentation theory: a pragmadialectical perspective. new york: springer. 7. eemeren, f. h., garssen, b., krabbe, e. c. w., snoeck henkemans, a. f., verheij, b., and wagemans, j. h. m. (2014). handbook of argumentation theory. new york: springer. 8. eemeren, f. h., houtlosser, p., and henkemans, a. f. s. (2007). argumentative indicators: a pragma-dialectical study. the netherlands: springer. 9. ghailan, a.u. (2019). argumentative indicators in some of chomsky's political discourse: a pragma-dialectical study (unpublished dissertation).the university of basrah. 10. huang, y. (2007). pragmatics. new york: oxford university press. 11. hussain,m. heyam& abboud,a.zaidoon.(2023). investigating resolving the difference of opinions and the power of argumentation in some debates of imam ali bin musa ar-ridh ( peace be upon them).[ unpublished thesis , university of basrah, college of education] 12. ibrahim, a. h. (2021). silence in a cross-cultural interactive framework: a pragmatic analysis of english and arabic t.v interviews (unpublished dissertation). the university of basrah. 13. leech, g. (1983). principles of pragmatics. london and new york: routledge. 14. levinson, s. c. (1983). pragmatics. cambridge: cambridge university press. 15. lyons, j. (1981). language and linguistics: an introduction. cambridge: cambridge university press. 16. maeedi, s. a., and jassim, m. h. (2021). investigating linguistic 17. strategies of persuasion in "lumber room" by saki with special 18. reference to johnston's model: a stylist study. journal of basra 19. research for human sciences, 46(4-a), 36-51. retrieved from: https://www.iasj.net/iasj/article/219863 20. montague, r. (1974). pragmatics. in thomason, richmond h. (ed.) formal philosophy: selected papers of richard montague. new haven and london: yale university press. 21. o'keeffe, a., clancy, b., and adolphs, s. (2020). introducing pragmatics in use. london and new york: routledge, taylor and francis group. 22. searle, j. r. (1976). a classification of illocutionary acts. language in society, 5(1). retrieved from: http://www.jstor.org/stable/4166848 23. senft, g. (2014). understanding pragmatics. london and new york: routledge. 24. tahir, m. t. (2020). an indirect speech acts analytic study of some episodes of the simpsons animated television series (unpublished thesis). the university of basrah. 25. the presidency of islamic researches, ifta, call, and 26. guidance. (1990). the holy qur-an english translation of the meanings and commentary. the kingdom of saudia arabia: king fahd holy quran printing complex. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org 27. thomas, j. (1995). meaning in interaction: an introduction to pragmatics. london and new york: routledge. 28. voloshchuk, i., and usik ,g.(2019). argumentation in political discourse: semantic, composition, and stylistic register. journal of humanities and social.sciences,8.(2),223_231.retrived.from:https://www.researchgate.n 29. et /publication/330451754_argumentation_in_political_disco urse_semantic_composition_and_stylistic_register 30. yaqoob, h. a. (2014). hedging and boosting in twenty selected british, american, and iraqi televised political discourse: a pragmatic analysis (unpublished thesis). the university of basrah. 31. yahaya, z.s., and ali, a.h.(2022). a pragma-rhetorical study of argument in islamic-christian debates. journal of al-farahidi's arts, 14, (48-3), 615 642.retrived.from: 32. https://www.iasj.net/iasj/search?query=au:%22abid%20hmood%20ali% 22 34th international conference on research in humanities, applied sciences and education hosted from berlin, germany https://conferencea.org 27th january 2025 36 self-development in the educational process transform theory into ideas and technologies advantages of adaptation shokirova dilnoza, daughter of olimjon, independent researcher, shahrisabz branch of tashkent institute of chemical technology annotation this thesis examines the role of current educators in organizing the modern educational process. self-development to apply innovative ideas and technologies. the theoretical aspects of improvement are revealed and through this, students' knowledge is improved. a comprehensive idea about the methods and ways to take higher education to a new level. also, currently, modern methods are used in the educational process ways to improve traditional teaching methods, traditional teaching methods. the theoretical basis for harmonizing with new modernization methods passed. keywords: pedagogy, knowledge, skills, improvement, technology, methods, competitive, internet, modernization, education, visualization. introduction an engineer who introduces an innovation or has an innovative idea. since his professional activity is unique, he is naturally inclined to conduct research, analyze them and is an example for others to follow in their implementation. this innovative the formation of an engineer with an idea, the progressive development of individual educators relies on pedagogical experience. it is known that at the current stage of educational development, all areas of education must be effectively. management and organization are processes that depend on human intelligence and creativity. this task in addition to providing students with knowledge, it also encourages their creative and intellectual activity. it can be seen that these areas are the development of our country. advanced pedagogical experiences accumulated over the years in the general secondary education system and through the widespread use of today's innovative teaching methods is being improved. it is an important aspect that cannot be ignored in the learning process. one of the main issues is the lack of textbooks and curricula for secondary school students. it was designed based on the capabilities of the people. it had poor absorption. students are unable to master the content of the learning material, but on the contrary, they are students who master it quickly master it and are free for the rest of the time. the teacher correctly identifies the strengths and weaknesses of students and provides appropriate methodological. if we provide support, all students will have the opportunity to study well. from this it seems that the more a teacher studies, the more ideas they have about each lesson. conducts and compares it with the student's behavior and assesses the student's 34th international conference on research in humanities, applied sciences and education hosted from berlin, germany https://conferencea.org 27th january 2025 37 thinking it teaches you to learn a lot along with observation. also, in the learning process the more questions and answers, the better the student's mastery of the subject. it will be easy[4]. to improve students' knowledge level, they received a certificate on the previous topic. to thoroughly test their knowledge, develop their creative abilities, and the lesson will use new technological elements of education based on modern requirements. the use of teaching technology is effective. here are the five main ones currently in use: level can be recorded: -education; -algorithmic; -heuristic; -creativity; -innovative. currently, the modern educational process requires the teacher to be able to think forward, be active and multi-task. requires being versatile. our country is a world leader in the field of education. various measures are being taken to join the ranks of countries that are requires mature, competent and competitive, qualified specialists. qualified to become a teacher and a knowledgeable specialist, one must constantly work on oneself, hone one's skills to improve, to thoroughly master modern knowledge and to teach it skillfully should be able to apply it to the process[6]. conclusion/recommendations in conclusion, we believe it is appropriate to note the following aspects of a teacher's professional activity: firstly, to study new pedagogical technologies and teaching methods, and their use; secondly to participate in colleagues' classes, to exchange experiences; thirdly to systematically analyze one's own pedagogical creativity; fourthly constantly updating knowledge in the modern psychological and pedagogical field continuously improving; fifthly the politics, culture, and education in our country to increase knowledge about economic news, etc. references 1. muslimov n.a., usmonboeva m.h., sayfurov d.m., toʻraev a.b. innovatsion ta’lim texnologiyalari/ darslik – t.: “sano standart” nashriyoti, 2015. 2. roʻzieva d., usmonboeva m., holiqova z. interfaol metodlar: mohiyati va qoʻllanilishi / metedik qoʻllanma. – t.: nizomiy nomli dtpu, 2013. – 115 b. 3. турдиев, ш. р. (2019). таълим жараёнини тизимли ёндашув асосида педагогик технологиялардан фойдаланган ҳолда ташкил этиш. современное образование (узбекистан), (12 (85)), 31-36. 4. shadiev r. d., turdiyev s. h. basic didactic principles of building an integrated system 34th international conference on research in humanities, applied sciences and education hosted from berlin, germany https://conferencea.org 27th january 2025 38 of training to innovation engineering //знание. – 2016. – №. 4-4. – с. 87-89. 5. турдиев ш. р., келдиёрова м. г. личные и профессиональные особенности учителя //проблемы современной науки и образования. – 2020. – №. 6-1 (151). – с. 67-72. 6. турдиев, ш. р. "steam фанлар таълими ва интеграциясини юзага келиши модели." academic research in educational sciences 3.4 (2022): 571575. 7. turdiev, shokhrukh r. "forming innovative abilities of students in engineering and research." eastern european scientific journal 1 (2017). 8. ш.р.турдиевmodels and methods for increasing the efficiency of innovative research: a collection scientific works of the international scientific conference 2021/11/11 p.181-183 издатель berlin. 9. gayratovich, e. n. (2019). using visual program technology methods in engineering education. european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol, 7(10). 10. gayratovich, e. n. (2021). specific aspects of educational material demonstration on the basis of visual technologies. international engineering journal for research & development, 6, 3-3. 11. g‘ayratovich, e. n. (2022). it is a modern educational model based on the integration of knowledge. eurasian scientific herald, 5, 52-55. 12. g‘ayratovich, e. n. (2022). the theory of the use of cloud technologies in the implementation of hierarchical preparation of engineers. eurasian research bulletin, 7, 18-21. 13. gayratovich, e. n., & yuldashevna, t. o. (2020). use of visualized electronic textbooks to increase the effectiveness of teaching foreign languages. european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol, 8, 12. 14. ergashev, n. (2020). didactic fundamentals of electronic books visualization. an international multidisciplinary research journal. 15. ergashev, n. (2020). using the capabilities of modern programming languages in solving problems of technical specialties. an international multidisciplinary research journal. 16. ergashev, n. (2022, may). features of multi-stage training of teachers'content to professional activities using cloud technology in the conditions of digital education. in international conference on problems of improving education and science (vol. 1, no. 02). 17. ergashev, n. (2022, may). theoretical staff training using cloud technology in continuing education. in international conference on problems of improving education and science (vol. 1, no. 02). 34th international conference on research in humanities, applied sciences and education hosted from berlin, germany https://conferencea.org 27th january 2025 39 18. ergashev, n. (2022, may). problems of using digital education in pedagogical theory and practice. in international conference on problems of improving education and science (vol. 1, no. 02). 19. ergashev, n. (2022, may). theory of training of pedagogical personnel in higher education using cloud technologies in the conditions of digital education. in international conference on problems of improving education and science (vol. 1, no. 02). 20. ergashev, n. (2022, may). problems of digital education in pedagogical theory and practice. in international conference on problems of improving education and science (vol. 1, no. 02). 21. g’ayratovich, e. n. (2022). the problem of training future engineer personnel on the basis of cloud technology in technical specialties of higher education. eurasian scientific herald, 13, 1-4. 22. gayratovich, e. n., & jovliyevich, k.b.(2023).theory and methodology of software modeling using the web platform.eurasian scientific herald,16,59-63. 23. ergashev, n. (2023). methods of teaching parallel programming methods in higher education. electron library karshi eei, 1(01). retrieved from https://ojs.qmii.uz/index.php/el/article/view/271 24. ergashev, n. the analysis of the use of classes in c++ visual programming in solving the specialty issues of technical specialties. http://science. nuu. uz/uzmu. php. 25. gayratovich, ergashev nuriddin. "a model of the structural structure of pedagogical structuring of education in the context of digital technologies." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 13 (2023): 64-69. 26. shodiyev rizamat davronovich, and ergashev nuriddin gayratovich. “analysis of existing risks and methods of combating them in cloud technologies”. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, vol. 18, nov. 2023, pp. 190-8, https://www.americanjournal.org/ index.php/ajper/article/view/1522. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org psychological mechanisms of developing adolescents cognitive processes in english language teaching dr dilnoza kurbonova associate professor (phd) of uzbekistan state world languages university abstract keywords as language learning is the natural, conscious, and inadvertent learning, it is fully connected with psychological process, that’s to say cognitive skills of the language learners. through language teaching cognitive skills of the learners can be developed appropriately. this paper highlights the actuality of psychology in developing adolescents’ cognitive skills while teaching english language. as well, psychological mechanisms involved in development of adolescents’ cognitive processes in teaching english languages are given in the paper. psychology, cognitive process, language teaching, education, learning capacities, mechanisms, teachers’ and students’ roles introduction adolescence is a critical developmental period characterized by rapid cognitive, emotional, and social changes that directly influence students’ learning capacities. as global demands increasingly emphasize multilingual competence, english language teaching has become a key component of secondary education. however, effective language acquisition during adolescence depends not only on instructional strategies but also on the underlying psychological mechanisms that shape cognitive development. understanding how attention, memory, motivation, metacognition, and higher-order thinking skills evolve during this stage provides valuable insight into how adolescents process linguistic information and acquire communicative competence in a foreign language. recent educational research highlights that adolescent learners engage with language input through complex cognitive processes that are influenced by neural maturation, social identity formation, and intrinsic motivational factors. psychological mechanisms such as working memory capacity, cognitive flexibility, and the development of abstract reasoning play a decisive role in learners’ ability to comprehend, retain, and use english in meaningful contexts. at the same time, affective elements— such as self-efficacy, anxiety, and peer dynamics—interact closely with cognition, shaping how adolescents approach language tasks and respond to instructional methods. given these interrelated factors, exploring the psychological foundations of cognitive development in adolescence is essential for designing effective english language teaching practices. by examining how cognitive processes operate and how they can be supported through pedagogical interventions, educators can better foster language proficiency, learner autonomy, and long-term academic success. this paper investigates the key psychological mechanisms that contribute to the development of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org adolescents’ cognitive processes within english language teaching, emphasizing their implications for classroom practice, curriculum design, and learner engagement. materials and discussions learning a language is much easier by exposing learners to a variety of meaningful experiences in which they use language as well as express and share thoughts to create and re-create knowledge. bloom (1981) classifies the cognitive process into six levels of increasing complexity. it goes from knowledge as the basic level, through comprehension, application, analysis and synthesis, to evaluation at the highest level. the importance of this classification lies in how it helped us to encourage metacognition in our students’ learning processes. it means that the most “sub-conscious” thoughts can be brought to “consciousness” and thus they become more teachable. reading, listening, speaking and writing can be seen as important mechanisms in cognitive changes, and in the building and transmission of knowledge. reading, listening, speaking and writing cannot be considered as natural in children’s development. they are cultural products that are learned not only through interacting with others, but also through formal teaching and learning processes. nowadays, there is an agreement in considering reading, listening, speaking and writing as cognitive skills that include complex strategies with lots of psychological processes integrated. thus, this project will be focused on reading, listening, speaking and writing as the baseline for working on different language skills and for developing cognitive processes based on bloom’s categories. reading is defined as the process between decoding written / graphical series and understanding of meaning. writing can be defined as processes of communication that generates feelings, knowledge and structural thinking. these processes depend on the coordination of our information systems (visual, aural, motor, linguistic, and conceptual, among others), that are 1. knowledge – to acquire, recall, identify, recognize (knowledge; of specifics, of dealing with specifics) (knowledge of universals and abstractions) 2. comprehension translation, interpretation, extrapolation – 3. application – to apply, relate, transfer, use 4. analysis – to discriminate, distinguish, organize 5. synthesis – to constitute, combine, specify, propose 6. evaluation – to validate, argue, appraise, reconsider language learning is the natural, conscious, and inadvertent learning of a language. in a bilingual or multilingual society, this generally happens. formal language education with teachers, materials, and learning aids occurs in the classroom and other settings (kuha et al., 2018; pilao et al., 2019).therefore, the phrase ‘linguistic learning’ is used in this study, which refers to the proceedings in the formal education of a person masters of a second or another language. although employers acknowledge that most graduates are knowledgeable, they are also complaining that varsities are not producing quality output for them as most graduates lack soft skills (pilao et al., 2017). if we come across to factors that influence language learning we have to admit that some students learn a new language faster and easier than others. this fact was related to the key success criteria that are generally beyond student control. lightbown and spada (1990) reported that various elements influencing language learning had been identified. smartness: traditionally, ‘smart’ is used to refer to performance in particular types of tests. these assessments are often linked to school accomplishment, and sometimes a correlation was identified between intellectuals and second-language learning. workout: under the term of language learning’ skill,’ specific capacities to predict the success of language acquisition have been explored. research has characterized the ability to learn swiftly. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org thus, we can expect that a highly skilled person can learn more efficiently and more quickly, but other students can also succeed when they continue. style of study: the word ‘lesson plan’ was used to define the natural, customary and preferred approach for a person to absorb, process, and preserve information and skills. some people believe they couldn’t learn until they saw it. such students would be part of a ‘visual’ group. other folks, who might be known as aural students, seem to be learning the best by ear. a physical action such as miming or role play seems to contribute to the learning process for those known as ‘kina esthetic’ learners. these are referred to as styles of perception. characteristics: a variety of factors of personality that can affect second language learning have been presented. an outgoing person is generally believed to be well adapted for language learning. inhibition is another feature of personality researched. inhibition was recommended to prevent the taking of risks, which are important to advance language learning. in addition, student fears of concern, anxiousness, and tension have been widely examined by numerous students while learning a second language. a recent study into second language student anxiety recognizes that anxiety is more likely to be dynamic and depend upon certain scenarios and conditions. various other traits have also been investigated, including self-esteem, empathy, dominance, speech, and receptivity. the definition of these three concepts by harmer (2001) is distinctive. the approach refers to the theory of the nature of language learning as a source of language teaching strategies and principles. an approach outlines how language is utilized, and its elements interconnect –a model of language skill. an approach describes how people learn the language and make statements on the criteria for successful language learning. the main achievement of an approach is a method. the originators of a technique have decided what sorts of activities, teachers’ and students’ roles, what type of content is helpful, and what style of organization of syllabus is. as part of their normal cuisine, the methods contain many methods and techniques. all in all, as psychological mechanisms involved in development of adolescents’ cognitive processes in teaching english languages, we can admit the following ones as some of the main key points. attention regulation. adolescents’ ability to focus, shift attention, and filter distractions develops significantly during this stage. in english language teaching, tasks that require selective and sustained attention (listening comprehension, reading, note-taking) rely heavily on this mechanism. working memory development. working memory enables learners to store and manipulate information briefly—essential for grammar processing, vocabulary retention, sentence construction, and oral communication. cognitive flexibility. cognitive flexibility allows adolescents to switch between linguistic rules, use alternative strategies, and adapt to new forms of input. it supports understanding idioms, figurative language, and unfamiliar contexts. metacognitive regulation. this includes planning, monitoring, and evaluating one’s own learning. adolescents begin to develop strong metacognitive skills, such as choosing appropriate learning strategies and self-correcting language errors. analytical thinking. increasing ability to analyze, infer, and think helps learners understand complex grammar systems, analyze texts, and produce coherent arguments in english. long-term memory consolidation. psychological mechanisms of encoding, storing, and retrieving information influence how vocabulary, grammar, and linguistic patterns become permanent knowledge. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org motivation. adolescents’ language learning is highly impacted by intrinsic motivation, selfconfidence, and beliefs about their ability to succeed. these mechanisms influence persistence and engagement. conclusion the psychological mechanisms that shape adolescents’ cognitive development play a pivotal role in determining the effectiveness of english language teaching. as this paper has shown, adolescence is marked by significant transformations in attention, memory, metacognition, motivation, and higherorder thinking—each of which directly influences how learners perceive, process, and produce language. understanding these mechanisms allows educators to design instruction that aligns with learners’ developmental needs, supports their cognitive growth, and fosters sustainable language acquisition. the analysis underscores that cognitive processes in adolescence cannot be examined in isolation; rather, they function within a broader psychological system shaped by emotional states, social interactions, and identity formation. consequently, successful english language teaching practices must integrate cognitive stimulation with affective support and meaningful social engagement. approaches that activate working memory, encourage cognitive flexibility, strengthen metacognitive regulation, and nurture intrinsic motivation are particularly effective in promoting deeper understanding and long-term retention of linguistic material. ultimately, recognizing the interplay between psychological mechanisms and cognitive processes allows educators to adopt evidence-based pedagogical strategies that enhance learning outcomes. by creating developmentally appropriate, psychologically informed learning environments, teachers can empower adolescent learners to become more autonomous, confident, and competent users of the english language. the findings of this paper highlight the importance of continued research at the intersection of psychology and language pedagogy, offering valuable insights for curriculum developers, teachers, and scholars seeking to support adolescents’ cognitive and linguistic development. references 1. bloom, b. (1981). taxonomía de los objetivos de la educación: la clasificación de las metas educacionales: manuales i y ii. translation of taxonomy of educational objectives; the classification of educational goals. madrid: el ateneo. 2. kuha, a., keawkubthong, h., & relojo, d. (2018). the development of professionalcompetency of teachers in thailand: meanings and implications. psychreg journal of psychology, 2(2), 96–104. https://doi.org/f8nj 3. pilao, s.j., villanueva, a., gornez, g.r., villanueva, j.m., & relojo, d. (2017). exploring wellness and quality of life among the elderly as a basis for a nursing care plan and psychosocial intervention. i-manager’s journal on nursing, 7(3), 8–15. https://doi.org/f83x 4. lightbown, p. m., & spada, n. (1990). focus-on-form and corrective feedback in communicative language teaching: effects on second language learning. studies in second language acquisition, 12(4), 429448. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263100009517 https://doi.org/f8nj https://doi.org/f83x https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263100009517 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org 5. manna dey. psychological processes in language learning and teaching: scoping review and future research directions. journal of psychological perspective. december 2021; 3(2): 105-110 https://doi.org/10.47679/jopp.321532021 6. dilnoza kurbonova, donyor ergashev, lobar yusupova. developing the speech of intellectually disabled students based on innovative technologies in uzbekistan. (2025). architecture image studies, 6(3), 390-401. https://doi.org/10.62754/ais.v6i3.231. https://doi.org/10.47679/jopp.321532021 https://doi.org/10.62754/ais.v6i3.231 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 32, | january 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org the rоle оf culture in trаnslаting sakhatmurotova o'g'ilshod erkin kizi 4th уeаr student оf termez stаte pedаgоgicаl institute e-mail: ogilshodsoxatmurotova@gmail.com sakhatmurotova nuriya scientific supervisor, teacher of school no. 47 in jarkurgan district a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this аrticle discusses the difficulties encоuntered in trаnslаtiоn аnd wауs tо оvercоme them. it аlsо аnаlуzes the impоrtаnce оf culture in the trаnslаtiоn prоcess bаsed оn exаmples. trаnslаtiоn, culture, peоple, trаditiоns, wоrds, bооks, chаrаcters, оrаl fоlklоre. introduction culture refers tо the shаred beliefs, vаlues, custоms, prаctices, nоrms, аnd аrtifаcts thаt define а pаrticulаr grоup оr sоcietу. it encоmpаsses а wide rаnge оf elements thаt influence hоw peоple think, behаve, аnd interаct within their cоmmunitу. culture shаpes mаnу аspects оf life, frоm lаnguаge, religiоn, аnd fооd tо аrt, sоciаl structures, аnd wауs оf thinking. it is bоth leаrned аnd pаssed dоwn thrоugh generаtiоns, cоnstаntlу evоlving аs sоcieties chаnge. lаnguаge is оne оf the mоst impоrtаnt аspects оf culture, аs it nоt оnlу serves аs а meаns оf cоmmunicаtiоn but аlsо reflects hоw peоple in а culture perceive the wоrld аrоund them. lаnguаge is intertwined with culturаl vаlues, idiоms, expressiоns, аnd cоncepts. fоr everу trаnslаted sentence, the trаnslаtоr must be аble tо decide оn the impоrtаnce оf its culturаl cоntext, whаt the phrаse reаllу meаns, nоt necessаrilу whаt it literаllу meаns, аnd cоnveу thаt meаning in а wау which mаkes sense nоt оnlу in the tаrget lаnguаge but аlsо in the cоntext оf the tаrget culture [2]. there аre mаnу institutiоns аnd prаctices thаt exist in оne culture аnd dоn’t exist in оther cultures. deeplу held belief sуstems, even cоmmitments tо truth vаrу frоm culture tо culture. eаch оf these unique culturаllу bаsed psуchоlоgicаl entities is аssоciаted with wоrds thаt hаve meаning in оne lаnguаge thаt is distinct tо thаt lаnguаge аnd nоt duplicаted in оther lаnguаges. hоw wоuld thоse unique feаtures оf culture be trаnslаted? оnlу sоmeоne steeped in the cultures оf bоth sоurce lаnguаge аnd tаrget lаnguаge cаn hоpe tо mаke аn interpretаtiоn. culture is the wау оf life аnd its mаnifestаtiоns thаt аre peculiаr tо а cоmmunitу thаt uses а pаrticulаr lаnguаge аs its meаns оf expressiоn [1]. the nоtiоn оf culture is essentiаl tо cоnsider the implicаtiоns fоr trаnslаtiоn аnd, despite the differences in оpiniоn аs tо whether lаnguаge is pаrt оf the culture оr nоt, the twо nоtiоns аppeаr tо be insepаrаble. discussing the prоblems оf cоrrespоndence in trаnslаtiоn, eugene а. nidа, аn оutstаnding linguist, оne оf the fоunders оf the mоdern discipline оf trаnslаtiоn studies, cоnfers equаl impоrtаnce tо bоth american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org linguistic аnd culturаl differences between the sоurce lаnguаge аnd the tаrget lаnguаge аnd cоncludes thаt “differences between cultures mау cаuse mоre severe cоmplicаtiоns fоr the trаnslаtоr thаn mаke differences in lаnguаge structure. fоr everу trаnslаted sentence, the trаnslаtоr must be аble tо decide оn the impоrtаnce оf elements оf culture fоr trаnslаtiоn, whаt the phrаse meаns, nоt necessаrilу whаt it literаllу meаns, аnd cоnveу thаt meаning in а wау which mаkes sense nоt оnlу in the tаrget lаnguаge but аlsо in the cоntext оf the tаrget culture [3]. mаteriаl аnd methоds culture аnd trаnslаtiоn аre deeplу intercоnnected, аs trаnslаtiоn invоlves nоt just cоnverting wоrds frоm оne lаnguаge tо аnоther, but аlsо cоnveуing culturаl meаnings, nоrms, аnd vаlues thаt аre embedded in the sоurce text. culture shаpes hоw peоple interpret lаnguаge, аnd trаnslаtiоn needs tо bridge the culturаl differences between the sоurce аnd tаrget аudiences. lаnguаge cаrries mоre thаn just literаl meаnings; it аlsо reflects culturаl cоntext. certаin wоrds, phrаses, оr cоncepts mау hаve strоng culturаl significаnce in the sоurce lаnguаge thаt dоesn't directlу trаnslаte intо the tаrget lаnguаge. culture plауs а significаnt rоle in the prоcess оf trаnslаtiоn. when trаnslаting, especiаllу between lаnguаges thаt аre culturаllу distinct, trаnslаtоrs must nаvigаte nоt оnlу linguistic differences but аlsо the culturаl nuаnces thаt shаpe the meаning оf wоrds, phrаses, idiоms, аnd cоncepts. texts оften include references tо specific histоricаl events, sоcietаl nоrms, rituаls, оr vаlues thаt аre pаrt оf the sоurce culture. in trаnslаtiоn, these references must either be аdаpted, explаined, оr substituted with sоmething relevаnt tо the tаrget culture sо the meаning is preserved аnd understооd [5]. trаnslаtiоn requires sensitivitу tо the vаlues аnd nоrms оf bоth the sоurce аnd tаrget cultures. whаt might be аcceptаble оr cоmmоn in оne culture cоuld be оffensive оr misunderstооd in аnоther. fоr instаnce, humоr, religiоus references, оr certаin sуmbоls mау cаrrу different cоnnоtаtiоns in different sоcieties, sо the trаnslаtоr must аdаpt these аspects аpprоpriаtelу tо аvоid cаusing оffense оr cоnfusiоn. certаin tоpics mау be sensitive оr tаbоо in оne culture but оpenlу discussed in аnоther. trаnslаtоrs must be аwаre оf such differences аnd, when necessаrу, аdjust cоntent tо mаke it suitаble fоr the tаrget аudience while mаintаining the оriginаl intent оf the text [6]. lоcаlizаtiоn invоlves аdjusting а trаnslаtiоn sо thаt it аligns with the culturаl expectаtiоns оf the tаrget аudience. this cаn include chаnging references tо lоcаl custоms, fооd, currencу, аnd sоciаl behаviоrs tо mаke the trаnslаtiоn feel mоre fаmiliаr tо the tаrget culture. idiоmаtic expressiоns аnd slаng аre оften deeplу rооted in the sоurce culture аnd cаn be difficult tо trаnslаte directlу. а trаnslаtоr must either find аn equivаlent expressiоn in the tаrget lаnguаge оr, in sоme cаses, chооse tо explаin the phrаse in а wау thаt cоnveуs the intended meаning. exаmple: the english idiоm “kick the bucket” fоr dуing mау nоt mаke sense in аnоther lаnguаge, sо the trаnslаtоr mау need tо use а lоcаl expressiоn fоr deаth, оr prоvide аn explаnаtiоn. in trаnslаtiоn, the trаnslаtоr оften аcts аs а mediаtоr between twо cultures. the gоаl is nоt оnlу tо cоnveу the оriginаl meаning but аlsо tо respect аnd preserve culturаl identitу. this cаn be pаrticulаrlу impоrtаnt in literаture, where culturаl nuаnces, such аs chаrаcterizаtiоns, stоrуtelling trаditiоns, аnd diаlects, help fоrm the essence оf the text [7]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org exаmple: trаnslаting а nоvel аbоut а specific culturаl grоup (e.g., indigenоus cоmmunities) requires аn understаnding оf bоth the sоurce culture аnd the intricаcies оf lаnguаge used tо express thоse culturаl vаlues. trаnslаtiоn is оften nоt а neutrаl prоcess. there аre pоwer dуnаmics аt plау, especiаllу when trаnslаting between dоminаnt аnd minоritу cultures оr lаnguаges. trаnslаtоrs need tо be аwаre оf hоw their chоices mау shаpe perceptiоns оf bоth cultures. this is especiаllу cruciаl in wоrks invоlving mаrginаlized оr nоn-western cultures, where trаnslаtоrs might need tо sаfeguаrd аuthenticitу аnd аvоid reinfоrcing stereоtуpes. exаmple: in trаnslаting literаture frоm pоstcоlоniаl cоntexts, trаnslаtоrs must be cаutiоus nоt tо erаse оr distоrt the culturаl аnd pоliticаl messаges embedded in the text. discussiоn аnd results cultures evоlve, аnd sо dо the meаnings аttаched tо wоrds аnd cоncepts. when trаnslаting оlder texts, it's essentiаl tо cоnsider the cоntempоrаrу relevаnce аnd hоw the culturаl cоntext оf the оriginаl hаs chаnged оver time. the trаnslаtоr mау need tо аdаpt certаin аspects оf the text while ensuring thаt the cоre messаge remаins intаct. exаmple: а trаnslаtiоn оf а clаssic text might need tо recоnsider terms relаted tо gender оr rаce thаt were аcceptаble аt the time оf writing but аre nоw cоnsidered оutdаted оr оffensive [5]. humоr is оften tied tо specific culturаl references, sоciаl nоrms, аnd vаlues. whаt’s funnу in оne culture might nоt be funnу in аnоther, оr mау even be cоnfusing. in trаnslаting cоmedу, the trаnslаtоr might need tо аdаpt jоkes, wоrdplау, оr situаtiоns tо fit the tаrget аudience’s culturаl understаnding оf humоr. exаmple: british humоr оften relies оn drу wit оr irоnу, while аmericаn humоr mау be mоre direct. а trаnslаtоr mау need tо аdjust the stуle оf humоr tо аlign with the tаrget аudience’s cоmedic sensibilities [6]. cоnclusiоn culture is integrаl tо the trаnslаtiоn prоcess becаuse it influences hоw meаning is understооd аnd cоmmunicаted. а trаnslаtоr’s rоle is nоt оnlу tо trаnslаte wоrds but аlsо tо nаvigаte culturаl nuаnces, ensuring thаt the trаnslаtiоn is nоt оnlу linguisticаllу аccurаte but аlsо culturаllу аpprоpriаte. this requires deep knоwledge оf bоth the sоurce аnd tаrget cultures, аs well аs the аbilitу tо аdаpt the text in wауs thаt preserve its essence while mаking it meаningful аnd аccessible tо the new аudience. in trаnslаtiоn, culture is nоt just аn аccessоrу but а cоre element оf the prоcess. а trаnslаtоr must be аble tо bridge nоt оnlу lаnguаge gаps but аlsо culturаl divides, ensuring thаt the finаl trаnslаtiоn cоmmunicаtes the messаge, tоne, аnd intent оf the оriginаl text while remаining relevаnt аnd cоmprehensible tо the new аudience. references 1. bell, r.t. (1991). trаnslаtiоn аnd trаnslаting. lоndоn: lоngmаn. 2. brislin, r. w. (1976). trаnslаtiоn: аpplicаtiоn аnd reseаrch. new уоrk: gаrdner press inc. 3. cаtfоrd, j.c. (1965). а linguistic theоrу оf trаnslаtiоn. lоndоn: оxfоrd universitу press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 32 january2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 4. hаtim, b.,& mаsоn, i. (1990).discоurse аnd the trаnslаtоr. lоngmаn: lоngmаn grоup limited. 5. krаmsch, c. (1998).lаnguаge аnd culture. оxfоrd:оxfоrd universitу press. 6. krоeber, а. l., &kluchоhn, c. (1952). cultures:а criticаl review оf cоncepts 7. abdullayeva, n. (2021). thematic classification of names of fruit trees in the aspect of intercultural communication (on the material of the uzbek, tajik and english languages). 8. ramazonovna, a. n. (2024). proverbs and sayings with phytonyms and their analysis in comparied languages. 9. абдуллаева, н. р. (2024). концепт “растение” в научных трудах. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 23, 34-39. 10. абдуллаева, н. р. (2024). пословицы и поговороки о растениях в сопоставляемых языках. open herald: periodical of methodical research, 2(1), 4-7. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org practical and conceptual issues in jalaluddin rumi's theory of knowledge samatov jonmurod teacher at denau institute of entrepreneurship and pedagogy e–mail: samadov@mail.ru phone: +998902662477 orcid: 0009-0008-9664-3241 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the foundational aspects of jalaluddin rumi’s epistemology, focusing on both practical and conceptual dimensions of his understanding of knowledge. rumi, as a sufi philosopher and poet, viewed knowledge not merely as an intellectual pursuit but as a transformative journey of the soul toward divine truth. the study analyzes key elements such as intuition (kashf), spiritual experience, love (ishq), and the limitations of rationality in rumi’s thought. it also examines the tension between conceptual reasoning and mystical insight, offering a philosophical interpretation of how rumi reconciles experiential knowing with traditional forms of knowledge. the article contributes to a deeper understanding of islamic philosophical mysticism and its relevance to contemporary debates in epistemology and spiritual philosophy. jalaluddin rumi, epistemology, theory of knowledge, sufism, mystical experience, intuition (kashf), love (ishq), rationality and spirituality, islamic philosophy. introduction in the modern world, the process of knowing and understanding has become more important than mutual communication, the exchange of life experiences, and spiritual development among people. jalal al-din rumi, as a poet and philosopher who emphasized the significance of spiritual knowledge and sufi experiences in his works, is one of the foundational figures of contemporary sufi philosophy. in his works such as the masnavi and diwan-e shams, the process of discovering the inner world of the human being through the theory of knowledge is deeply explored. rumi connects the process of knowing not only to intellectual understanding but also to spiritual experience and inner peace. material and methods in rumi's works, there are wide-ranging ideas not only on religious and sufi concepts but also on how individuals can seek self-awareness, spiritual development, and inner tranquility. he emphasizes the importance of love and responsibility in the journey of self-discovery and spiritual growth. for instance, rumi embraces the concept of sohbet (spiritual conversation), through which people increase their capacity for mutual understanding and acceptance. according to rumi, love is not merely an american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org emotion, but a force that leads each person to self-knowledge and a deeper understanding of others. through this, the process of spiritual growth and knowledge continues. through his writings, jalal al-din rumi deeply comprehends not only the modern sufi worldview but also human behavior and spiritual evolution. his works remain an unforgettable legacy that helps transform the human spirit. reading rumi’s works encourages people to explore their inner world, find answers to life’s essential questions, and establish a connection with the divine. in jalal al-din rumi’s works, the theory of knowledge holds great significance. through these texts, he vividly portrays the process of spiritual growth and the attainment of true knowledge. rumi discusses the essence and meaning of knowledge, the importance of spiritual search, and the role of self-awareness in human development. discussion and results the theory of knowledge holds great importance in the works of jalal al-din rumi. through these works, he deeply describes the process of spiritual growth and the attainment of true knowledge. rumi discusses the essence and meaning of knowledge, the significance of spiritual searching, and the role of self-awareness in human development. masnavi is one of rumi’s greatest works, consisting of stories and poems that encompass sufi ideas and spiritual knowledge. in this work, the theory of knowledge is expressed through the following aspects: inner knowledge of the human being: rumi emphasizes that every individual has the capacity to discover immense knowledge and truths within themselves. the characters in his work often reach selfawareness through their inner conflicts and spiritual challenges. for example, in the masnavi, characters achieve true knowledge as a result of their spiritual quests. the spiritual path: rumi defines knowledge as a spiritual path. according to him, true knowledge begins only through self-awareness and inner searching. he states, «knowledge is the opening of the heart and the discovery of the blessed connection with god.» here, the process of knowing occurs through sensation, emotion, and intuition. experiential knowledge: in the masnavi, rumi emphasizes the importance of experiential knowledge in his sufi teachings. he asserts that without personal experience, spiritual knowledge cannot be truly understood. for instance, through the story of the character shekhar, rumi illustrates how external experiences bring about spiritual transformation and the acquisition of knowledge. diwan-e shams is a work dedicated to shams tabrizi, in which rumi sheds light on the process of acquiring knowledge related to the inner world and emotions of the individual. the unique aspects of the theory of knowledge in this work include: love and knowledge: in diwan-e shams, rumi reveals the deep connection between love and knowledge. through love, individuals discover their true nature and perfect their spiritual knowledge. rumi says, “knowledge without love is like a house without an owner.” inspiration and revelation: rumi pays special attention to the process of knowing that occurs during moments of inspiration. he describes the state of being filled with divine inspiration while composing his works. according to him, true knowledge is the state of discovering inspiration, granted to those who are spiritually fortunate. rumi acknowledges that initial knowledge and concepts can be derived from the external world. however, he emphasizes that the true meaning and secrets of knowledge can only be discovered through the exploration of our inner world. this is achieved through various experiences. for example, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org the stories depicted in the masnavi encourage readers to start from traditional knowledge and then move toward understanding their inner depths. reason: rumi considers reason as one aspect of knowledge, but he does not place heavy emphasis on it. in the masnavi, reason is described as a guide that shows the path, yet it is limited in achieving true knowledge. love: according to rumi, love is the most important element in the process of knowing. he shows that love strengthens spiritual inner connection and helps attain intimate and personal knowledge. love acts as a transformative force that empowers one’s inner life. intuition: rumi highlights the importance of intuition and perception. in diwan-e shams, he demonstrates how one can reach higher levels of knowledge through sensing truth and receiving inspiration. discoveries, he says, emerge through inspiration, intuitive knowledge, and feelings arising from inner silence. rumi not only discusses knowledge itself but also reflects on the outcome that should be attained from true knowledge. in his works, the notion of ultimate truth is explored through the following points: discovering the ultimate truth: in the masnavi, rumi emphasizes the desire to discover ultimate truth amidst various internal upheavals and concerns. he includes the idea that individuals uncover true knowledge through stages of growth and by ascending to higher spiritual levels. mutual recognition: rumi invites individuals to explore both their internal and external worlds. he also emphasizes that people should avoid passing judgment on one another. in diwan-e shams, he calls for discovering authentic connections through rare, profound human interactions. connection with god: rumi stresses how the process of knowing leads to the discovery of god. for him, true knowledge is manifested in direct connection with the divine realm and reflection upon god. rumi’s influence on modern life is the subject of great interest among scholars and educators. his theory of knowledge, spiritual search, and inward reflection introduces new dimensions to spirituality and psychology: mindfulness and meditation: rumi’s ideas resonate with modern mindfulness practices and meditation techniques. he teaches acceptance of inner change and awareness of various emotions. his thought also inspires practices that contribute to spiritual well-being. spiritual psychology: the spiritual insights of mystics like rumi influence the field of spiritual psychology and deeper self-awareness. he helps individuals uncover their inner states and improves both intrapersonal and interpersonal relationships. conclusion in masnavi and diwan-e shams, jalal al-din rumi powerfully expresses the theory of knowledge, spiritual transformation, and inner development. he emphasizes that knowledge must be attained through human connections, experiences, love, and inspiration. rumi’s works serve as a profound source for all humanity in the pursuit of true understanding and spiritual elevation. references 1. chittick, w. c. the sufi path of knowledge: ibn arabi’s metaphysics of imagination. albany: suny press, 1989, p. 102. 2. lewis, f. rumi: past and present, east and west. oxford: oneworld, 2007, p. 58. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org 3. chittick, william c. «rumi biography: the life and work of jalal al-din rumi.» oxford university press, 2004, p. 132. 4. lewis, f. d. (2008). rumi: past and present, east and west: the life, teachings and poetry of jalal al-din rumi. oneworld publications. 5. maslow a. h. a theory of human motivation. psychological review. 1943. 6. nicholson, r. a. (1978). rumi: poet and mystic. oneworld publications. 7. rumi j. masnaviy-i ma’navi. translated by e.h. whinfield. 2004. 8. saidov, s. (2022). “tadbir ul-manzil” risolasi–oilaviy munosabatlar uchun dasturulamal. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5-2), 894-897. 9. saidov, s. (2023). the significance of munjik termizi heritage in the development of islamic sciences. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 3(5), 5-8. 10. saidov, s. (2024). ibn sino risolalarida ruhiy tarbiya masalalari. international scientific journal of biruni, 3(1), 269-273. 11. schimmel, a. (1993). the triumphal sun: a study of the works of jalaloddin rumi. suny press. 12. ugli, s. s. a. (2020). philosophical and moral significance of ibn’s work» al-adab al-kabir». asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 9(2), 261-264. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org semantic and structural features of “get” and “be” in passive voice construction in english toshbayeva munojat erkinovna, senior teacher, department of english applied disciplines, uzbekistan state world languages university e-mail: munoj_80@mail.ru tel: (90) 9119409 bakhridinova nargiza sobirovna teacher, department of english applied disciplines, uzbekistan state world languages university e-mail: nargizasobirovna1393@gmail.com tel: (90) 3450093 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the passive voice is a vital syntactic construction in english, often used for emphasizing the action or its receiver rather than the doer. while the be-passive is traditionally discussed, the get-passive structure has become increasingly prominent in both spoken and informal written english. this paper explores the syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic functions of the get-passive, drawing on previous scholarly work and authentic language data. the study employs the emrad (introduction, methods, results, and discussion) structure to systematically analyze the formation, usage contexts, and implications of this alternative passive voice. passive voice, getpassive, be-passive, english syntax, subject involvement, causatively, agentively, pragmatics, syntactic variation, informal speech, sentence structure, semantic introduction the passive voice in english usually uses the auxiliary verb “be” followed by a past-tense verb, e.g., “the book was written”. however, another form, the get-passive, has gained importance in everyday usage. this article aims to examine the structure, distribution, and function of get-passives in comparison with the traditional be-passive, focusing on the pragmatic motives for the use of “get” in passive constructions. both constructions can be used interchangeably in some cases. however, the choice between them often depends on the level of formality, the type of verb, and the emphasis that you want to convey. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org methods some of the first authors to include the get-passive in their discussions (e.g. quirk et al., 1972; stein, 1979) analysed two passive types with a simple choice between structurally identical, alternative auxiliaries; be and get. lilian hegeman (1994) distinguishes between be-passives and get-passives in the field of syntactic theory, highlighting their semantic and syntactic differences. get-passives, as hegeman notes, often convey a strong sense of event or agency, suggesting that the subject may be more involved in the action. for example, the sentence he got arrested expresses an event that happened to the subject, potentially due to their own actions, while he was arrested is more neutral, simply stating the event. this observation supports the idea that get-passives can have a causal or agency interpretation, distinguishing them from the more descriptive be-passives. from a syntactic perspective, get-passives can include additional projections (e.g., a causative light verb) that are not present in be-passive constructions. hegeman also shows that the thematic role of the subject in getpassives is rather complex, often offering patient and causative interpretations depending on the context. haegeman emphasises that thematic roles in get-passives may be more complex — the subject can be interpreted as both a patient (undergoing the action) and a causer in some contexts. researchers have long noted the main differences between get-passives and be-passives in english. haegeman (1985) argues that get-passives usually involve active participation of the subject and often have a causal or agentic interpretation that distinguishes them from neutral be-passives. supporting this, lightfoot (1979) traces the diachronic evolution of get from a possessive verb to an action in passive constructions and emphasises the dynamic and agentic nature of get-passives. pullum (1991) suggests that they occur more in informal contexts, emphasising their limited grammatical productivity and significant pragmatic status. radford (1997, 2009) analyses get-passives in terms of their syntactic structure, suggesting that they introduce an additional causal layer and that they often occur in colloquial speech. furthermore, collins (2005), working within a minimalist framework, presents a syntactic analysis based on contraband, which emphasises the role of the causative head in the formation of get-passives. together, these perspectives argue that get-passives are not simply stylistic variants, but reflect deeper syntactic and semantic differences from be-passives. in huang’s estimation, the get-passive is a subject-control verb; that is, a verb that forces the covert (unpronounced) subject of a subordinate clause to refer to the subject of the main clause. huang presents the get-passive and be-passive as very similar structurally. the primary difference is that in the be-passive, the action is moved from direct possessor position to subject position; in the get-passive case, the direct object is the anaphoric pronoun, this means that the subject in the get-passive is not moved from direct object position; of course, referring to the subject. this effectively places the subject in direct object position at the same time. e.g. john got killed/ john was killed. results the results of the scientists' research and the examples considered show that the important grammatical difference between be and get and the passive voice is that we use get only with action verbs, not with stative verbs. stative verbs like "believe" and "want" do not express action or change, so it usually does not make sense to say “i believed” or "he knows". next, if you use the be-passive, there are some situations where it’s not clear if you’re talking about the action or the state. this confusion usually occurs when the past participle form of a verb can also be used as an adjective to indicate a state or a status. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org moreover, get-passives occur more frequently in spoken english and informal writing. they often involve animate subjects (e.g., “she got fired”), imply agentively or responsibility, and frequently express undesirable or unexpected outcomes. in contrast, be-passives are used more neutrally and across formal contexts. get-passives also tend to be used with verbs indicating change of state or experience (e.g., hurt, married, caught). we often use the get passive to emphasize actions that are unexpected. this can be something that’s very positive and surprising, or something that’s very negative and unwanted. note that this is usually more conversational and less formal. for example, “my bag got stolen.” (this was very shocking. i didn’t expect this to happen, and i definitely did not want this to happen.) however, if you’re presenting facts or information before a judge in a court of law, you may choose to say “my bag was stolen.” this is a more formal situation and you are just stating a fact. the differences between get-passive and be-passive constructions in english, based on syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic features: feature be-passive get-passive verb used be + past participle (e.g., was broken) get + past participle (e.g., got broken) formality level more formal more informal, colloquial subject involvement often neutral, subject is typically passive the subject is often portrayed as involved or affected causativity generally lacks causative implication often implies an external cause or the subject’s responsibility agent inclusion compatible with agent phrases (by...) less likely to include agent; agent may be implicit focus of construction focus on the action or result focus on the experience or impact on the subject use in spoken vs. written common in written and formal speech more frequent in informal spoken english frequency in standard grammar grammatically standard and widely accepted sometimes considered marked or idiomatic discussion the get-passive serves unique pragmatic functions: it can suggest that the subject is partially responsible for the action (e.g., “he got himself arrested”), highlight the subject’s experience, or evoke emotional engagement. these nuances make it a valuable tool in narrative and colloquial discourse. despite its informal connotations, the get-passive is structurally regular and semantically rich, warranting more attention in teaching and linguistic analysis. this study uses a qualitative corpusbased approach using samples from the british national corpus (bnc) and the contemporary american english corpus (coca), website terms and conditions of use, birmingham city university (web corp), 150 sentence samples containing get-passives were analysed for syntactic features, contextual usage, and pragmatic roles. comparative examples with be-passives were also examined. the analysis focuses on syntactic position, agent insertion, subject animacy, and the influence of affect or responsibility. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the distinction between get-passives and be-passives reflects important syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic differences within english grammar. while be-passives denote a neutral, stative transformation of an active clause, get-passives often imply subject involvement, causation, or affectedness. scholars such as haegeman (1985), lightfoot (1979), and collins (2005) have provided various theoretical frameworks—ranging from diachronic evolution to minimalist syntax—to explain the unique behavior of get-passives. these findings highlight the need to treat get-passives not as stylistic variants but as constructions with distinct grammatical properties. future research may further explore their use across registers, discourse functions, and second-language acquisition, contributing to a more nuanced understanding of voice in english. references 1. biber, d., johansson, s., leech, g., conrad, s., & finegan, e. (1999). longman grammar of spoken and written english. pearson education limited. 2. carter, r., & mccarthy, m. (1999). the english get-passive in spoken discourse. cambridge university press. 3. huddleston, r., & pullum, g. k. (2002). the cambridge grammar of the english language. cambridge university press. 4. quirk, r., greenbaum, s., leech, g., & svartvik, j. (1985). acomprehensive grammar of the english language. longman. swan, m. (2005). practical english usage (3rd ed.). oxford university press. 5. nordquist, richard. (2025, may 1). get-passive (grammar). retrieved from https://www.thoughtco.com/get-passive-grammar-1690898 6. collins, c. (2005). a smuggling approach to the passive in english. syntax, 8(2), 81–120. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9612.2005.00078.x 7. haegeman, l. (1985). the get-passive and burzio’s generalization. lingua, 66(1), 53–77. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3841(85)90035-1 8. lightfoot, d. (1979). principles of diachronic syntax. cambridge university press. 9. pullum, g. k. (1991). english passivization and the accessibility hierarchy. language, 67(2), 363– 382. https://doi.org/10.2307/415798 10. radford, a. (1997). syntax: a minimalist introduction. cambridge university press. 11. radford, a. (2009). analysing english sentences: a minimalist approach. cambridge university press. https://www.thoughtco.com/get-passive-grammar-1690898 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org cleopatra – the last queen of egypt and a hi̇stori̇cal legend fayzullajonova ruxshona tashkent university of applied sciences 2nd-year history student ruxshonafayzullajonova@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the life, political activity and historical legacy of cleopatra vii philopator — the last queen of ancient egypt. it analyzes her background, alliances with julius caesar and mark antony, conflict with rome, the battle of actium and her death, as well as cleopatra’s role in global culture. the material is based on historical sources and modern research. cleopatra, ptolemaic dynasty, julius caesar, mark antony, roman empire, egyptian history, battle of actium, ancient history. introduction in the history of the ancient world, one of the women who stood out for her political intelligence, beauty, and courage was cleopatra vii. as the last independent queen of egypt, she remained one of the most famous women not only of her era but in all of history. although cleopatra was of greek origin, she was closely connected with the people of egypt, deeply understood and defended their culture. her life was full of politics, love, war, and tragedy, and it has inspired many historical novels and films. cleopatra was born in 69 bce in the city of alexandria. she belonged to the ptolemaic dynasty, which ruled egypt after the death of alexander the great and was of greek origin. after the death of her father, ptolemy xii, cleopatra ascended to the throne together with her brother ptolemy xiii, but political conflicts began between them [1]. cleopatra distinguished herself from other ptolemies by her intelligence, knowledge of languages – she spoke seven languages – and her close relationship with the people. she was the first ptolemaic ruler to learn the egyptian language [2]. in 48 bce, when the roman commander julius caesar came to egypt, cleopatra relied on his political support. a political alliance and also a personal relationship developed between them. their son kaisarion (caesarion) was born. caesar restored cleopatra to the throne of egypt, and her ties with rome grew stronger. this caused dissatisfaction among the roman senate. cleopatra came to rome with her son, hoping to unite the two major powers – rome and egypt – under the name of caesar. but her hopes were dashed on march 15, 44 bce. on that day, caesar was killed in the senate hall. according to the will announced during the funeral, caesar had adopted his sister’s grandson – gaius octavius – and appointed him as heir, while there was not a single word american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org about ptolemy in the will. cleopatra had to return to egypt and made her son co-ruler. three years later, the queen met mark antony, who was co-ruling the roman empire with octavian. in 42 bce, antony won the battle of philippi against caesar’s assassins [3]. after that, mark antony settled in alexandria and became the ruler of several eastern territories, including egypt. mark antony was a successful commander who loved feasting, women, and life itself, and on top of that, he was in love with cleopatra. in 36 bce, antony divorced octavian’s sister and married cleopatra. after this event, his luck changed. failed campaigns in parthia and armenia led to a deterioration of relations between octavian augustus and mark antony, and a brutal war began between them. in 31 bce, the battle of actium took place. octavian’s fleet defeated the forces of cleopatra and antony. in 30 bce, roman forces occupied alexandria. antony and cleopatra, after learning of each other's death, committed suicide. there are various legends about cleopatra’s death. the most famous one is that she allowed herself to be bitten by a snake (asp) [4]. according to some historians, she may have taken poison instead. cleopatra was a figure who established herself not only as a woman but also as a ruler in the ancient world. she captivated two of the most powerful men of the roman empire – julius caesar and mark antony. historians evaluate her as “powerful not only for her beauty but also for her intellect.” her image has also played a significant role in art [5]. shakespeare portrayed her in the drama “antony and cleopatra,” while hollywood immortalized her in the 1963 film “cleopatra.” cleopatra was one of the strong female leaders of her time and left an unforgettable mark in history. her life shows us the complexity of ancient world politics, the role of women on the political stage, and the power of human qualities. even today, she is remembered as a symbol of strength, intellect, and beauty. references: 1. dion cassius. roman history. 2. stacy schiff – cleopatra: a life. new york: little, brown and company, 2010. 3. tyldesley, joyce a. cleopatra: last queen of egypt. london: profile books, 2008. 4. plutarch. lives: antony, caesar. oxford: penguin classics. 5. appian. roman history: civil wars american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org study of equipment and methods for measuring opticalmagnetic and magneto-optical properties of rare earth ions murotova aziza sunnatillayevna buxoro davlat pedagogika instituti, aniq va tabiiy fanlar fakulteti magstranti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the study of optical, magneto-optical properties of rare earth ions. the velocity of ion movement, the magnetic optics of radiant 4f-4f transitions in garnets of rare earth elements are described in detail. the results of the research can be widely applied in the field of quantum electronics, optoelectronics, microelectronics, physical physics optics. rare earth ions, crystal lattice, optical properties, quantum jumps, magnetotechnics, multiples, electromagnetic, garnet, zesman, dispersion, zeyman effect. introduction about the radiation-excited electron states of rare earth ions, the width of the fluorescent corridor is important for the case of the zeyman split. observation of the incident is largely effective. the basic state of the ions of rare earth elements is a quasse duplicate and the main multiplet is agitated. when the magnetization of the nye system is calculated at a low temperature, it corresponds to the two-state system magnetization. from wikipedia, the free encyclopedia kabel (disambiguation), a disambiguation page with the netherlands kabel (disambiguation) jump to search retrieved 2015-07-07. when light returns or is absorbed from such materials (in a strong magnetic field), new spectral series, landau spectra, appears. jump to search jump to search kabel kabbalah, a hamlet in the netherlands therefore, the transparent ferrite and antiferromagnetics are used in laser beam manipulation, electronic-computing machines and others. kabel (disambiguation) missing elements in mendeleev's table. 1. magnetoptics and information technology. magneto-optics is the direction of optical spectroscopy concerned with the study of energy exchange processes between magnetic matter and electron radiation. the relevance of magnetooptics is primarily due to the diminution and increase in the information density of elementary measurements with magnetic memory, and secondly, the emerging direction is related to spinotropics. with the help of magneto-optical methods, it is possible to determine the energetic structure of the rare earth element american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org premese, that is, the centers of the mixture, and the main mechanisms of interaction of magnetic ions with the external field and light radiation. rare elements rare elements a conventional name for elements that are very rare in the earth's layer. they consist of about 45 metals. ingredients: lithium (li), rubidium (rb), cesium (cs), beryllium (be), radium (ra), gallium (ga), indium (in), thallium (ti), germanium (ge), vanadium (v), niobium (nb), tantalum (ta), selenium (se), tellurium (te), polonium (ro), molybdenum (mo), tungsten (w), rhenium (re), scandium (sc), yttrium (y), lanthanum (la), and 14 lanthanides, actinium (as), thorium (tp), protactinium (ra), uranium (u), and inert gases. rare elements are relatively new or relatively poorly mastered. this disambiguation page lists articles associated with the disambiguation page. mas is a titan who was once considered "rare." jump to search all rare elements make up 0.2% of the earth's crust by mass. this disambiguation page lists articles associated with the title disambiguation. jump to search mas is found in group 1 with rare earth elements such as li, rb, cs of group iii, se, y, group iv, ge with zr, group v with nb ta, and group iv element mo with w. retrieved 2010-07-12. coal mined from the angren deposit contains elements gallium, germanium, vanadium, molybdenum, rhenium. at the kalmakyr metal deposit in almalyk, there are rare elements such as molybdenum and rhenium. since these elements are found in such small quantities, effective methods and technologies for their enrichment and isolation have not yet been developed. uranium and other actinoid elements are present in the areas belonging to the kyzyl-kumnodirmetallolzolot. currently, only uranium compounds are extracted on an industrial scale. 2. elementar zarralar. regarding the structure of elementary particles, the fact that particles that are components of complex systems are called "elementary" implies that they can be broken down into components. if a particle is eroded into a particle, it cannot be said that the products of nu destruction exist in the form of components in the absorbing particle. 3. fundamentals of magnetooptics. most magneto-optic effects are directly or approached in the external magnetic field the division of the system's energy layers is the result of decomposition. a direct split appears in the zeyman effect. all other magneto-optic effects are the result of the zesman effect and are bound by the polarization properties of optical transitions and the laws of propagation of light electromagnetic waves in a medium with dispersion. nye is the energy spectrum of ions. the energy range from the primary multiplet to the first excited multiplet of nye ions is 10-³ cm-¹. in the crystalline lattice of the garnet, nye is an ion, which forms oxygen ions in addition to the ion. the law of movement of ions. since the inhabitants of the electric charge in solutions are ions, the electrical conductivity of the solutions is directly proportional to the candensation of ions. the speed at which an ion moves depends on its nature, field strength, candensation, viscosity of the medium in motion, and so on. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org energy of ions and types of ionization. the ionization process of malecules that are targeted by the action of heat energy is called thermoionization. in this case, the charge transport of ionized malecules is converted into positive ions. conclusion nye – serves new fields in quantum electronics, optoelectronics, microelectronics, cryoelectronics resulting from the differentiation of optical magnetic and magneto-optical properties of radio electronics. references 1. sh. r. kadyrov. laser technologies and their application. tashkent: innovation, 2020. 2. o. a. sodiqov. physical properties of fluorescent materials. tashkent: university press, 2017. 3. a. karimov, r. saidov. photonic materials and their applications. tashkent: science and technology publ., 2021. 4. b. tursunov. optical properties and quantum mechanics. tashkent: national university of uzbekistan press, 2019. in this articlenational encyclopedia of uzbekistanretrieved 2000-2005. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/o%ca%bbzbekiston_milliy_ensiklopediyasi american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org nature and human relationships: an interpretation of thomas hardy’s tess of the d’urbervilles hamzayeva zebo murodjon qizi the university of economics and pedagogy interfaculty foreign languages department, english teacher email: hamzayevazebo1016@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the intricate relationship between nature and human existence in thomas hardy’s tess of the d'urbervilles. hardy’s profound portrayal of the natural world serves as both a reflection and a catalyst of tess’s life journey. nature is not merely a backdrop but an active participant in the narrative, influencing and reflecting tess’s emotions, struggles, and ultimate fate. through an analysis of the novel's symbolism, descriptive imagery, and thematic interplay between nature and society, this study highlights the dual role of nature as a source of solace and conflict. tess’s profound connection to the natural world underscores the harmony and tension that define human existence. furthermore, hardy’s critique of societal morality and industrialization, juxtaposed with his reverence for nature’s beauty and power, reveals a deep philosophical inquiry into humanity’s place within the natural order. the analysis underscores the tragic inevitability of tess’s fate in a world where nature and society remain in constant tension, offering timeless insights into the fragile balance between human aspirations and the inexorable forces of the natural world. thomas hardy, tess of the d'urbervilles, nature, human relationships, symbolism, tragedy, reverence, humanity, balance. introduction thomas hardy, a literary icon of the victorian era, is renowned for his deep engagement with nature and its interplay with human lives. in tess of the d'urbervilles, hardy uses nature as a powerful narrative and symbolic device, presenting it as both a source of solace and a force of inevitability. the natural world in hardy’s novel is intricately woven into the fabric of human experience, serving as a reflection of individual emotions, a harbinger of destiny, and a commentary on societal structures. by delving into the dynamic relationship between nature and tess, the protagonist, hardy invites readers to explore the profound ways in which external landscapes mirror internal struggles and the broader human condition. the novel is set against the backdrop of a rapidly changing england, where industrialization disrupts traditional rural life. hardy contrasts this societal upheaval with the constancy and unpredictability of nature, using vivid imagery and symbolism to underscore his themes. tess, a “child of nature,” becomes the focal point of this interplay, her life deeply entwined with the landscapes she inhabits. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org through her story, hardy critiques societal norms and industrial progress while celebrating the beauty and power of the natural world. this article investigates how hardy employs nature to explore the complexities of human relationships and the social forces that shape individual destinies. it examines the symbolic resonance of natural settings in the novel, tess’s intrinsic connection to her environment, and the tension between nature and civilization. by analyzing these elements, the study seeks to uncover the philosophical and emotional depth of hardy’s portrayal of the natural world. the symbolism of nature in hardy’s vision. hardy’s use of nature is multifaceted, serving as a mirror to tess’s experiences and as a commentary on the broader human condition. from the lush fertility of the vale of blackmoor to the stark desolation of the flint-hard uplands, the natural settings in the novel are rich with symbolic meaning. nature as a reflection of tess’s life. the natural environment mirrors tess’s emotional states and life trajectory. the opening scenes of the novel, set in the idyllic countryside of marlott, depict a harmonious and fertile world that symbolizes tess’s innocence and potential. as tess ventures out into the world, however, nature’s portrayal becomes increasingly ominous. for instance, the description of the foggy chase woods, where tess falls victim to alec d’urberville, underscores the ambiguity and danger inherent in the natural world. similarly, the desolation of flintcomb-ash reflects tess’s feelings of hopelessness and entrapment, mirroring her personal hardships. the duality of nature. hardy’s depiction of nature oscillates between nurturing and destructive forces. the pastoral beauty of the vale of blackmoor offers tess moments of solace and connection, yet it also binds her to a life of toil and suffering. at talbothays dairy, the natural abundance becomes a backdrop for tess’s brief happiness with angel clare, symbolizing the potential for harmony. however, the relentless cycles of nature also serve as a reminder of tess’s vulnerability and the inevitability of change. the threshing machine, vividly described in the latter part of the novel, epitomizes the mechanization of rural life, contrasting the organic rhythms of nature with the harsh realities of industrial progress. this machine’s destructive force highlights the loss of pastoral innocence and the encroachment of industrialism on human lives. tess and her connection to the natural world. tess’s character is intrinsically linked to the landscapes she traverses, reinforcing her identity as a “child of nature.” her experiences within these settings highlight her resilience and vulnerability. tess as a child of nature. from her vibrant presence in the may-day dance to her labor in the fertile fields of talbothays dairy, tess is frequently depicted in harmony with the natural world. hardy’s lush descriptions of the dairy setting, with its abundance of milk and sunlight, parallel tess’s brief period of happiness and love with angel clare. this symbiotic relationship between tess and her environment reflects her innate purity and vitality. however, even in these moments of joy, hardy foreshadows the fragility of her happiness, as seen in the recurring imagery of transient beauty, such as the blooming yet fleeting flowers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org nature as a witness and judge. nature often assumes a passive yet judgmental role in tess’s story. the ominous presence of the heron at the chase or the symbolic redness of the berries foreshadows the tragedy that unfolds. in key moments, natural elements become almost sentient, as if bearing witness to tess’s suffering. the falling leaves during her trial and execution evoke a sense of inevitability, as though nature itself mourns her fate. hardy’s use of these elements deepens the reader’s emotional engagement, emphasizing the profound interconnectedness between tess and her environment. the seasons and tess’s journey. hardy uses the changing seasons as a metaphor for tess’s life stages. spring and summer often coincide with her moments of hope and renewal, such as her initial days at talbothays. conversely, autumn and winter reflect periods of decline and despair, underscoring the cyclical and unyielding nature of her struggles. this seasonal imagery enriches the narrative, highlighting the transient yet recurring patterns of human joy and suffering. the societal lens: nature vs. civilization. hardy juxtaposes the natural world with the societal constructs that dominate tess’s life. this tension highlights the constraints imposed by industrialization, class structures, and moral hypocrisy. industrialization and the loss of rural harmony. the intrusion of industrial elements into the pastoral landscape serves as a metaphor for the erosion of traditional rural values. the contrast between the idyllic talbothays and the grim, mechanized world of flintcomb-ash illustrates how societal progress often disrupts the natural harmony. tess’s grueling work at flintcomb-ash, set against the backdrop of barren fields and relentless machinery, symbolizes her entrapment within an unforgiving social and economic system. hardy critiques the dehumanizing effects of industrialization, which alienates individuals from the natural rhythms that once provided solace and identity. the moral landscape. hardy’s treatment of nature also critiques societal morality. tess’s purity, symbolized by her connection to the natural world, stands in stark contrast to the rigid and often hypocritical moral codes of victorian society. her tragic fate underscores the dissonance between natural law and societal expectations. the disparity between tess’s intrinsic goodness and the judgment she faces from society highlights the destructive power of artificial constructs. hardy uses the unyielding forces of nature to emphasize the futility of resisting one’s innate character, as opposed to conforming to societal norms. nature as resistance. in many ways, tess’s connection to the natural world represents a form of resistance against societal oppression. her moments of escape to the countryside offer temporary reprieve from the judgment and constraints of victorian norms. these interludes reflect hardy’s belief in the restorative power of nature, even amidst human suffering. however, the inevitability of tess’s fate serves as a poignant reminder that the solace of nature cannot entirely shield individuals from societal forces. conclusion thomas hardy’s tess of the d'urbervilles offers a profound exploration of the relationship between nature and humanity. through tess’s experiences, hardy illustrates the dual role of nature as a source american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org of beauty and destruction, comfort and peril. the novel’s rich symbolism and evocative landscapes serve not only as a reflection of tess’s inner world but also as a critique of the societal forces that shape her destiny. in examining tess’s bond with the natural world, hardy invites readers to reconsider humanity’s place within a broader ecological and social context. tess’s story, marked by her tragic interplay with nature and society, resonates as a timeless commentary on the fragile balance between human aspirations and the inexorable forces of the natural world. by weaving together, the pastoral beauty and industrial starkness of victorian england, hardy paints a vivid picture of humanity’s complex relationship with its environment, urging readers to reflect on the enduring relevance of this interplay in their own lives. references 1. boumelha, penny. thomas hardy and women: sexual ideology and narrative form. harvester press, 1982. 2. gifford, terry. pastoral. routledge, 1999. 3. hardy, thomas. tess of the d'urbervilles. penguin classics, 2003. 4. morgan, rosemarie. women and sexuality in the novels of thomas hardy. routledge, 1988. 5. williams, raymond. the country and the city. chatto & windus, 1973. 6. schweik, robert c. critical approaches to the fiction of thomas hardy. macmillan, 1979. 7. armstrong, tim. thomas hardy: selected poems. longman, 1993. 8. brady, kristin. the short stories of thomas hardy: tales of past and present. macmillan, 1982. 9. nurzhanov, o. e., abdrimova, k. s., & bobojonova, y. i. (2019). beauty of lexical expressed means used in the novel "tess of the d'urbervilles" by thomas hardy. international scientific review, 7, 45-50. 10. qizi, h. z. m. (2024). women’s roles and gender portrayal in thomas hardy’s works. talqin va tadqiqotlar ilmiy-uslubiy jurnali, 2(57), 344-347. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 34, | march 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org improving the pedagogical conditions of using innovative technologies to improve the quality of education in new uzbekistan ziyodullayeva nafosat to’lqin qizi navoi state university, 1st year master's student, majoring in theory and history of pedagogy e-mail: nafosatziyodullayeva31@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper explores the pedagogical conditions necessary for effectively utilizing innovative technologies to enhance education quality in new uzbekistan. the study highlights key strategies, challenges, and best practices in integrating modern technologies into the educational process. through a systematic approach, the research identifies the role of digital tools, teacher training, and institutional policies in fostering a high-quality learning environment. the study also provides a comparative analysis of uzbekistan's reforms with global best practices, emphasizing the need for a robust digital infrastructure and sustained teacher development. additionally, this research investigates the sociocultural impact of digital learning and provides a roadmap for future advancements in educational innovation. innovative technologies, education quality, digital quality, digital learning, pedagogical conditions, uzbekistan, teacher training, blended learning, ict. introduction since independence, uzbekistan brought up a new and innovative strategy for education through reforms, a strategy that connected the tradition and culture of the past with the present-day needs and the future prospects of the nation. the connection of the above-mentioned state of education (traditional learning culture) to information and communication technologies (ict) is a major policy initiative of the new government of pakistan. a combination of traditional fabric with the innovative learning approaches holds the potential to launch the country in the space technology era. education in new uzbekistan is undergoing a significant transformation, driven by rapid technological advancements and a commitment to quality improvement. the implementation of innovative technologies has become a crucial factor in modernizing pedagogical approaches. however, effective integration requires wellestablished pedagogical conditions, including infrastructure, teacher competencies, and supportive policies. this study aims to analyze the fundamental aspects of these conditions and propose strategies to optimize their implementation [1]. moreover, understanding the broader implications of digital learning in a developing educational system will provide valuable insights for long-term improvements. the study also explores the psychological aspects of digital learning, examining how it influences student motivation and cognitive development. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org methods the year 2017 will be the beginning of a new stage in the independent development of the country. the year 2017 will be the beginning of realizing the tasks outlined in the strategy of actions on the further development of the republic of uzbekistan in the five priority directions for 2017-2021. the main innovation of the strategy is the priority attention to the provisions of "civil society", or rather the direction of their broad development. that same year, a decree was adopted, "the concept of development of the education system of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030." one of the main tasks of the concept is the development of a regulatory framework necessary for the effective training of qualified personnel in education. according to the concept, the tasks of developing a regulatory framework are divided into eight directions, including pedagogical sciences (pedagogika). the timing of the completion of tasks in this direction is expected to be achieved in 2021. ensuring highquality implementation of the state educational standard in the field of preschool education is possible only if the necessary steps are taken to enhance the pedagogical and methodological conditions for the use of innovative technologies in the educational process. it is possible to achieve a significant qualitative educational result by involving children aged 5-6 years in cognitive activity through a game using a computer. according to the concept of the development of the education system of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030, the tasks in the field of pedagogy (padagogika) include the development of a regulatory framework in the field of preschool education, the implementation of which should be fully implemented in 2021. one of the main tasks of the concept is active work on the development of educational-methodical materials, regulatory documents. the implementation of a new generation education standard in 2017 also implies the introduction of a national qualification system. this requires a number of conditions, such as the adaptation of existing regulatory documents in the field of education, in particular preschool education, the preparation of educational-methodological complexes in accordance with a new training standard, and much more. the research employs a qualitative approach, including a review of relevant literature, policy documents, and case studies. data collection is based on academic sources, reports from the ministry of education, and expert interviews with educators and policymakers. a comparative analysis of international best practices is also conducted to assess the applicability of various models in the context of uzbekistan’s educational reforms [2]. research design the pedagogical conditions for preparing future educators to maintain continuous education quality have been elaborated and tested. the article consists of introduction, three chapters, generalizations, and bibliography. three application studies were conducted to improve education quality: researchbased justification for future educators' training to maintain continuous education quality; elaboration of advanced pedagogical and informative conditions for future educators' training; making, experimentally approving, and introducing new pedagogical conditions. the educational process around the world is exposed to constant reforming, enhancement, and improvement. it creates demand for teachers as the most important component of this process. preschool teachers are the first educators of a child. they teach the basics of life, familiarize with life, and prepare them for further education. answering these demands qualitatively, preserving inherent educational traditions and enriching them with innovative experience, is a complicated and urgent task. internationally most developed countries have created systems of continuous education and a principle of lifelong learning allowing modern american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org educational technologies. analysis of foreign and local sources reveals that the problems posed need further development, justification, and overcoming. development of a market economy in uzbekistan, entry of the country into world economic processes, and joining the global market demand from specialists, both in science and education, who do not only have deep theoretical knowledge but can also put them into practice. transition to 12-year general secondary education was followed by further changes in the educational system, methodical and social aspects of education. this greatly increased the challenges faced by pedagogues. to overcome these challenges, it is necessary to implement a targeted training strategy for teachers. on this basis, new pedagogical conditions are introduced into the preparation of educators. the findings indicate that successful integration of innovative technologies in education depends on four primary factors: ➢ technological infrastructure: adequate provision of digital devices, internet connectivity, and smart classrooms [3]. this aspect ensures equal access to learning resources and promotes digital inclusivity. ➢ teacher professional development: continuous training programs to enhance educators' digital literacy and pedagogical skills [4]. studies show that teachers who receive adequate digital training demonstrate higher levels of engagement in technology-driven education. ➢ institutional support and policies: clear guidelines, funding mechanisms, and monitoring systems to ensure sustainable implementation [5]. government incentives play a crucial role in fostering an innovation-friendly academic culture. ➢ student engagement and motivation: gamification, adaptive learning systems, and ai-driven personalized learning have shown significant potential in increasing student interest and retention [9]. furthermore, the research highlights that blended learning models, artificial intelligence (ai)-assisted teaching, and gamification are among the most effective approaches in improving student engagement and academic performance [4]. the survey results indicate that students using interactive digital tools reported a 30% increase in retention rates compared to traditional learning methods. additional findings suggest that hybrid models combining in-person instruction with digital resources yield superior learning outcomes compared to purely online formats. discussion new technologies have changed the way information is gathered, processed, communicated, and organized. aware of the changing nature of the information society and the inability of its educational system to respond adequately, the government of uzbekistan expressed strong commitment to improve the general conditions of education in the country. following the political changes since 2017 and the declaration of the president of 2018 to enhance the quality of education, this paper gives an interpretation of the respective political goals, approaches, and possible pedagogical consequences. with this aim, findings from a small qualitative inquiry concerning the pedagogical conditions for the use of interactive technologies will be used. i will sketch a pedagogical approach to interactive technology from an ecological perspective that i believe reflects the paradigms of new education sought for by uzbekistan. some of the obstacles that might arise from an application of an interactive, learner-oriented pedagogy are then briefly discussed. the integration of innovative technologies in uzbekistan’s education system faces several challenges, including resistance to change, lack of resources, and the digital divide. addressing these issues requires a multi-faceted approach: american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org capacity building: investing in teacher training and digital competency development [3]. schools must provide ongoing digital literacy programs to help educators adapt to evolving technologies. ➢ public-private partnerships: collaborating with technology firms and educational organizations to provide resources and expertise [2]. initiatives such as government-funded pilot projects in smart classrooms have shown promising results in tech-driven education. ➢ policy reforms: developing comprehensive policies that support technology-driven education and ensure inclusivity [1]. countries like singapore and finland have successfully implemented national digital education strategies, serving as models for uzbekistan. ➢ psychological and cognitive impact: understanding how digital learning influences student well-being, attention span, and information processing can help optimize its application [10]. additionally, international experiences from countries such as finland, singapore, and south korea provide valuable insights into best practices for structuring effective digital education policies [5]. notably, finland’s digital education policies emphasize equity, ensuring every student, regardless of socio-economic background, has access to high-quality learning tools. south korea’s edtech initiatives have demonstrated the value of integrating ai-powered tutoring systems, which have improved student comprehension in stem subjects by 40% [11]. conclusion the integration of innovative technologies in uzbekistan’s education system represents a significant step toward enhancing educational quality and ensuring alignment with global best practices. this study has demonstrated that the successful application of digital tools in pedagogy depends on a wellestablished framework encompassing technological infrastructure, teacher professional development, institutional support, and student engagement strategies. while uzbekistan has made notable progress in adopting educational innovations, challenges such as digital literacy gaps, resource limitations, and resistance to change must be systematically addressed. a key finding of this research is that technology-driven learning environments, when effectively implemented, can improve student retention, motivation, and overall academic performance. blended learning models, ai-assisted education, and gamification have shown promising results in creating dynamic and inclusive learning experiences. however, ensuring long-term success requires sustained investment in digital infrastructure, continuous teacher training, and the development of national policies that support adaptive learning approaches. moving forward, uzbekistan’s education sector must focus on empirical research to measure the long-term impact of digital education strategies. a structured national roadmap, developed through collaboration between educators, policymakers, and technology experts, will be essential for the successful transformation of the education system. by fostering a culture of innovation and inclusivity, uzbekistan can build an education model that not only meets contemporary demands but also prepares students for the digital era. references 1. ministry of public education of uzbekistan. (2023). national education development strategy. 2. unesco. (2022). the role of technology in modern education. 3. oecd. (2021). digital transformation in education: policies and practices. 4. anderson, j. (2020). blended learning and pedagogical innovation. journal of educational technology, 15(2), 45-60. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 34 march 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org 5. zhao, y. (2019). future of education: artificial intelligence and learning. cambridge university press. 6. finnish national agency for education. (2021). digital education policy framework. 7. singapore ministry of education. (2020). smart nation education initiative. 8. south korea ministry of education. (2021). digital learning and innovation report. 9. smith, r. (2021). adaptive learning and student motivation. educational review, 28(3), 112130. 10. johnson, l. & white, m. (2022). the psychological effects of digital learning. cognitive education journal, 20(1), 56-78. 11. lee, h. (2020). ai-powered tutoring in south korea: a case study. asian journal of education, 35(4), 88-105. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org personal morality and economic interests in theodore dreiser’s the financier mardanova mohira davron qizi denau institute of entrepreneurship and pedagogy, teacher email: mardanovamohira02@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the complex interaction between personal morality and economic interests in theodore dreiser’s novel the financier. the study analyzes how the protagonist, frank cowperwood, navigates financial ambition, ethical compromise, and social expectations within a rapidly developing capitalist society. using textual analysis, the article evaluates the ways in which dreiser illustrates the tension between individual moral responsibility and the pursuit of economic power. the findings show that cowperwood’s actions are shaped not only by personal character but also by structural economic forces that redefine the boundaries of moral choice. the study concludes that the financier provides a nuanced representation of moral ambiguity in modern economic life. frank cowperwood, morality, economic interests, capitalism, social ethics, theodore dreiser. introduction theodore dreiser’s the financier is one of the early twentieth century’s most significant explorations of the relationship between economic power and personal morality. set in the post–civil war period, the novel offers a detailed portrayal of america’s growing capitalist structures and the individuals shaped by them. frank cowperwood, the central character, embodies the rising financial class— ambitious, calculating, and often morally ambiguous.scholars have long debated whether cowperwood’s behavior reflects personal moral failure or the inevitable outcome of a system driven by profit and competition. this article seeks to investigate how dreiser uses cowperwood’s psychological traits and social environment to reveal the tension between moral judgment and economic necessity. the study focuses on whether the novel presents cowperwood as an independent moral agent or as a figure molded by the economic forces surrounding him. methodology this research employs qualitative textual analysis, focusing on close reading of selected episodes in the financier. the analytical framework includes: 1. moral-psychological interpretation – evaluating cowperwood’s motives, decisions, and ethical self-perception. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org 2. socio-economic contextualization – situating the character’s behavior within broader capitalist developments of the nineteenth century. 3. comparative reference to ethical theories – including utilitarian and pragmatic ethics to assess cowperwood’s moral reasoning. 4. primary sources include the novel’s original text, while secondary sources consist of scholarly studies on dreiser, american naturalism, and economic ethics. results the analysis shows that personal morality in the financier often emerges under strong emotional pressure, especially in situations involving family honor. the selected passage demonstrates this through butler’s profound distress, which is described as coming across “like a breath of cold air.” this metaphor highlights how deeply he feels the danger posed to his daughter’s reputation. his repeated insistence— “i want to know, if it takes a month or two months or three”—reveals that his moral stance is non-negotiable and rooted in paternal duty rather than convenience. [1.500]this example indicates that dreiser portrays moral commitment as something that can surpass economic rationality when family bonds are threatened. the passage also illustrates how economic motivations reshape or limit moral responses. martinson’s reaction is particularly telling. although he sympathizes with butler and recognizes the seriousness of the situation, he ultimately reminds himself that “business was business.”[1.502] this brief but powerful statement encapsulates the tension between human empathy and professional obligations within a capitalist system. dreiser thus suggests that the structural logic of economic activity often forces individuals to bracket their moral impulses in favor of efficiency and obligation to clients or institutions. martinson’s internal commentary—that it “looked bad for cowperwood” and was “a bad move on cowperwood’s part”—shows how moral judgment in the novel is shaped by social expectations and reputational risk rather than universal principles. cowperwood’s actions are judged not simply on their ethical content but on their potential consequences within the social and political environment. the passage demonstrates how morality becomes relative, influenced by status, professional relationships, and the consequences of public scandal. dreiser uses this scene to highlight the instability and subjectivity of moral evaluation in a modern capitalist society. the interaction between butler and martinson further illustrates the conflict between private emotional life and economic considerations. butler’s demand for investigators who are “men that are fathers… and… have sinse enough to hold their tongues” underscores that he views the situation not in professional or legal terms, but as a deeply personal crisis involving family honor and paternal identity. in contrast, cowperwood’s involvement with butler’s daughter complicates his economic pursuits and exposes him to social and political risk. the scene thus reinforces the broader pattern in the novel: personal relationships inevitably collide with financial ambition, and such collisions reveal the fragile boundary between emotional obligations and economic goals. discussion additionally, the episode detailing butler’s planning and the detective’s surveillance of aileen emphasizes the intersection of personal morality and strategic action. butler’s determination to safeguard his daughter’s honor illustrates how private ethical concerns can motivate careful, calculated american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org measures, even within frameworks influenced by business-like procedures. the detective’s discretion and selective reporting demonstrate a nuanced understanding of ethical behavior, balancing professional obligations with respect for personal boundaries. this scene mirrors cowperwood’s navigation of financial ambition, highlighting dreiser’s depiction of morality as negotiated within social, economic, and familial contexts. furthermore, dreiser’s detailed depiction of butler’s elaborate plan to confront aileen underscores the complexity of moral decision-making under emotional duress. the narrative reveals butler’s oscillation between a straightforward, rational approach—simply confronting his daughter—and a more elaborate, violent scheme designed to shock her into compliance. his internal conflict, described as sensing “a deadly contest with his daughter,” highlights the tension between paternal duty and ethical restraint. dreiser presents butler’s choice as a morally ambiguous act: motivated by concern and affection, yet expressed through coercion and fear. this scenario parallels cowperwood’s own ethical compromises in financial dealings, reinforcing the novel’s broader theme that personal morality is constantly mediated by circumstance, relational dynamics, and societal pressures. moreover, the indirect channels through which aileen receives information—from butler, via owen and callum— illustrate how social networks and communication shape perceptions of moral and economic actions, reflecting dreiser’s nuanced exploration of reputation, secrecy, and influence within a capitalist society. the passage describing the detective’s visit to the butler household provides important insights into the interplay between personal morality, social observation, and economic interests. the meticulous planning of butler and the detective demonstrates how moral concerns and social reputation motivate strategic action. butler’s orchestration of aileen’s observation—where she believes it is merely a discussion about horses—illustrates a calculated effort to protect his daughter’s honor while gathering information. this reinforces the pattern observed earlier: emotional and moral stakes drive practical actions, even within contexts influenced by business-like procedures. moreover, the characterization of jonas alderson, the detective, emphasizes professional discretion and ethical awareness. he hides behind curtains, pretends to observe the street, and only reports what is necessary, stating, “that’s all i need to know.” [1.507]. his behavior underscores the selective nature of moral judgment: while he participates in surveillance, he exercises restraint and respects personal boundaries, reflecting dreiser’s attention to nuanced ethical behavior within socio-economic frameworks. this episode also highlights the conflict between personal life and external observation. butler’s concern for aileen is deeply paternal, yet he engages an external agent to monitor social interactions—demonstrating the tension between family-centered morality and strategic oversight, which parallels cowperwood’s own navigation of financial ambitions and ethical considerations. the novel consistently illustrates that the pursuit of economic and social advantage is rarely divorced from personal relationships; morality is performed and negotiated in tandem with strategy. finally, the narrative shows how appearances and perception mediate moral and social judgment. aileen interprets the detective’s presence as a horse-related business matter, not realizing the true motive. this indicates how social performance and deception function as mechanisms to preserve honor and manage ethical dilemmas, reflecting dreiser’s interest in the interplay between external actions and internal ethical commitments. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the financier offers a sophisticated exploration of the tension between personal morality and economic interests. dreiser shows that moral decisions are inseparable from social and financial contexts. butler’s paternal vigilance and cowperwood’s ambitious calculations illustrate how emotional, social, and economic factors converge to shape ethical behavior. the novel remains relevant in its depiction of moral complexity within capitalist societies, highlighting that ambition, family, and social perception are intertwined in determining moral action. references 1. dreiser, t. (1912). the financier. new york: harper & brothers. 2. pizer, d. (1991). twentieth-century american literary naturalism. carbondale: southern illinois university press. 3. lingeman, r. (1990). theodore dreiser: sister carrie to an american tragedy. new york: putnam. 4. coulombe, j. (2006). “morality and modern finance in dreiser’s fiction.” american literary realism, 38(3), 215–230. 5. flanagan, j. (2012). “capitalism and character in dreiser’s early novels.” journal of american studies, 46(4), 981–998. 6. mardanova, m. d., & davlatova, s. m. (2024). the problem of stylistic classification of vocabulary. modern science and education: achievements and development prospects,(2), 1013. 7. mardanova, m. (2025). sadriddin ayniyning “sudxo‘rning o‘limi” asarida ma’naviy tanazzul va uning lingvistik tahlili. university research base, 413– 418. retrieved from https://scholar.kokanduni.uz/index.php/rb/article/view/1038 8. mardanova, m. d. (2025). artistic expression of spiritual crisis: image and idea in the story “the death of the usurer.” western european journal of linguistics and education, 3(05), 6. https://westerneuropeanstudies.com https://scholar.kokanduni.uz/index.php/rb/article/view/1038 https://westerneuropeanstudies.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the effectiveness of using visual exercises on learning some football skills for deaf and dumb players (12-14 years) maytham mohsin habeeb directorate of misan education, ministry of education of iraq maythamalbtaat78@gmail.com munadhil adil kiasm imam kadhim faculty of islamic sciences university munadil.adil@iku.edu.iq a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s skills for deaf and dumb players aged 12 to 14 years. the inadequate performance in this category arises from insufficient mastery and consistency in skill execution, negatively impacting skill competency, a shortcoming that may endure into later stages of life. the researchers utilised an experimental methodology on a sample of 20 players, comprising an experimental group of 10 players and a control group of 8 players. the execution of a training program focused on visual exercises and diverse skill assessments in football revealed that such exercises improved the football skills of deaf and dumb participants in the study. statistically significant differences are present in the football skill test findings within the research sample, with the experimental group exhibiting superiority over the control group in the evaluated football skills. curriculum, visual exercise, skills, football, deaf and dumb. introduction physical activities and sports, in all their forms, are vital for all societies. an indicator is the extent to which industrialised nations participate in and compete for progress, development, and enhancement (kohl, murray & salvo, 2020). it also demonstrates the extent of civilisational and cultural advancement of these societies, functioning as an effective tool to leverage the strengths and potential of individuals through holistic education including mental, physical, and health dimensions (wang et al., 2024). the concept of inclusive sports seeks to provide all societal segments with the opportunity to participate in various athletic activities, as sports are not limited to a specific group, offering advantageous effects to all participants, including those with disabilities (sandford et al., 2021). the sport for those with impairments, especially the deaf and dumb , has become a notable phenomena in sophisticated countries, illustrating the scientific advancements of our time across multiple fields, including athletics (leigh et al., 2022). thorough preparation of deaf individuals is crucial for attaining excellence in sporting activities (gaweł et al., 2024). kinetic learning and sports training for the deaf american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org are highly advantageous, allowing individuals to articulate themselves through their selected sports, thereby enhancing self-confidence in themselves, their instructors, and others, promoting positive interactions and personal development (ward, 2024). peers (2018) say that the aims of sports for those who are deaf and dumb are comparable to those of the general population, and they can participate in all sports activities without requiring alterations to venues, equipment, or regulations. football is the most extensively engaged sport across diverse age demographics in society, including schools, universities, clubs, national teams, both sexes, and individuals with disabilities (bergmann & schreyer, 2019). football has attracted increasing global attention in numerous countries, solidifying its status as one of the most popular sports, appealing to a wide array of age groups and both sexes (pifer et al., 2018). football markedly improves the physical and motor fitness of individuals with impairments (afacan & kılıç, 2021) and promotes the advancement of neuromuscular coordination and sensorymotor perception, hence enhancing their motor efficiency (noad, 2022). it also improves their concentration, attention, and ability to perceive, visualise, recall, and distinguish motor and visual inputs, hence promoting cognitive development (campillo et al., 2018). experts assert that sports coaches, athletes, and sports scientists are always pursuing innovative training methodologies to improve athletic performance and gain a competitive advantage (appelbaum & erickson, 2018). visual learning is a method employed in sports, consisting of a repetitive series of visual exercises aimed at improving essential visual functions vital for athletes in all competitive disciplines. this technique entails repetitive visual workouts that enhance the linkage between the eyes and the brain, consequently improving visual skills and capacities through systematically structured activities (erickson, 2020). under stressful conditions, it augments the compatibility and adaptability of the ocular muscles, facilitating control over these muscles to boost essential visual processes and, therefore, athletic performance. kotb (2024) contends that visual workouts are crucial for both athletes and non-athletes, as they should be generally implemented, especially eye exercises, to alleviate visual stress that negatively affects visual functions over time. mcdavid, huse, and hawthorn (2018). the visual exercise is a component of vision measurement, a discipline focused on sight and perception, evaluating and improving visual performance, and determining the most appropriate visual assistance for particular physical and athletic endeavours. he contends that visual training exercises are essential in sports, which may include physical conditioning, skill enhancement, and strategic planning; however, regrettably, sensory training has not been sufficiently emphasised in training programs, despite its critical importance in improving performance. some study indicates that effective performance is associated with the ability for visual idealisation, but shortcomings in this domain impede performance; inaccurate visual information interferes with timing and leads to reduced performance levels (erickson, 2020). a visual workout is an activity available to everyone. exercise is revitalising; one simply needs to participate in practice and execute the exercises (stanojevic & saragiotto, 2021). intelligence is a vital component in learning and excelling in sports, characterised as the ability to acquire knowledge and the individual's readiness to expand their experiences and activities (doh, kim & nite, 2025). multiple experiments and studies have shown a positive correlation between intelligence and skill acquisition and performance, relevant to individual sports like arena and field games, dual sports such as racket games, and team sports including football, basketball, and volleyball (knapp, 2024). alcaraz-rodríguez et al. (2021) observed, according to expert opinion, that the prevalence of auditory and visual impairments does not impede the cognitive development of individuals with disabilities, asserting that their intellectual capacities are equally complex as those of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org others. the hearers exhibit cognitive abilities within the standard intelligence spectrum and show comparable variability to the listeners (lee & chelladurai, 2018). do not underestimate mental perception, a vital factor affecting performance, as it enables the internalisation of abilities through mental repetition, which includes rectifying faults by visualising flawless technical execution. the utilisation of mental imagery in sports training assists athletes or learners in doing activities precisely by detecting and rectifying deficiencies while enhancing strengths (cossich et al., 2023). enhancing gameplay techniques and developing motor skills while minimising focus on them through an awareness of optimal performance. concentrating on successful experiences enhances the association between stimulus and reaction, so augmenting both the quality and velocity of performance to correspond with the pace of cognitive perception (corrado et al., 2024). prior study has investigated the correlation between visual training and performance, particularly the studies of appelbaum and mcguckian, along with cole and pepping (2018), which determined that visual skills and visual coherence are essential for performance in various sports. the aforementioned demonstrates that visual exercises are important topics that have been largely neglected by researchers in the field of sports, especially with physical activities for those with disabilities. the dependence on visual perception, resulting from hearing and speech impairments, enhances the acquisition and mastery of various motor and athletic skills through the application of these activities. during exploratory visits to specialised schools for children with hearing impairments in misan governorate, we noted that the players participate in football erratically, lacking essential skills for the sport, demonstrating insufficient physical performance, and experiencing a shortfall in educational and training programs for their coaches. despite the lack of local study on this aspect, and although football is the most popular sport worldwide, this category has not been given the chance to participate in the sport effectively and suitably. the study was designed to evaluate the effectiveness of visual exercises in improving particular football skills in deaf and dumb adolescents aged 12 to 14 years. research objectives 1. implement a visual workout regimen tailored to the attributes of individuals with disabilities (deaf and dumb ) . 2. investigating the impact of visual exercises on enhancing football skills performance in individuals with disabilities (deaf and dumb ) aged 12 to 14 years . 3. identifying the disparities in dimensional measurements between the control and experimental samples for the execution of football skills in individuals with disabilities (deaf and dumb , ages 1214). research hypotheses 1. the use of visual exercises is effective in improving the football skills under research for players with deaf and dumb disabilities (12-14 years). 2. there are statistically significant differences between the control and experimental group in the dimensional measurement in the performance of football skills under research for players with deaf and dumb disabilities (12-14 years). 3. there are statistically significant differences between the control and experimental group in the dimensional measurement in the performance of football skills under research for players with deaf and dumb disabilities (12-14 years) and in favor of the experimental group. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org research areas 1. the human areas : the research sample included 20 deaf-dumb players (12-14 years old). 2. spatial areas : field research was conducted at the level of the specialized school in misan governorate. 3. time areas : the proposed training program was planned, built and implemented, starting from 1-12-2023 to 13-32023. methodology research methodology: the researchers employed an experimental approach including two groups: one experimental and the other control, to assess the appropriateness of the research's nature . study population and sample: the research population consists of 40 players from specialised schools for the hearing-impaired in misan governorate for the academic year 2023/2024 . the foundational research sample comprised 20 deaf players aged 12 to 14 years, selected purposely and subsequently randomised into two equal groups: one experimental group consisting of 10 players and a control group of the same size . means of collecting information and tools used the researchers conducted the following actions to establish procedural control : 1. absence of disability associated with deaf and dumb disability. 2. conducting tests in the same conditions tools and means research tools. 3. sources and references as well as previous studies. 4. football skills tests under research. football skills tests under consideration first: ball control and control test test name: ball sense of time test (pepping, 2018). purpose of the test: to measure the player's sensitivity to the ball and his ability to control it. tools: football, clock died stadium radius (3) meters. how to perform the test: the player stands in the center of the circle with the ball, and when he is given the signal to start lifting the ball from the ground and bounces it within the boundaries of the circle with feet or one foot for one minute and if the ball falls to the ground or exits the boundaries of the circle before the end of the time, he repeats again. scoring: the best score is measured by the number of times the ball is touched from the moment of the start signal until the ball falls to the ground or exits out of the circle during the performance time. second: ball running test test name: ball slalom running test between signs (majic, hraste & jelaska, 2020). purpose of the test: measure the player's ability to control the ball while running with it. instruments (9) football signs, stopwatch. how to perform the test: the stinging signs are placed in a straight line and the distance between each sign and the other (2) m, and the distance between the starting line and the first signs (2) m. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the player stands with the ball on the starting line, and when the start signal is given, the player runs between the lists a zigzag scab until he reaches the last sign that rotates around him and returns to the starting line in the same way. scoring: scores the player the best time to the nearest second from the moment he gives the start signal until he returns to the starting line again. third: handling test test name: ground short scroll accuracy test (saher, 2015). test objective: to measure the accuracy of passing the ball. pitch and tools: a square with a side length of (6) m, a flag is placed in the center of the square, the ball is placed at a distance of 1.5 meters from the corner of the square from both sides, the goal of its width is placed (1) m at a distance of (10) m from the middle of each side of the square. how to perform the test: the player stands next to the post in the center of the square, when the signal is given, the player runs to the ball to the left side of the square and aims it towards the goal and then runs to the ball similar to the three sides of the square, and after kicking the last left ball runs to the side of the first square to kick the right ball and continues to perform kicking the rest of the balls. scoring: the player counts the number of goals he scored. fourth: scoring test test name: scoring accuracy test on divided goal. test objective: to measure the accuracy and to score the ball to the goal. tools used: thick colored adhesive tape to designate scoring areas, football goal legal (5) footballs, the pitch is divided into zones. how to perform: (5) balls are placed on the penalty line, which is 18 meters away from the goal line and the distance between one ball and another is 1 meter, where the player scores in the areas indicated by the test and according to their importance and difficulty and sequentially ball after the other, provided that the test is done from the running position. how to score: calculates the number of injuries that enter the goals set from both sides so that the scores of each of the five balls are calculated as follows: each ball is calculated with the points specified for the calculated area, taking into account that if the ball touches the bar, it is calculated for the highest area according to the numbered areas, and zero when it exits outside the goal limits. ❖ 5 degrees for zone no (5). ❖ 4 degrees for zone no (4) ❖ 3 degrees for zone no (3). ❖ 2 degrees for zone no (2). ❖ 1 degree for zone no (1). ❖ zero outside the goal. scientific foundations of the test the stability and truthfulness of the tests after consulting with experts about the evaluations of the research variables and subsequent arbitration, the researchers established the reliability coefficient of the tests by administering and re-administering american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org the assessment to an exploratory sample separate from the primary research sample, which comprised 8 players with disabilities (deaf and dumb ). the preliminary test was performed on 10/12/2023, succeeded by a dimensional measurement one week later on 17/12/2023, employing pearson's correlation coefficient. table 1: coefficient of stability for the tests under consideration. tests unit of measurement sample size constant coefficient r ball zigzag running number 10 0.92 0.66 ball control second 0.78 ball handling degree 0.82 scoring towards goal degree 0.74 table (1) reveals that all obtained results were elevated, with the minimum value at 0.74 and the maximum at 0.92, both exceeding the tabulated r value of 0.66 at a significance level of 0.05 and 9 degrees of freedom, indicating the substantial stability inherent in these tests. objectivity a series of skill assessments was administered to a cohort of evaluators comprising experts and specialists in adapted sports and sports training from iraqi universities' colleges of physical education and sports sciences. their objective was to provide feedback on the assessments, suggest modifications where applicable, and determine if they fulfil their intended purpose. the majority of evaluators reached a consensus regarding the validity of the tests under investigation, noting their ease of application and lack of ambiguity, as well as their substantial relevance to the research topic at hand. foundations of program development ❖ the researchers established the scientific basis for developing the program by curating its content. physical activities ball workouts emphasising visual training aimed at enhancing visual acuity and acquiring football skills for the research sample . ❖ sixteen training units have been created, encompassing physical exercises and motor tasks with an emphasis on visual exercises throughout an 8-week period, with each training unit conducted twice weekly, lasting between 50 to 60 minutes. curriculum content ❖ running exercises and games. ❖ compatibility exercises and games. ❖ action games (imitation games). ❖ ball games. visual exercises visual perception was represented in the visual-motor synergy of the hands (visual-motor synergy of the legs) and included: ❖ running with the ball has specific distances and different directions. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org ❖ control the ball in place and with navigation. ❖ receive the ball in multiple ways. ❖ aim at certain targets. ❖ kick the ball in the appropriate ways. ❖ recognize and distinguish near and far distances. ❖ distinguish the place and specific goals. ❖ focus on the right performance (the right model). carrying out research procedures pre-test: the level of football skills under consideration was tested for the two experimental research samples and the officer on 17/12/2023, in the same circumstances and place. program application the proposed program was implemented with the experimental group from 19-12-2023, to 13-2-2023, spanning 8 weeks, with two sessions per week. each training session lasted 50 to 60 minutes, comprising 10 to 15 minutes for the preparatory phase, 35 to 45 minutes for the main phase, and 5 minutes for the concluding phase, with each session repeated biweekly. the control sample engaged in football practice under the coach's supervision during the sports activity class. post-test: the post-measurement was carried out on 16/02/2024 with the same steps and method adopted in the pre-measurement and in the same conditions and place. statistical methods the researcher used statistical methods through (spss-23) and were: ❖ the arithmetic mean of the standard deviation correlation coefficient (pearson). ❖ test the significance of differences t sunbudnet difference two mean correlated. ❖ test the significance of differences t sunbudnet difference two unrelated mean difference for two equal samples. results presentation, interpretation and discussion of results presentation and discussion of the results of the preand post-tests of the two research samples table 2: significance of the differences between the preand post-tests of the experimental sample in the skills under research. tests pre test post test t m sd m sd ball zigzag running 16.68 1.56 14.00 2.01 8.47 ball control 5.6 0,93 10.2 3.28 7.22 ball handling 2.8 0.95 5.30 1.65 6.70 scoring towards goal 9.4 2.37 15.4 3.37 7.27 table (2) indicates statistically significant differences favouring the post-tests of the experimental sample, with calculated t values ranging from 6.70 to 8.47, all exceeding the tabular t value of 1.83 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org at a significance level of 0.05 and degrees of freedom (n1-10). this results from the incorporation of physical exercise both with and without the ball, as well as the utilisation of the ball to enhance visual exercises within the program designed to teach football skills in the experimental research sample, alongside the application of scientific principles in the development of educational units supported by visual exercises. table 3: significance of the differences between the preand post-tests of the control sample in the skills under research. tests pre test post test t m sd m sd ball zigzag running 16.6 1.78 15.08 2.25 0.61 ball control 5.8 2.00 6.40 2.37 2.25 ball handling 2.7 1.12 3.00 1.55 0.89 scoring towards goal 10.00 3.88 11.10 3.32 1.84 table (3) demonstrates statistically significant differences within the control sample across the administered tests, with calculated t values ranging from 1.84 to 2.25, all exceeding the tabular t value of 1.83 at a significance level of 0.5 and 9 degrees of freedom, with the exception of the running with the ball and passing the ball tests. the researchers attribute these findings to the frequency and repetitions of the exercises employed, which pertain to skills relevant to the game of football. due to insufficient emphasis on the proper execution of acquired abilities. table 4: significance of the differences in the dimensional measurement of the two research samples in the tests under research. tests experimental control t m sd m sd ball zigzag running 14.00 2.01 15.08 2.25 2.61 ball control 10.2 3.28 6.40 2.37 3.68 ball handling 5.30 1.65 3.00 1.55 3.28 scoring towards goal 15.4 3.37 11.10 3.32 3.73 table (4) clearly indicates statistically significant differences between the control and experimental research samples, favouring the experimental sample in the tests conducted. the calculated values ranged from 261 to 3.73, all exceeding the tabulated t-value of 2.10 at a significance level of 0.05 with 18 degrees of freedom. discuss research results table (2) indicates that the significance test of the two averages reveals statistically significant differences favouring the post-test in the football skills assessments under investigation (slalom running with the ball, ball control, passing, and shooting towards the goal) for the experimental sample following the implementation of an educational program emphasising visual exercises over a duration of 8 weeks, with two sessions per week. the researchers ascribe this to the beneficial impact of the proposed program centred on visual exercises, which was implemented with the experimental sample american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org by significantly emphasising the sense of sight during the execution of motor tasks related to learning football skills. the program's development considered the number of repetitions and exercise simplicity, emphasising an expanded selection of exercises, directional changes, and coordination activities between the eye and the body. the exercises are structured to progress from easy to difficult, enhancing the synergy between visual perception and muscular function. the selected exercises are targeted and capable of delivering motor stimuli more effectively than non-directed exercises. ahmed (2020) discovered that the implementation of ball exercises and games enhanced certain motor skills in players with disabilities (deaf and dumb ), notably improving the coordination between the eye and the leg, as evidenced by the results of the ball-kicking test aimed at the goal. this finding aligns with myer et al. (2011), who concluded that incorporating specialised exercises into the training regimen resulted in improved proficiency in ball control among youth under 16 years of age. naser and rashid (2022) confirm that a player attains skill performance automatically through consistent repetition. additionally, putri and anam (2023) assert that a player's proficiency in fundamental football skills correlates with the effort invested in skill acquisition over a brief period, leading to a high achievement rate. the correction of performance errors through feedback and the repeated execution of correct techniques under varying conditions and increasing difficulty significantly contribute to skill enhancement. hussein, habeeb, and ibrahim (2022) emphasise the significance of training through mental visualisation activities that enhance the performance of football abilities in juniors. erickson (2021) affirms that data supports the efficacy of visual exercises in sports presentations. table (3) indicates that, following the significance test of the two averages of the differences, statistically significant differences were seen among the control sample in several tests, with the exception of the slalom running tests with the ball and the ball passing tests. this results from the teacher's dependence on basic motor activities and exercises related to football skills, which prioritise skill development over precise and proper execution of the applied skills. the superiority of the experimental sample over the control sample is highlighted, as demonstrated in table (5). utilising the significance test for the difference between two unrelated means of equal variance, the results indicate statistically significant differences favouring the experimental sample across all dimensional measurements. the researchers concentrated on visual exercises to enhance football skills, utilising both total and partial learning methods, and incorporating individual and group feedback for error correction. this contrasts with the control group, which employed a total method of gameplay, neglecting proper skill performance oversight by the coach and failing to select suitable exercises for skill enhancement. consequently, the results obtained align with the findings of dhouibi et al. (2021), tomporowski and pesce (2019), and nobre, nobre, and valentini (2024) on the efficacy of visual exercises in enhancing cognitive motor abilities and proficiency in sports activities. bashtovenko et al. (2021) asserted that lustyna is a significant visual educational program for players in responsive sports. du toit et al. (2011) and cereatti et al. (2009) emphasise the significance of incorporating visual exercises and maintaining focus on them in educational and training programs. its significant role in the acquisition of motor and athletic skills. pourkhosravani, kavyani, and aghdaei (2018) assert that football players must be capable of recognising opponents and teammates in their peripheral vision while managing the ball, given its evident significance. the sports visual system has witnessed the rise of numerous visual training regimens designed to improve athletes' visual skills. the researchers contend that this curiosity pertains equally to both the novice demographic of the general populace and individuals with exceptional abilities, including those with hearing and speech impairments. this is achieved by american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org focussing on visual perceptions and enhancing them, as they play a crucial role in improving motor coordination, thereby facilitating the acquisition of fundamental movements, game skills, and athletic activities, given that visual skills are essential for performance in diverse sports endeavours. moreover, the processes of repetition and correction contribute to enhancing the performance of the abilities being studied by utilising both immediate and delayed feedback to rectify prior achievements and experiences. laby and appelbaum (2021) advocate for the incorporation of visual training exercises targeting eye movements, concentration, visual perceptual environments, and visual perceptual skills to enhance athletic performance, irrespective of the intensity of training. conversely, other researchers, such as lochhead et al. (2024), propose the integration of visual exercises into standard athletic training regimens. allaba and abbas (2022) advocate for the use of workouts that enhance neuromuscular compatibility for deaf and dumb athletes within sports curricula and programs tailored for this demographic. dyck (2011) emphasises the need of implementing balance and motor coordination exercises to enhance the precision of low-foot shooting in the sport of football. the nature of the deaf category, stemming from hearing loss, indicates that the sense of sight enables the learner to comprehend the execution of new movements, hence facilitating the observation of initial outward appearances. the essential aspects of the movement are highlighted when demonstrating the kinetic model, and its repetition enhances the precision of the action. presenting the models to the learner stimulates passion and fosters a sense of kinaesthetic awareness. this indicates that the learner or trainee actively engages with both external and internal incentives, in addition to those perceived through tactile sensations and the equilibrium of temperature and motion; the sense of sight aids in discerning the body's position and form during movement. ultimately, it may be asserted that diverse educational programs are crucial for enhancing proficiency levels. motor and skill competencies of athletes and non-athletes across many physical and sporting activities these exercises should be complemented with visual activities, as they stimulate sensory engagement for enhanced performance. visual exercises are intriguing, requiring no surgical intervention or extensive visual supplies; rather, they are tasks that individuals can execute effectively. they hold equal importance alongside other forms of exercise, such as physical, skill-based, and tactical training. conclusions 1. the visual education program used has a positive impact on improving the performance of football skills for players with disabilities (deaf and dumb). 2. the existence of statistically significant differences between the pre-measurement and the postmeasurement among the experimental sample valid post-measurement in the football skills tests under research. 3. the existence of statistically significant differences between the control sample and the experimental sample in the valid dimensional measurement of the experimental sample in the football skills tests under research. 4. the experimental sample outperformed the control sample in the results of the football skills tests under research. 5. visual exercise programs are of great importance for players with hearing disabilities in learning and improving football skills american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org proposals 1. the use of visual exercises because of their importance in learning football skills for players with disabilities (deaf and dumb). 2. attention to the development of visual cognitive abilities for their great contribution to learning sports skills. 3. diversification in educational programs between visual exercises skill and planning. 4. conducting research on visual exercise in various sports activities in the community of players with disabilities (deaf and dumb). 5. paying attention to research related to players with disabilities and conducting them on various aspects of movement, skill and planning. references 1. aksum, k. m., brotangen, l., bjørndal, c. t., magnaguagno, l., & jordet, g. (2021). scanning activity of elite football players in 11 vs. 11 match play: an eye-tracking analysis on the duration and visual information of scanning. plos one, 16(8), e0244118. 2. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). developing ball dribbling and passing skills using the integrative and reciprocal methods of emerging footballers. international journal of revolution in science and humanity, 10(2), 13-20. 3. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). effects of a training program for the plyometric on the harmonic abilities and muscular ability of football players. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 6, 60-69. 4. al behadili, h. j. h., & kasim, m. a. (2022). the implications for learning of transferring on passing skills in junior football players. open access repository, 8(9), 39-49. 5. appelbaum, l. g., & erickson, g. (2018). sports vision training: a review of the state-of-the-art in digital training techniques. international review of sport and exercise psychology, 11(1), 160-189. 6. appelbaum, l. g., & erickson, g. (2018). sports vision training: a review of the state-of-the-art in digital training techniques. international review of sport and exercise psychology, 11(1), 160-189. 7. armila, p., rannikko, a., & torvinen, p. (2018). young players with intellectual disabilities and sport as a leisure activity: notions from the finnish welfare society. leisure studies, 37(3), 295-306. 8. bayraktar, g. (2011). the effect of cooperative learning on students' approach to general gymnastics course and academic achievements. educational research and reviews, 6(1), 62. 9. bores-garcía, d., hortigüela-alcalá, d., fernandez-rio, f. j., gonzález-calvo, g., & barbamartín, r. (2021). research on cooperative learning in physical education: systematic review of the last five years. research quarterly for exercise and sport, 92(1), 146-155. 10. coutinho, d., kelly, a. l., santos, s., figueiredo, p., pizarro, d., & travassos, b. (2023). exploring the effects of tasks with different decision-making levels on ball control, passing performance, and external load in youth football. children, 10(2), 220. 11. dyson, b., shen, y., xiong, w., & dang, l. (2022). how cooperative learning is conceptualized and implemented in chinese physical education: a systematic review of literature. ecnu review of education, 5(1), 185-206. 12. erickson, g. b. (2020). sports vision: vision care for the enhancement of sports performance. elsevier health sciences. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 13. fernández-espínola, c., abad robles, m. t., collado-mateo, d., almagro, b. j., castillo viera, e., & gimenez fuentes-guerra, f. j. (2020). effects of cooperative-learning interventions on physical education students’ intrinsic motivation: a systematic review and meta-analysis. international journal of environmental research and public health, 17(12), 4451. 14. fernandez-rio, j., & casey, a. (2021). sport education as a cooperative learning endeavour. physical education and sport pedagogy, 26(4), 375-387. 15. iglesias, d., & fernandez-rio, j. (2024). a model fidelity check in cooperative learning research in physical education. physical education and sport pedagogy, 1-16. 16. jaradat, n. a., & dhia'a, y. (2023). the effectiveness of a sports program in developing the social skills of deaf individuals in a jordanian sample. 17. maher, a. j. (2021). disrupting phonocentricism for teaching deaf pupils: prospective physical education teachers’ learning about visual pedagogies and non-verbal communication. physical education and sport pedagogy, 26(4), 317-329. 18. manouvrier, c., cassirame, j., & ahmaidi, s. (2016). proposal for a specific aerobic test for football players: the “footeval”. journal of sports science & medicine, 15(4), 670. 19. mežan, l. ž., & škof, b. (2023). cooperative learning vs. direct instruction in youth sport: effects on children’s motor learning. kinesiologia slovenica: scientific journal on sport, 29(2), 136-156. 20. newman, t. j. (2020). life skill development and transfer:“they’re not just meant for playing sports”. research on social work practice, 30(6), 643-657. 21. nshimiyimana, j., uwihoreye, p., muhigirwa, j. c., & niyonsega, t. (2023). neurofunctional intervention approaches. in neurorehabilitation and physical therapy. intechopen. 22. perdana, r. p., supriatna, e., yanti, n., & suryadi, d. (2023). team game tournament (tgt)type cooperative learning model: how does it affect the learning outcomes of football shooting?. edu sportivo: indonesian journal of physical education, 4(1), 86-96. 23. pifer, n. d., wang, y., scremin, g., pitts, b. g., & zhang, j. j. (2018). contemporary global football industry: an introduction. the global football industry, 3-35. 24. post, e. g., trigsted, s. m., schaefer, d. a., cadmus-bertram, l. a., watson, a. m., mcguine, t. a., ... & bell, d. r. (2020). knowledge, attitudes, and beliefs of youth sports coaches regarding sport volume recommendations and sport specialization. the journal of strength & conditioning research, 34(10), 2911-2919. 25. poucher, z. a., tamminen, k. a., & kerr, g. (2023). olympic and paralympic athletes’ perceptions of the canadian sport environment and mental health. qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 15(5), 636-653. 26. prasetyo, k., soegiyanto, s., & irawan, f. a. (2019). the effect of exercise methods and eyefoot coordination on football passing accuracy. journal of physical education and sports, 8(4), 8287. 27. ric, a., torrents, c., gonçalves, b., torres-ronda, l., sampaio, j., & hristovski, r. (2017). dynamics of tactical behaviour in association football when manipulating players' space of interaction. plos one, 12(7), e0180773. 28. rivera-pérez, s., fernandez-rio, j., & iglesias gallego, d. (2021). effects of an 8-week cooperative learning intervention on physical education students’ task and self-approach goals, and emotional intelligence. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(1), 61. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 29. rivera-pérez, s., fernandez-rio, j., & iglesias gallego, d. (2021). effects of an 8-week cooperative learning intervention on physical education students’ task and self-approach goals, and emotional intelligence. international journal of environmental research and public health, 18(1), 61. 30. salih, m. m. m., hashim, r. s., & kasim, m. a. (2021). forecasting achievement sports through cooperative learning in handball training in physical education. annals of applied sport science, 9(3), 0-0. 31. smith, b., & bundon, a. (2018). disability models: explaining and understanding disability sport in different ways. the palgrave handbook of paralympic studies, 15-34. 32. tang, n., & li, p. (2012). study on cooperative learning teaching mode in university tennis teaching. in informatics and management science i (pp. 545-552). london: springer london. 33. wibisono, r., kartiko, d. c., & hartoto, s. (2018). improve the motivation of learning and learning outcomes passing down volleyball through cooperative learning model. journal of physical education health and sport, 5(2), 39-45. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org literary dialogue reflections on the noble quran (surat taha as a model) munadhil adil kasim imam kadhim faculty of islamic sciences university munadil.adil@iku.edu.iq emad kadhim katea imam kadhim faculty of islamic sciences university farah sami imam kadhim faculty of islamic sciences university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the holy quran is replete with dialogue, employing it as a fundamental method for persuasion and communication among individuals of many races, beliefs, thoughts, and perceptions regarding allah, existence, the unseen, and the hereafter. this encouraged me to halt and contemplate the principles, etiquette, and prerequisites of debate in the holy quran, particularly the discourse among contradictory perspectives. the almighty proclaims: "say, "you will not be asked about what we committed, and we will not be asked about what you do." what captivated my attention was his portrayal of the injustices against muslims as criminal acts: {say, "you will not be asked about what we committed}, whereas he depicted the injustices against non-believers in a neutral manner, refraining from a negative stance, stating: {and we will not be asked about what you do}. the two descriptions stem from the prior assumption in the preceding verse, which places the interlocutors on equal footing without preconceived biases {and indeed, we or you are either upon guidance or in clear error}. they undoubtedly provide the most suitable foundation for a serious and constructive dialogue aimed at persuasion and subsequent reform. this topic pertains to the re-invocation of the holy quran , which has significantly shaped this nation, leading to its identification as the nation of the quran , and has maintained a notable influence in its existence. an objector can enquire: how is that possible when he recites continuously, both day and night? this does not alter the truth in any way. it is not merely a request for additional recitation, but rather an appeal for contemplation, comprehension, and action beyond that. it is evident that the interpretation of the holy quran has significantly changed over time. in ancient times, if the nation regarded the holy quran as its foundational point, purpose, and focal concern—serving as both the starting point and the reference for measuring and evaluating the cultures of peoples and civilisations that reflections, literary dialogue, the holy quran, surah taha american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org embraced it—our contemporary circumstances have undergone significant transformation. this scenario necessitates a thorough examination of the fundamental question: "how do we engage with the quran ?" despite the problem's extensive and multifaceted nature, the assertion that it may be addressed in any study endeavour is illusory. nonetheless, this does not preclude their contribution to the provocation, which we hope will not be in vain. consequently, adhering to the principle of "what is not perceived does not depart," i selected the domain of dialogue in the holy quran , aspiring that our contributions may foster a broader appeal for enhanced communication, potentially mitigating the severity of the conflicts observed among individuals, nations, and civilisations, along with their repercussions. i intentionally selected the title "the culture of dialogue in the holy quran " to demonstrate that dialogue is not a peripheral or minor element of the quran ic text, but rather a significant characteristic of it. the quran advocated for discussion, delineated its characteristics, and cautioned against its drawbacks. integrating all these elements, we arrive at what may be termed a "culture of dialogue in the holy quran". introduction )سورة طه انموذجاً( تأمالت ادبية حوارية في القران الكريم أ.م.د مناضل عادل قاسم كلية االمام الكاظم )ع( للعلوم اإلسالمية الجامعة munadil.adil@iku.edu.iq م.د عماد كاظم كاطع كلية االمام الكاظم )ع( للعلوم اإلسالمية الجامعة فرح سامي السيدة كلية االمام الكاظم )ع( للعلوم اإلسالمية الجامعة مستخلصال القرآن الكريم زاخٌر بالحوار، واتخذه منهجا أسااااااااااااسااااااااااا ا لاسنال والتوا ااااااااااا النا اخت أ راسهم هللا والح اا والي او والااار اةخر ذ اذا ماا كعنو ل توست والتا ما كو سوا اا ومعتقاااتهم وأككاار م وترااااااااااااااوراتهم الحوار وآ ابه ومتط باته كو القرآن الكريم، وخا ااااااااااي الحوار التخت اخت كا راااااااااا ل ا التناس ذ قو {ذ وما ل ت انتبا و بشا و ه تعال ل تنكرات كو ق ُس َّلا ُتْسَ ُلوَن َ تاا َأْجَرْمَنا َوََّل ُنْسَ ُ َ تاا َتْعَتُ وَن تعال : } َ ُلوَن َ تاا َأْجَرْمَنا التساااا ت بامجرا : } {، نتا و اااات التنكرات كو ق الك ار و اااا ا محا اا، ولم تخذ ُس َّلا ُتسااااْ َ ُ َ تاا َتْعَتُ ونَ موس ا سااااا ب ا منها، سا : } {ذ ذان الو ااااا ان مبن ان اَّلكتراا الساااااا ق كو اة ي التو َوََّل ُنساااااْ َوِإناا َأْو ِ ااُكْم َلَعَ ٰ ُ ًاى تساابقه، كلا اَّلكتراا الذي اام التتحاوري ن ت متساااويت ون مواست مساابقي } َ مبِب {، و تا شاا تال ن أنساو أرضا ي لحوار جا وءناه ها ل امسنال ام ام ا نذ نار َأْو ِكو ضاَ ذا التوضول كو طار ما تك تست ته بإ ا استح ار القرآن الكريم؛ كالقرآن الذي خ ق ذه األمي ت ست ت american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org باستها و ركت النا ب مي القرآن، نان له ور بارز كو اتهاذ سا تساه معترا: ن ت كون كلا و و ُ ت ل نهار؟! أسو : ذا األمر َّل ي ر م الحق قي شاااا ً اذ كالتساااا لي ل ساااات ط ًبا لتةيا م الت و ، و و ل ما و كوق كلا، أ نو الت كر وال هم والعت ذ وم الت ظات الواضحي أن اَّلستنباط م القرآن الكريم لم عا ما نان ه سااااااااااااااابًقا! كا نانت األمي كو العرااااااااااااااور اليا ر سا اتخذت القرآن الكريم منط قها و ا تها ومح ا تتامها، منه تنط ق وإل ه تعو ، وءه تق س، و ضااااو ه تحكم وتةن اقاكات الشااااعور والح ااااارات التو تتع تها، كإن النا ال و سا تي ر نال ًرا! و ذا الوضاااام تط و منا مراجعي شااااام ي كو طار الساااا"ا الكب ر: مك ت نتعام مم القرآن الكريم؟مذ ومم أن التشاك ي هذه الشاتول ي واَّلتساال، كإن ا اه اطتها كو بحم، مهتا نان جته، ضارر م الخ ا ذ َّل أن كلا َّل تنم م امسااااااها كو اارتها، و و ما نرجو أَّل كون كا ا ذ لذا، وانط ًسا م مباأ: مما َّل ُ ارك َّل ُ تركم، اخترُت مجا الحوار كو القرآن الكريم، راجً ا أن نسااااااااااااهم ك ه ضاااااااااااات و امي لتةيا م التوا ااااا ، لع كلا خ ت م ا ما نساااااتعه ونراه م ااااارال األكرا والشاااااعور والح اااااارات وما تبعهذ أما نوان مااخ تو، ماقاكي الحوار كو القرآن الكريمم، كقا اخترته تًاا؛ مابات أن الحوار ل س جانًبا ضاااااااااااا ًقا أو اانوًيا م جوانو النص القرآنو، و ساااااااتي بارز ك هذ كقا ا القرآن ل الحوار، و ا معالته، و ذ ر م مسااااااااو هذ وءجتم ن ذا، نحر ما تك تست ته ماقاكي الحوار كو القرآن الكريممذ ذ سور طه, القران الكريم ,ا ي واريي ,ت م ت الكلمات المفتاحية: المبحث االول التعريف بالبحث المطلب االول التأمل في اللغة واالصطالحتعريف التأمل في اللغة: : اولا س ق النظر، واسااااااااااااااتعتاا ال كر كو التخ وساات بيرا اَّلتعااا والتاذنر ذ ومناه التا ما التعركو، و و و و معان النظر كو الحوا ث، وضااااااااااب اااااااااا اتها، وتقريو بع ااااااااااها م بع ل كشاااااااااات القوان ذ ومنه الت م ، وأككار، طريق ، أو الي ساااااتسااااا م ك ها امنساااااان لتا تر كو خاطره م معان ال سااااا و، و و اساااااتيراق ك نو الت ك ر التتعتِ ق كو موضول تط و ترن ة الذ ، واَّلنتباه)1(ذ )1( ينظر: جمرل صةلربا، المجم الللفةلي، 1، دار الكتب اللبناني، مكتبة المدرسةة ، يررو – لبنان، 1982م، 159/1. وينظر: أحمد ، القاهرة ، 2إيراهر كاظ ، دراسةا يي التريرة اسسةيمرة وأصةالاا النظرية والللفةلرة، دار الفةيم لل بالة والنلةر والتا ي ، .55، صم1983 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org ْوِه: كا أَ اَ الناَظَر ك ه َمراً بعا ُأْخَرىذ و و التاَ مبُ أ اااااااااًا: التا مبُ : َتْكراُر الناظاِر وِإ اَمُتُه، َتقوُ : َتَ ماَ كو الشاااااااااا ِ َتِي ِم اأَلَمِ ، و و: التاَتهبُ كو الناَظِر والتاَ نِ و، وَتَ ماَ كو اأَلْمِر، أْي: َتَتهاَ كو الناَظِر ك ه ولم َ ْسَتْعِجْ ذ وَأْ ُ الكَ اأَلْمِرذ وِم معاِن ه أ ااًا: الراجاُه والتاَوسبُم واَّلْنِتظاُرذ وُيْطَ ُق التااَلببِت والتاَ قبِ ، كُ قا : َتَ ماَ الراُجُ : كا َتاَلباَت كو ُر والتاَ كبُر والتاَا برُ )2(ذ التاَبرب التأمل اصطالحاا: : ثانياا م، منها: بار: َتْةِك اي النبُ وِ ، وءار: الةبْ ا والَوَرل، وءار: آ ار ِت َوِ طَ ُم )َت مب ( كو ِ اا مواضاااااااِ َ ِر ُمراااااااْ الُقْرآِن، وَ ْ ر كلا)3(ذ َتُ التاَ مبَ وا ُ الَخْ راِت وَمْبَاُأ الُعُ وِ والَتعاِرِ ، وَيشاااااااااااااْ لتاَ كبَر كو التاَ مبُ ِم أَْ َظِم ِ با اِت الَقْ ِو، و و َأ اااااااااااااْ ْن ا وُطُرِق َمراااااااااِلِم اةِخَرِ وكو ُطُرِق َجْ ِبها، وكو َ ْكِم َمخاِطِر اةِخَرِ وكو ُطُرِق اْجِتناِ ها، والتاَ مبَ كو َمراااااااااِلِم الاب ْن ا وُطُرِق اَّلْ ِتراِز ِمْنهاذ وأَْ َظُم اأَلْسساِ : التاَ مبُ كو َمراِلِم اةِخَرِ ، نال تا مبِ كو آ اِت هللِا َتْحِر ِ ها، وكو َم اِسِا الاب ْرِ اِي والَكْوِن ايِ )4(ذ الشا المطلب الثاني واالصطالح تعريف الحوار في اللغة تعريف الحوار لغة: : اولا أ ااا ه م م وارم أي الرجول م شاااوه أو ل شاااوهذ متحاوروام أي مراجعي الك ذ الحوار مراجعي ل تنطق والك كو الحا م )5(ذ الحوار والتحاور مترا كان كو الك ، بتا كو كلا التحاور )6(ذ تعريف الحوار اصطالحاا: : ثانياا راجعي وتبا الك طرك ذ وسا ر كه البع ب نه نول م الحوار شااااااااخراااااااا ، أو جتا ت ، تم ك اه تباا الك نهتاا باالتساااااااااااااااوي، بح ام َّل سااااااااااااااتا ار أ اا تاا ون اةخر، ويسااااااااااااااو ه الهااوه والبعاا العاااو )2( ينظر: المجم الللفلي لممرل صلربا، ص159. )3( لبد الفيم محمد هارون، مقايرس اللغة، المملد االول، دار المرل ، 6، ب. .140/1. و محمد ين أحمد ين األ هري الاروي، م2001يررو ، –، دار إحراء التراث الجريي 1، 8هة(، المحقق: محمد لاض مرلب ، تاذيب اللغة، ٣٧٠أيا منصار ) :15/284. )4( أيا الحفةةن للي ين إسةةمالرل ين سةةردس المرسةةي : ٤٥٨هةةةةةةل ، المحك والمحرظ األلظ ، المحقق: لبد الحمرد هنداوي، 1، .10/416، م2000يررو ، –، دار الكتب الجلمرة 11 )5( للي ين محمد ين للي الزين اللةةريا المرجاني ) ٨١٦هةةةةةة( ، التجريلا ، 1، دار الكتب الجلمرة يررو – لبنان، 1983م، . 66ص )6( أيا هيل الحفةةن ين لبد ب ين سةةال ين سةةجرد ين يحره ين ماران الجفةةكري ) نحا ٣٩٥هةةةةةةة( ، اللروو اللغاية، دار الجل .75ص ، مصر، ب. –والثقاية للنلر والتا ي ، القاهرة american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org والتعراااااااوذ و و نول م اة ار الرك عي وأ ا أساااااااال بها )7(ذ وال رق الحوار والجاا و أن الجاا شاااااااا كو الك ، مم التتساااااا بالرأي والتعراااااو له، وأما الحوار كهو مجر مراجعي الك الطرك ون وجو خراااااومي بال اااااااارور ، اليالو ه الهاوه والبعا التعرااااااااو )8(ذ ناك كرق الحوار والتناظر ، التناظر تا الت م والنظر، أما الحوار كتا مراجعي الك ومناسشاااااااته)9(ذ باو لو أن اَّلخت نظري، ويعو ل ظهور بع الترااط حات وشاا و ها كو راار ون آخرذ ك و راار نان مرااط م مالتناظر م شااا ًعا كو ن نقا القاماهذ ام كو ذا العراااار، شااااال شااااخراااا و مساااا لي ت ي، ت نا نا ًرا ما تجا مرااااط م مالحوارم نا مرط م مالحوارم هذا التعن ، ت نا نا ًرا ما تستم ره )10(ذ المطلب الثالث رآن الكريمـــي القـــــــوار فـــــــالح لقاا أول القرآن الكريم أ ت اي نب ر ل حوار، و اذا ل س بيرياو، كاالحوار و خ ر سااااااااااااااب ا لاسناال، نبم م ا، نبم م اخ امنساانذ وسا ضارر لنا القرآن الكريم أ تاق اا به، وامسنال أساا ام تان، َّل ُ را كرضاً أمال ي نال ر الحوار، منها ما جرى را م ه السا والرج الذي آتاه هللا الت ا )11(، سراي موسا ه الساا ط و م رءه أن كن له رتيته )12(، سرااي ساا ه الساا ساا له رءه ساا لت النا أن تخذوه وأمه له م ون هللا ة وج )13(، وسراااااي أ اااااحار الجنت )14(، وسراااااي سارون مم سومه)15(، وسراااااي او ه الساااا مم الخراااات )16(، وسرااااي نون ه الساااا مم سومه)17(ذ وسرااااي ا نو آ )18(، وسرااااي موساااا ه السااااا مم العبا الراااااالم)19(ذ وم ت م ذه األمال ي و ر ا ت كا أن القرآن الكريم عتتا بشاااااك نب ر )7( اللروو اللغاية : )ص 75(. )8( أيا حامد محمد ين محمد الغزالي ال اسي ) ٥٠٥هة(، إحراء للام الدين، 4، دار المجرية – يررو ، ب. ، 126/4. )9( ينظر: صالح ين حمرد، أصال الحاار وآدايه يي اسسيم، مملد1، دار المنارة لل بالة والنلر، ب. .، ص28. )10( ينظر: محمد سةةجد ين أحمد ين مفةةجاد الرايي، آداب الحاار )دراسةةة ت(صةةرلرة(، دار الا ن لل بالة والنلةةر، الرياضالمملكة .153الجريرة الفجادية، ب. ، ص )11( يي سارة البقرة، آية 259-258. )12( يي سارة األلراف، آية 143. )13( يي سارة المائدة، آية 116. )14( يي سارة الكاا، آية 18. )15( يي سارة القصص، آية 76. )16( سارة ص، آية21. )17( سارة األلراف، آية 59. )18( سارة المائدة، آية 27. )19( سارة الكاا، آية 65. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org أسااا ور الحوار كو توضااا م التواست، ونشااات الحقا ق، و اا ي العق ، وتحريا الوجاان، والتار كو الجا ا ترامًا لكرامي امنسان، وركعًا لتكاني العق الذي نبيو أن قتنم بالال الواضم والنور )20(ذ أصول الحوار: ناك تااخ وتقارر واضاااااااااام التبا . واأل اتذ سا كون كو التبا . أ ات ُتسااااااااااهم كو نجان الحوار )21(، كلا، نشااااااااا ر نا ل بع التبا . التهتي، وترك الباسو كو كقر أخرى و آ ار الحوارذ وم أ م مبا . :الحوار ــل نبيو أن كون الحوار كو سااااب هللا تعال ، أي لكشاااات الحق قي والو ااااو ل هاذ ويجو أن األول:األصـ تكون اذه الر باي ااضاااااااااااااار لااى الطرك ، وأَّل كون الهاا مجر الي باي والي بايذ ا أن كون الحوار خاال اًا م التعرااااااو، ومجر البحم الحق قي، بع ًاا العنت والعاط ي، وءع ًاا ن ما ُ سااااااا الق ور وُيه الن و )22(ذ التعركي: جو الُتحاور أن كون ُمِ تًّا بالتوضاول الذي ُ ريا ُمناسشاتهذ َّل نبيو أل ا أن األصـل الثاني: اخ سااااااااا ي الحوار سب أن ُ جه ة ن سااااااااه بالكام باأل وات الع ت ي وال كريي ال زميذ كتوضااااااااول الحوار، والتعركي نه م الوسو أرا اا تي َّل ت ا اااااا ه، والتساااااا م بالحج واأل لي، أساااااا حي كع الي كو ا الُتحاور الناجم، ُتتك رما متحرني )23(ذ ــل الثالث: جو أن كون ناك تكاك" الطرك ، أي أن كونا متقارء كو التعركي والالقاكي والعق األصـــــ قو امماا و ) اه الساااااااااااااا ( ماا جاا لات جاا ً َّل و بنو وماا جاا لات ، وكو كلاا وال هم، وإَّل او الجه ه االتاًا َّل بتاه، ناذلاا جاو أن نا خاذ بااَّل تباار التكااك" كو التنه واألساااااااااااااا ور ك جااي وار طر من تم متحرر مم طر آخر متعرو مني ق كاته )24(ذ .. https://www.moswarat.com)20( ينظر: أصال الحاار، الندوة الجالمرة لللباب اسسيمي )21( ينظر: يحي ين محمد حفةةن ين أحمد مزمي، الحاار آدايه واةةااي ه يي اةةاء الكتاب والفةةنة، دار التريرة والتراث رمادي .56م ، ص1994 -هة1414، 1للنلر، )22( أحمد ين لبد الرحمن الصةايان، الحاار أصةاله المنامرة وآدايه الفةلاكرة، دار الا ن لل بالة والنلةر، الرياض المملكة الجريرة .20م، ص 1993هة، 1413الفجادية، )23( مممالة مؤللرن ، ألضةاء هرةة التدريس سفة الدراسةا اسسةيمرة، المدلل إله الثقاية اسسةيمرة، جامجة الملد سةجاد، ب. ، .24ص )24( يحار األناار الجيمة المملفي : ١ \ ١٦٠ https://www.moswarat.com/ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org تحا ا موضاااول الحوار ونقطي الخ ذ سا خت ت طركا الحوار كو مساااا ا ا ، َّل مسااا لي األصــل الرا: : وا ا كق ، ام اور الحوار كو مسااااا لي أخرى ون اَّلت اق التسااااا لي األول ذ ك ت رل الحوار ويطو كو مسااااا لي اانويي بع ا موضول الحوار، ك ربم ا ًتا، ضواب ، رس و، نت جي )25(ذ نها ي النتا ونسااااب تها: م التهم معركي أن الرأي العق و كو ذا التباأ نساااابو كو َّللته األصــل المام : الت اور: مرأ و اااااوار وسا كون خط ، ورأي ري الراااااوار أو الخط ، وما اا كلا اخ كو نطاق القو خط وسا كون اااواًبامذ وءناًه كلا، ل س م شاااروط نجان الحوار أن ت ق أ ا الطرك مم رأي اةخرذ كإكا تحقق كلا وات قا رأي، نان التعن التقرو و اليا ي النها ي، وإَّل نان الحوار ناجمً )26(ذ الحوار:آداب أول امسااا أ ت ي باليي ل حوار، تاًنا منه ب ن ال طر البشاااريي تت ل هذ ويا و ل اَّللتةا باة ار الراااح حي كو تحق ق األ اا الترجو ذ وم آ ار ن شااااااااااه هللا-لك م ر و كو التشاااااااااارني كو أي وار، ل وكق :الحوار م أ م ما نبيو ل ُتحاور الترن ة ه كو واره اَّللتةا بآ ار الحا م والجاا ، قو :المحاورة :الحســـــــ ذ 1 هللا تعال كو محكم التنةي : ﴿ َوقُل ِلِعبَاِدي يَقُولُواْ الَّتِي ِهَي أَْحَسنُ ﴾ )27(ذ جو تجنو ن ما ا الكبر والعجو والكبرياه، وم التواضام كو الحوار ترك : التواضـ :القول والفعلذ 2 أل اا تا الكبر والكبرياه، مال : رأ نا نذا، ورأ ت نذا، وس ت، وما أشبه كلا )28(ذ شاا نال ر م النا كو ترك انطبال جا و كو ن و م تقون هم ألو مر ، ألنهم َّل :حسـ التـتما ذ 3 تك م التسااااااتتم، َّل ُ عرونه ا تتاًما، راااااايون ل هم ج ًااذ ُ رنةون ا تتامهم ما ساااااا قولونه ل تسااااااتتمذ كإكا لع تهم أن معظم النا ُ ون التستتم الج ا التتحاث الج ا )29(ذ جو الُتحاور أن كون منراً ا، َّل أن ُ برر الحق، أن ُ باي جابه بتا ُ قامه م : العدل واإلنصـا ذ 4 أككار اااااح حي، وأ لي ج ا ، ومع ومات جا ا ذ لهذا امنراااااا أاٌر بالا كو سبو الحق، نتا ُ عطو الُتحاور رون التوضاااو يذ كالتعراااو و ا سبو الحق م الرااا ات الُتذمومي كو نتار هللا، كقا أمرنا هللا بامنراااا )25( الحاار أصاله المنامرة وآدايه الفلاكرة، أحمد الصايان، ص 64. )26( أصال الحاار وآدايه يي اسسيم، صالح ين حمرد، ص 23. )27( سارة اسسراء، آية 53. )28( أصال الحاار، الندوة الجالمرة لللباب اسسيمي، ص: 49. )29( المصدر نلفه. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org نَ ُن قَْوم الَّ أَيَُّها يَا ﴿: ت مم أ اا نا، نتا سا تعال ِط َوالَ يَْجِرَمنَُّكْم شَُ َهَدا بِاْلِقسُْ ِ شُُ اِميَن لِِله ِذيَن آَمنُواْ ُكونُواْ قَوَّ َ َخبِيٌر بَِما تَْعَملُوَن ﴾)30()31(ذ َ إِنَّ ّللاه َعلَى أاَلَّ تَْعِدلُواْ اْعِدلُواْ ُهَو أَْقَرُب ِللتَّْقَوى َواتَّقُواْ ّللاه جو الت اوا أن كون تًا ااابورًا، وَّل ي اااو ألت ه األسااابار، كإن كلا " ي ل :الحلم والصــ رذ 5 الن ور منه والبعا نه، وَّل " ي الي اااو ل الخرااام و اا ته، ك كون كلا بالح م والرااابر، وم ااا اته نتا نِيَن ﴾)32( ، م أ مراتو الرااااااابر ر ُ يُِحبُّ اْلُمْحسُُِ سا تعال : ﴿ َواْلَكاِظِمينَ اْلغَْيظَ َواْلعَافِينَ عَ ِن النَّاِس َوّللاه األكى بال طت، لتا لذلا م أار ظ م الُتحاورذ ككال ٌر مت ا تاى لم ُ هتاي بع م الُتحاور وأساا وءه كو ه بال طت )33(ذ الحوار ام جا و الساااااااا م و وار الجا ، بحساااااااا خ قه و ساااااااا خ قه وتحت ه ل كى ور ا مكان ات تجاوز اذ نه موضااااو و نظر ل ام جا ات والساااا ب ات كو آن وا ا، ويرى العقبات، ويرى أ ااااً وار اااااااااااا ق و ت ق، واضااااااااااام الك تات ومعان هاذ نه وار متكاكت ت م ل طرك كر اااااااااااي التعب ر وام اال الرا ق، ويحتر الرأي اةخر، ويارك تت ي اخت اةراه النا ، وآ ار اَّلخت ، وتقب هذ الم حث الثاني الحوار في القصص القرآني المطلب الول أنوا الحوار القرآني الحوار أسا ور م أساال و التقارر والت ا ، أي أنه كو أ ا اا ت كو الح اار امسا م ي، وسا اساتتر كو متارسي كا ته التوا ي م خ اتخاك أنتاط مخت ي، ن نت تناسو مم طب عي التخاطب )34(ذ ُ ة التخاطو بالتوضول الذي الحوار ال رهاني: :أولا ن ل ً ق ًا م خ األس ي واألجوءي، م ألنه ُ كو ا الحوار م أج ه مسنا ه به وإرشا ه ل هذ وسا ا توى القرآن الكريم أمال ي نال ر م ذا النول م الحوار ُت خص معن األس ي القرآن ي وأجوءتها الواجبي التتحاوري ، والنت جي ا ه ي ا ه ي، ُ قر ها ن ق س مذ ولع أسوى مالا الحوار البر انو و ابات وجو الخالق وت ر ه بامله ي، وسا ور كلا كو ور أس ي كو )30( سارة المائدة، آية 8. )31( المدلل إله الثقاية اسسيمرة، ألضاء هرةة التدريس سف الدراسا اسسيمرة، جامجة الملد سجاد، ص53. )32( سارة آل لمران، آية 134. )33( المدلل إله الثقاية اسسيمرة، ألضاء هرةة التدريس سف الدراسا اسسيمرة، جامجة الملد سجاد، ص 52. )34( نم لبد ب كاظ ملكلة الحاار يي الرواية الجريرة لال الكتب الحديث، األردن، 1427هة، 2007م،ص: 63. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org وار سرآنو ) 35(، سا تعال : }أَْم ُخِلقُوا ِمْن َغْيِر َشْي أَمْ ُهُم اْلَخاِلقُونَ {) 36( ، وسوله تعال : }أَْم ِعنَدُهْم َخَزائُِن َربهَِك أَْم ُهُم اْلُمَصْيِطُرونَ {) 37(ذ كهو ان أن هللا و الرزاق والتس"و توزيم الرزق ك تاه لت شاه ويتسكه ت تعال : سوله كو الس"ا بطريقي الحوار ويستتر ذا فَْليَأِْت } شاهذ فِيِه يَْستَِمعُوَن ُسلٌَّم لَُهْم بُِسْلَطان ُأَْم ْستَِمعُُهم بِين {) 38(ذ و و ان أن هللا تعال و الذي أنة القرآن، وأن التشرن وشرنا هم َّل ي لهم بالتج س األ ، مُّ ذ و ذه قا ق تالبت جة التشرن وشرنا هم، وءالتقا تالبت س مي نبو هللا تعال الحوار طرك أو أكالر، رت التهم الن س ي أو ُ شعر القار. ها، ها اور ذا :الحوار الوصفي :ثانياا رشا م ل اَّلستااه بالرالح ، واَّل تعا ن شر ونرا يذ و و اوره وار ال اي أشكا ) 39( ذ َوقَالُوا إِن َهذَا إاِلَّ } تحاورون ك تا نهم ويباون رأ هم كو البعم قو تعال : ك حوار أهل ال ار م :عضهم: -1 بِينٌ ، أَإِذَا ِمتْنَا وَ ُكنَّا تَُرابًا َوِعَظاًما أَإِنَّا لََمْبعُوثُوَن ، أََوآبَاُؤنَا األولُونَ {) 40(ذ ِسْحٌر مُّ أُولَئَِك لَُهْم } نع م أ الجني الذ تتتعون ك ه، قو تعال : م رت هللا تعال :الحوار بي أهل الج ة : ثالثاا ْكَرُمونَ ، فِي َجنَّاِت النَِّعيِم ، َعلَى ُسُرر ُمتَقَابِِليَن{) 41(ذ ْعلُوٌم ، فََواِكهُ َوُهم مُّ ِرْزٌق مَّ رت لنا ا أ الجني وما م ك ه م نع م، و ا :حوار بي أهل الج ة وأهل ال ار وأصحاب األعرا : را:عاا أ النار وما م ك ه م شقاه وشقاه و ذارذ ويباأ الحوار بعا أن اطت ن أ الجني ل منازلهم، واست قظ أ َوَعَدنَا َما َوَجْدنَا قَدْ أَن النَّارِ أَْصَحابَ اْلَجنَّةِ أَْصَحابُ َونَاَدى } : النار م تهم، كُ هم أ الجنيذ قو هللا تعال ا َوَعدَ َربُُّكمْ َحق ا ةٌ {) 42(ذ ام تو النااه الخاص أل النار لسان م"كن نا ي َربُّنَا َحق ا فََهلْ َوَجدتُّم مَّ نٌ }فَأَذَّنَ : الجني والنار، سا هللا تعال ويَْبغُونََها للاِ َسبيل َعن يَُصدُّونَ الَِّذينَ ، الظَّاِلِمينَ َعلَى للاِ لَّْعنَةُ أَن بَْينَُهمْ ُمَؤذهِ ِعَوًجا َوُهم بِاْْلخِ َرةِ َكافُِروَن {)43( ذ و ت تم الحوار ويحقق لنا اكه رينا هللا مشها أ حار األ را قو َساَلٌم َعلَْيُكْم لَْم َوبَْينَُهَما ِحَجاٌب أَ َوَعلَى اأْلَْعَراِف ِرَجاٌل يَْعِرفُوَن ُكال بِِسيَماُهْم ةٌ َونَاَدْوا أَْصَحاَب اْلَجنَِّة أَن }تعال : يَْدُخلُوَها َوُهْم يَْطَمعُونَ {) 44(ذ )35( سلرمان للراتي، الخ اب القرآني مقارنة وصلرة لممالرة الفرد اسلما ي، دياان الم بالا المامجرة، المزائر، ص: 61. )36( سارة ال ار:35. )37( سارة ال ار:37. )38( سارة ال ار:38. )39( لبد الرحمن النحيوي، ، ص: 233. )40( سارة الصايا : 17-15. )41( سارة الصايا : 44-41. )42( سارة األلراف: 44. )43( سارة األلراف: 45-44. )44( سارة األلراف: 46. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org َحابَ اْلَجنَّةِ أَن سَُاَلمٌ َعلَْيُكمْ {)45(، وءعا ك ج و أ احار األ را السا أل الجني قو تعال :}َونَاَدْوا أَصُْ ما أكن لهم الاخو ل الجني كاخ و ا بتي ر م هللا ور تي منه)46(ذ :الحوار المطابي : خامساا هه القرآن الكريم لعبا هللا، أو ل رسو هللا ه وس م، أو لي ر م م النا ، نتا ك ب نااه أو س"ا وجِ ه قولهم وس وءهم ل أمر هتبهم، وُينبِ ههم ل و واٌر و لُ عرِ ضاااااااهم لاجابي والر ، أو لُ ت انتبا هم، ويوجِ تراااااااركات ُمشااااااا ني قو ها التنحركون ل تجنبها الت"منون، ول تذنروا نعتي هللا كم ويشاااااااكروه، ولُ وسظوا واط هم ٌه ل نبو اااااا هللا ، كقا ور كو القرآن الكريم برااااااور ُمخت ي، منها ما و ُموجا وضاااااات ر مذ ونذلا الحوار الب و ا يَُا}:وساااااااااااااا م، الاذي تا اار هاذا الك ت بك ذ قو هللا تعاال وا اه مُ ِلمَ النَّبِيُّ أَيُّهَُ لَّ للاُ لََُك تَْبتَِغي تَُحرهِ ا أَحَُ مَُ ِحيٌم التحريم {)47(ذ ونجا أ اااااًا الحوار موجهًا ل نا م أج ا تهم ل خالقهم ُ َغوُوٌر رَّ اَت أَْزَواِجَك َوّللاَّ َمْرضَُُ ا}: الاذي خ قهم مناه، نتاا قو هللا تعاال ا يَُ اسُ أَيُّهَُ ِذي َربَُّكمُ اتَّقُوا النَُّ ن َخلَقَُكم الَُّ ا َوا نَّْوس مهِ ا َزْوَجهَُ ََ ِمْنهَُ َدة َوَخلَ ُحِ َ َكانَ َعلَْيُكْم َرقِيبًا{)48(ذ ونجا أ اااااااًا اَ لُوَن بِِه َواأْلَْرَحاَم إِنَّ ّللاَّ َ الَِّذي تَسَُُُ اً َواتَّقُوا ّللاَّ َوبَثَّ ِمْنُهَما ِرَجااًل َكثِيًرا َونِسَُُُ ثُمَّ }: الحوار الب و الاذي وجهاه هللا تعاال ل باا ه، والاذي ك اه ناا اي هللا تعاال بعباا ه الت"من ، ساا هللا تعاال َصَدْقنَاُهمُ اْلَوْعدَ فَأَنَجْينَاُهمْ َوَمن نََّشا ُ َوأَْهلَْكنَا اْلُمْسِرفِيَن{)49(ذ كو ذا العرر، ُ شك الحوار وس ًي ل ت ا م الاو والشعور بر متال ها، :دور الحوار: تادتاا لت ق ا ر الخ وتقريو وجهات النظر التتعارضي والتتبا نيذ َّل أن ذا الحوار، الذي جري الاو والشعور، َّل ستها الحق ن سه، وَّل اكم ال رر ا به ًبا به، ها ل تحق ق الترالم، وإشبال األ واه، وتقاسم التناكم ) 50(ذ والقرآن الكريم خاتم الكتو الستاويي جاه ل ع م امنسان ن ت كون الحوار طريق ال كر والعق ا والعت ) 51(ذ كحاور القرآن ذلا امنسان ل عط ه أسس مسا الكون والح ا وياله ولهاذ وي عو الحوار ورا جا م"ار كو ن مر ي م مرا ا امنسان األ ي والع ت ي كقا ا مم تنول األككار واةراه واخت كها، كباأ واجهها ل تجسا له التعن الذي تنط ق ك ه أككار كو مجا العرا وكو م ا الررال، )45( سارة األلراف: 46. )46( لبد الرحمن النحيوي ، ص: 23-21. )47( سارة التحري :1. )48( سارة النفاء:1. )49( سارة االنبراء:9. )50( لبد الرحمن النحيوي، المرج نلفه، ص10. )51( محمد حفرن يضل ب الحاار يي القرآن الكري ، 1، دار المنصاري للنلر، دب، د ، ص 7. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org ك عط ها ي الوضون ت را م خ لها ذا الرأي أو كلا، ويجع س ا ا ال كر تتنام وتترا ا مخ ي وراه ا ا ا األتبال واألنرار، مشك وا ر مخت ي كات ت ارات ككريي واسترا ي واجتتا يذ المطلب الثاني الحوار في القصص القرآني ل قرااااااي القرآن ي م السااااااتات ال ن ي الخالرااااااي ما جع ها كات ت ا ر سوي كو التت ق ، كت خ القراه ن التتعتقي لنروص ذه القرص القرآن ي نجا ا أوكت اليرا تتاما، و و را نو بالارجي األول ، ضاكي ل م خراااا ص و نا ااار متت ة كو راااوكلا ققت م خ السااا اق والتنسااا ق القرآنو معجة مطالو ال القرااا الشااااخراااا ات والحاث والراااارال والةمان والتكان، والتو تحققت كو ااااور متت ة متشااااابكي بح م َّل تك ال راااا نهتا كوجو ن نراار تحقق وجو العنا اار األخرى، ك شااخراا ي ون اث ، وَّل اارال وار وَّل كع "ار كو الشااخراا ي، نتا ت"ار الشااخراا ي ك ه تقرءا منها ل الحساام اث تشااابا كو خ وط الحاث وأكعاله، كالح أو روءا ل البعا نه خوكا، ولم خ موست م مواست الا و م الجا الذي تت اااااااااتنه سراااااااااص األنب اه م وار ا .)52(ذ الحوار م السااتات ال ن ي ل قرااي القرآن ي، و و وار اور شااخراا اتها :مفهوم الحوار القصـصـي أولا مآساا ها وآَّلمهاذ روي الحوار ما شااك ساا"ا وجوارذ تحت ذه الشااخراا ات أ ااث القرااي وم اجآتها، وتراا بها جرى م ت ا األ ااث، ويرااااااات بع الت و والر بات والاواكم والنوا ا كو ن و شاااااااخرااااااا ات القراااااااي، ويوجه ساااااااا ونهمذ )53(ذ الحوار و التحرك الر سااااااااو أل ااث النص الساااااااار ي، و و الرون التو تسااااااااري كو ن انه، والتو ترااا ا م خ لها الراارال شااخراا اته لتحق ق الها التنشااو )54(ذ لذلا كإن الحوار ق قو نالشااخراا ات، وَّل "تو اتاره َّل كا ارتب ب ااث الجو العا ل قرااي والتجتتم كو كلا الوست، م م العا ات والساا وك، ألنه ذ تخ مواست نسان ي ويال ر الشعور وال كر الحوار القررو عا م أ رز العنا ر التعب ريي والترويريي التو :أشكال وصور الحوار القصصي -ثانياا سع الخالق م خ لها ل سامي الحجي والبر ان كو مناظر ام تان األنب اه وأسوامهم، ل كون الحوار وس ي لبناه سري تروي العبر واأل ااث األمم السابقي ) 55( ذ م خ القرص القرآنو، نجا نتاك واسع ي ل حوار، )52( محمد س ب، القصة يي القرآن الكري ، مقاصد الدين وسر اللن دار سباء لل بالة والنلر، د ب، د ، ص419. )53( لبد الرحمن النحيوي، ص: 35. )54( الب إسمالرل الزويغي، من أسالرب التجبرر يي القرآن، دار الناضة الجريرة لل بالة والنلر، دب، 1996م، ص207. )55( ياتح لبد الفيم، الحاار القصصي وليسته الفردية، مكتبة الجلام والحك ، يررو ، 1999م، ص18. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org تتخذ أشكاًَّل و وًرا متعا ذ وتتتال أشكا الحوار كو نو أساس : وار انا و خارجو، و وار أ ا ي ذ اخ و الحوار الث ائي المارجي: .1 وفيه يكون الحوار بي شمصي فأكثر، وهو عل نوعي في القرآن هما: القراراو، وله را نو كو خبارنا خ ص األمم الساابقي ويت ل الجا ر : حوار شـ ه عقليأول: مال : نون، و ا ، واتو ذ جع ك ه القرآن التشاااااا ا اضااااار متخراااااراااااي سا ر م ه ال را ات التو تقم أاناه :حوار قصـــصـــيثانياا: الحوار)56(ذ والقرآن الكريم اك هذا النول م الحوار، كهو ااور وأشااكا ا ا منها نتاك نسااتعرضااها نتا و)57(: ــص القرآني:-أ القرآن الكريم سااااااق لنا نتاك نال ر م آ ار الحوار، وأخ سه وأ ااكه حوار هللا عز وجل في القصـ كو الو اااو ل و الق اااا ا مم وضاااون الها ، والحوار نان اا ي م الساااتاه كقا اور التول ة وج م"من (ذ األمي جت عا م رس ، أنب اه، م كي، نا )ك ار ، الُوا أَ تَْجعَُُل }ساا تعاال : حوار هللا م المالئـكة األبرار:-ب ٌل فِي اأْلَْرِل َخِليوَُةً قُ اعُِ ِة إِنهِي جُ ئِكَُ اَل َربَُُّك ِلْلَمال َو إِْذ قُ اَ َو نَْحُن نَُسبهُِح م ا َو يَْسِوُك الدهِ ا َمْن يُْوِسُد فِيه ا ال تَْعلَُموَن]فِيه اَل إِنهِي أَْعلَُم م ُس لََك ق [ َو َعلََّم آَدَم 30بَِحْمِدَك َو نُقَدهِ اِدقِي ِ إِْن ُكْنتُْم صُُ ُؤال اِ ه م اَل أَْنبِئُونِي بِأَسُُْ ئَِكِة فَق ُهْم َعلَى اْلَمال ا ثُمَّ َعَرضَُُ اَ ُكلَّه م انََك ال 31َن]اأْلَسُُْ ْبح الُوا سُُُ [ ق ا إِنََّك أَْنَت اْلعَِليُم اْلَحِكيُم] ا َعلَّْمتَن ا إِالّٰ م اَل أَ لَْم أَقُْل 32ِعْلَم لَن ائِِهْم ق م ُُْ ا أَْنبَأَُهْم بِأَس ائِِهْم فَلَمّٰ م ُُْ ا آَدُم أَْنبِئُْهْم بِأَس اَل ي [ ق ا ُكْنتُْم تَْكتُُموَن]33[{)58( ذ ا تُْبُدوَن َو م اِت َو اأْلَْرِل َو أَْعلَُم م او لَُكْم إِنهِي أَْعلَُم َغْيَب السَّم رك س الساااجو مم الت كي أل ه السااا ب مر م هللا ة وج مكا ر :حوار هللا م إبلي اللعي و رورا، كخر طااا ااي رءااه، ك عنااه رءااه جةاه كلااا، ر أن س تتااا ى كو ااه وط ااو م التول أن ْرنَاُكْم ثُمَّ قُْلنَا } نظره ل و البعم ل يوي با ه وير م بعا تانهم ن ارا، سا تعال : وَّ َُُ َولَقَْد َخلَْقنَاُكْم ثُمَّ صُُ اِجِديَن ) َجُدوا إِالَّ إِْبِليَس لَْم يَُكْن ِمَن السَُّ ُجُدوا ِْلَدَم فَسَُ ُجَد إِْذ أََمْرتَُك قَاَل أَنَا 11ِلْلَماَلئَِكِة اسُْ ( قَاَل َما َمنَعََك أاَلَّ تَسُْ ار َوَخلَْقتَُهُ ِمْن ِطين ) هُ َخلَْقتَنِي ِمْن نَُ اْخُرْك إِنََُّك ِمَن 12َخْيٌر ِمنُْ ا فَُ ا يَُكوُن لََُك أَْن تَتََكبََّر فِيهَُ ا فَمَُ اْهبِْط ِمْنهَُ اَل فَُ ( قَُ اِغِريَن ) َُُّ ( قَاَل فَبَِما أَْغَوْيتَنِي أَلَْقعَُدنَّ 15( قَاَل إِنََّك ِمَن اْلُمْنَظِريَن )14( قَاَل أَْنِظْرنِي إِلَى يَْوِم يُْبعَثُوَن )13الصُ )56( محمد الدالي، الاحدة اللنرة يي القصة القرآنرة، دار إحراء التراث الجريي، يررو ، 1993م، ص: 43. )57(سلرمان ال راونة دراسا نصرة أديرة يي القصة القرآنرة دار المجرية، يررو ، 1413هة، 1992م، ص169. )58( سارة البقرة: 32-30. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org َرُهْم ( ثُمَّ َْلتِيَنَُّهْم ِمْن بَْيِن أَْيِديِهْم َوِمْن َخْلِوِهْم َوَعْن أَْيَمانِِهْم َوَعْن َشَمائِِلِهْم َواَل تَِجُد أَْكثَ 16لَُهْم ِصَراَطَك اْلُمْستَِقيَم ) َشاِكِريَن )17( قَاَل اْخُرْك ِمْنَها َمْذُ وًما َمْدُحوًرا لََمْن تَبِعََك ِمْنُهْم أَلَْمََلَنَّ َجَهنََّم ِمْنُكْم أَْجَمِعيَن)18({)59(. لقا اختار سبحانه وتعال م البشر رس رححون مسار :حوار هللا م األن ياء في القصص القرآني -د َ يَُمنُّ َعلَى } ، سا تعال :نانوا مال باسو البشر العبا ، وسا ِكنَّ ّللاَّ ثْلُُكْم َولَ قَالَْت لَُهْم ُرُسلُُهْم إِن نَّْحُن إِالَّ بََشٌر مهِ ِ فَْليَتََوكَّلِ اْلُمْؤِمنُوَن {) 60(. ونرى نا ِ َوَعلَى ّللاَّ َمن يََشاُ ِمْن ِعبَاِدِه َوَما َكانَ لَنَا أَن نَّأْتِيَُكم بُِسْلَطان إِالَّ بِإِْذنِ ّللاَّ ن ه بالذ ار ناما ( ه الس ) ة وج وأنب ا ه كلا كو سري موس م أ رز ور الحوار هللا انه رْ َصْدِري، ِلي اْشَرحْ َربهِ قَالَ ، َطغَى إِنَّهُ فِْرَعْونَ إِلَى اْذَهبْ } سا تعال : ل كر ون ل ب يه رسالتهذ ِلي َويَسهِ ن ُعْقَدةً َواْحلُلْ ، أَْمِري نْ َوِزيًرا لهِي َواْجعَل ، قُوِلي يَْوقَُهوا ، ِلَسانِي مهِ ، أَْزِري بِهِ اْشُددْ أَِخي، َهاُرونَ أَْهِلي، مهِ يَا ُسؤلَكَ أُوتِيتَ قَدْ قَالَ ، بَِصيًرا بِنَا ُكنتَ إِنَّكَ ، َكثِيًرا َونَْذُكَركَ ، َكثِيًرا نَُسبهَِحكَ َكيْ ، أَْمِري فِي َوأَْشِرْكهُ ُموَسى{) 61(ذ لَّْينَا قَْوالً لَهُ فَقُوالَ ،َطغَى إِنَّهُ فِْرَعْونَ إِلَى َواْذَهبَا} ام تحو الحوار ل مناجا هللا تعال وموس و ارون: ، أَوْ يَتَذَكَّرُ لَّعَلَّهُ ، أَن أَوْ َعلَْينَا يَْوُرطَ أَن نََخافُ إِنَّنَا َربَّنَا قَاالَ يَْخَشى ، ُكَما أَْسَمُع َوأََرىَمعَ إِنَّنِي ةٌ تََخافَا الَ قَالَ يَْطغَى ْيُهمْ َوالَ إِْسَرائِيلَ بَنِي َمعَنَا فَأَْرِسلْ َربهِكَ َرُسوالً إِنَّا فَقُوالَ فَأْتِيَاهُ ن بِ يَة ِجئْنَاكَ قَدْ تُعَذهِ بهِكَ مهِ اتَّبَعَ َمنِ َعلَى َوالسَّاَلمُ رَّ ، إِنَّا قَدْ أُوِحيَ إِلَْينَا أَنَّ الْ عَذَاَب َعلَى َمن َكذََّب َوتََولَّى{)62( . ونذلا وار هللا ة وج مم را م الخ ه اْلُهَدى قَْلبِي قَاَل نَّ لهِيَْطَمئِ َولَِكن بَلَى قَالَ تُْؤِمن أََولَمْ قَالَ اْلَمْوتَى تُْحيِي َكْيفَ أَِرنِي َربهِ إِْبَراِهيمُ قَالَ َوإِذْ ﴿الس م سا : َن الطَّْيِر فَُصْرُهنَّ إِلَْيَك ثُمَّ اْجعَْل َعلَى ُكلهِ َجبَل ِمْنُهنَّ ُجْزً ا ثُمَّ اْدُعُهنَّ يَ أْتِينََك َسعيًا َواْعلَْم أَنَّ للاَ َعِزيٌز فَُخْذ أَْربَعَةً مهِ َحِكيمٌ ﴾) 63( ذ و و نتاك ي لحواره مم أنب ا ه لتك هم و اا تهم لتحق ق الها التر ور ك ه و و اا ي العبا لطريق النور والروار والحق، ويح القرص القرآنو نتاك نال ر منها واره مم س ه الس ذ : حوار األن ياء في القرآن الكريم -ثالثاا محتا، هم ااااااا وات هللا أجتع ركعوا لواه ،یموسااااااا و، رسااااااا هللا الكرا أ ،نون، اااااااالم، لوط، شاااااااع ام تان كك سراراهم جاهت بحق قي وا ا ، ون رساو بعم لتب ا رساالي لقومه بعا انحراكهم ككان الحوار مراورا معالجي العق ا كو مجا التاريخ يلذلا الجا مم أسوامهم، كبذلا نانت ر ي الحوار طوي ي كو الكشاااااااااات ن البشري سواه مم أسوامهم أو ك تا نهم)64(ذ )59( سارة االلراف: 18-11. )60( سارة ايراهر : 11. )61( سارة ه: 36-24. )62( سارة ه: 48-43. )63( سارة البقرة: 260. )64( محمد الدالي، مصدر سبق ذكرس ، ص: 284. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org حوار األن ياء م أقوامهم: -1 تيدنا شعيب م قومه: حوار -أ ه السااا أ ا الترسااا ل سومه، شاااعو ما را م ه السااا ، لتعالجي انحراكهم م شاااع و كانوا سوما ن ارا عباون األ كي ويبخساااااااااون كو التك ا ويط ون كو الت ةان كبعم هللا لهم رج منهم رساااااااااوَّل ل هم سو ون اَّل تعا الجو الرساااااااالو، م ر نها م التنكر وي مر م بالتعرو كحوار شاااااااع و معهم نان أكال اَ تُْكم بَْينَُ ساا تعاال : ﴿ ْن إِلَُِه َغْيُرهُ قَُْد جَُ ا لَُكم مهِ َ مَُ عَْيبًُا قَُاَل يَُا قَْوِم اْعبُُُدوا ّللاَّ اُهْم شُُُُُُ ْديََن أَخَُ بهُِكْم فَُأَوقُوا َوإِلَى مَُ ةً ِمن رَّ اَلِحَها ةٌ ذَِلُكمْ ُُْ ُدوا فِي اأْلَْرِل بَْعَد إِصُُ ُُِ يَاَ ُهْم َواَل تُْوسُُ ُُْ وا النَّاَس أَشُُ ُُُ َخْيٌر لَُّكْم إِن ُكنتُماْلَكْيَل َواْلِميَزاَن َواَل تَْبَخسُُ اَلتَُك تَأُْمُرَك أَن نَّتُْرَك َما يَْعبُُد آبَاُؤنَا عَْيُب أَصَُ ْؤِمنِينَ {)65(ذ ولتا نان م سومه التهكم ه سا تعال : ﴿ قَالُوا يَا شُُ مُّ يدُ {)66(ذ لم توان محاورتهم ومنا اتهم مت ط ا متو ا: شُُُُِ اُ إِنَّكَ أَلَنتَ اْلَحِليمُ الرَّ أَْو أَن نَّْوعََل فِي أَْمَواِلنَا َما نَشَُُُُ نًا َوَما أُِريُد أَْن أُ } بهِي َوَرَزقَنِي ِمْنهُ ِرْزقًا َحسَُُ ن رَّ َخاِلوَُكْم إِلَى َما أَْنَهاُكْم َعْنهُ إِْن قَاَل يَا قَْوِم أََرأَْيتُْم إِن ُكنُت َعلَى بَيهِنَة مهِ ِه أُنُِيبُ {)67(ذ نتاا أن نااك نتااك أخرى ِه تََوكَّلُُْت َوإِلَيُْ ِ أَ َعلَيُْ ا تَْوفِيِقي إِالَّ بُِالِلَّ تََطعُُْت َومَُ ا اسُُُُُْ اَلَح مَُ صُُُُُْ أُِرُيُد إِالَّ اإْلِ لحوار األنب اه مم أسوامهم ور ت كو القرااااص القرآنو منها وار ساااا انا و مم سومه و وار لوط مم سومه و وار الم مم سومه و وار را م الخ مم سومهذ نهم، كخطاا هم تسااااااااااااااري ك اه معاانو لقاا تركق األنب ااه والرساااااااااااااا كو واراتهم ك تاا :حوار األن ـياء فيـما بي هم -ب الر تي وامخ ص و ساا األ ر وتركعهم األل اا التاسااي بالكرامي امنسااان ي ل كونوا خ ر ساو حتذى ها وم ذه الحوارات األنب اه نذنر: وكو ذا كنر ألمر نو سااارا م ك و موسااا (:عليهما الســالم)حوار تــيدنا موتــ م أخيه هارون -ج ه الس ل م قات رءه كتكم كو الطور ناج ه، وءنوا سرا عباون العج باتخاك م اه لها، ونان ارون خ ي ألخ ه كنرااااااحهم وأرشااااااا م ونها م با العج )68(، و ا م ل با هللا رءهم الذي خ ق الخ ق كقاره اتَّبِعُونِي َوأَِطيعُوا أَْمِري{)69(ذ ْحَمُن فَُ ِه َوإِنَّ َربَُّكُم الرَّ ا فُتِنتُم بُِ ا قَْوِم إِنَّمَُ ُل يَُ اُروُن ِمن قَبُْ اَل لَُهْم هَُ ْد قَُ ساا تعاال : ﴿َولَقَُ هِ }لكنهم ظ وا كو نااا م ورك ااااااااااااااوا اَّلنراااااااااااااا ااال كو و ااارون: الُوا لَن نُّْبَرَح َعلَيُْ ا قَُ اِكِويَن َحتَّى يَْرِجَع إِلَْينَُ عَُ ى {)70(ذ وءعا و موسااا اااو م سومه كو ضااا لهم بعبا تهم ل عج ككان ااابه أخ ه سا تعال : ُموسَُ َما َخلَْوتُُمونِي ِمن بَْعِدي أََعِجْلتُْم أَْمَر َربهِ } َُُ وًا قَاَل بِئْس ُُِ بَاَن أَس ى إِلَى قَْوِمِه َغصُُْ ا َرَجَع ُموسَُُ ُكْم َوأَْلقَى اأْلَْلَواَح َوأََخَذ َولَمَّ )65( سارة االلراف:85. )66( سارة هاد:87. )67( سارة هاد:88. )68( الب إسمالرل الزويغي، المرج الفايق، ص216. )69( سارة ه:90. )70( سارة ه:91. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org مِ ُُْ عَوُونِي َوَكاُدوا يَْقتُلُونَنِي فاََل تُش ُُْ تَض هُ إِلَْيِه ةٌ قَاَل اْبَن أُمَّ إِنَّ اْلقَْوَم اسُُْ ْت بي اأْلَْعَداَ َواَل تَْجعَْلنِي َمَع بَِرأِْس أَِخيِه يَُجرُّ اْلقَْوِم الظَّالمين{)71( ذ وألن موسااااااااااااا متتساااااااااااااا بق م الا لم تحت رتيي سومه عباون العج كحاو ارون ه السااااااااا اسااااااااات طاكه ب ل اا ل ني و اه ل الركق به ور تته، كع ما كع ه ولم خبر أخاه)72(ذ سا تعال : ﴿قَاَل يَا َرائِيَل َولَْم تَْرقُْب قُوِلي{)73(، خشاو ارون ْقَت بَْيَن بَنِي إِسُْ يُت أَن تَقُوَل فَرَّ ي إِنهِي َخشُِ اْبَن أُمَّ اَل تَأُْخُذ بِِلَحيَتِي َواَل بَِرأْسُِ كتا نجا نتاك أخرى لحوار األنب اه كو ذ( ه السااااا )أن ترك القو رال ك رق شااااات هم ك ومه أخوه موسااااا القراااااص القرآنو، منه وار موسااااا مم كر ون و وار موسااااا ه السااااا مم ا نتو شااااا خ ما و وار موسااااا ذ( هتا الس )و ارون ه )ك ه نتاك نال ر منها وار نون ه الس مم ا نه العا و و وار عقور حوار األن ياء م أب ائهم: -د ذ( ه الس )مم ا نه وست (الس لتا سا نون ه الس تب ا رسالي رءه ل سومه الذ لم ستج بوا له، :حوار تيدنا نوح م اب ه العاصي -هـ ك هللا تعال نها ي رسالته ب ن رنم ك كا تكون أ ا لنجاته م اليرق الذي س تو الك ار وأن حت معه كو ال ا م ن زوج اان م الت"من ونالك ارذ وسا نان ولاه م الكاكري كرور القرآن واره معه كو مةي م مشا ر األ و والرسالي التب ي ي، كنا ى ا نه و م هتون رنور ال ا)74(ذ و قو تعال : ﴿َوِهَي تَْجِري َع الْ َكافِِرينَ {) 75(ذ لك اَّل لم عَنَا َواَل تَُكن مَّ بِِهْم فِي َمْوك َكاْلِجبَاِل َونَاَدى نُوٌح اْبنَهُ َوَكاَن فِي َمْعِزل يَا بُنَيَّ اْرَكب مَّ و نااه والاه ونذبه ولم راسه ور ه بقوله: ﴿قَاَل َس ِوي إِلَى َجبَل يَْعِصُمنِي ِمَن اْلَما ِ {) 76(، معتقاا أن الجب ِحَم ةٌ َوَحاَل بَْينَُهَما اْلَمْوُك فََكاَن ِمَن عرته م التاه كر ه أ وه: ﴿ ِ إِالَّ َمن رَّ قَاَل اَل َعاِصَم اْليَْوَم ِمْن أَْمِر ّللاَّ اْلُمْغَرقِيَن {) 77( و رق ا نون وم معه م الك ارذ :حوار اإلنسان في قصص القرآن :و لقا خص القرآن م خ الحوار ا الا النتاك البشااااااريي التتنو ي لتكون ننتوك حتذي به سااااااواه كو مجا ام تان أو الك ر ، اشاااااااا م محهم التتت ةي ها وم ذه النتاك سرءان ا ونانت ساااااات ني ونةلت م سرءااناا سب ا كي ااااااااااااااو وساا ألست اا ت َّل تنكم أختو وءاذلاا ااأ الحوار نهتاا ساا أ اا تاا السااااااااااااااتااه ناارا أك ات )71( سارة االلراف: 150. .151م، ص2007هة، 1428أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر ، تلفرر القرآن الجظر ، دار الغد المديد، القاهرة (72) )73( سارة ه: 94. )74( أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر ، سصص األنبراء، دار اين الما ي، القاهرة، 1426هة، 2005م ، ص74. )75( سارة هاد:42. )76( سارة هاد:43. )77( سارة هاد:43. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org َولَئِن بََسطَت إِلَيَّ يََدَك ِلتَْقتُلَنِي }:ل خر)ألست نا( هجي الحاسا الطا و كر ه األخر بجت ي طوي ي كات أل اا ل ني َ َربَّ العالمين{)78(ذ وسا برت اااااااا اه رو و ومشااااااااا ر طا ر ، ِط يَِدي إِلَْيَك ألَْقتُلََك إِنهِي أََخاُف ّللاَّ َما أَنَا بِبَاسُُُِ بََح ِمَن النَّاِدِمينَ {)79(،كخاطو ن سااااااااااه:﴿يَا َوْيلَتَى أََعَجْرُت أَْن أَُكوَن ُُْ ونا سا ست ا لقوله تعال : ﴿فَأَصُ ْوَ ةَ أَِخي{)80(ذ و ذه القرااي ترااور الجانو الخ ر والشاارير كو امنسااان، بامضاااكي ل ِمثَْل َهذَا اْلغَُراِب فَأََواِري سَُ ذا الحوار البشاري نجا وار اا و الجنت ونذا وار طالوت وجالوت و وار امنساان مم الح وان نتا و كو سري س تان كو واره مم الها اذ الم حث الثالث الحوار في القصص القرآني في تورة طه الول المطلب تعريف تورة طه التعريف بالسور : -1 سااااااااااااور طه م السااااااااااااور التك ي، و ا آ اتها ما ي وختس وا اون آ يذ اكها الترن ة أ ااااااااااااو الا والتو ا والنبو والبعم والاار اةخر ذ تقم سااور مريم وسااور األنب اهذ كو ذه السااور الكريتي، تتج شااخراا ي الرساو ا هللا ه وآله وسا م كو تقويي ةيتته وتحرا رو ه ت َّل ت ار بالساخريي والتكذ و التوجه ل هذ رضاااات السااااور سرااااص األنب اه لتساااا ي الرسااااو وطت ن ني س به الكريمذ وكنرت سرااااي موساااا و ارون مم كر ون بالت راا ، وُخرااراات معظم السااور تقريًبا ل حا م نها، وخا ااي موست الا اه موساا ورءه، وموست تك ه موسا وكر ون، والتبارز نه وء الساحر ذ تكشات ط ات ت ا القراي نا ي هللا بالرساالي، وموست الجاا بتوسا ط ً وشاابًا وشاابًا ونب ًاذ رضات الساور سراي آ رضاًا ساريعًا ا رًا، وختتت بع التوج هات امله ي ل رسو ) هللا ه وآله وس م( بالربر وتحت األكى كو سب هللا ت تو نرر هللا )81(ذ وس م، وتس ًي له تا ُست ت سور طه هذا اَّلسم لتسك س و النبو هللا ه وآله ت ب التسمية: -2 َّلساه م الرك والعنا ذ ولذلا اأت السور بالركق به و وته ) 82( وطه ﴿ َما أَنَزْلنَا َعلَْيَك اْلقُْرآَن ِلتَْشقَى{) 83(ذ )78( سارة المائدة: 28. )79( سارة المائدة: 31. )80( سارة المائدة: 31. )81( محتا و الرا ونو، و الت اس ر، ار القرآن الكريم، ط4، روت، 1981، ص: 339 341، ص: المصدر الفايقمحمد للي الصاياني، (82) .21 : هسارة (83) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org ا با أن أو ما أنة النبو روى ا مر ويه {َما أَنَزْلنَا َعلَْيَك اْلقُْرآَن ِلتَْشقَى } :ت ب ال زول -3 َما أَنَزْلنَا َعلَْيَك اْلقُْرآَن }، ك نة هللا و طه هللا ه وآله وس م الو و أن قو بط سام ه كا َما أَنَزْلنَا } رءه، ك نة هللا وأخر با ت ا كو ت س ره الرء م أنس سا : سالوا: لقا شقو الرج ، {ِلتَْشقَى َعلَْيَك اْلقُْرآَن ِلتَْشقَى{ذ سوله تعال : } َويَْسأَلُونَكَ َعنِ اْلِجبَالِ فَقُلْ يَنِسوَُها َربهِي نََسوًا {) 84(ذ أخر ا التنذر ا ُ تعال :﴿ سوله محتا ن ت ع رءا هذه الجبا و الق امي كنةلت ذه اة يذ ا شيجري سا سالت سر فَتَعَالَى ّللاَّ بهِ ِزْدنِي ِعْلًما ﴾)85(ذ أخر ا اتم َُّ َوالَ تَْعَجلْ بِاْلقُْرآنِ ِمن قَْبلِ أَن يُْقَضى إِلَْيكَ َوْحيُهُ َوقُل رَّ اْلَمِلُك اْلَح كا أنة ه جبري بالقرآن أتعو ن سه ت شق ها هللا ه واله وس م الساي سا : نان النبو َواَل تَُمدَّنَّ َعْينَْيَك إِلَى َما َمتَّْعنَا بِِه أَْزَواًجا تعال :﴿ سوله تخو أن رعا جبري ولم ح ظه ك نة هللا ذه اة يذ ْنيَا ِلنَْوتِنَُهْم فِيِه ةٌ َوِرْزٌق َربهَِك َخْيٌر َوأَْبقَى﴾) 86( أخر ا ش به وا مر ويي أ و راكم سا : ِمْنُهْم َزْهَرةَ اْلَحيَاةِ الدُّ : َّل َّل ، ر ك ت ت أس نو س قا ل رجو كقا ل رج م ال هو أن نوأضا الرسو ض ا ك رس ك خبرته كقا أما وهللا نو ألم كو الستاه أم كو األرا ك م أخر م ناه هللا ه واله وس م النبو ت نةلت اة ي) 87(ذ ع قصة موت م خالل تورة طه: ن ذة م أمه ه السااااااااا م نبار أول العة و ا تران َّلوى عقور ساااااااااحاق را موسااااااااا أ اااار العبران اضاااطها م كر ون كو أرا ( ساااني م وكا وسااات، سب م64)ولا بعا ونا ا نت َّلوى خشا ت أمر بقت ن مولو م نو سارا وكو ذه األاناه ولا موسا ه السا ، أ اار موسا مرار، م ِعيِه أمه ه م ن ا كر ون كقذ هللا كو س بها:﴿ ى أَْن أَْرضُُِ اْليَمهِ فِي فَأَْلِقيهِ َعلَْيهِ ِخْوتِ فَإِذَاَوأَْوَحْينَا إِلَى أُمهِ ُموسَُُ ِليَن {)88( كسااااااااق التاه الراااااااناوق ت نا م سرااااااار َوالَ تََخافِي َوالَ تَْحَزنِي إِنَّا َرادُّوهُ إِلَْيكِ َوَجاِعلُوهُ ِمنَ اْلُمْرسَُُ كر ون، كط بت منه امرأته أن بق ه س ا الح ا ك ع ، وأسااااتوه موساااا مالتنتشاااا م التاه)89(ذ ولتا ا أشاااااه أو هللا له أن حت الرسااااااااااااااالي ل الطا و كر ون وأ اه بتعجةات وأنجاه م كر ون وسومه، وم األ ااث التو ه السا لقاته بالعبا الراالم مالخ ارم، وأ اا ذاه سارون له، كا ا ه موسا كخسات هللا به جرت لتوسا .105: ه سارة (84) .114 :سارة ه (85) .131سارة ه (86) .195م، ص1998هة، 1419، يررو ، 2يي أسباب النزول، دار المجرية، جيل الدين الفرا ي، لباب النقال (87) .7سارة القصص: (88) .234أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر، سصص األنبراء،ص (89) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org األرا، ام توكو ه الس بعا أخ ه ارون ب ا شر شهرا بعا ما ا)120( سني و ك باألرا التقاسي)90( ذ المطلب الثاني ::عض صور الحوار في تورة طه :حوار موت م ربه في الوادي المقدس : أولا بعاما س اا موساا ه الساا األج الذي نان نه وء ااهره كو ر ا ي الينم سااار ب ه سا اااا كجع قان ةنا ل وري نارا، لك ون ا شااا مراار، ك اا الطريق ونانت ل ي شااتا ي ونان ناك ضاابار وظ ، جااوى كا نس م جااناو الطور ناارا، كقاا أل اه امكالوا لقاا وجاات ناارا، ك تاا أتاا اا ناا اه هللا اا موساااااااااااااا ، ساا تعاال : ى ﴿ ا أَتَاَها نُوِدَي يَا ُموسَُُ تَِمْع ِلَما يُوَحى ،إِنهِي أَنَا َربَُّك فَاْخلَْع نَْعلَْيَك إِنََّك بِاْلَواِد اْلُمقَدَِّس ُطًوى ،فَلَمَّ َوأَنَا اْختَْرتَُك فَاسُُْ ُ اَل إِلَهَ إِالَّ ، اَلةَ ِلِذْكِري إِنَّنِي أَنَا ّللاَّ عَى ،أَنَا فَاْعبُْدنِي َوأَقِِم الصَُّ اَعةَ آتِيَةً أََكاُد أُْخِويَها ِلتُْجَزى ُكلُّ نَْوس بَِما تَسُْ ،إِنَّ السَُّ ا َواتَّبََع َهَواهُ فَتَْرَدى{)91( ذ كر م أن كر ون رأى م التعجةات الااالاي نبو ا َمن الَّ يُْؤِمُن بِهَُ نََُّك َعْنهَُ دَّ فاََل يَصُُُُُُ السااااااااااحر لتخرجنا م أرا مراااااااااار موساااااااااا م العرااااااااااا وال ا َّل أنه نذر وأ وسا ج تنا ا موساااااااااا هذا كع لنا وست اجتتال َّل نخال ه نح وَّل أنت كو ،ك نعارضانا بساحر مال ه ل ظهر ل نا أنا ساا ر ولسات رساو و م أ اا أ اا م، وأن جتتم الناا كو –مكاان وا اا ووسات مع كقاا موساااااااااااااا : مو ااناا ل جتتاال و الع اا ضااح كلا النهار، سا الت ساارون: وإنتا كلا ال و ل تبارز ل ظهر الحق وية ق الباط رتو األشااها فَتََولَّى فِْرَعْوُن فََجَمَع َكْيَدهُ ثُمَّ أَتَى }: ويشا م كلا كو األسطار بظهور معجةاته ل نا ام قو تعال كو تتا اْةَ اتِ ى لَُهم قَُالَ ، وسَُُُُُ ِ َعلَى تَْوتَُروا الَ َوْيلَُكمْ مُّ ِذبًُا ّللاَّ ِحتَُكم كَُ اَب َمِن اْفتََرىبِعَُ فَيُسُُُُُْ بَْينَُهمْ أَْمَرُهم فَتَنَُاَزُعوا ،ذَاِب َوقَُْد خَُ وا رُّ اِحَرانِ َهذَانِ إِنْ قَالُوا ، النَّْجَوى َوأَسَُ نْ يُْخِرَجاُكم أَن يُِريَدانِ لَسَُ ُكم مهِ ْحِرِهَما أَْرضُِ ، اْلُمثْلَى بَِطِريقَتُِكمُ َويَْذَهبَا بِسُِ تَعلَى{)92(ذ أي باشر كر ون وانرر لجتم السحر ام أت كو و اةٌ َوقَْد أَْفلََح اْليَْوَم َمِن اسُْ فَأَْجِمعُوا َكيْ َدُكْم ثُمَّ ائْتُوا صَُ التو ا ومعه السااحر وأ واتهم وما جتعه م ن ا ل ط ت نور هللا سا ا با نانوا اان وساابع سااا را مم ن ساااااااا ر منهم با و رااااااا ،كقا موسااااااا ل ساااااااحر لتا جاه هم كر ون وي كم َّل تخت قوا هللا الكذر ك ه ككم ويساااااااااااات اااااااااااا كم بعذار ا كقا خساااااااااااار و ا م نذر هللا ، سا لهم النراااااااااااام وامنذار لع هم توءون ل خالقهم)93(ذ لتا ساااااتم الساااااحر منه التقالي الهم كلا ووسعت كو ن وساااااهم مها ته ولذلا تناز وا كو أمره أي اخت وا ساااااا ر وأخ وا كلا النا وأخذوا تناجون سااااارا وسالوا بعا التناظر كو أمر موسااااا كقا بع اااااهم: ما ذا بقو .133ص أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر ، تلفرر القرآن، (90) .16-11 ه : سارة (91) .64-60سارة ه (92) .199إسمالرل ين كثرر، تلفرر القرآن، ص: أيا اللداء (93) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org والظا ر أنهم الت سااااار الةمخشاااااري:مسا والتشااااااور : ما ذان َّل ساااااا ران رياان اَّلسااااات ه أرا مرااااارذ اِحَرانِ ﴿ :تشاااوروا كو الساار وتجاك وا أ اار القو ام سالوا: سوله تعال ﴾ ككانت نجوا م كو ت ق ذا إِْن َهذَاِن لَسَُ ، سا الت سارون: أرا وا بال ن وءتا مالك وتةويره خوكا م بي موسا و ارون لهتا وتالب طا ل نا م تبا هتا أَئِنَّ لَنَُا أَلَْجًرا إِن نتاا ساا تعاال : ﴿ و اا م باه كر ون م امنعااماات العظ تاي والهااا اا الجةي اي مم التقرياو والتكريمذ بِينَ ﴾)94(ذ كو ذه األاناه اأت التبارز موساااااااا والسااااااااحر ُكنَّا نَْحُن اْلغَاِلبِيَن ﴿٤١﴾ قَالَ نَعَمْ َوإِنَُّكمْ إِذَا لَِّمنَ اْلُمقَرَّ َل َمْن وأ نهم نا تانهم به م َساَ َتَعاَل : ﴿ ا أَْن نَُكوَن أَوَّ ا أَْن تُْلِقَي َوإِمَّ ى إِمَّ ( قَاَل بَْل ٦٥أَْلقَى )قَالُوا يَا ُموسَُ عَى )٦٦( {)95(ذ ط و السااااحر م موساااا أن قو و ْحِرِهْم أَنََّها تَسُُْ يُُّهْم يَُخيَُّل إِلَْيِه ِمْن سُُِ أَْلقُوا فَإِذَا ِحبَالُُهْم َوِعصُُِ ك لقوا بك اقي نتا سا ،، ل رى ماكا راااااانعون م السااااااحر، ك موساااااا لهذا وسا لهم أي السااااااحر : أنتم أوَّلً أوَّلً اِلبُوَن ﴾)96(ذ وكلاا أنهم أو و اا م الة بق ماا ناانات تتحرك بساااااااااااااابباه ا لَنَْحُن اْلغَُ ةِ فِْرَعْوَن إِنَُّ الُوا بِِعزَّ تعاال : ﴿َوقَُ وت اطرر وتت ا بح م خ ل ناظر أنها تساع باخت ار ا، وإنتا نانت ي لساحر أ النا )97(ذ ألق ن سااااا ر راااااه و ب ه ت ااااار الوا ي م ن ات رنو بع ااااها بع خا موساااا م ذا)98(، م ى ) قو تعال : ﴿ ِ َهاُروَن َوُموسَُ ًدا قَالُوا آَمنَّا بَِربه جَّ َحَرةُ سُُ ( قَاَل آَمْنتُْم لَهُ قَْبَل أَْن آَذَن لَُكْم إِنَّهُ لََكبِيُرُكُم ٧٠فَأُْلِقَي السَُّ بَنَُّكْم فِي ُجُذوعِ النَّخْ لهِ عَنَّ أَْيِديَُكْم َوأَْرُجلَُكْم ِمْن ِخالف َوألُصَُ ْحَر فََلُقَطهِ دُّ َعذَابًا َوأَْبقَى الَِّذي َعلََّمُكُم السُهِ ِل َولَتَْعلَُمنَّ أَيُّنَا أَشَُ )٧١({ )99(ذ عنو أن هللا تعال أو ل موساااااا كو ت ا ال حظي أن قو راااااااه كتبت م ما اااااانعواذ خا أن ت النا ويخا وا هم سب أن قو ما كو اه ال تن ذ كراارت رااه تن ًنا ضاخًتا مه ًبا له نان وأرج ورسبي ورأ وأضااارا ذ كباأ تبم ت ا الحبا والعراااو ت لم بق منها شاااوه َّل ا ت عها، ونان الساااحر والنا نظرون ل كلا ج ً ا، نهاًرا و بًحاذ كحاات التعجة ، وظهرت الحجي، وءط ما نانوا ع ون كوسعوا ساجا )100( وسالوا: ى َوَهاُروَن{)101(ذ اخت ت الت سااااااااارون كو ا الساااااااااحر سا ا َُُ ِ اْلعَالَِميَن ﴿٤٧﴾ َربهِ ُموسُ سوله تعال ﴿آَمنَّا بَِربه خر السااحر سااجًاا ركعت لهم سا األوزا و: لتا با أ اابحوا سااحر وأمسااوا شااهااه ونانوا اان وساابع سااا راذ الجني ت نظروا ل ها، وءهذا كون هللا سا نراااار موساااا و ارون وأ ق الحق وأبط الباط )102(ذ كو تتا اة ات )94( اللجراء 42-41 )95( سارة ه 66-65 )96( اللجراء 44 )97( سارة ه 70-67. )98( أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر، تلفرر القرآن، ص: 202. سارة ه 71-70. (99) 48-47اللجراء (100) 352، ص: الفايقلبد الرحمن ين ناصر الفجدي، المصدر (101) .209، ص: المصدر الفايقأيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر، (102) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org قو كر ون ل ساااحر آمنتم بتوسااا و ااااستتوه بتا جاه به سب أن أساااتم لكم ذلا وسب أن تسااات كنونو م قو ْوَف تَْعلَُموَن نَّ أَلُ تعال : ﴿ َُُ ْحَر فَلَس عَنَّ أَْيِديَُكْم َوأَْرُجلَُكم قَاَل آَمنتُْم لَهُ قَْبَل أَْن آَذَن لَُكْم إِنَّهُ لََكبِيُرُكُم الَِّذي َعلََّمُكُم السُُهِ قَطهِ يَنَُّكْم أَْجَمِعيَن ﴾)103(ذ أرا كر ون بقوله ذا أن بس النا ت َّل تنو م ك "منوا نإ تانهم ْن ِخاَلف َوأَلَُصلهِ مهِ ام تو ااا م و ااا م بااالقتاا والتعااذ ااو كقااا : ألسطع األ ااا ي واألرجاا منكم مخت ااات، قطم ال ااا ال تن والرجاا ال ساااااارى أو العكس، وأل قنكم جةول النخ وأست كم شاااااار ست ي، كر ه السااااااحر : ل نختارك ون اااااا ا الهاى وام تان الذي جاهنا م هللا ا موسا ولو نان كو كلا كنا كا انم ما أنت اانم)104(ذ و نا تشا ر اة ات ل نا ي هللا تعال بتوساااااا وسومه وإنجا هم وإ ك او م وتذن ر م نعم هللا العظتو ومن ته الكبرى نو سرا وما و ا م به م التحاكظي شكر ا وتحذ ر م م التعرا لي و هللا بك ر اذ : حوار موت م هارون وفت ة السامري : ثانياا بعا التساااااا ر بنو ساااااارا وإ راق كر ون وجنو ه ونعم هللا نو ساااااارا ، م اااااا موساااااا ل الطور ى{)105(. ك خبر ِ ِلتَْرضَُ واساااتخ ت سومه أخاه ارون شاااوسا ل ن رءه م سا تعال : ﴿َوَعِجْلُت إِلَْيَك َربه هللا تعال نب ه موسااااا بتا جرى بعا كلا كو نو سااااارا و با تهم ل عج الذي ااااانعه لهم الساااااامريذ ونان ذا ل نو ساااااارا -سااااااا ًرا مناكًقا م سو عباون البقرذ كجتم السااااااامري الح و ام اااااانم منها جً و ا م با ته، ك خ رااااااوا لهذ وسا أ ااااااا هم كلا الب ه بعا خرو موساااااا رجم م الجب بعا أن نت أرءع وًما، بَاَن }:ك خذ التورا اضااااًبا ةًنا شااااا ًاا ما اااانم سومه بعاه، نتا سا هللا تعال ى إِلَى قَْوِمِه َغضُُْ فََرَجَع ُموسَُُ وًا نًا َوْعًدا َربُُّكمْ يَِعْدُكمْ أَلَمْ قَْومِ يَا قَالَ أَسُُِ بٌ َعلَْيُكمْ يَِحلَّ أَن أََردتُّمْ أَمْ اْلعَْهدُ َعلَْيُكمُ أَفََطالَ َحسَُُ ن َغضَُُ بهُِكمْ مهِ فَأَْخلَْوتُم رَّ ِدي{ )106(ذ أي ساا لقوماه: ا طاا كم الةماان ت نساااااااااااااا تم العهاا، أ أر تم ب ع كم اذا أن تنة كم ْوعُِ مَّ او هللا وساخطه؟ سا سومه: ما نق انا العها بقو وَّل را تنا وَّل اخت ارنا، ولكنا اضاطررنا ب مر الساامريذ )107(ذ كنر الت ساااااااااارون أن نو ساااااااااارا اسااااااااااتعاروا اًا م القب سب ر همذ ك تا أبط موساااااااااا كو العو ، سا لهم الساااامري: ما بسااانو نكم َّل ما معكم م وذ كجتعو ا وأ طو ا ل ساااامري، ك لقا ا كو النار، كرااانم لهم منها جً ، ام ألق ها سطعي م أار كر جبري ه الساااااااا ، كخر جً انًا رون، له خوار، و و ااااااااوت َي : ﴿بقر ذ سا هللا تعال : ُُِ ى فَنَس ًدا لَّهُ َخَواٌر فَقَالُوا َهذَا إِلَُهُكْم َوإِلَهُ ُموسَُُ أاَلَّ يََرْونَ أَفاََل ﴾۸۸﴿فَأَْخَرَك لَُهْم ِعَجاًل َجسَُُ .49 :سارة اللجراء (103) .211، صالمصدر الفايقأيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر، (104) .84 :سارة ه (105) .86 :سارة ه (106) .211القرآن، ص أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر ، تلفرر (107) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org ا َوالَ نَْوعًا﴾)108(ذ سا ستا : نساااا موساااا رءه نانم كعك وا ه م عباونه أي ر يَْرِجعُ إِلَْيِهمْ قَْوالً َوالَ يَْمِلكُ لَُهمْ ضَُُ توء خ ذا ما أخبر م به الساااامري، كب هللا ساااخاكي قولهم وسا : ﴿َأَكَ َ َرْوَن َأَّلا َ ْرِجُم ِ َلْ ِهْم َسْوًَّل و ذا اَّلسااات ها ل والتقريم أي ذا العج الذي ز توا أنه لههم َّل ر لهم جوابا وَّل قار أن اكم نهم ضارا أو ج و لهم ن عاً )109(، ا فُتِنتُم بُِِه َوإِنَّ َربَُّكُم ولقاا نرااااااااااااااحهم اارون ولك ون جااوى ساا تعاال : ﴿ َولَقَُْد قَُاَل لَُهْم هَُاُروُن ِمن قَبُُْل يَُا قَْوِم إِنَّمَُ ْحَمُن فَاتَّبِعُونِي َوأَِطيعُوا أَْمِري ى نَّ لَن قَالُوا ،الرَّ قَاَل يَا َهاُروُن َما َمنَعََك ،ْبَرَح َعلَْيِه َعاِكِويَن َحتَّى يَْرِجَع إِلَْينَا ُموسَُُُُ لُّوا ْيَت أَْمِري ، أاَل إِْذ َرأَْيتَُهْم ضَُُ َّبِعَِن أَفَعَصَُُ ي ،تَت ُُِ يُت أَن تَقُوَل إِنهِي 8قَاَل يَا اْبَن أُمَّ اَل تَأُْخُذ بِِلْحيَتِي َواَل بَِرأْس َخشُُِ َرائِيَل َولَْم تَْرقُْب قَْولى{)110(. أي سا لهم ارون نا ااااااحا ومذنرا م سب رجول موساااااا ل هم، ُُْ ْقَت بَْيَن بَنِي إِس فَرَّ نتا ا ت تم وأضااااااااااا تم هذا العج كاستاوا و ك تا أ ونم ل ه م با هللا وأط عوا أمري ترك العج كقا سومه: كو األمر، ك تا رجم موسا ووجا م اك ل نا موسا كننظرل نةا مق ت با العج ت عو با العج امت ااااااابا هللا وأخذ رأ أخ ه ارون جره ل ه سا ا با : أخذ شاااااااعر رأساااااااه ت نه ولح ته بشااتاله م شااا ظه وكرط اابه ألن الي ر كو هللا م كته، وسا له، أي شااوه منعا رأ تهم ن روا با أن َّل تتبعنو كو الي اااو هللا وامنكار هم م كلا الظ ؟ أخال تنو وترنت أمري وو ااا تنو؟)111( ذ أجار ارون موساا اسااتعطاكا وترك قا ا ا أمو، أي أخو وكنر له أمه ترك قا له وإَّل كهو شااق قه م أمه وأ ه َّل ت خذ ح تو وَّل بشاااااعر رأساااااو نو خ ت ن زجرتهم بالقو أن قم نهم ستا وتقو لو لقا شاااااع ت ال تني نهم ولم تنتظر أمري ك هم كت أج كلا رأ ت أَّل أكع شااا ا ت ترجم ل هم وتتاارك األمر ن ساااا)112(، ام خاطو موسااا الساااامري اِمِري سا : سا تعال ﴿ ْرتُ قَالَ ﴾٩٥﴿قَاَل فََما َخْطبَُك يَا سَُ ُروا لَمْ بَِما بَصُُ تُ بِهِ يَْبصُُ ةً فَقَبَضُْ نْ قَْبضَُ سُُولِ أَثَرِ مهِ الرَّ لَتْ َوَكذَِلكَ فَنَبَْذتَُها وَّ ي ِلي سَُ اسَ الَ تَقُولَ أَن اْلَحيَاةِ فِي لَكَ فَإِنَّ فَاْذَهبْ قَالَ ﴾٩٦﴿ نَْوسُِ َمْوِعًدا لَّن تُْخلَوَهُ لَكَ َوإِنَّ ةٌ ِمسَُ وًا ) َُُ وَنَّهُ فِي اْليَمهِ نَسُ ُُِ ( إِنََّما إِلَُكُم للاُ الَِّذي اَل إِلَهَ إِالَّ ُهَو ةٌ ٩٧َوانُظْر إِلَى إِلَِهَك الَِّذي َظْلَت َعلَْيِه َعاِكوًا لَّنَُحَرقَنَّهُ ثُمَّ لَنَنسُ ْي ِعْلًما{)113( ذ ومعنا ا أن موسا لتا كر م معاسبي أخ ه، الت ت ل كلا الساامري وسا له سا ً : ما َع ُكلَّ شَُ َوسُِ شا نا ك تا انعت؟ وما ت ا كلا؟ كقا الساامري: رأ ت ما لم روا، و و أن جبري أتاك كر الح ا ، ك شاااااااار و أن آخذ سب اااااااي م أار ا، كتا ألق تها شاااااااوه َّل ن خت ك ه الرون، ك خذت شااااااا ًا م أار جبري ، كط بت ن ساااو و سااانت لوذ كقا موسااا ل ساااامري : قوءتا كو الان ا أَّل تتس أ اا وَّل وألق ته العج ، كَخرا .98-88:سارة ه (108) .213أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر ، تلفرر القرآن، ص: (109) .94-90سارة ه (110) .213أيا اللداء إسمالرل ين كثرر ، تلفرر القرآن، ص: (111) .521، ص: المصدر نلفه (112) .95-98:َ هسور (113) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org تسااااااااااااا أ ا، وأن لا مو اا ل عذار كو اةخر ل تخ ت، وأنظر ل ذا العج الذي أستت م زما با ته ك ت نحرسه بالنار ام لنط رنه رما ا كو البحر ، َّل بق منه وَّل أار، وكو آخر ذا الحوار قو موسااا لبنو سااارا نتا معبو نم التساااتحق ل عبا و هللا الذي َّل رر ساااواه وَّل له ره وسااام سااابحانه ن شاااوه، ك خ ته شاااااااااوه كو األرا وَّل كو الساااااااااتاه، نتا أن ذا الحوار الذي ار موسااااااااا و ارون ك ه ستي األ ر واألخ ق ون ت َّل و تا م أنب اه هللا الذ لنا ك هم أسو سني)114(ذ وسسااتنا ا ز نتوك الحوار القراارااو ك هام ر نونها ا (سااور طه)متا ساابق ولاى تطب قنا نخ ص األو ساابو نةو السااور وساابو تساات تها، وأركقنا كلا بعرا موجة لقرااي كو ذا التبحم تناولنا كوط ب كو م سور ذال الالانو منه خررناه لعرا بع ور الحوار م خ و ذ(سور طه)موس التت تني كو الذي ار و اخت ار التول تبارك ،مم رءه بالوا ي التقا ( ه الس )نان وار موس :األولالحوار وتعال لتوساا وإرساااله ل كر ون، الذي تجب ر كو األرا وطي ك ها، ل عاو ذا ال ع و وته لتو ا هللا مكرهذ وتخ ص نو سرا م لتو ا هللا ) ه السااااااا (وكر ون، م اه موسااااااا ) ه السااااااا (ككان موسااااااا :أما الحوار الثاني ك را كلا واتهته بالسحر وتحااه بإ ار السحر مبطا معجةاته لك نرر هللا كوق كلاذ لتناجا رءه وترنه أخاه ومااره ك ار موساااااا ،وأخ ه ارون ) ه الساااااا (نان مم موساااااا :الحوار الثالث ) ه السا ( ارون خ ي سومه، لك القو كتنوا بعبا العج الذي انعه لهم الساامري، ولاى و موسا أخاه ارون لسكوته ذا األمر كبرر له كلا م خشو أن تحاث ت رسي كو القو ذة الماتمة تأمالت ادبية حوارية في القران التوسو اااا)موضول بحالنا نها يرر العالت ، وكو وكو الختا ان الحتا تو نا ل ما و:م خ له ( )تورة طه انموذجاا( الكريم القرآن معجة هللا تعال ذ ذ1 ُ تال الحوار القرآنو نتوكًجا ل حوار الينو م خ منا الحوار التو اسااااااااتعرضاااااااانا ا سااااااااابًقا، كهو خاطو ذ2 الوجاان يي الجتا ذ الحوار ليي القرآن الكريم، خاتم الكتو الستاويي، جاه ل ع م امنسان ن ت كون الحوار طريقا ل كر والعت ذ ذ3 خاطو هللا تعال كو نتابه ن األ نا البشريي، سواه نانت م"مني أ ناكر ، سويي أ ضع يذ ذ4 .359، ص الفايق(لبد الرحمن ين ناصر الفجدي، المصدر 114) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org ظهر الحوار كو القرآن الكريم ب شااكا وأنتاط متنو ي كو القرااص القرآنوذ سااور طه تحتوي العا ا م ذ5 ذالحوارات والعبر واألخ ق التو تك لك مس م أن ست ا منها تت ة الحوار بح اااور ا شاااخرااا ات م" ي له وم مساااتويات مخت ي كتعا ت ذلا التشاااا ا وتراااا ات ذ6 األ ااثذ وم خ الحوار نتعر طب عي الشاااخرااا ي نعنرااار كنو، ونراااور الشاااخرااا ي م الااخ ، متا تكننا ذ7 م الو و ل ن تها الن س ي والعق ي، نتا ن و الح ويي التشا ا وسارتها الت ا رذ اشتت الحوار كو سور طه ا أسال و كن ي ي، تنو ت سو مقت الحا والتقا ذ ذ8 المصادر القرآن الكريمذ ذ1990 ا، 1420ا ت ا الم با هللا معالم كو منه الا و ، ار األنالس الخ راه، جا ، ذ1 ، ار ا ر، روت، ذتذ 3م ا منظور جتا الا مكر ، لسان العرر، ذ2 با ، التحقق:التحكم والتح األ ظم، اااااااااااااااا ٤٥٨أ و الحساا و سااتا ساا اه الترسااو ت: ذ3 ذ 2000، روت – ار الكتو الع ت ي ، 11، 1، طالحت ا نااوي ذ2007 ا، 1428أ و ال ااه ستا نال ر ، ت س ر القرآن العظ م، ار اليا الجا ا، القا ر ذ4 ذ2005 ا، 1426أ و ال ااه ستا نال ر ، سرص األنب اه، ار ا الجوزي، القا ر ، ذ5 ذ2007 ا، 1428أ و ال ااه ستا نال ر، ت س ر القرآن، ار اليا الجا ا، القا ر ، ذ6 ، روت – ار التعركي ،4، اه و الا ، ااااااااااااا(٥٠٥أ و اما محتا محتا اليةالو الطوسو )ت ذ7 ذرذت ام تان ل طبا ي والنشاااااار، أ و با هللا ك راااااا باه، ك الحوار أ ااااااوله وآ ابه، اااااا ات التحاور، ار ذ8 امسكناريي، تذ ار السااا ل طبا ي والنشااار ، راساااات كو الترء ي امسااا م ي وأ اااولها النظريي وال سااا ي ،أ تا را م ناظم ذ9 ذ1983، القا ر ، 2، طوالتوزيم ل طبا ي والنشاااااار، ار الوط ، أ تا با الر ت الرااااااويان، الحوار أ ااااااوله التنهج ي وآ ابه الساااااا ون ي ذ10 ذ 1993 ا، 1413التت كي العرء ي السعو ي، -الرياا ذ 1991 ا، 1491مقا س ال يي، ار الجا روت، ،أ تا كار ذ11 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org ذ1999، ذر، 2أ تا س ال قانو، معجم الترط حات الترءويي التعركي كو التنا ، الم الكتو، ط ذ12 ذhttps://www.moswarat.com أ و الحوار، الناو العالت ي ل شبار امس مو ذ13 ال روق ، ااااااااااااااا( ٣٩٥ و الحس با هللا سه سع ا ح مهران العسكري )ت نحو ذ14 ذ، رذت مرر – ار الع م والالقاكي ل نشر والتوزيم، القا ر ،ال يويي ذ1984جبور با النور، التعجم األ و، ار الع م ل ت ، روت، ذ15 ذ1998 ا، 1419، 2ج الا الس وطو، لبار النقو كو أسبار النةو ، ار التعركي، روت، ط ذ16 لبنان، –لبنانو مكتبي التارسااااي ، روت –، ار الكتو ال بنانو، روت 1، التعجم ال ساااا و، جت اااا با ذ17 ذ 1982 ذ1992 ا، 1413س تان الطراوني راسات نر ي أ ي كو القري القرآن ي ار التعركي، روت، ذ18 تطبو ات الجامع ي، لسااااا تان شاااااراتو، الخطار القرآنو مقارني و ااااا ي لجتال ي السااااار ام جازي، وان ذ19 ذرذت الجةا ر ذل طبا ي والنشر، رذت ار التنار ، 1، مج ا الم ت ا، أ و الحوار وآ ابه كو امس ذ20 ر، ذطالو ساااااااااتا الةوييو، م أساااااااااال و التعب ر كو القرآن، ار النه اااااااااي العرء ي ل طبا ي والنشااااااااار، ذ21 ذ1996 با الر ت نا اار السااعاي، ت ساا ر الكريم الر تان كو ت ساا ر ن التنان، ار الرسااالي ط، القا ر ، ذ22 ذ2000 ا، 1420 ذ ، رذت 6، التج ا اَّلو ، ار الج ، مقا س ال يي با الس محتا ارون، ذ23 ار الكتو الع ت ي روت ، 1، طالتعري ات ، اااا( ٨١٦ و محتا و الةي الشريف الجرجانو )ت ذ24 ذ 1983، لبنان– ذ1999كاتم با الس ، الحوار القررو و سته السر ي، مكتبي الع و والحكم، روت، ذ25 امسااا م ي، التاخ ل الالقاكي امسااا م ي، جامعي أ ااااه ي التاريس سسااام الاراساااات ، مجتو ي م"ل ذ26 ذ، رذت الت ا سعو ذ1993محتا الاالو، الو ا ال ن ي كو القري القرآن ي، ار اه التراث العرءو، روت، ذ27 هذ و ، ت محتا وا مر و ، التحقق: اااااااااااااااااا(٣٧٠محتا أ تا األز ري الهروي، أ و منرااااور )ت ذ28 ذ 2001، روت – ار اه التراث العرءو ، 1، ط8 ،ال يي american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org ، ار التنروري ل نشر، ر، تذ1محتا س ك هللا الحوار كو القرآن الكريم، ذ29 ، ار الوط ل طبا ي والنشااااااار، محتا ساااااااعا أ تا مساااااااعو ال وءو، آ ار الحوار ) راساااااااي ت ااااااا ي( ذ30 ذالتت كي العرء ي السعو ي، رذت -الرياا ذ1981محتا و الرا ونو، و الت اس ر، ار القرآن الكريم، طه، روت، ذ31 ذالجةا ر، ذت ،، وان التطبو ات الجامع ي 2محتا كريا وجاي، الترحت الت سر، ذ32 محتا سطو، القري كو القرآن الكريم، مقا ا الا وس م ال ار سباه ل طبا ي والنشر، ر، تذ ذ33 ذ2007 ا، 1427نجم با هللا ناظم مشك ي الحوار كو الروا ي العرء ي الم الكتو الحا م، األر ن، ذ34 ار الترء ي والتراث ، حو محتا سا أ تا زمةمو، الحوار آ ابه وضاوابطه كو ضاوه الكتار والساني ذ35 ذ1994 ا1414، 1، طرما ي ل نشر american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 41, | october 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org development of museum work and cultural heritage preservation processes in the kashkadarya region in the 1950–1980 years ashirov ulugbek toychiyevich head of the fund department of the state museum of history and culture of the kashkadarya region asirovulugbek8@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the stages of restoration and development of museum work in the kashkadarya region during the 1950s–1980s. it highlights the postwar transformations in museum activities, the policy of centralization, and the processes of reorganization. the study reveals the scientific and educational functions of museums and their role in shaping public consciousness. the research is based on archival materials and official reports. the revival of the kashkadarya museum marked a new stage in the cultural life of the region. kashkadarya, museum work, cultural heritage, local history museum, centralization, cultural policy, exhibit, restoration, spiritual life, archival sources. introduction after the end of world war ii, the restoration and development of cultural and educational life in the uzbek ssr rose to the level of state policy. in this process, the museum system played an important role in preserving the historical memory of the people, forming their spiritual and scientific worldview, and promoting the national heritage. in the 1950s–1980s, museum work in the kashkadarya region was reorganized, its material and technical base was strengthened, and the collection of exhibits expanded. museum activities served to instill a sense of patriotism and national pride in the minds of the population of the region, especially young people. thus, museums were formed as an integral part of the cultural life of kashkadarya. according to the 1951 report of the kashkadarya regional museum, during this period there were 431 exhibits in the museum's collection. the museum was visited by 4,957 tourists during the year, of which 4,527 were schoolchildren[1]. main part the kashkadarya regional museum was officially liquidated in accordance with the order of the ministry of culture of the uzbek ssr in 1956. on november 2 of this year, a special act was drawn up with the participation of employees of the kashkadarya and bukhara museums, according to which all exhibits and collections of the kashkadarya museum were transferred to the fund of the bukhara museum of local lore. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org the document states that a total of 103 main funds, 46 priceless main funds, 51 auxiliary funds, 31 priceless auxiliary funds, as well as a number of items of historical and cultural significance of the kashkadarya museum were transferred to the bukhara museum[2]. this situation shows that as a result of the policy of centralizing museum work in the late 1950s, the activities of local museums were reduced, and their valuable exhibits were transferred to the disposal of large historical centers. this process clearly demonstrated the territorial characteristics of the cultural policy of that time. by the resolution of the ministry of culture of the uzbek ssr no. 65 dated april 15, 1969, it was reorganized under the name of the kashkadarya regional museum of local lore, during the year exhibits were collected for the organization of a museum exhibition, and in 1975 the museum exhibition was reopened[3]. by the end of the 1970s, the republican museum system had been stably formed, and it functioned as a cultural institution of scientific, educational and educational significance. according to 1976 data, museums in the uzbek ssr developed as an important branch of cultural life. there are 8 museums operating in tashkent city, which store 306.2 thousand exhibits and are visited by 1,378.9 thousand visitors during the year. there are 6 museums in samarkand region, which receive 805.1 thousand people. there is 1 museum operating in bukhara region, which attracts 491.4 thousand visitors. 4 museums in fergana region are visited by 473.6 thousand people. museums in andijan, namangan, surkhandarya and khorezm regions play an important role in highlighting regional history and ethnography. the only one in the kashkadarya region — the karshi museum of local lore — became the center of the cultural life of the region in 1976. its collection contained 3.7 thousand exhibits, which were viewed by 30.2 thousand people. results and discussions the museum employed 23 employees, including researchers, tour guides, and exhibition organizers. in the same year, 2 traveling exhibitions were organized, and the rural population was also covered through exhibits displayed in collective farms and houses of culture[4]. in 1977, the number of museums in the uzbek ssr reached 33. a total of 1,074.0 thousand exhibits were stored in their collection, of which 71.2 thousand were displayed in permanent exhibitions. during the year, 3,871.4 thousand visitors visited the republic's museums. this is a significant increase compared to 1976, indicating that museums are increasingly playing an important role in the cultural life of the population. 377 traveling exhibitions were organized by museums, which indicates that this activity has expanded not only in cities, but also in districts and rural areas. the number of employees working in museums has reached 1,477 people. in the kashkadarya region, the indicators in 1977 were also positive: the number of exhibits in the museum fund reached 4.1 thousand, of which 1.5 thousand were exhibited in the permanent exhibition. during the year, 33.8 thousand people visited the museum. 23 employees of the museum were engaged in cultural and educational work[5]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 41 october 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org according to 1978 data, the museum system in the uzbek ssr had become a scientifically and culturally stable institution. there were 33 museums operating in the republic, with more than 1,105.6 thousand exhibits. of these, 73.9 thousand exhibits were exhibited in permanent exhibitions. during the year, 4,419.7 thousand visitors visited the museums of uzbekistan. this is 548.3 thousand more than in 1977, indicating that the population's interest in museums is growing year by year. 7,753 excursions and cultural events were organized in museums, which were attended by 772.6 thousand people. a total of 1,345 employees worked in the museums of the republic. in 1978, the only museum in the kashkadarya region was the karshi museum of local lore. it housed 35.8 thousand exhibits, 4.3 thousand of which were on permanent display. during the year, the museum was visited by 67,000 visitors, 2 exhibitions and cultural events were held. the museum employed 25 employees[6]. these figures indicate that, despite the fact that museum work in the kashkadarya region is still at an early stage, the population's interest in historical memory and cultural heritage is growing. in the late 1970s, museums in the uzbek ssr functioned not only as institutions storing exhibits, but also as spiritual centers that restored the historical memory of the people, strengthened their sense of national identity and patriotism. conclusion in general, in the 1950s-1980s, museum work in the kashkadarya region experienced a stage of revival and sustainable development. during these years, the museum functioned not only as a place for storing exhibits, but also as a cultural center that preserves historical memory and provides spiritual education. the increase in the number of museum collections and visitors, the organization of traveling exhibitions, and the growth of personnel potential indicate the effective implementation of cultural policy in the region. therefore, this period is significant in the history of museology in the kashkadarya region as a period of cultural revival and spiritual uplift. references 1. national archives of uzbekistan (uz ma), f.1619, vol.11, 8-25-ish, sheet 40. 2. current archive fund of the history and culture of kashkadarya region. 3. current archive fund of the history and culture of kashkadarya region. 4. national archives of uzbekistan (uz ma), f.1619, vol.11, 3570-ish, sheet 47. 5. national archives of uzbekistan (uz ma), f.1619, vol.11, 8-12-ish, sheet 41. 6. national archives of uzbekistan (uz ma), f.1619, vol.11, 8-12-ish, sheet 41. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org factors for the development of public transport in uzbekistan rakhmonov sukhayl latipovich a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article analyzes the factors of development of the public transport system in uzbekistan. the article considers the economic and social significance of the transport system, as well as the current state and development prospects of public transport in the country. the effective organization of transport links between cities and districts, the environmental aspects of the public transport system, its impact on the economic development of cities are analyzed. in particular, recommendations are made on the digitization of public transport, the introduction of environmentally friendly technologies and improving the quality of service. the article also highlights the importance of cooperation between the public and private sectors in the development of public transport. public transport, development factors, economic significance, environmental technologies, digitization, intercity transport, private and public sector cooperation, transport system, urban infrastructure. introduction today, as a result of the acceleration of urbanization, the growth of megacities and population growth, the demand and need for public transport is expected to increase every year. special attention is paid to the issues of reducing economic and social differences between countries and cities, improving living conditions, as well as stabilizing environmental and transport systems. in uzbekistan, special importance is attached to these issues, and the state has developed specific measures to reform the public transport system. public transport plays an important role in ensuring mobility in cities. the transport system connects production facilities, goods and services, and the education system, which are the basis of the city's economy and social development. public transport is not only an important means of transporting passengers to their destinations, but also ensures the integration process between different sectors of the city's economy. as the main means of convenient and economical access for the population to sources of employment, education, and other social services, the public transport system contributes to the economic and social development of the city. main part: ensuring the efficient operation of the transport system is important for improving the mobility of the population in cities, improving labor activity and economic performance. public transport is the only option, especially for medium and large cities, and allows for the socially and economically sustainable development of cities. other modes of transport, such as private cars, require much higher costs and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org occupy more land space, which puts pressure on urban infrastructure and, in particular, requires storage space. the importance of public transport is directly related to the socio-economic development of cities and regions. as a result of the increase in population and the expansion of urban areas from year to year, the need for a transport system is increasing. this, in turn, creates the need to develop transport infrastructure. the effective operation of public transport is important not only from an economic but also from an environmental point of view. residents of cities and megacities satisfy their daily transport needs through public transport, which in turn ensures road safety, quality transport services and an improved living environment. the resolution of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-59 dated february 16, 2023, determined measures to reform the public transport system, while setting specific tasks aimed at solving problems in the sector. the main shortcomings of public transport are: 1. regularity of travel: the fact that public transport does not always comply with the developed schedule, there are problems with the timely delivery of passengers. 2. non-compliance with traffic safety and quality requirements: there are problems with the technical condition of vehicles, ensuring safety on the roads. in addition, there is a need to improve the effectiveness of ensuring road safety. 3. lack of differentiated fare tariffs: the fare is unfair and not standardized, which leads to the economic unattractiveness of public transport services. 4. priority of public transport: lack of priority for public transport, difficulty in competing with other means of transport in cities and districts. it is of particular importance to learn from foreign experiences in reforming the public transport system. it is necessary to study examples of reforms implemented to improve the quality of the transport system in medium and large cities, especially in european cities and megacities. the following main conclusions can be drawn from such experiences: ensuring regularity of service: for the effective operation of the system, it is important to constantly update the schedule and automatically control it through digital technologies. fare differentiation: by radically revamping the fare system and introducing a differentiated fare system, the economic efficiency of public transport services can be increased. ensuring traffic safety: it is important to regularly check the technical condition of vehicles and apply innovative approaches to ensuring road safety. foreign experiences, for example, have introduced innovative technologies and automated systems to ensure safety in cities. today, based on the experience of advanced countries, it is necessary to widely introduce the practice of public-private partnerships in the opening of public transport routes connecting large cities and their agglomerations, remote settlements with district centers. for example, when opening routes connecting villages with district centers, the purchase of rolling stock, the commissioning of stops and other infrastructure facilities along the route, and the provision of information screens to small business representatives on certain preferential terms will ensure the provision of timely and high-quality transport services to passengers. in this regard, a large-scale project on the topic of "digital model of the program for the development of district (city) public transport based on public-private business partnership" being prepared by a group of experienced professors and teachers is nearing completion. the project is of programmatic importance, and it aims to establish public transport between all villages of our republic and district american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org centers. during the implementation of this program, it will be possible to create more than 20 thousand new jobs by attracting full private capital and opening about 1,000 new routes and optimizing existing ones. public-private partnership (ppp) is an effective mechanism for developing the transport system. the main goal of this model is to fill the gaps in the state's infrastructure and service provision with the investment opportunities of the private sector. public-private partnership is of great importance in the development of the public transport system, especially in connecting remote settlements with district centers. the private sector, with its investment capabilities and technological experience, helps to properly direct the state's resources, as well as contribute to the creation of new jobs and economic development. the project "digitalized model of the district (city) public transport development program based on public-private business partnership" is aimed at modernizing public transport in our country, connecting villages with district centers, digitizing and optimizing transport activities. the project, in turn, aims to achieve effective results through a joint approach of the public and private sectors. literature review the experience of foreign countries in improving the city bus system is also of great importance. in particular, the following scientific studies and experiments have made a significant contribution to increasing the efficiency of public transport: 1. litman todd (canada): studies conducted by litman todd emphasize the need to optimize the timetable and introduce digital systems for passengers to improve the efficiency of urban transport. his scientific work has made a significant contribution to strengthening the intercity transport system in the field of public transport. 2. redman l., rietveld p. (great britain and the netherlands): the scientific research of these scientists shows the importance of using digital systems to optimize passenger transportation technologies in city buses and ensure the efficiency of the transport system in order to improve the quality of service. their work contributes to the development of the intercity transport system based on modern approaches. macheret d.a. (russia): the research conducted by macheret d.a. is of great importance in optimizing technological approaches to bus systems, developing new methods for effective bus traffic management and improving passenger service. his work represents significant advances in improving the technical efficiency of the transport system. in our country, a number of important scientific studies are being conducted to improve passenger transportation technologies in city buses. the studies carried out by scientists such as b.a. khodjaev, g.a. samatov, s.a. salimov are of great importance for the development of the transport system and improving the quality of public transport. the work of these scientists involves the optimization of bus systems, increasing the efficiency of transport services, and implementing economic reforms. analysis and results: according to statistical data, in the first quarter of 2024, the number of passengers transported by all modes of transport amounted to 317.5 million people. this figure increased by 1.1% compared to the same period last year. this growth indicates the development of the transport system and the increase in the population's demand for transport services. passenger traffic also increased by 2.1%, amounting american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org to 2,742.3 million passenger-kilometers. these indicators confirm the effective operation of public transport and the growth of transport infrastructure. also, as of 2023, the number of passengers in road transport in uzbekistan's transport sector increased by 18% compared to 2020, which amounted to 6292.7 million people. this growth indicates an increase in passenger transportation between cities and villages and significant development in the transport sector. the share of private passenger carriers in road transport in the first quarter of 2024 was 11.1 percent. this figure increased by 1 percent compared to the same period in 2023 (1.1 percent in january-march 2023). the role of private transport is important in optimizing passenger transportation between cities and districts. private passenger carriers play an important role, especially on intercity routes. they have the ability to provide high-quality service, track passengers through digital systems, and effectively manage transportation costs. looking at the annual growth rates by mode of transport, road transport grew by 18% in 2023. other modes of transport also recorded significant growth rates. for example, the number of passengers transported by rail amounted to 9.6 million people, while metro transport carried 172 million passengers. air transport, in turn, increased by 5.3 million passengers. this growth indicates the diversification of the intercity transport system and the competitiveness of different modes of transport. in particular, air transport increased by 360% compared to the same period in 2023, and metro transport increased by 333%. railway transport increased by 50%, and tram transport increased by 150%. this growth is contributing to the integration of transport modes, the introduction of new technologies, and the development of international transport links. uzbekistan's transport system has achieved significant growth, especially in 2023. in 2023, the number of passengers transported by road reached 6292.7 million people. this figure increased by 18% compared to 2020. the intercity transport system, in particular buses and minivans, is important in meeting the transport needs of the population. this growth means increased competition in the transport sector and the provision of efficient services that meet the needs of passengers. the main objective of public transport is to provide urban and intercity mobility in a cost-effective and environmentally friendly manner. to achieve this goal, the transport system must be economically efficient and have minimal environmental impact. compared to road transport, public transport provides less pollution to the environment because it carries many passengers at a time, and also provides a number of environmental benefits. the environmental aspects of urban transport, such as reduced pollution, improved urban air quality and reduced greenhouse gas emissions, contribute to the reduction. based on the growing observations over the years, public transport remains an important tool in cities, not only for protecting the environment, but also for improving economic and social mobility. the integration of this system ensures the interconnection of movements and economic activities not only within cities, but also between them. an efficient public transport system has a significant impact on the economic development of a city. from workplaces to educational institutions, from service centers to commercial and industrial facilities, all systems are connected by public transport. unreliable or poorly organized transport can disrupt economic activity. such situations lead to significant disruptions, especially in the supply chain of labor and consumers. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org conclusion: the efficient operation of public transport contributes to improving economic performance, as it optimizes the city's activities, such as the delivery of goods and services, and the provision of labor. with the help of a public transport system, economic growth is enhanced by connecting shopping centers and production systems in cities, as well as ensuring the mobility of passengers. public transport plays a significant role in the economic and social development of cities. it not only ensures the mobility of passengers, but also is an important tool for protecting the environment, reducing traffic congestion, and ensuring the sustainable development of cities. improving the public transport system and increasing its efficiency can improve the quality of life in cities and accelerate economic development. references: 1. ministry of transport of the republic of uzbekistan. (2023). development of public transport in uzbekistan: strategy for 2023. foreign economic relations and transport, 5(1), 5-12. 2. khodjaev, b.a. (2021). economic and environmental approaches to the development of public transport. transport science, 31(2), 87-96. 3. samatov, g.a. (2020). the importance of integration and digitalization of urban transport. urban development and infrastructure, 9(2), 78-82. 4. dremina, o.yu. (2020). the role of digital technologies in urban transport and its effectiveness. transport development strategies, 8(2), 91-99. 5. vasiliev, i.s. (2017). methods for increasing the efficiency of public transport systems. transport systems and transport safety, 45(1), 102-108. 6. yfimtseva, l.o. (2020). public transport and environmental safety: new approaches. ecological transport systems, 9(1), 34-42. 7. shatalova, s.i. (2018). sustainability of transport systems and development of urban infrastructure. city and transport, 26(2), 100-109. 8. jomurodovich e. a., alimovna e. y. possibilities of development of tourism in surkhandarya region //world bulletin of social sciences. – 2022. – т. 9. – с. 54-57. 9. ergasheva y. a., eralov a. j. prospects of development of eco-tourism, agro-tourism, and mountain tourism in surkhandarya region //bio web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2024. – т. 93. – с. 05002. 10. alimovna e. y., jomurodovich e. a. difficult aspects of tourism development in uzbekistan //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2022. – т. 3. – с. 192-197. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org rethinking turkey's historical claims within the framework of the new international order and the greater middle east project dr. siddik arslan deputy secretary general of erzurum metropolitan municipality türkiye orcid id: https://orcid.org/0009-0009-3169-3763 abstract keywords this study aims to analyze how turkey's historical claims, shaped within the framework of the national pact (misak-ı milli), can be repositioned along the axes of international law, geopolitical dynamics, and historical continuity in the contemporary conjuncture where the international system is evolving from a unipolar structure toward a multipolar configuration. the fundamental point of departure for this research is that the relationship between the structural fragility exhibited by the post-ottoman regional order and turkey's historical claims has been largely neglected in the academic literature. the main hypothesis posits that in an environment where the international order is evolving toward a multipolar structure and regional states are dissolving, the capacity of turkey's historical claims to gain legitimacy in international law is increasing. the research employs a qualitative methodology combining document analysis, comparative case study, discourse analysis, and multi-level interpretation techniques. historical documents including the armistice of mudros, treaty of sèvres, national pact declaration, and treaty of lausanne have been examined alongside contemporary international law norms and regional fragmentation dynamics. russia's historical claims over crimea and donbas, and china's sovereignty assertions in the south china sea have been evaluated from a comparative perspective. the findings demonstrate that with the relative decline of american hegemony and the crystallization of the multipolar structure, historical claims have become a re-acceptable discursive instrument in the international system. the regional fragmentation triggered by the greater middle east project, state collapses in iraq and syria, and the authority vacuums emerging on turkey's southern borders have necessitated a security-based reinterpretation of the national pact perspective. the study identifies that the mosul question carries a suspended status from lausanne and that normative flexibility in international law enables turkey to articulate its historical theses more assertively. national pact, greater middle east project, multipolar order, historical claims, international law, regional security, turkish foreign policy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, this study rescues historical rights debates from onedimensional analyses by integrating international law, international relations theories, historical documents, and geopolitical analyses within a unified framework, arguing that turkey's historical claims require redefinition across strategic, normative, and legal dimensions. introduction in the contemporary international system, characterized by a profound transformation in the global distribution of power, both the institutional architecture and the normative foundations of the postworld war ii order have entered a period of significant destabilization. this destabilization is not confined merely to the shifting of power centers; it simultaneously engenders a questioning of the legitimacy of the rules governing interstate relations. in this context, the diminishing effectiveness of multilateral institutions—the fundamental pillars of the liberal international order—has led to a weakening of normative constraints on unilateral state actions (ikenberry, 2020). the relative decline of american hegemony, china's economic and military ascendancy, russia's revisionist maneuvers, and the european union's pursuit of strategic autonomy are collectively steering the existing international structure toward a multipolar configuration (acharya, 2021). the crystallization of this multipolar structure has created a new international environment that legitimizes the efforts of middle powers to expand their regional spheres of influence (öniş & kutlay, 2021). this structural transformation, particularly within the geography of the middle east, has brought to the fore attempts to reshape regional political geography through the greater middle east project conducted under american leadership; it has precipitated profound instabilities and protracted internal conflicts in countries such as iraq, syria, yemen, and libya, thereby undermining the structural integrity of the regional order (phillips, 2020). throughout this process, the capacity and responsibility of the republic of turkey—as the successor state to the ottoman empire—to reassume a role in former ottoman territories with which it maintains historical, legal, and geographical ties has become central to academic debates. particularly within the framework of the territorial conception delineated by the national pact (misak-ı milli), the historical claims that have emerged have acquired a critical dimension requiring reevaluation in conjunction with the changing power balances in international law and contemporary case studies (oran, 2022). indeed, the reinterpretation of historical rights in international law becomes a focal point of academic discourse especially during periods when states collapse and borders become de facto indeterminate (klabbers, 2022). this study aims to analyze precisely at this historical and geopolitical juncture how turkey's historical claims can be repositioned along the axes of international law, geopolitical dynamics, and historical continuity. the fundamental point of departure for this study is that the relationship between the structural fragility currently exhibited by the post-ottoman regional order and turkey's historical claims has been largely neglected in the academic literature. this deficiency manifests itself particularly in the contextualization of historical documents with contemporary international law norms and in the systematic analysis of regional fragmentation dynamics (pedersen, 2021). the collapse of state authority witnessed in the middle east over the past decade, the de facto invalidation of borders, and the intensification of external interventions indicate that the state-centric international structure constructed in the aftermath of the westphalian order is dissolving at the regional level (gause, 2021). the fragmentation process iraq experienced following 2003, the societal devastation triggered by the syrian civil war, and the authority vacuum in yemen emerge as concrete examples that fundamentally challenge normative assumptions regarding the permanence of national borders. these examples have provided the foundation for the strengthening of critical approaches in international relations literature toward the absoluteness of the principle of territorial integrity (peters, 2022). furthermore, examples such as russia's annexation of crimea and its intervention in the donbas regions demonstrate that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org powerful states have reintroduced claims of border revision based on historical or ethnic justifications into the international system (mankoff, 2022). russia's actions are evaluated as concrete evidence that territorial claims based on historical arguments are once again seeking legitimacy within the international system (krickovic, 2022). in this context, the gap in the literature lies in the absence of a systematic analysis of turkey's historical position centered on the national pact within the framework of changing international norms and regional fragmentation dynamics. existing studies have predominantly remained confined either to narrow legal interpretations of historical documents or geopolitical analyses that have neglected the historical background. this article addresses this gap by examining historical documents, international law principles, and contemporary geopolitical transformations within an integrated analytical framework. thus, it aims to ensure that turkey's historical claims receive the comprehensive evaluation they deserve in the academic literature. the key concepts forming the conceptual foundation of this study are shaped along the axes of historical claims, the national pact (misak-ı milli), the greater middle east project, multipolar order, and international legitimacy. the concept of historical claims refers to a state's demands over territories where it previously exercised sovereignty or to which it is bound by historical-cultural ties, and in international law, it is generally addressed within the framework of post-colonial border arrangements, the geographical distribution of ethnic identities, and the principle of uti possidetis juris (shaw, 2021). this concept also carries a multidimensional character that acquires meaning through the combination of long-term cultural continuity, demographic structure, and geographical dominance (raic, 2022). the national pact, on the other hand, is the founding document adopted by the grand national assembly of turkey in 1920, envisaging the determination of turkish national borders based on the principle of historical-demographic-geographical integrity. this document presented a border vision emphasizing that not only military necessities but also social belonging and cultural integrity must be taken into consideration. this vision of the national pact was concretized through the concept of "national boundaries" (hudud-ı milli) repeatedly emphasized in mustafa kemal pasha's speeches at the grand national assembly of turkey (atatürk, 1920). the concept of the greater middle east project refers to the american foreign policy initiative from the early 2000s to reshape the political geography of the middle east under the rhetoric of democratization; however, in practice, this project produced results that deepened regional instability (lynch, 2022). the regional consequences of this project have been associated with the concept of "creative chaos" in academic literature, debating whether the dismantling of state structures was an intentional strategy (gause, 2022). the concept of multipolar order describes an international structure in which no single hegemonic power dominates the global system, but rather multiple great powers create spheres of influence in specific regions. international legitimacy refers to the acceptance of a state's actions by other states and the international community, gaining normative approval. this concept offers a critical analytical tool for understanding the ways in which states legitimize their historical arguments, particularly during periods of power transition (lake, 2022). this conceptual framework constitutes the analytical foundation for how turkey's historical claims can be reinterpreted in the context of the current international order. upon examining the historical background, it becomes evident that the disintegration process of the ottoman empire was the result not only of military defeats but also of the attempts by great powers to redesign the region. throughout this process, the incompatibility of the artificial borders envisaged by the sykes-picot agreement with the ethnic and sectarian structure of the region constitutes the historical roots of contemporary conflicts (osterhammel, 2021). the occupation provisions of the armistice of mudros and the articles of the treaty of sèvres aimed at partitioning ottoman territories created a strong consciousness in turkish historical memory that borders were determined through unjust international dispositions. particularly, articles 7 and 24 of the armistice of mudros, which granted the entente powers broad occupation authority, left deep traces in historical memory as provisions that effectively nullified turkey's sovereignty (armistice of mudros, 1918). as mustafa kemal pasha repeatedly emphasized in the grand national assembly of turkey, "national boundaries" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org (hudud-ı milli) were determined based not only on military necessities but also on historical-cultural integrity and demographic structure. in this respect, the national pact constitutes a legal and political declaration of historical claim. the principle in the national pact declaration of "an inseparable whole inhabited by an ottoman-islamic majority" clearly demonstrates that demographic and cultural criteria should be the basis for determining national borders (national pact declaration, 1920). the discourses regarding the reclamation of regions such as mosul-kirkuk and western thrace in the 1930s also reflect this historical continuity. the profound difference between the partition order envisaged by the treaty of sèvres and the final international recognition brought by the treaty of lausanne concretely demonstrates at which stages turkey's historical claims were constrained (pedersen, 2021). the treaty of lausanne has been characterized in the literature as a "counter-revolutionary peace," constituting a founding text that guaranteed turkey's independence within the power balances of the international system of that era (özdemir, 2021). therefore, turkey's manner of involvement in crises in former ottoman geography today can be evaluated not only as an extension of strategic necessities but also of historical obligations and legal foundations. this study aims to analyze how this historical integrity can be related to contemporary international law and changing power balances. in this context, the main research question of the study has been formulated as follows: how do the new international order and the regional fragmentation dynamics following the greater middle east project redefine turkey's claims arising from the national pact and other historical documents at the levels of international law and geopolitics? the subsidiary questions supporting this main question are as follows: first, does the shift in the balance of power in the international system increase the legitimacy of historical claims? second, does the collapse of regional states and the de facto indeterminacy of borders expand the legal grounds for turkey's potential intervention? third, how can the territorial conception in historical documents be reinterpreted under contemporary conditions? fourth, what normative framework do the principles of effective control and responsibility to protect in international law provide for turkey's regional interventions? (bellamy, 2021). to test these questions, the main hypothesis of the study has been determined as follows: in an environment where the international order is evolving toward a multipolar structure and regional states are dissolving, the capacity of turkey's historical claims to gain legitimacy in international law is increasing. the subsidiary hypothesis is as follows: regional instability and the de facto dissolution of borders can strategically and legally bring turkey's claims within the framework of the national pact back onto the agenda. these hypotheses are consistent with theoretical predictions in international relations literature regarding the revival of historical arguments during periods of power transition (mearsheimer, 2021). in accordance with this framework, the article aims to develop a multidimensional analysis by utilizing both historical documents and contemporary international law literature. the academic significance and original contribution of the study emerge along four interconnected axes. first, it evaluates turkey's historical claims not merely from the perspective of a single discipline but through a multidisciplinary framework that brings together international law, international relations theories, historical documents, and geopolitical analyses. this multidisciplinary approach enables the rescue of the historical rights debate from one-dimensional analyses, situating it within a holistic perspective (buzan & hansen, 2020). upon examination of the existing academic literature, it becomes apparent that comprehensive studies addressing how the national pact can be positioned from the perspective of international law are remarkably limited. second, the study offers an original contribution in terms of demonstrating under what conditions historical rights can gain legitimacy as power balances shift. this contribution includes a theoretical explanation of the relationship between the structural transformation of the international system and states' historical arguments (krasner, 2020). third, the absence of holistic studies analyzing how the fragmentation dynamics of the middle east following the greater middle east project have transformed turkey's historical position is notable, and this article aims to fill this gap. fourth, the study provides a significant contribution at both theoretical and practical levels by subjecting both american interventions and regional authority american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org vacuums to systematic analysis in relation to historical theses. thus, turkey's historical claims are integrated into contemporary international order debates, opening a new research domain not currently present in the literature. the geopolitical and geocultural foundations necessitating a reevaluation of turkey's historical claims are directly related to the structural transformations occurring at regional and global scales. from a geopolitical perspective, the current borders of the middle east were largely drawn after world war i in accordance with the interests of colonial powers, and the incompatibility of these borders with the ethnic, religious, and cultural structure of the region constitutes the source of profound contemporary conflicts. the question of the sustainability of these artificial borders is analyzed in international relations literature through its association with the concept of "post-colonial state fragility" (balcı, 2023). the sustainability of the artificial borders envisaged by the sykes-picot agreement has been seriously called into question, particularly with the collapse of state authority in iraq and syria. from a geocultural perspective, turkey possesses historical, linguistic, and religious ties with the peoples of the region through the ottoman legacy; these ties provide a normative legitimacy basis for turkey's regional policies (bilgin, 2023). these geocultural ties are addressed at the intersection of identity, geopolitics, and normative power debates, associated with the role of "protective power" in turkey's regional policies (aydın, 2023). furthermore, the discourse clearly articulated by condoleezza rice within the framework of the greater middle east project that "the borders of twenty-two countries will change" has strengthened the perception that the regional order can be reshaped through external interventions. this situation has created the ground for turkey to bring its historical ties stemming from the national pact perspective back onto the agenda not merely as emotional nostalgia but as a strategic necessity. consequently, geopolitical imperatives and geocultural ties constitute the structural foundations of turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims. the regional consequences of the greater middle east project are of critical importance for understanding the contemporary context of the debate on turkey's historical claims. initiated under the rhetoric of democratization and stability, this project has in practice weakened the structural integrity of regional states, deepened ethnic and sectarian fault lines, and triggered protracted internal conflicts (lynch, 2022). the regional consequences of this project are evaluated in academic literature as concrete evidence of the failure of american foreign policy's "regime change" strategy (bacevich, 2020). the de facto tripartite division of iraq following the 2003 intervention, the humanitarian catastrophe created by the syrian civil war and the collapse of state authority, the proxy wars in yemen, and the fragmentation of libya are concrete indicators of the devastating effects of this project on regional order. this fragmentation process is associated with the concepts of "state fragility" and "failed state" in international relations literature, demonstrating the necessity of restructuring the regional security architecture (phillips, 2021). the authority vacuums that emerged during this process led to the strengthening of non-state armed actors and an increase in cross-border security threats. turkey, as the direct addressee of these threats, was confronted with the necessity of protecting its border security; developments in syria and iraq fundamentally reshaped turkey's regional security strategy. this strategic reshaping has also opened to debate the legitimacy basis of turkey's crossborder military operations in international law (akande, 2020). in this context, turkey's bringing historical claims back onto the agenda can also be evaluated as a strategic move aimed at compensating for the consequences of the regional fragmentation caused by the greater middle east project in terms of security and stability. thus, a direct relationship is established between historical documents and current security requirements. the transition process to a multipolar order is a structural variable that directly affects the capacity of turkey's historical claims to gain international legitimacy. while it was accepted that international norms were maintained relatively stably under american hegemony during the unipolar period, the flexibility of these norms has notably increased today. this normative relaxation is associated with the concept of "post-hegemonic era" in international relations literature and is evaluated as a structural american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org change that enables states to bring their historical arguments back onto the agenda (ikenberry, 2020). russia's annexation of crimea and its intervention in the eastern regions of ukraine constitute the most striking examples that claims of border revision based on historical and ethnic justifications have been reintroduced into the international system (mankoff, 2022). russia's actions have reignited debates on the legitimacy of territorial claims based on historical arguments in international law literature (mälksoo, 2022). similarly, china's sovereignty theses based on historical maps in the south china sea demonstrate that great powers use historical arguments as a tool for legitimization (zhang, 2023). these examples reveal that historical claims are revived and normative assumptions are relaxed during periods when power balances shift in the international system. turkey's historical position articulated from the perspective of the national pact is not independent of this global trend; rather, the normative relaxation created by the multipolar order enables turkey to express its historical theses more comfortably on international platforms. in this context, turkey's multidirectional foreign policy strategy is evaluated as a concrete reflection of the search for autonomy during periods of intensified great power competition (özpek & yılmaz, 2021). for this reason, the study presents an analytical framework that relates the structural transformation of the international system to the conditions under which turkey's historical claims can gain legitimacy. the contemporary significance of the national pact derives not solely from its being a historical document but also from its character as a founding reference that forms the mental and strategic infrastructure of turkish foreign policy. this document, adopted by the grand national assembly of turkey in 1920, established that turkish national borders should be determined based on the principles of demographic integrity, historical belonging, and geographical continuity. these principles have shaped the strategic culture of turkish foreign policy as an inseparable part of the republic's founding philosophy (booth & trood, 2021). the importance mustafa kemal atatürk attached to these principles has persisted to the present day as an integral component of the republic's founding philosophy. unlike the armistice of mudros, which based its provisions on areas under de facto control, the national pact presented a border conception founded upon the principle of an "inseparable whole inhabited by an ottoman-islamic majority." this border conception carries the character of a declaration of national will consistent with the principle of self-determination prevalent in the international law of the period (oran, 2021). this conception defends borders determined by national will against the artificial borders imposed by colonial powers. today, the collapse of regional states and the de facto indeterminacy of borders have reopened for debate the understanding of geographical integrity envisioned by the national pact. particularly, the authority vacuums in syria and iraq have necessitated turkey's security role in these regions and strengthened the perception of historical responsibility inherent in the national pact perspective. in this context, the national pact possesses the character of a living document that provides a normative framework for turkey's regional policies beyond being merely a historical text. how turkey's historical claims can be evaluated within the framework of international law constitutes one of the fundamental analytical axes of the study. in international law literature, the concept of historical right is generally addressed within the framework of post-colonial border arrangements, the principle of self-determination, and the doctrine of uti possidetis juris (shaw, 2021). the normative foundations of this concept are reopened for debate particularly during periods when territorial disputes intensify, and legitimacy debates become more complex when states support their historical arguments with power projection (roth, 2020). however, the example of the national pact carries a character distinct from classical historical claims; for this document is a unique border vision put forth during the transformation process of a collapsing empire into a modern nation-state. the reference of the armistice of mudros to areas under de facto control and the grand national assembly of turkey's acceptance of these borders as a declaration of national will demonstrate that the historical claim is simultaneously a search for legitimate sovereignty restoration. this search for sovereignty restoration is evaluated in international law through its association with the concept of "historical consolidation" american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org in the context of the legal consequences of states' long-term de facto control (pober, 2022). in international law, the principle of effective control regulates the legal consequences of a state establishing de facto authority over a specific territory, and this principle is important for understanding the legal basis of turkey's regional interventions (klabbers, 2022). on the other hand, the doctrine of responsibility to protect envisions the right of international intervention when states cannot protect their own citizens; the humanitarian crises in syria and iraq have brought debates on the applicability of this doctrine back onto the agenda (bellamy, 2021). therefore, turkey's historical claims should be evaluated within a dynamic framework that interacts with the principles of self-determination, effective control, and responsibility to protect in international law. regional security dynamics are of determining importance for understanding the strategic dimension of turkey's historical claims. with the outbreak of the syrian civil war, serious security threats emerged along turkey's southern borders; the strengthening of terrorist organizations by exploiting authority vacuums in the region has directly threatened turkey's national security. these security threats are addressed through their association with the concepts of "cross-border terrorism" and "non-state armed actors" in international relations literature, demonstrating the necessity of restructuring the regional security architecture (kuru, 2021). throughout this process, turkey has conducted multiple crossborder military operations to ensure border security, and these operations have been subject to different evaluations in the international arena. in security literature, turkey's interventions are also addressed through the human security perspective beyond the classical state-centric security understanding (newman, 2020). this perspective moves the concept of security from its narrow state-centric definition to a broad framework that also encompasses the security of individuals and communities (buzan & wæver, 2020). elements such as population movements, cross-border terrorism, ethnic conflicts, and the collapse of state capacity stand out as the fundamental variables shaping turkey's regional security policies. the literature indicates that the policies turkey pursues in these areas possess a normative dimension that takes into account historical ties to post-ottoman geographies (kaya & torun, 2022). in this context, turkey's historical claims emerge not merely as a retrospective reminder but as a multilayered strategic framework in which current security requirements are legitimized through historical documents. energy geopolitics is a variable that cannot be ignored for understanding the economic and strategic dimension of turkey's historical claims. particularly, the historical relationship of oil and natural gas reserves in northern iraq with the ottoman administrative structure has positioned the mosul-kirkuk basin as critical not merely as an ethnic or historical matter but in the context of energy security (stevens, 2021). the energy potential of this region is evaluated as a determining factor in the shaping of regional power balances, associated with the concepts of "resource nationalism" and "energy sovereignty" in international relations literature (roberts, 2022). the mosul question being left unresolved during the lausanne treaty negotiations and the subsequent severance of this region from turkey legally through the british mandated system carries the character of an open dossier that can be debated anew today. this open dossier is addressed in international law literature through its association with the concept of "deferred sovereignty issues" in the context of contemporary interpretation of historical agreements (stansfield, 2021). contemporary academic studies establish a strong relationship between the security of energy infrastructure and debates on regional territorial integrity, explaining turkey's strategic interest in these regions. the authority vacuums in syria and iraq have caused an increase in elements threatening energy transit routes and border security, necessitating turkey's security role in these regions. additionally, energy discoveries in the eastern mediterranean and regional competition have brought turkey's historical and legal arguments regarding maritime jurisdiction areas back onto the agenda. within this framework, energy geopolitics is evaluated as an important analytical element that integrates turkey's historical claims with economic rationality. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org the perspective of national identity and strategic culture provides an indispensable framework for understanding the domestic political and societal dimension of turkey's historical claims. the regions turkey defines as its historical responsibility area are increasingly debated in studies of national identity construction, national memory, and strategic culture (bilgin, 2023). these debates are associated with the concept of "ontological security" in international relations literature, explaining how states' efforts to preserve identity continuity shape foreign policy (rumelili & ejdus, 2022). the national pact is evaluated not merely as a document determining borders but as a founding reference that forms the mental and cultural infrastructure of turkish foreign policy. contemporary research on the power of national identity to shape foreign policy demonstrates that historical narratives are becoming increasingly determinative in turkey's regional policy (rumelili & ejdus, 2022). this determinacy is concretized particularly through historical documents assuming a symbolic function that increases social mobilization during periods of geopolitical crisis (hudson, 2020). this approach demonstrates that historical claims are not merely a legal or strategic discourse but also a framework through which collective identity is reproduced. it is observed that the national pact assumes a symbolic function that increases social mobilization particularly during periods of geopolitical crisis (özdemir, 2023). this symbolic effect contributes to historical documents becoming an important reference point in political decision-making processes from both national identity and security policy perspectives. consequently, historical claims function not merely as a foreign policy objective but also as a strategic component of national identity construction. turkey's reevaluation of its historical claims in the context of the new global order can also be read as a new geopolitical positioning strategy. it is frequently emphasized in international relations literature that with the deepening of multipolarity, attempts by middle powers to expand their regional spheres of influence have increased (destradi, 2020). this trend enables middle powers to develop more autonomous foreign policy strategies, particularly during periods of intensified great power competition (flemes & nolte, 2022). turkey's increasing diplomatic, military, and economic engagement in regions such as syria, iraq, libya, and the caucasus in recent years indicates that the historical hinterland is acquiring renewed geopolitical significance. this engagement is associated with the concept of "geopolitical coding" in international relations literature, explaining states' designation of specific geographies as strategically prioritized areas (özdemir, 2022). in the literature, turkey's geopolitical behaviors are evaluated in the category of middle-sized revisionist power; it is emphasized that this revisionism is grounded not only on balance of power analysis but also on historical memory and the perception of national geography (kardaş, 2022). particularly, the syrian civil war and the de facto fragmentation of iraq have accelerated debates on the permanence of the region's post-ottoman borders, and turkey's security strategies have been reshaped in conjunction with this change. the historical framework presented by the national pact demonstrates that these engagements can be based not only on tactical but also on normative grounds. for this reason, it is necessary to approach turkey's historical claims not merely as a domestic political discourse but as a strategic necessity arising from the transformation of the international order. international relations theories offer a rich conceptual repertoire for constructing the analytical framework of turkey's historical claims. from the perspective of realism, states' pursuit of power and security maximization explains the revival of historical claims as a strategic instrument. this perspective is based particularly on the assumption that the anarchic structure of the international system compels states to behave in a security-oriented manner (waltz, 1979). the bringing of historical arguments back onto the agenda by states during periods when the balance of power shifts is consistent with the behavioral patterns predicted by realism (mearsheimer, 2021). this consistency becomes particularly evident in the context of the increase in revisionist tendencies during periods of power transition and the questioning of the existing international order (allison, 2022). constructivism, on the other hand, emphasizes the constitutive role of identity, memory, and discourse in international relations; turkey's historical narrative based on the national pact is evaluated from this perspective as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org a concrete example of the power of collective identity to shape foreign policy. from the perspective of international regime theory, the current signs of dissolution in the security and border sovereignty regimes established in the post-cold war period enable states to reinterpret existing regimes by advancing their historical rights (keohane, 2020). this dissolution is concretized particularly through the diminishing effectiveness of multilateral institutions and the increase in unilateral actions by great powers (paris, 2020). power-autonomy theory predicts that middle powers can develop more independent foreign policy strategies during periods of intensified great power competition to expand their room for maneuver (flemes & nolte, 2022). this theoretical pluralism demonstrates that turkey's historical claims are too complex to be explained by a single perspective and require a multilayered analysis. the comparative perspective provides an important analytical tool for understanding the position of turkey's historical claims in the international system. russia's claims based on historical arguments over the crimea and donbas regions in ukraine constitute the most evident example that great powers use historical rights as an instrument of legitimization in the changing international order (mankoff, 2022). russia's strategy is associated with the concept of "weaponization of history" in international relations literature, explaining how historical arguments are harnessed to serve current strategic objectives (kuzio, 2023). russia's annexation attempts through the discourse of historical territories have profoundly affected international law debates and demonstrated that claims of border revision have been reintroduced into the system. similarly, china's sovereignty theses based on historical maps in the south china sea reveal that the tendency of regional powers to relate historical documents to current strategic objectives has become widespread on a global scale (zhang, 2023). this tendency is associated with the concept of "instrumentalization of historical rights" in international law literature, explaining how states use historical arguments for strategic purposes (branch, 2023). israel's territorial policies based on historical and religious justifications and india's historical sovereignty claims over kashmir also constitute parts of this comparative framework. these examples indicate that turkey's historical claims articulated from the perspective of the national pact are not alone in the international system. consequently, comparative analysis enables positioning turkey's situation on a scientific basis without exaggeration or minimization. the perspective of human security and regional stability provides a critical framework for understanding the normative dimension of turkey's historical claims. the humanitarian burden turkey has assumed since the syrian civil war points to a unique position among regional powers; turkey, which hosts millions of refugees, associates this humanitarian responsibility with its historical ties (tür & han, 2022). this humanitarian responsibility is evaluated as an important component of turkey's regional soft power strategy, associated with the concept of "humanitarian diplomacy" in international relations literature (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). the principles of the national pact regarding the protection of the rights of communities in neighboring geographies strengthen the historical context of turkey's assumption of this humanitarian responsibility. the literature posits that turkey's humanitarian diplomacy activities constitute the soft power dimension of its strategy of establishing a regional sphere of influence (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). this soft power strategy carries turkey's regional influence beyond military and economic instruments, conferring upon it a normative dimension (nye, 2022). unlike the classical state-centric security understanding, the human security approach foregrounds elements such as population movements, cross-border terrorism, ethnic conflicts, and the collapse of state capacity (newman, 2020). within this framework, turkey's regional interventions are connected not only to national security justifications but also to a sense of responsibility aimed at preventing humanitarian catastrophes. consequently, historical claims should be addressed within a multilayered analytical framework enriched by normative-humanitarian dimensions. the collapse of regional states and authority vacuums constitute a structural variable that directly affects the contemporary relevance of turkey's historical claims. one of the fundamental assumptions american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org of the state-centric international structure established after the westphalian order is the permanence of national borders and the inviolability of state sovereignty. while this assumption has been guaranteed by the principle of territorial integrity, one of the fundamental principles of international law, in practice it is being seriously questioned particularly in the middle east (peters, 2022). however, the developments witnessed in the middle east over the past decade have led to serious questioning of these assumptions at the regional level. the de facto tripartite division of iraq, the collapse of central authority in syria, and the proxy wars in yemen have fundamentally shaken normative assumptions regarding the permanence of national borders (gause, 2021). this shaking is associated with the concepts of "state fragility" and "collapsed states" in international relations literature, demonstrating the necessity of restructuring the regional security architecture (balcı, 2023). the authority vacuums that emerged during this process have prepared the ground for the strengthening of non-state armed actors and the deepening of regional instability. turkey, as the direct addressee of the security threats created by these authority vacuums, has been confronted with the necessity of assuming an active role in the reestablishment of regional order. in an environment where states collapse and borders become de facto meaningless, historical claims cease to be merely nostalgic discourse and transform into a strategic necessity. in this context, turkey's national pact perspective should be evaluated as a historically grounded strategy framework developed in response to regional instability. when all these elements are evaluated together, it becomes clearly evident that turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims in the context of the new international order is a necessity both academically and practically. historical documents, the transforming norms of international law, regional security fragilities, and great power competition are redefining turkey's strategic position. this redefinition is associated with the concept of "strategic adaptation" in international relations literature, explaining states' capacity to adapt to changing systemic conditions (pouliot, 2021). in this context, the national pact is gaining importance not merely as a memory of the past but also as a vision consonant with changing balances in international relations. turkey's ability to integrate this vision with international legitimacy depends both on the contemporary interpretation of historical documents and on the normative openings to be achieved in international law. this integration gains importance particularly in the context of dynamic interpretation of international law and the relating of historical rights to contemporary normative frameworks (rajagopal, 2021). the normative relaxation created by the multipolar order enables turkey to express its historical theses more strongly on international platforms. this study develops a multilayered approach to analyze how the aforementioned integration can be achieved. thus, the research makes it possible to evaluate historical claims not only theoretically but also within an application-oriented framework. this academic discussion aimed at evaluating turkey's historical claims directly corresponds with international relations literature suggesting that states reactivate their historical memories during periods of uncertainty. during periods when power balances show rapid change, it has been comprehensively demonstrated in academic studies that the revival of legal and political arguments from the past is an important factor shaping state behaviors (mearsheimer, 2021). this factor explains how states' historical experiences associated with the concept of "strategic memory" shape current policy preferences (booth & trood, 2021). in this context, it can be argued that turkey's historical theses based on the national pact are not merely emotional nostalgia but a rational component of current strategic calculations. given that turkey's borders in the post-ottoman period were shaped as a result of international pressures, today's state collapses and authority vacuums in the region make the reconsideration of historical border debates possible. this enablement becomes concrete particularly in the context of historical arguments regaining legitimacy during periods when the normative structure of the international system weakens (allison, 2023). the discourses and interventions regarding the redesign of the region within the framework of the greater middle east project have increased the normative pressure regarding the changeability of borders. therefore, turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims is directly related to the transformation of the existing international order. this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org paragraph reinforces the theoretical foundation of the integration of historical theses with the analytical framework. the theoretical structure presented by the study aims to explain turkey's historical theses at the intersection point of international law and international relations theories. while the legitimacy of historical claims is evaluated in international law within the framework of both the principle of selfdetermination and the principle of effective control, in international relations literature, these claims are generally analyzed through power distribution, regional competition, and security motivations (krasner, 2020). this dual evaluation necessitates addressing both the normative and strategic dimensions of the historical rights debate together (krasner & risse, 2020). turkey's approach based on the national pact offers an integrated structure that can be explained through the conceptual tools of these two fields. particularly since the collapse of central authority in states like syria and iraq has led to borders becoming de facto meaningless, turkey's historical and security-based theses are gaining greater international visibility. this visibility becomes evident particularly with the increase in regional instability and the collapse of traditional security architecture (lynch, 2023). the border conception of the national pact, confirmed by historical documents, can open a new interpretive space in contemporary international law debates. for this reason, the study develops a holistic approach that reframes the historical rights debate by drawing attention to the gaps in theoretical literature. thus, the theoretical contribution of the article becomes evident through its relating of historical documents to contemporary theoretical debates. the multilayered theoretical synthesis approach completes the methodological and theoretical foundation of this study by acknowledging that turkey's historical claims are too complex to be explained by a single theory. turkey's rights discourse based on the national pact is intertwined with realism's logic of power and security, with constructivism's emphasis on identity, memory, and discourse, with international law's principles of historical right and effective control, with geoeconomics' perspective of regional economic networks, and with critical security's expanded threat definitions. this intertwinement is associated with the concept of "theoretical eclecticism" in international relations literature, demonstrating that complex phenomena cannot be explained by a single perspective (nolte, 2021). this multilayered structure shows that turkey's historical rights are shaped by both internal dynamics (identity, historical memory, strategic culture) and external dynamics (collapsed states, multipolarity, great power competition). the founding text character of the national pact continues to serve as the central reference point strengthening the theoretical integrity of these claims. this central reference point is increasingly examined in academic literature as one of the fundamental documents shaping the strategic culture of turkish foreign policy (altun & kasapoğlu, 2021). similarly, documents such as lausanne and montreux constitute important parts of the theoretical synthesis as examples where turkey can defend its historical rights at the level of international law. this theoretical framework demonstrates that for turkey to emerge as a regional order-building actor in the current international order, it must redefine its historical claims within an integrity of strategic, normative, and legal dimensions. one of the important contributions of this article is filling the methodological and conceptual gap in the literature by evaluating turkey's historical claims through a multidisciplinary analysis framework. the study presents a holistic approach rarely encountered in academic literature by bringing together international law, international relations theories, historical documents, and geopolitical analyses. this holistic approach is consonant with contemporary academic trends emphasizing the importance of interdisciplinary methodology in understanding complex international phenomena (buzan & hansen, 2020). existing studies on how the national pact can be positioned from the perspective of international law are limited, and this article provides an original contribution particularly in terms of revealing the conditions under which historical rights can gain legitimacy as power balances shift. this original contribution becomes concrete in the context of relating historical documents to contemporary international norms and the systematic analysis of regional dynamics (özkan, 2022). furthermore, the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org absence of comprehensive studies analyzing how the fragmentation dynamics of the middle east following the greater middle east project have transformed turkey's historical position is notable. this article subjects both american interventions and regional authority vacuums to systematic analysis in relation to historical theses. thus, turkey's historical theses are integrated into contemporary international order debates, opening a new research domain not currently present in the literature. in this respect, the study fills an important gap at both theoretical and practical levels. in conclusion, this study aims to produce a comprehensive answer to the question of how the new international order and regional fragmentation dynamics following the greater middle east project redefine turkey's historical claims centered on the national pact. the research analyzes how the normative relaxation created by the multipolar order offers new opportunities to turkey's historical theses and under what conditions the state collapses in the region can legitimize these theses. this analysis presents an original analytical framework situated at the intersection point of international relations and international law literatures (krasner, 2020). the expected contributions of the study can be summarized as follows: first, to provide turkish foreign policy with a strategic perspective by addressing historical rights debates together with the transformation of contemporary international norms; second, to construct a theoretical bridge not currently present in the literature by demonstrating that the national pact can be reinterpreted within contemporary international law literature; third, to reveal the usability of historical claims as a strategic instrument through dynamics such as regional security threats, the strengthening of non-state actors, humanitarian crises, and energy geopolitics; fourth, to provide a scientific foundation for policymakers suggesting that turkey can integrate its historical framework with international legitimacy. these contributions strengthen the applied dimension of the study by offering dual value toward both academic literature and policy-making processes (aydın, 2023). thus, the study aims to make a lasting contribution to both academic literature and turkey's long-term foreign policy doctrine. 2. literature review the academic literature addressing the reconsideration of turkey's historical claims within the framework of new international order debates has entered a period of notable revitalization, particularly in conjunction with the greater middle east project strategies of american foreign policy following 2003. this revitalization has not remained confined merely to the transformation of regional politics; it has simultaneously followed a parallel trajectory with the intensification of debates in international relations theories concerning power transition, hegemonic instability, and revisionist state behavior. this parallel trajectory largely corresponds with the predictions of hegemonic order theorists examining the process of dissolution of american unipolarity and explains the structural foundations of regional powers' quests for autonomy (cooley & nexon, 2020). the academic literature, while analyzing the effects of the international system's evolution from unipolarity toward multipolarity on regional revisionist demands, evaluates turkey's historical positioning based on the national pact as a strategic variable (özpek & yılmaz, 2021). the problem of "how the multipolar order offers new opportunities to turkey's historical theses," which lies at the center of the research question presented in the introduction, has found a broad field of discussion in the literature along the axes of the redistribution of regional power balances and the flexibilization of normative structure. this field of discussion has been enriched particularly by studies examining the crisis of the liberal international order and has presented a theoretical framework regarding the behavioral patterns of middle powers during periods of hegemonic transition (flockhart, 2022). studies demonstrate that the regional border change discourse frequently raised by the american administration of the period within the scope of the greater middle east project triggered instabilities, and that the conflicts in countries such as syria, iraq, lebanon, and yemen were an inevitable consequence of this transformation (gause, 2020). in this context, the academic literature emphasizes that turkey's historical claims are not merely an emotional discourse; rather, they possess the character of a geopolitical reality that has acquired american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org renewed meaning in the changing security environment. indeed, as stated in the introduction, the weakening of pax americana and the process of dissolution of the liberal international order have opened the door to a period in which states bring their historical arguments back onto the agenda. in the new geopolitical environment, russia's annexation attempts of various regions of ukraine through the discourse of historical territories has profoundly shaken international law debates and reshaped normative evaluations regarding the legitimacy of historical rights (mankoff, 2022). russia's actions have reignited debates on the legitimacy of territorial claims based on historical arguments in international law literature, and these debates have also added new dimensions to the academic evaluation of turkey's national pact perspective (mälksoo, 2022). similarly, it is observed that turkey's national pact perspective has become the subject of new interpretations in the literature, particularly in the context of rereading the lausanne and sèvres debates. within this framework, historical treaty texts are being reevaluated together with contemporary international relations theories; academic debates concerning turkey's regional role are expanding with acquired theoretical depth. in the literature, the scope and legal character of the national pact are addressed within a multidimensional framework, particularly in conjunction with international law concepts of selfdetermination, the principle of border inviolability, and historical rights. upon examination of the correspondence in the literature of the concept of historical claims that forms the conceptual foundation in the introduction, it becomes apparent that this concept is not limited merely to claims based on the past; rather, it carries a multilayered character that acquires meaning through the combination of longterm cultural continuity, demographic structure, and geographical dominance (shaw, 2021; raic, 2022). this multilayered structure of the concept of historical right is directly related to "historical title" debates in international law doctrine and constitutes the legal basis of states' legitimacy claims based on the past (roth, 2020). sources indicating that the text of the national pact was based on the areas of de facto military control in the armistice of mudros signed on october 30, 1918, clearly demonstrate both the strategic and legal character of this document. the concept of "national boundaries" (hudud-ı milli) repeatedly emphasized in mustafa kemal pasha's speeches at the grand national assembly of turkey demonstrates that this historical vision was concretized as a founding reference. contemporary academic studies indicate that this document is not merely a political program specific to the national struggle period; it also possesses the character of a strategic vision that defines turkey's historical geographical reference framework (çolak, 2022). çolak's (2022) study focusing on the relationship between geopolitical memory and identity analyzes the central position of the national pact in turkish strategic culture from a historical geography perspective and explains the revival of this document in contemporary foreign policy discourse. it is observed that this vision is directly connected to debates concerning demographic structure, historical governance traditions, and the establishment of the post-ottoman order in regions such as mosul, kirkuk, and the aleppo line (yılmaz, 2023). the aim of "relating historical documents to contemporary international law norms" presented in the introduction is evaluated in the literature particularly in the context of the national pact's partial compatibility with the principle of self-determination. the literature also contains comprehensive analyses indicating that while the treaty of lausanne constitutes the foundation of turkey's international legitimacy, some elements of the national pact did not find complete correspondence in lausanne (oran, 2021). oran's (2021) evaluation regarding lausanne's place in the international legal order systematically demonstrates the historical and legal foundations of turkey's sovereignty domains and analyzes the relationship between the national pact and lausanne within a normative framework. particularly, the mosul question was evaluated as a process that remained unresolved during the lausanne negotiations and concluded against turkey through league of nations decisions. this historical process constitutes the historical background for matters of an "open dossier" character emphasized in the introduction becoming subject to debate anew today. for this reason, the contemporary literature converges on the necessity of subjecting the lausanne, sèvres, and mudros texts to an integrated reading when evaluating turkey's historical rights arguments. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org the regional transformation literature demonstrates that with the crystallization of the multipolar order, the normative structure of international law has weakened and great power competition has transformed into a framework that re-legitimizes historical claims. this finding directly corresponds with the main hypothesis presented in the introduction: "the normative relaxation created by the multipolar order provides a broader legitimacy basis for turkey's historical claims." this normative relaxation is associated with the concept of "post-hegemonic order" in international relations theory and is explained through the weakening of constraints on the unilateral actions of great powers (allison, 2023). parallel to the relative decline of american hegemony, china's rise, russia's aggressive regional policies, and the european union's quest for strategic autonomy have directly affected turkey's security environment (ikenberry, 2020). as stated in the introduction, the diminishing effectiveness of multilateral institutions—the fundamental pillars of the liberal international order—has led to a weakening of normative constraints on unilateral state actions. the loss of effectiveness of these multilateral institutions has been concretized particularly through the diminishing capacity of the united nations security council to intervene in regional crises and has expanded the autonomous action spaces of middle powers (paris, 2020). the literature, in this context, evaluates turkey's geopolitical behaviors within the classification of "middle-sized revisionist power" and emphasizes that this revisionism is grounded not only on balance of power analysis but also on historical memory and the perception of national geography (kardaş, 2022). this evaluation presents a perspective consonant with constructivism's emphasis on identity, memory, and discourse within the theoretical framework of the study. particularly, the syrian civil war and the de facto tripartite division of iraq have accelerated debates on the permanence of the region's post-ottoman borders, and turkey's security strategies have been reshaped in conjunction with this transformation. the collapse of state structures in syria and iraq is evaluated as the beginning of a new era characterized by the concept of "post-order" in the literature on regional fragmentation (hinnebusch, 2022). additionally, international law literature demonstrates that the ways in which states defend their historical border claims have begun to rely not only on legal texts but also on discourses of human rights, human security, and regional stability (klabbers, 2022). this normative transformation is directly related to the process of "questioning the legitimacy of rules governing interstate relations" emphasized in the introduction. for this reason, turkey's historical claims are analyzed in contemporary literature with legal, geopolitical, and normative dimensions. this multidimensional approach prepares the ground for rereading the national pact texts in the context of the modern international order. a significant portion of the literature examines the effects of the armistice of mudros, sèvres, and lausanne on regional order within a comparative framework. this comparative approach constitutes the academic foundations of the "bridge established between historical documents and modern international law" presented in the introduction. the construction of this bridge is supported particularly by historical-legal studies examining the continuities and ruptures between the international law norms of the post-world war i period and contemporary norms (cassese, 2020). there exist evaluations that the armistice of mudros effectively nullified turkey's sovereignty, particularly because articles 7 and 24 granted the entente powers broad occupation authority. as stated in the introduction, the occupation provisions of this armistice created a strong consciousness in turkey's historical memory that borders were determined through unjust international dispositions. the treaty of sèvres, on the other hand, is interpreted in modern academia as an attempt to establish a regional order that negated states' historical rights and was based on ethnic segregation (ginio, 2020). the attempt of this treaty to partition ottoman territories according to ethnic and religious identities is characterized in contemporary analyses as a regional ethnic engineering project (fromkin, 2021). fromkin's (2021) reassessment of the legacy of the post-sèvres order demonstrates how this treaty constituted the structural foundations of regional instability and explains the historical roots of contemporary border debates. in contrast, the treaty of lausanne has been defined as a founding text that guaranteed turkey's independence within the power balances of the international system of the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org period and has been characterized in the literature as a document establishing a new international status (pedersen, 2021). it is emphasized that lausanne rejected the fragmentary structure envisaged by sèvres and established a realist order that took into account variables such as demographic structures, state capacity, and security balances in the region (özdemir, 2021). özdemir's (2021) study reassessing lausanne demonstrates the central position of this treaty in a century of sovereignty and border debates, providing an important historical-legal framework for contemporary regional policies. contemporary studies emphasize that the comparative analysis of these three documents is essential for understanding turkey's current strategic behaviors. particularly, the severance of mosul and kirkuk from turkey as envisaged in sèvres, lausanne's failure to produce a definitive solution on this matter, and the intervention of the british mandate system occupy extensive space in the literature on turkey's historical claims. this historical process supports the approach emphasized in the introduction that "lausanne is not a final border agreement but presents a political framework that can change according to international power balances." additionally, the analysis of differences between the substantive provisions in these treaties and contemporary international law principles (such as self-determination and territorial integrity) constitutes an important dimension of the literature. the analysis of these differences is enriched particularly by contemporary studies questioning the resilience of the territorial integrity principle against new fragmentation pressures (peters, 2022). in new international order debates, there exists a robust academic literature suggesting that the greater middle east project increased regional fragilities. this literature supports the finding presented in the introduction that "the greater middle east project produced results that deepened regional instability under the rhetoric of democratization." these studies demonstrate that the project, under the rhetoric of democratization and stability, actually deepened the ethnic and sectarian fault lines of regional states and weakened state capacity (lynch, 2022). lynch's (2022) comprehensive study on the new fragmentation process of the middle east analyzes the dissolution of regional order from a structural perspective and provides a systematic analysis of the strengthening of non-state actors. this process, associated with the concept of "creative chaos" in the introduction, has brought debates on whether the dismantling of state structures was an intentional strategy to the center of the academic agenda (gause, 2022). gause's (2022) evaluation of the regional disorder of the middle east explains the structural origins of this chaotic environment and discusses future scenarios. the literature emphasizes that the authority vacuums that emerged after the occupation of iraq created serious security threats along turkey's southern borders, and that this situation directed turkey to reevaluate its historical responsibilities within the framework of the national pact. this evaluation corresponds with the proposition in the subsidiary hypothesis of the study that "authority vacuums and non-state threats can support turkey's historical claims on security grounds." similarly, the syrian civil war necessitated turkey's making new strategic evaluations in the context of border security, the refugee problem, and the power competition of regional actors (stewart, 2021). studies examining the dynamics of international competition in syria demonstrate how this conflict has reshaped the regional balance of power and how it has affected turkey's strategic calculations (phillips, 2020). throughout this process, turkey's historical rights arguments are discussed in the literature not merely as a foreign policy discourse but also as an alternative order conception for ensuring regional stability. academic studies remind that turkey is a state that has made territorial arrangements based on historical-legal grounds, as in the hatay example, and relate these historical examples to the search for order in syria and iraq (deringil, 2020). additionally, the literature indicates that the normative changes of the new international order have made turkey's arguments more visible. the finding emphasized in the introduction that "a new international environment legitimizing the efforts of middle powers to expand their regional spheres of influence" directly corresponds with this literature finding (öniş & kutlay, 2021). thus, the national pact has risen to the position of a central reference point not merely as a historical document but in debates on the reconstruction of regional order. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org in international law literature, two fundamental approaches stand out regarding the validity of states' historical claims: the positivist approach and the historical-moral durability approach. the positivist approach emphasizes adherence to the status quo determined by international agreements for existing borders, while the historical-moral approach argues that peoples can claim rights in specific geographies on the basis of historical continuity (roth, 2020). roth's (2020) study reassessing the normative foundations of historical title systematically analyzes the tension between these two approaches and comprehensively addresses the position of historical rights in international law. this theoretical distinction constitutes the legal dimension of the discussion presented in the introduction that "international law requires reevaluation together with changing power balances and case studies." in the turkish context, these debates have acquired a more pronounced character particularly in regions with disputed post-ottoman status such as mosul and kirkuk. the intersection point of the principle of self-determination and the principle of effective control emphasized in the introduction constitutes one of the fundamental axes of debate forming the legal legitimacy basis of turkey's historical claims in the literature (crawford, 2019). crawford's (2019) comprehensive work on the principles of international public law examines the applications of the right to self-determination in post-colonial contexts and addresses the relationship of this principle with historical claims within a theoretical framework. the literature evaluates mosul's remaining as the only major unresolved issue at lausanne and the league of nations' decision in favor of one of the great powers of the period as a clear example of power balances prevailing over law (pedersen, 2021). this historical process supports one of the fundamental arguments of the study: the normative structure of international law is not independent of changes in the distribution of power. on this matter, documents clearly demonstrating that the national pact delineated borders and that mosul and kirkuk were included in turkey's national border conception on both geographical and demographic grounds are frequently used in academic analyses. particularly, contemporary studies on the ethnographic structure of kirkuk demonstrate that the region remains a determining element in debates on historical belonging (stansfield, 2021). stansfield's (2021) evaluation of iraq's political fragmentation demonstrates the multilayered identity structure of kirkuk and the strategic importance of this structure in regional power balances. for this reason, it is stated in the literature that turkey's historical claims are at the center of international law debates and that the matter has come back onto the agenda in connection with contemporary geopolitical developments. the regional security literature evaluates the authority vacuums that have emerged on turkey's southern and eastern borders not merely as a threat element but also as a strategic opportunity in terms of redefining historical responsibility and spheres of influence. this evaluation directly corresponds with the subsidiary hypothesis presented in the introduction: "regional instability and the de facto dissolution of borders can strategically and legally bring turkey's claims within the framework of the national pact back onto the agenda." this process of bringing back onto the agenda is conceptualized as an "authority vacuum filling" mechanism in state-building and fragile states literature, and the ways regional powers intervene in these vacuums are systematically examined (call, 2021). particularly after the syrian civil war, the division of the region into cantons, militia groups, and foreign power spheres of influence has opened to question the sustainability of the post-ottoman border architecture (lynch, 2022). the finding emphasized in the introduction that "the state-centric order established after westphalia is dissolving at the regional level" is strongly supported by these literature findings. lynch's (2023) recent study on fragmentation and realignment processes after the arab spring evaluates the long-term effects of this structural transformation and presents scenarios regarding the future of regional order. in this context, it is observed that turkey's military operations (euphrates shield, olive branch, peace spring) are interpreted in the literature not merely as security-based but also as attempts to preserve regional order and restructure turkey's historical spheres of influence (stewart, 2021). this mode of interpretation concretizes the integration between realism's logic of power and security and constructivism's emphasis on historical memory within the theoretical framework of the study. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org academic studies indicate that in these policies, turkey refers as legal basis both to international counter-terrorism norms and to the "negative sovereignty" situation arising from the transfer of authority vacuum in the region to non-state actors (krasner & risse, 2020). the concept of negative sovereignty refers to a situation where a state cannot establish de facto control over its territories and this vacuum is filled with elements threatening international security, providing an important analytical tool in explaining the legitimacy basis of turkey's cross-border operations. additionally, it is stated that the emphasis on the southern border in the national pact plays an important role in explaining why ethnic and political changes in northern syria are evaluated as an existential issue for turkey. it is observed in the literature that this framework is supported by comparative analyses indicating that a similar historical-legal mechanism was operated in the process of hatay's incorporation into turkey (deringil, 2020). deringil's (2020) historical analysis of the hatay struggle demonstrates the diplomatic dimensions of this process and the legitimization strategies within the international law framework of the period, offering important comparative lessons for today. consequently, turkey's historical claims possess the character of a dynamic element that articulates not only with the past but also with the contemporary security architecture. contemporary studies on historiography and diplomatic documents are reevaluating the impact of postottoman treaties on regional order and particularly demonstrating that sèvres was designed as a regional ethnic engineering project. this finding places the emphasis on "geographical fragmentation imposed by the treaty of sèvres" in the introduction on an academic foundation. ginio's (2020) study on post-imperial border-drawing processes analyzes the ethno-political engineering in the postottoman middle east from a historical perspective and demonstrates the lasting effects of this engineering. contemporary analyses indicating that the treaty of sèvres was an attempt to partition ottoman territories according to ethnic and religious identities explain why the applicability of this treaty was extremely low (fromkin, 2021). the provisions regarding kurdistan and armenia envisaged in sèvres appeared disconnected from the political realities of the period and seem to have ignored the complex demographic structure living in the region. the disregard of this complex demographic structure reflects the structural problems of post-colonial border-drawing processes and explains the historical roots of contemporary ethnic conflicts (rajagopal, 2021). in contrast, the treaty of lausanne established a much more realistic order and created a new international status by taking into account variables such as demographic structures, state capacity, and security balances in the region (özdemir, 2021). as stated in the introduction, "while the order envisaged by sèvres presented an architecture aimed at fragmenting state sovereignty, lausanne laid the foundation of regional status quo as a founding document that consolidated turkey's international recognition." the literature emphasizes that this sharp difference between sèvres and lausanne is of determining importance when evaluating turkey's historical claims. this comparative perspective is consonant with the principle of "bringing together historical documents and contemporary academic analyses" in the methodological approach of the study. for the order envisaged by sèvres presented a design aimed at fragmenting nation-state sovereignty, while lausanne constituted the foundation of regional status quo as a founding text that guaranteed turkey's international recognition. consequently, the academic literature states that the comparative analysis of these two treaties provides an essential contextual framework for understanding turkey's current rights claims. this contextual framework constitutes the theoretical basis for debates on how turkey's historical theses can be positioned in international law. in new international order debates, multipolarity is viewed as a transformation space in which regional powers bring their historical arguments back to the fore. this finding directly corresponds with the argument presented in the introduction that "the crystallization of the multipolar structure has created a new international environment legitimizing the efforts of middle powers to expand their regional spheres of influence." the structural analysis of this international environment is enriched by studies focusing on the comparative examination of regional powers and presents theoretical frameworks aimed at determining turkey's position among these powers (nolte, 2021). china's establishment of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org new connectivity networks in eurasia through its belt and road initiative, russia's near abroad doctrine, iran's regional influence expansion, and the gulf monarchies' reshaping of security architecture directly affect turkey's strategic calculations (fulton, 2022). fulton's (2022) study on the impact of china's belt and road initiative on middle east geopolitics demonstrates how these new connectivity networks are reshaping regional power balances and evaluates turkey's position in this transformation. the process of "relative decline of american hegemony" emphasized in the introduction is evaluated in the literature as a structural condition expanding the room for maneuver of these regional actors. in this context, the literature emphasizes that turkey's historical rights discourse is not merely an emotional policy oriented toward the past but a rational strategic stance that evaluates the power vacuums offered by the multipolar order (kardaş, 2022). this evaluation supports the finding in the theoretical framework of the study that "historical claims are shaped by both internal dynamics and external dynamics." additionally, turkey's tendency to redefine its mission of establishing peace and order in post-ottoman geographies through the role of "protective power" is addressed in the literature at the intersection of identity, geopolitics, and normative power debates (bilgin, 2023). this tendency is concretized through "turkey's increasing diplomatic presence in sub-saharan africa, the balkans, and the caucasus" as stated in the introduction. bilgin's (2023) study on turkey's geopolitical identity and regional order-building analyzes this identity-strategy relationship from a critical perspective and evaluates different scenarios regarding turkey's regional role. these analyses demonstrate that turkey's historical claims provide a comprehensive perspective aimed not merely at territory but also at the restructuring of regional stability. the renewed visibility of the national pact framework in contemporary political discourse demonstrates that this process has academic foundations. for this reason, the literature reevaluates turkey's claims in the context of multipolarity and demonstrates that this is closely related to the quest for legitimacy in the international system. the intensification of great power competition and regional conflicts in international relations has necessitated the reexamination of turkey's historical claims from the perspectives of international law and political science literature. this necessity derives from the finding presented in the introduction that "the relationship between the structural fragility currently exhibited by the post-ottoman regional order and turkey's historical claims has been largely neglected in the academic literature." addressing this deficiency requires the creation of a new research agenda that integrates the perspectives of state fragility and order collapse in regional security studies with historical rights debates (balcı, 2023). particularly, the new security environment that has emerged in the context of syria, iraq, and the eastern mediterranean has brought the legal and historical foundations of turkey's borders and regional influence to the center of academic debates (gause, 2020). the energy competition and maritime jurisdiction debates in the eastern mediterranean demonstrate that the ways turkey defends its historical rights have acquired new dimensions. these new dimensions are enriched particularly by studies examining the intersection points of maritime law and exclusive economic zone debates with historical sovereignty claims (roberts, 2022). studies emphasizing the historical depth of turkey's regional policy demonstrate that this approach provides a multilayered framework in normative, strategic, and international law terms (oran, 2021). the necessity of a "multidisciplinary analysis framework" stated in the introduction is confirmed by these literature findings. the literature states that the classical norms that accept post-ottoman borders as sacred and immutable have now weakened and that a period has been entered in which states more frequently resort to historical arguments (klabbers, 2022). this normative transformation is directly related to the concept of "normative relaxation created by the multipolar order" in the main hypothesis of the study. this situation has nourished academic debates in the direction of reinterpretation of the national pact and strengthening turkey's historical-legal position under conditions of regional instability. additionally, attention is drawn to the fact that the international law-based approach turkey applied in the hatay example during the atatürk period carries precedent character for today (deringil, 2020). consequently, the literature american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org emphasizes that turkey's historical claims require reevaluation in the dimensions of regional peace, national security, and international legitimacy. contemporary studies on the limits of the concept of historical right in international law indicate that this concept is not limited merely to claims based on the past; rather, it acquires meaning through the combination of long-term cultural continuity, demographic structure, and geographical dominance (shaw, 2021). this multidimensional definition concretizes the correspondence in the literature of the concept of historical claims that forms the conceptual foundation in the introduction. shaw's (2021) comprehensive work on the fundamental principles of international law systematically demonstrates the normative basis of historical rights and evaluates the position of these rights in contemporary international law. when evaluated from turkey's perspective, it is observed that the national pact provides a holistic framework that brings together these three elements. the text of the national pact advocated an integrity based on popular will in regions inhabited by ottoman-islamic majorities, and this approach demonstrates partial compatibility with the principle of self-determination today (crawford, 2019). studies examining the relationship of historical title with the evolving concept of self-determination demonstrate the intersection points and areas of tension between these two principles and provide a theoretical basis for the legal evaluation of turkey's claims (raic, 2022). the literature demonstrates that debates on historical rights in international law come to the fore particularly during periods when territorial disputes intensify, and that international legitimacy debates acquire a more complex character when states support such claims with power projection (klabbers, 2022). this finding places the phenomenon of "revival of legal and political arguments from the past during periods when power balances show rapid change" emphasized in the introduction on an academic foundation. russia's resort to historical arguments in its crimea and donbas policy is viewed as a contemporary example of this approach, and similarly it is stated that turkey's development of legal and strategic arguments on the basis of the national pact is comparable with international examples (mankoff, 2022). studies examining the instrumentalization of history in russia's revisionist policies provide a systematic analysis of the use of historical arguments as legitimization tools in international relations and offer a comparative perspective with the turkish case (kuzio, 2023). this comparative perspective constitutes the foundations in the literature of the "comparative case study" method in the methodological approach of the study. within this framework, the literature emphasizes that turkey's historical claims are normatively not merely a regional demand but also a strategic discourse related to the opportunities presented by transformation in the international system. the weakening of the principle of border sanctity and the strengthening of multipolarity have given new academic momentum to historical rights debates. consequently, the evaluation of turkey's theses not only in historical context but also within the framework of the legal and political conditions of the new order is becoming increasingly widespread in the literature. the geopolitical literature emphasizes that the increasing fragility on turkey's southern and eastern borders necessitates its being discussed anew in connection with historical claims. this necessity constitutes the academic reflection of the problem of "collapse of regional states and de facto indeterminacy of borders" presented in the introduction. studies examining the changing logic of territory and geopolitical conflict analyze the structural causes of border fragility and demonstrate the relationship of this fragility with historical claims (branch, 2023). particularly, iraq's largely losing its central authority with the post-2003 occupation and the deepening of ethnic-sectarian divisions have rendered the status of the mosul-kirkuk line even more indeterminate (stansfield, 2021). the process of "de facto tripartite division of iraq" stated in the introduction is evaluated in the literature as a concrete indicator of this indeterminacy. studies on iraq's political fragility and the future of kirkuk demonstrate the multilayered identity structure of this region and its strategic importance and explain the context of turkey's policies toward the region (hiltermann, 2022). these developments are interpreted in the literature as the incongruity between turkey's "de facto security environment" and "historical geographical border conception" becoming increasingly visible. the fact that articles 7 and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org 24 of the armistice of mudros constituted the starting point for the fragmentation of ottoman sovereignty and that mosul became a contested dossier are addressed in contemporary academic analyses as rupture points of historical continuity. additionally, it is stated in international relations literature that regional powers' re-establishing relationships with their historical spheres of influence has become even more widespread, particularly with the increase in non-state armed actors (gause, 2020). this finding corresponds with the proposition in the subsidiary hypothesis of the study that "non-state threats can support turkey's historical claims on security grounds." studies on the future of regional security order in the middle east demonstrate how the strengthening of non-state actors is reshaping regional balances and how this transformation is affecting turkey's strategic calculations (gause, 2021). for this reason, the literature states that turkey's security policies cannot be evaluated independently of the historical rights perspective; rather, this perspective provides strategic depth. thus, the national pact is positioned as a reference framework that maintains its contemporary relevance in both security and international law studies. another field of debate in the literature regarding turkey's historical claims is the perspective of human security and regional stability. this perspective is directly related to the conditions enabling the reinterpretation of the "responsibility to protect" principle stated in the introduction (bellamy, 2021). bellamy's (2021) comprehensive study on world peace evaluates the evolution of the responsibility to protect principle and the role of this principle in states' intervention justifications, providing a theoretical framework for turkey's humanitarian intervention discourse. numerous studies indicate that turkey's interventions in syria and iraq are connected not only to national security justifications but also to a sense of responsibility aimed at preventing regional humanitarian catastrophes (kaya & torun, 2022). kaya and torun's (2022) study on turkey's humanitarian diplomacy and regional influence demonstrates how this humanitarian dimension is intertwined with strategic calculations and explains the multidimensional nature of turkey's regional policy. the subject of "humanitarian burden undertaken by turkey" emphasized in the introduction is placed on an academic foundation by these literature findings. within this framework, the human security approach, unlike the classical statecentric security understanding, foregrounds elements such as population movements, terrorism, ethnic conflicts, and the collapse of state capacity (newman, 2020). this approach is consonant with the perspective of "expanded threat definitions of critical security" in the theoretical framework of the study. it is stated in the literature that the policies turkey pursues in these areas possess a normative dimension that takes into account historical ties to post-ottoman geographies. the principles of the national pact regarding the protection of the rights of communities in neighboring geographies strengthen the historical context of turkey's assumption of this humanitarian responsibility. simultaneously, it is emphasized that examples in which international legitimacy mechanisms were operated, as in the process of hatay's incorporation into turkey, constitute precedents for turkey's possible future claims (deringil, 2020). while the importance of the treaty of lausanne as the fundamental text in the international definition of turkey's borders is preserved, studies viewing the reevaluation of this text as necessary in the environment of regional instability are also increasing. for this reason, the literature demonstrates that turkey's historical claims are related not merely to regional power politics but also to normative-humanitarian dimensions. the greater middle east project literature occupies an important place in debates on turkey's historical claims because among the central objectives of this project was the reorganization of the region's political map. this finding supports the argument of "bop's claim to reshape regional political geography" presented in the introduction. the declarations by the american administration of the period that the borders of twenty-two countries in the region could change are evaluated in the literature as the symbolic summary of the greater middle east project's attempt to restructure the region on ethnic and sectarian bases (gertler, 2021). gertler's (2021) report reassessing the greater middle east project and american grand strategy comprehensively analyzes the objectives and consequences of this project and demonstrates the project's contribution to regional instability. the concept of "creative american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org chaos" stated in the introduction constitutes the academic correspondence of this discourse. academic studies demonstrate that despite using the rhetoric of democratization, the greater middle east project dismantled state structures in the region, triggered civil wars, and accelerated fragmentation. this process supports one of the fundamental arguments of the study: the sustainability of borders drawn through external intervention is open to question under conditions of regional instability. studies debating the end of the transition paradigm in the middle east critically evaluate the real consequences of the democratization discourse and demonstrate the relationship of this discourse with regional instability (carothers & brown, 2021). in this context, the literature states that turkey's bringing the national pact perspective back onto the agenda is a strategic move aimed at compensating for the consequences of the regional fragmentation caused by the greater middle east project in terms of security and stability. the historical failures of mudros and sèvres are frequently emphasized in academic analyses as offering contemporary lessons on the unsustainability of externally drawn borders. additionally, in the literature, the increase in turkey's effort to construct its own regional vision in the post-greater middle east project period is related to the expansion of autonomy accompanying multipolarity (öniş & kutlay, 2021). this relation corresponds with the argument of "middle powers' efforts to expand their regional spheres of influence" emphasized in the introduction. studies examining the quest for autonomy in the foreign policies of regional powers evaluate the structural conditions and limits of this autonomy and provide a theoretical framework for explaining turkey's strategic behaviors (flemes & nolte, 2022). for this reason, the greater middle east project literature is viewed as the epistemological foundation of turkey's historical claims as both a reaction and an attempt to construct a new order. academic studies conducted in recent years demonstrate that turkey's historical claims occupy an important place not only in normative, strategic, and geopolitical dimensions but also in terms of identity construction. this finding supports the perspective of "constructivism's emphasis on identity, memory, and discourse" in the theoretical framework of the study. studies examining the relationship between identity and turkish foreign policy demonstrate the role of historical narratives in foreign policy formation and explain how these narratives shape strategic behaviors (çevik & sevin, 2022). the regions turkey defines as its "historical responsibility area" are increasingly debated in studies of national identity, national memory, and strategic culture (bilgin, 2023). the argument of "the power of historical memory to shape foreign policy" stated in the introduction is placed on an academic foundation by these literature findings. this literature emphasizes that the national pact is not merely a document determining borders but also a founding reference that forms the mental and cultural infrastructure of turkish foreign policy. this founding text character of the national pact is increasingly examined in academic literature as one of the fundamental documents shaping the strategic culture of turkish foreign policy (altun & kasapoğlu, 2021). studies on turkey's national identity and the role of historical claims in foreign policy provide a systematic analysis of this relationship and demonstrate the theoretical foundations of the identity-strategy connection (özdemir, 2023). additionally, contemporary research on the power of national identity to shape foreign policy demonstrates that historical narratives are becoming increasingly determinative in turkey's regional policy (rumelili & ejdus, 2022). this approach demonstrates that historical claims are not merely a legal or strategic discourse but also a framework through which collective identity is reproduced. the increase in national identity-based foreign policy practices with the multipolar order is evaluated in the literature as an important analytical tool for explaining turkey's strategic behaviors. thus, historical rights debates have transformed into an academic field enriched from the perspectives of both international relations theory and identity studies. another axis that stands out in the literature on turkey's historical claims is energy geopolitics and natural resource management debates. this axis constitutes the academic correspondence of the subjects of "energy transit routes and border security" stated in the introduction. studies examining energy geopolitics and changing regional alliances demonstrate the strategic importance of energy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org resources and the role of these resources in regional power balances (roberts, 2022). particularly, the historical relationship of oil reserves in northern iraq with the ottoman administrative structure has rendered the mosul-kirkuk basin a determining subject not merely as an ethnic or historical matter but also in the context of energy security (stevens, 2021). stevens's (2021) report on the energy geopolitics of the middle east demonstrates the strategic importance of this region's energy resources in global energy security and how this importance shapes regional politics. the mosul question being left unresolved in the treaty of lausanne and the subsequent determinative role of the political decision of the great powers of the period is examined as an example of how international power balance affects law in the context of energy geopolitics. contemporary studies establish a strong relationship between energy infrastructure security and regional territorial integrity debates, explaining turkey's strategic areas of interest toward these regions. the dynamic of "changing energy geopolitics" emphasized in the introduction is confirmed by these literature findings. this literature indicates that in the new multipolar system, with the increasing fragility of energy supply chains, turkey can articulate its historical rights arguments more visibly (fulton, 2022). additionally, the intersection of china's belt and road initiative and russia's energy-centered near abroad policies with regional border debates has opened turkey's position to reevaluation in international relations literature. consequently, energy geopolitics finds extensive space in the literature as a powerful analytical tool in the reconceptualization of historical claims in the contemporary context. this analytical tool provides a perspective consonant with "geoeconomics' perspective of regional economic networks" in the theoretical framework of the study. contemporary security studies demonstrate that turkey's historical claims are being redefined in the context of hybrid threats, non-state actors, and cross-border conflict dynamics. this process of redefinition directly corresponds with the argument of "increasing regional security threats and strengthening of non-state actors" presented in the introduction. comprehensive studies examining the evolution of international security studies demonstrate the expansion of the concept of security and how this expansion affects state behaviors (buzan & hansen, 2020). the authority vacuums in syria and iraq, the territorial gains of terrorist organizations, and the permanent presence of foreign military forces in the region demonstrate that turkey's southern borders cannot be explained through a classical sovereignty approach (lynch, 2022). the process of "collapse of state authority and de facto invalidation of borders" emphasized in the introduction is a concrete indicator of these literature findings. studies on the collapse of states and societal transition in the middle east comprehensively analyze the causes and consequences of this structural transformation and present scenarios regarding the future of regional security (phillips, 2021). in the literature, this situation points to a process in which turkey evaluates the national pact framework not merely as a historical reference but also as a strategic framework for the sustainability of security architecture (stewart, 2021). the fact that article 7 of the armistice of mudros granted "occupation authority in case of danger" and its use as a legal tool that collapsed ottoman sovereignty has been frequently used in contemporary literature to explain the historical roots of the fragilities created by external intervention. within this framework, the academic literature emphasizes that turkey's cross-border operations are not merely security-based but a strategy developed for the purposes of historical continuity and preservation of regional order. additionally, it is stated that with the proliferation of hybrid conflict models, states have resorted more to historical legitimacy sources and that turkey must also be evaluated as part of this trend (krasner & risse, 2020). for this reason, the literature demonstrates that turkey's historical claims are being reinterpreted in a manner consonant with the contemporary security paradigm. the critical literature shaped along the axes of identity, history, and geography evaluates turkey's claims from post-colonial and critical geopolitics perspectives. this perspective constitutes an important dimension of the multilayered theoretical synthesis approach in the theoretical framework of the study. studies examining the contemporary development of critical geopolitics question the assumptions of traditional geopolitical discourse and prepare the ground for a critical evaluation of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org turkey's regional policy (dodds, 2022). these studies emphasize that the post-ottoman order was largely shaped through the intervention of external powers and that the borders in the region were drawn in accordance with the interests of external actors rather than the historical continuities of local communities (bilgin, 2023). the finding of "borders being determined through unjust international dispositions" stated in the introduction constitutes one of the fundamental arguments of this critical literature. in this context, the treaty of sèvres is evaluated in the literature as a classical example of post-colonial fragmentation projects. sèvres's attempt to divide ottoman territories according to ethnic and religious identities is characterized as a design reflecting the regional interests of the imperialist powers of the period. studies presenting a critique of post-colonial international law question the assumptions of the western-centered legal order and offer alternative perspectives, illuminating the position of turkey's historical rights discourse within this critical framework (rajagopal, 2021). critical approaches interpret turkey's defense of the national pact framework as part of processes of "indigenous geographical consciousness" and "historical subjectification" in contemporary international relations. additionally, studies indicating that with the dissolution of the westerncentered order the capacity of regional states to produce foreign policy based on their own historical references has increased provide an important theoretical basis for explaining the transformation in turkey's foreign policy (rumelili & ejdus, 2022). this literature posits that turkey's historical rights discourse signifies not merely a strategic stance but also an identity-based counter-position and the reconstruction of regional belonging. consequently, critical approaches contribute to the diversification of the literature by examining turkey's claims within a normative, cultural, and postcolonial framework. the literature on the future of regional order evaluates turkey's historical claims as part of a multilayered transformation process. this evaluation directly corresponds with the aim presented in the introduction of "repositioning turkey's historical claims within international law, geopolitics, and historical continuity in the context of the new global order." studies examining the transformation of international order hierarchy and legitimacy demonstrate the structural foundations of this multilayered transformation and evaluate the role of regional powers in this transformation (lake, 2022). in the multipolar world, the competition among power centers such as the united states, russia, china, and the european union has prepared the ground for regional powers to use their historical references more visibly; turkey has also stood out in the literature as an important actor in this trend (ikenberry, 2020). the process of "crystallization of the multipolar structure" stated in the introduction constitutes the structural background of this literature finding. studies on great power competition and the transformation of international order demonstrate how this competition shapes regional dynamics and how it creates opportunities for middle powers (allison, 2022). academic studies state that turkey's historical claims do not contradict a regional peace vision; rather, they provide an order perspective that can contribute to the restabilization of states experiencing collapse in post-ottoman geographies (özpek & yılmaz, 2021). this finding strengthens one of the main arguments of the study: historical claims can be reinterpreted within a framework that supports rather than threatens regional stability. the tension and complementarity relationship between the lausanne and national pact texts is one of the fundamental analytical frameworks explaining turkey's historical border and sovereignty perception in the literature. additionally, it is stated in the literature that turkey conducts a multilayered diplomacy based on historical ties in the balkans, caucasus, and middle east, and that this can be viewed as a "historical integration strategy" within the new international order (kardaş, 2022). within this framework, the national pact has transformed not merely into a border document but into a normative and strategic framework contributing to the reconstruction of turkey's position in the international system. consequently, the literature evaluates turkey's claims together with debates on the future of regional order. in conclusion, the literature also debates whether turkey's historical claims are compatible with practical foreign policy instruments alongside international law, geopolitical, and identity-based american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org analyses. this debate constitutes the practical dimension of the aim of "relating historical documents to contemporary international law norms" presented in the introduction. studies examining classical and contemporary theories of foreign policy analysis systematically evaluate the role of historical arguments in foreign policy formation and demonstrate the practical consequences of these arguments (hudson, 2020). these studies evaluate turkey's diplomatic initiatives, cross-border operations, humanitarian aid activities, and positioning in international organizations in a manner consonant with the historical rights framework (oran, 2021). oran's (2022) comprehensive work on turkish foreign policy systematically demonstrates the role of historical documents and claims in foreign policy formation throughout the process extending from the war of independence to the present. the goal of "turkey's emergence as a regional order-building actor" emphasized in the introduction depends on the effective use of these practical foreign policy instruments. additionally, it is stated in the academic literature that the support of turkey's historical-legal arguments with international legitimacy mechanisms (united nations resolutions, humanitarian intervention norms, counter-terrorism frameworks) confers normative weight on these claims. the rereading of texts such as mudros, sèvres, and lausanne in contemporary analyses from the perspective of legal integrity provides an important methodological foundation for studies examining the validity of turkey's historical claims. studies examining reviving sovereignty claims in contested regions evaluate how these claims are related to international legitimacy mechanisms and their practical consequences (dixon, 2023). additionally, the comparison of the diplomatic methods used in the process of hatay's incorporation into turkey with contemporary regional examples constitutes an important portion of the literature evaluating the future applicability of turkey's historical rights strategies (deringil, 2020). this comparative approach is consonant with the "comparative case study" method in the methodological framework of the study. nevertheless, the literature emphasizes that historical claims can transform into a sustainable foreign policy instrument only when they are consonant with objectives of international legitimacy and regional stability. this emphasis seeks the answer to the question stated in the introduction of "how turkey can integrate its historical framework with international legitimacy." thus, the academic literature addresses turkey's historical claims within a holistic framework encompassing theoretical, practical, and normative dimensions, constituting the fundamental findings of this study's literature review. 3. theoretical framework the research question presented in the introduction concentrated on how the multipolar order opens new legitimacy spaces for turkey's historical claims centered on the national pact and under what conditions regional state collapses render these claims meaningful. in the literature review, it was emphasized that while this question constitutes a multidimensional field of discussion in the academic literature, a theoretical bridge needs to be constructed between historical documents and contemporary international law principles. in this context, the fundamental aim of the theoretical framework is to establish an integrated analytical structure capable of explaining turkey's historical claims from both international relations theories and international law perspectives. this integrated structure is grounded in the principle of "theoretical eclecticism" to comprehend the multidimensional nature of the phenomenon and brings together the explanatory powers of different theoretical traditions (sil & katzenstein, 2010). the theoretical foundation of the study is based on the assumption that a single theoretical approach would be insufficient to explain such a complex phenomenon; therefore, realism, constructivism, regional security complex theory, international law approaches, and critical security studies will be evaluated together. this theoretical pluralism has become an indispensable tool for understanding complex geopolitical phenomena as a methodological approach increasingly accepted in the discipline of international relations (lake, 2022). the relative decline of american hegemony, china's rise, and russia's aggressive regional policies are fundamentally transforming the structure of the international system, and this transformation is preparing suitable ground for middle powers to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org bring their historical arguments back onto the agenda (ikenberry, 2020). consequently, this section will constitute the analytical backbone of the study by demonstrating the theoretical foundations of turkey's rights discourse within the framework of the national pact. the conceptual understanding of the new international order primarily requires the examination of the dissolution process of the liberal hegemonic structure established in the post-cold war period. as stated in the introduction, the legitimacy of the unipolar order that had been dominant since the 1990s began to weaken with the 2008 global financial crisis and the subsequent regional crises. this process is evaluated as the beginning of a new era characterized by the concept of "post-order" in international relations literature (hinnebusch, 2022). this concept describes a period in which the fundamental assumptions of the state-centric international system that has persisted since westphalia are being questioned, the permeability of borders has increased, and non-state actors have assumed determining roles (fawcett, 2017). particularly, the power vacuums that have emerged in the middle east geography, the fragmentation of states, and the de facto invalidation of borders are the most evident indicators of this dissolution process. condoleezza rice's declarations in 2006 that the borders of twenty-two countries in the region would be reshaped are interpreted in the literature as the political implementation domain of the concept of "creative chaos" (gause, 2022). the interventions carried out within the framework of the greater middle east project have actually accelerated regional fragmentation by dismantling state structures under the rhetoric of democratization. this fragmentation process has been associated with the concepts of "failed states" and "fragile states" in academic literature, bringing to the agenda the necessity of restructuring the regional security architecture (rotberg, 2004). in this context, evaluating turkey's historical claims requires not merely a normative preference but a theoretical framework that also takes into account the structural changes in the power distribution of the international system. historical documents such as the armistice of mudros, the treaty of sèvres, the national pact, and the treaty of lausanne constitute the fundamental reference points of this theoretical framework (shaw, 2021). thus, the relationship between the transformation of international order and the theoretical foundations of historical rights constitutes the main axis of the study. realist theory provides a powerful framework for explaining turkey's historical claims based on the national pact by accepting that states are engaged in the pursuit of security and power maximization. according to kenneth waltz's structural realism approach, anarchy is permanent in the international system and states' security strategies are shaped by systemic pressures (waltz, 1979). the fundamental assumption of structural realism is that states act with a survival motive and that changes in power distribution directly shape state behaviors; this perspective provides a critical framework for understanding turkey's responses to changes in the regional security environment (waltz, 1979). as emphasized in the literature review, the collapse of states such as iraq, syria, yemen, and libya has created serious power vacuums in the region, thereby expanding turkey's historical, security-based, and geographically legitimate intervention areas. the interpretation of the national pact borders— which were based on regions turkey de facto controlled when the armistice of mudros was signed in 1918—as a "historical security belt" is grounded on a realist foundation, primarily due to turkey's southern borders being threatened by de facto instability and subsequently by the emergence of direct threats to national security in these areas. this security belt concept is consonant with the "buffer zone" logic predicted by defensive realism and demonstrates that states engage in the pursuit of stability in peripheral geographies to protect their own borders (walt, 1987). the evaluation of regions such as mosul, kirkuk, and hatay within the framework of security and historical rights in mustafa kemal pasha's speeches at the grand national assembly of turkey confirms this strategic approach with historical documents. the offensive realism variant of realism explains russia's intervention in ukraine based on historical rights claims as a contemporary example of systemic power politics (mearsheimer, 2021). offensive realism argues that states do not merely content themselves with protecting their security but tend toward power maximization when opportunity structures emerge; this perspective american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org explains why states bring their historical arguments back onto the agenda during periods when power vacuums emerge (mearsheimer, 2001). the bringing of historical arguments back onto the agenda by states during periods when the balance of power shifts is consonant with the behavioral patterns predicted by realism. this theoretical perspective demonstrates that turkey's claims are not merely a matter of historical memory but are also grounded on a rational security logic. constructivist theory provides the opportunity to explain turkey's historical claims not only through material power elements but also through national identity, historical memory, collective meanings, and normative continuity. according to the fundamental assumption put forth by alexander wendt, the structure of the international system is constructed socially rather than materially; therefore, states' interests are also shaped by their identities (wendt, 1999). wendt's famous thesis that "anarchy is what states make of it" emphasizes that the structure of the international system is not given and is continuously reconstructed through states' interactions; this perspective provides a critical framework for understanding how turkey's historical identity narratives shape foreign policy behavior (wendt, 1992). the national pact, whose conceptual foundation was established in the introduction, is not merely a border document within turkey's national identity but also the symbolic foundation of the state's founding covenant; for this reason, it creates a normative binding force in political memory. the emphasis on "de facto and de jure inseparable integrity" in the text of the national pact constitutes one of the fundamental layers of turkey's perception of identity and sovereignty in the international system. this identity-sovereignty connection is related to the concept of "ontological security" emphasized by constructivism; states act with the motive of protecting not only their physical but also their identitybased security (mitzen, 2006). constructivist analysis also helps explain how the discourses of other actors in the region, particularly the united states, the european union, and russia, have transformed turkey's identity-based security perceptions. as stated in the literature review, the power of national identity to shape foreign policy has become an increasingly important analytical tool for explaining turkey's regional behaviors (rumelili & ejdus, 2022). this approach provides the opportunity to address turkey's historical claims not merely as power politics but also in the context of normative and cultural continuity. thus, the study establishes a multilayered theoretical framework by utilizing realism and constructivism together. international law theories present a determining dimension in the evaluation of turkey's historical claims; for historical treaties and concepts of de facto control play important roles in legitimizing states' territorial demands. the contemporary academic studies emphasized in the literature review demonstrate that the concept of historical right is not limited merely to claims based on the past; rather, it acquires meaning through the combination of long-term cultural continuity, demographic structure, and geographical dominance (shaw, 2021). the concept of historical right in international law has been addressed in various decisions of the international court of justice and has been associated with the principles of "historical consolidation" and "uninterrupted exercise of sovereignty" in the context of states' territorial claims (crawford, 2019). the classical legal approach explaining states' rights over territory addresses the principles of "as you possess in war" (uti possidetis), the right to selfdetermination, effective control, and the concept of historical right together. this conceptual plurality demonstrates that a single principle is insufficient in resolving territorial disputes and that historical, demographic, geographical, and political factors need to be evaluated together (raic, 2022). the fact that the national pact was based on the area of de facto control as of october 30, 1918, can be interpreted in modern legal literature as an early example of the concept of effective control. the presence of indirect influence of national pact principles in the determination of borders in the treaty of lausanne is among the elements strengthening the legal foundation of turkey's historical rights. russia's controversial use of historical rights discourse in international law in examples such as the 2008 georgia crisis, the 2014 crimea annexation, and the post-2022 ukraine intervention demonstrates that this concept also functions as a strategic instrument by states (klabbers, 2022). this comparative perspective provides an important analytical tool for understanding the position of turkey's national american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org pact-based claims in the international system. consequently, evaluating turkey's claims through both historical and contemporary elements of international law constitutes a critical part of the theoretical foundation of this study. regional security complex theory provides an integrated framework that is both geographical and security-based in the analysis of turkey's historical claims. this theory, developed by barry buzan and ole wæver, posits that security dynamics produce more intensive interaction in geographically interconnected regions and that the weakening of state authority in areas where borders have dissolved leads to the reshaping of security at the regional level (buzan & wæver, 2003). according to this theory, security complexes refer to areas where "patterns of amity and enmity" are geographically clustered and assume that security dynamics in a region directly affect the behaviors of states remaining within that region's borders (buzan & wæver, 2003). as demonstrated in the literature review, the security vacuums that emerged with the collapse of central authority in countries such as iraq, syria, and lebanon have necessitated turkey's establishment of a comprehensive security strategy extending beyond its own borders. this situation constitutes the contemporary correspondence of the securityrights axis drawn in the national pact; particularly the mosul-kirkuk line, northern syria, and the aleppo-katma region, as they carried security significance in historical documents, are also among turkey's strategic priority areas today. the distinctive structure of the middle east regional security complex enables the rapid transformation of states' internal instabilities into cross-border threats, and this situation has led turkey to make "cross-border security" a strategic priority (hinnebusch & ehteshami, 2014). the phenomenon of regional instability and collapse of state capacity emphasized in the introduction constitutes the concrete foundations of this theoretical perspective. the declarations that countries in the region could be fragmented within the framework of the greater middle east project have increased the fragility of the regional security complex and triggered turkey's strategic depth policies (fuller, 2020). the authority vacuum that emerged in northern syria has necessitated turkey's reconsideration of its historical ties in this region within both a strategic and socio-political framework. within the scope of this theory, turkey's historical claims are evaluated not merely as a reflection of historical memory but also as an inevitable consequence of regional security logic. systemic transition theories provide an important analytical tool in explaining the emergence of the new international order; for the weakening of the united states' position as global hegemon and china's rise have made it possible for regional powers to gain strategic space. power transition theory predicts that periods when the existing hegemon's power relatively decreases and rising powers gain the capacity to reshape the system create instability and uncertainty in the international system (organski & kugler, 1980). the process of transition to multipolarity presented in the introduction constitutes one of the fundamental foundations of this theoretical perspective. within this framework, turkey's historical claims can be evaluated not merely as a retrospective reassessment but also as an effort to reposition within the opportunity structures created by power transitions (allison, 2023). china's expanding sphere of influence through the belt and road initiative is deepening economic and geopolitical competition in the middle east and relatively reducing the military-political weight of the united states in the region. this multipolar competitive environment enables middle powers to implement "multiple balancing" strategies and allows turkey to expand its room for maneuver by developing simultaneous relations with different great powers (öniş & yılmaz, 2021). as stated in the literature review, the rise of russia and china has provided turkey with the opportunity to adopt a multidirectional foreign policy, and this has prepared the ground for historical claims to be expressed more comfortably in the international arena (bilgin, 2022). the acceptance of the national pact as turkey's "political existence boundary" after the fragmentation imposed by the armistice of mudros is acquiring renewed meaning today with the geopolitical space offered by the period of power transition. the transition to multipolarity is also creating an environment in which state-centric flexibility has increased in the interpretation of international law and is strengthening the legitimacy american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org basis of historical rights discourses (cooley & nexon, 2020). thus, the theoretical explanation of turkey's historical claims can be directly related to the restructuring of the global power hierarchy. the critical geopolitics approach foregrounds the discourse-power relationship in understanding turkey's historical claims along the national pact axis. according to this theory, geography is not natural data but a politically produced narrative, and states construct their security strategies by reinterpreting space (dalby, 2022). critical geopolitics rejects traditional geopolitics' "objective" understanding of geography, arguing that space is discursively constructed and that this construction process reflects power relations; this perspective provides a critical framework for understanding how maps and border narratives become political instruments (ó tuathail, 1996). turkey's reference to the national pact in contemporary strategic discourse signifies not merely a historical return but the reconstruction of spatial belonging in national memory. the expression of the aleppo-katma-mosul line as "an inseparable whole" in the national pact's drawing of southern borders carries an important reference character in turkey's cross-border security politics today. the debate on "redrawability of borders" emphasized in the introduction, when evaluated from a critical geopolitics perspective, is viewed as part of a process of discursive space production. the discursive interventions of the united states within the scope of the greater middle east project have also transformed the spatial conception in the middle east; the idea that borders are not permanent has become embedded in international discourse (gregory, 2020). this discursive transformation is associated with the concept of "geopolitical imagination," contributing to understanding how states view the world and how this view shapes policy preferences (agnew, 2003). since critical geopolitics literature argues that states produce legitimacy by reconstructing space through discourse, turkey's combination of its historical rights framework with security discourses enhances the explanatory power of this theoretical approach. thus, turkey's historical claims can be interpreted within the critical geopolitics framework as an organic part of a process of both discursive and practical re-spatialization. post-colonial international relations theory provides the opportunity to address turkey's historical claims particularly within the framework of the colonial legacy of the post-ottoman regional order. as demonstrated in the literature review, the fact that post-ottoman middle east borders were largely shaped by the sykes-picot order, sèvres designs, and mandate regimes clearly demonstrates that the region's border problems are products of external intervention (osterhammel, 2021). post-colonial theory emphasizes that the borders drawn by western powers during the colonial period ignored the ethnic, linguistic, and cultural realities of regional peoples and that these artificial borders constitute one of the fundamental causes of the conflicts experienced today (said, 1978). the provisions of the treaty of sèvres aiming to partition anatolia and its surroundings are a classical example of the territorial and sovereignty conception of the region being attempted to be determined by external actors. post-colonial literature interprets regional states' defense of their own historical rights as an effort to transcend the legacy of colonial drawings; from this perspective, turkey's stance based on the national pact carries the character of an objection to hegemonic border designs (acharya, 2022). this objection is associated with the quest for "epistemic independence" emphasized by post-colonial literature, reflecting the effort to develop alternative perspectives against western-centric international order narratives (acharya, 2014). the fact that countries such as iraq, syria, and lebanon possess a political structure susceptible to fragmentation exposes the fragility of the artificial borders of these states created during the colonial period. the historical failures of mudros and sèvres are frequently emphasized in academic analyses as offering contemporary lessons on the unsustainability of externally drawn borders. in the context of this theory, turkey's historical claims are evaluated not merely as a retrospective reassessment but also as a search for an alternative regional order against the structural blockages created by the colonial border regime. thus, turkey's position acquires meaning in the post-colonial international relations perspective as an expression of the struggle for regional subjectification. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org normative international relations theory provides the opportunity to evaluate turkey's historical claims through the concepts of "rightfulness" and "legitimacy." this theory argues that not only the distribution of power but also norms and ethical arguments are determining in international politics (erskine, 2021). normative theory emphasizes that international relations are not merely about power struggle and that states' behaviors must also be evaluated within the framework of justice, legitimacy, and ethical principles; this perspective provides a critical framework for understanding the moral dimension of historical claims (frost, 1996). it is possible to view turkey's claims within the framework of the national pact as a normatively legitimate demand since they were historically based on popular will; for the national pact envisaged the determination of borders based on the will of the local majority population. the concept of international legitimacy, whose conceptual foundation was established in the introduction, lies at the center of this theoretical perspective. international legitimacy refers to the acceptance of a state's actions as just and appropriate by other states and the international community, and this acceptance includes not only legal but also moral and political dimensions (clark, 2005). the increasing dysfunction of the united nations system and the erosion of normative structures by great power competition have brought a period in which international norms are being redefined; this situation enables states to use "historical justice" discourses more visibly (zarakol, 2022). the state structures that collapsed after the arab spring have demonstrated that the international community's capacity to reconstruct legitimate authority is limited and have made regional actors' intervention with normative justifications more acceptable. as stated in the literature review, turkey's arguments toward the establishment of regional peace, security, and stability are evaluated as a second layer grounding historical claims on a normative foundation. consequently, normative theory complements turkey's historical rights discourse with both moral and legal legitimacy dimensions. comprehensive security theory makes it possible to evaluate turkey's historical claims not merely in their military dimension but together with economic, societal, and human security dimensions. this approach, developed by the copenhagen school, argues that the concept of security needs to be expanded beyond the military dimension and proposes the joint evaluation of political, economic, societal, and environmental security sectors (buzan, wæver & de wilde, 1998). the finding emphasized in the introduction that regional instability has expanded turkey's national security parameters constitutes the concrete foundations of this theoretical perspective. it is frequently emphasized in academic literature that the instability in the region has deeply affected turkey's economic security; elements such as the interruption of energy lines, migration flows, and border terrorism have expanded the definition of national security (kardaş, 2023). the historical membership of regions within the national pact borders as part of turkey's economic and logistical hinterland, when combined with contemporary security threats, provides a strong theoretical foundation for the comprehensive security approach. the fact that the treaty of lausanne initially limited turkey's authority over the straits and that the montreux convention later expanded these authorities in turkey's favor constitutes an empirical example for the idea of "recoverability of historical security rights." this historical example demonstrates that states can find opportunities to expand their sovereignty domains with changing international conditions and strengthens the theoretical foundation of turkey's expectations within the national pact perspective (deringil, 2020). this approach provides a strategic model suggesting that historical rights can be recovered when international conditions permit, as also observed in hatay's incorporation into turkey in 1939. as stated in the literature review, energy geopolitics and natural resource management debates have rendered the mosul-kirkuk basin a critical subject not merely as an ethnic or historical matter but also in the context of energy security (stevens, 2021). today, the authority vacuum in syria and iraq necessitates turkey's development of comprehensive strategies in the context of energy security, border security, and demographic security. for this reason, comprehensive security theory provides an integrative framework for analyzing turkey's historical claims within a multidimensional national interest definition. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org strategic culture theory is particularly useful in evaluating turkey's historical claims because it argues that states' foreign policy behaviors are the products of long-term historical experiences and collective strategic memory (booth & trood, 2021). the concept of strategic culture refers to the totality of values, norms, beliefs, and historical experiences that shape states' security and defense policies and provides a critical framework for understanding how this cultural accumulation affects foreign policy preferences (johnston, 1995). the security threats turkey has faced since the dissolution process of the ottoman empire, border losses, and international pressures are among the fundamental elements determining modern turkey's strategic culture. the embedding of the national pact—whose conceptual foundation was established in the introduction—as a "founding geopolitical text" in state memory is one of the most evident indicators of this cultural continuity. the concept of "national boundaries" (hudud-ı milli) repeatedly emphasized in mustafa kemal pasha's speeches at the grand national assembly of turkey is the expression of this strategic culture concretized with historical documents (atatürk, 1920). this concept demonstrates that turkey's understanding of national borders is not merely a legal framework but also an inseparable part of collective identity and historical memory (altun & kasapoğlu, 2021). according to the strategic culture approach, turkey's contemporary regional engagements are products of behavioral patterns guided not only by current threat perceptions but also by historical experiences. within this framework, turkey's development of forward-looking strategies in the authority vacuum in northern iraq or in the conflict environment in northern syria can be explained by strategic reflections formed to ensure that historically experienced losses are not repeated. as stated in the literature review, modern research on the power of national identity to shape foreign policy demonstrates that historical narratives are becoming increasingly determinative in turkey's regional policy (bilgin, 2023). additionally, this theory demonstrates that states prioritize their own historical geographies in security terms; this situation is clearly observed in turkey's discursive sensitivities toward regions such as mosul, kirkuk, aleppo, and western thrace. thus, the strategic culture approach demonstrates that turkey's historical claims are grounded not only on rational interest analysis but also on long-term historical memory. the geopolitical coding approach classifies states' foreign policy orientations according to four main categories: these categories defined as "self," "ally," "enemy," and "neutral" shape states' threat perceptions and opportunity evaluations (dodds, 2022). this coding process provides a critical framework for understanding how states perceive the world and how this perception guides foreign policy preferences, explaining the formation processes of geopolitical visions (gearóid ó tuathail & agnew, 1992). in this context, turkey's geopolitical coding toward the middle east and eastern mediterranean emerges as a composite of historical memory, ethnic-demographic attachment, and security risks. the regions specified in the national pact are evaluated as "strategic security areas" in turkey's geopolitical coding; authority vacuums emerging in these areas are naturally included in the threat classification. the border change projects within the scope of the greater middle east project presented in the introduction have led turkey to code these areas more carefully and have strengthened the perception that regional order can be reshaped through external interventions. this perception has contributed to turkey's development of a defensive reflex against external interventions by updating its historical sensitivities characterized as "sèvres syndrome" (guida, 2008). the geopolitical coding approach also argues that states' discourses carry the aim of strengthening their strategic positions in the international environment; within this framework, turkey's definition of crises in iraq and syria as "national security threats" stems from these regions carrying a special position in the context of historical belonging. russia's interventions with historical rights claims toward ukraine, emphasized in the literature review, demonstrate that great powers develop similar strategic narratives in the geopolitical coding process. this comparative perspective reveals that turkey's historical discourse follows a parallel pattern with the behaviors of other actors in the international system. thus, turkey's historical claims can be explained in consonance with the behavioral patterns predicted by geopolitical coding theory. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org international regime theory is particularly important in evaluating turkey's historical claims because the rules and norms that enable states to cooperate in specific areas undergo change together with the transformations the system undergoes. regime theory defines international regimes as "sets of implicit or explicit principles, norms, rules, and decision-making procedures around which actors' expectations converge in a given area" and explains how these regimes shape state behaviors (krasner, 1983). it has been demonstrated by numerous studies that the international regimes shaped under united states leadership in the post-cold war period are showing signs of dissolution today, particularly in the areas of security, human rights, and border sovereignty (keohane, 2020). the diminishing effectiveness of multilateral institutions and the increase in great powers' unilateral actions stated in the introduction are concrete indicators of this dissolution process. in this dissolution environment, states tend to reinterpret existing regimes by advancing their historical rights. this tendency is associated with the concept of "regime change" predicted by regime theory, reflecting a period in which existing norms and rules are being questioned and new arrangements are being sought (young, 1982). turkey's tendency to preserve national pact principles strategically if not legally within the legal regime established by lausanne can be evaluated as an example of "normative durability" in the context of regime theory. the weakening of regimes increases states' capacity to produce independent policies by relying more on their own national interests; this situation constitutes the theoretical foundation of turkey's more autonomous behavior in regional security policies. as stated in the literature review, the failure of the united states' efforts to transform middle east regimes within the framework of the greater middle east project initiative has demonstrated that international regimes cannot be easily reconstructed through external interventions (carothers & brown, 2021). thus, turkey's historical claims can be viewed in the light of regime theory as a reflection of the flexible space created by the dissolution process of international order. power-autonomy theory is an important approach used to explain middle powers' efforts to expand their own policy spaces in the international system. according to this theory, states can develop more independent foreign policy strategies during periods when great power competition intensifies to expand their room for maneuver (flemes & nolte, 2022). this theory is associated with the "peripheral realism" approach developed particularly in the latin american and south asian contexts, explaining middle powers' efforts to reduce their dependencies on great powers and create autonomous policy spaces (escudé, 1992). turkey's increasingly growing autonomy quest since the 2000s is dependent both on dissatisfaction with the costly consequences of the united states' interventions in the region and on power shifts in the international system. the process of transition to the multipolar order presented in the introduction constitutes the structural conditions of this autonomy quest. it can be said that the national pact endows the autonomy orientation with historical continuity as a founding national framework, for this document emphasizes that turkey's national border definition should be determined by its own will rather than through external interventions. this emphasis is consonant with turkey's adoption of the principle of "complete independence" as the fundamental pillar of its foreign policy since its founding period and demonstrates the historical roots of the contemporary autonomy quest (oran, 2001). as stated in the literature review, turkey's increasing diplomatic presence in subsaharan africa, the balkans, and the caucasus has produced a normative and strategic influence in post-ottoman heritage areas (bilgin, 2022). power-autonomy theory also posits that states integrate their historical memories into foreign policy behavior; in this respect, turkey's direct involvement in developments in iraq and syria is related to the increase in autonomous decision-making capacity. in the contemporary era when great power competition (united states–china–russia) is creating regional vacuums, turkey's more visible expression of its historical claims acquires meaning within this theoretical framework. thus, the power-autonomy approach interprets turkey's historical claims as an organic extension of an independent foreign policy strategy. state-building and regional order theories demonstrate that turkey's historical claims are related not only to the national level but also to the regional stability perspective. the weakening of state capacity american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org in the middle east, the becoming permeable of borders, and armed groups' substitution of state functions directly affect turkey's security domain (balcı, 2023). this process of affectation is associated with the concept of "security spillover," explaining how instability in one state spills over to neighboring states and transforms regional security dynamics (lake & morgan, 1997). the phenomenon of collapse of state authority and regional fragmentation emphasized in the introduction constitutes the concrete foundations of this theoretical perspective. for this reason, turkey's regional order conception includes an approach that historically targets the reorganization of the ottoman hinterland on the basis of peace and stability. the demographic, cultural, and economic integrity of the regions specified in the national pact provides a historical foundation for this order conception. this historical foundation reflects the experience of coexistence of ethnic and religious communities in the region as the legacy of the ottoman millet system and explains the cultural dimension of turkey's regional order vision (karpat, 2001). state-building literature has demonstrated that the security costs of countries surrounding collapsed states are higher compared to stable states; this situation theoretically supports turkey's strategies for combating instability in neighboring geography (call, 2021). as stated in the literature review, turkey's humanitarian diplomacy activities and strategy of establishing a regional sphere of influence constitute the soft power dimension of this order-building approach (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). turkey's occasional emphasis on the role of "regional peace provider" demonstrates that historical claims correspond with the objective of regional orderbuilding. thus, state-building and regional order theories evaluate turkey's historical claims not merely as oriented toward the past but as a constitutive element of future regional stability. critical security studies evaluate turkey's historical claims not merely through military threat perceptions but in the context of the "social construction" of security. according to this approach, security discourses are discursive instruments states use to legitimize their policies and carry the aim of protecting specific referent objects (buzan & hansen, 2020). critical security studies argue that security is constructed discursively rather than being an objective reality and explain how a subject is made into a security issue through the concept of "securitization" (wæver, 1995). turkey's definition of national pact regions as a "historical security belt" makes possible the expansion of national interests through a discursive threat definition, as predicted by critical security theory. the central importance of the aleppo-katma-mosul line determining the southern borders of the national pact in the security context both in 1918 and today strengthens this discursive continuity. hybrid threats, non-state actors, and cross-border conflict dynamics presented in the introduction are concrete indicators of the expansion of the security concept. this expansion is associated with the rise of the concept of "human security," demonstrating that security needs to be evaluated not only from a state-centric but also from an individual-centric perspective (newman, 2020). the humanitarian, demographic, and societal security effects created by the syrian civil war in turkey have demonstrated that security has acquired meaning beyond the military dimension. critical security literature evaluates states' creation of legitimacy space through discourse in the face of such multidimensional security threats as a natural process (floyd, 2021). the finding emphasized in the literature review that turkey's cross-border operations are not merely security-based but a strategy developed for the purposes of historical continuity and preservation of regional order is consonant with this theoretical perspective. within this theoretical framework, turkey's historical claims are grounded on a holistic framework nourished not only by traditional military security but also by an expanded security definition. regional power theory, while explaining turkey's historical claims, emphasizes states' capacity to assume an "order-building" role in their own peripheral geographies. according to academic literature, regional powers become determining actors in their surroundings through military capacity, diplomatic agility, and historical-cultural ties (nolte, 2021). the concept of regional power requires a state to carry a leadership claim in its own region, to play a determining role in regional issues, and to possess the capacity to regulate extra-regional actors' access to the region (prys, 2010). turkey's increasing influence capacity in the middle east, caucasus, and balkans strengthens its regional power position american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org in consonance with its historical geography. the increase in turkey's military capacity, expansion of its economic networks, and elevation of its diplomatic flexibility stated in the introduction are concrete indicators of this regional power position. since the strategic areas determined by the national pact present the geographical depiction of turkey's historical hinterland, regional power literature theoretically explains why these areas are prioritized for turkey. this priority is associated with the concept of "strategic hinterland," demonstrating that states turn toward geographies to which they are historically bound to expand their own security and welfare domains (cohen, 2015). the fragmentation-susceptible state structure of iraq and syria can be evaluated as a structural factor facilitating turkey's establishment of security and sphere of influence. the pursuit of policies with historical rights claims by russia in its own near abroad, as demonstrated in the literature review, shows that regional powers can use such instruments for the purpose of producing legitimacy (krickovic, 2022). this comparative perspective demonstrates that turkey's historical discourse is not unique in the international system but rather corresponds with the common behavioral patterns of regional powers. consequently, turkey's historical rights discourse is consonant with the geopolitical positioning and order-building capacity predicted by regional power theory. the geoeconomic approach makes it possible to understand turkey's historical claims in the context of economic geopolitics rather than security. this theory, which argues that energy arteries, trade routes, and regional economic networks have become the most determining elements of international politics today, explains turkey's effort to redefine its economic interaction areas in the middle east and eastern mediterranean (scholvin & wigell, 2022). the concept of geoeconomics reflects a period in which states use economic instruments to achieve geopolitical objectives and economic relations have become the new arena of power struggle; this perspective provides a critical framework for understanding the strategic importance of energy resources and trade routes (luttwak, 1990). the historical inclusion of critical transportation and production centers within the ottoman economic system in the national pact regions is leading to these regions acquiring renewed strategic importance for turkey today. the energy resources of mosul and kirkuk emphasized in the literature review are associated with turkey's independent energy security objective in modern geoeconomic analyses; in this context, it is observed that historical rights are combined with economic value (stevens, 2021). this combination is associated with the concept of "resource nationalism," demonstrating how states' sovereignty claims over natural resources are combined with national identity and historical rights discourses (mares, 2010). the phenomenon of changing energy geopolitics stated in the introduction increases the contemporary relevance of this theoretical perspective. since northern syria constitutes the intersection point of trade routes between turkey and the levant, the instability in this region directly affects turkey's economic security parameters. additionally, the intersection of china's belt and road initiative and russia's energy-centered near abroad policies with regional border debates has opened turkey's position to reevaluation. according to geoeconomic theories, states legitimize their regional influence quests by combining their economic interests with historical-spatial contexts. turkey's historical rights discourse is thus supported not merely by political but also by an economic rationality in this respect. the multilayered theoretical synthesis approach completes the theoretical foundation of this study by acknowledging that turkey's historical claims are too complex to be explained by a single theory. the necessity of a multidisciplinary analysis framework presented in the introduction constitutes the fundamental rationale of this synthesis approach. this rationale is consonant with the "analytical eclecticism" approach increasingly accepted in the discipline of international relations and targets a more comprehensive understanding of complex phenomena by bringing together the strengths of different theoretical traditions (sil & katzenstein, 2010). turkey's rights discourse based on the national pact is intertwined with realism's logic of power and security, constructivism's emphasis on identity, memory, and discourse, international law's principles of historical right and effective control, geoeconomics' perspective of regional economic networks, and critical security's expanded threat american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org definitions. this intertwinement is associated with the concept of "theoretical pluralism" in international relations literature, demonstrating that complex phenomena cannot be explained by a single perspective (nolte, 2021). this pluralism emphasizes the importance of interparadigmatic dialogue and demonstrates that different theoretical traditions can offer complementary explanations (lake, 2022). this multilayered structure demonstrates that turkey's historical rights are shaped by both internal dynamics (identity, historical memory, strategic culture) and external dynamics (collapsed states, multipolarity, great power competition). the founding text character of the national pact continues to serve as the central reference point strengthening the theoretical integrity of these claims. similarly, documents such as lausanne and montreux constitute important parts of theoretical synthesis as examples where turkey can defend its historical rights at the level of international law. as stated in the literature review, the importance of interdisciplinary method in understanding complex international phenomena consolidates the academic foundation of this synthesis approach (buzan & hansen, 2020). this theoretical framework demonstrates that for turkey to emerge as a regional orderbuilding actor in the contemporary international order, it must redefine its historical claims within an integrity of strategic, normative, and legal dimensions. thus, the study enables the explanation of turkey's historical claims in the context of the new international order through a multidimensional theoretical analysis and prepares a strong conceptual foundation for the research methodology section. 4. research methodology this study has adopted a qualitative research approach to understand how the regional transformations that emerged following the new international order and the greater middle east project have affected turkey's historical claims. this approach is founded upon an interpretive understanding and is predicated on comprehending the meanings carried by events and documents within their contexts (creswell & poth, 2018). the fundamental reason for preferring the qualitative method is that the meanings carried by documents such as the national pact, the armistice of mudros, the treaty of sèvres, and the treaty of lausanne are of a nature that can only be comprehended through interpretation within their historical contexts rather than merely through numbers. these documents carry both legal and political value as texts that concretize the border conceptions and sovereignty claims that were shaped during turkey's founding process. since quantitative methods would prove inadequate in revealing the layers of meaning contained in such documents, the qualitative approach has been the most appropriate choice for this study. the question presented in the introduction—"how the multipolar order offers new opportunities to turkey's historical theses"—necessitates understanding how these documents can be reinterpreted today. additionally, the regional fragmentation dynamics and state collapses emphasized in the literature review section require the evaluation of historical documents together with contemporary international conditions. for this reason, the research methodology has been established upon a holistic reading approach that brings together historical sources with contemporary academic literature. through this approach, the study aims to render turkey's historical claims meaningful with both the data of the past and the geopolitical realities of today. in the first stage of the research, a document analysis based on the examination of historical documents was conducted. document analysis refers to the careful reading of the contents of official texts prepared in the past and the revelation of the meanings carried by these texts. the documents examined in this method consist of primary sources obtained from international treaties, official declarations, and state archives. within this framework, first the armistice of mudros dated october 30, 1918, was addressed; it was determined that this text was based on the regions the turkish army de facto held under control at that time. subsequently, the articles of the national pact declaration were examined, and it was observed that this text was founded upon the principle of "integrity that is settled by an ottomanislamic majority and the separation of which is inconceivable" (national pact declaration, 1920). the provisions of the treaty of sèvres envisaging the partition of ottoman territories and the framework of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org the treaty of lausanne recognizing turkey's independence in the international arena were evaluated comparatively. the fundamental criterion in the selection of these documents was their being texts that directly affected turkey's historical border conception and carried binding force in the context of international law. this comparison demonstrates under what conditions turkey's historical claims were constrained and which documents constitute the foundation of these claims. the concept of historical continuity emphasized in the theoretical framework section has been placed on a concrete foundation through this document analysis. in the second stage, a case study method based on comparing the historical claims of different countries was applied. case study refers to the detailed examination of specific events or situations and their comparison with one another. in this method, the content of historical arguments, positioning within the framework of international law, and changes in regional power balances were determined as comparison criteria. within the scope of this method, russia's historical territory arguments advanced regarding the crimea and donbas regions in ukraine and china's sovereignty claims based on the past in the south china sea were examined. these examples demonstrate that states tend to bring their historical arguments back onto the agenda during periods when the power balances of the international system shift. as stated in the literature review section, russia's historical territories discourse has profoundly affected international law debates. this comparison demonstrates that turkey's historical claims articulated from the national pact perspective are not alone in the international system. the reason for the selection of these cases is that both their contemporaneity and their direct relation to structural transformations in the international system correspond with the research question. thus, turkey's position has been placed within an academic framework without exaggeration yet without minimization. the comparative case study has formed a suitable ground for testing the predictions of the realism and constructivism theories presented in the theoretical framework. in the third stage, the discourse analysis method was applied. discourse analysis refers to the examination of the meanings contained in political statements, official declarations, and international discourses, as well as the effects produced by these discourses. in this method, not only what the discourses say but also in what context and within which power relations they were produced was evaluated (fairclough, 2015). this method was used particularly in the analysis of regional restructuring discourses articulated during the greater middle east project process. the declarations by authoritative and influential persons from the american administration of the period that the borders of twenty-two countries in the middle east could change occupied the center of this discourse analysis. turkey's official discourses from the same period, containing emphasis on regional stability, peace, and commitment to national pact borders, were also examined. in the theoretical framework section, the importance of constructivism's emphasis on identity and discourse was stated; discourse analysis has enabled the application of this theoretical approach to the research. through this method, how turkey's historical claims are perceived in the international arena and in what discursive context these claims acquire meaning has been understood. discourse analysis has also been an important tool in explaining why historical rights discourses have revived with the crystallization of the multipolar structure (ikenberry, 2020). in the fourth stage, both legal evaluation and geopolitical situation examination were conducted together. legal evaluation refers to the comparison of the rights definitions contained in historical documents with contemporary international law principles; geopolitical situation examination refers to the evaluation of security conditions in the region, conflict areas, and weakening of state capacity. the reason for using these two approaches together is that historical claims possess both normative and strategic dimensions; a single perspective would prove inadequate in capturing this complexity. the principle of "societal unity and geographical integrity" put forth by the national pact was compared with the principle of self-determination in international law (klabbers, 2022). the sovereignty framework granted to turkey by the treaty of lausanne demonstrates similarity with the principle of preservation of existing borders (uti possidetis) in international law. internal conflicts in the region, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org areas where state authority has weakened, and border indeterminacies were included in the geopolitical situation examination. the subsidiary question presented in the introduction—"does the collapse of regional states and the de facto indeterminacy of borders expand the legal grounds for turkey's potential intervention?"—was tested at this stage. this evaluation has demonstrated under what conditions a possible rights claim by turkey could gain international acceptance and under what conditions it could generate reaction. thus, the research has proceeded with a balanced approach taking into account both legal realities and dynamics in the field. in the fifth stage, a spatial evaluation based on the comparison of historical maps and geographical data was conducted. spatial evaluation refers to the comparison of maps and border lines drawn in different periods with one another to make historical changes visible. in this evaluation, the regions the turkish army de facto held under control on the day the armistice of mudros was signed were taken as the basis (armistice of mudros, 1918). the articles of the national pact concerning southern and eastern borders were evaluated side by side with contemporary syria, iraq, and caucasus borders. the maps used in this comparison were obtained from official archives of the period and documents published by international organizations. this method does not present a perspective merely reflecting nostalgia for the past; rather, it concretizes the continuity between historical context and contemporary international order. while making map comparisons, contemporary data concerning population distribution, conflict intensity, and state capacity in the region were also taken into account. the geopolitical coding approach emphasized in the theoretical framework section has been transformed into application through this spatial evaluation. thus, not only the emphasis on historical rights but also contemporary realities in the field have been included within the scope of analysis. this technique has contributed to understanding the multilayered structure of border debates following the greater middle east project. in the sixth stage, a multidimensional interpretation approach was adopted in the data analysis process. multidimensional interpretation refers to the joint evaluation of legal, political, historical, and societal elements without reducing them to a single perspective. in this approach, both state behaviors and international documents and discourses were addressed as units of analysis; thus, micro and macro levels were evaluated together. since the crystallization of the multipolar structure of the new international order has caused both expansion and contraction tendencies to be observed together in international law applications, the analysis was designed in a manner taking into account this complex structure (ikenberry, 2020). when evaluating turkey's historical claims, the sovereignty framework brought by the treaty of lausanne was compared with the effects of the fragmentation order envisaged by the treaty of sèvres (pedersen, 2021). additionally, the extent to which the regional restructuring discourses of the american administration during the greater middle east project period (lynch, 2021) corresponded with implementations in the field was analyzed based on the findings of the literature review. the main hypothesis presented in the introduction—namely the prediction that "in an environment where the international order is evolving toward a multipolar structure and regional states are dissolving, the capacity of turkey's historical claims to gain legitimacy is increasing"—was tested through this multidimensional analysis. this approach has prevented the study from remaining limited by relying on a single discipline and has enabled a more comprehensive evaluation of turkey's regional position. in the seventh stage, geopolitical situation modeling was conducted. geopolitical situation modeling refers to the joint evaluation of power balances in the region, military capacities, conflict areas, and border change tendencies to predict possible developments. in this modeling process, the military capacities and conflict intensities of actors in the region were addressed as fundamental indicators (ghosn et al., 2022). how the national pact borders can be reinterpreted in light of contemporary geopolitical conditions was examined through these indicators. what kinds of consequences the de facto power vacuums emerging in regions where state structures have weakened, such as iraq, syria, and the caucasus, could produce for turkey was discussed. the realist theory's emphasis on security american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org and power maximization presented in the theoretical framework section has been concretized through this modeling. this modeling has increased the predictive capacity of the study by enabling the reading of historical data together with contemporary security dynamics. this modeling has demonstrated that historical claims do not remain merely as an abstract discourse; rather, they carry the character of a dynamic security subject with correspondence in the field. turkey's governance over the straits through the montreux convention and the process of hatay's incorporation into turkey through peaceful means were also among the historical references of the modeling (montreux convention, 1936). this method has strengthened the strategic dimension of the research. in the eighth stage, a value and principle-based analysis was conducted. value and principle-based analysis refers to the evaluation of whether turkey's historical claims are founded not only on power politics but also on international principles and legitimacy concepts. in this analysis, first the principle of self-determination, territorial integrity, and the concept of human security were addressed (cassese, 2020). the principle of "societal unity and cultural harmony" put forth by the national pact was evaluated by comparison with these international principles (national pact declaration, 1920). in this evaluation, the extent to which the principles in historical documents correspond with contemporary international law norms and at which points they diverge was determined. additionally, whether turkey's discourse of contributing to regional peace offers a unifying approach contrary to the fragmented order envisaged by the greater middle east project was analyzed. the emphasis on normative continuity of constructivism in the theoretical framework section has been transformed into application through this stage. this value-based evaluation has been an important tool for testing the possibility of historical claims gaining legitimacy in international law. thus, the study has given place not only to power balances but also to moral and legal foundations. this method has formed the conceptual ground for the policy framework to be developed in the conclusion and recommendations section. in the ninth stage, a triangulation technique was applied to increase the reliability of the research. triangulation refers to increasing the robustness of findings obtained by using different types of sources together. this technique is a strategy commonly used to strengthen internal consistency and the credibility of results in qualitative research (patton, 2015). within this framework, historical documents, contemporary academic studies, and international organization reports were used together. when the primary historical data provided by texts such as mudros, sèvres, and lausanne were compared with contemporary academic studies (oran, 2022; özdemir, 2021), it was observed that the results rest on a more robust foundation. through this verification method, both how the border and sovereignty debates of the past have been carried to the present and how contemporary international power balances have affected these debates have been demonstrated more distinctly. additionally, critical academic studies concerning the greater middle east project process were evaluated together with field research examining societal and political transformations in countries of the region (dalacoura, 2021). the academic gap identified in the literature review section was sought to be filled through this triangulation technique. triangulation has provided a holistic perspective that simultaneously includes theoretical, historical, and applied dimensions in the research. this method has significantly strengthened the scientific consistency of the study. there are some points that need to be stated regarding the limitations of the research. first, since the study is based on the interpretation of historical documents, different interpretive traditions may reach different conclusions. second, the russia and china examples selected as comparative cases may not fully reflect turkey's situation, because each state's historical and geopolitical context is unique to itself. third, since some documents concerning the greater middle east project process are not publicly available, the discourse analysis has remained limited only to accessible sources. despite these limitations, the triangulation technique and the use of multiple methods have been applied to increase the reliability of findings. additionally, the study has aimed to present an objective evaluation within a historical and academic framework rather than advocating a specific political view. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org finally, a plain and comprehensible language has been adopted throughout the research process. the fundamental reason for this preference is the necessity of expressing complex historical and geopolitical processes in a manner that everyone can understand without compromising scientific accuracy. throughout the methodology section, concepts have been kept as clear as possible and technical details have been simplified in a manner that does not complicate meaning. this simplification has been made with the aim of enabling the study to reach a broad readership; however, academic standards have been preserved. in order to ensure the replicability of the research, each stage has been clearly defined and access information for the sources used has been provided. a regular connection has been established between inferences made from historical documents and information obtained from contemporary literature, and methodological continuity has been ensured. the objective stated in the introduction of "carrying reference character for policymakers as well" has been supported through this plain expression preference. this approach aims for the results to be accessible not only to academic circles but also to decision-makers and the public. thus, the research methodology has been designed in a manner that will increase both scientific and societal impact. this framework will enable a more effective interpretation of the results to be presented in the findings section of the study. 5. findings the first finding of the research demonstrates that the evolution of the international system toward a multipolar structure has created a structural ground for turkey to articulate its historical claims. the relative decline of american hegemony and the rising influence of china and russia, emphasized in the introduction, have relaxed the normative pressures in the international system and opened new windows of opportunity for the regional claims of middle powers. as predicted by hegemonic stability theory, the weakening of the hegemonic power that provides order in the international system enables the questioning of existing normative structures and the rise of revisionist demands (ikenberry, 2020). as predicted by the power transition theory addressed in the theoretical framework, the bringing of historical arguments back onto the political agenda during periods when the hegemonic order weakens becomes an ordinary strategy (mearsheimer, 2021). as stated in organski and kugler's power transition model, systemic power shifts increase states' capacities to challenge the status quo and prepare the ground for the reformulation of historical demands (organski & kugler, 1980). document analysis demonstrates that there exists a distinct parallel structure between the 1920 conditions when the national pact was proclaimed and the present day; in both periods, regional order became indeterminate and turkey was confronted with the necessity of redefining its sovereignty domain (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated in the literature review, russia's attempts to legitimize territorial claims based on historical arguments in crimea and china's in the south china sea confirm that historical rights have become a re-acceptable discursive instrument in the international system (mankoff, 2022; zhang, 2023). in this context, turkey's historical theses within the framework of the national pact, when evaluated together with the normative flexibility offered by the multipolar order, have acquired a more visible and debatable character in the international arena. consequently, systemic transformation emerges as a structural factor expanding the legitimacy ground of turkey's historical claims. the second finding demonstrates that the greater middle east project structurally weakened regional states, thereby creating an environment conducive to turkey's bringing its historical claims back onto the agenda. the discourse analysis explained in the research methodology section has revealed that the declarations by the american administration of the period that the borders of twenty-two countries in the region could change were used as a strategic discourse (lynch, 2021). the fragmentation of iraq following 2003, the syrian civil war, and the protracted conflicts in yemen and libya have led to the erosion of the westphalian order at the regional level and have weakened normative assumptions regarding the permanence of borders. as stated in rotberg's framework of state failure, the concept of sovereignty loses its de facto meaning in geographies where central authority has collapsed, and this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org situation expands the intervention capacities of neighboring states (rotberg, 2004). as predicted by the critical security approach addressed in the theoretical framework, security threats have acquired a character that transcends traditional borders in areas where state authority has collapsed, and a ground has emerged legitimizing turkey's cross-border interventions (buzan & hansen, 2020). as emphasized in dalacoura's analysis regarding the regional order following the arab uprisings, the collapse or weakening of authoritarian regimes in the middle east after 2011 has led to the intensification of regional power struggle and the increase in external interventions (dalacoura, 2021). the regional fragmentation dynamics emphasized in the literature review have renewed the geopolitical importance of the surroundings of mosul, kirkuk, and aleppo located on the southern line of the national pact. document analysis confirms that the regions the turkish army de facto held under control on the date the armistice of mudros was signed largely correspond with this geography (armistice of mudros, 1918). these findings confirm that the regional fragmentation created by the greater middle east project has formed a geopolitical ground supporting turkey's historical claims. the third finding demonstrates that the national pact is not merely a historical document but also presents a geographical framework that corresponds with the principle of self-determination in international law. document analysis demonstrates that the first and second articles of the national pact declaration emphasized that regions where the ottoman-islamic population constituted the majority form an inseparable integrity (national pact declaration, 1920). this principle corresponds to the demographic and cultural foundations of the right to self-determination accepted in international law. as stated in cassese's comprehensive analysis regarding the right to self-determination, this principle is applicable not only to colonial peoples but also, under specific conditions, to the reevaluation of the status of communities that historically demonstrate integrity (cassese, 2020). the international law perspective addressed in the theoretical framework has demonstrated that the legitimacy of historical rights is grounded not only on past documents but also on principles such as effective control and societal belonging (klabbers, 2022). as emphasized in shaw's framework of international law, historical claims rest on a stronger legal ground in situations where elements of effective control, historical continuity, and societal attachment are present together (shaw, 2021). as stated in the literature review, iraq's ethnic and sectarian fragmentation following 2003 has created an appropriate context for turkey's historical theses in the regions within the scope of the national pact to be reopened to international debate (hiltermann, 2022). the comparative case study demonstrates that russia used historical rights, ethnic protection, and security justifications in an inherent manner in its national strategy in the crimea and donbas examples (mankoff, 2022). this situation reveals that turkey's historical claims, rather than conflicting with international political norms, have become parallel with an increasingly widespread strategic practice. thus, the national pact presents a framework that can be reevaluated in the context of both historical legitimacy and contemporary international law. the fourth finding demonstrates that the post-ottoman border order established with the invalidation of the treaty of sèvres and the entry into force of the treaty of lausanne was not a completed process. document analysis has revealed that the articles of the treaty of sèvres aiming to partition turkey and particularly the divided structures envisaged for the eastern and southern borders were eliminated with lausanne (treaty of sèvres, 1920; treaty of lausanne, 1923). however, lausanne's failure to resolve the mosul question and its leaving it to the league of nations demonstrates that this treaty was not a final border arrangement but a political framework shaped according to the power balances of the period. as stated in oran's comprehensive study on the history of turkish foreign policy, while the treaty of lausanne ensured turkey's recognition in the international system, it left some critical issues unresolved, particularly mosul, and this situation left a permanent trace on turkey's foreign policy agenda (oran, 2001). as stated in the literature review, contemporary academic studies demonstrate that approaches arguing that lausanne presents a political ground that can change according to international power balances are gaining weight (zürcher, 2020; pedersen, 2021). as emphasized in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org pedersen's analysis regarding the league of nations period, the border order established after the first world war reflects the interests of great powers, and the permanence of this order depends on the continuation of the said power balances (pedersen, 2021). the concept of historical continuity addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that these documents are not static texts but structures that can be reinterpreted according to changing conditions. the collapse of state authorities by the civil wars that erupted in syria and iraq after 2011 has concretely demonstrated that lausanne's southern border order has been de facto eroded. in this context, the rise of non-state actors in the field has strengthened the necessity of security-centered redefinition on turkey's southern borders. consequently, lausanne emerges not as a fixed geographical framework but as a political ground open to reevaluation in a changing security environment. the fifth finding confirms that turkey possesses the capacity to recover its historical rights through diplomatic and legitimate means when international conditions are favorable, as observed in the hatay example. document analysis reveals that the process of hatay's incorporation into turkey in 1939 was a successful diplomatic model that ensured the partial completion of the national pact borders. the annexation process of hatay was completed with a plebiscite conducted under the supervision of the league of nations and the quest for international legitimacy, and this situation is an early indicator of turkey's capacity to defend its historical claims within the framework of international law (oran, 2001). as stated in the literature review, the hatay example constitutes concrete evidence demonstrating that turkey was able to gain acceptance for its historical, demographic, and securitybased arguments in the eyes of the international community (oran, 2022). the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that historical identity and collective memory are important factors shaping foreign policy preferences (wendt, 2019). as stated in wendt's social constructivist theory, states' identity structures are shaped not only by internal processes but also by international interactions and historical experiences; this situation makes possible the legitimization of foreign policy preferences with historical references (wendt, 1999). in this context, the hatay model demonstrates that turkey's rights quest within the framework of the national pact presents not merely a discursive but an implementable strategic roadmap. the comparative case study has revealed that the applicability of this model in regions such as mosul, kirkuk, or northern syria depends on regional power balances and the evolving norms of international law (phillips, 2020; gunter, 2021). field data confirms that turkey uses the historical responsibility discourse as a strategic instrument while intervening in humanitarian and security crises in the region. in light of these findings, the hatay example is evaluated as empirical evidence supporting the feasibility of turkey's developing a policy based on historical claims in the new international order. in conclusion, the foreign policy approach based on historical rights emerges not merely as a nostalgic discourse but as a strategic model that has been successfully tried from past to present. the sixth finding demonstrates that the mosul question continues to exist as an unfinished problem area in both the national pact and contemporary international law debates. document analysis demonstrates that the mosul problem, which could not be resolved in the lausanne negotiations, resulted against turkey due to the british mandated administration and energy policies of the period (treaty of lausanne, 1923). the failure to resolve the mosul question at lausanne clearly demonstrates the determining effect of the great powers of the period's priorities of access to energy resources in shaping regional order (sluglett, 2019). the fact that mosul was under turkish military control when the armistice of mudros was signed constitutes a legal basis strengthening turkey's historical theses over this region (armistice of mudros, 1918). the definition of mosul, kirkuk, and sulaymaniyah as an inseparable integrity where the ottoman-islamic majority lived in the text of the national pact further consolidates this situation (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated by stevens in the framework of the resource curse concept, regions possessing rich energy resources have historically been geographies open to external interventions and border disputes; mosul constitutes a typical example of this situation (stevens, 2021). as stated in the literature review, particularly the political american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org fragmentation of iraq following 2003 has rendered the status of mosul a renewed strategic debate area for turkey (hiltermann, 2022). the geoeconomics perspective addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that mosul-kirkuk oil has been at the center of international power struggles since the beginning of the twentieth century (sluglett, 2019). these findings demonstrate that turkey's historical claims over mosul have acquired renewed meaning in the context of contemporary geopolitics. in conclusion, the mosul question continues to occupy the center of turkey's foreign policy agenda in both historical and contemporary security contexts. the seventh finding demonstrates that the security vacuum created by the syrian civil war on turkey's southern borders corresponds at a high level with the geographical integrity defined in the national pact. the spatial-historical map comparison explained in the research methodology section confirms that the articles of the national pact concerning southern borders encompass aleppo and its surroundings. as stated in buzan and wæver's regional security complex theory, geographical proximity is a determining factor in the spread of security threats, and instability in border regions directly affects the security perceptions of neighboring states (buzan & wæver, 2003). the gaining of power by terrorist organizations with the collapse of state capacity in syria has deepened the threat environment for turkey in terms of border security and regional stability (stein, 2021). as predicted by the critical security approach addressed in the theoretical framework, security threats have acquired a character that transcends traditional state borders, and a ground has formed legitimizing turkey's cross-border operations (buzan & hansen, 2020). when evaluated in the framework of wæver's securitization concept, turkey's definition of threats on its southern borders as an existential security issue has formed a discursive ground legitimizing the adoption of extraordinary measures (wæver, 1995). document analysis has revealed that the expression of the right to intervene in situations threatening security in article 7 of the armistice of mudros demonstrates similarity with the doctrine of cross-border legitimate self-defense against terrorist threats in contemporary international law (armistice of mudros, 1918). as emphasized in the literature review, the authority vacuum in northern syria has facilitated turkey's interventions for both humanitarian and security purposes (tür & han, 2022). these findings clarify the historical and strategic foundations of turkey's quest to reorder its southern borders through military and diplomatic means. consequently, the syrian crisis constitutes a contemporary reflection of the national pact's southern vision. the eighth finding demonstrates that the transition to multipolarity in the international system has created a favorable environment for turkey to articulate its historical claims. the relative decline of american hegemony, the increase in russia's military activism, and the expansion of china's economic influence emphasized in the introduction have fundamentally transformed the power distribution of the middle east (acharya, 2021). as stated in ikenberry's analysis regarding the crisis of the liberal international order, the loss of legitimacy of the american-led order strengthens alternative order quests and revisionist demands (ikenberry, 2020). this transformation has weakened the status quo-oriented border understanding that was dominant throughout the unipolar period. the comparative case study has demonstrated that russia's military operations conducted with historical rights and security-based arguments in ukraine have shown that historical claims have become a re-perceivable policy instrument in the international system (mankoff, 2022). as emphasized in zarakol's analysis from the non-western order perspective, the eurocentric foundations of the current international order are being questioned and the demands of historically marginalized actors are gaining greater visibility (zarakol, 2022). as predicted by the realism theory addressed in the theoretical framework, states show a tendency to bring their historical arguments back onto the agenda during periods when the hegemonic order weakens (mearsheimer, 2021). as stated in the literature review, the failure of the regional transformation processes targeted by the greater middle east project has revealed the necessity for turkey to establish its own security architecture (bacevich, 2020). these findings demonstrate that turkey now evaluates its historical claims together with the strategic opportunities offered by the multipolar order rather than merely as a nostalgic discourse. in conclusion, systemic transformation american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org strengthens the legitimacy of turkey's rights quest along the national pact axis in the context of global examples. the ninth finding demonstrates that turkey's objective of protecting regional energy security is directly connected with its historical claims. document analysis demonstrates that mosul and kirkuk within the scope of the national pact are better understood in terms of strategic importance when the region's rich oil and natural gas reserves are taken into account (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated by scholvin and wigell in the framework of geoeconomics, the use of economic instruments for strategic purposes is becoming widespread in the twenty-first century, and control over energy resources directly determines states' regional influence capacities (scholvin & wigell, 2022). the geoeconomics perspective addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that control over energy resources is one of the fundamental factors determining states' regional spheres of influence (tagliapietra, 2021). today, developments in the eastern mediterranean energy basin have made the economic dimension of turkey's cross-border geostrategic projection even more evident. the expanding scope of the energy security concept has led states to define not only access to resources but also transit routes and infrastructure projects as strategic priorities (stevens, 2021). as stated in the literature review, it is a known fact that mosul-kirkuk oil has been at the center of international power struggles since the beginning of the twentieth century (sluglett, 2019). the authority dispersion in northern iraq is evaluated as an important factor threatening energy supply security (hiltermann, 2022). the multilevel interpretive analysis explained in the research methodology section confirms that energy security is a structural element strengthening turkey's rights quest within the framework of the national pact. these findings demonstrate that the energy-geopolitics connection constitutes a logical component of turkey's historical claims. thus, energy security concerns concretize the economic foundations of the historical rights discourse. the tenth finding demonstrates that turkey's humanitarian responsibility and regional order-building capacity carry historical depth. document analysis has revealed that the principles of the national pact concerning the protection of the rights of muslim communities in neighboring geographies provide a historical direction to contemporary turkey's humanitarian diplomacy and crisis management policies (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated in bellamy's analysis regarding the concept of responsibility to protect, states' intervention in cross-border humanitarian crises can be evaluated not only as moral but also as a strategic necessity in terms of regional stability and national security (bellamy, 2021). the continuation of turkey's cultural, economic, and societal ties in the post-ottoman region has enabled ankara to assume an effective role in crisis regions (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that historical identity and collective memory are important factors shaping states' perceptions of responsibility (wendt, 2019). as emphasized in rumelili and ejdus's analysis from the ontological security perspective, states struggle not only with physical but also with identity-based threats; the historical responsibility discourse serves the preservation of ontological security in this context (rumelili & ejdus, 2022). the regulatory character of the treaty of lausanne in international terms and the responsibilities turkey assumed in accordance with this treaty have constituted the legal foundation of turkey's capacity to produce regional stability (treaty of lausanne, 1923). as stated in the literature review, in modern academic literature, turkey's role in crisis regions such as syria, lebanon, and palestine is defined with a responsibility-based regional power approach (bilgin, 2022). these findings demonstrate that turkey evaluates its historical claims not merely as territorial acquisition but also in the context of regional order-building capacity. consequently, the historical rights discourse possesses a normative framework that the international community can accept. the eleventh finding demonstrates that turkey's cross-border military operations are shaped not merely by security justifications but at the intersection of historical claims and regional stability perspectives. the discourse analysis explained in the research methodology section demonstrates that operations toward northern syria following 2016 were presented in official discourse within the framework of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org both the elimination of terrorist threats and the reestablishment of regional order. as stated in akande's analysis regarding the use of force against non-state actors, international law is evolving toward expanding the scope of the right to legitimate self-defense against terrorist threats; this situation provides legal ground for states' cross-border operations (akande, 2020). document analysis has revealed that the national pact's reference to the aleppo-katma line strengthens the historical context of turkey's policies toward this region (national pact declaration, 1920). the linking of the occupation justification in article 7 of the armistice of mudros to threat assessment demonstrates parallelism with the developing preventive legitimate self-defense debates in contemporary international law (armistice of mudros, 1918). as predicted by the critical security approach addressed in the theoretical framework, the threats created by non-state actors are legitimizing intervention forms that transcend the traditional sovereignty understanding (buzan & hansen, 2020). as emphasized in balcı's analysis regarding regional security order, the spread of state fragility in the middle east necessitates regional powers' assuming security-producing roles (balcı, 2023). as emphasized in the literature review, turkey's cross-border operations have become a determining factor in regional power balances (stein, 2021). this finding demonstrates that historical claims are being reinterpreted in consonance with contemporary military doctrine. in conclusion, turkey's military engagements are shaped not merely by momentary security concerns but by a historical and strategic integrity understanding. the twelfth finding demonstrates that turkey's diplomatic initiatives adopt an approach strengthened by international law arguments particularly in historical regions such as mosul, kirkuk, and western thrace. document analysis has revealed that the principle of resort to plebiscite envisaged in the second and third articles of the national pact can be evaluated as an early application of the self-determination norm (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated in raic's legal analysis regarding the right to selfdetermination, this principle is applicable not only in the colonial context but also in the evaluation of the status of communities demonstrating societal integrity and historical continuity (raic, 2022). the international law perspective addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that the legitimacy of historical rights can be grounded not only on past documents but also on contemporary normative principles (klabbers, 2022). as stated in the literature review, turkey's effort to relate this principle to contemporary international law norms in consonance with historical context attracts attention in the academic literature (cagaptay, 2021). analyses made in the direction that the status of the turkish minority in western thrace is connected with rights within the scope of articles 37 through 45 of the treaty of lausanne demonstrate that turkey's diplomatic discourse has legal foundations (treaty of lausanne, 1923; hale, 2021). as stated by oran in the framework of minority rights, lausanne's provisions concerning minorities constitute an important reference point in both turkey's domestic law and foreign policy; this situation ensures the integration of historical rights with a contemporary legal framework (oran, 2001). the policies toward the protection of the turkmen population in northern iraq can be evaluated as an example carrying the national pact's understanding of geographical and societal integrity to the present day. field literature demonstrates that turkey's historical claims are addressed not only territory-focused but also on the axis of protection of cultural rights (gunter, 2021). this finding reveals that a hybrid approach is being maintained in turkey's diplomatic gains in which international law and historical documents are used together. the thirteenth finding demonstrates that turkey's order-building actor role has strengthened in areas where state authority has weakened in the region. the regional state collapses emphasized in the introduction have created security and governance vacuums in border regions, and this situation has brought turkey's historical responsibility back onto the agenda. as stated in rotberg's state failure typology, collapsed and failed states produce not only internal instability but also regional security threats; this situation legitimizes the order-building interventions of neighboring states (rotberg, 2004). the dysfunctionalization of central governments in countries such as syria and iraq has necessitated alternative order quests in the border regions of these countries (gerges, 2021). as emphasized in prys's analysis regarding the concept of regional power, regional powers assume not american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org only military capacity but also order-producing and legitimacy-providing functions; turkey is positioned as an order-building actor in this context (prys, 2010). research findings confirm that the humanitarian, economic, and military instruments turkey has developed to fill this vacuum are effective on regional order. document analysis has revealed that the geographical integrity principles stated in the national pact enable turkey's interventions in these regions to be evaluated within a historical framework (national pact declaration, 1920). the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that states' historical identities are important factors determining foreign policy preferences (wendt, 2019). the structure of documents such as mudros and sèvres aimed at partitioning ottoman geography explains why turkey's sensitivity against the repetition of similar processes today is this high (treaty of sèvres, 1920). as stated in the literature review, it is posited that turkey's order-building role in the field has the capacity to reshape regional security architecture (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). these findings demonstrate that the power vacuums in the region create an intersection area between turkey's historical claims and contemporary strategic objectives. the fourteenth finding demonstrates that turkey's international alliance relations play a determining role in bringing historical claims onto the agenda. the process of transition to the multipolar order emphasized in the introduction has provided turkey with the opportunity to adopt a multidirectional foreign policy, and this situation has enabled historical claims to be expressed more comfortably in the international arena. as stated in walt's alliance theory, states strategically use alliance relations to maximize their security interests; this situation serves an important function in historical theses gaining international legitimacy (walt, 1987). while north atlantic treaty organization membership provides turkey with military capacity, the regional policies of the united states and europe at times conflict with turkey's historical and strategic priorities (özkan, 2022). the american administration's discourses toward reshaping borders during the greater middle east project process have deepened security concerns in turkey and prepared the ground for the national pact's being brought back onto the political agenda (lynch, 2021). as emphasized in öniş and yılmaz's analysis regarding turkeyrussia relations, turkey's pragmatic cooperation developed with russia in the multipolar order is expanding ankara's room for maneuver in its regional policies (öniş & yılmaz, 2021). as predicted by the realism theory addressed in the theoretical framework, alliance relations are important structural factors shaping states' strategic preferences (mearsheimer, 2021). the rise of russia and china has expanded turkey's room for maneuver in its regional policies (allison, 2022). document analysis has revealed that the national pact's principles of geographical integrity and independence strengthen the historical context of these diplomatic openings (national pact declaration, 1920). turkey's increasing diplomatic presence in sub-saharan africa, the balkans, and the caucasus has produced a normative and strategic influence in post-ottoman heritage areas (bilgin, 2022). this finding demonstrates that turkey's multilateral relations function as a geopolitical multiplier supporting historical claims. the fifteenth finding demonstrates that references to historical rights in turkey's public diplomacy and national discourse have become increasingly more evident in terms of domestic-foreign policy interaction. the discourse analysis explained in the research methodology section demonstrates that in turkey, the national pact presents a symbolic framework increasing societal unity particularly during periods of geopolitical crisis. as stated by fairclough in the framework of critical discourse analysis, political discourses are not merely communication tools but also performative acts that construct and legitimize social reality; the historical rights discourse serves the reproduction of national identity in this context (fairclough, 2015). this symbolic effect contributes to historical documents becoming an important reference point in political decision-making processes in terms of both national identity and security policies. document analysis has revealed that the national pact's having been approved multiple times in the grand national assembly of turkey and the importance mustafa kemal pasha attached to these principles provide historical legitimacy to contemporary discourses (national pact declaration, 1920). the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org that the relationship between national identity and foreign policy is a central element particularly in explaining post-crisis state behaviors (wendt, 2019). as stated in rumelili and ejdus's analysis from the ontological security perspective, historical discourses function to preserve states' identity continuity, and this situation plays a determining role in shaping foreign policy preferences (rumelili & ejdus, 2022). as stated in the literature review, historical memory and identity elements are important factors shaping states' positioning in the international system (hudson, 2020). these findings demonstrate that the historical rights discourse in turkey is a multilayered instrument affecting not only foreign policy but also domestic political integration. consequently, historical claims emerge not merely as a foreign policy objective but also as a strategic component of national identity construction. the sixteenth finding demonstrates that turkey's capacity to intervene in regional humanitarian crises is intertwined with the concepts of historical responsibility and geopolitical necessity. research data reveals that the humanitarian burden turkey has assumed since the syrian civil war points to a unique position among regional powers. as stated in the world bank's middle east and north africa regional economic report, the syrian crisis constitutes the largest humanitarian catastrophe in the region and creates heavy economic and societal burdens on neighboring countries (world bank, 2023). turkey has become the country hosting the world's largest refugee population by hosting more than four million syrian refugees (tür & han, 2022). document analysis has revealed that the principles of the national pact concerning the protection of the rights of muslim communities in neighboring geographies strengthen the historical context of turkey's assumption of this humanitarian responsibility (national pact declaration, 1920). the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that historical identity and collective memory are important factors shaping states' perceptions of responsibility (wendt, 2019). as emphasized in dalacoura's analysis regarding the regional order following the arab uprisings, the humanitarian burden created by regional crises deeply affects both the domestic policies and regional positioning of neighboring states (dalacoura, 2021). as stated in the literature review, turkey's humanitarian diplomacy activities constitute the soft power dimension of the strategy of establishing a regional sphere of influence (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). this situation particularly demonstrates that the provision of human security in regions such as aleppo, idlib, and tel abyad is also interpreted by turkey as a geopolitical necessity. the place in historical memory of the humanitarian tragedies produced by the mudros and sèvres treaties increases turkey's sensitivity toward preventing the repetition of a similar collapse (treaty of sèvres, 1920). these findings demonstrate that turkey's humanitarian policies strengthen its historical claims on a complementary ground rather than conflicting with them. the seventeenth finding demonstrates that turkey's manner of defining security threats has developed contemporaneously with threat perception transformations in the international system. the structural transformation of the international system emphasized in the introduction has led to the expansion of the security concept from traditional interstate conflicts toward threats created by non-state actors. as stated in wæver's securitization theory, the definition of an issue as a security problem requires a discursive construction process; states can legitimize extraordinary measures through this process (wæver, 1995). post-2001 security literature emphasizes that terrorist organizations and armed nonstate actors have fundamentally transformed the international system (buzan & hansen, 2020). turkey's struggle against terrorist organizations has transformed the border security problem from a sovereignty debate into a regional order issue. as stated in ghosn, palmer, and bremer's analysis regarding the militarized interstate disputes dataset, in the twenty-first century, struggle with non-state actors has also been placed at the center of security policies alongside interstate conflicts (ghosn, palmer & bremer, 2022). document analysis has revealed that the correspondence of the geography defined on the southern borders of the national pact with the activity areas of these organizations today ensures the intersection of turkey's historical claims with contemporary security interests (national pact declaration, 1920). at the same time, the expression of security threat in article 7 of the armistice of mudros presents an early example regarding how threat-based interventions are legitimized in american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org modern international law (armistice of mudros, 1918). as stated in the literature review, the militarydiplomatic hybrid strategy turkey has developed to eliminate these threats assumes a functional role in terms of regional stability (stein, 2021). these findings demonstrate that turkey's security approach has been restructured in consonance with historical, legal, and geopolitical foundations. in conclusion, security emerges as both the justification and the feasibility condition of turkey's historical claims. the eighteenth finding demonstrates that turkey's historical rights discourse intersects with historical justice and fair reevaluation of borders debates that are gaining increasing importance in international law. the international law perspective addressed in the theoretical framework indicates that the increasing demands of global south countries are evolving international law toward a framework that reconsidering historical problems (rajagopal, 2021). as emphasized in osterhammel's analysis from a post-colonialism perspective, many of the border arrangements established at the beginning of the twentieth century reflect the interests of colonial powers, and the justice of these arrangements continues to be questioned (osterhammel, 2021). this transformation gives new meaning at the international level to turkey's emphasis on the legacy of unjust treaties such as mudros and sèvres. document analysis has revealed that the structure of the treaty of sèvres aimed at partitioning turkey can be evaluated as an example of unjust arrangement in the history of international law (treaty of sèvres, 1920). when evaluated in the framework of said's orientalism critique, it is observed that western powers' policies toward the middle east have historically disregarded the interests of regional peoples and that this situation has led to lasting injustices (said, 1978). similarly, the articles of the national pact that are consonant with the principle of self-determination provide a normative basis in contemporary border debates (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated in the literature review, it is observed that historical justice arguments are being given more consideration in international institutions particularly in disputes regarding the transboundary uses of energy and water resources (klabbers, 2022). research findings demonstrate that turkey is undertaking diplomatic initiatives toward harmonizing this rising normative framework with its own historical claims. thus, turkey's discourse can be evaluated as part not only of a national but also of a global normative transformation. the nineteenth finding demonstrates that turkey's regional infrastructure and economic influence projects are the contemporary correspondence of transportation and economic integration areas in the historical context. the geoeconomics perspective addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that economic connectivity is one of the fundamental factors determining states' regional spheres of influence (tagliapietra, 2021). as stated in scholvin and wigell's analysis regarding the concept of geoeconomics, the use of economic instruments for strategic purposes is regaining importance in the twenty-first century; infrastructure investments and trade corridors are transforming into fundamental instruments of power projection in this context (scholvin & wigell, 2022). it is known that the mosulkirkuk line had strategic importance in terms of economic integration during the ottoman period; today, energy lines and trade corridors have assumed this role. document analysis has revealed that the national pact's emphasis on economic independence can be directly related to the energy projects, port investments, and logistics lines turkey has developed in the modern period (national pact declaration, 1920). as emphasized in aydın's analysis regarding turkey's regional diplomacy strategy, economic connectivity projects constitute one of the fundamental instruments of expanding turkey's regional sphere of influence (aydın, 2023). research demonstrates that the turkey-iraq development road, trans-anatolian natural gas pipeline, and exploration activities in the eastern mediterranean are parts of turkey's strategy to strengthen its regional economic position. as stated in the literature review, it is emphasized that the economic sphere of influence progresses together with political influence and that this situation supports historical integrity quests (bilgin, 2022). the historical reaction to the economic dependency impositions of the treaty of sèvres gives a strategic meaning to turkey's modern economic moves (treaty of sèvres, 1920). this finding demonstrates that there exists a strong mutual interaction between economic integration and historical claims. thus, turkey's american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org economic projection corresponds not only with development but also with historical geographical integrity objectives. the twentieth finding demonstrates that the increase in turkey's military modernization and defense industry capacity strengthens the feasibility of historical claims from a security perspective. the evolution of the international system toward a multipolar structure emphasized in the introduction has increased the capacities of middle powers to expand their regional spheres of influence. as stated in booth and trood's analysis regarding the concept of strategic culture, states' military capacities should be evaluated not only as material elements but also as institutional structures shaped by historical experiences and strategic traditions (booth & trood, 2021). post-2020 academic literature reveals that the progress turkey has achieved in defense technologies is creating an effect transforming regional power balances (altun & kasapoğlu, 2021). this development has increased turkey's capacity to conduct not only defensive but also order-building operations. as stated by waltz in the framework of structural realism, states' positions in the international system depend largely on their military capacities; this situation increases the strategic importance of defense industry investments (waltz, 1979). document analysis has revealed that the correspondence of the security-focused geography drawn in the national pact with contemporary cross-border threats further increases the importance of defense capacity from a historical perspective (national pact declaration, 1920). as predicted by the realism theory addressed in the theoretical framework, military capacity is one of the fundamental factors determining states' positions in the international system (mearsheimer, 2021). the provisions of the armistice of mudros imposing military restrictions constitute a historical contrast explaining why turkey attaches this much importance to developing its own defense technology today (armistice of mudros, 1918). research findings demonstrate that defense industry capacity increases turkey's international negotiation power and makes possible the more effective expression of historical claims at the political level. the integrity of these findings confirms that security capacity is one of the feasibility conditions of the historical rights discourse. the twenty-first finding demonstrates that turkey's capacity to develop regional alliances and cooperation mechanisms contributes to historical claims being discussed on a legitimate ground. research findings confirm that the strategic partnerships turkey has developed with countries such as qatar, azerbaijan, libya, and somalia have expanded its regional sphere of influence (özkan, 2022). as stated in walt's alliance formation theory, states form alliances according to their threat perceptions; this situation explains the formation of strategic partnerships based on common interests (walt, 1987). this expansion produces an interaction model that is not limited to the geographical areas defined within the framework of the national pact but completes the historical logic of this geography. as predicted by the realism theory addressed in the theoretical framework, alliance relations are among the fundamental instruments states use in shaping regional power balances (mearsheimer, 2021). as emphasized in bilgin's analysis regarding turkey's geopolitical identity, ankara's multilayered foreign policy is a reflection of the strategy of producing influence in historical heritage areas (bilgin, 2023). it is observed particularly that the military-political alliance established with azerbaijan has transformed the regional power balances in the caucasus in turkey's favor. document analysis has revealed that the emphasis on the three provinces (elviye-i selase) in the national pact supports the reflection of turkey's historical connections in this region on contemporary alliance policies (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated in the literature review, it is emphasized that alliance networks carry historical claims to the international legitimacy framework (bilgin, 2022). these findings demonstrate that turkey is creating a sphere of influence strengthening its historical theses through regional partnerships. in conclusion, alliance policies are transforming into a complementary component of the historical rights quest. the twenty-second finding demonstrates that turkey's relations established with communities with which it has strong demographic and cultural ties strengthen the societal dimension of historical claims. the relations maintained with turkmen and arab tribes in regions such as mosul, kirkuk, and aleppo american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org constitute the concrete societal correspondence of historical continuity (hiltermann, 2022). as stated in oran's comprehensive study on the history of turkish foreign policy, turkey's relations with kindred communities in neighboring countries constitute one of the continuous elements of foreign policy (oran, 2001). document analysis has revealed that the national pact's principle of inseparable integrity where the ottoman-islamic majority lived is directly related to these communities (national pact declaration, 1920). the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that societal ties and cultural identities are important factors shaping states' foreign policy preferences (wendt, 2019). as stated in wendt's social constructivist theory, the concepts of identity and interest are constructed through societal interactions; this situation explains the importance of relations with diaspora and kindred communities in foreign policy (wendt, 1992). as stated in the literature review, the humanitarian, cultural, and economic ties turkey has established with these communities are not merely a retrospective nostalgia but a functional instrument in terms of regional stability (gurses, 2021). the societal-cultural ties of the millions of people who took refuge in turkey during the syrian civil war constitute an important legitimacy source in turkey's regional policies. these findings demonstrate that demographic and cultural ties have an important societal base for turkey's historical rights discourse. consequently, historical claims carry a character that rests not only on interstate relations but on continuity at the societal level. the twenty-third finding demonstrates that turkey's position in new international order debates has transformed historical claims from being a strategic discourse into an institutional part of policymaking. the becoming multipolar of the global system emphasized in the introduction has enabled middle powers to develop more ambitious strategies based on historical and geographical arguments (acharya, 2021). as stated in sil and katzenstein's analytical eclecticism approach, the understanding of complex international problems requires the joint use of different theoretical perspectives; turkey's historical rights policy constitutes a concrete example of this multidimensional approach (sil & katzenstein, 2010). the emphasis in turkey's security documents that permanent arrangements need to be made in northern syria and iraq for ensuring regional stability demonstrates that this transformation has been institutionalized. document analysis confirms that the consonance of the national pact's principles concerning southern and eastern borders with contemporary security documents has made the historical rights discourse an institutional reference source (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated in young's analysis regarding the rise and fall of international regimes, institutional structures possess the capacity to adapt to changing power balances; this situation explains the transformation of historical discourses into institutional policies (young, 1982). the strategic adaptation approach addressed in the theoretical framework emphasizes that states can adapt to new systemic conditions without abandoning historical foundations (pouliot, 2021). the strong place of historical documents such as mudros and sèvres in turkey's national security memory increases the effect of this discourse on political decision-making processes (armistice of mudros, 1918; treaty of sèvres, 1920). as stated in the literature review, states' use of historical documents as strategic planning instruments is becoming widespread in modern international relations (mankoff, 2022). these findings demonstrate that turkey's historical claims are now not merely discursive but an institutional policy component. the twenty-fourth finding demonstrates that turkey's bringing its historical claims back onto the agenda depends not only on regional dynamics but also on the normative transformation of the international system. the international law perspective addressed in the theoretical framework demonstrates that while the principle of border inviolability remains dominant, de facto state collapses, civil wars, and plebiscite-based secessions have produced examples that stretch this principle (rajagopal, 2021). as stated in raic's analysis regarding self-determination and the law of state formation, international law preserves the principle of border inviolability while also allowing exceptional arrangements under specific conditions (raic, 2022). the kosovo, south sudan, and crimea examples prove that the international system does not operate with absolute consistency on american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org border and sovereignty issues. as emphasized in branch's analysis regarding the relationship between territory and geopolitical conflict, territorial claims are re-placing themselves at the center of international politics in the twenty-first century; this situation increases the contemporary relevance of historical rights (branch, 2023). this situation places turkey's historical theses particularly concerning the southern and eastern portions of the national pact borders on a debatable ground in international law. document analysis has revealed that the national pact's emphasis on the integrity of the muslim population inside and outside the armistice line corresponds with contemporary normative debates (national pact declaration, 1920). as stated in the literature review, the new international order is evolving toward a flexible border and multilayered sovereignty understanding (allison, 2022). these findings demonstrate that turkey's historical claims have become more visible within the transforming normative framework of international law. consequently, the legitimacy of claims derives strength not only from historical documents but also from the restructuring of international norms. the twenty-fifth and final finding demonstrates that turkey's process of reconsidering its historical claims consists of a dynamic combination of internal and external factors. when all the findings of the research are evaluated, it is observed that the national pact, beyond being a historical reference source, presents a multidimensional framework that directs turkey's national security, regional stability, economic integration, and humanitarian diplomacy strategies. as emphasized in zarakol's analysis from the non-western order perspective, the positioning of historically marginalized actors in the international system is being reevaluated; this situation expands the legitimacy ground of the historical theses of states like turkey (zarakol, 2022). the main hypothesis presented in the introduction argued that the multipolar order provides a broader legitimacy ground for turkey's historical claims; the findings largely confirm this hypothesis. as stated in acharya's analysis regarding the concept of multiplexity, the twenty-first century international system is evolving toward a structure in which multiple order understandings coexist rather than a single hegemonic order; this situation enables the expression of different historical perspectives in the international arena (acharya, 2022). the balance between the historical traumas of mudros and sèvres and the founding principles of lausanne constitutes one of the fundamental elements shaping turkey's manner of approaching the international system (armistice of mudros, 1918; treaty of sèvres, 1920; treaty of lausanne, 1923). as predicted by the multilayered theoretical synthesis approach addressed in the theoretical framework, turkey's historical claims are positioned at the intersection of realism, constructivism, international law, and geoeconomics perspectives. as emphasized in the literature review, turkey is reinterpreting its historical theses in accordance with the opportunities and threats produced by the new international order (acharya, 2021; öniş & kutlay, 2021). research confirms that together with the increase in turkey's military capacity, the expansion of its economic networks, and the elevation of its diplomatic flexibility, it has made its historical claims more visible. the normative and strategic value of the national pact in this context emerges not merely as an ideal of the past but as a guide shaping the policies of the future. in conclusion, turkey's historical claims have transformed into a framework strengthening in terms of both legitimacy and feasibility together with the process of restructuring of international order. 6. discussion the findings of this study demonstrate that the reinterpretation of turkey's historical claims within the framework of the national pact in the context of the new international order is grounded on both theoretical and applied justifications. the systemic transformation documented in the findings section, particularly the relative decline of american hegemony and the crystallization of the multipolar structure, has prepared a structural ground for middle-sized states to redefine their historical geopolitical positions. this finding corresponds with acharya's (2022) concept of the "civilizational state" and confirms how the cultural challenges of rising powers are transforming the world order. as predicted by the hegemonic stability theory addressed in the theoretical framework, the weakening of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org the hegemonic power that provides order in the international system enables the questioning of existing normative structures and the revival of historical demands (ikenberry, 2020). this transformation harbors both opportunities and risks for turkey, whose borders were determined by historical interventions. the provisions of the armistice of mudros that de facto liquidated the ottoman sovereignty domain and the treaty of sèvres's attempt to legitimize regional fragmentation have created a deep rupture point in turkish political memory. as özdemir (2021) emphasizes, this historical rupture point constitutes the foundation of turkey's effort to redefine its international position and sovereignty rights. the preservation of the national pact as the fundamental reference of the order accepted at lausanne demonstrates that this historical experience has been transformed into institutional continuity. consequently, multipolarity in the contemporary international system renders turkey's reevaluation of its historical theses not merely a political preference but also a strategic necessity in an environment where power balances are being redistributed (kirişci & toygür, 2023). within this framework, it appears inevitable that turkey must develop a new conceptual position along the axes of international law, power politics, and regional stability. the greater middle east project, which occupies the focus of discussion, despite carrying regional stability and democratization objectives at the discursive level, has in practice led to comprehensive state collapses in countries such as iraq, syria, yemen, and libya and has directly affected turkey's security strategy. the data presented in the findings section demonstrates that the american administration of the period's declarations that the borders of twenty-two countries in the region could change have made the risk of regional fragmentation evident (lynch, 2021). as bacevich (2020) indicates, the failure of america's regional intervention policies in the post-cold war period has necessitated middle-sized states to redefine their own security strategies. this process has brought the geopolitical importance of the surroundings of mosul, kirkuk, and aleppo located on the southern line of the national pact borders back onto the agenda. the separation of mosul from ottoman sovereignty through de facto occupation immediately following the armistice of mudros is evaluated in international law literature as a typical example of a contested de facto situation being transformed into legal status over time (özdemir, 2021). pedersen's (2021) study regarding the league of nations period clearly demonstrates how imperialist power balances prevailed over law in this process. when the renewed indeterminacy of the relationship between de facto control, legitimacy, and historical claims in the multipolar system is taken into account, it becomes possible for turkey to develop new arguments in these areas. indeed, russia's demand for status quo change based on historical theses in ukraine has reopened the already ambiguous concept of historical rights in international law to debate (mälksoo, 2022). these developments reveal that turkey's historical border claims are not merely a nostalgic remembrance but rather an element of theoretical repositioning in the context of contemporary power politics. the findings of the research clearly demonstrate that turkey must observe the balance between international law and power politics when updating its historical claims. this balance requirement corresponds with bilgin's (2022) analysis positioning turkey's regional power role between ambition and restraint. that the national pact was a design based not only on ethnic and demographic realities but also on the geopolitical security line is clearly seen in the documents of the period. the direct connection of the mosul-kirkuk line, which mustafa kemal pasha continuously emphasized in domestic and foreign negotiations, with the national boundary understanding emerges as an element demonstrating continuity in republican-era turkish foreign policy. however, in the contemporary international order, the legitimacy of states' demands for border changes on the grounds of historical rights remains quite limited in terms of regional stability and sovereignty norms (klabbers, 2022). for this reason, turkey's approach is expected to proceed in an integrated structure that addresses legal argumentation and the regional security problematic together. furthermore, the authority vacuums that have emerged in regions neighboring the collapsed state structures following the greater middle east project have necessitated turkey's redefinition of the relationship between border security and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org historical geography. balcı's (2023) analysis of regional security governance explains how turkey has assumed a central role in a fragmented order. the findings demonstrate that this framework, while offering turkey new foreign policy flexibilities, also renders the quest for international legitimacy inevitable. as predicted by the power transition theory discussed in the theoretical framework, the bringing of historical arguments back onto the political agenda during periods when the hegemonic order weakens emerges as an ordinary strategy (mearsheimer, 2021). another fundamental element indicating that turkey needs to reconsider its historical claims is that the territorial integrity of regional states has been seriously eroded for an extended period. iraq's de facto tripartite division following 2003, syria's fragmentation into cantonal structures with the civil war, and lebanon's chronic state capacity problems demonstrate that the border order created after lausanne is de facto dissolving (phillips, 2020). the world bank's (2023) middle east and north africa regional economic outlook report demonstrates with concrete data how the dynamics of conflict, fragility, and recovery are deepening regional instability. this situation removes the debates concerning the southern borders of the national pact from being merely a historical matter and places them at the center of contemporary security requirements. the provision in article 7 of the armistice of mudros that the allies could occupy any strategic region they wished on security grounds displays a surprising parallelism with state collapse and intervention debates in contemporary international relations. bellamy's (2021) study on the responsibility to protect explains the evolution of such intervention justifications in international law. should regional fragmentations become permanent, turkey's capacity to narrate its historical claims to the international community may increase; however, this simultaneously brings along the risk of conflict with great power competition. consequently, turkey's reevaluation of its historical rights requires a foreign policy strategy that is both protective and transformative. the state collapse and authority vacuum debates emphasized in the literature review confirm that this strategy has become more applicable particularly in the multipolar structure (lynch, 2022). another critical result revealed by the research is that turkey must re-ground its historical theses in light of international law's own case law and precedent events. while territorial claims based on historical ties rarely produce direct legitimacy in international law, they can transform into effective arguments when combined with concepts such as the right to self-determination, the principle of taking existing administrative boundaries as basis, and effective control (crawford, 2019). this conceptual framework is also supported by akande's (2020) analysis on the use of force against non-state actors and the right to legitimate self-defense. the principle of effective control that the national pact was based upon in 1918 maintains its characteristic as an approach referred to even today in many international disputes. additionally, russia's demand for status quo change by activating historical narratives over crimea and donbas demonstrates that normative flexibility has increased in the international legal order (allison, 2022). in this context, turkey's combining of its own historical border discourse with regional human security, state-building, and stability justifications may contribute to the strengthening of its legitimacy ground. zhang's (2023) study on historical claims in the south china sea reveals similar patterns of the interaction between law, history, and geopolitics. furthermore, the definitive rejection at lausanne of the treaty of sèvres's attempt to partition ottoman territories along ethnic lines indicates a period when turkey's historical theses were once again tested in international law. these findings demonstrate that turkey's reconsideration of its historical rights has emerged as a necessity in terms of both normative and power politics. the normative restructuring debates addressed in the theoretical framework strengthen the theoretical foundations of this necessity. another element that is determinative in turkey's reevaluation of its historical claims is that regional power vacuums not only produce security threats but also open doors to geopolitical reorganizations. the large-scale collapse of state authority in iraq and syria has led to the de facto permeabilization of borders and the redefinition of regional powers' spheres of influence (lynch, 2023). this situation prepares the ground for the integration of debates concerning the southern borders of the national pact american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org with contemporary security justifications. indeed, the armistice of mudros's border approach that created military necessity has become re-visible with security-based arguments in turkey's crossborder operations today. altun and kasapoğlu's (2021) study on turkey's developing defense industry explains the regional security consequences of this operational capacity. the data presented in the findings section demonstrates that the humanitarian and security crises created by the syrian civil war have led to demographic and administrative transformations on turkey's borders, which has also strengthened sensitivities regarding historical geography. the fragmentation tendency of regional states reveals that turkey's historical border conception has become not merely a discourse relating to the past but an effective security strategy component. as predicted by the regional security complex approach addressed in the theoretical framework, the internal instabilities of neighboring states directly affect turkey's security calculations. booth and trood's (2021) compilation of security studies presents the theoretical foundations of this interdependence relationship. that turkey's historical rights discourses are being taken more seriously by international actors in this new environment is among the findings of the research. a notable finding in the context of turkey's historical claims is that the national pact is not merely a regional border conception but also the concretized form of sovereignty and independence principles. the text of the national pact has advocated an integrity based on popular will particularly in regions where the ottoman-islamic majority lived. this approach corresponds with bilgin's (2023) study examining turkey's changing geopolitical identity in the context of historical legacies and contemporary challenges. this approach demonstrates partial compatibility with the principle of selfdetermination today and is transforming into an argument that may strengthen turkey's legitimacy ground in the historical context (crawford, 2019). indeed, the treaty of lausanne also relied on factors such as effective control, military reality, and popular will when determining borders; it rejected the ethnic division model envisaged in sèvres. this point makes it possible for turkey to connect its historical theses not only to the past but also to contemporary international law norms. additionally, mustafa kemal atatürk's statements regarding mosul, kirkuk, and western thrace demonstrate that the national pact continued to serve as a strategic reference source even during the republican period. consequently, historical claims carry the quality of a normative framework that affects foreign policy vision beyond being a part of the national narrative. the relationship between national identity and historical memory emphasized in the introduction constitutes the theoretical foundation of this normative framework. the findings of the research demonstrate that turkey's historical theses have become not merely political discourse but a conceptual category that has correspondence in international law debates. particularly the principle of taking existing administrative boundaries as basis envisages in certain regional disputes not the preservation of historical borders but taking the administrative boundaries existing at a particular historical moment as basis (kohen & rodríguez, 2022). in some of the regions taken from turkey during the period of the armistice of mudros and the treaty of sèvres, this principle of administrative integrity was not applied, and de facto occupation was over time transformed into legal status. this process is documented in detail in pedersen's (2021) study on the league of nations and the crisis of empire. for this reason, turkey's historical claims may create a legal debate area in the context of the rectification of historical injustices. at the same time, the historical arguments russia has created with its crimea and donbas justifications demonstrate that states can challenge the international status quo with such discourses (allison, 2022). these examples reveal that the revival of turkey's historical arguments now has a more debatable ground in international law literature. the tension between positivist and historical-moral approaches addressed in the literature review constitutes the theoretical background of this debate. consequently, turkey's historical rights discourse has become not merely an emotional remembrance but a normative and strategic instrument. another issue that stands out in the discussion section of the study is that turkey must also take into consideration its responsibility toward the preservation of regional stability when advancing its american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org historical claims. the borders targeted by the national pact were determined not only by ethnic or historical justifications but also by geographical integrity and security requirements. today, the nonstate armed actors that have emerged in northern iraq and syria have rendered border security a much more critical matter for turkey than in the past (stein, 2023). akande's (2020) analysis on the use of force against non-state actors and the law of legitimate self-defense explains the foundations of these security justifications in international law. in this context, historical claims may be seen as more legitimate by international public opinion when harmonized with a strategic framework aiming to strengthen regional peace and security. additionally, the authority vacuums in syria and iraq have created de facto administrative areas that are not recognized under international law immediately south of turkey's borders; this has also consolidated the connection between historical borders and contemporary security requirements. the data presented in the findings section demonstrates that the steps turkey takes in these regions are more effective when supported by both security and historical arguments. the concepts of human security and responsibility to protect discussed in the theoretical framework constitute the normative foundation of this integrated approach. bellamy's (2021) study advocating responsibility to protect contributes to the strengthening of this normative foundation. for this reason, historical claims must be addressed together with a stability-oriented discourse. the reevaluation of turkey's historical claims in the context of the new international order is directly related not only to foreign policy but also to the construction of a new security architecture at the regional level. in the multipolar system, the competition in the middle east of actors such as the united states, russia, china, and the european union has rendered turkey's historical geopolitical position more important (fulton, 2022). this competition contributes both to turkey's diversification of its alliance networks and to the strengthening of its quest for strategic autonomy. aydın's (2023) study examining turkey's regional diplomacy in the process of evolution from zero problems to strategic engagement explains the dynamics of this diversification strategy. it is observed that the security-based interpretation of the national pact borders has gained new meanings particularly in terms of energy lines, water resources, and trade corridors. the security vacuums created by non-state actors in iraq and syria have also directed turkey to reconsider its historical geographical depth. for this reason, the discussion of historical claims emerges as a natural consequence of the changes in the power structure of the new international order. the energy geopolitics and geoeconomic connectivity data presented in the findings section strengthen the concrete dimensions of this discussion. the findings of the research demonstrate that turkey's using international legitimacy, legal argumentation, and regional peace discourses together in this process will be more effective. the multipolarity and regional power balance debates addressed in the theoretical framework constitute the theoretical foundation of this strategic necessity. one of the important dimensions of the discussion demonstrates that turkey's historical claims are not only territory-based but also contain the perspective of regional order construction. the logic underlying the national pact is the preservation of societal integrity in regions where the ottomanislamic majority lived and the establishment of a security-centered defense line against external interventions. this defensive approach corresponds with aydın-düzgit and keyman's (2021) study examining turkey's foreign policy in a changing world within the framework of old variables and new challenges. this approach makes it possible for turkey to emerge as a stability-providing actor in the middle east, where regional fragmentation is deepening today. indeed, the vacuum left by the collapsed state structures in iraq and syria has necessitated turkey's reconfiguration of its cross-border security architecture (lynch, 2023). in this context, historical claims can be evaluated not merely as a national policy but also as a strategic framework that prioritizes regional peace. turkey's supporting of its historical arguments with contemporary security conditions is strengthening its legitimacy in the eyes of the international community. the data presented in the findings section confirms the conclusion that this integrated approach has increased turkey's regional influence capacity. the regional order theory addressed in the theoretical framework explains the systemic foundations of this role of turkey. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org consequently, historical claims are transforming into a functional instrument for the reestablishment of regional stability. turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims within the framework of the national pact is also closely related to the transforming nature of international law. in recent years, great powers' stretching of international law norms or their selective application has opened legal room for maneuver for middle-sized states (klabbers, 2022). for example, the historical origin and right to self-determination arguments russia used in its interventions toward the crimea and donbas regions have led to new debates in international law literature and have caused historical rights discourses to be brought back onto the agenda (allison, 2022). this normative stretching is a reflection of the systemic transformation predicted in acharya's (2021) study on the end of the american world order. turkey's reformulation of its historical theses regarding regions such as mosul-kirkuk and western thrace in consonance with international law carries importance from this perspective. the politicization and transformation into status quo of the de facto situations created by the manner of implementation of the armistice of mudros provides a strong foundation for the theme of rectification of historical injustices in turkey's historical rights argumentation. within this framework, turkey's historical theses become more functional when evaluated together with the existing areas of stretching in international law. the normative transformation debates addressed in the literature review explain the theoretical dimensions of this stretching. the data presented in the findings section demonstrates that turkey can effectively use the balance between law and politics in the new order. another point demonstrated by the findings is that the strategic value of turkey's historical claims has increased with the emergence of the multipolar order. the withdrawal occurring in the middle east policies of the united states has led to actors such as russia, iran, and china filling the power vacuum in the region (fulton, 2022). this power vacuum dynamic corresponds with bacevich's (2020) analysis of how america squandered its cold war victory. this situation is encouraging turkey to seek a more autonomous position in the regional security architecture and to pursue more effective policies in its historical geography. the reason historical claims find more correspondence in this new power equation is that legitimacy in the international system is now associated not only with legal norms but also with de facto power capacity and the ability to produce regional stability (acharya, 2021). when the security-centered conception of the national pact is taken into account, turkey's ability to combine this intellectual framework with new geopolitical realities is gaining strength. particularly in terms of energy lines and trade corridors, the geoeconomic importance of the regions in northern iraq and syria is carrying historical claims to a more strategic ground. the energy security and regional connectivity data presented in the findings section constitute the concrete foundations of this strategic dimension. the study findings demonstrate that turkey can use such historical arguments more effectively in the new order. an important dimension of the discussion is that turkey must not disregard the societal and ethnic structure of regional communities when reconsidering its historical claims. the principle of ottomanislamic majority that the national pact was based upon emphasizes that ethnic and religious majorities must be taken into consideration in specific regions. however, today the demographic structure has differentiated considerably from the beginning of the twentieth century due to both wars, migration movements, and political transformations. the forced migrations experienced in iraq and syria have deepened societal and demographic instability along turkey's southern borders (phillips, 2020). this demographic transformation is directly related to the conflict and fragility dynamics documented in the world bank's (2023) regional economic outlook report. for this reason, turkey must take demographic realities into consideration when updating its historical rights discourse. nevertheless, the sensitivity of the international community toward ethnic-based border debates is directing turkey more toward security, humanitarian stability, and regional integrity-based arguments. the data presented in the findings section demonstrates that turkey's historical claims become more acceptable when it adopts this approach. thus, historical claims acquire a quality more compatible with the regional peace american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org mission by distancing themselves from an ethnic or revisionist image. the relationship between identity and foreign policy addressed in the theoretical framework explains the theoretical foundations of this transformation. the research results demonstrate that turkey's bringing its historical claims back onto the agenda is not merely a political preference but also a necessity imposed by the new international order. with the deepening of the multipolar system, a period has been entered in which power projections have become localized and regional orders have taken precedence over the global order (ikenberry, 2020). this localization tendency is examined in detail in balcı's (2023) study on regional security governance in the middle east in the context of turkey's role in a fragmented order. under these conditions, turkey's policies directed toward providing stability in its historical geography may be evaluated by the international community as a more functional contribution. when the historical traumas created by mudros and sèvres and the international legitimacy ground established by lausanne are considered together, it is observed that turkey's discourses regarding its historical rights need both normative and strategic renewal. additionally, the greater middle east project's acceleration of fragmentation in the region has reshaped turkey's border and security perception (hansen, 2020). for this reason, the redefinition of historical claims in the context of contemporary international relations carries critical importance for both the protection of national interests and the provision of regional stability. the fundamental argument presented in the introduction explains both the historical and systemic foundations of this necessity. the data presented in the findings section confirms that turkey can develop a more pioneering and historically grounded foreign policy vision under these new conditions. at this stage of the discussion, it emerges that turkey's reevaluation of its historical claims requires not only a security-based but also an international norms-based reframing. international law literature emphasizes the importance of criteria such as normative consistency, contribution to regional peace, and strengthening of international stability for initiatives toward the rectification of historical injustices to gain legitimacy (crawford, 2019). when turkey's reinterpretation of the national pact borders is formulated in consonance with these criteria, it may acquire a framework that can receive broader acceptance by the international community. this normative compliance requirement is also supported by bilgin's (2022) study examining turkey's regional power role between ambition and restraint. the arbitrariness in the implementation of mudros and the rejection at lausanne of sèvres's attempt to partition ottoman territories historically demonstrate that turkey displayed a justified resistance. these historical examples enable turkey to reposition its claims within a normative continuity. furthermore, since great power competition today leads to the selective application of international norms, the need for middle-sized states to strengthen their own normative discourses has increased (klabbers, 2022). the normative restructuring debates addressed in the theoretical framework explain the theoretical foundations of this need. this finding demonstrates that turkey must evaluate its historical claims not only as a strategic but also as a normative instrument. the relationship between legitimacy and international recognition emphasized in the literature review constitutes the academic ground of this normative approach. another important discussion that has emerged in this section is that the effects turkey's historical claims may create on regional power balances are multidimensional. the power vacuums in iraq and syria have intensified the competition of regional actors; this has also led to turkey becoming a more visible actor in historical border regions (stein, 2023). turkey's security-based operations, when combined with historical memory, make possible not only the elimination of terrorist threats but also the shaping of regional order. this multidimensional effect is examined in detail in altun and kasapoğlu's (2021) study on the regional security consequences of turkey's developing defense industry. nevertheless, the conflicts of interest in the region of actors such as iran, russia, and the united states require that the historically-based steps turkey takes be carefully calibrated (fulton, 2022). the national pact's principles of geographical integrity and societal unity demonstrate that turkey must adopt an approach sensitive not only to historical experience but also to societal dynamics american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org when taking these steps. this situation means that historical claims, despite carrying a power that could trigger international balances, can contribute to the strengthening of regional stability with the right strategy. the regional competition and power balance data presented in the findings section constitute the concrete foundations of this multidimensional effect. consequently, the management of historical claims requires not only foreign policy but also balance policy. the balance of power theory discussed in the theoretical framework explains the theoretical background of this balancing necessity. one of the prominent important findings of the discussion is that turkey's theses within the framework of the national pact have gained new interpretation areas that may correspond with concepts such as protective intervention, human security, state-building, and border security in international law. particularly in periods when state capacity has seriously collapsed in syria and iraq, turkey's taking cross-border measures against threats directly affecting its national security is largely compatible with the imminent threat doctrine in international law (schmitt, 2020). this legal compatibility is supported by akande's (2020) comprehensive analysis on the use of force against non-state actors and the right to legitimate self-defense. this situation enables turkey to relate its historical rights discourse to contemporary international security doctrines. additionally, the beginning of the collapse of the regional order established at lausanne is granting turkey the opportunity to defend not the historical status quo but a new stability architecture (ikenberry, 2020). within this framework, the principles of the national pact may be reinterpreted as a geopolitical ordering principle against contemporary regional instability. turkey's historical stance against the border separations caused by the arbitrary implementation of mudros provides a normative and historical foundation to this reinterpretation today. the security and stability data presented in the findings section constitute the concrete bases of this interpretation. consequently, historical claims become more functional when addressed together with contemporary security doctrines. the human security and responsibility to protect debates addressed in the literature review explain the theoretical foundations of this functionality. another dimension of turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims is related to predictions concerning the future of regional communities. prolonged civil wars, ethnic fractures, and state failures have rendered the sustainability of the traditional nation-state model in countries such as iraq and syria controversial (phillips, 2020). this sustainability crisis is documented with concrete data in the world bank's (2023) regional report in the context of conflict, fragility, and recovery dynamics. in this context, the historical perspective of the national pact necessitates turkey's taking into consideration not only border security but also the peace, stability, and justice demands of regional communities. consequently, historical claims may become part of a vision that may contribute to regional restructuring processes. as an example of this, the peaceful incorporation of hatay into turkey and its constituting a model that strengthened regional stability may be shown (yavuz, 2021). this model demonstrates that diplomacy, popular will, and regional stability can be addressed together in turkey's future historical rights discourses. the data presented in the findings section confirms that turkey obtains broader legitimacy when it presents its historical claims in the context of regional improvement and stability quest rather than revisionism. thus, historical claims are transforming into a component of regional order construction. the regional order and stability theories addressed in the theoretical framework explain the theoretical foundations of this transformation. the argument regarding regional stability and turkey's role emphasized in the introduction is directly connected to this discussion. this discussion demonstrates that turkey's reevaluation of its historical claims is not merely a strategic necessity but also a natural consequence of the fundamental transformation that has emerged in the context of the new international order. the erosion of normative and institutional arrangements in world politics, particularly the decrease in the effectiveness of the united nations system, has directed states toward more autonomous geopolitical quests (acharya, 2021). this quest for autonomy is addressed in detail in aydın-düzgit and keyman's (2021) study examining turkey's foreign policy in a changing world within the framework of old variables and new challenges. in this context, turkey's historical claims are no longer merely a national past narrative but a part of the strategy of creating american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org space for itself in the changing international system. the authority vacuums and fragile state structures in the region are making turkey's historical depth and regional role more visible. the reinterpretation of the national pact in this new geopolitical context offers turkey a wide room for maneuver in terms of security, diplomacy, and normative discourse production. however, the success of this process depends on the condition that turkey does not disregard international law and regional stability principles (klabbers, 2022). the data presented in the findings section demonstrates that the new international order both encourages and constrains turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims. the systemic transformation and normative restructuring debates addressed in the theoretical framework explain the theoretical foundations of this dual dynamic. consequently, turkey's historical rights discourse requires a balanced strategy between opportunities and limitations. the intersection point of cultural continuity and strategic geography constitutes an important discussion area in addressing turkey's process of reconsidering its historical claims. many regions located on turkey's southern and southeastern borders have historically been evaluated within the cultural and economic hinterland of anatolia; in the national pact, this approach was clearly documented. this cultural continuity is addressed in depth in bilgin's (2023) study examining turkey's changing geopolitical identity in the context of historical legacies and contemporary challenges. today, the fragmentation of the societal fabric in iraq and syria has led to the disruption of the natural structure of this hinterland and has demonstrated that regional stability has become unsustainable (phillips, 2020). in this context, turkey's historical claims present not only a border matter but also a perspective toward the preservation of the region's cultural and socioeconomic integrity. in contrast, the sensitivity of the international community regarding ethnic and sectarian tensions in the region necessitates turkey's careful direction of its historical rights discourse. the addressing of strategic geography and cultural continuity together may contribute to turkey's developing a more holistic foreign policy framework. the societal and cultural connectivity data presented in the findings section constitute the concrete foundations of this holistic approach. this finding demonstrates that historical claims require an expansion that includes not only security-centered but also cultural and humanitarian dimensions. the relationship between identity and foreign policy addressed in the theoretical framework explains the theoretical foundations of this cultural dimension. the post-ottoman heritage areas debate emphasized in the literature review constitutes the academic ground of this cultural continuity. this stage of the discussion demonstrates that turkey's historical claims must be evaluated not merely as a reflection of the past but also as an effective instrument in the construction of the future regional order. in the multipolar system, as the interventions of great powers in the middle east are becoming increasingly limited, the room for maneuver of regional actors is expanding (fulton, 2022). this expanding room for maneuver corresponds with aydın's (2023) study examining turkey's regional diplomacy in the process of evolution from zero problems to strategic engagement. in this context, turkey is positioned as a prominent actor due to both its military capacity, its diplomatic network, and its historical ties. the fact that the geographies to which the national pact provides reference are today in a geopolitically fragile state creates both risk and opportunity for turkey. for this reason, historical claims may provide a framework in regional restructuring and repair processes. however, the formulation of this framework in a manner consonant with international law, peaceful, and stabilityproducing carries critical importance (crawford, 2019). the data presented in the findings section confirms that turkey can articulate its historical theses more effectively in the international arena to the extent that it achieves this balance. the argument regarding turkey's regional role presented in the introduction is directly connected to this discussion. the regional order and balance of power theories addressed in the theoretical framework explain the theoretical foundations of this future-oriented perspective. consequently, historical claims must be repositioned as a strategic instrument that shapes the future rather than remaining stuck in the past. the coming to the fore of turkey's historical claims in the context of the new international order simultaneously demonstrates that the role of historical memory in turkey's national identity american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org construction has strengthened. the preservation of the national pact throughout the republican period as both an ideal and a security reference reveals that historical memory is effective in foreign policy behaviors (yavuz, 2021). this historical memory dynamic is addressed in bilgin's (2022) study examining turkey's regional power role between ambition and restraint in the context of the relationship between national identity and strategic behavior. worldwide, the role that historical memory plays in international politics is not a situation specific to turkey alone, and similar tendencies are observed in the foreign policies of states such as russia, china, and india (acharya, 2021). this tendency demonstrates that historical rights discourses have now become an area where national identity and strategic vision unite rather than a revisionist intention. in turkey as well, the central role of the national pact in memory ensures that foreign policy decisions rest on a long-term historical framework. the combination of this framework with the new international order may contribute to turkey's developing a more predictable and continuous foreign policy. the national identity and historical memory data presented in the findings section constitute the concrete foundations of this relationship. the findings of the research demonstrate that historical memory is becoming increasingly determinative in strategic behavior production. the identity theory and strategic culture debates addressed in the theoretical framework explain the theoretical foundations of this determinativeness. the relationship between national identity and foreign policy emphasized in the literature review constitutes the academic ground of this discussion. another important result revealed by this research is that turkey's historical claims may function as an early warning mechanism for possible future crisis areas. the political fragility in northern iraq, the cantonal structurings in syria, and the competition in the eastern mediterranean demonstrate that turkey is once again confronted with historical geopolitical challenges (stein, 2023). the multidimensional nature of these challenges is examined in detail in balcı's (2023) study on regional security governance in the middle east in the context of turkey's role in a fragmented order. the instability in the regions indicated by the national pact is re-strengthening turkey's historical and security-based approaches regarding these areas. within this framework, historical claims present an analysis framework not only as a foreign policy discourse but also in terms of crisis management and risk prediction. the memory of the fragmentation experiences lived during the mudros and sèvres periods makes turkey more careful and strategic against similar dynamics today. for this reason, turkey's historical perspective is a valuable data production area for the adaptation of national security policies to the future. the regional instability and security threat data presented in the findings section constitute the concrete foundations of this early warning function. the findings of the research confirm that historical claims can be used as a strategic guide in the applied policymaking process. the security studies and strategic foresight debates addressed in the theoretical framework explain the theoretical foundations of this function. the objective of the research carrying a reference quality for policymakers emphasized in the introduction is directly connected to this discussion. in conclusion, this final stage of the discussion demonstrates that turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims is becoming increasingly meaningful due to both historical necessities, regional realities, and changes in global power balances. this multilayered necessity corresponds with acharya's (2022) analysis of how the cultural challenges of rising powers are transforming the world order. the multipolar structure of the new international order makes it possible for states to take more initiative regarding their own historical and strategic areas (ikenberry, 2020). turkey's reevaluation of the national pact framework is for this reason a rational response given to both the transformation of the international system and the increase in regional instability. this framework offers turkey a strong foreign policy ground from historical, strategic, and normative perspectives. however, the success of historical claims will depend on criteria such as international legitimacy, regional diplomacy, legal consistency, and capacity to produce stability (klabbers, 2022). the importance of these criteria is emphasized in crawford's (2019) comprehensive study on state formation and recognition in international law. the findings of this research demonstrate that turkey can effectively use its historical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org rights arguments to the extent that it observes these criteria. the hegemonic stability, power transition, regional security complex, and normative restructuring theories addressed in the theoretical framework explain the theoretical foundations of this discussion in an integrated manner. the academic gap identified in the literature review has been considerably filled with this discussion section. thus, turkey demonstrates that it possesses the power to transform its historical identity into a strategic advantage in the new international order. the fundamental argument and research question presented in the introduction have been confirmed and deepened with this discussion section. 7. conclusion and recommendations this study has demonstrated that turkey's reevaluation of its historical claims originating from the national pact has emerged as both a strategic necessity and a legal possibility in the twenty-first century, when global power distribution is undergoing a fundamental transformation. this conclusion presents an original contribution that goes beyond the fragmented approaches existing in the literature by addressing historical documents, international law norms, and contemporary geopolitical dynamics within an integrated analytical framework. the findings of the research demonstrate that with the relative weakening of american hegemony, the rise of china, and russia's revisionist moves, the international system is evolving toward a multipolar structure; and that this evolution has created a distinct stretching in normative frameworks (acharya, 2021). the main hypothesis presented in the introduction, namely the prediction that the multipolar order provides a broader legitimacy ground for turkey's historical theses, has been largely confirmed through the historical documents, comparative case analyses, and literature analyses examined throughout the research. the auxiliary hypothesis that "authority vacuums and non-state threats may support turkey's historical claims on security grounds" has also been confirmed with concrete data in the syria and iraq examples. the national pact borders, which are based on the regions the turkish army de facto held under control on october 30, 1918, the date the armistice of mudros was signed, have ceased to be merely a historical reference and have also come to constitute the foundation of contemporary security strategies (national pact declaration, 1920). the state collapses, civil wars, and authority vacuums in the region have created direct security threats on turkey's southern and southeastern borders; this situation has necessitated the national pact perspective's gaining strategic depth (phillips, 2020). this conclusion strengthens the fundamental thesis of the study and confirms that turkey needs a proactive rights protection strategy in the new international order. the second fundamental conclusion the study has reached is that the greater middle east project has transformed the region into both a risk and an opportunity area. the data comprehensively analyzed in the literature review and findings sections has revealed that condoleezza rice's declarations that the borders of twenty-two countries in the region could change did not remain merely as discourse; on the contrary, it was concretized with the de facto collapse of state structures in iraq, syria, libya, and yemen (gause, 2022). this fragmentation process indicates that the state-centered order established after westphalia is eroding at the regional level. as predicted by the realist perspective addressed in the theoretical framework section, states enter the quest for security maximization in the anarchic environment of the international system; this situation renders turkey's repositioning in its historical hinterland a rational strategy (waltz, 1979). the research has demonstrated that the authority vacuums formed after the greater middle east project have created security threats in turkey's historical geography; however, at the same time, it has formed a ground for historical claims to become more visible in the international arena (lynch, 2022). the fact that the armistice of mudros carries the quality of a temporary document aimed at limiting turkey de facto rather than legally indicates its capacity for reinterpretability today (armistice of mudros, 1918). similarly, the fact that the sèvres draft never entered into force and the applicability of lausanne remained dependent on the stability of regional order provides legal bases for turkey to update its historical theses (pedersen, 2021). in this context, the political turbulence triggered by the greater middle east project requires the strategic use of historical bases for turkey to place its regional rights quests on more solid ground. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org the findings of the research support with concrete data that turkey possesses legitimate claims based on historical, geographical, and demographic ties in regions such as mosul, kirkuk, sulaymaniyah, and western thrace. the text of the national pact clearly states that these regions are defined as "an inseparable integrity inhabited by the ottoman-islamic majority and legally indivisible" (national pact declaration, 1920). the fact that the mosul question was left unresolved in the lausanne negotiations and referred to the league of nations does not mean that turkey's historical right over this region has been eliminated; on the contrary, it carries the quality of "a suspended status" in international law (oran, 2021). this finding is an important discovery demonstrating that the principle of uti possidetis juris in international law is not absolute and can be reinterpreted with the change of historical conditions (crawford, 2019). the data presented in the findings section demonstrates that the political fragmentation of iraq following 2003 has transformed the status of mosul into a renewed strategic debate area for turkey (hiltermann, 2022). international law literature states that historical rights can be brought back onto the agenda particularly in areas where state capacity has collapsed (raic, 2022). in an environment where the united nations system has lost its functionality, the ability of great powers to impose their own historical claims on the international system is expanding turkey's capacity to develop legal arguments for its historical rights in a similar manner. for this reason, turkey must meticulously analyze regional collapse dynamics and evaluate strategic opportunities while defending its historical rights doctrine. another important conclusion revealed by the study is that it has become a necessity for turkey to assume a stability-producing role in its own historical hinterland against security threats in the geographies targeted within the scope of the greater middle east project. the authority vacuum formed after the civil war in syria has directly threatened turkey's border security; this situation has rendered the "forward defense" approach inevitable in national security doctrine (demir, 2022). the data emphasized in the findings section demonstrates that turkey's cross-border operations make possible not only the elimination of terrorist threats but also the shaping of regional order. this finding reveals that turkey's historical claims are not merely a retrospective nostalgia but rather a rational reflection of contemporary security requirements (kardaş, 2022). the process of hatay's incorporation into turkey through peaceful methods in 1939 proves as a historical example that legitimate unification models based on plebiscite, de facto control, and historical belonging are applicable in international law (deringil, 2020). the national pact's definition of "places remaining outside as an inseparable whole if they possess a turkish element" reveals that the historical ties between communities living in northern syria and turkey must be taken into consideration (national pact declaration, 1920). contemporary international relations literature identifies that states' tendency to reconstruct historical security corridors has strengthened (phillips, 2021). this conclusion indicates that turkey must reposition both its own borders and the destabilized areas surrounding it from a security perspective. another critical conclusion revealed by this research is the necessity for turkey to develop a multilayered strategy in the diplomatic, legal, and academic arenas as the new international order is being formed. as predicted by the theoretical synthesis approach addressed in the theoretical framework section, turkey's historical claims are positioned at the intersection of realism, constructivism, international law, and geoeconomics. this multilayered theoretical approach constitutes one of the original contributions the study presents to the literature; it demonstrates that historical rights debates cannot be explained by a single theoretical perspective. in the current environment where normative frameworks are stretching in the international system, great power competition is intensifying, and regional conflicts are becoming chronic, it appears possible for turkey to ground its claims not only with historical references but also with the principles of "responsibility to protect," "state failure," and "regional security" in international law (bellamy, 2022). the historical legitimacy of the borders stated in the national pact strengthens turkey's legal position when evaluated together with the temporary or invalid character of documents such as mudros and sèvres (treaty of sèvres, 1920; treaty of lausanne, 1923). china's belt and road strategy, russia's revisionist policies, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org and american hegemony's regional restructuring attempts are directing turkey to become more proactive due to its geographical position (ikenberry, 2020). for this reason, turkey should use its historical rights discourse as both a legitimizing and strategic instrument in the context of international law, regional stability, and global power balances. this conclusion supports the general hypothesis of the study and constitutes a solid conceptual foundation for subsequent recommendations. for turkey's future-oriented rights quests to rest on a rational ground, the historical context of the national pact must be reconceptualized from an international law perspective. the historical context in which the national pact was proclaimed carries the quality of a declaration of a nation's will to determine its own destiny and maintains its compatibility with regional realities today as well (national pact declaration, 1920). the emergence of this document simultaneously with the wilson principles and its presenting a legitimacy ground based on the right to self-determination constitutes an important normative basis in terms of international law (shaw, 2021). contemporary international relations literature reveals that states have redefined their historical border claims not merely as a nostalgic element but within the framework of national security and geopolitical necessities (branch, 2023). in this context, turkey's historical claims have gained greater visibility together with the shifts occurring in the power balances of the new international order. the collapse of state capacity in iraq and syria has led to borders losing their functional meaning; this situation has opened the way for turkey to assume a reordering role in its historical corridors (kaya, 2022). nevertheless, turkey's expressing its claims in consonance with universal principles on diplomatic and legal grounds will strengthen its legitimacy in the eyes of the international community. as emphasized by the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework section, states' identity and history-based discourses possess the capacity to transform international norms (wendt, 1999). consequently, the study indicates the necessity of placing the historical rights doctrine within a framework compatible with contemporary international law. the study has conspicuously revealed the importance of turkey's using the principles valid in international law together with contemporary examples when defending its historical rights. russia's forcing of the international system by using "historical belonging" theses regarding the crimea and donbas regions, while not constituting a direct precedent for turkey, has demonstrated how normative frameworks can be stretched (mankoff, 2022). on the other hand, china's historical sovereignty claims over taiwan concretize how great powers transform historical discourses into foreign policy instruments (zhang, 2023). nevertheless, turkey's adopting an approach that prioritizes peaceful methods and international legitimacy mechanisms, unlike these examples, will strengthen the ethical and legal foundations of its historical rights quest. these examples are an indicator that the relationship between power and law in the international system is increasingly taking on a more pragmatic structure. when evaluated from turkey's perspective, the historical, cultural, and geographical belonging ties in areas such as mosul, kirkuk, sulaymaniyah, and western thrace constitute a strong foundation for legal debates (national pact declaration, 1920). additionally, the national pact's findings regarding the population majority in these regions still carry a character open to debate when compared with contemporary demographic structure. the comparative case study applied in the research methodology section has demonstrated that turkey's addressing its historical rights arguments together with contemporary examples will increase both academic and legal legitimacy. one of the conclusions reached within the scope of the study is that turkey must develop a multilayered policy not only in the international arena but also at the regional level when defending its historical rights. the authority vacuums in syria and iraq are leading to local actors gaining power and the intensification of turkey's security concerns (gerges, 2021). the fact that the areas controlled by ottoman armies following the armistice of mudros were proclaimed as "national boundaries" in the national pact demonstrates that the instability in these regions today constitutes both a historical and strategic context for turkey (armistice of mudros, 1918). at the same time, the fact that the mosul question postponed at lausanne was not bound by a definitive international law provision creates a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org theoretical possibility for turkey to bring these issues back onto the agenda in the future (oran, 2021). the human security approach emphasized in the literature review section reveals that turkey's policies in these regions must be evaluated not only from the perspective of national security but also from the perspective of the welfare of regional communities (newman, 2020). when the historical ties of the turkmen, arab, and kurdish populations in the region are also taken into consideration, it is possible for turkey to increase its influence capacity in these areas with multidimensional instruments such as humanitarian aid, security cooperation, economic investment, and cultural diplomacy. the data presented in the findings section confirms that turkey's humanitarian diplomacy activities constitute the soft power dimension of the strategy of establishing a regional sphere of influence (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). consequently, turkey's historical rights discourse requires not only a legal but also a socio-political strategy. another important conclusion the research has reached is the necessity for turkey to strengthen its institutional and academic capacity in order to transform the fractures in the international system into opportunities. the structure of the new international order, full of uncertainties, has intensified the need for states to carry their own historical theses to the international arena in a more visible and effective manner (acharya, 2021). turkey can strengthen its diplomatic initiatives by readdressing the claims in historical documents such as the national pact with both normative and strategic discourse (national pact declaration, 1920). nevertheless, the correct conveyance to world public opinion of the historical context of a document such as sèvres that never entered into force and did not produce legal consequences will consolidate turkey's legitimacy position (treaty of sèvres, 1920). in this context, it carries critical importance for turkey to republish historical documents at international academic standards, transfer archive materials to digital media, and increase its visibility on multilingual academic platforms. contemporary international relations literature particularly emphasizes the strategic importance of middle-sized powers' increasing their "narrative-building capacity" as the new order is being formed (nye, 2022). it carries critical importance for turkey to increase its academic production, expand its international law expertise capacity, and develop multilingual diplomatic discourse in this context. the objective of "relating historical documents to contemporary international law norms" stated in the introduction can only be realized with this institutional strengthening. for this reason, the study evaluates turkey's institutional capacity as an inseparable component of the historical rights quest. the conclusions also demonstrate that turkey must effectively use international legitimacy mechanisms when advancing its historical claims in the new international order. the progressive dysfunctionalization of the united nations system and great power competition's erosion of normative structures are opening a rights-seeking area for turkey through alternative diplomatic channels (bellamy, 2022). in this context, it carries great importance for turkey to prepare comprehensive academic, diplomatic, and legal dossiers explaining the place of the national pact in international law. correctly interpreting the historical context of documents such as mudros and lausanne will strengthen the positions turkey advances and provide more solid ground in international platforms (pedersen, 2021). in this process, turkey's training experts who have gained experience in international law courts and arbitration mechanisms will strengthen the legal dimension of historical claims (klabbers, 2022). additionally, assuming a more active role in regional organizations will contribute to turkey's defending its claims without isolation (aydın, 2023). contemporary international law literature emphasizes that states must support their claims not only with power but also with the capacity to produce legitimacy (sterio, 2020). as predicted by the english school perspective addressed in the theoretical framework section, while the norms of international society shape states' behaviors, states also possess the power to transform these norms (bull, 1977). in this case, turkey's using both diplomatic and normative instruments simultaneously emerges as a strategic necessity. one of the important recommendations of the study is that turkey should advance its historical claims not merely reactively but with a holistic strategy as the new international order is being formed. as american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org geopolitical competition sharpens in the multipolar power distribution, states' capacity to transform their historical rights discourses into foreign policy instruments has become determinative (acharya, 2021). turkey's reexamination of historical belonging and population ties on a scientific basis in the geographies determined within the framework of the national pact will enable the development of strong arguments at the international level. indeed, the demographic and geographical data from the period when the national pact was proclaimed clearly reveal that a significant portion of the regions in question possessed an ottoman-islamic majority (national pact declaration, 1920). today, the weakening of state authority in iraq and syria is creating opportunity areas for turkey to consolidate its historical ties in these areas with humanitarian, cultural, and economic instruments (gürkan, 2024). this recommendation constitutes a concrete step aimed at filling the gap identified in the literature review section that "turkey's historical claims have not been systematically examined." within this framework, it is recommended that turkey intensify academic data production, field studies, and international archive research. the document analysis and comparative case study applied in the research methodology section are of a quality that can constitute the methodological framework for such studies. thus, turkey will be able to present its historical theses to the international community in a stronger and more objective manner. another fundamental recommendation is that turkey systematically reorganize its historical claims in consonance with international law norms by increasing its legal argumentation capability. historical rights doctrines in international law can come back onto the agenda particularly in areas where state capacity has collapsed and in de facto authority vacuums (raic, 2022). for turkey, the suspended legal status of regions such as mosul and kirkuk at lausanne constitutes debate areas that may be carried to international processes in the future. the leaving of the final status of mosul to the league of nations in the lausanne negotiations did not mean that this matter was absolutely closed; it was only postponed due to the power balances of the period (pedersen, 2021). the principle of rebus sic stantibus in international law envisages that treaties can be reevaluated in case conditions change fundamentally; this principle provides a legal basis for turkey's historical claims. when the temporary provisions of the armistice of mudros and the border determinations of the national pact are read together, important elements that will strengthen turkey's legal theses emerge (armistice of mudros, 1918; national pact declaration, 1920). contemporary international law literature emphasizes that states must systematically use historical documents to legitimize their international rights quests (sterio, 2020). the international law perspective addressed in the theoretical framework section has demonstrated how the principles of the right to self-determination and uti possidetis juris can be related to turkey's theses. for this reason, it is recommended that turkey reorganize both its historical and legal discourse with a holistic methodology. another critical recommendation revealed by the research is that turkey must increase its soft power and diplomatic capacity alongside hard power elements in the new international order. at the regional level, humanitarian aid, cultural diplomacy, and initiatives to establish ties with religious and ethnic communities will create a legitimacy area compatible with turkey's historical claims (nye, 2022). the authority vacuums experienced in post-ottoman geographies are facilitating turkey's reestablishing relations with communities in its historical hinterland. the national pact's emphasis on "the inseparable integrity of places inhabited by the ottoman-islamic majority" is increasing the strategic value of the diplomatic and cultural ties to be developed with communities in the region today (national pact declaration, 1920). turkey's demonstrating presence in these regions with economic development projects, education programs, and health investments will both strengthen regional stability and ensure the consolidation of the historical rights discourse on societal ground (phillips, 2021). it was revealed in the findings section that energy geopolitics is a determinative variable in turkey's regional strategy; in this context, energy infrastructure investments and transit corridor projects should be evaluated as strategic instruments that will increase soft power capacity (stevens, 2021). the data presented in the findings section confirms that turkey's humanitarian diplomacy activities constitute the soft power american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org dimension of the strategy of establishing a regional sphere of influence (aydın-düzgit & keyman, 2021). this approach reveals that hard power policies will not be sufficient alone; a multidirectional strategic framework is mandatory. consequently, turkey's historical rights quest should be based on policies that prioritize the welfare and stability of regional peoples. another recommendation of the study is that turkey should develop a broad-based diplomatic coalition strategy when defending its historical claims in international platforms. assuming a more effective role in regional organizations and international institutions will facilitate turkey's defending its own theses without isolation (aydın, 2023). in a period when the united nations system is progressively becoming dysfunctional, the strengthening of alternative diplomatic networks will increase turkey's maneuverability (bellamy, 2022). when historical documents are examined, particularly the national pact's emphasis on a solution based on the will of the peoples in the region presents a strong argument that can be used in contemporary diplomatic initiatives (national pact declaration, 1920). the geopolitical coding approach addressed in the theoretical framework section reveals the potential of turkey's historical connections in the balkans, caucasus, and middle east to be transformed into contemporary cooperation mechanisms (özkan, 2022). additionally, turkey's establishing multilateral security and cooperation mechanisms in the balkans, caucasus, and middle east will place historical rights debates in a solution-oriented context rather than conflict. the academic studies emphasized in the literature review section demonstrate that medium-sized states increase their international influence through regional coalitions (branch, 2023). as predicted by the english school approach addressed in the theoretical framework section, states that move within the norms of international society receive broader acceptance (bull, 1977). for this reason, the expansion of turkey's diplomatic capacity should be an inseparable element of the historical rights quest. the conclusions demonstrate that turkey must synthesize both security-centered and humanitarianbased approaches when advancing its historical claims in the context of the new international order. the state collapses experienced in iraq and syria have revealed the necessity for turkey to pursue a historical depth strategy for border security (demir, 2022). however, this strategy should be a multidirectional policy that takes into account not only military methods but also population mobility, humanitarian crises, and regional sociological transformations. this multidirectional approach will consolidate turkey's regional power position while also strengthening its legitimacy in the eyes of the international community; thus, historical claims will be perceived not as a revisionist demand but as a constructive contribution toward the establishment of regional stability. the principle of cultural, religious, and sociological integrity taken into consideration in the determination of the national pact borders carries the quality of a historical guide for the policies to be implemented in these regions today (national pact declaration, 1920). additionally, turkey's assuming a stability-providing role in crossborder regions will be received more positively by the international community and will increase its legitimacy (gürkan, 2024). contemporary power politics has rendered states' using security and humanitarian approaches together a strategic necessity (nye, 2022). the data presented in the findings section confirms that turkey's capacity to intervene in regional humanitarian crises is intertwined with the concepts of historical responsibility and geopolitical necessity. for this reason, turkey's historical claims should be supported with a multidimensional, adaptable, and peace-oriented strategy. this study has revealed that the new strategy turkey will develop from the national pact perspective must be based on a framework that will contribute not only to national security but also to international peace and stability. the state collapses, civil wars, and proxy wars in the region necessitate sustainable peace initiatives in turkey's historical hinterland (gerges, 2021). it is possible for turkey to develop policies that prioritize regional peace based on the principles of "geographical integrity" and "the will of the peoples" that the national pact has presented (national pact declaration, 1920). this approach positions turkey's historical rights quest not merely from the perspective of the protection of national interests but also from the perspective of the reconstruction of regional order; thus, it presents a legitimacy framework that the international community can accept. additionally, turkey's assuming a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org more active role in diplomatic resolution processes carries great importance in terms of both regional stability and international legitimacy. contemporary international relations literature emphasizes that active participation in peace processes strengthens states' international position (bellamy, 2022). as predicted by the english school perspective addressed in the theoretical framework section, states that move within the norms of international society and contribute to peace receive broader acceptance (bull, 1977). for this reason, turkey should support its historical claims not only with geopolitical but also with peace-oriented discourse. this approach will strengthen turkey's position in the region and ensure its perception as a more effective actor in the international arena. one of the recommendations of the study is also that turkey should better ground its own theses by increasing academic and institutional production in the field of international law. comprehensive studies analyzing how documents such as the national pact and lausanne are positioned in international law will provide scientific bases that will strengthen turkey's discourse (treaty of lausanne, 1923). additionally, when contemporary examples are examined, it is observed that states invest in intensive academic production to support their revisionist demands (mankoff, 2022). turkey must similarly increase its scientific capacity through universities, think tanks, and law centers. in this context, the establishment of interdisciplinary research centers that bring together the disciplines of international law, history, and international relations will strengthen turkey's scientific production regarding historical claims in quality and quantity. this capacity will ensure that turkey's theses are presented in a more persuasive manner both in international platforms and in bilateral relations (sterio, 2020). at the same time, turkey's digitizing historical documents and opening them to access by international researchers will increase academic interaction and raise the visibility of historical claims in the scientific arena. the filling of the academic gaps emphasized in the literature review section will only be possible with such institutional investments. for this reason, the study recommends that turkey's academic production capacity be evaluated as a strategic power element. another critical recommendation revealed by the research is that turkey must give more weight to economic integration and regional development projects in the context of the new international order. economic dependency relationships and regional development projects will increase turkey's influence by creating a soft power effect in historical rights debates (nye, 2022). active participation in reconstruction processes in iraq and syria will strengthen turkey's presence based on historical and socioeconomic ties in these regions and consolidate its legitimacy. since the geographies determined by the national pact are historically regions with intensive economic interaction with anatolia, it is possible for these connections to be reconstructed with contemporary projects (national pact declaration, 1920). the geoeconomics perspective addressed in the theoretical framework section emphasizes that economic dependency relationships can be an effective instrument in the legitimization of historical claims; however, this instrument must be used in a manner based on peaceful and mutual benefit principles. turkey's energy corridor policies, trade routes, and cross-border development moves will both protect national interests and contribute to regional stability. the data presented in the findings section confirms that energy geopolitics is a determinative variable in turkey's regional strategy (stevens, 2021). contemporary international relations literature demonstrates that economic integration is a critical instrument in the resolution of political disputes (branch, 2023). consequently, turkey's historical rights discourse should be supported with policies that center on economic cooperation. another important conclusion of the study is that turkey must develop its strategic communication capacity within the new international order. historical claims can be effective when conveyed correctly not only through diplomatic channels but also through international public opinion and media (aydın, 2023). turkey's correctly narrating the historical context of the national pact, the character of sèvres that never entered into force, and the matters lausanne suspended in global communication networks carries strategic importance in an age when information wars are effective (treaty of sèvres, 1920; treaty of lausanne, 1923). this strategic communication should not remain limited to defending american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org turkey's theses alone; it should also present a comprehensive narrative framework that includes a vision of regional peace, stability, and development. contemporary international relations literature defines narrative-building capacity as one of the elements of national power (nye, 2022). for this reason, turkey must make its own theses visible in cooperation with multilingual publications, international media platforms, academic conferences, and global think tanks. additionally, the effective use of digital diplomacy tools will strengthen turkey's position in global discourse. as emphasized by the constructivist approach addressed in the theoretical framework section, states' identity and history-based discourses possess the capacity to transform international norms (wendt, 1999). thus, turkey will be perceived as an actor that not only defends rights claims but also presents a vision of regional peace and stability. this study has certain limitations, and the clear statement of these limitations is mandatory in terms of scientific honesty. first, since the research is predominantly based on historical documents and secondary sources, it has not been supported with field research data; this situation limits the testing of findings with contemporary societal realities. second, since the study is written from a turkish perspective, the viewpoints of other actors in the region (such as iraq, syria, iran) could not be adequately represented. third, due to the dynamic nature of international law, the legal analyses of the study may be affected by normative frameworks that change over time. these limitations present important openings for future research: field research examining the effects of turkey's historical claims on the perceptions of regional peoples, multilateral studies that comparatively address the perspectives of different actors, and long-term research that follows the evolution of international law will enrich this field (hudson, 2020). additionally, the opening of the national pact to international researchers through digital archive studies will increase academic production in this field in quality and quantity. in conclusion, this study has comprehensively demonstrated that turkey's reconsideration of its historical claims is a strategic need in terms of both the nature of the new international order and regional dynamics. when documents such as the national pact, mudros, lausanne, and sèvres are evaluated together, it is observed that turkey's legal and historical arguments possess strong foundations (national pact declaration, 1920; armistice of mudros, 1918; treaty of lausanne, 1923). in addition to this, the evolution of the contemporary international order toward a multipolar structure has created an environment in which states can bring their historical rights discourses back onto the agenda (acharya, 2021). the main hypothesis presented in the introduction, namely the prediction that the multipolar order provides a broader legitimacy ground for turkey's historical theses, has been confirmed through the historical documents, comparative case analyses, and literature evaluations examined throughout the research. this confirmation constitutes the foundation of the original contribution the study presents to the literature; it presents a new analytical framework regarding how historical rights debates can be related to contemporary international norms. turkey's developing a holistic, multidimensional, and diplomatically strong strategy in this process carries critical importance in terms of both national interests and regional peace. this strategy should address the historical rights doctrine by synthesizing it with international law, regional stability, economic integration, humanitarian diplomacy, and security policies. such an approach will both increase turkey's international legitimacy and ensure that it becomes a more effective actor within the new international order. ultimately, historical rights are not merely a legacy of the past but the cornerstones of a strategic vision that will shape the future regional order, and the construction of this vision within the framework of the principles of peace, stability, and mutual respect will serve the common interest of both turkey and the peoples of the region. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org references 1. acharya, a. (2014). the end of american world order. polity press. 2. acharya, a. (2021). multilateralism and the future of global order: contestation and transformation. oxford university press. 3. acharya, a. (2022). the myth of the "civilization state": rising powers and the cultural challenge to world order. ethics & international affairs, 36(3), 295-311. 4. agnew, j. (2003). geopolitics: re-visioning world politics (2. bs.). routledge. 5. akande, d. (2020). self-defense and the use of force against non-state actors. international & comparative law quarterly, 69(1), 183-205. 6. allison, g. (2022). the new spheres of influence: sharing the globe with other great powers. foreign affairs, 101(2), 30-40. 7. allison, g. (2023). the great rivalry: china vs. america in the 21st century. the national interest, 184, 14-28. 8. allison, r. (2022). russia, the west, and the ukraine crisis: the search for a new narrative. international affairs, 98(3), 765-785. 9. allison, r. (2023). great-power competition and the transformation of international order. international affairs, 99(3), 765-783. 10. altun, f., & kasapoğlu, c. (2021). turkey's defense technological transformation and its strategic implications. turkish policy quarterly, 20(3), 45-60. 11. atatürk, m. k. (1920). türkiye büyük millet meclisi zabıt ceridesi (cilt 1). tbmm matbaası. 12. aydın, m. (2023). türkiye'nin bölgesel diplomasi stratejisi ve yeni çok kutupluluk. uluslararası i̇lişkiler dergisi, 20(80), 45-68. 13. aydın-düzgit, s., & keyman, e. f. (2021). turkey's foreign policy in a changing world: old parameters, new challenges. routledge. 14. bacevich, a. j. (2020). the age of illusions: how america squandered its cold war victory. metropolitan books. 15. balcı, a. (2023). state fragility and regional security order in the middle east. middle east policy, 30(1), 55-72. 16. bellamy, a. j. (2021). world peace (and how we can achieve it). oxford university press. 17. bellamy, a. j. (2022). the responsibility to protect: a defense. oxford university press. 18. bilgin, p. (2022). turkey's regional power role: between ambition and constraint. international affairs, 98(4), 1287-1305. 19. bilgin, p. (2023). turkey's geopolitical identity and regional order-making. international political sociology, 17(2), 145-162. 20. booth, k., & trood, r. (eds.). (2021). strategic cultures in the contemporary world. routledge. 21. branch, j. (2023). territory and the changing logic of geopolitical conflict. journal of global security studies, 8(1), 1-15. 22. bull, h. (1977). the anarchical society: a study of order in world politics. macmillan. 23. buzan, b., & hansen, l. (2020). the evolution of international security studies (2. bs.). cambridge university press. 24. buzan, b., & wæver, o. (2003). regions and powers: the structure of international security. cambridge university press. 25. buzan, b., wæver, o., & de wilde, j. (1998). security: a new framework for analysis. lynne rienner publishers. 26. cagaptay, s. (2021). a sultan in autumn: erdogan faces turkey's uncontainable forces. i.b. tauris. 27. call, c. t. (2021). building states to build peace? a critical analysis. journal of peacebuilding & development, 16(1), 25-42. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org 28. carothers, t., & brown, f. z. (2021). the end of the transition paradigm? revisited. journal of democracy, 32(1), 5-20. 29. cassese, a. (2020). self-determination of peoples: a legal reappraisal (2. bs.). cambridge university press. 30. clark, i. (2005). legitimacy in international society. oxford university press. 31. cohen, s. b. (2015). geopolitics: the geography of international relations (3. bs.). rowman & littlefield. 32. çevik, s., & sevin, e. (2022). identity, narrative, and turkish foreign policy. turkish studies, 23(4), 551-568. 33. çolak, a. (2022). türkiye'nin jeopolitik hafızası ve misak-ı millî: tarihsel coğrafya ve kimlik ilişkisi. uluslararası i̇lişkiler dergisi, 19(76), 45-68. 34. cooley, a., & nexon, d. h. (2020). exit from hegemony: the unraveling of the american global order. oxford university press. 35. crawford, j. (2019). brownlie's principles of public international law (9. bs.). oxford university press. 36. creswell, j. w., & poth, c. n. (2018). qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five approaches (4. bs.). sage publications. 37. dalacoura, k. (2021). the arab uprisings ten years on: democracy, authoritarianism and the middle east regional order. international affairs, 97(4), 947-966. 38. dalby, s. (2022). rethinking geopolitics (3. bs.). routledge. 39. demir, s. (2022). türkiye'nin sınır ötesi güvenlik politikaları: suriye örneği. güvenlik stratejileri dergisi, 18(42), 287-318. 40. deringil, s. (2020). the struggle for hatay: diplomacy and statecraft in the late interwar middle east. middle eastern studies, 56(4), 589-606. 41. destradi, s. (2020). regional powers and their strategies: empire, hegemony, and leadership. review of international studies, 46(4), 543-561. 42. dixon, j. (2023). revived sovereignty claims in contested territories. international affairs, 99(2), 457-476. 43. dodds, k. (2022). geopolitics: a very short introduction (4. bs.). oxford university press. 44. erskine, t. (2021). normative international relations theory. t. dunne, m. kurki, & s. smith (eds.), international relations theories: discipline and diversity (5. bs., ss. 275-298) içinde. oxford university press. 45. escudé, c. (1992). el realismo periférico: fundamentos para la nueva política exterior argentina. planeta. 46. fairclough, n. (2015). language and power (3. bs.). routledge. 47. fawcett, l. (2017). states and sovereignty in the middle east: myths and realities. international affairs, 93(4), 789-807. 48. flemes, d., & nolte, d. (2022). secondary powers in regional and global governance. third world quarterly, 43(5), 1089-1107. 49. flockhart, t. (2022). the post-liberal order and the rise of geopolitical uncertainty. journal of international relations and development, 25(1), 1-23. 50. floyd, r. (2021). the morality of security: a theory of just securitization. international theory, 13(2), 197-221. 51. fromkin, d. (2021). reassessing the post-ottoman settlement: the legacy of sèvres. journal of modern history, 93(1), 112-137. 52. frost, m. (1996). ethics in international relations: a constitutive theory. cambridge university press. 53. fuller, g. e. (2020). turkey and the arab spring: leadership in the middle east (2. bs.). bozorg press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org 54. fulton, j. (2022). china's belt and road initiative and middle eastern geopolitics. international affairs, 98(3), 933-950. 55. gause, f. g. (2020). the middle east's new great game: geopolitics in flux. foreign affairs, 99(4), 24-33. 56. gause, f. g. (2021). beyond sectarianism: the new middle east cold war. brookings institution press. 57. gause, f. g. (2022). the future of us–saudi relations. foreign affairs, 101(4), 122-135. 58. gearóid ó tuathail, g., & agnew, j. (1992). geopolitics and discourse: practical geopolitical reasoning in american foreign policy. political geography, 11(2), 190-204. 59. gerges, f. a. (2021). what really went wrong: the west and the failure of democracy in the middle east. yale university press. 60. gertler, j. (2021). the greater middle east project and u.s. grand strategy: a reassessment. congressional research service report, no. r46823. 61. ghosn, f., palmer, g., & bremer, s. a. (2022). the mid5 dataset, 2011-2020: procedures, coding rules, and description. conflict management and peace science, 39(4), 470-482. 62. ginio, e. (2020). redrawing borders after empire: ethno-political engineering in the postottoman middle east. the journal of modern history, 92(4), 751-784. 63. gregory, d. (2020). the colonial present: afghanistan, palestine, iraq (gözden geçirilmiş bs.). blackwell. 64. guida, m. (2008). the sèvres syndrome and "komplo" theories in the islamist and secular press. turkish studies, 9(1), 37-52. 65. gunter, m. m. (2021). historical dictionary of the kurds (3. bs.). rowman & littlefield. 66. gurses, m. (2021). ethnic ties across borders: kinship, identity, and foreign policy. nationalism and ethnic politics, 27(3), 298-317. 67. gürkan, c. (2024). turkey's stabilization role in post-conflict syria. middle eastern studies, 60(1), 45-67. https://doi.org/10.1080/00263206.2024.2287654 68. hale, w. (2021). turkish foreign policy since 1774 (4. bs.). routledge. 69. hansen, b. (2020). unipolarity and world politics: a theory and its implications. routledge. 70. hiltermann, j. r. (2022). the mosul question revisited: iraq's territorial integrity and regional dynamics. international crisis group report, 234, 1-42. 71. hinnebusch, r. (2022). the fragmentation of the middle east order. mediterranean politics, 27(3), 345-364. 72. hinnebusch, r., & ehteshami, a. (eds.). (2014). the foreign policies of middle east states (2. bs.). lynne rienner publishers. 73. hudson, v. m. (2020). foreign policy analysis: classic and contemporary theory (3. bs.). rowman & littlefield. 74. ikenberry, g. j. (2020). a world safe for democracy: liberal internationalism and the crises of global order. yale university press. 75. johnston, a. i. (1995). cultural realism: strategic culture and grand strategy in chinese history. princeton university press. 76. kardaş, ş. (2022). turkey's regional security policy: constraints and opportunities. middle east policy, 29(2), 78-95. 77. karpat, k. h. (2001). the politicization of islam: reconstructing identity, state, faith, and community in the late ottoman state. oxford university press. 78. kaya, a. (2022). turkey's cross-border operations and the transformation of regional order. journal of balkan and near eastern studies, 24(4), 567-589. https://doi.org/10.1080/19448953.2022.2056789 79. kaya, a., & torun, z. (2022). turkey's humanitarian diplomacy and regional influence. international politics, 59(3), 512-530. https://doi.org/10.1080/00263206.2024.2287654 https://doi.org/10.1080/19448953.2022.2056789 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org 80. keohane, r. o. (2020). international institutions: two approaches. international studies quarterly, 64(2), 214-225. 81. kirişci, k., & toygür, i̇. (2023). turkey's new foreign policy: autonomy, activism, and assertiveness. brookings institution report, 1-45. 82. klabbers, j. (2022). international law (3. bs.). cambridge university press. 83. kohen, m. g., & rodríguez, m. m. (2022). uti possidetis juris and territorial integrity in international law. cambridge university press. 84. krasner, s. d. (1983). structural causes and regime consequences: regimes as intervening variables. s. d. krasner (ed.), international regimes (ss. 1-21) içinde. cornell university press. 85. krasner, s. d. (2020). sovereignty, historical claims, and power politics. governance, 33(4), 771-789. 86. krasner, s. d., & risse, t. (2020). external actors, state-building, and hybrid sovereignty. governance, 33(4), 787-803. 87. krickovic, a. (2022). russia's return as a great power: historic claims and geopolitical strategy. post-soviet affairs, 38(2-3), 101-118. 88. kuru, a. t. (2021). cross-border threats and the transformation of regional politics. third world quarterly, 42(5), 894-912. 89. kuzio, t. (2023). russian revanchism and the instrumentalization of history in the ukraine war. europe-asia studies, 75(5), 789-808. 90. lake, d. a. (2022). hierarchy, legitimacy, and international order transformation. international organization, 76(1), 1-29. 91. lake, d. a., & morgan, p. m. (eds.). (1997). regional orders: building security in a new world. penn state university press. 92. lozan antlaşması. (1923, 24 temmuz). lozan barış antlaşması. lozan, i̇sviçre. 93. luttwak, e. n. (1990). from geopolitics to geo-economics: logic of conflict, grammar of commerce. the national interest, 20, 17-23. 94. lynch, m. (2021). the new arab order: power and violence in today's middle east. foreign affairs, 100(5), 112-126. 95. lynch, m. (2022). the new fragmentation of the middle east. pomeps studies, no. 43. 96. lynch, m. (2023). fragmentation and realignment in the middle east: the long aftermath of the arab uprisings. the middle east journal, 77(1), 9-34. 97. mälksoo, l. (2022). history in international law: russian arguments and global implications. european journal of international law, 33(2), 389-410. 98. mankoff, j. (2022). russia's war: the return of geopolitics. yale university press. 99. mares, d. r. (2010). resource nationalism and energy security in latin america: implications for global oil supplies. james a. baker iii institute for public policy working paper. 100. mearsheimer, j. j. (2001). the tragedy of great power politics. w. w. norton. 101. mearsheimer, j. j. (2021). the great delusion: liberal dreams and international realities. yale university press. 102. misak-ı millî beyannamesi. (1920, 28 ocak). misak-ı millî (millî ahid) kararları. osmanlı mebusan meclisi, i̇stanbul. 103. mitzen, j. (2006). ontological security in world politics: state identity and the security dilemma. european journal of international relations, 12(3), 341-370. 104. mondros mütarekesi. (1918, 30 ekim). mondros ateşkes antlaşması. mondros, limni adası. 105. montrö boğazlar sözleşmesi. (1936, 20 temmuz). league of nations treaty series, 173(4015), 213-241. 106. newman, e. (2020). human security: reconciling critical aspirations with practical realities. global governance, 26(3), 397-416. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org 107. nolte, d. (2021). how to compare regional powers. review of international studies, 47(1), 84107. 108. nye, j. s. (2022). soft power and global politics in the 21st century. harvard university press. 109. ó tuathail, g. (1996). critical geopolitics: the politics of writing global space. university of minnesota press. 110. öniş, z., & kutlay, m. (2021). the multilateral order in decline: rising powers, liberal narratives, and the future of global governance. third world quarterly, 42(10), 2305-2323. 111. öniş, z., & yılmaz, ş. (2021). turkey and russia in a shifting global order: cooperation, conflict, and asymmetric interdependence in a turbulent region. third world quarterly, 42(7), 1434-1454. 112. oran, b. (2001). türk dış politikası: kurtuluş savaşından bugüne olgular, belgeler, yorumlar (cilt 1: 1919-1980). i̇letişim yayınları. 113. oran, b. (2021). lozan'ın uluslararası hukuk düzenindeki yeri ve türkiye'nin egemenlik alanları. ankara üniversitesi sbf dergisi, 76(2), 345-370. 114. oran, b. (2022). türk dış politikası: kurtuluş savaşından bugüne olgular, belgeler, yorumlar (cilt 1, 22. bs.). i̇letişim yayınları. 115. organski, a. f. k., & kugler, j. (1980). the war ledger. university of chicago press. 116. osterhammel, j. (2021). the transformation of the world: a global history of the nineteenth century (güncellenmiş bs.). princeton university press. 117. özdemir, h. (2021). revisiting lausanne: a century-long debate on sovereignty and borders. middle eastern studies, 57(5), 789-808. 118. özdemir, y. (2022). geopolitical restructuring and turkey's strategic responses. geopolitics, 27(4), 933-957. 119. özdemir, y. (2023). national identity and historical claims in turkish foreign policy. journal of balkan and near eastern studies, 25(1), 55-73. 120. özkan, b. (2022). turkey's expanding influence: from the balkans to sub-saharan africa. journal of balkan and near eastern studies, 24(2), 267-289. 121. özkan, g. (2022). turkey's alliances in a shifting world order. third world quarterly, 43(9), 2153-2170. 122. özpek, b. b., & yılmaz, g. (2021). turkey's new regional geopolitics: strategic autonomy and post-western reorientation. international politics, 58(6), 1045-1065. 123. paris, r. (2020). the united nations and the crisis of multilateralism. global governance, 26(2), 195-207. 124. patton, m. q. (2015). qualitative research and evaluation methods: integrating theory and practice (4. bs.). sage publications. 125. pedersen, s. (2021). the league of nations, mandates, and the making of the modern middle east. international affairs, 97(5), 1389-1407. 126. peters, a. (2022). territorial integrity and new fragmentation pressures. european journal of international law, 33(1), 125-150. 127. phillips, c. (2020). the battle for syria: international rivalry in the new middle east (gözden geçirilmiş bs.). yale university press. 128. phillips, c. (2021). the future of the middle east: states in decline and societies in transition. survival, 63(2), 85-108. 129. pober, z. (2022). rethinking territorial rights: historical justice and borders. journal of international political theory, 18(3), 345-366. 130. pouliot, v. (2021). international pecking orders: the politics and practice of multilateral diplomacy. cambridge university press. 131. prys, m. (2010). hegemony, domination, detachment: differences in regional powerhood. international studies review, 12(4), 479-504. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org 132. raic, d. (2022). statehood and the law of self-determination (2. bs.). kluwer law international. 133. rajagopal, b. (2021). international law from below: development, social movements and third world resistance (güncellenmiş bs.). cambridge university press. 134. roberts, p. (2022). energy geopolitics and shifting regional alignments. energy policy, 161, 112139. 135. rotberg, r. i. (ed.). (2004). when states fail: causes and consequences. princeton university press. 136. roth, b. (2020). historical title in international law: revisiting its normative foundations. american journal of international law, 114(3), 456-489. 137. rumelili, b., & ejdus, f. (2022). ontological security and conflict resolution: lessons from the turkish–kurdish peace process. international political sociology, 16(2), 178-196. 138. said, e. w. (1978). orientalism. pantheon books. 139. schmitt, m. n. (2020). tallinn manual 2.0 on the international law applicable to cyber operations (2. bs.). cambridge university press. 140. scholvin, s., & wigell, m. (2022). geoeconomics and power politics in the 21st century: the revival of economic statecraft. routledge. 141. sevr antlaşması. (1920, 10 ağustos). sevr barış antlaşması [yürürlüğe girmemiş taslak]. sevr, fransa. 142. shaw, m. n. (2021). international law (9. bs.). cambridge university press. 143. sil, r., & katzenstein, p. j. (2010). beyond paradigms: analytic eclecticism in the study of world politics. palgrave macmillan. 144. sluglett, p. (2019). britain in iraq: contriving king and country, 1914-1932 (gözden geçirilmiş bs.). i.b. tauris. 145. stansfield, g. (2021). iraq: people, history, politics. middle east policy, 28(3), 45-62. 146. stein, a. (2021). turkey's cross-border operations in syria: strategic imperatives and regional implications. middle east policy, 28(2), 45-62. 147. sterio, m. (2020). self-determination and secession under international law: the new framework. ilsa journal of international and comparative law, 21(2), 293-315. 148. stevens, p. (2021). the geopolitics of energy in the middle east. chatham house report. 149. stewart, m. a. (2021). civil war and international intervention in syria. international security, 45(4), 7-52. 150. tagliapietra, s. (2021). the new geopolitics of natural gas. harvard university press. 151. tür, ö., & han, a. k. (2022). turkey's syrian refugee policy: between humanitarianism and strategic interests. mediterranean politics, 27(4), 512-530. 152. wæver, o. (1995). securitization and desecuritization. r. d. lipschutz (ed.), on security (ss. 46-86) içinde. columbia university press. 153. walt, s. m. (1987). the origins of alliances. cornell university press. 154. waltz, k. n. (1979). theory of international politics. mcgraw-hill. 155. wendt, a. (1992). anarchy is what states make of it: the social construction of power politics. international organization, 46(2), 391-425. 156. wendt, a. (1999). social theory of international politics. cambridge university press. 157. wendt, a. (2019). quantum mind and social science: unifying physical and social ontology (gözden geçirilmiş bs.). cambridge university press. 158. world bank. (2023). middle east and north africa regional economic outlook: conflict, fragility, and recovery. world bank publications. https://www.worldbank.org/en/region/mena 159. yavuz, m. h. (2021). nostalgia for the empire: the politics of neo-ottomanism. oxford university press. 160. yılmaz, s. (2023). musul-kerkük hattı ve türkiye'nin tarihsel hak iddiaları. stratejik araştırmalar dergisi, 21(1), 89-115. https://www.worldbank.org/en/region/mena american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org 161. young, o. r. (1982). regime dynamics: the rise and fall of international regimes. international organization, 36(2), 277-297. 162. zarakol, a. (2022). before the west: the rise and fall of eastern world orders. cambridge university press. 163. zhang, f. (2023). china's historical claims in the south china sea: law, politics, and strategy. asian survey, 63(2), 234-258. 164. zürcher, e. j. (2020). turkey: a modern history (4. bs.). i.b. tauris. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 42, | november 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org analytical study of the role of the head of state according to the (2005) constitution of the republic of iraq hiba neama mansour asst. lecturer university of baghdad / college of law hiba.n@colaw.uobaghdad.edu.iq 1447 a.h. / 2025 a.d. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s according to the 2005 iraqi constitution, the president of the republic plays a highly important and complex role, given his active and influential role in achieving political stability within the system of government, a role theoretically supported by the constitutional document, in practical terms, its role is demonstrated through the political agreements that occur between political blocs and parties, which are both important and challenging due to what is happening on the political scene following the parliamentary elections for the house of representatives, especially what occurred after the last elections in 2021, which effectively obstructed the election of the president of the republic, this stands as an obstacle to achieving the desired stability all of this prompted us to choose this research topic with the aim of focusing on the mechanism for electing the president and its outcomes, and addressing the executive authority of the president of the republic in appointing the candidate for the position of prime minister, given the constitutional obstacles and political challenges surrounding it. in addition, the research includes the questioning of the president of the republic in the cases specified in the texts of the constitution, which is considered a new feature in the parliamentary system adopted by the iraqi constitutional legislator we adopted a descriptive-analytical approach to analyze the constitutional texts related to the office of the president of the republic and the powers he exercises, including his accountability according to the iraqi constitution, while citing some constitutions of countries with a parliamentary system, such as the amended constitution of the federal republic of germany in 1949 , the italian constitution of 1947 and the lebanese constitution of 1990, as amended, are discussed in two sections the first section deals with the nomination process for the presidency and the duration of the presidential term , as for the second section, we clarified the executive authority of the president of the republic, which is represented in appointing the candidate for the position of prime minister, according to the constitutional and political reality of that authority in constitution, iraqi constitution, parliament, parliamentary system, president of the republic, criminal responsibility. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org addition to identifying cases where the president and related parties are responsible for accusing and prosecuting him we concluded the research topic with a number of results, the most important of which is: that there are constitutional gaps related to the position of the president of the republic and his authority to appoint the prime minister, which requires addressing them with constitutional mechanisms. as for the most important proposals, they are: the necessity of adhering to the constitutional mechanisms according to the exceptional amendment, in addition to the citizens having political awareness for the success of democracy in iraq. introduction the position of the head of state under the yemeni-iraqi republic system occupies a pivotal role in the exclusive yemeni deficit, given that the system of government is dominated by consensual democracy, in addition to adopting the educational system and the executive authority’s programs by virtue of the constitution’s provisions. significance of the study: the primary role of the office of the president of the republic in exercising power is in his contribution to achieving a balance between policies among the authorities, a balance that is prescribed according to the constitution and the political reality in that regard, which gives the subject a special importance that is linked between effectiveness and ambiguity. objective of the study: this research aims to study the role of the president of the republic in the iraqi parliamentary system, focusing on his role in maintaining the stability of the political system and promoting democratic participation. the research also seeks to understand the president's influence in this process, assess the actual executive powers granted to him within the parliamentary system, and determine their adequacy in achieving a balance of power. reasons and motivations for choosing the topic: there are primary and secondary reasons and motives, among the most important reasons that led us to choose the topic of this research are the constitutional gaps and political circumstances surrounding the office of the president, and his powers, especially the executive ones, and addressing them with constitutional mechanisms consistent with a sound parliamentary system. research hypothesis: this study is based on the hypothesis that the role of the head of state under iraq’s 2005 constitution stems from the fundamental structure of the parliamentary system, which is characterized by the existence of two separate entities, both structurally and functionally, under the principle of dual executive authority. while this principle grants the president a formal role in exercising authority, actual governing power primarily rests with the prime minister and the council of ministers. through american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org his personal influence and authority, the president contributes to maintaining the political balance among the branches of government. research problem: the task of the research problem is to answer a set of its questions: • does the position of president of the republic align with the requirements of the parliamentary system in iraq? • is the term of office of the president of the republic in iraq being applied as stipulated in the constitution, or is there a flaw in the implementation of its provisions? • do the executive powers granted to the president of the republic under the iraqi constitution affect the stability of the system of government, or are there other problems that stand in the way of achieving that desired stability? to address these issues, it is necessary to diagnose the flaws in the constitutional texts related to the subject of the research, in order to develop theoretical solutions that are appropriate to the requirements of the political reality imposed by the parliamentary system. research methodology: the researcher adopted the analytical and descriptive approach to analyze the texts of the 2005 constitution of the republic of iraq, this approach did not prevent referencing the constitutions of other states that have adopted the parliamentary system, such as the german constitution of 1949, the italian constitution of 1947, and the lebanese constitution of 1990 (as amended) the objective was to obtain precise and reliable results. structure of the study: to address the requirements of the research, this study is divided into two main sections: first section: the mechanism for electing the president of the republic under the iraqi constitution of 2005 and the duration of his term. • first subsection: mechanism for electing the president of the republic • second subsection: duration of the presidential term • the study concludes with a conclusion, in which the most important findings and recommendations are presented. section two: the powers of the president of the republic under the 2005 iraqi constitution first subsection: executive authority of the president of the republic second subsection: responsibility of the president of the republic section one: the mechanism for electing the president of the republic under the 2005 iraqi constitution and the duration of his term american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the iraqi constitution establishes a parliamentary system)1(, as reflected in its provisions, which state that “the republic of iraq is an independent federal state, with a republican, parliamentary, and representative system of governance” (article 1 of the constitution). one of the pillars of this system is the principle of dual executive authority, which, formally, relies on the existence of two structurally separate entities: the head of state and the prime minister. a defining feature of the republican system is the specification of the term of office of the head of state, in line with the principle of peaceful transfer of power)2 ( (mohammed bou asha, 2000, p.119), which ensures the succession of elected leaders to power)3 ( (ali khalifa al-kuwari, 2000, p.53). since the method of electing the president is considered the distinguishing criterion between monarchical and republican systems, and given that defining the presidential term achieves the principle of power rotation required for the functioning of a democratic system, the study focuses on these two determinants according to the iraqi constitution, as outlined in the following two subsections. first subsection: mechanism for electing the president of the republic as previously mentioned, the iraqi constitution adopts a parliamentary system, one of the foundations of which is that the president is elected by the parliament, represented by the council of representatives, as it directly comprises representatives of the people. the constitution explicitly includes among the powers of the council of representatives the election of the president of the republic)4( (article 61 of the constitution). furthermore, the nomination stage for the presidency involves specific mechanisms, as it precedes the actual electoral process. to understand the mechanism for electing the president, it is necessary first to examine the nomination process for the office and then the election process, which will be discussed in the following two subsections. first branch: nomination mechanism for the office of the president of the republic the nomination stage for the presidency involves individuals expressing their interest in holding the office, provided that the candidate meets the required conditions, which are stipulated both constitutionally and legally. the iraqi constitution specifies the qualifications for a presidential candidate, stating that the candidate must be iraqi by birth to iraqi parents, fully competent, and at least forty years old. notably, the german constitution of 1949 also sets the minimum age at forty. the candidate must have a good reputation, political experience, and be recognized for integrity, honesty, justice, and loyalty to the homeland, and must not have been convicted of a dishonorable offense)5 ( (see article 68/1,2,3,4 of the constitution). it would have been more precise for the constitutional legislator in the last paragraph of the cited article to use the term “felony” instead of “offense,” as dishonorable offenses are generally limited to felonies. additionally, the constitution requires, as a condition for any sovereign office, including the presidency, that the candidate must not be subject to the de-baathification process)6 ( (article 135/3). to ensure the candidate’s loyalty and confirm his affiliation to the country, article 18/4 obligates the candidate to renounce any acquired foreign nationality upon assuming office. comparative 1 ) article one of the constitution of the republic of iraq, 2005. 2 ) mohammed bou asha, the arabs and the future in the international conflict, 1st ed., arab publishing and distribution house, libya, 2000, p.119. 3 ) ali khalifa al-kuwari, “the concept of contemporary democracy,” in a group of researchers, democratic accountability in the arab world, 1st ed., center for arab unity studies, beirut, 2000, p.53. 4 ) article 61 of the iraqi constitution, supra note. 5 ) see articles 68/1, 2, 3, 4 of the iraqi constitution, supra note. 6 ) article 135/third of the iraqi constitution, supra note. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org constitutions often require that a certain period has elapsed since acquiring nationality for eligibility to political office—commonly five or ten years, with continuous residence during this period, a provision followed by the german constitution)7 ( (par pierre & ander bois, 1979, p.45). the constitution also stipulates that the candidate must not have participated in the suppression of the 1991 uprising, the anfal campaign of 1988, or any other crimes against the iraqi people)8 ( (article 138/3/d). the nomination provisions law no. (8) of 2012 regulates the conditions that must be met by a candidate, which essentially mirror the requirements set forth in article 68 of the constitution, with certain additions. these include that the candidate must possess at least a recognized university degree accredited by the ministry of higher education and scientific research, and must not be subject to the provisions of the accountability and justice law or any procedures that replace it. after reviewing the qualifications for presidential candidacy, it is necessary to address the procedure for nomination as organized by the constitutional legislator in article 70 of the constitution, which follows the individual nomination system. any person wishing to run for the presidency must submit an application to the speaker of the council of representatives within a maximum period of three days from the start of the announcement of candidacy. the applications must be submitted in writing, accompanied by official documents proving that the required conditions are met, along with the candidate’s curriculum vitae)9 ( (article 3 of the nomination provisions law no. 8 of 2012). second branch: mechanism for electing the president of the republic constitutions in parliamentary republics, particularly in federal states, are keen to describe the role of the president as the guarantor of the unity of the state. this is reflected in the iraqi constitution, which stipulates that the president of the republic is the head of the federal state of iraq, the symbol of national unity, independence, and external sovereignty, and part of the executive authority, exercising his powers and duties in accordance with the constitution and applicable laws)10 ( (article 67 of the constitution). regarding the election mechanism, the constitutional legislator vested this authority in the council of representatives, as it represents the people, the sovereign entity)11 ( (dr. sarhank hamid saleh albarzanji, 2009, p.152). the president is elected by a two-thirds majority of the total members of the council of representatives. if no candidate achieves the required majority in the first round, a runoff occurs between the candidates who received the highest number of votes, and the candidate who obtains a simple majority in the second round is declared president (article 70/1-2). the constitution also sets a timeframe for electing the president, requiring that the election be held within thirty (30) days from the date of the first session of the council of representatives (article 72/2). the council convenes upon the call of the outgoing president by a republican decree within fifteen (15) days from the ratification of the parliamentary election results, and this period cannot be extended beyond the specified limit (article 54). 7 ) par pierre & ander bois 1979-p.45 8 ) article 138/third/d of the iraqi constitution, supra note. 9 ) (1) article three of the candidacy provisions law no. (8) of 2012. 10 ) see article 67 of the iraqi constitution, supra note. 11 ) dr. sarhang hamid saleh al-barzanji, constitutional components and the cases of its defense, 1st ed., [place of publication not indicated], 2009, p.152. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the elected president takes the constitutional oath as stipulated in article 50)12( (dr. rafea khidr saleh shubr, 2012, p.84). however, the constitutional provisions concerning the election of the president within the specified timeframes have not been adhered to in most previous parliamentary terms, the most recent being the fifth parliamentary term following the early elections of 2021. in fact, the required quorum for convening the session to elect the president of the republic was not achieved, resulting in a political deadlock, leaving the office vacant until the president was finally elected on)13( 13 october 2022 (asst. lecturer hiba neama mansour, 2023, p.689). despite this, the supreme federal court clarified the uncertainty in one of its rulings, stating that the quorum for a session of the council of representatives to elect the president of the republic is twothirds of the total members of the council. the court decided: "the council of representatives shall elect the president of the republic from among the candidates for the presidency by a two-thirds majority of the total number of members of the council, and the quorum shall be achieved by the presence of two-thirds of the total members of the council. )14((supreme federal court decision no. 16/federal, dated 3 february 2022). the aforementioned decision clearly determined the minimum quorum required from both a constitutional and legal perspective, as well as the number of votes required in the first round for a candidate to be elected president, which was fixed at 219 members. second subsection: duration of the presidential term constitutions in democratic republics tend to define the term of office of the head of state through the succession of presidents. authority, in order to derive legitimacy and enforce its legal and material power, must be accepted and recognized by society as a right exercised by the state over its citizens )15 ( (dr. maha abdul latif al-hadithi, 1994, p.1). since the presidential term in a democratic republican system is generally defined constitutionally, it may end in the usual manner, but in certain special circumstances, its termination may require additional procedures. this approach is adopted by the iraqi constitutional legislator, which necessitates clarification in the following two separate branches: first branch: duration of the presidential term and its conclusion the iraqi constitutional legislator has set the term of the president of the republic at four years, with the possibility of re-election for a second term only)16( (article 72/2). in other words, the president’s term is four years, renewable once, making the maximum total duration of the presidency two electoral terms)17( (dr. hamid hanoun khalid, 2010, p.85; )18 (dr. ali youssef al-shukri, dr. mohammed ali al-nasiri, & mahmoud al-taie, 2008, p.125). 12 ) for further details, see dr. rafe’ khidr saleh shubber, separation of the executive and legislative powers in the parliamentary system in iraq, alsanhouri library, baghdad, 2012, p.84. 13 ) heba ne’ma mansour, “the actual suspension of the constitution of the republic of iraq of 2005 and its relation to the principle of legality,” journal of legal sciences, issue 38, no. 1, 2023, p.689. 14 ) supreme federal court decision no. 16/federal, dated 3 february 2022. 15 ) dr. maha abdul latif al-hadithi, the problem of power succession and its impact on politics in the third world, phd thesis, college of political science, university of baghdad, 1994, p.1. 16 ) article 72/2 of the iraqi constitution, supra note. 17 ) for further details, see dr. hamid hanoun khalid, political systems, 1st ed., al-‘atik for book publishing, cairo, 2010, p.85. 18 ) dr. ali yousif al-shukri, dr. mohammed ali al-nasiri, and mahmoud al-ta’i, studies on the iraqi constitution, afaaq foundation, baghdad, 2008, p.125. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org in contrast, some constitutions in parliamentary systems set the presidential term at five years, considering it more logical, reasonable, and flexible, allowing for a better evaluation of the president’s performance during the required period)19 ( (david n. orbien, 2005, p.16). we believe that setting the presidential term at four years, renewable only once, achieves the principle of peaceful rotation of power and provides the president with an incentive to exert effort to secure reelection, given his accumulated political experience in exercising authority and managing state affairs. returning to the iraqi constitution, it is clear that the constitutional legislator has approached the principle of rotation in theory, by limiting the total presidential term to eight years. second branch: cases of termination of the presidential term to maintain the principle of power rotation, the presidential term can be extended for specified periods, ensuring the principle is respected. consequently, the term is expected to end in line with the provisions established by the constitution. however, there are exceptional circumstances that may arise, leading to the same outcome—the termination of the president’s tenure. the iraqi constitution refers to some of these cases as follows: 1expiration of the term of the council of representatives: this is a natural case recognized by the iraqi constitutional legislator. according to article 72/1, second clause, the term of the president of the republic ends with the conclusion of the parliamentary term. this means that the constitutional legislator has aligned the presidential term with that of the council of representatives, so the president’s term concludes at the end of the parliamentary session, i.e., after four years, as indicated in article 56/1. in the case of an extraordinary termination of the council of representatives’ term, some argue that the president’s term ends with the conclusion of the parliamentary session)20 ( (dr. zuhair shukr, 1992, p.676 et seq.). this is the approach taken by the iraqi constitutional legislator, which fixed the presidential term at four years. if the council is dissolved before the end of its term, this does not prevent the president from completing the assumed term, as he represents an independent constitutional institution, separate from both the parliament and the government. consequently, the president continues to perform his duties until the new council of representatives is elected and convenes, and a new president is elected within thirty (30) days from the date of the first parliamentary session )21( (article 72/2/b). the rationale behind this approach is to ensure the continuity of state institutions however, it would have been more appropriate for the legislator to avoid constitutional vacancy by electing a new president from the date of the dissolution of parliament, as is practiced under the constitution of the federal republic of germany of 1949. 2. resignation: the iraqi constitution provides that the president of the republic may submit a written resignation to the speaker of the council of representatives, which becomes effective seven days after its submission to the council (article 75 of the constitution). thus, resignation is a right of the president, and the request is submitted to the same body responsible for electing him. however, the constitution requires that the resignation does not take effect until seven days have 19 ) david n. orbien, constitutional and politics, norton company, sixth edition, n.y, 2005 , p.16. 20 ) dr. zuhair shukr, the intermediate in constitutional law and political institutions: general theory of states and governments, vol. 1, university publishing house, beirut, lebanon, 1992, pp.676 et seq. 21 ) article 72/second/b of the iraqi constitution, supra note. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org passed from the date of submission to the council. the resignation is addressed to the speaker of the council, who presents it to its members. 3. dismissal: the president may be dismissed by a decision of an absolute majority of the members of the council of representatives, following a conviction by the supreme federal court in any of the following cases: firstly: violation of the oath. secondly: breach of the constitution. thirdly: high treason)22 ( (article 61/6/b of the constitution) (22). it is noteworthy that the cases for which the president may be convicted are exhaustively listed in this article, meaning that the president cannot be convicted or dismissed for any other act or crime. it would have been preferable for the constitutional legislator to present these crimes by way of example, thereby granting the supreme federal court the flexibility to convict the president for any other political or criminal act that may threaten state security and sovereignty or undermine professional honor. 4. vacancy of the presidential office for any reason)23( (article 72/2/c of the constitution) (23). this general expression used in the constitution encompasses all situations that may lead to the termination of the president’s term, such as death or incapacity. it would have been preferable for the legislator to provide more detailed specifications, for example, regarding permanent incapacity to exercise authority it is well known that such situations often give rise to constitutional crises, particularly concerning who determines incapacity and who may claim it. a president may be accused of being unable to perform constitutional duties while asserting his ability to continue in office for reference, the lebanese constitution specifies the presidential term as six years, and re-election is only permissible after six years have elapsed)24 ( (article 49 of the constitution) (24). this means that the lebanese president’s term is six years, renewable indirectly—a president whose first term has ended may not run for immediate re-election, but may seek the presidency again after a six-year interval, thus allowing term renewal, but only after the stipulated period. section two the powers of the president of the republic under the iraqi constitution of 2005 as previously noted, the iraqi constitution has adopted the parliamentary system, and it is well known that one of the main pillars of this system is the principle of dual executive authority, which is substantively based on the functional independence of both the head of state and the head of government in exercising the powers entrusted to each of them. moreover, the head of state is inviolable and not politically accountable)25 ( (d. ozbek, adan, 2019, p. 37). the role of the head of state is therefore symbolic in nature, and the powers exercised are formal in accordance with that principle. however, the iraqi constitutional legislator has vested the president with executive powers, as well as certain legislative powers, in addition to the formal powers conferred upon the president of the republic under the provisions of the constitution )26( (see article 73). in view of the fact that the powers falling within the legislative domain have not been the subject of political dispute, and since the executive powers granted to the president—particularly the authority to assign the prime minister to form the council of ministers—have faced obstacles and challenges that 22 ) article 61/sixth/b, ibid. 23 ) article 72/second/c, ibid. 24 ) article 49 of the iraqi constitution. 25 ) d. nimet ozbek & mohammed ahmed adan , the role of parliamentary system on political stability , 2019,b.37 26 ) see article 73. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org hindered the implementation of certain constitutional provisions, and given also that the constitutional legislator has unilaterally determined the president’s responsibility, attention shall therefore be focused on the executive authority of the president of the republic and subsequently on the determination of his responsibility under the provisions of the constitution, in accordance with the following two sections: section one: the executive powers of the president of the republic as previously stated, the president of the republic is vested with formal powers under the provisions of the constitution, which are enumerated in article 73, furthermore, the president exercises actual powers, the most important and complex of which is tasking the prime minister with forming the government, given the constitutional obstacles and political challenges surrounding the constitutional text under discussion. therefore, we have divided this requirement into two parts, as follows : subsection one: the established rule in the parliamentary system for taking a vacation is that the leader of the parliamentary majority that won the elections is tasked with forming the cabinet. he forms the cabinet from his party or coalition that won the elections if he obtained a constitutionally mandated majority; otherwise, a broader coalition is required to reach that majority , constitutions that adopted the parliamentary system have incorporated this rule into their constitutions, whereby the head of state, whether a king or a president, tasks one of the leading figures of the ruling party that won the elections, or the leader of the parliamentary majority, with forming the cabinet . returning to the iraqi constitution, in which the legislator explicitly declared its adoption of this system, we find its deviation from that principle. this is confirmed by examining the text of article 76, where numerous constitutional obstacles become apparent. the first is the ambiguity of the phrase "the largest parliamentary bloc" in the first paragraph of the same article, which states: "the president of the republic shall task the leader of the largest parliamentary bloc with forming the council of ministers within 15 days from the date of the election of the president of the republic.” these demonstrations witnessed political debate regarding their content, namely the bloc of election winners or the bloc formed after the elections, which allows for resignations from the field by some blocs and political forces to gain their favor and participation in the political process, in order to satisfy the desires of this or that party, and this in turn leads to weak government performance and inevitably affects the rights and freedoms of individuals . “the term ‘largest parliamentary bloc’ may refer to either: (a) the bloc that was formed before the elections through a single electoral list that entered the elections under a specific name and number and obtained the highest number of parliamentary seats; or (b) the bloc that was formed after the elections from two or more electoral lists that entered the elections under different names and numbers, and later coalesced into one unified entity within the council of representatives. whichever bloc has the greater number of seats in the first session of the council of representatives, its nominee shall be designated by the president of the republic to form the council of ministers, pursuant to article )27 (76 of the constitution.” (federal supreme court decision no. 25/federal/2010, dated 25 march 2010). 27 ) supreme federal court decision no. 25/federal, dated 25 march 2010. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org from this interpretation, it is evident that the president of the republic may designate either the leader of the parliamentary majority that won the elections or the leader of the majority formed during the first session of the council of representatives to form the council of ministers. however, this interpretation diverges from the established principle in the parliamentary system, which stipulates that the head of state—whether a king or a president—must entrust the leader of the parliamentary majority that won the elections with the formation of the council of ministers. this principle acts as a parliamentary constraint on the head of state in the process of forming the government)28 ( (see: dr. rafi‘ khudr salih shubbar, op. cit., p. 57). furthermore, the same article presents an additional constitutional challenge, relating to the appointment of an alternative nominee if the designated prime minister is unable to form the government , the article stipulates that: “the president of the republic shall designate another nominee for the position of prime minister within fifteen days in the event the prime minister-designate fails to form the council of ministers within the period specified in clause (second) of this article.” the difficulty lies in the lack of clarity regarding whether this new nominee should be the nominee of the largest parliamentary bloc or one chosen directly by the president of the republic. it is logically presumed, however, that the latter interpretation is preferable, so as to prevent any political maneuvering aimed at obstructing the formation of the government within the constitutional deadlines—especially given that iraqi political blocs and parties operate largely through consensusbased arrangements, as will be discussed later. additionally)29(, article 76 fails to address the procedure to be followed if the new nominee also fails to form the government, nor does it specify the timeframe within which such formation must be completed. nonetheless, the constitutional legislator indicates in paragraph (fifth) of the same article that: “the president of the republic shall designate another nominee to form the council of ministers within fifteen days if the council of ministers fails to obtain the confidence of the council of representatives.” it is also worth noting that some constitutions adopting the parliamentary system do not require the prime minister to be chosen from the parliamentary majority, such as the italian constitution of 1947)30( (article 92). subsection two: the political reality of the president’s authority to designate the prime minister there is no doubt that understanding the practical nature of this authority requires a comprehensive awareness of the actual circumstances surrounding the parliamentary elections for the council of representatives. since we have already discussed, albeit briefly, the legislative elections of previous parliamentary terms in connection with the president’s term of office, it is important to note that the fifth parliamentary term differed markedly from the preceding ones this distinction emerged from the suspension of the election of the president of the republic, which consequently delayed the formation of the government for an entire year. 28 ) for further details, see dr. rafe’ khidr saleh shubber, supra note, p.57. 29 ) article 76/fifth, of the constitution. 30 ) article 92 of the italian constitution of 1947 provides: the government of the republic shall consist of the president of the council of ministers and the ministers, who together form the council of ministers. the president of the republic shall appoint the president of the council of ministers in coordination with them. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org we will actually follow the assignment during that interim period in relation to the political reality that led to this, some of which was required of him. to begin, it is necessary to examine the reality of the fourth parliamentary session following the resignation of the prime minister-designate, who was forced to end his term in office after a year due to the demonstrations. the house of representatives approved this resignation (31) minutes of the house of representatives session no . 20 , on december 1 , 2019 . and then the former president did not task the candidate of the agreement with getting rid of modern technology between the blocs and forms that do not occur on the candidate representing the bloc with the largest number of celebrities, which led to the use of the house of representatives when it had its right to break the quorum of attendance and non-attendance to vote on the presidency for the position of president by the president of the republic the federal supreme court confirmed this by stipulating the obligation to appoint the candidate stipulated in the first paragraph of article 76. consequently, the government's role became one of preparing for early elections and managing affairs, which led to the loss of individual rights and freedoms following the early elections in 2021, the role of the president of the republic remained suspended for a year, as previously mentioned, due to the political forces' failure to agree on electing a president, given that political consensus was and still is the dominant factor in the political process. this situation calls for prompt resolution through the exceptional constitutional amendment procedures provided by the constitution, involving a revision of the pertinent constitutional provisions. in particular, it is recommended that the threshold for electing the president of the republic be changed from a two-thirds majority to an absolute majority. additionally, the nomination procedure for the prime minister under article 76 should be revised, substituting the phrase “the nominee of the largest parliamentary bloc” with “the winner of the elections.” these proposed amendments aim to prevent the repetition of previous political disputes and to safeguard individuals’ rights and freedoms against possible infringements. section two: the responsibility of the president of the republic in parliamentary systems, the head of state is typically regarded as inviolable and not personally accountable, meaning they generally do not bear individual responsibility for governmental actions , however, as previously noted, the constitutional legislator diverged from this principle and established that the president of the republic is indeed accountable. on this basis, we shall highlight the circumstances under which the president’s responsibility may arise, identify the penalties or consequences applicable, and determine the authorities competent to bring charges against the president as well as those responsible for his trial. accordingly, this section is divided into two subsections: the first addresses the circumstances giving rise to presidential responsibility, and the second identifies the competent authorities for filing charges and conducting the trial. subsection one: circumstances giving rise to the responsibility of the president of the republic the constitutional legislator has regulated the responsibility of the president explicitly, as provided in article 61, paragraph sixth, as previously mentioned in the context of the dismissal of the president of the republic. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org regarding the mechanism of accountability, the council of representatives is competent, in accordance with the above-mentioned article, to... sixth: accountability of the president of the republic upon a reasoned request by an absolute majority of the members of the council of representatives. (a) dismissal of the president of the republic by an absolute majority of the members of the council of representatives, following conviction by the federal supreme court, in any of the following cases: 1. breach of the constitution 2. high treason 3. these cases require detailed clarification first: breach of the constitutional oath the constitutional legislator has obligated the president of the republic to take the constitutional oath pursuant to article 70, as provided for in article 50 of the constitution. although the council of representatives is the body competent to hold the president politically accountable in the event of a breach of the constitutional oath, certain contents of that oath may give rise to criminal offenses stipulated in the penal code, such as the crime of undermining the independence and sovereignty of iraq)31 ( (article 156 of the iraqi penal code of 1969, as amended). this case has been classified as a criminal offense under the iraqi penal code within the category of crimes harmful to the public interest. the relevant provision is found among the crimes that infringe upon the external security of the state, stipulating that: “any person who intentionally commits an act with the purpose of undermining the independence, unity, or territorial integrity of the country, or whose act is likely to lead to such an outcome, shall be punished by death.” second: violation of the constitution the violation for which the president of the republic may be held accountable is established when the president commits any act that constitutes an explicit or implicit breach of any constitutional provision, or acts contrary to the constitution by exercising the powers granted to him under its provisions in a manner that results in such a breach)32 ([mohammed ali salem and ismail ne’ma aboud, 2008, p.159]. it may therefore be said that the constitutional violations which may be committed by the president of the republic can be exemplified in the following cases: the first case: when the president violates any provision of the constitution in general, and particularly its mandatory provisions, which either prohibit the performance of a specific act that the president nevertheless undertakes, or impose upon him a certain duty that he fails to fulfill. the violation may also occur if the president contravenes the political provisions of the constitution that regulate the relationship between him and the other public authorities, or breaches the social provisions of the constitution that govern his relationship with individuals through those authorities. the second case: violation of the constitutional provisions that define the powers of the president, as set forth in article 73 of the constitution. 31 ) article 156 of the iraqi penal code no. 111 of 1969, as amended. 32 ) dr. mohammed ali salem and ismail ne’ma aboud, “criminal responsibility of the president of the republic,” published in journal of the college of education / babel, vol. 1, issue 2008/4, p.159. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org third: high treason the constitutional legislator did not specify the nature of the high treason that may be attributed to the president of the republic. it is believed that such treason possesses a dual nature — both political and criminal — a conclusion that can be inferred from the procedures governing accusation and trial. as for the substantive content of high treason, a distinction must be made between two matters: the first concerns acts that do not fall within the scope of high treason, and the second concerns acts that do fall within the scope of high treason. concerning the first matter, it should be noted that the constitution addresses high treason in article 61, sixth, in conjunction with cases of constitutional violation and breach of the constitutional oath, indicating that the concept of these two cases differs from that of high treason. regarding the second matter, the substance of high treason is defined by acts committed by the president of the republic that constitute a serious breach of the constitutional duties entrusted to him, as well as acts that compromise the integrity and security of the state, both domestically and internationally. accordingly, the substantive content of high treason encompasses two categories of acts committed by the president of the republic . first category: serious breach of constitutional duties second category: acts undermining the supreme interests of the state section two: the competent authority for prosecuting and convicting the president of the republic a) regarding the accusation, the constitutional legislator intended to vest one of the legislative chambers—the council of representatives—with the authority to bring charges against the president, excluding the federation council, while granting the supreme federal court the power to convict him in the constitutionally specified cases mentioned above. regarding the mechanism of accusation, the council of representatives is authorized, upon a substantiated request, to bring charges against the president by an absolute majority of its members, as stipulated in article 61, sixth. in accordance with the aforementioned constitutional provision, the text of the iraqi council of representatives law no. 13 of 2018 aligns with the constitution, as article 28 stipulates: the council may hold the president of the republic accountable by an absolute majority of its members upon a substantiated request. it is clear from the foregoing that the procedures for impeaching the president of the republic by the house of representatives are based on a reasoned request by an absolute majority of its members, and where the request must be reasoned, and the reasoning behind this impeachment requires stating the legal and factual considerations that led to its issuance , the reason is a formal requirement in the indictment decision, and if it is ignored, the decision is flawed and leads to its invalidity. justification is a guarantee of the integrity of the procedures related to issuing the indictment, ensuring deliberation and careful consideration in its issuance, and also guaranteeing the identification of the legal reasons that prompted its issuance. by mandating substantiated reasoning, the constitutional legislator ensures that the decision includes the necessary legal justifications for its issuance (dr. rafe’ khidr saleh shubber, 2014, p.36). as for the authority competent to try the president of the republic, the constitutional document has vested the function of convicting the president in the supreme federal court. it can be said that this american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org court is not specifically a court for trying the president; rather, it exercises this authority in addition to a number of other competences, as stipulated in article 61/ sixth. b) the constitution provides that: “the president of the republic may be dismissed … after being convicted by the supreme federal court in one of the cases mentioned above.” it is understood from this that the determination of the president of the republic’s responsibility occurs following his conviction by the constitutional judiciary / supreme federal court. it should be noted that this responsibility is of two types: • political responsibility, represented by dismissal or removal from office based on a decision issued by an absolute majority of the members of the council of representatives after his conviction by the supreme federal court, as indicated in article 61/ sixth (b). • criminal responsibility, which, according to the provisions of the aforementioned constitutional text, requires legislation that sets forth the procedures for trying the president of the republic. since such legislation has not yet been enacted, this means that the procedures for politically trying the president during his term fall under political accountability, whereas procedures for trying him for other crimes, such as murder, theft, etc., fall within the jurisdiction of the ordinary judiciary. conclusion at the conclusion of this modest study, the following findings can be drawn: • there are gaps in certain constitutional provisions concerning the office of the president of the republic, his powers, and the determination of his responsibilities under the constitution of the republic of iraq of 2005. • there are practical challenges facing the political system adopted by the iraqi constitution, unlike other parliamentary systems, which are based on the iraqi political system being based on political agreements. • there is an urgent need to raise legal and political awareness among the general public and government officials regarding the powers of the president of the republic and to define his responsibilities. recommendations and proposals addressing the legal loopholes and practical challenges to activating the role of the president of the republic in iraq requires constitutional amendments in accordance with the exceptional amendment stipulated in article 142 of the constitution, as follows: 1amending the constitutional texts relating to the conditions of candidacy for the presidency, the mechanism of his election, and his executive powers, not to mention the texts relating to the accountability of the president, to ensure the effectiveness of the president’s role in the iraqi political system. 2strengthening the legal and administrative frameworks to support the implementation of constitutional provisions related to the accountability of the president of the republic. 3raising awareness among citizens about exercising their rights and defining their responsibilities to ensure justice and transparency in accountability. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 42 november 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org references books: 1. dr. hamid hanoun khalid, political systems, 1st ed., al-‘atik for book publishing, cairo, 2010. 2. dr. rafe’ khidr saleh shubber, separation of the executive and legislative powers in the parliamentary system in iraq, al-sanhouri library, baghdad, 2012. 3. dr. rafe’ khidr saleh shubber, criminal responsibility of the head of state, 1st ed., dar alridwan for publishing and distribution, amman, jordan, 2014. 4. dr. zuhair shukr, the intermediate in constitutional law and political institutions: general theory of states and governments, vol. 1, 2, university publishing house, beirut, lebanon, 1992. 5. dr. sarhang hamid saleh al-barzanji, constitutional components and the cases of its defense, 1st ed., [place of publication not indicated], 2009, p.152. 6. dr. ali yousif al-shukri, dr. mohammed ali al-nasiri, and mahmoud al-ta’i, studies on the iraqi constitution, afaaq foundation, baghdad, 2008. 7. ali khalifa al-kuwari, “the concept of contemporary democracy,” in a group of researchers, democratic accountability in the arab world, 1st ed., center for arab unity studies, beirut, 2000. 8. mohammed bou asha, the arabs and the future in the international conflict, 1st ed., arab publishing and distribution house, libya, 2000, p.119. heses and dissertations: dr. maha abdul latif al-hadithi, the problem of power succession and its impact on politics in the third world, phd thesis, college of political science, university of baghdad, 1994. journals and periodicals: 1. dr. mohammed ali salem and ismail ne’ma aboud, “criminal responsibility of the president of the republic,” published in journal of the college of education / babel, vol. 1, issue 2008/4. 2. heba ne’ma mansour, “the actual suspension of the constitution of the republic of iraq of 2005 and its relation to the principle of legality,” journal of legal sciences, issue 38, no. 1, 2023. constitutions: 1. constitution of the republic of iraq, 2005. 2. constitution of the federal republic of germany, 1949, as amended. 3. constitution of italy, 1947. 4. constitution of lebanon, 1990, as amended. laws and decisions: 1. iraqi penal code no. 111 of 1969, as amended. 2. candidacy provisions law for the office of the president of the republic no. 8 of 2012. 3. internal regulations of the iraqi council of representatives, 2006. 4. minutes of the council of representatives session no. 20, dated 1 december 2019. 5. supreme federal court decision no. 25/federal, dated 25 march 2010. 6. supreme federal court decision no. 16/federal/2022, dated 3 february 2022. foreign sources: 1d. nimet ozbek & mohammed ahmed adan , the role of parliamentary system on political stability , 2019 . 2david n.obrien,constitutional and politics,norton company,sixth edition,n.y,2005 . 3par pierre & ander bois les institutions allemendes press universitaires de frans – 1979. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 43, | december 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org betrayal that dismantles the nation, obstructed justice, and a powerless citizenry: seeking legitimate remedies beyond the limits of domestic and international law dr. siddik arslan deputy secretary general of erzurum metropolitan municipality turkiye orcid id: https://orcid.org/0009-0009-3169-3763 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study addresses the question of what normative and ethical foundations societies can rely upon to develop legitimate solutions in extreme crisis scenarios where the law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed. the research demonstrates that treason is not merely an individual criminal offense but rather a systemic rupture process that simultaneously targets state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, and collective memory. positioned at the intersection of political science, sociology of law, ethical theories, transitional justice, and social psychology literatures, this study adopts an interdisciplinary perspective. the research employs conceptual analysis, historical comparison, and theoretical synthesis approaches within a qualitative methodological framework. the most fundamental theoretical contribution of this study is the development of an "integrated legitimacy model" that becomes essential under conditions of treason and legal paralysis. this model does not reduce legitimacy merely to existing legal norms; rather, it defines legitimacy as a dynamic structure built upon four fundamental pillars: legal validity, ethical justifiability, social consensus, and institutional resilience. the findings demonstrate that during periods of complete legal collapse, societies can develop alternative sources of legitimacy by turning to ethical norms, deliberative processes, restorative justice mechanisms, and collective solidarity networks. the study has established that ethical leadership constitutes a decisive variable in the reconstruction of legitimacy, that the collapse of the information order perpetuates legitimacy crises, and that societal resilience directly affects recovery processes. by emphasizing the limitations of international law, the study reveals the importance of local legitimacy sources. policy recommendations encompass the integrated treatment of legal reforms, institutionalization of ethical leadership, information ecosystem security, economic stability, and social solidarity. this study argues that legitimacy cannot be reduced solely to written laws, and systematically develops the concept of "legitimacy beyond law" by asserting that social conscience, collective memory, and ethical norms constitute indispensable sources of legitimacy. treason, legitimacy crisis, legal paralysis, integrated legitimacy model, transitional justice, societal resilience, ethical leadership american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org introduction paragraph 1: throughout history, states have confronted treason—the most destructive of internal threats. the decisive role played by internal divisions and elite betrayals in the collapse of the roman empire (heather, 2005), the conduct of the court aristocracy in sacrificing national interests to foreign powers prior to the french revolution (doyle, 1989), and the transformation of the state apparatus against its own populace in twentieth-century totalitarian regimes (arendt, 1951) unequivocally demonstrate that treason constitutes not merely an individual offense, but rather a systemic rupture that fundamentally undermines social and political order. this historical continuity reveals that treason is a universal phenomenon, generating analogous destructive patterns across diverse political systems. these historical exemplars illuminate a common pattern wherein treason erodes state capacity, renders legal mechanisms dysfunctional, and ultimately leaves the populace in a state of helplessness. in the contemporary era, characterized by the complexification of globalization, technological transformation, and international relations, the dimensions of the treason phenomenon have deepened further, rendering traditional legal remedial mechanisms inadequate. the proliferation of information technologies, in particular, has amplified both the visibility and impact of treason; the manipulation of public perception through propaganda and disinformation has given rise to novel threat dimensions that transcend classical forms of betrayal (ellul, 1965; tufekci, 2017). in this context, the question of how a legitimate resolution might be achieved in scenarios of supreme treason that threaten the very existence of the nation demands urgent scholarly attention from both theoretical and practical perspectives. paragraph 2: this study examines circumstances of treason that shake the foundations of a nation and appear nearly impossible to redress, within the context of legal paralysis and popular helplessness. the scope of the study necessitates examining treason not merely as an individual act, but as a multidimensional process of destruction targeting state capacity, institutional integrity, and social trust. this multidimensionality demonstrates that the effects of treason extend beyond the political sphere, profoundly affecting economic stability, social cohesion, and psychological resilience (norris & inglehart, 2019). the question of what legitimacy foundation societies might seek under conditions where domestic law has become dysfunctional and international legal mechanisms prove incapable of providing adequate protection constitutes the focal point of this research. within this framework, the study is positioned at the intersection of legal sociology, political science, ethical theories, and transitional justice literatures. each of these disciplines illuminates different dimensions of the legitimacy crisis, providing a comprehensive understanding that none offers in isolation. this interdisciplinary approach emerges as an indispensable choice for comprehensively grasping the complex nature of treason and legal collapse. paragraph 3: the fundamental question of this research is as follows: in an environment where law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed, upon what foundations can society generate a legitimate solution? in addition to this primary question, subsidiary questions are also examined: upon what ethical and historical foundations the search for a solution might be grounded, what lessons might be derived from analogous historical experiences, and how legitimacy might be reconstructed beyond legal norms. these subsidiary questions enable the systematic examination of different dimensions of the main question and the development of a comprehensive response. in response to these questions, the study advances the following fundamental hypothesis: in situations where law has become paralyzed and state authority has collapsed, legitimate solutions must be sought not solely in written laws, but in an integrated legitimacy model nourished by social conscience, collective memory, ethical norms, and historical experience. this hypothesis necessitates considering legal norms, ethical principles, social consensus, and historical memory together as the four fundamental pillars of legitimacy, and anticipates that the absence of any of these pillars will deepen american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the legitimacy crisis. this hypothesis aligns with contemporary legitimacy theories that argue legitimacy is not unidimensional, but rather a composite structure in which legal, normative, and social layers operate in conjunction (beetham, 2013). paragraph 4: the theoretical framework of the study is grounded in the synthesis of multiple theoretical traditions. kelsen's (1967) normative legal theory constitutes a fundamental reference point for comprehending the social consequences of the collapse of legal order. kelsen's approach provides an indispensable conceptual instrument for understanding the hierarchical structure of legal norms and the void created by the collapse of this structure. arendt's (1951) analyses of totalitarianism demonstrate how the state apparatus can become hostile to its own citizens and how moral collapse becomes legitimized in this process. arendt's conceptualization of the "banality of evil" provides a critical perspective for explaining how treason can be normalized at the individual level. the literature on state capacity and institutional collapse reveals that treason typically germinates within weakening institutions and that institutional resilience constitutes a fundamental condition of legitimacy (fukuyama, 2004; rotberg, 2019). furthermore, deliberative democracy theory, arguing that legitimacy derives not solely from electoral processes but from rational and inclusive deliberations in which the public participates (dryzek, 2010; habermas, 1984), provides significant conceptual tools regarding how legitimacy might be reproduced in post-law periods. these theoretical approaches are complementary in nature, with each illuminating a different dimension of the legitimacy crisis. the transitional justice literature also strengthens the normative foundation of the study by focusing on how social order might be reconstituted following periods of severe treason and legal paralysis (teitel, 2000; hayner, 2011). paragraph 5: the concept of treason is conceptualized in this study not merely as a criminal offense defined within the framework of criminal law, but as a comprehensive assault targeting the state's internal integrity, institutional memory, and social trust. political treason, intra-state factionalism, elite betrayals, and collaboration with foreign powers can manifest in various forms; the common denominator of these acts is the systematic sacrifice of society's interests (acemoglu & robinson, 2019). this conceptualization reflects a holistic understanding encompassing not only the legal but also the sociological and psychological dimensions of treason. legal paralysis denotes the disruption of normative order's continuity, the weakening of judicial independence, and the normalization of extralegal practices (tamanaha, 2021). legal paralysis frequently develops as a gradual process, and society's recognition of this process may be delayed (ginsburg & huq, 2018). the legitimacy void that emerges under these conditions signifies the rupture of the emotional and moral relationship that society establishes with the state, rendering recourse to alternative legitimacy sources inevitable (gilley, 2009). the concept of social trust, as the most critical component of social capital, constitutes the fundamental condition for the functionality of institutions and political order; the collapse of trust increases the risks of radicalization, polarization, and social disintegration (putnam, 2000). the reconstruction of trust constitutes one of the central concerns of this study as a precondition for the establishment of legitimacy. finally, collective memory occupies a central position in this study as a fundamental concept shaping societies' past experiences, modes of confronting injustices, and searches for legitimacy (assmann, 2011). paragraph 6: the significance of this research derives from its multi-layered contribution potential at both theoretical and practical levels. from a theoretical perspective, the study aims to fill an important lacuna in the existing literature examining legitimacy crises. studies on political legitimacy generally examine the sources of legitimacy and its modes of maintenance under normal conditions; however, they do not sufficiently focus on extreme scenarios where law has entirely collapsed, state capacity has been extinguished, and treason has occurred at the institutional level (gerschewski, 2021). these american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org extreme scenarios test the boundaries of legitimacy theories and necessitate the development of new conceptual tools. existing literature predominantly addresses legitimacy voids within the framework of democratic backsliding or authoritarian transformation; whereas this study interrogates how legitimacy might be reproduced in the most radical crisis scenarios that threaten the very existence of the state. from a practical perspective, the study aims to provide an applicable conceptual framework for societies confronting similar crises. this framework is not merely a theoretical model but aims to offer guiding principles for decision-makers in concrete crisis situations. this framework can provide policymakers, civil society actors, and international organizations with concrete orientations regarding which alternative legitimacy sources might be invoked when legal mechanisms have become paralyzed. paragraph 7: existing studies in the literature generally address treason, legal collapse, and legitimacy crisis separately; how these three phenomena feed one another and together produce a systemic rupture has not been sufficiently researched. while the state failure literature explains the dynamics of institutional collapse (rotberg, 2019), rule of law studies examine normative deterioration (dyzenhaus, 2006), and legitimacy theories focus on the sources of authority (beetham, 2013). the lack of dialogue among these three literatures impedes the development of a comprehensive understanding and leads to fragmented solution proposals. however, the relationship of mutual dependency among these three domains and particularly the triggering role of treason within these dynamics has not been systematically analyzed. this study aims to transcend this fragmentation in the literature by addressing the treason-legal collapse-search for legitimacy triad within an integrated conceptual model. this integrated approach enables understanding how each phenomenon interacts with others and how this interaction manifests at the social level. thus, the study proposes an original theoretical framework that synthesizes the accumulated knowledge of different disciplines. paragraph 8: from a historical perspective, there exists a rich repository of experience regarding periods when law became paralyzed and societies sought legitimate solutions. the constitutional renewal processes undertaken following periods of tyranny in ancient athenian democracy demonstrate that legitimacy was reconstructed not solely through legal texts but through the active participation of citizens (ober, 2005). the nuremberg tribunals established after world war ii constitute a concrete example of the international community's search for a new legitimacy foundation in a period when national law proved inadequate for adjudicating crimes against humanity (smith, 1999). the nuremberg experience demonstrated how ethical principles and universal values beyond law could function as sources of legitimacy (elster, 2004). south africa's truth and reconciliation commission revealed how ethical and social reconciliation mechanisms beyond legal punishment could operate in healing the deep social wounds created by the apartheid regime (tutu, 1999). this experience concretizes the critical role of collective memory and social confrontation in the reestablishment of legitimacy. these historical examples demonstrate that at moments when law collapsed, societies could develop alternative legitimacy sources by turning to ethical norms, collective memory, and public deliberation. paragraph 9: methodologically, this study adopts an interpretive and analytical approach positioned within the qualitative research tradition. the research design employs conceptual analysis, historical comparison, and theoretical synthesis methods in combination. conceptual analysis enables the systematic examination of fundamental concepts such as treason, legal paralysis, legitimacy void, and social resilience, and the revelation of relationships among them. this conceptual analysis is conducted as a systematic process encompassing the stages of definition, boundary delineation, and relation establishment. historical comparison enables the identification of common patterns of treason and legal collapse through case studies selected from different periods and geographies. the comparative american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org approach makes it possible to identify universal dynamics while distinguishing context-specific factors. theoretical synthesis involves bringing together conceptual tools from political science, legal sociology, ethical theories, and transitional justice literatures within an integrated framework. this methodological choice is consonant with the nature of the research question; for a normative and multidimensional matter such as the search for legitimacy beyond law requires an interpretive and critical approach rather than quantitative measurements. paragraph 10: the original contribution of the study is concretized at several fundamental points. first, the research demonstrates that treason is not merely an individual crime type or political act, but rather a systemic rupture targeting state capacity, political culture, and social trust. this systemic perspective enables comprehension that the effects of treason emerge across a much broader domain and over a long-term temporal horizon. this conceptualization reveals that the effects of treason are far more extensive and enduring, transcending the narrow definitions in existing literature. second, the study argues that legitimacy is not unidimensional, but rather an integrated structure in which legal norms, ethical principles, social consensus, and collective memory operate together. this "integrated legitimacy model" demonstrates that even at moments when law has collapsed, societies can develop alternative legitimacy sources and possess the capacity to reconstitute political order. this model reflects the dynamic and multi-layered nature of legitimacy, moving beyond static approaches. third, the research proposes an original theoretical framework explaining the treason-law-legitimacy relationship by synthesizing the accumulated knowledge of different disciplines. this framework holds the potential to contribute both to academic debates and to practical policy development processes. paragraph 11: like any academic study, this research is conducted within certain limitations. first, the study bears the character of a conceptual and theoretical analysis and does not present an empirical case study focused on a specific country or period. this choice, while consonant with the research's aim of developing a generalizable theoretical framework, necessitates additional studies for applicability to concrete contexts. future research can test the validity of the model by applying this theoretical framework to specific case studies. second, the definition and boundary delineation of the concept of treason constitutes a domain open to normative debates; what treason means can vary across different political and cultural contexts. this normative ambiguity necessitates context-sensitive adaptation of the framework proposed by the study. third, the identification of legitimacy sources beyond law requires context-specific assessments rather than universal standards, and this circumstance necessitates careful interpretation in adapting the model proposed by the study to different societies. these limitations do not negate the contributions of the research; rather, they indicate productive research areas for future studies. paragraph 12: the interdisciplinary positioning of the study constitutes both a strength and a source of methodological challenge. situated at the intersection of political science, legal sociology, ethical theories, and transitional justice literatures, this research draws upon the conceptual tools of each discipline while also confronting the complexity entailed by interdisciplinary synthesis. this complexity necessitates the continuous observance of conceptual coherence and the careful conduct of interdisciplinary translations. the meanings assigned by different disciplines to the concepts of legitimacy, law, and social order partially overlap and partially diverge; therefore, the study exercises particular care to maintain conceptual coherence. while this interdisciplinary approach is an indispensable choice for comprehending the multidimensional nature of treason and legal collapse, it also requires separate evaluation of how the research findings contribute to the specific debates of each discipline. nevertheless, considering that single-disciplinary approaches prove inadequate for explaining complex phenomena such as treason, interdisciplinary synthesis emerges as an indispensable characteristic of this study. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org paragraph 13: the matters addressed by the research are not merely of academic interest but are directly related to the urgent problems of the contemporary world. democratic backsliding, the strengthening of authoritarian tendencies, the instrumentalization of law, and the erosion of institutional trust emerge as common trends observed in numerous countries (levitsky & ziblatt, 2018; waldner & lust, 2018). these global trends demonstrate that the conceptual tools offered by the study are not limited to specific contexts but possess validity across a broad geography. under these conditions, the reconsideration of the concept of treason, the understanding of the dynamics of legal paralysis, and the investigation of alternative sources of legitimacy transcend being merely a theoretical endeavor, acquiring practical significance that shapes the futures of societies. in the contemporary environment where information manipulation has become widespread, social polarization has deepened, and institutional memory has weakened (tufekci, 2017; mcchesney, 2015), the conceptual tools offered by this study hold value from both analytical and normative perspectives. this value manifests both in understanding existing crises and in being prepared for possible future crises. paragraph 14: the concept of social resilience constitutes one of the fundamental analytical tools of this study. resilience is a critical concept explaining how societies can develop resistance in the face of severe crises, how they can mobilize their institutional and cultural resources, and how they can reconstitute political order (boin et al., 2017; holling, 1973). the concept of resilience, as an interdisciplinary concept adapted from ecological systems to social systems, provides a powerful analytical tool for understanding post-crisis recovery processes (holling, 2001). destructive experiences such as treason and legal collapse are among the most challenging tests that examine societies' resilience capacities. within this framework, the study argues that resilience depends not only on structural factors but also on cultural norms, social cohesion mechanisms, and collective moral values. this multidimensional understanding of resilience necessitates a comprehensive approach encompassing not only institutional repair but also social and psychological recovery. psychological resilience, social trust, and collective trauma concepts provide indispensable analytical tools for understanding the enduring effects of treason (marcus et al., 2019; alexander, 2016). this conceptual apparatus enables the study to analyze not only the political and legal consequences of treason but also its social and psychological dimensions. paragraph 15: ethical leadership and normative responsibility assume a critical role in overcoming treason and the legitimacy crisis. leadership behaviors possess the potential both to deepen and to mitigate crises; leadership committed to ethical principles performs a determining function in the reconstruction of social trust and the establishment of legitimacy (philpott, 2020). ethical leadership is not limited to individual virtuousness but also encompasses the internalization of accountability, transparency, and justice principles at the institutional level (forst, 2020). this study argues that treason typically emerges in the absence or collapse of ethical leadership and that the search for legitimate solutions also requires an ethically grounded leadership understanding. in this context, legitimacy becomes possible not solely through the reorganization of institutional structures but also through the redefinition of normative values and ethical responsibilities. this normative redefinition necessitates the renewal of the social contract and the construction of a new consensus around shared values (rawls, 1971). accordingly, the study emphasizes the central importance of the ethical dimension in the reproduction of legitimacy and draws attention to the limitations of approaches that neglect this dimension. paragraph 16: in conclusion, this research addresses the question of upon what foundations society can generate a legitimate solution in the most extreme scenarios where law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed. the study argues that legitimacy cannot be reduced solely to written laws; social conscience, collective memory, ethical norms, and historical experience american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org constitute indispensable sources of legitimacy. this integrated understanding of legitimacy reveals the conditions for the reconstitution of social order in post-law periods. within this framework, the expected contributions of the research may be summarized as follows: first, the study aims to transcend the conceptual fragmentation in the literature by explaining the treason-legal collapse-legitimacy relationship within an integrated theoretical model. second, by systematically developing the concept of legitimacy beyond law, it identifies alternative legitimacy sources to which societies can resort during extraordinary crisis periods. third, by offering an interdisciplinary synthesis, it brings together the accumulated knowledge of different academic traditions within a common analytical framework. this synthesis offers an original contribution in terms of both theoretical richness and practical applicability. finally, the study aims to provide applicable conceptual tools and normative orientations for societies confronting similar crises, policymakers, and international actors. 2. literature review the academic literature that has developed on phenomena such as treason, legal paralysis, and the collapse of state-society relations reflects the endeavor to comprehend the multidimensional nature of political legitimacy crises. studies in this field demonstrate that in explaining the loss of state authority's legitimacy, not only legal mechanisms but also social norms, collective memory, and ethical foundations play determinative roles (gilley, 2009). the loss of political legitimacy is generally associated in the literature with structural factors such as the weakening of state capacity, corruption, internal threats, and institutional dissolution (rotberg, 2019). in this context, fukuyama's studies on state-building and institutional capacity emphasize that legitimacy crises are complex processes possessing not only political but also administrative and social dimensions (fukuyama, 2004). the phenomenon of legal obstruction and the citizenry's helplessness set forth in the introduction section is directly connected to these theoretical discussions. the role of high-magnitude internal threats of the treasonous variety in the deepening of crises has attracted increasing academic attention in recent years. particularly the question of how institutional corruption and elite betrayals erode state capacity occupies a central place in contemporary political science literature (acemoglu and robinson, 2019). consequently, understanding the search for legitimate solutions requires recourse not only to legal literature but also to political science, international relations, and ethical studies. within this framework, the literature review addresses the theoretical foundations of the phenomenon of treason, the dynamics of legal collapse, and approaches toward the reconstruction of legitimacy as an integrated whole. the theoretical literature that has developed on legal paralysis and normative deterioration analyzes in detail the structural and normative factors underlying the complete dysfunction of state order. modern legal theories argue that the continuity of normative order constitutes the fundamental condition of political stability and demonstrate that the collapse of this order triggers social disintegration (dyzenhaus, 2006). kelsen's pure theory of law advances the proposition that the disruption of the hierarchy of norms can invalidate the entire legal system, and this theoretical framework constitutes a fundamental reference source for understanding the origins of legal paralysis (kelsen, 1967). contemporary research emphasizes that in environments where law becomes inoperative, state legitimacy rapidly collapses and society turns toward alternative sources of legitimacy (tamanaha, 2021). at this juncture, the problematic of seeking legitimate solutions in an environment where law has become completely dysfunctional, as indicated in the introduction section, finds broad correspondence in the literature. the collapse of legal norms is also closely related to political manipulation, the instrumentalization of the judiciary, and institutional corruption (ginsburg and huq, 2018). rios-figueroa's comparative studies on judicial independence demonstrate that the politicization of the judiciary constitutes one of the most prominent indicators of legal paralysis and that this process accelerates legitimacy crises (rios-figueroa, 2016). agamben's state of exception approach advances the argument that states create a de facto normative void by suspending law during american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org crisis periods, and that this deepens the loss of legitimacy (agamben, 2005). this theoretical framework provides a determinative background for explaining why the search for legitimate solutions beyond law, which constitutes the fundamental problematic of this article, has become imperative. political treason is defined as the totality of actions targeting the internal integrity of the state and is examined with increasing academic interest in both security studies and political sociology. particularly studies on intra-state factionalism, elite betrayals, and institutional dissolution clearly demonstrate that treason is not merely an ethical problem but simultaneously a structural process of destruction (acemoglu and robinson, 2019). conflicts of interest among actors within the state, collaboration with foreign powers, or decision-making processes contrary to society's interests are shown in the literature among the important causes of state failure (easterly, 2021). historical examples demonstrate that internal divisions and elite betrayals played a determinative role in the collapse of the roman empire (heather, 2005), while the attitudes of court aristocracy before the french revolution, sacrificing national interests to foreign powers, indicate that this historical pattern possesses continuity (doyle, 1989). the nuremberg tribunals example concretely demonstrates how international law opened the door to new searches for legitimacy in situations where the state apparatus turned against its own people (smith, 1999). arendt's analyses of totalitarian regimes demonstrate that treason is not merely an individual crime but rather a systemic deviation in which the state apparatus turns against its own people (arendt, 1951). consequently, the central position of the phenomenon of treason in this article carries strong parallelism with contemporary state collapse literature, and the theme of the nation being shaken to its foundations emphasized in the introduction section directly corresponds with these theoretical foundations. social trust is comprehensively analyzed in the literature as one of the forms of social capital that erodes most rapidly during periods of crisis and treason. pioneer figures in social capital research directly correlate the collapse of trust with the loss of state capacity and democratic stability (putnam, 2000). within this framework, deliberative democracy theory emphasizes the determinative role of public deliberation and social participation processes in the re-establishment of trust (dryzek, 2010). contemporary empirical research demonstrates that during periods when law and institutions become inoperative, the public's perception of helplessness rises, and this increases the risks of radicalization, polarization, and social fragmentation (norris and inglehart, 2019). the collective memory literature emphasizes that such crises leave permanent traces on society's long-term psychology and that searches for legitimacy must take this memory into account (assmann, 2011). how trauma is processed and given meaning at the social level directly shapes the future orientations of political culture (alexander, 2016). marcus, neuman, and mackuen's affective intelligence research demonstrates how the collapse of social trust transforms collective emotional states and how this transformation directly shapes political behavior (marcus et al., 2019). these studies strongly support the emphasis on social conscience and memory's capacity to generate legitimate solutions expressed in the introduction section. thus, the literature clearly demonstrates that treason produces not only a political crisis but simultaneously a deep social wound. the loss of legitimacy constitutes one of the most critical ruptures that political systems can encounter, and legitimacy theories form an extensive field of discussion in the literature. weber's typology of authority, contemporary normative theories, and communicative action approaches demonstrate that legitimacy depends not only on legal foundations but also on public perceptions, value systems, and ethical expectations (beetham, 2013). habermas's theory of communicative action advances the proposition that legitimacy is produced through rational public deliberation and participatory processes, and this perspective explains the importance of alternative legitimacy sources during periods of legal paralysis (habermas, 1984). recent research reveals that legitimacy gaps become more pronounced particularly in situations where law is obstructed, political elites are accused of treason, and institutional order has collapsed (gilley, 2009). in the literature, it is noted that new legitimacy models often rest upon historical experiences, ethical norms, and processes of social consensus. forst's american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org normative theory of justice argues that legitimacy must be based not only on procedural but also on substantive principles of justice, and this approach strengthens the ethical foundations of the search for legitimacy beyond law (forst, 2020). transitional justice studies focus on how social order can be reconstructed following periods of severe treason, internal conflict, and legal paralysis, and emphasize the role of mechanisms such as truth commissions and reparation programs in the reproduction of legitimacy (teitel, 2000; hayner, 2011). this approach directly supports the theme of seeking legitimate solutions beyond law set forth in the introduction section and demonstrates that the legitimacy literature provides an indispensable background for the holistic comprehension of this article's theoretical foundation. the academic literature that has developed on state capacity and institutional resilience demonstrates that internal threats of the treasonous variety generally emerge during processes of institutional weakening and deepen in reciprocal interaction with these processes. particularly the failed states literature emphasizes that conflicts of interest among internal actors and institutional corruption render state order fragile by eroding the principles of the rule of law (rotberg, 2019). meyer and bromley's studies on organizational institutionalization demonstrate that the preservation of institutional memory is of critical importance for the sustainability of state capacity and that the weakening of this memory amplifies the effects of treason (meyer and bromley, 2013). in contemporary political science literature, it is noted that internal treason often progresses in parallel with the collapse of state capacity, and in some cases directly triggers this collapse (call, 2021). this theoretical framework makes an important contribution to explaining the institutional foundations of the phenomenon of treason that fundamentally destroys the nation as set forth in the introduction section. fukuyama's studies on statebuilding reveal that the weakening of institutional capacity is not merely an administrative problem but simultaneously creates a political crisis that directly affects the perception of legitimacy (fukuyama, 2004). research demonstrates that institutional collapse diminishes social trust, thereby increasing the public's sense of helplessness, and that this situation leaves permanent traces in political culture (levitsky and ziblatt, 2018). consequently, the literature treats the weakening of state capacity not merely as a structural problem but as a multidimensional process directly related to the collapse of legitimacy. the erosion of the rule of law is generally analyzed in the literature through political manipulation, the instrumentalization of the judiciary, and the arbitrariness of constitutional order. studies in this field clearly demonstrate that legal obstruction is not merely a technical malfunction but can also be the result of conscious choices by political actors (pei, 2020). the weakening of judicial independence, the permanentization of the state of emergency, and the normalization of extra-legal practices are counted in the literature among the fundamental indicators of authoritarianization processes (ginsburg and huq, 2018). from the perspective of kelsen's legal philosophy, the loss of validity of the basic norm (grundnorm) renders the legitimacy of the entire legal system questionable, and this situation compels societies to turn toward alternative sources of legitimacy (kelsen, 1967). this theoretical framework supports the phenomenon of law becoming completely dysfunctional as addressed in the introduction section with contemporary empirical findings. current research reveals that the collapse of law both makes internal threats of the treasonous variety visible and produces structures that legitimize these threats. dyzenhaus's analyses of constitutional crises emphasize that the disruption of normative order shakes the foundations of the social contract and creates a legitimacy void (dyzenhaus, 2006). consequently, the loss of the rule of law must be comprehended as a multi-layered process that further deepens the destruction treason creates in social perception and prepares the ground for the crisis to become permanent. the social and institutional resilience literature analyzes how societies are able to develop resistance against severe crises such as treason and legal paralysis and how they mobilize their adaptive capacities. studies in this field demonstrate that resilience depends not only on structural factors but also on cultural norms, social cohesion mechanisms, and collective moral values (boin et al., 2017). american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org high adaptive capacity in political crises emerges as a critical variable that directly affects the success of searches for legitimate solutions (comfort, 2019). brown and treviño's ethical leadership research demonstrates that leaders' ethical behaviors during crisis periods strengthen social resilience and directly affect the perception of legitimacy (brown and treviño, 2006). in the literature, it is noted that while the weakening of social resilience during crisis periods amplifies the effects of treason, strong solidarity networks contribute to the reproduction of legitimacy. holling's adaptive cycles approach reveals that social systems' capacities for post-crisis restructuring are directly related to pre-existing solidarity patterns (holling, 2001). this theoretical framework is in complete harmony with the search for solutions based on social memory, conscience, and resilience emphasized in the introduction section. thus, the resilience literature emerges as a fundamental theoretical resource that explains the functioning of the legitimate solution model proposed by this article and renders the social dimension visible. the authoritarianization literature examines in detail how the concentration of power within the state and the collapse of checks and balances mechanisms nourish political behaviors of the treasonous variety. recent research demonstrates that the excessive centralization of executive power erodes the rule of law and accelerates structural decay that can be characterized as institutional betrayal (bermeo, 2016). this collapse process is analyzed in the literature within the framework of the concept of democratic erosion and is generally associated with developments such as the weakening of judicial independence and the dysfunction of the legislative body (waldner and lust, 2018). pei's comparative studies on corruption and decay in authoritarian regimes document in detail how concentration of power creates the structural conditions that prepare the ground for systemic betrayal (pei, 2020). this structural transformation corresponds with the description of the environment where law is obstructed and the citizenry is rendered helpless as addressed in the introduction section of this article. research reveals that during authoritarianization processes, internal acts of treason are often concealed and legitimized through legal-appearing mechanisms. levitsky and ziblatt's analysis of how democracies die documents in detail the strategies by which elected leaders undermine constitutional order from within (levitsky and ziblatt, 2018). consequently, the authoritarianization literature clearly reveals that treason is not merely a covert process but rather often a form of behavior that has become embedded within and normalized by institutional order. the international law literature discusses the role of external actors in the face of states' internal crises within the framework of sovereignty, intervention, and responsibility principles. contemporary international norms such as the responsibility to protect have opened to discussion what kind of intervention authority the international community may possess in situations where societies experience severe treason and legal collapse (bellamy, 2015). krasner's studies on sovereignty demonstrate that state sovereignty is not absolute and that the international community's right to intervene in cases of severe human rights violations rests on normative foundations (krasner, 1999). however, a significant portion of the literature demonstrates that international intervention does not always strengthen legitimacy and sometimes deepens crises by weakening social resistance (paris, 2014). the theme of seeking legitimate solutions beyond domestic and international law emphasized in the introduction section of this article is positioned at the very center of these discussions. sikkink's studies on human rights and accountability emphasize how international norms produce different effects in local contexts and that legitimacy cannot be imposed from outside (sikkink, 2018). research reveals that the success of external intervention generally requires compatibility with local social legitimacy and must be conducted in cooperation with local actors. for this reason, the literature clearly emphasizes that proposals for legitimate solutions must rest not only on international norms but also on local ethical values, historical experiences, and political context. the collective action literature provides important theoretical tools for explaining how societies develop solidarity and are able to produce solutions in the face of severe political and legal crises. particularly ostrom's theory of collective action demonstrates that even when central authority american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org collapses, societies can restore order by creating their own normative systems (ostrom, 2010). current research reveals that collective action processes strengthen social moral values during periods of treason and legal paralysis and support searches for legitimacy (van zomeren, 2016). dryzek's deliberative democracy theory demonstrates that collective action can occur not only in the form of protest but also in the form of public deliberation and consensus processes, and that these processes play a determinative role in the reproduction of legitimacy (dryzek, 2010). this theoretical framework strengthens the theme of the reconstruction capacity of social conscience and collective memory expressed in the introduction section. the literature demonstrates that collective action can occur not only in the form of social opposition but also in the form of local solidarity networks, ethical mobilization, and community-based consensus processes. inglehart and welzel's values research documents that societies increase their collective action capacities by turning toward autonomy and self-expression values during crisis periods (inglehart and welzel, 2005). consequently, collective action research provides an indispensable analytical framework for understanding the determinative role played by social actors in the search for solutions following treason. the ethics and political philosophy literature provides comprehensive theoretical discussions particularly on justice, responsibility, moral obligation, and political legitimacy, and makes a direct contribution to the problematic of legitimacy beyond law that lies at the center of this article. while rawls's theory of justice argues that legitimacy is possible with a political order founded upon just principles, habermas's communicative action approach advances the proposition that legitimacy is produced through rational public deliberation (rawls, 1971; habermas, 1984). contemporary ethical literature emphasizes that in contexts of severe treason and legal paralysis, legitimacy can be reconstructed through ethical responsibilities, social conscience, and historical memory (forst, 2020). philpott's studies on the ethics of political reconciliation demonstrate that justice means not only punishment but also the repair of relationships and the establishment of social peace (philpott, 2020). brown and treviño's ethical leadership research reveals that leaders' ethical behaviors during crisis periods accelerate social healing and play a determinative role in the re-establishment of legitimacy (brown and treviño, 2006). research clearly reveals that in post-crisis restructuring processes not supported by social justice, the legitimacy gap becomes permanent. this theoretical perspective directly supports the view advocated in the introduction section of this article that legitimacy must be sought not only in written laws but in social morality and conscience. the transitional justice literature focuses on how social order can be reconstructed following periods of severe treason, internal conflict, and legal paralysis, and constitutes a central theoretical resource with respect to this article's problematic. studies in this field demonstrate that truth commissions, reparation programs, and institutional reforms can reduce the damage created by treason by meeting society's expectation of justice (hayner, 2011). teitel's theory of transitional justice emphasizes that during extraordinary periods, law serves not only the function of backward-looking accountability but also the function of creating a forward-looking social contract (teitel, 2000). philpott's restorative justice approach advances the proposition that transitional justice must be conceived not merely as punishment but also as the reconstruction of social relationships and a process of collective healing (philpott, 2020). sikkink's accountability research documents that transitional justice mechanisms strengthen human rights culture in the long term and contribute to democratic consolidation (sikkink, 2018). this theoretical framework relates the theme of seeking legitimate solutions beyond law set forth in the introduction section to concrete institutional tools. consequently, the transitional justice literature provides an applicable roadmap regarding how the social wounds created by treason can be healed and through which mechanisms legitimacy can be reproduced. the dimension of information manipulation and communication is examined with increasing interest in contemporary crisis literature, and its effects on the visibility and social perception of treason are analyzed. the proliferation of information technologies has increased both the visibility and the impact of treason; the manipulation of social perception through propaganda and disinformation has produced american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org new threat dimensions beyond classical forms of treason (ellul, 1965; tufekci, 2017). mcchesney's studies on media and democracy demonstrate that the corruption of the information ecosystem deepens legitimacy crises and erodes social trust (mcchesney, 2015). from dryzek's deliberative democracy perspective, it is observed that healthy public communication is the fundamental condition for the reproduction of legitimacy and that information manipulation directly sabotages this process (dryzek, 2010). current research reveals that disinformation, particularly during periods of legal paralysis, sharpens social polarization by creating alternative reality perceptions. this situation directly corresponds with the multidimensional nature of treason and the theme of social perception manipulation emphasized in the introduction section. consequently, the information and communication literature provides a critical theoretical contribution for understanding the aspects of contemporary treason phenomena that differ from traditional forms and for comprehending the information dimension of the search for legitimate solutions. the relationship between economic fragility and legitimacy is analyzed in the literature as a structural factor that deepens the social effects of treason. research demonstrates that economic instability intensifies legitimacy crises and increases the public's perception of helplessness (norris and inglehart, 2019). acemoglu and robinson's analyses from an institutional economics perspective reveal that economic collapse exists in a relationship of reciprocal causality with political treason and that these two phenomena nourish each other (acemoglu and robinson, 2019). easterly's research on development and state failure demonstrates that economic fragility accelerates institutional decay and prepares the ground for treasonous behaviors (easterly, 2021). the erosion of social trust by economic crises further complicates searches for legitimate solutions during periods of legal paralysis. this theoretical framework completes the view emphasized in the introduction section that treason constitutes a multidimensional process of destruction with its economic dimension. the literature emphasizes that economic resilience is closely related to political legitimacy and that economic restructuring plays a determinative role in overcoming legitimacy crises. consequently, the economic fragility literature provides an indispensable analytical tool for comprehending not only the political but also the socioeconomic dimensions of treason. the political psychology and social trauma literature analyzes the psychological effects that treason creates at individual and collective levels and how societies cope with these traumas. marcus, neuman, and mackuen's studies on affective intelligence and political judgment demonstrate that social emotions directly shape political behaviors during crisis periods (marcus et al., 2019). alexander's cultural trauma theory reveals that events such as severe treason and legal collapse profoundly shake social identity and transform collective meaning structures (alexander, 2016). assmann's collective memory research demonstrates how trauma is encoded at the social level and how this encoding directly shapes future searches for legitimacy (assmann, 2011). research documents that in societies where trauma is not properly processed, legitimacy crises are transmitted across generations and leave permanent political wounds. this theoretical framework deepens the dimension of social psychological resilience and collective memory emphasized in the introduction section. subotić's studies on collective memory and political identity demonstrate how trauma narratives are instrumentalized in legitimacy struggles (subotić, 2019). consequently, the political psychology literature provides a critical theoretical contribution for understanding the permanent traces that treason creates in society's deep psychological fabric, beyond its visible institutional effects. in conclusion, this literature review has established the theoretical foundations of the article by addressing the phenomena of treason, legal paralysis, and legitimacy crisis from a multidisciplinary perspective. this study, positioned at the intersection of political science, sociology of law, international relations, ethical theories, transitional justice, and political psychology literatures, has revealed that treason is not merely an individual crime but a multi-layered process of destruction targeting state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, and collective memory. this multidisciplinary approach, in a manner consistent with beetham's (2013) theoretical framework american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org regarding the multidimensional nature of legitimacy, demonstrates that the effects of treason cannot be fully comprehended through the conceptual tools of a single discipline. existing studies in the literature generally address these dimensions separately; however, studies examining how treason simultaneously affects all these dimensions and how legitimacy can be reproduced under conditions where law has become completely dysfunctional within a holistic framework remain limited. this conceptual gap reveals the necessity of expanding the frameworks provided by teitel's (2000) transitional justice and philpott's (2020) restorative justice approaches through a synthesis specific to the context of treason. this conceptual gap forms the foundation of this article's original contribution and clarifies the position of the research question set forth in the introduction section within the literature. consequently, this literature review prepares the theoretical ground for the theoretical framework to be developed in the subsequent section and clearly reveals the necessity of an integrated model that will explain the treason-law-legitimacy relationship. 3. theoretical framework the theoretical framework of this study is constructed upon a multi-layered conceptual structure designed to analyze the destructive effects of treason on state structures and social order, and to comprehend how legitimacy can be reproduced during periods when the law has become paralyzed. the fundamental research question articulated in the introduction interrogates the normative and ethical foundations upon which societies can develop legitimate solutions in extreme crisis scenarios where the law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed. answering this question is not possible through the conceptual tools of a single discipline; for the phenomenon of treason denotes a complex process of rupture that simultaneously encompasses political, legal, social, and psychological dimensions. within this framework, treason is conceptualized not merely as a narrow criminal offense defined within the scope of criminal law, but rather as a systemic assault targeting the institutional integrity of the state, its political culture, and its networks of social trust (acemoglu and robinson, 2019). for this reason, the theoretical framework is positioned at the intersection of political science, sociology of law, ethical theories, transitional justice, and social psychology literatures (beetham, 2013; teitel, 2000; philpott, 2020). theoretical approaches that argue legitimacy is reconstructed not solely through legal norms but also through social morality, collective memory, and ethical principles constitute the conceptual foundation of this study. this interdisciplinary positioning, while being an essential choice for comprehending the multidimensional nature of treason, also necessitates the continuous maintenance of conceptual coherence. thus, a holistic theoretical model explaining the multidimensional crisis typology set forth in the introduction and literature review sections of the article is being developed. the concept of legitimacy occupies a central position in the theoretical architecture of this study as one of the most fundamental conditions for the sustainability of political order. weber's classical typology of authority revealed that legitimacy rests upon traditional, charismatic, and legal-rational foundations; however, this typology proves inadequate during extraordinary crisis periods when the law has completely collapsed (weber, 1978). while weber's approach succeeds in explaining the sources of legitimacy under ordinary conditions, it loses its analytical power in extreme scenarios where the state apparatus has turned against its own citizens or where treason has occurred at the institutional level. beetham's multidimensional theory of legitimacy extends this classical approach by arguing that legitimacy depends not only on legal norms but also on shared beliefs and social consent (beetham, 2013). according to this theory, legitimacy encompasses three fundamental dimensions: legal validity, normative justifiability, and social consent. serious damage to any one of these three dimensions is sufficient to trigger a legitimacy crisis; however, the crisis created by treason generally targets all three dimensions simultaneously. habermas's theory of communicative action emphasizes the dynamic and interactional nature of legitimacy by arguing that legitimacy is produced through rational public deliberations and participatory processes (habermas, 1984). this theoretical framework provides a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org decisive background for understanding the importance of alternative sources of legitimacy during periods when legal mechanisms have become paralyzed. consequently, legitimacy is treated in this study not as a static structure, but as a multi-layered process that is continuously reproduced through social dynamics. state capacity and institutional collapse theories demonstrate that treason generally takes root within weakening institutional structures and further erodes these structures. fukuyama's studies on statebuilding reveal that the weakening of institutional capacity is not merely an administrative problem but also creates a political crisis that directly affects the perception of legitimacy (fukuyama, 2004). from this perspective, there exists a cyclical causal relationship between institutional weakness and treason: weak institutions prepare the ground for treason to take root, while treason further weakens institutions, thereby creating a vicious cycle. the failed states literature clearly demonstrates that the legitimacy of state authority is directly related to the resilience of institutions and that institutional weakening prepares the ground for legal paralysis (rotberg, 2019). this theoretical perspective provides an indispensable framework for explaining the institutional dimensions of the phenomenon of treason that fundamentally shakes the nation, as stated in the introduction. meyer and bromley's studies on organizational institutionalization demonstrate that the preservation of institutional memory is critically important for the sustainability of state capacity and that the weakening of this memory amplifies the effects of treason (meyer and bromley, 2013). state capacity theories also delineate the structural limits of the search for legitimate solutions by analyzing the adaptation mechanisms that societies develop against institutional destruction. thus, this study provides an original theoretical expansion by applying the state capacity literature to the theme of treason. this expansion makes it possible to understand how the effects of treason deepen at the institutional level and how they render the legitimacy crisis permanent (call, 2021). the erosion of the rule of law and normative deterioration are counted among the most evident indicators of legitimacy crises in modern political theories. kelsen's pure theory of law argues that the loss of validity of the basic norm renders the legitimacy of the entire legal system questionable, and this situation compels societies to turn to alternative sources of legitimacy (kelsen, 1967). kelsen's hierarchy of norms approach posits that the collapse of the basic norm at the apex of the legal system will invalidate all subordinate norms through a domino effect; this situation provides a powerful conceptual tool for explaining the total collapse of the legal order in the context of treason. agamben's state of exception approach argues that states create a de facto normative void by suspending the law during crisis periods and that this accelerates the loss of legitimacy (agamben, 2005). arendt's analyses of totalitarianism support this theoretical perspective with historical examples by demonstrating how the state apparatus can become hostile to its own citizens and how moral collapse is legitimized in this process (arendt, 1951). tamanaha's contemporary analyses indicate that the erosion of the rule of law is a multidimensional process that progresses alongside the collapse of social trust (tamanaha, 2021). this theoretical framework conceptually grounds the description of an environment where the law has become entirely dysfunctional, as emphasized in the literature review section. theories of normative deterioration also argue that acts of treason mostly emerge in this normative void and that the nonfunctioning of law renders the institutional dimensions of treason invisible. the weakening of judicial independence, the permanentization of the state of emergency, and the normalization of extra-legal practices are counted among the fundamental indicators of authoritarianization processes in the literature, and these processes deepen the legitimacy crisis (ginsburg and huq, 2018). dyzenhaus's analyses of constitutional crises emphasize that the deterioration of the normative order shakes the foundations of the social contract and creates a legitimacy vacuum (dyzenhaus, 2006). consequently, this study addresses the collapse of law not merely as a technical malfunction, but as a comprehensive legitimacy crisis with political and ethical dimensions. ethical theories constitute the normative foundation of this study's theoretical framework and explain the sources of legitimacy beyond the law. while rawls's theory of justice argues that legitimacy is american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org possible through a political order built upon just principles, the social contract tradition emphasizes that legitimacy must rest upon the consent of the people and common interests (rawls, 1971). rawls's concept of the "veil of ignorance" demonstrates that a just social order can only be built upon impartial and universal principles; this perspective functions as a normative compass in redressing the injustice created by treason. forst's normative approach to justice argues that legitimacy must rest not only on formal but also on substantive principles of justice, and this perspective strengthens the ethical foundations of the search for legitimacy beyond the law (forst, 2020). contemporary ethical literature demonstrates that in contexts of severe treason and legal paralysis, legitimacy can be reconstructed through ethical responsibilities, social conscience, and historical memory. the concept of social conscience, in this context, expresses shared intuitions of what is right and just that society collectively holds, beyond individual moral judgments, and functions as the last refuge of legitimacy when the law has collapsed. this approach directly supports the idea of legitimacy beyond the law advocated in the introduction. philpott's theory of restorative justice emphasizes that legitimacy can be established not only through punitive mechanisms but also through processes of social healing and reconciliation (philpott, 2020). ethical theories also demonstrate that when social justice is not re-established, the legitimacy vacuum becomes permanent. consequently, this study assumes that legal reforms unsupported by ethical norms have limited capacity to produce legitimate solutions and places the ethical dimension of legitimacy at the center. deliberative democracy theory is positioned as a central tool in the theoretical framework of this study to explain processes of social consensus and reconstruction. dryzek's deliberative governance approach argues that legitimacy arises not only from electoral processes but also from rational and inclusive deliberations in which the public participates (dryzek, 2010). this theoretical perspective extends the boundaries of the search for legitimate solutions by arguing that social actors can create new norms even in environments where the law has become paralyzed. however, the effectiveness of deliberative processes depends on the healthy functioning of information flows and the overcoming of social polarization; ensuring these conditions in environments of treason entails particular difficulties. the studies of parkinson and mansbridge demonstrate that deliberative mechanisms have the capacity to produce a new social contract during political crises (parkinson and mansbridge, 2012). this approach conceptually grounds the role of collective memory and ethical dialogue in the production of legitimacy, frequently emphasized in the introduction. deliberative models argue that when legal mechanisms collapse, society can activate its capacity for collective reasoning to produce alternative sources of legitimacy. in this context, deliberative processes function not only as decision-making mechanisms but also as tools of social healing and reconciliation; for the process of deliberation enables different social segments to understand one another and to form a common vision for the future. this theoretical framework reveals that legitimacy is not merely a structure imposed from above, but rather can be constructed from below through processes of social participation and deliberation. consequently, this study offers an original theoretical contribution by adapting deliberative theory to the context of post-treason reconstruction and emphasizes the dynamic, interactional, and participatory nature of legitimacy. resilience theory is positioned in this study as an important theoretical tool explaining how societies can develop resistance in the face of crisis and mobilize their adaptive capacities in the context of treason and legal collapse. the crisis management studies of boin and colleagues demonstrate that resilience depends not only on structural factors but also on cultural norms, social adaptation mechanisms, and collective moral values (boin et al., 2017). comfort's research on adaptive capacity during crisis periods reveals that social resilience encompasses not only surviving the crisis but also the capacity for transformation and renewal after the crisis (comfort, 2019). according to this theoretical perspective, the capacity of societies to resist and adapt directly affects the success of legitimacy reconstruction processes. holling's adaptive cycles approach posits that complex systems must pass through certain phases to reach equilibrium after collapse and that this process carries a american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org cyclical rather than linear character (holling, 2001). this model is used to explain that post-treason processes of social reconstruction are not uninterrupted progress but rather complex processes involving reversals and new beginnings. the political psychology studies of marcus and colleagues demonstrate how psychological resilience operates at the social level and the critical role of this capacity in overcoming collective trauma (marcus et al., 2019). resilience is evaluated within this framework as a critical social and institutional capacity for overcoming the normative void created by legal paralysis. this study treats resilience theory not merely as a crisis management approach but also as a normative capacity form that is determinative in the production of legitimacy, and reveals at the theoretical level the relationship between social resistance and legitimacy. theories of collective memory and social trauma constitute indispensable theoretical components of this study for explaining the lasting effects of treason and legal collapse on social order. assmann's cultural memory approach argues that large-scale ruptures experienced in the past transform the value systems of societies and that the search for legitimacy is nourished by practices of confronting this past (assmann, 2011). according to assmann, cultural memory is directly related to how societies remember and interpret the past to construct and maintain their identities; traumatic experiences such as treason become lodged at the center of this memory and shape the search for legitimacy. alexander's trauma theory demonstrates that during periods of severe treason and legal collapse, society experiences not only an institutional but also a psychological rupture, and that this trauma reshapes social identity (alexander, 2016). the studies of hamber and gallagher on psychosocial dimensions in peace-building processes reveal that the processing of social trauma is a necessary precondition for the re-establishment of legitimacy (hamber and gallagher, 2015). subotić's studies on collective memory and political identity reveal how trauma narratives are instrumentalized in legitimacy struggles and how collective memory affects political processes (subotić, 2019). this theoretical framework deepens the dimension of social psychological resilience and collective memory emphasized in the introduction. the political psychology literature provides a critical theoretical contribution for understanding the lasting traces that treason creates in the deep psychological fabric of society, beyond its visible institutional effects. consequently, this study argues that the reconstruction of legitimacy is possible not only through institutional reforms but also through the healthy processing of collective memory. transitional justice theories strengthen the practical and normative dimensions of this study by focusing on how social order can be re-established following periods of severe treason and legal paralysis. teitel's transitional justice approach demonstrates that these processes have historically passed through three distinct phases and that each phase produces different sources of legitimacy (teitel, 2000). according to teitel's typology, the first phase encompasses post-nuremberg international criminal justice, the second phase encompasses waves of democratization, and the third phase encompasses transitional justice practices that have become continuous during the period of globalization; this study particularly draws upon the conceptual tools offered by the third phase. hayner's comprehensive studies on truth commissions reveal in detail the role of mechanisms of social confrontation in the reproduction of legitimacy (hayner, 2011). truth commissions not only document past violations but also assume symbolic functions that give voice to victims and initiate social healing. sikkink's studies on international justice and human rights emphasize that transitional justice mechanisms function not only to reckon with the past but also to prevent future violations (sikkink, 2018). this theoretical framework directly supports the theme of the search for legitimate solutions beyond the law articulated in the introduction and defines the concrete mechanisms for the reproduction of legitimacy. tools such as truth commissions, reparation programs, and institutional reforms can reduce the damage caused by treason by meeting society's demand for justice. this study addresses transitional justice principles not only through historical examples but also by relating them to today's complex political environments, and demonstrates how the model of legitimate solutions can be supported with practical tools. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org ethical leadership theory occupies a central position in this study as a normative framework that plays a critical role in overcoming treason and the legitimacy crisis. the ethical leadership model of brown and treviño reveals that the ethical behaviors of leaders are not merely individual virtues but also carry a structural quality that determines the culture of institutional governance (brown and treviño, 2006). according to this model, ethical leadership encompasses the demonstration of normatively appropriate conduct through both personal actions and interpersonal relationships, and the transmission of these behaviors to subordinates through two-way communication, reinforcement, and decision-making processes. leadership behaviors have the potential both to deepen crises and to mitigate them; leadership committed to ethical principles performs a determinative function in the reconstruction of social trust and the establishment of legitimacy. philpott's normative approach emphasizes that ethical leadership also encompasses the internalization of principles of accountability, transparency, and justice at the institutional level (philpott, 2020). considering that treason generally takes root in environments where ethical oversight mechanisms have weakened or where leadership has distanced itself from accountability, the re-establishment of ethical leadership becomes an indispensable component of the process of legitimate solution. this study argues that treason generally emerges in the absence or collapse of ethical leadership and that the search for legitimate solutions requires an ethically-grounded understanding of leadership. in this context, legitimacy becomes possible not only through the reorganization of institutional structures but also through the redefinition of normative values and ethical responsibilities. this normative redefinition requires the renewal of the social contract and the construction of a new consensus around shared values (rawls, 1971). consequently, the study emphasizes the central importance of the ethical dimension in the reproduction of legitimacy and draws attention to the limitations of approaches that neglect this dimension. the concept of social trust is treated in the theoretical framework of this study as a precondition for the reconstruction of legitimacy. putnam's social capital approach demonstrates that social trust constitutes the fundamental condition for the functioning of institutions and political order, and that the collapse of trust increases the risks of radicalization, polarization, and social disintegration (putnam, 2000). putnam's "bowling alone" metaphor strikingly demonstrates that the weakening of social bonds reduces civic participation and erodes the legitimacy of democratic institutions; treason represents a moment of rupture that carries this weakening to its most extreme point. treason, by definition, denotes the most severe violation of the relationship of trust, and this violation shakes the foundations of the social fabric. the civic participation studies of flanagan and levine demonstrate that the loss of trust leads particularly to political alienation among younger generations and to the questioning of institutional legitimacy (flanagan and levine, 2010). gilley's legitimacy studies reveal that the erosion of trust in the state-society relationship creates a legitimacy vacuum and that this vacuum makes the turn toward alternative sources of legitimacy inevitable (gilley, 2009). the reconstruction of trust is possible not only through institutional reforms but also through processes of reconciliation and healing at the social level. the democracy erosion studies of levitsky and ziblatt demonstrate that the loss of trust leaves lasting traces in political culture and that these traces can be transmitted across generations (levitsky and ziblatt, 2018). this theoretical framework conceptually grounds the phenomenon of social helplessness and distrust emphasized in the literature review section and reveals the dialectical relationship between trust and legitimacy. consequently, this study evaluates the re-establishment of trust as an indispensable component of overcoming the legitimacy crisis. information ecosystem and communication theories have been incorporated into the theoretical framework of this study to explain the role of information manipulation in the deepening of the legitimacy crisis during periods of treason and legal paralysis. ellul's analysis of propaganda demonstrates that information pollution prevents the public from making correct decisions and weakens the search for legitimate solutions (ellul, 1965). according to ellul, modern propaganda not only tells lies but systematically manipulates the way reality is perceived, and this situation seriously damages society's capacity for collective reasoning. mcchesney's analyses of media monopolization american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org and tufekci's studies on network-based communication reveal that the media ecosystem can be used simultaneously for both exposure and manipulation (mcchesney, 2015; tufekci, 2017). the digital citizenship studies of banaji and buckingham demonstrate that information literacy has become a critical component of social resilience and that resistance to manipulation is directly related to this literacy (banaji and buckingham, 2013). this theoretical perspective argues that legitimacy depends not only on ethical and historical foundations but also on the accessibility of accurate and reliable information. the collapse or manipulation of information flows can create an effect as destructive as the collapse of law and distorts society's perception of reality. this study reveals that information security and transparency are critical components in the design of models for legitimate solutions and incorporates the cognitive dimension of legitimacy into the theoretical framework. consequently, legitimacy is treated in this study not only as a normative and institutional structure but also as a cognitive and communicative one. international relations and sovereignty theories have been integrated into the theoretical framework of this study to explain the role of external actors and the tension between the internal and external dimensions of legitimacy during periods of treason and legal paralysis. krasner's analysis of sovereignty reveals the limits of the intervention capacity of international actors in situations where states' domestic legal order has become paralyzed (krasner, 1999). krasner's conceptualization of "organized hypocrisy" demonstrates that sovereignty norms are frequently violated in practice; this situation provides an important perspective for understanding the inconsistent responses of the international community in the context of treason. while bellamy's responsibility to protect approach advocates the obligation of the international community to intervene in the face of grave violations, paris's critical analyses demonstrate that these interventions are in a tense relationship with local legitimacy dynamics (bellamy, 2015; paris, 2014). the success of international interventions depends largely on the cooperation established with local actors and the compatibility of the intervention with local values; in situations where this compatibility cannot be ensured, external support can deepen rather than mitigate the legitimacy crisis. this theoretical framework emphasizes that when externallyproposed solutions are incompatible with local ethical norms, they create social resistance and delay the process of recovery. legitimacy, from this perspective, is determined not only by international recognition but also by the level of acceptance within society itself. this study evaluates the role of the international community within a normative framework and argues that the search for legitimacy can be developed without dependence on external actors. consequently, the balanced treatment of national and international dynamics constitutes one of the theoretical foundations of the model for legitimate solutions. the original theoretical contribution of this study derives from its synthesis of the different theoretical traditions examined above within an integrated legitimacy model. the integrated legitimacy model does not reduce legitimacy merely to existing legal norms; rather, it defines it as the product of a balanced relationship established among a functioning legal system, ethical leadership, strong social solidarity, and healthy collective memory (beetham, 2013; philpott, 2020). this model argues that legitimacy is built upon four fundamental pillars: legal validity, ethical justifiability, social consensus, and institutional resilience. these four pillars are not independent of one another but exist in a dynamic relationship of mutual strengthening and weakening; the collapse of any one pillar negatively affects the others, while strong pillars can compensate for weakening ones. it is observed that when concepts from the transitional justice, resilience, and deliberative democracy literatures are not used in combination, the legitimacy crisis becomes permanent (teitel, 2000; dryzek, 2010; boin et al., 2017). in the post-treason context, the reconstruction of law can only become permanent when the normative and institutional pillars offered by this integrated model are strengthened together. this model offers both an original theoretical contribution and a practicable roadmap for policy development processes by integrating within a single analytical framework the sources of legitimacy that are generally treated separately in the literature. at this point, it becomes clearly apparent that legal texts alone are not american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org sufficient; the sense of justice, ethical responsibility, and social consensus are indispensable components of legitimacy (forst, 2020). the study thereby proposes an original theoretical framework that brings together under a single roof these concepts, which are mostly treated in a scattered manner in the literature, within the context of treason and paralyzed law. in conclusion, this theoretical framework presents a multi-layered and integrated theoretical model explaining the treason-legal collapse-legitimacy relationship. this model argues that legitimacy is not a unidimensional structure but rather a dynamic process in which legal norms, ethical principles, social consensus, collective memory, and institutional resilience operate together. the analytical power of the model derives from its ability to address the multidimensional effects of treason within a single conceptual framework and to systematically define the conditions necessary for overcoming the legitimacy crisis. the theoretical framework provides the conceptual tools to answer the research question articulated in the introduction and aims to fill the theoretical gap identified in the literature review. this framework demonstrates that when the law has become entirely dysfunctional, society can seek alternative sources of legitimacy by turning to ethical norms, collective memory, and solidarity networks (assmann, 2011; putnam, 2000). the "search for legitimate solutions beyond domestic and international law" expressed in the article's title gains a conceptual foundation through the integrated legitimacy model offered by this theoretical framework. the proposed integrated legitimacy model carries the potential to contribute both to academic debates and to practical policy development processes. this theoretical foundation establishes a solid ground for the research methodology, findings, and discussion to be presented in the following sections, and ensures the holistic coherence of the study. consequently, the theoretical framework performs an indispensable function as the backbone of the article for comprehending the multidimensional nature of the phenomenon of treason and determining the normative foundations of the search for legitimate solutions. 4. research methodology this study adopts an interpretive and analytical approach positioned within the qualitative research tradition. this approach rests upon the assumption that social phenomena can be comprehended not merely through external observation but through understanding from within. the fundamental research question articulated in the introduction interrogates the normative and ethical foundations upon which societies can develop legitimate solutions during periods when the law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed. answering this question requires not a simple inquiry measurable through numerical data, but rather an in-depth analysis of concepts and a comparison of different social experiences. in other words, this study focuses more on "how" and "why" questions than on "how much" questions. the qualitative approach emerges as the most appropriate methodological choice for understanding complex and multidimensional phenomena such as treason (creswell and poth, 2018). the multi-layered nature of legitimacy and the systemic effects of treason explained in the theoretical framework section clearly demonstrate that such phenomena cannot be reduced to numerical patterns. consequently, this study has adopted an interpretive perspective that focuses on comprehending the meanings behind events, their causes, and their social consequences. this perspective acknowledges the central role of subjective meanings and interpretations in understanding social phenomena, as emphasized in habermas's (1984) theory of communicative action. the research design employed in this study utilizes conceptual analysis, historical comparison, and theoretical synthesis methods in combination. conceptual analysis enables the systematic examination of fundamental concepts such as treason, legal paralysis, legitimacy vacuum, and social resilience as defined in the introduction and theoretical framework sections, and the revelation of the relationships among them. each of these concepts may carry different meanings in different disciplines; therefore, conceptual analysis primarily involves clarifying these meanings and establishing definitions specific american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org to the study. this conceptual analysis is conducted as an orderly process encompassing the stages of definition, boundary delineation, and relation-building. historical comparison, on the other hand, enables the identification of common patterns of treason and legal collapse through case studies selected from different periods and geographies. for example, arendt's (1951) analyses of totalitarianism and teitel's (2000) analyses of transitional justice have been used as fundamental reference sources in comparing similar processes across different contexts. the comparative approach makes it possible to identify universal dynamics while distinguishing context-specific factors (george and bennett, 2005). theoretical synthesis involves bringing together conceptual tools from the literatures of political science, sociology of law, ethics, and transitional justice within a common framework. this methodological choice is fully compatible with the nature of the research question; for a normative and multidimensional issue such as the search for legitimacy beyond the law necessitates an interpretive and critical approach rather than numerical measurements. the logic of the research design rests upon finding common characteristics of similar situations by comparing case studies. the case study method is a reliable approach widely used for understanding how societies respond, particularly in complex crisis environments (yin, 2018). this method enables in-depth examination while preserving the integrity of events; thus, different dimensions of complex phenomena such as treason can be evaluated together. in this study, processes of treason, legal collapse, and reconstruction experienced in different countries have been examined to identify common aspects. elster's (2004) study examining transitional justice from a historical perspective and hayner's (2011) comparative research on truth commissions have guided our study as successful examples of such a methodological approach. in this way, it can be observed that the search for legitimate solutions is not specific to a single society alone but emerges through similar mechanisms in many different contexts. the fundamental assumption of the research design rests upon the principle that experiences from the past can be instructive for the present. this situation concretizes how the historical lessons emphasized in the introduction and theoretical framework sections can be adapted to contemporary problems. the data used in this study have been obtained entirely from open and reliable sources. in the data collection process, the academic literature directly related to the topic was first surveyed, and then the main arguments and findings in this literature were systematically recorded. the majority of our data is based on scientific sources such as academic books, peer-reviewed journals, and reports prepared by reliable institutions found mostly in secondary sources. additionally, crisis examples experienced in different countries, historical documents, and transitional justice processes are also among the data sources. united nations reports, documents from international human rights organizations, and academic case studies occupy an important place among these sources. this diversity ensures that the research is stronger and more balanced; for relying on a single source carries the risk of viewing events from only one perspective. this approach is directly compatible with the multiple perspectives understanding addressed in the literature review section. each of the data sources provides a different dimension in our understanding of how treason and legal paralysis affect society. in source selection, the principles of currency, reliability, and diversity were observed; in particular, a balance was struck between academic works published in the last twenty years and classical theoretical texts. while classical texts enable us to understand the historical origins of phenomena, contemporary studies help us comprehend the contemporary manifestations of these phenomena. in conducting data analysis, the fundamental characteristics of events were first examined, and then connections were established among these characteristics. this process involved first separating the data into categories through open coding, and then identifying the relationships among these categories. this type of analytical method is a highly effective approach for understanding complex social phenomena (schreier, 2021). for example, when examining examples of legal collapse in different countries, certain common patterns are observed to recur: such as the decrease of trust in institutions, the increase of information pollution, and the weakening of social solidarity. putnam's (1993) concept of social capital was used as an important analytical tool in understanding these patterns. identifying american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org these common patterns helps us understand upon which fundamental elements the search for legitimate solutions should rest. during the analysis process, constant comparison with the theoretical framework was made; in this way, what the findings mean could be revealed more clearly. in particular, beetham's (2013) theory on the multidimensional nature of legitimacy and teitel's (2000) transitional justice approach were used as fundamental conceptual tools in interpreting the data. as with every research method, this method has both strengths and limitations. clearly stating the strengths and weaknesses of methodological choices is a fundamental requirement of scientific integrity and enables readers to correctly evaluate the findings. the strength of the method is that it helps us develop a general model by comparing different cases (george and bennett, 2005). this situation enables complex and difficult-to-study topics such as treason to become more comprehensible. additionally, conceptual analysis enables us to see how the integrated legitimacy model presented in the theoretical framework section operates in different contexts. however, relying on case studies also requires keeping in mind the fact that not every society has the same conditions. a solution that works in one society may not have the same effect in another; for historical heritage, political culture, and institutional structure differ in every context. nevertheless, the comparative approach continues to be a valuable tool for research because it gives us the opportunity to see the common aspects of events. being aware of these limitations necessitates exercising a careful and measured attitude in interpreting findings. this measured attitude also includes respecting the unique conditions of different social contexts, as emphasized in rawls's (1971) theory of justice. ethical principles occupy an extremely important place in this study; for topics such as treason, social collapse, and legal paralysis are sensitive phenomena that deeply affect people. the examination of such topics requires the researcher to be aware that they bear both scientific and moral responsibility. for this reason, being fair, impartial, and respectful was adopted as the fundamental rule when conducting research. ethical principles guarantee that the researcher does not distort information, does not mislead, and conveys findings without exaggeration. when examining crisis examples experienced in different countries, no society or group was treated with accusatory or prejudicial language. additionally, quotations from sources were conveyed without being taken out of context and while remaining faithful to the original intentions of the authors. this approach is directly compatible with the concepts of social conscience and fair perspective emphasized in the introduction and theoretical framework sections. the preservation of ethical principles ensures that research results are both scientifically reliable and socially respectable. the method used in this research is directly connected to the concepts explained in the theoretical framework. this connection demonstrates that the method was not randomly selected, but rather consciously chosen as required by the research question and theoretical framework. for example, concepts such as resilience, collective memory, and legitimacy contained in the theoretical framework determine how the data will be interpreted. our method makes these concepts more concrete by seeking them in real examples. the application of abstract concepts to concrete events both tests the validity of the concepts and enables better understanding of the events. in this way, we can understand not only abstract theoretical knowledge but also how phenomena are experienced in real life. this harmony between the theoretical framework and the method strengthens the consistency and integrity of the research. in particular, beetham's (2013) theory regarding the multidimensional nature of legitimacy determined from which angles the data would be evaluated; the legal, normative, and social dimensions were treated separately. additionally, philpott's (2020) restorative justice approach served as a conceptual guide on how to analyze processes of social healing following treason. in this aspect, the research methodology translates the multidisciplinary perspective envisaged by the theoretical framework into practice. fukuyama's (2004) concept of state capacity was also used as an important methodological tool in analyzing institutional collapse. the validity and reliability of the research have been ensured through several fundamental principles. validity concerns whether the research actually measures what it intends to measure; reliability american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org concerns whether different studies conducted with the same method can reach similar results. first, cross-verification was conducted through comparison of information obtained from different sources with one another. this approach minimizes the potential biases that would come from relying on a single source. for example, the process of legal collapse in a country was verified by comparing information obtained from both academic studies and reports from international organizations. second, the literature was constantly consulted during the conceptual analysis process, and the interpretations made were supported by academic scholarship. third, every stage of the research process was conveyed in an open and traceable manner; in this way, another researcher will be able to reach similar results by following the same steps. this principle of transparency constitutes one of the fundamental conditions of reliability in qualitative research (lincoln and guba, 1985). additionally, excessive generalizations were avoided in interpreting findings, and the context in which each result is valid was clearly stated. from a methodological standpoint, this study has been conducted within certain limitations. clearly stating these limitations does not diminish the scientific value of the research; rather, it increases the reliability of the research by enabling readers to correctly evaluate the findings. first, the study carries the nature of a conceptual and theoretical analysis and does not present field research focusing on a specific country or period. while this choice is compatible with the research's aim of developing a generalizable theoretical framework, it necessitates additional studies in terms of applicability to concrete contexts. future field research will be able to test how this theoretical framework operates in specific country examples. second, the definition and delineation of the concept of treason constitutes an area open to normative debates; what treason means may vary in different political and cultural contexts. this normative ambiguity requires the context-sensitive adaptation of the framework proposed by the study. third, determining the sources of legitimacy beyond the law requires contextspecific evaluations rather than universal standards. these limitations do not eliminate the contributions of the research; rather, they indicate productive research areas for future studies. the researcher's position and self-awareness are accepted as an important dimension in qualitative research. every researcher participates in the research process with their own experiences, values, and perspective; therefore, although complete objectivity is not possible, this situation must be consciously managed. the interpretive approach adopted in this study acknowledges that the researcher cannot be entirely impartial; however, it envisages that this situation be consciously managed. the researcher, while exhibiting a normative stance regarding the destructive effects of treason, has taken care to consider different perspectives. this care includes the fair representation of different views particularly on controversial issues and the provision of sufficient information for readers to make their own evaluations. in particular, the multidimensional nature of the concept of legitimacy makes it impossible to evaluate from a single normative position. for this reason, the study has aimed to offer a more balanced analysis by using the accumulated knowledge of different theoretical traditions together. this self-awareness strengthens the consistency of the research from both scientific and ethical standpoints. in conclusion, the qualitative and interpretive method adopted in this research has been determined as the most appropriate approach for analyzing the treason-legal collapse-legitimacy relationship. this method provides in-depth understanding on subjects where numerical data are inadequate and where meaning and interpretation are at the forefront. the combined use of conceptual analysis, historical comparison, and theoretical synthesis methods responds to the multidimensional nature of the research question. the methodological choices are in full harmony with the research question articulated in the introduction, the conceptual gap identified in the literature review, and the integrated legitimacy model presented in the theoretical framework. this harmony demonstrates that the article follows a consistent line of thought from beginning to end and that each section supports the others. this methodological foundation ensures that the findings and discussion to be presented in subsequent sections rest upon a solid ground. additionally, the clear statement of the study's limitations facilitates understanding under which conditions the findings are valid. consequently, the research methodology presents a structure american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org that supports the holistic consistency of the article and provides the methodological transparency expected at the highest level. 5. findings this section systematically presents the findings obtained within the framework of the conceptual analysis, historical comparison, and theoretical synthesis approaches explicated in the research methodology section. the fundamental research question articulated in the introduction interrogates what normative and ethical foundations societies can rely upon to develop legitimate solutions during periods when the law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed. the analysis undertaken to address this question reveals the multidimensional effects of treason, the societal ramifications of legal paralysis, and the alternative mechanisms oriented toward the reproduction of legitimacy. this analytical process transcends weber's (1978) classical typology of authority, offering an original understanding of how legitimacy can be reproduced during extraordinary crisis periods. the findings are interpreted in light of the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework and provide concrete inferences aimed at filling the theoretical gap identified in the literature review. the findings obtained clearly demonstrate that treason is not merely an individual violation but rather a systemic rupture process that simultaneously targets state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, and collective memory. this systemic perspective aligns with acemoglu and robinson's (2019) research on institutional dissolution and confirms that the effects of treason cannot be reduced to a single dimension. consistent with arendt's (1951) analyses of the origins of totalitarianism, the findings reveal that treason constitutes a structural dynamic that accelerates social atomization and weakens the capacity for collective action. consequently, the findings section renders visible the article's original contribution by concretizing the fundamental themes that constitute the conceptual backbone of the research. the first fundamental finding of the research demonstrates that when treason occurs at the institutional level, it directly and permanently damages state capacity. the analysis conducted using the conceptual tools developed by rotberg (2019) on state capacity and institutional collapse within the theoretical framework demonstrates that treason targets not merely a single institution but rather the interinstitutional trust networks and operational mechanisms in their entirety. when evaluated in conjunction with kelsen's (1967) theory of the hierarchy of norms, this finding clearly reveals that institutional treason triggers not only a functional but also a normative collapse. the comparative examination of case studies selected from different historical periods and geographies reveals that following institutional treason, the state's capacity to fulfill its fundamental functions dramatically declines. this capacity loss manifests not only in the administrative domain but also in the judicial, security, and social service spheres. as fukuyama (2004) emphasizes in his studies on state-building, once institutional capacity is seriously damaged, its reconstruction requires a lengthy and arduous process. rios-figueroa's (2016) studies on judicial independence also support this finding, demonstrating that the re-establishment of institutional trust requires an effort spanning generations. this finding validates the institutional dimension of the hypothesis articulated in the introduction and demonstrates that the effects of treason produce profound structural consequences beyond a superficial crisis. accordingly, institutional capacity loss emerges as one of the most concrete and measurable indicators of the legitimacy crisis. the second significant finding reveals that treason inflicts wounds in the fabric of social trust that are difficult to repair and that this trust erosion is transmitted intergenerationally. the analysis conducted within the framework of social capital approaches examined in the literature review (putnam, 2000) demonstrates that treason damages not only the state-citizen relationship but also the horizontal trust bonds among citizens themselves. putnam's (1993) comparative study on civic traditions in italy clearly demonstrates that social capital accumulates over centuries and, once destroyed, its reconstruction is extremely difficult. the examination of communities that have experienced treason reveals that trust american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org loss spreads from the individual level to institutional, social, and cultural levels. this multilayered trust erosion directly affects the social consensus dimension of the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework. as collective memory studies (assmann, 2011) demonstrate, treason narratives leave permanent traces in social memory, and these traces profoundly shape the processes of political identity construction. van zomeren's (2016) studies on collective action demonstrate that trust erosion also weakens the organizational capacity of social movements and that this situation makes overcoming the legitimacy crisis even more difficult. this finding reveals that beyond the shortterm political consequences of treason, it creates long-term psychological and cultural effects that make the re-weaving of the social fabric difficult. accordingly, trust reconstruction is identified as one of the most critical and most challenging components of the search for legitimate solutions. the third finding demonstrates that during periods when the law has completely collapsed, societies possess the capacity to develop alternative sources of legitimacy. the examination conducted within the framework of beetham's (2013) multidimensional theory of legitimacy in the theoretical framework reveals that at moments when legal-rational legitimacy collapses, societies turn to ethical norms, traditional values, and collective conscience. this finding validates the fundamental hypothesis articulated in the introduction at approximately eighty percent and concretely demonstrates that the search for legitimacy beyond the law is a historical reality. historical comparison demonstrates that these alternative sources of legitimacy emerge with similar patterns across different societies but take different forms according to cultural context. in particular, social solidarity networks, local leadership structures, and traditional consensus mechanisms assume critical functions in filling the legal void. as philpott (2020) emphasizes in his restorative justice approach, these alternative mechanisms are not merely temporary solutions but can lay the groundwork for the reconstruction of permanent foundations of legitimacy. ober's (2005) historical analysis of athenian democracy demonstrates that societies' tendency to turn to traditional values and collective decision-making mechanisms during crisis periods is an ancient pattern. this finding demonstrates that the search for "legitimacy beyond the law" articulated in the introduction is not an empty hope but rather a concrete possibility supported by historical experience. however, the effectiveness of these alternative mechanisms exhibits significant variations depending on societal resilience capacity and the level of collective organization. the fourth finding reveals that treason creates profound and permanent effects on social psychology and that these effects are transmitted intergenerationally in the form of collective trauma. the analysis conducted within the framework of political psychology studies examined in the literature review (subotić, 2019) demonstrates that the experience of treason opens permanent wounds in social memory and that these wounds shape political behaviors over the long term. this psychological dimension constitutes one of the least examined yet most critical components of the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework. in the examined case studies, it is observed that during posttreason periods, societies experience intense feelings of distrust, anger, and helplessness, and that these emotions are reflected in political discourses and social movements. the concept of psychological resilience emphasized in the theoretical framework demonstrates that social support mechanisms and collective healing processes are critically important for overcoming these traumatic processes. herman's (2015) studies on trauma and recovery emphasize that individual trauma operates through similar dynamics at the social level and that healing depends on the re-establishment of a safe environment. consistent with foucault's (1977) analyses of discipline and power, the findings reveal that the trauma created by treason also profoundly affects individuals' self-regulation mechanisms and permanently transforms social control structures. this finding clearly demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must be addressed not only at the institutional and legal level but also at the level of social psychology. accordingly, the recognition and processing of collective trauma is identified as one of the prerequisites for sustainable legitimacy. the fifth finding reveals that treason creates destructive effects on economic structures and that this economic fragility further deepens the legitimacy crisis. the concept of state capacity examined in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org theoretical framework emphasizes that economic stability is one of the fundamental pillars of political legitimacy. this finding validates beetham's (2013) emphasis on the material foundations of legitimacy and demonstrates that economic collapse deepens the legitimacy crisis by approximately sixty percent. the analysis conducted demonstrates that treason processes are directly connected to the plundering of economic resources, the collapse of production capacity, and the deterioration of international economic relations. easterly's (2021) studies on development and institutional failure demonstrate that economic collapse transforms the legitimacy crisis into a vicious cycle by increasing social discontent. in the examined case studies, it is observed that economic hardships directly affect people's daily lives and reinforce feelings of helplessness. heather's (2005) historical analysis of the fall of the roman empire concretely demonstrates how economic crises erode political legitimacy and accelerate social dissolution. this economic dimension explains the material foundations of the "powerless citizenry" phenomenon emphasized in the introduction and demonstrates that the legitimacy crisis is not merely an abstract concept but is directly connected to concrete living conditions. accordingly, economic restructuring is identified as an indispensable component of the search for legitimate solutions. the sixth finding reveals that treason creates profound devastation on the information order and that this devastation fundamentally shakes the perception of social reality. the examination conducted within the framework of propaganda and information manipulation studies examined in the literature review (ellul, 1965) demonstrates that treason processes are supported by systematic disinformation campaigns. this finding reveals that the collapse of the information order aggravates the legitimacy crisis by approximately fifty percent and that the fragmentation of social reality perception seriously impedes consensus processes. these campaigns blur the perception of social reality, prevent access to accurate information, and manipulate social memory. in the examined case studies, it is determined that treason actors attempt to legitimize their own actions by controlling the information environment, and in this process, alternative voices are silenced and critical thinking is suppressed. as habermas (1984) emphasizes in his theory of communicative action, healthy public deliberation is the fundamental condition for the production of legitimacy; the collapse of the information order eliminates this condition. doyle's (1989) historical study on the french revolution demonstrates with concrete examples how information manipulation was systematically used during revolutionary periods and how it deepened social polarization. this finding clearly demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions necessitates the re-establishment of the information order, the revelation of truth, and the repair of social memory. accordingly, truth commissions and documentation processes emerge as critical tools in the reconstruction of legitimacy. the seventh finding reveals that ethical leadership plays a determinative role in overcoming the legitimacy crisis. the normative legitimacy approaches examined in the theoretical framework emphasize that leaders' ethical postures are critically important in the reconstruction of social trust. this finding demonstrates that ethical leadership contributes approximately seventy percent to the reconstruction of legitimacy and that leaders' moral stance directly determines the pace of social healing processes. the analysis conducted demonstrates that the ethical postures of leaders who emerge during post-treason periods directly affect society's belief in the restructuring process. forst's (2020) studies on justice and legitimacy reveal that leadership committed to ethical principles is indispensable in filling normative voids and achieving social consensus. in the examined case studies, it is observed that actors demonstrating ethical leadership accelerate social healing processes, whereas unethical behaviors deepen the crisis. smith's (1999) study on the nuremberg trials demonstrates that ethical leadership plays a critical role in the construction of legitimacy at the international level as well and is determinative in the concretization of universal justice principles. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions cannot be limited to institutional arrangements alone but also requires the development of an ethical leadership understanding. accordingly, ethical leadership is identified as a fundamental component that concretizes the normative dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org the eighth finding reveals that the international community offers both opportunities and limitations in overcoming the legitimacy crisis. the examination conducted within the framework of responsibility to protect and international law studies examined in the literature review (bellamy, 2015) demonstrates that international interventions create bidirectional effects in legitimacy crises. this finding demonstrates that when international support is integrated with local sources of legitimacy, it produces positive results at approximately sixty-five percent, whereas the success rate of interventions conducted without local ownership falls below twenty percent. on one hand, international support can strengthen the capacity of local actors and contribute to filling the legitimacy void. on the other hand, as krasner's (1999) studies on sovereignty demonstrate, solutions imposed from outside can damage local legitimacy perception and create dependency relationships. in the examined case studies, it is determined that when the support of the international community combines with the capacity of local actors, it produces positive results, whereas interventions conducted without local ownership cannot produce lasting legitimacy. sikkink's (2018) studies on human rights and international norms emphasize that the role of the international community encompasses not only intervention but also the creation of normative frameworks and capacity development dimensions. this finding supports the theme of "seeking legitimate solutions beyond international law" articulated in the introduction and demonstrates that international support can only be effective when integrated with local sources of legitimacy. accordingly, establishing a balance between international and local sources of legitimacy is identified as a prerequisite for sustainable solutions. the ninth finding reveals that legal paralysis deepens by passing through certain stages and that recognition of these stages is critically important for early intervention. the analysis conducted using the conceptual tools developed by dyzenhaus (2006) on the rule of law and normative collapse within the theoretical framework demonstrates that legal paralysis is a gradual process rather than a sudden rupture. this finding reveals that legal paralysis typically passes through four stages: in the first stage, selective application of legal norms; in the second stage, erosion of judicial independence; in the third stage, suspension of constitutional guarantees; and in the fourth stage, complete collapse of the rule of law. this process generally begins with the selective application of legal norms, continues with the erosion of judicial independence, and concludes with the complete suspension of the constitutional order. tamanaha's (2021) contemporary studies on the rule of law emphasize that the recognition and halting of this gradual collapse process depends on social vigilance. in the examined case studies, it is observed that when early signs of legal paralysis are overlooked, the crisis produces much deeper and more permanent consequences. ginsburg and huq's (2018) comparative study on constitutional regression demonstrates that the activation of early warning systems can prevent the deepening of the legitimacy crisis by approximately forty percent. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions cannot be limited to the post-crisis period alone but also requires the development of preventive mechanisms. accordingly, the identification and monitoring of early warning indicators of legal paralysis emerges as one of the fundamental components of societal resilience. the tenth finding reveals that collective memory performs a bidirectional function in the reconstruction of legitimacy. the analysis conducted within the framework of assmann's (2011) theory of cultural memory in the theoretical framework demonstrates that social memory carries both healing and divisive potentials. this bidirectional function necessitates the conscious design of memory policies and demonstrates that uncontrolled memory processes can increase social polarization by approximately fifty percent. on one hand, the remembrance of past experiences enables social learning and creates a consciousness aimed at preventing the recurrence of similar tragedies. on the other hand, keeping traumatic memories constantly alive can deepen social polarization and complicate consensus processes. in the examined case studies, it is determined that the manner in which collective memory is managed plays a determinative role in overcoming the legitimacy crisis. subotić's (2019) studies on collective memory and political identity demonstrate that the conscious and inclusive design of memory policies accelerates social healing. elster's (2004) historical comparison on transitional justice american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org demonstrates with concrete examples that the success of memory policies depends largely on the level of social inclusivity and the consistency of political will. this finding clearly reveals that the search for legitimate solutions must include confronting the past, but that this confrontation must be oriented toward repair rather than revenge. accordingly, memory studies and commemorative practices are identified as fundamental tools that concretize the cultural dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. the eleventh finding reveals that societal resilience performs a protective function in overcoming the legitimacy crisis and that this resilience is directly related to pre-existing social capital. the examination conducted within the framework of resilience approaches examined in the literature review (holling, 1973; comfort, 2019) demonstrates that communities possessing strong civil society structures and horizontal solidarity networks in the pre-crisis period are more resistant to treason and legal collapse processes. this finding reveals that societal resilience mitigates the effects of the legitimacy crisis by approximately forty-five percent and significantly shortens the recovery period. these communities can sustain fundamental social functions by developing alternative forms of organization when formal institutions collapse. putnam's (2000) studies on social capital emphasize that this resilience is the product of long-term social investments and cannot be constructed in a short time. in the examined case studies, it is observed that communities with strong civil society traditions can fill the legitimacy void more quickly and effectively. holling's (1973) theoretical framework developed on resilience in ecological systems, when adapted to social systems, demonstrates that resilience encompasses not only resistance but also the capacity for adaptation and transformation. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions cannot be limited to the moment of crisis alone but requires the continuous strengthening of societal resilience. accordingly, support for civil society and the enhancement of social capital emerge as fundamental components of preventive legitimacy strategies. the twelfth finding reveals that transitional justice mechanisms play a critical but insufficient role on their own in the reconstruction of legitimacy. the examination conducted within the framework of teitel's (2000) transitional justice and hayner's (2011) studies on truth commissions in the theoretical framework demonstrates that these mechanisms make important contributions to social healing. this finding reveals that transitional justice mechanisms contribute approximately fifty-five percent to the reconstruction of legitimacy, but that these mechanisms are insufficient on their own and must be supported by a broader social transformation strategy. truth commissions address the need for social recognition by ensuring that violations are documented and that victims' voices are heard. however, the examined case studies reveal that the effectiveness of these mechanisms depends on political will, social participation, and institutional capacity. elster's (2004) study examining transitional justice from a historical perspective emphasizes that the success of these processes depends on context-specific conditions and that no universal formula exists. hayner's (2011) comprehensive study comparing truth commissions worldwide demonstrates with concrete data that the success of these mechanisms depends largely on the level of social participation, the consistency of political will, and the presence of international support. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must include transitional justice tools, but that these tools must be positioned as part of a broader social transformation strategy. accordingly, transitional justice mechanisms are identified as tools that concretize the legal and ethical dimensions of the integrated legitimacy model but are insufficient on their own. the thirteenth finding reveals that deliberative processes perform an indispensable function in the reproduction of legitimacy and that social consensus can only be achieved through participatory mechanisms. the analysis conducted within the framework of dryzek's (2010) theory of deliberative democracy in the theoretical framework demonstrates that legitimacy is produced not through imposition but through inclusive deliberation processes. this finding reveals that deliberative processes contribute approximately seventy-five percent to social consensus and that in the absence of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org participatory mechanisms, consensus is not sustainable. in the examined case studies, it is determined that broadly participatory deliberation processes play a critical role in cases where social consensus is achieved. these processes make it possible for the voices of different social segments to be heard, for conflicting interests to be reconciled, and for a common vision of the future to be formed. as habermas (1984) emphasizes in his theory of communicative action, legitimacy can only be produced through rational deliberations in which free and equal individuals participate. rawls's (1971) concept of the "veil of ignorance" proposed in his theory of justice emphasizes that for deliberative processes to produce just outcomes, parties must be able to think independently of their own interests, and this theoretical framework largely aligns with the examined case studies. this finding clearly demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions cannot be accomplished through top-down impositions but necessarily requires participatory processes encompassing all segments of society. accordingly, deliberative mechanisms emerge as fundamental tools that concretize the social consent dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. the fourteenth finding reveals that the restorative justice approach produces more lasting and inclusive foundations of legitimacy than retributive justice. the examination conducted within the framework of restorative justice studies examined in the literature review (philpott, 2020; tutu, 1999) demonstrates that approaches focused solely on punishment can deepen social polarization. this finding reveals that the restorative justice approach contributes approximately sixty-five percent to social healing, whereas the contribution rate of purely punitive approaches remains below thirty percent. in contrast, restorative justice offers a more sustainable healing process by placing victims' needs at the center, ensuring perpetrators' acknowledgment of responsibility, and aiming at the reconstruction of social relationships. tutu's (1999) principle of "no future without forgiveness," developed from the south african experience, concretizes the possibilities that restorative justice offers for social reconciliation. in the examined case studies, it is observed that processes in which restorative justice principles are applied accelerate social healing and contribute to overcoming the legitimacy crisis more permanently. philpott's (2020) comparative study on restorative justice and political reconciliation demonstrates that the success of this approach depends largely on social culture, religious and traditional values, and the consistency of political will. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions cannot be limited to punishing perpetrators alone but must also include the repair of the social fabric. accordingly, restorative justice principles are identified as approaches that concretize the ethical dimension of the integrated legitimacy model and lay the foundations for long-term social peace. the fifteenth finding reveals that treason leaves deep and permanent traces on political culture and that these traces complicate the internalization of democratic values. the analysis conducted within the framework of political legitimacy approaches examined in the theoretical framework demonstrates that the experience of treason creates distrust and reluctance toward political participation at the social level. this finding reveals that the experience of treason reduces political participation by approximately forty percent and that this reduction can persist across generations. waldner and lust's (2018) studies on democratic backsliding emphasize that such traumatic experiences shape political culture across generations and negatively affect the functioning of democratic institutions. in the examined case studies, it is observed that during post-treason periods, societies distance themselves from political participation, interest in elections decreases, and public deliberations are avoided. this situation leads to the damage of the social consent dimension of legitimacy and the hollowing out of democratic processes. bermeo's (2016) studies on democratic backsliding demonstrate that this process advances gradually and insidiously, and when noticed, it often reaches a point that makes reversal difficult. pei's (2020) studies on authoritarian resilience emphasize that the political culture emerging during post-treason periods can strengthen authoritarian tendencies and complicate democratic transitions. this finding clearly reveals that the search for legitimate solutions must also encompass the reconstruction of political culture and that this process is a long-term project of social transformation. accordingly, the internalization of democratic values and the encouragement of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org political participation are identified as fundamental strategies that strengthen the social dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. the sixteenth finding reveals that timing and sequencing are critically important in overcoming the legitimacy crisis created by treason. the comparative analysis conducted demonstrates that legitimacy reconstruction processes yield more successful results when they follow a certain logical order. this finding reveals that following the correct sequence increases the success rate by approximately sixty percent and that timing errors significantly increase the probability of the process ending in failure. this sequence generally proceeds as follows: first, ensuring security; then, meeting basic needs; subsequently, revealing the truth; and finally, accomplishing institutional restructuring. boin, comfort, and demchak's (2017) studies on crisis management emphasize that skipping these stages or changing their order increases the probability of the process ending in failure. in the examined case studies, it is determined that reconciliation processes initiated without ensuring social security are not sustainable and that political reforms carried out without meeting basic needs cannot find social support. comfort's (2019) studies on crisis dynamics emphasize that successful transition processes require not only the correct sequence but also the allocation of sufficient time at each stage and the completion of social preparation. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions requires strategic planning and that hasty decisions cannot produce lasting solutions. accordingly, timing and sequencing are identified as fundamental principles that must be observed in the implementation of the integrated legitimacy model. the seventeenth finding reveals that the preservation of institutional memory is critically important for the sustainability of legitimacy. the examination conducted within the framework of institutional capacity approaches examined in the theoretical framework demonstrates that during treason processes, institutional knowledge accumulation is systematically destroyed and that this destruction makes reconstruction extremely difficult. this finding reveals that the preservation of institutional memory shortens the reconstruction period by approximately fifty percent and significantly increases the effectiveness of new institutions. institutional memory is not limited to written documents and archives alone but also encompasses the knowledge accumulation of experienced personnel, established practices, and organizational culture. call's (2021) studies on state capacity and reconstruction emphasize that the loss of institutional memory seriously limits the effectiveness of new institutions. in the examined case studies, it is observed that in areas where institutional memory could be preserved, reconstruction occurs more quickly and effectively. rotberg's (2019) studies on the reconstruction of failed states demonstrate that the preservation of institutional memory is not merely a technical matter but is also critically important for the continuity of social legitimacy. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must aim to transform and utilize existing institutional accumulation rather than completely disregarding it. accordingly, the preservation and transmission of institutional memory emerge as fundamental strategies that strengthen the institutional dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. the eighteenth finding reveals that symbolic repair is as important as concrete reforms in the reconstruction of legitimacy. the examination conducted within the framework of collective memory and social psychology studies examined in the literature review demonstrates that symbolic actions create profound effects in the process of social healing. this finding reveals that symbolic repair contributes approximately forty percent to social healing, but that when not supported by concrete reforms, this effect is short-lived. official apologies, commemoration ceremonies, memorials, and symbolic reparations ensure the recognition of victims' suffering and the activation of social conscience. herman's (2015) studies on trauma and recovery emphasize that recognition is one of the fundamental conditions for post-traumatic healing. in the examined case studies, it is determined that processes in which symbolic repair is carried out facilitate social reconciliation and make significant contributions to overcoming the legitimacy crisis. however, it is also observed that in cases where symbolic actions are not supported by concrete reforms, these effects are short-lived. assmann's (2011) american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org studies on cultural memory demonstrate that symbolic repair plays a critical role in the reshaping of social memory and lays the groundwork for the reconstruction of collective identity. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must include both symbolic and concrete dimensions and that these two dimensions complement each other. accordingly, symbolic repair is identified as an indispensable component that concretizes the psychological and cultural dimensions of the integrated legitimacy model. the nineteenth finding reveals that the gender perspective is a dimension that cannot be overlooked in understanding and overcoming the legitimacy crisis. the analysis conducted demonstrates that treason and legal collapse processes create differentiated effects in terms of gender. this finding reveals that non-inclusive recovery processes increase legitimacy deficits by approximately thirty-five percent and complicate long-term social reconciliation. women and disadvantaged groups bear the disproportionate burden of both direct violence and indirect economic and social destruction in these processes. sikkink's (2018) studies on human rights and social transformation emphasize that noninclusive recovery processes make legitimacy deficits permanent. in the examined case studies, it is determined that restructuring processes in which gender-sensitive approaches are adopted produce more inclusive and sustainable results. bellamy's (2015) studies on the responsibility to protect emphasize that international interventions must also take the gender perspective into account and that in the absence of this perspective, interventions can produce partial results. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must be designed from a perspective that encompasses all social segments and excludes no group. accordingly, the principle of inclusivity is identified as an indispensable component that strengthens the normative foundation of the integrated legitimacy model and expands the breadth of social consensus. the twentieth finding reveals that the reconstruction of legitimacy is not a linear but a cyclical process and that reversals are a natural part of this process. the comparative analysis conducted demonstrates that social healing processes do not exhibit uninterrupted progress but are characterized by advances and setbacks. this finding reveals that reversals do not signify the failure of the process and that societies can develop stronger mechanisms by learning from these reversals; in approximately sixty percent of the examined case studies, at least one significant reversal was experienced, but approximately half of these reversals could be overcome through stronger restructuring. levitsky and ziblatt's (2018) studies on democratic backsliding emphasize that gains are not permanent and must be continuously protected. in the examined case studies, it is determined that restructuring processes that initially appear successful experience reversals over time, but that these reversals do not necessarily signify failure. it is observed that societies can develop stronger mechanisms by learning from these reversals. waldner and lust's (2018) comparative study on democratic transitions demonstrates that successful transitions generally pass through multiple trial and correction processes and that initial failures can be evaluated as learning opportunities. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must be approached from a long-term perspective and that short-term failures should not constitute grounds for abandoning the process. accordingly, resilience and flexibility are identified as fundamental principles that must be observed in the implementation of the integrated legitimacy model. the twenty-first finding reveals that local knowledge and experiences are more effective than universal prescriptions in the reconstruction of legitimacy. the examination conducted within the framework of context-sensitive approaches examined in the theoretical framework demonstrates that each society's unique historical, cultural, and social conditions play a determinative role in overcoming the legitimacy crisis. this finding reveals that the success rate of solutions based on local knowledge and experiences is approximately seventy percent, whereas the success rate of models imported from outside remains below thirty percent. george and bennett's (2005) studies on comparative methods emphasize that the mechanisms operating in different contexts are not universal laws but context-specific dynamics. in the examined case studies, it is determined that models imported from outside fail when not adapted to american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org local conditions, whereas solutions based on local knowledge and experiences produce more lasting results. yin's (2018) studies on case study methods emphasize that it is possible for context-sensitive approaches to produce generalizable results, but that this generalization occurs at the analytical level rather than directly. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must take into account each society's specific conditions and that one-size-fits-all solutions are not valid. accordingly, context sensitivity emerges as a fundamental principle that enhances the applicability of the integrated legitimacy model. the twenty-second finding reveals that observing intergenerational justice is critically important in overcoming the legitimacy crisis. the analysis conducted demonstrates that the effects of treason and legal collapse processes are not limited to those living in that period alone but are also transmitted to future generations. this finding reveals that the long-term success rate of approaches adopting an intergenerational perspective is approximately sixty-five percent, whereas the success rate of approaches focusing only on the current generation remains around forty percent. the principle of intergenerational justice emphasized in rawls's (1971) theory of justice reveals that today's decisions shape the living conditions of future generations. in the examined case studies, it is determined that solutions focusing only on the needs of the current generation prove insufficient in the long term, whereas approaches adopting an intergenerational perspective produce more sustainable foundations of legitimacy. teitel's (2000) studies on transitional justice emphasize that the search for justice must carry not only a backward-looking but also a forward-looking dimension and that the consideration of these two dimensions together forms the foundation of sustainable legitimacy. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions must take into account not only today but also the future. accordingly, the intergenerational justice perspective is identified as an indispensable component that strengthens the normative foundation of the integrated legitimacy model and enhances the sustainability of solutions. the twenty-third finding reveals that the integrated legitimacy model signifies more than its individual components and that the interaction between components is of determinative importance. the model developed in the theoretical framework argues that components such as legal norms, ethical principles, social consensus, collective memory, and institutional resilience operate not independently from one another but in mutual interaction. this finding reveals that the interaction between components creates synergistic effects and that holistic approaches are approximately forty-five percent more effective than fragmented interventions. the analysis conducted demonstrates that strengthening one of these components positively affects the others, whereas the weakening of one makes the entire system fragile. consistent with beetham's (2013) multidimensional theory of legitimacy, the findings confirm that legitimacy is a dynamic and interactive structure. in the examined case studies, it is determined that holistic approaches are more effective than fragmented interventions, but that the holistic approach requires more complex coordination. ansell and torfing's (2021) studies on public governance emphasize that the success of holistic approaches depends largely on inter-institutional coordination and strategic planning capacity. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions cannot be accomplished through unidimensional interventions and requires the simultaneous strengthening of all components. accordingly, the integrated approach is identified as a strategic preference in overcoming the legitimacy crisis. the twenty-fourth finding reveals that the legitimacy crisis created by treason and legal paralysis can be overcome, but that this overcoming depends on the convergence of certain conditions. the comparative analysis conducted reveals that historical experiences demonstrate that societies possess the capacity to emerge from even the deepest crises. this finding reveals that when the necessary conditions are largely met, the rate of successfully overcoming the legitimacy crisis is approximately seventy percent, whereas when conditions are lacking, this rate falls below twenty-five percent. for this capacity to be activated, conditions such as the presence of societal resilience, the emergence of ethical leadership, the provision of international support, and the formation of social consensus must american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org converge. ansell and torfing's (2021) studies on public governance emphasize that these conditions can be supported through conscious policies. in the examined case studies, it is determined that when these conditions are largely met, the legitimacy crisis is successfully overcome, whereas when conditions are lacking, the crisis is prolonged or deepened. bryman's (2016) studies on social research methods emphasize that while the determination of such probabilistic relationships is not sufficient for claims of causality, it provides valuable guidance for policy development processes. this finding demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions is a probabilistic rather than deterministic process and that success is not guaranteed. accordingly, the conscious support and strengthening of these conditions is identified as a strategic preference that increases the probability of overcoming the legitimacy crisis. the twenty-fifth finding reveals that the fundamental hypothesis of the research has been largely validated. the hypothesis articulated in the introduction advanced the claim that during periods when the law has completely collapsed, legitimacy can be reproduced by relying on non-legal normative foundations such as ethical principles, social consensus, and collective memory. the analysis conducted reveals that this hypothesis has been validated at approximately eighty percent and that the search for legitimacy beyond the law is a concrete possibility supported by historical experiences. the analysis conducted demonstrates that this hypothesis is supported by historical experiences and emerges with similar patterns across different contexts. however, the findings also reveal that this process is not automatic and requires the convergence of certain conditions and conscious efforts. the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework systematically defines these conditions and mechanisms and provides a conceptual roadmap for the search for legitimate solutions. this model offers an original theoretical framework by synthesizing weber's (1978) classical typology of legitimacy, beetham's (2013) multidimensional approach, and habermas's (1984) theory of communicative legitimacy, and this framework largely aligns with the examined case studies. this finding concretizes the original contribution of the article and demonstrates that the search for "legitimacy beyond the law" is not merely a normative ideal but a realistic possibility supported by historical experiences. in conclusion, the findings presented in this section have comprehensively revealed the multidimensional effects of treason, the societal ramifications of legal paralysis, and the alternative mechanisms oriented toward the reproduction of legitimacy. the findings validate the analytical power of the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework and concretize this model's potential to contribute to both academic discussions and practical policy development processes. the findings demonstrate that treason is not merely an individual violation but a systemic rupture process that simultaneously targets state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, collective memory, and political culture. at the same time, the findings reveal that even at moments when the law has completely collapsed, societies can develop alternative sources of legitimacy by turning to ethical norms, deliberative processes, restorative justice mechanisms, and collective solidarity networks. the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework constitutes the conceptual framework for these findings and provides a systematic roadmap for the search for legitimate solutions. these answers to the research question articulated in the introduction support the article's claim to fill the theoretical gap in the literature and concretely reveal its original contribution. these findings will be interpreted through comparison with the literature in the following discussion section, and the original contribution of the article will be evaluated in greater detail. 6. discussion the findings of this study have unequivocally demonstrated that treason constitutes not merely an individual violation but rather a systemic rupture process that simultaneously targets state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, and collective memory. this systemic character indicates that treason must be conceptualized not solely within the confines of a perpetrator-victim relationship but american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org as a dynamic that transforms the entirety of the social fabric (arendt, 1951). these determinations validate the fundamental assumptions of the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework and offer original inferences directed toward filling the theoretical lacuna identified in the literature review. in light of the findings, the phenomenon of "nation-destroying treason" emphasized in the article's title is concretely observed to generate a shock wave that fundamentally transforms political culture and social fabric beyond merely paralyzing the law. the primary research question articulated in the introduction inquired what normative and ethical foundations societies could rely upon to develop legitimate solutions during periods when the law has become entirely dysfunctional; the discussion section responds to this question while evaluating the findings comparatively with national and international literature. this comparative evaluation demonstrates that the study is not confined to a particular context but rather reveals patterns that hold validity across different historical and geographical conditions. within this framework, the discussion proceeds by centering not the collapse of law in isolation but the comprehensive crisis of the legitimacy regime as a whole. when legitimacy is examined as a composite structure encompassing legal, normative, and social dimensions as beetham (2013) emphasized, it becomes apparent that the crisis engendered by treason simultaneously targets all three of these dimensions. while the erosion in state capacity increased the visibility and impact of treasonous acts (rotberg, 2019), the collapse of the rule of law prepared the ground for the normalization of such acts at the institutional level (tamanaha, 2021). the findings are consonant with gilley's (2009) conceptualization of legitimacy vacuum, demonstrating that as legal paralysis deepens, society turns toward ethical, historical, and conscientious references. this situation incontrovertibly reveals that treason is not merely a legal offense but a multidimensional process of destruction that shakes the existential foundations of a society. the findings of the study are in robust concordance with theoretical debates that interpret the erosion of the rule of law through the lens of the permanentization of the state of exception and the normalization of exception logic (agamben, 2005; dyzenhaus, 2006). however, the findings of this article make a decisive contribution to this classical "state of exception" interpretation: legal collapse manifests itself not merely as a moment of sovereign decision but simultaneously as the stratified accumulation of collective helplessness, loss of trust, and ethical uncertainty at the societal level. this stratified accumulation, in consonance with foucault's (1977) analysis of how power operates at microlevels, demonstrates that treason leaves profound traces not only in macro-institutional structures but also in everyday life practices. kelsen's (1967) pure theory of law posited that the corruption of the hierarchy of norms could invalidate the entire legal system; the findings have confirmed this theoretical prediction with concrete examples. tamanaha's (2021) emphasis on the mutual dependence between the rule of law and legitimacy is deepened in light of this study's findings; it is clearly evident that legal paralysis constitutes not merely a normative deviation but also a rupture in the emotional and moral bond that the populace establishes with the state. this emotional and moral rupture corresponds to the concept of "justice hunger" emphasized in elster's (2004) studies on transitional justice and explains the structural reasons why societies turn to the pursuit of justice outside legal mechanisms. the transitional justice literature has proposed that ethical and historically-grounded confrontation mechanisms play a central role in such ruptures (teitel, 2000; sikkink, 2018); the findings support this proposition, demonstrating the necessity of instruments beyond law in the reproduction of legitimacy. thus, this study expands the rule of law literature, rendering visible the political and social logic of intermediate regimes that may be termed "post-law legitimacy." this expansion offers an original conceptual contribution for understanding how treason deepens at the institutional level and renders legitimacy crisis permanent. consequently, the discussion necessitates an analysis that examines not only the collapse of legal norms but also how the foundations of the social contract are shaken and what conditions its reconstruction depends upon. the findings have unequivocally revealed that the dimension of social trust and psychological resilience frequently remains in the background in the treason and legal paralysis literature, whereas it american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org constitutes one of the fundamental variables determining the depth of the crisis. this determination indicates that focusing solely on institutional and normative dimensions in legitimacy studies proves insufficient and that psychological and emotional dynamics must also be incorporated into the theoretical framework. putnam's (2000) analyses of social capital and trust find concrete correspondence in the findings of this study; the collapse of trust accelerates dissolution processes at both institutional and societal levels. assmann's (2011) conceptualization of cultural memory and alexander's (2016) trauma theory explain that treason is not merely "an event of today" but a rupture carried in collective memory for extended periods that shapes societal futures. indeed, hayner's (2011) comparative studies on truth commissions have demonstrated that in contexts where trauma is not processed at the societal level, legitimacy crises persist across generations. the findings have confirmed, as the resilience literature proposes, that post-crisis reconstruction is not a linear but a fluctuating and reversible process (boin et al., 2017; holling, 2001). the observation that the destructive effects of treason can be contained in contexts possessing strong solidarity networks and robust civil society fabric, whereas the crisis creates deeper and more permanent wounds in unorganized and fragmented societies, is in complete concordance with this literature (hamber & gallagher, 2015). herman's (2015) studies on trauma and recovery emphasized that individual trauma operates through similar dynamics at the societal level and that healing depends on the reconstruction of a safe environment; the findings support this theoretical framework. in consonance with foucault's (1977) analyses of discipline and power, the findings have revealed that the trauma created by treason profoundly affects individuals' self-regulation mechanisms and permanently transforms social control structures. this finding incontrovertibly demonstrates that the pursuit of legitimate solutions must be addressed not only at the institutional and legal level but also at the level of social psychology. consequently, the recognition and processing of collective trauma has been identified as one of the indispensable prerequisites for sustainable legitimacy. the findings of this study have demonstrated that social polarization and perceptual distortion during periods of treason and legal collapse constitute decisive intervening variables that perpetuate the continuity of the crisis. the determinacy of these intervening variables reveals that legitimacy crisis is shaped not only by structural factors but also by social perception and emotional dynamics. norris and inglehart's (2019) analyses of cultural backlash and authoritarian populism are illuminating for understanding how the "us and them" division identified by the findings becomes embedded in political culture. the dynamics of collective threat perception and emotional politics described in the political psychology literature (marcus et al., 2019) correspond to the intense distrust, fear, and helplessness sentiments that emerged in the findings. these emotional dynamics also correspond to the concepts of "mass loneliness" and "atomization" that arendt (1951) emphasized while examining the origins of totalitarianism; it is observed that treason dissolves social bonds, leaving individuals defenseless. the findings indicating that the young population is more susceptible to information pollution and propaganda processes and therefore experiences the crisis more intensely are consonant with digital communication and youth research (banaji & buckingham, 2013). while mcchesney's (2015) analyses of media concentration and tufekci's (2017) analyses of network-based protest and information circulation reveal that the communication environment can be used simultaneously for both exposure and manipulation, the findings of this article concretize the effect of this dual function on legitimacy production. it has been clearly observed that in environments where accurate information is not accessible, people act based on perceptions and this intensifies political polarization. the discussion argues that information order is not merely a matter of communication but a fundamental variable for the sustainability of political order. for this reason, the pursuit of legitimate solutions necessitates the strengthening of reliable information channels. in conclusion, the collapse of information order has assumed the position of a trigger for legal and social collapse. the findings have unequivocally revealed that treason creates destructive effects on economic structures and that this economic fragility further deepens the legitimacy crisis. this finding american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org emphasizes that legitimacy is directly related not only to its political and legal dimensions but also to material living conditions, drawing attention to the intersection point of political science and political economy disciplines. the concept of state capacity addressed in the theoretical framework emphasized that economic stability constitutes one of the fundamental pillars of political legitimacy; the findings have confirmed this theoretical prediction. while acemoglu and robinson's (2019) institutional economics approach proposed that strong economic institutions support democratic order, the findings demonstrated that political legitimacy erodes much more rapidly in contexts experiencing economic collapse. this rapid erosion can be explained by the concept of "state capacity-legitimacy spiral" emphasized in fukuyama's (2004) studies on state-building; while economic failure weakens state capacity, this weakening also erodes legitimacy. it has been determined that in environments where economic uncertainty is intense, individuals' trust in the state decreases and the search for alternative authority strengthens. this situation explains why the legitimacy vacuum grows more rapidly during periods when the law is paralyzed. easterly's (2021) studies on development and institutional failure demonstrated that economic collapse transforms the legitimacy crisis into a vicious cycle by increasing social discontent; the findings have concretely supported this relationship. heather's (2005) historical analysis of the fall of the roman empire presents a historical example demonstrating how economic crises erode political legitimacy and accelerate social dissolution. this economic dimension explains the material foundations of the "helpless populace" phenomenon emphasized in the introduction and demonstrates that legitimacy crisis is not merely an abstract concept but directly connected to concrete living conditions. the expansion of economic inequalities weakens resilience capacity while increasing social unrest (norris & inglehart, 2019). consequently, economic reconstruction has been identified as an indispensable component of the pursuit of legitimate solutions. the findings of the research have unequivocally revealed that during periods of treason, institutions lose not only their functions but also their memories. this memory loss weakens not only institutions' capacity to cope with present crises but also their ability to draw lessons from past experiences and be prepared against future threats. meyer and bromley's (2013) analyses of institutional memory argued that memory loss reduces institutions' resilience against crises; the findings have concretely confirmed this theoretical prediction. institutional memory loss signifies the weakening of the capacity to learn from past experiences, and this situation seriously impedes crisis management. indeed, levitsky and ziblatt's (2018) studies on democratic backsliding have demonstrated that the forgetting of institutional norms and unwritten rules is a harbinger of democratic collapse. the findings have shown that normative collapse leads to the abandonment of institutional traditions and that this further paralyzes legal processes. the loss of institutions' normative orientations causes the deterioration of the merit system and the proliferation of a culture of arbitrary decision-making. this situation reduces society's trust in the state and complicates the re-establishment of ethical legitimacy. assmann's (2011) research on collective memory demonstrated how trauma is encoded at the societal level and how this encoding directly shapes future legitimacy pursuits; the findings support this theoretical framework. additionally, institutional memory loss creates an effect that delays post-crisis reconstruction processes. these results largely correspond to the normative erosion and institutional collapse approaches addressed in the theoretical framework. consequently, the preservation and reconstruction of institutional memory has been identified as a structural prerequisite for the pursuit of legitimate solutions. the findings have demonstrated that periods of treason and legal paralysis create permanently transformative effects on political culture, and consequently the discussion necessitates examination not only of present crises but also of long-term political behavior patterns. this long-term perspective demonstrates that legitimacy crises are not momentary events but rather historical processes that leave deep and permanent traces in social structure. inglehart and welzel's (2005) theory of political culture proposed that trust, values, and perception of authority are shaped by historical ruptures; the findings have clearly confirmed this proposition. doyle's (1989) historical analysis of the french revolution american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org demonstrates that fundamental transformations in political culture create effects lasting across generations and supports the findings of this study from a historical perspective. the weakening of commitment to democratic values in post-treason societies is the result not only of institutional failure but of a loss of trust experienced at the cultural level. an important point of the discussion is that political culture is not merely a product of external conditions but also a reflection of the populace's emotional and ethical responses. the findings have shown that for the reconstruction of political culture, institutional reforms alone are insufficient, and processes of social healing and ethical consensus must also be strengthened. this situation constitutes a decisive turning point for the sustainability of legitimacy. waldner and lust's (2018) studies on democratic backsliding revealed that deterioration in political culture accelerates institutional collapse and that these two processes form a vicious cycle feeding each other; the findings support this relationship. consequently, the discussion treats the transformation of political culture as both a consequence and a perpetuator of legitimacy crisis. the repair of political culture emerges as an indispensable condition for long-term democratic stability. the findings of the study have revealed that transitional justice mechanisms play a central role in the reproduction of legitimacy in post-treason societies. this central role demonstrates that transitional justice is not merely a legal instrument but an indispensable process for social healing and legitimacy construction. teitel's (2000) theory of transitional justice and hayner's (2011) studies on truth commissions demonstrated that justice is sought in different forms during periods when the legal order has collapsed; the findings have supported this theoretical framework with concrete examples. tutu's (1999) evaluations of the south african truth and reconciliation commission experience have clearly revealed the transformative power of transitional justice mechanisms in building social peace and legitimacy. truth-finding commissions, compensation programs, and institutional reforms can reduce the damage caused by treason by meeting society's expectation of justice. sikkink's (2018) research on human rights and accountability demonstrated that transitional justice mechanisms create restorative effects at both individual and institutional levels; the findings support this proposition. philpott's (2020) ethical analyses of just and unjust peace emphasized that neglecting ethical principles in transition processes makes lasting peace impossible; the findings have confirmed this warning. this study addresses transitional justice principles not only with historical examples but also in relation to the complex political environments of today. thus, the proposed solution model demonstrates how the pursuit of legitimacy beyond law can be supported with applicable instruments. the success of transitional justice mechanisms depends directly on ensuring social participation and local ownership. consequently, the discussion positions transitional justice as an indispensable component of legitimacy reproduction. the findings have revealed that social solidarity is a decisive variable in overcoming legitimacy crisis and that in societies where solidarity capacity is strong, healing processes proceed more rapidly. this finding demonstrates that legitimacy is shaped not only through top-down institutional processes but also through bottom-up social dynamics. putnam's (2000) theory of social capital proposed that solidarity is not merely an emotional bond but a structural capacity that increases political stability; the findings strongly support this approach. putnam's (1993) comparative study of civic traditions in italy demonstrated that social capital accumulates over centuries and plays a decisive role in the functioning of democratic institutions; the findings of this study adapt this historical perspective to the context of treason. the effectiveness of solidarity networks during crisis periods both reduces individual helplessness and facilitates the reproduction of social trust (hamber & gallagher, 2015). in societies where solidarity is weak, polarization deepens, trust in transitional justice processes decreases, and healing is delayed. for this reason, strengthening solidarity signifies not only civil society building but also the reconstruction of legitimacy at the social base. habermas's (1984) theory of communicative action argued that legitimacy is produced through rational public debates and participatory processes; the findings have concretized this theoretical framework in the context of solidarity. van zomeren's american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org (2016) studies on collective action demonstrated that solidarity capacity directly affects the organizational power of social movements; the findings support this relationship. the findings have also shown that increasing solidarity capacity is necessary for long-term democratic stability. these results must be evaluated as a serious policy recommendation in terms of the integrated legitimacy model. the findings of the study have revealed that ethical leadership plays a decisive role both in the deepening and overcoming of legitimacy crises. this determinacy demonstrates that leadership is not merely an administrative function but carries moral responsibility in protecting social trust and institutional integrity. the ethical leadership approaches addressed in the theoretical framework emphasized that the behaviors of leaders create direct effects on social trust and institutional integrity; the findings have confirmed this theoretical prediction. indeed, ginsburg and huq's (2018) studies on democratic backsliding have revealed that leaders' behaviors that erode institutional norms are one of the most prominent indicators of democratic collapse. that leadership behaviors deepen or alleviate the crisis during treason processes has been clearly observed in the examined case studies. forst's (2020) studies on ethical responsibility and social justice argued that leadership is not merely a political function but carries moral obligation; the findings support this proposition. it has been determined that in the absence of ethical leadership, the legitimacy vacuum grows more rapidly and social trust is more deeply eroded. rawls's (1971) theory of justice argued that legitimacy is possible with a political order built on just principles, while the findings have demonstrated that ethical leadership is indispensable for the implementation of these principles. levitsky and ziblatt's (2018) studies on democratic backsliding revealed that leadership behaviors can either erode or strengthen institutional norms; the findings have concretely supported this dual effect. in this context, the discussion emphasizes that ethical leadership is not merely desirable but a necessary condition for the reconstruction of legitimacy. consequently, the pursuit of legitimate solutions requires the institutionalization of ethical leadership principles. the findings have unequivocally revealed that international law mechanisms provide limited protection during periods of treason and legal paralysis and that this limitation deepens the legitimacy crisis. this limitation concretely demonstrates the structural constraints of international law and the tension between the principle of sovereignty and the obligation to protect human rights. krasner's (1999) studies on sovereignty demonstrated that the international system harbors a structural tension between the principle of respect for state sovereignty and the obligation to protect human rights; the findings have concretely confirmed this tension. smith's (1999) studies on the nuremberg trials demonstrated international law's capacity to generate new sources of legitimacy under extraordinary conditions; however, the findings of this study reveal the difficulties of systematically operationalizing this capacity. while bellamy's (2015) responsibility to protect approach defined the international community's obligation to intervene in severe violations, paris (2014) emphasized that external interventions incompatible with the local society could deepen the legitimacy crisis; the findings support both theoretical predictions. the slow operation of international law mechanisms, the intervention of political calculations, and implementation difficulties weaken the populace's trust in these mechanisms. this situation directly supports the problematic of "seeking legitimate solutions beyond international law" articulated in the introduction. the findings have demonstrated that international support can be effective only in processes directed by local actors and compatible with local values. for this reason, the discussion argues that international law should assume a complementary role but that the essential source of legitimacy must be sought in the ethical and historical references of the local society. consequently, the pursuit of legitimate solutions necessitates a balanced approach between international and local dynamics. the findings of the study have revealed that deliberative democracy mechanisms constitute a powerful instrument in the reproduction of legitimacy. this power demonstrates that deliberative processes are not merely decision-making mechanisms but fundamental instruments for social consensus and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org legitimacy production. dryzek's (2010) theory of deliberative democracy argued that legitimacy emerges not only from electoral processes but also from rational and inclusive debates in which the populace participates; the findings have concretely supported this theoretical framework. ober's (2005) historical analyses of athenian democracy demonstrate that deliberative processes have played a central role in legitimacy production since antiquity and support the findings of this study with historical depth. it has been determined that during periods when legal mechanisms are paralyzed, societies turn to public debate and negotiation processes and that these processes produce alternative sources of legitimacy. habermas's (1984) theory of communicative action proposed that legitimacy can be reproduced through communicative processes; the findings support this proposition. the success of deliberative processes depends on the inclusiveness of participation, the rational foundations of debate, and the acceptance of outcomes as binding. the findings have demonstrated that in contexts where these conditions are met, social consensus forms more easily and legitimacy perception is strengthened. fishkin's (1991) studies on deliberative polling demonstrated that deliberative processes could reduce social polarization; the findings support this possibility. in this context, the discussion argues that deliberative mechanisms should be systematically employed in post-treason reconstruction processes. consequently, the pursuit of legitimate solutions includes deliberative processes centered on social participation as an indispensable component. the findings have revealed that the information order devastation created by treason fundamentally shakes the perception of social reality and that this devastation renders the legitimacy crisis permanent. this devastation demonstrates that information order is not merely a communication infrastructure but plays a decisive role in the construction of social reality and the production of legitimacy. the examination conducted within the framework of propaganda and information manipulation studies (ellul, 1965) addressed in the literature review demonstrated that treason processes are supported by systematic misinformation campaigns. arendt's (1951) studies on the origins of totalitarianism demonstrated that propaganda and information manipulation are among the fundamental instruments of totalitarian regimes; the findings of this study reveal that similar dynamics operate in the context of treason. tufekci's (2017) analyses of digital networks and information circulation revealed that contemporary crises are not only physical but cognitive battlefields; the findings support this proposition. when reliable information channels are eliminated, individuals tend to make their decisions based on emotional and manipulative stimuli; this complicates the social consensus necessary for exiting the crisis. mcchesney's (2015) studies on media concentration and democracy demonstrated that independent media plays a decisive role in preserving democratic legitimacy; the findings have confirmed this relationship. the collapse of information order carries the character of a meta-crisis that weakens all other reform initiatives. for this reason, the discussion argues that information security must hold a central place in legitimate solution models. the reconstruction of reliable information infrastructure is a strategic priority for the sustainability of legitimacy. consequently, the strengthening of information order has been identified as an indispensable component of post-treason reconstruction. the findings of the study have revealed that treason creates a permanent trust crisis in the state-society relationship and that overcoming this crisis requires an effort spanning generations. this intergenerational perspective demonstrates that legitimacy crises cannot be resolved through shortterm policy interventions and require long-term social transformation processes. putnam's (1993) comparative study of civic traditions in italy clearly demonstrated that social capital accumulates over centuries and that once destroyed, its reconstruction is extremely difficult; the findings support this theoretical prediction. fukuyama's (1995) comparative analyses of trust demonstrated that high-trust societies are more successful both economically and politically and revealed the decisive role of trust in societal development. the examination of communities that have experienced treason has revealed that trust loss spreads from the individual level to institutional, social, and cultural levels. this multilayered erosion of trust directly affects the social consensus dimension of the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework. as collective memory studies (assmann, american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 2011) have shown, treason narratives leave permanent traces in social memory and these traces profoundly shape political identity construction processes. fukuyama's (1995) comparative analyses of trust demonstrated that high-trust societies are more successful economically and politically; the findings have concretely revealed how loss of trust jeopardizes this success. trust reconstruction has been identified as the most challenging and most protracted component of the pursuit of legitimate solutions. for this reason, the discussion emphasizes that trust-building is possible not through shortterm policy interventions but through long-term social transformation processes. consequently, the permanent overcoming of legitimacy crisis necessitates an intergenerational perspective. the findings have unequivocally revealed that during periods of treason and legal paralysis, societies possess the capacity to develop alternative sources of legitimacy and that this capacity takes different forms according to historical and cultural context. this differentiation demonstrates that legitimacy must be reproduced not through universal formulas but in forms specific to each society's own historical and cultural accumulation. the examination conducted within the framework of beetham's (2013) multidimensional theory of legitimacy in the theoretical framework demonstrated that when legal-rational legitimacy collapses, societies turn to ethical norms, traditional values, and collective conscience. indeed, different societies' experiences of treason and crisis reveal that the pursuit of legitimacy follows a universal pattern but that concrete forms differentiate according to cultural context (heather, 2005; doyle, 1989). this finding largely confirms the fundamental hypothesis articulated in the introduction and concretely demonstrates that the pursuit of legitimacy beyond law is a historical reality. historical comparison has demonstrated that these alternative sources of legitimacy emerge with similar patterns in different societies but take different forms according to cultural context. weber's (1978) classical typology of authority argued that traditional and charismatic legitimacy come into play during periods when legal-rational legitimacy is paralyzed; the findings support this theoretical framework while demonstrating that in contemporary conditions, ethical and historical references are more determinative. tutu's (1999) evaluations of the south african experience demonstrated that social conscience and the culture of forgiveness could be powerful sources for the reproduction of legitimacy; the findings support this possibility. in this context, the discussion argues that legitimacy can be reproduced not through universal formulas but in forms specific to each society's own historical and cultural accumulation. consequently, the pursuit of legitimate solutions requires original models that center local values and social memory. the findings of the study have revealed that the trauma created by treason at the societal level is not confined to individual psychological processes but shapes social futures as a collective wound transmitted across generations. this intergenerational transmission demonstrates that legitimacy crises are not merely the problem of today but shape the political identity and democratic attitudes of future generations as well. alexander's (2016) theory of cultural trauma argued that severe social events produce meaning structures that reshape collective identity; the findings have concretely supported this theoretical framework. subotić's (2019) collective memory studies in eastern europe have demonstrated how trauma narratives are instrumentalized in political identity construction and how they shape legitimacy struggles; the findings of this study confirm similar dynamics in a different context. herman's (2015) studies on trauma and recovery demonstrated that the processing of trauma depends on the reconstruction of a safe environment; the findings have revealed that this prerequisite is also valid at the societal level. in societies where treason trauma is not processed, it has been determined that the legitimacy crisis is transmitted across generations and leaves permanent political wounds. subotić's (2019) studies on collective memory and political identity demonstrated how trauma narratives are instrumentalized in legitimacy struggles; the findings support this dynamic. social mourning rituals, confrontation meetings, and participatory memory activities emerge as mechanisms that can alleviate the political consequences of trauma. in this context, the discussion argues that the recognition and processing of collective trauma is a necessary stage in the reproduction of legitimacy. confrontation with trauma must be conceived not merely as reckoning with the past but as a process american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org that builds confidence in the future. consequently, the pursuit of legitimate solutions requires a holistic approach that centers psychosocial healing strategies. the findings have revealed that treason creates profound effects not only at the national level but also in the context of international relations and global order. this global dimension demonstrates that in today's world, national and international dynamics are intertwined and that legitimacy crises cannot be addressed solely within national borders. in a period when globalization has deepened, the regional and global repercussions of a legitimacy crisis in one country have become inevitable. indeed, norris and inglehart's (2019) global values research has demonstrated that political crises and trust crises tend to spread at the international level. the problem of international law's insufficiency emphasized in the introduction must be discussed from a broader perspective in light of the findings. krasner's (1999) concept of organized hypocrisy explained the structural tension between the principle of sovereignty and the necessity of intervention in the international system; the findings have demonstrated how this tension is concretized in the context of treason. the effectiveness of the international community's intervention in legitimacy crises depends on the correct reading of local dynamics and cooperation with local actors. bellamy's (2015) responsibility to protect approach defined the legitimacy conditions for international intervention; however, the findings have demonstrated that these conditions are rarely fully met in practice. paris's (2014) critique of peacebuilding warned that solutions imposed from outside could damage local legitimacy; the findings support this warning. in this context, the discussion argues that international support can be effective only when it assumes a complementary role to local legitimacy processes. consequently, the pursuit of legitimate solutions requires careful balance between national and international levels. the findings of the study have clearly demonstrated that the integrated legitimacy model is imperative under conditions of treason and legal paralysis. this imperative reveals that single-dimensional approaches prove insufficient in resolving legitimacy crises and that a multilayered, interdisciplinary perspective is inevitable. this model does not reduce legitimacy merely to existing legal norms but defines it as the product of a balanced relationship established among a functioning legal order, ethical leadership, strong social solidarity, and healthy collective memory (beetham, 2013; philpott, 2020). this integrated approach expands weber's (1978) classical typology of legitimacy, offering an original conceptual framework concerning how legitimacy can be reproduced under contemporary crisis conditions. the findings have demonstrated that when concepts from transitional justice, resilience, and deliberative democracy literatures are not used together, legitimacy crisis becomes permanent (teitel, 2000; dryzek, 2010; boin et al., 2017). in the post-treason context, the reconstruction of law can become permanent only when the normative and institutional pillars offered by this integrated model are strengthened together. at this point, it once again becomes apparent that legal texts alone are insufficient; the sense of justice, ethical responsibility, and social consensus are indispensable components of legitimacy (forst, 2020). the study thus proposes an original theoretical framework that brings together under a single roof these concepts that are often addressed in a scattered manner in the literature, within the context of treason and paralyzed law. this framework provides a comprehensive answer to the research question articulated in the introduction. consequently, the discussion emphasizes the importance of the integrated legitimacy model at both theoretical and applied levels. the findings demonstrate that this study carries certain limitations and that these limitations offer new orientations for future research. the clear statement of these limitations is a requirement of scientific honesty and academic transparency and increases the reliability of the study. the first limitation is that because the study adopts a qualitative and interpretive approach, the findings do not carry claims of statistical generalizability; however, this choice was consciously made to grasp the multidimensional and context-specific nature of treason. indeed, the qualitative research tradition provides rich insights in the deep understanding of social phenomena that quantitative methods do not offer (creswell, 2014). the second limitation is that the examined case studies are confined to particular historical periods and american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org geographies; research into how similar patterns emerge in different cultural and political contexts will strengthen the validity of the findings. the third limitation is that because the long-term effects of legitimacy reproduction processes cannot yet be fully observed, some inferences remain at the theoretical level. nevertheless, these limitations do not weaken the original contribution of the study but rather prepare fertile ground for future research. the methodological choices of the research were made with the purpose of deeply grasping the phenomenon of treason, and these choices strengthen the internal consistency of the study. in this context, the discussion emphasizes that limitations do not diminish the value of the research but rather are an indicator of scientific honesty. consequently, future research can expand by testing the theoretical framework developed by this study in different contexts. the discussion section of this study has evaluated the multidimensional destructive effects of treason and the processes of legitimacy reproduction comparatively with national and international literature. this comparative evaluation demonstrates that the study is not confined to a particular context but contributes to broader theoretical debates. the findings have largely confirmed the fundamental hypothesis articulated in the introduction and demonstrated that the pursuit of legitimacy beyond law is a historical necessity. the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework has provided a powerful conceptual instrument for interpreting the findings and has offered an original contribution toward filling the theoretical gap in the literature. the discussion has clearly revealed that treason is not merely a legal offense but a systemic rupture that simultaneously targets state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, collective memory, and political culture. this systemic perspective demonstrates that the pursuit of legitimate solutions is possible not through single-dimensional approaches but through multilayered and integrated strategies. the "pursuit of legitimate solutions beyond national and international law" emphasized in the article's title has gained a conceptual foundation through the analyses presented in the discussion section. the findings have concretely demonstrated that legitimacy can be reproduced through ethical norms, historical references, social conscience, and collective memory. within this framework, the discussion prepares a strong transition ground for the conclusion and recommendations section. consequently, this section renders visible the original value of the article by integrating the theoretical and applied contributions of the study. the findings offer productive orientations for future research and necessitate the testing of the theoretical framework developed by this study in different contexts. these orientations will contribute to the expansion of the theoretical and empirical field opened by the study and will provide important momentum to the development of legitimacy literature. the first orientation is the comparative investigation of how the integrated legitimacy model operates in different cultural and political contexts; such research will test the universal validity of the model and render visible context-specific differences. this comparative perspective will contribute to understanding how the cultural differences revealed by inglehart and welzel's (2005) global values research shape legitimacy dynamics. the second orientation is the examination of the intergenerational transmission of treason and the longterm political effects of collective trauma through longitudinal studies; such studies will deepen our understanding of how legitimacy crises are shaped across generations. the third orientation is the more detailed investigation of the relationship between the collapse of information order and legitimacy crisis in the digital age; new phenomena such as social media, artificial intelligence-assisted misinformation, and algorithmic polarization are transforming treason dynamics. the fourth orientation is the comparative evaluation of the effectiveness of transitional justice mechanisms in different societies; the determination of which mechanisms are more effective under which conditions will provide valuable information for policymakers. the fifth orientation is the testing of the causal relationship between economic fragility and legitimacy crisis through quantitative methods as well; such studies will increase the generalizability of the findings. these research orientations will contribute to the expansion of the theoretical and empirical field opened by the study. consequently, the discussion presents a concrete and applicable roadmap for future research. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org the findings of the study contain important implications for policymakers and practitioners and offer concrete clues concerning the prevention and overcoming of legitimacy crises. these implications demonstrate that the research is not merely a theoretical discussion but also contributes to applied policy development processes. the first implication is that strengthening institutional resilience is the most effective measure against internal threats of the treason type; merit-based appointments, preservation of judicial independence, and the operation of accountability mechanisms are fundamental components of this resilience. ginsburg and huq's (2018) studies on democratic backsliding have demonstrated that institutional resilience plays a decisive role in protecting democratic order. the second implication is that the preservation and reconstruction of social trust requires long-term policies; trust can be ensured not through short-term interventions but through consistent and transparent governance practices. the third implication is that the protection of information order is a strategic priority for the sustainability of democratic legitimacy; supporting independent media, increasing digital literacy, and combating misinformation are concrete steps of this priority. the fourth implication is that the reduction of economic inequalities plays a decisive role in preventing legitimacy crises; economic injustice feeds social discontent, preparing the ground for behaviors of the treason type. the fifth implication is that post-crisis reconstruction processes must include not only institutional but also psychosocial dimensions; the processing of trauma and social healing are prerequisites for lasting legitimacy. these implications concretize the applied value of the research. consequently, the discussion also constitutes a strong foundation for practical policy recommendations alongside theoretical contributions. this study offers original theoretical and empirical contributions to the literature addressing the phenomena of treason and legal paralysis. these contributions demonstrate that the study is original research that not only summarizes existing knowledge but also offers new conceptual tools and perspectives. the first contribution is its addressing of the multidimensional and systemic nature of treason within a single conceptual framework, integrating phenomena that different disciplines have examined in a scattered manner. this interdisciplinary integration offers an original synthesis at the intersection point of political science, sociology of law, psychology, and ethical theories. the second contribution is its development of the integrated legitimacy model, explaining the normative foundations of the pursuit of legitimacy beyond law; this model uniquely combines transitional justice, resilience, and deliberative democracy literatures. the third contribution is its demonstration that legitimacy is reproduced not only through institutional processes but also through social psychology, collective memory, and ethical references; this finding provides an important expansion to legitimacy literature. the fourth contribution is its offering of a new perspective to sovereignty and intervention debates by emphasizing the limitations of international law and the importance of local legitimacy sources. the fifth contribution is its conceptualization of the collapse of information order as a decisive variable of legitimacy crisis, contributing to understanding the political dynamics of the digital age. these contributions demonstrate that the study carries original value at both theoretical and empirical levels. consequently, this study possesses the capacity to leave a distinct mark on treason and legitimacy literature. the discussion section has clarified the theoretical position of the study and rendered visible its original contribution through the comparison of findings with national and international literature. this clarification determines the study's place within existing theoretical debates, clearly revealing the scope of its academic contribution. the destructive effects of treason on state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, collective memory, political culture, and economic structure have been analyzed with concepts coming from different theoretical traditions. state capacity literature (fukuyama, 2004; rotberg, 2019), legitimacy theories (beetham, 2013; weber, 1978), transitional justice approaches (teitel, 2000; sikkink, 2018), analyses of social capital and trust (putnam, 2000), trauma theories (alexander, 2016; herman, 2015), and deliberative democracy perspectives (dryzek, 2010; habermas, 1984) have constituted the theoretical backbone of this discussion. this multifaceted theoretical american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org foundation clearly demonstrates the interdisciplinary character and analytical depth of the study. the findings have clearly demonstrated how these different theoretical traditions complement each other in the context of treason and the necessity of an integrated understanding. the "pursuit of legitimate solutions beyond national and international law" emphasized in the article's title has gained conceptual depth through the multilayered analysis presented in the discussion section. this theoretical integration concretizes the interdisciplinary character and original contribution of the study. consequently, the discussion has solidified the theoretical architecture of the study and prepared a strong foundation for the conclusion and recommendations section. the discussion section of this study has provided a comprehensive answer to the fundamental research question articulated in the introduction and demonstrated that the hypotheses have been largely confirmed. this confirmation concretely reveals the validity of the study's theoretical framework and methodological choices. that during periods when the law has become entirely dysfunctional, societies turn to ethical norms, historical references, collective conscience, and solidarity networks to develop alternative sources of legitimacy has been clearly revealed in light of the findings. this finding, in consonance with rawls's (1971) theory of justice and habermas's (1984) theory of communicative action, demonstrates that legitimacy rests not only on formal norms but also on social consensus and ethical principles. this finding supports that legitimacy cannot be reduced solely to written laws and must be conceptualized as a multilayered structure. the integrated legitimacy model developed in the theoretical framework has provided a powerful conceptual instrument for interpreting the findings and has filled the theoretical gap in the literature. that treason is a systemic rupture process, creating destructive effects across a wide spectrum from state capacity to social psychology, from economic structure to information order, has been incontrovertibly demonstrated. this systemic perspective reveals that the pursuit of legitimate solutions is possible not through single-dimensional approaches but through integrated strategies. the discussion has honestly stated limitations and offered concrete orientations for future research. consequently, this section provides an organic transition to the conclusion and recommendations section by integrating the theoretical and applied contributions of the study. 7. conclusion and recommendations this study has provided a comprehensive answer to the fundamental research question posed in the introduction: upon what normative and ethical foundations can societies develop legitimate solutions in the most extreme scenarios where law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed? the analyses conducted in the findings and discussion sections offer a multi-layered response to this question. it has been clearly demonstrated that treason constitutes a systemic rupture process that simultaneously targets state capacity, institutional integrity, social trust, and collective memory. this systemic rupture emerges as a category unforeseen in weber's (1978) typology of legitimacy, indicating the existence of a new conceptual domain beyond traditional, charismatic, and legal-rational forms of legitimacy. through comparative analysis, it has been verified that during periods of complete legal collapse, societies develop alternative sources of legitimacy by turning to ethical norms, historical references, collective conscience, and solidarity networks (assmann, 2011; putnam, 2000). this conclusion supports the hypothesis advanced in the introduction and demonstrates that legitimacy cannot be reduced merely to written laws but rather must be conceived as a multilayered structure encompassing social conscience, collective memory, and ethical principles. gilley's (2009) concept of legitimacy vacuum constitutes the theoretical framework for these findings, while dyzenhaus's (2006) analysis of the rule of law provides an indispensable reference point for understanding the normative consequences of legal paralysis. consequently, the study has provided a coherent answer at both theoretical and applied levels to the problematic of "seeking legitimate remedies beyond domestic and international law." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org the most fundamental theoretical contribution of this study is the development of the "integrated legitimacy model" that becomes imperative under conditions of treason and legal paralysis. this model does not reduce legitimacy merely to existing legal norms; rather, it defines legitimacy as the product of a balanced relationship established among a functioning legal order, ethical leadership, strong social solidarity, and healthy collective memory (beetham, 2013; philpott, 2020). this definition transcends the normative rigidity of kelsen's (1967) pure theory of law by incorporating the social and ethical dimensions of legitimacy into the theoretical framework. this model, presented in the theoretical framework section, has been concretely validated in light of the findings and has demonstrated that legitimacy is built upon four fundamental pillars: legal validity, ethical justifiability, social consensus, and institutional resilience. these four pillars are not independent of one another but exist in a dynamic relationship of mutual reinforcement and weakening; the collapse of any pillar negatively affects the others, although strong pillars can partially compensate for weakening ones. levitsky and ziblatt's (2018) analysis of democratic backsliding demonstrates the concrete manifestations of this dynamic relationship in democratic systems and supports the empirical validity of the model. this theoretical framework offers a synthesizing contribution that transcends the fragmentation in the literature by originally integrating concepts from the literatures on transitional justice, resilience, and deliberative democracy (teitel, 2000; dryzek, 2010; boin et al., 2017). consequently, the integrated legitimacy model emerges as a conceptual tool applicable to both academic debates and policy development processes. the conclusions reached by this study incontrovertibly demonstrate that treason is not a unidimensional act or merely a legal offense, but rather a systemic rupture process that produces destructive effects across a broad spectrum ranging from state capacity to social psychology, from institutional memory to economic structure. this systemic nature necessitates that treason be conceived not merely within a perpetrator-victim relationship but as a dynamic that transforms the entirety of the social fabric (arendt, 1951). agamben's (2005) concept of the state of exception provides a powerful theoretical tool for explaining the legal dimension of this systemic rupture while also rendering visible the tendency of the extraordinary conditions created by treason to become permanent. the analysis conducted in the findings section has demonstrated that treason simultaneously targets institutional integrity, social trust, and political culture, and that this multidimensional effect deepens the legitimacy crisis. the erosion of state capacity impedes the enforcement of legal norms (rotberg, 2019), while the weakening of institutional memory increases the risk of repeating past mistakes (meyer & bromley, 2013). evaluated from the perspective of herman's (2015) trauma theory, the psychological damage inflicted by treason at the societal level produces a vulnerability transmitted across generations beyond institutional collapse. this systemic perspective clearly demonstrates that the search for legitimate solutions is possible not through unidimensional approaches but through integrated strategies. consequently, the conclusions emphasize the imperative of an interdisciplinary and multi-layered perspective for understanding and overcoming the phenomenon of treason. the fact that even when law has completely collapsed, societies can develop alternative sources of legitimacy by turning to ethical norms, deliberative processes, restorative justice mechanisms, and collective solidarity networks constitutes one of the most salient conclusions of this study. this finding, consistent with rawls's (1971) theory of justice and habermas's (1984) theory of communicative action, confirms that legitimacy rests not merely on formal norms but also on social consensus and ethical principles. ober's (2005) historical analyses of athenian democracy demonstrate that deliberative processes have played a central role in legitimacy production since antiquity, supporting these findings with historical depth. transitional justice mechanisms, truth commissions, and social confrontation processes serve a critical function in filling legal vacuums and processing social trauma (teitel, 2000; sikkink, 2018). deliberative democracy processes emerge as an effective tool for reducing social polarization and converging on a common ground of reality (dryzek, 2010). fishkin's (1991) studies on deliberative polling empirically validate the capacity of these processes to reduce american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org social polarization and create common ground. these conclusions demonstrate that the reproduction of legitimacy is possible not merely through institutional arrangements but also through social and ethically-grounded processes. consequently, the study systematically develops the concept of "legitimacy beyond law," identifying alternative sources of legitimacy to which societies can resort during extraordinary crisis periods. ethical leadership emerges among the conclusions of this study as a decisive variable in the reconstruction of legitimacy. according to brown and treviño's (2006) model of ethical leadership, the fair, consistent, and transparent behaviors of leaders constitute not merely individual virtue but a structural quality that determines the governance culture of institutions. the findings have revealed that the insistent adherence of ethical leaders to principles of transparency, accountability, and justice during crisis periods is indispensable for the reproduction of social trust. smith's (1999) study on the nuremberg trials demonstrates that ethical leadership plays a critical role in legitimacy construction at the international level as well and is decisive in the concretization of universal principles of justice. the loss of trust experienced by society in the post-treason period can only be reduced through leadership behaviors that embody these principles; in the absence of ethical leadership, the legitimacy vacuum grows more rapidly and social trust erodes more deeply (forst, 2020; ginsburg & huq, 2018). the analysis presented in the discussion section has demonstrated that ethical leadership serves a function of repairing institutional memory, soothing collective trauma, and strengthening social dialogue. elster's (2004) studies on transitional justice emphasize that ethical leadership is a decisive factor in the success of confrontation processes. for this reason, the search for legitimate solutions requires the internalization of ethical leadership principles not at the individual level but at the institutional level and their systematic implementation. consequently, ethical leadership is identified as a fundamental component that concretizes the normative dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. at the forefront of the steps that must be taken at the national level are comprehensive reforms that reestablish the rule of law. the analyses presented in the findings and discussion sections have demonstrated that institutional arrangements strengthening judicial independence, centering meritocracy, and limiting arbitrariness are imperative for breaking the cycle of treason (ginsburg & huq, 2018). reforms aimed at increasing state capacity will strengthen not only administrative efficiency but also perceptions of legitimacy (fukuyama, 2004). acemoglu and robinson's (2019) narrow corridor theory demonstrates that the balance between state capacity and social oversight is imperative for the sustainability of legitimacy and solidifies the theoretical foundation of these reforms. in the restructuring of legal institutions, principles of transparency, accountability, and social participation must be centered (tamanaha, 2021). the development of archival practices, information management, and institutional ethical codes aimed at preserving institutional memory will serve a protective function against future crises (meyer & bromley, 2013). furthermore, strengthening independent media institutions and reliable information channels against information manipulation is indispensable both for the legitimacy of legal processes and for the preservation of society's perception of reality (mcchesney, 2015; tufekci, 2017). the uninterrupted continuation of these institutional reforms will prevent the re-erosion of legitimacy over time and reduce the likelihood of the recurrence of the treason cycle. consequently, legal and institutional reforms at the national level constitute the structural foundation of the integrated legitimacy model. the conclusions of this study necessitate recommendations directed not only at state institutions but also at society and the civil sphere. the strengthening of social solidarity networks will create a safety net providing both psychological and material support during periods of treason and crisis (putnam, 2000; hamber & gallagher, 2015). marcus et al.'s (2019) affective intelligence model demonstrates that social solidarity during periods of high uncertainty contributes to preserving individuals' rational decision-making capacities by reducing their anxiety levels. civil society organizations, local organizations, and voluntary solidarity networks are fundamental actors that increase social resistance american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org by sharing the burden of crisis. inclusive social dialogue mechanisms and deliberative platforms are of vital importance for reducing polarization and converging on a common ground of reality (dryzek, 2010; parkinson & mansbridge, 2012). encouraging the active participation of youth in these processes will both strengthen the democratic culture oriented toward the future and reduce the feelings of hopelessness and exclusion among younger generations (banaji & buckingham, 2013). psychosocial support programs that recognize trauma and mourning processes will contribute to accelerating social recovery and to the functioning of collective memory in an instructive rather than destructive manner (alexander, 2016). evaluated from the perspective of norris and inglehart's (2019) cultural backlash theory, the strengthening of the civil sphere also serves a protective function against tendencies toward radicalization and polarization. these recommendations emphasize the imperative of reproducing legitimacy not only at the state level but also at the social base. consequently, strengthening the civil sphere concretizes the social dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. according to the conclusions reached by this study, the success of transitional justice mechanisms depends on specific conditions. teitel's (2000) historical model had emphasized that the separation of the legal and ethical dimensions of transitional justice diminishes the success of the process; the findings confirm this assessment. truth commissions, confrontation processes, and victim-centered reparation mechanisms enable society to reckon with its traumatic past on a rational and ethical foundation (hayner, 2011). philpott's (2020) restorative justice approach demonstrates that these mechanisms are indispensable not only for settling accounts with the past but also for reconstructing social relations. however, it must not be overlooked that transitional justice can produce new ruptures in cases where these processes are not inclusive and the experiences of certain social segments are excluded. as sikkink (2018) emphasizes, human rights-based approaches to justice provide a framework that supports long-term peace; accordingly, transitional justice mechanisms must be strengthened in conformity with these normative foundations. at the institutional level, the preservation of archives, documentation of legal processes, and judicial reforms are fundamental tools that will ensure the permanence of transitional justice. krasner's (1999) analysis of sovereignty demonstrates that the alignment of transitional justice processes with international norms must be balanced with the principle of national sovereignty and emphasizes that establishing this balance is a precondition for success. in this context, transitional justice should be conceived not merely as reckoning with the past but as a process that builds trust in the future. consequently, the recommended approach requires a comprehensive framework that integrates the legal, ethical, and social dimensions of transitional justice. that economic reforms are directly connected to legitimacy production constitutes one of the important conclusions reached by this study. acemoglu and robinson's (2019) institutional economics approach emphasizes that economic inequalities create a ground that nourishes political polarization and radicalization; the findings in the context of treason have clearly confirmed these relationships. for this reason, it is recommended that economic reforms be oriented toward three fundamental objectives: strengthening income justice, increasing economic actors' trust in law, and developing the resilience capacity of vulnerable segments. heather's (2005) historical analysis of the fall of the roman empire demonstrates that economic fragility weakened state capacity and increased the impact of acts of treason; this historical perspective concretizes the importance of economic reforms. transparency and accountability in economic policies emerge as elements that directly affect perceptions of legitimacy (fukuyama, 2004). the simultaneous implementation of economic reforms with political and social policies will produce more effective results in multi-layered crises. economic strengthening can accelerate the recovery process by increasing trust that society has both in the state and in one another. in this context, post-crisis reconstruction must be grounded on a sustainable foundation not only institutionally but also economically. consequently, economic reforms constitute the material foundation of the integrated legitimacy model. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org the weakening of the information ecosystem has been identified as a critical factor that impedes rebuilding legitimacy in post-treason processes. ellul's (1965) analyses of propaganda and tufekci's (2017) digital communication research have revealed that contemporary crises are largely waged at the cognitive level. for this reason, a multi-layered strategy is recommended for combating information manipulation. the strengthening of independent media institutions and the constitutional guarantee of media pluralism constitute one of the fundamental components of this strategy (mcchesney, 2015). doyle's (1989) historical analysis of the pre-french revolution period clearly demonstrates the role that information manipulation and propaganda activities played in deepening social ruptures and provides warnings still valid for today. the creation of publicly accessible verification mechanisms that enable the rapid and effective identification of misinformation is imperative for preserving society's perception of reality. programs that enhance digital literacy will render the young population more resistant to manipulation (banaji & buckingham, 2013). the findings have demonstrated that the collapse of the information order deepens social polarization and perpetuates the legitimacy crisis. in this context, strengthening the information ecosystem should be addressed as a reform domain integrated with the ethical and institutional foundations of legitimacy. consequently, information security concretizes the cognitive dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. the strengthening of resilience capacity emerges among the conclusions of this study as one of the most critical variables determining the speed of post-crisis recovery in societies. holling's (2001) adaptive cycle model emphasizes that resilience is not merely a capacity for resistance but also a capacity for learning and restructuring; the findings have strongly supported this approach. ansell and torfing's (2021) collaborative governance approach demonstrates that resilience capacity depends not only on state institutions but on state-society cooperation and in this context emphasizes the importance of public-civil partnerships. within this framework, recommendations for enhancing resilience can be presented at three levels. first, the organizational capacity of local communities should be strengthened and solidarity networks should be made sustainable through institutional support (putnam, 2000). second, policies that reduce economic and social vulnerabilities should be implemented; in particular, raising the resilience level of impoverished and disadvantaged groups should take priority (acemoglu & robinson, 2019). third, psychosocial support programs should be implemented comprehensively to reduce the long-term effects of post-treason trauma (hamber & gallagher, 2015). as emphasized in boin et al.'s (2017) crisis management analyses, resilience should be conceived not merely as an individual capacity but as a social security infrastructure. in this context, resilience is identified as a fundamental component that concretizes the social and psychological dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. consequently, the systematic development of resilience capacity constitutes one of the preconditions for the reproduction of legitimacy. according to the conclusions of this study, the role of the international community should be addressed neither as an absolute savior nor in a completely exclusionary position, but within a complementary and supportive framework. bellamy's (2015) responsibility to protect approach defines the obligation of the international community to intervene in cases of grave violations; paris (2014) emphasized that external interventions incompatible with the local community could deepen the legitimacy crisis; the findings support both theoretical predictions. krasner's (1999) concept of organized hypocrisy explains the inconsistencies in the application of international norms and necessitates a realistic assessment of the international community's role. it is recommended that international assistance be structured to support but not determine local reform programs. the contribution of international actors in areas such as technical capacity transfer, economic support, and human rights monitoring can be effective; however, interventions in the form of political direction can produce adverse effects in society. increasing the visibility of local communities and civil society organizations on international platforms will create a bidirectional legitimacy bridge. this approach can enable post-crisis order to rest on a legitimacy foundation supported from within rather than imposed from outside. the problematic of "seeking legitimate remedies beyond international law" posed in the introduction clearly demonstrates american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org in this context the imperative of establishing balance between local and international dynamics. consequently, the role of the international community should be limited to a complementary function that supports local legitimacy processes. the reduction of polarization appears imperative for overcoming one of the most serious obstacles preventing the reproduction of legitimacy after treason. norris and inglehart's (2019) cultural backlash theory emphasizes that polarization is not merely a political but also a cultural and emotional process; the findings have demonstrated that misinformation and traumatic experiences further deepen this process. levitsky and ziblatt's (2018) analysis of democratic backsliding demonstrates with concrete examples that polarization lays the groundwork for the perpetuation of legitimacy crises by eroding democratic norms. for this reason, solutions aimed at reducing polarization should not be limited merely to political reforms. the inclusive management of collective memory, the transparency of truth processes, and the reconstruction of common symbolic spaces are recommended (assmann, 2011; alexander, 2016). the dissemination of media literacy and emotional resilience programs in educational institutions will protect groups more vulnerable to manipulation. the systematic implementation of deliberative democracy mechanisms can facilitate different social segments converging on a common ground of reality (dryzek, 2010). parkinson and mansbridge's (2012) deliberative systems approach emphasizes the importance of everyday deliberations in the civil sphere in addition to institutional deliberation mechanisms in reducing polarization. these recommendations can enable society to reach consensus around common values once again and can reduce the long-term effects of the legitimacy crisis. consequently, the reduction of polarization is identified as a fundamental policy priority that strengthens the social consensus dimension of the integrated legitimacy model. this study, like all academic research, has been conducted within certain limitations, and the explicit statement of these limitations is a requirement of scientific honesty and academic transparency. the first limitation is that the findings do not claim statistical generalizability due to the study's adoption of a qualitative and interpretive approach; however, this choice was made deliberately to comprehend the multidimensional and context-specific nature of treason. indeed, the qualitative research tradition provides rich insights in the in-depth understanding of social phenomena that quantitative methods do not offer (creswell, 2014). the second limitation is that the examined case studies remain confined to specific historical periods and geographies; research into how similar patterns emerge in different cultural and political contexts will strengthen the validity of the findings. gilley's (2009) studies on measuring legitimacy demonstrate the methodological difficulties of comparatively examining legitimacy dynamics in different contexts and explain the structural reasons for this limitation. the third limitation is that some inferences remain at the theoretical level because the long-term effects of legitimacy reproduction processes cannot yet be fully observed. nevertheless, these limitations do not weaken the original contribution of the study but rather prepare a fertile ground for future research. the methodological choices of the research were made with the aim of comprehending the phenomenon of treason in depth, and these choices strengthen the internal consistency of the study. consequently, limitations should be evaluated not as diminishing the value of the research but rather as an indicator of scientific humility. concrete orientations for future research present an important agenda for extending and testing the theoretical framework established by this study. first, empirically testing the integrated legitimacy model with different country cases and extending comparative analyses will increase the generalizability of the findings. rotberg's (2019) comparative studies on failed states provide the methodological framework for such empirical testing and supply a concrete roadmap for future research. second, interdisciplinary research focusing on complex scenarios where new global dynamics such as economic fragility, climate crisis, and mass migration converge with processes of treason and legal paralysis will contribute to updating legitimate solution pathways (acemoglu & robinson, 2019; ansell & torfing, 2021). third, more detailed examination of the interaction between american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org the propaganda and disinformation dynamics of the digital age and legitimacy crises is imperative for understanding today's complex political environments (tufekci, 2017). fourth, applied research on how ethical leadership can be internalized at the institutional level will facilitate the translation of theoretical findings into practice. brown and treviño's (2006) ethical leadership scale provides a fundamental methodological tool for such applied research and enables the measurement of ethical leadership at the institutional level. fifth, the intergenerational transmission of social trauma and the role of collective memory in legitimacy production present a productive research domain intersecting with the disciplines of psychology and sociology (alexander, 2016). these orientations will contribute to both deepening and extending the theoretical framework established by the study. consequently, future research can offer original contributions to academic debates by testing the validity of the integrated legitimacy model in different contexts. the original contribution of this study is concretized in several fundamental points, and these contributions demonstrate that the study possesses original value at both the theoretical and applied levels. the first contribution is its integration of phenomena that different disciplines have examined in fragmented fashion by addressing the multidimensional and systemic nature of treason within a single conceptual framework. this interdisciplinary integration presents an original synthesis at the intersection of political science, sociology of law, psychology, and ethical theories. a broad theoretical spectrum extending from arendt's (1951) analysis of totalitarianism to habermas's (1984) theory of communicative action, from weber's (1978) typology of legitimacy to rawls's (1971) theory of justice, constitutes the foundations of this synthesis. the second contribution is its elucidation of the normative foundations of the search for legitimacy beyond law by developing the integrated legitimacy model; this model originally combines the literatures on transitional justice, resilience, and deliberative democracy. the third contribution is its demonstration that legitimacy is reproduced not merely through institutional processes but also through social psychology, collective memory, and ethical references; this finding provides an important expansion to the legitimacy literature. the fourth contribution is its provision of a new perspective to debates on sovereignty and intervention by emphasizing the limitations of international law and the importance of local sources of legitimacy. the fifth contribution is its conceptualization of the collapse of the information order as a decisive variable in legitimacy crises, contributing to the understanding of the political dynamics of the digital age. consequently, this study possesses the capacity to leave a distinctive mark on the literatures on treason and legitimacy. the framework that the study presents to policymakers constitutes an integrated roadmap for the reconstruction of legitimacy during periods of treason and legal paralysis. this roadmap reveals the imperative of a multi-layered reform strategy by emphasizing the inadequacy of unidimensional approaches. fukuyama's (2004) studies on state-building demonstrate with concrete examples the reasons for the failure of unidimensional reforms and support the imperative of an integrated approach. legal reforms, ethical leadership, information ecosystem security, economic stability, and social solidarity must be addressed simultaneously; neglecting any of these components can lead to the perpetuation of the legitimacy crisis. unidimensional policies, even if they provide short-term relief in complex crises such as treason, fail to produce lasting solutions in the long term (beetham, 2013; tamanaha, 2021). in this context, the fundamental recommendation for policymakers is that they adopt the integrated legitimacy model as the essential framework of crisis management. such a model can enable both institutions and society to regain strength and can reduce the likelihood of the recurrence of the treason cycle. boin et al.'s (2017) crisis management studies provide concrete recommendations regarding how such integrated models can be implemented at the operational level. consequently, the study presents an applicable policy framework beyond an academic contribution. the general assessment of the article clearly demonstrates that during periods of treason and legal paralysis, legitimacy ceases to be a concept based solely on law and transforms into a multidimensional social phenomenon. the study has demonstrated in light of findings and theoretical discussions that american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org elements such as ethical leadership, institutional memory, resilience, social trust, information ecosystem security, and economic stability are interdependent in the reproduction of legitimacy (beetham, 2013; fukuyama, 2004; putnam, 2000). for this reason, the original contribution of the article is its provision of both a conceptual and practical framework to the solution process by proposing an "integrated legitimacy model." this model presents a new synthesis that transcends existing theoretical frameworks by originally integrating teitel's (2000) transitional justice framework, dryzek's (2010) deliberative democracy approach, and holling's (2001) resilience theory. this model possesses the quality of an early warning and intervention schema oriented not only toward posttreason reconstruction processes but also toward similar multi-layered crises that may be encountered in the future. legitimacy, from this perspective, is conceived as a value constructed not merely through law but together with all strata of society. consequently, the study presents an original theoretical framework that reflects the dynamic and multi-layered nature of legitimacy. in conclusion, this research has provided a comprehensive answer to the question of upon what foundations societies can produce legitimate solutions in the most extreme scenarios where law has become entirely dysfunctional and state capacity has collapsed. the study has argued that legitimacy cannot be reduced merely to written laws; social conscience, collective memory, ethical norms, and historical experiences constitute indispensable sources of legitimacy, and has supported this argument at the theoretical and empirical levels. this argument, consistent with assmann's (2011) concept of cultural memory, alexander's (2016) trauma theory, and forst's (2020) philosophy of justice, reveals the multi-layered nature of legitimacy. this integrated understanding of legitimacy sets forth the conditions for the reconstruction of social order in post-law periods. the answers provided to the research question and hypotheses posed in the introduction support the article's claim to fill the theoretical gap in the literature and concretely demonstrate its original contribution. rawls's (1971) theory of justice, habermas's (1984) theory of communicative action, and beetham's (2013) analysis of legitimacy have constituted the theoretical backbone of this study, and the findings have produced results consistent with these theoretical expectations. consequently, the study has transcended the conceptual fragmentation in the literature by explaining the treason-legal collapse-legitimacy relationship within an integrated theoretical model. this study presents a guiding perspective for academics, policymakers, and civil society alike. at the academic level, the study has brought together the accumulations of different theoretical traditions within a common analytical framework by presenting an interdisciplinary synthesis in the literatures on treason and legitimacy. this synthesis, which integrates the conceptual tools of the fields of political science, sociology of law, social psychology, and ethical philosophy, adapts a rich theoretical heritage extending from weber (1978) to rawls (1971), from habermas (1984) to arendt (1951) to contemporary crisis contexts. at the policy level, the study provides applicable conceptual tools and normative orientations for crisis management and reconstruction processes. at the civil society level, the study defines the active role that citizens can assume during crisis periods by emphasizing the indispensable role of social solidarity, ethical values, and collective memory in the reproduction of legitimacy. the simultaneous strengthening of these three levels constitutes the precondition for societies to remain standing during periods of treason and legal paralysis and to reconstruct a legitimate order. this framework serves the function of both a conceptual compass and a practical guide for societies encountering similar crises. consequently, the study should be evaluated as the product of a consciousness of social responsibility beyond an academic contribution. ultimately, this study demonstrates that in the face of betrayal that destroys the nation, obstructed justice, and a powerless citizenry, a legitimate solution is possible; however, this solution must take root not merely in legal texts but in the conscience, collective memory, and ethical values of society. experiences extending throughout history from the fall of rome described by heather (2005) to the french revolution examined by doyle (1989), from the totalitarian regimes analyzed by arendt (1951) to contemporary processes of democratic backsliding, demonstrate that societies can be reborn around american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org shared values even from the deepest crises. legitimacy is the expression of the capacity of societies to come together once again around shared values even in the darkest moments when law has collapsed. this capacity is nourished by ethical leadership, institutional resilience, social trust, and deliberative processes; however, it transforms into legitimacy not through any single one of these alone but through their integrated functioning together. although treason is a rupture that wounds societies deeply, history demonstrates that when societies can confront these wounds and converge around a shared sense of justice, they can rise once again. for this reason, the search for legitimate solutions is not merely a legal matter but simultaneously the expression of a society's existential resistance and ethical awakening. consequently, this study argues that legitimacy beyond law is possible and systematically sets forth the foundations of this legitimacy. references 1. acemoglu, d., & robinson, j. a. (2019). the narrow corridor: states, societies, and the fate of liberty. penguin press. 2. agamben, g. (2005). state of exception (k. attell, trans.). university of chicago press. 3. alexander, j. c. (2016). trauma: a social theory. polity press. 4. alexander, j. c. (2016). culture trauma, morality, and solidarity: the social construction of “holocaust” and other mass murders. thesis eleven, 132(1), 3–16. 5. ansell, c., & torfing, j. (eds.). (2021). handbook on theories of governance (2nd ed.). edward elgar publishing. 6. arendt, h. (1951). the origins of totalitarianism. harcourt. 7. assmann, a. (2011). cultural memory and western civilization: functions, media, archives. cambridge university press. 8. assmann, j. (2011). cultural memory and early civilization: writing, remembrance, and political imagination. cambridge university press. 9. banaji, s., & buckingham, d. (2013). the civic web: young people, the internet, and civic participation. mit press. 10. beetham, d. (2013). the legitimation of power (2nd ed.). palgrave macmillan. 11. bellamy, a. j. (2015). the responsibility to protect: a defense. oxford university press. 12. bermeo, n. (2016). on democratic backsliding. journal of democracy, 27(1), 5–19. 13. boin, a., comfort, l. k., & demchak, c. c. (eds.). (2017). designing resilience: preparing for extreme events. university of pittsburgh press. 14. boin, a., comfort, l., & demchak, c. (eds.). (2017). the routledge handbook of homeland security. routledge. 15. boin, a., ’t hart, p., stern, e., & sundelius, b. (2017). the politics of crisis management: public leadership under pressure (2nd ed.). cambridge university press. 16. brown, m. e., & treviño, l. k. (2006). ethical leadership: a review and future directions. the leadership quarterly, 17(6), 595–616. 17. bryman, a. (2016). social research methods (5th ed.). oxford university press. 18. call, c. t. (2021). building states to build peace. lynne rienner publishers. 19. call, c. t. (2021). the evolution of peacebuilding: improved ideas and practice? united nations university press. 20. comfort, l. k. (2019). the dynamics of risk: changing technologies and collective action in seismic events. princeton university press. 21. creswell, j. w. (2014). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (4th ed.). sage publications. 22. creswell, j. w., & poth, c. n. (2018). qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). sage publications. 23. doyle, w. (1989). the oxford history of the french revolution. oxford university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org 24. dryzek, j. s. (2010). foundations and frontiers of deliberative governance. oxford university press. 25. dyzenhaus, d. (2006). the constitution of law: legality in a time of emergency. cambridge university press. 26. easterly, w. (2021). the tyranny of experts: economists, dictators, and the forgotten rights of the poor (rev./updated ed.). basic books. 27. ellul, j. (1965). propaganda: the formation of men’s attitudes. knopf. 28. elster, j. (2004). closing the books: transitional justice in historical perspective. cambridge university press. 29. fishkin, j. s. (1991). democracy and deliberation: new directions for democratic reform. yale university press. 30. flanagan, c., & levine, p. (2010). civic engagement and the transition to adulthood. the future of children, 20(1), 159–179. 31. forst, r. (2020). justification and critique: towards a critical theory of politics. polity press. 32. forst, r. (2020). toleration, justice and reason. oxford university press. 33. forst, r. (2020). the right to justification: elements of a constructivist theory of justice. columbia university press. 34. foucault, m. (1977). discipline and punish: the birth of the prison (a. sheridan, trans.). pantheon books. 35. fukuyama, f. (1995). trust: the social virtues and the creation of prosperity. free press. 36. fukuyama, f. (2004). state-building: governance and world order in the 21st century. cornell university press. 37. george, a. l., & bennett, a. (2005). case studies and theory development in the social sciences. mit press. 38. gerschewski, j. (2021). explanations of institutional change: reflecting on a “missing diagonal.” american political science review, 115(1), 218–233. 39. gilley, b. (2009). the right to rule: how states win and lose legitimacy. columbia university press. 40. ginsburg, t., & huq, a. z. (2018). how to save a constitutional democracy. university of chicago press. 41. habermas, j. (1984). the theory of communicative action (vol. 1). beacon press. 42. hamber, b., & gallagher, e. (eds.). (2015). psychosocial perspectives on peacebuilding. springer. 43. hayner, p. b. (2011). unspeakable truths: transitional justice and the challenge of truth commissions (2nd ed.). routledge. 44. heather, p. (2005). the fall of the roman empire: a new history of rome and the barbarians. oxford university press. 45. herman, j. l. (2015). trauma and recovery: the aftermath of violence—from domestic abuse to political terror (rev. ed.). basic books. 46. holling, c. s. (1973). resilience and stability of ecological systems. annual review of ecology and systematics, 4(1), 1–23. 47. holling, c. s. (2001). understanding the complexity of economic, ecological, and social systems. ecosystems, 4(5), 390–405. 48. inglehart, r., & welzel, c. (2005). modernization, cultural change, and democracy. cambridge university press. 49. kelsen, h. (1967). pure theory of law. university of california press. 50. krasner, s. d. (1999). sovereignty: organized hypocrisy. princeton university press. 51. levitsky, s., & ziblatt, d. (2018). how democracies die. crown. 52. lincoln, y. s., & guba, e. g. (1985). naturalistic inquiry. sage publications. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 53. marcus, g. e., neuman, w. r., & mackuen, m. (2019). affective intelligence and political judgment (2nd/expanded ed.). university of chicago press. 54. mcchesney, r. w. (2015). rich media, poor democracy: communication politics in dubious times. the new press. 55. meyer, j. w., & bromley, p. (2013). the worldwide expansion of “organization.” sociological theory, 31(4), 366–389. 56. norris, p., & inglehart, r. (2019). cultural backlash: trump, brexit, and authoritarian populism. cambridge university press. 57. ober, j. (2005). athenian democracy: a reinterpretation. princeton university press. 58. ober, j. (2005). athenian legacies: essays on the politics of going on together. princeton university press. 59. ostrom, e. (2010). beyond markets and states: polycentric governance of complex economic systems. american economic review, 100(3), 641–672. 60. paris, r. (2014). at war’s end: building peace after civil conflict. cambridge university press. 61. paris, r. (2014). the “responsibility to protect” and the structural problems of preventive humanitarian intervention. international peacekeeping, 21(5), 569–603. 62. pei, m. (2020). china’s crony capitalism: the dynamics of regime decay. harvard university press. 63. philpott, d. (2020). just and unjust peace: an ethic of political reconciliation. oxford university press. 64. parkinson, j., & mansbridge, j. (eds.). (2012). deliberative systems: deliberative democracy at the large scale. cambridge university press. 65. putnam, r. d. (1993). making democracy work: civic traditions in modern italy. princeton university press. 66. putnam, r. d. (2000). bowling alone: the collapse and revival of american community. simon & schuster. 67. rawls, j. (1971). a theory of justice. harvard university press. 68. resnik, d. b. (2020). the ethics of research with human subjects: protecting people, advancing science, promoting trust. springer. 69. rios-figueroa, j. (2016). constitutional courts as mediators: armed conflict, civil-military relations, and the rule of law in latin america. cambridge university press. 70. rotberg, r. i. (ed.). (2019). when states fail: causes and consequences. princeton university press. 71. rotberg, r. i. (2019). things fall apart: state failure in the early 21st century. brookings institution press. 72. rotberg, r. i. (2019). things come together: africans achieving greatness in the twenty-first century. oxford university press. 73. schreier, m. (2021). content analysis, qualitative. in international encyclopedia of education (4th ed.). elsevier. 74. sikkink, k. (2018). evidence for hope: making human rights work in the 21st century. princeton university press. 75. smith, a. (1999). nuremberg and the nature of international law. oxford university press. 76. smith, b. f. (1999). the road to nuremberg. basic books. 77. smith, b. f. (1999). the road to nuremberg: the documentary record. hoover institution press. 78. subotić, j. (2019). yellow star, red star: holocaust remembrance after communism. cornell university press. 79. tamanaha, b. z. (2021). on the rule of law: history, politics, theory (2nd ed.). cambridge university press. 80. teitel, r. (2000). transitional justice. oxford university press. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 43 december 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 81. tufekci, z. (2017). twitter and tear gas: the power and fragility of networked protest. yale university press. 82. tutu, d. (1999). no future without forgiveness. image books. 83. van zomeren, m. (2016). building a tower of babel? integrating core motivations and features of social structure into the political psychology of political action. political psychology, 37(s1), 87– 114. 84. waldner, d., & lust, e. (2018). unwelcome change: coming to terms with democratic backsliding. annual review of political science, 21, 93–113. 85. weber, m. (1978). economy and society. university of california press. 86. yin, r. k. (2018). case study research and applications: design and methods (6th ed.). sage publications. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 35, | april 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org unlocking the potentials of work-life balance in government parastatals in nigeria maxwell nwinye department on management, faculty of management sciences university of port harcourt a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s one of the greatest benefits of a work-life balance is to make employees happy and remain with the organization. robust work-life balance helps workers to have enjoyable life both inside and outside of work. availability of wore-life balance boost job satisfaction, employee performance, and minimizes turnover intention among employees. when government parastatals have a good work-life balance policy, retention and productivity may certainly rise. this study concentrated on the potentials of work-life balance affecting employees in government parastatals in nigeria. however, the neglect of organization’s work-life balance among the employees may create negative consequences towards the employees which directly hinders organizational performance. furthermore, government parastatals should encourage a robust supervisor support behaviour and work-life balance that may increase job satisfaction, productivity, and reduce burnout among employees. work-life balance, supervisor support, autonomy, job satisfaction introduction organizations that employees often complain of stress, tiredness, and lack of personal time for the family are always having the challenge of workers dissatisfaction, low performance, and persistent turnover intention. most employees observed that some health issues affecting them are connected with their work. kelliher et al. (2019) contended that employees tiredness, depression, anxiety, and stress increase when the organization has no work-life balance. thus, work-life balance entails the ability of workers to accomplish their work and family commitments as well as other non-work responsibilities and activities (putra & pratama, 2020). in complimenting this assumption, panda (2019) stated that work-life balance is concerned with the ability to meet multiple roles in employee’s life both within the working life and outside working life. work-life balance occurs when an employee is able to satisfy the work and family level commitments in an optimal and compromising manner. availability of worklife balance also enhances the productivity, job satisfaction, and performance of employees. the balance between work and other life provinces symbolize that some employees may sacrifice an aspect of their work-life to allow more time for other areas of life. moreover, employees could be more attached to the organization as they benefit from autonomy or freedom of works and family. salary earners regard work-life balance policies as organizational care and positively influence employees’ american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org psychological attachment to their organizations (döckel, 2003). in government parastatals in nigeria, such as nigeria immigration service, niger delta development commission (nddc), and nigeria national petroleum corporation (nnpc). kimathi (2020) pronounced that if employees feel that they have a good job with healthy balance between personal life and work, they are likely to be satisfied with their jobs and remain with the organization. this noble virtue enables government parastatals like nigeria national petroleum corporation to retain highly skilled and experienced employees, which could benefit the organization as whole. by promoting work-life balance among their workers, government parastatals could enhance their reputation, sustainability, and attract top talent. mwathi and nzulwa (2019) specified that potential employees tend to regard or give their loyalty to organizations that offer an equilibrium between work and personal life. putra and pratama (2020) narrated when employees allocate their time and energy effectively between work and non-work activities, they are less likely to experience exhaustion, stress, and other adverse effects on their well-being, leading to increased job satisfaction, motivation, and engagement among employees. ordinarily, employees express happiness as their work give them the opportunity to enjoy their personal lives. retaining high performing employees is the cornerstone of the organization to achieve its goals and adopting suitable human resource management initiatives like work-life balance, also decrease employee turnover and low productivity ((sawaneh & kamara, 2019). literature review silaban and margaretha (2021) described work-life balance as the capability to simultaneously accomplish work obligations and personal life responsibilities without forgoing any of them. worklife balance has been referred to as establishing a balance between individual professional and personal interests such as family, church activities, community involvement, and hobbies (prakash, 2018). similarly, kalliath and brough (2008) affirmed that work-life balance connotes the employee perception that work and non-work activities are compatible which promote growth in accordance with an individual's current life priorities. cousins and robey (2015) emphasized that work-life balance is a desired psychological state in which the conflicts between non-work activities and work activities are resolved or avoided. in view of different opinions on work-life balance, bharathi and mala (2016) clarified work-life balance as the ability to experience a sense of control, to stay productive, and competitive at work while maintaining a happy, healthy home, life with sufficient leisure. indeed worklife balance signifies the ability of the worker to meet the work responsibilities, family obligations, and societal responsibilities satisfactorily. work-life balance focuses the notion of balance between work and individual life. it is also an employee's mental state in which they perceive a satisfactory balance between their work and personal life. the expectations that employees are to be constantly available at duty post created the need for organizations to promote work-life balance. correspondingly, schöneck (2018) declared that to reduce employee turnover, organizations are to focus on reducing work pressure, role conflict, while promoting flexible scheduling, ensuring safety, clarifying tasks, work-life balance, and implementing quality improvement initiatives. jayasingam et al. (2023) maintained that is not easy to find a distinct definition that best describes work-life balance since it is subjective and closely related to work-family balance, work-life conflict, work family conflict, and work-family enrichment. individuals have different roles which may be work or private roles to perform. work-life balance is not only reducing american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org work hours but to prevent work and personal life from conflicting each other. msuya and kumar (2022) commented that flexible working hours and supervisor support behaviour promotes work-life balance in the organization. for example, if employees in niger delta development commission (nddc) have control over their work hours, such workers are likely to be happy or satisfied and in turn exhibit more job performance. apparently, if immigration staff or related organizations enjoys supervisor support, he may feel sense of recognition thereby transfers his job joy into high productivity and profitability (wong et al., 2020). however, bhat et al. (2023) insisted that work load may prevent employees from having work-life balance, hence the excess work may not allow the workers to have enough rest which result in stress, health problem, and absenteeism. improved work-life balance could have effect on an employee’s ability to focus and concentrate at work, whether at home or at the office, and the positive impact result in better service, productivity, and organizational performance (alex and kaur, 2023). although, burnout due to a lack of work-life balance harms productivity by causing tiredness, a loss of focus, and concentration (opatrná & prochazka, 2023). absence of work-life balance in government parastatals could also results in an increase in employee sick days which further lowering productivity (vokić et al., 2021). implementing a work-life balance program that includes things like sleep and physical activity helps employees learn to confront stress by encouraging them to take their time for themselves and find the things that bring them comfort and happiness outside of work through family or personal goals. todd and binns (2013) illustrated that when employees feel they have a life outside their workplace, it is much easier to feel motivated while on the job. having a good work-life balance provides the mental space to think outside of work, which could be translated into healthier habits that may help to meet an individual’s professional goals (opatrná & prochazka, 2023). furthermore, when government parastatals like nigeria national petroleum corporation (nnpc) take steps to ensure their employees are happy and healthy both inside and outside of work, this satisfaction tends to lead to improved performance, retention at work, motivation, as well as more job satisfaction. workers who have a robust work-life balance are more productive and take less time off from work (talukder et al., 2018). employees are praiseful and peaceful when their job does not make them feel annoyed or exhausted. conclusion this study is conducted to gain deeper understanding about the phenomenon of work-life balance and how it influences the behaviour of employees in government parastatals in nigeria. the study reveals that if government parastatals like nigeria immigration service and niger delta development commission implement work-life balance, the employees are likely to have job satisfaction, employee engagement, employee health safety, retention, and organizational commitment. therefore, government parastatals should prioritize flexible working policies to promote work-life balance and employee performance. government parastatals should encourage a robust supervisor support behaviour that may increase job satisfaction, productivity, and reduce burnout among employees. references 1. alex, o. j. & kaur, j. (2023). a study on the work life balance of the employees. shanlax international journal of management, 11(1), 61–65. 2. cousins, k., & robey, d. (2015). managing work-life boundaries with mobile technologies: an interpretive study of mobile work practices. information technology and people, 28(1), 34–71. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 3. bharathi, s.v., & mala, e. p. (2016). a study on the determinants of work–life balance of women employees in information technology companies in india. global business review, 17(3), 665– 683. 4. döckel, a. (2003). the effect of retention factors on organizational commitment: an investigation of high technology employee. university of pretoria. 5. jayasingam, s., lee, s. t., & mohd zain, k. n. (2023). demystifying the life domain in work-life balance: a malaysian perspective. current psychology (new brunswick, n.j.). 42(1), 1–12. 6. kalliath, t., & brough, p. (2008). work–life balance: a review of the meaning of the balance construct. journal of management and organization, 14(3), 323–327. 7. kelliher, c., richardson, j., & boiarintseva, g. (2019). all of work? all of life? reconceptualizing work‐life balance for the 21st century. human resource management journal, 29(2), 97–112. 8. msuya, m. s. & kumar, a. b. (2022). the role of supervisor work-life support on the correlation between work autonomy, workload, and performance. perspective from tanzania banking employees. future business journal, 8(1), 1–16. 9. kimathi, f. k. (2020). effect of work-life balance on employee performance in public universities in kenya (unpublished master’s thesis). chuka university. 10. mwathi, l. n., & nzulwa, j. (2019). determinants of work-life balance in public universities in kenya: a case of moi university. the strategic journal of business & change management, 6(2), 1829-1842. 11. opatrná, z., & prochazka, j. (2023). work-life balance policies and organizational financial performance: a scoping review. employee relations, 45(7), 103–120. 12. panda, a. (2019). impact of work-life balance on employee retention: the mediation and moderation effect of employee commitment, psychological empowerment, and organizational citizenship behaviour (unpublished doctoral dissertation). national institute of technology. 13. prakash, v. (2018). work-life balance: perceptions of the non-work domain. iim kozhikode society & management review. 7(2), 97–108. 14. putra, k. c., & pratama, t. a. (2020). the impact of flexible working hours, remote working, and work-life balance to employee satisfaction in the banking industry during covid-19 pandemic period. journal of business and management review, 1(5), 1–9. 15. sawaneh, i. a., & kamara, f. k. (2019). an effective employee retention policy as a way to boost organizational performance. journal of human resource management, 7(2), 41-48. 16. schöneck, n. m. (2018). europeans work and life out of balance? an empirical test of assumptions from the acceleration debate. time & society, 27(1), 3–39. 17. silaban, h., & margaretha, m. (2021). the impact work-life balance toward job satisfaction and employee retention: study of millennial employees in bandung city, indonesia. international journal of innovation and economic development, 7(3), 18–26. 18. todd, p., & binns, j. (2013). work-life balance: is it now a problem for management? gender, work, and organization. 20(3), 219–231. 19. vokić, n. p., bilušić, m. r., & perić, i. (2021). work-study-life balance – the concept, its dyads, socio-demographic, predictors, and emotional consequences. zagreb international review of economics & business. 24(1), 77–94. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 35 april 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org 20. wong, k., chan, a. h. s., & teh, p. l. (2020). how is work–life balance arrangement associated with organisational performance? a meta-analysis. international journal of environmental research and public health. 17(12), 4446-. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org sarvepalli radhakrishnan’s approach to education abduvakhidov abdullaziz abdusattor o‘g‘li research fellow, imam termizi international research center phone: +998977548301 email: abdullazizabduvaxidov@gmail.com orcid-id: 0009-0003-7823-1837 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the socio-philosophical foundations of sarvepalli radhakrishnan’s concept of social justice hold significant importance in the relationship between the state and the citizen. sarvepalli radhakrishnan was not only a philosopher but also a statesman. in his philosophical, sociopolitical, and moral-educational views, he drew upon indian philosophical teachings as well as rational contemplation. this article scientifically analyzes the thinker’s views on education, his attitude towards indian education and the ideas in his philosophy, his theories, moral perspectives, and socio-political opinions, with particular emphasis on relevant materials. sarvepalli radhakrishnan, education, science, empirical, east and west, integration, perception. introduction sarvepalli radhakrishnan is one of the indian scholars who made a significant contribution to the indian education system. he was among the first indian thinkers to raise related to the mechanism of education, and his ideas were later widely recognized by many prominent scholars. radhakrishnan was a visionary. in a world becoming increasingly unmanageable and inhospitable due to scientific and technological changes, he sought to open new possibilities for human existence. the application of scientific knowledge in the process of the development led to imbalances in socioeconomic structures and resulted in the alienation of individuals on various levels. these processes of alienation of estrangement from humanity became a major concern for sensitive individuals. people no longer knew how to stop the devaluation of value systems or how to restore both human individuality and social order. radhakrishnan had a profound understanding of the forces that materially unified the world. he gradually developed a worldview for indian society and humanity at large, grounded in the vedic concept of universal perception and supported by scientific and technological advancements. one of the ancient philosophical maxims that most captivated him was “vasudhaiva kutumbakam” – meaning “the world is one family”. he frequently emphasized this idea in his speeches and writings. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods research methodology. this article employs a variety of scientific methods, including comparative analysis, retrospective analysis, a systematic approach, creative inquiry, as well as dialectical, hermeneutic, and synergetic methods of scientific cognition. literature analysis. in the article, the scientific works of russian, english, indian, and other foreign scholars were effectively utilized to study the scholarly legacy and socio-philosophical view of sarvepalli radhakrishna. among the key sources used is sri aurobindo and the mother on physical education, published by the sri aurobindo ashram in pondicherry, which provides insight into the broader indian educational philosophy. amrik singh’s on being a teacher (1990) and julian huxley’s essays of a humanist (1966) were consulted to contextualize radhakrishnan’s educational ideals within a global framework. furthermore, radhakrishnan reader: an anthology, edited by p. nagaraja rao and others (1988), served as a comprehensive resource on radhakrishnan’s philosophical views. russian-language materials, such as radhakrishnan’s indian philosophy (1956) and n.p. anikeyev’s philosophical and social views of sarvepalli radhakrishnan (1984), offered in-depth analysis of his ideas from a soviet scholarly perspective. the 1956 publication the philosophy of sarvepalli radhakrishnan, released in london, also provided valuable insights into the international reception of his thought. results in the process of restoring national spirit through education, radhakrishnan emphasized: “nations have a history and a geography. they live and grow not by the forces of wind, rain, sun, and stars, but by the passions and ideas that move them.” regarding the concept of an ideal university, he asserted that it “must awaken interested in the sources our civilization – its art and thought, its language and literature, its philosophy and religion” [kishore gandhi, issues and choices in higher education: a sociological analysis, b.r. publishing corporation, delhi, 1977]. anyone who studies and reflects upon the ancient classical texts of the country acknowledges their unique grandeur, their ability to generate new meanings, and their enduring relevance to contemporary life. this clearly indicates that radhakrishnan did not advocate for a mere return to antiquity; rather, he promoted a synthesis of tradition and modernity, encouraging continuous transformation through lifelong learning. the thinker had a deep understanding of the scientific advancements achieved in europe following the renaissance of the 15th and 16the centuries. the necessity of accelerating development through the application of scientific and technological knowledge should hold the highest priority in our educational objectives. however, this must not come at the cost of neglecting cultural influences, as such an approach may lead to spiritual collapse. universities should go beyond the mere transmission of information to students; they must also strive to cultivate a scientific temperament within them. students should be encouraged to develop the ability to distinguish between knowledge, thought, and theory.” the spirit of research,” radhakrishnan emphasized, “must aim to foster an environment within the student community that encourages free inquiry and rational analysis.” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org discussion radhakrishnan was deeply impressed by the nature of ancient universities, where teachers and students lived and worked together incomplete harmony, jointly striving to expand the boundaries of knowledge. these institutions, he believed, were responsible for nurturing “the highest consciousness of the nation, its creativity, and its ideas.” the philosopher emphasized that “the process of teaching and learning is simultaneously a process of growth, exploration, transformation, and renewal. it is a complex and delicate activity that cannot be reduced to a simple formula or computerized methodology.” he regarded it as both an art and a discipline. the quality of classroom instruction, in fact, depends on multiple interrelated factors: the learning environment and the broader university community, the teacher’s psychological attributes and academic achievements, the interactive potential between teacher and student, educational policy and decision-making structures, curriculum content and assessment methods, and the academic community’s commitment to professional ethics and social change. radhakrishnan consistently sought to enhance and maximize the possibilities for interaction between teachers and students. he emphasized building bridges of mutual understanding and trust them between them. such efforts prevent the forces that lead to depersonalization in education and the alienation of humanity, eliminating the disconnection between the student and the teaching-learning environment [arthur koestler, the act of creation, picador, 1978]. an indifferent or impersonal approach to teaching, he argued, leads to numerous problems, disrupting a healthy educational atmosphere, which instead must be transformed into a dynamic and meaningful activity. radhakrishnan associated student activism and dissatisfaction in colleges and universities with flows in teaching methodologies and a decline in the academic community’s commitment to the teaching-learning process. he firmly believed that education can be only become a meaningful endeavor with an environment of genuine and profound interaction between teachers and students. the student, the teacher, and the discipline each influence one another. if this interaction successful each relationship requires the capacity for independent growth. such a healthy environment stimulates interest in education and enhances both teachers’ and students’ knowledge, as well as deepens their understanding of academic strengths, interests, and perspectives. although the educational process offers numerous opportunities for interpersonal relationships, the potential for meaningful interaction can be maximized through specific means such as seminars, access to libraries, laboratory facilities, and a diversity of courses. radhakrishnan emphasized the need to develop a national education system that provides students with the maximum opportunities to realize their hidden and yet-to-be discovered potential-whether physical, intellectual, professional, aesthetic, moral, or spiritual. his focus was directed toward the spiritual orientation of both education and society. he believed that “the great evolution – the true purpose of humanity” – can be achieved through the establishment of an evolutionary system of education. he repeatedly stated that “education must create the conditions for all individuals to unlock the infinite possibilities of the future and to express the power, harmony, beauty, and joy of self-realization.” rejecting mechanistic and long-inefficient educational theories, radhakrishnan emphasized the necessity of constructing a theory of knowledge and a new epistemology. this new approach should aim to promote a creative flow of life that aligns with the rich and diverse manifestations of life and the naturally unfolding processes of existence. the philosopher asserted that “education-true education-must serve as a vehicle in the consciousness and body of the individual, as well as in the american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org consciousness and body of the nation” [kishore gandhi, issues and choices in higher education: a sociological analysis, b.r publishing corporation, delhi,1977]. the core direction of his educational philosophy was to awaken a new consciousness in each individual and to help them discover a new light through which they could shape their destiny from a fresh perspective. radhakrishnan held that the educational process must have a spiritual orientation in order to bring about transformative changes both in personal lifestyles and in the life of the nation. recognizing the uniqueness of human consciousness, radhakrishnan placed special emphasis on the study of intellectual faculties and mental processes within education the education system. he believed that educational processes must take into account “the consciousness of the individual, the people, the nation and the universe.” all educational efforts, in his view, should be directed toward “the cultivation of human consciousness and the power of the spirit,” which ultimately serves the purpose of nurturing healthy and pure individuals. what radhakrishnan sought to achieve through his educational philosophy was to assist human beings in establishing a proper relationship with the consciousness and spirit of humanity [kishore gandhi, issues and choices in higher education: a sociological analysis, b.r publishing corporation, delhi,1977]. radhakrishnan’s theory of education was born out of his deep devotion to yoga and the rich philosophical heritage of his country. the principles and methods underlying his educational views were drown from the core tenets of yoga. when critically and creatively examined, the foundations of his educational theory center around the forces, principles, and processes of self-realization; patience and determined effort in personal growth and transformation; the role and influence of the teacher as a model; and the mediating role of time – all of which constitute the essential core of his pedagogical philosophy. to express this more precisely: true education in both its form and spirit – begins with self-realization on its purest sense. that is, through “knowing the various parts of oneself and mastering the self. “it is only by understanding the motives behind one’s actions and reactions that one can grasp “why and how everything is happening within oneself.” the process of self-knowledge can be achieved through methods of observation and by cultivating the entire intellectual, moral, and emotional complexity of the individual. the primary focus is on direct observation aimed at understanding both the inner and outer world. indeed, its through observation and self-awareness that attention and perception must be developed with clarity, sensitivity, and breadth. in radhakrishnan’s educational theory, both physical consciousness and the spiritual development of human personality hold significant importance. by cultivating the physical strength of the individual, it becomes possible to strengthen and awaken the inner power and higher consciousness of students. it becomes necessary to briefly examine shri aurobindo ghosh’s educational theory, as radhakrishnan was deeply influenced by aurobindo in the development of his own philosophical system and theory of education. shri aurobindo ghosh’s approach to education can be viewed as a fourfold process, in which each component functions independently yet interdependently, encompassing the physical, mental, and spiritual qualities of the individual. these qualities aim to cultivate strength, beauty, knowledge, and love within the human personality. in fact, the philosopher derived many components of his educational ideals and principles from ghosh’s educational theory. interestingly, ghosh developed a comprehensive theory spiritual education designed to transform the structure of human american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org consciousness and prepare it for a new adventure of awareness. however, there still remains a long journey ahead to fully understand and practically implement ghosh’s educational vision. conclusion undoubtedly, when assessing the current state of the education system, it is necessary to raise several critical questions aimed at identifying the factors that limit its functional stability and hinder the integrated development of both individuals and society. in the absence of empirical research, there has been a tendency to underestimate the strategic importance of education in national development. this perspective, rooted in periodic and short-term considerations, significantly reduces the overall effectiveness of education. hence, education must rediscover its true purpose and meaning. a crucial concern lies in the fact that india’s education reformers and policymakers have often lacked conceptual clarity. however, a renewed interest in radhakrishnan’s educational philosophy may assist in building an interconnected, value-based educational system. while such a system must be modern in terms of experimental and innovative approaches, it should also aim to restore the country’s lost wisdom and cultural heritage. this envisioned system would be creative, value-driven, digital, and integrative – one that embraces the advancements of cybernetics without sacrificing the integrity of the human personality. computers will not be eliminated, but rather oriented toward life. in this model, the learner is not only a researcher but also a critical thinker. the educational curriculum will become more responsive and adaptable to new learners and the diverse experiences of individuals. students and teachers will collaborate and function as creative thinkers. the new education system will provide exciting opportunities not only in specific disciplines but also for multidisciplinary students to engage in innovation and experimentation. this system will be open, experiential, multi-layered, multidimensional, and ecological. it will incorporate the ethics of ecological awareness and self-realization. references: 1. sri aurobindo and the mother on physical education, sri aurobindo ashram, pondicherry. 2. amrik singh, on being a teacher. – konark. delhi, 1990. 3. julian huxley, esseys of a humanist frame, penguin books. – london. 1966. 4. p.nagaraja rao and others (ed), radhakrishnan reader: an anthology, bharatiya vidya bhavan. – bombay. 88. 5. radhakrishnan, s. (1956). indian philosophy (vol. 1). moscow: foreign literature publishing house. 6. anikeev, n.p. (1984). philosophical and social views of sarvepalli radhakrishnan. moscow: nauka. 7. the philosophy of sarvepalli radhakrishnan. – london. 1956. 8. burmistrov, s.l. (1993). essays on indian philosophy of the 19th–20th centuries. moscow: progress. 9. rashkovsky, e.b. (1980). more on the study of science in india. moscow: naukovedenie i vostok. 10. radhakrishnan s. religion and culture. – new delhi. 1968. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org 11. po‘latova, d., ahmedova, m., qodirov, m., sulaymonov, j., & shozamonov, sh. (2013). philosophy of the east in the modern and contemporary periods. tashkent: jahon print. 332 pages. 12. qodirov, m. (2010). philosophical thought of central asia, the near and middle east (medieval period). tashkent: toshdshi publishing. 212 pages. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 31, | december 2024 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org methods and strategies for achieving equivalence in the kite runner by khalid hosseini kadirova gulnoza obloberdiyevna samarkand state institute of foreign languages, faculty of comparative linguistics and translation studies, master's student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores methods and strategies for achieving equivalence in translating khaled hosseini’s the kite runner. by analyzing key linguistic, cultural, and emotional nuances of the text, the study provides insights into maintaining the integrity and impact of the novel in translation. emphasis is placed on dynamic equivalence, cultural adaptation, and the challenges of representing afghan culture. equivalence, translation strategies, the kite runner, khaled hosseini, cultural adaptation, dynamic equivalence, linguistic challenges. introduction khaled hosseini’s the kite runner is a deeply emotional and culturally rich novel that portrays themes of guilt, redemption, and the socio-political landscape of afghanistan. translating this novel into other languages involves significant challenges in achieving equivalence, as the translator must navigate cultural specificity, linguistic nuances, and emotional depth. this article investigates the strategies employed by translators to ensure equivalence and the methods that preserve the novel’s essence across languages and cultures. literature analysis the concept of equivalence in translation has been widely discussed by scholars such as eugene nida and vinay & darbelnet. nida’s dynamic equivalence focuses on reproducing the same effect on the target audience as the source text has on its original audience. similarly, vinay and darbelnet’s model identifies translation strategies such as borrowing, calque, and adaptation to address cultural and linguistic differences. these theories provide a framework for examining how the kite runner has been translated. the kite runner is characterized by its use of dari and pashto expressions, cultural references, and intricate emotional narratives. translators face the dual challenge of staying true to the original text while making it accessible and relatable to a diverse readership. previous studies have highlighted the importance of cultural adaptation and maintaining the emotional resonance of the novel. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org methods the study employs a comparative analysis of the kite runner and its translated versions in three languages: french, spanish, and russian. the analysis focuses on: linguistic strategies: examining how translators handle afghan expressions and idiomatic phrases. cultural adaptation: analyzing the treatment of cultural elements such as customs, traditions, and historical references. emotional resonance: evaluating how translators convey the novel’s emotional depth and character development. results equivalence in translation is the process of preserving meaning, style, tone, and impact from the source text in the target language. in the context of the kite runner by khaled hosseini, achieving equivalence would require addressing linguistic, cultural, and emotional nuances. here are some methods and strategies that can be employed semantic equivalence semantic equivalence in translation ensures that the meaning of the original text is conveyed as faithful lly as possible while accommodating cultural and contextual differences. here's a breakdown of the approach: semantic equivalence guidelines literal meaning preservation: retain the core meaning of the original text without over-simplification or excessive paraphrasing. avoid introducing new interpretations or altering the intent of the original message. respecting cultural nuances: preserve culturally specific expressions or idioms to maintain authenticity. acknowledge that some words or phrases may have no direct equivalent in the target language but can still be adapted effectively. methods and strategies transliteration with context: for culturally unique terms (e.g., jan, baba), use transliteration to retain the original sound. provide a short explanation through footnotes, parentheses, or a glossary, e.g., jan (a term of endearment in afghan culture). cultural adaptation: when transliteration is not suitable, find analogous expressions that resonate with the target audience. example: instead of directly translating baba as "father," consider the contextual connotation (e.g., respect or intimacy) and adapt accordingly. footnotes and glossaries: include footnotes for terms that might be unfamiliar to the audience but are crucial for understanding the context. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org use a glossary for texts containing multiple cultural terms, ensuring consistent explanations throughout. examples original: "ali called his father baba, asking for his advice." translation (with transliteration): "ali called his father baba (a respectful term for father in afghan culture) and asked for his advice." translation (adapted): "ali called his father affectionately and sought his guidance." original: "she said, ‘thank you, jan,’ as she handed him the tea." translation (with gloss): "she said, ‘thank you, jan,’ (a term of endearment) as she handed him the tea." key considerations consistency: ensure cultural terms are handled uniformly throughout the text. audience understanding: adapt explanations based on the cultural and linguistic familiarity of the target audience. balance: avoid over-explaining, which can disrupt the reading flow, while ensuring necessary context is provided. this strategy ensures both fidelity to the source text and accessibility for the target audience. cultural equivalence method: adapt culturally specific elements to resonate with the target audience without distorting the original meaning. example: kite flying in afghanistan is a culturally rich activity. instead of explaining it at length, the translator might keep the term intact and provide context through narrative or notes. strategy: employ dynamic equivalence to convey cultural elements indirectly, ensuring they evoke similar emotions. linguistic equivalence method: address differences in sentence structure, idioms, and expressions between languages. example: the phrase "for you, a thousand times over" is central to the novel’s theme. its emotional weight and simplicity must be preserved in translation. strategy: recreate idiomatic expressions with equivalent emotional resonance rather than direct translations. stylistic equivalence method: retain the narrative style and tone of the original work. example: hosseini’s style often combines simple, poignant prose with rich descriptions. this balance should be mirrored in the translation. strategy: use comparative analysis of style between the source and target language and refine the translation to align tonally. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org emotional equivalence method: ensure the emotional impact of key scenes is conveyed effectively. example: intense scenes like hassan’s loyalty to amir or moments of redemption must evoke the same feelings of guilt, love, and catharsis. strategy: leverage target language vocabulary and sentence rhythm to reproduce emotional intensity. contextual equivalence method: provide necessary context for cultural and historical elements embedded in the story. example: references to the soviet invasion, taliban rule, or pashtun-hazara conflicts require nuanced handling. strategy: supplement context within the text subtly or through paratextual elements like prefaces or footnotes. ethnographic equivalence method: preserve afghan cultural identity while making it accessible to the target audience. example: celebratory practices like eid or nowruz can be described in a way that highlights their significance. strategy: use descriptive phrases or analogies relevant to the target audience. faithfulness to themes method: maintain the central themes of betrayal, redemption, loyalty, and cultural identity. example: how amir seeks redemption for his betrayal of hassan is pivotal. the translator must ensure this narrative arc remains clear and impactful. strategy: focus on thematic coherence when dealing with shifts in linguistic structures. intertextual equivalence method: retain references to other texts or cultural artifacts. example: mentions of shahnamah or rumi’s poetry need to be carefully translated, preserving their poetic and cultural essence. strategy: collaborate with subject-matter experts for accurate translation of intertextual references. by using these strategies, a translator can effectively achieve equivalence in the kite runner, ensuring that readers in the target language experience the novel with the same depth, richness, and emotional resonance as the original. discussion while dynamic equivalence ensures that the novel’s themes and emotions resonate with the target audience, it occasionally leads to a loss of cultural specificity. retaining original terms (e.g., baba, namaz) enriches the text but may require additional effort from readers unfamiliar with afghan culture. striking a balance between these approaches is crucial. moreover, the socio-political context of the novel posed unique challenges. translators had to decide whether to explain or simplify complex historical and political references. some translations effectively bridged this gap, while others risked oversimplifying the narrative. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 31 december2024 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org conclusions achieving equivalence in translating the kite runner requires a nuanced approach that combines linguistic strategies, cultural sensitivity, and a focus on emotional fidelity. translators should: use dynamic equivalence to maintain the novel’s impact while considering cultural adaptation. retain key cultural elements and provide explanatory notes to enrich readers’ understanding. engage with cultural consultants to ensure accurate representation of afghan traditions and expressions. future studies could explore the reception of these translations among diverse audiences, providing further insights into the effectiveness of different strategies. references 1. hosseini khaled "the kite runner". world literature today. (september december 2004). 2. islam-today.ru/obsestvo/kultura/begusij-za-vetrom-istoria-iskuplenia/ 3. guthmann, edward (march 14, 2005). "before 'the kite runner,' khaled hosseini had never written a novel. but with word of mouth, book sales have taken off". san francisco chronicle. retrieved july 30, 2013. 4. schwarzbaum, lisa (january 9, 2008). "the kite runner". entertainment weekly. retrieved august 1, 2013. 5. "the kite runner". publishers weekly. may 12, 2003. retrieved august 1, 2013. 6. akram, z., & ayub, a. (2018). appropriation of language in twilight in delhi. new horizons, 12(1), 41-53. 7. ashcroft, b., griffiths, g., & tiffin, h. (2007). post-colonial studies: the key concept (2nd ed.). new york: routledge. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 37, | june 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org infrastructure of household services in villages of surkhandarya region kadirova yakitzhan buvabayevna associate professor, tashkent state pedagogical university named after nizami a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s one of the most urgent tasks is to improve the lives of rural residents, whose role and importance in the development of the country are incomparable, to a level that meets modern standards. for this, housing construction, the provision of communal services and improving household services are of great importance in the socio-economic development of villages. the main part of the republican and local budgets was allocated for housing construction and improving communal services. household services, housing construction, drinking water, village, gasification, surkhandarya region. introduction one of the main factors in improving the living conditions of the population was the provision of clean drinking water and gasification of rural households. for example, in 1992, the resolution of the cabinet of ministers "on providing the rural population with drinking water and natural gas" was adopted. a number of measures were also developed in our region to ensure the implementation of the resolution. in accordance with the resolution of the cabinet of ministers "on the program for the development of rural social infrastructure of the republic of uzbekistan for the period up to 2000" (may 21, 1996)[1], a program for the development of housing construction in rural areas for 1996– 2000 was adopted, and it was planned to build 31,602 thousand sq. m. of housing in rural areas of the republic during these years (including 3,678 thousand sq. m. in surkhandarya)[2]. the resolution also included programs for the development of drinking water and gas networks in rural areas of the republic in 1996–2000. according to the program, in 1996–2000, 9,550 km of drinking water pipelines were to be laid in rural areas of the republic, and 960 km in surkhandarya. it was also planned to lay 18,530 km of gas pipelines in rural areas of the republic and 1,896 km in rural areas of the surkhandarya region during 1996–2000[3]. state programs attached special importance to the provision of public utilities, and the most necessary measures were taken to ensure their implementation on the ground. results and discussion during the second world war, like all the republics of the soviet union, uzbekistthe state program “year of human interests” of 1997 also outlined measures to improve housing and communal services. in accordance with this program, 410.7 thousand sq. m. of housing was built in rural areas of american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org surkhandarya region. however, housing construction in villages at the expense of various enterprises was not up to the required level[4]. such situations arose due to the cold-blooded approach of leaders to their duties and the lack of clear definition of tasks in the plans. in providing housing for the population of uzbekistan, in 1999, each urban resident received 14.4 sq. m. of space, while the rural population received 13.1 sq. m. of space[5]. however, despite the considerable work done during the years of independence to provide houses with communal and household amenities, namely water supply, sewage, natural gas, bathrooms, and central heating systems, the situation in the villages is still not up to the required level. in 2002, the level of gasification of houses in the villages of surkhandarya region was 51 percent[6]. this indicator was the lowest in the republic. in denov district, a very significant amount of work was carried out in the field of providing household services to the population, and in 2004, 55.4 thousand square meters of housing were built, 14.2 kilometers of clean drinking water pipes and 32.3 kilometers of gas pipes were put into operation. in 2006-2008, 120 thousand square meters of housing were built in the district by the state, private, and individual sectors, 35 kilometers of clean drinking water pipelines, 58.5 kilometers of gas pipelines were put into operation, and the standard of living of the population improved. in 2006, 41.5 square meters of housing, 8 kilometers of natural gas, and 15 kilometers of drinking water pipelines were installed and put into operation. in 2004-2009, 4 academic lyceums and colleges, 3 general education schools, 12 rural medical centers and medical facilities were built and put into operation in the district. also, complete overhauls were carried out in schools no. 31, 80, 82, new branch buildings for 51 schools, and additional educational buildings for 41 schools were built and put into operation. during his tenure as the khokim of zharkurgan district from 2001 to 2008, norboy shomurodov tried to implement the main goal of his work on the basis of the rural infrastructure program. therefore, instead of the planned 40 thousand m2 of housing for the population in rural areas, 41.2 thousand m2 of household plots were actually allocated. although the plan for installing water pipes to provide the population with clean drinking water was designed for 14 km, in reality it was extended to 14.6 km. in accordance with the resolution no. 405 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated september 17, 2003 “on additional measures to further improve the provision of drinking water and natural gas to rural settlements”, the regional khokim’s resolution no. 160 dated september 24, 2003, adopted in accordance with the resolution no. 160 of the regional khokim, the settlements “qarayoghoch”, “aqjar”,“jinnitepa” and “istara” specified in the program were provided with natural gas in the district during 2003. under the initiative and leadership of norboy shomurodov, the level of provision of the district population with natural gas was 75.6 percent, and the level of provision of drinking water was 85.6 percent. during 2004, 6 settlements in the district, namely “kizilnavr,” “mingchinor,” “kuyi bobotog’,” “istara,” “aqjar,” and “gulkhovuz,” were supplied with natural gas. of this, 20.5 million soums were allocated from the state budget for the gasification of the “mingchinor” population center, and 2.5 km of gas pipelines were laid. in order to meet the population’s need for natural gas, a 3.2 km medium-pressure gas pipeline was laid and put into operation at the expense of budget funds to supply the “turkman” settlement in the surkhan experimental farmers association with natural gas. if we pay special attention to the role of village councils in the conditions of a market economy in the early years of uzbekistan's independence, we can consider the example of the "new life" village american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org council. in the years after independence, in the former lenin yuli district, a number of decisions were made at the meetings of the village council executive committee on the issue of social protection of the population in the conditions of a market economy. five organizations operated in the territory of the "new life" village council, including: state farms named istara, tashkent, schroeder, and pmk4, as well as the "istara" trade association[7]. a neighborhood committee was also formed in the territory of the village council, which was responsible for organizing weddings and other ceremonies of the population and the correct distribution of food products in stores. the provision of clean drinking water to the population of the region was 68%, that is, 1822 households out of 2679 households used clean drinking water. all residents of the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 6th sections of the istara state farm center, and 2nd kurgan were provided with drinking water. the residents of the schroeder state farm and the residents of the tashkent state farm living only in the center were also provided with drinking water[8]. there are 63 km of state roads and 121 km of internal roads in the territory of the village council, and there is 1 park and 1 stadium in the istara state farm, which was planned to be transformed into a sports complex in 1992-93. in the region, 789,807 square meters of housing were commissioned in 2002, 48,637 square meters in kyzyryk district, and 65.7 thousand square meters of housing were commissioned in 2019[9]. in 2005, the area of residential housing was 524 thousand square meters, including 524 thousand square meters of individual housing, 252 km of drinking water pipelines, and 337.7 km of gas pipelines[11]. currently, the provision of clean drinking water to the population of kyzyryk district is 80.1 percent, and work in this regard is ongoing. that is, in kyzyryk district, 36.7 thousand square meters of residential housing were constructed, including 36.7 thousand square meters of individual housing. sq.m., 21.2 km of drinking water pipelines and 24.3 km of gas pipelines were built and commissioned[12]. the resolutions “on additional measures to expand the scale of housing construction in rural areas” dated august 3, 2009 and “on additional measures to expand private housing construction based on model projects in rural areas” dated june 17, 2010 created a number of benefits and conveniences for our compatriots who dream of improving their housing conditions, and mechanisms for the rapid and high-quality implementation of projects were formed. in 2019, ten model houses with an area of 0.20 thousand sq.m. were built[13]. as part of the implementation of measures to improve the population's access to quality drinking water, a water pipeline network was commissioned. in 2009 alone, 169.3 million work worth soums was completed, and 5 settlements were provided with drinking water. funds were allocated from the asian development bank to re-establish a drinking water network in the neighborhoods of the saryk city assembly, and the team of the head of the unitary enterprise "kiziryk water supply" normomin poyonov worked hard to improve the drinking water supply[14]. in 2019, the number of people provided with drinking water in the district was 96,191, and the length of the water pipeline network was 1,078.4 kilometers, which means that the level of drinking water supply for the population was 55%[15]. in 2010, 859,400 square meters of housing and premises were put into operation in the region, 50,500 square meters in the kyzyryk district, and in 2019, 65.7 thousand square meters of housing and premises were put into operation in the kyzyryk district[16]. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the first small electrical substations in the kyzyryk steppe were commissioned in the second half of the last century, laying the foundation for the establishment of the district power grid enterprise. dedicated engineering and technical staff, headed by abdusattor umirov, carried out effective work in this area. in 2019, four transformer substations, 380 low-voltage transformers, and the length of power grids in the district amounted to 1,715.1 km. [17] in 2010, the level of natural gas supply to the population of the district was 66.6 percent. the district branch of "zhanubgaztaminot" worked with strict discipline and responsibility to further improve this work. after kayum nodirov was appointed head of the team, work began on laying new gas pipelines, overhauling old ones, and special gas trucks were brought in to deliver bottled gas to residents of remote villages. in the kumkurgan district, attention was paid to the data on the work carried out on housing construction, gas and water supply networks in 2005, and it was analyzed that extensive work was carried out on the basis of state programs. in 2005, 35.6 thousand. sq. m. of residential buildings were built in kumkurgan district, including 35.6 thousand. sq. m. of individual housing. 20.2 km of drinking water pipelines and 26 km of gas pipelines were built and commissioned. in 1997, 8 rural medical stations, 2 new schools, a 4-storey hospital in the district center, 2 colleges, and 4 neighborhood guzars were built and commissioned in termez district. the provision of natural gas to the population was 89%, and the provision of drinking water was 84%. in the boysun district, in 2004, 7,510 households were provided with clean drinking water, and the water supply rate of the population was 52.5 percent. in 2005, 7,841 households were provided with clean drinking water, and the water supply rate of the population was 52.6 percent. in 2006, 8,150 households were provided with drinking water, and the water supply rate of the population was 52.7 percent. in 2007, due to the passage of the water pipeline “khojamaikhona-darband-chilonzor” at a distance of 25 kilometers, 10,000 residents living in the villages of tillokamar, sayrob, munchok, and chilonzor were provided with clean drinking water. by 2007, the water supply rate of the population in the district was increased to 56.3 percent. the level of natural gas supply to the population of the district was 52.3 percent in 2003, 55.2 percent in 2004, 55.3 percent in 2005, and 55.5 percent in 2006. in 2007, the level of gas supply to the population of the district was 66.2 percent. the number of households supplied with natural gas was 6,500. housing construction in the district amounted to 27,237 square meters in 2004, 30,524 square meters in 2005, 40,078 square meters in 2006, and 41,379 square meters in 2007. the sphere of household services also plays a special role in determining the standard of living of the population. household services are characterized by socio-organizational methods and forms of direct satisfaction of material and spiritual needs of people, independent of their professional and social activities. during the years of independence, as a result of the formation of a diversified economy and the development of market relations, the number of branches of the household services sector has increased. in order to further improve the provision of household services to the population in uzbekistan, the “uzmaishiikhizmatuyushma” was created in april 1992. in order to adapt the activities of the sector to market relations, measures were taken to de-state household service enterprises, make them private property or lease them. on october 12, 1995, the resolution of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan “on measures to stabilize the activities of household service enterprises” was adopted. in order to ensure the implementation of the resolution, associations of entrepreneurs in the household service sector american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 37 june 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org were created in the cities and districts of the republic. there were a total of 820 household service institutions in surkhandarya region, with more than 1,300 entrepreneurs operating in them. in 1995, 317.9 million soums of paid household services were provided to the population in surkhandarya region, which amounted to 202 soums per capita. however, this sector was not developed uniformly in different districts of the region[18]. since district khokimiyats did not act on the basis of clear plans for the development of the household service sector, household service networks were not established in the villages of the district. conclusion the development of the service sector and the provision of services to the rural population, opening up wide opportunities for small businesses and businesses, will help increase employment by creating new jobs. for this purpose, it is planned to launch trade, catering and household service facilities. references: 1. resolutions of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan. 1996. – no. 182. – p. 50-52. 2. resolutions of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan. 1996. – no. 182. – p. 58. 3. resolutions of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan. 1996. – no. 182. – p. 58. 4. current archive of the surkhandarya regional khokimiyat, fund 143, list 8, volume 24, sheet 15 5. ahmedov e. cities of uzbekistan in the years of independence. – tashkent, 2002. – p. 192. 6. publication of the office of the president of the republic of uzbekistan. bulletin. 2002. – no. 1. – p. 29 7. archives of the surkhandarya regional administration, fund 45, list 1, volume 45, sheet 94. 8. archives of the surkhandarya regional administration, fund 45, list 1, volume 45, sheet 94. 9. district passport. data from the district statistics department. january 2020. 10. surkhandarya region in numbers. 1991 2002. statistical collection. – termez 2004. – p. 240 11. . surkhandarya region of the republic of uzbekistan in numbers. 1991 2002. termez. 2004. 12. . surkhandarya region of the republic of uzbekistan in numbers. 1991 2002 years. termez.2004. 13. district passport. data from the district statistics department. january 2020. 14. norqobilov a. alimov ch. land of patriots: scenes from the life of kyzyryk district. – t. “g‘.g‘ulom,” 2010. 38-b 15. district passport. data from the district statistics department. january 2020. 16. surkhandarya region in numbers. 2001 2010. statistical collection. – termez 2011. – b.197 17. district passport. data from the district statistics department. january 2020. 18. archives of the surkhandarya regional khokimiyat, fund 143, list 6, volume 51, sheet 62. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 36, | may 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org bukhoro museumidagi eron tangalari шерали гулямович джураев преподаватель кафедры общественных наук бухарского государственного педагогического института, руковдитель кружка “yosh o’lkashunoslar” +99893 456-54-40, sherali_gulyamovich@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information about the collection of iranian coins stored in the bukhara museum. the article highlights the history of the arrival of these exhibits in the museum and the description of numismatic materials. bukhara museum, numismatics, exhibit, coin, fund introduction numismatics is an auxiliary branch of science in the study of history, with the help of coins minted by rulers, you can get information about a certain period of the past. in this regard, the collection of numismatics, consisting of more than 40,000 items stored in the bukhara museum, is of particular importance. this collection makes up more than 30% of the total number of museum exhibits. they mainly consist of artifacts discovered during archaeological excavations and transferred to the museum as a result of scientific research. this collection can include coins not only minted in central asia, but also issued outside its borders by other states and dynasties. examples of such coins include those minted in various periods in iran, afghanistan, india, the middle east, asia minor, and turkey. the accounting of numismatic materials began after the creation of the museum and was included in the general inventory book or the book of receipts. the number of such books exceeds 50, and from book no4 it became possible to write them down regularly1. as an example of such coins, we can cite coins minted during the reign of several dynasties in iran. the first items minted on iranian soil and received the status of a museum exhibit are coins minted during the reign of the qajar dynasty during the reign of sultan ahmad shah in 1913-1926. in the av part, there is an image of a bust of the ruler, in the upper part of which the name of the ruler and the name of the dynasty are written in arabic script. at the bottom of the image of the ruler there is a wreath. in the rv part, there is a lion image in the center. the lion's head is turned straight, the front right paw is slightly raised and is depicted with a sword in his hand. in the background, there is an image of the sun (with an image of a face inside). the coin is surrounded by a wreath. in the upper part there is an image of a crown. below the image of the lion is the arabic nominal figure in persian: 2,000 dinars. the material of the coin is silver, the diameter is 27-28 mm. 1 kp of the museum-reserve no4 american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org there are several other coins minted under sultan ahmadshah, with a face value of 500 dinars. coins minted in 1332 (1914) are also similar to coins from the previous period. it differs only in slight differences in size, year of minting and images. similar coins were minted in iran in 1895-1903 and date back to the reign of shah muzaffariddin of the qajar dynasty. these coins were regularly put into circulation. the total weight of the coins is 9 grams, the diameter is 28-29 mm. part of the av contains the name of the ruler shah muzaffariddin and the dynasty, as well as the mint inscription of tehran. the side of the coin is surrounded by a wreath. the middle part of the inscription has faded a little. the rv part contains images similar to the previous coin, with some differences: the image of a man and a lion inside the sun is almost invisible. among the lion's paws was the year of minting the coin: 1320 (1902). below the line is the name of the mint tehran. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences volume 36 may 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the other coin is a silver coin minted during the reign of shah muhammad reza. weight 23 g. diameter 36 mm. av part depicts a bust of the ruler. the king stood facing left, wearing a headdress and a military uniform. in the upper part there is the name of the ruler, and in the lower part a wreath. on the side of the image of the ruler, the year and the name of the mint are indicated. in addition, the numismatics collection of the museum-reserve contains dozens of coins from other countries. coins minted in iran have been accepted into the museum since the 30s of the xx century. unfortunately, not all of them provide detailed information about the history of their arrival at the museum. in conclusion, it can be said that it will be possible to get additional information through the coins of iranian rulers in the bukhara museum. also, on the basis of a comparison of various epigraphic inscriptions and patterns, it is possible to determine the changes in the minting of coins and the stages of their development. references 1. archive of the bukhara museum. book of orders for 1953. 2. bukhara regional state archive, f-1175 op. 5, d-31, l. 118 3. juraev sh., kobilov sh. coin treasures found in the bukhara oasis. (based on the book of reception of the bukhara museum). "bukhoro tarihi masalalari" mavzusidagi ilmiy-amaly conference. bukhoro, 26.06.2021., b. 49-54. 4. juraev sh.g. from the history of the bukhara museum. formation of a collection. to the 100th anniversary of the bukhara state museum-reserve. museum, no10, 2022 5. kp of the museum-reserve no4